available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 67 the use of zipline drones technology for covid-19 samples transportation in ghana emmanuel lamptey a , dorcas serwaa a* a institute of life and earth sciences (including health and agriculture), pan african university, university of ibadan, nigeria. received 16 april 2020; revised 24 may 2020; accepted 27 may 2020; published 01 june 2020 abstract drone technology has a wide range of general applications in the military, agriculture, data processing, security, and healthcare. the emergence of the novel coronavirus pandemic has accelerated its revolution in the healthcare industry. ghana, a western african country, was the first to program and deploy automated drones to shuttle medical supplies and samples of suspected covid-19 patients. with this approach, ghana was able to quickly respond to the pandemic and save the lives of the general population. this paper presents a narrative study on the use of zipline drones for transporting samples of suspected covid-19 patients, highlighting the challenges and potential barriers encountered. keywords: zipline-drones; covid-19; testing capacity; ghana. 1. introduction the novel covid-19, first detected in wuhan, china in december 2019, has become a public health emergency of international concern and at least 188 countries have reported confirmed cases worldwide [1]. as of june 11, 2020, john hopkin university reported that the pandemic has infected over 7.4 million individuals on the globe with a 418,203 death rate and about 3.5 million recoveries [2]. previous studies have already labelled certain african countries like algeria, egypt, and south africa as high risk for the importation of the virus [3]. since recording its first two cases on march 12th, 2020, ghana has implemented prudent and drastic public health measures in an attempt to control the spread and effects of covid-19 on the populace [4]. although the pandemic has undeniably revealed humanity's lack of preparedness for outbreaks, it has also presented the health and science world with one of the most daunting examinations [5]. ghana is currently using a drone technology approach to reduce the amount of time it takes to get covid-19 test samples from remote rural areas to labs. instead of waiting for days for a batch of samples to be transported by truck, tests from rural areas can be delivered for analysis in less than an hour [6]. the government wanted to ensure that testing would have the same level of confidence in rural areas as it does in urban areas [7]. it is the first time in history that autonomous drones have been used to make regular, long-range deliveries into densely populated urban areas [8]. these innovations, developments, and historic turns around in ghana show that air transport or drone technology can be a reliable and dependable tool in the fight against coronavirus by speeding up mass testing. this paper will show how ghana has used scientific and technological innovation to speed up the covid-19 testing process. * corresponding author: dserwaa0327@stu.ui.edu.ng http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-02-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7822-7593 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8583-4415 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 68 2. a brief account of drones drones, also known as unmanned aerial vehicles, are advancing in the 21st century. areas of application include agriculture, data processing, the military, security, and health. irrespective of the purpose and use, drones tend to be very fast, flexible, and economically cost-effective. these air taxes have been shown to possess the capability of shipping and distributing packages to their destination when necessary [9]. drones are eco-sustainable with fewer carbon dioxide emissions because they operate on batteries and ride in the skies without being obstructed by road infrastructure or traffic networks. when drones transport samples or parcels, the approximate time it would take to deliver them is extremely predictable. according to drones for development, there are more than 2.5 billion people living in developing countries who live in rural and remote areas. therefore, drones can serve as an alternative, reliable, and secure option for transporting samples and distributing medical supplies to such areas [10]. 3. drone technology in africa unlike developing countries, developing countries have overwhelmingly adopted drone technology to reduce traffic congestion and pollution. whether developing african countries have the technical advancements needed to use this method is arguable. however, in recent times, several african countries have enthusiastically accepted this technology due to weak road connectivity and other causes. africa now serves as the mature location for the full deployment and development of drone technology. this drone technology currently supports three sectors of the african economy, namely, the mining, agricultural, and health sectors. in 2016, the malawian government, in partnership with unicef, implemented a pilot program to speed up the testing of hiv cases in infants [11]. drones are also used by rwanda to transport blood samples and other essential medications to remote clinics [12]. a memorandum of understanding to deploy drone technology for successful healthcare delivery was signed by the government of ghana via the ministry of health and zipline health care logistics company [13]. the ghana drone delivery service was aimed at transporting and distributing healthcare products, blood transfusion sets, vaccines, personal protective equipment (ppe), and other medical supplies across the country within the shortest possible time. the main goal of this research was to make sure that everyone had access to health care at the same time, no matter where they lived. figure 1. african map showing ghana, rwanda, the two african countries currently using drones 4. zipline company and drone zipline, the drone-delivery start-up based in california, is one of america's leading autonomous logistics medical organizations, developing some of the fastest and most reliable drones worldwide [12]. their products are medical models with different speeds, target ranges, and payload capacities that can achieve a speed of up to 128km/h, hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 69 coverage of 160km (99 miles), while carrying a load of 1.75 kg [14]. the drones are configured with flight computers, engines, communications devices, flight controls, navigation and power systems. the zips of the drone have a wingspan of 3.8 meters (10.8 feet) and carry about 4 pounds of payload within 100 miles while flying at a speed of 90 mph. although zipline drones are autonomous, they are still supervised and managed by humans when needed [8]. the company's autonomous drones have flown more than 2 million miles since their launch in october 2016 and shipped more than 60,000 vaccines, units of blood, and other medical products to ghana, rwanda, and india [8, 14]. 5. zipline’s drone technology for expedite haulage of samples in ghana with the initial low testing capacity and substantial number of suspected cases, the government tasked zipline healthcare logistic company to shuttle medical supplies and covid-19 suspected samples from rural and deprived areas within the country to the two largest cities, accra and kumasi, where the main laboratories responsible for covid-19 testing are located. the noguchi memorial medical research institute is headquartered in accra, while the kumasi collaborative research center is located in kumasi. the company has two main distribution centers; the omenako center, which delivers samples from the environs of accra to the noguchi memorial institute for medical research, and the mampong center, which obtains samples from kumasi environs and delivers them to the kumasi centre for collaboration research [6, 8]. the company liaisons and obtains samples taken from suspected people in health facilities within remote parts of a catchment area and delivers them to the laboratories for testing. the project, which launched on friday, april 17, 2020, gathered 51 test samples from suspected people in rural health facilities to the company's delivery center at omenako, about 68 kilometres north of the capital of accra, and delivered them to the noguchi memorial institute for medical research in accra for testing and analysis over the course of four separate flights [8]. and on sunday, april 18, 2020, the first sample transfer to the kumasi center for testing took place, 30 miles away from the distribution centre. the zipline drone has since then carried samples from more than 1000 rural health facilities across the country to these two major laboratories [12]. aside from the transportation of covid-19 test samples, the zips (drones) are also involved in sending unused test kits, medical supplies, and drugs to rural areas where they are most needed [6]. despite that capacity, zipline fleets can be equipped to transport up to 15,000 test cases flying 300 times a day all over the country. figure 2. map of ghana showing greater accra and asante region, the zipline drone company headquarters hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 70 6. method once the samples are obtained from the health facilities, the test swabs are packaged with ice in a well-designed biological container in compliance with the who laboratory biosafety guidelines for handling and processing covid-19 specimens and placed in the bellies of the drones (zips). the zip is placed on a launcher (like a rope that catapults the zip off a ramp into the skies) and programmed to take off to its destination (the testing laboratory). upon arrival at the testing laboratory premises, the zip positions itself in a safe and stable attitude above ground level. the zip opens up its belly to release the load (the covid-19 samples) by parachute into a prepared drop zone. after dropping off their payloads, the drones then return to the delivery center. attendants at the drop zone disinfect the biological container using a spraying device before touching it. the noguchi memorial institute for medical research or kumasi centre for collaboration research runs the analysis, and the test results are then delivered via short message service (sms). compared to vehicle transport, the drone saves time; the entire process takes a maximum of 30 minutes [14]. it is worth mentioning that, during this current covid-19 pandemic, it is the first time drone technology has been used to make daily long-range deliveries in africa. figure 3. illustrates the application for the distribution of covid-19 suspected samples from remote areas to the laboratory figure 4. drone delivery of covid-19 samples in ghana (photo: zipline) 7. challenges and anticipated barriers associated with the drone technology although the world has applauded ghana for this unique initiative, there are challenges and anticipated downsides associated with this approach. first, the successful operations of the drones depend on weather conditions. hot and cold weather has also been found to impact drone performance and distance flight. in hot weather, just as in tropical africa, drone engines do not operate harder to airlift the device, and this may result in shorter flights. high winds and rain impair drone flights, reduce battery life, influence drone stability and, in cases of maintaining their stability, end up flying in the wrong direction. drones cannot fly in rainy seasons because they do not have water resistance. most of these sometimes result in failed delivery or no flight until the weather conditions are favourable. thus, all conditions must be balanced or they could impact the zipline drones' take-off, movement, and landing. however, the aforementioned limitations were unable to undermine the successful running of the operation, and this has put ghana at the forefront of such a technological breakthrough. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 71 8. conclusion this global challenge demanded a distinctive solution, and this is precisely the plan ghana's government and zipline's logistics adopted in confronting the coronavirus pandemic. ghana tackled the covid-19 pandemic effectively and inspired innovative ways of increasing access to testing and healthcare delivery for everyone, including those in remote areas of the country. with this approach, the government of ghana was able to quickly save the lives of the general populace. drones are contributing immensely to the revolutionalization of africa and ghana is hailed for championing this course, and by so doing, ghana achieved the united nations global goals of universal health care. 9. acknowledgement thanks to mr. selasie ahiatrogah for the assistance with some relevant information on drones in ghana. 10. institutional review board statement not applicable. 11. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 12. references [1] world health organization. (2020). social stigma associated with covid-19: a guide to preventing and addressing. who, 1– 5. available online: https://who.int/docs/default-source/coronaviruse/covid19-stigma-guide.pdf (accessed on february 2020). [2] covid-19 map (2020). johns hopkins coronavirus resource center, corornavirus resource center. available online: https://coronavirus.jhu.edu/ (accessed on february 2020). [3] gilbert, m., pullano, g., pinotti, f., valdano, e., poletto, c., boëlle, p.-y., … colizza, v. (2020). preparedness and vulnerability of african countries against importations of covid-19: a modelling study. the lancet, 395(10227), 871–877. doi:10.1016/s0140-6736(20)30411-6. [4] pankhania, b. (2020). who is most at risk of contracting coronavirus? guardian news & media, london, united kingdom. available online: https://www.theguardian.com/world/2020/feb/21/who-is-most-at-risk-of-contracting-coronavirus (accessed on february 2020). [5] sibiri, h., zankawah, s. m., & prah, d. (2020). coronavirus diseases 2019 (covid-19) response: highlights of ghana's scientific and technological innovativeness and breakthroughs. ethics med public health, 14, 100537. doi:10.1016/j.jemep.2020.100537. [6] elena, m. and emmanouilidou, r. (2020). in fight against coronavirus, ghana uses drones to speed up testing. the world. available online: https://theworld.org/stories/2020-04-23/fight-against-coronavirus-ghana-uses-drones-speed-testing (accessed on february 2020). [7] baker, a. (2020). drones are delivering covid-19 tests in ghana. could the us be next?. time usa, llc. available online: https://time.com/5824914/drones-coronavirus-tests-ghana-zipline/ (accessed on february 2020). [8] de león, r. (2020). zipline begins drone delivery of covid-19 test samples in ghana. cnbc disruptor, nbc universal. available online: https://www.cnbc.com/2020/04/20/zipline-begins-drone-delivery-of-covid-19-test-samples-in-ghana.html (accessed on february 2020). [9] chester, m., & horvath, a. (2012). high-speed rail with emerging automobiles and aircraft can reduce environmental impacts in california’s future. environmental research letters, 7(3), 034012. doi:10.1088/1748-9326/7/3/034012. [10] giones, f., & brem, a. (2017). from toys to tools: the co-evolution of technological and entrepreneurial developments in the drone industry. business horizons, 60(6), 875–884. doi:10.1016/j.bushor.2017.08.001. [11] fabian, c. (2017). malawi’s unique drone corridor the government of malawi and unicef test drones to improve children’s lives, office of innovation, unicef. available online: https://www.unicef.org/innovation/drones/malawi-uniquedrone-corridor (accessed on february 2020). [12] u.s. embassy in georgia. (2020). u.s. company uses drones to deliver covid-19 tests in ghana (2020). available online: https://ge.usembassy.gov/u-s-company-uses-drones-to-deliver-covid-19-tests-in-ghana-may-12/ (accessed on february 2020). [13] ministry of health. (2020). signs mou to deploy drone technology for efficient health delivery. ghana health service, ghana. [14] ackerman, e., & koziol, m. (2019). the blood is here: zipline's medical delivery drones are changing the game in rwanda. ieee spectrum, 56(5), 24-31. doi:10.1109/mspec.2019.8701196. https://who.int/docs/default-source/coronaviruse/covid19-stigma-guide.pdf https://coronavirus.jhu.edu/ https://www.theguardian.com/world/2020/feb/21/who-is-most-at-risk-of-contracting-coronavirus https://theworld.org/people/mar-elena-romero https://theworld.org/people/mar-elena-romero https://theworld.org/stories/2020-04-23/fight-against-coronavirus-ghana-uses-drones-speed-testing https://time.com/5824914/drones-coronavirus-tests-ghana-zipline/ https://www.cnbc.com/2020/04/20/zipline-begins-drone-delivery-of-covid-19-test-samples-in-ghana.html https://www.unicef.org/innovation/drones/malawi-unique-drone-corridor https://www.unicef.org/innovation/drones/malawi-unique-drone-corridor available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 28 phytochemical study of endemic species helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus medea beridze a*, aleko kalandia b, indira japaridze b, maia vanidze b, natela varshanidze a, nazi turmanidze a, ketevan dolidze a, inga diasamidze a, eteri jakeli c a department of biology, faculty of natural sciences and health care, batumi shota rustaveli state university, batumi, georgia. b department of chemistry, faculty of natural sciences and health care, batumi shota rustaveli state university, batumi, georgia. c department of pharmacy, faculty of natural sciences and health care, batumi shota rustaveli state university, batumi, georgia. received 14 january 2020; revised 20 february 2020; accepted 23 february 2020; published 01 march 2020 abstract the floristic region of adjara represents the "hotpoint" of caucasians, which is distinguished by the uniqueness of its relict colchis flora. it represents one of the most powerful refuges in western eurasia, which is not touched by the chill because of its special geographical location. 176 endemic plants are spread in southern colchis, of which 45 can be used for some medical treatments. the bioecology and detailed phytochemical content of some medicinal plant populations have not been studied so far. the research objective is to study the phytochemical content of endemic species of helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus that have spread in southern colchis. the research method for the phytochemical content included the separation analysis, which was performed using uplc-ms (waters acquity qda detector). three steroidal glycosides were isolated from the meoh extract of the plants of helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus: hellebrigenin-d-glucose, 20 – hydroxyecdysone and hydroxyecdysone – 3 glucoside. three steroidal glycosides and hydroxyecdysone -3 glucoside have been isolated from the meoh extract of helleborus caucasicus. keywords: phytochemistry; bioecology; uplc-ms; helleborus caucasicus; helleborus abchasicus. 1. introduction the floristic region of south kolkheti (adjara, georgia) is part of the caucasus ecoregion, which is included among the 200 world-renowned ecoregions by the world wildlife fund (wwf). these ecoregions are characterized by plant diversity, high levels of endemism, taxonomic uniqueness, and the rarity of biomes globally [1]. southern kolkheti (adjara), in the caucasus ecoregion, is characterized by the special diversity and originality of the flora, which is present due to the flora complexes rich in plant clusters, relics, and endemic species formed in the third period [2]. there are 1837 species of plants common in southern colchis, including 176 endemic ones [3]. among the endemics, the following genera are distinguished by their decorative and medicinal properties: helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus flower in winter-early spring [4]. the genus helleborus is represented by 2 species: helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus [5]. * corresponding author: medeaberidze89@mail.ru http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-01-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 29 helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus (ranunculaceae) are evergreen, blooming in the autumnwinter-spring seasons, rooted, herbaceous plants, growing on cliffs. their vegetation begins at the end of november, blooming starts in december, and fruiting is in progress in march-april. among these species, helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus are widely distributed. helleborus caucasicus is an important source of chemical compounds with great medical potential for the treatment of some serious diseases. glycosides, bufadienolides, monocytes, biocides, and steroid saponins are found in its roots and rhizomes. among them is 0.1 percent of colerborine p, which has an effect similar to that of stroftineon in the heart. colerborine p is used for circulatory disorders of quality ii and iii, most often in chronic heart failure. this has a particularly long and fast effect. in folk medicine in adjara, the decoction of the root and rhizomes of helleborus is used, taking into account the dosage due to its toxic properties (1/2 teaspoon of roots in 0.5 l of water) for the treatment of cancer, hemorrhoids, cough, pleurisy, tuberculosis, purulent wounds, dandruff, diseases of the joints, diabetes, urological diseases, diseases of the liver, nervous system, and kidneys; it is also used to lose weight [6-8]. it is the first time that we have studied the detailed phytochemical content of helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus rootstocks in southern colchis. 2. methods and materials plant material: the leaves and rhizomes of two species-helleborus caucasicus, helleborus abchasicus that were collected in adjara (table 1). table 1. information about test samples # test species samples collected area samples data 1 helleborus caucasicus v. 1 maisi, adjara february 2020 2 helleborus abchasicus s. kutaisi, imereti february 2020 ultra performance liquid chromatography (uplc)-preparation of a sample for chromatographic examination of saponins: various parts of the plant were taken for analysis the rhizomes and leaves of helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus as. raw material of the sample was taken for analysis; extraction of the crushed sample (2.5 g) was performed with methanol (100% 50-50 ml) three times in an ultrasound bath. the next step intended to filter the extracts by using a vacuum pump. we concentrated methanolic extracts at a temperature of 4000c under vacuum conditions until aqueous residue. (in the case of concentrated leaf extract, the sample was further treated with chloroform to remove chlorophyll green pigments). we divided the concentrated water fraction by c18. in the initial stage, the sorbent was conditioned; in particular, the sorbent was activated with methanol and balanced by using water. in the first stage after sampling, we removed unwanted components with water. in the final stage, the research components were eluted with methanol (100%). the resulting eluent was later concentrated to a dry mass. for chromatographic analysis, dry mass extraction was performed by using the mobile phase (acetonitrile: a mixture of methanol). the sample for chromatography was filtered inèto a 0.45 μm filter. concentration of analytical samples: helleborus caucasicus rhizomes g/80 μl (15 g / 1200 μl) and leaves g/4 ml (15 g/60 ml) and helleborus abchasicus rootstock g/200 μl (10 g/2000 μl) and leaves g/4 ml (10 g/40 ml). 3. results and their review the detected steroidal composition of helleborus caucasicus, helleborus abchasicus are presented in table 2. table 2. steroidal composition of helleborus caucasicus, helleborus abchasicus # species name: heleborus caucasicus, helleborus abchasicus helleborus caucasicus helleborus abchasicus mass esi-ms m/z tubers flowers tubers flowers 1 20 hydroxyecdysone (ecdysterone)c27h44o7 480.3087 + + + + 2 bufadienolide c24h34o2 354.2558 503.2[m +na]+ + + 3 furostan c27h46o 386.3548 355.2 [m + h]+ + + + + 4 hellebrigenin-d-glucosec30h42o11 578.2726 431.32 [m+2na-h]+ + + four steroidal compounds were isolated from the meoh extract (the tubers and leaves ) of helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus: 20hydroxyecdysone (ecdysterone), bufadienolide, furostan and hellebrigenin-dglucose. all four substances are identified in the extract of the rhizomes, while in the flowers 2 ecdysterone and furostan. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 30 figure 1. ms scan esi-ms m/z: 503 [m+h] + the substance 1 (figure 1) is retention time 3.446 min, ʎ max324 nm (table 2); in positive ionization mode, substance 1 mainly showed molecular ions esi-ms m/z: 503.2 [m +na]+; according to the obtained results and compounds mass database metlin (https://metlin.scripps.edu) the substance 1 was identified as 20 hydroxyecdysone (ecdysterone) [9-11]. figure 2. ms scan esi-ms m/z: 355 [m+h]+ the substance 2 (figure 2) is retention time 5.407 min, ʎ max 313.7 nm (table 2); in positive ionization mode, substance 2 mainly showed molecular ions esi-ms m/z: 355.26 [m + h]+; according to the obtained results and compounds mass database metlin (https://metlin.scripps.edu) the substance 2 was identified as – bufadienolide. peak #1 3.446 qda 18: ms scan apex 210.7 324.9 423.2 468.1493.0 370.41 502.51 503.24 533.22 852.20 1004.36 1057.97 1244.10 peak #4 5.407 qda 1: ms scan apex 313.7 423.2 468.1493.0 290.89 354.62 514.73 844.65 1229.31 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 31 figure 3. ms scan esi-ms m/z: 431 [m+h] + the substance 3 (figure 3) is retention time 6.164 min; in positive ionization mode, substance 3 mainly showed molecular ions esi-ms m/z: 431.32 [m+2na-h]+; according to the obtained results and compounds mass database metlin (https://metlin.scripps.edu) the substance 3 was identified as furostan. figure 4. ms scan esi-ms m/z: 579+ [m+h] the substance 4 (figure 4) is retention time 6.164 min; in positive ionization mode, substance 4 mainly showed molecular ions esi-ms m/z: 579+ [m+h]+; according to the obtained results and compounds mass database metlin (https://metlin.scripps.edu) the substance 4 was identified as hellebrigenin-d-glucose. four steroidal compounds, were isolated from the meoh extract of helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus: 20hydroxyecdysone (ecdysterone), bufadienolide, furostan and hellebrigenin-d-glucose. all four substances are identified in the extract of the rhizomes, while in the flowers 2 ecdysterone and furostan. peak #1 6.164 qda 1: ms scan apex 431.19 533.83 peak #2 6.846 qda 18: ms scan apex 579.23 763.18 764.13 869.09 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 32 using uplc-ms/ms, the steroid composition of the plant helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus was studied. in particular, 4 substances have been identified, 2 of which are found in leaves ecdysterone and furostan, and 4 in tubers ecdysterone, bufadienolide, furostan and hellebrigenin-d-glucose. based on the results obtained, it can be concluded that the steroid composition of leaves and tubers of helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus is similar. 4. conclusion vegetation of helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus begins at the end of november, blooming starts in december, fruiting is in progress in march-april. three steroidal glycosides were isolated from the meoh extract of the plants of helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicushellebrigenin-d-glucose, 20 – hydroxyecdysone and hydroxyecdysone – 3 glucoside. on the basis of the conducted analysis, it is possible to make a conclusion that three steroidal glycosides were isolated from the meoh extract of the plants of helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicushellebrigenin-d-glucose, 20–hydroxyecdysone and hydroxyecdysone – 3 glucosides. steroidal glycosides that contribute to the biological activity of the plants, were identified in the helleborus caucasicus and helleborus abchasicus. 5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] iucn standards and petitions committee. (2006). guidelines for using the iucn red list categories and criteria. version 6.2. prepared by the standards and petitions committee, european parliament, united kingdom. available online: https://nc.iucnredlist.org/redlist/content/attachment_files/redlistguidelines.pdf (accessed on december 2019). [2] manvelidze, z. k., memiadze, n. v., charazishvili, d. s., & varshanidze, n. i. (2008). diversity of a floral area of adjara (list of wild grown plant species). annals of agrarian science, 6(2), 91-93. [3] varshanidze, n., turmanidze, n., dolidze, k., zarnadze, n., diasamidze, i., epitashvili, t., & katcharava, t. (2018). biodiversity of medicinal plants containing essential oil and their spreading in adjara. universal journal of agricultural research, 6(3), 99–104. doi:10.13189/ujar.2018.060301. [4] memiadze, n. (2004). botanical and geographical survey of the endemics of ajara-lazeti flora. bulletin of the georgian national academy of sciences. 169 (2), 341-343. [5] dmitrieva, a. (1990). key to flora of adjara. vol. ii. tbilisi: metsniereba (in russian). [6] jakeli, e., varshanidze, n., diasamidze i., dolidze k., zarnadze n. (2018). biodiversity of medical plants of wild flora in ajara-south colchis and their usage in folk medicine. 3-rd international science symposium “new horizons in science”, proceeding book. at pristina, kosovo. 80-96. [7] novotny, l., ghuloom, h. a. a. a., & al-hasawi, n. a. (2019). structural features and biological activities of bufadienolides. research journal of pharmaceutical biological and chemical sciences, 10(1), 1147-1157. [8] tomczyk, m., gudej, j., & sochacki, m. (2002). flavonoids from ficaria verna huds. zeitschrift für naturforschung c, journal of biosciences, 57(5-6), 440–444. doi:10.1515/znc-2002-5-606. [9] guijas, c., montenegro-burke, j. r., domingo-almenara, x., palermo, a., warth, b., hermann, g., … siuzdak, g. (2018). metlin: a technology platform for identifying knowns and unknowns. analytical chemistry, 90(5), 3156–3164. doi:10.1021/acs.analchem.7b04424. [10] muchate, n. s., rajurkar, n. s., suprasanna, p., & nikam, t. d. (2019). nacl induced salt adaptive changes and enhanced accumulation of 20-hydroxyecdysone in the in vitro shoot cultures of spinacia oleracea (l.). scientific reports, 9(1). doi:10.1038/s41598-019-48737-6 [11] mamadalieva, n. z., böhmdorfer, s., zengin, g., bacher, m., potthast, a., akramov, d. k., … rosenau, t. (2019). phytochemical and biological activities of silene viridiflora extractives. development and validation of a hptlc method for quantification of 20-hydroxyecdysone. industrial crops and products, 129, 542–548. doi:10.1016/j.indcrop.2018.12.041. european%20parliament,%20united%20kingdom.%20available%20online:%20https:/nc.iucnredlist.org/redlist/content/attachment_files/redlistguidelines.pdf%20(accessed%20on%20december%202019). european%20parliament,%20united%20kingdom.%20available%20online:%20https:/nc.iucnredlist.org/redlist/content/attachment_files/redlistguidelines.pdf%20(accessed%20on%20december%202019). available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 107 the impact of trade balance of agri-food products on the state’s ability to withstand the crisis dragan dokić a* , mirna gavran b, maja gregić b, vesna gantner b a erdut municipality, bana josipa jelačića 4, dalj, croatia. b faculty of agrobiotechnology osijek, university of josip juraj strossmayer in osijek, osijek, croatia. received 02 july 2020; revised 19 august 2020; accepted 21 august 2020; published 01 september 2020 abstract the crisis represents a disorder that in contemporary society is increasingly occurring. crises are often the result of some earlier solution. the situation in agricultural production in croatia has been negative for years. inadequate taxation and high administrative burdens act to discourage the production process and impede the competitiveness of farmers. furthermore, the measures taken to create added value are not enough; they can even be said to be wrong. the current crisis, covid-19, has caused a disturbance in the market in terms of trends in supply and demand. the crisis period will show whether the country has an adequate strategy to overcome all the economic problems ahead. the aim of this paper was to analyze the readiness of the republic of croatia for crisis periods in terms of food security by analyzing the volume of agricultural production, the balance of foreign trade in agri-food products, and the structure of total agri-food product trade. the determined trend of increasing deficits in agri-food products in the foreign trade balance, particularly with eu countries, implies the state's unenviable position regarding food security, indicating the need for the implementation of adequate measures in the direction of the market organization and to facilitate investment in sustainable agriculture production systems. keywords: crisis; agricultural production; competitiveness; import; export; business efficiency. 1. introduction recessions and crises as phases of economic cycles in the real sector are mostly explained by the accumulated imbalances in the underlying macroeconomic aggregates over time, but this does not explain why these imbalances occur at all [1]. the forms of crisis escalation are manifold: the decadence of culture, the stagnation of economic prosperity, the breaking of trade ties, the collapse of recently stable production systems, the confusion of social order and the state, and others [2]. emerging market economies are facing an outflow of foreign capital, which was especially pronounced at the time of the previous economic crisis. such countries have experienced a weakening of their currencies, even at double-digit rates. foreign banks in these countries experienced losses from their claims in local currencies and experienced difficulties in collecting foreign currency-denominated loans. madžar (2010) [1] stated that the production decline in most countries is sharp and highly synchronized. already in scientific circles, there is speculation about big losses, even though the crisis caused by the covid-19 virus is only in its initial stage. precisely because of the threat to the life and health of people, states have adopted measures restricting the movement of people, but in this context, industry is suffering. this prevents the movement of capital, the workforce, the smooth circulation of money and other economic activities that are part of everyday life. the crisis, which threatens to affect * corresponding author: dragan.dokic79@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-03-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6321-0716 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 108 not only individual countries but also the world economy due to its complexity, will require a systematic approach to finding a solution [3]. this is an opportunity for transition countries to gain insight into some of the key determinants of their current aspirations in the fields of institution-building and economic policy orientations by looking at the deep determinants that caused the economic crisis. the crisis reveals some aspects of economic trends and social interactions that are not visible in "normal", stable conditions [4]. the crisis, whether caused by market or state deficiencies, has a negative impact on all economic and financial parameters and has a worrying effect on all market and public sector entities, i.e., all citizens in the state. the crisis is slowing and reducing production, sales, and investment, leading to layoffs and rising unemployment, reducing gross domestic product (gdp) and standards and quality of life [5]. for politicians, the crisis is not only the most difficult economic problem but also a special political problem [2]. without credit expansion, supply and demand tend to equalize through free price adjustment, so there is no opportunity for either cumulative expansion or cumulative depression. what happens if banks opt for credit expansion to stimulate economic activity (investment)? credit expansion involves the creation of a credit mass that is above the level provided by voluntary savings. it is only an initial impulse, which means for the market a "new fact" to which market participants adapt. thus, the effects of credit expansion are transmitted throughout the entire economic system [6]. the primary cause of cyclical fluctuations lies in changes in the amount of money in circulation, which inevitably leads to a disruption of the price system ("counterfeiting" of price signals) and, consequently, misdirection of production. changing the amount of money in circulation leads to a change in the price level [7]. with the change in the amount of money in circulation, relative prices change, and therefore the structure of production. it is necessary to implement such theoretical thinking into the economic system of the republic of croatia, that is, to direct investment funds to the development of those agricultural capacities that produce the highest market yields and from which the wider social community benefits. the aim of this paper was to analyse the readiness of the republic of croatia for crisis periods in terms of food security by analysing the volume of agricultural production, the foreign trade of agri-food products as well as the structure of total agri-food product trade. 2. material and methods according to data from the register of agricultural holdings (agency for payments in agriculture, fisheries and rural development, aprrr), in year 2018, 167,676 farms were registered, of which 162,248 were family farms (hereinafter referred to as ff) and which make up 96.8% of the total number of farmers. besides the family farms, agricultural activity performed 2,187 trades, 2,690 companies, 355 cooperatives and 196 legal entities of other organizational forms. compared to year 2017, the number of farms increased by 3,217 farms or 2%. farmers used a total of 1,133,851.8 ha of agricultural land, which is an increase of 0.9% over year 2017. the largest number of farmers in year 2017, 119,430 uses areas up to 4.99 ha (accounting for 71.2% of the total number of farmers). in year 2018 the number of these small farmers increased by 4.9%. furthermore, in year 2018, on average, one farmer uses 6.8 ha of farmland. in terms of organizational form, the largest holdings are farms that use an average of 66.7 ha of agricultural land, as follows:  cooperatives, which use on average 40.1 ha of agricultural land per cooperative;  trades, which on average use 33.8 ha of agricultural land per trade;  other organizational forms of farms use an average of 20 ha of agricultural land and;  ffs, which use an average of 5.3 ha of agricultural land per family farm. table 1. comparative view of agricultural production, import and export (mp, 2019) [8] product production in 2018, ton average production in 2013-2018 export, ton export in mil euro import, ton import in mil euro corn 2,147,275.00 1,868,920.00 516,694.00 91.13 41,309.00 26.14 wheat 738,363.00 809,786.00 506,074.00 89.71 163,254.00 28.53 sunflower 110,790.00 110,117.00 63,218.00 21.20 3,402.00 5.27 vegetables 152,899.00 151,336.00 20,221.00 26.14 103,478.00 117.41 fruit 213,910.00 213,360.00 16,983.00 14.58 204,112.00 187.90 cattle 414,125.00 413,936.00 43,824.00 45.90 130,636.00 73.10 pigs 1,049,123.00 1,049,996.00 282,065.00 40.90 485,759.00 23.00 poultry 11,413,000.00 10,658,366.00 10,087,072.00 6.70 8,998,781.00 5.40 total 336.26 466.75 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 109 the agricultural production accordingly to the products (corn, wheat, sunflower, vegetables, fruit, cattle, pigs, and poultry) in year 2018, as well as import and export are presented in table 1. in terms of exports, a positive balance is achieved in the production of corn, wheat, sunflower, pigs and poultry. furthermore, the negative balance is realized in the production of vegetables, fruits and cattle. 3. results and discussion international trade flows are of great importance from the standpoint of the development of the domestic economy and the wider environment. bajec et al. (2004) state that no economy can base its growth on the self-sufficiency of real and financial resources, and is therefore directed to international trade, whose final balance reflects the degree of growth and macroeconomic variables of a particular economy [9]. comparison of import and export value in croatia for year 2018 is presented in the figure 1. according to the value of export-import ratio, agricultural products were exported in amount of 336.26 million of euro, while agricultural products were imported in amount of 466.75 million of euro, which represents a deficit of 130.49 million of euro. figure 1. comparison of import and export value in millions of euros in croatia in year 2018 in order to obtain a complete picture of the situation in agriculture, it is necessary to coordinate the food industry and the exchange of these products in addition to primary agricultural production. foreign trade of agricultural and food products on the basis of data from the dzs (2018) [10] in year 2018 shows that agri-food products were imported in amount of 3,094.0 million of euro, while amount of exported products worth 2,082.4 million of euros, resulting in a deficit of 1,011.6 million of euro (figure 2). in the period from year 2013 till 2018 the increasing trend of exported and imported agri-food products was determined, with highest values in year 2018. also, the highest deficit was determined in the same year. furthermore, in the overall balance of trade of croatia, the balance of foreign trade in agri-food products in year 2018 was 11%. figure 2. foreign trade of agri-food products of croatia in period from year 2013 – 2018 in year 2018, in the structure of total agri-food product trade, the most traded countries were member states of the european union and cefta (figure 3). with the eu member states, 78.2% of the total value of the agri-food trade was realized, while with the cefta countries it was 15.1%. in trade with cefta countries, a surplus of 366.2 million 336.26 466.75 0.00 50.00 100.00 150.00 200.00 250.00 300.00 350.00 400.00 450.00 500.00 export import m il li o n o f e u ro hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 110 of euros was made, while in trade with eu member states a deficit of 1,380.8 million of euros was generated. figure 3. the most important export and import markets of croatia in agri-food products in year 2018 the results indicate that croatia is heavily dependent on import policy. in the event of an economic crisis and adverse economic flows when production is expected to decline and prices increase, the volume of imports will decrease, but it is very likely that the cost of imports will remain at the same level or even increase. it is therefore necessary to turn to our own capacities. croatia cannot, by its actions, prevent the global economic crisis, but it can certainly take appropriate measures on a continuous basis to mitigate its impact [11]. the process of deindustrialisation must be finally stopped, otherwise croatia will not solve the issue of unemployment and foreign trade deficit even in the medium term, while in the long term it will be condemned to technological backwardness. insisting on the development of the service sector is a concept that should not be implemented as primary. primary production is the real sector (economic activity that results in some material value for which production requires adequate knowledge, industry or agriculture). all this points to the necessity of implementation of industrial policy. the goal of industrial policy is to create conditions for sustained and rapid economic growth, above all industry [12], which will contribute to overall economic growth and improve living standards, and in the event of a crisis, strengthen the country. the recapitalization of companies, cooperatives and family farms will strengthen their competitive position. this should be achieved through various measures that increase productivity [9]. the government is responsible for policies that will encourage the development of domestic companies, improve infrastructure, and in particular knowledge infrastructure, as well as effectively maintain essential non-profit sector activities that provide the basic conditions for attracting desirable foreign investment. all developed countries have full confidence in their own economic science and are developing an original model of industrial policy. with the active role of the state, long-term industrial policy and social consensus, positive economic results can be achieved, as evidenced by the example of germany and japan in the post-war period. another of the state measures is the implementation of expansionary fiscal policy through incentives, reduction of tax pressure, all with the aim of helping the domestic market. the fiscal stimulants that affect the increase in supply through increased demand are: the granting of investment incentives and reduction of tax rates and social security contributions to reduce labour costs; granting consumer loans to citizens and corporate loans; increase social benefits for certain categories of citizens, financial assistance for the unemployed and poor households. the state has also taken over a considerable part of the interest rate management from the market through the reference interest rate, which it uses as a factor in influencing the supply and demand of money and capital in the financial market and as an incentive for investment and employment. an open market policy, in which the government issues securities mainly on the basis of a public loan, affects the amount of money in the market and its price [13, 14]. after all, it is obvious that an investment climate must be created that will hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 111 give an absolute advantage to the real sector of the economy, as it is only one that can provide stability, growth and development. 4. conclusion in the event of an economic crisis that seems unavoidable, croatia will face shortand long-term challenges, the resolution of which will depend on the model of the crisis exit strategy chosen. the speed and extent of state intervention are influenced by political factors, and each country has to identify the segments it protects through recovery plans. the activities and measures to be implemented by the state need to be directed to the real sector in order to strengthen its own production potential and thus compensate for losses in the medium term due to dependence on agricultural imports. getting out of the crisis will be neither easy nor quick. the economic slowdown and rising unemployment are problems that will be present. the obtained results show that it is necessary to implement measures that strengthen their own capacities. these measures should reduce the negative balance of imports relative to exports, that is, increase the level of competitiveness for industry. the recovery and continuous strengthening of the real sector also benefit future crises. economic vibrations should be reduced to minimize damage. in other words, the state must provide stable sources of financing for the domestic economy, as it will thus preserve its companies and labour force and thereby raise its rating with foreign investors. 5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] bracke, t., bussière, m., fidora, m., & straub, r. (2010). a framework for assessing global imbalances1. the world economy, 33(9), 1140–1174. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9701.2010.01266.x [2] lardy n.r. (2009). china`s role in the origin and response to the global recession, speeches, testimony, papers, peterson institute for international economics, 12, 156-158. [3] crotty, j. (2009). structural causes of the global financial crisis: a critical assessment of the ‘new financial architecture’. cambridge journal of economics, 33(4), 563-580. doi:10.1093/cje/bep023. [4] stiglitz, j. e., & gürkaynak, r. s. (eds.). (2015). taming capital flows. palgrave macmillan, london, united kingdom doi:10.1057/9781137427687. [5] jonung, l. (2009). the financial crisis of today: a rerun of the past, european economy news, no. 12, magazine of the directorate–general for economic and financial affairs, european commission, brussels, available online: https://lup.lub.lu.se/search/ws/files/75262877/0273_001.pdf (accessed on 10 march 2020). [6] staehr, k. (2015). the choice of exchange rate regime in emerging-market and transition economies. palgrave dictionary of emerging markets and transition economics, 60–91. doi:10.1007/978-1-137-37138-6_5. [7] lux, m., gibas, p., boumová, i., hájek, m., & sunega, p. (2016). reasoning behind choices: rationality and social norms in the housing market behaviour of first-time buyers in the czech republic. housing studies, 32(4), 517–539. doi:10.1080/02673037.2016.1219331. [8] hrvatska, r. (2019). ministarstvo poljoprivrede (mp): pravilnik o metodologiji za praćenje stanja poljoprivrednog zemljišta. narodne novine, 47, zagreb, croatia. available online: http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/cro165537.pdf (accessed on may 2020). [9] bajec, j., fabris, n., galic, j., mitrovic, s., & spasic, m. (2004). swot analysis of serbia and montenegro’s accession to the eu. transition studies review, 11(3), 42–56. doi:10.1007/s11300-004-0004-1 [10] croatian bureau of statistics, dzs. (2018) statistical yearbook of the republic of croatia. zagreb, croatia. available online: https://www.dzs.hr/hrv_eng/ljetopis/2018/sljh2018.pdf (accessed on may 2020). [11] đokić, i., fröhlich, z., & rašić bakarić, i. (2015). the impact of the economic crisis on regional disparities in croatia. cambridge journal of regions, economy and society, 9(1), 179–195. doi:10.1093/cjres/rsv030 [12] kynčlová, p., upadhyaya, s., & nice, t. (2020). composite index as a measure on achieving sustainable development goal 9 (sdg-9) industry-related targets: the sdg-9 index. applied energy, 265, 114755. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2020.114755 [13] andolfatto, d., berentsen, a., & martin, f. m. (2019). money, banking, and financial markets. the review of economic studies, 87(5), 2049–2086. doi:10.1093/restud/rdz051. [14] long, w., li, s., wu, h., & song, x. (2019). corporate social responsibility and financial performance: the roles of government intervention and market competition. corporate social responsibility and environmental management, 27(2), 525–541. doi:10.1002/csr.1817. https://lup.lub.lu.se/search/ws/files/75262877/0273_001.pdf http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/cro165537.pdf https://www.dzs.hr/eng/about_us/copyright.htm https://www.dzs.hr/hrv_eng/ljetopis/2018/sljh2018.pdf available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 187 the effect of polyvinyl alcohol concentration on the growth kinetics of ktiopo4 nanoparticles synthesized by the co-precipitation method e. gharibshahian a* a narjes vocational college, technical and vocational university, semnan, iran. received 02 september 2020; revised 06 november 2020; accepted 10 november 2020; published 01 december 2020 abstract ktiopo4 nanoparticles are known as the best candidates to be utilized for second-harmonic generation in multiphoton microscopes and bio labels. size and shape are important and effective parameters to control the properties of nanoparticles. in this paper, we will investigate the role of capping agent concentration on the size and shape control of ktp nanoparticles. we synthesized ktp nanoparticles by the co-precipitation method. polyvinyl alcohol with different mole ratios to titanium ion (1:3, 1:2, 1:1) was used as a capping agent. products were examined by x-ray diffraction patterns and scanning electron microscopy analyses. the x-ray diffraction patterns confirmed the formation of the ktp structure. the biggest (56.36 nm) and smallest (39.42 nm) grain sizes were obtained by using 1:3 and 1:1 mole ratios of capping agent, respectively. dumbly, spherical and polyhedral forms of ktp nanoparticles were observed by the change in capping agent mole ratio. the narrowest size distribution of ktiopo4 nanoparticles was obtained at a 1:1 mole ratio of capping agent. keywords: co-precipitation method; nanoparticles; potassium titanyl phosphate; size control; shape control. 1. introduction potassium titanyl phosphate (ktiopo4 or ktp) single crystals are excellent nonlinear optical materials [1-3]. they also have important technological applications in laser frequency mixing and waveguides [4]. they are good ionic conductors [5, 6] and piezo-optic materials [3]. many valuable properties of this crystal have made it a standard material in many industrial, medical, and other applications. a study on the growth conditions of ktp single crystals to improve their properties for different applications [7-9], especially for shg, started in the late nineteenth century. these crystals are industrialized, but there are a few reports of the same studies on ktp nanocrystalline. in recent years, nanoscience and technology have had potential applications in the fields of science and technology. because of it, the attention of scientists has been focused on the production of ktp nanostructures. different applications were reported for these nanoparticles, such as second harmonic generation [10], charged nanofiltration membranes [11], and bio-labels [12]. the size and shape of nanocrystals act as critical parameters for determining material properties. therefore, precise control of the size and shape of nanocrystals results in the desired chemical and physical properties. pechini [13], sol-gel [14], mechanochemical mixing [15], combustion [16], co-precipitation [17, 18], and hydrothermal [19] methods have been used to prepare ktp nanostructures. mechano chemical, sol-gel, and pechini are primitive methods for the synthesis of ktp nanoparticles. among these methods, there are problems such as * corresponding author: e.gharibshahian.physic@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-04-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4527-4307 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 188 expensive raw materials, the presence of 𝑂𝐻− ions in products, and weaknesses in the shape control of nanoparticles. co-precipitation is known as an appropriate, cheap, and simple method for controlling the size and shape of nanoparticles [20-22]. in this method, by controlling the relative rate of nucleation and growth during the nanoparticles synthesis process, shape, size, and distribution will be controlled. a capping agent is generally added to nanocrystals prepared by solution-based chemical methods to control the size and shape of the nanocrystals. capping agents with selective adsorption to specific crystal faces could be used to kinetically control the single-crystalline growth. also, it plays an important role in the formation of nanocrystal morphology. when we use polymers as capping agents, the length of their polyol’s hydrocarbon chain can determine solution viscosity. therefore, using polymers as a capping agent can greatly control the diffusion, growth process, and morphology of obtained nanoparticles. in this paper, we report a low-temperature aqueous solution-based co-precipitation method for the synthesis of ktp nanoparticles and selected polyvinyl alcohol (pva) as capping agents. pva generally acts as a holding matrix and is expected to control the size of nanoparticles and their distribution. the average grain size, particle size, and morphology of obtained nanoparticles were studied by x-ray diffraction (xrd) patterns and scanning electron microscopy (sem) analysis. 2. materials and methods the aqueous solution of titanyl chloride, high purity of potassium dihydrogen phosphate (kh2po4), potassium carbonate (k2co3) and pva as capping agent in different mole ratios to titanium ion (1:3,1:2 and 1:1) were used for the synthesis of ktp nanoparticles. the aqueous solution of titanyl chloride was produced by dissolving ti(oh)4 powder in hcl (6 n) solution. capping agent-mixed titanyl chloride solution was reacted with an aqueous solution of kh2po4 with solution concentration equal to 0.5m. solution ph was regulated at ph≈6 using k2co3 to obtain white precipitate. the obtained powders were washed by distilled water several times to remove chloride ion from them and finally dried at 100˚c under ambient condition. the initial amorphous phase, after precipitation, was calcined at 700 ˚c for 2h. the synthesis steps to obtain ktiopo4 nanoparticles are shown in figure 1. figure 1. the synthesis diagram of ktp nanoparticles by co-precipitation method 3. results and discussion 3.1. x-ray diffraction studies figure 2 shows the xrd patterns of ktp nanoparticles synthesized without using capping agent and with different mole ratios of pva as capping agent after calcination at 700˚c. for all the samples, diffraction peaks were well assigned to orthorhombic structure of ktp. x-ray analysis showed crystal lattice rotation at 1:2 mole ratio of pva as capping agent. lattice parameters were calculated equal to a= 10.58a˚, b= 12.81 a˚ and c=6.40 a˚ for 1:3 and 1:1 mole ratios of pva, which are in consistent with the values in the standard card of astm (35-0802). one’s values for pva1:2 sample were obtained equal to a=12.82, b=6.40 and c=10.59 (card no. 01-079-1569). the average crystallite size of produced samples was calculated by measuring the broadening of the xrd peaks using the scherrer equation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 189 𝐷 = 𝑘𝜆 βcos𝜃 (1) where d is the crystallite size, λ is the wavelength of the cuk𝛼 radiation (1.542å), k is a constant (0.9), β is the fullwidth at half-maximum and θ is the bragg angle. the crystallite size of obtained ktp nanoparticles under different conditions is given in table 1. crystallite size decreased with an increase in the mole ratio of the capping agent. at 1:2 and 1:3 mole ratios of pva, the number of ligands is fewer than 𝑇𝑖+2 ions. this parameter results in fewer nucleation and bigger grain size. optimum condition to kinetically control the nanoparticle grain size was observed at the 1:1 mole ratio of pva. this concentration showed the smallest grain size of the obtained ktp nanoparticles. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 190 figure 2. xrd patterns of ktp nanoparticles synthesized without and with different mole ratios of pva as capping agent table 1. crystallite size, particle size and pdi for ktp nanoparticles obtained under different conditions sample type of capping agent mole ratio of capping agent grain size (nm) particle size (nm) pdi s without capping agent 39/49 100 1/26 pva1:3 pva 1:3 56/36 115 2/25 pva1:2 pva 1:2 42/50 110 2/23 pva1:1 pva 1:1 39/42 90 1/53 3.2. scanning electron microscopy (sem) studies the fe-sem images of ktp nanoparticles synthesized without and with using different mole ratios of capping agent are shown in figure 3. poly dispersity index (pdi) [18] was calculated via image-j software. pdi and particle size of obtained ktp powders with different mole ratios of polyvinyl alcohol are given in table1. it is observed that size, size distribution, and the shape of produced nanoparticles have been affected by mole ratios variation of pva. the particle size of the obtained ktp nanoparticles increased with a decrease in the mole ratio of pva. table.1 shows using pva as a capping agent only at 1:1 mole ratio results in a decrease in grain size and particle size compared with the s sample. morphology of ktp nanoparticles for the s sample was dumbly-form but using pva as a capping agent resulted in spherical-form for pva1:3 and pva 1:2 samples and polyhedral-form for pva1:1 sample. pdi decreased with increasing the pva mole ratio for obtained samples. pva generally has the role of the holding matrix. the oh functional group of pva may temporarily bind with the metal ions through vander waals forces [23]. the amount of pva as a capping agent plays a definite role in determining the growth habit of the various crystal faces, so in determining the morphology of ktp nanocrystals. the selective adsorption of capping agents on the crystal surface results in the formation of nanoparticles with certain morphology. (a) hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 191 figure 3. fe-sem images of ktp nanoparticles synthesized (a) without capping agent and with pva as capping agent with mole ratio, (b)1:1, (c) 1:2, (d) 1:3, accompanied by size distributions curve of obtained samples with different mole ratio from another perspective, viscosity is increased by increasing the pva solution concentration. an increase in the viscosity results in difficult diffusion and migration of ions within the solution. so, the nucleation process became slower and the nucleation number decreased. decreasing the nucleation alongside the used stirring rate can provide the required conditions for steady growth at an appropriate pva concentration. in this work, increasing the amount of capping agent and using relatively high-speed stirring lead to a decrease in the grain and particle size and an increase in the structural quality of the obtained nanocrystals in the pva1:1 sample. in the absence of a capping agent, we will usually have a dumbly-formed nanoparticle. in the crystal growth process, the capping agent effectively reduces the surface energy of crystal faces, which can effectively decrease the grain adhesion. as a result, agglomeration is reduced and ktp nanoparticles with certain crystal faces are obtained at the 1:1 mole ratio of pva. on the other hand, the shape of the nanoparticles is very sensitive to the stirring rate. low capping agent concentration and relatively high stirring rates result in a spherical form of ktp nanoparticles at 1:3 and 1:2 mole ratios of pva. (b) (c) (d) hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 192 4. conclusion nanoparticles' properties are affected by different parameters such as size, shape, and structural quality. these parameters have been controlled by growth kinetics. ktiopo4 nanoparticles were synthesized by the co-precipitation method, a known method for shape and size control of the nanoparticles. to control the growth kinetics, pva as a capping agent was selected. changes in pva concentration resulted in a variety of sizes, morphologies, and size distributions of nanoparticles. for ktp nanoparticles synthesized with 1:3, 1:2, and 1:1 mole ratios of pva, grain size and particle size were obtained in the range of 39.42–56.36 nm and 90–115 nm, respectively. the smallest grain and particle size belong to the 1:1 mole ratio of the capping agent. at a constant stirring rate, at the 1:1 mole ratio of pva, the growth conditions were more stable than at other concentrations. this mole ratio resulted in the development of crystal faces and the polyhedral-form of ktp nanoparticles. other concentrations of pva showed spherical-form nanoparticles. the shape of ktp nanoparticles synthesized without a capping agent was dumbly-formed. size distribution increased with a decrease in the capping agent mole ratio. the narrowest size distribution was obtained by a 1:1 mole ratio of pva. 5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] canalias, c., nordlöf, m., pasiskevicius, v., & laurell, f. (2009). a ktiopo4 nonlinear photonic crystal for blue second harmonic generation. applied physics letters, 94(8), 081121. doi:10.1063/1.3093798. [2] zukauskas, a., pasiskevicius, v., & canalias, c. (2013). second-harmonic generation in periodically poled bulk rb-doped ktiopo_4 below 400 nm at high peak-intensities. optics express, 21(2), 1395. doi:10.1364/oe.21.001395. [3] galceran, m., pujol, m. c., carvajal, j. j., tkaczyk, s., kityk, i. v., díaz, f., & aguiló, m. (2008). synthesis and characterization of ktiopo4nanocrystals and their pmma nanocomposites. nanotechnology, 20(3), 035705. doi:10.1088/0957-4484/20/3/035705. [4] risk, w. p. (1991). fabrication and characterization of planar ion-exchanged ktiopo4waveguides for frequency doubling. applied physics letters, 58(1), 19-21. doi:10.1063/1.104436. [5] sorokin, n. i., novikova, n. e., shaldin, y. v., & tseitlin, m. (2018). structural conditionality of the ionic conductivity of mtioro4 (m = k, rb; r = p, as) single crystals. crystallography reports, 63(2), 207–211. doi:10.1134/s106377451802027x. [6] sorokin, n. i., & shaldin, y. v. (2018). ionic conductivity of ktiopo4 single crystals grown by flux crystallization under different conditions. crystallography reports, 63(5), 780–783. doi:10.1134/s1063774518050292. [7] gharibshahian, e., tafreshi, m. j., & fazli, m. (2009). growth of ktiopo4 crystals by flux technique and their characterization. j. pure. ap. phy 47, 356-361. [8] elaheh, g., & majid, j. t. (2015). the effect of cooling rate on size, quality and morphology of ktiopo4(ktp) crystals grown by different nucleation techniques. crystal research and technology, 50(8), 603–612. doi:10.1002/crat.201500002. [9] zhang, c., huang, l., zhou, w., zhang, g., hou, h., ruan, q., … wang, g. (2006). growth of ktp crystals with high damage threshold by hydrothermal method. journal of crystal growth, 292(2), 364–367. doi:10.1016/j.jcrysgro.2006.04.036. [10] le xuan, l., zhou, c., slablab, a., chauvat, d., tard, c., perruchas, s., … roch, j.-f. (2008). photostable second-harmonic generation from a single ktiopo4nanocrystal for nonlinear microscopy. small, 4(9), 1332–1336. doi:10.1002/smll.200701093. [11] abrabri, m., larbot, a., persin, m., sarrazin, j., rafiq, m., & cot, l. (1998). potassium titanyl phosphate membranes: surface properties and application to ionic solution filtration. journal of membrane science, 139(2), 275–283. doi:10.1016/s03767388(97)00259-7. [12] mayer, l., slablab, a., dantelle, g., jacques, v., lepagnol-bestel, a.-m., perruchas, s., … roch, j.-f. (2013). single ktp nanocrystals as second-harmonic generation biolabels in cortical neurons. nanoscale, 5(18), 8466. doi:10.1039/c3nr01251d. [13] dahaoui, s., hansen, n. k., protas, j., krane, h.-g., fischer, k., & marnier, g. (1999). electric properties of ktiopo4and natiopo4from temperature-dependent x-ray diffraction. journal of applied crystallography, 32(1), 1–10. doi:10.1107/s002188989800497x. [14] barbé, c. j., harmer, m. a., & scherer, g. w. (1997). sol-gel synthesis of potassium titanyl phosphate: solution chemistry and gelation. journal of sol-gel science and technology, 9(2), 183–199. doi:10.1007/bf02439398. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 193 [15] kanno, y. (1994). synthesis and sintering of ktiopo4, via mechanochemical mixing route. journal of alloys and compounds, 210(1-2), 45–52. doi:10.1016/0925-8388(94)90113-9. [16] arul dhas, n., & patil, k. c. (1993). synthesis of a1po4, lapo4 and ktiopo4 by flash combustion. journal of alloys and compounds, 202(1-2), 137–141. doi:10.1016/0925-8388(93)90532-r. [17] biswas, s. k., pathak, a., & pramanik, p. (2007). synthesis of nanocrystalline ktiopo4powder by chemical method. journal of the american ceramic society, 90(4), 1071–1076. doi:10.1111/j.1551-2916.2007.01591.x. [18] gharibshahian, e., jafar tafershi, m., & fazli, m. (2018). effects of solution concentration and capping agents on the properties of potassium titanyl phosphate noparticles synthesized using a co-precipitation method. journal of physics and chemistry of solids, 116, 241–249. doi:10.1016/j.jpcs.2018.01.015. [19] gharibshahian, e., tafreshi, m. j., & behzad, m. (2020). the effects of solution ph on structural, optical and electrical properties of ktiopo4(ktp) nanoparticles synthesized by hydrothermal method. optical materials, 109, 110230. doi:10.1016/j.optmat.2020.110230. [20] houshiar, m., zebhi, f., razi, z. j., alidoust, a., & askari, z. (2014). synthesis of cobalt ferrite (cofe2o4) nanoparticles using combustion, coprecipitation, and precipitation methods: a comparison study of size, structural, and magnetic properties. journal of magnetism and magnetic materials, 371, 43–48. doi:10.1016/j.jmmm.2014.06.059. [21] shen, l., qiao, y., guo, y., meng, s., yang, g., wu, m., & zhao, j. (2014). facile co-precipitation synthesis of shapecontrolled magnetite nanoparticles. ceramics international, 40(1), 1519–1524. doi:10.1016/j.ceramint.2013.07.037. [22] ali, s., khan, s. a., yamani, z. h., qamar, m. t., morsy, m. a., & sarfraz, s. (2018). shapeand size-controlled superparamagnetic iron oxide nanoparticles using various reducing agents and their relaxometric properties by xigo acorn area. applied nanoscience, 9(4), 479–489. doi:10.1007/s13204-018-0907-5. [23] sadeghi, b., sadjadi, m. a. s., & pourahmad, a. (2008). effects of protective agents (pva & pvp) on the formation of silver nanoparticles. international journal of nanoscience and nanotechnology, 4(1), 3-12. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 1 the study of dynamics heterogeneity in sio2 liquid g. t. t. trang a*, n. h. linh a, n. t. t. linh a, p. h. kien a* a thai nguyen university of education, 20 luong ngoc quyen, thai nguyen, viet nam. received 20 january 2020; revised 17 february 2020; accepted 19 february 2020; published 01 march 2020 abstract a molecular dynamics simulation has been carried out to investigate the dynamics heterogeneity of sio2 liquid at 2600 kelvin and ambient pressure. we indicate that the diffusion in the liquid is realized by the rate of effective reaction, sioxsiox’ and osiyosiy’. moreover, the reactions are non-uniform: they are spatially clustered. in addition, we found the clustering from different sets of atoms specified by the mobility of atom or frequency of reactions. also, results show that the clustering becomes more pronounced at ambient pressure. this evidences the dynamic heterogeneity in the sio2 liquid. keywords: wolf pack algorithm; improvement; adaptive; levy flight; structural optimization. 1. introduction dynamical heterogeneity (dh), which has been mentioned in many studies, is spatiotemporal fluctuations in local dynamical behavior [1, 2]. experimental studies found the phenomenon in polymers [3] and organic compounds [4]. the nuclear magnetic resonance experiment confirmed the existence of dh in k2sio3 by sen (2008) [5]. however, these experiments have not provided information about the spatial arrangement of mobile or immobile atoms. more detailed information about the features of these atoms can be given by computer simulations because they can observe the motion of individual atoms. for example, hoang et al. (2007) [6] investigated liquid sio2 at some pressures and indicated that the displacement distribution of atoms at a density of about 5.35 g/cm3 is non-gaussian, which is completely different from dynamical homogeneous systems. they believed that it was evidence of heterogeneous dynamics. molecular dynamic simulation for lennard-jones systems found evidence of dh based on the multi-point correlation equation [7, 8]. this equation only indirectly detects the dh and does not mention the cause of the existence of faster and slower regions. however, experimental results have found evidence of the breakdown and recombination of si-o bonds [9] in liquid sio2. hung et al. (2019 and 2020) [10-12] continuously informed us that o atoms in the coordination number unit siox can move to the next unit (si for osiy) when the transition occurs between the units as follows: siox↔siox’ và osiy ↔sioy’ (1) the heterogeneous distribution of transformations (1) leads to the existence of some faster and slower regions whose conversion frequency is larger or smaller. also, due to the breakdown and recombination of these si-o bonds, the list of coordinated atoms of each atom in the system over time may not change, change, change the most or the * corresponding author: tranggt@tnue.edu.vn; phamhuukien@dhsptn.edu.vn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-01-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1002-9678 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 2 least. when an atom is classified into the group of atoms that are stable, unstable, most mobile, or immobile, respectively, the atoms in each of these groups are distributed heterogeneously in the system and form clusters in space that are stable, unstable, most mobile or immobile regions, respectively. in addition, by tracking the atoms in a liquid, it is possible to group the atoms in the system into a set of the fastest and slowest atoms [8, 13]. when the structure of this material comprises the fastest and slowest regions, the results in xu et al. (2012) and vargheese et al. (2010) studies [14, 15] have visualized the fastest and slowest atoms in liquid models. the formation of heterogeneous dynamic regions in liquid sio2 mentioned above is similar to the heterogeneous regions which are proposed in cooperatively rearranging regions theory by adam and gibbs (1965), mode coupling theory by gotze and sjogren (1992), or the theory of two-order-parameter by tanaka (2005) [16-18]. in general, the dh is always expected to relate to structural heterogeneity [8, 17, 19-22]. however, the origin of dh is still not properly understood yet. therefore, this problem needs more systematic and extensive studies. so, in the present paper, we focus on the reactions of dh. and then we determine the clustering from specified sets of atoms to clarify the relationship between the nature of dh and the structural heterogeneity in the liquid sio2. 2. computational procedure the models composing 1000 silicon and 2000 oxygen atoms have been generated by means of md simulation. we used the van beest–kramer–van santen (bks) potential. the md step is equal to 0.478 fs. initial configuration is generated by randomly placing all particles in a simulation box. this configuration first is heated to 5000 k and cooled down to 2600 k. then, the sample has been compressed to specified density. next the sample is relaxed in nt-v ensemble (the constant volume and temperature). then to collect dynamical data we have relaxed the obtained model in n-e-v ensemble (the constant volume and energy) for long times. the temperature and pressure is calculated by averaging over 1000 configurations separated by 10 steps. the volume v and temperature t are maintained several times to reach the desired temperature and pressure. more details about the preparing bks model can be found elsewhere [23, 24]. next, the coordination cell which consists of a central atom and neighbors is considered as follows. the distance between central atom and neighbor is less than cutoff distance which is equal to 2.40 å. the bond is formed by a pair of o and si which locate in the distance less than the cutoff distance. as a reaction happens, the current bond breaks or new bond is created. most reactions are sioxsiox1 and osiyosiy1. other types also occur, for instance sioxsiox+2. however, they occur extremely rarely. figures 1a and 1b shows how atoms rearrange when two reactions occur. for the first case, a bond is replaced by new bond. in second case, a bond is broken and then restored. the difference between two cases concerns that the atoms in the second case almost vibrate around fix positions. the reaction in first case is called effective reaction. figure 1. schematic illustration of two reactions: a) the reactions sio4sio5, sio5sio4 happen and the bond si12o2 is replaced by si12o6; b) the reactions sio5sio4, sio4sio5 happen and the bond si10o5 is broken, then restored (a) 1 2 3 4 15 1 2 3 4 15 6 1 3 4 15 6 1 2 3 4 11 5 1 2 3 4 11 1 2 3 4 11 5 (b) hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 3 we first determine sets mi consisting of 50 silicon and 100 oxygen (5 % total of atoms); i = 1, 2…5. the atoms of m1 are chosen randomly from the system. other mi is specified by the mobility of atoms or the frequency of reactions. the m2, m3 composes of most mobile and immobile atoms. we regard the most mobile and immobile atoms to ones that they displace for the time td over a distance larger or smaller than remaining atoms in the system, respectively. thereby the set m2, m3 is determined from the positions of atom in the starting configuration and the configuration at time td. the m4, m5 consists of atoms with which the reactions happen most frequently or rarely, respectively. the set m4, m5 is determined from the number of reactions which happen with the atoms of these sets within the time td. 3. results and discussion we first examine pair radial distribution function (prdf) as seen in figure 2 (left) and compared to previous studies [23, 24]. the result is consistent with the experiment in the positions and heights of prdf peaks. from prdf, we calculated the averaged coordination numbers for pair si-o, o-si for the configuration at ambient pressure, they is closed to 4 and 2, respectively. it shows the tetrahedral network structure of sio2 liquid. this tetrahedral network structure can be seen in the figure 2 (right). one can see mainly the units sio4 and linkages osi2 and only has some the units sio5 as well as the linkages osi3. figure 2. the prdf (left) and snapshots of arrangement of atoms (right) in the sio2 liquid at 2600 k and ambient pressure; blue (large) and red (small) spheres represent si and o, respectively as we known, the dh in the liquid system is often detected by the time dependence of the self-part gs(r,t) of the van hove correlation function for the particles [8, 24]. the deviation of gs(r,t) from a gaussian form at intermediate times reflected the existence of dh in the system, where r is the distance traveled by a particle in a time t. hence, deviations can be determined by the non-gaussian parameter which has the form as below: 4 2 2 2 3 ( ) ( ) 1, 5 ( ) r t t r t        (2) where 2 ( )r t  is the mean squared displacement, if the system is dynamically homogeneous α2(t)=0 at high temperatures due to the dynamical homogeneous and it has a maximum at lower temperatures due to the dynamical heterogeneities. in this paper, we detect the dh by mobility of atoms. namely, we examine the types of atomic motion and dh in sio2 liquid. in figure 3 we show the mean square displacement (msd) of central atom at the ambient pressure. we denote n is the number of init-bonds which are linked to the central atom. because central atom and n neighbors move together during the time considered, hence the set of central atom and n neighbors behaves like a super-molecule (sm) which flows in the liquid. the sm consists of n+1 atom. the msd is obtained by averaging over all central atoms 0 3 6 9 12 0 3 6 9 12 t h e p r d f , g (r ) r (angstrom) si-o si-si o-o hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 4 having the same n. as seen from figure 3, msd for central atom with small n is larger than one with big n. therefore, the mobility of central atom is correlated with the size of sm. moreover, the msd of sio4 units is unchanged with the time. this is caused by the stable of sio4 network-structure at ambient pressure. figure 3. the msd of siox and osiy units in sio2 liquid according to hung et al. (2016) [25], the dh connected to the clustering from most mobile and immobile atoms in the system. therefore, we also use the approximation to observe clustering from sets of m2 and m3 indicated dh in the liquid. to analyze the trajectory of atoms of mi (i=2, 3) we first determine mi in the configuration at time td = 10 ps and at ambient pressure. then we determine the clusters and mcmi in the configurations at different time. the data is shown in figure 4. it can be seen that the mcmi found varies from 55 to 68 that significantly smaller than mcm1 which is in the interval from 99 to 114. this can be interpreted by that the atoms of m2 and m3 reside in the separate regions. within the time considered the atoms of m2 and m3 do not move in random directions, but they displace so that those regions are internally rearranged. figure 4. the msd (left) and number of clusters (right) for atoms of m2 and m3. the set m2 and m3 is determined for the configuration at td = 10 ps and at ambient pressure 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 25 the time, ps t h e m e a n s q u a re d is p la c e m e n t, å 2 t h e m e a n s q u a re d is p la c e m e n t, å 2 sio0; sio1 sio2; sio3 sio4 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 25 osi1 osi2 osi3 the time, ps 2 4 6 8 10 55 60 65 70 75 t h e m s d o f a to m s t h e n u m b e r o f c lu s te rs the time, ps m2 m3 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 3 6 9 12 15 m2 m3 the time, ps hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 5 on the other hand, the clustering of atoms in sets of m4 and m5 shows that the reactions are not uniformly distributed in the liquid, but they happen with quite different frequency in separate regions. expectedly, figure 5 shows the msd and the mean number of reaction per atom for m1, m4 and m5 in the configuration at ambient pressure. one can see that the atoms in set of m1 move in average over a distance larger than m5, but significantly smaller than m4. this implies that the mobility of atoms of m1, m4 and m5 increases in the order from m5, m1 to m4. the clustering and significant difference in the mobility of atoms from m4, m5 indicates that there are mobile regions where reactions frequently happen and immobile ones where reactions occur rarely. this result also indicates the dh which is caused by the non-uniform spatial distribution of reactions. figure 5. the mean number of reactions per atom (right) and msd for the configuration (left) at ambient pressure figure 6 shows the snapshot of 5 % the most mobile (a), 5 % the most immobile (b) atoms and 5% the randomly atoms (c) in sio2 liquid. compared to the randomly atoms, the most mobile and immobile are non-uniform distributed in space, but instead they lead to cluster with each other into the separate groups/clusters. this trend also shows from snapshot of the positions where the reactions happen as seen figure 7. it can be seen that the reactions happen rarely as well as frequently non-uniform distributed in the space. namely, they are distributed corresponding with the immobile regions and with the mobile regions, respectively. the figures 6 and 7 informs that atoms of similar mobility are spatially correlated and that atoms with different mobility tend to be anti-correlated. it is noted that the correlation is quantitatively considered by calculating static pair correlation functions between atoms belonging to the mobile/immobile regions [8]. these results again demonstrated that the dh which is caused by the non-uniform spatial distribution of the most mobile or immobile. figure 6. snapshot of the positions of 5 % the most mobile (m3), 5 % the most immobile (m2) atoms and 5 % the randomly atoms (m1) in sio2 liquid. here the blue sphere is si or o atom 2 4 6 8 10 2 4 6 8 t h e n u m b e r o f re a c ti o n s t h e m s d o f a to m s the time, ps m1 m4 m5 2 4 6 8 10 0 50 100 150 200 250 m1 m4 m5 the time, ps (m3) (m2) (m1) hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 6 figure 7. snapshot of the positions where the reactions happens rarely (m4) and frequently (m5) in the space; here the purple sphere presents the positions of reaction 4. conclusion the results show that the reactions are not uniformly distributed in the liquid. we reveal that within the time studied, the liquid comprises separate mobile and immobile regions. large rigid clusters consist of immobile atoms which vibrate around fixed positions. mobile atoms move by free or correlation motion type. the reactions happen rarely in the immobile regions, but frequently in the mobile regions. we also show that the non-uniform spatial distribution of reactions causes the dh in the liquid. our simulation reveals the clustering from sets mi, which are specified by the atom mobility or frequency of reaction. the clustering is most pronounced for the configuration at ambient pressure. this shows dh in the liquid. we also found that the non-uniform spatial distribution of reactions is responsible for dh. 5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] mizuno, h., & yamamoto, r. (2011). dynamical heterogeneity in a highly supercooled liquid: consistent calculations of correlation length, intensity, and lifetime. physical review e, 84(1). doi:10.1103/physreve.84.011506. [2] franz, s., parisi, g., ricci-tersenghi, f., & rizzo, t. (2011). field theory of fluctuations in glasses. the european physical journal e, 34(9). doi:10.1140/epje/i2011-11102-0. [3] tracht, u., wilhelm, m., heuer, a., feng, h., schmidt-rohr, k., & spiess, h. w. (1998). length scale of dynamic heterogeneities at the glass transition determined by multidimensional nuclear magnetic resonance. physical review letters, 81(13), 2727–2730. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.81.2727. [4] qiu, x. and ediger, m. d. (2003). length scale of dynamic heterogeneity in supercooledd-sorbitol: comparison to model predictions. the journal of physical chemistry b, 107(2), 459–464. doi:10.1021/jp021888b. [5] sen, s. (2008). differential mobility and spatially heterogeneous dynamics of oxygen atoms in a supercooled glass-forming network liquid. physical review b, 78(10). doi:10.1103/physrevb.78.100201. [6] hoang, v. v., zung, h., & hai, n. t. (2007). diffusion and dynamical heterogeneity in simulated liquid sio2under high pressure. journal of physics: condensed matter, 19(11), 116104. doi:10.1088/0953-8984/19/11/116104. [7] flenner, e., & szamel, g. (2007). anisotropic spatially heterogeneous dynamics in a model glass-forming binary mixture. journal of physics: condensed matter, 19(20), 205125. doi:10.1088/0953-8984/19/20/205125. [8] vogel, m., & glotzer, s. c. (2004). temperature dependence of spatially heterogeneous dynamics in a model of viscous silica. physical review e, 70(6). doi:10.1103/physreve.70.061504. (m5) (m4) hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 7 [9] mei, q., benmore, c. j., & weber, j. k. r. (2007). structure of liquid sio2: a measurement by high-energy x-ray diffraction. physical review letters, 98(5). doi:10.1103/physrevlett.98.057802. [10] hung, p. k., hong, n. v., trang, g. t. t., & iitaka, t. (2019). topological analysis on structure and dynamics of sio2 liquid with the help of si-particle and o-particle statistics. materials research express, 6(8), 085201. doi:10.1088/20531591/ab1c73. [11] hung, p. k., vinh, l. t., hong, n. v., trang, g. t. t., & nhan, n. t. (2019). insight into microstructure and dynamics of network forming liquid from the analysis based on shell–core particles. the european physical journal b, 92(8). doi:10.1140/epjb/e2019-100255-8. [12] hung, p. k., vinh, l. t., ha, n. t., trang, g. t. t., & hong, n. v. (2020). domain structure and oxygen-pockets in the silica melt under pressure. journal of non-crystalline solids, 530, 119780. doi:10.1016/j.jnoncrysol.2019.119780. [13] vogel, m., & glotzer, s. c. (2004). spatially heterogeneous dynamics and dynamic facilitation in a model of viscous silica. physical review letters, 92(25). doi:10.1103/physrevlett.92.255901. [14] xu, w.-s., sun, z.-y., & an, l.-j. (2012). effect of attractions on correlation length scales in a glass-forming liquid. physical review e, 86(4). doi:10.1103/physreve.86.041506. [15] vargheese, k. d., tandia, a., & mauro, j. c. (2010). origin of dynamical heterogeneities in calcium aluminosilicate liquids. the journal of chemical physics, 132(19), 194501. doi:10.1063/1.3429880. [16] adam, g., & gibbs, j. h. (1965). on the temperature dependence of cooperative relaxation properties in glass‐forming liquids. the journal of chemical physics, 43(1), 139-146. doi:10.1063/1.1696442. [17] gotze, w., & sjogren, l. (1992). relaxation processes in supercooled liquids. reports on progress in physics, 55(3), 241–376. doi:10.1088/0034-4885/55/3/001. [18] tanaka, h. (2005). two-order-parameter model of the liquid–glass transition. ii. structural relaxation and dynamic heterogeneity. journal of non-crystalline solids, 351(43-45), 3385–3395. doi:10.1016/j.jnoncrysol.2005.09.009. [19] weeks, e. r., j. c. crocker, a. c. levitt, a. schofield, and d. a. wei (2000). three-dimensional direct imaging of structural relaxation near the colloidal glass transition. science, 287(5453), 627–631. doi:10.1126/science.287.5453.627. [20] weeks, e. r., crocker, j. c., & weitz, d. a. (2007). shortand long-range correlated motion observed in colloidal glasses and liquids. journal of physics: condensed matter, 19(20), 205131. doi:10.1088/0953-8984/19/20/205131. [21] tanaka, h., kawasaki, t., shintani, h., & watanabe, k. (2010). critical-like behaviour of glass-forming liquids. nature materials, 9(4), 324–331. doi:10.1038/nmat2634. [22] kawasaki, t., & tanaka, h. (2011). structural signature of slow dynamics and dynamic heterogeneity in two-dimensional colloidal liquids: glassy structural order. journal of physics: condensed matter, 23(19), 194121. doi:10.1088/09538984/23/19/194121. [23] hung, p. k., hong, n. v., & vinh, l. t. (2007). diffusion and structure in silica liquid: a molecular dynamics simulation. journal of physics: condensed matter, 19(46), 466103. doi:10.1088/0953-8984/19/46/466103. [24] tatarinova, l. i. (1983). structure of solid amorphous and liquid substances. from: moscow, nauka, 619097. [25] hung, p. k., kien, p. h., san, l. t., & hong, n. v. (2016). the study of diffusion in network-forming liquids under pressure and temperature. physica b: condensed matter, 501, 18–25. doi:10.1016/j.physb.2016.07.033. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 65 issn: 2723-9535 ahp approach for determining category in social media content creation in order to maximize revenue per mille (rpm) kevin joseph de guzman 1*, rex aurelius c. robielos 1 1 school of industrial engineering and engineering management, mapua university, intramuros, manila, philippines. received 20 november 2021; revised 22 january 2022; accepted 24 january 2022; published 01 march 2022 abstract this study utilizes the analytic hierarchy process (ahp) in the selection of an optimal niche or category of videos for maximizing view count. the main income from videos is derived from rpm, which is a set amount per thousand views. a set of criteria was determined from attributes in the dataset that logically contribute to either the videos’ seo or trend/popularity. the criteria in question were also determined by commonalities across a vast number of video content platforms, which focus more on the essential attributes of a video. in order to perform pairwise comparison, weights were derived from coefficients generated using linear regression. following the creation of the model, we identify the categories with the highest potential for gaining views. based on the results, the study may be performed in another time frame to reflect the major shifts in public interest over time. thus, the importance of its repeatability and degree of usability across datasets from different platforms is emphasized. keywords: analytical hierarchy process; regression analysis; video content creation; social media. 1. introduction in contemporary society, social media is changing the way people create, share, and consume information [1]. these social media platforms are being driven by the content created by and for their users. these types of content are known as user generated content (ugc). being a content producer on these platforms is becoming a more viable way to earn an income in the creative space. the content production through social media allow users to fulfil their information, entertainment, and mood management needs, while its generation (or sharing) allows for self-expression and self-actualization [2]. the exponential growth of social media in contemporary society makes them necessary tools for communication, content creation, sharing, and business growth [3]. with more and more creators present on a platform, competition can be detrimental to success since viewership share is diluted by more participants. one other factor is the introduction of content from traditional media companies, usually in the form of video clips of shows broadcast on television networks and cable networks. these types of content are called non-user generated content. for traditional media companies interested in entering the internet media market, one would have to use one of the many video sharing platforms. they have the capacity and capability to produce content on any topic or category. however, not all content posted on video platforms such as youtube gets the desired attention, and only a fraction can reach a large audience, particularly the videos posted by social media marketers expecting millions of views [4-8]. companies want to identify these categories with the highest potential for a high number of views on the platform, thereby maximizing profit while considering parameters affecting the quality and timeliness of video production and publishing. * corresponding author: kevindeguzman129@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1011-0161 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 66 in this paper, we measure the characteristics of videos from different categories, in terms of video duration, view counts, and user engagement, and assess their potential for revenue. by understanding the characteristics of videos with high view counts, the study will help traditional media companies determine the type of content they would want to produce to ensure returns on investment. based on our initial observations of the data [9], we discovered that the videos in different categories have noticeably different characteristics. this study aims to identify categories with the potential for high view counts, using criteria common to most video sharing platforms. the study also aims to formulate a methodology that can be easily reused against different video sharing platforms, as well as across time periods. 2. methods 2.1. dataset the data is sourced from video sharing websites from 2017 (n~200,000). the features we consider for each video are video length (in seconds), number of views, category names, video resolution, the word count of the title, and the word count of the tags used. features common to social media platforms are functions to boost social interaction [10], such as, the user’s ability to post comments on a video, like or dislike a video, or share a video on other social networking platforms such as facebook or twitter. for this study, we will incorporate likes and dislikes and/or their ratio. the features that were identified for this study can be found on most, if not all, social media platforms, especially for video content. this is to enable the methodology to be used easily across datasets from the different platforms, which in and of themselves have different priorities. for example, some platforms only permit short form videos, while platforms directed at gaming content generally have hour-long videos. another example is with categories, where there are different methods of categorization per platform. 2.2. linear regression in calculating criterion weights in the analytic hierarchy process (ahp), the decision maker makes comparisons between pairs of attributes or alternatives. in real applications the comparisons are subject to judgmental errors. based on this model we present the formulae for the evaluation of the estimates of the ahp-weights obtained by regression analysis [11]. for the calculation of weight for each criterion, we utilized linear regression to estimate weights from the resulting coefficients. the target variable would be view count as it is the primary driver of assessing rate of income on any video sharing platform. the model is presented in statistical formula as follows: �̂� = 𝑏𝑜 + 𝑏1𝑋1 + 𝑏2𝑋2 + 𝑏3𝑋3 + 𝑏4𝑋4 + 𝑏5𝑋5 (1) where: �̂�: views; 𝑋1: length; 𝑋2: quality; 𝑋3: title length count; 𝑋4: tag word count; 𝑋5: like to dislike ratio, denoted as rating. 2.3. linear regression in calculating alternative weights with regards to each criterion using the same process as with assessing weights for criteria, the researcher performed the same with regards to each category. as with any topics that can be viewed on the platform, not all of them can be produced in such a way that exemplify the attributes identified as primary success factors. in order to perform regression on multiple categorical variables, the categories are coded into its’ own matrix of boolean values. a sample of the model is shown below: 𝐶1̂ = 𝑏𝑜 + 𝑏1𝑋1 + 𝑏2𝑋2 + 𝑏3𝑋3 + 𝑏4𝑋4 + ⋯ + 𝑏𝑛𝑋𝑛 (2) where: 𝐶1̂: criterion coefficient 𝑋𝑛: category n (as parsed and identified from the dataset) this process is repeated for each criterion. with this we can proceed with presenting the ahp model with the weights being provided by the above methods. then, pairwise comparisons are made and calculated after estimation of hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 67 weights from applying linear regression against criteria and against the category with regards to the criteria. this was done via python using numpy, scikit-learn, pandas, as well as other utility functions. 2.4. analytic hierarchy process (ahp) model figure 1 shows the 4 layers of ahp. the first layer shows the main goal, which is the identification of the category/topic to focus on for maximum potential views. the primary criteria the researched has selected are production quality, search engine optimization, and user engagement. the secondary criteria that the researcher has selected are length, quality, # of words in the video title, # of tags used to describe the video, or by votes, ratings, likes or dislikes. figure 1. generalized ahp model these criteria are generally the parameters content creators tune during the production process. length is an important decision to make as it is highly correlated with production time. content producers must decide on a balance of production time and quality to ensure a consistent upload schedule. video quality is another primary factor as this pertains to the actual recording quality, as well as production value. tags improve the videos’ visibility in the platform’s search functionality. user rating reflects how well the videos are received by viewers, this may depend on the presentation (positive/negative, conservative/controversial) of a specific issue or topic within the general category. also, videos with higher ratio of likes per view, higher negative sentiment in comments, and higher view count are more likely to be watched [12]. higher user engagement in any kind of way is more likely to be shared, in either to continue the discussion or to have their social network have a say in the content of the video. videos from different categories have different statistics on video duration, popularity, user engagement and so on [9], and thus each category have different priorities in which to maximize views. video platforms permits users to share different categories of videos with different groups of people [13]. thus, we believe that different types or categories of video (e.g., music, comedy, drama, and animation) may affect view count differently. 3. results 3.1. dataset exploration and pre-requisites for linear regression from the dataset, alternatives were generated from the unique categories of the data used, which resulted into 84 categories. categorical data is converted into binary columns before performing linear regression. data was processed in python using standard statistical libraries. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 68 for the features in the dataset, shown from a sample set in figure 2, we have video length in seconds, number of views, number of likes and dislikes, the number of tags, and the word count of the title. we observe that there can be cases where two (or more) categories can be tied to a video. this will be considered upon creation of the model through the means of coding. aside from this we also have the quality variable denoted as “hd” in the dataset. further inspection of the likes and dislikes, we can simplify into a singular value as a ratio between the two. this is to remove multi-collinearity between likes and dislikes. figure 2. sample of the dataset looking at the summary statistics of the dataset in figure 3, we see that the average video length is about 15 minutes, with the minimum of 5 seconds. this may be due to having videos from short duration video platforms line vine or tiktok, re-published to other video sharing websites. videos longer that 15 minutes tend to be educational in nature, or in the form of radio shows and/or podcasts on a myriad of topics. an appealing study on user generated content illustrated the result of difference video popularity and length between user generated content and non-user generated content [14-16]. a mean view count of around 420k shows us that most of the videos on the dataset are somewhat popular in nature. title and word count seem to be in close correlation, as tags can be derived from keywords used in video titles. some such practices are called keyword brainstorming in the seo space. figure 3. summary statistics of numerical data in dataset 3.2. pre-requisites for linear regression one of the prerequisites in utilizing linear regression is to verify if the independent variables follow a normal distribution. a normal distribution is a probability distribution of outcomes that is symmetrical or forms a bell curve. in a normal distribution 68% of the results fall within one standard deviation and 95% fall within two standard deviations. in order to visualize this, we need to plot the logarithmic values of the independent variables individually. inspecting the log density of the numerical variables in figure 4, we could see that almost all, apart from tag count, can be considered a normal distribution. this shows that most variables are appropriate to be used in linear regression in order to get weights from the coefficients. 3.3. linear regression from the results, we see that that the r-score for the linear regression model to predict view count from the independent variables (length, quality, title/tag word count, and like to dislike ratio), would be around 0.02, which is quite low. regardless of the r-squared, the significant coefficients still represent the mean change in the response for one unit of change in the predictor while holding other predictors in the model constant. as such, we can still draw important conclusions about how changes in the predictor values are associated with changes in the response value. for the weighs of alternatives shown in table 1, we can see that quality has the highest r score from the criteria, followed by tag word count, rating, title word count, with length having the smallest score. with average network throughput increasing year-by-year, it is apparent that more and more users demand content produced in higher fidelity. improvements in screen resolution for both mobile devices and home systems affect viewing experience negatively when consuming lower quality videos. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 69 figure 4. log distribution of primary independent variables table 1. identified criteria with calculated weights criteria coefficient weight length 3.575928 0.000032 quality 57838.21097 0.510905 title word count 11411.26086 0.1008 tag word count 28163.24316 0.248776 rating 15791.0216 0.139488 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 70 table 2 presents the results after the creation of the linear regression models to verify how well the metrics affect the primary criteria. it is apparent that video quality holds the most weight in determining the popularity of a video. tag count also has a significant effect on views as it positively affects the videos’ visibility in search results as well as their being correctly identified in profiling algorithms. it will be more likely to be suggested to viewers who have also watched videos that have similar tags. table 2. table of r scores for model with regards to each criterion criteria r score length 0.006244838 quality 0.990978027 title word count 0.074178505 tag word count 0.273546934 rating 0.139005149 user rating follows tag count in the comparison of r scores. videos suggested based on the profiling of viewers’ interests will also have a higher likelihood of being liked, commented on, and shared by those users. viewers who are trying to find content outside their usual interests may be attracted to a video with a higher level of user engagement. title word count has a slightly less significant score than that of tag count. it may be due to the limitations of how much information one is able to include in such a small space. at most times, titles are used to entice viewers to misleading to the actual content, aptly named "click bait" titles. using more tags that describe the video in order to increase visibility in search engines also proves to be a good indicator that it will have more views. keywords taken from either the video’s title or determined through keyword brainstorming can be an effective way of capturing more viewer share. scores from user engagement, either through voting or a like/dislike system, also prove to be a good metric in determining whether a specific video gets more views. as more and more active viewers engage with the content through the provided means, it is more likely to be shared across their own social networks, thus increasing the view count even further. title word count has a significantly lower weight when compared to tag count, as tags don’t have the limitation of character or word length. some context may be lost when titles must be able to convey the essence of the video in such a short space. in certain videos, titles and tags are used in complement, with having a catchy title not exactly describing what the video entails, while having tags correctly identify content for target viewers. the lowest weight was video length. as seen from the summary statistics, videos come in many lengths and forms, from 5 seconds to a couple of hours. as far as the results show, video length does not entirely matter in terms of potential view counts. shorter videos can be consumed easily, while longer videos tend to have more potential for revenue outside of view counts, such as advertisements that are part of the production, or advertisements inserted by the platform in the middle of videos. with these primary weights, we can proceed to calculate the weights for the alternatives for each of the criteria. 3.4. ahp weight calculation table 3 shows the calculated weights for the top 5 categories, with weights against each criterion, with the final column being the final composite weight. as the previous section observed the weights regarding views, this section will discuss observations made on the distribution of the weights for each category. table 3 shows that the top two categories were concerned with video/production quality. however, the 2nd top category’s composite weight (cat42) holds close to the top category even though it has a significantly lower weight on the length criteria. this may prove to show that video length does not entirely matter if the video production quality is high. the 3rd category (cat5) might describe average-length videos but with lower video quality. its composite weight is being raised by higher quality or number of tags, as well as its user rating, which has the highest weight of the top 3 categories. table 3. top categories from the utilized methodology alternative weight vs. length weight vs. quality title word count tag word count weight vs. rating composite weight cat34 0.03421495 0.4067542 0.041242 0.023159 0.002266 0.218049 cat42 0.0048955 0.40560906 0.021549 0.010997 0.011571 0.21375 cat5 0.01885897 0.08716162 0.013686 0.014179 0.014565 0.051471 cat29 0.00130151 0.01740777 0.036413 0.009682 0.002597 0.015335 cat71 0.00818821 0.00266157 0.013987 0.012763 0.013788 0.007868 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 71 4. conclusion the utilization of linear regression for estimating weights in ahp proved to be a good approach for processing data generated from high-traffic social media platforms. it can remove biases that can come from small sample sizes, such as surveys directed at a handful of executives. the more data-driven research becomes, it is inherently more reliable, and the more easily it can be implemented in other industries or subject matters. the independent variables in the study were chosen with the importance of being able to apply the methodology across different video platforms, as well as being easy to repeat in periodic time frames. this is to easily capture shifts in trends, changes in categorization, as well as changes in how videos are measured. from this study, we have found that for the dataset used, video length does not matter as much as view count. also, we have found out that while some attributes have consistent weights across most categories, like search engine optimization related attributes (titles, tags), some categories value other attributes more than those of other categories. this can be useful to media companies, or other individuals who peruse the methods in this study, to selectively control how a production should be made for the categories they have selected. it can also be noted that the study did not select a singular category. instead, the study presents the top categories by their composite weight. this is to further express that different categories have characteristics that may be better or worse than those of their peers, with composite weights being relatively equal. this would mean that the individuals who may use this model can have more control over the final decision of selecting a category according to their priority over certain video attributes. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, k.j.d.; methodology, k.j.d.; software, k.j.d.; validation, k.j.d.; formal analysis, k.j.d.; investigation, k.j.d.; resources, k.j.d.; data curation, k.j.d.; writing—original draft preparation, k.j.d.; writing— review and editing, k.j.d. and r.r.; visualization, k.j.d.; supervision, r.r.; project administration, k.j.d.; funding acquisition, k.j.d. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] mangold, w. g., & faulds, d. j. (2009). social media: the new hybrid element of the promotion mix. business horizons, 52(4), 357–365. doi:10.1016/j.bushor.2009.03.002. [2] shao, g. (2009). understanding the appeal of user-generated media: a uses and gratification perspective. internet research, 19(1), 7–25. doi:10.1108/10662240910927795. [3] kaplan, a. m., & haenlein, m. (2010). users of the world, unite! the challenges and opportunities of social media. business horizons, 53(1), 59–68. doi:10.1016/j.bushor.2009.09.003. [4] khan, g. f., & vong, s. (2014). virality over youtube: an empirical analysis. internet research, 24(5), 629–647. doi:10.1108/intr-05-2013-0085. [5] helming, a. g., adler, d. s., keltner, c., igelman, a. d., & woodworth, g. e. (2021). the content quality of youtube videos for professional medical education: a systematic review. academic medicine, 96(10), 1484–1493. doi:10.1097/acm.0000000000004121. [6] buntain, c., bonneau, r., nagler, j., & tucker, j. a. (2021). youtube recommendations and effects on sharing across online social platforms. proceedings of the acm on human-computer interaction, 5(cscw1), 1–26. doi:10.1145/3449085. [7] budzinski, o., gaenssle, s., & lindstädt, n. (2020). the battle of youtube, tv and netflix – an empirical analysis of competition in audio-visual media markets. ssrn electronic journal, 1(9), 1–26. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3569553. [8] sashittal, h. c., & jassawalla, a. r. (2021). brands as personal narratives: learning from user–youtube–brand interactions. journal of brand management, 28(6), 657–670. doi:10.1057/s41262-021-00248-4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 72 [9] yang, w., & qian, z. (2011). understanding the characteristics of category-specific youtube videos. in entstanden im rahmen eines informatikseminars an der kanadischen simon fraser university, burnaby, canada. [10] benevenuto, f., duarte, f., rodrigues, t., almeida, v., almeida, j., & ross, k. (2008). understanding video interactions in youtube. mm’08 proceedings of the 2008 acm international conference on multimedia, with co-located symposium and workshops, 761–764. doi:10.1145/1459359.1459480. [11] laininen, p., & hämäläinen, r. analyzing ahp-matrices by regression. european journal of operational research, 148, 514–524 10 1016 0377–2217 02 00430–7. [12] park, m., naaman, m., & berger, j. (2016). a data-driven study of view duration on youtube. proceedings of the 10th international conference on web and social media, icwsm 2016, cologne, germany, 651–654. [13] lange, p. g. (2007). publicly private and privately public: social networking on youtube. journal of computer-mediated communication, 13(1), 361–380. doi:10.1111/j.1083-6101.2007.00400.x. [14] cha, m., kwak, h., rodriguez, p., ahnt, y. y., & moon, s. (2007). i tube, you tube, and everybody tubes: analyzing the world’s largest user generated content video system. proceedings of the acm sigcomm internet measurement conference, imc, 1–14. doi:10.1145/1298306.1298309. [15] tu, z., wang, y., birkbeck, n., adsumilli, b., & bovik, a. c. (2021). ugc-vqa: benchmarking blind video quality assessment for user generated content. ieee transactions on image processing, 30, 4449–4464. doi:10.1109/tip.2021.3072221. [16] wei, j., yang, x., & dong, y. (2021). user-generated video emotion recognition based on key frames. multimedia tools and applications, 80(9), 14343–14361. doi:10.1007/s11042-020-10203-1. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 56 issn: 2723-9535 the performance of a cross-flow turbine as a function of flowrates and guide vane angles anthony a. adeyanju 1* , k. manohar 1 1 department of mechanical and manufacturing engineering, the university of the west indies, st augustine, trinidad and tobago. received 13 september 2021; revised 09 december 2021; accepted 11 january 2022; published 01 march 2022 abstract this study looked at the effects of flow rates and guide vane angles on the performance of a cross flow turbine, which can be used to generate energy and hydraulic power with low head and low flow rates of water. a fluid dynamic analysis was performed on the cross-flow turbine with the aid of finite element techniques. the simulation was solved after validating the convergence of the provided model and its boundary conditions, with the outputs being the velocity profiles of the flow in the rotor and the pressure distribution on the rotor surface during its rotations. experimental evaluation of the cross-flow turbine guide vane positions at a flow rate of 0.8, 0.6, and 0.5 m3/s was conducted, and it was discovered that a maximum turbine speed of 482 rpm and a generator speed of 1920 rpm were produced at the rotor shaft at a flow rate of 0.8 m3/s with a head of 25 m, and this data was validated by the results produced from the simulation. keywords: crossflow turbine; guide vane angles; flowrate; hydraulic power; turbine speed. 1. introduction the impulse turbine is a development of the simple stream wheel, which uses the natural flow of water to power the rotor. in contrast to the stream wheel, which is powered by the natural flow of water, an impulse turbine created at a high height is powered by a strong jet of water [1, 2]. the ratio of static pressure drop in the rotor to static pressure drop in the stator or nozzle plus the rotor [3, 4] is the degree of response, which is defined as the differential in the pressure drop between the nozzle and the rotor. impulse turbines work by a high-velocity jet exerting force on the rotor blades, with the nozzle converting all of the potential energy into kinetic energy before the flow passes through the blades. because of the dynamic pressure difference generated by the two surfaces of the blades, the momentum of the jet of water is removed by the blades, but the static pressure differential across the surface atmosphere is maintained, giving the impulse turbine with zero responses. pelton turbines are an example of impulse turbines that have a series of spoon-shaped buckets erected at the wheel's periphery. the buckets are created in such a manner that they force the entering water to change course and escape from the other side while transmitting its energy to the wheel. reaction turbines, on the other hand, have a degree of reaction since they operate on the idea of reaction forces developing across the rotor blade's surface. in the principal source for the angular momentum extraction, pressure decreases between the impeller blades and staticguiding vanes. in contrast to impulse-based design fluid that is released from a nozzle that is directly in contact with the impeller, pressure loss occurs in both the rotor and nozzle of a reaction-based turbine [5]. when the discharge medium exits the nozzle at a high velocity, it generates a reactive force that causes the impeller to rotate in the * corresponding author: anthony.adeyanju@sta.uwi.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6744-2151 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 57 opposite direction of the discharged fluid, creating suction via the draft tube in the casing. a spiral type intake in the casing of a reaction turbine frequently incorporates control barriers to control the flow of water. suction is generated through the draft tube in the casing when the discharge medium exits the nozzle at a high velocity, creating a reactive force that drives the impeller in the opposite direction of the discharged fluid. a spiral type intake in the casing of a reaction turbine is frequently used to regulate the flow of water. the crossflow turbine, which is a form of impulse turbine, is one of these types of water production systems. the impacts of various geometric factors on the overall efficiency and power output of the turbine were investigated [6]. various factors, such as the number of blades attached to the rotor, the angle of attack of water on the rotor blades, and ultimately, modifications in the inner to outer diametric ratios, were all part of the studies. the experimental run showed that the system's efficiency improved as the number of blades rose, but that increasing the angle of attack beyond 24 degrees did not add to the increase in efficiency. furthermore, it was discovered that when the number of runners in the arrangement was retained at 27, the combination of a 24-degree angle of attack and a diametric ratio of 0.68 produced the highest efficiency. further research revealed that as the inner to outer diametric ratio was changed between 0.6 and 0.75, increasing the attack angle resulted in a loss in efficiency. experimental research [7–10] investigated the impact of the aspect ratio of the rotor diameter and the span of the blade on a cross-flow turbine. because of the limited interaction of the blade support, the study determined that the operational effectiveness of the turbine depends on a combination of reynolds and froude numbers. the coefficient of effective operation was found to be unalterable, given the values of aspect ratios investigated. an experiment was conducted in which three types of turbine nozzle roof curvature were used to study the features of cross-flow turbines [11]. the experiment revealed that as the length of the entry arc of the nozzle decreased, the optimal efficiency regions expanded, and as the length of the entry arc of the nozzle increased, the best efficiency points decreased, confirming that the optimal efficiency of the cross-flow system was achieved when the entry arc of the nozzle was at 75 and 90 degrees, respectively. to increase the turbine efficiency, nozzles with the roof curvature centered on the axis of the rotor shaft should be used, and nozzles with an arc entrance angle of 120 should be used when there is a fluctuation in the load and hydro-potential system. two-dimensional computer simulations were used to show that linear nozzles offer a constant angle of attack on water [12]. the authors proved that the energy losses on the impeller's inner side are low. further research revealed that while the number of blades and diametric ratio have no influence on the characteristic curve, they do reduce the turbine's efficiency. the rotor rotational speeds at a constant flow rate were used to simulate load conditions on the turbine shaft; higher rotor rotational speeds represent low load conditions, while lower rotor rotational speeds represent increased torque loads on the turbine shaft [13]. this study looked at the effects of flow rates and guide vane angles on the performance of a cross flow turbine, which can be used to generate energy and hydraulic power with low head and low flow rates of water, in contrast to large-scale power plants that use vast reservoirs of water to generate energy. 2. simulation of the cross-flow turbine with the aid of a finite element model (fem), a combination of structural and fluid dynamic analysis was performed in this study. in circumstances where a complete knowledge of any physical phenomenon based on its mathematical models is required, the application of fea is critical. the bulk of these behaviours could be predicted using partial differential equation techniques in cases when structural, thermal, or fluid behaviour must be examined. the purpose of using simulations was to investigate the rotor's static structural behaviour, analyse the system's natural frequency under the rpm produced by the flow of water, and investigate the system's harmonic response under operational conditions. the simulations were performed to investigate the characteristics and behaviours of the crossflow turbine under the input conditions of flow rate and head of water. the fluid dynamics were studied in this analysis, with the velocity distribution profile and pressure distribution within the turbine housing, as well as the flow pattern exhibited by the fluid. 2.1. cross-flow turbine design analysis solidworks 2019 [14] was used to create the cad models, which were scaled to 1:1 and assembled to validate the concepts. each component was built in solidworks assembly modeller using the necessary mates and fits, and the rotor and turbine housing were assembled as designed. the modelled rotor and turbine geometries were converted to step format for them to be loaded into the ansys design [15] modeller without losing any parametric data. separate parameters and named choices were established based on the distinct surface to surface and surface to fluid interactions predicted in the simulation after the rotor and housing models were imported into separate design modeller modules. the two distinct surface interactions define the turbine. the mesh modeller was used to create optimal meshes from the supplied models. after meshing and defining the model, it was imported into cfd pre, hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 58 where input parameters and boundary conditions were set, and simulations for the given conditions were solved. following a successful solution, the cfx solve outputs were used as inputs to the simulation's static structural module. to assess the structural integrity of the rotor and shaft at the specified rpm and loads imposed by fluid during the rotation of the rotor under the flow rate of fluid in the turbine housing, the load applied to the rotor and rotor shaft was simulated. the cfx solver package was used to compute the loads. the static structural module's findings were utilised as the basis for modal and harmonic analysis. solidworks software was used to do parametric modelling for the cross-flow turbine study. the model consisted of two parts: the turbine housing with the nozzle and the turbine rotor, which was used to complete the study. after preparation, the models were converted to step file format and loaded into ansys. figure 1 shows the cross-flow turbine cad model produced by ansys for cfd and structural analysis. the design was created to make the assembly easier by using real size clearance, as shown in the cad drawings. (a) (b) figure 1. the cad models prepared for cfd analysis: (a) turbine housing; (b) rotor to assign geometric and meshed parameters, the rotor and turbine housing models were loaded into two ansys design modeller modules. for this study, the nozzle and turbine housing are regarded as stationary domains, while the rotor is characterized as a revolving domain that rotates at a set number of rpms. the imported models were divided into several areas depending on their features. the intake region of the nozzle was designated as the inlet, while the outflow region was defined as the outlet. the region between the rotor and the involute of the turbine housing was dubbed the rotor volute interface as an interaction surface between the rotor and the turbine housing. material properties were allotted to the components based on engineering data. after establishing the geometric attributes of the cad models in the design modeller, the turbine housing and rotor design modeller modules were coupled with their respective meshing modules, where specific meshing characteristics for each component were established. to attain finer precision, hexahedral mesh nodes were chosen for the study, and the mesh element size was fixed at 6 mm, as shown in figure 2. (a) (b) figure 2. the meshed of turbine housing and rotor: (a) turbine housing; (b) rotor 2.2. physical setup and analysis for cfx these geometries were connected with the cfx module of ansys once the meshes for turbine housing and rotor geometry were created. the k-epsilon turbulent model with scalable wall function was used for this study, as illustrated in figure 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 59 figure 3. cfx set up of the turbine housing the domains were split into two groups depending on their nature: a stationary domain for the turbine housing and nozzle, and a rotational domain for the rotor. water was used as the model's working material. the reference pressure is zero, and the boundary conditions are given as absolute numbers. the ambient operating temperature was established and a relative pressure of 345 kpa equivalent derived from the head of water was supplied at the boundary inlet. as atmospheric pressure, the outflow boundary condition was set to 1 bar. for the rotor domain, the rotor geometry was created as a rotary domain using the domain motion option in the analysis setup, with an input angular velocity of 484 rpm and a no-slip smooth wall boundary condition established for all interaction interfaces. the frozen rotor interface model was defined as the interface between the rotor and the case, also known as the rotor volute interface. the mass flow rate at the inlet and mass flow rate at the exit of the casing was used as expressions in the study. the solver settings were set to high resolution and configured in the solver analysis tab. with a timeframe factor of 1.00, the simulation's maximum iterations were retained at 400, and the convergence criterion was set at 1e-06. the output control was programmed to track the expression of mass in the system as well as mass leaving the system. 2.3. simulation the simulation was solved after validating the convergence of the provided model and its boundary conditions, with the outputs being the velocity profiles of the flow in the rotor and the pressure distribution on the rotor surface during its rotations. figure 4 shows the simulation's output. figure 4. the first and second stages of water contact with the turbine rotor are shown in this velocity profile of water flow the mass flow within the turbine is equal to the mass coming out of the turbine housing, as shown by the output monitor expressions, implying that the solution has converged successfully and that the boundary conditions do not conflict with the stated solution models. water enters the rotor and the first stage goes through one set of blades, imparting momentum to the system for the rotor rotation. after passing through the first stage, the second stage imparts momentum to the second area of the blades during the second stage interaction with the rotor. under the stated boundary condition, figure 4 illustrates how the pressure profile on the rotor's surface was generated. it is the pressure exerted on the turbine's rotor due to water flowing from the guiding nozzle towards the turbine. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 60 3. experimental evaluation of the cross-flow turbine guide vane positions at varying flow rates this section shows the setup of the cross-flow turbine to evaluate its performance parameters and gather experimental data. the following arrangements were made at the test location for experimental assessment;  for the water source, a 25-meter-high water supply tank was used.  the intake penstock of the cross-flow turbine was connected to the 8-inch pipeline.  an 8-inch gate valve was put on the flow pipe to regulate the water flow.  a foundation was built to secure the turbine during operation, with a base frame installed at the bottom of the turbine's support structure.  a water channel was built to divert water away from the turbine housing's outflow, and the water was returned to the undersea tank, where it was recirculated to the above supply tank through pumps. the inlet pipeline was linked to the inlet of the penstock using a specific design adapter that gradually increased the area on the inlet pipe to match the inlet size of the penstock nozzle, and both of these connections were done using slip-on flanges made of steel plates as shown in figure 5. figure 5. setup of a cross-flow turbine for performance analysis the rotor shaft was connected to a pulley and belt system for this experiment. the pulley's weight was maintained low enough that it also served as the assembly's flywheel, regulating and stabilising the power output to the generator from the cross-flow turbine. the power plant's rotor shaft was connected to a flywheel pulley using a flexible coupling that is designed for usage in areas where the system is subjected to axial and torsional stress. the test calculating the flow rate of water from the intake pipe to the cross-flow turbine, measuring the turbine and generator pulley's revolutions per minute, and adjusting guide vane locations with the aid of the guide vane regulator valve. the flow rate was kept constant while the guiding vane was changed in three distinct locations. the experiment was then repeated, with varied values of rpms achieved for different flow rates received by the turbine rotor. 4. results and discussion tables 1, 2 and 3 show the variation in speed at the turbine shaft and transmitted speed towards the generator shaft for 0.8, 0.6, 0.5 m3/s water flow rates and guide vane position of 45 degrees, mean position and – 45 degrees. table 1. positions of the guide vanes at a flow rate of 0.8 m3/s head (m) guide vane position (degree) turbine speed rpm generator speed rpm 25 + 45 442 1660 25 mean position 482 1920 25  45 450 1772 figure 6 shows the turbine and generator speed against 3 positions of guide vanes at the water flow rate of 0.8 m3/s. the turbine speed of 482 rpm and the generator speed of 1920 rpm was discovered at the mean position of the guide vanes as shown in table 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 61 figure 6. turbine speed against 3 positions of the guide vane at 0.8 m3/s table 2. positions of the guide vanes at a flow rate of 0.6 m3/s head (m) guide vane position (degree) turbine speed rpm generator speed rpm 25 + 45 322 1020 25 mean position 372 1420 25  45 333 1230 figure 7 shows the turbine and generator speed against 3 positions of guide vanes at the water flow rate of 0.6 m3/s. the turbine speed of 372 rpm and the generator speed of 1420 rpm was discovered at the mean position of the guide vanes, as shown in table 2. figure 7. turbine speed against 3 positions of the guide vane at 0.6 m3/s fig. 8 shows the turbine and generator speed against 3 positions of guide vanes at the water flow rate of 0.5 m3/s. the turbine speed of 256 rpm and the generator speed of 1016 rpm was discovered at the mean position of the guide vanes as shown in table 3. table 3. positions of the guide vanes at a flow rate of 0.5 m3/s head (m) guide vane position (degree) turbine speed rpm generator speed rpm 25 + 45 208 820 25 mean position 256 1016 25  45 217 860 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 440 450 460 470 480 490 g u id e v an e p o si ti o n ( d eg re e) turbine speed (rpm) -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 g u id e v an e p o si ti o n ( d eg re e) turbine speed (rpm) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 62 figure 8. turbine speed against 3 positions of the guide vane at 0.5 m3/s figure 9 shows the relationship between water flow rates and turbine speed at different guide vane angles. the maximum turbine speed of 484 rpm was generated when the guide vane was orientated at the mean position, while the minimum turbine speed was generated when the guide vane was orientated towards +45 degrees. figure 9. relationship between flow rate and the turbine speed at different guide vane angles in contrast to the turbine speed of 484 rpm generated from the cfx results, the experimental maximum turbine speed of 482 rpm was attained at flow rates of 0.8 m3/s. this discrepancy can be ascribed to losses that emerge owing to mechanical variation in the manufacture of the cross flow turbine. the little discrepancy between experimental and cfd results might be attributable to the loss assumption, which is generally not included in flow analysis. the portrayal of these sorts of flows in turbines will be considerably more realistic if boundary conditions are refined to include far a more comprehensive energy conversion by addressing mechanical behaviours of components. 5. conclusion the cross flow turbine in this study was installed with a water head of 25 m and a maximum flow rate of 0.8 m3/s to produce 250 kw of generator power when the runner diameter of 500 mm was used. the result of this research was in line with the work done by yi et al. (2018) [16] and kpordze and warnick (1983) [17]. five intermediate supporting discs were used to support the runner, and they provided the design with enough strength to withstand the incoming flow of water at the turbine speed of 484 rpm. a generator consisting of 16 synchronous poles was used for the production of energy from the speed produced at the rotor shaft. the speed produced at the rotor shaft was directly related to the increase in flow rates of water up to the maximum flow rate achievable at the site available and was related to the change of the guide vane position at different angles. -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 g u id e v an e p o si ti o n ( d eg re e) turbine speed (rpm) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 r p m flow rate (m3/s) guide vane angle at 45 degree guide vane at mean position guide vane below 45 degree hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 63 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.a.a., and m.k.; methodology, a.a.a. and m.k.; writing—original draft preparation, a.a.a. and m.k.; writing—review and editing, a.a.a. and m.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] ghimire, a., dahal, d., kayastha, a., chitrakar, s., thapa, b. s., & neopane, h. p. (2020). design of francis turbine for micro hydropower applications. journal of physics: conference series, 1608(1), 12019. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1608/1/012019. [2] ghimire, a., dahal, d. r., pokharel, n., chitrakar, s., thapa, b. s., & thapa, b. (2019). opportunities and challenges of introducing francis turbine in nepalese micro hydropower projects. journal of physics: conference series, 1266(1), 12007. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1266/1/012007. [3] zaniewski, d., klimaszewski, p., witanowski, ł., jȩdrzejewski, ł., klonowicz, p., & lampart, p. (2019). comparison of an impulse and a reaction turbine stage for an orc power plant. archives of thermodynamics, 40(3), 137–157. doi:10.24425/ather.2019.129998. [4] lampart, p., witanowski, l., & klonowicz, p. (2018). efficiency optimisation of blade shape in steam and orc turbines. mechanics and mechanical engineering, 22(2), 553–564. doi:10.2478/mme-2018-0044. [5] farriz, m. b., boejang, h., masjuri, m., aras, m. s. m., razik, n. h. a., mat, s., & sopian, k. (2015). evolution of simple reaction type turbines for pico-hydro applications. jurnal teknologi, 77(32), 1–9. doi:10.11113/jt.v77.6980. [6] desai, v. r., & aziz, n. m. (1994). an experimental investigation of cross-flow turbine efficiency. journal of fluids engineering, 116(3), 545–550. doi:10.1115/1.2910311. [7] hunt, a., stringer, c., & polagye, b. (2020). effect of aspect ratio on cross-flow turbine performance. journal of renewable and sustainable energy, 12(5), 054501. doi:10.1063/5.0016753. [8] sutikno, d., soenoko, r., soeparman, s., & wahyudi, s. (2019). the performance characteristics of the low head cross flow turbine using nozzle roof curvature radius centered on shaft axis. international journal of integrated engineering, 11(5), 12– 22. doi:10.30880/ijie.2019.11.05.002. [9] sammartano, v., aricò, c., carravetta, a., fecarotta, o., & tucciarelli, t. (2013). banki-michell optimal design by computational fluid dynamics testing and hydrodynamic analysis. energies, 6(5), 2362–2385. doi:10.3390/en6052362. [10] sammartano, v., aricò, c., sinagra, m., & tucciarelli, t. (2015). cross-flow turbine design for energy production and discharge regulation. journal of hydraulic engineering, 141(3), 04014083. doi:10.1061/(asce)hy.1943-7900.0000977. [11] sammartano, v., filianoti, p., morreale, g., sinagra, m., & tucciarelli, t. (2016). banki-michell micro-turbines for energy production in water distribution networks. sustainable hydraulics in the era of global change proceedings of the 4th european congress of the international association of hydroenvironment engineering and research, iahr 2016, 966–972. doi:10.1201/b21902-159. [12] ceballos, y. c., valencia, m. c., zuluaga, d. h., del rio, j. s., & garcía, s. v. (2017). influence of the number of blades in the power generated by a michell banki turbine. international journal of renewable energy research, 7(4), 1989–1997. [13] pokhrel, s. (2017). computational modeling of a williams cross flow turbine, master’s thesis, wright state university, ohio, usa. [14] planchard, d. (2019). engineering design with solidworks 2020. sdc publications, ks, united states. [15] ansys manuals. (2021). a. u. s. ansys. inc. modeling, cfx, industry-leading cfd software, pa, united states. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 64 [16] yi, s. s., htoo, a. m., & sein, m. m. (2018). design of cross flow turbine (runner and shaft). international journal of scientific & technology research, 7, 736-40. [17] kpordze, c. s. and warnick, c. (1983). experience curves for modern low-head hydroelecric turbines. in bureau of reclamation united states department of the interior contract no. 81-volss, 1–199. idaho water and energy resources research institute university of idaho, idaho, united states. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 67 improvement and investigation of the requirements for electric vehicles by the use of hvac modeling hansjörg kapeller a* , dominik dvorak a, dragan šimić a a ait austrian institute of technology gmbh, giefinggasse 2, vienna 1210, austria. received 15 october 2020; revised 10 february 2021; accepted 16 february 2021; published 01 march 2021 abstract current activities in the field of vehicle electrification offer a great potential for contributing to climate change mitigation by reducing anthropogenic co2 emissions. beyond the environmental strain, there is an economic one, too. it is therefore crucial for the european automotive industry to exploit not only the environmental benefits, but also the business opportunities, which come from the transition from conventional fuel powered to electrified vehicles. to capture these opportunities, electric vehicles must deliver better performance at a lower price, overcoming the constraints that are currently limiting their mass-market uptake. this paper presents the approach of the research and innovation action h2020 project quiet to meet these stringent requirements by developing an improved and energy efficient electric vehicle with an increased driving range under real world driving conditions. this is achieved by exploiting the synergies of a technology portfolio in the areas of: user centric design with enhanced passenger comfort and safety, lightweight materials with enhanced thermal insulation properties, and optimised vehicle energy management. keywords: environmentaland economic benefits; increased driving range; user centric design; lightweight materials; vehicle energy management. 1. introduction current activities in the field of vehicle electrification offer a great potential for contributing to climate change mitigation by reducing anthropogenic co2 emissions. beyond the environmental strain, there is an economic one, too. the automotive sector today accounts for 4% of eu gdp, employing approximately 12 million people in manufacturing, sales, maintenance, and transport sectors [1]. it is therefore crucial for the european automotive industry to exploit not only the environmental benefits, but also the business opportunities, which come from the transition from conventional fuel-powered to electrified vehicles. to capture these opportunities, electric vehicles must deliver better performance at a lower price, overcoming the constraints that are currently limiting their mass-market uptake. one of these is the limited driving range compared to conventional fuel vehicles, due to the still limited capacity and high cost of the battery systems. this aspect is exacerbated by cold and hot weather conditions and, more in general, by the variety of conditions that can be encountered in real-world driving. in fact, preliminary experimental tests from both the eu commission and the us department of energy show a significant variation in the distance-specific energy demand of electric vehicles depending on the temperature, auxiliary systems load, and driving conditions [2, 3]. figure 1 depicts the reduced driving range of a medium-sized ev with a conventional hvac system in cold (winter) and hot (summer) weather conditions [4]. a significant detrimental effect can be seen when heating up or cooling down the passenger * corresponding author: hansjoerg.kapeller@ait.ac.at http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-01-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3626-713x hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 68 compartment, quantifiable in up to 22% reduction of driving range in hot (+40 °c) and up to 60% in cold (-10 °c) weather conditions. the described scenarios also consider relative humidity (rh) and solar radiation (w/m²). figure 1. driving range reduction of a medium-sized ev in cold (heating) and hot (cooling) weather conditions, applying a conventional hvac system [4] to address the challenge of enhancing driving range, the synergies of a technology portfolio in the areas of usercentric design (with enhanced passenger comfort and safety), lightweight materials (with enhanced thermal insulation properties), and optimized vehicle energy management have been exploited. hence, the present work aims to reduce the energy needed for cooling and heating the cabin of an electric vehicle under different driving conditions, by at least 30 % compared to a state of the art (sota) electric vehicle (ev), particularly a honda fit ev. additionally, a weight reduction of about 20 % of vehicle components (e.g. doors, windshields, seats, heating and air conditioning) is also addressed. these efforts will lead at the end to a minimum of 25 % driving range increase under both hot (+40 °c) and cold (-10 °c) weather conditions. 2. methodology of the quiet project to increase the driving range of an ev, reducing the energy required for the thermal management system while preserving or even increasing thermal passenger comfort at the same time is a potential method. hence, effort must be put into the design of novel and innovative components to reach this goal. for the groundwork all components which are relevant (e.g. doors, seats, windshield, heatingand cooling modules and the overall vehicle) are modelled in a simulation tool, validated and optimized to meet the desired criteria also under various environmental conditions. furthermore, the developed simulation models are the basis for analyzing the integration of the components into the vehicle e.g. by investigating their interaction and the synergetic effects of the different subsystems, and to estimate the entire ev’s energy consumption. the acquired data of the research demonstrator (i.e. honda fit ev) and the resulting baseline performances are used to validate the modelled components and to identify improvement potentials of the honda fit ev. the analysis of the potential and the feasibility of possible innovations is initially performed by using mathematical equations and 1d models of the analyzed systems. the design and simulation phases are followed by assembling the components and subsystems on test beds to test and optimize them individually until all modules are satisfying the required criteria. further topics which are investigated in this work are novel refrigerants for cooling, combined with an energy-saving heat pump operation for heating, advanced thermal storages based on phase change materials, powerfilms for infrared radiative heating, and materials for enhanced thermal insulation of the cabin. further focus is put on lightweight glasses and composites for windows and chassis, as well as light-metal aluminium or magnesium seat components. the thermal performance of the vehicle is additionally enhanced by optimized energy management strategies, such as pre-conditioning and zonal cooling/heating the passenger cabin as well as user-centric designed cooling/heating modules. this holistic approach enables finally to qualify and realize an improved quiet demonstrator used for proof of concept, vehicle testing, and comparison with the reference ev regarding thermal comfort and entire vehicle energy consumption. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 69 3. requirement definition and simulation approach the measured vehicle data and the resulting baseline performances were the first benchmark for conceiving the requirements for novel solutions, leading to the targeted efficiency improvements of the vehicle and therefore to an enlarged usable electric driving range. to find improvement potentials of the honda fit ev, a virtual analysis of the potential of innovations was performed by means of 1d modelica models created in dymola [5], a software tool which allows to create any kind of multi-physical models based on ordinary, algebraic differential equations. 3.1. modelica vehicle model in figure 2 a screenshot of the developed modelica vehicle model is depicted, which was realized in the simulation environment dymola. the implementation represents the entire vehicle model of a fully electric driven honda fit ev consisting of several sub-models which are interconnected via mechanical and electrical connectors and interfaces and a bus system. figure 2. reference vehicle model of the honda fit ev modelled in dymola/modelica since the honda fit ev car is available as study subject, a large amount of measurement data is available to ensure validity of the vehicle model but also to provide real-life data (like driving cycles, velocities, etc.) as realistic target values for the simulation. this data is available in the ‘measurements’ block whereas different data sets can be loaded before simulation starts. different driving cycles (e.g. wltp cycle [6]) can be used in simulations to predict relevant performance values such as energy consumption and losses of transmissions, electric engines, batteries, auxiliaries (like heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems ‘hvac’, etc.). a parameter extraction script developed in the numerical computing environment matlab was applied to measurement data (like vehicle speed, rotational speed and torque of the e-machine as well as voltage and current of the e-machine and the battery) to get relevant parameters for the vehicle model and its sub components. the most important parameters which have been extracted were (i) the driving resistance coefficients, (ii) the e-machineand inverter parameters and their operating maps and (iii) the battery parameters. driver a trans ambience chassis axlefront axlerear mg mg1 battery ees cycle mg strategy ecu measurements hvac bus hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 70 3.2. thermal vehicle model – hvac modeling the importance of proper thermal management is highlighted by the fact that heating in cold winter conditions or cooling in warm summer conditions (e.g. at an ambient temperature of -10 °c and +40 °c, respectively), can consume up to 60 % of the batterie’s capacity, which in turn reduces the maximum driving range of the vehicle by 60 % (cp. figure 1). to deal with this issue, protracted real life test can be used for designing and testing new hvac systems and components. another, more cost time-saving option (i.e. economic benefit) would be to base the design of the hvac system or its operating strategy on simulation models. hence, this work addresses also the design the hvac system by using a model-based design approach to increase on the one hand the efficiency of the conventional (airbased) hvac system and on the other hand by adapting novel technologies such as infrared heating panel. in order to investigate the operating behaviour of the hvac system in different application scenarios (i.e. heat pump operation at low ambient temperatures and cooling operation at high ambient temperatures), an entire propanebased (r290) hvac model has been implemented in dymola/modelica using components from the model library til suite [7]. til is a commercial library for steady-state and transient simulation of thermodynamic systems. the thermodynamic properties are obtained through tilmedia, a library for the calculation of thermophysical substance properties, providing an interface with the modelica media library (msl). the til library includes a variety of models for thermodynamic components (e.g. heat exchangers, pumps, expanders). the implemented hvac model is depicted in figure 3. figure 3. implemented hvac model in dymola/modelica using components from the model library til suite hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 71 each single component has been parameterised separately. therefore, measurement data has been used. the boundary conditions, such as pressure and temperature, in different operating points have been defined based on the measurements. then, characteristic quantities that are relevant for the respective component (i.e. mass flow, heat transfer, outlet temperature, outlet pressure) have been analysed during simulation. based on the comparison between measured and simulated values, the quality of the chosen model parameters was determined by using an automated adaptive tree search algorithm for parameter tuning tasks which has been implemented by the ait. afterwards, the parameterized single models have been connected step-by-step to get the final hvac model which is depicted in figure 3. the model is structured in three different parts: refrigerant cycle (green), water cycles (blue) and air cycles (orange). the refrigerant cycle considers the compressor, condenser, separator, internal heat exchanger, expansion valve and evaporator. the water cycles (for cooling power electronics and for hvac system) consist of the water side of the condenser, evaporator and front heat exchanger, a ptc heater, pumps and valves. by switching the water cycle valves the refrigerant cycle can be either used in cooling or in heat pump mode. the air cycle considers the front heat exchanger (the heat exchanger is divided into four parts, where one quarter is used for the power electronics and three quarters are used for the hvac system), the cabin heat exchangers (heater core and low temperature radiator), the front vehicle fan and cabin fan and a cabin volume. 4. comparison of simulation results with measurement data 4.1. validation of the modelica vehicle model with the vehicle model depicted in figure 2 a detailed identification of the energy flows of the reference and the improved quiet vehicle has been carried out. thereby, possible energy-saving potentials have been determined and validated with measurement data gained from worldwide harmonized light vehicles test procedures (wltp). the wltp cycle used for validation and verification of developed simulation model (i.e. identification of reference fit ev vehicle) is a class 3 cycle aimed for high-power vehicles classified by a power-weight ratio pwr > 34 kw/t [6]. the cycle (cp. figure 4 can divided in four parts for low, medium, high, and extra high speed and is periodically applied to the entire vehicle model during different ambient conditions (norm @ +23 °c, cold @ -10 °c, hot @ +40 °c) and different operation modes (i.e. without hvac, heating mode, cooling mode). figure 4. single wltp cycle table 1 summarizes the performed validation for all different driving modes based on the applied wltp cycle and for the additional modes max heat-up and max cool-down (both carried out at 40 km/h constant vehicle speed). the simulated values show only minor differences compared to the measured ones which could be achieved by recursive improvements of the vehicle simulation model during its development and due to suitable selection of different iteration algorithms provided in dymola. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 72 table 1. measured vs. simulated (baseline) driving ranges driving mode driving range (measured) driving range (simulated) soc remaining (measured) soc remaining (simulated) wltp norm 155.56 km 155.56 km 0.00 % 1.86 % wltp cold 68.40 km 68.43 km 0.00 % 4.86 % wltp hot 137.00 km 135.74 km 0.00 % 1.01 % max heat-up* 43.64 km 43.64 km 22.9 % 25.07 % max cool-down* 35.37 km 35.37 km 80.5 % 81.96 % *constant vehicle speed (40 km/h) to identify the energy flows of the reference ev and the improved quiet vehicle, the validated entire vehicle model was used to fine-tune various key parameters (e.g. reduction of the energy consumption of auxiliaries or weight reduction of vehicle components, etc.). by varying systematically, the key parameters (e.g. the weight of vehicle components) the maximum driving range could be identified, and outperforming impacts became visible. 4.2. validation of the hvac model the total cycle of the hvac model has been validated as a whole system. therefore, again, the measurement data has been compared to the simulation results. the validation has been performed for one operating point in cooling mode (at 40 °c ambient temperature) and for one operating point in heat pump mode (at -10 °c ambient temperature), respectively. the compressor speed was controlled to fit the measured high pressure after the compressor, while the expansion valve was controlled to guarantee 5 k superheating after the evaporator. the validation of the hvac model based on the pressure-enthalpy (p,h) diagrams can be seen in figure 5 for the cooling (blue) and heating (red) mode. in the figure, the grey line is the saturation line of propane, the dashed lines represent the measurements and the solid lines represent the respective simulation results. the results show a very good coherence between the measurement and simulation. figure 5. p,h diagram for model validation in cooling and heating mode the hvac model will be used also for determining and validating an optimal vehicle energy management strategy using model reduction and optimization methods [8-10]. the model is crucial for the development of the electronic control unit which is required to integrate the vehicle energy management strategy, and which is acting as an interface between the modules for heating and cooling and the user. hence, special focus is laid in the further course of the quiet project on the development of a human machine interface. a user-centric designed user interface is provided via a touch screen to the user by forwarding its input stimuli (e.g. desired comfort temperature) to the electronic control unit as new conditions for the embedded (optimised) energy management strategy. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 73 5. determination of improvement potentials of the reference ev with the developed simulation model different combinations of settings, components (e.g. variation of their geometries and physical attributes) were investigated to identify systemic weaknesses, and vice versa, their corresponding improvement potentials. to determine the improvement potentials (e.g. reduction of the energy consumption of auxiliaries or weight reduction of vehicle components, etc.) of the reference ev and to enhance its driving range, the vehicle model can be used to investigate the resulting beneficial effects. hence, the expectable improvement potentials were classified and clustered in different areas:  area i addresses the user centric design. here an expected energy consumption reduction of 10 % compared to current state of the art (sota) thermal and energy management systems should be achieved;  area ii deals with lightweight components and optimized thermal insulation. the expected reduction of energy consumption in area ii from these factors is around 10 %;  area iii addresses innovative cooling and heating concepts. here the energy consumption should be reduced by 10-15 % for either heating or cooling through optimized thermal insulation and weight reduction of the hvac system. by systematically varying the key parameters (as envisaged and graphically depicted by the areas in figure 6) in the vehicle model, the potential of these beneficial effects can be estimated. figure 6. expected reduction of energy consumption and weight in each of the three areas of the quiet project starting point is the honda fit ev 2017 baseline for which a driving range increase of at least 25 % is prescribed (accompanied by enhanced thermal comfort and maximized energy efficiency) by means of following enhancements, specified by:  an energy reduction of at least 30 % for cooling and heating of the vehicle cabin and (covered by the areas i & iii);  a weight reduction by approximately 20 % of the vehicle components (covered by area ii). 5.1. improvement potentials through energy reduction of cooling and heating and through lightweight vehicle components the correlation of these enhancements to possible improvement potentials for the reference ev was elaborated by carrying out variation simulations (i.e. by varying the energy consumption parameters for cooling and heating by assuming a weight reduction of 20 %). table 2 summarizes the expected increase of the driving range for different driving modes (hot weather conditions: +40 °c vs. cold weather conditions: -10 °c) based on the applied worldwide harmonized light vehicles test procedure (wltp) by varying the vehicle weight and by varying the energy hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 74 consumption needed for cooling (ac mode) and for heating mode, respectively. the highlighted values within the blue cells are representing the driving range increase in percent. under the assumption of an achievable weight reduction of the vehicle of about 75 kg the simulation results have shown, that reducing the cooling energy by 45 % (in hot weather conditions: +40 °c) would lead to a driving range increase of about 10 % (baseline driving range is 137 km). reducing the heating energy by 40 % (in cold weather conditions: -10 °c) would lead to a driving range increase of about 27 % (baseline driving range is 68 km). the highest improvement potential to increase the vehicle driving range of about 25 % can be reached if merely a reduction of the heating energy of about 40 % will be realized. when supposing a weight reduction by approximately 20 % of the vehicle components (i.e. a further vehicle weight reduction of more than 75 kg due to introduction of lightweight materials [11-14] for doors, seats, and polycarbonate glazing) the target results have been exceeded for hot conditions (range increase over 27 %). table 2. expected increase of the driving range (cp. blue cells, in percent) under different driving conditions 5.2. improvement potentials through energy reduction by improved thermal insulation the presented hvac model was used for assessing the cooling and heating performance in the passenger compartment for different application scenarios (e.g. to determine the lost thermal energy at different vehicle surfaces like chassis and windows, cp. figure 7) and to assess for instance improvement potentials by improved thermal insulation effects, cp. figure 7 (a) vs. figure 7 (b). figure 8 (a) depicts different vehicle surfaces (a1 to a7) whereas glazed surfaces are accentuated in color blue and the other relevant surfaces in color red. the highest thermal losses were identified at the side windows (a4), the least thermal losses were determined for the vehicle floor (a7). this can be explained by the fact that the battery pack is mounted on the vehicle floor and acts as an insulator. the results show a potential to replace the existing glass windows with polycarbonate glazing in order to reduce thermal losses at the problematic surfaces (a4, a5, a6). figure 7. lost thermal energy at different surfaces like chassis and windows: (a) standard glazing; (b) polycarbonate glazing driving cycle without name measured simulated hvac 0.00 0 0.48 -25 0.93 -50 1.45 -75 driving cycle name measured simulated 0 -10 -20 -25 -30 -35 -45 0.00 2.85 4.67 5.51 6.12 7.42 8.60 0 0.25 3.66 5.45 5.85 7.18 7.88 8.99 -25 2.61 4.49 5.79 7.15 7.78 8.47 9.44 -50 3.55 4.93 6.96 7.65 8.41 8.85 9.98 -75 driving cycle name measured simulated 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 0.00 6.55 12.91 18.67 26.09 0 2.60 6.58 13.52 19.22 26.30 -25 2.92 6.86 13.66 19.89 26.53 -50 3.00 7.23 14.16 20.95 26.85 -75 reference driving range weight reduction [kg] wltp norm 155.60 155.58 reference driving range reduction of energy consumption of ac mode [%] weight reduction [kg] wltp hot 137.00 137.00 reference driving range reduction of energy consumption of heating mode [%] weight reduction [kg] wltp cold 68.40 68.07 (a) (b) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 75 figure 7 depicts the cumulated lost thermal energy at different surfaces (i.e. chassis and windows, a1 to a7) for standard glazing figure 7 (a) and for polycarbonate glazing figure 7 (b). the energy values outlined in figure 7 are corresponding with the numbering of the surfaces (e.g. top-value: a1, bottom-value: a7, etc. with related colorlabels/colored curve profiles). figure 8. (a) relevant surfaces for thermal losses; (b) cabin temperature comparison between standardand polycarbonate glazing the improvement potential by using polycarbonate instead of glass windows is depicted in figure 8 (b) comparing the cabin air temperature of the vehicle with standard glazing (blue) with the cabin air of the vehicle with polycarbonate glazing (red). the results show that the novel glazing can lead to lower cabin temperatures in summer conditions by approximately 0.5 °c. 6. conclusion this paper has provided simulation models of the quiet vehicle demonstrator (honda fit ev) and simulation models of the entire hvac system for this car. the models have been parameterized based on measurement data at the component level. parameter extraction scripts and an optimization routine helped to reduce the necessary amount of time to adapt the model parameters to fit the measurements. the parameterized models have been used to implement the modelica vehicle model and its entire hvac system model, which were validated using measurement data. the validation showed that the models can reproduce the operating behaviour and, with the developed thermal vehicle hvac model, the improvement potential by using polycarbonate instead of glass windows was elaborated. under the assumption of an achievable weight reduction of the vehicle of about 75 kg, the simulation results have shown that reducing the cooling energy by 45% (in hot weather conditions: +40 °c) would lead to a driving range increase of about 10% (baseline driving range is 137 km). reducing the heating energy by 40% (in cold weather conditions: -10 °c) would lead to a driving range increase of about 27% (baseline driving range is 68 km). the highest improvement potential to increase the vehicle driving range by about 25% can be reached if merely a reduction of the heating energy of about 40% will be realized. when supposing a weight reduction by approximately 20% of the vehicle components, the target results have been exceeded for hot conditions (range increase of over 27%). 7. nomenclature ev electric vehicle gdp gross domestic product hmi human machine interface hvac heating ventilation and air conditioning ptc positive temperature coefficient rh relative humidity sota state of the art wltp world-wide harmonized light-duty test procedure quiet qualifying and implementing a user-centric designed and efficient electric vehicle 8. funding the quiet project has received funding from the european union’s horizon 2020 research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. 769826. the content of this publication is the sole responsibility of the quiet consortium partners and does not necessarily represent the view of the european commission or its services. a1 a2 a3 a7 a4 a5 a6 (b) (a) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 76 9. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 10. references [1] eu commission dg growth. (2020). automotive industry: internal market, industry, entrepreneurship and smes. available online: https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/automotive_en (accessed on september 2020). [2] de gennaro, m., paffumi, e., martini, g., manfredi, u., vianelli, s., ortenzi, f., & genovese, a. (2015). experimental test campaign on a battery electric vehicle: laboratory test results (part 1). sae international journal of alternative powertrains, 4(1), 100–114. doi:10.4271/2015-01-1167. [3] paffumi, e., de gennaro, m., martini, g., manfredi, u., vianelli, s., ortenzi, f., & genovese, a. (2015). experimental test campaign on a battery electric vehicle: on-road test results (part 2). sae international journal of alternative powertrains, 4(2), 277–292. doi:10.4271/2015-01-1166. [4] u.s. department of energy. (2016). vehicle systems 2015 annual report. doe/ee-1304. available online: www.vehicles.energy.gov (accessed on september 2020). [5] elmquist, h., mattsson, s. e. & otter, m. (2001). object-oriented and hybrid modeling in modelica. journal européen des systèmes automatisés, 35 (4), 395-404. [6] united nations economic commission for europe (unece). (2021). worldwide harmonized light vehicles test procedure (wltp). available online: https://www2.unece.org/wiki/pages/viewpage.action?pageid=2523179 (accessed on march 2021). [7] til suite. (2021) software package to simulate thermal systems (2019). tlk-thermo gmbh, braunschweig. available online: https://www.tlk-thermo.com/index.php/en/software/38-til-suite (accessed on march 2021). [8] cvok, i., škugor, b., & deur, j. (2020). control trajectory optimisation and optimal control of an electric vehicle hvac system for favourable efficiency and thermal comfort. optimization and engineering, 22(1), 83–102. doi:10.1007/s11081-020-09515-w. [9] carli, r., cavone, g., ben othman, s., & dotoli, m. (2020). iot based architecture for model predictive control of hvac systems in smart buildings. sensors, 20(3), 781. doi:10.3390/s20030781. [10] xiong, w., & wang, j. (2020). a semi-physical static model for optimizing power consumption of hvac systems. control engineering practice, 96, 104312. doi:10.1016/j.conengprac.2020.104312. [11] weise, j. (2019). porous materials for thermo management. epma (european powder metallurgy association) functional materials seminar in bremen, germany. [12] takács, l. (2019). mechanical characterization of composite structures with adhesive joints. jec world event. paris, france. available online: https://www.jec-world.events/ (accessed on september 2020). [13] qian, f., gao, w., yang, y., & yu, d. (2020). potential analysis of the transfer learning model in short and medium-term forecasting of building hvac energy consumption. energy, 193(c). doi:10.1016/j.energy.2019.116724 [14] el-taweel, n. a., zidan, a., & farag, h. e. (2020). novel electric bus energy consumption model based on probabilistic synthetic speed profile integrated with hvac. ieee transactions on intelligent transportation systems, 22(3), 1517-1531. doi:10.1109/tits.2020.2971686. https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/automotive_en http://www.vehicles.energy.gov/ https://www2.unece.org/wiki/pages/viewpage.action?pageid=2523179 https://www.tlk-thermo.com/index.php/en/software/38-til-suite https://www.jec-world.events/ https://doi.org/10.1109/tits.2020.2971686 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 129 dss lands: a decision support system for agriculture in sardinia gianni fenu a , francesca maridina malloci a* a university of cagliari, v.ospedale, cagliari, 09124, italy. received 9 july 2020; revised 18 august 2020; accepted 23 august 2020; published 01 september 2020 abstract recently, the use of dsss application has been strongly increasing in the agricultural sector due to continuous climate change and the need to conduct more productive and sustainable agriculture. in this paper, we describe the prototype agricultural dss lands developed for monitoring the main crop production in sardinia. the dss collects, organizes, integrates, and analyzes several types of data with different mathematical models. in particular, a case study on forecasting potato late blight is presented. we employed the negative prognosis model and the fry model to forecast the period in which it is opportune to carry out fungicide treatments useful against the appearance of the pathogen. the experiments allowed us to outline the best criteria for local conditions, and the evaluation showed the effectiveness of the approach in a concrete case study. keywords: decision support system; decision-making; data analysis; precision farming. 1. introduction decision support systems have become notable tools to enhance the agricultural production. agricultural production is highly dependent on weather, climate and water availability and is adversely affected by the weather and climate-related disasters [1]. natural disasters can result in complex issues related to crop production. it is not always possible to prevent the occurrence of these natural events, but a proper planning can considerably reduce their effects. so far farmers have made in-season decisions based on their experiences and intuition. nevertheless, their experiences are insufficient to predict a decision-making process for a long term, which can improve yield productivity and avoid unnecessary cost related to harvesting, use of pesticide and fertilizers. in addition, by 2050, according to the food and agriculture organization (fao), the climate changes are expected to cause water scarcity and serious declines yield of the most important crops in developing countries. it means that the agriculture process will have to adapt to climate change, but it can also help mitigate the effects of climate change through the recent technologies as decision support systems (dss). a dss can be defined as a computer-based system that supports decision makers in solving a decision problem [2]. these tools can lead users through clear steps and suggest optimal decision paths or may act more as information sources to improve the evidence base for decisions [3]. recently, they have been introduced in the agriculture as an indispensable tool to face the growing challenge of conducting sustainable agriculture which increase the quantity and quality of agricultural output while using less input (water, energy, fertilizers, pesticides, etc.). this new modern farm approach that bases its applicability on the use of technologies to detect and decide what is “right” is called precision * corresponding author: francescam.malloci@unica.it http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-03-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4668-2476 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3287-4450 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 130 farming (pf) [4, 5]. nowadays, many governments in the world are investing big amount of money to encourage the researchers and companies to develop decision support systems which use agricultural data to help the adoption of precision farming. in this paper, we describe the system and the tests conducted through the dss lands (laore architecture network development for sardinia) developed. it supports sardinian farmers in decision-making and it manages different data in order to forecast and increase yield productivity and decrease the costs of agricultural operations. the dss, it has been developed in collaboration with the laore sardinia agency. laore sardinia agency deals with providing advisory, education, training and assistance services in the regional agricultural sector. the paper is structured as follows. section 2 provides background information and outlines the reasons that drove the adoption and no-adoption of dsss in europe, especially in italy. section 3 describes the architecture and the forecasting models used in the short case study. we conclude the paper in section 4. 2. decision support systems dss have evolved significantly since their early development in the 1970s. over the past three decades, dss have taken on both a narrower or broader definition, while other systems have emerged to assist specific types of decisionmakers faced with specific kinds of problems [2]. one of the first definitions was given by keen and morton [6] that defined decision support systems as computer systems that collect resources and use the ability of computer to increase quality of decisions by focusing on semi structured problems. recently, a dss is defined as human-computer systems which collect information, process information and provide information based on computer systems [7]. however, the researchers agree that the main objective of dsss is to support and improve decision making [8]. dss can be composed of four main subsystem which are data management subsystem, model management subsystem, knowledge-based subsystems and user interface subsystem [8]. the functionality of data management subsystem is to manage the data that will be used as information to make decisions in the knowledge-based subsystem. the model component consists of a variety of models that assist decision makers in decision making. the knowledge-based is the hearth of the system and it manages the problemsolving process to generate the final solution. the user interface allows the users to encourage the interaction with the system to obtain information. generally, dss has been classified into three categories based on problems for decision making: structured, unstructured and semi-structured. 2.1. agricultural decision support system dsss have been introduced in the agriculture as an indispensable tool mainly for two reasons. first, to face the continuous climate changes that cause serious damage to production. second, to conduct a more sustainable agriculture which increase the quantity and quality of agricultural production while using less water, energy, fertilizers and pesticides, or rather, to support the precision farming technologies. in the last decade, their applications have increased thanks to the advent of new technologies, such as cloud computing, data mining, machine learning, artificial intelligent and major investments by numerous research agencies and governments all over the world. agricultural dsss perform the following activities: (i) they collect, organize, and integrate several types of information required for producing a crop; (ii) they analyse and interpret the information; and (iii) they use the analysis to recommend the most appropriate action or action choices. for example, dsss can provide farmers information on plant growth or plant disease risk useful for scheduling treatments according to the actual need of the plant [9]. however, designing a dss is quite complex; it requires knowledge from various multidisciplinary areas, such as crop agronomy, computer hardware and software, mathematics and statistics to analyse data. for example, to understand crop growth, it is necessary to know how each variable affects crop growth [10]. in a global level, in the agricultural sector, there is not a single agricultural dss adopted worldwide, but over the years several dsss have been developed for a wide range of cultivation practices concerning crop management and crop irrigation. many of them have been developed and evaluated with different crops and different climatic conditions. manos et al. (2004) [11] identified five fields of applications: diagnostic-forecasting dsss, advisory dsss, control dsss, educational – informational dsss, operational dsss. although the use of dss simplifies decisionmaking in agricultural production and it is applied in several application sectors, dsss have not been adopted with great enthusiasm by managers of farms. their adoption has been low. many researches have been conducted for understanding the reason of dsss non-adoption in agriculture. these researches identified the following factors that influence the adoption of dsss by farmers: profitability, user-friendly design, time requirement for dss usage, credibility, and adaptation of the dss to the farm situation, information update, and level of knowledge of the user hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 131 [12]. however, many of these factors, have been reduced by the increased availability of personal computers, increased access to the internet, and increased development of web-based systems [13]. the adoption and the development of agricultural dsss in europe was faster than in italy. the factors that have limited its diffusion have been identified in mipaff (2017) [14] that recognize as the main cause the difficulty of using precision technologies in a heterogeneous territory with particular characteristics. in the europe context, holzworth et al. (2015) [15] identifies the most relevant dsss from two thousand to today: dssat, apsim, cropsyst, epic and stics. the decision support system for agrotechnology transfer (dssat) is a collection of independent programs that operate together. it incorporates models of 16 different crops with software that facilities the evaluation and application of the crop models for different purpose [16]. the agricultural production systems simulator (apsim) contains an array of modules for simulating growth, development and yield of crops, pastures and forests and their interactions with the soil. it has been used in a broad range of applications, including support for on-farm decision making, farming systems design for production or resource management objectives, assessment of the value of seasonal climate forecasting [17]. the cropping systems simulation model (cropsyst) cropsyst is a suite of programs designed to work co-operatively, providing users with a set of tools to analyse the productivity and the environmental impact of crop rotations and cropping systems management at various temporal and spatial scales [18].the environment policy integrated climate (epic) is able to manage decisions related to drainage, irrigation, water efficiency, erosion (wind and water), atmospheric conditions, fertilizer, the control of pests, sowing dates, tillage and waste management cultivation [19]. the simulateur multidisciplinaire pour les cultures standard (stics) simulates crop growth as well as soil water and nitrogen balances driven by daily climatic data. it calculates both agricultural variables (yield, input consumption) and environmental variables (water and nitrogen losses) [20]. in spite of the european context several dsss have been adopted since their appearance in the agricultural sector, in italy few dsss have emerged to provide decision support systems. recently, their adoption is intensifying thanks to increase in the use of precision farming technologies. the diffusion of these technologies has been slow due to the following factors: heterogeneous environments, territorial characteristics, age/level of education and company size [14]. to incentivise employment and scientific research is the ministry of food and forestry agricultural policies, which in mipaff (2017) [14] emphasizes the importance of developing specific tools for data analysis, with dss functions to tackle the ongoing climate changes that are compromising the main crops of the territory. since today, in italy have emerged dsss for crop management, mainly for wine and cereal production and irrigation management. analysing the literature, among the major contributions emerge vite.net for the decision-making support of the vineyard, granoduro.net for decision support durum wheat crop and irrinet for decision support for irrigation. vite.net is developed for sustainable management of vineyards and is intended for the vineyard manager. the system provides in real-time several information for each vineyard as the defence against fungal disease and insects, the growth of the plant, the thermal and water stresses and many others [9]. granoduro.net provides plot-specific and upto-date decision supports about weather, fertilisation, crop growth, weed control, and disease and mycotoxin risk [21]. irrinet system provides to farmers a day-by-day information on how much and when to irrigate crops, implementing a real-time irrigation scheduling [22]. the latter is also used in sardinia. the contribution of this paper is the development of an agricultural dss for monitoring the main crops in sardinia, where the dsss adoption have been slow due to the conformation and heterogeneity of the territory that requires the development of specific decision support systems. 3. dss lands project dss lands was developed to help laore technical and sardinian farmers in decisionmaking about agricultural management based on the principles of precision farming. it was designed mainly to take data-driven decision and not to replace the decision maker. the goals of lands are to: (i) optimize the resources management through reduction of certain inputs (e.g., chemicals and naturals resources, etc.) (ii) predict crop risk situations (e.g., diseases, weather alerts etc.) (iii) increase the quality of decisions for field management (iv) reduce environmental impact and production cost. it integrates different and specific modules for monitoring the main crop productions in sardinia: citrus, artichoke, wheat, corn, olive, potato, peach, tomato, rice, vine. currently, the dss proposed is a prototype being tested for monitoring the potatoes crop. 3.1. architecture the agricultural dss is composed of three components [24]: hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 132  an integrated system for semi-real-time monitoring of crop components and storage of their data; these sources include arpas (regional agency for the protection of the sardinian environment) weather stations, field sensors and external providers;  a models system which performs through several mathematical and forecasting models a cross and dynamic analysis of different types of data. their elaboration and interpretation allow us to provide the best strategies to be applied in the field in order to forecast possible risk event situations which can damage the production [25, 26];  a cross-platform application used by laore technical and farmers to upload crop data collected during the field survey and to visualize the up-todate information for managing the cultivation in the form of alerts and decision supports. it is available by smartphone, tablet and personal computers with different operating systems. these features allow the farmers to take advantage of the application without worrying about the device in use, to access it in any place (e.g., in the field, in the company etc.) and to simplify and enhance the agricultural management process. all information is in a graphic format that uses symbols and colors to advice and inform in an immediate, effective and unambiguous way the status of each crop management component. internet connectivity also allows a timely updating of the features as soon as new analysis results are available and without any user intervention. the figure 1 describes a conceptual diagram of the system with three main stages. in the first stage the data are collected at fixed intervals from different sources: weather stations, external providers and data uploaded to the crossplatform by laore technical during the field survey. in the second stage, the data are received from the data receiver which manages and controls the quality of data and then it stores them into env db (environmental database) and potato db. after that, the data are analysed through several agricultural mathematical models. finally, in the third stage, the output is stored and sent to the cross-platform application for the interpretation by the decision maker. the output is visualized in the application as graphs and guidelines through different and specific dashboards. each dashboard is a collection of widgets that give to the farmer an overview of the metrics and let them monitor many metrics at once, so they can quickly check the health of their cultivation. figure 1. conceptual diagram of the system 3.2. case of study lands was tested during the 2018 spring season to forecast and tackle the risk of phytophthora infestans cryptogamic attacks for potato crop also known as late blight or potato blight. potato blight is one of the most devastating diseases of potato world over, including sardinia. in the region the continuous climate changes such as the rains close together, the high humidity and the abrupt changes of the temperatures are putting at risk the potatoes production. for this reason, the experimentation phase started as a support in the decisionmaking process of this cultivation. the tested are conducted in the potato fields monitored and managed by the laore agency. we have implemented two disease prediction models retrieved from literature: negative prognosis model [23] and fry model [27, 28]. the joint use of the two algorithms allows to forecast the period which it is opportune to carry out fungicide treatments useful against the appearance of the pathogen. the models identify the number of treatments need during a growing season as a function of time and meteorological data acquired continuously from arpas weather stations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 133 the analysis of the negative prognosis model predicts the period where the late blight epidemics are not likely to occur and the timing of the first treatment. in order to achieve an accurate prediction, the system receives, manages and stores with fixed frequency the following data: hourly temperature of the day, hourly humidity of the day, hourly winds, day degrees calculated with different methodologies, eto calculated with different mathematical formulas. from these data, the model takes as input: hourly temperature (°c), relative humidity (%), and rainfall (mm). after the server has received the input parameters the model calculates with different formulas the risk values and the accumulated risk values. this last, is the values that allows to determinate the date of the first treatment. the figure 2 shows the trend of the accumulated risk index recorded from 12/03/2018 to 29/04/2018. figure 2. accumulated risk recorded from 12/03/2018 to 29/04/2018 the tested conducted allowed to identify a local threshold which recognize when the disease is expected to occur. the warning period is indicated when the accumulated risk value exceeds the threshold of 130 and the first treatment is applied when the threshold reaches the value 150. in the case of figure 3 the first treatment was carried out 13/04/2018. to estimate the treatments after the first we developed the fry model. the model calculates the spraying intervals based on the blight units and fungicide units. blight units are calculated according to the number of consecutive hours that relative humidity is greater than or equal to 90%, and average temperature falls within any of six ranges (< 3, 3-7, 812, 13-22, 23-27 and >27 c). fungicide units are calculated based on daily rainfall (mm) and time since last fungicide application. decision rules about when fungicide should be applied are generated based on cumulative blight units or fungicide units since last spray. the experiments carried out allowed to outline the best criteria for local conditions through the fry model developed. the treatments after the first are indicated when one of the following cases occurs: (i) the accumulated precipitations are greater than 20 mm, (ii) the risk value of the previous night is 8 and also the sum of the blight units exceeds 40 for cultivar susceptible. 4. conclusion in the present paper, we have seen how the dsss are widely used in the agricultural sector. they have become notable and indispensable tools to conduct a more sustainable and productive agriculture which is difficult to sustain due to the continuous climate changes. although several dsss for monitoring various cultures have been developed, their adoption has been slow for two reasons: technical limitations of the dsss and farmer attitude towards dsss. today, the situation is changing thanks to the increased availability of personal computers, increased access to the internet and increased development of web-based systems. even in italy and especially in sardinia few dss have been adopted. the major contribution of this work is the development of the dss lands in collaboration with the laore sardinia agency to monitor the main crops in sardinia, a place where the adoption/diffusion of dss is complicated for the territory heterogeneity. currently, the dss is a prototype being tested for monitoring the potato culture. in particular, the dss through the negative prognosis model and the fry model elaborates weather data from meteorological stations to forecast the period in which is opportune to carry out fungicidal treatments against the hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 134 pathogen late blight outbreak. the short case of study conducted allowed to adapt, calibrate and outline the local parameters in order to produce accurate predictions. however, lands is at an early stage of the project. to date, it is still early to be able to assess the benefits of its use in the field. future experiments will allow to validate predictive dynamical models and evaluate if lands is the tool able to respond to the challenges emerging in the agricultural field according to precision farming methods. 5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] sivakumar, m. v. k., motha, r. p., & das, h. p. (eds.). (2005). natural disasters and extreme events in agriculture. springer, berlin, heidelberg, germany. doi:10.1007/3-540-28307-2. [2] shim, j. p., warkentin, m., courtney, j. f., power, d. j., sharda, r., & carlsson, c. (2002). past, present, and future of decision support technology. decision support systems, 33(2), 111–126. doi:10.1016/s0167-9236(01)00139-7. [3] rose, d. c., sutherland, w. j., parker, c., lobley, m., winter, m., morris, c., … dicks, l. v. (2016). decision support tools for agriculture: towards effective design and delivery. agricultural systems, 149, 165–174. doi:10.1016/j.agsy.2016.09.009. [4] isah, s., gbanguba, a. u., abdullah, y., bubuche, t. s., & mohammed, t. (2020). effects of variety and nitrogen levels on the performance of pearl millet: pennisetum glaucum (l.) r. br. journal of human, earth, and future, 1(4), 188–196. doi:10.28991/hef-2020-01-04-04. [5] zhang, n., wang, m., & wang, n. (2002). precision agriculture—a worldwide overview. computers and electronics in agriculture, 36(2-3), 113–132. doi:10.1016/s0168-1699(02)00096-0. [6] keen p. g. w., morton m. s. s. (1978). decision support systems: an organizational perspective, ma, usa: addison-wesley, doi: 10.1016/b978-0-08-027321-1.50007-9. [7] sheng, y., & zhang, s. (2009). analysis of problems and trends of decision support systems development. 2009 international conference on e-business and information system security, wuhan, china. doi:10.1109/ebiss.2009.5137932. [8] turban, e., liang, t. p., & aronson, j. e. (2005). decision support systems and intelligent systems: (international edition). pearson prentice hall, new jersey, united states. [9] rossi, v., salinari, f., poni, s., caffi, t., & bettati, t. (2014). addressing the implementation problem in agricultural decision support systems: the example of vite.net®. computers and electronics in agriculture, 100, 88–99. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2013.10.011. [10] taechatanasat, p., & armstrong, l. (2014). decision support system data for farmer decision making. proceedings of asian federation for information technology in agriculture, 472-486. perth, w.a. australian society of information and communication technologies in agriculture. [11] manos, b. d., ciani, a., bournaris, t., vassiliadou, i., & papathanasiou, j. (2004). a taxonomy survey of decision support systems in agriculture. agricultural economics review, 5(389-2016-23416), 80-94. doi:10.22004/ag.econ.26406. [12] kerr, d. (2004). factors influencing the development and adoption of knowledge based decision support systems for small, owner-operated rural business. artificial intelligence review, 22(2), 127–147. doi:10.1023/b:aire.0000045503.74951.7a. [13] jones, v. p., brunner, j. f., grove, g. g., petit, b., tangren, g. v., & jones, w. e. (2010). a web-based decision support system to enhance ipm programs in washington tree fruit. pest management science, 66(6), 587–595. doi:10.1002/ps.1913. [14] ministero delle politiche agricole alimentari e forestali (mipaff) (2017). linee guida per lo sviluppo dell'agricoltura di precisione in italia (2017). available online: https://www.politicheagricole.it/flex/cm/pages/serveblob.php/l/it/idpagina /12069 (accessed on may 2020). [15] holzworth, d. p., snow, v., janssen, s., athanasiadis, i. n., donatelli, m., hoogenboom, g.thorburn, p. (2015). agricultural production systems modelling and software: current status and future prospects. environmental modelling & software, 72, 276–286. doi:10.1016/j.envsoft.2014.12.013. [16] jones, j. w., hoogenboom, g., porter, c. h., boote, k. j., batchelor, w. d., hunt, l. a., ritchie, j. t. (2003). the dssat cropping system model. european journal of agronomy, 18(3-4), 235-265. doi:10.1016/s1161-0301(02)00107-7 [17] keating, b., carberry, p. ., hammer, g., probert, m., robertson, m. ., holzworth, d.,smith, c. (2003). an overview of apsim, a model designed for farming systems simulation. european journal of agronomy, 18(3-4), 267–288. doi:10.1016/s1161-0301(02)00108-9. https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbvjogkafd5shhtknf_qs7zd3xyt9w:1646205249637&q=hoboken&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaopge-luz9u3smkxni1u4gaxk_lmk7s0spot9pol0hpzmqssszlz81a4vhmpismfpylfjalfxyty2t3yk_kzu_n2sdicaisreflqaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewji54a58kb2ahukd-wkhcn_am0qmxmoaxoecdiqaw https://www.politicheagricole.it/flex/cm/pages/serveblob.php/l/it/idpagina%20/12069 https://www.politicheagricole.it/flex/cm/pages/serveblob.php/l/it/idpagina%20/12069 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 135 [18] stöckle, c. o., donatelli, m., & nelson, r. (2003). cropsyst, a cropping systems simulation model. european journal of agronomy, 18(3-4), 289–307. doi:10.1016/s1161-0301(02)00109-0. [19] izaurralde, r. c., williams, j. r., mcgill, w. b., rosenberg, n. j., & jakas, m. c. q. (2006). simulating soil c dynamics with epic: model description and testing against long-term data. ecological modelling, 192(3-4), 362–384. doi:10.1016/j.ecolmodel.2005.07.010. [20] brisson, n., gary, c., justes, e., roche, r., mary, b., ripoche, d., sinoquet, h. (2003). an overview of the crop model stics. european journal of agronomy, 18(3-4), 309–332. doi:10.1016/s1161-0301(02)00110-7. [21] rossi, v., manstretta, v., & ruggeri, m. (2015). a multicomponent decision support system to manage fusarium head blight and mycotoxins in durum wheat. world mycotoxin journal, 8(5), 629–640. doi:10.3920/wmj2015.1881. [22] mannini, p., genovesi, r., & letterio, t. (2013). irrinet: large scale dss application for on-farm irrigation scheduling. procedia environmental sciences, 19, 823–829. doi:10.1016/j.proenv.2013.06.091. [23] ullrich, j., & schrödter, h. (1966). das problem der vorhersage des auftretens der kartoffelkrautfäule (phytophthora infestans) und die möglichkeit seiner lösung durch eine “negativprognose”. nachrichtenblatt deutsch. pflanzenschutzdienst (braunschweig), 18, 33-40. (in german). [24] fenu, g., and malloci, f. m. (2020): lands dss: a decision support system for forecasting crop disease in southern sardinia. special issue in the international journal of decision support system technology (ijdsst). igi global, pennsylvania, united states. [25] fenu, g., & malloci, f. m. (2019). an application of machine learning technique in forecasting crop disease. proceedings of the 2019 3rd international conference on big data research. doi:10.1145/3372454.3372474. [26] fenu, g., & malloci, f. m. (2020). artificial intelligence technique in crop disease forecasting: a case study on potato late blight prediction. smart innovation, systems and technologies, 79–89. doi:10.1007/978-981-15-5925-9_7. [27] fry, w. e., apple, a. e., & bruhn, j. a. (1983). evaluation of potato late blight forecasts modified to incorporate host resistance and fungicide weathering. phytopathology, 73(7), 1054-1059. [28] bruhn, j. a. (1981). analysis of potato late blight epidemiology by simulation modeling. phytopathology, 71(6), 612. doi:10.1094/phyto-71-612. https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbucf9rtda7fi-uztrkyd7q-r5p7gw:1646205678481&q=pennsylvania&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaopge-lsz9u3me4xy7liuoiasu1lkvk0tlktrftzi9it8zkreksy8_nqofyzqykphawjrswprcwlwhkcuvpyiitzyoakenewmgiablu6plyaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewivrcwf8qb2ahwp_7sihugbcbcqmxmoaxoecc0qaw available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 320 issn: 2723-9535 statistical similarity of mortality and recovery ratios for covid-19 patients based on gender and age abbas mahmoudabadi 1* 1 director, master program in industrial engineering, mehrastan university, guilan, iran. received 14 september 2021; revised 11 november 2021; accepted 18 november 2021; published 01 december 2021 abstract background: studying the behavior of patients infected with covid-19 is an essential issue for health authorities during the global pandemic, so the aim of this study is to investigate the statistical similarity between the recovery and mortality ratios based on the patients’ age and gender. for this purpose, the well-known statistical testing method of kolmogorovsmirnov has been utilized to investigate the similarity of distribution functions for mortality and recovery rates for patients infected with covid-19. results: data for 1015 patients resulting in death, recovery, and transfer has been collected and analyzed. the age is cross-classified by gender where the rates’ cumulative distribution functions are independently calculated and depicted for females and males. the results revealed that there is no significant difference between the distribution functions of mortality and recovery rates by gender, but there is by age. conclusion: the research results would support the health authorities in managing the admission and discharge procedures of the covid19 patients where the hospitality services are traditionally provided differently by gender. keywords: kolmogorov-smirnov test; covid-19; distribution function; statistical similarity; mortality and recovery rate. 1. introduction covid-19, the latest mutation of the coronavirus, is a viral infection and a respiratory disease with rapid human-tohuman transmission in the air. patients with weak immune systems, heart or kidney diseases, and pregnant women also pose health risks [1, 2]. patients infected with covid-19 may also experience a wide variety of symptoms like fever, cough, shortness of breath, and even gastrointestinal problems. for elderly people, more suffering symptoms such as lethargy, weakness, fatigue, mood swings, and decreased concentration may also appear [3], while patients with underlying diseases are likely to be more severely suffered like cardiac arrhythmia, urinary output (anemia), seizures, loss of consciousness, bleeding, shock, and pulmonary edema [4]. during a pandemic outbreak, hospitals and healthcare systems’ managers are primarily involved in managing resources, including beds, staff, and equipment, to resolve the health problems [5]. one of the main concerns for healthcare authorities is the difference between females and males, in particular, where they need to receive different healthcare or treatment operations in separate places due to some restrictions, such as religious considerations. therefore, it is necessary to manage the nurses and healthcare facilities as well as the patients, because there are a limited number of equipped beds in hospitals. supporting healthcare authorities to gain a deeper understanding of similarities and dissimilarities between mortality and recovery rates by gender and age would be an important issue in this field. the above perceptive would support decision-makers in managing hospitalized operations for patients who *corresponding author: mahmoudabadi@mehrastan.ac.ir http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-04-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1175-6730 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 321 may receive exclusive healthcare based on their age and gender. in other words, perceiving the patients’ behaviors to predict the mortality and recovery rates supports medical authorities in managing healthcare operations as well as nursing capabilities, so the research is to try to develop the above concern. 1.1. distribution similarity and concept checking the similarity of distribution functions is one of the practical methods to examine the relevancy between dependent and independent variables. in this case, two or more data sets are compared based on the similarity of their distribution functions through the utilization of statistical tests [6]. there are many measures, which could be evaluated to check the similarity of two distribution functions [7], but they are dependent on which method is used for this purpose. the kolmogorov-smirnov test, also known as the ks test and primarily utilized in non-parametric hypothesis testing [8], is one of those that compares the behavior of two related samples where each record in one population is compared individually to the same observation in the other population. it is a goodness of fit and non-parametric test of the equality of continuous or discrete one-dimensional probability distributions to compare the statistical probabilities of two samples [9], so it is conventionally utilized to compare a real distribution sample with a reference probability distribution [10]. the principal concept behind the ks test is to investigate the distance between the cumulative distribution functions of two samples which represents the unlikeness of two distribution shapes [11]. therefore, it is utilized to assess the similarity between the expected and the experimental or observational distribution functions for checking the fitness of the experimental data to the expected distribution function [12]. although this ability commonly supports data analyzers for testing normality, where the existing normality is necessary to perform analysing procedures [13], it can be also utilized in other distribution functions and existing similarities for two data sets [14]. 1.2. relevant studies utilizing the statistical methods is repeatedly observed to examine the relevancy of variables assessed in health research fields [15]. in the last decades, many studies have been conducted for investigating the relationship between healthcare operations and their basic requirements. the health-based recorded data has been frequently analyzed utilizing data mining techniques and multiple linear regression methods to develop models and provide accurate estimations [16]. for example, in the tsuyama hospital, japan, a study has been conducted for predicting the cost of public healthcare to manage hospitalized operations based on developing a linear regression, recorded observations, and showed the forecasting models are capable to predict the health care costs [17]. studies on estimating the mortality and recovery ratios of patients or other medical measurements are also observed in the literature [18]. for example regression analysis has been widely utilized across the populations [19] and predicting the recovery rate has been studied repeatedly [20]. studies have been moreover conducted on diseases or related symptoms like examining the prognosis and likelihood of heart disease with various symptoms, because heart disease kills one person every 40 seconds, according to the american heart association [21]. comparing situations is another field of studies in this area whereas, in terms of long-term healthcare, the study of the healthcare system forecast and its impact on health costs through linear regression in colombia showed that residence long-term healthcare is costly for insurers and patients. for example, the johns hopkins university conducted a study in 2020 to predict the prevalence of covid-19 and determined the most contributing factors in disease outbreak in short term [22] as well as it predicts significant savings in the patients’ health costs according to the health policy decisions [23]. the unknown coronavirus has being attracted more rapidly under research in recent months since it was getting to an outbreak since december 2019. age is a very important contributing factor for all patients’ recovery and mortality ratio [24], as well as for the patients infected tocovid-19, where elderly is one of the risk factors of increasing the mortality rate of the patients [25]. all parameters and information related to cvid-19 patients, including age, gender, symptoms, and underlying disease status should be more investigated to manage healthcare operations. because the iranian big cities had received many travelers from the other countries of uae, chian, oman, and iraq at the beginning of the outbreak, the studies on coronavirus have been also conducted in the country at the time [26] meanwhile spreading the virus has not been stopped. moreover, in the field of the incubation period [27], asymptomatic ratio [28], epidemiological parameters and epidemic predictions [29], risk transmission, and even estimating the number of confirmed persons infected by coronavirus [30] have been dramatically attracted by healthcare researchers. therefore, more studies are required to focus on the healthcare system in iran where it is necessary to know more about the virus outbreak. 1.3. contribution statement following the above mentioned, the study has been conducted to investigate the similarities and dissimilarities between the mortality and recovery rates according to patients’ gender and age, in which the novelty behind the research work lies on the differences of distribution functions fitted for mortality and recovery rates based on the mentioned attributes of age and gender. in other words, studying the females and males mortality and recovery rates is performed by utilizing the statistical techniques proposed based on cumulative distribution functions of two variables. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 322 2. research methodology as stated in the previous section, the comparison of distribution similarities between mortality and recovery rates for females and males is now investigated for covid-19 patients in different age groups and gender. the main stages of statistical analysis include description on data collection, defining hypotheses followed by utilizing the kolmogorovsmirnov throughout this section. 2.1. case study and data collection to implement the research methodology, two types of variables should be clearly defined. the first type is the group of variables that specify personal characteristics including gender and age, whereas the second group composes of resulting variables like mortality and recovery rates. data for 1015 patients infected to covid-19 were collected from february 18 to august 20, 2020, in the northern iranian province of guilan. three designated hospitals, where patients had been separately under intensive care, were selected as the case study. data have been collected for six months from the start time of the outbreak to august 2020 through the health information system abbreviated as his in the islamic republic of iran. they are composed of many recorded fields in which personal specifications of the age and gender and the type of clearance were available. they recorded 1015 patients of 427 women and 588 men in which 161 patients resulted in dead, 146 discharged as personal satisfaction, 603 recovered, and finally, 105 transferred to the other hospitals or homes. personal satisfaction means the case that the patient is discharged according to the family or his/her request mainly for staying at home. fortunately, his provides all the required fields that help authors to conduct the study. the descriptive stats and more details of the patients who have been categorized by gender and age have been tabulated in table 1 that demonstrates an overall view of what collected and analyzed during the study. as shown, gender is categorized into the female and male, age into ten categories from zero to 100 years old stepping by ten years. table 1. demographic stats of the studied patients infected tocovid-19 age group/ death personal satisfaction recovered transferred grand total gender f m f+m f m f+m f m f+m f m f+m f m f+m 00-09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 10-19 0 1 1 0 2 2 0 10 10 0 0 0 0 13 13 20-29 3 2 5 3 6 9 23 25 48 4 4 8 33 37 70 30-39 2 3 5 5 6 11 24 40 64 3 7 10 34 56 90 40-49 2 5 7 4 8 12 33 45 78 1 6 7 40 64 104 50-59 11 14 25 9 13 22 50 66 116 6 6 12 76 99 175 60-69 13 16 29 16 22 38 50 86 136 16 16 32 95 140 235 70-79 17 27 44 13 12 25 34 49 83 8 13 21 72 101 173 80-89 19 17 36 13 10 23 32 26 58 6 9 15 70 62 132 90-100 4 5 9 0 4 4 3 6 9 0 0 0 7 15 22 total 71 90 161 63 83 146 249 354 603 44 61 105 427 588 1015 f=female; m=male 2.2. defining the hypotheses the first step of performing the test is to define its hypothesis. since the kolmogorov-smirnov test is utilized to check the similarity or dissimilarity between females and males in terms of mortality and recovery rates, the null and competitive hypothesis are defined as follows whereas it is assumed that the patients who have been discharged based on their personal satisfaction, have been categorized as recovered patients. h0: mortality and recovery rates of females and males come from the same distribution functions. h1: mortality and recovery rates of females and males come from different distribution functions. the hypotheses for all patients are defined as follows where the test is utilized to compare the rates for all patients. h0: mortality and recovery rates of all patients come from the same distribution functions. h1: mortality and recovery rates of all patients come from different distribution functions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 323 3. results the mortality and recovery rates have been calculated based on the data received from his and tabulated in table 2. the domain of age is divided into ten categories from zero to 100, and the above-mentioned rates have been individually calculated for females and males. for example, the mortality rate for females in the age group of (70-79), known as the high-risk group, is calculated as 17 41 = 0.236 where 17 and 41 are the numbers of deaths and total patients, respectively. the recovery rate for the aforementioned group for females is also calculated as (34+13) 72 = 0.653 where 34 and 13 are respectively the numbers of recovered and discharged patients following their personal satisfaction. the cumulative proportion, required to perform the ks test, is directly calculated based on the mortality and recovery rates for both groups of females and males. they are obtained based on their previous cumulative proportion and the current one for each age group. for example, the cumulative proportion for females (70-79) years old is calculated as 0.308 + 0.236 1.560 = 0.460 where 0.308 is the cumulative portion for the age group of (60-69), 0.236 is the mortality rate for the current age group, and eventually, 1.560 represents the sum of mortality rates for all females’ age groups. the rest of the portions have been calculated following the above process and tabulated as mortality and recovery columns that are divided into patients’ gender. the last column in each section is the difference between the cumulative proportion of females and males in each group. it is an absolute value of the difference between two portions for both gender groups. for example, for the aforesaid group, it is calculated|0.460 − 0.564| = 0.104. the maximum value of the above coefficient is known as ks stat and obtained as 0.127 for females and 0.246 for males demonstrated in the last row of table 2. the obtained values should be compared to the critical values of the ks test. patients’ age for mortality is applicable in nine groups, so the critical value of ks (0.95%, 10)=0.409 is greater than the obtained value of 0.127. it shows there is no difference between the distribution functions of mortality for females and males. that is also categorized into 10 groups for recovery and the critical value of ks(0.95%, 10)=0.409 is greater than the obtained value of 0.246, so it shows there is no difference between females and males in terms of the distribution function of recovery rate. 4. discussion to demonstrate the results in a better way, the above calculations are also depicted in figures 1 and 2, where the mortality and recovery rates for females and males are respectively shown by dashed and double lines. for each figure, the maximum absolute value of the difference between cumulative distribution functions is depicted next to an oval shape that is surrounding cumulative functions. they show the absolute value of the difference between females and males for the distribution function of mortality rate is 0.127 and for recovery rate is 0.246, both reveal that there is no significant difference between females and males. the final comparison is to investigate the dissimilarity between mortality and recovery rates for all patients. the last five columns of table 2 demonstrate the same calculation processing results including the rates, cumulative portions, and eventually dissimilarities. they are also depicted in figure 3. as shown in table 2 and figure 3 simultaneously, the ks stat is obtained as 0.430 which should be compared to ks(0.95%, 10)=0.409. checking the obtained value and critical value reveals the mortality and recovery rates for all patients are different in terms of age, so it can be concluded that the mortality rate is different in age groups. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 324 table 2. stats calculated for females and males in mortality and recovery rates and their differences age mortality rate cumulative proportion recovery rate cumulative proportion rate cumulative proportion group female male female male difference female male female male difference mortality recovery mortality recovery difference 00-09 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.000 0.000 0.128 0.128 0.000 1.000 0.000 0.154 0.154 10-19 0.000 0.077 0.000 0.055 0.055 0.000 0.923 0.000 0.246 0.246 0.077 0.769 0.052 0.273 0.221 20-29 0.091 0.054 0.058 0.094 0.036 0.788 0.838 0.137 0.353 0.216 0.071 0.686 0.101 0.379 0.278 30-39 0.059 0.054 0.096 0.132 0.036 0.853 0.821 0.285 0.457 0.173 0.056 0.711 0.138 0.488 0.350 40-49 0.050 0.078 0.128 0.189 0.061 0.925 0.828 0.445 0.563 0.118 0.067 0.750 0.184 0.604 0.420 50-59 0.145 0.141 0.221 0.290 0.069 0.776 0.798 0.580 0.665 0.085 0.143 0.663 0.281 0.706 0.425 60-69 0.137 0.114 0.308 0.372 0.064 0.695 0.771 0.701 0.764 0.063 0.123 0.579 0.365 0.795 0.430 70-79 0.236 0.267 0.460 0.564 0.104 0.653 0.604 0.814 0.841 0.027 0.254 0.480 0.537 0.869 0.332 80-89 0.271 0.274 0.634 0.761 0.127 0.643 0.581 0.926 0.915 0.011 0.273 0.439 0.722 0.937 0.215 90-100 0.571 0.333 1.000 1.000 0.000 0.429 0.667 1.000 1.000 0.000 0.409 0.409 1.000 1.000 0.000 sum 1.560 1.393 max 0.127 5.761 7.831 max 0.246 1.474 6.486 max 0.430 figure 1. cumulative distribution functions of females and males in mortality rate 0.000 0.200 0.400 0.600 0.800 1.000 0-9 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-69 70-79 80-89 90-100 c u m u la ti v e p ro p o rt io n age groups female male dmax=0.127 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 325 figure 2. cumulative distribution functions of females and males in recovery rate figure 3. cumulative distribution functions of mortality and recovery rates 5. conclusion since perceiving the behavior of patients who are infected with covid-19 on mortality and recovery rates is very important to healthcare authorities, the kolmogorov-smirnov test has been utilized to investigate the similarity of the age-based distribution functions for females and males. the research has been conducted in the iranian northern province of guilan, where data for 1015 patients was available to conduct the study. the data came from three hospitals that were designated to hospitalize the covid-19 patients. the results of statistical analysis revealed that in terms of gender, the patients’ mortality and recovery rates come from the same distribution functions if age serves as a basis for categorizing patients, but they are different based on their age groups. in conclusion, gender is no longer a significant contributing factor for mortality and recovery rates, but age has a significant effect on covid-19 mortality and recovery rates. the results lead the healthcare authorities to conclude that they can manage covid-19 patients regardless of their gender, but should be aware of their ages because the patient’s age plays a significant role in the chance of mortality and recovery. researchers who are interested in working in this field are recommended to more focus on specific personal characteristics such as lifestyle, food, place of birth, and the other factors contributing to the mortality and recovery rates of patients if collecting accurate data is possible. 0.000 0.200 0.400 0.600 0.800 1.000 0-9 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-69 70-79 80-89 90-100 c u m u la ti v e p ro p o rt io n age groups female male 0.000 0.200 0.400 0.600 0.800 1.000 0-9 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-69 70-79 80-89 90-100 c u m u la ti v e p ro p o rt io n age groups mortality recovery dmax = 0.430 dmax = 0.246 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 326 6. list of abbreviations his health information system. ks kolmogorov-smirnov. 7. declarations 7.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 7.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.3. ethical approval no human or animal has participated in the study process. the study was just conducted by analysing the data fields gathered from his (health information system). in addition, personal specifications such as patients' phone numbers, addresses, etc., have not been received by the author. 7.4. institutional review board statement & informed consent statement the ministry of health and medical education (iran) institutional review board approved this study, and waived the need for informed consent from individual patients owing to the retrospective nature of the study. 7.5. acknowledgements the author would like to express his great appreciation and gratitude for the support received from it administrators of poursina, alzahra, and 17 shahrivar hospitals and special thanks to ms. maedeh pourmirza for providing the data in the required fields to conduct this research work. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the author declare that he has no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] di mascio, d., khalil, a., saccone, g., rizzo, g., buca, d., liberati, m., vecchiet, j., nappi, l., scambia, g., berghella, v., &d’antonio, f. (2020). outcome of coronavirus spectrum infections (sars, mers, covid-19) during pregnancy: a systematic review and meta-analysis. american journal of obstetrics and gynecology mfm, 2(2). doi:10.1016/j.ajogmf.2020.100107. [2] zhao, s., lin, q., ran, j., musa, s. s., yang, g., wang, w., … wang, m. h. (2020). preliminary estimation of the basic reproduction number of novel coronavirus (2019-ncov) in china, from 2019 to 2020: a data-driven analysis in the early phase of the outbreak. international journal of infectious diseases, 92, 214–217. doi:10.1016/j.ijid.2020.01.050. [3] law, s., leung, a. w., & xu, c. (2020). severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars) and coronavirus disease-2019 (covid19): from causes to preventions in hong kong. international journal of infectious diseases, 94, 156–163. doi:10.1016/j.ijid.2020.03.059. [4] roberts, g. v., & gee, p. o. (2020). the early days: the postkidney transplant recipients’ covid-19 journey. clinical journal of the american society of nephrology 15(9), 1221–1223. doi:10.2215/cjn.08780620. [5] sun, l., depuy, g. w., & evans, g. w. (2014). multi-objective optimization models for patient allocation during a pandemic influenza outbreak. computers and operations research, 51, 350–359. doi:10.1016/j.cor.2013.12.001. [6] pastore, m., &calcagnì, a. (2019). measuring distribution similarities between samples: a distribution-free overlapping index. frontiers in psychology, 10, 1089. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2019.01089. [7] lee, l. (1999). measures of distributional similarity. proceedings of the 37th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics on computational linguistics, maryland, united states. 25–32. doi:10.3115/1034678.1034693. [8] sahinturk, l., &özcan, b. (2017). the comparison of hypothesis tests determining normality and similarity of samples. journal of naval science and engineering, 13(2), 21–36. [9] vrbik, j. (2018). small-sample corrections to kolmogorov–smirnov test statistic. pioneer journal of theoretical and applied statistics, 15(1–2), 15–23. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 327 [10] arnold, t. b., & emerson, j. w. (2011). nonparametric goodness-of-fit tests for discrete null distributions. r journal, 3(2), 34-39. [11] lopes, r. h., reid, i. d., & hobson, p. r. (2007). the two-dimensional kolmogorov-smirnov test. proceedings of science. xi international workshop on advanced computing and analysis techniques in physics research, amsterdam, netherlands. [12] simard, r., &l’ecuyer, p. computing the two-sided kolmogorov-smirnov distribution. journal of statistical software, 39(11), 1–18. [13] drezner, z., turel, o., &zerom, d. (2010). a modified kolmogorov-smirnov test for normality. communications in statistics: simulation and computation, 39(4), 693–704. doi:10.1080/03610911003615816. [14] mahmoudabadi, a., &abdous, h. (2020). do the coaches’ crashes and their usage exposure come from the same distributions? society & sustainability, 2(3), 10–19. doi:10.38157/society_sustainability.v2i3.165. [15] stolwijk, c., van onna, m., boonen, a., & van tubergen, a. (2016). global prevalence of spondyloarthritis: a systematic review and meta-regression analysis. arthritis care and research, 68(9), 1320–1331. doi:10.1002/acr.22831. [16] dash, s., shakyawar, s. k., sharma, m., &kaushik, s. (2019). big data in healthcare: management, analysis and future prospects. journal of big data, 6(1), 54. doi:10.1186/s40537-019-0217-0. [17] panay, b., baloian, n., pino, j., peñafiel, s., sanson, h., &bersano, n. (2019). predicting health care costs using evidence regression. in proceedings (vol. 31, issue 1). multidisciplinary digital publishing institute proceedings. doi:10.3390/proceedings2019031074. [18] myers, j., tan, s. y., abella, j., aleti, v., &froelicher, v. f. (2007). comparison of the chronotropic response to exercise and heart rate recovery in predicting cardiovascular mortality. european journal of preventive cardiology, 14(2), 215–221. doi:10.1097/hjr.0b013e328088cb92. [19] hogan, h., zipfel, r., neuburger, j., hutchings, a., darzi, a., & black, n. (2015). avoidability of hospital deaths and association with hospital-wide mortality ratios: retrospective case record review and regression analysis. bmj (online), 351, 3239. doi:10.1136/bmj.h3239. [20] lenzi, j., caporlingua, f., caporlingua, a., anichini, g., nardone, a., passacantilli, e., & santoro, a. (2017). relevancy of positive trends in mortality and functional recovery after surgical treatment of acute subdural hematomas. our 10-year experience. british journal of neurosurgery, 31(1), 78–83. doi:10.1080/02688697.2016.1226253. [21] polaraju, k., durga prasad, d., & tech scholar, m. (2017). prediction of heart disease using multiple linear regression model. international journal of engineering development and research, 5(4), 2321–9939. [22] pandey, g., chaudhary, p., gupta, r., & pal, s. (2020). seir and regression model based covid-19 outbreak predictions in india. doi:10.1101/2020.04.01.20049825. [23] riascos, a., & serna, n. (2017). predicting annual length-of-stay and its impact on health (vol. 69). medical informatics and healthcare. available online: http://proceedings.mlr.press/v69/riascos17a.html (accessed on may 2021). [24] ujah, i. a., aisien, o. a., mutihir, j. t., vanderjagt, d. j., glew, r. h., &uguru, v. e. (2005). factors contributing to maternal mortality in north-central nigeria: a seventeen-year review. african journal of reproductive health, 9(3), 27–40. doi:10.2307/3583409. [25] kowalski, l. p., sanabria, a., ridge, j. a., ng, w. t., de bree, r., rinaldo, a., takes, r. p., mäkitie, a. a., carvalho, a. l., bradford, c. r., paleri, v., hartl, d. m., vander poorten, v., nixon, i. j., piazza, c., lacy, p. d., rodrigo, j. p., guntinaslichius, o., mendenhall, w. m., … ferlito, a. (2020). covid-19 pandemic: effects and evidence-based recommendations for otolaryngology and head and neck surgery practice. head and neck, 42(6), 1259–1267. doi:10.1002/hed.26164. [26] tuite, a. r., bogoch, i. i., sherbo, r., watts, a., fisman, d., & khan, k. (2020). estimation of coronavirus disease 2019 (covid-19) burden and potential for international dissemination of infection from iran. annals of internal medicine, 172(10), 699–701. doi:10.7326/m20-0696. [27] lauer, s. a., grantz, k. h., bi, q., jones, f. k., zheng, q., meredith, h. r., azman, a. s., reich, n. g., &lessler, j. (2020). the incubation period of coronavirus disease 2019 (covid-19) from publicly reported confirmed cases: estimation and application. annals of internal medicine, 172(9), 577–582. doi:10.7326/m20-0504. [28] nishiura, h., kobayashi, t., miyama, t., suzuki, a., jung, s. mok, hayashi, k., kinoshita, r., yang, y., yuan, b., akhmetzhanov, a. r., & linton, n. m. (2020). estimation of the asymptomatic ratio of novel coronavirus infections (covid19). international journal of infectious diseases, 94, 154–155. doi:10.1016/j.ijid.2020.03.020. [29] read, j. m., bridgen, j. r. e., cummings, d. a. t., ho, a., & jewell, c. p. (2020). novel coronavirus 2019-ncov: early estimation of epidemiological parameters and epidemic predictions. doi:10.1101/2020.01.23.20018549. [30] tang, b., bragazzi, n. l., li, q., tang, s., xiao, y., & wu, j. (2020). an updated estimation of the risk of transmission of the novel coronavirus (2019-ncov). infectious disease modelling, 5, 248–255. doi:10.1016/j.idm.2020.02.001. http://proceedings.mlr.press/v69/riascos17a.html available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 77 application of hymethship propulsion using on-board pre-combustion carbon capture for waterborne transport nicole wermuth a* , jan zelenka a, paul moeyart b, abhijit aul c, martin borgh d a lec gmbh, inffeldgasse 21, 8010 graz, austria. b exmar, de gerlachekaai 20, 2000 antwerpen, belgium. c lloyd's register emea, burgess road, southampton, so16 7qf, united kingdom. d sspa sweden ab, chalmers tvärgata 10, se-400 22 göteborg, sweden. received 05 january 2021; revised 23 march 2021; accepted 03 april 2020; published 01 june 2021 abstract the hymethship project (hydrogen-methanol ship propulsion using on-board pre-combustion carbon capture) is a cooperative r&d project funded by the european union’s horizon 2020 research and innovation program. the project aims to drastically reduce emissions while improving the efficiency of waterborne transport. the hymethship system will achieve a reduction in co2 of up to 97% and practically eliminate sox and particulate matter emissions. nox emissions will fall by over 80 %, safely below the imo tier iii limit. in this study, the hymethship concept is introduced and various aspects of the concept development are discussed. additionally, some issues that might accelerate or hinder the concept application for commercial shipping are presented. keywords: phytochemistry; uplc-ms; helleborus caucasicus; helleborus abchasicus. 1. introduction transoceanic shipping is very important for international trade and has high energy efficiency per ton and mile. much of the transport work occurs close to land and densely populated areas. emissions of sulfur oxides (sox), nitrogen oxides (nox) and particulate matter (pm) from shipping have been identified as having a negative impact on health and the environment. regulations on maritime emissions have been introduced, albeit ones that are less demanding and come into effect much later than those for land-based transport. in 2017, less than 3% of global co2 emissions were attributed to shipping (figure 1). due to the efforts in other sectors to reduce co2 emissions and the projected growth of global shipping, the contribution of maritime transport to global co2 emissions is going to increase significantly. therefore, the reduction of co2 emissions from shipping is becoming an area of interest for various legislative bodies. the eu “white paper on transport” from 2011 sets the goal of a 40% reduction in co2 emissions from eu maritime transport in 2050 as compared to 2005 [1]. the international maritime organization (imo) adopted a resolution in april 2018 to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by at least 50% by 2050 compared to 2008 [2]. in order to meet these goals, there is a need to consider new fuels, e.g. natural gas, methanol, hydrogen, ammonia, and innovative technology solutions, like electric propulsion combined with battery storage or fuel cells. while liquefied natural gas is already used in commercial shipping operations but often seen critical because of the high global warming potential of methane, other alternative fuels, like methanol or hydrogen, are only rarely * corresponding author: nicole.wermuth@lec.tugraz.at http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-02-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1869-7689 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 78 encountered in commercial vessels (e.g. [4])). there are, however, various pilot vessel projects in progress that utilize methanol as the main fuel source and evaluate engine combustion as well as methanol bunkering and storage options [5-9]. using methanol in engine combustion requires energy intensive post-combustion carbon capture or direct air capture (dac) in order to significantly reduce co2 emissions. hydrogen combustion does not produce any co2 emissions but bunkering and storage on-board the vessel poses various challenges. figure 1. emissions and development of global transport [3] the hymethship concept combines the advantages of bunkering the liquid fuel methanol and combusting the carbon-free fuel hydrogen. using this concept, the hymethship project aims to drastically reduce emissions and improve the efficiency of waterborne transport at the same time. compared to the next best available marine engine technology, i.e. methanol combustion and post-combustion carbon capture, the hymethship system is estimated to show more than 40 % higher system efficiency [10]. the hymethship system targets a reduction in co2 emissions of more than 97 % and will practically eliminate sox and pm emissions. nox emissions will be reduced by more than 80 %, significantly below the imo tier iii limit. this article will give an overview of the hymethship technical concept, discuss several concept development considerations and outline where interfaces with port infrastructure and rules and regulations demand additional coordination and harmonization. more information on the scope and organization of the project can be found on the project website https://www.hymethship.com/. 2. hymethship concept and project overview the hymethship concept uses on-board methanol steam reforming with a strong interaction of hydrogen fuel production and hydrogen consumption. the hymethship system innovatively combines a membrane reactor, a co2 capture system, a storage system for co2 and methanol as well as a hydrogen-fueled combustion engine into one system (figure 2). the hydrogen produced from methanol reforming is burned in a conventional reciprocating engine that has been upgraded to burn multiple fuel types and is specially optimized for hydrogen use. the hymethship system eliminates the need for complex exhaust gas aftertreatment, which is required for conventional fuel systems to achieve equivalent reductions in sox, nox and pm emissions. the drastic co2 reduction is a result of using renewable methanol as the energy carrier and implementing pre-combustion co2 capture and storage on the ship. ideally the renewable methanol bunkered on the ship is produced on-shore from co2 captured onboard or from dac, thus closing the co2 loop from the ship propulsion. bunkering and storing of large quantities of hydrogen fuel can be avoided. hymethship’s overall efficiency entitlement is estimated to be approx. 51% as outlined in figure 3:  methanol bunkered on-board of the vessel and steam are reformed to hydrogen using waste heat from the engine;  during the reforming process thermal dissociation of water at high process temperatures inside the membrane reformer produces additional hydrogen molecules, resulting in a surplus energy of more than 12 percentage points (ch3oh + h2o  co2 + 3 h2);  the combustion engine operating with an estimated efficiency of 47% generates losses in the range of 60 percentage points based on total hydrogen energy content. about 75% of the engine’s waste heat is used to provide the process temperatures required by the carbon capturing system;  due to the methanol reformation the fuel energy available for engine combustion is higher than the methanol energy content that could be used for direct methanol combustion. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 79 figure 2. hymethship concept [10] figure 3. energy efficiency [10] two percentage points of the generated mechanical energy are used to produce electricity for the pumps and auxiliary devices in the carbon capture system. within the hymethship project the key technology components will be developed and build and tested individually in specifically designed laboratory facilities. the carbon-based membranes, a small-scale membrane reformer and a small-scale carbon capture system will be built early in the project. in parallel the combustion system development will take place using a high-speed single-cylinder research engine. later the combined system, consisting of full-scale membrane reformer, multi-cylinder engine and full-scale carbon capture system will be validated in an on-shore technology demonstration with an engine in the range of 1 to 2 mw. the implementation of the propulsion system and the fuel and co2 storage systems in a vessel is performed via computer modeling of a use case vessel – a ferry operating in the north sea / baltic sea. the requirements for the implementation as well as for the design of all subsystems are driven by safety regulations and emission legislation. alternative energy carriers, such as hydrogen and methanol are relatively new to the marine industry and as such specific maritime regulations do not presently exist or are undergoing deliberations at the imo. therefore, the hymethship project will undertake risk and safety assessments to ensure that the system fulfills all safety requirements for on-board use. it will also take into account the rules and regulations under development for low flashpoint fuels and is expected to contribute to regulatory development in this area. the cost effectiveness of the hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 80 system will also be assessed for different ship types and operational patterns using life cycle assessment. a preliminary assessment of environmental and economic impact of various design choices within hymethship can be found in [11]. 3. hymethship concept development 3.1. engine type and combustion concept the propulsion system of the hymethship concept employs a reciprocating internal combustion engine that is already state-of-the-art for marine applications. the engine has to fulfill output power and transient requirements, exhaust emission limits, and safety requirements and needs to interact with the reformer and carbon capture system. for international marine applications the emission limitations contained in the “international convention on the prevention of pollution from ships” apply. marpol annex vi sets limits on no emissions with the tier ii / iii standards that were introduced in 2008 [12, 13]. nox emission limits are set depending on the engine maximum operating speed. while tier ii limits apply globally, tier iii standards only apply in nox emission control areas (eca). hymethship will fulfill the more stringent nox limits for eca and target duty cycle nox emissions of less than 2.0 g/kwh. engine waste heat, particularly from the exhaust gas, will be used for the methanol steam reforming process, adding further demands on the combustion system development. mixture stoichiometry, compression ratio and combustion phasing will have to be adjusted in order to provide adequate exhaust enthalpy to the reformer. the main energy source for the engine will be hydrogen generated by the methanol reformer but in order to fulfill the redundancy requirements (see chapter 4.3) the system will be designed to allow operation with a conventional liquid as well. this operating mode can also satisfy vessel power demand during start-up / warm-up of the reformer and the co2 capture system. currently existing dual-fuel engines for marine propulsion use natural gas as the main fuel source and also allow engine operation with diesel combustion. hymethship can employ a similar concept with diesel back-up operation and standard hydrogen operation with diesel pilot ignition. in the latter hydrogen is injected into the intake ports or directly into the cylinder during the intake stroke or early in the compression stroke. a small amount of diesel fuel is injected into the cylinder late in the compression stroke and auto-ignites due to high temperatures of the hydrogen-air mixture. from the ignition centers a flame propagates through the combustion chamber consuming the homogenous hydrogen-air mixture. the diesel fuel fraction depends on the operating conditions and varies between 1 and 5 % in steady-state operation. in order to reliably inject these small quantities of fuel medium speed engines incorporate a pilot injector in addition to the main diesel injector, while for high speed engines wide-range injectors are in development [14]. the hymethship concept will also allow to utilize a different kind of dual-fuel engine where methanol combustion is used for redundancy. in that case a spark ignition system will be used for hydrogen as well as for methanol combustion. in steady-state hydrogen operation no second fuel is required. there are advantages and drawbacks for both back-up fuel options (table 1). table 1. methanol vs. diesel back-up operation application methanol back-up diesel back-up advantages  only methanol tanks required on vessel  transient / maneuvering with methanol fueling with lower (soot) emissions  lower compression ratio expected to widen operating window and improve performance  lower emissions in nearly all operating conditions  transient capability limited by soot and turbo charger acceleration only  faster transients are possible in diesel operation compared to hydrogen and/or methanol operation drawbacks  transient capability limited by knocking combustion  energy storage system might be required to address transient power requirements  formaldehyde emissions from methanol combustion might require an oxidation catalyst (to be determined)  methanol and diesel tanks required on vessel & logistic in harbor more difficult  compression ratio will have to be a compromise for hydrogen and diesel back-up operation the advantages of a concept using methanol combustion for redundancy instead of diesel combustion lie in reduced emissions of nox, sox and particulate matter and potentially reduced tank space requirements since no bunkering of diesel is required. the drawbacks could be reduced transient capabilities if knocking combustion occurs and the fact that methanol combustion is not considered an established technology in maritime applications yet and ship operators might be hesitant to accept this new technology. vessel power requirements, operational patterns and available space will determine which back-up fuel will finally be selected. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 81 figure 4. operating ranges and transition between methanol and hydrogen operation the combustion system development for hymethship is performed using a single-cylinder research engine before the combustion system will be employed in the full-scale engine in the technology demonstration. the single-cylinder engine operation is investigated with hydrogen, methanol and methanol/hydrogen fuel mixtures [15]. methanol / hydrogen mixtures are considered in order to evaluate the potential of methanol addition for improved transient performance. figure 4 illustrates the operating ranges (characterized by ignition timing and boost pressure) for various engine load conditions with either hydrogen or methanol fueling. the methanol operation is shown in the shaded area. boost pressure requirements for medium load hydrogen operation and high load methanol operation are very similar. therefore, switching from hydrogen to methanol fueling at a constant boost pressure results in an increase in engine load, et vice versa. this behavior can be exploited if insufficient hydrogen is available during fast load increases or when turbocharger acceleration is limiting a fast boost pressure increase. the engine operating strategy will be finalized in conjunction with the other components of the propulsion system. 3.2. methanol and co2 tank system in the hymethship concept the co2 that is produced on-board the vessel during the methanol steam reforming will be captured, liquefied, stored on-board and discharged in port. the vessel therefore needs to provide storage capacity for liquid carbon dioxide (lco2) as well as for the energy carrier methanol. methanol can be stored on-board in tanks similar to the conventional hfo/diesel tanks, although the different corrosion behavior needs to be taken into consideration. since the flash point of methanol lies below 60 °c, however, compliance with the igf code [16] is mandatory. co2 can be stored in a liquid state at approximately 40 °c and 1 mpa in cryogenic pressure tanks, which is common practice for ships that carry co2 as cargo. since co2 is produced at roughly the same pace that methanol is consumed and since storage space in some vessels and applications is scarce it might be desirable to use the same storage space for methanol and co2. this bivalent solution is explored in a modular approach with tanks that carry methanol and co2 alternatingly (“b”), a tank that only carries methanol (“a”) and a tank that only carries co2 (“c”). figure 5 illustrates the combined tank system and indicates the fluid streams into and out of the tanks during continuous operation of the hymethship system when methanol is consumed, lco2 is produced and gaseous co2 needs to be evacuated from or replenished in at least one of the tanks. this system uses components currently available on the market, thereby enhancing the economic feasibility of implementing the system. figure 5. combined methanol / co2 tank system hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 82 a typical full operational cycle for a vessel and its tank system is consisting of the following process steps: 1. tank preparation for methanol bunkering; 2. loading of methanol into tank(s) b and tank a; 3. continuous operation with methanol consumption and co2 production; 4. tank(s) b preparation for co2 filling; 5. discharging co2 in the bunker port. each step has its own specificities and particular set of requirements for the tank system. a feasibility study for a combined storage system is performed for all process steps during a full operation cycle and compared to a separate tank solution. table 2 summarizes the potential complications of a combined tank solution and the mitigation measures that can be taken to avoid these complications. table 2. mitigation measures for combined methanol / co2 tank systems process step potential complication mitigation and/or resulting system and operational requirements feasible with stateof-the-art technology tank preparation for methanol bunkering flashing of lco2 tank pressure control yes tank preparation for methanol bunkering thermal shock of tank(s) b inner vessels tank heating by means of ambient temperature gaseous co2 yes loading of methanol in tank b co2 vapor return to bunker barge not feasible sizing of absorption chiller for peak demand during bunkering; adjust engine / system operation to meet heat demand of absorption chiller during bunkering yes tank preparation for lco2 filling co2 contamination of remainder of methanol pumped out of tank(s) b transfer remainder of methanol to separate tank or tank a yes discharging lco2 in bunker port duration for discharging prolonging stay in port develop procedures for simultaneous lco2 discharging and methanol bunkering yes discharging lco2 in bunker port purity requirements of lco2 grid / reception facility not met storage of contaminated lco2 layers in separate tank instead of discharge (if necessary); monitor lco2 purity requirement discussions yes although the complications caused by alternating the product to be stored will require extra investment, a higher skilled crew and higher operational costs, there are technical solutions to all issues identified in the feasibility study, leading to the conclusion that the carrying of co2 and methanol in the same tanks alternatingly is feasible. 3.3. propulsion system the propulsion system of a vessel cannot be designed independently of the vessel. the available space, legislative requirements regarding the placement of various types of equipment and the allocation of equipment to spaces with various levels of containment protection have to be taken into account. a 3d cad model of the case study vessel – a ferry operating in the north sea / baltic sea was developed for visualization and incorporation of system components (figure 6). figure 6. hymethship case study vessel model hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 83 the layout of the vessel propulsion system has to consider steady-state as well as transient performance requirements. the transient performance of the hymethship concept is determined by the transient performance of the individual system components – combustion engine, reformer and carbon capture system – and by the interaction between the sub-systems. a high transient capability of the combustion engine is insufficient if the reformer is incapable of delivering the required increase in hydrogen mass flow rate. in an early performance assessment, the transient vessel power requirements are defined for the use case vessel. figure 7 illustrates the duty cycle of the selected ferry application with a histogram showing how much time the propulsion system operates in the individual load ranges during the selected journey. figure 7. case study vessel load spectrum a methodology will be developed to assess the transient capability of the hymethship concept and evaluate various options for increased transient performance, e.g. buffer batteries, hydrogen buffers and combustion of methanol / hydrogen mixtures. initial calculations suggest that the concept will best be designed as a hybrid system with full electric propulsion and the combustion engines driving generators. the preliminary size of the battery pack is in the range of 1 to 1.5 mwh. it should be noted that it is rather uncertain if a newly built ropax will be designed in a similar way as current ones – in view of a probable shortage of fuel with low greenhouse gas emissions it is rather likely that new designs and their operation will have to be made to have significantly lower installed power to use less energy. since the goal of this project is not to design a new type of ship, but rather a new energy system, current modern designs are used to evaluate the effects of integrating the hymethship system. this also reduces the uncertainties since design starts with a known and built systems and modifies it where necessary. 4. hymethship transfer from the lab into the real world before the hymethship concept can be used in standard shipping applications there are a number of issues that need to be addressed, including port infrastructures or rules and regulations, but cannot be solved within the project. it is one goal of the project to highlight and evaluate these issues and also work with authorities or classification societies to define a feasible path forward. 4.1. fuel supply for low well-to-wake emissions and a closed co2 lifecycle, it is desired that methanol is produced with recycled co2, e.g. from hymethship, and renewable power. although the technology for renewable methanol production exists, nowadays the bulk of methanol produced world-wide uses natural gas as a feedstock. shipping of methanol as cargo is ubiquitous but methanol bunkering as a propulsion fuel is not standard in ports and procedures for safe operation are in development. methanol bunkering barges are currently not available in most ports making implementation of hymethship most likely in applications where the vessel can return to the home port for bunkering. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 84 4.2. co2 discharge discharging co2 requires that there are co2 receptables available in port and preferably even a co2 grid that connects the port facilities to methanol production facilities or other industries that use co2. this infrastructure is currently not available and therefore assumptions have to be made for the grid specifications, including pressure and temperature, which impact the tank system capabilities of hymethship. furthermore, the possibility to discharge gaseous co2 that is released from the tanks during the bunkering procedure needs to be evaluated and taken into account during the tank system design. 4.3. rules and regulations even more than other industrial installations maritime applications have to adhere to high safety standards. there is, however, no set of rules and regulations available that covers all aspects of hymethship for maritime use. in particular the use of methanol and hydrogen as an engine fuel is not covered specifically in any guidelines. some guidance can be provided by the igf code “international code of safety for ships using gases or other low-flashpoint fuels” [16], that defines international standards for vessels not covered by the igc code [17] and by the “draft interim guidelines for the safety of ships using methyl/ethyl alcohol as fuel” that was published in 2018 [18]*. the igf code is geared to meet the requirements for natural gas as fuel and provides mandatory provisions for the arrangement, installation, control and monitoring of machinery, equipment and systems using low-flashpoint fuel to minimize the risk to the ship, its crew and the environment. other safety requirements for marine engines (en 1679-1:1998), machinery (iso 12100) or pressure vessels (directive 97/23/ec) are not applicable to hydrogen operation or specifically exclude maritime applications from their scope. in order to guarantee a safe design of hymethship and compliance with the functional requirements of the igf code risk-based techniques are used in hazard identification and hazard and operability studies. insights of these studies can also be used to improve the new guidelines being crafted over the next years. the igf code demands redundancy of fuel supply and specifies that fuel supply systems shall be arranged with full redundancy and segregation all the way from the fuel tanks to the consumer, so that a leakage in one system does not lead to an unacceptable loss of power of the vessel. the hymethship system will fulfill the redundancy requirements by allowing the engines to operate on a conventional liquid fuel that is supplied directly from the tank to the engines. last but not least the acceptance of the hymethship concept for commercial shipping will depend on economic feasibility. the advantage of near-zero greenhouse gas emissions comes at the cost of increased system complexity. any future regulation putting a price on carbon dioxide will directly impact the life cycle cost comparison with conventional propulsion systems [11] and therefore the economic viability of hymethship. 5. conclusion the hymethship concept combines the advantages of bunkering and storing the liquid fuel methanol on-board the vessel and burning the carbon-free fuel hydrogen in an internal combustion engine that is a well proven technology in maritime applications. the proposed system has the potential to drastically reduce greenhouse gas emissions as well as pollutant emissions of ship propulsion systems. the combustion of hydrogen and methanol was validated in a singlecylinder research engine. the final combustion system design will depend on the particular vessel requirements, like transient performance or space considerations, and can incorporate a diesel-type or a gas-type combustion engine. the feasibility of a combined tank system for methanol and co2 was evaluated and the tank system design as well as the propulsion system design are on-going. the uptake of the concept in commercial operations will not only depend on the system capability but also on port infrastructure, methanol production as well as future regulations. 6. nomenclature cad computer-aided design co2 carbon dioxide dac direct air capture eca emission control areas hfo heavy fuel oil imo international maritime organization lco2 liquid carbon dioxide mcr maximum continuous rating nox nitrogen oxides pm particulate matter ropax roll on / roll off / passenger vessel sox sulfur oxides * this document is now finalized and was approved by imo in november 2002 during msc102. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 85 7. declarations 7.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.2. funding this project has received funding from the european union’s horizon2020 research and innovation program under grant agreement no. 768945. 7.3. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] the european commission. (2011). white paper roadmap to a single european transport area – towards a competitive and resource efficient transport system. com/2011/144 final, brussels 2011. available online: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legalcontent/en/all/?uri=celex:52011dc0144 (accessed on january 2021). [2] international maritime organization. (2018). mepc.304(72) initial imo strategy on reduction of ghg emissions from ships. available online: https://www.imo.org/en/ourwork/environment/pages/ghg-emissions.aspx (accessed on january 2021). [3] international transport forum, (2017). “itf transport outlook 2017”, oecd publishing, paris, france. [4] cmb.tech, (2019). hydroville, antwerp belgium. available online: http://www.hydroville.be/en/hydroville/ (accessed on january 2021). [5] caterpillar marine (ed.), (2018). methanol als kraftstoff für großmotoren methaship abschlussveranstaltung. available online: https://www.vsm.de/sites/default/files/dokumente/ac8f144a6dfd483aaf16266421e2186b/05_methaship_cat_methanol _als_kraftstoff_fuer_grossmotoren.pdf (accessed on december 2020). [6] ellis, j., (2015). study on the use of ethyl and methyl alcohol as alternative fuels in shipping. final report version 20151204.5. available online: http://www.emsa.europa.eu/publications/download/4142/2726/23.html (accessed on december 2020). [7] schröder, d., 2018. sicherheit & infrastruktur methaship methanol – der alternative, umweltfreundliche schiffsbrennstoff der zukunft? available online: https://www.vsm.de/sites/default/files/dokumente/b799d9bd7cd3dea9b5b50f60ed8884d8/04_ methaship_lr_sicherheit_u._infrastruktur.pdf (accessed on january 2021). [8] stojcevski, t., (2018). methanol – as engine fuel, status stena germanica and market overview. available online: https://www.methanol.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/fcbi-methanol-marine-fuel-report-final-english.pdf (accessed on january 2021). [9] verhelst, s., turner, j. w., sileghem, l., & vancoillie, j. (2019). methanol as a fuel for internal combustion engines. progress in energy and combustion science, 70, 43–88. doi:10.1016/j.pecs.2018.10.001. [10] zelenka, j., wermuth, n., lackner, m., wimmer, a., veelken, h., moeyaert, p., jäger, b., url, m., huschenbett, m., devalapalli, r., sahnen, d., grützner, j., mair, c., ellis, j., (2019). the hymethship project: innovative emission free propulsion for ships, paper no. 104, 29th cimac world congress 2019, vancouver, canada. [11] malmgren, e., brynolf, s., borgh, m., ellis, j., grahn, m., wermuth, n., (2020). the hymethship concept: an investigation of system design choices and vessel operation characteristics influence on life cycle performance, 8th transport research arena. helsinki, finland. [12] international maritime organization, (2008a). nitrogen oxides (nox) – regulation 13. available online: https://www.imo.org/en/ourwork/environment/pages/nitrogen-oxides-(nox)-%e2%80%93-regulation-13.aspx (accessed on january 2021). [13] international maritime organization, (2008b). amendments to the technical code on control of emission of nitrogen oxides from marine diesel engines (nox technical code 2008), available online: https://www.imo.org/en/ourwork/environment/ pages/nitrogen-oxides-(nox)-%e2%80%93-regulation-13.aspx (accessed on march 2021). [14] kiesling, c., redtenbacher, c., kirsten, m., wimmer, a., imhof, d., berger, i., garcía-oliver, j. m., (2016). detailed assessment of an advanced wide range diesel injector for dual fuel operation of large engines, 28th cimac world congress, helsinki, finland. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/all/?uri=celex:52011dc0144 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/all/?uri=celex:52011dc0144 https://www.imo.org/en/ourwork/environment/pages/ghg-emissions.aspx http://www.hydroville.be/en/hydroville/ https://www.vsm.de/sites/default/files/dokumente/ac8f144a6dfd483aaf16266421e2186b/05_methaship_cat_methanol%20_als_kraftstoff_fuer_grossmotoren.pdf https://www.vsm.de/sites/default/files/dokumente/ac8f144a6dfd483aaf16266421e2186b/05_methaship_cat_methanol%20_als_kraftstoff_fuer_grossmotoren.pdf http://www.emsa.europa.eu/publications/download/4142/2726/23.html https://www.vsm.de/sites/default/files/dokumente/b799d9bd7cd3dea9b5b50f60ed8884d8/04_%20methaship_lr_sicherheit_u._infrastruktur.pdf https://www.vsm.de/sites/default/files/dokumente/b799d9bd7cd3dea9b5b50f60ed8884d8/04_%20methaship_lr_sicherheit_u._infrastruktur.pdf https://www.methanol.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/fcbi-methanol-marine-fuel-report-final-english.pdf https://www.imo.org/en/ourwork/environment/pages/nitrogen-oxides-(nox)-%e2%80%93-regulation-13.aspx https://www.imo.org/en/ourwork/environment/%20pages/nitrogen-oxides-(nox)-%e2%80%93-regulation-13.aspx https://www.imo.org/en/ourwork/environment/%20pages/nitrogen-oxides-(nox)-%e2%80%93-regulation-13.aspx hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 86 [15] wermuth, n., lackner, m., barnstedt, d., zelenka, j., wimmer, a., (2019). the hymethship project: innovative emission free propulsion for maritime applications, fad conference, dresden, germany. [16] international maritime organization, (2016a). igf code. international code of safety for ships using gases or other lowflashpoint fuels, imo publishing, london, uk. [17] international maritime organization, (2016b). igc code. international code for the construction and equipment of ships carrying liquefied gases in bulk, imo publishing, london, uk. [18] international maritime organization, (2018b). ccc 5/wp.3 annex 1 draft interim guidelines for the safety of ships using methyl/ethyl alcohol as fuel. imo publishing, london, uk. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 402 issn: 2723-9535 study of optimization of tourists' travel paths by several algorithms ting wang 1* 1 shanxi vocational college of tourism, taiyuan, shanxi 030031, china. received 14 february 2023; revised 15 may 2023; accepted 23 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract the purpose of this paper is to optimize the tourism path to make the distance shorter. the article first constructed a model for tourism route planning and then used particle swarm optimization (pso), genetic algorithm (ga), and ant colony algorithms to solve the model separately. finally, a simulation experiment was conducted on tourist attractions in the suburbs of taiyuan city to compare the path optimization performance of the three algorithms. the three path optimization algorithms all converged during the process of finding the optimal path. among them, the ant colony algorithm exhibited the fastest and most stable convergence, resulting in the smallest model fitness value. the travel route obtained through the ant colony algorithm had the shortest distance, and this algorithm required minimal time for optimization. the novelty of this article lies in the enumeration and description of various algorithms used for optimizing travel paths, as well as the comparison of three different travel route optimization algorithms through simulation experiments. keywords: tourism; path planning; genetic algorithm; particle swarm optimization; ant colony algorithm. 1. introduction the tourism industry has always been an important part of the global economy, attracting a large number of tourists seeking different cultural, historical, natural, and entertainment experiences worldwide [1]. however, tourists face numerous challenges during their journeys, and one of them is how to optimize their time and resources while exploring as many areas of interest as possible. tourism path optimization is a method that utilizes computer algorithms [2] to determine travel routes with the aim of enabling visitors to see multiple attractions within a specific timeframe. it uses mathematical models and algorithms to calculate the optimal path by considering factors such as distance, transportation options, time constraints, and individual preferences and needs of tourists [3]. tourism path optimization techniques can help tourists save time and money while enhancing their exploration and experiences at the destination. as artificial intelligence and machine learning algorithms advance, tourism path optimization techniques have become increasingly precise and personalized. wu et al. [4] proposed a utility function for the tourism experience and established an optimization model for tourism route planning. the experimental results showed that tourist attraction preferences, attention to travel time, and travel cost significantly influenced tourism route planning. zhang et al. [5] put forward a route planning method that comprehensively considers factors such as distance between sites, initial travel position, initial departure time, travel time, total cost, site scores, and popularity. the method was analyzed through real data experiments, and the results showed that the genetic algorithm (ga) had better performance than two benchmark algorithms in terms of running time. * corresponding author: dwti36@163.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-012  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0004-7479-3186 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 403 zhu et al. [6] selected route information formats for setting tourism nodes in coastal cities with natural hot springs and used a multi-objective optimization algorithm to identify key routes for tourism in these cities. the results showed that, compared with traditional models, the proposed model obtained paths with shorter travel times. khamsing et al. [7] proposed a solution to the problem of family travel routes by considering daily time windows and utilizing an enhanced adaptive large neighborhood search method for its resolution. the findings demonstrated that this approach was beneficial for tourism organizations when devising route plans. hirano and yamamoto [8] developed a tourist planning support system aimed at determining lunch and dinner locations, sightseeing spots en route, as well as optimal routes. a preliminary questionnaire survey revealed that users highly appreciated the functionality provided by this system. chen et al. [9] proposed a method that combines user clustering, an improved ga, and a rectangular region path planning algorithm to design personalized travel routes for users. theoretical analysis and experimental evaluation showed that this method outperformed other methods in terms of route prediction and area coverage. xu et al. [10] introduced an adaptive 2-opt_integral non-dominated sorting ga (aonsga) for designing museum tour routes. computational results demonstrated that the aonsga exhibited better convergence and diversity compared to the non-dominated sorting ga-ii. zhang et al. [11] proposed research strategies for customizing tourism e-commerce using big data algorithms such as random forest, support vector machine, and bayesian estimation. the results showed that 79.84% of customers were willing to repurchase related products after experiencing personalized travel services through big data technology. damos et al. [12] proposed a city tourism route planning method based on a multi-objective ga that was more accurate and intuitive compared to existing methods. in previous related studies, different researchers have proposed various tourism route planning methods. however, the focus of these studies was mainly on developing tourism route planning models that can be used to measure the quality of planned routes, while this paper emphasizes the optimization algorithms for solving the route planning models. this article briefly introduces a tourism path planning model used to measure the quality of tourism planning routes and three tourism path planning algorithms based on particle swarm optimization (pso), ga, and ant colony algorithms that could solve the model. then, a simulation experiment was conducted using tourist attractions in the suburbs of taiyuan city. the main difficulty of this article lies in the construction of the tourist route planning model. if all factors were fully considered, the model would become complex, and the computational difficulty would greatly increase. therefore, when constructing the model, some conditions have been simplified. the main contribution of this article lies in the research on pso, ga, and ant colony algorithms, providing effective references for optimizing travel routes. the structure of this article consists of an abstract, an introduction, a description of the tourism path algorithm, simulation experiments, discussion, and a conclusion. 2. travel path optimization algorithm 2.1. path planning model for travel before optimizing the tourism path, it is first necessary to construct a tourism path planning model, which is used to measure the goodness and feasibility of the planned path [13]. by using the total travel time, a tourism path planning model can be constructed with the aim of enhancing the tourist experience by minimizing their travel time. in this model, the target value of the tourism path plan is determined by summing up both travel time between attractions and tour time at each attraction, which can be minimized by adjusting the order of attractions in the path plan [7, 14]. the total travel time can intuitively reflect the time spent by tourists in tourism. however, in real life, due to traffic jams or congestion at attractions and other factors, the travel time becomes uncertain. the path length between attractions is usually kept constant. therefore, this paper uses the travel distance to measure the path scheme. the mathematical expression of the path planning model [15] is: objective function: 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑠 = ∑ ∑ 𝑟𝑖𝑗𝑠𝑖𝑗 𝑁 𝑗=1 𝑁 𝑖=1 , (1) conditional function { 𝑟𝑖𝑗 = { 1 tourists from point i to point j 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑟𝑖𝑗 × 𝑟𝑗𝑖 = 0 ∑ 𝑟𝑖1 𝑁 𝑖=1 = ∑ 𝑟1𝑗 𝑁 𝑗=1 = 1 ∑ ∑ 𝑟𝑖𝑗 𝑁 𝑗=1 𝑁 𝑖=1 = 𝑁 (2) where 𝑠 is the total distance of the path scheme, 𝑠𝑖𝑗 is the distance from attraction 𝑖 to attraction 𝑗, 𝑟𝑖𝑗 is the decision variable, and 𝑁 is the total number of attractions. the objective function can minimize the total distance of the path scheme, and the conditional function can ensure that the tourists in the path scheme can traverse all the attractions at once and finally return to the starting point through the decision variable [16]. the second condition in the conditional hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 404 function ensures that there are no round trips in the path, the third condition ensures that the path eventually returns to the starting point, and the fourth condition ensures that all scenic spots are visited at once. 2.2. pso-based path planning algorithm after establishing the path planning model of the tour, the model can be solved to obtain the optimal path solution. the exhaustive method lists all feasible solutions and finds the optimal solution among them, which can be considered as the most accurate way to solve the path planning model. however, this method becomes computationally intensive when dealing with path planning for multiple attractions [17-19]. the pso algorithm generates more than one particle in the "search space" when planning tourism paths. the number of axes in the "search space" is influenced by the number of attractions, and the sequence of coordinates of each particle represents the order of visiting attractions. by substituting the path scheme represented by each particle into the path planning model, the path length obtained after calculation is the fitness value of the particle. when the pso algorithm searches for the optimal tourism path scheme, the fitness value represented by the objective function of the path model is used as a guiding direction to adjust particle positions in the space through an iterative formula until the desired goal is achieved. the iterative formula is: { 𝑣𝑖(𝑡 + 1) = 𝜛𝑣𝑖(𝑡) + 𝑐1𝑟1(𝑃𝑖(𝑡) − 𝑥𝑖(𝑡)) + 𝑐2𝑟2(𝐺𝑔(𝑡) − 𝑥𝑖(𝑡)) 𝑥𝑖(𝑡 + 1) = 𝑥𝑖(𝑡) + 𝑣𝑖(𝑡 + 1) (3) where 𝑣𝑖(𝑡 + 1) and 𝑥𝑖(𝑡 + 1) denote the velocity and position of particle i after one iteration, 𝑣𝑖(𝑡) and 𝑥𝑖(𝑡) denote the velocity and position of particle i before the iteration, 𝜛 is the inertia weight of the particle, 𝑐1 and 𝑐2 represent learning factors, 𝑟1 and 𝑟2 represent random numbers between 0 and 1. 2.3. ga-based path planning algorithm ga is also an optimization algorithm [20] that mimics the evolutionary process in nature. ga generates more than one chromosome when planning tourism paths, and each of which represents a path scheme. the genetic sequence of the chromosomes is the order of visiting the attractions. by substituting the path scheme represented by each chromosome into the path planning model, the path length obtained after calculation is the fitness value of the chromosome. ga takes the existing chromosome population as parents, selects, crosses over, and mutates them to obtain offspring. then it calculates the fitness value of the offspring chromosomes. these iterative operations are repeated until the fitness value of the population reaches the termination condition. the iterative operation is at the core of ga. the selection operation involves reserving the best chromosome from the parent population to the offspring population, and roulette wheel selection is often used to determine which chromosome becomes an offspring. the crossover operation randomly selects two chromosomes according to the preset crossover probability and swaps the codes at the same gene position to generate offspring chromosomes. the mutation operation changes the code of a gene position in a chromosome according to the preset mutation probability. the planning of the paths in this paper needs to ensure that each attraction is passed through only once, so some adjustments are needed when performing crossover and mutation operations. the crossover operation, as shown in figure 1, exchanges gene fragments from the same part of two chromosomes. however, duplicate fragments may appear in the exchanged offspring chromosomes, necessitating conflict adjustment. in the mutation operation, where only a single gene fragment is randomly transformed, duplicate fragments may also occur. therefore, this paper proposes swapping two fragments in the chromosome as the mutation operation. 1 3 4 2 6 5 5 6 1 4 3 2 parent population 1 parent population 2 1 3 1 4 3 5 5 6 4 2 6 2 offspring population 1 offspring population 2 1 3 1 4 6 5 5 6 4 2 3 2offspring population 2 gene swapping conflict adjustment 1 3 4 2 6 5 parent population 1 3 6 2 4 5offspring population mutation and exchange (1) crossover operation (2) mutation operation offspring population 1 figure 1. schematic diagram of crossover and mutation operations hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 405 2.4. path planning algorithm based on ant colony algorithm the ant colony algorithm is also a commonly used path planning algorithm for optimizing tourism paths [21]. when using the ant colony algorithm to optimize the tourist path, the size of the ant colony is first determined, and then the ants in the colony randomly select the next attraction based on a certain probability. the formula for calculating the probability is: 𝑃𝑖𝑗 𝑟 (𝑢) = { 𝜔𝑖𝑗 𝜃 (𝑢)𝜂𝑖𝑗 𝜎 ∑ 𝜔𝑖𝑗 𝜃 (𝑢)𝜂𝑖𝑗 𝜎 𝑗∈𝑀𝑗 𝑟 𝑗 ∉ 𝑡𝑎𝑏𝑢(𝑟) 0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 (4) where 𝜔𝑖𝑗 is the residual pheromone, 𝜃 is the importance of the pheromone [22], 𝜂𝑖𝑗 is the heuristic factor of the path, 𝜎 is the importance of the heuristic factor, 𝑡𝑎𝑏𝑢(𝑟) is the tabu table, and 𝑃𝑖𝑗 𝑟 (𝑢) is the probability of selecting the next node. the ants in the colony traverse all attractions for one iteration, and then the pheromone on the path is updated according to the path taken by the ants. the update formula is: { 𝜔𝑖𝑗(𝑢 + 1) = 𝜌𝜔𝑖𝑗(𝑢) + 𝛥𝜔𝑖𝑗(𝑢 + 1) 𝛥𝜔𝑖𝑗(𝑢 + 1) = ∑ 𝛥𝜔𝑖𝑗 𝑟 (𝑢 + 1)𝑚 𝑘=1 𝛥𝜔𝑖𝑗 𝑟 (𝑢 + 1) = { 𝑄 𝑠𝑟 the path of ant r contains edge (i, j) in this iteration 0 𝑒𝑙𝑠𝑒 (5) where 𝜌 is the pheromone residual coefficient, 𝛥𝜔𝑖𝑗(𝑢 + 1) is the pheromone increment on the path from attraction 𝑖 to attraction 𝑗 [23], 𝑚 is the number of ants in the colony, 𝛥𝜔𝑖𝑗 𝑟 (𝑢 + 1) is the pheromone increment of ant 𝑟 on the path from attraction 𝑖 to attraction 𝑗, 𝑄 is the amount of pheromone that ants can release, and 𝑠𝑟 is the length of the path searched by ant 𝑟, i.e., the objective function. 3. simulation experiments 3.1. experimental environment the experiments in this paper were carried out on a laboratory server with configurations of windows 7 system, 16 g memory, and i7 processor. the matlab simulation platform was used to implement the model algorithm. 3.2. experimental setup the three path planning algorithms were preliminarily tested using the benchmark27 problem, followed by simulation experiments conducted at tourist attractions in the suburbs of taiyuan city. the geographical location of taiyuan city is illustrated in figure 2. the map of the suburbs around taiyuan city and the topology of the target attractions are shown in figure 3. the feasible paths between the attractions in the simulation experiments are simplified to line segments connecting the nodes in the topology diagram, which facilitates their calculation. table 1 shows the node numbers corresponding to the attraction names, where node 0 represents both the starting and ending point of the self-driving tour, while the remaining ten nodes represent target attractions. the distances between the nodes are shown in table 2. figure 2. the geographical location of taiyuan city hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 406 figure 3. topology of the tourist attractions table 1. names of attractions corresponding to node numbers node number name of the attraction node number name of the attraction 0 taiyuan south station 7 gengyang suburban forest park 1 jiulong international cultural and ecological tourism park 8 yuquanshan suburban forest park 2 dongshan wulong suburban forest park 9 xishan changfeng suburban forest park 3 taitai mountain scenic area 10 jinyang lake park 4 wujinshan carnival valley 11 taiyuan forest park 5 caiwei manor 12 taiyuan zoo 6 nanzhai park 13 double-tower park table 2. distance between tourist attractions (unit: km) number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 0 0 1 6 0 2 6.7 4.3 0 3 / 9.7 6.7 0 4 / 10.4 10.2 6.5 0 5 / / / 11.4 18.0 0 6 / / / / / 8.7 0 7 / / / / / / 10.4 0 8 / / / / / / 11.2 3.7 0 9 / / / / / / / / 8.6 0 10 9.7 / / / / / / / / 6.3 0 11 / / / / / / 7.7 9.1 7.2 11.0 / 0 12 / / / 12.6 / 5.3 8.7 / / 13.8 16.9 4.2 0 13 6.2 / 6.7 11.6 / / / / / 11.3 11.5 / 7.2 0 the basic flow of the three algorithms is shown in figure 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 407 randomly generate an initial population calculate the fitness value with equation (1) terminate ? iterate using equation (3) output the optimal schemeyes no randomly generate an chromosome population decode and calcualte the fitness value using equation (1) terminate? output the optimal scheme perform genetic operation according to probability yes no ant colony initialization ants select scenic spots using equation (4) update the pheromone using equation (5) after the ant colony traverses scenic spots terminate? output the optimal scheme yes no pso ga ant colony algorithm figure 4. the basic flow of three algorithms the relevant parameters of the pso-based path planning algorithm are shown below. the population size was set to 20, learning factors 𝑐1 and 𝑐2 were 1.5 and 1.0, respectively, the inertia weight was 0.6, and the maximum number of iterations was 300. the relevant parameters of the ga-based path planning algorithm were set as follows. the population size was 20. the crossover probability was 0.6. the mutation probability was 0.1. the maximum number of iterations was 300. the relevant parameters of the ant colony algorithm were set as follows. the colony size was set to 20. the pheromone residual coefficient was 0.5. the pheromone that the ants can release was set to 600. 𝜃 and 𝜎 were set to 3. the maximum number of iterations was 300. the above parameters were obtained by orthogonal experiments. 3.3. experimental results the benchmark27 problem was used to preliminarily test three path planning algorithms. the planning results of the three path planning algorithms are shown in figure 5. the pso-based path planning algorithm obtained a path scheme with a distance of 14,603, the ga-based path planning algorithm obtained a path scheme with a distance of 14,512, and the path planning algorithm based on the ant colony algorithm obtained a path scheme with a distance of 14,397. it was observed from figure 5 that the shortest path distance was obtained by using the ant colony algorithm, and the longest path distance was obtained by using the pso algorithm. the iterative convergence curves of the three path planning algorithms in the optimization process are shown in figure 6. the fitness values of the path schemes derived by the three path planning algorithms converged as the number of iterations grew. the aco-based path planning algorithm had the fastest decrease in fitness value during convergence and reached a stable state after approximately 30 iterations. the fitness value of the ga-based path planning algorithm decreased the second fastest and converged to a stable state after about 100 iterations and stabilized after about 120 iterations. the fitness value of the pso-based path planning algorithm decreased the slowest and converged to a stable state after about 170 iterations and stabilized after 200 iterations. the pso-based path planning algorithm had the slowest decrease in fitness value, converging to a stable state after approximately 170 iterations and stabilizing around 200 iterations. in addition, it was observed from figure 4 that the scheme obtained by the pso algorithm had the highest fitness value, the scheme obtained by the ga had the second highest fitness value, and the scheme obtained by the ant colony algorithm had the lowest fitness value once all the algorithms reached stability. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 408 1 15 14 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 18 27 16 17 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 15 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 18 27 16 17 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 15 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 18 27 16 17 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 pso ga ant colony algorithm figure 5. planning results of three path planning algorithms for benchmark27 problem figure 6. iteration curves of three path planning algorithms the travel path schemes and computation times provided by the three path planning algorithms are shown in figure 7 and table 3. the path given by the pso-based path planning algorithm had a distance of 125.7 km and a computation time of 203.5 s. the path given by the ga-based path planning algorithm had a distance of 120.3 km and a computation time of 175.3 s. the path solution given by the ant colony algorithm-based path planning algorithm had a distance of 105.4 km and a computation time of 55.6 s. the comparison of figure 7 and table 3 revealed that the path provided by the pso-based path planning algorithm had the longest distance and highest computation time, followed by the path provided by the ga-based path planning algorithm, and the path provided by the ant colony algorithm-based algorithm had the shortest distance and computation time. figure 7. travel path schemes given by the three path planning algorithms hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 409 table 3. path schemes given by the three path planning algorithms and the computational time consumed path planning algorithm path schemes program distance/km computational time/s pso algorithm 0-2-1-3-4-5-6-7-8-11-12-9-13-10-0 125.7 203.5 ga 0-1-2-3-4-5-12-6-7-8-11-9-13-10-0 120.3 175.3 ant colony algorithm 0-1-2-4-3-5-6-12-11-7-8-9-10-13-0 105.4 55.6 4. discussion with the booming development of the tourism industry, an increasing number of tourists are choosing to enjoy their holidays through self-guided tours and self-driving trips. during the travel process, how to plan a cost-effective and time-saving route becomes a concern for travelers. travel route planning can be seen as a form of path optimization problem, where path optimization is essentially a combinatorial optimization problem with the goal of finding an optimal path given the starting point and destination. in the optimization of travel routes, the optimal path usually refers to the route that reaches the destination in the shortest time or requires the minimum cost within a given time. algorithms used to solve this problem include dijkstra's algorithm, the genetic algorithm, etc. this article first constructs a tourism path planning model for evaluating the quality of travel routes. then, the pso, ga, and ant colony algorithms were proposed to solve the path planning model. a case study was conducted using tourist attractions around taiyuan city, and the final results are shown as mentioned above. in the basic benchmark 27 problems, the ant colony algorithm obtained the shortest path; when selecting actual tourist attractions, it converged the fastest and had a small fitness value after convergence to stability. the final path-planning solution obtained was also superior using the ant colony algorithm. the reasons are as follows: the pso algorithm relies on the current best particle and the historical best position of particles during the optimization iteration process. once these two positions fall into a local optimum, it will cause the entire particle swarm to converge towards a local optimal solution. during the process of optimization iteration, the ga relies on chromosome crossover and mutation operations, which are influenced by the probabilities of crossover and mutation. the settings of these two probabilities directly impact the effectiveness and efficiency of convergence for the entire population. if these probabilities are set too high, it becomes challenging to stabilize excellent planning solutions; if they are set too low, it reduces the optimization efficiency of chromosomes. however, determining these probabilities typically depends on experience, which means that they may not be suitable. the ant colony algorithm uses the 'ant colony' to navigate between tourist attractions, finding feasible paths and utilizing residual pheromones left by ants on the path to guide subsequent iterations of the ant colony in selecting a path. in the optimization process, the concentration of pheromones plays a crucial role in guiding the ant colony and depends on the length of the path, which is not influenced by local optima. therefore, this algorithm exhibits better optimization performance compared to the other two algorithms. 5. conclusion this article briefly introduces a tourism path planning model used to measure the quality of tourism planning routes. it also discussed three tourism path planning algorithms based on pso, ga, and the ant colony algorithm and used them to solve the model. then, a simulation experiment was conducted using tourist attractions in the suburbs of taiyuan city. the results are as follows: as the number of iterations increased, all three path-planning algorithms converged. the ant colony algorithm-based planning algorithm converged to a stable state after about 30 iterations, the ga-based planning algorithm converged to a stable state after about 100 iterations, and the pso-based planning algorithm converged to a stable state after about 170 iterations. after convergence to a stable state, the pso-based planning algorithm had the highest fitness value, followed by the ga-based planning algorithm, while the ant colony algorithmbased planning algorithm had the lowest fitness value. the path scheme provided by the pso-based planning algorithm was "0-2-1-3-4-5-6-7-8-11-12-9-13-10-0" with a distance of 125.7 km and a computation time of 203.5 s. the path scheme provided by the ga-based planning algorithm was "0-1-2-3-4-5-12-6-7-8-11-9-13-10-0" with a distance of 120.3 km and a computation time of 175.3 s. the path scheme provided by the ant colony algorithm-based planning algorithm was "0-1-2-4-3-5-6-12-11-7-8-9-10-13-0" with a distance of 105.4 km and a computation time of 55.6 s. 6. declarations 6.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 410 6.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] yu, c., & zhang, h. (2020). research on experiential tourism route planning based on multi-source data algorithm in rich energy and cultural resources areas. journal of physics: conference series, 1648(2), 1–5. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1648/2/022034. [2] dayoub, b., yang, p., dayoub, a., omran, s., & li, h. (2020). the role of cultural routes in sustainable tourism development: a case study of syria’s spiritual route. international journal of sustainable development and planning, 15(6), 865–874. doi:10.18280/ijsdp.150610. [3] qu, z. (2020). construction of tourism planning information system based on ant colony algorithm. journal of physics: conference series, 1533(2), 022101. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1533/2/022101. [4] wu, x., guan, h., han, y., & ma, j. (2017). a tour route planning model for tourism experience utility maximization. advances in mechanical engineering, 9(10). doi:10.1177/1687814017732309. [5] zhang, y., jiao, l., yu, z., lin, z., & gan, m. (2020). a tourism route-planning approach based on comprehensive attractiveness. ieee access, 8, 39536–39547. doi:10.1109/access.2020.2967060. [6] zhu, y., & lan, s. (2020). key route planning models of natural hot spring tourism in coastal cities. journal of coastal research, 103(sp1), 1084. doi:10.2112/si103-226.1. [7] khamsing, n., chindaprasert, k., pitakaso, r., sirirak, w., & theeraviriya, c. (2021). modified alns algorithm for a processing application of family tourist route planning: a case study of buriram in thailand. computation, 9(2), 23. doi:10.3390/computation9020023. [8] hirano, m., & yamamoto, k. (2022). food tourism planning support system within urban sightseeing areas in japan. journal of geographic information system, 14(05), 389–409. doi:10.4236/jgis.2022.145021. [9] chen, c., zhang, s., yu, q., ye, z., ye, z., & hu, f. (2021). personalized travel route recommendation algorithm based on improved genetic algorithm. journal of intelligent &amp; fuzzy systems, 40(3), 4407–4423. doi:10.3233/jifs-201218. [10] xu, y., guo, q., tan, a., xu, l., tu, y., & liu, s. (2021). multi-objective route planning of museum guide based on an improved nsga-ii algorithm. journal of physics: conference series, 1828(1), 012051. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1828/1/012051. [11] zhang, h., guo, t., & su, x. (2021). application of big data technology in the impact of tourism e-commerce on tourism planning. complexity, 2021, 1–10. doi:10.1155/2021/9925260. [12] damos, m. a., zhu, j., li, w., hassan, a., & khalifa, e. (2021). a novel urban tourism path planning approach based on a multiobjective genetic algorithm. isprs international journal of geo-information, 10(8). doi:10.3390/ijgi10080530. [13] xiao, z., sen, l., yunfei, f., bin, l., boyuan, z., & bang, l. (2017). tourism route decision support based on neural net buffer analysis. procedia computer science, 107, 243–247. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2017.03.086. [14] milošević, p., milošević, v., & milošević, g. (2022). investigation architecture and environmental planning in prehistory for designing an ecologically sustainable tourist resort. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(1), 99-128. doi:10.28991/hef2022-03-01-08. [15] mei, y. (2018). study on the application and improvement of ant colony algorithm in terminal tour route planning under android platform. journal of intelligent and fuzzy systems, 35(3), 2761–2768. doi:10.3233/jifs-169628. [16] zhou, x., su, m., liu, z., & zhang, d. (2019). smart tour route planning algorithm based on clustering center motive iteration search. ieee access, 7, 185607–185633. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2960761. [17] wang, j. (2019). research on the optimization of path information in the process of logistics distribution by improved ant colony algorithm. italian journal of pure and applied mathematics, 2019(41), 343-352. [18] anand, a., & george, v. (2022). modeling trip-generation and distribution using census, partially correct household data, and gis. civil engineering journal, 8(9), 1936-1957. doi:10.28991/cej-2022-08-09-013. https://doi.org/10.28991/hef-2022-03-01-08 https://doi.org/10.28991/hef-2022-03-01-08 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 411 [19] theocharis, n., leligou, h. c., & tseles, d. (2022). innovation for people with disabilities in hospitality industry: a theoretical approach. hightech and innovation journal, 3(1), 102-114. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-010. [20] surono, s., goh, k. w., onn, c. w., nurraihan, a., siregar, n. s., saeid, a. b., & wijaya, t. t. (2022). optimization of markov weighted fuzzy time series forecasting using genetic algorithm (ga) and particle swarm optimization (pso). emerging science journal, 6(6), 1375-1393. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-06-010. [21] wang, y., zhou, h., & wang, y. (2017). research and application of genetic algorithm in path planning of logistics distribution vehicle. aip conference proceedings. doi:10.1063/1.4992864. [22] simić, d., kovačević, i., svirčević, v., & simić, s. (2014). hybrid firefly model in routing heterogeneous fleet of vehicles in logistics distribution. logic journal of the igpl, 23(3), 521–532. doi:10.1093/jigpal/jzv011. [23] gu, w., liu, y., wei, l. r., & dong, b. k. (2015). a hybrid optimization algorithm for traveling salesman problem based on geographical information system for logistics distribution. international journal of grid and distributed computing, 8(3), 359– 370. doi:10.14257/ijgdc.2015.8.3.33. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 9 qualitative system dynamics model for analyzing of behavior patterns of smes ali haji gholam saryazdi a* , dariush poursarrajian b a system dynamics postdoc researcher at faculty of management and economics, sharif university of technology, director of the system dynamics research group in imam javad university college, yazd, iran. b faculty of management, imam javad university college, yazd, iran. received 28 august 2020; revised 13 november 2020; accepted 19 november 2020; published 01 march 2021 abstract in iran, the small and medium knowledge-based enterprises (smes), in the development and shaping stage, face lots of problems. before maturity and stability, they fail. nearly a decade has passed since the science and technology parks' formation. they were seen as a mechanism for sustainable economic development based on knowledge; through the creation, support, and guidance of founded smes. iranian officials and policymakers are seriously concerned about the sustainable success, development, and growth of these smes, which must be appropriate for the needs of iran. identifying the behavioral patterns of the stages of life (birth, growth, decline, etc.), which lead to inefficiency and decline, is essential. this helps to avoid mistakes and eventually reduces costs. this paper, using participative model building, tries to extract prevailed patterns that govern the behavior of smes in yazd science and technology park. this paper attempts to introduce positive leverage points for policymakers and senior managers who are responsible and also for smes, which are located in the park. therefore, in this article, while drawing the behavioral patterns of smes, using qualitative system dynamics modeling, the structure governing the behavior of smes was drawn. this structure consists of four reinforcing loops and eight balancing loops. finally, based on these loops, 12 corrective policies were proposed. keywords: qualitative system dynamics; participative model building (pmb); small and medium knowledge based enterprise (smes); yazd science and technology park (ystp). 1. introduction economic-social development, rapid growth of science, and the subsequent development of high-tech industries in our world create new paradigms and challenges, such as:  rapid change of economic activity and economic instability;  increasing competitiveness in the knowledge based economy;  increasing economic globalization;  ascendency rate of change in high-tech industries;  changing composition of the labor force, which impacts on the economy, scientists, and technical specialists;  reduction and limitation of resources, such as natural and human resources; * corresponding author: a.hajigholam@modares.ac.ir http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-01-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1698-8389 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 10  importance of new factors, such as the environment. according to this, implementing strategies and policies that lead to balanced social-economic growth is essential. in the last decade, country parks and technology incubators have played a key role in implementing development policies and strategic plans for growing countries [1]. as a result, taking into account the role of missions, programs, and their performance is critical for successfully implementing knowledge-based economic development policies [2]. through participatory model building, patterns of behavior that govern the behavior of sme’s in yazd science and technology park have been identified. the concept of science and technology parks and knowledge-based sme’s, which are located in the park, will be explained. and then we briefly describe participatory model building and the method, which is used in this study. in the next step, we will explain qualitative system dynamics modeling (cause and effect diagram) of behavioral patterns (archetypes) in sme’s located in the park. and finally, we will provide ways to deal with challenges in these smes. 2. science and technology park the official definition by iasp, the international association of science parks: a science park is an organization managed by specialized professionals whose main aim is to increase he wealth of its community by promoting the culture of innovation and competitiveness of its associated businesses and knowledge based sme’s. to enable these goals to be met, a science park manages the flow of knowledge and technology amongst universities, r&d sme’s, companies and markets; it facilitates the creation and growth of innovation-based companies through incubation and spin-off processes; and provides other value-added services together with high quality space and facilities [3]. many policy makers, name technology parks and incubators, as part of a strategy for national or regional development [4]. but science and technology parks are very expensive tools and just by proper planning and considering all aspects which effect on their success, particularly country's economic social conditions, can be effective means in the development of country based on technology development. in last decades parks have played key role in the economic development of many countries. for example, science and technology parks in china with more than 30 percent of economic growth are considered main engine of growth and development [5, 6]. in knowledge based economy, the mission of the science and technology park is playing a central role in creation and dissemination of knowledge, innovation, development and commercialization of technology. parks do their mission in such following key roles: 1) technological innovation 2) commercializing research and development technology results 3) transfer of technology 4) developing human resources [6, 7]. generally in iran, parks due to the following strengths can provide desirable areas for economic development which is based on knowledge and technology. * providing a set of incipient and talented sme’s, to work in the field of science and technology. * proximity to major universities and research centers, for better access to experts. * regulatory and tax incentives, in the form of concessions in specific areas for parks and incubators. * extensive domestic markets [7, 8]. science and technology parks and incubators, managed in a business environment, are taking steps to develop a knowledge-based economy. this combination occurs via interaction with key elements of the park, or incubator center and supportive guidance regulations, and of course system of performance evaluation. figure 1 shows interaction of key elements of parks and technology incubators centers, with knowledge based sme’s which are located in the parks. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 11 figure 1. interaction of key elements of parks and technology incubators centers, with knowledge based sme’s which are located in the parks 3. participative model building from beginning, in system dynamics approach, the importance of client involving in process of modeling has been mentioned [9, 10]. a qualitative system dynamics is an approach to analysis and understanding of complex issues. it is used for developing robust strategies which are related to complex issues. qualitative system dynamics evolution expresses that quality modelers, insist on mental processes. mental models of stakeholders and experts, or the system being studied, can help to understand and create models [11]. participative model building (pmb) refers to system dynamics modeling and also involving clients in process of model construction. participative model building is a method which is based on systems thinking approach, and by involving stakeholders, through holding multiple sessions; looks for major and profound factors which impact on study of complex systems, associated with levels of uncertainty and ambiguity [12]. 4. research methodology the research team consisted of three people, each with knowledge of the system dynamics and role of facilitator, the modeler/reflector, and the gatekeeper. there are different usages of participative model building. in this paper, method of halbe [13] which is shown in figure 2 is used. in this study, only steps to problem definition, identification of stakeholders, and individual modeling; has been carried on. protective-persuasive regulations major industries (government – private sector) industrial estates hi -tech sme’s trdc tech growing in centers innovation center proficient services and ict universities and educations centers r&d industries academic research centers evaluation performance system hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 12 figure 2. participating modelling framework the main stakeholders of this project were sme’s. criteria for project team in analyzing level, and for identifying stakeholders includes following these two criteria: 1. sme’s located in the park, should have passed all phases (levels) of the park to use all mechanisms of park, and also should have reached maturity and passed various stages. in other words, sme’s will be chosen that at least two years of their presence in growth center have passed, or stationed in the park. 2. these sme’s should be the best in technical and financial criteria. in addition to desired criteria, interview with sme's founder and director of growing center, reviewing documents, and finally minimum presence in park; will help to select appropriate firms. in this study, we extracted cause and effects models by using semi-structured interview from six participants; include senior managers of small and medium enterprises selected in yazd science and technology park. each interview lasted three hours. 5. participative model building results figure 3 shows behavior over time graph (bot graph) for knowledge based small and medium enterprises in the park. all of these sme’s have passed levels. in every level, similar happening occurred. this can be seen in following graph. stage 1: problem definition stage 2: stakeholders analysis stage 3: individual modeling stage 4: group model building stage 5: institutionalized participation hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 13 figure 3. behavior over time diagram for knowledge based sme’s in following, according to individual interviews, cause and effect diagram of whole system is depicted. diagram consists of four reinforcing and eight balancing loops. we will explain them one by one. 5.1. diagram of changing initial technological idea, due to lack of market interest the diagram is composed of three balancing loops. in loop b1, proving primary resources which is commissioned by the park, causes the sme to just focus on its initial technological ideas. after that, they can prosper their idea which leads to r&d enhancement. after a while possibility for commercialization of the idea will increase; since the idea has turned into a product with more features and more innovation. on the other hand, too much emphasis on the idea and lack of systematic and scientific study of the market; cause technological ideas to be different with market needs. consequently it will not provide different customers’ needs and demands. as a result, the possibility of idea commercializing will decrease. since company’s focus is more on idea, and members often having no business abilities and trade communications; possibility for idea commercialization is little. capabilities and business communications, including business experience, ability in the field of human resources, administrative and human relations. finally, by decreasing possibility of commercializing idea, idea commercialization faces with some problems that affect sale. in other words, sale of initial technological idea, for lack of compliance with the requirements of the market and lack of proper marketing; will not be significant. lack of sale, will lead to income gap. income gap is difference between expected revenue of the park and real income which is earned by sme. at this time, due to lack of revenue requirements, park puts pressure on sme. since park is uncertain about ability of sme to repay provided facilities; even resources which must be allotted to the sme will be reduced. finally this pressure leads to loss of sme's focus. initial high-level idea, limited market based on standards, for establishing a firm in technology incubators; institutions should choose a high-tech idea. park moves them toward limited and regional markets. this idea does not work in this market, and sales will not be significant. reduction in levels of technology, market development in this period, sme’s under different pressures, due to a lack of economic justification, go toward the idea of reducing technology. the sales increase. but after a while, regional limited market sales cannot be held accountable. in final of this period it is necessary to market development. time performance requirement to r&d, creating new market and new needs, higher level idea hence market limitations, tenant ties to develop its market. due to wide range of competitors in market, there is a need for product development, strengthening r&d and creating new markets. vast needs of the market help us sell initial technological ideas. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 14 figure 4. cld of the system sales potential market market capacity market development variety of needs required to change the idea technology level + possibility for commercializing technological ideas + income gap r&d meet park requirements ability for keeping on activity + new competitors market share need to promote technology level + economically having gap with market needs real income + expected income+ -+ loan technology commercialization + + structure development resistance to change primary standard making ; appropriate for steady conditions + + founder trap + developing business and support areas manpower participation focusing on control and supervision clear legal & legislate structure motivation (incentives) efficiency quality change possibility + + + park facilities and support focusing on idea + + + financial resources + + + + creativity + idea making + + + technically developing manpower + manpower maintenance + market studies customer identifying customer trust rate of product novelty + idea modification + + capabilities and business communication + homogeneous manpower + new people entrance + total cost manpower inventory + + <quality> <need to promote technology level> <ability for keeping on activity> <focusing on idea> <financial resources> hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 15 as noted above, compliance with park requirements lead to pressures and costs for sme. one of the requirements of the park is related to human resources. all people must have insurance. this means having more cost. the more yield of sme losses, the more loan repayment rate increases. as a result, according to b2 loop, by reducing sme performance (failure to sell the idea), both pressure of the park and personal pressure from non-economic activities of sme; cause activity of sme face with some difficulty [14]. at this time, the sme will be forced to change its initial technological ideas. sme tries to lower its level of technology, and by offering products that are more demanding in the market, gains better market. in this market ideas will be sold that, have lower level of technology. thereby, income gap reduces and consequently, pressures will be reduced. this loop indicates patterns of drifting goals (eroding goals). on the other hand, by reducing level of technology because of pressures for changing the idea, potential market increases and this increased potential market, reduces the necessity for changing the idea (b3 loop) [7]. figure 5. loop of initial technological idea change, due to lack of market interest 5.2. diagram of imbalance in resource allocation, on technical development of idea and management development this diagram is composed of two balancing loops and one reinforcing loop. one of the park's facilities, which give to sme’s, is loans. r1 loop states that, incorrect allocation of funds at start of firm working, which is usually spent on developing technological idea and strengthening r&d; is natural. this is because of pressure from park for selling central ideas of sme and also because of founder’s little management knowledge. thus, by strengthening the financial resources which is allocated to the technical development part; r&d gets stronger and thereby the idea is to get more business opportunity. product will be sold and again, the financial income from sales will be allocated in the same manner. on the other hand, by strengthening r&d; b4 loop will be formed. this loop explains that, by strengthening r&d, people skills and technical capacity enhance. since management part does not provide sufficient incentives for individuals, they gradually leave the park. by reducing specialists, r&d sector will be eroded. unfortunately sme’s don’t analysis market properly. they have little information about customers’ needs. thereby, proper idea does not shape. the idea must be modified according to customer wishes. because of idea novelty, getting customer confidence is one of essential point. as a result, lack of customer confidence leads to disturbed idea commercialization. ultimately, sales decreases (r2 loop). this diagram shows “success to the successful” pattern. in this diagram, r&d has become more successful over the time and gets more resources. on the other hand, reduction of resources and support of administrative section, makes this sector weaker over time. sales potential market required to change the idea technology level possibility for commercializing technological ideas + income gap r&d meet park requirements ability for keeping on activity economically + having gap with market needs real income+ expected income + + technology commercialization + + park facilities and support focusing on idea + + + + market studies capabilities and business communication + b1 b3 b2 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 16 figure 6. allocation imbalance loop on technical development idea and management development 5.3. diagram of market development and utilizing technological ideas the following diagram is composed of two reinforcing and balancing loops. according to b5 loop, by reducing level of technology, sme’s will have seen an increase in sales. but it does not take much long. due to the limited capacity of the existing market, sales will decrease. market capacity constraint is because of sme’s focus on regional limited markets. since pressure by market capacity constraint, sme’s encouraged to move towards greater regional markets. in r3 loop, by growing market sme reaches to market diverse needs and even which had no customer in limited market, finds demand. so on sme tries to commercialize its initial technological idea. with a wide variety of needs in a divers market, the gap between idea of sme and market requirements, may be reduced. then possibility of commercialization will escalate. thereby sme sale prospers and this increased sale alarm about market constraint. r4 loop says that by market developing, sme faces with some new competitors. these competitors menace our market share. so sme tries to enhance its technology level for keeping and even increasing its market share. r&d strengthens and helps increase commercialization possibility. ultimately by commercializing, sale will escalate. in long term, sale escalation leads to market limitation. as a result, opening and developing market to international markets is necessary. figure 7. market development loop and utilizing technological ideas sales possibility for commercializing technological ideas + r&d real income + loan technology commercialization + + motivation (incentives) park facilities and support financial resources + + + + technically developing manpower + manpower maintenance + market studies customer identifying customer trust rate of product novelty + idea modification + + total cost manpower inventory + + + r1 r2 b4 salespotential market market development variety of needs + possibility for commercializing technological ideas + r&d new competitors market share need to promote technology level + + gap with market needs + technology commercialization + + market capacity b5 r3 r4 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 17 5.4. market development and structure changing diagram this diagram is composed of three balancing loops. with the increasing development of market, sme will also develop. personnel working in sme’s and ideas and products all will increase. previous formed structure is not suitable for sme anymore and needs some changes. in b6 loop, changing structure and giving scores or bonus to others, is difficult to founder of the sme and resist against it. since in the beginning, focus was more on resources, and areas of management was not professional and most were run by the founder of the sme, resistance to change was very high. change needs cost. if possibility of sme’s activities continues decrease, thereby possibility of change will also decrease and then resistance will increase. as a result this strength will cease developing and strengthening of support and business part. by entering into market with a wide and varied range of competitors and clients, this area is of high priority and disregarding to that leads to decreased commercialization, and ultimately sale will reduce. initially starting sme, usually founding team is uniform and homogeneous. they are similar technically. at the first this homogeneity vigor technical knowledge, but in long term, avoids the arrival of new people with diverse skills (especially in business and management skills). homogeneity strengthens technical manpower in organization and can increase r&d. in b7 loop, along with growing needs for development, legal structure does not form; due to resistance against change. its consequence is reduction in labor force participation. although in beginning, homogeneous labor force causes participation enhancement, but resistance against change, lack of authority delegation and participation; lead to reduction in staff. by descending in staff participation, we see staff commitment and ultimately creativity, reduce. reduction in creativity, innovation and staff commitment; cause reduction in r&d [15-18]. when r&d loses it's strengthen, then sme poses little idea. because of weakness in posed idea, possibility of their commercializing, decrease. finally this loop impacts sale. in b8 loop, original founders are still handling sme’s with previous structure based on continuous monitor and control. this reduces the effectiveness of individuals and even founders. on the other hand, reduction in employee participation reduces their incentives and can lead to inefficiency. employment inefficiency, decreases product quality .low quality means poor selling. figure 8. market development loop and restructuring 5.5. solutions considering dynamic behaviors of sme’s (cause and effect relationships based on diagrams) which are located in the park, offers the following corrective policies: sales potential market market development possibility for commercializing technological ideas + r&d ability for keeping on activity + technology commercialization + + structure development resistance to change primary standard making ; appropriate for steady conditions + + founder trap + developing business and support areas manpower participation focusing on control and supervision clear legal & legislate structure motivation (incentives) efficiency quality change possibility + + + + + + + + + creativity + idea making + + homogeneous manpower + new people entrance + market capacity b5 b6 b7 b8 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 18  in implementing wide range of laws accomplice with continues assessments from sme’s productivity in short terms (according to parameters diversity and effective variables on sme’s productivity); we should set protective laws and regulations with high flexibility and freedom for managers of incubators;  using mentor mechanisms for coaching and leadership in whole levels of sme life. mentor is like a solution for: managing financial allocations (during period of growing center), programing for existing in divers and different markets (time, type of market and e.t), consulting administrator in structure reform and style of management (fighting against founder trap and e.t);  spreading out administrative consulting, alongside existing advices, causes business area and workforce participation to improve; and control becomes reasonable;  balanced focus on development of technological idea and the development of market presence ability, especially in the field of human resource by sme’s;  increasing period of assessment for growing sme’s (located in growth center or incubator) with the aim of escalating the opportunities for sme’s; proportional with sme's activities on technological idea;  making access to large and diverse markets for early-stage growth companies; in order to reduce pressure of limited regional markets which lead to reduction in level of technological idea;  changing structure of assessment and directing supportive (financial) facilities in order to both development of the market and technical development of idea, be balanced;  strengthening structure of human resource management, in order to maintain developed personnel;  park or growing center should focus on: providing marketing services, market research for sme’s and facilitating connection to industry;  legal protection of ideas ownership, in the face of real market competition;  gradual removal of sme’s from unrealistic business environment (managed by the park or incubator) in order to prevent the quality gap between actual conditions;  developing structural cultural factors, which suit with needs of knowledge based sme. in order to avoid founder trap and creative growth of sme’s, by assessing located sme, including: o emphasis on teamwork and team structure; o creating specialty divers (technical ability along with directorial ability), among main forces of the sme; o enriching main jobs; o accepting and tolerating different tastes, in structure of sme; o to allow interact within the sme. (free flow of ideas and perspectives of interaction); o conflict solving to tolerate ideas which are new and impractical. 6. conclusion as previously stated, parks act as mechanisms that facilitate knowledge-based economic development and growth by acting as a bridge between universities, industry, and government. in this mission, parks and incubators (growth centers) take action in a managed and controlled environment in order to develop, protect, and guide smes (small and medium-sized enterprises). in this paper, we have tried by using participative model building, systematic and comprehensive view and individuals’ interview; extract prevailing behavior patterns in incubators in order to fundamentally explain their challenges and problems. diagram of behavior over the time and diagrams of cause and effect for existent patterns in behavior of sme’s, indicated that: on one hand, part of the requirements, rules, and practices of technology parks and incubators, due to their lack of understanding of the underlying (in some cases, copying mechanisms and structures in parks and growth centers in developing countries, without careful assessment of the infrastructure and conditions, which govern their economic-social environment; in other words, disregarding the modeling of the mechanisms of technology transfer in software transition technology for parks and incubators), create some barriers that impede the development of knowledge-based sme’s. on the other hand, improper structures for small and medium enterprises, their ways of management and operation, and their founders, strengthen their challenges and attenuate their improvement mechanisms. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 19 ultimately, explanation of behavioral results and problems caused in form of existent relations in cause and effect diagrams leads to some solutions. therefore, positive and efficient leverages will be presented to politicians, sme’s located in the park and high-ranked managers. 7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] haji gholam saryazdi, a., et al. (2011). technology research and development center; mechanisms play a role in the management of science and technology parks and technology development. the fourth national conference on technology management february 2011 – tehran, iran. [2] haji gholam saryazdi, a., sohrabi, s. (2020). dynamics of the impact of yazd it incubator policies on the resilience of its firms. journal of technology development management, doi:10.22104/jtdm.2020.4214.2526. [3] international association of science parks and areas of innovation (2020). málaga, spain. available online: http://www.iasp.ws/knowledge-bites (accessed on january 2021). [4] etzkowitz, h., & leydesdorff, l. (2000). the dynamics of innovation: from national systems and “mode 2” to a triple helix of university–industry–government relations. research policy, 29(2), 109–123. doi:10.1016/s0048-7333(99)00055-4. [5] sanz, l. (2006). the role of science and technology parks in economic development. international association of science parks (iasp), available online: https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/sites/jrcsh/files/20160928-macroregional-innovation-sanz_en.pdf (accessed on january 2021). [6] arauzo-carod, j.-m., segarra-blasco, a., & teruel, m. (2018). the role of science and technology parks as firm growth boosters: an empirical analysis in catalonia. regional studies, 52(5), 645–658. doi:10.1080/00343404.2018.1447098. [7] haji gholam saryazdi, a. (2020). dynamics of technology changes in technology-based firms in yazd science and technology park. innovation management journal, 9 (2), 63-93. [8] henriques, i. c., sobreiro, v. a., & kimura, h. (2018). science and technology park: future challenges. technology in society, 53, 144–160. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2018.01.009. [9] malerba, f., & pisano, g. p. (2019). innovation, competition and sectoral evolution: an introduction to the special section on industrial dynamics. industrial and corporate change, 28(3), 503-510. doi:10.1093/icc/dtz017. [10] roberts, e. b. (1973). strategies for effective implementation of complex corporate models. modellund computergestützte unternehmungsplanung, 723–732. doi:10.1007/978-3-322-89256-0_42. [11] haji gholam saryazdi, a., rajabzadeh ghatari, a., mashayekhi, a., & hassanzadeh, a. (2019). designing a qualitative system dynamics model of crowdfunding by document model building. qualitative research in financial markets, 12(2), 197– 224. doi:10.1108/qrfm-07-2018-0082. [12] elias, a. a. (2008). energy efficiency in new zealand's residential sector: a systemic analysis. energy policy, 36(9), 32783285. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2008.05.005. [13] johannes h. (2010, october). potential of group model building in environmental management. in 21st mit-ualbany-wpi system dynamics ph. d. colloquium, friday, october 29, 2010, university at albany, state university of new york, new york, united states. [14] turulja, l., & bajgoric, n. (2019). innovation, firms’ performance and environmental turbulence: is there a moderator or mediator? european journal of innovation management, 22(1), 213–232. doi:10.1108/ejim-03-2018-0064. [15] albahari, a., barge‐gil, a., pérez‐canto, s., & modrego, a. (2018). the influence of science and technology park characteristics on firms' innovation results. papers in regional science, 97(2), 253-279. doi:10.1111/pirs.12253. [16] duque‐grisales, e., aguilera‐caracuel, j., guerrero‐villegas, j., & garcía‐sánchez, e. (2020). does green innovation affect the financial performance of multilatinas? the moderating role of iso 14001 and r&d investment. business strategy and the environment, 29(8), 3286-3302. doi: 10.1002/bse.2572. [17] zouaghi, f., garcia-marco, t., & martinez, m. (2020). the link between r&d team diversity and innovative performance: a mediated moderation model. technological forecasting & social change, 161, 120325. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2020.120325. [18] diéguez-soto, j., & martínez-romero, m. j. (2019). family involvement in management and product innovation: the mediating role of r&d strategies. sustainability, 11(7), 2162. doi:10.3390/su11072162. http://www.iasp.ws/knowledge-bites https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/sites/jrcsh/files/20160928-macroregional-innovation-sanz_en.pdf https://doi.org/10.3390/su11072162 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 151 issn: 2723-9535 an integrated approach of multi-criteria decision making to determine the most habitable planet gizem gunaydin 1*, gamze duvan 1, eren ozceylan 1 1 industrial engineering department, gaziantep university, gaziantep 27100, turkey. received 09 december 2021; revised 08 february 2022; accepted 14 february 2022; available online 19 february 2022 abstract every planet in the universe has its own characteristics. these features make the planets different among themselves. for this reason, all the different properties of the planets must be evaluated at the same time when determining habitable planets. this situation requires a multi-criteria decision making (mcdm) approach. in this study, a list of habitable planets (nine planets and the moon) has been considered. seventeen different criteria such as mass, gravity, diameter, density, escape velocity, rotation time, day of length, distance from the sun, perihelion, aphelion, orbital period, orbital velocity, orbital inclination, orbital eccentricity, obliquity to orbit, mean temperature, and number of satellites are taken into account. the weights of criteria are determined with dematel (the decision making trial and evaluation laboratory) by analyzing the interactions among criteria. orbital inclination is the criterion with the highest weight, and the criterion with the lowest weight is the number of satellites. after weighting the criteria with dematel, vikor (visekriterijumska optimizacija i kompromisno resenje) and topsis (technique for order preference to similarity to ideal solution) approaches are used to rank the planets. according to the topsis, earth is ranked first, venus ranked second and mercury ranked third in the order of the most habitable planets. according to the vikor method, earth is ranked first, mars is ranked second, and mercury is ranked third in the order of the most habitable planets. finally, the same calculations are considered with equal weights and the results are discussed. keywords: habitable planets; dematel; topsis; vikor; multiple-criteria decision analysis. 1. introduction there are many planets in the solar system. although earth is currently known as the only planet with life, people have sought different habitats for many years. whether there is life on the moon and other planets has always been a matter of wonder. certain criteria that earth has for the existence of life are important. many criteria, such as a planet's mass, gravity, distance from the sun, and period speed, are criteria that affect life. these criteria that every planet has are unique. the multi criteria decision making (mcdm) methods should be used to analyse the planets in terms of habitability according to these criteria. in this study, mercury, venus, earth, mars, jupiter, saturn, uranus, neptune, and the moon are taken into consideration as alternatives. a total of 17 different criteria, such as mass, diameter, distance to the sun, average temperature, gravity, and orbital velocity, were weighted using the dematel method. using these weights, the topsis and vikor methods were applied and the planets were ranked. at the same time, the same procedures were done by taking the weights equally. * corresponding author: gizem.gunaydin44@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-02-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5213-6335 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 152 this study has four main objectives. the first aim is to weight the criteria that affect the habitability of planets with the dematel method. the second aim is to rank the planets by using the topsis and vikor methods, using the calculated weights. the third goal is to take the weights of the criteria equally and analyse them to observe the effects of the criteria weights. the last aim is to show the applicability of mcdm methods in these areas. 2. literature review mcdm methods are used in many different areas. some of these are given in table 1. however, mcdm studies on space and planets are rarely encountered. one of the mcdm applications in space problems is done by yücenur and subaşı (2019) [1]. they selected the most appropriate city in turkey for the space shuttle launching ramp. in their integrated approach, the swara method is used in the first phase of the solution for determining the criteria' importance weights, and the waspas method is used for selecting the best alternative. however, a paper that uses mcdm approaches regarding the ranking of the habitability of the planets has not been observed. table 1. literature review method reference problem dematel shieh et al. (2010) [2] identifying the key success factors of hospital service quality. abbasi et al. (2013) [3] evaluation of risks in knowledge-based networks. ada et al. (2011) [4] evaluation of factors affecting flexible production systems. aksakal and dağdeviren (2010) [5] personnel selection. dey et al. (2012) [6] supplier selection. karaatlı et al. (2016) [7] performance appraisal in human resources. topsis ömürbek and kınay (2013) [8] financial performance assessment in airline transport sector. uygurtürk and korkmaz (2012) [9] financial performance assessment in metal industry. yurdakul and i̇ç (2003) [10] performance measurement and analysis of turkish automotive companies. boran et al. (2009) [11] supplier selection. tırmıkçıoğlu (2010) [12] establishment selection in banking sector. kahriman et al. (2015) [13] selection of a communication satellite manufacturer using mcdm methods vikor tadic et al. (2014) [14] city logistics concept selection. hsu et al. (2012) [15] vendor selection for conducting the recycled material. görener (2011) [16] selection of erp software. dinçer and görener (2011) [17] performance evaluation in service industry. 3. applied mcdm methodologies multi-criteria decision making (mcdm) is a sub-branch of decision sciences. it is based on the process of modeling and analyzing the decision process according to the criteria. applied three mcdm approaches are described in this section. 3.1. dematel method dematel is a comprehensive method that establishes and analyses the causality relationship between complex factors in a structural model [18-20] and was developed by the genoa battele institute to analyse complex world problems. the steps of dematel are given [21]: step 1: relationships between criteria are determined by the expert group using the binary comparison scale in table 2. the numerical values show to what extent one criterion affects another. table 2. binary comparison scale numerical value definition 0 ineffective 1 low effective 2 moderate effective 3 high degree effective 4 very high degree effective hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 153 step 2: in case the number of experts evaluating the criteria is more than one, the arithmetic average of the points awarded is taken. these values are then placed in the matrix (equation 1) and an asymmetric matrix with diagonals "0" is obtained. x = [ 0 ⋯ 𝑋1𝑛 ⋮ ⋱ ⋮ 𝑋𝑛1 ⋯ 0 ] (1) step 3: after the direct relationship matrix is obtained, the largest of each row and column sum is found as equation 2 is shown. s = max(max ∑ 𝑋𝑖𝑗 , 𝑛 𝑗=1 ∑ 𝑋𝑖𝑗) 𝑛 𝑗=1 (2) then, the normalized direct relation matrix (c) is formed by dividing each element of the matrix by the value of "s" as shown in equation 3. c = 𝑋 𝑆 (3) step 4: as can be seen in equation 4, the matrix c is removed from the identity matrix, the inverse is taken and multiplied by the c matrix again. lim 𝐻→∞ 𝐶 + 𝐶2 + 𝐶3 + ⋯ + 𝐶𝐻 f= c+𝐶2 + 𝐶3 + ⋯ 𝐶𝐻= 𝐶 (1 − 𝐶)−1 (4) thus, the total relationship matrix (f) equation (equation 4) is obtained. step 5: in this step, in order to determine the affecting and affected factor groups and to calculate the net effect degrees, the total relation matrix (f) is determined and the row and column totals are found. these values obtained for each criterion: each row sum (𝐷𝑖) means that the criterion affects other criteria directly or indirectly, each column sum (𝑅𝑖), on the other hand, indicates the sum of direct or indirect effects of the criterion from other criteria. 𝐷𝑖 + 𝑅𝑖 for each criterion, the total effect value sent and received, 𝐷𝑖 + 𝑅𝑖 indicates the importance of criteria in the system. for each criterion, 𝐷𝑖 𝑅𝑖shows the total effect of the criterion on the system. 𝐷𝑖 𝑅𝑖 value is defined as affecting if it is positive, affected as affected if it is negative. step 6: at this stage, after the threshold value of the matrix is determined, the effect-oriented scatter graph is drawn. criteria above the threshold value are determined as affecting and the direction of impact is indicated by an arrow in the diagram. the situation that any criterion affects itself is also shown in the diagram. step 7: in order to obtain the criterion weights, the sum of 𝐷𝑖 + 𝑅𝑖’s squared and 𝐷𝑖 𝑅𝑖 squared is taken into the root (equation 5). 𝑊𝑖𝑎=√(𝐷𝑖 + 𝑅𝑖) 2 + (𝐷𝑖 − 𝑅𝑖) 2 (5) then each weight is divided by the sum of the weights in equation 6. 𝑊i̇= 𝑊𝑖𝑎 ∑ 𝑊𝑖𝑎 𝑛 𝑖=1 (6) thus, the criterion weights are found. 3.2. topsis method technique for order preference by similarity to an ideal solution (topsis) method was developed by hwang and yoon (1981) [22]. topsis is a mcdm technique that can be applied directly on data without qualitative conversion to a decision problem consisting of n alternatives and m criteria. the steps of topsis approach are given below. step 1: the goals and evaluation criteria of the problem are determined. step 2: decision matrix (equation 7) is created. n number of alternatives (𝑎1, 𝑎2, … 𝑎𝑛) are listed one under the other and the properties of the criteria alternatives (𝑦1𝑘, 𝑦2𝑘, … 𝑦𝑛𝑘) are listed. d = [ 𝑦11 ⋯ 𝑦1𝑛 ⋮ ⋱ ⋮ 𝑦𝑛1 ⋯ 𝑦𝑛𝑘 ] (7) step 3: normalization process is done. the normalized matrix (equation 8) is obtained by taking the sum of squares and roots of the criterion values in the created decision matrix. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 154 𝑟𝑖𝑗= 𝑦𝑖𝑗 √∑ 𝑦𝑖𝑗 2𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑖 = 1,2,3, … 𝑛 𝑗 = 1,2,3, … 𝑘 r = [ 𝑟11 ⋯ 𝑟1𝑛 ⋮ ⋱ ⋮ 𝑟𝑛1 ⋯ 𝑟𝑛𝑘 ] (8) for the benefit criterion: 𝑅𝑖𝑗= 𝑋𝑖𝑗−𝑋𝑗𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑋𝑗𝑚𝑎𝑥−𝑋𝑗𝑚𝑖𝑛 (9) for the cost criterion: 𝑅𝑖𝑗= 𝑋𝑗𝑚𝑎𝑥−𝑋𝑖𝑗 𝑋𝑗𝑚𝑎𝑥−𝑋𝑗𝑚𝑖𝑛 (10) step 4: weighting the normal matrix (equation 11) creates the v matrix. v matrix is formed by multiplying the normalized matrix created for the purpose by 𝑤𝑗 , which is the weight score of the criteria. v = [ 𝑉11 ⋯ 𝑉1𝑛 ⋮ ⋱ ⋮ 𝑉𝑛1 ⋯ 𝑉𝑛𝑘 ] (11) step 5: after obtaining the weighted normalized matrix, action is taken in line with the purpose of the problem while determining the ideal solution values. if the goal is maximization, the maximum value in the column is the ideal solution value. the minimum values for the same column are negative ideal solution values. if the aim is minimization depending on the criterion property, the values obtained will be the opposite. in other words, the positive ideal solution value according to the minimization problem will be the minimum values in each column. negative ideal solution values are the maximum values in the column (equation 12). ideal solution values; 𝐴∗ = {𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑗𝑉𝑖𝑗|𝑗 = 1, … , 𝑝; 𝑖 = 1, … 𝑚} (12)  𝐴∗ = {𝑉1 ∗, 𝑉2 ∗, ⋯ 𝑉𝑛 ∗} shows the maximum values in each column. negative ideal solution values; 𝐴− = {𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑉𝑖𝑗} (13)  𝐴− = {𝑉1 −, 𝑉2 −, ⋯ 𝑉𝑛 −} shows (equation 13) in the minimum values in each column. step 6: the separation measures of the alternatives are calculated. the distance of each alternative to the ideal solution is calculated with the euclidian approach (equations 14 and 15). 𝑆𝑖 ∗ = √∑ (𝑉𝑖𝑗 𝑛 𝑗=1 − 𝑉1 ∗)2 (14) 𝑆𝑖 − = √∑ (𝑉𝑖𝑗 𝑛 𝑗=1 − 𝑉1 −)2 (15) step 7: the decision to calculate the relative proximity to the ideal solution. the relative proximity of the points to the ideal solution is benefited from the distance from the ideal points. ideal solution 𝐶𝑖 ∗ (equation 16) is indicated by; 𝐶𝑖 ∗ = 𝑆𝑖 − 𝑆𝑖 −+𝑆 i̇ ∗ (16) calculated with 𝐶𝑖 ∗ value takes value in the range of [0,1], and the closer to 1, the positive ideal indicates that it approaches the solution and approaches to the negative ideal solution as it approaches 0. 3.3. vikor method the vikor method, which consists of the initials of the serbian phrase "visekriterijumska optimizacija i kompromisno resenje", means multi-criteria optimization and compromise solution [17, 23]. it reached international recognition in 2004 thanks to the work of opricovic and tzeng (2004) [24]. the vikor method was developed for multi-criteria optimization of complex systems. the method mainly aims to find a compromise solution in the light of alternatives and within the scope of evaluation criteria [16]. the steps of vikor are given below. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 155 step 1: best for each criterion 𝑓𝑖 ∗ and the worst 𝑓𝑖 −. best values are determined and i=1, 2, 3, n. it is defined as. if i criterion is a utility criterion: 𝑓𝑖 ∗ = 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑗𝑓𝑖𝑗 𝑓𝑖 − = 𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑗𝑓𝑖𝑗 (17) it is expressed in the (equation 17) form. step 2: normalization process: normalization process is performed in order to make sense and compare values in different units that make up the decision matrix. it is the normalization linear type used in the vikor method. the decision problem consisting of m alternatives and n criteria is transformed into an r normalization matrix of mxn type with the following formula (equation 18). 𝑅𝑖𝑗 = 𝑓𝑗 ∗−𝑥𝑖𝑗 𝑓𝑗 ∗−𝑓𝑗 − (18) step 3: weighting the normalized matrix: if the decision maker attaches different importance to the criteria that make up the alternatives, multiply the columns of the r matrix obtained at this stage by the weights 𝑤𝑖 , and the weighted normalized matrix v (equation 19) is obtained. 𝑉𝑖𝑗 = 𝑟𝑖𝑗 × 𝑤𝑗 (19) step 4. calculation of 𝑆𝑖 and 𝑅𝑖 values: 𝑆𝑖and 𝑅𝑖 values are calculated for the criteria (𝑗 = 1, 2, … 𝑛). 𝑆𝑖 is the i. the average score for the alternative (equation 20), 𝑅𝑖 represents the worst score (equation 21). 𝑆𝑖 = ∑ 𝑤𝑗 𝑛 𝑗=1 𝑓𝑗 ∗−𝑥𝑖𝑗 𝑓𝑗 ∗−𝑓𝑗 − (20) 𝑅𝑖 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 (𝑤𝑗 𝑓𝑗 ∗−𝑥𝑖𝑗 𝑓𝑗 ∗−𝑓𝑗 −) (21) step 5: calculation of 𝑶𝒊 values: using 𝑆𝑖 and 𝑅𝑖 values calculated earlier in this step, 𝑆∗=min𝑆𝑖 𝑆 − = 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑆𝑖 𝑅 ∗=min𝑅𝑖 𝑅 − = 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑅𝑖 (22) values are calculated (equation 22). calculation of the value of 𝑄𝑖 is shown in equation (23). 𝑄𝑖 = 𝑣 (𝑆𝑗−𝑺∗) (𝑆−−𝑺∗) + (1 − 𝑣) (𝑅𝑗−𝑅∗) (𝑅−−𝑅∗) (23) it is calculated by equality. while the v parameter used in the equation shows the maximum group benefit, the value (1 v) indicates the minimum regret of opposing views (v=0.5). step 6: listing the alternatives and checking the conditions: 𝑄𝑖 , 𝑆𝑖 and 𝑅𝑖 values are listed separately and three different ordered lists of alternatives are obtained. after this process, it is checked whether the alternative with the value of 𝑄𝑖 satisfies the following two conditions in order to check the accuracy of the ordering; condition 1: acceptable advantage: among the alternatives listed according to 𝑄𝑖 values, the 1st place alternative 𝐴1 and the second place being 𝐴2 alternative (equation 24), eligible advantage, q(𝐴2) − 𝑄(𝐴1) ≥ 𝐷𝑄 (24) dq = 1 𝑚−1 (25) this parameter calculated with the equation 25 depends on the number of alternatives and m is the number of alternatives. condition 2: acceptable stability condition: 𝑄𝑖 values are when ranked, 𝐴1 alternative takes the first place and s is the best alternative that takes the minimum value according to r values. in this case, the consensus solution is stable in decision making. 4. data collection planets have unique properties for different criteria. by taking 9 planets (mercury, venus, earth, mars, saturn, jupiter, uranus, neptune and pluto) and moon as alternatives, 17 (mass, diameter, density, gravity, escape velocity, rotation period, length of day, distance from sun, perihelion, aphelion, orbital period, orbital velocity, orbital inclination, orbital eccentricity, obliquity to orbit, mean temperature, number of moon) different criteria were evaluated and analyzed. data on the planets are given in table 3 [25, 26]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 156 table 3. planetary fact sheet – metric criteria mercury venus earth moon mars jupiter saturn uranus neptune pluto mass (1024) kg 0.330 4.87 5.97 0.073 0.642 1898 568 86.8 102 0.0146 diameter (km) 4879 12.104 12.756 3475 6792 142.984 120.536 51.118 49.528 2370 density (km/m3) 5427 5243 5514 0.073 3933 1326 687 1271 1638 2095 gravity (m/s2) 3.7 8.9 9.8 3475 3.7 23.1 9.0 8.7 11.0 0.7 escape velocity (km/s) 4.3 10.4 11.2 3340 5.0 59.5 35.5 21.3 23.5 1.3 rotation period (hours) 1407.6 -5832.5 23.9 1.6 24.6 9.9 10.7 -17.2 16.1 -153.3 length of day (hours) 4222.6 2802.0 24.0 2.4 24.7 9.9 10.7 17.2 16.1 153.3 distance from sun (106 km) 57.9 108.2 149.6 655.7 227.9 778.6 1433.5 2872.5 4495.1 5906.4 perihelion (106) 46.0 107.5 147.1 708.7 206.6 740.5 1352.6 2741.3 4444.5 5536.8 aphelion (106 km) 69.8 108.9 152.1 0.384 249.2 816.6 1514.5 3003.6 4545.7 7375.9 orbital period (days) 88.0 224.7 365.2 0.363 687.0 4331 10.747 30.589 59.800 90.560 orbital velocity (km/s) 47.4 35.0 29.8 0.406 24.1 13.1 9.7 6.8 5.4 4.7 orbital inclination (degree) 7.0 3.4 0.0 27.3 1.9 1.3 2.5 0.8 1.8 17.2 orbital eccentricity 0.205 0.007 0.017 1.0 0.094 0.049 0.057 0.046 0.011 0.244 obliquity to orbit (degree) 0.034 177.4 23.4 5.1 25.2 3.1 26.7 97.8 28.3 122.5 mean temperature 167 464 15 -20 -65 -110 -140 -195 -200 -225 number of moon 0 0 1 0 2 79 82 27 14 5 5. results and discussion in this section, the results of dematel, topsis and vikor methods and the results of topsis and vikor methods applied using equal weight are given. 5.1. dematel result step 1: using the binary comparison scale in table 2, it was determined to what extent one criterion affected another. step 2: given values are then placed in the matrix (equation 1) and an asymmetric matrix with diagonals "0" is obtained. step 3: once the direct relationship matrix is obtained, the largest and column sum of each row is found as shown in equation 2. then, the normalized direct relationship matrix (c) is formed by dividing each element of the matrix by the value "s" as shown in equation 3. step 4: by using the formula in equation 4, the total relation matrix (f) is obtained. step 5: in this step, the total relationship matrix (f) was determined to determine the affecting and affected factor groups and to calculate their net effect degrees, and the row (𝐷𝑖) and column (𝑅𝑖) totals were found. step 6: at this stage, the threshold value of the matrix is determined. then the scatter plot for the effect is drawn and criteria above the threshold were determined as affecting, the situation where any criterion affects it is also shown in the graphic. the threshold value was found to be 0.15088539. criteria above this value were effectively identified and the situation affected by any criteria is shown in figure 1. based on equation 2, the sum of i columns in the matrix s created (r) is expressed as the sum of rows in the s matrix (d), and using the dr and d + r values, the level of influence of each criterion on the others and the level of relationship with the others are determined. criteria with negative values for d-r value were affected more than other criteria. these criteria, which are considered to have lower priority, are named buyers. c17, c14, c10, c11, c9, c16, c15, c5, c13 criteria were affected more than other criteria. on the other hand, d + r values show the relationship between each criterion and other criteria, and criteria with a high d + r value are more related to other criteria, while low ones are less related to others. c12 and c13 criteria are criteria with high d + r values and are more related to other criteria. step 7: equation 5 is used to obtain the criterion weights. step 8: then each weight is divided by the sum of the weights in equation 6 and the weights of the criteria are found (table 4). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 157 figure 1. effect-direction graph diagram result in dematel table 4. criteria weights using dematel weight criteria weight criteria 1 c13 0.090 orb. inclination 10 c16 0.054 mean temperatures 2 c12 0.086 orb. velocity 11 c15 0.054 obliquity to orbit 3 c7 0.067 length of day 12 c3 0.053 density 4 c8 0.062 distance from sun 13 c11 0.052 orb. period 5 c4 0.061 gravity 14 c1 0.051 mass 6 c5 0.060 escape velocity 15 c10 0.048 aphelion 7 c6 0.060 rotation period 16 c14 0.046 orb.eccentricity 8 c9 0.056 perihelion 17 c17 0.036 number of moons 9 c2 0.055 diameter as can be seen in table 4, the criterion with the highest weight is the orbital inclination. orbital velocity is the criterion with the second highest weight and is ranked third in importance in the day length criterion of the planet. as a result of the dematel technique that is applied, the criterion with the lowest weight is also determined. for a planet to be habitable, it is determined that the number of moons has the lowest weight, and this criterion is followed by orbital eccentricity and aphelion criteria, respectively. 5.2. topsis result step 1: at this stage, the purpose of the problem and the evaluation criteria were determined. among the seventeen criteria, mass, escape velocity, rotation period, length of distance, distance from sun, aphelion, orbital inclination, orbital eccentricity, and obliquity to orbit and number of moons were determined as cost criteria. among the seventeen criteria, diameter, gravity, density, perihelion, orbital period, orbital velocity, mean temperature were determined as benefit criteria. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 158 step 2: decision matrix (equation 7) is created. step 3: normalization is done according to the benefit criterion (equation 9) and the cost criterion (equation 10). the normalized matrix (equation 8) is created. step 4: weighting the normal matrix (equation 11) creates the v matrix. step 5: while determining the ideal solution values, action was taken in line with the purpose of the problem. equation 12 is used for positive ideal solutions and equation 13 is used for negative ideal solutions. step 6: the separation measures of the alternatives were calculated using equations 14 and 15. step 7: using equation 16, the approximation to the ideal solution is calculated. using the topsis approach that includes the weights obtained by dematel, it is determined that earth is the first, venus is the second and mercury is the third habitable planet among others. the planets that are not suitable for life are found as pluto, saturn and jupiter, respectively (table 5). table 5. ranking by topsis score rank planet 0.410028 10 pluto 0.498498 9 moon 0.509996 8 saturn 0.515575 7 uranus 0.524425 6 jupiter 0.535503 5 neptune 0.564921 4 mars 0.573476 3 mercury 0.575747 2 venus 0.612021 1 earth 5.3. vikor result step 1: once the criteria weights are determined, the best and worst values are determined according to equation 17 to evaluate alternatives. step 2: the decision problem consisting of m alternative and n criteria is transformed into a mxn type r normalization matrix according to equation 18. step 3: using equation 19, the normalized matrix is multiplied by the criterion weights. step 4: 𝑆𝑖 is the i. the mean score for the alternative, 𝑅𝑖 represents the worst score, equations 20 and 21 are used to calculate the values of 𝑆𝑖 and 𝑅𝑖. step 5: in this step, 𝑄𝑖 is calculated using the values of 𝑆𝑖 and 𝑅𝑖 calculated earlier (equation 23). these values are shown in table 6. step 6: the listed alternatives and conditions have been checked. for condition 1, equations 24 and 25 are used. condition 1 is satisfied. for condition 2, the values, 𝐴1 and 𝐴2are placed in the list. condition 2 is not satisfied. table 6. ranking by vikor 𝑺𝒋 𝑹𝒋 𝑸𝒋 𝑺𝒋 𝑹𝒋 𝑸𝒋 0.335 0.054 0.005 earth mars earth 0.375 0.054 0.125 venus earth mars 0.390 0.060 0.181 mercury mercury mercury 0.408 0.064 0.248 mars jupiter venus 0.439 0.067 0.384 neptune venus jupiter 0.479 0.070 0.502 jupiter saturn saturn 0.482 0.075 0.512 moon uranus neptune 0.483 0.078 0.551 uranus neptune uranus 0.498 0.086 0.680 saturn moon pluto 0.627 0.090 0.697 pluto pluto moon hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 159 as a result of the numerical table formed after the formulation processes of the vikor technique, there are two conditions at the last stage of the vikor technique. the results are determined according to the fulfilment or nonrealization of these conditions. in the problem of the most habitable planet, it has been determined that the first condition is fulfilled and the second condition is not suitable. according to the vikor method, earth ranked first, mars ranked second, and mercury ranked third in terms of the most habitable planets. in addition to the weighted vikor and topsis results, the weights of the criteria are considered equally, and the topsis and vikor techniques are applied again. the new results are given in tables 7 and 8. table 7. topsis results with equal weights score rank planet 0.443746 10 pluto 0.491344 9 saturn 0.499698 8 jupiter 0.511624 7 uranus 0.523821 6 moon 0.548625 5 neptune 0.556278 4 mars 0.559077 3 mercury 0.575626 2 venus 0.600253 1 earth it is found that the top three planets (earth, venus, and mercury) in the topsis-dematel solution are also in the top three in the equally weighted solution. only saturn, jupiter, and the moon are replaced within the planets. in the vikor method, with equal criterion weights, the best alternative could not be determined due to the unsatisfied conditions. table 8. vikor results with equal weights 𝑺𝒋 𝑹𝒋 𝑸𝒋 𝑺𝒋 𝑹𝒋 𝑸𝒋 0.337250138 0.056262 0.256978 earth uranus neptune 0.367726761 0.056689 0.278674 venus neptune uranus 0.396909493 0.058395 0.45714 mercury mars earth 0.410157042 0.058604 0.554519 mars earth mars 0.428857898 0.058824 0.557769 neptune venus venus 0.459223337 0.058824 0.613085 moon moon mercury 0.484267401 0.058824 0.731202 uranus mercury moon 0.500513686 0.058824 0.809469 jupiter jupiter jupiter 0.512581164 0.058824 0.832343 saturn saturn saturn 0.601030182 0.058824 1 pluto pluto pluto when the space problems in the literature are examined, no study has been found with multi-criteria decision making methods. for this reason, it is thought that this study will contribute to the field by creating an alternative to the existing methods. considering the factors that are effective in choosing the most habitable planet in future studies on the subject, the continuity of studies can be ensured. 6. conclusion in this study, the topsis and vikor methods were used to evaluate habitable planets, and the results were compared. the dematel method was used to determine the criterion weights. according to the demateltopsis methods, earth ranked first, venus ranked second, and mercury ranked third in the ranking of the most habitable planets. with the dematel-vikor method, earth ranked first, mars ranked second, and mercury ranked third in the list of habitable planets. the topsis and vikor methods were also applied by taking the criterion weights equally. according to the topsis method, earth is in the first place, venus is in the second, and mercury is in the third place. since the first and second conditions could not be met in the vikor method with equal criteria weights, the best alternative could not be determined. after this study, mcdm methods can be used to analyse nutrients that can be grown on planets. these methods can also be applied to the selection of astronauts with different characteristics to be sent to space. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 160 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, e.o.; formal analysis, g.g. and g.d.; investigation, g.g., g.d. and e.o.; writing—original draft preparation, g.g., g.d. and e.o.; writing—review and editing, g.g., g.d. and e.o.; visualization, g.g. and g.d. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] yücenur, g. n., & subaşı, a. s. (2019). an integrated solution for space shuttle launching ramp. aircraft engineering and aerospace technology, 91(7), 1051–1057. doi:10.1108/aeat-10-2018-0257. [2] shieh, j. i., wu, h. h., & huang, k. k. (2010). a dematel method in identifying key success factors of hospital service quality. knowledge-based systems, 23(3), 277–282. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2010.01.013. [3] abbasi, m., hosnavi, r., & tabrizi, b. (2013). application of fuzzy dematel in risks evaluation of knowledge-based networks. journal of optimization, 2013, 1–7. doi:10.1155/2013/913467. [4] ada, e., kazançoğlu, y., & aksoy, m. (2011). evaluation of factors affecting flexible production systems using fuzzy dematel method. proceedings of 11. production research symposium, 722–731. [5] aksakal, e., & dağdeviren, m. (2010). an integrated approach to personnel selection problem with anp and dematel methods. gazi university journal of engineering and architecture faculty, 25(4), 905–913. [6] dey, s., kumar, a., ray, a., & pradhan, b. b. (2012). supplier selection: integrated theory using dematel and quality function deployment methodology. procedia engineering, 38, 2111–2116. doi:10.1016/j.proeng.2012.06.253. [7] karaatlı, m., ömürbek, n., işık, e., & yılmaz, e. (2016). dematel and fuzzy topsis application in performance appraisal. ege academic review, 16(1), 49–64. [8] ömürbek, v., & kınay, b. (2013). financial performance assessment with topsis method in airline transport sector. süleyman demirel university journal of economics and administrative sciences, 18(3), 343–363. [9] uygurtürk, h., & korkmaz, t. (2012). the topsis multi-criteria decision making of financial performance method: an application on basic metal industry enterprises. eskişehir osmangazi university journal of the faculty of economics and administrative sciences, 7(2), 95–115. [10] yurdakul, m., & i̇ç, y. t. a. (2003). case study using topsis method for performance measurement and analysis of turkish automotive companies. gazi university journal of engineering and architecture faculty, 18(1), 1–18. [11] boran, f. e., genç, s., kurt, m., & akay, d. (2009). a multi-criteria intuitionistic fuzzy group decision making for supplier selection with topsis method. expert systems with applications, 36(8), 11363–11368. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2009.03.039. [12] tırmıkçıoğlu ç, n., (2010). fuzzy topsis method in establishment selection and an application in banking sector, karamanoğlu mehmetbey university journal of social and economic research, 18(12), 37–45. [13] kahriman, a., oztokatli, m., & das, g. s. (2015). selection of a communication satellite manufacturer using mcdm methods. rast 2015 proceedings of 7th international conference on recent advances in space technologies, 347–351. doi:10.1109/rast.2015.7208368. [14] tadić, s., zečević, s., & krstić, m. (2014). a novel hybrid mcdm model based on fuzzy dematel, fuzzy anp and fuzzy vikor for city logistics concept selection. expert systems with applications, 41(18), 8112–8128. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2014.07.021. [15] hsu, c. h., wang, f. k., & tzeng, g. h. (2012). the best vendor selection for conducting the recycled material based on a hybrid mcdm model combining danp with vikor. resources, conservation and recycling, 66, 95–111. doi:10.1016/j.resconrec.2012.02.009. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 161 [16] görener, a. (2011). selection of erp software with integrated anp-vikor approach. journal of aviation and space technologies, 5(1), 97–110. [17] dinçer, h., & görener, a. (2011). ahp vikor and ahp topsis approaches in performance evaluation: an application in the service industry. sigma journal of engineering and science, 29, 244–260. [18] wu, w. w., & lee, y. t. (2007). developing global managers’ competencies using the fuzzy dematel method. expert systems with applications, 32(2), 499–507. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2005.12.005. [19] li, h., wang, w., fan, l., li, q., & chen, x. (2020). a novel hybrid mcdm model for machine tool selection using fuzzy dematel, entropy weighting and later defuzzification vikor. applied soft computing, 91, 106207. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2020.106207 [20] chen, y., ran, y., huang, g., xiao, l., & zhang, g. (2021). a new integrated mcdm approach for improving qfd based on dematel and extended multimoora under uncertainty environment. applied soft computing, 105, 107222. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2021.107222 [21] karaoğlan, s. (2016). selection of an outsourcing provider with dematel and vikor methods: hotel business example. akademik bakış dergisi, 55, 9–24. [22] hwang cl., yoon k. (1981) methods for multiple attribute decision making. in: multiple attribute decision making. lecture notes in economics and mathematical systems, 186. springer, berlin, heidelberg, germany. doi:10.1007/978-3-64248318-9_3. [23] kuru, a., & akin, b. (2012). entegre yönetim sistemlerinde çok kriterli karar verme tekniklerinin kullanımına yönelik yaklaşımlar ve uygulamaları. öneri dergisi, 10(38), 129–144. [24] opricovic, s., & tzeng, g. h. (2004). compromise solution by mcdm methods: a comparative analysis of vikor and topsis. european journal of operational research, 156(2), 445–455. doi:10.1016/s0377-2217(03)00020-1. [25] kim, m. s. (2019). deliberative collaboration in learning-by-designing multimodal modeling activities. interactive learning environments, 29(8), 1319–1338. doi:10.1080/10494820.2019.1627666. [26] williams, d. (2015). planetary fact sheet metric. in nasa goddard space flight center. available online: http://nssdc.gsfc.nasa.gov/planetary/factsheet/ (accessed on february 2021). http://nssdc.gsfc.nasa.gov/planetary/factsheet/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 115 issn: 2723-9535 3d numerical modeling to evaluate the thermal performance of single and double u-tube ground-coupled heat pump ali h. tarrad 1* 1 professor, ph.d. mechanical engineering, université de lorraine, cnrs, lemta, f-54000 nancy, france. received 26 december 2021; revised 08 february 2022; accepted 18 february 2022; available online 19 february 2022 abstract the heat transfer rate and borehole design represent great challenges to the thermal equipment designer of the groundcoupled heat pump. the present model represents a mathematical and numerical technique implemented to tackle such a problem. a thermal assessment was established to estimate the total energy dissipated to the ground zone for a heat pump utilized for cooling purposes in the summer season. comsol multiphysics 5.4 software was used to build a 3-dimensional model to assess the thermal performance of single and double u-tube boreholes that circulate water as a thermal transfer medium. the (heat transfer) module has been implemented for this investigation under the (stationary) study option. the model couples both heat conduction in solids, including tube metal, grout, and soil regions, and thermal medium fluid flow inside the u-tubes. the numerical solutions were compared for both heat exchangers at fixed borehole geometry, diameter, and depth and constant operating conditions in a steady-state mode. the double u-tube heat exchanger was tested in the parallel circuiting orientation of the u-tubes. the total mean resistance of the single u-tube borehole was higher than the half-loading double u-tube heat exchangers by 14.6%. the results also revealed that the heat transfer rate enhancement for the double u-tube was in the range of 10–14% when operating at the same fluid mass flow rate and inlet temperature for a given borehole design. keywords: borehole design; ground-coupled heat pump; numerical modeling; thermal performance. 1. introduction the ground is considered one of the most important, clean, cheap, and sustainable natural energy sources on earth. since the forties of the last century, the ground has been utilized as an energy source, energy sink, or energy storage. hence, the ground has received significant attention from scientists to develop a proper technology to be coupled with the earth and take advantage of its privilege as a natural energy source. the ground heat exchanger plays a vital role in the energy transmission philosophy to or from heat storage. therefore, qualitative and quantitative efforts were focused on the thermal design of the ground vertical and horizontal heat exchanger orientations. the enhancement of the thermal performance of ground-coupled heat pumps has led to tremendous research to optimize the borehole design and grouting methods. the borehole depth is much larger than its diameter; hence, the heat transfer mechanism in the borehole and heat exchanger is usually formulated by a 1-dimensional line source, ingersoll et al. [1]; muttil and chau [2]. it was also analyzed as the cylindrical-source theory by ingersoll et al. [3], carslaw et al. [4], and kavanaugh [5]. zeng and fang [6] and zeng et al. [7] presented a 2-dimensional finite line-source model to consider axial heat flow in the ground for * corresponding author: ali.tarrad@univ-lorraine.fr http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-02-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4657-9102 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 116 longer durations.the temperature variation inside the borehole is usually slow and minor. as a result, except for analyses dealing with dynamic responses within a few hours, the heat transfer in the borehole region being approximated as a steady-state process has been proven suitable and described by a constant borehole thermal resistance [8]. li and zheng [9] developed a 3-dimensional finite-volume model for vertical ground heat exchangers. the surrounding soil was divided into several layers to evaluate the effect of fluid temperature with depth on the thermal process. chiasson et al. [10] developed a model in the trnsys modeling environment and coupled it to other gshp system component models for a short time step (hourly or less) system analysis. it was implemented to model a shallow pond's performance as a supplemental heat rejecter in ground source heat pump systems. the model has been validated by comparing simulation results to experimental data collected from two test ponds. daniel and rees [11] presented models of a water-to-water heat pump and ground loop heat exchanger implemented in a building's annual energy simulation program (energyplus). the operation of this model was verified by comparing results to analytical values. they concluded that it is possible to represent ground-source heat pump systems flexibly and examine their performance over the extended periods required for proper analysis with these models. zanchini et al. [12, 13] utilized the software package comsol multiphysics 3.4 to study the effects of flow direction and thermal short-circuiting on the performance of small and 100 m long coaxial ground heat exchangers. a 2-dimensional axisymmetric unsteady heat conduction and convection problem has been considered. the results pointed out that the annulus-in flow direction (fluid inlet in the outer annular passage) is more efficient than the center-in flow direction (fluid inlet in the inner circular tube). in addition, on account of the small length, the effect of thermal short-circuiting is not important, especially if the annulusin flow direction is employed. however, the results revealed that the impact of thermal short-circuiting on the performance of long coaxial borehole heat exchangers is relevant for the long heat exchanger. bauera et al. [14] presented a 3-dimensional numerical simulation model for u-tube borehole heat exchangers. they postulated that their approach provides accurate results while substantially reducing the number of nodes and the computation time compared with fully discretized computations such as finite element models. their model was used to evaluate thermal response test data by the parameter estimation technique. comparing the model results with those of an analytical model based on the line-source theory further establishes the advantage of the developed transient model, as the test duration can be shortened and results are more accurate. rees and he [15] presented a 3-dimensional numerical model that includes explicit representations of the circulating fluid and other borehole components, allowing the calculation of dynamic behaviors over short and long timescales. at long timescales, borehole heat transfer seems wellcharacterized by the mean fluid and borehole wall temperature if the circulating fluid velocity is reasonably high. still, at lower flow rates, this is not the case. the study of the short timescale dynamics has shown that nonlinearities in the temperature and heat flux profiles are noticeable over the whole velocity range of practical interest. song et al. [16] developed a 3-dimensional steady-state numerical model for a u-tube geothermal heat exchanger. the influences of depth, porosity, permeability, and heterogeneity of the formation on the performance of the heat exchanger were investigated. simulation values were validated by results obtained from field tests. the results indicated that the geothermal reservoir's overall velocity is relatively low compared with the flow in the wellbore, mainly due to the high flow resistance. therefore, they concluded that it is better to install the single u-tube in the homogeneous area of the reservoir to obtain a better heat extraction effect. several investigators developed one-dimensional heat transfer models to create a general formula for borehole thermal resistance prediction [17-19]. for example, gu and o’neal [17] utilized a steady-state heat transfer simulation based on the cylindrical source model to produce a correlation for the grout resistance for a vertical u-tube ground heat exchanger in the form: 𝑅𝑔= 𝑙𝑛( 𝐷𝑏 𝑑𝑜 √ 𝑑𝑜 𝑆𝑝 ) 2 𝜋 𝑘𝑔 (1) shonder and beck (2000) [18] have formulated the borehole thermal resistance in the form of: 𝑅𝑔= 𝑙𝑛( 𝐷𝑏 √𝑛 𝑑𝑜 ) 2 𝜋 𝑘𝑔 (2) in this expression, the value of (n) is equal to (2) for a single u-tube heat exchanger. more recently, tarrad (2019) [19] developed a correlation for the prediction of the borehole total thermal resistance (rt); it was based on the grout thermal resistance estimation from: 𝑅𝑏 = 𝑅𝑔 + 𝑅𝑝 (3.a) 𝑅𝑝 = 1 𝜋 𝑑𝑖 ℎ + ln( 𝑑𝑜 𝑑𝑖 ) 2 𝜋 𝑘𝑝 (3.b) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 117 𝑅𝑔 = ln( 𝑑𝑏 𝑑𝑒 ) 2 𝜋 𝑘𝑔 (3.c) 𝑅𝑡 = ln( 𝑑𝑏 𝑑𝑒 ) 2 𝜋 𝑘𝑔 + 𝑅𝑝 + 𝑅𝑠 (4) in these mathematical expressions, the equivalent diameter (de) was derived to be: 𝑑𝑒 = 𝑑𝑏 (𝑥+√𝑥2−1) (5.a) 𝑥 = 𝑑𝑏 2+ 𝑑𝑜 2−𝑆𝑝 2 2𝑑𝑏 𝑑𝑜 (5.b) in equation 4, a value of (0.053) m.k/w was assigned for ground thermal resistance (rs) per unit depth as suggested by garbai and méhes (2008) [20] for steady-state conditions. in the present study, comsol multiphysics 5.4 [21] was utilized to build a 3-dimensional numerical model to investigate the overall heat transfer rate in a ground single and double u-tube heat exchangers operating at steady-state conditions. the double u-tube was arranged in a cross-orientation, as shown in figure 1. a comparison of results between these heat exchangers was based on the amount of heat transfer to the ground at the steady-state condition. the heat transfer rate was deduced from assessing the water exit temperature from the borehole zone. in addition, this model was investigated for cooling mode; the ground was implemented as a heat sink for the water cooling medium utilized in the condenser of a heat pump. special attention was paid to the water flow temperature profile with borehole depth for the upward and downward leg sides. 2. model geometry presentation the heat exchanger, borehole, and ground zone system are illustrated in figure 1 for both of the investigated geometry orientations, single and double uheat exchangers. figure 1.a. single u-tube heat exchanger hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 118 figure 1.b. double u-tube heat exchanger figure 1. investigated heat exchanger geometry orientations. the operating conditions for heat exchangers and their combination with the borehole and soil zones are listed in table 1. table 1. properties and operating conditions of the geothermal system zone material physical parameter value water (tin), (°c) (tout), (°c) (pin), (bar) (vin), (m/s) 𝑚�̇� , (kg/s) 33 -- 1 0.2-0.5 0.14-0.34 (hdpe)* high density polyethylene pipe (khdpe), (w/m k) (ρhdpe), (kg/m3) (cphdpe), (j/kg k) 0.4 940 2300 grout* (kg), (w/m k) (ρg), (kg/m3) (cpg), (j/kg k) 0.78 1000 1600 ground* (ks), (w/m k) (ρs), (kg/m3) (cps), (j/kg k) ground (ts), (°c) 2.42 2800 840 16 * data were taken from reference [22]. many investigators [23-26] have outlined the operating conditions and recommended a range of potential driving force, the temperature difference, between a ground heat exchanger's downward and upward streams. a temperature difference of (3) degrees is the least permissible temperature difference between the two flow streams in the heat exchanger to ensure proper operation, while higher temperature differences are desirable. for example, kavanaugh and rafferty [25] suggested that the heat carrier fluid flowing through the ground heat exchanger should typically be between 5-11oc below the undisturbed ground temperature in heating mode and 11-17oc above it in cooling one. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 119 3. model building 3.1. borehole characteristics the geometrical parameters for the numerical model and the combination of different zones are shown in table 2. the grouting layer thickness beneath the u-tube was kept at (100) mm. the computational domain has included the surrounding soil diameter of 5 m and a 2.5 m thick soil layer beneath the u-tube heat exchanger. heat transfer in solids and heat transfer in fluids with multiphysics coupling were selected from the comsol multiphysics software to solve the built model. table 2. physical dimensions of different zones. zone material physical parameter value (hdpe)* high density polyethylene pipe (do), (mm) (di), (mm) (tp), (mm) (wf), (---) (sp), (mm) (hu-tube), (m) 33.4 29.5 2.0 17 66.8 50 borehole (grout) (db), (mm) (hb), (m) 120 50.1 ground (ds), (m) (hs) (m) 5.0 52.5 * dimensional data for the tube were taken from reference [22]. 3.2. governing equations the governing equations of the present work for the solid and fluid domains are described in appendix i. the stated equations control the predefined model for the conduction and convection heat transfer modes. reasonable assumptions are applicable for the case of steady-state conditions to solve the model analytical expressions. 3.3. boundary conditions the top ground face of the borehole was assumed as an insulated boundary for the numerical assessment. the far distant surface boundary of the soil was fixed at a constant temperature at 5m diameter for the whole borehole depth and the bottom portion of the borehole at the 52.5 m depth. the u-tubes' exit ports were considered outflow boundaries for the water flow domain, and it possesses a specified entering temperature and flow velocity. 3.4. materials the thermal properties of all domain materials were specified according to the user-defined category, as shown in table 1. the water domain for which the built-in library in comsol multiphysics 5.4 software was utilized. 3.5. geometry meshing the meshing process of the geometry model was conducted by implementing the tetrahedral element type, figure 2. figure 2.a. grout and u-tube meshing figure 2.b. soil meshing figure 2. borehole geometry meshing hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 120 first, the water domain was meshed according to the fluid dynamic predefined finer element size. next, the ground or soil domain meshed with the predefined coarser element size. finally, the other two fields' meshings were performed according to the custom element sizes conducted with specified elements. the element size was selected according to the domain type, fine for the tube, grout, and fluid, and large size for the ground domain to minimize the calculation time, figure 3. figure 3. element size for meshing figure 4. a double u-tube meshing 4. assessment methodology zhu et al. [27] tested a ground heat exchanger in the range of 0.1 and 0.5m/s for water velocity. they recommended the value of 0.3m/s for a borehole depth of 55m. in the present work, the following operating conditions were examined for a steady-state condition:  fixed physical dimensions of all system zones, u-tube, grouting, and soil portion as illustrated in table 2.  fixed water inlet temperature at 306.15 k as depicted in table 1. the flow region fell within the turbulent zone, and the (k-ε) turbulence model was implemented to solve the energy and flow characteristic equations.  variable flow velocity at the inlet leg of the u-tube, it was ranged between 0.2 and 0.5 m/s. this velocity range produced a mass flow rate that fell within the range of 0.136 and 0.34 kg/s, respectively.  for the double u-tube system, the following cases were investigated: i. the mass flow rate of the single u-tube was utilized for comparison. the tube loading of the single u-tube was divided equally between the two u-tubes. here, the flow velocity was ranged between 0.1 and 0.25m/s. ii. keeping the tube loadings constant for each u-tube as the single u-tube one. in effect, double the water mass flow rate of the double u-tube heat exchanger compared to the single u-tube one was used. in addition, the same water flow velocity range was utilized as the single u-tube model. 5. results and discussion the output of the comsol multiphysics 5.4 software will be divided into two categories, as follows: 5.1. water temperature distribution figure 5 depicts the temperature variation for both legs of the u-tubes, downward and upward sides, with the depth of the borehole for the double u-tubes model at a single u-tube operation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 121 figure 5. (a) downward flow figure 5. (b) upward flow figure 5. water temperature distribution comparison at different flow velocities for the single u-tube the corresponding values of (𝜉) for the single u-tube model was ranged between 53% and 66% as estimated by equation 6. 𝜉 = δ𝑇𝐷𝑊 δ𝑇𝑡 × 100 (6) these numerical values of (𝜉) revealed a heat load enhancement for the downward flow leg range to fall within the range 15-43%, respectively, when it was calculated by equation 7. 𝜂𝑐 = ∆𝑇𝑙𝑒𝑔−𝐷𝑊− ∆𝑇𝑙𝑒𝑔−𝑈𝑊 ∆𝑇𝑙𝑒𝑔−𝐷𝑊 × 100 (7) the higher values were achieved at, the lower flow velocities and vice versa for both heat exchangers. figure 6 depicts the temperature variation for both legs of the u-tubes, downward and upward sides, with the depth of the borehole for the double u-tubes model at a half loading operation. the temperature difference for the downward flow at the half loading was ranged between 60 and 76% of the total temperature difference through the double u-tube heat exchanger as calculated by equation 6. 302.5 303 303.5 304 304.5 305 305.5 306 306.5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 t em p er a tu re ( k ) depth (m) flow @ 0.5 m/s flow @ 0.4 m/s flow @ 0.3 m/s flow @ 0.2 m/s 300.5 301 301.5 302 302.5 303 303.5 304 304.5 305 305.5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 t em p er a tu re ( k ) depth (m) flow @ 0.5 m/s flow @ 0.4 m/s flow @ 0.3 m/s flow @ 0.2 m/s hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 122 figure 6. (a) downward flow figure 6. (b) upward flow figure 6. water temperature distribution comparison at different flow velocities for the half loading double u-tube figure 7 depicts the comparison between both geometry orientations at different flow velocities. the highest temperature difference between the inlet and exit sides of the water was experienced at the lowest examined mass flow rate, which is 0.136 kg/s, corresponding to 0.2 m/s. it was 5 and 5.7°c for the single and halfloading double u-tube heat exchangers, respectively. the temperature difference values revealed that the cooling load achieved by the downward flow was higher than that of the upward flow side. the (𝜉) values produced a heat transfer load enhancement in the downward leg ranging between 35% and 68% as calculated from equation 7. 301.5 302 302.5 303 303.5 304 304.5 305 305.5 306 306.5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 t em p er a tu re ( k ) depth (m) flow @ 0.25 m/s flow @ 0.20 m/s flow @ 0.15 m/s flow @ 0.10 m/s 300 300.5 301 301.5 302 302.5 303 303.5 304 304.5 305 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 t em p er a tu re ( k ) depth (m) flow @ 0.25 m/s flow @ 0.20 m/s flow @ 0.15 m/s flow @ 0.10 m/s hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 123 figure 7.a. water flow velocity of (0.5) m/s figure 7.b. water flow velocity of (0.2) m/s figure 7. comparison of water temperature variation with depth for various flow orientations at different flow velocities in the downward side of a single u-tube 5.2. thermal analysis the heat transfer load of the heat exchanger is predicted from the operating conditions of the water stream as follows: �̇�𝐻−𝐸 = �̇�𝑤 𝑐𝑝𝑤 (𝑇𝑤,𝑖𝑛 − 𝑇𝑤,𝑜𝑢𝑡) (8) the heat exchanger enhancement heat transfer rate is defined by: 𝜀𝐷−𝑆 = �̇�𝐷𝑜𝑢𝑏𝑙𝑒−�̇�𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 �̇�𝐷𝑜𝑢𝑏𝑙𝑒 × 100 (9) for a parallel double u-tube system, the mass flow rate of water was equally divided for both u-tubes to produce the half loading scheme of the heat exchanger. the heat exchanger enhancement of the double u-tube compared to the single one is shown in table 3. 303 303.5 304 304.5 305 305.5 306 306.5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 t em p er a tu re ( k ) depth (m) s. u-tube dw s. u-tube uw d. u-tube dw d. u-tube uw 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 t em p er a tu re ( k ) depth (m) s. u-tube dw s. u-tube uw d. u-tube dw d. u-tube uw hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 124 table 3. heat transfer rate enhancement factor of the double u-tube heat exchanger 𝒗𝒘 (m/s) �̇�𝒘 (kg/s) heat load (kw) 𝜺𝑫−𝑺 (%) half loading heat load (kw) 𝜺𝑫−𝑺 (%) full loading single double full loading 0.5 0.36 3.30 3.82 13.6 4.03 18.2 0.4 0.272 3.22 3.72 13.5 3.98 19.2 0.3 0.204 3.10 3.55 12.5 3.89 20 0.2 0.136 2.90 3.23 10.4 3.72 22 surprisingly, the double u-tube didn’t exhibit much heat transfer enhancement despite increasing the heat transfer area by a factor of (2). this enhancement fell within the range of 10.4-13.6% for the examined operating conditions. this could be attributed to the obstruction of the tube legs to the heat transfer flow between the fluid and the soil. further, there is a short-circuiting of heat transfer mode between the hot and cold legs of the u-tubes. as a result, the implementation of full loading of fluid flow in the double u-tube has shown only 18-22% of load enhancement, as shown in table 3. the comparison of the temperature drop of water as it passes through the ground heat exchanger is shown in figure 8. figure 8. a comparison for the water temperature drop across the single and the half loading double-u-tube heat exchanger the double u-tube heat exchanger has shown a higher water temperature drop than the single u-tube one by 10.4% to 14.5% for the investigated operating conditions. the total resistance of the borehole per unit depth could be estimated from the energy balance between the fluid flow and the ground surface from: 𝑅𝑡 = ∆𝑇𝑚 �̇�𝐻−𝐸 (10) here (�̇�𝐻−𝐸) represents the heat transfer rate per unit length of the heat exchanger depth. the mean temperature difference (∆𝑇𝑚) is defined as: ∆𝑇𝑚 = 𝑇𝑤,𝑚 − 𝑇𝑠 (11.a) the mean water temperature is calculated by: 𝑇𝑤,𝑚 = 𝑇𝑤,𝑖𝑛+ 𝑇𝑤,𝑜𝑢𝑡 2 (11.b) the mean total resistance per unit depth for the single and half loading double u-tube heat exchangers were 0.246 m.°c/w and 0.21 m.°c/w respectively. therefore, equation 12 predicts the deviation of the single u-tube thermal resistance from that of the double u-tube one: 𝛽𝑆−𝐷 = 𝑅𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒−𝑅𝐷𝑜𝑢𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑅𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 × 100 (12) 2 3 4 5 6 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 t em p er a tu re d ro p ( k ) mass flow rate (kg/s) single u-tube d. u-tube h. load. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 125 these results showed that the single u-tube resistance was higher than that of the double one by about 14.6%. the present model single u-tube total resistance per unit depth was compared to those predicted when utilizing equations 1, 2, and 3.c in table 4. table 4. comparison of the single u-tube total thermal resistance with published correlations reference rt (m.°c/w) 𝑹𝒕,𝒎𝒐𝒅𝒆𝒍 (m.°c/w) ∆𝑹𝒕 (%) gu and o’neal (1998) [17] 0.292 0.246 15.8 shonder and beck (1999) [18] 0.298 0.246 17.4 tarrad (2019) [19] 0.28 0.246 12.0 the deviation percentage between the correlations’ predictions and the model is designated as (∆rt) calculated from: ∆𝑅𝑡 = 𝑅𝑡,𝑟𝑒𝑓− 𝑅𝑡,𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑒𝑙 𝑅𝑡,𝑟𝑒𝑓 × 100 (13) these correlations overestimated the total thermal resistance of the single u-tube configuration. however, these numerical magnitudes illustrate that tarrad's [19] correlation predicted a closer value to that of the present 3-dimensional model results. the heat conduction term is more predominant than the heat convection part in the borehole heat transfer process. therefore, the numerical values of the thermal resistance of both heat exchangers were essentially independent of the water flow velocity. the half-loading heat exchanger showed a specific heat transfer rate ranging between 65 and 76 w/m with a mean value of 71.6 w/m based on borehole depth. on the other hand, the respective values for the single u-tube heat exchanger were ranged between 58 w/m and 66 w/m with a mean value of 62 w/m. these values of the specific heat transfer rate showed that the double u-tube heat exchanger achieved only 13.4% enhancement compared to the single u-tube one. 5.3. model temperature distribution the temperature distributions in the solid and water domains were deduced from the postprocessing of the numerical computation and the available flexible technique for data assessment. figures 9 and 10 illustrate the temperature distribution at the lower portion of the u-tube and grout zones as deduced at various water flow velocities for both heat exchangers. figure 9.a. water velocity of (0.5) m/s figure 9.b. water velocity of (0.2) m/s figure 9. temperature distribution at the single u-tube and grout for various flow velocities hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 126 figure 10.a. water velocity of (0.25) m/s figure 10.b. water velocity of (0.1) m/s figure 10. temperature distribution at the double u-tube and grout for various flow velocities. these figures show a temperature variation for the u-tube/grout system with borehole depth. the lower experienced temperature is shown to be at the bottom portion of the borehole for both geometries. the results for both investigated geometries didn’t reveal a circumferential variation. hence, the temperature at the borehole wall is essentially independent of the circumferential angle. this is due to the low-temperature difference of water in both u-tube legs. 6. conclusions the present work revealed the following findings:  a 3-dimensional steady-state model for a single and double u-tube borehole heat exchanger of a ground–heat pump integrated system was built.  adding the second u-tube in parallel circuiting didn’t enhance much heat transfer enhancement of the single utube borehole heat exchanger. it was ranged between 10% and 14% for flow velocity of 0.2 m/s and 0.5 m/s, respectively.  the mean resistance per unit length for the single and half loading double u-tube heat exchangers were 0.246 m.°c/w and 0.21 m.°c/w respectively. this revealed that the single u-tube resistance was higher than that of the double utube by about 14.6%.  downward water flow experiences a higher temperature drop than the upward stream for both heat exchangers. its range fell within 53-66% and 60-76% of the total temperature drop (δtt) for the single and double u-tube boreholes, respectively.  the double u-tube heat exchanger showed a higher water temperature drop (δtt) than that of the single u-tube one by 10.4-14.5% for the investigated borehole operating conditions.  the temperature distribution at the borehole surface didn’t show a significant circumferential variation. hence, it is essentially independent of the circumferential angle.  the utilization of a full-loading scheme for the double u-tube showed a higher heat transfer rate enhancement than that of the half-loading one. however, the performance enhancement fell in the range of 18% and 22% compared to that of the single u-tube one. 7. nomenclature cp heat capacity at constant pressure, (kj/kg k) d diameter, (mm) g gravitational acceleration, (m/s2) h depth, (m) k thermal conductivity, (w/m.k) �̇� mass flow rate, (kg/s) n number of tubes, (2) for a single u-tube p pressure, (pa) or (bar) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 127 �́� heat generation per unit volume, (w/m3) �̇� specific heat transfer rate, (w/m) �̇� heat transfer rate, (kw) 𝑟, 𝜃, 𝑧 cylindrical-coordinate variables r specific thermal resistance, (m.k/w) sp tube or pipe spacing, (mm) t time, (sec) tp pipe thickness, (mm) t temperature, (k) δt temperature difference, (k) 𝑢𝑟 , 𝑢𝜃 , 𝑢𝑧 cylindrical velocity components, (m/s) v water flow velocity, (m/s) b borehole c cooling df double u-tube flow double double u-tube value d-s double to single u-tube dw downward flow direction e equivalent g grout h-e heat exchanger i inside in inlet leg u-tube leg m mean o outside out outlet p pipe s soil or ground s-d single to double u-tube single single u-tube value t total uw upward flow direction w water 𝛼 thermal diffusivity, (m2/s) 𝛽 the percentage increase of resistance, (%) 𝜀 heat transfer rate enhancement, (%) 𝜉 temperature ratio percentage, (%) 𝜂 temperature drop increase percentage, (%) 𝜇 fluid dynamic viscosity, (pa.s) φ viscous dissipation rate, n/(m2 s) 8. declarations 8.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 8.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 8.3. acknowledgements the author expresses his sincere thanks to the administration of the (pause) program in france and the university of lorraine for their valuable support in completing this work. 8.4. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] ingersoll, l. r., zobel, o. j., & ingersoll, a. c. (1955). heat conduction with engineering, geological, and other applications. physics today. 8(3). new york, united states. doi:10.1063/1.3061951. [2] muttil, n., & chau, k. w. (2006). neural network and genetic programming for modelling coastal algal blooms. international journal of environment and pollution, 28(3–4), 223–238. doi:10.1504/ijep.2006.011208. [3] ingersoll, l. r., zobel, o. j., & ingersoll, a. c. (1955). heat conduction with engineering, geological, and other applications. physics today 8(3). university of wisconsin press, madison. doi:10.1063/1.3061951. [4] carslaw, h.s. and jaeger, j.c. (1959). conduction of heat in solids, (2nd ed.); oxford university press, london, united kingdom. [5] kavanaugh, s. p. (1985). simulation and experimental verification of vertical ground-coupled heat pump systems. phd thesis oklahoma state university, stillwater, united states. [6] zeng, h., & fang, z. a fluid temperature model for vertical u-tube geothermal heat exchangers. journal of shandong institute of architecture and engineering, 17(1), 7–10. [7] zeng, h. y., diao, n. r., & fang, z. h. (2002). a finite line-source model for boreholes in geothermal heat exchangers. heat transfer asian research, 31(7), 558–567. doi:10.1002/htj.10057. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 128 [8] yavuzturk, c., spitler, j. d., & rees, s. j. (1999). a transient two-dimensional finite volume model for the simulation of vertical u-tube ground heat exchangers. ashrae transactions, 105(2), 465–474. [9] li, z., & zheng, m. (2009). development of a numerical model for the simulation of vertical u-tube ground heat exchangers. applied thermal engineering, 29(5–6), 920–924. doi:10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2008.04.024. [10] chiasson, a. d., spitler, j. d., rees, s. j., & smith, m. d. (2000). model for simulating the performance of a shallow pond as a supplemental heat rejecter with closed-loop ground-source heat pump systems. ashrae transactions, 106(2), 107–121. [11] fisher, d. e., & rees, s. j. (2005). modeling ground source heat pump systems in a building energy simulation program (energyplus). ibpsa 2005 international building performance simulation association 2005, 311–318. [12] zanchini, e., lazzari, s., & priarone, a. (2010). effects of flow direction and thermal short-circuiting on the performance of small coaxial ground heat exchangers. renewable energy, 35(6), 1255–1265. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2009.11.043. [13] zanchini, e., lazzari, s., & priarone, a. (2010). improving the thermal performance of coaxial borehole heat exchangers. energy, 35(2), 657–666. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2009.10.038. [14] bauer, d., heidemann, w., & diersch, h. j. g. (2011). transient 3d analysis of borehole heat exchanger modeling. geothermics, 40(4), 250–260. doi:10.1016/j.geothermics.2011.08.001. [15] rees, s. j., & he, m. (2013). a three-dimensional numerical model of borehole heat exchanger heat transfer and fluid flow. geothermics, 46, 1–13. doi:10.1016/j.geothermics.2012.10.004. [16] song, x., lyu, z., li, g., sheng, m., liu, j., li, r., & shi, y. (2017). numerical analysis of characteristics of a single u-tube downhole heat exchanger in the geothermal reservoir. transactions geothermal resources council, 41, 227–245. [17] shonder, j. a., & beck, j. v. (1999). determining effective soil formation thermal properties from field data using a parameter estimation technique. ashrae transactions, 105, 458–466. [18] gu, y., & o’neal, d. l. (1998). development of an equivalent diameter expression for vertical u-tubes used in ground-coupled heat pumps. ashrae transactions, 104(2), 347–355. [19] h. tarrad, a. (2019). a borehole thermal resistance correlation for a single vertical dx u-tube in geothermal energy application. american journal of environmental science and engineering, 3(4), 75. doi:10.11648/j.ajese.20190304.12. [20] garbai, l. (2008). heat capacity of vertical ground heat exchangers with single u-tube installation in the function of time. wseas transactions on heat and mass transfer, 3(3), 177–186. [21] comsol multiphysics version 5.4. (2018). heat transfer module user guide. comsol inc. stockholm, sweden [22] sagia, z., stegou, a., & rakopoulos, c. (2012). borehole resistance and heat conduction around vertical ground heat exchangers. the open chemical engineering journal, 6(1), 32–40. doi:10.2174/1874123101206010032. [23] chua, k. j., chou, s. k., & yang, w. m. (2010). advances in heat pump systems: a review. applied energy, 87(12), 3611– 3624. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2010.06.014. [24] banks, d. (2012). an introduction to thermogeology: ground source heating and cooling: second edition. in an introduction to thermogeology: ground source heating and cooling: second edition. blackwell publishing. doi:10.1002/9781118447512. [25] kavanaugh, s. p., & rafferty, k. (1997). design of geothermal systems for commercial and institutional buildings. ashrae transactions (vol. 17). american society of heating, refrigeration and air conditioning engineers, georgia, united states. [26] bird, r. b. (2002). transport phenomena. applied mechanics reviews, 55(1), r1–r4. doi:10.1115/1.1424298. [27] zhu, l., chen, s., yang, y., & sun, y. (2019). transient heat transfer performance of a vertical double u-tube borehole heat exchanger under different operation conditions. renewable energy, 131, 494–505. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2018.07.073. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 129 appendix i a.1 fluid domain the following mathematical expressions describe the conservation equations for the fluid domain, continuity, navier-stokes, and energy in an incompressible flow: a.1.1. continuity equation 1 𝑟 𝜕 (𝑟 𝑢𝑟) 𝜕𝑟 + 1 𝑟 𝜕𝑢𝜃 𝜕𝜃 + 𝜕𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝑧 = 0 (a.1) a.1.2. navier-stokes equation 𝜌 ( 𝜕𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝑡 + 𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝑟 + 𝑢𝜃 𝑟 𝜕𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝜃 + 𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝑧 − 𝑢𝜃 2 𝑟 ) = 𝜌𝑔𝑟 − 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝑟 + 𝜇 [ 1 𝑟 𝜕 𝜕𝑟 (𝑟 𝜕𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝑟 ) + 1 𝑟2 𝜕2𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝜃2 + 𝜕2𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝑧2 − 2 𝑟2 𝜕𝑢𝜃 𝜕𝜃 − 𝑢𝑟 𝑟2] (a.2.a) 𝜌 ( 𝜕𝑢𝜃 𝜕𝑡 + 𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝑢𝜃 𝜕𝑟 + 𝑢𝜃 𝑟 𝜕𝑢𝜃 𝜕𝜃 + 𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝑢𝜃 𝜕𝑧 + 𝑢𝑟 𝑢𝜃 𝑟 ) = 𝜌𝑔𝜃 − 1 𝑟 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝜃 + 𝜇 [ 1 𝑟 𝜕 𝜕𝑟 (𝑟 𝜕𝑢𝜃 𝜕𝑟 ) + 1 𝑟2 𝜕2𝑢𝜃 𝜕𝜃2 + 𝜕2𝑢𝜃 𝜕𝑧2 + 2 𝑟2 𝜕𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝜃 − 𝑢𝜃 𝑟2 ] (a.2.b) 𝜌 ( 𝜕𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝑡 + 𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝑟 + 𝑢𝜃 𝑟 𝜕𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝜃 + 𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝑧 ) = 𝜌𝑔𝑧 − 𝜕𝑝 𝜕𝜃 + 𝜇 [ 1 𝑟 𝜕 𝜕𝑟 (𝑟 𝜕𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝑟 ) + 1 𝑟2 𝜕2𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝜃2 + 𝜕2𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝑧2 ] (a.2.c) a.1.3. energy equation 𝜕𝑇 𝜕𝑡 + 𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝑇 𝜕𝑟 + 𝑢𝜃 𝑟 𝜕𝑇 𝜕𝜃 + 𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝑇 𝜕𝑧 = �́� 𝑐𝑝 + 𝛼 [ 1 𝑟 𝜕 𝜕𝑟 (𝑟 𝜕𝑇 𝜕𝑟 ) + 1 𝑟2 𝜕2𝑇 𝜕𝜃2 + 𝜕2𝑇 𝜕𝑧2] + φ 𝜌 𝑐𝑝 (a.3.a) where the viscous dissipation rate is: φ = 2 𝜇 [( 𝜕𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝑟 ) 2 + ( 1 𝑟 𝜕𝑢𝜃 𝜕𝜃 + 𝑢𝑟 𝑟 ) 2 + ( 𝜕𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝑧 ) 2 ] + 𝜇 [( 1 𝑟 𝜕𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝜃 + 𝜕𝑢𝜃 𝜕𝑟 − 𝑢𝜃 𝑟 ) 2 + ( 𝜕𝑢𝜃 𝜕𝑧 + 1 𝑟 𝜕𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝜃 ) 2 + ( 𝜕𝑢𝑧 𝜕𝑟 + 𝜕𝑢𝑟 𝜕𝑧 ) 2 ] (a.3.b) these equations represent the complete forms of the handled expressions in the fluid domain for the transient mode. in the present model, the time-dependent parameters were dropped together with the heat generation (�́�) and gravity terms (ρg). a.2. solid domains in the solid domains of the model, the following general fourier’s law for the energy equation is applicable: 1 𝑟 𝜕 𝜕𝑟 (𝑟 𝜕𝑇 𝜕𝑟 ) + 1 𝑟2 𝜕 𝜕𝜃 (𝑟 𝜕𝑇 𝜕𝜃 ) + 𝜕 𝜕𝑧 ( 𝜕𝑇 𝜕𝑧 ) + �́� 𝑘 = 1 𝛼 𝜕𝑇 𝜕𝑡 (a.4) again in this expression, the energy generation per unit volume (𝑞 )́ and the temperature variation with time set to zero for steady-state conditions. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 33 implementation of information and communication technology for human rights awareness and promotion gajendra sharma a* a department of computer science and engineering, school of engineering, kathmandu university, dhulikhel, kavre, nepal. received 06 january 2020; revised 24 february 2020; accepted 27 february 2020; published 01 march 2020 abstract information technologies (its) are highly useful for human rights promotion globally. information and communication technologies (icts) have proved an influential tool in the fight against violations of human rights. ict has long represented a way to strengthen human rights. technology also means that individuals’ human rights are exposed to unprecedented risks, caused by the transition of these rights to the digital field. if we observe the different revolutions around the world, especially in countries that have had autocracy for a long period of time, they have been overruled with the help of icts. an analysis of the role of icts in human rights has been conducted. according to the study, information and communication technology (ict) play a critical role in raising awareness of and preventing violations of human rights for global citizens. keywords: information technology; human rights; internet, ict. 1. introduction information and communications technology (ict) includes any communication device or application. advancement and technology development have facilitated electronic technologies for information processing and communication, as well as platforms. recent technology developments have changed the method of information collection, storage, processing, dissemination, and use, thereby making it a powerful tool for transformation and development. ict has been verified as one of the rapidly increasing areas that has the potential to promote a globalized economy [1]. information is a source that activates the economy, making it possible for people to participate in government activities through public forums and contribute to the decision-making process [2]. icts are an effective tool if used responsively and with commitment to human rights in the perspective of nepal and other parts of the country worldwide. the same rights that citizens have offline should also be protected online [3]. as humanity experiences change online, so it follows in human rights. emerging technologies have found their platform in modern society and are constantly being implemented by people to conduct their activities. human rights are based on the principle of reverence for the individual. their basic concept is that each person is an ethical and coherent being who deserves to be treated with self-esteem. they are called human rights as they are universal. so far, many people, when asked to list their rights, will name only freedom of speech and belief and one or two others. there is no question these are important rights, but the full scope of human rights is wide. they mostly include choice and opportunity. there were * corresponding author: gajendra.sharma@ku.edu.np http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-01-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5695-8611 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 34 no human rights in an earlier period of time. after that, the idea emerged that people should have certain freedoms. moreover, that idea, during world war ii, resulted in the document called the universal declaration of human rights and the thirty rights to which all people are included. the human rights challenges and the challenges of implementation established by the united nations’ report of 26 may 2005 are: 1. poverty and global inequities 2. discrimination 3. armed conflict and violence 4. impunity 5. democracy deficits 6. weak institutions. the challenges of implementation are: 1. knowledge gap 2. capacity gap 3. commitment gap 4. security gap as the information has become source for market and economy, it is also becoming an effective tool for human rights for creating awareness, promotion and to fight against violation of human rights. the basic concern is due to socialization and tyrannical culture as well as lack of knowledge about human rights around the world. human sense and education is very important for human rights. many multi-national companies and foundations are highly investing in start-ups, human rights groups and social organizations to construct, test and organize new or adapted technologies to understand human rights. information technologies such as artificial intelligence, big data analytics, and large-scale automation are determining our future. these technologies bring with them new and previously unexpected human rights risks as diverse as non-discrimination, privacy, child rights, freedom of expression, access to public services, and the right to work [4]. the analysis of a current legal problem in the area of the intersection of human rights and development of technology is highly important [5]. this paper aims to contribute to the argument on the transformations that the use of icts is intended to determine from a human rights perspective. the contribution considers the undecided behaviour of emerging technologies as a primary point to properly understand the challenges they are having in the implementation of human rights. 2. evolution of human rights traditional human right in the context of the latest developments in the technical-scientific sector is a vital step for the protection of individuals’ dignity in the digital era. law is considered to rediscover its most authentic and essential quality being a means for ensuring social enhancement. rules and regulations originate from society and follow their constant development in perfect bond and stability due to their flexible nature. reality is not a static unit, but identifies an innovative evolution being in endless motion. so the purpose of the law is to observe all the changes and to adjust them to the new situation generated every time [6]. the digitalization of communication systems and their transition online is a result of innovation and awareness for society which is highly beneficial. bertot et al. (2010) [7] have identified that a first positive effect might be represented by the facilitation of transparency and the formation of effective law against corruption. but a major interest lies in ict as a means to expose human rights violations in the society. icts build communication bridges among people and strengthen interaction, providing the exchange of ideas and points of view and contributing to the progress and prosperity of the society. the huge potential and benefits of the ict are created in its distinctive characteristics, such as promptness and global range, these features that facilitate people to broadcast information in real time and to mobilize people have also disseminated fear among governments. this results to restrictions on the ict and freedom of expression is exposed to multi-faceted risks such as: censorship across large populations or networks, content filtering and blocking, identifications of activists and critics, disconnections of the technology access, leakage of user information are some of the challenges that can influence freedom of expression and the criminalization of legal expression followed by the adoption of restrictive legislation to rationalize such measures represent the disastrous culmination, use as well as outcome of these practices. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 35 the nature of the belief of innocence is controversial, as it expresses an essential contradiction [8]. since this right is intended to ensure protection to those people who are suspected of having violated a criminal rule, the presumption of innocence can only work as guarantee for those people who are presumed to be guilty. beitz (2011) [9] argues that the conceptualization of human rights to their political role and social role is perceived as a legal establishment for justifying and specifying the content of the human rights concept. “the right to receive the personal data concerning him or her, which he or she has provided to a controller, in a structured, commonly used and machine-readable format and have the right to transmit those data to another controller without hindrance from the controller to which the personal data have been provided” [10]. chapman (2009) [11] suggested that to apply the preventive principle to the development of innovative technologies in such a way as to defend populations from the unsafe impacts of science and technology. internet is nowadays a basic requirement of modern society. the primary step towards understanding the internet architecture is to understand that it feeds on plentiful information being routed around its nodes. the modality of expression on website is based on two-way communication, making the end-user not only a passive recipient of information but also an active publisher. the web architecture is vital for knowledge-based economy as it enhances competitiveness and innovation, promoting development and social enclosure. it strengthens democracy and affects human rights, by enhancing freedom of expression. as mentioned by the united nations [12], access to the internet provides two parallel dimensions. one component is the access to online content, without any restrictions except in a limited cases provided under international human rights law. the second factor is the accessibility of the infrastructure and icts, such as cables, modems, computers and software to access the internet. even when internet access is already guaranteed, new and controversial issues appear. the main concern deals with the risk of limitations that characterizes the free exercise of human rights. as one of the frequently happening social changes, internet brings with it unexplored concerns and values which the international legal framework is unavoidably asked to address. mass media is regarded as a powerful phenomenon, according to graber and dunaway (2017) [13] but any power cannot be complete, it must be controlled else it becomes precarious. the most recent developments in the present field seem to confirm the international customary law is ready to accept those rules which identify access to the web as a human right. 3. social networking sites and human rights the social networking and its use for social and political movement can be observed in revolution in egypt. the social networking and web tools were efficiently used by the activist and leader to channelize the strength and voice against their freedom of speech and political activity. new movements such as the partnership on artificial intelligence (ai) and ethics and governance of ai fund has been introduced, and several reports have been published on how to incorporate ethics, fairness, and human rights into machine learning and algorithmic decision making [4]. digital innovations have exposed individuals’ human rights to the risk of being critically humiliated and led to the appearance of a new necessity to explore new ways for the safeguard of human dignity either creating new rights or determining a change of perspective in the interpretation of traditional rights and its major issues. problems arising from the security of information transfer when working in computer networks can be defined as interception of information and modification of information lloyd [14]. wael ghonim, a google executive, set up his facebook page and racked up nearly 400,000 followers and is credited for starting the egyptian youth revolution in 2011. wael ghonim is a computer engineer, an internet activist, and a social entrepreneur. he believes that the internet can be the most dominant platform for connecting humanity, if we can bring civility and thoughtful conversations. internet provides platform like facebook and twitter which gives an opportunity to channelize the democratic movement for freedom of speech and human rights. in kenya, people were able to aware authorities on electoral discrepancies and problems, for example, threats, vote purchase and violence by sms during kenya’s 2010 constitutional referendum. in the democratic republic of congo, a voice-based communication system called freedomfone facilitated women to access pre-recorded information regarding sexual assaults such as their legal rights and health with a function to request call back. a coalition of organizations was able to enforce the law that requires the government to allot 4% of its gdp to education through a website with links to social media sites that provided facilities to post comments and show support. the green movement in iran and the arab are some of the examples. bauman (2012) [15] argues posing a lot of examples on social media’s democratic advancement. similar example can be taken in libiya. freedom house (2012) [16] stated as, “welcome back to the internet libya,” the washington post (blog), mentioned qadhafi’s regime employed a broad range of tactics for suppressing freedom of expression online, including maintaining monopoly control over the internet infrastructure, blocking websites, engaging in observation, and meting out punishments to online critics. such restrictions intensified as the insurgency against qadhafi’s rule gained momentum in february 2011, culminating in an internet shutdown until the liberation of tripoli in august 2011. http://www.freedomfone.org/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 36 twitter is being used in many creative ways during major events, an example being the use of twitter to break news during the american military attack that killed al qaeda leader osama bin laden [17]. twitter continues to form a significant tool for real time conversations around the world. the commission could make use of twitter for generating positive public opinion and content that generates positive comments and high traffic could be re-tweeted so as to get a wide publicity and popularity. 3.1. youtube and webinars a series of webinars could be recorded live and uploaded to a youtube and moderated by a leading expert in the field of human rights. such an expert could be a former commissioner, leading academic, or any other leading personality. issues that the webinar could discuss could be many depending on the existing situations. 3.2. blogs expert opinions complemented by first-hand accounts make for interesting and timely blogs. as there are quite a number of human rights experts on the continent who are quite good at global communications, the commission considers soliciting for the services of expertise who could be asked to post blogs on frequent basis, and thereafter comments with illustrative examples of the issues under discussion would be entertained. 4. promoting human rights using it promotional activities of human rights include activities of gathering and disseminating information through workshops, seminars and symposia as well as the formulation of principles to address legal problems of human rights and co-operation with international human rights institutions. it also includes the gathering and propagation of documentation and information and the development of a global network of partner institutions. promotional activities take a number of forms and can be fulfilled using different tools which can be organized at all levels by the commission on its own or along with partners be it governments, government institutions or civil society organizations. these tools can be used to target people of all level of society. other promotional activities involve translation, publication and dissemination of the information, promotion through the production and dissemination of the activities of the commission and other information materials, and promotion through research and education. the volume of the task, coupled with the lack of time and resources has meant that many of these activities have had very limited impact. the persistence on promotion of human rights is based on the premise that if people are not aware of their rights, they cannot ensure their protection. the possible implication of actors other than the dictator in digital threats to citizens is lacking. it also suffers from a kind of repetitive reasoning: having once defined authoritarian regimes as those states that fail to organize free and fair elections, political actors beyond those states. this definition of the field blinds it to the possibility of authoritarian practices outside the purview of authoritarian regimes [18]. icts tools such as personal websites, blogs and discussion groups have provided a voice to people who were only passive consumers of information. the bottom-line is therefore is to sound an alarm and to alert to the attempts by various national governments to dowse the people’s voice through icts and via arbitrary actions which resort to blocking ict outlets whenever people seek to exercise their offline as well as online rights. it can be argued, as costea (2007) [19] mention that “the internet and the world wide web has reached the point when nobody can afford to ignore it, at their own loss.” as one of the key forces determining economic growth, a globalized world needs to use ict to unlock the untapped potential to improve people’s living conditions. burt (2010) [20] highlights how ict can easily guide in many technological breakthroughs but at the same time could cause disasters if not handled expeditiously. icts have shown to intensify people’s voices, usually the disadvantaged in society and a voice that enables the poor and those with disabilities to use their knowledge to avoid poverty. the use of icts and the internet can help to promote human rights. as the special rapporteur opined in his report, the unique and transformative nature of the internet and by extension of icts can assist promote the progress of society. human rights education, training and public information have been mentioned as basic components for the promotion of human rights and achievement of stable and harmonious relations in communities. icts are not the ultimate solution by themselves, their effective usage facilitates people to become self-sufficient in meeting their basic requirements in everyday life and reach their full potential. there is limited value in analyzing the relationships between icts and human rights if the key topics of democracy and good governance are not addressed. one can help to proliferate the other, both must be contextualized as the byproducts of the same system. the main impact of icts on democratic system concerns capability to strengthen the public sphere by increasing the information resources, channels of electronic communication, and the networking capacity for interest groups, social movements, ngos, transnational policy networks, and political parties with the technical know-how and organizational flexibility to adjust to the new medium [21]. rights-based approaches to children’s digital media practices are gaining focus as a framework for research, policy as well as initiatives that can balance children’s need for protection online to maximize the opportunities and benefits of connectivity [22]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 37 5. threats and opportunities arising from new technology it is needed to fix priorities for response and so it is vital to understand which forms of technology instantly engage human rights. the world economic forum highlighted twelve types of technology that merit close attention. as technologies continuously develop and increase, these twelve technologies create new categories, processes, products and services as well as new value chains and organizational structures. they are:  new computing technologies;  blockchain and distributed ledger technologies;  the internet of things (iot);  ai and robotics;  advanced materials;  additive manufacturing and multidimensional printing;  biotechnologies;  neurotechnologies;  virtual reality and augmented reality;  energy capture, storage and transmission;  geoengineering;  space technologies. 6. conclusion icts have been playing a crucial role in establishing awareness and preventing violations of human rights across the globe. electronic media has been playing a significant role against violation of human rights. international human rights organizations have proved effective for raising awareness and preventing violations of human rights. digital literacy and effective use of ict for human rights in a modern age need to be equipped for all sectors of society. more emphasis should be given to young people and to awareness and marginalized groups for prevention of human rights violations against them. as technologies have frequently changed through the years, their effects on individual life and society depend on how they will be shaped under many factors’ influences, among which a major role will be played by a country’s law. 7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] technology and human rights. (2019). the social and cultural implications of information & communication technology (ict) on human rights, humanitarian action, and social change. available online: technologyandhumanrights.org (accessed on may 2019). [2] eliot, n. (2010). the use of ict in human rights promotion: a case study of the african commission on human and peoples’ rights. available online: http://www.diplomacy.edu/sites/default/files/igcbp2010_2011_nsega.pdf. (accessed on may 2019). [3] united nations, (2012c). human rights council resolution 20/8, promotion and protection of all human rights, civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights, including the right to development, a/hrc/res/20/8 (16 july 2012). available online: https://documents-dds-ny.un.org/doc/resolution/gen/g12/153/25/pdf/g1215325.pdf?openelement (accessed on january 2017). [4] united nations, office of the high commissioner on human rights. (2019). concept note for the united nations forum on business and human rights, geneva, 25-27 november 2019. available online: https://www.businesshumanrights.org/en/ eighth-annual-forum-on-business-and-human-rights-geneva-25-27-nov-2019 (accessed on october 2019). [5] kerikmäe, t., hoffmann, t., & chochia, a. (2018). legal technology for law firms: determining roadmaps for innovation. croatian international relations review, 24(81), 91–112. doi:10.2478/cirr-2018-0005. [6] karanasiou, a. p. (2012) ‘respecting context: a new deal for free speech in the digital era’, european journal of law and technology, corpus id: 9958570, 3(3), 1-38. http://www.diplomacy.edu/sites/default/files/igcbp2010_2011_nsega.pdf https://www.businesshumanrights.org/en/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 38 [7] bertot, j. c., jaeger, p. t., & grimes, j. m. (2010). using icts to create a culture of transparency: e-government and social media as openness and anti-corruption tools for societies. government information quarterly, 27(3), 264–271. doi:10.1016/j.giq.2010.03.001. [8] jong, f. de, & lent, l. van. (2016). the presumption of innocence as a counterfactual principle. utrecht law review, 12(1), 32. doi:10.18352/ulr.324. [9] beitz, c. r. (2011). the idea of human rights. oxford university press, oxford, united kingdom. doi:10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199572458.001.0001. [10] european union. (2016). european parliament and council regulation 2016/679/eu, the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing directive 95/46/ec (general data protection regulation), 2016 o. j. l 119. [11] chapman, a. r. (2009). towards an understanding of the right to enjoy the benefits of scientific progress and its applications. journal of human rights, 8(1), 1–36. doi:10.1080/14754830802701200. [12] united nations, (2011a) human right council, report of the special rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression, a/hrc/17/27, (may 2011). available online: http://www2.ohchr.org/english/bodies/ hrcouncil/docs/ 17session/a. hrc.17.27_en.pdf (accessed on 3 january 2017). [13] graber, d. a., & dunaway, j. (2017). mass media and american politics. cq press, washington, d.c., united states. [14] lloyd, i. (2017). information technology law. oxford university press, oxford, united kingdom. [15] bauman, z. (2012). collateral damage: social inequalities in a global age. cambridge; malden: polity press. 15(2), 235. doi:10.3917/mana.152.0235. [16] freedom house. (2012). freedom on the net 2012. washington, d.c., united states. available online: https://freedomhouse.org/sites/default/files/libya%202012.pdf (accessed on october 2019). [17] mashable inc. (2011). one twitter user reports live from osama bin laden raid. available online: http://mashable.com/2011/05/01/live-tweet-bin-laden-raid/ (accessed on december 2019). [18] glasius, m. (2018). what authoritarianism is, and is not: a practice perspective. international affairs, 94(3), 515–533. doi:10.1093/ia/iiy060. [19] costea, d.r. (2007). multilateralism: fading or changing? in foreign ministries: managing diplomatic networks and optimizing value (eds: rana, k., kurbalija, j.). malta, msida, diplofoundation, belgrade, serbia. [20] burt, a. (2010). effects on diplomacy of internet technologies. proceedings of a westminster hall debate, december 2010. available online: http://www.fco.gov.uk/en/news/latest-news/?view=speech&id=477426682. (accessed on may 2019). [21] norris, p., (2002). “e-voting as the magic ballot? the impact of internet voting on turnout in european parliamentary elections”, paper for the workshop on “e-voting and the european parliamentary elections”, robert schuman center for advanced studies, villa la fonte, eui. available online: http://ksghome.harvard.edu/~.pnorris.shorenstein.ksg/acrobat/ agic%20ballot.pdf (accessed on october 2019). [22] livingstone, s., & third, a. (2017). children and young people’s rights in the digital age: an emerging agenda. new media & society, 19(5), 657–670. doi:10.1177/1461444816686318. http://www2.ohchr.org/english/bodies/ https://freedomhouse.org/sites/default/files/libya%202012.pdf http://mashable.com/2011/05/01/live-tweet-bin-laden-raid/ http://www.fco.gov.uk/en/news/latest-news/?view=speech&id=477426682 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 51 challenges and risks in the due diligence process answered with an innovative approach christoph müller a, b* a vysoka skola manazmentu / city university of seattle programs, trenčín, slovakia. b aschenhausweg 2/3, 74523 schwaebisch hall, germany. received 05 september 2020; revised 08 november 2020; accepted 14 november 2020; published 01 march 2021 abstract in existing academic studies on the due diligence process, the different areas have been considered separately. this is time-consuming and causes inefficiencies. the proposed approach to due diligence integrates these separate areas into one process. while every company’s success can be defined by a few key factors, these differ by industry. the goal of this analysis is to develop a basis for decision-making regarding mergers and acquisitions for smalland medium-sized manufacturing companies. it also has a positive impact on the success rate of mergers and acquisition transactions by generating a scorecard model that enables the potential acquirer to perform an overall analysis of the existing data as well as to generate an informed outlook for the future using a standardized and efficient approach. the model is based on different research methods. first of all, a literature research was conducted to define the theoretical framework. there are two main areas, the strategic controlling on the one hand, and m&a, on the other hand. the theoretical findings are specified through expert interviews. the expert interviews are semi-standardized. there is a quantitative and a qualitative part. based on the analysis, a concept for a leaner dd approach has been developed. the article presents a summary of the research. keywords: mergers and acquisition; due diligence; strategic controlling; integrated analysis; new approach for company evaluation; synchronization of controlling in preand post-merger phase. 1. introduction there are various approaches to company growth. organic growth based on the gain or recovery of market share is a possibility, as is the development of new markets and the acquisition of competitors or complementary companies. depending on time, market, and company, the right approach needs to be chosen. in the past, mergers and acquisitions (m&a) were more likely executed by multinational companies, but nowadays the number of transactions involving mid-size companies is growing steadily [1]. in addition to the above-mentioned background, there are still two specific approaches for smaller companies for a vertical or horizontal expansion. on the one hand, the negotiating power with regard to customers and suppliers increases as a result of the increase in volumes. on the other hand, small and mid-size enterprises (smes) all around the globe are facing the challenge of not having a successor for the company. according to statistical assessments, only in germany, there will be a lack of up to 110,000 company follow-ups over the next five years [2]. while big companies have easier access to resources to run an m&a process, for example with an own department, sme mostly do not have m&a know-how and resources available. but even big companies that seem to have the right resources, are not seldom in a state of economic problems after the takeover. sometimes the whole transaction is being completely cancelled. * corresponding author: christoph.mueller.msc@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-01-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ http://orcid.org/0000-0003-0229-3612 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 52 the question is: what is the reason for that? and what could be done different to avoid the inefficiency? m&as are based on a thorough examination of the so-called "due diligence" (dd) [3]. in the process of dd, the acquisition target is typically split into different sub-areas, and each one is analyzed using a separate checklist to ensure that the essential points at each level are considered, analyzed, and audited. based on existing studies, an average of 183 man-days are needed for a dd. in big companies, entire departments are entrusted with this process. in small companies, however, m&a departments do not exist as resources are smaller and limited. due to that, smes often involve external partners to provide the missing expertise and capacity. a disadvantage to this approach is that external partners may lack industry specific knowledge. therefore, the ability to assess the findings and draw the correct conclusions is limited for smes due to limitations in time, resources, and experience [1]. overall, conducting an in-depth review is a big challenge; assessments of the future performance of the potential acquisition over a brief period are particularly difficult. this is why to a large extent, issues arising after an acquisition are attributable to errors that occur in the dd process due to time constraints [4]. this article hypothesizes that a new dd approach could help to increase the efficiency and the quality of the dd process and its recommendation in regards of the potential m&a. 2. research methodology different research approaches were evaluated in preparation of this article. the most appropriate ones were finally chosen. the first part is of theoretical nature and was executed by analyzing the existing literature. the theories behind m&a and dd are evaluated as well as the controlling approach using the scorecard model. as part of the literature review an introduction of the most important terms can be found in chapter three of this article. furthermore, empiric research is executed. qualitative and quantitative methods were analyzed. the main goal was to get more detailed information about the theoretical findings. finally, the method expert interview was chosen. the structure of the interviews is described in chapter four. based on the theoretical background and the information gained out of the expert interviews the challenges and opportunities are analyzed. a summarized version is shown in chapter five. based on the findings a new dd approach is defined on a conceptual basis. the concept will be introduced in chapter six. in the ongoing research a case study will be used as proof of the concept. the case study is part of the research, but not of the article. the following figure illustrates the research method. figure 1. research methods the literature review approach was chosen as the best approach to desk research. it provides an essential basis for further research and it comprehensively summarizes the existing research on the topic [5]. as part of the process, the entire theory behind the m&a process was defined. this begins with a description of the variations of entrepreneurial cooperation. the theory defines a wide spread of options, from strategic alliances up to full-mergers [6]. in the next step the m&a process was investigated with specific focus on the dd sub-area [7]. the last research area was on strategic co, which creates the interface between the m&a transaction and the regular co of a company. the scope was set and analyzed in detail. overall, the topic was divided into three major clusters: entrepreneurial cooperation, dd and strategic co. in order to get a 360-degree view on the topic, books, journals and academic papers were considered. in total more than 200 sources were evaluated. based on the thorough desk research, a qualitative research technique was used to obtain more detailed information: the expert interview. expert interviews are used to gather knowledge and a better understanding of an actual situation, based on an interview framework specifically developed to facilitate the interview [8]. this approach was used to gain a better understanding of the challenges of companies during the m&a process and in particular during dd. detailed questions about completed dds were asked to get a better understanding of their content and how they are executed. besides that, it also offered the possibility to gain information about opportunities to improve the hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 53 process. the interviews were anonymized to gather input from more participants, in different areas. those who were willing to share their experiences and to describe the challenges as well as suggestions for improvement are the most desirable interviewees [5]. the third chosen research method was case study. in the sense of qualitative empirical social research, a case study is a complex research approach. qualitative research methods in general and case studies in particular have gained increasing popularity at the international level of research in the last decades. outstanding work that have made substantial contributions to progress and innovation in the economic and social sciences has been of a qualitative nature, e. g., porter 1991, kaplan and norton 1996, ghoshal and bartlett 1990, mintzberg 1979. the work of these researchers mentioned has helped to improve the reputation of qualitative research in business and economics. qualitative research methods, and especially case study research, should be seen and understood as what they really are, a useful and necessary complement on an equal footing with economic models and quantitative research. case studies have strengths that compensate the shortage of the other methods. indeed, case studies offer advantages that are lacking in other methods. with case studies, researchers can perceive complex relationships in their overall context, and case studies involving novel or rare phenomena can be investigated in a timely manner. in short, quantitativelyoriented science frequently relies on case studies [9]. for the mentioned reasons the research focused on two qualitative research methods besides the desk research: the expert interview and the case study. in the following chapters, these outcome will be explained. 3. desk research first, it was important to get a better understanding of the existing concepts in the research context. this was done through a desk research. desk research is a secondary research approach that entails gathering, processing and interpretation of existing data without own collection of the same [3]. before starting the research, the scope was set. this was done based on the company lifetime. the most relevant aspects were defined. based on the problem description, the m&a process and the strategic co, were identified as the central theories for the investigation. 3.1. mergers and acquisitions companies choose m&a, in particular in the same or related industries, when they want to strengthen their core business [10]. on the other hand, companies are selling their non-core businesses. both reflect the optimizing strategies of companies, which face increasing challenges [11]. this includes the acquisition of a competitive advantage. especially when it comes to different technologies needed in different markets companies try to assure access to the relevant products to have the power over the quality and price of these products and related innovation [12]. first of all, the decision of a company is made to participate in a m&a transaction because a potential target, which was identified to be beneficial to its strategy. there are different approaches in literature, but the majority of it claims that a merger follows the three following phases:  pre-merger phase;  mergeror transaction phase;  post-merger phase. the three phases are the main steps within an m&a process and can therefore be broken done in sub-areas. concepts with up to nine phases are existing [13]. out of all different theories a common understanding is that an acquisition consists of screening, selection, evaluation, pricing, negotiation, dd, closing and integration [14]. screening, selection and evaluation can be interpreted as the pre-merger phase [13]. this phase includes an analysis of the company followed by an analysis of the competition and the market. the evaluation of the motive for the merger delivers the definition for the strategies of the acquisition [14]. the merger or transaction phase starts with contacting the possible target and to start negotiations followed by the dd and the closing. the dd process carefully analyses the to be acquired company on different sub areas, such as economic, legal, tax and financial circumstances [13]. the post-merger phase includes a post-merger planning and ends with a post-merger audit which concludes the m&a process [13]. an additional topic, which needs to be included as well is the post-merger-integration (pmi) [14]. usually there is no difference made between the m&a process of large-scale enterprises (lses) and sme. in other words, the process of m&a is the same, even the organizational structure and the available resources and the knowhow regarding m&a are significantly different. the following illustration visualizes the three main and nine sub areas of the m&a process in its consecutive order. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 54 figure 2. m&a process every single phase offers room for improvement and can be optimized. the focus of the research is on the dd area as the key for a successful m&a. 3.2. due diligence there is not one overall valid definition of dd in the existing literature. it can be described as a detailed examination of a company, executed before becoming involved in a business arrangement with it, such as buying or selling its shares [15]. it is the investigation with a reasonable standard of care [1]. further specified is the careful analysis and valuation of an object in a business transaction [16]. concept and wording were created and established in the united stated of america as part of the security laws and is nowadays used, with the english expression all around the globe [17]. in other words, dd is the basis for m&a. it is a thorough examination of another company [18]. the capacity of the company's internal assessment of the findings and the drawing of the correct conclusion are often limited due to a lack of time and experience. in big companies, whole departments are entrusted with the dd in the context of company acquisitions. sme often involve external partners to cover the missing experience and capacity [1]. although business transitions in the same country are already complex under the same legal conditions as well as under identical accounting rules, the complexity of the transitions in an international context is multiplied by a large number [19]. as a basis of the dd the company to be examined is split into different subdivisions. each of it is carried out with separate checklists to ensure that the essential points at each level have been subjected, analyzed and audited. it does not primarily refer to the components and circumstance of the test but to the quality of the tested components [20]. initially, the main components were financial, tax, legal, commercial, organizational and technical dd. due to developing markets and the differences between industries the number and the content of dd can be different [21]. the reasons for a dd are diverse and range from the departure of a shareholder, on to the transformation of the company form. other reasons can be the follow up with a turnaround of an enterprise after its recovery and the final sale of the company [19]. the basic structure is further subdivided and adjusted depending on the reasons and the resulting focus of the audit. depending on the scope of the test, a distinction is made between full and partial dd. when buying a company, a fully comprehensive audit is performed, which also has a high level of detail [19]. the main requirement is to recognize the opportunities and risks of a company purchase in advance and thereby to prepare the fundamental decision regarding a company purchase [1]. it is the goal to conduct a complete and consistent assessment of the target company. all factors on the buy-side are used. this is the so-called buy-side dd. the counterpart is the sell-side dd, in which a company is judged from the seller's point of view. the goal is to evaluate all transactions that are responsible for the success of a company with a 360-degree view of the company [22]. 3.3. strategic controlling behind company-wide, active controlling and active corporate management is much more than a cost control system. an integral part of company-wide integrated controlling is the commercial, technical, sales, market and environment-based controlling. nowadays, controlling by means of detailed and constantly reviewed planning and simulations prevents wrong decisions and efficiency losses of all kinds. companies gain access to transparent structures and procedures, from which improvement and cost-saving potentials as well as growth potentials can be hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 55 identified. it is the crucial foundation for current and market-oriented corporate governance. in general, it helps to permanently improve results, to plan the success of individual departments in detail and to detect and eliminate weak points. controlling and the associated business intelligence systems are a key factor in business success, regardless of size and global positioning. kaplan and norton understood the shortage and inefficiency of the classical performance measurement system (pms) and created a model that had a more holistic view, which eliminated the problems of classical pms. with the invention of the balanced scorecard (bsc), organizations focused on shortand long-term goals, monetaryand non-monetary indicators and perspectives of external and internal performances [23]. “the bsc complements financial measures of past performance with measures of the drivers of future performance. the objectives and measures of the scorecard are derived from an organization’s vision and strategy.” [24]. the ultimate goal of the bsc was to translate strategy and vision of an organization into measurable objectives. those objectives can be subdivided into four different perspectives: financial, customer, internal-business-process and learning and growth [25]. the expectations of the shareholders define the financial perspective. the customer perspective identifies how the organization wants to be seen by its customers. the internal-business-process perspective explains the business processes. the processes are important for the organization to satisfy the expectations of shareholders and customers. the learning and growth perspective shows the improvements and changes the organization needs to implement in order to translate vision into strategy. kaplan and norton encouraged managers to monitor key performance indicators (kpi) of the four respective categories that picture a balanced view between shortand long-term goals, monetaryand non-monetary indicators, and a perspective of external and internal performance [23]. but all kpis should be linked with financial goals, because if the employees are not satisfied with the new formed organization, their performance will not increase over time and hence the internal processes will not become leaner. therefore, customer requirements cannot be processed in an appropriate time which can lead to unsatisfied customers. as a consequence, sales will drop, and this will impact the financial kpis. 3.4. findings and basis for further research the first result obtained from the literature review is that the three disciplines investigated, entrepreneurial cooperation, dd and strategic co are all already well elaborated. furthermore, they are all applicable in the company lifetime and there are as well sufficient practical examples, confirming the practicability of the theories. nevertheless, there is no direct link between them. the dd, which is especially considered as part of the m&a process and the strategic co, are used independently from each other, even though they have an interface, as shown in the following illustration. the interface is defined to be either in the last step of the m&a process, the pmi phase or after. figure 3. theories applicable in the company lifetime in consequence to these and based on other findings in the literature review it is assumed that the ultimate cause of the m&a failure at the end could have possibly been discovered during the dd with a more integrated form of evaluation and a closer connection to the strategic co of the company. because of the missing link between dd and strategic co there are redundancies, which cause time constraints in the dd due to limited resources. the literature shows that to a large extent, problems arising as a result of company acquisition are related to time constraints in the dd. another finding was that the different sub-areas within the dd process have generally been considered detached from each other. all sub-areas of the dd process are described in detail and the importance of each area is well but separately highlighted. within the co, the bsc approach also divides and evaluates the company in different subareas; the organization in this context is however seen as an integrated system. this means the hierarchical dependencies are considered in strategic co, while they are not in dd. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 56 dd vs. co figure 4. integration of disciplines dd vs. co from the literature review, it was also shown that the disciplines have different time orientations. while the strategic co covers the whole-time line, beginning with the past through the present and with a future orientation, the dd approaches are strongly oriented to the target company’s present and past situations. the future orientation and the sustainability are not reflected to the same extent in the dd than as they are reflected in strategic co. in other words, the sustainability, the future orientation and the future viability of the company remain largely ignored. dd represents only a static assessment of the actual situation. strategic co provides an outlook on the company’s sustainable success potential. figure 5. timely focus of dd vs. co the dd areas cover all the functions of the company, but only the financial area is measured in kpis, while the other areas are evaluated in a rather qualitative way. strategic co intends to measure all areas with kpis; either monetary or non-monetary ones. besides that, strategic co additionally includes industry-level parameters, which only partially exists in dd. the participants of the different disciplines show an intersecting set, but there are as well differences. strategic co mainly uses internal resources, while in the dd, external players are also involved depending on the company size and the sub-area of the dd. this causes the effect that the results of the dd do match with general standards and kpis but they do not necessarily address the company’s individual kpis. in regards to research questions one and two, it can be said that dd and strategic co are involved in the m&a process. there is an actual interface between the theories, but it is not well elaborated in the literature. the above written findings obtained from the literature review are summed up below:  no connection between different theories (dd vs. strategic co);  no connection between dd sub-areas;  dd and strategic co focus on different time frames;  both dd and strategic co have different participants;  results are presented different ways in dd and strategic co (dd general vs. co company specific). 4. definition of further research methods based on the existing theories and the defined research goals, different research methods were considered. this sub-chapter provides an overview of these methods and those that were identified as suitable for this dissertation are described, including a discussion of how they will be used. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 57 for the development of a scorecard model two research methods are suitable. for defining the cause-and-effect relations between different hierarchy levels, quantitative methods based on statistical analyses such as linear regression can be used. for defining the kpis within strategic co, an experimental study is a good approach to identify the kpis as well as the variables that influence each kpi [26]. defining the bsc and a detailed analysis of the scorecard model is beyond the scope of this dissertation. a statistical analysis could be used to understand the challenges companies have during the dd process, but the information for the analysis would have to be generated from an observational study [27]. the challenge here is to gain sufficient access to companies and specific m&a cases to have a representative database for the research. the population is critical, as the packaging machinery industry is a niche within the manufacturing industry, and the challenge is compounded by the fact that m&a transactions are highly confidential. a qualitative research technique used to obtain detailed information is the expert interview. expert interviews can be used to gather knowledge and a better understanding of an actual situation, based on an interview framework specifically developed to facilitate the interview [28]. this approach can be used to gain a better understanding of the challenges of companies during the m&a process and in particular during dd. detailed questions about completed dds could be used to get a better understanding of their content and how they are executed. besides that, it would also offer the possibility to gain information about opportunities to improve the process. anonymizing the interviews often allows researchers to gather input from more participants, in different areas. those who are willing to share their experiences and to describe the challenges as well as suggestions for improvement are the most desirable interviewees. case studies in the sense of qualitative empirical social research are a complex research approach. qualitative research methods in general and case studies in particular have gained increasing popularity at the international level of research in the last decades [29]. outstanding work that have made substantial contributions to progress and innovation in the economic and social sciences has been of a qualitative nature, e. g., porter 1991, kaplan and norton 1996, ghoshal and bartlett 1990, mintzberg 1979. the work of these researchers mentioned has helped to improve the reputation of qualitative research in business and economics. qualitative research methods, and especially case study research, should be seen and understood as what they really are, a useful and necessary complement on an equal footing with economic models and quantitative research. case studies have strengths that compensate the shortage of the other methods. indeed, case studies offer advantages that are lacking in other methods. with case studies, researchers can perceive complex relationships in their overall context, and case studies involving novel or rare phenomena can be investigated in a timely manner. in short, quantitatively-oriented science frequently relies on case studies [30]. the dissertation thesis focuses on two qualitative research methods: the expert interview and the case study. in the following chapters, these two approaches are explained and used for the research. 5. expert interviews the expert interview is a special form of the semi-structured interview. the person interviewed is herein reduced to their expertise in the related topic. the status as an expert is related to the research topic and therefore represents a subjective view of the interviewer. within the research the experts are either employees of the smes involved in the dd process or consultants working with smes in such kind of dd projects. 5.1. structure as non-standardized or semi-structured interviews are a mixture of open and closed questions, the answers are formulated in their own words. therefore, topics the interviewer did not think of, prior to the interview might be covered [31]. the closed questions, do already offer predefined answers. the answers are based on the literature analysis. besides that, the interviewees do always have the option to mention an additional point not covered in the predefined answers. the category is called others. if the category is chosen, it needs to be specified. the open questions did not include any kind of predefined answers. the target is, to get more insights and a broader knowledge out of the experience of the experts. the answers are coded to define categories [32]. the expert interviews were held in a semi-standardized way. there were some key questions and some eventual questions. the key questions were asked in every interview to keep the same structure. the eventual questions were only asked, in case a clarification was needed or in case the interview tended to leave the standardized direction [33]. the following graph shows the questionnaire. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 58 figure 6. questionnaire the questionnaire follows one guideline. the guideline was slightly adapted depending on the fact, if the interview was held with an employee of the sme or with a consultant. the interviews are analyzed in a combined way. there is a deductive approach as well as an inductive one. the deductive codes which are analyzed based on the parameters found in the literature research are the basis, which is enriched with inductive parameters found directly in the interviews. within the study ten experts were interviewed during a period of a month to provide further inside into the topic. the number was not predefined. the interviews were stopped, once the saturation point was reached and no additional information could be gained anymore. the basic requirements for all experts were, that they have at least five years of working experience in strategic controlling of a company or consulting and participated in m&a. 5.2. results the expert interviews had the objective to confirm the overall m&a situation in the packaging machinery industry. additionally, the goal of the section was to precisely explore the challenges experienced by the experts in the dd process based on the concrete challenges that were found in the literature review. besides that, another goal was to understand the options available for dd improvement as part of the m&a process based on the opinions of the experts. the overall development of the market described in chapter one was confirmed by the experts. this confirms the increase in m&a activity in the packaging machinery industry in germany and the necessity to decrease time and cost while increasing the quality of the entire dd process. the challenges and opportunities seen in the dd process were as follows: hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 59 through the expert interviews, it became clear that there is currently not sufficient link between the different dd areas and that there is most likely to be no link at all between the strategic co approach and the dd process. the experts mentioned that they expect the m&a success rate to be increased by integrating dd into the strategic co approach of the acquirer and by evaluating the target company using the acquirer’s co approach. the expert interviews furthermore confirmed that the future viability and the sustainability of the target company are not sufficiently considered in the dd process, as the dd is mainly backward oriented. the timeframe of the co is expanded and there is a stronger focus on future viability. smes of the packaging machinery industry are not pe firms. they do not grow primarily from m&a activities. they are limited in knowledge and capacity regarding the dd process. thus, external experts with their own standards of conducting dd have to be involved. most smes follow the structures of the external experts. the problem is that these structures are not linked to smes internal strategic co that is the basis for the pmi phase. another outcome of the expert interviews is that the team approach was the right method, but with a structure defined by the acquirer, not by external consultants. with the right mix of participants and clear targets and objectives, the requirements can be defined in a more transparent way. the assumption is that this could make the process leaner and more efficient in terms of time and cost. the dd areas need to be separated into two general groups, quantitative and qualitative ones, where the qualitative areas are based on legal issues. this includes the legal and the tax dd. the external experts play the most important role in these areas. it needs to be considered that legal and tax also have quantitative aspects that affect other quantitative dd sub-areas even though they are qualitative areas. there is a cause-and-effect relationship between the different sub-areas. the quantitative areas are financial, commercial and operational. the qualitative dd areas are rarely measured based on kpis, while in the quantitative areas, using kpis is beneficial and can be done in the same way as in the pmi phase and in strategic co. the quantitative areas should therefore mainly be covered with internal experts. the stronger alignment between strategic co and the dd phase of the m&a process supports the idea of using the company’s individual kpis in the dd process as well. this could contribute to the efficiency of the dd process due to the use of little time to interpret the result. overall, the outcome of the literature research and the findings, and the statements from of the expert interviews defined the challenges of the current dd process and made it clear that a new approach for the dd process is needed to improve the uncertainties of the existing one and to integrate potentials in the process that have not been considered so far. based on the weaknesses identified in the literature review and confirmed by the experts together with the indications given by the experts, the concept for an integrated dd approach was developed. the model will be introduced in the next chapter. 6. innovative due diligence approach based on the information gained out of the theories and the qualitative research a new concept for dd will be defined. the target is to generate a decision basis for the m&a of a competing enterprise in the area of manufacturing sme by developing a scorecard model including kpis and their relevant internal and or external benchmarks which enables the potential buyer an overall analysis of the actual data as well as an outlook to the future on a standardized and time efficient method [34]. the idea is to combine the structure of strategic controlling of a company in the pmi phase and the dd. a comprehensive, high-quality company evaluation is essential, taking the parameters of time and personnel into account. as mentioned above the outcome is, that the different areas of dd, such as legal, tax, financial, commercial, technical and environmental have mostly been separated from each other. the possible procedures have been described, and the problem areas in the individual areas have been pointed out [35]. the new development deals with the integration of the different levels and the holistic assessment. in other words, the different areas will be linked to each other. a company always needs to be seen as an integrated system. there are hierarchical dependencies between the areas examined during the dd, which must also be understood and assessed as such. the following figure is showing an example for dependencies within a company. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 60 figure 7. dependencies within a company the shown dependencies are the basis of a qualitative reasoning, which links the strategic targets of a company. it is difficult to define all connections, especially because the dependencies can go in both directions. but this is necessary to link the pre-existing checklists of the various dd through their interfaces, so that an integrated evaluation is possible [36]. for all the dependencies of the strategic targets in the company, the kpis need to be defined to make the dependencies measurable. commercial and technical levels for example are directly influencing the financial level of the company. the quality standard and the innovations of the products out of the technical area are influencing the commercial level. quality for example can be measured by the costs for warranty. as an absolute value is difficult to compare, a ratio needs to be formed. a concrete ratio can be the warranty cost to turnover ratio. for the sustainability of the company innovations are important. the innovations can be measures in r&d costs per turnover and total number of patents and their average time until expiry. in the next step the technological level is causing an effect on the process level, e. g. the orders by the customer. the quality of the order process can be measured in the order to quotation ratio. furthermore, the cancelation-order ratio is giving a good indication for the connection and the dependency between the commercial part of the company and the technological one. thinking about the financial level, the market share is a result out of the quality of the product and the sales process, in other words out of the technological and the process level. the market share as one part of the commercial area is influencing the turnover. if the market share is big, the turnover of the company is bigger and the power in the market is bigger as well. this has a direct influence on the gross profit and the result of the company. benchmarks, which depend on the individuality of the company, either from the market or from the company need to be taken into account. the experience and the existing knowledge as well as the resulting comparability of companies are greater in the case of acquisitions of competing companies than acquisitions of complementary companies up or down streaming the value chain. the new dd approach therefore relates to companies which are in direct competition with each other, which leads to the expansion of the market share [34]. in the figure shown below an example for a dashboard including some examples for the defined kpis and an evaluation according their benchmark is displayed. while in the lower part the evaluation of commercial kpis are shown, the upper part shows the financial level and a selection of its key figures. the indicators are shown in different ways, which allows the evaluating employee to get a fast overview and to do further research on the ones in a critical stage. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 61 figure 8. mueller m&a-scorecard model a model for the integrated dd process, which is assessed by all company components both on the actual situation as well as on the future capability, can be represented on the basis of the prevailing theories. a challenge can be seen in the individual processes of a company and the different data quality. these must first be made comparable to the evaluation of the resulting key figures [34]. in the international environment the challenge to create a common data base is even bigger, due to legal differences, but once this goal is achieved with a structured procedure the created measures can be used in an efficient way to evaluate the company and to decide about starting the negotiations of the m&a or to stop them on an early stage [36]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 62 7. case study case studies have been a part of qualitative research since the 1960s. for a long time, case studies were not considered an appropriate research method in business and economics. the main criticism was that the population in case studies is too small and that the outcome could be influenced by the subjective view of the researcher. this has changed in recent decades [37], and case studies are now considered to be especially useful when trying to test theoretical models by using them in real-world situations. analyzing results of a case study tends to be more opinionbased than with statistical-methods based. the implementation of case studies usually involves collecting data, putting it into a manageable form and constructing a narrative around it [38]. even a single case study can be sufficient to explain a certain phenomenon, particularly those with critical or classic characteristics [39]. 7.1. description of the case the case describes a dd conducted within the packaging machinery industry. the dd was executed by a german sme within the industry. the target is also located in europe and is a competitor of the potential acquirer. both the acquirer and target company are among the leading companies in the industry. the first contact between the target company and the potential acquirer was made through an m&a consultant on behalf of the target company. there were several reasons for the target company to seek a partner. first, the main shareholder in the founder’s family wanted to sell due to the fact that there was no successor within the family. furthermore, the company saw the need for growth as they had lost some market share and wanted to strengthen their market position but did not have the financial resources to do so. in addition, customers had made it clear that they wanted to source their products from one company, to reduce administrative overhead. the result was that the selling company contacted m&a consultants to have them search for an appropriate partner. after sending basic information about the target to the potential acquirer and the potential acquirer expressed interest, a loi and an nda were signed by both parties, to prepare for the next steps in the m&a process. this was the starting point of the dd effort. 7.2. recommendation based on the new concept the recommendation is based on the integrated approach in the new dd concept that covers the qualitative and the quantitative parameters measurable with kpis. the evaluation of legal and tax issues shows, there were no dealbreakers; this means, the risks revealed through the analysis are manageable. the result was displayed with the traffic light logic. for that reason, the dd continued. otherwise it would have stopped immediately after the legal and the tax dd. the impact of the risks marked with the yellow traffic light was quantified and therefore became part of the quantitative analysis, displayed with kpis, especially in the financial area. this was already one difference from the originally executed dd, where the risks were only to be mentioned, but not further evaluated. in the quantitative part of the dd, the data base was made comparable with the structure of the buy-side’s and the risks were considered as well. more important was the integrated evaluation of the sell-side. the results are shown as kpis. the kpis ended up in the dashboard. the dashboard above gave the recommendation to proceed with the m&a process. which means, the new dd approach showed a positive result. the decision in the original dd and the recommendation regarding the decision about the dd in the case study here are therefore different. while the previously executed dd showed a negative result and the m&a process was stopped, the new dd concept shows a positive result and recommends continuing with the m&a process. the recommendation above is the result of the simulation of the new dd concept based on the case study. the question is, which one of the two recommendations is the right one? to prove the functionality of the new dd approach, further analysis was needed. first, the actual development of the target company after the original dd was reviewed. the results are described in the following sub-chapter. this should provide a first indication of the hypothesis on whether or not that the new concept leads to a quality increase. at the end the concept as well as the result of the case study were presented to expert two, whose expertise was also used during the expert interviews. the reason why expert two was chosen is that he was the cfo of the potential acquirer by the time the original dd took place. 7.3. discussion of the results of the case study as a final step of the case study, the results were discussed in a follow-up expert interview. first, the experience of experts was used in chapter four to gain more knowledge about the challenges and the opportunities in the m&a process in general and the dd process in particular. based on that, the new concept was defined and applied in a case study. to verify the concept and the results of the case study, the results were presented to expert two. expert two was selected because he was actively involved in the original dd. as an introduction, the results of the expert interviews were shown to set the basis for the subsequent explanation of the new dd concept, which is based on the literature review and the expert interviews. the original dd had already hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 63 taken place some years ago. therefore, the original case was briefly described before the results from the case study were presented as shown above. expert two sees the improvement within the new dd approach based on the challenges and the opportunities the experts described during the expert interviews. furthermore, the results of the case study were approved. based on the result of the original dd, the outcome of the new approach and the actual development of the company after the dd were discussed, the expert confirmed the benefit of the new dd concept. besides that, the efficiency increase in time and cost was discussed. the expert sees an improvement here as well. the criticism that came up was about the population due to the application of only a single case study. the reasons and the rationale for choosing a qualitative research approach were explained again. overall, the expert sees a positive contribution to the further development of the topic. this is particularly due to the fact that the number of dds in the packaging machinery industry is expected to increase over the next years. once there is a bigger base of applied examples in the packaging industry, expert two sees the opportunity to transfer the concept to other industries as well. the next illustration sums up the results of the expert interview. table 1. results of the follow-up interview pro 1. positive impact on quality 2. efficiency increase in both, time and cost 3. transferability to other industries con 1. population (single case study) 8. outlook for the innovative due diligence procedure the outcome of the dissertation thesis was a new dd approach that was developed using qualitative research methods. during the selection of the research methods, the concern was that using a quantitative method would focus on backward-oriented data rather than on generating a new concept. but qualitative research also clearly has its limitations. while in the expert interviews, the saturation point was reached and the results can therefore be seen as representative, a case study only provides evidence that the concept has worked in the single case. due to that, there is room for further research. after several dd efforts are conducted using the new concept by smes in the packaging machinery industry, a quantitative research effort would be desirable. with a broader database, the dd process could also be reviewed again by using the cpm method. with a bigger population the actual time used could be measured and the critical path could be identified. furthermore, a detailed cost analysis would be possible. the actual costs for external and internal experts could be calculated. as a result, the time-cost optimum of the new dd concept could be calculated. another important topic would be to extend the model to international m&a activities. certain areas were cut from the dissertation due to the need to restrict the scope and due to resource limitations. the task of developing comparable data sets was discussed but the issue of reconciling financial statements that were prepared using different accounting standards deserves special focus. the same applies within the qualitative dd areas where legal and tax dd can involve different legal and tax rules from different countries. the cultural differences and the cultural dd that comes along with it should also be addressed as an aspect of a multi-country dd process. it would be important to discuss whether this dd area is strictly qualitative or if there is a possibility of making this dd area measurable in a quantitative way. what also deserves further discussion is the impact of harmonizing the strategic co approach and dd procedures on pmi. right now, the concept focuses on a leaner dd process. an important question would therefore be whether and how much this harmonization could also improve the pmi phase. at the moment the concept is designed for competing companies in the packaging machinery industry. the concept can be easily extended to other industries considering that the kpis would have to be adjusted and realizing that the concept in the first-place targets m&as within a horizontal diversification. this offers room for the expansion of the concept for acquisitions targeting a vertical or lateral diversification. due to the increasing awareness of the environmental and the social responsibilities of companies, another factor that could be added in the model in the future is the esg dd. however, before integrating it into the integrated dd concept, some further investigation in the esg dd itself is recommended. at the moment, it is still a niche and even tough it is considered as being important, there is still no clear way of applying it in the dd process. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 64 9. conclusions as stated in the first section, the dissertation hypothesized that a new dd approach could help in increasing the quality and efficiency of the dd process and its recommendation in regards to potential m&a. to answer the research questions, three methods were used. the literature review in chapter two showed that dd and strategic co, the two main theories influencing m&a transactions, are well elaborated, but they have not been considered together so far, even though there is a clear interface. further research was done with this consideration and the awareness that the number of m&a transactions will increase in the next few years and that the current state shows inefficiencies and a low success rate. the challenges in the m&a process were confirmed through expert interviews, and potential for improvements was identified. based on the outcome, a new dd concept was elaborated. the new approach integrated dd with the company’s strategic co. in other words, it tends to evaluate the target company in the same way the company approaches this internally, although the m&a target does not belong to the acquirer. furthermore, the right mix of participants in the dd process is defined. the team approach is seen as the right method, but with a dd structure defined by the acquirer and not by external consultants. the new approach is not only retrospective but also strongly oriented toward the future. the timeframe has been expanded, and there is a stronger focus on future viability. the dd areas need to be separated into two general groups, quantitative and qualitative ones. the stronger alignment between strategic co and the dd phase of the m&a process supports the use of the company’s individual kpis in the dd process as well, and that the results of both qualitative and quantitative areas are displayed with kpis. by establishing a standardized dd procedure, companies can gain in-house expertise regarding the dd process, making them less dependent on external consultants. this alone will decrease the cost of dd for the company. furthermore, it is a concept that can be applied to different dd efforts as they arise in the future. considering the scale effect, the one-time set-up cost pays off as the number of dd efforts increases. with the right mix of participants and clear targets and objectives, the requirements can be defined more clearly. this makes the process leaner and more efficient in terms of time and cost. overall, this new approach to dd will not only save time for the potential acquirer but for the potential seller as well. it makes the entire dd effort leaner and more efficient. collaboration is improved, increasing the satisfaction of both parties involved. in every market, the players know each other, so m&a activities are sensitive as the parties involved have different interests. a structured and transparent procedure helps the parties understand each other better. ultimately, the atmosphere during the dd process improves so that it doesn’t matter whether the merger finally happens or not, as long as the parameters are clear and understandable for everyone. this helps to increase the respect for and reputation of the potential acquirer. this information will be shared in the industry and in the market, which can be a competitive advantage when other companies are searching for interested acquirers. the market will take note of the innovative approach, which might even cause an interest on the part of other companies in adopting the model. based on the general outcome of the dissertation thesis and the specific result of the case study, the hypothesis that m&a success rates and efficiencies could be increased with a new dd concept is supported. 10. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 11. references [1] koch, w. & wegmann, j. (2002). praktiker handbuch due diligence analyse mittelständischer unternehmen “due diligence manual – analysis of mid-size companies”. schäffer-poeschel, stuttgart, germany. [2] hauser, h.-e., kay, r. & boerger, s. (2010). unternehmensnachfolgen in deutschland 2010 bis 2014 schätzung mit weiterentwickeltem verfahren [company successions in germany 2010 to 2014 estimation using a further developed method]. institut für mittelstandsforschung bonn: ifm-materialien, 198. [3] lauszus, d., & sachs, s. (2019). market due diligence, in: berens, w., brauner, h. u., knauer, t. & strauch, j., due diligence bei unternehmensakquisitionen “due diligence for company acquisitions”. schäffer-poeschel verlag, stuttgart, germany. [4] howson, p. (2017b). the essentials of m&a due diligence. routledge, new york, usa. [5] largan, c. & morris, t. (2019). qualitative secondary research: a step-by-step guide. sage publications, london, england. [6] das, t. k. (2019). managing trust in strategic alliances. information age publishing inc, charlotte, usa: [7] reed lajoux, a. (2019). the art of m&a, fifth edition: a merger, acquisition, and buy-out guide. mc graw-hill new york, usa. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 65 [8] tracy, s. j. (2019). qualitative research methods: collecting evidence, crafting analysis, communicating impact. wiley and sons, new jersey, usa. [9] ghosh, s. k. (ed.). (2020). circular economy: global perspective. springer, kolkata, india. doi:10.1007/978-981-15-1052-6. [10] wirtz, b. w. (2003). mergers & acquisitions management. gabler, wiesbaden, germany. [11] coyle, b. (2000). mergers and acquisitions. fitzroy dearborn publishers, london, england. [12] bruner, r. f. & perella, j. r. (2004). applied mergers and acquisitions. wiley and sons, new jersey, usa. [13] jansen, s. a. (2016). mergers & acquisitions. springer, wiesbaden, germany. [14] gates, s., & very, p. (2003). measuring performance during m&a integration. long range planning, 36(2), 167–185. doi:10.1016/s0024-6301(03)00004-9. [15] koch, w. (2011): praktiker-handbuch due diligence: ganzheitliche analyse und bewertung von unternehmen “due diligence manual: holistic analysis and evaluation of companies”. schäffer-poeschel, stuttgart, germany. [16] giordano, a. d. (2015). performing information governance: a step-by-step guide to making information governance work. ibm press, indianapolis, usa. [17] russ, w. (2018): due diligence, in: becker, k., castedello, m. & esser, i.: bewertung und transaktionsberatung: betriebswirtschaftliche bewertungen, due diligence, fairness opinions “valuation and transaction advice: business valuation, due diligence, fairness opinions”. idw verlag gmbh, düsseldorf, germany. [18] stern, l. (1993, december). the crucial role of due diligence. mortgage banking, 54(3). [19] scott, c. (2013). due diligence in der praxis; risiken minimieren bei unternehmenstransaktionen “due diligence in practice; minimize risks in corporate transactions”. gabler, wiesbaden, germany. doi:10.1007/978-3-322-94397-2. [20] howson, p. (2017a). due diligence: the critical stage in mergers and acquisitions. gower publishing, burlington, usa. [21] fuciu, m., & dragomir, a. n. (2021). changes in the buying behaviour of the companies within the context of the digital environment. scientific bulletin, 26(2), 138-147. doi:10.2478/bsaft-2021-0016. [22] unzeitig, e. & kulhavy, h. (2009): due diligence im überblick “due diligence an overview”, in: littkemann, j.: beteiligungscontrolling “investment controlling”. nwb, herne, germany. [23] fernandes, k. j., raja, v., & whalley, a. (2006). lessons from implementing the balanced scorecard in a small and medium size manufacturing organization. technovation, 26(5-6), 623–634. doi:10.1016/j.technovation.2005.03.006. [24] kaplan, r. s. & norton, d. p. (1996). balanced scorecard – translating strategy into action. harvard business press, boston, usa. [25] lehner, s. (2014). performance measurement of an internal service team. grin verlag, munich, germany. [26] bauer, f., & matzler, k. (2013). antecedents of m&a success: the role of strategic complementarity, cultural fit, and degree and speed of integration. strategic management journal, 35(2), 269–291. doi:10.1002/smj.2091. [27] rosenbaum, p. r. (2013). observational studies. springer, philadelphia, usa. [28] bogner, a., littig, b. & menz, w. (2009). interviewing experts. palgrave macmillan, houndmills, england. [29] sutton, r. i. (1997). crossroads-the virtues of closet qualitative research. organization science, 8(1), 97–106. doi:10.1287/orsc.8.1.97. [30] myers, m. d. (2009). qualitative research in business & management. sage publications, london, england. [31] döring, n. & bortz, j. (2016). forschungsmethoden und evaluation in den sozialund humanwissenschaften “research methods and evaluation in the social and human sciences”. springer, berlin / heidelberg, germany. [32] mayring, p. (2002). einführung in die qualitative sozialforschung. eine anleitung zu qualitativem denken “introduction to qualitative research. a guide to qualitative thinking”. beltz, weinheim, germany. [33] sargeant, j. (2012). qualitative research part ii: participants, analysis, and quality assurance. journal of graduate medical education, 4(1), 1–3. doi:10.4300/jgme-d-11-00307.1. [34] winkler, r. (2013). corporate governance als werttreiber der due diligence “corporate governance as a value driver for due diligence”. verlag dr. kovac gmbh – fachverlag für wissenschaftliche literatur, hamburg, germany. [35] kranebitter, g. (2002). due diligence – risikoanalyse im zuge von unternehmenstransaktionen “due diligence risk analysis in the course of corporate transactions”. verlag moderne industrie, munich, germnany. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 66 [36] voss, i., & müller-stewens, g. (2006). strategische m&a-kompetenz im rahmen von akquisitionsstrategien – komponenten, erfolgsfaktoren und aufbau. der m&a-prozess, 3–32. doi:10.1007/978-3-8349-9250-5_1. [37] farquhar, j. d. (2012). case study research for business. sage publications, london, england. [38] lee, b. & saunders, m. n. k. (2017). conducting case study research for business and management students. sage publications, london, england. [39] yin, r. k. (2009). case study research. sage publications, london, england. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 235 feasible evaluation of shunt active filter for harmonics mitigation in induction heating system rahul raman a, b , subrata kumar dutta a, priya sarmah a*, mrigakshi das a, amarjit saikia a, pradip kumar sadhu b a department of electrical engineering, jorhat engineering college, jorhat, 785007, india. b department of electrical engineering, indian institute of technology (ism), dhanbad, 826004, india. received 05 january 2021; revised 11 may 2021; accepted 20 may 2021; published 01 september 2021 abstract this paper propounds the incorporation of a three-level inverter based shunt active filter (saf) in the induction heating (ih) system to eradicate the problems due to electromagnetic interference (emi) and radio frequency interference (rfi). the ih system generates a considerable amount of high-frequency harmonics because of a myriad of causes, the predominant one being the high-frequency switching in the resonant inverter. the former has an immanent propensity to flow towards the supply side and results in the enfeeblement of power quality. moreover, in the present work, attention has been paid off to develop a proper control strategy for a three level inverter based saf for emi and rfi suppression. a new modeling approach for three-level inverter based saf is proposed, and the efficacy and viability of the proposed controllers for saf in the ih system are validated via simulations in psim. a comparative analysis of thd in the input current waveform has been done to advocate the necessity of saf as an imperative part of the ih system. results obtained by simulations show that the proposed approach is more effective than the reviewed approaches at compensating the harmonic currents, and thus, the filtering action of saf is able to achieve the thd of input current within the limit specified by the ieee-519 standard. keywords: emi; rfi; induction heating; shunt active filter; psim. 1. introduction technological demands in industries change rapidly due to changes in energy requirements, the need for loss minimization, and changes in the market. hence, existing technologies need upgrading very often to enhance the outcome of the production and ensure smooth operation of the appliances. one such evolving technology is the induction heating equipment (ihe). it is a compact, highly efficient, and easily controllable heating technique used for industrial as well as domestic heating purposes. in ihe, electric energy is converted to heat energy by the application of joule’s law of heating. the heating workpiece is energized by high-frequency power generators like current source inverters, which are in turn fed by ac-todc three-phase rectifiers. utilization of various kinds of power converters and non-linear loads used for this purpose in industries deteriorates the power quality, voltage and current waveforms. high-frequency switching operation of the inverter circuits also produces a large number of current harmonics, which tend to move back towards the input of the circuit, deteriorating the input current waveform [1-4] and reducing system stability. current harmonics can also cause * corresponding author: priya30sarada@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-03-08  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1007-8093 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 236 interference problems in communication systems and lead to operational failures of electronic equipment. the grid voltage, however, remains almost unchanged. various passive and active filter circuit topologies have been explored in the past in order to suppress or compensate for the harmonic influx in the power supply within permissible limits. the passive filtering technique using lc filters and capacitor banks is a very old technique of harmonic mitigation and reactive power compensation. though this technique is very simple and easy to implement, they have certain disadvantages like poor dynamic response, large inductor or capacitor size, etc. moreover, passive filtering techniques are mainly suitable for the radio frequency range of operations. the use of vienna rectifiers can reduce the problems related to electromagnetic and radiofrequency interference up to a great extent. however, the generation of reactive power is strictly restricted in vienna rectifiers as it functions only in the rectifier mode. the direct control method of controlling vienna rectifiers is imperfect as it allows unbalanced control sequences to appear. the voltage space vector control also has certain limitations, as demonstrated by radomski et al. [3]. due to these limitations, active power filter circuits are preferred, which can be conveniently used for reactive power compensation, reduction of total harmonic distortion rate, and suppression of harmonic currents of nonlinear loads, flowing back to the power supply [5-7]. the work reported by akagi et al. (1983) [5], dealing with the calculation of reference compensation current signal employing instantaneous reactive power theory (p-q theory) has inspired many researchers to work on the development of better active power filter control strategies. in p-q theory, the input voltages and load currents are altered from the ab-c frame of reference to the α-β reference frame, followed by determination of the p-q theory instantaneous power components. the reference compensation currents can then be calculated. po-ngam (2014) [6] identified the load currents and modified it to dq0 variables. the d-axis harmonic currents, q-axis and 0 axis currents are controlled by pi controller with feedforward supply voltage via space vector inverter such that the thd of the three phase source currents are decreased to 4.36, 4.46 and 4.51%. chang et al. [7] proposed a new compensation strategy wherein the reference compensation currents are determined in the a-b-c frame of reference, thus decreasing the complexity in realization of the active filter strategy. this approach requires a balanced source current, in phase with the positive sequence input voltage. the induction heating system proposed by bojoi et al. [8] comprised a saf with a dsp controller. current is controlled by proportional-sinusoidal signal integrators (p-ssi) and the controllers operate on the principle of selective harmonic compensation and can be tuned for different harmonics [9, 10]. sharma et al. (2020) proposed a control strategy that enabled the working of the sapf with reduced number of sensors. the unit vector voltages are estimated using pll, without sensing actual source voltage. the thd for nonlinear load was found to be between 1.41 and 4.41% [11]. colak et al. also proposed a sensorless dc voltage control based on the calculation of filter power losses in a single-phase sapf. the thd for the power system after the installation of the sapf was recorded in matlab at 2.85 and 1.64% respectively for two different non-linear loads. although sensorless techniques and parameter robustness is helpful in fault-tolerant control operation in case of sensor failure, they require extensive pi controller tuning and high computational burden [12]. this paper highlights the use of a three-phase voltage source multilevel inverter, which is shunt connected through inductors to a high frequency resonant inverter, used as power supply for induction heating. this shunt connected filter circuit is mainly controlled for harmonic and reactive power compensation. the compensation currents are determined by employing direct current control technique. the multilevel inverter uses multiple lower or medium level dc voltage sources as input. they are very useful for industrial applications requiring high power and high voltage applications. moreover, the introduction of lcl filter in the active power filter circuitry helps achieve better filtering effect, resulting in reduced thd, as proposed by pan et al. (2019) and park et al. (2017) respectively [13, 14]. the aim is to make the main currents practically sinusoidal and in phase with respective phase voltages. the shunt active filter achieves this by producing harmonics, equal in magnitude but in phase opposition to the harmonic components introduced by the switching devices and nonlinear loads [6-9]. simulations are carried out in the psim software to verify the outcome of the proposed model. 1.1. shunt active filter for the elimination of rfi and emi the non-linear load comprises of odd harmonics, which are odd multiples of the fundamental frequency. these harmonic currents are incapable of contributing to the active power and leads to problems related to emi and rfi. thus, harmonic currents need to be eliminated in accordance with the harmonic standards [1-6]. the high frequency harmonics in the induction heating system (ihs) can be detected and eliminated efficiently using active filters. active filters are usually of two types – series active filter and shunt active filter. series filters compensate for distortion in the power line voltages [15-17] while shunt active filters (saf) can compensate for both current harmonics and power factor. the latter does not compensate load for load compensation load current harmonics though it provides high impedance to the harmonics coming from the supply side. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 237 the performance of a saf depends upon many factors; the predominant ones being the reference signal generation technique, quality of the current controller, modulation technique employed, etc. hysteresis band and pwm control methods have got wide popularity in the modulation techniques commonly used in safs. the former forces the inverter output to stick to the reference signal [18-20]. and for this purpose, a pair of switches is turned on and off when the error in the current exceeds a certain magnitude. in the proposed model, a three phasethree wire voltage source pwm multilevel inverter is used. this inverter circuit is shunt connected at pcc to a nonlinear load comprising the ihe, through three input inductors. a low-cost switching filter is used in order to get rid of the lower order harmonic currents and high-switching ripple currents generated due to the combined effect of the input inductance and the main line inductance. the saf will operate as a current source, injecting the compensation current which is equal to the harmonic current but phase shifted by 180˚. thus, the thd of the system is reduced to give an optimized solution of the total system. figure 1 shows the research methodology of the proposed method. problem identification: problems due to emi-rfi in the ih system defining objectives of solution: use of saf to eliminate harmonics design and implementation of saf in the ih system thd calculation & comparison in the input current waveform before and after installation of saf fft analysis of the input current of ih system before and after installation of saf harmonics eliminated as per emi-rfi regulations no start end yes figure 1. research methodology of the proposed method 1.2. use of multilevel inverter most of the existing topologies of safs employ two-level voltage source inverter (vsi). however, a better approach is to use three-level vsi. in the present paper, a three-level neutral point diode clamped pwm inverter topology has been used in the shunt active filter. moreover, attention has been paid off to design a proper control strategy for the proposed npc based multi-level inverter. it has several distinct advantages over the traditionally used two level inverters. they require only one common voltage source and consist of high frequency clamping diodes which limit the voltage stress on power devices. multilevel inverters have high power capability with minimum switching losses and output distortion [21-23]. however, these advantages come at the cost of a more complex control strategy. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 238 2. proposed model of ihe with shunt active filter figure 2 shows the basic circuit diagram of ihe using the shunt active filter. a diode bridge rectifier converts the sinusoidal ac voltage from the three-phase supply to a pulsating dc voltage, which is fed to a high frequency resonant inverter. the output of the inverter is fed to the induction heating load which generates heat energy by joule’s law of heating. the control circuit comprises a current control unit and a voltage control unit. voltage control unit induction heating equipment source currents 3-ph diode bridge (iin) (iih) induction heating system currents s1 s3 s2s4 r l c filter sinusoidal waveform current controller voltage controller reference dc voltage base drive circuit voltage error triangular reference comparator current generated three level inverter reference current (isaf) shunt active filter current control unit (im) (edc) (e*dc) (i*m) (ic) (i*c) signal generator figure 2. basic circuit diagram of ihe using shunt active filter current sensors are used in all three phases to measure the instantaneous value of currents flowing in the supply line. it is then passed through a second order band-pass filter (notch filter) whose centre frequency and stopping band are set at 50 hz and 20 hz respectively. the choice of 50 hz centre frequency ensures infinite impedance to the fundamental component of current by the band stop filter. this in turn ensures blocking of the fundamental component of current while allowing the smooth passage of all other frequency components. the band-stop filter is well tuned to block the fundamental frequency component while allowing other harmonic components of current. thus, the output of the bandstop filter compromises the harmonic currents only. finally, it is subtracted from the current obtained by the current sensors from the main line. in the present work, attention has also been paid off to maintain a constant dc voltage at the input capacitor of the multi-level inverter. the latter is sensed and subtracted from a reference value and then fed to a low pass filter and pi controller. then, it is synchronized with the three-phase input and multiplied with the output obtained from the difference of sensed current and output of band-stop filter (iih)h. the aforementioned technique is employed in all three phases. from the present value, the output of the multi-level inverter obtained by the current sensor is subtracted. then, it is fed to a pi controller and limiter. finally, it is fed to a hysteresis comparator to generate switching signal for the multi-level inverter. thus, the saf produces harmonic currents (isaf) which are applied at the point of common coupling (pcc). this compensating current mitigates the harmonic currents generated by the nonlinear loads and switching devices. accurate generation of the reference current signal and proper control of the gate firing pulses of the filter is thus necessary for effective compensation. instantaneous current in the input is given by; (1) the instantaneous voltage at the source is given by (2) when high frequency ih system is fed by the supply, then the current at the input of the ih system comprises of fundamental & harmonic components and may be showed as follows: )()()( tititi safihin  tetein sin)( max hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 239 (3) (4) the instantaneous power fed to the ih system is given by: (5) (6) (7) after compensation of current harmonics by the current supplied by saf, the source current is given by: (8) (9) (10) then, (11) the source needs to supply some extra power along with the real power required in the ih system to maintain a constant capacitor voltage at the input of saf and also to meet the converter losses. thus, total peak input current is given by; (12) the shunt active filter (saf) produces current harmonics that compensates the harmonics in the current i ih because the former & latter are 180° out of phase. thus, the compensating current supplied by the saf is given by; (13) so, it is important to accurately compensate the instantaneous reactive & harmonic power. and for this purpose, it is necessary to calculate the fundamental component of current fed to the ih system as the reference current. 2.1. estimation of reference current: the dc capacitor at the input of saf can be controlled for estimating the peak value of reference current (i)peakin the source side. the compensation of harmonic currents will be ideal when the input current is completely sinusoidal. moreover, the latter should be in phase with the supply voltage irrespective of the harmonics present on the load side. after compensation, it is desirable to achieve the following current on the input side. (14) (15) (16) where; (17) )sin()()( 1 m m mihih tmiti         2 11 )sin()()sin()()( m mmihihih tmititi  )sin()(sinsin.cos.sin)(cossin)(sin)( 2 max11max11max m m mihihihih tmitettietitetp      )sin()(sinsin.cos.sin)(cossin)( 2 max11max1 2 max m m mihihih tmitettietetp      )()()()( ,,, tptptptp hihrihfihih  )( )( )( , te tp ti in fih in  11 cossin)()( wtiti ihin  cos)()( 1ihmin ii  ( ) ( ) sinin ih mi t i wt clminpeakin iii  )()( )()()( tititi inihsaf  tii peakinain sin)(* ,  )120sin()(* ,  tii peakinbin  )120sin()(* ,  tii peakincin  clihpeakin iii  cos)()( 1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 240 equation 17 represents the amplitude of current desirable at the input side while the input voltage may be used for determining the phase angles. this in turn indicates that the waveform & shape of the input current is known & only the magnitude needs to be calculated. as per the notations taken in figure 2: (18) again, we know (19) where; (20) where, imp is the real part of current and iloss represents the losses in the filter circuit. (21) (21) imq and imh are the reactive components and harmonic components of the current. therefore; (22) the voltage of the dc capacitor at the input of saf needs to be regulated for estimating the peak value of reference current. the former is compared with a dc reference value (400v in the present case) and error obtained is fed to a pi controller. 2.2. use of the dc capacitor the capacitor installed at the dc side is used to assert a dc voltage with the allowance of minimum ripples in steady state. ideally, during this period, the source supplies real power, which is equal to the load power demand. the former also supplies a small amount of power to compensate for the active filter losses. but, during the transient period, due to changes in the load demand, there is a difference in real power between the load and the source. the dc capacitor compensates for this real power difference. as a result, the dc capacitor voltage which was initially maintained at a reference value also changes. if the peak value of the reference current is regulated such that it changes in proportion to the real power drawn from the source, the active filter can be satisfactorily operated. in order to balance the real power demand between the source and the load, the dc capacitor voltage needs to be recovered and maintained at the reference voltage. 2.3. use of the pi controller in the present paper, pi controllers have been employed to provide appropriate system control. in the voltage control unit, the pi controller is used to correct the error between the input dc capacitor voltage of the multilevel inverter and a reference value. the difference between the two is calculated and then some corrective measures are introduced to get a desired outcome. the proportional response to the error value is regulated by multiplying the error with proportional gain kp, while the integral mode helps to restore the desired dc voltage with minimum delay by calculating the accumulated proportional offset over time. the constants kp and ki of the pi controller can be obtained from the characteristics of the voltage control loop as: (23) here, kp determines the voltage response and ki defines the damping factor of the voltage loop. the amplitude of the current desired in the input side may be considered as the output of the aforesaid pi controller. for estimation of the reference currents, the unit sine vectors which are in phase with the input voltage are multiplied with the aforesaid peak value. the reference currents and actual currents from the multilevel inverter are fed to a hysteresis pwm controller which in turn generates the switching signals. these signals are properly segregated and )sin(])()([)( *** wtdteekeekti dcdcidcdcpm   ** mmc iii  lossmpm iii * mhmqmpm iiii  mhmqlossc iiii * 0 ]2[3 )(1    svc risilv s k k dcodc ccococini p hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 241 amplified, before applying to the switching devices. in view of the switching activities, current flows through the saf inductor lc and thus cancels out the harmonic currents in the system. 3. simulation diagram and results in the present paper, all the simulations have been executed in the psim platform. psim is simulation software particularly designed for power electronics and motor control. simulation is performed on a high frequency induction heating system with and without the shunt active filter such that the effect of the shunt apf on the ihe can be observed and compared. the simulation results hence acquired for the above cases are studied, the input currents are assimilated and their fft analysis is carried out. figure 3 shows the simulation circuit diagram of ihe before the installation of saf and the corresponding input current waveform and its fft analysis are shown in figures 3(a) and 3(b) respectively. figure 4 shows the simulation circuit diagram of ihe after the installation of saf. the input current waveform followed by its fft analysis are shown in figures 4(a) and 4(b) respectively. figure 3. simulation diagram of ihe before installation of saf figure 3(a). input current waveform analysis of the ihe before installation of saf figure 3(b). input current fft analysis of ihe before installation of saf hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 242 figure 4. simulation diagram of ihe after installation of saf figure 4(a). input current waveform analysis of ihe after installation of saf hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 243 figure 4(b). input current fft analysis of the ihe after installation of saf the fft analysis of the input current waveform without the incorporation of shunt active filter shows the presence of some predominant harmonic components and as a result of that the total harmonic distortion was found to be 33.3%. with the incorporation of the shunt active filter, the harmonic spectrum is improved and the total harmonic distortion is reduced to 0%. all the components that have been used in psim are ideal in nature. henceforth, the shunt active filter is able to successfully eliminate all the high frequency harmonic components that were causing a considerable amount of deterioration in the power quality. so, it justifies the necessity and importance of shunt active filter in an induction heating system. 4. calculation of thd from the simulation results and fft analysis, the thd is calculated as follows: 4.1. before saf installation the fft analysis of the source current waveform in the absence of the saf is observed to be non-sinusoidal in nature and contains three predominant and a few negligible harmonic components alongside the fundamental current component. rmsline n rmsnline i i thd ,1)( 2 2 ,)(    %3.33100 231.14 25.0852.0669.4 222   thd 4.2. after the installation of saf the fft analysis is performed again after the installation of the saf in the ihe. the analysis shows that the harmonics are eliminated completely. practical implementation of this model may give rise to a very negligible value of thd due to small imperfections in the equipment used. here we have used ideal components, so it shows nearly zero thd value. 5. conclusion the present work deals with the elimination of the high-frequency harmonics available on the supply line. induction heating at a high frequency has a lot of advantages over traditional models. but operation at high frequency has got several disadvantages like electromagnetic and radio frequency interference and the production of harmonics, resulting in the deterioration of power quality. many techniques are available for the elimination of harmonics, but the total harmonic distortion is considerably higher in all the existing topologies. so, in the present work, attention has been paid to designing the controller for the shunt active filter that can attenuate the harmonic components present in the supply line in a very efficient way. the thd of the current waveform at the input side of the induction heating equipment before the installation of saf was found to be 33.3%. however, after the installation of saf, the harmonics, which were present are completely eliminated. thus, it justifies that the saf successfully performs harmonic damping in the induction heating equipment resulting in increased power factor and lower thd. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 244 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, r.r.; methodology, r.r. and p.s.; software, s.k.d., m.d. and a.s.; validation, r.r., m.d. and a.s.; formal analysis, r.r., p.s. and p.k.s.; investigation, m.d. and p.s.; resources, a.s. and s.k.d.; data curation, m.d., a.s. and p.k.s.; writing—original draft preparation, r.r., s.k.d., p.s., m.d., a.s. and p.k.s.; writing— review and editing, r.r., s.k.d., p.s., m.d. and a.s.; visualization, p.s., m.d., s.k.d. and a.s.; supervision, p.k.s.; project administration, r.r. and p.k.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. acknowledgements the authors would like to express their deep appreciation and indebtedness to indian institute of technology (ism), dhanbad and jorhat engineering college, assam for providing the necessary research assistance for the completion of the work. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] pal, p., sadhu, p. k., pal, n., & sanyal, s. (2015). an exclusive design of emi-rfi suppressor for modified half bridge inverter fitted induction heating equipment. international journal of mechatronics, electrical and computer technology (ijmec), 5(15), 2084-2100. [2] raman, r., sadhu, p. k., kumar, a., & sit, k. (2018). design and analysis of rfi and emi suppressor for high frequency induction heater using filters — a comparative study. 2018 4th international conference on recent advances in information technology (rait). doi:10.1109/rait.2018.8389002. [3] radomski, g. (2005). analysis of vienna rectifier. electrical power quality and utilisation. journal, xi (1), 49-56. [4] raman, r., das, m., sarmah, p., dutta, s. k., saikia, a., & sadhu, p. k. (2020). design and analysis of series resonant inverter-based induction heating equipment employing power factor correction for harmonic attenuation. lecture notes in electrical engineering, 499–510. doi:10.1007/978-981-15-8586-9_44. [5] h. akagi, y. kanazawa and a. nabae (1983). generalized theory of the instantaneous reactive power in three phase circuits. proc. ieej int. power electronics conference, 1375-1386, tokyo, japan. [6] po-ngam, s. (2014). the simplified control of three-phase four-leg shunt active power filter for harmonics mitigation, load balancing and reactive power compensation. 2014 11th international conference on electrical engineering/electronics, computer, telecommunications and information technology (ecti-con). doi:10.1109/ecticon.2014.6839832. [7] chang, g. w., & shee, t.-c. (2004). a novel reference compensation current strategy for shunt active power filter control. ieee transactions on power delivery, 19(4), 1751–1758. doi:10.1109/tpwrd.2004.835430. [8] bojoi, r., griva, g., profumo, f., cesano, m., & natale, l. (2005). shunt active power filter implementation for induction heating applications. twentieth annual ieee applied power electronics conference and exposition. apec 2005. doi:10.1109/apec.2005.1453264. [9] bojoi, r. i., griva, g., bostan, v., guerriero, m., farina, f., & profumo, f. (2005). current control strategy for power conditioners using sinusoidal signal integrators in synchronous reference frame. ieee transactions on power electronics, 20(6), 1402–1412. doi:10.1109/tpel.2005.857558. [10] yu-hang, l., yang-jing, li-hao, & wang-chao. (2016). the research of three phase four wire active power filter on small independent micro-grid. 2016 china international conference on electricity distribution (ciced). doi:10.1109/ciced.2016.7576008. [11] sharma, s., verma, v., & behera, r. k. (2020). real-time implementation of shunt active power filter with reduced sensors. ieee transactions on industry applications, 56(2), 1850–1861. doi:10.1109/tia.2019.2957734. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 245 [12] colak, i., & kaplan, o. (2019). design and implementation of sensorless dc voltage regulation for shunt active power filter based single phase p-q theory. 2019 8th international conference on renewable energy research and applications (icrera). doi:10.1109/icrera47325.2019.8996561. [13] pan, n., & liu, z. (2019). a design method of lcl-filter for three-phase shunt active power filter. doi:10.1063/1.5090707. [14] park, k.-b., kieferndorf, f. d., drofenik, u., pettersson, s., & canales, f. (2017). weight minimization of lcl filters for high-power converters: impact of pwm method on power loss and power density. ieee transactions on industry applications, 53(3), 2282–2296. doi:10.1109/tia.2017.2657479. [15] luo, z., su, m., sun, y., zhang, w., & lin, z. (2016). analysis and control of a reduced switch hybrid active power filter. iet power electronics, 9(7), 1416–1425. doi:10.1049/iet-pel.2015.0027. [16] swain, s. d., ray, p. k., & mohanty, k. b. (2017). improvement of power quality using a robust hybrid series active power filter. ieee transactions on power electronics, 32(5), 3490–3498. doi:10.1109/tpel.2016.2586525. [17] javadi, a., hamadi, a., woodward, l., & al-haddad, k. (2016). experimental investigation on a hybrid series active power compensator to improve power quality of typical households. ieee transactions on industrial electronics, 1–1. doi:10.1109/tie.2016.2546848. [18] tareen, w. u., mekhilef, s., seyedmahmoudian, m., & horan, b. (2017). active power filter (apf) for mitigation of power quality issues in grid integration of wind and photovoltaic energy conversion system. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 70, 635–655. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2016.11.091. [19] asiminoaei, l., lascu, c., blaabjerg, f., & boldea, i. (2007). performance improvement of shunt active power filter with dual parallel topology. ieee transactions on power electronics, 22(1), 247–259. doi:10.1109/tpel.2006.888912. [20] lee, t.-l., & hu, s.-h. (2016). an active filter with resonant current control to suppress harmonic resonance in a distribution power system. ieee journal of emerging and selected topics in power electronics, 4(1), 198–209. doi:10.1109/jestpe.2015.2478149. [21] jeong, i. w., & sung, t. h. (2021). one-cycle control of three-phase five-level diode-clamped statcom. energies, 14(7), 1830. doi:10.3390/en14071830. [22] al-shetwi, a. q., hannan, m. a., jern, k. p., mansur, m., & mahlia, t. m. i. (2020). grid-connected renewable energy sources: review of the recent integration requirements and control methods. journal of cleaner production, 253, 119831. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.119831. [23] jain, s. (2018). control strategies of shunt active power filter. modeling and control of power electronics converter system for power quality improvements, 31–84. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12-814568-5.00002-8. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 356 issn: 2723-9535 sensor technology for opening new pathways in diagnosis and therapeutics of breast, lung, colorectal and prostate cancer saeed roshani 1 , mario coccia 2* , melika mosleh 3 1 faculty of management and accounting, allameh tabataba’i university, tehran, iran. 2 department of social science and humanities, national research council of italy, collegio carlo alberto, via real collegio, 30 torino, italy. 3 birmingham business school, college of social sciences, university of birmingham, birmingham, united kingdom. received 20 march 2022; revised 19 july 2022; accepted 08 august 2022; published 01 september 2022 abstract this study analyzes the interaction between sensor research and technology and different types of cancer (breast, lung, colorectal, and prostate) with the goal of detecting new directions for improving diagnosis and therapeutics in medicine. this study develops an approach to computational scientometrics based on data from the web of science from the 1991 to 2021 period. the results of this analysis show the vital role of biosensors and electrochemical biosensors applied in breast cancer, lung cancer, and prostate cancer research. instead, scientific research of optical sensors is developing main technological trajectories in breast, prostate, and colorectal cancer for improving diagnostics. finally, oxygen sensor research has a main technological development in breast and lung cancer for new applications in breath analysis directed to treatment processes. preliminary results presented here clearly illustrate the evolutionary paths of sensor research and technologies that have great potential for developing incremental and radical innovations in cancer diagnosis and therapies. these conclusions are, of course, tentative. there is a need for much more detailed research based on other aspects and factors for detecting stable technological trajectories that can foster the technology transfer of new sensor in cancer research for improving diagnosis and therapeutics, reducing, whenever possible, world-wide mortality of cancer in society. jel classification: i10, o30, o31, o32; o33. keywords: sensor technology; sensor research; technological trajectories; new technology; diagnosis; biosensor; cancer; lung cancer; prostate cancer; breast cancer; colorectal cancer. 1. introduction and goal of investigation the research field of sensors is undergoing a significant change that supports the evolution of science and technology in society [1-4]. the goal of this study is an exploratory analysis to detect sensor technologies applied in cancer research having a high potential growth for improving diagnosis and treatment and reducing, whenever possible, mortality between countries. the vast literature on these topics shows the main applications of sensors in cancer research [5-11]. as far as breast cancer is concerned, wu et al. (2022) [12] designed a dual-aptamer functionalized gold for the classification of breast cancer based on förster resonance energy transfer, which is potentially useful for quantitative classification of different subtypes of breast cancer. lu et al. (2022) [13] argue that phthalates can penetrate the environment and enrich various aquatic organisms through the food chain, which is involved in promoting the growth of breast cancer. it is of current interest to develop new sensors for phthalates. results show that guest-induced reassembly brings forth significant fluorescence change, which is a promising way of designing new fluorescent probes * corresponding author: mario.coccia@cnr.it http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-03-010  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5851-2867 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1957-6731 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 357 for the analysis of phthalates in the environment and food. pothipor et al. (2022) [14] show that a dual-mode electrochemical biosensor has been successfully developed for simultaneous detection of two different kinds of breast cancer biomarkers. the experimental results suggest that this label-free biosensor exhibits good linear responses to the concentrations of both target analytes within the limits of detection. this assay strategy has great potential to be further developed for the simultaneous detection of a variety of micrornas and protein biomarkers for point-of-care diagnostic applications. kim et al. (2022) [15] maintain that mechanophores are molecular motifs that respond to mechanical perturbance with targeted chemical reactions toward desirable changes in material properties. taking advantage of the strengths of mechanophores and high-intensity focused ultrasound, mechanochemical dynamic therapy can provide noninvasive treatments for diverse cancer types [16]. about prostate cancer, bax et al. (2022) [17] argue that diagnostic protocol is affected by poor accuracy and high false-positive rate and propose an electronic nose for non-invasive prostate cancer detection. the approach proved to be effective in mitigating drift on 1-year-old sensors by restoring accuracy from 55% to 80%, achieved by new sensors not subjected to drift. the model achieved, on double-blind validation, a balanced accuracy of 76.2%. prema et al. (2022) [18] examine the biological synthesis of gold nanoparticles using green tea and their cytotoxicity against human prostate cancer cells. the findings suggest that the biosynthesized reduced prostate cancer cell proliferation and exert their anti-proliferative action on the prostate cancer cell line by inhibiting growth, decreasing dna synthesis, and triggering apoptosis (cf., [19-27] for sources of innovations and other groundbreaking pathways in biomedicine and nanomedicine). in lung cancer, joshi et al. (2022) [28] argue that proper and early diagnosis of cancers provide basic aspects to efficient treatment and better prognosis and report a simple and label-free method of detection of two antigens: carcinoembryonic antigen (cea) and cytokeratin-19 fragment (cyfra 21-1) that are the biomarkers of many cancers including lung cancer. the responses of the sensors ranged from 10.96 to 26.48% for 0.25 pg/ml to 20 ng/ml cea and it varied from 17.66 to 26.68% for 0.25 pg/ml to 20 ng/ml cyfra 21-1. kaya et al. (2022) [29] review the recent advances and improvements (2011–2021 period) in nanomaterials based on electrochemical biosensors for the detection of the lung and colon cancer biomarkers [30]. in colon cancer, jiang et al. (2022) [31] point out that transient receptor potential vanilloid 1 (trpv1) acts as cellular sensor and is implicated in the tumor microenvironment cross talk and the functional role of trpv1 in colorectal cancer (crc). the study reveals an important role for trpv1 in regulating the immune microenvironment during colorectal tumorigenesis and might be a potential target for crc immunotherapy. welz et al. (2022) [32] point out that the intestinal epithelium undergoes constant self-renewal from intestinal stem cells. together with genotoxic stressors and failing dna repair, this self-renewal causes susceptibility toward malignant transformation. the study shows that x-box binding protein 1 is a stress sensor involved in coordinating epithelial dna damage responses and stem cell function. in this context of the evolution of science and technology towards manifold fields of research, the motivation of this study is to clarify the role of sensor research and technology for main typologies of cancer, describing the networks of interconnection of sensors with technologies and scientific fields related to cancer under study (cf., [33, 34]). proposed methodology can indicate new directions of sensor research and technologies for diagnosis and treatments of cancer and help r&d managers and policymakers to allocate with efficiency financial resources to support scientific and technological development in these critical fields for society [35-41]. the balance of the paper proceeds as follows. first, it describes the data and methodology, applying a novel information processing approach of computational scientometrics, to generate maps of science that can explain the scientific interaction of sensor research and technologies in studies concerning specific typologies of cancer. we then show the results and conclude with a discussion on new directions of the evolution of sensor research and technology in cancer and limitations of the paper to be solved with future studies. 2. study design first, this study focuses on main typologies of cancer that have the highest estimated age-standardized incidence and mortality rate worldwide as indicated in table 1 and figure 1 based on data by world health organization-cancer today (2020) [42]. table 1. estimated age-standardized incidence and mortality rates in 2020, worldwide, both sexes, all ages [42] cancer incidence mortality breast 47.8 13.6 prostate 30.7 7.7 lung 22.4 18 colorectum 19.5 9 cervix uteri 13.3 7.3 stomach 11.1 7.7 liver 9.5 8.7 corpus uteri 8.7 1.8 ovary 6.6 4.2 thyroid 6.6 0.43 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 358 figure 1. estimated age-standardized incidence and mortality rates in 2020, worldwide, both sexes, all ages. red bars indicate mortality, blue bares are incidence [42] considering results just mentioned of table 1 and figure 1, this study focuses on the investigation of sensor technology and research in the following four main types of cancer: 77874967  breast cancer;  lung cancer;  prostate cancer;  colorectal cancer. data sources and retrieval strategy to address the main problem of this study stated in introduction, we used the web of science [43] core collection database to retrieve the articles related to sensor research and technology and cancers under study. in this paper here, we focus as said on four major types of cancer for a comparative analysis [44] including: breast cancer (bc), lung cancer (lc), prostate cancer (pc) and, colorectal cancer (cc). we used the following strategy for extracting articles related to these topics for further processing. the term "sensor" was searched with "breast cancer" in the topics of articles. we changed the "breast" to "lung" for extracting the articles related to lung cancer, "prostate" for prostate cancer and "colorectal" for colorectal cancer. the results are refined by document type = "articles", language = "english", publication years = (1991-2021), web of science index = "sci-expanded"). we found 1,117 unique articles for breast cancer, 764 articles for lung cancer, 454 articles for prostate cancer, and 282 articles for colorectal cancer. data analysis procedure to find the applications of sensor research and technology in cancers, we used the original keywords (des) provided by authors as the basis for constructing the word co-occurrences networks. according to this technique, two terms are considered co-occurrence whenever they simultaneously appear in a single document [45]. to find the relevant sensor research and technologies to each of the cancer under study, we applied the following procedure: keywords standardization: we tried to clean the keywords according to their meaning and structures in this step. for instance, we combined the "bio-sensor" and "biosensor" into biosensor. also, we changed all abbreviations and plural forms of nouns into a basic form (e.g., computers changed to computer and "ampk" changed to "amp-activated protein kinase". network construction: we used sci2 tool v. 1.3 for constructing the word co-occurrences network [46]. as mentioned above, we used the article's original keywords (de tag) to create the networks. we create four different networks for breast, lung, prostate, and colorectal cancer. also, we removed the isolated nodes after analyzing the nodes and links in the networks. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 359 path-finding: path-finding is a technique for choosing the shortest links between two nodes. to reduce the links of our networks and emphasize the most important nodes, we used a minimum spanning tree (mst) path-finder algorithm [47]. all the calculations are implemented by sci2 tool [46] version 1.3. in addition, as an input parameter of the algorithm, we set the parameter weight attribute measures to "similarity" and edge weight attribute to "weighted". the initial network of breast cancer contains 10,149 links, and after the algorithm the network has reduced to 2,318 edges. the lung cancer network contains 6,128 initially and has 1,539 links after applying the link reduction algorithm. after the algorithm implementation, the prostate cancer network had 3,395 links and 850 edges. these results for colorectal cancer include 2,394 links at the first and 528 links after implementing the link reduction algorithm. visualizations: we utilized gephi software [48] version 0.9.2 to visualize the networks. the nodes indicate the original keywords and links show the co-occurrences among them. the size of nodes are based on the betweenness centrality (bc). this index represents the importance of a node in making the connection between other network nodes and is responsible for sustaining the network integration. equation 1 shows how this index can be measured [36]: 𝐵𝐶(𝑣) = ∑ 𝜎𝑠𝑡𝑣 𝜎𝑠𝑡 𝑠,𝑡∈𝑉 (1) here, bc(v) represent the betweenness centrality value of node v, and σ-st counted the shortest paths shortest between node s and node t (cf., [34]). we implemented betweenness centrality (bc) measures to show the bridge nodes that facilitate the linkage of entities in the networks. additionally we used bc value as a threshold for identifying the group of the path in each network. for this purpose, nodes with bc value greater than 0.1 has considered as a hub for identifying the groups in each network. 3. results breast cancer breast cancer is seriously threatening women health in the world [49, 50]. as mentioned earlier, the breast cancer sample contains 1,117 articles, and it is the most extensive dataset in our analysis. this network contains 2,319 nodes (keywords) and 2,318 links. also, this network includes 149 sensors that are interconnected to the other nodes. figure 2 shows the breast cancer co-word network. figure 2. co-word analysis map of breast cancer hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 360 based on the betweenness centrality value, we found three sub-groups in this network. table 1a in appendix i shows the most important information about these groups. also, there are 149 sensors interconnected in this network. group 1 related to breast cancer has five hot topics: autophagy, immunoassay, electrochemical biosensor, tumorigenesis, and microrna, which have a high co-occurrence with electrochemical biosensor, electrochemical sensor, oxygen sensor, immuno sensor, and array-based sensor. group 2 based on biosensor has some hot topics, including her2, cancer antigen, nanoparticle, tactile sensor, and signal amplification, which are significantly related to optical sensor, colorimetric sensor, colorimetric nanosensor, ph. sensor, and refractive index sensor. group 3, led by reactive oxygen species, is related to apoptosis, mcf-7 cancer cells, circulating tumor cell, dna hydrogel biosensor, and carbon dot. in this domain, raman biosensor, dna hydrogel biosensor, light addressable potentiometric sensor (laps), capacitive sensor, and label-free biosensor are sensors included in this group of connections (see table 1a in appendix i for details about groups, core keywords and related sensors in the breast cancer network). lung cancer lung cancer is the second cancer were analyzed. this network contains 1,540 nodes (keywords) and 1,539 links. also, this network includes 121 sensors that interconnected to other nodes. figure 3 shows the lung cancer co-word network. figure 3. co-word analysis map of lung cancer hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 361 figure 3 shows that network of lung cancer has eight path groups. all nodes with a value of betweenness centrality greater than 0.1 are considered the head of a group. top keywords and all sensors included in these categories are in table 2a of appendix i. group 1, based on central node of lung cancer, is related to five hot topics: electronic nose (e-nose), pattern recognition, mutation, nrf2 (nuclear factor-erythroid factor 2-related factor 2), and calix [4] arene. it is also illustrated that 69 sensors are interconnected to this path. the oxygen sensor, electrochemical biosensor, cell sensor, metal oxide semiconductor sensor, chemiresisitve sensor, breath sensor, electrochemical immunosensor, and capacitive biosensor are sensors that are involved in the creation of linkage path among nodes. group 2, led by volatile organic compounds (voc), has 23 related sensors including, exhaled breath sensor, dna sensor, volatile organic compound sensors, cmos sensor, electrochemical genosensor, etc. the topics related to this group of nodes are breath, diagnosis, gold nanoparticle, nanoparticles, and exhaled breath. group 3, connected to breath analysis, has eight interconnected sensors, including piezoresistive membrane sensors, h2s sensor, formaldehyde gas sensor, quantum resistive vapor sens quantum resistive sensor, acetone sensor, and genetically encoded nanosensor. the most frequent keywords involved in this path group are: real-time, diabetes, non-invasive, formaldehyde, and sno2. group 4 with the head of gas sensor is related to important keywords: humidity sensor, health monitoring, reduced graphene oxide, and acetone. six sensors of gas, lung cancer, sensor, multiparameter virtual sensor array, humidity sensor, sensor mechanism, and flexible sensor are part of this path group. group 5 has biosensor as the most important technology in creating the path among different sensors. it generates a bridge with several sensors given by: fluorescence biosensor, wireless sensor networks, photoelectric aerosol sensor, direct progeny sensor, pid sensor, chemo-resistive gas sensor, wireless sensor networks, radon, smart home, electrochemical inhibitors, and hydrocarbon gas sensor. group 6 is led by exosome connected to the top four topic of cancer diagnosis, lung-cancer biomarker, immunoassay, and multi-wall carbon nanotubes related to six sensors of optical biosensor, saw gas sensor, optical chemical sensor, vocs identification, saw immunosensor, and impedimetric sensor. group 7 is based on surface plasmon resonance that includes five hot keywords of endoscopy, au nps, signal enhancement, erlotinib, and tollen's reagent, which have two sensors of histidine sensor and fiber optic biosensor in their category. group 8, finally, is related to graphene, and has interaction with dna mutation, chemical sensor, urine headspace, colorimetric sensor, and tuberculosis keywords. chemical sensor, colorimetric sensor, cancer sensor, array-based sensor, temperature sensors, impedance-based sensor, attachable gas sensors, hg(ii) sensor, eis aptamer sensor, and microrna sensor are the important sensing technologies in this group. prostate cancer this network contains 870 nodes (keywords) and 869 links. this network includes 72 sensors that are interconnected to other nodes. figure 4 shows that there are eight groups in the prostate cancer network. the most important nodes based on the betweenness centrality value are: prostate cancer, prostate-specific antigen, activated protein kinase (ampk) and biosensor. table 3a in appendix i shows details of groups, core keywords of them and related sensors. group 1, led by prostate cancer, is related to 5 hot topics of gold nanoparticle, immunosensor, detection, porcine liver esterase, and fluorescent probe. 27 sensors are interconnected to this path. immunosensor, near-infrared biosensor, resonance sensor, fna-based electrochemical sensor, impedimetric sensor, and aptasensor are a couple of sensors involved in the creation of linkage path among these nodes. group 2, led by activated protein kinase (ampk), shows label-free nanoimmunosensor as the only connected sensor. the hot topics related to this group of nodes are apoptosis, lkb1, lung cancer, mtorc1, castrate-resistant. group 3, connected to prostate specific antigen (psa), has 22 interconnected sensors, including glucose sensor, ph sensor, colorimetric sensor, quantum resistive sensor, etc. the most frequent keywords involved in this path group are aptamer, prostate cancer diagnosis, cancer biomarker, and silicon nanowire. group 4 with the head of biosensor is related to important keywords of antibody, prostatic carcinoma, dna, acoustic wave sensor, cancer metastasis. biosensor, optical sensor, acoustic wave sensor, bio-mems force sensor are main elements of this group. group 5, led by prostate, is connected to zinc, chromogranin a, fluorescent sensor, imaging diagnosis, and peptide related to four sensors of trans-rectal and pressure sensor array, chemosensor, and fluorescent sensor. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 362 figure 4. co-word analysis map of prostate cancer group 6 has electrochemical sensor that generates the path among different sensors and keywords. it is responsible for making a bridge between nanosensor, flutamide sensor, bicalutamide sensor and most frequent keywords of flutamide, nanocomposite, voltammetry, anticancer drug, and electrophilicity. group 7, distinguished by sarcosine, includes keywords of urine, electrochemical biosensor, oligonucleotides, label free detection, and different sensors (sarcosine biosensor, potentiometric sensor, electrochemical biosensor, urine sensors, graphene-based electrical sensor, disposable sensor chips, and colorimetric biosensor) in their category. group 8, related to apoptosis, has keywords of chemotherapy, dna damage, dna repair, rad9, and tumor suppressor. three sensors of carbon nanotube biosensor, wireless pressure sensors, and implantable pressure sensor are the important sensing technologies in this group. colorectal cancer finally, the colorectal cancer co-word network contains 529 nodes and 528 links. figure 5 shows the co-occurrence network of keywords of this cancer and their connections with sensors. figure 5 shows 9 groups in the colorectal cancer network. the most important nodes based on the betweenness centrality value are colorectal cancer, faecal immunochemical test, screening, and biosensor. table 4a in appendix i shows details of these groups, core keywords of them and related sensors. table 4a also shows that there are 31 sensors interconnected in this network. group 1, led by colorectal cancer, is related to five topics of apoptosis, occult blood test, precision medicine, social health, and electrochemical biosensor. thirteen sensors are interconnected to this path. electrochemical biosensor, gas sensor array, nanostructured sensors, bifunctional nanobiosensor, and inductive sensors are of technologies involved in creating linkage path among these nodes. group 2, led by faecal immunochemical test (fit), has five topics: inflammatory bowel disease, reg3, quality assurance, advance notification, and letter. group 3, connected to screening, has two interconnected sensors including, chemoresistive sensors and nucleic acid-sensor. the most frequent keywords involved in this path group are chemoresistive sensors, blood, tumor marker, tissue microarray, faecal occult blood test. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 363 figure 5. co-word analysis map of colorectal cancer group 4 with the head of sensitivity is related to important keywords of antibody, prostatic carcinoma, dna, acoustic wave sensor, and cancer metastasis. biosensor, optical sensor, acoustic wave sensor, bio-mems force sensor are element of this path group. group 5 is based on colon cancer having connections to top five keywords of zinc, chromogranin a, fluorescent sensor, making diagnosis, and peptide related to four sensors of trans-rectal pressure sensor array, chemosensor, and fluorescent sensor. group 6 has colorectal cancer screening in the most important position for creating the path among different sensors and keywords and for bridging nanosensor, flutamide sensor, bicalutamide sensor and most frequent keywords of flutamide, nanocomposite, voltammetry, anticancer drug, and electrophilicity. group 7, based on biomarkers, includes five keywords of endoscopy, au nps, signal enhancement, erlotinib, and tollen's reagent, and two sensors (histidine sensor and fiber optic biosensor). group 8, related to biosensor, has dna mutation, chemical sensor, urine headspace, colorimetric sensor, and tuberculosis keywords. chemical sensor, colorimetric sensor, cancer sensor, array-based sensor, temperature sensors, impedance-based sensor, attachable gas sensors, hg(ii) sensor, eis aptamer sensor, and microrna sensor are the most important sensing technologies in this group. group 9, led by soft sensors and actuators, is related to five topics: gold nanoparticle, immunosensor, detection, porcine liver esterase, and fluorescent probe. twenty-seven sensors are interconnected to this path. immunosensor, near-infrared biosensor, resonance sensor, fna-based electrochemical sensor, impedimetric sensor, and aptasensor are main sensors involved in the creation of linkage path among nodes in this group. frequent sensor technologies in cancer studies according to table 2, biosensor is the only type of sensor that plays an essential role in all types of cancer research: breast cancer, lung cancer, prostate cancer, and colorectal cancer. after that, the electrochemical sensor is in all types of cancer, except lung cancer research. surprisingly, electrochemical biosensor is used in breast cancer, lung cancer, and prostate cancer research but not in colorectal cancer. optical sensor can also be considered one of the sensor technology hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 364 that is significantly used in studies of three types of cancer: breast cancer, prostate cancer, and colorectal cancer. this study shows that this type of sensor is applied in more diversified approaches. moreover, the oxygen sensor, as a type of gas sensor, is mostly applied in lung cancer and breast cancer studies because of the usage for breath analysis in the treatment process. cmos sensor is another technology investigated in two types of cancer studies, including lung cancer and colorectal cancer. table 2. the most frequent sensors in cancer studies sensor technologies breast cancer lung cancer prostate cancer colorectal cancer biosensor * * * * electrochemical sensor * * * electrochemical biosensor * * * oxygen sensor * * tactile sensor * immuno sensor * fiber optic sensor * cancer sensor * optical sensor * * * pressure sensors * dna sensor * impedimetric sensor * terahertz sensor * genosensor * biomimetic sensor * electrochemical cytosensor * gas sensor * chemical sensor * fluorescence sensor * cell sensor * metal oxide semiconductor sensor * breath sensor * electrochemical immunosensor * capacitive biosensor * exhaled breath sensor * acetone sensor * volatile organic compound sensors * cmos sensor * * electrochemical genosensor * colorimetric sensor * immunosensor * near-infrared biosensor * resonance sensor * chemosensor * glucose sensor * impedimetric sensor * soft sensors and actuators * whole cell sensor * 4. concluding remarks the evolution of sensor technology over the last few decades has been unparalleled by the intensive activity of research in public and private laboratories [1, 4, 51-54]. sensor research and technology are co-evolving with growing interactions in different research fields directed to fulfil human goals and needs and solve problems in society. cancer is still one of the leading diseases and causes of death in the world. more than 250 types of cancer are currently known. the types of cancer under study here are a major cause of cancer-related deaths globally due to the difficulty of diagnosis in early stages that generates late treatments and a low probability of survival. in fact, in the health domain, a major hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 365 challenge is the detection of diseases using rapid and cost-effective technology. many cancer detection methods show poor sensitivity and selectivity, are time-consuming, and have a high cost for healthcare [16]. in short, early diagnosis is an important phase of the process of cancer treatment. for this reason, the role of sensor technology and research in these topics plays basic aspects for improving clinical diagnosis and early treatment for patients and, as a consequence, for reducing the mortality worldwide. this study shows an exploratory analysis of the role of sensor technology in cancer research to see possible new directions for improving diagnosis and therapeutic treatments. the results of this analysis are:  biosensor is the only type of sensor that plays an essential role in research for all types of four cancer under study.  electrochemical sensor is in all types of cancer research, except lung cancer.  electrochemical biosensor is used in breast cancer, lung cancer, and prostate cancer research but not in colorectal cancer research.  optical sensor is a technology investigated and applied in three types of cancer: breast cancer, prostate cancer, and colorectal cancer.  oxygen sensor has a role in lung cancer and breast cancer studies due to the usage for breath analysis in the treatment process.  finally, cmos sensor is another technology investigated and used in two types of cancer studies (lung cancer and colorectal cancer). overall, then, results suggest new directions of sensors for cancer research, such as optical biosensors that are rapid, real-time, and portable. they have a low detection limit and high sensitivity, and have great potential for diagnosing various types of cancer. in fact, optical biosensors can detect cancer in a few million malignant cells, in comparison to conventional diagnosis techniques that use 1 billion cells in tumor tissue with a diameter of 7–10 nm (traditional methods that are also costly, inconvenient, complex, time-consuming, and require technical specialists [6]). moreover, cancer biomarkers using luminescence and electrochemical metal-organic framework sensors are opening the way for personalized patient treatments and the development of new cancer-detecting devices [16]. the challenge of sensor technology in cancer research is the development of simple, reliable, and sensitive point-of-care testing biosensors for cancerous exosome detection to early cancer diagnosis and prognosis. the biosensor is a main technology for cancer research that could also avoid the influence of the external environment, including surrounding light and temperature [55]. these conclusions are, of course, tentative. although this study has provided some interesting, albeit preliminary results, it has several limitations. first, a limitation of this study is that sources understudy may only capture certain aspects of the ongoing dynamics of sensor research and technology in cancer studies. second, there are multiple confounding factors that have an important role in the interaction between sensor technology and cancer research for diagnosis to be further investigated, such as high r&d investments, collaboration intensity, intellectual property rights, etc. [40, 41, 56, 57]. third, the computational and statistical analyses in this study focus on data in a specific period and should be extended to other periods. forth, sensor research associated with cancer studies changes their borders during the evolution of science and technology, such that the identification of stable technological trajectories and new patterns in the evolution of sensors in cancer research are a non-trivial exercise [58, 59]. to conclude, future research should consider new data and apply new approaches to reinforce proposed results [6068]. despite these limitations, the results presented here clearly illustrate the evolutionary paths of the main sensor technologies that can be powerful tools in the future diagnosis and treatment of cancer. however, future studies need a detailed examination of other factors for detecting new technological trajectories and supporting appropriate strategies of research and innovation policy and management of technology to foster the technology transfer of sensor technology in cancer research for improving diagnosis and therapies directed to reduce, as far as possible, world-wide mortality of cancer in society. 5. declarations author contributions conceptualization, m.c., m.m. and s.r.; methodology, s.r.; software, s.r.; validation, m.c., and s.r.; formal analysis, m.m. and s.r.; investigation, m.c., m.m. and s.r.; resources, m.c., m.m. and s.r.; data curation, m.m. and s.r.; writing—original draft preparation, m.c., m.m. and s.r.; writing—review and editing, m.c.; visualization, m.c., s.r., and m.m.; supervision, m.c.; project administration, m.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 366 data availability statement  the data presented in this study are openly available in:  world health organization-cancer today (2020). estimated age-standardized incidence and mortality rates (world) in 2020, worldwide, both sexes, all ages. international agency for research on cancer, world health organization. available online: https://bit.ly/3jwpot6 (accessed on april 2022) [42].  web of science (2022). web of science core collection, document search, clarivate. available online: https://clarivate.com/webofsciencegroup/solutions/web-of-science/ (accessed on april 2022) [43].  data is contained within the article (appendix i). funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. institutional review board statement this study did not require ethical approval, not involving humans or animals. informed consent statement the study did not involve humans. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] andersen, p. d., jørgensen, b. h., lading, l., & rasmussen, b. (2004). sensor foresight technology and market. technovation, 24(4), 311–320. doi:10.1016/s0166-4972(02)00072-x. [2] rao n. s.v., brooks r.r., wu c.q. 2018. proceedings of international symposium on sensor networks, systems and security advances in computing and networking with applications, springer. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-75683-7 [3] wilson, j. s. (2005). sensor technology handbook. elsevier, amsterdam, netherlands. doi:10.1016/b978-0-7506-77295.x5040-x. [4] coccia mario, roshani s., mosleh m. 2021. scientific developments and new technological trajectories in sensor research. sensors, vol. 21, no. 23: art. n. 7803. doi:10.3390/s21237803. [5] bayford, r. h., damaso, r., neshatvar, n., ivanenko, y., rademacher, t. w., …, & demosthenous, a. (2022). locating functionalized gold nanoparticles using electrical impedance tomography. ieee transactions on biomedical engineering, 69(1), 494–502. doi:10.1109/tbme.2021.3100256. [6] kaur, b., kumar, s., & kaushik, b. k. (2022). recent advancements in optical biosensors for cancer detection. biosensors and bioelectronics, 197. doi:10.1016/j.bios.2021.113805. [7] li, b., pan, w., liu, c., guo, j., shen, j., … , & zheng, l. (2020). homogenous magneto-fluorescent nanosensor for tumorderived exosome isolation and analysis. acs sensors 5(7), 2052–2060. doi:10.1021/acssensors.0c00513. [8] li, b., liu, c., pan, w., shen, j., guo, j., … , & zheng, l. (2020). facile fluorescent aptasensor using aggregation-induced emission luminogens for exosomal proteins profiling towards liquid biopsy. biosensors and bioelectronics, 168. doi:10.1016/j.bios.2020.112520. [9] rey-barth, s., pinsault, n., terrisse, h., eychenne, c., rolland, c., foote, a., guyot, c., & bosson, j. l. (2022). a program centered on smart electrically assisted bicycle outings for rehabilitation after breast cancer: a pilot study. medical engineering and physics, 100, 103758. doi:10.1016/j.medengphy.2022.103758. [10] girsang, a. s., & abimanyu, a. (2021). development of an enterprise architecture for healthcare using togaf adm. emerging science journal, 5(3), 305-321. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-01278. [11] thakare, s., shaikh, a., bodas, d., & gajbhiye, v. (2022). application of dendrimer-based nanosensors in immunodiagnosis. colloids and surfaces b: biointerfaces, 209. doi:10.1016/j.colsurfb.2021.112174. [12] wu, y., feng, y., & li, x. (2022). classification of breast cancer by a gold nanoparticle based multicolor fluorescent aptasensor. journal of colloid and interface science, 611, 287–293. doi:10.1016/j.jcis.2021.12.039. https://bit.ly/3jwpot6 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 367 [13] lu, j. y., chen, q. y., meng, s. c., & feng, c. j. (2022). a dye-andrographolide assembly as a turn-on sensor for detection of phthalate in both cells and fish. analytica chimica acta, 1195, 339460. doi:10.1016/j.aca.2022.339460. [14] pothipor, c., bamrungsap, s., jakmunee, j., & ounnunkad, k. (2022). a gold nanoparticle-dye/poly(3-aminobenzylamine)/two dimensional mose2/graphene oxide electrode towards label-free electrochemical biosensor for simultaneous dual-mode detection of cancer antigen 15-3 and microrna-21. colloids and surfaces b: biointerfaces, 210. doi:10.1016/j.colsurfb.2021.112260. [15] kim, g., wu, q., chu, j. l., smith, e. j., oelze, m. l., moore, j. s., & li, k. c. (2022). ultrasound controlled mechanophore activation in hydrogels for cancer therapy. proceedings of the national academy of sciences of the united states of america, 119(4). doi:10.1073/pnas.2109791119. [16] mohan, b., kumar, s., xi, h., ma, s., tao, z., xing, t., you, h., zhang, y., & ren, p. (2022). fabricated metal-organic frameworks (mofs) as luminescent and electrochemical biosensors for cancer biomarkers detection. biosensors and bioelectronics, 197. doi:10.1016/j.bios.2021.113738. [17] bax, c., prudenza, s., gaspari, g., capelli, l., grizzi, f., & taverna, g. (2022). drift compensation on electronic nose data for non-invasive diagnosis of prostate cancer by urine analysis. in iscience, 25(1), 103622. doi:10.1016/j.isci.2021.103622. [18] prema, p., boobalan, t., arun, a., rameshkumar, k., suresh babu, r., veeramanikandan, v., nguyen, v. h., & balaji, p. (2022). green tea extract mediated biogenic synthesis of gold nanoparticles with potent anti-proliferative effect against pc-3 human prostate cancer cells. materials letters, 306. doi:10.1016/j.matlet.2021.130882. [19] coccia m. (2012). converging genetics, genomics and nanotechnologies for groundbreaking pathways in biomedicine and nanomedicine. int. j. healthcare technology and management, 13(4), 184-197. doi:10.1504/ijhtm.2012.050616 [20] coccia m. (2012). driving forces of technological change in medicine: radical innovations induced by side effects and their impact on society and healthcare, technology in society, 34(4), 271-283. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2012.06.002 [21] coccia m. (2014). converging scientific fields and new technological paradigms as main drivers of the division of scientific labour in drug discovery process: the effects on strategic management of the r&d corporate change, technology analysis & strategic management, 26(7), 733-749. doi:10.1080/09537325.2014.882501 [22] coccia m. (2016). radical innovations as drivers of breakthroughs: characteristics and properties of the management of technology leading to superior organizational performance in the discovery process of r&d labs, technology analysis & strategic management, 28(4), 381-395. doi:10.1080/09537325.2015.1095287. [23] coccia m. (2017). sources of technological innovation: radical and incremental innovation problem-driven to support competitive advantage of firms. technology analysis & strategic management, (29)9, 1048-1061. doi:10.1080/09537325.2016.1268682. [24] coccia m. (2017). the source and nature of general purpose technologies for supporting next k-waves: global leadership and the case study of the u.s. navy's mobile user objective system, technological forecasting & social change, 116 (march), 331-339. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2016.05.019. [25] coccia m., finardi u. (2013). new technological trajectories of non-thermal plasma technology in medicine. int. j. biomedical engineering and technology, 11(4), 337-356. doi:10.1504/ijbet.2013.055665. [26] coccia m., finardi u., margon d. (2012). current trends in nanotechnology research across worldwide geo-economic players, the journal of technology transfer, 37(5), 777-787. doi:10.1007/s10961-011-9219-6. [27] coccia m. (2020). asymmetry of the technological cycle of disruptive innovations. technology analysis & strategic management, 32(12), 1462-1477. doi:10.1080/09537325.2020.1785415. [28] joshi, s., guruprasad, g., kulkarni, s., & ghosh, r. (2022). reduced graphene oxide based electronic sensors for rapid and label-free detection of cea and cyfra 21-1. ieee sensors journal, 22(2), 1138–1145. doi:10.1109/jsen.2021.3132637. [29] kaya, s. i., ozcelikay, g., mollarasouli, f., bakirhan, n. k., & ozkan, s. a. (2022). recent achievements and challenges on nanomaterial based electrochemical biosensors for the detection of colon and lung cancer biomarkers. sensors and actuators b: chemical, 351. doi:10.1016/j.snb.2021.130856. [30] tumuluru, p., hrushikesava raju, s., santhi, m.v.b.t., subba rao, g., seetha rama krishna, p., koujalagi, a. (2022). smart lung cancer detector using a novel hybrid for early detection of lung cancer. inventive communication and computational technologies. lecture notes in networks and systems, 311. springer, singapore. doi:10.1007/978-981-16-5529-6_64. [31] jiang, x., wang, c., ke, z., duo, l., wu, t., wang, w., yang, y., & dai, y. (2022). the ion channel trpv1 gain-of-function reprograms the immune microenvironment to facilitate colorectal tumorigenesis. cancer letters, 527, 95–106. doi:10.1016/j.canlet.2021.12.012. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 368 [32] welz, l., kakavand, n., hang, x., laue, g., ito, g., silva, m. g., … aden, k. (2022). epithelial x-box binding protein 1 coordinates tumor protein p53-driven dna damage responses and suppression of intestinal carcinogenesis. gastroenterology, 162(1), 223–237.e11. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2021.09.057. [33] coccia m. 2018a. general properties of the evolution of research fields: a scientometric study of human microbiome, evolutionary robotics and astrobiology, scientometrics, 117(2), 1265-1283. doi:10.1007/s11192-018-2902-8. [34] coccia m., mosleh m., roshani s., (2022). evolution of quantum computing: theoretical and innovation management implications for emerging quantum industry. ieee transactions on engineering management. doi:10.1109/tem.2022.3175633. [35] ardito, l., coccia, m., & messeni petruzzelli, a. (2021). technological exaptation and crisis management: evidence from covid-19 outbreaks. r & d management, 51(4), 381–392. doi:10.1111/radm.12455. [36] jia, y., lu, v., hoberock, j., garland, m. and hart, j.c., 2012. edge v. node parallelism for graph centrality metrics. in gpu computing gems jade edition (pp. 15-28). morgan kaufmann. [37] coccia m. (2004). spatial metrics of the technological transfer: analysis and strategic management, technology analysis & strategic management, (16)1, 31-52. doi:10.1080/0953732032000175490. [38] coccia, m. (2007). spatial mobility of knowledge transfer and absorptive capacity: analysis and measurement of the impact within the geoeconomic space. the journal of technology transfer, 33(1), 105–122. doi:10.1007/s10961-007-9032-4. [39] coccia m. (2018). an introduction to the theories of institutional change, journal of economics library, 5(4), 337-344. doi:10.1453/jel.v5i4.1788. [40] mosleh m., roshani s., coccia m. (2022). scientific laws of research funding to support citations and diffusion of knowledge in life science. scientometrics, 127, 1931–1951. doi:10.1007/s11192-022-04300-1. [41] roshani, s., bagherylooieh, m.-r., mosleh, m., & coccia, m. (2021). what is the relationship between research funding and citation-based performance? a comparative analysis between critical disciplines. scientometrics, 126(9), 7859–7874. doi:10.1007/s11192-021-04077-9. [42] world health organization-cancer today (2020). estimated age-standardized incidence and mortality rates (world) in 2020, worldwide, both sexes, all ages. international agency for research on cancer, world health organization. available online: https://bit.ly/3jwpot6 (accessed on march 2022). [43] web of science (2022). web of science core collection, document search, clarivate. available online: https://clarivate.com/webofsciencegroup/solutions/web-of-science/ (accessed on april 2022). [44] coccia, m. (2020). deep learning technology for improving cancer care in society: new directions in cancer imaging driven by artificial intelligence. technology in society, 60, 1–11. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2019.101198. [45] delecroix, b., & epstein, r. (2004). co-word analysis for the non-scientific information example of reuters business briefings. data science journal, 3, 80–87. doi:10.2481/dsj.3.80. [46] sci2 team. (2009). science of science (sci2) tool. indiana university and scitech strategies. indiana, united states. available online: https://sci2.cns.iu.edu (accessed on april 2022). [47] quirin, a., cordón, o., guerrero-bote, v. p., vargas-quesada, b., & moya-anegón, f. (2008). a quick mst-based algorithm to obtain pathfinder networks (∞, n 1). journal of the american society for information science and technology, 59(12), 1912– 1924. doi:10.1002/asi.20904. [48] bastian, m., heymann, s., & jacomy, m. (2009). gephi: an open source software for exploring and manipulating networks. proceedings of the international aaai conference on web and social media, 3(1), 361-362, 17-20 may, 2009, san jose, united states. [49] chagpar, a. b., & coccia, m. (2019). factors associated with breast cancer mortality-per-incident case in low-to-middle income countries (lmics). journal of clinical oncology, 37(15_suppl), 1566–1566. doi:10.1200/jco.2019.37.15_suppl.1566. [50] harbeck, n., & gnant, m. (2017). breast cancer. the lancet, 389(10074), 1134-1150. doi:10.1016/s0140-6736(16)31891-8. [51] coccia, m. (2021). technological innovation. the blackwell encyclopedia of sociology. edited by george ritzer and chris rojek. john wiley & sons, ltd. doi:10.1002/9781405165518.wbeost011.pub2. [52] pagliaro, m., & coccia, m. (2021). how self-determination of scholars outclasses shrinking public research lab budgets, supporting scientific production: a case study and r&d management implications. heliyon, 7(1), 5998. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2021.e05998. [53] coccia, m. (2019). a theory of classification and evolution of technologies within a generalised darwinism. technology analysis and strategic management, 31(5), 517–531. doi:10.1080/09537325.2018.1523385. http://dx.doi.org/10.1453/jel.v5i4.1788 http://dx.doi.org/10.1453/jel.v5i4.1788 https://sci2.cns.iu.edu/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 369 [54] coccia, m., & watts, j. (2020). a theory of the evolution of technology: technological parasitism and the implications for innovation management. journal of engineering and technology management, 55. doi:10.1016/j.jengtecman.2019.11.003. [55] zou, l., liu, x., zhou, y., mei, w., wang, q., yang, x., & wang, k. (2022). optical fiber amplifier and thermometer assisted point-of-care biosensor for detection of cancerous exosomes. sensors and actuators b: chemical, 351. doi:10.1016/j.snb.2021.130893. [56] coccia m., wang l. (2015). path-breaking directions of nanotechnology-based chemotherapy and molecular cancer therapy, technological forecasting & social change, 94(may):155–169. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2014.09.007. [57] coccia m., wang l. (2016). evolution and convergence of the patterns of international scientific collaboration, proceedings of the national academy of sciences of the united states of america, 2016 february 23, 113(8), 2057-2061. doi:10.1073/pnas.1510820113. [58] coccia m. (2020). the evolution of scientific disciplines in applied sciences: dynamics and empirical properties of experimental physics, scientometrics, 124, 451-487. doi:10.1007/s11192-020-03464-y. [59] coccia m. (2022). technological trajectories in quantum computing to design a quantum ecosystem for industrial change, technology analysis & strategic management, 1-16. doi:10.1080/09537325.2022.2110056. [60] coccia m. (2021). comparative critical decisions in management. in: farazmand a. (eds), global encyclopedia of public administration, public policy, and governance. springer, cham. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-31816-5_3969-1. [61] coccia m. (2018). classification of innovation considering technological interaction, journal of economics bibliography, 5(2), 76-93. doi:10.1453/jeb.v5i2.1650. [62] coccia, m. (2017). a new classification of technologies, working paper coccialab n. 26/2, arizona state university (usa), arxiv elibrary. available online: http://arxiv.org/abs/1712.07711 (accessed on may 2022). [63] coccia m. (2018). types of government and innovative performance of countries, j. adm. soc. sci., vol. 5, n. 1, pp. 15-33, doi:10.1453/jsas.v5i1.1573. [64] coccia m. (2022). probability of discoveries between research fields to explain scientific and technological change. technology in society, vol. 68, february, n. 101874. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2022.101874. [65] coccia, m. (2020). fishbone diagram for technological analysis and foresight. international journal of foresight and innovation policy, 14(2/3/4), 225. doi:10.1504/ijfip.2020.111221. [66] coccia m. (2017). the fishbone diagram to identify, systematize and analyze the sources of general purpose technologies. journal of social and administrative sciences, vol. 4, n. 4, pp. 291-303. doi:10.1453/jsas.v4i4.1518 [67] coccia m. 2020. destructive technologies for industrial and corporate change. in: farazmand a. (eds), global encyclopedia of public administration, public policy, and governance. springer. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-31816-5_3972-1. [68] coccia m. 2022. critical innovation strategies for achieving competitive strategic entrepreneurship in ever-increasing turbulent markets. in faghih n., forouharfar amir (eds.), strategic entrepreneurship-perspectives on dynamics, theories, and practices, springer, chapter 12, 255-272. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-86032-5. https://doi.org/10.1080/09537325.2022.2110056 http://arxiv.org/abs/1712.07711 http://www.kspjournals.org/index.php/jsas/article/view/1573 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 370 appendix i table 1a. groups, core keywords and related sensors in the breast cancer network group core keyword top 5 keywords related sensors 1 breast cancer autophagy immunoassay electrochemical biosensor tumorigenesis microrna 1. electrochemical biosensor 2. electrochemical sensor 3. oxygen sensor 4. immuno sensor 5. array-based sensor 6. terahertz sensor 7. dna sensor 8. fiber optic sensor 9. impedimetric sensor 10. fluorescence sensor 11. dna biosensor 12. single-use sensors 13. impedance sensor 14. photoelectrochemical biosensor 15. electrochemical cytosensor 16. optical biosensor 17. antifouling biosensor 18. electrochemical dna sensor 19. electrochemical dna biosensor 20. cytosensor 21. surface plasmon resonance biosensor 22. micro sensor 23. dna damage sensor 24. nuclease optical sensor 25. microfluidic immunosensor 26. gan hemt based biosensor 27. aptasensor 28. chemical sensor 29. radio sensor technology (rst) 30. miniature sensor 31. electrochemical genosensor 32. cell-based biosensor 33. metabolic sensor 34. multimodal sensors 35. multi-modal sensor data 36. acoustic biosensors 37. silicon-sensor chips 38. electrochemical aptasensor 39. estrogen biosensor 40. stress sensor 41. spr-based pcf sensor 42. oil adulteration sensor 43. new ion-channel sensor model 44. environmental sensor 45. fluorescent biosensor 46. body sensor network 47. breath sensor 48. optical 3-d sensor 49. mems sensor 50. nanobiosensor 51. quartz crystal microbalance sensor 52. aunps sensor 53. nanomechanosensor 54. ratiometric aptasensor 55. recyclable sensor 56. redox sensor 57. thermal sensors 58. bionic sensor 59. mems mass sensor 60. genomagnetic sensor 61. on-off type aptasensor 62. piezoresistive force sensor 63. sandwich-type immunosensor 64. dsrna sensor 65. cmos capacitance sensor 66. plasmonic biosensors 67. cell sensor 68. e-dna sensor 69. metal nanoparticles-graphene hybrid biosensors 70. multiplex dna sensor 71. genetically-encoded sensor 72. apoptosis sensor hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 371 73. lectin sensor 74. glucose biosensor 75. molecular sensors 76. electrochemical sandwich immunosensor 77. sensor activity 78. label-free electrochemical sensor 79. self-powered sensor 80. bio-mems force sensor 81. sandwich-type biosensor 82. fiber optic biosensor 83. fluorescent sensor 84. aptamersensor 85. gold nanostructured sensor 86. luminescent sensor 87. electronic sensor 88. laser distance sensor 89. active radio sensor 90. stimulus response sensor 91. lspr sensor multiplexed detection 92. plow-through biosensor 93. fluorescence turn-on sensor 94. rhodamine-coumarin based chemo sensor 95. biochemosensor 96. sh-saw biosensor 97. electrochemiluminescence immunosensor 98. live cell non-invasive apoptosis detection sensor (niads) 99. breast cancer sensor 100. kinase biosensor 2 biosensor her2 cancer antigen nanoparticle tactile sensor signal amplification 1. biosensor 2. optical sensor 3. colorimetric sensor 4. colorimetric nanosensor 5. ph. sensor 6. refractive index sensor 7. nanosensor 8. label-free optical sensor 9. label-free aptasensor 10. electrogenerated chemiluminescence aptasensor 11. fluid-type tactile sensor 12. vision-based sensor 13. spr sensor 14. label-free electrochemical immunosensor 15. silicon nanobiosensor 16. protease sensor 17. environmental sensor 18. biochemosensor 19. tactile sensor 20. pressure sensors 21. genosensor 22. cancer sensor 23. biomimetic sensor 24. mirna sensor 25. electrochemical immunosensor 26. occipital structure sensor 27. multiplexed immunosensor 28. acoustic sensor 29. ratiometric electrochemical biosensor 30. lspr biosensor 31. atomic force microscopy sensor 3 reactive oxygen species apoptosis mcf-7 cancer cells circulating tumor cell dna hydrogel biosensor carbon dot 1. raman biosensor 2. dna hydrogel biosensor 3. light addressable potentiometric sensor (laps) 4. capacitive sensor 5. label-free biosensor 6. nanowire biosensor 7. motion sensor 8. targeted drug delivery sensor 9. ratiometric fluorescent sensor 10. hall sensor 11. cell-based sensor 12. metal ion sensors 13. conductivity sensor 14. turn off fluorescence sensor 15. hydrogel sensor 16. magnetoelastic sensor 17. cmos image sensor 18. pb2+ ions sensor hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 372 table 2a. groups, core keywords and related sensors in the lung cancer network group core keyword top 5 keywords related sensors 1 lung cancer electronic nose (e-nose) pattern recognition mutation nrf2 (nuclear factor-erythroid factor 2-related factor 2) calix[4]arene 1. oxygen sensor 2. electrochemical biosensor 3. cell sensor 4. metal oxide semiconductor sensor 5. chemiresisitve sensor 6. breath sensor 7. electrochemical immunosensor 8. capacitive biosensor 9. photoelectrochemical immunosensor 10. vapor sensor 11. ammonia gas sensor 12. voc gas sensor 13. electrochemical sensor 14. mems magnetic sensor 15. immunosensor 16. sensor-based gas analyzer 17. nonconjugated polymer gas sensor 18. color sensor 19. computed tomography-guided sensor implantation 20. metal oxide mox sensor 21. dna damage sensor protein 22. sensor phenomena and characterization 23. label-free electrochemical immunosensor 24. mox sensors 25. low sensor chamber volume 26. metal oxide sensors 27. artificial olfactory sensor 28. optical fiber sensors 29. optical sensor 30. electronic smell sensor 31. colorimetric cross-responsive sensor 32. sensor-type prototype system 33. mos sensors 34. sensor selection 35. fluorescence turn-on chemosensor 36. coumarin based sequential chemosensor 37. nanostructured sensor materials 38. love-wave sensor 39. calorimetric sensor 40. gas-sensor property 41. electrokinetic sensor 42. chemosensors 43. surface stress sensor 44. nanomechanical sensor 45. label-free immunosensor 46. chemical gas sensor 47. mach zehnder interferometer sensor 48. picric acid sensor 49. diverse sensor array 50. virtual sensors array 51. aptasensor 52. label-free nanoimmunosensor 53. microarray sers sensors 54. capacitive sensor 55. nh3 gas sensor 56. smartphone-integrated sensor 57. sensor for health 58. silicon biophotonic sensor 59. nanobiosensor 60. single molecule sensor 61. fluoride ions sensor 62. breath ethanol sensors 63. silicon nanobiosensor 64. poly-silicon wire sensor 65. cytosensor 66. adsorption-based sensor 67. graphene biosensor 68. alkane sensor hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 373 69. luminescent sensor 2 volatile organic compounds (voc) breath diagnosis gold nanoparticle nanoparticles exhaled breath 1. exhaled breath sensor 2. dna sensor 3. volatile organic compound sensors 4. cmos sensor 5. electrochemical genosensor 6. metal oxide semiconductor gas sensor 7. intracellular sensor 8. amperometric immunosensor 9. odor sensors 10. chemical piezosensor 11. chip integrated biosensor 12. nanophotonic biosensor 13. stochastic sensor 14. lectin sensor 15. hydrogen gas sensor 16. impedance biosensor 17. alcohol nanosensor 18. paper-based sensors 19. chemoresistive sensors 20. multianalyte biosensor 21. co2 biosensor 22. characterization of the sensor 23. trace gas sensor 3 breath analysis real time diabetes non-invasive formaldehyde sno2 1. piezoresistive membrane sensors 2. h2s sensor 3. formaldehyde gas sensor 4. quantum resistive vapor sensor 5. quantum resistive sensor 6. acetone sensor 7. genetically encoded nanosensor 8. gas biosensor 4 gas sensor humidity sensor health monitoring reduced graphene oxide acetone tin oxide 9. gas sensor 10. lung cancer sensor 11. multiparameter virtual sensor array 12. humidity sensor 13. sensor mechanism 14. flexible sensor 5 biosensor wireless sensor networks radon smart home electrochemical inhibitors 15. biosensor 16. fluorescence biosensor 17. wireless sensor networks 18. photoelectric aerosol sensor 19. direct progeny sensor 20. pid sensor 21. chemo-resistive gas sensor 22. hydrocarbon gas sensor 6 exosome cancer diagnosis lung-cancer biomarker immunoassay multi-wall carbon nanotubes 23. optical biosensor 24. saw gas sensor 25. optical chemical sensor, vocs identification 26. saw immunosensor 27. impedimetric sensor 7 surface plasmon resonance (spr) endoscopy au nps signal enhancement erlotinib tollen's reagent 28. histidine sensor 29. fiber optic biosensor 8 graphene dna mutation chemical sensor urine headspace colorimetric sensor tuberculosis 30. chemical sensor 31. colorimetric sensor 32. cancer sensor 33. array-based sensor 34. temperature sensors 35. impedance-based sensor 36. attachable gas sensors 37. hg(ii) sensor 38. eis aptamer sensor hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 374 39. microrna sensor table 3a. groups, core keywords and related sensors in the prostate cancer network group core keyword top 5 keywords related sensors 1 prostate cancer gold nanoparticle immunosensor detection porcine liver esterase fluorescent probe 1. immunosensor 2. near-infrared biosensor 3. resonance sensor 4. fna-based electrochemical sensor 5. impedimetric sensor 6. aptasensor 7. piezoelectric sensor 8. boronate sensor 9. zinc sensor 10. nanopore-based sensor 11. nanowire biosensor 12. microsensors 13. voltammetric sensor 14. hall sensor 15. electrochemical aptasensor 16. tactile sensor 17. array-based sensor 18. non-enzymatic sensor 19. electrochemical aptamer sensors 20. ratiometric aptasensor 21. light addressable potentiometric sensor (laps) 22. camera sensor 23. fluorescence gas-sensory arrays 2 activated protein kinase (ampk) apoptosis lkb1 lung cancer mtorc1 castrate-resistant 1. label-free nanoimmunosensor 3 prostate specific antigen (psa) aptamer prostate cancer diagnosis cancer biomarker silicon nanowire 1. glucose sensor 2. ph sensor 3. colorimetric sensor 4. quantum resistive sensor 5. label-free biosensors 6. love wave sensor 7. biomarker sensor 8. photonic sensor 9. biomarker pressure sensor 10. carbon nanotube sensors 11. ion selective sensors 12. rna biosensor 13. affinity sensor 14. electrical conductivity sensor 15. conductivity sensor 16. memristive biosensors 17. ring resonator biosensor 18. nanobiosensor 19. metal nanoparticles-graphene hybrid biosensors 20. impedimetric immunosensor 21. single-molecule sensor 22. sandwich-type electrochemical immunosensor 4 biosensor antibody prostatic carcinoma dna acoustic wave sensor cancer metastasis 1. biosensor 2. optical sensor 3. acoustic wave sensor 4. bio-mems force sensor 5 prostate zinc chromogranin a fluorescent sensor imaging diagnosis peptide 1. trans-rectal sensor 2. pressure sensor array 3. chemosensor 4. fluorescent sensor 6 electrochemical sensor flutamide nanocomposite voltammetry anticancer drug electrophilicity 1. electrochemical sensor 2. nanosensor 3. flutamide sensor 4. bicalutamide sensor 7 sarcosine urine electrochemical biosensor oligonucleotides label free detection 1. sarcosine biosensor 2. potentiometric sensor 3. electrochemical biosensor 4. urine sensors 5. graphene-based electrical sensor 6. disposable sensor chips 7. colorimetric biosensor 8 apoptosis chemotherapy dna damage 1. carbon nanotube biosensor 2. wireless pressure sensor hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 375 dna repair rad9 tumor suppressor 3. implantable pressure sensor table 4a. groups, core keywords and related sensors in the colorectal cancer network group core keyword top 5 keywords related sensors 1 colorectal cancer apoptosis occult blood test precision medicine social health electrochemical biosensor 1. electrochemical biosensor 2. gas sensor array 3. nanostructured sensors 4. bifunctional nanobiosensor 5. inductive sensors 6. body sensor network 7. electrochemical genosensor 8. electrochemical dna biosensor 9. silicon bio-photonic sensor 10. aptasensor 11. cell-based biosensor 12. electrochemical aptasensor 13. rna sensor 2 faecal immunochemical test (fit) inflammatory bowel disease reg3 quality assurance advance notification letter 3 screening chemoresistive sensors blood tumor marker tissue microarray faecal occult blood test 1. chemoresistive sensors 2. nucleic acid-sensor 4 sensitivity stability specificity 1. evanescent wave absorption sensor 5 colon cancer transmission electron microscopy (tem) oxidative stress kras drug screening 1. electrochemical sensor 2. electrochemical enzymatic sensor 3. dna sensor 4. nanosensor 6 colorectal cancer screening colonoscopy quantitative fecal immunochemical test for hemoglobin sample stability 1. electric-field effect colorectal sensor 7 biomarkers wearables sex circadian rhythms nanotechnology hemolysis assay 8 biosensor cancer markers surface plasmon resonance whole cell sensor circular dichroism spectroscopy 1. biosensor 2. whole cell sensor 3. cmos sensor 9 soft sensors and actuators optical sensor bowel viability colon cloud serve pulse oximetry 1. optical sensor 2. robot sensor systems 3. endocavitary sensor available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 28 issn: 2723-9535 dendrogram analysis and statistical examination for total microbiological mesophilic aerobic count of municipal water distribution network system mostafa essam eissa 1* , engy refaat rashed 2 , dalia essam eissa 3 1 independent researcher, pharmaceutical and healthcare research facility, cairo, egypt. 2 national centre for radiation research and technology, cairo, egypt. 3 royal oldham hospital, rochdale rd, oldham ol1 2jh, united kingdom. received 23 november 2021; revised 12 january 2022; accepted 18 january 2022; published 01 march 2022 abstract the microbiological quality of water for human consumption is a critical safety aspect that should not be overlooked, especially when considering facilities for healthcare and the treatment of ill populations. thus, the biological stability of water is crucial for the distribution network that delivers potable water to the final users for consumption and other human activities. the present work aimed to study a municipal distribution network system for city water within a healthcare facility. the implementation of the statistical analysis was conducted over long-term data collection, and the comparative study for the microbiological count of the water samples from different points-of-use was assessed using the non-parametric analysis of the kruskal-wallis test. the comparative study involved a preliminary general one-way analysis of variance (anova) followed by ad-hoc pairwise comparison. the statistical study involved a correlation matrix and a dendrogram to elucidate the level of association between different sections in the network. the ports c4 and c13 were at the trough in the microbiological count, in contrast to c13, which showed the highest level of the average microbial density. despite a low to moderate level of correlation between the datasets of the water network, the tree diagram (dendrogram) analysis showed remarkable clustering. use points could be grouped into three dense groups based on abrupt cuts in the similarity value. the study was useful in the analysis of the pattern and behavior of the microbial quality in a distribution water network in a specific area of the study. this work in turn would help in investigating the areas of improvement and defect spotting, in addition to assessing the biological stability of the water distribution system. the study could be extended to cover other different processed water networks, such as distilled, deionized, and purified water, as well as water-for-injection (wfi). keywords: correlation matrix; dendrogram; healthcare, kruskal-wallis test; microbiological count; municipal water. 1. introduction in the world of the uninterrupted increase in the number of ill populations, immunocompromised patients, and defected healthy individuals, seeking appropriate control of human consumable products becomes a critical task, especially in the healthcare industry and settings [1]. one of the important components in everyday human activities is water [2]. there are several quality characteristics that must be considered in the monitoring and control of municipal water [3]. one of the most critical properties is the microbial count, or bioburden content, of the city water. * corresponding author: mostafaessameissa@yahoo.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3562-5935 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6593-378x hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 29 in this type of dynamic system, the biological stability of the water distribution network is essential to avoid any unexpected excursions in microbial quality [4]. the fewer fluctuations in the bioburden count (as frequency and magnitude), the less the risk of out-of-control (ooc) status might occur, the safer the water for human use and consumption [5]. previous research has been carried out to monitor this approach using statistical process control (spc) and control or trending sharts [6]. however, in the compound or complex system, it would be plausible to minimize the dimensionality of the variables through cluster analysis for the revealing of grouping in the characteristics in terms of microbial count [7]. in turn, this will highlight sections for improvement, defective regions, and acceptable parts. considering the importance of the homogeneity of the microbiological count in the water distribution network, the present study aimed to provide a statistical stability analysis of municipal water systems in a selected area of a healthcare facility. the work would cover a two-dimensional analysis of the pattern of the microbial count dispersion as a function of time and location. the distribution of data was analyzed and compared. correlation and similarity studies could be executed to spot a unique grouping tendency in different segments of the water distribution network system. 2. material and methods the study subject of this work was focused on the distribution network of the city water system in a selected healthcare facility. this network provides service for different partitions in the plant and each section possessed its own point-of-use port(s). the healthcare facility received its supply of municipal water lines from two sources. these stations were subject to regular monitoring for quality inspection characteristics [8]. an important monitored trait to be considered was the total microbiological aerobic, mesophilic viable count, or total viable count (tvc). the microbiological sampling was conducted aseptically over a 45-month period for the determination of the water plate count. the standard analysis technique for water samples collected in sterile bottles was conducted using an aseptic technique by a method provided by other researchers [9]. after incubation, the heterotrophic plate count (hpc) was quantified as the number of colony forming unit (cfu) per milliliter. the reported data was collected chronologically in a column database for the plate count for each use point in the municipal water distribution system and processed using statistical software packages. the examination included general descriptive statistics, cumulative histograms, distribution pattern investigation, global variance analysis, multiple comparison tests, correlation matrix analysis, and tree diagram (dendrogram). the programs included in the study embraced xlstat premium version 2021.1.1 for correlogram for correlation matrix drawing and p value plot [10]. this excel-integrated software was also used to illustrate cumulative histograms for all dataset columns. graphpad prisom for windows version 6.01 [11] was used to create the descriptive statistics, graphical summary, overall bioburden comparison, and multiple pairwise comparisons in the table and figure. finally, minitab version 17.1.0 was used for cluster analysis using a tree diagram and to show a detailed tabulated similarity level [12]. 3. results and discussion the mean microbial count of city water for each point-of-use along with the overall value with standard error of the mean (sem) could be demonstrated in figure 1. the maximum hpc was found at port c5, and the minimum average microbial levels were detected at c4 and c13. figure 2 shows the distribution analysis of the microbial count as a cumulative histogram [13]. the most likely distribution fit for the discrete dataset was variable. however, the lognormal fit was the most common of the examined use points. exceptions were found in c4, c9, and c13 with weibull iii, exponential, and gamma ii distributions, respectively. in the same line, figure 3 illustrates the pattern of data using a probability–probability or percent–percent (p-p) plot. all dispersions were akin to each other, suggesting close spreading of the datasets [14]. all the results were far from the gaussian distribution's usual shape, and this finding was expected based on the previously found dispersion pattern in other studies of the microbial count distribution in the water samples. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 30 m e a n /s e m d is t r ib u t io n p o in t c f u /m l c 1 c 2 c 3 c 4 c 5 c 6 c 7 c 8 c 9 c 1 0 c 1 1 c 1 2 c 1 3 a v 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 c 1 c 2 c 3 c 4 c 5 c 6 c 7 c 8 c 9 c 1 0 c 1 1 c 1 2 c 1 3 a v figure 1. heterotrophic plate count (hpc) as a mean cfu/ml ± standard error of the mean (sem) of 13 distribution points (c) with the average (av) is shown for the whole municipal system figure 2. cumulative histogram of the distribution points of municipal water network in the healthcare facility 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 -1 49 99 149 199 249 c u m u la ti v e r el a ti v e f re q u en cy microbial density cumulative histograms c1 log-normal(2.308,1.205) c2 log-normal(2.485,1.281) c3 log-normal(2.244,1.348) c4 weibull (3)(0.770,13.342,-1.000) c5 log-normal(2.667,1.278) c6 log-normal(2.491,1.187) c7 log-normal(2.399,1.329) c8 log-normal(2.614,1.123) c9 exponential(0.042) c10 log-normal(2.509,1.251) c11 log-normal(2.474,1.243) c12 log-normal(2.380,1.243) c13 gamma (2)(0.657,21.119) the true distribution of data versus the the theoretical expected best-fit hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 31 multiple comparison analysis was investigated between the microbial count trend of all working lines of the city water distribution system within the healthcare facility. the approximate p ≤ 0.05 was found to be 0.0187 using analysis of variance (anova). the general (global) effect is pinpointed as a significant variation in microbial quality between different sections of the water distribution network in the plant due to significant variation between medians. nevertheless, a multiple comparison (post hoc) test using a non-parametric test kruskal-wallis for pairwise analysis yielded a non-significant difference (figure 4). thus, the conclusion of significant anova with nonsignificant multiple pairwise comparisons was that the p-value computed by the anova was lower than the alpha (α) significance level (e.g. 0.05) [15]. all the p-values computed by the pairwise multiple comparisons test were higher than the α significance level. some reasons for why post-hoc test might appear not significant while the overall effect was significant. a conservative multiple comparisons test. a weakly significant global effect (p-value of the anova table was very close to the significance level) was not the case in the present study. hence, this reason was excluded. another reason that should be investigated was the lack of statistical power. for instance, when treatments had small sizes. when multiple comparisons tests were not statistically powerful, it would be less likely to detect significant differences. however, this was not the case herein also as the number of values per group was reasonably high. the more conservative the test, the more likely rejection would be found significantly different between groups that in reality were meaningful. in addition, a high number of factor levels can also be an explanation as in the current situation of table 1. the more pairwise comparisons would be found in hand, the more p-values will get penalized in order to decrease the risk of rejecting null hypotheses while they are true [15]. thus, there is a reasonable assumption for considering a significant variation in the microbiological water quality between different sections in the distribution network. figure 3. probability–probability (p-p) plot of the actual versus the expected data dispersion of the point-of-use ports spreading across water distribution system in the plant 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 t h eo re ti ca l c u m u la ti v e d is tr ib u ti o n empirical cumulative distribution p-p plot (c1 to c13) derived from plotting cumulative distribution function (cdfs) of the actual vs. expected records hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 32 r a n k s c 1 c 2 c 3 c 4 c 5 c 6 c 7 c 8 c 9 c 1 0 c 1 1 c 1 2 c 1 3 0 2 0 0 4 0 0 6 0 0 8 0 0 figure 4. kruskal-wallis test (p < 0.05) showing ranking distribution for all use points of water distribution system the correlation matrix between different segments of the municipal water distribution system is shown in figure 5 [16]. it could be noted that a low correlation level existed between the point-of-use ports with moderate records that were observed at the best estimates. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 33 table 1. kruskal-wallis test for 13 treatment (columns) of 767 total values with 78 multiple pairwise comparisons per family test details * mean rank i mean rank ii mean rank diff. ¥ test details * mean rank i mean rank ii mean rank diff. ¥ c1 vs. c2 363.6 405.4 -41.72 c4 vs. c11 302.0 398.9 -96.86 c1 vs. c3 363.6 357.6 6.017 c4 vs. c12 302.0 382.7 -80.70 c1 vs. c4 363.6 302.0 61.64 c4 vs. c13 302.0 311.2 -9.23 c1 vs. c5 363.6 437.2 -73.51 c5 vs. c6 437.2 398.9 38.24 c1 vs. c6 363.6 398.9 -35.27 c5 vs. c7 437.2 389.3 47.83 c1 vs. c7 363.6 389.3 -25.68 c5 vs. c8 437.2 410.8 26.31 c1 vs. c8 363.6 410.8 -47.19 c5 vs. c9 437.2 430.5 6.644 c1 vs. c9 363.6 430.5 -66.86 c5 vs. c10 437.2 403.8 33.35 c1 vs. c10 363.6 403.8 -40.16 c5 vs. c11 437.2 398.9 38.29 c1 vs. c11 363.6 398.9 -35.22 c5 vs. c12 437.2 382.7 54.44 c1 vs. c12 363.6 382.7 -19.07 c5 vs. c13 437.2 311.2 125.90 c1 vs. c13 363.6 311.2 52.41 c6 vs. c7 398.9 389.3 9.59 c2 vs. c3 405.4 357.6 47.74 c6 vs. c8 398.9 410.8 -11.92 c2 vs. c4 405.4 302.0 103.40 c6 vs. c9 398.9 430.5 -31.59 c2 vs. c5 405.4 437.2 -31.79 c6 vs. c10 398.9 403.8 -4.8900 c2 vs. c6 405.4 398.9 6.449 c6 vs. c11 398.9 398.9 0.05 c2 vs. c7 405.4 389.3 16.04 c6 vs. c12 398.9 382.7 16.20 c2 vs. c8 405.4 410.8 -5.48 c6 vs. c13 398.9 311.2 87.68 c2 vs. c9 405.4 430.5 -25.14 c7 vs. c8 389.3 410.8 -21.52 c2 vs. c10 405.4 403.8 1.56 c7 vs. c9 389.3 430.5 -41.19 c2 vs. c11 405.4 398.9 6.50 c7 vs. c10 389.3 403.8 -14.48 c2 vs. c12 405.4 382.7 22.65 c7 vs. c11 389.3 398.9 -9.54 c2 vs. c13 405.4 311.2 94.13 c7 vs. c12 389.3 382.7 6.61 c3 vs. c4 357.6 302.0 55.62 c7 vs. c13 389.3 311.2 78.08 c3 vs. c5 357.6 437.2 -79.53 c8 vs. c9 410.8 430.5 -19.67 c3 vs. c6 357.6 398.9 -41.29 c8 vs. c10 410.8 403.8 7.03 c3 vs. c7 357.6 389.3 -31.69 c8 vs. c11 410.8 398.9 11.97 c3 vs. c8 357.6 410.8 -53.21 c8 vs. c12 410.8 382.7 28.13 c3 vs. c9 357.6 430.5 -72.88 c8 vs. c13 410.8 311.2 99.60 c3 vs. c10 357.6 403.8 -46.18 c9 vs. c10 430.5 403.8 26.70 c3 vs. c11 357.6 398.9 -41.24 c9 vs. c11 430.5 398.9 31.64 c3 vs. c12 357.6 382.7 -25.08 c9 vs. c12 430.5 382.7 47.80 c3 vs. c13 357.6 311.2 46.39 c9 vs. c13 430.5 311.2 119.30 c4 vs. c5 302.0 437.2 -135.1 c10 vs. c11 403.8 398.9 4.94 c4 vs. c6 302.0 398.9 -96.91 c10 vs. c12 403.8 382.7 21.09 c4 vs. c7 302.0 389.3 -87.31 c10 vs. c13 403.8 311.2 92.57 c4 vs. c8 302.0 410.8 -108.80 c11 vs. c12 398.9 382.7 16.15 c4 vs. c9 302.0 430.5 -128.50 c11 vs. c13 398.9 311.2 87.63 c4 vs. c10 302.0 403.8 -101.80 c12 vs. c13 382.7 311.2 71.47 * test statistic = 24.27; ¥ no significant difference at α = 0.05 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 34 figure 5. spearman correlation matrix showing the degree of association of the total microbiological count between studied group of the point-of-use in a healthcare facility table 2 showed the formation of clusters for dendrogram creation at each step and determined the similarity (or distance) levels of the clusters formed. the pattern of how similarity or distance values change from step to step could aid in the selection of the final clustering for the database [17]. the step where the values changed abruptly might be identified as an acceptable point to define the final grouping. the decision about final grouping was also called “cutting the dendrogram”. cutting the dendrogram was akin to drawing a line across the dendrogram to specify the final clustering [17]. in this essence, the inflection between step 10 (8 observations) and 11 (12 observations) could be observed. the dendrogram (tree diagram) was used to display the groups formed by aggregation of variables at each increment and showed their similarity levels. in figure 6, the similarity levels – which could be displayed as distance level as well were quantified along the y-axis through measuring the corresponding horizontal line at each step and the various variables (distribution network sampling points) were listed along the x-axis. accordingly, three cutting edge clusters could be identified viz. 1(4), 5(8) and 13(1). table 2. correlation coefficient distance, complete linkage and amalgamation steps cluster analysis of variables: c1→c13 step number of clusters similarity level distance level clusters joined * new cluster ¥ number € of obs.in new cluster 1 12 85.8623 0.28275 1→3 1 2 2 11 84.7412 0.30518 10→11 10 2 3 10 82.9348 0.34130 7→8 7 2 4 9 81.9826 0.36035 5→6 5 2 5 8 81.5184 0.36963 1→2 1 3 6 7 78.8315 0.42337 7→12 7 3 7 6 72.7648 0.54470 7→9 7 4 8 5 72.7235 0.54553 5→10 5 4 9 4 69.8196 0.60361 1→4 1 4 10 3 67.3546 0.65291 5→7 5 8 11 2 54.7786 0.90443 1→5 1 12 12 1 48.3157 1.03369 10→13 1 13 * the group of pair sets that were linked to yield a different cluster at each level in the amalgamation operation. ¥ the unique number of the developed cluster that was created at each level in the process of amalgamation. € the number of records in each newly created cluster at each incremental level in the process of amalgamation. c 1 c 2 c 3 c 4 c 5 c 6 c 7 c 8 c 9 c 1 0 c 1 1 c 1 2 c 1 3 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 0.636 > 0.818 0.818 > 1 0.091 > 0.273 0.273 > 0.455 0.455 > 0.636 0.455 > 0.273 0.273 > 0.091 0.091 > 0.091 1 > 0.818 0.818 > 0.636 0.636 > 0.455 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 35 figure 6. dendrogram showing similarity level of the microbiological count between the examined distribution points of the water network in a healthcare plant. while the present analysis is limited by the tvc only in this work, the study could be extended in the future to cover other quality aspects of water such as total organic carbon (toc) and conductivity, in addition to the traceability of specific objectionable and pathogenic microorganisms that are a potential risk to human and other living organisms’ health in water. the advantage of the combination of these statistical techniques with the new technologies in microbial enumeration and detection should not be underestimated. 4. conclusion monitoring the biological stability of the water distribution system is crucial for the safety of human consumption and other associated activities. one of the important quality criteria of the distribution network is the control and monitoring of hpc. statistical analysis of a well-established database might reveal useful information for reporting the quality issues, patterns, and trends that would help and support decision-making in continuous improvement projects. a single type of analysis might not reveal outcomes that could be revealed by another one, such as global anova against pairwise multiple comparisons and correlation matrix against dendrogram. the overall comparison revealed a significant variation between different parts of the distribution system, yet this was not evident in the stepwise comparative analysis. in the same line, the correlation matrix did not yield sufficiently interesting associations in the present situation between different water sampling ports that could demonstrate a pattern. in the existing situation, a long-term study of municipal distribution networks showed a clustering tendency in the system segments related to the bioburden level, identifying three main groups. while there could be found two clusters of four and eight points-ofuse, the last group consisted of only one line that stood at the end of the system, segregated from the adjacent network groups. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, d.e.e. and e.r.r.; methodology, m.e.e.; software, m.e.e.; validation, e.r.r., d.e.e. and m.e.e.; formal analysis, m.e.e.; investigation, e.r.r.; resources, d.e.e.; data curation, m.e.e.; writing—original draft preparation, m.e.e.; writing—review and editing, e.r.r.; visualization, e.r.r.; supervision, e.r.r.; project administration, d.e.e.; funding acquisition, d.e.e. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author c13c9c12c8c7c11c10c6c5c4c2c3c1 48.32 65.54 82.77 100.00 variables s im il a ri ty dendrogram complete linkage, correlation coefficient distance hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 36 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable 5.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] world health organization. (2021). health21: the health for all policy framework for the who european region. available online: https://www.euro.who.int/__data/assets/pdf_file/0010/98398/wa540ga199heeng.pdf (accessed on december 2021). [2] water science school. (2019). the water in you: water and the human body | u.s. geological survey. available online: https://www.usgs.gov/special-topics/water-science-school/science/water-you-water-and-human-body (accessed on december 2021). [3] hanaor, d., & sorrell, c. (2013). sand supported mixed-phase tio2photocatalysts for water decontamination applications. advanced engineering materials, 16(2), 248-254. doi:10.1002/adem.201300259 [4] nescerecka, a., rubulis, j., vital, m., juhna, t., & hammes, f. (2014). biological instability in a chlorinated drinking water distribution network. plos one, 9(5), e96354. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0096354 [5] bartram, j., cotruvo, j. a., exner, m., fricker, c., & glasmacher, a. (eds.). (2003). heterotrophic plate counts and drinkingwater safety. iwa publishing, london, united kingdom. [6] essam eissa, m. (2017). determination of the microbiological quality of feed city water to pharmaceutical facility: distribution study and statistical analysis. athens journal of sciences, 4(2), 143-160. doi:10.30958/ajs.4-2-4 [7] paliy, o., & shankar, v. (2016). application of multivariate statistical techniques in microbial ecology. molecular ecology, 25(5), 1032-1057. doi:10.1111/mec.13536 [8] eissa, m. e. a. (2018). microbiological quality of purified water assessment using two different trending approaches: a case study. sumerianz journal of scientific research, 1(3), 75-79. [9] jyothy, s., chandran, a., abbas, a., & hatha, a. m. (2012). survival of escherichia coli, aeromonas hydrophila and pseudomonas fluorescens in bottled water and biofilms. journal of nature science and sustainable technology, 6(1), 25. [10] xlstat 2020. (2020). xlstat support center. available online: https://help.xlstat.com/s/article/download-the-xlstat-helpdocumentation?language=en_us (accessed on december 2021). [11] graphpad prism v6.01. (2014). graphpad prism user guide. available online: https://cdn.graphpad.com/docs/prism/6/prism6-user-guide.pdf (accessed on december 2021). [12] brook, q. (2006). six sigma and minitab. qsb consulting, hampshire, united kingdom. [13] a complete statistical add-in for microsoft excel. (2021). histograms. available online: https://www.xlstat.com/en /solutions/features/histograms (accessed on december 2021). [14] de giglio, o., diella, g., lopuzzo, m., triggiano, f., calia, c., & pousis, c. et al. (2021). management of microbiological contamination of the water network of a newly built hospital pavilion. pathogens, 10(1), 75. doi: 10.3390/pathogens10010075 [15] xlstat (2020), how to interpret contradictory results between anova and multiple pairwise comparisons? (2020). xlstat support center. available online: https://help.xlstat.com/s/article/how-to-interpret-contradictory-results-betweenanova-and-multiple-pairwise-comparisons?language=en_us (accessed on december 2021). [16] xlstat (2020), spearman correlation coefficient in excel tutorial. (2020). xlstat support center. available online: https://help.xlstat.com/s/article/spearman-correlation-coefficient-in-excel-tutorial?language=en_us (accessed on december 2021). [17] minitab®18 support. (2019). interpret all statistics and graphs for cluster variables minitab. available online: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/minitab/18/help-and-how-to/modeling-statistics/multivariate/how-to/cluster-variables/interp ret-the-results/all-statistics-and-graphs/ (accessed on december 2021). https://www.euro.who.int/__data/assets/pdf_file/0010/98398/wa540ga199heeng.pdf https://www.usgs.gov/special-topics/water-science-school/science/water-you-water-and-human-body https://help.xlstat.com/s/article/download-the-xlstat-help-documentation?language=en_us https://help.xlstat.com/s/article/download-the-xlstat-help-documentation?language=en_us https://cdn.graphpad.com/docs/prism/6/prism-6-user-guide.pdf https://cdn.graphpad.com/docs/prism/6/prism-6-user-guide.pdf https://www.xlstat.com/en%20/solutions/features/histograms https://www.xlstat.com/en%20/solutions/features/histograms https://help.xlstat.com/s/article/how-to-interpret-contradictory-results-between-anova-and-multiple-pairwise-comparisons?language=en_us https://help.xlstat.com/s/article/how-to-interpret-contradictory-results-between-anova-and-multiple-pairwise-comparisons?language=en_us https://help.xlstat.com/s/article/spearman-correlation-coefficient-in-excel-tutorial?language=en_us https://support.minitab.com/en-us/minitab/18/help-and-how-to/modeling-statistics/multivariate/how-to/cluster-variables/interp%20ret-the-results/all-statistics-and-graphs/ https://support.minitab.com/en-us/minitab/18/help-and-how-to/modeling-statistics/multivariate/how-to/cluster-variables/interp%20ret-the-results/all-statistics-and-graphs/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 73 issn: 2723-9535 evaluation and optimization of the aerodynamic noise reduction of vehicle side view mirrors: experimental and numerical study mohammad gohari 1* , rasoul norozi 1, abolfazl hajizadeh aghdam 1 1 department of mechanical engineering, arak university of technology, arak, iran. received 17 november 2021; revised 09 january 2022; accepted 17 january 2022; published 01 march 2022 abstract automobile passengers are usually sensitive to the noises generated by the engine and vehicle body. one of the noise sources is the generated turbulent flow around the vehicle side view mirror (vsvm) and around the a-pillar, producing fluctuating pressure. unwanted noise is a result of fluctuating pressure around the car's body. modification of the geometry of the vehicle body may affect the generated noise by turbulent flow. in this paper, the original side view mirror of a small sedan car named tiba was aimed at geometry modification to decrease airborne noise. the mirror was assessed by cfd simulation and an outdoor test. road tests were applied at three forward speeds (80, 100, and 120 km/h) to measure the sound level generated by the vehicle's side mirrors. then, the geometry of vsvm was modified to diminish the sound pressure level of that based on decreasing turbulent flow and fluctuating pressure around the side mirror. finally, the achieved geometry was evaluated using road tests, which showed a noise reduction of 8 to 12%. road tests were done for the modified side car mirror. it shows that a modified mirror can reduce the sound level of airborne noise. by using this suggested modified side view mirror, the risk of annoying noise may be diminished and passenger comfortability can be increased through driving. keywords: aerodynamic noise; vehicle side view mirror noise; cfd; optimization. 1. introduction aerodynamic noise is one of the dominant noise sources that occurs in high-speed vehicles. the main sources of this type of disturbing noise are a-pillars, side view mirrors, tire rings, and fans. aeroacoustic characteristics have negative effects on vehicle customers' feelings. the frontier engineering modeling that was presented to describe this phenomenon is the lighthill equations [1, 2]. many studies were carried out to reduce aeroacoustic noises and increase driver comfort and riding quality. automobile side view mirrors are used to develop driver vision, but they generate aeroacoustic noise due to their geometric properties. in some research using wind tunnels, the pressure around a mirror was studied [3, 4]. in addition, hot wires were employed to investigate turbulent fluid distributions that are created around mirrors [5]. those studies identified critical points on the mirror surface that have a significant impact on noise generation. furthermore, the effects of wind direction on generated noise were studied [6]. moreover, sound levels were measured by various instruments to find the area that creates sound and noise in a vehicle's body [1]. the results of these investigations show that a major portion of the external noise comes from turbulent fluid produced by mirrors. * corresponding author: moh-gohari@arakut.ac.ir; moh.gohari@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-08  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. mailto:moh-gohari@arakut.ac.ir https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6744-2151 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 74 researchers used computational fluid dynamics (cfd) to study and optimize mirror geometry optimization for low aerodynamic noise [7-9]. the optimized car side mirror by cfd simulation showed that the sound level decreased in outdoor experiments [10]. in theory, the acoustic energy density and intensity at a field point y are stated based on the acoustic velocity and the acoustic pressure as [11]: 〈𝑒𝑌〉 = 1 4 [𝜌𝑣�̂� . 𝑣𝑌 ∗̂ + 1 𝜌𝑐2 𝑝�̂� . 𝑝𝑌 ∗̂ ] (1) 〈𝐼𝑌〉 = 1 2 𝑅(𝑝�̂� . 𝑣𝑌 ∗̂] (2) where 𝜌 is the density of the acoustic medium, subscript “𝑌” shows a quantity associated with a field point 𝑌, 𝑐 is the velocity of the sound in the medium, �̂� and �̂� are the acoustic speed and the acoustic pressure, respectively. thus, the generated sound intensity depends on the pressure and velocity of the fluid around an object. based on the stated theory, some investigations were applied to vehicle side mirrors. the effect of the presence of a side mirror was studied by numerical modelling. it shows that the a-pillar is the main source of noise in the absence of a mirror, while in the presence of a vehicle side mirror, the mirror is the main source of noise [12]. in addition to the airborne noise generated by the car's side mirror, vehicle windows vibrate due to the fluctuating pressure of the mirror. these vibrations cause uncomfortable interior noise for the passengers [13]. in another study, a clay model of a vehicle was tested in the wind tunnel. the results show that the main source of transmitted interior noise is related to the mirror [14]. the lighthill theory was used to make a numerical model to investigate the effect of the mirror and a-pillar on noise generation. the modelling research shows that the noise from the a-pillar is higher than the noise from the side view mirror in the whole frequency range [15]. furthermore, via a generic model and experimental test in a wind tunnel, noise reduction in the vehicle body was carried out. the rear-view mirror was attached to the vehicle body by a slotted solid base. the experimental outcome demonstrates that higher noise decreases can be attained with the increase of airflow rate through the slot. in addition, the results show that the negative pressure zone in the side view mirror wake area declines and the vortex center moves upward away from the vehicle wall surface, decreasing the aerodynamic noise from the plate surface [16]. moreover, the interaction of a simplified car model and airflow was studied to understand acoustic noise sources by finite element modelling. as with other investigations, this modeling emphasized that the side view mirrors produce interior noise in the vehicle [17]. via the mentioned achievements of studies, geometry modification of side mirrors and noise reduction can be attained. by geometry, modification can change these parameters, and consequently the sound pressure can be diminished. based on a survey carried out among tiba drivers (a small sedan manufactured by saipa co.), they stated that the transmitted noise to the passengers is not neglect able. referring to the specified theory of airborne noise and the complaints of drivers, the current study is focused on the side view mirror noise reduction of the tiba, a small sedan vehicle manufactured by saipa, iran. this effort in noise reduction is described in the following. 2. research methodology in the first step, the current side view mirror of tiba was tested by outdoor experiments at three forward speeds (80, 100, and 120 km/h). the sound level was recorded via sound data gathering (daq) connected to the microphone. next, the current mirror was modeled and simulated in ansys/fluent software. the results of the simulation were compared to the outdoor test. finally, the optimized geometry of the mirror was acquired by cfd and it was tested by outdoor experiments. in the following, the procedure for these steps is described in detail. 2.1. cfd simulation of current model the sizes and angles of tiba mirrors were measured accurately, and a model was drawn in solidworks software, which is shown in figure 1. the 3d model was imported into ansys fluent for analysis. a rectangle space was generated as a duct, which included a mirror. the 3d model was meshed, which is exhibited in figure 2. the parameters of broadband solution are stated in table 1. table 1. simulation parameters 33.33 , 27.77 , 22.22 (m/s) velocity inlet 0 (pa) pressure outlet air fluid broadband [k, ε] analyze model turbulence flow tetrahedron mesh 1450953 number of elements 0.01 (m) element size 1-layer 0.1 (m) element size 2-layers hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 75 figure 1. tiba mirror modeled in solidworks software (unit: milimiter) figure 2. two size meshs which were used, and size of coridor (unit: milimiter) 3. results and discussion the sound levels were reached at three forward speeds. at 120 km/h, the maximum sound level was around 99.9 db. in figure 3, the sound levels in the x and z directions are revealed. similarly, sound levels were obtained at 91 and 87 db at 100 and 80 km/h, respectively. (a) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 76 (b) figure 3. (a) sound level in x-direction, (b) sound level in z-direction (120 km/h) 3.1. outdoor test of current mirror the pressure sound levels of the side view mirror were measured by an installed microphone at three forward speeds. the results of the outdoor tests at three forward speeds are presented in figure 4. as can be found, there is a closeness between cfd simulation and outdoor test sound level measurements. the maximum sound pressure levels were recorded at 86, 94, and 101 db at 80, 100, and 120 km/h, respectively. (a) (b) 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 frequency(hz) p s d (d b ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 frequency (hz) p s d ( d b ) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 77 (c) figure 4. the maximum sound pressure level measured in outdoor test: (a) 120 km/h, (b) 100 km/h, and (c) 80 km/h 3.2. geometry optimization of mirror to decrease the generated sound level of the current side view mirror, first a 2d simulation was done to avoid a timeconsuming problem solving process. through this simulation, the proper cross area of the mirror in 2d space was reached. next, this achieved 2d cross area was converted to 3d space by extrusion. 2d cross area optimization to obtain best cross area of mirror, a half elliptical shape was considered which has two variable diameters: c and d [11, 18]. this cross area is illustrated in figure 5. figure 5. cross area of mirror which is considered to optimise in the 2d cfd simulation, the vertical diameter (d) was kept constant at 136 mm and the horizontal diameter (c) was changed from 40 to 145 mm. for each iteration, the cfd solution was done for three forward speeds: 80, 100, and 120 km/h. subsequently, c was kept constant at 90 mm and d was changed. with this scenario, 110 solutions were executed. the minimum sound level was gained with c=90 and d=110 mm. figure 6 reveals sound pressure levels by c and d variations. the selected cross area generated 94 db at a 120 km/h speed. also, sound pressure levels were attained at 90 and 85 db at 100 and 80 km/h, respectively. figure 6. variation in sound level by varition of c and d 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 frequency (hz) p s d ( d b ) 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 0.02 0.07 0.12 0.17 0.22 s p l (d b ) distance d (m) 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 0.02 0.07 0.12 0.17 0.22 s p l (d b ) distance c (m) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 78 the sound pressure level contours and kinetic energy in 2d simulation are shown in figure 7. (a) (b) figure 7. (a) sound pressure level contours, (b) kinetic energy 3d cfd simulation for optimized cross area the attained 2d cross area was extruded into a 3d model, and cfd simulation was performed to acquire the sound pressure level of that. the results are presented in figures 8 to 11 at various forward speeds. the sound pressure levels were achieved at 89, 85, and 80 db at 120, 100, and 80 km/h, respectively. figure 8. sound pressure level in z-direction (120 km/h) figure 9. sound pressure level in x-direction (120 km/h) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 79 figure 10. sound pressure level in x-direction (100 km/h) figure 11. sound pressure level in x-direction (80 km/h) furthermore, stream line velocity and pressure contours were computed by ansys fluent software for both the current tiba mirror and the modified mirror. figure 12 shows the stream line velocity of the tiba mirror, and figure 13 illustrates the velocity contours of the modified mirror at 120 km/h forward speed. as can be seen in these pictures, the turbulent zone in the back of the modified mirror is smaller than the current mirror due to the reduced area of fluctuating pressure. as with other efforts, the maximum velocity zone is located on the edge [3, 19-24]. the maximum speed of the modified was 44.3 m/s, while this value was 60 m/s for the current tiba mirror. figure 12. velocity contures of current tiba mirror (120 km/h) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 80 figure 13. velocity contures of modified mirror (120 km/h) in addition to velocity and pressure contours, the current mirror and modified mirror are exhibited in figure 14. as can be observed, the high pressure zone in the current mirror is larger than in the proposed mirror. the maximum pressure for the proposed mirror is 689 pa, though this value is attained at 704 pa with the current mirror. it means that the fluctuating pressure zone is limited by modified geometry, and it reduces turbulent air flow behind the side mirror. high velocity zones and low pressure zones provide a better understanding of places that may generate aerodynamic noise [25-27]. figure 14. pressure contours in curent mirror (120 km/h) figure 15. pressure contours in proposed mirror (120 km/h) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 81 outdoor test of modified car side mirror a prototype of a mirror that has been simulated by cfd was made by cnc milling. next, a manufactured mirror was mounted on tiba instead of the original mirror. as with the original tiba mirror, the outdoor test was performed at three forward speeds: 80, 100, and 120 km/h. the sound pressure level was measured by a microphone and recorded by a data logger. the configuration of the instrument and the modified car side mirror is exemplified in figure 16. figure 16. mounted modified car side mirror on tiba the results of outdoor tests are shown in figure 17. as with the original mirror, there is a correlation between cfd simulation and psd recorded. (a) (b) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 frequency (hz) p s d ( d b ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 frequency (hz) p s d (d b ) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 82 (c) figure 17. the maximum sound pressure level measured in outdoor test: (a) 80 km/h, (b) 100 km/h, and (c) 120 km/h the maximum sound pressure levels were acquired at 79, 83, and 88 db at 80, 100, and 120 km/h, respectively. the comparison between the original mirror and the modified mirror in measured sound pressure level is demonstrated in figure 18. the percent reduction in sound pressure levels ranges between 8.13 and 12.87%. it is reached by correction of side mirror geometry and restriction of the fluctuating pressure area and turbulent flow in this zone. figure 18. comparison between oroginal and modiofied mirror in measured sound pressure level 4. conclusion because some aspects of human life are spent in vehicles on a daily basis, the comfortability of such vehicles is critical. there are many sources of noise and vibration in vehicles that must be modified by engineering studies. one of the noises transmitted to the vehicle's passengers is produced by the car's side view mirror. the current paper's aim is to study airborne noise generated by airflow of the original car side mirror of tiba and geometry optimization of that with two approaches: cfd modeling and outdoor tests. the pressure sound level of the original tiba side view mirror was measured and reached between 86 and 101 db. it is normal for the sound level to increase when the forward speed of a vehicle increases. the provided finite element model of the side view mirror shows turbulent airflow contours and negative pressure. through this cfd simulation, critical points in the fluctuating pressure zone behind the mirror that generate negative pressure and turbulent flow that lead to noise generation were obtained. in a 2d simulation, a crosssection area with a minimum sound pressure level was achieved, and it was extruded into a 3d model. the cfd simulation of the 3d model shows a noise reduction of around 7 to 12%. the velocity contours revealed that the turbulent airflow generated by the side mirror was converted to laminar flow approximately. also, tests were conducted on a 3d model that was constructed. the results confirmed that noise reduction occurred between 8.13 and 12.87%. to sum up, this novel geometry can be mounted on tiba to have lower aeroacoustic noise due to mirror aerodynamics. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 frequency (hz) p s d ( d b ) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 83 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions m.g., r.n. and a.h.a. contributed to the design and implementation of the research, to the analysis of the results and to the writing of the manuscript. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] watkins, s., & oswald, g. (1999). the flow field of automobile add-ons with particular reference to the vibration of external mirrors. journal of wind engineering and industrial aerodynamics, 83(1–3), 541–554. doi:10.1016/s0167-6105(99)00100-2. [2] batel, m., marroquin, m., hald, j., christensen, j. j., schumacher, a. p., & nielsen, t. g. (2003). noise source location techniques-simple to advanced applications. sound and vibration, 37(3), 24-38. [3] jaitlee, r., alam, f., & watkins, s. (2004). pressure measurements on an automobile side rear view mirror. in the 15th australasian fluid mechanics conference, 13-17 december 2004, the university of sydney, sydney, australia. [4] jaitlee, r., alam, f., & watkins, s. (2005). vibration of automobile side view mirror due to aerodynamic inputs. international conference on mechanical engineering, (icme2005) 28 30 december 2005, dhaka, bangladesh. [5] kim, j. h., & han, y. o. (2011). experimental investigation of wake structure around an external rear view mirror of a passenger car. journal of wind engineering and industrial aerodynamics, 99(12), 1197–1206. doi:10.1016/j.jweia.2011.10.002. [6] plunt, j. (2005). examples of using transfer path analysis (tpa) together with cae-models to diagnose and find solutions for nvh problems late in the vehicle development process. in sae technical papers. sae technical paper. doi:10.4271/2005-012508. [7] vehicle safety standard. (2006). department of transport and regional services. vehicle standard (australian design rule 14/01 – rear vision mirrors), australia. [8] grahs, t., & othmer, c. (2006). evaluation of aerodynamic noise generation: parameter study of generic side mirror evaluating the aeroacoustic source strength. proceedings of the european conference on computational fluid dynamics (eccomas cfd 2006), 1–14. [9] ask, j., & davidson, l. (2006). the sub-critical flow past a generic side mirror and its impact on sound generation and propagation. collection of technical papers 12th aiaa/ceas aeroacoustics conference, 3, 1925–1944. doi:10.2514/6.20062558. [10] bremner, p., aprilia, v., & mar, d. (2014). developing aerodynamic design diagnostics for control of interior wind noise. proceedings of the 14ème congrès français d’acoustique, 22-25. [11] vanco, l., & pierce, a. d. (1998). acoustics: an introduction to its physical principles and applications. computer music journal, 22(2), 68. doi:10.2307/3680971. [12] dawi, a. h., & akkermans, r. a. d. (2019). direct noise computation of a generic vehicle model using a finite volume method. computers and fluids, 191, 104243. doi:10.1016/j.compfluid.2019.104243. [13] yao, h. d., & davidson, l. (2018). generation of interior cavity noise due to window vibration excited by turbulent flows past a generic side-view mirror. physics of fluids, 30(3), 36104. doi:10.1063/1.5008611. [14] he, y., schröder, s., shi, z., blumrich, r., yang, z., & wiedemann, j. (2020). wind noise source filtering and transmission study through a side glass of drivaer model. applied acoustics, 160, 107161. doi:10.1016/j.apacoust.2019.107161. [15] ali, m. s. m., jalasabri, j., sood, a. m., mansor, s., & shaharuddin, h. (2018). wind noise from a-pillar and side view mirror of a realistic generic car model, driaver. international journal of vehicle noise and vibration, 14(1), 38–61. doi:10.1504/ijvnv.2018.093109. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 84 [16] fu, w., & li, y. (2021). noise control of a rearview mirror by using a slotted base support. 3rd international conference on industrial aerodynamics, changchun, china. [17] pan, z., hou, h., lu, w., ji, c., du, m., yin, x., & bai, c. (2021). experimental and numerical investigation on the flowinduced interior noise based on pellicular analysis. international journal of acoustics and vibrations, 26(1), 18–27. doi:10.20855/ijav.2020.25.11677. [18] nusser, k., & becker, s. (2021). numerical investigation of the fluid structure acoustics interaction on a simplified car model. acta acustica, 5, 22. doi:10.1051/aacus/2021014. [19] wang, y. p., chen, j., lee, h. c., & li, k. m. (2012). accurate simulations of surface pressure fluctuations and flow-induced noise near bluff body at low mach numbers. in the seventh international colloquium on bluff body aerodynamics and applications, shanghai, china, 1334–1348. [20] chu, y.-j., shin, y.-s., & lee, s.-y. (2018). aerodynamic analysis and noise-reducing design of an outside rear view mirror. applied sciences, 8(4), 519. doi:10.3390/app8040519 [21] wang, y., gu, z., li, w., & lin, x. (2010). evaluation of aerodynamic noise generation by a generic side mirror. world academy of science, engineering and technology, 37, 1288–1295. doi:10.5281/zenodo.1071039. [22] olsson, m. (2011). designing and optimizing side-view mirrors, chalmers university of technology, division of vehicle engineering and autonomous systems, master’s thesis, g̈oteborg, sweden. [23] georgiev, v. b., krylov, v. v., & winward, r. e. t. b. (2006). simplified modelling of vehicle interior noise: comparison of analytical, numerical and experimental approaches. journal of low frequency noise vibration and active control, 25(2), 69– 92. doi:10.1260/026309206778494300. [24] hu, h. x., tang, b., & zhao, y. (2016). active control of structures and sound radiation modes and its application in vehicles. journal of low frequency noise vibration and active control, 35(4), 291–302. doi:10.1177/0263092316676400. [25] spannheimer, h., & freymann, r. (1997). infrasound and low frequency noise in the passenger compartment of vehicles. journal of low frequency noise vibration and active control, 16(4), 219–227. doi:10.1177/026309239701600401. [26] chu, y. j., shin, y. s., & lee, s. y. (2018). aerodynamic analysis and noise-reducing design of an outside rear view mirror. applied sciences (switzerland), 8(4), 519. doi:10.3390/app8040519. [27] shao, j., zeng, t., wu, x., & wang, c. (2019). numerical prediction of interior noise due to fluctuation surface pressure with an idealized side mirror. inter-noise 2019 madrid 48th international congress and exhibition on noise control engineering, 259(4), 5639–5650. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 140 issn: 2723-9535 ab-initio study of structural and electronic properties of perovskite nanocrystals of the cssn[br1−xix]3 family d. d. nematov 1, 2* , kh. t. kholmurodov 3, d. а. yuldasheva 2, kh. r. rakhmonov 1, i. t. khojakhonov 2 1 s.u. umarov physical-technical institute of the national academy of science of tajikistan, dushanbe, tajikistan. 2 osimi tajik technical university, 724000, dushanbe, tajikistan. 3 joint institute for nuclear research, 141980, dubna, moscow oblast, russia. received 12 december 2021; revised 02 february 2022; accepted 11 february 2022; available online 19 february 2022 abstract in this study, by means of quantum-chemical calculations within the framework of density functional theory, we considered a number of structural and electronic properties of nanocrystals of the cssn[br1−xix]3 (systems cssnbr3, cssnbr2i, cssnbri2 and cssni3) and discussed the effect of iodine concentration on the geometry and electronic properties of these materials. the exchange correlation effects of electrons were taken into account by the lda, gga and the modified becke-jones exchange correlation potential (mbj). the results obtained in the framework of the dftmbj and the wien2k packages are in good agreement with the data from experimental measurements and open up the possibility of accurately predicting a number of fundamental properties of perovskite-like complex structures and the development of new materials. keywords: band gap; density functional theory; electronic structure; perovskite; wien2k package. 1. introduction the possibilities of converting solar energy and other unconventional forms of energy into electricity are considered in the context of projected global energy needs for the 21st century. therefore, a very urgent task facing scientists and engineers today is the study of a number of electronic, optical, thermal, and other characteristics of new materials with the aim of their application in solar energy. to successfully make the transition from fossil fuels to renewable energies and confront climate change and pollution, we can no longer rely solely on existing materials, but must focus on synthesizing other classes of materials with improved properties. moreover, the demand for energy is constantly increasing with population growth, and the gap between demand and supply also widens over time. conventional energy production methods will no longer be able to meet the world's energy needs. therefore, unconventional measures, including the creation of photovoltaic devices, wind farms, and moisture-to-electricity converters, are of great interest, and for the implementation of these tasks and the transition to green energy, countries around the world allocate a huge amount of money and support scientists and engineers to strengthen their research work. the effect of converting light into electricity was discovered back in 1839 by alexander edmond becquerel, after which charles frits and jacamo luigi made the first attempt to create the first light-to-electricity converter, but * corresponding author: dilnem@mail.ru http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-02-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://www.orcid.org/0000-0001-6987-584x hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 141 this unique discovery did not really attract the attention of researchers due to the low coefficient transformation. over the years, attempts have been made to increase the photoelectric conversion factor of solar cells, which were created on the basis of silicon, gallium arsenide, and other semiconductor materials. recently, as a tradition for the creation of solar panels, silicon composites have been widely used due to their unique electrophysical properties, such as the width of the requested area and the ability to absorb light. however, at the moment, the maximum conversion efficiency (efficiency) of commercially available silicon converters is only 14-15% [1]. moreover, the technology for the production of traditional silicon-based solar cells is advanced, but there are some problems, such as high cost and environmental pollution, that need to be addressed. recently, as a tradition for the creation of solar cells, silicon composites have been widely used due to their unique electrophysical properties, such as bandgap and light absorption capacity. however, at the moment, the maximum conversion efficiency (efficiency) of commercially available silicon converters is only 14-15% [1]. moreover, the technology for the production of traditional silicon-based solar cells is advanced, but there are some problems, such as high cost and environmental pollution, that need to be addressed. in 2013, science magazine reported on the possibility of using perovskites in solar cells [2]. according to the national laboratory for renewable energy sources (nrel), perovskites are also widely used in memory devices, leds, diodes for ultra-high-power lasers, etc. [3], due to their low cost, high absorption coefficient, high mobility of charge carriers, composite flexibility, high stability, and adjustable material structure. the only natural perovskite, calcium titanate (catio3), was discovered by gustav rose in 1839 and was named perovskite in honor of count l.a. perovsky. later, the artificial synthesis of these structures began with the general formula abx3, where x = f–, cl–, br–, i– and o2–. elements a and b are two cations of different sizes, shown in figure 1. the elements in the red box are used for the a-site, and the elements in the pink and brown boxes are used for alloying the a-site. the elements in the blue box are used for the b-site, and the elements in the green and blue boxes are used for doping the b-site [4]. figure 1. components of the abx3 system the feature and prospect of the use of halide-based perovskites is that they can be tuned either by changing the content of halides or by using the size of the cations to obtain the optimal bandgap for photovoltaic applications. moreover, the efficiency of perovskite panels has already been exceeded by 26.7% [5]. however, despite the rapid progress made over the past few years in terms of conversion efficiency, understanding of the fundamental properties of perovskites is rather limited. following this, the aim of this work is a quantum-chemical study of the geometric and electronic properties of i-doped perovskite nanostructures based on cssnbr3 in order to find the regularity of the change in their properties under the influence of iodine concentration, as well as to reveal the expediency of further experimental study of the properties of these nanocrystals. 2. materials and methods ab initio quantum-chemical calculations within the framework of the density functional theory [6] were implemented in the wien2k package [7]. the dft is a method based on ab initio calculation initially proposed by hohenberg [8], kohn and sham [9] which has the advantage to not rely on any experimental parameter. the idea of this method is to replace the interacting electronic system by a fictitious non-interacting electronic system which gives the same electronic density as the interacting system. the xc potential affecting the non-interacting electronic system hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 142 can be obtained from the xc energy which is only a functional of the electronic density. however, no exact functional exists but many approximative functionals have been developed, for example, lda, gga. the object under study was the orthorhombic structures of nanocrystals of the cssn[br1−xix]3 family (systems cssnbr3, cssnbr2i, cssnbri2 и cssni3). the radius of the mufftin sphere (rmt) for cs, sn and i was taken as 2.5a0, and for br 2.07a0, where a0 is the bohr radius. nevertheless, the crystal structures of the materials under study are shown in figure 2. figure 2. schematic illustration of crystal structures of (a) cssnbr3, (b) cssnbr2i, (c) cssnbri2 and (d) cssni3 the valence wave functions inside the mt sphere were expanded to lmax = 10, and the charge density was expanded in a fourier series up to gmax (boron-1). for sufficiently good convergence in the parameters of the total crystal lattice energy, all atomic geometry optimizations for the orthorhombic unit cell of cssn[br1−xix]3 were performed using k-points generated by uniform grid parameters 3×2×3. in addition to using the lda and gga approximations, the study of electronic properties required the use of the modified becke-johnson potential (tb-mbj) [10], the formulation of which is given as follows: 𝐸𝑥𝑐 𝑚𝐵𝐽(𝑟) = 𝑐𝐸𝑥 𝐵𝑅(𝑟) + (3𝑐 − 2) 1 𝜋 √ 5𝑘(𝑟) 6𝜌(𝑟) (1) where k (r) is the kinetic energy density according to the kohn sham equation, is the spin-dependent electron density, and 𝐸𝑥 𝐵𝑅 is the becke roussel exchange functional (br). c, is the added parameter by tran and blaha to the mbj potential. tb-mbjgga and tbmbj + lda potentials, whose mbj exchange potential is available in the libxc interface library [11], are used in combination with lattice parameters optimized by the gga and lda approximations. 3. results and discussion 3.1. structural properties determination of the structural specification (optimized lattice constants (a, b, c), volume (v) and angles between a, b and c) is inevitable for describing the structural properties of materials. the equilibrium lattice parameters of the materials under study are determined after optimization, where all these materials have the space group pnma (62). equilibrium lattice parameters were obtained by approximating the total energy as a function of the normalized volume, according to the equation of state of the ground state (eos), the analytical expression of which is determined using the birch-murnaghan approximation [12]: 𝐸(v) = 𝐸0 + 9 8 𝐵0𝑉0 [( 𝑉0 𝑉 ) 2 3⁄ − 1] 2 + 9 16 𝐵0(𝐵0 ′ − 4)𝑉0 [( 𝑉0 𝑉 ) 2 3⁄ − 1] 3 (2) where e0 is the dft ground state energy. b0 – bulk modulus, b0' pressure derivative of the volumetric modulus (b'=(∂b/∂p)t), vis the volum cell, v0 equilibrium volume, that is, when the system is in a relaxing (ground) state. a graphical description of cssni3 geometry optimization is shown in figure 3. similarly, for all perovskites of the cssn[br1−xix]3 system, optimizations were performed and the energy of the system was determined as a function of volume. cs sn i br (a) (b) (c) (d) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 143 figure 3. graphical representation of geometry optimization. energy–volume diagram for the orthorhombic cssni3 the positions of the various atoms in the optimized structures are shown in table 1. table 1. atomic positions of cssnbr3, cssnbr2i, cssnbri2 and cssni3 alloys atom atomic positions cssnbr3 cs (0.95, 0.25, 0.51), (0.04, 0.75, 0.48), (0.54, 0.75, 0.01), (0.45, 0.25, 0.98). sn (0, 0, 0), (0.5, 0, 0.5), (0, 0.5, 0), (0.5, 0.5, 0.5). br (0.21, 0.02, 0.71), (0.78, 0.97, 0.28), (0.28, 0.97, 0.21), (0.71, 0.02, 0.78), (0.78, 0.52, 0.28), (0.21, 0.47, 0.71), (0.71, 0.47, 0.78), (0.26, 0.52, 0, 21), (0.99, 0.75, 0.95), (0, 0.25, 0.04), (0.5, 0.25, 0.45), (0.49, 0.75,0.54). cssnbr2i cs (0.99, 0.25, 0.50), (0, 0.75, 0.49), (0.5, 0.75, 0), (0.49, 0.25, 0.99). sn (0, 0, 0), (0.5, 0, 0.5), (0, 0.5, 0), (0.5, 0.5, 0.5). br (0.19, 0, 0.69), (0.8, 0.99, 0.19), (0.3, 0.99, 0.19), (0.69, 0, 0.8), (0.8, 0.5, 0.3), (0.19, 0.49, 0.69), (0.69, 0.49, 0.8), (0.3, 0.5, 0.19). i (0, 0.75, 0.99), (0.99, 0.25, 0), (0.49, 0.25, 0.49), (0.5, 0.75, 0.5). cssnbri2 cs (0.94, 0.25, 0.48), (0.58, 0.75, 0.51), (0.55, 0.75, 0.98), (0.44, 0.25, 0.01). sn (0, 0, 0), (0.5, 0, 0.5), (0, 0.5, 0), (0.5, 0.5, 0.5). br (0.98, 0.75, 0.93), (0.01, 0.25, 0.06), (0.51, 0.25, 0.43), (0.48, 0.75, 0.56). i (0.21, 0.03, 0.71), (0.78, 0.96, 0.28), (0.28, 0.96, 0.21), (0.71, 0.03, 0.78), (0.78, 0.53, 0.28), (0.21, 0.46, 0.71), (0.71, 0.46, 0.78), (0.28, 0.53, 0. 21). cssni3 cs (0.95, 0.25, 0.51), (0.05, 0.75, 0.48), (0.55, 0.75, 0.01), (0.44, 0.25, 0.98). sn (0, 0, 0), (0.5, 0, 0.5), (0, 0.5, 0), (0.5, 0.5, 0.5). i (0.2, 0.03, 0.7), (0.79, 0.96, 0.29), (0.29, 0.96, 0.20), (0.7, 0.03, 0.79), (0.79, 0.53, 0.29), (0.2, 0.46, 0.7), (0.7, 0.56, 0.79), (0.29, 0.53, 0.2), (0.99, 0.75, 0.94), (0, 0.25, 0), (0.5, 0.25, 0.44) the calculated optimized lattice parameters (a, b, c, and v) and bond lengths for all structures are shown in table 2 and the experimental data are compared. table 2. comparison of calculated structural parameters with experimental ones system cssnbr3 cssnbr2i cssnbri2 cssni3 lattice parameters, å this work a = 8.3557 b = 11.730 c = 8.2055 a = 8.2064 b = 12.619 c = 8.2046 a = 8.4670 b = 12.551 c = 8.4675 a = 8.9081 b = 12.435 c = 8.4355 exp. a= 8.3634 [13] b=11.760 [13] c=8.1782 [13] a= 8.688 [14] b= 12.37 [14] c= 8.643 [14] volume, å 3 this work 804.2926 849.6717 899.9003 934.4653 exp. 804.4168 [13] 929.4687 [14] distance between atoms, å bond cs-br sn-br cs-br cs-i sn-br sn-i cs-br cs-i sn-br sn-i cs-i sn-i length, å 4.06 3.21 4.06 4.40 3.21 3.52 4.06 4.40 3.21 3.52 4.06 3.52 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 144 comparison of the tabular data indicate that the calculated structural parameters for the unbiased systems cssnbr3 and cssni3 are in good correlation with the experimental results (table 2). however, there are no experimental data in the literature on the comparison of the lattice parameters of mixed perovskites cssnbr2i and cssnbri2. further, figure 4 shows the dependences of the volume of nanocrystals of the cssn[br1−xix]3 system on the iodine concentration. figure 4. change in the volume of the cssn[br1−xix]3 system depending on the br/i ratio. volume as a function of iodine concentration (x) from the results obtained, listed in table 1 and figure 4, it can be noted that as the transition from cssnbr3 to cssni3, that is, with an increase in the iodine concentration in the system, the volume of these nanocrystals increases linearly, which obeys vegard's law. in figure 5(a) shows the x-ray diffraction patterns obtained from the optimized geometries of the studied materials, which were taken using the reflex program included in the materials studio software package, with cuka radiation with a wavelength λ = 1.54 å. according to the results, with an increase in the concentration of iodine in the system, the densification of x-ray peaks is observed and, accordingly, their shift towards small angles. figure 5. theoretical powder diffractograms of (a) cssnbr3, (b) cssnbr2i, (c) cssnbri2 and (d) cssni3 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 145 according to the results, the lattice constants we calculated for these materials are in good agreement with the experimental data (in all cases, less than 1%) [13, 14], which testifies and confirms the correctness of the steps for optimizing the volume and, accordingly, the reliability of our calculations during further quantum-chemical analysis. calculations of the electronic properties of these materials. 3.2. electronic properties calculations of the electronic properties of the optimized structures and were based on density functional theory (dft) using the wien2k package. the exchange and correlation effects of electrons were taken into account by the exchange-correlation functionals lda, gga, and mbj, within which different values of the band gap were obtained for nanocrystals of the cssn[br1−xix]3 system. band structure diagram tells us whether the material has direct or indirect band gap in addition to band gap value. furthermore, it also tells us about the p-type, n-type or intrinsic nature of the semiconducting materials based on the position of fermi level. our results showed that the minima of the conduction band and the maxima of the valence band of all materials under study are located at the point г and indicates a high symmetry (figure 6), which indicates direct interband transitions in semiconductors, which is very favorable for light absorption. for pure cesium iodide, there is a band inversion at the point γ, as reported in topological insulators. this phenomenon has been discussed in previous reports on other halide perovskites [15, 16]. figure 6. electronic band structures of (a) cssnbr3, (b) cssnbr2i, (c) cssnbri2 and (d) cssni3. the fermi level is set to 0 for all band structures as a rule, gga and lda significantly underestimate the band gap and band structure, therefore, in the tabular results and graphical dependencies presented in the work, in particular band structures and density of states, only the results of mbj calculations are given, since numerous studies have confirmed the suitability of the mbj functional for band gap estimates [17-28]. because of the importance of iodides in photovoltaic applications, it is important to calculate as accurately as possible the parameters of the electronic structure of the systems under study, especially the band gap. the calculated band gaps are given in table 3, from which it can be seen that the values of the band gap by the modified tb-mbj functional are much more similar to experiment as compared to gga and lda. (а) (c) (b) (d) e n e r g y ( e v ) e n e r g y ( e v ) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 146 table 3. comparison of the calculation results of the band gap with the literature data system cssnbr3 cssnbr2i cssnbri2 cssni3 band gap, ev this work lda 0.91 0.82 0.73 0.61 gga 0.89 0.67 0.61 0.58 mbj 1.725 1.635 1.486 1.307 experiment 1.720[29] 1.30 [30] other calculations 1.01 [31] 0.885 [32], 1.71 [33] the values of the band gap obtained by us for cssnbr3 and cssni3 correspond with high accuracy to the literature data, especially the results of experimental measurements. however, for displaced perovskites (cssnbr2i and cssnbri2), there is no data for comparison in the literature. figure 7 shows the graphs of the change in the band gap of the cssn[br1−xix]3 system depending on the concentration of iodine doping. figure 7. calculated band gap as a function of br concentration for cssn[br1−xix]3 as shown in figure 7, as the iodine concentration increases, the bandgap decreases linearly. that is, by controlling the iodine content, the bandgap can be adjusted to approach the optimal bandgap. either way, the electronic properties of materials are based on the band gap, which lies in the density of electronic states (dos). therefore, understanding its formation becomes vital for the design and manufacture of optoelectronic devices. figure 8 shows the total density of states (tdos) for all members of the cssn[br1−xix]3 system as a function of the band gap. figure 8. total density of states for (a) cssnbr3, (b) cssnbr2i, (c) cssnbri2 and (d) cssni3. the fermi level is set to 0 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 147 the enhanced density of states for the cssni3 and cssnibr2 systems means that with an increase in the iodine concentration in the system, the vacancy level in the outer orbitals increases and many places will be available for occupation. the electronic structures of materials near the top of the valence band and the bottom of the conduction band are of vital importance for their electronic transport properties [34–38]. accordingly, partial densities of states (pdos) were calculated for the materials under study, which estimate the contribution of each atom and specific electronic states to the formation of the valence and conduction bands near the fermi level (figure 9). figure 9. partial density of states for (а) cssnbr3, (b) cssnbr2i, (c) cssnbri2, (d) cssni3 the pdos plots can be explained by two aspects: orbitals, which contribute near the band edges, and the general contribution of states. in the cssnbr3 system, electrons of the i (d) -state and sn (p) -state contribute near the valence band (cb) and conduction bands (cb), respectively (figure 9 (a)). the general contributions to the formation of vb are mainly made by the p-state of sn and i, and cs (d) to cb. in the case of cssnbr2i, an insignificant contribution is made by electrons of all types of atoms (except for cs) near the vb edge (figure 9 (b)). there are also small contributions from cs (d), i (d), sn (p), and br (d) — states at the meeting point of vb and cb. in the formation of electronic states of cssnbri2 near the band edges, the contribution is made by the i (p), br (d) and sn (d) states (figure 9 (c)). however, the d-states of cs electrons have the maximum contribution in the upper part of the cb. the results show that the i (d) and sn (d) orbitals make the main contributions to the formation of allowed bands (near the band edges) and to the overall contribution of the states of the conduction band cssni3. there is also a significant contribution from the d-electron of the cs atoms (figure 9 (d)). thus, our results can contribute to understanding some of the features of their optical properties, which are important for the practical application of the studied systems, and may turn out to be of interest for researchers searching for materials with predetermined and programmed optoelectronic properties [39–42]. 4. conclusion the structural and electronic properties of displaced perovskite nanocrystals cssnbr3, cssnibr2, cssni2br, and cssni3 were studied in the work with the implementation of quantum-chemical calculations. it was found that the band gap decreases linearly with increasing iodine concentration and approaches the optimal band gap for photovoltaic applications. the results obtained can be used by other researchers to model the structure of substances expected to be synthesized, as well as to determine such an important component as "composition-structure-property". p d o s ( s ta te s/ ev ) p d o s ( s ta te s/ ev ) energy (ev) energy (ev) a) b) c) d) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 148 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, d.d.n. and kh.t.kh.; methodology, d.d.n.; software, d.а.y.; validation, i.t.kh.; formal analysis, d.d.n.; investigation, d.d.n.; data curation, i.t.kh.; writing—original draft preparation, d.d.n.; writing— review and editing, i.t.kh.; visualization, kh.r.r.; supervision, kh.r.r.; project administration, kh.t.kh.; funding acquisition, kh.t.kh. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] meng, l., wu, x. g., ma, s., shi, l., zhang, m., wang, l., chen, y., chen, q., & zhong, h. (2020). improving the efficiency of silicon solar cells using in situ fabricated perovskite quantum dots as luminescence downshifting materials. nanophotonics, 9(1), 93–100. doi:10.1515/nanoph-2019-0320. [2] coontz, r. (2013). science’s top 10 breakthroughs of 2013. science, new york, n.y., usa, 1–4. [3] afsari, m., boochani, a., & hantezadeh, m. (2016). electronic, optical and elastic properties of cubic perovskite cspbi3: using first principles study. optik, 127(23), 11433–11443. doi:10.1016/j.ijleo.2016.09.013. [4] wu, t., & gao, p. (2018). development of perovskite-type materials for thermoelectric application. materials, 11(6), 999.1-32. doi:10.3390/ma11060999. [5] yoshikawa, k., kawasaki, h., yoshida, w., irie, t., konishi, k., nakano, k., uto, t., adachi, d., kanematsu, m., uzu, h., & yamamoto, k. (2017). silicon heterojunction solar cell with interdigitated back contacts for a photoconversion efficiency over 26%. nature energy, 2(5), 17032. doi:10.1038/nenergy.2017.32. [6] parr, r. g., & weitao, y. (1995). density-functional theory of atoms and molecules. in density-functional theory of atoms and molecules. oxford scholarship online, oxford, uk. doi:10.1093/oso/9780195092769.001.0001. [7] blaha, p., schwarz, k., tran, f., laskowski, r., madsen, g. k. h., & marks, l. d. (2020). wien2k: an apw+lo program for calculating the properties of solids. journal of chemical physics, 152(7), 74101. doi:10.1063/1.5143061. [8] hohenberg, p., & kohn, w. (1964). inhomogeneous electron gas. physical review, 136(3b), b864–b871. doi:10.1103/physrev.136.b864. [9] kohn, w., & sham, l. j. (1965). self-consistent equations including exchange and correlation effects. physical review, 140(4a), a1133–a1138. doi:10.1103/physrev.140.a1133. [10] koller, d., tran, f., & blaha, p. (2011). merits and limits of the modified becke-johnson exchange potential. physical review b condensed matter and materials physics, 83(19). doi:10.1103/physrevb.83.195134. [11] marques, m. a. l., oliveira, m. j. t., & burnus, t. (2012). libxc: a library of exchange and correlation functionals for density functional theory. computer physics communications, 183(10), 2272–2281. doi:10.1016/j.cpc.2012.05.007. [12] birch, f. (1947). finite elastic strain of cubic crystals. physical review, 71(11), 809–824. doi:10.1103/physrev.71.809. [13] kulbak, m., gupta, s., kedem, n., levine, i., bendikov, t., hodes, g., & cahen, d. (2016). cesium enhances long-term stability of lead bromide perovskite-based solar cells. journal of physical chemistry letters 7(1), 167-172. doi:10.1021/acs.jpclett.5b02597. [14] aamlid, s. s., selbach, s. m., & grande, t. (2020). structural evolution of ferroelectric and ferroelastic barium sodium niobate tungsten bronze. inorganic chemistry, 59(12), 8514–8521. doi:10.1021/acs.inorgchem.0c00958. [15] liu, s., kim, y., tan, l. z., & rappe, a. m. (2016). strain-induced ferroelectric topological insulator. nano letters, 16(3), 1663-1668. doi:10.1021/acs.nanolett.5b04545. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 149 [16] chadov, s., qi, x., kübler, j., fecher, g. h., felser, c., & zhang, s. c. (2010). tunable multifunctional topological insulators in ternary heusler compounds. nature materials, 9(7), 541–545. doi:10.1038/nmat2770. [17] davlatshoevich, n. d., ashur, k. m., saidali, b. a., kholmirzotagoykulovich, k., lyubchyk, a., & ibrahim, m. (2022). investigation of structural and optoelectronic properties of n-doped hexagonal phases of tio2 (tio2-xnx) nanoparticles with dft realization: optimization of the band gap and optical properties for visible-light absorption and photovoltaic applications. in biointerface research in applied chemistry, 12(3), 3836–3848. doi:10.33263/briac123.38363848. [18] nematov, d. computer analysis of electronic and structural properties of cssni3:cl and cspbi3:cl nanocrystals. electronic periodical peer-reviewed scientific journal "sci-article.ru" 2019, 76, 187-196. [19] doroshkevich, a. s., nabiev, a. a., shylo, a. v., pawlukojć, a., doroshkevich, ….., madadzada, a., bodnarchuk, v. i., & ibrahim, m. a. (2019). frequency modulation of the raman spectrum at the interface dna zro2 nanoparticles. egyptian journal of chemistry, 62, 13–20. doi:10.21608/ejchem.2019.12898.1806. [20] nematov, d. d., burkhonzoda, a. s., khusenov, m. a., kholmurodov, k. t., doroshkevich, a. s., doroshkevich, n. v., zelenyak, t. y., & majumder, s. (2019). molecular dynamics of dna damage and conformational behavior on a zirconium-dioxide surface. journal of surface investigation, 13(6), 1165–1184. doi:10.1134/s1027451019060430. [21] nematov, d., burhonzoda, a., khusenov, m., kholmurodov, k., doroshkevych, a., doroshkevych, n., zelenyak, t., majumder, s., refaat, a., & ibrahim, m. a. (2019). molecular dynamics simulations of the dna radiation damage and conformation behavior on a zirconium dioxide surface. egyptian journal of chemistry, 62, 149–161. doi:10.21608/ejchem.2019.12981.1811. [22] burkhonzoda, a., giyosov, s., nematov, d., khusenov, m., kholmurodov, h. (2019). quanto-mechanical calculation of the electronic structure of zro2:ti4+ in the framework of the density functional theory. polytechnic bulletin. series: intellect. innovation. investments, 3, 11-17. [23] nematov, d. d., burhonzoda, a. s., khusenov, m. a., kholmurodov, k. t., & yamamoto, t. (2021). first principles analysis of crystal structure, electronic and optical properties of cssni3–xbrx perovskite for photoelectric applications. journal of surface investigation, 15(3), 532–536. doi:10.1134/s1027451021030149 [24] burkhonzoda, a.s., nematov, d.d., khodzhakhonov, i.t.; boboshirov, d.i. (2021). optical properties of nanocrystals of the tio2-xnx system. sci-article.ru, 92, 176-187. [25] burkhonzoda, a.s., nematov, d.d., kholmurodov, kh.t. (2021). structural and electronic properties of nanoscale thin films based on zro2. sci-article.ru, 92, 143-1152. [26] nematov, d.d. (2020). modeling the impact of ionizing radiation on the process of immobilization of biological molecules. sci-article.ru, 81, 12-35. [27] nematov, d.d. (2021). research and optimization of optoelectronic properties of n-doped titanium dioxide (tio2-xnx) nanoparticles for photovoltaic applications. sci-article.ru, 91, 110-130. [28] monkhorst, h. j., & pack, j. d. (1976). special points for brillouin-zone integrations. physical review b, 13(12), 5188–5192. doi:10.1103/physrevb.13.5188. [29] clark, s. j., donaldson, j. d., & harvey, j. a. (1995). evidence for the direct population of solid-state bands by non-bonding electron pairs in compounds of the type csmiix3 (m ii=ge, sn, pb; x=cl, br, l). journal of materials chemistry, 5(11), 1813–1818. doi:10.1039/jm9950501813. [30] chen, z., wang, j. j., ren, y., yu, c., & shum, k. (2012). schottky solar cells based on cssni3 thin-films. applied physics letters, 101(9), 093901. doi:10.1063/1.4748888. [31] jaroenjittichai, a. p., & laosiritaworn, y. (2018). band alignment of cesium-based halide perovskites. ceramics international, 44, s161-s163. doi:10.1016/j.ceramint.2018.08.124. [32] clark, s. j., & donaldson, j. d. (1995). high-temperature mössbauer studies on 119sn-enriched caesium tin(ii) chlorides and bromides. journal of the chemical society, dalton transactions, 17, 2723–2727. doi:10.1039/dt9950002723. [33] borriello, i., cantele, g., & ninno, d. (2008). ab initio investigation of hybrid organic-inorganic perovskites based on tin halides. physical review b, 77(23), 235214. doi:10.1103/physrevb.77.235214. [34] tripathy, a., behera, m., rout, a. s., biswal, s. k., & phule, a. d. (2020). optical, structural, and antimicrobial study of gold nanoparticles synthesized using an aqueous extract of mimusops elengi raw fruits. biointerface research in applied chemistry, 10(6), 7085–7096. doi:10.33263/briac106.70857096. [35] najm, a. s., moria, h., & ludin, n. a. (2020). areca catechu as photovoltaic sensitizer for dye-sensitized solar cell (dssc). biointerface research in applied chemistry, 10(3), 5636–5639. doi:10.33263/briac103.636639. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 150 [36] belabbas, m., marbouh, n., arbouche, o., & hussain, a. (2020). optoelectronic properties of the novel perovskite materials lipb(cl:br:i)3 for enhanced hydrogen production by visible photo-catalytic activity: theoretical prediction based on empirical formulae and dft. international journal of hydrogen energy, 45(58), 33466–33477. doi:10.1016/j.ijhydene.2020.09.066. [37] bartel, c. j., clary, j. m., sutton, c., vigil-fowler, d., goldsmith, b. r., holder, a. m., & musgrave, c. b. (2020). inorganic halide double perovskites with optoelectronic properties modulated by sublattice mixing. journal of the american chemical society, 142(11), 5135–5145. doi:10.1021/jacs.9b12440. [38] zyuz’kov, g. n., miroshnichenko, l. a. e., polykova, t. y., stavrova, l. a., & simanina, e. v. (2022). inhibition of adenylate cyclase of regeneration-competent cells of nervous tissue: a novel approach for the treatment of alcoholic encephalopathy. biointerface research in applied chemistry, 12(2), 1547–1560. doi:10.33263/briac122.15471560. [39] folgueras, m. c., jin, j., gao, m., quan, l. n., steele, j. a., srivastava, s., ross, m. b., zhang, r., seeler, f., schierle-arndt, k., asta, m., & yang, p. (2021). lattice dynamics and optoelectronic properties of vacancy-ordered double perovskite cs2tex6(x=cl-,br-,i-) single crystals. journal of physical chemistry c, 125(45), 25126–39. doi:10.1021/acs.jpcc.1c08332. [40] irzaman, rahmawaty, v., palupi, e. k., patonah, n., sumaryada, t., siskandar, r., alatas, h., iqbal, m., yuliarto, b., fahmi, m. z., rusydi, f., & nugroho, w. s. (2021). the effect of photoconductive mole fraction based on thin film baxsr1-xtio3 (x= 0.000; 0.125; 0.250; 0.375; 0.500) on electrical properties and diffusivity coefficient. biointerface research in applied chemistry, 11(6), 14956–14963. doi:10.33263/briac116.1495614963. [41] liu, j., qu, j., kirchartz, t., & song, j. (2021). optoelectronic devices based on the integration of halide perovskites with silicon-based materials. journal of materials chemistry a, 9(37), 20919–20940. doi:10.1039/d1ta04527j. [42] mullamuri, b., sai sriram mosali, v., maseed, h., majety, s. s., & chandu, b. (2021). photocatalytic activity of heavy metal doped cds nanoparticles synthesized by using ocimum sanctum leaf extract. biointerface research in applied chemistry, 11(5), 12547–12559. doi:10.33263/briac115.1254712559. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 328 issn: 2723-9535 digital transformation: smart strategy in administrative reform in vietnam nguyen hai thanh 1* 1 institute of leadership and public policy, ho chi minh national academy of politics, hanoi, vietnam received 12 september 2021; revised 16 november 2021; accepted 25 november 2021; published 01 december 2021 abstract objectives: digital transformation is becoming such a big trend that countries worldwide cannot resist because it brings prosperity and development to social progress. therefore, countries, especially emerging countries, need to quickly bring the latest technological advances into socio-economic development. therefore, the purpose of the article is to point out the theoretical issues of digital transformation, the advantages and challenges, and their impact on vietnam's provincial administrative reform, and forecast the trend of the impacts of digital transformation on administrative reform at the provincial level. methods/analysis: qualitative and quantitative research methods have been used together, in which quantitative methods use available literature sources. the qualitative method has been developed based on designing two questionnaires on digital transformation and administrative reform, thereby exploring the current results of digital transformation and administrative reform in a cross-section. findings: research has shown that the reality of digital transformation and administrative reform in provincial administrative agencies in vietnam is still limited. although administrative reform is superior to digital transformation, they are closely related in positive ways. novelty /improvement: research shows that administrative reform at the provincial level in vietnam will become more competent and more efficient when administrative agencies promote the application of digital transformation; both digital transformation and administrative reform need to be concerned at the same time. besides, a more focus on developing digital capacity and skills for civil servants is necessary for digital transformation and administrative reform to achieve high efficiency. keywords: digital transformation; administrative reform; provincial administrative agencies; vietnam. 1. introduction the concept of digital transformation is becoming familiar and increasingly popular in countries around the world, especially since the outbreak of the covid-19 pandemic; many countries have imposed blockade orders and social distancing to make administrative activities to become chaotic, but the administration must still operate. ustundag and cevikcan [1] have shown that digital transformation changes our era compared to other eras; it brings not only about a change in the way citizens live and work but also highlights the concept of intelligent interactive products. some forecasts were published in 2017; digital transformation brought positive results, contributes to gdp up to 20% [2], but due to the impact of the covid-19 pandemic, this process has happened faster than expected. many fields are forced to quickly implement digital transformation to maintain operations if they do not want to bankrupt or terminate their operations. facing this situation, accelerating the digital transformation is a wise and intelligent step, making the administration uninterrupted and social management activities are still running smoothly. however, due to the interdisciplinary nature of digital transformation leading to the lack of widely accepted definitions, there are even arguments that digital transformation is not a new concept, but merely a new trade direction of a previous trend [3]. * corresponding author: thanhhaitlh@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-04-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0432-9108 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 329 the debate around the concept of digital transformation will still occur in the community of researchers; each industry, each field of researchers, will have its own concepts and even many different views about digital transformation. therefore, it is not easy to find a general consensus on a standard model for digital transformation. nevertheless, the impressive achievements that digital transformation brings when countries quickly move from the traditional production process to the digital transformation stage are undeniable. recent assessments have shown that significant changes, which are related to national development in leadership and management decisions, are related to digital transformation [4]. furthermore, digital transformation can replace traditional workflows with modern digital ones, improve workflow efficiency and reduce technical errors, increase beneficiary satisfaction and increase reinvestment, cut operating costs, and lead to and make decisions faster and more accurate thanks to a timely and transparent reporting system [5]. therefore, all countries have a common interest in accelerating the digital transformation process, which state administrative agencies are promoting administrative reform based on digital transformation applications. the vietnamese government has shown a high determination for digital transformation, as evidenced by the fact that in 2019, the government [6] issued the "draft scheme for national digital transformation." on june 3, 2020, the prime minister of vietnam [7] issued decision no. 749//qd-ttg approving the national digital transformation program by 2025, with orientation towards 2030. after that, the ministry of information and communication [8] issued the "digital transformation manual." these affirm the government's very high political determination to realize the digital transformation process, with the ambitious goal that by 2025, vietnam will be in the top 4 in asean in terms of national digitalization ranking, in the state administrative agency with the motto: "connecting, the citizens are the service center; efficiency, effectiveness, and innovation; data-driven and open data" [6]. moreover, the government of vietnam has set a target that by 2025, 80% of online public services will be at level 4, the digital economy will account for 20% of gdp, and a vision to 2030 with a target of 100% of online public services at level 4, the digital economy accounts for 30% [7]. in order to adapt and successfully implement the digital transformation process, vietnam will face many difficulties and challenges. the communist party of vietnam frankly stated that the national digital transformation process is still slow and lacks initiative due to limited infrastructure for digital transformation [9]. in particular, the human resources lack digital skills, lack a robust enough information technology platform to enable digital transformation, lack of digital thinking, or challenges in terms of organizational culture and digital transformation model consistent with the current scale [2]. although the difficulties and challenges to successfully carry out the digital transformation process at this time are not small, the vietnam ministry of politics has set a forth to renew thinking and action, consider it a breakthrough solution with a step-by-step and a right path which is a condition for vietnam to make a breakthrough in socio-economic development, quickly complete digital transformation in state administrative agencies, promote the development of science, technology, and innovation across all industries and fields and promote national digital transformation, focus on developing the digital economy, building smart cities, e-government, moving towards digital government [9]. because the covid-19 pandemic can still last, countries cannot but apply digital transformation to administrative reform. the advantages that digital transformation in administrative reform bring to prosperity and sustainable development have been confirmed in practice. however, the digital transformation in the state administrative agencies will is not small; but digital transformation is an objective and inevitable requirement, and it is the general trend in the world. the article focuses on analyzing and clarifying the concept of digital transformation, building a common understanding of digital transformation as a driving force to introduce beneficial changes for strategies in administrative agencies, administrative reform, the relationship between digital transformation and administrative reform. the reality of digital transformation in administrative agencies through surveying and evaluating opinions of objects and citizens as beneficiaries of digital transformation and administrative reform in vietnam. that is a realistic view of the diagnosis of the current digital transformation situation and the factors driving changes in digital transformation activities in state administrative agencies in vietnam. 2. review of literature 2.1. history of digital transformation in state administrative agencies since the early 90s of the 20th century, the computerization of processes has been introduced. after more than 30 years until now, humanity has witnessed the strong development of science into technology. the application of computers in life, which has promoted the formation and birth of new technologies such as big data (big data), internet of things (iot), cloud computing (cloud), augmented reality, has become more and more popular. in front of this reality, operating, leadership methods, working processes, and organizational culture in state administrative agencies have changed drastically. the working environment and management system have been digitally transformed; citizens have also put forth many new requirements for the administrative agencies. therefore, the volume of work to be solved has also increased dramatically, posing many new problems for leaders and state management agencies to solve [10]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 330 from the mid-2000s until now, smart devices and social platforms have strongly influenced the communication methods between the government and the citizens, opening up new systems of working and interacting. the push to digital platforms encourages high expectations for usability and revolutionizes citizens' experience in accessing public services [4]. in the wake of new technology, all industries are undertaking various initiatives to discover and exploit the technological benefits resulting from the digital transformation process. these lead to a transformation of state administrative agencies' operating model and affect the interaction between the government and the citizens. many governments, especially in countries with developed economies and science and technology, have rapidly implemented digital transformation; the communication between citizens and the government has become more flexible, simpler, and higher. the current reality places excellent demands on state agencies to change the operating way; the processes and organizational structures must also be restructured to suit the complex developments of society life. deploying the social management model requires administrative reform, operating model changing that is no longer suitable based on digital transformation, starting from influencing leaders' thinking, changing organizational culture according to the operation of society [11]. all these factors are linked together into a phenomenon of digital transformation that meets the requirements of administrative reform. however, for any change, the role of the leader must always be that of a servant [12]. countries, including developed countries as well as developing countries, are currently very active in applying digital transformation to administrative reform activities, consider this a strategic task for the administrative agencies to respond best and fastest, effectively serve the citizens. 2.2. digital transformation the author has researched and synthesized from document sources that mentioned definitions compiled from the most prominent research and reports about digital transformation, shown in table 1, to ensure the overall digital transformation as a common term. on the other hand, definitions given in recent times provide a comprehensive understanding of the concept of digital transformation that the author collects. the different definitions of digital transformation can be much more, generally in three fundamental aspects: organization, technology, and society. table 1. definitions on digital transformation (compiled based on author's choice) author(s) definition dimensions of digital transformation kotarba (2018) [3] digital transformation can be defined as the modification (or adaptation) of business models, resulting from the dynamic pace of technological progress and innovation that trigger changes in consumer and social behaviors. social aspect kozarkiewicz (2020) [13] digital transformation is a process in which digital technologies play a central role both in creating and strengthening disruptive changes taking place in industry (sector) and in society. vietnamese government [6] digital transformation is the use of data and digital technology to thoroughly and comprehensively change all aspects of socio-economic life, reshaping the way we live, work and relate to each other. hai et al. (2021) [5] digital transformation contributes to the new shaping of the way citizens live, work, think, interact and constantly pursue practical experience, improve labor efficiency, fundamentally changes the way citizens work based on the application of modern technology, helps leaders enhance their ability to predict and plan the future to achieve the desired progress. giao (2020) [14] digital transformation is the convergence of the four breakthrough technologies: cloud computing technology, big data, the internet of things (iot), and artificial intelligence (ai). technological aspect antonopoulou et al. (2021) [10] digital transformation entails the birth of many innovations, such as the internet of things (iot), digital networks, social networks, artificial intelligence (ai), machine learning (ml), and big data. ministry of information and communication [15] digital transformation is the process of total and comprehensive change of individuals and organizations in the ways of living, working, and producing methods based on digital technology; the higher development of information technology allows faster computation, more data processing, more extensive capacity transmission at a lower cost. organizational aspect nguyen (2020) [16] digital transformation in administrative agencies aims to provide convenient public services to the citizens, enhance citizens's participation in state agencies' activities, and develop open data of state agencies to create conditions for socio-economic development,… vietnam's point of view also acknowledges three aspects of digital transformation [6], [8] namely the social aspect, the technological aspect, and the organizational aspect:  the social aspect emphasizes advantages, outstandings due to the impacts of digital transformation, creates new experiences for society. the implementation of digital transformation can improve and drastically affect daily life, exemplified by significant societal changes.  the technological aspect introduces the new and improved technology products, enabling to use and enhance the hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 331 quality and efficiency of work created by the achievements of technology. key technology trends are listed, gathered to create digital transformation, allowing for savings in operating time.  the organizational aspect aims to apply the development of science and technology, improve existing processes, and make them smarter, creating a positive change in the way of operation agencies and organizations and contributing to public service provision, socio-economic development. according to tratkowska (2020) [4], this is the most promising aspect, becoming the subject of widespread interest in the future. 2.3. digital transformation in vietnam in vietnam, in recent years, the digital transformation process has begun to occur, especially in many fields such as finance, transportation, tourism. to achieve this positive movement, the governments and local governments at all levels have made great efforts towards digital government and digital local government. many cities are also actively building plans to become smart cities with new technology platforms. in 2020, vietnam ranked 86/193 countries and territories, 24/47 in asia, and 6/11 in southeast asia. some remarkable achievements such as telecommunications infrastructure increased by 31 ranks, improved the human resources index by three ranks, but dropped significantly in the online services index, down 22 ranks. from 2014 until now, vietnam has risen from 99th position to 86th position, reflecting vietnam's efforts but not much. the gap between vietnam and the following countries in southeast asia, such as indonesia and cambodia, has narrowed significantly. the online services index has been downgraded, the absolute score of 0.7361 in 2018 decreased to 0.6529 in 2020, from 59th in 2018 to 81st in 2020 [15]. the significant barriers that vietnam's administrative agencies face in the digital transformation process are weak human resources and information technology foundation and a lack of digital leadership thinking. moreover, investment in cloud technology, network security, software, and hardware upgrades for digital transformation is also quite limited. not only that, there are still many administrative agencies that have not yet implemented and completed digital transformation activities due to the fear that digital transformation may cause a significant change in personnel, especially in long-term or critical positions and the level of technology available, as well as the anxiety of investing much technology which can make the team cost quite high. according to nguyen (2020) [16], in current state agencies, information and communication technology has been applied in state agencies to develop e-government, contributing to administrative reform. . however, the number of applications processed online (level 3, 4) is still low. the processing and administration via the network are still limited; national databases are slow to be deployed. the connection and sharing of data between state agencies are still slow. the application of digital transformation in state agencies to change the model and working towards digital transformation is not much. with the determination to successfully implement the national digital transformation strategy, the challenges that have been raised are: 1) digital infrastructure is not met; 2) lack of resources and implementation capacity; 3) personal data protection, network safety, and security; 4) the digital divide between groups of individuals is widening. based on the difficulties, the management agency and the main task assigned to develop vietnam's digital transformation strategy, the ministry of information and communications [15] should have 9 pillars as the criteria to implementing digital transformation: 1) vision, leadership thinking with innovation; 2) legal and institutional framework for digital transformation; 3) establishing mission, forming culture, supplementing functions and tasks on digital transformation; 4) promote systems thinking and develop holistic approaches to policymaking and public service delivery; 5) ensure data-driven decision-making and provide open data for socio-economic development; 6) building broadband connection infrastructure, using advanced technology; 7) mobilize resources in accordance with the plan and priority level for digital government development; 8) capacity building of public administration training organizations to develop digital government human resources and 9) development of digital skills for citizens. recently, the ministry of information and communications [15], also made comparisons to show that the top 10 countries in the world have 6 remarkable commonalities as the basis for orientation for vietnam's digital transformation strategy.  having a strategy to develop digital government/e-government.  having government's open data regulation and a national data portal.  having regulations on identification and digital authentication.  having a set of development indicators.  having a portal for national public services.  having ideas, participate and lead regional and international development. the application of digital transformation in administrative agencies has been paid attention to and spread across many areas that need transformation. however, most applications are still in the state of information and communication technology development. they have not really been digital transformation, so there has not been a breakthrough in model, process, and performance for citizens, as well as, limited citizens's ability to access digital transformation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 332 2.4. administrative reform in vietnam in vietnam, administrative reform is an important part of the innovation process, promoting industrialization and modernization and better serving the citizens [17]. as early as 2001, the prime minister of vietnam [18] approved the master program on state administrative reform for 2001-2010, 10 years later, the government of vietnam [19] issued a resolution on the state administration reform program. state administrative reform master program for the period 2011-2020 with 5 contents including: 1) reforming institutions: building and perfecting the legal and institutional system on property ownership; 2) reforming administrative procedures: reducing and improving the quality of administrative procedures in all areas. publicizing and transparencying all administrative procedures, reforming administrative procedures in building institutions, and monitoring mechanisms for implementing administrative procedures by state administrative agencies at all levels. 3) reforming the organization of the state administrative apparatus: reviewing the position, functions, tasks and powers of the state administrative apparatus at all levels, on that basis, adjust the functions, tasks, powers and organization. summarizing and evaluating the local government's organizational model and operational quality to establish an appropriate organizational model. innovating working methods of state administrative agencies; 4) building and improving the quality of public service performance, public service ethics to serve the citizens, serving the country's development, and at the same time renovating the contents and programs of training and fostering civil servants. this is also an important basis for the innovation of leadership thinking [20]; 5) reforming public finance, efficiently using all resources for economy-society development. in order to well implement 5 administrative reform contents, the government of vietnam has issued a request to modernize administration and promote the application of information technology in the activities of state administrative agencies, which are carried out in electronic form. however, with the determination to further accelerate the implementation of the master program on state administrative reform for the period 2011-2020. on february 4, 2016, the prime minister of vietnam [21] continued to emphasize five administrative reform contents and selected administrative procedure reform as a breakthrough associated with administrative modernization. however, administrative modernization is only understood as modernizing the government's electronic administrative information network, e-government, and information technology application. however, some results have been quite positive, such as the system of legal documents being reviewed and revised, over 100,000 legal documents of all kinds. the application of information technology in handling administrative procedures at all levels of government is also assessed to have positive changes. the organizational structure of state administrative agencies has been arranged, contributing to building a streamlined and reasonable apparatus commensurate with each agency's state management functions and tasks. it is noteworthy that administrative procedure reform has made great progress due to the increased capacity of civil servants to perform public duties, and many localities have recently paid attention to promoting digital transformation [22]. in addition to the achieved results, administrative reform in vietnam in the past time on all six contents still has many limitations due to the slow application of the digital transformation process, leading to the settlement of administrative procedures including public services which often take a long time and consume human resources, so their efficiency is low, lead to stagnation in the operation of the apparatus, a large number of civil servants, but low work efficiency. faced with the above limitations and the impact of the digital transformation process in the world, since 2019, the government of vietnam has given vital directions in digital transformation to implement administrative reform successfully, and the highest goal is to serve the citizens with the best public services, promoting socio-economic development. 2.5. the relationship between digital transformation and administrative reform it can be seen that digital transformation takes place in three aspects: social aspect, technological aspect, organizational aspect, and administrative reform, with five contents: institutional reform, administrative procedure reform, reforming the organization of the administrative apparatus, building and improving the quality of the contingent of civil servants, and reforming public finance. there is a relationship between the aspects and contents of administrative reform. when the administration has not been digitized, it operates traditionally; there will inevitably be many cumbersome administrative procedures and bureaucracy in civil servant's work. on the contrary, when moving to the stage of digital transformation in administrative agencies, forcing the administrative apparatus to change the traditional model to the digital administrative model, making the government operate more effectively and transparently, reducing corruption [8]. the introduction of the digital transformation process is clearly to better serve citizens's lives, along with that, administrative reform aimed at improving the effectiveness and efficiency of the state's operations; is an essential factor hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 333 promoting socio-economic development; is the focus of the work of reforming the state apparatus in order to build a democratic, unified administration with sufficient power and capacity to serve the citizens better [22]. the efficiency and effectiveness of the state apparatus operating in the traditional form will require enormous human resources. the interaction between the citizens and the government according to the mechanism of direct interaction with paper documents is not only a waste of time but also causes a waste of human resources and many unavoidable consequences. thus, digital transformation in administrative agencies will go hand in hand with administrative reform, and if administrative reform is to be effective, it is impossible not to implement a digital transformation, which is both a strategy and an intelligent solution if countries want to move towards the intelligent nation, government becomes the digital government. in an emerging country like vietnam, there are significant barriers that science and technology are still backward, especially the level of access to technology, digital thinking capacity, digital skills of civil servants as well as the number of citizens are still limited, so the administrative efficiency is also limited [16]. nevertheless, digital transformation is a practically irresistible requirement in the development and international integration of vietnam. suppose the digital transformation process is directed by the government and authorities at all levels to be implemented drastically and synchronously between digital transformation and the drastic administrative reform. it will promote innovation and socio-economic in vietnam successfully. in addition, the contingent of civil servants in administrative agencies must have sufficient capacity and level of digital thinking, must become servants [12], moreover, the organizational structure of the apparatus will be streamlined to suit the needs of the operation of the digital transformation process. on the citizen's side, they must actively learn the application of digital transformation to participate in public services, become a part of the digital transformation process, and interact between administrative agencies and citizens in the digital environment. 3. research design / methods 3.1. research questions digital transformation is a topic of interest to the government of vietnam, improving citizens's quality of life and reducing social distance. to assess how digital transformation status has impacted and brought to effective administrative reform, authors used qualitative and quantitative analysis to explore the impact of transformation in administrative reform strategy in the local governments of vietnam. therefore, the study was conducted with a crosssectional design with two different questionnaires used; one questionnaire aims to detect the level of digital transformation implementation on all three aspects: social aspect, technological aspect, and organizational aspects and a questionnaire on digital transformation [8], a questionnaire to determine the current status of administrative procedure reform, state apparatus reform, building and improving the quality of the contingent of civil servants [21]. in addition, studies on the same topic are examined more closely in the discussion to explain and analyze how the impact of digital transformation affects administrative reform to analyze the advantages and the challenge of digital transformation because this process is still going on for a long time. based on what has been reported and guided by the current literature, the research questions are summarized as follows (figure 1): figure 1. flowchart of research methodology hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 334 research question 1: how does digital transformation under the social aspect affect administrative reform in provincial administrative agencies in vietnam? research question 2: how does digital transformation from an organizational perspective affect administrative reform in provincial administrative agencies in vietnam? research question 3: how does the digital transformation from a technology perspective affect administrative reform in provincial administrative agencies in vietnam? research question 4: how is digital transformation and administrative reform related? 3.2. data collection tools quantitative research has been carried out to answer the research questions by searching for sources from the available data, from that to identifying research questions; from which to build a questionnaire with scales contains appropriate questions and measurable responses, and collect data through a survey of the opinions of survey participants. collected data will be conducted based on the use of statistical methods.two questionnaires have been developed and included in the study, the first of which investigates the digital transformation [8]:  digital transformation in state administrative agencies at the provincial level, in administrative agencies, public administrative service centers under the provincial people's committee of vietnam in solving social problems: contributing to improving improve people's quality of life, reduce social distance;  technology development: network management, application, exploitation of national databases, connection and sharing of data between administrative agencies, application of advanced digital technologies in administrative agencies to change the model, the way of working;  applying digital transformation to the organizational development strategy;  the second questionnaire includes questions about administration reform [21];  reforming administrative procedures;  reforming and building the state administrative apparatus;  building and improving the quality of public service performance, who must be technologically savvy and apply technology to serve, have the potential to lead creatively in the technology application and development, can be pioneers in information technology filed [23]. both questionnaires were used to give respondents a scale of 1 (poor) 5 (good). the questionnaires were sent to civil servants, leaders in administrative agencies in 10 provinces of vietnam and citizens, as beneficiaries of the application of digital transformation in administrative reform. the survey was conducted in a cross-sectional manner in april 2021. respondents were asked to rate the frequency with achievement levels they expressed on each question. each individual will give an answer based on their understanding or experience. the obtained data will be coded, analyzed, and processed on the statistical software spss 24.0. correlation between variables was performed by regression analysis.. 3.3. measures and data analysis after data were collected from two digital transformation questionnaires and administrative reform questionnaires, these data were coded and entered into the statistical software spss 24.0. different variables were extracted; on that basis, descriptive and inductive operations were used to analyze the data for each group of variables. demographic variables are described and analyzed related to digital transformation and administrative reform, and charts perform data analysis operations by number and percentage of demographic statistics. pearson parameters chi-square, fisher, and linear regression, were used to conduct the inductive method because it is consistent with the study [10]. with the social, technological, and organizational digital transformations and the administrative procedure reform variables, the reform of the state administrative apparatus organization and the improvement of the quality of civil servants, the descriptive method, inductive method through t-test and mann-whitney non-parametric statistical test to compare the mean of two independent samples were used. cronbach's alpha coefficient was used to measure the internal consistency of measurements in both digital transformation and administrative reform questionnaires. according to finch and french [24], cronbach's alpha coefficient was used to measure the internal consistency of measurements in both digital transformation and administrative reform questionnaires. according to finch and french [23], the value of cronbach's alpha coefficient is only meaningful when α ≥ 0.3; the closer the coefficient α is to 1, the higher the consistency. cronbach's alpha coefficient for the total digital transformation scale with α = 0.916, in which the scale for social aspect digital transformation with α = 0.875, the digital transformation scale in technology with α = 0.897, and the scale for digital transformation in hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 335 organization filed with α = 0.902. cronbach's alpha coefficient for the administrative reform scale α = 0.896. cronbach's alpha coefficient on administrative reform with α = 0.862, cronbach's alpha coefficient on the scale of organizational reform with α = 0.815, and cronbach's alpha coefficient on the scale of the building and improving the quality of civil servants with α = 0.854. thus, the coefficients α all exceed the recommendation α = 0.70. besides, the study also examined the pearson linear correlation coefficient between different operating variables and used regression to determine the dependence between the variables. 4. results and discussion 4.1. demographic characteristics the study's total sample is 538 people, of which 356 are civil servants, and 182 citizens, to collect opinions to assess their understanding of the digital transformation process in the provincial state administrative agencies in vietnam. statistics describing demographic characteristics in terms of gender show that most civil servants in the administrative agencies participating in the survey are men, with 57.58%, women only make up 42.41 percent. regarding age, statistics show that the number of civil servants over 50 years old participated in the survey with only 8.98%, mainly in the age group 31-40 with 41.57%. the remaining age groups under 30 years old accounted for only 19.38%, and those aged 41-50 accounted for 30.05%. statistics on educational attainment show that 100% of civil servants have a university degree or higher, of which 70.50% have a university degree, and up to 29.49% of civil servants have postgraduate education. according to the regulations of the ministry of home affairs [25], from 2021, civil servants from the professional rank and above must have a university degree or higher, so this is a mandatory standard that all administrative, civil servants must meet. by employment position, up to 46.06% of people surveyed are between leadership positions, and 53.93% are civil servants who do not hold leadership positions. the number of trained civil servants in the natural sciences field accounts for a larger proportion, with 49.15% compared to the proportion of civil servants who have majored in the humanities and social sciences, with 41.01%, and in other disciplines with the rate of 9.83%. demographic statistics are illustrated in table 2: table 2. demographic characteristics variable category number of respondents percentage of respondents gender male 356 151 42.41 female 205 57.58 age under 30 356 69 19.38 from 31 to 40 148 41.57 from 41 to 50 107 30.05 over 50 32 8.98 education higher education 356 251 70.50 postgraduate 105 29.49 job position leader 356 164 46.06 staff 192 53.93 subject field humanities and social sciences 356 146 41.01 natural and applied sciences 175 49.15 other 35 9.83 work citizen 538 182 33.83 officer 356 66.17 besides, to ensure objectivity as well as people's understanding of the digital transformation process, 182 people were surveyed, 33.83% of the people interviewed all had stable jobs and were outside the public sector. they have higher education and university education. the officers with a total of 356 people, accounting for 66.17%. this full graph of the variables is shown (figure 2) to see demographic statistics more clearly. from the descriptive demographic statistics in figure 2, it is necessary to have descriptive statistics and analysis on the situation of digital transformation and administrative reform at the provincial level in vietnam, where many groups of subjects are surveyed. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 336 figure 2. sample demographics 4.2. the current situation of digital transformation and administrative reform at the provincial level as assessed by the officers digital transformation and administrative reform at the provincial level assess by officers to determine the level of achievement, as officers are the subject of these two tasks. table 3. digital transformation and administrative reform digital transformation and administrative reform n m sd cronbach's alpha r (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (1) society 356 3.54 0.83 0.875 1 (2) technology 356 2.87 1.03 0.897 0.47* 1 (3) organization 356 3.18 0.86 0.902 0.34* 0.42* 1 (4) the reform of administrative procedures 356 4.05 0.92 0.862 0.56** 0.64** 0.60** 1 (5) organizational reform of the administrative apparatus 356 2.86 0.81 0.815 0.63** 0.57** 0.73** 0.64** 1 (6) compentency building of civil officer 356 3.24 0.97 0.854 0.74** 0.67** 0.58** 0.71** 0.72** 1 note: m: mean; sd: standard deviation; r: pearson's correlation coefficient; significance at:*p<0.05 and **p<0.01. the mean (mean) is shown as a histogram (figure 3): hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 337 figure 3. digital transformation and administrative reform the above results show that the average result in both digital transformation and administrative reform is not high. each specific observed variable indicates that the administrative reform has outstanding results. but only with m=4.05, and in the social aspect in public service provision has not met expectations. according to thai (2020) [26] public services are mainly provided at a low level. currently, level 2 public services are still widely used and still account for a large number, while online public services at level 3 are still widely used, level 4 the number of applications received is still limited; moreover, the processing of submitted and online applications is also limited. from a social perspective, digital transformation has been promoted in administrative agencies, but with m=3.54, this result is only quite average. this fact was revealed by le quang thang [27] that corruption and negativity have occurred at many levels, sectors, and fields of different sizes. including cases and incidents are happening in various industries and vital economic regions with large scale, sophisticated tricks, high degree of violation, loss, or heavy property damage. in contrast, the organizational reform of the administrative apparatus has the results of the reform of the administrative apparatus with m = 2.65, and the digital transformation in terms of technology with m = 2.87 are not high results. furthermore, the results of the assessment of digital transformation from an organizational perspective is m = 3.18. the administrative reform on building and improving civil officers' capacity has m = 2.84. both of them have similar results and are not meet actual requirements. although there is a very high determination to realize the digital transformation strategy, the assessment of this issue still has many challenges [6] the most significant limitation and also the biggest challenge is that the number of officers still has limited capacity in digital skills and digital leadership. it is recommended that digital transformation is irreversible. leaders must be proactive in this process [28], to improve the results of administrative reform. to evaluate the study's measurement model, including testing the reliability of each variable in digital transformation and administrative reform, determining reliability, internal consistency, determining convergence value, and determine the discriminant value [29]. figure 4 shows the measurement model in this study. the pearson correlation test shows all aspects of administrative reform: administrative procedure reform is correlated with digital transformation in society, with r = 0.56**, organizational reform with digital transformation technology, with r = 0.64** and building and improving the quality of civil officers, with r = 0.60**. reform the administrative apparatus, in society with r = 0.63**, in technology with r = 0.57**, in technology with r = 0.73**. building and improving the quality of civil officers, in society with r = 0.74**, in technology with r = 0.67**, in organization with r = 0.58**. these correlations are quite close compared to the correlations between aspects of digital transformation. correlation between social aspect and technology with r = 0.47*, the correlation between social aspect with organization r = 0.34*, and correlation between technological aspect with organizational aspect with r = 0.42*. 3.54 2.87 3.18 4.05 2.98 3.24 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 society technology organization the reform of administrative procedures organizational reform of the administrative apparatus compentency building of civil officer mean digital transformation and administrative reform hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 338 (note. dt: digital transformation; ar: administrative reform; te: technology; or1: organization; so: society; cbco: reform of administrative procedures; or2: organizational reform; rap: competency building of civil officer). figure 4. measurement model correlation between variables in digital transformation and administrative reform 4.3. digital transformation with a demographic perspective it seems that there is no significant difference in gender between digital transformation and administrative reform process at the provincial level in viet nam, except for the technological factor according to men's assessment with m = 3.10 compared with the result in women, with m = 2.64. this difference is statistically significant through the results of the t-test analysis to determine this difference (with p<0.01). to carry out digital transformation and administrative reform, both genders involved in these works are equally effective. only the difference is in digital transformation in terms of technology. if women have better technology awareness in terms of technology, the digital transformation process can have a more positive impact, the effectiveness of administrative reform can be enhanced. together with the estimates by gender variable, digital transformation and administrative reform on demographics by age variable were identified (table 5). table 4. digital transformation and administrative reform by gender variable administrative reform sex mean sd test p-value society male 3.67 0.92 t-test 0.316 female 3.41 0.81 technology male 3.10 0.87 t-test 0.003 ** female 2.64 1.13 organization male 3.24 0.82 t-test 0.174 female 3.12 0.84 the reform of administrative procedures male 4.12 0.86 t-test 0.165 female 3.98 0.95 organizational reform male 2.83 0.83 t-test 0.442 female 2.89 0.78 competency building of civil officer male 3.31 1.02 t-test 0.083 female 3.17 0.94 **correlation is statistically significant at level 0.01. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 339 table 5. digital transformation and administrative reform by age variable administrative reform age mean sd test p-value society ≤40 3.92 0.81 t-test 0.001** > 40 3.16 0.87 technology ≤40 3.14 0.96 t-test 0.000** > 40 2.60 1.05 organization ≤40 3.35 0.92 t-test 0.004** > 40 3.01 0.83 reform of administrative procedures ≤40 3.81 0.88 t-test 0.03* > 40 4.39 0.97 organizational reform ≤40 2.54 0.85 t-test 0.000** > 40 3.20 0.80 compentency building of civil officer ≤40 3.07 1.02 t-test 0.002** > 40 3.41 0.95 *correlation is statistically significant at level 0.05; **correlation is statistically significant at level 0.01. the t-test result showed a statistically significant difference according to the age variable (p<0.05 and p<0.01). a significant influence of age on digital transformation and administrative reform has been shown. in which, digital transformation on all three aspects of society, technology, and organization. people under 40 years old have more positive awareness and implementation of digital transformation than the age group over 40. especially in terms of technology, the group under 40 years old (m=3.14) is significantly superior to the assessment of the group over 40 years old, with m = 2.60 (with p = 0.000*). in terms of administrative reform, it seems that the group over 40 years old with knowledge and skills in administrative reform is significantly superior with m = 3.20 compared to the group under 40 with m = 2.54 (with p). = 0.000*). in terms of demographics by age variable, there is a statistically significant difference in both digital transformation and administrative reform. research results on digital transformation and administrative reform by education level variable are shown in table 6: table 6. digital transformation and administrative reform under education variables administrative reform education mean sd test p-value society higher education 3.41 0.81 t-test 0.128 postgraduate 3.67 0.87 technology higher education 2.46 1.26 t-test 0.02* postgraduate 3.28 0.84 organization higher education 3.09 0.79 t-test 0.081 postgraduate 3.27 0.75 reform of administrative procedures higher education 4.02 0.88 t-test 0.474 postgraduate 4.08 1.06 organizational reform higher education 2.75 0.87 t-test 0.426 postgraduate 2.97 0.77 compentency building of civil officer higher education 3.23 0.95 t-test 0.757 postgraduate 3.25 1.17 * correlation is statistically significant at level 0.05. the research results show evidence of a statistically significant difference (p=0.03*) in digital transformation in terms of technology, with the assessment of the postgraduate group m=3.28 while the higher education group m=2.46. social and organizational aspects of digital transformation have no statistically significant difference. moreover, the remaining assessments have no difference, mean p≥0.05. thus, demographic statistics by education variable at both higher education and postgraduate make almost no difference in digital transformation implementation except for technology and administrative reform. the level of education makes a significant difference in the perception of technology. it is not in the social aspect, the organizational aspect as well as the administrative reform issue. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 340 table 7. digital transformation and administrative reform under job position variables administrative reform job position mean sd test p-value society leader 3.85 1.07 t-test 0.001** staff 3.23 0.83 technology leader 2.96 0.96 t-test 0.002** staff 2.78 1.15 organization leader 3.52 0.67 t-test 0.04* staff 2.84 0.82 reform of administrative procedures leader 4.42 0.86 t-test 0.000** staff 3.68 1.09 organizational reform leader 3.27 0.74 t-test 0.000** staff 2.45 0.93 compentency building of civil officer leader 3.67 0.81 t-test 0.03* staff 2.81 1.33 * correlation is statistically significant at level 0.05; **correlation is statistically significant at level 0.01. the t-test shows that there is a statistically significant difference in the variables of digital transformation as well as administrative reform. the highest results of digital transformation are in society and technology (p 0.01). and for administrative reform are administrative procedure reform and administrative reform at the same level of significance (p ≤ 0.01). both digital transformation in the organization and administrative reform in building and improving the quality of civil officers the difference are statistically significant, with p ≤ 0.05. it can be seen that there is a statistically significant difference in the assessments of leaders and employees in digital transformation and administrative reform. however, current results also show that even civil officers don't have high knowledge and skills in the digital transformation of leaders in vietnam [16]. therefore, to promote digital transformation, it is necessary to report to the digital leader; along with that, the staff must also have an understanding of digital technology, digital transformation, and the most significant shortage in both leaders and employees in the context of digital transformation are the shortage of information technology skills [30]. the results of the survey of the opinions of the subjects about the training major were carried out (table 8). table 8. digital transformation and administrative reform under subject field variables (n=321) administrative reform subject field mean sd test p-value society humanities and social sciences 3.35 0.85 t-test 0.04* natural and applied sciences 3.73 0.77 technology humanities and social sciences 2.66 1.14 t-test 0.01** natural and applied sciences 3.08 0.90 organization humanities and social sciences 3.01 0.82 t-test 0.04* natural and applied sciences 3.35 0.97 reform of administrative procedures humanities and social sciences 3.97 0.84 t-test 0.073 natural and applied sciences 4.13 1.03 organizational reform humanities and social sciences 2.81 0.91 t-test 0.182 natural and applied sciences 2.91 0.78 compentency building of civil officer humanities and social sciences 3.04 1.05 t-test 0.04* natural and applied sciences 3.44 0.93 *correlation is statistically significant at level 0.05; **correlation is statistically significant at level 0.01. the parameter t-test shows that there is a statistically significant difference between the two groups of industries in which civil officers are trained during their higher education or postgraduate. regarding digital transformation in terms of social aspect with p = 0.04*, technology p = 0.01*, and in organizational p = 0.04*. regarding administrative reform, the aspect of organizational reform of the administrative apparatus, the difference between humanities and social sciences and natural and applied sciences, with p = 0.182 > 0.05, and the difference in administrative procedure reform between humanities and social sciences and natural and applied sciences groups with p = 0.073 > 0.05. the difference here is not statistically significant. however, in terms of building and improving the quality of civil officers, the hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 341 difference between the two groups of subject fields in humanities and social sciences and natural and applied sciences is significant, with p = 0.04* < 0.05. such a difference may be one of the reasons for the uniformity in perception among trained majors, and there may be different views on the impacts of the digital transformation process on improving the quality of life administration with positive results. the difference in demographics according to the variable of work between civil officers and citizens has been considered to evaluate the objectivity of the opinions of civil officers with the views of the citizens in order to have a scientific basis and practical basis to confirm the impacts of digital transformation on administrative reform taking place in provincial administrative agencies of vietnam (table 9). table 9. digital transformation and administrative reform under scope of work variables administrative reform scope of work mean sd test p-value society citizen 3.12 0.87 t-test 0.000** civil officers 3.96 0.79 technology citizen 2.69 1.16 t-test 0.03* civil officers 3.05 0.92 organization citizen 2.82 0.86 t-test 0.000** civil officers 3.54 1.08 reform of administrative procedures citizen 3.64 0.84 t-test 0.000** civil officers 4.46 0.76 organizational reform citizen 2.59 0.86 t-test 0.000** civil officers 3.13 0.75 compentency building of civil officer citizen 2.83 0.98 t-test 0.000** civil officers 3.65 0.85 *correlation is statistically significant at level 0.05; **correlation is statistically significant at level 0.01. the t-test of two groups of people, citizens, and civil officers, shows that the observations on digital transformation in three aspects of society, technology, and organization are statistically significant (p = 0.000**, 0.03*, and 0.000***), respectively. the highest difference is the social aspect and the organizational aspect, which is consistent with the view of the government of vietnam during the period as a strong direction towards implementing digital transformation [30]. on the other hand, in terms of technology, there are many respondents in the private sector, which has recently been quite sensitive in digital transformation, so the difference is not high, even in the strategy of the private sector. the vietnamese government gradually allows the private sector to access and participate in the operation of technical infrastructure in administrative agencies [6] so shortly; likely, digital transformation in public and private sectors is not statistically significant. (p > 0.05). table 10. correlation between digital transformation and administrative reform digital transformation and administrative reform m sd r digital transformation 3.197 0.875 0.76** administrative reform 3.383 0.858 *coefficient correlation pearson; **correlation is statistically significant at level 0.01. provincial administrative reform in vietnam is taking place popularly, but unevenly, mainly focusing on administrative reform in public services, so the evaluation result is only with m=3,383, which is not significantly superior compared with the numerical conversion rating m=3.197. the results of digital transformation and administrative reform are not outstanding. although the digital transformation is interesting, the biggest limitation currently is the digital skills and digital leadership capacity of public servants in administrative agencies. provincial governments in vietnam have not yet met the requirements of digital transformation [15]. on the other hand, administrative reform has not yet shown the requirements and objectives that the government of vietnam has set [22]. however, the reality and determination of provincial administrative agencies in the digital transformation strategy have had strong and profound impacts on administrative reform. it is shown by the correlation with r = 0.76** (p < 0.01), the correlation results are statistically significant, there is a basis to confirm that digital transformation has a profound impact on administrative reform at the level province of vietnam. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 342 4.4. forecasting the impact trend of digital transformation on administrative reform the results in table 11 show that when the social aspect in digital transformation increases by one unit, administrative reform will increase by 1.07 units, and the regression line is relatively narrow, with b = 0.168, coefficient  = 0.147, t = 4.19. this effect has very strong statistical significance, with p = 0.00**<0.01. in terms of technology, when digital technology increases by 1 unit, administrative procedure reform will increase by 1.13 units, the regression line has no dispersion, b = 0.356, coefficient  = 0.316, t = 3.85. this result shows that the impact of technology aspect on administrative procedure reform has very strong statistical significance, with p = 0.00**<0.01. finally, the organizational aspect increased by 1 unit, the administrative reform increased by 0.98 units, which explains the relatively narrow regression curve and the denormalized beta coefficient b = 0.321, the coefficient  = 0.283, t = 3.77. this effect has very strong statistical significance, with p = 0.00**<0.01. table 11. regression results on the impact of digital transformation on administrative procedure reform predictors b unstandardized b coefficient standardized  coefficient t significance (p-value) society 1.07 0.168 0.147 4.19 0.00** technology 1.13 0.356 0.316 3.85 0.00** organization 0.98 0.321 0.283 3.77 0.00** **correlation is statistically significant at level 0.01. the results in table 12 show that, when the social aspect increases by 1 unit, the administrative apparatus organization increases by 1.97 units, the unnormalized beta coefficient b = 0.392, the standardized beta coefficient = 0.387. the coefficient t = 3.83 is significant (t > 1.96), this effect is statistically significant with p = 0.00**<0.01. the technological aspect increased by 1 unit, the organization of the state administrative apparatus increased by 2.03 units, the unstandardized beta coefficient b = 0.505, the standardized beta coefficient = 0.229, the coefficient t = 3.91 is statistically significant (t > 1.96), significance level with p = 0.00**<0.01. the organizational aspect increased by 1 unit, the reform of the state apparatus increased by 1.58 units. this result explains for unnormalized beta coefficient b = 0.237, normalized beta coefficient = 0.361, coefficient t = 4.25, this effect is statistically significant with p = 0.00**<0.01 . table 12. regression results in the impact of digital transformation on organizational reform of the state administrative apparatus predictors b unstandardized b coefficient standardized  coefficient t significance (p-value) society 1.97 0.392 0.387 3.83 0.00** technology 2.03 0.505 0.229 3.91 0.00** organization 1.58 0.237 0.361 4.25 0.00** **correlation is statistically significant at level 0.01. the forecast results in table 13 show that when the social aspect increases by 1 unit, the construction and improvement of the quality of civil service activities of civil servants increases to 1.26 units, the unnormalized beta coefficient b = 0.547, normalized beta coefficient = 0.348, t value = 3.64, significance level p = 0.00** <0.01. the technological aspect increases by 1 unit, the quality of civil service activities of civil servants will increase by 0.98 units, unnormalized beta coefficient b = 0.192, standardized beta coefficient = 0.322, coefficient t = 4.17, p-value = 0.00** < 0.01. in the aspect of the organization increased by 1 unit, the quality of civil service activities of civil servants increased by 1.42 units, which explains the unnormalized beta coefficient b= 0.325, standardized beta coefficient = 0.256, t = 3.80, p-value = 0.00** < 0.01. thus, the impact of digital transformation on society, technology, and organization is statistically significant. the results predict that digital transformation will be a smart solution for provincial administrative agencies in vietnam to improve administrative reform efficiency. table 13. regression results in the impact of digital transformation on the construction and improvement of the quality of civil service activities of civil officers predictors b unstandardized b coefficient standardized  coefficient t significance (p-value) society 1.26 0.547 0.348 3.64 0.00** technology 0.98 0.192 0.322 4.17 0.00** organization 1.42 0.325 0.256 3.80 0.00** **correlation is statistically significant at level 0.01. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 343 5. conclusions digital transformation has become a popular topic that the government of vietnam acknowledges and is interested in. the government also urges administrative agencies to implement digital transformation strategies. especially in the context of social distancing, the contact between people and administrative agencies as well as between administrative agencies and civil officers in law enforcement and public service activities is not easy to do. in the second half of 2021, when the covid-19 pandemic is raging, the effectiveness of the transformation becomes even more urgent for administrative reform. and the reality has proven that digital transformation is an irresistible trend, so vietnam's provincial administrative agencies have taken positive steps to realize the government's direction. digital transformation has been used in public service implementation, and it has had a lot of positive results. however, the biggest obstacle that is posed to the successful digital transformation in vietnam is that the contingent of civil servants is not ready for the digital transformation process. in all three aspects, the aspect, the technology, and the organization of digital transformation have not achieved many achievements in promoting socio-economic development. some studies have shown that the limitation is due to the lack of digital skills by civil officers and the lack of digital leadership skills by leaders, and this study, through the evaluation opinions of civil servants, shows that there is still a difference in perception within the civil servant himself as the subject of public service. therefore, the application of digital transformation to administrative reform at present, as this study shows, has not brought many positive results. moreover, people as beneficiaries of administrative reform, but between citizens and civil servants, there is a very clear difference in perception, because there is not enough information to know exactly what the target is. to what extent have the results of digital transformation been applied to administrative reform. since there is no interaction between people and administrative agencies in this process, people will face many difficulties in communicating with administrative agencies on an advanced technology platform when digital transformation is put into place. this study shows that the digital transformation in vietnam's provincial administrative agencies has not yet achieved many impressive results, but it is being actively implemented with great potential under the very strong direction of the government, so the correlations between digital transformation and administrative reform are quite close. forecasted results on all three aspects of administrative reform, namely administrative procedure reform, state administrative reform, and improvement of the quality of civil service activities of civil servants, are all affected by digital transformation in all three aspects: society, technology, and organization. this means that the effectiveness of administrative reform depends greatly on the results of digital transformation. 6. declarations 6.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.3. ethical approval & informed consent statement participants gave their written consent to use their anonymous data for statistical purposes. all of them were over 18 years old and voluntarily collaborated without receiving any financial compensation. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the author declare that he has no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] ustundag, a., & cevikcan, e. (2018). industry 4.0: managing the digital transformation. springer series in advanced manufacturing. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-57870-5. [2] loyaltyhub. (2021). the current status of digital transformation in vietnam: necessary information for the future. available online: https://loyaltyhub.com.vn/thuc-trang-chuyen-doi-so-o-viet-nam/ (accessed on may 2021). [3] kotarba, m. (2018). digital transformation of business models. foundations of management, 10(1), 123–142. doi:10.2478/fman-2018-0011. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 344 [4] tratkowska, k. (2020). digital transformation: theoretical backgrounds of digital change. management sciences, 24(4), 32–37. doi:10.15611/ms.2019.4.05. [5] hai, t. n., van, q. n., & thi tuyet, m. n. (2021). digital transformation: opportunities and challenges for leaders in the emerging countries in response to covid-19 pandemic. emerging science journal, 5, 21–36. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-sper-03. [6] vietnamese government, (2019) "national digital transformation project," hanoi, vietnam. [7] prime minister, (2020). "decision no. 749//qd-ttg, june 3, 2020 approving". the national digital transformation program by 2025, with orientation towards 2030"," hanoi, vietnam. [8] ministry of information and communication, (2020). digital transformation manual, hanoi: for internal circulation only, hanoi, vietnam. [9] vietnam ministry of politics, (2019). "resolution no. 52-nq/tw, dated september 27, 2019 on a number of guidelines and policies to actively participate in the fourth industrial revolution," hanoi, vietnam. [10] antonopoulou, h., halkiopoulos, c., barlou, o., & beligiannis, g. n. (2021). associations between traditional and digital leadership in academic environment: during the covid-19 pandemic. emerging science journal, 5(4), 405–428. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-01286. [11] zinder, e., & yunatova, i. (2016). synergy for digital transformation: person’s multiple roles and subject domains integration. digital transformation and global society, 155–168. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-49700-6_16. [12] hai, t. n., & van, q. n. (2021). servant leadership styles: a theoretical approach. emerging science journal, 5(2), 245–256. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-01273. [13] kozarkiewicz, a. (2020). general and specific: the impact of digital transformation on project processes and management methods. foundations of management, 12(1), 237–248. doi:10.2478/fman-2020-0018. [14] pham huy giao, (2020). "digital transformation: essence, practice and application," oil and gas magazine, (12), 12-16. [15] ministry of information and communication, (2020). "report no. 66/bc-btttt, august 3, 2020 on e-government ranking results in 2020 and un assessment," hanoi, vietnam. [16] nguyen, tuan a., (2020). promoting digital transformation in vietnam. vietnam science and technology magazine online, (29)5, 1-35. [17] do minh tri, bui bang doan, (2014). "situation and solutions to promote administrative procedure reform in investment in hung yen province," journal of science and development, 12(5), no. 5, 796-804. [18] prime minister of vietnam. (2001). "prime minister's decision no. 136/2001/qd-ttg dated september 17, 2001 approving the master program on state administrative reform for the 2001-2010 period," hanoi, vietnam. [19] vietnamese government. (2011). "resolution no. 30c/nq-cp, november 8, 2011 promulgating the master program for state administrative reform for the period 2011-2020," hanoi, vietnam. [20] hai, t. n., van, t. t., & thi, h. n. (2021). relationship between transformational leadership style and leadership thinking of provincial administration leaders. emerging science journal, 5(5), 714–730. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-01307. [21] prime minister of vietnam, (2016). "decision no. 225/qd-ttg, february 4, 2016 approving the state administrative reform plan for the 2016-2020 period," hanoi, vietnam. [22] luu phuoc ven, tran cong du, (2021). "situation and solutions for administrative reform in vietnam". [online]. available online: https://tapchitaichinh.vn/su-kien-noi-bat/thuc-trang-va-giai-phap-cai-cach-hanh-chinh-o-viet-nam-325663.html. (accessed on october 2021). [23] emmanuel, n., & emmanuel, b. (2018). a review of the concept of school-based leadership and underlying theories of organizational management. international journal of innovative research and development, 7(9). doi:10.24940/ijird/2018/v7/i9/aug18109. [24] finch, w. h., & french, b. f. (2018). introduction to educational and psychological measurement. educational and psychological measurement, 1–10. doi:10.4324/9781315650951-1. [25] ministry of home affairs. (2021). circular no. 2/2021/tt-bnv, dated june 11, 2021 stipulating codes, professional and professional standards and salary ranking for administrative and clerical civil servants. hanoi, vietnam. [26] thai t. q., (2020). current status and solutions to implementing online public services, handling administrative procedures through public postal services in go cong town. website of go cong town, tien giang, vietnam. available online: hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 345 http://txgocong.tiengiang.gov.vn/chi-tiet-tin?/thuc-trang-va-giai-phap-thuc-hien-dich-vu-cong-truc-tuyen-giai-quyet-thu-tuchanh-chinh-qua-dich-vu-buu-chinh-cong-ich-tren-ia-ban-thi-xa-go-cong/26568971 (accessed on may 2021). [27] thang l. q. (2020). discussing the current fight against corruption crimes. hanoi, vietnam. available online: https://www.tapchicongsan.org.vn/web/guest/quan-triet-va-thuc-hien-nghi-quyet-ai-hoi-xii-cua-ang/2018/820816/ban-ve-cong-tacdau-tranh-phong%2c-chong-toi-pham-tham-nhung-hien-nay.aspx (accessed on october 2021). [28] think tank vinasa. (2019). “vietnam times of digital transformation, worldwide, hanoi, vietnam. [29] hair jr, j. f., hult, g. t. m., ringle, c. m., & sarstedt, m. (2021). a primer on partial least squares structural equation modeling (pls-sem). sage publications, california, united states [30] chu van ve. (2020). "digital transformation: context and challenges," online banking magazine, hanoi, vietnam. available online: http://tapchinganhang.gov.vn/chuyen-doi-so-boi-canh-va-thach-thuc.htm (accessed on may 2021). http://txgocong.tiengiang.gov.vn/chi-tiet-tin?/thuc-trang-va-giai-phap-thuc-hien-dich-vu-cong-truc-tuyen-giai-quyet-thu-tuc-hanh-chinh-qua-dich-vu-buu-chinh-cong-ich-tren-ia-ban-thi-xa-go-cong/26568971 http://txgocong.tiengiang.gov.vn/chi-tiet-tin?/thuc-trang-va-giai-phap-thuc-hien-dich-vu-cong-truc-tuyen-giai-quyet-thu-tuc-hanh-chinh-qua-dich-vu-buu-chinh-cong-ich-tren-ia-ban-thi-xa-go-cong/26568971 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 179 a wearable myo gesture armband controlling sphero bb-8 robot t. s. chu a, b, a. y. chua b, e. l. secco a* a robotics laboratory, school of mathematics, computer science & engineering, liverpool hope university, united kingdom. b mechanical engineering department, de la salle university, manila, philippines. received 09 august 2020; revised 17 october 2020; accepted 20 october 2020; published 01 december 2020 abstract in this paper, we present the development and preliminary validation of a wearable system, which is combined with an algorithm interfacing the myo gesture armband with a sphero bb-8 robotic device. the myo armband is a wearable device, which measures real-time emg signals of the end user’s forearm muscles as they execute a set of upper limb gestures. these gestures are interpreted and transmitted to the computing hardware via the bluetooth low energy ieee 802.15.1 wireless protocol. the algorithm analyzes and sorts the data and sends a set of commands to the sphero robotic device while performing navigation movements. after designing and integrating the software and hardware architecture, we have validated the system with two sets of trials involving a series of commands performed in multiple iterations. the consequent reactions of the robots due to these commands, were recorded and the performance of the system was analyzed in a confusion matrix to obtain an average accuracy of the system outcome vs. the expected and desired actions. results show that our integrated system can satisfactorily interface with the system in an intuitive way, with an accuracy rating of 85.7% and 92.9% for the two tests, respectively. keywords: wearable interface; human-robot interface; emg; gesture recognition. 1. introduction implementation interactive systems have undergone improvements over the years due to various reasons. one of them is the desire for convenience. such inspiration has driven the integration of interactive systems into fields such as medical, military, and research. focusing on the medical application, interactive systems have aided medical professionals in examining and analyzing their patients' conditions through various medical tests. the electromyography (emg) is a diagnostic test conducted on patients to determine the muscle and nerve condition of a particular limb. this is achieved by capturing the electrical signals that are generated by muscle contractions. invasive procedures and non-invasive procedures are the two primary methods of conducting this test. an invasive procedure requires a surgical operation to be performed on the patient to implant a sensor chip that captures the electrical signals generated by the muscle and transmits this information to computing hardware. the noninvasive procedure makes use of the concept of surface emg (semg), where electrode stickers are attached to the skin of the patient. this method obtains the electrical signals by which the muscle generates when it contracts; however, this method may exhibit less accuracy in comparison to the invasive procedure. previously, this test was done inside medical facilities and often required multiple hardware systems. due to developments in hardware components, commercial products that are portable and capable of conducting emg tests are currently being developed. * corresponding author: seccoe@hope.ac.uk http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-04-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ http://orcid.org/0000-0002-3269-6749 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 180 the application of this concept was expanded by researchers for various applications. the study conducted by coban and gelen (2018) [1] utilized the myo gesture armband to control a robotic arm and hand respectively. the study employed a wearable bracelet comprised of multiple semg sensors and a 9 degree of freedom imu. the researcher used a mixture of arm movements with hand gestures to control a robotic arm. in kurniawan and pamungkas study [2], the same armband was used to replace computer peripherals as a race car game controller. the study made a user-experience comparison between the traditional controls and myo gesture controls. the experimentation of the study comprised of 2 categories of participants, experienced and inexperienced myo users; the study noted that even with little experience with the myo armband, participants were able to adapt to it fairly well, but errors were obtained in the experiment when participants forget which gesture corresponds to a particular action. in the study conducted by ploengpit and phienthrakul (2016) [3], researchers creatively used the technology in a game application between 2 players which involves hand gestures. the experiment required 2 participants to play a game of rock-paper-scissors while wearing the myo armband. this allowed the myo to obtain data from the users, analyze the data to detect the gesture of each participant through a decision tree algorithm, and then determine the winner of the round. therefore, according to the aforementioned projects, the myo has a wide range of interesting research applications. previous researches have validated the effectivity of the use of the myo armband in obtaining semg signals from a user’s forearm, which may be very useful in field such as rehabilitation and health. another implementation is the human-robot interaction (hri); hris are robots that socially interact with humans and aid in day to day tasks, offer companionship, and offer assistance in health care and therapy [4]. an hri robot called pepper developed by softbank robotics which falls under the category of socially assistive robots (sar) was evaluated in the study conducted by barakeh et al. (2019) [5]; and it was found that the implementation of an hri robot, particularly pepper, in airports, and hospitals were found to be more socially acceptable as compared to malls, and banks by people through a survey. the main objective of this type of robot is to offer aid to humans when necessary [6]. it was also observed that hri robots, when given enough social and emotional interaction, can significantly improve one’s capability in coping with stress [7]; additionally, there have been cases where hri robots were used for entertainment purposes [8]. in the study conducted by sathiyanarayanan and rajan (2016) [9], it evaluated the viability of utilizing myo in the medical field. the survey conducted in the study, where its respondents were medical doctors and students, showed that the respondents were satisfied when using the armband daily and that the armband can be easily adapted, though some respondents suggested that the component was unnecessarily complex for the function they use. hri robots are emerging to supplement human lifestyle as it offers physical and emotional support. a particularly interesting function of hri robots is that they are mostly designed to assist people in managing difficult situations, allowing people to overcome current circumstances. combining the effectivity of the myo armband for semg detection and its potential application in rehabilitation, together with hri robots offers a creative approach in health. for example, a physician may prescribe a certain set of exercises, to be observed by the myo armband. adding interaction with an hri robot in the process may motivate the patient in doing the prescribed exercises. in this context, this paper aims at presenting a novel system framework that allows the interaction between an semg wearable device and an hri robot, specifically the myo gesture armband and the sphero bb-8 robot, respectively. 2. framework 2.1. software algorithm the software architecture which has been developed in this research is written in the python programming language. a library of specific arm gestures have been initially defined before starting the design: for practical convenience, we used a pre-defined set of gestures according to what has been proposed by thalamic labs (figure 1) [10]. these gestures are defined by a unique set of vectors, where each vector represents the muscle activity when the specified gesture is executed by a human end-user, in a vectorized format. figure 1. the 5 pre-defined hand gestures [10] hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 181 following the definition of the gesture parameters, each gesture is then tied to a corresponding rolling function of the bb-8 robotic device, as it is shown in table 1. to monitor the wireless communication between the wearable armband and the robot, feedback systems have been incorporated within the system. the bracelet is tasked to vibrate for a few seconds upon reading emg information from the user’s arm. this information is sent to the computing hardware and the python user interface (ui) reflects the obtained information and then sends the data to the robot. in addition to the movement commands, led color indicators are also used to consolidate the feedback form a visual point of view and to furtherly confirm that the robot has received the instructions from the computing hardware. table 1. the user’s active gestures vs. the corresponding robot’s movements human hand gesture robot’s movement fingers spread move forward fist move backward wave in move right wave out move left double tap make a square shape 2.2. experimental framework figure 2 offers a visualization of how the semg concept is being utilized together with the algorithm employed to control the sphero robot. the semg signals from a user’s forearm are obtained using the myo bracelet, where the processing of the raw information is also performed (i). this information is communicated to the computing hardware through a bluetooth connectivity implemented within the armband; upon receiving the information, the algorithm sorts out the obtained information, takes the necessary information, such as the vectorized semg signals to distinguish the gesture that is being executed by the user (ii). the algorithm then sends commands via bluetooth connectivity as well to the robot for movement execution (iii). finally, the robot moves according to the gesture executed by the user (iv). figure 2. the system architecture (i.e. experimental framework) 3. materials and methods 3.1. myo gesture armband the myo gesture armband often referred to as myo, is a commercial bracelet developed by thalamic labs used to capture the emg signals along a user’s forearm [11]. the armband is one example of a human-computer interface (hci) machine that allows the user to control computer peripherals for various applications such as gaming and presentations using powerpoint [10]. the myo consists of 8 independent stainless-steel emg sensors and employs an arm cortex m4 processor, allowing the bracelet to effectively capture the electric signal behavior occurring in the muscles while being positioned on along the skin and process the raw signals. the function of this emg sensors is primarily programmed to detect the 5 pre-defined hand gestures as shown in figure 3. it is also comprised of a 9-axis hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 182 imu, 3-axis accelerometer, 3-axis gyroscope, and 3-axis magnetometer. this allows the bracelet to detect its orientation based on arm movements. it is equipped with several accessories as well such as the vibratory motor for user feedback, a bluetooth le transmitter for communication, and a socket for charging its batteries. figure 3. the myo gesture armband [11] 3.2. sphero bb-8 robot the sphero bb-8 is an interactive robot toy developed by sphero company. it is an 11.4 cm tall robot equipped with a bluetooth low energy module for communication, and it possesses motors inside the main sphere, allowing the robot to move and turn. the motors are connected to a spherical body, so when the motor rotates, it consequently rotates the sphere, thus allowing bb-8 to roll in a particular direction. turning function is also achieved when each motor rotates in opposite directions. its head possesses small wheels, causing the head to be unaffected when the body starts to roll; and, the head is magnetically connected to the body, allowing it to be independent of the body. the robot can maintain its balance as it possesses a low center of gravity. it mainly uses a mobile app for interaction with users; the users get to move bb-8 around, speak with bb-8, and draw a trajectory that bb-8 will follow. for this research, only the bb-8 hardware will be used. figure 4. the sphero bb-8 droid [12] 3.3. bluetooth 4.0 low energy dongle to effectively communicate with the sphero bb-8 robot, a bluetooth 4.0 low energy dongle is used. the dongle operates in the same manner as any traditional bluetooth dongles; however, the low energy specification implies that it operates on lower power input. this allows the bluetooth technology to be implemented and is usually implemented in small robots. the bluetooth dongle also has a maximum effective range of up to 50 meters. 3.4. experimental methodology the goal of this research is to determine how effective the algorithm is in interfacing the myo with the sphero bb-8 robot. when the program is initiated, it starts to communicate with the robot first before communicating with myo armband. once the robot’s internal led flashes white, the computing hardware then communicates with the myo armband. the user needs to calibrate the armband by holding the wave out gesture along the neutral axes until hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 183 the vibration feedback stops; neutral axes are defined as the position where the arm forms an “l” shape with the user’s forearm is pointing to the front. figure 5. finger spread gesture activates forward robot motion the led indicator on the myo should not blink nor should it fade in and out. when these two conditions are met, this indicates that both the myo and the bb-8 robot are ready and that the user just needs to execute a double-tap gesture to unlock the myo and start the experiment. the user simply has to execute the gesture of the desired command, this will then be transmitted to the bluetooth dongle connected to the computing hardware. figure 6. fist gesture activates backward robot motion the computing hardware analyzes the data it receives, and create commands corresponding to the received input to be implemented by the robot. the commands are then transmitted with another bluetooth dongle to the robot for execution. this experiment is considered successful if the bb-8 can make movements such as forward, back, move left, and move right, and both vibratory feedback from the myo, and led indicator feedback are functioning. to determine the effectivity of the algorithm, a confusion matrix is used to monitor the number of correct and incorrect commands, and the experiment will be conducted twice. the average accuracy is obtained in both experiments and serves as the parameter for determining the effectiveness of the algorithm. the researcher employs a sequence of events, forward, backward, right, and left, and executed the sequence in 7 iterations. while the robot moves, the python ui will also reflect the command the computer received and the movement that the robot will execute. picture references for the actual experiment are shown in figures 5 to 8. 4. results and discussion with the given hand gestures, the bb-8 robot was capable of moving accordingly. table 1 represents the gestures and their corresponding movements. the robot was able to execute the order of the movements most of the time. errors were found when the robot did not perform the command corresponding to the gesture held by the researcher. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 184 additionally, delays were observed in the detection of new commands. the inaccuracy lies within the myo armband detection, primarily with the usage of the researcher. figure 7. wave in gesture activates rightmotion of the robot whenever the researcher would hold a particular gesture, the myo would detect a different gesture, for example, when the user makes the fingers spread gesture, the myo detects a fist gesture. the issue is caused due to the overexertion of muscle flexion which exhibited a signal behavior similar to a fist, despite the fingers spread gestures that the researcher made. with the over-exertion of flexion actions, the user’s muscles took time to relax, consequently affecting the detection of the right gesture in the succeeding commands. the second test was designed and performed according to the previous findings, leading to a more relaxed approach in experimentation. the results of these 2 tests are shown in tables 2 and 3, respectively. table 2. confusion matrix, first test, inexperienced user successful trials (out of 7 trials) forward backward right left total forward 4 3 0 0 4 backward 0 7 0 0 7 right 0 1 6 0 6 left 0 0 0 7 7 average accuracy (%) 57.1 100 85.7 100 85.7 figure 8. wave out gesture activates left motion of the robot hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 185 the accuracy in the detection of hand gestures showed improvements in the second test. thus, inferring that the user experience with the myo will greatly improve the performance of the setup; however, inexperienced users may still use the setup as the robot can execute the needed commands at an acceptable accuracy. this research is successful as the robot was able to execute the commands with 85.7% accuracy for the first test and 92.8% accuracy for the second test. table 3. confusion matrix, second test, experienced user successful trials (out of 7 trials) forward backward right left total forward 5 0 2 0 5 backward 0 7 0 0 7 right 0 0 7 0 7 left 0 0 0 7 7 average accuracy (%) 71.4 100 100 100 92.8 5. conclusion the research aimed to determine the effectiveness of the algorithm for interfacing the myo gesture armband with the sphero bb-8 robot. the myo utilized the concept of semg to detect muscle activity on the forearm of its user upon executing defined hand gestures, and the obtained electrical signals were then processed and transmitted to the computing hardware. the algorithm, written in the python programming language, analyzed the data and communicated with the robot to execute movements that corresponded to the gesture executed by the user. the experiment required the user to execute a series of hand gestures and observe the movements made by the robot; this experiment was iterated seven times to obtain data to be used in a confusion matrix. during the experimentation, problems such as gesture misclassification and delays in gesture detection were observed. however, this issue can be addressed by fine-tuning the algorithm with machine learning algorithms such as support vector machines. machine learning implementation of this research should show accuracy improvements and minimization of gesture detection delays. with accuracy ratings of 85.7% and 92.8%, the algorithm was able to satisfactorily interface the myo gesture armband with the sphero bb-8 robot. the proposed system could be further validated with more laboratory tests and in-field trials [13-15]. however, current preliminary results suggest that the architecture is reliable and robust, with foreseen possible applications in gaming, ambient assisted living, and rehabilitation, provided that proper clinical validation will be performed. 6. acknowledgements this work was presented in project & coursework form in fulfillment of the requirements for the msc in robotics engineering for the student timothy chu under the supervision of e. l. secco from the robotics laboratory, school of mathematics, computer science and engineering, liverpool hope university. 7. institutional review board statement not applicable. 8. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] coban, m., and gelen, g. (2018). wireless teleoperation of an industrial robot by using myo arm band. 2018 international conference on artificial intelligence and data processing (idap), malatya, turkey. doi:10.1109/idap.2018.8620789. [2] kurniawan, s. r., & pamungkas, d. (2018). myo armband sensors and neural network algorithm for controlling hand robot. 2018 international conference on applied engineering (icae), batam. doi:10.1109/incae.2018.8579153. [3] ploengpit, y., & phienthrakul, t. (2016). rock-paper-scissors with myo armband pose detection. 2016 international computer science and engineering conference (icsec), chiang mai. doi:10.1109/icsec.2016.7859949 [4] doisy, g., meyer, j., & edan, y. (2014). the impact of human–robot interface design on the use of a learning robot system. ieee transactions on human-machine systems, 44(6), 788–795. doi:10.1109/thms.2014.2331618. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 186 [5] barakeh, z. a., alkork, s., karar, a. s., said, s., & beyrouthy, t. (2019). pepper humanoid robot as a service robot: a customer approach. 2019 3rd international conference on bio-engineering for smart technologies (biosmart), paris, france. doi:10.1109/biosmart.2019.8734250. [6] feil-seifer, d., & mataric, m. j. (2005). defining socially assistive robotics. 9th international conference on rehabilitation robotics, chicago, il, usa. icorr 2005. doi:10.1109/icorr.2005.1501143. [7] lohani, m., stokes, c., mccoy, m., bailey, c. a., & rivers, s. e. (2016). social interaction moderates human-robot trustreliance relationship and improves stress coping. 2016 11th acm/ieee international conference on human-robot interaction (hri), christchurch, 471-472. doi:10.1109/hri.2016.7451811 [8] linert, j., & kopacek, p. (2018). humanoid robots robotainment. ifac-papersonline, 51(30), 220–225. doi:10.1016/j.ifacol.2018.11.290. [9] sathiyanarayanan, m., & rajan, s. (2016). myo armband for physiotherapy healthcare: a case study using gesture recognition application. 8th international conference on communication systems and networks (comsnets), bangalore, india. doi:10.1109/comsnets.2016.7439933. [10] rawat, s., vats, s., & kumar, p. (2016). evaluating and exploring the myo armband. 2016 international conference system modeling & advancement in research trends (smart), moradabad, india. doi:10.1109/sysmart.2016.7894501. [11] eadicicco, l. (2016). “review: myo armband enables gesture-controlled computing,” time, 20-jan-2016. available online: https://time.com/4173507/myo-armband-review/ (accessed on 26 may 2020). [12] sphero legacy products. (2020). sphero made innovative robots for star wars, marvel, and pixar. available online: https://images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/i/51ey9kq7nnl._ac_sy606_.jpg (accessed on 26 may 2020). [13] secco, e.l., moutschen, c., tadesse, a., barrett-baxendale, m., reid, d., nagar, a. (2016). development of a sustainable and ergonomic interface for the emg control of prosthetic hands, 6th eai international conference on wireless mobile communication and healthcare, november 14–16, 2016, milano, italy. [14] secco, e. l., moutschen, c., maereg, a. t., barrett-baxendale, m., reid, d., & nagar, a. k. (2017). development of a sustainable and ergonomic interface for the emg control of prosthetic hands. wireless mobile communication and healthcare, 321–327. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-58877-3_41. [15] brown, k., secco, e. l., & nagar, a. k. (2019). a low-cost portable health platform for monitoring of human physiological signals. lecture notes in electrical engineering, 211–224. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-02242-6_16. https://images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/i/51ey9kq7nnl._ac_sy606_.jpg available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 15 issn: 2723-9535 eye tracking algorithm based on multi model kalman filter s. h. ziafati bagherzadeh 1*, s. toosizadeh 1 1 department of electrical engineering, school of engineering, islamic azad university, mashhad branch, mashhad, iran. received 14 november 2021; revised 12 january 2022; accepted 23 january 2022; published 01 march 2022 abstract one of the most important pieces of human machine interface (hmi) equipment is an eye tracking system that is used for many different applications. this paper aims to present an algorithm in order to improve the efficiency of eye tracking in the image by means of a multi-model kalman filter. in the classical kalman filter, one model is used for estimation of the object, but in the multi-model kalman filter, several models are used for estimating the object. the important features of the multiple-model kalman filter are improving the efficiency and reducing its estimating errors relative to the classical kalman filter. the proposed algorithm consists of two parts. the first step is recognizing the initial position of the eye, and support vector machine (svm) has been used in this part. in the second part, the position of the eye is predicted in the next frame by using a multi-model kalman filter, which applies constant speed and acceleration models based on the normal human eye. keywords: eye tracking; multi-model kalman filter; support vector machine; image processing. 1. introduction eyes and their movements are very important in the detection of disease, needs, and emotions. in other words, by considering the geometry of the eye, its movement, and state, we can figure out the needs and emotions. the necessity of studying and developing eye tracking has special importance amongst researchers of different fields. when it comes to an accident, the eye’s first feature is being less vulnerable in comparison to other organs. currently, researchers have presented various methods for eye tracking that can be used for developing useful and accurate eye tracking systems. eye detection and tracking are used by researchers for face detection, expressing one’s emotions, and face recognition. eye tracking methods can be divided into two categories as follows:  passive methods based on images and active methods based on infrared light;  classic passive methods detect faces based on eye shape and light intensity distribution. in infrared based methods, eye detection and tracking are done by taking the eye’s (pupil’s) reflection of infrared rays into measure. classic methods in face detection can be divided into three categories including:  pattern-based methods,  appearance-based methods, and  specifications-based methods. * corresponding author: hassan.ziafati@mshdiau.ac.ir http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 16 in the pattern-based method, based on its shape, a general model of the eye is chosen, and then the image is scanned to find the eye by pattern research algorithms. xiong et al. [1] suggested a method based on houph transformation for accurate face detection: eye tracking by using the distance between the eyes deformable patterns are widely used for eye detection [2, 3]. in these methods, a model of the eye would be designed to match the eye’s figure, which includes desirable features such as translatability, rotatability, and deformability; then, the eye would be detected by minimizing the energy. appearance-based methods detect the eye by photometric appearance characteristics. these methods usually require a wide range of training data, eye descriptions in different positions, different facial expressions, and light conditions. data in appearance-based methods is used to train neural networks or support vector machine (svm). obviously, detection is based on categorization in these methods. shah et al. (2013) [4] have used special face techniques for eye detection. in huang et al. (2000) [5], the eye’s feature space is used for eye detection. this method benefits from desirable speed but lacks accuracy. in huang et al. (1999) [6], image wavelet transformation and eye detection have been used with a recurrent neural network. today, researchers use other neural network-based methods for face detection. for example, in [7], there are some proposed methods for improving eye detection by neural networks. the main weakness of appearance-based methods is the need for a large dataset in the training phase for face detection. specification-based methods use some features like edges, color distribution, and so on for eye detection. a specifications-based method is used by wang et al. (2016) [8]. for vrânceanu et al. (2015) [9], and dong et al. (2015) [10], specifications of the corners of eyes are used for face detection. in these references, images have been used for face detection. the main weaknesses of this method are inefficiency in the presence of the hair in the front part of the eye and face direction. in morcego et al. (2016) [11], a method is proposed for estimating the parameters of the eye and tracking it. in this method, the eye model should be designed first. the corner of the eye is traced by the kalman algorithm. the main weakness of this method is the need for a high-quality image for eye tracking. in summary, the classic detection and tracking methods of detecting and tracking by searching for form, appearance, and eye specifications are still applicable. in lescroart et al. (2016) [12], and amiel et al. (2015) [13], a wavelet filter has been used to reduce the transparency effect for eye detection. however, this filter lacks suitable efficiency for all transparencies. therefore, classic eye detection methods have some challenges, such as face direction and the transparency of the image. in zhu et al. (2007) [14], two new methods have been employed for face tracking based on the eye model. the first method detects the stared eye as 3d. cornea is considered as a convex mirror in this method. based on the features of an assumed convex mirror, the eye direction is obtained. this method is very complicated and is not feasible in practical use. in yoo et al. (2005) [15], a method for eye tracking is presented based on pupillary light direction. face tracking using the kalman filter is another method for detecting eyes. in zhu et al. (2002) [16], a combination of kalman filter and data classification is used for eye tracking. this is a very suitable method for face tracking. a neutral kalman filter has been used for face detection by zhang (2010) [17]. this paper is set to be used for detecting and estimating one’s eye’s position in frames of a film by using a multi-model kalman filter algorithm. in the presented method, fixed velocity and fixed acceleration models of the multi-model kalman filter are employed due to the dynamics of the target (eye) [18-20]. in the second section, pupillary tracking based on the kalman filter and its equations is explained. in the next section, the simulation method and its outcome are argued. in the next section, the simulation and its results are presented. the final part of this paper provides the results and insights for more research in the future. 2. materials and methods 2.1. eye tracking by the use of kalman filter kalman filter is a set of recursive equations that are used to estimate an object’s position and the degree of uncertainty in the next frame. in the kalman filter, estimation of the next position is done by measuring data in previous frames, and then, in the next step, the previous position vector is estimated by the data of the current frame. it should be noted that the kalman filter has a minimum euclidean norm for estimating the object position with linear dynamics. then, the pupil tracking is explained by the kalman filter algorithm. in this section, consider the dynamic of eye movement as equation 1. in this equation, 𝑥𝑘 is the mode vector of the system dynamic in frame k, 𝑦𝑘 is the output vector in frame k, 𝑤𝑘 is the process noise in frame k and 𝑣𝑘 is measurement noise in frame k. in the kalman filter, the process and measurement noises are considered white noise. covariance matrices of process and measurement of noises are obtained based on 𝑤𝑘 and 𝑣𝑘 data. in this section, it is assumed that the signals of 𝑤𝑘 and 𝑣𝑘 are independent and their covariance matrix is q and r. also, system’s dynamic mode vector is (2). in this equation, [𝑐𝑘 𝑟𝑘] is eye pixel position in k frame and [�̇�𝑘 �̇�𝑘] is eye speed in frame k. it is necessary to note that in kalman filter, the entry is [𝑐𝑘 𝑟𝑘] and the output is [𝑐𝑘 𝑟𝑘 �̇�𝑘 𝑟�̇�] vector estimation. the matrix can be written based on the data. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 17 { 𝑥𝑘+1 = 𝐴𝑥𝑘 + 𝑤𝑘 𝑦𝑘 = 𝐶𝑥𝑘 + 𝑣𝑘 (1) 𝑥(𝑡) = [𝑐𝑘 𝑟𝑘 �̇�𝑘 𝑟�̇�] (2) 𝐶 = [ 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 ] (3) let’s take �̂�𝑘|𝑘 as posterior estimate 𝑥𝑘 in k frame, �̂�𝑘|𝑘−1 as prior estimate 𝑥𝑘 in frame k, 𝑃𝑘|𝑘 as posterior covariance matrix in k frame, 𝑃𝑘|𝑘−1 as prior covariance matrix in k frame and 𝐾𝑘 as the gain of kalman filter in k frame. in this case, updating kalman filter can be done in the k frame based on the equations 4, and 5: �̂�𝑘|𝑘−1 = 𝐴�̂�𝑘−1|𝑘−1 𝑃𝑘|𝑘−1 = 𝐴𝑃𝑘−1|𝑘−1𝐴 𝑇 + 𝑄 𝑆𝑘 = 𝐶𝑃𝑘|𝑘−1𝐶 𝑇 + 𝑅 (4) 𝐾𝑘 = 𝑃𝑘|𝑘−1𝐻 𝑇𝑆𝑘 −1 �̂�𝑘|𝑘 = �̂�𝑘|𝑘−1 + 𝐾𝑘(𝑦𝑘 − 𝐶�̂�𝑘|𝑘−1) 𝑃𝑘|𝑘 = (𝐼 − 𝐾𝑘𝐻𝑘)𝑃𝑘|𝑘−1 (5) the purpose of this section is to explain the proposed method based on multi-model algorithm for optimizing the estimation of eye position. therefore, the block diagram of the proposed method has been studied for eye tracking in a film. third section deals with defect detection method in a frame. support vector machine has been used in this method. forth section explains multi-model kalman filter algorithm and how to use it in eye tracking. eye detection input image no multi-model kalman filter based eye track no update probability of each model yes yes state estimation figure 1. block diagram of the proposed method of eye tracking diagram block of eye tracking algorithm is shown in figure 1. according to this figure, in the first step, the algorithm of eye tracking can detect the first position of eye in the first frame. clearly, support vector machine algorithm has been used in this method. after detecting the eye, pixel position data from each eye is entered to multimodel kalman filter. the purpose of this method is to predict the eye position in the next frame. after solving the equation of filter, estimation of eye position, pixel position in the next fame, proposed algorithm consider the accuracy of estimation based on eye data in frame. in proposed algorithm, the distance between the actual amount of eye position and the estimated amount is used for evaluation. if the estimated accuracy is appropriate, updated probability of each model and estimation of eye position is done next. also in the case of higher uncertainty the proposed algorithm returns to eye tracking. understandably, multi-model kalman filter is useful not only for improving the performance of eye tracking, but also for optimizing estimation errors of eye tracking and the existence of noise in measured data. the filter nature and gaussian white noise in measured data are the reasons of this. the first step of eye tracking is detecting it. in this paper, two-level algorithm is used for detection of first position of eye. by two-level algorithm we mean the use of two steps for estimating eye position in a single frame of a film. it should be noted that said algorithm has almost a lot of volume of calculation and cannot be used in every frame. each level is explained in the following. general schematic method of eye tracking is shown in figure 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 18 face detection eye detection no input eye position figure 2. used eye tracking algorithm first level pursues identify the face in a frame. in other words, the pixel position of the face in an image is the output of first level. as mentioned before, the support vector machine is used for doing this work. for evaluating used algorithm in the first level, there is an image like a). the result of face detection (face level) is shown in b). it is clear that the proposed algorithm can identify the face in the studied image well. in the first level, face position in the image is clear. the purpose of second level is to analyze the data of pixels which are in the face position for the face detection. also support vector machine is used for this level. the result of second level is shown in c). in this image, the left eye has the horizontal pixel position 466 and vertical 265 and right eye has the horizontal pixel position 765 and vertical pixel 276. it should be noted that in those data, eye pixel position is used as multi-model kalman filter entrance. 2.2. eye tracking algorithm in this study, multi-model kalman filter is used for estimating eye position in the next frame of film. therefore, multi-model kalman filter and its use ought to be explained. multi-model kalman filter estimator is a sub-optimal hybrid filter and it is very useful for hybrid estimation of target’s position. the main strength of this method is the estimation of system’s modes with several behavioral models and the ability to switch between them. in practice, we can take multi-model kalman filter as a self-tuning filter with flexible bandwidth. assume that the equation of state space of moving object is equation 6.      ( 1) , ( 1) ( ) , ( 1) , ( 1) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) x k f k m k x k g k m k v k m k z k h k x k w k         (6) in the equation 6, 𝑥 𝜖 ℜ𝑛𝑥 is object mode vector, 𝑧 𝜖 ℜ𝑛𝑧 is measured output vector, 𝑤 𝜖 ℜ𝑛𝑧 and 𝑤 𝜖 ℜ𝑛𝑢 are independent white gaussian noise vectors, and𝑄𝑣 and 𝑅𝑤 are covariance. also 𝑚(𝑘) shows the mode of system, 𝐹 represents system dynamic matrix and h represents the measurement matrix. generally, various models have to be used to describe the system since there is no exact system model. in this method, we show the probability of mode i and k being used at the same as following: 𝑀𝑖(𝑘) = {𝑚(𝑘) = 𝑚𝑖}. in the presented method, it is assumed that order of system’s model changes follow a markov chain with the transition probability of equation 7;  ( 1) | ( ) ( )j i ijp m k m k p k  (7) (a) (b) (c) figure 3. the process of personal algorithm of eye tracking: (a) man image; (b) recognition range of face; (c)the results of eye detection algorithm hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 19 which, “∑ 𝑃𝑖𝑗(𝑘)𝑟 𝑗=1 = 1, 𝑖 = 1, 2, … . . , 𝑟” in above equation is correct based on markov chain mathematics. also in this method, a markov transition matrix is used for describing the probability of the object in explained model. the probability of models is updated at the end of each algorithm repetition, and obtained results such are considered as weighting coefficient of each model. in short, a full cycle of implementation of the multimodel kalman filter algorithm is as follows: first step: mixing probabilities the probability of 𝑀𝑖 model affecting the 𝑘 − 1 time is calculated based on the probability of 𝑀𝑗 model affecting 𝐾 time and is shown in this equations 8 and 9. ( ( ) | ( )) ( )i ip m k z k k (8)    -1 | -1| -1 ( -1) | ( ), 1 ( -1) k i j i j ij i j k k p m k m k z p k c     (9) in equation 9, the estimated probability for i-th mode is cj which is calculated as in equation 10. 1 ( -1) r j ij i i c p k   (10) second step: calculating initial mixing values according to previous estimations, for state variable and covariance matrix (in order 𝑥 �̂� (𝑘 − 1|𝑘 − 1) and 𝑥 �̂� = 𝑃𝑖(𝑘 − 1|𝑘 − 1) primal combination conditions are calculated as in equation 11.              | 1 | 1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 ( -1 | -1) ( -1 | -1) ( -1 | -1) ( -1 | -1) r oj i i j i r oj i i j i t i oj i oj x k k x k k k k p k k k k p k k x k k x k k x k k x k k                 (11) third step: calculation of fitness function for each model first, by use of kalman filter equation 12         , -1 | -1 ( -1) ( -1| -1) ( -1) ( -1) | | -1 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) | -1 ( | -1) ( -1) ( -1| -1) ( -1) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( | -1) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( | -1) ( ) ( ) ( i i i i i f i i i i i t t i i i i t i i i i t i i i i i x k k f k x k k g k v k x k k x k k k k v k v k z k h k x k k p k k f k p k k f k gq k g s k h k p k k h k r k k k p k k h k s k p k           | ) ( | -1) ( ) ( ) ( )t i i i ik p k k k k s k k k (12) then, fitness function will be achieved for each model equation 13; 1 -12( ) ( );0; ( ) 2 ( ) exp -0.5 ( ) ( ) ( )t j j j j j j jk n v k s k s k v k s k v k          (13) forth step: model probability according to equations 14 and 15, the probability of each model will be calculated. 1 ( ) r j j j c k c    (14) 1 ( ) ( )j j jk k c c    (15) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 20 fifth step: estimation of modes and calculating the covariance matrix 1 ( | ) ( | ) ( ) r i i i x k k x k k k   (16) 1 ( | ) ( | ) ( | ) ( | ) ( ) ( | ) ( | ) i i r i t i i p k k x k k x k k p k k k x k k x k k                  (17) the steps stated above, are for implementing the next step after measuring by sensor and by each sensor measurement, the steps are repeated. in figure 4, general diagram block of multi-model kalman filter method is shown. figure 4. general block diagrams of multi model kalman filter method as was stated before, several models are used in this method. the models are divided into two main categories: constant speed model and constant rotation rate. in the constant speed model, there is fixed speed object and in constant rotation rate there is constant angular speed. equation 18 elaborate the argument.   1 2 2 2 2 sin 1cos 1 0 1 0 cos 0 -sin , 0 1 1cos sin 0 1 0 sin 0 cos : 0, ( , ) . t t t cv ct t x y x fx gu t t t t t t f diag g diag ft t t t t t where u n diag                                                     (18) in this equation, δ𝑇 is the time of sampling and 𝜔 is the angular speed vector of object. needless to say, all the models are linear. 3. result and discussion the purpose of this study is to present eye tracking algorithm based on multi-model filter. based on the previous arguments, there are several models instead of one model which are used in kalman filter method. it is clear that the important weakness of kalman filter is constant eye dynamic movement. in other words, the very reason of employing several models instead on one is optimizing the efficiency of proposed algorithm when it faces dynamic objects. in this section, we are to simulate multi-model kalman filter while taking different models into account. it is crucial to say that in this simulation, two models of constant speed model and constant rotation rate are considered. { �̅�𝑘+1 = 𝐴𝑖�̅�𝑘 + 𝐵𝑖𝑣𝑘 𝑦𝑘 = 𝐶𝑖�̅�𝑘 + 𝑘 �̅�𝑘 = [𝑥𝑘�̇�𝑘𝑦𝑘�̇�𝑘] 𝑇 𝒜1 = [ a1 0 0 a1 ] , a1 = [ 1 t 0 1 ] , ℬ1 = [ b1 0 0 b1 ] object dynamic (19) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 21 𝐵1 = [ 𝑇2 2⁄ 𝑇 ] constant speed matrix model (20) �̅�𝑘 = [𝑥𝑘�̇�𝑘�̈�𝑘𝑦𝑘�̇�𝑘�̈�𝑘] 𝑇 𝒜2 = [ 𝐴2 0 0 𝐴2 ], 𝐴1 = [ 1 𝑇 𝑇2 2⁄ 0 1 𝑇 0 0 1 ] , ℬ2 = [ 𝐵2 0 0 𝐵2 ] , 𝐵2 = [ 𝑇2 2⁄ 𝑇 1 ] constant acceleration (21) the results of the algorithm simulation are explained in the following and are shown in figure 5. this model follows the object very well. figure 5. results of multi-model interference filter simulation simulation the purpose of this section is to consider the proficiency of proposed algorithm for eye tracking in an image in different frames. as explained before, there are different models for eye tracking such as constant speed, constant acceleration, constant rotation, and constant mass. their efficiencies are different based on the type of object changes. since we set to track eye, constant speed and constant acceleration models are used in this paper. considering previous data and also covariance matrix of noise measurement, for constant speed equation 22 and for constant acceleration equation 23; 𝑅 = [ 4 0 0 4 ] ; 𝑄 = [ 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 ] (22) 𝑅 = [ 4 0 0 4 ] ; 𝑄 = [ 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.5] (23) in the following part, we consider the efficiency of proposed algorithm in different frames of a film for eye tracking. first scenario: the purpose is to trace the pupil by constant face. the face is fixed and the pupils have an anti-clockwise circular motion. different frames and the results are shown in figure 6. it is clear that the proposed algorithm could trace the pupil well. -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 estimates produced by imm-filter. measurement true trajectory filtered hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 22 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) figure 6. the results of eye tracking in the first scenario: a) frame 1; b) frame 50; c) frame 100; d) frame 150; c) frame 200 in figures 7 and 8, the errors of estimating eye position to the real mode by proposed algorithm and kalman filter are shown. it should be noted that in this figure, measurement of the horizontal axis is pixel. figure 7. the error of left eye estimation of position 0 50 100 150 200 250 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 frame number e rr [l e ft e y e ] x p o s it io n imm kalman 0 50 100 150 200 250 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 frame number e rr [l e ft e y e ] y p o s it io n imm kalman hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 23 figure 8. the error of right eye estimation of position finally, in table 1 compares results of noise measurement on eye position to kalman filter. table 1. consideration of the efficiency of kalman filter in first scenario kalman filter proposed filter measurement noise right left right left 62.184 65.26 8.743 6.62 %80 nominal value 93.66 67.57 12.53 8.02 %120 nominal value 111.88 95.32 16.537 24.18 %200 nominal value 148.48 149.10 19.26 39.54 %300 nominal value second scenario: the purpose is eye tracking by animated face. at first, face moves to right; and then left. the results of this simulation are shown in different frames. it is clear that the proposed model could trace the pupil very accurately. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) figure 9. the results of eye tracking in the second scenario: a) frame 1; b) frame 50; c) frame 100; d) frame 150; c) frame 200 0 50 100 150 200 250 -4 -2 0 2 4 frame number e rr [r ig h t e y e ] x p o s it io n imm kalman 0 50 100 150 200 250 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 frame number e rr [r ig ht e ye ] y p os iti on imm kalman hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 24 figures 10 and 11 show how off the trace has been compared to real state of the eye. figure 10. the error of left eye estimation of position figure 11. the error of right eye estimation of position finally, the results of the different noise measurement on eye position are shown in table 2. clearly enough, proposed method works a lot better than kalman filter. table 2. consideration of proposed filter in the second scenario kalman filter proposed filter measurement noise right left right left 79.5 59.7 8.24 8.5 %80 nominal value 83.35 63.3 8.85 8.43 %120 nominal value 102.59 95.16 13.55 22.93 %200 nominal value 150.45 135.69 26.22 49.45 %300 nominal value third scenario: the purpose is eye tracking by animated camera. the position of face is fixed but the camera is moving. the results are shown in and this model has high efficiency. results are shown in figure 12. 0 50 100 150 200 250 -2 -1 0 1 2 frame number e rr [l e ft e y e ] x p o s it io n imm kalman 0 50 100 150 200 250 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 frame number e rr [l e ft e y e ] y p o s it io n imm kalman 0 50 100 150 200 250 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 frame number e rr [r ig h t e y e ] x p o s it io n imm kalman 0 50 100 150 200 250 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 frame number e rr [r ig h t e y e ] y p o s it io n imm kalman hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 25 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) figure 12. the results of eye tracking in the first scenario: a) frame 1; b) frame 50; c) frame 100; d) frame 150; c) frame 200 figures 13 and 14 show how off the trace has been compared to real state of the eye. figure 13. the error of left eye estimation of position 0 50 100 150 200 250 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 frame number e rr [l e ft e y e ] x p o s it io n imm kalman 0 50 100 150 200 250 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 frame number e rr [l e ft e y e ] y p o s it io n imm kalman hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 26 figure 14. the error of right eye estimation of position at the end, the results of the different noise measurements on eye position are provided in table 3. the efficiency of the proposed method is considerably high. table 3. consideration of proposed filter in the third scenario kalman filter proposed filter measurement noise right left right left 44.24 64.96 8.81 9.2325 %80 nominal value 72.58 73.86 9.65 10.72 %120 nominal value 79.35 86.29 11.21 17.53 %200 nominal value 104.52 94.32 20.31 25.97 %300 nominal value 4. conclusion in this study, the results of the proposed algorithm simulation for eye tracking in different frames were studied. in the kalman filter, there is just one model, but in the multi-model kalman filter, there are different models for estimating the object, of which two models, constant speed and constant acceleration, are used in this paper. furthermore, a support vector machine is also used in this study for identifying the eye. it is clear that the proposed algorithm could trace the eye’s position in the film with high accuracy. there are some important notes for readers to discuss the proposed models: multi-model kalman has better efficiency than the kalman filter; the proposed model does not need an accurate model of object dynamics (eye); it can be used in real time. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions s.h.z.b. and s.t. contributed to the design and implementation of the research, to the analysis of the results and to the writing of the manuscript. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all individual participants included in the study. 5.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 0 50 100 150 200 250 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 frame number e rr [r ig h t e y e ] x p o s it io n imm kalman 0 50 100 150 200 250 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 frame number e rr [r ig h t e y e ] y p o s it io n imm kalman hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 27 6. references [1] xiong, j., xu, w., liao, w., wang, q., liu, j., & liang, q. (2013). eye control system based on ameliorated though transform algorithm. ieee sensors journal, 13(9), 3421–3429. doi:10.1109/jsen.2013.2262934. [2] yuille, a. l., hallinan, p. w., & cohen, d. s. (1992). feature extraction from faces using deformable templates. international journal of computer vision, 8(2), 99–111. doi:10.1007/bf00127169. [3] xie, x., sudhakar, r., & zhuang, h. (1994). on improving eye feature extraction using deformable templates. pattern recognition, 27(6), 791–799. doi:10.1016/0031-3203(94)90164-3. [4] shah, j., sharif, m., raza, m., & azeem, a. (2013). a survey: linear and nonlinear pca based face recognition techniques. international arab journal of information technology, 10(6), 536–545. [5] huang, w., & mariani, r. (2000). face detection and precise eyes location. proceedings international conference on pattern recognition, 15(4), 722–727. doi:10.1109/icpr.2000.903019. [6] huang, j., & wechsler, h. (1999). eye detection using optimal wavelet packets and radial basis functions (rbfs). international journal of pattern recognition and artificial intelligence, 13(7), 1009–1025. doi:10.1142/s0218001499000562. [7] reinders, m. j. t., koch, r. w. c., & gerbrands, j. j. (1996). locating facial features in image sequences using neural networks. proceedings of the international conference on automatic face and gesture recognition, 230–235. doi:10.1109/afgr.1996.557269. [8] wang, c., shi, f., xia, s., & chai, j. (2016). real-time 3d eye gaze animation using a single rgb camera. acm transactions on graphics, 35(4), 1–14. doi:10.1145/2897824.2925947. [9] vrânceanu, r., florea, c., florea, l., & vertan, c. (2015). gaze direction estimation by component separation for recognition of eye accessing cues. machine vision and applications, 26(2–3), 267–278. doi:10.1007/s00138-014-0656-8. [10] dong, c., wang, x., pei-hua, c., & pu-liang, y. (2015). eye detection based on integral projection and hough round transform. proceedings 2015 ieee 5th international conference on big data and cloud computing, bdcloud 2015, 252– 255. doi:10.1109/bdcloud.2015.34. [11] morcego, b., argilés, m., cabrerizo, m., cardona, g., pérez, r., pérez-cabré, e., & gispets, j. (2016). blinking supervision in a working environment. journal of biomedical optics, 21(2), 025005. doi:10.1117/1.jbo.21.2.025005. [12] lescroart, m. d., kanwisher, n., & golomb, j. d. (2016). no evidence for automatic remapping of stimulus features or location found with fmri. frontiers in systems neuroscience, 10(jun), 53. doi:10.3389/fnsys.2016.00053. [13] amiel, f., barry, b., trocan, m., & swynghedauw, m. (2015). real time image compression for eye tracking applications. 2015 ieee 6th latin american symposium on circuits and systems, lascas 2015 conference proceedings, 1–4. doi:10.1109/lascas.2015.7250463. [14] zhu, z., & ji, q. (2007). novel eye gaze tracking techniques under natural head movement. ieee transactions on biomedical engineering, 54(12), 2246–2260. doi:10.1109/tbme.2007.895750. [15] yoo, d. h., & chung, m. j. (2005). a novel non-intrusive eye gaze estimation using cross-ratio under large head motion. computer vision and image understanding, 98(1), 25–51. doi:10.1016/j.cviu.2004.07.011. [16] zhu, z., ji, q., fujimura, k., & lee, k. (2002). combining kalman filtering and mean shift for real time eye tracking under active ir illumination. in proceedings international conference on pattern recognition, ieee, 16(4), 318–321. doi:10.1109/icpr.2002.1047460. [17] zhang, z., & zhang, j. (2010). a new real-time eye tracking based on nonlinear unscented kalman filter for monitoring driver fatigue. journal of control theory and applications, 8(2), 181–188. doi:10.1007/s11768-010-8043-0. [18] li, y., deng, j., wu, q., & wang, y. (2021). eye-tracking signals based affective classification employing deep gradient convolutional neural networks. international journal of interactive multimedia and artificial intelligence, 7(2), 34. doi:10.9781/ijimai.2021.06.002. [19] barbara, n., camilleri, t. a., & camilleri, k. p. (2020). eog-based ocular and gaze angle estimation using an extended kalman filter. acm symposium on eye tracking research and applications. doi:10.1145/3379156.3391357. [20] wu, q., dey, n., shi, f., crespo, r. g., & sherratt, r. s. (2021). emotion classification on eye-tracking and electroencephalograph fused signals employing deep gradient neural networks. applied soft computing, 110, 107752. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2021.107752. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 131 alternative approach for improvement sustainable supply chain management in the large european container ports ville hinkka a* , reetta mäkinen a, jenni eckhardt a, toni lastusilta a a vtt technical research centre of finland ltd., espoo, finland. received 02 november 2020; revised 14 march 2021; accepted 19 april 2021; published 01 june 2021 abstract the main objectives of the eu transport policy relate to the limitation of the negative environmental impact of ports. similarly, companies are adopting sustainable supply chain management practices to respond to policymakers’ and consumers’ demands for sustainable operations. this paper aims to discover how the largest european container ports communicate about their efforts to improve the sustainability of their operations to find out how the ports themselves see their position as a part of the transition towards more sustainable supply chain operations. based on the study, different large european container ports consider environmental issues differently. the risk is that some ports may get competitive advantages by slipping on environmental questions. alternatively, if the port does not take sustainability questions seriously and it gets a bad reputation, the risk is that the customers and consumers do not accept the port's behavior and shipping companies start to avoid that port. keywords: sustainable supply chain management; port; waterborne transport; environmental impact; eu transport policy. 1. introduction the significance of ports for the european union is irrefutably high: 75% of all international goods traffic is handled via ports. for inner-eu goods traffic, waterway transport amount to 40% of all cargo. in 2011, the eu ports handled about 3.7 billion tons of goods, of which 70% were bulk, 18% container, 7% ro-ro (roll-on-roll-off) and 5% break bulk traffic [1]. taking 2011 as a year of reference, the total goods volume is forecasted to rise by 50% until the year 2030 [2]. one of the main objectives of eu transport policy has been the limitation of the negative environmental impact of ports [3]. the environmental impact of ports may thus be divided into three sub-categories: i) problems caused by port activity itself; ii) problems caused at sea by ships calling at the port; and iii) emissions from inter-modal transport networks serving the port hinterland [4]. to decrease the environmental problems of port activity, the eu commission has set emission standards for the handling equipment and limited on permitted noise levels. the study conducted in britain demonstrated that emissions from shipping at berth are ten times greater than those from ports’ own operations [5]. therefore, the big question is how the port is able to affect those emissions. to decrease the environmental problems of port hinterland transportation, the eu commission has set emission standards for vehicles used in transport, and supported investments in better road and rail infrastructure [3, 4]. the environmental consciousness of european citizens has forced governments and companies to investigate carefully the environmental effects of their decisions. carbon footprints and ethical questions are important to a * corresponding author: ville.hinkka@vtt.fi http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-02-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4100-8183 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 132 growing share of customers, and it is constantly more difficult for companies to overleap these concerns. currently, there is big emphasis on the ethical and environmental questions related to the production of goods. therefore, companies have adopted sustainable supply chain management [6] practices by increasing the visibility of their supply chains and by concentrating on ethical and environmental issues in their purchasing, e.g. by starting to offer fair-trade products. the next logical step after ethical production is to focus on how the goods are transported to consumers. for overseas products, sea cargo is the environmentally best alternative to transport goods to europe, but then there are numerous possibilities for how the goods reach the consumer from big european ports. moreover, the question of used ports becomes relevant. port operations cause negative environmental impacts everywhere in any case. however, there are possibilities to affect these impacts. therefore, the ports are required to limit negative environmental impacts. when organizations apply sustainable supply chain management principles and compare different supply chain alternatives, environmental footprints of transportation has a major role. as the ports are important hubs in logistics chains, the choice of the port is a relevant factor for the viewpoint of the entire supply chain. thus, the aim of this paper is to find out how the largest european container ports communicate about their efforts to improve the sustainability of their operations. this paper concentrates on container ports, as in accordance with global trends, the share of containerized traffic will continue to increase remarkably. the paper is organized as follows: after the introduction, the methodology is explained. then, the background of port sustainability aims and targets are explained by introducing the most relevant documents presenting eu commissions attempts as well as some relevant studies related to topic. next, the summary of review of the ten largest container ports’ webpages are presented followed by the comparison of ports’ own sustainability intentions with general sustainability aims. finally, the conclusions are presented. 2. research methodology the methodology of this paper consists of two phases: 1) literature search of ports’ sustainability aims and targets, and 2) review of webpages of the ten largest container port in europe. the aim of literature search was to find out european level aims for improving port sustainability. the european level objectives was searched by going through relevant directives related to waterborne transportation and ports. then, the search covered different studies ordered by european commission or organizations related to ports or marine transportation in europe. in addition, the search covered different types of articles that handle port sustainability issues. the purpose of review of webpages of the ten largest container port in europe was to find out how the ports themselves communicate their efforts related to sustainability issues. the search was conducted on english version of public webpages of the selected ports during april 2019. during the search, the authors looked for information that relates to port, mentions about its sustainability aims, and how the port is considering environmental issues in general. material for review was mostly gathered from ports’ annual and sustainability reports and from sustainability, environment and news sections on the webpages. in addition, the search tools in the webpages were used to make searches with more specific key words, i.e. sustainability, environment and different sustainability indicators. during the search, the authors listed all the mentioned topics and examples about sustainability, what sustainability certificates the port have, and how the port is monitoring and measuring its sustainability. based on the literature search and review of ports’ webpages, it was possible to find out, to what extent the european port industry is considering sustainability issues. 3. background of european port sustainability aims and targets eu aims to increase the share of waterborne transportation especially in short distance shipping as waterborne transport is environmental friendlier way to transport big volume cargo than especially road transport [2]. however, due to large volumes, waterborne transport causes significant amounts of co2 emissions and other pollutants, which requires considering environmental impacts of this transportation mode. currently, shipping emissions in ports are substantial, accounting for 18 million tonnes of co2 emissions, 0.4 million tonnes of nox, 0.2 million of sox, and 0.03 million tonnes of pm10 in 2011 [7]. most of those emissions are estimated to grow fourfold up to 2050, if the current procedures continue [7]. therefore, in order to improve the environmental record of maritime transport, the commission has invited the member states and the european maritime industry to work together towards the longterm objective of ‘zero-waste, zero emission’ in maritime transport [8]. the circular economy concept refers to resource efficiency and sustainability. according to the circular economy approach, waste can be turned into a resource by reusing, repairing, refurbishing and recycling existing materials and products [9]. the essence of circular economy in ports includes [10]: hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 133  minimizing the use of inputs and the elimination of waste and pollution;  maximizing the value created at each stage;  managing flows of bio-based resources and recovery of flows of non-renewable resources in a closed loop; and  establishing mutually beneficial relationships between companies within each circular chain. the eu strives for minimising dependence on oil and mitigating the environmental impact of transport [11]. in addition, energy trade is developing with a shift from oil and refined products towards gas. this causes a need for gasification facilities in ports; potential volumes of dry biomass and co2 transport and storage [2]. according to the directive 2014/94/eu member states should provide an appropriate number of lng refuelling points for maritime and inland waterway transport in order to enable ships to circulate throughout the ten-t core network by 2025 [12]. lng must be stored in cold (ca. -160°c) complicating the handling, maintenance and distribution, as well as causing higher risk than traditional fuels. this requires new distribution and handling infrastructure, and significant investments from both port authorities and ship owners [11]. according to espo/ecoports [13], the ports’ main environmental priorities include air quality, energy consumption and noise. these three priorities have been in top for the last three surveys in same order. in addition, the following priorities have been in last years’ top 10 list annually: relationship with community, ship waste, water quality, port development (land), garbage/port waste, and dredging operations (not in 2016 report). during the last two years, climate change has been raised to the list, but similarly dust has dropped out for top 10 priority. it is also remarkable that even if garbage/port waste is still in 10th priority in the recent list, its significance has dropped down in every report since 2004, when it was the first priority [13]. as a part of ‘ports: an engine for growth’ report, european commission suggested ports to become more active on improving the environmental image of waterborne transport by implementing infrastructure charging system that favors vessels fulfilling predefined environmental standards [2]. european commission has advanced this idea by contracting out a study on recommendations and guidelines on actions for port environmental charging [11]. based on espo/ecoports report, slightly over half of their survey respondent ports announces to offer different dues for greener vessels [13]. to prevent vessels to throw their waste to sea, european directive 2000/59/ec establishes that all ships that stopover in european ports are obliged to deliver in port their waste on board of ships, except when they can prove they can store it until their following stopover port [14]. based on the directive, the ports should also set their waste tariffs based on the vessel size, and not the actual amount of the waste, and therefore the waste tariff should be the same whether the vessels deliver waste or no to port [15]. however, based on study funded by european maritime safety agency, different european ports have different system even inside one country. in some ports, charges increase if the amount of waste is bigger while in some ports financial sanctions are imposed for those ships not delivering any waste [16]. 4. summary of the results of the ten largest container ports in europe the categorization of the findings of webpages of the ten largest container ports in europe was based on espo’s [13] environmental indicators and their prioritisation in european ports. based on the review, one priority, diversity, was added. the priorities can be found in table 1 and table 2a/b. table 1 shows the results of the review on webpages of the ten largest container ports in europe and the environmental priorities of the ports are presented according to material available on ports’ websites. table 2a/b also shows the typical sustainability intentions of the reviewed ports. it is worth noticing that authors were not able to find any material related to port’s sustainability matters in english from the webpages of two ports. air quality is the number one environmental priority of european ports and ports have several ways to approach air quality issues. monitoring and smart monitoring networks including weather stations, particle collectors and sensors for real-time data collecting were mentioned in most of the websites. shore-side power supply, lng networks and environmental discounts for clean vessels were also commonly mentioned. use of green electricity and planning on hydrogen supply infrastructure were mentioned in some of the pages and two port reported using e-nose technology to detect odours from leaks or other environmental incidents. one of the ports also mentioned truck-tracking app for more efficient transport in port and thus promoting air quality. energy consumption was mentioned as an important factor in most of the ports and monitoring was mentioned as key-factor to develop more sustainable energy consumption. all of the ports, which reported energy consumption intentions, mentioned education of the employees, electrification of the vehicles and patrol vessels, and improvements in lightning as practical cases. many ports also reported decrease in paper consumption, use of (electric) bikes in the port area transport and offering eco-calculators for clients as energy consumption acts. few ports mentioned promoting new technologies, as electrification of rtg cranes, kinetic recovery container bridges and piloting energy neutral sea locks, as one important factor in cutting energy consumption in the port. one port also mentioned that electrically operated machines, vehicles and vessels are mostly charged during green energy peaks. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 134 table 1. a list of environmental priorities and ports working on them [17-26] table 2a. a list of environmental priorities and typical sustainability intentions of the ports [17-26] table 2b. a list of environmental priorities and typical sustainability intentions of the ports [17-26] port air quality energy consumption noise relationship with the community ship waste port development climate change water quality dredging operations garbage / port waste diversity rotterdam x x x x x x x x x antwerp x x x x x x x x x x hamburg x x x x x x x x bremerhaven x x x x x x x x x x x valencia x x x x x x x x x x algeciras felixstowe x x x x x x piraeus x x x x x x x x x x x gioia tauro barcelona x x x x x x x x indicator air quality energy consumption noise relationship with the community ship waste monitoring monitoring monitoring local, national and international governments services for vessels (internal/external) smart air quality monitoring networks improvements in lightning static and predictive noise mapping other ports and european bodies treatment plants for oil residues shore-side power supply electrification of the vehicles and patrol vessels on-shore power supply partnercoalitions sea and land cleaning activities lng network education and training for employees high impulse noise restrictions ngos free disposal for clean plastic waste environmental discounts eco-calculators noise barriers neighbours and visitors innovations for plastic waste on seause of green electricity paper consumption port zoning greening ambassadors hydrogen infrastrucutre projects use of (electric) bikes in the port area rail and road maintenance e-noses piloting energy neutral sea locks modern construction machines truck tracking apps electrification of rtg cranes noise dependenent fee on railways charging when green electricity peaks kinetic recovery container bridges port development (land) climate change water quality dredging operations garbage / port waste diversity rail connection development carbon footprint monitoring monitorig monitoring species protection plans clean commuting iniatives solar and wind power contingency plans coordinated soil management concepts improvements in sorting and recycling services green gateways transport routes in and to port biomass, biomass cofiring, biogas daily cleaning of water surface recycling dregding material manuals for port waste and recycling conservation areas cycling routes adapting new technologies goals on reducing spills, pollutants and dumpings up-date technology and procedures campaings and training for employees local species planting improvements on buildings r&d activities re-use and recycling of materials waste management system and representatives compensation mitigating sites enhancing port landscaping off-setting and compensating environmental harms use of biocide-free underwater paint sustainable procurement practices land cleaning hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 135 most common intentions on reducing noise related harms included monitoring, static and predictive noise mapping and on-shore power supply. few of the port also reported noise restrictions and port zoning as important factors. in addition, rail and road maintenance was mentioned in couple of ports and one port mentioned use of modern construction machines as noise harm mitigation acts. one port also reported that they have noise dependent fees on railways. most of the port concerned relationships with the community as co-operation with local, national and international governments and with other port and european bodies to standardise criteria and define environmental protection measures. some of the ports mentioned working together in partner coalitions with ngos, industrial, technological and regional stakeholders towards shared sustainability goals. few of the ports also mentioned accessibility and openness to visitors and neighbours as part of the relationship with the community. one of the ports mentioned special greening ambassadors as a way to enhance the communication in the community. either ports offer ship waste handling services for vessels by themselves or external company operates in the port area to offer these services. four ports mentioned that they regularly clean the waste on seas in port area. depending on the port, this waste collection may concentrate on oil, plastics or material that propellers of the vessel raise from bottom of the sea. six ports mentioned rail transport connection improvements as their port connection development priorities, but also other transport route development to and from ports were mentioned. six ports also mentioned clean commuting of port workers as important, and therefore, some of the transport route development efforts, e.g., especially emphasis on cycling routes, aims merely to clean commuting of port workers and visitors than improving cargo transport connections. in, addition emphasis on energy efficiency of building and enhancement on port landscape were mentioned. all eight ports that provides material about sustainability matters in their webpages mentioned the aim to decrease carbon footprint of the port and its operations. using renewable energy such as solar or wind power, or using nonfossil fuels such as biomass or biogas was most often mentioned as an example to decrease port’s carbon footprint. some ports mentioned about research and development efforts related to e.g. new greener technologies or compensation of emissions and other environmental harms. most common intentions to improve water quality included monitoring, and contingency plans to decrease the damages of possible leakages. sea waste collection intentions were already described when intentions related to handle ship waste were discussed. one port mentioned using biocide-free underwater paint. to decrease the negative environmental effects of dredging especially to water quality, the ports mentioned that they have e.g. coordinated soil management concepts, they recycle dredging material, and they have updated their technologies and procedures. regarding port waste, most of the ports highlighted their recycling and reuse efforts and their attempts to separate hazardous waste, sort waste and use waste hierarchy principles. in addition, sustainable procurement practises and land cleaning were mentioned. the ports also mentioned how they aim to sustain the diversity of the local nature despite the port operations. many ports mentioned that they have built conservation areas close to port or they have financed removal of rare species from port area to nearby conservation areas. 5. comparison of ports' own sustainability intentions with general sustainability aims search of ports’ webpages gave an overview of ports’ viewpoints and efforts in sustainability issues, even if they offer only partial information what ports have done in this area. if the consumers or potential customers of the port want to get easily information about certain port’s relationship with sustainability, the port’s webpages is most probably how this information is gathered at first. however, even if it turned out that two ports does not offer any material in english about their sustainability considerations and many other ports does not even mention environmental actions that are obliged by law, we do not assume that these issues are not acknowledged. most probably, the ports see, e.g., vessel waste treatment as self-evident, and they have therefore not mentioned that in their sustainability report. in addition, outside companies handle some of the environmental related issues in some ports, and therefore the port may not see relevant to mention those companies’ attempts to improve the sustainability of the port. it is also assumable that companies applying sustainable supply chain management principles make their logistics related decisions by using other sources than ports’ webpages. on the other hand, it seems to be rather difficult to get a big picture about certain ports’ environmental improvement attempts, as some ports gave out of all proportion to rather irrelevant details. e.g. one port highlighted their attempt to reduce the amount of used printing paper which is surely profitable but obviously rather small factor when calculating total footprint of port’s operations. many ports use standard form sustainability report to present their intentions related to sustainability. this kind of presentation has benefits and difficulties. the purpose of sustainability report is to present company’s environmental consciousness and intentions in standardized way and to fulfill the regulations. however, many of those reports contains list of predefined factors, which are not opened up and then hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 136 leave issues open to interpretations. therefore, the sustainability reports may give rather restricted overview of port’s intentions related to sustainability. as a summary, the ports report their sustainability intentions in various ways and may not concentrate on the most important things in their communication. based on the study, it seems that majority of the ports are aiming to decrease the harmful environmental impact of port operations in various ways and have related development efforts and plans. in addition, they also consider their position as a part of surrounding neighborhood and supply chains by acknowledging the railway connections for cargo and commuting of people working and visiting in port area. however, based on the study, the ports development intentions are minor focused on port’s own operations and hinterland connections, but the vessel side has minor attention. the ports collect and sort ship waste, offer lng for vessels if needed, many of the ports remove waste from sea around vessels, and some of the ports offer electricity for vessels during berthing to decrease the vessels’ need to use fossil fuels. still, the ports seem to still searching suitable ways to have an effect on the biggest environmental problem of the port: berthing of vessels. some ports’ efforts to tie the amounts of tariffs with the environmental friendliness of vessel and its behavior e.g. related to ship waste is a good attempt for that. eu regulations set targets and standards for port’s sustainability improvements. based on the study, it seems that the practices and intentions related to sustainability issues are different around europe. even if two ports does not present any material related sustainability in english and most probably some ports have lacks in their sustainability presentations, reviewed available material exposed many differences. 6. conclusions based on ports’ various ways of reporting sustainability issues, large european container ports consider environmental issues variously. as there are differences in how eu regulations and targets are met, there is a need to harmonize the practices inside the eu area. otherwise, some ports may get competitive advantages by slipping on the environmental questions. currently, a growing share of consumers are interested in the circumstances in which imported goods are produced. the logistics of how the goods are transported have not yet received so much attention. so far, the discussion about the environmental impact of transportation of goods has mainly remained at a higher level in the form of discussion of the benefits of locally produced goods versus imported goods and the co2 emissions that shipment of goods from one continent to another produces. however, the rise of sustainable supply chain management will enlarge sustainable production to cover sustainable transport, including intermodal logistics hubs like ports. therefore, as ports are the major logistics hubs between producer and consumer, it is relevant how the port considers sustainability questions. moreover, if a port does not take sustainability questions seriously, it might affect the reputation, and there is a risk that the customers and consumers do not accept the behavior of the port, which might affect their business. this paper proposes an alternative approach for studying the visibility of sustainable supply chain management practices. it is obvious that the final major decisions related to logistics partners are not made by using the partner organization’s webpages. however, the webpages offer an easy approach, e.g., for journalists and consumers to find information about different companies. therefore, the influence of webpages should not be underestimated. still, from an environmental perspective, it is more important to see what organizations really do to improve the sustainability of operations than how they communicate about their intentions. hence, future research could study how a single supply chain echelon, such as a port, can make sustainable operations as a competitive advantage, and what kind of communication it requires. 6. declarations 6.1. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.2. funding and acknowledgements the authors want to thank eu commission’s horizon 2020 corealis (capacity with a positive environmental and societal footprint: ports in the future era) project (grant agreement no. 768994) for funding the writing of this paper. however, the content reflects only the authors’ view and eu is not responsible for any use of the information it contains. 6.3. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 137 7. references [1] veregge, a. (2013). “eu-hafenpaket: gemischtes echo.” itj international transport journal, 23(26), 19-35. [2] european commission. (2013). ports: an engine for growth. com/2013/0295, 23.05.2013, brussels, belgium. [3] pape, m. (2016). eu port cities and port area regeneration. european parliamentary research service. available online: http://www.europarl.europa.eu/regdata/etudes/brie/2016/593500/eprs_bri(2016)593500_en.pdf (accessed on april 2020). [4] oecd (2011). environmental impacts of international shipping: the role of ports. oecd publishing, paris, france. doi:10.1787/9789264097339-en. [5] gibbs, d., rigot-muller, p., mangan, j., & lalwani, c. (2014). the role of sea ports in end-to-end maritime transport chain emissions. energy policy, 64, 337–348. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2013.09.024. [6] dubey, r., gunasekaran, a., papadopoulos, t., childe, s. j., shibin, k. t., & wamba, s. f. (2017). sustainable supply chain management: framework and further research directions. journal of cleaner production, 142, 1119–1130. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2016.03.117. [7] merk, o. (2014). shipping emissions in ports. discussion paper no. 2014-20. international transport forum. available online: https://www.itf-oecd.org/sites/default/files/docs/dp201420.pdf (accessed on april 2020). [8] european commission. (2016). commission staff working document on the implementation of the eu maritime transport strategy 2009-2018. available online: https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/transport/files/swd2016_326.pdf (accessed on april 2020). [9] european commission. (2014). the circular economy: connecting, creating and conserving value. publication office, brussels. available online: http://www.eesc.europa.eu/resources/docs/the-circular-economy.pdf (accessed on september 2020). [10] van dooren, n. & braam, g. (2015). what flows to focus on? examples of resource mapping in rotterdam harbour area. the netherlands as a circular hotspot: transitioning chains. powerpoint presentation. available online: http://www.greenalliance.org.uk/opening_up_new_circular_economy_trade_opportunities.php (accessed on september 2020). [11] european commission. (2017). study on differentiated port infrastructure charges to promote environmentally friendly maritime transport activities and sustainable transportation. contract move/b3/2014-589/si2.697889, final report. available online: https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/transport/files/2017-06-differentiated-port-infrastructure-charges-report.pdf (accessed on april 2020). [12] directive 2014/94/eu. (2014). directive 2014/94/eu of the european parliament and of the council of 22 october 2014 on the deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure. available online: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/txt/ pdf/?uri=celex:32014l0094 (accessed on september 2020). [13] espo. (2018). environmental report 2018. ecoportsinsights. brussels, belgium. 2018 available online: https://www.espo.be /media /espo%20environmental%20report%202018.pdf (accessed on november 2020). [14] directive 2000/59/ec. (2000). directive 2000/59/ec of the european parliament and of the council of 27 november 2000 on port reception facilities for ship-generated waste and cargo residues commission declaration. available online: https://eurlex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/all/?uri=celex:32000l0059 (accessed on april 2020). [15] pérez, i., gonzález, m. m., & jiménez, j. l. (2017). size matters? evaluating the drivers of waste from ships at ports in europe. transportation research part d: transport and environment, 57, 403–412. doi:10.1016/j.trd.2017.10.009. [16] ohlenschlager, j.p. & gordiani, g. (2012). final report of emsa study on the delivery of ship-generated waste and cargo residues to port reception facilities in eu ports. emsa/op/06/2011. [17] port of algeciras. (2019). available online: http://www.apba.es/en/ (accessed on april 2019). [18] port of antwerp. (2019). available online: https://www.portofantwerp.com/en (accessed on april 2019). [19] port of barcelona. (2019). available online: http://www.portdebarcelona.cat/en/ (accessed on april 2019). [20] port of bremerhaven. (2019). available online: https://bremenports.de/en/ (accessed on april 2019). [21] port of felixstowe. (2019). available online: https://www.portoffelixstowe.co.uk/ (accessed on april 2019). [22] port of gioia tauro. (2019). available online: http://www.portodigioiatauro.it/porto-gioia-tauro/storia/?lang=en (accessed on april 2019). [23] port of hamburg. (2019). available online: https://www.hafen-hamburg.de/ (accessed on april 2019). [24] port of piraeus. (2019). available online: http://www.olp.gr/en/ (accessed on april 2019). [25] port of rotterdam. (2019). available online: https://www.portofrotterdam.com/en (accessed on april 2019). [26] port of valencia. (2019). available online: https://www.valenciaport.com/en/ (accessed on april 2019). http://www.europarl.europa.eu/regdata/etudes/brie/2016/593500/eprs_bri(2016)593500_en.pdf http://www.eesc.europa.eu/resources/docs/the-circular-economy.pdf http://www.green-alliance.org.uk/opening_up_new_circular_economy_trade_opportunities.php http://www.green-alliance.org.uk/opening_up_new_circular_economy_trade_opportunities.php https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/transport/files/2017-06-differentiated-port-infrastructure-charges-report.pdf https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/txt/ https://www.espo.be/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 37 issn: 2723-9535 development of starter culture for the improvement in the quality of ogiri, a food condiment o. a. olaoye 1* , j. c. ohuche 2, a. c. nwachukwu 1, u. v. nwaigwe 1 1 department of food science and technology, michael okpara university of agriculture, umudike, abia state, nigeria. 2 department of microbiology and brewing, nnamdi azikiwe university, awka, anambra state, nigeria. received 09 december 2021; revised 21 january 2022; accepted 25 january 2022; published 01 march 2022 abstract the objective of the present study was to isolate lactic acid bacteria (lab) from ogiri, a nigerian fermented vegetable product, with the primary focus of selecting suitable isolates as candidates for starter cultures for use in possible improvements in the quality of the product. lab was isolated from ogiri using phenotypic methods and then subjected to technological tests to evaluate its suitability as a starter culture. based on their considerable technological properties, two isolates of lab were selected as candidates for starter cultures. the starter cultures were inoculated at 103 cfu/g during the production of ogiri, while un-inoculated samples served as a control. the ogiri samples were stored for nine days, within which samples were taken for microbial and proximate analyses. four lab isolates were isolated and identified phenotypically from ogiri procured from a commercial market, including lactobacillus acidophilus, lactobacillus fermentum, enterococcus sp. and lactobacillus plantarum. the species of lactobacillus displayed the usual cell shapes of rods when examined under the microscope, which is typical of most members of the genus. the cells of the enterococcus sp. were, however, cocci in shape, and this is also typical of members of the genus. the basis of the identification of the lab isolates was their ability to utilize a wide range of carbon sources in their physiological and biochemical activities. among the lab isolates, l. acidophilus, l. fermentum produced less than 0.35 and 0.024 mg/l of acetic acid and hydrogen peroxide, respectively, and were therefore chosen as starter cultures for the production of ogiri. inoculated ogiri samples showed reduced counts of coliforms, yeast, and moulds in comparison with their un-inoculated counterparts during storage. coliform counts increased beyond 105 cfu/g in the un-inoculated control samples, whereas counts were lower in samples inoculated with l. acidophilus and l. fermentum. yeast and mould count of 8.1 106 cfu/g was recorded as the highest value in the un-inoculated control samples, but the count was generally below 106 cfu/g in the starter culture inoculated samples. inoculation with lab did not have significant difference (p > 0.05) in the proximate compositions of the fermented product. the lab cultures l. acidophilus and l. fermentum demonstrated considerable control of coliforms and fungi in ogiri. storage of the fermented product should not exceed 5 days for safety concerns, as an increase in counts of coliforms was recorded beyond this period. no significant difference (p > 0.05) was recorded in the proximate compositions of starter culture inoculated ogiri and un-inoculated samples. keywords: technological properties; ogiri; lactic acid bacteria; lactobacillus; enterococcus; phenotypically, food technology. 1. introduction ogiri is a fermented condiment, which gives a pleasant aroma to soups and sauces in many countries, especially in africa and india, where protein calorie malnutrition is a major problem. fermented condiments have great potential as * corresponding author: olaayosegun@yahoo.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6409-5008 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 38 key protein and fatty acid sources, and are good sources of gross energy. therefore, condiments are basic ingredients for food supplementation, and their socio-economic importance cannot be over emphasized [1]. they constitute a significant proportion of the protein content of diets in rural populations across west africa, and they are usually introduced in fairly small quantities during cooking because of their strong flavour and aroma characteristics [2]. the production of ogiri involves fermentation during which microorganisms utilize biochemical constituents of the substrate, changing them from one form to another with the aid of microbial enzymes [3]. this process enhances the palatability and increases the protein value, vitamin content, and mineral levels of such foods. it also improves food preservation, food safety, enhances flavour and acceptability, it increases variety in the diet, improves nutritional value, reduces anti-nutritional compounds and, in some cases, improves functional properties [4]. lactic acid bacteria (lab) have a gras (generally regarded as safe) status, and have been widely used as starters in the production of fermented foods [5]. the ability of lab to inhibit the growth of undesirable bacteria has been reported, and inhibition may be due to the production of organic acids, hydrogen peroxide, carbon dioxide, acetaldehyde, diacetyl or bacteriocins [6, 7]. occurrence of lab such as lactobacillus fermentum during the production of ogiri has been reported [8]. the authors also noted that l. fermentum was among the principal participants in the fermentation process of the product. besides l. fermentum, other species of lab belonging to the genera streptococcus, pediococcus, and leuconostoc have been identified to be associated with the production of ogiri [4, 9]. the association of microorganisms of public health significance has been reported in ogiri. such microorganisms include species of staphylococcus, pseudomonas, proteus, escherichia, and enterobacter [1, 9], some of which belong to the group of coliforms and may be pathogenic in nature. there is therefore a need to contain many of these indicator microorganisms which may pose health risks to consumers of the product, especially through the use of lactic acid bacteria as biological bio-preservatives by exploiting their technological properties. the present study, therefore, is aimed at using lab isolates as co-cultures in the fermentation process during the production of ogiri from different vegetables, with the primary focus on controlling coliforms in the product. 2. materials and methods 2.1. collection of samples seeds of castor beans (ricinus communis), fluted pumkin (telfairia occidentalis), and melon (cucumis melo) were purchased from orieugba market in umuahia north local government area of umuahia, abia state, nigeria (figure 1). the seeds were transported in clean plastic containers to the laboratory for processing. commercial ogiri samples were also obtained from the same source, for the purpose of isolating lactic acid bacteria to be used as starter cultures (after subjecting them to technological assessments) during laboratory preparations of the product. figure 1. the location of data collection in umuahia north, local government area of umuahia, abia state, nigeria hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 39 2.2. isolation and phenotypic properties of lactic acid bacteria from ogiri lactic acid bacteria (lab) were isolated from commercial ogiri using the modified method of olaoye. ten grams (10 g) of ogiri were macerated in 90 ml sterile saline solution (1% w/v). the resulting macerate was plated by spreading 1 ml of it in sterile petri dishes containing deman rogossa sharpe (mrs, oxoid uk) agar, with the aid of sterile spreaders. the plates were then incubated at 30ºc for 24 h inside anaerobic jars. plates were examined for growth of visible colonies after incubation; colonies that tested negative to catalase test were presumed to be lactic acid bacteria, and picked and sub-cultured repeatedly to obtain pure cultures. cultures were subjected to gram staining and microscopic examinations to ascertain purity and cell morphologies. the morphological and biochemical characteristics of the colonies were determined using the method of stiles and holzapfel [10] to aid in their identifications; only gram positive isolates were picked as presumptive lab isolates and stored on mrs agar slants in the refrigerator (approximately 4oc) for further use. 2.3. screening of lactic acid bacteria for technological properties the lactic acid bacteria isolates were screened for production of organic acids, diacetyl and hydrogen peroxide using the modified methods of olaoye and onilude [11]. evaluations of organic acids (lactic and acetic acids) and diacetyl produced by the lab isolates were carried out using high performance liquid chromatography and gas chromatography respectively. for the determination of acidification abilities of the strains, the isolates were initially grown in brain heart infusion (bhi) broth and then in sterile reconstituted skim milk supplemented with yeast extract (3 g/l) and glucose (2 g/l) for two successive sub culturing. sterile reconstituted skim milk (100 ml) was inoculated with 1% (v/v) of a 24 h activated culture and ph changes were determined using ph meters (glass electrode, hanna instruments, padova, italy). 2.4. preparation of ogiri from seeds of melon, fluted pumpkin and castor seeds ogiri samples were prepared separately from the seeds of melon, fluted pumpkin and castor seeds, using traditional methods with some modifications [4, 12]; the flow chart is represented in figure 2. figure 2. flow chart for preparation of ogiri from different vegetable sources hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 40 after preparing the seeds (by removing coats, and through washing with clean water), they were transferred into separate pots and covered completely with water and then boiled. the seeds were subjected to boiling (approximately 4 h) to soften and probably reduce anti nutrients in the seeds. the seeds were then drained, mashed and then wrapped in plantain leaves for 72 h at ambient temperature (~32oc) for fermentation to take place. for the inoculation of lactic acid bacteria, the mashed seeds were inoculated with isolates of lactobacillus fermentum and l. acidophilus (inoculum size of 103cfu/g) prior to fermentation. 2.5. microbial enumerations of ogiri samples the ogiri samples were subjected to microbial enumerations, including yeasts and moulds, and coliforms, using the methods of olaoye and onilude [7]. yeasts and moulds (fungi) were enumerated using rose bengal chloramphenicol agar (oxoid, uk), incubated at 25oc for 72 h while macconkey agar (oxoid, uk) was used for coliforms at 37oc for 24 h. 2.6. proximate composition of ogiri samples the proximate composition, including moisture, ash, fat, and protein contents of the ogiri samples were determined using the methods of association of official analytical chemists [13]. carbohydrate was determined by difference. 2.7. statistical analysis the data obtained, which depended on ogiri samples produced with inoculation of lactic acid bacteria and uninoculated (control) samples were analyzed using the means of three replicates of each sample. means of data were separated and analyzed using the t-test in data analysis functionality of microsoft excel 2010 sp2 (version 14.0.7015.1000) to determine differences. significant differences among samples were determined at p < 0.05. 3. results and discussion in the present report, four lactic acid bacteria (lab) were isolated and identified through their morphological and biochemical characteristics (table 1) from ogiri. the identified lab include; lactobacillus acidophilus, l. fermentum, l. plantarum and enterococcus sp. the species of lactobacillus displayed usual cell shapes of rods when examined under the microscope, which is typical of most members of the genus. the cells of the enterococcus sp. were, however cocci in shapes, and this is also typical of members of the genus. the basis of identification of the lab isolates was on their ability to utilize wide range carbon sources in their physiological and biochemical activities [14]. other authors have reported isolation and identification of lab from traditional fermented foods. for example, ukaoma et al. [4] isolated and identified strains of lactobacillus from ogiri. david and aderibigbe [9] also reported the isolation and identification of species belonging to various genera of lab, including leuconostoc, streptococcus, pediococcus and lactobacillus. research findings have suggested that there is increasing attention on the use of naturally occurring metabolites produced by selected lactic acid bacteria (lab) to inhibit the growth of undesirable microorganisms [5, 15]. lab growing naturally in foods produce antimicrobial substances such as lactic and acetic acids, diacetyl, hydrogen peroxide and bacteriocins, which could serve vital roles in bio-preservation of foods [16, 17]. while species of the genus bacillus have been noted as dominant organisms in the production of ogiri by adebayo and obiekezie [8] and ademola et al. [18], same authors observed that certain species of lab contribute positively to the quality attributes of the fermented product, especially the aroma and flavor. table 1. morphological and biochemical characteristics of the presumptive lactic acid bacteria (lab) isolates isolates gram reaction cell shape indole citrate mr vp sh mannitol lactose sucrose maltose catalase probable identity lab1 + long rods + + + + + lactobacillus acidophilus lab2 + rods + + + + lactobacillus fermentum lab3 + cocci enterococcus sp. lab4 + short rods + + + + lactobacillus plantarum mr: methyl red, vp: voges prokauer, sh: starch hydrolysis in the present study, the four lab isolates identified from ogiri were subjected to technological assessment in terms of their abilities to produce organic acids (mainly lactic and acetic acids), diacetyl and hydrogen peroxide. from the result of the technological properties (table 2), lactobacillus acidophilus and l. fermentum produced reduced hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 41 quantities of hydrogen peroxide and acetic acid; hydrogen peroxide values (mg/l) of 0.02 and 0.006 were recorded for the former while 0.34 and 0.41 were obtained in terms of acetic acid (mg/l). the least production of hydrogen peroxide and acetic acid concentrations by the two lab isolates could make them suitable candidates of starter cultures for production of fermented foods such as ogiri, as high production of these metabolites by lab has been reported to be disadvantageous in fermented foods. production of high concentrations of hydrogen peroxide, even though has antimicrobial properties, could lead to loss in food qualities, as it can interfere with the organoleptic properties of fermented food products, through undesirable promotion of rancidity and discoloration [19]. the lower concentrations of acetic acids by l. acidophilus and l. fermentum may be attributed to their homo-fermentative nature, as homofermenters have been noted to produce more lactic acids than acetic acids [20]. the author also reported that acetic acid may impart unpleasant taste on food products when compared to lactic acid, thus making the two lab isolates better candidates of start cultures for production of ogiri, than their other two counterparts. table 2. technological properties of the phenotypically identified lactic acid bacteria isolates isolates h2o2 (mg/l) lactic acid (mg/l) diacetyl (mg/l) acetic acid (mg/l) ph 24h 48h 72h 24h 48h 72h 24h 48h 72h 24h 48h 72h 24h 48h 72h lactobacillus acidophilus 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.72 0.99 1.22 0.43 0.57 0.74 0.34 0.69 1.02 4.0 4.1 3.8 lactobacillus fermentum 0.006 0.012 0.03 0.84 1.22 1.38 0.38 0.47 0.64 0.41 0.72 1.21 3.7 3.5 3.2 enterococcus sp. 0.024 0.031 0.03 0.42 1.04 1.26 0.57 0.62 0.78 0.66 0.85 1.18 4.8 4.3 3.8 lactobacillus plantarum 0.06 0.062 0.064 0.62 0.68 1.18 0.46 0.58 0.61 0.62 0.90 1.26 4.4 4.0 4.0 after careful consideration of the technological properties of the lab isolates, l. acidophilus and l. fermentum were selected as starter cultures for use during production of ogiri. some of the key considerations before the choice of the two isolates include reduced productions of acetic acid and hydrogen peroxide and moderate production of lactic acid and diacetyl, which are very vital to competitive exclusion of unwanted organism in foods [11]. table 3 shows the results of coliform counts in the ogiri samples inoculated with lab as starter cultures, and uninoculated control samples, during storage. results indicate that coliforms were generally lower in starter culture inoculated samples than in their uninoculated counterparts. there were slightly higher counts of coliforms as storage progressed, although counts were generally not significant (p > 0.05) in the starter culture inoculated samples, except in few cases; however significant differences (p < 0.05) were recorded for their uninoculated control counterparts. during storage, the highest coliform count of 5.8×106 cfu/g was observed on day 9 for the uninoculated control sample. the decrease in counts of coliforms in the starter inoculated samples suggests the protective ability of lab cultures against coliforms. in the report by olaoye and onilude [7] on meat inoculated with lab cultures in nigeria, a reduction in coliform counts was noted during storage. the researchers concluded that the lab used as protective cultures may have produced antimicrobial agent possibly responsible for reduction in coliform counts. reports of the presence of coliforms and other pathogenic organisms in ogiri produced from melon seeds have been made by other researchers. david and aderibigbe [9] reported the occurrence of pathogenic organisms, including pseudomonas aeruginosa, klebsiella sp., escherichia coli and staphylococcus aureus. in a related study, ogunshe and olasugba [1] also reported the occurrence of coliforms in some ogiri samples randomly selected from middle-belt and south western nigeria. in the present study, the use of l. acidiphilus and l. fermentum may therefore be of public health significance towards combating the occurrence of coliforms, and other organisms in ogiri that may be pathogenic in nature. table 3. coliform counts (log cfu/g) in the ogiri samples during storage sd fpl1 fpl2 fpl3 csl1 csl2 csl3 msl1 msl2 msl3 control 1 2.4d±0.2x102 4.4b±1.2x102 3.1b±0.7x102 3.8c±0.6x102 4.2c±0.5x102 4.7c±2.1x102 3.8d±0.3x102 5.4b±1.1x102 5.8c±1.5x102 1.3e±0.1x102 3 2.7bc±0.3x103 4.2b±1.0x102 3.8a±1.5x103 3.5b±1.1x103 3.7b±1.1x103 8.2c±1.6x102 3.8c±0.5x103 5.2b±1.3x102 4.7b±0.8x103 7.9d±2.3x103 5 6.7a±0.5x103 3.2a±0.4x103 3.3a±0.3x103 3.2b±0.5x103 3.4b±0.6x103 4.0b±1.9x103 5.1b±1.1x103 3.4a±0.7x103 7.7a±2.3x103 1.8c±0.7x104 7 3.2b±0.8x102 3.5a±0.5x103 3.6a±1.3x103 3.1a±0.7x104 3.0a±07x104 3.4b±0.4x103 3.7a±0.7x104 4.4a±1.2x103 9.2a±1.4x103 8.8b±2.1x105 9 4.9b±1.2x103 3.8a±1.3x103 3.7a±0.9x103 4.2a±1.4x104 2.4a±0.9x104 2.6a±0.5x104 5.7a±1.9x104 3.8a±1.6x103 8.1a±0.8x103 5.8a±0.9x106 values are means of replicate determinations. means with different superscripts across columns are significantly different (p < 0.05); cfu, colony forming units; sd, storage days; fpl1, ogiri from fluted pumpkin seeds inoculated with lactobacillus acidophilus; fpl2, ogiri from fluted pumpkin seeds inoculated with l. fermentum; fpl3, ogiri from fluted pumpkin seeds inoculated with mixed cultures of l. acidophilus and l. fermentum; csl1, ogiri from castor seeds inoculated with l. acidophilus; csl2, ogiri from castor seeds inoculated with l. fermentum; csl3, ogiri from castor seeds inoculated with mixed cultures of l. acidophilus and l. fermentum; msl1, ogiri from melon seeds inoculated with l. acidophilus; msl2, ogiri from melon seeds inoculated with l. fermentum; msl3, ogiri from melon seeds inoculated with mixed cultures of l. acidophilus and l. fermentum the yeasts and moulds (y & m) count of the ogiri samples are presented in table 4. from the results, it was observed that y & m counts (cfu/g) ranged between 5.5×102 and 7.9×103 at the beginning of storage. the counts hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 42 generally increased in all samples as storage period progressed. among the samples inoculated with lab starter cultures, the highest count of 9.7×105 was observed in the sample produced from fluted pumpkin seeds and inoculated with mixed lab cultures on the last day of storage (day 9). the lab starter cultures, especially l. acidophilus and l. fermentum, were noted to exert antagonistic activities on the y & m, especially when used as singly, and the effect was sustained throughout the storage period. this observation was similar to the research investigations reported by erkmen [21] and olaoye and onilude [7]. the former reported reduction in the y & m counts in a turkish sausage after inoculation with lab strains as protective cultures in comparison with uninoculated control samples, while the latter also made similar findings in meat samples inoculated with lab cultures. the findings recorded in the present study of the antagonistic activities of the species of lactobacillus further support the work of lipinska et al. [22] who reported the antagonistic of some strains of lactobacillus against yeasts and moulds, including aspergillus niger, fusarium latenicum, geotrichum candidum, mucor hiemalis and candida vini. in their research investigation, lipinska et al. [22] concluded that the antifungal activities of the lactobacillus strains used could be due to antimicrobial substances produced by them in vitro in the broths employed as growth media. table 4. yeast and moulds counts (log cfu/g) in the ogiri samples during storage sd fpl1 fpl2 fpl3 csl1 csl2 csl3 msl1 msl2 msl3 control 1 4.2b±1.0x103 4.1c±0.6x103 4.6c±1.6x103 5.2d±0.9x102 4.7c±1.3x103 5.5d±0.9x102 4.7b±1.7x103 4.5b±0.8x103 5.8c±1.7x103 7.9d±1.3x103 3 2.6b±0.3x103 2.7b±0.1x104 8.9c±0.3x103 3.9c±1.0x103 6.4c±0.8x103 2.7c±0.3x103 3.8a±0.8x104 4.4a±1.2x104 5.1b±1.2x104 7.9c±1.7x104 5 2.2a±0.2x104 2.4b±0.7x104 2.5b±0.5x104 3.1c±1.2x103 2.6b±0.6x104 7.3bc±1.7x103 3.6a±0.5x104 3.2a±1.0x104 2.4b±0.6x104 8.4c±2.1x104 7 4.3a±1.3x104 3.1b±0.5x104 5.9a±1.0x105 3.3b±0.8x104 2.3b±0.3x104 2.3b±0.6x104 2.6b±0.7x103 2.9b±0.9x103 3.5b±1.3x104 7.9b±1.2x105 9 3.8a±0.7x104 9.8a±0.9x104 9.7a±1.3x105 2.6a±0.4x105 1.7a±0.1x105 2.1a±0.3x105 2.5b±0.1x103 2.3a±0.5x104 3.2a±1.1x105 8.1a±2.1x106 values are means of replicate determinations. means with different superscripts across columns are significantly different (p < 0.05); cfu, colony forming units; sd, storage days; fpl1, ogiri from fluted pumpkin seeds inoculated with lactobacillus acidophilus; fpl2, ogiri from fluted pumpkin seeds inoculated with l. fermentum; fpl3, ogiri from fluted pumpkin seeds inoculated with mixed cultures of l. acidophilus and l. fermentum; csl1, ogiri from castor seeds inoculated with l. acidophilus; csl2, ogiri from castor seeds inoculated with l. fermentum; csl3, ogiri from castor seeds inoculated with mixed cultures of l. acidophilus and l. fermentum; msl1, ogiri from melon seeds inoculated with l. acidophilus; msl2, ogiri from melon seeds inoculated with l. fermentum; msl3, ogiri from melon seeds inoculated with mixed cultures of l. acidophilus and l. fermentum. table 5. proximate composition of the ogiri samples samples dry matter (%) moisture content (%) crude protein (%) ether extract (%) crude fibre (%) ash (%) carbohydrate (%) energy value (%) fpc 65.20g ±0.14 34.80a±0.26 22.43c ±0.01 5.70e±0.02 2.87e±0.01 2.72a±0.01 9.48e±0.16 238.94d±0.64 fpl1 67.60f±0.14 32.40a ±0.14 26.82a±0.03 5.70e±0.01 2.91e±0.01 2.72a±0.03 8.45f±0.19 276.38b±0.55 fpl2 69.25f±0.07 30.75b±0.07 27.98 a±0.01 5.66e±0.01 2.91e±0.01 2.75a±0.02 8.96f±0.08 286.68b±0.38 fpl3 68.25f±0.21 31.75 b±0.21 26.23b±0.01 5.01f±0.01 2.91e±0.01 2.77a±0.03 9.03e±0.25 279.29b±1.09 csc 75.35d ±0.21 24.65d±0.21 12.60f±0.03 7.19d±0.02 3.32a±0.01 2.62b±0.01 12.49c±0.26 237.37cd±0.74 csl1 77.70c ±0.14 22.30e±0.14 17.09e±0.01 6.14e±0.04 3.34b±0.01 2.71a±0.01 10.32d±0.14 238.30cd±0.49 csl2 78.80b ±0.14 21.20e±0.14 15.83e±0.03 6.01e±0.04 3.32 b±0.01 2.72 a ±0.01 10.79d±0.18 246.65c±0.24 csl3 77.65c ±0.14 22.35e±0.21 16.32e±0.01 6.32d±0.03 3.89c±0.01 2.73a±0.01 10.56d±0.14 233.00d±0.99 msc 76.50a±0.00 23.50f ±0.28 16.26 e±0.01 10.04a±0.02 2.28d±0.01 2.02c±0.01 17.24a±0.29 303.87a±1.03 msl1 78.40b ±1.14 21.60e±0.14 20.05d±0.04 9.01b±0.02 2.23b±0.01 2.01b±0.01 15.91b±0.19 283.23b±0.53 msl2 70.85e ±0.07 29.15c ±0.07 19.40d±0.03 8.01c±0.03 2.55c±0.04 2.12b±0.02 12.27c±0.01 253.29c±0.38 msl3 71.45e ±0.07 28.55c±0.26 21.92c ±0.03 7.89d±0.02 2.03b±0.03 2.72a±0.01 11.16d ±0.16 277.95b±0.35 values are means of replicate determinations. means with different superscripts across columns are significantly different (p < 0.05); fpc, ogiri from fluted pumpkin seeds; fpl1, ogiri from fluted pumpkin seeds inoculated with lactobacillus acidophilus; fpl2, ogiri from fluted pumpkin seeds inoculated with l. fermentum; fpl3, ogiri from fluted pumpkin seeds inoculated with mixed cultures of l. acidophilus and l. fermentum; csl1, ogiri from castor seeds inoculated with l. acidophilus; csl2, ogiri from castor seeds inoculated with l. fermentum; csl3, ogiri from castor seeds inoculated with mixed cultures of l. acidophilus and l. fermentum; msl1, ogiri from melon seeds inoculated with l. acidophilus; msl2, ogiri from melon seeds inoculated with l. fermentum; msl3, ogiri from melon seeds inoculated with mixed cultures of l. acidophilus and l. fermentum. results of the proximate composition (%) of the ogiri samples indicate that dry matter contents ranged between 65.2 and 86.5, showing varying levels of significant differences (p < 0.05) among samples. moisture content ranged from 21.20 to 34.80. the values recorded for moisture in the samples in the present study were similar to those reported by david and aderibigbe [9]. the highest crude protein and ether extract of 27.98 and 10.04 were recorded for ogiri samples made from fluted pumpkin that was inoculated with l. fermentum and un-inoculated melon seed, respectively [23, 24]. in terms of crude fiber, ogiri samples produced from castor seeds had higher values than their counterparts from fluted pumpkin and melon seeds, a value of 3.89 was recorded for a sample from castor seed inoculated with mixed lab cultures. the highest content of ash (2.75) was recorded for an ogiri sample obtained hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 43 from a fluted pumpkin that was fermented with l. fermentum, while the lowest value of 2.02 was obtained for an ogiri sample from an un-inoculated melon seed. the values of the crude fibers and ash in the ogiri samples obtained in this study show correlation to those reported by david and aderibigbe [9] and nnennaya et al. [25] in ogiri made from melon seed and sandbox seed. generally, inoculation with lab starter cultures did not significantly affect the proximate compositions of the ogiri samples, though there were variations in the values of the respective proximate parameters, depending on the type of vegetable used. 4. conclusion in conclusion, the use of lab starter cultures in this study demonstrated considerable control of coliforms and fungi in ogiri; the effect was more noticeable in samples inoculated with l. acidophilus and l. fermentum. however, based on the results of the microbial analysis, it is suggested that when ogiri is produced using lab as starter cultures, storage should be limited to a maximum of five (5) days in order not to compromise safety, as an increase in counts of coliforms was recorded beyond this period. furthermore, the inoculation of lab as starter cultures in the production of ogiri had no pronounced significant difference in the proximate compositions of the fermented product. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, o.a.o. and u.v.n.; methodology, o.a.o.; software, o.a.o.; validation, o.a.o., j.c.o., a.c.n. and u.v.n.; formal analysis, u.v.n.; investigation, o.a.o.; resources, o.a.o.; data curation, u.v.n.; writing—original draft preparation, o.a.o.; writing—review and editing, o.a.o.; visualization, o.a.o.; supervision, o.a.o.; project administration, o.a.o.; funding acquisition, u.v.n. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] ogunshe, a. a. o., & olasugba, k. o. (2008). microbial loads and incidence of food-borne indicator bacteria in most popular indigenous fermented food condiments from middle-belt and southwestern nigeria. african journal of microbiology research, 2(12), 332–339. [2] adedeji, b. s., ezeokoli, o. t., ezekiel, c. n., obadina, a. o., somorin, y. m., sulyok, m., adeleke, r. a., warth, b., nwangburuka, c. c., omemu, a. m., oyewole, o. b., & krska, r. (2017). bacterial species and mycotoxin contamination associated with locust bean, melon and their fermented products in south-western nigeria. international journal of food microbiology, 258, 73–80. doi:10.1016/j.ijfoodmicro.2017.07.014. [3] odunfa, s. a. (1985). microbiological and toxicological aspects of fermentation of castor oil seeds for ogiri production. journal of food science, 50(6), 1758–1759. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2621.1985.tb10587.x. [4] ukaoma, a. a., m.o., n., adjeroh, l., ezeanowai, c. f., iwu, i. c., & duru, m. comparative study on microbial loads of fermented castor oil seeds (ricinus communis) and melon seeds (citrullus vulgaris. international journal of science and research, 8(8), 83–89. [5] onilude, a. a., sanni, a. i., olaoye, o. a., & ogunbanwo, s. t. (2002). influence of lactic cultures on the quality attributes of tsire, a west african stick meat. world journal of microbiology and biotechnology, 18(7), 615–619. doi:10.1023/a:1016864100609. [6] helander, i. m., von wright, a., & mattila-sandholm, t. m. (1997). potential of lactic acid bacteria and novel antimicrobials against gram-negative bacteria. trends in food science and technology, 8(5), 146–150. doi:10.1016/s0924-2244(97)01030-3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 44 [7] olaoye, o. a., & onilude, a. a. (2010). investigation on the potential application of biological agents in the extension of shelf life of fresh beef in nigeria. world journal of microbiology and biotechnology, 26(8), 1445–1454. doi:10.1007/s11274-0100319-5. [8] o. adebayo, f., & o. obiekezie, s. (2018). comparative assessment of starter culture-fermented condiments made from seeds of citrullus lanatus (watermelon). south asian journal of research in microbiology, 1(1), 1–7. doi:10.9734/sajrm/2018/v1i1705. [9] david, o. m., & aderibigbe, e. y. (2010). microbiology and proximate composition of ogiri, a pastry produced from different melon seeds. new york science journal, 3(4), 18-27. [10] stiles, m. e., & holzapfel, w. h. (1997). lactic acid bacteria of foods and their current taxonomy. international journal of food microbiology, 36(1), 1–29. doi:10.1016/s0168-1605(96)01233-0. [11] olaoye, o. a., & onilude, a. a. (2011). quantitative estimation of antimicrobials produced by lactic acid bacteria isolated from nigerian beef. international food research journal, 18(3), 1155–1161. [12] chukwu, m., ezeagwula, c. g., nwakaudu, a. a., oti, w., & anyaogu, i. (2020). microbial loads of ogiri-ahuekere condiment produced from groundnut seed (arachis hypogaea linn). ssrn electronic journal, 6(1), 114–119. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3517493. [13] a.o.a.c. (2005). official methods of analysis of. in analytical chemistry (18th edn). association of official analytical chemists 52(2), 148. doi:10.1021/ac50052a726. [14] olaoye, o. a., & onilude, a. a. (2009). isolation and biochemical profiles of numerous strains of lactic acid producing bacteria from various parts of a domestic west african goat (capra hircus). australian journal of basic and applied sciences, 3(2), 460–466. [15] kaban, g., & kaya, m. (2006). effect of starter culture on growth of staphylococcus aureus in sucuk. food control, 17(10), 797–801. doi:10.1016/j.foodcont.2005.05.003. [16] olaoye, o., oniude, a., & dodd, c. (2008). identification of pediococcus spp. from beef and evaluation of their lactic acid production in varying concentrations of different carbon sources. advances in natural and applied sciences, 2(january), 197–207. [17] noordiana, n., fatimah, a. b., & mun, a. s. (2013). antibacterial agents produced by lactic acid bacteria isolated from threadfin salmon and grass shrimp. international food research journal, 20(1), 117–124. [18] ademola, o. m., adeyemi, t. e., ezeokoli, o. t., ayeni, k. i., obadina, a. o., somorin, y. m., omemu, a. m., adeleke, r. a., nwangburuka, c. c., oluwafemi, f., oyewole, o. b., & ezekiel, c. n. (2018). phylogenetic analyses of bacteria associated with the processing of iru and ogiri condiments. letters in applied microbiology, 67(4), 354–362. doi:10.1111/lam.13040. [19] ammor, m. s., & mayo, b. (2007). selection criteria for lactic acid bacteria to be used as functional starter cultures in dry sausage production: an update. meat science, 76(1), 138–146. doi:10.1016/j.meatsci.2006.10.022. [20] olaoye, o. (2014). technological properties of lactococcus lactis subsp. lactis i23 isolated from nigerian beef and characterization of bacteriocin produced by it. british biotechnology journal, 4(7), 829–845. doi:10.9734/bbj/2014/11719. [21] erkmen, o. (2008). modeling the effects of sucuk production technique on listeria monocytogenes, aerobic bacteria and lactic acid bacteria during ripening and storage. food and bioproducts processing, 86(3), 220–226. doi:10.1016/j.fbp.2007.10.002. [22] lipińska, l., klewicki, r., klewicka, e., kołodziejczyk, k., sójka, m., & nowak, a. (2016). antifungal activity of lactobacillus sp. bacteria in the presence of xylitol and galactosyl-xylitol. biomed research international, 2016, 1–8. doi:10.1155/2016/5897486. [23] ilango, s., & antony, u. (2021). probiotic microorganisms from non-dairy traditional fermented foods. trends in food science & technology, 118, 617–638. doi:10.1016/j.tifs.2021.05.034. [24] oguntoyinbo, f. a., fusco, v., cho, g.-s., kabisch, j., neve, h., bockelmann, w., … franz, c. m. a. p. (2016). produce from africa’s gardens: potential for leafy vegetable and fruit fermentations. frontiers in microbiology, 7. doi:10.3389/fmicb.2016.00981. [25] ahaotu ndidiamaka nnennaya, echeta chinelo kate, bede njideka evelyn, awuchi chinaza godswill, anosike chinwe linda, ibeabuchi chidi julian, & ojukwu moses. (2020). study on the nutritional and chemical composition of “ogiri” condiment made from sandbox seed (hura crepitans) as affected by fermentation time. gsc biological and pharmaceutical sciences, 11(2), 105–113. doi:10.30574/gscbps.2020.11.2.0115. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 102 issn: 2723-9535 innovation for people with disabilities in hospitality industry: a theoretical approach nikolaos theocharis 1*, helen catherine leligou 2 , dimitrios tseles 2 1 department of tourism professions, advanced school of tourism education, rhodes, greece. 2 department of industrial design and production engineering, university of west attica, aigaleo, greece. received 13 november 2021; revised 12 january 2022; accepted 18 january 2022; published 01 march 2022 abstract hotels are forms of businesses connected to the entire system of production and distribution of tourist products. essentially, they provide hospitality goods and services to travelers, individuals with different profiles and interests, and thus play a very important role in the tourism sector. therefore, the purpose of the article is to point out the theoretical approach of innovation in the context of its utilization in hotels for individuals with disabilities. we have reviewed the existing theoretical approaches to innovation and then analyzed their applicability in the tourism sector. based on the findings, we developed theoretical approaches, such as the coupling theory and the innovation diffusion theory, that can be applied to the target sectors and provide valuable insights to the relevant actors. research shows that innovation, whether it concerns technological applications or processes, affects the enrichment of hotel services provided for people with disabilities and influences the technical-functional and organizational processes of hospitality. on this basis, innovation is a key factor of growth for any hotel, as it increases its competitiveness and sustainability through the utilization of the potential provided by the use of new innovative technological applications or processes for people with disabilities. jel classification: l83, o30. keywords: τourism; hotel; innovation; hospitality; individuals with disabilities service delivery. 1. introduction this article deals with the theoretical approach of innovation in terms of its use for individuals with disabilities in hotels. so, what relevant research on tourism and individuals with disabilities has been carried out? in international literature, research on tourism for individuals with disabilities mainly focuses on accessibility and travel behaviour. in terms of accessibility issues, research is related to online access to information resources [1–6], the limitations of individuals with disabilities in tourism activity [7–11], as well as the barriers that individuals with disabilities face [12, 13]. also, in terms of travel behavior issues, research is related to the analysis of the needs and motivations of people with disabilities [14–18], the evaluation of the behavior of tourists with disabilities [19–23], the evaluation of information sources for accommodation [24–26], and the evaluation of hospitality services in specific tourist destinations [27–31]. at this point, it should be underlined that the term "accessibility" does not only mean hotel facilities but also services and goods that enable people with disabilities to function autonomously in the environment [32]. on this basis, when this article refers to innovative technological applications or processes for individuals with * corresponding author: ntheoharis@aster.edu.gr http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-010  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1489-1495 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5388-6832 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 103 disabilities, as they appear in the hotel, all these innovations are meant to enable them to function autonomously in an environment, regardless of whether these innovations are also used by other individuals. furthermore, when reference is made to individuals with disabilities, it means individuals (a) with mobility impairments, (b) with visual impairments, (c) with hearing impairments, (d) with perception disabilities, (e) with mental or cognitive disabilities, (f) with speech impairments, and (g) with other disabilities and chronic diseases [32]. the methodology we have followed is depicted in the following figure 1 and includes four steps. we have first reviewed the existing theoretical approaches of innovation and then we analysed their applicability in the tourism sector. based on the results, we concluded with the theoretical approaches that can be applied to the target sectors and enable the relevant actors obtain valuable insights. figure 1. research methodology 2. conceptual approaches and categorizations of innovation a literature review on the classification of innovation has demonstrated several approaches. according to sundbo & gallouj (1999), service innovation can be classified into four types: product innovation, process innovation, organizational innovation, and market innovation [33]. these researchers describe organizational innovations as “new general forms of organization or management such as introduction of tqm, self-steering groups, etc.”. they also argue that process innovations are renewals of the prescriptive procedures for producing and delivering the service, and fall into two categories: innovation in production processes (back office) or innovation in service delivery processes (front office). according to prahalad & hamel (1990), meneses & texeira (2011), booyens & rogerson (2016), innovation may relate to the technology of production and distribution of a product or service through the market, in this case the hotel market [34-36]. more specifically, the main types of innovation as they appear in the hospitality industry are described as follows (figure 2) [37]: figure 2. types of innovation in hospitality industry 2.1. product / service innovation product innovation is the introduction to the market of a product that is new or significantly improved in terms of its characteristics or intended uses. this includes significant improvements to its technical specifications, its component parts, embedded software (if any) and other functional characteristics. the term “product” refers to a good or service. a good is usually a tangible object, such as a device, software program, etc. a service is usually intangible, such as online room reservations, advice on the facilities of an accommodation, etc. review of the innovation theories analysis of their applicability on the tourism sector evaluation of the results selection of the theoretical models that can be adopted in the target domain hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 104 the innovations of a product, whether it is a new product or an improved one, must be new to the hotel, but not necessarily to the hotel industry or the specific market. in particular, they may relate to goods or services appearing in the hotel for the first time, or to goods or services that have been significantly improved. it could also relate to goods or services that have been originally developed by other hotels but are being used or sold for the first time by a particular hotel. a typical example of product/service innovation could be the international accor hotel group. these hotels started to provide low cost services without differentiating their basic quality features (basic hotel standards), such as the level of cleanliness, bed comfort, accessibility, etc. [38, 39]. moreover, as mentioned by reiwoldt (2006) and penner et al., (2013), the differentiation of small accommodations and their design in terms of services provided and pricing have consisted important product features of the functional characteristics of hotels [40, 41]. in addition, several studies in the hotel sector refer to the “unique qualities” of the services provided that are considered as innovative, e.g. animation, gastronomy, wellness facilities, etc. [42-44], in terms of comfort [45, 46] or environmental measures [47-49]. 2.2. process innovation process innovation refers to a new production process or the improvement of an existing one. its main characteristics are an increase in productivity, a reduction in costs and an increase in employee job satisfaction. in hospitality businesses such as hotels, process innovation enables them to introduce new services in the customer service departments, particularly in the rooms division (e.g. reception, housekeeping, etc.), catering departments, etc., or existing services with significant improvements-changes in processes and techniques (workflow and dataflow, task assignment, etc.), technology and equipment (e.g. new hotel software). undoubtedly, implementing an innovative process is difficult, and depends on the changes that are usually made to the hotel's organizational structure and management systems. some research approaches to process innovation refer to the stages of technology utilization and its gradual evolution in tourism, and tourist accommodation in particular. for example, yuan et al. (2006) created a model plan of information and communication technology (ict) implementation in terms of customer hospitality, and pointed out that the potentials of technology are addressed and modified according to the organizational characteristics and management objectives of the tourism business [50]. in addition, eurotel hospitality (2019) presented an innovative locking system (vingcard allure) with a unique, flexible design, incorporating more features than most high-end locking systems on the market [51]. this innovative system incorporates the most advanced wireless locking solutions, including rfid locking technology, is compatible with mobile access and operates as an independent mechanism with individual functions (bell, room number, notices such as “make up my room, do not disturb”, etc.). 2.3. organizational-managerial innovation it is the application of a new organizational method to the business practices of the hotel industry, in the workplace, organization and external relations. essentially, it is the introduction of a new way of communication, as well as the application of new methods in hotel management. a typical example of organizational innovation is the application, for the first time, of methods to develop and reinforce the hotel employee loyalty, such as training and education systems (e.g. employee training and education in the rooms department). leidner (1993) and pasquier (2015) describe the innovations of mcdonald’s restaurants. more specifically, they mention well-designed training of managers and employees, public relations, internal promotion and reinforcement of corporate values. as they mention, many companies, such as disney, have tried to adopt and further develop the mcdonald’s restaurants’ methods [52, 53]. 2.4. marketing innovation / commercial innovation implementing a new marketing method that involves significant changes in the design of products or services, their positioning, promotion and pricing. marketing innovations are mainly related to various business partnerships, especially in the gastronomy and tourism sectors. wine marketing, for example, is often related to marketing of a specific tourist destination or a specific hotel business [54-56]. also, another typical example of marketing innovation is instagram’s collaboration with hotels, which has established a strong relationship with the target market. instagram has already implemented several innovative marketing practices that improve the experiences of its users. therefore, this social media platform has enabled hotels to increase the “depth of the narrative” as well as the individual’s experience [57]. through the “explore” feature, personalized channel results are displayed, followed by the ability to record time-lapse videos. leading international brands operate on this platform, which supports its validity through an advertising and marketing channel. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 105 2.5. management innovation this type of innovation includes the processes of designing new products and services, quality control processes, as well as processes of redesigning the business in order to reduce production and operating costs. the fact is that corporate reorganization provides a further incentive to create. changing work structures in a hotel is often a stimulus for employees (at all levels) for improvement and renewal. at the same time, conditions for alertness and intensified effort are created in order to achieve the set goals. a typical example of management innovation in the hotel is the “touch + dine” application, which provides simultaneous information at multiple points, such as the reception department, the restaurant manager, the f&b manager and the hotel’s management on the status of reservations by day and time, allowing them to better organize the kitchen, the staff, the supply of materials and even better distribution of guests to all restaurants. the specific features of the application initially help to maximize revenue in the hotel’s food service departments, while creating the conditions for efficient operation of other departments (e.g. rooms division) [58]. in conclusion, the article focuses on product/service innovation (psi). this does not mean that there are not – or may not appear – innovative technological applications for people with disabilities in the future that involve some other type of innovation. 3. theoretical approaches of innovation tourism, like services in general, is characterised by a high degree of heterogeneity. for example, hotel complexes and resorts with golf courses cannot be compared with a family-run guesthouse or small restaurants. some innovation surveys have shown that hotels and restaurants have a lower sustainability rate. these are usually businesses with a very low barrier to entry, thus facilitating the creation of new businesses on a non-innovative basis [33, 59, 60]. research on innovation in tourism reveals different approaches; for example, some studies focus on measuring innovation [61-65], on innovation patterns [66-71], and on the analysis of the determinants of innovation [43, 72-78]. the following theoretical approaches are related to technology, which includes innovation. essentially, these are theoretical approaches that relate to the interpretation of innovation, both in goods and services provided. 3.1. wilson’s theory of innovation wilson's (1966) theoretical approach to innovation states that innovation takes place in the following three stages [79]:  conception of change: this is the primary stage of innovation in business.  proposing the change: refers to a cost-benefit analysis of the potential innovation by individuals making organizational decisions. if the potential benefits appear to exceed the costs, then the innovation will be proposed for adoption.  adoption and implementation of the change: this is mainly a political process characterised by a “bargaining” between the proponents of the innovation and the voucher takers, in order to gain the necessary support to accept the innovation. this theoretical approach mainly refers to the economic cost-benefit analysis of the potential innovation by the hotel management. it is a realistic approach for the current hotel industry, and several hotel managers follow this particular economic screening process for the implementation – or not – of innovative technological applications. however, given that our research concerns services provided by the hotel company to people with disabilities through innovative technological applications or processes, the aforementioned does not reveal the stage of feedback and refeedback from this category of customers, an important element in terms of the innovative process. 3.2. shepard’s theory of innovation shepard (1967), on the other hand, describes three stages [80]. the first stage involves the initial conception of the idea which is usually done by a business executive person. the second stage involves the acceptance of the idea which requires persuasion, integration and dominance on the part of the managers advocating the innovation in order to gather the critical support for its acceptance. finally, the third stage involves implementation, which involves making innovation part of an established operating procedure of the organization. this theoretical approach mainly refers to the process of adoption of the innovation on the part of the hotel manager as well as his/her actions for the final acceptance and implementation in the hotel. it is a more peopleoriented approach to the adoption of innovation in the hotel. of course, it should be noted that the stages described do not include an economic analysis of the project. also, this theoretical approach does not mention the stage of feedback and customer feedback (in this case, people with disabilities), an important element in terms of the innovation process. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 106 3.3. tornatzky’s et al. theory of innovation tornatzky et al. (1983), in a review of the literature on innovation under the auspices of the national scientific foundation, describe five general stages of innovation. these stages are as follows [81]:  awareness or initial recognition of a new idea by the business managers;  identification, selection and adaptation of a new idea to the needs of the organization;  adoption commitment to the innovation;  implementing of the innovation, and;  routinisation of the new idea as an evolving feature of the business. this theoretical approach follows processes that may be applicable to the field of our research on people with disabilities. in any case, the economic analysis of the proposed innovation is considered necessary for the final decision of its implementation. in addition, following the stage of implementing the innovation for people with disabilities in the hotel and identifying it as an evolving feature of its operation, the stage of feedback and refeedback from the specific category of customers is considered necessary to complete the innovation process. 3.4. the theoretical two-stage model for innovation another theoretical approach that of damanpour (1987), van de ven and rogers (1988), rogers (1995), and marcus and weber (2000), involves a two-stage model [82-85]. according to this, there is an innovation introduction stage consisting of all activities related to identifying the problem, collecting information, forming and evaluating attitudes towards the problem, and seeking appropriate resources. the processing of all these elements leads to the decision to implement the innovation or not. the second stage is that of the implementation of the innovation and consists of all the events and actions related to the initial deployment and continued use of the innovation until it becomes an element of the “routine” of the organization. this theoretical approach is essentially a “coupling” of the theory of tornatzky et al. [81], where the five (5) general stages of innovation are eventually formed into two (2), without any apparent reduction of the individual activities and processes involved in innovation. as already pointed out in previous theoretical approaches, the stage of feedback and refeedback from customers (people with disabilities) is considered essential for the completion of the innovation process. 3.5. the coupling theory of innovation this theoretical approach, also known as the “coupling model”, refers mainly to the fact that innovation appears as a logical sequence of events, but does not evolve as a continuous process and is subject to feedback [86]. the coupling model is illustrated in figure 3. figure 3. coupling model of innovation (adapted from rothwell (1994) [86]) this theoretical approach follows processes that can be applied to the field of our research on individuals with disabilities. the continuous feedback of the main stages of the model contributes substantially to the flexibility and adaptability of the individual parts to the requirements and the satisfaction of the specific needs of individuals with disabilities. according to rothwell (1994), since the mid-1990s, organizations have remained committed to technology, strategic networking has been a key feature, and the pace of the market has increased. in addition, hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 107 organisations are increasingly pursuing better and more integrated production and sales strategies, with greater flexibility and adaptability. it also argues that “rapid innovation” is an important factor determining corporate competition. the ability to control rapid product development and use can be considered an important key parameter of the innovation process. table 1 below provides a comprehensive overview of the knowledge required to apply rothwell’s specific model. table 1. sources of knowledge for the application of the rothwell model (adapted from rothwell (1994) [86]) knowledge from internal sources external or shared internal / external knowledge research and development learning through the development process learning from suppliers learning through the various tests learning from key users learning through development learning through production learning from “horizontal” partners learning through failures learning through research and technology infrastructures learning through vertically organized enterprises learning from literature learning from the competitors’ actions learning through technological barriers learning through the new applications or from the new staff learning through customers according to prototype tests learning through the services provided product disapproval findings in conclusion, this theoretical approach follows procedures that can be applied in the field of our research and more specifically in the utilization of innovations for individuals with disabilities in the hotel. the continuous feedback of the main stages of the model contributes substantially to the flexibility and adaptability of the individual parts to the requirements and the satisfaction of the specific needs of people with disabilities. 3.6. the innovation diffusion theory the specific theoretical approach of technology diffusion theory seeks to identify the characteristics of a technology that are perceived and could influence its adoption by users [84, 87]. innovation diffusion is defined as the way in which technological innovations of products and processes are disseminated, from the moment of their first global implementation, to different countries and regions, as well as to different markets and firms, through commercial and other channels [37]. essentially, if there is no diffusion, technological product and process innovations will have no economic impact. another definition of diffusion of innovation is that it is a process in which the innovation spreads from its source of creation to its final user and in this process of transmission of the idea or technique, there is interaction between the one who disseminates it and the recipient. the difference between the concepts of adoption and diffusion is that diffusion occurs between individuals or other units in a region, whereas adoption is a matter of one individual or unit. essentially, diffusion is the time evolution of the adoption rate of an innovation which can be described by an s-curve [84] (figure 4). figure 4. s-curve of innovation (s-shaped) (adapted from rogers (1995) [84]) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 108 according to rogers (1995), the following elements can be distinguished in the diffusion process [84]: (a) innovation: the diffusion rate will be higher if the recipients perceive that the innovation:  has a comparative advantage;  is compatible;  is not too complex;  it must be possible to test it;  the effects of adoption must be visible. (b) communication channels: diffusion is a process of communication about the innovation between two subjects, the first having knowledge and the second being unaware of its existence. the transmission from one to the other takes place through the following communication channels:  mass communication channels;  interpersonal communication channels. (c) time: it is not whether the innovation is used for the first time that matters, but rather the perception of the subject. therefore, the adoption process is influenced by:  knowledge about the innovation: (1) awareness of its existence; (2) knowledge of how it is used; (3) knowledge of its existence; (4) knowledge of how it works.  persuasion of a favorable attitude towards its use;  decision to commit resources for its adoption;  implementation of the innovation;  confirmation of the decision based on positive results. (d) the social system: the structure of the social system (varying over time) affects the diffusion process in the following ways:  the social structure;  by the social structure. on the basis of the above, the technology acceptance model (tam) was designed to bring together a number of suitability factors of technological systems, allowing predictions to be made about their acceptance and further use [88, 89]. in particular, this model predicts user acceptance based on the influence of two factors: perceived usefulness and perceived ease of use. in terms of perceived usefulness, this is defined as the degree to which an individual believes that using a particular system will enhance his or her performance, while in terms of perceived ease of use, this is defined as the degree to which the individual believes that using a particular system will be effortless. according to this model, these factors influence the formation of users’ attitudes, which in turn determines behavioural intentions to use a system. 3.7. other theoretical approaches to innovation several authors argue that competitiveness in tourism depends mainly on innovation to achieve lower costs and higher quality outcomes [74, 90]. in hospitality business, jones (1996), suggests that innovation takes the form of a gradual process due to the influence of personal contact with the customer [72]. in this case, a new service is designed and control requires the input of future customers (e.g. people with disabilities), but also the active cooperation of the hotel staff that will eventually provide the service. ottenbacher and gnoth (2005) did not elaborate a theory of innovation development, but proposed nine factors that support the success of service innovation by hotel managers: market selection, strategic human resource management, employee training, market responsiveness, empowerment, behavioural evaluation, marketing synergy, employee engagement and tangible quality [74]. these factors are listed in order in a way that could also be treated as stages in the development of innovation for people with disabilities. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 109 in the same context, the research by orfila-sintes and mattsson (2009) does not propose a theory but studies the factors of innovation [91]. specifically, by investigating tourism firms in transport, accommodation, entertainment and intermediation sectors, they conclude that innovation in the industry is related to factors, such as the service provider, customer capabilities (e.g. people with disabilities), market factors and the impact of innovation on performance. the important thing about this research is that it introduces a new element to innovation, and this relates to the perception of innovation from the perspective of service providers in the industry. perhaps this element also supports the findings of camison and monfort-mir (2012), who argue that the diffusion of innovation among service and tourism firms is characterised by a low propensity to develop new products and processes [63]. the question in simple terms is whether it is the adoption of innovation that creates this low propensity. grissemann et al. (2013) investigating innovation in hospitality business identified five internal dimensions that determine innovation: employee involvement, customer involvement (e.g. individuals with disabilities), ict, innovation management and network innovation. the same research also reveals that innovations at hotel service and hotel it were influenced by employee envolvement, customer participation, innovation management and ict [92]. all of the above-mentioned issues relate to the development and of new products, but they may well also apply to services in the hotel sector. there is undoubtedly scope for innovation and the current pace of technological development to develop and improve existing products and services, as well as to introduce new products, production methods, services, techniques and organizational processes. essentially, innovation is the process of turning an idea into a product or service to be introduced for the first time or developing new or improved processes (streamlining innovation upon its reintroduction). it is a key factor for any business as it greatly increases the viability of the business while reducing business risk. the question that arises at this point is which theoretical approach was applied in this research. first of all, it should be noted that the approaches are not incompatible with each other. that is, they are not detached and completely different from each other. for example, rothwell’s (1994) approach refers to sources of knowledge acquisition which can be competitors, customers, suppliers, employees, etc. [86], while the approach of grissemann et al. (2013) refers to the perception of innovation which is heterogeneously defined by both staff and customers [92]. in essence, the two theoretical approaches differ only in that the former talks about information while the latter talks about information processing. therefore, referring to only one theoretical approach may be restrictive. in conclusion, this research can draw on many elements of rothwell’s (1994) approach [86]. rothwell studies the whole sequence of events, evolving as a continuous process subject to feedback and involving innovation, from concept and design to development and sale. also, this research can draw on a significant part of rogers’ (1995) approach as it refers to knowledge of innovation, comparative advantages of innovation adoption and innovation communication channels which are elements of this research [84]. finally, this article refers to the approach of grissemann et al., (2013) who investigate the perception of innovation in hospitality firms and how it is shaped [92]. 4. conclusion in this article, the definition of innovation as well as the theoretical approaches related to innovative technological applications in hotels were attempted. undoubtedly, innovation, as well as the fast development of technology, have scope in the evolution and improvement of a hotel’s existing products and services, as well as in the introduction of new products, hospitality services, and technical-functional and organizational processes, both for people with disabilities and for other customers. it is the process of transforming an idea into a product or service that is being adopted for the first time or developing new or improved processes. in conclusion, there is plenty of scope for future research, as the elements that make up new technology, tourism, and people with disabilities are numerous, complex, and, in some cases, multi-level. the needs that arise daily from people with disabilities in the hotel compose a new operating framework that must be differentiated and adapted according to the services provided and the human resources of the organization. on this basis, innovation is a key component of growth for any hotel, as it greatly increases the competitiveness and sustainability of the business while at the same time reducing business risk. moreover, by definition, disability in relation to hotel hospitality is a huge challenge for the future, particularly in terms of its social dimension and the use of innovation in hotels. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions n. t. performed the bulk of the research work, on the analysis of the theories and on the literature review; e.a.l. contributed to the review of the results and the evaluation of the innovation theories and d.t. contributed in the concept of the work and in the editing of the paper. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 110 5.3. funding the authors received financial support for the publication of this article from the master programme “product and service automation” organized by university of west attica, greece. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] williams, r., rattray, r., & grimes, a. (2007). online accessibility and information needs of disabled tourists: a three country hotel sector analysis. journal of electronic commerce research, 8(2), 157–171. [2] theocharis, n. (2020). innovative technological applications for people with disabilities in rooms division of greek hotels. doctoral dissertation, university of the aegean, mytilene, greece. [3] smieszek, m. (2020). what content is published on websites of organizations supporting people with disabilities? secondary analysis of online sources. niepełnosprawność i rehabilitacja, 4, 12–21. [4] epuran, g., tecău, a. s., constantin, c. p., tescașiu, b., & chițu, i. b. (2020). opportunities of using new technologies (vr/ar) in order to facilitate the access of persons with disabilities to tourist products. series v economic sciences, 13(62)(2), 55–64. doi:10.31926/but.es.2020.13.62.2.6. [5] singh, r., ismail, a., ps, s., & singh, d. (2020). compliance of accessibility in tourism websites: a pledge towards disability. journal of hospitality and tourism insights, 4(3), 263–281. doi:10.1108/jhti-05-2020-0092. [6] teixeira, p., eusébio, c., & teixeira, l. (2021). website accessibility in the hospitality industry: a study in the central region of portugal. international journal of tourism policy, 11(3), 222–246. doi:10.1504/ijtp.2021.118666. [7] daniels, m. j., drogin rodgers, e. b., & wiggins, b. p. (2005). “travel tales”: an interpretive analysis of constraints and negotiations to pleasure travel as experienced by persons with physical disabilities. tourism management, 26(6), 919–930. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2004.06.010. [8] popiel, m. (2016). tourism market, disability and inequality: problems and solutions. acta academica karviniensia, 16(3), 25–36. doi:10.25142/aak.2016.022. [9] kaganek, k., ambroży, t., mucha, d., jurczak, a., bornikowska, a., ostrowski, a., janiszewska, r., & mucha, t. (2017). barriers to participation in tourism in the disabled. polish journal of sport and tourism, 24(2), 121–129. doi:10.1515/pjst2017-0013. [10] mckercher, b., & darcy, s. (2018). re-conceptualizing barriers to travel by people with disabilities. tourism management perspectives, 26, 59–66. doi:10.1016/j.tmp.2018.01.003. [11] gillovic, b., & mcintosh, a. (2020). accessibility and inclusive tourism development: current state and future agenda. sustainability (switzerland), 12(22), 1–15. doi:10.3390/su12229722. [12] yfantidou, g., spyridopoulou, e., papaioannou, a., & balaska, p. (2017). service innovation in hotels for people with disabilities. 20th excellence in services international conference, september 7 and 8, 835-848, verona, italy. [13] bianchi, p., cappelletti, g. m., mafrolla, e., sica, e., & sisto, r. (2020). accessible tourism in natural park areas: a social network analysis to discard barriers and provide information for people with disabilities. sustainability (switzerland), 12(23), 1–14. doi:10.3390/su12239915. [14] darcy, s. (2002). marginalised participation: physical disability, high support needs and tourism. journal of hospitality and tourism management, 9(1), 61–72. [15] son, a. (2010). developing a barrier-free tourism : making a city of guangzhou a better tourism destination for all. social research in transport (sort) clearinghouse, 1–11. [16] mamoon, a. (2013). disability tourism: why do disabled people engaging in tourism activities? european journal of social sciences, 39(3), 480–486. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 111 [17] kim, s., & lehto, x. y. (2013). travel by families with children possessing disabilities: motives and activities. tourism management, 37, 13–24. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2012.12.011. [18] gonda, t. (2021). travelling habits of people with disabilities. geojournal of tourism and geosites, 37(3), 844–850. doi:10.30892/gtg.37315-717. [19] burnett, j. j., & baker, h. b. (2001). assessing the travel-related behaviors of the mobility-disabled consumer. journal of travel research, 40(1), 4–11. doi:10.1177/004728750104000102. [20] daruwalla, p., & darcy, s. (2005). personal and societal attitudes to disability. annals of tourism research, 32(3), 549–570. doi:10.1016/j.annals.2004.10.008. [21] kalargyrou, v., barber, n. a., & kuo, p. j. (2018). the impact of disability on guests’ perceptions of service quality delivery in the hospitality industry. international journal of contemporary hospitality management, 30(12), 3632–3655. doi:10.1108/ijchm-06-2017-0362. [22] de pascale, a., meleddu, m., & abbate, t. (2021). exploring the propensity to travel of people with disabilities: a literature review. in ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3832082. [23] rubio-escuderos, l., garcía-andreu, h., michopoulou, e., & buhalis, d. (2021). perspectives on experiences of tourists with disabilities: implications for their daily lives and for the tourist industry. tourism recreation research, 1–15. doi:10.1080/02508281.2021.1981071. [24] darcy, s. (2010). inherent complexity: disability, accessible tourism and accommodation information preferences. tourism management, 31(6), 816–826. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2009.08.010. [25] wee, s. t., & sanmargaraja, s. (2016). accessible information required by the independent disabled tourists: a mini review. australian journal of basic and applied sciences, 10(1), 65–70. [26] teixeira, p., eusébio, c., & teixeira, l. (2021). how diverse is hotel website accessibility? a study in the central region of portugal using web diagnostic tools. tourism and hospitality research, 14673584211022796. doi:10.1177/14673584211022797. [27] ozturk, y., yayli, a., & yesiltas, m. (2008). is the turkish tourism industry ready for a disabled customer’s market?. the views of hotel and travel agency managers. tourism management, 29(2), 382–389. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2007.03.011. [28] grady, j., & ohlin, j. b. (2009). equal access to hospitality services for guests with mobility impairments under the americans with disabilities act: implications for the hospitality industry. international journal of hospitality management, 28(1), 161–169. doi:10.1016/j.ijhm.2008.06.013. [29] stathoglou, o. perspectives of accessible tourism: investigation of infrastructure and services at accommodation units in the region of crete. doctoral dissertation, university of the aegean, mytilene, greece. [30] kiriya, g. (2020). the city of athens as accessible tourist destination: an empirical exploration; doctoral dissertation. university of west attica, athens, greece. [31] stankova, m., amoiradis, c., velissariou, e., & grigoriadou, d. (2021). accessible tourism in greece: a satisfaction survey on tourists with disabilities. management research and practice, 13(1), 5–16. [32] mizamtsi, s., nikolaides, e., & mourouzis, a. accessibility for all (a4all): pilot study on accessibility to local and regional authorities in greece-bulgaria cross-border area. in national confederation of disabled people branch of northern greece & national council of people with disability in bulgaria branch of haskovo, bulgaria. [33] sundbo, j., & gallouj, f. (1999). innovation in services in seven european countries. synthesis report for european commission, dg, xii(1), 42. available online: https://rucforsk.ruc.dk/ws/portalfiles/portal/3678896/css_rapport_1.pdf (accessed on may 2021). [34] prahalad, c. k., & hamel, g. (2009). the core competence of the corporation. knowledge and strategy, 68(3), 41–60. doi:10.1016/b978-0-7506-7223-8.50003-4. [35] meneses, o., & teixeira, a. (2011). the innovative behaviour of tourism firms. economics and management research projects: an international journal, 1(1), 25–35. [36] booyens, i., & rogerson, c. m. (2016). unpacking the geography of tourism innovation in western cape province, south africa. in d. szymańska & r. k (eds.), bulletin of geography, 31(31) 19–36. doi:10.1515/bog-2016-0002. [37] oslo manual, (2005). guidelines for collecing and interpreting innovation data (3rd ed.). oecd publishing, paris, france. [38] ren, l., qiu, h., wang, p., & lin, p. m. c. (2016). exploring customer experience with budget hotels: dimensionality and satisfaction. international journal of hospitality management, 52, 13–23. doi:10.1016/j.ijhm.2015.09.009. https://rucforsk.ruc.dk/ws/portalfiles/portal/3678896/css_rapport_1.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 112 [39] hall, c. m., & williams, a. m. (2019). tourism and innovation. in tourism and innovation (2nd ed.), 1–480. doi:10.4324/9781315162836. [40] riewoldt, o. (2006). new hotel design. laurence king publishing, london, united kingdom. [41] penner, r. h., adams, l., & robson, s. (2013). hotel design, planning and development ww norton & co, new york, united states [42] jacob, m., tintoré, j., aguiló, e., bravo, a., & mulet, j. (2003). innovation in the tourism sector: results from a pilot study in the balearic islands. tourism economics, 9(3), 279–295. doi:10.1177/135481660300900303. [43] pikkemaat, b. (2008). innovation in small and medium-sized tourism enterprises in tyrol, austria. the international journal of entrepreneurship and innovation, 9(3), 187–197. doi:10.5367/000000008785096601. [44] gyurácz-németh, p., friedrich, n., & clarke, a. (2013). innovation in special hotels – as a key to success. international conference, 19(20), 643–653. [45] enz, c. a., & siguaw, j. a. (2003). revisiting the best of the best: innovations in hotel practice. cornell hotel and restaurant administration quarterly, 44(5-6), 115–123. doi:10.1177/001088040304400516. [46] liechty, t., yarnal, c., & kerstetter, d. (2012). “i want to do everything!” leisure innovation among retirement-age women. leisure studies, 31(4), 389–408. doi:10.1080/02614367.2011.573571. [47] le, y., hollenhorst, s., harris, c., mclaughlin, w., & shook, s. (2006). environmental management: a study of vietnamese hotels. annals of tourism research, 33(2), 545–567. doi:10.1016/j.annals.2006.01.002. [48] chou, c. j., chen, k. s., & wang, y. y. (2012). green practices in the restaurant industry from an innovation adoption perspective: evidence from taiwan. international journal of hospitality management, 31(3), 703–711. doi:10.1016/j.ijhm.2011.09.006. [49] garcía-pozo, a., sánchez-ollero, j. l., & ons-cappa, m. (2016). eco-innovation and economic crisis: a comparative analysis of environmental good practices and labour productivity in the spanish hotel industry. journal of cleaner production, 138(1), 131–138. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2016.01.011. [50] yuan, y. l., gretzel, u., & fesenmaier, d. r. (2006). the role of information technology use in american convention and visitors bureaus. tourism management, 27(2), 326–341. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2004.12.001. [51] vingcard. vingcard allure brochure. available online: https://eurotel.gr/en/%cf%80%cf%81%ce%bf%cf%8a% cf%8c%ce%bd/vingcard-allure/ (accessed on april 2021). [52] leidner, r. (1993). fast food, fast talk. in university of california press. university of california press, california, united states. [53] pasquier, m. (2015). mcdonald’s digital innovation strategy: building the restaurant of the future as a startup. available online: https://www.innovationiseverywhere.com/mcdonalds-digital-innovation-strategy-building-the-restaurant-of-the-futureas-a-startup/ (accessed on april 2021). [54] carlsen, j., & charters, s. (2006). global wine tourism: research. management and marketing, cabi, cambridge, usa. [55] ndou, v., del vecchio, p., passiante, g., & schina, l. (2012). toward a sectoral system of innovation for local wine sector. international journal of business and globalisation, 8(1), 81–94. doi:10.1504/ijbg.2012.043973. [56] contò, f., fiore, m., vrontis, d., & silvestri, r. (2015). innovative marketing behaviour determinants in wine smes: the case of an italian wine region. international journal of globalisation and small business, 7(2), 107–124. doi:10.1504/ijgsb.2015.071181. [57] farroq, u. (2019). innovative marketing-strategies & examples. available online: https://www.marketingtutor.net/innovativemarketing/ (accessed on april 2021). [58] eurotel hospitality, (2019). touch and dine. available online: https://eurotel.gr/%cf%80%cf81%ce%bf%cf%8 a%cf%8c%ce%bd/touch-and-dine/ (accessed on april 2021). [59] sundbo, j. (2009). innovation in the experience economy: a taxonomy of innovation organizations. service industries journal, 29(4), 431–455. doi:10.1080/02642060802283139. [60] carlborg, p., kindström, d., & kowalkowski, c. (2014). the evolution of service innovation research: a critical review and synthesis. service industries journal, 34(5), 373–398. doi:10.1080/02642069.2013.780044. [61] volo, s. (2012). a consumer-based measurement of tourism innovation. innovation in hospitality and tourism, 6(3/4), 73–87. doi:10.1300/j162v06n03_05. https://eurotel.gr/en/%cf%80%cf%81%ce%bf%cf%8a%25%20cf%8c%ce%bd/vingcard-allure/ https://eurotel.gr/en/%cf%80%cf%81%ce%bf%cf%8a%25%20cf%8c%ce%bd/vingcard-allure/ https://www.innovationiseverywhere.com/mcdonalds-digital-innovation-strategy-building-the-restaurant-of-the-future-as-a-startup/ https://www.innovationiseverywhere.com/mcdonalds-digital-innovation-strategy-building-the-restaurant-of-the-future-as-a-startup/ https://www.marketingtutor.net/innovative-marketing/ https://www.marketingtutor.net/innovative-marketing/ https://eurotel.gr/%cf%80%cf81%ce%bf%cf%258%20a%cf%8c%ce%bd/touch-and-dine/ https://eurotel.gr/%cf%80%cf81%ce%bf%cf%258%20a%cf%8c%ce%bd/touch-and-dine/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 113 [62] pikkemaat, b., & peters, m. (2012). towards the measurement of innovationa pilot study in the small and medium sized hotel industry. innovation in hospitality and tourism, 4(6), 89–112. doi:10.1300/j162v06n03_06. [63] camisón, c., & monfort-mir, v. m. (2012). measuring innovation in tourism from the schumpeterian and the dynamiccapabilities perspectives. tourism management, 33(4), 776–789. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2011.08.012. [64] vergori, a. s. (2014). measuring innovation in services: the role of surveys. service industries journal, 34(2), 145–161. doi:10.1080/02642069.2013.763343. [65] morrar, r. (2014). innovation in services: a literature review. technology innovation management review, 4(4), 6–14. doi:10.22215/timreview780. [66] hjalager, a. m. (2002). repairing innovation defectiveness in tourism. tourism management, 23(5), 465–474. doi:10.1016/s0261-5177(02)00013-4. [67] orfila-sintes, f., crespí-cladera, r., & martínez-ros, e. (2005). innovation activity in the hotel industry: evidence from balearic islands. tourism management, 26(6), 851–865. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2004.05.005. [68] weiermair, k. (2004). product improvement or innovation: what is the key to success in tourism? in innovation and growth in tourism: vol. lugano, sw (pp. 53–69). oecd publishing, paris, france. [69] hjalager, a. m. (2010). a review of innovation research in tourism. tourism management, 31(1), 1–12. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2009.08.012. [70] alonso-almeida, m. del m., marimon, f., & bernardo, m. (2013). diffusion of quality standards in the hospitality sector. international journal of operations and production management, 33(5), 504–527. doi:10.1108/01443571311322706. [71] dzhandzhugazova, e. a., blinova, e. a., orlova, l. n., & romanova, m. m. (2016). innovations in hospitality industry. international journal of environmental and science education, 11(17), 10387–10400. [72] jones, p. (1996). managing hospitality innovation. cornell hotel and restaurant administration quarterly, 37(5), 86–95. doi:10.1016/0010-8804(96)88979-8. [73] walder, b. (2006). sources and determinants of innovationsthe role of market forces. in b. walder, k. weiermair, k., & a. s. perez (eds.), innovation and product development in tourism: creating sustainable competitive advantage. erich schmidt verlag, berlin, germany. [74] ottenbacher, m., & gnoth, j. (2005). how to develop successful hospitality innovation. cornell hotel and restaurant administration quarterly, 46(2), 205–222. doi:10.1177/0010880404271097. [75] djellal, f., & gallouj, f. (2008). a model for analysing the innovation dynamic in services: the case of “assembled” services. international journal of services, technology and management, 9(3–4), 285–304. doi:10.1504/ijstm.2008.019702. [76] djellal, f., & gallouj, f. (2010). services, innovation and performance: general presentation. journal of innovation economics & management, n° 5(1), 5–15. doi:10.3917/jie.005.0005. [77] biege, s., lay, g., zanker, c., & schmall, t. (2013). challenges of measuring service productivity in innovative, knowledgeintensive business services. service industries journal, 33(3–4), 378–391. doi:10.1080/02642069.2013.747514. [78] divisekera, s., & nguyen, v. k. (2018). determinants of innovation in tourism evidence from australia. tourism management, 67, 157–167. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2018.01.010. [79] wilson, j. q. (1966). innovation in organization: notes towards a theory. in j. d. thompson (ed.), approaches in organizational design (pp. 16–22). university of pittsburgh press, pittsburgh, pennsylvania, united states [80] shepard, h. a. innovation-resisting and innovation-producing organizations. the journal of business, 40(4), 470–477. [81] tornatzky, l. g., eveland, j. d., boylan, m. g., hetzner, w. a., johnson, e. c., roitman, d., & schneider, j. (1983). the process of technological innovation: reviewing the literature, national science foundation, university of michigan, michigan, united states. [82] damanpour, f. (1987). the adoption of technological, administrative, and ancillary innovations: impact of organizational factors. journal of management, 13(4), 675–688. doi:10.1177/014920638701300408. [83] van de ven, a. h., & rogers, e. m. (1988). innovations and organizations: critical perspectives. communication research, 15(5), 632–651. doi:10.1177/009365088015005007. [84] rogers, e. m. (2010). diffusion of innovations. simon and schuster, new york, united states. [85] marcus, a. a., & weber, m. j. externally-induced innovation. in a. h. v. ven, h. l. angle, & m. s. poole (eds.), research on the management of innovation: the minnesota studies (pp. 537–559). oxford university press, oxford, united kingdom. [86] rothwell, r. (1994). towards the fifth-generation innovation process. international marketing review, 11(1), 7–31. doi:10.1108/02651339410057491. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 114 [87] moore, g. c., & benbasat, i. (1991). development of an instrument to measure the perceptions of adopting an information technology innovation. information systems research, 2(3), 192–222. doi:10.1287/isre.2.3.192. [88] davis, f. d. (1989). perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology. mis quarterly: management information systems, 13(3), 319–339. doi:10.2307/249008. [89] lee, y., kozar, k. a., & larsen, k. r. t. (2003). the technology acceptance model: past, present, and future. communications of the association for information systems, 12(50), 752–780. doi:10.17705/1cais.01250. [90] chadee, d. d., & mattsson, j. (1996). an empirical assessment of customer satisfaction in tourism. service industries journal, 16(3), 305–320. doi:10.1080/02642069600000030. [91] orfila-sintes, f., & mattsson, j. (2009). innovation behavior in the hotel industry. omega, 37(2), 380–394. doi:10.1016/j.omega.2007.04.002. [92] grissemann, u. s., pikkemaat, b., & weger, c. (2013). antecedents of innovation activities in tourism: an empirical investigation of the alpine hospitality industry. tourism: an international interdisciplinary journal, 61(1), 7-27. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 85 issn: 2723-9535 production data analysis techniques for the evaluation of the estimated ultimate recovery (eur) in oil and gas reservoirs saber kh. elmabrouk 1, walid mohamed mahmud 2* 1 chemical & petroleum engineering, school of engineering and applied science, the libyan academy, tripoli, libya. 2 department of petroleum engineering, faculty of engineering, university of tripoli, tripoli, libya. received 23 november 2021; revised 18 january 2022; accepted 26 january 2022; published 01 march 2022 abstract the calculation of oil reserves (estimate ultimate recovery, eur) is required for reservoir management. it is important to differentiate between oil reserves and oil resources. the latter is roughly defined as the sum of recoverable and unrecoverable volumes of oil in place; whereas, the oil reserves can be defined as those amounts of oil anticipated to be commercially recoverable from a given date under defined conditions. however, there is always uncertainty when making reserve estimates, and the main source of uncertainty is the lack of available geological data. depending on the quantity and quality of the available data, different methods are used for the evaluation of the eur. a number of essentially straight-line extrapolation techniques (production data analysis) have been proposed to estimate the eur for oil and gas wells. thus, a detailed analysis of past performance of oil and water production data is required in order to predict the future performance of the oil and gas wells. this work utilized seven straight-line extrapolation techniques to estimate and compare the values of eur of three oil wells from the same reservoir. the comparison shows very similar estimated eur. keywords: estimated ultimate recovery; water oil ratio; reserve; x-plot; production data analysis; decline curve analysis. 1. introduction the calculation of expected initial oil in place and estimated ultimate recovery (eur) of oil and gas wells are required for evaluation and reservoir management purposes. it is important to differentiate between oil reserves (eur) and initial oil in place. the latter is roughly defined as the sum of recoverable and unrecoverable volumes of oil in place. whereas, the oil reserves can be defined as those amounts of oil anticipated to be commercially recoverable by applying development projects to known accumulations from a given date under defined conditions. however, there is always uncertainty when making reserve estimates. the main source of uncertainty is the lack of available geological data. depending on the quantity and quality of the available data, different methods are used for the evaluation of the eur [1-3]. for example, in the initial stage of development of the hydrocarbon deposit, there is very little information available; therefore, approximate estimates are usually made using analog or volumetric calculations. considering that, in the late stage of reservoir development, production data analysis and reservoir simulation methods are commonly employed. however, it is worthwhile to mention that the eur is the most important step toward taking any decisions regarding drilling activities, field development and reservoir management. simultaneously, it is the most difficult aspect of reservoir engineering, especially in the early life of the reservoir. several methods are used to * corresponding author: w.mahmud@uot.edu.ly http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-09  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3475-1104 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 86 estimate an eur, and the methods differ depending upon the purpose of the study and availability of the data. mainly, there are six methods available in the literature to estimate the oil and gas reserves; volumetric method [4], material balance method [5], production decline analysis (dca) [6], type curve analysis (tca) [7], numerical simulation method [8], water oil ratio (wor) [9] data analysis. commonly, oil and water production data are regularly measured with time. most oil wells which are produced by natural water drive or a pressure maintenance waterflood will produce water along with oil during their life. oil and water production history can be used in a number of ways; however, the dca, and wor data analysis techniques are utilized in this study where the historical oil and water production data for three selected oil wells was analyzed in order to determine eur. in most cases, wor is used as an analytical tool. wor data is a performance-based method of trending future water production for the purpose of forecasting oil production, water production, and determining expected eur. water-cut (wc) or water fractional flow (fw) and oil-cut or oil fractional flow (fo) are alternatives ratio forecasting methods to wor. all the proposed techniques consider straight-line relationship techniques and extrapolating the past performance on the plot. a number of essentially empirical methods have been proposed in the literature to evaluate the waterflood performance and to calculate the eur that consider the linearity of late-time behavior of the wor. the objective of those efforts was to provide a semi-analytical representation for natural water drive and/or waterflooding mechanisms in oil production. nevertheless, the oil production decline is caused by reduction in oil saturation and oil relative permeability. unfortunately, in most cases, this method is applicable only for the analysis of late stage of a waterflood (for values of wc greater than 50%). the expression for the steady-state radial flow of oil and water are presented in equation 1. simultaneously, fw in the reservoir is the ratio of the water production rate and the total liquid production as illustrated in equations 2 and 3. likewise, oil fractional flow, fo, is the ratio of the oil production to the total liquid production. 𝑞 = 𝑘ℎ 141.2 𝐵𝜇 1 𝑙 n( 𝑟𝑒 𝑟𝑤 ) ∆𝑝 (1) 𝑓𝑤 = 𝑞𝑤 𝑞𝑤+𝑞𝑜 (2) from 1 and 2 we get: 𝑓𝑤 = 1 1+ 𝑘𝑜 𝜇𝑤 𝐵𝑤 𝑘𝑤 𝜇𝑜 𝐵𝑜 (3) 𝑓𝑜 = 𝑞𝑜 𝑞𝑤+𝑞𝑜 (4) since all the used techniques to establish the eur mentioned are depending on a straight-line trend, espinel and barrufet (2009) [10] wondered about the accuracy of the selection of the straight-line zone. is the straight-line zone always present? how long is it? is it always correct to extrapolate it to find ultimate recovery at an assumed economic limit? where does the straight-line zone begin and where does it end? they developed an alternative technique, based on multiple regression analysis, to calculate reservoir performance and eur. the proposed method provides slops and intercepts of straight line zone of the plot of the wor versus recovery factors from the water breakthrough time to the point where the maximum economic recovery factor. generally speaking, the lifecycle of an oilfield is typically characterized by three main stages: production build-up, plateau production, and declining production. sustaining the levels of production required during the duration of the life cycle requires a good understanding and the ability to control the recovery mechanisms involved. one of the more significant key elements that effecting oil production rates during the life cycle of the field is downhole environment. it was confirmed by ben mahmud et al. (2016) [11] and busahmin et al. (2017) [12] that when production wells were drilled and completion properly, they show a significant impact on the oil recovery. 2. oilfield case studies a detailed analysis of the past oil, gas and water production performance was conducted for the simultaneous evaluation of eur. however, due to the uncertainty in the accuracy of extrapolation methods, as well as the lack of a completely rigorous mathematical basis, this study applies seven different extrapolation techniques:  decline curve analysis o log(qo) versus production time, t; o qo versus np; o 1/qo versus to; hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 87  wor extrapolated methods o log(fw) versus np; o fo versus np; o 1/fw versus np, and;  x-plot technique o np versus x-function. such an approach would provide a validation for the eur results, and although there is no single perfect extrapolation technique, comparing the results obtained from different methods would provide consistency and a validation element. in this case study, three oil wells (a-01, a-06 and a-28) from a libyan oilfield located in sirte basin (figure 1) were selected to utilize seven straight-line extrapolation techniques to estimate and compare the values of eur. figure 1. the sirte basin is a libyan oilfield [13] hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 88 2.1. decline curve analysis (dca) arps (1945) [14] proposed the curvature in the production rare versus time. the method can be described by doing a plot of oil or gas production data rate versus time that could be extrapolated to provide an estimate of future rate of production for a well or a field. with this forecasting, it is possible to determine the eur of the well or the field. however, the basic assumption in the dca is that the parameters controlling the decline trend of the curve in the past will continue to govern the trend in the future in a uniform manner. however, the normal shape of the decline curve effected by several factors: (1) human factors, such as restricted production rate to the allowable rate setup by regulatory body, marketing, or due to shutting down of wells for well testing, workover, etc. (2) production conditions, such as changing the number of producers, changing the lift conditions, changing the productivity index due to permeability changing around the wellbore, and changing the surface conditions. (3) reservoir factors, such as reservoir drive mechanism, reservoir rock and fluid properties, relative permeability curves and using of water injection, water flooding and eor techniques. dca uses empirical equations that models how the flow rate changes with time assuming a certain decline rate. it is one of the most used forms of data analysis to evaluate gas and oil reserves and predict future production. this technique is based on the assumption that past production trends and their control factors will continue in the future and; therefore, can be extrapolated and described by one of the three mathematical expressions; (1) exponential decline (2) harmonic decline and (3) hyperbolic decline. a major assumption here is that the most dominant past behavior will govern the future behavior of the well's performance. obviously, this is not necessarily true but works in many cases. it could also yield reasonable results when more wells are lumped together. however, this technique ignores any geological information from the field and, therefore, could give very unreasonable results in some cases. there are some factors that affect the trend of production decline. the main factors may include; (1) human factors (such as the restriction of the production rate to the allowable rate setup by the regulatory body, restriction due to the marketing or shutting down of wells for well testing), (2) production conditions (such as changing number of producers, changing lifting conditions, changing the productivity index of the well due to acidification, damage, hydraulic fracturing or re-perforations), or change surface conditions (such as changing the well head pressure or separator pressure), and (3) reservoir factors (such as reservoir drive mechanisms, reservoir fluid and rock properties or the use of pressure maintenance, waterflooding and eor techniques). equation 5 presents the general form for decline curve analysis, and equation 6 presents the cumulative production formula. however, exponential (b=0) and harmonic (b=1) decline are special cases of these formulas. 𝑞 = 𝑞𝑖 (1+𝐷 𝑏 𝑡)1/𝑏 (5) 𝑁𝑝 = 𝑞𝑡 𝑏 𝐷(1−𝑏) [𝑞𝑖 1−𝑏 − 𝑞1−𝑏] (6) variables; q = current production rate; qi = initial production rate (start of production); d = initial nominal decline rate at t = 0; t = cumulative time since start of production; b = decline constant normally has a value 0 < b < 1; np = cumulative production being analyzed. the exponential decline curve technique uses a semi log plot of q versus t. in general, this plot provides a linear trend, which can be extrapolated to any future time or a desired economic production limit. the corresponding value of np can be estimated from that extrapolation. the governing equation for the case of the exponential production decline is given by equation 7. 𝑞𝑜 = 𝑞𝑖𝑒 −𝐷𝑡 (7) from equation 7, a rate-cumulative production relationship can be developed. the definition of cumulative production is given by: 𝑁𝑝 = ∫ 𝑞𝑜𝑑𝑡 𝑡 0 (8) substituting equation 7 into equation 8 and integrating yields: np = ∫ qi t 0 e−dtdt = 1 d {qi − qie −dt} (9) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 89 substituting equation 8 into the last part of equation 9 yields: 𝑁𝑝 = 1 𝐷 (𝑞𝑖 − 𝑞𝑜) (10) equation 10 can be used to obtain the eur by using the data obtained from the plot of qo versus t and at a desired economic production limit. in addition, by solving equation 10 for qo the rate-cumulative production relationship can be obtained as in equation 10. 𝑞𝑜 = 𝑞𝑖 − 𝐷𝑁𝑝 (11) 𝑳𝒐𝒈(𝒒𝒐) versus production time, 𝒕 the three oil wells were found to be declining exponentially (b = 0), and their rate time performances are presented in figures 2 to 4. most of the plots presented a linear trend, and the value of the eur is obtained at qo value of 100 bpd. the results are summarized in table 1. figure 2. oil production rate versus production time for well a01 figure 3. oil production rate versus production time for well a06 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 90 𝑳𝒐𝒈(𝒒𝒐) versus production time, 𝒕 table 1. eur from log(qo) vs. production time, t well straight-line eq. decline rate, d eur a01 qo =10500 exp(-1.9943e-04 t) 0.0728/year 52.40mm stb a06 qo = 6.72e+03 exp(-1.91e-04 t) 0.0697/year 33.37mm stb a28 qo = 3.48e+03 exp(-2.754e-04 t) 0.1005/year 12.45mm stb figure 4. oil production rate versus production time for well a28 oil production rate, 𝒒𝒐 versus cumulative oil production, 𝑵𝒑 the plots of qo vs np for a01, a06 and a28 are presented in the figures 5 to 7 respectively. the values of the eur for each well are evaluated at qo value of 100 bpd. table 2 illustrated the results of eur of the wells. figure 5. oil production rate versus cumulative oil production for well a01 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 91 figure 6. oil production rate versus cumulative oil production for well a06 figure 7. oil production rate versus cumulative oil production for well a28 reciprocal of oil rate, 𝟏/𝒒𝒐 versus oil material balance time, 𝒕𝒐 bondar and blasingame (2002) [15] and blasingame and reese (2007) [16] applied a reciprocal rate method to estimate eur. the approach required a plot of the reciprocal flowrate (1/q) and material balance time, to, (np/q) assuming a constant flowing bottom-hole pressure (pwf), which has the following relation: 1 𝑞 = 𝑐 + 𝑚 [ 𝑁𝑝 𝑞 ] (12) in contrast, the plot 1/q versus to yields a straight line with slop of m = 1/eur. nonetheless, blasingame and reese (2007) [16] shown that the method should tolerate arbitrary changes in pwf particularly smooth changes. they, also, noticed that this approach has proven to be robust and consistent, likewise, it can be applied in all cases for oil and gas wells and it is more rigorous than arps approch. figures 8 to 10 illustrated the reciprocal of oil rate. the plots yield a linear trend for all the time period. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 92 figure 8. reciprocal of oil rate, 𝟏/𝒒𝒐 versus oil material balance time, to for well a01 figure 9. reciprocal of oil rate, 𝟏/𝒒𝒐versus oil material balance time, to for well a06 figure 10. reciprocal of oil rate, 𝟏/𝒒𝒐versus oil material balance time, to for well a28 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 93 table 3. eur from reciprocal of oil rate versus oil material balance time well straight-line eq. eur a01 1/qo = 1.55e-05 + 1.91e-08 to 52.36mm stb a06 1/qo = 7.37e-05+1.56e-8 to 64.10mm stb a28 1/qo =2.08e-04+8e-08 to 12.50mm stb 2.2. semi-steady state wor extrapolated method the analysis and interpretation of the oil and water production data (wor, fw, and fo functions) take into consideration presence of both the oil and water phases flowing simultaneously in the reservoir. in 1990, lo et al. [17] suggested using log(wor) versus np to obtain the eur. they, also, investigated the dependence of the wor versus np plot on different well and reservoir characteristics. the results establish that the slop of the straight-line trend effected by conducting numerical simulations in 2d and 3d systems and by investigation various effects. they concluded that a linear relationship between the log(wor) and np adequately fit many of their results. however, it is important to bear in mind that this type of plot (log wor versus np) cannot be used to directly estimate the value of the eur as needs some core data. chan (1995) [18] used numerical simulation to examine the sensitivity of wor versus time on various of reservoir and production factors. he conjectured that a log-log plot of the curve can be used to diagnose the origin of the water production. motivated by chan’s work, yorsos et al. in 1999 provided a fundamental investigated by conducting analytical and numerical studies of waterflooding under variety of condition to analyze the behavior of wor curves in various time domains. they concluded that the relationship between the wor and time contains two effects, one due to the relative permeability and mobility and the other due to the production geometry. bondar and blasingame (2002) [15] discussed various straight-line methods for the wor functions in various forms (log wor, log fw, and fo) versus the np. they, also, proposed two straight-line trend plots to estimate the eur; 1/fw versus np, and 1/qo versus np/qo. the plot of 1/fw versus np yields an apparent linear trend that can be extrapolated to provide an estimate of eur. to reduce the uncertainty of eur three analysis plots are applied here for wor extrapolated method; (1) log(fw) versus np (2) fo versus np, and (3) 1/fw versus np. all the plots, however, show a linear trend at late-time wor behavior when the value of fw function approaches 0.5 (wc = 50%) or higher. consequently, the plots can estimate the value of the mobile oil (eur) by extrapolating the wor linear trend to an economic limit of the wor function, which in this study was selected to be at 99% wc. typically, the plots show a high degree of scatter in the earliest production data, which could be due to the realization that these data represent transient or transition flow behavior. 𝑳𝒐𝒈(𝒇𝒘) versus 𝑵𝒑 figures 11 to 13 show the plot of log(fw) versus np. obviously, the semi-steady state wor period produced a straight-line which extrapolated to wc 99% as an economic limit. the results are summarized in table 4. figure 11. fractional flow of water versus cumulative oil production for well a01 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 94 figure 12. fractional flow of water versus cumulative oil production for well a06 figure 13. fractional flow of water versus cumulative oil production for well a28 table 4. eur from log(fw) versus np well straight-line eq. eur a01 fw = 1.87e-07 exp(2.94e-07 np) 52.67mm stb a06 fw = 0.01 exp(7.16e-08 np) 64.32mm stb a28 fw = 0.122 exp(16.9e-08 np) 12.40mm stb 𝒇𝒐 versus 𝑵𝒑 figures 14 to 16 show the plot of fo versus np. the late datapoints (semi-steady state) formed a straight-line trend. this straight line was extrapolated to an economic limit of 99% wc in order to obtain the eur and summarized in table 5. table 5. eur from fo versus np well straight-line eq. eur a01 fo=12 2.28522e-07 np 52.51mm stb a06 fo = 8.5 1.3381e-07 np 63.52mm stb a28 fo = 1.20 9.35e-08 np 12.80mm stb hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 95 figure 14. fractional flow of oil versus cumulative oil production for well a01 figure 15. fractional flow of oil versus cumulative oil production for well a06 figure 16. fractional flow of oil versus cumulative oil production for well a28 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 96 𝟏/𝒇𝒘 versus 𝑵𝒑 the figures 17 to 19 show the semi-state state of fw vs np extraplotated technique of the well a01, a06 and a28 respectively. the figures show linear trend of the late datapoints and the results eur are tabolated in table 6. figure 17. reciprocal of fractional flow of water versus cumulative oil production for well a01 figure 18. reciprocal of fractional flow of water versus cumulative oil production for well a06 figure 19. reciprocal of fractional flow of water versus cumulative oil production for well a28 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 97 table 6. eur from 1/fw versus np well straight-line eq. eur a01 1/fw=19 3.416e-07 np 52.67mm stb a06 1//fw = 2.62 2.5e-08 np 64.80mm stb a28 1/fw = 1.92 7.187e-08 np 12.80mm stb 2.3. x-plot the x-plot technique is based on fractional flow and the buckley-leverett calculations. based on ershaghi & omorigie (1978). [19], an interesting application of the x-plot method is that the linear plot of np versus x-function (equation 12) gives a straight line that can be extrapolated to any desired wc (economic fw) as a mechanism for determining the corresponding eur. the extrapolation of the past performance on the plot is a complicated task. the difficulty arises mainly because a curve fitting by simple polynomial approximation does not result in satisfactory answers in most cases. due to the fact that x-function has a parabolic shape the recommendation is to restrict this technique to fw greater than 50%. differentiating x-function with respect to fw and equating the first derivative to zero can prove this restriction. ershaghi and abdassah (1984) [20] provides a detailed explanation of this concept. 𝑥 = ln ( 1 𝑓𝑤 − 1) − 1 𝑓𝑤 (12) lijek (1989) [21] examined various wor analysis techniques and presented analytical methods by which the oil rate can be modeled as a function of time. he examined the linearity of; wor versus np, x-plot method, and 1 𝑊𝑂𝑅 + 𝑊𝑂𝑅 versus cumulative water injection (wi). bondar and blasingame (2002) [15] considered that the x-plot technique gave the least consistent results compared to the other methods used. straight-line extrapolation methods produced more consistent estimates of eur than the xplot technique. also, they concluded that the x-function plot typically does not develop a clear straight-line trend. according, the logarithm of wor, wc, or fw function plotted against np is commonly used for evaluation and prediction of waterflood performance. this presumed semi-log plot of fw and oil recovery allows extrapolation of the straight line to any desired fw as a mechanism for determining the corresponding eur. straight line extrapolation method assumes that the mobility ratio is equal to unity and the plot of the log of relative permeability ratio of the lowing liquids, (krw/kro), versus water saturation, sw, is a straight line. yang (2009) [22] proposed two types of linear plots based on so-called y-function (equation 13 and 14); (1) plotting y versus td on the log-log scale gives a straight line trend with a slop of -1 and an intercept of ev/b, and (2) plotting y versus reciprocal-of-time (1/td) is also a straight line with an intercipt of zero and a slop of ev/b. 𝑌 = ( 𝐸𝑉 𝐵 ) 1 𝑡𝐷 (13) with the oil-fraction flow, y is defined as; 𝑌 = 𝑓𝑜(1 − 𝑓𝑜 ) (14) where b is the relative permeability ratio parameter, and ev is the volumetric sweep efficincy. the parameter td is the ratio of cumulative liquid production to the total pore volume (pv) of the waterflood pattern area (swept and unswept). yang indicated that forecasting can be performed with the historical-production data without needing to calculate parameter ev and b or without the need of knowing reservir volume. plotting y vesus ql and y versus 1/ql on log-log scale yaldeis the features. likewise, he showed that these plots can be applied to forecast the oil fraction flow and then to calculate the oil rate with known liquid rate. the analysis technique improve the reliability of eur and production forecats. the y-function method, as a performance diagnostic analysis method, can diagnose the production history for breakthrough timing. the flow regime diagram of the y-function versus cumulative liquid production on the log-log scale are presented in figure 20. a nearly constant y-function value of 0.25 or slightly less is an indication of primary production behavior. when water breakthrough occurs, the y-function starts to decline with slop of -1 (yang, 2012) [23]. in a more recent study, yang (2017) [24] declared that the waterflood analytical methods are obtained by solving 1d buckly-levertt equations [25] in the x-plot conditions. the dependent variable can be classified into two groups: cumulative production (oil, water, liquid or recovery factor) and water-cut feature variables. the water-cut feature variables can be various forms: fw, fo, wor, x-plot function or y-function. as well, he proposed analytical approach for x-plot method as follows: (1) use y-function to confirm water breakthrough timing, to clarify possible impact or hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 98 reconfiguration events, and to select a post-breakthrough reference point on the linear trend; (2) obtain cumulative liquid and oil (ql, qo) and fo for the reference point; and (3) calculate the slop, m of the straight-line trend and the xvalue on the reference point, which will then solve for the intercept, n. when the parameters m and n are available, the x-plot method is used to predict the eur. he concluded that the procedure of combining the x-plot method and yfunction method will reduce uncertainty in the eur determination. 𝑋 = 𝑙𝑛 ( 1 𝑓𝑤 − 1) − 1 𝑓𝑤 ; 𝑛 = (𝑆𝑤 − 1 𝐵 𝑙𝑛 𝐴 𝑀 ) ; 𝑚 = 1 𝐵 (15) where m is the mobility ratio, b is a constant in the expression of the straight line in the semi-log oil to water relative permeability versus water saturation (𝑘𝑟𝑜 𝑘𝑟𝑤⁄ = 𝐴𝑒−𝐵𝑆𝑤), and a is a constant. figure 20. flow-regime diagram for production surveillance bondar and blasingame (2002) [15] mentioned that in all of the cases they considered, the x-plot technique gave the least consistent results compared to the other methods used. contrary, yang (2017) [24] reported that applying of x-plot method in analytical approach reduces uncertainty in the eur determination. in this study the x-plot of the three oil wells show that the late datapoints formed a straight-line trend as described in figures 21 to 23. the assessment of eur are illustrated in table 7. . figure 21. x-plot for well a01 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 99 figure 22. x-plot for well a06 figure 23. x-plot for well a28 table 7. eur from x-plot well straight-line eq. eur a01 np = 5.2e+07 – 51000 x 52.40mm stb a06 np = 5.8e+07 – 9.8e+05 x 64.00mm stb a28 np = 10900000-250000 x 12.30mm stb 3. conclusions estimated ultimate recovery of oil and gas wells are required for evaluation and reservoir management purposes even though there is always uncertainty when making reserve estimates. depending on the quantity and quality of the available data, different methods are used for the evaluation of the eur. employment of oil and water production data for reserve estimate have a certain degree of uncertainty; therefore, different methods should be applied to reduce this uncertainty. in fact, oil and water production data are regularly measured with time, which can be analyzed in a number of ways. the analysis and interpretation of the oil and water production data (wor, fw, and fo functions) take into consideration presence of both the oil and water phases flowing simultaneously in the reservoir. in particular, this paper provides verification and application of calculating the eur from oil and water production data. the analysis consisted of performing plots of different owr functions versus time or cumulative production that could be extrapolated to provide an estimate of future rate of production for a well or a field. the success of this method depends on our selection of straight line points. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 100 three field examples from libyan oilfield were analyzed with seven different extrapolation techniques:  log(qo) versus production time, t;  qo versus np;  1/qo versus to  log(fw) versus np;  fo versus np;  1/fw versus np, and;  np versus x-function. these techniques should be applied simultaneously in order to obtain consistent approximate of the eur. we believe that due to the uncertainty in the accuracy of these extrapolation methods and the lack of a fully rigorous mathematical basis, the best approach is to use as many extrapolation techniques as possible. this approach helps comparing the results obtained with different approaches providing consistency and a validation element. the results are summarized in table 8, illustrating reliable results. table 8. eur results method plot eur well a01 well a06 well a28 dca log(qo) vs. t 52.40mm 33.37mm 12.45mm qo vs. np 52.36mm 63.32mm 12.40mm 1/qo vs. to 52.36mm 64.10mm 12.50mm semi-steady state wor log(fw) vs. np 52.67mm 64.32mm 12.40mm fo vs. np 52.51mm 63.52mm 12.80mm 1/fw vs. np 52.67mm 64.80mm 12.80mm x-function x-plot 52.40mm 64.00mm 12.30mm 4. declarations 4.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.k.e. and w.m.m.; methodology, w.m.m.; formal analysis, s.k.e. and w.m.m.; writing— original draft preparation, s.k.e. and w.m.m.; writing—review and editing, s.k.e. and w.m.m. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 4.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable due to a specific agreement with the company that provided the data. 4.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 4.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 5. references [1] liu, y.-y., ma, x.-h., zhang, x.-w., guo, w., kang, l.-x., yu, r.-z., & sun, y.-p. (2021). a deep-learning-based prediction method of the estimated ultimate recovery (eur) of shale gas wells. petroleum science, 18(5), 1450–1464. doi:10.1016/j.petsci.2021.08.007. [2] mehana, m., callard, j., kang, q., & viswanathan, h. (2020). monte carlo simulation and production analysis for ultimate recovery estimation of shale wells. journal of natural gas science and engineering, 83, 103584. doi:10.1016/j.jngse.2020.103584. [3] wang, k., li, h., wang, j., jiang, b., bu, c., zhang, q., & luo, w. (2017). predicting production and estimated ultimate recoveries for shale gas wells: a new methodology approach. applied energy, 206, 1416–1431. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2017.09.119. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 101 [4] karacaer, c. ., & onur, m. . (2012). analytical probabilistic reserve estimation by volumetric method and aggregation of resources. all days. doi:10.2118/162875-ms. [5] sun, h., cao, w., li, j., jia, w., li, y., wu, y., … meng, g. (2021). a material balance based practical analysis method to improve the dynamic reserve evaluation reliability of ultra-deep gas reservoirs with ultra-high pressure. natural gas industry b, 8(1), 79–87. doi:10.1016/j.ngib.2020.07.004. [6] hu, y., weijermars, r., zuo, l., & yu, w. (2018). benchmarking eur estimates for hydraulically fractured wells with and without fracture hits using various dca methods. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 162, 617–632. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2017.10.079. [7] okoro, e. e., okoh, a., ekeinde, e. b., & dosunmu, a. (2019). reserve estimation using decline curve analysis for boundary-dominated flow dry gas wells. arabian journal for science and engineering, 44(6), 6195–6204. doi:10.1007/s13369-019-03749-2. [8] al-fatlawi, o. f. (2018). numerical simulation for the reserve estimation and production optimization from tight gas reservoirs doctoral dissertation, curtin university, public university in perth, australia. [9] rabiei, minou, ritu gupta, yaw peng cheong, and gerardo a. sanchez soto. “a novel approach in extracting predictive information from water-oil ratio for enhanced water production mechanism diagnosis.” the appea journal 50, no. 1 (2010): 567. doi:10.1071/aj09034. [10] espinel diaz, a. l., & barrufet, m. a. (2009). a generalized semi-analytical and statistical model to estimate oil and water production, pore volume injected, and ultimate recovery in mature waterflooding projects. all days. doi:10.2118/122749ms. [11] ben mahmud, h., huque, m. m., & mandal, p. c. (2017). developing optimum production strategy of kailashtilla gas field and economic analysis. icipeg 2016, 809–817. doi:10.1007/978-981-10-3650-7_70. [12] busahmin, b., saeid, n. h., alusta, g., & zahran, e. s. m. (2017). review on hole cleaning for horizontal wells. arpn journal of engineering and applied sciences, 12(16), 4697-4708. [13] ahlbrandt, t. s. (2001). the sirte basin province of libya: sirte-zelten total petroleum system. us department of the interior, us geological survey, 1-29. [14] arps, j. j. (1945). analysis of decline curves. transactions of the aime, 160(01), 228–247. doi:10.2118/945228-g. [15] bondar, v. v., & blasingame, t. a. (2002). analysis and interpretation of water-oil-ratio performance. journal society of petroleum engineers. [16] blasingame, t. a., ilk, d., & reese, p. d. (2007). estimation of reserves using the reciprocal rate method. all days. doi:10.2118/107981-ms. [17] lo, k. k., warner, h. r., & johnson, j. b. (1990). a study of the post-breakthrough characteristics of waterflood. all days. doi:10.2118/20064-ms. [18] chan, k.s. (1995) water control diagnostic plots. paper spe 30775 presented at the 1995 annual technical conference and exhibition, dallas, tx, 22-25 october. [19] ershaghi, i., & omorigie, o. (1978). a method for extrapolation of cut vs recovery curves. journal of petroleum technology, 30(02), 203–204. doi:10.2118/6977-pa. [20] ershaghi, i., & abdassah, d. (1984). a prediction technique for immiscible processes using field performance data. journal of petroleum technology, 36(04), 664–670. doi:10.2118/10068-pa. [21] lijek, s. j. (1989). simple performance plots used in rate-time determination and waterflood analysis. spe annual technical conference and exhibition. doi:10.2118/19847-ms. [22] yang, z. (2009). a new diagnostic analysis method for waterflood performance. spe reservoir evaluation & engineering, 12(02), 341–351. doi:10.2118/113856-pa. [23] yang, z. (2012). production-performance diagnostics using field-production data and analytical models: method and case study for the hydraulically fractured south belridge diatomite. spe reservoir evaluation & engineering, 15(06), 712–724. doi:10.2118/153138-pa. [24] yang, z. (2017). clarifying and improving the application of waterflood analytical methods in x-plot conditions – from empirical approach to analytical approach. day 3 tue, april 25, 2017. doi:10.2118/185726-ms. [25] meulenbroek, b., gargar, n. k., & bruining, h. (2020). an engineering approach to study the effect of saturation-dependent capillary diffusion on radial buckley-leverett flow. computational geosciences, 25(2), 637–653. doi:10.1007/s10596-02009993-y. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 1 issn: 2723-9535 the use of a convolutional neural network in detecting soldering faults from a printed circuit board assembly muhammad bilal akhtar 1* 1 department of signal processing, kth royal institute of technology, stockholm, sweden. received 21 september 2021; revised 15 december 2021; accepted 24 december 2021; published 01 march 2022 abstract automatic optical inspection (aoi) is any method of detecting defects during a printed circuit board (pcb) manufacturing process. early aoi methods were based on classic image processing algorithms using a reference pcb. the traditional methods require very complex and inflexible preprocessing stages. with recent advances in the field of deep learning, especially convolutional neural networks (cnn), automating various computer vision tasks has been established. limited research has been carried out in the past on using cnn for aoi. the present systems are inflexible and require a lot of preprocessing steps or a complex illumination system to improve the accuracy. this paper studies the effectiveness of using cnn to detect soldering bridge faults in a pcb assembly. the paper presents a method for designing an optimized cnn architecture to detect soldering faults in a pcba. the proposed cnn architecture is compared with the state-of-the-art object detection architecture, namely yolo, with respect to detection accuracy, processing time, and memory requirement. the results of our experiments show that the proposed cnn architecture has a 3.0% better average precision, has 50% less number of parameters and infers in half the time as yolo. the experimental results prove the effectiveness of using cnn in aoi by using images of a pcb assembly without any reference image, any complex preprocessing stage, or a complex illumination system. keywords: automatic optical inspection; deep learning; neural network; object detection; printed circuit board assembly; yolo. 1. introduction a printed circuit board (pcb) is a mechanical structure that holds and connects electronic components. a pcb without electronic components installed is also called a bare pcb. soldering is used to fix the electronic components in place on the pcb permanently by applying hot copper liquid onto a joint. after placing the electronic components onto the bare pcb it becomes a printed circuit board assembly (pcba). with the development of technology, demand for electronic products to contain more features and be smaller in size has emerged. this demand has in turn caused the pcba area to be smaller, more complex and denser. from enhanced complexity stems the need for accuracy. pcba problems are often very costly to correct [1]. that is why, in a pcba mass production process, the inspection of pcba is considered an important task. for years, manual visual inspection (mvi) has acted as the de facto test process for pcba. this, coupled with an electrical test, such as an in-circuit or functional test, was deemed enough to detect major placement and soldering errors [2]. manual modes of inspection had a low reliability rate and were often affected by visual fatigue [3, 4]. pcba production process consists of three main steps. 1) solder paste layering on the board's surface; 2) component positioning; and 3) solder joint shaping by reflowing the solder paste. at each step of the production process, different * corresponding author: bilal_akhtar88@yahoo.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6078-0630 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 2 defects could occur that could be detected by stage specific aoi. inspection after the first stage is called "solder paste inspection (spi)". the inspection techniques applied after the second stage are known as automatic placement inspection (api) techniques, while the inspection carried out after the third stage is known as post soldering inspection (psi). it is observed that in all the pcba processes, 90% of the faults are only detectable during psi [5]. possible faults occurring at this stage are solder bridge (a form of short in which solder creates a short circuit between two pins not meant to be connected), cold solder (a form of open where solder has not melted to create an electrical connection between the pin and the board), and dry-joint (where solder has not been applied to a pin, and bare copper is visible), to name some. to detect structural defects at an early stage in the pcba manufacturing process is necessary to reduce the pcba production cost. many complex and high-cost techniques have been proposed in the industry, such as using x-ray, optical, ultrasonic, and thermal imaging [6]. using classical image processing algorithms, automated optical inspection (aoi), also known as automated visual inspection (avi) was proposed as a technique that improved diagnostic capabilities in terms of speed and tasks. moganti et al. (1996) proposed a categorization of aoi algorithms based on the way information is treated, i.e., a referential approach and a non-referential approach [5]. the referential method compares the image to be inspected with a defect-free template, requires high alignment accuracy, and is sensitive to illumination. the non-referential approach works by checking if the image to be detected satisfies the general design rules, paving the way to losing irregular defects that do not satisfy the design rules. these image processing and classification algorithms take a lot of computational configuration and are usually defect specific. they can’t be found useful across multiple pcbas. because of its ability to self-learn and its promising potential for generalizability on object classification and detection tasks, cnn has been successful in replacing traditional computer vision algorithms. the deep network architecture of cnn [7] can detect discrimination features from all the input images on its own, so we do not need individuals to define image features. with improved computing machines, especially gpus [8], the detection process has become so fast that on-line pcba fault detection is possible using cnn. this paper outlines a method to design an optimal cnn architecture for soldering fault detection in a pcba. it presents a novel cnn architecture that performs well in detecting soldering bridge faults on pcbas from a single image without requiring any pre-processing step or a referential pcba image. the dataset contains images of different pcbas with soldering bridge faults. the dataset is small and imbalanced, so various data augmentation techniques were used. the rest of the paper is structured as follows; section 2 outlines the limitations of the previous research done in using cnn for aoi. section 3 describes the methodology used to design the optimized cnn architecture. section 4 presents the results of the optimized cnn architecture with the yolo architecture. section 5 concludes the paper and outlines the future work. 2. literature review in the early days of the pcba manufacturing industry, inspection tasks were performed by humans who were fatigued from perfunctory tasks. a comprehensive summary of the advancements in aoi systems over time has been given in huang and pan, (2015) [1], moganti et al. (1996) [5], taha et al. (2014) [9], harlow (1982) [10], and chin (1988) [11]. according to a report stated in loh and lu (1999) [12], solder joint defects correspond to 55% of the total faults in a pcba. aoi can be broadly classified into three main categories, namely referential, non-referential, and hybrid methods [5]. referential aoi systems compare the image of the pcb under test to a template image of the pcb that is free of any defects [13-15]. referential methods include image subtraction, introduced by lee (1978) [16], feature matching or template matching as used by hara et al. (1983) [17], and comparing the compression codes [18]. referential methods are susceptible to degraded performance due to image misalignment and variations in environmental conditions when capturing images. non-referential methods remove the misalignment issues from the inspection process and are based on general design rule verification [19, 20]. non-referential methods require complete knowledge of the pcba design. hybrid methods combine the positive effects of both referential and non-referential methods. various forms of ai have been widely used in hybrid approaches, with different referential methods used as a preprocessing step for localizing the fault area in the image [21]. to control the variations in illumination conditions while capturing the image of the pcb, most aoi systems provide complex user-controlled illuminations [22, 23], e.g., three ring-shaped leds as shown in figure 1. the biggest potential barrier to aoi is its inflexibility and reliance on system configuration. cnn is a self-learning process that has potential for generalizability. however, most of the work done on aoi using cnn has been very preliminary and in its initial phase. previous applications of cnn have been mainly focused on bare pcbs using a reference image, a computation-intensive preprocessing step, a complex illumination system, or a combination of these [24-28]. acciani et al. (2006) [29] proposed a general architecture for applying very shallow neural networks in aoi based on hand-crafted features. fanni et al. (2000) [30] used the energy components from the fast fourier transform (fft) and haar transform (ht) as the input feature set. classic machine learning algorithms with input from selected feature hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 3 sets [31-33]. cnn [34, 35] has achieved outstanding results in image classification and detection tasks [36, 37]. a cnn takes in the whole image and learns the features necessary for classification and detection, whereas previous classifiers take a set of manually selected features. a huge amount of data is needed to train a cnn that generalizes well. for developing cnn based aoi, researchers feel a great void in the availability of publicly accessible, huge and diverse datasets. tang et al. (2019) [26] and huang and wei (2019) [25], the authors present a publicly available dataset that contains examples of defects on a bare pcb only. these datasets cannot be used to design a cnn for post-soldering aoi systems. figure 1. three ring leds structure taken from wu and zhang (2014) [27] tang et al. (2019) [26] proposes a template image based object detection cnn that treats the faults in a pcb as objects. currently various cnn algorithms exist for object detection that try to balance the accuracy of the cnn with architecture efficiency. these object detection cnns are broadly divided into two stage detectors or single stage detectors. r-cnn (regions with cnn features) [38] is a famous two stage detector that uses selective search [39], in stage one, to generate region proposals, also called regions of interest (roi). in a later version, fast r-cnn [40], the whole image passes through a cnn once instead of applying cnn on each roi individually. in faster r-cnn [41] the region proposal algorithm is integrated into the cnn. even after all the advances r-cnn is very slow but performs very well in terms of prediction accuracy making r-cnn impossible to infer in real-time. overfeat combines the classification and localization tasks into single object detection cnn [42] that is faster but less accurate than r-cnn. yolo (you only look once) [43] is simple single stage object detection cnn that divides the image into a grid of fixed size and for each grid cell it detects the bounding box coordinates through regression and the class probabilities for a fixed number of anchor boxes. yolo was able to generalize well, corroborated by its ability to predict objects from hand painted images. it is the fastest object detection algorithm even though it drags down the performance in accuracy. in a better version yolov2 [44], the authors have used batch normalization for faster convergence during training; a custom feature extraction network that makes it faster; a convolutional anchor box predictions instead of fully connected layer that has shown to increase the prediction accuracy at the expense of increased false detection i.e. detecting an object in a grid cell that was not present in reality, and a pass-through layer to use fine-grained features from an earlier layer leading to increased accuracy performance than earlier version of yolo. yolov3 [45] was further improved by incorporating feature pyramid representation for multiscale detection and increase in the number of feature extraction layers with residual connections that improved its accuracy significantly. figure 2 represents the working principal of yolo. lin et al. (2018) demonstrates for the first-time application of famous object detection cnn, yolov2, for detecting capacitors on a pcba image [46]. adibhatla et al. (2020) designed a deep learning algorithm based on the yolo approach for detecting defects on a bare pcb [47]. khare et al. (2020) [48] has used yolov3 to detect missing components from a pcba using dataset from [49] that labels each ic component on pcba image. to the best of the author’s knowledge at the time of writing this paper this is the first work on the effectiveness of using cnn for aoi of a pcba from 2 dimensional colored image of the pcba without requiring a referential image, or any pre-processing step, or a complex illumination system. in our experiment we base the cnn design on the grid cell division principal used in yolo. each input pcba image is divided into 14 × 14 grid. the output is a binary value for each grid cell. an output value of 1 suggests presence of soldering bridge fault in that grid cell. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 4 figure 2. unified detection using yolo taken from redmon et al. (2016) [43] 3. research methodology there is no one-hit formula to design an optimum cnn model, therefore, we had to rely on experiments to find an optimum cnn model to detect soldering bridge faults. 3.1. dataset due to unavailability of open source dataset of soldering faults on a pcba the dataset was collected manually. it includes 2d rgb images of 64 different pcbas with soldering bridge fault manually introduced at different places. the total number of soldering bridge faults in the dataset is 359. the images in the dataset are resized to the size of 1024 ×1024. a corresponding annotation file was generated that contains bounding box information for all the possible defects in the image. figure 3 shows a hypothetical image of pcba and its corresponding annotation file. the dimensions of rgb input image to the cnn are chosen to be 448 × 448, inspired by yolo. resizing the image of whole pcba to this size would incur loss of crucial information as the size of soldering faults are very small compared to the whole image size. the available dataset was not enough to train a cnn that generalizes well. data augmentation is used to create a larger dataset for training. to avoid information loss and keeping in view the concept of generalization, we randomly cropped images of the complete pcba panels in the dataset with the dimensions ranging from 448 × 448 to 512×512. the augmented dataset contains mutually exclusive 2000 images created by cropping images of the pcba panels and randomly applying rotation and flipping on each cropped image. a grid of size 14 × 14 was used. figure 3. method for writing annotation file (on the right side) for a pcba image file (on the left side) with dimensions w x h and 2 soldering bridge faults represented in red and green bounding boxes hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 5 3.2. cnn design the performance of a cnn gets better when the network gets deeper [50] at the expense of increased resources utilization and increase in the number of learnable parameters. the choice of hyperparameters also plays a significant role in improving the performance of a cnn. we designed the cnn for soldering bridge detection in pcba from scratch using the design optimization principles of inception module, bottleneck layer and residual block. in the inception module [51] filters of different sizes are used in each layer and the results are stacked. this allows the model to choose optimal filter size for itself. conventionally the number of channels increases as we go deeper in a cnn model. this gives the deeper layers a larger receptive field. lin et al. (2013) [52] a network in network layer is introduced as a 1 × 1 convolutional layer called a bottleneck layer. the bottleneck layer has the same summarising effect as pooling layer except that pooling layer shrinks the width and height while the bottleneck layer shrinks the number of channels which in turn reduces the overall number of parameters. a ground-breaking cnn architecture optimization principal was the introduction of residual block in he et al. (2016) [53]. residual block effectively diminishes the vanishing gradient problem with increasing depth of the network without adding to the computational complexity of the architecture. figure 4 shows the basic structure used for designing the cnn. the number of hidden layers is chosen from [25] that describes cnn architecture for detecting faults in bare pcb. the five max pooling layers downsample the input image to an output of size 14×14. the output is a binary number for each grid cell. it is 1 if there is soldering bridge fault in that grid cell and 0 otherwise. the yolo architecture described in [45] is used as benchmark for comparing the performance of the optimally designed cnn architecture. the metrics used for comparison are: detection accuracy, inference time, and number of learnable parameters in cnn. to determine the detection accuracy of an object detection algorithm, average precision (ap) is a popular metric that ranges between 0 and 1. ap is determined for an individual class. mean average precision (map) is the mean value of average precision for all the classes in a dataset. as we have only soldering bridge fault in our dataset we use ap to determine the detection accuracy of the models. a higher value of ap signifies higher detection accuracy of a model. figure 4. basic structure used for designing cnn to detect soldering faults conventional convolutional layers are referred to as plain convolutional layers that do not contain an inception module or a residual block or a bottleneck layer. we start the experiment with basic cnn architecture employing plain convolutional layers and then try various combinations of convolutional layers added on to the basic structure i.e. going deeper, bottleneck layers, inception modules and residual blocks. the models were trained using the augmented dataset. the models were designed based on the following methodology: model 1 – plain model based on description in figure 4. model 2 – adding conv layers in low level and mid-level features extraction layers of model 1. model 3 – adding conv layers in high level features extraction layers of model 1. model 4 – adding residual block and bottleneck layer to the model giving the best performance results from model 1-3. model 5 – adding inception module in low level feature extractor layers. model 6 – adding conv layers to the most efficient model chosen from model 1-5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 6 3.3. hyperparameters we use filters of size 3×3 and stride value of 1 in all the convolutional layers except for the inception layer which is a combination of filters of different sizes. we used max pooling layer with window size of 2 and stride value of 2. following yolo, we used leaky relu, with slope for negative input values equal to 0.1, as the activation function in all the hidden layers and used sigmoid activation function in the last layer to return the prediction values in between 0 and 1. adam optimizer is used for training. as our output values are binary hence, we used binary cross entropy loss function. a loss function determines how far away the predicted output of the model is from the ground truth during the training process. the learning rate was initially chosen as a small value of 1 × 10−5 for the first 25 epochs to induce stability in the training process. for the next 50 epochs its value was raised to 1 × 10−3 for a faster convergence of the model. for the remaining epochs we used a learning rate of 5 × 10−6. the model was evaluated tested after every 25 epochs using average precision (ap) of soldering bridge faults as the metric, with the threshold value of 0.5. training was stopped when the ap started to drop. beyond this point the model start to overfit the training data, a phenomenon where the model learns detail and noise in the training data such that it negatively starts to impact the performance of the model on new and previously unseen data, in other words it starts to lose generalization. regularization is any supplementary technique that makes the model generalize well and prevents the model from overfitting. a simple technique to choose a model that generalizes well is to terminate training when the loss on validation dataset starts to decrease. this technique is called early stopping. batch normalization is proven to improve convergence and generalization in training neural networks in luo et al. (2018) [54]. we added batch normalization followed by leaky relu activation function for regularization. another very common, simple and extremely effective regularization technique used is dropout [55]. when using dropout on a layer in cnn each neuron is ignored during a training step with a probability p, where p is a hyperparameter called dropout rate. we have used dropout layer before the prediction layer with dropout rate equal to 0.5. 4. results this section compares the performance of the 6 cnn architectures described in appendix i with yolo architecture based on the three important metrics, namely the accuracy of the model measured through ap for soldering bridge fault, inference time (all the time measurements are taken on the same machine) and the number of learnable parameters in the model. model4 and model5 are based on model1, while model6 alters the architecture of model4. in the comparison tables  means an increase in performance compared to yolo and  means a decrease in performance as compared to yolo. table 1 describes the number of learnable parameters for the models used in the experiment. table 2 shows the results of soldering bridge fault detection ap for the models used (the higher the better.) recall value gives the total number of soldering bridge faults detected in the test images out of the total number of true soldering bridge faults in the test images. table 3 shows the results of time taken by the models for inferencing a single panel image. the inferencing time experiment was repeated 5 times for each model and table 3 shows the average value. table 1. comparison of results for the number of learnable parameters model number of parameters comparison yolo 56,630,623 = model1 6,300,390  model2 7,624,262  model3 71,607,014  model4 9,102,054  model5 13,401,702  model6 14,968,422  table 2. comparison of results for ap of soldering bridge fault detection model ap of soldering bridge fault detection recall comparison yolo 0.80489 142 / 167 ≈ 85% = model1 0.78792 135 / 167 ≈ 81%  model2 0.65828 (experiment 1) 0.73503 (experiment 2) 125 / 167 ≈ 75% 127 / 167 ≈ 76%   model3 0.82036 140 / 167 ≈ 84%  model4 0.83383 141 / 167 ≈ 84%  model5 0.83733 143 / 167 ≈ 86%  model6 0.82435 139 / 167 ≈ 83%  hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 7 table 3. inference times for the different models model inference time (in seconds) comparison yolo 14.54 = model1 4.40  model2 10.78  model3 9.32  model4 4.60  model5 21.01  model6 23.94  from the results, it can be inferred that model1 performs equally well in detecting soldering bridge faults as the yolo model, with a slight decrease (≈2%) in the ap of soldering bridge fault detection but a significant savings in memory (≈88%) and inference time. these results corroborate the claim that an optimal cnn architecture exists that can perform better than the state-of-the-art yolo architecture in detecting soldering faults. results for model2 and model3 signify the importance of adding conv layers in improving the accuracy performance of a model. as a rule of thumb, increasing the number of conv layers increases the number of features learned, which in turn improves the accuracy of the cnn architecture, but only up to a certain number of layers [52]. model3, which adds conv layers to the high-level feature extraction part of model1, shows ≈4% increase in ap at the cost of a significant increase in memory requirements and a higher inference time when compared to model1. model2, which adds conv layers to the low-level feature extraction parts of model1, showed anomalous behavior with a significant decrease in accuracy performance (≈16%), an increase in the inference time (equivalent to the increased inference time of model3), and a slight increase in memory requirement. for verification, we repeated the training of model2, resulting in a decreased accuracy once again. these results also suggest that adding conv layers to the highlevel feature extraction part of a cnn has a lower chance of overfitting. comparing model3 to the yolo architecture suggests that yolo also has better accuracy than model1 because it uses more conv layers in the mid-level and highlevel feature extraction parts. another implication from these results is that inference time does not only depend upon the number of learnable parameters in a model, as the inference time for model2 and model3 is almost similar, whereas, the number of learnable parameters in model2 is 10 times higher than in model3. this can be dependent on many parameters, including the depth, filter size, value of the stride, type of operations, and many more. to understand the phenomenon of overfitting due to an increase in the number of conv layers in a model, we can use the example of a model that classifies an image as a cow or not a cow. after a certain number of layers, adding more layers to the model will let it learn non-important features, leading to poor generalization of the model, e.g., learning to extract a bell from images of cows with bells around their necks in the training dataset, or a green background if images labeled as cows are captured in meadows. for further experiments, we therefore chose model1, which gives the best compromise between detection accuracy, memory requirement, and inference time. model4 onwards is based upon improvements in the architecture of model1. model4 that incorporates only skip connections to model1 displays a significant improvement in the performance of model1 as the recall value has improved from 135 to 141 and the ap value also shows an improvement of 6% and 3.5% compared to model1 and yolo, respectively. the inventors of the residual block attribute the improvement in accuracy to the ability of the model to learn identity mappings that bypass the nonlinearities of a conv layer. the performance improvement in model4 suggests the effectiveness of the residual block not only in increasing the accuracy without increasing the learnable parameters, as model4 has almost 84% less learnable parameters than yolo. model4 and model1 have almost the same inference time. model5 indicates the impact of applying inception modules in the low-level and mid-level feature extraction layers, and it proves to be beneficial in improving the accuracy of model4 slightly at the cost of increasing the number of learnable parameters and inference time significantly. in model4 and model5 we also used the bottleneck layer. results of model5 and model6 show a slight improvement in the accuracy performance at the expense of a significant increase in the number of learnable parameters and significantly slower inference time. the average accuracy of manually detecting the soldering faults with the aid of a magnifying glass is almost 90% [5] and the fault detection accuracy given by the recall value for the optimal cnn is 84%. this suggests that cnn can be powerful in achieving human level accuracy given it is trained on a larger dataset with an equal number of diverse examples. figure 5 shows a sample of the prediction result with grid lines drawn for understanding that the image is divided into 14×14 grid. the prediction returns a binary for each grid cell. in the future, with more data, we can work on drawing bounding boxes around the fault only. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 8 figure 5. image on the left: prediction by model4, image on the right: ground truth 5. conclusion it has been shown that cnn based aoi can be used to replace manual inspection to detect soldering faults on pcbas. the problem was treated as an object detection task. fast inferencing plays a vital role in aoi, and for this reason, we based our custom cnn on yolo, which is a state-of-the-art fast object detection cnn. the experiments show that using state-of-the-art object detection cnns in aoi can perform well in accuracy detection but does not prove to be resource efficient. hence, transfer learning does not always provide an efficient solution for carrying out a cnn based aoi task. it was also shown that the accuracy performance of a custom cnn can be improved using optimization blocks without compromising its resource efficiency. the use of a bottleneck layer was effective in constraining the memory utilization while achieving high accuracy. use of residual blocks had the most significant impact on accuracy improvement without any increase in resource utilization. it was seen that yolo provides a simple technique for designing fast object detection cnn that generalizes well. this technique of dividing the image into a grid can be the basis of a custom cnn design for other types of fault detection in a pcba. the author believes that the performance and generalizability of the cnn model can be improved by collecting more data with a diversity of examples and classes. this research paper sets a solid foundation that cnns can provide a simple, highly flexible, and fast aoi system for fault detection in pcbas. in future work, the optimized architectural design principles described in this study can be used to detect multiple types of faults in pcbas. it requires there to be an open source dataset for different types of faults in pcbas. 6. declarations 6.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 6.2. funding and acknowledgements the author would like to thank sony mobile communications ab, lund, sweden for their contribution to this study. 6.3. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] huang, s. h., & pan, y. c. (2015). automated visual inspection in the semiconductor industry: a survey. computers in industry, 66, 1–10. doi:10.1016/j.compind.2014.10.006. [2] richter, j., streitferdt, d., & rozova, e. (2017). on the development of intelligent optical inspections. 2017 ieee 7th annual computing and communication workshop and conference, ccwc 2017, 1-6. doi:10.1109/ccwc.2017.7868455. [3] day, r. h. (1972). visual spatial illusions: a general explanation. science, 175(4028), 1335–1340. doi:10.1126/science.175.4028.1335. [4] coren, s., & girgus, j. s. (1973). visual spatial illusions: many explanations. science, 179(4072), 503–504. doi:10.1126/science.179.4072.503. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 9 [5] moganti, m., ercal, f., dagli, c. h., & tsunekawa, s. (1996). automatic pcb inspection algorithms: a survey. computer vision and image understanding, 63(2), 287–313. doi:10.1006/cviu.1996.0020. [6] janczki, m., becker, kos, jakab, l., grf, r., & takcs, t. (2013). automatic optical inspection of soldering. materials science advanced topics. doi:10.5772/51699. [7] fukushima, k. (1980). neocognitron: a self-organizing neural network model for a mechanism of pattern recognition unaffected by shift in position. biological cybernetics, 36(4), 193–202. doi:10.1007/bf00344251. [8] raina, r., madhavan, a., & ng, a. y. (2009). large-scale deep unsupervised learning using graphics processors. proceedings of the 26th international conference on machine learning, icml 2009, 873–880. [9] taha, e. m., emary, e., & moustafa, k. (2014). automatic optical inspection for pcb manufacturing: a survey. international journal of scientific & engineering research, 5(7), 1095–1102. [10] harlow, c. a. (1982). automated visual inspection: a survey. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, pami-4(6), 557–573. doi:10.1109/tpami.1982.4767309. [11] chin, r. t. (1988). automated visual inspection: 1981 to 1987. computer vision, graphics and image processing, 41(3), 346– 381. doi:10.1016/0734-189x(88)90108-9. [12] loh, h. h., & lu, m. s. (1999). printed circuit board inspection using image analysis. ieee transactions on industry applications, 35(2), 426–432. doi:10.1109/28.753638. [13] pal singh chauhan, a., & bhardwaj, s. c. (2011). detection of bare pcb defects by image subtraction method using machine vision. proceedings of the world congress on engineering 2011, wce 2011, 2, 1597–1601. [14] ozturk, s. (2017). detection of pcb soldering defects using template based image processing method. international journal of intelligent systems and applications in engineering, 4(5), 269–273. doi:10.18201/ijisae.2017534388. [15] lin, s. c., chou, c. h., & su, c. h. (2007). a development of visual inspection system for surface mounted devices on printed circuit board. iecon proceedings (industrial electronics conference), 2440–2445. doi:10.1109/iecon.2007.4459975. [16] lee, d. t. (1978). a computerized cutomatic inspection system for complex printed thick film patterns. technical symposium east, 3, 172–177. [17] hara, y., akiyama, n., & karasaki, k. (1983). automatic inspection system for printed circuit boards. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, pami-5(6), 623–630. doi:10.1109/tpami.1983.4767453. [18] hong, j. joong, park, k. ja, & kim, k. gu. (1998). parallel processing machine vision system for bare pcb inspection. iecon proceedings (industrial electronics conference), 3, 1346–1350. doi:10.1109/iecon.1998.722846. [19] sun, y. n., & tsai, c. t. (1992). a new model-based approach for industrial visual inspection. pattern recognition, 25(11), 1327–1336. doi:10.1016/0031-3203(92)90145-9. [20] mandeville, j. r. (1985). novel method for analysis of printed circuit images. ibm journal of research and development, 29(1), 73–86. doi:10.1147/rd.291.0073. [21] belbachir, a. n., lera, m., fanni, a., & montisci, a. (2005). an automatic optical inspection system for the diagnosis of printed circuits based on neural networks. conference record ias annual meeting (ieee industry applications society), 1, 680–684. doi:10.1109/ias.2005.1518381. [22] kobayashi, s., tanimura, y., & yotsuya, t. (1990). identifying solder surface orientation from color highlight images. iecon proceedings (industrial electronics conference), 1, 821–825. doi:10.1109/iecon.1990.149246. [23] klein wassink, r. j. (1984). soldering in electronics. in soldering in electron. electrochemical pub. doi:10.1016/00262714(90)90700-w. [24] metzner, m., fiebag, d., mayr, a., & franke, j. (2019). automated optical inspection of soldering connections in power electronics production using convolutional neural networks. 2019 9th international electric drives production conference, edpc 2019 proceedings. doi:10.1109/edpc48408.2019.9011820. [25] huang, w., & wei, p. (2019). a pcb dataset for defects detection and classification. arxiv, 1901 08204. available online: http://arxiv.org/abs/1901.08204 (accessed on may 2021). [26] tang, s., he, f., huang, x., & yang, j. (2019). online pcb defect detector on a new pcb defect dataset. arxiv. available online: http://arxiv.org/abs/1902.06197 (accessed on may 2021). [27] wu, f., & zhang, x. (2014). an inspection and classification method for chip solder joints using color grads and boolean rules. robotics and computer-integrated manufacturing, 30(5), 517–526. doi:10.1016/j.rcim.2014.03.003. http://arxiv.org/abs/1901.08204 http://arxiv.org/abs/1902.06197 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 10 [28] fupei wu, & xianmin zhang. (2011). feature-extraction-based inspection algorithm for ic solder joints. ieee transactions on components, packaging and manufacturing technology, 1(5), 689–694. doi:10.1109/tcpmt.2011.2118208 [29] acciani, g., brunetti, g., & fornarelli, g. (2006). application of neural networks in optical inspection and classification of solder joints in surface mount technology. ieee transactions on industrial informatics, 2(3), 200–209. doi:10.1109/tii.2006.877265. [30] fanni, a., lera, m., marongiu, e., & montisci, a. (2001). neural network diagnosis for visual inspection in printed circuit boards. 11th international workshop on principles of diagnosis, 47–54. [31] ko, k. w., & cho, h. s. (2000). solder joints inspection using a neural network and fuzzy rule-based classification method. ieee transactions on electronics packaging manufacturing, 23(2), 78. doi:10.1109/6104.846932. [32] xie, h., zhang, x., kuang, y., & ouyang, g. (2011). solder joint inspection method for chip component using improved adaboost and decision tree. ieee transactions on components, packaging and manufacturing technology, 1(12), 2018–2027. doi:10.1109/tcpmt.2011.2168531. [33] wu, h., zhang, x., xie, h., kuang, y., & ouyang, g. (2013). classification of solder joint using feature selection based on bayes and support vector machine. ieee transactions on components, packaging and manufacturing technology, 3(3), 516– 522. doi:10.1109/tcpmt.2012.2231902. [34] krizhevsky, a., sutskever, i., & hinton, g. e. (2017). imagenet classification with deep convolutional neural networks. communications of the acm, 60(6), 84–90. doi:10.1145/3065386. [35] sze, v., chen, y. h., yang, t. j., & emer, j. s. (2017). efficient processing of deep neural networks: a tutorial and survey. proceedings of the ieee, 105(12), 2295–2329. doi:10.1109/jproc.2017.2761740. [36] zhao, z. q., zheng, p., xu, s. t., & wu, x. (2019). object detection with deep learning: a review. ieee transactions on neural networks and learning systems, 30(11), 3212–3232. doi:10.1109/tnnls.2018.2876865. [37] agarwal, s., terrail, j. o. du, & jurie, f. (2018). recent advances in object detection in the age of deep convolutional neural networks. arxiv. available online: https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.03193v2. (accessed on may 2021). [38] girshick, r., donahue, j., darrell, t., & malik, j. (2014). rich feature hierarchies for accurate object detection and semantic segmentation. proceedings of the ieee computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 580–587. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2014.81. [39] uijlings, j. r. r., van de sande, k. e. a., gevers, t., & smeulders, a. w. m. (2013). selective search for object recognition. international journal of computer vision, 104(2), 154–171. doi:10.1007/s11263-013-0620-5. [40] girshick, r., (2015). fast r-cnn. arxiv. available online: https://arxiv.org/abs/1504.08083 (accessed on may 2021). [41] ren, s., he, k., girshick, r., sun, j., & faster, r. (2019). towards real-time object detection with region proposal networks, 2016. arxiv. available online: https://arxiv.org/abs/1506.01497 (accessed on june 2021). [42] sermanet, p., eigen, d., zhang, x., mathieu, m., fergus, r., & lecun, y. (2014). overfeat: integrated recognition, localization and detection using convolutional networks. 2nd international conference on learning representations, iclr 2014 banff, ab, canada, 1312-6229. [43] redmon, j., divvala, s., girshick, r., & farhadi, a. (2016). you only look once: unified, real-time object detection. proceedings of the ieee computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 2016-december, 779–788. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2016.91. [44] redmon, j., farhadi, a., & yolo9000. (2017). better, faster, stronger. ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition cvpr, honolulu, hi, usa, 517–6525. [45] redmon, j., & farhadi, a. (2018). yolov3: an incremental improvement. arxiv. available online: http://arxiv.org/abs/1804.02767 (accessed on may 2021). [46] lin, y. l., chiang, y. m., & hsu, h. c. (2018). capacitor detection in pcb using yolo algorithm. international conference on system science and engineering, icsse 2018. doi:10.1109/icsse.2018.8520170. [47] adibhatla, v. a., chih, h.-c., hsu, c.-c., cheng, j., abbod, m. f., & shieh, j.-s. (2020). defect detection in printed circuit boards using you-only-look-once convolutional neural networks. electronics, 9(9), 1547. doi:10.3390/electronics9091547. [48] khare, t., bahel, v., & phadke, a. c. (2020). pcb-fire: automated classification and fault detection in pcb. mpcit 2020 proceedings: ieee 3rd international conference on “multimedia processing, communication and information technology,” 123–128. doi:10.1109/mpcit51588.2020.9350324. [49] pramerdorfer, c., & kampel, m. (2015). a dataset for computer-vision-based pcb analysis. proceedings of the 14th iapr international conference on machine vision applications, tokyo, japan, 378–381. doi:10.1109/mva.2015.7153209. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.03193v2 https://arxiv.org/abs/1504.08083 https://arxiv.org/abs/1506.01497 http://arxiv.org/abs/1804.02767 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 11 [50] simonyan, k., & zisserman, a. (2015). very deep convolutional networks for large-scale image recognition. 3rd international conference on learning representations, iclr 2015 san diego, ca, usa. [51] szegedy, c., liu, w., jia, y., sermanet, p., reed, s., anguelov, d., ... & rabinovich, a. (2015). going deeper with convolutions. in proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, boston, massachusetts, usa, 1-9. [52] lin, m., chen, q., & yan, s. (2013). network in network. arxiv. available online: https://arxiv.org/abs/1312.4400 (accessed on december 2021). [53] he, k., zhang, x., ren, s., & sun, j. (2016). deep residual learning for image recognition. proceedings of the ieee computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 2016-december, cancun, mexico, 770–778. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2016.90. [54] luo, p., wang, x., shao, w., & peng, z. (2018). towards understanding regularization in batch normalization. arxiv. available online: https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.00846 (accessed on december 2021). [55] srivastava, n., hinton, g., krizhevsky, a., sutskever, i., & salakhutdinov, r. (2014). dropout: a simple way to prevent neural networks from overfitting. journal of machine learning research, 15, 1929–1958. https://arxiv.org/abs/1312.4400 https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.00846 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 12 appendix i the architectures of the models used are given below. convolutional layer type is composed of convolution layer followed by batch normalization and leaky relu activation layer. table a1. yolo architecture type filters size / stride output convolutional 32 3 × 3 / 1 448 × 448 convolutional 64 3 × 3 / 2 224 × 224 1 × convolutional 32 1 × 1 / 1 224 × 224 convolutional 64 3 × 3 / 1 224 × 224 residual convolutional 128 3 × 3 / 2 112 × 112 2 × convolutional 64 1 × 1 / 1 112 × 112 convolutional 128 3 × 3 / 1 112 × 112 residual convolutional 256 3 × 3 / 2 56 × 56 8 × convolutional 128 1 × 1 / 1 56 × 56 convolutional 256 3 × 3 / 1 56 × 56 residual convolutional 512 3 × 3 / 2 28 × 28 8 × convolutional 256 1 × 1 / 1 28 × 28 convolutional 512 3 × 3 / 1 28 × 28 residual convolutional 1024 3 × 3 / 2 14 × 14 4 × convolutional 512 1 × 1 / 1 14 × 14 convolutional 1024 3 × 3 / 1 14 × 14 residual convolutional 512 1 × 1 / 1 14 × 14 convolutional 1024 3 × 3 / 1 14 × 14 convolutional 512 1 × 1 / 1 14 × 14 convolutional 1024 3 × 3 / 1 14 × 14 convolutional 512 1 × 1 / 1 14 × 14 convolutional 1024 3 × 3 / 1 14 × 14 convolutional 255 1 × 1 / 1 14 × 14 convolution 6 1 × 1 / 1 14 × 14 sigmoid table a2. model1 architecture type filters size / stride output convolutional 32 3 × 3 / 1 448 × 448 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 224 × 224 convolutional 64 3 × 3 / 1 224 × 224 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 112 × 112 convolutional 128 3 × 3 / 1 112 × 112 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 56 × 56 convolutional 256 3 × 3 / 1 56 × 56 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 28 × 28 convolutional 512 3 × 3 / 1 28 × 28 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 14 × 14 convolutional 1024 3 × 3 / 1 14 × 14 dropout 0.5 14 × 14 convolutional 6 1 × 1 / 1 14 × 14 sigmoid hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 13 table a3. model2 architecture type filters size / stride output 3 × convolutional 64 3 × 3 / 1 448 × 448 convolutional 32 1 × 1 / 1 448 × 448 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 224 × 224 3 × convolutional 128 3 × 3 / 1 224 × 224 convolutional 64 1 × 1 / 1 224 × 224 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 112 × 112 4 × convolutional 256 3 × 3 / 1 112 × 112 convolutional 128 1 × 1 / 1 112 × 112 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 56 × 56 convolutional 256 3 × 3 / 1 56 × 56 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 28 × 28 convolutional 512 3 × 3 / 1 28 × 28 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 14 × 14 convolutional 1024 3 × 3 / 1 14 × 14 dropout 0.5 14 × 14 convolutional 6 1 × 1 / 1 14 × 14 sigmoid table a4. model3 architecture type filters size / stride output convolutional 32 3 × 3 / 1 448 × 448 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 224 × 224 convolutional 64 3 × 3 / 1 224 × 224 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 112 × 112 convolutional 128 3 × 3 / 1 112 × 112 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 56 × 56 4 × convolutional 512 3 × 3 / 1 56 × 56 convolutional 256 1 × 1 / 1 56 × 56 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 28 × 28 3 × convolutional 1024 3 × 3 / 1 28 × 28 convolutional 512 1 × 1 / 1 28 × 28 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 14 × 14 3 × convolutional 2048 3 × 3 / 1 14 × 14 convolutional 1024 1 × 1 / 1 14 × 14 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 14 × 14 dropout 0.5 14 × 14 convolutional 6 1 × 1 / 1 14 × 14 sigmoid table a5. model4 architecture type filters size / stride output convolutional 32 3 × 3 / 1 448 × 448 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 224 × 224 convolutional 64 3 × 3 / 1 224 × 224 residual max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 112 × 112 convolutional 128 3 × 3 / 1 112 × 112 residual max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 56 × 56 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 14 convolutional 256 3 × 3 / 1 56 × 56 residual max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 28 × 28 convolutional 512 3 × 3 / 1 28 × 28 residual max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 14 × 14 convolutional 1024 3 × 3 / 1 14 × 14 residual convolutional 2048 1 × 1 / 1 14 × 14 dropout 0.5 14 × 14 convolutional 6 1 × 1 / 1 14 × 14 sigmoid table a6. model5 architecture type filters size / stride output convolutional 32 3 × 3 / 1 448 × 448 inception 448 × 448 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 224 × 224 2 × convolutional 64 3 × 3 / 1 224 × 224 inception 224 × 224 convolutional 32 1 × 1 / 1 224 × 224 residual max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 112 × 112 convolutional 128 3 × 3 / 1 112 × 112 inception 112 × 112 4 × convolutional 64 1 × 1 / 1 112 × 112 convolutional 128 3 × 3 / 1 112 × 112 residual max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 56 × 56 convolutional 256 3 × 3 / 1 56 × 56 inception 56 × 56 4 × convolutional 128 1 × 1 / 1 56 × 56 convolutional 256 3 × 3 / 1 56 × 56 residual max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 28 × 28 convolutional 512 3 × 3 / 1 28 × 28 residual convolutional 256 1 × 1 / 1 28 × 28 convolutional 512 3 × 3 / 1 28 × 28 max pooling 2 × 2 / 2 14 × 14 convolutional 1024 3 × 3 / 1 14 × 14 residual convolutional 2048 1 × 1 / 1 14 × 14 dropout 0.5 14 × 14 convolutional 6 1 × 1 / 1 14 × 14 sigmoid available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 108 evaluation of an anthropometric fast bowling machine ronnie bickramdass a*, prakash persad b, kelvin loutan jr. a, c a mechanical engineering, manufacturing and entrepreneurship, university of trinidad and tobago (utt), trinidad and tobago. b professor of mechatronics and head of department, university of trinidad and tobago (utt), trinidad and tobago. c faculty of engineering and physical sciences, university of surrey, surrey, united kingdom. received 06 november 2020; revised 18 april 2021; accepted 10 may 2021; published 01 june 2021 abstract the use of bowling machines to train batsmen, whether it be indoors or outdoors, has increased significantly. in the absence of bowlers, batsmen can bat for hours without any bowlers getting tired. the designs of these machines are often derivatives of ball projection machines used for other sports, such as tennis. reviewed literature highlights the deficit in visual information in the form of an arm and hand when using these machines. hence, a cricket bowling machine was developed with an arm and hand. the usability, functionality, repeatability, and accuracy of the cricket bowling machine with an arm and hand were tested, which had been previously designed and built by loutan jr. (2016) at the university of trinidad and tobago. a trajectory model was developed for an indoor environment and experimentally validated with data collected from extensive testing of the bowling machine using pitch vision hardware and software. a design procedure had to be formulated to determine what tests had to be done and the method of collecting data. the testing, data collection, and validation of the model were done with the cricket bowling machine in its current state, with minor changes to the hand. the release angle at which the ball leaves the hand was found to have a significant impact on the length (distance along the pitch the ball bounces) of the delivery. finally, the bowling machine was able to bowl various lengths and varying speeds consistently. the variation in speed placed the machine in the category of medium-fast, that is, speeds between 120 km/h (75 mph) and 130 km/h (81 mph). keywords: arm and hand; testing procedure; collecting data; repeatability and validation. 1. introduction with the advent of the twenty-over format, the spectatorship of cricket has increased. this increase is fueled by the formation of individual country leagues that showcase teams comprised of players of various nationalities. the countries with the top 5 leagues are india, australia, pakistan, the caribbean, and england, with the indian premier league having the highest brand value in 2018 at 4.5 billion usd [1-3]. cricket has 3 major aspects: batting, bowling, and fielding, with bowling being the most difficult task in the game. pace bowling generates the most injuries [4-8], with hamstrings being the most commonly reported and lumbar stress fractures being the most severe [7]. in reviewing data from south african national teams, it was identified that players younger than 24 years old were the most susceptible to bowling injuries [6]. bartlett (2003) [5] correlated poor bowling technique (which is more predominant with younger bowlers) to greater rotational stress on the lumbar spine, causing disc bulging and degeneration. in a 9-year (2010-2018) study conducted, empirical proof was generated to highlight the importance of injury prevention and treatments to a team’s success [9]. while it may be intuitive to assume that increased injuries decrease success, the authors found that this was only * corresponding author: ronnie.bickramdass@utt.edu.tt http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-02-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 109 statistically true for division 1 teams in england and wales and not for division 2 teams. the authors postulated that this phenomenon reflected the varying competitive standards between both divisions. it is evident that strategies are required to mitigate injuries sustained by players. one such strategy is an exercise-based injury prevention program [10]. the program also identified the need for managing bowling loads during training sessions and game time. this proposal of bowling load management is consistent with the findings [8] where 106 out of 276 match time-loss hamstring injuries occurred during training and warm-up sessions. keeping track of bowling loads can be difficult in training as not all bowling deliveries constitute a pace delivery. using a low-cost inertial measurement unit (imu) attached to bowlers and machine learning (ml) algorithms [11], they were able to accurately identify fast bowling events during training sessions. with managing bowling loads as the main rationale for the authors’ research, the use of imus with ml can also be used to identify poor bowling techniques. managing a bowler’s bowling load, however, can affect batsmen training. bowlers repetitively bowl deliveries that are particularly difficult for batsmen, thus allowing the batsmen to become attuned to the bowling action. to facilitate bowling load management without affecting batting drills, cricket bowling machines are employed by clubs and academies. cricket bowling machines also provide solo training in the absence of a bowler. cricket bowling machines were originally repurposed ball pitching machines from other sports such as tennis. while bowling machines specific to cricket have since been developed, the mechanisms of ball delivery remain the same, counter rotating wheels, pneumatic cannons, and catapult mechanisms. the counter rotating wheel type bowling machines can be further categorised into the single, 2, 3 and 4 wheel types. some common brands of the wheel type machines are flicx, bola, winters, jugs, leverage, merlyn, slider, paceman, deuce and heater. the kanon bowling machine, manufactured by howard manufacturing in south africa, is the only commercially available pneumatic cricket bowling machine. to rationalize the development of a cricket bowling machine with an arm and hand, the mechanics of how a batsman generates a shot needed to be understood. an average fast bowler’s delivery takes 600 ms to reach the batsman [12] while the batsman takes 200 ms to react and up to 700 ms to execute his body movement to play a shot [13]. müller et al. (2006) conducted experiments where batsmen were asked to identify the delivery type from viewing videos of a fast bowler’s run up, recorded from the batsman’s end [13]. varying body segments were occluded from the videos and the percentage accuracy in predicting the delivery type was recorded. it was concluded by the authors that the information regarding the ball’s trajectory is gathered prior to the release of the ball, from the arm and hand. this conclusion agreed with a similar experiment previously done [14], where no statistical difference in predictions were obtained between run up and run up with early ball flight. while existing traditional machines can deliver balls at consistent length (distance along the pitch at which the ball bounces) and speed, they offer the batsman no pre-release data. the batsman thus becomes dependent on early ball flight data as suggested by experiments conducted [12]. the fovea’s gaze angles of batsmen of varying skill levels were observed when facing a traditional bowling machine. the authors determined that the batsman gathers information about the flight of the ball during the first 100–150 ms of ball flight, at the time of bounce and 200 ms after bounce. the effects of this attunement to early ball flight data were determined experimentally [15, 16]. differences in batsmen setup (batsman’s body position before the ball is bowled) and trigger movement (the initial step the batsman does before striking the ball) when facing a human bowler and a traditional bowling machine were observed. to mitigate this, bowling machine operators signal the batsman before the ball is fed through the machine. this led to the development of a bowling machine with an arm and hand pneumatically actuated [17]. capable of bowling speeds between 70 to 85 mph at vary delivery lengths, this proof of concept was deemed a success as batsmen were able to predict the delivery parameters more accurately as compared to a traditional bowling machine. a spring actuated arm type machine was developed at the university of adelaide capable of bowling speeds up to 75 mph [18]. this machine however had limited control over the delivery speed and length, as well as a limited arm motion to provide a substantial visual cue. a cricket ball was delivered by a machine via a fully rotating arm at varying delivery lengths but no control of the speed [19]. the overall dimensions of the machine and arm are however not anthropometric. the batsman can thus become attuned to visual cues that are not as per a human bowler. the probatter video pitching machine [20] developed by probatter sports llc, was establish in 1999 as a baseball pitching machine. in 2010 the machine was adapted for cricket bowling and in 2018 probatter developed the px2 cricket simulator [20]. the system comprises of a conventional bowling machine hidden behind an 8’ by 10’ screen with a hole for passage of the ball. a video of an entire bowler’s delivery from run up to ball release, recorded from the batsman’s perspective, is projected on the screen. the trueman bowling simulator [21] developed by bola also utilizes video projection and a conventional bowling machine. while pre-release information is provided to the batsman, the release point of the ball is identical for every delivery thus providing the batsman with a constrained variable that would otherwise be unconstrained when facing a human bowler. a bowling machine to simulate a human delivery must therefore be anthropometrically dimensioned, if it is to adequately address the lack of pre-release information afforded by current bowling machines and systems. this study focuses on evaluating the efficacy of an anthropometrically dimensioned fast bowling machine with an arm and hand, design and built by loutan jr. (2016) [22]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 110 figure 1. working bowling arm prototype [17] figure 2. an anthropometric fast bowling machine [22] 2. machine design dieter (2000) [23] generalises the engineering design process to 8 stages starting with problem definition and ending with detailed design. this methodology is appropriate for the design of individual components or a system comprising of components of a similar type. complexed systems however require methodologies specific to the type of system being designed. one such methodology is proposed by puig et al. (2008) [24] for an anthropometrically dimensioned mechatronic device. reviewed anthropometric data drives the mechatronic system design, followed by a re-evaluation of system dynamic models using experimentally obtained data this design process was thus adopted for the design of the cricket fast bowling machine with the problem being defined as a lack of pre-release data associated with existing bowling machines. the design functions of the proposed machine were to be:  deliver a cricket ball at fast bowling speeds (88+ mph).  deliver a cricket ball via an arm with hand.  be anthropometrically dimensioned. the operational steps of the machine were developed, and a functional flow chart was obtained. from this flowchart, the major components identified were:  actuation system  arm hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 111  hand  mechanical transmission system  braking system  measurement system  retract system  control system  frame figure 3. functional flow chart to establish the general dimensions of the machine, the biomechanics of a fast bowler’s delivery was reviewed. during the delivery stride, the ball, just before release, acquires a height of 110 +/5% of the bowler’s standing height [25]. the average height of 26 top ranking fast bowlers was determined to be 1.85 +/-0.085 m, which gave a corresponding ball release height of 2.035 m. utilizing the anthropometric data of [26], this corresponded to arm, hand and shoulder dimensions of 0.614, 0.2 and 0.479 m respectively. these arm and hand lengths were comparable to the data obtained by glazier et al. (2000) [27] of 0.661 and 0.199 m. the release position of the arm was proposed to be vertical to maximize the delivery length [28]. the evolution of the machine’s final dimensions is given in figure 2. figure 4. the proposed overall machine dimensions: the arm, hand and shoulder lengths for a standing height of 1.85 m; during ball release, the stride length increases, and the shoulder is lowered hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 112 2.1. actuation and braking system the actuation system influenced the design of the braking, control, transmission, and retraction systems. in addition to being geometrically constrained to the anthropometric dimensions of the machine, other criteria; manufacturability, operational safety, power transmission, accuracy of mathematical model, power requirements and braking control, needed to be considered. the analytic hierarchy process (ahp) was the decision-making tool employed. having the highest rank, a linear spring assembly coupled to a shaft via a chain drive was selected as the actuation system. this chain drive extended to a pulley assembly coupled to another linear spring assembly to act as the braking system. the actuation springs are extended to a predetermined distance depending on the desired ball speed by a motor and power screw assembly. a bowling cycle is initiated by the release of this stored potential energy. as the braking springs are engage, the ball is released, and the kinetic energy of the arm is stored in the braking springs. the tension in the braking springs is utilized to retract the arm to its initial position. the delivery speed can be controlled by manipulating the extension of the actuation springs. 2.2. hand design for fast and medium pace deliveries, the index and middle fingers are placed on either side of the seam, with the thumb on the underneath gently supporting the ball. an anthropometric survey of the hand conducted [29], was used to determine appropriate hand and finger lengths for a corresponding average fast bowler height of 185 cm. this height, which was in the 90th percentile of personnel surveyed, corresponded to a hand length of 20.7 cm [26, 27]. corresponding thumb, index and middle finger lengths obtained were 7.6, 8.2 and 9.1 cm. the hand was fabricated out of aluminium with the ability of the wrist angle being adjusted. the thumb was spring loaded to keep the ball in the hand before initiating a bowling cycle. the delivery length can be controlled by manipulating the wrist angle. 2.3. testing methodology preliminary tests were done to validate the machine’s mathematical models which were used to derive design parameters for component design. these tests did not evaluate the machine’s efficacy as a training tool and as such the details of which are not presented in this paper. evaluation testing of the machine was conducted in 2 phases. the first phase of testing utilising the pitch vision software was done with variation of the wrist angle at -50, 00, 50, -100, 2.50, -130, and -12.50. the speed of the deliveries remained constant at 80 mph, which corresponded to a spring extension or plate separation of 780 mm. the pitch vision software gave an accurate pitch map (position the ball bounces on the pitch) and length of each delivery for each wrist angle setting [30]. in the second phase of testing, batsmen at four (4) different levels, such as minor league, division league, national and international level batted against the bowling machine. each batsman faced one (1) over (six (6) deliveries) delivered by the machine and then were asked to complete a survey. 3. trajectory model for this project, we considered projectile motion of the ball leaving the hand. then using projectile motion equations [31], a model equation was derived to predict the path of the cricket ball and to calculate the distance the ball will hit the pitch. the conditions given for completing the model is as follows:  constant launch velocity, 𝑉 = 80 mph (35.7 m/s).  forearm linkage, l1 was held at an angle (𝛷) to the horizontal.  assumption that the ball was launched at 900 normal to the hand, l2. from the equations of motion [31], the cartesian position of the ball is given as. 𝑦 = 𝑉𝑦𝑡 + 1 2 𝑔𝑡2 (1) 𝑥 = 𝑉𝑥𝑡 (2) where; 𝑉𝑥 and 𝑉𝑦 are the velocity of the projected ball in the 𝑥 and 𝑦 directions, and 𝑔 is gravitational acceleration. from figure 5, 𝑉𝑥 and 𝑉𝑦 are given as: 𝑉𝑦 = 𝑉 sin ∝ (3) 𝑉𝑥 = 𝑉 cos ∝ (4) considering the figure 5, hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 113 figure 5. the projected path with the wrist β to the vertical [32] where ∝ is the angle between the 𝑦 or horizontal axis and the velocity (𝑉). the release height of ball is given as: 𝐻 = 𝑙1 + 𝑙3 + ℎ (5) at which the ball is projected. the velocity (𝑉) is projected 90𝑜 from the hand. using trigonometry, it was determined that ∝= 𝛽, where 𝛽 is the wrist angle from the vertical. for varying angle of the arm and wrist, 𝑙3 = 𝑙2 cos 𝛽 (6) combining the equations above and using projectile motion theory. the projected distance of the ball can be calculated using the model as follows: d = v cos ∝ [ −v sin∝+√(v sin∝)2−4(g 2)(−h) g ] (7) bartlett et al. (1996) [28] determined that a human bowler releases the ball at a forearm angle between 0–150 to the vertical. via video recording at 240 frames per second, it was determined that the machine’s arm released the ball at a vertical angle of 7.97. this corresponded to 𝛷= 82.03 and thus was used in predicting the delivery length in table 1. table 1. calculation of delivery lengths at varying wrist angles with v =35.8 m/s (80 mph), φ = 82.030, l1= 0.614 m and l2=0.2 m, h = 1.221 m [32] wrist angle, β (degrees) distance from bowler, d (m) distance from striker, d (m) delivery type -5 17.123 2.997 full -2 13.019 7.100 good 0 11.028 9.012 short 2 9.604 10.516 short 2.5 9.137 10.983 short 3 8.821 11.299 short 5 7.722 12.398 short 7 6.829 13.291 short 9 6.096 14.024 short 10 5.777 14.343 short hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 114 4. results and discussion in phase 1 testing, 6 overs were bowled at a constant spring extension of 780 mm (80 mph), with the wrist angle being manipulated for each over. three (3) overs were then bowled at a constant wrist angle of 00 but with the spring extension varied for each over. the pitch vision system obtained the length of each delivery from the striker’s end (d) and generated a pitch map colour coded by over number. the 7th over has been eliminated from table 2 due to its results being compromised. table 2. table of results for 9 overs bowled. delivery number length of delivery (meters, m) type of delivery 1st over wrist angle at 00 (white dots on pitch map) 1 9.8 m short 2 9.5 m short 3 9.1 m short 4 8.6 m short 5 8.8 m short 6 9.5 m short 2nd over wrist angle at -50 (green dots on pitch map) 1 9.7 m short 2 9.9 m short 3 10.0 m short 4 9.8 m short 5 10.0 m short 6 10.0 m short 3rd over wrist angle at 50 (orange dots on pitch map) 1 10.6 m short 2 10.3 m short 3 10.5 m short 4 10.3 m short 5 10.6 m short 6 10.7 m short 4th over wrist angle at -100 (red dots on pitch map) 1 3.7 m full 2 4.5 m good 3 6.0 m good 4 5.7 m good 5 4.1 m good 6 3.7 m full 5th over wrist angle at 2.50 (light blue dots on pitch map) 1 9.8 m short 2 10.1 m short 3 10.0 m short 4 10.0 m short 5 10.3 m short 6 9.4 m short 6th over wrist angle at -12.50 (yellow dots on pitch map) 1 2.6 m full 2 3.5 m full 3 3.3 m full 4 4.0 m full 5 3.5 m full 6 3.6 m full hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 115 8th over – wrist angle at 00 and plate separation of 600 mm (blue dots on pitch map) 1 7.3 m just short 2 6.9 m good 3 6.9 m good 4 6.4 m good 5 7.0 m good 6 6.8 m good 9th over – wrist angle at 00 and plate separation of 550 mm (black dots on pitch map) 1 3.5 m full 2 3.9 m full 3 3.9 m full 4 4.2 m good 5 4.2 m good 6 4.0 m full 10th over – wrist angle at 00 and plate separation of 700 mm (white dots on pitch map) 1 7.9 m short 2 7.9 m short 3 8.4 m short 4 7.8 m short 5 8.0 m short 6 7.9 m short figure 6. pitch map of data collected for from table 2. phase two (2) testing involved batsmen coming up against the machine at the novel sports facility [33]. the data below was taken at a wrist angle at 00, with the forearm linkage (l1) at 820 to horizontal (𝛷) and the assumption remains that the ball launches at 900 normal the hand. these settings coupled with varying the plate separation between 600 mm and 800 mm will give the different types of lengths and variation on speed. the table below shows the data collected from testing with batsmen. table 3. showing data used in test with batsman. wrist angle at 00 plate separation (mm) length of delivery (m) type of delivery 600 mm to 700 mm 2 m to 4 m full 701 mm to 750 mm 4 m to 8 m good 751 mm to 800 mm 8 m to 12 m short hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 116 the plate separation on the bowling machine corresponds to the speed of the deliveries. the range of the plate separation shown in table 3 gives a speed range of 50 mph to 83 mph which places the bowling machine in the medium fast category. a survey was done to get the coach’s and the players perspective of the machine. a total of ten (10) batsmen were asked to bat against the machine and complete a survey. each batsman faced six (6) deliveries at varying length and speed. then five (5) coaches were asked for their views and comments about the bowling machine with the arm and hand. the table below shows the results of the survey. table 4. results of the survey conducted [32] some of the comments made by the batsmen who faced the machine are; “it’s very realistic, since you can follow the ball from the hand”, “much better than the traditional machine”, “i am really impressed with the machine and its performance”, “the ability to follow the arm was clear and clean”, “good swift movement which mimic a bowling action”, “like how it quick”. the design process assisted in making several changes and recommendations for the bowling machine. some of the changes made were the redesign of the hand for testing. these changes included replacing the 3d printed fingers with 2 single fingers were fabricated out of aluminium and bolted directly to the arm with bigger bolts and spacers for strength and stability and a spring-loaded thumb made of aluminium 1” flat and wrapped with duct tape to provide better gripping of the ball before delivery. a rubber band was used in place of an extension spring for the thumb as the band’s nonlinear elastic nature provided a more desirable ball release than a linear spring. another addition was the limiter for the upper plate which prevented the plate from running out of the threaded bar and made the reloading process faster and more efficient. to decrease the reload time further, markings were placed on a metal angle iron running alongside the plates to indicate specific distances between the plates such as 600, 650, 700, 750, 780, and 800 mm. a new hand design was done as a recommendation for upgrade and future work on the machine. this new hand design will allow for thumb movement and axial wrist rotation. the thumb will be actuated by a solenoid and spring loaded for return. a servo motor will be connected to the wrist from inside the arm to axially rotate the wrist. the 1st and 2nd fingers will be fixed to grip the ball. the 3rd and 4th finger will also be fixed in a closed position. the thumb will be hinged, and spring loaded to hold or grip the ball in position. aluminium or a lightweight composite material will be used to build the hand. the procedure to set the wrist angle was a bit difficult and inaccurate since the bolts had to be loosen, the fingers set at the required angle using a protractor and then held in place while the bolts were tightened. hence, the wrist angle would not be precise and from calculations done, if the angle is off by 0.5 of a degree it will give a difference in length of 0.5 meters which will account for the variation in lengths. these changes before and during testing gave rise to successful testing and data collection. it can be concluded that the machine is proficient in achieving the design function. 4.1. comparison of data the experimental values were obtained from the pitch vision software [30] during testing, while the calculated values were derived from the model equation (equation 7). the average experimental value was calculated since six (6) values were taken for each wrist angle setting. table 5 shows the comparison of the data for three (3) wrist angles. table 5. the table showing a comparison of experimental data and calculated data. wrist angle, β (deg) plate separation (mm) average experimental value. (m) calculated value, d (m) 0 780 9.217 9.012 2.5 780 9.933 10.983 5 780 10.500 12.395 feasibility training aid compared with other machines feasible not yes no better not better do not know coach 5 0 5 0 5 0 0 feasibility batsman set-up compared with other machines feasible not normal different better not better do not know batsman 10 0 10 0 9 0 1 others 2 0 2 0 0 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 117 figure 7. the graph showing a comparison of experimental data and calculated data against wrist angle. the results showed at 00 wrist angle the error was at 2.2% between the experimental and calculated value. at the larger angles, the error increased to 9.7% for a 2.50 wrist angle and 14.6% for a wrist angle of 50. as the wrist angle increases from the 00 in both directions, the error increases. this was due to the inaccurate adjustment of the wrist angle. the wrist had no specific setting for the various angles. a study was done in 2010 to determine how often fast and fast medium bowlers were bowling balls in the channel outside the off stump [34]. the results indicated that 73% of balls bowled were in the channel outside off-stump, and nearly a quarter of balls are bowled short of a good length. the data used to produce those results included all twenty20 internationals from june to november 2009, and the 2009 twenty20 champions league. the data included approximately 4800 balls bowled by fast and medium-fast bowlers. looking at the data collected from pitch vision, after testing the bowling machine, showed that of the 78 balls bowled 92.3 % of the balls were outside the off-stump channel. this indicates that the bowling machine is statistically more accurate and repeatable when compared to actual bowlers. 5. conclusions the testing procedure was developed to perform specific tests on the bowling machine using pitch vision to evaluate the machine’s accuracy and repeatability. looking at the experimental data in the results above, the machine is very accurate and reliable, as presented in table 2. for instance, the 2nd and 3rd overs showed a variation in length of 0.4 meters, the 8th over had a variation in length of 0.5 meters, and the 10th over had a variation of 0.6 meters. the grouping of the deliveries in each over is in and around the one (1) meter mark. the testing with the batsmen proved that the machine is functional and valid since it allowed the batsmen to set up or perform their trigger movements as they would in a match and not have to change to suit the traditional bowling machine. the batsmen were able to follow the ball from the hand of the machine all the way to the bat, rather than being unsighted for a fraction of time when the ball passes through the traditional bowling machine before being shot out to the batsmen. the bowling machine would be able to bowl different types of deliveries with various combinations of wrist angle and plate separation (which correspond to speed). this variation in length and speed could also be achieved by maintaining a fixed wrist angle and varying the plate separation as presented in table 2. in conclusion, the evaluation done on the bowling machine with the arm and hand, developed by loutan jr. at the university of trinidad and tobago, with and without a batsman, proves that the machine is usable, functional, repeatable, and accurate. hence, it would be a great piece of equipment to assist coaches in their quest to produce the best cricketers. this also proves that the machine can be used for training (working on specific skills or techniques) and game situations (making it as unpredictable as in a real match). 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, p.p. and k.l.jr.; methodology, k.l.jr.; software, ronnie bickramdass.; validation, p.p., k.l.jr. and r.b.; formal analysis, r.b.; investigation, r.b.; resources, k.l.jr.; data curation, r.b. and k.l.jr.; writing—original draft preparation, r.b.; writing—review and editing, p.p., k.l.jr. and r.b.; visualization, r.b.; supervision, p.p.; project administration, r.b.; funding acquisition, k.l.jr. and r.b. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 118 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 6.3. funding and acknowledgements the students and other team members used their personal finances to build and test the bowling machine with some assistance from the university of trinidad and tobago. however, university laboratory facilities and materials were used to build and test the bowling machine with the permission of the institution. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] kadiyala, n. (2018). sportskeeda: ranking the top 5 t20 leagues in the world. available online: https://www.sportskeeda.com /cricket/ranking-the-top-5-t20-leagues-in-the-world-ss (accessed on may 2021). [2] sportzwiki. (2018). top 5 richest t20 leagues in the world. available online: https://sportzwiki.com/cricket/top-5-richest-t20leagues-in-the-world (accessed on may 2021). [3] ians (2015, october 30). 2015 indian premier league (ipl) contributed rs.11.5 billion ($182 million) to india’s gross domestic product (gdp), says bcci. the hindu. http://www.thehindu.com/sport/cricket/ (accessed on march 2021). [4] gregory, p. l., batt, m. e., & wallace, w. a. (2002). comparing injuries of spin bowling with fast bowling in young cricketers. clinical journal of sport medicine, 12(2), 107–112. doi:10.1097/00042752-200203000-00007. [5] bartlett, r. m. (2003). the science and medicine of cricket: an overview and update. journal of sports sciences, 21(9), 733–752. doi:10.1080/0264041031000140257. [6] stretch, r. a. (2003). cricket injuries: a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers* commentary. british journal of sports medicine, 37(3), 250–253. doi:10.1136/bjsm.37.3.250. [7] pardiwala, d. n., rao, n. n., & varshney, a. v. (2017). injuries in cricket. sports health: a multidisciplinary approach, 10(3), 217–222. doi:10.1177/1941738117732318. [8] orchard, j. w., kountouris, a., & sims, k. (2017). risk factors for hamstring injuries in australian male professional cricket players. journal of sport and health science, 6(3), 271–274. doi:10.1016/j.jshs.2017.05.004. [9] goggins, l., peirce, n., stokes, k., & williams, s. (2021). negative association between injuries and team success in professional cricket: a 9-year prospective cohort analysis. journal of science and medicine in sport, 24(2), 141–145. doi:10.1016/j.jsams.2020.07.007. [10] forrest, m. r. l., scott, b. r., hebert, j. j., & dempsey, a. r. (2018). injury prevention strategies for adolescent cricket pace bowlers. sports medicine, 48(11), 2449–2461. doi:10.1007/s40279-018-0981-6. [11] mcgrath, j. w., neville, j., stewart, t., & cronin, j. (2018). cricket fast bowling detection in a training setting using an inertial measurement unit and machine learning. journal of sports sciences, 37(11), 1220–1226. doi:10.1080/02640414.2018.1553270. [12] land, m. f., & mcleod, p. (2000). from eye movements to actions: how batsmen hit the ball. nature neuroscience, 3(12), 1340–1345. doi:10.1038/81887. [13] müller, s., abernethy, b., & farrow, d. (2006). how do world-class cricket batsmen anticipate a bowler’s intention? the quarterly journal of experimental psychology, 59(12), 2162–2186. doi:10.1080/02643290600576595. [14] renshaw, i., & fairweather, m. m. (2000). cricket bowling deliveries and the discrimination ability of professional and amateur batters. journal of sports sciences, 18(12), 951–957. doi:10.1080/026404100446757. [15] renshaw, i., oldham, a. r. h., davids, k., & golds, t. (2007). changing ecological constraints of practice alters coordination of dynamic interceptive actions. european journal of sport science, 7(3), 157–167. doi:10.1080/17461390701643026. [16] cork, a., justham, l., & west, a. (2008). cricket batting stroke timing of a batsman when facing a bowler and a bowling machine (p26). the engineering of sport 7, 1, 143–150. doi:10.1007/978-2-287-99054-0_17. [17] persad, p., ramdass, n. (2006). to design, build and test a fast bowling robotic arm ((unpublished bachelor’s thesis). the university of the west indies thesis). [18] holderhead, s. (2011, october 12). it seems like an excellent idea. adelaide now, adelaide, sa, australia. available online: https://www.adelaidenow.com.au/news (accessed on march 2021). https://sportzwiki.com/cricket/top-5-richest-t20-leagues-in-the-world https://sportzwiki.com/cricket/top-5-richest-t20-leagues-in-the-world http://www.thehindu.com/sport/cricket/ https://www.adelaidenow.com.au/news hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 119 [19] shigeru, t., & sahu, s. (2014). cricket ball launching machine. patent no:wo/2014/147444. [20] probatter sports. (2018). px2 cricket simulator. probatter, probatter. available online: https://probatter.com/cricket/ (accessed on may 2021). [21] bola. (2015). trueman by bola unleashes 'virtual' bowling. bristol, uk. available online: http://www.bola.co.uk/ trueman.html (accessed on march 2021). [22] k. loutan jr. (2016). to design, fabricate and test an anthropometric fast bowling machine. unpublished doctoral thesis. the university of trinidad and tobago, arima, trinidad and tobago. [23] dieter, g. e. (2000). engineering design: a materials and processing approach (3rd ed.). mcgraw-hill, boston, ma, united states. [24] puig, j. e. p., rodriguez, n. e. n., & ceccarelli, m. (2008). a methodology for the design of robotic hands with multiple fingers. international journal of advanced robotic systems, 5(2), 22. doi:10.5772/5600. [25] salter, c. w., sinclair, p. j., & portus, m. r. (2007). the associations between fast bowling technique and ball release speed: a pilot study of the within-bowler and between-bowler approaches. journal of sports sciences, 25(11), 1279–1285. doi:10.1080/02640410601096822. [26] winter, d. a. (1990). biomechanics and motor control of human movement (2nd ed.). wiley, new york, united states. [27] glazier, p., paradisis, g. p., & cooper, s.-m. (2000). anthropometric and kinematic influences on release speed in men’s fastmedium bowling. journal of sports sciences, 18(12), 1013–1021. doi:10.1080/026404100446810. [28] bartlett, r. m., stockill, n. p., elliott, b. c., & burnett, a. f. (1996). the biomechanics of fast bowling in men’s cricket: a review. journal of sports sciences, 14(5), 403–424. doi:10.1080/02640419608727727. [29] greiner, t. m. (1991). hand anthropomentry of u.s. army personnel. available online: http://www.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext /u2/a244533.pdf (accessed on april 2021). [30] pitch vision one. (2008). pitch vision sports technology. available online: https://products.pitchvision.com/product/pv-one/ (accessed on february 2021). [31] the physics of projectile motion. (2011). mansfield, england. available online: https://www.mansfieldct.org/schools/mms/ staff/hand/projectilemotion.htm (accessed on february 2021). [34] bickramdass, r. (2019). cricket coaching assistant. unpublished master’s thesis. the university of trinidad and tobago. arima, trinidad and tobago. [33] novel sports. (2018). multi-sport indoor facility. california, united states. available online: https://novelsportstt.com/ nstt/index.php/indoor_cricket/ (accessed on march 2021). [34] kulkarni, a. (2010). scoring variation by line & length of the bowler’s delivery. against the spin. available online: https://againstthespin.com/scoring-variation-by-line-length-of-the-bowlers-delivery-c77b385332ca (accessed on march 2021). https://probatter.com/cricket/ http://www.bola.co.uk/%20trueman.html http://www.bola.co.uk/%20trueman.html http://www.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext%20/u2/a244533.pdf http://www.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext%20/u2/a244533.pdf https://products.pitchvision.com/product/pv-one/ https://www.mansfieldct.org/schools/mms/%20staff/hand/projectilemotion.htm https://www.mansfieldct.org/schools/mms/%20staff/hand/projectilemotion.htm https://novelsportstt.com/%20nstt/index.php/indoor_cricket/ https://novelsportstt.com/%20nstt/index.php/indoor_cricket/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 262 combination of gis with different technologies for water quality: an overview nada jasim habeeb a* , shireen talib weli a a middle technical university, baghdad, iraq. received 17 january 2021; revised 02 june 2021; accepted 26 june 2021; published 01 september 2021 abstract water is one of the most important requirements in daily life, which represents the largest part of the earth. as a result, economic, industrial, and social development in most countries has led to increased pollution of water resources. it is, therefore, necessary to monitor water quality continuously to prevent a future catastrophe that adversely affects the quality and quantity of water wealth. a geographic information system (gis) is used in various fields to monitor and analyze data collected from different geographical locations. integration of gis and other technologies has become an indispensable tool. this gives us direct control over solution expansion, cost reduction, powerful complex case analysis, as well as increased accuracy and efficiency of geospatial data. in recent years, many combinations of gis with different technologies such as remote sensing, wireless sensor networks, and internet of things approaches have been proposed due to the rapid progress of technology development in many applications. however, in the last several years, no review articles have been published about water quality using the integration of gis and other technologies. therefore, this paper investigates the status of continuous search in the field of gis and its integration with other technologies (remote sensing, internet of things, web, etc.) for water quality management and monitoring to maintain the water resources in a proper way. finally, the integration of gis with these technologies creates a powerful platform for analyzing and processing big data and mapping geographic remotely in less time, at a lower cost, at a higher speed, with more accurate details, and in real time when compared to traditional geographic information systems. this paper also highlights future research trends on the cooperation of gis with other technologies for matters that are related to water quality. keywords: gis; iot; remote sensing; water quality management; web-gis. 1. introduction water is one of the most essential necessities in day-by-day lifestyles, which includes major parts of the earth’s hydrosphere [1-3]. scientific investigations concerning the lack of sufficient water resources, the increase of air pollution in water sources in a predominant part of the world, and the increase of man’s destructive activities affecting water resources are going to cause a disaster in the near future. figure 1 represents, depending on the selected country, the per capita consumption of water between the years 2015-2018. 1207 cubic meters is the amount of water consumed annually by the average american, which makes the united states one of the largest consumers of water worldwide. by 2050, industrial demand for freshwater is expected to increase, leading to a shortage of water for domestic and agricultural uses (www.statista.com). implement appropriate policies to evaluate the water resources through sound management and integrated planning consider as vital steps [4]. water quality has become a major issue in the management of natural resources because of the problem of water pollution with chemicals or other polluting substances. this affects human health directly or indirectly [5]. water quality * corresponding author: nadaj2013@mtu.edu.iq http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-03-10  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0337-5767 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 263 means water quality assessment and concentration of components and additives. then compare the results of this concentration with the purpose for which this water will be used. used in homes for drinking and food preparation, they are different from those used for fish farming or irrigating crops. the parameters of water quality play an important role in making decisions regarding the use of water [6, 7]. water quality management includes all processes related to water quality. monitoring water quality includes checking water parameters and comparing them with specified standards. water acceptability is determined by compliance with the required usage criteria [8-10]. due to the spatial nature of water on earth, geographic information system can be used to model water resources effectively, and it provides an effective tool in analysing and assessing the degree of water pollution. therefore, this technique is important for decisionmakers in land reclamation, groundwater management, and water quality control. as a result of the development and technological progress in various fields, it is possible to obtain data abundantly, accurately, and quickly compared to the traditional methods through which it is difficult for some water resources to obtain accurate data. the integration of gis and other technologies such as remote sensor, internet of things, web, and cloud computing facilitates the automation of the management and control of water quality such as data collection accurately, quickly, and adding high capacity in storage and processing. this paper provides an overview of the integration of gis with other technologies to view the importance of the integration of these techniques in real-time for the importance and management of water quality. figure 1. water consumption per capita per cubic meter (www.statista.com, 2021) 2. background and literature review geographic information systems (gis) were created in 1963 in canada by roger tomlinson, known as the gis father. gis can be described as a computer-based device that stores, analyses, controls, and visualizes geographic information, typically on a map [11-13]. in general, gis is a computer system used for geographic information, manage, analyse this information, and show it as spatial data [14]. spatial data means the data has positional x, y coordinate 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 united states (2015) greece (2018) canada (2015) turkey (2018) mexico (2017) australia (2017) spain (2016) japan (2016) costa rica (2017) netherlands (2016) portugal (2017) slovenia (2018) south korea (2017) russia (2017) china (2017) france (20i 7) hungary (2016) belgium (2015) ireland (2018) brazil (2010 germany (2016) poland (2018) sweden (201 5) denmark (2018) czechia (2018) israel (2018) latvia (2018) slovakia (2018) lithuania (2018) luxembourg (2016) http://www.statista.com/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 264 values. gis represents our world through digital maps. recently, gis is used in many applications that need analysis and management of spatial data such as gis applications in the field of environment, in the areas of urban planning, in the military, medical, water, and agriculture. one of the important applications of gis is an environmental data management. it can be used to supply managers and scientists with a range of scenarios for the spatial distribution of the data and predict future trends of the data to avoid a possible environmental crisis. geo-spatial data mining can be used to assess the hidden relationships of disasters or crises, and environmental pollutions, sources, causes and the number of pollutions to take the necessary measures for environmental protection [4]. the current uses of the gis are land use planning, utility management, ecosystems modelling, landscape evaluation, planning of transportation and infrastructure, facilities management, market analysis, analysis of visual impact, tax assessment, analysis of real estate, …, etc. of gis tasks can be organized as data input, data management, data display, information analysis and retrieval [15]. the geographic information is arranged as various layers or series of layers of thematic maps with their related attributes. attributes are the items of data, which relate to the map, but are not a part of it, such as the names of rivers or the type of vegetation in an area. figure 2 shows a group of maps of the same portion of the zone and each location has the same coordinates in all the maps contained in the system. this will help to analysis its structural and spatial characteristics to obtain a perfect knowledge of this zone [16, 17]. figure 2. gis model layers of the real world (https://inyo-monowater.org) in figure 2, gis represents a model of the real world in the form of layers showing the geographical distribution and related data. gis data are called geospatial data, which is based on big data with different functions [18, 19]. the gis allows the integration of various information with geographic information such as digital maps, satellite images, aerial photographs, and gps data. the gis is a combination of digital mapping technology with database management systems in which spatial data is managed and analysed from various sources. 3. data and features data is the foremost imperative component of gis and is considered the costliest part of the gis components. they are collected and stored in gis or in external databases [20]. in gis, the spatial data are managed by either a vector data model or a raster data model. the vector data model constructs spatial features of a region, lines, and points using geographic points. the raster data model constructs the spatial features using grid cells in the form of rows and columns [21-23]. data is entered into a gis by many source technologies. figure 3 shows the types of data entry. analog data is converted to digital data and then converted into raster/vector data. the entered data that is collected by gps is digitized and converted to vector data, which entered into a gis, while raster data is generated from remote sensor data [24, 25]. https://inyo-monowater.org/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 265 figure 3. data entry into gis from different sources 4. open-source gis software open source is a program that can be used and changed freely by anyone. arcgis is an integrated and comprehensive, scalable system designed to meet the needs of most gis users. it can be defined as "a system of hardware, software, and procedures designed to facilitate the collection, management, manipulation, analysis, modelling, rendering and output of spatially referenced". arcgis contains alphanumeric and cartographic information. it is possible to know the exact location of each element in space as well as its relationship with other elements. it is also possible to create a database to store the information in the real world and link it dynamically to display it on the screen dynamically. generally, gis is used for several main purposes, namely: 1data creation. 2. data visualization. 3data processing and analysis. 4. presentation [26]. 5. integration of gis with other technology for water quality gis has been used extensively for water quality. table 1 includes the previous literature using gis without integrating it with other technologies for the period between 2010 and 2021. table 1. the literature in gis for water quality for the period between 2010 and 2021 study application purpose water usage researched area ma and cui, 2011 [27] water quality information system usable water fuzhon city of jiangxi-china li, 2010 [28] water quality information management and monitoring of early warning urban drinking water quality some cities of china ferrer et al., 2012 [29] assess water quantity and quality surface water and groundwater the júcar river basin districtspain zhao et al., 2010 [30] water quality and water quantity river water the main canal of south-to-north water transfer east route project in shandong province-china yan and li, 2011 [31] spatial variability of groundwater quality groundwater xianyang city-china mu and wu, 2010 [32] water source management and water environment protection urban drinking water china gai et al., 2012 [33] evaluation in the form of pollution index, and the distribution map of water quality global water qing yang city-china arnatskaya et al., 2017 [34] water facilities evaluation hydro biological indicators freshwater gulf of finland ecological state jayarathna et al., 2017 [35] managing water resources residential water australia abbasnia et al., 2018 [36] evaluate the groundwater quality and its suitability for irrigation purpose groundwater villages of chabahr city, sistan and baluchistan province-iran hashesh, and ahmed, 2018 [37] measure the changes in the spectral reflectivity water quality, analysing seasonal difference marshes water al-hawizah marshes, south of iraq mir et al., 2017 [38] management of water resources river water sistaniran oseke et al., 2021 [39] assessment of water quality drinking water nigeria fang et al., 2020 [40] assessment of the hydrodynamics role groundwater dagu river, china bashir et al., 2020 [41] water quality assessment irrigation water lower jhelum canal in pakistan lad et al., 2020 [42] assessment of water quality river water tapi basin in central india rawat and singh, 2018 [43] evaluation of water quality groundwater bay of bengal in the east of kanchipuram district of tamil nadu state williams et al, 2020 [44] water quality analysis lake water lakes in linden batarseh et al., 2021 [45] assessing groundwater resources groundwater abu dhabi emirate, uae bera et al., 2021 [46] groundwater vulnerability assessment groundwater nangasai river basin, india analog data (photos or maps) gps data rs data vector data raster data direct data scanned images keyboard data digitizing raster data vector data hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 266 the integration of gis with the other technologies such as remote sensing, internet of things, web or internet, cloud computing, etc. for the quality of water facilitates, the process of monitoring changes in water quality parameters across temporal and spatial scales that are not apparent in normal site measurements [47]. recent studies have focused on the integration models, gis with other technologies. 5.1. rs gis geographic information systems provide techniques for storing, processing, and controlling a large amount of information derived from remote sensing devices. remote sensing (rs) can be defined as "the observation and measurement of an object without touching it" [48]. another definition of rs is "the acquisition of physical of defining data of an object with a sensor that has no direct contact with the object itself" [49]. bachiller-jareno defined rs as "the science and art of collecting information about surface phenomena without direct physical contact with these phenomena" [50]. this information is collected by means of sensing and recording the reflected energy and emitted from those phenomena and recording them as data, as an initial step to the process and analyse these data and to convert it into information for use in different fields [51, 52]. rs uses satellites and aerial platforms to capture image data. satellite images are obtained with different wavelengths. it is possible to distinguish aspects of the surface of the earth through different image processing procedures. the integration of gis and rs technique is widely used in the planning, design, and practice of water resources engineering [53]. the integration of gis and rs technologies helps automate the measurement of the physical and chemical parameters of the water area and helps to access and monitor water quality [54, 55]. qurtas et al. [56] presented the integration of gis and rs for spatial and temporal detection of water pond distribution in iraqi kurdistan. in addition, this combination is used to detect the sustainability of water ponds. the information was obtained using remote sensor methods, which are based on sensor data acquired by the cameras and radar. gis was used for mapping and for calculating the pond area variations. nelly and mutua (2016) determined the groundwater potential zones as well as the quality of groundwater using the integration of gis and rs. from the shuttle radar topography mission data, the model of digital elevation was extracted. a groundwater potential map was generated using arcgis software [57]. kumar et al. [58] used the integration of gis with rs to identify potential groundwater areas. this method has proven effective in terms of reducing cost, time and labor. five different thematic layers were identified in the study area through satellite imagery and topographic maps. and then generate a potential groundwater map using gis. drilling and stratigraphy methods are traditional and reliable methods for determining the location of aquifers, but these methods are expensive and take a long time. to solve these problems, the technique of integrating remote sensing with the gis appeared as an important method for modeling potential areas of groundwater, especially in solid rocky terrain. das et al. (2018) [59] attempted to identify potential areas of groundwater in the water areas of west bengal, india by combining remote sensing with the gis. this technique was applied in discovering the potential of aquifers by analysing the compositions of the various influencing factors. 5.2. iot gis the internet of things (iot) is a system designed to connect many computers, digital and mechanical machines, or people, with the ability to send data over the internet without the need for human intervention [60, 61]. iot also refers to "a dynamic global network infrastructure with self-configuring capabilities based on standard and interoperable communication protocols where physical and virtual ‘things’ have identities, physical features, and virtual personalities and use intelligent interfaces, and are seamlessly integrated into the information network" [62]. the internet of things represents a breakthrough in the world of communication technology, a technology that may dramatically change human life to make it easier, faster and more productive. modern geographic information systems that are fed with data in real-time using the iot will be a powerful tool for carrying out operations that serve many companies' organizations at the speed of solving problems and making decisions. the integration of iot and gis provides a necessary means to address many infrastructure problems in real-time. gis tracks data to find the area where the problem occurs. iot identifies the fault based on thermal, acoustic, and electromagnetic sensors, thus quickly locating the problem and damaged infrastructure. the sensor data is integrated with gis applications, which in turn build a digital map showing the location of the damaged section. this will save several efforts and time searching for the problem location [63]. gopikumar et al. (2021) [64], designed an experimental model that improves the biological analysis potential of wastewater. the model works on samples identified by surveying the topographic wastewater site. where the internet of things was used for the purpose of collecting information in real-time. xiaocong et al. (2015) [65] introduced a system that provides water resources information accurately and comprehensively using gis integration with the internet of things. the system consists of three basic steps. first: some hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 267 parameters were defended, which are a parameter of water quality, water level parameter, and water flow parameter. second: designing a network of wireless sensors based on the internet of things that monitor the information about water resources. third: design the file system for the management and interactive application based on web-gis. 5.3. web gis recently, web-gis or internet gis is widely used in many applications. web-gis provides an easy user interface to implement gis programs. the user only needs a web browser. web-gis is flexible, durable and accessible [66-68]. web-gis uses the internet to facilitate access to geographic information, geo-analysis tools, geographic databases, and distributed gis. the distributed gis is a wider system than traditional gis, which has helped to develop all comprehensive gis programs and data models [69]. internet-based gis has many advantages over traditional gis systems. it allows the user to access many different options by providing decision support tools and databases on the internet. the user does not need to know how to use complex and expensive gis programs. in addition, large databases are stored in a central server and this helps save time and money [70, 71]. economic development and social changes in any country may lead to negative impacts on the marine and coastal environment. it is, therefore, necessary to have a permanent marine water-monitoring program for protecting and conserving water resources. amiruddin (2016) [72] presented a project in which wave glider combined with web-gis technology. the geoevent processor expands the capabilities of the web gis in providing real-time monitoring data with ease and speed. this helps to make decisions for natural resources. 5.4. gis with other technology for sustainable development, groundwater quality is of great importance in this area, and it is considered a vital resource in urban and rural areas. due to the excessive use of groundwater, saltwater intrusion may result in usable groundwater. jeihouni et al. (2018) [73] presented a system to monitor the quality and quantity of groundwater regularly. results showed that saltwater was detected through quality maps and regression analysis. this new approach for the quantitative assessment of groundwater balance is appropriate for countries that do not have hydrological characteristics databases. nath et al. (2018) [74] conducted an analysis of potable groundwater using the integration of gis and geochemical methods to determine the amount of water pollution in arsenic and other minerals. in addition, a chemical water assessment quality was performed to determine the sustainability of potable groundwater reserves. cloud computing plays an important role in the water quality sector, it is a technology that relies on the transfer of processing and storage space of the computer to the so-called cloud that is accessed via the internet. cloud service providers have internet-connected devices through which they provide applications and other services. the user takes advantage of these services over the web [75]. integrated sensor nodes with cloud computing may help monitor water quality and also assist in decision-making inappropriate corrective actions [76]. the integration of gis with cloud computing provides a fast platform for detecting changes occurring in the environment. exploring these changes will require multiple servers simultaneous to process the data and the use of caching help in the process of improving performance [77]. al-karnaz (2017) [78] presented a system for water quality management using the integration of gis and cloud computing to evaluate water quality in the selected zone and identify its underground obtained from 2007 to 2015. it concluded that there is a strong relationship between the increase of population and the increase of pollution, and there is a relationship between water pollution by chemicals (nitrate chloride sodium potassium magnesium hardness total dissolved solids calcium) and diseases (liver disease – kidney disease nervous system disease) and other diseases. this study showed that the use of cloud computing for water quality management helps to raise awareness and make the community realize the magnitude of pollution. this will lead to creating a spirit of cooperation and positive participation in a try to decrease the problem by ensuring the optimal use of water and reduce the wasting of water in a spontaneous way, moreover, the cloud technology service saves data from any damage, maintain it and make it easy to access. arulbalaji et al. (2019) [79] identified the potential groundwater areas using a combination of gis and analytical hierarchical process techniques. based on the final output of the groundwater map, the study classified five potential groundwater areas: areas with very high, high, moderate, low and poor density. determining the groundwater map helps in decision making in order to reach better planning and management to provide groundwater for agriculture purposes, thus increasing agricultural production. radfard et al. (2019) [80] used artificial neural networks and arc-gis combinations for the purpose of assessing the quality of groundwater drinking and determining the water quality index in bardaskan villages –iran. the study took 18 parameters of water samples for the researched areas. these parameters were analyzed using the arc-gis system. the purpose of using the artificial neural network was to estimate the groundwater quality index. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 268 ben brahim et al. (2021) [81] indicated that the kebili region, in southwestern tunisia, is an arid desert region. they proposed to apply water quality index models and fuzzy logic models using the geographic information systems environment for the purpose of addressing the spatial division of water and assessing the quality of drinking and irrigation water. some studies have indicated that a gis-based water quality assessment is a cost-effective tool for assessing water quality but is unable to deal with the uncertainties involved in assessing environmental problems. to solve this problem, jha et al. proposed in (2020) [82] to merge fuzzy logic with water quality index based on the geographic information system in one of the regions of southern india. huang & tian (2019) [83] designed a simulation program for three-dimensional hydrodynamic and analysis of lake water quality, based on a gis. the system provides the necessary functions for building hydrodynamic modeling and provides a geo-user interface for displaying and manipulating the model. it also provides the necessary tools for mapping and modeling development. all these features of the proposed system facilitate the task of the hydrodynamic modeling and water quality process. 6. challenge issues in water quality in iraq water resources are the main lifeblood of the arid and semi-arid environments where iraq is located. in these areas, the water resources in iraq have faced many threats and many damages, especially in the second half of the last century. large areas of the marshes that make up half of the water bodies have dried up, as well as the water resources of lakes and running river water have diminished due to the establishment of dams and irrigation projects in each of syria, turkey, and iran, where a large proportion of the population in the countryside suffers from the scarcity of potable water. in iraq, there is a group of major rivers in which most of the water sources are from outside iraq, and among the most important rivers in iraq are: tigris, euphrates, shatt al-arab, and the great zab, little zab, and diyala. water resources in iraq suffer from many physical, chemical, or biological changes. these changes lead to water pollution, as a number of government institutions in iraq conduct measurements to check the levels of dissolved salts and some mineral elements. these checks are considered one of the basic criteria for measuring the quality of surface water and the annual variables that take place in the tigris and euphrates rivers, and among these tests are chlorides cl, sulfates so4, total dissolved salts s.d.t and other checks. water resources in iraq suffer from many sources of pollution, the most important of which is industrial pollution. the main problem facing iraq is the pollution of its water and the consequent economic and social effects that stand as one of the obstacles to achieving economic development and managing water quality. pollution is defined as introducing a type of pollutant into the natural environment, damaging it and causing an imbalance in the ecosystem [64]. pollution occurs in various forms of energy, such as noise pollution, thermal pollution, and others. it negatively affects life and makes the water unusable. the sources of water pollution in iraq can be classified into two main types. the first is natural pollution. it appears in changing water temperature, increasing salinity, or increasing suspended substances, dry the marshes, etc. the second is chemical pollution, which includes agricultural drainage water, wastewater, industrial wastewater, and reservoirs and dams. successful water quality management and access to a good level of water quality require the protection of the aquatic environment from all types of pollution. the interrelationship between earth’s ecosystems and human impact on the environment is a complex challenge for governments, institutions, and scientists. to improve water quality, integration of gis with other modern technologies such as remote sensing, iot, web, and others is a powerful tool to improve water quality management, reduce energy costs, and prevent polluted events. 7. conclusion this paper presents a review of recent works for the integration of gis applications with various technologies such as remote sensing, iot, web, cloud computing, etc., for water quality improvement. from the literature review, it was concluded that the integration of gis with other modern technologies could produce a powerful tool to enhance water quality management, reduce cost and time, and prevent pollution from the water environment. it is difficult to provide these features in traditional water quality management using a single gis, since the data collection is expensive and takes a long time. combining gis with one or more modern technologies will give great benefits for water quality control and management. in rs-gis, the rs provides data for gis at a distance in the shortest time and at a low cost compared to traditional gis. it also contributes to the analysis and interpretation of geographic data. iot-gis helps to conduct realtime spatial analysis to generate real-time geographical insights. this will lead to lower costs and less time wasted in making decisions. web-gis offers data analysis, dynamic response, and flexible access to geographic data. this combination makes gis a very powerful tool. for some countries, like iraq, the challenges in the water quality domain are: 1) to determine the ways in which gis facilitates the management of water quality; 2) to develop new gis-based methods to solve water resource and water quality problems; and 3) to train the next generation of engineers and scientists in water resources on the best use of gis programs. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 269 8. declarations 8.1. data availability statement the numerical data in the manuscript were obtained from a statistical site (www.statista.com), and most of them are freely available. 8.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 8.3. declaration of competing interest the author declare that she has no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] oguchi, t., jarvie, h. p., & neal, c. (2000). river water quality in the humber catchment: an introduction using gis-based mapping and analysis. science of the total environment, 251-252, 9–26. doi:10.1016/s0048-9697(00)00411-3. [2] connor, r. (2015). the united nations world water development report 2015: water for a sustainable world. united nations educational, scientific and cultural organization, paris, france. available online: https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/ documents/1711water%20for%20a%20sustainable%20world.pdf (accessed on april 2021). [3] srivastava, p. k., pandey, p. c., kumar, p., raghubanshi, a. s., & han, d. (eds.). (2016). geospatial technology for water resource applications. crc press, florida, united states. [4] karimipour, f., delavar, m. r., & kinaie, m. (2005). water quality management using gis data mining. journal of environmental informatics, 5(2), 61-71. [5] levêque, j. g., & burns, r. c. (2019). water quality perceptions and natural resources extraction: a matter of geography? journal of environmental management, 234, 379–386. doi:10.1016/j.jenvman.2018.11.126. [6] de paul obade, v., & moore, r. (2018). synthesizing water quality indicators from standardized geospatial information to remedy water security challenges: a review. environment international, 119, 220–231. doi:10.1016/j.envint.2018.06.026. [7] hasan, z., & taleb, a. (2020). assessment of the quality of drinking water for plants in the al-karkh, baghdad, iraq. ibn alhaitham journal for pure and applied science, 33(1), 1-10. doi:10.30526/33.1.2385. [8] pule, m., yahya, a., & chuma, j. (2017). wireless sensor networks: a survey on monitoring water quality. journal of applied research and technology, 15(6), 562–570. doi:10.1016/j.jart.2017.07.004. [9] krenkel, p. (2012). water quality management. elsevier, amsterdam, netherlands. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12-426150-1.x5001-0. [10] boyd, c. e., & tucker, c. s. (1998). pond aquaculture water quality management. springer science & business media. doi:10.1007/978-1-4615-5407-3. [11] bonham-carter, g. f., & bonham-carter, g. (1994). geographic information systems for geoscientists: modelling with gis (no. 13). elsevier, amsterdam, netherlands. doi:10.1016/c2013-0-03864-9. [12] panigrahi, n. (2014). computing in geographic information systems. crc press, florida, united states. [13] chang, k. (2019). geographic information system. international encyclopedia of geography, 1–10. doi:10.1002/9781118786352.wbieg0152.pub2. [14] scholten, h. j., & stillwell, j. c. h. (eds.). (1990). geographical information systems for urban and regional planning. the geojournal library. doi:10.1007/978-94-017-1677-2. [15] yang, c., yu, m., huang, q., li, z., sun, m., liu, k., ... & hu, f. (2017). introduction to gis programming and fundamentals with python and arcgis®. crc press. doi.org/10.1201/9781315156682. [16] burrough, p. a., mcdonnell, r., mcdonnell, r. a., & lloyd, c. d. (2015). principles of geographical information systems. oxford university press, oxford, united kingdom. [17] faiz, s., & mahmoudi, k. (eds.). (2016). handbook of research on geographic information systems applications and advancements. igi global, pennsylvania, united states. [18] du toit, j. i., du toit, m. j., van sittert, c. g. c. e., & vosloo, h. c. m. (2020). geographical information system software as in-house chemical indexing database for catalyst screening of alkene metathesis catalysts. catalysis today, 342, 187–196. doi:10.1016/j.cattod.2019.01.032. [19] malczewski, j., & rinner, c. (2015). multicriteria decision analysis in geographic information science. advances in geographic information science. springer, new york, united states. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-74757-4. http://www.statista.com/ https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/%20documents/1711water%20for%20a%20sustainable%20world.pdf https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/%20documents/1711water%20for%20a%20sustainable%20world.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 270 [20] chen, r. (ed.). (2012). ubiquitous positioning and mobile location-based services in smart phones. igi global, pennsylvania, united states. doi:10.4018/978-1-4666-1827-5. [21] wang, f. (2006). quantitative methods and applications in gis. crc press, florida, united states. [22] brewer, c. a. (2005). designing better maps. a guide for gis users, 1. esri press, california, united states. [23] wise, s. (2013). gis fundamentals. crc press, florida, united states. [24] dixon, barnali, venkatesh uddameri, and chittaranjan ray. (2015). gis and geocomputation for water resource science and engineering. john wiley & sons, new jersey, united states. [25] johnson, l. e. (2016). geographic information systems in water resources engineering. crc press, florida, united states. [26] sosa-terrazas, e., parada-gonzalez, m., & martinez-contreras, u. (2018). geographic information systems: proposal for the relocation of a central distribution point through the centroid method. 2018 systems and information engineering design symposium (sieds). doi:10.1109/sieds.2018.8374738. [27] dongling ma, & jian cui. (2011). design and realization of water quality information management system based on gis. 2011 international symposium on water resource and environmental protection. ieee. doi:10.1109/iswrep.2011.5893122. [28] li, s., gong, h., wang, s., & wang, z. (2010). analysis of urban water quality based on gis. 2010 18th international conference on geoinformatics. doi:10.1109/geoinformatics.2010.5568081. [29] ferrer, j., pérez-martín, m. a., jiménez, s., estrela, t., & andreu, j. (2012). gis-based models for water quantity and quality assessment in the júcar river basin, spain, including climate change effects. science of the total environment, 440, 42–59. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2012.08.032. [30] weidong zhao, yuxia li, & lei ma. (2010). dynamic visualization of water quality and quantity in main canal of south-tonorth water transfer east route project in shandong province. 2010 international conference on mechanic automation and control engineering. doi:10.1109/mace.2010.5536644. [31] yan bao-wen, & li yang. (2011). gis-based study on spatial variability of groundwater quality in xianyang city. 2011 international symposium on water resource and environmental protection. doi:10.1109/iswrep.2011.5892942. [32] mu, f., & wu, x. (2010). the water quality emergency monitoring system based on gis and rs for urban drinking water source. 2010 2nd international workshop on intelligent systems and applications. doi:10.1109/iwisa.2010.5473485. [33] aihong gai, renzhi zhang, xiaolong wang, & jun zhang. (2012). water quality evaluation in qingyang city by gis. 2012 international symposium on geomatics for integrated water resource management. ieee. doi:10.1109/giwrm.2012.6349573. [34] arnatskaya, o. e., kurakina, n. i., & shlygina, n. s. (2017). evaluation of water objects quality on a range hydrobiological indicators on gis. 2017 ieee conference of russian young researchers in electrical and electronic engineering (eiconrus). doi:10.1109/eiconrus.2017.7910478. [35] jayarathna, l., rajapaksa, d., managi, s., athukorala, w., torgler, b., garcia-valiñas, m. a., … wilson, c. (2017). a gis based spatial decision support system for analysing residential water demand: a case study in australia. sustainable cities and society, 32, 67–77. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2017.03.012. [36] abbasnia, a., radfard, m., mahvi, a. h., nabizadeh, r., yousefi, m., soleimani, h., & alimohammadi, m. (2018). groundwater quality assessment for irrigation purposes based on irrigation water quality index and its zoning with gis in the villages of chabahar, sistan and baluchistan, iran. data in brief, 19, 623–631. doi:10.1016/j.dib.2018.05.061. [37] hashesh, tabarak s., and bushra a. ahmed. (2018). using gis and remote sensing to study water quality changes and spectral analysis for al-hawizah marshes, south of iraq. iraqi journal of science, 59(3c). doi:10.24996/ijs.2018.59.3c.20. [38] mir, a., piri, j., & kisi, o. (2017). spatial monitoring and zoning water quality of sistan river in the wet and dry years using gis and geostatistics. computers and electronics in agriculture, 135, 38–50. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2017.01.022. [39] oseke, f. i., anornu, g. k., adjei, k. a., & eduvie, m. o. (2021). assessment of water quality using gis techniques and water quality index in reservoirs affected by water diversion. water-energy nexus, 4, 25–34. doi:10.1016/j.wen.2020.12.002. [40] fang, y., zheng, t., zheng, x., peng, h., wang, h., xin, j., & zhang, b. (2020). assessment of the hydrodynamics role for groundwater quality using an integration of gis, water quality index and multivariate statistical techniques. journal of environmental management, 273, 111185. doi:10.1016/j.jenvman.2020.111185. [41] bashir, n., saeed, r., afzaal, m., ahmad, a., muhammad, n., iqbal, j., … hameed, s. (2020). water quality assessment of lower jhelum canal in pakistan by using geographic information system (gis). groundwater for sustainable development, 10, 100357. doi:10.1016/j.gsd.2020.100357. [42] lad, d., mehta, m., & vashi, m. (2019). assessment of surface water quality using gis: case of tapi basin, surat, gujarat, india. applications of geomatics in civil engineering, 303–311. doi:10.1007/978-981-13-7067-0_24. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 271 [43] rawat, k. s., & singh, s. k. (2018). water quality indices and gis-based evaluation of a decadal groundwater quality. geology, ecology, and landscapes, 2(4), 240–255. doi:10.1080/24749508.2018.1452462. [44] williams, m. s., oyedotun, t. d. t., & simmons, d. a. (2019). assessment of water quality of lakes used for recreational purposes in abandoned mines of linden, guyana. geology, ecology, and landscapes, 4(4), 269–281. doi:10.1080/24749508.2019.1633220. [45] batarseh, m., imreizeeq, e., tilev, s., al alaween, m., suleiman, w., al remeithi, a. m., … al alawneh, m. (2021). assessment of groundwater quality for irrigation in the arid regions using irrigation water quality index (iwqi) and gis-zoning maps: case study from abu dhabi emirate, uae. groundwater for sustainable development, 14, 100611. doi:10.1016/j.gsd.2021.100611. [46] bera, a., mukhopadhyay, b. p., chowdhury, p., ghosh, a., & biswas, s. (2021). groundwater vulnerability assessment using gis-based drastic model in nangasai river basin, india with special emphasis on agricultural contamination. ecotoxicology and environmental safety, 214, 112085. doi:10.1016/j.ecoenv.2021.112085. [47] carstens, d., & amer, r. (2019). spatio-temporal analysis of urban changes and surface water quality. journal of hydrology, 569, 720–734. doi:10.1016/j.jhydrol.2018.12.033. [48] harris, a. (2013). thermal remote sensing of active volcanoes: a user's manual. cambridge university press, cambridge, england. [49] skidmore, andrew, ed. (2017). environmental modelling with gis and remote sensing. crc press, florida, united states. [50] bachiller-jareno, n., hutchins, m. g., bowes, m. j., charlton, m. b., & orr, h. g. (2019). a novel application of remote sensing for modelling impacts of tree shading on water quality. journal of environmental management, 230, 33–42. doi:10.1016/j.jenvman.2018.09.037. [51] düzgün, h. şebnem, and nuray demirel. (2012). remote sensing of the mine environment. crc press, florida, united states. [52] reddy, g. p. o., & singh, s. k. (eds.). (2018). geospatial technologies in land resources mapping, monitoring and management. geotechnologies and the environment. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-78711-4. [53] wang, l. k., & yang, c. t. (eds.). (2014). modern water resources engineering. springer. doi:10.1007/978-1-62703-595-8. [54] islam, f. r., & mamun, k. a. (2015). gis based water quality monitoring system in pacific coastal area: a case study for fiji. 2015 2nd asia-pacific world congress on computer science and engineering (apwc on cse). doi:10.1109/apwccse.2015.7476226. [55] chen, z., lin, h., chen, m., liu, d., bao, y., & ding, y. (2014). a framework for sharing and integrating remote sensing and gis models based on web service. the scientific world journal, 2014, 1–13. doi:10.1155/2014/354919. [56] qurtas, s. s., & hashemi, h. (2018). spatial and temporal distribution of natural ponds, using gis and remote sensing, northeast of iraq. cogent geoscience, 4(1), 1541496. doi:10.1080/23312041.2018.1541496. [57] nelly, cheronomelly, k., & mutua, f. (2016). groundwater quality assessment using gis and remote sensing: a case study of juja location, kenya. american journal of geographic information system, 5(1), 12-23. [58] kumar, p., herath, s., avtar, r., & takeuchi, k. (2016). mapping of groundwater potential zones in killinochi area, sri lanka, using gis and remote sensing techniques. sustainable water resources management, 2(4), 419–430. doi:10.1007/s40899-0160072-5. [59] das, b., pal, s. c., malik, s., & chakrabortty, r. (2018). modeling groundwater potential zones of puruliya district, west bengal, india using remote sensing and gis techniques. geology, ecology, and landscapes, 3(3), 223–237. doi:10.1080/24749508.2018.1555740. [60] prasad, a. v. k. (ed.). (2018). exploring the convergence of big data and the internet of things. advances in data mining and database management. doi:10.4018/978-1-5225-2947-7. [61] peng, s., su, g., chen, j., & du, p. (2017). design of an iot-bim-gis based risk management system for hospital basic operation. 2017 ieee symposium on service-oriented system engineering (sose). doi:10.1109/sose.2017.22. [62] xu, l. d., he, w., & li, s. (2014). internet of things in industries: a survey. ieee transactions on industrial informatics, 10(4), 2233–2243. doi:10.1109/tii.2014.2300753. [63] boubakri, s., & rhinane, h. (2017). the contribution of gis to display and analyze the water quality data collected by a wireless sensor network: case of bouregreg catchment, morocco. isprs annals of the photogrammetry, remote sensing and spatial information sciences, iv-4/w4, 331–334. doi:10.5194/isprs-annals-iv-4-w4-331-2017. [64] gopikumar, s., banu, j. r., robinson, y. h., shanmuganathan, v., kadry, s., & rho, s. (2021). novel framework of gis based automated monitoring process on environmental biodegradability and risk analysis using internet of things. environmental research, 194, 110621. doi:10.1016/j.envres.2020.110621. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 272 [65] xiaocong, mo, qiu xin jiao, and shen shaohong (2015). an iot-based system for water resources monitoring and management. 2015 7th international conference on intelligent human-machine systems and cybernetics. ieee. doi:10.1109/ihmsc.2015.150. [66] maiti, a., majumdar, s., shukla, s., koti, s. r., & gupta, p. k. (2018). an open source web-gis based precise satellite tracking and visualisation tool using two line element data. isprs annals of the photogrammetry, remote sensing and spatial information sciences, iv-5, 109–114. doi:10.5194/isprs-annals-iv-5-109-2018. [67] mchaffie, patrick, sungsoon hwang, cassie follett. (2018). gis: an introduction to mapping technologies. crc press, florida, united states. [68] tiwari, anuj, kamal jain. (2017). concepts and applications of web gis. nova science publishers, new york, united states. [69] zhu, xuan. (2016). gis for environmental applications: a practical approach. routledge, london, united kingdom [70] delleur, jacques w. (2010). the handbook of groundwater engineering. crc press, florida, united states. [71] fu, pinde, and jiulin sun. (2010). web gis: principles and applications. esri press, california, united states. [72] amiruddin, s. m. (2016). real-time web gis to monitor marine water quality using wave glider. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 37, 012074. doi:10.1088/1755-1315/37/1/012074. [73] jeihouni, m., toomanian, a., alavipanah, s. k., hamzeh, s., & pilesjö, p. (2018). long term groundwater balance and water quality monitoring in the eastern plains of urmia lake, iran: a novel gis based low cost approach. journal of african earth sciences, 147, 11–19. doi:10.1016/j.jafrearsci.2018.06.017. [74] nath, b. k., chaliha, c., bhuyan, b., kalita, e., baruah, d. c., & bhagabati, a. k. (2018). gis mapping-based impact assessment of groundwater contamination by arsenic and other heavy metal contaminants in the brahmaputra river valley: a water quality assessment study. journal of cleaner production, 201, 1001–1011. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.08.084. [75] ruparelia, nayan b. (2016). cloud computing. mit press, massachusetts, united states. [76] tomar, p., & kaur, g. (eds.). (2018). examining cloud computing technologies through the internet of things. advances in wireless technologies and telecommunication. doi:10.4018/978-1-5225-3445-7. [77] li, s., dragicevic, s., & veenendaal, b. (eds.). (2011). advances in web-based gis, mapping services and applications. crc press, florida, united states. [78] al-karnaz, sami ahmad suleiman (2017). using cloud technology in establishing a database of groundwater quality monitoring in the gaza atrip, master of environmental & earth science department, the islamic university of gaza, gaza strip, palestine. [79] arulbalaji, p., padmalal, d., & sreelash, k. (2019). gis and ahp techniques based delineation of groundwater potential zones: a case study from southern western ghats, india. scientific reports, 9(1). doi:10.1038/s41598-019-38567-x. [80] radfard, m., seif, m., ghazizadeh hashemi, a. h., zarei, a., saghi, m. h., shalyari, n., … samaei, m. r. (2019). protocol for the estimation of drinking water quality index (dwqi) in water resources: artificial neural network (anfis) and arc-gis. methodsx, 6, 1021–1029. doi:10.1016/j.mex.2019.04.027. [81] ben brahim, f., boughariou, e., & bouri, s. (2021). multicriteria-analysis of deep groundwater quality using wqi and fuzzy logic tool in gis: a case study of kebilli region, sw tunisia. journal of african earth sciences, 180, 104224. doi:10.1016/j.jafrearsci.2021.104224. [82] jha, m. k., shekhar, a., & jenifer, m. a. (2020). assessing groundwater quality for drinking water supply using hybrid fuzzygis-based water quality index. water research, 179, 115867. doi:10.1016/j.watres.2020.115867. [83] huang, m., & tian, y. (2019). an integrated graphic modeling system for three-dimensional hydrodynamic and water quality simulation in lakes. isprs international journal of geo-information, 8(1), 18. doi:10.3390/ijgi8010018. https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbtz9geu6owqwdrjmfef09brpenssw:1646289818776&q=cambridge,+massachusetts&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaopge-luz9u3mdbnmtzu4gaxdqszzlw0spot9pol0hpzmqssszlz81a4vhmpismfpylfjalfxytyjzwtc5okmlpsu3uufbolixotm0qlu0tkinewmgians6xlgeaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjmtog-q6n2ahu4sfedhul6b18qmxmoaxoece8qaw https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/gaza_strip https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/state_of_palestine available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 306 issn: 2723-9535 microbiological antibiotic assay validation of gentamicin sulfate using two-dose parallel line model (plm) mostafa essam eissa 1* , engy refaat rashed 2 , dalia essam eissa 3 1 department of microbiological and quality control, cairo university, cairo, egypt. 2 national centre for radiation research and technology, cairo, egypt. 3 royal oldham hospital, oldham,united kingdom. received 06 september 2021; revised 02 november 2021; accepted 12 november 2021; published 01 december 2021 abstract nowadays, microbiological assay is still widely used with several antibiotics that are composed of a mixture of related active compounds. however, obtaining a reasonably valid determination of the potency is dependent on the validity and suitability of the assay design. the present work aimed to validate an assay design for an aminoglycoside antibiotic (gentamicin sulfate) using a two-dose parallel line model agar diffusion assay in a large 8×8 rectangular plate. all preparatory procedures were done following the united states pharmacopeia and the inhibition zones were measured using a digital caliper to the nearest 0.01 mm. analysis of variance in compendial requirements for regression and parallelism were found to satisfactorily meet the acceptance criteria. specificity was achieved for the product under investigation with no detectable iz that could be found for all components except the antibiotic. the validation method showed an acceptable linearity of r2≥0.98. accuracy and precision parameters showed rsd (%)<2. all relative error value estimates were below 4%. the proposed validation design for 32×32 cm antibiotic plates yielded valid results and can be projected for the routine quality control analysis of the antibiotic material, especially that which is incorporated into a finished medicinal dosage form. keywords: gentamicin sulfate; biotechnology; plm; parallelism; linearity; precision; ruggedness; agar diffusion; inhibition zone. 1. introduction in the world of ever-growing populations with the compromised immune systems and deficient heath, the administration of appropriate antimicrobial drugs becomes more important for treatment of infections or even lifesaving diseases in some cases [1]. careful delivery of a reasonably accurate dosage to affected patients must be ensured to obtain the desired therapeutic value without toxicity or inefficiency from the administered medicinal products [2]. one of the important classes of antimicrobials is the aminoglycoside group of antibiotics [3]. these drug materials are produced naturally by microorganisms, which produce a family of related active compounds that may comprise several microbiologically active constituents [3]. while modern techniques for analysis (such as hplc and uplc) are appealing and convenient for the assay of many compounds, as can be found in the official monographs, they cannot give a true estimate for the antimicrobial activity of the active antibiotic ingredients in combination [4, 5]. * corresponding author: mostafaessameissa@yahoo.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-04-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3562-5935 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6593-378x hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 307 for this reason, the microbiological antibiotic assay is still widely used for some antimicrobials to derive the actual potency through the biological inhibitory activity for the growth of certain microorganisms as listed in the compendial monographs [6]. despite the great advances that have been achieved technologically in the procedures of this type of test, to date, it depends largely on manual operation, especially in developing countries [7]. in turn, this might influence the outcome of the test, notably in the routine activity monitoring for active pharmaceutical ingredient (api) in final consumable products [8]. due to the above challenges, the present work focused on the development of a simple validation system for the assessment of the antibiotic assay design to ensure its applicability in the frequent working activity for gentamicin sulfate using a two-dose parallel line model (plm) in large rectangular 8 x 8 assay plates. therefore, the target of the present study was to develop and validate a low-cost, simple, specific, accurate, and reproducible microbiological agar diffusion assay using the agar-well method and propose it as a useful technique for the quantitation of gentamicin sulfate. 2. materials and methods the devised layout of the assay was established in large rectangular sterilizable 32×32 cm plates. each plate could accommodate 8 rows by 8 columns of sample discs, wells or cylinders. in each plate, an equal number of all treatments were used in a balanced layout. the selected design was a two-dose plm model in (8 columns×8 rows) antibiotic assay plates using the zone of inhibition technique. the two-dose assay method was evaluated by the determination of linearity, accuracy, precision and [9]. 2.1. statistical analysis for gentamicin sulfate assay the terms “mean or average” and “standard deviation or s.d.” are used herein as defined in conventional current textbooks of biometry [10]. the other parameters are used in this study to indicate the experimental variation validity would be assessed using sum of squares, mean square and variance ratio, along with calculated probability to assess assay suitability to estimate potencies [11]. assay outputs are stated to be “statistically valid” if the outcome of the analysis of variance (anova) is as follows [12]:  the linear regression term is significant: the calculated probability is not less than the limiting critical value. if this criterion is not met, it is not possible to calculate 95% confidence limits (cl).  the term for non-parallelism is not significant: the calculated probability is less than f-tabulated for the hypothetical threshold. otherwise, the assay would be invalid and should be repeated. however, a significant deviation from parallelism in multiple assays may be due to the inclusion in the assaydesign of preparation to be examined that gives a transformed (dose)-response line with a slope significantly different from those for the other preparations. instead of declaring the whole assay test invalid, it may then be decided to eliminate or exclude all data relating to that questionable preparation and to restart the analysis from the beginning [12, 13]. when statistical validity is established, potencies and confidence limits may be estimated. 2.2. specificity of assay design and conditions this test is aimed to show the ability of the microbiological assay to unambiguously assess the active pharmaceutical ingredient (api) in presence of all other conventional commercial components in a market pharmaceutical-grade product for clinical use, in addition to other expected conditions and reagents of the intended experimental design [14]. this aspect would ensure the selectivity of the assay design for potency determination of gentamicin sulfate only without any interference [14]. all pharmaceutical formulations were prepared without the concerned active material (i.e., gentamicin sulfate) to assess this parameter. 2.3. establishment of linearity curve to evaluate the validity of the calibration curve, five doses of the standard gentamicin sulfate of known potency were used [15]. the range coverage corresponded to aliquots expressed as µg/ml of 0.6931 to 3.4657 range (expressed on natural logarithm scale) at a two-fold increment increase. all preparations and dilutions were made in volumetric flasks using buffer no. 3 [16]. the linearity was evaluated by linear regression analysis and correlation between the logarithm of the sample concentration and the inhibition halo diameter and the calculation was conducted using the least-squares method and fit verification by checking the residual plot [17]. six linearity readings were averaged for each dilution to calculate the standard curve. 2.4. accuracy of the microbiological design the accuracy was determined by adding known amount of gentamicin sulfate substance to the samples of the finished product formulation [17, 18]. accuracy was evaluated by comparing theoretical potency and experimentally determined potency for each level studied at 50, 100 and 150% of the target activity, using linear regression analysis hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 308 [19]. in the case of the assay of a drug substance, accuracy may be determined by application of the analytical procedure to an analyte of known purity (e.g., a reference standard) or by comparison of the results of the procedure with those of a second, well-characterized procedure, the accuracy of which has been stated or defined [20]. in the case of the assay of a drug in a formulated product, accuracy may be determined by application of the analytical procedure to synthetic mixtures of the drug product components to which known amounts of analyte have been added within the range of the procedure [20, 21]. accuracy is calculated as the percentage of recovery by the assay of the known added amount of analyte in the sample, or as the difference between the mean and the accepted true value, together with confidence intervals. 2.5. precision of the microbiological design precision of the method was determined by repeatability (intra-assay) and intermediate precision (inter-assay). repeatability and ruggedness were assessed. precision was determined through relative standard deviation (rsd). it was also evaluated if precision is associated with concentration through linear regression analysis, by plotting rsd versus concentration. this resulted in the verification that precision is not associated to concentration when the angular coefficient reliability interval includes value zero [22-24]. 2.6. robustness of the microbiological design the robustness of the method was determined by analyzing the same sample under a variety of conditions [25]. the factors considered were incubation time, temperature and ph (antibiotic medium no. 1) [17, 26]. minor and limited deviations or drifts from the standard official assay conditions should not adversely impact the resultant computed potency and it should not show significant shift from expected estimate from that calculated under ideal experimental and laboratory conditions [27]. based on the compendial requirements, the limits of quantification and detection are not needed for this type of assays [28]. 3. results the inhibition zone microbiological antibiotic assay of gentamicin sulfate using balanced two-dose parallel line model (plm) design was validated in terms of specificity, linearity, accuracy, precision and robustness. the estimated pooled confidence ratio could be estimated between 0.9 and 1.1 which was fairly within the hypothetical criterion window of the claimed target potency of 100%. 3.1. specificity of microbiological test design the treated placebo (without api gentamicin sulfate) preparation under test conditions and processing did not produce any inhibition zone in agar plates after incubation and the microorganism showed homogenous confluent growth throughout the whole plate. this was in contrast to the positive control group where the antibiotic showed a well-defined inhibition zone under similar experimental conditions. 3.2. linearity curve analysis the validation method yielded excellent results for linearity (r = 0.9905). figure 1 summarizes the results of linearity. the method showed the calibration curve in the studied range, with a correlation coefficient of 0. 9905 and linear equation of: 𝑌 = 6.6234𝑋 + 15.227 (1) where y = zone diameter (mm), and x = test solution concentration (µg/ml) expressed as logarithm of the base ten. upon inclusion of the activity factor (1.077), the constant would be 16.399 and x term would be in i.u./ml. the standard deviations (s.d.) of the ascending doses of gentamicin sulfate were 0.305, 0.314, 0.164, 0.342, 0.309, with r-sq= 98.1% and standard error of the regression (s) = 0.506885. the analysis of variance (anova) for regression, error and total source with degree of freedom (df) of one, three and four showed sum of squares (ss) 39.7537, 0.7708 and 40.5245, respectively. the mean square (ms) for regression and error terms were 39.7537 and 0.2569, respectively. the f-calculated was found to be 154.72. the p-value for linearity is equal to 0.001, which is less than the significance level (α) of 0.05. thus, the result indicated that the association between the inhibition zones and log concentrations is statistically significant. the errors are independent (random) as could be seen in figure 2. in this normal probability plot, the residuals generally appear to follow a straight line. table 1 shows the tabulated relation between dose levels of gentamicin sulfate and the ranges of zone size, radius and rsd (expressed as %) of diameter for each. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 309 figure 1. calibration curve for gentamicin linearity assessment covering the range between 0.0002 and 0.0032 g/100 ml w/v (%) showing mean ± s.d 3.3. accuracy validation assessment the recovery test was performed with three different concentrations and the mean recovery was found to be 100.53% of the target value (table 2) and rsd of 0.43%, which confirms the ability of the method to accurately determine the concentration of gentamicin sulfate in aqueous buffer solution and shows that the results obtained from the bioassay were close to the true concentrations of the samples. the accuracy profile (figure 3) shows the confinement of the microbiological assay results with 95% confidence intervals (ci) within the acceptance range for the potency determination. upon plotting the potencies determined experimentally vs. the theoretical value, a line was obtained. the experimentally obtained values were approximately close to the true values; thus, the line did not shift far from the ideal line, in which the intercept was equal to zero and the slope was equal to one, in turn proving the absence of systemic errors. 3.4. precision and ruggedness evaluation of the design the precision of the method was determined by repeatability (intra-assay) and intermediate precision (inter-assay). the repeatability (intra-assay) and intermediate precision (inter-assays) were expressed as the relative standard deviation of a series of measurements. the results are shown in tables 3 and 4. the relative standard deviations (rsd) were well below 5% for all tests conducted for this parameter, thus indicating appropriate intraand inter-assay precisions. 3.5. robustness of the potency determination under test conditions variation assessing the test design tolerance to deliberate changes or drifts in the proposed assay conditions showed the robustness of the experimental framework to the deviations in ph of the antibiotic medium (0.2 to 0.6 deviation in ph range), incubation temperature (3 ± 1.5 °c of temperature drift range) and period (time creep of 42 ± 6 hours) of the assay plates as could be seen in table 5. the computed rsd was found to be acceptable and below 5%. y = 6.6234x + 15.227 r² = 0.981 17.00 18.00 19.00 20.00 21.00 22.00 23.00 24.00 25.00 26.00 27.00 0.2000 0.4000 0.6000 0.8000 1.0000 1.2000 1.4000 1.6000 in h ib it io n z o n e (m m ) log10 concentration (µg/ml) calibration curve hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 310 figure 2. q-q graph for residuals from the linearity curve of gentamicin sulfate in plm table 1. inhibition zone diameter (in mm) for gentamicin sulfate in usp buffer no. 3 for construction of the linearity curve expected concentration w/v (%) range of computed inhibition zone (iz) area, (mm2) average calculated iz radius*, (mm) rsd% of measured iz diameter 0.0002 921.86 – 999.86 8.76 1.74 0.0004 1110.36 – 1204.41 9.58 1.64 0.0008 1350.05 1406.63 10.47 0.78 0.0016 1555.28 1674.93 11.33 1.51 0.0032 2006.14 2138.44 12.88 1.20 the mean of six reading for each dilution level * using calibrated digital caliper with two digits decimal sensitivity from millimeter table 2. accuracy of plm microbiological assay of gentamicin sulfate in 8×8 rectangular plate run amount of gentamicin sulfate (%) theoretical quantity (%) mean recovered (%) potency (mg/g) average recovery (%) rsd (%) r1 50.00 50.48 0.546 100.95 0.43% r2 100.00 100.56 1.088 100.56 r3 150.00 150.12 1.624 100.08 figure 3. accuracy profile obtained for method of microbiological dosage of gentamicin sulfate using 2×2 design in large antibiotic plates. solid lines represent acceptance limits (-22.5%, 22.5%) around the target value, dashed lines represent 95% tolerance interval reached. when tolerance intervals are confined within specification limits, the assay can be quantified with reasonable accuracy. -25.00% -20.00% -15.00% -10.00% -5.00% 0.00% 5.00% 10.00% 15.00% 20.00% 25.00% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% 140% 160% r el a ti v e e r r o r ( % ) relative potency (%) accuracy profile hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 311 (a) (b) figure 4. fixed and relative bias detection and monitoring that showed the angular coefficient, including zero and one terms: (a) method precision; (b) method accuracy table 3. precision assessment result of plm microbiological assay of gentamicin sulfate hypothetical target value (%) experimental results (%)* potency (mg/g) intra-assay rsd (%) error (%) mean potency (%) inter-assay rsd (%) 100.00 (eq. to 1.082 mg/g) 100.40 1.086 0.85 0.40 100.02 (eq. to 1.082 mg/g) 1.07 99.20 1.073 0.80 101.52 1.098 0.84 1.52 100.30 1.085 0.30 98.43 1.065 1.32 1.57 100.26 1.085 0.26 * three different duplicate repeatability with 16 readings for high and low doses of standard and sample per assay test plate table 4. between-analyst (ruggedness) result of gentamicin sulfate in large assay plates for two-dose plm analystb practical potency (%)* potency (mg/g) intra-assay rsd (%) mean group potency (%) error (%) difference between analysts (%) mean overall potency (%) inter-assay rsd (%) a 102.50a 1.109 1.42 101.50 (eq. to 1.098 mg/g) 2.50 0.33% 101.34 (eq. to 1.096 mg/g) 1.39 100.50 1.087 0.50 b 99.78 1.080 1.94 101.17 (eq. to 1.095 mg/g) 0.22 102.56 1.110 2.56 * each experimental group was done in duplicate with 16 readings for high and low doses of standard and sample per assay test plate. a single outlier value in the unknown low-dose test group was detected, omitted and replaced using usp rule of the replacement of the aberrant values that exceed g critical value. b intermediate precision for the measurement of the assay reproducibility under analyst variation condition. 0.00% 5.00% 10.00% 15.00% 20.00% 25.00% 0.00% 20.00% 40.00% 60.00% 80.00% 100.00% 120.00% 140.00% 160.00% s .d . (% ) concentration precision of method 0.00% 20.00% 40.00% 60.00% 80.00% 100.00% 120.00% 140.00% 160.00% 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% 140% 160% a ct u a l c o n ce n tr a ti o n hypothetical concentration accuracy of method hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 312 table 5. robustness assessment results of gentamicin sulfate in large assay plates for two-dose plm condition practical potency (%)* potency (mg/g) mean group potency (%) error (%) deviation from control (%) mean overall potency (%) rsd (%) controlb 101.08 1.094 100.08 (eq. to 1.083 mg/g) 1.08 n/a 100.31 (eq. to 1.085 mg/g) 1.87 99.08 1.072 0.92 incubation time 101.24 1.095 101.24 (eq. to 1.095 mg/g) 1.24 1.15 101.24 1.095 1.24 incubation temperature 97.45a 1.054 98.01 (eq. to 1.060 mg/g) 2.55 2.10 98.56 1.066 1.44 medium ph 99.92b 1.081 101.91 (eq. to 1.103 mg/g) 0.08 1.81 103.89 1.124 3.89 * each experimental group was done in duplicate a single outlier value in the low-dose group was detected, omitted and replaced using usp rule of the replacement of the aberrant values that exceed g critical value b aberrant value detected in low-dose test was found not representing true outlier due to data condensation and clustering. thus, decision was made to not rejecting it 3.6. statistical verification of assay validity using analysis of variance (anova) examination of the assay suitability was conducted statistically using analysis of variance (anova) in table 6. all tests conducted for validation parameters were screened for the validity of the outcome by investigating the pharmacopeial requirements for a two-dose parallel line balanced design of regression and parallelism. the fcalculated for each assay was compared against the tabulated limiting values and was found within the acceptable threshold (>12.56 for regression and <2.83 for parallelism). thus, all tests for accuracy, precision and robustness were valid to derive the sample potencies of gentamicin sulfate. moreover, the computed probabilities for each experiment were calculated. 4. discussion the use of an adequate experimental design in relation to the criteria of linearity, precision and accuracy of the analytical results are fundamental requirements for a reliable potency determination test [29]. it is highly advisable to adopt an assay design which, without further effort, gives better results [30]. the number and nature of the samples are the most important factors to be taken into account, in the selection of a design [24, 30]. the 2×2 assay design also known as a symmetrical and balanced assay is simple and effective which employs two doses of standard and two doses of the sample with the same concentration [24, 30]. the microbiological antibiotic assay is a simple, cheap and activity-indicating test for the potency determination of the antimicrobials [15]. however, design suitability and validation should be assessed to ensure the validity of the computed potency from the assay [31]. a prominent focus herein is on gentamicin sulfate which is listed in the internationally known reference pharmacopeias as raw material and as a finished pharmaceutical preparation for topical and parenteral administration [3, 6, 16, 32]. this aminoglycoside antibiotic is composed of five main related compounds. the constituents could be differentiated chemically into c1, c1a, c2, c2a, c2b, in addition to multiple minor components by substitution at the 6' carbon (c) of the purpurosamine unit [33-38]. while the analysis criteria for individual compounds may show wide variations in the commercial products that could reach 20% in the range, it would be necessary to use a sort of biological test to estimate the net resultant true activity with this complex mixture of microbiologically active entities [3, 6, 16]. moreover, intra-laboratory and inter-laboratory variation mitigation in the microbiological assay might be acquired through the implementation of the international guidelines for the antibiotic assay that include media composition, reagents and assay conditions [39]. 4.1. specificity of the assay design the layout of the activity testing procedure must ensure capturing of the intended material potency without misleading estimation of the true activity due to uncontrolled influence of other components present in the test course that could lead to unintentional bias in the assessment of the actual activity of gentamicin sulfate [40]. the proposed assay design and conditions showed selectivity toward the response from gentamicin sulfate only without any detectable interference from other materials such as reagents, solvents, different other active components or excipients of the pharmaceutical formulation. specificity is an important criterion to avoid any possible microbiological interference from other unintended factors that would otherwise pertain to the intended active antibiotic material [41]. generally, these interfering factors include the reagents of the assay or other constituents of the pharmaceutical products either active or inert [42]. thus, any zone of inhibition in the agar plates could be attributed to gentamicin sulfate only [42]. accordingly, the product without the active pharmaceutical ingredient (api) – called placebo herein was used under the exact same assay conditions to exclude the biological interference possibility. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 313 table 6. analysis of variance (anova) of validation group for assessment of the assay design validity source of variance validation group sum of squares mean square variance ratio calculated probability regression squaresa accuracy 50% 324.45 324.45 591.62 <0.0001 100% 357.59 357.59 2311.85 150% 217.12 217.12 508.40 repeatability i 255.28 255.28 3051.11 <0.0001 ii 295.45 295.45 1962.22 iii 221.97 221.97 974.79 ruggedness a 419.78 419.78 1193.38 <0.0001 b 356.97 356.97 1561.10 robustness control 260.70 260.70 1260.59 <0.0001 incubation time 574.96 574.96 1738.60 incubation temperature 178.00 178.00 252.20 medium ph 63.98 63.98 450.74 parallelism squaresb accuracy 50% 4.11 1.43 2.62 0.0723 100% 0.53 0.18 1.13 0.3891 150% 1.12 0.37 0.88 0.5040 repeatability i 0.08 0.03 0.30 0.7170 ii 1.27 0.42 2.82 0.0572 iii 0.27 0.09 0.40 0.7080 ruggedness a 1.82 0.61 1.73 0.2019 b 0.79 0.26 1.16 0.3796 robustness control 1.58 0.53 2.55 0.0784 incubation time 1.71 0.57 1.72 0.2039 incubation temperature 0.35 0.12 0.17 0.6603 medium ph 0.39 0.13 0.92 0.4839 a f-tabulated limiting value >12.56 for d.f. of one b f-tabulated limiting value <2.83 for d.f. of three 4.2. validity of the linearity curve generally, dose-response relations are not a straight line, but linearity can be achieved through transformation [43]. one of the most commonly used methods for transformations is the logarithmic transformation [44]. the anova and linear regression methods are reasonably robust to mild departures from assumptions regarding constant variance or normality [45]. in many cases, data can be transformed so the transformed response will be sufficiently close to constant variance and normality [44]. to determine whether the association between the response and each term in the model is statistically significant, the p-value was compared for the term to the assigned significance level to assess the null hypothesis. the null hypothesis is that the term's coefficient is equal to zero, which indicates that there is no association between the term and the response [46]. usually, a significance level (denoted as α or alpha) of 0.05 works well. a significance level of 0.05 indicates a 5% risk of concluding that an association exists when there is no actual association [46]. the linearity of an analytical method is its ability to elicit test results that are directly, or by a welldefined mathematical transformation, proportional to the concentration of analyte in samples within a given range [47]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 314 it must be realized that linearity will only hold over a certain range and that doses outside this range may give rise to misleading results. biological concentration-response relationships generally are not linear. the antibiotic potency method allows fitting the data to a straight line by evaluating a narrow concentration range where the results approach linearity. the assay results can be considered valid only if the computed potency is 50%–150% of that assumed in preparing the sample stock solution. when the calculated potency value falls outside 50%–150%, the result for the sample may fall outside the narrow concentration range where linearity has been established. in such a case, adjustment of the assumed potency of the sample would be needed accordingly, and the assay should be repeated to obtain a valid result. it was verified that the methods present linearity when the correlation coefficient (r) is greater or equal to 0.90 and the regression significance is less than 0.01 [22-24]. 4.3. accuracy evaluation of the assay design accuracy is another criterion in the validation that must be fulfilled. the accuracy was proved by recovery tests performed for the examined experimental designs to determine the agreement between the values found of the analyte and the real value from those analyses [7, 48]. the recovery test was performed with three different concentrations (50%, 100% and 150% of the target value) and the average recovery was computed to be 100.53% of reference substance as could be calculated from table 2. the methods were considered accurate when the reliability intervals of linear and angular coefficients include, respectively, values of one and zero [24]. the investigated design did not show any fixed or absolute tendency and relative tendency, nor being necessary to employ any kind of correction or adjustment of the results obtained [24]. the method had appropriate accuracy, as could be confirmed by the values calculated for the β-tolerance interval (figure 3) for each concentration level, which showed a maximum variation of ± 17.8% for the current two-dose symmetrical design [39, 49-51]. accuracy is represented by the combination of the random (precision) and systematic (trueness) errors, which were considered in the β-tolerance interval calculation. this represents the interval in which β percentage of the future individual results would be expected [39, 50]. according to the trueness parameter, there was no evidence indicating systematic errors in either experimental design [39, 49, 52]. upon plotting the potencies determined experimentally vs. the theoretical value, a line was obtained. the experimental values were approximate to the true values; thus, the line did not shift away from the ideal line, in which the intercept was equal to zero and the slope was equal to one, in turn proving the absence of systemic errors [39, 52]. 4.4. repeatability and ruggedness assessment of the design the precision of the assay was determined by repeatability (intra-assay) and intermediate precision (inter-assay or ruggedness) which results were expressed as rsd of a series of measurements. in the microbiological assay, the number of replications per dose must be sufficient to ensure the required precision. furthermore, the assay may be repeated and the results combined statistically to obtain the required precision [7, 15]. the repeatability was studied by determination of the samples in three assays, at the same concentration, under the same experimental conditions. the result obtained shows rsd of acceptable results indicating good intra-assay precision. inter-assay variability was calculated showing rsd of reasonable value. 4.5. robustness analysis of the assay design it is defined as the reliability of an analysis with respect to deliberate variations in method parameters [39, 53]. the most important factors of concern in the microbiology laboratory that could influence the analysis comprise ph of the antibiotic medium, incubation time and temperature. the datasets obtained from the conducted experiments showed reasonable stability against variations in the standard assay conditions. thus, it could be concluded that the assay design would be able to withstand the commonly expected fluctuations in the laboratory experimental conditions for the microbiological assay activities. 4.6. statistical intervention of the assay suitability implementation of statistical analysis in the evaluation of the microbiological antibiotic assay is crucial to ensure quality and confidence in the derived potency from the test [54]. it should be noted that doubling the number of the replicates in the treatment groups in each preparation in the balanced assay imposed a significant reduction in the pooled confidence window so that it decreased by 67.58% and reached 95.83% to 104.36% with a range of 8.53% (the minimum acceptance criterion range is 35%). hence, it is important to control this parameter in the assay based on the main target of the potency determination and its acceptance criteria. for instance, the assay for screening antimicrobial properties would have different requirements and specifications than that for bulk or intermediate manufactured preparations and finished prepared products [54]. the application of the completely randomized design (rcd) in the symmetric pl model is dependent on the fulfillment of the following assumptions [12]. the first assumption is the randomization which would limit variances hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 315 that could arise across the assay plates in the inhibition zone experiments. the different treatments have been randomly distributed across rows and column of the assay plate. the second assumption is the normality. the responses to each treatment are normally distributed [54]. however, british pharmacopeia stated that minor deviations from this assumption will in general not introduce serious flaws in the analysis as long as several replicates per treatment are included as could be demonstrated in figure 5. the third assumption is homogeneity of variance (figure 6). the standard deviations of the responses within each treatment group of both standard and unknown preparations don't differ significantly from one another. the fourth assumption is the linearity [54]. the relationship between the logarithm of the dose and the response can be represented by a straight line. the last assumption is the parallelism. for any unknown preparation in the assay, the straight line is parallel to that of the standard as could be observed in anova of table 6. the regression analysis and deviation of parallelism are mandatory requirements for suitability of the microbiological antibiotic assay design with 2:1 and 4:1 dose ratio as could be demonstrated in several pharmacopeias (e.g., brazilian, british and indian) [30]. figure 5. q-q plot for normality of all test groups in the validation study showing the predicted values against the actual data obtained from the experiment (red line is the ideal relationship): s: standard, t: test, h: high dose, l: low dose, r: repeatability, i: intermediate precision, ip: incubation period, it: incubation temperature, 50: 50% accuracy test, 100: 100% accuracy test and 150: 150% accuracy test. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 316 (a) (b) figure 6. homogeneity of variance test showing all experimental groups (r: repeatability, i: intermediate precision, ip: incubation period, it: incubation temperature, 50%: 50% accuracy test, 100%: 100% accuracy test and 150%: 150% accuracy test) within critical values (red dashed line) using: (a) cochran's test (b) bartlett's test 5. conclusion the microbiological assay is one of the most important analytical techniques that is still in use for several biologically active compounds, especially those that consist naturally of a mixture of several active related components. these types of assays retain simplicity and safety, in addition to being inexpensive. the activity of the antimicrobial compounds should be determined using specific microorganisms, which show a measurable response over a predefined linear range against a standard material of the same substance of known potency. the microbiological antibiotic assay of gentamicin sulfate (using 2×2 balanced plm agar diffusion technique in large 30×30 cm rectangular (8 rows×8 columns) antibiotic plates) was assessed using validation parameters of specificity, linearity, accuracy, precision, and robustness, in addition to the examination of dataset suitability and assay design validity for potency determinations of this aminoglycoside antimicrobial antibiotic. the examined design showed hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 317 acceptable results and validation parameters. thus, it is suitable for the assay of the antibiotic with reasonable confidence. when the confidence range needs to be more restricted, an assay modification that includes an increase in the number of replicates must be investigated. recorded assay groups should demonstrate acceptable normality and homogeneity of variance. moreover, statistical investigation of each experiment dataset could be easily verified for its suitability using anova through a commercial statistical software package. the basic sources of variance were regression and parallelism. all these tests passed the statistical acceptance criteria. nevertheless, other noncompendial factors that might contribute to the variation could be investigated in other planned future work. this balanced design would be useful for the implementation of the potency determination of gentamicin sulfate in both crude forms and in the final finished medical preparation. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, d.e.e. and e.r.r.; methodology, m.e.e.; software, m.e.e.; validation, e.r.r., d.e.e. and m.e.e.; formal analysis, m.e.e.; investigation, e.r.r.; resources, d.e.e.; data curation, m.e.e.; writing—original draft preparation, m.e.e.; writing—review and editing, e.r.r.; visualization, e.r.r.; supervision, e.r.r.; project administration, d.e.e.; funding acquisition, d.e.e.. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] prestinaci, f., pezzotti, p., & pantosti, a. (2015). antimicrobial resistance: a global multifaceted phenomenon. pathogens and global health, 109(7), 309–318. doi:10.1179/2047773215y.0000000030. [2] world health organization (who). (2007). quality assurance of pharmaceuticals: a compendium of guidelines and related materials. good manufacturing practices and inspection (vol. 2). world health organization. [3] gentamicin sulfate. (2021). in ashp® injectable drug information tm. american society of health-system pharmacists, 766–779. doi:10.37573/9781585286850.186. [4] pauter, k., szultka-młýnska, m., & buszewski, b. (2020). determination and identification of antibiotic drugs and bacterial strains in biological samples. molecules, 25(11), 2556. doi:10.3390/molecules25112556. [5] bekele, l. k., & gebeyehu, g. g. (2012). application of different analytical techniques and microbiological assays for the analysis of macrolide antibiotics from pharmaceutical dosage forms and biological matrices. isrn analytical chemistry 2012, 1–17. doi:10.5402/2012/859473. [6] european treaty series. (2019). european pharmacopoeia (50th ed.). council of europe, strasbourg, france. [7] oppe, t. p., menegola, j., & schapoval, e. e. s. (2018). microbiological assay for the determination of cefpirome in raw material and injectable preparation. drug analytical research, 2(1), 29–35. doi:10.22456/2527-2616.84473. [8] chen, j., san, s. s. s., kung, a., tomasek, m., liu, d., rodgers, w., & gau, v. (2021). direct-from-specimen microbial growth inhibition spectrums under antibiotic exposure and comparison to conventional antimicrobial susceptibility testing. biorxiv. doi:10.1101/2021.02.12.430910. [9] salgado, h. r. n., & tozo, g. c. g. (2007). microbiological assay for cefoxitin sodium in dosage form. journal of aoac international, 90(2), 452–455. doi:10.1093/jaoac/90.2.452. [10] zar, j. (2009). biostatistical analysis (5th ed). prentice-hall, new jersey, usa. [11] greenwood, m.; banner, k. one-way anova sums of squares, mean squares, and f-test mark greenwood and katharine banner. available online: https://arc.lib.montana.edu/book/statistics-with-r-textbook/item/56 (accessed on october 2021). hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 318 [12] abonazel, m. r. (2017). using completely randomized design of parallel linear model for estimating the biological potency of human insulin drugs: an empirical study. biostatistics and biometrics open access journal, (bboaj), 3(4), 555619. doi:10.19080/bboaj.2017.03.555619. [13] thai pharmacopoeia (2008). 5.3. statistical analysis of results of biological assays and tests. in european pharmacopoeia 10 (1), 571–600. available online: https://www.bdn.go.th/tp/ebook/qqwcz3tlpr9gc3q0gt5gmjq0qt5co3uw (accessed on august 2021). [14] zuluaga, a. f., agudelo, m., rodriguez, c. a., & vesga, o. (2009). application of microbiological assay to determine pharmaceutical equivalence of generic intravenous antibiotics. bmc clinical pharmacology, 9, 9. doi:10.1186/1472-6904-9-1. [15] manfio, m. l., agarrayua, d. a., machado, j. c., & schmidt, c. a. (2013). a fully validated microbiological assay to evaluate the potency of ceftriaxone sodium. brazilian journal of pharmaceutical sciences, 49(4), 753–762. doi:10.1590/s1984-82502013000400015. [16] united states pharmacopeia (usp). (2018). the united states pharmacopoeia. the national formulary. 43rd-nf38 ed., vol. 5. united states pharmacopeial convention, maryland, united states. [17] eissa, m., r. rashed, e., & eissa, d. (2021). validation of symmetrical two-dose parallel line assay model for nystatin potency determination in pharmaceutical product. journal of advanced pharmacy research, 5(6), 406-413. doi:10.21608/aprh.2021.86555.1138. [18] gad, s. (2008). pharmaceutical manufacturing handbook. wiley-interscience, n.j., united states. doi:10.1002/9780470259832. [19] lourenço, f. r., kaneko, t. m., & de jesus andreoli pinto, t. (2007). validation of erythromycin microbiological assay using an alternative experimental design. journal of aoac international, 90(4), 1107–1110. doi:10.1093/jaoac/90.4.1107. [20] european medicines agency (emea). (1994). ich topic q 2 (r1) validation of analytical procedures: text and methodology. step 5. note for guidance on validation of analytical procedures: text and methodology (cpmp/ich/381/95). in prescrire international, 1–15. available online: https://www.ema.europa.eu/en/documents/scientific-guideline/ich-q-2-r1validation-analytical-procedures-text-methodology-step-5_en.pdf (accessed on october 2021). [21] food and drug administration. (1996). q2b validation of analytical procedures: methodology. guidance for industry; u.s. dept. of health and human services, fda. center for drug evaluation and research, maryland, united states. [22] caulcutt, r., boddy, r. (1995). statistics for analytical chemists; chapman & hall: london, uk. [23] beiguelman, b. (2002). curso prático de bioestatística (5th ed). in fundação de pesquisas científicas de ribeirão preto: ribeirão preto, 1(35), 117–263, brasil. [24] lourenço, f. r., & pinto, t. d. j. a. (2009). comparison of three experimental designs employed in gentamicin microbiological assay through agar diffusion. brazilian journal of pharmaceutical sciences, 45(3), 559–566. doi:10.1590/s1984-82502009000300022. [25] mandle, r. assay validation methods definitions and terms. biosciences research associates (issue 3). available online: https://www.fws.gov/aah/pdf/qi-terms and defs.pdf (accessed on october 2021). [26] christ, a. p., machado, m. s., ribas, k. g., schwarzbold, a. v., da silva, c. de b., & adams, a. i. h. (2015). a fully validated microbiological assay for daptomycin injection and comparison to hplc method. brazilian journal of pharmaceutical sciences, 51(4), 775–783. doi:10.1590/s1984-82502015000400003. [27] ermer, j., & mcb. miller, j. h. (eds.). (2005). method validation in pharmaceutical analysis. john wiley & sons, new jersey, united states. doi:10.1002/3527604685. [28] dafale, n. a., semwal, u. p., agarwal, p. k., sharma, p., & singh, g. n. (2015). development and validation of microbial bioassay for quantification of levofloxacin in pharmaceutical preparations. journal of pharmaceutical analysis, 5(1), 18–26. doi:10.1016/j.jpha.2014.07.007. [29] abd elhafeez, m., & mobarez, e. (2021). evaluation of analytical method for determination of tetracyclines in their dosage forms by hplc using different types of chromatographic stationary phases (rp-c8 and rp-c18). egyptian journal of animal health, 1(2), 1–10. doi:10.21608/ejah.2021.160749. [30] dafale, n. a., semwal, u. p., rajput, r. k., & singh, g. n. (2016). selection of appropriate analytical tools to determine the potency and bioactivity of antibiotics and antibiotic resistance. journal of pharmaceutical analysis, 6(4), 207–213. doi:10.1016/j.jpha.2016.05.006. [31] belouafa, s., habti, f., benhar, s., belafkih, b., tayane, s., hamdouch, s., bennamara, a., & abourriche, a. (2017). statistical tools and approaches to validate analytical methods: methodology and practical examples. international journal of metrology and quality engineering, 8, 9. doi:10.1051/ijmqe/2016030. [32] pharmaceutical and medical device regulatory science society of japan (2016). japanese pharmaco-poeia. tokyo, japan. https://www.bdn.go.th/tp/ebook/qqwcz3tlpr9gc3q0gt5gmjq0qt5co3uw https://www.ema.europa.eu/en/documents/scientific-guideline/ich-q-2-r1-validation-analytical-procedures-text-methodology-step-5_en.pdf https://www.ema.europa.eu/en/documents/scientific-guideline/ich-q-2-r1-validation-analytical-procedures-text-methodology-step-5_en.pdf https://www.fws.gov/aah/pdf/qi-terms%20and%20defs.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 319 [33] deng, z., yu, y., & zhang, q. (2017). parallel pathways in the biosynthesis of aminoglycoside antibiotics. f1000research, 6, 723. doi:10.12688/f1000research.11104.1. [34] dewick, p. (2012). medicinal natural products; john wiley & sons, new jersey, united states. [35] kumar, c. g., himabindu, m., & jetty, a. (2008). microbial biosynthesis and applications of gentamicin: a critical appraisal. critical reviews in biotechnology, 28(3), 173–212. doi:10.1080/07388550802262197. [36] weinstein, m. j., wagman, g. h., oden, e. m., & marquez, j. a. (1967). biological activity of the antibiotic components of the gentamicin complex. journal of bacteriology, 94(3), 789–790. doi:10.1128/jb.94.3.789-790.1967. [37] vydrin, a. f., shikhaleev, i. v., makhortov, v. l., shcherenko, n. n., & kolchanova, n. v. (2003). component composition of gentamicin sulfate preparations. pharmaceutical chemistry journal, 37(8), 448-450. doi:10.1023/a:1027372416983. [38] daniels, p. j. l., luce, c., jaret, r. s., schumacher, d., reimann, h., & ilavsky, j. (1975). the gentamicin antibiotics. vi. gentamicin c2b, an aminoglycoside antibiotic produced by micromonospora purpurea mutant ji-33. the journal of antibiotics, 28(1), 35–41. doi:10.7164/antibiotics.28.35. [39] solanot, a. g. r., pereira, l. de m. c. s., leonel, m. de f. v., & nunan, e. de a. (2011). development of agar diffusion method for dosage of gramicidin. brazilian journal of pharmaceutical sciences, 47(3), 565–572. doi:10.1590/s198482502011000300014. [40] nahar, s., khatun, m. s., & kabir, m. s. (2020). application of microbiological assay to determine the potency of intravenous antibiotics. stamford journal of microbiology, 10(1), 25–29. doi:10.3329/sjm.v10i1.50729. [41] aoac international. (2021). appendix f.: guidelines for standard method performance requirements. in aoac official methods of analysis. available online: http://www.eoma.aoac.org/app_f.pdf (accessed on august 2021). [42] latimer, g. (2019). official methods of analysis of aoac international; 21st ed.; aoac international: gaithersburg, md., maryland, usa. [43] kavanagh, f. (1977). microbiological turbidimetric methods: linearization of antibiotic and vitamin standard curves. journal of pharmaceutical sciences, 66(11), 1520–1525. doi:10.1002/jps.2600661104. [44] feng, c., wang, h., lu, n., & tu, x. m. (2013). log transformation: application and interpretation in biomedical research. statistics in medicine, 32(2), 230–239. doi:10.1002/sim.5486. [45] kragujevac, u., heidelberg, s., & springer, h. (2011). international encyclopedia of statistical science. in international encyclopedia of statistical science. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-04898-2. [46] akers, m. d. (2018). exploring, analysing and interpreting data with minitab 18. compass publishing, seoul, south korea. [47] rao, t. (2018). validation of analytical methods. intechopen, london, united kingdom. doi:10.5772/intechopen.69918. available online: https://www.intechopen.com/chapters/57909 (accessed october 2021). [48] costa, m. c. n., barden, a. t., andrade, j. m. m., oppe, t. p., & schapoval, e. e. s. (2014). quantitative evaluation of besifloxacin ophthalmic suspension by hplc, application to bioassay method and cytotoxicity studies. talanta, 119, 367–374. doi:10.1016/j.talanta.2013.10.051. [49] hubert, p., nguyen-huu, j.-j., boulanger, b., chapuzet, e., cohen, n., compagnon, p.-a., … rozet, e. (2008). harmonization of strategies for the validation of quantitative analytical procedures: a sfstp proposal. journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis, 48(3), 760–771. doi:10.1016/j.jpba.2008.07.018. [50] rozet, e., hubert, c., ceccato, a., dewé, w., ziemons, e., moonen, f., michail, k., wintersteiger, r., streel, b., boulanger, b., & hubert, p. (2007). using tolerance intervals in pre-study validation of analytical methods to predict in-study results. the fit-for-future-purpose concept. journal of chromatography a, 1158(1–2), 126–137. doi:10.1016/j.chroma.2007.03.102. [51] u.s. department of health and human services food and drug administration center for drug evaluation and research (cder) center for veterinary medicine (cvm). (2018). guidance for industry; u.s. dept. of health and human services, food and drug administration, center for drug evaluation and research: rockville, md, united states. [52] rozet, e., ceccato, a., hubert, c., ziemons, e., oprean, r., rudaz, s., boulanger, b., & hubert, p. (2007). analysis of recent pharmaceutical regulatory documents on analytical method validation. journal of chromatography a, 1158(1–2), 111–125. doi:10.1016/j.chroma.2007.03.111. [53] cazedey, e. c. l., & salgado, h. r. n. (2011). development and validation of a microbiological agar assay for determination of orbifloxacin in pharmaceutical preparations. pharmaceutics, 3(3), 572–581. doi:10.3390/pharmaceutics3030572. [54] hewitt, w. (2003). microbiological assay for pharmaceutical analysis. microbiological assay for pharmaceutical analysis. crc press, florida, united states. doi:10.1201/b12428. http://www.eoma.aoac.org/app_f.pdf https://www/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 101 innovative blade trailing edge flap design concept using flexible torsion bar and worm drive kwangtae ha a* a department of floating offshore wind energy generation systems, university of ulsan, ulsan 44610, south korea. received 28 june 2020; revised 07 august 2020; accepted 11 august 2020; published 01 september 2020 abstract in this paper, a simple but effective trailing edge flap system was proposed. this preliminary concept uses a more practical and stable actuation system, which consists of a motor-driven worm gear drive and a flexible torsion bar. the flexible torsion bar is designed to be easily twisted while keeping bending rigidity as a support, and the worm gear drive not only provides high torque to overcome aerodynamic forces on the flap area and the torsional rigidity of the support bar, but also acts as a brake to avoid instability due to the high torsional flexibility of the support bar. a preliminary level design study was performed to show the applicability of the new trailing edge flap system for wind turbine rotor blades or helicopter blades. keywords: wind turbine rotor blade; helicopter blade; torsion bar; flap. 1. introduction rotor blade vibrations and noise are generated during all operating conditions, primarily due to unsteady aerodynamic loads. the reduction of such vibratory loads is quite important, so much research has been performed to develop various passive and active methods and mechanisms for achieving this goal [1-3]. also, the application of active materials for the reduction of vibration and noise in rotor blades has been the focus of numerous studies in recent years [4, 5]. from the aerodynamic point of view, the outboard region is subject to the highest values of dynamic pressure and consequently offers the greatest potential for the generation of rotor blade control air loads with minimal actuation effort (i.e., minimal deformation of the blade), as well as having the largest effect on blade loads due to large leverage. straub et al. [6] researched trailing edge flaps with various mechanisms and actuators, and bernhard and chopra [7] investigated an active blade tip rotor with piezoelectric actuation using a bending-torsion actuator. however, most actuation systems use additional amplification mechanisms such as linkage systems to generate large deflections of the control surface for effective load control. ha and dancila [8] proposed and analyzed a star-shaped composite cross section, which optimizes the extensiontwist response. composite star beams are an ideal solution for the frictionless tension-torsion hinge bar support of the rotor blade tip against centrifugal forces. a design level study on active wind turbine blade tips with a flexible torsion bar and piezoelectric actuation was done by dancila et al. [9]. the high axial and bending stiffness and strength of the composite bar provide effective and frictionless support against axial (centrifugal) loads and transverse (lift and dead weight) loads, while the low torsional stiffness allows effective actuation by the coiled piezoelectric actuator. however, the suggested coiled actuator requires further research for realistic manufacturing, and current bender-type * corresponding author: kwangtaeha@ulsan.ac.kr http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-03-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6678-3085 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 102 actuators do not provide enough power to generate control surface deformation in the rotor blade and also do not provide force to constrain the support bar to avoid torsional instability. another wind blade tip control mechanism concept was also proposed by xie et al. [10]. it used a servo motor and a worm-gear reducer to control the folding of a wind turbine blade. experiments with a small blade showed the advantages of reducing rotation torque and thrust through the implementation of a worm gear drive. there were also several studies in finding what angle of attack of an equivalent rigid section will produce the same lift as a flapped section with flap deflection angle. fehlner worked on the design of control surfaces for hydrodynamic applications and found that slope effectiveness factor was about 3.13 corresponding to 15% flap chord [11-13]. madsen, barlas, and andersen developed morphing trailing edge flap system for wind turbine and demonstrated the functionality and aerodynamic performance of the flap concept. from the research, they found that 3 degree flap deflection gives the same lift change as 1 degree pitch of the whole blade system [5, 14]. in the present work, a more practical and stable actuation system, the motor-driven worm drive, is suggested to provide trailing edge flap motion and to avoid instability due to torsional flexibility of star shaped composite beam using intrinsic self-locking principle of single worm drive. a preliminary design level study was performed to show the applicability of the new trailing edge flap system for wind turbine blades. 2. characteristic of flexible trailing edge flap system the characteristics of the flexible torsion bar and worm gear drive, which comprise the new trailing edge flap system are briefly explained analytically. 2.1. flexible torsion bar figure 1 shows possible redistributions of a circular cross sectional material to star configuration section and a representative flexible torsion bar with three arcs. from equations 1 to 3, figures 2 and 3 are obtained visually, which show that the transition improves the performance [8]. that is, it is possible to achieve a beneficial stiffness decreases in torsional stiffness and an increase in bending stiffness while keeping the axial stiffness unchanged. figure 1. redistribution of circular section to star beam and a representative flexible torsion bar (𝐸𝐴)𝑠 (𝐸𝐴)𝑐𝑖𝑟𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 = 1 (1) (𝐸𝐼)𝑠 (𝐸𝐼)𝑐𝑖𝑟𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 = 2𝜋 𝑁𝑠𝜂 ( 2𝜋𝜙 𝑁𝑠 + 𝜂2 12 + 1 3 ) (1+ 4𝜋𝜙 𝑁𝑠 + 4𝜋2𝜙2 𝑁𝑠 2 ) (2) (𝐺𝐽)𝑠 (𝐺𝐽)𝑐𝑖𝑟𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 = 2𝜋𝜂 3𝑁𝑠 ( 2𝜋𝜙 𝑁𝑠 +1) (1+ 4𝜋𝜙 𝑁𝑠 + 4𝜋2𝜙2 𝑁𝑠 2 ) (3) where, ea is axial stiffness, ei is bending stiffness, n is the arm number of star shape, 𝜂 is the ratio of wall thickness to radius of star shape cross section, ∅ is a nondimensional parameter, and gj is torsional stiffness. also, subscript s and circular represent star shaped cross section and circular solid cross section, respectively. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 103 figure 2. variation of torsional rigidity ratio figure 3. variation of bending stiffness ration also, from figures 2 and 3, it is shown that the torsional rigidity can be reduced to less than 7% while the bending stiffness can be increased more than seven times and the axial stiffness is preserved. 2.2. worm gear drive figure 4 shows typical worm gears consisting of worm as the driving part and wheel gear as the driven part. it has been mainly used to applications requiring a large gear reduction, that is, a high torque with for this application, a maximum 90° motion transfer at the wheel gear end. another interesting part is that the worm can easily turn the wheel gear, but the wheel gear cannot turn the worm reversely. this is a useful feature to the currently proposed trailing edge flap system because it keeps the flexible torsion bar from turning excessively to cause torsional instability. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 104 figure 4. a schematic diagram of worm gear drive component 3. modeling of flexible trailing edge flap system by considering the proposed flap system subjected to combined axial loads and tip torques, the governing equations exhibiting the apparent torsional stiffening of flexible torsion bar is expressed in terms of the tip twist angle s by equation 4 [9]. 𝑇 = [ (𝐺𝐽)𝑠 𝐿𝑆 + 𝐹𝐼𝑠 𝐴𝑠𝐿𝑠 ] 𝜃𝑠 + 𝐸𝑠𝐼𝑁𝐿 𝐿𝑠 3 𝜃𝑠 3 = (𝐾𝑒𝑙 + 𝐾𝐹)𝜃𝑠 + 𝐾𝑁𝐿𝜃𝑠 3 (4) where; t : applied tip torque; gj : torsional stiffness; l : longitudinal length of beam; f : axial load; inl : nonlinear term related to the second moment of area of the modified starbeam; a : area of cross section; 𝜃 : tip twist angle; kel : elastic torsional stiffness; kf : apparent torsional stiffness due to axial load; knl : nonlinear term due to trapeze effect; s : solid cross section type; considering the tip torque, t, at the wheel gear from worm gear drive motor, the moment equilibrium equation at the tip is given by: 𝑇 = 𝑇𝑜 = ( 𝜔𝑖 𝜔 ) 𝑇𝑖 = ( �̇�𝑖 �̇� ) 𝑇𝑖 = [𝐾𝑒𝑙 + 𝐾𝐹]𝜃 → 𝑃𝑖 = [𝐾𝑒𝑙 + 𝐾𝐹]𝜃�̇� (5) where, pi is a power (watt) given from the worm gear drive motor specification, 𝜔 is a rotational speed. therefore, the flap angle is expressed in equation 4 with integration by parts rule in terms of input power from the worm gear drive and the torsion stiffness from the flexible torsion bar. 𝜃 = √ 2𝑃𝑖𝑡 (𝐾𝑒𝑙+𝐾𝐹) (6) where, t is operation time by the worm gear drive motor. 4. application to rotor blade figure 5 shows the example of a flexible trailing edge flap system application to rotor blade such as wind turbine blade or helicopter blade. for simplicity, assume that the flap hinge position is located aft to the aerodynamic center axis. in the presence of air loads, a positive nose-up rotation of the trailing edge flap device is generated by a positive aerodynamic hinge moment, which tends to amplify the flap deflection. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 105 figure 5. schematic diagram of application to flexible trailing edge flap system on rotor blade the equilibrium equation of the flap device at hinge location o shown in in figure 6 becomes 𝑇 + 𝑀𝑎𝑒𝑟𝑜(𝛼, 𝜃, 𝛺) = [𝐾𝑒𝑙 + 𝐾𝐹]𝜃 (7) where the aerodynamic moment is given as; 𝑀𝑎𝑒𝑟𝑜(𝛼, 𝜃, 𝛺) = 𝑋ℎ𝐿𝑎𝑒𝑟𝑜(𝛼, 𝜃, 𝛺) (8) where; 𝛼: angle of attack; 𝛺: rotational speed; laero: aerodynamic lift force; xh: distance of center of starbeam from aerodynamic center; figure 6. (a) aerodynamic force distribution; (a) and (b) deformed cross-sectional shape of flexible trailing edge flap system 5. conclusion a conceptual flexible trailing edge flap system was proposed in this work. this preliminary concept uses a more practical and stable actuation system, which consists of a motor-driven worm gear drive as an input power device and a flexible torsion bar as a support bar. the flexible torsion bar showed a beneficial decrease in torsional stiffness while increasing the bending stiffness, all at the same axial stiffness as a massive bar for comparison. it was also shown that the worm gear drive not only provided high torque to overcome aerodynamic force on the flap area and the torsional rigidity of the support bar, but also acted as a brake to avoid instability due to the high torsional flexibility of the support bar. a preliminary level design study was performed to show the equilibrium condition analytically and the applicability of the new trailing edge flap system for wind turbine blades with regard to the aerodynamic force. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 106 6. funding and acknowledgements this work was supported by brain pool program through the national research foundation of korea (nrf) funded by the ministry of science and ict (grant number: 2019h1d3a2a02102093), and this research was also supported by the korea institute of energy technology evaluation and planning(ketep) grant funded by the korea government(motie) (grant number: 20184030202280). 7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] reichart, g. (1981). helicopter vibration control a survey. vertica. 5(1), 1–20. available online: https://dspaceerf.nlr.nl/xmlui/handle/20.500.11881/1813 (accessed on april 2020). [2] loewy, r. g. (1984). helicopter vibrations: a technological perspective. journal of the american helicopter society, 29(4), 4–30. doi:10.4050/jahs.29.4. [3] barlas, t. k., & van kuik, g. a. m. (2010). review of state of the art in smart rotor control research for wind turbines. progress in aerospace sciences, 46(1), 1–27. doi:10.1016/j.paerosci.2009.08.002. [4] duvernier, m., reithler, l., guerrero, j. y., and rossi, r. (2000). active control system for a rotor blade trailing-edge flap, proceedings of the spie smart structures and materials 2000 – smart structures and integrated system conference, march doi:10.1117/12.388848. [5] madsen, h. a., barlas, t., & andersen, t. l. (2015). a morphing trailing edge flap system for wind turbine blades. in proceedings of the 7th eccomas thematic conference on smart structures and materials (smart 2015), azores, portugal. [6] straub, f. k., ngo, h. t., anand, v., & domzalski, d. b. (2001). development of a piezoelectric actuator for trailing edge flap control of full scale rotor blades. smart materials and structures, 10(1), 25. [7] bernhard, a. p. f., & chopra, i. (2001). analysis of a bending-torsion coupled actuator for a smart rotor with active blade tips. smart materials and structures, 10(1), 35–52. doi:10.1088/0964-1726/10/1/304. [8] ha, k., & dancila, d. s. (2003). characterization of modified star shape cross-sectional beam configurations with rotorcraft applications. 44th aiaa/asme/asce/ahs/asc structures, structural dynamics, and materials conference. doi:10.2514/6.2003-1865. [9] dancila, d., cline, j., goss, j., ha, k. (2010). composite star-beams as pitch compliant tension-torsion support mechanism for active windmill blade tips, 51st aiaa/asme/asce/ahs/asc structures, structural dynamics, and materials conference, 12-15. doi:10.2514/6.2010-2824. [10] xie, w., zeng, p., & lei, l. (2015). a novel folding blade of wind turbine rotor for effective power control. energy conversion and management, 101, 52–65. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2015.05.037. [11] fehlner, l. (1951). the design of control surfaces for hydrodynamic applications, navy department, the david w. taylor model basin, report c-358. washington, d.c., united states. available online: https://dome.mit.edu/bitstream/handle/ 1721.3/51150/dtmb_1951_c358.pdf?sequence=1&isallowed=y (accessed on april 2020). [12] liu, t.-r. (2019). quadratic feedback–based equivalent sliding mode control of wind turbine blade section based on rigid trailing-edge flap. measurement and control, 52(1-2), 81–90. doi:10.1177/0020294018819548. [13] kim, d.-h., kwak, d.-i., & song, q. (2018). demonstration of active vibration control system on a korean utility helicopter. international journal of aeronautical and space sciences, 20(1), 249–259. doi:10.1007/s42405-018-0106-3. [14] wang, f., lu, y., lee, h. p., & ma, x. (2019). vibration and noise attenuation performance of compounded periodic struts for helicopter gearbox system. journal of sound and vibration, 458, 407–425. doi:10.1016/j.jsv.2019.06.037. https://dspace-erf.nlr.nl/xmlui/handle/20.500.11881/1813 https://dspace-erf.nlr.nl/xmlui/handle/20.500.11881/1813 https://dome.mit.edu/bitstream/handle/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 1 overcoming the obstacle of time-dependent model output for statistical analysis by nonlinear methods girard sylvain a, gerrer claire-eleuthèriane a* a phimeca engineering, 18 bvd de reuilly, 75012 paris, france. received 08 september 2020; revised 15 november 2020; accepted 21 november 2020; published 01 march 2021 abstract modelica models represent static or dynamic systems. their outputs can be scalar (numbers) or time-dependent (time series). the most advanced mathematical methods for the analysis of numerical models cannot cope with functional outputs. this paper aims to show an efficient method to reduce a time-dependent output to a few numbers. principal component analysis is a well-established method for dimension reduction and can be used to tackle this issue. it relies, however, on a linear hypothesis that limits its applicability. we adapt and implement an existing method called the autoassociative model, invented by stéphane girard, to overcome this shortcoming. the auto-associative model generalizes pca as it projects the data on a nonlinear (instead of linear) basis. it also provides physically interpretable data representations. the difference in efficiency between both methods is illustrated in a case study of the well-known bouncing ball model. we perform output reduction and reconstruction using both methods to compare the completeness of information kept throughout the dimension reduction process. keywords: dimension reduction; functional data analysis; fmi; otfmi; principal component analysis; auto-associative model; sensitivity analysis. 1. introduction the advent of the functional mock-up interface (fmi) and the emergence of associated tools considerably facilitated the analysis of modelica models [1] with advanced mathematical methods. sensitivity analysis, model emulation, bayesian inference and the like can now be performed routinely using scripting languages such as python [2]. a substantial hurdle remains: many modelica models are dynamic and functional outputs are difficult to handle. dimension reduction is a means to sidestep this difficulty. principal component analysis (pca) is by far the most prominent method for dimension reduction. this almost century-old statistical learning method [3] has been applied in virtually all fields where data is available. it is easy to implement, to understand, and relatively robust. it relies however on the hypothesis that the variables at hand can be aggregated into linear combinations, which unfortunately is not true for many dynamic model outputs. we illustrate this issue in a simple case study and show how an alternative approach of more general applicability, the auto-associative model (aam), allows to overcome it. finally, we show how low-dimensional representations produced by aam can be leveraged to get insights about the modelled physical phenomena. 1.1. why reducing the dimension of dynamic model? a computer experiment is the analysis of the output of a model obtained by varying its inputs according to a design of experiment. modelica models are often dynamic, namely their outputs are functions of time. discretised time * corresponding author: gerrer@phimeca.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-01-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 2 functions are high dimensional vectors which considerably obstructs the analysis. first, it is subjected to the “curse of dimensionality” [4], namely a variety of undesirable consequences of increasing the dimension. for instance, the volume of a cube increases exponentially with its dimension, and sample size required to densely fill it become quickly prohibitive. distances in large dimension spaces lose their discriminating power, especially when the component variables are correlated, which is especially true for discretised time functions. indeed, it is not straightforward to compare curves as it is with numbers. in statistical analysis, modelling the joint distribution of a set of more than 4 dependent variables, for instance using kernel estimation, is generally intractable. the great majority of mathematical methods involved in computer experiments apply to models with scalar outputs. for instance, sensitivity analysis [5] aims at measuring the relative influence of the inputs on an output. applying sensitivity analysis to each of them individually yields sensitivity indices that are functions of time: the output values at each chosen time step can be considered as distinct output variables. this approach to sensitivity analysis, sometimes deemed “sequential” [6] has its merits but is difficult to interpret. model emulation (also known as meta-modelling or surrogate modelling) is another technique that cannot cope with high dimensional outputs. it consists in substituting a cpu inexpensive mathematical approximation for a numerical model in order to achieve large sample size required for instance by some optimisation techniques, or for bayesian parameter estimation, or to enable instantaneous interaction with the model. kriging is an example of method for emulating numerical models [7]. a common expedient to enable analysing functional outputs is to project them on a function basis [8]. when there is no obvious candidate, principal component analysis allows to automatically build an adapted basis. 2. linear dimension reduction with principal component analysis the geometric approach to pca provides the most intuitive understanding of the method. the discretisation in d steps of n realisations of a functional model output can be seen as a point cloud of n points in r. pca then finds the axes along which data spread the most. these axes, called principal directions, have the property to minimise the distances between the points of the point cloud and their projection on the axes [8]. each principal direction defines a linear combination of the initial d variables called principal components. the projection of the data points along the principal directions are called scores. figure 1. the first 6 trajectories of the training set when only the coefficient of restitution varies the principal directions of the data set are sequentially built, to be mutually orthogonal. the set of the principal directions form a new basis in the space rd . the k first principal directions, k ∈ {1, . . ., d}, form a basis of the linear subspace of dimension k that best contains the scatter plot. thus, pca finds the linear subspace of given dimension (or hypercube because the span of the data is usually limited) that best contains the point cloud. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 3 2.1. pca of the bouncing ball model we applied pca to a set of 128 trajectories of the famous bouncing ball model adapted by tiller (2015): a ball is dropped from a given height and bounce back touching the ground with a fraction of the velocity it acquired during the fall determined by a fixed coefficient of restitution [18]. the trajectories were simulated with coefficient of restitution sampled between 0.7 and 0.9. following a sobol sequence [9] to avoid redundancies. we used an fmu generated with openmodelica, and the otfmi python module [10] to carry out the simulations. figure 1 displays the first 6 trajectories of this training set. all trajectories coincide before the first bounce at 0.45 s and increasingly deviate from one another at each subsequent bounce. we simulated the next 896 (= 1024 − 128) trajectories of the sobol’ sequence to serve as a test sample for evaluating the performance of pca. they were discretised at 300 evenly spaced time steps. because the model has a single input, the intrinsic dimension of the set of trajectories, namely the smallest number of parameters required to fully parametrise it, is 1. the test trajectories were projected onto the first principal direction and compared to their original counterpart. the top panel of figure 2 compares the worst reconstructed trajectory to the original. here “worst” understands as resulting in the biggest root mean squared error (rmse) between reconstruction and original. it must be noted however that the first 28 test trajectories sorted by decreasing rmse are very similar to one another, as well as to those sorted by decreasing absolute error or relative error. beyond that rank, the absolute error ranking diverges substantially from the two others. one principal component is clearly insufficient to capture the diversity of the trajectories: the reconstructed trajectory does not even touch the ground after the second bounce. indeed, the middle and bottom panel show that the standard and relative reconstruction errors with a single principal component are outsize. as expected, the error is null before the first bounces. it then displays a complex oscillatory pattern, ensuing from both the physical phenomenon and the sampling scheme. interestingly, the error globally increase as time goes by, despite the lessening of average height. figure 2. reconstruction performance of pca with a single principal component when only the coefficient of restitution varies. top: comparison between original and reconstructed trajectories producing the worst rmse. middle: absolute reconstruction errors. bottom: relative reconstruction errors. intervals where the height was below 0.1 m were discarded. lines are set to 0.1opacity; darker tint indicate superposition of many lines. 2.2. time delays: a major stumbling block for pca what happens here is that the point cloud of trajectories has a linear dimension much greater than 1. it is a onedimensional manifold extending in multiple directions in r300. as such, it cannot be “enclosed” in a line. figure 3 illustrates the result of increasing the number of retained principal components (left panel). the decrease in all three error measures (absolute, relative and rmse) is rather slow. for instance, a reduction to dimension 4 still results in a substantial number of relative errors greater than 50 %. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 4 figure 3. distributions of time maximum absolute error, relative error and rmse between test trajectories and reconstructions with increasing number of principal components (left), and reconstructions by a one dimensional aam (right) when only the coefficient of restitution varies. blue lines indicate the medians. boxes span the interval between first and third quartiles. whiskers reach the last data point above (resp. below). dots are points outside the reach of the whiskers. pca attempts to catch the main temporal dynamics of functional outputs by linear combinations of the discretised values. time shifts are nonlinear relationships involving time and an input variable. fukunaga and olsen (1971) [11] illustrated this issue by considering a model whose output is a bump of fixed shape (they use a gaussian bell curve) centred at variable time instants. in that case the principal directions span the same vector space as the collection of bumps centred at each time step. hence, the exact linear dimension grows with refinement of the time resolution of the discretisation. nonlinear dimension reduction techniques are required to handle such situations [12]. 3. auto-associative models for nonlinear dimension reduction the auto-associative model (aam) proposed by girard and iovleff (2008) [13] approximates point clouds by implicitly defined manifolds, instead of cubes like pca does. it handles nonlinearity and can generally achieve reduction to dimension equal or close to the intrinsic dimension while preserving the fidelity of the reconstruction. the algorithm for building aam has 4 steps that are repeated until reconstruction is good enough:  direction computation – a direction is computed by maximising an index, namely a function of the coordinates of the projection of the data points onto that direction. we used the index suggested by girard and iovleff (2008) [13] that best preserves nearest neighbours.  projection – the point cloud is projected onto the computed direction. the resulting coordinates will be called scores, by analogy with pca terminology. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 5  regression function estimation – the regression function linking scores to the data points is estimated, here by spline regression.  update – the point cloud from the current iteration is replaced by the residuals, namely the difference between data points and the output of the regression function estimated in step 3. the algorithm terminates when the residuals are small enough. the final dimension is equal to the number of iterations. figure 4. reconstruction performance of a dimension 1 aam when only the coefficient of restitution varies; same graphical convention as in figure 2 pca is a special case of auto-associative models where the regression functions are postulated to be linear. its index is the variance of the projection of the point cloud. its maximisation is equivalent to minimising the mean squared error between projections and data points. in that respect, it is a global index, contrary to the index we used for aam based on nearest neighbour preservation, a local property. figure 4. the first 6 trajectories of the training set with both the coefficient of restitution and initial height varying 4. aam of the bouncing ball model we fitted an aam of dimension 1 on the same training set of 128 trajectories as before. we used a basis of 28 splines for the regression estimation. the number of splines was tuned manually, but this could be automatized for instance using cross validation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 6 figure 4 illustrates the very good performance of the method. the worst reconstruction on the same test set is almost a perfect match, except for a tiny time delay and a blunting of the cusp at the last bounces. more than 90 % of the reconstructions have relative error below 10 % throughout the simulation, and more than 99 % of them have a maximal absolute error below 0.037 m. figure 3 shows that aam performs better than pca even if we keep many principal components. in particular, the maximum absolute error of aam is significantly smaller to that of pca with 10 components. even better results were obtained in another similar experiment where the initial height, instead of the coefficient of restitution, varied (results not shown). in a third experiment, we simulated 512 training trajectories with both the coefficient of restitution and initial height varying, between 0.7 to 0.9 and between 0.9 to 1.1 m respectively. figure 5 shows the first 6 trajectories of this training set, whose size was augmented to 4096 − 512 = 3584 trajectories. the effect of the two input variables combine: the higher the starting height, the higher the velocity at the first bounce. this is exemplified by the 5th trajectory (violet line) resulting from both high coefficient of restitution (0.875) and initial height (1.075 m): its second bounce is substantially away from the group of other trajectories (compare figure 1). from visual inspection of the trajectories in figures 1 and 5, we infer that the intrinsic dimension of the 2-input model is most likely equal to 2 because the two inputs have different effects on the output. figure 6 compares the performance of pca with increasing number of principal components with that of aam of dimension 1 and 2. errors in reconstruction by pca are globally much higher than in the single input experiment. their distributions are leptokurtic (more “peaked”) and positively skewed: there are a lot of important errors far away from the median and spanning a large interval. aam performs not as good as in the single input experiment but is still much better pca with 2 components, and roughly equivalent to pca with 5 components. figure 5. distributions of time maximum absolute error, relative error and rmse between test trajectories and reconstructions with increasing number of principal components (left), and reconstructions by a 1 and 2 dimensional aam (right) with both the coefficient of restitution and initial height varying. same graphical convention as in figure 3. figure 6. one dimensional cross-sections of the aam projection space. top: grey dots locate train and test trajectories in the aam projection space; circles (resp. triangles) are located on arbitrary lines to illustrate the effect of varying the 1st (resp. 2nd) projection score. middle (resp. bottom): reconstructed trajectories corresponding to the circle (resp. triangles) of same tint in the top plot. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 7 5. sensitivity analysis in aam projection space the gain in performance between the dimension 1 and 2 aam, visible in figure 6 (right panel), supports our guess that the intrinsic dimension of the model is 2. we confirmed that fact by analysing the sensitivity of the aam scores to the coefficient of restitution and initial height. we computed first order and total sobol’ indices with the monte carlo algorithm proposed by sobol’ (2001) [14] along with the jansen (1999) and saltelli et al. (2010) estimators advocated by saltelli et al. (2010) [19, 20]. the first aam score is almost exclusively dependent on the coefficient of restitution (first order index: 94.2 %), with negligible interaction (second order joint index: 0.7 %). the second aam score is dominated by the initial height (first order index: 78.5 %), with substantial contribution of the coefficient of restitution (first order index: 9.2 %), and interaction between the two (second order joint index: 12.2 %). in order to interpret the physical meaning of these results, we reconstructed trajectories corresponding to locations evenly distributed along lines in the aam projection plan. these “cross-sections” of the aam plan space are shown in figure 7. they illustrate what it means to have, say, “an average aam first score and a high aam second score”. the first score mostly controls the bouncing instants. as a matter of fact, the middle plot of figure 7 is pretty similar to figure 1 showing the effect of the coefficient of restitution alone, which is coherent with the result of the sensitivity analysis stated above. the second score affects the height of the peaks while keeping bouncing instants constant. it is similar to the effect of varying initial height alone (not shown), except that the latter alters bouncing instants. aam automatically decomposed the influence of the input into a “time delay and damping” component, and a “height only” component. this level of legibility cannot be achieved with pca whenever the linearity hypothesis does not hold. it should be noted that the procedure detailed above is fully automatic. we treated the model as a black box and did not take advantage of any insight about its physical or mathematical properties. this is particularly alluring as it forebodes routine usage by non-specialists, and possible inclusion into graphical modelica tools. 6. conclusion and perspectives recent enrichment of the modelica technological ecosystem enables straightforward implementation of advanced computer experiments with modelica models. there remains, however, a major hurdle to overcome, namely adapting the panoply of mature mathematical methods to dynamic models with functional outputs. we showed in an example that linear dimension reduction with pca may fall short of this objective, even for rather simple models. the recently developed nonlinear approach of aam seems a very promising candidate to supplement, or even replace it altogether. it achieved very satisfying results in the presented case study and other more realistic ones not shown here. it is only a little more complicated from the theoretical viewpoint, and it is almost as easy to use as pca. "degrees of freedom" in the algorithm are kept to a minimum, thus avoiding the need for elusive tuning skills. our implementation of the regression estimation is rather elementary. hence, there is room for further performance enhancement. on the theoretical side, the question of how to define relevant metrics in the space of aam scores is of great interest for sensitivity analysis or supervised importance sampling. 7. funding and acknowledgements this work was partially supported by the paris region through the fui research project “modeliscale”, a collaboration with dassault systèmes, inria, edf, engie, cea, ines, dps, eurobios and phimeca engineering. 8. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] fritzson, p. (2020). modelica: equation-based, object-oriented modelling of physical systems. foundations of multiparadigm modelling for cyber-physical systems, 45–96. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-43946-0_3. [2] girard, s., & yalamas, t. (2017). a probabilistic take on system modeling with modelica and python. available online: https://tinyurl.com/proba-system-model. (accessed on january 2021). [3] hotelling, h. (1933). analysis of a complex of statistical variables into principal components. journal of educational psychology, 24(6), 417–441. doi:10.1037/h0071325. [4] houle, m. e. (2015). inlierness, outlierness, hubness and discriminability: an extreme-value-theoretic foundation. national institute of informatics technical report nii-2015-002e, tokyo, japan. https://tinyurl.com/proba-system-model hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 8 [5] saltelli, a., ratto, m., andres, t., campolongo, f., cariboni, j., gatelli, d., … tarantola, s. (2007). global sensitivity analysis. the primer, wiley online library. doi:10.1002/9780470725184. [6] girard, s. (2014). physical and statistical models for steam generator clogging diagnosis. springer briefs in applied sciences and technology. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-09321-5. [7] roustant, o., ginsbourger, d., & deville, y. (2012). dicekriging, diceoptim: tworpackages for the analysis of computer experiments by kriging-based metamodeling and optimization. journal of statistical software, 51(1). doi:10.18637/jss.v051.i01. [8] espadoto, m., martins, r. m., kerren, a., hirata, n. s. t., & telea, a. c. (2019). towards a quantitative survey of dimension reduction techniques. ieee transactions on visualization and computer graphics, 1–1. doi:10.1109/tvcg.2019.2944182. [9] sobol’, i. m. (1979). on the systematic search in a hypercube. siam journal on numerical analysis, 16(5), 790–793. doi:10.1137/0716058. [10] girard, s. (2017). otfmi: simulate fmu from openturns: user documentation. technical report rt-pmfre-00997-003, phimeca. available online: https://github.com/openturns/otfmi. (accessed on january 2021). [11] fukunaga, k., & olsen, d. r. (1971). an algorithm for finding intrinsic dimensionality of data. ieee transactions on computers, c-20(2), 176–183. doi:10.1109/t-c.1971.223208. [12] gerrer, c.-e., & girard, s. (2019). non linear dimension reduction of dynamic model output. proceedings of the 13th international modelica conference, regensburg, germany, march 4–6, 2019. doi:10.3384/ecp19157189. [13] girard, s., & iovleff, s. (2008). auto-associative models, nonlinear principal component analysis, manifolds and projection pursuit. principal manifolds for data visualization and dimension reduction, 202–218. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-73750-6_8. [14] sobol’, i. m. (2001). global sensitivity indices for nonlinear mathematical models and their monte carlo estimates. mathematics and computers in simulation, 55(1-3), 271–280. doi:10.1016/s0378-4754(00)00270-6. [15] campbell, k., mckay, m. d., & williams, b. j. (2006). sensitivity analysis when model outputs are functions. reliability engineering & system safety, 91(10-11), 1468–1472. doi:10.1016/j.ress.2005.11.049. [16] girard, s., yalamas, t., & baudin, m. (2018, october). apprentissage statistique et modélisation 0d/1d des systèmes: application au vieillissement des batteries. available online: https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-02064908/ (accessed on january 2021). [17] jolliffe, i. t., & cadima, j. (2016). principal component analysis: a review and recent developments. philosophical transactions of the royal society a: mathematical, physical and engineering sciences, 374(2065), 20150202. doi:10.1098/rsta.2015.0202. [18] m. m. tiller, (2015) modelica by example, xogeny. available online: http://book.xogeny.com/behavior/discrete/bouncing. [19] jansen, m. j. w. (1999). analysis of variance designs for model output. computer physics communications, 117(1-2), 35–43. doi:10.1016/s0010-4655(98)00154-4. [20] saltelli, a., annoni, p., azzini, i., campolongo, f., ratto, m., & tarantola, s. (2010). variance based sensitivity analysis of model output. design and estimator for the total sensitivity index. computer physics communications, 181(2), 259–270. doi:10.1016/j.cpc.2009.09.018. https://github.com/openturns/otfmi https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-02064908/ http://book.xogeny.com/behavior/discrete/bouncing available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 196 issn: 2723-9535 analytical investigation of higher education quality improvement by using six sigma approach ameen abdulla m. s. 1*, kavilal e. g. 2 1 department of mechanical engineering, sree chitra thirunal college of engineering apj abdul kalam technological university, kerala, india. received 23 december 2021; revised 11 february 2022; accepted 17 february 2022; available online 24 february 2022 abstract for over two decades in india, the technical industry's unique selling proposition (usp), with its wide infrastructure of technical institutes, has been capable of supplying best-in-class engineers. but recently, this claim does not hold water. according to the all india council for technical education (aicte), about 2.6 lakh mechanical engineers graduate every year in india. but the real count of industry ready mechanical engineers is approximately 7%. hence, there is a need to assess the quality of engineering education in india to reduce the flaws in higher education. the purpose of the paper is to identify the various defects associated with technical education and eliminate those defects using various quality tools. this research is based on the six sigma technique, which is used to assess the quality criteria proposed by the national board of accreditation india (nba). the proposed model is then applied to a typical tier ii indian engineering college located in south india. six sigma has two main methodologies: dmaic and dfss. the dmaic (define, measure, analyze, improve, and control) methodology is implemented for existing systems, whereas dfss (design for six sigma) is for assuring quality in new products. in this project, the conclusion is driven by the dmaic methodology. various statistical and non-statistical tools are employed in this research. the tools used are cts-ctq, sipoc, pareto chart, normal process capability analysis, one-way anova, ishikawa diagram, fmea, rcbd, and spc chart. all the statistical processes are done using minitab analytical software. from the results, it is identified that the factors that have a risk priority number (rpn) greater than 300 need improvement, such as versatility in program curriculum, laboratories and workshops, and credibility among universities. six sigma can be achieved by developing proper strategies for mitigating these defects. keywords: six sigma techniques; statistical tools; non statistical tools; technical education; minitab analytical software. 1. introduction we are living in a competitive world which is giving more priority to quality in most aspects. six sigma has been effectively implemented in the engineering, retail, and healthcare sectors to reduce defects. currently, researchers are focusing on implementing six sigma in an unlikely location, i.e., the educational sector. six sigma will assist in enhancing the structures that build up the education sector. as parents, faculties, policymakers, and global economic factors begin to place more emphasis on developing quality education, educational establishments will depend even more strongly on the six sigma approach to provide the best potential guidance for reducing defects in the educational sector. in the global sense, we can define the term ‘quality’ as "quality is the ability of a product or service to consistently meet or exceed customer expectations". the evolution of six sigma comes from inspection. in this six sigma project, the customers are industries, society, parents, and institutions [1]. * corresponding author: ameenabdullams@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-02-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 197 this project focuses on the implementation of six sigma in tier ii indian engineering college to reduce the variations in seven quality criteria (quality criteria proposed by national board of accreditation india). the seven criteria is the most critical areas in education such as, vision, mission, peo’s ,program curriculum and teaching learning process, course objectives (co’s) and program objectives (po’s), student performance, faculty information and contribution, facilities and technical support and alumni survey. six sigma is employed to reduce the variation and gaining knowledge about education industry. the input of the proposed six sigma process is higher secondary (hse) level and lateral entry students and the output of the process will be industry ready mechanical engineers. the main aim of this research is to reduce the variations in the process. most of the college managements are not bothered about the current industry requirements. in this work, the team identifies most demanded soft skill and hard skill from industries. these requirements are prioritized on the basis of top client requirements to medium client requirements [2-5]. the aim of this research is to make capable a student from hse level background to industry ready mechanical engineers with the help of six sigma tool. the research aims is achieved by implementing various statistical and non-statistical tools of six sigma. the statistical tools include pareto chart, normal process capability analysis, correlation and regression analysis, one way anova, fmea, randomized complete block design (rcbd). the non-statistical tools include cts-ctq, sipoc chart and ishikawa diagram. six sigma has mainly two methodologies dmaic and dfss. the dmaic (define, measure, analyze, improve and control) methodology is implementing for existing system whereas dfss (design for six sigma) is for assuring quality in new products. in this research, the conclusion is driven by statistical approach. this paper is structured as follows, in define phase the problem identification is highlighted. data collection-data representation and process capability is analyzed through measure phase. in analyze phase the correlation of variables and root cause of the problem is determined, in improve phase the recommended action is found out, the control phase is used to sustain the changes made in improve phase [6]. 2. define phase define is the first phase of a six-sigma project. here, the problem is defined and the six sigma team is formed. the main aim of the define phase is to clearly define the problem statement through customer analysis. in this defined phase, a professionally qualified team is developed, supported, and dedicated to working on project progress. customers should be located and identified, high impact assets (ctqs) should be defined, team charters should be developed, and business processes should be mapped. the research team identifies the client requirements, from top level clients to mid-level clients. in this work, the top client is recognized as the maharatna companies in india, and midlevel companies are referred to as the miniratna companies in india. their desired requirements are used as the customer requirements in this research. the problem statement of the project is that: "to reduce the variations of seven criterion data in a typical tier ii indian engineering college and implement a suitable action plan for that." achieving six sigma is the goal of this research. the timeline for the project is to be set by eight months [7]. the research team includes interested personalities in six sigma. a national agency quotes: "by 2028, mechanical engineers' demand will rise by up to 4%." after implementing the charter, the next step is to find the voice of the customer (voc). voc includes customer expectations, requirements, and opinions. the data from customers is collected through their complaints, field reports, and benchmarking. customer satisfaction is the primary goal of our project. the term "satisfaction" here means that it is the comparison of expectation to experience. critical to satisfaction (cts) and critical to quality (ctq) are being developed. the cts-ctq chart was developed through a brainstorming session. there are seven drivers associated with intermediate to cts and ctq. these drivers are further brainstormed into 59 factors [8]. the detailed diagram of cts-ctq is given in figure 1. the goal statement of the research is to achieve six sigma in the mechanical engineering department of a typical tier ii indian engineering college located in south india. for process characteristics and analysis, the team employed the sipoc chart. this process analysis is used to improve quality delivery and responsiveness. the sipoc chart is given in table 1. 3. measure phase the measure phase employs more numerical and data analysis than the define phase. this phase involves data collection, data representation, and process capability analysis. the data is collected by face-to-face and online surveys. the 59 factors (ctq) are classified into four sessions, and the data is processed in accordance with the classification.the various surveys include industry, faculty, student, and alumni surveys. all the surveys are carried out using a 5 point scale. the collected data is represented by using a pareto chart [9]. the most critical 25% of defects are taken for analysis in the first phase. the pareto chart is given in figure 2. in the pareto chart, the analysis of 59 factors is listed. the cumulative frequency up to 72% is taken for deep analysis. up to 72%, there are 12 factors. the most defective factors involve working in the core field, success rate without backlogs, program curriculum, industry interaction, success rate in a stipulated period of time, new courses introduced, improvement in quality of students admitted, po’s and pso’s, lab, correlation of co’s and po’s, satisfaction in applied level knowledge, and publication of technical magazines. by reducing the variations in these 12 factors, the rate of defects will be reduced by 80% [10]. thus, keen observation and deep analysis are required for these 12 factors in the coming phases. after data hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 198 representation and finding the most critical defects, it is necessary to analyse whether the process is capable or not. the process capability analysis is carried out by minitab analytical software. as a prerequisite for the process capability analysis, the project team goes through the basic concepts in statistics and probability theory. as these two fundamental concepts are necessary to proceed with further six-sigma projects, before going into process capability analysis, the team analyzes whether the process is normal or non-normal. the normality is analyzed through a normal probability plot. before going into process capability analysis, it is required to calculate the sigma value and mean value. the team analyzes the project on a short-term basis. thus, a 1.5 sigma shift is accounted for as a compensation factor. if the 1.5 sigma shift is ignored, it will be on a long-term basis. statistically, six sigma is achieved only on a long-term basis. that is, by ignoring 1.5 sigma, the overall limit will be 4.5 sigma, and the actual value of sigma will be low compared to the short-term basis. the sigma value and mean value are shown in table 2. table 1. sipoc chart supplier input process output customer  hse level institution  diploma level institution  hse level students  diploma level students students were admitted on the basis of entrance rank hse/diploma level students have been made to graduate as a world class mechanical engineers  industries  society  institutions  parents series of orientation 4 years of mechanical engineering education by achieving 160 credits reduce variation industry ready mechanical engineers figure 2. pareto chart hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 199 figure 1. cts-ctq drivers ctq vision, mission and peo’s imparting knowledge , intellectual stimulus , synergistic skill, idea conveying skill, social and ethical values programme curriculum and teaching learning process versatility of designing the programme curriculum, gap fill activities to meet technological advancement, quality of examinations-assignments, academic research, curriculum competiveness in global level course outcome and po’s effectiveness of students feedback system, correlation of co’s and po’s, po’s and pso’s attainment levels and actions for improvement student performance quality of student projects, students performance, success rate without backlogs, success rate in stipulated period of time, participation in inter institution events by students ,placement, higher studies and entrepreneurship, improvement in quality of students admitted to the programme faculty information and contribution process to improve quality of teaching and learning, industry consultancy, project guidance and support for skill development, faculty qualification, faculty retention, faculty competencies in correlation to programme specific area, faculty development sessions, quality of work life of teaching staff, faculty cadre proportion, student faculty ratio facilities and technical support enrollment ratio, development of infrastructure, research and development, adequate and well equipped lab, lab maintenance and overall ambience, safety measures, project laboratory, entrepreneurship development, publication of technical magazines, initiatives related to industry interaction, professional societies, sponsored research, new courses introduction alumni appraisal alumni associations, professional activities, level of campus experience, commitment towards your boss, placed students satisfactory level, support of college after graduation, satisfaction to university, working in core field, contribution of campus life in social aspects, satisfaction in applied level knowledge, students commitment in gaining current trends, business minded approach, need industry ready mechanical engineers having conceptual and practical knowledge in top current trends and possessing excellent soft skill hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 200 table 2. sigma and mean value criteria no. of ctq yield defective dpmo standard deviation mean value vision, mission, peo’s 5 0.716 0.284 56800 3.08 71.72 programme curriculum and teaching learning process 5 0.602 0.398 79600 2.93 60.2 co’s and po’s 3 0.606 0.39 130000 2.63 60.6 student performance 10 0.65 0.34 34000 3.33 65.9 faculty information and contribution 13 0.64 0.35 26900 3.43 64 facilities and technical support 14 0.6414 0.358 25571 3.45 64.14 alumni appraisal 10 0.646 0.354 35400 3.33 64.6 the overall sigma value for the mechanical department is calculated as 3.16 and mean value as 64.5. the team uses these values to develop process capability analysis. the process capability analysis is shown in figure 3. figure 3. process capability sixpack report from the normal probability plot, it is shown that the data is normally distributed. hence, the team employs normal process capability analysis. as per the industrial survey, the majority of the mechanical recruiters demanded that their employees needed a minimum of 65% in all levels of soft skills and hard skills. therefore, the upper specification limit (usl) is given by 100 and the lower specification limit (lsl) is given by 65. the normal probability distribution curve is outside the specification limit. a small portion of the curve is within the specification limit. so, it is necessary to make the probability curve within the specification limit. also, the process capability index (cpk) and the process performance index (ppk) are less than 1. it implies that the process is not capable of satisfying and meeting the customer requirements (here the customers are mechanical recruiters) [11]. 4. analyze phase the objective of the analysis phase is to find and validate the root cause of defects and ensure that improvement is focused on causes rather than symptoms. for analysing the root causes of defects, the project team employed hypothesis testing on correlation, regression analysis, and one-way anova. the defects of having a high cumulative frequency from the pareto chart are selected and, based on that, the above mentioned statistical tool is followed. in hypothesis testing, there are two types of errors: type i (α) and type ii (β) errors. in a type i error, it is mentioned that the process is supposed to be out of statistical control, but in reality, the process is in statistical control. the value of α= 0.05 and β=0.10 [12]. thus the process is keen to focus on to reduce the type i error 1-α is known as the hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 201 confidence level, and 1-β is known as the power of the test. for analysing the data, we have to check whether there is a relationship between the ctq’s and industry ready mechanical engineers (irme). for that, the team adopts correlation analysis and, based on that, the relationship between ctq’s and irme is determined. the correlation analysis of each ctq’s and irme is given in table 3. table 3. correlation ctq irme vision, mission and peo’s 0.799 student performance 0.910 faculty information and contribution 0.840 facilities and technical support 0.999 alumni appraisal 0.924 programme outcome and course outcome 0.999 programme curriculum and teaching learning process 0.979 from this correlation analysis, we can understand that there is a good relationship between ctq and irme. the correlation analysis only gives whether there is a relationship and doesn’t give the strength of the relationship. the strength of the relationship is given by the regression analysis. the regression analysis is shown below. the r-square and adjusted r-squared are compared, and it is found that there is a high level of reliability [13]. the regression analysis predicts the value of the dependent variable based on the known value of the independent variable, assuming an average relationship between two or more variables. in this research, the team identified the dependent variable as irme and the independent variable as 7 criteria. the regression analysis is carried out using minitab analytical software. the regression equation represents the equation of a straight line, yi = βo + β1xi + ∑i. here, β1 represents the slope of the linear regression model. and if the slope is greater, then the autocorrelation between irme and the criteria will be higher. the team uses regression analysis to determine the intensity of autocorrelation between the dependent variable and the independent variable, which aids the primary session in determining the root causes of the defects [14]. the regression analysis is shown in table 4. table 4. regression analysis criteria regression equation tvalue pvalue constant criteria constant criteria vision, mission, peo’s (vmp) irme= 29.4+0.619 vmp 1.52 2.31 0.225 0.104 programme curriculum and teaching learning process (pc&tlp) irme= -1.27 + 1.02 pc&tlp -0.31 0.776 0.776 0.001 programme outcome and course outcome (po&co) irme= -14.08+0.8090 po&co -6.07 21.36 0.104 0.030 student performance (sp) irme= 6.8 + o.740 sp 0.52 3.81 0.638 0.032 faculty contribution (fc) irme= 12.7 + 0.7 fc 0.68 2.68 0.546 0.075 facilities and technical support (f& ts) irme= 2.23 + 0.975 f&ts 1.21 34.65 0.315 0.00 alumni appraisal (aa) irme= 10.5 + 0.753 aa 0.79 4.18 0.486 0.025 the regression analysis of 7 criteria is shown above. from the regression equation it is found that the programme curriculum and teaching learning process has higher value of β0 (slope). thus it have a high autocorrelation with irme. thus a keen focus is required in program curriculum as it have a high positive relationship to irme. po’s and co’s, facilities and technical support, student performance are the other criteria which needs to pay greater attention [15]. the analysis of t-value is determined on the basis of hypothesis testing. here null factor, h0: no autocorrelation; h1: positive autocorrelation. our main focus is to reduce the type i error as we mentioned above. thus in the ttest all the 7 criteria have tstat> tα/2 in the two tail test. thus all the 7 criteria reject h0. thus it implies that there is a positive autocorrelation exists among criteria and irme. the p value of all the criteria is less than α. that is value of α =1.thus it also implies a strong autocorrelation between the criteria and irme. to identify the whether the mean is same or not among the factors and client requirements, the team employs one way anova (analysis of variance) test. one way anova test is shown in table 5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 202 table 5. one way anova method anova here, the value of p (0.008) is less than 0.05, so the null factor h0 is rejected and the alternate hypothesis is claimed to be true. that is the mean among the factors, and client requirements are different. for analyzing the relationships between contributing factors, the project team used the ishikawa diagram. it examines why something happened or might happen by organizing the potential causes into smaller categories [16]. the cause and effect diagram is shown in figure 4. figure 4. cause and effect diagram the cause and effect diagram is proceeded by using results from pareto chart, correlation and regression analysis and anova. the ctq’s having high autocorrelation is depicted in cause and effect diagram. 5. improve phase improve is the fourth phase in the six sigma dmaic cycle. the goal of this stage is to come up with a solution that is based on the problems that were found in the first three phases.the team employs fmea analysis to determine potential causes, current process control, rpn, recommended action and the concerned section. the detailed fmea chart is given in appendix i. the risk priority number (rpn) is a numerical assessment of the risk priority level of a failure mode in an fmea analysis. it helps the team prioritize risks and make decisions on corrective actions. the value of rpn changes from 1 to 1000. rpn is calculated as follows: rpn = sev*occ*det. the severity level (sev) is calculated by potential failure effect, the occurrence level (occ) is calculated by potential causes, and the det is calculated by current process control [17-19]. the randomized complete block design (rcbd) is employed in the research to determine the influence of noise factors affecting students from 1st year to 4th year. the noise factor is divided into 3 categories: noise factor due to students (nf1), noise factor due to college management (nf2), and noise factor due to the environment, university, and government bodies (nf3). the data for rcbd is given in table 6. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 203 table 6. data for rcbd block v/s noise factor block nf1 nf2 nf3 1 30 50 60 2 35 20 62 3 55 15 59 4 45 10 50 from minitab analytical software, the analysis of variance is obtained. the p-value for the source, block is obtained as 0.77 and the p-value for the noise factor is obtained as 0.039. the adjusted sum of squares for block and noise factors is 228.3 and 2312.7, respectively. here, the block represents the students from 1st year to 4th year. the data for rcbd was obtained from a survey conducted at the definition phase [20, 21]. the p-value of the block is 0.770 > α (0.05). it implies that the null hypothesis is claimed to be true. more or less, all the students are affected by noise factors at the same intensity irrespective of their year. the p-value of the noise factor is 0.039 < α. thus, the intensity of all the noise factors affecting the students isn't the same. by regression equation, the intensity of nf affecting students is as follows: nf3> nf2 >>nf1. 6. control phase the main objective of the control phase is to ensure and maintain the gains obtained from the improvement phase. the team employs a statistical process control (spc) chart to determine whether the variations in 7 criteria are in statistical process control and it finds that after the recommended actions, the data will fall within specification limits by satisfying the industry requirements [22]. 7. conclusion quality assurance in mechanical engineering education is an inevitable factor. by conducting various surveys, it has been identified that the demand for mechanical engineers is rising. but the problem is that employers can’t find mechanical engineers who are suitable for their industry. the main reason behind it is the outdated curriculum that colleges and universities follow. in addition to a lack of facilities and technical support, faculty development sessions are a major contributor to the shortage of industry ready mechanical engineers (irme). in the case of students, they need motivation from faculty, parents, and the good support of alumni. the recommended actions are given by fmea analysis. the sigma level of the mechanical department of a typical tier ii indian engineering college is 3.16. six sigma can be achieved in the mechanical engineering department by adopting the dmaic methodology in a systematic manner. the model of this project can be used in tier ii as well as tier iii engineering colleges. the implication of this project in other institutions can be processed as follows: after defining the voice of the customer and analysing the process capability, the project can be initiated. the root cause of the problem can be determined through correlation and regression analysis. the recommended action can be employed through the fmea chart, and by using the spc chart, it can be determined that the altered process is within the control limits. 8. declarations 8.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.a.m.s. and k.e.g.; methodology, a.a.m.s. and k.e.g.; software, a.a.m.s.; formal analysis, a.a.m.s.; data curation, a.a.m.s.; writing—original draft preparation, a.a.m.s.; writing—review and editing, a.a.m.s., and k.e.g.; supervision, k.e.g. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 8.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 8.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 8.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 204 9. references [1] joseph, m., yakhou, m., & stone, g. (2005). an educational institution’s quest for service quality: customers’ perspective. quality assurance in education, 13(1), 66–82. doi:10.1108/09684880510578669. [2] shah, n. k., & emerick, t. d. (2021). lean six sigma methodology and the future of quality improvement education in anesthesiology. anesthesia & analgesia, 133(3), 811–815. doi:10.1213/ane.0000000000005636. [3] davidson, j. m., price, o. m., & pepper, m. (2020). lean six sigma and quality frameworks in higher education – a review of literature. international journal of lean six sigma, 11(6), 991–1004. doi:10.1108/ijlss-03-2019-0028. [4] gupta, s. k., antony, j., lacher, f., & douglas, j. (2018). lean six sigma for reducing student dropouts in higher education – an exploratory study. total quality management & business excellence, 31(1-2), 178–193. doi:10.1080/14783363.2017.1422710. [5] cudney, e. a., & furterer, s. l. (2020). lean six sigma in higher education: state-of-the-art findings and agenda for future research*. lean six sigma in higher education, 23–42. doi:10.1108/978-1-78769-929-820201004. [6] jenicke, l. o., kumar, a., & holmes, m. c. (2008). a framework for applying six sigma improvement methodology in an academic environment. tqm journal, 20(5), 453–462. doi:10.1108/17542730810898421. [7] helgesen, ø., & nesset, e. (2007). what accounts for students’ loyalty? some field study evidence. international journal of educational management, 21(2), 126–143. doi:10.1108/09513540710729926. [8] helgesen, ø. (2006). are loyal customers profitable? customer satisfaction, customer (action) loyalty and customer profitability at the individual level. journal of marketing management, 22(3–4), 245–266. doi:10.1362/026725706776861226. [9] grosfeld-nir, a., ronen, b., & kozlovsky, n. (2007). the pareto managerial principle: when does it apply? international journal of production research, 45(10), 2317–2325. doi:10.1080/00207540600818203. [10] harvey, l., & barr, p. (2001). student feedback a report to the higher education funding council for england. centre for research and quality, the university of central england, birmingham, united kingdom. [11] hörsch, k., & rudinger, g. (2009). der net promoter score an der universität bonn in: rudinger, g., hörsch, k. & krüger, t. (ed.), forschung und beratung – daszentrum für evaluation und methoden. göttingen: bonn university press, 75–88, bonn, north rhine-westphalia, germany. [12] gruber, t., fuß, s., voss, r., & gläser‐zikuda, m. (2010). examining student satisfaction with higher education services. international journal of public sector management, 23(2), 105–123. doi:10.1108/09513551011022474. [13] fredericksen, e., shea, p., & pickett, a. (2000). factors influencing student and faculty satisfaction in the suny learning network. journal of asynchronous learning networks, 4(2), 245–278. [14] hennig-thurau, t., langer, m. f., & hansen, u. (2001). modeling and managing student loyalty: an approach based on the concept of relationship quality. journal of service research, 3(4), 331–344. doi:10.1177/109467050134006. [15] enarsson, l. (1998). evaluation of suppliers: how to consider the environment. international journal of physical distribution & logistics management, 28(1), 5–17. doi:10.1108/09600039810205935. [16] elliott, k. m., & healy, m. a. (2001). key factors influencing student satisfaction related to recruitment and retention. journal of marketing for higher education, 10(4), 1–11. doi:10.1300/j050v10n04_01. [17] deming, w. e. (1993). the new economics for industry. government, education, massachusetts institute of technology, cambridge, mit press, ma, united states. [18] kiang, b. k., jusoh, m. s., salleh, s. s. m. m., ahmad, r., & din, m. s. h. (2021). applying lean six sigma approach: a study in recipe recovery and backup process environment. proceedings of 8th international conference on advanced materials engineering & technology (icamet 2020). doi:10.1063/5.0055628. [19] cudney, e. a., venuthurumilli, s. s. j., materla, t., & antony, j. (2020). systematic review of lean and six sigma approaches in higher education. total quality management & business excellence, 31(3-4), 231-244. doi:10.1080/14783363.2017.1422977. [20] douglas, j., & douglas, a. (2006). evaluating teaching quality. quality in higher education, 12(1), 3–13. doi:10.1080/13538320600685024. [21] donaldson, b., & runciman, f. (1995). service quality in further education: an insight into management perceptions of service quality and those of the actual service provider. journal of marketing management, 11(1–3), 243–256. doi:10.1080/0267257x.1995.9964340. [22] debourgh, g. a. (2003). predictors of student satisfaction in distance-delivered graduate nursing courses: what matters most? journal of professional nursing, 19(3), 149–163. doi:10.1016/s8755-7223(03)00072-3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 205 appendix i: fmea chart process step potential failure mode potential failure effect sev potential causes occ current process control det rpn action recommended concerned department facilities and technical support adequate and well equipped laboratories lack skills in practical knowledge 6 lack of funding lack of awareness in practical session 7 some conv m/c like lathe, shaper are installed 8 336 conventional machines should be replaced by cnc lab, automation lab, d/s research lab, fire project lab, industrial engineering lab thermo fluid and energy systems lab college mgmt. govt. project laboratories not enthused to use lab for their project 6 funding lack of awareness 6 in some colleges one or two labs are assigned as project laboratories 6 216 funding should implemented, pl should include all major sessions including manuf., & automobile gov. college mgmt. publication of tech articles students aren’t awarded current industry trends 5 lack of awareness 6 some technical article is quoted in college and university magazine 4 120 students and faculties research articles should publish in the label of college university college mgmt. alumni appraisal lack of alumni interaction with students students aren’t motivated 4 there is no alumni meet with the students 5 no such initiative is present 6 120 student should interact in alumni .maintain good relationships with seniors college university commitment towards boss affect the relation between employer and employee 5 not willing to share their project discussion with mentor 4 an hour is implemented in the first and second year for soft skill 5 100 share your project progress with mentor. a good relationship with faculties will help to maintain a good relationship with their boss students faculties placed student satisfactory level it might affect their career growth 6 some students have mind to work in the core field 6 no such motivation is shared to students 6 216 grow a mindset to work in any field &flourish in their field faculty parents support of college after graduation fresh eng. graduates they are facing a new world 7 faculties and colleges are not awarded about these issue 6 a relationship with faculties is to be maintained 5 210 maintain a good relationship with faculties students by placement unit in college college faculty satisfaction to university it might affect the credibility among univ. 8 result timing, feedback, inadequate staff 8 some initiative taken to improve the scheduled session 7 448 publish result in scheduled time respond to student feedback university working in core field students aren’t placed in core field 9 inadequacy in applied level knowledge 8 some-it co. preferring for mechanical engineering for their r&d division 6 432 student should cope up with applied level knowledge. cgpu cell have to invite product based company into campus regardless of their size cgpu faculties vision, mission, peo lack of innovative stimulus may affect their future projects 4 there is no innovative laboratories innovative practices 4 some student events are conducted bit is mainly focused in automobile. 6 120 innovation laboratories is to be implemented innovation practices should introduce as a core course in academic regulation university students hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 206 program and course outcomes effectiveness of students’ feedback system. students losing credibility in feedback system 4 no assigned/ staff/ motivator to meet students’ feedback 7 a feedback system box is installed in campus. 4 112 appoint a counselor /motivator faculties in concerned field. college management effectiveness of po’s & co’s might affect the most demanded soft skill and hard skill. 5 unawared about current industry trends 5 updating curriculum periodically 5 125 the stated po’s will have a good correlation to courses taught faculties, university / college management program curriculum and teaching learning process lack of versatility in designing program curriculum the gap will exist among industry trend and student knowledge 8 curriculum designing committee is not aware about current trends. the designing team is not bothered about students’ future 8 in the name of curriculum revising, some core concepts in mechanical engineering is removed instead of curriculum enrichment. 9 512 add the subjects in curriculum – python with machine learning, hvac with practical sessions, enrich product development, reduce the conv. topics in ic eng. conv. manuf. and add the core concepts in electric & hybrid vehicles & non-conv m/c process, add a 50 hr. session in various maintenance dept. and include 20 hr. session in practical diagnostic skill session, add a 54 hour session regarding eng. energy university or college management. introduce mooc chapters faculty information and contributions lack faculty development training sessions conceptualized knowledge in current trends cannot be shared 5 authorities showing negligence in improving fdtp 7 fdtp is only for fulfilling some criteria 7 245 use teaching tools such as s/w and app., lec from industry experts. college management faculties student performance quality of student admitted to programme *there occurs a gap btw advanced and slow learner 6 students are directly entering in eng. course 6 a low duration orientation class is provided 7 252 *slow learners and students done their schooling in regional language *bridge course should introduce college, faculty *low success rate w/o backlogs can’t appear in all interview 6 lack of learning source, negligence attitude towards board exam 4 pta meeting arranged 5 120 a scale of 0-10 relative to peers in the class. marks 50% below attend special class faculty lack of green practices it might affect the ethical values of students 3 no such awareness is present 4 stoppage of straw is implemented 3 36 public transportation, paperless office, plastic free campus, install renewable energy sources student faculty mgmt. quality of sem. internal assignment questions not cope up with competitive environment 5 if the questions re set in competitive basis, slow learner cant adapt the system 6 university model question is implemented 5 150 include questions with conceptual knowledge faculty university mgmt. improvement in entrepreneurship development a bulliness minded approach can’t be implemented in students 5 students are having a mindset to settle down in low risky areas 5 an edc is present in the campus 3 75 provide the students with awareness, camp, motivation, provide adequate fund for that gov. mgmt. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 172 architectural rehabilitation and sustainability of green buildings in historic preservation ana paula pinheiro a* a the research centre for architecture, urbanism and design (ciaud), lisbon school of architecture, lisbon, portugal. received 17 august 2020; revised 19 october 2020; accepted 24 october 2020; published 01 december 2020 abstract the aim of the article is to draw attention to the fact that architecture must comprehend nature and bring it back to the daily life of man, increasing his physical and psychological comfort. "green" in architectural rehabilitation can have several meanings and approximations. in this article, we address "green" as both a color and an attitude. this paper has been developed through deepening the hypothesis of the color green in living coatings. the creation of an ecological skin in architecture accentuates the dilution of the presence of interventions in heritage contexts with an attitude of knowing how to add, involving nature. these enable the development of solutions that avoid architectural language formalisms, which is especially important in the context of heritage architectural rehabilitation. examples of green roofs and green facades are presented, and it is shown that rainwater management improves the sustainability of the historic place. complementary, as a green attitude, it is essential to use renewable energy in buildings to achieve nzeb—nearly zero energy building. as a case study, we have selected the rehabilitation of the cathedral of portalegre in portugal. keywords: architectural rehabilitation; green walls; green roofs; algae; biological concrete. 1. introduction green is dominant in nature, as it’s the color that is best perceived and visible to the human eye. in the shades of green, chartreuse green is the most visible to man. as it’s compounded by 50% green and 50% yellow, it appears in the middle of the spectrum of colors visible to the human eye. this fact is due not only to the evolutionary factors of the species, but also to the importance of photosynthesis on our planet. this relationship, inherent in the natural world, benefits our health. hence the importance of designing green environments, whether it is through urban planning, green architecture, or through architectural rehabilitation with living coatings (figure 1). they may also have potential social benefits, in case they are accessible not only to building users but also to the general public. it’s central to bringing nature to the everyday of the urban man, who is increasingly removed from it, thus enhancing his physical and psychological comfort [1-3]. however, when using green, it is necessary to note that some of the pigments used to make it have side effects, which can lead to poisoning. for example, the emerald green, appreciated by painters like cézanne, monet, and van gogh, degraded itself spontaneously, causing the paintings to emit vapor of high toxicity based on arsenic. nowadays, it is being questioned whether the diseases that those painters contracted would not be provoked by the inhalation of those toxic vapors. another green shade, which has been proved to have nefarious effects, was scheele’s * corresponding author: apprbd@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-04-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9997-2939 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 173 green (copper arsenite) created in 1778 [4]. it is a vibrant green pigment that was used in paintings of interior coatings, tapestries, and furniture. by extension, we can say that the composition of various natural or artificial materials can also have contraindications, such as the case of granite with radon and the chemical compositions of the materials [5, 6]. figure 1. green roofs calouste gulbenkian foundation, lisbon. ribeiro telles 2. theory green roofs have always been part of the architect's imagination, having reached its climax in antiquity in the hanging gardens of babylon. whether on the roof, on the facade, or on the floor, living coatings are proposals for quality finishing. their aesthetic aspect is fundamental, making it possible to obtain completely different solutions by the option of the color changing, according to the seasons of the year. plants may be selected depending on the color of the flowers, leaves, or both. there might be green areas of the coatings, while others may appear in red, brown or in various colors through the blossoming of the flowers. even in green areas it is possible to choose different shades and gradations of color. the green facade built in the caixa forum square in madrid, authorship of herzog & meuron and patrick blanc, is based on a new technic of vertical culture without a ground (figure 2). figure 2. caixa forum and green facade in the building of the caixa forum square, madrid, 2007. herzog & de meuron and patrick blanc this new solution, patented by patrick blank (request of the patent 08.08.88; in force since 10.07.92), ensures the vegetation of building surfaces, regardless of height, without substrate weight problems. this vertical garden has about 20.000 plants belonging to 3000 different species [7, 8]. there are several competing brands that show variants to this system developed by patrick blank. another type of green facade was created in 2013 in hamburg, germany with the use of microalgae, produced in the skin of the building [9]. the microalgae grant the green color, without being necessary another finishing. with a concept of holistic energy, the microalgae generate electric energy and produce heat. it can be stated that it’s a triply green building: color, energy and heat (green energy). this principle of conception can be used in architectural rehabilitation, whether it is on building skins, or in light-breakers, or in building’s expansions. in spain, at the universitat politècnica de catalunya in barcelona it was developed a new concept of vertical garden that allows the choice in a coloring area, without needing support structures [10]. it was created a concrete that performs as a natural biological support for lichens, mosses and other microorganisms that confer various green http://www.upc.edu/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 174 shades (figure 3). the biological concrete, besides having aesthetic characteristics, it may function as a thermic isolator and regulator. thanks to its biological coating, it absorbs and reduces de co2 in the atmosphere. figure 3. a cement wall with lichens, lisbon 3. green as attitude “building rehabilitation is a sustainable practice, especially when it comes to the rehabilitation of heritage buildings. rehabilitation also means to articulate the building’s ages and must have as key concepts: reversibility; sustainability; versatility; simplicity. always respecting the heritage. the interventions underlying cultural attitude must combine the design process with the principles of economy and environmental impact assessment.” [11]. it is critical to address the paradigm shift and reflect on climate change and how it is interfering with all fields of architectural creation. the "green" as an attitude should be developed from the sustainable rehabilitation point of view construction, implementation, maintenance, deconstruction covering its whole life cycle, in order to minimize environmental impact, with applications to the architectural design process (figure 4). figure 4. cathedral of portalegre. rehabilitation made by rbd.app, 2016 n zone b zone a entrance for visitors service entrance hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 175 figure 5. cathedral of portalegre: terrace view to the green roof of the permanent exhibition room in the southwest courtyard – zone b. rehabilitation made by rbd.app, 2016 (left). terrace view to southwest courtyard, 2015 (right) living coatings allow the creation of solutions that avoid formalisms of architectural language, being of special relevance their application in the architectural rehabilitation of the heritage (figure 5 left). there are cultural obstacles in addition to technical and ecological ones, when choosing to utilize green roofs. green roofs and green walls increase the thermal and acoustic insulation of buildings and allow natural shading. in addition, they improve the quality of the air, purifying it, increasing the comfort of the users. in the rehabilitation of the cathedral of portalegre it was used the traditional system of coating with creepers like the existent situation (figure 6–left), although supported by loose steel wall cables (figure 6–right). its adequate spacing allows the development of the plants and the continuity of visualization to the outside (figure 7). it is intended to create a green filter in sunlight, and to obtain the green surrounding effect of plants without damaging the walls. figure 6. cathedral of portalegre: south courtyard before rehabilitation, 2015 (left). zone a. rehabilitation made by rbd.app. landscape: arpas, 2019 (right). figure 7. temporary exhibitions: view to the south courtyard, 2019 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 176 combining ventilation and air purifying plants, the green facade increases the quality of the air, while associating scents of nature. the importance of nature is also reflected in the concept of biophilia, the need that man has to be in direct contact with nature [12]. it is important to provide the use of a vegetal covering with little maintenance, by selecting sustainable native plants which are resistant to drought and do not require excessive watering. there are no recipes for a generalized application of this principle, as the context in which the construction is inserted, may condition or encourage this option. it is a matter of aesthetic framework and opportunity that can be solved through creativity [11]. the vegetation should be selected in order to not excessively grow, starting to be visible from the outside and, therefore, removing the character of the building. the plants can still be used to treat grey water and can contribute to the innovation of water management and ventilation systems (figure 8). the proposed vegetation is mediterranean vegetation, well adapted to the climatic conditions of the place, with little irrigation and maintenance requirements. they are ornamental species, with various sizes and types depending on the location to be used, such as rosemary, lavender, myrtle, lantanas, honeysuckle, (figure 9). it is possible to optimize the consumption of water, whereas carefully choosing the ornamental vegetation and optimizing the association of cacti and grasses. the irrigation system for the various spaces is drop-by-drop irrigation, which allows a more efficient use of water, avoiding unnecessary losses, whether due to the action of the wind, placing obstacles, or the very development of plants. figure 8. cathedral of portalegre: section by access to south courtyard with green roofs and green walls. rehabilitation made by rbd.app. landscape: arpas, 2019 (right) figure 1. the green roofs will be an extensive system consisting of: a landlab's “sedum carpet” plants, made up of 11 sedum varieties; b substrate approximately 8 cm thick; c zinco sf system filter; d floradrain fd25 drawing element, by zinco; e protection and absorption blanket ssm45, by zinco. landscape: arpas, 2019 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 177 figure 10. proposal. ground level south courtyard: rainwater circuit from the cistern, 2019 the rehabilitation proposal revitalizes the cistern's importance by including it in the exhibition route and takes into account several essential aspects: ensuring the flow of water from the cistern whenever necessary; avoiding bad smells in the spaces to be created; using the cistern water channel on the pavement as a security system, directing it directly to a new storage tank provided for in the south courtyard; guaranteeing the flow of excess water; providing for manholes in the new plumbing; using the water in the tank to water the green areas. the rainwater retention tank will be used for water reuse on site (figure 10). green roofs are also a water management system as they filter rainwater. this entire integrated system comprises a selection of plants adapted to the location, which consume little water and are easy to maintain, reinforcing the economic and environmental sustainability of this historic place. another very important green attitude is the nzeb (nearly zero energy building). to achieve nzeb, it is essential to use renewable energy in buildings. however, the dark color of the photovoltaic cells has a negative visual impact on the image of traditional brick-colored ceramic tile roofs. this problem is aggravated when thinking about the architectural rehabilitation of the heritage because it creates a huge contrast with the colors of the roof tiles. in portugal, there are no solutions that incorporate renewable energy into straw tile (canudo) roofs that are mandatory for use in heritage buildings. thus, it was decided to place the photovoltaic system in the rehabilitation of the building that will serve as the entrance to the cathedral's exhibition complex. this building is not classified as cultural heritage and has already functioned as a fire station. therefore, it was proposed a straw tile (canudo) coating on the roof slope facing the side of the entrance square of the cathedral and solesia tiles to cover the slope facing the south since that is not visible from the entrance side (figure 6–right). this type of solution is called tile, but in reality it resembles a photovoltaic panel [13, 14]. 4. negative factors there are negative aspects to the use of live facades and roofs in architectural rehabilitation: the plants may catch diseases, they may die, or they may need to be pruned. the existence of vines that cling to the walls through their tendrils can cause problems if there are cracks through which they can penetrate. it is necessary to wisely choose what kind of plant to use in order to avoid this type of situation and to minimize its respective maintenance. green roofs aren’t always the best option in architectural rehabilitation as their weight is superior to traditional roofs. in addition, they are difficult to apply to roofs with a slope greater than 30°. 5. conclusion greenery is essential in human life. therefore, architecture must comprehend nature and bring it back again to the daily life of man, increasing his physical and psychological comfort. the green wall acts as a filter, and it is a shading hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 178 plan that dilutes the presence of the new exhibition spaces that have been created and highlights the white walls in the cathedral and the existing building that has been remodeled. in this case, the green filter cancels out the presence of the glazed window, anonymizing the building. the green roof’s greatest potential lies in the ability to cover impermeable surfaces with permeable vegetal materials. green roofs also allow to neutralize the presence of construction, both seen from the pedestrian point of view and seen from above, apart from the aesthetic and aromatic qualities of flowering and green areas. one can conclude that the rehabilitation of architectural heritage and design constitutes an integrated set that must have in mind sustainability [11]. complementarily, it is necessary to think about architectural rehabilitation in order to achieve a nearly zero energy building (nzeb). 6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] pinheiro, ana paula oliveira araújo. (2017) reabilitação arquitectónica, sustentabilidade e design. lisboa: fa, 2017. tese de doutoramento, universidade de lisboa, faculdade de arquitetura. available online: http://hdl.handle.net/10400.5/14115 (accessed on 20 september 2020). [2] del giudice v., massimo d.e., de paola p., del giudice f.p., musolino m. (2020) green buildings for post carbon city: determining market premium using spline smoothing semiparametric method. in: bevilacqua c., calabrò f., della spina l. (eds) new metropolitan perspectives. nmp 2020. smart innovation, systems and technologies, vol 178. springer, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-48279-4_114. [3] gan, v. j., lo, i. m., ma, j., tse, k. t., cheng, j. c., & chan, c. m. (2020). simulation optimisation towards energy efficient green buildings: current status and future trends. journal of cleaner production, 254, 120012. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.120012. [4] haslam, j. c. (2013). deadly décor: a short history of arsenic poisoning in the nineteenth century. res medica, journal of the royal medical society, 21(1), 76-81. doi:10.2218/resmedica.v21i1.182. [5] dwaikat, l. n., & ali, k. n. (2018). green buildings life cycle cost analysis and life cycle budget development: practical applications. journal of building engineering, 18, 303-311. doi:10.1016/j.jobe.2018.03.015. [6] jagarajan, r., asmoni, m. n. a. m., mohammed, a. h., jaafar, m. n., mei, j. l. y., & baba, m. (2017). green retrofitting–a review of current status, implementations and challenges. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 67, 1360-1368. doi: 10.1016/j.rser.2016.09.091. [7] blanc, p.. (2012). the vertical garden: from nature to the city. translated from french by gregory bruhn. w. w. norton & company. new york, united states, [8] davis, m. j. m., tenpierik, m. j., ramírez, f. r., & perez, m. e. (2017). more than just a green facade: the sound absorption properties of a vertical garden with and without plants. building and environment, 116, 64-72. doi: 10.1016/j.buildenv.2017.01.010. [9] dezeen. (2020). architecture and design magazine, london, england. available online: http://www.buildup.eu/sites/default /files/%20ssc%20gmbh%20energyz_cycle_ v2.png (accessed on 20 september 2020). [10] dezeen (2020). build up, the european portal for energy efficiency in buildings. available online: https://www.dezeen.com /2013/01/03/spanish-researchers-develop-biological-concrete-for-moss-covered-walls/ (accessed on 20 january 2018). [11] pinheiro, a. p. (2017). sustainability and design in heritage rehabilitation. in proceedings of the 10th eaae/arcc international conference, volume 1, 239-245. lisbon, portugal: couceiro da costa et al. (eds.), taylor & francis group. [12] wilson, edward o. (2003). biophilia, cambridge: harvard university press. massachusetts, united states. available online: https://www.hup.harvard.edu/ catalog.php?isbn=9780674074422 (accessed on 28 september 2020). [13] pinheiro, a. p. (2019). the color of roofs and sustainability. in: proceedings of the international colour association (aic) conference 2019. buenos aires, argentina: aic, pp. 378-382. [14] li, z., ma, t., zhao, j., song, a., & cheng, y. (2019). experimental study and performance analysis on solar photovoltaic panel integrated with phase change material. energy, 178, 471-486. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2019.04.166. http://hdl.handle.net/10400.5/14115 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.120012 http://www.buildup.eu/sites/default%20/files/%20ssc%20gmbh%20energy http://www.buildup.eu/sites/default%20/files/%20ssc%20gmbh%20energy https://www.dezeen.com/ https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbsxbkwcekysuksw7udg6y9jn3mi4g:1646212788831&q=cambridge,+massachusetts&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaopge-luz9u3mmm1ydnt4gaxdqszzlw0spot9pol0hpzmqssszlz81a4vhmpismfpylfjalfxytyjzwtc5okmlpsu3uufbolixotm0qlu0tkinewmgiadzbf8weaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjw04lejkf2ahumsaqkhzzkd-wqmxmoaxoecduqaw https://www.hup.harvard.edu/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 29 the benefits of a convergence between art and engineering giovanni innella a*, paul a. rodgers b a virginia commonwealth university in qatar, doha pobox 8095, qatar. b university of strathclyde, glasgow g11xq, scotland. received 26 august 2020; revised 09 november 2020; accepted 15 november 2020; published 01 march 2021 abstract as design practitioners, researchers, and educators, we constantly find ourselves shuffled between the humanities and sciences. in fact, the design departments in universities around the globe are located within the faculties of engineering, architecture, visual art, liberal are or environmental sciences, thus becoming a meeting point for academics and professionals coming from both the humanities and sciences. the synergy resulting from the variety of backgrounds and expertise creates a fertile ground for exploration on both a conceptual and technical level. by briefly compiling and analyzing a review of literature and creative works spanning from the renaissance to contemporary art, this paper reflects on the potential benefits of combining engineering and art research. the authors of this paper look at the increasingly delicate role that technicians, engineers, and computer programmers play in developing technologies that impact our social, emotional, and intimal lives, and advocate for art as a context and tool to help those professional developing their sensitivity and critical sense, besides their skills. in doing so, the paper makes a contribution to the stem vs. steam conundrum by encouraging an education that merges arts and humanities disciplines with scientific and technical subjects. keywords: art; engineering; indisciplinarity; steam; stem; humanities. 1. introduction if one looks at the way conventional educational and academic contexts have been conceived and organized, artistic and engineering disciplines seem to be two very separate realms. in fact, art and engineering schools, events and qualifications rarely co-mingle, and most of the time do so only out of necessity, rather than out of a true will of exploring the potential of such a contamination. however, historians suggest that such a separation has not always been there. during the renaissance (1300–1700), artistic and scientific research seemed to go hand in hand. the intellectual man of the renaissance was a "polymath", someone who could span art and engineering, design and mathematics, philosophy and science. many suggest leonardo da vinci as the archetype of the polymath; one of the greatest examples of the renaissance man. in fact, he could work on projects where artistic and scientific research and practice merged, to the point that it was hard to discern the two or label the author as either an artist or scientist (figure 1) [1, 2]. interestingly, many of leonardo da vinci’s studies on anatomy, optics, perspectives, mechanics, and production processes were aimed towards the making of artworks, whether paintings, sculptures, or architecture. in some ways, we can state that for leonardo, art was the drive and the means to conduct his research. * corresponding author: innellag@vcu.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-01-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3149-191x hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 30 as wilson (2014) [3] suggests, the current separation between science and the creative arts is a consequence of the enlightenment and the romanticism movements of the xix century. while enlightenment pinned its hopes on logical thinking and scientific progress, as a reaction, those joining the romanticist movement gravitated towards emotion and feelings and which manifested through the arts. as a result of these two opposite forces, the distance between the two spheres was highlighted, in spite of the convergence of humanities and science witnessed during the european renaissance. since then, we stubbornly separate the science from humanities, engineering from arts, technical skills from conceptual thinking. two centuries later, we still strive to mend such a tear, however not without difficulties. the aim of this paper is to highlight how in reality, art and engineering still coexist today within creative projects, and that reinforcing and formalizing cohabitation of the two leads to an exchange of skills and approaches enriching both actors with technical and scientific backgrounds and those from creative practices. figure 1. studies of the arm showing the movements made by biceps, c. 1510, a drawing by leonardo da vinci 2. the gap between art and engineering in education it would not be for nearly 500 years, from the rise of the universities and cities of the later middle ages, that the first formal education system to promote a mix of engineering and art, the bauhaus, would appear and open its doors for the first time. the bauhaus, with its roots in the kindergarten system of educating young school children perfected by friedrich froebel (1782 1851), gave rise to a number of “masters” including johannes itten, josef albers, and paul klee. these individuals and others infused the bauhaus’ revolutionary vorkurs programme of abstract-design activities, with an emphasis that owed a substantial debt to froebel's kindergarten system. in 1919 walter gropius was appointed head of the bauhaus in weimar, germany. one of gropius’ key objectives was to integrate art and economics, and add an element of engineering to art. as such, students at the bauhaus were trained by both artists and master craftsmen in an attempt to make “…modern artists familiar with science and economics, [that] began to unite creative imagination with a practical knowledge of craftsmanship, and thus to develop a new sense of functional design.” [4]. the main aim of the bauhaus was to “…rescue all of the arts from the isolation in which each then found itself...” [5] and to encourage the individual artisans and craftsmen to work collaboratively and combine all of their skills. the bauhaus also set out to elevate the status of crafts to the same level enjoyed by fine arts such as painting and sculpting. ultimately, the goal was to maintain contact with the leaders of industry and craft in an attempt to gain independence from government support by selling their output directly to industry. nowadays, most schools reflect the rather sharp division between artistic and engineering disciplines. the rigid division of faculties and departments is a sign of such a separation. it is commonplace for art schools not to include engineering courses in their curricula. similarly, engineering institutes look at art as a faraway world, populated by very differently minded professionals [6]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 31 there are, of course, examples of organizations that bring together the art and engineering worlds, through interdisciplinary teams and processes (i.e. medialab, copenhagen institute of interaction design, interaction design institute of ivrea, the royal college of art and some others) [7, 8]. for example, the now defunct interaction design institute of ivrea used to enrol students coming from both technical backgrounds, such as informatics, mathematics and engineering, and humanistic backgrounds, such as communication sciences, art and design. the former students were asked to take classes on humanistic and creative subjects, while the latter students had to attend technical courses on programming and electronics. in this way, the institute thought of bridging – or at least narrowing – the gap between the two types of students. the impact of this simple decision was limited, though still appreciable. thanks to such a diverse education, graduates from the interaction design institute of ivrea went on to work indistinctively in the arts (i.e. pors & rao) [9], for technology companies such as philips and google, or contributed on innovative engineering projects – arduino was conceived and developed by people working or studying in the institute) [10]. apart from the aforementioned examples, few exceptions exist that do not retain the orthodox separation that sees arts belonging to the humanistic sphere and engineering as part of the scientific domain. this separation is commonly accepted in our educational cultures – certainly in the west – and is also seen throughout our scholastic systems. besides the way our culture is shaped, the separation in our schools between the sciences and the humanities is dictated by a number of practical reasons. among these reasons there is the necessity to organize staff and students, optimize the use of spaces and facilities, award students with more specific academic degrees in order to arguably improve their employability in the professional world. however, such issues should be overcome in order to provide a more holistic education and a better flux among different types of knowledge and thinking. 3. the gap between art and engineering in practice outside the environments of art and design schools and formal education systems, the separation between the technical and the artistic is much less evident. of course, most art practitioners are labelled as artists and are placed under the umbrella of humanities, whereas engineering practitioners are seen as technical professionals and find their place more in the scientific fields. in recent years, however, the development and widespread use of readily available information and computing technologies to create artworks has helped bridge the apparent gap between art and engineering [11]. if stating that every art piece has to be designed, engineered and ultimately fabricated may sound obvious, the active involvement of engineering skills and research in art becomes more embedded in the art process when thinking of kinetic sculptures or interactive installations, for example. in fact, in the case of kinetic sculptures and interactive installations, the artists have to learn how certain technologies work, get inspired by their potential and shape their own thinking around those factors. at the same time, engineers and developers have to understand the artistic concepts, push the technological limitations to achieve the desired results or offer viable options for the project development. in the way, the process can be seen as a flux of notions and processes, in which engineers and artists challenge and inspire each other while working on real projects [12]. many hybrid practices have arisen at the intersection between art and engineering. many of them have a more artistic lead. this is the case of british studios such as troika (figures 1, 2 and 3) and greyworld, the paris-based creative collective hehe and the japanese offices teamlab and rhizomatiks, for example. there are also the longerestablished art studios of olafur eliasson (germany) or james turrell (usa). figure 2. kinetic sculpture "the cloud" by troika at terminal 5 o heathrow airport, london hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 32 figure 3. programming of "the cloud" figure 4. making of "the cloud" but there are also engineers that rediscovered themselves as artists. moritz waldemeyer is among them. waldemeyer started as a tech consultant for the conceptual fashion designer husseim chalayan, before launching his own creative practice. these studios usually begin their projects with an artistic approach, to then start a conversation with technicians and scientists to explore what technology allows them to make. this is when projects may take different routes by pulling and pushing between technological possibilities and artistic explorations. in this process, technical companies, whose expertise lays in engineering and fabricating artworks, are often involved. 4. stem vs. steam in the last decades, educational curricula have mostly favoured a model based on science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (stem), which integrates the four disciplines in combined programs, without the sovereignty of one of the four. those subjects prepare and expose students to different ways of thinking and introduce them to a wide range of careers. educating our pupils to scientific subjects arguably improves their decision-making abilities, their logic skills and it is also profitable for our economies, thus allowing the students to access secure and well-paid jobs [13]. statistics tell us in fact that jobs that require scientific knowledge and technical skills are simply more in numbers, significantly better paid and generally more highly regarded by people of developed countries [14, 15]. fundamentally, the stem system simply supports the economies we live in, instead of exploring new social and hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 33 economic models. notably, the stem educational system does not aim to bring together humanities and science, but more simply overcome boundaries within the scientific realms. more recently, the importance of arts for a well-rounded education has been brought into the discussion and the acronym steam – where the a stands for arts – has taken on ever-greater significance. those who push for a stronger involvement of the arts within the scientific-technical education see an opportunity to enhance some soft skills of the students, ranging from sense for aesthetics, real-world applications, playfulness, and communication [16, 17] recently, the state university of new york in potsdam has investigated the potential of a steam education with the intention of creating “a model for the education of scientists who will be able to create innovations in modern science and technology necessary to address the complex problems facing human society” [18]. in the discourse about education, it is being advocated that there is a bit of art in all the scientific subjects and that including design, performing arts and creative planning in the curricula produces more creative, communicative and organized students. in this paper, we try to go beyond the technicalities of how a steam model should work in order to reflect on why the arts can represent a context and a tool to train citizens that can more meaningfully contribute to our contemporary and forthcoming societies. 5. a world of algorithms from the perspective of a creative practitioner – whether designer or artist – the engineer or scientist might seem just as a helper, a problem-solver, a little wizard that makes things become real or that can open the doors to technical and scientific wonders to exploit. this is possibly an incorrect and limited view of what an engineer, a programmer, a scientist, or a technician is and might be in the future. the world we live in is increasingly ruled by technology. the permeation of a variety of different technologies in our lives is not a recent phenomenon. our homes, our appliances, our vehicles have always evolved from a technological perspective, becoming more comfortable, safer, smaller, lighter, faster. basically, engineers and scientists have always aspired to maximize efficiencies in weight, size, speed, convenience, and so on. however, now that algorithms, artificial intelligence and large data not only impact our possessions, but also increasingly affect our social lives and our inner feelings, efficiency might not be the ultimate aim for technology anymore. big data, algorithms and other technological innovations have, and increasingly will have, more impact on who we will meet, what information we will access, what places we will visit and ultimately on how we will live our lives [19]. think of how algorithms rule the social networks we use, hence suggesting us to interact with certain people rather than others, to add a person to our list of friends, to access certain news rather than others. our social lives, our feelings and likes and dislikes are not regulated by the concepts of efficiency and improvements in technical terms. but it is not only about social networks; our relationship with our homes is changing, for example. our smart homes observe us, they predict our needs and actively interact with us in many ways – including talking to us. furthermore, our cars suggest us what ways to drive, what places to visit and so on. engineers – or computer programmers – will have to question the value of efficiency over emotions, feelings, sensations, knowledge, relationships. for example, having more friends is not necessarily better than having less, and a sentimental relationship is, in many ways, inefficient; driving pass the house of our ex-lover might be convenient time-wise, but not emotion-wise; and turning on the vents in the kitchen while our mother bakes the apple cake like she used to when we were kids might make us miss the chance of recalling pleasant memories and emotions. as the ones who invent and design the next algorithms and artificial intelligences, professionals coming from the technology and mathematical (stem) worlds all of a sudden find themselves with an unprecedented responsibility – the one of shaping our personal and social lives. their algorithms, their smart devices are now an integral part of our most intimate and emotional lives. because of this new role of technology, we need those professionals to be able to reflect on aspects like ethics, feelings and human relationships. moreover, we need them to critically think of the impact that their decisions have on what really makes us humans. besides our personal life, also other apparently scientific, technical or mathematical broader issues, such as global warming, finance, retirement policies, electoral laws, vaccination, etc.… might need to be solved culturally, socially or anyway with a humanistic approach, rather than just scientifically. in fact, behind the parameters that control the afore-mentioned issues, which to some extent can be controlled by scientific discoveries and mathematical formulas, there are people with their beliefs, behaviours, feelings and relationships that need to be taken into account. we are used to think of progressing scientifically and technologically and only later make ethical decisions. nuclear engineers can equally work on solving power shortage or on future weapons; biotechnologists can help relieving hunger or feed the industry of patents over seeds. we live at a time where we cannot afford anymore keeping the science distanced from the humanistic discourse. instead, we should put scientists and engineers at its very core and help them build their critical thinking and communication skills. this is when art comes into play. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 34 6. the criticality of art it is extremely difficult – if not impossible – to give a definition of what art is, and it may also not be necessary for this paper. however, the first author recalls having a great teacher, dutch artist barbara visser, telling him what art should do. she said, good art should “say something about the world”, about what we desire and what we fear, and it should constantly question what is good and bad. a good artist has a critical eye and is subject to criticisms and analysis. art is, in all cases, a critical practice. beyond the mere exploration of aesthetics and the production of art that manifests inner and intimal conditions of the author, artists are also given the role of manifesting their dissents and the dissent of their communities towards many aspects of our societies. for example, chinese artist ai weiwei is known for producing work the criticize the chinese government and its censorship, thus being arrested and put in jail for almost 3 months in 2011 [20]. similarly, iranian film director jafar panahi’s controversial movies about the restrictions placed upon women in iran have so enraged iranian authorities that panahi has been arrested several times [21]. beyond political protests, art has also shaped the cultural and political response to the aids pandemics during the 1980s, with artists like keith haring, niki de saint phalle or robert mapplethorpe raising their voice. art is a great lens through which anyone can observe and act upon the world around us [22]. working on an art project presents a great opportunity to provoke, raise questions and physically manifest reflection on our societies, cultures, economies, and ethics. arts naturally create space for critical debate about our politics, ethics, economies, societies. when we educate our students, whether engineers or artists, we know we are also preparing the next generation of global citizens, consumers, policy makers. our concern is therefore not only to provide the students with all the tools and knowledge to find a job, but also we push them to train their critical thinking, their reflective mind and their individual will, so that wherever they will operate, they will be able to meaningful contribute to the discussion that surrounds them and not be mere executioners of someone else’s agenda. furthermore, art also represents a unique way to look at the world, including the stem world, and to challenge scientists to think further about their own practice and push the boundaries of their realms [23]. some artists have either made scientific discoveries or contributed to develop scientific knowledge. for example, in 1954 composer lejaren hiller has develop the first computer-made music contributing to the development of artificial intelligence [24]; painter abbott thayer with his illustration book concealing-coloration in the animal kingdom has put the basis for theories on camouflage[25]; artist and art critic john ruskin developed knowledge about tree growth [26]; without mentioning the countless geometric patterns that artists generated thus making mathematical formulas visible [27], or the more recent developments in digital fabrication made by artists the likes of joris laarman (figure 5) [28]. figure 5. an impression of a 3d-printed bridge that artist and designer joris laarman's start-up company mx3d is planning to build in amsterdam 7. the criticality of art it has often been discussed about the benefits that science could bring from opening its doors to artists and science. from the perspective of a scientist, the creative professional is someone that can embellish and make scientific knowledge more appealing and understandable. this is probably true, but there is much more to gain in educating our scientists and engineers in an artistic context, rather than simply involving creative professionals in scientific research. in the next paragraphs, we list five reasons why art would integrate well in a stem model. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 35 7.1. art welcomes technical skills it is true that there is a lot of art that is completely immaterial and purely conceptual. however, most art manifests itself physically or visually. therefore, if one possesses technical skills; he or she is able to create. whether his or her creations are three-dimensional machines, or virtual systems or chemical reactions, the person with technical skills has already the tools to express him or herself and to produce work. that is why, it is reasonable to encourage computer programmers, engineers, scientists to dedicate some of their time to art projects. in contemporary art, there are many examples of artists who have a background in scientific subjects. among them, we can think of theo jansen, who studied physics before becoming an artist [29]; movie director alfred hitchcock studied at the london county council school of engineering and navigation [30]; and visionary architect santiago calatrava has a background in civil engineering [31], to mention a few. 7.2. art encourages critical thinking once one knows that he or she can create, he or she will have to figure out what to create and why. what do i want to say? why do i want to say that? these are the questions that resonate in the head of an artist before or while producing work. such a phase in the creative process, forces the author to think critically about the world and build a personal opinion about it. this is a valuable reflective process that trains our critical thinking. 7.3. art challenges know-how often, art pushes the boundaries of know-how and technologies beyond their conventional use. once one starts working on an art project, and has figured the conceptual or critical messages to send out, it is very likely that he or she will need to tweak techniques, materials and processes in order to achieve the best results. the artwork therefore becomes the drive to experiment and make new discoveries. painters of the past, for example, in order to achieve the results they had in mind had to develop perspective and colour theories, sculptors had to experiment with unusual materials and new production methods. 7.4. art teaches you to take critiques art exposes you to criticisms, therefore it teaches you how to articulate and defend your reasoning. art does not end with the exhibition or publication of a work, but it is exactly then that the discussion with others usually takes place. teachers, visitors, readers, critics will praise and attack your work, you will have to explain what, how and why you sent certain messages. some messages, you will not even be conscious about the fact that you sent them. you will learn a lot about your work and how others perceive it in this phase. learning how to receive and respond to criticism is important as it prepares the students to face confrontation and manage a dialogue with others. 7.5. art trains you as a person art provides you with the tools and context develop and express sensitivity towards emotions, feelings and sensations. this is something that engineers and scientists need to be more and more familiar with as the technological, scientific and mathematical discoveries have a greater impact on people’s intimate lives. 8. conclusions often, we think that the engineering world is more concerned with how, while the arts focus more on why. however, both disciplines try to answer an even more crucial question, the question of what. what to do is the leading dilemma for creators – whether as engineers, scientists, designers, or artists – and each sphere of knowledge has very different answers to such a question. what to do is the common ground that scientists at broad and artists operate on. how and why are the two questions that we must learn not to separate in our schools, unless we want to train future professionals that either lack critical abilities or lose touch with the reality of making and the possibilities offered by technology. in other words, both science and the humanities represent two lenses through which one can look at the world. our culture and society have often preferred keeping those two lenses separated rather than overlapping them. thinking artistically allows space to investigate the humanistic side of projects. it allows reflection on society and culture. thinking technically means learning practical skills, reflecting on what technology offers and getting inspired by it. our students and their educators need to learn about the processes and the networks that are generated by art and engineering directions and comprehend the values that lay behind both. in this way, we will produce fully-rounded individuals that can have an impact on the world we all live in. we must not be afraid to allow our students to think conceptually and learn how to use irony, speculative thinking, and a sense of aesthetics as part of their language. the benefits of such a contamination between arts and engineering, hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 36 science and humanities would be numerous. on a higher-level, we would be educating a more complete citizen, who can value and appreciate both spheres. our students would become technology experts who can better understand how the projects they work on contribute to the shaping of our culture and society. professionally, this will hopefully give them more opportunities in the companies that operate on the verge of technology and culture. or, such an understanding will probably push the graduates to start their own practices in such a space. also, in terms of communication, our students would learn how to speak to technical and creative people, adopt – or create – a language that can be more easily understood by both audiences and that can be more appealing to the general public. 9. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 10. references [1] jones, j. (2012). is leonardo da vinci a great artist or a great scientist?. guardian news & media, united kingdom. available online: https://www.theguardian.com/artanddesign/jonathanjonesblog/2012/may/01/leonardo-da-vinci-artist-or-scientist (accessed on 31 august 2020). [2] pitenis, a. a., dowson, d., & gregory sawyer, w. (2014). leonardo da vinci’s friction experiments: an old story acknowledged and repeated. tribology letters, 56(3), 509–515. doi:10.1007/s11249-014-0428-7. [3] wilson, e. o. (2014). the meaning of human existence (first edition). new york: liveright publishing corporation, a division of w.w. norton & company, new york, united states [4] bayer, h., gropius, w., & gropius, i. (1952). “bauhaus, 1919-1928. charles t.”. publisher c.t. branford company, new york, united sates. [5] whitford, f. (1984). bauhaus. london: thames and hudson, london, united kingdom [6] zald, m. n. (1993). organization studies as a scientific and humanistic enterprise: toward a reconceptualization of the foundations of the field. organization science, 4(4), 513–528. doi:10.1287/orsc.4.4.513. [7] formia, e., & peruccio, p. p. (2021). untold history of the interaction design institute ivrea (2000-2005). diid-disegno industriale industrial design, (74), 10-10. [8] smith, gillian c. (2007). what is interaction design? designing interactions, 1-14. available online: http://feiramoderna.net/ download/pos-positivo/moggridge-bill/designinginteractions_00_foreword.pdf (accessed on 31 august 2020). [9] shackelford, j. (2012). the ted book a video book. newspaper next, llc. virginia, united states. [10] frauenfelder, m. (2011). make: technology on your time volume 25. o’reilly media, inc. massachusetts, united states. [11] smith, k. (2012). digital blur: creative practice at the boundaries of architecture, design and art edited by paul rodgers and michael smyth. an international journal for all aspects of design, 133-135. doi: 10.2752/175630612x13192035508660. [12] yilmaz, b. (2014). art engineering and kinetic art. journal of arts and humanities, 3(12), 16-21. [13] atkinson, r. d., mayo, m. j. (2010). refueling the u.s. innovation economy: fresh approaches to science, technology, engineering and mathematics (stem) education. the information technology & innovation foundation. washington, dc, united states. [14] dishman, l. (2016, march 21). best and worst graduate degrees for jobs in 2016. fortune. available online: http://fortune.com/2016/03/21/best-worst-graduate-degrees-jobs-2016/ (accessed on 31 august 2016). [15] provencio, e. (2015, april 5). the major divide: humanities vs. stem majors. huffington post. available online: https://www.huffingtonpost.com/elaina-provencio/the-major-divide-humaniti_b_6582436.html (accessed on 12 april 2019). [16] kim, y., & park, n. (2012). the effect of steam education on elementary school student’s creativity improvement. computer applications for security, control and system engineering, 115–121. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-35264-5_16. [17] land, m. h. (2013). full steam ahead: the benefits of integrating the arts into stem. complex adaptive systems, 20 (supplement c), 547–552. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2013.09.317. [18] madden, m. e., baxter, m., beauchamp, h., bouchard, k., habermas, d., huff, m., … plague, g. (2013). rethinking stem education: an interdisciplinary steam curriculum. procedia computer science, 20 (supplement c), 541–546. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2013.09.316. [19] porter, t. m. (2020). using data to understand the world. american scientist, 108(3), 186-189. [20] sorace, c. (2014). china’s last communist: ai weiwei. critical inquiry, 40(2), 396–419. doi:10.1086/674120. [21] cheshire, g. (2012). iran’s cinematic spring. dissent, 59(2), 76–80. doi:10.1353/dss.2012.0029. https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbtxpdl7o8ccaydyfckfwhciggylrg:1646218253852&q=united+kingdom&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaopge-lvt9c3nexknjm3lkouuolqz9u3mc8uttbsyk620s8vsk_my6xklmnmz0phwgwkjqyuliywlaqwfs9i5qvnyyxjtvhwzsxlt8np3chkcac0nvnfwwaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjbhpnxokf2ahwph-wkhe4sdy0qmxmoaxoeccgqaw https://www.theguardian.com/artanddesign/jonathanjonesblog/2012/may/01/leonardo-da-vinci-artist-or-scientist http://feiramoderna.net/%20download/pos-positivo/moggridge-bill/designinginteractions_00_foreword.pdf http://feiramoderna.net/%20download/pos-positivo/moggridge-bill/designinginteractions_00_foreword.pdf http://fortune.com/2016/03/21/best-worst-graduate-degrees-jobs-2016/ https://www.huffingtonpost.com/elaina-provencio/the-major-divide-humaniti_b_6582436.html hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 37 [22] mcdonald, a. g., wessner, d. r. (2003). the visual art of hiv/aids: an interdisciplinary approach to teaching about hiv/aids. bioscene, 29(1), 15–21. [23] williams, g. (2017). are artists the new interpreters of scientific innovation? the new york times. available online: https://www.nytimes.com/2017/09/12/t-magazine/art/artist-residency-science.html (accessed on march 2020). [24] sturm, b. l., iglesias, m., ben-tal, o., miron, m., & gómez, e. (2019). artificial intelligence and music: open questions of copyright law and engineering praxis. arts (mdpi), 8(3), 115. doi:10.3390/arts8030115. [25] behrens, r. r. (2009). revisiting abbott thayer: non-scientific reflections about camouflage in art, war and zoology. philosophical transactions of the royal society b: biological sciences, 364(1516), 497–501. doi:10.1098/rstb.2008.0250. [26] ruskin, j. (1893). the eagle’s nest: ten lectures on the relation of natural science to art. maynard, merrill, & company, open library, texas, united sates. [27] jay, k. (2001). connections: the geometric bridge between art & science (2nd edition). world scientific publishing company. available online: https://mimoza.marmara.edu.tr/~maeyler/connections.pdf (accessed on march 2021). [28] doubrovski, z., verlinden, j. c., geraedts, j. m. p. (2011). optimal design for additive manufacturing: opportunities and challenges (vol. 9, pp. 635–646). presented at the asme 2011 international design engineering technical conferences and computers and information in engineering conference, asme, washington dc, usa. doi:10.1115/detc2011-48131. [29] jansen, t. (2007). the great pretender. rotterdam: 010 publishers, rotterdam, netherlands. [30] taylor, j. r. (2013). hitch: the life and times of alfred hitchcock. bloomsbury publishing, london, united kingdom. [31] tzonis, a., rosselli, p. (1999). santiago calatrava: the poetics of movement. thames & hudson, london, united kingdom. https://www.nytimes.com/2017/09/12/t-magazine/art/artist-residency-science.html https://mimoza.marmara.edu.tr/~maeyler/connections.pdf available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 161 topology optimization by the use of 3d printing technology in the product design process i. ntintakis a, b*, g. e. stavroulakis b , n. plakia c a department of mechanical enfineering, hellenic mediterranean university, estauromenos, heraklion, 71409, greece. b school of production engineering and management, technical university of crete, chania,73100, greece. c university of thessaly, karditsa, 43100, greece. received 06 august 2020; revised 14 october 2020; accepted 19 october 2020; published 01 december 2020 abstract the design process of a new product includes various stages, one of which is the evaluation of an idea for prototype manufacturing. the use of additive manufacturing is the most efficient and effective method for producing prototypes. in order to maximize the benefits from the use of additive manufacturing, we should choose the suitable printing parameters. the inner wall thickness is a vital parameter for defining the quantity of raw material used and the model solidity. depending on the selected technique of additive manufacturing, the thickness of the inner wall may differ. in this study, we initially print furniture models with different wall thicknesses using the inject binder technique, and then we check their durability and resilience through compression tests. evaluating the study results indicates the hollow printed specimens have high durability during compression tests and can be used to evaluate a design idea. using the facts derived from lab tests, we perform topology optimization studies under different circumstances to evaluate the method and come up with the optimal design solution. initially, the topology optimization study concerned only the table surface and not the whole model. the following studies were performed for the whole model, with different constraints and load cases defined. then, the optimized models are redesigned in order to improve their durability. the performed studies show that topology optimization is a powerful tool, which is able to support the designers/ engineers to take the right decision during the design process. keywords: additive manufacturing; inject binder; optimization; compression test; topology optimization; furniture design. 1. introduction in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, architects and designers believed that building and product design should reflect their usage. the american architect louis sullivan was the strongest supporter of this principle, as he analyzed in his article titled "the tall office building, artistically considered." the ancient roman architect marcus vitruvius pollio was of the exact same opinion [1]. prior to wwii, modernist architects dissented from the above principle. they regarded decorative elements, which architects call ornaments, as being superfluous in modern buildings. sullivan did not question this theory, and the buildings he designed were brimming with art nouveau and celtic decorative features. meanwhile, there was a discordance about product design: whether it should comply with market demands or focus on product functionality. for example, the american auto industry put an end to the introduction of aerodynamic forms into mass production. some car resellers claimed that the aerodynamic shape would end up in a certain shape very similar to all vehicles, and thus automobile sales would drop [2]. * corresponding author: ntintakis@hmu.gr http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-04-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9199-2110 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 162 after wwii and up until the oxford conference on design methods in 1963, design was considered to be more cohesive work than a scientific procedure with distinct staying. the methodology designers adopt during the designing procedure has been the subject of investigation over the last six decades. initially, the aspect that designers should follow a certain design process through formalized procedures or designing methods prevailed. however, this led many designers to believe that the adoption of a specific process would limit their creativity and imagination. this obstacle was overcome after the integration of brainstorming into the design process. due to the development of the design methods, a main concern came up; the connection of design methodology to computer science as a prerequisite to thoroughly understanding and defining design [3]. in the 70's, bill hiller developed a new designing method, according to which the experience gained from local designing problems could be useful for addressing layer-scale issues [4, 5]. this is the first and foremost feature of this early period of design methodology. moreover, the design problem was not clearly designed so as to adopt an optional solution. through the definition of all possible solutions to a certain design problem, during this period, the researchers were opposed to the development of designing methods— albeit they changed their opinion over the next few years [6-8]. this can be attributed to the fact that the design methods were rapidly developed and recognized by the researchers of this period. the last decade’s product development process follows a more specific process with distinct stages (figure 1). through this process, designers have to ensure that the new product is well designed. in the first stage, product specifications have to be defined according to user needs. the second stage is the design stage, which includes concept design, initial 3d models, and the final 3d model. the third stage is prototype, in which designers have to produce functional physical models in order to evaluate their ideas and to check ergonomics, functionality, and product stability. prototypes are fully functional, and end users can use them in order to give their feedback [9]. in the last decade, more and more designers and engineers have been adapting 3d printing techniques in order to create prototypes [10-12]. figure 1. product design process various three-dimensional printing techniques have been well developed, each one has strengths and weaknesses. differences are based on how the individual layers have been spread to create various components, such as material melting, melt deposition, or the use of liquid materials through different technological processes. mainly, the discussion is related to the issues of speed, cost of prototype and 3d printers, choice and cost of materials and the ability for multicolor prototypes [13]. 1.1. inject binder technique one of the most well develop technique is ‘inject binder’. this technique is high speed and produces objects with a relatively harsh finish. the raw material is plaster type powder, the granules of the powder are homogeneous in size and shape, showing only limited variation with respect to their size. as the particles are smaller as the quality of printed part is better [14]. the process requires the use of powder as a feedstock and adhesive to achieve the agglomeration of powder grains. the printing process part involves two stages. in the first stage a slicer program divides the object geometry into number of layers and powder is speeded in each single layer. each powder layer is sprayed selectively with an adhesive. then a layer of fresh powder is deposited and the process repeats until all layers are printed. in the post processing stage the printed model is removed from the container and using compressed air is cleaned from the excess powder. in the sequel the printed part is sprayed with cyanoacrylate or other substances to improve part stability and surface finish [15]. the advantages of inject binder technique are: a) the lack of support structure during printing process, b) the ability to print multiple objects simultaneously, c) there is no need to use a heat source that can create residual stresses in the parts d) often is more cost effective to print bigger parts in inject binder printer than other printer type e) printing of multi-color parts [16]. 1.2. computational mechanics computational mechanics is the scientific area that uses numerical methods to approximate the solution of engineering problems. traditionally, the problems of engineering were solved either analytically or experimentally, computational mechanics is the third way. the development of computers over the last few decades has enabled engineers to approach problems that were impossible to solve in the past either because of the large size or the large hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 163 amount of computing time required. computational mechanics complements analytical solutions and significantly reduces the number of required experiments. focus on structures optimization is a significant tool in design process and especially in design of light weight structures under specific constraints. there are three different types in structural optimization: a) size optimization, b) shape optimization and c) topology optimization [17]. in size or shape optimization there is no change of the topology. in topology optimization size and shape are changed. topology optimization methods can be based on simplified optimality criteria iterative reanalysis methods, heuretics and optimization techniques [18, 19]. 2. materials and methods the current study consists from three stages, initially six specimens with different inner wall thicknesses, which are printed and then tested in a compression tester device. after that a to study for the upper table surface is performed and the results checked with a fe analysis. subsequent, three more to studies with different load cases are executed. in order to check the strength of optimized models three fe analysis are executed. after evaluating the results, a redesign process starts in order to improve the structure of the models and take into account issues that could not be included in topology optimization, and, finally, the results have been checked again with respect to their strength (figure 2). figure 2. research methodology flowchart hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 164 the specimens are printed in z-450 from z-corp which is the ideal printer for product and architecture design prototypes. the raw materials are: a plaster-based powder (zp151) and an appropriate water based solution with 2pyrrolidone as a binder (zb63). the specimens are tested in zwick / roell z020 testing machine. this device is selected because of the extremely low speeds that can be set, coupled with excellent speed accuracy and offers high head movement analysis. the movement of the transverse head is guided with great precision through two steel columns, which allow accurate application of the force on the sample. 2.1. topology optimization (to) topology optimization can be a significant tool during product design process. depending on the desired result a suitably defined objective function can be maximized or minimized. the advantages of to are: a) creation of light weight structures b) generation of a ready-to-build part/assembly c) minimize the amount of raw material d) energy saving e) less need for natural prototypes f) reduction of physical testing g) reduced entry time to market [17]. in the domain of an optimized model, the material elastic properties compared with the density may vary so material can be permanently removed [20]. often the optimized structure is extremely difficult to be produced by using traditional manufacturing methods like lathe, or milling and usually additive manufacturing is the appropriate production method. according to the literature, there are several articles about topology optimization in furniture design or other consumer products [21, 22]. during the to study all boundary conditions have to be defined. the mathematical formulation for the minimization of the objective function specified as below: 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑓𝑦 𝜒 = { 𝜒1 𝜒 2 . . 𝑥𝑛} 𝑤ℎ𝑖𝑐ℎ 𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑚𝑖𝑧𝑒 𝑓(𝑥) (1) where; 𝑔𝑖 (𝑥) ≤ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … . ,𝑚; ℎ𝑗(𝑥) = 0, 𝑗 = 1,2,… , 𝑛. two methods have been developed for to study. the first one is truss based and the second is volume based. 2.1.1. truss based to method the truss-based or ground structure approach is based on a large number of elements relating to a grid of beams between a set of nodes in a given volume. the method initially detects which supports are necessary for the structure and determine their size. then removes the beams that not meet the study requirements. in the results, the necessary beams are represented with bold line and dark blue color. the less necessary beams with less dark blue colors and unnecessary beam without change in their thickness (figure 3), [23]. extension to multi-objective optimization has been tried by stavroulakis et al. (2008, 2009) [24, 25]. this approach is, historically, the first method of topology optimization. figure 3. the design domain and the to study results 2.1.2. volume based to method the volume-based is known as simp “solid isotropic material with penalization” method and is widespread in cae software. the process starts by defining a linear block of voxels. density of each voxel is defined between zero to one. if the value is equal to one then in this specific voxel the material is completely dense. if it is zero then in this voxel there is no need for material. any other value indicates that material in this voxel has not to be solid for the enforced loads. these values are very useful in fea models for topology optimization analysis [26]. in figure 4 is presented a typical topology optimization volume based problem [27]. thickness scaling hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 165 figure 4. typical optimization problem 3. results and discussion 3.1. 3d modeling and printing initially, in the results of the present study included the design and 3d printing of two types of furniture, a table and a chair (figure 5). from each furniture three specimens with different inner wall thickness are printed. the specimens inner wall thickness is 10, 15 and 20 mm and the printing scale is 10% for chairs and 15% for tables. after the printing process has been completed, the post process stage follows, where the models are being cleaned up from the additional powder and immersed with hardener (figure 6). figure 5. table and chair 3d models with different wall thickness figure 6. printing and post processing process 3.2. compression tests results all six specimens have been tested in a compression tester. the moving speed of engine piston is 2mm/min. the specimens are kept at the center of crosshead so to be uniformly compressed (figure 7). from the results (table 1) we observe that between chairs the specimens ‘chair_10’ and ‘chair_20’ are hold out the highest load. however, until specimen ‘chair_10’ to break piston covered the least distance. in addition, the ‘chair_10’ has higher elasticity than the other two specimens until to break. the specimen ‘chair_15’ hold out the lowest load, so is less durable than the other two. also the piston take the same in ‘chair_15’ and ‘chair_20’ until to stop, but in ‘chair_20 the piston moves almost twice distance until to stop. a general conclusion is that the third chair is more durable than the other two. according to the piston distance, there is big difference between ‘chair_20’ and the others specimens. figure 7. specimens compression tests hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 166 table 1. compression tests results specimen thickness (mm) force (n) piston time to stop (s) piston distance (mm) chair 10 216 14 0.5 chair 15 188 15 0.6 chair 20 216 15 1.1 table 10 84 38 1.3 table 15 156 36 1.2 table 20 244 25 1.5 for table specimens, the ‘table_10’ hold out the lowest load, but piston take more time to stop that the other specimens, this shows that it has great elastic behavior. the specimen ‘table_15’ hold out double force than ‘table_10’ but lower than ‘table_20’. the specimen ‘table_20’ hold out the highest load force, but has the lowest into piston time to stop. 3.3. topology optimization (to) study afterwards, based on the tests results, a digital study for the table model is created, and the first to study is performed. topology optimization executed in siemens nx software. the material in to study has similar properties as powder in z-450 printer [28]. according to the optimization scenario table legs shape and size remain the same and the upper table surface design will be optimized. as design space determined the whole model but only the upper surface is defined as ‘keep in’. the selected design constrains are a) void fill and b) material spreading in 35%. the load case is the same as in compression test results, the upper table surface forced with 244n. from the results of this first study we see that table topology changes significantly (figure 8). figure 8. a) the design domain; b) and c) the new topology optimized model, all constrains are satisfied; d) new models fits on design domain space in optimized model all constrains are satisfied and the model volume is reduced about 86 % and the the optimized model is stiffer than before (figure 9). figure 9. the maximum displacement and maximum stress of optimized model hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 167 from the above initial results, one observes that the shape of the optimized model obtain a geometry which is not predictable. the optimized model durability has increased and model mass has reduced. however, the top surface of the model is not kept flat throughout the length and width of the table. in the following to study there are some differences from the previous. initially, the upper surface of the table is defined as flat with a certain thickness. in addition, the legs of the table do not retain the initial shape but will be optimized. furthermore, except the vertical force (244 n), small horizontal forces (30 n each) have been added on the right and on the left of table surface. in order to achieve more predictable results, additional constrains have been added (figure 10). mainly concerned with design space which remain empty of material such as the space between the legs. the results of the new study are more realistic. the density of the optimized model has changed significantly and the design constraints satisfied. the whole model geometry is acceptable and can be produced using an additive manufacturing technique. figure 10. material distribution during to process. the algorithm starts from the initial model geometry (a) after 45 iterations the model_1 get the final optimized geometry (f), the intermediate model shapes are shown from (b) to (e). although the optimized model (figure 10) is robust enough some problems remain and need to be solved. specifically, above the upper surface of the table there is material concentration. this amount of material act as ribs and thus affect the density distribution in the rest of the model. therefore, additional constraints should be defined to the upper surface of the table so that to be flat. particularly, this constraint ensures that the material distribution will not overcome the upper surface. after adding the new constraint, the material distribution throughout the optimized model has changed (figure 11). figure 11. material distribution changed. the algorithm starts from the initial model geometry (a) after 42 iterations the model_2 get the final optimized geometry (f), the intermediate model shapes are shown from (b) to (e). hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 168 3.3.1. optimized models finite element analysis (fea) in this section we are going to present the executed fea studies for the topology optimized 3d models. in the first study the load case is based to experimental results. the results of the first study are presented in figure 12. figure 12. first fe analysis, the vertical force is 250 n and the horizontal forces are 30n each one. a) von misses stress and; a1) total displacement of the model_1; b) von misses stress and; b1) total displacement of the model_2. from the above results the model_1 (a) deformed permanently and fractured. in the model_2 the maximum stress is 10% less than the first model and deformed permanently. the total displacement in model_2 (b1) is 50% less than in the first model (a1). in general, model_2 is stiffer than model_1 but, in both models the weakest domain is the area where the legs start. afterwards, we are going to perform two more fe analysis with lower vertical force. in first study the vertical force is 200n and in the second is 150n, the horizontal forces are 30n. the results from all three fe analysis are presented in table 2. the results of the finite element study lead to redesign parts of the models in order to improve their strength and to create a symmetrical model. we select to redesign legs because their geometry is not symmetrical and during the fe analysis they are fractured or they deformed permanently. the new legs geometry has homogenized structure and symmetrical shape (figure 13). figure 13. a) after to study each leg had different and non-uniform shape b) after redesign process legs has a more durable, uniform and symmetrical shape hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 169 in order to check the stability of the redesigned models three fe analysis are performed. the loads and constraints are the same as in the previous studies. in the worst case scenario of 250n vertical force the behavior of two models is better. the total von misses stress is reduced and models are more durable. in total displacement there aren’t significant changes (figure 14). figure 14. after redesign process models have a better behavior in fe analysis. a) the maximum von misses stress in model_1 is lower than the initial model, especially in legs the stress is up to 70 mpa; a1) the total displacement of model_1; b) the maximum von misses stress in model_2 reduced about 80 mpa; b1) the total displacement of model_2. useful results emerge from the above finite element studies. observing the numerical results of the studies we see that there is a logical sequence in the results which means that the finite element analysis is defined correctly (table 2). in addition, the redesign process contributed significantly to improving the durability of 3d models by reducing model stress. in addition, the redesigned areas now receive significantly less load. possibly, further redesign of the model structure would lead to even better static behavior of the models. table 2. results of all six finite element analysis study model force (n) max stress von misses (mpa) total displacement (mm) to models study_1 model_1 250 224 4.94 model_2 250 204 2.48 to models study_2 model_1 200 179 3.95 model_2 200 163 1.98 to models study_3 model_1 150 134 2.97 model_2 150 123 1.49 redesigned models study_1 model_1 250 157 4.54 model_2 250 153 2.7 redesigned models study_2 model_1 200 126 3.64 model_2 200 122 2.16 redesigned models study_3 model_1 150 94 2.73 model_2 150 92 1.62 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 170 4. conclusion from the beginning of the 20th century until today, the product design process changed drastically. in the last decade, a well-established design process has consisted of three general phases: a) learn, b) design, and c) prototype. in this article, we focus on the prototype stage, which includes: a) creating prototypes to help designers evaluate an idea; b) creating prototypes, which users will test. for both reasons, a fast, cheap, and accurate way to create prototypes is the use of 3d printing and additive manufacturing (am) techniques. in this study, we used the inject binder technique to create the prototypes. in total, six specimens, three chairs and three tables with different wall thicknesses, are printed and tested in a compression tester device. the results show that the hollow specimens are durable enough and it is not necessary to be solid. in the next stage, the experimental results are used in order to perform topology optimization studies for the table model. from the to studies, complex 3d models are created that are difficult or impossible to produce with traditional manufacturing methods. in most cases, am is the appropriate method to manufacture topology optimized models. the first to study refers only to the table surface, but the other studies are performed on the whole model. in order to check the durability and stability of optimized models, finite element analysis is performed. the results show that the structure of table legs is not homogenous and the model fractured. afterwards, there follows a redesign process in which the legs obtain a symmetrical and homogenous structure. the new fe analysis shows that model redesign has led to a stable structure and von misses stresses have been reduced significantly. evaluating the results, we come to the conclusion that the proposed methodology is correct and worked efficiently in order to create a topologically optimized and robust model. future research should consider the potential effects of topology optimization in the product design process in combination with additive manufacturing. 5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] sullivan, louis h. (1896). the tall office building artistically considered. getty research institute, california, united states. available online: https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/architecture/4-205-analysis-of-contemporary-architecture-fall-2009/readings/ mit4_205f09_sullivan.pdf (accessed on may 2020). [2] tucker, b. m., & meikle, j. l. (1982). twentieth century limited: industrial design in america, 1925-1939. technology and culture, 23(4), 680. doi:10.2307/3104838. [3] colquhoun, a. (1969). typology and design method. perspecta, 12, 71. doi:10.2307/1566960. [4] hillier, b., musgrove, j., & o'sullivan, p. (1972). knowledge and design. environmental design: research and practice, 2, 3-1. [5] johansson-sköldberg, u., woodilla, j., & çetinkaya, m. (2013). design thinking: past, present and possible futures. creativity and innovation management, 22(2), 121–146. doi:10.1111/caim.12023. [6] alexander, c. (1971). "the state of the art in design methods." dmg newsletter, new york, united states. 5.3 (1971): 3-7. [7] jones, j. c. (1977). how my thoughts about design methods have changed during the years. design methods and theories, 11(1), 48-62. [8] hossain, n. u. i., dayarathna, v. l., nagahi, m., & jaradat, r. (2020). systems thinking: a review and bibliometric analysis. systems, 8(3), 23. https://doi.org/10.3390/systems8030023. [9] babalis, a., ntintakis, i., chaidas, d., & makris, a. (2013). design and development of innovative packaging for agricultural products. procedia technology, 8, 575–579. doi:10.1016/j.protcy.2013.11.082. [10] bose, s., and bandyopadhyay, a. (2019). additive manufacturing. additive manufacturing, 451–461. doi:10.1201/9780429 466236-15. [11] wong, k. v., & hernandez, a. (2012). a review of additive manufacturing. isrn mechanical engineering, 2012, 1–10. doi:10.5402/2012/208760. [12] sauerwein, m., doubrovski, e., balkenende, r., & bakker, c. (2019). exploring the potential of additive manufacturing for product design in a circular economy. journal of cleaner production, 226, 1138–1149. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.04.108. [13] kechagias, j. p. a. i., stavropoulos, p., koutsomichalis, a., ntintakis, i., & vaxevanidis, n. (2014). dimensional accuracy optimization of prototypes produced by polyjet direct 3d printing technology. advances in engineering mechanics and materials, 61-65. [14] suwanprateeb, j., sanngam, r., & panyathanmaporn, t. (2010). influence of raw powder preparation routes on properties of hydroxyapatite fabricated by 3d printing technique. materials science and engineering: c, 30(4), 610-617. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/architecture/4-205-analysis-of-contemporary-architecture-fall-2009/readings/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 171 [15] zhang, y., jarosinski, w., jung, y.-g., & zhang, j. (2018). additive manufacturing processes and equipment. additive manufacturing, 39–51. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12-812155-9.00002-5. [16] varotsis, a. b. (2018). introduction to binder jetting 3d printing. available online: https://www.3dhubs.com/ (accessed on 20 april 2020). [17] gebisa, a. w., & lemu, h. g. (2017). a case study on topology optimized design for additive manufacturing. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 276, 012026. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/276/1/012026. [18] zhou, m., & rozvany, g. i. n. (1993). dcoc: an optimality criteria method for large systems part ii: algorithm. structural optimization, 6(4), 250–262. doi:10.1007/bf01743384. [19] yoon, m., lee, j., & koo, b. (2020). shape design optimization of thermoelasticity problems using isogeometric boundary element method. advances in engineering software, 149, 102871. doi:10.1016/j.advengsoft.2020.102871. [20] querin, o. m., victoria, m., gordoa, c. a., ansola, r., & martí, p. (2017). “topology design methods for structural optimization”, butterworth-heinemann. [21] ganesh rajkumar, n., adam khan, m., rajesh, s., & faris, w. f. (2020). design optimization of office chair star base leg using product lcm and anisotropic material properties from injection moulding simulation. materials today: proceedings. doi:10.1016/j.matpr.2020.03.187 [22] top, n., şahin, i̇., & gökçe, h. (2020). topology optimization for furniture connection part and production with 3d printer technology. in the xxixth international conference research for furniture industry, page 671. [23] perez, r. e., & behdinan, k. (2007). particle swarm approach for structural design optimization. computers & structures, 85(19-20), 1579–1588. doi:10.1016/j.compstruc.2006.10.013. [24] stavroulakis, g. e., kaminakis, n., marinakis, y., marinaki, m., & skaros, n. (2008, november). optimal structural and mechanism design using topology optimization. in proc. of the int. conference on modelling and simulation (ms 08 jordan), petra, page 101-105. [25] stavroulakis, g.e., kaminakis, n., marinakis, y., & marinaki, m. (2009). multiobjective global topology optimization for structures and mechanisms. seeccm, 2nd south-east european conference on computational mechanics, m. papadrakakis, m. kojic, v. papadopoulos (eds.), rhodes, greece, 22-24 june 2009. [26] bendsøe, m. p., & sigmund, o. (2004). topology optimization by distribution of isotropic material. topology optimization, 1–69. doi:10.1007/978-3-662-05086-6_1. [27] bendsøe, m. p. (1989). optimal shape design as a material distribution problem. structural optimization, 1(4), 193–202. doi:10.1007/bf01650949. [28] pilipović, a., raos, p., & šercer, m. (2007). experimental analysis of properties of materials for rapid prototyping. the international journal of advanced manufacturing technology, 40(1-2), 105–115. doi:10.1007/s00170-007-1310-7. https://www.3dhubs.com/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 179 use of blockchain technology in energy banking and electricity markets s. k. jain a*, paresh khandelwal a, p. k. agarwal b a power system operation corporation ltd., new delhi, india. b ex-director, power system operation corporation ltd., new delhi, india. received 20 december 2020; revised 26 march 2021; accepted 09 may 2021; published 01 september 2021 abstract power system reforms worldwide have commoditized electric energy, and thus the electricity market has been developed. with this, trading of electric energy takes place in various time-domains like the day ahead, real-time, etc. these transactions take place over the counter (otc) or power exchange (px), which provide the market participants with the required platform and payment security. the transactions on otc and px requires a third-party platform and guarantee for contract and settlement, there incurs overhead cost. since electric energy is a fungible commodity, it can be transacted very well with the old system like barter. energy banking is one such mechanism wherein one utility supplies the energy to another utility that needs it more and, in leisure, the energy can then be provided back. the requisite security of the transactions can be provided by blockchain technology. energy banking is presently being done only on a mw quantum basis with no price tag, despite the cost being dependent on the demand-supply ratio. to ensure energy banking transactions in real-time and free from the perils of financial settlements, this article suggests the use of the peer-to-peer (p2p) model of blockchain technology for executing smart contracts mutually agreed upon by both parties and avoiding third party overhead costs. keywords: p2p model; smart contracts; blockchain; energy banking; tbcb; dlt; tiu. 1. introduction energy banking in the electricity sector is still in a nascent stage despite being an age-old concept. the merits of this mechanism are not being utilized to the fullest rather the orthodox method is making this obsolete. this article proposes a modernized way of carrying out the energy banking mechanism by utilizing blockchain technology in section 2. this not only ensures trustless transactions but with smart contracts as an added layer of blockchain helps in stretching the energy banking concept from two parties to a multi-party system. this article also proposes the method of bidding for energy banking, utilizing smart contracts and blockchain technology in section 4. banking on power or energy banking [1] means the exchange of electricity for electricity (instead of money). in india, due to geographical and seasonal diversity, the power requirement varies heavily between states. due to these diversities, it is always a herculean task to devise a balance between the demand and generation requirements of a state. in india, there are two prevalent methods of energy banking: firstly, through mutual consent, and secondly, through competitive bidding. some hydro-rich states have executed energy banking agreements through mou (memorandum of understanding) on mutual consent and some have adopted the competitive bidding route. the * corresponding author: skjain@posoco.in http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-03-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 180 electricity utility (say, utility a) has surplus power in the winter season demand, but the same generation capacity could not cater to its demand in the summer high demand season. however, utility b has the reverse scenario. both utilities meet each other's needs for a quantum of power without any financial transactions with each other in their deficit power scenario. this is what we call "energy banking." it is similar to the barter system, wherein commodity transactions happen without currency payment. in energy banking, the exchange of the same commodity, i.e., energy, happens at different timelines of the year. the flowchart depicting the methodology adopted by the authors for carrying out the research is depicted in figure 1. figure 1. flowchart showing the research methodology the banking arrangement between two utilities on mutual consent basis in a simpler way is shown in figure 2 above. in this arrangement, utility-a is exporting the surplus power in its lean demand season to utility –b in the first cycle and importing the surplus power from utility-b during its deficit power season in reverse cycle. figure 2. concept of energy banking between two utilities the actual scenario of energy exchange between two parties is distributed for a longer period as shown in tables 1 and 2 (data obtained from one of the indian utility's bidding documents). this is an example of energy banking through the process of competitive bidding. table 1. supply of power by utility a to utility b period option a option b 01.05.19 30.09.19 day duration (hrs.) quantum (mw) duration (hrs.) quantum (mw) 00:00 03:00 & 12:00 24:00 return % to be specified rtc (round the clock) return % to be specified table 2. return cycle of power from utility b to utility a period option a option b 01.10.18 31.12.18 duration (hrs.) quantum (mw) duration (hrs.) quantum (mw) 00:00 06:00 & 22:00 24:00 up to 200 rtc (round the clock) up to 200 as seen from the above tables, energy banking seems an easier way of exchange of electricity between two parties as there are no financial transactions involved. however, the actual scenario is entirely different. despite having few advantages and ease of execution, energy banking poses lot many challenges as outlined hereunder: power transfer from a to b in the first cycle power transfer from b to a in return cycle utility a utility b study of the existing mechanism of energy banking study of electricity markets study of the use of blockchain technology and smart contracts in the financial sector conceptual design of energy banking methods utilizing blockchain technology and smart contracts hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 181 (i) since these agreements are spanned for a longer time frame i.e. one party delivers power in the 1st quarter and is liable to receive power in the 3rd quarter, there are always chances of fall out of the contract due to political or any other issues which may occur in these time differences. this may incur a heavy loss to the party who has supplied power in 1st qtr. (ii) the power exchanged among the parties occurs at different times of the day and different quarters of the year. the price of electricity is volatile and depends on real-time market conditions and corridor congestions. since the power exchange takes place in different timelines, the cost of power will not be the same; hence one of the parties in the agreement is at a loss which may result in auditing problems at later stages. (iii) involvement of many stakeholders viz. respective load dispatch centers for scheduling, power committees for energy accounting, traders, stakeholders, etc. hence, there are chances of failure of the energy banking agreement due to procedural lapses. (iv) as explained earlier, some parties execute energy banking via tendering process, which itself is time consuming & also involves financial transactions in terms of earnest money deposit (emd), bank guarantee (bg), etc. in addition to this, open access charges up-to delivery points i.e. application fees & operating charges of load dispatcher, grid connection charges, injection/drawl charges, transmission utility charges, trading margin, etc. these transactions need to be ensured, monitored, and settled. thus, an entire finance mechanism needs to be put in place and that's a cumbersome and time taking process. (v) once the agreement is executed, the parties become dependent on each other irrespective of knowing the actual demand, corridor availability, market price, etc. if there is any corridor failure or breach of generation contracts, the second party is left with no other option except to purchase power at market-determined prices which obviously will be higher. this inadvertent hike in the price of power is not covered in any contracts, only a minimal penalty clause is available. in the above-mentioned contract also, there exists a clause for the unsupplied quantum of energy at the end of the banking cycle. this clause allows the second party to settle @ mutually agreed price to the first party which is again an assumed price. from the above points, it is clear that the energy banking agreement requires a lot of human intervention at various stages. it is a time-consuming process & there is always a possibility of second party defaulting while returning power as there is a gap of approximately 3 months for the return cycle. although the defaulting party is liable to pay a penalty on account of default as per contract, this penalty is not enough for the first party to arrange the same quantum of power from another source at a reasonable price. the same quantum of electricity has different price tags at different timelines of the year; hence these agreements cannot be executed on a price parity mechanism. since it involves public money at large, these agreements must follow sound commercial principles. to mitigate the above complexities, crypto tokens & smart contracts [2, 3] based on blockchain technology [4] may be used for energy banking. 2. use of blockchain technology in energy banking the sample distributed network in which all the stakeholders involved in energy banking i.e. designated accounting authority, load dispatchers, captive power producers, distribution licenses, power exchanges, traders, etc. is as shown in figure 2. this proposed distributed network is a permissioned network. the parties which are not registered in the network cannot access any information. the transactions will be in encrypted form and can only be decrypted by the concerned parties only. all transactions will be completed through smart contracts and saved in the distributed ledger. here, transactions do not limit to financial transactions only. it could be any document & data also. to maintain the secrecy of documents, the same will be encrypted first and then put into the blockchain, so that same can be decoded only by concerned users in the network. for financial transactions, a crypto-token, named ipowercoin is proposed to be issued by tiu (token issuing utility). designated accounting authority or any other authority approved by the regulatory commission may be designated as tiu. the initial value of ipowercoins will be equivalent to the product of mwh and the yearly average mcp (market clearing price) [5, 6] of energy exchange for the last financial year. the proposed formula for one ipowercoin is as below: initial value of one ipowercoin = 1 mwh*yearly average mcp of energy exchange for last financial year in inr (indian national rupee) (1 inr = 0.014 usd) initially, both parties having an energy banking arrangement will be required to deposit the amount equivalent to the product of contracted power (in mwh) and last financial year's average mcp of energy exchange. if the energy banking contract is for 200 mw, 8 hours, and 3 months @ yearly average mcp being inr 5 per kwh, then both parties have to deposit inr 200×1000×8×3×5×30 = inr 24,00,00,000 (approx. 32 lakhs usd) with tiu as initial deposit/guarantee money. tiu will issue 2.4 lakhs ipowercoins for each party. these ipowercoins will be credited to accounts of both hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 182 parties, but they can't be utilized without validation by tiu. the settlement will be done by tiu based on actual energy transacted @ market (exchange) discovered price between both parties on daily basis. however, ipowercoins available with one entity can either be used in a single banking agreement or multiple banking agreements. if regulatory authority permits, then these ipowercoins can be used pan india for energy exchange or settling of any dues of the power market. figure 2. distributed network of stakeholders participating in energy banking figure 3. blockchain diagram for time-stamped and encrypted data block – 0 (genesis block) block-1 block-2 block-3 time stamp system generated 100000 stamp block header (hash of block 0) timestamp (met data) system generated 100000 private key of tiu block header (hash of block 1) timestamp (met data) signature of tiu 10 private key of entity a block header (hash of block 2) timestamp (met data) signature of tiu 20 private key of entity b . . hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 183 3. proposed method of ipowercoin generation as shown in figure 3 the system-generated ipowercoins are saved in block-0, known as genesis block [7]. the genesis block is the first block of blockchain generated by the system. the first transaction in the blockchain is saved in block-1 and is executed by the smart contract algorithm. the block header of block-1 is hash (sha256 or sha 512) of all the data available in block 0 as shown by the hash pointer [8]. similarly, the block header of block2 has the hash of the entire block-1. the same process is repeated in all subsequent blocks entered in the blockchain. the entire block-chain is accessible to all the entities connected to the network. if any malicious entity desires to change any transaction/data in the block, the entire subsequent blocks need to be changed as every succeeding block has the previous block hash. additionally, the malicious entity is required to change these transitions/data simultaneously on all the nodes connected in the network. this is practically very difficult which makes these transactions tamper-evident. 4. proposed bidding process utilizing smart contracts the bidding process can be simplified by the use of smart contracts and block-chain technology as shown in figure 4. from the above figure, it is understood that all the processes during the bidding can be completed by smart contract transparently and securely with minimal human intervention. figure 4. proposed bidding process utilizing smart contracts and blockchain technology bid won, loa issued to bidder-b and the deposited ipowercoin kept as sd ledger distributed in realtime to all participants in the network smart contract bidder –b (winner) tenderer bidder-a encrypted the award document & put the document in ledger encrypted & put the bid evaluation result in ledger 4 6 bid document with ipowercoin as emd if bid lost, release the ipowercoin 2 8 evaluation results 4 issue award to l-1 party 5 update ledger for every transaction of ipowerscan encrypted the bid document put the bid document in ledger 3 1 encrypted the tender document & put it in ledger & put it in ledger 7 bid document with ipowercoin as emd 2 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 184 all the bid documents are made available on the network and could be accessed by all participants registered on the network. this will avoid the physical bid, which requires scrutiny & analysis of documents submitted by the bidder and there are chances of human error. here, we are proposing that a certain quantity of ipowercoins are required to be deposited as emd (earnest money deposit) [9] by the bidders. these ipowercoins shall be kept as a security deposit (sd) [10] for the successful bidder and in case of an unsuccessful bidder, released as soon as the bidding process is completed. the bidder can utilize the same ipowercoins for any future contracts as well. this type of flexibility is possible only if we are resorting to smart contracts. in the above process, the contracts are converted to computer code language, stored and replicated on the system, and supervised by the network of computers that run the blockchain. this would also result in ledger feedback such as transferring money and receiving the product or service. energy banking is the best case suited for p2p modeling using smart contracts, dlt (distributed ledger technology) [11-13], and blockchain technology. to resolve the challenges of energy banking, there is a dire need to ensure that transactions happen smoothly, monitored, and settled amicably. to smoothen the financial settlement process and carry out energy banking with price tag (different due to different timelines of the contract), use of block-chain with ipowercoins and settlement through smart contract is proposed. 5. proposed model of energy banking after completion of the bidding process, the smart contracts will be put to real operation on the bidding platform as shown in figure 5. this model will calculate the amount of energy exchanged and its real-time price based on the inputs received from the inputs from accounts statement generating authority, load dispatcher (scheduling part), and energy exchange (realtime price of energy). based on the transactions on a day, the token stacked with designated authority will be released and deposited to the beneficiary's account. also, the open-access charges i.e. load dispatcher’s application fees & operating charges, grid injection/drawl charges, transmission utility charges, trading margin, etc. can also be transferred in form of ipowercoins (if these coins are given the mandate by the regulatory body for use in a predefined territory) to the respective beneficiary. smart contracts will have all the predefined terms and conditions of all transactions of all involved parties. all the data received from different entities, the transaction of ipowercoins, and settlement of accounts will be stored in the blockchain and can be accessed (read-only) by all registered/involved parties and auditors (with an exceptional registry key [14-16] valid for auditing period only). figure 5. block diagram for the proposed model of energy banking smart contract ledger designated accounting authority energy exchange load dispatchers tiu (token issuing utility) transmission utility utility a tiu (token issuing utility) utility b hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 185 6. way forward as of now, there are no specific regulations regarding cryptocurrency in india or many countries that may act as a deterrent to the implementation of the proposed model. since the proposed model doesn't suggest trading of crypto tokens, i.e. ipowercoins, and it's only a p2p model, it may be accorded approval by the respective authorities. regulatory authorities are already in the process of redesigning the electricity markets across the globe and the said model of energy banking may also be proposed to be incorporated into it for future regulations. this will aid in the use of decentralized ledgers, smart contracts, and ensure hassle-free transactions with a fair value of electricity at different times. the author of this article strongly believes that no transaction of energy can occur at a fixed price, but rather its price changes every second. hence, all energy banking transactions need to be tagged with a real-time price using the latest technology with minimal human intervention. the future of electricity markets lies in the adoption of the latest technology, and this model may act as a catalyst to develop it at a faster pace. 7. conclusion energy banking is synonymous with barter systems, and blockchain is a window to the future. whenever east meets west or tradition meets technology, it's a scintillating experience, and similar will be the fusion of energy banking and block-chain. the proposed model of energy banking encrypted with blockchain technology will pave the way for future smart contracts and carry out energy banking transactions in a more reliable, secure, and assured manner. the major advantages of this method are digitally encrypted records, a minimum human interface, easy financial transactions, no dependability on a single party, and accessibility to global markets. small steps get converted into giant steps with time. the same is being envisaged by the authors as the introduction of blockchain in energy banking may pave the way for the development of full-fledged future electricity markets in india and other countries as well. 8. declarations 8.1. author contributions all authors have equally contributed towards conceptualization, methodology, formal analysis, investigation, resources, writing—original draft preparation, writing—review and editing, visualization. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 8.2. data availability statement no new data were created or analyzed in this study. data sharing is not applicable to this article. 8.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 8.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] heeter, jenny, vora, ravi, mathur, shivani, madrigal, paola, chatterjee, sushanta k., & shah, rakesh. (2016). wheeling and banking strategies for optimal renewable energy deployment, technical report nrel/tp-6a20-65660, international experiences. united states. doi:10.2172/1241097. [2] oliveira, luis; zavolokina, liudmila; bauer, ingrid; schwabe, gerhard (2018). to token or not to token: tools for understanding blockchain tokens. in: international conference of information systems (icis 2018), san francisco, usa, 1216 december 2018. [3] smart contracts and distributed ledger – a legal perspective, (2017). available online: https://www.isda.org/a/6ekde/smartcontracts-anddistributed-ledger-a-legal-perspective.pdf (accessed on february 2021). [4] alharby, m., & moorsel, a. van. (2017). blockchain based smart contracts : a systematic mapping study. computer science & information technology (cs & it). doi:10.5121/csit.2017.71011. [5] nogales, f. j., contreras, j., conejo, a. j., & espinola, r. (2002). forecasting next-day electricity prices by time series models. ieee transactions on power systems, 17(2), 342–348. doi:10.1109/tpwrs.2002.1007902. [6] bijuna kunju, k., & rao, p. n. (2008, december). determination of market clearing price in pool markets with elastic demand. in fifteenth national power systems conference (npsc), iit bombay. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 186 [7] oliveira, m. t., carrara, g. r., fernandes, n. c., albuquerque, c. v. n., carrano, r. c., medeiros, d. s. v., & mattos, d. m. f. (2019). towards a performance evaluation of private blockchain frameworks using a realistic workload. 2019 22nd conference on innovation in clouds, internet and networks and workshops (icin). doi:10.1109/icin.2019.8685888. [8] martínez, v. g., hernández-álvarez, l., & encinas, l. h. (2020). analysis of the cryptographic tools for blockchain and bitcoin. mathematics, 8(1), 131. doi:10.3390/math8010131. [9] cfi education inc. (2021). what is earnest money? available online: https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/ knowledge/deals/earnest-money/ (accessed on february 2021). [10] contract standards. (2020). security deposit. available online: https://www.contractstandards.com/public/clauses/securitydeposit (accessed on february 2021). [11] natarajan, h., krause, s., & gradstein, h. (2017). distributed ledger technology and blockchain. world bank. available online: https://openknowledge.worldbank.org/handle/10986/29053 (accessed on february 2021). [12] shinde, p., & amelin, m. (2019). a literature review of intraday electricity markets and prices. 2019 ieee milan powertech. doi:10.1109/ptc.2019.8810752. [13] yi, s., xu, z., & wang, g.-j. (2018). volatility connectedness in the cryptocurrency market: is bitcoin a dominant cryptocurrency? international review of financial analysis, 60, 98–114. doi:10.1016/j.irfa.2018.08.012. [14] tran, a. b., xu, x., weber, i., staples, m., & rimba, p. (2017). regerator: a registry generator for blockchain. in caiseforum-dc, unsw, sydney, australia, 81-88. [15] belej, o., staniec, k., & więckowski, t. (2020, june). the need to use a hash function to build a crypto algorithm for blockchain. in international conference on dependability and complex systems 1173, 51-60. springer, germany. doi: 10.1007/978-3-030-48256-5_6. [16] krishnapriya, s., & sarath, g. (2020). securing land registration using blockchain. procedia computer science, 171, 1708-1715. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2020.04.183. https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/%20knowledge/deals/earnest-money/ https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/%20knowledge/deals/earnest-money/ https://www.contractstandards.com/public/clauses/security-deposit https://www.contractstandards.com/public/clauses/security-deposit https://openknowledge.worldbank.org/handle/10986/29053 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 112 propellant actuated device for parachute deployment during seat ejection for an aircraft application bhupesh a. parate a* a armament research & development establishment (arde) dr. homi bhabha road, armament post, pashan, pune 411 021 (maharashtra), india. received 05 july 2020; revised 15 august 2020; accepted 19 august 2020; published 01 september 2020 abstract propellant actuated devices (pad) are installed on various combat aircraft of the air force and naval bases to perform extremely important operations such as parachute deployment, harness and leg restraint, cable cutting, pullers, seat ejection, bomb release, fuel tanks, etc. they are basically called "gas generators." such devices produce high-temperature and highpressure combustion gases on initiation and are used to perform different operations. these cartridges are single-shot operating devices. the performance of such types of pads cannot be tested by non-destructive techniques. hence, cartridges are designed to function with high reliability and stringent quality control checks at all levels during the entire development cycle. the safety features required during handling, storage, and transportation are built into the design of the pad. the cartridges are required to undergo different and exhaustive design qualification tests to qualify design aspects. a total life of six years is assigned to the cartridge after a performance degradation study of the propellant, which includes two years of installed life. this paper explains the development aspects of pad, its use, function, testing, and performance evaluation methodology in a suitable fabricated velocity test rig (vtr). the maximum slug velocity is 121.14 m/s in the hot condition, and the minimum slug velocity is 99.14 m/s in the cold condition. the main objective of this paper is to devise a novel method to measure the actual slug velocity of the aircraft gun inside a cartridge using vtr and doppler radar. keywords: propellant actuated devices; design qualification tests; life assessment trials; velocity test rig; quality and reliability. 1. introduction recently, all rescue means for an aircraft crew in an emergency is led to the personal parachute for an emergency escape of the pilot from a disabled aircraft. in an emergency, the pilot or any other crew member could abandon the aircraft just by coming out of the cockpit [1]. having fallen freely for some time, the pilot could open out the parachute and land safely on the ground. pad is an explosive powered device that provides safe and reliable means for the crew member to abandon an aircraft in an emergency. this research paper explained about the pad that provides stability to seat man combination in the airstream over its entire speed range of operation. oscillations or perturbations cause interference with the system's operation, particularly the seat man separation. during seat operation, the cartridge ensures that parachute deployment happens at the correct height to avoid injuries to the pilot. parachute opening shock becomes of immense importance when released at high altitude. the problem of the minimum height of 200 ft. required for a parachute to function safely spells out the limitations of high speed and low altitude flying. * corresponding author: baparate@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-03-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1455-0826 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 113 1.1. types of propellant actuated devices (pads) pads are called gas generator, which gives specified performance to operate various systems in aircraft or helicopters. based on the functional use, they are classified as: (a) main seat ejection type: to jettison the seat with the pilot from an endangered aircraft in case of emergency. these are sub-classified as [2, 3]; (i) drogue cartridges (ii) canopy jettisoning cartridges (iii) seat ejection cartridges (iv) shoulder harness cartridges (v) leg restrain cartridges (b) ejection release unit (eru) cartridges: these are used for dropping bombs and empty fuel tanks to ensure positive separation from the parent aircraft in an emergency. (c) fire extinguisher cartridges: to extinguish the fire in an engine / aircraft in case of an accident. (d) miscellaneous cartridges such as cable cutting, disruptor cartridges for ieds and de-armour, distress signals, and re-cocking for cleaning the gun in case of misfiring of ammunition. 1.2. types of propellant used in pads propellants used in pads are gun propellants and are mainly classified as single base propellants, double base propellants and triple base propellants. triple base propellants are not used in pads applications as they cool propellant and are used in tank guns. (a) a single base propellant is primarily composed of nitro-cellulose (nc), an energetic polymeric binder. the composition consists of 85 to 96 % of nc which has a nitrogen content of 12.5 to 13.2 % [4]. it is gelled by adding a plasticizer such as dibutyl phthalate or carbamite, and then extruded and chopped into the required grain shape. it has a horny structure and poor mechanical properties [5]. these propellants are manufactured using an ether-alcohol mixture in a 60:40 ratio by a solvent process. these propellants are used in hand guns, rifles, machine guns, aircraft and anti-aircraft guns, cannons, power cartridges and howitzers. (b) a double base propellant consists of nc with nitro-glycerin (ng). use of this propellant causes gun barrel erosion and higher flame temperatures which will be easily noticed by enemy troops. this is the disadvantage of this propellant. due to the solventless production technology for double base propellants, larger sized propellant grains with large web and large blocks of propellant with different and complicated geometries became possible. these propellants are used in pistols, grenade launchers, power cartridges and mortars. (c) a triple base propellant is made up of nc, ng and nitro-guanidine (nq). the introduction of about 50% nq to the propellant composition results in a reduction in the flame temperature and an increase in the gas volume. they are safe to use and ballistically more stable. these propellants are smokeless in nature because of their low flame temperature. furthermore, gun barrel erosion and muzzle flash are reduced. there is also a slight reduction in the performance of the propellant. the incorporation of ultra-fine grade nq yields grains with reasonably good mechanical properties [5]. these propellants are processed by a solvent extrusion process. they are used in tank guns, large calibre guns and uk naval guns. propellants used in pads are in the solid state and function by rapid transformation into gaseous products with the simultaneous evolution of heat. the selection of the propellant is dependent upon its use and application. a smart selection of propellant is desired. the propellant designer must select a correct type from large variety of propellants available. those presently available will offer wide range of densities, burning rates, mechanical and hazard properties and environmental capabilities. further, these properties can be adjusted or tailored in a variety of ways. however, for selecting a propellant, the designer must characterize it completely. in general, the propellant should have the following desirable properties and may be divided roughly into those concerned with (a) satisfactory operation, (b) performance, (c) storage and handling and (d) supply: (a) satisfactory operation  the combustion temperature should not be so high as to introduce mechanical difficulties;  the chemical activity of the propellants themselves and their products of combustion should be compatible with the material of construction; hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 114  the mechanical properties of solid propellants must be such that high acceleration loads do not cause mechanical deformation;  specific heat needs to be as high as possible if the propellant is used for cooling;  easy ignitability;  consistent and reliable performance;  thermal conductivity should be as large as possible. this helps to minimize temperature gradients in the solid propellants due to variations in the ambient temperature; (b) performance  it should have low molecular weight combustion of combustion gas. therefore less amount of energy will be required to accelerate the gaseous molecules;  it should have high density so that it will take less space or volume to give the desired output (1.6 to 1.75 g/cc);  it should have low flame temperature (< 3500 k);  it should have a low vulnerability;  uninterrupted regular and continuous burning;  less corrosive combustion products to reduce gun barrel wear;  the specific heat ratio (γ) of the products of combustion should be as low as possible;  low vulnerability to an external stimulus such as heat, impact, shock, jolt, bump etc  it should have a high force constant i.e. f (>1000 j/g) so as to deliver the energy for useful application; (c) storage and handling  both the propellants themselves and their products of combustion should be non toxic;  the explosion and fire hazards associated with the propellants should be small;  there should be no possibility of detonation;  long storage life;  non hygroscopic for low moisture absorption during exposure to atmosphere with high relative humidity; (d) supply  the propellants should be readily available in times of peace and war;  cheap and readily available raw materials;  simplified, safe and established processing technology;  the cost of propellants is likely to be a small part of the total r&d and production costs, but the cost of propellants must not be high;  easy transportation without any health, environment or fire explosion hazards. a number of these requirements, however, conflict with each other. for example, the performance requirement of low molecular will conflict with the requirement of high density. hence, other practical issues and applications in hand must be considered to select a suitable propellant. therefore the selection of propellant is based on its usability, manufacturability/ processibility, transportability, storability and disposability. the desired output is produced using an optimized quality-mix propellant. for the performance prediction and performance analysis propellants are needed. for analysis and understanding of some of the salient feature of pad configuration, the following assumptions are made:  all propellant grains are identical in geometry, shape, size, weight and density;  all propellant grains have the same web and burning surface;  propellant burning takes places on both internal and external longitudinal surface;  the rate of burning must be regular to ensure ballistic regularity and steady development of pressure; hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 115  propellants used in pads generate a high volume of gas products with simultaneous evolution of heat. this change of state is necessary to produce motion to the slug. 2. description and function of pad 2.1. description pads, are used to a give certain specified performances in actual systems or subsystems where it is installed in an aircraft. the propellants and pyrotechnic compositions are initiated inside the aircraft gun systems thereby producing hot combustion gases. these gases are used to operate the various sub systems. this cartridge is a part of seat ejection cartridges and equipped on a drogue gun. the cartridge case is made up of metal i.e. brass material designed to withstand high pressure and high temperature gas. the drogue cartridge primarily consists of a primer, gun powder, case, washer and disc assembly. the case and disc are both made of brass materials respectively. base of the case has a centrally located hole at one end where the primer is fitted. it provides prompt ignition of the highly sensitive composition with high heat capacity to ignite the explosive train. the washer is made up of rubber material which helps in hermetical sealing. one flash hole is provided to the case so that gun powder ignites due to flash generation by the primer. it is berdan primer that features the anvil with one tiny flash hole. the flash generated by the primer ignites the gun powder. the case houses the primer as initiator and gun powder as the main filling. the other end of the case is enclosed with washer and disc assembly. figures 1 (a) and (b) depict construction details of pad and photo showing various components used during assembly. the image of the primer is shown in figure 1 (c). the primer is filled with highly sensitive vh2 composition 44 mg. figure 1. (a) construction of pad; (b) components of pad; (c) primer 2.2. function pad is designed and developed for parachute deployment that gives controlled trajectory and stability to seat man combination during seat ejection process from endangered aircraft. drogue parachute helps to slow down the object. essentially pad performs the two important functions. firstly, it incorporates a time delay and secondly a power source. the general principle of seat ejection is to provide safety to the pilot in an emergency. as the pilot initiated a trigger between his thighs, the seat ejection process commences. after a certain delay canopy of the aircraft is jettison. in order to clear the tail fin of fighter aircraft, a rocket motor is ignited to provide additional thrust. in the first phase, the drogue gun pulls the controller parachute that provides stability to seat – man combination. this is followed by the main parachute. various stages of drogue cartridge application for a parachute deployment from an aircraft in the form of the flow chart are depicted in figure 2. in general, this chart describes the ejection of a pilot from an aircraft. the basic principles for the seat ejection are the same. however, it deferrers as per type of the seat and aircraft, general layout and structure and the speed at which it is flying. a drogue gun is equipped with seat fires a metal slug. this pulls a small parachute, known as a controller parachute. it helps to slow pilot’s descent rate and stabilize the seat. after a certain delay, an altitude sensor passes the signal to the drogue parachute to pull the main parachute from the chute pack. the pilot gets separated by firing another the cartridge and the seat separated from the pilot. various stages of the drogue cartridge application for a parachute deployment from an aircraft are depicted in figure 2 [6]. the drogue gun is mounted on the upper portion of the left vertical side beam. the purpose of the drogue gun is to extract the 1.524 m (5 ft) drogue parachute from its pack, which is housed in a container on top of the ejection seat. after the drogue gun fires (a), a piston is propelled from the drogue gun which extracts the drogue parachute (b). the drogue parachute and drogue shackle are held in place until released by the time release mechanism. after release, the pull is transmitted to the drogue parachute (c) through a link line which extracts the main personnel parachute (d). the main parachute is deployed after the seat man combination is clear of the aircraft fin to avoid any entanglement. the pilot is detached from the seat and (a) (b) (c) hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 116 land safely on the ground (e). as the drogue gun fires after 0.5 s, trip rod pulls the sear from the drogue gun. this operation propels a piston from the drogue gun and extracts by means of a connecting line, a 0.6096 m (2ft) controller drogue parachute housed in a container on the top of the seat. the whole sequences of ejection with the pilot during seat ejection are shown in figure 3. figure 2. flow chart for general seat ejection figure 3. various stages of the drogue cartridge application (courtesy by nasa) 3. materials and methods material for construction for pad is brass, composing of cu: zn = 60:40 having grade i. the cartridge dimensions are:  outside diameter: 15.5 mm;  internal diameter: 13.1 mm;  thickness: 1.2 mm;  length : 60.84 mm; the mechanical properties of brass material are obtained by subjecting it to tensile testing of a standard specimen using utm. the chemical constituent in percentage for brass material is enumerated in tables 1 and 2 respectively [7]. the pilot pulls the handle drogue gun operates the seat ejection start canopy jettison rocket motor ignition deploy controller parachute deploy the main parachute seat –man stabilisation the safe landing of pilot hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 117 table 1. mechanical properties of brass mechanical properties ultimate tensile strength 395 mpa modulus of elasticity 100 gpa hardness 90 hv percentage elongation 12 % poisson’s ratio 0.33 table 2. chemical composition of brass copper 56 lead 2 iron 0.35 impurities 0.7 zinc remainder gun powder with the different mass of 6.75 g and 7.0 g are used in this cartridge. the quantity is selected based on the chamber volume availability of cartridge. the volume is decided on the breech dimensions where the cartridge is loaded. it is consists essentially of an intimate and uniform of mixture sulpher, charcoal and potassium nitrate [8]. the particle size of gun powder is 500 microns when sieved with 100 g sample. sem image of gun powder is shown in figure 4. the particle size of gun powder is confirmed with the surface morphology using sem. in general, it is suitable for use in tubes, primers, igniters, fuzes, bursting charges, bag loaded, quick fire cartridges tracers, signal and other pyrotechnic stores. the calorimetric value of gun powder is 730 cal/g and is determined using bomb calorimeter. the gun powder is so selected because it meet the velocity requirement of the metal slug. it has low heating value and has high gaseous content, but the ease of manufacturing, availability of raw material and wide range of performance parameters makes it, probably, the best choice. although, the doubts are raised about its performance at high altitudes and in a moist atmosphere. incidentally, it is basically a composite propellant with a capability to explode in certain confinement conditions. in order to prove the acceptability of cartridges the various design qualification tests such as drop test, sealing test and vibration tests are carried out as per jsg 0102 [9-11]. all cartridges functioned satisfactorily in all the tests (at hot and cold conditions) in vtr. this test helps to ensure safety in handling, storage and transportation during various stages of the development program. figure 4. sem of gun powder 4. experimental assessing the slug velocity measurement of pad with gun powder inside the cartridge by vtr and using doppler radio detecting and ranging (radar) has an added value. the design of a vtr was carried out similar to closed vessel design for power cartridge testing using thick cylinder theory [10-13]. vtr comprises of the barrel and stand that was fabricated as part of the experimental set-up to measure slug velocity [14, 15]. the experiments are performed in the laboratory using the vtr. it is fixed on to a rigid table using nut and bolt. the doppler radar is placed below the vtr as shown in figure 5 (a). an image of vtr is depicted in figure 5 (b). figure 5 (c) illustrates the assembly of the slug and shear pin. assemble the slug and shear pin inside the vtr. the cartridge and firing mechanism is assembled hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 118 to the vtr on the firing mechanism side. as the cartridge is fired, the slug moves in the forward direction and shears the shearing pin. the barrel length is 225 mm, internal diameter 21.5 + 0.1 and external diameter is 30 mm. the mass of the slug is 437.4 g which is the actual mass of the slug in the aircraft system. the total length of the slug is 155 mm and diameter 21.1 mm. the step diameter and length of the slug is 25 mm and 13 mm respectively. doppler radar gives velocity measurement. it was placed in line with the direction to the motion of the projectile so as to track its trajectory. this is a continuous wave which works on the principle of doppler effect. it states that the reflected signal will be a frequency relative to the transmitter frequency shift and frequency shift is proportional to the radial frequency of the projectile relative to the antenna. a phase shift of two signals computes the moving projectile velocity relative to it. after the firing, remove the firing mechanism from the vtr. thereafter clean vtr and cool it before the next firing. repeat the above firing procedure for the next firing. figure 5. (a) arrangement of vtr and doppler; (b) an image of vtr; (c) assembly of slug and shear pin 5. results and discussion the gun powder on burning generates the high pressure and acts on the slug inside the vtr barrel. after leaving the barrel end, the projectile is tracked by doppler radar. the velocities vs. time are obtained as shown in figure 6. it is graph between velocities vs. time in cold condition temperature. from the graph, it is clearly observed that with less time the slug achieves maximum velocity and vice versa. the slug achieves the maximum velocity at the exit of the vtr barrel. figure 6. the slug velocity vs. time (a) vtr (b) (c) (a) hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 119 the series of firing results in hot and cold conditions with different charge mass is indicated in table 3. the photo of propellant actuated devices after firings are illustrated in figure 7. after conducting a series of firings it is noted that there is no bulging and deformation after the extraction from the barrel. the obturation phenomenon takes place between the barrel and the cartridge case. this helps in smooth extraction of the cartridge from the barrel after firing. figure 7. the photo of propellant actuated devices after firings table 3. the series of firing results in hot and cold conditions from the above table, it is observed the projectile velocities in the cold are less than hot conditions. the projectile velocities are increase with increasing mass of gun powder. pad is required to withstand exposure to a wide range of natural and induced environmental conditions without becoming unsuitable for use, handling, transportation and storage. the cartridges are undergone highly accelerated life trials at hot and cold conditioning and functional trials are carried out in vtr. all the results i.e. velocities are observed satisfactory after each withdrawal. the pad has assigned a shelf life of six years storage life which includes two years installed life based on satisfactory functional trials after the diurnal test. these tests include vibration, firing and serviceability test of gun powder as per laid down specification. the volatile matter was observed within the specified limits. the knowledge of pad capabilities and the destructive potential helps to assess the safety and serviceability against severe environmental conditions. due to inherent decay, the pad deteriorates over a period of time. this deterioration is enhanced due to variation in temperature and pressure which speeds up the chemical actions. hence to assess the useful period in which the store will function with required technical performances parameters (here velocities), the life is assigned after conducting the life trials. the trial confirms the safety, reliability and serviceability of the cartridge. on completion of these trials, the pad must remain safe and serviceable at all anticipated service adverse conditions. 6. conclusions a vtr has been successfully designed and fabricated for use in the laboratory to determine the slug velocities using a doppler radar. in this paper, the performance evaluation parameter of the pad is explained. design qualification tests are carried out to qualify the design criterion as per the user’s requirements. it is a kind of pad that is described using testing methodology with gun powder, which delivers energy to metallic slugs for an aircraft application in an emergency. from the above discussions, the following inferences are drawn from this research article: round no. experimental projectile velocity (m/s): gun powder weight 6.7 g round no. experimental projectile velocity (m/s): gun powder weight 7.0 g hot (+45 ⁰ c) cold (-26 ⁰ c) hot (+45 ⁰ c) cold (-26 ⁰ c) 1 112.76 100.89 11 115.83 103.87 2 119.56 104.12 12 121.14 107.76 3 113.93 103.34 13 115.78 105.65 4 110.12 99.14 14 113.53 104.32 5 108.91 101.58 15 111.56 103.78 6 115.34 102.54 16 117.13 105.89 7 118.11 107.61 17 119.55 109.17 8 113.23 100.45 18 115.90 103.78 9 117.87 104.97 19 119.23 106.86 10 111.78 102.12 20 113.15 105.53 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 120  a vtr is designed and fabricated to measure the slug velocity using the doppler radar;  the maximum slug velocity is 121.14 m/s in hot condition;  the minimum slug velocity is 99.14 m/s in cold condition;  after successful development, pads is inducted into services and no adverse report received from users. 7. acknowledgments it is with heart filled gratitude that the corresponding author thanks to director arde for kind permission to publish this work. the views and conclusions contained herein are those of the authors and should not be interpreted as necessarily representing the official policies or endorsements, either expressed or implied. the authors would like to thank all the editors and reviewers who provided constructive feedback and suggestions. 8. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] bhupesh a. p., bamble, j. g., sahu, a. k. and dixit, v. k. (2019). design qualification testing of gas generator for aircraft applications, proceedings of 12th international hemce 2019, indian institute of technology madras, chennai, india. [2] parate, b., salkar, y., chandel, s., & shekhar, h. (2019). a novel method for dynamic pressure and velocity measurement related to a power cartridge using a velocity test rig for water-jet disruptor applications. central european journal of energetic materials, 16(3), 319–342. doi:10.22211/cejem/110365. [3] wang, w., jin, l., liu, j., & sun, x. (2019). research on the application of supportability analysis technology in ejection seat. journal of physics: conference series, 1215(1), 012041. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1215/1/012041 [4] folly, p., & mäder, p. (2004). propellant chemistry. chimia international journal for chemistry, 58(6), 374-382. available online:https://www.ingentaconnect.com/contentone/scs/chimia/2004/00000058/00000006/art00006?crawler=true&mimetype=a pplication/pdf (accessed on 18 march 2020). [5] venkatachalam s., g santhosh, kn ninan (2007); introduction to explosives and propellants. high energy oxidisers for advanced solid propellants and explosives, advances in solid propellant technology, 1st international hemsi 2002, workshop, ranchi, india, 87-106. [6] martin-baker aircraft co. (2020). martin-baker ejection seat. chalgrove, oxfordshire, united kingdom. available online: https://martin-baker.com/products/ (accessed on 10 march 2020). [7] indian standard 319, (2007), free cutting brass bars, rods and section-specification. new delhi, india. available online: https://law.resource.org/pub/in/bis/s10/is.319.2007.pdf (accessed on 10 march 2020). [8] sun, y., han, z., du, z., li, z., & cong, x. (2017). preparation and performance of environmental friendly sulphur-free propellant for fireworks. applied thermal engineering, 126, 987–996. doi:10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2017.08.003 [9] dutcher, d. d., perry, k. d., cahill, t. a., & copeland, s. a. (1999). effects of indoor pyrotechnic displays on the air quality in the houston astrodome. journal of the air & waste management association, 49(2), 156–160. doi:10.1080/10473289.1999.10463790. [10] scotti, f., onori, d., scaffardi, m., lazzeri, e., bogoni, a., & laghezza, f. (2015). multi-frequency lidar/radar integrated system for robust and flexible doppler measurements. ieee photonics technology letters, 27(21), 2268–2271. doi:10.1109/lpt.2015.2461458 [11] raj, r. n., & shankar, k. (2020). multi-objective goal programming for low altitude seat ejections with fuzzy logic–based decision-making. human factors and mechanical engineering for defense and safety, 4(1). doi:10.1007/s41314-019-0031-7 [12] buller, k. (2017). an application of convolutional neural networks to aircraft ejection seat testing. procedia computer science, 114, 349–356. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2017.09.042 [13] rui, x., guo, p., chen, h., chen, s., zhang, y., zhao, m., … zhao, p. (2019). portable coherent doppler light detection and ranging for boundary-layer wind sensing. optical engineering, 58(03), 1. doi:10.1117/1.oe.58.3.034105 [14] wang, l., tang, m., & zhang, s. (2020). numerical simulation of twin-parachute inflation process for aircraft ejection escape. volume 3: computational fluid dynamics; micro and nano fluid dynamics. doi:10.1115/fedsm2020-20007 [15] parate, b. a., chandel, s., shekhar, h. (2019). design analysis of closed vessel for power cartridge testing. problems of mechatronics armament aviation safety engineering, 10(1), 25–48. doi:10.5604/01.3001.0013.0794. https://martin-baker.com/products/ https://law.resource.org/pub/in/bis/s10/is.319.2007.pdf issn: 2723-9535 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 359 towards a sentiment analysis of tweets from online newspapers regarding the coronavirus pandemic giulia pes 1, angelica lo duca 2* , andrea marchetti 2 1 university of pisa, pisa, italy. 2 institute of informatics and telematics, national research council, pisa, italy. received 02 april 2021; revised 06 october 2021; accepted 11 november 2021; published 01 december 2021 abstract in the last year, both offline and online news have had the coronavirus pandemic as their subject, especially since social networking such as twitter has significantly increased the news regarding covid-19. the objectives of the project are: the analysis of news regarding the coronavirus pandemic was extracted from the twitter profile of ansa, a well-known italian news agency, and the analysis of sentiment and the number of likes for each news extracted the sentiment analysis has been carried out using the mal lexicon (morphologically affective lexicon), where the tweet is split into words and each paola is associated with a score. positive (with a score greater than zero), negative (with a score less than zero) and neutral (with a score equal to zero) news were identified. as a result, it emerges that sentiment changes day by day, so it is necessary to use sentiment indicators called indices, but only the positive sentiment index is taken into consideration as the negative one is complementary and the neutral one is almost zero. the positive index is then related to some parameters extrapolated from the civil protection site: the number of cases, the number of deaths, and the entry into intensive care. furthermore, in addition to the parameters listed above, the positivity index is related to the days on which the prime minister's decree (dpcm) was signed. the last relationship analyzed is that between the average number of likes and the number of deaths. the results of the research show that the sentiment of the news from the ansa agency contains 62.3% of positive news, 37.3% of negative news, and only 0.3% of neutral news. furthermore, sentiment is not influenced by the daily parameters: the number of cases, number of deaths, entry into intensive care units, and dpcms. but there is a relationship between the average of like and the number of deaths. keywords: coronavirus; covid-19; pandemic; swabs; ansa; sentiment analysis; civil protection; dpcm; italy. 1. introduction in the modern world, the growth of social data on the web is constantly increasing. researchers have access to data in real-time for research and information purposes [1]. in the last year, a significant part of the news and information both offline and online available on the web have had as their subject the coronavirus pandemic (also known covid19 outbreak). the consequent actions taken by their respective governments against the disease have produced a series of rapidly evolving sentiments regarding the issue [2]. in fact, during the global covid-19 pandemic, many companies and people have published and shared their points of view [1]. with the spread of awareness of the discomfort arising from the disease, the messages, videos, posts, and tweets related to covid-19 have also increased. in fact, messages with negative feelings regarding covid-19, pandemic, and lockdown have been increasingly frequent [3]. in a very short space of time, twitter (https://twitter.com/) showed a similar effect with the growth of an exponential number of coronavirus-related tweets [4]. * corresponding author: angelica.loduca@iit.cnr.it http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-04-08  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5252-6966 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 360 the aim of this paper is to provide an analysis of the sentiment of the news, day by day, of the ansa agency and of people's likes for each piece of news. we wish to point out the criteria that constantly influence the trend of the sentiment of the news over time published by the ansa agency and whether this can be correlated with the daily data of the pandemic extracted from the italian civil protection website. the analysis carried out on the data made it possible to trace the profile of the news published by the ansa agency on the pandemic and the way in which it manages it. in detail, the present paper is focused on the analysis and in-depth analysis of news regarding the coronavirus from the user profile of the ansa agency on twitter*. tweets were extracted from tweetpy, a software that we implemented for the extraction of tweets written by a single user profile and containing up to five hashtags† [5]. the data extraction period is from 13 october 2020 until 17 january 2021 for a total of 1772 records. these are the data taken into consideration: the text of the news, the number of likes, the number of retweets and the date on which the news was published. sentiment analysis was then carried out on extracted tweets, this made it possible to assign a sentiment score to each tweet that contained the referenced news. with the data obtained, it was thus possible to calculate the indices of positivity, negativity and neutrality used as indicators of positive, negative and neutral sentiment. the positivity index was subsequently related to the number of cases, the number of deaths and the number of admissions to intensive therapies caused by the covid-19 outbreak. the data indicated above were acquired from the civil protection site which provides total data of the pandemic always updated‡. the three factors were then related to the positive sentiment to determine if the criteria influenced the trend of positivity index of the news of ansa agency. the present study is divided into the following sections: section 2 describes the state of the art where the analysis of sentiment, in general, is analyzed through the scientific literature and then focuses on the analysis of sentiment in relation to the coronavirus pandemic. section 3 focuses on the analysis of the data extrapolated. finally, in section 4 we give our conclusions. 2. state of the art in this section we give an overview of the current literature regarding the sentiment analysis on twitter, as well as a description of the coronavirus pandemic. 2.1. sentiment analysis on twitter sentiment analysis is a field of natural language processing that deals with building systems for the identification and extraction of opinions, feelings, attitudes, emotions and evaluations found in the text. it is based on the main methods of computational linguistics and textual analysis. it is fundamental for the classification of sentiment to determine the contexts in which a word can take on different meanings. in fact, the language used to express subjective evaluations is very complex and made up of different components. along with the development of technology and increasing access to information, a new type of society has emerged, that of interaction and communication [6]. social media offer the perfect harmony between the two and allow people to connect, share opinions and emotions. they also offer news from around the world in real-time and always up to date. one example is the twitter microblogging site, where people post messages about their opinions on a variety of topics in real time and express positive sentiment for the products they use [7]. in this context, the emotional role is fundamental [8]. although natural language remains far beyond the power of machines, sentiment analysis can provide a surprisingly significant sense of how news has a strong impact [9]. indeed, researchers frequently analyze the opinions and sentiment of the news themselves through supervised and unsupervised methods. through these it is possible to establish the prevailing sentiment in the news and determine if a news is positive or negative [10]. of fundamental importance is the assignment of scores to probe the sentiment and determine the degree of positivity, negativity and neutrality of the individual items. items with a score greater than 0 are considered positive, less than 0 negative, and equal to 0 neutral. news can usually be positive, negative but rarely neutral [9]. to carry out a good sentiment analysis, it is also necessary to take into consideration the space where one operates. if you work on blogs or microblogging like twitter, you must take into account the presence of emoticons and hashtags that add value to the classifier [7]. the past few years have led to a significant growth in the volume of search in sentiment analysis, mainly on highly subjective types of text such as product or movie reviews. in fact it is essential for the marketing of a company to have a background on a certain product or on what people think about the company itself. this type of sentiment analysis can also be very useful for consumers who are trying to research a product [11]. on the other hand, when you want to analyze news articles, it is necessary to address the topic more specifically. news articles and other reports typically contain less clearly expressed ratings than reviews [8]. in this type of analysis, reference is made to the intentionality of the author and therefore whether the latter wants to convey positive or negative feelings depending on the news and the context that surrounds him [12]. * https://twitter.com/agenzia_ansa † https://github.com/giuliapes/tweetpy ‡ https://github.com/pcm-dpc/covid-19 https://twitter.com/agenzia_ansa https://github.com/giuliapes/tweetpy https://github.com/pcm-dpc/covid-19 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 361 2.2. coronavirus pandemic the coronavirus pandemic has triggered an unprecedented crisis. coronavirus is a semi-flu virus whose epicenter was in wuhan, a city in china, in december 2019. the causes that led to the emergence of the virus are not yet clear, but the theories are different. people around the world have been forced to stay at home for their safety, limit contact with strangers, and comply with safety measures. in fact, various measures have been implemented to fight the pandemic such as blocking and social distancing which can also lead to mental health problems such as depression, anxiety and sadness [13]. since the declaration of the first coronavirus case, the pandemic has been on the offline and online news headlines. this triggered positive or negative responses from readers. the analysis of the sentiment linked to the coronavirus is one of the most in-depth topics in the last year. in this context, the data provided by social media can be a very important source of information. user-generated messages provide a window into people's minds, allowing us to understand their moods and opinions [14]. social media has always been widely used as a means of posting and sharing one's views. large-scale tweets provide an ideal source of data, and sentiment dynamics provide the means to analyze the data. a study conducted in bangladesh has highlighted an increasing use of social platform, as people spend most of their time at home due to the virus. news and articles on coronavirus are read and commented on through social media. sentiment analysis on article comments categorized some audiences that turn out to be: analytical, depressed, and angry. in this way, public psychology towards the pandemic is traced [15]. in south korea, research results also suggest a negative predictor of civilization when citizens comment or tweet about covid-19. however, we must take into account the factor by which it is estimated that twitter users, having built larger networks and obtained positive responses from others, are more likely to use uncivilized language [16]. however, when sentiment analysis is no longer examined at the level of individual news but at the level of the topic, various aspects of the pandemic are captured. in fact, it is possible that there are more topics with a positive feeling than a negative one. this is because topics such as "staying safe at home" are categorized as positive while "people's deaths" are negative [17]. how different cultures react and respond to a crisis is predominant in the norms and political will of a society to combat the situation. often the decisions made are necessitated by events, social pressures or needs of the moment, which may not represent the will of the nation. coronavirus has led to a mix of similar emotions in nations where governments have made similar decisions [3]. in this tense climate, the rise and fall in the number of cases or deaths have become a constant headline in world news. a recent study revealed an approximately 57% increase in viewing news on a tv or smartphone due to lockdowns. during the pandemic, the changing statistics of those affected formed a focus of the news published by the different channels. the result inevitably features a lack of positivity in world news, and there is only a small number of news items delivered on a positive note. the connection between the dependence on the number of cases and deaths and the negative sentiment of the news is therefore evident, even if the situation can change from country to country due to regional socio-political factors [10]. 3. analysis this paper focuses on the analysis of news regarding the coronavirus pandemic extracted from the twitter profile of ansa, a well-known italian news agency. the aim of this paper is to analyze the sentiment and the number of likes for each news extracted. the result is in the selection of some keywords for the peaks of sentiment, both positive and negative, which is the focus of the news on the pandemic. furthermore, we want to understand if the news trend may vary based on some data on the pandemic offered by the results of the civil protection: the number of cases, deaths and admissions for intensive care. for each extracted tweet, the following information is stored: the text, the number of likes, the number of retweets and the date of publication of the tweet. with regard to the text of each tweet, the sentiment was extracted* and subsequently a score greater than zero, less than zero or equal to zero. on the basis of the score, the daily positivity, negativity and neutrality indices were calculated. the indices obtained were compared with those available from the civil protection website which offers daily real-time data on the pandemic. 3.1. data collection the data were collected from two main sources: the twitter profile of the ansa agency and the data provided by the civil protection regarding daily infections from covid-19 in italy. * the sentiment has been extracted through a free software available at this address: https://github.com/stepthom/lexicon-sentiment-analysis https://github.com/stepthom/lexicon-sentiment-analysis hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 362 ansa agency the national associated press agency is commonly known by the acronym ansa. it is the first multimedia information agency in italy and the fifth in the world. it was founded in rome in 1945 to succeed the dissolved stefani agency. the ansa is a cooperative made up of 36 publishing members of the main italian newspapers and has the aim of collecting and transmitting news on the main italian and world events. nowadays, almost all news agencies have a free site on which ends up only a small part of the content they daily produce [18-20]. the ansa agency is known for its principles of rigorous independence, impartiality and objectivity enshrined in its statute and compliance with national and international laws. ansa's main customers are private tv channels and local newspapers. the main difference between ansa and the other news agencies is the physical presence on the territory. in fact, the agency has a center in almost every region. the ansa political desk is in montecitorio. this guarantees great influence and recognition for journalists who are often, also, among the most expert in politics. the other important part of the reporters' work is that of summarizing laws approved in the courtroom, which are then the same shot and commented on by the journalists and by the news programs. table 1 shows the fields extracted for each record with their description. table 1. description of the extracted fields field description description contains the text of the tweet, it may contain additional hashtags than those specified, links to other users and the news link that connects directly to the ansa agency website likes contains the number of likes of other users in a given news retweets contains the number of shares of a tweet. how many times that tweet has been shared by other users data contains the date of publication of the tweet on the user profile the period examined is between 13 october 2020 and 17 january 2021. the data collected there are a total of 1772 records, relating to all the news regarding the pandemic. table 2 shows an extract of the obtained dataset. table 2. extracted dataset description likes retweets date la #scala, a unique #covid premiere. the stellar cast, set design and the anthem sung by the workers #ansa @teatroallascala https://t.co/lqp3i2utgx 14 4 2020-12-06 08:50:02 # covid-19 #usa, over a million cases in 5 #ansa days https://t.co/y7mwdsyhkl 16 10 2020-12-06 09:50:02 #covid: 18,887 new cases and 564 victims in italy in the last 24 hours #ansa https://t.co/cysbib309p 31 9 2020-12-06 19:39:50 #covid, #abruzzo ordinance: from tomorrow out of the red zone. marsilio: 'it turns orange, i informed speranza'. but government sources: 'it has to wait for wednesday. the deadline of 21 days must be respected. no endorsement of the decision on tomorrow ' #ansa https://t.co/jbqnuixyth 71 41 2020-12-06 21:30:28 #covid bavaria declares a state of calamity , new restrictions 'we must do more'. lockdown even more severe #ansa https://t.co/noucqm5m0p 42 11 2020-12-06 22:17:46 five main hashtags have been identified related to the “coronavirus” topic: #covid, # covid-19, #coronavirus, #pandemic and #babes. table 3 shows some statistics regarding each extracted hashtag. table 3 shows that the hashtag covid produced a greater number of tweets, followed by coronavirus, covid-19, pandemic and finally swabs with 20 values. the analysis of the number of likes, on the other hand, identified the maximum, minimum and average values. through the number of likes extracted, it was possible to determine the average total likes for each tweet which is 40.98. the standard deviation, on the other hand, which is an estimate of the variability of a population of data or of a random variable for the number of likes, is zero. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 363 table 3. statistics related to each extracted hashtag hashtag frequencies average number of like like minimum value of the maximum value of like maximum length of tweet minimum length of the tweet record #covid# 1432 39.26 0 947 295 61 # covid-19 102 38.45 0 415 280 74 #coronavirus 334 36.86 0 276 280 77 #pandemic 92 42.33 5 185 280 90 #bampons 29 32.0 4 249 275 84 total 1989 data from italian civil protection the data available on the progress of the coronavirus pandemic in italy are available on the civil protection website*. the file has a csv extension updated every day and contains: the date, status, hospitalized with symptoms, intensive care, total hospitalized, home isolation, total positives, total positive variation, new positives, discharged healed, deceased, cases of suspected diagnosis, cases from screening, total cases, number of swabs and, finally, the cases tested. the reference period is from october 13, 2020 until january 17, 2021. table 4 illustrates extracted data. table 4. description of the parameters extrapolated from the civil protection github parameters description date date information, provided in column number 0 intensive therapy total inputs in icus , available in the third column of deaths total number of deceased, available in the tenth column total_cases total number of cases, available in column number 13 table 5 illustrates an example of the dataset of the protection site civil. table 5. example of civil protection dataset date intensive therapy death total_cases 2020-10-13t17: 00: 00 514 36246 365467 2020-10-14t17: 00: 00 539 36289 372799 2020-10-15t17: 00: 00 47 83 8803 2020-10-16t17: 00: 00 52 55 10009 2020-10-17t17: 00: 00 67 47 10925 3.2. analysis of tweets once the tweets have been extracted, an analysis of the l news sentiment for each tweet [21]. a score called score was associated with each tweet. the mal (morphologically-inflected affective lexicon) lexicon was used for sentiment analysis, a natural language processing resource that associates each word in the lexicon with a certain score according to the context in which it occurs [22, 23]. the tweet was first divided into words and subsequently on each word the score was calculated based on the mal lexicon. the tweet with a score greater than zero was evaluated as a positive tweet, less than negative zero and equal to zero neutral. in this way, the sentiment was obtained for each tweet. the sentiment results showed 1101 positive news (62.3%), 659 negative news (37.3%) and 6 neutral news (0.3%). sentiment analysis shows that each news article has a different sentiment category from day to day. normalization is therefore necessary before carrying out comparative studies. for this purpose, daily values called indices are calculated and are used as indicators of the overall negative or positive or neutral sentiment in the news of that day. the various indices are calculated as follows: positivity index for day i: 𝑃(𝑖) = 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑡𝑠∈𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑖 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑡𝑠∈𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑖 (1) negativity index for day i: * https://github.com/pcm-dpc/covid-19/blob/master/dati-andamento-nazionale/dpc-covid19-ita-andamento-nazionale.csv . https://github.com/pcm-dpc/covid-19/blob/master/dati-andamento-nazionale/dpc-covid19-ita-andamento-nazionale.csv hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 364 𝑁(𝑖) = 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑛𝑒𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑡𝑠∈𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑖 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑡𝑠∈𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑖 (2) neutrality index for day i: 𝑁𝑒𝑢(𝑖) = 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑛𝑒𝑢𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑙𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑡𝑠∈𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑖 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑡𝑠∈𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑖 (3) figure 1. indices of positivity, negativity and neutrality figure 1 shows the values of the positive, negative and neutral indices. the negativity index is indicated with red, positive green and neutral in magenta. the neutrality index rarely deviates from zero. in the positive and negative indices, on the other hand, we find various variations in value, in fact, during the analyzed period; there were some events that led the negative index, positive to the change. to highlight how much the positive and negative indices have changed, they have been related to their average in the following figure 2. figure 2. average of the indices and index of negativity hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 365 for the subsequent analyses the neutrality index was discarded, since almost always a zero, taking into account only the positivity index, since the negativity index is complementary. table 6 shows some statistics regarding the described indices. table 6. index, mean and standard deviation for positive and negative index index mean standard deviation positive 0.3 0.13560179225400495 negative 0.3 0.13007428660130818. figure 2 shows how the negative index differs, in a few days, from the average value. the days where there are high negative sentiment scores are: 31 october, 16 november, 11 december and 20 december 2020 and 16 january 2021. table 7 shows three main news items for each day where a peak is negative. table 7. main news related to negative peaks data text keyword 2020-10-31  covid: harder for female workers, 470,000 jobs lost economy ansa;  masks survey: 2 and a half years to an entrepreneur covid hangs;  england in lockdown, tightened in austria and greece.johnson: 'if we do not act there will be thousands of deaths a day' covid ansa. covid, ansa, lockdown 2020-11-17  covid 232 inspections of the nas in the rsa, irregularities in 37 ansa;  in 24 hours 120 hospitalizations in intensive care, 731 covid deaths -19 ansa;  covid: milan trouble after positive pegs also the deputy giacomo murelli football seriea ansa. covid, died 12.11.2020  and 'died of covid the korean director kimki-duk, golden lion in venice in 2012, had 59 years.ansa;  covid exceeded in the world 70 million cases ansa;  in 24 hourscovid positive 18,727, 761 victims. positive-swab rate stable at 9.8%. overswabs carried out ansa. 190 thousand covid, ansa, swabs 2020-12-20  covid: a case of the new variant also in the netherlands, the netherlands suspends flights from the united kingdom;  exceptions, second homes, bans: what will the christmas covid be like ansa;  covid, england: johnson announces new lockdown in london. "residents of those areas will have to stay at home from sunday" video. ansa covid, natale, ansa, england, lockdown, video 2021-01-16  #covid, italy turns orange. red lombardy announcesappeal;  turin localremains open, the holder will be sanctioned # covid-19 video #ansa.  #covid, 718 positive inmates, surge in prisons in milan. in one week the cases have grown by more than three times, while in all of italy by 25%. covid, covid-19 figure 3, on the other hand, relates the average of the indices, which has a value of 0.3, with the positivity index. figure 3. average indices and positivity index hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 366 as shown in the graph, the most significant dates where there are high values for the positivity index, are on: november 21, december 1, december 15, december 25 and december 30, 2020. table 8 shows the three main news items are reported for each day where a positive peak is visible. table 8. main news related to postive peaks date text keyword 2020-11-21  covid, renewed measures for 'red' areas until 3 december. brusaferro: 'do not sing victory because it is still above 1' ansa;  covid the minister @robersperanza announces 'in january an unprecedented vaccination campaign, starting from the most exposed categories, health and elderly' ansa vaccine, covid34,767 new infections in 24 hours, 2500 less than yesterday. victims are slowing down the increase in intensive care admissions, today 10 hospitalized patients. 692ansa covid, ansa, vaccines 2020-12-01  covid: eu ok to the contract with curevac for the vaccine is the fifth signed with as many pharmaceutical companies;  today are holding a summit between the government and the regions on the next anti-covid dpcm. to save skiing it is planned to open the lifts only for hotel guests and second homes, with the closure of the borders on the alps. ansa december 1;  britain approved the use of pfizer-biontech's coronavirus vaccine, available in the country starting next week. is the first country in the world to approve the pfizer-biontech vaccine for widespread use. ansa. covid, vaccine, anti-covid, anticoronavirus 20.12.2020  the green light to the publication of the list of postgraduate medicine blocked the remedies will come today or tomorrow. said the minister of the university gaetano manfredi. ansa university medicine covid @manfredi_min @misocialtw;  the ema agency would be ready to grant the authorization to the anti-covid vaccine developed by pfizer-biontech already on 23 december. ansa covid vaccines ema pfizerbiontech @ema_news @pfizer @biontech_group @ministerosalute @robersperanza;  i did the sputnik vaccine. i don't know if it will work but i have heard good things about the russian vaccine ". these are the words of the director oliver stone who received the first dose and will return to russia for the recall. ansa covid sputnik oliverstonevaccine. covid, ansa, anticovid,vaccine 2020-12-15  the first 9,750 doses of vaccine against covid arrived in italy. shortly after 9.30 the van containing the vials produced by pfizer biontech crossed the brenner pass and headed to rome, to the spallanzani hospital. 25 decemberfrancis;  on the occasion of christmas a gift from pope to the city of rome. 4,000 swabs were donated for covid-19, received by the pontiff as a tribute from slovenia. ansadecember;  25covid, the van with the first doses of vaccine is escorted by the carabinieri destined for italy. is headed to rome, to the spallanzani hospital, where he will arrive in the evening. ansa vaccini pfizerbiontech 25december natale. vaccino, covid, covid-19, christmas 2020-12-30 green light  in great britain for the vaccine # astr azeneca;  #covid: #pfizer vaccines arrived at malpensa at 4am. the first of the six planes that today bring the first weekly supply of 470 thousand doses to italy;  #covid: the #vaccines #pfizer also arrived in rome ciampino;  #ansa. vaccino, covid, vaccines where we find news such as coronavirus deaths or the increase in the number of cases, the negativity index has spiked; where instead we read news such as the decline in cases or the approval of a vaccine for the pandemic we find a high peak in the positivity index. within the news there are words with a greater frequency that reveal the keywords of the analyzed context. figure 4 shows the word cloud for the most frequent keywords. figure 4. word cloud of the most frequent words hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 367 table 9 shows for all the news extracted, therefore, the 10 words that are most frequent. where positive and negative peaks were identified in the previous graphs concerning the index of positivity and negativity in relation to the mean, the words that were most frequent for the respective indices were identified. figure 5 shows the words found to be most frequent in the dates identified as most significant for the negativity index. table 9. frequency of the most common words words frequency ansa 1667 covid 1354 coronavirus 338 cases 199 dpcm 137 hours 154 infections 130 video 147 vaccine 150 figure 5. word cloud of the most frequent words for negative spikes. the variant name refers to the latest reports according to which in england and the netherlands it was discovered that people fell ill with a variant of covid-19, with following further restrictions and controls. table 10 indicates the frequencies of words that appear multiple times within negative peaks. the most frequent words on the days in which positive peaks have been identified are shown in figure 6. table 10. frequency of the most common words for negative peaks words frequency ansa 64 covid 50 variant 16 christmas 10 coronavirus 8 covid-19 8 lockdown 6 great britain 5 figure 6. word cloud of the most frequent words for positive. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 368 peaks: in the positive peaks, the most frequent words identified are shown in table 11. table 11. frequency of the most common words for positive peaks words frequency covid 75 ansa 62 vaccine 12 vaccines 11 coronavirus 8 health ministry 6 robersperanza 6 swabs 6 3.3. comparison with data from the civil protection the numbers of cases, admissions to intensive care and deaths report the overall numbers of the pandemic. subtraction operations were therefore carried out, relative to the day analyzed; in fact, the number of the previous day was subtracted from the daily number in order to obtain the number of daily cases. the data were normalized, where they are resized following a fixed interval in order to be able to compare them with the positivity index. figure 7 relates the positivity index to the number of daily cases. figure 7. positivity index and number of daily cases. the graph shows the positivity index and the number of daily coronavirus cases. the positivity index remains more or less constant, except for a few days where it undergoes a peak that is determined by some positive news, while the number of cases first grows more or less constant and then decreases. when the number of cases begins to drop, the positivity index goes up. in order to evaluate a possible correlation between the number of daily cases and the positivity index, the pearson coefficient was calculated. the result of this index consists of two values: the first is the actual coefficient, which, if between 0.5 and 1, implies that the type of correlation that exists is strong. if instead, the coefficient is between -0.5 and -1, there is a strong inverse correlation, otherwise if it is between 0 and 0.5 or 0 and -0.5 the correlation is weak. a coefficient equal to zero implies no kind of relationship between the values. the second result, on the other hand, is called p value and determines when the values can be taken into account; this p value must be less than 0.005. the pearson index revealed that there is no correlation between the two variables, as the p value exceeds the correlation threshold which is 0.005. figure 8, on the other hand, relates the positivity index to the number of daily deaths. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 369 figure 8. positive index and daily deaths the graph shows how both indices have an almost constant trend; however, they are not related since, also in this case, the p value of the pearson index is greater than 0.005. figure 9 takes into account the index of positivity with the entry into intensive care. figure 9. index of positivity and admissions to daily intensive care the graph has as values the index of positivity and the number of daily accesses to intensive care. therapy numbers have been normalized in order to be able to compare them with the index. the pearson index was also calculated for the graph in question, which is again greater than 0.005. this implies that the two values have no correlation. in addition to the criteria identified above, another parameter was analyzed: the dates on which the decrees of the president of the council of ministers (dpcm) were signed, shown in figure 10. the graph relates the positivity index with the days in which the dpcms were signed announcing different measures such as the closure of shops and bars or the measures implemented during the christmas period. the index of positive sentiment is not correlated to the precise days of the release of the decrees. in the following figure 11, on the other hand, the average number of likes and the number of daily deaths are related. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 370 figure 10. positive index and days in which the dpcm were signed. figure 11. average likes and number of deaths the graph shows how both the normalized number of deaths and the average likes have constant values, with the exception of the average likes for november 8, 2020. the calculation made on the data previous has identified a pearson index equal to -0.35, while the p-value, which determines the correlation of the two values, was 0.002. in fact, as deaths increase, the number of likes per news decreases, even if the value of the pearson index denotes a weak correlation between the two variables. table 12 summarizes the described comparisons. table 12. summary of the values of the comparisons made: pearson's coefficient, p-value and the result type of comparison pearson's coefficient p-value result positive index-number of cases 0.035 0.75 (greater than 0.005) not correlated positive index-number of deaths 0.12 0.26 (greater than 0.005) not correlated positive index-entry into intensive care -0.13 0.24 ( greater than 0.005) not correlated index of positivity-dpcm 0.14 0.29 (greater than 0.005) not correlated mean like-deaths -0.35 0.002 correlated (weakly) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 371 4. conclusion due to social distancing policies as a consequence of the covid-19 pandemic, a lot of people rely on social platforms for news consulting. therefore, it is crucial to identify the trend in news sentiment over time (karishma sharma et al., 2020). the results of the research showed that the news extracted through the tweetpy software has a greater number of positive news than negative ones. in fact, the positive news is 1101 (62.3%) while the negative news is 659 (37.3%). neutral news, on the other hand, occupies only 0.3% of the entire dataset with only 6 news items. the calculation of the indices made it possible to consider them as general indicators of the positive, negative, and neutral sentiment offered by the ansa agency and showed that the neutrality index is practically zero, as the values are almost always close to zero, contrary to the other two indices. the indices obtained from the sentiment analysis were compared with the data chosen by the civil protection website. the results of the research then established how the elements extracted from the civil protection website (number of daily cases, number of deaths and admissions to intensive care) do not influence the news regarding the ansa agency pandemic, which, in fact, is more positive despite the argument. on the other hand, the average day-to-day likes with the number of deaths per day were inversely correlated, although with a weak link. it would be interesting to expand the extraction of data to different twitter profiles of news agencies or newspapers, to see how the topic of coronavirus has been treated and if the sentiment of the news is different. furthermore, the sentiment could be correlated with the factors obtained from the civil protection website: number of cases, intensive care admissions, and number of deaths to verify that other agencies have been influenced by these factors. moreover, through a name entity recognizer (ner) study, the relationship between the peaks of the positive and negative indices and their keywords taken from the extracted news could be deepened. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, g.p., a.l.d. and a.m.; methodology, a.l.d.; software, g.p.; validation, g.p., a.l.d. and a.m.; formal analysis, a.l.d.; investigation, g.p.; resources, g.p.; data curation, g.p.; writing—original draft preparation, g.p. and a.l.d.; writing—review and editing, g.p., a.l.d. and a.m.; visualization, g.p.; supervision, a.m.; project administration, a.m. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement data released by the italian civil protection are available in a publicly accessible repository: the data presented in this study are openly available in https://github.com/pcm-dpc/covid-19/blob/master/dati-andamento-nazionale/dpccovid19-ita-andamento-nazionale.csv. data extracted from twitter are available on request due to restrictions privacy. the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] pokharel, b. p. (2020). twitter sentiment analysis during covid-19 outbreak in nepal. ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3624719. [2] lwin, m. o., lu, j., sheldenkar, a., schulz, p. j., shin, w., gupta, r., & yang, y. (2020). global sentiments surrounding the covid-19 pandemic on twitter: analysis of twitter trends (preprint). doi:10.2196/preprints.19447. [3] imran, a. s., daudpota, s. m., kastrati, z., & batra, r. (2020). cross-cultural polarity and emotion detection using sentiment analysis and deep learning on covid-19 related tweets. ieee access, 8, 181074–181090. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3027350. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 372 [4] rajput, n. k., grover, b. a., & rathi, v. k. (2020). word frequency and sentiment analysis of twitter messages during coronavirus pandemic. arxiv preprint arxiv:2004.03925. [5] pes g., lo duca a., marchetti a., (2020), tweetpy: a software to extract tweets related to a single twitter user. "cnr", 1-11. [6] wiberg, m. (2005). the interaction society: practice, theories and supportive technologies. igi global publishing, pennsylvania, united states [7] agarwal, a., xie, b., vovsha, i., rambow, o., & passonneau, r. (2011). sentiment analysis of twitter data. proceedings of the workshop on languages in social media, lsm’11, oregon, united states. [8] balahur, a., & steinberger, r. (2009). rethinking sentiment analysis in the news: from theory to practice and back. proceeding of womsa, 1-12. [9] godbole, n., srinivasaiah, m., & skiena, s. (2007). large-scale sentiment analysis for news and blogs. icwsm, 7(21), 219222, colorado, united states. [10] chakraborty, a., & bose, s. (2020). around the world in 60 days: an exploratory study of impact of covid-19 on online global news sentiment. journal of computational social science, 3(2), 367–400. doi:10.1007/s42001-020-00088-3. [11] go, a., bhayani, r., & huang, l. (2009). twitter sentiment classification using distant supervision. cs224n project report, 1(12), stanford, california, united states. [12] balahur, a., steinberger, r., kabadjov, m., zavarella, v., van der goot, e., halkia, m., ... & belyaeva, j. (2013). sentiment analysis in the news. arxiv preprint arxiv:1309.6202. [13] chen, h., zhu, z., qi, f., ye, y., liu, z., sun, m., & jin, j. (2021). country image in covid-19 pandemic: a case study of china. ieee transactions on big data, 7(1), 81–92. doi:10.1109/tbdata.2020.3023459. [14] kruspe, a., häberle, m., kuhn, i., & zhu, x. x. (2020). cross-language sentiment analysis of european twitter messages duringthe covid-19 pandemic. arxiv preprint arxiv:2008.12172. [15] pran, m. s. a., bhuiyan, m. r., hossain, s. a., & abujar, s. (2020, july). analysis of bangladeshi people's emotion during covid-19 in social media using deep learning. in 2020 11th international conference on computing, communication and networking technologies (icccnt), 1-6. ieee. doi:10.1109/icccnt49239.2020.9225500. [16] kim, b. (2020). effects of social grooming on incivility in covid-19. in cyberpsychology, behavior, and social networking 23(8), 519-525. doi:10.1089/cyber.2020.0201. [17] ho, y. f. w., hiu, y. s. l., ambrose, h. t. f., siu, t. l., thomas, w. y. c., christine, s. y. l., ... & ming-yen, n. (2020). frequency and distribution of chest radiographic findings in covid-19 positive patients. radiology, 201160. [18] padmaja, s., s, p., & bandu, s. (2014). evaluating sentiment analysis methods and identifying scope of negation in newspaper articles. international journal of advanced research in artificial intelligence, 3(11), 1–58. doi:10.14569/ijarai.2014.031101. [19] nurlaila, i., rahutomo, r., purwandari, k., & pardamean, b. (2020). provoking tweets by indonesia media twitter in the initial month of coronavirus disease hit. 2020 international conference on information management and technology (icimtech). doi:10.1109/icimtech50083.2020.9211179. [20] chun, s. a., li, a. c.-y., toliyat, a., & geller, j. (2020). tracking citizen’s concerns during covid-19 pandemic. the 21st annual international conference on digital government research. digitranscope spring institute, seoul national university, seoul, korea. doi:10.1145/3396956.3397000. [21] marco, v., giuliano, g., basile, v., & bosco, c. (2019). the tenuousness of lemmatization in lexicon-based sentiment analysis. in sixth italian conference on computational linguistics, 2481, 1-6. [22] ferro, m., pezzulo, g., & pirrelli, v. (2010). morphology, memory and the mental lexicon. lingue e linguaggio, 9(2), 199-0. [23] pang, b., lee, l., & vaithyanathan, s. (2002). thumbs up? sentiment classification using machine learning techniques. proceedings of the conference on empirical methods in natural language processing (emnlp 2002), association for computational linguistics, university of pennsylvania, philadelphia, united states. https://doi.org/10.1089/cyber.2020.0201 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 531 issn: 2723-9535 comparison of cnn classification model using machine learning with bayesian optimizer sugiyarto surono 1* , m. yahya firza afitian 1, anggi setyawan 1, dyiyah kresna eni arofah 1, aris thobirin 1 1 department of mathematics, ahmad dahlan univesity, yogyakarta, indonesia. received 21 june 2023; revised 17 august 2023; accepted 28 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract one of the best-known and frequently used areas of deep learning in image processing is the convolutional neural network (cnn), which has architectural designs such as inceptionv3, densenet201, resnet50, and mobilenet used in image classification and pattern recognition. furthermore, the cnn extracts feature from the image according to the designed architecture and performs classification through the fully connected layer, which executes the machine learning (ml) algorithm tasks. examples of ml that are commonly used include naive bayes (nb), k-nearest neighbor (k-nn), support vector machine (svm), and decision tree (dt). this research was conducted based on an ai model development background and the need for a system to diagnose covid-19 quickly and accurately. the aim was to classify the aforementioned cnn models with ml algorithms and compare the models’ accuracy before and after bayesian optimization using cxr lung images with a total of 2000 data. consequently, the cnn extracted 80% of the training data and 20% for testing, which was assigned to four different ml models for classification with the use of bayesian optimization to ensure the best accuracy. it was observed that the best model classification was generated by the mobilenetv2-svm structure with an accuracy of 93%. therefore, the accuracy obtained using the svm algorithm is higher than the other three ml algorithms. keywords: classification; comparison; covid-19; convolution neural network (cnn); machine learning; bayesian optimization. 1. introduction the covid-19 virus is a deadly disease caused by severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (sars-cov2). in 2019, the world health organization (who) declared covid-19 a new disease that attracted international attention [1]. this virus has been mutating and spreading since august 2021, affecting about 203,295,170 million people worldwide and causing 4,303,515 million deaths [2]. therefore, an accurate system is needed to quickly and accurately diagnose the virus. this is the reason this research aims to classify covid-19 by developing a deep learning and machine learning (ml) model. one of the best-known and most frequently used deep learning approaches in image processing is convolutional neural network (cnn) [3], which has architectural designs such as inceptionv3, densenet201, resnet50, and mobilenet, which are employed in image classification and pattern recognition [4]. furthermore, cnn extracts features from the image and performs a classification or regression through a fully connected layer according to the designed ml * corresponding author: sugiyarto@math.uad.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6210-7258 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 532 algorithms. this simply means that a successful classification is achievable using ml algorithms. according to roihan et al. [5], the best and most frequently utilized ml based on the literature includes naive bayes (nb), k-nearest neighbor (k-nn), support vector machine (svm), and decision tree (dt). it is important to note that ml is a supervised and unsupervised algorithm. for example, nb [6] is a supervised ml algorithm that classifies data statistically using the bayesian method, while k-nn [5] is an unsupervised, as well as uncomplicated, method to understand and use. svm is a high-precision algorithm widely utilized in the field of bioinformatics with the ability to flexibly handle high-dimensional data [6]. also, dt [5] is a supervised ml algorithm that classifies big data similar to a tree structure, such as leaves, branches, and nodes. these algorithms are configured to optimally implement ml with the most compatible data and features. therefore, both supervised and unsupervised ml methods need to be configured before the training process. in this research, hyperparameter optimization (ho) [7] was applied to the ml algorithm in order to achieve the best accuracy. according to yao et al. [8], the technique improves performance in training steps, prediction accuracy, and ml algorithm quality [8]. in this current research, the cxr lung image data amounted to 2000 and was classified with the ml algorithm, while the bayesian was used to compare the model’s accuracy before and after optimization. first, each cxr chest image feature was extracted using the cnn architectures, namely mobilnetv3, inception3, resnet50, and desnet201. furthermore, ml methods such as svm, dt, k-nn, and nb were utilized in classifying the cxr features as covid19, pneumonia, normal, and lung opacity. it was observed that ml methods produced better results; afterward, the hyperparameters of each method were predicted using bayesian optimization. 2. literature review this section briefly describes several previous studies that performed a dl-based covid-19 diagnosis using x-ray images. one of them was conducted by aslan et al. [9], which compared 8 popular cnn architectures, namely alexnet, resnet18, resnet50, inceptionv3, densenet201, inceptionresnetv2, googlenet, and mobilenetv2, using 4 ml hyperparameters, such as nb, svm, dt, and k-nn, with bayesian optimization. the result showed that densenet201 produced the highest accuracy of 96.29%. meanwhile, yasar & ceylan [10] tested and compared the classification results of 1,396 lung ct images with the cnn alesnet and mobilenettv2 architectures using the k-nn and svm methods. das [11] employed u-net based on the adaptive activation function (aaf-u-net) as well as svm, an autoencoder, and nb to replace the fully connected layer in the cnn. sethi et al. [12] conducted research on chest x-ray images for the diagnosis of covid-19 using four different deep cnn architectures, which include inceptionv3, resnet50, mobilenet, and xception. these models are pre-trained with the imagenet database, thereby reducing the need for large training sets. among the four models, the one with the highest accuracy results on the mobilenet architecture was 0.986%. in addition, kundun et al. [13] used the fuzzy integral ensemble method of four deep learning models, namely vgg-11, googlenet, squeezenet v1.1, and wide resnet-502, to classify ct-scan images into the covid and non-covid categories. the proposed framework was tested on available data sets, and it achieved 98.93% accuracy and sensitivity. ardakani et al. [14] diagnosed covid and non-covid-19 from several types of diseases using ten well-known cnn architectures, namely alexnet, vgg-16, vgg-19, squeezenet, googlenet, mobilenet-v2, resnet-18, resnet50, resnet-101, and xception. among all architectures, resnet-101 and xception produced the best performance. specifically, resnet-101 diagnosed covid-19 from non-covid-19 cases with sensitivity, specificity, and accuracy of 100%, 99.02%, and 99.51%, while that of xception was 98.04%, 100%, and 99.02%, respectively. loey et al. [15] classified chest x-ray images of covid-19 artifacts using cnn architecture. they further extracted and studied deep features based on bayesian optimization and tuned cnn hyperparameters according to the objective function. a total of 10,848 datasets utilized were divided into 3 classes, namely covid-19, normal, and pneumonia, each with 3616 images. from the comparison result of bayesian optimization with three ablation scenarios, an accuracy of 96% was obtained. another study by turkoglu [16] identified and diagnosed covid-19 disease with the covidetectionet model through a cnn-based alexnet architecture and performed classification using the svm method. the total dataset obtained was 6,092 x-ray images, which were classified as normal, covid-19, and pneumonia, while the result showed an accuracy of 99.18%. sameen et al. [17] developed a deep learning-based technique for erosion vulnerability assessment through a onedimensional convolution network (1d-cnn) and bayesian optimization to select hyperparameters in south yangyang province, south korea. random forest was used to store important factors for further analysis as pre-processing actions; meanwhile, cnn achieved the highest accuracy of 83.11% on the test dataset. dokeet al. [18] embedded new techniques, such as bayesian optimization, to efficiently determine the optimal hyperparameter sets. this caused the simple cnn architecture to perform well in the detection of cerebral microbleeds (cmbs). the research employed five cnn layers, namely two convolutions, two pooling, and one fully connected, and the accuracy produced was 98.97%. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 533 3. materials and methods this experimental research was conducted to classify covid-19 using cnn and ml models, namely svm, dt, knn, and nb. furthermore, bayesian optimization was performed to obtain more accurate results, while classification was conducted in the feature extraction stage. this section also contains information regarding the method used, which is expressed in a flowchart as shown in figure 1. figure 1. research flow chart 3.1. data the data used was the chest cxr obtained from the kaggle.com website. the dataset was divided into four classes, which include covid-19, pneumonia, lung opacity, and normal. table 1 shows the combination of the classes in the database and the number of images from various sources. also, the four types of disease classes are shown in figure 2. table 1. dataset class covid-19 normal pneumonia lung-opacity number of images cxr 500 500 500 500 total 2000 a) covid-19 b) pneumonia c) normal d) lung opacity figure 2. four classes of disease 3.2. method 3.2.1. convolutional neural network (cnn) cnn is a component of deep learning widely applied to image data. in the last decade, it has provided groundbreaking results in areas of pattern recognition, image processing, and speech recognition. it is also capable of extracting features from data by convolution. meanwhile, the difference between the method and that of traditional feature extraction was that features were not manually extracted [19–21]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 534 3.2.2. naïve bayes (nb) nb is a classification system based on bayes’ theorem, and it assumes that all attributes are completely independent of the output class, known as the conditional independence assumption [22]. according to sunarya et al. [23], the nb classification algorithm uses the probability theory proposed by british scientist thomas bayes, who predicted future probabilities based on previous experience. the main advantage is that it is easy to construct without requiring complex iterative parameter estimation schemes. in addition, the nb classifier is resistant to noise and extraneous properties; hence, it has been successfully applied in many fields [22]. to build a classification for predicting unknown class labels based on bayes' theorem, let 𝑥 = (𝑥1, 𝑥2, . . . , 𝑥𝑑) represents a d-dimensional object with no class label. also, let 𝐶 = {𝐶1, 𝐶2, … , 𝐶𝑘} be a set of class labels, where 𝑃(𝐶𝑘) is the previous probability of 𝐶𝑘 (𝑘 = 1, 2, . . . , 𝐾) concluded before the new evidence, 𝑃(𝑥|𝐶𝑘) denotes the conditional probability of seeing proof 𝑥 when hypothesis 𝐶𝑘 is true. bayes' theorem was used for the classification as expressed in the following formula [24]: 𝑃(𝐶𝑘|𝑥) = 𝑃(𝑥|𝐶𝑘)𝑃(𝐶𝑘) ∑ 𝑃(𝑥|𝐶𝑘′) 𝑘′ 𝑃(𝐶𝑘′) (1) where c is class label set, p is probability, and k is class label set index. to reduce computations when evaluating 𝑃(𝑋|𝐶𝑘) 𝑃(𝐶𝑘), a naive assumption of class conditional independence was formulated based on the assumption that the attribute values are conditionally independent of each other. given the sample class label, the mathematical conditional probability is expressed as follows: 𝑃(𝑥|𝐶𝑘) ≈ ∏ 𝑃(𝑥|𝐶𝑘) 𝑑 𝑗=1 (2) 3.2.3. k-nearest neighbours (k-nn) k-nn is an algorithm used to classify data based on trained datasets obtained from the nearest neighbors, with being the nearest neighbors’ number [25]. it performs classification by projecting learning data on a multidimensional space, which is divided into sections representing the learning data criteria. according to fan et al. [26], each piece of learning data is represented as point c in a multidimensional space. it is important to note that the k-nn is a simple but effective method of categorizing text. however, standard k-nn is a case-based learning technique capable of storing all training data for classification. 3.2.4. support vector machine (svm) svm is a binary classification model used to determine the optimal classification hyperplane that meets the classification requirements [27]. the svm’s goal is to discover the optimal separation hyperplane by maximizing the margin between the separator hyperplane and the data set [28]. from huang et al. [27], svm is able to guarantee the hyperplane classification accuracy while maximizing the empty area on both sides of the hyperplane. 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑤. 𝑥 + 𝑏 = ∑ 𝑤𝑘 . 𝑥𝑘 + 𝑏 = 0𝑚 𝑘=1 (3) where 𝑤 and 𝑏 are weights and biases, respectively, that adjust the position of the hyperplane separator. meanwhile, the following boundary conditions have to be met by the hyperplane separation: 𝑦𝑖𝑓(𝑥𝑖) = 𝑦𝑖(𝑤. 𝑥𝑖 + 𝑏) ≥ 1, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑚 (4) the above optimization is converted into a dual quadratic optimization problem using the lagrangian multiplier 𝛼𝑖, as follows: maximize 𝐿(𝛼) = ∑ 𝛼𝑖 − 1 2 𝑚 𝑖=1 ∑ 𝛼𝑖𝛼𝑗𝑦𝑖𝑦𝑗(𝑥𝑖 , 𝑥𝑗)𝑚 𝑗=1 (5) s. t ∑ 𝛼𝑖𝑦𝑖 = 0, 𝛼𝑖 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑚𝑚 𝑖=1 (6) the dual-problem of the primal problem was obtained by constructing the lagrange function: lim 𝜶 1 2 ∑ ∑ 𝛼 𝑖 𝛼 𝑗 𝑦 𝑖 𝑦 𝑗 (𝑥 𝑖 ∙ 𝑥 𝑗 ) − ∑ 𝛼 𝑖 𝑁 𝑖=1 𝑁 𝑗=1 𝑁 𝑖=1 (7) s. t { ∑ 𝛼 𝑖 𝑦 𝑖 = 0 𝑁 𝑖=1 𝛼 𝑖 ≥ 0 𝑖 = 1,2, … 𝑁 (8) where 𝛼 𝑖 is denoted as lagrange multiplier. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 535 the advantage of svm is that it is applicable in non-linear data by modifying the technique using kernel functions [29]. altan & karasu [30], the function taking the nonlinear data sequence to a higher dimension is defined as a mapping function and is represented by (φ). in this scenario, the regression process was converted to a high-dimensional area through the kernel function. 𝐾 (𝑥 𝑖 , 𝑥 𝑗 ) = (φ (𝑥 𝑖 , 𝑥 𝑗 ) 𝑇 φ (𝑥 𝑖 , 𝑥 𝑗 ) + 1) 𝑝 (9) where p is the degree of the polynomial. 3.2.5. decision tree (dt) dt follows a normal tree structure consisting of root, branch, and leaf nodes. furthermore, attribute testing is performed on each, while the test results of the branch and class labels are found on leaf nodes. it is important to note that a root is the parent of all nodes, and as the name implies, it is the topmost in the tree. dt consists of nodes, which indicate a feature/attribute, with a link/branch representing a decision/rule, and a leaf denoting a result with a categorical or continuous value [31]. the test sample was classified from the root by testing the attribute values at each node and sorting the appropriate branch until it reached the leaf node that provided the classification [32]. attribute selection steps  entropy entropy is a measure of information theory that detects impurities from the data set. when the attribute identifies different values of 𝑐, the entropy 𝑆 associated with classification 𝑐 − 𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 is defined as the equation below [33]: 𝐸(𝑆) = ∑ − 𝑃𝑖 log2 𝑃𝑖 𝑐 𝑖=1 (10) where pi is the ratio s belonging to class 𝑖. the entropy is a unit of expected length measured in bits, therefore, the algorithm is expressed as logarithm based 2.  information gain information gain selects the attributes used for separating certain nodes. it also prioritizes nominated attributes that have a large number of values by calculating the entropy difference. it is important to note that the information gain value is zero when the number of yes or no answers is zero, but when the numbers are equal, the information reaches its maximum. the information gain, 𝐺𝑎𝑖𝑛(𝑆, 𝐴) from attribute𝐴, relative to the sample set 𝑆, is defined by the following equation [31]: 𝐺𝑎𝑖𝑛(𝑆, 𝐴) = 𝐸𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑦(𝑆) − ∑ 𝑆𝑣 𝑆𝑣∈𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒𝑠(𝐴) 𝐸𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑦(𝑆𝑣) (11) where 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒𝑠(𝐴) denotes the set of all potential values for attribute𝐴, while 𝑆𝑣 is a subset of 𝑆, and attribute 𝐴 contains a value of 𝑣. this measurement is used to group attributes and construct a dt, while each node places the attribute with high information gain among those that have not been considered in the path from the root.  gain ratio this is a modification of the information gain that reduces the bias on the high branch attribute. from the equation below, 𝑆𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑡𝐼𝑛𝑓𝑜(𝐷, 𝑇) is the information due to the separation of 𝑇 based on the categorical attribute value 𝐷 [33]: 𝐺𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜(𝐷, 𝑇) = 𝐺𝑎𝑖𝑛(𝐷,𝑇) 𝑆𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑡𝐼𝑛𝑓𝑜(𝐷,𝑇) , (12) 𝑆𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑡𝐼𝑛𝑓𝑜(𝐷, 𝑇) = − ∑ 𝐷𝑖 𝑇 𝐾 𝑖=1 log2 𝐷𝑖 𝑇 (13) dt is considered one of the most popular classification methods because it is easy to interpret by humans. according to badriah et al. [34], the basic concept of dt is to convert data into decision trees and rules. it is important to note that dt is one of the powerful methods commonly used in various fields, such as ml, image processing, and pattern recognition. this is consistent with the conclusion in chen et al. [35] that dt has been implemented in many areas due to it simple analysis and precision on various forms of data [35]. 3.2.6. bayesian optimization bayesian optimization is an approach for optimizing objective functions that take a long time in minutes or hours before being evaluated. furthermore, it is best suited for optimizing a continuous domain with fewer than 20 dimensions hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 536 and tolerates stochastic noise in function evaluation. the approach builds a surrogate for the goal and measures the uncertainty in it using bayesian ml techniques and gaussian process regression. afterward, the acquisition function determined from this surrogate is utilized to decide the place to sample [36]. 3.2.7. feature extraction cnn is a mathematical construction consisting of three different layers, namely the convolutional, pooling, and full connecting layers. the first two layers perform feature extraction, while the third maps the extracted features into the final result [36, 37]. the cnn architecture is formed when these layers are put together in different combinations, afterward, the convolution layer is performed by subjecting the input image to a convolution process, and features related to the input image are formed at the output. in this scenario, the pooling layer reduces the parameter number by deriving the output sample from the convolution result. finally, the full connection layer separates the data into class types after feature extraction. it is important to note that different cnn models have the ability to differentiate layers by combining them with several combination techniques and rules. table 2 shows the features of the cnn model. table 2. cnn model features model cnn resnet50 inceptionv3 densent201 mobilenetv2 input size 224 × 224 224 × 224 224 × 224 224 × 224 feature layer fc1000 predictions fc1000 logits number of extracted feature 1000 1000 1000 1000 after the input image is fed into the model, this process continues until it reaches the feature layer in the relevant model. the cnn model’s deep features are extracted from a specific layer in each model. it is important to note that the layer used for feature extraction is able to produce different amounts of output depending on the cnn model. for example, the feature extraction layer employed in this current research extracts 2000 features, of which 80% is for training data, while the testing was 20%. 3.3. bayesian optimization extraction is performed using various features contained in the feature layer, before classifying with the ml algorithm. the method obtains maximum classification, which is very important for determining the parameters affecting the accuracy. this means that the best parameters are determined based on the features used. in this current research, the relevant parameters or hyperparameters were selected using bayesian optimization in the training step for each ml algorithm. this is because the choices of hyperparameter types differ according to the ml algorithm. furthermore, the testing process is performed as long as these parameter values are present. in the training phase, the termination criteria are determined by performing a certain number of iterations for each ml algorithm. it was observed that the cnn model and the ml algorithm have different accuracy levels both before and after optimization. the comparison of accuracy before and after bayesian optimization is shown in figures 3 to 6. figure 3. the graph shows the comparison of the accuracy resnet50 of the optimization results with bayesian 52% 74% 55% 76% 52% 75% 67% 74% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% svm dt nb k-nn accuracy resnet50 before optimization after optimization hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 537 figure 4. the graph shows the comparison of the accuracy mobilenetv2 of the optimization results with bayesian figure 5. the graph shows the comparison of the accuracy inceptionv3 of the optimization results with bayesian figure 6. the graph shows the comparison of the accuracy densenet201 of the optimization results with bayesian 92% 70% 66% 88% 93% 73% 84% 88% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% svm dt nb k-nn accuray mobilenetv2 before optimization after optimization 89% 69% 82% 81% 90% 69% 80% 80% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% svm dt nb k-nn accuracy inceptionv3 before optimization after optimization 89% 69% 82% 81% 90% 69% 80% 80% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% svm dt nb k-nn accuracy densenet201 before optimization after optimization hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 538 based on figure 3, it was observed that the support vector machine algorithm generates the best optimization accuracy. table 3 shows the accuracy results as follows. table 3. comparison of accuracy before and after optimization with bayesian classification resnet50 mobilenetv2 inceptionv3 densnet201 before after before after before after before after svm 0.52 0.52 0.92 0.93. 0.89 0.90. 0.91 0.91 dt 0.74 0.75 0.70 0.73 0.69 0.69 0.73 0.73 nb 0.55 0.67 0.66 0.84 0.82 0.80 0.80 0.83 k-nn 0.76 0.74 0.88 0.88 0.81 0.80 0.85 0.84 according to table 3, the preand post-optimized accuracy with bayesian on four architectures are as follows. first, on the resnet50, svm, dt, nb, and k-nn accuracies before optimization were 52%, 74%, 55%, and 76%, respectively, while after optimization, the values become 52%, 75%, 76%, and 74%. second, on the mobilenetv2, svm, dt, nb, and k-nn accuracies before optimization were 92%, 70%, 66%, and 88%, respectively, and after optimization, the values were 93%, 73%, 84%, and 88%. third, on the inceptionv3, svm, dt, nb, and k-nn accuracies were 89%, 69%, 82%, and 81%, respectively, while after optimization, the values were 90%, 69%, 80%, and 80%. finally, on densnet201, svm, dt, nb, and k-nn accuracies were 91%, 73%, 80%, and 85%, respectively, and after optimization, the results were 91%, 73%, 83%, and 84%. 4. results and discussion the lung image contains 2000 features, each extracted and classified using four different cnn models and ml algorithms, respectively. in the training step, bayesian optimizes the parameters affecting each ml algorithm's accuracy. it was observed that the specified hyperparameters do not change during the training and testing steps. therefore, the confusion matrix is determined based on the classification results as shown in figure 7. svm k-nn nb dt densenet201 inceptionv3 mobilenetv2 resnet50 figure 7. confusion matrix furthermore, different matrices calculated using the confusion matrix are presented to measure the model performance. the following confusion matrix formulas are expressed in equations 14 to 17 and the results obtained are shown in table 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 539 accuracy = 𝑇𝑃+𝑇𝑁 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃+𝑇𝑁+𝐹𝑁 × 100 (14) precision = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃 , (15) 𝐹1 𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 = 2𝑇𝑃 2𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃+𝐹𝑁 (16) 𝐹1 𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 = 2𝑇𝑃 2𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃+𝐹𝑁 (17) where tp is true positive, tn is true negative, fp is false positive, and fn is false negative. table 4. the calculation results of the confusion matrix model ml accuracy (%) precision recall f-1 score densenet201 dt 74% 0.74 0.74 0.74 nb 83% 0.84 0.83 0.84 k-nn 84% 0.84 0.84 9.84 svm 92% 0.92 0.92 0.92 inceptionv3 dt 68% 0.68 0.68 0.67 nb 80% 0.82 0.80 0.79 k-nn 80% 0.82 0.80 0.79 svm 90% 0.90 0.90 0.90 mobilenetv2 dt 73% 0.74 0.73 0.73 nb 84% 0.84 0.84 0.84 k-nn 88% 0.88 0.88 0.88 svm 93% 0.83 0.83 0.83 resnet50 dt 75% 0.75 0.75 0.75 nb 67% 0.72 0.67 0.67 k-nn 74% 0.76 0.74 0.74 svm 65% 0.71 0.65 0.64 according to table 4, the ml algorithm using hyperparameters calculated with bayesian optimization was successful in classifying each cnn model extracted features. also, the svm structure was better in differentiating between classes as the accuracy results are higher than those obtained with other cnn models. when the models are compared, it was observed that the highest accuracy was achieved with mobilenetv2, and among the ml algorithms, the best classification was provided by the svm with 93% accuracy. the precision, recall, and f1-score values for mobilenetv2-svm are 0.83 each. figure 8 shows the confusion matrix obtained with the mobilenetv2 svm model. figure 8. confusion matrix model mobilenet-svm the results showed that the model proposed in this research for diagnosing covid-19 was successful and highly accurate. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 540 5. conclusion the cnn model extracted 80% of features for training data and 20% for testing. these extracted features are assigned to four different ml algorithms for further classification and were optimized with bayesian optimization in order to obtain the most accurate result. the preand post-optimized bayesian accuracies are found on four architectures. first, the resnet50, svm, dt, nb, and k-nn accuracies before optimization were 52%, 74%, 55%, and 76%, respectively, while after optimization, the values became 52%, 75%, 76%, and 74%. second, on the mobilenetv2, svm, dt, nb, and k-nn accuracies before optimization were 92%, 70%, 66%, and 88%, respectively, and after optimization, the values were 93%, 73%, 84%, and 88%. third, on the inceptionv3, svm, dt, nb, and k-nn accuracies were 89%, 69%, 82%, and 81%, respectively, while after optimization, the values were 90%, 69%, 80%, and 80%. finally, on densnet201, svm, dt, nb, and k-nn accuracies were 91%, 73%, 80%, and 85%, respectively, and after optimization, the results were 91%, 73%, 83%, and 84%. based on the confusion matrix calculation, the best classification results using the mobilenetv2-svm structure give 93% accuracy. the results showed that the svm was higher than the other three ml algorithms. therefore, it is concluded that the proposed research for the diagnosis of covid-19 is very accurate. the disadvantage of this research is that it provides all scanned images directly as input to the network. also, the research that uses optimization to improve network prediction performance is still limited. the results indicated that when the lung segmentation and hyperparameter optimization of the ml algorithm are compared with previous research with the same dataset, it provides a significant difference in improving the system performance. this simply means that this current research helps to achieve high classification accuracy through the combination of a state-of-the-art cnn model and an optimized ml algorithm. even though this research provided high performance in diagnosing covid-19, it also has limitations. for example, the proposed model provided high classification accuracy in the covid-19 radiographic database dataset but is likely to show lower accuracy in different datasets. this is because the scanned images in the data set differ from each other due to labels, noise, etc. to solve this problem, ai needs to be trained with scanned images taken at different times and places. in addition to the diversity of the data, the distribution between classes in the data is also important. it was discovered that the imbalance between the numbers of classes negatively affected the training, and the difference in the data augmentation method used to eliminate this imbalance also changed the classification accuracy. another limitation is that the processing time of the bayesian optimization was too high, despite improving the success of the ml classification. this simply means that the parameter optimization slows down the diagnosis speed. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.s.; methodology, s.s.; software, m.y.f.a., a.s., and d.k.; validation, s.s.a.t.; formal analysis, s.s.; investigation, a.t.; resources, s.s.; data curation, m.y.f.a., a.s., and d.k.; writing—original draft preparation, d.k.; writing—review and editing, s.s. and d.k.; visualization, m.y.f.a.; supervision, s.s.; project administration, a.t.; funding acquisition, s.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding this study was funded by the ministry of education and culture for the fiscal year 2023 with the contract number: 075/e5/pg.02.00.pl/2023,0254.8/ll5-int/al.04./2023, 007/pdupt/lppm uad/iv/2023. 6.4. acknowledgements the authors are grateful to the ministry of education and culture for funding the pudpt research for fiscal year 2023 with contract number 075/e5/pg.02.00.pl/2023. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable . 6.6. informed consent statement informed consent is not applicable to this as the authors used a dataset from zhang et al. (2020) [24]. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 541 7. references [1] harahap, m., laia, e. m., sitanggang, l. s., sinaga, m., sihombing, d. f., & husein, a. m. (2022). detection of covid-19 disease in x-ray images using a convolutional neural network (cnn) approach. jurnal resti (rekayasa sistem dan teknologi informasi), 6(1), 70–77. doi:10.29207/resti.v6i1.3373. (in indonesian). [2] aslan, n., ozmen koca, g., kobat, m. a., & dogan, s. (2022). multi-classification deep cnn model for diagnosing covid-19 using iterative neighborhood component analysis and iterative relieff feature selection techniques with x-ray images. chemometrics and intelligent laboratory systems, 224, 104539. doi:10.1016/j.chemolab.2022.104539. [3] vaishya, r., javaid, m., khan, i. h., & haleem, a. (2020). artificial intelligence (ai) applications for covid-19 pandemic. diabetes & metabolic syndrome: clinical research and reviews, 14(4), 337–339. doi:10.1016/j.dsx.2020.04.012. [4] zhuang, f., qi, z., duan, k., xi, d., zhu, y., zhu, h., xiong, h., & he, q. (2021). a comprehensive survey on transfer learning. proceedings of the ieee, 109(1), 43–76. doi:10.1109/jproc.2020.3004555. [5] roihan, a., sunarya, p. a., & rafika, a. s. (2020). pemanfaatan machine learning dalam berbagai bidang: review paper. indonesian journal on computer and information technology, 5(1), 75–82. doi:10.31294/ijcit.v5i1.7951. [6] thakur, s., & kumar, a. (2021). x-ray and ct-scan-based automated detection and classification of covid-19 using convolutional neural networks (cnn). biomedical signal processing and control, 69. doi:10.1016/j.bspc.2021.102920. [7] bergstra, j., & bengio, y. (2012). random search for hyper-parameter optimization. journal of machine learning research, 13(2), 281-305. [8] yao, y., cao, j., ma, z. (2018). a cost-effective deadline-constrained scheduling strategy for a hyperparameter optimization workflow for machine learning algorithms. service-oriented computing. icsoc 2018. lecture notes in computer science, 11236. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-03596-9_62. [9] aslan, m. f., sabanci, k., durdu, a., & unlersen, m. f. (2022). covid-19 diagnosis using state-of-the-art cnn architecture features and bayesian optimization. computers in biology and medicine, 142(january), 105244, 1-11. doi:10.1016/j.compbiomed.2022.105244. [10] yasar, h., & ceylan, m. (2020). a novel comparative study for detection of covid-19 on ct lung images using texture analysis, machine learning, and deep learning methods. multimedia tools and applications, 80(4), 5423–5447. doi:10.1007/s11042-02009894-3. [11] das, a. (2021). adaptive unet-based lung segmentation and ensemble learning with cnn-based deep features for automated covid-19 diagnosis. multimedia tools and applications, 81(4), 5407–5441. doi:10.1007/s11042-021-11787-y. [12] sethi, r., mehrotra, m., & sethi, d. (2020). deep learning based diagnosis recommendation for covid-19 using chest xrays images. 2020 second international conference on inventive research in computing applications (icirca). doi:10.1109/icirca48905.2020.9183278. [13] kundu, r., singh, p. k., mirjalili, s., & sarkar, r. (2021). covid-19 detection from lung ct-scans using a fuzzy integralbased cnn ensemble. computers in biology and medicine, 138, 104895. doi:10.1016/j.compbiomed.2021.104895. [14] ardakani, a. a., kanafi, a. r., acharya, u. r., khadem, n., & mohammadi, a. (2020). application of deep learning technique to manage covid-19 in routine clinical practice using ct images: results of 10 convolutional neural networks. computers in biology and medicine, 121, 103795. doi:10.1016/j.compbiomed.2020.103795. [15] loey, m., el-sappagh, s., & mirjalili, s. (2022). bayesian-based optimized deep learning model to detect covid-19 patients using chest x-ray image data. computers in biology and medicine, 142, 105213. doi:10.1016/j.compbiomed.2022.105213. [16] turkoglu, m. (2021). covidetectionet: covid-19 diagnosis system based on x-ray images using features selected from prelearned deep features ensemble. applied intelligence, 51(3), 1213–1226. doi:10.1007/s10489-020-01888-w. [17] sameen, m. i., pradhan, b., & lee, s. (2020). application of convolutional neural networks featuring bayesian optimization for landslide susceptibility assessment. catena, 186, 104249. doi:10.1016/j.catena.2019.104249. [18] doke, p., shrivastava, d., pan, c., zhou, q., & zhang, y. d. (2020). using cnn with bayesian optimization to identify cerebral micro-bleeds. machine vision and applications, 31(5), 0–19. doi:10.1007/s00138-020-01087-0. [19] enaizan, o., saleh, a., eneizan, b., almaaitah, m., & alsakarneh, a. (2022). understanding and predicting the determinants of consumers’ acceptance and usage of m-commerce application: hybrid sem and neural network approach. emerging science journal, 6(6), 1507-1524. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-06-018. [20] li, z., liu, f., yang, w., peng, s., & zhou, j. (2022). a survey of convolutional neural networks: analysis, applications, and prospects. ieee transactions on neural networks and learning systems, 33(12), 6999–7019. doi:10.1109/tnnls.2021.3084827. [21] akhtar, m. b. (2022). the use of a convolutional neural network in detecting soldering faults from a printed circuit board assembly. hightech and innovation journal, 3(1), 1-14. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-01. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 542 [22] tien bui, d., pradhan, b., lofman, o., & revhaug, i. (2012). landslide susceptibility assessment in vietnam using support vector machines, decision tree, and nave bayes models. mathematical problems in engineering, 2012. doi:10.1155/2012/974638. [23] sunarya, p. o. a., refianti, r., mutiara, a. b., & octaviani, w. (2019). comparison of accuracy between convolutional neural networks and naïve bayes classifiers in sentiment analysis on twitter. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 10(5), 77–86. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2019.0100511. [24] zhang, s. (2020). adaption of naïve bayes classifier in various fields. 2020 3rd international conference on economic management and green development (icemgd 2020), 1-2 august, 2020, stanford university, stanford, united states. [25] charbuty, b., & abdulazeez, a. (2021). classification based on decision tree algorithm for machine learning. journal of applied science and technology trends, 2(01), 20–28. doi:10.38094/jastt20165. [26] fan, z., xie, j. k., wang, z. y., liu, p. c., qu, s. j., & huo, l. (2021). image classification method based on improved knn algorithm. journal of physics: conference series, 1930, 012009. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1930/1/012009. [27] huang, s., nianguang, c. a. i., penzuti pacheco, p., narandes, s., wang, y., & wayne, x. u. (2018). applications of support vector machine (svm) learning in cancer genomics. cancer genomics & proteomics, 15(1), 41–51. doi:10.21873/cgp.20063. [28] otchere, d. a., arbi ganat, t. o., gholami, r., & ridha, s. (2021). application of supervised machine learning paradigms in the prediction of petroleum reservoir properties: comparative analysis of ann and svm models. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 200, 108182. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2020.108182. [29] rizal, r. a., girsang, i. s., & prasetiyo, s. a. (2019). face classification using support vector machine (svm). remik (riset dan e-jurnal manajemen informatika komputer), 3(2), 1. doi:10.33395/remik.v3i2.10080. (in indonesian). [30] altan, a., & karasu, s. (2019). the effect of kernel values in support vector machine to forecasting performance of financial time series. the journal of cognitive systems, 4(1), 17-21. [31] patel, h. h., & prajapati, p. (2018). study and analysis of decision tree based classification algorithms. international journal of computer sciences and engineering, 6(10), 74–78. doi:10.26438/ijcse/v6i10.7478. [32] ghiasi, m. m., & zendehboudi, s. (2021). application of decision tree-based ensemble learning in the classification of breast cancer. computers in biology and medicine, 128, 104089. doi:10.1016/j.compbiomed.2020.104089. [33] luo, x., wen, x., zhou, m. c., abusorrah, a., & huang, l. (2022). decision-tree-initialized dendritic neuron model for fast and accurate data classification. ieee transactions on neural networks and learning systems, 33(9), 4173–4183. doi:10.1109/tnnls.2021.3055991. [34] badriah, s., nugroho, m. f. e., sanjaya, n., rismawati, i., sari, b. n., & rozikin, c. (2021). c4 algorithm classification. 5 in determining recipients of covid-19 assistance: (case study: village in karawang). jurnal informatika polinema, 7(3), 23-28. (in indonesian). [35] chen, w., yang, g., & qi, d. (2022). comprehensive evaluation of college students’ physical health and sports mode recommendation model based on decision tree classification model. computational intelligence and neuroscience, 2022, 1– 8. doi:10.1155/2022/5504850. [36] otaki, d., nonaka, h., & yamada, n. (2022). thermal design optimization of electronic circuit board layout with transient heating chips by using bayesian optimization and thermal network model. international journal of heat and mass transfer, 184, 122263. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2021.122263. [37] alzubi, y., alqawasmeh, h., al-kharabsheh, b., & abed, d. (2022). applications of nearest neighbor search algorithm toward efficient rubber-based solid waste management in concrete. civil engineering journal, 8(4), 695-709. doi:10.28991/cej2022-08-04-06. [38] ben atitallah, s., driss, m., boulila, w., & ben ghézala, h. (2022). randomly initialized convolutional neural network for the recognition of covid-19 using x-ray images. international journal of imaging systems and technology, 32(1), 55–73. doi:10.1002/ima.22654. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 243 issn: 2723-9535 dynamic knowledge management capabilities: an approach to high-performance organization kanittha pattanasing 1 , somnuk aujirapongpan 2* , kitikorn dowpiset 3 , anuman chanthawong 4 , kritsakorn jiraphanumes 2 , yuttachai hareebin 5 1 department of entrepreneurial management, maejo university, chumphon 86170, thailand. 2 school of accounting and finance, walailak university, nakorn sri thammarat 80110, thailand. 3 gs-batm, assumption university, bangkok, thailand. 4 faculty of management sciences, suratthani rajabhat university, suratthani, 84100, thailand. 5 faculty of management science, phuket rajabhat university, phuket, 83000, thailand. received 08 april 2022; revised 15 june 2022; accepted 24 june 2022; available online 06 july 2022 abstract the purpose of this research was to study the effect of dynamic knowledge management capability on high-performance organizations and organizational performance. the data collection was carried out using questionnaires from 4-5-star hotels in thailand, for a total of 148 hotels. the data analysis was performed using descriptive statistics followed by pearson’s correlation analysis, confirmatory factor analysis, and structural equation modeling. the research results revealed that dynamic knowledge management capability had a positive direct effect on high-performing organizations and a positive indirect effect on organizational performance. therefore, executives should emphasize the building of dynamic knowledge management capabilities to improve the performance of high-performance organizations, which will lead to performance strength beyond rivals. keywords: dynamic knowledge management capability; high performance organization; organizational performance. 1. introduction in a knowledge-based economy, such knowledge becomes the optimal production factor, replacing capital, land, and labor [1]. this is because knowledge can acquire a return on investment and economic growth in the long term. in addition, knowledge is a crucial driver that generates innovations and discoveries. for these reasons, many organizations accept that knowledge is a precious resource and a valuable property for an organization. business organizations in the tourism industry, like hotel businesses, for instance, have to rely on employees for service provisions. thus, the knowledge, skills, and experience of workers, which are called human capital, are considered essential components of a business drive [2]. runyan et al. [3] said any organization that can utilize human capital as an intellectual resource will gain sustainable competitive advantages for that organization. however, the turnover of high-quality employees in these businesses has become a crucial problem. some employees resign from their work; they also take their knowledge and skills, regarded as precious resources, out of that organization [4]. according to a survey from kpmg company, almost half of european companies significantly suffer from losing employees’ potential. the report indicated that those corporations faced problems with relationships with clients or suppliers. moreover, they encountered an income loss from a single worker's leaving [5]. therefore, it is necessary for * corresponding author: asomnuk@wu.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-03-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7452-3352 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6275-9053 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0761-0330 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5860-5964 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2400-7085 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4578-0720 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 244 a business to provide a systematic knowledge process for the creation, transfer, and application of knowledge to be effectively beneficial for the organization [5, 6]. such knowledge is regarded as tacit knowledge or explicit knowledge to improve performance and create value for companies sustainably. although knowledge management is a major factor that helps an organization achieve higher performance, respond to clients' needs effectively [7], enhance achievement at a universal level, and achieve long-term competitive advantages [8], in the current digital era in which technologies increasingly occupy a crucial role in humans, relying on traditional knowledge management of tacit and explicit knowledge performed by humans for collecting and rearranging, storing, and publicizing such knowledge might not be able to make the organization successful. therefore, traditional knowledge management has to change to become dynamic knowledge management instead. it is time for novel knowledge with an automatic system or ict system to cooperate with humans [9]. gannon et al. [10] said that an organization's competitive advantages in a digital period depend on the capability of intellectual capital building, which consists of structural capital, human capital, and relational capital. furthermore, they revealed that the knowledge management process causes an organization's potential to change from intellectual resources to intellectual capital. such an organization has to be capable of dynamic knowledge management, which is the competence of the organization to acquire, store, utilize, and renew intellectual capital to build sustainable competitive advantages. therefore, to further understand this concept, the researcher is interested in studying the effect of dynamic knowledge management capability on organizational performance. this study focuses on hotel businesses in popular tourist attractions in thailand. the results can provide some guidelines for hotel business management to achieve success at an international level and achieve sustainable competitive advantages in the long term. 2. theoretical background 2.1. dynamic knowledge management capability knowledge is considered a crucial factor for developing human resources effectively and reaching self-development and organizational development to achieve growth. currently, this is regarded as a knowledge-based society in which numerous technologies and pieces of information originate. if an organization cannot transfer such items into knowledge, it will lack crucial information for a decision. a lack of knowledge is due to ineffective and incomplete information collection, including taking excess time. therefore, knowledge management plays a crucial role in solving these problems. however, gannon et al. [10] identified that in the current time when technologies have a further important role to humans, the highest significance does not depend on knowledge management but on intellectual capital. any organization that can create or possess such capital will become great. therefore, organizations' competitive advantages rely on the building capability of intellectual capital, which consists of structural capital, human capital, and relational capital. they indicated that in the knowledge management process that causes an organization to change from potential intellectual resources to intellectual capital, the organization has to achieve dynamic knowledge management capability, which is the organization's ability to acquire, store, utilize, and renew intellectual capital to create sustainable competitive advantages. piorkowski et al. [9] revealed that the essential factors to achieve dynamic knowledge management capability include technology and a knowledge management culture, which are generated by motives that make personnel at every level view the knowledge management process as a part of performance and daily life. thus, an organization with dynamic knowledge management capability will have employees who are motivated to develop new products or create intellectual properties to increase profits for the organization. villar et al. [8] and jutidharabongse et al. [11] determined two main components to create the knowledge management capability: (1) external knowledge integration capability, which is the capability of the organization's personnel to view the value of the organization's external information and knowledge base and to be able to absorb that knowledge to apply within the organization to reach commercial benefits, and (2) internal knowledge development capability, which is the capability to share and exchange knowledge with others in the organization to bring lessons or various faults from the past to improve and develop the work and create new abilities within the organization. according to the concepts of gannon et al. [10], piorkowski et al. [9], and villar et al. [8], it can be concluded that dynamic knowledge management capability involves the creation of employees' motivation so that employees in such organizations will achieve both external knowledge and internal knowledge integration. it will help organizations develop new products and services or generate intellectual capital. teece [12] said that intellectual capital is capable of achieving a competitive advantage. the study of the relationship between knowledge management and high-performance organizations by bagorogoza and de waal [13] and honyenuga et al. [14] revealed that being a high-performance organization is a middle variable between knowledge management and organizational performance. therefore, the following hypotheses are proposed: h1: there is a positive relationship between dynamic knowledge management capability and high-performance organizations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 245 h2: there is a positive relationship between dynamic knowledge management capability and organizational performance. 2.2. high performance organization one of the vital goals of organizations' executives in public and private sectors is to develop their organizations to become high-performance organization (hpos) because hpos will be the crucial base and guideline for achieving financial success, even though it is not relevant to be more financially successful than other organizations within the same industry in the long term [15]. de waal proposed five crucial factors to acknowledge the specific characteristics of being an hpo, or excellent organization that stands out from other organizations as follows:  management quality: in an hpo, executives are usually trusted by their employees. they emphasize employees' loyalty. they behave well; act respectfully, honestly, and decisively; focus on action, train and facilitate employees to get better results, encourage their employees to be responsible for outcomes, and are strict with low performing employees (nonperformer).  openness and action orientation: in an hpo, executives usually join the discussion with their employees for knowledge and learning exchange to obtain new ideas for improving performance. furthermore, they participate in the performance process and crucial business decisions with their employees. in addition, they support employees in trying and accepting their inevitable errors as an opportunity to learn.  long-term orientation: an hpo focuses more on sustainability in the long term than on short-term profits. executives will construct and conserve great and long relationships with all organization stakeholders: shareholders, employees, suppliers, customers, and overall societies. an hpo will encourage its employees to become leaders and create a workplace to let them feel safe.  continuous improvement and renewal: an hpo uses specific and unique strategies to make a difference toward other organizations. it reduces complications but consistently improves and organizes a novel process for reaching the capability to effectively and efficiently respond to various situations. the organization measures and reports all results considered significant. moreover, it measures, monitors, and follows the progress to achieve its goals. hpos will improve and present new products and services for entering the market continuously. the organization emphasizes core competencies and outsources noncore competencies.  employee quality: an hpo employs varied and flexible employees. therefore, such an organization is able to deal with its problems quickly. moreover, it utilizes existing opportunities in the market. hpos create inspiration for employees to achieve specific results. at the same time, it has to be responsible for its performance. previously, numerous studies compared the organizational performances of overall organizations, both production and service sectors to see how their hpo scores compare. according to studies relevant to production organizations, such as the study of godfrey [16] about tanzania manufacturing firms, the study of de waal and escalante [17] about peruvian mining companies, and the study of osano and de waal [18] about cement corporates in kenya and tanzania, or studies associated with service organizations, for example, the study of yusuph [19] about banks in tanzania, the study of pett et al. [20] about the hotel industry in france, and the study of habyarimana and de waal [21] about banks in rawanda, no matter the organizational production or service sector, the organizations with higher hpo scores would have higher organizational performance than the organizations with lower hpo scores. therefore, the hypothesis can be as follows: h3: there is a positive relationship between hpos and organizational performance. 3. methodology 3.1. population and sampling the population used for this study was 4-5-star hotels located in tourist attractions that were popular among foreigners to visit, which included the first five provinces of thailand: bangkok, phuket, chonburi, krabi, and surat thani. there was a total of 885 hotels, with 500 samples selected by stratified random sampling. the researcher started the study by dividing the population into six groups, concordant with location. next, the researcher used the random sampling technique to select the samples of each subgroup of the population to be in line with the population proportion of each group. 3.2. data collection the researcher used questionnaires as an instrument for data collection. the questionnaire was divided into four parts: part 1, closed-ended questions gathering general information about the respondents and the business; parts 2-4, a five-point likert scale on the opinions of executives related to dynamic knowledge management capability, hpos, and organizational performance. the questionnaire was investigated for its content validity by experts and tested before use. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 246 then, the reliability of the questionnaire was determined by using cronbach’s alpha coefficient. the questionnaire had high reliability as a whole (0.978). nunnally and bernstein [22] and cortina [23] indicated that a questionnaire should have a reliability of more than 0.7. after that, the researcher delivered 500 questionnaires to the executives of sample hotels by mail and followed such questionnaires every week for a total of 5 months. a total of 148 questionnaires were sent back to the researcher. figure 1 presents the research methodology in a flowchart. figure 1. flowchart of research methodology from the 148 questionnaires, most of the respondents were female (74.3%), ages between 31-40 years old (36.5%), educational level was a bachelor's degree (75.7%), position was head of department and assistant head of department (41.9%), and work experience in the current hotel organization was less than 5 years (36.5%). the highest percentage of hotels were located in bangkok (34.5%), with the type being independent hotels (62.2%), which had operated for more than 15 years (41.2%), the hotel standard was 4-star level (52.7%), the number of employees was more than 200 persons (39.2%), and the major customer groups were european and american (56.1%). 3.3. data collection data analysis in this research involved the following: (1) basic data analysis using descriptive statistics to describe the sample characteristics and variable characteristics used for the research. the instrument was the spss statistical package. the statistics used included frequency, percentage, maximum, minimum, mean, standard deviation, skewness, and kurtosis. (2) factor analysis applying the confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) to examine the completeness of the measurement model and study the concordance of the structural equation model with the empirical data. (3) pearson's correlation was used to analyze the relationships between components using spss software. (4) analysis of the hypothesized model applying the structural equation modeling (sem) to test the concordance of the linear structural relationship model developed with empirical data derived from the questionnaires using lisrel10.10 software. 4. results 4.1. the descriptive analysis of construct variables the objective of this analysis was to observe the characteristics of variable fragmentation on various factors used in this study, consisting of dynamic knowledge management capability, hpos, and organizational performance. the statistics proposed included minimum score, maximum score, mean, standard deviation, skewness, and kurtosis. the details appear in table 1 as follows. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 247 table 1. basic statistics of the variables on the factors of dynamic knowledge management capability, hpo, and organizational performance construct and observable variables min max mean s.d. skew kurt dynamic knowledge management capability (dkmc) 1.80 5.00 4.00 0.65 -0.77 0.83 external knowledge integration capability (extc) 2.00 5.00 4.01 0.64 -0.66 0.31 internal knowledge development capability (intc) 1.40 5.00 3.98 0.71 -0.84 1.21 high-performance organization (hpo) 2.20 5.00 4.17 0.61 -0.45 -0.33 management quality (man) 2.00 5.00 4.25 0.67 -0.71 0.01 openness and action orientation (ope) 2.00 5.00 4.14 0.65 -0.66 0.15 long-term orientation (lon) 2.75 5.00 4.29 0.61 -0.58 -0.42 continuous improvement and renewal (con) 1.60 5.00 4.07 0.74 -0.49 -0.18 employee quality (emp) 2.00 5.00 4.11 0.70 -0.31 -0.65 organizational performance (per) 1.83 5.00 3.87 0.63 -0.18 0.07 financial performance ( fin) 1.33 5.00 3.75 0.71 -0.21 0.24 non-financial performance (non) 2.00 5.00 3.99 0.64 -0.13 -0.34 table 1 shows the analysis results of dynamic knowledge management capability, hpo, and organizational performance at a high level (means 4.00, 4.17, and 3.87, respectively). when considering skewness, there was a negatively skewed distribution (skewness < 0); therefore, most of the hotels had a level of dynamic knowledge management capability, hpo, and organizational performance higher than the mean of the samples [24]. when considering the kurtosis, it was less than 3. thus, the data distribution was flatter than the normal curve, which exhibits a high data distribution [25]. the data distribution reveals that most of the observable variables were distributed nearly with the normal distribution, and considering from the skewness and kurtosis between -2 and 2, it was acceptable that the data collection had the normal distribution [26]. 4.2. assessment of the measurement model confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) investigates the reliability and validity of the measurement model. reliability can be assessed from cronbach’s alpha (α( and composite reliability (cr(, while validity was evaluated by the factor loading and average variance extracted (ave). the details are shown in table 2 as follows. table 2. reliability and validity of measurement model construct and observable variables factor loading t-value α cr ave dynamic knowledge management capability (dkmc) 0.93 0.91 0.84 external knowledge integration capability ( extc) 0.93 14.40** internal knowledge development capability (intc) 0.91 13.81** high-performance organization (hpo) 0.97 0.93 0.74 management quality (man) 0.80 11.66** openness and action orientation (ope) 0.86 13.11** long-term orientation (lon) 0.86 13.18** continuous improvement and renewal (con) 0.93 14.23** employee quality (emp) 0.90 14.09** organizational performance (per) 0.94 0.86 0.76 financial performance ( fin) 0.78 10.66** non-financial performance (non) 0.96 14.41** ** significant at the 0.01 level. table 2 indicates that most of the observed variables described a high latent variable considering the factor loading was mostly higher than 0.50 [27]. furthermore, the measurement model of dynamic knowledge management capability, hpo, and organizational performance had high construct validity considering the convergent validity, which had a high value, assessed by a construct reliability (cr) greater than 0.70 [27], between 0.86 and 0.93. additionally, the ave was more than 0.50 [28], and the value was between 0.74 and 0.84. furthermore, when considering discriminant validity, the observable variables and the latent variables could be discriminated by the indicators of each latent variable. they can discriminate directly from their own latent variables, not the indicators joining with other latent variables, considered by each latent variable: the latent variables of dynamic knowledge management capability, hpo, and organizational performance. their values equalled 0.917, 0.862, and 0.870, respectively. these values were greater than the relationship value between the latent variables (from 0.604 to 0.772). this identifies that every measurement model had discriminant validity. the details are exhibited in table 3 as follows. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 248 table 3. discriminant validity analysis constructs dkmc hpo per dynamic knowledge management capability (dkmc) (0.917) high-performance organization (hpo) 0.772** (0.862) organizational performance (per) 0.604** 0.727** (0.870) ** significant at the 0.01 level. 4.3. hypothesis testing regarding this presentation, we exhibited the hypothesis testing result using path analysis, a statistical technique used for studying the independent variable impact, or predictor variable impact, affecting the dependent variable, both a direct effect and an indirect effect using the lisrel 10.10 program. the analysis results revealed that the structural equation model of the dynamic knowledge management capability, hpo, and organizational performance developed by the researcher was concordant with the empirical data. the goodness of fit indices that passed all standardized criteria were 2/df < 3.00, cfi, gfi > 0.90, rmsea < 0.08, and srmr < 0.10 [28]. in addition, the data analysis results expressed the causal effect between dynamic knowledge management capability, hpo, and organizational performance. the details are exhibited in table 4. table 4. direct and indirect effects of the structural model dependent variables r2 effects independent variables dkmc hpo hpo 0.70 direct effect 0.84** indirect effect total effect 0.84** per 0.67 direct effect 0.15 0.68** indirect effect 0.58** total effect 0.73** 0.68** 2 p-value 2/df cfi gfi rmsea srmr 27.95 0.0628 1.55 0.992 0.961 0.061 0.023 ** significant at the 0.01 level. table 4 indicates the analysis result of the variable effect and finds that dynamic knowledge management capability has a positive relationship with hpo at the 0.01 level, having a direct relationship and a positive total effect coefficient equal to 0.84. therefore, the research result supports h1. in addition, it reveals that dynamic knowledge management capability had a positive relationship with organizational performance with a statistical significance of 0.01, by having an indirect relationship and having a positive total effect coefficient equal to 0.73. therefore, it supports h2. moreover, hpo had a positive relationship with the organizational performance measurement with a statistical significance level of 0.01, having a direct relationship and a positive total effect coefficient equal to 0.68. this finding supports h3, the path of the variable effect of the created model. the details are exhibited in figure 2. figure 2. the structural equation model hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 249 5. conclusions according to the study, dynamic knowledge management capability has a positive relationship with hpo and organizational performance. dynamic knowledge management capability directly affects hpos and indirectly affects the organizational performance. knowledge helps develop human capital to reach high competency, which will lead organizations to step forward to become hpos. a dynamic knowledge management capability is an organizational capability to integrate external knowledge and develop internal knowledge [11]. in addition, an organization will generate intellectual capital and be capable of applying it toward organizational prosperity [10]. in addition, it builds competitive advantages [12], which affect such organizations' drive to become hpos, and finally, it helps create organizational performance. this result is concordant with the research results of bagorogoza and de waal [13], who studied financial institutions in uganda, including the research results of honyenuga et al. [14], about the insurance industry. both contributions found that hpo is the mediator between knowledge management and organizational performance. this indicates that knowledge management directly affects an hpo and indirectly affects organizational performance because knowledge management helps develop the organization to become an hpo, which will consequently increase organizational performance. in addition, the research identifies that being an hpo has a positive relationship with organizational performance because an hpo has a clear plan to support numerous conditions. furthermore, the analysis of situations affected the performance from every side and view, which made the tasks achieve the objectives effectively, be punctual, and generally reach the quality of acceptable excellent contributions [29]. these characteristics affect the hpo concordant with excellence beyond rivals and reaching a high level of masterpieces beyond rivals. similarly, the research by osano and de waal [18], which compared cement companies in kenya and tanzania, revealed that a company with a higher hpo score had higher organizational performance than a company with a lower hpo score. de waal [30] brought the conceptual framework of an hpo to apply to the swagelok 7 companies located in america and canada. the research results revealed that applying the hpo framework caused better growth in some places and in others that used it to address non-facilitative economic conditions. however, every location agreed that the hpo framework is a tool that positively affects the development of the organization and its personnel. it states that being an hpo will enhance the performance improvement of both the financial and nonfinancial performance of the organization. 5.1. implications this research can be a guideline for the executives of hotel businesses that have to realize the significance of dynamic knowledge management capability for improving an hpo. it will lead to a strength of performance beyond that of rivals. dynamic knowledge management capability involves the external and internal knowledge integration capability to respond to changing customers' needs in time by relying on the technologies and personnel in the organization to drive improvement. knowledge management will help develop human capital to reach high competency until it generates intellectual capital and can apply it toward organizational prosperity and competitive advantages, which will affect the organization's ability to drive itself to become an hpo. furthermore, it enhances the organization's ability to have better contributions in terms of financial and non-financial capability. therefore, executives have to be confident that they have supported all the facilities, such as an atmosphere for technology and learning exchange. moreover, executives have to promote motivation to personnel of every level to view the knowledge management process as being a part of ่ performance and daily life until it becomes a culture. 5.2. limitations and future research directions the study is about the hotel industry during short periods. the research results do not express the long-term effects of creating a dynamic knowledge management capability on the organization's development and organizational performance. therefore, to perceive these areas, further research should apply the conceptual framework of dynamic knowledge management capability to various organizations. furthermore, it should follow the results regularly to see how the organization continues to develop and change. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, k.p. and s.a.; methodology, k.d. and a.c.; software, k.p. and y.h.; validation, a.c., k.j. and y.h.; formal analysis, k.p. and k.j.; investigation, s.a.; resources, s.a.; writing—original draft preparation, k.p. and k.j.; writing—review and editing, k.d., k.j., and y.h.; visualization, k.j.; supervision, s.a.; project administration, s.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 250 6.3. funding this research was financially supported by the new strategic research project (p2p) fiscal year 2022, walailak university, thailand. 6.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] enachi, m. (2009). the knowledge as production factor. studies and scientific researches. economics edition, 14(14), 39–43. doi:10.29358/sceco.v0i14.40. [2] baum, t. (2006). human resource management for tourism hospitality and leisure. thomson, belmont, united states. [3] runyan, r. c., huddleston, p., & swinney, j. l. (2007). a resource-based view of the small firm: using a qualitative approach to uncover small firm resources. qualitative market research, 10(4), 390–402. doi:10.1108/13522750710819720. [4] edvinsson, l., & malone, m. s. (1997). intellectual capital: realizing your company’s true value by finding its hidden brainpower (1st ed.). harper business, new york city, united states. [5] alavi, m., & leidner, d. e. (2001). review: knowledge management and knowledge management systems: conceptual foundations and research issues. mis quarterly: management information systems, 25(1), 107–136. doi:10.2307/3250961. [6] shayganmehr, m., kumar, a., garza-reyes, j. a., & moktadir, m. a. (2021). industry 4.0 enablers for a cleaner production and circular economy within the context of business ethics: a study in a developing country. journal of cleaner production, 281, 125280. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.125280. [7] feng, t., sun, l., & zhang, y. (2010). the effects of customer and supplier involvement on competitive advantage: an empirical study in china. industrial marketing management, 39(8), 1384–1394. doi:10.1016/j.indmarman.2010.04.006. [8] villar, c., alegre, j., & pla-barber, j. (2014). exploring the role of knowledge management practices on exports: a dynamic capabilities view. international business review, 23(1), 38–44. doi:10.1016/j.ibusrev.2013.08.008. [9] piorkowski, b. a., gao, j. x., evans, r. d., & martin, n. (2013). a dynamic knowledge management framework for the high value manufacturing industry. international journal of production research, 51(7), 2176–2185. doi:10.1080/00207543.2012.709650. [10] gannon, c., lynch, p., & harrigton, d. (2009). dynamic knowledge management capability (dkmc): from resources to capital. 5th workshop on visualising, measuring, and managing intangibles and intellectual capital, 8-9 october, 2009, dresden, germany. available online: https://repository.wit.ie/1468/ (accessed on february 2022). [11] jutidharabongse, j., aujirapongpan, s., & ritkaew, s. (2020). dynamic knowledge management capability and strategic intuition of thai entrepreneurs. entrepreneurship and sustainability issues, 7(4), 2955–2966. doi:10.9770/jesi.2020.7.4(25). [12] teece, d. j. (2018). business models and dynamic capabilities. long range planning, 51(1), 40–49. doi:10.1016/j.lrp.2017.06.007. [13] bagorogoza, j., & de waal, a. (2010). the role of knowledge management in creating and sustaining high performance organisations: the case of financial institutions in uganda. world journal of entrepreneurship, management and sustainable development, 6(4), 307–324. doi:10.1108/20425961201000023. [14] honyenuga, b. q., tuninga, r. s. j., & ghijsen, p. w. t. (2016). knowledge management and organisational performance: the mediating role of the hpo framework. international journal of technology transfer and commercialisation, 14(1), 75. doi:10.1504/ijttc.2016.079927. [15] de waal, a. (2013). what makes a high performance organization: five validated factors of competitive advantage that apply worldwide. choice reviews online, 50(08), 50–4544–50–4544. doi:10.5860/choice.50-4544. [16] godfrey, s. (2010). an assessment of high performance organizations (hpos) in the manufacturing industry in tanzania. ph.d. thesis, tumaini university college, dar es salaam, tanzania. [17] waal, a. a. de, & escalante, g. o. (2011). does the application of corporate social responsibility support a high performance organisation in achieving better results? the case of mining multinationals in peru. international journal of sustainable strategic management, 3(1), 33. doi:10.1504/ijssm.2011.040778. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 251 [18] osano, e. m., & de waal, a. (2020). a competitive analysis of east african cement companies using the high performance organisation framework. international journal of management and applied research, 7(4), 454–470. doi:10.18646/2056.74.20032. [19] yusuph, h. (2010). assessment of hpo in banking performance. ph.d. thesis, tumaini university college, dar es salaam, tanzania. [20] pett, t., sie, l., & wolff, j. (2016). revisiting sme performance: examining the role of entrepreneurial orientation and high performance organization attributes. united states association for small business and entrepreneurship. conference proceedings, boca raton, united states. [21] habyarimana, b., & de waal, a. (2020). analyzing an organizational change process using the hpo framework: the case of a rwandese bank. international journal of management and applied research, 7(2), 120–135. doi:10.18646/2056.72.20-009. [22] nunnally, j., & bernstein, i. (1994). psychometric theory (3rd ed.). mcgraw-hill, new york city, united states. [23] cortina, j. m. (1993). what is coefficient alpha? an examination of theory and applications. journal of applied psychology, 78(1), 98–104. doi:10.1037/0021-9010.78.1.98. [24] joanes, d. n., & gill, c. a. (1998). comparing measures of sample skewness and kurtosis. journal of the royal statistical society series d: the statistician, 47(1), 183–189. doi:10.1111/1467-9884.00122. [25] westfall, p. h. (2014). kurtosis as peakedness, 1905–2014. r.i.p. american statistician, 68(3), 191–195. doi:10.1080/00031305.2014.917055. [26] okagbue, h. i., oguntunde, p. e., obasi, e. c. m., & akhmetshin, e. m. (2021). trends and usage pattern of spss and minitab software in scientific research. journal of physics: conference series, 1734(1), 012017. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1734/1/012017. [27] hair, j. f., sarstedt, m., hopkins, l., & kuppelwieser, v. g. (2014). partial least squares structural equation modeling (plssem): an emerging tool in business research. european business review, 26(2), 106–121. doi:10.1108/ebr-10-2013-0128. [28] hair jr, j. f., black, w. c., babin, b. j., & anderson, r. e. (2014). multivariate data analysis (7th ed.). pearson, new york city, united states. [29] holbeche, l. (2012). the high performance organization. routledge, london, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9780080478333. [30] de waal, a. (2017). evaluating high performance the evidence-based way: the case of the swagelok transformers. sage open, 7(4). doi:10.1177/2158244017736801. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 28 issn: 2723-9535 “grand challenges initiative: sustainability and development" temporal trends of rainfall and temperature over two subdivisions of western ghats rohit mann 1* , anju gupta 2 1 department of geography, kurukshetra university, kurukshetra-136119, india. received 19 january 2022; revised 27 february 2022; accepted 11 march 2022; published 15 march 2022 abstract rainfall, along with temperature, is the major component of the hydrological cycle, and its spatiotemporal variability is essential from both scientific and practical perspectives. due to the recent rise in temperatures all over the world, there are quite a number of conflicting trends in inter-annual variability in monsoon rainfall and temperature over the western ghats. the western ghats, next to the himalayas, are the major watershed for the major south indian rivers. in this study, an attempt has been made to understand the monthly, inter-seasonal, and inter-annual trends of rainfall and temperature over the two meteorological sub-divisions, namely konkan goa, and coastal karnataka. monthly rainfall data for the period of 1977 to 2016 and temperature data from 1980 to 2016 are used. according to the analysis, maximum rainfall occurs during the summer, whereas the least rainfall occurs during the winter. the parametric, linear regression analysis and student t-test have been used to identify the existence of trends and to determine the changes in rainfall over the time period. an effort has been made to understand the relationship between ismr (indian summer monsoon rainfall) and the enso phenomenon and to investigate whether the rainfall over wg is influenced by the enso phenomenon or not. results reveal that although there is increased rainfall over konkan and goa, while declining over coastal karnataka, the changes over both the sub-divisions were statistically significant. considering rainfall in different seasons, there is a significant change during the monsoon season only. the study further reveals that there is increasing rainfall over konkan and goa and decreasing rainfall over coastal karnataka. furthermore, no statistically significant trend (positive or negative) was evident in any of the seasons. all temperature trends were positive. the results of this study may prove useful in the preparation of climate change mitigation and adaptation strategies by understanding the patterns of rainfall over wg. keywords: climate change; rainfall; variability; trend analysis; enso phenomenon; ismr. 1. introduction climate change is a complex phenomenon, and so it’s very important to study the changes experienced over the time period. since the inception of the earth, the driving mechanism behind the origin of life and the life-sustaining environment has recorded variations in climate. to accurately predict the future events and their environmental impact, we must accurately detect the path of previous climatic events. with the help of spatiotemporal data of past events, researchers will be able to estimate the different periods of warming or cooling of earth’s atmosphere. different studies were conducted to examine the long-term trends in temperature and rainfall. earlier approach to the study of climate change was aimed at examining the long-term trends in surface air temperature [1]. with the rapid * corresponding author: mannrohit96@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-sp2022-03-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5785-407x hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 29 advancement of technology, new approaches and methods for estimating the climate variability have been developed. there is general consent among geographers that global temperatures have increased in the past century. the intergovernmental panel on climate change (ipcc) report noted that there was a rise in the global mean surface temperature by 0.87 in 2006–2015 compared to 1850–1900 [2]. as a result of increase in temperature, hydrological cycle is disturbed which in turn leads to extreme rainfall events in the form of flash floods [3-5]. in the last few decades, it has been observed that recent rises in temperature have triggered extreme climatic events in and area around the western ghats (hereafter referred to as the wg). the rapid increase in the world population leads to an increase in water demand along with an improved quality of life. also, climatic variability draws the attention of scientists and engineers towards the availability of water in a place for sustainability. the main source of river flow in india is rainfall. as a result, extreme variability in rainfall leads to an increase in extreme hydrological events such as droughts and floods [6]. the lack of average annual rainfall in the area has a negative impact on agricultural produce. approximately 60% of the indian population depends on agriculture, which contributes about 20% in national gross domestic product (gdp). the recent changes in rainfall and temperature have led to more vagaries in climatic fluctuations. however, the impact is not uniform at all. thus, there is a need to study the changing trends in rainfall and temperature patterns and their impacts on water resources. existing literature that deals with the negative impacts of global warming staunchly supports the changing patterns of rainfall all over the world. [7, 8]. in the other studies, rind et al. [9] and mearns et al. [10] highlighted the future climate changes in rainfall and temperature patterns and their influence on rainfall trends. the spatial distribution of rainfall over india exhibits immense rainfall over the konkan and goa and coastal karnataka (meteorological sub-divisions). both the regions have distinctive characteristics of mountainous terrain that act as a barrier to southwest monsoon winds. both the sub-divisions lie within wg, which in turn is one of the most important world heritage sites, which is immensely rich in biodiversity, flora-fauna, and resources for the population residing in coastal areas. this is marked by an extensive geographic area, diverse topography, and enhanced rainfall in the summer monsoon. vaticinate accurate weather conditions over this undulated terrain is a challenging task for climatologists as it impacts the efficient use of available resources in wg. the rainfall over wg is highly influenced by terrain and regional mountain summits. patwardhan and asnani [11] studied 10 years of rainfall data and observed that the uneven patterns of rainfall are associated with irregular terrain and also reported that rainfall in the funnel type gap of the wg in the maharashtra region. venkatesh and jose [12] studied homogenous rainfall intensities in one of the coastal districts and its adjoining areas in karnataka using mean rainfall of 10–15 years obtained from different rain gauge stations. rainfall patterns in a region are the result of a variety of factors that exist at both the local and global levels of ocean-atmospheric circulation. the global circulation incorporates el nino and la nina, ocean atmospheric interaction (enso) in the pacific ocean and the indian ocean dipole (iod) in the indian ocean. during el nino, equatorial precipitation tends to increase, while during la nina, less precipitation is noticed over the equatorial region and precipitation is increased near the pacific northwest region. enso has a considerable impact on the ismr. in general, el niño phenomenon accompanying droughts like conditions while la nina events associated with floods over indian subcontinent. these variations over the equatorial pacific ocean cause major changes in pressure, precipitation, and wind speed and direction over the earth's surface. ajayamohan and rao [13] reported the fact that iod events are moderately correlated with seasonal mean rainfall over central india. analysis reveals that the departure of rainfall from its mean is associated with enso and iod events. it has been concluded that rainfall intensity over wg in the south-west monsoon season is governed by enso and iod events, but the el nino/la nina event seems to suppress the iod effect over wg’s rainfall. therefore, the present study was focused on recent trends in annual, seasonal, and monthly rainfall and temperature over two meteorological sub-divisions, viz. konkan & goa and coastal karnataka. another goal of this research project is to find out if the enso phenomenon affects the amount of rain that falls over wg by using a suitable, standard, and well-accepted statistical method. 2. study area the wg is a chain of uplands running along the western edge of the indian west coast, from the states of gujarat, maharashtra, goa, karnataka and kerala. the study is focused on a region experiencing orographic rainfall bounded by latitudes of 8° to 21° n and longitudes of 70° to 78° e, as depicted in figure 1. wg runs along the west coast of india, about 50 km away on average from the shoreline. the north-south and east-west extents of wg are about 1600 km and 100 km, respectively [14]. the average elevation of the study area is approximately 800 m, with some apexes rising above 2000 m elevation. the indian meteorological department (imd) divided india into 36 meteorological sub-divisions, from which we chose konkan and goa and coastal karnataka as the study areas. the study area is located in a humid and tropical climatic zone tempered by the proximity of the sea. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 30 figure 1. location map of the study area 3. database and methodology monthly rainfall data for the period 1977-2016 was obtained from the iitm [15] under an autonomous institute of the ministry of earth sciences, government of india. and daily temperature data for the period 1980-2016 was acquired from merra-2 [16] a web-service available worldwide that delivers time series data in association with nasa on their platform (http://www.soda-pro.com/web-services/meteo-data/merra). the data on the phenomena associated with el nino and la nina years is obtained from the website of ggw [17] from oni (oceanic nino index).we have used 40 years rainfall and 37 years temperature data to carry out the present analysis. one of the initial steps in trend detection analysis is data quality assessment. therefore, the present study is conducted to keep the authenticity of the dataset in mind and special emphasis was given to quality control and validation. annual, seasonal and monthly analysis has been performed by taking monthly averages of rainfall and temperature records from both imd and meera-2 dataset. the whole year is categorized into different seasons, mainly winter (january–february), pre monsoon (march–may), monsoon (june–september) and post-monsoon (october–december) in obedience with the scheme of seasons demarcation by imd. to investigate the long term temporal trends in rainfall and temperature using parametric test, linear regression analysis was used. the student t-test has been employ to measure the significance of rainfall and temperature trends. if p value (probability) is less than 0.05 the trend is significant at 0.05 level and if p value is greater than 0.05 the trend is insignificant. usually 0.05 level of significance means that the trend has the chance of 95% of being true [18]. to examine the degree of variability in rainfall, coefficient of variation (cv) has been computed. 𝐶𝑜𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑣𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: 𝐶𝑉 = 𝜎 �̅� × 100 where, 𝜎: standard deviation, and �̅�: mean. 4. results and discussion 4.1. trends in rainfall on annual, seasonal and monthly basis annual: temporal distribution of long-term (40 years) annual and seasonal mean rainfall over both the subdivisions unfolds interesting results as shown in table 1. the annual rainfall is maximum (approximately 4506.3 mm) over coastal karnataka minimum over konkan and goa (approximately 1590.4) figure 2. high intensity rainfall appears near the west coast and its adjacent oceanic region [19].the combined average annual rainfall of the whole region shows that minimum rainfall recorded over the time period was 362.9 mm and maximum 1058.60 mm (figure 2). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 31 table 1. annual and seasonal variation in rainfall over both the meteorological sub-divisions annual and seasonal variation in rainfall over konkan & goa season mean (mm) s.d. (mm) c.v. (%) winter 0.89 2.34 262.1 pre-monsoon 42.1 78.25 185.87 monsoon 2549.11 483.69 18.97 post-monsoon 133.11 111.44 83.72 annual 2725.12 504.16 18.5 annual and seasonal variation in rainfall over coastal karnataka season mean (mm) s.d. (mm) c.v. (%) winter 2.4 7.84 326.66 pre-monsoon 186.1 173.11 93.02 monsoon 2957.9 421.63 14.25 post-monsoon 263.55 146.63 55.61 annual 3410 436.1 12.78 figure 2. average annual rainfall in the study area rainfall intensity progressively steps down from north to south which is in accordance with some earlier studies soman et al. [20], simon and mohankumar [21]; krishnakumar et al. [22]. the rainfall variability is high over konkan and goa (18.5%) than over coastal karnataka (12.78%) (table 2). the rainfall varies from 1590.4 to 3663.9 with sd of 504.16 over konkan and goa (figure 3, and table 2); 2580.4 4506.3 with sd is over coastal karnataka (figure 3). y = 1.057x + 490.49 r² = 0.0086 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 r a in fa ll ( m m ) years average annual rainfall (1977-2016) y = 8.6742x 167.94 r² = 0.0418 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 d ev ia ti o n f ro m m ea n r a in fa ll years konkan & goa hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 32 figure 3. average annual rainfall table 2. list of extreme rainfall events over the time period sr. no. station date rainfall (mm) state region source 1. dapoli 3 june, 1882 540 maharashtra konkan & goa imd 2. chiplun 4 june, 1882 530 maharashtra konkan & goa imd 3. roha 18 june, 1886 630 maharashtra konkan & goa imd 4. jawhar 28 july, 1891 660 maharashtra konkan & goa imd 5. matheran 24 july, 1921 660 maharashtra konkan & goa imd 6. karjat 18 july, 1958 610 maharashtra konkan & goa imd 7. khandala 19 july, 1958 520 maharashtra konkan & goa imd 8. harnai 5 aug., 1968 800 maharashtra konkan & goa imd 9. mumbai (colaba) 5 july, 1974 570 maharashtra konkan & goa imd 10. mumbai 31 july, 1975 110 maharashtra konkan & goa disaster department (bmc) 11. bhira/jambulpada 24 july, 1989 713 maharashtra konkan & goa imd 12. mumbai 16 june, 1990 113 maharashtra konkan & goa disaster department (bmc) 13. mumbai 27 june, 1998 100 maharashtra konkan & goa disaster department (bmc) 14. panjim 23 july, 1998 129.5 goa konkan & goa disaster department (bmc) 15. mormugao 24 july, 1998 125.5 goa konkan & goa disaster department (bmc) 16. karwar 19 june, 1998 105 karnataka coastal karnataka disaster department (bmc) 17. mumbai (santacruz, vihar) 27 july, 2005 944, 1011 maharashtra konkan & goa imd 18. mumbai (santacruz, colaba) 30 june, 2007 343.1, 227 maharashtra konkan & goa imd 19. mumbai (worli) 11 june, 2011 1058.89 maharashtra konkan & goa disaster department (bmc) 20. mumbai (worli) 19 june, 2015 320.3 maharashtra konkan & goa disaster department (bmc) the annual change in rainfall variability over both the meteorological sub-regions is statistically significant at 0.05 level with increasing rainfall over konkan and goa and decreasing over coastal karnataka. it has been observed that the pace of increase in rainfall from 2000 to 2016 was high because of greater fluctuations in temperature over the time period. the increase in temperature was high during 2000-2016 as compared to 1980-2000 in both the subdivisions. thus, we can arrive at the possible generalizations for these two different trends in rainfall during the two periods. during the first period, the increase in both rainfall and temperature is relatively low. this leads to a reduction in land-sea thermal contrast and affect the patterns of wind flow over the study region. thus, there is further reduction in moisture supply from sea to land which in turn explain the low rise in both rainfall and temperature. however, rainfall over coastal karnataka was influenced by locally produced factors like length, width and height of the mountain summits. in the second period, the pace was high because of rapid increase in global temperature due to the phenomena of urbanization and industrialization. seasonal: seasonal rainfall values range from 0 to 12 mm with sd of 2.34 mm (winter); 0 – 261 mm with sd of 78.25 mm (pre-monsoon) (figure 4, and table 1); 1550–3555 mm with sd of 483.69 mm (monsoon); and 7.8 – 388 y = -3.0411x + 62.342 r² = 0.0066 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 d ev ia ti o n f ro m m ea n r a in fa ll years coastal karnataka hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 33 mm with sd of 504.16 mm (post-monsoon)(figure 5, and table 1) over konkan and goa sub-division. the seasonal rainfall values range from 0 to 48 mm with sd of 7.84 mm (winter); 10 – 607 mm with sd 173.11 mm (premonsoon) (figure 4, and, table 1); 2131– 3654 mm with sd 421.63 mm (monsoon); and 36 – 705 mm with sd 146.63 mm (post-monsoon) (figure 5, and table 1)over coastal karnataka. konkan & goa coastal karnataka figure 4. winter & premonsoon rainfall trends of both the meteorological sub-divisions konkan & goa coastal karnataka figure 5. monsoon & post monsoon rainfall trends of both meteorological sub-divisions y = 0.0119x 0.2565 r² = 0.0036 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 1 9 7 7 1 9 7 9 1 9 8 1 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 5 1 9 8 7 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 1 1 9 9 3 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 7 1 9 9 9 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 5 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n r a in fa ll years winter y = 0.6636x 14.267 r² = 0.0098 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 1 9 7 7 1 9 7 9 1 9 8 1 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 5 1 9 8 7 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 1 1 9 9 3 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 7 1 9 9 9 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 5 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n r a in fa ll years pre-monsoon y = 0.17x 3.4844 r² = 0.0642 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 1 9 7 7 1 9 7 9 1 9 8 1 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 5 1 9 8 7 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 1 1 9 9 3 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 7 1 9 9 9 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 5 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n r a in fa ll years winter y = 1.6981x 34.812 r² = 0.0132 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 1 9 7 7 1 9 7 9 1 9 8 1 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 5 1 9 8 7 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 1 1 9 9 3 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 7 1 9 9 9 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 5d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n r a in fa ll years pre-monsoon y = 8.2961x 170.07 r² = 0.0402 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 1 9 7 7 1 9 7 9 1 9 8 1 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 5 1 9 8 7 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 1 1 9 9 3 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 7 1 9 9 9 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 5 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n r a in fa ll years monsoon y = 0.1104x 2.264 r² = 0.0001 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 1 9 7 7 1 9 7 9 1 9 8 1 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 5 1 9 8 7 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 1 1 9 9 3 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 7 1 9 9 9 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 5 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n r a in fa ll years post monsoon y = -5.928x + 121.52 r² = 0.027 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1 9 7 7 1 9 7 9 1 9 8 1 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 5 1 9 8 7 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 1 1 9 9 3 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 7 1 9 9 9 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 5 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n r a in fa ll years monsoon y = 1.0188x 20.885 r² = 0.0066 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 1 9 7 7 1 9 7 9 1 9 8 1 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 5 1 9 8 7 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 1 1 9 9 3 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 7 1 9 9 9 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 5 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n r a in fa ll years post monsoon hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 34 monthly: behaviour of monthly rainfall has been studied for individual months by subjecting them to student ttest. the monthly analysis of rainfall data shows that deviations in rainfall can be noticed in the month of january only. remaining months of the first quarter are more or less the same over both the meteorological sub-divisions. the trend line in the months of april and may are straight shows that rainfall over both the regions is constant while in the month of june rainfall over konkan and goa and coastal karnataka is increasing and decreasing respectively. the deviations trend of third quarter shows that rainfall is increasing in the month of july and september and decreasing in the month of august over konkan and goa sub-region. however it is decreasing in the month of july and august and increase in september over coastal karnataka. the rainfall analysis of last quarter shows that rainfall is decreasing in the month of november and december and increasing in october over konkan and goa whereas it is increasing in october and december and decreasing in november over coastal karnataka (figures 6 and 7). figure 6. monthly rainfall trends over konkan & goa high intensity rainfall is observed in the month of june and july, whereas moderate to low rain was experienced in the month august and september. according to xavier et al. [23] the main driving force behind the heavy rainfall in june and july could be the positive meridional temperature gradient of troposphere temperature over indian region. some of the other possible reasons as explained by lau and kim [24], bollasina et al., [25] reported that in the month of may, the absorbing aerosol concentration increases over the northern indian region which strengthens the meridional temperature gradient and enhances the monsoon precipitation during june to july. and in the month of august and september, suppressed rainfall activity over both the sub-divisions can be attributed to reduced thermal contrast between land and adjacent ocean. another phenomenon was observed by sivaprasad and babu [26], an increased in marine aerosol concentration (i.e. sea salt) over arabian sea in early monsoon period. these aerosols act as a giant ccn (cloud condensation nuclei) and help in early formation of warm rain [27]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 35 figure 7. monthly rainfall trends over coastal karnataka. 4.2. linear trends in temperature on annual, seasonal and monthly basis annual: annual trends over both the meteorological sub-divisions were positive and significant (figure 8). the temperature trend for both the regions suggests a warming of 0.4°c over konkan and goa and 0.23°c over coastal karnataka during 1980-2016. the variation in temperature records typically ranges from 0.1 to 0.53°c. possibly the rapid urbanization was the main cause behind this enormous warming. there are several studies that link temperature rise with rapid urbanization. chung et al. [28] reported that mean monthly temperature at night over korea was 0.5°c higher during 1971-2000 as compared to 1951-1980. he described rapid urbanization was the main cause behind this change in temperature. this provides a good encouragement for further analysis of climate warming in the region. y = 0.0145x 0.2752 r² = 0.3076 -0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 d ev ia ti o n f ro m m ea n t em p er a tu re years konkan & goa hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 36 figure 8. average annual temperature seasonal: the western ghats remain an important part of the country due to its climatic influence on the indian subcontinent. temperature trends of all the seasons are shown in figures 9 and 10. the slope of trend line in winters of both the sub-divisions was almost uniform shows a slight increase in winter temperature over the time period and the trends were not significant. increase in winter temperature is 0.2°c over konkan and goa during 2001-2016. however, there was significant increase in pre-monsoon temperature only over konkan and goa which is 0.5°c. the change in monsoon and post-monsoon temperature were significant over both the meteorological sub-divisions which is 0.3°c in monsoon months and 0.4°c in post-monsoon season. however, the intensity of increase in temperature is high in post-monsoon season. konkan & goa coastal karnataka figure 9. trends in temperature of winter and pre-monsoon over both the subdivisions y = 0.0102x 0.1943 r² = 0.1893 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 d ev ia ti o n f ro m m ea n t em p er a tu re years coastal karnataka y = 0.0076x 0.1453 r² = 0.0271 -1.50 -1.00 -0.50 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 1 9 8 0 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 6 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 2 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 8 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 4 2 0 0 7 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 6 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n t e m p e r a tu r e years winter y = 0.0194x 0.3678 r² = 0.1763 -2.00 -1.50 -1.00 -0.50 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 1 9 8 0 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 6 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 2 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 8 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 4 2 0 0 7 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 6 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n t e m p e r a tu r e years pre-monsoon y = 0.0006x 0.0107 r² = 0.0001 -1.50 -1.00 -0.50 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 1 9 8 0 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 6 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 2 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 8 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 4 2 0 0 7 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 6 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n t e m p e r a tu r e years winter y = 0.0091x 0.172 r² = 0.0436 -1.50 -1.00 -0.50 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 1 9 8 0 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 6 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 2 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 8 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 4 2 0 0 7 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 6 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n t e m p e r a tu r e years pre-monsoon hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 37 konkan & goa coastal karnataka figure 10. trends in temperature of monsoon and post-monsoon over both the subdivisions monthly: mere analyses of mean monthly surface temperature records are susceptible to errors because of possibilities of various inconsistencies. the main aim of present study was to detect the degree of warming or cooling in the region using regression technique which is known to produce ‘true’ estimates of the climate change as compared with the other available methods. the study was aimed at extending the knowledge of historical temperature change by combining the temperature data acquired from meera-2 and meteorological data from imd. monthly trends of temperature over konkan and goa were shown in figure 11. the diagrams were clearly stated that all monthly trends were positive but the intensity of change is high in the months of january (0.42°c), march (0.43°c), april (0.53°c), may (0.49°c), october (0.41°c) and in december (0.42°c). figure 12 shows monthly temperature trends over coastal karnataka. all months shows positive change i.e. temperature over the time period is increasing and its intensity is high in the month of march (0.3°c), april (0.3°c), july (0.3°c), august (0.31°c), september (0.32°c), october (0.33°c) and november (0.34°c). this approves that the warming obtained by the analysis of temperature data carries the characteristics of climate of the region and establishes that western ghats region of india has witnessed a significant increase in temperature during a time-spam of 40 years i.e., 1980-2016. y = 0.0129x 0.2454 r² = 0.1699 -0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1 9 8 0 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 6 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 2 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 8 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 4 2 0 0 7 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 6d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n t e m p e r a tu r e years monsoon y = 0.0163x 0.3092 r² = 0.1472 -1.00 -0.50 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 1 9 8 0 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 6 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 2 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 8 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 4 2 0 0 7 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 6d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n t e m p er a tu re years post-monsoon y = 0.0126x 0.2394 r² = 0.1975 -0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1 9 8 0 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 6 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 2 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 8 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 4 2 0 0 7 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 6d ev ia ti o n f ro m m ea n t e m p e r a tu r e years monsoon y = 0.0147x 0.2789 r² = 0.2259 -0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1 9 8 0 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 6 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 2 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 8 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 4 2 0 0 7 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 6 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n t e m p e r a tu r e years post-monsoon hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 38 figure 11. monthly temperature trends over konkan and goa figure 12. monthly temperature trends over coastal karnataka 4.3. heavy rainfall events table 3 shows a list of heavy and very heavy rainfall events in the study area from 1882 to 2016. twade and singh [19] studied the patterns of heavy and very heavy rain events on the hilly terrain of wg and categorized event with a threshold of precipitation (r) in the range 150>𝑅>120 mm/day as heavy and exceeding 150 mm/day as very heavy using probability distribution of trmm 3b42 v7 rainfall. the list is prepared by collecting data from different sources. the main aim behind the collection of data from 1882 was to understand the patterns and frequency of their hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 39 occurrence over the time period. results shows that heavy rainfall is observed in konkan and goa sub-division and only one event is observed over coastal karnataka in 1998. tawde [29] examined that heavy rain bouts are least observed in kerala and the prone area of heavy rainfall events (threshold 150>𝑅>120 mm/day) between 16.25–17.25 ∘n and 73.25–73.75 ∘e in maharashtra with approximately two events per year. in maharashtra, the area between 16.25–16.50 ∘n and 73.25–73.50 ∘e receives approximately three very heavy rain events (𝑅>150 mm.day−1) per year. another place catches the attention in and area around mumbai between 18o and 19o n. the frequency and intensity of extreme rainfall events is increasing in the last few decades due to phenomenon of urbanization and industrialization. table 3. list of el-nino and la-nina years categories sr. no. very strong el-nino strong el-nino moderate eli-nino weak el-nino neutra l weak la-nina moderate la-nina strong la-nina 1 1982 1987 1986 1977 1978 1984 1989 1988 2 1983 1997 1991 1979 1980 1985 2011 1998 3 2015 2004 2005 1981 1993 2007 4 2016 2009 1990 1995 2010 5 1992 1999 6 1994 2000 7 1996 2001 8 2002 2008 9 2003 10 2006 11 2012 12 2013 13 2014 4.4. enso effect on ismr (indian summer monsoon rainfall) the performance of monsoon rains on longer temporal scale are influenced by the planetary scale features such as the intensity of hadley cell and walkar circulation which depend upon the variations in meridional and zonal temperature gradients respectively. "the tendency of pressure at stations in the pacific and rainfall in india and java (presumably also in australia and abyssinia) to increase, while pressure in the region off the indian ocean decreases" [30-32]. the deviations in annual rainfall over both the meteorological sub-divisions are associated with the el-nino and la-nina phenomena. the relationship between enso and ismr is negatively correlated, i.e., the rainfall over the western ghats is influenced by locally produced factors like topography (length and width), elevation, aspect of slope, and sst (sea surface temperature) over the arabian sea. this can be shown in the annual and monsoon diagrams of both the sub-divisions given below. this phenomenon seems true when we look at the bars of 1982, 1983, 1997, 1999, 2001, 2005, and 2016 (figure 13, and 14). these variations may exist because of internal epochal variability and other climatic factors. however, there were also some other factors which could influence the indian monsoon, like australian summer monsoon onset, eurasian snow cover, indian ocean dipole and many more. sea surface temperature (sst) anomaly figure 13. relationship between annual rainfall and el-nino and la-nina years -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 1 9 7 7 1 9 7 9 1 9 8 1 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 5 1 9 8 7 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 1 1 9 9 3 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 7 1 9 9 9 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 5 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n r a in fa ll years relationship between annual rainfall of konkan & goa and el-nino and la-nina years -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 1 9 7 7 1 9 7 9 1 9 8 1 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 5 1 9 8 7 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 1 1 9 9 3 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 7 1 9 9 9 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 5 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n r a in fa ll years relationship between annual rainfall of coastal karnataka and el-nino and la-nina years hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 40 sea surface temperature (sst) anomaly figure 14. relationship between monsoon rainfall and el-nino and la-nina years 5. conclusion the main aim of the present study was to investigate the changing trends and patterns in rainfall and temperature over the konkan & goa and coastal karnataka (india). the present work concludes that the combined average annual trend of rainfall over both the meteorological sub-divisions shows that rainfall is increasing over konkan and goa and decreasing over coastal karnataka. the change in annual rainfall is significant at a 0.05 level, while temperatures show positive trends over the time period. the change in rainfall patterns was significant only in the monsoon season, with increasing and decreasing trends over the konkan and goa and coastal karnataka respectively. monthly trends of both the sub-divisions show that rainfall over konkan and goa is increasing in the months of july and september, whereas it decreases in july and august and increases in september over coastal karnataka. the coefficient of variation (%) shows that rainfall over both the meteorological sub-divisions is uneven. the variations are high over konkan and goa (18.5%) than coastal karnataka (12.78%). further the intensity of heavy rain showers is high in the months of june and july as compared to august and september, i.e., the orography of wg does not influence the temporal variability of rainfall as it impacts the spatial variability of rainfall over both the meteorological subdivisions. heavy and very heavy rainfall events are more common over the konkan and goa. and their frequency and intensity have been increasing in the last few decades. further rainfall over wg is influenced by locally produced factors like length, width and height of a mountain summit, local relief and apexes. these variations in rainfall and temperature exist because of internal epochal variability and other climatic factors as well. possibly, recent changes were due to global warming and some anthropogenic factors like rapid urbanization, which contributed a lot to changing the patterns of rainfall and temperature over wg. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, r.m. and a.g.; methodology, r.m.; software, r.m.; validation, r.m. and a.g.; formal analysis, r.m.; investigation, r.m.; resources, r.m.; data curation, a.g.; writing—original draft preparation, r.m.; writing—review and editing, a.g.; visualization, r.m.; supervision, a.g.; project administration, a.g. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. -1000 -800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1 9 7 8 1 9 8 0 1 9 8 2 1 9 8 4 1 9 8 6 1 9 8 8 1 9 9 0 1 9 9 2 1 9 9 4 1 9 9 6 1 9 9 8 2 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 4 2 0 0 6 2 0 0 8 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 2 2 0 1 4 2 0 1 6 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n r a in fa ll years relationship between monsoon rainfall of coastal karnataka and el-nino and la-nina years -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 1 9 7 7 1 9 7 9 1 9 8 1 1 9 8 3 1 9 8 5 1 9 8 7 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 1 1 9 9 3 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 7 1 9 9 9 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 5 d e v ia ti o n f r o m m e a n r a in fa ll years relationship between monsoon rainfall of konkan & goa and el-nino and la-nina years hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 41 7. references [1] hansen, j., & lebedeff, s. (1987). global trends of measured surface air temperature. journal of geophysical research, 92(d11), 13345. doi:10.1029/jd092id11p13345. [2] jha, s., bharti, b., reddy, d. v., shahdeo, p., & das, j. (2020). assessment of climate warming in the western ghats of india in the past century using geothermal records. theoretical and applied climatology, 142(1–2), 453–465. doi:10.1007/s00704020-03321-1. [3] fan, y., & van den dool, h. (2004). climate prediction center global monthly soil moisture data set at 0.5° resolution for 1948 to present. journal of geophysical research d: atmospheres, 109(10), 10102. doi:10.1029/2003jd004345. [4] yang, t., li, h., wang, w., xu, c. y., & yu, z. (2012). statistical downscaling of extreme daily precipitation, evaporation, and temperature and construction of future scenarios. hydrological processes, 26(23), 3510–3523. doi:10.1002/hyp.8427. [5] zhang, s., wu, y., sivakumar, b., mu, x., zhao, f., sun, p., sun, y., qiu, l., chen, j., meng, x., & han, j. (2019). climate change-induced drought evolution over the past 50 years in the southern chinese loess plateau. environmental modelling and software, 122, 10451. doi:10.1016/j.envsoft.2019.104519. [6] kalra, a., & ahmad, s. (2012). estimating annual precipitation for the colorado river basin using oceanic-atmospheric oscillations. water resources research, 48(6), 1–24. doi:10.1029/2011wr010667. [7] diaz, h. f., bradley, r. s., & eischeid, j. k. (1989). precipitation fluctuations over global land areas since the late 1800’s. journal of geophysical research, 94(d1), 1195–1210. doi:10.1029/jd094id01p01195. [8] hulme, m., osborn, t. j., & johns, t. c. (1998). precipitation sensitivity to global warming: comparison of observations with had cm2 simulations. geophysical research letters, 25(17), 3379–3382. doi:10.1029/98gl02562. [9] rind, d., goldberg, r., & ruedy, r. (1989). change in climate variability in the 21st century. climatic change, 14(1), 5–37. doi:10.1007/bf00140173. [10] mearns, l. o., rosenzweig, c., & goldberg, r. (1996). the effect of changes in daily and inter-annual climatic variability on ceres-wheat: a sensitivity study. climatic change, 32(3), 257–292. doi:10.1007/bf00142465. [11] patwardhan, s. k., & asnani, g. c. (2000). meso-scale distribution of summer monsoon rainfall near the western ghats (india). international journal of climatology, 20(5), 575–581. doi:10.1002/(sici)1097-0088(200004)20:5<575::aidjoc509>3.0.co;2-6. [12] venkatesh, b., & jose, m. k. (2007). identification of homogeneous rainfall regimes in parts of western ghats region of karnataka. journal of earth system science, 116(4), 321–329. doi:10.1007/s12040-007-0029-z. [13] ajayamohan, r. s., & rao, s. a. (2008). indian ocean dipole modulates the number of extreme rainfall events over india in a warming environment. journal of the meteorological society of japan, 86(1), 245–252. doi:10.2151/jmsj.86.245. [14] murthy, m. s. r., sudhakar, s., jha, c. s., reddy, c. s., pujar, g. s., roy, a., ... & roy, p. s. (2007). biodiversity characterisation at landscape level using satellite remote sensing and geographic information system in eastern ghats, india. biodiversity characterisation at landscape level. indian institute of remote sensing, hyderabad, india. [15] indian institute of tropical meteorology (iitm). (2016). ministry of earth sciences. government of india. available online: https://www.tropmet.res.in (accessed on january 2022). [16] national aeronautics and space administration. (2019). modern-era retrospective analysis for research and applications, version 2. available online: http://www.soda-pro.com/web-services/meteo-data/merra (accessed on january 2022). [17] ggw. (2022). golden gate weather services. california, united states. available online: https://ggweather.com/ (accessed on january 2022). [18] dhorde, a. (2006). rainfall-discharge relationship: a case study of dattawadi gauging site on mutha river, maharashtra. geographical review of india, 68(4), 464–479. [19] tawde, s. a., & singh, c. (2015). investigation of orographic features influencing spatial distribution of rainfall over the western ghats of india using satellite data. international journal of climatology, 35(9), 2280–2293. doi:10.1002/joc.4146. [20] soman, m. k., kumar, k. k., & singh, n. (1988). decreasing trend in the rainfall of kerala. current science, 57(1), 7–12. [21] simon, a., & mohankumar, k. (2004). spatial variability and rainfall characteristics of kerala. proceedings of the indian academy of sciences, earth and planetary sciences, 113(2), 211–221. doi:10.1007/bf02709788. [22] krishnakumar, k. n., prasada rao, g. s. l. h. v., & gopakumar, c. s. (2009). rainfall trends in twentieth century over kerala, india. atmospheric environment, 43(11), 1940–1944. doi:10.1016/j.atmosenv.2008.12.053. https://www.tropmet.res.in/ http://www.soda-pro.com/web-services/meteo-data/merra https://ggweather.com/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 42 [23] xavier, p. k., marzin, c., & goswami, b. n. (2007). an objective definition of the indian summer monsoon season and a new perspective on the enso-monsoon relationship. quarterly journal of the royal meteorological society, 133(624 part a), 749–764. doi:10.1002/qj.45. [24] lau, k. m., & kim, k. m. (2006). observational relationships between aerosol and asian monsoon rainfall, and circulation. geophysical research letters, 33(21), 21810. doi:10.1029/2006gl027546. [25] bollasina, m., nigam, s., & lau, k. m. (2008). absorbing aerosols and summer monsoon evolution over south asia: an observational portrayal. journal of climate, 21(13), 3221–3239. doi:10.1175/2007jcli2094.1. [26] sivaprasad, p., & babu, c. a. (2012). role of sea-surface wind and transport on enhanced aerosol optical depth observed over the arabian sea. international journal of remote sensing, 33(16), 5105–5118. doi:10.1080/01431161.2012.657373. [27] konwar, m., das, s. k., deshpande, s. m., chakravarty, k., & goswami, b. n. (2014). microphysics of clouds and rain over the western ghat. journal of geophysical research, 119(10), 6140–6159. doi:10.1002/2014jd021606. [28] chung, u., choi, j., & yun, j. i. (2004). urbanization effect on the observed change in mean monthly temperatures between 1951-1980 and 1971-2000 in korea. climatic change, 66(1–2), 127–136. doi:10.1023/b:clim.0000043136.58100.ce. [29] tawde, s. a. (2013). investigation of orographically induced rainfall over western ghats and its association with other monsoon parameters. indian institute of remote sensing, isro, department of space, government of india, dehradun, india. available online: http://www.iirs.gov.in/iirs/sites/default/files/studentthesis/thesis_saylitawde.pdf (accessed on january 2022). [30] adam, h. n., movik, s., parthasarathy, d., narayanan, n. c., & mehta, l. (2021). climate change and uncertainty in india's maximum city, mumbai. in the politics of climate change and uncertainty in india. routledge, london, united kingdom. [31] indian meteorological organization (imd). (2022). climate monitoring and prediction group, india meteorological department, pune, india. available online: https://www.imdpune.gov.in/ (accessed on january 2022). [32] kumar, p., gairola, r., kubota, t., & kishtawal, c. (2021). hybrid assimilation of satellite rainfall product with high density gauge network to improve daily estimation: a case of karnataka, india. journal of the meteorological society of japan. ser. ii, 99(3), 741–763. doi:10.2151/jmsj.2021-037. http://www.iirs.gov.in/iirs/sites/default/files/studentthesis/thesis_saylitawde.pdf https://www.imdpune.gov.in/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 72 design and implementation of a web application for cultural heritage angelica lo duca a* , andrea marchetti a a istituto di informatica e telematica, consiglio nazionale delle ricerche, rome, italy. received 10 april 2020; revised 16 may 2020; accepted 19 may 2020; published 01 june 2020 abstract within the field of digital humanities, a great effort has been made to digitize documents and collections in order to build catalogs and exhibitions on the web. in this paper, we present weme, a web application for building a knowledge base, which can be used to describe digital documents. weme can be used by different categories of users: archivists/librarians and scholars. weme extracts information from some well-known linked data nodes, i.e. dbpedia and geonames, as well as traditional web sources, i.e. viaf. as a use case of weme, we describe the knowledge base related to the christopher clavius’s correspondence. clavius was a mathematician and an astronomer of the xvi century. he wrote more than 300 letters, most of which are owned by the historical archives of the pontifical gregorian university (apug) in rome. the built knowledge base contains 139 links to dbpedia, 83 links to geonames and 129 links to viaf. in order to test the usability of weme, we invited 26 users to test the application. keywords: metadata editor; linked data; knowledge base; digital humanities. 1. introduction over the last years, a great effort has been made in the field of digital humanities to digitize documents and collections in different formats, such as pdf, xml, plain texts and images. all these documents are often stored either in digital libraries or big digital repositories in the form of books and catalogs (e.g. the oxford digital library†, the library of congress‡, and the perseus digital library§). sometimes, projects are developed to annotate a subset of texts and images, such as the clavius on the web project** [1, 2] where the idea behind the work presented in this paper originated. other projects include the digital vercelli book†† and burckhardtsource‡‡. the process of cataloging also requires the creation of a knowledge base, which contains contextual resources associated with documents in the catalog, such as the authors of the documents and places where they were written. information contained in the knowledge base can be used to enrich document details, i.e., metadata associated with documents. most of the existing tools for catalog creation allow you to build the knowledge base manually, in the sense that the user must insert each piece of information (metadata) one by one. this process is often tedious because it * corresponding author: angelica.loduca@iit.cnr.it http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-02-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. † http://www.odl.ox.ac.uk ‡ https://www.loc.gov § http://www.perseus.tufts.edu ** http://claviusontheweb.it †† http://vbd.humnet.unipi.it/beta2/ ‡‡ http://burckhardtsource.org https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5252-6966 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 73 consists of editing well-known information about a document, such as the author’s name and date of birth. in addition, this process is repetitive because many documents are written by the same author and in the same place, thus requiring to write the same information twice or more. in general, this manual effort produces three main disadvantages: a) the probability of introducing errors increases; b) the whole process is slowed down because it is not automatic; and c) inserted information is isolated, i.e., not connected to the rest of the web. involving users as co-creators of metadata could be a possible solution to the described problems [3]. in this paper we present the web metadata editor (weme), a web application which provides users with a userfriendly interface to build a knowledge base associated with a collection. weme helps archivists to enrich their catalogs with resources extracted from two kinds of web sources: linked data [4] and traditional web sources. the use of linked data permits also the creation of semantic resources, which seems to be the best solution for information preservation [5]. weme mitigates the three described disadvantages, produced by manual effort, by extracting well-known metadata from some linked data nodes (e.g. dbpedia* [6] geonames†) and other traditional web sources (viaf‡). weme exploits semantic and traditional web to extract information, through the construction of sparql [7] and restful apis queries to the web, in a way totally transparent to the user. in fact, in the web interface, the user must specify only the name of the resource to be searched. weme then retrieves information from the web and shows them to the user, who can decide whether or not to accept, edit or discard them. through this automatic search of metadata, the process of metadata insertion is accelerated and the probability of introducing errors is reduced. the advantages derived from weme are essentially two: firstly weme eases the task of building a knowledge base; secondly, weme establishes new relations both among documents within the same catalog and with documents belonging to web sources. weme was used to build the knowledge base related to the christoper clavius correspondence. clavius wrote and received more than 300 letters to and from other scientists of the same period. among them, galileo galilei and tycho brahe. most of these letters are hosted by apug. around this correspondence, the clavius on the web project (cow) was started in 2013 and lasted four years. to test the usability of weme a questionnaire was prepared, in order to understand the level of interest in the project and the degree of appreciation of the application. out of a sample of 26 interviewed, 5 found it excellent (rating 5/5), 13 judged it very useful (rating 4/5), 6 defined it as a good tool (rating 3/5) and only 1 found it useless (judgment 1/5). the interviewees were mostly it experts, researchers in the field of digital humanities or users with archival skills. the remainder of the paper is organized as follows: section 2 illustrates some related work. in section 3 we describe the approach employed in this paper, while section 4 illustrates the web application. in section 5 we describe the use case and in section 6 we illustrate the usability test. finally, in section 7 we describe conclusions and future work. 2. related works in this section firstly we review the current literature on tools and projects which exploit linked data to build knowledge bases and then we briefly illustrate some tools for cataloging. dacura [8] is a framework which provides tools to collect and curate high quality linked datasets. dacura is not thought for digital libraries or digital repositories. however, it covers more aspects that are important in the context of digital humanities, such as data provenance, data quality, etc. another important initiative is the cultura project [9], which develops a metadata-driven personalization environment to navigate collections. in addition, it supports different categories of users, such as professional researchers and simple users. a more recent initiative is the freme project§ developed by the group behind dbpedia. freme provides an interactive editor to identify and annotate entities in texts in an interactive editor. users are even able to manage the entities discovered. the freme tool suite furthermore discovers people, places and events. gonzalez-toral et al. (2019) [10] proposed a strategy to enrich a digital repository through the combination of the oai-pmh protocol and linked data. with respect to the existing tools, frameworks and projects, weme provides a simple web application, which does not require any specific skill. in fact, weme can be used by any kind of user, e.g. scholars and archivists/librarians, as well as students. in addition, weme can be easily installed and run within a web server, without any specific * http://dbpedia.org † http://www.geonames.org ‡ http://viaf.org § http://www.freme-project.eu/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 74 configuration. finally, its source code can be downloaded as open source from the github platform, as described later in the paper. 2.1. tools for cataloging many software tools have emerged recently, making it possible to catalog and manage digital collections. among proprietary tools, the most famous is contentdm*, created by oclc. contentdm is a digital collection management tool that permits to upload, describe, manage and access digital collections. it is a very powerful tool with an easy-to-use interface. however, its cost is prohibitive for many no profit organizations, i.e. entry level license options start at $4,300 annually. open-source software tools include: omeka†, which provides a unified application for the web interface and backend cataloging system; collective access‡, whose main focus is on cataloging and multiple metadata schemas; collectionspace§ which does not permit to create digital collections, but it enables users to connect with other existing open-source applications; open exhibits** a multitouch, multi-user tool, whose main aim is to develop online and interactive exhibits of collections; dspace†† and fedora‡‡, which are the most used tools to build and manage digital repositories [11]. existing tools provide very powerful interfaces to add, edit or delete metadata associated with digital documents, but all this information must be edited by the user, manually. as alessandra moi highlighted in her paper, cataloguing tools have been living a transition period, where there is not a complete awareness regarding the importance of linked data to enrich collections [12]. following moi’s suggestions, the tool described in this paper exploits web sources (linked data and restful apis) to retrieve contextual resources automatically. 3. approach the core idea of this work consists in building a knowledge base which contains contextual resources connected to the documents of a collection, such as the authors and places of the documents. allowed resources are a subset of the europeana data model (edm) [13] ontology: person, place and cultural heritage object (cho). we choose edm to represent our data because it defines relations among resources in a very efficient way: a cho is related to a person, if the person is its author, as well as a place is related to a cho, if the cho was created in that place. every resource can be built through a simple web interface, which gives the possibility to edit resources manually or by invoking linked data and web restful apis. the user formulates a simple query, based on the pair (name, surname) for people, and (name) for places. the application triggers a call to some remote web services (e.g. dbpedia, viaf and geonames) to retrieve information associated with the resource, such as the birth place and a description. the user is then free to accept, edit or discard retrieved information and save them to the knowledge base. then, the user can view, edit and organize her resources. one of the main issues while dealing with different sources regards resource disambiguation. in fact, it can happen that there is a conflict on a given field (e.g. birth date) between two or more sources. currently, weme leaves the user the task of performing resource disambiguation. however, as future work, we could organize the sources into a hierarchy of importance (i.e. associate a score to each source). if a field is found in more than one source, the system could suggest to the user the field provided by the source with the highest priority. another aspect of weme concerns the fact that the built knowledge base is completely self-contained, while still maintaining links to external sources. another possible approach could consist in updating existing sources, such as dbpedia and geonames. however, we preferred to follow the self-contained strategy essentially for four reasons: a) users are able to claim their authorship on their work (i.e. towards academy or funding agencies), b) users can keep control of updates that could break their work, c) avoid delays and blockage in updating data due to validation processes, d) needed resources are too contextual to the dataset and not of sufficient general interest to be accepted in an encyclopedic knowledge database. * http://www.contentdm.org/ † http://omeka.org/ ‡ http://collectiveaccess.org/ § http://www.collectionspace.org/ ** http://openexhibits.org/ †† https://duraspace.org/dspace/ ‡‡ https://duraspace.org/fedora/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 75 4. weme the web metadata editor (weme) provides a web editor to build a knowledge base, which contains contextual resources, related to digital documents. the application is envisaged for archivists/librarians, but in general it can be used by scholars, students and other people who want to build a knowledge base and connect it to the web. figure 1 shows the flowchart of weme, which is composed of three modules: the weme editor, the search engine and the knowledge base. users insert new resources and their related metadata in the weme editor. when inserting a new resource, users can exploit the weme search engine to search for additional information regarding a person or a place. finally, users can save the created resources into the weme knowledge base, for further visualisations. figure 1. the weme flowchart 4.1. users although weme can be used by various stakeholders, a distinction should be done between librarians, archivists and scholars [14]. from the point of view of weme, librarians and archivists can be grouped in the same category. they own very specific skills to create a knowledge base for a collection of documents. their main interest is capturing all reusable and relevant metadata to facilitate discovery, classification, and exploration of catalogs. scholars, instead, are concerned with compiling a knowledge base for answering their research questions. on the one hand, archivists/librarians may have an expertise in a specific field, for instance history, that facilitate their task. scholars, on the other hand, do not necessarily have this specific background. weme tries to satisfy the needs of both archivists/librarians and scholars. from the point of view of archivists/librarians, weme exploits linked data to cap ture common metadata, shared by different resources thus allowing resource reuse and common metadata classification. regarding scholars, weme provides a mechanism to link resources both to external sources, such as geonames and dbpedia and to internal sources, such as places and people within the same knowledge base. given these relations, a scholar could execute some reasoning tools to extract new information. at the moment, weme does not implement reasoning mechanisms. anyway, it would be interesting to extend it to also provide this feature. weme differs from the strategy adopted in debruyne et al. (2016) [14] study, where two different knowledge bases are built, one for archivists/librarians and the other for scholars. in weme, instead, only one knowledge base is built to satisfy both needs. in this way, the application is kept simple and there is no replication of information. 4.2. layout figure 2 shows a snapshot of the interface. we defined a layout composed of three views:  person box: the editor gives the possibility to add/edit a new person, by specifying the following fields: name, surname, birth date, birth place, death date, death place, image link, wikipedia link, viaf link. there is also a checkbox still alive, which allows to specify whether the person is or not still alive. the user can edit all the fields, manually, or she can select the check with dbpedia/check with viaf buttons, to populate, if available, hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 76 the fields from dbpedia/viaf. when the information is ready, the user can click the send button, to store the person in the knowledge base. if the person is already present in the knowledge base, the editor gives an alert.  place box: the editor provides a form to add/edit a new place, by specifying the following fields: original name, english name, country, region, population, latitude, longitude, description, image link, wikipedia link and geonames link. the user can edit all fields manually or she/he can use the button check with dbpedia/check with geonames, as specified in the case of the add person box.  cho box: the editor allows the user to add a new cultural heritage object, such as a letter, a painting and so on, by specifying the following fields: original title, english title, author, creation date, issue date, type (text, video, sound, image, 3d), language, description, image link and wikipedia link. all these fields, which follow the ontology defined by the europeana data model, should be added by the user manually. figure 2. a snapshot of weme 5. use case weme was used within the clavius on the web project, to help the construction of the knowledge base associated with christopher clavius’s correspondence. christopher clavius (1538-1612) was a jesuit mathematician and astronomer and one of the most important characters in the scientific scene of the late 16th century. these manuscripts consist of two volumes of correspondence (about 330 letters) and seven volumes of works, some of which were printed in those years and some still unpublished. the importance of the correspondence becomes clear just looking at the authors of the letters: galileo galilei, tycho brahe, joseph scaliger, guido ubaldo dal monte and many others. table 1. statistics about the knowledge base related to the clavius’s correspondence class # of instances # of links person 134 dbpedia 55 viaf 129 place 84 dbpedia 84 geonames 83 cho 266 the clavius on the web project (cow) aimed at digitizing, annotating, enriching, exporting all this heritage to the web and linking it to similar web resources. one of the parts of the cow project was the creation of a knowledge base of all people and places associated with the context of letters, such as people who wrote the letters and places where the letters were written. the idea was to link the apug historical heritage to web resources already contained on the web, such as dbpedia and wikipedia. the clavius knowledge base is composed of three main classes: person, place and cultural heritage object (cho). a person is a historical character who wrote a letter to cristopher clavius; a place is a location where a letter was written; a cho corresponds to a physical letter sent to christopher clavius from one of the people described before. some persons had a related page in dbpedia or viaf, thus weme retrieved their related information. other persons, instead, such as ilario altobelli, were not present in dbpedia, thus they were added to the knowledge base manually. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 77 the same was done for places. table 1 resumes how many people and places were added to the knowledge base and how many links we found. 6. usability test to test the usability of weme, a questionnaire was prepared to guide users in the use of the various functions of the application: various usage scenarios were set, in order to verify the efficiency of the various functions. the proposed test had a twofold objective: to understand the degree of appreciation of the application by users and to obtain suggestions for its improvement. the questionnaire was forwarded to various mailing lists relating to the issues of cultural heritage. in total, 26 users participated, of which 61.5% men and the remaining women. figures 3 and 4 show the age distribution of users and their skills respectively. as can be seen from figure 4, 38.5% of users are experts in the it sector, another 38.5% are a researcher in the field of digital humanities, while only 3% have archival skills. however, of all users, only 69.2% showed a clear interest in the cultural heritage sector (see figure 5). figure 3. age distribution of users figure 4. interest in the cultural heritage sector figure 5. user areas of competence hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 78 the test was organized in the execution of the following activities, detailed in table 2: 1. [t1] creation of an account; 2. [t2] management of a collection; 3. [t3] management of new resources (person, place or cho); 4. [t4] general judgment. table 2. usage scenarios and respective questions task scenario questions type of response t1 manual account creation within the application a) how difficult was it to create the account? a) scale from “very difficult” to “very easy” t2 creating a new collection a) how difficult was it to create a collection? a) scale from “very difficult” to “very easy” adding items to the collection (a person, a place and a cho) a) how difficult was it to add items to a collection? a) scale from “very difficult” to “very easy” exporting the collection in csv a) how difficult was it to export a collection? a) scale from “very difficult” to “very easy” t3 adding resources to the database by searching with dbpedia, viaf and geonames (one person, one place and one cho) for each category: a) what resource did you add? (optional) b) did you find the data using dbpedia? c) did you find the data using viaf? d) did you find the data using geonames? a) short answer b, c and d) multiple choice between “yes”, “no” and “partly” e) how difficult was it to add items to the database? e) scale from “very difficult” to “very easy” viewing the resources added previously a) how difficult was it to search for the resources? b) do you think the knowledge base is well organized? a) scale from “very difficult” to “very easy” b) scale from “very confusing” to “very clear” t4 general considerations on weme a) how difficult was it to navigate in weme? b) suggestions to improve navigation (optional) a) scale from “very difficult” to “very easy” b) open answer c) what do you think of the weme graphics? d) suggestions for improving the graphics (optional) c) scale from "poor" to "excellent" d) open answer e) do you think the collections are well organized? e) multiple choice between “yes”, “no” and “maybe” f) overall judgment on the application f) scale from 1 to 5 6.1. account creation users have been asked to create their own account in the application, using the appropriate menu. once created, they were asked to log in. in general, there were no difficulties in the procedure: about 75% of users, in fact, found the process very easy or easy, another group considered it of medium difficulty, while only one user encountered complications (see figure 6). figure 6. difficulty of the account creation procedure hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 79 6.2. management of a collection users have been asked to test the various functions for managing a collection, i.e. creation, insertion and export. as seen in figure 7, the creation procedure did not create obvious difficulties, and for this reason more than 80% of users defined it as easy or very easy. figure 7. difficulty in creating a collection the insertion of resources into the collection and the export of the same (see figures 8 and 9), on the other hand, led to more problems: more than half of the people found the procedure easy or very easy, but more users found it difficult or very difficult. figure 8. difficulty of inclusion in a collection figure 9. difficulty of exporting a collection 6.3. management of new resources search and insertion. users have been asked to insert resources in the database trying to retrieve data from dbpedia, viaf and geonames. in particular, it was requested to add a person, a place and a cho that were related to each other (for example "dante alighieri", "florence", "the divine comedy"), in order to view the link between the various records. in the end, they were asked to evaluate the complexity of the whole procedure: as seen in figure 10, almost 70% of users found the operation easy or very easy, while the remainder encountered technical problems, which have been specified in the tips section. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 80 figure 10. difficulty of the procedure for inserting resources into the database search and insertion of people. as for people, characters belonging to different categories have been added (for example miguel de cervantes, barack obama, eugenio montale, stephen king, etc.) as can be seen in figure 11, more than 50% of users were able to obtain information through dbpedia, and a good part of the other users obtained at least partial information. research using viaf, on the other hand, proved to be less fruitful, showing a more equitable division between people who obtained information and others who did not (see figure 12). figure 11. information on people retrieved through dbpedia figure 12. information on people retrieved via viaf search and input of places. users have added several locations related to the characters previously entered (for example madrid, milan, new york, portland, etc.). regarding the geographical resources, dbpedia proves less effective: as shown in figure 13, in fact, half of the users failed to retrieve information. however, the search using geonames worked very well, allowing data to be retrieved in 70% of cases (see figure 14). hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 81 figure 13. information on the locations retrieved through dbpedia figure 14. information on the locations retrieved through geonames searching and inserting chos. this phase does not involve automatic searches, so users were simply asked to manually enter a cho, so that the person added in the beginning was the author. among the added resources we can mention “don quijote de la mancha”, “ossi di seppia”, “it”, etc. visualization. once the insertion procedure was completed, users were asked to search the knowledge base for the newly added resources, to then evaluate the difficulty of the process and give an opinion on the organization of the knowledge base. the research generated mixed opinions, and it is the topic for which the most suggestions were made: about 50% of people found the process easy or very easy, while the rest of users encountered problems or suggested improvements. (see figure 15). despite this, as can be seen from figure 16, most people found the organization of information clear, which did not create significant complications. figure 15. difficulty of the search procedure within the knowledge base hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 82 figure 16. opinion on the organization of information in the knowledge base 6.4. general judgment in the last phase of the test, users were asked to express general judgments on the application, in particular with regard to navigation, graphics and organization of documents. in addition, optional fields have been included in which you can enter any type of suggestion, from reporting problems to proposing new features. this last section highlighted the presence of some bugs within the code, which sometimes prevented some users from completing the required procedure. as for navigation, more than 50% of users were satisfied (see figure 17). however, a substantial number of people have reported complications of various kinds, and have communicated suggestions for resolving them. the graphical setting of the application, as seen in figure 18, was much appreciated: only 7 users defined it as mediocre or poor, while the rest of the people expressed a positive opinion. in general, there was a need to make the application more responsive and adaptable to devices of different sizes. figure 17. opinion on navigation in the application figure 18. opinion on the graphics of the application hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 83 the organization of the collections was very satisfactory, since no users expressed negative judgments. some people have made suggestions for improving its effectiveness, but have not highlighted any problems whatsoever (figure 19). figure 19. opinion on the organization of documents table 3 summarizes the set of suggestions that have been provided by users, for the improvement of graphics, navigation and organization. in general, there was a need to correct some errors and make the platform more intuitive for each type of user. in addition, more specific suggestions were made for the improvement and extension of the tested functions. table 3. user suggestions divided by category theme ideas proposals quality of graphics making the application more responsive and adaptable to different devices content browsing improve the clarity of the "home" button improve navigation via browser using the "back" button give the possibility to search for a resource without specifying the class start the search for a resource in the database by pressing the "enter" key search the database even with incorrect strings, for example "montale" instead of "eugenio montale show a popup warning when the search does not give results management of documents give the possibility to modify a collection managing several resources at the same time the last question asked to express an overall opinion on weme, evaluating the application on a scale of 1 to 5 (see figure 20). many users gave a positive opinion (4 or 5), expressing interest in the potential of the project. other people have chosen an intermediate judgment (3), pointing out the presence of some problems which, however, have not discouraged from considering weme a tool with great potential for improvement. figure 20. overall opinion on the application hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 84 7. conclusion and future work in this paper, we have illustrated weme, a user-friendly web editor of metadata based on semantic web technologies, whose main design goal is to help archivists and scholars enter metadata of cultural-heritage objects while building a catalog. in addition, we have described the clavius’ knowledge base, which was built around the clavius’s correspondence, which numbered about 300 letters. the test procedure that was carried out, in which 26 users took part, confirmed the usefulness and potential of the platform: the project stimulated the interest of users involved in research, archiving, and cataloging, who underlined the need for a tool capable of performing the functions implemented in the application, and for this they have welcomed it. in future work, we are planning to extend weme with the following features: a) exporting the knowledge base in different formats, i.e. rdf, xml, and csv; b) managing different ontologies, such as bibo*; c) supporting other classes, such as events. in addition, we are planning to start a campaign among different categories of users to test the accessibility and usability of the interface, as well as the quality of the produced information. finally, we are going to make weme more configurable, so it will be simple to customize it to deal with different scenarios, datasets, and criteria to match named entities with linked data objects. 8. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] abrate, m., del grosso, a., giovannetti, e., lo duca, a., luzzi, d., mancini, l., marchetti, a., pedretti, i., piccini, s. (2014). sharing cultural heritage: the clavius on the web project. proceedings of the ninth international conference on language resources and evaluation (lrec). may 26-31, reykjavik, iceland. [2] pedretti, i., del grosso, a., giovannetti, e., mancini, l., piccini, s., abrate, m., lo duca, a., marchetti, a. (2015). the clavius on the web project. proceedings of the third aiucd annual conference on humanities and their methods in the digital ecosystem aiucd ’14. doi:10.1145/2802612.2802636. [3] alemu, g. (2018). metadata enrichment for digital heritage: users as co-creators. international information & library review, 50(2), 142–156. doi:10.1080/10572317.2018.1449426. [4] heath, t., & bizer, c. (2011). linked data: evolving the web into a global data space. synthesis lectures on the semantic web: theory and technology, 1(1), 1–136. doi:10.2200/s00334ed1v01y201102wbe001. [5] noor, s., shah, l., adil, m., gohar, n., saman, g. e., jamil, s., & qayum, f. (2018). modeling and representation of built cultural heritage data using semantic web technologies and building information model. computational and mathematical organization theory, 25(3), 247–270. doi:10.1007/s10588-018-09285-y. [6] auer, s., bizer, c., kobilarov, g., lehmann, j., cyganiak, r., & ives, z. (2007). dbpedia: a nucleus for a web of open data. lecture notes in computer science, 722–735. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-76298-0_52. [7] harris, s., seaborne, a., & prud’hommeaux, e. (2013). sparql 1.1 query language. w3c recommendation, 21(10), 778. [8] feeney, k. c., o’sullivan, d., tai, w., & brennan, r. (2014). improving curated web-data quality with structured harvesting and assessment. international journal on semantic web and information systems, 10(2), 35–62. doi:10.4018/ijswis.2014040103. [9] hampson, c., lawless, s., bailey, e., yogev, s., zwerdling, n., carmel, d., … wade, v. (2012). cultura: a metadata-rich environment to support the enhanced interrogation of cultural collections. metadata and semantics research, 227–238. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-35233-1_23. [10] gonzalez-toral s., espinoza-mejia m., saquicela v. (2019) digital repositories and linked data: lessons learned and challenges. in: villazón-terrazas b., hidalgo-delgado y. (eds) knowledge graphs and semantic web. kgswc 2019. communications in computer and information science, vol 1029. springer, cham. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-21395-4_4. [11] khan, s. (2019). dspace or fedora: which is a better solution? srels journal of information management, 54(1), 45–50. doi:10.17821/srels/2019/v56i1/139265. [12] moi, a. (2020) when linked data is (not) enough. cataloguing tools between obsolescence and innovation. jlis.it 11, 2: 1−19. doi:10.4403/jlis.it-12623. * http://bibliontology.com/specification https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-21395-4_4 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 85 [13] isaac, a., meghini, c., dekkers, m., and gradmann, s. (2013). europeana data model primer. europeana foundation, netherlands. availble online: https://pro.europeana.eu/files/europeana_professional/share_your_data/technical_requirements /edm_documentation/edm_primer_130714.pdf (accessed on february 2020). [14] debruyne, c., beyan, o. d., grant, r., collins, s., decker, s., & harrower, n. (2016). a semantic architecture for preserving and interpreting the information contained in irish historical vital records. international journal on digital libraries, 17(3), 159–174. doi:10.1007/s00799-016-0180-8. https://pro.europeana.eu/files/europeana_professional/share_your_data/technical_requirements%20/edm_documentation/edm_primer_130714.pdf https://pro.europeana.eu/files/europeana_professional/share_your_data/technical_requirements%20/edm_documentation/edm_primer_130714.pdf available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 15 issn: 2723-9535 “grand challenges initiative: sustainability and development" comparative analysis of meteorological drought based on the spi and spei indices cheikh faye 1* 1 department of geography, assane seck university of ziguinchor, geomatics bp 523 ziguinchor, senegal. received 12 january 2022; revised 23 february 2022; accepted 03 march 2022; published 15 march 2022 abstract the management of water resources in our states has become increasingly difficult in recent times due to the frequency and intensity of droughts. in the context of climate change, extreme weather and climate phenomena such as floods and droughts that are increasingly occurring have adverse consequences on the socio-economic development of the senegalese territory. droughts that affect water availability, agricultural production, and livestock operations are generally identified and characterized using drought indices. the objective of this paper is to analyze the hydrological drought trend in two senegalese regions, the senegal river valley and the casamance basin, with different climatic characteristics (sahelian continental climate and south sudanian tropical climate, respectively) during the period 1981-2017. for this purpose, daily data from uniformly installed 8 meteorological stations in the two areas were examined, and trends in the standardized precipitation index (spi) and standardized precipitation-evapotranspiration index (spei) were also assessed. the similarities and differences between the indices of the two regions were then examined. in most stations in both areas, there is a statistically significant trend of increasing spi and spei (75% of the stations for spi and 87.5% for spei), despite some negative trends (e.g., spi in bakel, spe and spei in matam, spei in saint louis). moreover, the trend of the indices averaged over the stations of the two indices, although generally positive in the two climatic zones considered (with the exception of the spi in the valley where it is negative), is only significant in the casamance basin zone. keywords: climate change; standardised index; spi; spei; trend; hydrological drought; environmental issues. 1. introduction drought is a natural hazard caused by a reduction in precipitation below the average. when the phenomenon occurs over a season or for long periods, it creates conditions that are insufficient to meet human and environmental demands [1]. unlike aridity, which is defined as a permanent state, drought is a temporary climatic phenomenon that usually begins with a dry spell or a period of abnormally dry weather. a drought can also be broadly defined as a temporary and recurrent reduction in rainfall in an area, and is considered one of the most important impacts of climate change on natural and socio-economic systems [2]. few extreme events are as economically and ecologically disruptive as drought, which affects millions of people around the world each year [3]. its effects occur after long periods without rainfall, so it is difficult to objectively quantify its characteristics in terms of intensity, magnitude, duration and spatial extent [4-6]. in recent years, drought has become more intense and frequent, negatively impacting many sectors of the economy such as water resources, agriculture and natural ecosystems [7, 8]. various definitions of drought have been suggested in the literature, all related to specific impacts of drought on economic activities, ecosystems and society, as well as on water management issues. the studies of wilhite and glantz * corresponding author: cheikh.faye@univ-zig.sn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-sp2022-03-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3188-7543 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 16 [9], and dracup et al. [10] referred to drought as a condition of insufficient moisture caused by a deficit of precipitation over a certain period. according to pereira et al. [11], drought can be defined as a temporal imbalance in water availability consisting of persistent below-average precipitation of unpredictable frequency, duration and severity. according to vicente-serrano et al. [7], drought is described as a natural phenomenon that occurs when water availability is significantly below normal for a long period of time and cannot meet demand. as reported in halwatura et al. [12], drought periods can be characterized from a few hours (short-term) to millennia (long-term). the time lag between the onset of a water scarcity period and its impact on the environment and/or socioeconomic activities is called the time scale of a drought [7]. accordingly, drought indices generally consider short-term droughts (three months or less), medium-term droughts (4-9 months) and long-term droughts (12 months or more). shortterm droughts have an impact on water availability in casamance and the valley and are therefore mainly meteorological and agricultural droughts. on the other hand, long-term droughts also affect surface and groundwater resources and thus hydrological drought [8]. the effects of drought result from a deficiency of surface or ground water in the hydrological system. the first component of the hydrological system affected is usually soil moisture. as the event continues, other components will be affected. this means that the effects of drought have gradually spread from the agricultural sector to other sectors and eventually a shortage of stored water resources becomes detectable. in this respect, drought manifests itself in two aspects: (a) a lack of soil moisture; and (b) shortages of stored water in other reservoirs. both manifestations generally result from a deficit of precipitation on different time scales. as noted in the study by wilhite [13], for example, identifying the onset, termination, extent and severity of drought is very difficult because the causal factors of drought are often closely linked and become apparent after a long period of rainfall deficit. droughts are effectively monitored using a drought index. a drought index is a quantitative measure that characterises drought levels by assimilating data from one or more variables (indicators) such as rainfall and evapotranspiration into a single numerical value [14]. in senegal, several drought indices have been described and used. this study examines the sensitivity of the falémé river, in the senegal river basin, to droughts due to rainfall deficits. a decrease in water resources has been observed in many african countries in recent years. water resources in senegal are characterized by high temporal and spatial variability. many areas of the country have experienced water scarcity. the valley is the most vulnerable area as it is located in the northern part and is characterized by a low annual rainfall of 200-300 mm [15-17]. these drought indices are often chosen according to the nature of the indicator, local conditions, data availability and validity. the standardised precipitation index (spi) is the most widely used meteorological drought index. it is calculated from long precipitation data records (period of more than 20 years). in the calculation of the spi, it is often assumed that precipitation and other meteorological factors are stationary without temporal trends. the standardised precipitation-evapotranspiration index (spei), reported for example in the study by vicente-serrano et al. [5], is a modification of the spi that takes into account the effects of evapotranspiration. according to vicente-serrano et al. [5], the spei is calculated at different time scales based on the probability of non-surpassing precipitation and differences in potential evapotranspiration. the index has the ability to describe the multi-temporal nature of drought. spi and spei can be calculated on different time scales, with time scales of 1, 3, 6, 12 and 24 months commonly used [18, 19]. drought at time scales of 1, 3 and 6 months are relevant for impacts on agriculture, while 12 and 24 month scales are relevant for hydrological and socio-economic impacts, respectively [20]. over the past decades, senegal has experienced an increasing trend of drought and large areas have suffered prolonged and severe droughts at different time scales [15-17, 21, 22]. the situation has continued to deteriorate despite a return to wet years in the period 2000 [16]. nationwide droughts occur almost every year, leading to losses in agricultural production and shortages of water resources. particularly in northern senegal, where monthly, annual and interannual variations in rainfall and temperature are significant, drought has become one of the main natural disasters. droughts of different duration and severity frequently strike the senegalese territory each year and result in a significant reduction in the supply of drinking water to the inhabitants and have destructive effects on agricultural production, resulting in considerable ecological losses and adverse socio-economic impacts. in senegal, the effects of drought are also exacerbated by poor management of water resources and agriculture [23]. the agricultural sector, which is highly dependent on water sources, is severely affected by drought. however, the effects of drought are not limited to the agricultural sector, they also spread to other sectors. for example, the forestry and environmental sectors are suffering from the drought. the social sector is also affected in terms of changes in agricultural commodity prices, production structure, livestock production capacity, rural-urban migration flows and other welfare measures. given the frequency of drought since the 1970s, its impact on the country's economy through its effects on agricultural production and natural resources and the possible increase in its impacts in the coming years, mitigation or adaptation measures are essential. the present study was therefore undertaken to make a comparative analysis of hydrological drought in senegal in the tropical south sudanese continental environment (casamance) and the sahelian environment (river valley) during the period 1981-2017. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 17 2. study area the casamance basin is located in latitude between 12°20' and 13°21' north and in longitude between 14°17 ' and 16°47' west. the basin covers an area of approximately 20150 km2 and stretches 270 km from west to east and 100 km from north to south [24]. the climate of the casamance is atlantic sudanian and south sudanian [25]. the casamance basin can be subdivided into three parts: the upper basin (upper casamance), the middle basin (middle casamance) and the lower basin (lower casamance) [26]. the casamance river, which drains the basin, is formed between fafakourou and vélingara by the meeting of several small marigots that are often dry in the dry season, and receives a series of tributaries such as the tiango1 dianguina (815 km2 to saré-sara), the diou1acou1on (200 km2 to sara kéita), and the soungrougrou, (the most important tributary) the climate of the region is sudano-guinean, with rainfall from june to october, with maximum intensity in august and september, and a dry season from november to may. average rainfall varies from 700 to 1300 mm. the lowest average monthly temperatures are recorded between december and january and vary between 25 and 30°c, the highest are noted between march and september with variations of 30 to 40°c [21]. the senegal river is the second largest river in west africa. it is 1800 km long and its basin covers an area of 300,000 km2. the senegal river basin is occupied by a large plain that extends from the foot of the fouta djallon mountains to the north of senegal (saint louis region). the senegal river is formed by the meeting of the bafing and the bakoye at bafoulabé in mali. the bafing, which is its main component, is 800 km long and has its source in the central plateau of the fouta djallon massif, near the town of mamou (guinea). on its guinean course, it receives contributions from the téné and about sixty other small tributaries. the senegal river basin is generally divided into three entities [17, 27] (figure 1): the upper basin, the valley and the valley. figure 1. presentation of the valley in the senegal river basin, the casamance basin and the selected stations the valley, which is the part selected in the sahelian climate for this study, runs from the senegal-falémé river confluence to the traditional limit of the salt tongue rise (rosso mauritania); the valley itself is sometimes divided into three parts: the upper valley (between the senegal-falémé confluence and the senegal-oued gharfa confluence, at maghama in mauritania), the middle valley (from the senegal-oued gharfa confluence to the western limit of the ile à morphil in podor) and the lower valley (from podor to rosso mauritania). data for these stations were obtained for the years 1980-2017. the study area and the location of the meteorological stations are shown in the valley located in the middle and lower senegal river basin. its climate is tropical, but weather conditions are extremely unpredictable. rainfall varies greatly from one situation to another. the average annual rainfall in the valley is 300 mm [28]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 18 3. data and methods 3.1. data the basic data consists of monthly temperature and rainfall records from 4 weather stations in the sahelian domain (bakel, matam, podor and saint louis) and 4 other stations in the southern sudanian domain (ziguinchor, sédhiou, kolda and vélingara). the data were made available to us by the agence nationale de l'aviation civile et de la météorologie (anacim). the data were used to calculate the average monthly and annual temperature of the entire senegal river valley (sahelian domain) and casamance (south sudanese domain) over a 38-year period (1980-2017). the average rainfall for each area was calculated using the arithmetic mean, and this was used to calculate indices. 3.2. methods in order to characterise the hydrological drought in the two regions, we used two derived indices: the standardised precipitation index spi [29] and the standardised precipitation-evapotranspiration index spei [5]. both drought indices were calculated for each meteorological station and subsequently represented as a single average value for each region [1]. the calculation of the pesi requires a time series of data on total monthly rainfall (p) as well as monthly potential evapotranspiration (pet). the monthly pet values were calculated by the thornthwaite method [30, 31], a temperaturebased method that uses only the mean monthly temperature and site latitude to estimate potential evapotranspiration. the monthly mean temperature and cumulative rainfall values were used to calculate the spei. the formula for determining pet according to thornthwaite is as follows: 𝑃𝐸𝑇 (𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑠) = 16 ( 10𝑡 𝐼 ) 𝑎 × 𝐹(𝛾) (1) where t is the average monthly temperature in °c, and i is the annual thermal index. it is the sum of the twelve monthly thermal indices i (m) and is given by the equation 2: 𝐼 = ∑ 𝑖 (𝑚)12 𝑚=1 (2) with i (m), the monthly thermal index which is presented as follows: 𝑖(𝑚) = ( 𝑡 5 ) 1,514 (3) the variable a is a complex function of the thermal index i with: 𝑎 = 0, 49239 + 1, 79. 10−2 𝐼 − 7, 71. 10−5 𝐼2 + 6, 75. 10−7 𝐼3 (4) 𝐹(𝛾)the correction factor is a function of the latitude of the location and the month. its values are tabulated. the calculation of the spei in this study follows the method mentioned in the study of vicente-serrano et al. [5]. the spei is based on a climatic water balance which is determined by the difference between precipitation (p) and potential evapotranspiration (pet) for month i: 𝐷𝑖 = 𝑃𝑖 − 𝐸𝑇𝑃𝑖 (5) 𝐷𝑖 provides a simple measure of water surplus or deficit for the month under analysis. the tep is calculated according to the thornthwaite equation [32]. the calculated values 𝐷𝑖 are aggregated at different time scales, following the same procedure as for the spi. the difference, 𝐷𝑖,𝑗 𝑘 in a given month j and year i depends on the chosen time scale, k. for example, the accumulated difference in one month of a given year, with a time scale of 12 months, is calculated according to the equation 6; 𝑋𝑖,𝑗 𝑘 = ∑ 𝐷𝑖−𝐼,𝑗 + ∑ 𝐷𝑖,𝑗 𝑗 𝐼=1 , 𝑠𝑖 𝑗 < 𝑘, 𝑒𝑡12 𝐼=13−𝑘+𝑗 (6) 𝑋𝑖,𝑗 𝑘 = ∑ 𝐷𝑖,𝑗 , 𝑠𝑖 𝑗 ≥ 𝑘 𝑗 𝐼=𝑗−𝑘+𝑗 (7) where 𝐷𝑖,𝑗 is the difference in p-pet of the 1st month of year i, in mm. and then the log-logistic distribution is selected to normalise the d-series to obtain the spei. the probability density function of the log-logistic distributed variable is expressed as follows: 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝛽 𝛼 ( 𝑥−𝛾 𝛼 )𝛽−1 [1 + ( 𝑥−𝛾 𝛼 )𝛽] −2 (8) where α, β and γ are respectively the scale, shape and origin parameters for d values within the range (γ> d <∞). thus, the probability distribution function of the series d is given by: 𝐹 (𝑥) = [1 + ( 𝛼 𝑥−𝛾 )𝛽] −1 (9) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 19 with f(x), the spei can easily be obtained as normalized values of f(x). for example, following the classical approximation of abramowitz and stegun [33]: 𝑆𝑃𝐸𝐼 = 𝑊 − 𝐶0+𝐶1𝑊+𝐶2𝑊2 1+𝑑1𝑊+𝑑2𝑊2+𝑑3𝑊3 = (10) where: 𝑊 = √−2 ln(𝑝) for p ≤ 0.5 and p is the probability of exceeding a given d value, 𝑝 = 1 − 𝐹 (𝑥). if p > 0.5, p is replaced by 1 p and the sign of the resulting spei is reversed. the constants are: c0 = 2.515517, c1 = 0.802853, c 2= 0.010328, d1= 1.432788, d2= 0.189269 and d3 = 0.001308. positive spei values indicate above-average moisture conditions, while negative values indicate drought conditions. a drought event is defined when the spei value is less than or equal to -1 during a certain period. for the calculation of spi, mckee et al. [29] developed this index which quantifies long-term precipitation anomalies over several time steps. the standardised precipitation is calculated by dividing the difference in precipitation from the long-term mean by the standard deviation, where the mean and standard deviation are determined from past long-term records. this standardised precipitation was then normalised to reflect the variable nature of precipitation and spi values were obtained spi values are expressed in units of standard deviation from the long-term medians and offer the corresponding probabilities of occurrence of each drought category with respect to the normal probability density function [34]. the standardized precipitation index (psi) was calculated for each time interval by the equation 11: 𝑆𝑃𝐼 = (𝑃𝑖−𝑃𝑚) 𝜎 (11) with pi: the rainfall of month or year i; pm: the average rainfall of the series over the time scale considered; σ: the standard deviation of the series over the time scale considered. mckee et al. [29] used the classification system according to psi values and defined the criteria for a "drought event" for all time scales. a drought event occurs whenever the psi is continuously negative and its value reaches an intensity of -1 or less and ends when the psi becomes positive. the intensity of the drought is defined by the spi value. in general, spi values above zero represent above normal precipitation, while spi values below zero represent negative values indicating below normal precipitation. due to the similarities in the principles of calculating spei and spi, the same classification is maintained for spei (table 1). table 1. classification of drought sequences according to spi values psi values drought sequences psi values wet sequences 0.00< spi <-0.99 slightly dry 0.00< spi <0.99 slightly damp -1.00< spi <-1.49 moderately dry 1.00< spi <1.49 moderately humid -1.50< spi <-1.99 severely dry 1.50< spi <1.99 severely damp spi < -2.00 extremely dry 2.00< spi extremely wet on the basis of long-term historical time series data, the analyst can tell the impact of these anomalies on the above mentioned areas. the duration of the drought/period can be obtained by counting the months from the beginning to the end of the negative spi (spei) values and their magnitude by positively summing the spi values of all months of the period/drought. the spi and spei for the study area were calculated at time scales of 12 and 24 months that reflect longterm precipitation patterns. 4. results table 2 gives the trends of spi and spei on the annual scale (12 months) that were calculated, and the results of which are compared with the trend of the annual rainfall total. the trend was calculated by linear least square and statistical significance was calculated at 95% confidence level using the non-parametric mann-kendall test [35], for both indices, in each station (table 2) of both regions (figures 2 and 3). a negative trend value means an increase in dry spells, and the statistical significance of the trend was checked using a 5% risk of error (p-value <0.05). in addition, spi and spei trends were calculated for the meteorological data of ziguinchor (casamance) and matam (senegal river valley) on a time scale of 12 and 24 months, over the period 1980 to 2017. in the sahelian-climate senegal river valley, the standardised precipitation index (spi) at the 4 stations showed no consistent trend (table 2). the podor and saint louis station series showed an increasing trend (a trend that is only statistically significant in matam) as did the precipitation indices even though the trends for these two stations are not significant. the trend was downward for the bakel and matam site (and statistically significant in matam) where the precipitation indices show upward trends and are statistically significant at these two stations. while in this area all rainfall trends are increasing, they are insignificant for stations with positive spi trends and statistically significant for stations with negative spi trends. furthermore, for the trends in precipitation indices, the coefficients do not identify hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 20 significant variations. kendall's tau varies between 0.1594 mm per year (in saint louis) and 0.3371 mm per year (in bakel) (table 2). the period with the highest number of consecutive wet months (spi>0) (figure 2) ranged from june 2007 to june 2009 (a total of 25 months), while the period with the highest number of consecutive dry months (spi <0) ranged from june 1986 to april 1991 (a total of 59 months). on average, wet periods alternated with dry periods in this region. table 2. characteristics of the climatic stations selected in the study areas zones stations latitude longitude altitude in m spi spei annual rainfall t°c senegal river valley bakel 14°54' 12°28' 25 -0.0009 0.0767 0.3371 0.290 matam 15°39' 13°15' 15 -0.1675 0.0393 0.2517 podor 16°39' 14°58' 6 0.1255 0.0366 0.2192 saint-louis 16°03' 16°27' 4 0.0475 -0.0272 0.1594 river valley area -0.0206 0.0193 0.3257 casamance basin ziguinchor 12°23' 16°16' 26 0.1967 0.2859 0.3541 0.633 sedhiou 12°47' 15°33' 10 0.2253 0.1537 0.1891 kolda 12°53' 14°58' 35 0.1540 0.2205 0.3229 vélingara 13°09' 14°06' 38 0.0694 0.1325 0.1152 casamance basin area 0.1117 0.2924 0.3684 statistically significant trends with a p-value ≤ 0.05 are shown in bold. the results of the analyses showed that the spi indices are able to reproduce the drought episodes that occurred in the senegal river valley during the last 4 decades. the spi values at different time scales show that droughts in the valley were generally of mild (38% of the months in the series), moderate (8.1%) to severe (6.1%) intensity. the most extreme drought reached a value of -2.17 in may 1998 (figure 2). spi spei figure 2. average spi (left) and spei (right) values for stations in the senegal river valley area (coloured lines indicate critical index values under dry and wet conditions) -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 ja n -8 0 f eb -8 1 m ar -8 2 a p r8 3 m ay -8 4 ju n -8 5 ju l8 6 a u g -8 7 s ep -8 8 o ct -8 9 n o v -9 0 d ec -9 1 ja n -9 3 f eb -9 4 m ar -9 5 a p r9 6 m ay -9 7 ju n -9 8 ju l9 9 a u g -0 0 s ep -0 1 o ct -0 2 n o v -0 3 d ec -0 4 ja n -0 6 f eb -0 7 m ar -0 8 a p r0 9 m ay -1 0 ju n -1 1 ju l1 2 a u g -1 3 s ep -1 4 o ct -1 5 n o v -1 6 d ec -1 7 spi moderately dry moderately humid severely dry severely damp extremely dry extremely wet -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 ja n -8 0 f eb -8 1 m ar -8 2 a p r8 3 m ay -8 4 ju n -8 5 ju l8 6 a u g -8 7 s ep -8 8 o ct -8 9 n o v -9 0 d ec -9 1 ja n -9 3 f eb -9 4 m ar -9 5 a p r9 6 m ay -9 7 ju n -9 8 ju l9 9 a u g -0 0 s ep -0 1 o ct -0 2 n o v -0 3 d ec -0 4 ja n -0 6 f eb -0 7 m ar -0 8 a p r0 9 m ay -1 0 ju n -1 1 ju l1 2 a u g -1 3 s ep -1 4 o ct -1 5 n o v -1 6 d ec -1 7 spei moderately dry moderately humid severely dry severely damp extremely dry extremely wet hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 21 like the spi, the trend in the spei is down in saint louis and is statistically insignificant (table 2). the largest decrease (-0.1675) is noted at the matam station, followed by saint louis (-0.0272). at bakel (with a tau of 0.0767 mm per year), matan (0.0393) and podor (0.0366), the spei shows an increasing trend, which is statistically significant at bakel. the behaviour of the total annual rainfall index, which has a positive trend at all four stations, is only well correlated with the behaviour of the spei at the stations in bakel and podor (in contrast to the stations in matam and saint louis, which have negative trends). in contrast to the mean spi, the mean spei shows a slightly increasing trend (0.0193 mm per year), but not statistically significant. the longest observed wet period was from december 2007 to november 2009 (a total of 24 months), while the longest dry period was from december 2001 to november 2004 (a total of 36 months) (figure 2). similar to the spi, the spei values at different time scales show that the droughts in the valley were generally of mild intensity (33.7% of the months in the series), moderate to (11.7%). the most extreme drought reached a value of -2.3 in december 2003 (figure 2). for the casamance basin area, the spi (table 2) showed an increasing trend at the four stations considered (ziguinchor with a tau of 0.1967, sédhiou with 0.2253, kolda with 0.1540 and vélingara with 0.0694), an increase that is statistically significant at three of the four stations (sédhiou, kolda and vélingara). only the ziguinchor station showed a non-significant trend. as for the average spi of the casamance basin, the upward trend is also statistically significant over the period considered (the tau being 0.1117). these trends in spi are consistent with those in rainfall, which are all positive although not statistically significant. this rainfall trend is only statistically significant for the average rainfall value in the casamance basin (with a tau of 0.3684 mm per year). the longest phase during which the mean value of the spi at the stations (figure 3) remained constantly above 0 is from november 1993 to june 1997 (a total of 44 months). the longest phase during which the spi values were below 0 was from june 1999 to april 2002 for a total of 34 months. according to the classification of mckee et al. [29], which assesses the severity of drought, one month (or 0.22% of the series) was considered 'extremely dry', 32 months (or 7.19%) 'severely dry', 43 months (or 9.66%) 'moderately dry' and 139 months (or 31.24%) 'slightly dry' over the period 1981-2017. while the wettest spi is recorded in february 1987 with a value of 2, the driest is recorded in december 2000 with a value of -2.11. as with the spi, the trend in the spei (table 2) is positive everywhere (on all four stations) and statistically significant in three of the four casamance stations considered (only ziguinchor recorded a non-significant trend). this positive trend is shown by a positive kendall's ratio of 0.2859 in ziguinchor, 0.1537 in sédhiou, 0.2205 in kolda and 0.1325 in vélingara. these behaviours are well correlated with the behaviour of annual rainfall, whose trends, although not significant, are increasing, as shown by the positive tau everywhere (table 2). the average spei also shows a statistically significant increasing trend (0.2924). the trend analysis of the mean ipps values (figure 3) showed that the longest wet periods are from january 1986 to september 1988 (31 months in total), december 2003 to december 2007 (48 months) and january 2012 to june 2014 (30 months) and from october 2015 to december 2017 (27 months). the longest dry periods were from september 1982 to july 1984 (23 months in total), from october 1990 to november 1993 (38 months) and from january 1995 to october (199734 months). in the casamance basin, the ipps classification shows that 4 months (or 0.90% of the series) were considered 'extremely dry', 31 months (or 6.97%) 'severely dry', 47 months (or 10.56%) 'moderately dry' and 139 months (or 31.24%) 'slightly dry' over the period 1981-2010. while the wettest pesi is recorded in december 2012 with a value of 2.66, the driest is recorded in july 1991 with a value of -2.21. spi -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 ja n -8 0 f eb -8 1 m ar -8 2 a p r8 3 m ay -8 4 ju n -8 5 ju l8 6 a u g -8 7 s ep -8 8 o ct -8 9 n o v -9 0 d ec -9 1 ja n -9 3 f eb -9 4 m ar -9 5 a p r9 6 m ay -9 7 ju n -9 8 ju l9 9 a u g -0 0 s ep -0 1 o ct -0 2 n o v -0 3 d ec -0 4 ja n -0 6 f eb -0 7 m ar -0 8 a p r0 9 m ay -1 0 ju n -1 1 ju l1 2 a u g -1 3 s ep -1 4 o ct -1 5 n o v -1 6 d ec -1 7 spi moderately dry moderately humid severely dry severely damp extremely dry extremely wet hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 22 spei figure 3. average spi (left) and spei (right) values for stations in the casamance basin area (coloured lines indicate critical index values under dry and wet conditions) figures 4 and5 table 3 show the trend and frequencies of dry and wet sequences of spi and spei values calculated for meteorological data from ziguinchor (in the casamance basin) and matam (in the senegal river valley) stations on a time scale of 12 and 24 months, over the period 1980 to 2017. spi 12 spei 12 spi 24 spei 24 figure 4. spi (left) and spei (right) values for the selected matam station in the senegal river valley area, calculated over a 12 and 24 month period table 3. characteristics of the stations in matam (in the senegal river valley) and ziguinchor (in the casamance basin) selected in the study areas matam station ziguinchor station spi 12 spei 12 spi 24 spei 24 spi 12 spei 12 spi 24 spei 24 maximum value 2.09 2.37 2.31 2.26 2.36 2.54 2.06 2 minimum value -2.40 -2.73 -2.80 -2.30 -2.00 -1.90 -2.50 -1.90 percentage spi 12 spei 12 spi 24 spei 24 spi 12 spei 12 spi 24 spei 24 extremely wet 1.12 0.45 1.85 0.46 1.35 0.45 0.92 0.23 severely damp 6.52 6.74 5.54 7.39 4.94 6.97 7.39 8.55 moderately humid 9.21 11.50 6.47 9.70 10.80 11.70 7.62 3.70 slightly damp 31.70 31.20 38.60 31.90 33.00 30.10 32.30 41.10 total wet phase 48.50 49.90 52.40 49.40 50.10 49.20 48.30 53.60 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 ja n -8 0 f eb -8 1 m ar -8 2 a p r8 3 m ay -8 4 ju n -8 5 ju l8 6 a u g -8 7 s ep -8 8 o ct -8 9 n o v -9 0 d ec -9 1 ja n -9 3 f eb -9 4 m ar -9 5 a p r9 6 m ay -9 7 ju n -9 8 ju l9 9 a u g -0 0 s ep -0 1 o ct -0 2 n o v -0 3 d ec -0 4 ja n -0 6 f eb -0 7 m ar -0 8 a p r0 9 m ay -1 0 ju n -1 1 ju l1 2 a u g -1 3 s ep -1 4 o ct -1 5 n o v -1 6 d ec -1 7 spei moderately dry moderately humid severely dry severely damp extremely dry extremely wet hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 23 slightly dry 35.50 32.80 32.80 34.20 31.70 32.60 35.80 27.90 moderately dry 7.42 11.00 9.01 8.55 12.10 11.70 10.40 9.93 severely dry 8.09 4.94 3.70 7.39 5.62 6.52 3.46 8.55 extremely dry 0.45 1,.35 2.08 0.46 0.45 0.00 2.08 0.00 total dry phase 51.50 50.10 47.60 50.60 49.90 50.80 51.70 46.40 total series 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 at the matam station in the senegal river valley, during the study period, the trend of spi-24 and spei-24, like that of spi-12 and spei-12, is irregular with a clear alternation between dry and wet periods, as shown in the graphs (figure 4). however, the graphs of spei-12 and spei-24 months show a clear predominance of wet periods, related to the increase in rainfall. in contrast, the period 1990-2000 is characterized by a dry phase. it should also be noted that the spi-24 graph recorded the most extreme dry period with -2.8, followed by spei-12 with -2.73, spi-12 with -2.4 and finally spei-24 with -2.3. for the wet phases, spei-12 has the most extreme wet value with 2.37, while spi-12 has the lowest with 2.09. in total, spi-12, spei-12 and spei-24 with frequencies of 51.5%, 50.1% and 50.6% respectively recorded slightly drier than wet episodes (only spi-24 recorded less with 47.6%) (table 3). spi 12 spei 12 spi 24 spei 24 figure 5. spi (left) and spei (right) 5values for the selected ziguinchor station in the casamance basin area, calculated over a 12 and 24 month period in contrast to the trend observed in matam, at the ziguinchor station in the casamance basin, in recent years, spi-24 and spei-24, both on a 12-month scale, show a slightly wetter trend with a remarkable increase in precipitation (figure 5), which contrasts with the period 1980-2010 in the same region, where dry events were more remarkable. from 1993 to 1998, the second longest wet period was recorded, clearly shown in the 12-month graph (figure 4). in general, the ipps shows the difference between dry and wet months better than the spi [1]. this is evident in the comparison between spi-12 and spei-12. wet episodes before 1990 are clearly indicated in the spei-12 but are absent from the spi-12 (figure 4). at the ziguinchor station, the spi-24 graph recorded the most extreme dry period with -2.5 (minus the one noted at matam), followed by spi-12 with -2, spei-12 and spei-24 with -1.9 (a severe, non-extreme drought by the way). as for the wet phases, as in matam, spei-12 recorded the most extreme wet value with 2.54, while spei-24 recorded the lowest with 2. in ziguinchor, spei-12 with 50.8% and spei-24 with 51.7% recorded slightly higher frequencies of dry episodes than wet ones, while spi-12 with 50.1% and spei-24 with 53.6% recorded slightly higher frequencies of wet episodes than dry ones (table 3). 5. discussion a drought index is a quantitative measure that characterises drought levels by assimilating data from one or more variables (indicators) such as rainfall and evapotranspiration into a single numerical value. in senegal, several drought indices have been described and used [14-16] and two are used in this study: the spi and spei. as described by vicenteserrano et al. [5], the influence of pet on drought conditions is difficult to estimate. in this analysis, it is possible to compare the extent of drought indicated by the spi, which is a precipitation-based index in which pet is not included, and the piep, in which pet is included, for the same period. this comparison illustrates the different and sometimes hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 24 contrasting results regarding the assessment of drought when pet is included in the analysis [2]. for example, at the end of the time series of the matam station, spei-12 and spei-24 indicate a wet period while spi-12 and spi-24 indicate a continuation of the drought (figure 4). the analysis of the spi and spei results supports numerous studies in senegal [16, 17, 19, 28, 36, 37] which concluded that there has been a rainfall deficit since the 1970s. similar results were also obtained by ali and lebel (2009) [38] who showed the persistence of drought during the 1970s throughout west africa, especially the sahel. over the most recent period, since 2000, only four years have been deficit years; this improvement in rainfall, which contrasts with previous years of drought, is in line with the view of some authors that the drought is over [39-41]. however, this return to normal is nuanced because rainfall variability, especially in the senegal valley and basin, has continued even in recent years [42]. the same situation has been observed elsewhere in africa [43] and in asia, where it is also found in northern ningxia and northern shaanxi in china [44], which suggests that it is global in scale. despite the very frequent deficit, in all eight stations most years had rainfall below the local average. wet years have been recorded, especially before the break-up and since the late 1990s. however, the irregular evolution of rainfall in recent years does not confirm the return to normalcy mentioned by some authors [16, 28] and the recent increase in rainfall in the sahel [45]. indeed, since the mid-1990s, 'a return to better rainfall conditions in the sahel has been noted, but this has been accompanied by greater interannual variability in rainfall' [46]. in addition, rising temperatures are in line with climate change, which has become one of the most important environmental issues at global, regional and local levels. at the annual level, no significant variation in the amount of precipitation is recorded in either region, as confirmed by fratianni and acquaotta [47], and other studies have not shown significant changes in annual precipitation in the mediterranean basin [48]. on the contrary, in recent years, the distribution of precipitation has changed due to the increase in extreme events. according to vicente-serrano et al. [5], both drought indices respond mainly to precipitation variability, which is the main explanatory variable of drought. nevertheless, the trends of the drought indices in both regions are well correlated with the trends indicated by the total annual rainfall even though its trends do not show a significant change. however, there is a significant increase in temperatures classified as hot in both regions (with a kendall's tau of 0.29°c per year in the valley and 0.63°c per year in casamance), a trend that affects the performance of the pesi, although increasing trends have been calculated in most cases over the last years. the effects of drought in senegal are also exacerbated by poor management of water resources and agriculture. the agricultural sector, which is highly dependent on water sources, is severely affected by drought. indeed, the short duration of the rainy season, especially in the senegal river valley, as revealed by the spi and spei indices, impacts on both agricultural yields and vegetation cover. this meteorological drought is therefore symptomatic of an agricultural and edaphic drought [49] which explains, in part, the decline in rain-fed agriculture and the long displacements of herders (and even the death of livestock in the senegal river valley, the salinisation of land in the casamance estuary [50]. beyond the agricultural sector, the effects of drought also spread to other sectors such as the forest and the environment, which suffer. the social sector is also affected in terms of changes in agricultural commodity prices, production structure, livestock production capacity, rural-urban migration flows and other measures of well-being [51]. given the frequency of drought since the 1970s [15-17], its impact on the country's economy through its effects on agricultural production and natural resources and the possible increase in its impacts in the coming years, mitigation or adaptation measures are essential. 6. conclusion the analysis of hydrological drought trends in two different environments, the sahelian continental climate and the south sudanese tropical climate, was carried out using the thermoprecipitation series of four stations in the senegal river valley area and four stations in the casamance basin area, during the period 1980-2017. the standardised precipitation index, spi, and the standardised precipitation-evapotranspiration index, spei, were calculated for each station, and average indices were also calculated for both regions. similarities and differences were detected between the two environments. the index trends were more defined in the casamance basin. in most stations of both areas, there is a statistically significant trend of increasing spi and spei (75% of the stations for spi and 87.5% for spei), despite some negative trends (like spi in bakel, spi and spei in matam, spei in saint louis). moreover, the trend of the indices averaged over the stations of the two indices, although generally positive in the two climatic zones considered (with the exception of the spi in the valley where it is negative), is only significant in the casamance basin zone. at the same time, the indices in the casamance basin showed a clear trend in all the stations considered, in contrast to the indices in the senegal river valley where an alternation of dry and wet sequences is noted. as a result, the trends in the mean values of the indices are statistically significant in the casamance basin and not significant in the senegal river valley. the average duration of the wet period was longer in the casamance basin area, where a total of 44 consecutive months with spi values above zero were calculated (november 1993 to june 1997), compared to 25 consecutive months in the senegal river valley area (june 2007 to june 2009). on the other hand, the duration of dry spells was much higher hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 25 in the senegal river valley area with a total of 59 consecutive months with spi values below zero (june 1986 to april 1991), compared to consecutive months34 in the casamance basin area (june 1999 to april 2002). however, the uncertainties in the drying trends of the pieps may be overestimated due to the use of the thornthwaite pet estimate in this analysis. the use of this method is a limitation of the pieps, as the thornthwaite pet is less physically realistic than other estimation techniques such as hargreaves or the penman-monteith equation. an increase in drought for most of the 21st century is predicted by future climate projections. ecosystems and human activities could be profoundly affected by projected drying trends, while observed drying trends have an effect on socioecological systems, such as reduced agricultural yields and land salinisation. concerted policy and practical action to conserve water is needed to minimise the impact of future drought, such as appropriate water management policies and climate-smart agricultural practices. as meteorological droughts are the first step in the progression of subsequent agricultural or hydrological droughts, this methodology could be used to activate a drought management response and to address the lack of information on the duration, extent or geographical intensity of droughts. the results of the study are also relevant for climate change studies to understand historical patterns and to develop future drought scenarios. 7. declarations 7.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 7.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.3. declaration of competing interest the author declare that there is no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] world meteorological organization. (2006). drought monitoring and early warning : concepts, progress and future challenges. world meteorological organization, 1006, 24. available online: http://www.wamis.org/agm/pubs/brochures/wmo1006e.pdf (accessed on april 2021). [2] falzoi, s., acquaotta, f., pulina, m. a., & fratianni, s. n. (2019). hydrological drought analysis in continental temperate and mediterranean environment during the period 1981-2017. italian journal of agrometeorology, 2019(3), 13–23. doi:10.13128/ijam-798. [3] dai, a. (2011). drought under global warming: a review. wiley interdisciplinary reviews: climate change, 2(1), 45–65. doi:10.1002/wcc.81. [4] bordi, i., fraedrich, k., & sutera, a. (2009). observed drought and wetness trends in europe: an update. hydrology and earth system sciences, 13(8), 1519–1530. doi:10.5194/hess-13-1519-2009. [5] vicente-serrano, s. m., beguería, s., & lópez-moreno, j. i. (2010). a multiscalar drought index sensitive to global warming: the standardized precipitation evapotranspiration index. journal of climate, 23(7), 1696–1718. doi:10.1175/2009jcli2909.1. [6] bevan, s. l., los, s. o., & north, p. r. j. (2014). response of vegetation to the 2003 european drought was mitigated by height. biogeosciences, 11(11), 2897–2908. doi:10.5194/bg-11-2897-2014. [7] vicente-serrano, s. m., beguería, s., gimeno, l., eklundh, l., giuliani, g., weston, d., el kenawy, a., lópez-moreno, j. i., nieto, r., ayenew, t., konte, d., ardö, j., & pegram, g. g. s. (2012). challenges for drought mitigation in africa: the potential use of geospatial data and drought information systems. applied geography, 34, 471–486. doi:10.1016/j.apgeog.2012.02.001. [8] botai, c. m., botai, j. o., dlamini, l. c., zwane, n. s., & phaduli, e. (2016). characteristics of droughts in south africa: a case study of free state and north west provinces. water (switzerland), 8(10), 1–23. doi:10.3390/w8100439. [9] wilhite, d. a., & glantz, m. h. (2019). understanding the drought phenomenon: the role of definitions. planning for drought: toward a reduction of societal vulnerability, 10, 11–27. doi:10.4324/9780429301735-2. [10] dracup, j. a., lee, k. s., & paulson, e. g. (1980). on the definition of droughts. water resources research, 16(2), 297–302. doi:10.1029/wr016i002p00297. [11] santos pereira, l., cordery, i., & iacovides, i. (2009). coping with water scarcity. . in addressing the challenges; springer science and business media: dordrecht, the netherlands. doi:10.1007/978-1-4020-9579-5. http://www.wamis.org/agm/pubs/brochures/wmo1006e.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 26 [12] halwatura, d., lechner, a. m., & arnold, s. (2015). drought severity-duration-frequency curves: a foundation for risk assessment and planning tool for ecosystem establishment in post-mining landscapes. hydrology and earth system sciences, 19(2), 1069–1091. doi:10.5194/hess-19-1069-2015. [13] wilhite, d. a. (1993). drought assessment, management, and planning: theory and case studies. springer, boston, ma. united states. doi:10.1007/978-1-4615-3224-8. [14] zargar, a., sadiq, r., naser, b., & khan, f. i. (2011). a review of drought indices. environmental reviews, 19(1), 333–349. doi:10.1139/a11-013. [15] faye, c. (2013). characteristics of drought in senegal: analysis methods, types of impacts and management models. published by editions universitaires européennes, riga, latvia. [16] faye, c., ndiaye, a., & mbaye, i. (2017). a comparative assessment of sequences of drought weather indices, by time scales and climate in senegal areas. journal of water and environmental sciences, 1(1), 11–28. [17] faye, c., sow, a. a., & ndong, j. b. (2015). study of rainfall and hydrological droughts in tropical africa: characterization and mapping of drought indices in the high basin of the river senegal. physio-geo, 9, 17–35. [18] chen, t., werf, g. r., jeu, r. a. m., wang, g., & dolman, a. j. (2013). a global analysis of the impact of drought on net primary productivity. hydrology and earth system sciences, 17(10), 3885–3894. doi:10.5194/hess-17-3885-2013. [19] faye, c., manuela, g., & wood, s. (2019). use of the standardized precipitation and evapotranspiration index (spei) from 1950 to 2018 to determine drought trends in the senegalese territory. climate change, 5(october), 327–341. [20] potop, v., boroneanţ, c., možný, m., štěpánek, p., & skalák, p. (2014). observed spatiotemporal characteristics of drought on various time scales over the czech republic. theoretical and applied climatology, 115(3–4), 563–581. doi:10.1007/s00704013-0908-y. [21] faye, c. (2015). analysis of trends in regional distribution and intensity of rainfall: use of climate indices in the casamance basin senegal. courrier du savoir, algeria, 25, 53–60. [22] faye, c. (2018). analysis of drought trends in senegalese coastal zone on different climatic domains (1951-2010). analele universităţii din oradea: seria geografie, 28(2), 231–244. [23] kala, r., & kala, c. (2006). indigenous water conservation technology of sumari village, uttaranchal. indian journal of traditional knowledge (ijtk), 05(3), 394–396. [24] dacosta h., konaté y. k., m. r. (2002). la variabilité spatio-temporelle des précipitations au sénégal depuis un siècle. friend 2002 regional hydrology : bringing the gap between research and pratice, cape town, south africa, publ iahs 274 (2002), pp. 499-506. aish, 274, 499–506. [25] sané t., sy o. and dieye e. h. b., (2011) climate change and vulnerability of the city of ziguinchor. proceedings of the conference "strengthening the resilience to climate change of cities: from spatialized diagnosis to adaptation measures" (2r2cv) in july 2011, 1-14. université paul verlaine metz, france. [26] paderca (rural development support project in casamance). (2008). establishment of the baseline situation of the natural environment in lower and middle casamance. republic of senegal ministry of agriculture final report, senegal. [27] senegal river development organization (omvs). (2008). strategic action plan for the management of priotity environmental problems in the senegal river basin. final version, gef project/senegal river basin, 133. [28] faye c., ba d. d. and sy b., (2019). quantification of meteorological drought by standardized rainfall indices in the senegal river valley from 1980 to 2017. dynamiques des territoires et développement, leïdi, 21, 108-122. [29] mckee, t. b., doesken, n. j., & kleist, j. (1993). the relationship of drought frequency and duration to time scales. in proceedings of the 8th conference on applied climatology, american meteorological society, anaheim, california, united states. 17(22), 179-183. [30] kouassi a.m., n'guessan b.t.m., kouame k.f., kouame k.a., okaingni j.c., biemi j. (2012). application of the crosssimulation method to the analysis of trends in the rainfall-flow relationship using the gr2m model: case of the n'zi-bandama watershed (côte d'ivoire). comptes rendus de l'académie des sciences, geoscience, tome 344, 288-296. [31] n'guessan, k., kouassi, a. m., gnaboa, r., traore, k. s., & houenou, p. v. (2014). analysis of hydrological phenomena in an urbanized watershed: case of the city of yamoussoukro (central ivory coast). larhyss journal, 17, 135-154. [32] thornthwaite, c. w. (1948). an approach toward a rational classification of climate. geographical review, 38(1), 55. doi:10.2307/210739. [33] florentin, j. j., abramowitz, m., & stegun, i. a. (1966). handbook of mathematical functions. in the american mathematical monthly, 73(10). newyork, ny, usa. doi:10.2307/2314682. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 27 [34] khan, m., & gadiwala, m. (2013). a study of drought over sindh (pakistan) using standardized precipitation index (spi) 1951 to 2010. pak j meteorology, 9(18), 15–22. [35] giaccone, e., colombo, n., acquaotta, f., paro, l., & fratianni, s. (2015). climate variations in a high altitude alpine basin and their effects on a glacial environment (italian western alps). atmosfera, 28(2), 117–128. doi:10.20937/atm.2015.28.02.04. [36] abiodun, b. j., odoulami, r. c., sawadogo, w., oloniyo, o. a., abatan, a. a., new, m., … macmartin, d. g. (2021). potential impacts of stratospheric aerosol injection on drought risk managements over major river basins in africa. climatic change, 169(3-4). doi:10.1007/s10584-021-03268-w. [37] sane, t., diop, m., & sagna, p. (2008). etude de la qualité de la saison pluvieuse en haute-casamance (sud sénégal). sécheresse (montrouge), 19(1), 23–28. doi:10.1684/sec.2008.0121. [38] ali, a., & lebel, t. (2009). the sahelian standardized rainfall index revisited. international journal of climatology, 29(12), 1705–1714. doi:10.1002/joc.1832. [39] chun, k. p., dieppois, b., he, q., sidibe, m., eden, j., paturel, j. e., ... & conway, d. (2021). identifying drivers of streamflow extremes in west africa to inform a nonstationary prediction model. weather and climate extremes, 33, 100346. doi:10.1016/j.wace.2021.100346. [40] niang, a. j., ozer, a., & ozer, p. (2008). fifty years of landscape evolution in southwestern mauritania by means of aerial photos. journal of arid environments, 72(2), 97–107. doi:10.1016/j.jaridenv.2007.04.009. [41] wang, x., chen, z.-h., yang, c., zhang, x., jin, g., chen, g., … dai, f. (2018). genomic adaptation to drought in wild barley is driven by edaphic natural selection at the tabigha evolution slope. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 115(20), 5223–5228. doi:10.1073/pnas.1721749115. [42] sow s. and gaye d., (2016). impacts of rainfall variations on surface runoff in the senegal valley. revue de géographie de l'université ouaga i pr joseph ki-zerbo 2(5), 167-183. [43] alamou, e., gandomè, a., quenum, m. l. d., lawin, e. a., badou, d. f., & afouda, a. a. (2016). spatio-temporal variability of rainfall in the ouémé basin, bénin. afrique science, 12, 315-328. [44] wu w. (2003). application de la géomatique au suivi de la dynamique environnementale en zones arides: exemple de la région de nouakchott en mauritanie, du ningxia nord et du shaanxi nord en chine du nord-ouest (application of geomatics to the monitoring of environmental dynamics in arid zones: examples of the nouakchott region in mauritania, northern ningxia and northern shaanxi in northwest china), doctoral dissertation in geography, university of paris 1 panthéon-sorbonne, paris, france. [45] biasutti, m. (2019). rainfall trends in the african sahel: characteristics, processes, and causes. wires climate change, 10(4). doi:10.1002/wcc.591. [46] oecd/swac. (2008). climate, climate change and agro-pastoral practices in sahelian zones (for the high level conference on world food security: the challenges of climate change and bioenergy), swac briefing note, no. 3, 1-8. [47] fratianni, s., & acquaotta, f. (2017). the climate of italy. landscapes and landforms of italy, 29–38. doi:10.1007/978-3-31926194-2_4 [48] coll, j. r., aguilar, e., & ashcroft, l. (2017). drought variability and change across the iberian peninsula. theoretical and applied climatology, 130(3–4), 901–916. doi:10.1007/s00704-016-1926-3. [49] wang, x., chen, z.-h., yang, c., zhang, x., jin, g., chen, g., … dai, f. (2018). genomic adaptation to drought in wild barley is driven by edaphic natural selection at the tabigha evolution slope. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 115(20), 5223–5228. doi:10.1073/pnas.1721749115). [50] ba d. d. (2018). climatic drought, current dynamics and perspectives of agropastoral activities in the ferlo and the middle senegal river valley (matam region). single doctoral thesis, université gaston berger de saint-louis. section de géographie, missouri, united states. [51] faye, c. (2013). evaluation and integrated management of water resources in a context of hydroclimatic variability: the case of the falémé watershed. thesis (phd). université cheikh anta diop de dakar, dakar, senegal. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 130 issn: 2723-9535 cfd study of behavior of transition flow in distinct tubes of miscellaneous tape insertions taiwo o. oni 1* 1 department of mechanical engineering, ekiti state university, ado-ekiti 360001, nigeria. received 06 december 2021; revised 13 february 2022; accepted 14 february 2022; available online 19 february 2022 abstract application of transition flow can be found in several processes and systems. it has been revealed through findings from various researchers that the values of reynolds numbers at which transition flow occurs vary. in the current work, investigations were numerically conducted by fluent on transition of water flow in three assorted plain tubes fitted with miscellaneous tape insertions. they are plain tube with crossed-axes-circle-cut tape insert (c-c tube), plain tube with crossed-axes-triangle-cut tape insert (c-t tube), and plain tube with crossed-axes-ellipse-cut tape insert (c-e tube). the focus of the work is to explore the influence of the tape insertion on commencement and finish of transition flow in the tubes with respect to the reynolds number of the flow. the reynolds number (re) taken into account for the transition flow is 2,150 ≤ re ≤ 4,650, and the variation of shear-stress transport κ − ω model that deals with transition flow was utilized. the results showed that transition flow starts at re = 2,300 and finishes at re = 4,400 in c-t tube, starts at re = 2,780 and finishes at re = 4,610 in c-c tube, but starts at re = 2,550 and finishes at re = 4,500 in c-e tube. the nusselt number in c-t tube is 19.3% to 45.6% higher than that in c-c tube, but the nusselt number in c-t tube is 3.6% to 28.3% more than that in c-e tube. the friction factor in c-t tube is 2.15% to 4.56% higher than that in c-c tube; the friction factor in c-t tube is 0.83% to 3.33% more than that in c-e tube. these results indicate that for the case of the tubes considered in this work, the c-t tube, which is the first one in which transition flow commences and ends, has the highest nusselt number, but c-c tube, in which transition flow commences and finishes last, has the least nusselt number. interestingly, the same phenomenon applies to the friction factor. keywords: heat transfer; transition flow; thermo-hydraulic; induced tubes; friction factor; cfd. 1. introduction the intermediate condition of the flow of a fluid between laminar and turbulent states is known as transition flow. this means that its state falls between those of laminar and turbulent flows. it has been confirmed that transition flow is triggered by disturbances to the motion of a fluid [1]. findings from various researchers have revealed that the values of reynolds numbers at which transition flow occurs vary. the reason for this, as provided by cengel [2] and mullin [3], is that different mechanisms (for example, insertion of tapes inside the tube conveying the fluid, vibration of the tube, roughness of the inner surface of the tube, etc.) are responsible for generation of disturbances in fluid flows. it was observed by reynolds [4], that depending on the disturbances in the flow, transition flow can occur at a reynolds number of about 12, 000. it was reported by ekman [5] and pfenniger and lachman [6] that transition flow can start at a reynolds number of about 40,000 and 10.000, respectively. cengel [2] maintained that transition flow takes place at reynolds numbers between 2,300 and 10,000. * corresponding author: tooni1610@yahoo.com; taiwo.oni@eksu.edu.ng http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-02-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5511-8538 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 131 transition flow occurs in the operation of aerospace and flows that encompass scramjets, interceptor missiles with divert jets, and ballistic missiles. it is also applied in power generation, automotive, chemical processing, and heating and cooling processes [7, 8]. the significance of intensifying the performance of heat transfer and fluid flow equipment has, no doubt, attracted the attention of many researchers, and has prompted them to carry out several investigations on thermo-hydraulic behaviour in transition flow. it has been reported by bergles [9] and manglik [10] that one of the means of achieving the intensification of the performance of equipment for heat transfer is the incorporation of twisted tapes, coils, etc. into a plain tube (also known as a smooth tube). the thermo-hydraulic behaviour in laminar, transition, and turbulent flows was investigated experimentally by putting a helical wire coil inside a plain tube [11]. it was discovered that the combined helical wire coil and the plain tube yielded an acceleration of transition flow at a reynolds number of 700. in the transition regime, the performance of the system was improved by the helical wire coil. garcia et al. [12] presented an experimental analysis of laminar and transition flow in a plain tube fitted with wire coils and operated under uniform heat flux conditions and reynolds numbers between 10 and 2,500. it was reported in the work that at reynolds numbers between 1,000 and 1,300, there was a transition from laminar to turbulent flow. another experimental study to determine the thermal-hydraulic performance in the transition flow of water in induced and plain tubes was carried out by another researchers [13]. the study’s findings confirmed that transition occurred earlier in the induced tube. the transition for the plain tube occurred at a reynolds number of 2,300, but it was at 1,900 for the induced tube. naik and sundar (2014) investigated the convective heat transfer and friction factor characteristics of transition flow (2,500 reynolds 10,000) of cuo nanoparticles of different sizes suspended in water/propylene glycol that flowed in a circular tube fitted with helical inserts of different twist ratios and another circular tube without inserts [14]. the nusselt number obtained through nanofluid of 0.5% concentration was about 28% higher in the tube without the insertion, and was enhanced to 5.4 times over the water/propylene glycol when the helical insert was fitted to the flow channel. the friction factor obtained with the nanofluid was 10% higher in the tube without the insert and was increased to 1.4 times over the water/propylene glycol with the inclusion of the insert in the tube. martínez et al. [15] used a non-newtonian fluid (1% of carboxyl-methyl-cellulose solution in water) and a newtonian fluid (propylene glycol) to present the behavior in laminar and transition flow in a plain tube on whose inside was inserted two different wire coils. the condition of the flow was such that reynolds number was between 10 and 1,300. the results showed that at low reynolds numbers, the effect of the wire coils could be neglected, that is the wire coils exhibited the behavior of a smooth tube. it was observed that the transition to turbulent flow was postponed to a reynolds number of 500. for low reynolds number below 500, the wire inserts were of no effect, but the effect became noticeable as turbulent flow was formed. maximum nusselt number enhancement of 7.5 times was obtained at a reynolds number of 1,900. an analysis of flow and heat transfer in regime of laminar-transition flow with reynolds number of 210 to 3,100 in pipes into which tape insertions were incorporated was examined numerically by rossi et al. [16]. it showed that at low reynolds numbers, there was a possibility of transition flow, caused by the tape inserts. there was also a possibility of transition to turbulent flow at a higher reynolds number, but non-turbulent for pipes into which twistedtape inserts were not incorporated. experiments were executed through the effort of meyer and abolarin [17] to investigate the characteristics of heat transfer and pressure drop in the transition flow regime in a circular tube equipped with twisted tapes of different twist ratios. the reynolds numbers under which the experiments were conducted were between 400 and 11,400. in addition, heat fluxes of between 2 kw/m2 and 4 kw/m2 were considered for the experiments. it was observed that higher heat flux delayed the transition from laminar to transition flow when the heat flux was altered, but the tape twist ratio was not altered. it was revealed that the friction factors increased as the twist ratio decreased. moreover, when both the reynolds number and the twist ratio were not altered, but the heat flux was increased, the friction factor dropped. chaware and sewatkar [18] examined numerically the transition in flow in a pipe with twisted tape insert. the findings from the work indicated that at reynolds number re≤700, the flow was steady laminar and changed to periodic laminar flow at 700 ≤ re ≤ 1,126. the flow was quasi-periodic in nature at 1,126 ≤ re ≤ 1,263. there was transition to a chaotic behavior at 1,263 ≤ re ≤ 1,400. investigation on the heat transfer and pressure drop features in a circular pipe that has alternating clockwise and opposed-clockwise twisted tape inserts was carried out by abolarin et al. [19]. in order to cover laminar, transition and turbulent flow regimes, the experiments were carried out at reynolds numbers between 300 and 11,404. it was discovered that the connection angle between the two unlike twisted tape inserts has influence on the start and the end of the transition flow regime. specifically, an increase in connection angle increased the heat transfer in the transition flow regime. the transition flow of herba fluid in a circular tube was studied theoretically and experimentally by hou [20]. the theoretical study was done by using a stability parameter. according to the results obtained from the two studies, accuracy of the results obtained from the theoretical study was better than that obtained from the experiment. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 132 chaurasia and sarviya [21] examined thermal hydraulic performance at transition flow regime of water in a tube fitted with a single strip helical screw insert and another one fitted with a double strip helical screw insert. it was observed that the tube with double strip helical screw insert has a better performance compared with the tube with a single strip helical screw insert. investigation into bubbly-to-slug transition flows in a tube whose orientation was vertical was the focus of dang et al. [22], in which the distinguishing features of air-water interfacial form was considered. it was concluded that the distinguishing features of the transition flows depends on velocity of the liquid (air-water) and ratio of the size of bubble to that of the tube. thus, literature review indicates that different investigations have been done on transition flow in induced tubes. those literatures have revealed that attentions have not been focussed on transition flow in different plain tubes induced with distinct tape insertions. in the current work, investigations were conducted numerically on transition flow in distinct tubes of miscellaneous tape insertion. the focus is to explore the influence of the tape insertion on commencement and finish of transition flow in the tubes with respect to reynolds number of the flow. 2. induced tubes’ geometry the induced tubes used for the transition flow, as depicted in figure 1(a c), are plain tube with crossed-axescircle-cut tape insert (c-c tube), plain tube with crossed-axes-triangle-cut tape insert (c-t tube), and plain tube with crossed-axes-ellipse-cut tape insert (c-e tube). part of the tubes is removed (as can be seen in figure 1) so that the tape inserts are visible. the tape insert’s pitch (p = 0.054 m), the tape insert’s width (b = 0.018 m), the tube’s radius (r = 0.0095 m), and the length of the tube (l = 1.0 m) are indicated in figure 1. figure 1. induced tubes’ geometries: (a) c-c tube, (b) c-t tube, (c) c-e tube 3. mathematical modelling the transition flow was simulated by the reynolds averaged navier-stokes (rans) equations [23] as; equation of continuity: ∂ ∂xi (ui) = 0 (1) equation of momentum: ∂(ρui) ∂t + ρ (ui ∂uj ∂xi ) = − ∂p ∂xi + ∂ ∂xi (( μ + μt ) ∂uj ∂xi ) (2) equation of energy: ρcp ( ∂t ∂t + ui ∂t ∂xi ) = − ∂ ∂xi (keff ∂t ∂xi ) (3) where u, t, μ, μt, keff, p, cp, and ρ are velocity, temperature, dynamic viscosity, turbulent viscosity, effective thermal conductivity, pressure, specific heat at constant pressure, and density, respectively. shear stress transport (sst) κ − ω and standard κ − ω are the different models considered for the transition flow. because transition flow is partially turbulent, the variation of sst κ − ω model that deals with transition flow was used for the work. its transport equations [23, 24] are given as equations 4 and 5: hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 133 ∂ ∂t (ρκ) + ∂ ∂xi (ρκui) = ∂ ∂xj [( μ + μt σκ ) ∂κ ∂xj ] + gk − β1κω (4) 𝜕 𝜕𝑡 (𝜌𝜔) + 𝜕 𝜕𝑥𝑖 (𝜌𝜔𝑢𝑖) = 𝜕 𝜕𝑥𝑗 [(𝜇 + 𝜇𝑡 𝜎𝜔 ) 𝜕𝜔 𝜕𝑥𝑗 ] + 𝐺𝜔 − 𝛽2𝜔2 + 2(1 − 𝐹1)𝜎𝜔,2 1 𝜔 𝜕𝜅 𝜕𝑥𝑗 𝜕𝜔 𝜕𝑥𝑗 (5) where κ, ω are turbulence kinetic energy and specific dissipation rate, respectively; g denotes the generation of κ, ω; σκ, σω are turbulent prandtl number for κ and ω, as indicated by the subscripts; f1 is a blending function; β1, β2, and σω,2 are model constants. for the transitional model to be obtained, a factor (α) is incorporated to μt in equations above to depress the generation rate of turbulence [24]. therefore, μt is written as; μt = ρκ ω 1 max [ 1 α , s. f2 a1ω ] (6) it should be noted that α in equation 6 is given as; α = α∞ ( α0 + ret rk⁄ 1 + ret rk⁄ ) (7) where α∞, α0, βi, and rk are model constants, and α0 = βi 3⁄ and ret = ρκ μω⁄ . also, the variation of standard κ − ω model that deals with transition flow, whose transport equations [24, 25] are given in equations 8 and 9, was used for the work: ∂ ∂t (ρκ) + ∂ ∂xi (ρκui) = ∂ ∂xj [( μ + μt σκ ) ∂κ ∂xj ] + gk − β1κω (8) ∂ ∂t (ρω) + ∂ ∂xi (ρωui) = ∂ ∂xj [(μ + μt σω ) ∂ω ∂xj ] + gω − β2ω2 (9) the definition of the terms and the values for the model constants are as presented for the sst κ − ω above. in order to depress the generation rate of turbulence [24], μt is written as; μt = α ρκ ω (10) the values for the model constants are as presented for the sst κ − ω above. the tube wall was placed under uniformly-distributed heat flux and no-slip conditions. at the pipe intake, 301 k and 0.019 m were stated as temperature of fluid and conduit’s diameter. the model constants specified were β1 = 0.072, β2 = 0.072, σω,2 = 1.168, a1 = 0.31, α∞ = 1, βi = 0.072, and rk = 6. 4. numerical techniques fluent, computational fluid dynamic software, was utilised to perform the study on the transition flow. the discretisation of the equations stated above was executed with second order upwind scheme which computes the quantities that are not known at the faces of the cell. as a mean of including the impact of pressure in solving the equation of momentum, the semi implicit pressure linked equations algorithms [25] was made used of to join the calculations of pressure and velocity. 5. selection of a felicitous model for the purpose of selecting a proper model for the simulations, the variation of sst κ − ω and the variation of standard κ − ω models that deals with transition flow were employed. the values of temperature and velocity obtained at the end of the flow in the tube for 𝑅𝑒 = 2,300 and 𝑅𝑒 = 4,650 were compared, and presented in figures 2 and 3. as it can be seen in figure 2(a) for 𝑅𝑒 = 2,300, there is a negligible disparity between the temperature in the sst κ − ω and standard κ − ω models. figure 2(b) shows that the disparity between the velocity in the sst κ − ω and standard κ − ω models is not noticeable. for 𝑅𝑒 = 4,650, shown in figure 3, a behaviour that is the same as that for the 𝑅𝑒 = 2,300 (figure 2) is observed in the temperature (figure 3(a)) and velocity (figure 3(b)). the results show that either the variation of sst κ − ω model or the variation of standard κ − ω model that deals with transition flow hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 134 can be used. the variation of sst κ − ω model was chosen out of the two models. its choice is based on the report [24] that it has ability to predict separation and reattachment better than the standard κ − ω model. figure 2. sst 𝛋 − 𝛚 model compared with standard 𝛋 − 𝛚 model for 𝑹𝒆 = 𝟐, 𝟑𝟎𝟎: (a) temperature, (b) velocity figure 3. sst 𝛋 − 𝛚 model compared with standard 𝛋 − 𝛚 model for 𝑹𝒆 = 𝟒, 𝟔𝟓𝟎: (a) temperature, (b) velocity 6. results and discussion 6.1. temperature the temperature for 2,150 ≤ 𝑅𝑒 ≤ 4,650 at axial location of 0.134 m before the flow end of the c-t tube’s crosssection is presented in form of contours in figure 4. for 𝑅𝑒 = 2,150 (figure 4(a)) and re = 2,300 (figure 4(b)), the temperature has a maximum value of 323.2 k, and 326.3 k, respectively. the maximum value of temperature increases to 329.1 k for 𝑅𝑒 = 4,400 (figure 4(c)) and increases further by 3.5 k for 𝑅𝑒 = 4,650 (figure 4(d)). the inference from the results is that there is a rise in the temperature for a rise in the reynolds number. the cause of this occurrence is this: for an increment in reynolds number, the fluid’s viscous force is overcome by the fluid’s momentum, and this results in generation of heat energy. 307 310 312 314 316 -0.013 -0.007 0.000 0.007 0.013 t (k) (a) s-s-t_k-ω standard_k-ω 0.000 0.036 0.073 0.109 0.145 -0.013 -0.007 0.000 0.007 0.013 v (m/s) (b) s-s-t_k-ω standard_k-ω 307 310 314 317 320 -0.013 -0.007 0.000 0.007 0.013 t (k) (a) s-s-t_k-ω standard_k-ω 0.000 0.073 0.145 0.218 0.290 -0.013 -0.007 0.000 0.007 0.013 v (m/s) (b) s-s-t_k-ω standard_k-ω hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 135 figure 4. temperature at axial location of 0.134 m before the flow end of the c-t tube’s cross-section for (a) 𝑹𝒆 = 𝟐, 𝟏𝟓𝟎, (b) 𝐑𝐞 = 𝟐, 𝟑𝟎𝟎, (c) 𝑹𝒆 = 𝟒, 𝟒𝟎𝟎, and (d) 𝑹𝒆 = 𝟒, 𝟔𝟓𝟎 6.2. velocity the velocity for reynolds number between 2,300 and 4,650 at axial location of 0.134 m before the flow end of the c-t tube’s cross-section is presented in figure 5. in the case of 𝑅𝑒 = 2,150 (figure 5(a)) and 𝑅𝑒 = 2,300 (figure 5(b)), the velocity has a maximum value of 0.14 m/s and 0.15 m/s, respectively. the maximum value of the velocity increases to 0.27 m/s for 𝑅𝑒 = 4,400 (figure 5(c)). as it can be seen, the maximum velocity for 𝑅𝑒 = 4,650 (figure 5(d)) is higher than that for re = 4,400. the rise in the velocity as the reynolds number rises is attributed to the force of the fluid’s motion, which surmounts the fluid’s viscous force. figure 5. velocity at axial location of 0.134 m before the flow end of the c-t tube’s cross-section for (a) 𝑹𝒆 = 𝟐, 𝟏𝟓𝟎, (b) 𝑹𝒆 = 𝟐, 𝟑𝟎𝟎, (c) 𝑹𝒆 = 𝟒, 𝟒𝟎𝟎, and (d) 𝑹𝒆 = 𝟒, 𝟔𝟓𝟎 6.3. turbulent kinetic energy the turbulent kinetic energy (tke) at axial location of 0.134 m before the flow end of the c-t tube’s cross-section is shown in figure 6. the values of turbulent kinetic energy for re = 2,150 (figure 6(a)) and 𝑅𝑒 = 2,300 (figure 6(b)) are approximately not different, being a maximum value of 0.0004 m2 s2⁄ and 0.0005 m2 s2⁄ , respectively. by comparing the turbulent kinetic energy for 𝑅𝑒 = 4,400 (figure 6c)) and 𝑅𝑒 = 4,650 figure 6(d)) with those of the other reynolds numbers, it can be observed that an increase in reynolds number transforms to an increase in turbulent kinetic energy. the maximum turbulent kinetic energy for 𝑅𝑒 = 4,400 and 𝑅𝑒 = 4,650 are 0.0018 m2 s2⁄ and 0.0019 m2 s2⁄ , respectively. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 136 figure 6. tke at axial location of 0.134 m before the flow end of the c-t tube’s cross-section for (a) 𝑹𝒆 = 𝟐, 𝟏𝟓𝟎, (b) 𝑹𝒆 = 𝟐, 𝟑𝟎𝟎, (c) 𝐑𝐞 = 𝟒, 𝟒𝟎𝟎, and (d) 𝑹𝒆 = 𝟒, 𝟔𝟓𝟎 6.4. heat transfer it is relevant to explore the influence of the tape insertions on commencement and finish of transition flow in the tubes with respect to reynolds number of the flow. therefore, the heat transfer in the three different tubes, namely cc tube, c-t tube, and c-e tube (mentioned in section 1 above) for laminar flow (830 ≤ 𝑅𝑒 ≤ 2,000), transition flow (2,150 ≤ 𝑅𝑒 ≤ 4,650), and turbulent flow (5,000 ≤ 𝑅𝑒 ≤ 12,000) is discussed in this section. nusselt number (nu) is used to represent the transfer of heat in the tubes. the nusselt number for the different flows in the tubes is presented in figure 7. the beginning and finish of transition flow are indicated by triangular, square, and circular markers for the c-t tube, c-e tube, and c-c tube, respectively, on the graphs in figure 7. for c-t tube, transition flow commences at 𝑅𝑒 ≤ 2,300 and finishes at 𝑅𝑒 ≤ 4,400. in the case of c-c tube, transition flow commences at 𝑅𝑒 ≤ 2,780 and finishes at 𝑅𝑒 ≤ 4,610, but for c-e tube, it commences at 𝑅𝑒 ≤ 2,550 and finishes at 𝑅𝑒 ≤ 4,500. this means that transition flow commences and finishes earlier in c-t tube than in c-e tube, but it commences and finishes earlier in c-e tube than in c-c tube. it is evident in figure 7 that for the transition flow, the nusselt number in c-t tube is 19.3% to 45.6% higher than that in c-c tube, but the nusselt number in c-t tube is 3.6 to 28.3% higher than that in c-e tube. the relation between these nusselt number’s values in the tubes (c-t, c-e, and c-c) and the findings presented above that transition flow occurs first in c-t tube, then in c-e tube, and then in c-c tube clearly indicates that c-t tube, which is the first one in which transition flow commences and ends, has the highest nusselt number, whereas c-c tube, in which transition flow commences and finishes last, has the least nusselt number. figure 7. nusselt number for the flows in the tubes 19 88 156 225 765 3,674 6,583 9,491 12,400 nu re c-t tube c-e tube c-c tube hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 137 6.5. friction factor in this section, the c-c tube’s, c-t tube’s, and c-e tube’s friction factor (f) are presented. the presentation is to know the effects of the tape insertions on the value of reynolds number for the commencement and finish of transition flow. figure 8 depicts the friction factor for laminar flow (830 ≤ 𝑅𝑒 ≤ 2,000), transition flow (2,150 ≤ 𝑅𝑒 ≤ 4,650), and turbulent flow (5,000 ≤ 𝑅𝑒 ≤ 12,000) in the tubes. the different markers (triangular, square, and circular) on the graphs in the figure indicate the commencement and finish of transition flow in the c-t tube, c-e tube, and c-c tube, respectively. transition flow commences in c-t tube at 𝑅𝑒 = 2,300, followed by c-e tube at 𝑅𝑒 = 2,550, and then in c-c tube at 𝑅𝑒 = 2,780. it ends in c-t tube, c-e tube, and c-c tube at 𝑅𝑒 = 4,400, 𝑅𝑒 = 4,550, and 𝑅𝑒 = 4,610, in that order. for the transition flow, as demonstrated in figure 8, the friction factor in c-t tube is 2.15% to 4.56% higher than that in c-c tube, whereas the friction factor in c-t tube is 0.83% to 3.33% higher than that in c-e tube. as in the case of the nusselt number discussed above, it can be observed that c-t tube, which is the first one in which transition flow commences and ends, has the highest friction factor, whereas c-c tube, in which transition flow commences and finishes last, has the least friction factor. figure 8. friction factor for the flows in the tubes 7. conclusion in an attempt to explore the effects of the tape insertions on the commencement and finish of transition flow in tubes with respect to the reynolds number of the flow, investigations were conducted numerically on the transition flow of water through three assorted tubes, namely plain tube with crossed-axes-circle-cut tape insert (c-c tube), plain tube with crossed-axes-triangle-cut tape insert (c-t tube), and plain tube with crossed-axes-ellipse-cut tape insert (c-e tube). the indication from the findings is that the values of reynolds numbers at which transition flow occurs vary, and that these values depend on the type of tape insertion inside the tubes conveying the fluid. the discovery further shows that transition commences and finishes first in the c-t tube, then in the c-e tube, and then in the c-c tube. the nusselt number and friction factor in the c-t tube are greater than those in the c-e tube, but the nusselt number and friction factor in the c-e tube are greater than those in the c-c tube. the c-t tube, which is the first one in which transition flow commences and ends, has the highest nusselt number, but the c-c tube, in which transition flow commences and finishes last, has the least nusselt number. the same trend applies to the friction factor. 8. declarations 8.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 8.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 0.280 0.403 0.527 0.650 765 3,674 6,583 9,491 12,400 f re c-t tube c-e tube c-c tube hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 138 8.3. declaration of competing interest the author declare that there are no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] reynolds, o. (1883). an experimental investigation of the circumstances which determine whether the motion of water shall be direct or sinuous, and of the law of resistance in parallel channels. philosophical transactions of the royal society of london, 174, 935–982. doi:10.1098/rstl.1883.0029. [2] cengel, y. a. (2002). table a-15 properties of air at 1 atm pressure. heat transfer and mass transfer—a practical approach, 3rd ed. mcgraw–hill: new york, ny, usa. [3] mullin, t. (2011). experimental studies of transition to turbulence in a pipe. annual review of fluid mechanics, 43, 1–24. doi:10.1146/annurev-fluid-122109-160652. [4] reynolds, o. (1895). on the dynamical theory of incompressible viscous fluids and the determination of the criterion. philosophical transactions of the royal society of london. (a.), 186, 123–164. doi:10.1098/rsta.1895.0004. [5] ekman, v. w. (1910). on the change from steady to turbulent motion of liquids. in arkiv för matematik, astronomi och fysik, 6(12). almqvist & wiksell, sweden. [6] pfenniger, w., & lachman, g. v. (1961). boundary layer and flow control. gv lachmann, ed. 2, 970, pergamon. doi:10.1016/c2013-0-08248-5. [7] qian, s., wu, j., xu, h., & ma, f. (2021). transition flow occurrence on stepped channels. journal of hydraulic research, 1–9. doi:10.1080/00221686.2021.1978569. [8] piotrowski, m. g. h., & zingg, d. w. (2021). smooth local correlation-based transition model for the spalart–allmaras turbulence model. aiaa journal, 59(2), 474–492. doi:10.2514/1.j059784. [9] bergles, a. e. (1998). techniques to enhance heat transfer. in rohsenow, w. m., hartnett, j. p., & cho, y. i. (editors), handbook of heat transfer. chapter 11, pages 11.1 – 11.76. mcgraw-hill, new york, ny, usa. [10] manglik, r. m. (2003). heat transfer enhancement. in bejan, a., & kraus, a. d. (editors), heat transfer handbook. chapter 14, pages 1029 – 1130. john wiley & sons, new jersey, nj, usa. [11] abbaspour, m., mousavi ajarostaghi, s. s., hejazi rad, s. a. h., & nimafar, m. (2021). heat transfer improvement in a tube by inserting perforated conical ring and wire coil as turbulators. heat transfer, 50(6), 6164–6188. doi:10.1002/htj.22167. [12] garcía, a., solano, j. p., vicente, p. g., & viedma, a. (2007). enhancement of laminar and transitional flow heat transfer in tubes by means of wire coil inserts. international journal of heat and mass transfer, 50(15–16), 3176–3189. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2007.01.015. [13] liao, g., li, z., zhang, f., liu, l., & e, j. (2021). a review on the thermal-hydraulic performance and optimization of compact heat exchangers. energies, 14(19), 6056. doi:10.3390/en14196056. [14] naik, m. t., & sundar, l. s. (2014). heat transfer and friction factor with water/propylene glycol-based cuo nanofluid in circular tube with helical inserts under transition flow regime. heat transfer engineering, 35(1), 53–62. doi:10.1080/01457632.2013.810451. [15] martínez, d. s., garcía, a., solano, j. p., & viedma, a. (2014). heat transfer enhancement of laminar and transitional newtonian and non-newtonian flows in tubes with wire coil inserts. international journal of heat and mass transfer, 76, 540– 548. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2014.04.060. [16] rossi, r., cattani, l., mocerino, a., bozzoli, f., rainieri, s., caminati, r., & pagliarini, g. (2017). numerical analysis of flow resistance and heat transfer in the transitional regime of pipe flow with twisted-tape turbulators. journal of physics: conference series, 923(1), 12033. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/923/1/012033. [17] meyer, j. p., & abolarin, s. m. (2018). heat transfer and pressure drop in the transitional flow regime for a smooth circular tube with twisted tape inserts and a square-edged inlet. international journal of heat and mass transfer, 117, 11–29. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2017.09.103. [18] chaware, p., & sewatkar, c. m. (2019). flow transitions for flow through a pipe with a twisted tape insert. transactions of the american society of mechanical engineers, journal of fluids engineering, 141, 111110.1–111110.10. doi:10.1115/1.4043557. [19] abolarin, s. m., everts, m., & meyer, j. p. (2019). heat transfer and pressure drop characteristics of alternating clockwise and counter clockwise twisted tape inserts in the transitional flow regime. international journal of heat and mass transfer, 133, 203–217. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2018.12.107. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 139 [20] hou, z. (2020). the transition of herba fluid flow patten in a circular tube. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 768(4), 42049. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/768/4/042049. [21] chaurasia, s. r., & sarviya, r. m. (2021). comparative thermal hydraulic performance analysis on helical screw insert in tube with different number of strips in transition flow regime. heat and mass transfer/waermeund stoffuebertragung, 57(1), 77– 91. doi:10.1007/s00231-020-02934-6. [22] dang, z., wang, g., & ishii, m. (2021). two-phase interfacial structure of bubbly-to-slug transition flows in a 12.7 mm id vertical tube. international journal of heat and mass transfer, 165, 120556. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2020.120556. [23] abraham, j. p., sparrow, e. m., & tong, j. c. k. (2009). heat transfer in all pipe flow regimes: laminar, transitional/intermittent, and turbulent. international journal of heat and mass transfer, 52(3–4), 557–563. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2008.07.009. [24] fluent. (2006). fluent user’s guide. computational fluid dynamic software, fluent inc, new york, ny, usa. [25] patankar, s. v., & spalding, d. b. (1972). a calculation procedure for heat, mass and momentum transfer in three-dimensional parabolic flows. international journal of heat and mass transfer, 15(10), 1787–1806. doi:10.1016/0017-9310(72)90054-3. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 148 towards bayesian quantification of permeability in micro-scale porous structures – the database of micro networks babak fazelabdolabadi a* , mohammad hossein golestan b a center for exploration and production studies and research, research institute of petroleum industry (ripi), tehran, iran. b department of petroleum engineering and applied geophysics, norwegian university of science and technology, trondheim, norway. received 18 august 2020; revised 19 october 2020; accepted 23 october 2020; published 01 december 2020 abstract this article develops a bayesian framework to quantify the absolute permeability of water in a porous structure from the geometry and clustering parameters of its underlying pore-throat network. these parameters include the network's diameter, transivity, degree, centrality, assortativity, edge density, k-core decomposition, kleinberg’s hub centrality scores, kleinberg's authority centrality scores, length, and porosity. in addition, the incorporated clustering aspects of the networks have been determined with respect to several clustering criteria: edge betweenness, greedy optimization of modularity, multi-level optimization of modularity, and short random walks. as such, the article takes the first steps towards creating a database of micro-networks for micro-scale porous structures, to be used as the main input stream for the proposed bayesian scheme. keywords: absolute permeability; bayesian network; database of micro networks; porous structures. 1. introduction the advent of x-ray micro tomography imaging technology has created an enormous opportunity for the research community to acquire three-dimensional images of a porous structure, which capture its true pore-space geometry down to a micrometer-size scale [1-8]. these images are often used as the main input stream to a variety of computational techniques to quantify several micro-structural attributes, such as porosity, absolute/relative permeability, formation factors, i-sw curves, capillary pressure curves as well as the solute transport properties [919]. in particular, the quantification of the permeability (pe) of a porous structure has gained attraction owing to its significance in the petroleum industry. for this purpose, stochastic modeling [20] and deep learning strategies have notably been used [21–28], with the latter being applied to the log data as well as the 2d/3d ct-scan images. for stochastic modeling, eugene et al. (2005) [20] applied a combination of the lattice boltzmann method (lbm) and the first-order reliability method (form) to construct cumulative distribution functions for randomly-generated porous structures. while reporting on a speed improvement compared to the monte carlo simulation, their method bears the same drawbacks inherited from lbm – being dependent on the choice of the collision operator as well as the relaxation time. for deep learning, the issue was initially treated by applying neural networks to estimate relative permeability curves on a field scale [23], and to further relate the quantity to the petro-physical log data [21]. on a macroscopic scale, erofeev et al. (2019) [24] tested several machine learning methods to estimate the change in * corresponding author: fazelb@ripi.ir http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-04-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0584-8177 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 149 permeability of porous rocks occurring during the desalination process in a laboratory, based on which they reported mixed performance of the employed techniques over the parameters considered. furthermore, the deep learning strategy was applied to core data, on a microscopic scale, where processing of the micro-ct images has been in focus. for permeability prediction, jinlong et al. (2018) [25] proposed a physics-informed convolutional neural network approach, which involves a series of fluid dynamics simulations in order to build on the training dataset required. on the other hand, geometrical features in binary segmented images were used by some researchers to estimate permeability, applying multilayer neural network (mnn) and convolutional neural network (cnn) methods [26]. machine learning strategies were also used for the purpose of feature selection to identify the sets of micro structure quantities as well as multiscale complex network features that best characterize permeability [28], and for modeling permeability via a connectivity index attributed to the 3d images of the porous structure [27]. the computational theme used in the pore-scale characterization literature thus far has followed either of the two major routes—direct or indirect. in the direct scenario, the pore-scale geometry of the structure is explicitly incorporated into the simulation; whereas in the indirect framework, a conceptualized interconnected pore-throat network is considered, which maintains the same topological features as the original image. in this regard, the former approach takes advantage of both mesh-free and mesh-dependent techniques, such as the lattice boltzmann method, smoothed particle hydrodynamics (sph), and finite-volume-based computational fluid dynamics (cfd). in general, the latter approach—pore network model (pnm)—imposes less computational burden as the solution of partial differential equations for the model reduces to a set of analytical models for flow in each network element [19]. in spite of this simplicity, the pnm results have been successfully validated against the micro-model experiments across a wide range of pore-structure and fluid-flow parameters [19, 29]. the fidelity of pnm results against directsimulation counterparts have also been evaluated [19]. the bayesian network (bn) theory has been applied in the context of geosciences for the petro-physical log-based facies and fracture classification, understanding of relationships among geologic features, and identification of simple rock facies as a method capable of both showing correlation and causation among different input and output variables [30-32]. for this purpose, bhattacharya and mishra (2018) [30] reported the first usage of a bayesian network for the characterization of shale facies and fractures under the limited data availability of common logs. harnessing the bn capability, the authors were able to reveal the complex interplay amongst multiple petrophysical sensors, based on which gamma-ray, resistivity, and density logs were determined as being the most influential for the dataset considered. the unique feature of the bayesian network in demonstrating the complex relationship among parameters is distinctive to the other machine learning algorithms, posing the theory as being potentially useful in other subsurface applications. although rich in content, the trend of the current literature on pore-scale modeling is to apply established simulation techniques or compare their performances. the present article develops upon an intuition of providing an alternative procedure for estimating microstructural attributes via the bayesian network theory. as such, the article completes the first lines of a mega-dataset, the database of micro networks (dmn), which comprises the main input stream for the newly proposed computational scheme. the article makes an added contribution to the existing literature by conducting the first study to relate the absolute permeability of a porous matrix to the geometry and clustering parameters of its underlying network. 2. database of micro networks a cornerstone of the present article is establishment of a database of micro networks, to be used as the main input stream for the bayesian methods for micro-structural characterization purposes. the initial hypothesis behind this databank was to incorporate different features related to the geometry, and clustering patterns of the networks extracted from micro-scale porous structures. the dmn entries initially account for several measures on the geometry and clustering parameters of the porethroat network. as for the network geometry, the parameters considered have been the diameter (di), transivity (tr), degree (de), centrality (ce), assortativity (ao), edge density (ed), k-core decomposition (kc), kleinberg’s hub centrality scores (hs), and kleinberg's authority centrality scores (as) [33]. table 1 lists a brief description of these parameters. additional parameters of image length (le) and porosity (po) have also been embodied into the dmn entries. as for the clustering; the number of (pore) clusters found in the pore-throat network has been recorded into the dmn. in this regards, several clustering criteria were analyzed – edge betweenness (ng), greedy optimization of modularity [34] (go), multi-level optimization of modularity [35] (lv), short random walks [36] (rw). the clusters may signify an important feature in the process of transport within the network. imaginably, they can be indicative of areas within the network with similar flow regimes – areas with similar fluid velocity within laminar domain; nevertheless the issue should be further investigated as the concept is new to the field. for a description of the clustering criteria, however, the reader is referred to the corresponding literature, to keep this article within a reasonable length. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 150 table 1. description of the dmn entries related to the network/graph theory network parameter description di the longest of all the shortest paths in a network tr the number of closed triplets over the total number of triplets (both open and closed). a triplet is three nodes that are connected by either two (open triplet) or three (closed triplet) undirected ties de the degree of a vertex of a graph is the number of edges incident to the vertex, with loops counted twice ce the number of links incident upon a node. the ce parameter reported herein is a graph-level centrality score based on node-level centrality measures ao the tendency of nodes to connect to other nodes which are similar on the focal attribute being the node degree ed the ratio of the number of edges and the number of possible edges kc the k-core of graph is a maximal subgraph in which each vertex has at least degree k. the coreness of a vertex is k, if it belongs to the k-core but not to the (k+1)-core hs the hub scores of the vertices are defined as the principal eigenvector of a*t(a), where a is the adjacency matrix of the graph. as the authority scores of the vertices are defined as the principal eigenvector of t(a)*a, where a is the adjacency matrix of the graph. the primitive design of dmn also considers the matter of directionality. classically, the pore-throat connectivity in an image of a porous media can be established using the standard maximal-ball protocol [37]. at this stage, the network obtained is of an undirected nature, since it fails to account for relative positioning of pores with respect to the flow and merely marks them as connected. the modification to this hypothesis comes along with considering the idea of directed networks. in this respect, the connectivity of a given pore to another target one is rendered, only if connected on the undirected-network map as well as meet the directionality requirement. the directionality requirement puts a constraint on the flow only permitting passage in the direction being considered. as such, for instance, flow passage theoretically occurs only from pores with lower placement in the x-direction to pores with higher placement in the x-direction, when constructing a directed network in the x-direction. the dmn entries report on parameters elicited over both the directed and undirected pore-throat networks. although borrowed from a supposedly distant topic of network science, these parameters deserve an analysis to study their potential relevance to the transport properties within the porous media. 3. bayesian network methodology the central idea behind the present article has been to devise a bayesian route for estimation of the absolute permeability in porous structure. with a completed dmn databank at hand, this goal is achievable in two steps. at first, the bayesian network theory can be used to identify the statistically-significant influencing parameters on pe. given this information, the bn theory can be applied, a second time, to make approximate inference (on an unknown value). for our problem of interest, the situation is such that a new line of data is appended to the dmn (perhaps through analysis of a new micro-ct scan image), while its absolute permeability is to be predicted. since the bayesian network theory plays a pivotal role in the present analysis, a description of its methodology is deemed necessary, at this stage. a bayesian network is an implementation of a graphical model, in which nodes represent (random) variables and arrows represent probabilistic dependencies between the nodes [38]. the bn`s graphical structure is a directed acyclic graph (dag) which enables estimation of the joint probability distribution. for each variable, dag defines a factorization of the joint probability distribution, into a set of local probability distributions, where the form of factorization is given by the bn`s markov property – assuming a variable to be solely dependent on its parents. in this sake, the methodology seeks to find a structure, along with its parameters. the two classifications of the bn-structure-learning process, either treat the issue by analyzing the probabilistic relationships supervised by the markov property of bayesian networks with conditional independence tests and subsequently constructing a graph that satisfies the corresponding d-separation statements (constraint-based algorithms), or by assigning a score to each bn candidate and maximizing it with a heuristic algorithm (score-based algorithms) [39]. by taking advantage of the fundamental properties of the bayesian networks, approximate inference (on an unknown value) is attainable. this approach should evade the curse of dimensionality, due to its mere usage of the local distributions [40]. given the bn network structure established, the stochastic simulation can be applied to generate a large number of cases from the distribution network, from which the posterior probability of a target node is estimated. in this regards, the two prominent algorithms are the logic sampling (ls) and the likelihood weighting (lw). the former algorithm generates a case by selecting values for each node – weighed by the probability of that hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 151 values occurring – at random. the nodes are traversed from the parents (root) nodes down to children (leave) nodes. as a consequence, at each step the weighing probability is either the prior or the conditional probability table entry for the sampled parent values. an instantiation of all the nodes in the bn is later on created, once all the structure is visited. the collection of instantiation data enables estimation of the posterior probability for node x given evidence e (appendix a). the latter algorithm is similar to the former with a slight modification – adding the fractional likelihood of the evidence combination to the run count, instead of one (appendix b). in a nutshell, the bayesian quantification framework proposed in the present article can be visualized according to the flowchart presented in figure 1. provided the permeability is sought on a porous structure, the underlying porethroat connectivity is initially assessed (by processing the ct-scan image of the structure). subsequently, several measures related to the clustering/geometrical characteristics of the pore-throat network (as prescribed in the dmn entries) are determined. the new set of input parameters is later appended to the dmn, to obtain a probabilistic estimate on its unknown (permeability) from the bn theory, using the information recorded in the dmn. figure 1. the flowchart of the proposed bayesian quantification methodology 4. results the initial version of the database of micro networks was formed upon the data acquired from different subsections of benchmark micro-ct scan images [41-43]. the rationale behind this choice was to facilitate the matter of future comparison for the academics. the subsections were selected by cutting the original images at 50/100-pixel regular intervals in the z-direction. figure 2 depict the stereolithography surfaces of the pore space of the s1 image, measuring 868.3 micrometers in each direction, which was extracted using an in-house developed code. a subsection of the s1 image measuring between the first (0-434.15) micrometers in each direction of the image is also provided in figure 3. later, the pore-throat network was detected over each subsection, and the corresponding undirected/directed networks were established. start obtain the ct-scan data of a porous rock determine the underlying pore-netwock connectivity network determine its dustering/geometry network characteristics merge the data with the data in the corresponding dmn pool obtain a bayesian network inference on the permeability of the porous rock end hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 152 figure 2. the view from side of the stereolithography surfaces of the s1 image, measuring 868.3 micrometers in each direction figure 3. the view from side of the stereolithography surfaces of the pore space of an s1-subsection, ranging between (0-434.15) micrometers in the each direction given the undirected/directed networks over the surveyed space, the geometry/clustering parameters of the networks were quantified. for the de/kc/hs/as measures, the corresponding mean values were embedded into the body of the dmn. in addition, the total number of clusters detected, under each criterion, in a surveyed network was recorded into the dmn entries. the pore communities were detected for the undirected/directed networks constructed upon the s1-subsection, illustrated in figure 3, using the go/lv/rw criteria. as the dmn requires an initial completion on its absolute permeability entries, the values were computed within selected micro-ct scan images was attempted, using a myriad of pnm-lbm-cfd methods. for pnm, the absolute permeability was estimated using the network model implemented in the openpnm code [44]. for each image subsection, the pnm was applied in the three principal directions (x, y, and z) for the constructed directed network, and in the x-direction for the corresponding constructed undirected network. for lbm, the d3q19 descriptor model [45] was used along with a bhatnagar–gross–krook (bgk) collision operator for the halfway bounce-back scheme at the solid-fluid boundaries; albeit the latter choice may cause numerical instabilities owing to deficiencies such as viscosity-dependent slip at the walls [17, 18, 46]. the lbm results were generated using the palabos parallel lattice boltzmann solver [47]. in addition, the open source cfd toolbox was used to implement a finite-volume cfd scheme to simulate the water flow through selected porous structures [48]. using the pressure/velocity data collected from the cfd runs, an in-house code was developed to estimate the single-phase permeability after calculating the pressure drop by the method of pressure gradient force proposed by raeini et al. (2014) [49]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 153 table 2 lists the computed pe results for the s1-subsection (illustrated in figure 3). in general, the output from the three methods should yield comparable results [50]; yet the values in table 2 exhibit a degree of discrepancy, which can be accounted to the choice of descriptor models or boundary conditions in the lbm/cfd. for this sake, only the pnm results were incorporated into the body of the dmn framework, as it relies on less influencing parameters. moreover, the selection of pnm to represent the absolute permeability values should allow speedy generation of data for dmn entries, as it is less computationally expensive. following the above procedure, the database of micro networks for sandstone were generated and subsequently used as the input stream for the bayesian network method. the dmn can be obtained from the authors. table 2. the estimated absolute permeability of water, in the x-direction, in the s1-subsection method absolute permeability (md) pnm* 1722 lbm 1228 cfd 7043 *from directed network. in a recent article, sun et al. (2019) [27] have presented experimental laboratory measurements of absolute permeability, as truth ground reference, of some micro-scale carbonate structures, which were shown to be in agreement with their introduced effective pore connectivity index (epci). the epci-derived permeability values, on the other hand, were confirmed to be close to the estimated values of permeability obtained by the pnm/lbm techniques. interestingly, the results presented by sun et al. (2019) [27] for sandstones, were established on the same micro-structures considered in the present work. as such, the pnm entries for the absolute permeability of the sandstone microstructures in this study should be close to the corresponding experimental values, if tested. with a dmn database available, the bayesian prediction of absolute permeability was practiced by initially implementing a bayesian graphical structure-learning. implementation of the graphical structure-learning of the bayesian networks was attempted using the bnlearn package [51]. the score-based algorithm was tested, in this work. for the score-based case, a hybrid conditional linear gaussian log-likelihood score was applied. for bn inference predictions were obtained by applying the lw algorithm and extracting the expected value of the conditional distribution of 500 simulation results. all the available nodes in the structure were taken as evidence, in that situation, except to the node related to the variable being predicted. figure 4 shows the bayesian network of significant/insignificant influencing parameters on pe, obtained through the hybrid conditional linear gaussian log-likelihood bn method, for the directed networks extracted from micro-ct images. a directed arrow goes from the influencing to the influenced parameter, with its significance level being marked by the thickness of the connecting line. in this bn setting, the significance is rendered on being supported by the data. assuming a sequence of a→b→c on a bayesian network graph, then c would be determined based on the probability density function of c – derived from data while a and b have the specified values. considering the strength coefficient (between two parameters) as the change (increase/decrease) in the network score caused by the removal of the corresponding arc, its significance is deemed should it fall below a threshold value of zero. as evident, several of the considered parameters form a hierarchy of influencing effect on the absolute permeability. this should be a conspicuous finding as some of the supposedly unrelated parameters, are now found with statistically-significant relationship to the pe parameter. in order to delve more into this issue, the statistical relationship between dmn entries and the pe was also studied by several other methods – the random forest and entropy filters [52, 53]. nearly the same result was obtained on the set of significant influencing parameters on pe, from the bn and random forest methods applied to the directed networks (table 3) – confirming the robustness of bn methodology to rank feature importance. a similar analogy was also applied to the undirected network mode, in which some disagreement was found on the influencing parameters (table 4). as evident, the results comply with the classical view of relating the permeability in a porous matrix to its porosity and length (i.e. pressure drop over length) [54-56]. in addition, the analysis introduces new parameters to influence the permeability, with relevance to the geometrical/clustering features of the underlying pore-throat network. table 3. the set of significant influencing parameters on pe in directed networks method significant influencing parameter bn ao, as, ce, di, de, kc, ed, go, hs, le, lv, ng, po, rw, tr random forest ao, as, ce, di, de, kc, ed, go, hs, le, lv, ng, po, rw, tr entropy ao, ce, de, di, hs, kc, lv, po, rw hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 154 table 4. the set of significant influencing parameters on pe in undirected networks method significant influencing parameter bn ao, aou, as, ce, ceu, de, deu, di, diu, edu, go, gov, hs, kc, kcu, le, lv, lvu, ng, ngu, po, rw, rwu, tr, tru random forest asu, ce, de, deu, di, diu, go, hs, hsu, kc, kcu, lv, po, rw entropy ao, asu, ce, ceu, de, deu, di, diu, go, gou, hs, hsu, kc, kcu, lv, lvu, po, rw, rwu figure 4. the bayesian network of significant (solid lines), insignificant (dashed lines) of influencing parameters on pe, obtained through the hybrid bn method over the directed networks extracted from micro-ct images a physical understanding of the newly found parameters can be developed by thinking of the absolute permeability to be constructed over an intelligent path. this path is detected by considering the connectivity of the clusters detected under the go/ng/rw. since the number of these clusters has found to be important on pe, the functionality of each cluster can be viewed in a similar manner – a replica of the functionality of lungs in the respiratory system, where two lungs work for a same purpose. the results also show the permeability to relate to the corresponding network diameter the longest of all the shortest paths in the network (table 1) which again would fit into the breakthrough concept for its experimental determination. for the new geometrical features detected, the significance of k-core of network (tables 3 and 4) suggests an analogy between different (supposedly uncorrelated) phenomenon – the passage of flow in a porous matrix, the spreading of an epidemic disease, and the dissemination of information in a social network [57]. the inspection of other geometrical features and their detected statistical significance on pe should signify the existence of some influential spreader nodes within the pore-throat network, for the passage of flow, which can easily be identified given their geometrical scores. this latter finding –existence of influential spreader nodes for flow passageshould strong support the existence of an intelligent path inside the porous matrix, along which the influential spreader nodes are distributed. once the influencing parameters are detected, the bn framework is re-applied to make inference on the unknown values. to account for accuracy of the proposed bn methodology, a 10-fold cross validation was implemented, in which the dmn pool was randomly divided into a 75% learning and a 25% test sections, with the pe values to be predicted by the bn method. the process was repeated over different random selections of the learning/test groups. for the case of directed networks, the mean error value obtained from the bn predictions was lower than 7%, which is favourable given the associated subsurface uncertainties. nevertheless, the bn methodology did not yield a satisfactory result for the networks in the undirected mode pattern. this could be advocated in favour a directed network to truly capture the image of connectivity/flow within micro-structures. 5. conclusion the database of micro networks provides a firm foundation to apply bayesian methods for quantification of the micro-structural attributes within micro-ct images. the bayesian network results reveal the absolute permeability of hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 155 a micro-structure to be affected by several parameters amongst the dmn entries. these entries, with a statistically significant relationship to pe, were found to be amongst the geometry as well as cluster-related parameters of their corresponding network. a 10-fold cross validation of bn-based predictions of pe shows a mean error value of almost 7%, as implemented on the dmn. the bn exhibits less satisfactory results for undirected networks, which can be interpreted in terms of a directed network to better capture the image of connectivity and flow within micro-structures. the dmn is yet to be completed by future research, which enables a better account of the bayesian predictions within micro-structures. 6. list of abbreviations ao assortativity of directed network aou assortativity of undirected network as kleinberg's authority centrality scores of directed network asu kleinberg's authority centrality scores of undirected network ce centrality of directed network ceu centrality of undirected network cfd computational fluid dynamics dag directed acyclic graph de degree of directed network deu degree of undirected network di diameter of directed network diu diameter of undirected network dmn database of micro networks dmn-c database of micro networks for carbonate images dmn-s database of micro networks for sandstone images ed edge density of directed network edu edge density of undirected network go number of clusters in directed network obtained from the greedy optimization of modularity clustering criteria gou number of clusters in undirected network obtained from the greedy optimization of modularity clustering criteria hs kleinberg’s hub centrality scores of directed network hsu kleinberg’s hub centrality scores of undirected network kc k-core decomposition of directed network kcu k-core decomposition of undirected network lbm lattice boltzmann method le length of image (m) ls logic sampling lv number of clusters in directed network obtained from the optimization of modularity clustering criteria lvu number of clusters in undirected network obtained from the optimization of modularity clustering criteria lw likelihood weighting ng number of clusters in directed network obtained from the edge betweenness clustering criteria ngu number of clusters in undirected network obtained from the edge betweenness clustering criteria pe absolute permeability (darcy) pnm pore network model po porosity of image rw number of clusters in directed network obtained from the short random walks clustering criteria rwu number of clusters in undirected network obtained from the short random walks clustering criteria sph smoothed particle hydrodynamics tr transivity of directed network tru transivity of undirected network 7. acknowledgements the author would like to place his appreciation to dr. apostolos kantzas at the department of chemical and petroleum engineering at the university of calgary and carl fredrik berg at the department of geoscience and petroleum at norwegian university of science and technology for providing technical reviews of the article. the author is thankful to the petroleum engineering and rock mechanics (perm) group at the department of earth science and engineering, imperial college london for providing the ct-scan images of the micro-structures used in the present article. 8. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] andrä, h., combaret, n., dvorkin, j., glatt, e., han, j., kabel, m., keehm, y., krzikalla, f., lee, m., madonna, c., marsh, m., mukerji, t., saenger, e.h., sain, r., saxena, n., ricker, s., wiegmann, a., zhan, x. (2013a). digital rock physics benchmarkspart ii: computing effective properties. comput. geosci. 50, 33–43. doi:10.1016/j.cageo.2012.09.008. [2] arns, c.h.; bauget, f., limaye, a., sakellariou, a., senden, t., sheppard, a., sok, r.m., pinczewski, v., bakke, s., berge, l.i., oren, p., knackstedt, m. (2005). pore-scale characterization of carbonates using x-ray microtomography. spe j. 10, 26–29. doi:10.2118/90368-pa. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 156 [3] arns, c.h., knackstedt, m. a., pinczewski, w.v., garboczi, e.j. (2002). computation of linear elastic properties from microtomographic images: methodology and agreement between theory and experiment. geophysics 67, 1396. doi:10.1190/1.1512785. [4] berg, s., van wunnik, j. (2017). shear rate determination from pore-scale flow fields. transp. porous media, 1–18. doi:10.1007/s11242-017-0830-3. [5] blunt, m.j., bijeljic, b., dong, h., gharbi, o., iglauer, s., mostaghimi, p., paluszny, a., pentland, c. (2013). pore-scale imaging and modelling. adv. water resour. 51, 197–216. doi:10.1016/j.advwatres.2012.03.003. [6] hübner, w. (2014). studying the pore space of cuttings by nmr and μct. j. appl. geophys. 104, 97–105. doi:10.1016/j.jappgeo.2014.02.016. [7] knackstedt, m. a., arns, c., madadi, m., sheppard, a. p., latham, s., sok, r., … eberli, g. (2008). elastic and flow properties of carbonate core derived from 3d x ray-ct images. seg technical program expanded abstracts 2008. doi:10.1190/1.3059394. [8] knackstedt, m., latham, s., madadi, m., sheppard, a., varslot, t., arns, c. (2009). digital rock physics: 3d imaging of core material and correlations to acoustic and flow properties. leas. edge 28, 28–33. doi:10.1190/1.3064143. [9] umana, u. s., ebong, m. s., & godwin, e. o. (2020). biomass production from oil palm and its value chain. journal of human, earth, and future, 1(1), 30–38. doi:10.28991/hef-2020-01-01-04. [10] mostaghimi, p.; blunt, m.j.; bijeljic, b. (2013) computations of absolute permeability on micro-ct images. mathematical geosciences 45(1), 103-125. doi:10.1007/s11004-012-9431-4. [11] mostaghimi, p.; liu, m.; arns, c.h. (2016) numerical simulation of reactive transport on micro-ct images. mathematical geosciences 48(8) 963-983. doi:10.1007/s11004-016-9640-3. [12] oostrom, m.; mehmani, y.; romero-gomez, p.; tang, y.; liu, h.; yoon, h.; kang, q.; joekar-niasar, v.; balhoff, m. t.; dewers, t.; tartakovsky, g. d.; leist, e. a.; hess, n. j.; perkins, w. a.; rakowski, c. l.; richmond, m. c.; serkowski, j. a.; werth, c. j.; valocchi, a. j.; wietsma, t. w.; zhang, c. (2016). pore-scale and continuum simulations of solute transport micromodel benchmark experiments. computational geosciences 20 (4), 857-879. doi:10.1007/s10596-014-9424-0. [13] øren, p., bakke, s., rueslåtten, h. (2006). digital core laboratory: rock and flow properties derived from computer generated rocks. int. symp. soc. core anal. 1–12. [14] saenger, e.h., enzmann, f., keehm, y., steeb, h., (2011). digital rock physics: effect of fluid viscosity on effective elastic properties. j. appl. geophys. 74, 236–241. doi:10.1016/j.jappgeo.2011.06.001. [15] sain, r., mukerji, t., mavko, g. (2014). how computational rock-physics tools can be used to simulate geologic processes, understand pore-scale heterogeneity, and refine theoretical models. lead. edge 33, 324–334. doi:10.1190/tle33030324.1. [16] saxena, n., mavko, g. (2016). estimating elastic moduli of rocks from thin sections: digital rock study of 3d properties from 2d images. comput. geosci. 88, 9–21. doi:10.1016/j.cageo.2015.12.008. [17] saxena, n., hofmann, r., alpak, f. o., berg, s., dietderich, j., agarwal, u., … wilson, o. b. (2017). references and benchmarks for pore-scale flow simulated using micro-ct images of porous media and digital rocks. advances in water resources, 109, 211–235. doi:10.1016/j.advwatres.2017.09.007. [18] saxena, n., mavko, g., hofmann, r., srisutthiyakorn, n. (2017b). estimating permeability from thin sections without reconstruction: digital rock study of 3d properties from 2d images. comput. geosci. 102, 79–99. doi:10.1016/j.cageo.2017.02.014. [19] yang, x., mehmani, y., perkins, w. a., pasquali, a., schönherr, m., kim, k., … scheibe, t. d. (2016). intercomparison of 3d pore-scale flow and solute transport simulation methods. advances in water resources, 95, 176–189. doi:10.1016/j.advwatres.2015.09.015. [20] eugene, y.l.; leboeuf, j.; basu, p.k.; mahadevan s. (2005). stochastic modeling of the permeability of randomly generated porous media. advances in water resources 28(8), 835-844. doi:10.1016/j.advwatres.2005.01.007. [21] ahmadi, m. a., & chen, z. (2019). comparison of machine learning methods for estimating permeability and porosity of oil reservoirs via petro-physical logs. petroleum, 5(3), 271–284. doi:10.1016/j.petlm.2018.06.002. [22] alqahtani, n.; armstrong, r.t.; mostaghimi, p. (2018). deep learning convolutional neural networks to predict porous media properties. society of petroleum engineers spe asia pacific oil and gas conference and exhibition brisbane, australia. doi:10.2118/191906-ms. [23] arigbe, o.d.; oyeneyin, m.b.; ghazi, m.d. (2019). real-time relative permeability prediction using deep learning. journal of petroleum exploration and production technology 9(2), 1271-1284. doi:10.1007/s13202-018-0578-5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 157 [24] erofeev, a., orlov, d., ryzhov, a., & koroteev, d. (2019). prediction of porosity and permeability alteration based on machine learning algorithms. transport in porous media, 128(2), 677–700. doi:10.1007/s11242-019-01265-3. [25] wu, j., yin, x., & xiao, h. (2018). seeing permeability from images: fast prediction with convolutional neural networks. science bulletin, 63(18), 1215–1222. doi:10.1016/j.scib.2018.08.006. [26] srisutthiyakorn, n. (2016) deep learning methods for predicting permeability from 2-d/3-d binary segmented images. society of exploration geophysicists seg technical program expanded abstracts dallas, texas. doi:10.1190/segam201613972613.1. [27] sun, h., al-marzouqi, h., & vega, s. (2019). epci: a new tool for predicting absolute permeability from computed tomography images. geophysics, 84(3), f97–f102. doi:10.1190/geo2018-0653.1. [28] van der linden, j. h., narsilio, g. a., & tordesillas, a. (2016). machine learning framework for analysis of transport through complex networks in porous, granular media: a focus on permeability. physical review e, 94(2). doi:10.1103/physreve.94.022904. [29] mehmani, y., oostrom, m., & balhoff, m. t. (2014). a streamline splitting pore-network approach for computationally inexpensive and accurate simulation of transport in porous media. water resources research, 50(3), 2488–2517. doi:10.1002/2013wr014984. [30] bhattacharya, s., & mishra, s. (2018). applications of machine learning for facies and fracture prediction using bayesian network theory and random forest: case studies from the appalachian basin, usa. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 170, 1005–1017. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2018.06.075. [31] martinelli, g., eidsvik, j., sinding-larsen, r., rekstad, s., & mukerji, t. (2013). building bayesian networks from basinmodelling scenarios for improved geological decision making. petroleum geoscience, 19(3), 289–304. doi:10.1144/petgeo2012-057. [32] lindberg, d. v., rimstad, e., & omre, h. (2015). inversion of well logs into facies accounting for spatial dependencies and convolution effects. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 134, 237–246. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2015.09.027. [33] csardi, g., & nepusz, t. (2006). the igraph software package for complex network research. interjournal, complex systems, 1695(5), 1-9. [34] clauset, a., newman, m. e. j., & moore, c. (2004). finding community structure in very large networks. physical review e, 70(6). doi:10.1103/physreve.70.066111. [35] blondel, v. d., guillaume, j.-l., lambiotte, r., & lefebvre, e. (2008). fast unfolding of communities in large networks. journal of statistical mechanics: theory and experiment, 2008(10), p10008. doi:10.1088/1742-5468/2008/10/p10008. [36] pons, p., & latapy, m. (2005). computing communities in large networks using random walks. lecture notes in computer science, 284–293. doi:10.1007/11569596_31. [37] dong, h., & blunt, m. j. (2009). pore-network extraction from micro-computerized-tomography images. physical review e, 80(3). doi:10.1103/physreve.80.036307. [38] korb, k., nicholson, a. (2004). bayesian artificial intelligence. chapman and hall. crc press, florida, united states. [39] scutari, m. (2010). learning bayesian networks with the bnlearn r package. journal of statistical software, 35(3), 1-22. available online: http://www.jstatsoft.org/v35/i03 (accessed on december 2020). [40] nagarajan r., scutari m., lèbre s. (2013) bayesian networks in r with applications in systems biology. springer-verlag, new york, united states. [41] s1 sandstone (2009). micro-ct image of s1 sandstone and extracted networks (dong and blunt, 2009, doi:10.1103/physreve.80.036307). doi:10.6084/m9.figshare.1189274. [42] s2 sandstone (2009). micro-ct image of s2 sandstone and extracted networks (dong and blunt, 2009, doi:10.1103/physreve.80.036307). doi:10.6084/m9.figshare.1189275. [43] s3 sandstone (2009). micro-ct image of s3 sandstone and extracted networks (dong and blunt, 2009, doi:10.1103/physreve.80.036307). doi:10.6084/m9.figshare.1189276. [44] gostick, j.; aghighi, m.; hinebaugh, j.; tranter, t.; hoeh, m.; day, h.; sharqawy, m.; spellacy, b.; bazylak, a.; burns, a.; lehnert, w.; putz, a. (2016). openpnm: a pore network modeling package. computing in science & engineering. 18(4), 60-74. doi:10.1109/mcse.2016.49. [45] ladd, a.j.c.; verberg, r. (2001). lattice-boltzmann simulations of particle-fluid suspensions. journal of statistical physics 104(4-5) 1191-1251. doi:10.1023/a:1010414013942. [46] he, s.; ariyaratne, c.; vardy, a.e. (2008). a computational study of wall friction and turbulence dynamics in accelerating pipe flows. computers & fluids 37(6) 674-689. doi:10.1016/j.compfluid.2007.09.001. http://www.jstatsoft.org/v35/i03 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 158 [47] latt, j. (2009). palabos, parallel lattice boltzmann solver. geneva , switzerland. available online: http://www.palabos.org (accessed 01 february 2018). [48] openfoam. the open source cfd toolbox. london, united kingdom available online: http://www.openfoam.org (accessed 01 february 2018). [49] raeini, a.q.; blunt, m.j.; bijeljic, b. (2014), direct simulations of two-phase flow on micro-ct images of porous media and upscaling of pore-scale forces. advances in water resources 74, 116-126. doi:10.1016/j.advwatres.2014.08.012. [50] mohammadmoradi, p.; bashtani, f.; goudarzi, b.; taheri, s.; kantzas, a. (2017). pore network and morphological characterization of pore-level structures. spe184964 in spe canada heavy oil technical conference 2017, calgary, alberta, canada. [51] scutari, m. (2017). bayesian network constraint-based structure learning algorithms: parallel and optimized implementations in the bnlearn r package. journal of statistical software, 77(2), 1-20. doi:10.18637/jss.v077.i02. [52] kursa, m. b., rudnicki, w.r. (2010). feature selection with the boruta package. journal of statistical software, 36(11), 1-13. available online: http://www.jstatsoft.org/v36/i11/. [53] romanski, p.; kotthoff, l. (2018). fselector: selecting attributes. r package version 0.31. available online: https://cran.r -project.org/package=fselector (accessed 01 february 2018). [54] costa, a. (2006). permeability-porosity relationship: a reexamination of the kozeny‐carman equation based on a fractal pore-space geometry assumption. geophysical research letters 33(2). doi:10.1029/2005gl025134. [55] newman, m.; girvan, m. (2004). finding and evaluating community structure in networks. phys. rev. e 69, 026113. doi:10.1103/physreve.69.026113. [56] bijeljic, b. raeini, a.; mostaghimi, p.; blunt, m.j. (2013). predictions of non-fickian solute transport in different classes of porous media using direct simulation on pore-scale images. physical review e 87(1), 013011. doi:10.1103/physreve.87.013011. [57] yi, z., wu, x., & li, f. (2018). ranking spreaders in complex networks based on the most influential neighbors. discrete dynamics in nature and society, 2018, 1–6. doi:10.1155/2018/3649079. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 159 appendix a: the logic sampling algorithm consider an established bayesian network. assume x to be node in this bn structure, and e as a given evidence. the logic sampling algorithm for estimation of the posterior probability of node x given evidence e=e, is computed by the following procedure [38]: step-1 initialize for each value xi for node x create a count variable count (xi,e) create a count variable count (e) initialize all count variables to zero step-2 repeat for all the root (parent) nodes choose a value, weighed the choice by the priors, at random loop choose values for children at random, using the conditional probabilitys given the known values of the parents until all the bn structure is visited step-3 update if the case (instantiation) includes e=e count(e)=count(e)+1 if the case includes both x=xi and e=e count(xi,e)= count(xi,e)+1 step-4 estimate obtain an estimate for the posterior probability )( ),( )( eecount eexcount eexxp i i    hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 160 appendix b: the likelihood weighing algorithm consider an established bayesian network. assume x to be node in this bn structure, and e as a given evidence. the likelihood weighing algorithm for estimation of the posterior probability of node x given evidence e=e, is computed by the following procedure [38]: step-1 initialize for each value xi for node x create a count variable count (xi,e) create a count variable count (e) initialize all count variables to zero step-2 repeat for all root nodes if a root is an evidence node, ej choose the evidence value, ej likelihood( jj ee  )= )( jj eep  else choose a value for children at random, using the conditional probabilities given the known values of the parents until the entire bn structure is visited step-3 update if the case includes e=e )e()()( j jj elikelihoodecountecount  if this case includes both x=xi and e=e )e(),(),( j jjii elikelihoodexcountexcount  step-4 estimate obtain an estimate for the posterior probability )( ),( )( eecount eexcount eexxp i i    available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 75 issn: 2723-9535 the importance of good governance in the government organization r. luki karunia 1* , darmawansyah darmawansyah 1 , kurnia sari dewi 2 , johan hendri prasetyo 3 1 doctoral program in applied public administration and development, polytechnics of stia lan jakarta, jl. administrasi ii, jakarta 10260, indonesia. 2 administrative science doctoral program, university of prof. dr. moestopo (beragama), jl. swadarma raya no.54, jakarta 12250, indonesia. 3 faculty of economics and business, universitas nusa mandiri, jl. jatiwaringin raya no. 2, jakarta 13620, indonesia. received 19 december 2022; revised 18 february 2023; accepted 25 february 2023; published 01 march 2023 abstract the intention of this research was to evaluate the influence of the implementation of good governance on the performance of one of the government organizations. the method used was a quantitative-descriptive with causality approach, which was then analyzed by pls-sem. the amount of the research sample was 303 of state civil apparatus at the land transportation management center throughout 38 provinces in indonesia. the research findings explained that transparency has an impact on the increasing accountability and responsibility of government organizations but has no power to boost their performance. accountability has an influence on increasing responsibility and the performance of an organization. responsibility is also found to be effective in rebuilding the performance of government organizations. this research brings the latest issue to the surface. by linking all indicators of good governance factors, namely transparencyaccountability, transparency-responsibility, and accountability-responsibility, which is rarely done in previous research that focused on the connection between good governance-performance. in addition to that, this research was also conducted at the land transportation management center throughout 38 provinces, so the level of accuracy would be high and had a huge impact on related government organizations in indonesia. keywords: implementation; good governance; government organization; land transportation management center; pls-sem. 1. introduction transportation is one of the main sectors that supports the progress of the economy all over the country [1]. through transportation, it creates an easy way for someone to connect with others in various regions [2]. with adequate transportation in terms of facilities and infrastructure, it will support the development and progress of an area [3, 4]. besides, the development of the economy, education, tourism, and regional cultural development also need adequate transportation facilities [5]. however, the development of modes of transportation around the world has recently experienced a downward trend [6]. in indonesia alone, the growth value of transportation continued to decline during the period 2016–2021, and even in 2020, the growth value only reached -15.08 percent [4]. there are various reasons for the decline in the value of transportation growth in indonesia, particularly the covid-19 pandemic that hit over the past 3 years [7]. * corresponding author: luki@stialan.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8062-7027 https://orcid.org/0009-0004-5155-6137 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6970-6162 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0514-0945 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 76 besides the decline in the value of transportation growth that continues to happen, the transportation sector in indonesia has also faced another stumble, which is corruption. based on author data during the period 2016–2019, there are 31 state civil apparatus members who are involved in corruption cases within the ministry of transportation. during that period, the ministry of transportation discharged three of the state civil apparatus in 2016, two of the state civil apparatus in 2017, twenty-four of the state civil apparatus in 2018, and two of the state civil apparatus in 2019 [8, 9]. furthermore, the transportation sector in indonesia is also seen as a sector with a lot of extortion. based on an illegal levies sweeping task force report during the period of october 28, 2016 to march 31, 2019, with a number of 15,283 arrests, operations had been conducted and succeeded in gathering 25,500 suspects with a total of idr 322,372,491,564 as evidence [7, 10]. the large number of cases shows that the work force within the ministry of transportation is very sensitive to being involved in corruption and extortion, including at the land transportation management center (bptd), a technical realization unit within the ministry of transportation that is managed by the directorate general of land transportation. bptd is one of the government organizations that plays a crucial role in managing and controlling traffic as well as transportation infrastructure in indonesia [11–13]. as a government organization that has functions in managing road traffic and transportation, road transportation facilities and infrastructure, as well as land transportation, this bptd needs guarantees related to the accessibility of transportation infrastructure that can lift the economy of a region [14, 15]. through the provision of transportation infrastructure, it will encourage the community to increase the production, distribution, and exchange of products or natural resources in indonesia. moreover, the accessibility of infrastructure will also facilitate access for isolated areas or societies, starting from border areas to economic centers [16, 17]. however, based on the land transportation strategic issues that are arranged by the directorate general of land transportation during 2020–2024, there are two obstacles that need to be sorted out by bptd's management in indonesia, such as issues related to the performance and impact of land transportation services and issues related to structuring the transportation sector [13]. by considering these issues, the land transportation management center needs to require good governance to create institutions that are beneficial to the wider community. this good governance is needed to support the country's sustainable economic growth and stability [3, 18]. several studies mentioned that by implementing good governance in every sector of government, it will help the government manage various resources, such as human resources and financial resources, so they can be used for better purposes [19, 20]. moreover, the other researchers also found that good governance plays an important role in increasing the efficiency, effectiveness, and sustainability of government organizations in creating the welfare of society, employees, and other stakeholders [5]. several previous studies have also found that good governance has a significant positive influence on the performance of an organization [21–23]. furthermore, asare [23] also explains that good governance can help organizations control each planning process as well as its risk management. besides, dumont [24] reveals a relatively bondage between transparency and accountability in non-profit institutions. furthermore, gold & heikkurinen [25] also found that transparency can improve responsibility within an organization and has an influence on increasing organizational performance. another piece of research also reveals that transparency and accountability have an impact on increasing the responsibility and performance of government organizations [26]. however, some of these research findings are opposite puri & walsh's [27] research, which argues that the elements of good governance such as legitimacy, participation, and transparency have no effect on organizational performance. furthermore, shin [28] also found that accountability has no influence on organizational performance. although there is so much research done to assess the connection between good governance and organizational performance, there are only a few that explore further related to the influence of good governance indicators, such as transparency-accountability, transparency-responsibility, and accountability-responsibility. that is what this research is needed to accomplish. moreover, there are discrepancies between the previous research as well as the existence of phenomena that occur at the land transportation management center in indonesia. the authors compile various questions/problem formulations that need to be tested in this research, such as: rq1: directly, does transparency affect accountability? rq2: directly, does, transparency affect responsibility? rq3: directly, does transparency affect the performance? rq4: directly, does accountability affect responsibility? rq5: directly, does accountability affect the performance rq6: directly, does responsibility affect the performance? in the context of this research, which recognizes that good governance has an important role in addressing performance issues at the land transportation management center in managing transportation in indonesia. through this research, it hopes that it can boost the efforts of the indonesian government, which is working hard to encourage people to use public transportation that is integrated with other public facilities. through this research, the authors seek to analyze the implementation of good governance at the land transportation management center in an effort to realize the integration of land transportation in the future, which will benefit more from this research. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 77 2. literature review transportation governance and good governance transportation governance is equal to managing transportation in terms of organized and interrelated activities that control interaction between the community, government, as well as the private sector to create optimal development goals [1, 29]. effective transportation management will affect sustainable growth with the help of the public and commercial sectors [30]. attentive planning is needed so that transportation governance can operate better. planning is essential for effective transportation governance. transportation planning is required to create an efficient and effective system [31]. transportation planning aims to achieve the goals, which can be done through establishing policies such as activity systems (land use), network systems (transportation), and movement systems (traffic) [1, 3, 30]. from the activity system, effective land use planning (location of figures, schools, markets, offices, etc.) can cut down on long journeys and make them closer and easier to reach. basically, through the network system, things can be done by increasing the service capacity of existing infrastructure, widening roads, adding new networks, and so on. in the movement system itself, things can be done, including managing the traffic system and management (short term), repairing public transport equipment (short and medium term), or building roads (long term) [1, 3, 30]. in terms of transportation, participation from other parties than the government is essential to formulate and orchestrate any activities related to transportation, such as from the private sector and society [17]. good transportation governance needs to be applied as a basic value of good governance. good governance itself could be referred to as a concept regarding reaching decisions and implementation that can be counted as a consensus reached by the government, citizens, and non-public sector to perform any governance in a country [32, 33]. the connection between committee management, the roles of directors, stakeholders, and others is regulated by good governance [34, 35]. good governance can be performed through the implementation and use of principles of professionalism, transparency, accountability, democracy, service quality, efficiency, the rule of law, and acceptance from all sectors of society that aim to realize the achievement of government regulations, performance appraisals, and organizational achievements [3, 18, 36]. a governance process needs to be conducted in a transparent manner to determine government goals that can be accepted and felt by all levels of society. good governance in public service good governance could be defined as a reachable government that is close to society and provides services based on society's needs [20, 37]. an excellent public service could be a reflection of the essence of good governance. this is in line with the essence of decentralization and regional autonomy policies that aim to give authority to the regions to regulate and manage their own local communities and improve their public services [38, 39]. public administration and government based on the paradigm of good governance are not only conducted by local governments or based on government methods (legality) and only for the benefit of local governments [40, 41]. but good governance models emphasize processes and procedures [42]. cooperation is always given the highest priority when a policy is being prepared, planned, formulated, and implemented by involving all parties [14, 43]. in other words, all stakeholders in the bureaucracy and society must implement good governance. good governance-based public services are closely related to the factors involved in realizing excellent public services [35]. this kind of good governance is focused on developing the public sector, which is managed by organizations or individuals for consumers and is intangible and cannot be owned. good governance based on public service includes accountability, transparency, responsiveness, and service [33, 34, 44]. meanwhile, the human rights council has identified five keys that attribute to success in governance: transparency, responsibility, accountability, participation, and responsiveness to community needs [45]. accountability in public service is achieved through an effort to provide responsibility that is carried out by organizational units or interested parties. transparency in public services is openness in the sense of procedures at the time of completion relating to the service process. responsiveness in public services, this means a fast response to the hopes, desires, and aspirations of the service users. effective and efficient services should be performed appropriately based on what is expected at a reasonable price to increase the efficacy and efficiency of public services in the near future [33, 34, 44]. furthermore, the principle of responsibility emphasizes the reliability and responsibility of reporting institutions and organizations to the wider community [46], and participation refers to the active involvement of all elements of the public sector in the decision-making process [47]. 3. research methodology quantitative-descriptive has been chosen as the method used in this research with the help of a causality approach through path analysis. this research has only identified and analyzed the correlation between good governance and organizational performance. this research focused on the principles of transparency, accountability, and responsibility, which are considered the three main important factors in building good governance in government organizations and are hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 78 considered to fit the culture that exists in indonesia. the research was conducted at the land transportation management center, which spread throughout 38 provinces in indonesia during the period of august 2021 to december 2022. data collection techniques were performed by field surveys, observations, and online interviews with similar structured questions for everyone, and all answers were recorded, processed, and then analyzed [39]. the structured questionnaire contained questions given to respondents to assess existing variables based on their experiences or opinions [48, 49]. this research used an online questionnaire that was distributed to all state civil apparatus who work for the land transportation management center throughout indonesia. a likert scale from 1 to 5 was arranged on this questionnaire in order to describe the assessment criteria for this study [49, 50]. the research population amounted to 1,250 state civil apparatus, which was then filtered into 303 respondents by the slovin formula with an error tolerance of 5 percent [50], and the sampling technique was conducted through snowball. the variables used in this study are transparency, accountability, responsibility, and performance, which describe good governance at the land transportation management center. the data analysis method was performed by structural equation modeling (sem). sem was chosen due to its effectiveness in answering multidimensional management, industrial engineering, psychological, and social research questions in order to explain various practical phenomena through various dimensions or indicators that are relatively complicated [51, 52]. through sem analysis, the authors examine the three activities on an ongoing basis, such as path analysis to examine the correlation between variables, hypothesis testing to evaluate the validity and reliability of instruments, and model selection for predictions [48, 53]. sem analysis was paired with smartpls 3.8 software to assist the author in multivariate analysis in order to test the complexity of relations between variables [50]. all stages conducted in this research can be described perfectly as in figure 1. figure 1. the flowchart of the research methodology this research began with the identification of problems that exist at the land transportation management center, then continued by formulating the research problems and compiling several research hypotheses. after formulating the research problem, the author created a research design based on a quantitative-descriptive causality approach. after determining the research design, the author compiled a research questionnaire (appendix i), which was later distributed to 303 respondents who were state civil apparatus at the land transportation management center and filtered by the snowball technique to collect data from the questionnaire. after the data was completed, the next stage was processed and analyzed by smartpls 3.2.8, which, in the end, was interpreted as the conclusion of this research. hypothesis of research the conceptualization for the research hypothesis was based on phenomena that were described in the previous section (figure 2): h-1: transparency had directly involved towards accountability; h-2: transparency had directly influenced towards responsibility; h-3: transparency had directly influenced towards the performance; h-4: accountability had directly influenced towards responsibility; identify the problem, formulate the problem and creating hypotheses selecting research design arranged and distributed the questionnaires as well as selecting research samples collecting data from the distribution of questionnaires data processing and analysis summing up the findings, interpreting and concluding the results of the study hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 79 h-5: accountability had directly influenced towards the performance; h-6: responsibility had directly influenced towards the performance. figure 2. conceptual framework and research hypothesis 4. result and discussion sample profile referring to the questionnaire results, the demographics of the 303 respondents who work as state civil apparatus at the land transportation management center were 41% male and the remaining 59% female. the majority of respondents were aged between 21-35 years with a percentage of 54%, had a master's degree with a percentage of 41%, and were domiciled as staff with a percentage of 76%. through the characteristics of respondents, it can be assumed that the government needs to force quickly integrate good governance through a digitalization system that contains transparency and accountability, which would make it easier for employees to understand how to apply good governance to each region and unit as a form of accountability to the state and society. measurement model an effective regulation to use to assess convergent validity is a loading factor value that exceeds 0.7 for research with confirmatory characteristics and a loading factor value between 0.6-0.7 for research that has exploratory characteristics and is acceptable with an average variance extracted (ave) value must be greater than 0.50 [48]. however, based on chin's statement, in earlier stages of research, the measurement scale with a loading value of 0.50 to 0.60 was considered sufficient. then, the measurement model also required a discriminant validity test and a reliability test. the use of discriminant validity was to certify each concept from each latent variable that is different from each other, while the reliability test had the purpose of exploring how far this measurement stuff can be relied upon or trusted [54]. the method of validity assessment would be based on the cross-loading measurement value with construct and average variance extracted (ave), fornell-larcker, as well as htmt ratio values, while the method for examining reliability can be determined from the composite reliability and cronbach’s alpha values for each block of indicators with a rule-of-thumb value. alpha or composite reliability should be higher than 0.7, although a value of 0.6 is still acceptable [48, 54, 55]. in this study, the authors used a loading factor of 0.70 as the required limit. viewed from the convergent validity test, all research indicators in the variable had an outer loading value above 0.7, which proved that all indicators used in this hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 80 study, namely transparency, accountability, responsibility, and performance, were valid or fulfilled the convergent validity test. then, based on the discriminant validity test through cross-loading and ave, it could be seen that the construct's correlation value of indicator was higher than the correlation value with other constructs by ave value, which was higher than 0.5. the discriminant validity test by the fornell-larcker criterion also showed that the correlation value of the items measuring the association construct was higher than other constructs, so it can be said that the model had good discriminant validity. the discriminant validity tested by the htmt ratio also indicated that all the variables had a value of less than 0.9. by accomplishing these three tested requirements, it can be said that the research model also met the discriminant validity requirement [54, 55]. the last stage in assessing the model was through a reliability test. from this reliability test, it can be seen that the research variables had composite reliability values above 0.7 and cronbach’s alpha above 0.6. thus, this research model is also said to meet the requirements of reliability, so it can be continued to be evaluated as the structural model (see tables 1 to 3 and figure 3) [49, 54, 55]. table 1. summary of measurement model results variable and items loading ave cronbach’s alpha composite reliability x1 x2 x3 y transparency tr1 0.884 0.759 0.921 0.94 0.884 0.724 0.679 0.617 tr2 0.862 0.862 0.724 0.634 0.626 tr3 0.876 0.876 0.732 0.669 0.646 tr4 0.866 0.866 0.656 0.605 0.582 tr5 0.891 0.891 0.751 0.698 0.665 accountability ac1 0.874 0.738 0.911 0.934 0.732 0.874 0.721 0.721 ac2 0.874 0.731 0.874 0.707 0.704 ac3 0.862 0.686 0.862 0.681 0.686 ac4 0.874 0.705 0.874 0.698 0.700 ac5 0.871 0.717 0.871 0.704 0.708 responsibility rs1 0.888 0.786 0.932 0.948 0.675 0.721 0.888 0.695 rs2 0.886 0.640 0.718 0.886 0.690 rs3 0.884 0.666 0.712 0.884 0.704 rs4 0.879 0.686 0.702 0.879 0.683 rs5 0.894 0.664 0.719 0.894 0.691 performance p1 0.838 0.767 0.924 0.943 0.606 0.669 0.682 0.838 p2 0.869 0.628 0.702 0.674 0.869 p3 0.853 0.629 0.708 0.680 0.853 p4 0.874 0.597 0.681 0.673 0.874 p5 0.861 0.619 0.709 0.647 0.861 table 2. fornell-larcker criterion variables accountability performance responsibility transparency accountability 0.871 performance 0.808 0.859 responsibility 0.806 0.782 0.886 transparency 0.820 0.717 0.752 0.876 table 3. htmt ratio variables accountability performance responsibility transparency accountability performance 0.882 responsibility 0.870 0.848 transparency 0.888 0.780 0.809 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 81 figure 3. outer loading pls algorithm results structural model structural models were presented to show if there is correlation or energy estimation between latent or construct variables that are elicited from substantive theory. through the pls structural model, it started by viewing the r-squares of each endogenous latent variable as the predictive power of the structural model. the structural model in pls (partial least square) can be evaluated by the r-square dependent construct, path coefficient values, or t-values for each path to assess the significance of the constructs in the structural model. besides considering the r2, structural models were used to see predictive relevance to constructs through the q2 test, combined with goodness of fit (gof) calculation and a hypothesis test using bootstrap resampling [54]. from the r-square test, the barometer used for the coefficient of determination (r2) was the value of r2 should be between zero and one (0 < r2< 1). if r2 = 0, meaning it had no impact; r2 which is close to 0 had low impact; r2 which is close to 1 means strong effect. referring to the test results, the adjusted r-square values of accountability, performance, and responsibility were 0.672, 0.700, and 0.673, respectively. this could mean that r2 in this study had a strong impact. in addition, these results also illustrated accountability that can be explained by transparency of 67.2%, responsibility that can be explained by transparency and accountability of 67.3%, and performance that can be explained by transparency, accountability, and responsibility of 70%. by pointing out the results of the q2 test, the results showed that the predictive relevance value of q2 on exogenous or independent constructs had values of 0.507, 0.513, and 0.526, which are all above 0, meaning that it had strong predictive relevance results [54, 55]. then, from the gof calculation, the result earned was 0.721, or greater than 0.36 (table 4). this showed the combination of performance from the measurement model and the structural model as a whole, which are quite large and good in scale [54]. table 4. summary of structural model results constructs r square r square adjusted sso sse q² (=1-sse/sso) accountability 0.673 0.672 1515.000 746.498 0.507 performance 0.703 0.700 1515.000 737.667 0.513 responsibility 0.675 0.673 1515.000 718.817 0.526 transparency 1515.000 1515.000 gof √𝐀𝐕𝐄 × 𝐑𝟐= 0.721 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 82 then, according to the hypothesis test using bootstrap resampling, it can be seen that transparency has a direct effect on accountability, which was proven by the original sample's 0.820, t-statistics > 1.96, and p-value < 0.05. this measurement result indicated that, according to employee perceptions, institutional accountability could increase transparency aspect which was upheld. transparency had a direct influence on responsibility. this is proven by the original sample value of 0.276, t-statistics > 1.96, and p-value < 0.05. the results stated that, based on employee perceptions, the values of transparency within the organization will support the responsibility. transparency had no effect on the performance due to a value> 0.05 and a t-statistics value < 1.96. in other words, the transparency at the land transportation management center did not have the capacity to improve performance. hypothesis test results showed that accountability had an impact on increased performance, which was proven by the original sample's 0.466, t-statistics > 1.96, and p-value < 0.05. the results of this measurement test indicated that, according to employee perceptions, the implementation of accountability values could lift performance, both individually and in an organization. this accountability also had an effect on an increase in responsibility, which was reflected in the original sample's 0.580, t-statistics > 1.96, and p-value < 0.05. the results of this measurement showed that, based on employee perceptions, the implementation of accountability values could support an increase in employee and organizational responsibility. finally, responsibility had an effect on improving performance, which was evidenced by the original sample's 0.354, t-statistics > 1.96, and p-value < 0.05. the results of this measurement indicated that, based on employee perceptions, individual and organizational performance could improve due to the strong value of responsibility (figures 4 and 5). table 5. significance test results hypothesis original sample (o) t statistics (|o/stdev|) p values results h-1: transparency directly affects accountability 0.820 25.598 0.000 supported h-2: transparency directly affects responsibility 0.276 3.140 0.002 supported h-3: transparency directly affects the performance 0.069 1.101 0.271 not supported h-4: accountability directly affects responsibility 0.580 6.529 0.000 supported h-5: accountability directly affects the performance 0.466 5.024 0.000 supported h-6: responsibility directly affects the performance 0.354 4.294 0.000 supported figure 4. results of path coefficient model (t-statistic) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 83 figure 5. results of path coefficient model (p-value) discussion the main findings of this research, which tested the effect of good governance on organizational performance at the land transportation management center, showed that transparency had a significantly positive effect on accountability and responsibility but did not have a significant effect on the performance of the land transportation management center. the path analysis results showed that accountability had a positive and significant effect on the responsibility and performance of the land transportation management center. furthermore, the results of the path analysis also found a significant effect of responsibility on the performance of the land transportation management center. transparency is very important in increasing accountability, including at the land transportation management center. these findings support research conducted by hendratmi et al. [56] and mualifu et al. [57], who explained that there is a significant positive effect between transparency and accountability. the result of this research also confirmed the research by dumont [24], who found a close connection between transparency and accountability in a non-profit organization. this finding illustrated the process of transparency in government organizations that required accountability immediately within an organization. transparency is part of accountability in organizations [58]. therefore, the land transportation management center needs to implement aspects of transparency because this transparency not only builds connections between individuals but also raises a person's self-confidence [58, 59]. in today's era of collaborative governance that focuses on the needs of society, transparency is very important because it allows interaction between organizations and stakeholders [60, 61]. transparency will also create horizontal accountability between local governments and society so as to create clean, effective, efficient, accountable, and responsive local governments to the aspirations and interests of the community. furthermore, if the employees of the organization can implement transparency in each field of work, it will make it easier for the organization to monitor and make a final report, which is needed by the community to assess the performance of a government institution, including the land transportation management center. transparency plays a significant role in increasing responsibility at the land transportation management center. these results were supported by gold & heikkurinen [25] and fitriana et al. [26], whereas these two studies explained that transparency in an organization can increase responsibility. the results of this research confirmed the research conducted by abdullah [62], who found a positive and significant effect of transparency on responsibility. transparency hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 84 is one of the principles of good governance. transparency is built on the free flow of information, where all government processes, institutions, and information need to be accessed by interested parties, and this available information should be sufficient so that it can be understood, monitored, and accounted for. this outcome illustrates that an employee who has transparency in performing their work would have a higher tendency to respond to their responsibilities quickly and in a focused manner. through this transparency, work will be more organized for each other because it will be well synchronized with the systems within the company [27], including the land transportation management center. transparency, which is implemented within the organization, will also help to provide fast and accurate information needed by individuals and organizations so they can be more accountable to their existing stakeholders. the results of this research indicated that transparency did not have any effect on improving organizational performance, which is in line with current research [27]. these research findings also confirmed the research by lestiawan & jatmiko [63], who declared that the application of the principle of transparency did not determine the performance of government institutions. when a government organization applies the principle of transparency optimally, it will not necessarily create high levels of trust with that organization. this is caused by something that is already attached to the public's mind about the reputation of government institutions. for example, the news about so many corruption cases in indonesia lingered within government organizations [63]. this result showed the transparency system at the land transportation management center, which has not been fully implemented in an effort to improve overall organizational performance. however, this transparency that exists at the land transportation management center could be more directed toward achieving standards of good governance by creating accountability and responsibility that can be accounted for and have an impact on organizational performance [58]. accountability is the obligation to report to others what you did or did not do. accountability also involves a responsibility to all interested parties [64]. these research results showed that accountability had an effect on increasing responsibility, which also confirmed the research by fitriana et al. [26] and abdullah [62], who declared that in an organization, accountability is needed. this finding illustrated the effectiveness of accountability in creating a good governance system at the land transportation management center because the accountability that is applied by the organization will also describe the transparency and professionalism of the organization as well as employee compliance in carrying out their respective duties and functions [59]. through excellent accountability, the organizations could be able to develop better governance within their organizational framework and have the capacity to identify to whom and what purpose accountability is made. accountability plays an important role in enhancing the performance of the land transportation management center. this is reflected in the results of this research, which show the positive and significant effect of accountability on organizational performance. these findings also confirmed the research from han & hong [65], who found the role of the principle of accountability in building the performance of government organizations. these findings were also in line with the research by fitriana et al. [26], and puri & walsh [27], whereas both of the researchers stated accountability as the main pillar of good governance that should be implemented by government organizations to support the performance of the organization. these outcomes showed the effectiveness of accountability in improving organizational performance [58]. in other words, the structured concept of accountability will assist the stakeholders in understanding the feedback generated by their employees. the structured concept of accountability will also improve two-way communication between employees and the organization [66], which will have an impact on lifting the performance of the organization. responsibility is indispensable in developing and improving the performance of the land transportation management center. this is proven by the results of research that showed a positive and significant impact between responsibility and organizational performance and also confirmed the research by gold & heikkurinen [25] and fitriana et al. [26]. these findings are in line with the research by lestiawan & jatmiko [63], who declared that the implementation of the principle of responsibility played an important role in advancing the performance of government institutions. these results indicate that responsibility is needed to create a good governance system, especially in government organizations. through this responsibility, employees could be able to create professionalism [27], so they would be more responsible in conducting their functions and duties within an organization and produce optimal performance [24]. responsibility certainly refers to the results of processes and work systems that are transparent and accountable in each field. so it allows people to be more responsive to any information that they receive and has an impact on the effectiveness of task control in the organization itself. the implementation of responsibility at the land transportation management center can be said to be good, as can be seen from the provision of adequate land transportation facilities for the community, providing complete and reliable traffic information services, as well as handling land transportation access that has been carried out so that it has created integrated transportation in several regions, such as jakarta, bandung, tangerang, depok, bekasi, and bogor. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 85 5. conclusion the results obtained by this research demonstrated that transparency had an impact on improving accountability and responsibility within government organizations but did not have any impact on increasing their performance. accountability had an effect on increasing the responsibility and performance of the organization. while responsibility was also found to have an effect on the performance of government organizations. this is intriguing because it indicates that indonesia's public sector management is different from others, so the implementation of good governance will also be different. however, there are several efforts made to strengthen accountability between employee responsibilities that must be carried out effectively, as well as promote transparency among employees at the land transportation management center. these findings also showed that the principle of transparency at the land transportation management center, which did not go well. meaning that the concept of transparency did not define the performance of government institutions. this is because there are many reports about corruption cases in indonesia involving government organizations within the ministry of transportation. these phenomena also validated the fact that good governance in indonesia, especially in the government sector, still tends to be stagnant, especially related to transparency. through these findings, the government as the policy maker could be expected to accelerate the implementation of bureaucratic reform in every ministry and institution under the government through the ministry of state apparatus utilization and bureaucratic reform of the republic of indonesia by prioritizing excellent good governance based on pancasila and the laws that apply in indonesia; therefore, the public sector organizations with various forms, processes, products, and services, both central and regional organizations, could have better governance in the future that is up to date with the current times. this research had limited focus on the principles of transparency, accountability, and responsibility in implementing good governance at the land transportation management center, so the authors expect that in the future this research could develop its research model of good governance by adding regulation, legitimacy, participation, and professionalism of organization members, not only related to transparency, accountability, and responsibility, so as to represent good governance thoroughly. the future researchers were also advised to make a comparison between implementing good governance in other public or non-public industries with a wider scope by reviewing the company's financial performance to assist the companies in analyzing their performance and help them highlight their economic standpoint. 6. declarations author contributions conceptualization, r.l.k. and j.h.p.; methodology, j.h.p. and d.d.; software, k.s.d., r.l.k., and j.h.p.; validation, r.l.k. and d.d.; formal analysis, k.s.d.; investigation, r.l.k., and j.h.p.; resources, r.l.k. and d.d.; data curation, r.l.k., d.d., k.s.d., and j.h.p.; writing—review and editing, r.l.k., k.s.d., and j.h.p.; visualization, d.d. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. acknowledgements we express our gratitude for the support that we received from the land transportation management center (bptd) throughout 38 provinces in indonesia which allows us to examine its employees and analyzes the implementation of good governance. not to forget to mention our deeply gratitude towards stia lan polytechnic, prof. dr. moestopo (beragama) university and nusa mandiri university who provided moral support to the authors in this research as well as our special thanks to the respondents who are willing to spares their time to be studied. institutional review board statement not applicable. informed consent statement the informed consent agreement regarding the provision of data and willingness to filled the survey had been approved by all participants. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 86 declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] kim, a. a., sadatsafavi, h., anderson, s. d., & bishop, p. (2017). preparing for the future of transportation construction: strategies for state transportation agencies. journal of management in engineering, 33(3), 4016045. doi:10.1061/(asce)me.19435479.0000494. [2] kokkaew, n., & chiara, n. (2013). a modeling government revenue guarantees in privately built transportation projects: a riskadjusted approach. transport, 28(2), 186–192. doi:10.3846/16484142.2013.803262. [3] hendriyanto, w. m. k. (2015). good governance in public services: a study of public transportation system in the jakarta metropolitan region, indonesia, master thesis, university of groningen, groningen, netherlands. [4] oktorini, r., & barus, l. s. (2022). integration of public transportation in smart transportation system (smart transportation system) in jakarta. konfrontasi: journal of cultural, economic and social change, 9(2), 341–347. doi:10.33258/konfrontasi2.v9i2.223. [5] karunia, r. l., solihati, k. d., & wati, n. k. (2022). implementation of good governance principles in the land transportation management center. kne social sciences, 1253–1268. doi:10.18502/kss.v7i9.11014. [6] google trends. (2023). transportation. google trends. available online: https://trends.google.co.id/trends/explore?date=today 5-y&q=transportation&hl=id (accessed on april 2023). [7] mogot, p. j. a. v., barus, l. s., & yola, l. (2021). the impact of covid-19 on the mobility of transjakarta passengers. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 716(1), 12135. doi:10.1088/1755-1315/716/1/012135. [8] macdonald, s., kovacs, g., witter, t., leroux, y., crocker, s., & richards, l. (2020). implementing a 2019 coronavirus disease airway management strategy for a provincial critical care and ground transport program. canadian journal of emergency medicine, 22(suppl 2), s104–s107. doi:10.1017/cem.2020.413. [9] luay ghozy rizq, m. (2021). analysis the quality of services for krl jabodetabek bekasi jakarta city line based on the user’s point of view during the covid-19 pandemic. international journal of social service and research, 1(4), 402–407. doi:10.46799/ijssr.v1i4.61. [10] putro, t. h., suripno, & sihombing, s. (2021). analysis of the effect of facilities, security and tariffs on the ja connexion bus services for west bekasi soetta airport route during the covid-19 pandemic. advances in transportation and logistics research, 4, 48–61. [11] sitanggang, r., & saribanon, e. (2018). transportation policies for jakarta’s congestion. conference on global research on sustainable transport (grost 2017, 147, 25–35. doi:10.2991/grost-17.2018.3. [12] williams, m. e., & petrait, k. l. (1993). u-pass. a model transportation management program that works. transportation research record, 1404, 73–81. [13] adisasmita, s. a., pallu, m. s., & ramli, m. i. (2022). investigating local resources and wisdom in partner regions surrounding the nation's capital for road network development. civil engineering journal, 8(5), 926-937. doi:10.28991/cej2022-08-05-06. [14] adler, j. l., & blue, v. j. (2002). a cooperative multi-agent transportation management and route guidance system. transportation research part c: emerging technologies, 10(5–6), 433–454. doi:10.1016/s0968-090x(02)00030-x. [15] esper, t. l., & williams, l. r. (2003). the value of collaborative transportation management (ctm): its relationship to cpfr and information technology. transportation journal, 42(4), 55–65. [16] smith, b. l., scherer, w. t., & conklin, j. h. (2003). exploring imputation techniques for missing data in transportation management systems. transportation research record, 1836(1836), 132–142. doi:10.3141/1836-17. [17] zhu, f., li, z., chen, s., & xiong, g. (2016). parallel transportation management and control system and its applications in building smart cities. ieee transactions on intelligent transportation systems, 17(6), 1576–1585. doi:10.1109/tits.2015.2506156. [18] legacy, c., curtis, c., & sturup, s. (2012). is there a good governance model for the delivery of contemporary transport policy and practice? an examination of melbourne and perth. transport policy, 19(1), 8–16. doi:10.1016/j.tranpol.2011.07.004. [19] labolo, m., & indrayani, e. (2019). bureaucratic reform and the challange of good governance implementation in indonesia. international journal of kybernology, 3(2), 25–42. doi:10.33701/ijok.v3i2.591. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 87 [20] widoyoko, d. (2007). good governance and provision of affordable housing in dki jakarta, indonesia: case study. loughborough university, loughborough, united kingdom. [21] oluwatayo, i. b., ojo, a. o., & adediran, o. a. (2022). socioeconomic impacts of households’ vulnerability during covid19 pandemic in south africa: application of tobit and probit models. hightech and innovation journal, 3(4), 385-393. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-04-02. [22] rotberg, r. i. (2014). good governance means performance and results. governance, 27(3), 511–518. doi:10.1111/gove.12084. [23] asare, t. (2009). internal auditing in the public sector: promoting good governance and performance improvement. international journal on government financial management, 9(1), 15–28. [24] dumont, g. e. (2013). transparency or accountability? the purpose of online technologies for nonprofits. international review of public administration, 18(3), 7–29. doi:10.1080/12294659.2013.10805261. [25] gold, s., & heikkurinen, p. (2018). transparency fallacy: unintended consequences of stakeholder claims on responsibility in supply chains. accounting, auditing and accountability journal, 31(1), 318–337. doi:10.1108/aaaj-06-2015-2088. [26] fitriana, k. n., satlita, l., & winarni, f. (2019). the implementation of collaborative governance in segoro amarto social movement in yogyakarta city. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 271(1), 12008. doi:10.1088/17551315/271/1/012008. [27] puri, d. l., & walsh, j. (2018). impact of good governance on performance of cooperatives in nepal. marketing & managment, 16(2), 206–222. [28] shin, j. c. (2010). impacts of performance-based accountability on institutional performance in the u.s. higher education, 60(1), 47–68. doi:10.1007/s10734-009-9285-y. [29] fajar, m., zwerenz, d., & setianingrum, r. b. (2019). disruptive innovation on competition law: regulation issues of online transportation in indonesia. european journal of economics and business studies, 5(2), 23. doi:10.26417/ejes.v5i2.p23-37. [30] tyan, j. c., wang, f. k., & du, t. (2003). applying collaborative transportation management models in global third-party logistics. international journal of computer integrated manufacturing, 16(4–5), 283–291. doi:10.1080/0951192031000089183. [31] rosalin, a., kombaitan, b., zulkaidi, d., dirgahayani, p., & syabri, i. (2019). towards sustainable transportation: identification of development challenges of tod area in jakarta metropolitan area urban railway projects. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 328(1), 12006. doi:10.1088/1755-1315/328/1/012006. [32] brotestes panjaitan, r., sumartono, s., sarwono, s., & saleh, c. (2019). the role of central government and local government and the moderating effect of good governance on forest fire policy in indonesia. benchmarking, 26(1), 147–159. doi:10.1108/bij-12-2017-0336. [33] puspita, n. y. (2022). good governance and flood management in jakarta. urban climate resilience. edward elgar publishing, cheltenham, united kingdom. doi:10.4337/9781803922508.00016. [34] bach-golecka, d. (2018). the emerging right to good governance. ajil unbound, 112, 89–93. doi:10.1017/aju.2018.37. [35] murombo, t. (2016). the effectiveness of initiatives to promote good governance, accountability and transparency in the extractives sector in zimbabwe. journal of african law, 60(2), 230–263. doi:10.1017/s0021855316000061. [36] fuka, j., baťa, r., josková, k., & křupka, j. (2022). study on the impacts of emergency on economic, environmental and social areas using mixed methods research. emerging science journal, 6(1), 86-105. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-01-07. [37] taryono, t., anggraeni, r. d., yunus, n. r., & rezki, a. (2021). good governance and leadership; sustainable national development with good governance and leadership in indonesia. salam: jurnal sosial dan budaya syar-i, 8(2), 649–662. doi:10.15408/sjsbs.v8i2.20253. [38] gomes, f. a. r., sakurai, s. n., & soave, g. p. (2022). government spending multipliers in good times and bad times: the case of emerging markets. macroeconomic dynamics, 26(3), 726–768. doi:10.1017/s136510052000036x. [39] agus purwanto, & yuli sudargini. (2021). partial least squares structural squation modeling (pls-sem) analysis for social and management research : a literature review. journal of industrial engineering & management research, 2(4), 114–123. [40] tama, j. (2017). the politics of strategy: why government agencies conduct major strategic reviews. journal of public policy, 37(1), 27–54. doi:10.1017/s0143814x15000148. [41] wang, j. (2015). managing social stability: the perspective of a local government in china. journal of east asian studies, 15(1), 1–25. doi:10.1017/s159824080000415x. [42] lynn, l. e., & robichau, r. w. (2013). governance and organisational effectiveness: towards a theory of government performance. journal of public policy, 33(2), 201–228. doi:10.1017/s0143814x13000056. https://doi.org/10.28991/esj-2022-06-01-07 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 88 [43] christie, a., smith, d., & conroy, k. (2013). transport governance indicators in sub-saharan africa. working paper no. 95, africa transport policy program, world bank, washington, united states. [44] beck, k. i., & brodsgaard, k. e. (2022). corporate governance with chinese characteristics: party organization in state-owned enterprises. china quarterly, 250, 486–508. doi:10.1017/s0305741021001351. [45] ohchr. (2020). about good governance. office of the high commissioner for human rights (ohchr), geneva, switzerland. available online: https://www.ohchr.org/en/good-governance/about-good-governance (accessed on april 2023). [46] belgrade open school. (2020). responsibility as a principle of good governance. belgrade open school, belgrade, serbia. available online: https://www.bos.rs/du-eng/responsibility/933/2017/06/29/responsibility-as-a-principle-of-good-governance.html (accessed on april 2023). [47] rothstein, b., & teorell, j. (2008). what is quality of government? a theory of impartial government institutions. governance, 21(2), 165–190. doi:10.1111/j.1468-0491.2008.00391.x. [48] hair, j. f., howard, m. c., & nitzl, c. (2020). assessing measurement model quality in pls-sem using confirmatory composite analysis. journal of business research, 109, 101–110. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2019.11.069. [49] sarstedt, m., hair, j. f., nitzl, c., ringle, c. m., & howard, m. c. (2020). beyond a tandem analysis of sem and process: use of pls-sem for mediation analyses! international journal of market research, 62(3), 288–299. doi:10.1177/1470785320915686. [50] khan, g. f., sarstedt, m., shiau, w. l., hair, j. f., ringle, c. m., & fritze, m. p. (2019). methodological research on partial least squares structural equation modeling (pls-sem): an analysis based on social network approaches. internet research, 29(3), 407–429. doi:10.1108/intr-12-2017-0509. [51] astrachan, c. b., patel, v. k., & wanzenried, g. (2014). a comparative study of cb-sem and pls-sem for theory development in family firm research. journal of family business strategy, 5(1), 116–128. doi:10.1016/j.jfbs.2013.12.002. [52] hair, j., hollingsworth, c. l., randolph, a. b., & chong, a. y. l. (2017). an updated and expanded assessment of pls-sem in information systems research. industrial management and data systems, 117(3), 442–458. doi:10.1108/imds-04-2016-0130. [53] sarstedt, m., radomir, l., moisescu, o. i., & ringle, c. m. (2022). latent class analysis in pls-sem: a review and recommendations for future applications. journal of business research, 138, 398–407. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2021.08.051. [54] ghozali, i. (2014). structural equation modeling: alternative method with partial least square (pls). badan penerbit universitas diponegoro, semarang, indonesia. [55] hair, j. f., black, w. c., babin, b. j., & anderson, r. e. (2018). multivariate data analysis (8th ed.). cengage learning, boston, united states. [56] hendratmi, h., mulyadi, j., & widiastuti, t. (2017). pengaruh transparansi dan komitmen terhadap akuntabilitas pengelolaan anggaran. jiafe (jurnal ilmiah akuntansi fakultas ekonomi), 3(2), 76–93. doi:10.34204/jiafe.v3i2.767. [57] mualifu, m., guspul, a., & hermawan, h. (2019). the effect of transparency, competence, internal control system, and organizational commitment on village government accountability in managing village fund allocation (empirical study of all villages in mrebet district, purbalingga regency). journal of economic, business and engineering (jebe), 1(1), 49-59. doi:10.32500/jebe.v1i1.875. [58] ebrahim, a. (2016). the many faces of nonprofit accountability. the jossey-bass handbook of nonprofit leadership and management, john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. doi:10.1002/9781119176558.ch4. [59] weisband, e., & ebrahim, a. (2007). introduction: forging global accountabilitie. in global accountabilities: participation, pluralism, and public ethics. in cambridge university press. cambridge university press. doi:10.1017/cbo9780511490903.001. [60] andolina, m. (2010). investing in democracy: engaging citizens in collaborative governance. contemporary sociology: a journal of reviews, 39(3), 347–348. doi:10.1177/0094306110367909aaa. [61] ansell, c., & gash, a. (2008). collaborative governance in theory and practice. journal of public administration research and theory, 18(4), 543–571. doi:10.1093/jopart/mum032. [62] abdullah, m. i. (2020). the effect of transparency and accountability on the responsibility of school financial management and the impact on teacher performance at madrasah tsanawiyah muqimus sunnah palembang. phd thesis, universitas tridinanti palembang, palembang, indonesia. (in indonesian). [63] lestiawan, h. y., & jatmiko, b. (2015). key success factor good government governance serta pengaruhnya terhadap kinerja pemerintah (survey pada pemerintah kabupaten gunungkidul). maksimum, 5(1), 32. doi:10.26714/mki.5.1.2015.32-49. [64] whitford, b. l., & jones, k. (2000). accountability, assessment, and teacher commitment: lessons from kentucky's reform efforts. suny press, albany, united states. [65] han, y., & hong, s. (2019). the impact of accountability on organizational performance in the u.s. federal government: the moderating role of autonomy. review of public personnel administration, 39(1), 3–23. doi:10.1177/0734371x16682816. [66] grunig, j. e., & hunt, t. t. (1984). managing public relations. wadsworth/thomson learning, belmont, united states. https://www.ohchr.org/en/good-governance/about-good-governance https://www.bos.rs/du-eng/responsibility/933/2017/06/29/responsibility-as-a-principle-of-good-governance.html hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 89 appendix i table a-1. list of questionnaire in this research items questionnaire list items questionnaire list transparency (x1) accountability (x2) tr1 the organization provided an up to date information, adequate, clear, accurate in comparable manner that easily accessible to related parties in accordance with their rights ac1 the organizations are managed properly, measurably and in accordance with their interests while still taking into account the interests of other stakeholders tr2 he organization provided disclosed information including the vision, mission and objectives of their organizations ac2 the organizations publishes the details of duties and responsibilities of each party and all employees in a clear and aligned manner with the organization's vision, mission, values and strategy tr3 the organization give clear information about the risk management system, internal monitoring and control system, gcg system and implementation as well as the level of compliance and important events that may affect the condition of the organization ac3 the organizations are guarantees that all part of organizations, including employees, have capacity to copes with their duties, responsibilities and roles in implementing gcg (good corporate governance) tr4 the principle of transparency that adopted by the organization need to implement continuously in order to maintain the secrecy of the organization in accordance with applicable laws and regulations ac4 the organization implements an effective internal control system for managing the agency tr5 the organization policies have been written proportionately and communicated to whole parties ac5 the organizations have its performance standards for all levels that are consistent with the business objectives, as well as having a system rewards and sanctions responsibility (x3) performance (y) rs1 the organizations adhere to the principle of prudence and ensure compliance with laws and regulations, statutes and agency regulations (by-laws) p1 the organization already has a vision, strategy and short and long term goals which are derived in measurable performance targets rs2 the institutions conducted social responsibilities including: concern for society and environmental sustainability, especially around the institutions, by making adequate planning and implementation p2 the achievement in the performance of the organization can be specific measures the successful in manages financial performance (such as pnbp revenue and reduced operational costs) rs3 the organizations are responsible as members of society for complying with applicable regulations and fulfilment of social needs p3 the achievement in the performance of the organization can be specific measures the successful in terms of community's perspective (such as community satisfaction with organizational performance) rs4 the organizations complies with laws and regulations and perform responsibilities towards society and the environment so that business continuity can be maintained in the long term and receive recognition as a good corporate citizen p4 the achievement in the performance of the organization can be specific measures the achievements from business process perspective (such as innovations made by agencies) rs5 responsibilities of the organizations include gives a clear description about the roles of all parties in achieving common goals, which involves with ensuring the compliance to regulations applied and social values p5 the achievement in the performance of the organization can be specific measures the achievements from learning and growth process perspective (such as employee satisfaction, training for employees and information systems) available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 373 issn: 2723-9535 information systems development methodologies: a review through a teleology approach helen kavvadia 1* 1 university of luxembourg, institute of political science, 11, porte des sciences, l-4366 esch-sur-alzette, luxembourg. received 24 december 2020; revised 27 july 2021; accepted 15 november 2021; published 01 december 2021 abstract the information systems analysis and design methodologies devised at the outbreak of the third industrial revolution shaped the systems analysis discipline and have trickled down to all systems, influencing most aspects of human development. to cope with the explosion of digital technology, these methodologies had to be developed rapidly, drawing from a wide range of theoretical backgrounds, based mainly on the "hard" scientific method and the "softer" systems approach. in the run-up to industry 4.0, with multiple information systems emerging, reflection on systems’ design fundamentals is important. intended to serve human activity and well-being, information systems are anthropocentric. their success lies in their ability to serve human goals. information systems analysis and design methodologies play a role in this by ensuring the best match between what is sought from systems and what they deliver in terms of the systems’ underlying final cause, or "telos". the paper investigates the teleological orientation of four founding systems analysis and design methodologies. using the wood-harper and fitzgerald taxonomy in order to identify the conceptual origins of the four methodologies under review, it categorizes and subsequently incorporates them into an extended taxonomy, assesses whether and how they are devised to cater to the incorporation of goals, and explains the inferred results based on the taxonomy. the paper posits that the founding information systems analysis and design methodologies do not have a marked teleological orientation and do not dispose of techniques for adequately incorporating systems’ goals. keywords: teleology; systems analysis; information systems analysis and design methodologies. 1. introduction the most severe failures of information systems (is) are attributed to the early stages of their development, when the fundamentals of the design were conceptualized and set. this study focuses on what churchman (1968) [1] considered an absolute requisite for the analysis and modelling of systems: purpose. the identification of the purpose of any given system is the compendium of the teleological aspects incorporated in the underlying philosophical systems, which has been termed the systems approach [1-9]. teleology, as defined by aristotle in metaphysics [10], corresponds to what systems specialists refer to as goal orientation, characterized by seminal systems theorists as the systemic attribute "par excellence" [11, 12]. according to schoderbek et al. [13], goal orientation is the litmus test for distinguishing organized complexities, such as systems, from chaotic ensembles [14]. systems incorporate two interlinked spheres: a perceptible sphere, which can be described as external and formal and includes materialistic aspects such as events, data, and points of location and time, and an imperceptible sphere, which refers to systems’ internal and informal attributes and encompasses social aspects such as beliefs, norms, goals, and purposes. as argued by mattessich (1978) [6], systems are goal-oriented and have a purpose either because: i) their * corresponding author: helen.kavvadia@ext.uni.lu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-04-09  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7109-5866 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 374 internal or social development allows norms to emerge out of this very system in the form of new holistic properties; or ii) norms are over-imposed externally, in which case the system becomes a quasi-extension of the influential external system by adopting its purpose wholly or partly. these two aspects are closely interconnected and constitute the two facets of any systemic entity. the perceptible sphere includes the constituent elements of a system, whereas the imperceptible one refers to the features that make "a system more than the mere sum of its parts" [6, 11, 15, 16]. this paper argues that, when analyzing or merely modelling an existing system, but foremostly when developing a new one, both spheres have to be equally considered to achieve a judicious blend, connecting the materialist "upper structure" to the social "under-structure" of the systems’ "edifice". such a dual perspective is essential for evaluating the success of systems based on their "anchoring" to the underlying needs they are intended to serve. the successful interconnection of the two constitutes the acid test for systems" stability, effectiveness, relevance, and ultimately their success. as they are intended to serve human activity and well-being, is is anthropocentric in serving human goals. consequently, it is interesting to delve in hindsight into founding is analysis and design methodologies, which have hitherto been the basis for the development of a plethora of is applications marking human economic and social activity. the paper focuses on the teleological orientation of these founding methodologies. the aim is to assess whether they incorporate a teleological perspective and the extent to which they ensure that developed systems are “telos-oriented” or, in other words, serving their “final cause” [17]. the paper constitutes a meta-analysis of existing is analysis and design methodologies, created in the formative years of the systems analysis discipline, contributing to its theoretical and operational establishment. aiming to investigate their teleological perspective, the paper provides a concise overview of the theoretical approaches and operational bases of selected is development methodologies while assessing their teleological “footprint”. these methodologies determined the is systems analysis and design that bolstered all aspects of human development over the last forty years. as founding elements of the emerging systems analysis discipline, they had to be shaped rapidly, drawing from a wide range of theoretical backgrounds. nonetheless, they have strongly marked this era—also indirectly—by engendering numerous subsequent and more recent methodologies. accordingly, their underling concepts are arguably topical, especially given that technology is currently at a similar historical juncture and zeitgeist in the run-up to industry 4.0, facing a whirlwind of concepts, technological advancements and application proposals. the investigation elucidates and discusses goal orientation as a deliberate activity incorporated in methodologies drawing on different disciplinary streams, based on the wood-harper and fitzgerald (1982) [18] taxonomy. the taxonomy evidences, indeed, that different methodologies reflect “in fact different perceptions in the field of systems analysis”. this taxonomy serves as the study’s theoretical framework. interestingly, it coincides with their motivation for crafting the taxonomy, as “the development of technology is a powerful impetus to the re-examination of ideas”. the paper posits that the systems teleology perspective has been marginally integrated in the is analysis and design founding methodologies. furthermore, it has been sidelined at the application level due to the lack of recognition of its importance for is analysis and design and the inherent challenges in incorporating social elements in the materialistic application processes. this has infiltrated the subsequent and currently used methodologies. as we are on the brink of a new technological quantum leap, further research on conceptual and methodological issues of systems analysis is timely, as developments are rapid and challenging, propelled by increased competition in the current multipolar and globalized world. humans are threatened by climate change, rising inequality and pandemics, while space is calling them beyond earth’s borders. thus, systems analysis is called to deliver. the study material is gleaned from secondary scholarly sources, processed through the theoretical framework, and presented in the following structure: section 2 presents the theoretical framework of the study; and section 3 investigates the teleological orientation of four selected is analysis and design methodologies using the theoretical framework for identifying their major influences. 2. theoretical approach to investigate the teleological orientation of the founding is analysis and design methodologies, the paper reviewed a number of methodologies, selecting four for further study. these four were selected on the basis of the following criteria: i) well-founded theoretically; ii) fully fledged, coving most aspects of the is development cycle; iii) well established and widely used; iv) topical, having demonstrated a longitudinal impact either directly, by still being in use, or indirectly, by having influenced subsequent methodologies. the study uses the wood-harper and fitzgerald taxonomy in order to i) identify the conceptual origins of the approaches in systems design; ii) trace back the conceptual origins of various methodologies to ensure a balanced mix of those selected for further investigation; and iii) further extend the taxonomy, to include the categorization of the methodologies under review. subsequently, the study assesses whether and how the selected methodologies are devised and equipped to incorporate systems’ goals. by juxtaposing the methodologies back onto the taxonomy at the end of the analysis, the paper derives further insights and some explanations for the teleology orientation of the methodologies under review. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 375 endeavoring to clear the confusion created by the explosion of numerous systems analysis methodologies, mainly in the 1970s, wood-harper and fitzgerald (1982) [18] developed a taxonomy of the then-existing methodologies to support informed choices of appropriate methodologies. the taxonomy includes six major approaches to systems analysis: i) general systems theory approach; (ii) human activity systems approach; (iii) participative (socio technical) approach; (iv) traditional (ncc, etc.) approach; (v) data analysis approach; (vi) structured systems (functional) approach. apart from the general systems theory approach, are all still currently used to some extent in the industry. the general systems theory is included as an approach “because of its important influence on systems thinking in general and because of the contribution it has made to almost all the other identified approaches”. these differing approaches “arise because it is so difficult to observe objectively a system that exists “out there” in the real world. our perceptions of that reality are different and subjective and it is these different perceptions that lead to the differing approaches”. the various systems analysis approaches emerged from quite diverse underlying paradigms, which for the purposes of the taxonomy are understood in a kuhnean sense, in particular as “a set of achievements which are acknowledged as the foundation of further practice …[and are as such]…subject free, in that [they] may apply to a number of problems regardless of their specific content”. the taxonomy identified two major paradigms, which have “infiltrated” the is analysis and design approaches: the “hard” scientific method and the “softer” systems approach. the former is characterised by “reductionism, repeatability and refutation” and the latter by “openness, low separability and high interdependence”, for accommodating human activity in a holistic way [18]. a review of founding is analysis and design methodologies highlights important differences in their approaches, which can be revealing with regard to their teleological orientation, using two criteria: i) is goal setting considered at the outset? ii) are methods provided for identifying and documenting goal setting in a structured and translucent way, possibly with the use of a refinement loop to increase detail? to assess whether, and if so to what extent, the teleological aspect is taken into consideration in these methodologies, the paper proceeds in the following four-step heuristic way: i) identification of focal methodologies, based on the frequency, range of applicability and topicality; ii) benchmarking of the selected methodologies against the wood-harper and fitzgerald taxonomy in order to identify their conceptual origins, providing a first indication of their eventual teleological constituent elements; iii) closer study of the methodologies under review to demonstrate the specificities of their teleological orientation; and iv) juxtaposing the methodologies against the taxonomy backdrop to explain the results, or a “light” causarum cognitatio. 3. assessment of selected information system analysis and design methodologies based on the literature review, the paper identified four major mainstream and widely applied methodologies on which it focuses: i) problem statement language/problem statement analyzer (psl/ psa); ii) checkland’s soft system methodology; iii) information systems work and analysis of changes (isac); and iv) two similar methodologies, namely, the structured analysis and design technique (sad) and the structured systems analysis (ssa), belonging to a cohort of associated methodologies, comprising a variety of data flow diagram (dfd) methodologies. the benchmarking of the selected methodologies against the wood-harper and fitzgerald taxonomy of is analysis and design approaches shows that they are mostly “hybrid”, stemming from more than one approaches, given that the originating streams of systems analysis have never been at odds. rather, it seems the two streams have coexisted, resulting in coalescent approaches, which, further down the line, have had overlapping spheres of influence in methodology developments. with the exception of the ensemble of methodologies resulting from the structured systems analysis approach, as mentioned above, there is no orthodoxy in methodologies, as most of them draw on more than one approach (figure 1). 3.1. problem statement language/problem statement analyzer the problem statement language/problem statement analyzer (psl/psa) is a computer-aided methodology devised as part of the information system design and optimization system (isdos) project at the university of michigan to aid system development during the requirements definition stage. the methodology—which has been uninterruptedly in use since its creation in 1968 [19, 20], emerged as a reaction to the frequently unsuccessful is developments in the 1960s, given that the computer-based graphical techniques preferred at the time could not cope with the size and complexity of large systems. psl/psa is therefore “frontloaded”, based mainly on the premise that the front end of the is development process is more important because it deals with incorporating the user’s point of view [21]. psl/psa is thus proffered for documenting and analyzing system requirements based on identified organizational information needs [21-25]. this frontloaded view of systems development is also shared by other major scholars [26, 27]. psl/psa was conceived to deal with the initiation of systems, and thus its principal objective is the shaping of the system request. accordingly, it supports the clear specification of the system’s requirements as a basis for the design phases. the methodology is problem oriented in the sense that it facilitates problem scanning and identification within the is development process, such as error and consistency scrutiny. however, it considers the system’s interaction with the organization as beyond its scope [28]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 376 figure 1. benchmarking is development methodologies against the wood-harper and fitzgerald taxonomy of is analysis and design approaches. inferentially, the methodology has no means for identifying, documenting and incorporating organizational needs beyond those linked to information processing despite calls to view the specification of system requirements merely as the means for fulfilling the needs of organizations [29-30]. even so, psl/psa constitutes a representative example of the emphasis placed by most is systems methodologies on “getting the requirements right” [31]. the vast majority of the is development methodologies share the same focus [32-41]. surely, setting the system requirements is the first in a series of methodological steps to transform vaguely expressed system needs into a “working manifestation”, although with no guarantee that the system will ultimately serve the overarching organizational goals. for the latter, psl/psa is in no way equipped, as it does not have the means to even deal with needs and requirements, and hence it lacks any teleological orientation. in the literature, requirements are generally viewed as a list of particular tasks that have to be fulfilled before approaching the system design. consequently, is requirements are not goals or ends, in other words teloi, but rather means, prerequisites and conditions for their achievement. prima facie, this contradicts langefors [42, 43], who considers requirements to be goal statements, and as they specify what is to be achieved, goals extend well beyond practicalities into the sphere of value judgments [6] and subjective engagements [44]. their nature, formation and articulation are subject to personal and organizational perspectives as well as weltanschauungen. upon second look, however, this is in line with langefors, who refers to requirements as goals of the system design and the system analyst rather than of the system itself. in fact, considering that is requirements must emanate from goals and subsequently serve as a means for achieving these goals through the design of effective systems, they do not diminish the importance of the requirement analysis and definition process. on the contrary, the apt specification of requirements is the sine qua non condition for ensuring systems’ success in serving the interests of users and organisations [45]. requirements are, in this sense, derivatives of the goals, but they are of great importance, as they reflect goals, which are often hidden and unspoken. through their documentation, requirements enable consensus building around system goals and needs, streamlining modi of man-machine interactions and facilitating the judicious blend of formal and informal aspects of is analysis and design [31, 45]. deriving from a “hard” scientific method and a data processing approach, psl/psa fully lacks, however, the necessary teleological orientation for ensuring the optimal link between goals and requirements, as the means for their achievement. 3.2. soft system methodology checkland’s soft system methodology (ssm) [15] was developed at the university of lancaster, principally based on a human activity systems approach, while drawing on elements of the general systems theory. widely used to the present day [46], this methodology has been further developed to deal with human activity situations involving technological as well as social and political aspects. it is an attempt to apply systems thinking to systems practice in order to tackle unstructured or so called “soft” problems. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 377 the methodology consists of seven stages. the first two stages aim to express, in the richest way possible, not the problem but the prevailing situation in which the problem has arisen. stage 3 identifies and defines systems possibly related to the putative problem, in terms of what these systems are and not what they do [15]. the definition of systems in this sense is based on a “particular view”, aggregating the views of the analyst and all those related to the system solutions to be crafted, after achieving consensus among the concerned parties. stage 4 consists of making “idealistic” conceptual models of the human activity, cast to fit the definition of the systems shaped in stages 1 and 2. in ensuring the comprehensiveness of the conceptual model, the methodology foresees the use of techniques for framing organizational stakeholder perspectives, such as the catwoe, which stands for customer, actor, transformation, worldview, owner and environment. stage 5 consists of a comparison between the analysis outcomes of stages 2 and 4, that is, the “idealistic”/ “should” and the “actual”/ “is” situation of the systems. stage 6 refers to the debate triggered by the “comparison” of the “should” and “is” situations among the concerned parties. in this sense, the discussion is a means for generating proposals for possible changes, which are both desirable and feasible within the given context. the final stage 7 rolls-out the necessary actions for improving the problem situation, based on the consensus achieved in stage 6 [15]. the hallmark of checkland’s methodology is stage 3, which he terms “root definition”. he embedded the methodology in the systems approach, thus stressing that systems must be defined through a contextual approach, taking into consideration the system’s environment [6]. the definition of the system’s purpose—which is the quintessence of the teleological orientation of any system is considered when shaping the root definition of its underlying weltanschauung. does this, however, justify the conclusion that the methodology includes teleological aspects as a deliberate activity in the way understood in this paper? checkland uses the root definition as a means to comprehend the problem situation. the root definition is an arbitrary interpretation of the system under investigation, modelled to reflect the actual system, but in a simpler way than. its reduced complexity allows a sharper focus on eventual problems, their nature and possible interrelations. a good root definition is one that best helps to understand the problem situation and not one that reflects the “telos” of the actual system. in this sense, it takes into consideration an “artificial” purpose crafted to understand reality [47] and not the purpose underlying reality. furthermore, checkland does not address the increased complexity arising from the fact that different participants— working within or in association with the system view the system from different perspectives and thus have different understandings of the situation and the system as well as different expectations and objectives [48]. as the latter cannot be easily understood, the identification of the systems’ goals, which could possibly resolve the problem situation, is left aside. admittedly, this could be attributed to checkland’s [15] acknowledgement that the goals of soft systems cannot be adequately dealt with within the framework of the methodology. although ssm differs from other methodologies in its “soft” perspective with wide social and political components, it does not fully cater to the needs of a teleological orientation. 3.3. information systems work and analysis of changes information systems work and analysis of changes (isac) is a participative, process-oriented approach to is development with a particular focus on the analysis and design phases of the development process [49]. it is the result of research work carried out at the royal institute of technology at the university of stockholm in the early 1970s and is still in use [50]. devised as a problem-solving methodology, it primarily aims at understanding and exposing the fundamental causes of a system’s problems. the isac contains five phases that cover the entire is development process, the first three of which focus on problem, while the last two focus on data-solving issues: i) change analysis identifies the necessary changes to resolve the problem situation; ii) activity studies refine the needs in more detail and model the proposed new system, using activity graphs, such as a-graphs; iii) information analysis concerns the extraction of information sets from the a-graphs; iv) documentation “crystallizes” the extracted information sets with component graphs (c-graphs) and defines the requirements; iv) data system design crafts a technical solution to meet the requirement specification; v) equipment adaptation concerns the evaluation of the technology setting and the eventual changes to be introduced. isac is a complete methodology guiding the is designer from the theoretical level of needs identification all the way to the implementation of necessary equipment adaptation [51-53]. the question of teleology concerns the change analysis phase of is development, when “system logical aspects” are framed. this phase attempts to identify the improvements needed to resolve or improve the problematic issues [51]. the change analysis includes the following main sub-activities: i) analysis of problems and needs (problem listing, analysis of interest groups, problem groupings, description of current activities, description and analysis of goals, evaluation of current situation); ii) study of change alternatives (generation of changes alternatives, description of change alternatives, evaluation of change alternatives); iii) choice of change alternatives (choice of change alternatives, choice of development measures, analysis of parallel development measures). a change analysis clearly follows a generalized systems analysis trend, which emphasizes the identification of needs as the starting point for any is development [28, 36, 42, 54-57]. although some individual research streams have based proposed methodologies on the definition of “desires” rather than needs, the foundation of systems analysis methodologies has been based on expressed needs [33]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 378 isac’s change analysis phase concentrates on the identification of change motives [58] or possible needs. nonetheless, unlike other mainstream methodologies, isac identifies needs on the basis of a comparison between what exists the problem table and the description of current activities and “what is wanted” a table of goals for the identification of needs, which are then evaluated in the next isac phase. “the problem to be attacked” is shaped in the “table of goals”, which can be transformed into needs for change [51]. isac introduces goals as a decisive parameter in is development. it is, nevertheless, necessary to investigate how the term “goal” is understood in the context of this methodology before evaluating its teleological orientation. isac illustrates this point with an example showing how problems, desires, goals and needs are related in the context of a change analysis: “a desire for an inventory item may be to attain a service level of 95% in the long run. a realistic goal may be a service level of 90%. the problem in the current situation is that the service level is only 70%, which is too low and leads to undesirable consequences. there is a need for change in order to raise the service level from 70 to 90%, a difference of 20%” [51]. the example reveals that isac understands goals as “goals for the activities”, which is, as intended future activity states and not as goals for the information system as a whole. this focus on activity goals as opposed to overarching goals, in combination with the inherent feature of organizational hierarchies of tending to adopt sub-aims within complex organizations, may lead to system inefficiency and ineffectiveness if these sub-goals prove incompatible with the system’s general goals [59]. in this light, isac shows no teleological orientation. even so, in presenting the implementation of an adapted version of isac, rajkovic (1979) [60] claimed that “an appropriate is has to support development of man as producer, consumer, and manager, on the basis of goals such as: carrying out sociopolitical activities, expression of personality, job satisfaction, social security, education, etc.”. his reference addresses broader goals of individuals or social systems, such as organizations, and not strictly is goals. in this vein, isac provides a suitable framework for incorporating a teleological dimension in is development, with different levels of aspiration and scope. however, this implies that additional tools and techniques need to be devised and added to the isac framework. 3.4. structured systems analysis ssa is a generic term for a whole range of methodologies that have been devised to improve the structuring of problem situations that are not clearly defined [61]. they consist of methodologies equipped with tools and techniques that emerged in a bottom-up fashion from system development, such as structured programming applications, rather than in a top-down sense of having systems theory as their starting point. these methodologies are intended to be the blueprints of is models. as explained by gane & sarson (1979) [36], their underlying concept is the drive to satisfy users’ needs by enabling users and is analysts to have a clear and common picture of the system and how its parts fit together through logical (non-physical) system models depicted with graphical techniques. although claiming the importance of structuring systems’ requirements, none of the ssa methodologies assists in the actual process of determining them. rather, they assist in specifying and documenting the requirements, ensuring that no obvious requirements have been omitted [62]. in this context, the notion of defining requirements is considered in a broad sense, encompassing all the aspects of system development prior to the actual system design. this is particularly evident in the structured analysis and design technique (sadt), which is part of the ssa ensemble and proposes a requirements definition process based on three interrelated “subjects”: context analysis, functional specification and design constraints [40]. in this sense, sadt can be viewed as problemrather than goal oriented, given that context analysis only focuses on the reasons dictating the system development. another methodology in the ssa cohort, also named structured systems analysis (ssa), consists of five main stages: the initial study, the detailed study, the definition of a “menu” of alternatives, gaining commitment from users based on the “menu” and the physical design of the new system. the definition of alternatives comprises the identification of objectives for the new system. system objectives are viewed as a means for achieving the overall organizational objectives and are derived from the limitations of the existing system. they are linked with principal organizational objectives, such as increased revenue, avoidance of cost and improved service, coined under the acronym iracis. being universal and generic, these objectives can be attributed to any kind of is, in any context. objectives and goals of this kind are often mentioned in literature in the form of generally desired outcomes, such as the more rapid and accurate provision of up-to-date information. although they can be adapted and tailored to fit particular organizational circumstances, their generality reduces their relevance for the development of any particular is, whose nature and features are determined by the pertinent users in a specific organizational and general context. in this sense, ssa recognizes the importance of specifying systems goals; however it remains ensnared in generic objectives, without a systematic process for identifying specific goals, as needed in a teleological approach. the use of specific goals for is development, derived from the organizational context, requires specialized techniques beyond the ssa checklists of universal and generic goals [63, 64]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 379 4. toward goal-oriented systems analysis and design methodologies in the maturing phase of the is methodology development process, which began in the mid-1970s, a number of important, theoretically oriented works focused on the principles of is analysis and design rather than on the process. in an effort to incorporate a social dimension into the is methodologies, most of them assign particular importance to appropriate goal identification and setting. for example, the socio-technical approach stresses the need to focus on social as well as technical goals [9, 65, 66]. the socio-cybernetic meta-modelling includes preferences and values [67]. the contractual view of is is clearly goal oriented [68]. in an effort to model systems of social norms, from which information requirements can be logically deduced, the semiotic approach to is analysis and design—drawing on the theory of signs emphasizes the importance of appropriately considering goals in is development [27, 45, 69-72]. this approach yields ‘methods and tools for analyzing and designing the social, pragmatic, and semantic aspects of is that receive little attention in our current methodologies’ [71]. stamper (1981) [27] proposed a framework for a methodology based on an evolutionary approach of continuous creation, whereby is development proceeds in loop-type cycles all the way from a system’s definition to its implementation, taking into consideration the following: i) goals/tasks/destinations; ii) teams/units/jurisdictions; iii) subject matter/universe of discourse; iv) decisions, internal/external; v) information precedence/need to know; vi) rules/policies/laws; and vii) constraints upon discretion. the process consists of iterative cycles and embraces goal orientation to achieve the design of formal is that are in harmony with the informal human systems [73]. some authors have supplemented theoretical considerations with methods and techniques to deal with certain specific tasks that are relevant to systems teleology. one of these, value analysis, uses the teleological perspective to overcome organizational suboptimisation [73]. cognizant of the importance of goal consideration in is analysis and design, there have been attempts to guide analysts in their choice of appropriate methodologies. for this purpose, systematic evaluations of the performance of various methodologies have been performed. the evaluations attempted to shed light on and assess methodologies in the context of subjective and conflicting organizational objectives, where is parameters are projected against a hierarchy of organizational goals [48]. the literature review reveals important endeavours for devising credible methods to extract and subsequently structure usually in a hierarchical form the particular is goals in any given situation as well as documentation techniques for facilitating consensus building around is development. such goal hierarchies contribute to a deeper and more complete understanding of systems by enriching the specifications regarding the perceptible sphere of materialistic aspects, such as technology with those of the imperceptible sphere of a social nature, comprising norms, beliefs and goals. additionally, these hierarchies can legitimize systems within their organizational context, offering a kind of yardstick for assessing is effectiveness as well as further development prospects. is developed on this basis can even become a vehicle for improved overall performance and support the accomplishment of organizational goals. systems emerging in this way can thus be more easily accepted and integrated in their context, as they reflect users’ and organizations’ preferences and priorities, at the formal as well the informal levels. as goals are the foundational elements of is design, methods for their extraction, documentation and “processing” should be applied prior to, or in parallel and in combination with, existing methodologies. an important success factor for such methods has been identified: their ability to provide interfaces with sub-system layers or other systems, allowing the development of subsequent tasks to fit broader “multi-view methodologies” [74]. 5. conclusions the is analysis and design methodologies devised at the outbreak of the third industrial revolution shaped the systems analysis discipline and have infiltrated all aspects of human development ever since. due to the explosion of digital technology, they had to be developed rapidly, drawing on a wide range of theoretical backgrounds, mainly based on the "hard" scientific method and the "softer" systems approach. currently, at a similar historic juncture and zeitgeist in the run-up to industry 4.0, is systems are expected to multiply exponentially. revisiting system design fundamentals is thus not parochial but imperative. intended to support human activity and well-being, is systems are anthropocentric. their success lies in their ability not to meet design requirements [75-80], but to serve human goals. is analysis and design methodologies play an important role by ensuring the best match between the overarching goal of systems and what they provide in terms of the underlying "final cause", or "telos". the paper reviewed four founding is analysis and design methodologies and examined their teleological orientations, aiming to assess whether and how they cater to the incorporation of goals. the investigation reveals that systems teleology is not adequately considered in the generally applicable and widely accepted is analysis and design methodologies. using the wood-harper and fitzgerald taxonomy to identify the conceptual origins of the methodologies under review, the analysis shows that the only one with no teleological orientation is the psl/psa. this can be explained by its purely “hard” science roots, although these roots did not hinder the ssa cohort of methodologies from allowing some sort of goal-setting, albeit in a generic check-list form. isac clearly provides a suitable framework for incorporating a teleological dimension in is development, with different levels of aspiration and scope. however, this hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 380 implies that additional tools and techniques need to be devised and added to the isac framework. also coming from the “soft” stream, ssm differs from other methodologies in its “soft” perspective, with wide social and political components. however, it does not fully cater to the needs of a teleological orientation. in a nutshell, there is a congruent approach among the “soft” system methodologies, which distinguishes them from those rooted in “hard” science, although the difference is not clear cut. on the contrary, the lack of orthodoxy leads to their coalescence. this should not lead to the conclusion that the significance of a teleological orientation in systems analysis and design has been disregarded. without vociferous criticism, several theorists have stressed the importance of incorporating social elements in is analysis and design, and many have proposed methodologies. however, no methodology has demonstrated the capability to support a structured teleological analysis, and thus the topic requires further research. 6. declarations 6.1. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.3. acknowledgements i would like to acknowledge the tutoring and guidance of ronald stamper at the london school of economics as part of my research at the legol project, and the works of frank land that have been a great inspiration. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the author declares that she has no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] churchman, c. w. (1968). the systems approach (vol. 8459). dell publishing company, new york, united states. [2] emery, f. (2017). on purposeful systems. in on purposeful systems. aldine-atherton press: open library, chicago, united states. doi:10.4324/9781315125640. [3] amler, r. w. (1893). analyse und gestaltung strategischer informationssysteme der unternehmung. vandenhoeck & ruprecht, göttingen, göttingen, germany. [4] rosnay, j. d. (1975). le macroscope: vers une vision globale. editions du seuil, paris, france. [5] kast, f. e., & rosenzweig, j. e. (1985). organization and management: a systems and contingency approach. mcgraw-hill, new york, united states. [6] mattessich, r. (1978). instrumental reasoning and systems methodology: an epistemology of the applied and social sciences (no. 15). springer science & business media, dordrecht, netherlands. [7] sokolovsky, z., (1977). ein systemtheoretischanalytesches modell eines betrieblichen formatierten datenbanksystems. ph.d. thesis presented at justus-liebig-universität giessen, giessen, germany. [8] smyth, d. s., checkland, p. b., 1976. using systems approach: the structure of root definitions. journal of applied systems analysis 5(1), 75–83. [9] van court, h. (1967). systems analysis: a diagnostic approach. harcourt, brace and world inc., new york, united states. [10] aristotle. (1999). metaphysics (translated by ross). the internet classics archive. book, 1. available online: http://classics.mit.edu/aristotle/metaphysics.mb.txt (accessed on may 2021). [11] hall, a. d., hagen, r. e., (1956). definition of systems. general systems: the yearbook of the society for general systems research i, 18–28. [12] von bertalanffy, l., & rapaport, a. (1958). general systems: yearbook of the society for the advancement of general systems theory, (vol. i 1956). british journal for the philosophy of science, 9(34). [13] schoderbek p. p., schoderbek c. g., & kefalas, a. g. (1985). management systems: conceptual considerations. business publications inc., iowa, united states. [14] aristotle. (1999). nicomachean ethics. (translated by ross), batoche books, kitchener. available online: https://socialsciences.mcmaster.ca/econ/ugcm/3ll3/aristotle/ethics.pdf. (accessed on may 2021). http://classics.mit.edu/aristotle/metaphysics.mb.txt https://socialsciences.mcmaster.ca/econ/ugcm/3ll3/aristotle/ethics.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 381 [15] checkland, p. b. (1981). systems thinking, systems practice john wiley & sons. new york, united states. [16] churchman, c. w. (1968). the systems approach (vol. 8459). dell publishing company, new york, united states. [17] tsatsos, c. d. (1978). methodology and teleology. management science, 24(7), 709–711. doi:10.1287/mnsc.24.7.709. [18] wood-harper, a. t., & fitzgerald, g. (1982). a taxonomy of current approaches to systems analysis. computer journal, 25(1), 12–16. doi:10.1093/comjnl/25.1.12. [19] darnton, g. (2002). modelling requirements and architecting large-scale on-line competence-based learning systems. in proceedings of ieee international conference on advanced learning technologies (icalt 2002): 170–174. [20] mcdaniel, p. d. (1989). using psl/psa to model information system planning for the united states department of the army headqarters. in ceur workshop proceedings (vol. 961). us army deputy chief of staff for personnel, united states. [21] teichroew, d., & hershey, e. a. (1977). psl/psa: a computer-aided technique for structured documentation and analysis of information processing systems. ieee transactions on software engineering, se-3(1), 41–48. doi:10.1109/tse.1977.229902. [22] teichroew, d., hershey, e. a., (1979). psl/psa: a computer-aided technique for structured documentation and analysis of information processing systems. in yourdon, e. n. (ed.), classics in software engineering. yourdon inc., englewood cliffs, new jersey, united states. doi:10.5555/1241515.1241538. [23] teichroew, d. (1974). improvements in the system life cycle. information processing. amsterdam, netherlands. [24] teichroew, d., berg, d. l. r., & hershey, e. a. (1974). an example of the use of psl using top-down analysis. in working paper. isdos wp74. university of michigan, ann arbor, michigan, united states. [25] teichroew, d., hershey, e. a., & bastarache, m. j. (1974). information system description analysis. in working paper. isdos wp86. university of michigan, ann arbor, michigan, united states. [26] maddison, r. n., baker, g. j., & bhabuta, l. (1984). beyond productivity: information systems development for organizational effectiveness. information and management, 7(3), 157–163. doi:10.1016/0378-7206(84)90044-2. [27] stamper, r. (1981). evolutionary development of large systems. london school of economics, london, united states. [28] ciborra, c. v. (1984). beyond productivity: information systems development for organizational effectiveness. information and management, 7(3), 157–163. doi:10.1016/0378-7206(84)90044-2. [29] langefors, b. (1978). analysis of user needs. in g. bracchi & p. c. lockemann (eds.), information systems methodology. proceedings, 2nd conference of the european cooperation in informatics. springer verlag. doi:10.1007/3-540-08934-9. [30] langefors, b. (1978). what is a formal requirements specification? what does it contain? how is it structured and for what is it useful? closing panel. in ifip tc8 (p. 81), oxford, united kingdom. [31] nosek, j. t., & sherr, d. m. (1984). beyond productivity: information systems development for organizational effectiveness. information and management, 7(3), 157–163. doi:10.1016/0378-7206(84)90044-2. [32] bantleman, j. p., & jones, a. h. (1984). systems analysis methodologies: a research project. in t. m. a. bemelmans (ed.), beyond productivity: information systems development for organiuzational effectiveness, 213–254. elsevier science publishers b.v. amsterdam, netherlands. [33] couger, j. d. (1973). evolution of business system analysis techniques. acm computing surveys (csur), 5(3), 167–198. doi:10.1145/356619.356621. [34] de maio, a. (1980). socio-technical methods for information systems design. in h. lucas, l. c., l. f.f., t. j., & k. supper (eds.), proc. ifip 8.2 working conference on the information systems environment (pp. 105–122). north-holland publishers. [35] demarco, t. (1979). structural analysts and systems specification. englewood cliffs, yourdon inc. & prentice-hall, new jersey, united states. [36] gane, c., sarson, t., 1979. structured systems analysis: tools and techniques. prentice-hall inc, englewood cliffs, new jersey, united states. [37] hruschka, p. (2014). requirements engineering. in handbuch it-projektmanagement. tagung der wissenschaftlichen kommission betriebsinformatik. doi:10.3139/9783446441217.013. [38] hamilton, m., & zeldin, s. (2005). the manager as an abstract systems engineer. digest of papers, 98–105. doi:10.1109/cmpcon.1977.680807. [39] land, f. (1982). adapting to changing user requirements. information and management, 5(2), 59–75. doi:10.1016/03787206(82)90039-8. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 382 [40] ross, d. t., & schoman, k. e. (1977). structured analysis for requirements definition. ieee transactions on software engineering, se-3(1), 6–15. doi:10.1109/tse.1977.229899. [41] taggart, w. m. jr. and tharp, m. o. (1977). a survey of information requirements analysis techniques. computing surveys. vol. 9, no 4, (pp 273-290). doi:10.1007/978-3-663-07965-1. [42] langefors, b. (1978). analysis of user needs. in g. bracchi & p. c. lockemann (eds.), proceedings, 2nd conference of the european cooperation in informatics. springer verlag. doi:10.1007/3-540-08934-9. [43] langefors, b. (1978). what is a formal requirements specification? what does it contain? how is it structured and for what is it useful? closing panel. ifip tc8, oxford, united states. [44] luhmann, n. (1977). zweckbegriff und systemrationalität. in über die funktion von zwecken in sozialen systemen. suhrkamp, frankfurt, germany. [45] stamper, r. (1984). general subsystem structure for requirements analysis. london school of economics, london, united kingdom. [46] rodríguez-ulloa, r. a., montbrun, a., & martínez-vicente, s. (2011). soft system dynamics methodology in action: a study of the problem of citizen insecurity in an argentinean province. systemic practice and action research, 24(4), 275–323. doi:10.1007/s11213-010-9187-z. [47] smyth, d. s., & checkland, p. b. (1976). using a systems approach: the structure of root definitions. journal of applied systems analysis, 5(1), 75–83. [48] land, f. f., mumford, e., & hawgood, j. (1980). training the systems analysts of the 1980s: four analytical procedures to assist the design process. in the information systems environment vol. 2, 239–256. [49] hanani, m. z., & shoval, p. (1986). a combined methodology for information systems analysis and design based on isac and niam. information systems, 11(3), 245–253. doi:10.1016/0306-4379(86)90032-3. [50] marks, a. (2012). information systems development methodolgies in a developing higher education. iceis 2012 proceedings of the 14th international conference on enterprise information systems, 2 isas (saic), 135–141. doi:10.4236/ce.2012.31019. [51] lundeberg, m., goldkuhl, g., & nilsson, a. (1979). a systematic approach to information systems development-ii problem and data oriented methodology. information systems, 4(2), 93–118. doi:10.1016/0306-4379(79)90012-7. [52] lundeberg, m., goldkuhl, g., & nilsson, a. (1979). a systematic approach to information systems development-i. introduction. information systems, 4(1), 1–12. doi:10.1016/0306-4379(79)90029-2. [53] lundeberg, m., goldkuhl, g., & nilsson, a. g. (1981). information systems development: a systematic approach. prentice hall, new jersey, united states. [54] bemelmans, th. m. a., eloranta, e., (1984). on systemological design of information systems. in bemelmans, th. m. a. (ed.) 1984. beyond productivity: information systems development for organisational effectiveness. elsevier science publishers b.v. (north holland), amsterdam, netherlands. [55] analyzer, e. d. p. (1979). the analysis of user needs. edp analyzer, 17(1), 1–13. [56] lucas, h., c., land, f. f., lincoln, t. j., supper, k. (eds.), (1980). proc. ifip 8.2 working conference on the information systems environment. north-holland publishers, amsterdam, netherlands. [57] mélѐse, j., (1979). information besoins et desirs. informatique et gestion. no 105, paris, france. [58] blokdijk, a., blokdijk, p., (1987). planning and design of information systems. academic press. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12107071-7.50003-8. [59] henney, a., & donald, a. g. (1968). management, information and systems. vol. 19, issue 1. pergamon press, oxford, united kingdom. doi:10.2307/3008612. [60] rajkovic, v., (1979). development of an information system in a self-management environment. open conference of the ifip, bonn, germany. [61] delisie, n. m., menicosy, d. e., & kerth, n. l. (1982). tools for supporting structured analysis. in h. j. schneider & a. i. wasserman (eds.), automated tools for information systems design (pp. 11–20). north-holland, amsterdam, netherlands. [62] vitalari, n. p. (1984). beyond productivity: information systems development for organizational effectiveness. information and management, 7(3), 157–163. doi:10.1016/0378-7206(84)90044-2. [63] antill, l., (1984). towards a goal oriented design methodology for small business systems. in bemelmans, th. m. a. (ed), beyond productivity: information systems development for organisational effectiveness. elsevier science publishers b.v. (north holland), amsterdam, netherlands. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 383 [64] saaksjarvi, m., (1979). framework for participative systems long range planning. open conference of the ifip, bonn, germany. [65] hedberg, b., (1973). mis-design as a change process – a sociotechnical approach. international institute of management, berlin, germany. [66] land, f., lincoln, t., mumford, e., & supper, k. (1980). the information systems environment. information and management, 3(4), 163–169. doi:10.1016/0378-7206(80)90022-1. [67] iivari, j., (1984). a sociocybernetic metamodel for systemeering as a framework for the contingency research into information systems development. in bemelmans, th. m. a. (ed.), beyond productivity: information systems development for organizational effectiveness. information & management 7(3), 157–163. doi.org/10.1016/0378-7206(84)90044-2. [68] ciborra, c., bracchi, g., & maggiolini, p. (1984). a multiple-contingency review of systems analysis methods and models. in h. c. lucas, f. f. land, t. j. lincoln, & k. supper (eds.), proc. ifip 8.2 working conference on the information systems environment (pp. 47–60). north-holland publishers, amsterdam, netherlands. [69] stamper, r., (1973). information in business and administrative systems. batsford, london, united kingdom. [70] stamper, r. (1980). legol: modelling legal rules by computer. in b. niblett (ed.), computer science and law. cambridge university press, cambridge, united kingdom. [71] stamper, r. k. (1985). towards a theory of information. information: mystical fluid or a subject for scientific enquiry? computer journal, 28(3), 195–199. doi:10.1093/comjnl/28.3.195. [72] stamper, r., liu, k., hafkamp, m., & ades, y. (2000). understanding the roles of signs and norms in organizations – a semiotic approach to information systems design. behaviour and information technology, 19(1), 15–27. doi:10.1080/014492900118768. [73] mehra, s., & bretz, r. w. (1981). value analysis: a technique for implementing systems thinking in the organization. interfaces, 11(2), 48–52. doi:10.1287/inte.11.2.48. [74] episkopou, d. m., & wood-harper, a. t. (1984). beyond productivity: information systems development for organizational effectiveness. information and management, 7(3), 157–163. doi:10.1016/0378-7206(84)90044-2. [75] leif, b. m. (1980). systems requirements analysis – methods and models. in lucas, h., c., land, f.f., lincoln, t. j. and supper, k. (eds). (1980). proc. ifip 8.2 working conference on the information systems environment. north-holland publishers, amsterdam, netherlands. [76] bemelmans, t. m. a. (ed.). (1984). beyond productivity: information systems development for organizational effectiveness. information and management, 7(3), 157–163. doi:10.1016/0378-7206(84)90044-2. [77] ibm, (1972). communications oriented production, information and control system. ibm, gbof – 4115. available online: https://second.wiki/wiki/communications_oriented_production_information_and_control_system (accessed on may 2021) [78] ibm, (1978). information systems planning guide. ge 20–0527–2, second edition. available online: http://www.bitsavers.org/ pdf/ibm/generalinfo/ge20-0527-2_information_systems_planning_guide_oct78.pdf [79] bracchi, g., & lockemann, p. c. (1978). information systems methodology. in g. bracchi & p. c. lockemann (eds.), proceedings, 2nd conference of the european cooperation in informatics. springer verlag. doi:10.1007/3-540-08934-9. [80] courbon, j. c., & bourgeois, m. (1980). the information systems designer as a nurturing agent of a socio-technical process. in h. lucas, l. c., l. f.f., t. j., & k. supper (eds.), proc. ifip 8.2 working conference on the information systems environment. north-holland publishers, amsterdam, netherlands. https://second.wiki/wiki/communications_oriented_production_information_and_control_system http://www.bitsavers.org/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 43 issn: 2723-9535 “grand challenges initiative: sustainability and development" soil quality evaluation in urban ecosystems during the covid-19 pandemic nataliia mironova 1 , olha yefremova 1 , halyna biletska 1 , ihor bloshchynskyi 2* , ihor koshelnyk 2, serhii sych 2, maksym filippov 2, serhii sinkevych 2, vasyl kravchuk 2 1 department of ecology and biological education, faculty of humanities and education, khmelnytskyi national university, khmelnytskyi, ukraine. 2 bohdan khmelnytskyi national academy of the state border guard service of ukraine, ukraine. received 03 february 2022; revised 28 april 2022; accepted 14 may 2022; published 31 may 2022 abstract the article considers the changes in some agrochemical parameters and the content of plumbum in the soil cover of a medium-sized urban ecosystem after the introduction of quarantine measures in connection with the covid-19 pandemic. it has been determined that the blocking of anthropogenic activity did not affect the content of humus. there were changes in soil ph, which led to the transition from an alkaline reaction to a neutral one. the amount of fertilizer elements (npk) in the soil in the post-quarantine period has been increased. the content of the mobile (active) form of plumbum within the city has been halved on average. in general, the impact of quarantine from covid-19 on the condition of the soil cover as well as on air and surface water can be preliminary considered as positive. keywords: covid-19; soil; urban ecosystem; active soil reaction; npk; plumbum. 1. introduction an outbreak of a new infectious disease of the coronavirus family, called covid-19, was detected in wuhan (china) in late december 2019. in january 2020, the who (world health organization) confirmed the droplet spread of infection and on january 30 declared a state of emergency throughout the entire world. outbreaks took place in iran, italy, and other countries in february, and on march 11, the who described the global covid-19 outbreak as a pandemic. as of august 8, 2020, the total number of covid-19 cases in the world was 19.4 million people [1]. in ukraine, the disease was first confirmed on march 3, 2020; as of august 8, 2020, the total number of covid-19 cases according to the ministry of health (moh) in ukraine is 79751 [2]. khmelnytskyi oblast with khmelnytskyi city regional centre is located in the western part of ukraine and currently ranks 15th in terms of morbidity, although it directly borders on oblasts with a high degree of infection of residents (chernivtsi, rivne, and ternopil oblasts). in order to reduce the spread of covid-19, the governments of many countries have closed places with large concentrations of people, such as public transport, educational and catering establishments, enterprises, business and shopping centres, parks, etc. quarantine was introduced on march 11, 2020 in ukraine. the application of such strict quarantine measures has not only affected economic activity and the social sphere but has also contributed to the unexpected effects of environmental changes. * corresponding author: i.bloshch@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-sp2022-03-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6214-0805 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8153-1150 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6299-1853 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1925-9621 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 44 2. literature review currently, studies of covid-19 and the state of the environment are conducted in two directions, the first involving the study of the impact of environmental factors (primarily such as temperature, humidity and air pollution, etc.) upon the survival and spread of coronavirus and these factors interrelation with morbidity [3-5]. the second direction is the study of unprecedented changes in the state of the environment because of quarantine. in the latter case, both positive and negative consequences of the impact of social isolation upon the environment are stated. the greatest positive impact in the countries of the eurasian continent and the united states is determined for atmospheric air due to the reduction of its pollution by combustion products because of traffic (road, air) cessation, as well as a sharp decline in the work of industrial enterprises [6-9]. according to nasa (national aeronautics and space administration, usa), pollution in some epicentres of covid-19, such as wuhan, italy, spain, usa, in terms of no2 and co2 content etc. decreased by 30% [10-12]. at the same time, as a negative consequence for the air is the increase in the concentration of dust particles because of the increased use of wood for heating and cooking in the conditions of social isolation [3]. the covid-19 pandemic and related quarantine measures have also had a positive impact upon surface water quality, as reduced water traffic and the use of water bodies for tourism have significantly increased water transparency and reduced its pollution by primarily suspended substances [13, 14]. at the same time, there are no data on changes in the quality of soil cover. researchers suggest that the quality of land resources will deteriorate due to the need to bury large amounts of organic waste generated in the fast food industry in the result of these facilities closure. there are also fears that an increase in the amount of disposable medicines will lead to the accumulation of medical waste, which is characterized by a low degree of decomposition, and will cause them to enter the soil, especially in countries with low waste management culture [3]. although soil is known to be one of the most stable components of the natural environment compared to air and water, in our opinion, an unprecedented lockdown could potentially cause changes in its characteristics (especially among the indicators that are more labile as to the influence of anthropogenic factors). considering the problems of soil change due to the covid-19 pandemic, in our opinion, we should pay attention to urban soils as an important component of urban ecosystems functioning, since urban soils are a leading factor in the formation of green areas of cities. the covid-19 pandemic has made it possible to understand the importance of the latter, as parks, squares and other public greenery, when visited while maintaining social distance, mitigate a person’s reaction to a changed form of civic activity and various forms of isolation. living in homes without available nearby trees, grass and other natural attributes tends to increase problems compared to those living in greener areas. such findings apply to the current situation where the final endpoint of pandemic stress does not exist [15]. studies of transformational processes of natural soils in urban areas in general have been conducted by many scientists [16-25]. given the fact that urban soils play an important role in accepting air pollution from emissions from vehicles and industrial enterprises, as well as the fact that in the context of the covid-19 pandemic there were changes in these anthropogenic factors, quantitative changes in agro-ecological indicators of soils of the territories under quarantine are possible. due to the fact that quarantine restrictions have been introduced throughout ukraine to the same extent since march 2020, regardless of the level of morbidity, the reduction of the anthropogenic factor, and consequently the potential changes in soil properties, occurred symmetrically. from this point of view, it is of scientific interest to study urban soils of medium-scale urban ecosystems, which are the most numerous in ukraine. such urban ecosystems include the city of khmelnytskyi i.e. the administrative centre of khmelnytskyi oblast. the city covers an area of 86 km2; its population is about 270 thousand people. it is an industrial, commercial and cultural centre of podillia, located on the banks of the southern bug river, which flows into the black sea. the city is typical among the oblast centres of western and central ukraine in terms of socio-economic indicators. the largest share in the structure of industrial production of the city is occupied by the machine-building and food industries, as well as construction. in general, industry-related factors of the urban ecosystem of the city of khmelnytskyi are formed due to industrial enterprises, transport and community facilities influence upon the environment. the natural soils of the city of khmelnytskyi were formed mainly on carbonate forest deposits, the most common are forest-steppe podzolic soils, which combine light gray forest, gray forest and dark gray podzolic soils. the expansion of the city leads to a steady reduction in the area of land with natural soils due to their transformation into urban lands. today, more than half of the territory of khmelnytskyi is occupied by anthropogenic sediments (embankments, including soils of bulk structures, artificial road surfaces, mineral dumps, planar cultural layer, sediments of artificial reservoirs). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 45 today, a powerful factor influencing the geochemical background of soils of the urban ecosystem of the city of khmelnytskyi is the emissions of industrial enterprises and vehicles. 3. the purpose and objectives of the research the purpose of the research is to assess the condition of the soils of the city of khmelnytskyi in terms of agrochemical parameters (acidity, content of humus and food elements) and in terms of the content of plumbum. to achieve the purpose, 9 trial areas were laid from which soil samples were taken in august 2019 and june 2020. trial areas were laid out on the territory of the city in such a way that they included different types of anthropogenic impact, typical for medium-scale urban ecosystems to obtain adequate average values (see figure 1): manufacturing areas (trial area 1 automatic molding machines production plant; trial area 2 packaging polymer products production plant; recreational areas (trial area 3 city park, trial area 4 arboretum); floodplainі (trial area 5 floodplain of the river ploska, which flows into the river southern buh within the city, trial area 6 water protection zone of the lake, located on one of the nameless tributaries of the southern bug river); transport highways (trial area 7 the main highway of the south-western part of the city, trial area 8 the highway of the central part of the city, trial area 9 the main highway of the south-eastern part of the city). figure 1. sketch map of trial areas for soil sampling sampling and determination of agrochemical parameters of soils and the content of plumbum were carried out in accordance with regulatory and technical documents of ukraine (dstu) and iso. 4. results and discussion 4.1. changes in agrochemical parameters the ability of the soil to create conditions for plant development is determined by an integrated indicator called fertility, and includes, first of all, agrochemical indicators, which include soil acidity, content of humus and nutritious matters. soil hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 46 acidity (or alkalinity) is an important factor that has a significant impact on plant growth and development, as well as microbiological, chemical and biological soil processes. it largely influences the assimilation of soil nutrients and fertilizers by plants, mineralization of organic matter, fertilizer efficiency, yield and its quality. soil acidity also affects the availability of chemical elements to plants. the determined indicators of soil acidity before and after the introduction of quarantine are shown in table 1. table 1. soil ph and hydrolytic acidity trial area number before quarantine after the introduction of restrictive measures рн (csi), device unit рн (csi), device unit hydrolytic acidity, mg-eq /100 g 1 7.53 6.86 0.56 2 7.78 6.91 0.53 3 7.35 6.32 0.96 4 3.83 3.84 1.31 5 7.56 6.87 0.61 6 7.58 6.88 0.59 7 7.60 7.19 0.64 8 7.85 6.84 0.85 9 7.92 7.02 0.68 the main feature of the soil is the presence of a specific group of organic substances in it such as humic compounds, which are formed during the decomposition and humification of organic residues. the content of humus in urban soils varies depending on its amount in the original natural soil, as well as the use of mineral and organic fertilizers, the introduction of organic waste, and so on. the obtained data on the average humus content in the soil cover of the city of khmelnytskyi are: before quarantine -3.96%, after quarantine -3.90%. together with the humus content, the integrated soil fertility index is supplemented by data on the content of fertilizer elements (npk). the changes in these indicators are shown in figures 2 to 4, they are quite significant compared to the content of humus. figure 2. the content of alkaline hydrolysed nitrogen (n) 78.1 94.2 226.9 165 160.4 139.4 111.8 115 61.9 145.6 136 240.8 168 210 196 178.8 170.8 108.9 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 m g /k g trial area number 2019 2020 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 47 figure 3. the content of phosphorus (р2о5) figure 4. the content of potassium (к2о) 4.2. changes in soil contamination with plumbum the content of heavy metals is an important criterion that characterizes the anthropogenic impact on soils. the presence of one or another element of this group depends on the peculiarities of the development of the industrial complex of the urban ecosystem. but along with this, there are metals that are universal satellites of the urban habitat. such elements include plumbum, the content of mobile form of which in the urban soils of the city of khmelnytskyi is shown in table 2. table 2. the content of mobile and total forms of plumbum (pb) in khmelnytskyi soils, mg/kg trial area number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 the average value within the city the content of mobile form before quarantine 8.0 12.8 4.8 5.0 3.1 3.2 9.4 4.8 9.6 6.7 the content of mobile form after quarantine 3.0 9.5 1.9 2.6 3.0 1.7 8.0 2.32 1.22 3.7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2019 109 60 201 159 416 344 71 195 179 2020 340 389 342 94 114 176 440 342 287 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 m g /k g trial area number 2019 2020 117 206 285 195 293 551 213 192 130 398 364 295 200 510 570 315 560 520 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 m g /k g trial area number 2019 2020 242 415 193 280 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 48 the typical ph values of soil reaction equal 3.5-6.3 for natural soils of the territory where the city of khmelnytskyi is located. according to the quarantined data, alkaline soils predominate in the city (table 1). the trial area 4 is the exception, which is a large forestland (arboretum), where the soil has an acid reaction close to natural values. this indicates the slightest changes in this edaphotope under the influence of urban and technogenesis. this is also facilitated by the spread of forest vegetation typical of the forest-steppe zone in this area, while in other areas the urban flora, which differs from the natural one, predominates. quarantine restrictions did not affect this indicator in the arboretum, but in other trial areas and in the city as a whole ph decreased by about 10%, which can be considered a positive factor because there was a shift in bearing power of soil from alkaline to neutral. additionally, the determined indicators of hydrolytic acidity within the trial areas after quarantine are small, which indicates the absence of active acidification processes. as a rule, the content of organic matter in urban soils is higher than in underlying soils. the content of humus reaches values up to 12%, and on average from 4% to 6% within all ancient urban soils, especially in the soils of parks, squares, gardens. sometimes "old bulk" soils acquire the character of black earth soil [26]. the quantified average content of humus within the city before the quarantine (3.96%) is higher than in the natural soils of this area (2-3%). the highest values are determined within recreational and floodplain areas, which is due to measures to improve plant growth in these areas of the city. the formation of humus is also facilitated by the constant natural transformation of plant residues and the minimal impact of industrial enterprises and transport. the lowest values, which correspond to the natural underlying soils indicators, were recorded in the trial areas located in the industrial zone. the introduction of strict restrictions had little effect on the content of humus (3.90%), which is quite predictable, as deeper changes in this component of the soil due to the complexity and duration of the humus formation process may occur later in response to changes in more labile parameters. the content of nutrients such as nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium is important for the provision of soil ecosystem services. the predominant amount of nitrogen enters the soil due to the decomposition of plant and animal remains. according to the literature, the content of total nitrogen in soils is 0.03-0.50% [27, 28]. the alkaline hydrolysed nitrogen content is used to characterize the availability of this chemical element and its availability to plants, which is closely correlated with the content of humus, total nitrogen content and nitrification ability [27]. according to the obtained data (figure 2), the soil cover of the city of khmelnytskyi is characterized by a low content of alkaline hydrolysed nitrogen (128.1 mg/kg). as it has already been mentioned, after the introduction of quarantine the content of nutrients, including alkaline hydrolysed nitrogen, has significantly changed, namely the average content has increased by almost 25%. it is noteworthy that the largest changes occurred in areas where the nitrogen content was the lowest due to significant anthropogenic impact (trial areas of industrial zones, highways), and in areas with relatively less impact, the increase in concentrations was small. it is obvious that in areas with a strong influence of transport and industry, the conditions for the accumulation of nitrogen, primarily due to the activity of microorganisms, are unfavourable. therefore, reducing the impact of these anthropogenic factors has ensured the creation of conditions that are similar to those common in recreational areas and water protection zones. we can predict the factors whose intensity decreased due to quarantine: a decrease in soil compaction and, in turn, an increase in air permeability, as well as a shift in soil ph towards a neutral value, which probably created more favourable conditions for microorganisms that convert nitrogen compounds. to confirm this assumption, studies of soil microflora are needed. phosphorus in the soil occurs in two forms – mineral and organic. a significant proportion of soil phosphorus is in hard-to-reach forms, which become available to plants due to the action of root secretions and microorganisms. the increase in phosphorus content in the soil after quarantine restrictions is 30% on average (figure 3). there is the same trend as for nitrogen, i.e., the largest increase in concentration is characteristic of areas with strong anthropogenic impact. the reasons are likely to be the same. at the same time, in areas with less anthropogenic impact, a symmetrical decrease in the concentration of phosphorus is observed, despite the fact that its content before quarantine was one of the largest in these areas. potassium is the third most important nutrient for plants after nitrogen and phosphorus. water-soluble and directly exchangeable potassium is well absorbed by plants and is considered a mobile form of potassium [28]. some scientists note a high supply of urban soils and weakly disturbed soils with potassium, where its content can be about 40 mg/100 g of soil and more [26]. the average content of mobile forms of potassium in the urban soils of khmelnytskyi (figure 4) is high (242 mg/kg), and after quarantine, similar to nitrogen, it has increased in all areas and reached an average of 415 mg/kg. the largest growth is characteristic of areas with significant influence from transport and industry. thus, in contrast to nitrogen, the supply of phosphorus and potassium to the soil cover of the city of khmelnytskyi is high, and after quarantine it may increase hypothetically due to changes in the course of microbiological processes. the proposed data on agrochemical indicators and assumptions about their changes are not final and require additional studies of the mechanisms that are the driving force of such changes, but already prove the positive impact of social constraints upon the agrochemical status of urban soils. plumbum does not belong to the group of physiologically necessary elements, but it is the most common heavy metal in the soils of urban ecosystems, primarily due to transport emissions. the highest content of active plumbum in the pre-quarantine period was determined in the industrial zone and in areas near highways (table 2), and the lowest in the samples of trial areas of recreational areas and water protection zones. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 49 the content of plumbum is near industrial enterprises, 1.6–6.4 times higher than its concentration in recreational areas. given that the maximum allowable concentration (mac) for mobile forms of plumbum in ukraine is 6 mg/kg, most of the city (industrial zone, highways) is characterized by exceeding the mac (by 1.3-2.1 times). the content of total form in soils during the quarantine period was not determined, as it is obvious that such changes are long-lasting. the determination of the content of mobile form of plumbum in the soil after the introduction of restrictive measures showed an almost twice-average decrease in its concentration within the city, which proves an indirect positive effect of quarantine due to covid-19 for urban ecosystems in general and for urban soils in particular. 5. conclusions the covid-19 pandemic has changed people's lifestyles and negatively affected all spheres of human society. at the same time, its positive environmental impact due to the introduction of economic and social restrictions was unexpected, as the state of air and surface waters has significantly improved due to strict quarantine and blocking of industry, transport, tourism and other industries. in our opinion, these changes should have affected the soil cover of urban ecosystems at different levels. our studies of changes in soil indicators in the urban ecosystem of the city of khmelnytskyi made it possible to draw the following preliminary conclusions:  because of the quarantine, the ph of the soil changed by 10%, and the reaction went from being alkaline to being neutral;  the content of humus has not changed and is about 4%, which is estimated as average;  the soil cover of the city of khmelnytskyi is characterized by a low content of alkaline hydrolysed nitrogen and a high content of phosphorus and potassium. nutrient matters (npk) in the post-quarantine period increased quantitatively; nitrogen increased by 25%, phosphorus by 30%, and potassium almost doubled. the largest growth was observed within the trial areas located in the industrial zone and on highways, which may be due to changes in soil structure. changes in these parameters can also be influenced by a decrease in soil ph, as this indicator determines the conditions of soil reactions, affecting the solubility and ionization of compounds, which, in turn, changes the enzymatic activity of biota;  the content of mobile lead determined in the pre-quarantine period in the territory near industrial enterprises is the highest and exceeds its concentration in recreational areas by 1.6-6.4 times. in the area near industrial enterprises, the content of the mobile form of plumbum is also the highest and 1.6-6.4 times higher than its concentration in recreational areas. the determination of the content of the mobile form of plumbum in the soil after the introduction of restrictive measures showed an almost twice-average decrease in its concentration within the city, which proves an indirect positive effect for urban soils from the introduction of quarantine due to covid19;  changes in soil cover indicators of medium-sized urban ecosystems require further long-term monitoring and indepth study of certain parameters. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, h.b. and n.m.; methodology, o.y.; software, i.b.; validation, s.s., m.f. and se.s.; formal analysis, i.k.; investigation, o.y.; resources, v.k..; data curation, h.b.; writing—original draft preparation, n.m.; writing—review and editing, i.b.; visualization, m.f. and se.s.; supervision, s.s. and i.k.; project administration, va.k., and n.m. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 50 7. references [1] european centre for disease prevention and control. (2020). covid-19 situation update worldwide, as of 8 august 2020. available online: https://www.ecdc.europa.eu/en/geographical-distribution-2019-ncov-cases (accessed on april 2022). [2] public health center of the ministry of health of ukraine (2022). coronavirus infection covid-19: operational information. available online: https://phc.org.ua/kontrol-zakhvoryuvan/inshi-infekciyni-zakhvoryuvannya/koronavirusna-infekciya-covid-19 [in ukrainian] (accessed on april 2022). [3] zhu, y., xie, j., huang, f., & cao, l. (2020). association between short-term exposure to air pollution and covid-19 infection: evidence from china. science of the total environment, 727, 138704. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.138704. [4] espejo, w., celis, j. e., chiang, g., & bahamonde, p. (2020). environment and covid-19: pollutants, impacts, dissemination, management and recommendations for facing future epidemic threats. science of the total environment, 747, 141314. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.141314. [5] shakil, m. h., munim, z. h., tasnia, m., & sarowar, s. (2020). covid-19 and the environment: a critical review and research agenda. science of the total environment, 745, 141022. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.141022. [6] bilal, bashir, m. f., benghoul, m., numan, u., shakoor, a., komal, b.,… tan, d. (2020). environmental pollution and covid19 outbreak: insights from germany. air quality, atmosphere & health, 13(11), 1385–1394. doi:10.1007/s11869-020-00893-9. [7] li, l., li, q., huang, l., wang, q., zhu, a., xu, j., … chan, a. (2020). air quality changes during the covid-19 lockdown over the yangtze river delta region: an insight into the impact of human activity pattern changes on air pollution variation. science of the total environment, 732, 139282. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.139282. [8] collivignarelli, m. c., abbà, a., bertanza, g., pedrazzani, r., ricciardi, p., & carnevale miino, m. (2020). lockdown for covid-2019 in milan: what are the effects on air quality? science of the total environment, 732. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.139280. [9] paital, b. (2020). nurture to nature via covid-19, a self-regenerating environmental strategy of environment in global context. the science of the total environment, 729, 139088. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.139088. [10] muhammad, s., long, x., & salman, m. (2020). covid-19 pandemic and environmental pollution: a blessing in disguise? science of the total environment, 728, 138820. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.138820. [11] bontempi, e., vergalli, s., & squazzoni, f. (2020). understanding covid-19 diffusion requires an interdisciplinary, multidimensional approach. environmental research, 188, 109814. doi:10.1016/j.envres.2020.109814. [12] bashir, m. f., ma, b., & shahzad, l. (2020). a brief review of socio-economic and environmental impact of covid-19. air quality, atmosphere and health, 13(12), 1403–1409. doi:10.1007/s11869-020-00894-8. [13] braga, f., scarpa, g. m., brando, v. e., manfè, g., & zaggia, l. (2020). covid-19 lockdown measures reveal human impact on water transparency in the venice lagoon. science of the total environment, 736. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.139612. [14] garg, v., aggarwal, s. p., & chauhan, p. (2020). changes in turbidity along ganga river using sentinel-2 satellite data during lockdown associated with covid-19. geomatics, natural hazards and risk, 11(1), 1175–1195. doi:10.1080/19475705.2020.1782482. [15] mccunn, l. j. (2020). the importance of nature to city living during the covid-19 pandemic: considerations and goals from environmental psychology. cities & health, 1–4. doi:10.1080/23748834.2020.1795385. [16] cui, n., feng, c. c., han, r., & guo, l. (2019). impact of urbanization on ecosystem health: a case study in zhuhai, china. international journal of environmental research and public health, 16(23), 4717. doi:10.3390/ijerph16234717. [17] li, g., sun, g. x., ren, y., luo, x. s., & zhu, y. g. (2018). urban soil and human health: a review. european journal of soil science, 69(1), 196–215. doi:10.1111/ejss.12518. [18] beroigui, m., naylo, a., walczak, m., hafidi, m., charzyński, p., świtoniak, m., różański, s., & boularbah, a. (2020). physicochemical and microbial properties of urban park soils of the cities of marrakech, morocco and toruń, poland: human health risk assessment of fecal coliforms and trace elements. catena, 194, 104673. doi:10.1016/j.catena.2020.104673. [19] jeong, h., choi, j. y., & ra, k. (2020). characteristics of heavy metal pollution in road dust from urban areas: comparison by land use types. journal of environmental analysis, health and toxicology, 23(2), 101–111. doi:10.36278/jeaht.23.2.101. [20] meng, y., cave, m., & zhang, c. (2020). identifying geogenic and anthropogenic controls on different spatial distribution patterns of aluminium, calcium and lead in urban topsoil of greater london authority area. chemosphere, 238, 124541. doi:10.1016/j.chemosphere.2019.124541. [21] equiza, m. a., calvo-polanco, m., cirelli, d., señorans, j., wartenbe, m., saunders, c., & zwiazek, j. j. (2017). long-term impact of road salt (nacl) on soil and urban trees in edmonton, canada. urban forestry & urban greening, 21, 16–28. doi:10.1016/j.ufug.2016.11.003. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 51 [22] laidlaw, m. a. s., filippelli, g. m., brown, s., paz-ferreiro, j., reichman, s. m., netherway, p., truskewycz, a., ball, a. s., & mielke, h. w. (2017). case studies and evidence-based approaches to addressing urban soil lead contamination. applied geochemistry, 83, 14–30. doi:10.1016/j.apgeochem.2017.02.015. [23] hasanov, v. h., mammadova, s. z., & alieva, p. v. (2017). ecological-genetically peculiarities and diagnostics of the cultivated urban soils in the central botanical garden of nas of azerbaijan. annals of agrarian science, 15(1), 75–79. doi:10.1016/j.aasci.2017.02.008. [24] takahashi, t., kanzawa, y., kobayashi, t., zabowski, d., & harrison, r. (2015). the effects of urbanization on chemical characteristics of forest soil in tamagawa basin, japan. landscape and ecological engineering, 11(1), 139–145. doi:10.1007/s11355-014-0251-1. [25] yang, l., li, y., peng, k., & wu, s. (2014). nutrients and heavy metals in urban soils under different green space types in anji, china. catena, 115, 39–46. doi:10.1016/j.catena.2013.11.008. [26] gerasimova, m., stroganova, m., mozharova, n. and prokofeva, t. (2003). antropogennye pochvy: genezis, geografiya, rekultivaciya [anthropogenic soils: genesis, geography, recultivation], ojkumena, smolensk, russia. [27] horodnii, m., bykin, a., and serdiuk, a. (2007). ahrokhimichnyi analiz [agrochemical analysis], aristei, kyiv, ukraina. [28] kupchyk, v., ivanina, v., nesterov, h., tonkha, li m. and metiuz, h. (2010). grunty ukrainy: vlastyvosti, henezys, menedzhment rodiuchosti [soils of ukraine: properties, genesis, fertility management], in kupchyk, v., (ed.), kondor, kiev, ukraine. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 121 assessment of the perceptions of pre-service teachers towards practical work in the context of scientific-technological literacy l. aragón a* a faculty of education, universidad de cádiz, puerto real, 11519 cádiz, spain. received 12 july 2020; revised 23 august 2020; accepted 28 august 2020; published 01 september 2020 abstract this research aims to analyze the perceptions of future preschool teachers towards the application of practical work. this study is part of a more comprehensive teaching innovation project, which aims to contribute to the scientific and technological literacy of teachers in initial training. three practical activities were designed from the topic didáctica del medio natural at the university of cádiz (spain) and implemented during the 2018-2019 year. after their completion, a questionnaire was provided of three closed questions likert type with five levels. the student's answers were analysed from a quantitative approach taking into account aspects: (1) usefulness for professional training; (2) degree of satisfaction with contents; and (3) degree of utility for your future teaching career. results indicate that students, in general, were very satisfied with the development of the practical work designed. however, their opinions varied when they considered their usefulness for future teaching work. in conclusion, results indicate that practical work allows future teachers to increase their interest in science. however, it can be advised of the necessity to look for spaces to be able to discuss the learning acquired and to be able to adapt these practices to the children's classroom to consider their didactic potential. keywords: environmental science; scientific-technological literacy; practical work; teacher initial training. 1. introduction the current vision of science teaching and learning is directed towards a goal based on achieving scientific and technological literacy (sts) for all people [1]. this goal is, according to solbes and vilches (1997) [2], a science education that contributes to forming citizens, and in their case, future scientists, capable of developing in their immediate environment and being aware of the role that science plays in their personal and professional lives. in short, citizens whose scientific training allows them to reflect, take decisions, and act on the issues related to science and technology that affect them in their daily lives. to this end, hodson (1994) [3] points out that science education should include three aspects: 1) learning about science, acquiring and developing theoretical and conceptual knowledge; 2) learning about the nature of science (ndc). referred to the understanding of how scientific research is conducted, the different types of experience claims that scientists make, how scientists' reasons for linking data and explanation, or, for example, the role of the scientific community in testing knowledge [4]. finally, 3) learning to do science, which refers to the practice of science, developing technical knowledge about scientific research and participating in problem-solving. other authors such as grilli-silva (2018) [5] argued that teaching and learning science aims at the introduction of students into the scientific method used to build its knowledge. * corresponding author: lourdes.aragon@uca.es http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-03-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3062-9734 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 122 from this approach, practical work is conceived as a type of activity that is essential for learning science, but in which the student is required to know what he or she is doing [6]. in many cases, the practical work is little related to the didactic objectives pursued and focuses mainly on developing manipulative skills, rather than on solving problems and contributing to systemic thinking [7]. in this study, practical work is defined, according to the considerations established by millar (2004) [4], as any teaching and learning activity that involves, at a given time, students in the observation or manipulation of objects and materials they are studying. it is not only restricted to laboratory work, since observing and manipulating objects can be done in other spaces, both in a school laboratory and in an out-of-school environment, the so-called field trips [4, 8]. brink (2020) [9] argues that practical works can be very diverse and cover a wide variety of objectives. this study range from experiences, which make the student familiar with the case of study, to illustrative experiments, which allow us to show the relationship between variables and practical skills. all these activities help in the learning process of new skills which are relevant in science research contexts, allowing the students to play the role of school scientists [6]. an observation that is considered fundamental to rethink and design appropriate strategies for carrying out science in schools. there is some controversy in the literature about the effectiveness of practical work as a teaching and learning strategy in school science. abrahams & millar (2008) [10] analysed the effectiveness of practical work in secondary school students. these authors state that in the short term, practical work seems to be effective in achieving actions involving the use of physical objects. still, on the contrary, it is less effective in developing scientific ideas to guide students' activities or to allow them to reflect on the data collected. in this respect, izquierdo et al. (1999) [6], argue that one possible reason why practical work is not sufficient is that school experiments are designed with the same reference as scientists. these authors consider that teachers should instead create scripts to learn specific aspects of science in the setting in which they occur, i.e. in the school context, which is very different from the context in which scientific research is carried out. as for the emotional and affective aspect linked to the practical work, there are also contradictory results; on the one hand, practical work is proposed as an adequate strategy for increasing motivation, stimulation and development of scientific attitudes in students, among other skills [11, 12]. however, a study carried out by abrahams (2009) [13] in the context of secondary school pupils, indicates that practical work generates a short-term commitment, but in the long term, it proves to be ineffective in developing lasting motivation to study science. regarding teachers' perceptions of practical work, the literature demonstrates that, in general, future teachers and current teachers, value practical activities positively, mainly because they allow to relate theory with practice. however, they do not seem to consider so much the impact of this type of activities to cover conceptual learning or as an introduction to scientific work [14]. and in many cases, fewer hours are spent on these activities at the curriculum level [6]. on the other hand, another problem is that in general, future teachers show negative attitudes and emotions towards teaching science, considering it tedious, complicated and far from daily life. several studies [15, 16] reveal a poor attitude by future teachers towards the learning of science. taking into account that the affective component and attitude are considered as factors that play a pivotal role in learning and teaching science. according to mellado et al. (2014) [17], negative emotions can act as real barriers students, as well as for educators [18] in a learning process. furthermore, it is not only the lack of interest from teachers regarding science, but also the fact that, as shown by several research studies, current teachers have a low profile in science [19, 20]. this fact appears as one of the main obstacles when it comes to addressing science at school [21]. besides, studies make evident the low presence, in preparatory school, of science teaching activities, focused on the scientific methodology or the argumentation [22]. correspondingly, teachers who dedicate themselves to initial teacher training have a great challenge ahead. for this reason, it is necessary to design educational proposals able to foster the interest of our students in science while favouring the development of positive attitudes towards this subject. based on this statement we believe that it is necessary to continue to study these aspects in-depth, on the one hand, the perceptions that future teachers have towards practical work because these can have an impact on their future teaching activity. on the other hand, because these studies can provide useful information when it comes to improving the design of the practical work itself and implementing didactic proposals with the aim of training teachers from the perspective of the sts. 1.1. research aim during several academic courses, academic staff in the department of didactics and experimental sciences of the faculty of education sciences of the university of cádiz (spain) have observed that students have a low profile and adverse attitudes towards science, considering this school subject difficult and tedious. there is a critical disconnection perceived, which we think can have an impact on how our students, future teachers, design, and develop practice work in children's classrooms. in this context, during the academic year 2018-2019, an innovative proposal hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 123 was designed. four practical sessions were designed under the topic didáctica del medio natural (dmn), based on both laboratory and field trip. practical work was implemented to increase the interest and to develop positive students' attitudes towards science to contribute to the sts of our students. the main research question in this study is: how do future preschool teachers perceive practical work for their initial and future training? therefore, the paper aimed at analysing students' perceptions after four practical sessions. in this research, the opinion from students was analysed based on three aspects: 1) usefulness for professional training; (2) degree of satisfaction with contents; and (3) degree of utility for the future teaching profession. 2. research methodology 2.1. population and a sample this research focused on the topic didáctica del medio natural, at the university of cadiz (spain), in the 3rd year of a degree programme leading to early childhood education. the topic is mandatory, and it is the only one covering experimental sciences teaching during the degree leading programme. the topic covers the first semester and has a duration of 15 weeks. the practical works were designed and distributed in four sessions. each session has one hour and a half of time, and it includes individual activities, alternating between small groups and large groups. thus, students were generally grouped into work teams formed by 5-6 members each. a total of 56 students, 7 men and 49 women, aged between 19 and 41 years, have participated in the study. 2.2. teaching intervention the practical works were implemented simultaneously in tutorial sessions. the contents that were introduced in those sessions correspond to the block 1 of the topic which is centred on the question: why to teach and learn science, the very concept of sts, and the need to train future citizens with a critical sense, and capable of making technoscientific decisions. students are discussed how science can contribute to understanding advertising or deception, through pseudoscience [23]. we also work on how science allows decisions to be made and participation in society [24]. at the same time, four practical sessions were held to complement the content worked on in the theoretical sessions described above. in practicum 1 (p1) under the name 'laboratory as a learning space', the students, organised in workgroups, had to complete the form given by the teacher. the goal of this exercise is to recognise different spaces of the laboratory, propose safety standards through the creation of a decalogue, recognise labels of substance indicators present in the laboratory and know instruments and devices to operate with measurements and calculations of temperature, volume and mass. in practicum 2 (p2) under the name 'do we know what we eat?' students had to design and carry out short research about the presence of starch in food (bread, potato, apple and three different brands of ham). p2 was divided into two parts: first, practical work was more illustrative, and groups had to know and apply the technique of lugol; in a second moment, groups had to strictly design a small investigation to determine the presence or absence of starch in certain foods. finally, the different groups had to share their results, discuss with the entire class and expose, reflect and draw conclusions on how science helps us to be more critical. this action allowed p2 to be related to the science content of the teaching and learning purposes covered by the topic in the block 1, within the context of a collaborative extensive group session (figures 1a and 1b). figure 1. a) practicum 1. laboratory as a learning space: basic safety standards and laboratory equipment; b) practicum 2. do we know what we eat? research design based on the topic of starch content in foods (b) (a) hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 124 practicum 3 (p3) was divided into two different sessions. first, ideas about the concept of life and dead matter were explored by using a questionnaire. complementarily, fieldwork was programmed in the area that surrounds the faculty the natural park of 'los toruños'. a circuit of 30 minutes route was established. during this time, the teams had to collect elements that they considered part of the natural environment. back in the laboratory, students had to identify the features and classify them as living and dead matter. in the second session, the work teams had to build a dichotomous key using a3 format. to do this, the teacher made a brief explanation about the use of dichotomous keys to identify and classify organisms or objects. a dichotomous key adapted to the stage of children, by lópez and de la cruz (2016) [25], was shown as an example. the key is organised into dichotomies (sometimes trichotomies) or dilemmas, i.e., pairs of opposing statements. students, by teams, had to design a dichotomous key to classify the elements collected in the previous session. each group presented its dichotomous key to the rest of the class, and a discussion was carried out on the features that exist in the natural environment, bearing in mind the dichotomy of living and dead matter (figures 2a and 2b). when designing the dichotomous key, the students had particular difficulties in assigning characteristics that allowed them to classify the collected elements. a clear example of this was the identification of components such as hardness, colour or textures for the inert matter. they also presented doubts between the inert concepts and "death." figure 2. practicum 3. what is alive? what are the components that make the natural environment? a) samples collected during fieldwork in the natural park 'los toruños'; b) design of a dichotomous key using collected samples from the natural environment 2.3. data collection instrument once each practical work was finished (p1, p2 and p3), students, individually, had to submit a field diary and answer a specific survey for each practical work. the surveys were designed following the work of dávila et al. (2015) [26]. questions in every survey were adapted based on the objectives settled for each practical work. the surveys shared questions aiming at understanding the opinion of the students in every aspect. each form contained three questions to address the case of study adequately. the questions are closed, and they use a likert scale that offers the student the possibility to choose between four different levels of agreement or disagreement. figure 3 shows a flowchart that summarises the research process. 0 figure 3. flowchart about research process (b) (a) hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 125 2.4. data analysis procedures the data collected were processed by quantitative analysis, counting absolute frequency that was performed with spss 21 software (mac version). a comparative analysis was carried out based on the percentages of frequencies for the three aspects considered for each practical work, designed and implemented for teaching and learning the topic dmn. 3. findings and discussion the results obtained from the analysis of the survey answers are shown in table 1. regarding usefulness, results indicate that students show agreement, perceiving all the three activities as positive. however, according to the obtained data, some practical work received better scores than others. p1 shows that 61% (n=51) of the students considered that they were totally in agreement with the usefulness of the activity for professional training purposes; instead, p3 and p2 received 43% and 59%, respectively. p1 was the activity most valued by the students, due to their training as teachers and the called 'novelty factor' [27, 28]. this term refers to field trips but can be extended to practical laboratory work since it relates to three aspects: 1. cognitive (concepts and skills that students should handle during the activity); 2. geographical (the place where the activity will take place, or the workspace, the laboratory in our case); 3. psychological (the gap between expectations and the reality that students find during practical work). in this sense, the fact of using these resources so scarcely during their academic training makes the novelty factor increase. this fact could be related to a higher assessment and degree of satisfaction by students, not considering other methodological aspects. table 1. survey results. perceptions from students after the practical work applied in dmn topic during the academic year 2018-2019 (%) (1) useful for professional training p1 (n=51) p2 (n=51) p3 (n=56) totally agree 61% 43% 59% agree 38% 55% 41% disagree 0 0 0 totally disagree 0 0 0 does not answer 1% 2% 0 (2) degree of satisfaction of contents p1 (n=51) p2 (n=51) p3 (n=56) totally agree 29% 55% 38% agree 65% 41% 62% disagree 4% 4% 0 totally disagree 0 0 0 does not answer 2% 0 0 (3) utility for your future teaching work p1 (n=51) p2 (n=51) p3 (n=56) totally agree 53% 53% 36% agree 45% 47% 53% disagree 0 0 11% totally disagree 0 0 0 does not answer 2% 0 0 the degree of satisfaction with the contents also obtained positive reactions, since the majority of the students stated that they agree or totally agree with each practical work and in no case were negative responses received. despite the important difference between the experiences from p1, with a 65% of the acceptance, against p2, with 41%, and p3, with 62% there are still aspects to highlight from each practice. p2 got a higher percentage of students who are totally satisfied with its contents than p1 and p3 did. p2 was a practice that involved instruments manipulation and specific staining techniques to assess the presence of starch in food. this practice related to food which is a subject of interest and close to students. the other two practices a priori do not have such a close relationship with their daily lives. consequently, this could be the cause of the higher percentage of students who stated to be totally satisfied with p2. finally, regarding the third aspect analysed in this research the utility of the practice for your future teaching work students rated p1 and p2 more positively than p3. students showed a lower level of agreement with p3 (only 11% agreed) probably due to the difficulty they felt when they were asked to design a dichotomy key. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 126 according to the results obtained, students seem to value the usefulness of the practices for their future, as soon as they become classroom professionals, consistently with the degree of difficulty that they experienced when performing them. these results are consistent with those that emerged from other studies carried out with future primary school teachers when assessing the use of analogical resources and their transference into the primary school [29, 30]. as a conclusion, it can be said that the use of particular resources is complex or challenging for some future teachers. they rated lower the activities that they felt more complicated, thinking that when they have to transfer them to the classroom, their future students will feel the same difficulty. students did not consider the possibility of adapting the resources to be used by children of 3 to 6 years old, neither of adapting them to the needs of prospective teachers. besides, they did not attend to the didactic potential that this resource may offer when one wants to teach specific science content. 4. conclusions in general, the results show a very positive reaction of prospective teachers to practical work, as they believe that it will work as a good mediator in the learning process. however, further investigation needs to be undertaken into students' perceptions of practical work, using other instruments of qualitative analysis. an excellent example in this regard is the use of laboratory notebooks or individual interviews, which can help to develop more insights about student teachers' perceptions. in general, practical work designed for this study seems to have awoken students' interest in science whilst developing other essential skills that are relevant to scientific research. this result has important implications in the short term, given that prospective teachers should be able to transfer these practices to their future students. the preparatory school is a fundamental educational stage in children's education. one of the main objectives to be attained in this period has to do with initiating students into scientific practices. these practices involve the development of scientific skills such as observation, variable manipulation, or hypothesis formulation. to do this, it is necessary for teachers to be able to not only transmit scientific knowledge but also promote the development of research skills. as a consequence, teachers need to be able to propose understandable and searchable questions to children of early ages as a means to lead them to investigate their natural environment and to develop an understanding of the milieu that surrounds them [31]. nevertheless, a fundamental aspect of improving the effectiveness of practical work is to incorporate spaces for reflection and explicit teaching strategies into the classroom to help students establish relationships between the practical work carried out and the scientific content and ideas that are intended to be achieved [10]. on the other hand, to be able to awaken an interest in science in the long term and go beyond pure activism, in short, practical work has an essential role in the teaching and learning of science, but its implementation must be mediated. an alternative, according to izquierdo et al. (1999) [6], could be through questions of the type "what i have there, what i do, what is happening, how it is happening," which would help students to make sense of their observations and facts, with a model being necessary as a frame of reference. besides, another valuable aspect to be pursued in future research would be to monitor prospective teachers to find out how they can adapt their practices in schools during their teaching practice. besides, it should be assessed how the end of undergraduate programme projects impacts on their interest in science. carrying out these studies would be vital because they involve actions that could lead to an increase in the number of prospective teachers who intend to teach science at the primary level through practical work. also, it could offer relevant information on how to train future teachers in case the research concludes shows that participants demonstrate a real interest in science. from the initial teacher education perspective, it is necessary to continue the task of planning and designing teaching proposals. this should integrate practical work into classroom strategies to promote scientific research. and it is recommended to be done by applying small, but real, research to solve meaningful questions and problems from the participants' point of view. practices of this type also integrate modelling and argumentation and would allow working with the three essential components of scientific competence. 5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] acevedo díaz, j. (2017). reflections on the purposes of science teaching: scientific education for citizens. eureka magazine on teaching and dissemination of sciences, 1(1), 3-16. [2] solbes, j., & vilches, a. (1997). sts interactions and the teaching of physics and chemistry. science education, 81(4), 377-386. doi:10.1002/(sici)1098-237x(199707)81:4<377::aid-sce1>3.0.co;2-9. [3] hodson, d. (1994). towards a more critical approach to laboratory work. science teaching: journal of research and didactic experiences, 12(3), 299-313. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 127 [4] millar, r. (2004). the role of practical work in the teaching and learning of science. paper prepared for the committee: high school science laboratories: role and vision, national academy of sciences, washington, dc, united states. [5] grilli silva, j. (2018). the natural material in school biology. ethical and didactic considerations on practical laboratory activities. eureka magazine on teaching and dissemination of sciences, 15(1), 1–19. doi:10.25267/rev_eureka_ensen_ divulg_cienc.2018.v15.i1.1104. [6] izquierdo, m., sanmartí, n., & espinet, m. (1999). foundation and design of school practices of experimental sciences. science education, 17 (1), 45-59. [7] kirschner, p.a. (1992). epistemology, practical work and academic skills in science education. science & education 1, 273299. [8] sharp, j., peacock, g., johnsey, r., simon, s., smith, r., cross, a., & harris, d. (2020). primary science: teaching theory and practice. sage publications, california, united states. [9] van den brink, m. (2020), "“reinventing the wheel over and over again”. organizational learning, memory and forgetting in doing diversity work", equality, diversity and inclusion, 39 (4), 379-393. doi:10.1108/edi-10-2019-0249. [10] abrahams, i., & millar, r. (2008). does practical work really work? a study of the effectiveness of practical work as a teaching and learning method in school science. international journal of science education, 30(14), 1945–1969. doi:10.1080/09500690701749305. [11] hodson, d. (1992). in search of a meaningful relationship: an exploration of some issues relating to integration in science and science education. international journal of science education, 14(5), 541–562. doi:10.1080/0950069920140506. [12] trautner, m., & schwinger, m. (2020). integrating the concepts self-efficacy and motivation regulation: how do self-efficacy beliefs for motivation regulation influence self-regulatory success? learning and individual differences, 80, 101890. doi:10.1016/j.lindif.2020.101890. [13] abrahams, i. (2009). does practical work really motivate? a study of the affective value of practical work in secondary school science. international journal of science education, 31(17), 2335–2353. doi:10.1080/09500690802342836. [14] garcía barros, s., martínez losada, c., & mondelo alonso, m. (1998). towards the innovation of practical activities from teacher training. science education, 16(2), 353-366. doi:10.5565/rev/ensciencias.4138. [15] sahin, d., & yilmaz, r. m. (2020). the effect of augmented reality technology on middle school students' achievements and attitudes towards science education. computers & education, 144, 103710. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2019.103710. [16] ocaña, m., quijano, r., & toribio, m. (2013). learn science to teach science. ix international congress on research in science didactics, girona, spain (9-12 september), 2545-2551. [17] mellado, v., borrachero, a., brígido, m., melo, l., …., vázquez, b., jiménez, r., & bermejo, m. (2014). emotions in science teaching. science education, 32(3), 11-36. doi:10.5565/rev/ensciencias.1478 [18] santmartí, n. (2001). teaching to teach science in secondary: a very complicated challenge. interuniversity journal of teacher training, 40, 31-48. [19] abell, s. (2007). research on science teacher knowledge. in s. abell, & n. lederman (eds.), handbook of research on science education (pp. 1105-1149). mahwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum. [20] ampumuza, g. j., okaka, w., obanda, p. w., & watmon, t. b. (2020). assessing decentralized contract life cycle management issues and challenges. journal of human, earth, and future, 1(1), 20–29. doi:10.28991/hef-2020-01-01-03. [21] cantó, j., & serrano, n. (2017). what are the main problems to make science present in early childhood classrooms?: the vision of practicing teachers. x international congress on research in science didactics, sevilla, spain (5-8 september), 1995-2000. [22] giri, v., & paily, m. u. (2020). effect of scientific argumentation on the development of critical thinking. science & education, 29(3), 673–690. doi:10.1007/s11191-020-00120-y [23] aragón, l., jiménez-tenorio, n., vicente martorell, j., & eugenio, m. (2021). do the conceptions about science of future teachers’ progress after the implementation of constructivist proposals for scientific literacy?, gondola, science teaching and learning, 16(1), 78-95 [24] jiménez-tenorio, n., vicente martorell, j. j., aragón yúñez, l., & oliva martínez, j. m. (2020). promote argumentation in science classes through a socio-scientific controversy in future teachers. apex. journal of science education, 4(1), 79–86. doi:10.17979/arec.2020.4.1.4639. [25] lópez, m., & de la cruz, o. (2016). collections and dichotomous keys. classify and identify natural elements from children. alembic didactics of experimental sciences, 84, 55-60. https://www.google.com/search?sxsrf=apq-wbtjfqltxrdhvguzunxahvlfijr6lg:1646058209280&q=thousand+oaks&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaopge-luz9u3sew2mc9r4gaxiyyslbs0spot9pol0hpzmqssszlz81a4vhmpismfpylfjalfxytyeumy8kule_nsfpwts4t3sdicago7m7jwaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewi2vd_wzkl2ahui9aqkhyuwdjmqmxmoaxoececqaw https://www.emerald.com/insight/search?q=marieke%20van%20den%20brink https://www.emerald.com/insight/publication/issn/2040-7149 https://doi.org/10.1108/edi-10-2019-0249 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2019.103710 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 3, september, 2020 128 [26] dávila, m., borrachero, a., cañada, f., martínez, g., & sánchez, j. (2015). evolution of the emotions experienced by students of the master's degree in primary education, in the didactics of matter and energy. eureka magazine on teaching and dissemination of sciences, 12(3), 550-564. [27] aguilera, d. (2018). the field trip as a didactic resource to teach science. a systematic review. eureka magazine on teaching and dissemination of sciences, 15(3), 1–17. doi:10.25267/rev_eureka_ensen_divulg _cienc.2018.v15.i3.3103. [28] orion, n., & hofstein, a. (1994). factors that influence learning during a scientific field trip in a natural environment. journal of research in science teaching, 31(10), 1097–1119. doi:10.1002/tea.3660311005. [29] aragón, l., jiménez-tenorio, n., & oliva, j. (2014). evaluando una experiencia de formación inicial con maestros sobre el sistema sol-tierra desde la óptica de la modelización. actas de los xxvi encuentros de didáctica de las ciencias experimentales, 193-200. [30] jiménez-tenorio, n., aragón, l., & oliva, j. (2016). percepciones de estudiantes para maestros de educación primaria sobre los modelos analógicos como recurso didáctico. enseñanza de las ciencias, 34(3), 91-112. [31] caballero, a., & dashoush, n. (2017). planting deeper. outdoor experiences challenge children ́s misconceptions about the needs of plants. science and children, 55(2), 56-61. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 293 issn: 2723-9535 the effect of gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge on the aerodynamic behavior of an axial turbine blade mohammad mahdi mahzoon 1, masoud kharati-koopaee 1* 1 department of mechanical and aerospace engineering, shiraz university of technology, shiraz, iran. received 13 september 2021; revised 07 november 2021; accepted 18 november 2021; published 01 december 2021 abstract in this research, the effect of gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge on the aerodynamic behavior of blunt trailing-edge airfoil du97-w-300, which is equipped with a vortex generator is studied. to do this, the role of gurney flap and trailingedge wedge on the lift and drag coefficient and also aerodynamic performance of the airfoil is studied. validation of the numerical model is done by comparing the results of the model to the results of the experiment. results show that before stall, the gurney flap leads to an increase in the aerodynamic performance in a wider range of angle of attack. numerical findings reveal that the maximum increment in aerodynamic performance is obtained at a low angle of attack when a trailing-edge wedge is employed. it is found that for the highest considered values of gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge heights, where the highest values for the lift occur, the higher aerodynamic performance at low angle of attack is obtained when a trailing-edge wedge is used, and at high angle of attack, the gurney flap results in higher aerodynamic performance. it is also shown that when high aerodynamic performance is concerned, addition of gurney flap to the airfoil leads to the higher value for the lift. keywords: gurney flap; trailing-edge wedge; wind energy; aerodynamic performance; axial turbine. 1. introduction thick airfoils are common in wind turbines as they are subjected to relatively high loads in operation. the most significant issue associated to the thick airfoils is the drag penalty due to flow separation especially at high angles of attack. to overcome this difficulty, vortex generators (vgs), which was first introduced by taylor [1], could be used to mitigate the separation region on the airfoil surface and so increase the airfoils aerodynamic behavior [2-4]. in this context, some devices such as the gurney flap or trailing-edge wedge have also received attention by researchers, as these devices could enhance the aerodynamic behavior of the airfoils [5]. there are several works in the literature focused on the effect of vgs on the aerodynamic behavior of airfoils. mueller-vahl et al. [6] investigated the effects of vgs' size, spanwise spacing, and also chordwise position of vgs on the aerodynamic behavior. they found that a decrease in the adjacent vgs led to an increase in the static stall angle and the maximum obtained lift. in their research, they also obtained the optimum chordwise position of the vgs. velte and hansen [7] conducted experimental research to study the flow behind vgs on a du 91-w2-250 airfoil near the stall. it was shown that the existence of vgs resulted in a much less separated boundary layer, and on average, the employment of vgs caused an attached flow on the airfoil surface. zhao et al. [8] proposed a parameterized vgs array model for the vgs in a counter rotating arrangement on a wing. in this research, they investigated the inter-effects between arrays and estimated the maximum generated circulation of the wings. prince et al. [9] performed a research to examine the effect * corresponding author: kharati@sutech.ac.ir http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-04-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3270-8663 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 294 of air jet vgs on the performance of a wind turbine. they showed that vgs could suppress the trailing edge separation onset and enhance the maximum output power, while decreasing the sensitivity to the unsteadiness, which may occur in the wind speed. suarez et al. [10] focused on the impact of rod vg on the blade of a horizontal axis wind turbine. they indicated that this device could reattach the flow to the blade and enhance the aerodynamic behavior of the turbine. they also showed that the rod vg could prevent penetration of separation toward the blade tip. zhu et al. [11] conducted a study to examine the effect of single-row and double-row vgs on the dynamic stall of a wind turbine airfoil. their research revealed that the considered vgs could delay the dynamic stall onset and increase the maximum lift coefficient of the airfoil. they also indicated that the double-row vgs resulted in more suppression of the flow separation than the single-row ones. some studies have been conducted to examine the effect of gurney flap or trailing-edge wedge on the aerodynamics of the airfoils. nikoueeyan et al. [12] studied the aerodynamic coefficients of a wind turbine airfoil in the presence of gurney flap. they found that the static lift and moment coefficients were similar to those of the dynamic pitching case where the attached flow regime occurred. twele and weinzierl [13] conducted a parametric study of gurney flaps for wind turbine blades. in this work, they found that improvement in aerodynamic behavior could be attained when relatively small gurney flap heights at specific blade positions were employed. zhang et al. [14] investigated the impact of gurney flap at the inboard part of the blade. their work revealed that this deployment could effectively enhance the power coefficient of the blade. gao et al. [15] performed a research to study the effect of trailing-edge wedge on the aerodynamic behavior of an airfoil which was equipped with vgs. their study showed that the employment of both devices led to better performance than separate devices. yan et al. [16] compared the effects of gurney flap and also trailing-edge wedge on the aerodynamic of an airfoil. they indicated that at a certain gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge height, the trailing-edge wedge could results in a better performance than the gurney flap. exploring the above mentioned works, one could see that although the effect of vgs, gurney flap or trailing-edge wedge have been examined in some researches, however, the impacts of gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge on the aerodynamic behavior of the airfoils equipped with vgs have not been studied yet, which is the motivation for the present work. the objective of the current work is to illustrate the change in the lift coefficient, drag coefficient and aerodynamic performance (i.e., lift to drag ratio) of an airfoil equipped with vgs in the presence of gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge. for this purpose, the blunt trailing-edge airfoil du97-w-300 is considered for numerical calculation and results are obtained and discussed at different angles of attack and various heights of gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge. 2. problem description in the current work, as mentioned earlier, a blunt trailing-edge airfoil du97-w-300 which is equipped with vg is considered for numerical calculations. the considered airfoil has a chord length of c=0.6 m [17], maximum thickness to chord ratio of 𝜅=30% [17] and width of w=70 mm. the concerned airfoil has a thick trailing edge with thickness of 1.74% of the chord length [17]. the considered airfoil is equipped with vgs in counter-rotational configuration. in counter-rotational configuration, the adjacent vgs have a same incident angle to the flow but opposite. exploring literature reveals that this configuration has a good potential in suppression of flow separation [18, 19]. the vgs are located at the distance of 20% of the chord length from the leading edge, as this location could lead to a best performance [6]. figure 1 represents the considered blunt trailing-edge airfoil du97-w-300 equipped with two pairs of counterrotational vgs. figure 1. blunt trailing-edge airfoil du97-w-300 equipped with two pairs of counter-rotational vgs hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 295 figure 2 depicts the geometric parameters of the vgs. the considered geometric parameters could lead to a good aerodynamics behavior of the airfoil [17]. figure 2. the geometric parameters of the considered vgs in the current work, the gurney flaps and wedges are attached to the airfoil at the trailing edge. three different height to the airfoil chord ratios of h/c=0.5, 1 and 2% are considered for the gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge. the length of trailing-edge wedges along the airfoil chord are also considered to be l/c=2% of the airfoil chord. figure 3 represents the geometric parameters of the considered gurney flaps and trailing-edge wedges. (a) (b) figure 3. geometric parameters of the considered (a) gurney flaps and (b) trailing-edge wedges to assess the effect of gurney flap and tailing-edge wedge on the aerodynamics behavior of the airfoil equipped with vgs, lift coefficient (cl), drag coefficient (cd) and also aerodynamic performance of the airfoil (cl/cd) are obtained and compared. lift and drag coefficients are defined as the followings: hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 296 cl = 𝐿 1 2 𝜌𝑉2𝑐𝑤 (1) cd = 𝐷 1 2 𝜌𝑉2𝑐𝑤 (2) where l and d are lift and drag forces of the airfoil and 𝜌 and 𝑉 are air density and free stream air velocity, respectively. in the present work, results are obtained at angle of attack range of 𝛼=5օ-20օ. flow reynolds number is also considered to be re=𝜌𝑉𝑐/𝜇=3×106 (where 𝜇 stands for the air viscosity), which is in the operating reynolds number of the wind turbines [5]. 3. numerical procedure in order to investigate how gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge affect the aerodynamics behavior, a steady 3-d analysis is performed. the flow is assumed to be incompressible and turbulent with constant properties. simulation of turbulent flow around the airfoil is accomplished using spalart-allmaras turbulence as this model leads to results with appropriate accuracy in 3-d flow around turbine blades [20, 21]. thus, the governing equations would be the steady incompressible form of the continuity and momentum equations along with the spalart-allmaras turbulence model. numerical calculation is carried out using finite volume technique utilizing the commercial computational fluid dynamics software, ansys fluent. figure 4 shows the computational domain used for numerical simulations. the velocity is set for surface a and surface b is set as pressure outlet. surfaces c and d are set as symmetry. the distances of airfoil from the front and rear of the computational domain are chosen to be 10 and 20 times of the airfoil chord, respectively. the domain size study shows further increase in the domain size has no effect on the results. the no slip condition is imposed on the airfoil, vortex generators, gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge surfaces. figure 4. computational domain used for numerical simulations in this research, second order upwind scheme is utilized for discretization of the governing equations and simple algorithm is implemented for the pressure-velocity coupling. residuals are also considered as the convergence criterion and iteration is stopped as they reach less than around 10-5. 4. grid study and validation the mesh is generated using ansys meshing. unstructured gird topology is used in the vortex generators region and structured grid topology is generated near the airfoil surface. figure 5 depicts the generated grid for the whole domain. figure 6 also presents near field pictures of the grid in the regions of vortex generators, gurney flap and trailingedge wedge. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 297 figure 5. the grid generated for the whole domain (a) (a) (b) figure 6. nearfield pictures of grid in the regions of (a) vortex generators, (b) gurney flap and (c) trailing-edge wedge to perform grid independent study, lift and drag coefficients of the airfoil equipped with vgs for three grid levels are obtained and compared. the first grid level has around 910,000 computational cells. the second and third grid levels are obtained by 30% increase in the computational cells relative to the prior grid level. so, the second and third grid levels have around 1,180,000 and 1,530,000 computational cells, respectively. exploring the generated grids shows that for the three grid levels, maximum value of y+ (=𝑦√𝜏/𝜌/𝜈, where 𝜏 stands for wall shear stress and 𝜈 is fluid kinematic viscosity) is around y+≈1. figure 7 presents the obtained lift and drag coefficients of the airfoil for the three grid levels. figures 8 and 9 also present the lift and drag coefficients of the airfoil equipped with vgs in the presence of gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge with h/c=2% for the considered grid levels. these figures confirm that the second grid level has enough accuracy for numerical calculations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 298 figure 7. lift and drag coefficients of the airfoil equipped with vgs for the three grid levels. grid level i (solid), grid level ii (dashed), grid level iii (dashed dot dot) figure 8. lift and drag coefficients of the airfoil equipped with vgs in the presence of gurney flap with h/c=2% for the three grid levels. grid level i (solid), grid level ii (dashed), grid level iii (dashed dot dot) figure 9. lift and drag coefficients of the airfoil equipped with vgs in the presence of trailing-edge wedge with h/c=2% for the three grid levels. grid level i (solid), grid level ii (dashed), grid level iii (dashed dot dot) to validate the numerical model used for simulation of flow, aerodynamic coefficients of the airfoil equipped with vgs are compared with those of experiment. for more validation, comparison are also made for the clean airfoil (in the absence of vortex generators) in the presence of gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge with those obtained from experiment. figure 10 compares lift and drag coefficients of the airfoil equipped with vgs with those of the experiment [5] at reynolds number of 3×106. this figure shows a good agreement between the current research and experiment. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 299 figure 10. comparison of lift and drag coefficients of the airfoil equipped with vgs with those of the experiment figure 11 shows lift coefficient of the clean airfoil in the presence of gurney flap attained from the present work and experiment [5]. consistent with experiment, results are obtained for the airfoil du93-w-210 at reynolds number of 2×106. as shown in figure 11, there is a good concordance between the current research and experimental results. figure 11. lift coefficient of the clean airfoil in the presence of gurney flap attained form the present work and experiment our numerical results also reveals that for the clean airfoil du93-w-210 in the presence of trailing-edge wedge, the maximum lift to drag ratio at reynolds number of 2×106 is 117.3. referring to the work conducted by timmer and rooij [5], one could see that the maximum lift to drag ratio is reported to be 125.1, which is close to that of the present research. 5. numerical results and discussion 5.1. effect of gurney flap figure 12 presents lift coefficient, drag coefficient and aerodynamic performance of the airfoil equipped with vgs in the presence of gurney flap at different gurney flap heights. the abbreviations v.g and v.g+g.f stand for the equipped airfoil (clean airfoil in the presence of vortex generators) and the equipped airfoil in the presence of gurney flap, respectively. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 300 figure 12. lift coefficient, drag coefficient and aerodynamic performance for the airfoil equipped with vgs in the presence of gurney flap as figures 12(a) and 12(b) represent, employment of gurney flap leads to the increase in the airfoil lift and drag. these figures also reveal that the airfoil lift and drag increase as gurney flap height increases. to explain more, flow structure at the middle plane for the equipped airfoil in the absence and presence of gurney flap at different heights at stall angle of attack are presented in figure 13. as this figure indicates, employment of gurney flap leads to trapping the air ahead of gurney flap and consequently generation of recirculation zone. this zone gets bigger as gurney flap height increases. this phenomenon causes the pressure below the airfoil surface around the trailing edge and so the airfoil lift and drag to increase. (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 13. flow structure at the middle plane for the airfoil equipped with (a) vgs and for the airfoil equipped with vgs in the presence of gurney flap at heights of (b) h/c=0.5%, (c) 1% and (d) 2% hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 301 exploring figure 12(a) shows that at stall angle of attack, the maximum lift increment which is associated to the gurney flap height of h/c=2% is 13%. as figure 12(c) represents, employment of gurney flap with height ratio of h/c=1% could enhance the aerodynamic performance before stall. this means that the increase in the airfoil lift is superior to the increase in the airfoil drag before stall when gurney flap with height ratio of h/c=1% is employed. figure 12(c) also reveals that at stall region, the deterioration in aerodynamic performance associated to the gurney flap height ratio of h/c=1% is minor compared to the other gurney flap height ratios and aerodynamic performance of airfoil at this gurney flap height ratio is nearly equal to that of the airfoil equipped with vgs. results indicate that before stall, maximum increment attained for the aerodynamic performance which occurs at angle of 5 degrees is 3.4%. 5.2. effect of trailing-edge wedge figure 14 shows lift coefficient, drag coefficient and aerodynamic performance of the airfoil equipped with vgs in the presence of trailing-edge wedge at different trailing-edge wedge heights. the abbreviation v.g+w is used for the airfoil equipped with vgs in the presence of trailing-edge wedge. figure 14. lift coefficient, drag coefficient and aerodynamic performance for the airfoil equipped with vgs in the presence of trailing-edge wedge as presented in figures 14(a) and 14(b) represent, as expected, addition of trailing-edge wedge to the airfoil results in the increase in the airfoil lift and drag and the airfoil lift and drag increase as trailing-edge wedge height increases. for better understanding, streamlines at stall angle of attack in the middle plane for different wedge heights are presented in figure 15. this figure reveals that the presence of trailing-edge wedge results in deflection of streamlines below the airfoil and this deflection increases as wedge heights increases. this means that the pressure below the airfoil increases as trailing-edge wedge is employed and this increment increases as wedge height increases. thus, one could conclude that employment of trailing-edge wedge causes higher airfoil lift and drag and an increase in the wedge height leads to the increase in the airfoil lift and drag. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 302 (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 15. flow structure at the middle plane for the airfoil equipped with (a) vgs and for the airfoil equipped with vgs in the presence of trailing-edge wedge at heights of (b) h/c=0.5%, (c) 1% and (d) 2% figure 14(a) exhibits that at stall angle of attack, maximum lift increment which corresponds to the wedge height of h/c=2% is 12.5%. as figure 14(c) represents, employment of wedge could enhance the aerodynamic performance at low angles of attacks (below 5 degrees) and aerodynamic performance increases as wedge height decreases. this indicates that the increase in the airfoil lift is superior to the increase in the airfoil drag at low angles of attacks when trailing-edge wedge is employed. numerical findings show that maximum increment for the aerodynamic performance which is associated to the wedge height of h/c=0.5% is 7.1% and appears at angle attack of 2.5 degrees. as mentioned earlier, at stall angle of attack, the maximum lift increment for the airfoil equipped with vgs is 13% in the presence of gurney flap while in the presence of trailing-edge wedge, the maximum lift increment is 12.5%. since the lift increment for the airfoil is mainly due to increase in the pressure on the airfoil lower surface around the trailing edge, the pressure coefficient (i.e., 𝑐𝑝 = (𝑝 − 𝑝∞)/ 1 2 𝜌𝑉2, where 𝑝 and 𝑝∞ stand for the pressure on the airfoil surface and pressure in infinity, respectively) a stall angle of attack on the pressure side around the airfoil trailing edge for the airfoil equipped with vgs in the presence of gurney flap and tailing-edge wedge are presented in figure 16. this figure is provided for gurney flap and wedge height of h/c=2%. as figure 16 represents, employment of gurney flap leads to a higher pressure on the airfoil lower surface than the trailing-edge wedge. this issue could also be confirmed by exploring figures 13(d) and 15(d). comparison of these figures reveals that, contrary to trailing-edge wedge, employment of gurney flap results in trapping the air and generation of recirculation zone. this effect causes the gurney flap to lead to a higher pressure below the airfoil surface than the wedge. thus, as the lift is a strong function of pressure, higher lift increment is obtained when gurney flap is used. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 303 figure 16. pressure coefficient a stall angle of attack on the pressure side around the airfoil trailing edge for the airfoil equipped with vgs in the presence of gurney flap and tailing-edge wedge as one could see in figure 12(c), employment of gurney flap leads to improve in the aerodynamic performance below 12.5o. exploring figure 14(c) reveals that using trailing-edge wedge causes the aerodynamic performance to improve below around 7.5o. this means that before the stall, gurney flap leads to improve in the aerodynamic performance in a wider range of angle of attack than the trailing-edge wedge. for more illustration regarding the effect of gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge on the aerodynamic behavior of the airfoil equipped with vgs, aerodynamic performance of the airfoil where the highest lift occurs are compared. referring to figures 12(a) and 14(a), one could see that gurney flap and wedge with height of h/c=2% results in the highest value for the lift. so, for this gurney and wedge heights, aerodynamic performance of the airfoil are presented and compared in figure 17. figure 17. comparison of aerodynamic performance of the airfoil equipped with vgs in the presence of gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge at height of h/c=2% figure 17 reveals that although employment of gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge at height of h/c=2% causes the lift of the airfoil equipped with vgs to increase, however, addition of these high lift devices results in deterioration of the aerodynamic performance. this figure shows that at low angles of attack, employment of trailing-edge wedge leads to a better aerodynamic performance and at high angles of attack, the gurney flap results in a better performance. referring to figures 12(c), one could see that the gurney flap at height of h/c=1% yields the highest airfoil performance before stall. exploring figure 14(c) shows that the trailing-edge wedge with height of h/c=0.5% and below around 7.5 degrees results in the highest performance. comparison of figure 12(a) with 14(a) reveals that, when high aerodynamic performance is concerned, addition of gurney flap at height of h/c=1% to the airfoil equipped with vgs leads to the highest lift. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 304 6. conclusions in the present work, the impact of the gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge on the aerodynamics of the airfoil du97w-300 equipped with vgs is examined numerically. various heights for the gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge are considered. the appropriateness of the considered numerical model is confirmed by the comparison of the obtained lift and drag coefficients with those of the experimental work. the findings of the research undertaken are as follows:  employment of gurney flap with height ratio of h/c=1% results in the highest value for the aerodynamic performance and the maximum increment for the aerodynamic performance is 3.4%. for trailing-edge wedges, the height ratio of h/c=0.5% leads to the highest aerodynamic performance, and the maximum increment for the aerodynamic performance is 7.1%.  before stall, the addition of gurney flap to the airfoil equipped with vgs leads to the enhancement of the aerodynamic performance in a wider range of angle of attack while the enhancement in aerodynamic performance associated to the trailing-edge wedge occurs in a narrower range of angle of attack.  at the highest value of lift, employment of the trailing-edge wedge results in a higher aerodynamic performance at low angles of attack, while at high angles of attack, better aerodynamic performance is observed when the gurney flap is employed.  before stall, when high aerodynamic performance is desired, employment of gurney flap with height ratio of h/c=1% is preferred as the highest value for the lift is obtained for the gurney flap at this height ratio. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.k.; methodology, m.k. and m.m.m.; software, m.m.m.; formal analysis, m.k. and m.m.m.; investigation, m.k. and m.m.m.; resources, m.k.; data curation, m.m.m.; writing—original draft preparation, m.k.; writing—review and editing, m.k.; visualization, m.k. and m.m.m.; supervision, m.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] taylor, h. d. (1947). the elimination of diffuser separation by vortex generators. united aircraft corporation report, r-40123(r4012-3), moscow, russia. [2] zhang, l., li, x., yang, k., & xue, d. (2016). effects of vortex generators on aerodynamic performance of thick wind turbine airfoils. journal of wind engineering and industrial aerodynamics, 156, 84–92. doi:10.1016/j.jweia.2016.07.013. [3] zhu, c., chen, j., wu, j., & wang, t. (2019). dynamic stall control of the wind turbine airfoil via single-row and double-row passive vortex generators. energy, 189, 116272. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2019.116272. [4] baldacchino, d., ferreira, c., tavernier, d. de, timmer, w. a., & van bussel, g. j. w. (2018). experimental parameter study for passive vortex generators on a 30% thick airfoil. wind energy, 21(9), 745–765. doi:10.1002/we.2191. [5] timmer, w. a., & van rooij, r. p. j. o. m. (2003). summary of the delft university wind turbine dedicated airfoils. 41st aerospace sciences meeting and exhibit, 125(4), 488–496. doi:10.2514/6.2003-352. [6] mueller-vahl, h., pechlivanoglou, g., nayeri, c. n., & paschereit, c. o. (2012). vortex generators for wind turbine blades: a combined wind tunnel and wind turbine parametric study. proceedings of the asme turbo expo, 6, 899–914. doi:10.1115/gt2012-69197. [7] velte, c. m., & hansen, m. o. l. (2013). investigation of flow behind vortex generators by stereo particle image velocimetry on a thick airfoil near stall. wind energy, 16(5), 775–785. doi:10.1002/we.1541. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 305 [8] zhao, z., shen, w., wang, r., wang, t., xu, b., zheng, y., & qian, s. (2017). modeling of wind turbine vortex generators in considering the inter-effects between arrays. journal of renewable and sustainable energy, 9(5), 53301. doi:10.1063/1.4997039. [9] prince, s. a., badalamenti, c., & regas, c. (2017). the application of passive air jet vortex-generators to stall suppression on wind turbine blades. wind energy, 20(1), 109–123. doi:10.1002/we.1994. [10] martinez suarez, j., flaszynski, p., & doerffer, p. (2018). application of rod vortex generators for flow separation reduction on wind turbine rotor. wind energy, 21(11), 1202–1215. doi:10.1002/we.2224. [11] zhu, c., chen, j., wu, j., & wang, t. (2019). dynamic stall control of the wind turbine airfoil via single-row and double-row passive vortex generators. energy, 189, 116272. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2019.116272. [12] nikoueeyan, p., strike, j. a., magstadt, a. s., hind, m. d., & naughton, j. w. (2014). characterization of the static aerodynamic coefficients of a wind turbine airfoil with gurney flap deployment for flow control applications. 32nd aiaa applied aerodynamics conference, 16–20. doi:10.2514/6.2014-2146. [13] alber, j., pechlivanoglou, g., paschereit, c. o., twele, j., & weinzierl, g. (2017). parametric investigation of gurney flaps for the use on wind turbine blades. proceedings of the asme turbo expo, 9. doi:10.1115/gt2017-64475. [14] zhang, y., ramdoss, v., saleem, z., wang, x., schepers, g., & ferreira, c. (2019). effects of root gurney flaps on the aerodynamic performance of a horizontal axis wind turbine. energy, 187, 115955. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2019.115955. [15] gao, l., liu, y., han, s., & yan, j. (2014). aerodynamic performance of a blunt trailing-edge airfoil affected by vortex generators and a trailing-edge wedge. iet conference publications, 2014(cp651), 24–25. doi:10.1049/cp.2014.0917. [16] yan, p., han, s., liu, y., gao, l., & li, l. (2015). effects of gurney flap and trailing-edge wedge on a blunt trailing-edge aerofoil. iet conference publications, 2015(cp679), 17–18,. doi:10.1049/cp.2015.0484. [17] gao, l., zhang, h., liu, y., & han, s. (2015). effects of vortex generators on a blunt trailing-edge airfoil for wind turbines. renewable energy, 76, 303–311. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2014.11.043. [18] agarwal, r., dhamarla, a., narayanan, s. r., goswami, s. n., & srinivasan, b. (2014). numerical investigation on the effect of vortex generator on axial compressor performance. volume 2a: turbomachinery. doi:10.1115/gt2014-25329. [19] godard, g., & stanislas, m. (2006). control of a decelerating boundary layer. part 1: optimization of passive vortex generators. aerospace science and technology, 10(3), 181–191. doi:10.1016/j.ast.2005.11.007. [20] snel, h. (2003). review of aerodynamics for wind turbines. wind energy, 6(3), 203–211. doi:10.1002/we.97. [21] bai, c. j., hsiao, f. b., li, m. h., huang, g. y., & chen, y. j. (2013). design of 10 kw horizontal-axis wind turbine (hawt) blade and aerodynamic investigation using numerical simulation. procedia engineering, 67, 279–287. doi:10.1016/j.proeng.2013.12.027. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 45 issn: 2723-9535 modifying hidden layer in neural network models to improve prediction accuracy: a combined model for estimating stock price abbas mahmoudabadi 1* , mehdi kanaani 2, fatemeh pourhossein ghazimahalleh 3 1 ph.d. in industrial engineering, director of master program in industrial engineering, mehrastan university, guilan, iran. 2 graduated student, department of industrial engineering, mehrastan university, guilan, iran. 3 graduated student, department of e-business and information technology, mehrastan university, guilan, iran. received 06 november 2021; revised 02 january 2022; accepted 12 january 2022; published 01 march 2022 abstract investment experts, who deal with stock price estimation, commonly look for the most accurate and appropriate statistical techniques to make decisions on investment. the aim of this study is to improve the accuracy of stock price prediction models through modifying the structure of a combined neural network model with time-series data, in which the main contribution is to insert the time-series analysis prediction into the hidden layer of the neural network. the proposed structure is made up of neural networks and time-series analysis, with variable reduction used to remove attributes with inter-correlations. data has been collected over six years (72 months) from the iranian stock market, including the number of trades, new-coin price, gold-18 price, us dollar and euro equivalent currencies, oil-index price, brent-oil price, industry index, and balanced stock index, followed by developing the prediction models. comparing the performance criteria of the proposed structure to the traditional ones in terms of the mean square and mean absolute errors revealed that inserting time-series estimated variables into hidden layers would improve the performance of neural network models to estimate stock prices for making investment decisions. keywords:artificial neural network; stock price estimation; time-series data analysis; combined prediction modeling. 1. introduction 1.1. stock market prediction prediction of stock prices and market situations are essential issues in financing where they are getting more attention from investment experts who are willing to make proper decisions and to ensure that the positive direction of the market is successfully predicted [1]. on the other hand, the existence of the nonlinearity and volatility of the financial market has been identified by many researchers and financial analysts [2]. therefore, many models have been proposed utilizing a variety of fundamental, technical, and time-series forecasting techniques to gain accurate predictions in this field. one of the main concerns in stock market investment is to gain an overall view of the future and predict the trend of stock prices as well as illustrative graphs to make the right decisions and affordable plans for the future. although precise forecasting of markets may be impossible, the researchers intend to tackle this problem by proposing methods that are more accurate and comparing the accuracy of the prediction models to select the best method. some characteristics of financial time-series data, such as non-stationarity, nonlinearity, and high volatility, prompt investment professionals to create more accurate and fitted models [3]. while some of the forecasting models' *corresponding author: mahmoudabadi@mehrastan.ac.ir http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1175-6730 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 46 and applications' results do not satisfy investors, they can learn the stock market's operation rules to gain a clear context of what happens in various situations. in this regard, forecasting studies are almost always regarded as difficult due to the existing uncertainty in the stock price system and the complexity of external economic and environmental factors. 1.2. neural network models for prediction because of the rapid development of artificial intelligence and computer technology, the stock price forecasting models are constantly updated, integrated, and improved. among the above techniques, neural network modeling is getting more attention because, compared to other traditional methods, it has achieved amazing results in the field of prediction [4]. the basic concept behind the neural network structure is to develop a model to interpret the relationships between variables according to its internal relations, so it is widely used in pattern recognition, intelligent control, signal processing, and other fields in which there are relations between attributes. the artificial neural network models are also used for predicting the stock price. in the modeling of stock prices, mainly in non-linear format, the rationality and applicability of the model construction have their own advantages that can provide the nonlinear prediction model with a wider space for sensitivity analysis [5]. in the case of financial time-series, data is extremely nonlinear and fluctuates. time-series approaches are usually attributed to dynamic systems, so we need algorithms to interpret the hidden patterns and underlying dynamics behavior of data, so called machine learning techniques. although machine-learning techniques have been recently improved and applied in various research fields, the estimating methods still need to be improved to be suitable for time-series analysis [6]. to deal with the above challenge, neural network models have been developed. despite the advantages of the neural networks that have been extensively considered for the prediction of the stock market, sometimes they fail to predict the financial markets accurately [7]. putrier believed that investment and fund management could be defined as optimal dynamic problems, and that they should predict portfolio dynamical behavior in order to optimize investors' capital structures. a comprehensive study has also been conducted, focusing on the common parameters for designing a back propagation neural network and providing a systematic methodology for forecasting economic time-series data [8, 9]. komo et al. [10] developed and compared two neural network models, radial basis function (rbf) and back propagation (also known as multilayer perceptron (mlp)), for predicting stock market prices by employing data from the wall street journal's dow jones as a benchmark. a notable success of the proposed models was achieving prediction accuracies of over 80% based on the dow jones monthly industrial index predictions, and the results demonstrated that rbf neural networks are preferred to mlp networks. 1.3. stock market prediction methods let us enumerate some of the available forecasting methods used in the prediction of stock prices. they are not only used for stock market prediction but also in fields that generate numeric measures that can be computed based on time-series data. fundamental analysis: fundamental analysis is a kind of investment analysis adopted by investors for taking decisions [9]. by studying a company’s sales, management proficiency, earnings, dividends, profits, and a host of other economic factors, they basically estimate the intrinsic worth of a company’s share where the above factors have a bearing on the company’s profitability and business prospects. the process leads experts to estimate the price of a particular company’s share and consider the estimated value as the intrinsic or true value of the share, which reflects the inherent worth and value. the estimated intrinsic price would help investors judge whether the shares are currently over-priced or under-priced. a fundamentalist who uses fundamental analysis makes money by purchasing underpriced stocks and selling them when they become overpriced. fundamental analysis is more useful for long-term investments. technical analysis: in technical analysis, a large number of rules and indicators are committed to identifying and explaining the regularity of dynamic historical prices. technical analysis makes use of patterns in a financial instrument's price history to forecast price behavior in the future [11]. technical analysts argue that prices gradually adjust to new information, so the moving average method is one of the most common techniques utilized by technical analysis. although the ma method is easy to use and apply in investment decision-making or empirical tests [12], the research conducted by dzikevicius [13] showed that moving average methods may generate errors and deviations in forecasting, so they would not be successful in estimating the trend of prices in long-term decisions. technical analysts, who are also called "chartists" as they use charts and graphs to keep a record of share price movements, believe that an accurate study of share price charts and graphs would reveal regular and recurrent patterns of price behavior that are likely to be repeated in the future [14]. in brief, technical analysis attempts to predict the future price of a particular share based on a study of its price movements in the past, so it is more commonly used for taking "buying" and "selling" decisions in the stock market than the other techniques. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 47 time-series forecasting: time-series forecasting intends to predict a dependent variable or an attribute for the future based on its past behavior. this is a significant concern in the field of stock market investment, where investors are willing to make the right decisions at the right time to maximize their financial profit. time-series forecasting usually comes across a specific trend in the past data to predict the future data, so conventional research usually uses time-series analysis techniques like mixed auto regression, moving average, and multiple regression models [15]. overall, if data is available for a long period but at the same intervals, the easier way is to find a pattern to predict the future, but if the history of a stock is not enough or segregated data is available, the accuracy of the analysis and forecast is getting a little difficult. there are a lot of methods in this field, but the most well-known ones are the moving average, autoregressive moving average, and autoregressive integrated moving average, followed by seasonal prediction methods. among them, the moving average works such that the average of a fixed number of items in the time-series is attributed to the next time interval. fluctuating data that moves through the series is smoothly uniformed by dropping the top items and adding the below ones with each successive average [16]. for application and in the modeling of linear and stationary time-series data, researchers usually employ combination models for many purposes due to their superiority, ease of implementation, and robustness [17]. 1.4. artificial neural networks structure in stock market prediction investing in the stock market usually involves higher risk due to its uncertainty and volatility [18], so forecasting the stock price behavior is crucial in terms of accuracy. the difficulty arises when nonlinear and complex behavior of stock prices is observed. due to the dynamic environment together with existing incomplete or noisy data that may be observed, for example in traffic conditions [19], the artificial neural network models are suitable to be utilized because of their proper adaptation to this kind of data [20]. therefore, in the last two decades, research has constantly attempted to develop neural network models for forecasting stock prices [21]. there are many types of neural network models where multi-layer perceptron (mlp) are feed-forward neural networks with one or more layers between the input and output layers. feed-forward means that data flows in one direction from an input layer to an output layer (forward) through a transitional layer, usually called a hidden layer. an mlp consists of multiple layers of nodes in a directed graph in which each layer is connected to the next one. except for the input nodes, each node is a neuron, known as a processing element, with a nonlinear activation function to connect the previous nodes and make another node in its own layer. the above characteristics would improve the prediction model to be able to resolve problems that are not linearly-based structured with one or more hidden layers [22]. in a neural network model, the output yi of each neuron of the nth layer is mathematically defined by a derivable nonlinear function based on equation 1, where f is the non-linear activation function, wji is the weight of the connection between the neuron nj and ni, and finally yi is the output of the neuron of the (n−1)th layer [23]. y𝑖 = 𝐹(∑ 𝑊𝑗𝑖𝑌𝑖 𝑛 𝑗 ) (1) 1.5. performances of neural network models in general, neural network modeling is among data processing techniques called data mining. setty et al. [24] reviewed the applications of data mining techniques to evaluate the performance of stock markets and concluded that there is a rising gap between storage and retrieval systems. since storage is more powerful, a technological leap needs to be made to prioritize information about end-user problems. when dase et al. [25] reviewed the literature on the application of artificial neural networks to stock market predictions, they demonstrated that data mining tools are useful in this field. they revealed that predicting stock indexes through performing traditional time-series analysis is too difficult, but the artificial neural network may be more suitable, so they revealed that the artificial neural network is a useful technique for predicting stock markets. in the field of combining prediction techniques, kumar et al. [26] introduced some basic ideas of time-series data, the need for ann, the importance of stock indices, and a survey of the previous works, and investigated neural network models' applications for time-series in forecasting, and the result was that existing functional relationships are the main scientific characteristics of the above models. in the preceding study, ann performance measures such as mean square errors, root mean square errors, mean absolute errors, and others were defined for model comparison, and it was concluded that the ann model achieved the lowest prediction errors when fitting them to a large amount of stock market data. attempts and observations in the literature for improving ann performance include changing the number of nodes in the hidden layer [27], changing the number of network modules and channels [28], and improving accuracy through knowledge distillation [29], where filtering is used as a compression technique. as more studies for more approaches, li [30] improved the accuracy of ann models through combing the above networks with intelligent diagnosis in medical treatments where the combined model improved diagnosis efficiency and saved doctors' time. instead of outputs, the residuals from a two-step combined model are estimated, and the accuracy of the prediction is determined by the set of errors and indices [31]. the prediction accuracy of neural networks can also be improved by composing them with time-series data as well as developing hybrid methods [32]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 48 1.6. vision statement following the above mentioned, it is concluded that the combination of prediction techniques to achieve more accurate predictions of stock exchanges by neural network models may be a useful approach, but not in the common way where all attributes are simultaneously considered as input variables. therefore, the novelty of the present research methodology is to develop another approach different from the previous ones. it is developed to insert a part of a data series into the hidden layer of the neural network instead of the input layer. therefore, the concept behind this research work is to estimate the desired variable during a specific period in the first stage and predict the stock exchange price in the second stage. the time-series analysis results are inserted as hidden nodes in the hidden layer of the neural network model. 2. research methodology and procedure 2.1. data gathering this research work focuses on the stock price forecasting, so tehran stock exchange has been selected as case study because of data availability and shiraz petrochemical company (iran) stock price is under detail study. data sets are downloaded from tsetmc.com, investing.com, and mop.ir sites from may 21, 2012 to march 18, 2018. they have been analyzed and summarized to monthly measures in which the number of records has been set to 72. it means that there are 72 months of data for modeling in this research work. input variables are number of trades (tn), trade volume (tv), new-coin (nc), gold-18 (g18), us-dollar (usd), euro (eu), oil-index (oin), brent-oil price (bop), oil-price (op), industry-index (ind), total index (ti), and balanced-index (bli), and output variable is the stock price of shiraz petrochemical company (spc). a classification of collected data is shown in table 1. table 1. classification of collected data fields and their abbreviations used in modeling type descriptions of variables input variables number of trades (tn), trade volume (tv), new-coin (nc), gold 18 (g18), us-dollar (usd), euro (eu), oilindex (oin), brent-oil price (bop), oil-price (op), industry-index (ind), total index (ti), balanced-index (bli). output variable stock price of shiraz petrochemical company (spc) 2.2. inter-correlation test some of so-called independent variables may have inter-correlation with each other or the researchers may intend to reduce the number of variables. although, many techniques of data reduction are studied and implemented over the financial studies [33], in particular in prediction models [34], but the inter-correlation test is commonly utilized to ensure that the variables those are considered as input in the modeling procedure would not have inter-correlation. statistically, the correlation between to variables is obtained by equation 2 followed by utilizing the hypothesis test of t-test where the equation 3 calculates t-stat and the corresponding p-value is obtained based on t-stat. the p-value is checked to decide if the variables are significantly independent or correlated. the procedure will continue until the variables do not have inter-correlation [35]. the whole procedure is named variable reduction which is needed prior to modeling stage. 𝑟 = ∑ (𝑋1𝑖 − 𝑋1 ̅̅ ̅)(𝑋2𝑖 − 𝑋2 ̅̅ ̅)𝑛 𝑖=1 √∑ (𝑋1𝑖 − 𝑋1 ̅̅ ̅)2 ∑ (𝑋2𝑖 − 𝑋2 ̅̅ ̅)2𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑛 𝑖=1 (2) 𝑡 = 𝑟√ 𝑛 − 2 1 − 𝑟2 (3) 2.3. neural network modeling developing model is following the variable reduction stage where input, hidden, and output layers are defined based on the purified variables and time-series node is inserted as a hidden node in hidden layer. the number of hidden nodes excluding time-series node which are all depicted in figure 1 where the time-series node is shown as ts-node. as shown it is a combined model of neural network and time-series analysis where the results of time-series analysis is a part of neural network model. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 49 figure 1. schematic view of the new combined time-series and neural network model 2.4. running model the stock price of shiraz petrochemical company (spc) is now predicted by inserting time-series analysis into the neural network model and the results are discussed to estimate the output for the future. in addition, the structure of neural network model will be developed in various types to reach the best performances of the model. 2.5. validation the final stage of the research methodology is validation stage in which the performance criteria of the combined time-series and neural network models will be evaluated. two well-known criteria of mean square errors (mse) and mean absolute errors (mae), respectively formulated by equation 4 and 5, are compared where 𝑌𝑡 is the observed value for stock market price shiraz petroleum company at time t and �̂�𝑡 is the estimated one at the same time. a schematic view of the research stages is depicted in figure 2. mse = 1 𝑛 ∑ 𝑒𝑡 2 𝑛 𝑡=1 = 1 𝑛 ∑(𝑌𝑡 − �̂�𝑡)2 𝑛 𝑡=1 (4) mae = 1 𝑛 ∑ 𝑒𝑡 2 𝑛 𝑡=1 = 1 𝑛 ∑ |𝑌𝑡 − �̂�𝑡| 𝑛 𝑡=1 (5) figure 2. overall view of the research methodology followed in this study 3. numerical results 3.1. descriptive statistics the first stage of the research methodology is to investigate the data downloaded from the sites mentioned in the previous section. data has been gathered duration six years (72 months) from may 2012 to march 2018. regardless to the variables selected for developing the neutral network model, table 2 summarizes the overall stats calculated for six years in monthly measures. identifying the attributes have studied and data available gathering data, pre-analyzing and purification validating the models’ performances and select the best model running the structured model and predicting stock price structuring neural network models by inserting time-series node into hidden layer input layer tn nc bli …. hidden layer hn1 hn2 ts-node …. output layer output hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 50 table 2. descriptive statistics for all variables available in stock marketing stat count mean minimum maximum range sd kurtosis skewness tn 72 119 11 468 457 114 1.050 1.376 tv 72 2083761 30760 47511261 47480500 5786630 55.371 7.134 nc 72 10331833 6480556 14685882 8205327 1899264 -0.398 0.410 g18 72 1019696 887938 1316429 428491 109579 0.268 1.121 usd 72 32758 17045 42216 25170 5399 2.145 -1.295 eu 72 41613 36223 49943 13720 3189 0.193 0.722 oin 72 220765 50543 366533 315990 87922 -0.578 -0.231 bop 72 80 32 124 93 30 -1.813 -0.054 op 72 70 30 107 77 25 -1.704 0.133 ind 72 57089 19306 87329 68023 18004 -0.204 -0.575 ti 72 66339 24280 98435 74155 19488 -0.170 -0.859 bli 72 12889 9410 17739 8329 2969 -1.454 0.312 spc 72 4996 1974 13140 11166 2979 -0.489 0.891 3.2. inter-correlation test the second stage is to check the inter-correlation for all candidate variables as inputs. the t-test has been utilized to check whether there is inter-correlation between the independent variables or not. the first step is to calculate pairwise correlations between all variables by equation 2 which are eventually tabulated in table 3. the second step is to calculate t-stat through equation 3. the results have been tabulated in table 4. finally, the third step is to obtain pvalue for the first type of errors in hypothesis testing followed by tabulating them in table 5. as shown, the p-values that are more than 0.05 and highlighted in gray that should be removed from the modeling process because they have inter-correlations with the other variables. table 3. correlations between candidate variables (pair wise correlations) correlation tn tv nc g18 usd eu oin bop op ind ti bli tn 1 tv 0.2223 1 nc 0.5381 0.0367 1 g18 0.4873 0.1150 0.7624 1 usd 0.3401 0.0567 0.7202 0.6189 1 eu 0.1445 0.0968 0.1753 0.3582 -0.1382 1 oin 0.3092 -0.0576 0.3461 0.3484 0.5117 0.0352 1 bop -0.0156 -0.1490 -0.1162 -0.2947 -0.6364 0.1282 -0.0197 1 op 0.0800 -0.1151 0.0019 -0.1353 -0.5145 0.2697 0.1044 0.8943 1 ind 0.2606 0.0617 0.3116 0.4751 0.7445 0.0324 0.7655 -0.6038 -0.4655 1 ti 0.1832 0.0576 0.2232 0.3768 0.7068 -0.0458 0.7769 -0.5916 -0.4615 0.9849 1 bli 0.5207 0.1561 0.4981 0.6556 0.5808 0.3450 0.4805 -0.4919 -0.3033 0.7184 0.6484 1 table 4. t-stats for correlation between candidate variables correlation tn tv nc g18 usd eu oin bop op ind ti bli tn tv 1.9079 nc 5.3407 0.3070 g18 4.6695 0.9683 9.8561 usd 3.0256 0.4755 8.6855 6.5932 eu 1.2214 0.8134 1.4901 3.2104 -1.1671 oin 2.7203 -0.4829 3.0860 3.1095 4.9826 0.2949 bop -0.1307 -1.2610 -0.9790 -2.5797 -6.9019 1.0813 -0.1651 op 0.6718 -0.9695 0.0157 -1.1427 -5.0201 2.3432 0.8784 16.7208 ind 2.2584 0.5173 2.7437 4.5170 9.3298 0.2714 9.9540 -6.3374 -4.4006 ti 1.5593 0.4826 1.9158 3.4030 8.3605 -0.3838 10.3241 -6.1392 -4.3527 47.6644 bli 5.1024 1.3223 4.8059 7.2639 5.9689 3.0749 4.5836 -4.7275 -2.6635 8.6403 7.1250 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 51 table 5. p-value for t-test between candidate variables p-value tn tv nc g18 usd eu oin bop op ind ti bli tn tv 0.0605 nc 0.0000 0.7598 g18 0.0000 0.3362 0.0000 usd 0.0035 0.6359 0.0000 0.0000 eu 0.2260 0.4187 0.1407 0.0020 0.2471 oin 0.0082 0.6307 0.0029 0.0027 0.0000 0.7689 bop 0.8964 0.2115 0.3310 0.0120 0.0000 0.2833 0.8694 op 0.5039 0.3357 0.9875 0.2571 0.0000 0.0220 0.3827 0.0000 ind 0.0270 0.6066 0.0077 0.0000 0.0000 0.7869 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 ti 0.1234 0.6309 0.0595 0.0011 0.0000 0.7023 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 bli 0.0000 0.1904 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0030 0.0000 0.0000 0.0096 0.0000 0.0000 according to what has been concluded from the inter-correlation test, among all variables which corresponding data are available, the independent variables are trade number (tn), new-coin price(nc), gold 18 (g18), us-dollar (usd), oil-index (oin), industry-index (ind), and eventually balanced-index (bli). from now on, the model structuring uses the independent variables to develop the neural network model as well as the stock price for shiraz petroleum company (spc) that will be considered as dependent variable. 3.3. network modeling following the purification process of candidate variables and extracting independent ones, it is time to develop the neural network models. the stock price for shiraz petroleum company (spc) is estimated based on the dependent variables. according to the approach followed in this study, the neural network model is constructed in two stages. the first stage is to obtain coefficients for constructing hidden nodes’ values (hns) based on independent variables, and the second stage is to obtain output values where one of the hidden nodes is the moving average value of stock price for k last periods. equations 6 and 7 represent the general functions developed in the above mentioned stages. the hidden layer can be also received another node by an exponential smoothing time-series value in which the equation 8 indicates the exponential time-series where α is the smoothing factor, f denotes the forecasted, and r is the observed value of stock for dependent variable. hnvt = 𝑓(𝑇𝑁𝑡 , 𝑁𝐶𝑡 , 𝐺18𝑡 , 𝑈𝑆𝐷𝑡 , 𝑂𝐼𝑁𝑡 , 𝐼𝑁𝐷𝑡 , 𝐵𝐿𝐼𝑡) (6) spct = 𝑔(𝐻𝑁𝑉𝑡 , 1 𝑘 ∑ 𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑗 𝑡 𝑗=𝑡−𝑘+1 ) (7) spct = 𝑔(𝐻𝑁𝑉𝑡 , ∝ 𝑅𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡 + (1−∝)𝑅𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡−1 ) (8) to illustrate how the model is developed, one of the models, as a sample, is constructed in neural network format and represented by equations 9 to 12. as shown, the time-series node is used in the second series of equations where a two period moving average for spc is inserted for formulation. it should be mentioned that the coefficients have been obtained where the target is to minimize mean square errors. the other possible models have been also developed and the results are discussed in the next subsection. hn1t = 1.847 − 107.870𝑇𝑁𝑡 − 1.432𝑁𝐶𝑡 + 6.308𝐺18𝑡 − 36.226𝑈𝑆𝐷𝑡 + 19.879𝑂𝐼𝑁𝑡 + 5.563𝐼𝑁𝐷𝑡 + 94.754𝐵𝐿𝐼𝑡 (9) hn2t = −3.898 − 86.304𝑇𝑁𝑡 − 1.203𝑁𝐶𝑡 + 4.407𝐺18𝑡 − 136.406𝑈𝑆𝐷𝑡 + 12.815𝑂𝐼𝑁𝑡 + 44.937𝐼𝑁𝐷𝑡 + 174.04𝐵𝐿𝐼𝑡 (10) hn3t = 8.347 + 255.646𝑇𝑁𝑡 − 0.446𝑁𝐶𝑡 + 1.674𝐺18𝑡 − 65.759𝑈𝑆𝐷𝑡 + 4.247𝑂𝐼𝑁𝑡 + 22.559𝐼𝑁𝐷𝑡 + 64.524𝐵𝐿𝐼𝑡 (11) spct = 37.087 + 0.000318𝐻𝑁1𝑡 + 0.00448𝐻𝑁2𝑡 + 0.01039𝐻𝑁3𝑡 + 1.01877 × 1 2 (𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡−1 + 𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡−2) (12) 3.4. validation the last stage is to validate the model performances in different models. two criteria of mean square errors (mse) and mean absolute errors (mae) have been calculated and tabulated in table 6. the first column identifies the timeseries method combined with neural network. three different approaches of no time-series, adding moving average, hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 52 and exponential smoothing are studied where the structure of input layers are the same for all models. the third column represents the hidden layer components in which moving average approaches compose of one, two, and three moving average durations and smoothing factor is different model to model for exponential smoothing approaches. the fourth and fifth columns respectively represent the mean square errors (mse) and mean absolute errors (mae) all depicted in figures 3 and 4 as well where they respectively show the performance criteria for moving average and exponential smoothing combined models. in both figures, mean square errors (mse) is depicted at the left side and mean absolute errors (mae) is depicted at the right side. table 6. summary of different structures for neural network model and performance criteria ts method input layer hidden layer components mse mae no series input nodes (tn, ...) hidden nodes only 3559875 1482 moving input nodes (tn, ...) hidden nodes + 𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡−1 365498 392 average input nodes (tn, ...) hidden nodes + 1 2 (𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡−1 + 𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡−2) 493358 472 input nodes (tn, ...) hidden nodes + 1 3 (𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡−1 + 𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡−2 + 𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡−3) 705617 558 exponential input nodes (tn, ...) hidden nodes + 0.1𝑅𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡 + 0.9𝑅𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡−1 1086996 762 smoothing input nodes (tn, ...) hidden nodes + 0.3𝑅𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡 + 0.7𝑅𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡−1 564520 577 input nodes (tn, ...) hidden nodes + 0.5𝑅𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡 + 0.5𝑅𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡−1 156773 278 input nodes (tn, ...) hidden nodes + 0.7𝑅𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡 + 0.3𝑅𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡−1 81276 224 input nodes (tn, ...) hidden nodes + 0.9𝑅𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡 + 0.1𝑅𝑆𝑃𝐶𝑡−1 45130 181 looking more carefully at what has been derived from table 6 and figures 3 and 4, it is observed that the worst performance criteria belong to the model developed in the traditional method in which time-series variables are absent from the model. inserting time-series values into the hidden layer significantly affects the performance criteria where both mse and mae have the same behavior in that they are decreased if time-series values are inserted into the hidden layer. therefore, it is concluded that modifying the structure of the hidden layer would improve the efficiency of neural network prediction performances by not only adding a moving average node in the hidden layer but also other outputs of time-series analysis, such as exponential smoothing values. figure 3. the performance criteria for combined neural network models with moving average 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 500000 1000000 1500000 2000000 2500000 3000000 3500000 4000000 hidden nodes only hidden nodes + oneperiod moving average hidden nodes + twoperiod moving average hidden nodes + threeperiod moving average m ea n s q u a re e rr o rs mse mae m ea n a b so lu te e rr o rs hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 53 figure 4. the performance criteria for combined neural network models with exponential smoothing 4. conclusion in the present research work, the structure of the neural network model has been modified to improve the performance of prediction ability for estimating dependent variables based on predictors. two methods of time-series analysis, including moving average and exponential smoothing, have been separately inserted as hidden nodes in the structure of the hidden layer. the modified neural network models have been utilized to predict stock exchanges in the iranian stock market, where shiraz petroleum company (iran) was under study. neural network models have been developed by employing experimental data collected over six years, followed by testing inter-correlation coefficients to ensure that dependent variables would not have inter-correlation. all models in which the time-series results are inserted as hidden nodes have been evaluated based on two criteria: mean and absolute square errors. looking more carefully at the obtained results, it is revealed that the modification of the hidden layer in the neural network models would improve the accuracy of prediction models, at least in stock market predictions. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.m.; methodology, a.m. and f.p.g.; software, f.p.g. and a.m.; validation, a.m.; formal analysis, m.k.; investigation, m.k.; resources, m.k.; data curation, a.m.; writing—original draft preparation, m.k. and f.p.g.; writing—review and editing, a.m.; visualization, a.m.; supervision, a.m.; project administration, a.m. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 500000 1000000 1500000 2000000 2500000 3000000 3500000 4000000 hidden nodes only hidden nodes + es (α=0.1) hidden nodes + es (α=0.3) hidden nodes + es (α=0.5) hidden nodes + es (α=0.7) hidden nodes + es (α=0.9) m ea n s q u a re e rr o rs mse mae m ea n a b so lu te e rr o rs hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 54 6. references [1] kumar, d., sarangi, p. k., &verma, r. (2022). a systematic review of stock market prediction using machine learning and statistical techniques. in materials today: proceedings (vol. 49). proceedings. doi:10.1016/j.matpr.2020.11.399. [2] abhyankar, a., copeland, l. s., & wong, w. (1997). uncovering nonlinear structure in real-time stock-market indexes: the s & p 500, the dax, the nikkei 225, and the ftse-100. journal of business and economic statistics, 15(1), 1–14. doi:10.1080/07350015.1997.10524681. [3] rezaei, h., faaljou, h., &mansourfar, g. (2021). stock price prediction using deep learning and frequency decomposition. expert systems with applications, 169, 114332. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2020.114332. [4] chung, h., & shin, k. s. (2018). genetic algorithm-optimized long short-term memory network for stock market prediction. sustainability (switzerland), 10(10), 3765. doi:10.3390/su10103765. [5] atsalakis, g. s., &valavanis, k. p. (2009). surveying stock market forecasting techniques part ii: soft computing methods. expert systems with applications, 36(3 part 2), 5932–5941. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2008.07.006. [6] hu, m., ji, z., yan, k., guo, y., feng, x., gong, j., zhao, x., & dong, l. (2018). detecting anomalies in time-series data via a meta-feature based approach. ieee access, 6, 27760–27776. doi:10.1109/access.2018.2840086. [7] maier, h. r., & dandy, g. c. (2000). neural networks for the prediction and forecasting of water resources variables: a review of modelling issues and applications. environmental modelling and software, 15(1), 101–124. doi:10.1016/s13648152(99)00007-9. [8] zhang, d., & lou, s. (2021). the application research of neural network and bp algorithm in stock price pattern classification and prediction. future generation computer systems, 115, 872–879. doi:10.1016/j.future.2020.10.009. [9] devadoss, a. v., &ligori, t. a. a. (2013). forecasting of stock prices using multi-layer perceptron. international journal of computing algorithm, 2, 440–449. [10] komo, d., chang, c. i., &ko, h. (1994). neural network technology for stock market index prediction. issipnn 1994 1994 international symposium on speech, image processing and neural networks, proceedings, 543–546. doi:10.1109/sipnn.1994.344854. [11] pring, m. j. martin pring’s introduction to technical analysis. mcgraw hill professional, new york, united states. [12] ben-zion, u., klein, p., shachmurove, y., & yagil, y. (2005). efficiency differences between the s&p 500 and the tel-aviv 25 indices: a moving average comparison. in ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.420243. [13] dzikevicius, a., saranda, s., & kravcionok, a. (2010). the accuracy of simple trading rules in stock markets. economics and management, 15, 910–916. [14] vanstone, b., & finnie, g. (2006). combining technical analysis and neural networks in the australian stockmarket. in proceedings of the 10th iasted international conference on artificial intelligence and soft computing, asc 2006, 125–130. [15] huang, w., nakamori, y., & wang, s. y. (2005). forecasting stock market movement direction with support vector machine. computers and operations research, 32(10), 2513–2522. doi:10.1016/j.cor.2004.03.016. [16] montgomery, d. c., jennings, c. l., & kulahci, m. (2015). introduction to time-series analysis and forecasting. john wiley & sons, new york, united states. [17] wlezien, c. (2000). an essay on “combined” time-series processes. electoral studies, 19(1), 77–93. doi:10.1016/s02613794(99)00037-2. [18] horvath, b., muguruza, a., & tomas, m. (2021). deep learning volatility: a deep neural network perspective on pricing and calibration in (rough) volatility models. quantitative finance, 21(1), 11–27. doi:10.1080/14697688.2020.1817974. [19] mahmoudabadi, a., &fakharian, s. (2010) estimating missing traffic data using artificial neural network. proceedings of second international conference on intelligent network and computing (icinc 2010), 144–147. [20] chen, q., song, y., & zhao, j. (2020). short-term traffic flow prediction based on improved wavelet neural network. neural computing and applications, 33(14), 8181–8190. doi:10.1007/s00521-020-04932-5. [21] aghbashlo, m., hosseinpour, s., &mujumdar, a. s. (2015). application of artificial neural networks (anns) in drying technology: a comprehensive review. drying technology, 33(12), 1397–1462. doi:10.1080/07373937.2015.1036288. [22] vaferi, b., eslamloueyan, r., &ayatollahi, s. (2011). automatic recognition of oil reservoir models from well testing data by using multi-layer perceptron networks. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 77(3–4), 254–262. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2011.03.002. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/new_york_city hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 1, march, 2022 55 [23] celikoglu, h. b., &cigizoglu, h. k. (2007). modelling public transport trips by radial basis function neural networks. mathematical and computer modelling, 45(3–4), 480–489. doi:10.1016/j.mcm.2006.07.002. [24] setty, d. v., rangaswamy, t. m., &subramanya, k. n. (2010). a review on data mining applications to the performance of stock marketing. international journal of computer applications, 1(3), 33–43. doi:10.5120/88-187. [25] rk, d., & dd, p. (2010). application of artificial neural network for stock market predictions: a review of literature. international journal of machine intelligence, 2(2), 14–17. doi:10.9735/0975-2927.2.2.14-17. [26] kumar, d. a., &murugan, s. (2013). performance analysis of indian stock market index using neural network time series model. proceedings of the 2013 international conference on pattern recognition, informatics and mobile engineering, prime 2013, 72–78. doi:10.1109/icprime.2013.6496450. [27] abiodun, o. i., jantan, a., omolara, a. e., dada, k. v., mohamed, n. a. e., & arshad, h. (2018). state-of-the-art in artificial neural network applications: a survey. heliyon, 4(11), 938. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2018.e00938. [28] shi, c., tan, c., wang, t., & wang, l. (2021). a waste classification method based on a multilayer hybrid convolution neural network. applied sciences (switzerland), 11(18), 8572. doi:10.3390/app11188572. [29] prakosa, s. w., leu, j. s., & chen, z. h. (2021). improving the accuracy of pruned network using knowledge distillation. pattern analysis and applications, 24(2), 819–830. doi:10.1007/s10044-020-00940-2. [30] li, x. (2021). artificial intelligence neural network based on intelligent diagnosis. journal of ambient intelligence and humanized computing, 12(1), 923–931. doi:10.1007/s12652-020-02108-6. [31] buevich, a., sergeev, a., shichkin, a., &baglaeva, e. (2021). a two-step combined algorithm based on narx neural network and the subsequent prediction of the residues improves prediction accuracy of the greenhouse gases concentrations. neural computing and applications, 33(5), 1547–1557. doi:10.1007/s00521-020-04995-4. [32] büyükşahin, ü. ç., &ertekin, ş. (2019). improving forecasting accuracy of time-series data using a new arima-ann hybrid method and empirical mode decomposition. neurocomputing, 361, 151–163. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2019.05.099. [33] mahmoudabadi, a. , a., mehrshad, m., &aminnaseri, m. r. (2017). credit risk assessment utilizing data reduction technique for individual loaning in financial institutes (case study: tejarat bank, rasht, iran). american journal of theoretical and applied business, 3(1), 11. doi:10.11648/j.ajtab.20170301.12. [34] delima, a. j. p., sison, a. m., & medina, r. p. (2019). variable reduction-based prediction through modified genetic algorithm. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 10(5), 356–363. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2019.0100544. [35] boddy, r., & smith, g. (2009). statistical methods in practice: for scientists and technologists. in statistical methods in practice: for scientists and technologists. john wiley & sons. doi:10.1002/9780470749296. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 207 issn: 2723-9535 characterization of structural transition and heterogeneity under compression for liquid al2o3 using molecular dynamics simulation pham huu kien 1 , tran thi quynh nhu 1, 2, giap thi thuy trang 1* 1 department of physics, thainguyen university of education, no. 20 luong ngoc quyen, thainguyen, viet nam. 2 tuyen quang high school for gifted students, tran hung dao street, tuyenquang, viet nam received 25 december 2021; revised 13 february 2022; accepted 18 february 2022; available online 24 february 2022 abstract we have performed a simulation of the structural transition and structural heterogeneity (sh) in liquid al2o3 at 3500 k, in the range of 0–100 gpa. the results confirmed that the network structure of liquid alumina is built mainly from alox (x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7) units, which are related to each other through the common oxygen atoms. the existence of separate alo3-, alo4-, alo5-, alo6and alo7phases, where sh of the network structure can be sufficiently determined, besides, the existence of separate phases is clarified for sh in the liquid of al2o3. in particular, at a pressure below 10 and beyond 20 gpa, alox units are uniformly distributed in the space and non-uniformly distributed in the range 10-20 gpa. our study is expected to contribute to a simple way to determine the structural heterogeneity and diffusion coefficients of oxide systems. keywords: molecular dynamics; liquid; network structure; phase; cluster; structural transition. 1. introduction recently, al2o3 has become well-known as the refractory ceramic oxide used in numerous applications, such as electronic devices, optics, and mechanical engineering, biomedical engineering, and cutting tools. thus, liquid al2o3 has become of great interest to researchers through both experimental and theoretical developments [1-9]. for instance, by using x-ray diffraction and scattering, waseda et al. [10] and ansell et al. [11] revealed that the two first peaks of the total radial distribution function (rdf) located at 2.0 and 2.8 å as the density of 3.01 g.cm-3 and 1.76, 3.08 å as the density of 3.175 g.cm-3. the averaged coordination number of the al-o pair is equal to 4.5 ± 0.1. besides, hennet et al. [12] found out the first-, secondand third-peaks of rdf gal-o(r) are located at 1.80 ± 0.02, 3.18 ± 0.06 and 4.36 ± 0.01 å, respectively. these averaged coordination number of al-o pair is approximately estimated to be 4.3 ± 0.05. to support experimental methods, simulation is also a powerful method to investigate the microstructure of melts, especially at high-temperature and/or pressure conditions [13-19]. according to the first-principles molecular dynamic (md) simulations, verma et al. [8] determined that the liquid al2o3 is more sensitive to the applied compression than the temperature. the coordination number of al atoms includes various species with disappearing threeand fourcoordinated and appearing sixand seven-coordinated since the liquid is compressed. skinner et al. [20] indicated that the melt consisted predominantly of alo4 and alo5 units. it can be noted that al-o-al connections of 83% are involved in the corner-sharing polyhedra, compared to 16% for the edge-sharing polyhedral. miguel et al. [21] found that more than 50% of al atoms are tetrahedral coordinated at four different temperatures. according to hoang et al. * corresponding author: tranggtt@tnue.edu.vn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-02-08  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1002-9678 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 208 [22] and hung et al. [23], they showed the clear evidence of structural transition in liquid al2o3 from a tetrahedral to an octahedral network. the voids created a very large hole with a volume five times bigger than that of the aluminum atom. other simulations [24, 25] showed that the phase regions of liquid al2o3 strongly depend on compression. the mobility of atoms in different phases is different; the alo6-phase forms immobile regions. at low temperatures, the coexistence of alo4-, alo5-, and alo6-phases is the origin of the spatially dynamical heterogeneity. however, up to now, the development of structural transition and sh under compression for liquid al2o3 is still intensively improved. in the present work, a large-scale md simulation of an al2o3 system consisting of 5500 atoms was performed. the structural characteristics such as the rdf, characteristics of alox and oaly units, visualization of simulation data have been clarified for the structural transition and sh in liquid al2o3 under compression condition. 2. calculation method models of liquid al2o3 consisting 5500 atoms (2200 aland 3300 o-atoms) are constructed by md simulation at 3500 k, in the range 0-150 gpa, with boundary conditions for all three dimensions. the born-mayer potential, which has been successfully used for structural and dynamic simulation of al2o3 systems, was employed in this work. the detail about the born-mayer potential can be referred from kovarik et al. (2021), hoang & oh (2004), and belashchenko (1997) study [4, 15, 26]. the md program is coded in the c language and uses the verlet algorithm to integrate the motion equations. in this case, md time step is selected to be 0.47 fs. initial configuration of the model is created by randomly sowed all atoms in the simulation space. the model is heated up to 6000 k and zero pressure. then, the model is cooled down to 3500 k within 2×104 time steps with the cooling rate of 2.0 k/ps. after that, a long relaxation (5×106 time steps) has been done in isothermal-isobaric (npt) ensemble to equilibrate the model at 3500 k and zero pressure. from this well-equilibrated liquid al2o3 at 3500 k and zero pressure, the proposed models at different pressures (5-100 gpa) which are labeled as m1, m2…m11, respectively (as seen in table 1). these models were constructed by relaxing again within 5×106 time steps to reach the equilibrium in isothermal-isobaric npt ensemble. the structural characteristics of each model are determined by averaging 1000 configurations during the last 5×104 md steps. to calculate the clusters as well as coordination number, the cutoff distance is chosen based on the minimum position after the first peak of the rdf. remarkably, for the al-o pair, the cutoff distance is 2.54 å. 3. result and discussion 3.1. the structural transition under compression the characteristics of the constructed models, experimental, calculation and other simulation are listed in table 1. obviously, the major changes are a shift of distance rij to bigger value for al-o pair and smaller value for al-al, o-o pairs with increasing of the applied pressure. the coordination number strongly increases with increasing of pressure. namely, at 0 gpa, the averaged coordination numbers for al-al, al-o, o-al and o-o pairs were found to be 7.71, 4.25, 2.83 and 10.64, respectively. these numbers increased to be 13.68, 6.54, 4.36 and 16.77 as pressure increases from 0 to 100 gpa. also, the bks model reproduces well the structural data obtained from experimental and simulated data from refs. [1, 2, 7, 8, 20, 22]. thus, the prepared models are reliable to investigate the structural transition and sh of liquid al2o3. table 1. the structural characteristics of constructed models at different pressures, experimental and simulation data. here t, p, ρ are temperature, pressure and density, respectively; ral-al , ral-o, ro-o is the inter-atomic distance for al-al, al-o and o-o pair, respectively; zal-al, zal-o zo-al, zo-o are the average coordination number for al-al, al-o, o-al and o-o pair, respectively. models t (k) p (gpa) ρ (g/cm3) ral-al (å) ral-o (å) ro-o (å) zal-al zal-o zo-al zo-o m1 3500 0.01 2.78 3.14 1.68 2.78 7.71 4.25 2.83 10.64 m2 3500 5 ˗ 3.16 1.72 2.70 11.75 5.30 3.54 13.94 m3 3500 10 ˗ 3.14 1.74 2.70 11.81 5.37 3.58 14.04 m4 3500 15 ˗ 3.10 1.70 2.70 11.89 5.43 3.62 14.15 m5 3500 20 ˗ 3.12 1.72 2.64 11.97 5.51 3.67 14.36 m6 3500 25 ˗ 3.08 1.72 2.62 12.02 5.55 3.70 14.43 m7 3500 30 ˗ 3.08 1.72 2.60 12.20 5.63 3.76 14.66 m8 3500 40 ˗ 3.08 1.72 2.56 12.31 5.80 3.87 15.19 m9 3500 60 ˗ 3.00 1.70 2.52 12.42 5.85 3.90 15.37 m10 3500 80 ˗ 2.84 1.72 2.50 13.74 6.45 4.30 16.26 m11 3500 100 ˗ 2.88 1.72 2.46 13.68 6.54 4.36 16.77 exp. [11] 2500 ˗ 2.81 3.25 1.78±0.05 2.84 ˗ 4.20±0.3 ˗ ˗ exp. [1] 2200-2650 ˗ 3.17 ˗ 1.732 3.08 ˗ 4.40±1.0 ˗ ˗ exp. [20] 2400±50 ˗ ˗ 3.15 1.80 2.82 8.85 4.40 2.93 12.90 sim. [22] 2500 0.05 2.80 3.20 1.77 2.80 8.00 4.20 2.80 7.44 cal. [8] 4000 ˗ 3.683 3.02 1.79 2.61 12.4 5.52 3.69 15.60 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 209 figure 1. the radial distribution function of liquid al2o3 at different pressures figure 2. dependence of coordination number distribution on applied pressure for: alox (left) and oaly (right) figure 1 displays the rdfs gal-o(r), gal-al(r) and go-o(r) at different pressures. it can be seen that, under compression for the gal-o(r), the position of the first peak is displaced to the right-hand side and their magnitudes are significantly decreased. in contrast, for the go-o(r), and gal-al(r), the position of the first peak is displaced to the lefthand side and their magnitudes are independent on the increased pressure. based on above analyses, the network structure of liquid al2o3 is changed insignificantly both of intermediateand short-range order structure, which is depended on the compression. next, we clarified the origin of the change of the network structure of liquid al2o3 under compression via the characteristics of alox and aloy basic units. as shown in figure 2, the fraction of alo3, alo4, oal2, and oal3 are decreased with increasing pressure while the fraction of alo7 and oal5 are increased. specially, the fraction of alo5, 0 2 4 6 0 2 4 6 8 10 m11 m7 m5 m4 al-al g (r ) 0 2 4 6 al-o 0 2 4 6 m9 m3 m1 o-o r (å) r (å) r (å) 0 20 40 60 80 100 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 alo5 alo6 alo7 alo3; alo4 pressure (gpa) f ra c ti o n 0 20 40 60 80 100 oal2 oal3 oal4 oal5 pressure (gpa) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 210 alo5 and oal4 creates a maximum value at 5 gpa for alo5 and at 50 gpa for alo5 and oal4. this phenomenon indicated a transformation in local environment of al ions from tetrahedralto octahedralcoordination at 5 gpa and beyond 50 gpa, which leads to the system becomes to be denser. this result can be regarded as the bond length between o and o in alo5 units is larger than the one in alo6 and smaller than the one in alo4. the bond angle and length distribution calculated separately for each type of alox basic units are shown in figure 3 and 4. it showed that the angle-distributions are almost independent on pressure for alo5. however, the deviations in the magnitude and position of main peak are observed in cases of alo4 and alo6 (as depicted on the left side of figure 3). furthermore, on the right side of figure 3, the bond-length distribution for alo4 and alo6 are significantly depended on the pressure, which causes the magnitudeand position-deviations. clearly, under compression, the shape and size of alo4, alo5 and alo6 units are changed and little distorted. as presented in figure 4, the angle distributions of oal2, oal3 and oal4 units are not identical (depended on pressure). it means that the topology structure of basicstructural units is also dependent on pressure. it can be concluded that the network structure of liquid al2o3 is formed by order parameters as follows: i/ the order parameters related to the short-range order (sro), including alo3, alo4, alo5, alo6 and alo7 units; ii/ the linkage oal2, oal3 and oal4 are order parameters, which are related to the intermediate-range order (iro). at low-pressure state, the number of linkages oal3 and oal4 is small. at highpressure state, as most of linkages are oal3 and oal4, the iro is characterized by network of interconnected tetrahedra by the edge-sharing. clearly, the oal2 linkages connected among alo3 and alo4 units causes a cluster of alo3 and alo4 units. in other words, this cluster is formed by the interconnected tetrahedra and the corner-sharing, which characterizes the low-density phase. the network structure of high-density phase is produced from oal3 and oal4 linkages. consequently, the oal3 and oal4 linkages connect among alox (x = 5, 6, 7) units forming a cluster of alo5, alo6 and alo7 units. figure 3. bond angle o-al-o (left) and length (right) distribution in coordination units alox at different pressures 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 m1 m2 m3 m4 m5 m6 m7 alo4 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 m1 m2 m3 m4 m5 m6 m7 alo4 0.00 0.05 0.10 m2; m3 m4; m5 m6; m7 m8 alo5 0.00 0.02 0.04 m2; m3 m4; m5 m6; m7 m8 alo5 60 90 120 150 180 0.00 0.05 0.10 m4; m5 m6; m7 m8; m10 m11 alo6 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 0.00 0.02 0.04 f ra c ti o n f ra c ti o n f ra c ti o n bond length(å) m4; m5 m6; m7 m8; m10 m11 alo6 angle (degree) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 211 figure 4. bond angle al-o-al (left) and length (right) distribution in coordination units oaly at different pressures 3.2. the structural heterogeneity under compression the sh for liquid al2o3 through the analysis voronoi volume of atoms, the link-cluster function, visualization of simulation data and the consideration the mean square displacement (msd) of atoms are clarified in this part. as presented in figure 5, in comparison with al, the fraction curve of o ion spreads in wider intervals. when the pressure increase, the graphs shift to the left. this phenomenon indicated that o occupies significantly larger volume compared to al result, therefore, the voronoi volume is decreased with increasing pressure. clearly, figure 6 displays the average voronoi volumes of aland o-atoms under compression. consequently, <val> and <vo> are monotonously decreased, in which <vo> is decreased stronger than <val>. these results confirmed that the iro is modified stronger than the sro upon compression. to characterize the cluster of atoms, we proposed the link-cluster function flink(r,t) and the exploited calculated algorithm can be found from hung et al. (2018) and lan et al. (2019) study [27, 28]. here, we considered sets of mobiles, immobiles and random atoms (sma, sima and sra), which contains total atoms of 20%. it can be noted that the sma has the mean-square-displacement (msd), which is larger than that of remaining atoms. conversely, the sima has the msd smaller than that of remaining atoms. the sras are randomly chosen from the proposed models. the atoms of sma, sima and sra are determined from the atom position in the configuration at t = 2×105 time steps. figure 7 shows the link-cluster function flink(r,t) at 5, 15, 20 and 80 gpa. it is clearly seen that, at 5 and 80 gpa, the function flink(r,t) for sma, sima and sra is very identical. as r varies from 1.5 to 2.55 å, flink(r, t) for sma, sima and sra drops drastically to 689, 745; 521 at 15 gpa and 663, 740 and 551 at 20 gpa, respectively. meanwhile, sima, sma and sra drops drastically to the same values, namely, to 558, 615 and 648 at 5 gpa and 521 at 15 gpa; 331, 353 and 325 at 80 gpa, respectively. moreover, with further increasing r, a shoulder is appeared, then flink(r, t) is decreased gradually. we concluded that at 5 and beyond 80 gpa, alox units are uniformly distributed in 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 m1 m2 m3 m4 m5 m6 m7 oal2 oal3 0.00 0.04 0.08 m1 m2 m3 m4 m5 m6 m7 oal2 0.00 0.05 0.10 m2; m3 m4; m5 m6; m7 m8 0.00 0.02 0.04 m2; m3 m4; m5 m6; m7 m8 oal3 60 90 120 150 180 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 m4; m5 m6; m7 m8; m10 m11 oal4 bond length (å) f ra c ti o n f ra c ti o n f ra c ti o n angle (degree) 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 0.00 0.02 0.04 m4; m5 m6; m7 m8; m10 m11 oal4 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 212 the space. meanwhile, in the range 15-20 gpa, the spatial distribution of alox units is nonuniformly. this is caused by strongly rearrangement of atoms in the range 10-20 gpa compared to that of below 15 and beyond 20 gpa. figure 5. dependence of fraction of al and o on voronoi volume at 0, 10, 20 and 40 gpa. fraction of al, o is given respectively by m(υal)/mal and m(υo)/mo with m(υal), m(υo) is the number of al and o having volume υal and υo, respectively. mal and mo are the total number of al and o, respectively. figure 6. pressure dependence of average voronoi volume of al-, o-atom 6 12 18 24 30 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 al o f ra ct io n o f a to m s m1 8 12 16 20 m3 al o 4 8 12 16 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 m5 al o volume (å3) f ra ct io n o f a to m s volume (å3) 4 6 8 10 m8 al o 0 20 40 60 80 100 6 9 12 15 o si a v e ra g e v o ro n o i v o lu m e ( å 3 ) pressure (gpa) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 213 figure 7. the link-cluster function at 5, 15, 20 and 80 gpa figure 8 displays the partial distribution of alox in the liquid al2o3 at different pressures. obviously, the distribution of alox units is not uniform and it tends to form clusters (subnets) of alo3, alo4, alo5, alo6 and alo7. it means that the structure of liquid al2o3 comprises the mixture of alo3, alo4, alo5, alo6 or alo7 clusters. namely, the structure of liquid al2o3 is the mixture of regions with different sro. the structure of liquid al2o3 consists of structural phases is that alo3-, alo4, alo5-, alo6or alo7 -phases, alox (x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7) phases are formed by the alox units, respectively. it can be seen that at 0 gpa, the regions with alo3, alo4, alo5 -phase are linked to each other to create a large region with the expanse almost whole model. the region with alo6and alo7-phases is small and localized at different locations leading to separated regions. as pressure is increased, the regions with alo5-, alo6 and alo7 -phases are expanded and the regions with alo3 and alo4-phase are shrunk. at pressure of 10, 20 gpa, the regions with alo5and alo6-phase are expanded the whole model. at pressure of 100 gpa, the regions with alo3-, alo4-, alo5-phases are shrunk, whereas the regions with alo6and alo7 -phases are expanded almost the whole model. it is noted that the coexistence of different phases in network-forming liquids under compression can be examined by the neutron and x-ray diffraction experiments [29, 30]. to clarify the distribution of alox (x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7) units in proposed models, the structures at different pressures are visualized in the 3d space (as shown in figure 9). at 0 gpa, most of structural units are alo4, alo5 and some alo3, alo6 and alo7 units. the spatial distribution of alo4, alo5 is not uniform but it tends to form alo4and alo5clusters. at pressure of 10, 15, 20 and 60 gpa, most of structural units are alo5, alo6 and they also tend to form alo5and alo6-clusters. at pressure of 100 gpa, in particular, most of structural units are alo6, alo7 and they are also tended to form of alo6-, alo7-clusters. 0 200 400 600 800 1000 sma sima sra f l in k (r ,t ) m2 m4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 200 400 600 800 1000 m5 f l in k (r ,t ) r (å) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 m10 r (å) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 214 figure 8. spatial distribution of alo3, alo4, alo5, alo6 and alo7 in the liquid al2o3 at different pressure and 3500 k. al and o atoms are in red and blue color, respectively further, the network topology, the immediate structural phase and sh can be analyzed by the corner-sharing, the edge-sharing, the face-sharing bonds and their clustering behavior. the distribution of corner-, edgeand face-sharing links (csl, esl and fsl) are calculated using the following algorithm: if al atom connects with al atom via one bridge o atom, which can be regarded as a corner-sharing bond (al-o-al). also, al atom connects to al atom through two bridge o atoms, which is defined as an edge-sharing bond (al-o-,-o-al). in case of al atom connects with al atom via three bridge o atoms, which is defined as a face-sharing bond (al-o-,-o-,-o-al). the employed calculated algorithm is similar with that in guignard & cormier (2008) study [31]. alo3 alo6 alo4 m1 alo5 alo6 alo7 alo4 m5 alo5 alo7 alo6 alo4 m3 alo5 alo7 alo6 alo4 m11 alo5 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 215 figure 9. snapshots of spatial distribution of alo3 units (in black spheres), alo4 (in blue spheres), alo5 (in red spheres), alo6 (in pink spheres) and alo7 (in turquoise spheres) for liquid al2o3 at pressures of 0, 10, 15, 20, 60 and 100 gpa (m1, m3, m4, m5, m9, m11) and 3500 k. figure 10 displays the spatial distribution of csl, esl and fsl of liquid al2o3. it can be observed that the distribution of csl, esl and fsl is not uniform. obviously, this phenomenon represents structural heterogeneity in liquid al2o3. in principle, the clusters of face-sharing links form immobile regions and the clusters of corner-sharing links, corresponding mobile regions. the mentioned analysis demonstrated that the coexistence of separate structural phases in network forming is origin of spatially sh with micro-scaled phase separation in liquid al2o3. m1 m3 m4 m5 m9 m11 edg face cor m2 m4 face edg cor hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 216 figure 10. distribution of corner, edge, face-sharing of al2o3 at pressure of 5, 15, 30 and 80 gpa and 3500 k. al and o atoms are in red and blue color, respectively in general, the sh is the main cause of dynamic heterogeneity. figure 11 shows the mean square displacement (msd) of al and o ions as a function of time (at 5, 15, 20, 80, and 100 gpa). it can be seen that o is always more mobile than al atoms. consequently, the o-rich regions will be more mobile than the al-rich regions. it means that the oal1-, oal2-cluster is more stable than oal3-, oal4-cluster. this phenomenon confirmed the dynamics of oalyclusters is very interested. figure 11. msd of al (left) and o (right) atom as a function of time at pressure of 5, 15, 20, 60 and 100 gpa m10 face edg cor m7 face edg cor 0 15000 30000 45000 0 300 600 900 1200 m2; m4 m5; m9 m11 m s d ( x1 0 -4 c m 2 ) time (fs) al 0 15000 30000 45000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 m2; m4 m5; m9 m11 m s d ( x1 0 -4 c m 2 ) time (fs) o hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 217 4. conclusion the structural transition and sh under compression are investigated in detail. the obtained result realized the structure organization of liquid al2o3 comprises alo3, alo4-, alo5-, alo6 or alo7phases, which depend on the applied pressure. at lower pressures, liquid al2o3 comprises two main alo4-, alo5-phases and scattering alo3-, alo6-, alo7-phases. in the range of 10-20 gpa, two main alo5-, alo6and scattering alo3-, alo4-, alo7-phases are comprised. in case of beyond 20 gpa, two main alo6-, alo7and scattering alo3-, alo4-, alo5-phases are comprised. under compression conditions, the topology of alox is slightly changed and distorted. in the alo3and alo4-phases, the alo3and alo4-units mainly link to each other through the corner-sharing bonds, for alo5-, alo6-, alo7-phases through corner-, edge-, face-sharing bonds. the existence of separate phases is evidence of sh in liquid al2o3. furthermore, the voronoi volumes of o atoms are detected to decrease faster than those of si, indicating the existence of free-volume regions in liquid al2o3. the atoms in alo3-, alo4-phases are more mobile than the ones in alo6-, alo7-phases. importantly, at pressure below 10 and beyond 20 gpa, alox units are uniformly distributed. meanwhile, in the range of 10-20 gpa, the spatial distribution of alox units is more homogeneous in space. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization and methodology, t.t.q.n.; formal analysis and investigation, p.h.k.; writing—original draft preparation, g.t.t.t.; writing—review and editing, p.h.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 5.3. funding this research is funded by the thainguyen university of education, and thai nguyen university under project number đh2022-tn04-02. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable 5.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] landron, c., hennet, l., jenkins, t. e., greaves, g. n., coutures, j. p., & soper, a. k. (2001). liquid alumina: detailed atomic coordination determined from neutron diffraction data using empirical potential structure refinement. physical review letters, 86(21), 4839–4842. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.86.4839. [2] neuville, d. r., ligny, d. de, cormier, l., henderson, g. s., roux, j., flank, a.-m., & lagarde, p. (2009). the crystal and melt structure of spinel and alumina at high temperature: an in-situ xanes study at the al and mg k-edge. geochimica et cosmochimica acta, 73(11), 3410–3422. doi:10.1016/j.gca.2009.02.033. [3] krishnan, s., ansell, s., & price, d. l. (1998). x-ray diffraction from levitated liquid yttrium oxide. journal of the american ceramic society, 81(7), 1967–1969. doi:10.1111/j.1151-2916.1998.tb02578.x. [4] kovarik, l., bowden, m., & szanyi, j. (2021). high temperature transition aluminas in δ-al2o3/θ-al2o3 stability range: review. journal of catalysis, 393, 357–368. doi:10.1016/j.jcat.2020.10.009. [5] shi, c., alderman, o. l. g., berman, d., du, j., neuefeind, j., tamalonis, a., weber, j. k. r., you, j., & benmore, c. j. (2019). the structure of amorphous and deeply supercooled liquid alumina. frontiers in materials, 6, 38. doi:10.3389/fmats.2019.00038. [6] jahn, s., & madden, p. a. (2007). structure and dynamics in liquid alumina: simulations with an ab initio interaction potential. journal of non-crystalline solids, 353(32-40), 3500–3504. doi:10.1016/j.jnoncrysol.2007.05.104. [7] gutiérrez, g., belonoshko, a. b., ahuja, r., & johansson, b. (2000). structural properties of liquid [formula presented] a molecular dynamics study. physical review e statistical physics, plasmas, fluids, and related interdisciplinary topics, 61(3), 2723–2729. doi:10.1103/physreve.61.2723. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 218 [8] verma, a. k., modak, p., & karki, b. b. (2011). first-principles simulations of thermodynamical and structural properties of liquid al2o3 under pressure. physical review b condensed matter and materials physics, 84(17), 174116. doi:10.1103/physrevb.84.174116. [9] he, d., liu, f., guan, s., & he, d. (2021). high-pressure work hardening of alumina. ceramics international, 47(14), 19989– 19994. doi:10.1016/j.ceramint.2021.04.009. [10] waseda, y., sugiyama, k., & toguri, j. m. (1995). direct determination of the local structure in molten alumina by high temperature x-ray diffraction. zeitschrift fur naturforschung section a journal of physical sciences, 50(8), 770–774. doi:10.1515/zna-1995-0809. [11] ansell, s., krishnan, s., weber, j. k. r., felten, j. j., nordine, p. c., beno, m. a., price, d. l., & saboungi, m. l. (1997). structure of liquid aluminum oxide. physical review letters, 78(3), 464–466. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.78.464. [12] hennet, l., thiaudière, d., gailhanou, m., landron, c., coutures, j. p., & price, d. l. (2002). fast x-ray scattering measurements on molten alumina using a 120° curved position sensitive detector. review of scientific instruments, 73(1), 124. doi:10.1063/1.1426228. [13] hemmati, m., wilson, m., & madden, p. a. (1999). structure of liquid al2o3 from a computer simulation model. journal of physical chemistry b, 103(20), 4023–4028. doi:10.1021/jp983529f. [14] ahuja, r., belonoshko, a. b., & johansson, b. (1998). melting and liquid structure of aluminum oxide using a moleculardynamics simulation. physical review e statistical physics, plasmas, fluids, and related interdisciplinary topics, 57(2), 1673–1676. doi:10.1103/physreve.57.1673. [15] hoang, v. van, & oh, s. k. (2004). molecular dynamics study of aging effects in supercooled [formula presented]. physical review e statistical physics, plasmas, fluids, and related interdisciplinary topics, 70(6), 8. doi:10.1103/physreve.70.061203. [16] kien, p. h., an, p. m., trang, g. t. t., & hung, p. k. (2019). the structural transition under compression and correlation between structural and dynamical heterogeneity for liquid al2o3. international journal of modern physics b, 33(31), 1950380. doi:10.1142/s0217979219503806. [17] vashishta, p., kalia, r. k., nakano, a., & rino, j. p. (2008). interaction potentials for alumina and molecular dynamics simulations of amorphous and liquid alumina. journal of applied physics, 103(8), 83504. doi:10.1063/1.2901171. [18] hong, n. v., vinh, l. t., hung, p. k., dung, m. v., & yen, n. v. (2019). the structural transition under densification and the relationship between structure and density of silica glass. european physical journal b, 92(8), 1–7. doi:10.1140/epjb/e2019100137-7. [19] hoang, v. van, & oh, s. k. (2005). computer simulation of the structural transformation in liquid al2o3. journal of physics condensed matter, 17(19), 3025–3033. doi:10.1088/0953-8984/17/19/016. [20] skinner, l. b., barnes, a. c., salmon, p. s., hennet, l., fischer, h. e., benmore, c. j., kohara, s., weber, j. k. r., bytchkov, a., wilding, m. c., parise, j. b., farmer, t. o., pozdnyakova, i., tumber, s. k., & ohara, k. (2013). joint diffraction and modeling approach to the structure of liquid alumina. physical review b condensed matter and materials physics, 87(2), 24201. doi:10.1103/physrevb.87.024201. [21] san miguel, m. a., fernández sanz, j., & álvarez, l. j. (1998). molecular-dynamics simulations of liquid aluminum oxide. physical review b condensed matter and materials physics, 58(5), 2369–2371. doi:10.1103/physrevb.58.2369. [22] van hoang, v. (2005). about an order of liquid-liquid phase transition in simulated liquid al2o3. physics letters, section a: general, atomic and solid state physics, 335(5–6), 439–443. doi:10.1016/j.physleta.2004.12.040. [23] hung, p. k., & vinh, l. t. (2008). local microstructure of amorphous al2o3. physica status solidi (b) basic research, 245(5), 950–958. doi:10.1002/pssb.200844047. [24] hong, n. v., lan, m. t., nhan, n. t., & hung, p. k. (2013). polyamorphism and origin of spatially heterogeneous dynamics in network-forming liquids under compression: insight from visualization of molecular dynamics data. applied physics letters, 102(19), 191908. doi:10.1063/1.4807134. [25] ha, n. t. t., hong, n. v., & hung, p. k. (2019). network structure and dynamics heterogeneities in al2o3 system: insight from visualization and analysis of molecular dynamics data. indian journal of physics, 93(8), 971–978. doi:10.1007/s12648018-01358-7. [26] belashchenko, d. k. (1997). computer simulation of the structure and properties of non-crystalline oxides. russian chemical reviews, 66(9), 733–762. doi:10.1070/rc1997v066n09abeh000236. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 219 [27] hung, p. k., vinh, l. t., hong, n. v., thu ha, n. t., & iitaka, t. (2018). two-domain structure and dynamics heterogeneity in a liquid sio2. journal of non-crystalline solids, 484, 124–131. doi:10.1016/j.jnoncrysol.2018.01.023. [28] lan, m. t., thi thanh ha, n., van hong, n., & hung, p. k. (2019). structure and dynamical heterogeneity in geo2 liquid: a new approach. european physical journal b, 92(6), 1–7. doi:10.1140/epjb/e2019-100021-6. [29] salmon, p. s., drewitt, j. w. e., whittaker, d. a. j., zeidler, a., wezka, k., bull, c. l., tucker, m. g., wilding, m. c., guthrie, m., & marrocchelli, d. (2012). density-driven structural transformations in network forming glasses: a high-pressure neutron diffraction study of geo 2 glass up to 17.5gpa. journal of physics condensed matter, 24(41), 415102. doi:10.1088/0953-8984/24/41/415102. [30] biswas, p., atta-fynn, r., & drabold, d. a. (2004). reverse monte carlo modeling of amorphous silicon. physical review b condensed matter and materials physics, 69(19), 195207. doi:10.1103/physrevb.69.195207. [31] guignard, m., & cormier, l. (2008). environments of mg and al in mgo-al2o3-sio2 glasses: a study coupling neutron and x-ray diffraction and reverse monte carlo modeling. chemical geology, 256(3–4), 111–118. doi:10.1016/j.chemgeo.2008.06.008. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 175 issn: 2723-9535 forensic analysis of whatsapp sqlite databases on the unrooted android phones hasan fayyad-kazan 1*, sondos kassem-moussa 2, hussin j. hejase 3 , ale j. hejase 4 1 department of information technology, al maaref university, beirut, lebanon. 2 edst, lebanese university, beirut, lebanon. 3 faculty of business administration, al maaref university, beirut, lebanon. 4 aksob, lebanese american university, beirut, lebanon. received 22 december 2021; revised 07 february 2022; accepted 17 february 2022; available online 24 february 2022 abstract whatsapp is the most popular instant messaging mobile application all over the world. originally designed for simple and fast communication, however, its privacy features, such as end-to-end encryption, eased private and unobserved communication for criminals aiming to commit illegal acts. in this paper, a forensic analysis of the artefacts left by the encrypted whatsapp sqlite databases on unrooted android devices is presented. in order to provide a complete interpretation of the artefacts, a set of controlled experiments to generate these artefacts were performed. once generated, their storage location and database structure on the device were identified. since the data is stored in an encrypted sqlite database, its decryption is first discussed. then, the methods of analyzing the artefacts are revealed, aiming to understand how they can be correlated to cover all the possible evidence. in the results obtained, it is shown how to reconstruct the list of contacts, the history of exchanged textual and non-textual messages, as well as the details of their contents. furthermore, this paper shows how to determine the properties of both the broadcast and the group communications in which the user has been involved, as well as how to reconstruct the logs of the voice and video calls. keywords: android; instant messaging; mobile forensics; sqlite databases; whatsapp messenger. 1. introduction over a decade ago, regular mobile phones offered the short message service (sms) as an alternative to the instant messaging (im) that existed on the internet at that time. this service failed to offer the convenience of real-time texting, which is available in im. nevertheless, the potentially new-born smartphones in 2007 opened the doors for real-time communication capability in mobile phones through instant messaging applications such as whatsapp, which is the most popular of these applications almost globally with 2 billion users, as shown by statista (2021) in figure 1 [1]. the huge number of whatsapp users means remarkably big data getting transferred through the app. with that in mind, the way whatsapp handles this data is a case to investigate. the messages exchanged on early versions of whatsapp were kept in sqlite local databases on the devices. the database file was, in fact, not encrypted, which meant that whatsapp chat records were vulnerable to intruders, putting users’ data at risk. on the other hand, the more recent versions of the application have seriously reconsidered the database security and have encrypted the databases following the custom advanced encryption standard (aes). * corresponding author: hafayyad@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-02-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4062-3144 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 176 figure 1. whatsapp monthly active users compared to other im apps technology itself allows for both good and bad behavior. due to the privacy and, in most cases, encryption that come with the im apps, they are becoming a common means for intruders (criminals, hackers, virtual thieves, etc.) to get involved in illegal actions such as drug dealing, hate speech, child pornography, terrorist acts and more. the importance and the need to retrieve electronic evidence from criminals’ devices thus becomes a part of any forensic process [2]. databases, such as whatsapp's, are critical in this process, not only because average criminals lack the technical knowledge to access or modify them, but also because this is where the encryption challenge is presented. in this paper, the authors address the forensic analysis of the artefacts left by the encrypted whatsapp sqlite databases on unrooted android devices. the study is limited to the android os because, according to statista [3], the most sold smartphones to end users are those with the android operating system. this work covered the analysis of artefacts such as the call logs and the status, as well as the whatsapp desktop application. in addition, it shows how to decrypt the sqlite databases as one works on the unrooted phones. furthermore, since it’s possible that the sqlite database may be corrupted, the paper discusses how to deal with it. this paper is divided into five sections, starting with the introduction. section two presents related literature, followed by section three, exposing the methods and materials. section four presents a discussion, and finally, the last section concludes the paper and offers recommendations. 2. related works the forensic analysis of smartphones takes a lot of attention in the literature. most of the papers and books on this subject focus on android and ios. skulkin & tindall [4] and epifani & stirparo [5] explained very deeply the guide to use while working on these two oss, giving key strategies and techniques to extract and analyze forensic artefacts from mobile phones. in this study, the authors benefited from this work in order to extract and analyze the data generated by the whatsapp messenger. indeed, one of the most studied domains in mobile forensics is the applications installed on the device, mainly the im apps. the importance and the popularity of the im apps is the reason behind the increased number of works published on this topic. for example, zhang et al. [6] focused on the forensic analysis of wechat on android phones, anglano et al. [7] worked on the analysis of chat-secure, and walnycky et al. discussed [8] the analysis of 20 popular im messengers on android phones, while ovens & morison [9] analyzed an im application (kik messenger) on ios. also, anglano et al. [10] studied the telegram messenger, providing a general methodology for the analysis of android applications. the same thing was done by zhang et al. [11] but on four popular im apps rather than only telegram. rathi et al. [12] discussed in-depth the analysis of the encryption of various im apps. azfar et al. [13] proposed a taxonomy outlining the forensic importance of the evidence generated by the im apps. all the aforementioned papers considered the analysis based primarily on the artefacts presented on the device and the encrypted databases generated by these apps. moreover, several studies focus on the analysis of the whatsapp messenger on android phones. thakur [14] and mahajan et al. [15] focused on the analysis of just a part of the artefacts left by whatsapp (just the chat database). whereas, anglano [16] discussed the analysis of whatsapp, focusing on the contacts and chat databases on rooted hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 177 phones without aiming to study their encryption. in the current study, the authors explained the decryption of the encrypted databases while working on unrooted android phones. in addition, they covered new features that became available later on, as well as the new update of the values stored under the existing and new fields. 3. methods and materials a set of experiments were performed in order to accomplish this study. each experiment deals with different interaction scenarios between users. the forensic data generated by whatsapp is saved to the internal memory of the device, and some of it is located in inaccessible areas for the normal user, unless when using advanced commercial forensic tools for the purpose of making them accessible. as well, this data is stored in encrypted sqlite databases, which also need suitable commercial tools to be extracted [17, 18]. unfortunately, these tools are expensive, so the work was carried out using open-source tools and a powerful programming language such as python to achieve the goals. in addition, unrooted android devices were used for two reasons: first, the failure of the rooting process during the investigation will require re-installing the os, which leads to overwriting the data preserved on the device, and second, the rooting process is becoming more difficult with the new versions of android (7.0 and higher). 3.1. required tools used 1. android smartphones:  sony xperia z2 android 6.0.1  sony xperia l android 4.2.2  huawei y7 prime android 8.0.0 2. whatsapp version:  version 2.19.53  web whatsapp pc application 3. forensics workstation (pc):  toshiba satellite c850-b907 4. whatsapp encryption key extractor:  python script written for this purpose. 5. whatsapp extract:  open-source tools to decode the encrypted databases 6. sqlite db viewer:  sqlite db browser to parse the data saved in the sqlite databases. 3.2. experimental setup from the google play store, whatsapp was installed on the three devices (android smartphones mentioned in the previous paragraph). the application is stored on the internal memory in the directory "whatsapp.com". when a person uses the application, every message sent and received is stored in an encrypted sqlite database named msgstore.db, and the contacts involved are stored in another encrypted sqlite database named wa.db. this encryption should be decrypted in order to extract data from these sqlite databases; otherwise, it is not possible to open and read their contents. the strength of this encryption makes it unbreakable using brute force techniques since it uses 256-bit key aes encryption. the only way to decrypt it is to use the private key, which is stored uniquely on each device and cannot be accessed without root privilege. in this work, a method to get this key without a root is used. for this purpose, the usb debugging mode was enabled from the settings menu on the mobile devices. this is done by tapping seven times on "build number" in "about phone". in the new option named "developer option", "developer mode" is enabled as well. 3.3. sets of experiments 1. experiments concerning contacts: the goal from these experiments is to determine the list of the user’s contacts as well as the operation done on it by the user. these experiments are listed in table 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 178 table 1. user contacts experiments. user1 and user2 are the whatsapp users involved in the experiments operation steps add contacts user 1 adds user 2 remove contacts user 1 deletes user 2 block contacts 1user 1 blocks user 2 2user 1 unblocks user 2 2. experiments concerning the private chat communication between the user and contacts: the goal is to reconstruct the history of messages exchanged as well as the contents of the textual and non-textual messages between the user and each contact. see table 2. table 2. experiments concerning all the types of messages exchanged privately operation steps textual messages exchange 1user 1 and user 2 exchange messages 2user 1 and user 2 delete messages textual messages forward 1user 1 forwards to user 2 from user 3 2user 2 forwards to user 3 from user 1 non-textual messages exchange 1user 1 sends a picture to user 2 2user 1 sends a video to user 2 3user 1 sends an audio to user 2 4user 1 sends a contact to user 2 5user 1 sends a geolocation to user 2 3. experiments concerning the messages state (table 3): the goal is to determine if the message has reached the server and if this message has been delivered to the recipient. table 3. message state experiments operation steps sending message, receiver offline 1user 1 sends a message to offline user 2 2user 2 replies when online sending message, sender offline 1user 1 is offline 2user 1 sends a message 3user 1 goes online 4. experiments concerning the broadcast and group messages: the goal is to determine the users involved in a broadcast message and to reconstruct the chronology of a group chat as well as the events that happened within. see table 4. table 4. broadcast and group message experiments operation steps broadcast messages 1user 1 sends a broadcast message to more than two saved contacts 2user 1 sends a broadcast to unsaved contacts group messages 1user 1 creates a group and adds user 2 and user 3 2user 1 adds user 4 3user 1 removes user 2, then user 3 and user 4 5. experiments concerning voice and video calls (table 5) the goal is to reconstruct the chronology of incoming and outgoing calls of the user. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 179 table 5. whatsapp voice and video calls experiments operation steps performed voice/ video call 1user 1 calls user 2 2user 2 answers 3user 1 hangs up 4repeat 1-3 as user 2 is the sender missed voice/ video call 1user 1 calls user 2 2user 2 does not answer refused voice/ video call 1user 1 calls user 2 2user 2 terminates the call without answering 3.4. sqlite databases decryption a python script db key extractor was used in order to extract the cipher key, which is stored in the internal memory of the device. this is an open-source project, so some functions in the script were re-written in order to suit the work. one of the most important variations is that the script didn’t need an internet connection. this is very important because it allows you to disconnect the phone from all networks, thus preventing any control that might happen to the phone remotely. the principle of this method is simple, consisting of downgrading whatsapp to versions prior to 2.18 (figure 2) where the databases' encryption was not supported, and then extracting the latest unencrypted whatsapp messages database, msgstore.db, and contacts database, wa.db, as well as the cipher key that can be used to decrypt the encrypted database (figure 3). this will create a folder on the pc named "extracted" that contains these dbs and the key (figure 4). whattsappkey/dbextractor 4.7 (official) downloading legacy whatsapp 2.11.431 to locate folder % total % received % xferd average speed time time time current dload uoload total spent left speed 100 17.4m 100 17.4m 0 48555 0 0:06:17 0:06:17 --:--:- 35931 backing up whatsapp 2.19.17 skipping data 3997 kb/s (25039281 bytes in 6.117 s) backup complete removing whatsapp 2.19.17 skipping data success removal complete installing legacy whatsapp 2.11.431 3909 kb/s (18320558 bytes in 4.579s) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 180 pkg: data/local/tmp/legacywhattsapp.apk success install complete now unlock your device and confirm the backup operation. please enter your backup password (leave blank for none) and press enter: apps/com.whatsapp/apps/f/key apps/com.whattsapp/db/msgstore/db apps/com.whattsapp/db/wa.db apps/com.whattsapp/db/axolot1.db apps/com.whattsapp/db/chatsettings.db extracting whattsapp-cryptkey … figure 2. whatsapp key/db extractor downgrade and backup whatsapp figure 3. extraction of msgstore.db, wa.db, and the crypt key figure 4. dbs and the key extracted from the phone once the key is extracted, it can be used to decrypt msgstore.db.crypt12 or any crypt12 whatsapp sqlite db created on this device. this is done by an open-source tool: whatsapp viewer (figures 5 and 6). it is a very simple tool that associates the database with its key in order to decrypt it. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 181 figure 5. whatsapp viewer tool database decrypted to file c:\users\desktop\whattsapp.key-db-extractor-master\whattsapp-key-db-extractor-master\extracted\messages.decrypted.db figure 6. the database is successfully decrypted now, the decrypted databases can be manually parsed using sqlite viewer such as db browser for sqlite (figure 7). figure 7. the decrypted database msgstore opened in db browser for sqlite corrupted databases hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 182 sqlite is basically a highly reliable, embedded, and self-contained sql database engine. however, due to a certain error, this database can be corrupted [19]. frequently, the corruption results in an error reading: “disk image is malformed”. in this case, the decryption of this damaged database would be successful but the database would not be opened on any sqlite database viewer, showing the warning in figure 8. figure 8. damaged database: disk image is malformed to recover the database, by using the sqlite command-line tool, the following command sequence is run: sqlite3.exe msgstore.db .mode insert .output msgstore_dump.sql .dump .exit now, an sql file (msgstore.db) with dumped database tables will be obtained. it is imported to a new sqlite database. in this paper, the database was heavily damaged, so it was necessary to examine the file manually. the sql file was opened in a text editor (sublime text) and the tables of interest were saved in separate sql files then used db browser for sqlite to create a database. figure 9 shows the recovered table messages from the damaged database, compared to all tables as shown in figure 7. for each table, this process should be respected in order to open the damaged tables in the database. figure 9. recovered messages table from the damaged "msgstore" database hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 183 4. results and discussion 4.1. analysis of contacts database "wa.db" the analysis of the contacts list is very important to know with whom the user was interacting. the experiments listed in table 1 were carried out. 1. the structure of the contacts database wa.db the first step of the analysis of the user contacts is to study the structure of the database “wa.db”. this database contains different tables. the valuable information concerning each contact are stored as a record mainly in one table, namely “wa_contacts”. this information is stored under several fields (columns) based on the origin of the data (set by whatsapp system or stored by the user in the phonebook). the structure of the table is described in tables 6 and 7. whatsapp updated its tables by adding a new table that was not there before. we find that this new table can be useful as it contains valuable information about the blocked contacts. this table is called “wa_block_list”. table 6. structure of the contacts wa.db information set by whatsapp contact information from whatsapp system field name information presented _id the number of record set by sqlite jid whatsapp id of the contact containing his number is_whatsapp_user if the contact is an active whatsapp user unseen_msg_count the number of the unread messages by the user photo_id_timestamp unix epoch time when the profile picture was set wa_name whatsapp name of the user set by him/herself table 7. structure of the contacts wa.db information set by phonebook contact information from phonebook field name information presented number the phone number of the contact raw_contact_id record number display_name the contact name set by the user given_name the name of the user family_name the family name of the user 2. reconstruction of the contacts list to reconstruct the contacts list, we have to analyze the different values stored in the fields of the tables 6 and 7. the figures 10 and 11 show the database wa.db opened in db browser for sqlite. we just show two records for demonstration. in the first record (figure 10), each contact is associated with a whatsapp id which is stored under the "jid" field, with the structure "number@.whatsapp.net", where the number refers to the phone number of the contact (here 76680***). the contact is also associated with a boolean value stored under the field "is_whatsapp_use" indicating whether the contact is an active whatsapp user or not. the user is an active whatsapp member if "is_whatsapp_user = 1". in addition, the field "given_name" stores the name given by the user to the contact, (here phone 2), while the field "wa_name" stores the name of the contact set by the contact itself (here l). furthermore, the "about" and its set time (previously known as status) is stored in the field "status" and "status_timestamp", respectively. the avatar picture can link the user to his real identity if the picture displays his face or location. the avatar picture of a contact is stored in media/pictures folder but we did not find the thumbnail of the profile picture stored in the database. the timestamp stored in the field "thumb_ts" indicates when the contact has set its current avatar, respectively. in this figure, the value stored under this field is "-1", which means that no profile picture is set for this contact. as this table stores the information about individual contacts, it stores also the information about the group that the user has joined. in this case, the whatsapp id is structured under a different string such as the string 96170298***-1555701066@g.us (figure 11). the phone number is that of the group creator and the unix epoch time is the group creation time. the name of the group, here “forensic it test”, is stored under the "display_name". note that the members of the group are not stored under any fields in this table. mailto:96170298***-1555701066@g.us hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 184 figure 10. wa_contacts table individual record figure 11. wa_contacts table group record 3. added and deleted contacts in addition to the explicit insertion or deletion of a contact (where these operations are carried out by the user), whatsapp messenger is able to synchronize the phonebook of the device with the contact list. in particular, it automatically adds to the contact list any whatsapp user whose phone number is stored in the phonebook of the device. furthermore, it automatically removes from the contact list any whatsapp user whose phone number is removed from the phonebook. being able to tell which contacts have been added deliberately by the user may be important in some investigative scenarios. the results of our analysis, however, show that whatsapp messenger does not store in any database information allowing one to distinguish between the explicitly-added and automatically-added contacts. nevertheless, anglano [10] found that explicitly-added contacts can be identified by analyzing the database corresponding to the phonebook of the device, which is implemented as an sqlite database named contacts2.db. unfortunately, this is not our interest as we are trying just to collect information from the artefacts left in the whatsapp directory. 4. blocked contacts whatsapp allows user to block a contact, which prevents any type of communication between the user and the contact as well as getting any update of the profile picture and status. when the user blocks a contact, whatsapp adds a record to the table “wa_block_list” of the contact database “wa.db”. this table (depicted in figure 12) contains one field called "jid" that stores the id (phone number) of the blocked contacts. figure 12. “wa_block_list” table therefore, the other information of the blocked users may be deduced by selecting those records in table "wa_contacts" using the following sql query: select * from wa_contacts where jid in (select jid from wa_block_list). the results of our analysis show also that when a contact is unblocked, the corresponding record in table "wa_block_list" is deleted. furthermore, it is not possible to tell whether a currently unblocked contact has been blocked in the past, or how many times a currently blocked contact has been blocked and unblocked in the past. as a final hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 185 consideration, we note that no information is stored on the side of the contact that gets blocked, so it is not possible to tell whether the user of the device under analysis has been blocked or not by anyone of their contacts. 4.2. analysis of chat database "msgstore.db" this database has a very evidentiary value. its analysis reveals evidence about the content of the messages, the time the messages have been sent or received, and what type of communication the user has been involved in. 1. the structure of "msgstore": the chat database contains different tables, the two most important tables that have evidentiary value concerning the messages exchanged are:  messages: where every message and its details are stored as a record. the data is stored in multiple fields, which can be classified into two categories, the first is the characteristics of the messages (listed in table 8) and the second is the content of the messages (listed in table 9).  chat_list: where the messages are classified based on the contact involved. fields are presented in table 10. in the following, we discuss how to correlate the values stored in these fields to the actions taken by the user. table 8. structure of the chat database msgstore.db message characteristics message characteristics field name information stored _id record number set by sqlite key_remote_jid whatsapp id of the contact key_id message identifier key_from_me message sender status the status of message (delivered or not) timestamp time of message sending (unix epoch format from the user device clock) received_timestamp time of message receiving receipt_server_timestamp time of message when delivered to the server reicept_device_timestamp time of delivery to the contact needs_push broadcast message recipient_count number of recipients in a broadcast message remote_ressource group message table 9. structure of the chat database msgstore.db message content message characteristics field name information stored media_wa_type message type (text, media, …) data message content when text media_mime_type exact type of the media message raw_data thumbnail of the media message media_hash hash of the media message media_url url of the media message media_size size of the media message media_name name of the media file media_duration time in seconds of a media file (video, audio) latitude latitude of the message (location) longitude longitude of the message (location) table 10. structure of the chat database chat_list.db field name information stored _id record number set by sqlite key_remote_jid whatsapp if of the contact message_id_table record number in the messages table of the last message of the conversation hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 186 2. determination of the chat history: to determine how, when, and with whom the conversation had started, we should decode the fields of the table "messages" presented in figure 13. figure 13. reconstruction of the chat history the records presented in figure 13 show that the user had a conversation with a contact who has the number 96170298*** which is clear from the field "key_remote_jid". this field indicates the phone number of the user involved in the conversation. the field "key_from_me" indicates the message direction. if "key_from_me" = 0, then the user receives the message (incoming text) and if "key_from_me" = 1, the user sends the message (outgoing text). in this case, by analyzing the first record, the user started the conversation (key_from_me = 1) by sending a text message "how are you" stored in the "data" field, which contains the content of the textual messages. the field "timestamp" indicates the time the message was sent and "received_timestamp" indicates the time the message was received (by the user). here, the message "how are you" was sent by the device owner (key_from_me = 1) at tuesday 12th of march, 2019 4:40:20:30 pm ("timestamp") and the contact replied at the same day at 4:44:10 pm ("received_timestamp") with “i am good” as shown in the second record. note that the time in these fields is stored as a unix epoch time. as shown, each message (record) is associated with a unique identifier under the field "key_id". this field is used usually to correlate the information stored about a message in different tables. 3. analysis of messages content: whatsapp is used to exchange all types of information, such as text, images, videos, audios, contacts, and locations. the type of data is determined by looking at the field "media_wa_type". if "media_wa_type = 0", the messages exchanged are textual and then stored in the "data" field. otherwise, the messages could be a multimedia file, a contact card or a location. to determine exactly what the type of the non-textual message is, we should look at the other fields that depend on the type of the messages exchanged.  multimedia files when the messages exchanged are media files (images, videos, audios), whatsapp copies these files into this folder in the internal memory whatsapp/media (if the user sends the file, the location is whatsapp/media/sent). anglano [16] explained this process. whatsapp uploads the file to the whatsapp server, which sends back the url of the corresponding location. finally, the sender sends to the recipient a message containing this url and, upon receiving this message, the recipient sends an acknowledgment back to the sender. following this, a record is stored in the messages under different fields. first, the type of the file is determined by the field "wa_media_type" if the message is not a text. for images "wa_media_type = 1", for videos "wa_media_type = 3" and for audio "wa_media_type = 2". the field "wa_mime_type" indicates exactly what the type of the media file is. for example, if the file is an image, the value stored is jpeg or jpg (for video is mp4 and for audio is aac). the name of the file is stored in "media_name" column and its size in bytes in "media_size". the url, which corresponds to its location in the server (temporarily storage), is stored in "media_url" and the hash of the file is stored in "media_hash" field. these fields are shown in figure 14. these fields are the same on the recipient side except the "media_url". in this field, the url is different but the name given by the server to the file is the same. we can note that the "media_name" is empty on this side, the comparison between the sender and the recipient hash and url helps to identify if it is the same file on the two sides. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 187 figure 14. multimedia message content: the sender and the recipient to decode the thumbnail of an exchanged image, one must analyze another table, the "messages_thumbnail". the following command must be run: select messages.key_remote_jid, message_thumbnails.thumbnail from messages left join message_thumbnails on messages.key_id = message_thumbnails.key_id where message_thumbnails.key_id= ’3a7d65066a639163c948’ this is shown in figure 15. figure 15. the thumbnail of an image message  contact cards whatsapp enables the user to exchange contacts from the phonebook of the sender. in this case, the "media_wa_type" is "4". the messages are sent in vcards format and are stored in the data field. the number of the contact exchanged is stored in this field, here 7063****. the name of this contact (as it’s saved in the phonebook) is stored in "media_name" field. the other fields have the same meaning and value as other type of data. in the recipient side, all the fields are the same except the "from_me" is "0". figure 16 shows a contact card from the sender’s side. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 188 figure 16. contact card  geolocation whatsapp provides the users with the ability to send their actual location or any other location on the map. the type of data in this case is marked by "5" in the field "media_wa_type". this information is stored in "latitude" and "longitude" columns. a thumbnail is stored in the other table “message_thumbnails”. an example of such record is shown in figures 17 and 18. figure 17. geolocation latitude and longitude figure 18. thumbnail of the location from the table message_thumbnails 4. message state messages are not exchanged directly among communicating users, but they are first sent to the central server, that forwards them to the respective recipients if they are online. otherwise, it stores them in the local server until they can be delivered. when a message is stored in the sender database, it has not necessarily been delivered to the contact. in fact, there are three possible states. i. the message is sent from the user but it is not transmitted to the server (the clock sign). ii. the message is sent by the user to the server but still not delivered to its recipient (one gray tick). iii. the message is delivered to its recipient (two gray tick mark) and is read. the analysis of the message state is very important during investigation to know if the message was delivered or not to its recipients. to reveal this information, several fields in the "messages" table of the sender database must be analyzed. the first field is "status", which will indicate whether the message has reached the server. if the message is sent but still not transmitted to the server, a record is stored in the database. in this case, the status = 0 given that "key_from_me = 1" (status is always zero when key_from_me = 0). the field “timestamp" indicates the time the message was sent by the user (figure 19). if the message is transmitted to the server but it is not delivered to the recipients, the "status = 5" and the time when the message reaches the server is stored in "receipt_ server_timestamp" (figure 19). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 189 figure 19. message state: message is transmitted to server(1) and message is not transmitted to server(2) when the message is delivered to its destination, the status = 4 and the time the recipient receives the message is stored in the field "receipt_device_timestamp". when the message is read by that recipient, the status = 13 and the time the recipient reads the message is stored in "read_device_timestamp". in the case of an audio message, the time the audio is heard by the contact is stored in "played_device_timestamp" (figure 20). figure 20. message state: delivered and read messages by analyzing the aforementioned fields together, the status of the messages can be revealed. 4.3. multiple message destinations 1. broadcast messages whatsapp enables users to send the same message to multiple contacts at the same time privately and the contacts’ reply is shown just for the sender. when the user sends a broadcast, a record is generated in the table messages for each recipient. all these records (messages) have the same identifier in the field "key_id", which helps to identify the nature of the message as a broadcast (figure 21). the phone number of the recipients and their ids are stored in "key_remote_jid". the user whatsapp id is marked with the word broadcast. the field "recipient_count" identifies the number of the recipients involved in this broadcast message. on the recipient side, the received broadcast message is saved in just one record in messages table. this record is distinguished from other records by the presence of the %_ sign in the field "key_id". this is shown in figure 22. in the case of a broadcast message sent for a non-saved contact, it will not be delivered to the recipient. our experiment shows that if the recipient replies to the message, the record generated on both sides would not be distinguished from any other private message, and this is because the reply is sent just to the original sender as a regular private message between the user and the contact. note: real phone numbers blurred for privacy issue figure 21. broadcast records figure 22. broadcast message recipient side hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 190 2. group chat whatsapp allows another type of chat communication, where messages are sent within a group of members and every message is shown to all of them. as the other types, a message sent within a group is stored as a record in the messages. the analysis of this case requires the study of different fields to investigate the events that happened within the group. to do this analysis, we created a group of four members (including the group creator). the textual messages sent contain the name of each user namely user 1, user 2, user 3 and user 4. the first field that should be analyzed is ‘key_remote_jid’ because this would give the information about the creator of the group, the creation time and the group id. as shown in figure 23, this field contains, all the records, the creator’s phone number and the creation time of the group as in the following string 9617029****-1555701066@g.us. the time format is the unix epoch which means that the group was created at friday, april 19, 2019 10:11:06 pm by the user who has the number 9617029****. the name of this group is stored in the field data, here forensic it test, where the field media_size = 11 in record number 1 referring to the action of creation of the group. the record number 2 corresponds to the message sent by the creator. on the other hand, when a member of the group sends a message, his/her number is stored in the field “remote_resource” and not in the field "key_remote_id" because this last field is always related to the admin. this is the case in record number 3 and number 4, where user 2 and user 3 have the numbers 9617668**** and 9617163****, respectively. the record number 5 is the action of adding a user by the admin. to identify this action, we look at the field media_size which in this case is "12". the record number 6 is analyzed in the same way for records number 4 and number 5. here, user 4 has the number 9617079****. note that there is no such a record like record number 5 (media_size = 12) for both user 2 and user 3, meaning that these two members were added in the same action of the group creation. these records lack some information that are important for the investigation process. for example, no record tracks the identity of the group members that receive a specific message at any point in time. although this information is not stored explicitly in the database, it can be deduced by examining the fields that store when a member is added and when a member leaves. this field is media_size which is the same field that stores the creation of group. we observe from the previous points that when media_size equals "11", it represents the creation of the group while when it is "12", it indicates adding a member. this field also stores a value when a member leaves/is removed. to clarify, we did an experiment in which the users mentioned above left the group in order to reconstruct the chronology of the group composition. what we can conclude from figure 23 is that user 1 created the group, named forensic it test, on friday, april 19, 2019 at 10:11:06 pm (field timestamp) and he added in the same time of creation user 2 (9617668****) and user 3 (9617163****), then added the user 4 (9617079****) on the same day at 10:15:31 pm. note that this applies to all the users including the group creator. figure 23. groups chat records in chat database after that, user 3 left the group. this action, in record number 1 in figure 24, is stored in the database under the field media_size with value "5" indicating leaving the group. the identity of the user is reported in the field remote_resource. this user left on wednesday, may 1, 2019 9:27:28 am (field timestamp). then, by the same analysis, we know that user 4 and user 2 left the group on wednesday, may 1, 2019 4:59:27 pm and thursday, may 2, 2019 2:05:00 am, respectively. figure 24. group’s records created when a member leaves the group mailto:9617029****-1555701066@g.us hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 191 so, this will help in the reconstruction of the composition of the group and thus to identify whether a user was in the group during the conversation (figure 25). figure 25. timeline shows the chronology of the group composition 4.4. voice and call logs whatsapp allows users to place voice and videos calls through the mobile broadband network or the wi-fi. in fact, when a call is performed, whatever were its results, a record will be stored in the main database msgstore.db but normally not in the messages table. such records are saved in the table call_logs. as shown in figure 27, whatsapp stores (in the table) the following information about the calls: the call identifier in the field call_id, its type video_call, its direction (outgoing or incoming call) in from_me, its time in timestamps, its duration in duration, its size in bytes_transferred, its result in call_result (successful, missed or refused). the identifier of the contact involved in the call is stored in the field ‘jid_row_id’, which can be identified by correlating this field to the ‘fields _id’ and user in the other table, jid. to be able to decode the number of the user involved easily, we use the following sql query (figure 26). select user from jid where _id = *user_id_number* an example is shown in figure 27. based on the experiments of table 11, we have distinct records corresponding to the three possibilities presented in that table. by looking at the field from_me, its value is equal to 1 in the two records 929 and 930 which means that these two records correspond to outgoing calls from the user to the contact who have the jid_row_id = 271. using the sql query above, this contact has the number 9617668**** (figure 26). the first call is a voice call because video_call = 0 and the second record is a video call since video_call = 1. the field call_result = 5 means that the two calls were successful, the voice call was established at 21st april 2019 1:45:30 am (timestamps) and lasted for 49 seconds (duration). the second was done at 21st april 2019 1:17:34 am and lasted 80 seconds. the next two records (_id 931 and 932) have the field from_me = 0, and call_result = 5, which means that these two calls were successful incoming calls. the next four records from _id 933 to 936 all have the field call_result = 4 and the duration = 0, which means that these four records correspond to missed calls. the analysis of the other fields shows the same value as above. the next record also shows that the call did not happen (duration = 0 sec), but the field call_result shows the value of 2, which means that the call was terminated by the user if the call is incoming (from_me = 0), or by the contact if the call is outgoing (from_me = 1). table 11 resumes the chronology of the voice call logs presented in figure 27. table 11. reconstruction of the call history id video call the caller the contact number time of call duration (sec) status 929 0 the user 9617029**** 1:17:30 am 49 success 931 0 the contact 9617668**** 1:45:12 am 55 success 933 0 the user 9617029**** 1:50:02 am 0 missed call 939 0 the contact 9617668**** 1:51:45 am 0 refused figure 26. user phone number identification hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 192 figure 27. call_log table 4.5. status analysis whatsapp has a feature which allows the users to publish a text or a media file that will disappear after 24 hours. this temporary data can contain evidence, as criminals might use it instead of texting in order to be sure that their communication would be deleted and then no evidence would be left behind. when the user posts a status, a record is generated in the table messages. this record is stored as status@broadcast under the field key_remote_jid. the phone number of the user sharing the status is stored in remote_resource. whatsapp allows the users to share a status in two ways. the status can be a textual data, in this case this text is stored in the field data in the messages table, or a media file such as an image or a video, and in this case a thumbnail is stored in the table message_ thumbnail. to relate a status to its thumbnail in the other table, we can use this sql query using the left join operation: select messages.key_remote_jid, messages.remote_resource, message_thumbnails.thumbnail from messages left join message_thumbnails on messages.key_id = message_thumbnails.key_id where message_thumbnails.key_id= key_id of the status concerned. figure 28 illustrates the aforementioned query. figure 28. identification of the status picture using sql query 4.6. deleted data the analysis of deleted data is based on the structure of the sqlite database. if the whatsapp messages are deleted, it is not possible to view them in the data table. we can see the value null as shown in figure 29. however, according to the analysis of the sqlite database storage mechanism, we know that the actual messages may still exist in the database but only their page header information is erased. that is, the database will delete the first page header of deleted data and mark it as a free page, but its data area is not deleted. so, we can recover the deleted messages as long as the deleted data area has not been covered by other data. specifically, it is possible to locate and extract deleted data according to the logical structure of the database file page. in fact, all the data in sqlite is stored on the page, and each hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 193 page has its own corresponding file structure. there are different pages in the sqlite database. the data is stored in the b-tree pages. sqlite pages within a b-tree are classified as either internal or leaf pages. internal pages contain pointers to other pages. leaf pages contain the data. in general, each table has a root page that points to several leaf pages. this is illustrated in figure 30. figure 29. the value null indicates that a message was deleted figure 30. the structure of the b-tree pages where all data is stored all data chat records are stored in the leaf pages, including the deleted messages in spaces called "unallocated space" (unallocated space is the space after the header information and before the first cell starts). therefore, in order to find the deleted data, it is necessary to search the root page and use the navigation pointer to determine the leaf page. finally, the deleted message can be extracted from the corresponding data area. because of the expensive cost of the commercial forensic tools, we tried to write a python script following this logic. we were able to reach these spaces but not generate data from them. more work is needed in this regard, specifically the analysis of the wal journal of whatsapp sqlite databases. note that if the tables are vacuumed, there is no possibility to recover deleted data even with the best commercial tools. fortunately, whatsapp doesn’t use an auto-vacuum index in their sqlite engine, so recovering is always possible. 4.7. web whatsapp and whatsapp windows application like other popular instant messaging apps such as telegram and viber, whatsapp has both mobile and desktop applications. also, whatsapp can be accessed through a website “web.whatsapp.com”. the analysis of this website shows that it does not leave any forensic artefacts on the suspect’s computer. on the other hand, whatsapp desktop application can be a good source of evidence that helps the investigation. the files created on the computer while using this application can be found in the following location in windows 8 or 10: /users/<user profile>/appdata/roaming/whatsapp (figure 31). figure 31. whatsapp desktop version files on the computer the subdirectory "databases" contains sqlite file – databases.db. but this file does not contain contacts or chats. other subfolders contain temporary files of the whatsapp desktop application. further investigation on these files has hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 194 to be done. 5. conclusion this paper investigated the forensic artefacts of whatsapp messenger sqlite databases on android phones. the methodology used was based on the performance of designed experiments on unrooted android phones as well as a method to decrypt the encrypted databases by using free tools and python scripts written for this study. findings helped identify the artefacts left by the whatsapp sqlite databases on android phones, and the researchers have shown their evidentiary value. this research has demonstrated that it is possible to reconstruct the history of whatsapp by analysing these artefacts. it was focused on how to analyze the data stored in the contact database in order to reconstruct the list of contacts of the user as well as the operations of adding and blocking contacts. similarly, the researchers have discussed how to interpret the data stored in the chat database, aiming to reconstruct the status, the chronology, and the content of the textual and non-textual messages exchanged, the content of the feature called "status," and the communications that happen within groups, as well as the reconstruction of the chronology of the voice and video calls. moreover, the paper has shown the importance of linking the information stored in the different tables of the database by using sql queries in order to assume the coverage of all information that can be missed if each table is studied in isolation. this research is considered innovative in such a way that forensic investigations in lebanon or abroad may benefit from the methodology and results. no such work has been reported before, a fact that makes this research a new addition to the reservoir of knowledge needed to deter intruders and criminals who are active in practicing their malice on other people's phones. as this study was done completely using free tools as well as python scripts, the researchers have not been able to recover the deleted data from these databases. they tried to write their own program using python, and were able to access the spaces where the deleted data was stored in sqlite databases, but the main problem was how to generate this data in a readable format. this study focused on the sqlite databases on the android phones, which could be considered a limitation. nevertheless, such a limitation becomes a motivation for future work that should be extended to other operating systems such as ios and windows phones, where the storage and the artefacts generated might be different. as well, it is important to study the network of this application side by side with the file system analysis to provide the full picture to the analysts. furthermore, the analysis of the wal journal of the whatsapp databases could be useful as a future work to recover deleted data from these databases. 6. list of abbreviations app: application it: information technology sql: structured query language im: instant messaging sms: short message service os: operating system ios: iphone operating system db: database aes: advanced encryption standard sd: storage device 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, h.f.k. and s.k.m.; methodology, h.f.k and s.m.k.; software, s.m.k and a.h.; validation, h.f.k., s.m.k. and a.h.; investigation, h.f.k and s.m.k.; resources, h.f.k and s.m.k.; data curation, a.h.; writing— original draft preparation, s.m.k. and h.h.; writing—review and editing, h.h.; visualization, h.h and a.h.; supervision, h.f.k.; project administration, h.f.k.; all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] statista. (2021). most popular global mobile messenger apps. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/258749/ mostpopular-global-mobile-messenger-apps/ (accessed on may 2021). https://www.statista.com/statistics/258749/%20most-popular-global-mobile-messenger-apps/ https://www.statista.com/statistics/258749/%20most-popular-global-mobile-messenger-apps/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 195 [2] seigfried-spellar, k. c., & leshney, s. c. (2016). the intersection between social media, crime, and digital forensics: #whodunit? digital forensics, 59–67. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12-804526-8.00004-6. [3] statista, (2021). mobile operating systems’ market share worldwide from january 2012 to january 2021. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/272698/global-market-share-held-by-mobile-operating-systems-since-2009/#:~:text=android maintained its position as,of the global market share (accessed on may 2021).. [4] skulkin, o., tindall, d., & tamma, r. (2018). learning android forensics: analyze android devices with the latest forensic tools and techniques. packt publishing ltd, birmingham, united kingdom. [5] epifani, m., & stirparo, p. (2016). learning ios forensics. packt publishing ltd, birmingham, united kingdom. [6] zhang, l., yu, f., & ji, q. (2016). the forensic analysis of wechat message. 2016 sixth international conference on instrumentation & measurement, computer, communication and control (imccc). doi:10.1109/imccc.2016.24. [7] anglano, c., canonico, m., & guazzone, m. (2016). forensic analysis of the chatsecure instant messaging application on android smartphones. digital investigation, 19, 44–59. doi:10.1016/j.diin.2016.10.001. [8] walnycky, d., baggili, i., marrington, a., moore, j., & breitinger, f. (2015). network and device forensic analysis of android social-messaging applications. digital investigation, 14, s77–s84. doi:10.1016/j.diin.2015.05.009. [9] ovens, k. m., & morison, g. (2016). forensic analysis of kik messenger on ios devices. digital investigation, 17, 40–52. doi:10.1016/j.diin.2016.04.001. [10] anglano, c., canonico, m., & guazzone, m. (2017). forensic analysis of telegram messenger on android smartphones. digital investigation, 23, 31–49. doi:10.1016/j.diin.2017.09.002. [11] zhang, h., chen, l., & liu, q. (2018). digital forensic analysis of instant messaging applications on android smartphones. 2018 international conference on computing, networking and communications (icnc). doi:10.1109/iccnc.2018.8390330. [12] rathi, k., karabiyik, u., aderibigbe, t., & chi, h. (2018). forensic analysis of encrypted instant messaging applications on android. 2018 6th international symposium on digital forensic and security (isdfs), 1-6. doi:10.1109/isdfs.2018.8355344 . [13] azfar, a., choo, k. k. r., & liu, l. (2016). an android communication app forensic taxonomy. journal of forensic sciences, 61(5), 1337-1350. doi: 10.1111/1556-4029.13164. [14] thakur, neha s., (2013)."forensic analysis of whatsapp on android smartphones". university of new orleans theses and dissertations, louisiana, united states. [15] mahajan, a., s. dahiya, m., & p. sanghvi, h. (2013). forensic analysis of instant messenger applications on android devices. international journal of computer applications, 68(8), 38–44. doi:10.5120/11602-6965. [16] anglano, c. (2014). forensic analysis of whatsapp messenger on android smartphones. digital investigation, 11(3), 201–213. doi:10.1016/j.diin.2014.04.003. [17] belkasoft (2018). belkasoft evidence center v.8.6. available online: https://belkasoft.com/whats_new_in_version_8_6. (accessed on december 2021). [18] oxygen forensics (2021). mobile forensic solutions: software and hardware. available online: https://www.oxygenforensic.com/en/ (accessed on may 2021). [19] sqlite viewer. (2021). “sqlite database disk image is malformed.” available online: https://sqliteviewer.com/blog/databasedisk-image-malformed/ (accessed on august 2021). https://belkasoft.com/whats_new_in_version_8_6 https://www.oxygen-forensic.com/en/ https://www.oxygen-forensic.com/en/ https://sqliteviewer.com/blog/database-disk-image-malformed/ https://sqliteviewer.com/blog/database-disk-image-malformed/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 162 issn: 2723-9535 cohesive methodology in construction of enclosure for 3.6m devasthal optical telescope tarun bangia 1* , ramesh raskar 2 1 aryabhatta research institute of observational sciences, manora peak, nainital 263 129, india. 2 precision precast solutions private limited, pune 411 058, india. received 20 december 2021; revised 08 february 2022; accepted 19 february 2022; available online 24 february 2022 abstract building telescope enclosures is vital for setting up any optical observatory. an enclosure was constructed in remote hilly terrain to provide shelter to india’s largest 3.6 m devasthal optical telescope (dot). primarily, the enclosure was built to protect the telescope from tough weather conditions and provide optimum space for performing various telescope related operational and maintenance activities. other elements that were considered in the building enclosure were low thermal mass, sustainability, seismic and acoustic considerations. a steel building designed with mostly bolted connections, suitably selected materials, and mechanical systems for facilitating construction activities on site has been built for the telescope at the devasthal site of aries. the enclosure construction was quite a challenging task with various project complexities. multidisciplinary works of civil, mechanical and electrical systems in enclosure required efforts on various fronts in parallel to achieve the targets. limitations of resources, manpower, and site conditions were managed to keep flexibility and economics in construction. numerous challenges faced during the making of enclosures have been discussed in the paper. insights into the construction of enclosures will provide a basic framework and learning opportunities for managing such typical construction projects in adverse weather conditions at mountainous sites. keywords: construction technology; devasthal; dot; structure; telescope enclosure. 1. introduction ground-based astronomy has played a major role in the physical sciences and the understanding of the mysteries of the universe. telescopes installed all over the world are providing vital observations at various wavelengths, ranging from optical to radio, x-ray, etc., and supplementing human knowledge in astrophysics and related fields. with the increase in size and complexity of telescopes containing sophisticated electronics, optics, and mechanical systems, suitable enclosures have been designed to meet their requirements. a telescope contains expensive components that need protection from humidity and dust. the design of the enclosure is carried out to protect the telescope from the environment and provide an unobstructed full sky view and good seeing conditions [1]. the enclosure protects delicate optics and electronics components from the environment, including wind-induced vibrations that may degrade image quality [2]. telescopes require associated equipment and infrastructure, such as a mirror aluminizing unit, technical room, control room, overhead cranes, and so on, which are also housed in their enclosure. the enclosure provides room for various material handling operations for telescopes, instruments, and their associated maintenance activities. in the present era, steel buildings for telescope enclosures with a minimum size of dome and auxiliary building have gained importance to reduce thermal mass and improve seeing conditions. they also meet quality requirements and cost * corresponding author: bangia@aries.res.in http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-02-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5869-3132 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 163 efficiency during construction and operations. control of dome air temperature through proper insulation and attention to ventilation systems are given due consideration in the design of telescope enclosures for reducing local dome seeing [3]. forced ventilation provided by exhaust fans in windows and natural ventilation provided by doors and vents in the dome significantly reduce the heat accumulated inside the dome during the day. removal of temperature gradients prevents distortion of the image during night observations. modern large-sized optical telescopes are built with structural systems containing steel structures and related mechanical components that support the optical elements and play a major role in the overall planning and construction costs [4]. optical telescopes are generally built at remote sites at high altitudes to avoid light pollution, reduce atmospheric turbulence, and get an unobstructed view around the telescope. the type of construction and selection of building materials depends upon the functional requirements of enclosure. the planning and design of buildings in hills is challenging due to difficult terrain, steep gradients, adverse climatic conditions, natural hazards, etc. [5]. the design of high-altitude specialized steel buildings as telescope enclosures in the hills necessitates careful site selection and detailed planning of various building constituents. the design of such buildings may require retaining work and the use of different construction materials and techniques to meet project requirements. the aryabhatta research institute of observational sciences (aries), an autonomous institute under the department of science and technology, the government of india, has set up a 3.6m optical telescope inside a steel enclosure at its devasthal site in uttarakhand. the major science programs from the telescope include studies of variable stars and astero-seismology, supernovae, gamma ray bursts, low mass star formation, faint galaxies, agns, quasars, etc. the enclosure was designed as a steel building in consultation with m/s precision precast solutions (pps) pvt. ltd., pune. structural steel elements consisting of beams, girders, trusses, frames, etc., joined through plates, fasteners, welding, etc., were designed for enclosure [6]. steel enclosures provided flexibility and cost-effectiveness owing to the availability of steel in various dimensions, a good strength-to-weight ratio, and reliability against seismic loads. the enclosure also employed various specialized mechanical systems to meet observational and maintenance requirements. the enclosure's construction was monitored from the fabrication of components in the workshop to their final erection and commissioning on site. the making of the 3.6m telescope enclosure at the site required efficient and effective teams from various disciplines, contractors, and consultants to work together to ensure project schedules with individual and collective responsibilities. a construction methodology involving the distribution and execution of work in different stages was adopted for the progress of the project. in-house expertise in the construction of such large steel buildings was not available at aries, so construction expertise was hired from external sources during the execution of various phases of the project. practical implications involving day-to-day management, periodic tracking, revisions in schedules, and the preparation of functional strategies formed an important aspect of the construction methodology. site limitations and weather constraints presented several challenges in planning, construction, synchronization of work with diverse teams, and development of project schedules for different tasks. the enclosure has been supporting telescope observations successfully since its activation in 2016. 2. constituents of dot enclosure selection of a site is an important criteria in setting up a telescope for research work. after doing survey measurements over a few prospective sites [7], the devasthal site for the 3.6mtelescope was selected. the site has no light pollution and offers dark sky conditions. construction of a road of about 3 km was undertaken to the telescope site by branching off through the nearest main road from a place called jadapani. a 1.3 m telescope was initially established by aries at the devasthal site [8] with an indigenous roll-off roof [9]. survival site conditions and seismic parameters formed an integral part of enclosure design. the devathal site is in the highest seismic risk zone, zone-v, as per standard [10]. the zone factor applicable is 0.36. the wind gusts at the site are about 55 m/s and are supposed to be the highest in this region. concrete buildings absorb heat during the daytime and then radiate it slowly after sunset, so steel buildings were chosen for the 3.6 m telescope enclosure to minimize thermal mass. space and ventilation requirements in the building were planned precisely. the design allows the enclosure to be cooled to an ambient temperature through active cooling by ventilation fans, air duct and pier fans, etc., along with passive cooling from its structure. mechanical systems also formed an important constituent of the dot enclosure and were integrated at different places inside the steel enclosure during the construction phases to support telescope observations, instruments, and maintenance activities. the enclosure is made up of three main components: a dome, a dome supporting structure, and an auxiliary building (figure 1). the dome is an insulated cylindrical steel structure that protects the telescope from the external environment. the cylindrical dome also hinders the progression of the surface boundary layer along the enclosure and avoids degradation of observations [11]. the dome rotates around the telescope supported on a steel ring beam over wheel assemblies. a rail is fixed to the bottom side of the rotating ring beam in an inverted position to drive the dome. large slits can weaken the dome structure and increase the wind load on the telescope. bi-parting slit doors for domes are economical and simpler to fabricate [12]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 164 an optimum size of slit was taken in the design of the 3.6m telescope dome for carrying out observations. the slit remains covered with bi-parting slit doors during the non-observing period and has provision for a wind screen. the dome provides a minimum elevation angle of 15° for unobstructed telescope observations. the telescope floor is at 11m height to serve the telescope and its back-end instruments etc. it can be accessed from the ground floor by staircase as well as by passenger lift. the floor has provisions for ventilation fans and various panels for dome control, slit and overhead cranes, etc. an intermediate or mezzanine floor in an enclosure at 7.6 m height is used for storage of delicate parts of instruments and their accessories, etc. it also provides access to the hatch drive and rails for their routine maintenance and is accessible from the telescope floor at 11m through stairs. a steel structure supporting a dome over columns forms the dome supporting structure and houses the telescope pier, which is isolated from building foundations. to meet the functional requirements of the telescope, the dome support structure on the ground floor consists of a telescope control room, a technical room for telescope accessories, and an area below the hatch trolley for shifting materials to the telescope floor. through fans provided in the basement of the building, hot air is transferred from an underground duct to the outside of the enclosure through an underground duct. the extended part of the dome support structure is called the auxiliary building and was made primarily to house the aluminizing plant, primary mirror washing unit, mirror integration stand, and space for maintenance of telescope assemblies and instruments etc. four customized overhead cranes, consisting of two underslung cranes in the dome and two single girder cranes in the extension building, with a 10 mt capacity each, were planned and installed in the 3.6 m dot enclosure. overhead cranes, along with ground trolleys, support the material handling requirements inside the enclosure and were used initially for the installation of telescope components and later for the handling of telescope subassemblies during aluminizing missions, the mounting/unmounting of scientific instruments from the telescope, and several upgradation and maintenance works. figure 1. a view of 3.6 m telescope enclosure 3. construction methodology the project of enclosure had five broad phases involving assessment of requirements, design, construction, operation, and maintenance. the first two phases [13] and the last two phases [14] have been illustrated earlier, while the present paper discusses the third phase, viz., the construction of the enclosure. construction of the 3.6m telescope enclosure was a very challenging task owing to the remote project site with hilly access roads and extreme weather conditions. a construction sequence was envisaged during the design process of the enclosure. the non-availability of professional construction agencies near the site required far-off agencies to take up the job within limited budget constraints but with the requisite infrastructure to support operations at a difficult site. the arrangement of materials, equipment, and technical manpower on site by the contractors required meticulous planning considering their lead times. the construction methodology for the 3.6 m telescope enclosure involved four stages, namely site development and pier construction, manufacturing at works, erection of the enclosure at site, masonry and cladding works, etc. (figure 2). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 165 figure 2. four stages in construction methodology for 3.6 m telescope enclosure 3.1. site development and pier construction site development for major construction in remote hilly terrain is generally quite a tedious and demanding process. the 3.6m enclosure location at devasthal was quite tough to work on owing to limited space at the hill top, big boulders in the ground, steep valley on the south side and a difficult approach road. mobilization of manpower and machinery to the site was also quite challenging due to incremental weather and tough working conditions. the civil works for site development were planned in several sequential steps. site development involved clearing the site by the cutting of bushes and shifting of a few trees. substantial cutting and filling of earthworks was required for site preparation. machines were extensively used, apart from a manual work force, to prepare the site (figure 3). the hard rock cutting work on some column foundations and piers was very tedious and time-consuming. hammer drill machines were employed to break the big boulders found during the foundation work. grading of the site was carried out and the top of the mountain was prepared to the desired level and slope for the layout of the building. the building civil work comprised of building foundations, flooring, masonry walls, the construction of a concrete pier and two rooms in the basement. templates with holes were specifically prepared for the positioning and setting of foundation bolts for the steel columns of the building. the layout of bolts at different locations of the building was carried out and markings prepared for their grouting. the slope on the south side of the designated site was about 70 degrees due to the fact that there was no space on that side for construction activities. construction of retaining walls on the south side was quite unique, which included rock anchoring for retaining wall stability and resisting superimposed building pressure on the retaining walls. a stepped reinforced cement concrete retaining wall was built towards the valley on the south side. with advancement in retaining works, excavations and construction of building foundations and pier were initiated (figure 4). once foundations were in place, the construction of the basement floor was taken up. steel binding and shuttering work at the hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 166 site were meticulously planned and executed. arranging water for construction and curing activities at the site requires constant dependence on outsourcing of water from nearby sources. a wall up to 3m high using masonry was constructed to support doors and windows coming into the ground floor of the building. the base wall in masonry was also quite useful in supporting various dome and extension structure activities. construction of the building floor was accomplished. figure 3. preparation of site using machinery figure 4. construction of building and pier in progress the telescope was required to be placed at such a height on the pier so that it was free from the effect of ground turbulence. devasthal site studies indicated that if a telescope is located at a height of about 13m above the ground, one can achieve sub-arcsec angular resolution for a significant fraction of the observing time [15]. the combined natural frequency and bare pier frequency of the pier were vital in the design of the pier. they were fixed at around 15 and 25 hz, respectively, based on the natural frequency of the telescope system, which is 7.4 hz, to keep offset and avoid any kind of resonance. the analysis was carried out in different 3d analysis packages such as sap2000 and staad pro and was vetted by using manual calculations. natural frequency was calculated by the rayleigh method and by modal analysis for different modes. figures 5(a) and 5(b) show analysis models for a bare pier and a pier with a telescope as rigid links. the pier design was checked for the load distribution of about 150 mt provided by the telescope manufacturer, and its analysis was carried out in staad pro v8i. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 167 the range of relative deflections was found to be from 0 to 32 microns in its various pockets. the global deflection on top of pier wall locations was found to be uniform at all points and averaged out to be 2.411mm. the pier location was made eccentric by 1.85m inside the dome building to maximise the available space towards the east side of the dome for handling of telescope components through the hatch opening. the construction of the pier was done to meet telescope installation requirements and its anchoring with concrete. a hollow cylindrical concrete pier of 7m outer diameter and 5m inner diameter, maintaining a one-meter wall thickness, was constructed at the site (figure 6). the pier and the building foundation were isolated from each other with a gap of 150 mm around the circumference to avoid vibration transfer. special care was taken to avoid falling construction materials into the gap during various lifts of the pier. a 630 mt pier was built to a height of 8.26 m in eight lifts of about 1 m each using m25 grade concrete. due attention was given during the construction of the pier as it was vital for achieving the desired frequency, strength and durability. the top slab thickness of the pier was 1m and a mechanical template was prepared for the top surface grouting works with a special grouting material called conbextra gp2. the construction of roads, drains, and paved areas around the building marked the completion of civil works. figure 5. analysis model for (a) bare pier (b) pier with telescope as rigid links figure 6. hollow cylindrical concrete pier constructed at site maintaining the quality of construction work along with the progress of work involves extensive scheduling, planning, and documentation for various tests and checks at different stages of construction so as to avoid rework and alterations. cross-checks of reinforcement for piers and good curing practices at site were followed to safeguard all concreting work. requisite tests, such as cube tests at 7 and 28 days, were performed to ensure the strength of concrete as per design requirements. a few social hurdles owing to the involvement of people due to the adjoining existing temple hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 168 were also faced initially, but were sorted out. due to the variety of issues faced at the site, time was lost in clearing bottle necks that delayed construction activities despite paramount efforts from the project team, management, and construction agencies. 3.2. manufacturing at works due to site constraints, it was planned to have a prefabricated steel structure for the telescope enclosure. the circular part of the enclosure building, with a rotating dome, posed challenges in planning and manufacturing of the components. selection of materials was done to provide rigidity, optimum weight, and increased life to the enclosure. the work of manufacture, supply, erection, and commissioning of the 3.6m dot enclosure structure and equipment was given to m/s pedvak, hyderabad. they prepared the manufacturing shop drawings based on the issued construction drawings and manufactured various components for assemblies. manufacturing activities were broadly classified into two main categories, viz., structural work and enclosure systems. 3.2.1. structural works it consisted of structural steel work for the dome, support structure, and extension building. geometry of dome, slit doors, slit doors in closed condition over dome with supporting wheels and combination of dome building and dome were prepared (figures 7(a) to 7(d)). different structural members were worked out for the manufacturing enclosure. structural components of the dome, dome support structure, and extension building consisting of portal frames, columns, wall and roof framing, crane girders and purlins, etc. were fabricated. portal frames as framing members were fabricated from british standard (bs) structural steel rolled into i-shapes. the circular bottom and top ring beams were also fabricated at the workshop. dome portal frames were fixed on the top ring beam at the base. rigid portal frames were made on both sides of the slit opening. the rigidity of the dome was maintained by reinforcing its ring beams and arcs. for its lateral stability, vertical bracings were prepared for fixing along the dome perimeter. the secondary frames and purlins for supporting the portal frames were fabricated. steel portal frames laterally braced in vertical and roof plane were fabricated for slit doors. frames were supported from cantilever brackets fixed on dome ring beam. the structural parts were bolted and checked for assemblies at the workshop to avoid problems at the site. fabricated materials are galvanized. about 450 mt of enclosure materials as per design were transported to the devasthal site in trucks for the construction of the enclosure. materials were unloaded with mobile cranes at the site and stored in a planned manner for subsequent erection and commissioning activities. fabrication of the enclosure to accurate dimensions as per its design drawings was a complex task. manufacturing components of the enclosure required qualified technicians and regular inspections at works. material certificates, dimensional accuracy, and workmanship were inspected at different stages of fabrication. technical problems encountered during the fabrication process require timely solutions to maintain the flow of work. manufacturing, inspection, assembly at work, and testing were carried out following quality assurance plans to ensure the quality of components and assemblies. figure 7. geometry of (a) dome (b) slit doors (c) slit doors in closed condition over dome with supporting wheels (d) combination of dome building and dome hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 169 3.2.2. enclosure systems dome drive systems, slit drive systems, hatch cover drive systems, motorized ground trolleys, ventilation systems, and wind screen systems constitute the major electro-mechanical systems of the enclosure. dome drive systems consist of dome ring beams and wheel assemblies. dome top and bottom ring beams, wheel assemblies, and other components were manufactured in parts and required special attention during fabrication to avoid distortions during welding. the deviation in diameter during manufacturing of the ring beam was maintained within 10 mm and the flatness of its surfaces within 2 mm. dome ring beams were fabricated from plates, rails, and rail clamps, etc. wheel assemblies were manufactured and tested at work. assembly, installation, and functional requirements of dome rotation were ensured by pre-assembly of ring beams and wheel assemblies in the workshop. ring beams and drive assembly test setup were prepared, and testing of the rotation of the top ring beam was carried out with dummy concrete loads to check its performance from a long-run perspective and to avoid problems at the site. the assembled top ring beam was supported by 18 wheel assemblies placed on the bottom ring beam over a level platform. six wheel assemblies were provided with geared drives, while the other twelve were idler wheel assemblies. dome weight excluding top ring beam was about 155 mt so dummy concrete blocks weighing 1.25 times the weight of the dome, i.e., about 195 mt distributed uniformly over the ring beam, were used for trials (figure 8). problems related to alignment and drive systems were attended to. multiple trials were conducted to solve the various teething problems of sound, etc. and meet the requirements during trial runs [16]. bi-parting shutter doors were designed for the dome of a 3.6 m telescope to give synchronised motion of both the shutter halves, with motorised and idle wheel arrangement. two drive wheels and two idler wheel assemblies were manufactured for each slit door. drive wheel assemblies were manufactured and fitted with motors containing fail-safe electromagnetic brakes. the rail was prepared for fixing on the cantilever platform attached to the dome. mechanical stoppers were fabricated to restrict the travel of slit doors beyond the limits. the joint between the bi-parting shutters in closed condition was made leak-proof by using an overlapping sheet strip to prevent the entry of rain drops. a provision for covering the vertical opening between open slit doors of the dome was provided in the form of a motorized wind screen. it was prepared in the form of an inverted light weight rolling shutter made from polyester with a pvc (polyvinyl chloride) coating material and can be moved to limit the opening, especially during high wind conditions. figure 8. ring beam and drive assembly test setup at works a hatch of 5.5×5.5 m in size in the design of the telescope floor was provided for the initial telescope installation and later on for service requirements of the telescope and its instruments. hatch covers in the form of motorized mechanical trolleys with wheels rolling over rails were manufactured for frequent opening and closing of hatches. the closed hatch provides safety, and its location on the telescope floor is used for a variety of tasks. as the hatch trolley was required to take heavy loads during installation and maintenance activities of the telescope, it was designed for a 1.0 mt/m2 load capacity. chequered plates have been used as the floor of the hatch trolley. the trolley was supported on extended supports provided by columns of the extension building, enabling its travel up to about 6.4 m. drive and idler wheel assemblies were manufactured for movement of the hatch drive over rails. a 20 mt capacity motorized ground trolley was manufactured to move on rail track provided on the ground between the extension building and the dome support structure to reach below the hatch opening for movement of telescope components, instruments, and tools, etc. through it. a trolley measuring 4.5x4.5 m was manufactured from steel beams and plates. four wheel assemblies were manufactured for the trolley. a common shaft for two drive wheels was provided for motor drive. electric supply to the motor was provided through the cable releaser mounted below the trolley. a cable reeling drum was used to cover the 27 m travel length over rail track. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 170 the technical room on the ground floor of the dome support structure was prepared to accommodate the hydraulic power pack, compressed air system, chiller units, and electrical panels, etc. for the telescope operation. this equipment generates heat inside the enclosure. the heat generated inside the enclosure at various levels was planned to be removed using ventilation systems so that the temperature over the telescope floor could be maintained close to the temperature outside the enclosure during observations. twelve large axial flow ventilation fans of 1.5 m diameter were fixed on the observation floor in its circular wall to provide forced ventilation for the observation floor. fans were provided with louvres and fan hoods from outside of the building. the pier was ventilated by providing an opening at about 3 m height from which an exhaust fan mounted on the frame inside the technical room sucked air. three exhaust fans were fixed in the technical room to remove heat generated inside it. heat generated inside the technical room is also removed by an underground duct that was laid from it to the ventilation fan room located in the basement of the building. three ventilation fans were set up in the ventilation fan room of the basement to suck hot air from the technical room into the atmosphere. two are used at a time, and one is kept as a spare. for standard bought out equipment such as fans, panels, etc., an inspection was carried out at the supplier's end and materials were dispatched to the site and installed. 3.3. erection of enclosure at site after the civil works were completed, the superstructure construction activities were started on site. an assessment of the road and structures on the hilly route from kathgodam in the foothills to the 3.6 m telescope site at devasthal was carried out to evaluate the transportation of enclosure consignments. the road at the site facilitated the transport of materials in trucks and their handling by mobile cranes. detailed scheduling for transportation, storage, and manpower was done regularly with the contractor to ensure the continuity of erection activities. the design of the connections of various structural members was prepared to simplify the assembly at the site. fabrication of bolted components at work was carried out to ease assembly and erection activities at the site. bolting of connections required less time for inspection and could be performed in bad weather conditions on site using hand tools. erection of structural work involved lifting, positioning, aligning, and bolting together parts to make assemblies that fit inside the enclosure at the site. getting adequate skilled manpower and then retaining it for the erection of enclosure parts in tough weather conditions involves a lot of manpower management issues. arrangement of infrastructure such as scaffoldings, mobilization of different capacities of mobile cranes as per site requirements and other equipment’s to site for installation activities of enclosure was a cumbersome task. rough weather conditions involving heavy rain and snowfall caused major disruptions during work. the site had severe space constraints for performing installation activities. normally, site modifications to steel structures can be carried out quite fast and economically. however, due to limited resources and space at the site, the fitup issues and site modifications involved several difficulties and took more time than estimated for the same. erection planning was carried out to maximise the assembly of components on the ground, followed by their lifting to their respective positions in the enclosure using mobile cranes and other material handling equipment. the contact surfaces of the joints were cleaned of any oil, dust, etc. before assembly. lifting of components was carried out by cranes using appropriate slings at suitable positions. access for erection was quite limited and involved the handling of parts in various configurations. for safety reasons and to prevent unauthorized access during crane work, the swing area of the crane was obstructed using barriers. inspection of erected components at site over different heights with limited access involved a lot of effort and time to fulfil design requirements. safety was a major concern during all erection activities. safety aspects were stressed to the erection teams with regular safety meetings. safety nets, harnesses, helmets, etc. were used exclusively by erection staff during various erection activities. following were main stages for the superstructure installation at site:  transportation of fabricated components to site.  erection of the dome support structure.  erection of extension building structure.  erection of staircase to telescope floor.  erection of dome structure.  installation of slit structure. the deficiencies identified during inspections at work were required to be rectified before the materials were sent to site for erection and commissioning. it required continuous follow-up and interfacing of the materials dispatched to the site. manufactured components from the works were transported to the devasthal site. components of the enclosure were quite heavy and large in size, which required cranes for loading and unloading in trucks transporting them over 1700 km. bought out equipment and components manufactured for their assembly with enclosures were also brought to the site with the progress of work. materials received at the site were checked for quantity, inspection reports, and specifications, etc. components at risk of damage during transportation were also examined so that problems, if any, could be rectified well in time. storage and material movement areas were marked at the site. received materials were hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 171 required to be located in a storage area as per erection planning at the site. stored materials were prevented from being harmed by rain water, etc., by stacking them over sloping wooden pallets and covering them with plastic sheets during bad climatic conditions. tools and equipment for erection and assembly were engaged for the site activities. the location and layout of the works at the site were carried out by using grid lines and elevations marked on the drawings. horizontal and vertical control points were created and marked at appropriate points on the site. plates for mounting columns were grouted on site after their alignment with the theodolite. steel columns were erected for the lower steel structure, carrying vertical loads and supporting the dome and extension building. the verticality of columns was checked and corrected to reduce errors. the tie beams and vertical bracings of the fixed portion of the dome structure were installed before final alignment. figure 9 shows how different types of mobile cranes had to be hired for different parts of the project at the construction site. the cranes had to be able to lift and connect parts to each other through bolts. the rotating portion of dome erection started after the completion of the fixed structure. the bottom ring beam, wheel assemblies, and top ring beam were also erected in parts using mobile cranes, aligned in position, and tightened. a laser was employed for final alignment and placement of wheel assemblies. dome parts were erected on top of the ring beam. final welding of components was completed at the site after erection, levelling, and alignment of components to the desired accuracies. work involving welding and grinding was performed with the utmost safety to prevent fire, especially during summer and windy months at the site. bi-parting slit doors were erected with overlapping joints and their synchronization tests were performed. the dome was tested over the wheel assemblies and finer adjustments were carried out. dome tests with 360o rotation in both clock-wise and anti-clockwise directions were performed. strict control on dimensional tolerances and load trials at work facilitated erection activities and the acceptance of the dome in trial runs at the site. at the junction of the fixed and rotating structures, a bell-shaped outer sheet hanging down from the dome was fixed to prevent the entry of water inside the dome. figure 9. erection of enclosure components using mobile crane two customized underslung cranes in a dome and two single girder cranes in an extension building of 10 mt capacity each were commissioned in the enclosure [17, 18]. a trench was prepared from the extension building to the dome support structure along rails for the cable laying of the ground trolley. a 20 mt ground trolley manufactured at the works was installed on the rails and tested with load for transferring components between the extension building and the dome support structure. 3.4. masonry, and cladding works, etc. the enclosure up to 3 m in height from ground level has masonry work to cater to windows and doors for their easy management at lower level. buildings above 3 m in height were cladded with profiled galvalume sheets. for natural lighting in the extension building, fixed windows at higher levels were fixed. the dome was covered with 3 mm plates from the outside and with insulation panels from the inside. insulation prevents the transfer of outside heat into the dome during the day. sandwich panels of phenotherm were used for insulation inside the dome. panels, being light in weight, were quickly installed to provide thermal insulation along with durability and long life. rainstorms, snowfall, and severe wind conditions caused several disruptions in the welding of sheets on the dome structure and fixing of sheets on the building. welding of 3 mm sheets was a tedious task, but it was adopted considering the dynamic forces during rotation hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 172 and to ensure leak-proof joints from rain and snowfall. special attention was paid at interfaces to maintain leak-proof joints. to ensure proper fit-up during welding, sheets were accurately positioned and held securely at various locations in the dome. welding of sheets requires good weather conditions at the site along with proper access for welding and its inspection tests etc. scaffoldings and temporary platforms at different heights were prepared for cladding work and tied with support structures to withstand windy conditions at the site. circular bus bars were fixed in the dome inner circle over a fixed ring beam to give power to various drives and control panels. dome motion assisted in performing various erection and testing activities. the installation of cable trays, underground trenches, sheet metal channels, and ducts, among other things, completed the electrical work. routing for power and data cables, etc., was accomplished. fixing of doors, windows, exhaust fans, ventilation fans, etc. was completed. the external surface of the dome was cleaned thoroughly and painted with two coats of primer followed by coats of aluminium paint as per standards. inspection of the steel structure and performance tests of various sub-systems of the enclosure were carried out from time to time. active communication with contractors and consultants during commissioning activities of various enclosure systems facilitated the timely rectification of problems. documentation of the project, involving drawings, reports, and tests, etc. was prepared at different stages of the project. certification of enclosure works was undertaken by consultants from m/s pps. 3.5. enclosure maintenance after the construction of the enclosure was completed, it was put through routine preventive maintenance to enhance its life. heavy monsoons with strong winds, snow, and low temperatures can occasionally cause damage to enclosures. taking appropriate precautions in bad weather conditions can help to avoid or reduce damage to the enclosure. heavy snow cover over the roof during the winter months and water seepage in the monsoon are avoided by using appropriate measures at the site. maintenance activities in the enclosure are mostly managed in-house by aries staff without disturbing telescope observing schedules. repairs in enclosures mainly involved welding, bolting, and replacement of a few components, etc., that maintained their strength and aesthetics. to prevent corrosion, leaks are fixed and routine painting of the structure is carried out. inspection of fasteners and welding are performed on a regular basis to prioritize replacement and refurbishment work to prevent further propagation of damage caused by extreme weather conditions. maintaining a clean pitched roof on the dome and extension building allowed snow and rain water to drain smoothly. drain pipes in buildings are regularly checked and cleaned to prevent blockage, as it may lead to seepage of water inside the building and cause rusting of components. thus, preventive maintenance of the building with little expenditure of time and money has helped in the trouble-free operation of the enclosure. 4. discussions and conclusions the construction methodology adopted for the 3.6 m telescope enclosure facilitated and synchronized construction activities at different stages of the project. over the last decade, the 3.6 m dot enclosure's painstaking design, construction, operation, maintenance, and upgrades have yielded results and provided a safe home for the 3.6 m telescope, its instruments, and the aluminizing facility, among other things. it also supported telescope erection activities, aluminizing missions, telescope repair missions, and maintenance activities of instruments and telescope sub-systems. steel enclosures ensured durability, minimal ageing, and low refurbishment work as compared to conventional buildings. steel buildings required fewer foundations and, consequently, less wastage of materials, which reduced their effect on the environment. a telescope is important in setting up any observatory, but its enclosure also plays a significant role in taking good observations. though the cost of enclosure is substantially less when compared to the telescope, it needs to be kept in mind that anything bad in enclosure quality will affect the overall performance of the telescope and also the finances of the project. engaging qualified and experienced manpower was very important for achieving quality and economical construction work. the erection of prefabricated steel structures at the site was nearly dust free and produced much less noise, which helped in maintaining the flora and fauna of the region. selection of reliable contractors and having experience in the hills should be preferred for specialized building work such as enclosures to get quality results. problems are encountered during the execution of most construction projects, and they need to be addressed with the best possible solutions to prevent their recurrence. numerous challenges were faced in the construction of the enclosure at the difficult site of devasthal. solutions to every problem encountered improved work procedures and contributed to making new strategies that contributed to the success of the enclosure project. unanimity among different parties involved in the project, despite frequent difficulties, was valuable in driving the project. completion of the project was carried out by integrating all aspects of construction through multidisciplinary teams. resource and time management were crucial in driving the project. both successes and disappointments during work serve as great learning lessons for future endeavours. lessons learned during the making and operation of the 3.6 m dot enclosure will encourage repetition of required outcomes and decrease potential problems and risks in future projects. the construction challenges in the making of the 3.6 m dot enclosure at devasthal will also provide useful information for the teams taking up similar projects at similar sites involving specialized building work. project based knowledge involving structural analysis, different types of materials, and mechanical systems resulted in the construction of an economical telescope building. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 173 planning for the construction of the telescope enclosure at a hilly site required detailing of requirements, arrangement of finances, manpower, and allocation of resources to meet desired outcomes. meticulous planning was carried out for major construction work in difficult hilly terrain, with built-in flexibility to suit the site's weather conditions. achieving the required quality and safety during work was the essence of the project. digital documentation was resorted to keep all the project documents handy for quick decision-making. experience and knowledge gained in the project will be used in the execution of major projects at aries and will be disseminated to the wider community involved in construction projects of distinct structures. developments, upgrades, and maintenance activities have been carried out during the last five years since the regular operation of the enclosure to improve the sub-systems and increase its operational efficiency. improvements in the designs of some subsystems, automation, rainwater harvesting, and beautification around the enclosure will further provide value addition to the enclosure. improvements to the telescope enclosure will also benefit the operation and maintenance teams involved with it on a day-to-day basis. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, r.r.; methodology, t.b.; writing—original draft preparation, t.b. and r.r.; writing—review and editing, t.b. and r.r. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. acknowledgements work presented here is on behalf of larger number of people associated with the project. authors would like to thank prof. dipankar banerjee, dr. wahab uddin, dr. a.k. pandey and prof. ram sagar for their motivation and guidance during construction, commissioning, operations and maintenance of the 3.6 m telescope enclosure. we express our gratitude for support and help from prof. g. srinivasan, mr. c.k.v. sastry and mr. f. gabriel. encouragement and valuable support provided by governing council and project management board are gratefully acknowledged. we appreciate efforts and contributions from mr. d.s negi in various civil construction activities. authors are thankful and appreciate the technical support and contributions by staff at aries manora peak and devasthal in all the phases of the project viz. construction, inspection, commissioning and in maintaining the facility under difficult weather conditions. useful scientific and technical inputs from the scientists and engineers of aries involved in the project are thankfully acknowledged. we acknowledge administrative support from the aries staff during various phases of the project. participation and consultation for specialized services and works from pps, pedvak, imt and amos etc. during construction and maintenance of the enclosure is also acknowledged. 5.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] neill, d. r., devries, j., hileman, e., sebag, j., gressler, w., wiecha, o., andrew, j., & schoening, w. (2014). baseline design and requirements for the lsst rotating enclosure (dome). ground-based and airborne telescopes v, 91454o, 1636-1652. doi:10.1117/12.2056521. [2] sutherland, w., emerson, j., dalton, g., atad-ettedgui, e., beard, s., bennett, r., bezawada, n., born, a., caldwell, m., clark, p., craig, s., henry, d., jeffers, p., little, b., mcpherson, a., murray, j., stewart, m., stobie, b., terrett, d., … woodhouse, g. (2015). the visible and infrared survey telescope for astronomy (vista): design, technical overview, and performance. astronomy and astrophysics, 575(a25), 1–27. doi:10.1051/0004-6361/201424973. [3] harding, g. a., mack, b., smith, f. g., & stokoe, j. r. (1979). on the avoidance of bad seeing conditions within telescope domes. monthly notices of the royal astronomical society, 188(2), 241–247. doi:10.1093/mnras/188.2.241. [4] kärcher, h. j. (2009). telescope structures worldwide. steel construction, 2(3), 149–160. doi:10.1002/stco.200910019. [5] chawhan, v., & arif kamal, m. (2021). a study of planning, design and construction of buildings in hilly regions of india. american journal of civil engineering and architecture, 9(1), 13–22. doi:10.12691/ajcea-9-1-3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 174 [6] chen, w. f., & liew, j. r. (2003). the civil engineering handbook. crc press, florida, united states. [7] sagar, r., stalin, c. s., pandey, a. k., uddin, w., mohan, v., sanwal, b. b., gupta, s. k., yadav, r. k. s., durgapal, a. k., joshi, s., kumar, b., gupta, a. c., joshi, y. c., srivastava, j. b., chaubey, u. s., singh, m., pant, p., & gupta, k. g. (2000). evaluation of devasthal site for optical astronomical observations. astronomy and astrophysics supplement series, 144(2), 349– 362. doi:10.1051/aas:2000213. [8] sagar, r., omar, a., kumar, b., gopinathan, m., pandey, s. b., bangia, t., pant, j., shukla, v., & yadava, s. (2011). the new 130-cm optical telescope at devasthal, nainital. current science, 101(8), 1020–1023. [9] bangia, t. (2017). unique roll-off roof for housing 1.3 m telescope at devasthal, nainital. journal of the institution of engineers (india): series c, 98(3), 359–366. doi:10.1007/s40032-016-0242-0. [10] indian standard: 1893 (2002). “criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures”, part 1: general provisions and buildings, 5th revision, bureau of indian standards, 1-39, new delhi, india. [11] yamauchi, h., & kawahara, s. enclosure of subaru telescope. symposium on astronomical telescopes and instrumentation for the 21st century, proceedings of spie advanced technology optical telescopes v in kailua, 2199, 430–441. [12] bely, p. y. (2003). the design and construction of large optical telescopes with 327 illustrations. springer-verlag new york, inc, usa. doi:10.1007/b97612. [13] pandey, a. k., shukla, v., bangia, t., raskar, r. d., kulkarni, r. r., & ghanti, a. s. (2012). enclosure design for the aries 3.6m optical telescope. ground-based and airborne telescopes iv, 8444, 844441. doi:10.1117/12.926001. [14] bangia, t., & uddin, w. (2020). sustaining mechanical systems of 3.6m optical telescope at devasthal, india. ground-based and airborne telescopes viii 2020 proceedings in spie astronomical telescopes, instrumentation online conference, 11445, 32. doi:10.1117/12.2561220. [15] pant, p., stalin, c. s., & sagar, r. (1999). microthermal measurements of surface layer seeing at devasthal site. in astronomy and astrophysics supplement series, 136(1), 19–25. doi:10.1051/aas:1999195. [16] bangia, t., raskar, r., & ghanti, a. s. acoustics and functional space design of 3.6m devasthal optical telescope building. technologies for a quieter india 2013 proceedings in acoustics in new delhi, india, 201–207. [17] bangia, t., yadava, s., kumar, b., ghanti, a. s., & hardikar, p. m. (2016). customized overhead cranes for installation of india’s largest 3.6m optical telescope at devasthal, nainital, india. ground-based and airborne telescopes vi, 9906, 990620. doi:10.1117/12.2232127. [18] ermis, k., caliskan, m., & tanriverdi, m. (2021). design optimization of moveable moment stabilization system for access crane platforms. acta polytechnica, 61(1), 219–229. doi:10.14311/ap.2021.61.0219. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 285 issn: 2723-9535 optimization of fuzzy support vector machine (fsvm) performance by distance-based similarity measure classification sugiyarto surono 1* , tia nursofiyani 1, annisa e. haryati 1 1 department of mathematics, ahmad dahlan univesity, yogyakarta, indonesia. received 08 september 2021; revised 05 november 2021; accepted 15 november 2021; published 01 december 2021 abstract this research aims to determine the maximum or minimum value of a fuzzy support vector machine (fsvm) algorithm using the optimization function. as opposed to fsvm, which is less effective on large and complex data because of its sensitivity to outliers and noise, svm is considered an effective method of data classification. one of the techniques used to overcome this inefficiency is fuzzy logic, with its ability to select the right membership function, which significantly affects the effectiveness of the fsvm algorithm performance. this research was carried out using the gaussian membership function and the distance-based similarity measurement consisting of the euclidean, manhattan, chebyshev, and minkowsky distance methods. subsequently, the optimization of the fsvm classification process was determined using four proposed fsvm models and normal svm as comparison references. the results showed that the method tends to eliminate the impact of noise and enhance classification accuracy effectively. fsvm provides the best and highest accuracy value of 94% at a penalty parameter value of 1000 using the chebyshev distance matrix. furthermore, the model proposed will be compared to the performance evaluation model in preliminary studies. the result further showed that using fsvm with a chebyshev distance matrix and a gaussian membership function provides a better performance evaluation value. keywords: fsvm; membership function fuzzy; soft computing; classification; distance-based similarity measure. 1. introduction classification is a grouping method based on the characteristics possessed by objects. the support vector machine (svm) is one of the classification methods that has been the subject of debate over the last decade due to its high generalization performance and wide application. research related to svm performance, such as svm, ann, knn, fuzzy logic, and rf (random forest) methods [1] to classify driving models, indicates that svm has the highest accuracy value of 96%. furthermore, in [2] and [3], svm is proven to have a high level of accuracy and generalization performance compared to other classification methods. in the real world, this method is applied in many areas, such as text categorization [4-6], speech recognition [7], bioinformatics [8-11], and network security [11]. vanpik introduced svm in 1995 [12] based on structural risk minimization theory. it is one of the superior methods trained with an algorithm and used to separate a dataset into two or more classes. stave gunn stated that the svm method is used to determine the optimal global solution and works by mapping the training data into a highdimensional space while looking for a classification capable of maximizing the margin between the two classes [13, * corresponding author: sugiyarto@math.uad.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-04-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6210-7258 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 286 14]. margin is the distance between the support vector and the hyperplane, while the support vector is the pattern of each class with the closest distance to the hyperplane. due to noise and outliers, the svm method suffers greatly in complex problems with many parameters, which causes a decrease in generalization performance [15]. therefore, one of the methods used to solve this problem is by combining the svm method with fuzzy logic [16-18]. preliminary studies applied fuzzy logic to two events, namely using fuzzy rules [19, 20], and its membership functions [21-26]. in each sample, new input was used to provide a different contribution to eliminate the noise and outlier effect and to improve the generalization performance of svm classification. fuzzy logic is a mathematical way of describing obscurity and was introduced by lotfi a. zadeh in 1965 [27]. the svm method with a combination of fuzzy logic is called the fuzzy support vector machine (fsvm), where the membership function is a crucial step in classification [28]. several methods, such as function approach, intuition, rank-ordering, inductive reasoning, neural networks, and genetic algorithm, were used to build a membership function in fuzzy. euclidean distance is a general criterion chosen to determine the similarity of the data used to construct the membership function. xiaokang et al. (2016) [25] proposed the fsvm method based on the euclidean distance using 3 methods, namely fsvm-1, fsvm-2, and fsvm-3, by comparing the distances of positive and negative samples. however, in the fsvm-3 method, point samples are mapped into a high-dimensional space and calculated using the fsvm-2 method. this research indicates that the best accuracy is given by fsvm-3 followed by fsvm-2 and fsvm1 [29]. the measuring methods commonly used to determine similarity measurements are euclidean, manhattan, chebyshev, minkowski, hamming, mahanalobis, and minkowski chebyshev distances. there are various advantages and disadvantages associated with the use of these methods. according to mohammed and abdulazeez (2018), euclidean distance is the most commonly used method for calculating distances in numerical data. it works efficiently by calculating the similarity in the grouping and has the ability to separate the data adequately [29]. manhattan distance is often used due to its ability to detect special circumstances such as the presence of outliers [30]. this is in addition to the sensitivity of the chebyshev distance in detecting objects with outliers. based on the description of several preliminary studies, the combination of svm and fuzzy logic (fsvm) methods tend to optimize classification by selecting the right membership function. therefore, this research aims to apply the fsvm with a gaussian membership function to determine distance measures. furthermore, comparative research is carried out using several methods such as euclidean, manhattan, chebyshev, minkowski, hamming, and minkowski chebyshev distances. 2. materials and methods the fuzzy system proposed by lotfi a. zadeh was built based on fuzzy set theory and fuzzy logic. this method is useful for dealing with complex real-world problems such as uncertainty and imprecision. set theory and classification techniques are very useful in dealing with uncertainty and ambiguity, which leads to an increase in the generalizability of the classifier. fsvm is an extension method proposed by lin and wang in 2002 to reduce the sensitivity of svm to outliers or noise. it works by assigning a low weight to each sample by determining a fuzzy membership function based on the similarity of data (distance). the application of fuzzy membership function (𝑠 𝑖 ) where 0 < 𝑠 𝑖 ≤ 1 is on the training dataset 𝑥 𝑖 with class 𝑦 𝑖 ∈ [1, −1] . therefore, the fuzzy version dataset is determined as follows: {(𝑥 1 , 𝑦 1 , 𝑠 1 ) , (𝑥 2 , 𝑦 2 , 𝑠 2 ) , … . , (𝑥 𝑛 , 𝑦 𝑛 , 𝑠 𝑛 )} . meanwhile, the optimal fsvm hyperplane is obtained by entering the membership function value in the standard svm formula. min 1 2 ‖𝑤‖ 2 + 𝐶∑𝑠 𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=0 𝜉 𝑖 (1) 𝑦 𝑖 (𝑤 𝑇 𝑥 𝑖 + 𝑏) ≥ 1− 𝜉 𝑖 ; 𝜉 𝑖 ≥ 0; 1 ≤ 𝑖 ≤ 𝑛 (2) where 𝑠 𝑖 denotes a fuzzy membership function with a value between 0 and 1 (0 < 𝑠 𝑖 ≤ 1). in 2016, xiaokang et al. proposed a research to determine the degree of membership of each data by adopting the calculation of the membership function. this research was carried out by comparing the distance from each positive and negative sample to the center of each class using the formula for calculating euclidean, manhattan, chebyshev distance, and the minkowsky distances. the calculation of the membership function is stated as follows: hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 287 𝑠𝑖 = { 𝑓(𝑑𝑖 +), 𝑖𝑓‖𝑥𝑖 + − 𝑥 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 + ‖ ≥ ‖𝑥𝑖 + − 𝑥 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 − ‖ 1, 𝑖𝑓𝑗 ‖𝑥𝑖 + − 𝑥 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 + ‖ < ‖𝑥𝑖 + − 𝑥 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 − ‖ 1, 𝑖𝑓‖𝑥𝑖 − − 𝑥 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 + ‖ > ‖𝑥𝑖 − − 𝑥 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 − ‖ 𝑓(𝑑𝑖 −), 𝑖𝑓‖𝑥𝑖 − − 𝑥 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 + ‖ ≤ ‖𝑥𝑖 − − 𝑥 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 − ‖ (3) where; 𝑑 𝑖 { ‖𝑥𝑖 + − 𝑥 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 + ‖ ‖𝑥𝑖 − − 𝑥 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 + ‖ (4) when the distance of the positive class is less than the negative, it is considered a "useful point," and its membership is set as 1. however, supposing the distance of the positive class is greater than the negative, it is considered a “noisy point” and calculated according to the gaussian membership function formula. 2.1. gaussian membership function the gauss curve membership function formula is written as follows: 𝐺(𝑥𝑖; 𝜎, 𝑐) = 𝑒 −(𝑥𝑖−𝑐) 2𝜎2 (5) 2.2. kernel radial basic function (tbf) the rbf kernel formula is as follows: 𝐾(𝑥, 𝑦) = 𝑒𝑥𝑝 ( ||𝑥 − 𝑦|| 2 2𝜎2 ) (6) 2.3. distance based similarity measure the similarity measure is an important part that needs to be considered in pattern matching and to carry out various types of classification. distance-based similarity measure works to measure the level of similarity of two objects in terms of the geometric distance from the variables included in both objects. these include the following. 2.3.1. euclidean distance euclidean distance is often used in measuring data similarities, as shown in equation 7: 𝑑 𝑒𝑢𝑐𝑙𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑎𝑛 = √∑(𝑥 𝑖 − 𝑦 𝑖 ) 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 , 𝑖 = 1, 2, 3, … , 𝑛 (7) 2.3.2. manhattan distance (minkowski distance) manhattan distance is used to calculate the absolute difference between the coordinates of a pair of objects, as shown in equation 8: 𝑑 𝑀𝑎𝑛ℎ𝑎𝑡𝑡𝑎𝑛 =∑‖𝑥 𝑖 − 𝑦 𝑖 ‖ 𝑛 𝑖=1 , 𝑖 = 1, 2, 3, … , 𝑛 (8) 2.3.3. chebysev distance the chebyshev distance is measured using the following formula: 𝑑 𝐶ℎ𝑒𝑏𝑦𝑠ℎ𝑒𝑣 = (𝑚𝑎𝑥 |𝑥 𝑖 − 𝑦 𝑖 |) , 𝑖 = 1, 2, 3, … , 𝑛 (9) 2.3.4. minkowski distance the minkowsky distance is a generalization of the euclidean and the manhattan, whereby the power (p) acts as the determining parameter. when p equals 1 and 2, the minkowsky distance space becomes equivalent to manhattan and euclidean, respectively. the following formula is used to calculate the minkowski distance: hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 288 𝑑 𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑘𝑜𝑤𝑠𝑘𝑖 = (∑|𝑥 𝑖 − 𝑦 𝑖 | 𝑃 𝑛 𝑖=1 ) 1 𝑝 , 𝑖 = 1,2,3, … , 𝑛 (10) 3. results and discussion the fuzzy support vector machine algorithm proposed in this research is applied to 3 datasets considered as a representative that effectively verifies the proposed fsvm model. furthermore, the data processing was carried out using jupyter notebook software with python programming language. the details of the 3 datasets are shown in table 1. table 1. dataset information dataset sample variable number of samples positive sample negative sample herberman 3 306 225 81 wine 13 130 59 71 quality 11 3365 1457 2198 the basic concept of the fuzzy support vector machine is first used to determine the degree of fuzzy membership of the data used for fsvm calculation, which comprises positive and negative classes. therefore the center of the class can be defined as the average vector of the attributes determined using equation 11. 𝑥 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 + = 1 𝑛 + ∑𝑥 𝑖 𝑛+ 𝑖=1 𝑥𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 − = 1 𝑛− ∑𝑥𝑖 𝑛− 𝑖=1 (11) where 𝑥𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 + and 𝑥𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 − denote the means of the positive and negative classes, while 𝑛+ and 𝑛−are the number of data points in the positive and negative classes, respectively. the calculation of the distance matrix from the data points of each class to the center uses equations 7 to 10. the results are used to determine the value of the degree of fuzzy membership based on equation 3 as follows: {(𝑥1, 𝑦1, 𝑠1), (𝑥2, 𝑦2, 𝑠2), … . , (𝑥𝑛, 𝑦𝑛 , 𝑠𝑛)}. this research uses a different penalty parameter (c), including the values of 𝐶 = 2, 𝐶 = 10, 𝐶 = 50, 𝐶 = 200, 𝐶 = 500, 𝐶 = 1000, and the rbf kernel. in 2013, bekker et al. proposed the auc approximation method in the binary case, as shown in the equation 12. 𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑦 = 1 2 (𝑆𝐸 + 𝑆𝑃) (12) where se (sensitivity) and sp (specivity) are the ratios of the completeness or accuracy of the correct prediction of positive and negative data, respectively. the results of the fsvm classification accuracy based on the auc (area under curve) approach are shown in figure 1. figure 2 shows that when the penalty parameter is 2 (c=2) while using manhattan and chebyshev distances, the best accuracy generator is fsvm. furthermore, at parameters c=50 and 500, fsvm using the manhattan penalty distance produces the best accuracy from other methods. the best accuracy result for the penalty parameter c=10 is obtained by the fsvm method using euclidean distance. meanwhile, the highest accuracy in the penalty parameters c=200 and c=1000 is generated by fsvm with chebyshev distance. the results of the accuracy of each method are shown in table 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 289 figure 1. fsvm and svm accuracy results table 2. classification accuracy results fsvm 1 fsvm 2 fsvm 3 fsvm 4 svm 𝐶 = 2 68.83% 77.92% 77.92% 0.0% 64.93% 𝐶 = 10 75.32% 74.02% 74.03% 74.03% 66.23% 𝐶 = 50 70.13% 81.81% 71.43% 71.43% 67.53% 𝐶 = 200 80.52% 83.12% 91.30% 76.62% 85.36% 𝐶 = 500 72.72% 89.58% 88.37% 72.72% 40.32% 𝐶 = 1000 74.03% 79.22% 94% 71.42% 80.52% with a value of c=1000, the accuracy is determined with different training and testing data scenarios as follows: table 3. evaluation of model performance with different training and testing data partitions training data and testing data fsvm 1 fsvm 2 fsvm 3 fsvm 4 svm 60:40 73.45% 77.23% 92.34% 69.07% 78.2% 70:30 73.33% 79.58% 91.62% 68.91% 82.33% 75:25 74.03% 79.22% 94% 71.42% 80.52% 80:20 76.09% 82.15% 99% 71.48% 81.67% hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 290 figure 2. graph of model performance evaluation with different partitions of training and testing data table 3 and figure 2 show that the best performance of fsvm using chebyshev distance and rbf kernel with c=1000 is obtained from the proposed methods. furthermore, the results of the g-means (gm), se, sp from fsvm are compared with the fsvm proposed by xiaokang et al. (2016) as shown in equation 3 using the membership function linearly ascending and exponential fsvm with the euclidean function. the results of the performance evaluation are shown in table 3. table 4. model performance evaluation dataset performance evaluation fsvm 1 fsvm 2 fsvm 3 fsvm 4 fsvm 5 fsvm 6 gm 72.79% 79.12% 93.80% 68.8% 60% 63.57% habermen se 87.54% 83.18% 100% 90.6% 51.42% 58.85% sp 60.52% 75.26% 88% 52.24% 70% 68.67% gm 0% 73.57% 97.33% 52.03% 54.77% 54.77% wine se 0% 94.73% 94.73% 42.1% 30% 30% sp 100% 57.14% 100% 64.43% 100% 100% gm 49.633 69.25% 81.08% 0% 53.65% 53.7% quality se 43.5% 67.98% 78.37 100% 33.9% 33.6% sp 56.70% 70.54% 83.9% 0% 84.91% 85.83% figure 3. model performance evaluation graph for wine and quality datasets hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 291 description: fsvm 1: fsvm with euclidean distance matrix and gaussian membership function; fsvm 2: fsvm with manhattan distance matrix and gaussian membership function; fsvm 3: fsvm with chebyshev distance matrix and gaussian membership function; fsvm 4: fsvm with minkowsky distance matrix and gaussian membership function; fsvm 5: fsvm proposed by xiaokang et al. (2016) with an increased linear membership function; fsvm 6: fsvm proposed by xiaokang et al. (2016) with exponential membership function. table 4 and figure 3 show that fsvm 2 and fsvm 3 provide better classification performance evaluations than previous studies. meanwhile, fsvm 5 and fsvm 6 provided better classification performance evaluations than fsvm 1. out of all the models discussed in this research, fsvm 3 provides the best classification evaluation. 4. conclusion this research introduced a fuzzy membership function based on distance-based similarity measure with the euclidean, manhattan, chebyshev, and minkowsky distance methods to determine the best method capable of optimizing the fuzzy support vector machine classification process. this application is a new method because there are no previous studies on the analysis of fsvm based on distance-based similarity measures. therefore, based on the results and discussion of this study, it is concluded that the fsvm using the chebyshev distance and the gaussian membership function has the best performance in reducing the effects of noise and outliers. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.s. and t.n.; methodology, s.s.; software, s.s.; validation, s.s., t.n. and a.e.h.; formal analysis, s.s.; investigation, s.s.; resources, s.s.; data curation, s.s.; writing—original draft preparation, s.s.; writing—review and editing, s.s.; visualization, s.s.; supervision, s.s.; project administration, s.s.; funding acquisition, t.n. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] silva, i., & naranjo, j. e. (2020). a systematic methodology to evaluate prediction models for driving style classification. sensors (switzerland), 20(6), 1–21. doi:10.3390/s20061692. [2] asri, h., mousannif, h., al moatassime, h., & noel, t. (2016). using machine learning algorithms for breast cancer risk prediction and diagnosis. procedia computer science, 83(fams), 1064–1069. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2016.04.224. [3] fauzi, f. (2017). k-nearset neighbor (k-nn) dan support vector machine (svm) untuk klasifikasi indeks pembangunan manusia provinsi jawa tengah. jurnal mipa, 40(2), 118–124. [4] han, k. x., chien, w., chiu, c. c., & cheng, y. t. (2020). application of support vector machine (svm) in the sentiment analysis of twitter dataset. applied sciences (switzerland), 10(3). doi:10.3390/app10031125. [5] lin, y., yu, h., wan, f., & xu, t. (2017). research on classification of chinese text data based on svm. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 231(1), 0–5. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/231/1/012067. [6] widiastuti, n. i., rainarli, e., & dewi, k. e. (2017). peringkasan dan support vector machine pada klasifikasi dokumen. jurnal infotel, 9(4), 416. doi:10.20895/infotel.v9i4.312. [7] pavithra, s., & janakiraman, s. (2020). enhanced polynomial kernel (epk)–based support vector machine (svm) (epk-svm) classification technique for speech recognition in hearing-impaired listeners. concurrency and computation: practice and experience, 1–12,. doi:10.1002/cpe.5210. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 292 [8] orlando, g., raimondi, d., khan, t., lenaerts, t., & vranken, w. f. (2017). svm-dependent pairwise hmm: an application to protein pairwise alignments. bioinformatics, 33(24), 3902–3908. doi:10.1093/bioinformatics/btx391. [9] sohail, a., & arif, f. (2020). supervised and unsupervised algorithms for bioinformatics and data science. progress in biophysics and molecular biology, 151, 14–22. doi:10.1016/j.pbiomolbio.2019.11.012. [10] lin, x., li, c., zhang, y., su, b., fan, m., & wei, h. (2018). selecting feature subsets based on svm-rfe and the overlapping ratio with applications in bioinformatics. molecules, 23(1). doi:10.3390/molecules23010052. [11] akbani, r., & korkmaz, t. (2010). applications of support vector machines in bioinformatics and network security. application of machine learning, february. doi:10.5772/8618. [12] vanpik, v., & cortes, c. (1995). support vector network. mach. learn, 20, 273–297. doi:10.1007/bf00994018. [13] pushpita anna octaviani, yuciana wilandari, d. i. (2014). penerapan metode svm pada data akreditasi sekolah dasar di kabupaten magelang. jurnal gaussian, 3(8), 811–820. [14] brereton, r. g., & lloyd, g. r. (2010). support vector machines for classification and regression. analyst, 135(2), 230–267. doi:10.1039/b918972f. [15] wu, q., & wang, w. (2013). piecewise-smooth support vector machine for classification. mathematical problems in engineering, 2013. doi:10.1155/2013/135149. [16] lin, c. f., & wang, s. de. (2002). fuzzy support vector machines. ieee transactions on neural networks, 13(2), 464–471. doi:10.1109/72.991432. [17] an, w., & liang, m. (2013). fuzzy support vector machine based on within-class scatter for classification problems with outliers or noises. neurocomputing, 110, 101–110. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2012.11.023. [18] guernine, t., & zeroual, k. (2011). new fuzzy multi-class method to train svm classifier. 3rd international conference on advances in databases, knowledge, and data applications, netherlands antilles, 77–82. [19] castro, j. l., flores-hidalgo, l. d., mantas, c. j., & puche, j. m. (2007). extraction of fuzzy rules from support vector machines. fuzzy sets and systems, 158(18), 2057–2077. doi:10.1016/j.fss.2007.04.014. [20] wu, k., zhou, m., sean lu, x., & huang, l. (2017). fuzzy logic-based text classification method for social media data. 2017 ieee international conference on systems, man, and cybernetics, smc 2017, january, banff, canada, 1942–1947. doi:10.1109/smc.2017.8122902. [21] sridevi, p. (2019). identification of suitable membership and kernel function for fcm based fsvm classifier model. cluster computing, 22, 11965–11974. doi:10.1007/s10586-017-1533-9. [22] gupta, d., richhariya, b., & borah, p. (2019). a fuzzy twin support vector machine based on information entropy for class imbalance learning. neural computing and applications, 31(11), 7153–7164. doi:10.1007/s00521-018-3551-9. [23] ding, x. k., yang, x. j., jiang, j. y., deng, x. l., cai, j. c., & ji, y. y. (2018). optimization and analysis on fuzzy svm for objects classification. journal of information hiding and multimedia signal processing, 9(6), 1421–1429. [24] wang, r., zhang, x., & cao, w. (2016). clifford fuzzy support vector machines for classification. advances in applied clifford algebras, 26(2), 825–846. doi:10.1007/s00006-015-0616-z. [25] xiaokang, d., lei, y., jianping, y., & zhaozhong, z. (2016). optimization and analysis on fuzzy svm for targets classification in forest. the open cybernetics & systemics journal, 10(1), 155–162. doi:10.2174/1874110x01610010155. [26] jiang, x., yi, z., & lv, j. c. (2006). fuzzy svm with a new fuzzy membership function. neural computing and applications, 15(3–4), 268–276. doi:10.1007/s00521-006-0028-z. [27] al-mumtazah, n. s., & surono, s. (2020). quadratic form optimization with fuzzy number parameters: multiobjective approaches. international journal of fuzzy systems, 22(4), 1191–1197. doi:10.1007/s40815-020-00808-x. [28] liu, w., ci, l. l., & liu, l. p. (2020). a new method of fuzzy support vector machine algorithm for intrusion detection. applied sciences (switzerland), 10(3). doi:10.3390/app10031065. [29] mohammed, n. n., & abdulazeez, a. m. (2018). evaluation of partitioning around medoids algorithm with various distances on microarray data. proceedings 2017 ieee international conference on internet of things, ieee green computing and communications, ieee cyber, physical and social computing, ieee smart data, ithings-greencom-cpscom-smartdata 2017, january, 1011–1016. doi:10.1109/ithings-greencom-cpscom-smartdata.2017.155. [30] syaripudin, u., badruzaman, i., yani, e., k, d., & ramdhani, m. (2013). studi komparatif penerapan metode hierarchical, k-means dan self organizing maps (som) clustering pada basis data. istek, vii(1), 132–149. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 38 spin-orbit coupling effect on the electrophilicity index, chemical potential, hardness and softness of neutral gold clusters: a relativistic ab-initio study mahnaz jabbarzadeh sani a* a department of chemistry, college of science, shiraz university, shiraz, iran. received 03 september 2020; revised 06 november 2020; accepted 16 november 2020; published 01 march 2021 abstract the electrophilicity index (𝜔) is related to the energy lowering associated with the maximum amount of electron flow between a donor and an acceptor and possesses adequate information regarding structure, stability, reactivity, and interactions. chemical potential (μ) measures charge transfer from a system to another having a lower value of μ, while chemical hardness (η) is a measure of the characterized relative stability of clusters. the main purpose of the present research work is to examine the spin-orbit coupling (soc) effect on the behavior of the electrophilicity index, chemical potential, hardness and softness of neutral gold clusters aun (n=2-6). using the second-order douglas-kroll-hess hamiltonian, geometries are optimized at the dkh2-b3p86/dzp-dkh level of theory. spin-orbit coupling energies are computed using the fourth-order douglas-kroll-hess hamiltonian, generalized hartree-fock method and all-electron relativistic double-ζ level basis set. then, spin-orbit coupling (soc) corrections to the electrophilicity index, chemical potential, hardness and softness are calculated. it is revealed that spin-orbit correction to the vertical chemical hardness has an important effect on au3 and au6, i.e. soc decreases (increases) the hardness of gold trimer (hexamer). due to the relationship between hardness and softness, σ = 1 𝜂⁄ , inclusion of spin-orbit coupling increases (decreases) the softness of au3 (au6) and thus destabilizes (stabilizes) it. spin-orbit coupling (soc) also has an important effect on the chemical potential of au3 by decreasing its value. it is found that spin-orbit coupling has a considerable effect on the electrophilicity index of gold trimer and greatly increases its value. furthermore, soc increases the maximal charge acceptance of au3 more and thus destabilizes it more. as a result, the spin-orbit coupling effect appears to be important in calculating the electrophilicity index of the gold trimer. keywords: density functional theory; douglas-kroll-hess; electronic properties; gold clusters; spin-orbit coupling. 1. introduction as a kind of promising nanomaterial, metal nanoclusters (ncs) have sparked wide-spread attention. in recent years, gold nanoparticles (aunps) have been applied to biomedicine and biological sensing [1–5] due to their biocompatibility and unique physical properties. aunps are one of the most promising catalysts, in spite of bulk au as an inactive material [6-8]. most of the computations on small neutral gold clusters have been performed using spinfree (scalar-relativistic) methods [9-12]. to obtain reliable theoretical results for gold clusters, the scalar relativistic correction is substantial. however, the spin-orbit coupling is expected to be important. there exist theoretical studies regarding spin-orbit coupling effects using effective core potentials or plane-wave basis sets [13-19]. these studies mainly focused on the spin-orbit coupling effect on the highest-occupied, lowest-unoccupied (homo-lumo) energy gaps, geometries, binding energies per atom, and optical absorption of gold clusters. xiao and wang [13] using * corresponding author: mjsani@shirazu.ac.ir http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-01-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5483-5490 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 39 pw91pw91 functional and a plane-wave basis set concluded that the spin-orbit coupling increases the binding energy for all the clusters, aun (n=5-11, 14, 20), within the same magnitude. they also found that spin-orbit coupling decreases the homo-lumo energy gap, but has no effect on the magnetic moment. using a spin-averaged relativistic effective core potential, li et al. [14] evaluated the performance of various density functional theory methods on the geometries and atomization energies of au2, au3, au4 and au5. they included spin-orbit (so) coupling effect using two-component spinor formalism. they found that the functionals, including the so coupling effect, overestimate the atomization energies of gold clusters compared with those just including the scalar-relativistic (sc) effect. flores and proupin [15], applying pbe functional and pseudopotentials, have investigated the effect of the spin-orbit coupling on the structures, relative stability, and homo-lumo energy gap of the lowest-lying isomers of the neutral au13 cluster. rusakov et al. [16] have used two-component relativistic density functional theory with accurate small-core shape-consistent relativistic pseudopotentials and spin-orbit corrections to refine the isomerization energy profile of au3 computed by spin-orbit free coupled cluster methods. the noble metal trimers, au3, ag3 and cu3, have also been investigated by applying the four-component kohn-sham-dirac equation in the framework of relativistic density functional theory [17]. the concept of electrophilicity has been known for several decades. parr et al. [20] proposed a definition based on the energy lowering associated with a maximum amount of electron flow between two species. it has been revealed that electrophilicity possesses adequate information regarding structure, stability, reactivity and interactions [21]. in the present work, spin-orbit coupling (soc) effects on the electronic properties of small neutral gold clusters, aun (n=2-6), are investigated applying the douglas-kroll-hess hamiltonian and all-electron relativistic basis set of valence double-ζ quality plus polarization functions (dzp-dkh). the spin-orbit coupling effects on the electrophilicity index, electronic chemical potential, absolute hardness and softness are examined. 2. computational methods all calculations are performed using the gaussian 09 suite of program [22] and the plots of molecular configurations and contour maps are generated with the gaussview software [23]. the b3p86 functional is used in conjunction with the valence double-ζ quality plus polarization functions (dzp-dkh [8s7p4d2f]) basis set [24]. the b3p86 functional has already proven to perform well for ionization potential computations of small neutral gold clusters [10]. the second-order douglas-kroll-hess hamiltonian [25-29] is used instead of the schrödinger operator. for geometry optimizations, the coordinates are chosen according to the experimentally determined structures by gruene et al. [30]. using the second-order douglas-kroll-hess hamiltonian, all geometries are fully optimized at the dkh2-b3p86/dzp-dkh level of theory followed by harmonic vibrational frequency analysis. then, from these optimized geometries, the spin-orbit coupling (soc) energies are calculated using the fourth-order douglas-krollhess hamiltonian and the generalized hartree-fock method [31]. the electronic energy including spin-orbit coupling, 𝐸𝑆𝑂, is calculated using the following definition, 𝐸𝑆𝑂 = 𝐸𝑆𝐶 + 𝛥𝑆𝑂𝐸 (1) where, 𝐸𝑆𝐶 is the electronic energy obtained from spin-orbit free (scalar-relativistic) optimizations at the dkh2b3p86/dzp-dkh level, and 𝛥𝑆𝑂𝐸 is the spin-orbit coupling energy calculated by the dkh2-b3p86/dzp-dkh //dkhsoghf/dzp-dkh level of theory. in order to determine the spin-orbit coupling (soc) effect on the electronic properties of neutral gold clusters, the spin-orbit corrections to the chemical hardness, softness, chemical potential and electrophilicity index [20, 32] of the gold clusters are computed. in the following, the spin-orbit correction to a particular property, 𝛥𝑆𝑂𝑃, is defined using, 𝛥𝑆𝑂𝑃 = 𝑃𝑆𝑂 𝑃𝑆𝐶 (2) where, 𝑃𝑆𝑂 and 𝑃𝑆𝐶 are the calculated properties with considering the spin-orbit coupling energy, 𝐸𝑆𝑂 , and without considering the spin-orbit coupling energy, 𝐸𝑆𝐶 , respectively. within the valence state parabola model [20], the chemical potential, chemical hardness, softness and electrophilicity index are introduced by, 𝜇 = ( 𝜕𝐸 𝜕𝑁 )v = 𝐼𝑃+𝐸𝐴 2 (3) η = ( 𝝏𝟐𝑬 𝝏𝑵𝟐)v = 𝑰𝑷−𝑬𝑨 𝟐 (4) σ = 𝟏 𝜼 (5) ω = 𝝁𝟐 𝟐𝜼 (6) where n, v, ip and ea are the number of electrons, the potential due to the nuclei plus any external potential, ionization potential and electron affinity, respectively. the spin-orbit corrections to these properties are calculated from, hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 40 𝛥𝑆𝑂𝜇 = 𝜇𝑆𝑂 − 𝜇𝑆𝐶 (7) 𝛥𝑆𝑂𝜂 = 𝜂𝑆𝑂 − 𝜂𝑆𝐶 (8) 𝛥𝑆𝑂𝜎 = 𝜎𝑆𝑂 − 𝜎𝑆𝐶 (9) 𝛥𝑆𝑂𝜔 = 𝜔𝑆𝑂 − 𝜔𝑆𝐶 (10) the aforementioned properties are calculated using the both vertical and adiabatic ionization potential and electron affinities. figure 1 illustrates the steps in calculating the spin-orbit coupling (soc) effect on the electrophilicity index, chemical potential, hardness and softness of neutral gold clusters. figure 1. flow diagram showing the computational steps 1. selection of the appropriate coordinates for the: optimization. 2. selection of the appropriate method and basis set for the geometry optimization (this work: dkh2-b3p86/dzp-dkh level). 3. selection of the correct hamiltonian for the relativistic calculations (this work: douglas-kroll-hess (dkh) hamiltonian). 4. optimization of the selected geometries at the dkh2-b3p86/dzpdkh level and applying dkh hamiltonian. 5. performing a harmonic vibrational frequency analysis to characterize the nature of the stationary points. 6. calculation of the spin-orbit coupling energies at the dkh2b3p86/dzp-dkh //dkhsoghf/dzp-dkh level of theory (𝛥𝑆𝑂𝐸 = 𝐿. 𝑆 = spin-orbit coupling energy). 8. calculation of the properties (using the both 𝐸𝑆𝐶 and 𝐸𝑆𝑂):  chemical potential 𝜇 = 𝐼𝑃+𝐸𝐴 2  hardness η = 𝐼𝑃−𝐸𝐴 2  softness σ = 1 𝜂  electrophilicity index ω = 𝜇2 2𝜂 9. calculation of the spin-orbit corrections to these properties:  𝛥𝑆𝑂𝜇 = 𝜇𝑆𝑂 − 𝜇𝑆𝐶  𝛥𝑆𝑂𝜂 = 𝜂𝑆𝑂 − 𝜂𝑆𝐶  𝛥𝑆𝑂𝜎 = 𝜎𝑆𝑂 − 𝜎𝑆𝐶  𝛥𝑆𝑂𝜔 = 𝜔𝑆𝑂 − 𝜔𝑆𝐶 7. calculation of the electronic energy including spin-orbit coupling: 𝐸𝑆𝑂 = 𝐸𝑆𝐶 + 𝛥𝑆𝑂𝐸 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 41 3. results and discussion the optimized structures of gold clusters at the dkh2-b3p86/dzp-dkh level of theory are displayed in figure 2. table 1 compares the apex angle, symmetry and electronic state of the two jahn-teller components of gold trimer. the isomer with the lowest energy is an acute angle triangular structure with c2v symmetry, a 58.455° apex angle, and a 2.537 a° bond length. the result is in agreement with the coupled cluster calculations of schwerdtfeger et al. [33]. in fact, because of the jahn-teller effect, the d3h symmetry of au3 distorts to an acute triangular c2v structure. the lowest-energy structures of au4 and au5 are a trapezoid with c2v symmetry and a w-shaped geometry, respectively. the d3h planar triangular structure of au6 is obtained by adding one gold atom to w-shaped planar au5. figure 2. the calculated structures of gold clusters (aun, n=3-6) at the dkh2-b3p86/dzp-dkh level of theory table 1. apex angle, symmetry and electronic state of the two jahn-teller components of gold trimer apex angle symmetry electronic state au3 (acute) 58.455° c2v 2a1 au3 (obtuse) 62.447° c2v 2b2 the acute gold trimer has lower energy than the obtuse one at the dkh2-b3p86/dzp-dkh level of theory. the calculated vertical and adiabatic ionization potential, electron affinity, chemical potential, hardness, softness and electrophilicity index values are given in tables 2 to 5. table 6 presents the spin-orbit coupling (soc) corrections to the chemical potential, hardness, softness and electrophilicity index. chemical hardness has been used to characterize the relative stability of clusters. the principle of maximum hardness (pmh) states that systems at equilibrium present the highest value of hardness [34]. the computed hardness values with and without considering spin-orbit coupling (soc) effect are plotted in figure 3a. according to this figure, the chemical hardness computed using adiabatic electron affinities and ionization potentials exhibits an odd-even oscillation behavior, whether spinorbit coupling is considered or not. the even-sized clusters with closed-shell electronic configurations have higher values of chemical hardness compared to their immediate open-shell neighbors, indicating their higher stability. this is in agreement with the previous study of singh and sarkar [11]. they performed spin-free (scalarrelativistic) calculations using b3lyp/lanl2dz method. the spin-orbit correction to the chemical hardness with the increasing cluster size is presented in figure 4a. as this figure shows, the spin-orbit correction to the vertical chemical hardness has important effect on au3 and au6. the 𝜟𝒔𝒐ηv value for acute au3 and au6 is negative (-0.038 ev) and positive (0.045 ev), respectively, i.e. spin-orbit coupling decreases (increases) the hardness of gold trimer (hexamer). the softness, σ, is simply the inverse of the hardness. figure 3b depicts the variation of softness as a function of cluster size, with and without considering spin-orbit coupling (soc) effect. as this figure illustrates, the oscillation behavior of softness is opposite to that of chemical hardness, due to its relationship with hardness, σ = 1/η. moreover, the obtuse au3 has the highest adiabatic softness (σa = 0.454 ev-1 and σa,so = 0.456 ev-1), indicating its high reactivity. on the other hand, hard molecules have a large homo-lumo gap, whereas soft molecules have a small energy gap [32]. the homo-lumo energy gap of au2, obtuse (acute) au3, au4, au5 and au6 at the dkh2-b3p86/dzp-dkh level of theory is 2.760, 1.170 (1.454), 1.982, 1.529 and 2.739 ev, respectively. therefore, obtuse au3 with the highest adiabatic softness has the lowest homo-lumo gap value of 1.170 ev. the variation of the spin-orbit correction to the softness of neutral gold clusters as a function of cluster size is plotted in figure 4b. the spin-orbit correction to the softness shows an even-odd alternation behavior. furthermore, the inclusion of spin-orbit coupling increases (decreases) the softness of au3 (au6) and thus destabilizes (stabilizes) it, 𝜟𝒔𝒐σv = + 0.005 ev (𝜟𝒔𝒐σv = 0.006 ev). chemical potential, μ, is related to the charge transfer from a system to another having a lower value of μ. hence, it is anticipated that the odd-numbered aun clusters present higher μ values because they have an open shell and that after transferring one electron, they will close their electronic shell and will be more stable than their original openshell clusters. the variation of chemical potential with and without considering spin-orbit coupling (soc) effect is depicted in figure 3c. according to this figure, the vertical chemical potential of obtuse au3 has the highest value, with or without considering spin-orbit coupling (μv = 4.712 ev, μv,so = 4.750 ev ), indicating its high spontaneous response and chemical reactivity. figure 4c shows the spin-orbit correction to the chemical potential of neutral gold clusters versus the cluster size. spin-orbit coupling increases the vertical chemical potential of au2 by 0.021 ev, while decreases that of au3 and au6 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 42 by 0.038 and 0.037 ev, respectively. hence, spin-orbit coupling has more important effect on the chemical potential of au3. electrophilicity has been a measure of the energy stabilization of a cluster due to acquiring additional electronic charge from its surroundings. it is expected that the electrophilicity index (ω) should be related to the electron affinity (ea), because both ω and ea measure the capability of an agent to accept electrons. however, ea reflects the capability of accepting only one electron from the environment, whereas the electrophilicity index (ω) measures the energy lowering of a cluster due to maximal electron flow between donor and acceptor. the electron flows may be either less or more than one. meanwhile, the electrophilicity index depends not only on ea, but also on ip. electron affinity and electrophilicity index are related; yet they are not equal [20]. table 2. scalar-relativistic vertical ionization potential (vip/ev), vertical electron affinity (vea/ev), vertical chemical potential (μv/ev), vertical hardness (ηv/ev), vertical softness (σv/ev-1) and vertical electrophilicity index (ωv/ev) n vip/ev vea/ev μv/ev ηv/ev σv/ev-1 ωv/ev 2 9.529 2.201 -5.865 3.664 0.273 4.694 3 (obtuse) 7.561 1.863 -4.712 2.849 0.351 3.897 3 (acute) 7.561 1.861 -4.711 2.850 0.351 3.894 4 8.279 2.840 -5.560 2.720 0.368 5.683 5 8.082 3.364 -5.723 2.359 0.424 6.942 6 8.234 2.480 -5.357 2.877 0.348 4.987 subscript ‘v’ indicates ‘vertical’ properties. table 3. spin-obit corrected vertical ionization potential (vipso/ev), vertical electron affinity (veaso/ev), vertical chemical potential (μv,so/ev), vertical hardness (ηv,so/ev), vertical softness (σv,so/ev-1) and vertical electrophilicity index (ωv,so/ev) n vipso/ev veaso/ev μv,so/ev ηv,so/ev σv,so/ev-1 ωv,so/ev 2 9.489 2.199 -5.844 3.645 0.274 4.685 3 (obtuse) 7.561 1.938 -4.750 2.812 0.356 4.012 3 (acute) 7.561 1.937 -4.749 2.812 0.356 4.010 4 8.286 2.837 -5.562 2.725 0.367 5.676 5 8.079 3.368 -5.724 2.356 0.424 6.953 6 8.316 2.472 -5.394 2.922 0.342 4.979 subscripts ‘v’ and ’so’ indicate ‘vertical properties’ and ‘spin-orbit’, respectively. table 4. scalar-relativistic adiabatic ionization potential (aip/ev), adiabatic electron affinity (aea/ev), adiabatic chemical potential (μa/ev), adiabatic hardness (ηa/ev), adiabatic softness (σa/ev-1) and adiabatic electrophilicity index (ωa/ev) n aip/ev aea/ev μa/ev ηa/ev σa/ev-1 ωa/ev 2 9.523 2.221 -5.872 3.651 0.274 4.722 3 (obtuse) 7.547 3.145 -5.346 2.201 0.454 6.492 3 (acute) 7.547 2.199 -4.873 2.674 0.374 4.440 4 8.240 2.878 -5.559 2.681 0.373 5.763 5 8.009 3.381 -5.695 2.314 0.432 7.008 6 8.182 2.528 -5.355 2.827 0.354 5.072 subscript ‘a’ indicates ‘adiabatic’ properties. table 5. spin-obit corrected adiabatic ionization potential (aipso/ev), adiabatic electron affinity (aeaso/ev), adiabatic chemical potential (μa,so/ev), adiabatic hardness (ηa,so/ev), adiabatic softness (σa,so/ev-1) and adiabatic electrophilicity index (ωa,so/ev) n aipso/ev aeaso/ev μa,so/ev ηa,so/ev σa,so/ev-1 ωa,so/ev 2 9.482 2.218 -5.850 3.632 0.275 4.711 3 (obtuse) 7.547 3.162 -5.355 2.193 0.456 6.538 3 (acute) 7.547 2.231 -4.889 2.658 0.376 4.496 4 8.248 2.875 -5.562 2.687 0.372 5.757 5 8.009 3.386 -5.698 2.312 0.433 7.021 6 8.199 2.514 -5.357 2.843 0.352 5.047 subscripts ‘a’ and ’so’ indicate ‘adiabatic properties’ and ‘spin-orbit’, respectively. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 43 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 σ /e v -1 cluster size σ σso σv σv,so -6.5 -6 -5.5 -5 -4.5 -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 μ /e v cluster size μ μso μv μv,so table 6. spin-orbit coupling (soc) corrections to the vertical and adiabatic chemical potential (𝜟𝒔𝒐μ/ev), hardness (𝜟𝒔𝒐η/ev), softness (𝜟𝒔𝒐σ/ev-1) and electrophilicity index (𝜟𝒔𝒐ω/ev) n 𝜟𝒔𝒐μv/ev 𝜟𝒔𝒐μa/ev 𝜟𝒔𝒐ηv/ev 𝜟𝒔𝒐ηa/ev 𝜟𝒔𝒐σv/ev-1 𝜟𝒔𝒐σa/ev-1 𝜟𝒔𝒐ωv/ev 𝜟𝒔𝒐ωa/ev 2 0.021 0.022 -0.019 -0.019 0.001 0.001 -0.009 -0.011 3 (obtuse) -0.038 -0.009 -0.037 -0.008 0.005 0.002 0.115 0.046 3 (acute) -0.038 -0.016 -0.038 -0.016 0.005 0.002 0.116 0.056 4 -0.002 -0.003 0.005 0.006 -0.001 -0.001 -0.007 -0.006 5 -0.001 -0.003 -0.003 -0.002 0.000 0.001 0.011 0.013 6 -0.037 -0.002 0.045 0.016 -0.006 -0.002 -0.008 -0.025 subscripts ‘v’, ‘a’ and ’so’ indicate ‘vertical’, ‘adiabatic’ and ‘spin-orbit’, respectively. obtuse and acute stand for the two jahn-teller components of gold trimer. figure 3. variation of the (a) chemical hardness, (b) softness, (c) chemical potential and (d) electrophilicity index values with cluster size. subscripts ‘so’ and ‘v’ indicate ‘spin-orbit’ and ‘vertical’, respectively the variation of electrophilicity index as a function of cluster size, with and without considering spin-orbit coupling (soc) effect is plotted in figure 3d. as can be seen in this figure, the electrophilicity index computed using adiabatic electron affinities and ionization potentials shows an odd-even oscillation behavior. the odd-numbered gold clusters present local maxima, and due to their open-shells, have more tendencies to accept electronic charge. on the other hand, the even-numbered and closed shell gold clusters are more stable and are less likely to acquire additional electronic charge. hence, low electrophilicity index values are expected for them. however, using vertical ips and eas, the electrophilicity index behaves similar to vertical electron affinity (table 2), and due to the linear geometry of the stable anionic gold trimer [33], acute au3 has a very low vertical electrophilicity index (ωv= 3.894 and ωv,so= 4.010 ev) and the even-odd alternation is not observed (figure 3d). to illustrate the spin-orbit coupling effect on the electrophilicity index of small neutral gold clusters, the variation of spin-orbit correction to the ω as a function of cluster size is presented in figure 4d. an odd-even alternation behavior is obvious. moreover, the spin-orbit correction to the vertical and adiabatic electrophilicity values of acute au3 (∆𝑠𝑜𝜔𝑣 = 0.116 ev and ∆𝑠𝑜𝜔𝑎 =0.056 ev) and au5 ( ∆𝑠𝑜𝜔𝑣 = 0.011 ev and ∆𝑠𝑜𝜔𝑎 = 0.013 ev) are positive, indicating that spin-orbit coupling increases the electrophilicity index of these clusters. it is evident that spin-orbit coupling has significant effect on the vertical electrophilicity index of the gold trimer. maximal charge acceptance, ∆𝑁𝑚𝑎𝑥 = −𝜇/𝜂, measures the maximal flow of electrons between a donor and an acceptor [20]. figure 5a depicts the variation of the maximal charge acceptance of neutral gold clusters as a function of cluster size, with and without considering spin-orbit coupling. similar to the electrophilicity index (figure 3d), the adiabatic maximal charge acceptance exhibits odd-even alternation behavior, whether spin-orbit coupling is considered or not. furthermore, the open-shell and odd-numbered au3 and au5 clusters have high adiabatic maximal charge acceptance values of 2.442 and 2.465, respectively, i.e. these clusters show high tendency to accept electrons. b c 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 η /e v cluster size η ηso ηv ηv,so a 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ω /e v cluster size ω ωso ωv ωv,so d hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 44 the spin-orbit coupling corrected adiabatic maximal charge acceptance per atom of neutral gold clusters are 0.805, 0.814 (0.613), 0.517, 0.493 and 0.314 atom-1 for au2, obtuse (acute) au3, au4, au5 and au6, respectively. obtuse au3 has the highest adiabatic maximal charge acceptance per atom value of 0.814 and 0.810 atom-1 with and without considering spin-orbit coupling, respectively; indicating high reactivity of this cluster due to its active sites. on the other hand, au6 has the lowest adiabatic maximal charge acceptance per atom value of 0.314 and 0.316 atom-1 with and without considering spin-orbit coupling, respectively, indicating its high stability. the results of nguyen et al. [12] based on the second difference of energy and fragmentation energy calculations, also predicted high reactivity (stability) for au3 (au6). as can be seen in figure 5b, the spin-orbit correction to the maximal charge acceptance of neutral gold clusters exhibits an odd-even alternation behavior. moreover, when the maximal charge acceptance is computed using vertical ionization potentials and electron affinities, inclusion of spin-orbit coupling increases the maximal charge acceptance of obtuse au3 more (0.035 ev) and thus destabilizes it more. the natural population analysis (npa) shows that the natural charge is positive (negative) for the apex atom of acute (obtuse) gold trimer, i.e. the natural charge changes its sign in going from acute (2a1) to the obtuse (2b1) au3 [35-38]. figure 6 represents the natural charges and electrostatic potential (esp) contour maps of the lowest-energy gold clusters aun (n-3-6), at the dkh2-b3p86/dzp-dkh level. it is obvious that the apex atom of acute gold trimer has the highest natural charge value of +0.172, indicating its capability to accept additional electronic charge. red lines in the electrostatic potential contour maps correspond to the negative charges, so these regions are responsible for the nucleophilic interactions. figure 4. spin-orbit corrections to the (a) chemical hardness, (b) softness, (c) chemical potential and (d) electrophilicity index. subscripts ‘so’ and ‘v’ indicate ‘spin-orbit’ and ‘vertical’, respectively figure 5. variation of (a) maximal charge acceptances with and without considering spin-orbit coupling, (b) spin-orbit corrections to the maximal charge acceptance. subscripts ‘so’ and ‘v’ indicate ‘spin-orbit’ and ‘vertical’, respectively -0.08 -0.04 0 0.04 0.08 1 2 3 4 5 6 7δ so η /e v cluster size δso(η) δso(ηv) a -0.01 -0.006 -0.002 0.002 0.006 0.01 1 2 3 4 5 6 7δ so σ /e v -1 cluster size δso(σ) δso(σv) -0.06 -0.04 -0.02 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 1 2 3 4 5 6 7δ so μ /e v custer size δso(μ) δso(μv) -0.18 -0.12 -0.06 0 0.06 0.12 0.18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7δ so ω /e v cluster size δso(ω) δso(ωv) d -0.06 -0.04 -0.02 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 δ so (δ n m ax ) cluster size δso(δnmax) δso(δnmax,v) b c b 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 δ n m ax cluster size δnmax δnmax,so δnmax,v δnmax,v,so a hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 45 figure 6. electrostatic potential (esp) contour maps (right panel) and natural charge values (left panel) of neutral gold clusters aun (n=3-6) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 46 -0.55 -0.45 -0.35 -0.25 -0.15 -0.05 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 s o c e n er g y ( a. u .) cluster size <l.s>0 <l.s>+ <l.s><l.s>+,v <l.s>-,v a table 7. spin-orbit coupling energies of the neutral <l.s>0, cationic <l.s>+, and anionic <l.s>gold clusters at the dkh2b3p86/dzp-dkh//dkhso-ghf/dzp-dkh level. the soc energies of the cationic and anionic clusters are at the optimized geometries of neutral clusters. n <l.s>0 (a.u.) <l.s>+ (a.u.) <l.s>(a.u.) <l.s>0/n (a.u./atom) <l.s>+/n (a.u./atom) <l.s>-/n (a.u./atom) 2 -0.15304 -0.15451 -0.15298 -0.07652 -0.07726 -0.07649 3 (obtuse) -0.22862 -0.22946 -0.23214 -0.07621 -0.07649 -0.07738 3 (acute) -0.22943 -0.22945 -0.23219 -0.07648 -0.07648 -0.07740 4 -0.30670 -0.30641 -0.30659 -0.07668 -0.07660 -0.07665 5 -0.38385 -0.38395 -0.38400 -0.07677 -0.07679 -0.07680 6 -0.46151 -0.45848 -0.46120 -0.07692 -0.07641 -0.07687 table 8. spin-orbit coupling energies of the neutral <l.s>0, cationic <l.s>+, and anionic <l.s>gold clusters at the dkh2b3p86/dzp-dkh//dkhso-ghf/dzp-dkh level. <l.s>0, <l.s>+, and <l.s>are the soc energies at the optimized geometries of neutral, cationic and anionic gold clusters, respectively. n <l.s>0 (a.u.) <l.s>+ (a.u.) <l.s>(a.u.) <l.s>0/n (a.u./atom) <l.s>+/n (a.u./atom) <l.s>-/n (a.u./atom) 2 -0.15304 -0.15455 -0.15293 -0.07652 -0.07728 -0.07647 3 (obtuse) -0.22862 -0.22945 -0.23006 -0.07621 -0.07648 -0.07669 3 (acute) -0.22943 -0.22945 -0.23060 -0.07648 -0.07648 -0.07687 4 -0.30670 -0.30643 -0.30661 -0.07668 -0.07661 -0.07665 5 -0.38385 -0.38386 -0.38403 -0.07677 -0.07677 -0.07681 6 -0.46151 -0.46085 -0.46101 -0.07692 -0.07681 -0.07683 figure 7. variation of (a) maximal spin-orbit coupling energies of the neutral (<l.s>0), cationic (<l.s>+) and anionic (<l.s>-) gold clusters, (b) spin-orbit coupling energies per atom of the neutral (<l.s>0/n), cationic (<l.s>+/n) and anionic (<l.s>-/n) gold clusters, at the dkh2-b3p86/dzp-dkh//dkhso-ghf/dzp-dkh level of theory. subscript ‘v’ indicates ‘vertical’. according to equations 3 to 6, the chemical potential, hardness, softness and electrophilicity index are computed based on ionization potentials ip = e[aun +] –e[aun] and electron affinities ea = e[aun] – e[aun -], where e[aun], e[aun +] and e[aun -] are the total energies of the neutral, cationic and anionic clusters, respectively. as a result, based on equation 1, the spin-orbit corrections to the chemical potential, hardness, softness and electrophilicity index depend on the spin-orbit energies of the neutral, positively and negatively charged gold clusters, i.e. 𝐿. 𝑆 0 , 𝐿. 𝑆 + and 𝐿. 𝑆 −. in the following, the behavior of spin-orbit coupling energy 𝛥𝑆𝑂𝐸 = 𝐿. 𝑆 (equation 1) is investigated. tables 7 and 8 present the calculated spin-orbit coupling (soc) energies for the neutral, cationic and anionic gold clusters. figure 7a depicts the variation of the soc energies versus the cluster size. from this figure, a linear relationship is observed between the spin-orbit coupling energies and the cluster size. furthermore, the values of soc energies, 𝐿. 𝑆 0, 𝐿. 𝑆 + and 𝐿. 𝑆 −, vary in a relatively broad range, i.e. between -0.152 and -0.462 au. according to tables 7 and 8, the spin-orbit coupling (soc) energies of neutral open-shell and odd-numbered au3 and au5 with one unpaired electron are larger than those of positively and negatively charged closed shell gold trimer and pentamer, i.e. 𝐿. 𝑆 0 is larger than 𝐿. 𝑆 + and 𝐿. 𝑆 −. hence, unpaired electron(s) can result in higher soc energies. moreover, the geometry of a cluster may influence the 𝛥𝑆𝑂𝐸 = 𝐿. 𝑆 magnitude due to appropriate orientations of the total orbital and spin angular momentum vectors. the variation of spin-orbit coupling energies per atom, i.e. 𝐿. 𝑆 0/𝑛 , 𝐿. 𝑆 +/𝑛 and 𝐿. 𝑆 −/𝑛 versus the cluster size is plotted in figure 7b. from this figure, considerable separations among the soc energies per atom of the neutral, positively and negatively charged au2, au3, and au6 clusters are observed. furthermore, the separations of the spin-orbit coupling (soc) energies per atom of the gold trimer are larger, resulting in higher soc effects on the electronic properties of this cluster. -0.078 -0.0776 -0.0772 -0.0768 -0.0764 -0.076 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 s o c e n er g ie s p er a to m (a .u ./ at o m ) cluster size <l.s>0/n <l.s>+/n <l.s>-/n <l.s>+,v/n <l.s>-,v/n b hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 47 4. conclusion due to their biocompatibility and unique physical properties, gold clusters are attracting interest as the building blocks of novel nano-structural materials. most of the computations on small neutral gold clusters have been performed using scalar-relativistic methods. however, the spin-orbit coupling (soc) effect appears to be important. previous studies focused on spin-orbit coupling effects on homo-lumo energy gaps, geometries, cohesive energies, and optical absorption of gold clusters. the electrophilicity index is related to the energy level associated with the maximum amount of electron flow between a donor and an acceptor and provides information about structure, stability, reactivity, and interactions. in the present research work, the behaviour of the electrophilicity index along with chemical potential, hardness, and softness is investigated. the main purpose is to examine spin-orbit coupling (soc) effects on these properties. we use generalized hartree-fock method in conjunction with the fourth-order douglas-kroll-hess (dkh) hamiltonian and all-electron relativistic double-ζ-level basis set to compute the spin orbit coupling energies and corrections to the electrophilicity index, chemical potential, hardness and softness. it is revealed that spin-orbit correction to the vertical chemical hardness has an important effect on au3 and au6 by decreasing (increasing) the hardness of the gold trimer (hexamer). moreover, spin-orbit correction to the softness exhibits an even-odd oscillation behavior, and the inclusion of soc increases (decreases) the softness of au3 (au6) and thus destabilizes (stabilizes) it. spin-orbit coupling has a more important effect on the chemical potential of the gold trimer by decreasing its value. the adiabatic electrophilicity index shows an odd-even alternation behaviour and oddnumbered gold clusters present local maxima due to their open-shells. the spin-orbit corrections to the electrophilicity index of acute au3 and au5 are positive, i.e., so coupling increases the electrophilicity index of these clusters. furthermore, the open-shell and odd-numbered gold trimers have the highest adiabatic maximal charge acceptance per atom, with and without considering spin-orbit coupling, indicating the high reactivity of this cluster. in addition, spinorbit coupling increases the maximal charge acceptance of au3 more and thus destabilizes it more. the natural population analysis reveals that the apex atom of the acute gold trimer has the highest natural charge, indicating its capability to accept additional electronic charges. 5. supplementary material supplementary material (appendix i) for this article contains xyz coordinates of the lowest-energy gold clusters optimized at the dkh2-b3p86/dzp-dkh level of theory. 6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] liu, w., zhang, z., zhang, z. m., hao, p., ding, k. & li, z. (2019). integrated phenotypic screening and activity-based protein profiling to reveal potential therapy targets of pancreatic cancer. chem. commun., 55, 1596-1599. doi:10.1039/c8cc08753a. [2] kurdekar, a. d., chunduri, l. a. a., manohar, c. s., haleyurgirisetty, m. k., hewlett, i. k. & venkataramaniah, k. (2018). streptavidin-conjugated gold nanoclusters as ultrasensitive fluorescent sensors for early diagnosis of hiv infection. sci. adv., 4, eaar6280. doi:10.1126/sciadv.aar6280. [3] kaur, n., aditya, r. n., singh, a. & kuo, t. r. (2018). biomedical applications for gold nanoclusters: recent developments and future perspectives. nanoscale res. lett., 13, 302. doi:10.1186/s11671-018-2725-9. [4] liu, m., tang, f., yang, z., z. xu, j. & yang, x. (2019). recent progress on gold-nanocluster-based fluorescent probe for environmental analysis and biological sensing. j. anal. methods chem., 2019, 1-10. doi:10.1155/2019/1095148. [5] xu, d. d., zheng, b., song, c. y., lin, y., pang, d. w. & tang, h. w. (2019). metal-enhanced fluorescence of gold nanoclusters as a sensing platform for multi-component detection. sens. actuators b chem., 282, 650-658. doi:10.1016/j.snb.2018.11.122. [6] liu, l. & corma, a. (2018). metal catalysts for heterogeneous catalysis: from single atoms to nanoclusters and nanoparticles. chem. rev., 118, 4981-5079. doi:10.1021/acs.chemrev.7b00776. [7] higaki, t., li, y., zhao, s., li, q., li, s., du, x. s., yang, s., chai, j. & jin, r. (2019). atomically tailored gold nanoclusters for catalytic application. angew. chem. int. ed., 58, 8291-8302. doi:10.1002/anie.201814156. [8] kumar, b., kawawaki, t., shimizu, n., imai, y., suzuki, d., hossain, s., nair, l. v. & negishi, y. (2020). gold nanoclusters as electrocatalysts: size, ligands, heteroatom doping, and charge dependences. nanoscale, 12, 9969-9979. doi:10.1039/d0nr00702a. [9] jorge, f. e. & santos, a. s. (2018). structures stabilities reactivities and (hyper) polarizabilities of small gold clusters. j. braz. chem. soc., 29, 838-844. doi:10.21577/0103-5053.20170207. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 48 [10] baek, h., moon, j. & kim, j. (2017). benchmark study of density functional theory for neutral gold clusters, aun (n = 2– 8). j. phys. chem. a, 121, 2410-2419. doi:10.1021/acs.jpca.6b11868. [11] singh, n. b. & sarkar, u. (2015). geometry chemical reactivity and raman spectra of gold clusters. cogent chem., 1, 1076713. doi:10.1080/23312009.2015.1076713. [12] nhat, p. v., si, n. t., leszczynski, j. & nguyen, m. t. (2017). another look at structure of gold clusters aun from perspective of phenomenological shell model. chem. phys., 493, 140-148. doi:10.1016/j.chemphys.2017.06.009. [13] xiao, l. & wang, l. (2004). from planar to three-dimensional structural transition in gold clusters and the spin-orbit coupling effect. chem. phys. lett., 392, 452-455. doi:10.1016/j.cplett.2004.05.095. [14] shi, y. k., li, z. h. & fan, k. n. (2010). validation of density functional methods for the calculation of small gold clusters. j. phys. chem. a, 114, 10297-10308. doi:10.1021/jp105428b. [15] flores, m. a. & menéndez-proupin, e. (2016). spin-orbit coupling effects in gold clusters: the case of au13. j. phys. conf. ser., 720, 012034. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/720/1/012034. [16] rusakov, a. a., rykova, e., scuseria, g. e. & zaitsevskii, a. (2007). importance of spin-orbit effects on the isomerism profile of au3: an ab initio study. j. chem. phys., 127, 164322. doi:10.1063/1.2795710. [17] afshar, m. & sargolzaei, m. (2013). spin and orbital magnetism of coinage meta trimers (cu3, ag3, au3): a relativistic density functional theory study. aip adv., 3, 112122. doi:10.1063/1.4834336. [18] shayeghi, a., pašteka, l. f., götz, d. a., schwerdtfeger, p. & schäfer, r. (2018). spin-orbit effects in optical spectra of goldsilver trimers. phys. chem. chem. phys., 20, 9108-9114. doi:10.1039/c8cp00672e. [19] jiang, d. e., kühn, m., tang, q. & weigend, f. (2014). superatomic orbitals under spin-orbit coupling. j. phys. chem. lett., 5, 3286-3289. doi:10.1021/jz501745z. [20] parr, r. g., szentpály, l. v., & liu, s. (1999). electrophilicity index. journal of the american chemical society, 121(9), 1922–1924. doi:10.1021/ja983494x. [21] chattaraj, p. k., sarkar, u. & roy, d. r. (2006). electrophilicity index. chem. rev., 106, 2065-2091. doi:10.1021/cr040109f. [22] frisch, m. j., trucks, g. w., schlegel, h. b., scuseria, g. e., robb, m. a., cheeseman, j. r., ...., cioslowski, j. & fox, d. j. (2013). gaussian 09, gaussian, inc., wallingford, revisions a.02 (2009) and d.01 (2013). oxfordshire, england. [23] dennington, r. d., keith, t. a. & millam, j. m. (2000-2008). gaussview, version 5.0.9. [24] neto, a. c. & jorge, f. e. (2013). all-electron double zeta basis sets for the most fifth-row atoms: application in dft spectroscopic constant calculations. chem. phys. lett., 582, 158-162. doi:10.1016/j.cplett.2013.07.045. [25] douglas, m. & kroll, n. m. (1974). quantum electrodynamical corrections to the fine structure of helium. ann. phys., 82, 89-155. doi:10.1016/0003-4916(74)90333-9. [26] jansen, g., & hess, b. a. (1989). revision of the douglas-kroll transformation. physical review a, 39(11), 6016–6017. doi:10.1103/physreva.39.6016. [27] nakajima, t. & hirao, k. (2012). the douglas-kroll-hess approach. chem. rev., 112, 385-402. doi:10.1021/cr200040s. [28] reiher, m. (2012) relativistic douglas-kroll-hess theory. wires comput. mol. sci., 2, 139-149. doi:10.1002/wcms.67. [29] reiher, m. & wolf, a. (2015). douglas–kroll–hess theory, in: reiher, m. & wolf, a., relativistic quantum chemistry: the fundamental theory of molecular science, second ed., wiley-vch, germany, 469-501. doi:10.1002/9783527667550.ch12. [30] gruene, p., butschke, b., lyon, j. t., rayner, d. m., & fielicke, a. (2014). far-ir spectra of small neutral gold clusters in the gas phase. zeitschrift für physikalische chemie, 228(4-5), 337-350. doi:10.1515/zpch-2014-0480. [31] hammes-schiffer, s. & andersen, h. c. (1993). the advantages of the general hartree-fock method for future computer simulation of materials. j. chem. phys., 99 (3), 1901-1913. doi:10.1063/1.465305. [32] pearson, r. g. (1988). absolute electronegativity and hardness: application to inorganic chemistry. inorg. chem., 27, 734740. doi:10.1021/ic00277a030. [33] wesendrup, r., hunt, t. & schwerdtfeger, p. (2000). relativistic coupled cluster calculations for neutral and singly charged au3 clusters. j. chem. phys., 112, 9356. doi:10.1063/1.481556. [34] jorge, f. e., ferreira, i. b., soprani, d. d. & gomes, t. (2016). estimating the impact of an all-electron basis set and scalar relativistic effects on the structure, stability, and reactivity of small copper clusters. j. braz. chem. soc., 27, 127-135. doi:10.5935/0103-5053.20150261. [35] glendening, e. d., reed, a. e., carpenter, j. e. & weinhold. f. (1998). nbo version 3.1. tci, university of wisconsin, madison, united states. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 49 [36] carvalho, f. s. & braga, j. p. (2018). dft study of small gold clusters, aun(2≤n≤6): stabilityand charge distribution using m08-so functional. brazilian journal of physics, 48, 390-397. doi:10.1007/s13538-018-0577-5. [37] nhat, p. v., si, n. t., tram, n. t. t., duong, l. v., & nguyen, m. t. (2020). elucidating the binding mechanism of thione‐ containing mercaptopurine and thioguanine drugs to small gold clusters. journal of computational chemistry, 41(19), 17481758. doi:10.1002/jcc.26216. [38] yadav, j., & saini, s. (2020). atop adsorption of oxygen on small sized gold clusters: analysis of size and site reactivity from restructuring perspective. computational and theoretical chemistry, 1191, 113014. doi:10.1016/j.comptc.2020.113014. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 50 appendix i xyz coordinates of the small neutral gold clusters optimized at the dkh2-b3p86/dzp-dkh level of theory. au2 0.000000 0.000000 1.190360 0.000000 0.000000 -1.190360 au3 (obtuse) 0.000000 1.239142 -0.738019 0.000000 -1.239142 -0.738019 0.000000 0.000000 1.476038 au3 (acute) 0.000000 1.238856 -0.738055 0.000000 -1.238856 -0.738055 0.000000 0.000000 1.476111 au4 0.000000 1.278972 0.000421 2.193981 0.000000 -0.000421 0.000000 -1.278972 0.000421 -2.193981 0.000000 -0.000421 au5 -1.267923 1.352279 0.001733 -2.496312 -0.862669 -0.039240 1.268335 1.352251 0.002184 -0.000125 -0.978835 0.074794 2.496024 -0.863026 -0.039470 au6 -0.732383 -1.360849 0.120640 1.365676 2.537432 -0.115246 1.514815 -2.451354 -0.118110 -0.813203 1.315450 0.115580 1.545674 0.046071 0.115273 -2.880579 -0.086751 -0.118137 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 187 relativistic extended thermodynamics of polyatomic gases with rotational and vibrational modes sebastiano pennisi a* a department of mathematics and informatics, university of cagliari, cagliari, italy. received 17 december 2020; revised 07 april 2021; accepted 14 may 2021; published 01 september 2021 abstract in a recent article, an infinite set of balance equations has been proposed to modelize polyatomic gases with rotational and vibrational modes in a non-relativistic context. to obtain particular cases, it has been truncated to obtain a model with 7 or 15 moments. here the following objectives are pursued: 1) to obtain the relativistic counterpart of this model, which, at the non-relativistic limit, gives the same balance equations as in the known classical case; 2) to obtain the previous result for the model with an arbitrary but fixed number of moments; and 3) to obtain the closure of the resulting relativistic model so that all the functions appearing in the balance equations are expressed in terms of the independent variables. to achieve these goals, the following methods are used: 1) the principle of entropy is imposed. as a result, it is obtained that the closure is determined up to a single 4-vectorial function, usually called a 4-potential. 2) to determine this last function, a more restrictive principle is imposed, namely the maximum entropy principle (mep). 3) since all the functions involved must be expressed in the covariant form so as not to depend on the observer, the representation theorems are used. the findings of this article exactly match the goals outlined earlier. they are clearly novel because they have never been achieved before. they can also be considered improvements because, if the aforementioned arbitrary number of moments is restricted to 16, the present work coincides with that already known in literature. keywords: moments equations; extended thermodynamics; non-equilibrium thermodynamics.. 1. introduction based on arima et al. (2018) [1] study (recently improved to describe dense polyatomic gases in arima et al. (2020) [2]), the following balance equations have been introduced: 𝜕𝑡𝐹 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝑃𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , 𝜕𝑡𝐹𝑉 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹𝑉 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝑃𝑉 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , 𝜕𝑡𝐹𝑅 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹𝑅 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝑃𝑅 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , (1) where 𝑟 goes from 0 to +∞, 𝐹𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝑚∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑓 𝜉𝑖1⋯𝜉𝑖𝑟𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 𝜉 , 𝐹𝑉 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝑚∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑓 𝜉𝑖1⋯𝜉𝑖𝑟 2 ℐ𝑉 𝑚 𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 𝜉 , 𝐹𝑅 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝑚∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑓 𝜉𝑖1⋯𝜉𝑖𝑟 2 ℐ𝑅 𝑚 𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 𝜉 . (2) * corresponding author: spennisi@unica.it http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-03-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2495-9107 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 188 the definitions of 𝐹𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , 𝐹𝑉 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , 𝐹𝑅 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 are similar, with an extra factor 𝜉𝑘 inside the integrals. moreover, they have 𝑃 = 0, 𝑃𝑖 = 0, 𝑃𝑉 + 𝑃𝑅 + 𝑃 𝑙𝑙 = 0 in order to ensure the conservation laws of mass, momentum and total energy. after that, the truncated systems with 7 and 15 moments have been considered and fully investigated. the equations (1) 1 have been called the mass block, while (1) 2,3 constitute the vibrational and rotational blocks respectively. in the previous models for monoatomic gases, only the mass block (1) 1 was considered (see for example liu and müller (1983) [3], müller, t. ruggeri (1998) [4]). its extension to the polyatomic gases began with arima et al. (2012) [5] and gave inspiration, as the previous one, to many other articles part of which are cited in ruggeri and sugiyama (2015) [6]. in these articles, the two blocks of equations (1) 1,2 were considered. the subsequent generalization [1], considers all the three blocks of equations (1) 1−3 by distinguishing the contribute of rotational and vibrational modes. the sum of (1) 2, (1) 3 and of the trace of (1) 1 can substitute (1) 3 and reads: 𝜕𝑡𝐻0 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐻0 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝐽0 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , (3) with: 𝐻0 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝐹𝑉 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝐹𝑅 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝐹𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟+2𝛿𝑖𝑟+1𝑖𝑟+2 , 𝐻0 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝐹𝑉 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝐹𝑅 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝐹𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟+2𝛿𝑖𝑟+1𝑖𝑟+2 , 𝐽0 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝑃𝑉 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝑃𝑅 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝑃𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟+2𝛿𝑖𝑟+1𝑖𝑟+2 . in the sequel we will use also the quantities; 𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝐻0 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑞−1𝑙𝑞−1 , 𝐻𝑞 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝐻0 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑞−1𝑙𝑞−1 𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝐹𝑉 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑞−1𝑙𝑞−1 + 𝐹𝑅 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑞−1𝑙𝑞−1 , 𝐻𝑞 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝐹𝑉 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑞−1𝑙𝑞−1 + 𝐹𝑅 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑞−1𝑙𝑞−1 . (4) obviously, from equations (3) and (1) 2,3 it follows: 𝜕𝑡𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐻𝑞 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝑃 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , 𝜕𝑡�̃�𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐻𝑞 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = �̃�𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , (5) with obvious meaning of 𝑃 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 and �̃�𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 . here we propose to find the relativistic counterpart of (1); since this non relativistic approach started from the classical boltzman-chernikov equation, we do the same starting from the generalized relativistic boltzman-chernikov equation; 𝑝𝛼 𝜕𝛼𝛼 𝑓 = 𝑄 , where 𝑓 is the distribution function. by multipying it by polynomials 𝑝 in the 4-momentum 𝑝𝛼, by a function 𝑓1 of the rotational energy ℐ𝑅, by a function 𝑓2 of the vibrational energy ℐ𝑣, by the product of their measures 𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) and integrating in 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 �⃗⃗�, one obtains a field equations. so the problem is now how to determine these quantities 𝑝, 𝑓1 and 𝑓2 such that the resulting relativistic field equations have (1) as non reltivistic limit. we have found the result expressed by the following set of balance equations as relativistic counterpart of (1) truncated in a convenient way in terms of an arbitrary but fixed integer non negative number 𝑆: 𝜕𝛼𝐴 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 = 𝐼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 , 𝜕𝛼𝐴𝑉 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 = 𝐼𝑉 𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 , (6) with 𝑟 = 0 ,⋯ , 𝑆 + 2, 𝑠 = 0 ,⋯ , 𝑆 and where; 𝐴𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 = 𝑐 𝑚𝑟−1 ∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑓 𝑝𝛼𝑝𝛼1⋯𝑝𝛼𝑟 (1 + 𝑟 ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 )𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 �⃗⃗� , 𝐴𝑉 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 = 𝑐 𝑚𝑠−1 ∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑓 𝑝𝛼𝑝𝛼1⋯𝑝𝛼𝑠 2 ℐ𝑉 𝑚 𝑐2 𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 �⃗⃗� , (7) and ℐ = ℐ𝑅 + ℐ𝑉. despite the appearances, in the system (6) there is a complete symmetry between the rotational and vibrational modes. in fact, for 𝑟 = 0 ,⋯ , 𝑆 we can add to each equation of (6) 1 the trace of that with 𝑟 + 2 instead of 𝑟 multiplied by − 𝑐−2; after that, we sum the corresponding equation in (6) 2 so obtaining; 𝜕𝛼𝐴𝑅 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 = 𝐼𝑅 𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 , 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝐼𝑅 𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 = −𝐼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 + 𝑐−2𝐼𝑅 𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟+2𝑔𝛼𝑟+1𝛼𝑟+2 − 𝐼𝑉 𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 , and 𝐴𝑅 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 defined as (7) 2 with 𝑅 instead of 𝑉 except that in 𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉). this is a consequence of the property 𝑝𝛼𝑝𝛼 = 𝑚 2𝑐2. it follows that the system (6) can be written also as; 𝜕𝛼𝐴𝑅 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 = 𝐼𝑅 𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 , 𝜕𝛼𝐴𝑉 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 = 𝐼𝑉 𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 , 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑟 = 0 ,⋯ , 𝑆 , 𝜕𝛼𝐴 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑆+1 = 𝐼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑆+1 , 𝜕𝛼𝐴 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑆+2 = 𝐼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑆+2 . (8) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 189 we note that, from the definition (7) 2 it follows that the trace conditions hold; 𝐴𝑅 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝑔𝛼𝑟−1𝛼𝑟 = 𝑐 2𝐴𝑅 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟−2 , 𝐴𝑉 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝑔𝛼𝑟−1𝛼𝑟 = 𝑐 2𝐴𝑉 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟−2 . (9) in the next section we will find the non relativistic limit of equations (6) and the resulting field equations are reported in the subsequent equations (10). by comparing them with the above equations (1), the following facts become evident: • the mass block (1) 1 has to be considered for 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 + 2. • the vibrational and rotational blocks appear for 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆; also the subsequent orders 𝑆 + 1, 𝑆 + 2, ⋯, 2𝑆 have to be considered (here "order" of a tensor is the number of its indexes) but only by means of their traces and this is according to the law: "if 𝑟 is the number of its free indexes, then 𝑆 − 𝑟 traces have to be taken, for 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 − 1". • a number of traces, less than 𝑆 − 𝑟, have also to be considered but only by means of the sum of the tensors in the rotational and that in the vibrational mode. in fact, from (10) 7 we see that 𝑞 ≤ 𝑆 − 𝑟 and consequently, from (13) we see that the number of traces there occurring is 𝑞 − 1 ≤ 𝑆 − 𝑟 − 1. • equations involving terms of the mass block (1) 1 of order 𝑆 + 3, 𝑆 + 4, ⋯, 2𝑆 + 4 have to be considered but only by means of the sum of them and that belonging to the rotational and vibrational blocks. in fact, from (4) 1 and (3) 3 we see that 𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 involves the tensor of the mass block of order 2𝑞 + 𝑟; from (10) 6 we see that 𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑆−𝑞+2 involves a tensor of order 𝑆 + 𝑞 + 2 and we see also that 𝑆 + 3 ≤ 𝑆 + 𝑞 + 2 ≤ 2𝑆 + 4. however, this tensor appears only after having taken its trace 𝑞 times. we note that the model introduced in pennisi and ruggeri (2020) [7] is a particular case of the present one; in fact, with the theory of subsystems developed in boillat and ruggeri (1997) [8], by dropping out (6) 2, what remains gives the model of pennisi and ruggeri (2020) [7] were there was considered no distinction between the rotational and vibrational modes. moreover, the present model has been tested in the simpler case 𝑆 = 0 and the results have been published in [9]; this correspondence will be verified in sect. 3. so also the model in carrisi and pennisi (2019) [9] is a subsystem of the present one when 𝑆 = 0. in section 5 we will find the closure of the new field equations (6). it is expressed by the equations (33) jointly with (23) reported below in that section. in this way the first parts of the following flowchart have been described. in particular, in this introduction its first step was obtained, i.e., the field equations (6) as relativistic counterpart of the classical model (1) proposed in pennisi and ruggeri (2017) [11]. flowchart of the research methodology is presented by figure 1. figure 1. flowchart of the research methodology hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 190 2. the non-relativistic limit we prove now that the non relativistic limit of equations (6) leads to the following hierarchy of balance equations for the classical case: 𝜕𝑡𝐹 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝑃𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 + 2 , (10) 𝜕𝑡𝐹𝑉 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹𝑉 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝑃𝑉 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , 𝜕𝑡𝐹𝑅 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹𝑅 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝑃𝑅 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 , 𝜕𝑡𝐹𝑉 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑆−𝑟𝑙𝑆−𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹𝑉 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑆−𝑟𝑙𝑆−𝑟 = 𝑄𝑉 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , 𝜕𝑡𝐹𝑅 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑆−𝑟𝑙𝑆−𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹𝑅 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑆−𝑟𝑙𝑆−𝑟 = 𝑄𝑅 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 − 1 , 𝜕𝑡𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑆−𝑞+2 + 𝜕𝑘𝐻𝑞 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑆−𝑞+2 = 𝐽𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑆−𝑞+2 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 1 ≤ 𝑞 ≤ 𝑆 + 2 , 𝜕𝑡𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐻𝑞 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝐽𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 { 2 ≤ 𝑞 ≤ 𝑆 , 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 − 𝑞 , with 𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 and 𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 defined below in equations (12) and (13). this result have already been described at the end of the previous section. so there remains here to prove it. thanks to the trace condition (9) 2 and to (6) 2, we see that we can applicate the results of borghero et al. (2005) [10]. we have only to observe that in this article there are 2 arbitrary numbers 𝑀 < 𝑁. we observe also that the free indexes appearing in equation (1) of borghero et al. (2005) [10] starts from 𝛼2 instead of 𝛼1 as in the present article. so by comparing these equations with the present (6) 2, we see that 𝑁 = 𝑆 + 1, 𝑀 = 𝑆. after that, we can use equation (2) of borghero et al. (2005) [10] and see that the non relativistic limit of the present equation (6) 2 gives the above reported equations (10) 2,4. let us consider now the present equation (6) 1; there isn’t a trace condition on it, so that we cannot apply the results of borghero et al. (2005) [10]. but we can apply those in equation (11) of pennisi and ruggeri (2020) [7] and have that its non relativistic limit is: 𝜕𝑡𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐻𝑞 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝐽𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 { 0 ≤ 𝑞 ≤ 𝑆 + 2 , 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 − 𝑞 + 2 , (11) 𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝑚 ∫ ℝ3 ∫ +∞ 0 ∫ +∞ 0 𝑓𝐶 𝜉𝑖1⋯𝜉𝑖𝑟 𝜉2(𝑞−1) (𝜉2 + 2𝑞 ℐ 𝑚 ) 𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 𝜉 , 𝐻𝑞 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝑚 ∫ ℝ3 ∫ +∞ 0 ∫ +∞ 0 𝑓𝐶 𝜉𝑘𝜉𝑖1⋯𝜉𝑖𝑟 𝜉2(𝑞−1) (𝜉2 + 2𝑞 ℐ 𝑚 ) 𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 𝜉 . (12) we now further elaborate these last equations (11) and (12). first step: for { 1 ≤ 𝑞 ≤ 𝑆 + 2 , 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 − 𝑞 + 1 , we substitute 𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 with; 𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 − 𝐻𝑞−1 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟+2𝛿𝑖𝑟+1𝑖𝑟+2 = (13) = 𝑚 ∫ ℝ3 ∫ +∞ 0 ∫ +∞ 0 𝑓𝐶 𝜉𝑖1⋯𝜉𝑖𝑟 𝜉2(𝑞−1) 2 ℐ 𝑚 𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 𝜉 . we can do this because both (𝑟 , 𝑞) and (𝑟 + 2 , 𝑞 − 1) satisfy the condition (11) 2. of course, we do this starting from the highest value of 𝑞 (i.e. 𝑆 + 2) to go down to 𝑞 = 1. so, now the equations are (10) 2,4, (11) for 𝑞 = 0, 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 + 2, (11) for { 1 ≤ 𝑞 ≤ 𝑆 + 2 , 𝑟 = 𝑆 − 𝑞 + 2 , and: 𝜕𝑡𝐻𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐻𝑞 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝐽𝑞 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 { 1 ≤ 𝑞 ≤ 𝑆 + 2 , 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 − 𝑞 + 1 , (14) we note that (11) for 𝑞 = 0, 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 + 2 are exactly the equations (10) 1 of the mass block. second step: let us explicitate the subset of equation (14) with 𝑞 = 1, i.e., hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 191 𝜕𝑡�̃�1 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐻1 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝐽1 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 . it is easy to recognize that these equations are equivalent to (10) 3 because from equation (13) we desume that 𝐻1 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝐹𝑅 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 + 𝐹𝑉 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 . after that, the first condition in (14) 2 must be replaced by 2 ≤ 𝑞 ≤ 𝑆 + 2. but when 𝑞 = 𝑆 + 2, the second condition in (14) 2 becomes 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ −1. it follows that the first condition in (14) 2 must be replaced by 2 ≤ 𝑞 ≤ 𝑆 + 1. let us explicitate now the subset of equation (14) with 𝑞 = 𝑆 − 𝑟 + 1; from the condition (14) 2 we see that this can be done only when { 2 ≤ 𝑆 − 𝑟 + 1 ≤ 𝑆 + 1 , 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑟 , , i.e., 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 − 1. but, for 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 − 1 we have also; 𝐻𝑆−𝑟+1 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 = 𝐹𝑉 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑆−𝑟𝑙𝑆−𝑟 + 𝐹𝑅 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑆−𝑟𝑙𝑆−𝑟 . it follows that, from each equation of the subset of equation (14) with 𝑞 = 𝑆 − 𝑟 + 1 we can subtract equations (10) 4 and obtain (10) 5. so, now the equations are (10) 1−5, (11) for 𝑟 = 𝑆 − 𝑞 + 2, 1 ≤ 𝑞 ≤ 𝑆 + 2, (14) for { 2 ≤ 𝑞 ≤ 𝑆 + 1 , 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 − 𝑞 , . but, for 𝑞 = 𝑆 + 1 the second of these conditions becomes 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ −1; so the first condition must be replaced by 2 ≤ 𝑞 ≤ 𝑆. the corresponding equations are the above reported (10) 7, while (11) for 𝑟 = 𝑆 − 𝑞 + 2, 1 ≤ 𝑞 ≤ 𝑆 + 2 is the above reported (10) 6. this completes the proof. we conclude this section noting that, by changing index in (10) 6 according to the law 𝑞 = 𝑆 + 2 − 𝑟 and by taking into account (4) 1, it becomes; 𝜕𝑡𝐻0 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑆+1−𝑟𝑙𝑆+1−𝑟 + 𝜕𝑘𝐻0 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑆+1−𝑟𝑙𝑆+1−𝑟 = 𝐽𝑆+2−𝑟 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟 , (15) for 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑆 + 1. from (3) 2 we see that 𝐻0 𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑆+1−𝑟𝑙𝑆+1−𝑟, 𝐻0 𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑆+1−𝑟𝑙𝑆+1−𝑟 are respectively equal to 𝐹𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑆+2−𝑟𝑙𝑆+2−𝑟 , 𝐹𝑘𝑖1⋯𝑖𝑟𝑙1𝑙1⋯𝑙𝑆+2−𝑟𝑙𝑆+2−𝑟 plus terms of the rotational and vibrational modes. so, in the subcase without these rotational and vibrational modes, equation (15) is the counterpart of (10) 4,5 for the mass block, obviously with 𝑆 + 2 instead of 𝑆. in this way the second step of the above flowchart has been obtained, i.e., that the non relativistic limit of the field equations (6) gives exactly those of the classical model (1) proposed in pennisi and ruggeri (2017) [11]; moreover, a further information has been achieved, i.e., how the classical equations (1) must be interrupted to obtain a model with a finite set of equations. 3. the particular case s=0 in this case the equations (6) and (7) become: 𝜕𝛼𝐴 𝛼 = 0 , 𝜕𝛼𝐴 𝛼𝛼1 = 0 , 𝜕𝛼𝐴 𝛼𝛼1𝛼2 = 𝐼𝛼1𝛼2 , 𝜕𝛼𝐴𝑉 𝛼 = 𝐼𝑉 , (16) 𝐴𝛼 = 𝑚 𝑐 ∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑓 𝑝𝛼𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 �⃗⃗� , 𝐴𝛼𝛼1 = 𝑐 ∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑓 𝑝𝛼𝑝𝛼1 (1 + ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 )𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 �⃗⃗� , 𝐴𝛼𝛼1𝛼2 = 𝑐 𝑚 ∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑓 𝑝𝛼𝑝𝛼1𝑝𝛼2 (1 + 2 ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 )𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 �⃗⃗� , 𝐴𝑉 𝛼 = 𝑚 𝑐 ∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑓 𝑝𝛼 2 ℐ𝑉 𝑚 𝑐2 𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 �⃗⃗� . (17) this is the 16 moments model which is present in carrisi and pennisi (2019) [9]. if we take off the trace of the third equation, as it was done in pennisi and ruggeri (2017) [11], we obtain a 15 moments model which is the relativistic counterpart of equations (12) in arima et al. (2018) [1]. its non relativistic limit can be desumed from the above equations (10). • in particular, (10) 1 gives 10 equations of the mass block, i.e., (12) 1−3 of arima et al. (2018) [1]. • equations (10) 2,3 are to be considered only for 𝑟 = 0 and give equations (12) 4−5 of arima et al. (2018) [1], i.e., hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 192 the balance equations of the vibrational and rotational energies respectively. • equations (10) 4,5 aren’t to be considered because they hold only for the empty set 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ −1. • equations (10) 6 have to be considered only for 𝑞 = 1 and 𝑞 = 2. with the first of these values we obtain (12) 6 of arima et al. (2018) [1]; with 𝑞 = 2 we obtain the hybrid equation which is present in equations (3) 6 of carrisi and pennisi (2019) [9]. • equation (10) 7 must not to be considered because it holds only for the empty set 2 ≤ 𝑞 ≤ 0, 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ −𝑞. so the third step of the above flowchart has been obtained, i.e., the subsystem with 16 moments and it is exactly the model considered in carrisi and pennisi (2019) [9]; moreover, if we take off the trace of the third equation, as it was done in pennisi and ruggeri (2017) [11], we obtain a further subsytem, i.e., the 15 moments model which is the relativistic counterpart of equations (12) in arima et al. (2018) [1], one of the two model with a finite number of equations proposed there. 4. the 7 moments model this case is presented in subsection 3.5 of arima et al. (2018) [1] and is described by the balance equations; 𝜕𝑡𝐹 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹 𝑘 = 0 , 𝜕𝑡𝐹 𝑖1 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹 𝑘𝑖1 = 0 , 𝜕𝑡𝐹 𝑙𝑙 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹 𝑘𝑙𝑙 = −𝑃𝑉 𝑙𝑙 − 𝑃𝑅 𝑙𝑙 , 𝜕𝑡𝐹𝑉 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹𝑉 𝑘 = 𝑃𝑉 𝑙𝑙 , 𝜕𝑡𝐹𝑅 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹𝑅 𝑘 = 𝑃𝑅 𝑙𝑙 . (18) its relativistic counterpart cannot be written as (6) but as; 𝜕𝛼𝐴 𝛼 = 0 , 𝜕𝛼𝐴 𝛼𝛼1 = 0 , 𝜕𝛼𝐴 𝛼𝛼1𝛼2𝑔𝛼1𝛼2 = 𝐼 𝛼1𝛼2𝑔𝛼1𝛼2 , 𝜕𝛼𝐴𝑉 𝛼 = 𝐼𝑉 . (19) in fact, 1 𝑐2 𝐴𝛼𝛼1𝛼2𝑔𝛼1𝛼2 = 𝐴 𝛼 + 𝐴𝑅 𝛼 + 𝐴𝑉 𝛼 so that the third equation can be substituted by; 𝜕𝛼𝐴𝑅 𝛼 = 𝐼𝑅 = 𝑑𝑒𝑓 1 𝑐2 𝐼𝛼1𝛼2𝑔𝛼1𝛼2 − 𝐼𝑉 , (20) which is the counterpart of equation (19) 4 with the rotational mode instead of the vibrational one. the non relativistic limit of equations (19) 1,2 has been calculated in equation (17) of pennisi and ruggeri (2017) [11] and is; 𝜕𝑡𝐹 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹 𝑘 = 0 , 𝜕𝑡𝐹 𝑖1 + 𝜕𝑘𝐹 𝑘𝑖1 = 0 , 𝜕𝑡𝐺 𝑙𝑙 + 𝜕𝑘𝐺 𝑘𝑙𝑙 = 0 , (21) with 𝐺𝑙𝑙 = 𝐹𝑙𝑙 + 𝐹𝑉 𝑙𝑙 + 𝐹𝑅 𝑙𝑙 , 𝐺𝑘𝑙𝑙 = 𝐹𝑘𝑙𝑙 + 𝐹𝑉 𝑘𝑙𝑙 + 𝐹𝑅 𝑘𝑙𝑙 . now, the non relativistic limits of (19) 3 and (20) are respectively (18) 4,5. by subtracting them from (21) 3, we see that (21) become (18) 1−3. this completes our proof. so the last step of the above flowchart has been obtained, i.e., the subsystem with 7 moments (19) which is the relativistic counterpart of equations (18) which describe the second and last example with a finite number of equations proposed in arima et al. (2018) [1]. 5. the closure of the new relativistic field equations by using the maximum entropy pinciple, as in pennisi and ruggeri (2017) [11] and recently in mentrelli and ruggeri (2021) [12], we find that the distribution funcion 𝑓 has the form; 𝑓 = 𝑒 −1− 1 𝑘𝐵 𝜒 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝜒 = 1 𝑚𝑟−1 (1 + 𝑟 ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ) 𝑝𝛼1⋯𝑝𝛼𝑟 𝜆𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 + 1 𝑚𝑠−1 ( 2 ℐ𝒱 𝑚 𝑐2 ) 𝑝𝛼1⋯𝑝𝛼𝑠 𝜇𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 , where summation over the indexes 𝑟 and 𝑠 is implied and 𝑘𝐵 is the boltzmann constant. so, if we define the 4potential; ℎ′𝛼 = − 𝑘𝐵𝑐 ∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑓 𝑝𝛼𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 �⃗⃗� , we have; 𝐴𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 = 𝜕 ℎ′𝛼 𝜕 𝜆𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 , 𝐴𝑉 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 = 𝜕 ℎ′𝛼 𝜕 𝜇𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 . since ℎ′𝛼 𝜉𝛼 is a convex function of the lagrange multipliers for whatever time-like 4-vector 𝜉𝛼, it follows that hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 193 the field equations (6) are symmetric hyperbolic. this result is guaranteed also if 𝑓 is substituted by its taylor expansion up to whatever fixed order greater than 2 but with the lagrange multipliers as independent variables. moreover, as usual in rational extended thermodynamics, the closure is determined except for the 4-potentials ℎ′𝛼 . now people doesn’t like these variables and requires that the cloure is expressed in terms of variables with a clear physical meaning. in reality this is not reasonable: it is like saying, in the geometric framework that the parametric equation of a curve or a surface are not significant. another objection is made that, not knowing these variables, we cannot know their boundary values necessary to solve the field equations. this objection is also unfounded because, knowing the law that binds the physical variables to the lagrange multipliers, from the boundary conditions for the phyisical variables we can deduce those for the lagrange multipliers and then solve the field equations. however, in order to meet the commonly accepted taste, we will make the change of variables in the next subsections, from the lagrange multipliers to the phyisical variables. obviouly, hyperbolicity is not compromised by an invertible change of independent variables. unfortunately, up to now nobody was able to do this exactly and we too will be content to do it in an approximate way, at first order with respect to equilibrium. due to this approximation, the hyperbolicity requirement will be satisfied only in a neighborhood of equilibrium called "the hyperbolicity zone" (see [13-16]). but this cannot be adduced as proof of the weakness of the model; it is only a proof of our mathematical inability to perform this transformation without introducing approximations. we certainly cannot expect nature to bow to our mathematical weakness. 5.1. the variables at equilibrium equilibrium is defined as the state governed only by (6) 1 with 𝑟 = 0,1, i.e., the conservation laws of mass and of momentum-energy (euler equations), i.e., the subsystem of (6) with 𝑆 = −1 in the sense of boillat and ruggeri (1997) [8]. it follows that 𝜆𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 𝐸 = 0, 𝜇𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 𝐸 = 0 for 𝑟 = 2,⋯ 𝑆 + 2, 𝑠 = 0,⋯ 𝑆. moreover, from the representation theorems we have 𝐴𝛼 = 𝑚 𝑛 𝑈𝛼 , 𝐴𝛼𝛽 = 𝑒 𝑐2 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛽 + 𝑝 ℎ𝛼𝛽 , 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛼 = 𝑐 2 , ℎ𝛼𝛽 = −𝑔𝛼𝛽 + 1 𝑐2 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛽 , whose phyisical meaning is obvious: 𝑛 is the number density, 𝑝 is the pressure and 𝑒 the energy. from (6) 1 with 𝑟 = 0 it follows that 𝜆𝛼 𝐸 is parallel to 𝑈𝛼; so, by calling 1 𝑇 the coefficient, we have that; 𝜆𝛼 𝐸 = 𝑈𝛼 𝑇 . the physical meaning of 𝑇 is evident; it is the absolute temperature. of (6) 1 with 𝑟 = 0,1 there remain; 𝑚 𝑛 𝑈𝛼 = 𝑚 𝑐 𝑒 −1− 𝑚 𝑘𝐵 𝜆𝐸 ∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑒 − 𝑝𝜇𝑈𝜇 𝑚 𝑐2 (1+ ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ) 𝑝𝛼𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 �⃗⃗� 𝑒 𝑐2 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛽 + 𝑝 ℎ𝛼𝛽 = 𝑐 𝑒 −1− 𝑚 𝑘𝐵 𝜆𝐸 ∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑒 − 𝑝𝜇𝑈𝜇 𝑚 𝑐2 (1+ ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ) 𝑝𝛼𝑝𝛽 (1 + ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ) ⋅ ⋅ 𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 �⃗⃗� . the first one of these equations must be imposed only through its contraction with 𝑈𝛼 and the second one through its contractions with 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛽 and ℎ𝛼𝛽. so we obtain; 𝑛 = 4 𝜋𝑚3 𝑒 −1− 𝑚 𝑘𝐵 𝜆𝐸 𝐽2,1 ∗ , 𝑝 = 𝑛 𝑚 𝑐2 𝛾 = 𝑛 𝑘𝐵 𝑇 , 𝑒 = 𝑛 𝑚 𝑐2 𝐽2,2 ∗ (1+ ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ) 𝐽2,1 ∗ , (22) where the integration in 𝑑 �⃗⃗� has been performed and overlined terms denote that they are multiplied by 𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) and then integrated in 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉. moreover, in (22) 2,3 the term 𝜆𝐸 has been eliminated by use of (22) 1, 𝛾 = 𝑚 𝑐2 𝑘𝐵𝑇 . 𝐽𝑚,𝑛(𝛾) = ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑒− 𝛾 cosh 𝑠sinh𝑚 𝑠 cosh𝑛 𝑠 𝑑 𝑠 𝛾∗ = 𝛾 (1 + ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ) , 𝐽𝑚,𝑛 ∗ = 𝐽𝑚,𝑛(𝛾 ∗) . the equation (22) 3 is the generalization of the synge energy to the case of polyatomic gases with rotational and vibrational modes; in the case with only one mode it is the same of equation (42) of pennisi and ruggeri (2017) [11]. the other functions in equation (7) don’t play a role at equilibrium but nothing prevent us from calculating them and hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 194 they will be useful in the sequel. they are: 𝐴𝐸 𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟+1 = ∑ [ 𝑟+1 2 ] 𝑞=0 𝑎𝑞,𝑟(𝛾)ℎ (𝛼1𝛼2⋯ℎ𝛼2𝑞−1𝛼2𝑞𝑈𝛼2𝑞+1⋯𝑈𝛼𝑟+1) , 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠+1 = ∑ [ 𝑠+1 2 ] 𝑞=0 𝑎𝑞,𝑠 𝑉 (𝛾)ℎ(𝛼1𝛼2⋯ℎ𝛼2𝑞−1𝛼2𝑞𝑈𝛼2𝑞+1⋯𝑈𝛼𝑠+1) , (23) where; 𝑎𝑞,𝑟 = ( 𝑟 + 1 2𝑞 ) 𝑛 𝑚 2𝑞 + 1 𝑐2𝑞 𝐽2,1 ∗ 𝐽2𝑞+2 ,𝑟+1−2𝑞 ∗ (1 + 𝑟 ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ) , 𝑎𝑞,𝑠 𝑉 = ( 𝑠 + 1 2𝑞 ) 𝑛 𝑚 2𝑞 + 1 𝑐2𝑞 𝐽2,1 ∗ 𝐽2𝑞+2 ,𝑠+1−2𝑞 ∗ ( 2 ℐ𝒱 𝑚 𝑐2 ) . these expressions have been found by using the techniques exposed in carrisi and pennisi (2013) [17]. we note that (23) 1 for 𝑟 = 0,1 gives the above reported 𝐴𝐸 𝛼1 = 𝑉𝛼1, 𝐴𝐸 𝛼1𝛼2 = 𝑇𝐸 𝛼1𝛼2 because:: 𝑎0,0 = 𝑛 𝑚 , 𝑎0,1 = 𝑒 𝑐2 , 𝑎1,1 = 𝑛 𝑚 𝑐2 3 𝐽4,0 ∗ (1 + ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ) 𝐽2,1 ∗ = 𝑝 , where for the last one we have used the property 𝛾𝐽4,0(𝛾) = 3 𝐽2,1(𝛾) from which it follows 𝛾 (1 + ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ) 𝐽4,0 ∗ = 3 𝐽2,1 ∗ . moreover, (23) 1 for 𝑟 = 2 and (23) 2 for 𝑠 = 0 give: 𝐴𝐸 𝛼1𝛼2𝛼3 = 𝑎0,2𝑈 𝛼1𝑈𝛼2𝑈𝛼3 + 𝑎1,2ℎ (𝛼1𝛼2𝑈𝛼3⋯𝑈𝛼3) , 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼1 = 𝑎0,0 𝑉 (𝛾)𝑈𝛼1 . these expressions are the same found in equation (13) of carrisi and pennisi (2019) [9] and the first one of these, in the particular case with only one mode, is the same of equation (48) in pennisi and ruggeri (2017) [11] because; 𝑎0,2 = 𝐴1 0 , 𝑎1,2 = 3 𝐴11 0 , 𝑎0,0 𝑉 = 𝑛 𝑚 𝐽2,1 ∗ (1 + 2 ℐ𝒱 𝑚 𝑐2 ) 𝐽2,1 ∗ = 𝑐3 𝑚 𝑛 𝐻𝑉 = 𝛾 𝑚 𝑛 𝑐 𝐵10 . 5.2. the linear deviation from equilibrium at a first step we will consider as first order deviations from equilibrium the variables 𝜋 (dynamic pressure), 𝑞𝛼 (heat flux), 𝑡<𝛼𝛽>3 (viscous deviatoric stress), 𝜆𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 for 𝑟 = 2 ,⋯ , 𝑆 + 2, and 𝜇𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 for 𝑠 = 0 ,⋯ , 𝑆. these variables are constrained by 𝑈𝛼𝑞 𝛼 = 0, 𝑈𝛼𝑡 <𝛼𝛽>3 = 0, 𝑔𝛼𝛽𝑡 <𝛼𝛽>3 = 0. also the remaining lagrange multipliers can be found in terms of a corresponding set of components of 𝐴𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 and 𝐴𝑉 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 (for example, those components whose non relativistic limit gives the variables that, in the classical model, are derivated with respect to time; or, more precisely, their deviations from equilibrium); but this further change can be done in a second step, if it will be considered necessary. since this amounts only in some complicated systems, we will refrain to report them here. the change of variables is performed in the following way: we will use; 𝑉𝛼 − 𝑉𝐸 𝛼 = 0 , 𝑇𝛼𝛽 − 𝑇𝐸 𝛼𝛽 = 𝜋 ℎ𝛼𝛽 + 2 𝑐2 𝑞(𝛼𝑈𝛽) + 𝑡<𝛼𝛽>3 (24) to determine 𝜆 − 𝜆𝐸 , 𝜆𝛽 − 𝜆𝛽 𝐸 , 𝜆<𝛽𝛾> in terms of 𝑛, 𝛾, 𝑈𝛼 , 𝜋, 𝑞𝛼, 𝑡<𝛼𝛽>3 , 𝜇 = 1 4 𝑔𝛼𝛽𝜆𝛼𝛽, 𝜆𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 for 𝑟 = 3 ,⋯ , 𝑆 + 2 and 𝜇𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 for 𝑠 = 0 ,⋯ , 𝑆. after that, we will substitute these values in 𝐴𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 − 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 and 𝐴𝑉 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 − 𝐴𝐸𝑉 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 so determining the closure, as a consequence, the mass and energy-momentum conservation laws (6) 1 with 𝑟 = 0,1 will be the usual equations with; 𝑉𝛼 = 𝑚 𝑛 𝑈𝛼 , 𝐴𝛼𝛽 = 𝑒 𝑐2 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛽 + (𝑝 + 𝜋) ℎ𝛼𝛽 + 2 𝑐2 𝑞(𝛼𝑈𝛽) + 𝑡<𝛼𝛽>3 . now equations (24) become; 𝐴𝐸 𝛼 (𝜆 − 𝜆𝐸) + 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝜈 (𝜆𝜈 − 𝜆𝜈 𝐸) + 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛾𝛿 𝜆<𝛾𝛿> + (𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛾𝛿 𝑔𝛾𝛿) 𝜇 + +∑𝑆+2𝑟′=3 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ + ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ = 0 , 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛽 (𝜆 − 𝜆𝐸) + 𝐴11 𝛼𝛽𝜈 𝑚 (𝜆𝜈 − 𝜆𝜈 𝐸) + 𝐴12 𝛼𝛽𝛾𝛿 𝑚 𝜆<𝛾𝛿> + ( 𝐴12 𝛼𝛽𝛾𝛿 𝑚 𝑔𝛾𝛿) 𝜇 + +∑𝑆+2𝑟′=3 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ + ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ = = − 𝑘𝐵 𝑚 (𝜋 ℎ𝛼𝛽 + 2 𝑐2 𝑞(𝛼𝑈𝛽) + 𝑡<𝛼𝛽>3) . (25) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 195 similarly, equations (7) give; 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 (𝜆 − 𝜆𝐸) + 1 𝑚 𝐴𝑟1 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝜈 (𝜆𝜈 − 𝜆𝜈 𝐸) + 1 𝑚 𝐴𝑟2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 𝜆<𝛾𝛿> + 1 𝑚 (𝐴𝑟2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 𝑔𝛾𝛿) 𝜇 + + 1 𝑚 ∑𝑆+2𝑟′=3 𝐴𝑟𝑟′ 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ + 1 𝑚 ∑𝑆𝑠′=0 𝐵𝑟𝑠′ 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ = − 𝑘𝐵 𝑚 (𝐴𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 − 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟) , 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 (𝜆 − 𝜆𝐸) + 1 𝑚 𝐵𝑠1 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝜈 (𝜆𝜈 − 𝜆𝜈 𝐸) + 1 𝑚 𝐵𝑠2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛾𝛿 𝜆<𝛾𝛿> + 1 𝑚 (𝐵𝑠2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛾𝛿 𝑔𝛾𝛿) 𝜇 + + 1 𝑚 ∑𝑆+2𝑟′=3 𝐵𝑠𝑟′ 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ + 1 𝑚 ∑𝑆𝑠′=0 𝐶𝑠𝑠′ 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ = − 𝑘𝐵 𝑚 (𝐴𝑉 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 − 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠) . (26) in equations (25) and (26) the new tensors appear: 𝐴𝑟𝑟′ 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ = 𝑐 𝑚𝑟+𝑟′−2 ∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑓𝐸 𝑝 𝛼𝑝𝛼1⋯𝑝𝛼𝑟𝑝𝛽1⋯𝑝𝛽𝑟′ ⋅ ⋅ (1 + 𝑟 ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ) (1 + 𝑟′ ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 )𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 �⃗⃗� , 𝐵𝑟𝑠 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠 = 𝑐 𝑚𝑟+𝑠−2 ∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑓𝐸 𝑝 𝛼𝑝𝛼1⋯𝑝𝛼𝑟𝑝𝛽1⋯𝑝𝛽𝑠 (1 + 𝑟 ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ) 2 ℐ𝑉 𝑚 𝑐2 ⋅ ⋅ 𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 �⃗⃗� , 𝐶𝑠𝑠′ 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ = 𝑐 𝑚𝑠+𝑠′−2 ∫ ℜ3 ∫ + ∞ 0 ∫ + ∞ 0 𝑓𝐸 𝑝 𝛼𝑝𝛼1⋯𝑝𝛼𝑠𝑝𝛽1⋯𝑝𝛽𝑠′ ( 2 ℐ𝑉 𝑚 𝑐2 ) 2 ⋅ ⋅ 𝜙(ℐ𝑅) 𝜓(ℐ𝑉) 𝑑 ℐ𝑅 𝑑 ℐ𝑉 𝑑 �⃗⃗� , (27) their expressions can be found with the procedure used above or, simply by comparing the definitons of 𝐴𝑟𝑟′ 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ and 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 and noting that the former can somehow be obtained from the latter by replacing 𝑟 with 𝑟 + 𝑟′ and multiplying by 𝑚 (1 + 𝑟′ ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ). so we obtain the first one of the following relations, with coefficients given by equation (29) 1: 𝐴𝑟𝑟′ 𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟+𝑟′+1 = ∑ [ 𝑟+𝑟′+1 2 ] 𝑞=0 𝑎𝑞,𝑟,𝑟′(𝛾)ℎ (𝛼1𝛼2⋯ℎ𝛼2𝑞−1𝛼2𝑞𝑈𝛼2𝑞+1⋯𝑈𝛼𝑟+𝑟′+1) , 𝐵𝑟𝑠′ 𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟+𝑠′+1 = ∑ [ 𝑟+𝑠′+1 2 ] 𝑞=0 𝑏𝑞,𝑟,𝑠′(𝛾)ℎ (𝛼1𝛼2⋯ℎ𝛼2𝑞−1𝛼2𝑞𝑈𝛼2𝑞+1⋯𝑈𝛼𝑟+𝑠′+1) 𝐶𝑠𝑠′ 𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠+𝑠′+1 = ∑ [ 𝑠+𝑠′+1 2 ] 𝑞=0 𝑐𝑞,𝑠,𝑠′(𝛾)ℎ (𝛼1𝛼2⋯ℎ𝛼2𝑞−1𝛼2𝑞𝑈𝛼2𝑞+1⋯𝑈𝛼𝑠+𝑠′+1) . (28) 𝑎𝑞,𝑟,𝑟′ = ( 𝑟 + 𝑟′ + 1 2𝑞 ) 𝑚2𝑛 2𝑞+1 𝑐2𝑞 𝐽2,1 ∗ 𝐽2𝑞+2 ,𝑟+𝑟′+1−2𝑞 ∗ (1 + 𝑟 ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ) (1 + 𝑟′ ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ) , 𝑏𝑞,𝑟,𝑠′ = ( 𝑟 + 𝑠′ + 1 2𝑞 ) 𝑚2𝑛 2𝑞+1 𝑐2𝑞 𝐽2,1 ∗ 𝐽2𝑞+2 ,𝑟+𝑠′+1−2𝑞 ∗ (1 + 𝑟 ℐ 𝑚 𝑐2 ) 2 ℐ𝒱 𝑚 𝑐2 , 𝑐𝑞,𝑠,𝑠′ = ( 𝑠 + 𝑠′ + 1 2𝑞 ) 𝑚2𝑛 2𝑞+1 𝑐2𝑞 𝐽2,1 ∗ 𝐽2𝑞+2 ,𝑠+𝑠′+1−2𝑞 ∗ ( 2 ℐ𝒱 𝑚 𝑐2 ) 2 . (29) similarly, by comparing the definitons of 𝐵𝑟𝑠 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠 and 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟, we note that the former can somehow be obtained from the latter by replacing 𝑟 with 𝑟 + 𝑠 and multiplying by 2 ℐ𝒱 𝑚 𝑐2 . so we obtain (28) 2 with coefficients given by equation (29) 2. finaly, by comparing the definitons of 𝐶𝑠𝑠′ 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ and 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠, we note that the former can somehow be obtained from the latter by replacing 𝑠 with 𝑠 + 𝑠′ and multiplying by 1 𝑚 2 ℐ𝒱 𝑚 𝑐2 . so we obtain (28) 3 with coefficients given by (29) 3. we note that (27) 1 with 𝑟 = 1, 𝑟′ = 1 gives the expression (15) 1 of carrisi and pennisi (2019) [9] multiplied by 𝑚2; (27) 1 with 𝑟 = 1, 𝑟′ = 2 gives the expression (15) 2 of carrisi and pennisi (2019) [9] multiplied by 𝑚2; (27) 1 with 𝑟 = 2, 𝑟′ = 2 gives the expression (15) 3 of carrisi and pennisi (2019) [9] multiplied by 𝑚2. similarly, (27) 2 with 𝑟 = 1, 𝑠 = 0 gives 𝐵10 𝛼𝛼1 = 𝑚 𝑐 𝑇𝑉 𝛼𝛼1 , where 𝑇𝑉 𝛼𝛼1 is the expression (15) 4 of carrisi and pennisi (2019) [9]; (27) 2 with 𝑟 = 2, 𝑠 = 0 gives 𝐵20 𝛼𝛼1𝛼2 = 𝑚 𝑐 𝐴𝑉 𝛼𝛼1𝛼2, where 𝐴𝑉 𝛼𝛼1𝛼2 is the expression (15) 5 of carrisi and pennisi (2019) [9]. finally, (27) 3 with 𝑠 = 0, 𝑠′ = 0 gives 𝐶00 𝛼 = 𝑚 𝑐 𝑉𝑉𝑉 𝛼 with 𝑉𝑉𝑉 𝛼 defined in (15) 6 of carrisi and pennisi (2019) [9]. by comparing the correspondent decompositions (28) with (16) of carrisi and pennisi (2019) [9], we see that we must have: hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 196 𝑎0,1,1 = 𝑚 2𝐵5 ; 𝑎1,1,1 = 𝑚 2𝐵4 ; 𝑎0,1,2 = 𝑚 2𝐵3 ; 𝑎1,1,2 = 2 𝑚 2𝐵2 ; 𝑎2,1,2 = 1 5 𝑚2𝐵1 ; 𝑎0,2,2 = 𝑚 2𝐵8 ; 𝑎1,2,2 = 10 3 𝑚2𝐵7 ; 𝑎2,2,2 = 𝑚 2𝐵6 ; 𝑏0,1,0 = 𝑚 𝑐 𝐵9 ; 𝑏1,1,0 = 𝑚 𝑐 𝐵10 ; 𝑏0,2,0 = 𝑚 𝑐 𝐴1𝑉 0 ; 𝑏1,2,0 = 3 𝑚 𝑐 𝐴11𝑉 0 ; 𝑐0,0,0 = 𝑚 𝑐 𝐵11 , with 𝐵1-𝐵11, 𝐴1𝑉 0 , 𝐴11𝑉 0 given by (17) of carrisi and pennisi (2019) [9]. this is confirmed by the present equation (29). we are now ready to determine 𝜆 − 𝜆𝐸 , 𝜆𝛽 − 𝜆𝛽 𝐸 , 𝜆<𝛽𝛾> from (26) in terms of 𝑛. 𝛾, 𝑈𝛼 , 𝜋, 𝑞𝛼, 𝑡<𝛼𝛽>3 , 𝜇 = 1 4 𝑔𝛼𝛽𝜆𝛼𝛽, 𝜆𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 for 𝑟 = 3 ,⋯ , 𝑆 + 2 and 𝜇𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 for 𝑠 = 0 ,⋯ , 𝑆. after that, we will substitute them in (27) and obtain the requested closure. to this end, let us contract equation (25) 1 with 𝑈𝛼 and equation (25) 2 a first time with 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛽 and a second time with ℎ𝛼𝛽; so we obtain 𝑛𝑐2(𝜆 − 𝜆𝐸) + 𝑒 𝑚 𝑈𝜇 (𝜆𝜇 − 𝑈𝜇 𝑇 ) + 1 𝑚 (𝐴1 0𝑐2 + 𝐴11 0 ) 𝑈𝜇𝑈𝜈𝜆<𝜇𝜈< = = − 𝑐2 𝑚 (𝐴1 0𝑐2 − 3𝐴11 0 ) 𝜇 − ∑𝑆+2𝑟′=3 𝑈𝛼 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝑈𝛼 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ , 𝑒 𝑚 𝑐2(𝜆 − 𝜆𝐸) + 𝑐 4𝐵5 𝑈 𝜇 (𝜆𝜇 − 𝑈𝜇 𝑇 ) + ( 1 3 𝐵2𝑐 2 + 𝐵3𝑐 4)𝑈𝜇𝑈𝜈𝜆<𝜇𝜈> = = (𝐵2 − 𝐵3𝑐 2)𝑐4𝜇 − ∑𝑆+2𝑟′=3 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛽 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ , (30) 𝑝 𝑚 (𝜆 − 𝜆𝐸) + 1 3 𝐵4𝑈 𝜇 (𝜆𝜇 − 𝑈𝜇 𝑇 ) + ( 1 3 𝐵2 + 1 9 𝐵1 𝑐2 )𝑈𝜇𝑈𝜈𝜆<𝜇𝜈> = = − 𝑘𝐵 𝑚2 𝜋 + 1 3 (𝐵1 − 𝐵2𝑐 2) 𝜇 − 1 3 ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 ℎ𝛼𝛽 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − 1 3 ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 ℎ𝛼𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ . if we calculate this system in 𝜇 = 0, 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ = 0, 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ = 0 we obtain exactly the system (a.10) 1−3 of pennisi and ruggeri (2017) [11]. obviously, the matrix of coefficients is the same of that reported in (a.11) 1 of pennisi and ruggeri (2017) [11], i.e., �̃�𝜋 = ( 𝑛𝑐2 𝑒 𝑚 1 𝑚 (𝐴1 0𝑐2 + 𝐴11 0 ) 𝑒 𝑚 𝑐2 𝑐4 𝐵5 1 3 𝐵2𝑐 2 + 𝐵3𝑐 4 𝑝 𝑚 1 3 𝐵4 1 3 𝐵2 + 1 9 𝐵1 𝑐2 ) . (31) so, we can define �̃�𝑖𝑗 𝜋 the algebraic complement of its element in the line 𝑖, coulumn 𝑗 and, by using the kramer’ s theorem, we find; 𝜆 − 𝜆𝐸 = �̃�31 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| (− 𝑘𝐵 𝑚2 𝜋 + 1 3 (𝐵1 − 𝐵2𝑐 2) 𝜇 − (32) 1 3 ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 ℎ𝛼𝛽 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − 1 3 ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 ℎ𝛼𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′) + + �̃�21 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| ((𝐵2 − 𝐵3𝑐 2)𝑐4𝜇 − ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛽 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′) + + �̃�11 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| (− 𝑐2 𝑚 (𝐴1 0𝑐2 − 3𝐴11 0 ) 𝜇 − ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 𝑈𝛼 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝑈𝛼 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′) , 𝑈𝜇(𝜆𝜇 − 𝜆𝐸𝜇) = �̃�32 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| (− 𝑘𝐵 𝑚2 𝜋 + 1 3 (𝐵1 − 𝐵2𝑐 2) 𝜇 − 1 3 ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 ℎ𝛼𝛽 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − 1 3 ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 ℎ𝛼𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′) + hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 197 + �̃�22 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| ((𝐵2 − 𝐵3𝑐 2)𝑐4𝜇 − ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛽 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′) + + �̃�21 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| (− 𝑐2 𝑚 (𝐴1 0𝑐2 − 3𝐴11 0 ) 𝜇 − ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 𝑈𝛼 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝑈𝛼 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′) , 𝑈𝜇𝑈𝜈𝜆<𝜇𝜈> = �̃�33 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| (− 𝑘𝐵 𝑚2 𝜋 + 1 3 (𝐵1 − 𝐵2𝑐 2) 𝜇 − 1 3 ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 ℎ𝛼𝛽 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − 1 3 ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 ℎ𝛼𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′) + + �̃�23 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| ((𝐵2 − 𝐵3𝑐 2)𝑐4𝜇 − ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛽 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′) + + �̃�13 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| (− 𝑐2 𝑚 (𝐴1 0𝑐2 − 3𝐴11 0 ) 𝜇 − ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 𝑈𝛼𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝑈𝛼𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′) , if we calculate these expressions in 𝜇 = 0, 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ = 0, 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ = 0, we obtain exactly those reported in the equations subsequent to (61) of pennisi and ruggeri (2017) [11]. we consider now equation (25) 1 contracted by ℎ𝛼 𝛿 and equation (25) 2 contracted ℎ𝛼 𝛿 𝑈𝛽. so we obtain the system: ( 𝑝 𝑚 2 𝐴11 0 𝑚 1 3 𝐵4𝑐 2 2 3 𝐵2 𝑐 2 ) ( ℎ𝛿𝜇 (𝜆𝜇 − 𝑈𝜇 𝑇 ) ℎ𝛿𝜇𝑈𝜈𝜆<𝜇𝜈> ) = = ( − ℎ𝛼 𝛿 ∑𝑆+2𝑟′=3 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ℎ𝛼 𝛿 ∑𝑆𝑠′=0 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ − 𝑘𝐵 𝑚2 𝑞𝛿 − ∑𝑆+2𝑟′=3 ℎ𝛼 𝛿 𝑈𝛽 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 ℎ𝛼 𝛿 𝑈𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ . ) by calling �̃�𝑞 the determinant of the coefficients we can use the kramer’ s theorem and find; ℎ𝛿𝜇 (𝜆𝜇 − 𝑈𝜇 𝑇 ) = = − 2 𝐴11 0 𝑚 �̃�𝑞 (− 𝑘𝐵 𝑚2 𝑞𝛿 − ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 ℎ𝛼 𝛿 𝑈𝛽 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 ℎ𝛼 𝛿 𝑈𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′) + + 2 3 �̃�𝑞 𝐵2 𝑐 2 (− ℎ𝛼 𝛿 ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ℎ𝛼 𝛿 ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′) , ℎ𝛿𝜇𝑈𝜈𝜆<𝜇𝜈> = 𝑝 𝑚 �̃�𝑞 (− 𝑘𝐵 𝑚2 𝑞𝛿 − ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 ℎ𝛼 𝛿𝑈𝛽 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 ℎ𝛼 𝛿𝑈𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′) , + 1 3 �̃�𝑞 𝐵4 𝑐 2 (− ℎ𝛼 𝛿 ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ℎ𝛼 𝛿 ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′) . if we calculate these expressions in 𝜇 = 0, 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ = 0, 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ = 0, we obtain exactly equation (a.14) 1,2 of pennisi and ruggeri (2017) [11]. finally, equation (25) 2 contracted ℎ𝛼 <𝛿 ℎ𝛽 𝜃>3 gives ℎ𝜇 <𝛿 ℎ𝜈 𝜃>3 𝜆<𝜇𝜈> = hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 198 = 15 2 𝐵1 (− 𝑘𝐵 𝑚2 𝑡<𝛿𝜃>3 − ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 ℎ𝛼 <𝛿 ℎ𝛽 𝜃>3 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝑚 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 ℎ𝛼 <𝛿 ℎ𝛽 𝜃>3 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝛼𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′) . if we calculate these expressions in 𝜇 = 0, 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ = 0, 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ = 0, we obtain exactly equation (a.15) 1 of pennisi and ruggeri (2017) [11]. now we have to substitute all these results in (26) and, to thi end, we will use the identies: 𝜆𝜈 − 𝜆𝜈 𝐸 = − (𝜆𝜇 − 𝜆𝜇 𝐸)ℎ𝜈 𝜇 + [(𝜆𝜇 − 𝜆𝜇 𝐸)𝑈𝜇] 𝑈𝜈 𝑐2 , 𝜆<𝜇𝜈> = 𝜆<𝛼𝛽> ℎ<𝜇 𝛼 ℎ𝜈>3 𝛽 − 2 𝑐2 𝜆<𝛼𝛽> 𝑈 𝛼 ℎ(𝜇 𝛽 𝑈𝜈) + 𝜆<𝛼𝛽>𝑈 𝛼𝑈𝛽 𝑐2 (𝑈𝜇𝑈𝜈 + 1 3 ℎ𝜇𝜈) . so we obtain: 𝐴𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 − 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 = 𝒜𝜋 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 𝜋 + 𝒜𝜇 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 𝜇 + 𝒜𝑞 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛿 𝑞𝛿 + 𝒜𝑡 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 𝑡<𝛾𝛿>3 + (33) +∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 𝒜𝜆 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ + ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝒜𝜇 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ , 𝐴𝑉 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 − 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 = 𝒜𝑉𝜋 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 𝜋 + 𝒜𝑉𝜇 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 𝜇 + 𝒜𝑉𝑞 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛿 𝑞𝛿 + 𝒜𝑉𝑡 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛾𝛿 𝑡<𝛾𝛿>3 + +∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 𝒜𝑉𝜆 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ + ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝒜𝑉𝜇 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ , where; 𝒜𝜋 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 = 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 �̃�31 𝜋 𝑚 |�̃�𝜋| + 𝐴𝑟1 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝜈 𝑈𝜈 𝑐2 �̃�32 𝜋 𝑚2 |�̃�𝜋| + 𝐴𝑟2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 (𝑈𝛾𝑈𝛿 + 1 3 ℎ𝛾𝛿) �̃�33 𝜋 𝑚2 𝑐2|�̃�𝜋| , 𝒜𝜇 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 = = − 𝑚 𝑘𝐵 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 [ �̃�31 𝜋 3 |�̃�𝜋| (𝐵1 − 𝐵2𝑐 2) + �̃�21 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| (𝐵2 − 𝐵3𝑐 2)𝑐4 − �̃�11 𝜋 𝑚 |�̃�𝜋| (𝐴1 0𝑐2 − 3𝐴11 0 )𝑐2] − 1 𝑘𝐵 𝐴𝑟1 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝜈 𝑈𝜈 𝑐2 [ �̃�32 𝜋 3 |�̃�𝜋| (𝐵1 − 𝐵2𝑐 2) + �̃�22 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| (𝐵2 − 𝐵3𝑐 2)𝑐4 − �̃�21 𝜋 𝑚 |�̃�𝜋| (𝐴1 0𝑐2 − 3𝐴11 0 )𝑐2] − 1 𝑘𝐵 𝐴𝑟2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 (𝑈𝛾𝑈𝛿 + 1 3 ℎ𝛾𝛿) [ �̃�33 𝜋 3 𝑐2|�̃�𝜋| (𝐵1 − 𝐵2𝑐 2) + �̃�23 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| (𝐵2 − 𝐵3𝑐 2)𝑐2 − �̃�13 𝜋 𝑚 |�̃�𝜋| (𝐴1 0𝑐2 − 3𝐴11 0 )] − 1 𝑘𝐵 𝐴𝑟2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 𝑔𝛾𝛿 , 𝒜𝑞 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛿 = 𝐴𝑟1 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛿 2 𝐴11 0 𝑚3 �̃�𝑞 − 2 𝑝 𝑚3𝑐2�̃�𝑞 𝐴𝑟2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 𝑈𝛾 , 𝒜𝑡 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 = 𝐴𝑟2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 15 2 𝑚2 𝐵1 , 𝒜𝜆 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ = − 1 𝑘𝐵 𝐴𝑟𝑟′ 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ + + 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 𝑚 [ �̃�31 𝜋 3 |�̃�𝜋| ℎ𝜇𝜈 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝜇𝜈𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ + �̃�21 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| 𝑈𝜇𝑈𝜈 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝜇𝜈𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ + �̃�11 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| 𝑈𝜇 𝐴𝐸 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′] + + 𝐴𝑟1 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝜈 𝑚 𝑘𝐵 𝑈𝜈 𝑐2 [ �̃�32 𝜋 3 |�̃�𝜋| ℎ𝜇𝜗 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝜇𝜗𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ + �̃�22 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| 𝑈𝜇𝑈𝜗 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝜇𝜗𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ + �̃�21 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| 𝑈𝜇 𝐴𝐸 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′] + + 2 𝑘𝐵 𝐴𝑟1 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝜈 [ 𝐴11 0 𝑚2 �̃�𝑞 ℎ𝜈𝜇 𝑈𝜗 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝜈𝜗𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ − 𝐵2 𝑐 2 3 𝑚 �̃�𝑞 ℎ𝜈𝜇 𝐴𝐸 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′] + hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 199 + 1 𝑘𝐵 𝐴𝑟2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 𝐴1𝑟′ 𝜗𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ [ 15 2 𝑚 𝐵1 ℎ𝜗<𝛾ℎ𝛿>3𝛽 − 2 𝑝 𝑚 𝑐2�̃�𝑞 𝑈𝛿 ℎ𝛾𝜗 𝑈𝛽 − �̃�33 𝜋 3 𝑚 𝑐2|�̃�𝜋| (𝑈𝛾𝑈𝛿 + 1 3 ℎ𝛾𝛿) ℎ𝜗𝛽 + �̃�23 𝜋 𝑚 𝑐2|�̃�𝜋| (𝑈𝛾𝑈𝛿 + 1 3 ℎ𝛾𝛿)𝑈𝜗𝑈𝛽] + + 1 𝑘𝐵 𝐴𝑟2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 𝐴𝐸 𝜗𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ [− 2 𝐵4 3 𝑚 �̃�𝑞 𝑈𝛿 ℎ𝛾𝜗 + �̃�13 𝜋 𝑐2|�̃�𝜋| (𝑈𝛾𝑈𝛿 + 1 3 ℎ𝛾𝛿)𝑈𝜗] , 𝒜𝜇 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ = − 1 𝑘𝐵 𝐵𝑟𝑠′ 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ + + 1 𝑘𝐵 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 [ �̃�31 𝜋 3 |�̃�𝜋| ℎ𝜗𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝜗𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ + �̃�21 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| 𝑈𝜗𝑈𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝜗𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ − �̃�11 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| 𝑈𝜗 𝐴𝐸 𝜗𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′] + + 𝐴𝑟1 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝜈 𝑘𝐵 𝑈𝜈 𝑐2 [ �̃�33 𝜋 3 |�̃�𝜋| ℎ𝜗𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝜗𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 + �̃�23 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| 𝑈𝛽𝑈𝜗 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝜗𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑚 + �̃�13 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| 𝑈𝜗 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝜗𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′] + + 2 𝑘𝐵 𝐴𝑟1 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝜈 𝑚 [ 𝐴11 0 𝑚 �̃�𝑞 ℎ𝜈𝜗 𝑈𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝜗𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ − 𝐵2 𝑐 2 3 �̃�𝑞 ℎ𝜈𝜗 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝜗𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′] + + 1 𝑘𝐵 15 2 𝑚 𝐵1 𝐴𝑟2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝜗𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ ℎ𝛾<𝜗ℎ𝛽>3𝛿 + + 1 𝑘𝐵 𝑐 2 𝐴𝑟2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 (𝑈𝛾𝑈𝛿 + 1 3 ℎ𝛾𝛿) [ �̃�33 𝜋 3 𝑚 |�̃�𝜋| ℎ𝜗𝛽 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝜗𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ + �̃�23 𝜋 𝑚 |�̃�𝜋| 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝜗𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝑈𝜗𝑈𝛽 + + �̃�13 𝜋 |�̃�𝜋| 𝑈𝜗 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝜗𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′] + 4 𝑘𝐵 𝑐 2 𝐴𝑟2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 𝑈𝛾 [ 𝐴11 0 𝑚2 �̃�𝑞 𝑈𝛽 ℎ𝛿𝜗 𝐵1𝑠′ 𝜗𝛽𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ − 𝐵2 𝑐 2 3 𝑚 �̃�𝑞 ℎ𝛿𝜗 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝜗𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′] . the expressions of 𝒜𝑉𝜋 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 , 𝒜𝑉𝜇 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 , 𝒜𝑉𝑞 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛿 , 𝒜𝑉𝑡 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛾𝛿 , 𝒜𝑉𝜆 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝒜𝑉𝜇 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ can be obtained from the above ones by substituting 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 with 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠, 𝐴𝑟1 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝜈 with 𝐵𝑠1 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝜈, 𝐴𝑟2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 with 𝐵𝑠2 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛾𝛿 , 𝐴𝑟𝑟′ 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ with 𝐵𝑠𝑟′ 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ , 𝐵𝑟𝑠′ 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ with 𝐶𝑠𝑠′ 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′. in fact, this is what comes out from the comparison between (26) 1 and (26) 2; obviously, the contribute of the lagrange multipliers is the same so that nothing else must be changed. so we avoid to report such expressions for the sake of brevity. the equations (33) jointly with (23) give the requested closure. obviously, in equations (33) the lagrange multipliers 𝜇, 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ , 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ still appear between the independent variables. if we want to express them too in terms of physical variables, we have firstly to clarify what these physical variables are besides those already introduced. in my opinion they are those whose non relativistic limit gives the variables which are derivated respect to time, or still better, the deviations from their equilibrium value. in other words, we have to consider the equations: δ = 1 𝑐4 𝑈𝛼𝑈𝛼1𝑈𝛼2 (𝐴 𝛼𝛼1𝛼2 − 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛼1𝛼2) , (34) δ𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 = 𝑈𝛼(𝐴 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 − 𝐴𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟) = 𝑈𝛼 𝒜𝜋 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 𝜋 + 𝑈𝛼 𝒜𝜇 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟 𝜇 + 𝑈𝛼 𝒜𝑞 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛿 𝑞𝛿 + (35) +𝑈𝛼 𝒜𝑡 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 𝑡<𝛾𝛿>3 + ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 𝑈𝛼 𝒜𝜆 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ + ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝑈𝛼 𝒜𝜇 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ , δ𝑉 𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 = 𝑈𝛼(𝐴𝑉 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 − 𝐴𝑉𝐸 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠) = 𝑈𝛼 𝒜𝑉𝜋 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 𝜋 + 𝑈𝛼 𝒜𝑉𝜇 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠 𝜇 + 𝑈𝛼 𝒜𝑉𝑞 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛿 𝑞𝛿 + +𝑈𝛼 𝒜𝑉𝑡 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑟𝛾𝛿 𝑡<𝛾𝛿>3 + ∑ 𝑆+2 𝑟′=3 𝑈𝛼 𝒜𝑉𝜆 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′ + ∑ 𝑆 𝑠′=0 𝑈𝛼 𝒜𝑉𝜇 𝛼𝛼1⋯𝛼𝑠𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ . hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 200 the left hand sides of these equations are the additional physical variables; equations (34) for 𝑟 = 3,⋯ 𝑆 + 2 and 𝑠 = 0,⋯ 𝑆 have to be used to determine 𝜇, 𝜆𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑟′, 𝜇𝛽1⋯𝛽𝑠′ in terms of the physical variables. the result has to be substituted in (33) so obtaining the closure all in terms of physical variables. can we do this? yes, we can. but the equations present in this article are complicated enough to want to burden them further. therefore we refrain from doing it. in any case, when we want to make a practical application of the model, we must first choose in harmony with the experimental results the number 𝑆 to stop at. in this case, since 𝑆 is a given number, these further steps can be carried out easily. so the last step in the first part of the flowchart present in the introduction has been obtained, i.e., the closure of the present general relativistic model (6). 6. conclusions in this article, it was found that the relativistic counterpart of the classical model for polyatomic gases takes into account both the vibrational and rotational modes. as is common in extended thermodynamics, in the balance equations not only independent variables appear but also other additional tensors; the closure is obtained when the expressions of these tensors are found as functions of the independent variables. this end is here reached by imposing universal principles such as the entropy principle, the maximum entropy principle, and, obviously, the covariance of all the equations and the variables involved. as a bonus, the field equations assume the symmetric form and are hyperbolic; this is important because assures the respect of the cause and effect principle and the fact that the wave velocities don’t exceed the speed of light. another nice mathematical property in this way is the continuous dependence on the initial data. the validity of the present model has already been tested because in the simplest case of 16 moments, it coincides with that already known in the literature. certainly, the field equations have become somewhat complicated due to the fact that independent variables more appealing to the common reader have been chosen. if we use the lagrange multipliers as independent variables, everything becomes simpler. the results here obtained give indications on how to structure the non-relativistic model. in fact, the classical model with an arbitrary number of moments known in literature proposes only 3 hierarchies with infinite equations. it is not shown how to interrupt these 3 blocks in order to obtain a finite system, except for the 2 simplest cases. this aspect is clarified here and, in particular, in section 2. the optimal choice of moments here presented in the subsystem with only one mode becomes the same as that already known in literature. 6. declarations 6.1. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.2. funding this work has been partially supported by gnfm/indam and by the italian miur through the prin2017 project multi-scale phenomena in continuum mechanics: singular limits, off-equilibrium and transitions (project number: 2017ybknce). 6.3. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] arima, t., ruggeri, t., & sugiyama, m. (2018). extended thermodynamics of rarefied polyatomic gases: 15-field theory incorporating relaxation processes of molecular rotation and vibration. entropy, 20(4), 301. doi:10.3390/e20040301. [2] arima, t., ruggeri, t., & sugiyama, m. (2020). rational extended thermodynamics of dense polyatomic gases incorporating molecular rotation and vibration. philosophical transactions of the royal society a: mathematical, physical and engineering sciences, 378(2170), 20190176. doi:10.1098/rsta.2019.0176. [3] liu, i.-s., & müller, i. (1983). extended thermodynamics of classical and degenerate ideal gases. archive for rational mechanics and analysis, 83(4), 285–332. doi:10.1007/bf00963838 [4] müller, i., & ruggeri, t. (1998). rational extended thermodynamics. springer tracts in natural philosophy. doi:10.1007/9781-4612-2210-1. [5] arima, t., taniguchi, s., ruggeri, t., & sugiyama, m. (2011). extended thermodynamics of dense gases. continuum mechanics and thermodynamics, 24(4-6), 271–292. doi:10.1007/s00161-011-0213-x. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 201 [6] ruggeri, t., & sugiyama, m. (2015). rational extended thermodynamics beyond the monatomic gas. doi:10.1007/978-3-31913341-6. [7] pennisi, s., & ruggeri, t. (2020). classical limit of relativistic moments associated with boltzmann–chernikov equation: optimal choice of moments in classical theory. journal of statistical physics, 179(1), 231–246. doi:10.1007/s10955-02002530-2. [8] boillat, g., & ruggeri, t. (1997). hyperbolic principal subsystems: entropy convexity and subcharacteristic conditions. archive for rational mechanics and analysis, 137(4), 305–320. doi:10.1007/s002050050030. [9] carrisi, m. c., & pennisi, s. (2019). a 16 moments model in relativistic extended thermodynamics of rarefied polyatomic gas. ricerche di matematica. doi:10.1007/s11587-019-00468-6. [10] borghero, f., demontis, f., & pennisi, s. (2006). the non-relativistic limit of relativistic extended thermodynamics with many momentspart i: the balance equations. waves and stability in continuous media. proceedings wascom (2005), 47– 52. doi:10.1142/9789812773616_0008. [11] pennisi, s., & ruggeri, t. (2017). relativistic extended thermodynamics of rarefied polyatomic gas. annals of physics, 377, 414–445. doi:10.1016/j.aop.2016.12.012. [12] mentrelli, a., & ruggeri, t. (2020). shock structure in extended thermodynamics with second-order maximum entropy principle closure. continuum mechanics and thermodynamics, 33(1), 125–150. doi:10.1007/s00161-020-00892-2. [13] brini, f. (2001). hyperbolicity region in extended thermodynamics with 14 moments. continuum mechanics and thermodynamics, 13(1), 1–8. doi:10.1007/s001610100036. [14] ruggeri, t., & trovato, m. (2004). hyperbolicity in extended thermodynamics of fermi and bose gases. continuum mechanics and thermodynamics, 16(6), 551–576. doi:10.1007/s00161-004-0180-6. [15] brini, f., & ruggeri, t. (2019). second-order approximation of extended thermodynamics of a monatomic gas and hyperbolicity region. continuum mechanics and thermodynamics, 32(1), 23–39. doi:10.1007/s00161-019-00778-y. [16] brini, f., & ruggeri, t. (2020). hyperbolicity of first and second order extended thermodynamics theory of polyatomic rarefied gases. international journal of non-linear mechanics, 124, 103517. doi:10.1016/j.ijnonlinmec.2020.103517. [17] carrisi, m. c., & pennisi, s. (2013). extended thermodynamics of charged gases with many moments. journal of mathematical physics, 54(2), 023101. doi:10.1063/1.4789544. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 220 issn: 2723-9535 social network analysis of cryptocurrency using business intelligence dashboard jonathan c. setyono 1*, william s. suryawidjaja 1, abba s. girsang 2 1 computer science department, school of computer science, bina nusantara university, jakarta, 11480, indonesia. 2 computer science department, binus graduate program-master of computer science bina nusantara university, jakarta 11480, indonesia. received 04 february 2022; revised 22 april 2022; accepted 11 may 2022; published 01 june 2022 abstract there are currently more than 10.000 cryptocurrencies available to buy from the online market, with a vast range of prices for each coin it sells. the fluctuation of each coin is affected by any social events or by several important companies or people behind it. the aim of this research is to compare three cryptocurrencies, which are bitcoin, ethereum, and binance coin, using social network analysis (sna) by visualizing them using business intelligence (bi dashboard). this study uses the sna parameters of degree, diameter, modularity, centrality, and path length for each network and its actors and their actual market price by crawling (data collecting process) from twitter as one of the social media platforms. from the research conducted, the popularity of cryptocurrencies is affected by their market price and the activeness of their actors on social media. these results are important because they could help in the decisionmaking to buy cryptocurrencies with high popularity on social media because they tend to retain their value over time and could benefit from price spikes from influential people. keywords: business intelligence; cryptocurrency; social network analysis; social media. 1. introduction in this era, social media has become something that cannot be separated from our lives. it gives us the ability to share our thoughts with the whole world [1]. according to perrin (2015) [2], nearly two-thirds of adults in the united states (65%) use social networking sites, with the most likely users of social media being young adults (ages 18 to 29). hence, every trending topic such as cryptocurrency will surely be discussed on social media. cryptocurrency itself is a form of digital currency that has been rapidly growing over a short time [3] since the introduction of bitcoin in 2008 [4]. the reason behind this phenomenon is that cryptocurrency allows us to do public transactions without centralized authority’s approval over the internet, even though there are still trust issues regarding the cryptocurrency ecosystem, such as price manipulation, questionable privacy and security, lack of regulation from the government, and insiders’ trading [5]. according to the coinmarketcap.com website, there are currently 17.024 cryptocurrencies on sale with a wide range of prices per coin from under one united states dollar (usd) to an astounding price of above 100.000 usd and 149 categories such as stablecoin, energy, and event cryptocurrencies. worldwide events could also affect cryptocurrencies’ prospects e.g. [6] where dogecoin – one of the cryptocurrency tokens – was having a significant price effect just by the tweet on twitter by influential individual like elon musk. thus, selecting cryptocurrencies that are worth buying has become quite a formidable challenge. * corresponding author: jonathan.setyono@binus.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-02-09  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4574-3679 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 221 previous studies have been done for searching worth-to-buy cryptocurrencies by using social network analysis. a network analysis of 69 cryptocurrencies during covid-19 has been done by using descriptive statistics and social network analysis [7]. vidal-tomás (2021) [7] used degree centrality, betweenness centrality, average degree centrality, and average betweenness centrality to inspect cryptocurrencies' social network analysis. another research utilized webometrics analysis and social network analysis with the indicators of degree, eigenvector, closeness, and betweenness centralities to examine 53 cryptocurrencies’ performance [8]. meanwhile, alqassem et al. (2020) [9] applied social network analysis’ diameter parameter to capture the event of shrinking diameter on their study. other studies that were conducted by javarone & wright (2018) [10] implemented degree to see bitcoin’s network degree distribution, clustering coefficient, and path length from social network analysis as well as [11] utilized average degree and clustering social network analysis to compare bitcoin and ethereum as cryptocurrency tokens. on the other hand, some research does not use social network analysis when analyzing cryptocurrencies. a study conducted by pilar et al. (2018) [12] used a hierarchical method which is a minimum spanning tree to explain the correlation between 16 cryptocurrencies. meanwhile, sohaib et al. (2020) [13] utilized partial least squares – structural equation modeling (pls-sem) to analyze cryptocurrencies. another research by biryukov & tikhomirov (2019) [14] used the clustering method as well as lin et al. (2020) [15] proposed an embedding model to inspect cryptocurrencies’ transactions. also, ji et al. (2019) [16] did a study to analyze network correlation between cryptocurrencies. from the observed literatures, most research has been focusing on comparing cryptocurrencies using network analysis from social media and other parameters for each cryptocurrency overview but without utilizing data visualization techniques. our proposed approach for analysing cryptocurrencies is to implement business intelligence (bi) dashboard to present the social network analysis. social network analysis is used to examine cryptocurrencies’ network overview and their actors or people that posted and interacted with others regarding the related cryptocurrency in social media. a bi dashboard can process, store, report, and examine data to display the fact that could be used to make decisions [17]. bi will be helpful to compare multiple cryptocurrencies using social network parameters by displaying the analyzed parameters with data visualization and other features that are provided by the bi dashboard platform such as embedding a website content to show the real-time price of cryptocurrencies as well as the easiness of creating and sharing a bi dashboard to other parties. 2. materials and methods 2.1. social network analysis this research uses social media network analysis (smna) methodology as the implementation of social network analysis (sna). according to camacho et al. (2021) [18], the difference between smna and sna is in the data collecting process. on smna, the data that is used in the research already existed in the form of a digital footprint from social media. meanwhile, research design and method of collecting data such as interview or observation are needed on sna methodology as presented in figure 1. figure 1. differences between sna and smna methodology data collecting process which can be called crawling utilized the open-source website application netlytic. this research chose three cryptocurrencies to be compared which are bitcoin, ethereum, and binance coin. then, crawling technique is used for those cryptocurrencies from twitter using our defined query. our query searched for tweets (post on twitter) that includes keywords of btc or bitcoin for bitcoin, eth or ethereum for ethereum, and bnb or binance for binance coin with the posts’ language of english and retweet as shown in figure 2(a), 2(b), 2(c). figure 2(a). twitter search query for bitcoin in netlytic hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 222 figure 2(b). twitter search query for ethereum in netlytic figure 2(c). twitter search query for binance coin in netlytic 2500 rows of records were taken from netlytic for each of the cryptocurrencies to be processed for social network analysis. our next procedure is visualizing the cryptocurrencies’ network overview user graph and exporting each of the cryptocurrencies into the gephi file (.gexf) because gephi has a more comprehensive social network analysis tools than netlytic but is not able to do data crawling on the free version. the social network analysis step is done through gephi where they were processed from the exported files and changed to an undirected graph and examined the degree, diameter, modularity, centrality, and path length. instead of only using the network properties overview as in [7-11], our study used each actor's social network properties for example each actor degree value. after the process is completed, the analyzed cryptocurrencies then are exported into a .csv file to be processed on the next process which is data warehouse. 2.2. social network analysis parameters social network analysis degree: degree or degree centrality is the number of relations (link) that an actor (a node) has between the actor and other actors on the network [19]. diameter: diameter is the value of proximity regarding two pairs of actors or nodes in a network to give information about how far they both are [20]. modularity: modularity is a measure of a network's modularity by describing structures that detect community or group in a network [21]. according to aditama & sn (2020) [21], a group in modularity means that the actors inside have more intense connection than to actors outside the group. centrality: centrality score refers to the most important actor(s) in the network [22]. a network with a high centrality value (centralized network) means that there are dominant actors where a lot of nodes are connected to them. path length: path length is the score given to indicate how far two actors are separated by calculating how many actors or nodes are between them. a social network with a shorter path length score makes transmitting information between two actors more efficient [23]. path length: path length is the score given to indicate how far two actors are separated by calculating how many actors or nodes are between them. a social network with a shorter path length score makes transmitting information between two actors more efficient [23]. 2.3. data warehouse from the .csv files that contain social network analysis of each cryptocurrency, pentaho is used as software to do the extract-transform-load (etl) process. the etl procedures for every cryptocurrency are: i) extracting data from .csv files. ii) transform the extracted data to match the database design as in figure 4. iii) load or insert the data into the database that has been designed as in figure 3. sql server management studio (ssms) is used as our sql database infrastructure to keep the cryptocurrencies’ social network analysis records. star schema concept is an online analytical processing (olap) schema that puts a fact table on the center of the database design and the dimension tables around it [24]. our database design consists of socialnetworkfact that records other table primary keys as foreign keys and every actor’s social network analysis parameter, userdim that records actors’ information from twitter, timedim that records the time of social network analysis process, and networkoverviewdim that records each of the cryptocurrencies’ social network parameter. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 223 figure 3. database design for data warehouse using star schema concept 2.4. business intelligence (bi) dashboard business intelligence (bi) is a technique to blend data gathering, storage, and knowledge management to provide data-driven analytics that helps the decision-making process [25]. there are many bi platforms that could create bi dashboards such as tableau and qlik sense, but powerbi is chosen to be used as this research bi dashboard because the provided features fit perfectly with the features that were needed. there are two separate programs that are used for creating the bi dashboard which is powerbi desktop and powerbi website at powerbi.microsoft.com. powerbi desktop is utilized to connect data sources which are sql server in our case and to publish them into the powerbi website. powerbi website then allows us to create reports and a cryptocurrencies’ comparison sna dashboard. a report in powerbi is a single page that contains visualization elements such as graphs and cards to display data that are going to be analyzed from the dataset [26]. meanwhile, according to sun et al. (2016) [26], a dashboard is a feature that contains multiple published reports whether the whole or only selected reports. 3. results and discussion to gather all the beneficial information for social network analysis, this study proposed the design of our bi dashboard be divided into three parts which are the cryptocurrencies’ network overview, social network analysis, and the actors of each cryptocurrency's social network analysis. it is useful to display specific information regarding the different classes of specific data. 3.1. cryptocurrencies network overview the design of network overview for each cryptocurrency consists of the sna parameters value, sna user graph, and the market price as shown in figure 4(a), 4(b), 4(c). the coinlib.io website is utilized to use web content input in powerbi for presenting the market price of the cryptocurrencies. the sna user graph is displayed using pictures that are exported from netlytic and the sna parameters value of average path length, average degree, diameter, and modularity is presented. based on the results below in figure 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), binance’s social network has the best sna indicators because of the smaller nature of network scale in twitter or least popular cryptocurrency token in twitter. binance has the easiest network for the actors to reach each other (smallest average path length and diameter value) and the highest relation of degree value on each actor or node. meanwhile, bitcoin’s social network excelled in modularity which means that the groups in bitcoin’s network have the highest average interaction. on the other hand, ethereum’s social network is the most difficult for the actors to reach each other because of the biggest average path length and diameter value. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 224 the market price of cryptocurrencies also has a correlation with the sna. because of higher market value e.g., bitcoin has the most expensive cryptocurrency token price, the social network is bigger than the other because it is more popular on twitter than the likes of binance coin which has the least token price. therefore, it is easier for binance coin to have a better connection with each actor on the network. figure 4(a). bitcoin’s network overview figure 4(b). ethereum’s network overview hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 225 figure 4(c). binance coin’s network overview 3.2. cryptocurrencies’ social network analysis the second part of our bi dashboard contains the comparison between cryptocurrencies’ social networks. the comparisons are displayed using graph such as in figure 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e). for every figure except figure 5(e), the vertical axis property is the cryptocurrency name, and the horizontal axis presented the sna value. meanwhile, in figure 5(e), the actors are displayed according to their username to see the actors that have the most post on twitter. as stated before in the previous sub-section, binance has the easiest social network and most relation for each actor, but the least interaction in the group because binance has the highest value of the average degree, the smallest value of average path length, diameter, as well as modularity. on the other hand, even though bitcoin has the smallest value of the average degree, bitcoin has the most interaction in the groups. according to figure 5(e), multiple actors are involved in every cryptocurrency’s social network. this means that they had posted on twitter using the twitter keywords which indicates that they are deeply involved in talking about cryptocurrencies on twitter. figure 5(a). average degree according to cryptocurrency name hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 226 figure 5(b). average path length according to cryptocurrency name figure 5(c). modularity according to cryptocurrency name figure 5(d). diameter according to cryptocurrency name hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 227 figure 5(e). most post by actors in twitter 3.3. cryptocurrencies’ social network analysis unlike, every actor that posts on twitter is used to analyze the social network analysis. the donut charts present the top sna parameter values of actors in each cryptocurrency. as shown in figure 6(a), around 80% of the cryptocurrencies' social networks are dominated by actors with only one degree or connection. bitcoin and ethereum have groups, there is no visibly dominant group, such as group 185 on binance coin. figure 6(a). top 10 degree figure 6(b). top 5 modularity class 4. conclusion from the research and study that has been done, binance has the easiest network for the actors to reach each other (smallest average path length and diameter value) and the highest relation of degree value for each actor or node. meanwhile, ethereum’s social network is the most difficult for the actors to reach each other because of the biggest average path length and diameter value. lastly, bitcoin has the most interaction in the groups, although bitcoin has the smallest average degree. in every cryptocurrency social network, there are multiple actors that are involved in every cryptocurrency’s social network, and around 80 percent of the cryptocurrency social networks are dominated by actors that only have one degree or connection. based on the statement above, the popularity of cryptocurrencies is hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 228 influenced by their market price and their actors’ activities on social media. hence, making the decision to buy cryptocurrencies with high popularity on social media should be considered because they tend to retain their value over time and could benefit from price spikes from influential people. our conducted research proposed the use of bi dashboard to present data visualization in the form of graphs, charts, web content, and cards to help us understand the social network analysis data of binance, bitcoin, and ethereum and yet provide facts to make the decision regarding cryptocurrency options between the three easier. this research still uses the crawling technique manually, in accordance to provide an opportunity to create an automated data collection or crawling process. the use of the bi dashboard platform other than powerbi could be more beneficial because there is a limitation regarding the tool, which is the incapability of powerbi to update the database that is stored locally. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, j.c.s., w.s.s. and a.s.g.; methodology, j.c.s. and w.s.s.; software, j.c.s. and w.s.s.; validation, j.c.s. and w.s.s.; formal analysis, j.c.s. and w.s.s.; investigation, j.c.s. and w.s.s.; resources, j.c.s. and w.s.s.; data curation, j.c.s., w.s.s. and a.s.g.; writing—original draft preparation, j.c.s. and w.s.s.; writing— review and editing, j.c.s., w.s.s. and a.s.g.; visualization, j.c.s. and w.s.s.; supervision, a.s.g.; project administration, j.c.s., w.s.s. and a.s.g.; funding acquisition, j.c.s., w.s.s. and a.s.g.. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] wada, h. (2021). assessing the social media user’s credibility rating of shared content, and its utilization in decision making. emerging science journal, 5(2), 191–199. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-01269. [2] perrin, a. (2015). social media usage: 2005-2015. in pew research center. available online: http://www.pewinternet.org/2015/10/08/2015/social-networking-usage-2005-2015/ (accessed on march 2022). [3] wątorek, m., drożdż, s., kwapień, j., minati, l., oświęcimka, p., & stanuszek, m. (2021). multiscale characteristics of the emerging global cryptocurrency market. physics reports, 901, 1–82. doi:10.1016/j.physrep.2020.10.005. [4] nakamoto, s. bitcoin: a peer-to-peer electronic cash system. available online: https://bitcoin.org/bitcoin.pdf (accessed on april 2022). [5] rehman, m. h. u., salah, k., damiani, e., & svetinovic, d. (2020). trust in blockchain cryptocurrency ecosystem. ieee transactions on engineering management, 67(4), 1196–1212. doi:10.1109/tem.2019.2948861. [6] ante, l. (2021). how elon musk's twitter activity moves cryptocurrency markets. ssrn electronic journal, 1-28. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3778844. [7] vidal-tomás, d. (2021). transitions in the cryptocurrency market during the covid-19 pandemic: a network analysis. finance research letters, 43, 101981. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2021.101981. [8] park, s., & park, h. w. (2019). diffusion of cryptocurrencies: web traffic and social network attributes as indicators of cryptocurrency performance. quality & quantity, 54(1), 297–314. doi:10.1007/s11135-019-00840-6. [9] alqassem, i., rahwan, i., & svetinovic, d. (2020). the anti-social system properties: bitcoin network data analysis. ieee transactions on systems, man, and cybernetics: systems, 50(1), 21–31. doi:10.1109/tsmc.2018.2883678. [10] javarone, m. a., & wright, c. s. (2018). from bitcoin to bitcoin cash: a network analysis. cryblock 2018 proceedings of the 1st workshop on cryptocurrencies and blockchains for distributed systems. doi:10.1145/3211933.3211947. [11] aspembitova, a. t., feng, l., & chew, l. y. (2021). behavioral structure of users in cryptocurrency market. plos one, 16(1), e0242600. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0242600. http://www.pewinternet.org/2015/10/08/2015/social-networking-usage-2005-2015/ https://bitcoin.org/bitcoin.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 229 [12] pilar, g.-c., jaureguizar arellano, d., & jaureguizar francés, c. (2018). the cryptocurrency market: a network analysis. esic market economic and business journal, 49(3). doi:10.7200/esicm.161.0493.4i. [13] sohaib, o., hussain, w., asif, m., ahmad, m., & mazzara, m. (2020). a pls-sem neural network approach for understanding cryptocurrency adoption. ieee access, 8, 13138–13150. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2960083. [14] biryukov, a., & tikhomirov, s. (2019). deanonymization and linkability of cryptocurrency transactions based on network analysis. proceedings 4th ieee european symposium on security and privacy, (euros&p). doi:10.1109/eurosp.2019.00022. [15] lin, d., wu, j., yuan, q., & zheng, z. (2020). t-edge: temporal weighted multidigraph embedding for ethereum transaction network analysis. frontiers in physics, 8. doi:10.3389/fphy.2020.00204. [16] ji, q., bouri, e., lau, c. k. m., & roubaud, d. (2019). dynamic connectedness and integration in cryptocurrency markets. international review of financial analysis, 63, 257–272. doi:10.1016/j.irfa.2018.12.002. [17] anticona, p. (2019). advantages of making a dashboard with a business intelligence platform compared to other reporting software. pm world journal, 8, 1-41. [18] camacho, d., luzón, m. v., & cambria, e. (2021). new research methods & algorithms in social network analysis. future generation computer systems, 114, 290–293. doi:10.1016/j.future.2020.08.006. [19] valeri, m., & baggio, r. (2021). social network analysis: organizational implications in tourism management. international journal of organizational analysis, 29(2), 342–353. doi:10.1108/ijoa-12-2019-1971. [20] tabassum, s., pereira, f. s. f., fernandes, s., & gama, j. (2018). social network analysis: an overview. wires data mining and knowledge discovery, 8(5). doi:10.1002/widm.1256. [21] dwi putra aditama, t. b., & sn, a. (2020). determining community structure and modularity in social network using genetic algorithm. indonesian journal of computing and cybernetics systems, 14(3), 219. doi:10.22146/ijccs.57834. [22] das, k., samanta, s., & pal, m. (2018). study on centrality measures in social networks: a survey. social network analysis and mining, 8(1). doi:10.1007/s13278-018-0493-2. [23] lee, c.-y., chong, h.-y., liao, p.-c., & wang, x. (2018). critical review of social network analysis applications in complex project management. journal of management in engineering, 34(2), 04017061. doi:10.1061/(asce)me.19435479.0000579. [24] correia, j., santos, m. y., costa, c., & andrade, c. (2018). fast online analytical processing for big data warehousing. 2018 international conference on intelligent systems (is). doi:10.1109/is.2018.8710583. [25] negash, s., & gray, p. (2008). business intelligence. handbook on decision support systems 2, 175–193. doi:10.1007/978-3540-48716-6_9. [26] sun, z., sun, l., & strang, k. (2016). big data analytics services for enhancing business intelligence. journal of computer information systems, 58(2), 162–169. doi:10.1080/08874417.2016.1220239. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 252 issn: 2723-9535 production and king grass nutritional quality number of sources of nitrogen fertilizer eko hendarto 1* , agustinah setyaningrum 1 1 faculty of animal science, jenderal soedirman university, purwokerto, central java, indonesia. received 21 june 2021; revised 19 may 2022; accepted 11 june 2022; available online 06 july 2022 abstract the aim of this study was to obtain the best nitrogen source and level of information on plant growth, production, and nutritional quality of king grass forage (pennisetum purpureophoides). the source of nitrogen comes from natural fertilizers (chicken and cow manure) and artificial fertilizers (urea and npk). the method was completely randomized with the bnj further test with a confidence interval of <0.05. the research plan consisted of 2 factors: the type of fertilizer (organic; cow and chicken manure); inorganic fertilizers (npk and urea + nitrogen); and the second factor, the dosage (50, 75, and 100 kg/ha/defoliation). observation parameters were plant height, stem diameter, number of plants per clump, fresh forage production, dry matter production, dry matter content, crude protein content, crude fibre content, and crude fat content. the results of the study using modifications in fertilizing king grass to increase carbon sources and nutrients obtained significant results. the average plant height was obtained between 60-263 cm. the largest size was at defoliation 1, and the lowest was at defoliation 4. plant diameter increased between 9.97–12.43 mm, with tiller production in plants increasing to 18.5–25.8 planting. the increase was also followed by the number of fresh leaves and a decrease in the number of dry leaves. protein content increased with the higher dose given at 11.78% bk, with a crude fiber value of 34.41% bk. king grass contains a good source of carbon nutrients and can affect the increase in plant growth with a higher plant height and a higher number of leaves. keywords: king grass; nitrogen source; cow dung; urea; growth and nutritional quality; nitrogen level. 1. introduction livestock population improvement programs are always associated with improving the quality and quantity of forage. this is because forage is the main food for livestock. the provision of quality forage feed that is available throughout the year is one way to increase livestock productivity [1]. however, this business still faces obstacles; the land that is usually developed for forage crops is non-productive land, such as marginal/dry land [2]. efforts to increase forage production in densely populated areas is difficult, so the supply of forage is also reduced as a result of the lack of land that can be used to grow forage crops because it competes with food crop agriculture [3]. one of the forages that is quite productive when given good treatment is king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides). king grass is a perennial plant that grows upright to form clumps [4]. the roots are in a shape similar to sugar cane, 2-4 m high, and if allowed to grow upright, it can reach 7 m in a thick and hard trunk. king grass has fast growth. king grass production is so high, reaching 1,076 tons of fresh grass/ha/year [5]. king grass has a fairly wide tolerance for various types of soil, especially on soil with a crumb structure that will give satisfying results, and its production will increase * corresponding author: hendarto.eko@yahoo.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-03-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6821-5863 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9210-5154 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 253 along with the increase of soil wetness [6]. to maintain good plant growth, plant nutrient availability is absolutely necessary [7]. in marginal areas, an intensive system consisting of the use of superior plant species and the use of fertilizers is carried out to reduce nutrient limitations or mineral deficiencies on plant growth [8]. one of the fertilizers that can be used to increase soil fertility is urea. the chemical, physical, and biological properties of soil greatly affect the growth, yield, and quality of plants [9]. these properties can be improved through processing and applying organic and inorganic fertilizers. urea (nh₂conh₂) is able to stimulate vegetative growth and increase the color of the leaf [10]. the nitrogen conversion efficiency increases with increasing nitrogen levels. the application of nitrogen fertilizers can increase the uptake of n, p, and k nutrients so that it is very good for growth [11, 12]. the provision of organic matter is expected to increase the availability of water and nutrients in the soil, especially on land planted with forage so that it can overcome the lack of forage in dry conditions [13]. this study aims to find out the best nitrogen source and level of information on plant growth, production, and nutritional quality of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides). 2. research materials and methods the research was conducted at the experiment sub station of the faculty of animal husbandry, universitas jenderal soedirman, purwokerto, central java (indonesia). the results of soil analysis showed that the soil texture class was sandy loam. the available nitrogen content is 0.112, the available phosphorus is 9.6 ppm p2o5, while the degree of soil acidity is 6.01, which indicates neutral. the material used was king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) planted on a 2×1.5=3 m2 plot with a spacing of 40×80 cm so that each plot contained 8 grass seedlings. for uniformity, each seedling has 3 nodes, or buds. 2.1. research design the research was conducted using experimental methods, with a completely randomized design (crd), the types of treatment applied were as follows: a1n1 = chicken manure and nitrogen 50 kg/ha/def a1n2 = chicken manure and nitrogen 75 kg/ha/def a1n3 = chicken manure and nitrogen 100 kg/ha/def a2n1 = cow dung and nitrogen 50 kg/ha/def a2n2 = cow dung and nitrogen 75 kg/ha/def a2n3 = cow dung and nitrogen 100 kg/ha/def a3n1 = npk and nitrogen 50 kg/ha/def a3n2 = npk and nitrogen 75 kg/ha/def a3n3 = npk and nitrogen 100 kg/ha/def a4n1 = urea and nitrogen 50 kg/ha/def a4n2 = urea and nitrogen 75 kg/ha/def a4n3 = urea and nitrogen 100 kg/ha/def each treatment was repeated three times. the spraying was aimed at the leaves of the king grass and carried out once every two weeks. the dosage calculation is shown in table 1. table 1. use of nitrogen levels in various nitrogen sources no. nitrogen levels chicken manure cow dung npk urea 1 ha 3 m2 1 ha 3 m2 1 ha 3 m2 1 ha 3 m2 1 50 kg/ha/def 5.165 kg 1.5 kg 12.131 kg 3.6 kg 333 kg 100 gr 111 kg 33 gr 2 75 kg/ha/def 7.747 kg 2.25 kg 18.196 kg 5.4 kg 500 kg 150 gr 167 kg 50 gr 3 100 kg/ha/def 10.330 kg 3 kg 24.262 kg 7.2 kg 667 kg 200 gr 222 kg 68 gr 2.2. research procedure the study took place following four defoliations, which included the first defoliation at 60 days of plant age, the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th defoliations at 40 days after. the data analyzed was the average of the four defoliations. the implementation technique of taking the variables studied included, for plant height, the measured plant height from the ground to the hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 254 highest leaf size of sample plants. the diameter of the stem is measured by the largest stem size in the sample, which is measured at a position of 5 cm from the ground. then, the number of plants and the number of plants per clump of the sample clump were counted. for fresh forage production, the weight of fresh forage per plot is weighted at harvest time. the production of dry matter is calculated by multiplying the weight of fresh forage with the dry matter content. nutritional quality by taking plant samples at a weight of about 100 grams, then cutting them into pieces and putting them in an oven at 100oc for 24 hours to obtain data on dry matter content. the dry material obtained is entered into the animal feed science laboratory to be tested for levels of crude protein, crude fiber, and crude fat. figure 1 shows the flowchart of the research methodology through which the objectives of this study were achieved. figure 1. flowchart of the research procedure 2.3. research parameters agronomic aspects which include plant height, stem diameter, and number of plants per clump, production aspects include fresh forage production and dry matter production, nutritional quality aspects include dry matter content, crude protein content, crude fiber content and crude fat content of king grass forage. 2.4. data analysis the data obtained were analyzed by analysis of variance (anova), if there was an effect of the treatment, it was continued with the bnj (honestly significant difference) test using spss. results and discussion. statistical analysis showed that the measurement parameters of plant height, number of leaves, stem diameter, fresh forage production, dry matter production, dry matter content, crude protein content, crude fiber content, crude fat content of king grass gave significant growth. the results of the analysis show that the physical properties of the soil are easy to cultivate with the land structure supporting plant growth. soil aeration is good. the degree of acidity (ph) of 6.01 is a very good category for plant growth so that the research location shows the availability of nutrients that support plant growth [14]. 3. results and discussion 3.1. height of king grass plants (pennisetum purpureophoides) the average height of the plants obtained during the 4 defoliations was 196.17 cm. these sizes lie in the range of 160 to 263 cm. the highest size for defoliation 1 and the lowest at defoliation 4. the average height of the king grass first defoliation second defoliation fourth defoliation third defoliation plant height measurement dry matter production measurement rod diameter measurement number of plants (stem) measurement fresh forage production measurement dry matter forage level measurement crude protein level measurement crude fibre level measurement crude fat level measurement hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 255 (pennisetum purpureophoides) along the 4 defoliations is shown in table 2 which shows that nitrogen originating from artificial fertilizers, npk and urea, has given higher average yields than nitrogen coming from natural fertilizers (chicken and cow manure). at the addition of the nitrogen level up to 100 kg per hectare per defoliation, this indicates an increase in the size of the plant. adding a dose of nutrients to a certain limit will increase plant growth and production [15]. table 2. average research results notation origin of fertilizer nitrogen levels (kg/ha/def) plant height (cm) rod diameter (mm) number of plants (stem) forage prod. (kg / 3 m2) dry matter prod. (kg / 3 m2) a1n1 a1n2 a1n3 chicken manure 50 75 100 184a ± 2.45 194ab ± 1.41 205bc ± 3.74 10.27a ± 0.12 11.33abc± 0.25 11.80def± 0.22 19.3a± 2.36 25.7b± 1.25 31.3b± 1.25 10,25a± 1.24 11,50ab± 1.14 13.00ab± 0.54 1.66a± 0.22 1.79ab± 0.15 1.95ab± 0.08 average 194.67 11.13 25.43 11.58 1.80 a2n1 a2n2 a2n3 cow dung 50 75 100 178ab ± 2.05 189bc ± 1.25 193ef ± 4.71 9.97ab± 0.21 10.6cde± 0.39 11.5def± 0.24 18.0a± 0.82 25.0b± 0.82 26,7cd± 2.36 10.08a± 0.31 11,50ab± 0.35 12.17bc± 0.42 1.68a± 0.04 1.78ab± 0.08 1.82abc± 0.08 average 186.67 10,710 23.23 11.25 1.76 a3n1 a3n2 a3n3 npk 50 75 100 199ab ± 1.63 207de ± 0.47 213ef ± 2.83 10.97abc± 0.42 11.80def± 0.42 12.43ef± 0.42 20.3a± 1.25 28.3bc± 0.47 34.7d± 1.25 11.42ab± 0.85 12.92abc± 0.59 15.50cd± 0.54 1.91ab± 0.10 2,05abc± 0.14 2.40cd± 0.06 average 206.44 11.73 27, 13.28 2.12 a3n1 a3n2 a3n3 urea 50 75 100 187cd ± 0.47 199de ± 0.82 204ef ± 1.41 10.67abc± 0.26 11.77def± 0.17 12.27ef± 0.25 19.3a± 1.89 27.7bc±, 1.25 33.3d± 1.70 10.75ab± 0.20 11.92abc± 0.12 13.92cd± 0.85 1.75ab± 0.03 1.87abc± 0.02 2,21cd± 0.09 average 196.89 11.57 26.77 12.19 1.94 average treatment 196.17 11.29 25.80 12.08 1.91 note: unequal superscripts in the same column show a significant effect (p <0.05). the results showed that by giving artificial fertilizers such as npk and high urea, king grass obtained a high enough value. meanwhile using the provision of natural fertilizers and chicken and cow manure fertilizers, it is obtained an increase in plant height values. the higher the dose given, the higher the value obtained. the results of the study showed a significant difference between the treatments used on plants. provision of chemical fertilizer shows that the value of plant growth is higher. the application of organic fertilizer from animal manure shows an effect on the growth of king grass as well. application with additive compounds can affect plant growth hormones [3]. plant growth hormones or growth regulators (zpt) are a group of naturally occurring organic substances that have the ability to influence the physiological processes of plant growth, differentiation and development, stress response, cell division and low reproductive activity. active compounds that affect the quality of plant growth are in dole 3 acetic acid compounds, gibberellins and cytokines which have the greatest potential to affect plant growth which can prolong the presence of nitrogen in the soil and reduce volatilization [16]. farmers use nitrogen fertilizers, especially urea, to eliminate deficiencies in crop damage [17]. at the highest nitrogen level, up to 100 kg per defoliation, the highest plant height was also (203.75 cm), while the lowest (50 kg nitrogen per defoliation) was the shortest (187.00 cm). influence of natural and artificial fertilizers, will respond to plant growth including plant height. on the other hand, in plots with the use of natural fertilizers, nitrogen nutrients can stimulate plant growth, while according to suarna et al. (2019) is useful in soil conservation efforts while artificial fertilizers are only for plant growth through the nitrogen content in them [8]. at the level of 50 kg/ha/defoliation, there will be a plant height of 187.87 cm, at the level of 75 kg/ha/defoliation, a plant height of 196.17 cm will be found [8]. meanwhile, at the level of 100 kg/ha/defoliation, a plant height of 204.47 cm will be found. this size is a reasonable measure for king grass plants that grow on fertile, well-irrigated soil and have a good fertilizer management pattern [8]. figure 2 shows that the dose given also affects the growth of the king grass, the higher the dose given, the higher the plant growth process. this can be due to the fact that the more doses are given, the more nutrients in the plant will also increase and help nourish plant growth. this was most probably caused by the sufficient application of liquid organic fertilizer from water hyacinth and siam weed in fulfilling the plant's nutrient needs. the nutrient content of water hyacinth and siam weed are considered to be mutually complementary. this is in line with that the supplementation of organic liquid fertilizer could provide both necessary macro and micronutrients for plants to sustain plant's growth [18]. it is also supported by the study performed by ferreira et al. (2015) which indicated that the application of liquid organic fertilizer (chromolaena odorata) in tropical grasses was capable of boosting plant growth especially plant height [19]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 256 figure 2. effect of nitrogen sources and levels on the height of the king grass fertilization systems using king grass have important potential in the development of livestock systems, production of biofuels, composts and substrates for bio-digestion [20, 21]. the addition of king grass has an increase in the ability to absorb the amount of nitrogen needed for plant growth needs which is also influenced by environmental conditions and plant changes in the presence of a substrate that has sufficient nutrient content. recommendations for n fertilization can affect plant quality and provide a fairly high source of nutrients [22, 23]. the provision of manure which contains complete macro and micro nutrients can meet the growth needs of the king grass [24]. the application of manure makes the soil fertile physically, chemically and biologically. physically, manure forms a stable soil aggregate. this situation has a big influence on porosity and aeration of water supplies in the soil, so that it affects the development of plant roots. chemically, manure as organic material can absorb toxic materials such as aluminum (al), iron (fe) and manganese (mn) and increase soil ph. biologically, applying manure to the soil will enrich the microorganisms within the soil. these organisms are helpful in the breakdown of organic matter so that the soil matures faster. 3.2. diameter of king grass plants (pennisetum purpureophoides) the average diameter of the stems of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) at various sources and the nitrogen level was 11.29 mm in the range of mean size 9.97 to 12.43 mm. the source of nitrogen from npk at a nitrogen level of 100 kg per hectare per defoliation has shown the largest stem diameter size of king grass, which is 12.43 mm. according to fageria (2016) states that the provision of fertilizers containing n elements will increase the vegetative growth of plants, are able to encourage the metabolism of other elements such as p and k, and vice versa, thus providing fertilizers containing elements of n, p and k completely both from balanced organic and inorganic fertilizers can increase growth activity and good plant production [25]. the elements of n, p, and k closely related to plant growth, because n, p and k function to stimulate overall plant growth [26]. the main role of nitrogen for plants is to stimulate overall plant growth, especially stems, branches and leaves. nitrogen also plays an important role in the formation of forages which are useful in the process of photosynthesis, forming proteins, fats, and various other organic compounds. the element of phosphorus for plants is useful for stimulating root growth, especially the roots of seeds and young plants. helps assimilation and respiration as well as accelerates the formation, ripening of seeds and fruits, especially stems, branches and leaves. nitrogen also plays an important role in the formation of forages which are useful in the process of photosynthesis, forming proteins, fats, and various other organic compounds. the element of phosphorus for plants is useful for stimulating root growth, especially the roots of seeds and young plants. helps assimilation and respiration as well as accelerates the formation, ripening of seeds and fruits. especially stems, branches and leaves. nitrogen also plays an important role in the formation of forages which are useful in the process of photosynthesis, forming proteins, fats, and various other organic compounds. the element of phosphorus for plants is useful for stimulating root growth, especially the roots of seeds and young plants. helps assimilation and respiration as well as accelerates the formation, ripening of seeds and fruits. based on figure 3, it shows that the application of chemical fertilizers and organic fertilizers from cow and chicken manure shows a significant effect. application of fertilizer can accelerate the development of plant diameter. the higher cow dung chicken manure urea rustica yellow 50% 178 184 187 199 75% 189 194 199 207 100% 193 205 204 213 178 184 187 199 189 194 199 207 193 205 204 213 170 180 190 200 210 220 estimated marginal mean plant height hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 257 the dose given, the more nutrient composition that enters and the development of the king plant will be higher. nitrogen administration can significantly affect shoot morphology and nutritional status during nursery [27]. the increase in plant growth is due to the presence of nitrogen which can increase the production of cytokines which in turn will affect the plant cell walls [28]. fertilization using nitrogen can also increase seedling height and root diameter [29]. the results showed that the presence of n had an effect on plant growth parameters, while the p element can affect optimal plant production and quality [3]. figure 3. relationship between nitrogen levels and height of king grass 3.3. number of king grass plants (pennisetum purpureophoides) the average number of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) under the treatment of various nitrogen sources and levels, was found on an average of 25.8 plants per clump (figure 4). the conditions in the field show that at each vegetative growth period, the king grass plant can increase the number of plants per clump at a range of at least 6 plants in the first defoliation to 49 plants per hill in the 4th defoliation. in the a3n3 treatment, the application of npk fertilizer as much as 100 kg nitrogen per hectare per defoliation (34.7 plants) and at least 18 plants per clump in a2n1 treatment (giving cow dung as much as 50 kg nitrogen per hectare per defoliation, according to gordeyase et al. [30]. figure 4. nitrogen sources effect and levels on the number of king grass cow dung chicken manure urea rustica yellow 50% 9.97 10.27 10.67 10.97 75% 10.6 11.33 11.77 11.8 100% 11.5 11.8 12.27 12.43 9.97 10.27 10.67 10.97 10.6 11.33 11.77 11.8 11.5 11.8 12.27 12.43 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 estimated marginal mean plant stalk diameter 50% 75% 100% linear (50%) cow dung chicken manure urea rustica yellow 50% 18 19.3 19.3 20.3 75% 25 25.7 27.7 28.3 100% 26.7 31.3 33.3 34.7 18 19.3 19.3 20.3 25 25.7 27.7 28.3 26.7 31.3 33.3 34.7 15 20 25 30 35 estimated marginal mean of grass field hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 258 analysis of variance showed that the treatment, source and level of nitrogen had a significant effect (p <0.01) on the number of plants per clump of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides). the addition of nitrogen from natural and artificial fertilizers has encouraged the growth performance of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides), including the number of plants parameters, but there is a difference between available and not available nitrogen from different nitrogen sources. aminudin & hendarto (2000) emphasized that the nitrogen nutrient as a growth trigger found in fertilizers may support plant growth, including in terms of producing the number of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) [31, 32]. it is suggested that the dosage increase of fertilizer on the grass is one of the aspects in determining the plant growth that contributes to high production. the supplementation of siam weed liquid organic fertilizer could ensure the availability of nutrients in the soil. both the application of liquid and solid organic fertilizer are undoubtedly able to increase the production of vegetables and fruits [32]. the results of research by hendarto et al. (2014) show that the addition of fertilizers level both organic and inorganic fertilizers on nevalensis grass will increase plant growth [33]. king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) which is able to produce a large number of plants and always increases from 1 to 4 defoliation, according to liu et al., (2011) there will be more every time, there is an increase in the level of elemental nitrogen [34]. every plant growth, which among others is marked by an increase in the number of plants according to abdullah, et al. (2011), will have an effect on better forage production and supply [35]. ferreira et al, (2015) added that the focus on plant production through fertilization management is an important factor in the cultivation of forage plants [19]. 3.4. fresh forage production of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) the average amount of fresh forage production of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) was 12.08 kg per plot or 4.027 kg square meters along 4 defoliations. the average production obtained continues to increase from 1 to 4 defoliation, the highest is the production weight of 5.92 kg per square meter (figure 5). the amount of production obtained is estimated to increase in the next defoliation, although it will not be too sharp anymore. the highest production average was found in the a3n3 treatment, king grass fertilized with npk fertilizer at a nitrogen level of 100 kg per hectare of defoliation, on the average fresh production of 15.5 kg per plot or 5.17 kg per square meter. as an effort to support ruminant livestock activities, the above treatment can be applied in the field to king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides). at the age of the plant is 40 days, so that in a year it is harvested 9 times, you will find fresh forage as much as 465,300 kg per hectare. if one cow is given fresh forage as much as 40 kg per day, it can provide an overview of the livestock capacity of 32 livestock units (ut). the production shown, according to aminudin and hendarto (2000), there are many potential plant genetic sources that can support the development of ruminant farms [31]. based on the nitrogen source used, artificial fertilizers from npk gave the highest production, followed by king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) fertilized with urea, while fertilizer from cow dung showed the lowest production. it is possible that the highest production of npk is a compound fertilizer which has the same properties as natural fertilizers, but its nutrients are available for plant growth and production. the appearance of crop production fertilized with nitrogen from livestock manure has a significant difference compared to artificial fertilizers. application of n can affect soil conditions in biological processes for plant growth. the period of fresh leaves or plants can be used as an index to evaluate changes in genotype [36]. figure 5. nitrogen sources effect and levels on fresh forage production of king grass cow dung chicken manure urea rustica yellow 50% 10.08 10.25 10.75 11.42 75% 11.5 11.5 11.92 12.92 100% 12.17 13 13.92 15.5 10.08 10.25 10.75 11.4211.5 11.5 11.92 12.92 12.17 13 13.92 15.5 9.00 10.00 11.00 12.00 13.00 14.00 15.00 16.00 estimated marginal mean of green fresh foliage hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 259 the results of research conducted by hendarto et al., (2014) that the addition of a combination of organic and inorganic fertilizers in nevalensis grass will increase plant growth [33]. plant mulato grass is capable of producing a large number of plants, according to liu, et al. (2011) will focus more on the addition of nitrogen elements supplied from dairy cow dung which has undergone decomposition [34]. the existence of growth is indicated by the addition of the number of plants according to abdullah, et al. (2011), will affect the production of grass, as well as the quality and quantity, together with the continuity of good production [35]. ferreira et al. (2015) added that the technical pattern of plant management with fertilization is basically an important factor in the effort to produce more growth and production [19]. 3.5. production of dry matter forage of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) the calculation of dry matter production is related to the content of dry matter forage, resulting in an average dry matter production of 1.91 kg per plot or 0.637 kg per square meter or 6,367 kg per hectare (figure 6). if each adult cow consumes between 6 to 10 kg per day then this production can feed 16 to 26 head of cattle in one year. the average production of the dry matter forage of the king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) continues to increase until the fourth defoliation, even if it is still possible to increase in the next growth, although not too intense. the highest production average was found for king grass given npk fertilizer at a rate of 100 kg nitrogen per hectare per defoliation, which was 2.4 kg per plot or 0.8 kg per square meter. the treatment conditions are the same as fresh production which shows the best treatment. observing this shows that the dry matter content in all treatments is relatively uniform. figure 6. nitrogen sources and levels on dry matter production the highest dry matter production is shown by the king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) which is fertilized from a nitrogen source of artificial npk fertilizer, followed by urea, chicken manure and cow manure. artificial fertilizer from npk has a higher production than urea because it is a compound fertilizer, while chicken manure is higher than cow manure because the nitrogen content of chicken manure is higher. in line with the display of fresh forage production, plants fertilized with nitrogen from livestock manure have a significant difference compared to artificial fertilizers in the display of dry matter production. 3.6. dry matter production of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) the production of forage dry matter is influenced by the amount of fresh production and the level of dry matter forage from king grass. table 1 shows that the average forage dry matter production of king grass as much as 0.4221 kg in an area of 3 square meters per defoliation or 0.1407 kg/m2 or 1.407 kg per ha per defoliation or in one year harvested 9 times will produce 12,663 kg. based on the existing average results, for a cow weighing 300 kg and requiring dry matter of 9 kg per day per head, in a year the production of dry matter for king grass can be used to raise 3.7 or 4 heads of cattle. cows can consume forage as much as 100 percent of their feed needs. the results of data analysis showed that all the treatments given did not produce any difference (p> 0.05) in the dry matter production of raja grass. this results in a provisional conclusion that all the treatments given can be applied. cow dung chicken manure urea rustica yellow 50% 1.68 1.66 1.75 1.91 75% 1.78 1.79 1.87 2.05 100% 1.82 1.95 2.21 2.4 1.68 1.66 1.75 1.91 1.78 1.79 1.87 2.05 1.82 1.95 2.21 2.4 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 estimated marginal mean of dry matter production hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 260 however, with regard to the efficiency of the material to be used, it is possible that treatment with liquid fertilizer from traditional market organic waste which is given an additional water mixture of 3 times can be applied. this is in accordance with research iii) that the liquid fertilizer in plant growth research is added with a mixture of water 3 (three) times as much. the increase in organic matter production was in line with the increase in dry matter production, where the highest organic matter production was found in the n15m8 treatment of 1.73 tones / ha, which was different from other treatments. the results of this study explain that the higher the level of fertilizer, the higher the production of organic plant material. the results of this study are in accordance with the opinion of salisbury and ross (1995) cited by koten (2013) that the main components in dry weight plant are polysaccharide and lignin compounds in the cell wall, plus cytoplasmic components such as proteins, lipids, amino acids and organic acids [37]. this occurs because an increase in n fertilizer with an optimal harvest age will increase plant biomass, and the increase in biomass will increase the content of crude fiber and crude protein [38]. 3.7. content of dry matter forage of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) the results of data collection show that the average dry matter content is forage king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) as much as 15.84 percent (table 3) which indicates a fairly low-level condition. this illustrates that nitrogen fertilizer levels can increase the development of new seedlings of s. nitidum plants. it is considered that the s. nitidum plant is an annual plant so that it is able to form new tillers as long as nutrients are still available in the soil, although it gradually decreases when it enters the generative phase. the results of this study agree mclaughlin et al., (1996) that plants that have been damaged can grow back to replace parts that have been lost or their parents [39] and it is confirmed by leghari et al. (2016) that the increase in plant growth rate from the beginning of planting generally takes place in three phases, starting with slow growth, fast then slow again [40]. based on figure 7, the results are not significant, which shows that the application of organic or chemical fertilizers does not have an effect on the dry matter of king grass. the effect of fertilizer application occurs in the process of plant growth. furthermore, suarna et al. (2019) stated that ca and mg together with n are needed in the formation of chlorophyll which can increase the ability of leaves to carry out photosynthesis [8]. the ability of king grass to absorb nutrients is better than elephant grass with an optimal dose of 15.89 t ha-1, the production of fresh weight reaches 231.80 g pot-1, while elephant grass with an optimal dose of 18.09 t ha-1 produces 207.86 g pot-1. however, the stems of king grass are more succulent than elephant grass, so that at the optimal dose the dry weight production of king grass is lower than that of elephant grass. figure 7. nitrogen sources effects and levels on dry matter content 3.8. crude protein level of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) table 3 shows that the average level of crude protein forage grass up to 10.22 percent. the results of the study show high heat content of king grass protein (pennisetum purpureophoides), nitrogen content has provided support on plant growth (figure 8). cow dung chicken manure urea rustica yellow 50% 16.71 16.24 16.28 16.73 75% 15.55 15.6 15.74 16.74 100% 14.98 15.04 15.87 16.04 16.71 16.24 16.28 16.73 15.55 15.6 15.74 16.74 14.98 15.04 15.87 16.04 14.90 15.40 15.90 16.40 16.90 estimated marginal mean of dry matter content hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 261 table 3. average results of the research notation fertilizer nitrogen level (kg/ha/def) dry matter forage level (%) crude protein level (%bk) crude fibre level (% bk) crude fat level (% bk) a1n1 a1n2 a1n3 chicken manure 50 75 100 16.24c±0.22 15.60ab±0.15 15.04a±0.08 9.05 a±0.39 10.53ab±0.69 11.78bc±0.57 33.74c±0.37 33.3bc±0.61 32.57abc±0.35 3.70ab±0.21 3.45ab±0.27 3.14ab±0.28 average 15.62 10.45 33.20 3.44 a2n1 a2n2 a2n3 cow dung 50 75 100 16.71bc±0.04 15.55ab±0.08 14.98a±0.08 9.07a±0.42 9.95bc±0.18 10.68c±0.06 34.41abc±0.54 33.88abc±0.10 33.31ab±0.22 3.58b±0.28 3.35ab±0.32 2.95ab±0.24 average 15.75 9.9 33.87 3.29 a3n1 a3n2 a3n3 npk 50 75 100 16.73bc±0.10 16.74abc±0.14 16.04abc±0.06 9.03a±0.61 10.58ab±0.12 11.83bc±0.46 34.39c±0.59 33.44abc±0.29 32.04a±0.68 3.63b±0.27 3.38ab±0.18 2.81ab±0.15 average 16.04 10.48 33.29 3.27 a4n1 a4n2 a4n3 urea 50 75 100 16.28bc±0.03 15.74abc±0.02 15.87abc±0.09 9.13a±0.26 10.05bc±0.50 10.88c±0.31 34.62c±0.51 33.74abc±0.09 32.20ab±0.59 3.75ab±0.13 3.30ab±0.24 2.93a±0.11 average 15.96 10.02 33.52 3.33 average 15.84 10.22 33.47 3.33 bnj % 3.35% figure 8. nitrogen sources effect on crude protein levels the highest level of crude protein shown by the nitrogen administration of the npk fertilizer in the 100 kg per hectare per defoliation, while in the treatment of nitrogen administration of 50 kg per hectare per defoliation of the npk fertilizer source produces the average level of the lowest protein. this shows that the source of nitrogen of compound fertilizers such as npk has provided the ability of nutrients that excel in the forage of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides), but in high nitrogen levels. it can be observed in low levels, even produce the lowest level of protein content than other treatments. the treatment is not indicating the difference (p> 0.05) in the level of crude protein forage of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides), but the npk administration as an artificial fertilizer having obvious content as, per the need of plants, can be applied in the field by considering the needs of nitrogen nutrients that will impact the best of crude protein. panicum maximum and cenchrus cililis can be categorized as medium quality forage to high and potentially useful as complementary substance and substitute for natural plantations and natural meadows in mixed farming / plant / livestock ethiopia system [41]. supplementation of liquid organic fertilizer can increase the availability and absorption of cow dung chicken manure urea rustica yellow 50% 9.07 9.05 9.13 9.03 75% 9.95 10.53 10.05 10.58 100% 10.68 11.78 10.88 11.83 9.07 9.05 9.13 9.03 9.95 10.53 10.05 10.58 10.68 11.78 10.88 11.83 8.50 9.00 9.50 10.00 10.50 11.00 11.50 12.00 estimated marginal mean of crude protein hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 262 important nutrients for the organic compound forms such as carbohydrates, proteins and lipids. these compounds play an important role in forming the plant's organ. moreover, organic fertilizers have raised not only their impact on soil quality but also because of their role in carbon sequestration [42]. increasing the age of plants and fertilizer levels followed by increased production of dry materials, organic materials and crude protein. subagio and kusmartono (1988) were quoted by mansyur et al. (2006) that the production of dry materials will increase along with cutting age [43]. in the old plants results of photosynthesis activity in addition to being used for growth is also stored as food reserves so that the content and production of dry material increases with age of cutting. king grass has low nutritional contents (low protein and high fiber contents) compared to high nutritional quality grasses such as pennisetum clandestinum (21.9, 62.2, and 27.4% of crude protein, ndf and adf respectively, and lolium perenne (17.6, 36, and 22% of crude protein, ndf and adf respectively. however, its high biomass production and carrying capacity (25.5 livestock units per hectare, at t6) makes it a plant with a great potential to increase productivity and land use. the use of king grass in systems combined with forage plants of high nutritional quality (tithonia diversifolia, morus alba, moringa oleifera, alocasia macrorrhiza, sambucus nigra, boehmeria nivea, etc.) or its establishment in farms of smalland medium-sized beef cattle producers would allow achieving production models with high carrying capacity and adequate nutritional intake [30]. purbajanti et al. (2009) states that the number of largest nutrient elements required by the plant is nitrogen as well as the main components of various compounds within the plant; amino acids, amida, protein, chlorophyll and alkaloid 4045% protoplasm is composed of compounds containing 𝑁 [44]. furthermore, it is explained that the availability of nitrogen for the plant depends on mineralization depending on the microbial activity changing n organic to nh4 and further oxidized into the no3 required by the plant. increased production of organic matter and crude protein in this study follows increased production of dry materials, so even though the ability of protein proteins decreases but because the dry content of the material increases with increased age and level of fertilizer n, then the production of crude protein is still increasing. it is supported by koten (2013) opinion that the more dose of urea fertilizer, the more nations of the nitrogen are available to maximize the photosynthesis process and increase the accumulation of plant photosynthesis [37]. photosynthesis is influenced by the power of the photosynthesis equipment including chlorophylls because chlorophyll contains nitrogen. 3.9. crude fiber level of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) king grass under the influence of various sources and nitrogen levels has resulted in a mortality rate of 33.47 percent, which shows higher content than another king grass (king splendida) with a crude fiber as much as 31.75 percent. the results showed enough high-grade fiber content of king grass, alleged structure stem and leaf plant was hard (figure 9). the difference between the two is not fuel by the use of microbial fertilizers but only occurs due to the difference in grass species with different crude fiber. crude fiber in benggala grass is 36.89% [44], crude fiber on grass elements of mini elephants is a kind of superior grass that has a productivity and content of nutrients that are quite high [45]. figure 9. nitrogen sources' effects and levels on crude fiber cow dung chicken manure urea rustica yellow 50% 34.41 33.74 34.62 34.39 75% 33.88 33.3 33.74 33.44 100% 33.31 32.57 32.2 32.04 34.41 33.74 34.62 34.39 33.88 33.3 33.74 33.44 33.31 32.57 32.2 32.04 32.00 32.50 33.00 33.50 34.00 34.50 35.00 estimated marginal mean of crude fibre hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 263 table 3 shows that the lowest crude fiber level is found on the administration of npk fertilizers with 100 kg per hectare per defoliation (32.04 percent), while the highest crude fiber levels in the administration of urea fertilizers with a dose of 50 kg per hectare per defoliation. these conditions show that nitrogen levels affect the level of crude fiber of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides). liman et al., (2018) stated that plants at young age are better because the crude fiber is lower, while the protein level is higher [46]. the longer the age of plant crops then the content of the tiny fibers is higher, on the contrary, too early or the harvesting at the short life, the forage will always be in a young state so that the protein content and the moisture content is high but the fiber level is low. the average level of crude fat of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides), in table 3 shows 3.33 percent in level. as a material, the crude content is included in a high category having 1.48 percent crude fat. 3.10. crude fat level of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) figure 10 shows the administration of npk fertilizers as a source of nitrogen as much as 100 kg of nitrogen per hectare per defoliation, resulting in the lowest-level fatty level (2.81 percent of dry material), while the administration of urea fertilizer of 50 kg of nitrogen per hectare per defoliation produces the highest level of fat rough (3.75 percent). the condition shows the addition of nitrogen levels has lowered the levels of crude fat. based on the results of the variety analysis showed the treatment and nitrogen showed a real effect (p <0.05) in the level of king grass' crude fat, while the nitrogen source was not influential (p> 0.05). this means there are treatments that can be applied in the field on king grass. this is caused by the older age of the plant, which has more energy reserves in the form of crude fat stocked in the leaves. figure 10. nitrogen sources effects and levels on crude fat of king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) the use of animal manure-based fertilizer provides higher levels of crude fat when compared with using no treatment of fertilizers. this is due to the nitrogen content contained in influencing the crude fat. this is in accordance with the opinion of nurdiawati et al. (2018), stating that nitrogen contained in the fertilizer is instrumental in the formation of organic compounds such as proteins and fat [47]. the results of the research show the highest level of crude fat achieved at the treatment of the chicken manure fertilizer because the nitrogen contained in its manure is able to stimulate plant growth and increase photosynthesis activity [42]. the nutrients within the fertilizer are used by the plant for the process of metabolism of the plant in producing crude fat [48]. permanent cutting systems without fertilization lead to continuous nutrient uptake, resulting in a progressive loss in the soil’s ability to provide nutrients to the plant and, consequently, a progressive reduction in biomass and nutrient production. additionally, the application of fertilizers (npk) stimulates the absorption of other nutrients, achieving a more than twofold increase in absorption after 60 days compared to treatments without fertilization. this guarantees high yields but could also lead to soil fertility losses [49]. 4. conclusion based on the discussion that has been done, it can be concluded that the administration of dairy fertilizer diamond mixed with urea within king grass (pennisetum purpureophoides) the adherent dairy to a dose of 24 tons per hectare per defoliation mixed with urea of 225 kg per hectare per defoliation leads to plant growth and good grass production. the cow dung chicken manure urea rustica yellow 50% 3.58 3.7 3.75 3.63 75% 3.35 3.45 3.3 3.38 100% 2.95 3.14 2.93 2.81 3.58 3.7 3.75 3.63 3.35 3.45 3.3 3.38 2.95 3.14 2.93 2.81 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00 3.20 3.40 3.60 3.80 estimated marginal mean of crude fat hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 264 results revealed that the use of organic fertilizers from cow dung and chicken manure may affect the growth of king grass, but the provision of inorganic fertilizers faster affects the growth of the king grass. this study, using modifications in fertilizing king grass to increase carbon sources and nutrients, obtained significant results. the average plant height was obtained between 160-263 cm. the highest size was at defoliation 1, and the lowest was at defoliation 4. plant diameter increased between 9.97-12.43 mm with tiller production in plants increasing to 18.5–25.8 mm. the increase was also followed by the number of fresh leaves and a decrease in the number of dry leaves. protein content increased with the higher dose given at 11.78% bk, with a crude fiber value of 34.41% bk. king grass contains a good source of carbon nutrients and can affect the increase in plant growth with a higher plant height and a higher number of leaves. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions all authors have equally contributed to the writing of this paper right from conceptualisation to its final copy as it appears now. we also wish to emphasize that all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 5.3. funding this research uses funding from universitas jenderal soedirman, purwokerto, central java, indonesia. 5.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] zapata, f., & zaharah, a. r. (2002). phosphorus availability from phosphate rock and sewage sludge as influenced by the addition of water soluble phosphate fertilizer. nutrient cycling in agroecosystems, 63(1), 43–48. doi:10.1023/a:1020518830129. [2] dominati, e. j., maseyk, f. j. f., mackay, a. d., & rendel, j. m. (2019). farming in a changing environment: increasing biodiversity on farm for the supply of multiple ecosystem services. science of the total environment, 662, 703–713. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2019.01.268. [3] karbivska, u., kurgak, v., gamayunova, v., butenko, a., malynka, l., kovalenko, i., … pshychenko, o. (2020). productivity and quality of diverse ripe pasture grass fodder depends on the method of soil cultivation. acta agrobotanica, 73(3). doi:10.5586/aa.7334. [4] shah, a. a., xianjun, y., zhihao, d., junfeng, l., & shao, t. (2018). isolation and molecular identification of lactic acid bacteria from king grass and their application to improve the fermentation quality of sweet sorghum. world journal of microbiology and biotechnology, 34(1). doi:10.1007/s11274-017-2387-2. [5] infitria, i., & khalil, k. (2014). study of forage production and quality in the grasslands of upt animal husbandry, andalas university, padang. buletin ilmu makanan ternak, 12(1), 25-33. (in indonesian). [6] hu, l., wang, r., liu, x., xu, b., xie, t., li, y., wang, m., wang, g., & chen, y. (2018). cadmium phytoextraction potential of king grass (pennisetum sinese roxb.) and responses of rhizosphere bacterial communities to a cadmium pollution gradient. environmental science and pollution research, 25(22), 21671–21681. doi:10.1007/s11356-018-2311-9. [7] prasad, m., chrysargyris, a., mcdaniel, n., kavanagh, a., gruda, n. s., & tzortzakis, n. (2020). plant nutrient availability and ph of biochars and their fractions, with the possible use as a component in a growing media. agronomy, 10(1). doi:10.3390/agronomy10010010. [8] suarna, i. w., budiasa, i. k. m., putri, t. i., mariani, n. p., & hartawan, m. (2019). potensi bio-slurry dalam peningkatan karakteristik tumbuh dan produksi pastura campuran pada lahan kering di desa sebudi karangasem. pastura, 6(2), 70. doi:10.24843/pastura.2017.v06.i02.p06. [9] al-maliki, s., al-mammory, h., & scullion, j. (2018). interactions between humic substances and organic amendments affecting soil biological properties and growth of zea mays l. in the arid land region. arid land research and management, 32(4), 455– 470. doi:10.1080/15324982.2018.1495670. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 265 [10] widaryanto, e., & nik, y. f. (2019). growth and yield of watercress (nasturtium officinale r. br) at the level and different type of nitrogen fertilizer. plantropica: journal of agricultural science, 1(1), 35-41. [11] ha, n. m. c., nguyen, t. h., wang, s. l., & nguyen, a. d. (2019). preparation of npk nanofertilizer based on chitosan nanoparticles and its effect on biophysical characteristics and growth of coffee in green house. research on chemical intermediates, 45(1), 51–63. doi:10.1007/s11164-018-3630-7. [12] permana, a. t., abdullah, l., karti, p. d. m., toharmat, t., & suwarno, s. (2017). efektivitas vermikompos eisenia foetida savigny dalam memperbaiki tingkat produksi dan kualitas nutrisi sorghum bicolor (l.) moench dan centrosema pubescens benth. pastura, 5(1), 7. doi:10.24843/pastura.2015.v05.i01.p08. [13] dubeux, j. c. b., & sollenberger, l. e. (2020). nutrient cycling in grazed pastures. management strategies for sustainable cattle production in southern pastures, 59–75, elsevier science, amsterdam, netherlands. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12-814474-9.00004-9. [14] rachman, l. m. (2020). using soil quality index plus to assess soil conditions and limiting factors for dryland farming. sains tanah journal of soil science and agroclimatology, 17(2), 100. doi:10.20961/stjssa.v17i2.46889. [15] ågren, g. i., wetterstedt, j. å. m., & billberger, m. f. k. (2012). nutrient limitation on terrestrial plant growth modeling the interaction between nitrogen and phosphorus. new phytologist, 194(4), 953–960. doi:10.1111/j.1469-8137.2012.04116.x. [16] ehsanullah, jabran, k., asghar, g., hussain, m., & rafiq, m. (2012). effect of nitrogen fertilization and seedling density on fine rice yield in faisalabad, pakistan. soil and environment, 31(2), 152–156. [17] ali, a., & noorka, i. r. (2013). nitrogen and phosphorus management strategy for better growth and yield of sunflower (helianthus annuus l.) hybrid. soil and environment, 32(1), 44–48. [18] burnett, s. e., mattson, n. s., & williams, k. a. (2016). substrates and fertilizers for organic container production of herbs, vegetables, and herbaceous ornamental plants grown in greenhouses in the united states. scientia horticulturae, 208, 111–119. doi:10.1016/j.scienta.2016.01.001. [19] ferreira, j. f. s., cornacchione, m. v., liu, x., & suarez, d. l. (2015). nutrient composition, forage parameters, and antioxidant capacity of alfalfa (medicago sativa, l.) in response to saline irrigation water. agriculture (switzerland), 5(3), 577–597. doi:10.3390/agriculture5030577. [20] riaz, u., mehdi, s. m., iqbal, s., khalid, h. i., qadir, a. a., anum, w., ahmad, m., & murtaza, g. (2020). bio-fertilizers: ecofriendly approach for plant and soil environment. bioremediation and biotechnology. springer, cham, switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-35691-0_9. [21] botero-londoño, j. m., celis-celis, e. m., & botero-londoño, m. a. (2021). nutritional quality, nutrient uptake and biomass production of pennisetum purpureum cv. king grass. scientific reports, 11(1), 1–8. doi:10.1038/s41598-021-93301-w. [22] hendarto, e., qohar, a. f., hidayat, n., bahrun, b., & harwanto, h. (2020). production and capacity of odot grass (pennisetum purpureum cv. mott) in various combinations of manure and npk. prosiding seminar nasional teknologi agribisnis peternakan (stap), 7, 751-75. (in indonesian). [23] grossnickle, s. c. (2012). why seedlings survive: influence of plant attributes. new forests, 43(5–6), 711–738. doi:10.1007/s11056-012-9336-6. [24] qohar, a. f., hendarto, e., munasik, h., & nur hidayat, b. (2021). dynamics effect of compost fertilizer dose and enrichment of azolla on the growth of king grass. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 20296-20303. [25] fageria, n. k. (2016). the use of nutrients in crop plants. crc press, boca raton, united states. doi:10.1201/9781420075113. [26] de vries, f. t., manning, p., tallowin, j. r. b., mortimer, s. r., pilgrim, e. s., harrison, k. a., … bardgett, r. d. (2012). abiotic drivers and plant traits explain landscape-scale patterns in soil microbial communities. ecology letters, 15(11), 1230– 1239. doi:10.1111/j.1461-0248.2012.01844.x. [27] razaq, m., zhang, p., shen, h. l., & salahuddin. (2017). influence of nitrogen and phosphorous on the growth and root morphology of acer mono. plos one, 12(2). doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0171321. [28] bloom, a. j., frensch, j., & taylor, a. r. (2005). influence of inorganic nitrogen and ph on the elongation of maize seminal roots. annals of botany, 97(5), 867–873. doi:10.1093/aob/mcj605. [29] chen, y., fan, p., mo, z., kong, l., tian, h., duan, m., … pan, s. (2020). deep placement of nitrogen fertilizer affects grain yield, nitrogen recovery efficiency, and root characteristics in direct-seeded rice in south china. journal of plant growth regulation, 40(1), 379–387. doi:10.1007/s00344-020-10107-2. [30] gordeyase, i. k. m., hartanto, r., & pratiwi, w. d. (2006). projection of carrying capacity of food crop waste feed for ruminants in central java. journal of the indonesian tropical animal agriculture, 32(4), 285-292. (in indonesian). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 266 [31] aminudin, s., & hendarto, e. (2000). feed plant science. textbooks. faculty of animal husbandry, unsoed purwokerto. (in indonesian). [32] sharma, n., bohra, b., pragya, n., ciannella, r., dobie, p., & lehmann, s. (2016). bioenergy from agroforestry can lead to improved food security, climate change, soil quality, and rural development. food and energy security, 5(3), 165–183. doi:10.1002/fes3.87. [33] hendarto, e., suwarno, s., & sudiarto, p. (2018). the effect of combination of daily cow dung and urea fertilization on growth and production of mulato grass. prosiding seminar nasional teknologi agribisnis peternakan (stap), 5, 166. (in indonesian). [34] liu, x., ren, g., & shi, y. (2011). the effect of organic manure and chemical fertilizer on growth and development of stevia rebaudiana bertoni. energy procedia, 5, 1200–1204. doi:10.1016/j.egypro.2011.03.210. [35] abdullah, l., budhie, d., & lubis, a. (2011). effect of application of goat urine and commercial organic liquid fertilizer on some agronomic parameters on feed plants indigofera sp. pastura, 1(1), 5-8. doi:10.24843/pastura.2011.v01.i01.p02. (in indonesian). [36] zeffa, d. m., perini, l. j., silva, m. b., de sousa, n. v., scapim, c. a., oliveira, a. l. m. de, … azeredo gonçalves, l. s. (2019). azospirillum brasilense promotes increases in growth and nitrogen use efficiency of maize genotypes. plos one, 14(4), e0215332. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0215332. [37] koten, b. b. (2013). intercropping legum arbila (phaseolus lunatyus l.) rizobium berinokulum with sorghum (sorghum bicolor (l) moench in an effort to increase forage productivity for ruminants. phd thesis, gadjah mada university, sleman regency, indonesia. (in indonesian). available online: http://etd.repository.ugm.ac.id/penelitian/detail/62879 (accesed on february). [38] khan, a., tan, d. k. y., afridi, m. z., luo, h., tung, s. a., ajab, m., & fahad, s. (2017). nitrogen fertility and abiotic stresses management in cotton crop: a review. environmental science and pollution research, 24(17), 14551–14566. doi:10.1007/s11356-017-8920-x. [39] mclaughlin, m. j., tiller, k. g., naidu, r., & stevens, d. p. (1996). review: the behaviour and environmental impact of contaminants in fertilizers. australian journal of soil research, 34(1), 1–54. doi:10.1071/sr9960001. [40] leghari, s. j., wahocho, n. a., laghari, g. m., hafeezlaghari, a., mustafabhabhan, g., hussaintalpur, k., ... & lashari, a. a. (2016). role of nitrogen for plant growth and development: a review. advances in environmental biology, 10(9), 209-219. [41] okwori, a. i., & magani, i. e. (2010). effect of nitrogen sources and harvesting on four (4) grass species in southern guinea savanna of nigeria. research journal of animal and veterinary sciences, 5, 23-30. [42] sajimin, n. d., & purwantari, r. m. (2011). effect of type and level of organic fertilizer application on productivity of alfalfa (medicago sativa l.) plants in bogor, west java. the national seminar on animal husbandry and veterinary technology, bogor animal research institute, bogor, indonesia. (in indonesian). [43] mansyur, abdullah, l., djuned, h., tarmidi, a. r., & dhalika, t. (2006). pengaruh interval pemotongan rumput brachiaria humidicola (rendle) schweick terhadap konsentrasi amonia dan asam lemak terbang (in vitro). jurnal peternakan indonesia (indonesian journal of animal science), 11(1), 50. doi:10.25077/jpi.11.1.50-56.2006. [44] purbajanti, e. d., anwar, s., widyati, s., & kusmiyati, f. (2011). crude protein and crude of fiber benggala (panicum maximum) and elephant (pennisetum purpureum) grasses on drought stress condition. animal production, 11(2). [45] araújo, j. a. s., almeida, j. c. c., reis, r. a., carvalho, c. a. b., & barbero, r. p. (2020). harvest period and baking industry residue inclusion on production efficiency and chemical composition of tropical grass silage. journal of cleaner production, 266. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.121953. [46] liman, l., wijaya, a. k., tantalo, s., muhtarudin, septianingrum, indriyanti, w. p., & adhianto, k. (2018). effect type and levels of manure on forage production and nutrient quality of sorghum (sorghum bicolor (l.) moench) plant. asian journal of crop science, 10(3), 115–120. doi:10.3923/ajcs.2018.115.120. [47] nurdiawati, a., nakhshiniev, b., zaini, i. n., saidov, n., takahashi, f., & yoshikawa, k. (2018). characterization of potential liquid fertilizers obtained by hydrothermal treatment of chicken feathers. environmental progress and sustainable energy, 37(1), 375–382. doi:10.1002/ep.12688. [48] roell, m. s., & zurbriggen, m. d. (2020). the impact of synthetic biology for future agriculture and nutrition. current opinion in biotechnology, 61, 102–109. doi:10.1016/j.copbio.2019.10.004. [49] shah, f., & wu, w. (2019). soil and crop management strategies to ensure higher crop productivity within sustainable environments. sustainability, 11(5), 1485. doi:10.3390/su11051485. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 99 green preservation of goatskin to deplete chloride from tannery wastewater md. abul hashem a* , sofia payel a , mehedi hasan a , md. abdul momen a , md. sahariar sahen a a department of leather engineering, khulna university of engineering & technology, khulna-9203, bangladesh. received 26 december 2020; revised 20 february 2021; accepted 14 april 2021; published 01 june 2021 abstract globally, in wet-salting preservation, common salt (sodium chloride, nacl) is generally used for the raw animal skin, which emits a huge amount of chloride-containing wastewater, affecting groundwater quality and human and plant life. chlorides in tannery wastewater encourage salt-free or less-salt preservation methods of raw skin. in this study, an alternative salt-free "green method" has been described for goatskin preservation with rapidly growing obnoxious weeds like sphagneticola trilobata leaf. the ‘green leaf paste’ was applied on the flesh side of the raw goatskin and compared with the conventional wet-salting (50% nacl) method for 28 days. different parameters of both samples, like moisture, nitrogen, hydrothermal stability, and bacterial growth, were periodically assessed and compared. shoe upper leather was produced from both preserved goatskins. after comparing with standards, the physical properties like tensile strength, elongation at break, and bursting strength satisfied the standard requirements. sem images showed no deterioration to the fiber structure of both samples. moreover, the suggested method reduces the pollution loads: chloride, total dissolved solids, biochemical oxygen demand, and chemical oxygen demand by 98.04%, 92.9%, 90.2%, and 85.5%, respectively. the overall assessment recommends that the salt-free ‘green method’ utilizing s. trilobata leaf paste could be an attractive system over the conventional wet-salting method. keywords: sphagneticola trilobata; salt diminution; pollution load; soaking; leaf paste. 1. introduction hide/skin, a byproduct of the meat industry, is the natural raw material for the tanning industry. the existence of this industry began with the raw hide/skin, received from the meat industry. being a natural organic material, hide/skin tends to deteriorate with time after flaying, which contradicts the purpose of leather processing. the raw hide/skin is susceptible to the invasion of microbes, which begins within 5-6 h following the mortality of the animal [1]. in order to produce quality leather, raw hide/skin needs to be preserved immediately after flaying to prevent bacterial deterioration. the term "preservation" or "curing" has been introduced as a solution to stop the degradation of raw animal skin with the purpose of storing and safe transportation. the ideal preservation method, whether physical, chemical, or other, is expected to be reversible to the original raw condition of the hide/skin in an environmental-friendly process. common salt, sodium chloride (nacl), is the most popularly used curing agent [2, 3] due to its dual effect of dehydration and bacteriostatic effect on hide/skin at a very convenient price and availability. it is reported that * corresponding author: hashem_518@yahoo.com; mahashem@le.kuet.ac.bd http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-02-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2340-1475 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5767-8814 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7715-891x https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2130-0400 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 100 approximately 6.5 million tons of hide/skin on a wet salted basis are processed globally per annum, discharging 2.6 million tons of salt in the soaking process alone [4, 5]. with growing concerns about available freshwater, the chloride (cl-), total dissolved solids (tds), and salinity added to freshwater from the conventional wet salting preservation of raw hide/skin as well as the soaking of the leather industry are raising questions. moreover, halophilic bacteria that thrive in high salt concentration can cause red spots on the flesh side of the salt-cured hide/skin and produce red heat damage on the final leather [6]. alternatives to several preservation techniques have been adopted by controlling moisture content, viz. in sundrying [7], controlled drying [8], or by controlling the action of microorganisms like using powder biocide or irradiation. these techniques are either cheap and affect the quality of the leather or expensive to apply in the industry. salt-free chemical preservation techniques have also been tried, including ozone [9], sulfites [10], bacteriocin compounds [11], and silicate [12] in low salt skin preservation trials. however, the resultant soaking liquor after the preservation raised concern about the increasing chemicals in the wastewater. some salt-less preservation systems, like cooling and chilling [13], vacuum [14], dry ice [15], boric acid [9], silica gel [16] have been adapted for laboratory and pilot scale. the limitations with these methods are that the preserving agents are hazardous themselves, expensive to carry out, or not practically adaptable. organic plant extracts like moringa oleifera [17] have been applied as an alternative organic preservative. utilization of citrus limon leaf extract [18] and extracted oil from aphanamixis polystachya seed [19] for preservation is a recent and well developed approach, but the preparation of the leaf and oil extract requires extra attention. rumex abyssinicus with salt has also been tried for preservation, but it affects the strength and other properties of the final leather [20]. therefore, it has become a challenge to find a suitable preserving agent that can preserve the skin in an environmentally safe condition, is available, and is inexpensive to use. sphagneticola trilobata plant, locally known as "bhringraj", is sometimes grown as an ornamental herb in the garden but grows rapidly into the surrounding region vegetatively. it quickly forms a dense cover on the ground and prevents other plants from regenerating. it is considered a noxious weed that grows abundantly on agricultural land, on roadside urban waste dumping grounds, and in other disturbed areas. this weed invades along canals, streams, and the borders of mangrove marshland and coastal vegetation. the iucn has listed s. trilobata as one of the world’s 100 worst invasive species [21]. in this study, s. trilobata plant leaf paste has been applied to preserve the goatskin without any salt (common salt). the proposed work speculated that applying green leaf paste as a salt-free curing agent to preserve goatskin for short term. the qualitative and quantitative analysis of the investigation verified the conjecture. the plant extract has been found to have antibacterial and antifungal activity [22]. the preservation process was evaluated by various parameters: moisture content, odor, hair slip, bacterial count, extractable nitrogen, thermal stability, and leather quality in comparison to the conventional preservation method for 28 days. the parameters of pollution load were assessed and compared with the standard limits. 2. materials and methodology 2.1. materials 2.1.1. skin and plant extract collection freshly flayed goatskins of the average weight of 1 kg per goatskin were purchased from a nearby local slaughterhouse, khulna, bangladesh. the s. trilobata leaf was collected from the university campus of khulna university of engineering & technology, khulna, bangladesh, and pasted using laboratory mortar for the experiment (figure 1). the freshly prepared leaf paste was applied on the fresh side of the goatskin. figure 1. (a) sphagnetcola triloata leaf and (b) leaf paste (a) (b) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 101 2.1.2. salt and chemicals commercial sodium chloride (nacl) and auxiliaries were used for the preservation process. the pre-tanning and post-tanning processes for the shoe upper leather were conducted with industrially used chemicals. analytical grade chemicals were used for testing and other experiments. 2.2. experimental modelling and applications figure 2 shows applied goatskin for the preliminary experiment. the preliminary experiment was conducted to define the minimal amount of leaf paste required for the preservation. five (5) samples of an average area of 900 cm2 cut from the freshly flayed goatskin. the leaf paste materials were offered 10, 15, 20, 25, and 30%, based on raw goatskin weight (w/w). periodically, preserved goatskin was assessed for different intervals: fresh (raw), 1st, 2nd, 4th, 7th, and 14th day of changes viz. odor, hair slip, and moisture content, physical feel, etc. the assessment offered the least amount of leaf paste required to achieve the targeted results. based on the preliminary results, the experimental sample was selected and compared with conventionally preserved skin by 50% nacl (figure 3). the experimental and control sample was monitored at a previously determined interval and evaluated for quantitative information for further comparison. 2.3. monitoring and evaluation 2.3.1. moisture content the dean and stark method [23] was followed to determine the moisture content based on the initial and final weight of the preserved goatskins. a pre-weighed sample from both experimental and control skin was collected at different curing interval. the skins were dried in an oven at 105º±1ºc for 3 h. after that, they were placed in a desiccator cooled and weighed again. the operation was replicated repeated until a constant mass was obtained (with ±0.1 mg variation). the equation 1 was pursued for determination of moisture content: 100 weightinitial weight final weight initial (%)content moisture  (1) 2.3.2. bacterial count a 5 g preserved skin per piece was taken and shaken in 50 ml sterile water at 200 rpm for 30 min. after 10 times dilution, a volume of 0.1 ml of the respective diluted solution was taken on the sterile petri plates and molten nutrient agar at 40°c was poured and uniformly distributed by gentle motion. after 48 h incubation at 37°c, the number of colonies on the agar medium (cfu or colony-forming unit) was counted using a bacterial colony counter (colony counter, cc1, boeco, germany) equation 2. 5 0.1 factordilution colony of no. cfu(/g)    (2) 2.3.3. extractable nitrogen content the preserved goatskin samples of known weight (5 g) were treated with distilled water in an orbital shaker for 3 h at 30-35 rpm. the liquor was then filtered through a filter paper (whatman no. 1) to extract the soluble nitrogen content and then digested with sulphuric acid, potassium sulfate, and copper sulfate in a kjeldahl flask providing control (50% common salt) experimental (20% green leaf paste) 15% 10% 30% 20% 25% figure 2. preliminary experiment with green leaf paste figure 3. comparison between experimental and control sample hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 102 temperature 375-385ºc for effective digestion. the amount of nitrogen was determined using the kjeldahl method of extraction. 2.3.4. hydrothermal stability a shrinkage tester (satra std 114, uk) was used to measure shrinkage temperature following iso 3380 standard [24] as a scale of determining hydrothermal stability to measure the breakdown of stabilizing linkages existing in the collagen matrix. for measuring the shrinkage temperature, the test samples of dimension 80 × 10 mm were taken and hooked in the tester. the samples were immersed in a glycerine-water solution (70:30). the temperature at which the specimen starts shrinking was noted as the shrinkage temperature of the particular specimen. 2.4. characterization of leather 2.4.1. physical strength and organoleptic properties both experimental and control samples were processed to produce shoe upper leather following the conventional process. to assess the physical properties of the leather, at first, they were conditioned at 20±2°c temperature and 65±2% relative air humidity for 48 hours. in this environment, the leather is conditioned up to a certain predetermined degree and ready for measuring strength properties. the samples were collected from the official sampling position (osp) of the leather and then the physical strength properties were assessed following iso 3376 [25] and iso 3379 [26]. 2.4.2. scanning electron microscope (sem) crust leathers both from the control and experimental goatskins were subjected to assess the effect of the proposed preservation method on the fiber structure of the leather. firstly, leather samples from the same area have been placed on conducting carbon tape. after preparing, the samples were analyzed to an sem (jeol jsm-7600f, usa). the photographs were obtained by operating the sem at an accelerating voltage of 1.0 kv with magnification 300x. 2.5. pollution load pollution loads: chlorides (cl-), biochemical oxygen demand (bod), chemical oxygen demand (cod), total dissolved solids (tds) of the soaking liquor from experimental and control sample were measured following the apha standard methods [27]. the complete flowchart is presented in figure 4. figure 4. flow chart of the proposed method 3. results and discussion 3.1 preliminary experiment the preliminary experimental data was carried out to explore the optimum percentage of leaf paste. here, to reduce the consumption of leaf paste several percentages of leaf paste based on the raw goatskin weight were taken for preservation. all the samples were assessed for hair slip, odor, physical fell, and fungal growth, which are tabulated in table 1. table 1 indicates that only sample 01 (10% leaf paste) showed little fungal growth but no hair slip. the hair was intact for other four samples and there was no odor. it shows that the leaf paste acts as an antibacterial agent [17], which prevents the putrefaction of the hair root and inhibit hair fall. the possible reason of fungal growth could be the low ph or humidity. the other samples showed no fungal growth and only samples 04 (25% leaf paste) and 05 (30% leaf paste) were softer than the rest. experimental sample periodically analysis for evaluation preserve for 28 days soaking goatskin collection preliminary experiment with leaf paste control sample beamhouse and chrome tanning monitoring of pollution load physical testing of crust leather crust leather wet-end processing hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 103 table 1. leaf paste optimization in this study (14 days) no. % of leaf paste (w/w) hair slip odor physical feel fungal growth 01 10 no no hard little growth 02 15 no no moderately soft no growth 03 20 no no soft no growth 04 25 no no soft no growth 05 30 no no soft no growth based on the physical feel and visual examination, a 20% leaf paste was found soft with no hair slip, odor, and fungal growth. therefore, 20% of leaf paste was considered optimum and termed as the experimental sample. 3.2. assessment of preservation method 3.2.1. moisture content and total extractable nitrogen vs. time the moisture content is an important indicator for the evaluation of preservation method, as bacteria require moisture for their survival. raw skin contains about 60–70% moisture which is a favourable condition for bacterial growth. the salt curing system is considered to be one of the better systems because of the dual effect of salt: dehumidification and bacteriostatic action are exploited in skin preservation. conventional salt curing produces better leather quality because in this process the salt is diffused into hide/skin by osmotic pressure. as a result, the moisture content is reduced substantially to yield better preservation [28]. figure 5 expresses the change in moisture content (a) and total extractable nitrogen (b) in the control and experimental sample for the preservation period. it is clear that the moisture content was decreased with time for both experimental and control sample. on the 14th day the percentage of moisture content in both techniques became nearly the same. after that, the moisture content was nearly constant in both cases. on the 28th day, the moisture content found in the experimental and control sample was 45.9% and 44.8%, respectively. it ensures no skin degradation, which is confirmed by the changes in nitrogen content. figure 5. changes in moisture content (a) and total extractable nitrogen (b) with preservation period with the reduction of moisture content, the bacterial action within the skin is restricted. consequently, the breakdown of the protein inside the skin is prohibited. it is seen that after the 21st day, the nitrogen content remains constant for both samples. it can be correlated with the change in moisture content. since, the moisture content is also unchanged from the 21st day; bacteria cannot grow in the lower moisture condition. since the protein inside the skin is intact, the nitrogen content from the protein is also stable at this stage. however, in comparison with the control sample, it can be seen that there are slight changes between the control and experimental sample. since in the control sample, nacl initiates osmosis for moisture reduction, the reduction rate is faster than the experimental sample. whereas, the control sample cannot resist the bacterial attack as well as the experimental sample shows. the extractable nitrogen data is also consistent with moisture content. on the 14th day, both moisture content and nitrogen content reach an equilibrium point. on the 28th day, the extractable nitrogen content found for both the experimental and control sample was 1.7 and 1.9 g/kg, respectively, which indicates higher total extractable nitrogen in the control sample. it ensures the antibacterial action of the leaf paste as well as the preservation of the goatskin. 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 experimental control m o is tu re c o n te n t (% ) observation period (day) 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 control experimental ex tr a ct a b e n it ro ge n ( g/ kg ) observation period (day) (a) (b) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 104 3.2.2 hydrothermal stability and total extractable nitrogen vs. time figure 6 shows the relation of hydrothermal stability with changes in preservation time. the hydrothermal stability indicates the effect of wet heat on the integrity of the material, especially in terms of denaturation transition [28]. it is expressed by shrinkage temperature. the shrinkage temperature is the measurement of the breakdown of stabilizing linkages and the bases for the type of interactions existing in the collagen matrix [13]. figure 6. changes in hydrothermal stability for preservation period figure 6 indicates that during the preservation period the shrinkage temperatures were almost the same for both the experimental and control methods. although the nitrogen content increases up to the 14th day as shown in fig. 4 (b) indicating slight breakdown of protein, the shrinkage temperature is not affected. the reason might be because the increase of nitrogen content is due to the breakdown of non-structural protein but not collagen protein. therefore, it can be said that s. trilobata leaf paste based preserving does not modify the stability of the collagen protein matrix in the goatskin. 3.2.3. bacterial count the bacterial count of the control and experiment preservation of the goatskins is shown in table 2. on the 1st day, the bacterial count for control and experimental were 1×106 cfu/g and 1×106 cfu/g, respectively. table 2. bacterial count (cfu/g) in preserved goat skins observation (day) experimental control fresh 1×106 1×106 1 1×106 1×106 4 1×106 2×106 7 9×106 8×106 14 6×106 5×106 21 3×106 5×106 28 3×106 5×106 the bacterial count in experimental and control samples increased until the 7th day and then slowly decreased. it became constant for both experimental and control on the 21st and 14th day, respectively. it might be due to the reason that the preservation method in the present approach (20% s. trilobata leaf paste) has antibacterial effects [22], which inhibit the bacterial population. as a result, the experiment showed less bacterial growth than the control sample. besides, there was no hair slip, odor in the present approach preservation method by using 20% s. trilobata leaf paste. selvi et al. 2020 [18] also presented similar data where the bacterial count decreases after 8 th days, which indicates antibacterial activity of the leaf paste. the result is consistent with moisture content. 3.2.4. pollution load comparison table 3 depicts the pollution parameters in soaking operations for both the control and experimental sample. it seems that the cland tds load were greatly reduced by 98.04% and 92.9%, respectively, with the present preservation method in place of the conventional wet salting method. since tds is responsible as one of the most polluting parameters foe lowering the soil and water quality near the tanning industry, replacing the salt utilized in the preservation process can prevent these problems. although the chloride content of soaking liquor in the experimental sample is not fully reduced. this is because some salt is utilized during soaking operation separately and there is no 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 55 57 59 61 63 65 control experimental sh ri n ka ge t em p er at u te ( 0 c ) observation period (day) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 105 presence of salt in the preserved sample to remove the hyaluronic acid in hide/skin [28]. the bod and cod were also reduced at the levels of 90.2% and 85.5%, respectively in the experimental soaking wastewater compared to the control method. the reduction of pollution makes the present preservation approach more attractive to its effectiveness. table 3. pollution load generated in soaking operation parameters unit control sample experimental sample depletion (%) clmg/l 24942.3 ± 0.02 488.9 ± 0.03 98.04 tds mg/l 4115 ± 0.5 291 ± 0.3 92.9 bod5 mg/l 1240 ± 0.01 122 ± 0.03 90.2 cod mg/l 4480 ± 0.06 650 ± 0.5 85.5 3.3. inspection of leather quality 3.3.1. determining the physical properties of leather the crust leathers were assessed for softness, grain tightness, fullness, and smoothness, and the physical properties which are tabulated in table 4. the ascertained data are compared with the required value for shoe upper leather to find out the eligibility of the leather in the final product according to the proposed preservation. table 4. physical properties of processed experimental and control leather parameters experimental control requirements [5] tensile strength (kg/cm2) 213.4 ± 0.6 226.3 ± 0.8 200 elongation at break (%) 51.08 ± 0.05 59.02 ± 0.03 40-65 bursting strength: distension at grain crack (mm) 7.2 ± 0.03 8.3 ± 0.05 7 load at grain crack (kg) 27.3 ± 0.02 25.1 ± 0.01 20 the tensile strength (kg/cm2), elongation at break (%), distension at grain crack (mm), and load at grain crack (kg) were 213.4, 51.08, 7.2, 27.3 and 226.3, 59.02, 8.3, 25.1 for the experimental and control sample, respectively. all the values of experimental and control leather fulfilled the requirement for shoe upper leather. it could be concluded that the present approach for preservation of the goatskin in 20% leaf paste is suitable for shoe upper leather. 3.3.2. sem analysis of fiber structure sem photographs of the crust leather processed from the controlled and experimental salt-preserved goatskin are illustrated in figure 7. the fiber structure of the experimental goatskin is almost the same compared with the controlled goatskin. the texture and quality of the goatskin of the proposed leather and controlled preservation method are also nearly similar to each other at crust conditions. there is no visible change in the quality of the fiber structure. sems of leather from the goatskin cured with experimental composition exhibit properly arranged bundle arrays as it is in the control sample which absorb the dye properly in the further processing of the skin; giving a well lustrous grain to leather [10]. this supports that the proposed preservation method could be safely approached for goatskin preservation. figure 7. sem photographs of prepared crust leathers a) control (50% salt) and b) experimental (20% leaf paste) of the preserved skins (a) (b) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 106 4. conclusion the present study confirms the effectiveness of s. trilobata leaf paste to preserve the goatskin for 28 days in an environmentally sound way without the addition of common salt. s. trilobata is an obnoxious weed that grows extremely well in any open space, such as: roadside, agricultural land, dumping ground, etc. the proposed method involves a novel way to convert this weed into a valuable product, which reduces water pollution. the comparison and assessment of the experimental proposed solution with the conventional wet salting method reveals that in the case of moisture content, hydrothermal stability, and bacterial count, there were insignificant differences in both samples. the physical properties of the produced experimental leather, e.g., tensile strength, elongation at break, and bursting strength, fulfilled the requirements of shoe upper leather. the sem image confirmed the utility and compatibility of s. trilobata leaf paste as a curing agent because it enhances bundling and striation of fibers, which is a necessary requirement for tannage acceptance. moreover, no deterioration was observed in the fiber structure of the goatskin. this ‘green’ preservation method reduces major pollution load parameters like cl-, tds, bod, and cod in soaking operations by 98.04, 92.9, 90.2, and 85.5%, respectively. the original aspect of this study was to propose a preservation method that would be able to replace the nacl and reduce the pollution load substantially. thus, it can be said that the recommended preservation method could be a sustainable option to preserve goatskin, which would reduce the pollution load to a great extent during leather processing, especially during soaking operations. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions md.a.h. and s.p. analysed and interpreted the data and are major contributors in writing and revising the manuscript. m.h. and md.a.m. carried out some section of the methodology part and helped in writing. md.s.s. collected the sample and helped during preservation. all authors read and approved the final manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the datasets used and/or analyzed during the current study are available from the corresponding author on reasonable request. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] balada, e. h., marmer, w. n., kolomaznik, k., cooke, p. h., & dudley, r. l. (2008). mathematical model of raw hide curing with brine. journal of the american leather chemists association, 103 (5), 167-173. [2] enquahone, s., van marle, g., gessesse, a., & simachew, a. (2020). molecular identification and evaluation of the impact of red heat damage causing halophilic microbes on salted hide and skin. international biodeterioration & biodegradation, 150, 104940. doi:10.1016/j.ibiod.2020.104940. [3] yilmaz, e., & birbir, e. (2019). characterization of halotolerant bacillus species isolated from salt samples collected from leather factories in turkey. journal of the american leather chemists association, 14 (4), 118-130. [4] caglayan, p., birbir, m., & ventosa, a. (2018). a survey study to detect problems on salted hides and skins. in: icams 2018-7th international conference on advanced materials and systems, 409-414. doi:10.24264/icams-2018.viii.4. [5] kanagaraj, j., babu, n. k. c., sadulla, s., suseela rajkumar, g., visalakshi, v., & kumar, n.c. (2001). cleaner techniques for the preservation of raw goat skins. journal of cleaner production, 9(3), 261–268. doi:10.1016/s0959-6526(00)00060-3. [6] kanagaraj, j., velappan, k. c., babu, n. k. c., & sadulla, s. (2006). solid wastes generation in the leather industry and its utilization for cleaner environment. cheminform, 37(49). doi:10.1002/chin.200649273. [7] roddy, w. t. (1942). the coagulable proteins of animal skin, i: a histological study of the coagulable proteins of animal skin. journal of american leather chemists' association 37, 410-416. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 107 [8] waters p. j., l. j. stephen, and sunridge. (1981). controlled drying. journal of the american leather chemists association, 65 (41), 1-14. [9] kanagaraj, j., john sundar, v., muralidharan, c., & sadulla, s. (2005). alternatives to sodium chloride in prevention of skin protein degradation—a case study. journal of cleaner production, 13(8), 825–831. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2004.02.040. [10] vankar, p. s., & dwivedi, a. k. (2009). sulphates for skin preservationa novel approach to reduce tannery effluent salinity hazards. journal of hazardous materials, 163(1), 207–212. doi:10.1016/j.jhazmat.2008.06.090. [11] kanagaraj, j., selvi, a. t., senthilvelan, t., chandra babu, n. k., & chandrasekar, b. (2014). evaluation of new bacteriocin as a potential short-term preservative for goat skin. american journal of microbiological research, 2(3), 86–93. doi:10.12691/ajmr-2-3-2. [12] munz, k.h. (2007). silicates for raw hide curing. journal of the american leather chemists association, 102 (1), 16-21. [13] babu, n. k.c., karthikeyan, r., kumari, b. s., ramesh, r., shanthi, c., & sadulla, s. (2012). a systematic study on the role of chilling temperatures on the curing efficacy of hides and skins. journal of the american leather chemists association, 107(11), 362-374. [14] gudro, i., valeika, v., & sirvaitytė, j. (2014). short term preservation of hide using vacuum: influence on properties of hide and of processed leather. plos one, 9(11), e112783. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0112783. [15] sathish, m., madhan, b., saravanan, p., raghava rao, j., and nair, b. u. (2013). dry ice–an eco-friendly alternative for ammonium reduction in leather manufacturing. journal of cleaner production, 54, 289–295. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2013.04.046. [16] kanagaraj, j., babu, n. c., sadulla, s., rajkumar, g. s., visalakshi, v., & chandrakumar, n. (2000). a new approach to lesssalt preservation of raw skin/hide. journal of the american leather chemists association, 95(10), 368-374. [17] hashem, m. a., momen, m. a., & hasan, m. (2018). leaf paste aided goat skin preservation: significant chloride reduction in tannery. journal of environmental chemical engineering, 6(4), 4423–4428. doi:10.1016/j.jece.2018.06.050. [18] selvi, a. t., brindha, v., vedaraman, n., kanagaraj, j., sundar, v. j., khambhaty, y., & saravanan, p. (2020). eco-friendly curing of hides/ skins using phyto based citrus limon leaves paste. journal of cleaner production, 247, 119117. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.119117. [19] nur-a-tomal, m. s., hashem, m. a., zahin, m. e. h., pulok, m. l. h., das, m. r., & mim, s. (2020). goatskin preservation with plant oil: significant chloride reduction in tannery wastewater. environmental science and pollution research. doi:10.1007/s11356-020-11311-z. [20] mohammed, s. a., madhan, b., demissie, b. a., velappan, b., & tamil selvi, a. (2016). rumex abyssinicus (mekmeko) ethiopian plant material for preservation of goat skins: approach for cleaner leather manufacture. journal of cleaner production, 133, 1043–1052. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2016.06.043. [21] 100 of the world’s worst invasive alien species: a selection from the global invasive species database. (2019). encyclopedia of biological invasions, 715–716. doi:10.1525/9780520948433-159. [22] toppo, k. i., gupta, s. h. u. b. h. a., karkun, d. e. e. p. a. k., agrawal, s., & kumar, a. n. i. l. (2013). antimicrobial activity of sphagneticola trilobata (l.) pruski, against some human pathogenic bacteria and fungi. the bioscan, 8(2), 695700. [23] bis 1016-1956. bureau of indian standards. (1971) chemical testing of leather. 2-80. new delhi, india. available online: https://law.resource.org/pub/in/bis/s02/is.582.1970.pdf (accessed on march 2021). [24] iso 3380. (2015). leather-physical and mechanical tests-determination of shrinkage temperature up to 100°c (satra, iso 3380), geneva switzerland. [25] iso 3376. (2011). leather-physical and mechanical tests-determination of tensile strength and percentage extension (satra, iso 3376). geneva switzerland. [26] iso 3379. (2015). leather-determination of distension and strength of surface (ball burst method) (satra, iso 3379). geneva switzerland. [27] american public health association. (2012). standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater. apha, washington, d.c., united states. [28] covington, a. d. (2009). tanning chemistry: the science of leather. royal society of chemistry, london, united kingdom. https://law.resource.org/pub/in/bis/s02/is.582.1970.pdf available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 376 issn: 2723-9535 effects of social e-commerce on consumer behavior ford lumban gaol 1* , mulia denavi 2, jonathan danny 2, bagas ditya anggaragita 2, andry hartanto 2, tokuro matsuo 3 1 department of computer science, bina nusantara university, jakarta, indonesia. 2 faculty of information system management, bina nusantara university, jakarta, indonesia. 3 advanced institute of industrial technology, tokyo, japan. received 29 july 2022; revised 04 november 2022; accepted 14 november 2022; published 01 december 2022 abstract objectives: the purpose of this research is to conduct an examination of intention factors for using social commerce in indonesia. methods/analysis: this research is a quantitative study that applies the customer analysis model to four big social commerce sites in indonesia. this study uses the multivariate regression method and ibm spss 25 software to prove the relationship between research variables. findings: variables will include performance expectations, effort expectations, societal effects, supportive circumstances, and cost savings. data from 210 online respondents in indonesia were collected. novelty and improvements: positive outcomes are provided by the model as a result of changes in the use of social commerce. keywords: social commerce; multivariat regression; performance expectancy; effort expectancy; facilitating condition; social influence; price saving. 1. introduction in the age of globalization, the internet serves as a multi-functional medium. the use of the internet plays an important role in people's lives, including in the sales business. as a result of the internet's continued growth, internet usage has increased year after year. according to a 2021 poll by the indonesian internet service providers association (apjii), internet users rose by up to 193.6 million individuals, or around 57.91% of indonesia's total population of 293 million people scattered throughout many areas [1]. because of the increasing use of the internet, many companies use e-commerce as a business tool because of the ease of conducting business transactions online. e-commerce has changed the pattern of business between producers, distributors, and consumers, which has resulted in new platforms using the internet as a competitive strategy [2]. from this business pattern, the process of purchasing goods on ecommerce makes this business rapidly develop in the community because the process is quite simple. today, the community is getting used to buying products or services through an online shopping website rather than going to conventional stores [3]. but the phenomenon of e-commerce is now changing to social-commerce, using design and new features, adding social media technology and web 2.0 in e-commerce, such as content creation tools to increase user interaction and allow users to gather information before making online transactions [4]. at the moment, ecommerce customers desire a more social and engaging experience, which is why they seek online application-based services on commercial websites [5]. * corresponding author: fgaol@binus.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-04-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5116-5708 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 377 some social commerce sites are developing in indonesia and are the most frequently visited by consumers. the main reason someone shop at social commerce sites is as a means of shopping and can find the desired item quickly without spending a lot of time and energy. the rapid growth of social commerce is important because integrating reviews and evaluations into sites and sharing products on social networking sites can help consumers meet their needs and increase sales [6]. according to the mobile shopping survey by iprice insights in 2017, indonesian consumers use 52 percent more shopping cars than 48 percent of desktop shopping. this is also one of the main capitals for building applicationbased social commerce [7, 8]. according to caldas [9], e-commerce is the activity of people acquiring and selling goods online using computers to serve as a middleman in business transactions. it is also said that e-commerce is an electronic trading tool where transactions are carried out electronically through internet networks. the existence of e-commerce itself is known as a phenomenon where an online store site that has advertising facilities, sales, and service support for all its customers by using an online, web-based internet store can operate every day for 24 hours. social commerce itself is the development of evolving e-commerce or ecommerce. according to various sources, including huang & benyoucef [5], esmaeili et al. [11], and marsden & chaney [12], internet-based commercial applications leverage web 2.0 as a social media technology to facilitate digital relationships as well as the user's role in the acquisition of acceptable items and services. additionally, marsden & chaney [12] assert that integrating social media with e-commerce is basically an extension of the concept of viral communication to e-commerce. in other words, social commerce is a part of e-commerce that extends social media, an online medium that allows for social engagement and user contributions in order to improve consumers' online purchasing experiences. additionally, it is said that social interaction tools such as product reviews, ratings, videos, blogging, live chat, and online forums should be included in e-commerce sites [13]. this activity entails the use of social media as an online medium to facilitate social contact and user participation in the process of making online goods purchases and sales. the purpose of this study is to validate the analytical framework and conceptual model built for social commerce by studying the intentions of social commerce customers. additionally, we will study how price reductions affect behavioral intentions for online purchases. as a consequence, it is vital to explore how social commerce users' behavioral intentions to buy are accepted in indonesia. 2. extended unified theory of acceptance and use of technology (utaut2) theoretical frameworks are developed by experts to explain the link between the adoption and usage of technology. the unified theory of acceptance and use of technology (utaut) model published by venkatesh et al. [14] was based on the behavior of technology users and the technology acceptance model. since the release of utaut, this framework has been shown to be fairly generalizable, and it has been used to investigate the role of technology uptake and use in corporate settings [15]. the utaut2 model shows that a person's behavior toward using certain technologies, such as social commerce, is influenced by the following factors:  performance expectancy: users are able to understand the advances in information technology today, for example the growing number of online stores that can be accessed through mobile devices or internet-connected laptops. this makes it easy for users to make transactions, users are also expected to be able to make transactions faster in the purchasing process and can save time.  effort expectancy: users get convenience when accessing social commerce, so interest in buying products online increases because of the ease of operation. when an e-commerce website is easy to use, users will feel comfortable.  facilitating condition: users have the resources to support online purchases using social commerce, such as infrastructure such as mobile phones, laptops, pcs, internet networks.  social influence: users believe that other people who have online transaction experience can influence someone's intention to make online transactions on a social commerce site.  price saving: users believe that consumers by transacting online can find lower prices by using the internet for online purchases, feel the benefits of using technology, thus increasing the intention to use social commerce. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 378 3. research methodology steps that must be taken in order to solve a problem are required when developing a research model. the research model is formed through a review of the literature, including proceedings, book chapters, and journal articles on social commerce, both online and offline [16]. according to newsted et al. [17], and gupta et al. [18], there is a link between independent factors acting as influencing variables and dependent variables acting as impacted variables. the goal of this research is to determine the degree to which the community utilization objective influences social commerce websites. in addition, defines quantitative research techniques as those used to analyze specific populations or groups [19, 20]. generally, sampling approaches are random. the data gathering is carried out using research methods, and the data will be processed using stochastic and non-parametric approaches with the goal of testing a preconceived hypothesis [21, 22]. in figure 1, we can see a description of the research framework model that shows the relationship between each variable in the analysis model. figure 1. research model to validate the study model, data were gathered using an online questionnaire survey. respondents will be asked questions depending on the study model's criteria [18]. the quantitative survey's data will subsequently be analyzed utilizing multi regression statistical methods. the following is the regression equation derived from the analysis model: y = a + b1x1 + b2 x2 + b3x3 + b3x4 + b5x5 + e (1) where, y is behavioral intention; a is constants; x1 is expected performance; x2 is expected effort; x3 is influence in society; x4 is facilitating condition; x5 is cost savings; b is regression coefficient; and e is errors. the f-test will be used to validate the study model. once it is shown that some factors have a substantial impact, a ttest will be used to assess whether or not these variables influence the desire to use social commerce. additionally, normality and multicollinearity tests will be utilized to assess the data and study model's validity [23]. 4. data collection technique to validate the conceptual model, a survey is conducted since it is a quantitative research tool that elucidates how individuals respond and investigates the relationship between components [17]. numerous specialists have already utilized survey methodologies to examine behavior in the field of social commerce [24, 25]. we collected data for this study using online surveys. internet users who have shopped on social commerce sites that are eligible to participate. the author employs online polls due to their numerous advantages, including their broad reach and ease of dissemination. additionally, online questionnaires may be used to create data consistency throughout study and data gathering contexts [25]. as a result, the authors conclude that an online survey is the ideal strategy for conducting this research. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 379 5. data analysis technique a single dependent variable, behavioral intention, and five independent factors comprise the study paradigm. business expectation (performance anticipation), capability expectation (accomplishment confidence), social impact (social influence), facilitating factors (facilitating conditions), and price savings are the five independent variables (price savings). the data will then be evaluated in this research to develop a hypothesis based on the connection between the variables [26]. according to the assumption being evaluated in this study, it pertains to the presence or absence of an effect of a substantial link among the independent (independent) variable and the dependent (dependent) variable [2, 3]. based on the above theoretical basis, we can come up with a hypothesis about social commerce: h1: expectations for performance when it comes to leveraging social commerce while making an internet transaction have a beneficial influence on online purchasing intentions. h2: effort expectations about the utilization of social commerce for online transactions influence online purchase intentions positively. h3: social influence has a positive impact on online purchasing inclinations when it comes to the utilization of social commerce for online purchases. h4: a facilitating condition is one that is felt while using social commerce for online transactions. this condition has a beneficial effect on online purchases. h5: price saving and the benefits felt in using social commerce for online purchases have a beneficial effect on online purchases. the author evaluates the thoughts and perceptions of a person or a group of people regarding the phenomenon of social commerce using a likert scale ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). in the use of the likert scale, there are two forms of questions, namely positive questions and for measuring positive scales and measuring negative scales for negative questions. in this study, positive questions in the form of likert scales were used. 6. results the findings of this study employing the survey technique of data collecting, this study was obtained from internet users who had been shopping on social commerce. due to the large population, the researchers determined the number of samples ranged from 100-500 based on the requirements of maximum likelihood or generalized least square estimation shown in the table below. of all the questionnaires distributed to the community, only 210 respondents filled them out. the respondents' data were re-selected depending on whether the respondents' responses were legitimate. the study's erroneous data assumption is that respondents' responses are all 1 or all 5. the survey findings in table 1 summarize the responses on an average basis. table 1. data respondent gender male 63 female 147 total 210 age <17 years 5 17-31 years 150 32-41 years 44 >42 years 11 total 210 last education primary school 0 junior high school 10 senior high school 38 diploma 0 bachelor degree 156 master degree 6 doctoral degree 0 total 210 social commerce tokopedia 136 bukalapak 42 lazada 21 shopee 11 total 210 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 380 6.1. normality test the normality test is used in this research model to examine whether or not the residual value generated from the regression is regularly distributed. the data distribution is centered on the diagonal line and parallel to it. one may argue that the regression model adheres to the normality assumption. a normal residual value may be shown in figure 2 by observing the dots' distribution along the line and following the diagonal. figure 2. normal p-p regression plot residual standardization analyze data to determine whether or not they follow a normal distribution. when the threshold of significance is greater than 0.05, the data is regarded to be normally distributed. if the significance threshold is less than 0.05, however, the data are not normally distributed. as shown by the kolmogorov-smirnov test result (table 2), the significant value (asymp. sig 2-tailed) is 0.054. the residual value is normal since the significance level exceeds 0.05. table 2. kolmogorov-smirnov one-sample test unstandardized residual n 210 normal parameters mean 0.00000001 0.29909168 std. deviation most extreme differences absolute 0.061 0.061 -0.032 positive negative test statistic 0.061 asymp. sig. (2-tailed) 0.054 6.2. multicollinearity test a decent regression model is devoid of several symptoms associated with conventional assumptions, one of which is multicollinearity. to ascertain the relationship among the independent variables, this multicollinearity test is used in combination with multiple regression. according to the vif rules, if the vif value is 10, the regression model is free of multicollinearity assumptions; on the other hand, if the vif value is greater than 10, the regression model has a multicollinearity disorder. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 381 the output generated in table 3 is vif performance variable (1,024), vif variable effort (1,035), vif social influence variable (1,018), facilitating variable vif (1,033) and vif variable saving value (1,025). because the vif value for all of these variables is <10, we could decide that there is no multicollinearity disorder or in other words this regression model is free from the symptoms of multicollinearity. table 3. multicollinearity test model collinearity statistics tolerance vif constant performance 0.985 1.015 effort 0.991 1.009 social influence 0.995 1.005 facilitating 0.993 1.007 price saving 0.992 1.008 6.3. coefficient of determination from the output generated from data processing using spss, the determination coefficient is 0.527 or 52.70% (table 4). as a result, the dependent variable may be explained by this research model to a maximum of 52.70 percent. while the remainder can be accounted for by elements that were not taken into account throughout this investigation. table 4. determination coefficient model r r square adjusted t square std. error of the estimate 1 0.726 0.527 0.516 0.302734 7. discussions the results of the f statistical test shown below (table 5) imply that h0 is rejected, since the significance level is less than 0.025 and the f count (40.133) above the f table threshold value (2.42). the findings indicate that independent variables have an effect on dependent variables (behavioral intention). table 5. f test statistics model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 20.839 5 4.168 45.475 0.0001 residual 18.696 204 0.092 total 39.535 209 7.1. t statistics tests according to the findings of the t statistical test on the data in table 6, it is clear that:  in the variable x1 (performance expectancy) a t-test is performed, the result is h0 rejected due to the fact that the significance level is smaller than 0.025 and t count (3.990) is more than t table (1.97) which is statistically, this result shows variable x1 (performance expectancy) affect the variable y (behavioral intention).  in effort expectancy variable t test is performed, the result of h0 is rejected due to the fact that the significance level is smaller than 0.025 and t count (8.556) is more than t table (1.97) which is statistically, this result shows x2 variable (effort expectancy) affect y variable (behavioral intention).  in the x3 variable (social influence) a statistical test is performed t, the result is h0 rejected due to the fact that the significance level is smaller than 0.025 and t count (9.623) is more than t table (1.97) which is statistically, this result shows the x3 variable (social influence) affect the variable y (behavioral intention).  in the x4 variable (facilitating condition) a statistical test is performed t, the result is h0 rejected due to the fact that the significance level is smaller than 0.025 and t count (5.416) is more than t table (1.97) which is statistically, this result shows variable x4 (facilitating condition) affect the variable y (behavioral intention).  in the x5 variable (price saving) a statistical test is performed t, the result is h0 rejected due to the fact that the significance level is smaller than 0.025 and t count (5.134) is more than t table (1.97) which is statistically, this result shows the x5 variable (price saving) affect the variable y (behavioral intention). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 382 as a result of the significance level was less than 0.025 and t count surpassed t table, the variables performance expectation, effort expectation, social impact, enabling circumstance, and price saving resulted in the rejection of h0, according to the explanation above (1.97). table 6. hypothesis tests model t sig. 1 constant -5.321 0.000 performance expectancy 3.990 0.000 effort expectancy 8.556 0.000 social influence 9.623 0.000 facilitating condition 5.416 0.000 price saving 5.134 0.000 as we find in the research result, the behavioral intention was influenced by performance expectations, effort expectations, social influence, enabling conditions, and price savings. the result was in line with the research reported by chauhan & shah [23]. we also reported that performance expectancy have a favorable effect on one's motivation to participate in social commerce. this result aligned with anastasiadou et al. [2]. we also reported that "effort expectancy" is associated with an increase in the propensity to engage in social commerce, or the greater one's willingness to trade via social commerce. this result was supported by the results shown by jílková & králová [16]. we could conclude that the research result from this paper was aligned with and supported by anastasiadou et al. [2], jílková & králová [16], and chauhan & shah [23]. 8. conclusions according to the study findings, which were gathered via the distribution of online questionnaires to respondents who had completed purchases on social commerce websites. the results of the data were tested by the linear regression method and concluded as follows:  in social commerce, the intention to use (behavioral intention) is impacted by elements such as performance expectations, effort expectations, social influence, enabling conditions, and price savings;  performance expectations (performance expectancy) have a favorable effect on one's motivation to participate in social commerce, such that the higher one's expectation of good performance when engaging in social commerce, the greater one's readiness to trade through social commerce;  business expectations (effort expectancy) are associated with an increase in the propensity to engage in social commerce, such that the larger one's positive effort expectancy in utilizing social commerce, the greater one's willingness to trade via social commerce;  social effect favorably affects a person's desire to participate in social commerce; hence, the more positive social influence connected with social commerce, the greater a person's propensity to trade on social media;  facilitating variables influence the objective to favorably impact social commerce, such that the more favorable facilitating circumstances present for using social commerce, the greater the desire for someone to trade through social commerce;  price savings have a positive implication for the goal of engaging in social trade, such that the more beneficial the price savings associated with utilizing social commerce, the greater the desire for someone to trade via social commerce;  at 0.726, the five factors may account for the effect on behavioral intention and have a moderate association with the goal of trading through social commerce. the rsquare value of 0.527 demonstrates this. 9. declarations 9.1. author contributions conceptualization, f.l.g., m.d., j.d., b.d.a., and a.h.; methodology, f.l.g., m.d., j.d., b.d.a., a.h., and t.m.; formal analysis, f.l.g., m.d., j.d., b.d.a., and a.h.; data curation, f.l.g., m.d., j.d., b.d.a., and a.h.; writing— original draft preparation, f.l.g., m.d., j.d., b.d.a., a.h., and t.m.; writing—review and editing, f.l.g., m.d., j.d., b.d.a., a.h., and t.m. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 9.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 383 9.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 9.4. acknowledgements we would like to acknowledge the support and facilities given by binus graduate progam as well as advanced institute of industry technology, tokyo, japan during the research. 9.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 9.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 9.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 10. references [1] celuch, k., goodwin, s., & taylor, s. a. (2007). understanding small scale industrial user internet purchase and information management intentions: a test of two attitude models. industrial marketing management, 36(1), 109–120. doi:10.1016/j.indmarman.2005.08.004. [2] anastasiadou, e., chrissos anestis, m., karantza, i., & vlachakis, s. (2020). the coronavirus’ effects on consumer behavior and supermarket activities: insights from greece and sweden. international journal of sociology and social policy, 40(9–10), 893– 907. doi:10.1108/ijssp-07-2020-0275. [3] wang, e., an, n., gao, z., kiprop, e., & geng, x. (2020). consumer food stockpiling behavior and willingness to pay for food reserves in covid-19. food security, 12(4), 739–747. doi:10.1007/s12571-020-01092-1. [4] liang, t. p., ho, y. t., li, y. w., & turban, e. (2011). what drives social commerce: the role of social support and relationship quality. international journal of electronic commerce, 16(2), 69–90. doi:10.2753/jec1086-4415160204. [5] huang, z., & benyoucef, m. (2013). from e-commerce to social commerce: a close look at design features. electronic commerce research and applications, 12(4), 246–259. doi:10.1016/j.elerap.2012.12.003. [6] jiao, j. (2020). analysis of the current situation and development trend of mainstream social e-commerce in china. proceedings of the fifth international conference on economic and business management (febm 2020), 159, 607-611. doi:10.2991/aebmr.k.201211.105. [7] sheth, j. (2020). impact of covid-19 on consumer behavior: will the old habits return or die? journal of business research, 117, 280–283. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2020.05.059. [8] arora, n., charm, t., grimmelt, a., ortega, m., robinson, k., sexauer, c., & yamakawa, n. (2020). a global view of how consumer behavior is changing amid covid-19. mcknsey and company, new york city, united states. [9] caldas, m. p. (2003). management information systems: managing the digital firm. revista de administração contemporânea, 7(1), 223–223. doi:10.1590/s1415-65552003000100014. [10] liang, t. p., & turban, e. (2011). introduction to the special issue social commerce: a research framework for social commerce. international journal of electronic commerce, 16(2), 5–13. doi:10.2753/jec1086-4415160201. [11] esmaeili, l., mutallebi, m., mardani, s., & golpayegani, s. a. h. (2015). studying the affecting factors on trust in social commerce. arxiv preprint arxiv:1508.04048. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1508.04048. [12] marsden, p., & chaney, p. (2012). the social commerce handbook: 20 secrets for turning social media into social sales. mcgraw hill professional, new york city, united states. [13] gatautis, r., & medziausiene, a. (2014). factors affecting social commerce acceptance in lithuania. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 110(2013), 1235–1242. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.12.970. [14] venkatesh, v., morris, m. g., davis, g. b., & davis, f. d. (2003). user acceptance of information technology: toward a unified view. mis quarterly, 425-478. doi:10.2307/30036540. [15] im, i., hong, s., & kang, m. s. (2011). an international comparison of technology adoption: testing the utaut model. information and management, 48(1), 1–8. doi:10.1016/j.im.2010.09.001. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 384 [16] jílková, p., & králová, p. (2021). digital consumer behaviour and ecommerce trends during the covid-19 crisis. international advances in economic research, 27(1), 83–85. doi:10.1007/s11294-021-09817-4. [17] newsted, p. r., huff, s. l., & munro, m. c. (1998). survey instruments in information systems. mis quarterly: management information systems, 22(4), 553–554. doi:10.2307/249555. [18] gupta, v., cahyanto, i., sajnani, m., & shah, c. (2021). changing dynamics and travel evading: a case of indian tourists amidst the covid 19 pandemic. journal of tourism futures. doi:10.1108/jtf-04-2020-0061. [19] sugiyono. (2016). quantitative, qualitative and r&d research methods. pt alfabet, bandung, indonesia. (in indonesian). [20] jílková, p., & králová, p. (2021). digital consumer behaviour and ecommerce trends during the covid-19 crisis. international advances in economic research, 27(1), 83–85. doi:10.1007/s11294-021-09817-4. [21] mohd dali, n. r. s., abdul hamid, h., wan nawang, w. r., & wan mohamed nazarie, w. n. f. (2020). post pandemic consumer behavior: conceptual framework, 17, 13–24. doi:10.33102/jmifr.v17i3.280. [22] cruz-cárdenas, j., zabelina, e., guadalupe-lanas, j., palacio-fierro, a., & ramos-galarza, c. (2021). covid-19, consumer behavior, technology, and society: a literature review and bibliometric analysis. technological forecasting and social change, 173, 121179. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2021.121179. [23] chauhan, v., & shah, m. h. (2020). an empirical analysis into sentiments, media consumption habits, and consumer behaviour during the coronavirus (covid-19) outbreak. purakala, 31(20), 353-378. doi:10.13140/rg.2.2.32269.15846. [24] hajli, n., & sims, j. (2015). social commerce: the transfer of power from sellers to buyers. technological forecasting and social change, 94, 350–358. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2015.01.012. [25] liu, m., & wronski, l. (2018). examining completion rates in web surveys via over 25,000 real-world surveys. social science computer review, 36(1), 116–124. doi:10.1177/0894439317695581. [26] alexander, d., & karger, e. (2020). do stay-at-home orders cause people to stay at home? effects of stay-at-home orders on consumer behavior. the review of economics and statistics, 1-25. doi:10.1162/rest_a_01108. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 136 sustainability assessment in housing building organizations for the design of strategies against climate change ulises mercado burciaga a* a universidad autónoma de nayarit, ciudad de la cultura amado nervo, tepic, nayarit 63155, méxico. received 04 august 2020; revised 18 october 2020; accepted 22 october 2020; published 01 december 2020 abstract one of the biggest problems facing humanity is climate change, and the construction industry is one of the sectors causing the greatest impact. therefore, design strategies accompanied by new methodologies are necessary. in this sense, this paper aims to assess sustainability for the design of organizational strategies against climate change, based on a holistic and systemic approach to sustainability development, in order to contribute to the decision-making in housing building organizations. the assessment was based on: 1) climate change indicators were selected from a case study; 2) a survey based on climate change indicators was designed and applied to 21% of the total organizations under study; and 3) critical indicators were identified. the result shows that 58% of the climate change indicators are critical and give evidence of the negative outlook that housing building organizations have in terms of sustainability. about 69% of these indicators belong to the cultural dimension. this demonstrates the lack of knowledge, customs, habits, and commitment to implementing sustainable strategies against climate change in these organizations. finally, the results can contribute to designing strategies to promote sustainable building by the local government, and thus achieve more sustainable organizations that contribute to reducing their impact on climate change. keywords: climate change; sustainable building; organizational strategies; sustainable assessment; holistic and systemic. 1. introduction at present, one of the biggest environmental problems on a global scale that humans face is climate change, caused by the high concentration of greenhouse gases (ghg) in the atmosphere from fossil fuels and industrial processes [1]. according to the kyoto protocol [2], the ghgs of anthropogenic origin that must be reduced are 6: carbon dioxide (co2), methane (ch4), nitrogen oxide (n2o), hydrofluorocarbons (hfc), perfluorocarbons (pfc) and sulfur hexafluoride (sf6). in this sense, co2 is the main anthropogenic ghg, with an approximate 76% of the total ghg considered by the kyoto protocol [1]. the energy sector contributes the most ghg emissions worldwide, with approximately 35% of the total [1]. in mexico, the energy sector contributes 70% of the total ghg [3]. according to the international energy agency (iea), the total final energy consumption in 2015 was 9,384 mtoe (megatons of oil equivalent), and the industrial sector was the biggest consumer of energy worldwide with 37% of the total, followed by transport (29%), residential (22%), agriculture (2%) and other unspecified sectors (2%) [4]. in mexico, the industry is the second sector with the highest consumption (31.4%), below the transport sector (46.4%) [5]. in this sense, the construction sector, considered as a large organization belonging to the industrial sector, is responsible for 30% to 40% of energy consumption worldwide [6]. approximately 10% of world energy consumption * corresponding author: arqumb@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-04-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3871-671x hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 137 is used for the manufacture of construction materials [7]. in mexico, the construction sector was responsible for 17% of the total final energy consumption in 2013 [8], which led the construction industry to be one of the biggest consumers of energy [7], and to be one of the sectors with the greatest environmental impact, contributing significantly to climate change due to the large amounts of energy that it demands, mainly from non-renewable energy [9]. the ghg emissions from the burning of fossil fuels as a result of the energy consumption of the construction industry represented the 19% of the total ghgs worldwide in 2010 [10] and in mexico this emissions represented the 13% of the total ghgs emitted in 2010 [3]. regarding co2 emissions, as mentioned at the beginning, they represent 76% of ghgs of anthropogenic origin, and until today, co2 emissions from fossil fuels continue to increase and accumulate mostly in the atmosphere [11]. in addition to emitting big amounts of ghg and co2 mainly, the construction sector is a big consumer of raw materials [9], for example, natural aggregates used as a raw material for the manufacture of concrete and mortars are some of the materials that are most used in construction [12], as well as portland cement [13] and concrete [14]. in this sense, in addition to the impacts, the construction sector generate millions of tons of construction and demolition waste (rcd), for example, only in europe, the construction industry is responsible for the 36% of the total waste generated [15]. finally, the construction sector is also responsible for other environmental problems such as water and air pollution, which arise from the use of harmful materials and unsustainable processes [7]. based on the above, these impacts have led to the generation of new changes in the construction industry, such as the adoption of sustainable techniques to replace traditional construction techniques [7]. this change has also been promoted by international agreements such as the paris agreement, established in 2015. it forces to keep the global average temperature below 2º c above pre-industrial levels and to pursue efforts to limit the increase in temperature at 1.5º c. following this agreement, a growing number of organizations are adopting carbon reduction objectives in their projects. current scenarios such as until now project global temperatures increases of 3.2º c to 5.4º c by the year 2100, and even the fulfillment of all strategies determined in the paris agreement would imply a median warming of 2.6º c to 3.1º c in 2100 [16]. 1.1. sustainable assessment and management strategies in building organizations many researchers have developed strategies based on frameworks, methods and models to assess sustainability in different areas of the construction sector, with the aim that these organizations in the construction sector can determine and design the best practices to reduce its impact on climate change and the environment in general. among these strategies, the following stand out: the framework to assess the sustainability of residential buildings [17]; the framework for sustainability assessment of construction materials [18]; the framework for sustainability assessment of urban neighborhoods [19]; the framework for sustainability assessment of cities [20]; the simplified method for the assessment in the rehabilitation of old buildings in urban centers [9]; the framework for sustainability assessment in the construction sector based on a life cycle sustainability assessment [21]; the analysis framework based on a swot-anp analysis [22]; and the nature-organization-product methodology based on the nop model [23]. the nop methodology serves as an instrument to carry out a holistic and systemic diagnosis in organizations from a four-dimension approach of sustainable development (economic, environmental, social and cultural), which can be visualized in organizations through four subsystems: nature, resources, human factor and ideology, each subsystem accompanied by for components. finally, among the different alternatives that stand out for the design of strategies in organizations in the construction sector is the design of organizational strategies for climate change methodology (deo-cc, by its acronym in spanish) [24], which is based on the nop methodology. the deo-cc methodology considers new sections that facilitate the diagnosis; in other words, the deo-cc methodology considers a specific section to design indicators and parameters of climate change, in addition to considering their application to assess the organizations under study, and thus obtain results that help to design strategies from a holistic and systemic approach to sustainable development. the deo-cc methodology us based on the product of an organization, visualized throughout its life cycle: extraction, transport, manufacture, use and disposal (from cradle to grave); it considers the iso 14040 standard and the objective 13 climate action, which belongs to the 17 sustainable development goals (sdg) adopted by the united nations. the deo-cc methodology considers in a general way, four steps: 1) objective and scope; 2) approach to the organization; 3) analysis of interrelationships and, 4) assessment. however, after analyzing the frameworks, methods and models mentioned above, it is inferred that they do not make an holistic and systemic sustainability assessment, so, the do not use sustainability approach conceptualized in four dimensions (environmental, economic, social and cultural) [25], except for the nop methodology [23], the simplified method [9] and the deo-cc methodology [24]. however, one of the limitations of the nop methodology is that it does not have indicators to assess organizations, and the simplified method ceases to be holistic as it does not consider ideological factors of the organizations such as: mission; vision; values; standards, policies, guidelines; knowledge and worldview (customs and traditions). hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 138 so, if global warming is limited to the paris agreement, substantial reductions in ghg emissions are required in the coming decades [26]. that is why organizations in the construction sector must have a methodology that considers a different approach to the traditional one, in such a way that it allows them to obtain a diagnosis and a sustainability assessment of the organization and contribute to making the best decisions to significantly reduce co2 emissions; a possible solution to this could be to consider actions or strategies that arise from a holistic and systemic approach. therefore, this paper aims to assess the sustainability of the single-family housing building sector in the state of nayarit, mexico, based on a holistic and systemic approach to sustainable development, to the design of organizational strategies against climate change in order to contribute the decision-making in housing building organizations. the object of study for this research and to carry out the analysis is the product of this kind of organizations: a single-family house of social interest of 54 square meters of construction surface, considering traditional construction processes: foundations, brick walls, concrete structure, flattened with mortars, and 50 years of useful life. the object study is limited only to the construction phase of the life cycle and it considers only co2 emissions. 2. materials and methods to accomplish the objective, the framework of 45 climate change indicators for housing building organizations was used [25]. these climate change indicators and the methodological process of this research were designed based on the deo-cc methodology [24] (figure 1). figure 1. deo-cc methodology deo-cc methodology objective and scope approach to the organization analysis of interrelationships a) objective assessment a) description of subsystems (nature, resources, human factor, ideology) b) system boundaries c) functional unit a) descriptions of interrelations b) swot analysis b) indicators and parameters c) offensive, defensive, adaptive and survival strategies a) application of indicators survey co2 emissions diagnosis improvement opportunities? sustainable organization strategy design strategy implementation strategy assessment 3 2 4 1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 139 the deo-cc methodology consist of including new adaptions to the nop methodology. as mentioned above, the nop methodology remains at very general level and does not have a specific indicators for assess the organizations under study, therefore, new sections are included that are more specifics and that facilitate the realization of a diagnosis, mainly a new section to design indicators and parameters, it also includes the application of the indicators to assess the organizations under study and thereby obtain results that help to design strategies from a holistic and systemic approach to sustainable development. the deo-cc methodology is based on the product of the organization, visualized throughout its life cycle: extraction, transport, manufacture, use and disposal (from cradle to grave); it considers the iso 14040 standard and the objective 13 climate change action, which belongs to sdg adopted by the united nations. the deo-cc methodology considers in a general way, four steps: 1) objective and scope; 2) approach to the organization; 3) analysis of interrelationships and, 4) assessment. the new sections included in the deo-cc methodology are: section two, called approach to the organization, which includes the description of the four subsystems of the nop model (nature, resources, human factor and ideology). in section three called analysis of interrelationships, it is proposed to include indicators and parameters to assess organizations. the nop methodology originally does not have any type of indicators or parameters. in section four called assessment, it is proposed as a new adaptation to apply the 45 indicators considering the following: 44 indicators trough the design of a survey and one indicator to determine and analyze the co2 emissions, in order to find opportunities for improvement in the organization that promote the design strategies. in this sense, the present case study is only limited to considering the four-section called assessment and the application of the 44 indicators from the design and application of the survey. the other missing indicators (co2 emissions) has already been applied and analyzed for the same case study [27]. therefore, it is important to highlight and remember that the general assessment section aims to: a) assess the climate change indicators from the design of a survey and, b) analyze the co2 emissions associated with the consumption of fossil fuels in the phase or phases of the life cycle of the product or functional unit. figure 2 shows in a general way the methodological process that will be used in this case study: the housing building organizations in nayarit [24]. figure 2. methodological procedure based on the deo-cc methodology 2.1. selection of climate change indicators the framework of climate change indicators is made up to 45 indicators distributed as follows: 2 indicators for the nature (environmental) subsystem; 6 indicators for the resources (economic) subsystem; 12 indicators for the human factor (social) subsystem; and 25 indicators for the ideology (cultural) subsystem (table 1). as mentioned above, this case study is only limited to considering the application of 44 indicators (from 2 to 45). sustainability assessment for the case study: the housing building organizations in nayarit, mexico select the climate change indicators considered for the case study. design and apply a survey based on the climate change indicators. 1 2 identify critical climate change indicators based on the results of the survey. 3 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 140 table 1. climate change indicators framework nop subsystems nop components category indicators nature atmosphere atmosphere 1. co2 emissions. biosphere biodiversity 2. impact of human activity on species. resources financial financial 3. cost of research and development (technology) for mitigation. 4. investment in environmental sponsorship or advertising activities. 5. benefit for the implementation of recycling, reuse and optimization policies of products, materials and resources. 6. investment in public-private partnerships. materials materials and resources 7. sustainable materials. 8. variation of volume in transfer of materials. human factor other external organizations responsibility 9. commitment to sustainability. 10. presence of publicly available documents such as promises or collective bargaining agreements on the use of sustainable materials. owners and employees 11. management measures to improve feedback mechanisms. clients and community technology development 12. pertinence of ecotechnologies in the region. competitors and suppliers hiring 13. local sourcing. owners and employees fair salary 14. regular payment of workers. 15. salary satisfaction of workers. competitors and suppliers 16. punctual payments in time to suppliers and subcontractors. owners and employees child labor 17. minors who work on construction site. working hours 18. overtime worked by employees (at each level of employment). safe and healthy living conditions 19. risk management in the use of hazardous materials and substances. 20. injuries attached to the organization ideology mission, vision, values transparency/honesty 21. publication of sustainability report. standards, polices and guidelines 22. transparency to communicate mechanisms and sources of financing funds for climate change. knowledge training and education 23. climate change certifications. 24. participation in technical training programs for workers in the use of sustainable materials. 25. participation in training programs in the use of technologies (equipment and machinery). 26. participation in training programs that promote environmental behaviors. 27. environmental education workshops related to sustainability and climate change (suppliers and subcontractors). 28. environmental education workshops and meetings with clients related to sustainability and climate change. 29. inter-institutional agreements disseminated for the execution of environmental education programs and projects. mission, vision, values awareness 30. integration of ethical, social, environmental and gender equality criteria in purchasing policies for construction materials. 31. association for research and development related to the management of co2 emissions. 32. commitment to comply with the principles of the united nations global compact and to present an annual communication on its progress. 33. presence of a feedback mechanism for customers and builders. 34. commitment to training and awareness on social responsibility. standards, polices and guidelines commitment 35. implementation of standards and/or regulations for the disposal and recycling of construction products or materials. 36. polices implemented for technological development. 37. implementation of the united nations code of conduct. 38. integration of ethical, social, environmental and gender equality criteria in distribution policies and contract signing. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 141 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2. impact of human activity on species very good good fair poor very poor 2.2. design and application of the survey the survey was designed from multiple-choice questions, with five possible responses each accompanied by five performance levels, which range from scale: very good, fair, poor and very poor [19]. they survey was aimed at owners, directors or managers of each of the organizations and aims to know the current situation of the housing building organizations, in this case, in a context of sustainability and climate change. the population of interest is 76 organizations and with statistical methods [28] a sample of 16 organizations to be surveyed was obtained. once the sample size was obtained, the organizations were randomly selected. once the organizations were identified, contact was established in person which each one of them, in order publicize the objective of the survey and explain how to fill it out. finally, the surveys were distributed to each of the organizations via email. the survey was designed in a practical way through the forms offered by the google platform. 2.3. identification of critical climate change indicators once the survey is applied, the criteria to be used to identify the critical climate change indicators is to classify the indicators according to their results obtained in the survey and according to their level or performance. the indicators that are in the performance levels: poor and very poor are considered critical. 3. results and discussions 3.2. survey the results for each of the climate change indicators that were considered in this case study are presented below. the results for each indicator are classified in the four dimensions of sustainable development: environmental, economic, social and cultural. figure 3 shows the indicator of the environmental dimension: impact of human activity on species (no. 2), which is classified within the environmental dimension. regarding this indicator, the 75% of the organizations tend not to implement actions for the protection of biodiversity when building houses. figure 3. environmental dimension indicators figure 4 shows the results of the six indicators of the economic dimension. in general, it is observed that 63% of the surveyed organizations do not invest in research and development for mitigation (no. 3). the 69% do not invest in environmental sponsorship or advertising activities (no. 4), and the 88% do not invest in public-private partnerships on climate change and sustainable development (no. 6). worldview habits and traditions 39. technological innovation in materials and construction processes. 40. customs and habits to invest in a climate change certification system. 41. behaviors and attitudes regarding anticorruption. 42. behaviors and attitudes regarding transparency. 43. attitudes and preferences regarding sustainability (home users and builders). 44. attitudes and preferences regarding sustainability (suppliers and subcontractors). 45. attitudes and preferences regarding sustainability (external organizations). environmental economic social cultural hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 142 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 3. cost and research and development for mitigation 4. investment in environmental sponsorship or advertising activities  8. variation of volume in transfer of materials 6. investment in public-private partnerships 7. sustainable materials 5. benefit from the implementation of recycling, reuse and optimization policies of products, materials and resources very good good fair poor very poor 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 13. local sourcing 9. commitment to sustainability 19. risk management in the use of hazardous materials and substances 20. injuries attached to the organization 10. presence of publicly available documents such as promises or collective bargaining agreements on the use of sustainable materials 12. pertinence of ecotechnologies in the region 14. regular payment of workers 15. salary satisfaction of workers 16. punctual payments in time to suppliers and subcontractors 17. minors who work on construction site 18. overtime worked by employees (at each level of employment) 11. management measures to improve feedback mechanisms very good goog fair poor very poor the economic benefit that organizations have or expect to have from implementing recycling, reuse and material optimization policies tends to be very poor (no. 5). the 63% of the total organizations surveyed do not consider the use of sustainable materials for building construction (no. 7). the trend in the volume variation in the transfer of materials is good in most organizations (no. 8). figure 4. economic dimension indicators figure 5 shows the results of the social dimension indicators, so, there is a responsibility with a negative trend in most organizations. the 75% of the total tend not to establish commitments with sustainability (no. 9), as well as, the 63% of the organizations show a negative tendency to establish collective bargaining agreements on the use of sustainable materials (no. 10). on the other hand, it is observed that there is a good tendency for the hiring of local origin by the organizations surveyed. the management of salaries by the organizations also has a very good trend, as well as the regular payment of workers (no. 14), their salary satisfaction (no. 15) and punctual payment in time to suppliers and subcontractors (no. 16). the presence of minors on the construction site is very low in the vast majority of the organizations (no. 17), it means, the 94% of the total do not hire minors. the encouragement for the reduction of overtime work at the construction site is positive in most organizations (no. 18). figure 5. social dimension indicators hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 143 figure 6 shows the results of the indicators of the cultural dimension, there is a clarity in the lack of training and education, and of environmental commitment and transparency related to climate change and sustainability. the 81% of the organizations do not publish a sustainability report (no. 21), as well as, the 100 of the organizations do not have any certification related to climate change or sustainability (no. 23). there is also a low level of knowledge of the workers of the organizations in the use of sustainable materials (no. 24). the 38% of the total organizations are not trained in any program related to sustainable materials, plus another 38% that hardly train in some kind of related program. the 69% of the total organizations do not establish partnerships with academic or research institutions in order to manage co2 emissions (no. 31). also, the 44% of the organizations do not commit to comply with the principles of the global compact, much less to communicate their progress (no. 32). there is also a negative tendency for organizations to train and become aware of social responsibility issues (no. 34). the 71% of the organizations follow a negative trend in the lack of implementation of standards related to the disposal and recycling of materials (no. 35), for example, the 69% of the total organizations do not implement any action and another 31% barely manages to implement any standard. the 63% of the total organizations do not implement technological innovation criteria in materials and construction processes (no. 39), as well as, the 88% does not invest in any type of certification related to climate change (no. 40). on the other hand, a negative trend is also observed by suppliers, subcontractors and external organizations in attitudes and preferences regarding sustainability (no. 44 and no. 45). 3.3. identification of climate change critical indicators the results of the sustainability assessment of the housing building organizations in nayarit show that 26 out of a total of 44 climate change indicators turned out to be critical (table 2). table 2. climate change critical indicators indicator no. indicator 2  impact of human activity on species. 3, 4, 5 y 6  cost of research and development (technology) for mitigation.  investment in environmental sponsorship or advertising activities.  benefit for the implementation of recycling, reuse and optimization policies of products, materials and resources.  investment in public-private partnerships. 9, 10 y 12  commitment to sustainability.  presence of publicly available documents such as promises or collective bargaining agreements on the use of sustainable materials.  pertinence of ecotechnologies in the region. 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 31, 32, 34, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40 y 43  publication of sustainability report.  transparency to communicate mechanisms and sources of financing funds for climate change.  climate change certifications.  participation in technical training programs for workers in the use of sustainable materials.  participation in training programs in the use of technologies (equipment and machinery).  participation in training programs that promote environmental behaviors.  environmental education workshops related to sustainability and climate change (suppliers and subcontractors).  environmental education workshops and meetings with clients related to sustainability and climate change.  inter-institutional agreements disseminated for the execution of environmental education programs and projects.  association for research and development related to the management of co2 emissions.  commitment to comply with the principles of the united nations global compact and to present an annual communication on its progress.  commitment to training and awareness on social responsibility.  implementation of standards and/or regulations for the disposal and recycling of construction products or materials.  polices implemented for technological development.  integration of ethical, social, environmental and gender equality criteria in distribution policies and contract signing.  technological innovation in materials and construction processes.  customs and habits to invest in a climate change certification system.  attitudes and preferences regarding sustainability (home users and builders). environmental economic social cultural hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 144 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 21. publication of sustainability report 23. climate change certifications 30. integration of ethical, social, environmental and gender equality criteria in purchasing policies for construction… 35. implementation of standards and/or regulations for the disposal and recycling of construction products or materials 24. participation in technical training programs for workers in the use of sustainable materials 31. association for research and development related to the management of co2 emissions 36. policies implemented for technological development 39. technological innovation in materials and construction processes 25. participation in training programs in the use of technologies (equipment and machinery) 40. customs and habits to invest in a climate change certification 32. commitment to comply with the principles of the united nations global compact and to present an annual… 37.implementation of the united nations code of conduct 41. behaviors and attitudes regarding anticorruption 42. behaviors and attitudes regarding transparency 26. participation in training programs that promote environmental behaviors 33. presence of a feedback mechanism to customers and builders 43. attitudes and preferences regarding sustainability (home users and builders) 28. environmental education workshops and meetings with clients related to sustainability and climate change 34. commitment to training and awareness on social responsibility 38. integration of ethical, social, environmental and gender equality criteria in distribution policies and contract signing 44. attitudes and preferences regarding sustainability (suppliers and subcontractors) 27. environmental education workshops related to sustainability and climate change (suppliers and subcontractors) 22. transparency to communicate mechanisms and sources of financing funds for climate change 45. attitudes and preferences regarding sustainability (external organizations) 29. inter-institutional agreements disseminated for the execution of environmental education programs and projects very good good fair poor very poor figure 6. cultural dimension indicators hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 145 3.4. discussions the housing building organizations in nayarit present a significant lack of aspects related to factors that have to do with culture within the context of sustainability and climate change, it means, in relation to a mission, vision, values; standards, policies and guidelines; worldview and knowledge. in this sense, the results show 26 climate change critical indicators out of a total of 46, which will serve as the basis for the designing strategies against climate change. it also considers important to highlight that most of the critical indicators are in the cultural dimension (ideology subsystem), it means, 18 out of a total of 26, which represents the 69% of the total. from the economic dimension there were 4 critical indicators which represents the 15% of the total; from the social dimension there were 3 critical indicators which represents the 11% of the total and finally, from the environmental dimension 1 critical indicator resulted which represents the 5% of all the critical indicators. from the cultural dimension (ideology subsystem), most of the critical indicators lean towards the knowledge component, it means, 7 critical indicators out of a total of 18. the rest of the critical indicators resulted as follows: 4 indicators correspond to the standards, policies and guidelines component; 4 indicators to the mission, vision and values component; and 3 indicators to the worldview (habits and traditions) component. in this sense, it can be inferred that the housing building organizations in nayarit do not have knowledge about climate change or sustainability due to the lack of training and education on these issues. in addition, these organizations do not have standards, policies and guidelines at the local government level in terms of climate change and sustainability. these organizations do not show interest or commitment to themselves to change their unsustainable habits and traditions in the housing construction processes. from the economic dimension (resources subsystem), all critical indicators lean towards the financial component, it means, 4 critical indicators out of a total of 4. in this sense, it can be inferred that the housing building organizations in nayarit do not invest financial resources in research for innovation purposes, much less do they invest financial resources to establish partnerships with public-private institutions to find innovate solutions related to climate change mitigation. furthermore, the majority of these organizations (63%) are completely unaware of the economic benefits that can be achieved by reducing competition for renewable resources and raw materials; it means, reduce their economic dependence which can well be achieved by replacing the linear economy model with a circular economy model, which has to do with recycling, reuse and optimization of products, materials and resources in the housing construction processes. therefore, based on the results described above, it is demonstrated that the housing building organizations in nayarit do not have an adequate culture in terms of sustainability and climate change, it means, there are no strategies or good practices that contribute to increasing knowledge further; the mission, vision and values; awareness and the habits and traditions in these organizations. in addition, at the state and local government level, there are no standards, policies and guidelines that force organizations to change the habits and customs in their unsustainable housing building processes for sustainable housing building processes, trough the implementation of strategies or good practices that help reduce co2 emissions and consequently reduce their impact on climate change. 4. conclusion at the end of the present study, it can be concluded that the objective of this paper was achieved. it means assessing the sustainability of the design of organizational strategies against climate change, based on a holistic and systemic approach to sustainable development, in order to contribute to the decision-making in housing building organizations in nayarit, mexico, to reduce its impact on climate change. the results of the sustainability assessment of the housing building organizations in nayarit show a negative outlook in terms of climate change and sustainability. the foregoing is clearly attributed to the cultural aspects that exist in the state of nayarit, which are: the lack of knowledge about sustainability and climate change by these organizations, as a result of the lack of standards, policies, guidelines, and strategies for housing at the estate and local government level, which means that these organizations hardly get involved and feel a commitment to the environment, much less show interest in investing in training or certification programs that increase their knowledge and awareness of the topic. therefore, this study calls for the design of new policies and guidelines on climate change and sustainability in the housing building industry at the state and municipal levels, as well as suggests other studies towards other building areas, such as other kinds of housing, commercial buildings, services, and schools, among others, and in construction subsectors, such as civil engineering works or specialized works for construction. in order to establish future lines of research, it is recommended to expand the scope and system boundaries of this study, using the same deo-cc methodology and considering the rest of the phases of the life cycle of the house (extraction of raw materials, transportation, construction, usage, demolition) or another phase different from hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 146 construction, in order to have multiple results that contribute to the design of strategies that are related to the rest of the housing life cycle. finally, it is also recommended to carry out a study focused on systematizing the deo-cc methodology, based on a software or digital application that simulates the co2 emissions generated depending on the strategies applied to housing building projects in nayarit, so the organizations can know their environmental performance in a faster way. 5. funding and acknowledgements author of this document acknowledge the management of the universidad autónoma de nayarit, the universidad autónoma de sinaloa and the universidad juarez del estado de durango in mexico. this work was supported and funded by the national council of science and technology (conacyt, by its acronym in spanish) to carry out academic programs of doctoral studies. 6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] cambio climático (ipcc), (2014). mitigación del cambio climático. resumen para responsables de políticas. ginebra, switzerland. available online: https://www.ipcc.ch/site/assets/uploads/2018/02/syr_ar5_final_full_es.pdf (accessed on may 2020). [2] united nations. (1998). protocolo de kyoto de la convención marco de las naciones unidas sobre el cambio climático, available online: http://unfccc.int/resource/docs/convkp/kpspan.pdf (accessed on march 2020). [3] national institute of ecology and climate change (inecc). (2018). inventario nacional de emisiones de gases y compuestos de efecto invernadero. análisis de resultados, mexico. available online: https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/ 312045/inegycei6cn_26_marzo_2018.pdf. [4] international energy agency (iea). (2017). world energy balances: an overview of global trends. available online: http://biblioteca.olade.org/opac-tmpl/documentos/cg00444.pdf. (accessed on may 2020). [5] sener. (2016). balance nacional de energía, mexico. available online: https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/ 248570/ balance_nacional_de_energ_a_2015__2_.pdf (accessed on march 2020). [6] abarca-guerrero, l., & leandro-hernández, a. g. (2017). situación actual de la gestión de los materiales de construcción en costa rica. revista tecnología en marcha, 29(4), 111-122. doi:10.18845/tm.v29i4.3042. [7] bamgbade, j. a., nawi, m. n. m., & kamaruddeen, a. m. (2017). construction firms’ sustainability compliance level. journal of engineering science and technology, 12, 126-36. [8] sener. (2017). conuee, iea, casedi, wri méxico, giz, danish energy agency, inevv, hoja de ruta para el código y normas de eficiencia energética para edificaciones en méxico, 38. available online: https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/ attachment/file/215225/hoja_de_ruta_para_el_c_digo_y_normas_ee_para_edificaciones_m_xico_es_fin....pdf (accessed on march 2020). [9] almeida, c. p., ramos, a. f., & silva, j. m. (2018). sustainability assessment of building rehabilitation actions in old urban centres. sustainable cities and society, 36, 378–385. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2017.10.014. [10] arvizu-piña, v. a., & cuchí burgos, a. (2017). promoting sustainability in mexico’s building sector via environmental product declarations. the international journal of life cycle assessment, 22(11), 1744-1759. doi:10.1007/s11367-017-1269z. [11] le quéré, c., andrew, r. m., friedlingstein, p., sitch, s., hauck, j., pongratz, j., … canadell, j. g. (2018). global carbon budget 2018. earth system science data, 10(4), 2141–2194. doi:10.5194/essd-10-2141-2018. [12] senaratne, s., lambrousis, g., mirza, o., tam, v. w. y., & kang, w.-h. (2017). recycled concrete in structural applications for sustainable construction practices in australia. procedia engineering, 180, 751–758. doi:10.1016/j.proeng.2017.04.235. [13] aydin, e. (2016). novel coal bottom ash waste composites for sustainable construction. construction and building materials, 124, 582–588. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2016.07.142. [14] joshua, o., olusola, k. o., busari, a. a., omuh, i. o., ogunde, a. o., amusan, l. m., & ezenduka, c. j. (2018). data on the pozzolanic activity in coconut shell ash (csa) for use in sustainable construction. data in brief, 18, 1142–1145. doi:10.1016/j.dib.2018.03.125. https://www.ipcc.ch/site/assets/uploads/2018/02/syr_ar5_final_full_es.pdf http://unfccc.int/resource/docs/convkp/kpspan.pdf https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/%20312045/inegycei6cn_26_marzo_2018.pdf https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/%20312045/inegycei6cn_26_marzo_2018.pdf https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/ https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/%20attachment/file/215225/hoja_de_ruta_para_el_c_digo_y_normas_ee_para_edificaciones_m_xico_es_fin....pdf https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/%20attachment/file/215225/hoja_de_ruta_para_el_c_digo_y_normas_ee_para_edificaciones_m_xico_es_fin....pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 147 [15] daunfeldt, s.-o., johansson, d., & halvarsson, d. (2015). using the eurostat-oecd definition of high-growth firms: a cautionary note. journal of entrepreneurship and public policy, 4(1), 50–56. doi:10.1108/jepp-05-2013-0020. [16] rogelj, j., den elzen, m., höhne, n., fransen, t., fekete, h., winkler, h., … meinshausen, m. (2016). paris agreement climate proposals need a boost to keep warming well below 2 °c. nature, 534(7609), 631–639. doi:10.1038/nature18307. [17] ullah, w., noor, s., & tariq, a. (2018). the development of a basic framework for the sustainability of residential buildings in pakistan. sustainable cities and society, 40, 365–371. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2018.04.009. [18] rocchi, l., kadziński, m., menconi, m. e., grohmann, d., miebs, g., paolotti, l., & boggia, a. (2018). sustainability evaluation of retrofitting solutions for rural buildings through life cycle approach and multi-criteria analysis. energy and buildings, 173, 281–290. doi:10.1016/j.enbuild.2018.05.032 [19] haider, h., hewage, k., umer, a., ruparathna, r., chhipi-shrestha, g., culver, k., … sadiq, r. (2018). sustainability assessment framework for small-sized urban neighbourhoods: an application of fuzzy synthetic evaluation. sustainable cities and society, 36, 21–32. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2017.09.031. [20] gonzalez-garcia, s., manteiga, r., moreira, m. t., & feijoo, g. (2018). assessing the sustainability of spanish cities considering environmental and socio-economic indicators. journal of cleaner production, 178, 599–610. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.01.056. [21] dong, y. h., & ng, s. t. (2016). a modeling framework to evaluate sustainability of building construction based on lcsa. the international journal of life cycle assessment, 21(4), 555–568. doi:10.1007/s11367-016-1044-6. [22] liu, g., zheng, s., xu, p., & zhuang, t. (2018). an anp-swot approach for escos industry strategies in chinese building sectors. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 93, 90–99. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2018.03.090. [23] hernández, f. j., ayón, h. h., & ovalle, a. d. c. v. (2016). evaluación de la sustentabilidad en organizaciones por medio del modelo nop. revista iberoamericana de las ciencias biológicas y agropecuarias: ciba, 5(9), 111. [24] mercado, u. (2019). diseño de estrategias organizacionales frente al cambio climático desde un enfoque de la sustentabilidad, caso: el sector de la edificación de viviendas en nayarit, universidad autónoma de nayarit, sinaloa, mexico. available online: http://repositorio.ujed.mx/jspui/handle/123456789/99 (accessed on march 2020). [25] u. mercado, f. hernández, (2019). marco de indicadores para cambio climático para organizaciones del sector de edificación de viviendas desde un enfoque de la sustentabilidad, in: casos gestión y sustentabilidad en las organ., unam fca p, 269– 316. [26] nußholz, j. l. k., nygaard rasmussen, f., & milios, l. (2019). circular building materials: carbon saving potential and the role of business model innovation and public policy. resources, conservation and recycling, 141, 308–316. doi:10.1016/j.resconrec.2018.10.036. [27] mercado burciaga, u., sáez, p. v., & javier hernández ayón, f. (2019). strategies to reduce co2 emissions in housing building by means of cdw. emerging science journal, 3(5), 274–284. doi:10.28991/esj-2019-01190. [28] hernández sampieri, r., fernández collado, c., & baptista lucio, m. d. p. (2014). metodología de la investigación. mcgrawhill. mcgraw-hill, new york, united states. http://repositorio.ujed.mx/jspui/handle/123456789/99 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 138 developing a comprehensive framework for crowd funding factors by using the hexagon technique ali haji gholam saryazdi a* , ali rajabzadeh ghatari b , alinaghi mashayekhi c, alireza hassanzadeh d a phd in information technology management (intelligent business), tarbiat modares university, tehran, iran. b professor, faculty of management and economics, tarbiat modares university, tehran, iran. c professor of management and economics, sharif university of technology, tehran, iran. d associate professor, faculty of management and economics, tarbiat modares university, tehran, iran. received 03 november 2020; revised 12 april 2021; accepted 03 may 2021; published 01 june 2021 abstract in recent years, crowd funding has been seriously considered as a novel method of financing start-up businesses and innovative ideas. in its short life so far, the method has significantly grown in different aspects, such as the number of proposed platforms, the number of campaigns and their success rate, the amount of capital provided, and the number of proposed models. in addition, various researchers have investigated the phenomenon from different points of view. nevertheless, only a few studies have carried out a comprehensive review of the factors affecting this method. the main purpose of this research is to design and implement a comprehensive framework for factors that affect crowd funding. in order to achieve this goal, the effective factors in this regard were first identified through a systematic review of the literature on crowd funding. then, they were classified and clustered in a hexagonal framework based on the stakeholder's model. in other words, a qualitative method is used to extract the factors affecting crowd funding. the hexagons extracted from the literature were in 82 clusters, of which 38 were accounted for by capital seekers, 16 by investors and platforms, and 12 by other stakeholders. this study is the first effort to design a comprehensive framework for factors that affect crowd funding. keywords: crowd funding; hexagon; clustering; systematic review. 1. introduction recently, digital technologies, the world wide web, and its new capabilities, such as web 2.0 and social networks, have triggered a revolution in business models and business management concepts [1]. indeed, the world wide web and social networks have provided a powerful platform for public collaboration and participation through which a new paradigm has been developed based on the crowd in various fields, including business [2-6]. these networks, if managed properly, can serve as international phenomena with great potential to make positive changes in communities and organizations by supporting and creating cooperation networks [7]. the emergence of web 2.0 and social networks in business models and financing methods has led to dramatic changes in start-up businesses and innovative entrepreneurs. one of these changes has occurred through the emergence of crowd funding in the field of financing [8]. crowd funding is rooted in crowdsourcing and has been extracted from * corresponding author: a.hajigholam@modares.ac.ir http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-02-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1698-8389 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8470-3568 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3015-3019 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 139 outsourcing. it is a method based on web 2.0 and social networks and aims at financing creative and innovative startup projects and businesses through small contributions by a large number of people (i.e. "crowd") [9, 10]. in the early stages of their formation, start-up businesses often face financing problems in traditional ways [11, 12]. to overcome those problems, some creative founders and entrepreneurs have developed a crowd funding method that deals with financing by tapping the crowd rather than a particular group of professional investors. this form of financing, in turn, leads to new forms of business in which the "normal" population is involved more than ever, as active consumers or investors or both [9]. taking advantage of the internet to attract the participation of a large number of people with a low fund to finance innovative projects, such as movies and music, dates back to the late 1990s. however, in recent years, thanks to web 2.0 and social networks and due to the economic decline, crowd funding has been presented in its current form [13]. as an example of its pervasion, in 2013, a total of 536 crowd funding service-providing sites existed in the world, which financed about 5.1 billion dollars [14]. crowd funding is a financing method focused on founders, including entrepreneurs who want to commercialize their ideas through businesses as well as owners of small businesses. the method allows these people to protect their business against fluctuations, maintain their growth once in need of financing [15], or get funds from the small contributions of many people using the internet without interference and standard financial requirements [16]. kleemann et al. (2008), lambert and schwienbacher (2010), and belleflamme et al. (2014) defined crowd funding as a request made to the public mainly on the internet for providing financial resources either as donations, in exchange for a rewards, or in return for voting rights in order to support initiatives for specific purposes [9, 17, 18]. based on the above definition, mollick (2014) proposed a new definition. according to him, “crowd funding refers to the efforts by entrepreneurial individuals and groups – cultural, social, and for-profit – to fund their ventures by drawing on relatively small contributions from a relatively large number of individuals using the internet, without standard financial intermediaries" [16]. valančienė and jegelevičiūtė (2014) defined crowd funding from the perspective of content [19]. as they put it, crowd funding is a method of establishing a connection between entrepreneurs, who intend to increase their capital, and new investors, who serve as an emerging source of capital and mean to invest small funds, through internet-based intermediaries. our definition of crowd funding is, however, a novel one. as it reads, “crowd funding is a method for financing smes (small-to-medium-sized enterprises) using hordes of smis (small-to-medium-sized investments) via the internet. crowd funding can be considered to have originated from three scientific fields. the first is financial management, which is a microfinance entity [2, 8, 20]. according to the definition provided in britannica encyclopedia, microfinance is a means of extending credit, usually in the form of small loans with no collateral, to nontraditional borrowers such as the poor in rural or undeveloped areas [21]. the second field is that of it management, which has originated from crowdsourcing and the internet capabilities, especially social networks and web 2.0 [22]. the third field relates to business management topics and outsourcing in organizations. as noted, the concept of crowd funding, in its broad sense, is rooted in crowdsourcing which deals with the use of crowd to get ideas, suggestions, and criticisms and provides solutions to develop a company's activities [17, 23-25]. in particular, in this sense, it deals with raising money to investment through online social networks. such investment may be in the form of buying shares, loans, grants, or pre-order the product) [16, 26-29]. crowd funding projects can be different in both goal and scope. these projects may range from artistic small projects to technology and entrepreneurship projects and from hundreds of thousand dollars as an initial capital (cultivation stage or seed capital) to an alternative to traditional investments [30]. crowd funding may be practiced in four models as follows:  the donation or patronage model which is implemented more in human and artistic projects where investors do not seek the direct return of capital and have inner and spiritual motives rather than physical and outer ones;  the lending model which offers loans with a specific interest rate;  the reward-based model which accounts for the highest share among models: in this model, the funder is encouraged and rewarded for his support of the project. here, the funder can be the first customer, which/who is associated with lower cost and other benefits. pre-selling consumer products and hardware and software projects are also placed in this model;  the equity-based model that was legalized in america in 2012, while other countries had already legalized it: its share is still low at about 5% of crowd funding [31]. of course, this model may be carried out in forms other than the stock including a share of future profits or royalties, part of the planned returns in the future or a share of real estate investments [32]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 140 this method has been taken into great consideration in the world due to the explosive growth of web 2.0 and its capabilities, recession, risk-taking of emerging businesses and the need to finance. it has had a relatively high and stable growth from different points of view such as the number of provided platforms, the number of campaigns and their success rate, the quantity of funded capital, the number of models offered, and the areas covered [10, 13, 16, 33, 34]. although crowd funding is a newly emerging method, it has already grown significantly in terms of the number of platforms, the number of campaigns, the rate of success, and its fund-raising speed. for example, through the pre-order model, pebble product collected about 10 million dollars within a few weeks [9]. the increasing expansion of this method has led many researchers to investigate the phenomenon in various dimensions and try to identify different aspects and factors affecting it. nevertheless, just a little bulk of literature has been dedicated to the comprehensive and holistic study of factors influencing this approach. this paper aimed at investigates crowd funding through the systematic and structured identification and explanation of the factors that affect it. to achieve this goal, a systematic review of the literature is conducted on crowd funding to identify the factors (hexagons), cluster them, and design a comprehensive framework in that regard based on the stakeholder model. this paper is organized as follows. first, makes a review of related literature on crowd funding. then, the research method used in the research is explained. afterward, there has been an attempt to identify and explain the factors influencing crowd funding via hexagon. finally, the important factors are identified. 2. literature review a review of the literature shows that the discussion of crowd funding in academic circles dates back to 2006 [10] although the concept already existed in various forms. the following diagram (figure 1) shows the number of articles available on the databases of elsevier and wiley online library whose main focus is on crowd funding. the first paper dates back to 2012. as it is clear, not much academic work has been done on this issue, and only a total of 60 papers have been conducted on the subject. figure 1. diagram of the number of articles related to crowd funding available on the elsevier and wiley databases ibrahim and verliyantina (2012) designed a business model of crowd funding for small businesses in indonesia and modified the typology of the model based on the hamer model. the model includes donors/funders (investors), volunteers, partners of that discipline, educators and non-profit organizations which are all involved in the process screening, supervision, and management of funds (figure 2). also, in the modified model typology shown in fig. 3, they added payment gateways and field workers, as two parts, to the hamer model [21]. they determined the variables affecting crowd funding, such as repayment rate, service platforms including examination of proposals and consulting, investor confidence, web technology infrastructure and the internet, compliance with community features, and quality of life capital. 0 1 6 8 0 2 1 2 11 9 3 17 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 n o . o f th e a rt ic le year no. of articles on the elsevier no. of articles on wiley hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 141 figure 2. business model canvas [21] figure 3. modified typology of hamer model [21] valančienė and jegelevičiūtė (2014) stated that the main stakeholders might be classified into two broad interactive groups: contextual and organizational. contextual stakeholders (i.e. society, government and state's regulators) are those who form external environments and business conditions, though they are not directly involved in the organization's activities or value creation. contextual stakeholders are partially discussed in the pest analysis. organizational stakeholders (i.e. shareholders, customers, suppliers, financial institutions, managers, and employees) are, on the contrary, involved in a particular organization's activities and its value creation process. so, in the case of crowd funding, traditional customers and suppliers shift to users, which include both businesses (startups) and backers (investors) [19]. stemler (2013), zilgalvis (2014), turan (2015), kshetri (2015), eniola and entebang (2015), and jegelevičiūtė and valančienė (2015) have emphasized the importance of legislation to increase trust in crowd funding [15, 35-39]. they argue that, in order to expand crowd funding, especially in an equity-based model, it is vital to establish the corresponding laws. platforms must design specific regulatory rules for evaluating founders, their plans, and investors. in this regard, stemler (2013) examined crowd funding in terms of the jobs act (article 3 of the act is related to the crowdfund act) and provided guidelines to capital demanders (entrepreneurs and business owners) as well as investors [15]. zilgalvis (2014) reviewed two case studies and concluded that the rules should be clear and relatively simple and, by getting feedbacks from the environment and improving the environment, the rules for the growth of innovation should be strengthened [39]. kshetri (2015) provided articulate propositions of the effects of legal (official) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 142 entities as well as normative and cognitive (informal) institutions on the success of a crowd funding project through the institutionalism theory and experimental data. the propositions are about the effect of laws related to businesses as well as rules related to the equity-based model, political structure, cultural cognitive institutions and normative institutions [37]. eniola and entebang (2015) stressed the necessity of creating a regulatory environment to strengthen this method [35]. turan (2015) discussed the evolution of equity-based model within the technology push-demand pull framework. he expressed the risks of the equity-based model throughout the life cycle of crowd funding (including five steps: pre-launch, launch, post-launch, living stage, and exit) for three main stakeholders including entrepreneurs, investors, and platform. he ultimately provided solutions for reducing them [38]. jegelevičiūtė and valančienė (2015) stated the main measures to strengthen crowd funding and reviewed the corresponding laws in america, britain, canada, germany, australia, and italy, which have the largest number of successful projects, according to the crowd funding center in 2014. in these countries, the most important measures are the creation of legal frameworks, training entrepreneurs, promotion of successful crowd funding cases and enhancing quality labels for platforms and training investors [36]. by referring to the jobs act in the us, huang and zhao (2017) suggested that modern laws on securities make an active response to the demand of equity crowd funding development [40]. their findings on the effect of the regulations are consistent with the results gained by renwick, and mossialos (2017) [41]. wheat et al. (2013), harris and russo (2015), and siva (2014) took into consideration the role of public engagement in crowd funding and its power, especially in research projects [14, 42, 43]. wheat et al. (2013) specifically addressed the use of the crowd funding method in the financing of research projects. stating that various platforms are similar in terms of design and structure, they classified them into two categories of general and specialized websites. they acknowledged that charisma and important projects were already thought to be the only funded factors, but their findings indicated that the project is not as important as the crowd is. the crowd funding method has a good potential to encourage scientific transparency and public involvement in the first stage of a research process and to reinforce lasting relationships between scientists and non-scientists. finally, they stated that science projects are usually funded with less than $ 10,000, which is an optimal value for research projects [43]. harris and russo (2015) explored the role and relevancy of public movements in policy-making for the fields of aerospace and astronomy. while referring to the dynamics among projects, start-ups business (e.g. space or astronomical research), the public, and the government, they stated that, nowadays, the public as a powerful factor can be completely replaced by the state in financing [42]. siva (2014) argued that involving the public through social media, choosing the right financial goal, and arbitrating projects in order to prevent fraud and ensure the attraction of investors are important in crowd funding in the field of medicine [14]. the results obtained by dragojlovic and lynd (2014) suggested that crowd funding is a viable approach to support early proof-of-concept research, allowing researchers in oncology and rare diseases to succeed in traditional grant competitions or to attract private investment [44]. zheng et al. (2014), belleflamme et al. (2015), agrawal et al. (2015), colombo et al. (2015), and bruton et al. (2015) emphasized the positive effects of social networks and the social capital of crowd funding stakeholders on the success of crowd funding campaigns [25, 45-48]. zheng et al. (2014) analyzed the impact of entrepreneurs’ social networks in crowd funding based on the social capital theory with the culture as a mediating variable and real data from a comparative study of kickstarter (in america) and demohour (in china) platforms. they found that an entrepreneur’s social network ties (structural dimension), obligations to fund other entrepreneurs (relational dimension), and the meaning of a crowd funding project shared by the entrepreneur and the sponsors (cognitive dimension) had significant effects on crowd funding performance in both china and the u.s. the predictive power of the three dimensions of social capital was stronger in china than the u.s. obligation also had a greater impact in china [25]. belleflamme et al. (2015) studied crowd funding and its different models. they examined cross-group and withingroup external effects between funders and fundraisers and argued that a diversified platform, the existence of a variety of campaigns and fundraisers, and a co-funding opportunity with a variable mediator is suitable for investors. they also believed that fundraisers prefer a platform with a lot of investors. of course, not only does the number of funders and fundraisers matter, but their composition is important too. in respect to the within-group external effect, they stated that the greater the number of similar and competing campaigns, the less the likelihood of funding for a fundraiser. they also examined the price structure of platforms, the problem of asymmetric information and different ways to deal with it, covert actions, approvals, disclosure of information, guarantees as well as the dynamic behavior of donors [46]. colombo et al. (2015) examined the effect of internal social capital on the early stages of a campaign success. they stated that crowd funding has a self-reinforcing pattern whereby contributions received on the early days of a campaign accelerate its success, which is due to the internal social capital. they mentioned two types of social networks that are effective in the success of crowd funding campaigns. external social networks are the same as entrepreneur social networks in public networks such as facebook, twitter, etc. internal social networks are the same hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 143 as communication within a campaign platform. in other words, platforms both pave the way for financing and strengthen the communication among investors [48]. the findings of colombo and his colleagues about entrepreneur social capital are consistent with those of roma et al. (2017), skirnevskiy et al. (2017), and vincenzo et al. (2017) [49-51]. bruton et al. (2015) argued that, along with traditional approaches of financing, new innovative approaches such as microfinance, crowd funding and peer-to-peer lending are currently on a rapid growth. these approaches have certain common characteristics as follows: a) the innovations, although initially formed in a part of the world, have quickly spread throughout the world. for example, microfinance was for the poor in developing countries, but it is now also used in developed countries for entrepreneurs. b) compared to mediatory platforms, such as crowd funding platforms, these approaches use more people to finance a little. c) they use the social networks of entrepreneurs and investors for more effectiveness and efficiency. then, as shown in fig. 4, the researchers presented a framework for new financing approaches and alternatives at an early stage of entrepreneurship. the framework includes institutional context, supply of capital (resources and types of capital), demand for capital, ownership and governance considerations [47]. figure 4. the framework for new financing approaches and alternatives at the early stage of entrepreneurship [47] mollick (2014), agrawal et al. (2015) and yu et al. (2017) have found that, despite the fact that the effect of geographical distance is limited on crowd funding, it is still of effect on investors’ course of action [16, 45, 52]. mollick (2014) analyzed the dynamics of the success and failure of projects. he realized that personal networks and the quality of a project are effective in the success of crowd funding efforts, and geography depends on both the type of the proposed project and its successful financing. this is why founders offer projects that reflect the underlying cultural products of their geographic region and, similarly, investors put more money in projects related to their cultural conditions [16]. such findings about regional effects are consistent with those of yu et al. (2017) [52]. agrawal et al. (2015) found that the average distance between the artist-entrepreneur and the investor is about 5,000 km. they suggested that, in this method, the vicinity has faded to some extent though it still has a role. they also found that displaying the accumulation of capital leads to a herding behavior, which stems from investment at early stages by local investors, especially friends and family (f&f) [45]. also, cho and kim (2017) analyzed a total of 510 crowd funding projects in the u.s. and korea by cross-cultural comparisons. they found that culture influences crowd funding performance as the factors of successful crowd funding sites between two countries are different [53]. this finding, which regards the effects of geographic distance, is consistent with the result of kang et al. (2017) [54]. contrary to the above mentioned studies, which emphasizes the role of social networks in the success of a crowd funding campaign, kandhway and kuri (2014), ahlers et al. (2015), bi et al. (2017), allison et al. (2015), and kim et al. (2017) pointed to the role of campaign information quality and the appropriate publication of information in attracting individuals and, ultimately, in the success of crowd funding [9, 33, 55, 56]. kandhway and kuri (2014) addressed the issue of modeling the spread of information and the problem of its optimal control in a homogeneous population using maki thompson rumor model in various areas including crowd funding. they argued that, during a campaign, information spreads epidemically [55]. ahlers et al. (2015) found that successful crowd funding projects are dependent on valid signals, the quality of start-up businesses, and the disclosure of relevant information to the crowd. the results of their experimental study showed that the remaining shares and the hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 144 detailed information provided about risks (level of uncertainty) and human capital (percentage of managers with mba degrees) are signals of a great effect on the probability of success. however, intellectual capital (patents) and social capital (alliance and collation) were found to have no effect on success [28]. bi et al. (2017) results showed that higher introduction word counts and video counts make funders feel the project has a higher quality, but higher "like" counts and online reviews make funders feel the project has a good electronic reputation [57]. allison et al. (2015) addressed the effect of linguistic cues in entrepreneurial narratives on the decision of lenders to use the cognitive evaluation theory. they found that lenders respond positively to narratives that highlight the venture as an opportunity to help others, and less positively when the narrative is framed as a business opportunity. in other words, they found that greater degrees of profit and risk-taking language are associated with a decrease in the attractiveness (increased financing time) of microloans among prosocial investors. also, the presence of linguistic cues of human interest is associated with an increase in the attractiveness (decreased financing time) of microloans among investors. the linguistic cues of diversity, however, are not associated with an increase in the attractiveness of microloans among prosaically investors. finally, although overall intrinsic language and overall extrinsic language were both found to be significant predictors of investor’s preferences, intrinsic cues proved to be five times stronger than extrinsic ones [33]. kim et al. (2017) showed that most founder features (i.e., identity disclosure and prior experience) and project features (i.e., comments, updates, description elaborateness, and campaign duration) have a positive effect on successful crowd fundraising. also, they found the scope of the funding goal has a negative effect on successful fundraising [56]. deutsch et al. (2017) analyzed the dynamics of private voluntary contributions in public goods and the role of initial capital in signaling the quality of goods to the subsequent potential participants. they provided a theoretical model by studying the data from two sets of crowd funding platforms. the results of their study point to the statistical significance of switch points in the distinction between seed contributions and subsequent contributions as well as a positive change in the behavior of participants after the switch point, which represents an increase in the perceived value of public goods. in that study, the quality signal involved the number of participants and their average contribution (as a part of the financial objective) [58]. allison et al. (2017) used the elaboration likelihood model of persuasion (elm) to develop and test a model of persuasive influence in crowd funding. the results suggested that issue-relevant information, such as entrepreneurs' education, matters the most when funders possess greater ability and motivation to make careful evaluations. in contrast, cues such as adopting a group identity have the strongest influence among inexperienced, first-time founders when the requested funding amounts are small [59]. belleflamme et al. (2014) examined the factors affecting the selection of founders [9], and parker (2014) and zhao et al. (2017) investigated the factors affecting the selection of investors (funders) [60, 61]. belleflamme et al. (2014) examined the situations affecting how entrepreneurs choose between two profit-based and pre-order models. their results showed that, when the needed initial investment is low as compared to the market size, entrepreneurs prefer to use a pre-order model instead of a profit-sharing model [9]. parker (2014) modeled investment choices among multiple projects on a crowd funding platform. his research had two interesting results. first, surprisingly, investors with less knowledge can cause further good projects to reach their financial goals. the logic is that, when most investors are uninformed, they tend to follow the few informed investors, who predominantly back up good projects. however, numerous informed investors tend to concentrate funding on only good projects, and this causes lack of concentration and dispersal of the projects, leading to a failure of financial targets and less success. second, those few good projects may be further funded. this also leads to more focus and the attainment of goals. both of these results are due to the signal of capital accumulation in a campaign as a sign of project quality. in this case, the signal is, indeed, given through the release of information which allows anyone to observe the capital accumulation (i.e. the rate of the capital funded) in any project at any time [60]. zhao et al. (2017) conducted a study based on the social exchange theory to examine the key factors influencing backers’ funding intention. their results showed that commitment has a remarkable and positive effect on funding intention. interestingly, perceived risk was found to be positively associated with funding intention [61]. many researchers such as wheat et al. (2013), belleflamme et al. (2014), parker (2014), siva (2014), mollick (2014), and pitschner and pitschner-finn (2014) have pointed to the importance of setting a financial goal to lead a crowd funding campaign to success [5, 9, 14, 16, 43, 62]. among them, parker (2014) highlighted the role of target values in technology projects as compared to dance and theater. as he put it, the more the target value, the less the probability of achieving the goal; only 29% of technology projects get funded compared with over 60% of dance and theater projects [60]. dragojlovic and lynd (2014) showed that crowd funding is more suitable for medium projects that need a fund of less than $ 100,000. they found that public sites and platforms attract more investors and, thus, hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 145 have a lower average fund, while the people who go to specialized sites are usually fewer but interested in or equipped with the relevant expertise [44]. pitschner and pitschner-finn (2014) investigated the success of profit and non-profit campaigns in crowd funding. they found that non-profit campaigns are more likely to achieve their financial goals. these campaigns usually target a little money and receive more money from fewer suppliers. their research showed that a lower number of for-profit campaigns are very successful, and their results are contrary to non-profit campaigns results. their findings are consistent with a simple selection mechanism where entrepreneurs choose between forprofit and nonprofit campaigns based on the project returns. that is, in a situation where everything is equal, higher expected returns on a project give a greater incentive to the entrepreneurs to participate in a non-profit campaign [62]. their findings are consistent with those of belleflamme et al. (2013) which are based on a contract failure model using the data for 44 projects [63]. meer (2013) investigated the effect of charity price on crowd funding. he found that an increase in charity price leads to less likely funding of a project. he also calculated the price elasticity of donations, finding estimates between -0.8 and -2. these are likely to be the upper bounds on the tax price elasticity of charitable donations. finally, he examined the effect of competition on donations and found that increased competition reduces the likelihood of funding a project [64]. several studies have focused on the benefits of crowd funding. macht and weatherston (2014), gleasure (2015), renwick and mossialos (2017), and vasileiadou et al. (2016) have emphasized the financial benefits of this method [10, 41, 65, 66]. this is while valančienė and jegelevičiūtė (2014), mollick (2014), belleflamme et al. (2014), zheng et al. (2014) dragojlovic and lynd (2014), cholakova and clarysse (2015), and royal and windsor (2014) have highlighted non-financial benefits [9, 16, 19, 25, 40, 44, 67, 68]. also, macht and weatherston (2015) and baumgardner et al. (2017) have pointed to the fact that financial benefit in combination with non-financial benefit is considered as a feature of crowd funding [13, 69]. there is a framework provided by macht and weatherston (2014) to describe the benefits of crowd funding for entrepreneurs and academic researchers (figure 5) [10]. figure 5. the benefits of crowd funding [10] cholakova and clarysse (2015) explored the extent to which financial or nonfinancial motivations determine the decision to invest for equity or to pledge. they also looked at whether investing in equity can crowd out individuals' motivation to keep a pledge in the same project. their results showed that nonfinancial motives play no significant role. furthermore, they found that investment in equity is a positive predictor of keeping a pledge [67]. vasileiadou et al. (2016) investigated crowd funding in the field of renewable energy. they believe that crowdfunders hold a variety of normative, gain and even hedonic rather than inner motivations. reduction of overhead costs for users by crowd funding leads to a boom in this method. according to them, this is because of giving information about the project and investment opportunities, the simplicity of the registration process, no need for geographical proximity, and lower risk due to the monitoring of platforms by the corresponding organizations [66]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 146 through examining 25 relevant articles, macht and weatherston (2015) provided topics of concern before investment, including investor’s (financial and nonfinancial) motivation, reasons for the decision to invest, and issues after investment such as the value-added of the investor’s active and passive involvement in business [69]. gleasure (2015) modeled entrepreneurs’ resistance against crowd funding from the viewpoint of impression management. he showed that resistance is affected by entrepreneurs’ fear of disclosure, fear of visible failure, and fear of disappointment. his article refers to the important point that business owners have recently put the crowd funding approach on their sites without reference to a platform. in that study, the model is at a proposition level, and it introduces the factors of individual resistance, including switching benefits and costs, fear of disclosure, fear of visible failure, and fear of disappointment. this model is shown in figure 6 [65]. figure 6. the proposed model for entrepreneurs’ resistance against crowd funding [65] ashta et al. (2015) investigated the strategic challenges that organizations face when moving toward crowd funding. they detected four challenges including the challenge of governance and legal status, challenge of the balance between profit and social activities, challenge of transparency, and challenge of withdrawal of the crowd from the market [70]. barasinska and schafer (2014) examined the existence of gender discrimination in microloans (p2p model) on the german site of smava. they referred to some studies that indicate gender discrimination in taking loans. for example, as on the prosper site, a study in america conducted on peer-to-peer (p2p) loans has shown that women have a greater chance, while these researchers rejected it and showed that gender discrimination has declined in giving collective loans. of course, they attributed this difference to the differences between the two sites as well as the socialmacroeconomic environments of germany and america [32]. cefkin et al. (2014) and jian and usher (2014) mentioned the effect of individual's interest on choosing campaigns for investment. contrary to that, hörisch (2015) denied such a relationship [71]. cefkin et al. (2014) also found that crowd funding weakens bureaucracy through a bottom-up approach and leads to democratic budgeting and accountability of people in favor of their projects and their success. in this way, opportunities are created for personal growth and development. they also found that a criterion for choosing an investment is the extent to which it is altruistic and benefits the public. the choice is based on the differences and similarities between the project and the expertise and interest of the people. for example, chemists were found to invest less on computer projects [71]. jian and usher (2014) examined the effect of journalism crowd funding on news production. they found that the audience invests more in the news that offers practical tips for everyday life, such as the news related to public health rather than the news giving public awareness. also, journalists' working experience was not very important for the audience to finance [72]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 147 hörisch (2015) found that there is no positive connection between environmental orientation and crowd funding success. it is noteworthy that reaching the financial goal and the ratio of accumulated capital to objective capital proved to be criteria for success. as the other results showed, projects with a huge target are more likely to fail. also, project length, existence of videos, non-profit projects, and constant financial goals has a positive effect on crowd funding success. there is no positive effect of reward on funding success, but reward quality is important. more successful projects have visible outputs. in other words, projects with the output of tangible goods are more successful than services. the signal of quality to the investor is important, such as a video that presents the project quality [73]. attuel-mendès et al. (2014) compared the effects of identity and image (branding) on crowd funding with traditional methods. they found that, for financing in both cases, good communication with the support of a valid and consistent identity is essential. in addition, the use of marketing tools for crowd funding is significant [74]. corazzini et al. (2015), belleflamme et al. (2015), and cason and zubrickas (2015) emphasized the effect of coordination of investors on attracting investment and campaign success [34, 46, 75]. corazzini et al. (2015) investigated the impact of an increasing number of projects on the likelihood of coordination of donors and total contributions. they found that multiple products or increased competing projects reduce the coordination among participants, discourage donors, and ultimately reduce the likelihood of success in financing. their analysis also indicated that making one of the contribution options salient, either through its merits or by arbitrarily choosing one to feature during the experiment helps to overcome the increased coordination problem [34]. cason and zubrickas (2015) investigated the extension of the provision point mechanism in a laboratory experiment by testing its properties in terms of allocative and distributive efficiency, equilibrium coordination, and invariance to information distribution. they improved this mechanism by giving a refund in campaigns where contribution is insufficient. thus, the interest in creating public goods or bonuses increases contribution. the results of testing this model in the laboratory showed that the amount of bonus should not be enormous [75]. cordova et al. (2015) showed that an increase in the amount of campaign funding causes the lower probability of a project to succeed. they also found that an increase in the duration of the campaign leads to increased chances of success which, in turn, represents an increase in the number of dollars contributed per day. this process is indicative of the reinforcement model [76]. xu et al. (2016) used the asymmetric analytic method to study the satisfaction of sponsors in crowd funding and its effect on the success of crowd funding projects during the implementation phase. the results of the survey confirmed their proposed model for satisfaction or dissatisfaction of sponsors (fig. 7). there are a few factors affecting the consent of sponsors with the performance of the implemented projects. these factors include the timeliness of product delivery, product quality, novelty of the project, sponsor participation, entrepreneur’s activeness and sponsor's demographic features (age and gender) [77]. figure 7. conceptual model of factors influencing the satisfaction of sponsors [77] stanko and henard (2017) analyzed the data from kickstarter platform and investigated the role of crowd funding in market performance. their results indicated that the amount of funds raised during a crowd funding campaign does not significantly impact the later market performance of the crowd funded product, while the number of backers attracted to the campaign does [78]. also, brown et al. (2017) referred to crowd funding as a marketing tool [79]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 148 attuel-mendès (2017) and paulet and relano (2017) explored the influence of the banking system on crowd funding. they found some collaboration between banks and crowd funding could cause diffusion of crowd funding [80, 81]. haji gholam saryazdi et al. (2019) first develop a qualitative model of crowd funding dynamics through the document model building (dmb) [82] and then they designed a quantitative system dynamics model of crowd funding for support of new iranian knowledge-based it startups. the results of model simulation suggest that the reward model will develop to a higher extent due to higher alignment with it business designs. also, the model suggested that pass of relevant regulations and monitoring of platforms improved the quality of it business designs and secured the success of the companies after funding [83]. langley et al. (2020) stated crowd funding is invoked in urban governance that valorizes social entrepreneurship. also, they showed berlin shapes its distinctive and multiple crowd funding ecologies [84]. taeuscher et al. (2020) challenged the underlying assumption that distinctiveness necessarily counteracts the attainment of legitimacy and propose that distinctiveness can become a source of legitimacy that affects crowdfunding success [85]. of course, there are many papers each reviewing one of the dimensions of this new approach. for example, kuppuswamy and bayus (2015) investigated how backers' support for the kickstarter would vary depending on the success of projects and their schedules. their evaluation of financing projects for the kickstarter showed that social information (e.g. financial decisions of other investors) plays a key role in the success of a project [29]. furthermore, schwienbacher and larralde (2010) presented the first description of crowd funding and performed a case study of crowd funding for a startup business in the field of french music. then, they tried to establish a theoretical model based on which people choose the crowd funding method [30]. finally, burtch et al. (2013) investigated how timing and display affect financing for new stories in journalism [86]. 3. research methodology this research is based on the qualitative system dynamics approach. through this approach, we use library resources about crowd funding to identify and explain the factors influencing crowd funding and grouped them within the framework of hexagons. data collection is, thus, done via a systematic review of literature. in other words, a qualitative method is used to extract the factors affecting crowd funding. compared with the traditional or narrative literature review methods, a systematic review of the literature deals with one specific specialized field through a more precise and well-defined approach [87]. in this method, based on an already set issue or question, the conducted studies are reviewed, and their relevance is evaluated. the evidence obtained for that issue or question is then summarized and analyzed [87, 88]. this method declines the chance of orientation (or bias) and makes it possible to acquire accurate information on the phenomenon in consistence with the literature, identify factors affecting the phenomenon and create a model of the phenomenon using the literature. the method consists of five steps including defining the issue or question to investigate, identifying and seeking out sources in the literature, assessing and recognizing the relevant and appropriate literature, reviewing the findings from the literature, and, ultimately interpreting, combining and presenting them in a suitable form [89]. as mentioned, in a systematic review of the literature, the extracted data should be organized in an appropriate form. in this study, we used the hexagons method proposed by hodgson (1992) to identify and cluster the factors affecting crowd funding [90]. this method serves to extract factors from various sources such as literature and mental models and to detect the relationships among them via modeling. thus, the identified factors were firstly drawn in the context of hexagons and then clustered based on a certain method such as semantic similarity or the models provided by the literature. hexagons can include events, processes, objects, and a group of concepts related to the subject under study [91]. in the present study, after the hexagons were drawn, the frequency of each of them in the literature was calculated, and they were clustered based on the stakeholder approach of crowd funding. to deal with the subject matter of crowd funding, such keywords as crowd funding, crowd funding, crowd-funding, and crowd-funded were logged on to search on the elsevier and wiley online library databases. the major focus was placed on journal and conference papers. the survey was conducted on those sources until 2017, and only english documents were studied. the number of documents was about 134 only 60 of which were journals and conference papers. at this stage, all the papers related to the hexagons method in the elsevier and wiley scientific databases were investigated. the number of these papers was 60. a review of them provided the following points (figure 8):  the number of studies by this new method is not very high but is on the rise;  most studies have examined only one aspect of crowd funding. some have checked only one site or have examined only one side of crowd funding, for example, backers (i.e. funders) or founders (i.e. businesses);  the dominant approach in the study of this phenomenon is empirical and exploratory without a theoretical framework and a case study [25];  since the studies are exploratory, people’s attitudes and insights into this phenomenon have not been surveyed yet [25]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 149 figure 8. research methodology flowchart 4. explanation and classification of the factors affecting crowd funding as mentioned in the previous section, in this study, we sought to identify and explain the factors influencing crowd funding through a systematic review of the literature. table 1 (appendix) summarizes the various research works on crowd funding and compares them. in this section, various factors affecting crowd funding are displayed in the form of hexagons, and the frequency of each one in the literature is calculated shown in hexagons. ultimately, these hexagons are clustered based on the stockholder model proposed by valančienė and jegelevičiūtė (2014) [19]. then, for each stockholder, based on the hexagons with the highest frequency, practical implications are expressed for the development of crowd funding. in this model, organizational stockholders include entrepreneurs and business owners who are the same as capital seekers (founders), backers and users who are the same as capital-providers (investors/funders), platforms that are crowd funding websites, and contextual stakeholders comprising community, government, and legislators. figure 8 that follows shows the clustering consisting of hexagons and their frequencies. factors with the greatest frequency are shown in yellow. as it can be seen in the following figures, 82 hexagons were extracted from the literature. figure 9. clustering hexagons based on the stakeholder model in hexagon cluster 6 belonging to capital seekers, financial goal setting, non-financial benefits, entrepreneur social network, quality of the project or the idea, quality of providing the project, upgrading and frequent communication, duration of the campaign, funding level at any time, and the geographical location of the founder were the most frequent hexagons mentioned in the literature. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 150 as figure 10 illustrates, the better the quality of the project or its presentation by the founder and the more professional the creation of the campaign, the greater is the likelihood of attracting investors and the campaign success. creating a campaign depends on the quality of the project presentation, the timing of the campaign (i.e. its duration), and the financial goal of the campaign. according to the literature, alongside these factors, the founder’s virtual and actual social networks are considered as another major factor in the success of the campaign. throughout the campaign, upgrading, constant contact with audiences and campaign signals such as the amount of capital attraction are of utmost importance in enhancing the campaign success rate. with regard to these findings and based on hexagons with the highest frequency, certain practical implications may be offered for founders to increase the success rate of capital attraction. they are as follows:  creating and proposing attractive projects with an appropriate identification of the audience (i.e. investors) and focusing on their demographic and geographic characteristics;  designing an appropriate campaign by determining the proper size of the financial target, the duration of the campaign and its proper presentation through making videos, images etc. in order to introduce the project correctly;  attracting investors through commercials and social networks where the founders are active, especially at the early stages of the campaign;  keeping contact with the audiences and upgrading the campaign during the campaign period. figure 10. clustering hexagons associated with capital seekers (founders) in the case of the platform belonging to hexagon cluster 6, of the number of investors, continuous dissemination of the campaign information, quality and track record of the platform, and platform strategies and policies were the most frequent mentioned hexagons in the literature. the quality and experience of the platform play a significant role in the success of the campaigns and the development of crowd funding, which is due to the policies and actions taken by the platforms. as shown in figure 11, based on hexagons with the highest frequency, the platform has certain practical implications for the development of crowd funding as follows:  developing appropriate policies and strategies, especially to provide different models of crowd funding and centralization or diversification in technology-related areas such as music and dance;  introducing and commercializing the crowd funding method and publishing accurate and complete information about campaigns, their success rate, the amount of capital attracted and the performance of each project after the capital attraction;  attracting investors in various ways, such as creating social networks, publishing accurate information and meeting various needs of the audience (by providing different financing models). hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 151 figure 11. clustering hexagons associated with platforms in hexagon cluster 4 belonging to investors (i.e. funders), the possibility of project success, various incentives, the immaterial benefits and the geographical location of investors were the most frequent hexagons mentioned in the literature. investors in crowd funding can be a combination of professional and ordinary investors with various motivations. they are financially and non-financially motivated in choosing a campaign for investment. accordingly, as figure 12 illustrates and based on hexagons with the highest frequency, the following should be taken into consideration:  choosing suitable platforms and projects: an investor should choose a platform or a project that is in line with his or her motives and geographic features. for example, if an investor is seeking non-financial motives, he/she should choose donation model platforms;  getting information about the campaign success possibly through campaign signals, including the amount of the capital already rose, the duration of the campaign, and the type of presentation by the founder. figure 12. clustering hexagons associated with funders hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 152 for the stakeholders in hexagon cluster 5, the presence and pervasiveness of social networks, legal support, web and internet technology infrastructures, geographical effects, environmental features, and the effect of business development on society and government were the most frequent hexagons mentioned in the literature. other stakeholders have a vital role in expanding crowd funding. as shown in figure 13, this role is based on the development of technology infrastructures and legal protections. based on hexagons with the highest frequency, some practical implications are derived as follows:  developing internet and web technology infrastructures and supporting the expansion of social networks by the government;  assisting in the development of small and medium-sized enterprises and crowd funding platforms by the government through people's trust in the platforms;  passing corresponding laws to support crowd funding, especially in the equity-based model. figure 13. clustering hexagons associated with other stakeholders 5. conclusions crowd funding has increasingly grown in many ways as a novel method of financing start-up businesses and innovative ideas. its growth has occurred in such aspects as the number of platform providers, the number of campaigns and their success rate, the quantity of funded capital, and the number of models offered. this has led many researchers to investigate the phenomenon from different points of view and provide stockholders with better insights into it. yet, only a few studies have comprehensively reviewed the factors affecting this method. through a systematic review of the literature and qualitative research, we first identified the factors affecting crowd funding. then, based on stakeholder models, we clustered those factors and patterned them into hexagons. the hexagons extracted from the literature were in 82 clusters, of which 38 were accounted for by capital seekers, 16 by investors and platforms, and 12 by other stakeholders. in accordance with the stakeholder model and on the basis of each stakeholder, certain practical implications of the hexagons with the highest frequency were presented for the success of financial campaigns and improvement of crowd funding. in the capital seeker (founder) cluster, there were nine hexagons postulated as the quality of project provision, immaterial benefits, financial goal setting, entrepreneur social network, quality of the project or the idea, upgrading and frequent communication during the campaign, funding level at any time, and the geographical location of the founder. in the platform cluster, there were four hexagons, including the number of investors, continuous dissemination of campaign information, quality and track record of the platform, and the platform strategies and policies. the investor (funder) cluster contained four hexagons, including the possibility of the project success, various incentives, immaterial benefits, and the geographical location of the investor. finally, the cluster belonging to the other stakeholders involved five hexagons: the presence and pervasiveness of social networks, legal support, web and hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 153 internet technology infrastructures, geographical effects and environmental features, and the effect of business development on society and government. these hexagons are the most frequently mentioned in the literature. the present research has some shortcomings, such as performing no stakeholder reviews through the survey and conducting no investigation of the exact relationships among the variables involved in campaign success and crowd funding. therefore, the following issues are recommended to be adopted for future research:  investigation of the relationships among the identified variables as well as their relationships with campaign success and crowd funding;  dynamic modeling of the relationships among the variables and simulation of the model behavior according to the derived implications;  acquisition of stakeholders’ feedback through surveys and identification of the variables and their relationships. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions all authors have contributed to the compilation of this article in all its parts. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement no new data were created or analyzed in this study. data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] o’leary, d. e. (2015). twitter mining for discovery, prediction and causality: applications and methodologies. intelligent systems in accounting, finance and management, 22(3), 227–247. doi:10.1002/isaf.1376. [2] deufemia, v., mascardi, v., paolino, l., polese, g., & de lumley, h. (2014). a volunteered geographic information system for collecting and rating petroglyph data. journal of visual languages & computing, 25(6), 963–972. doi:10.1016/j.jvlc.2014.10.031. [3] gatautis, r., & vitkauskaite, e. (2014). crowdsourcing application in marketing activities. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 110, 1243–1250. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.12.971. [4] palacios, m., martinez-corral, a., nisar, a., & grijalvo, m. (2016). crowdsourcing and organizational forms: emerging trends and research implications. journal of business research, 69(5), 1834–1839. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2015.10.065. [5] parker, s. c. (2013). do serial entrepreneurs run successively better-performing businesses? journal of business venturing, 28(5), 652–666. doi:10.1016/j.jbusvent.2012.08.001. [6] rüling, c.-c., & duymedjian, r. (2014). digital bricolage: resources and coordination in the production of digital visual effects. technological forecasting and social change, 83, 98–110. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2013.05.003. [7] eleta, i., & golbeck, j. (2014). multilingual use of twitter: social networks at the language frontier. computers in human behavior, 41, 424–432. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2014.05.005. [8] lara-rubio, j., blanco-oliver, a., & pino-mejías, r. (2016). promoting entrepreneurship at the base of the social pyramid via pricing systems: a case study. intelligent systems in accounting, finance and management, 24(1), 12–28. doi:10.1002/isaf.1400. [9] belleflamme, p., lambert, t., & schwienbacher, a. (2014). crowdfunding: tapping the right crowd. journal of business venturing, 29(5), 585–609. doi:10.1016/j.jbusvent.2013.07.003. [10] macht, s. a., & weatherston, j. (2014). the benefits of online crowdfunding for fund-seeking business ventures. strategic change, 23(1-2), 1–14. doi:10.1002/jsc.1955. [11] yang, a. s. (2015). lottery payment cards: a study of mental accounting. intelligent systems in accounting, finance and management, 22(3), 201–226. doi:10.1002/isaf.1369. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 154 [12] cosh, a., cumming, d., & hughes, a. (2009). outside enterpreneurial capital. the economic journal, 119(540), 1494–1533. doi:10.1111/j.1468-0297.2009.02270.x. [13] baumgardner, t., neufeld, c., huang, p. c.-t., sondhi, t., carlos, f., & talha, m. a. (2015). crowdfunding as a fastexpanding market for the creation of capital and shared value. thunderbird international business review, 59(1), 115–126. doi:10.1002/tie.21766. [14] siva, n. (2014). crowdfunding for medical research picks up pace. the lancet, 384(9948), 1085–1086. doi:10.1016/s01406736(14)61661-5. [15] stemler, a. r. (2013). the jobs act and crowdfunding: harnessing the power—and money—of the masses. business horizons, 56(3), 271–275. doi:10.1016/j.bushor.2013.01.007. [16] mollick, e. (2014). the dynamics of crowdfunding: an exploratory study. journal of business venturing, 29(1), 1–16. doi:10.1016/j.jbusvent.2013.06.005. [17] kleemann, f., voß, g. g., & rieder, k. (2008). un(der) paid innovators: the commercial utilization of consumer work through crowdsourcing. science, technology & innovation studies, 4(1), 5-26. [18] lambert, t., & schwienbacher, a. (2010). an empirical analysis of crowd funding. social science research network, 1578175 (1), 1-23. 2010. [19] valančienė, l., & jegelevičiūtė, s. (2014). crowdfunding for creating value: stakeholder approach. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 156, 599–604. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.11.248. [20] agarwal, nitin, zhou, aoying, & xu, guandong. (2014). social cyber systems—challenges, opportunities, and beyond. journal of systems and software, 94, 1-3. [21] ibrahim, n., & verliyantina. (2012). the model of crowdfunding to support small and micro businesses in indonesia through a web-based platform. procedia economics and finance, 4, 390–397. doi:10.1016/s2212-5671(12)00353-x. [22] poetz, m. k., & schreier, m. (2012). the value of crowdsourcing: can users really compete with professionals in generating new product ideas? journal of product innovation management, 29(2), 245–256. doi:10.1111/j.15405885.2011.00893.x. [23] bayus, b. l. (2013). crowdsourcing new product ideas over time: an analysis of the dell ideastorm community. management science, 59(1), 226–244. doi:10.1287/mnsc.1120.1599. [24] howe, j. (2008). crowdsourcing. why the power of the crowd is driving future of business. new york: three rivers press. [25] zheng, h., li, d., wu, j., & xu, y. (2014). the role of multidimensional social capital in crowdfunding: a comparative study in china and us. information & management, 51(4), 488–496. doi:10.1016/j.im.2014.03.003. [26] agrawal, a., catalini, c., & goldfarb, a. (2011). the geography of crowdfunding. national bureau of economic research working paper series, no. 16820. doi:10.3386/w16820. [27] agrawal, a., catalini, c., & goldfarb, a. (2013). some simple economics of crowdfunding. national bureau of economic research working paper series, no. 19133. doi:10.3386/w19133 [28] ahlers, g. k. c., cumming, d., günther, c., & schweizer, d. (2015). signaling in equity crowdfunding. entrepreneurship theory and practice, 39(4), 955–980. doi:10.1111/etap.12157. [29] kuppuswamy, v., & bayus, b. l. (2013). crowdfunding creative ideas: the dynamics of project backers in kickstarter. ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.2234765. [30] schwienbacher, a., & larralde, b. (2010). crowdfunding of small entrepreneurial ventures. ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.1699183. [31] crowdsourcing llc. (2015). the crowdfunding industry report. 2015cf. massolution, pittsburgh, pa, united states available online: https://www.smv.gob.pe/biblioteca/temp/catalogacion/c8789.pdf (accessed on february 2021). [32] barasinska, n., & schäfer, d. (2014). is crowdfunding different? evidence on the relation between gender and funding success from a german peer-to-peer lending platform. german economic review, 15(4), 436–452. doi:10.1111/geer.12052. [33] allison, t. h., davis, b. c., short, j. c., & webb, j. w. (2015). crowdfunding in a prosocial microlending environment: examining the role of intrinsic versus extrinsic cues. entrepreneurship theory and practice, 39(1), 53–73. doi:10.1111/etap.12108. [34] corazzini, l., cotton, c., & valbonesi, p. (2015). donor coordination in project funding: evidence from a threshold public goods experiment. journal of public economics, 128, 16–29. doi:10.1016/j.jpubeco.2015.05.005. [35] eniola, a. a., & entebang, h. (2015). sme firm performance-financial innovation and challenges. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 195, 334–342. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.06.361. https://www.smv.gob.pe/biblioteca/temp/catalogacion/c8789.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 155 [36] jegelevičiūtė, s., & valančienė, l. (2015). comparative analysis of the ways crowdfunding is promoted. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 213, 268–274. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.11.536. [37] kshetri, n. (2015). success of crowd-based online technology in fundraising: an institutional perspective. journal of international management, 21(2), 100–116. doi:10.1016/j.intman.2015.03.004. [38] turan, s. s. (2015). financial innovation crowdfunding: friend or foe? procedia social and behavioral sciences, 195, 353–362. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.06.334. [39] zilgalvis, p. (2014). the need for an innovation principle in regulatory impact assessment: the case of finance and innovation in europe. policy & internet, 6(4), 377–392. doi:10.1002/1944-2866.poi374. [40] huang, t., & zhao, y. (2017). revolution of securities law in the internet age: a review on equity crowd-funding. computer law & security review, 33(6), 802–810. doi:10.1016/j.clsr.2017.05.016. [41] renwick, m. j., & mossialos, e. (2017). crowdfunding our health: economic risks and benefits. social science & medicine, 191, 48–56. doi:10.1016/j.socscimed.2017.08.035. [42] harris, h. e., & russo, p. (2015). the influence of social movements on space astronomy policy. space policy, 31, 1–4. doi:10.1016/j.spacepol.2014.08.009. [43] wheat, r. e., wang, y., byrnes, j. e., & ranganathan, j. (2013). raising money for scientific research through crowdfunding. trends in ecology & evolution, 28(2), 71–72. doi:10.1016/j.tree.2012.11.001. [44] dragojlovic, n., & lynd, l. d. (2014). crowdfunding drug development: the state of play in oncology and rare diseases. drug discovery today, 19(11), 1775–1780. doi:10.1016/j.drudis.2014.06.019. [45] agrawal, a., catalini, c., & goldfarb, a. (2015). crowdfunding: geography, social networks, and the timing of investment decisions. journal of economics & management strategy, 24(2), 253–274. doi:10.1111/jems.12093. [46] belleflamme, p., omrani, n., & peitz, m. (2015). the economics of crowdfunding platforms. information economics and policy, 33, 11–28. doi:10.1016/j.infoecopol.2015.08.003. [47] bruton, g., khavul, s., siegel, d., & wright, m. (2015). new financial alternatives in seeding entrepreneurship: microfinance, crowdfunding, and peer–to–peer innovations. entrepreneurship theory and practice, 39(1), 9–26. doi:10.1111/etap.12143. [48] colombo, m. g., franzoni, c., & rossi–lamastra, c. (2015). internal social capital and the attraction of early contributions in crowdfunding. entrepreneurship theory and practice, 39(1), 75–100. doi:10.1111/etap.12118. [49] roma, p., messeni petruzzelli, a., & perrone, g. (2017). from the crowd to the market: the role of reward-based crowdfunding performance in attracting professional investors. research policy, 46(9), 1606–1628. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2017.07.012. [50] skirnevskiy, v., bendig, d., & brettel, m. (2017). the influence of internal social capital on serial creators’ success in crowdfunding. entrepreneurship theory and practice, 41(2), 209–236. doi:10.1111/etap.12272. [51] butticè, v., colombo, m. g., & wright, m. (2017). serial crowdfunding, social capital, and project success. entrepreneurship theory and practice, 41(2), 183–207. doi:10.1111/etap.12271. [52] yu, s., johnson, s., lai, c., cricelli, a., & fleming, l. (2017). crowdfunding and regional entrepreneurial investment: an application of the crowdberkeley database. research policy, 46(10), 1723–1737. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2017.07.008. [53] cho, m., & kim, g. (2017). a cross-cultural comparative analysis of crowdfunding projects in the united states and south korea. computers in human behavior, 72, 312–320. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2017.03.013. [54] kang, l., jiang, q., & tan, c.-h. (2017). remarkable advocates: an investigation of geographic distance and social capital for crowdfunding. information & management, 54(3), 336–348. doi:10.1016/j.im.2016.09.001. [55] kandhway, k., & kuri, j. (2014). optimal control of information epidemics modeled as maki thompson rumors. communications in nonlinear science and numerical simulation, 19(12), 4135–4147. doi:10.1016/j.cnsns.2014.04.022. [56] kim, t., por, m. h., & yang, s.-b. (2017). winning the crowd in online fundraising platforms: the roles of founder and project features. electronic commerce research and applications, 25, 86–94. doi:10.1016/j.elerap.2017.09.002. [57] bi, s., liu, z., & usman, k. (2017). the influence of online information on investing decisions of reward-based crowdfunding. journal of business research, 71, 10–18. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2016.10.001. [58] deutsch, j., epstein, g. s., & nir, a. (2015). mind the gap: crowdfunding and the role of seed money. managerial and decision economics, 38(1), 53–75. doi:10.1002/mde.2739. [59] allison, t. h., davis, b. c., webb, j. w., & short, j. c. (2017). persuasion in crowdfunding: an elaboration likelihood model of crowdfunding performance. journal of business venturing, 32(6), 707–725. doi:10.1016/j.jbusvent.2017.09.002. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 156 [60] parker, s. c. (2014). crowdfunding, cascades and informed investors. economics letters, 125(3), 432–435. doi:10.1016/j.econlet.2014.10.001. [61] zhao, q., chen, c.-d., wang, j.-l., & chen, p.-c. (2017). determinants of backers’ funding intention in crowdfunding: social exchange theory and regulatory focus. telematics and informatics, 34(1), 370–384. doi:10.1016/j.tele.2016.06.006. [62] pitschner, s., & pitschner-finn, s. (2014). non-profit differentials in crowd-based financing: evidence from 50,000 campaigns. economics letters, 123(3), 391–394. doi:10.1016/j.econlet.2014.03.022. [63] belleflamme, p., lambert, t., & schwienbacher, a. (2013). individual crowdfunding practices. venture capital, 15(4), 313– 333. doi:10.1080/13691066.2013.785151. [64] meer, j. (2013). effects of the price of charitable giving: evidence from an online crowdfunding platform. national bureau of economic research working paper series, no. 19082. doi:10.3386/w19082 [65] gleasure, r. (2015). resistance to crowdfunding among entrepreneurs: an impression management perspective. the journal of strategic information systems, 24(4), 219–233. doi:10.1016/j.jsis.2015.09.001. [66] vasileiadou, e., huijben, j. c. c. m., & raven, r. p. j. m. (2016). three is a crowd? exploring the potential of crowdfunding for renewable energy in the netherlands. journal of cleaner production, 128, 142–155. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2015.06.028. [67] cholakova, m., & clarysse, b. (2015). does the possibility to make equity investments in crowdfunding projects crowd out reward–based investments? entrepreneurship theory and practice, 39(1), 145–172. doi:10.1111/etap.12139. [68] royal, c., & windsor, g. s. s. (2014). microfinance, crowdfunding, and sustainability: a case study of telecenters in a south asian developing country. strategic change, 23(7-8), 425–438. doi:10.1002/jsc.1987. [69] macht, s., & weatherston, j. (2015). academic research on crowdfunders: what's been done and what's to come?. strategic change, 24(2), 191-205. doi:10.1002/jsc.2010. [70] ashta, a., assadi, d., & marakkath, n. (2015). the strategic challenges of a social innovation: the case of rang de in crowdfunding. strategic change, 24(1), 1–14. doi:10.1002/jsc.1994. [71] cefkin, m., anya, o., & moore, r. (2014). a perfect storm? reimagining work in the era of the end of the job. ethnographic praxis in industry conference proceedings, 2014(1), 3–19. doi:10.1111/1559-8918.01002. [72] jian, l., & usher, n. (2013). crowd-funded journalism. journal of computer-mediated communication, 19(2), 155–170. doi:10.1111/jcc4.12051. [73] hörisch, j. (2015). crowdfunding for environmental ventures: an empirical analysis of the influence of environmental orientation on the success of crowdfunding initiatives. journal of cleaner production, 107, 636–645. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2015.05.046. [74] attuel-mendès, l., caseau, c., & bonescu, m. (2014). brand identity process of financial cooperatives: an austrian case. strategic change, 23(7-8), 493–506. doi:10.1002/jsc.1991. [75] cason, t. n., & zubrickas, r. (2017). enhancing fundraising with refund bonuses. games and economic behavior, 101, 218– 233. doi:10.1016/j.geb.2015.11.001. [76] cordova, a., dolci, j., & gianfrate, g. (2015). the determinants of crowdfunding success: evidence from technology projects. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 181, 115–124. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.04.872. [77] xu, b., zheng, h., xu, y., & wang, t. (2016). configurational paths to sponsor satisfaction in crowdfunding. journal of business research, 69(2), 915–927. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2015.06.040. [78] stanko, m. a., & henard, d. h. (2017). toward a better understanding of crowdfunding, openness and the consequences for innovation. research policy, 46(4), 784–798. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2017.02.003. [79] brown, t. e., boon, e., & pitt, l. f. (2017). seeking funding in order to sell: crowdfunding as a marketing tool. business horizons, 60(2), 189–195. doi:10.1016/j.bushor.2016.11.004. [80] paulet, e., & relano, f. (2017). exploring the determinants of crowdfunding: the influence of the banking system. strategic change, 26(2), 175–191. doi:10.1002/jsc.2119. [81] attuel-mendès, l. (2017). the different ways of collaboration between a retail bank and crowdfunding. strategic change, 26(2), 213–225. doi:10.1002/jsc.2121. [82] haji gholam saryazdi, a., rajabzadeh ghatari, a., mashayekhi, a., & hassanzadeh, a. (2019). designing a qualitative system dynamics model of crowdfunding by document model building. qualitative research in financial markets, 12(2), 197– 224. doi:10.1108/qrfm-07-2018-0082. [83] saryazdi, a. h. g., ghatari, a. r., mashayekhi, a., & hassanzadeh, a. (2020). the design of a system dynamics model of crowdfunding for support of new knowledge-based it startups. international journal of simulation and process modelling, 15(5), 454-474. doi:10.1504/ijspm.2020.110920. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 157 [84] langley, p., lewis, s., mcfarlane, c., painter, j., & vradis, a. (2020). crowdfunding cities: social entrepreneurship, speculation and solidarity in berlin. geoforum, 115, 11–20. doi:10.1016/j.geoforum.2020.06.014. [85] taeuscher, k., bouncken, r., & pesch, r. (2021). gaining legitimacy by being different: optimal distinctiveness in crowdfunding platforms. academy of management journal, 64(1), 149–179. doi:10.5465/amj.2018.0620. [86] burtch, g., ghose, a., & wattal, s. (2012). an empirical examination of the antecedents and consequences of investment patterns in crowd-funded markets. ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.1928168. [87] ryan, g. (2010). guidance notes on planning a systematic review. galway: james hardiman library, national university of ireland galway, galway, ireland. [88] khan, k. s., kunz, r., kleijnen, j., & antes, g. (2003). five steps to conducting a systematic review. jrsm, 96(3), 118–121. doi:10.1258/jrsm.96.3.118. [89] zurynski, yvonne. (2014). writing a systematic literature review: resources for students and trainees: apsu. available online: https://www.apsu.org.au/assets/resources/writing-a-systematic-literature-review.pdf (accessed on december 2020). [90] hodgson, a. m. (1992). hexagons for systems thinking. european journal of operational research, 59(1), 220–230. doi:10.1016/0377-2217(92)90019-6. [91] santos, arion de castro kurtz dos, sampaio, fabio ferrentini, & ferracioli, laércio. (2001). an experiment using the hexagon technique with semiquantitative computer modelling. the19th international conference of the system dynamics society, atlanta, georgia, usa. https://www.apsu.org.au/assets/resources/writing-a-systematic-literature-review.pdf available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 20 driving technologies for the design of additive manufacturing systems paolo righettini a* , roberto strada a a department of engineering and applied sciences, university of bergamo, 24044 dalmine (bg), italy. received 09 september 2020; revised 11 november 2020; accepted 18 november 2020; published 01 march 2021 abstract in recent years, the additive manufacturing (am) technology, belonging to the most comprehensive net shape forming family, has shown a growing trend due to the increasing quality of the built product. these results may open the application of the am to the industrial field, moving the application from laboratories to the plant floor. this step requires machines capable of executing the technology process of am with the requirements of the industrial environment, concerning, for example, production speed, reliability, robustness, and process stability. the design of such a type of machinery requires a systematic and multidisciplinary approach to reach these industrial targets. indeed, the am process involves several design technological issues, like temperature control of the material to be processed, characteristics of the energy source for material transition, control of the power transferred to the material, scanning system’s head control, 3d model’s layer definition, and generation of the laser point’s trajectories. the final product’s quality strongly depends on all these aspects, which are synergically linked to each other, as well as on the technical solutions to realize them. the paper presents an interdisciplinary approach to the design of machines for am, based on the powder bed fusion process and targeted at the industrial field. the technological platforms discussed in the paper are essential for such types of machines. the strategy proposed constitutes a base reference point for the definition of a methodological approach to the design of am machinery. keywords: additive manufacturing; selective laser sintering/melting; driving technologies; am systems design. 1. introduction net shape forming (nsf) refers to any manufacturing process, which allows the creation of a product in its finished form without the need for other machining operations. additive manufacturing (am) technology belongs to nsf manufacturing processes’ family and it was born in the early 80s thanks to several inventors who worked on different 3d printing techniques; by means of am technology, 3d objects are built by adding layer-upon-layer of material (plastics, metals, ceramics) [1, 2]. the family of additive manufacturing technologies is quite broad, and it is characterized by several different kinds of processes, according to the specific technology used. as an example, we can talk about selective laser sintering (sls), selective laser melting (slm), electron beam melting (ebm), direct metal deposition (dmd), fused deposition modelling (fdm), stereolithography (sla), etc. to clearly categorize the am processes, the iso/astm 52900:2015 standard has defined seven different kinds of processes [3]. the application and implementation of each kind of process leads to several peculiar technological problems that, to get good results in terms of product quality and productivity, must be tackled and solved. in general, they concern: * corresponding author: paolo.righettini@unibg.it http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-01-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0091-0405 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8770-7126 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 21 temperature control of the material to be processed; characteristics of the energy source for material transition; control of the power transferred to the material; scanning system’s head control; 3d model’s layer definition; and generation of the laser point’s trajectories (when a laser is used as an energy source). all these aspects have the same importance in guaranteeing the quality of the product, and they are synergically linked to each other. as an example, the power of the energy source and the temperature of the material are strongly related; the power transferred to the material is related to the trajectories' running speed; the 3d model’s layer definition influences the resolution of the positioning system; on the performance and control of the scanning head, the accuracy of the trajectories depends. the analysis of the influence of these process characteristics on the product has been, and still is, strongly investigated by researchers, along with the way to control the process parameters [4]. just as an example, investigations concerning heat transfer by means of thermography [5, 6], and analysis of the effect of laser’s power on temperature and material defects were made [7]. in addition, in the recent years, researchers have investigated the influence of the process parameters on the dimensional accuracy [8]. besides the process parameters, some researchers have also investigated the influence of the building orientation on the mechanical characteristics of the product [9]. moreover, in the last years the effort of researchers seems to be focused on investigations concerning new methods to control the quality of the product in-situ [10-12]. the quality of the product strongly depends on all the aforementioned aspects as well as on the technical solution to realize them. in other words, the machine implementing the specific am technological process is crucial for the product’s manufacturing. from the early stages of machine’s concept, a multidisciplinary and synergistic approach which allows to consider all the different aspects involved in the process must be followed. according to such an approach the synergistic application of different disciplines like mechanics, electronics, control, and computer engineering in the development of products and systems through an integrated design approach is needed. this paper mainly focuses on the am technology known as powder bed fusion, in which thermal energy selectively fuses regions of a powder bed as stated by astm f2792 [3]; more in detail the selective laser melting (slm) and selective laser sintering (sls) are addressed. the fundamental aspects that must be considered in the design process of an am machine are highlighted, and the used design approach is discussed. 2. general machine’s configuration as explained in edgar and tint (2015) study [2], the production process of an am machine can be summarized as follows: 3d cad model preparation and stl conversion, slicing of the stl file, machine set-up, building of the product, removing from the machine, possible post-processing operations. with particular reference to a selective laser melting (slm) or selective laser sintering (sls) machine, the product’s building consists of heating a portion of the powder bed by means of a laser moving the scanning head according to the “sliced” 3d cad model, lowering the platform of the building volume, dispensing another layer of powder and recoating with another powder’s layer. then the working cycle restarts. figure 1a and 1b show a conceptual sketch of a machine. in particular, figure 1a focuses on the laser source, the scanning head and the layer heated by the laser; figure 1b highlights the building powder container and the relevant lowering platform, the dispensing container and the recoating device. figure 1. conceptual scheme of a machine from a simply conceptual point of view, a machine for additive manufacturing does not seem to be strongly complex; a specific sequence of motions and operations allow to realize the building process. actually, there are some technological aspects that are very crucial to have a successful production process. (a) (b) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 22 again with reference to a powder bed fusion machine, one of those crucial aspects is related to sls/slm technology: it is based on the use of a laser source, whose power depends on the powder material processed [13], for sintering portions of a surface of pre-heated powder material. figure 2 schematically shows the conceptual scheme of sintering process. hence the thermal energy control along with the laser energy control are very important issues of a machine. besides the thermal energy control, another important issue concerns the control of the laser beam, which is the control of the laser scanning head and the choice of the path to be sintered. moreover, the slicing operation of the stl 3d model is very important for the quality of the product, in particular the choice of the slicing step and the algorithm to extract layers from the stl model. figure 2. conceptual scheme of the sintering process 3. thermal energy control a power bed fusion process needs thermal energy to bring the material powder within a specific range of temperature to make sintering or melting occur. as a matter of fact, the melting temperature must be reached for slm, while the mechanism of sintering is the fusion of powder particles in their solid state at high temperature, between one half of the melting temperature and the melting temperature, which depends on the powder material. depending on the powder temperature and on the time at which the temperature is maintained, the sintering process gives different results, mainly concerning the porosity, which is the density of the product. to have products with high density, high sintering temperatures and high sintering times are needed; on the contrary, fusion by melting is quicker. that is why sintering is rarely used as the primary fusion mechanism [2]. however, it is still an important mechanism in most power bed fusion processes, and the design of a machine implementing this technology, must properly take into account some important effects that sintering has on the product building: also the loose powder within the building container, and not only the one that has to be sintered, begins sintering. this means that the dimensional characteristics change leading to a change of the behavior when used as recycled powder for another production process. another important aspect is related to the growth of a “skin” around the built part; when the desired cross-section is fused, the loose surrounding powder increases its temperature and, mainly when melting is the primary fusion mechanism, it remains at high temperature for long time; it results in part growth. moreover, since the lower layers (i.e. the first fused) are maintained to high temperature for a time longer than the upper ones, the product part has higher density in lower regions rather than in the upper ones. powder bed temperature has a great influence also on the geometry of the single fused layer; as a matter of fact, the fused cross section could be subjected to curling effects due to the temperature difference between the loose powder and fused cross section [14]. all these typical aspects highlighted, it is clear that temperature and thermal energy needed to get it are important issues of a pbf process [4]. hence, from a design point of view, the choice of the thermal source to guarantee the proper temperature of the powder bed is crucial as well as the methods to control its distribution on the powder bed. the issue of temperature monitoring has been dealt with in literature by several authors as [5-7, 10, 12]. infrared thermal cameras and pyrometers are commonly used. as far as thermal source is concerned, infrared lamps are generally used for polymers, sometimes in conjunction with resistors to prevent border effects around the building volume. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 23 4. laser energy control in powder bed fusion process in which melting is the primary fusion mechanism the powder bed is maintained at a specific temperature, lower than melting point, and a laser, or an electron beam in case of ebm (electron beam melting), is used to give the powder the energy increment needed for melting. hence the control of laser energy is a very important issue to guarantee the proper powder melting. laser energy needed depends on powder characteristics like thermal conductivity, absorptivity and reflectivity as an example a powder with high thermal conductivity requires a laser with higher power because heat dissipates very fast [14]. moreover, the total amount of energy that is absorbed by the powder depends on laser beam speed, on beam spot size and on scan spacing [2, 14]. hence, rather than the absolute laser energy or power, the most important parameter is the laser energy density. a simplified model for the energy density on the surface of the powder bed can be written as [2, 14]: e𝑠 = w𝐿 𝑣𝑠𝛿 (1) where e𝑠 (𝐽/𝑚2) is the surface energy density, w𝐿 (𝑊) is the laser power, 𝑣𝑠 (𝑚/𝑠) is the scan speed and 𝛿 (𝑚) is the spacing between adjacent scan lines. a similar equation can be written for the energy density across the thickness: e𝑇 = w𝐿 𝑣𝑠𝛿𝜎 (2) where e𝑇 (𝐽/𝑚3) is the surface energy density across thickness and 𝜎(𝑚) is the layer thickness. the laser effect depends also on the spot size, which must be strictly related to the distance between adjacent scan lines. as a matter of fact, if the spot size is smaller than scan spacing, it results in inappropriate fusing and porosity of the product. a bigger spot size requires more power from the laser to have the same energy density. moreover, the spot size is related to resolution and to production time; the smaller the spot size, the higher the resolution, but the longer the production time. hence a proper balance between these different aspects must be sought after and reached. all things considered, the proper choice of laser parameters has a very high influence on the results obtained on the product. 5. laser beam control for a proper implementation of powder bed fusion technology, and in particular selective laser sintering/melting, besides the control of the laser energy and parameters, also the control of the path followed by the laser beam is very important; it is still a research issue [15]. as a matter of fact, to properly fuse the powder within the desired cross section, the laser beam must move along a path, filling the cross-section itself. according to the kind of path, different scanning strategies can be defined. the main differences concern the kind of path (linear, spiral, etc.), the distance between adjacent lines, possible division of the cross-section area into sub-sections [2, 14]. one of the process characteristics influenced by the chosen scanning strategy is the productivity; as a matter of fact, a longer path leads to a longer time to fill the cross-section area. besides the length of the path, also its shape is very important; as an example, if the cross section is filled just with linear parallel paths, it results in shrinkage stress and anisotropic strength, leading to warp and distortion. moreover, linear paths aren’t the best choice in case of presence of cavities inside the cross section; as a matter of fact, as it’s schematically shown in figure 3, the laser beam should travel along the empty area with the laser switched off. this results in wasting of time while, frequently switching on and off, the laser reduces its lifetime. figure 3. example of cross section with cavity (linear paths in dotted lines) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 24 another parameter already mentioned in the previous section is the distance between adjacent scan lines, which is how dense the path is. the density of the path, being related to the path’s length, influences the building time of the product, i.e. the productivity. a less dense path increases the productivity but, depending on the spot size, it could lead to an inappropriate powder fusion and hence to a product with high porosity and inadequate mechanical characteristics. to find a good balance between these different aspects, a scanning strategy could include variable distance between adjacent lines, according to the position inside the area. an example is shown in figure 4, where paths near to the border have a distance lower than the ones in the inner part of the area. the choice to lower the distance near to the borders allows to have good finishing of the external surface of the product. however, the results obtained with a specific path could be different depending on its position inside the building volume. as a matter of fact, heat transmission is strongly affected by the position and so the effect on the resulting product. the design process of a machine cannot disregard all these important issues concerning scanning strategies, mostly when a synergistic multidisciplinary approach is followed. figure 4. path with variable distances between lines 6. 3d model slicing in previous sections, important issues concerning powder bed fusion technology and the process design of the relevant machines have been highlighted. one of these aspects is the layer thickness; as explained in the laser section, it is related to the volume energy density. in general, the choice of the layer thickness is done in a pre-processing phase of the product building, precisely during the stl file manipulation phase. on the stl file, the machine’s control software has to perform a slicing operation in order to get the cross-section areas to be sintered (figure 5). obviously, the layer thickness influences also the pre-processing time needed. figure 5. slicing of a stl file hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 25 as well known, in a stl file, surfaces are approximated by a mesh of triangles. the slicing software must recognize intersection between the cutting plane and the triangles giving as output the shape of the cross section to be sintered. from the choice of layer thickness, the productivity, and the resolution of the outer surface of the product depend. as a matter of fact, the higher the thickness, the shorter the product building time, but with high layer thickness the well-known staircase effect becomes more evident. figure 6 schematically shows a vertical plane section where the solid line represents the ideal profile while dotted line is the actual one. the staircase effect is clearly showed: the higher the layer thickness, the larger the gaps between ideal and actual profile. figure 6. staircase effect the choice of the thickness depends on the building strategy used, which is for example the growth direction of the product, which influences the staircase effect. as shown in figure 7, the same product positioned in a different way can lead to dramatically different results in terms of geometric quality. figure 7. positioning into build chamber in particular, figure 7c shows, for the same product shape, how much the orientation influences the staircase effect. moreover, between figure 7a and 7b, it is also clear that the best orientation is (7b), allowing to have a very low number of layers. it should be also noticed that orientation (7a) and (7b), not having problems related to staircase effect, could allow to use layers with higher thickness than orientation (7c). so, the building strategy has a big influence on the production time because, according to the orientation of the product the number of layers could be definitely different. 7. machine industrial design from the technological point of view, the problems related to additive manufacturing and, in particular to powder bed fusion, are clear. as seen in the previous sections there are issues concerning thermal control, laser energy and relevant parameters, laser beam control, scanning path definition and so on. to design and develop a machine that implements pbf technology, it is necessary to set-up proper and efficient technical solutions to transform technological needs in an industrial machine as schematically represented in figure 8. (a) (b) (c) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 26 figure 8. from technological issues to industrialization in literature, papers concerning the design of industrial machines aren’t so widespread, probably for confidentiality reasons, while it is possible to find some works concerning development of prototypes even characterized by new solutions at the aim to improve the production process [16-20], or machines designed and built mainly for research purposes [21], or guidelines for the design of a proper plant layout [22]. all the aspects involved in the design of an additive manufacturing machine cannot be dealt with separately, but they are linked each other and not independent. a synergistic approach is needed; even from the concept phase of the machine the technological issues and the relevant technical solutions must be tackled as a whole. one of the main aspects concerns the optimal choice of the motor-transmission system [23]. as an example, concerning the displacement of the building platform, it depends on layer thickness which generally varies between 100 and 300µm. hence a very accurate transmission system is needed; as an example, a recirculating balls screw coupled with a brushless servomotor, which is a system characterized by high stiffness, could be used. another important motion is the one devoted to powder recoating; in this case, the axis should be as fast as possible to reduce the time of this process step, that isn’t a product building step. also in this case, a solution with high performances should be used; again, a brushless servomotor with a stiff transmission like a recirculating balls screw would be a good solution. for powder distribution, instead of having a container with a moving piston near the building container, the best solution would be to leave the powder fall down from an hopper in front of the recoating mechanism; a simpler solution without the need for another axis, the one to move the piston. in order to reduce the waste of time, two hoppers could be used, one on the left and one on the right of the building volume; in this way, the recoating axis lays the powder in each direction without having a working stroke and a return stroke. according to a synergistic multidisciplinary approach [24], simulation can be carried on predicting the behavior of the system. besides simulations concerning the axis motion and the production cycle of the machine, also thermal simulation should be carried on to define the position and the power of the heating elements like infrared lamps and resistors that guarantee the proper temperature distribution on the powder bed. then the control software must manage all the functionalities required; it has to perform the pre-processing activities like stl slicing, to allow parameters setting, temperature control, laser control, scanning path control, axes motion control and it has to coordinate the different steps of the production process. hence, since the early stage of the design process, the concept of the software must take into consideration all the functionalities that must be guaranteed to the system. 8. conclusion in this paper, the main technological issues related to powder bed fusion process have been highlighted. with particular reference to a selective laser melting (slm) or selective laser sintering (sls) machine, such issues include thermal energy control, laser energy control, laser beam control, 3d model slicing, and building orientation of the product in the building chamber. a potential designer of such machines must tackle all these issues. none is the most important: each technological issue is equally important with the aim of guaranteeing the quality of the product. they are synergistically linked each other, hence a synergistic multidisciplinary approach must be used to properly manage the technologies and design the machine. in the literature, papers concerning the analysis of single technological problems are widespread, while there is a lack of papers dealing with a comprehensive view of all the technological aspects involved in the proper design of an am machine. a comprehensive synergistic multidisciplinary approach has a fundamental role in the design of such hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 27 machines; since the early stage of concept design, all technological aspects that synergistically interact with each other must be taken into account as a whole, along with the relevant technical solution. that is the way to make an optimal design and to develop an efficient machine with high performance. the present paper has exactly this objective, to give an overall view of the design process of an am machine, highlighting all the problems related to the realization of an industrial machine. as a matter of fact, the design of an industrial machine for additive manufacturing, and in particular powder bed fusion, needs to transform the technological issues into technical solutions which allow their implementation with reference not to a prototypical or research environment, but to an industrial one, that is, moving the application from laboratories to the plant floor. 9. acknowledgements the authors are grateful to the university of bergamo and to its department of engineering and applied sciences for the annual research funding that has made possible the realization of this work. 10. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 11. references [1] molitch-hou, m. (2018). overview of additive manufacturing process. additive manufacturing, 1–38. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12812155-9.00001-3. [2] edgar, j., & tint, s. (2015). additive manufacturing technologies: 3d printing, rapid prototyping, and direct digital manufacturing, 2nd edition. johnson matthey technology review, 59(3), 193–198. doi:10.1595/205651315x688406. [3] standard iso/astm 52900:2015 (astm f2792). (2015). additive manufacturing—general principles—terminology. iso: geneva, switzerland. [4] zhang, j., song, b., wei, q., bourell, d., & shi, y. (2019). a review of selective laser melting of aluminium alloys: processing, microstructure, property and developing trends. journal of materials science & technology, 35(2), 270–284. doi:10.1016/j.jmst.2018.09.004. [5] krauss, h., eschey, c., zaeh, m. f. (2012). thermography for monitoring the selective laser melting process, proceedings of the 23rd annual international solid freeform fabrication (sff) symposium – an additive manufacturing conference, austin, texas, usa, august 6-8. [6] zeng, k., pal, d., stucker, b. (2012). a review of thermal analysis methods in laser sintering and selective laser melting, proceedings of the 23rd annual international solid freeform fabrication (sff) symposium – an additive manufacturing conference, austin, texas, usa, august 6-8. [7] islam, m., purtonen, t., piili, h., salminen, a., & nyrhilä, o. (2013). temperature profile and imaging analysis of laser additive manufacturing of stainless steel. physics procedia, 41, 835–842. doi:10.1016/j.phpro.2013.03.156. [8] sharma, v., & singh, s. (2020). to study the effect of sls parameters for dimensional accuracy. advances in materials processing, 165–173. doi:10.1007/978-981-15-4748-5_17. [9] morettini, g., javad razavi, s. m., & zucca, g. (2019). effects of build orientation on fatigue behavior of ti-6al-4v as-built specimens produced by direct metal laser sintering. procedia structural integrity, 24, 349–359. doi:10.1016/j.prostr.2020.02.032. [10] everton, s. k., hirsch, m., stravroulakis, p., leach, r. k., & clare, a. t. (2016). review of in-situ process monitoring and insitu metrology for metal additive manufacturing. materials & design, 95, 431–445. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2016.01.099. [11] repossini, g., laguzza, v., grasso, m., & colosimo, b. m. (2017). on the use of spatter signature for in-situ monitoring of laser powder bed fusion. additive manufacturing, 16, 35–48. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2017.05.004. [12] grasso, m., demir, a. g., previtali, b., & colosimo, b. m. (2018). in situ monitoring of selective laser melting of zinc powder via infrared imaging of the process plume. robotics and computer-integrated manufacturing, 49, 229–239. doi:10.1016/j.rcim.2017.07.001. [13] pinkerton, a. j. (2016). lasers in additive manufacturing. optics & laser technology, 78, 25–32. doi:10.1016/j.optlastec. 2015.09.025. [14] padmakumar, m. (2020). additive manufacturing of tungsten carbide hardmetal parts by selective laser melting (slm), selective laser sintering (sls) and binder jet 3d printing (bj3dp) techniques. lasers manuf. mater. process, 7, 338-371. doi:10.1007/s40516-020-00124-0. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 1, march, 2021 28 [15] ezair, b., fuhrmann, s., & elber, g. (2018). volumetric covering print-paths for additive manufacturing of 3d models. computer-aided design, 100, 1–13. doi:10.1016/j.cad.2018.02.006. [16] fish, s., booth, j. c., kubiak, s. t., wroe, w. w., bryant, a. d., moser, d. r., & beaman, j. j. (2015). design and subsystem development of a high temperature selective laser sintering machine for enhanced process monitoring and control. additive manufacturing, 5, 60–67. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2014.12.005. [17] wulle, f., coupek, d., schäffner, f., verl, a., oberhofer, f., & maier, t. (2017). workpiece and machine design in additive manufacturing for multi-axis fused deposition modelling. procedia cirp, 60, 229–234. doi:10.1016/j.procir.2017.01.046. [18] yamazaki, t. (2016). development of a hybrid multi-tasking machine tool: integration of additive manufacturing technology with cnc machining. procedia cirp, 42, 81–86. doi:10.1016/j.procir.2016.02.193. [19] mazumder, j. (2015). design for metallic additive manufacturing machine with capability for “certify as you build.” procedia cirp, 36, 187–192. doi:10.1016/j.procir.2015.01.009. [20] phillips, t., fish, s., & beaman, j. (2018). development of an automated laser control system for improving temperature uniformity and controlling component strength in selective laser sintering. additive manufacturing, 24, 316–322. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2018.10.016. [21] hussain, g., khan, w. a., ashraf, h. a., ahmad, h., ahmed, h., imran, a., … abbas, g. (2019). design and development of a lightweight sls 3d printer with a controlled heating mechanism: part a. international journal of lightweight materials and manufacture, 2(4), 373–378. doi:10.1016/j.ijlmm.2019.01.005. [22] kowalski, a., & waszkowski, r. (2020). layout guidelines for 3d printing devices. applied sciences, 10(18), 6333. doi:10.3390/app10186333. [23] roos, f., johansson, h., & wikander, j. (2006). optimal selection of motor and gearhead in mechatronic applications. mechatronics, 16(1), 63–72. doi:10.1016/j.mechatronics.2005.08.001. [24] de silva, c. w. (2005). mechatronics: an integrated approach, crc press taylor & francis group, florida, united states. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 230 issn: 2723-9535 analysis of vertically oriented coupled shear wall interconnected with coupling beams vikram singh 1* , keshav sangle 1 1 structural engineering department, veermata jijabai technological institute, mumbai, india. received 12 january 2022; revised 23 april 2022; accepted 11 may 2022; available online 24 may 2022 abstract the nonlinear static response of a vertically oriented coupled wall subjected to horizontal loading is presented in this research article. the 3 storey vertically oriented coupled wall interconnected with coupling beams is modelled as solid elements in a finite element (fe) software named abaqus cae and the steel reinforcement is modelled as a wire element. for simulation of concrete models, a concrete damaged plasticity constitutive model is taken into consideration in this research. moreover, with the help of concrete damage plasticity parameters, validation of two rectangular planar walls was executed with an error of less than 10 percent. finally, these parameters are used for modeling and analyzing the static behavior of coupled walls connected with coupling beams. furthermore, the maximum unidirectional horizontal loading helped in obtaining the compression and tensile damage as well as scalar stiffness degradation. significantly, the research also found the plastic hinge location in the coupled wall as well as in the coupling beam, which are of utmost importance in nonlinear analysis. keywords: nonlinear analysis; concrete damaged plasticity model; plastic hinge formation. 1. introduction in buildings, the lateral mechanisms that are most commonly used are rc-coupled walls with a set of interconnected coupling beams. beams are mainly reinforced conventionally or diagonally for coupling with the walls. while designing mid-to high-rise buildings, managing the lateral displacement of a building subjected to earthquake loading is a prevailing issue. this lateral displacement has been thought to be a primary indication of the degree of damage induced to the system and, if not managed, can also contribute to unintentional contact between structures (i.e., pounding). performance criteria are generally displacement-based in the performance-based design approach. quality requirements in the approach to performance-based design are typically based on displacement. firstly, keeping this displacement within an acceptable limit ensures the main purpose of planning to have sufficient strength and stiffness. in multi-storey commercial and residential structures, coupled walls are a typical type of shear wall. through a fusion of the coupling beam's frame action and the wall pier's flexural action, a coupled shear wall system resists lateral forces. by the shear accumulation in the coupling beam, an axial force coupled is formed. shear stress and geometrical limits have directed the use of these 2 types of coupling beams [1, 2] in testing and also in shear failures that are reported in conventional coupling beams in buildings subjected to earthquakes. coupling beam should be diagonally reinforced if 𝑉𝑢 ≥ 4√𝑓𝑐𝐴𝑐𝑤 and (𝑙𝑛/ℎ) < 2 i.e. aspect ratio is less than 2, as per aci 318‐14 [3]. and if the aspect ratio is equal or greater than 4 i.e., 𝑙𝑛/ℎ ≥ 4 then it should be designed as special moment frame beams. * corresponding author: er.vikramsingh@outlook.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-02-010  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6285-0383 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0618-7526 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 231 anyhow, nominal strength shall be taken less than "10𝐴𝑐𝑤√𝑓𝑐". beam possess capabilities of dissipating energy throughout the height of building, is appropriately designed. it could be seen, however, at the wall’s base, the absolute overturning moment (mo) is resisted by flexural stresses in a traditional manner, while moments and axial forces are resisted in the coupled walls. these comply with the following clear statement of equilibrium. 1 2m m m lt   (1) during earthquake, the main function of coupling beams is to pass the shear between the coupled walls. in the consideration of coupling beams, it is important to understand that considerably greater inelastic excursions in these beams will occur during an earthquake than in the coupling walls. a higher number of shear reversals as in beams than those in the walls can be anticipated during an earthquake. designing of many coupling beams with stirrups are carried out as flexural member and allocating concrete little shear resistance. as in diagonal tension failure occurs in these beams. two triangular members are eventually divided by failure through diagonal crack in comparatively small beams. if only vertical stirrups are able to transfer the shear linked to beam’s flexural over-strength on the faces of the wall, diagonal stress loss could occur. tough to sustain the high bond stresses across the horizontal flexural strengthening during reversed cyclic loading, sufficient to maintain along short span, the high rate of momentary changes. these parallel reinforcements appear to produce stress across the entire span, so that shear is transferred mainly through the beam by a diagonal strut of concrete. the coupling beams are critical part to the earthquake response of coupled walls, which has an immense effect on the demands of shear and axial force in the coupled walls [4]. linear analysis was widely used in current practise to achieve sectional demands in favour of the design, and with either analogous static or modal response spectrum. it is well recognized that in the wall piers, the demands of shear force are undervalued by the demands that are determined from linear analysis [2, 5–7]. to account for cracking, the used of formalized element stiffness is the major downgrade of linear analysis. this not only hinders the redistribution principle usage but also results in demand of irrational flexure and shear in coupled walls [4]. during execution of capacity design such irrational demands causes complications. for nonlinear time-history analysis of building performance-based design is required [8]. eulerbernoulli beams having uniaxial materials and fibre sections are most common solution for modelling the walls in this case, while the coupling beams being typically modelled using shear springs [9, 10]. it is impossible to compensate for nonlinear flexure-shear interaction, these modelling methods have their own drawbacks. to analyse the behaviour of the coupled wall system [11–15], some experimental as well as analytical research has been performed. however, experiments on rc coupled walls are very minimal compared to various studies on independent planar shear walls [16–20] and coupling beams [21–27]. previous studies reported the effects of various forms of coupling beams as well as drawn attention towards degrees of coupling that showed the redistribution between wall piers of moment and base shear. out of all these experimental projects, lehman et al. [28] done a testing with high-end response as well as damage data on a single planar wall system, which offers useful knowledge for analytical modelling analysis. in order to perform studies of various structures, analytical models with adequate precision, accuracy are now commonly and desperately required in order to facilitate and concentrate on the formation of plastic hinge in the coupled wall as well as in coupling beams. there is still a major gap in the previous research that has been conducted for the analytical modelling of the critical rc coupled wall structure, primarily due to the complex behaviour of coupling beams. analysed and simulated a vertically oriented coupled wall with coupling beams under nonlinear regime in computer aided engineering software named abaqus cae. the research reported in this paper provides a cdp parameter to actually observe behaviour, damage as well as the formation of plastic hinge zone in coupled wall, which are only predicted previously on rectangular shear wall. the model is indeed a plasticity-based continuum damage model for concrete. compressive crushing and tensile cracking of the concrete are presumed to be the main failure mechanism which helps in formation of plastic hinge zone. 2. concrete damaged plasticity model there have been some holes as well as microcracks in the concrete before sustaining external loads, recognized as "damage". specifically, the mechanism of failure is triggered via evolution and development of incremental damage at different levels (micro-cracks, hole etc.). later, nonlinear stress strain properties are primarily caused by cracks. the deterioration of steel often results in plastic deformation, which entails not just to micro-cracks extension and microscopic mechanism defects and furthermore deformation and slipping in conjunction with the material flow. thus, the sensible constitutive relationship will be the elastic-plastic model of damage that reflects the plastic deformation and the elastic damage, which are 2 different types of a mechanism. to prevent problems in studying the microstructure, an isotropic microstructure is usually regarded in order to explore its deformation and failure mechanism. in accordance with model developed by lubliner et al., concrete damage plasticity model was created in abaqus cae, a finite element software. the above model utilizes isotropic elastic damage models in combination with the compressive plasticity or isotropic tensile for simulating the inelastic behaviour of concrete. relying on hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 232 presumption that, throughout the case of unpredictable loading, like cyclic loading, there will be the similar damage across all directions applicable to the concrete. at the same time, attention is given not just to loss of elastic stiffness due to the compressive & tensile plastic strain, as well to the stiffness recovery during cyclic loading. for describing the material's mechanical properties, elastic model is adopted by cdp model generally in elastic stage. relationship between the modulus of elasticity in cdp model upon taking further into phase of damage is presented as;   01e d e  (2) where, the modulus of elasticity is indicated by e0 initially, in compression plastic damage factor dc or in tension dt which generally varies from 0 until 1, where 0 denotes materials as undamaged, 1 represents material strength is entirely vanished. 2.1. cyclic loading over reverse loading, for regulating the restoration of material stiffness, the model uses wc and wt underneath the operation of uniaxial vibratory loading. the schematic illustration of the recovery of 𝐸0 during uniaxial cyclic loading when wc equals to 1 and wt equals to 0 are defined as the weighting factors of compression and tension. the concrete's tensile stress grows under the axial tension. cracking can be observed in concrete in case the stress approaches at point a (peak), however the tensile stiffness may reduce in case loading is applied towards b point, where dt be able to represented equal to 𝐸 = (1 − 𝑑𝑡)𝐸0. the curve would decrease the effective stiffness 𝐸 = (1 − 𝑑𝑡)𝐸0 by slope, that is, the trajectory bc, when it is unloaded during that moment. enforcing concrete with reverse axial pressure, it will follow the path cd if wc equals to 0 and it will follow the route cmf if wc equals to 1. unloading and imposing reversed tensile loading takes place, as it hits point f. when the factor of stiffness recovery is 0 or 1, it will follow gh or gj route respectively. 2.2. uniaxial tension/compression with respect to concrete's tensile stress-strain curve, the values exceeding limit of elastic part would be included in abaqus cae in the form of 𝜎𝑡 − 𝜀𝑡 𝑐𝑘. after the deduction of elastic strain of the material from the total strain, we get the tensile cracking strain, as shown in figure 2. figure 1. diagram for stiffness recovery under uniaxial loading figure 2. stress strain curve in tension hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 233 in figure 2, 𝜀𝑡 𝑒𝑙 and 𝜀0𝑡 𝑒𝑙 show the concrete’s tensile plastic strain is damaged and undamaged, respectively; 𝜎𝑢𝑛 designate as the stress, 𝜀𝑢𝑛 as strain of the unloading point; and 𝜀𝑡 𝑐𝑘 and 𝜀𝑡 𝑝𝑙 indicate the concrete’s cracking and tensile plastic strain, respectively. in the form 𝑑𝑡 − 𝜀𝑡 𝑐𝑘, the tensile damage statistics is entered into abaqus cae software. as per the below mentioned equations, the cracking strain would be transformed by the software automatically into plastic strain, 01 pl ck t t t t t d d e      (3) in case 𝜀𝑡 𝑐𝑘 is small or 𝜀𝑡 𝑝𝑙 is negative, that implies the tensile unloading path converges, abaqus cae will warn as “there will be no tensile damage when 𝜀𝑡 𝑝𝑙 = 𝜀𝑡 𝑐𝑘” as an error. with respect to concrete's compressive stress-strain curve, the values exceeding limit of elastic part would be included in abaqus cae in the form of 𝜎𝑡 − 𝜎𝑐 𝑖𝑛. after the deduction of elastic strain of the material from the total strain, we get the compressive cracking strain, as shown in figure 3. figure 3. stress strain curve in compression in figure 3, 𝜀𝑐 𝑒𝑙 and 𝜀0𝑐 𝑒𝑙 , show the concrete’s compressive plastic strain is damaged and undamaged, respectively; 𝜎𝑢𝑛 designate as the stress, and 𝜀𝑢𝑛 as strain of the unloading point; and 𝜀𝑐 𝑖𝑛 and 𝜀𝑐 𝑝𝑙 , indicate the concrete’s cracking and compressive plastic strain, respectively. in the form 𝑑𝑐 − 𝜀𝑐 𝑖𝑛, the compressive damage statistics is entered into abaqus cae software. as per the below mentioned equations, the cracking strain would be transformed by the software automatically into plastic strain, 01 c c pl c c k cc d d e      (4) in case 𝜀𝑐 𝑖𝑛 is small or 𝜀𝑐 𝑝𝑙 is negative, that implies the compressive unloading path converges, abaqus cae will warn as “there will be no compressive damage when 𝜀𝑐 𝑝𝑙 = 𝜀𝑐 𝑖𝑛” as an error. 3. validation 3.1. problem 1 (rw2) the dimension of the wall tested by thomsen and wallace [29] is as shown in figure 4. height of the wall being 3660 mm with the thickness of 102 mm having web length of 1220 mm. material properties used for the purpose of design are f’c = 27.4 mpa (4 ksi) and fy = 414 mpa (60 ksi). hoops spacing of 50 mm centre to centre with special transverse reinforcement. although the boundary element's volumetric ratio of transverse reinforcement was 0.0132, the tighter spacing was expected closest to the wall boundary delaying the onset of buckling for the two longitudinal bars, resulting in a slightly higher displacement capacity. because of practical reason, eight vertical bars on the boundary have hoops, with the hoop's spaced at 178 mm from outer boundary. hence the transverse reinforcement stretched for confining the boundary region beyond the required length of 112 mm. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 234 figure 4. 3-d view of specimen rw1 tested [29] and model simulated [30] figure 5. comparison of pushover curve obtained experimentally and analytically 3.2. problem 2 (sw21) structural shear wall, sw21 is analysed in this paper for validating the nonlinearity procedure to be carried out on coupled shear wall. lefas et al. [31] carried out experimental investigation on sw21 by exposing it to static incremental loading. wall was 1300 mm long having 65 mm thickness, also width was 650mm i.e aspect ratio being 2. top beam on to the wall was 1150 long with cross section of 150 mm x 200 mm. vertical reinforcement was provided for monolithic behaviour as seen in figure 6. bottom beam is fixed having length as 1150mm with cross section of 300×200 mm. stirrups with horizontal reinforcement are used on the edges for confining the wall. maximum deformation of 20.61 mm was observed in laboratory by lefas et al. [31] against the load of 127 kn. load-displacement comparison of analytical with respect to experimental results are showcased in figure 7. 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 l o a d ( k n ) displacement (mm) experimental analytical hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 235 figure 6. details of wall sw21 [31] and model simulated [30] a parametric investigation is carried out with varying parameters which could clearly depict the behaviour of wall as compared to the experimental behaviour. wall modelled in fem software, abaqus cae deformed 19.52 mm against lateral load of 127 kn as seen in figure 7. nominal error in results of analytical against experimental shows the perfect agreement. figure 7 showcases simulation of model from 0 upto 127 kn, same as the response of experimental setup. figure 7. comparison of load-displacement curve obtained experimentally and analytically 4. material models it is important to provide the material actions as precisely as possible for a realistic fem, as the correct choice of constitutive models contributes. when performing non-linear finite element analysis, material properties could play a significant role. the materials with different constitutive relationships for getting the appropriate input data are described in this section. concrete acts in a non-linear way following a small linear part under uniaxial compression. abaqus considers elasticity to evaluate the response of the material till the material reaches the specified cracking stress, after which the non-linear behaviour of the material rules. command of "elastic" with the software is used for defining the material properties. for material behaviour, concrete’s modulus of elasticity as well as poisson’s ratio are defined. for this analysis, as mentioned previously, the concrete damaged plasticity model was selected. several distinct commands are used to better describe the cdp. the first of all is the command of "damage plasticity", as discussed earlier in table 1, which specifies the 5 plastic damage parameters. the parameters used can be seen in the table below. 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 l o a d ( k n ) displacement (mm) experimental analytical hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 236 table 1. material properties of concrete used in concrete damage plasticity model material’s parameters m42.8 plasticity parameters dilation angle 35 concrete elasticity eccentricity 0.1 e (mpa) poisson’s ratio 29143.3 0.2 fb0/fc0 1.16 k 0.667 viscosity parameter 0.0005 concrete compressive behavior concrete compression damage yield stress (mpa) inelastic strain damage parameter, c inelastic strain 17.1364 0 0 0 25.4685 0.0003 0 0.0003 32.7616 0.00061 0 0.00061 38.3455 0.00091 0 0.00091 41.7251 0.00121 0 0.00121 42.8 0.00151 0 0.00151 41.3744 0.00182 0.03331 0.00182 37.6477 0.00212 0.12038 0.00212 32.69933 0.00242 0.236 0.00242 27.52355 0.00273 0.35693 0.00273 22.74824 0.00303 0.4685 0.00303 18.64458 0.00333 0.56438 0.00333 15.25523 0.00364 0.64357 0.00364 12.51307 0.00394 0.70764 0.00394 10.31453 0.00424 0.75901 0.00424 8.55547 0.00454 0.80011 0.00454 7.14505 0.00485 0.83306 0.00485 6.00901 0.00515 0.8596 0.00515 5.08860 0.00545 0.88111 0.00545 4.33799 0.00576 0.89865 0.00576 3.72167 0.00606 0.91305 0.00606 3.21218 0.00636 0.92495 0.00636 2.78818 0.00667 0.93486 0.00667 2.43305 0.00697 0.94315 0.00697 2.13377 0.00727 0.95015 0.00727 1.88008 0.00757 0.95607 0.00757 concrete tensile behavior concrete tension damage yield stress (mpa) cracking strain damage parameter, t cracking strain 4.28 0 0 0 2.37448 0.00015 0.44522 0.00015 1.68225 0.00029 0.60695 0.00029 1.31732 0.00044 0.69221 0.00044 1.08973 0.00059 0.74539 0.00059 0.93329 0.00073 0.78194 0.00073 0.81867 0.00088 0.80872 0.00088 0.73083 0.00103 0.82924 0.00103 0.66121 0.00117 0.84551 0.00117 0.60457 0.00132 0.85875 0.00132 0.55752 0.00147 0.86974 0.00147 0.51777 0.00162 0.87902 0.00162 0.48372 0.00176 0.88698 0.00176 0.45419 0.00191 0.89388 0.00191 0.42832 0.00206 0.89993 0.00206 0.40545 0.0022 0.90527 0.00220 0.38509 0.00235 0.91003 0.00235 0.36683 0.00250 0.91429 0.00250 0.35035 0.00264 0.91814 0.00264 0.33540 0.00279 0.92163 0.00279 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 237 5. finite element modelling and analysis previously, the reinforced concrete shear wall was modelled and validated using abaqus software with concrete damaged plasticity parameters. later, using same parameters, the modelling and analysis of coupled shear wall was carried out as it is most commonly executed wall in construction. also, very less research is involved specially in nonlinear state. displacement based method is used as the focus of study to observe the plastic hinge formation in coupling beams and wall. the height of coupled shear wall is 9000 mm with a thickness of 230 mm. the slabs are provided at top and bottom of the wall. dimensions of upper slab and bottom slab are 2860×286×200 mm and 2860×286×300 mm respectively. upper slab is used for the application of the load and bottom slab is used as a foundation to provide fixity to wall. the doubly reinforced coupling beam is provided at each floor level of 3000 mm. the beam is reinforced with 2-16 bars provided at both top and bottom side of the beam. two legged 8mm stirrups are provided at 150 mm centre to centre spacing. the solid model and reinforcement model of coupled wall are shown in figures 8 and 9. figure 8. solid and reinforcement model in finite element (fe) software usually, tensile strengthening in concrete structures is produced in abaqus using rebars, which are 1-d rods which are embedded in master surfaces or as an independent bar. along with metal plasticity models, rebars are commonly used for describing the material behaviour. rebars are superposed on standard element type mesh that are used for modelling concrete. concrete behaviour is regarded individually without rebars using this modelling approach. effects such as dowel action as well as bond slip in association with concrete-rebar interface, approximate modelling is introduced in modelling of concrete by tension stiffening for simulating load transfer through rebars along cracks. in complicated situations, modelling a rebar may be cumbersome, but also crucial if not performed correctly as it may allow failure in analysis because of the absence of reinforcement in important regions. figure 9. cross-sectional reinforcement detailing of vertically oriented coupled shear wall hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 238 6. results analysis of coupled wall model was performed for investigating the behaviour of wall as well as of coupling beams. as described below some general observations were triggered from the nonlinear behaviour of the model. reinforced coupled wall connected with coupling beams had great influence on the overall behaviour of the model subjected to lateral loads. as soon as the crushing of concrete occurred, wall developed flexure-dominant behaviour, ductile with yielding of reinforcement dissipating a high rate of energy. on the wall concrete panel, flexural-tension cracks as well as shear inclined cracks had steadily progressed till the peak lateral load was attained. coupling beams stimulated the failure, as wall were designed to develop plastic hinge for model subjected to horizontal loads. a full connection was established between reinforcement and concrete by using embedded command in abaqus cae. on the contact, there was no visible separation between concrete and reinforcement. reinforcement, upper and lower slab were detailed and designed for bearing the horizontal loads till the failure is achieved. near the contact area of the top surface of foundation and the vertical walls where wall transfer the load from wall to foundation, small horizontal crack could be seen. as a result, the most relevant features of the analytical behaviour are emphasized based on the analysed data. 6.1. stiffness analysis stiffness degradation occurs when in-plane lateral loads cause significant stress and damage to the walls. as a result of this stress and damage, the stiffness (k) of the walls gradually diminishes. the ratio between the peak lateral load (p) and its corresponding total drift was used to determine the lateral stiffness (k). the traditional reinforced concrete wall was found to have the most significant stiffness deterioration. stiffness degradation leads to crack in concrete. specially in the coupled shear wall linked with coupling beams but still can be better controlled by embedding vertical reinforcement in the edges of wall. pushover curve is generated in abaqus cae for coupled wall as presented in figure 10. figure 10. pushover curve of coupled shear wall system 6.2. stress and strain in the instance stresses were generally observed at the base of the slab foundation and on vertical reinforcement of the vertically oriented coupled shear wall. also, the edges of coupling beams connecting the wall exhibits stresses. evolution of compression damage (damagec) is shown in figure 11. 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 l o a d ( k n ) displacement (mm) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 239 figure 11. evolution of compression damage 6.3. failure mode the model’s state at the time of failure is depicted in figure 12. the most significant structural components, all of which were damaged during the failure, were the vertically oriented wall as well as the coupling beams. the inclined shear cracks that developed along the edges of the coupling beams caused these modes. the brittle failure modes developed in the coupling beams that were subjected to the shear force. as shown by subedi [32], shear load reversals crushed coupling beams on the edges and at the base of the vertically oriented coupled wall. figure 12. scalar stiffness degradation (sdeg) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 240 6.4. occurrence of plastic hinges plastic hinges developed on the coupled wall with coupling beams in the same way that they did in the validated model. the walls formed plastic hinges at the edge of the coupling beams, followed by the base of the walls. at the ends of the coupling beams, plastic hinges were discovered, and at the base of the wall, more plastic hinges developed. concrete crushing was also observed in zones of maximum compression and enhanced deformation development under constant loads. figure 13. formation of plastic hinges in wall and coupling beam 7. conclusions the purpose of this paper was to investigate the nonlinear behaviour of concrete coupled shear walls with coupling beams under lateral loads. model behaviour and materials components, with regards to ductility, maximum load, as well as stiffness degradation, were discussed to observe the performance of the model. at the very same time, the damage, failure modes, and progression of cracks were showcased using the analytical procedure. until the formation of plastic hinges, their behavior is highlighted in different stages. following conclusions can be drawn:  openings in the wall above and below coupling beams caused torsional effects on the coupled wall. low dissipative behaviour of horizontally oriented coupling beams affected the ductility level and shear governed failure of coupling beams led to a reduction in ductility. it is suggested to improve the ductility of vertically oriented coupled shear walls that have large openings.  high degradation of lateral stiffness and a high state of stress were recorded for the model. a viable solution is embedding reinforcement at the edge of vertical walls. this increases the axial stiffness for suppressing severe cracks in concrete, as well as the overall lateral stiffness.  diagonal tension cracks triggered the coupling beam’s brittle failure mode, which was reinforced with horizontal reinforcement and vertical stirrups. shear force reversal caused crushing of concrete at the edge of beams. 8. declarations 8.1. author contributions conceptualization, v.s. and k.s.; methodology, v.s.; software, v.s.; validation, v.s.; formal analysis, v.s.; investigation, v.s.; resources, v.s.; data curation, v.s.; writing—original draft preparation, v.s.; writing—review and editing, k.s.; visualization, k.s.; supervision, k.s.; project administration, k.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 8.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. plastic hinge zone plastic hinge zone hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 241 8.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 8.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] santhakumar, a. r. (1974). ductility of coupled shear walls. phd thesis, university of canterbury, christchurch 8041, new zealand. [2] fischinger, m. (ed.). (2014). performance-based seismic engineering: vision for an earthquake resilient society. geotechnical, geological and earthquake engineering. doi:10.1007/978-94-017-8875-5. [3] a.c.i. committee, 318-14 (2019). building code requirements for structural concrete and commentary. farmington hills: american concrete institute. doi:10.14359/51716937. [4] alvarez, r., restrepo, j. i., panagiotou, m., & santhakumar, a. r. (2019). nonlinear cyclic truss model for analysis of reinforced concrete coupled structural walls. bulletin of earthquake engineering, 17(12), 6419–6436. doi:10.1007/s10518-01900639-8. [5] panagiotou, m., restrepo, j. i., & conte, j. p. (2011). shake-table test of a full-scale 7-story building slice. phase i: rectangular wall. journal of structural engineering, 137(6), 691–704. doi:10.1061/(asce)st.1943-541x.0000332. [6] panagiotou, m., & restrepo, j. i. (2011). displacement-based method of analysis for regular reinforced-concrete wall buildings: application to a full-scale 7-story building slice tested at uc–san diego. journal of structural engineering, 137(6), 677–690. doi:10.1061/(asce)st.1943-541x.0000333. [7] panagiotou, m., & restrepo, j. i. (2009). dual-plastic hinge design concept for reducing higher-mode effects on high-rise cantilever wall buildings. earthquake engineering and structural dynamics, 38(12), 1359–1380. doi:10.1002/eqe.905. [8] nist. (2017). guidelines for nonlinear structural analysis and design of buildings. part i general. in nist gcr 17-917-46v1 (p. 137). doi:10.6028/nist.gcr.17-917-46v1. [9] asce 41-13. (2014). seismic evaluation and retrofit of existing buildings. american society of civil engineers. doi:10.1061/9780784412855. [10] naish, d., fry, a., klemencic, r., & wallace, j. (2013). reinforced concrete coupling beams-part ii: modeling. aci structural journal, 110(6), 1067–1075. doi:10.14359/51686161. [11] zhang, p. (2013). nonlinear dynamic analysis model for rc shear wall. applied mechanics and materials, 275–277, 1020– 1023. doi:10.4028/www.scientific.net/amm.275-277.1020. [12] mazars, j., kotronis, p., & davenne, l. (2002). a new modelling strategy for the behavior of shear walls under dynamic loading. earthquake engineering and structural dynamics, 31(4), 937–954. doi:10.1002/eqe.131. [13] sholeh, m., braam, c. r., hordijk, d. a. & van keulen, d.c. (2014). investigation into behaviour of coupled shear walls by means of continuous method. master thesis, technical university of delft, delft, netherlands. [14] honarparast, s., & chaallal, o. (2019). non-linear time history analysis of reinforced concrete coupled shear walls: comparison of old design, modern design and retrofitted with externally bonded cfrp composites. engineering structures, 185, 353–365. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2019.01.113. [15] ding, r., tao, m. x., nie, x., & mo, y. l. (2018). analytical model for seismic simulation of reinforced concrete coupled shear walls. engineering structures, 168, 819–837. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2018.05.003. [16] lu, x., xie, l., guan, h., huang, y., & lu, x. (2015). a shear wall element for nonlinear seismic analysis of super-tall buildings using opensees. finite elements in analysis and design, 98, 14–25. doi:10.1016/j.finel.2015.01.006. [17] turgeon, j. (2011). the seismic performance of coupled reinforced concrete walls. phd thesis, university of washington, washington, united states. available online: https://digital.lib.washington.edu/researchworks/handle/1773/17060 (accessed on february 2022). [18] abdullah, s. a., & wallace, j. w. (2019). drift capacity of reinforced concrete structural walls with special boundary elements. aci structural journal, 116(1), 183–194. doi:10.14359/51710864. [19] abdullah, s. a. reinforced concrete structural walls: test database and modeling parameters. university of california. https://digital.lib.washington.edu/researchworks/handle/1773/17060 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 2, june, 2022 242 [20] almeida, j. p., tarquini, d., & beyer, k. (2016). modelling approaches for inelastic behaviour of rc walls: multi-level assessment and dependability of results. archives of computational methods in engineering, 23(1), 69–100. doi:10.1007/s11831-014-9131-y. [21] eom, t. s., park, h. g., & kang, s. m. (2009). energy-based cyclic force-displacement relationship for reinforced concrete short coupling beams. engineering structures, 31(9), 2020–2031. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2009.03.008. [22] yang, c., chen, s.-c., yen, c.-h., & hung, c.-c. (2022). behaviour and detailing of coupling beams with high-strength materials. journal of building engineering, 47, 103843. doi:10.1016/j.jobe.2021.103843. [23] li, g. q., pang, m., sun, f., jiang, j., & hu, d. (2018). seismic behavior of coupled shear wall structures with various concrete and steel coupling beams. structural design of tall and special buildings, 27(1), 1405. doi:10.1002/tal.1405. [24] mihaylov, b. i., & franssen, r. (2017). shear-flexure interaction in the critical sections of short coupling beams. engineering structures, 152, 370–380. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2017.09.024. [25] seo, s. y., yun, h. do, & chun, y. s. (2017). hysteretic behavior of conventionally reinforced concrete coupling beams in reinforced concrete coupled shear wall. international journal of concrete structures and materials, 11(4), 599–616. doi:10.1007/s40069-017-0221-8. [26] wang, t., shang, q., wang, x., li, j., & kong, z. (2018). experimental validation of rc shear wall structures with hybrid coupling beams. soil dynamics and earthquake engineering, 111, 14–30. doi:10.1016/j.soildyn.2018.04.021. [27] álvarez, r., restrepo, j. i., panagiotou, m., & godínez, s. e. (2020). analysis of reinforced concrete coupled structural walls via the beam-truss model. engineering structures, 220, 111005. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2020.111005. [28] lehman, d. e., turgeon, j. a., birely, a. c., hart, c. r., marley, k. p., kuchma, d. a., & lowes, l. n. (2013). seismic behavior of a modern concrete coupled wall. journal of structural engineering, 139(8), 1371–1381. doi:10.1061/(asce)st.1943-541x.0000853. [29] thomsen, j. h., & wallace, j. w. (2004). displacement-based design of slender reinforced concrete structural walls— experimental verification. journal of structural engineering, 130(4), 618–630. doi:10.1061/(asce)07339445(2004)130:4(618). [30] abaqus (2014). caeu guide: abaqus version 6.14. groupe dassault, paris, france. [31] lefas, i. d., kotsovos, m. d., & ambraseys, n. n. (1990). behavior of reinforced concrete structural walls. strength, deformation characteristics, and failure mechanism. aci structural journal, 87(1), 23–31. doi:10.14359/2911. [32] subedi, n. k. (1991). rc‐coupled shear wall structures. i: analysis of coupling beams. journal of structural engineering, 117(3), 667–680. doi:10.1061/(asce)0733-9445(1991)117:3(667). available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 168 the performance of the agri-food sector in the recent economic crisis and during covid-19 pandemic tamás mizik a* a agribusiness department, corvinus university of budapest, budapest 1093, hungary. received 17 january 2021; revised 22 april 2021; accepted 11 may 2021; published 01 september 2021 abstract crises impact every sector of the economy; however, the magnitude of that impact varies between the different sectors. the agri-food sector-related lessons learned from the last two crises (the global financial crisis in 2008 and the sanctions against russia in 2014) are that international trade becomes lower and commodity prices rise. this article analyzes the performance of the hungarian agri-food sector during the last three crises, based on international and hungarian datasets. the results show that impacts depend on many factors, such as the type of agri-food products (raw material vs. processed products, perishable vs. non-perishable goods, etc.) or the depth of trade integration. it should be noted that hungary is heavily integrated into the eu’s common market; its major trade partners are the other member states. at the commodity level, the share of raw materials is higher on the export side (e.g. cereals) compared to the import side (e.g. meat products). based on the results, the impacts of the covid-19 pandemic were different from the two previous crises. despite the difficulties in transport, hungarian exportation expanded and resulted in an increasing trade surplus, while international commodity prices remained stable. the major finding of the article is the identification of the different impacts of the coronavirus compared to the other two crises. keywords: agricultural production; agri-food trade; trade balance; crisis; coronavirus pandemic. 1. introduction food security and, mostly in developed countries, food safety are becoming more important. feeding the world is an enormous challenge and is expected to become an even greater predicament within a short period of time. the world population is expected to reach 10 billion by 2050, and resource-intensive farming systems can no longer be used due to their various negative environmental impacts, such as deforestation, water scarcities, soil depletion, and noticeable greenhouse gas emissions [1]. countries with better endowments, including agricultural areas, workforce, capital, and weather conditions, are more likely to become self-sufficient. regarding surpluses, the agri-food sector could contribute to the net foreign exchange (nfe) earnings. the higher the value-added of the agri-food products is, the higher the amount the nfe could become. therefore, the exportation of high value-added products, as well as the importation of raw materials, are key elements of international trade success. however, trade performance is highly impacted by the different crises. in the last two decades, humanity has faced numerous agri-food related crises. the most notable ones were the different animal-related pandemics (swine flu, foot-and-mouth disease, avian influenza (h5n1), african swine fever, etc.). in the case of global crises, the world financial crisis of 2007–2008, the eu sanctions against russia in 2014, and the covid-19 pandemic in 2020 should be mentioned. these crises hit multiple sectors of the economy. their impacts were different in the agri-food sector. the financial crises resulted in a sharp * corresponding author: tamas.mizik@uni-corvinus.hu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-03-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4328-0631 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 169 increase in agricultural commodity prices, they became 3-5 times higher compared to 2003 and the erosion of the purchasing power of the poorest households [2]. after the recovery, commodity prices went back. overall, the agrifood sector turned out to be crisis-resistant [3]. the eu sanctions introduced in 2014 significantly increased the agricultural performance of the russian federation due to its higher strategic self-sufficiency, preferential agricultural credits, and higher producer prices [4]. this process was strengthened by other actions, such as the higher market protection provided by the ban, as well as the significant depreciation of the russian ruble against the us dollar that improved the trade competitiveness of russian agri-food commodities [5]. some of those markets have been lost forever. the impact of the recent pandemic cannot be fully evaluated due to the lack of available data for the analysis. however, the different lockdown measures and restrictions made the agri-food trade more difficult. emerging markets and developing countries were affected more, especially if they export perishable products (flowers, fruits, and vegetables) [6]. food retail replaced food service, which resulted in the closure of the hospitality channel and caused panic buying [7]. the food supply chain seems to be vulnerable to this crisis, but its flexibility is a key issue in responding to the present and future challenges [8]. but the first, dramatic impacts of this shock lasted only for a few months. prices and production went back to near normal in e.g. north america (canada, usa). however, flexibility seems to be the most important element of the future’s supply chain [7]. continuously operating dialogues between the different stakeholders is a prerequisite on this path [9]. these crises may accelerate regional integration, especially for resource abundant countries [10]. according to heck et al. (2020), building resilience also has utmost importance, e.g. by diverting production capacities from the export-dependent, non-food sub-sectors to local food production [11]. with respect to trade restrictions, having an agri-food trade surplus helps reach a satisfactory food security level. according to verpoorten et al. (2013), higher food prices improved the food security of the net food producers [12]. they also found that strong gdp growth can offset the negative impacts of high food prices. however, these impacts vary between the countries, as well as sectors. significant production surpluses can help feed the population but can also cause serious issues. for example, the dutch cut flowers and potatoes markets collapsed, and the switch from the previous distribution channels to the new ones (supermarkets, online) was difficult [13]. short term consequences are limited only if (i) farmers have access to the different inputs; (ii) food flowing is provided, and (iii) workforce migration is granted [11]. daglis et al. (2020) analyzed the global impacts of the coronavirus on the oat and wheat markets and identified a positive effect, meaning that the covid-19 pandemic was a significant contributor to the price growth [14]. in such a case, governmental actions are important. targeted recovery plans help achieve maximum output, and the increase of agri-food production capacities for the net importing countries, such as croatia, may substantially reduce the negative impacts of different crises on the countries [15]. however, there are many other factors that may help to mitigate these negative impacts, such as infrastructure (transportation, internet) and the development of the food supply chain [16]. although the current pandemic has not caused permanent food shortages, the decrease of the consumers’ income made food buying more difficult [17]. from the agricultural point of view, there are many different options available for reaching these objectives:  improvement of education and advisory services;  investment supports (machinery and buildings);  more efficient production (e.g. high-quality seeds; precision farming, especially tailored input use according to the needs of the soil and plants; better post-harvest management, etc.);  higher level of processing (value added) and improvement of the food industry;  improvement of the agri-food trade. the paper aims to answer the following research questions: is agri-food trade surplus an advantage or rather a disadvantage? does this depend on trade relations and trade structure? what would be recommended to deal with a crisis? the structure of the paper is as follows. the second section introduces the material and methods used. the third section gives an overview of the hungarian agricultural sector differentiating between the major crop (maize, wheat, and sunflower) and animal products (chicken meat, pork, and cow milk). the fourth section analyzes the hungarian agri-food trade by providing information on the importance of the agri-food trade; imports, exports, trade balance; major trade partners, and the main import and export product groups. the final section concludes and provides recommendations based on the obtained results. 2. material and methods the article uses free and publicly available data sources. regarding the country-related issues (production structure and basic agricultural indicators), we used datasets from the hungarian national statistical office. production and yield data rely on the data of the food and agriculture organization. finally, all the agri-food trade data was derived hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 170 from the world bank’s world integrated trade solution database. for the period of 2000 to 2019, hs-2 level data was downloaded for agri-food products (chapters 1-24). table 1 shows the codes of these product groups. table 1. codes of product groups by hs-2 classification [18] product groups code live animals 1 meat and edible meat offal 2 fish and crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic invertebrates 3 dairy produce, birds’ eggs, natural honey, edible products of animal origin not elsewhere specified or included 4 products of animal origin, not elsewhere specified or included 5 live trees and other plants, bulbs, roots and the like, cut flowers and ornamental foliage 6 edible vegetables and certain roots and tubers 7 edible fruit and nuts, peel of citrus or melons 8 coffee, tea, mat and spices 9 cereals 10 products of the milling industry, malt, starches, inulin, wheat gluten 11 oil seeds and oleaginous fruits, miscellaneous grains, seeds and fruit, industrial or medicinal plants, straw and fodder 12 lac, gums, resins and other vegetable saps and extracts 13 vegetable plaiting materials, vegetable products not elsewhere specified or included 14 animal or vegetable fats and oils and their cleavage products, prepared edible fats, animal or vegetable waxes 15 preparations of meat, of fish or of crustaceans, molluscs or other aquatic invertebrates 16 sugar and sugar confectionery 17 cocoa and cocoa preparations 18 preparations of cereals, flour, starch or milk, pastrycooks’ products 19 preparations of vegetables, fruit, nuts or other parts of plants 20 miscellaneous edible preparations 21 beverages, spirits and vinegar 22 residues and waste from food industries, prepared animal fodder 23 tobacco and manufactured tobacco substitutes 24 figure 1 summarizes the major elements of the research in a form of a flowchart. figure 1. flowchart of the research methodology 3. major characteristics of hungarian agriculture hungarian agriculture can be characterized by the large number of small, mostly individual, farms and a lesser amount of large, mostly corporate, farms. this is the dual production system. table 2 summarizes the results of the last seven farm structure services (2003, 2005, 2007, 2013 and 2016) and agricultural censuses (2000 and 2010). results conclusions data collection and processing literature review research question hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 171 table 2. number and size of agricultural units, 2000-2016* [19] 2000 2003 2005 2007 2010 2013 2016 no. of private holdings 958,534 765,608 706,877 618,651 561,030 479,166 421,870 no. of agricultural enterprises 6,954 7,813 7,927 7,405 7,970 8,090 9,388 land use, privates (ha) 2,614,327 2,357,689 2,355,326 2,262,824 2,418,537 2,467,616 2,724,350 land use, enterprises (ha) 3,833,829 3,472,092 3,800,909 3,740,724 2,191,548 2,121,676 1,945,917 average land size, privates (ha) 2.73 3.08 3.33 3.66 4.31 5.15 6.46 average land size, enterprises (ha) 551.31 444.40 479.49 505.16 274.97 262.26 207.28 national average land size (ha) 6.68 7.54 8.61 9.59 8.10 9.42 10.83 * the final results of the agricultural census 2020 are not yet available. based on the data above, the production units show a sharply decreasing trend. however, this trend can be separated into two categories: individuals (private holdings) and agricultural enterprises. the former decreased by more than half from 2000 to 2016, while the latter increased by 35% in the same period. there was a remarkable consolidation of the individual producers, resulting in fewer farmers and higher average land sizes. although the average farms sizes more than doubled, the 6.46 ha average size is still very low. this land concentration is noticeable in the other new member states as well. contrary to individuals, the land use of enterprises shows a continuously decreasing trend. this is explained by the land law because only individuals can own agricultural land, legal entities should rent them. up to 2007, owned and utilized land was administrated together, the last three years contain only the utilized agricultural area. lower land use results in lower average land sizes. however, average land sizes show a remarkably sharper decrease. this process was driven by two policy changes, the maximum capping introduced over 176,000 eur/farm (physical farm size is 1,200 ha) and the land use limit (basically 1,200 ha) of the actual land law, resulting in splitting up the large farms in order to not lose some part of the basic payment, and to comply with the land law statutory requirement [20]. the importance of the agri-food sector can be evaluated by using two simple indicators: employment and gross value added. figure 2 shows those values for the agriculture and food industry. this sectoral data is only available from 2008 and onwards. before 2008, the food industry was not separated from the processing industry. * fbt = food, beverages, and tobacco figure 2. employment and gross value-added of the agri-food sector; source: author’s composition based on hnso [21, 22] agriculture plays a more important role in the agribusiness than the food, beverages, and tobacco industry (hereinafter referred to as the food industry). both the employment and gross value-added datasets support this finding. however, all of these values above fluctuated in a very narrow range, e.g. the share of agricultural employment was between 3.6% and 4.7%, and the food industrial gross value-added remained in the range of 3.23.5%. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 % employment, agriculture employment, fbt* industry gross value-added, agriculture gross value-added, fbt* industry hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 172 the performance of agriculture can be evaluated by its production. in the case of crop production, this is determined by two variables, production area and yield. figure 3 provides an overview of these values for the three major crops: maize, wheat, and sunflower. figure 3. area and yield of the three major crop products; source: author’s composition based on fao [23] maize has the highest production area, which was above 1 million hectares in most of the analyzed years. this crop also has the highest yield. the unfavorable weather conditions, e.g. the late snow in april and summer heat waves of 2003, drought and heat waves in 2007, and the very hot and extremely dry august of 2013, caused sharp declines in yields. wheat and, especially, sunflower yields were lower than that of maize, even as they showed more resistance towards the extreme weather conditions. using better production technologies and irrigating more would be the best practices for producing at higher and more stable rates. regarding the livestock sector, the three main “products” were analyzed: number of chickens, pigs, and cows at the animal level, while chicken meat, pork, and milk at the product level. figure 4 shows the amount of the three major animal species, while figure 5 illustrates the yields of their related products. figure 4. amount of the three major livestock types; source: author’s composition based on fao [24] 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 t/ h a 1 0 0 0 h a maize area sunflower area wheat area maize yield sunflower yield wheat yield 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000 40000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 c h ic k en s, 1 0 0 0 h ea d c o w s an d p ig s, 1 0 0 0 h ea d cows pigs chickens hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 173 as seen above, the number of chickens, and especially cows, were stable during the analyzed period. however, the number of pigs significantly decreased from 5.3 million to 2.6 million. the reasons for this are manifold. the hungarian eu accession accelerated this process. the increased market competition, the lack of investment supports, and market uncertainties resulted in a lower amount of pigs, especially at the level of individual producers [25]. on the other hand, the cattle sector enjoyed a high amount of coupled supports, especially the cow milking sector. this led to an enormous dependency on the supports, as the average rate of subsidy is between 130% and 170% of the pre-tax profit [26]. regarding efficiency, chicken yield increased by 13% in the last 20 years. pig yield was already high in 2000, therefore, further increase did not occur. milk yield increased enormously in 2012, from 5,381 l/animal/year to 6,985 l/animal/year [27]. the increasing trend lasted until 2018, and decreased slightly in 2019. figure 5. yield changes of the three major livestock products; source: author’s composition based on fao [27] 4. hungarian agri-food trade performance as an eu member state, hungary has tight trade relations with the other member states. this can be measured if we compare the import and export shares with the eu to the same shares with the whole world. table 3 shows these ratios, as well as the relative importance of the eu. table 3. importance of the agri-food imports and exports on world and eu-28 levels [18] ratios relations/levels 2000-2004 2005-2009 2010-2014 2015-2019 agri-food export to total hungarian export eu-28 6.65% 6.98% 9.49% 9.07% world 7.57% 6.89% 8.75% 8.54% export share of the eu-28 agri-food 74.54% 81.39% 84.21% 84.92% total 84.76% 80.75% 77.78% 79.96% agri-food import to total hungarian import eu-28 3.68% 6.12% 6.99% 7.24% world 3.51% 4.60% 5.37% 5.97% import share of the eu-28 agri-food 70.05% 92.60% 92.51% 92.45% total 67.20% 69.78% 71.10% 76.23% hungarian agri-food exports contribute to total hungarian exports by 6.89-8.75% on average. these shares are much lower on the import side (3.51-5.97%). this fact demonstrates the export-oriented nature of the hungarian agrifood sector. agri-food trade became more important on both levels (eu-28 and world) and trade directions (import and export). the eu’s importance as a trading partner increased during the analyzed period. the eu’s share of the agrifood export became higher than that of its share of the total hungarian exports (84.92% versus 79.96% in 2015-2019). regarding the import side, hungary almost entirely imports agri-food products from the other member states, while the import of non-food products is more diversified (92.45% versus 76.23%). the international competitiveness of the agri-food trade can be illustrated by the development of the imports and exports, as well as their balance. figure 6 gives an overview of their development from 2000 to 2019. both imports and exports increased remarkably, and hungarian agri-food trade balance was always positive. 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 2 0 0 0 = 1 0 0 chicken yield pigs yield milk yield hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 174 figure 6. hungarian agri-food exports, imports, and trade balance in billion usd, 2000-2019; source: author’s composition based on wits [18] altogether two declines can be identified. the first one took place in 2009, which was caused by the global financial crisis. it should be noted that exports decreased more than the imports, therefore, the trade surplus also decreased. this impact was even higher at the producer level, they have suffered 11.47% (romania) – 32.02% (lithuania) price decline from 2008 to 2009 in the new member states [28]. analyzing the financial impacts of this crisis at producer level, micro and small-sized farmers were hit the most [29]. the second case was caused by the eu sanctions against the russian federation. russia was an important trade partner with hungary, as well as with some other member states. when the exportation of agri-food was banned, hungary needed to find new markets for its products. as that was the same for some other member states, agri-food prices sharply decreased. that crisis also impacted exports more than the imports and resulted in a lower trade surplus. overall, these two crises significantly affected the hungarian agri-food trade, however, the exportation was hit harder than importation. both import and export markets are concentrated. hungary’s five most important export partners account for a 52% share of hungarian exportation. meanwhile, the top5 import partners account for 57% of hungary’s importation (figure 7). at the country level, germany is hungary’s most important agri-food trade partner. on the export side, germany is followed by romania, italy, austria, and poland. if we expand this list, we can find more member states (slovak and czech republic, the netherlands). on the import side, poland, slovak republic, austria, and the netherlands follow germany. there are no surprises on the expanded list, czech republic, italy, and romania are on the 6-8th places. figure 7. the major hungarian agri-food import and export partners, 2019; source: author’s composition based on wits [18] 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 b il li o n u s d export import trade balance germany 16% romania 12% italy 11% austria 8% poland 5% other export partners 48% germany 20% poland 13% slovak republic 9% austria 8% netherlands 7% other import partners 43% hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 175 more information can be collected by analyzing the product group level of agri-food trade. the export side is more concentrated, the share of the five main product groups is 50% (figure 8, left side). those are cereals (10); meat and edible meat offal (02); residues and waste from food industries, prepared animal fodder (23); beverages, spirits and vinegar (22); and oil seeds and oleaginous fruits (12). as seen below, the major hungarian export product group is cereals. besides this product group, another raw material, oil seeds (12), can be found on this list. a long-term national goal should be to process these products and export them with a higher value-added. figure 8. major hungarian agri-food import and export product groups, 2019; source: author’s composition based on wits [18] on the import side, the major product groups are meat and edible meat offal (02); miscellaneous edible preparations (21); residues and waste from food industries, prepared animal fodder (23); preparations of cereals, flour, starch or milk, pastrycooks’ products (19); and dairy produce, birds’ eggs, natural honey (04). their share is 41% (figure 8, right side). unlike the major export products, all the major import products are processed goods. it would be great to change this trade structure, as it is unfavorable to hungary. however, it should be highlighted that deep changes should be government initiated, including different incentives, exceptions, infrastructural investments, and foreign investment attractions [15]. regarding the ongoing coronavirus pandemic, only limited official data is available. the agricultural production slightly decreased in quantity but increased in value in 2020 compared to 2019 [30]. according to the latest available national data on the agricultural and food industrial trade (nine months of 2020), there is no significant sign that the recent crisis caused the same agri-food trade decline as the two previous crises did. moreover, contrary to the expectations, agri-food export, as well as import, increased in the first nine months of 2020 when compared to the previous year (table 4). the expansion of exportation was larger than the increase of importation, resulting in an even higher trade surplus. table 4. the impacts of the pandemic on the agri-food trade [31] export import jan-sep 2019 jan-sep 2020 jan-sep 2019 jan-sep 2020 agri-food trade (million euro) 6,992 7,167 4,604 4,724 in addition to the increase of imports and exports, world commodity prices also remained stable [6]. this further strengthens the fact that the covid-19 pandemic had different impacts on the agri-food trade than the previous two crises. moreover, the agri-food sector seems to be more crisis-resistant due to the higher supply chain flexibility and, in the case of hungary, the highly integrated eu markets. however, these impacts were different along the supply chain, e.g. supermarkets face increased demand, while the horeca (hotels, restaurants, cafés) sector has almost entirely stopped. these problems have exacerbated the need for self-sufficiency in the food importer countries [32]. contrary to some previous results, positive agri-food trade balance provides mostly advantages, such as higher national food security and better opportunities for exportation. however, achieving a higher value-added should be a strategic goal. 10 14% 02 11% 23 10% 22 8% 12 7% export of the other product groups 50% 02 10% 21 9% 23 8% 19 7% 04 7% import of the other product groups 59% hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 176 5. conclusions and recommendations based on the related literature, the common impacts of the last two crises were (global financial crisis and eu sanctions against russia) lower food security and higher prices. these were particularly harmful to countries with agrifood trade deficits and less developed countries. the former may face food shortages and food supply problems, while the latter may lead to malnutrition and possibly even hunger among the poorer households. therefore, different government policies aimed at more efficient production are recommended. this can reduce foreign dependency, increase food security, as well as contribute to a more crisis-resistant agri-food sector. increased production may lead to lower prices that can help poorer households access a sufficient amount of food. we should differentiate between countries with an agri-food trade surplus and countries with an agri-food trade deficit because their crisis-related problems are different. countries with a negative agri-food trade balance could be more vulnerable to any crises, especially if it causes trade restrictions. emerging markets and less developed countries, in particular, are exposed to such events. at the commodity level, raw materials and perishable products were affected more than processed or less perishable goods. hungary has a relatively large agri-food sector that produces more than what the country needs. this resulted in a positive trade balance during the whole analyzed period (2000-2019). hungary’s major trade partners are the other eu member states, and the shares of the five major partners are 52% for exportation and 57% for importation. at the product group level, cereals are the country’s major export products, followed by meat products, residues and waste from food industries, prepared animal fodder, beverages, spirits, vinegar, and oil seeds and oleaginous fruits. the import side is dominated by processed products such as meat and edible meat offal or miscellaneous edible preparations. it would be advantageous to export more processed products in the future. however, it should be highlighted that cereals and oilseeds drove hungarian exports during the global financial crisis in 2008 [33]. a positive trade balance could have been problematic when certain trade restrictions were applied, but this turned out to be only temporary. it seems that the covid-19 pandemic has not caused the same agri-food trade decline, which the global financial crisis and the russian embargo did, despite the strict, initial lockdown measures. according to the results, hungary enjoyed only the benefits of the agri-food trade surplus: national food security was insured, and exports increased more than imports. the agri-food sector turned out to be more crisis-resistant than the other sectors of the hungarian economy. there are many future research topics available. first of all, more detailed datasets can be used, either hs-4 or even hs-6 level. in addition to that, these calculations can be repeated later using official data for 2020. this may contribute to a deeper analysis of the covid-19 pandemic impact. 6. declarations 6.1. data availability statement all calculations are based on publicly available data sources (fao database, hungarian national statistical office website, world bank’s wits database). 6.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.3. acknowledgements the author wishes to thank earl ryan kovacs for his edits and thorough proofreading. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the author declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] fao (2017). the future of food and agriculture – trends and challenges. food and agriculture organization, rome, italy. [2] von braun, j. (2008). food and financial crises: implications for agriculture and the poor. vol. 20. international food policy research institute. washington, dc., usa. [3] crescimanno, m., galati, a., & bal, t. (2014). the role of the economic crisis on the competitiveness of the agri-food sector in the main mediterranean countries. agricultural economics (zemědělská ekonomika), 60 (2), 49–64. doi:10.17221/59/2013agricecon. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 177 [4] kalinina, k. (2017). 3 years of embargo in russia: the winners and losers, russia beyond, 6 august. available online: https://www.rbth.com/business/2017/08/06/3-years-of-embargo-in-russia-the-winners-and-losers_816898 (accessed on january 2021). [5] liefert, w. m. & liefert, o. (2015). russia’s economic crisis and its agricultural and food economy. choices, 30(1), 6. available online: https://www.jstor.org/stable/choices.30.1.12 (accessed on may 2021). [6] world bank (2020). commodity markets outlook, april. world bank report, washington, dc., usa. [7] weersink, a., von massow, m., bannon, n., ifft, j., maples, j., mcewen, k., mckendree, m., nicholson, c., novakovic, a., rangarajan, a., richards, t., rickard, b., rude, j., schipanski, m., schnitkey, g., schulz, l., schuurman, d., schwartzkopfgenswein, k., stephenson, m., thompson, j. & wood, k. (2020). covid-19 and the agri-food system in the united states and canada. agricultural systems, 103039. doi:10.1016/j.agsy.2020.103039. [8] aday, s., & aday, m. s. (2020). impact of covid-19 on the food supply chain. food quality and safety, 4(4), 167–180. doi:10.1093/fqsafe/fyaa024. [9] mussell, a., bilyea, t. & hedley, d. (2020). agri‐food supply chains and covid‐19: balancing resilience and vulnerability. independent agri-food policy note. agri-food economic systems. guelph ontario, usa. [10] morsy, h., salami, a., & mukasa, a. n. (2021). opportunities amid covid-19: advancing intra-african food integration. world development, 139, 105308. doi:10.1016/j.worlddev.2020.105308. [11] heck, s., campos, h., barker, i., okello, j. j., baral, a., boy, e., brown, l. & birol, e. (2020). resilient agri-food systems for nutrition amidst covid-19: evidence and lessons from food-based approaches to overcome micronutrient deficiency and rebuild livelihoods after crises. food security, 12(4), 823-830. doi:10.1007/s12571-020-01067-2. [12] verpoorten, m., arora, a., stoop, n. & swinnen, j. (2013). self-reported food insecurity in africa during the food price crisis. food policy, 39, 51-63. doi:10.1016/j.foodpol.2012.12.006. [13] poppe, k. (2020). covid-19 will change the agri‐food system – but how? eurochoices, 19(3), 20–25. doi:10.1111/1746692x.12276. [14] daglis, t., konstantakis, k. n. & michaelides, p. g. (2020). the impact of covid-19 on agriculture: evidence from oats and wheat markets. studies in agricultural economics, 122(3), 132-139. doi:10.7896/j.2058. [15] dokić, d., gavran, m., gregić, m. & gantner, v. (2020). the impact of trade balance of agri-food products on the state’s ability to withstand the crisis. hightech and innovation journal, 1(3), 107-111. doi:10.28991/hij-2020-01-03-02. [16] fan, s., teng, p., chew, p., smith, g., & copeland, l. (2021). food system resilience and covid-19 – lessons from the asian experience. global food security, 28, 100501. doi:10.1016/j.gfs.2021.100501. [17] yeung, m. – kerr, w.a. (2021): canadian agri-food export opportunities in a covid-19 world. the school of public policy publications, spp briefing paper, 14(5), p. 39. [18] wits (2020). world bank’s world integrated trade solution database. available online: http://wits.worldbank.org/ (last accessed on january 2020). [19] hnso (2020). agricultural census fss 2020. hungarian national statistical office. available online: https://www.ksh.hu/agricultural_census?lang=en (accessed on december 2020). [20] mizik, t. (2019). the economic impacts of the 2013 reform on the hungarian agriculture. research for rural development, 2, 14-20. doi:10.22616/rrd.25.2019.043. [21] hnso (2020). 2.1.7.2. number of employed persons by industries, economic branches and sex – nace rev. 2. available online: http://www.ksh.hu/docs/eng/xstadat/xstadat_annual/i_qlf005a.html (accessed on january 2021). [22] hnso (2020). 3.1.4. value and distribution of gross value added by industries. available online: http://www.ksh.hu /docs/eng/xstadat/xstadat_annual/i_qpt002a.html (accessed on january 2021). [23] fao (2020). crops. food and agriculture organization. available online: http://www.fao.org/faostat/en/#data/qc (accessed on december 2020). [24] fao (2020). livestock primary. food and agriculture organization. available online: http://www.fao.org/faostat/en/#data/ql (accessed 15 december 2020). [25] vinklerné rajcsányi, k. (2017). a magyar sertéstartó egyéni gazdaságok pénzügyi elemzése /financial analysis of the hungarian individual pig farms/ phd dissertation, szent istván egyetem, gödöllő, hungary. [26] czerván, gy. (2017). a szarvasmarha ágazat agrárgazdasági helyzete/the agricultural situation of the cattle sector/. presentation, association of hungarian simmental, professional days, kocsér, hungary, 22.06.2017. https://www.jstor.org/stable/choices.30.1.12 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.agsy.2020.103039 http://wits.worldbank.org/ http://www.ksh.hu/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 178 [27] fao (2020). livestock processed. food and agriculture organization. available online: http://www.fao.org/faostat /en/#data/qp (accessed on december 2020) [28] fao (2021): producer prices. food and agriculture organization. available online: http://www.fao.org/faostat/en/#data/pp (accessed on may 2021). [29] fáró, j., lakatos, m., & karai, é. (2020). financial position of hungarian agricultural companies before, during, and after the global financial crisis. serbian journal of engineering management, 5(1), 29–39. doi:10.5937/sjem2001029f. [30] ehretné berczi, i. (2020a). statisztikai jelentések. a mezőgazdaság 2020. évi teljesítményének i. előrejelzése /statistical reports. first forecast of the hungarian agricultural performance in 2020/. 10(1), 11. [31] ehretné berczi, i. (2020b). statisztikai jelentések. az élelmiszer-gazdaság külkereskedelme 2020. év i–ix. hónap/statistical reports. foreign trade of the food economy january-september 2020, 23(4), 29. [32] doucha, t. (2021). consequences of the covid-19 outbreak for the czech agri-food sector in 2020. zagadnienia ekonomiki rolnej, 366(1), 14-18. [33] darvasné ördög, e.–juhász, a.–tunyoginé nechay, v.–wagner, h. szerk. (2009). a válság hatása a magyar élelmiszergazdasági külkereskedelemre nemzetközi összehasonlításban /the impacts of the crisis on the foreign trade of the hungarian food economy in an international context. agrárgazdasági tanulmányok, 8. szám, agrárgazdasági kutató intézet, budapest, hungary. http://www.fao.org/faostat available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 87 thermodynamic analysis of a combined single effect vapour absorption system and tc-co2 compression refrigeration system abhishek verma a, s. c. kaushik a , s. k. tyagi a* a centre for energy studies, indian institute of technology delhi, hauz khas, new delhi-110016, india. received 22 september 2020; revised 14 march 2021; accepted 16 april 2021; published 01 june 2021 abstract the transcritical co2 refrigeration system is coupled with the single effect vapour absorption with libr-water as a working pair, having the objective of enhancing the performance of the low temperature transcritical refrigeration system while using a natural working pair and reducing the electricity consumption to produce low temperature refrigeration. the high grade waste heat rejected in the gas cooler of the tc-co2 compression refrigeration system (tcrs) is utilized to run the single effect vapour absorption system (sevar) to enhance the energy efficiency of the system. the gas cooler in the transcritical co2 system has heat energy at a high temperature and pressure, which is utilized to run the vapour absorption system, while the other refrigerant heat exchanger provides subcooling to further enhance the performance. the combined cycle can provide refrigeration temperature at different levels, to use it for different applications. energetic and exergetic analysis have been done to analyze the combined system to compute the performance parameters and the irreversibilities occurring in different components to further increase the performance. the combined system is optimized for various heat rejection and refrigeration temperatures. the cop of the combined system has been enhanced by 24.88% while the enhancement in exergetic efficiency (ηex) is observed at 10.14%, respectively, over tradition transcritical co2 compression refrigeration system, with -10°c as an evaporation (tcrs cooling) temperature and the exit temperature of gas cooler t4 being 40°c. keywords: exergy; vapour absorption; carbon dioxide; waste heat; transcritical. 1. introduction refrigeration and air conditioning play a vital role in almost every sector of society. global warming and the depletion of the ozone layer have become the key issues for conventional refrigeration systems. in 1987, the montreal protocol [1] set a time limit for the usage of chlorofluorocarbon (cfc) and hydrochlorofluorocarbon (hcfc) refrigerants, as they are responsible for ozone depletion, but the use of hydroflourocarbons (hfc)s was being the major concern as its effects are hazardous for the environment and climate change. in 1997, the kyoto protocol [2] limited the use of hfcs with large gwp. in 1998, robinson and groll [3] suggested the use of naturally occurring refrigerants, which do have a low gwp and environment friendly. co2 as a naturally occurring refrigerant having good thermophysical properties [4] finds favour across almost all sectors of refrigeration to be used as the refrigerant [5]. it has a critical temperature of 30.85°c [3]. transcritical co2 (r744) has been adopted worldwide for supermarkets, food storage, industrial applications, etc., even in locations having high ambient temperatures [6]. in co2 refrigeration systems, subcooling plays an important role in upgrading the performance of the system. dedicated subcooling methods improve cop by 30%, thermoelectric systems by 25.6%, internal heat exchangers improve cop by 12 while 22% with economizers [7]. in a co2 refrigeration system, bellos and tzivanidis [8] reported that the performance of the system upto 75% by the use of a mechanical subcooling system over the basic configuration. use * corresponding author: tyagisk@ces.iitd.ac.in; sudhirtyagi@yahoo.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-02-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. mailto:tyagisk@ces.iitd.ac.in mailto:sudhirtyagi@yahoo.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5879-186x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3103-7100 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 88 of ejector and thermoelectric subcooling enhance the performance upto 40% [9]. internal heat exchangers for subcooling improve the cop by 12 and 25% by using thermoelectric subcooling for specific operating conditions [10]. mohammadi [11] studied various configurations of the co2 refrigeration system coupled with different absorption chillers to produce refrigeration at different temperature levels from -80°c to -30°c with an increase of cop upto 200% in a few cases. the mean cop improvement for co2 refrigeration systems has been reported to be 23% with subcooling by absorption chillers [12]. the net impact of gwp is 1 for co2 refrigeration systems [13]. basso et al. [14] integrated the transcritical co2 heat pump to reduce the load of the external heat source for a hybrid system using dynamic simulation. the working pair used in the absorption refrigeration system is ecofriendly, non-flammable, and non-toxic in nature, having low operating pressures [15]. presently, the emphasis is on energy-efficient systems to fulfill the demand for refrigeration and air conditioning (rac) in society. to improve the energy efficiency of the system, exergy analysis is the preferred tool to be used as it is defined as the potential of a stream to cause change, as well as it tells the quality of the system as an effective portion of the potential of the system to have an impact on the environment [16, 17]. it also quantifies the irreversibilities occurring in components of the system. the reported literature review suggests that subcooling the tc-co2 system has been showing promising enhancement in the performance of the system. thus, coupling the absorption system with the tc-co2 system improves the overall system performance and provides refrigeration with different temperature levels. the present study focuses on the use of waste heat to run the single effect vapour absorption system (sevar). the waste heat being rejected in the gas cooler (gc) of the tc-co2 compression refrigeration system (tcrs) [18] is being utilized to run sevars, which improves the energy efficiency of the combined system. the exergy analysis and parametric study of the combined system are being presented. 2. system description the sevars are coupled with tcrs. the superheated refrigerant (co2) is compressed in a compact compressor to a high temperature and pressure. the heat rejection of high pressure and temperature co2 that occurred in gas cooler 1 (gc1) and gas cooler 2 (gc2) is utilized by circulating the water. in gc1, water at 1 atmospheric pressure and 100°c enters and changes its phase from liquid water to saturated steam at constant temperature of 100°c, as the temperature of co2 is well above 100°c. the generated saturated steam is utilized as the heat input to the sevars, where the generator is kept at 90°c [10]. the temperature of the refrigerant (co2) is still higher (more than 100°c) after rejecting heat in gc1, so it is required to further reject heat in gc2 to an optimum gas cooler temperature of 40°c, by circulating the water at 25°c at 1 atm pressure. the hot water obtained from gc2 can be utilized for various applications, such as desalination, distillation, industrial and domestic uses [17]. figure 1. tcrs coupled with sevars hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 89 further the refrigerant is passed through refrigerant heat exchanger (rhxtc), to improve the efficiency of tcrs and expanded through the refrigerant throttling valve rtvtc. the refrigerant co2 is expanded upto a low temperature of 10°c. the saturated refrigerant vapour at the exodus of evaporator gets superheated vapour while exchanging heat in rhxtc which reduces the compressor work considerably. the working of sevar libr-h2o based system has reported by various authors [19-23]. 3. thermodynamic analysis 3.1. system model the analysis of the combined cycle includes mass balance, concentration balance, energy balance and exergy balance for individual component and is presented as [16, 22]: ∑ �̇�𝑖 − ∑ �̇�𝑒 = 0 (1) ∑ �̇�𝑖 �̇�𝑖 − ∑ �̇�𝑒 �̇�𝑒 = 0 (2) ∑ �̇� − ∑ �̇� = ∑ �̇�𝑒 ℎ̇𝑒 − ∑ �̇�𝑖 ℎ̇𝑖 (3) form 1st law of thermodynamics (flt), the (cop) of tcrs is given as: 𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑇𝐶 = �̇�𝐸𝑡𝑐. �̇�𝐶 (4) form 1st law of thermodynamics (flt), the (cop) of vars is given as: 𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑉𝐴 = �̇�𝐸𝑣𝑎. �̇�𝐺 + �̇�𝑃 (5) form 1st law of thermodynamics (flt), the (cop) of combined is given as: 𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑁𝐸𝑇 = �̇�𝐸𝑡𝑐. + �̇�𝐸𝑣𝑎. �̇�𝐶 (6) exergy flow rate for a stream on each state is defined as: �̇� = �̇�[(ℎ − ℎ0) − 𝑇0(𝑠 − 𝑠0)] (7) considering a steady state process, the exergy destruction rate (𝐸�̇�) to a component is specified as [16, 24]: 𝐸�̇� = ∑ �̇�𝑖 − ∑ �̇�𝑒 + ∑ �̇� (1 − 𝑇0 𝑇 ) − ∑ �̇� (8) based on 2nd law of thermodynamics (slt), the performance parameter (exergetic efficiency) for the system given as [16, 24]: 𝜂𝑒𝑥𝑇𝐶 = �̇�𝐸𝑡𝑐. |1 − 𝑇0 𝑇𝑟𝑡𝑐 | �̇�𝐶 (9) 𝜂𝑒𝑥𝑉𝐴 = �̇�𝐸𝑣𝑎. |1 − 𝑇0 𝑇𝑟𝑣𝑎 | �̇�𝐺. |1 − 𝑇0 𝑇𝐺 | + �̇�𝑃 (10) 𝜂𝑒𝑥𝑁𝐸𝑇 = (�̇�𝐸𝑡𝑐. |1 − 𝑇0 𝑇𝑟𝑡𝑐 | + �̇�𝐸𝑣𝑎. |1 − 𝑇0 𝑇𝑟𝑣𝑎 |) �̇�𝐶 + �̇�𝑃 (11) 3.2. assumptions the following have been made to analyze the combined system:  entirely, individual components of the combined system are considered as control volume.  the combined system follows steady state conditions.  the pressure drop in connecting lines and components is neglected. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 90  the temperature of the refrigerated space required is supposed to be 5°c higher to the respective evaporator temperature.  the refrigerant (water) leaving condenser of sevar is considered to be saturated liquid.  the exodus of evaporator is considered to be saturated vapour.  pumping in sevar is considered to be iscentropic [19].  entropy change through the solution throttling valve (stv) is derelicted and the temperature is expected to be constant [19].  the sevars is well away from crystallization.  water at 25°c, 1 atm is used to cool the gc2 tcrs and condenser & absorber of sevars. 3.3. research methodology the research methodology has been explained in the flowchart for the combined analysis of the coupled cycle. figure 2. flowchart for the analysis of the combined cycle end input & assumptions: tetc, t4, t10, t11, t8, ɛgc1, ɛgc1, ɛrhx1, mco2, p0, t0, tg, ta, tc, te, ɛshex, t22, t24 specifications of state equations: p= psat (t), h=h(t,x), x=x(p,t) mco2 = m1 = m2 = m3 = m4 = m5 = m6 = m7 patm = p8 = p9 = p10 = p22 = p23 = p24 petc = p1 = p6 = p7 ; pgc = p2 = p3 = p4 = p5 petc = psat (tetc) ; pe = psat (te) ; pc = psat (tc) ta = t12, tg = t15 = t18, tc = t19, te = t20 = t21 pe = p20 = p21 = p12 ; pc = p13 = p14 = p15 = p16 = p18 = p19 calc. h7, s7, h8, s8, h10, s10, h11, s11 t1 from ɛrhx1, calc. h1, s1, pgc from mass and material balance: xs=x(ta, pe) ; xw=x(tg, pc) ms = mw + mr ; ms* xs = mw* xw ; ms = m12 = m13 = m14 ; mw = m15 = m16 = m17 ; mr = m19 = m20 = m21 ; xs = x12 = x13 = x14 ; xw = x15 = x16 = x17 ; x = x = x = x = x = 0 calc. specific enthalpies, specific entropies, temperature and pressure, etc., at all state points using state points equation calc. s13, h17 = h16, t17, s16, s17, t14, s14, etc. calc. mass flow rate from water steam loop for vars. using energy balance calc qa, qc, qe, qetc, qg = qgc1, qgc2, wc, calc. exergy flow for each state points. calc. performance parameters using useful equations coptcrs copvars copnet , ηextcrs ;ηexvars ;ηexnet start hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 91 3.4. input parameters  isentropic efficiency of compressor is [3]: 𝜂𝑐 = 0.815 + 0.022𝑟𝑝 − 0.0041(𝑟𝑝) 2 + 0.0001(𝑟𝑝) 3 (12)  generator temperature, (tg) = 90°c;  evaporator temperature in sevars, teva = 7°c;  mass flow rate of refrigerant (co2) in tcrs, mrtc = 1 kg/s;  effectiveness of gas cooler 1, (εgc1)= 0.8;  effectiveness of gas cooler 2, (εgc2)= 0.8;  effectiveness of solution heat exchanger (shx), εshx = 0.7;  condenser and absorber temperatures, tcond = ta = 35°c. 4. results and discussion 4.1. simulation validation the validation of the combined system, has been done by validating the two cycles separately as there is no literature available for this coupled cycle in this manner. the analysis of single effect vars cycle is compared with the results presented by kaushik and arora [20]. the input parameters considered for the validation of cycle are: te=7.2°c, tg=87.8°c, ta = tc = 37.8 °c, solution heat exchanger effectiveness = 0.7, refrigerant mass flow rate = 1 kg/s. table. shows the comparison of the results obtained by the kaushik and arora [20] and the present study for energy transfer involved in various components and the cop of the system. it is seen that the there is a good agreement among the results obtained in the present study and those available in the literature. also, figures 3 and 4 show that the variation of cop with generator temperature ant various absorber temperature shows similar trends for the present study and those reported in the literature. thus, the present validation of the system is reliable. table 1. energy analysis comparison of present work with numerical values given in kaushik & arora [20] for sevars input data : te=7.2°c, tg=87.8°c, ta = tc = 37.8 °c, solution heat exchanger effectiveness = 0.7, refrigerant mass flow rate = 1 kg/s s. no. component kaushik & arora [20] present study difference q (kw) q (kw) (%) 1. generator 3095.7 3096 -0.00969 2. absorber 2945.27 2946 -0.02479 3. condenser 2505.91 2506 -0.00359 4. evaporator 2355.45 2355 0.019105 5. solution heat exchanger 518.72 519.5 -0.15037 6. solution throttle valve 0 0 _ 7. refrigerant throttle valve 0 0 _ 8. pump 0.0314 0.03093 1.496815 9. energy input 5451 5451 0 10. cop (no dimensions) 0.7609 0.7608 figure 3. cop variation with generator temperature in single effect systems, (kaushik and arora [20]) figure 4. cop variation with generator temperature in single effect systems (present study) 55 65 75 85 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 0.15 0.35 0.55 0.75 0.95 1.15 1.35 1.55 tg(°c) c o p v a r s ta=30°cta=30°c ta=35°cta=35°c ta=37.8°cta=37.8°c ta=40°cta=40°c hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 92 4.2. cop and exergetic efficiency the trend of cop with gas cooler pressure pgc and exergetic efficiency (ηex) with pgc is shown in figure 5, having gc2 outlet temperature to be 40°c. the cop and exergetic efficiency (ηex) of the system increases as the pgc increases upto an optimum gas cooler pressure and then started decreasing gradually. at constant gas cooler outlet temperature, the pgc increases the refrigerating capacity and the compressor work, while initially the rate of increase in refrigerating effect is more hence the exergetic efficiency (ηex) and cop and increases upto an optimum pgc and further decreases gradually beyond this optimum pgc as shown in table 2. for an evaporation (cooling) temperature of -10°c, in tcrs, outlet temperature of gas cooler t4 being 40°c, the optimum pgc is found to be approx. 10 mpa. the thermodynamic state points, energy transfer, exergy destruction are computed in tables 5-7. the performance parameters of the combined system is compared with the base case of tcrs and accessible in table 6. figure 5. influence of pgc on cop and ηex of tcrs table 2. the deviation of power input (w), refrigerating effect (qetc), cop & exergetic efficiency (ηex) of tcrs with pressure of gas cooler for (t4= 40°c) and (tetc = -10°c) pgc (mpa) w (kw) qetc (kw) coptcrs ηextcrs 8.0 72.72 81.46 1.12 12.53 8.2 74.56 89.89 1.206 13.49 8.4 76.36 99.97 1.309 14.65 8.6 78.14 112.2 1.436 16.07 8.8 79.89 126.7 1.586 17.74 9.0 81.61 140.6 1.723 19.27 9.2 83.3 151.1 1.814 20.3 9.4 84.98 158.5 1.866 20.87 9.6 86.63 163.9 1.892 21.17 9.8 88.26 168 1.903 21.3 10.0 89.87 171.3 1.906 21.33 10.2 91.46 174.1 1.903 21.29 10.4 93.04 176.4 1.896 21.22 10.6 94.59 178.5 1.887 21.11 10.8 96.14 180.3 1.876 20.99 11.0 97.66 182 1.863 20.85 11.2 99.18 183.5 1.85 20.7 11.4 100.7 184.8 1.836 20.54 11.6 102.2 186.1 1.821 20.38 11.8 103.6 187.2 1.807 20.21 12.0 105.1 188.3 1.792 20.04 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 pgc (kpa) c o p t c r s coptcrscoptcrs h e x ,t c r s (% ) hex,tcrshex,tcrs hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 93 table 3. state points obtained by thermodynamic analysis state t (°c) s (kj/kgk) h (kj/kg) x m (kg/s) p (kpa) 1. 30 -0.6658 -22.42 1 2649 2. 151.9 -0.6325 67.48 1 10004 3. 110.4 -0.7685 12.61 1 10004 4. 40 -1.383 -193.8 1 10004 5. 27.51 -1.543 -243 1 10004 6. -10 -1.492 -243 1 2649 7. -10 -0.8405 -71.64 1 2649 8. 25 0.3669 104.8 0.7217 101.3 9. 93.3 1.231 390.8 0.7217 101.3 10. 100 1.307 419.1 0.02432 101.3 11. 100 7.354 2676 0.02432 101.3 12. 35 0.2184 81.15 0.5408 0.1091 1.002 13. 35 0.2184 81.16 0.5408 0.1091 5.627 14. 62.29 0.3945 137.7 0.5408 0.1091 5.627 15. 90 0.4751 239.6 0.6477 0.09108 5.627 16. 51.93 0.2775 171.9 0.6477 0.09108 5.627 17. 51.93 0.2775 171.9 0.6477 0.09108 1.002 18. 90 8.662 2669 0 0.01802 5.627 19. 35 0.505 146.6 0 0.01802 5.627 20. 7 0.5246 146.6 0 0.01802 1.002 21. 7 8.973 2513 0 0.01802 1.002 22. 25 0.3669 104.8 1 101.3 23. 37.45 0.5381 156.9 1 101.3 24. 25 0.3669 104.8 1 101.3 25. 35.86 0.5166 150.3 1 101.3 table 4. energy transfer in various components component q (kw) w (kw) tcrs evaporator 171.4 compressor 134.7 gas cooler (gc1) 54.87 gas cooler (gc2) 206.4 rhx 54.9 vars evaporator 42.64 condenser 45.43 absorber 52.08 generator 54.87 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 94 table 5. exergy destructed rate in various components component exergy destructed (kw) tcrs compressor 9.906 evaporator 3.621 gas cooler (gc1) 3.293 gas cooler (gc2) 2.65 rhx 4.38 rtvtc 15.28 totaltcrs 39.13 vars evaporator 0.80 condenser 0.81 absorber 2.39 generator 2.75 shx 0.36 stv 0.01 rtvva 0.12 totalvars 7.219 net exergy destruction 46.35 table 6. performance parameters (cop and ηex) comparison with the base tcrs tcrs sevars combined system % increase cop 1.91 0.78 2.38 24.88 ηex (%) 21.33 17.62 23.49 10.14 4.3. exergy destruction figure 6 presents the exergy destruction in various components of tcrs & sevars. it is found that the exergy destruction in sevar is maximum in generator followed by absorber and condenser, while the exergy destruction in tcrs is maximum in rtvtc followed by compressor, rhx, evaporator, gc1 and gc2 respectively. the exergy destruction of the components implies us to use the components with higher energy efficiency. therefore to improve the performance of sevars, the design of generator & absorber should be focused. in tcrs, the energy can be recovered by replacing the throttling valve with other expansion devices such as expander, ejector, work recovery turbine etc. to further progress the performance of the combined system. figure 6. exergy destructed in various components 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 % e x er g y d es tr u ct io n components hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 95 4.4. gas cooler pressure figure 7 presents the variation of pgc with tcrs evaporation temperature tetc with different outlet temperature of gas cooler. the pgc is an important parameter in tcco2 compression refrigeration system. the pgc depends upon the exit temperature of gas cooler and the temperature of evaporator [17]. the pgc declines as the evaporator temperature increases, while it increases as the outlet temperature of gas cooler (t4) increases. the gas cooler pressure is the deciding factor in sizing the components of the transcritical refrigeration system and has an influence on the cop of the system. to maximize the performance parameters of tcrs, the optimum pgc is approximated to be 10 mpa for an evaporator temperature at -10°c and outlet temperature of gas cooler (t4) being 40°c. figure 7. influence of evaporator temperature of tcrs on pgc at different t4 4.5. cop vs evaporator temperature figure 8 presents the trend of coptcrs and copnet (combined system) with temperature of evaporator. both the cop trends increases with the increase in evaporating temperature. this is due to the fact, as the temperature of evaporator increases, the work of compressor decreases and hence the cop. the utilization of waste heat from the gas cooler has increased the cooling capacity of tcrs, also provides additional cooling capacity is observed through sevars. figure 8. influence of evaporator temperature of tcrs on cop at different t4 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 tetc (°c) p g c pgct[4]=35(°c)pgct[4]=35(°c) pgct[4]=40(°c)pgct[4]=40(°c) pgc t[4]=45(°c)pgc t[4]=45(°c) -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 tetc (°c) c o p coptcrst[4]=35(°c)coptcrst[4]=35(°c) coptcrst[4]=40(°c)coptcrst[4]=40(°c) coptcrst[4]=45(°c)coptcrst[4]=45(°c) copnett[4]=35(°c)copnett[4]=35(°c) copnett[4]=40(°c)copnett[4]=40(°c) copnett[4]=45(°c)copnett[4]=45(°c) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 96 4.6. exergetic efficiency (ηex) vs. evaporating temperature figure 9 presents the trends of exergetic efficiency (ηex) of tcrs and the combined system with the tcrs evaporating temperature with changed gas cooler outlet temperature.it is observed that the refrigerating temperature has a dominant effect on the exergetic efficiency of the combined system. both the exergetic efficiencies gets the optimum peak and decreases gradually with the increase in evaporating temperature, as the maximum work potential to brought to the system to the environmental conditions decreases as the temperature of evaporator increases and hence the exergetic efficiency. figure 9. influence of evaporator temperature of tcrs on (ηex) at different t4 5. conclusions the following conclusions have been drawn from the results:  coupling the two cycles increases the cop of the system interestingly. the cop of the combined system increases by 24.88% while the exergetic efficiency is increased by 10.14% over the modified tcrs having rhxtc.  there is an optimum gas cooler pressure for an evaporator temperature and a gas cooler outlet temperature of t4 for tcrs. pgc is found to be 10 mpa at an evaporation temperature of -10°c and a t4 temperature of 40°c.  the cop of the system increases as the evaporation temperature increases. on the contrary, it decreases with the rise in outlet temperature of the gas cooler.  the exergetic efficiency shows a peak with the evaporation temperature, which further decreases with the increase in the evaporation temperature. however, it increases with t4.  efficient compressors and heat exchangers would result in an increase in the performance of the combined system.  the exergy destructed in rtvtc is considerably high; therefore, replacement of the throttling (expansion) valve by an expander, ejector, and work-recovery turbine will contribute to an increase in the performance of the system. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions a.v.: conceptualization, writing original draft preparation, formal analysis, methodology; s.k.t.: formal analysis, writingreviewing and editing, supervision; s.c.k.: conceptualization, reviewing and editing, supervision. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 tetc (°c) h e x hex,tcrst[4]=35(°c)hex,tcrst[4]=35(°c) hex,tcrst[4]=40(°c)hex,tcrst[4]=40(°c) hex,tcrst[4]=45(°c)hex,tcrst[4]=45(°c) hex,nett[4]=35(°c)hex,nett[4]=35(°c) hex,nett[4]=40(°c)hex,nett[4]=40(°c) hex,nett[4]=45(°c)hex,nett[4]=45(°c) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 97 6.3. funding and acknowledgements the support of ministry of education (moe), and ministry of new and renewable energy (mnre), government of india is duly acknowledged. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] medical and chemicals technical options committee. (1987). montreal protocol on substances that deplete the ozone layer. washington, dc, us government printing office, 26, 128-136. [2] fartaj, a., ting, d. s.-k., & yang, w. w. (2004). second law analysis of the transcritical co2 refrigeration cycle. energy conversion and management, 45(13-14), 2269–2281. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2003.07.001. [3] robinson, d. m., & groll, e. a. (1998). efficiencies of transcritical co2 cycles with and without an expansion turbine: efficiency of transcritical co2 cycles with and without an expansion turbine. international journal of refrigeration, 21(7), 577– 589. doi:10.1016/s0140-7007(98)00024-3. [4] ma, y., liu, z., & tian, h. (2013). a review of transcritical carbon dioxide heat pump and refrigeration cycles. energy, 55, 156–172. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2013.03.030. [5] pearson, a. (2005). carbon dioxide—new uses for an old refrigerant. international journal of refrigeration, 28(8), 1140–1148. doi:10.1016/j.ijrefrig.2005.09.005. [6] gullo, p., hafner, a., & banasiak, k. (2018). transcritical r744 refrigeration systems for supermarket applications: current status and future perspectives. international journal of refrigeration, 93, 269–310. doi:10.1016/j.ijrefrig.2018.07.001. [7] llopis, r., nebot-andrés, l., sánchez, d., catalán-gil, j., & cabello, r. (2018). subcooling methods for co2 refrigeration cycles: a review. international journal of refrigeration, 93, 85–107. doi:10.1016/j.ijrefrig.2018.06.010. [8] bellos, e., & tzivanidis, c. (2019). co2 transcritical refrigeration cycle with dedicated subcooling: mechanical compression vs. absorption chiller. applied sciences, 9(8), 1605. doi:10.3390/app9081605. [9] liu, x., fu, r., wang, z., lin, l., sun, z., & li, x. (2019). thermodynamic analysis of transcritical co2 refrigeration cycle integrated with thermoelectric subcooler and ejector. energy conversion and management, 188, 354–365. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2019.02.088. [10] astrain, d., merino, a., catalán, l., aranguren, p., araiz, m., sánchez, d., … llopis, r. (2019). improvements in the cooling capacity and the cop of a transcritical co2 refrigeration plant operating with a thermoelectric subcooling system. applied thermal engineering, 155, 110–122. doi:10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2019.03.123. [11] mohammadi, s. m. h. (2018). theoretical investigation on performance improvement of a low-temperature transcritical carbon dioxide compression refrigeration system by means of an absorption chiller after-cooler. applied thermal engineering, 138, 264–279. doi:10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2018.04.006. [12] bellos, e., & tzivanidis, c. (2019). enhancing the performance of a co2 refrigeration system with the use of an absorption chiller. international journal of refrigeration, 108, 37–52. doi:10.1016/j.ijrefrig.2019.09.009. [13] nekså, p. (2002). co2 heat pump systems. international journal of refrigeration, 25(4), 421–427. doi:10.1016/s01407007(01)00033-0. [14] lo basso, g., de santoli, l., paiolo, r., & losi, c. (2021). the potential role of trans-critical co2 heat pumps within a solar cooling system for building services: the hybridised system energy analysis by a dynamic simulation model. renewable energy, 164, 472–490. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2020.09.098. [15] liu, z., xie, n., & yang, s. (2020). thermodynamic and parametric analysis of a coupled libr/h2o absorption chiller/kalina cycle for cascade utilization of low-grade waste heat. energy conversion and management, 205, 112370. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2019.112370. [16] dincer, i., & rosen, m. a. (2012). exergy: energy, environment and sustainable development. elsevier science, netherlands. doi:10.1016/c2010-0-68369-6. [17] sarkar, j., bhattacharyya, s., & gopal, m. r. (2004). optimization of a transcritical co2 heat pump cycle for simultaneous cooling and heating applications. international journal of refrigeration, 27(8), 830–838. doi:10.1016/j.ijrefrig.2004.03.006. [18] pérez-garcía, v., rodríguez-muñoz, j. l., ramírez-minguela, j. j., belman-flores, j. m., & méndez-díaz, s. (2016). comparative analysis of energy improvements in single transcritical cycle in refrigeration mode. applied thermal engineering, 99, 866–872. doi:10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2016.01.092. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 98 [19] arora, a., singh, n. k., monga, s., & kumar, o. (2011). energy and exergy analysis of a combined transcritical co2 compression refrigeration and single effect h2o-libr vapour absorption system. international journal of exergy, 9(4), 453. doi:10.1504/ijex.2011.043916. [20] arora, a., & kaushik, s. c. (2009). theoretical analysis of libr/h2o absorption refrigeration systems. international journal of energy research, 33(15), 1321–1340. doi:10.1002/er.1542. [21] verma a,arora a, & mishra r s (2016). energy analysis and optimization of flat pate collector area of a solar driven water-lithium bromide half effect vapour absorption refrigeration system for a given cooling load, proceedings of the international conference on recent advances in mechanical engineering, dtu delhi, india, 521-528. [22] herold, k. e., radermacher, r., & klein, s. a. (2016). absorption chillers and heat pumps. crc press, florida, united states. [23] pátek, j., & klomfar, j. (2006). a computationally effective formulation of the thermodynamic properties of libr–h2o solutions from 273 to 500k over full composition range. international journal of refrigeration, 29(4), 566–578. doi:10.1016/j.ijrefrig.2005.10.007. [24] bejan, a., tsatsaronis, g., and moran, m. j. (1995). thermal design and optimization. john wiley & sons, new york, united states. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 267 issn: 2723-9535 static elastic bending analysis of a three-dimensional clamped thick rectangular plate using energy method f. c. onyeka 1* , t. e. okeke 2*, b. o. mama 2 1 department of civil engineering, edo state university, uzairue, edo state, nigeria. 2 department of civil engineering, university of nigeria nsukka, nigeria. received 03 june 2021; revised 16 july 2022; accepted 02 august 2022; available online 16 august 2022 abstract analytical formulations and solutions for the thick rectangular plate static analysis with clamped support based on a threedimensional (3-d) elasticity theory is developed using the energy method. the theoretical model, whose formulation is based on the static elastic principle as already reported in the literature, is presented herein to obviate the shear correction coefficients while considering shear deformation effect and transverse normal strain/stress in the analysis. the equilibrium equations are obtained using 3-d kinematic and constitutive relations. the deflection and rotation functions, which are the solutions of the equilibrium equation, are obtained in closed form using a general variational technique for solving the boundary value problem. the minimization energy equation yields the general equation which was used to obtain the theoretical model for the deflection and stresses of the plate. the results are compared with the available literature and the results-computed trigonometric displacement function shows that this 3-d predicts the vertical displacement and the stresses more accurately than previous studies considered in this paper. the result showed that the percentage difference between the present work and those of 2-d mindlin fsdt, 2-d numeric analysis, and 2-d hsdt of polynomial shape functions was about 3.02%, 0.62%, and 0.33%, respectively. it is concluded that the 3-d trigonometric model gives an exact solution, unlike other 2-d theories, and can be used for clamped-supported thick plate analysis. keywords: exact static theory; equilibrium equation; bending of 3-d clamped plate; trigonometric model. 1. introduction plates are three-dimensional structural elements with spatial dimensions along x, y, and z axes, whose applications are prevalent in different aspects of engineering, such as marine, naval, aerospace, mechanical, and structural engineering. plates can be classified in terms of shapes such as: quadrilateral, square, circular, or rectangular. depending on their constituent materials, they may also be classified as isotropic, anisotropic, orthotropic, homogeneous, or nonhomogeneous. they can also be defined based on thickness as thin, thick, or moderately thick plates [1, 2]. as regards to its span-to-depth ratio (𝑎/𝑡), mahi et al. (2015) [3] and timoshenko & woinowsky-krieger (1959) [4] classified rectangular plates with 50 ≤ 𝑎/𝑡 ≤ 100 as thin plate, 20 ≤ 𝑎/𝑡 ≤ 50 as moderately thick and 𝑎/𝑡 ≤ 20 as thick plate [5]. the use of thick plates has greatly increased in structural engineering as a result of its cost benefits and other advantages such as its light weight, high strength and load resistance ability [6, 7]. in general, plate research consists of buckling, deflection, and vibration analysis [8]. the bending of the thick rectangular plate is considered in this paper. bending is the deformation of the plate at right angles to the plate surface * corresponding author: onyeka.festus@edouniversity.edu.ng; edozie.okeke@unn.edu.ng http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-03-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. mailto:edozie.okeke@unn.edu.ng https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2668-9753 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0175-0060 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 268 due to the impact of forces and moments [9, 10]. as a result of applied load, a structural member is displaced and stresses are induced. consequently, the structure tends to bend to withstand the load. the bending features of plates are strongly influenced by their thickness in comparison with their other parameters [10]. to ensure the stability of thick plates for resisting design load, bending analysis is needed so as to determine the displacements, moments, and stresses at various points of the plate [11, 12]. many researchers have developed and applied several theories to avoid the complexity of analyzing rectangular plates as a three-dimensional element. these theories include the classical plate theory (cpt) and the refined plate theory (rpt). these theories offer solutions to plate problems in either exact or approximate form. classical plate theory [13] cannot ascertain the proper bending behavior of thick plates as the shear deformation effect is overlooked [14, 15]. the introduction of shear deformation effects on the plate displacements distinguishes thick plate theories from thin plate theories. this resulted in the formulation of refined plate theories. the refined plate theories (rpt), which can be employed for thick plate analysis [16], consists of first-order shear deformation theory (fsdt), also called reissnermindlin theory [17-19], and higher-order shear deformation theories (hsdts), that provide zero shear stress conditions at the upper and underside of the plates without the shear correction factor [20-22]. refined plate theories, which has been used by scholars such as [23-25], consider five strains, five stress components, assuming the normal stress and strain along the z-axis to be zero. refined plate theories are inadequate to express an accurate bending response of a typical 3-d thick plate. in order to overcome the errors of refined plate theories (rpt) in analysis of rectangular plates, three-dimensional theory must be employed to ensure that no stress or strain element is assumed to be zero. for a typical 3-d thick plate analysis, refined plate theories are indelicate, hence the need for precise results through the application of 3-d theory is justified. the purpose of this research is to apply 3-d theory in solving the problem of deflection for a clamped isotropic rectangular thick plate, investigating the impact of aspect ratio and displacement of the moment, shear force, stresses, and stress resultant of the plate using the energy method. this study was undertaken with the following objectives in mind:  to create the internal energy of a three-dimensional rectangular thick plate;  to generate the compatibility and overall governing equations of the plate and derive equations of displacements and shear deformation slope coefficient for x, y and z coordinates;  to obtain the exact expressions of the displacements, bending moment, shear force and stresses for the thick rectangular plate. 2. literature review for a rectangular ssss kirchhoff plate, the ritz method was used by nwoji et al. (2018) [26] to analyze the plate bending problem. the method used by the authors yielded exact identical solutions as the exact results obtained by those who employed the navier double fourier sine series method. using the exact deflection shape function, the authors obtained an exact solution. ike (2017) [27] applied the kantorovich-galerkin method in studying the bending of csss plates with an assumed displacement function. the author formulated the equation of equilibrium in line with the work of euler-lagrange and solved to obtain the deflection and bending moment coefficients for deflection at the center of the plates under the uniform. the author did not consider the stresses in the direction of thickness axis neither was plates the cccc boundary condition taken into account. the author did not apply the general variational method in the derivation of the displacement function and shape function used was assumed, which made the result not a close-form solution. using an analytical method, onyeka et al. (2019) [2] employed third-order refined theory for solving the bending of a thick rectangular plate that is simply supported on all the edges. to determine displacement coefficients, the equation of total stored energy of a thick plate that was generated from elastic. integral direct integration method of the exact analytical solution approach was used to determine the work, stresses, displacement and the shear deformation equation and the values obtained from their study conformed to the values from previous studies. however, the authors did not consider a full 3-d analogy for a typical three-dimensional plate with all round clamped edges using the energy method. ibearugbulem et al. (2018) [28] applied shear deformation theory with a polynomial shape function to analyze the bending of cccc rectangular thick plates. as with other higher-order theories, the condition of zero shear stress on the surfaces of the plate were met with the transverse shear stress derived from the constitutive relation of the theory. the authors did not consider a trigonometric shape function. even though the result of their displacements and stresses, a 3d theory was not applied. onyeka & edozie (2021) [29] analyzed the displacements and stresses of thick rectangular ccfc plate applying the higher order polynomial which was derived from the governing equation using the general variation method. the results of their study agreed well with those of refined plate theory, but varied more with the value of the classical plate theory. the considerations of authors will not yield a good result for a 3-d plate because it is limited to a 2-d plate theory. the trigonometric shape function and cccc boundary condition was not considered. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 269 analyzing the problem of displacement-stresses in thick plates with simply supported edges, sayyad & ghugal, (2012) [23] used the refined theory of shear deformation and exponential functions. the shear transverse distortion and rotary inertia were found using the theory and the functions in thickness coordinate form. compared with other refined plate theories, the displacements and stresses achieved in their result were satisfactory. the authors did not consider trigonometric displacement function in an energy method using the 3-d theory. also, their analysis did not cover for thick plates with all-round clamped boundary conditions. onyeka et al. (2020) [30] analyzed the bending behavior of rectangular thick cscs and scfs plates based on fourth-order polynomial shear deformation function. the authors developed a new approach to achieve the critical load of the plate from the established equation. the deflection and stresses obtained in their study were identical with the other order theories, but they did not analyze the in-plane displacement and moment that induce mending in the plate. also, the author neither analyzes the plate as a typical 3-d element nor did they consider a thick plate of all round clamped edges. applying the numerical method on account of the three-dimensional theory of elasticity, the study of bending solutions of thick plates with clamped edge conditions, was carried out grigorenko et al. (2013) [31]. the authors employed two coordinate directions of spline collocation and the resultant displacements and stresses in the clamped thick rectangular plates were satisfactory. the result of their study were not exactly because they did not consider the analytical approach neither did they use the energy method that is more simplified. onyeka & ibearugbulem (2020) [32], used the direct variation energy method to obtain closed form solutions for bending analysis of cccc and ccfc thick rectangular plates, applying the nonlinear strain-displacement polynomial shape function of fourth order shear deformation theory. from the principle of variational calculus, the authors obtained the governing equations which were used to solve the deflection problem of the plates. they also developed formulas for calculating actual and maximum lateral loads imposed on the plate before deformation gets to the specified maximum specified limit and elastic yield respectively. their result confirmed that the actual load that causes the bending problem can be predicted using this theory. the 3-d theory was also not employed, nor did the authors consider the use of the trigonometric shape function. the authors investigated only the aspect ratio effects on the critical thickness of the plate without considering the displacement and stresses. a three-dimensional analysis of a thick ssss plate was presented analytically by fu et al. (2022) [33]. to obtain a total potential energy function, strain and stress with six components each, were used by the shear deformation theory of third order. the rotation and deflection expressions were derived from the solutions of compatibility equations that were obtained by minimizing the function with respect to shear deformation rotations. the deflection equation was found by solving the governing equation derived from further minimization of the function with respect to deflect. the values of the calculated deflections and stresses obtained from the 3-d analysis were coarse compared with those of refined plate theories. the work is limited as there is no application of trigonometric displacement functions which produces an exact solution. ibearugbulem & onyeka (2020) [34] employed a direct variation energy method to solve the bending problem of clamped rectangular plates using third order plate theory. the method used did not require shearing correction factors and the results obtained revealed its precision by numerical comparison. the authors did not analyze for the critical lateral load and the solutions of their study were not exactly as a result of the assumed shape function and non-application of the general variational method. the authors did not consider the use of trigonometric displacement function and did not apply the 3d theory. most of these reviewed studies are mostly based on refined plate theories. aside from the work by ibearugbulem & onyeka et al. (2020) [34], one can hardly see work on the bending behavior of thick plates based on 3-d theory. the need for this current research work cannot be neglected, as it is worthwhile to fill this gap in the literature. the peculiarity of this study with the various previous respective works resides in the type of plate theory, method of analysis, the displacement functions, and the plate supports. in this study, the general variation of the total potential energy was performed in order to get an exact trigonometric shape function from the elastic principle without assumption. investigating the bending features for a cccc rectangular, this work also went ahead to determine the displacements and stresses of the plate using 3-d plate theory. 3. methodology the research methodology of this study is presented by considering a rectangular plate in figure 1 as a threedimensional element in which the deformation exists in the three axis: length (a), width (b) and thickness (t). the analytical approach of the energy method was used to obtain formulas for the analysis. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 270 figure 1. an element of thick rectangular plate showing middle surface figure 2 is a flowchart which indicates the procedures of formulating the potential energy equation in the form of the kinematics and three-dimensional constitutive relations for a static elastic theory of plate, thereafter, the governing equations were derived and solved to obtain formula for the analysis. figure 2. flowchart to the article analysis procedure as presented in the research methodology 3.1. kinematics the 3-d displacement kinematics along x, y and z axis (u, v and w) shown in the figure 3 are obtained assuming that the x-z section and y-z section, is no longer normal to x-y plane after bending. figure 3. rotation of x-z (or y-z) section after bending resolving the deformation diagram in figure 3 using trigonometric relations, the algebraic relationship between the displacement and slope along the x axis and y becomes: static theory of elasticity was used to get strain and stress relationship potential energy equation formulation equilibrium and governing equation of 3-d plate were developed solving equilibrium equation to obtain rotation function getting deflection function and substitute its value into energy equation to obtain deflection coefficients deflection coefficient was used to obtain the expression for displacement and stress of the plate x a b z y t middle surface bottom fiber top fiber total deformation line 𝜃𝑥 𝑜𝑟 𝜃𝑦 𝑡 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 271 𝑥 = 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑧 (1) 𝑦 = 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝑧 (2) where, 𝜃𝑥 and 𝜃𝑦 is the shear deformation rotation along x axis and y axis. taking into account, the thick plate assumption as stated in this section, the non-dimensional form of the equations 1 and 2 gives: 𝑥 = 1 t . 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑠 (3) 𝑦 = 1 t . 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝑠 (4) where: 𝑧 = 𝑡𝑠 (5) re-arranging equation 3 and 4 gives: 𝑢 = 𝑡𝑠. 𝑠𝑥 (6) 𝑣 = 𝑡𝑠. 𝑠𝑦 (7) where, 𝑢 and 𝑣 is the in-plane displacement along x-axis and y axis respectively, thus, the six non-dimensional coordinates strain components were derived using strain-displacement expression according to hooke’s law and presented in equations 8 to 13: 𝑥 = 1 a . 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑅 (8) 𝑦 = 1 aβ . 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝑄 (9) 𝑧 = 1 t . 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑠 (10)  𝑥𝑦 = 1 aβ . 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑄 + 1 a . 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝑅 (11)  𝑥𝑧 = 1 t . 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑠 + 1 a . 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑅 (12)  𝑦𝑧 = 1 t . 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝑠 + 1 aβ . 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑄 (13) where, 𝜀𝑥, 𝜀𝑦 and 𝜀𝑧 are normal strain along x axis, y axis and z axis respectively, 𝛾𝑥𝑦 , 𝛾𝑥𝑧 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛾𝑦𝑧 represents the shear strain in the plane parallel to the x-y, x-z and y-z plane. 3.2. constitutive relations the three dimensional constitutive relation is determined using a generalized hooke’s principle as: [ 𝜎𝑥 𝜎𝑦 𝜎𝑧 τxz τyz τxy] = e (1+𝜇)(1−2𝜇) [ (1 − 𝜇) 𝜇 𝜇 0 0 0 𝜇 (1 − 𝜇) 𝜇 0 0 0 𝜇 𝜇 (1 − 𝜇) 0 0 0 0 0 0 ( 1−2𝜇 2 ) 0 0 0 0 0 0 ( 1−2𝜇 2 ) 0 0 0 0 0 0 ( 1−2𝜇 2 )] [ 𝜀𝑥 𝜀𝑦 𝜀𝑧 γxz γyz γxy] (14) where, e and µ are the modulus of elasticity and poisson’s ratio. the six stress components were obtained by substituting equations 8 to 13 into equation 14 and simplifying the outcome as: 𝑥 = e (1+μ)(1−2μ) [ (1 − μ) ts a . 𝜕𝑠𝑥 𝜕𝑅 +  ts aβ . 𝜕𝑠𝑦 𝜕𝑄 +  1 t . ∂w ∂s ] (15) 𝑦 = e (1+μ)(1−2μ) [ ts . 𝜕𝑥 𝑎𝜕𝑅 + (1−𝜇)ts 𝑎𝛽 . 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑄 +  𝑡 . 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑆 ] (16) 𝑧 = e (1+μ)(1−2μ) [ ts . 𝜕𝑥 𝑎𝜕𝑅 + ts 𝑎𝛽 . 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑄 + (1−𝜇) 𝑡 . 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑆 ] (17) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 272 𝑥𝑦 = 𝐸(1−2) (1+𝜇)(1−2𝜇) . [ ts 2𝑎𝛽 𝜕𝑥 𝜕𝑄 + ts𝜕𝑦 2𝑎𝜕𝑅 ] (18) 𝑥𝑧 = (1−2)𝐸 (1+𝜇)(1−2𝜇) . [ 𝑥 2 + 1 2𝑎 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑅 ] (19) 𝑦𝑧 = (1−2)𝐸 (1+𝜇)(1−2𝜇) . [ 𝑦 2 + 1 2𝑎𝛽 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑄 ] (20) 3.3. strain energy the strain energy (𝑈) is mathematically defined as: 𝑈 = 𝑎𝑏𝑡 2 ∫ ∫ ∫ (𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑧𝑧 + 𝜏𝑥𝑦𝑥𝑦 + 𝜏𝑥𝑧𝑥𝑧 + 𝜏𝑦𝑧𝑦𝑧 ) 0.5 −0.5 1 0 1 0 𝑑𝑅 𝑑𝑄 𝑑𝑆 (21) substituting the values of stresses (equations 8 to 13) and strain (equations 15 to 20) into equation 21, and integrate the dot product with respect to gives: u = et3𝑎𝑏 24(1+μ)(1−2μ)a2 ∫ ∫ [(1 − μ) ( 𝜕𝑠𝑥 𝜕𝑅 ) 2 + 1 𝛽 𝜕𝑠𝑥 𝜕𝑅 . 𝜕𝑠𝑦 𝜕𝑄 + (1−μ) 𝛽2 ( 𝜕𝑠𝑦 𝜕𝑄 ) 2 + (1−2) 2β2 ( 𝜕𝑠𝑥 𝜕𝑄 ) 2 + (1−2) 2 ( 𝜕𝑠𝑦 𝜕𝑅 ) 2 + 1 0 1 0 12.(1−2) 2t2 (a2𝑠𝑥 2 + a2𝑠𝑦 2 + ( 𝜕w 𝜕𝑅 ) 2 + 1 β2 ( 𝜕w 𝜕𝑄 ) 2 + 2a. 𝑠𝑥 𝜕w 𝜕𝑅 + 2a.𝑠𝑦 𝛽 𝜕w 𝜕𝑄 ) + 0 ∗ 2 μa t2 . ( 𝜕𝑠𝑥 𝜕𝑅 . 𝜕w 𝜕𝑆 + 1 β . 𝜕𝑠𝑦 𝜕𝑄 . 𝜕w 𝜕𝑆 ) + (1−μ)a2 𝑡4 ( 𝜕w 𝜕𝑆 ) 2 ] dr dq (22) where; 𝐷∗ = 𝐸𝑡3 12(1+𝜇)(1−2𝜇) (23) 3.4. energy equation formulation the total potential energy is mathematically expressed as:  = u − v (24) 𝑉 = 𝑎𝑏𝑞𝐴1 ∫ ∫ ℎ 1 0 1 0 𝑑𝑅 𝑑𝑄 (25) where, v, q, 𝐴1 and h are the external work, uniformly distributed load, coefficient of deflection and shape function of the plate respectively, a and b is the length and breadth of the plate. substituting equations 22 and 25 into equation 24 gives:  = 𝐷∗𝑎𝑏 2𝑎2 ∫ ∫ [(1 − 𝜇) ( 𝜕𝑠𝑥 𝜕𝑅 ) 2 + 1 𝛽 𝜕𝑠𝑥 𝜕𝑅 . 𝜕𝑠𝑦 𝜕𝑄 + (1−𝜇) 𝛽2 ( 𝜕𝑠𝑦 𝜕𝑄 ) 2 + (1−2) 2𝛽2 ( 𝜕𝑠𝑥 𝜕𝑄 ) 2 + (1−2) 2 ( 𝜕𝑠𝑦 𝜕𝑅 ) 2 + 1 0 1 0 6(1−2) 𝑡2 (𝑎2𝑠𝑥 2 + 𝑎2𝑠𝑦 2 + ( 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑅 ) 2 + 1 𝛽2 ( 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑄 ) 2 + 2𝑎. 𝑠𝑥 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑅 + 2𝑎.𝑠𝑦 𝛽 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑄 ) + (1−𝜇)𝑎2 𝑡4 ( 𝜕𝑤 𝜕𝑆 ) 2 ] 𝑑𝑅 𝑑𝑄 − ∫ ∫ 𝑎𝑏𝑞ℎ𝐴1𝜕𝑅𝜕𝑄 1 0 1 0 (26) 3.5. governing equation the solution of the governing equation is presented as the result of energy functional minimization with respect to deflection to give exact plate’s shape function: ℎ = [1 𝑅 𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝑐1𝑅) 𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝑐1𝑅)] [ 𝑎0 𝑎1 𝑎2 𝑎3 ] . [1 𝑄 𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝑐1𝑄) 𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝑐1𝑄)] [ 𝑏0 𝑏1 𝑏2 𝑏3 ] /𝐴1 (27) 𝜃𝑥 = 𝑐 𝑎 . ∆0. [1 𝑐1𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝑐1𝑅) 𝑐1𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝑐1𝑅)] [ 𝑎1 𝑎2 𝑎3 ] . [1 𝑄 𝐶𝑜𝑠 (𝑐1𝑄) 𝑆𝑖𝑛 (𝑐1𝑄)] [ 𝑏0 𝑏1 𝑏2 𝑏3 ] (28) 𝑦 = 𝑐 𝑎β . ∆0. [1 𝑅 𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝑐1𝑅) 𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝑐1𝑅)] [ 𝑎0 𝑎1 𝑎2 𝑎3 ] . [1 𝑐1𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝑐1𝑄) 𝑐1𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝑐1𝑄)] [ 𝑏1 𝑏2 𝑏3 ] (29) let; hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 273 𝑤 = 𝐴1. ℎ (30) 𝑥 = 𝐴2 𝑎 . 𝜕ℎ 𝜕𝑅 (31) 𝑦 = 𝐴3 𝑎𝛽 . 𝜕ℎ 𝜕𝑄 (32) where; 𝐴2 and 𝐴3 are the coefficient of shear deformation along x axis and coefficient of shear deformation along y axis respectively. substituting equations 30, 31 and 32 into 26, gives:  = 𝐷∗𝑎𝑏 2𝑎4 [(1 − 𝜇)𝐴2 2𝑘𝑥 + 1 𝛽2 [𝐴2. 𝐴3 + (1−2)𝐴2 2 2 + (1−2)𝐴3 2 2 ] 𝑘𝑥𝑦 + (1−𝜇)𝐴3 2 𝛽4 𝑘𝑦 + 6(1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 ([𝐴2 2 + 𝐴1 2 + 2𝐴1𝐴2]. 𝑘𝑧 + 1 𝛽2 . [𝐴3 2 + 𝐴1 2 + 2𝐴1𝐴3]. 𝑘2𝑧) − 2𝑞𝑎4𝑘ℎ𝐴1 𝐷∗ ] (33) where; 𝑘𝑥 = ∫ ∫ ( 𝜕2ℎ 𝜕𝑅2) 2 1 0 1 0 𝑑𝑅𝑑𝑄 (34) 𝑘𝑥𝑦 = ∫ ∫ ( 𝜕2ℎ 𝜕𝑅𝜕𝑄 ) 2 1 0 1 0 𝑑𝑅𝑑𝑄 (35) 𝑘𝑦 = ∫ ∫ ( 𝜕2ℎ 𝜕𝑄2) 2 1 0 1 0 𝑑𝑅𝑑𝑄 (36) 𝑘𝑧 = ∫ ∫ ( 𝜕ℎ 𝜕𝑅 ) 21 0 1 0 𝑑𝑅𝑑𝑄 (37) 𝑘2𝑧 = ∫ ∫ ( 𝜕ℎ 𝜕𝑄 ) 21 0 1 0 𝑑𝑅𝑑𝑄 (38) 𝑘ℎ = ∫ ∫ ℎ 1 0 . 1 0 𝑑𝑅𝑑𝑄 (39) minimizing equation 33 with respect to 𝐴2 gives: 𝜕 𝜕𝐴2 = (1 − 𝜇)𝐴2𝑘𝑥 + 1 2𝛽2 [𝐴3 + 𝐴2(1 − 2)]𝑘𝑥𝑦 + 6(1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 [𝐴2 + 𝐴1]. 𝑘𝑧 = 0 (40) minimizing equation 33 with respect to 𝐴3 gives: 𝜕 𝜕𝐴2 = (1−𝜇)𝐴3 𝛽4 𝑘𝑦 + 1 2𝛽2 [𝐴2 + 𝐴3(1 − 2)]𝑘𝑥𝑦 + 6 𝛽2 (1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 ([𝐴3 + 𝐴1]. 𝑘2𝑧) = 0 (41) rewriting equations 34 and 35 gives: [(1 − 𝜇)𝑘𝑥 + 1 2𝛽2 (1 − 2)𝑘𝑥𝑦 + 6(1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 𝑘𝑧] 𝐴2 + [ 1 2𝛽2 𝑘𝑥𝑦] 𝐴3 = [−6(1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 𝑘𝑧] 𝐴1 (42) [ 1 2𝛽2 𝑘𝑥𝑦] 𝐴2 + [ (1−𝜇) 𝛽4 𝑘𝑦 + 1 2𝛽2 (1 − 2)𝑘𝑥𝑦 + 6 𝛽2 (1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 𝑘2𝑧] 𝐴3 = [− 6 𝛽2 (1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 𝑘𝑄] 𝐴1 (43) solving equations 42 and 43 simultaneously gives: 𝐴2 = 𝑀𝐴1 (44) 𝐴3 = 𝑁𝐴1 (45) let: 𝑀 = (𝑟12𝑟23−𝑟13𝑟22) (𝑟12𝑟12−𝑟11𝑟22) (46) 𝑁 = (𝑟12𝑟13−𝑟11𝑟23) (𝑟12𝑟12−𝑟11𝑟22) (47) where; 𝑟11 = (1 − 𝜇)𝑘𝑥 + 1 2𝛽2 (1 − 2)𝑘𝑥𝑦 + 6(1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 𝑘𝑧 (48) 𝑟22 = (1−𝜇) 𝛽4 𝑘𝑦 + 1 2𝛽2 (1 − 2)𝑘𝑥𝑦 + 6 𝛽2 (1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 𝑘2𝑧 (49) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 274 𝑟12 = 𝑟21 = 1 2𝛽2 𝑘𝑥𝑦; 𝑟13 = −6(1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 𝑘𝑧; 𝑟23 = 𝑟32 = − 6 𝛽2 (1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 𝑘2𝑧 (50) minimizing equation 33 with respect to a1 gives: 𝜕𝛱 𝜕𝐴1 = 𝐷∗𝑎𝑏 2𝑎4 [6(1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 ([2𝐴1 + 2𝐴2]. 𝑘𝑧 + 1 𝛽2 . [2𝐴1 + 2𝐴3]. 𝑘2𝑧) − 2𝑞𝑎4𝑘ℎ 𝐷∗ ] = 0 (51) that is: 6(1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 ([𝐴1 + 𝑈𝐴1]. 𝑘𝑧 + 1 𝛽2 . [𝐴1 + 𝑉𝐴1]. 𝑘2𝑧) − 𝑞𝑎4𝑘ℎ 𝐷∗ = 0 (52) factorizing equations 52 and simplifying gives: 6(1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 𝐴1 ([1 + 𝑈]. 𝑘𝑧 + 1 𝛽2 . [1 + 𝑉]. 𝑘2𝑧) = 𝑞𝑎4𝑘ℎ 𝐷∗ (53) 𝑇𝐴1 = 𝑞𝑎4𝑘ℎ 𝐷∗ (54) 𝐴1 = 𝑞𝑎4 𝐷∗ ( 𝑘ℎ 𝑇 ) (55) where; 𝑇 = 6(1 − 2) ( 𝑎 𝑡 ) 2 ∗ ([1 + 𝑈]. 𝑘𝑧 + 1 𝛽2 . [1 + 𝑉]. 𝑘2𝑧) (56) 3.6. numerical analysis the numerical analysis of a rectangular thick plate whose poisson’s ratio is 0.3 under cccc boundary conditions as shown in the figure 4 and carrying uniformly distributed load (including self-weight) is presented. an exact trigonometric functions as was obtained in the equation 27 and applied here to get the actual values of the shape functions, coefficients of deflection and shear deformation rotations at x and y axis of the plate. figure 4. cccc rectangular plate the boundary conditions of the plate in figure 4 are as follows: at 𝑅 = 𝑄 = 0; 𝑤 = 0 (57) at 𝑅 = 𝑄 = 0; 𝑑𝑤 𝑑𝑅 = 𝑑𝑤 𝑑𝑄 = 0 (58) at 𝑅 = 𝑄 = 1; 𝑤 = 0 (59) at 𝑅 = 𝑄 = 1; 𝑑𝑤 𝑑𝑅 = 𝑑𝑤 𝑑𝑄 = 0 (60) the derived trigonometric deflection 𝑤 (𝑥, 𝑦) functions is subjected to a cccc boundary condition to get the particular solution of the deflection. hence, the analytical solution of the deflection of the plate in trigonometric form after satisfying the boundary conditions for all edges clamped rectangular plate presented in the equation 61: a b 𝑄 𝑅 o c c c c hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 275 𝑤 = 𝑎2 × 𝑏2( 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝜋𝑅 − 1). (𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝜋𝑄 − 1) (61) where the coefficient of the deflection, 𝐴1 = 𝑎2 × 𝑏2 (62) while the shape function ℎ = ( 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝜋𝑅 − 1). (𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝜋𝑄 − 1) (63) 3.7. exact displacement and stress expression by substituting the value of 𝐴1, 𝐴2 and 𝐴3 in equations 49, 38 and 39 into equation 15 to 20 and substitute appropriately, the in-plane displacement along x-axis becomes: 𝑢 = 𝑡𝑠. 𝑀 𝑎 . 𝑞𝑎4 𝐷∗ ( 𝑘ℎ 𝑇 ) 𝜕ℎ 𝜕𝑅 (64) the in-plane displacement along y-axis becomes: 𝑣 = 𝑡𝑠. 𝑁 𝑎𝛽 . 𝑞𝑎4 𝐷∗ ( 𝑘ℎ 𝑇 ) 𝜕ℎ 𝜕𝑄 (65) the deflection equation of the plate as: 𝑤 = ( 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝜋𝑅 − 1). (𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝜋𝑄 − 1). 𝑞𝑎4 𝐷∗ ( 𝑘ℎ 𝑇 ) (66) the six stress elements are presented in equations 15 to 20 as: 𝑥 = e (1+μ)(1−2μ) [ (1 − μ) ts a . ∂2ℎ ∂𝑅2 +  ts aβ . ∂2ℎ ∂𝑄2 +  1 t . 𝑞𝑎4 𝐷∗ ( 𝑘ℎ 𝑇 ) ∂h ∂s ] (67) 𝑦 = e (1+μ)(1−2μ) [ ts 𝑎 . ∂2ℎ ∂𝑅2 + (1−𝜇)ts 𝑎𝛽 . ∂2ℎ ∂𝑄2 +  𝑡 . 𝑞𝑎4 𝐷∗ ( 𝑘ℎ 𝑇 ) ∂h ∂s ] (68) 𝑧 = e (1+μ)(1−2μ) [ ts 𝑎 . ∂2ℎ ∂𝑅2 + ts 𝑎𝛽 . ∂2ℎ ∂𝑄2 + (1−𝜇) 𝑡 . 𝑞𝑎4 𝐷∗ ( 𝑘ℎ 𝑇 ) ∂h ∂s ] (69) 𝑥𝑦 = 𝐸(1−2) (1+𝜇)(1−2𝜇) . [ ts 2𝑎𝛽 . ∂2𝜕ℎ ∂𝑅 ∂𝑄 + ts 2𝑎 . ∂2𝜕ℎ ∂𝑅 ∂𝑄 ] (70) 𝑥𝑧 = (1−2)𝐸 (1+𝜇)(1−2𝜇) . [ 1 2 ∂h ∂𝑅 + 1 2𝑎 . 𝑞𝑎4 𝐷∗ ( 𝑘ℎ 𝑇 ) 𝜕ℎ 𝜕𝑅 ] (71) 𝑦𝑧 = (1−2)𝐸 (1+𝜇)(1−2𝜇) . [ 1 2 ∂h ∂𝑄 + 1 2𝑎𝛽 . 𝑞𝑎4 𝐷∗ ( 𝑘ℎ 𝑇 ) 𝜕ℎ 𝜕𝑄 ] (72) thus, the stiffness coefficients of cccc rectangular plate is obtained from equations 34 to 39 and presented in the table 1. table 1. trigonometric form of stiffness coefficients of cccc rectangular plate deflection form 𝒌𝒙 𝒌𝒙𝒚 𝒌𝒚 𝒌𝒛 𝒌𝟐𝒛 𝒌𝒉 trigonometry 12𝜋4 4𝜋4 12𝜋4 3𝜋2 3𝜋2 1.0 4. results and discussion the parametric data for the trigonometric stiffness coefficient, kx, kxy, ky, kz, k2z and kq for cccc shape functions are presented in table 1. this data was obtained by substituting equation 58 into equations 30, 31, 32, 33, 34 and 35 as presented in the figure 5. this stiffness coefficients were used to obtain the value of the shape functions and displacement and rotation of the plate material when subjected to a uniformly distributed transverse load under the same boundary conditions. the graph in figure 5 showed that kx and ky have the highest coefficient followed by kxy while kz, k2z and kq contains the lowest amount of stiffness coefficient. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 276 figure 5. stiffness coefficient for the cccc plate boundary condition the numerical results of the non-dimensional displacements (u, v & w) and the stresses characteristics of a 3-d clamped rectangular plate which was subjected to uniform distributed load was obtained using the established exact trigonometric displacement function. figures 6 and 7 contains the result of the non-dimensional value of displacements and stresses at different span-thickness aspect ratio in a rectangular thick plate aspect ratio of 1 and 2 respectively. figure 6. the result of displacements and stresses of a clamped square plates the result covered the 3-d bending and stress analysis of rectangular plate at varying thickness. the span to thickness ratio considered is ranged between 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 50, 100 and cpt, which is obviously seen to span from the thick plate, moderately thick plate and thin plate [22]. the present work obtained non-dimensional result of stresses and displacements of the plate by expressing the deflection and rotation functions in the form of trigonometry to analyze the bending characteristics of the plate. the non-dimensional result in the figure 6 shows that as the span-thickness ratio of the plate increase, the in-plane displacement along x and y axis (u and v) increases too, whereas, the deflection (w) which occurs at the plate due to the 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 kx kxy ky kz k2z kq b o u n d a ry c o n d it io n stiffness coefficient boundary condition -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 4 5 10 15 20 50 100 cpt d is p la c e m e n t (w , u ) a n d s tr e ss ( σ x , σ z , τ x y , τ y z ) span-thicknes ratio (a/t) w u qx qz txy tyz hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 277 applied load decrease with increases in the value of the span-thickness ratio of the plate. on the other hand, the stress perpendicular to the x, y and z axis (𝜎𝑥, 𝜎𝑦 & 𝜎𝑧) decreases as the span-depth ratio of the plate increases. meanwhile, the increase at the span-thickness ratio of the plate increases the value shear stress along the x-y (𝜏𝑥𝑦) while the span depth ratio causes a decrease in the value shear stress along the x-z and y-z plane ( 𝜏𝑥𝑧 & 𝜏𝑦𝑧). these decrease continue until failure occurs in the plate structure. figure 7, displacement and stresses of a cccc plate aspect ratio of 2 figure 6 shows that, at a span-thickness ratio between 4 and 20, the value of out of plane displacement varies between 0.0026 and 0.0137. these values maintain a constant value of 0.0132 at the span thickness 50 till 100 which is the same as the cpt. a variation in deflection is discovered more when the plate is thicker and less when the span-thickness increase (thinner plate) under the same loading capacity/condition. this deflection becomes constant and equal to the value of the cpt at span-thickness ratio of 50 and above under the same loading capacity/condition. these decrease continue until the plate structure deflects beyond the elastic yield stress, hence, failure occurs. thus, it can be said that at span – thickness ratio between 4 and 20 the plate is regarded as thick. the span – thickness ratio beyond 20 till 50 the plate is regarded as moderately thick while the thin plate is regarded as those beyond span – thickness ratio beyond 50. the non-dimensional result in the figure 7 shows that as the span-thickness ratio of the plate increase, the in-plane displacement along x and y axis (u and v) increases too, whereas, the deflection (w) which occurs at the plate due to the applied load decrease with increases in the value of the span-thickness ratio of the plate. on the other hand, the stress perpendicular to the x, y and z axis(𝜎𝑥, 𝜎𝑦 & 𝜎𝑧) decreases as the span-depth ratio of the plate increases. meanwhile, the increase at the span-thickness ratio of the plate increases the value shear stress along the x-y (𝜏𝑥𝑦) while the span-depth ratio causes a decrease in the value shear stress along the x-z and y-z plane (𝜏𝑥𝑧 & 𝜏𝑦𝑧). figure 7 shows that, at a span-thickness ratio between 4 and 20, the value of out of plane displacement varies between 0.0509 and 0.0291. these values maintain a constant value of 0.0283 at the span thickness 50 till 100 which is equal to the value of the cpt. a variation in deflection is discovered more when the plate is thicker and less when the spanthickness increase (thinner plate) under the same loading capacity/condition. this deflection becomes constant and the same as the cpt at span-thickness ratio of 50 and above under the same loading capacity/condition. these decrease continue until the plate structure deflects beyond the elastic yield stress, hence, failure occurs. thus, it can be said that at span – thickness ratio between 4 and 20 the plate is regarded as thick. the span – thickness ratio beyond 20 till 50 the plate is regarded as moderately thick while the thin plate is regarded as those beyond span – thickness ratio beyond 50. study in the figure 6 and 7 shows that as the aspect ratio of the plate increase, the in-plane displacement along x and y axis (u and v) decrease whereas, the deflection (w) which occurs at the plate due to the applied load increase with increases in the value of the span-thickness ratio of the plate. on the other hand, the stress perpendicular to the x, y and z axis (𝜎𝑥 , 𝜎𝑦 & 𝜎𝑧) increases as the span-depth ratio of the plate increases. this means that, if the plate material is stretched beyond the elastic limit, the failure in a plate structure is bound to occur as the more stresses are induced within -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4 5 10 15 20 50 100 cptd is p la ce m en t (w , u ) a n d s tr e ss ( σ x , σ z, τ x y , τ y z) span-thicknes ratio (a/t) w u qx qz txy tyz hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 278 the plate element which affects the performance in terms of the serviceability of the plate. thus, caution must be taken when selecting the depth and other dimensions along the x and y co-ordinate of the plate to ensure accuracy of the analysis and safety in the construction. in summary, there are three categories of rectangular plates. the plates whose deflection and vertical shear stress do not vary much with cpt is categorized as thin plate. hence, the plate whose deflection and transverse shear stress varies very much from zero is categorized as thick plates. thus, the span-thickness ratio for these categories of rectangular plates are: thick plate is categorized as the plate with the span to thickness ratio∶ 𝑎/𝑡 ≤ 20 while the thin plate is categorized as the plate with the span-thickness ratio: 𝑎/𝑡 ≥ 100. in between the thick and thin plate exist, the moderately thick plate. thick plate is categorized as the plate with the span-thickness ratio∶ 𝑎/𝑡 > 20 < 50. meanwhile, the present theory stress prediction shows that the result of the displacement and stress of thin and moderately thick plate using the 3-d theory is the same for the bending analysis of rectangular plate under the cccc boundary condition. the comparative analysis was performed in this study as presented in the table 2 and table 3 to show the disparity between different theories used in the plate analysis. this theory includes the analytical process ranging from double integration, according to levi, mindlin theory, fsdt, hsdt and 3-d elasticity. numerical and approximate approaches were also adopted to compare and show the validity of the derived relationships. the present study was also validated with the past works using different shape or mathematical functions such as polynomial, exponential, hyperbolic and trigonometric displacement functions. the result of the percentage difference evaluation showed that the plate with the largest thickness (a/t of 4) gives a percentage difference of 1.74, 0.55, 0.37, 0.37, 1.29, 1.01 and 3.12% of the work of ibearugbulem et al. (2018) [28], ibearugbulem & onyeka (2020) [34], li et al. (2015) [35], liu & liew (1998) [36], lok & cheng (2001) [37], shen & he (1995) [38] and zhong & xu (2017) [39] respectively, when compared with the present study. on the other hand, the thick plate at a/t of 10 gives a percentage difference of 0.33, 0.98, 0.98, 0.98, 1.64, 0.98% and 2.95% of the work of ibearugbulem et al. (2018) [28], ibearugbulem & onyeka (2020) [34], li et al. (2015) [35], liu & liew (1998) [36], lok & cheng (2001) [37], shen & he (1995) [38] and zhong & xu (2017) [39] respectively, when compared with the present study. more so, the thick plate at a/t of 20 gives a percentage difference of 0.80, 0.80, 2.85, 2.85 and 2.89% of the work of ibearugbulem et al. (2018) [28], ibearugbulem & onyeka (2020) [34], li et al. (2015) [35], liu & liew (1998) [36] and shen & he (1995) [38] respectively, when compared with the present study. the result of the work of lok & cheng (2001) [37] and zhong & xu (2017) [39] at a/t of 20 is not available in the literature in consideration. table 3 shows that, the difference with past works in consideration percentagewise decreases and converges as the plate is getting thinner. it can be deduced that, the difference with past works in consideration percentagewise at a/t of 10 and 20 gives a constant value of 0.15% and 0.13% respectively, a value which could be the same difference when compared with the value of the cpt. table 2. comparative deflection analysis for square plate at varying span-thickness ratio (β = a/t) between present study and past studies a/t present [28] [34] [35] [36] [37] [38] [39] 5 0.2178 0.214 0.219 0.217 0.217 0.215 0.220 0.211 10 0.1525 0.153 0.154 0.151 0.151 0.150 0.151 0.148 20 0.1369 0.138 0.138 0.133 0.133 0.133 from table 3, it is found that the average the difference with 3-d elasticity trigonometric theory percentagewise and those of the 2-d hsdt with assumed polynomial shape function [30] and 2-hsdt with exact shape function [34] is 0.36% and 0.29% respectively. the average the difference percentagewise with 2-d mindlin fsdt [37, 39] is about 2.41% and 3.62%, while the average difference percentagewise with the 2-d thick plate numeric analysis [35] and moderately thick [38] is 53% and 61% respectively. table 3. percentage difference between the present study and past studies %𝐃𝐢𝐟𝐟 = 𝐀𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐝𝐢𝐟𝐟𝐞𝐫𝐞𝐧𝐜𝐞 𝐛𝐞𝐭𝐰𝐞𝐞 𝐩𝐫𝐞𝐬𝐞𝐧𝐭 𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐩𝐚𝐬𝐫 𝐯𝐚𝐥𝐮𝐞 𝐏𝐚𝐬𝐭 𝐯𝐚𝐥𝐮𝐞 span-to depth ratio (a/t) [28] [34] [35] [36] [37] [38] [39] 5 1.745 0.551 0.367 0.367 1.286 1.010 3.122 10 0.328 0.984 0.984 0.984 1.639 0.984 2.951 20 0.804 0.804 2.849 2.849 2.849 average % difference 0.36 0.29 0.53 0.52 2.41 0.61 3.62 total ave.% difference 1.19 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 279 the overall average difference percentage wise with 2-d mindlin fsdt [37, 39] is about 3.02% while the overall average difference percentagewise with the 2-d numeric analysis [36, 39] is about 0.62%. the present study overall average difference values of deflection percentagewise with those using 2-d hsdt shape functions [30, 34] is about 0.33%. this negligible difference showed that hsdt is preferable to the levi, mindlin theory and numerical method in the thick plate analysis. consequently, the smaller value of percentage between the present study and those of 2-d hsdt (0.33%) showed that hsdt using derived polynomial displacement function is better compared to those of hsdt with an assumed shape function as it predicted an exact deflection which proved more reliable in the analysis of thick plate under the same boundary condition. despite the fact that both ibearugbulem et al. (2018) [28], ibearugbulem & onyeka (2020) [34], li et al. (2015) [35], liu & liew (1998) [36], lok & cheng (2001) [37], shen & he (1995) [38] and zhong & xu (2017) [39] used shear deformation theory their work differs more when compared with the present study. this shows that hsdt derived shape function, enhanced close form solution in plate analysis. however, the overall average difference values of deflection percentagewise with ibearugbulem et al. (2018) [28], ibearugbulem & onyeka (2020) [34], li et al. (2015) [35], liu & liew (1998) [36], lok & cheng (2001) [37], shen & he (1995) [38] and zhong & xu (2017) [39] is 1. 19%. this showed that at the 98 % confidence level, both theory and methods are the same for a thick plate analysis. it is worth noting that the 2-d rpt with exact deflection gives a closer result when compared with exact 3-d plate theory than those 2-d rpts with an assumed deflection and other rpt and cpt in the thick plate analysis. hence, an exact 3-d theory is required to achieve efficiency. thus, the present model uses the six stress elements to yield the exact solution for the analysis of a thick plate that is clamped and supported on all the edges (cccc). hence, the result of the present analysis, which contains all the stress elements with an exact deflection function, ensures that the variation of the stresses through the thickness of the plate which induces stresses can be used with confidence for bending analysis of the plate. 5. conclusions the 3-d bending and stress analysis of thick rectangular plates using 3-d elasticity theory has been investigated, and the following conclusion has been drawn:  a closer-form solution is predicted by the trigonometric shape function than by the polynomial displacement function.  the present theory of stress prediction shows that the result of the displacement and stress of thin and moderately thick plates using the 3-d theory is the same at a span-thickness ratio beyond 50% for the bending analysis of rectangular plates under the cccc boundary condition.  classical theory is good for thin plates but over-predicts buckling loads in relatively thick plates.  plate analysis requires 3-d analogy for a true solution, but the 2-d shear deformation theory gives an approximate solution which is practically unrealistic.  the 3-d exact plate model developed in this study can be used in the analysis of any category of the plate. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, f.c.o., t.e.o. and b.o.m.; methodology, f.c.o., t.e.o. and b.o.m.; software, f.c.o., t.e.o. and b.o.m.; formal analysis, f.c.o., t.e.o. and b.o.m.; writing—original draft preparation, f.c.o., t.e.o. and b.o.m.; writing—review and editing, f.c.o., t.e.o. and b.o.m. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. ethical approval not applicable. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 280 7. references [1] chandrashekhara, k. (2001). theory of plates. university press, hyderabad, india. [2] onyeka, f. c., okafor, f. o., & onah, h. n. (2019). application of exact solution approach in the analysis of thick rectangular plate. international journal of applied engineering research, 14(8), 2043-2057. [3] mahi, a., adda bedia, e. a., & tounsi, a. (2015). a new hyperbolic shear deformation theory for bending and free vibration analysis of isotropic, functionally graded, sandwich and laminated composite plates. applied mathematical modelling, 39(9), 2489–2508. doi:10.1016/j.apm.2014.10.045. [4] timoshenko, s., & woinowsky-krieger, s. (1959). theory of plates and shells (2nd ed.). mcgraw-hill, new york city, united states. [5] chukwudi, o. f., edozie, o. t., & chidobere, n.-d. (2022). buckling analysis of a three-dimensional rectangular plates material based on exact trigonometric plate theory. journal of engineering research and sciences, 1(3), 106–115. doi:10.55708/js0103011. [6] onyeka, f. c., mama, b. o., & okeke, t. e. (2022). exact three-dimensional stability analysis of plate using a direct variational energy method. civil engineering journal (iran), 8(1), 60–80. doi:10.28991/cej-2022-08-01-05. [7] onyeka, f. c., & mama, b. o. (2021). analytical study of bending characteristics of an elastic rectangular plate using direct variational energy approach with trigonometric function. emerging science journal, 5(6), 916–928. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-01320. [8] reddy, j. n. (2006). theory and analysis of elastic plates and shells (2nd ed.). crc press, boca raton, united states. doi:10.1201/9780849384165. [9] ghugal, y. m., & gajbhiye, p. d. (2016). bending analysis of thick isotropic plates by using 5th order shear deformation theory. journal of applied and computational mechanics, 2(2), 80–95. doi:10.22055/jacm.2016.12366. [10] shimpi, r. p., & patel, h. g. (2006). a two variable refined plate theory for orthotropic plate analysis. international journal of solids and structures, 43(22–23), 6783–6799. doi:10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2006.02.007. [11] gujar, p. s., & ladhane, k. b. (2015). bending analysis of simply supported and clamped circular plate. international journal of civil engineering, 2(5), 45-51. doi:10.14445/23488352/ijce-v2i5p112. [12] sadrnejad, s. a., daryan, a. s., & ziaei, m. (2009). vibration equations of thick rectangular plates using mindlin plate theory. journal of computer science, 5(11), 838–842. doi:10.3844/jcssp.2009.838.842. [13] szilard, r. (2004). theories and applications of plate analysis: classical numerical and engineering methods. john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. doi:10.1002/9780470172872. [14] kwak, s., kim, k., jon, s., yun, j., & pak, c. (2022). free vibration analysis of laminated rectangular plates with varying thickness using legendre-radial point interpolation method. computers & mathematics with applications, 117, 187-205. doi:10.1016/j.camwa.2022.04.020. [15] song, y., xue, k., & li, q. (2022). a solution method for free vibration of intact and cracked polygonal thin plates using the ritz method and jacobi polynomials. journal of sound and vibration, 519, 116578. doi:10.1016/j.jsv.2021.116578. [16] sadrnejad, s. a., daryan, a. s., & ziaei, m. (2009). vibration equations of thick rectangular plates using mindlin plate theory. journal of computer science, 5(11), 838–842. doi:10.3844/jcssp.2009.838.842. [17] ibearugbulem, o. m. (2013). pure bending analysis of thin rectangular ssss plate using taylor-mclaurin series. international journal of civil and structural engineering, 3(4), 685–691. doi:10.6088/ijcser.201203013062. [18] reissner, e. (1945). the effect of transverse shear deformation on the bending of elastic plates. journal of applied mechanics, 12(2), a69–a77. doi:10.1115/1.4009435. [19] hashemi, s. h., & arsanjani, m. (2005). exact characteristic equations for some of classical boundary conditions of vibrating moderately thick rectangular plates. international journal of solids and structures, 42(3–4), 819–853. doi:10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2004.06.063. [20] reissner, e. (1981). a note on bending of plates including the effects of transverse shearing and normal strains. zamp zeitschrift für angewandte mathematik und physik, 32(6), 764–767. doi:10.1007/bf00946987. [21] reddy, j. n. (1984). a refined nonlinear theory of plates with transverse shear deformation. international journal of solids and structures, 20(9–10), 881–896. doi:10.1016/0020-7683(84)90056-8. [22] obst, m., wasilewicz, p., & adamiec, j. (2022). experimental investigation of four-point bending of thin walled open section steel beam loaded and set in the shear center. scientific reports, 12(1), 1-17. doi:10.1038/s41598-022-10035-z. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 281 [23] sayyad, a. s., & ghugal, y. m. (2012). bending and free vibration analysis of thick isotropic plates by using exponential shear deformation theory. applied and computational mechanics, 6(1), 65-82. [24] onyechere, ignatius chigozie, ibearugbulem, o. m., collins anya, u., okechukwu njoku, k., igbojiaku, a. u., & gwarah, l. s. (2020). the use of polynomial deflection function in the analysis of thick plates using higher order shear deformation theory. saudi journal of civil engineering, 4(4), 38–46. doi:10.36348/sjce.2020.v04i04.001. [25] selvaraj, r., maneengam, a., & sathiyamoorthy, m. (2022). characterization of mechanical and dynamic properties of natural fiber reinforced laminated composite multiple-core sandwich plates. composite structures, 284, 115141. doi:10.1016/j.compstruct.2021.115141. [26] nwoji, c. u., onah, h. n., mama, b. o., & ike, c. c. (2018). ritz variational method for bending of rectangular kirchhoff plate under transverse hydrostatic load distribution. mathematical modelling of engineering problems, 5(1), 1–10. doi:10.18280/mmep.050101. [27] ike, c. c. (2017). kantorovich-euler lagrange-galerkin’s method for bending analysis of thin plates. nigerian journal of technology, 36(2), 351. doi:10.4314/njt.v36i2.5. [28] ibearugbulem, o. m., ezeh, j. c., ettu, l. o., & gwarah, l. s. (2018). bending analysis of rectangular thick plate using polynomial shear deformation theory. iosr journal of engineering (iosrjen), 8(9), 53-61. [29] festus, o., & okeke, e. t. (2021). analytical solution of thick rectangular plate with clamped and free support boundary condition using polynomial shear deformation theory. advances in science, technology and engineering systems journal, 6(1), 1427–1439. doi:10.25046/aj0601162. [30] festus, o., okeke, e. t., & john, w. (2020). strain–displacement expressions and their effect on the deflection and strength of plate. advances in science, technology and engineering systems, 5(5), 401–413. doi:10.25046/aj050551. [31] grigorenko, a. y., bergulev, a. s., & yaremchenko, s. n. (2013). numerical solution of bending problems for rectangular plates. international applied mechanics, 49(1), 81–94. doi:10.1007/s10778-013-0554-1. [32] onyeka, f. c. & ibearugbulem, o. m. (2020). load analysis and bending solutions of rectangular thick plate. international journal on emerging technologies, 11(3): 1103–1110. [33] fu, g., tuo, y., sun, b., shi, c., & su, j. (2022). bending of variable thickness rectangular thin plates resting on a doubleparameter foundation: integral transform solution. engineering computations, 39(7), 2689-2704. doi:10.1108/ec-11-2021-0692. [34] ibearugbulem, o. m., & onyeka, f. c. (2020). moment and stress analysis solutions of clamped rectangular thick plate. european journal of engineering research and science, 5(4), 531–534. doi:10.24018/ejers.2020.5.4.1898. [35] li, r., ni, x., & cheng, g. (2015). symplectic superposition method for benchmark flexure solutions for rectangular thick plates. journal of engineering mechanics, 141(2), 1–17. doi:10.1061/(asce)em.1943-7889.0000840. [36] liu, f. l., & liew, k. m. (1998). differential cubature method for static solutions of arbitrarily shaped thick plates. international journal of solids and structures, 35(28–29), 3655–3674. doi:10.1016/s0020-7683(97)00215-1. [37] lok, t. s., & cheng, q. h. (2001). bending and forced vibration response of a clamped orthotropic thick plate and sandwich panel. journal of sound and vibration, 245(1), 63–78. doi:10.1006/jsvi.2000.3543. [38] shen, p., & he, p. (1995). bending analysis of rectangular moderately thick plates using spline finite element method. computers & structures, 54(6), 1023-1029. doi:10.1016/0045-7949(94)00401-n. [39] zhong, y., & xu, q. (2017). analysis bending solutions of clamped rectangular thick plate. mathematical problems in engineering, 2017, 1–6. doi:10.1155/2017/7539276. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 346 issn: 2723-9535 the global equity market reactions of the oil & gas midstream and marine shipping industries to covid-19: an entropy analysis mina nasiri 1, 2, hamed nasiri 1, 2, saeid nasiri 1, 2, maliheh bitarafan 1, babak fazelabdolabadi 3* 1 adak marine shipping company, no. 7, azizollahi street, mirzaye shirazi avenue, tehran, iran 2 pacific company, no. 7, azizollahi street, mirzaye shirazi avenue, tehran, iran 3 research institute of petroleum industry, tehran, iran received 02 september 2021; revised 14 november 2021; accepted 23 november 2021; published 01 december 2021 abstract this article quantifies the information flow between major equities in the oil & gas midstream and marine shipping industries, on the basis of the effective transfer entropy methodology. in addition, the article provides the first analysis of investor fear and market expectations in these sectors, according to the rényi entropy approach. the period of study was extended over five years to fully capture the pre/post-covid situations. the entropy results reveal a major change in the underlying information flow pattern among equities in the oil & gas midstream and marine shipping sectors in the aftermath of covid-19. according to the new (post-covid) paradigm, the stocks in the oil & gas midstream and integrated freight & logistics industries have gained momentum in occupying six of the ten positions within the list of the most influential equities in the market, in terms of information transmission. the disorder and randomness have decreased for over 89% of the studied equities, after virus outbreak. for the equities detected with high informationtransmission standing, the rényi entropy results indicate that investors more likely showed a higher level of future expectations and a lower level of fear regarding frequent market events within the post-covid timeline. keywords: marine shipping; logistics; freight transportation; covid-19; entropy. 1. introduction the world has witnessed a different scenery since the emergence of the coronavirus (covid-19). one such major change has been the implementation of worldwide non-pharmaceutical interventions (npi) – mainly in the form of mandatory quarantines, business closures, and international travel restrictions – in order to control the spread of the virus. although proven effective in reducing the rate of virus transmission [1, 2], the implementation of such largescale containment measures has had negative economic consequences [3] which varies depending on their scale and severity of implementation. among the repercussions of npi, the diminishing international trade [4] caused jointly by reduced production and market demandshould logically impact the transportation industry, in a sequel. as a matter of fact, the disruption in the global supply chain resulting from the covid-19 emergence drove the transportation industry to a near halt [5], particularly during the early months of the crisis. a growing body of literature has focused on the impact of the covid-19 issue on the marine transportation sector, in terms of performance [6-10] and equity market reactions [5]. for example, xu et al. (2021) [6] conducted a * corresponding author: bkfazel@yahoo.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-04-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0584-8177 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 347 structural equation modelling analysis of confirmatory factor analysis and path assessment to study the impact of covid-19 on the transportation and logistics sectors in china, and found a statistically insignificant correlation between covid-19 and ocean freight in that country. verschuur et al. (2021) [10] conducted an investigation on a global level and used the empirical vessel tracking information as a high-frequency indicator of economic activity to study the impact of npi measures on maritime trade and found worldwide port-level trade losses, following the covid-19 emergence, for which the ports in china, the middle east, and western europe were detected with the largest absolute losses. furthermore, it was estimated that the reduction in maritime trade became as low as -9.6% in the first eight months of the crisis [10]. with regards to the equity market reactions, kamal et al. (2021) [5] applied an event study methodology to assess the market reactions of selected shipping stocks (listed on the new york stock exchange (nyse)) to several covid-related news of optimistic and pessimistic nature. they found positive market reactions for marine transportation equities to the announcement of optimistic events, such as approval of the first covid-19 vaccine or the proposal of economic stimulus plans, and adverse market reactions to pessimistic news [1119]. however, the number of such investigations – linking covid-19 and transportation equities-seem to be quite limited, compared to the existing bulk literature on the covid-19 impacts on global equity markets [20-28]. as stock markets can be considered as a set of interconnected and correlated equities, it is conceivable that the internal force of the markets can be formed through the cumulative interactions of their listed firms [29-36]. as such, understanding the mutual information between equities should be important in analyzing the markets. however, such an information on connectivity (between equity participants) should be complemented by the information on the underlying directionality, in order to provide a complete image. such a binary information set can be obtained by applying the concept of transfer entropy (te), which is derived upon the formulation of conditional mutual information [37]. the transfer entropy methodology effectively quantifies the reduction in uncertainty – provided by past values of variables – in predicting the dependent variable, as it is conditioned on these past values, and is considered as a model-free statistic capable of measuring the time-directed transfer of information between stochastic variables as well as providing the asymmetric information transfer measures in multivariate distributions [37]. a number of previous investigations have applied the te methodology to analyze the financial markets [11, 38, 39]. for instance, golmohammadi & fazelabdolabadi (2021) [11] mapped the information transfer paradigm between 2200 equities – globally distributed within major financial markets – for the periods before and after the covid-19 outbreak. they report on drastic changes in major global equity markets in the aftermath of covid-19 emergence, which was based on the changes in the underlying information flow pattern derived from effective transfer entropy within the markets studied [11] australia, brazil, canada, china, germany, iran, japan, qatar, saudi arabia, south africa, south korea, united kingdom, and the united states. in addition, they report on substantial changes (nearly 70%) in the functionality of the market sectors – in terms of being a transmitter or receiver of information – encountered after covid-19 emergence. given the new circumstances that abound the global financial markets, it may be necessary to conduct an investigation to thoroughly understand the current standing of equities in the marine shipping and oil & gas midstream sectors. in this respect, the present work makes a two-fold contribution to the existing literature – providing the first information transfer map between equities in the marine shipping and oil & gas midstream sectors (in a cross-market domain) and quantifying the market expectations and investor fear for selected equities in these sectors. 2. methods used as the main processing stream in the present work, the method of transfer entropy, originally proposed by schreiber (2000) [40], quantifies the asymmetric dynamics of two processes, using the conditional block entropy [41]. if the entropy is considered as a proxy to measure the uncertainty level inherent in optimally encoding the independent draws of a discrete random variable, the formulation of transfer entropy would be based on the premise of shannon entropy [42]. assuming 𝑋 as being a discrete random variable, with probability distribution function 𝑝(𝑥𝑡), the shannon entropy, 𝐻𝑋, is defined as: 𝐻𝑋 = −𝛴𝑝(𝑥𝑡)𝑙𝑜𝑔2(𝑝(𝑥𝑡)) (1) if the random variable 𝑋 represents the event space of a time series, the sequence of its state outcomes until time 𝑡, with 𝑘 back steps in time, becomes: 𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) = 𝑥𝑡 , 𝑥𝑡−1, 𝑥𝑡−2, . . . , 𝑥𝑡−𝑘+1 (2) if we denote the probability of observing the variable in state 𝑥 at time 𝑡 + 1 as 𝑝(𝑥𝑡+1 ∨ 𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) ) = 𝑝(𝑥𝑡+1 ∨ 𝑥𝑡 , . . . , 𝑥𝑡−𝑘+1) then the average number of bits needed to encode the output state of the variable in time 𝑡 + 1 with known 𝑘backstep values – the entropy of 𝑥𝑡+1can be written as: ℎ𝑋(𝑘) = −𝛴𝑝(𝑥𝑡+1, 𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) )𝑙𝑜𝑔2𝑝(𝑥𝑡+1 ∨ 𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) ) = 𝐻𝑋(𝑥𝑡+1, 𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) ) − 𝐻𝑋(𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) ) (3) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 348 where the summation runs over all the possible values of (𝑥𝑡+1, 𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) ), for a fixed time 𝑡. the value of the calculated entropy hence depends on the selection of the block length 𝑘referred to as conditional block entropy – which decreases along the increase in the length of the block, as long as 𝑥𝑡−𝑘contains more information to predict𝑥𝑡+1than 𝑥𝑡−𝑘+1 [41]. for a bi-variate case, the value of transfer entropy can be obtained by accounting the deviation from the generalized markov property. considering a time series 𝑌, the sequence of its observations until time 𝑡, with 𝑙 back steps in time, can be taken as: 𝑦𝑡 (𝑙) = 𝑦𝑡 , 𝑦𝑡−1, 𝑦𝑡−2, . . . , 𝑦𝑡−𝑙+1 (4) an information flow from process 𝑌 to process 𝑋 exists, if the information in 𝑦𝑡 (𝑙) can be valuable in forecasting 𝑥𝑡+1, despite the information collected from 𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) . the transfer entropy, 𝑇𝑌→𝑋(𝑘, 𝑙), is then formulated by schreiber (2000) [40] as equation 5, to subtract the information already contained in 𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) : 𝑇𝑌→𝑋(𝑘, 𝑙) = 𝛴 𝑥,𝑦 𝑝(𝑥𝑡+1, 𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) , 𝑦𝑡 (𝑙) )𝑙𝑜𝑔2𝑝(𝑥𝑡+1 ∨ 𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) , 𝑦𝑡 (𝑙) ) − 𝛴 𝑥 𝑝(𝑥𝑡+1, 𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) )𝑙𝑜𝑔2𝑝(𝑥𝑡+1 ∨ 𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) ) (5) 𝑇𝑌→𝑋(𝑘, 𝑙) = ℎ𝑋(𝑘) − ℎ𝑋,𝑌(𝑘. 𝑙) (6) where ℎ𝑋,𝑌(𝑘. 𝑙)denotes the conditional entropy of 𝑋, given the information of both 𝑥𝑡 (𝑘) and 𝑦𝑡 (𝑙) blocks. the results of the transfer entropy may be subject to bias, due to small-sample effects. to correct for this bias, it is suggested [43] to compute the effective transfer entropy, 𝐸𝑇𝐸𝑌→𝑋(𝑘, 𝑙), between the two processes. the effective transfer entropy is calculated by subtracting the value of transfer entropy obtained from equation 5 from the value obtained after conducting a shuffling operation on process 𝑌, 𝑇𝑌𝑠ℎ𝑢𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑒𝑑→𝑋(𝑘, 𝑙). the shuffling procedure entails taking random draws from the distribution of 𝑌 and re-arrangement of the selected set to generate a new time series, in order to destroy statistical dependencies between the two processes as well as the time series dependencies of 𝑌 [42]: 𝐸𝑇𝐸𝑌→𝑋(𝑘, 𝑙) = 𝑇𝑌→𝑋(𝑘, 𝑙) − 𝑇𝑌𝑠ℎ𝑢𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑒𝑑→𝑋(𝑘, 𝑙) (7) 𝑇𝑌𝑠ℎ𝑢𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑒𝑑→𝑋(𝑘, 𝑙) → 0 as the sample size increases and becomes non-zero in case small-sample effects exist. the set of probability measures listed above are established over discretized values of the variables; therefore, the variables` data should be grouped into non-overlapping partitions, a priori. for this reason, the symbolic encoding scheme dominantly used would select the size of the bins, according to the 5% and 95% empirical quantiles of the data – 𝑞[0.05]and 𝑞[0.95]. as a result, the symbolically-encoded time series, 𝑠𝑡 , takes the following form: 𝑠𝑡 = { 1𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑦𝑡 ≤ 𝑞[0.05] 2𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑞[0.05] < 𝑦𝑡 < 𝑞[0.95] 3𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑦𝑡 ≥ 𝑞[0.95] } (8) to account for frequent and rare events, signal complexities were assessed by incorporating the rényi entropy (as equation 9) for each time series considered. 𝑅𝐸𝑑 = 1 1−𝑑 𝑙𝑜𝑔 (∑ 𝑝𝑖 𝑑 𝑖 ) (9) where 𝑑(𝑑 ≥ 0) represents the order of rényi entropy, which favors rare events when 𝑑 < 1 and privileges frequents events as 𝑑 > 1 [44]. the estimation of the probabilities in equation 9 was made through the gaussian kernel functions. 3. data description the information used as input in the present study, is comprised of the closing daily prices of stocks of 70 companies, which presumably represent the main equities in the oil & gas midstream and marine shipping sectors worldwide. the names of the companies selected are listed in table 1. such a name selection also ensures a crossmarket inspection of the information transfer, as the equities are being traded in different financial markets. the input data was obtained from yahoo finance. the data was acquired for the time span between (2016-aug-01 and 2021aug-01). this length was later divided into two periods, to account for prior/post-covid timelines. the date used to set this division was taken to be 30-january-2020, on which the pandemic outbreak was officially declared by the world health organization [44]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 349 table 1. the list of companies considered index company name yahoo ticker industry 1 ardmore shipping corporation asc marine shipping 2 a.p. møller mærsk a/s maersk-a.co marine shipping 3 badaro no. 19 ship investment company 155900.ks marine shipping 4 capital product partners l.p. cplp marine shipping 5 cosco shipping development co., ltd. 601866.ss marine shipping 6 cosco shipping holdings co., ltd. 601919.ss marine shipping 7 costamare inc. cmre marine shipping 8 danaos corporation dac marine shipping 9 dht holdings, inc. dht oil & gas midstream 10 diana shipping inc. dsx marine shipping 11 dorian lpg ltd. lpg oil & gas midstream 12 dsv panalpina a/s dsv.co integrated freight & logistics 13 dynagas lng partners lp dlng oil & gas midstream 14 eagle bulk shipping inc. egle marine shipping 15 euronav nv eurn oil & gas midstream 16 euroseas ltd. esea marine shipping 17 evergreen marine corporation (taiwan) ltd. 2603.tw marine shipping 18 frontline ltd. fro oil & gas midstream 19 gaslog partners lp glop oil & gas midstream 20 genco shipping & trading limited gnk marine shipping 21 global ship lease, inc. gsl marine shipping 22 globus maritime limited glbs marine shipping 23 golar lng limited glng oil & gas midstream 24 golden ocean group limited gogl marine shipping 25 hamburger hafen und logistik aktiengesellschaft hhfa.de marine shipping 26 hapag-lloyd aktiengesellschaft hlag.de marine shipping 27 hmm co.,ltd 011200.ks marine shipping 28 höegh lng partners lp hmlp oil & gas midstream 29 international seaways, inc. insw marine shipping 30 kawasaki kisen kaisha, ltd. 9107.t marine shipping 31 kirby corporation kex marine shipping 32 knot offshore partners lp knop marine shipping 33 kuehne + nagel international ag 0qmw.il integrated freight & logistics 34 matson, inc. matx marine shipping 35 mitsui o.s.k. lines, ltd. 9104.t marine shipping 36 navigator holdings ltd. nvgs oil & gas midstream 37 navios maritime holdings inc. nm marine shipping 38 navios maritime partners l.p. nmm marine shipping 39 nippon yusen kabushiki kaisha 601018.ss marine shipping 40 nippon yusen kabushiki kaisha 9101.t marine shipping 41 nordic american tankers limited nat marine shipping 42 overseas shipholding group, inc. osg oil & gas midstream 43 pangaea logistics solutions, ltd. panl marine shipping 44 pbf logistics lp pbfx oil & gas midstream 45 pyxis tankers inc. pxs marine shipping 46 qatar gas transport company limited qgts.qa oil & gas midstream 47 qatar navigation q.p.s.c. qnns.qa marine shipping 48 regional container lines public company limited rcl.bk marine shipping 49 safe bulkers, inc. sb marine shipping 50 seacor marine holdings inc. smhi marine shipping 51 seanergy maritime holdings corp. ship marine shipping 52 sfl corporation ltd. sfl marine shipping 53 shanghai international port (group) co., ltd. 600018.ss marine shipping hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 350 54 sino-global shipping america, ltd. sino integrated freight & logistics 55 scorpio tankers inc. stng oil & gas midstream 56 star bulk carriers corp. sblk marine shipping 57 stealthgas inc. gass marine shipping 58 teekay corporation tk oil & gas midstream 59 teekay lng partners l.p. tgp oil & gas midstream 60 the national shipping company of saudi arabia 4030.sr marine shipping 61 tidewater inc. tdw oil & gas midstream 62 transportation and logistics systems, inc. tlss integrated freight & logistics 63 trencor limited tre.jo marine shipping 64 tsakos energy navigation limited tnp oil & gas midstream 65 top ships inc. tops marine shipping 66 u-ming marine transport corporation 2606.tw marine shipping 67 wan hai lines ltd. 2615.tw marine shipping 68 westshore terminals investment corporation wte.to marine shipping 69 xpo logistics, inc. xpo integrated freight & logistics 70 yang ming marine transport corporation 2609.tw marine shipping 4. results and discussion the effective transfer entropy was calculated, for each pair of the listed stocks (table 1) along the both directions 𝑋 → 𝑌 and 𝑌 → 𝑋. for each state in a given pair, the calculations were attempted over the periods, before and after the covid-19 outbreak. the selection for the lag orders – 𝑘 and 𝑙-was taken as unity, which is an appropriate choice when analyzing the financial markets [42]. the number of shuffling operations performed was set to one hundred, to ensure efficient removal of bias from the established results. figures 1 to 4 depict the computed results for the values of the effective transfer entropy for the companies considered. to ease its visual inspection, the results are presented separately for entries 140 and 41-70 of the list (table 1), as well as for the pre/post-covid periods. with respect to the color interpretation of the results, a more positive number indicates more information transfer (from stock y to stock x) and zero is the case in which no information transfer has been detected, within the considered time span. the whole set of computed results for all the companies considered including the transfer entropy, the effective transfer entropy and the corresponding statistical measures (standard deviations, p-values) – can be obtained from the corresponding author, upon reasonable request. figure 1. the information flow (effective transfer entropy) from stock y to stock x, for the companies 1 through 40 (listed in table 1), before the covid-19 outbreak hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 351 figure 2. the information flow (effective transfer entropy) from stock y to stock x, for the companies 41 through 70 (listed in table 1), before the covid-19 outbreak figure 3. the information flow (effective transfer entropy) from stock y to stock x, for the companies 1 through 40 (listed in table 1), after the covid-19 outbreak hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 352 figure 4. the information flow (effective transfer entropy) from stock y to stock x, for the companies 41 through 70 (listed in table 1), after the covid-19 outbreak the effective transfer entropy results show the formation of a new information transfer paradigm, after covid-19 emergence, among major equities in the oil & gas midstream and marine shipping sectors. according to our results, the new price action of equities acts more sensitively to each other (with few exceptions) and the overall information transfer in the two sectors has increased after covid-19 outbreak, even in the devised cross-market domain. given the market capitalization of the selected equities, a general extension of this finding to the post-covid status of these two sectors is plausible. with respect to the information transmission, the market has seen an altered list of major players in the oil & gas midstream and marine shipping sectors. as part of our analysis in the present paper, we have also studied the status of equities (in these sectors) with respect to their net information flow. an equity was then interpreted as being an information transmitter (receiver) if the net information outflow was positive (negative). in this context, a more positive net information outflow value rendered the equity as a holding a more influencing role in the market. tables 2-3 list the main information transmitter equities in the oil & gas midstream and marine shipping sectors, before and after covid-19 respectively. as evident from the list, the marine shipping equities have lost grounds to other industries in the market, in the post-covid timeline. this argument is based on the fact that six positions out of ten most influencing equities in these sectors were taken by the firms operating in the oil & gas midstream and integrated freight & logistics industries (table 3) after covid-19 emergence; namely, pbf logistics lp; xpo logistics, inc; gaslog partners lp; dsv panalpina a/s; transportation and logistics systems, inc.; kuehne + nagel international ag. table 2. the main information transmitter equities, before covid-19 rank company name 1 matson, inc. 2 navios maritime partners l.p. 3 eagle bulk shipping inc. 4 tidewater inc. 5 star bulk carriers corp. 6 global ship lease, inc. 7 teekay lng partners l.p. 8 xpo logistics, inc. 9 capital product partners l.p. 10 navios maritime holdings inc. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 353 table 3. the main information transmitter equities, after covid-19 rank company name 1 pbf logistics lp 2 xpo logistics, inc. 3 knot offshore partners lp 4 hamburger hafen und logistik aktiengesellschaft 5 gaslog partners lp 6 matson, inc. 7 dsv panalpina a/s 8 global ship lease, inc. 9 transportation and logistics systems, inc. 10 kuehne + nagel international ag in terms of market expectations and investor fear, the reactions have been mixed. table 4 provides the net values of rényi entropy for equities considered (table 1), computed up to the order of 20. this net value was calculated as the rényi entropy difference between the corresponding post/pre-covid values. the results follow four distinct patterns, as described in table 5. table 4. the net values of rényi entropy for equities listed in table 1 d asc maersk-a.co 155900.ks cplp 601866.ss 601919.ss cmre dac dht dsx lpg dsv.co dlng egle eurn 2 -0.6788 0.6720 -0.0493 -0.1386 -0.2403 -0.2582 -0.3363 -0.6484 -0.5781 -0.8912 -1.0757 -0.1201 0.0611 -0.9214 0.3546 3 -0.6868 0.6740 -0.0322 -0.1537 -0.2287 -0.2435 -0.3361 -0.6506 -0.5901 -0.8913 -1.0631 -0.1151 0.0860 -0.9276 0.3802 4 -0.6884 0.6681 -0.0192 -0.1662 -0.2182 -0.2311 -0.3369 -0.6502 -0.5970 -0.8886 -1.0551 -0.1128 0.1018 -0.9282 0.3924 5 -0.6887 0.6621 -0.0094 -0.1752 -0.2082 -0.2212 -0.3361 -0.6488 -0.6011 -0.8850 -1.0506 -0.1109 0.1120 -0.9279 0.3988 6 -0.6889 0.6579 -0.0016 -0.1816 -0.1994 -0.2137 -0.3339 -0.6473 -0.6037 -0.8811 -1.0479 -0.1091 0.1189 -0.9277 0.4024 7 -0.6891 0.6555 0.0046 -0.1863 -0.1918 -0.2078 -0.3309 -0.6458 -0.6055 -0.8773 -1.0461 -0.1075 0.1238 -0.9276 0.4045 8 -0.6894 0.6545 0.0097 -0.1898 -0.1853 -0.2032 -0.3275 -0.6445 -0.6069 -0.8738 -1.0449 -0.1060 0.1273 -0.9276 0.4058 9 -0.6899 0.6544 0.0140 -0.1925 -0.1799 -0.1996 -0.3241 -0.6433 -0.6079 -0.8706 -1.0440 -0.1047 0.1299 -0.9278 0.4066 10 -0.6904 0.6546 0.0175 -0.1947 -0.1752 -0.1967 -0.3208 -0.6423 -0.6087 -0.8677 -1.0433 -0.1035 0.1320 -0.9281 0.4071 11 -0.6909 0.6551 0.0204 -0.1964 -0.1712 -0.1944 -0.3177 -0.6415 -0.6093 -0.8652 -1.0427 -0.1024 0.1336 -0.9285 0.4074 12 -0.6915 0.6556 0.0229 -0.1979 -0.1677 -0.1924 -0.3148 -0.6407 -0.6099 -0.8628 -1.0422 -0.1015 0.1349 -0.9289 0.4075 13 -0.6920 0.6561 0.0251 -0.1991 -0.1647 -0.1908 -0.3122 -0.6401 -0.6103 -0.8608 -1.0418 -0.1006 0.1359 -0.9293 0.4075 14 -0.6926 0.6565 0.0269 -0.2001 -0.1620 -0.1894 -0.3099 -0.6395 -0.6107 -0.8589 -1.0414 -0.0998 0.1368 -0.9297 0.4075 15 -0.6931 0.6568 0.0284 -0.2009 -0.1597 -0.1882 -0.3078 -0.6390 -0.6110 -0.8572 -1.0411 -0.0991 0.1376 -0.9301 0.4074 16 -0.6936 0.6570 0.0298 -0.2017 -0.1576 -0.1871 -0.3059 -0.6386 -0.6112 -0.8557 -1.0408 -0.0985 0.1382 -0.9305 0.4073 17 -0.6941 0.6572 0.0310 -0.2023 -0.1557 -0.1862 -0.3042 -0.6382 -0.6115 -0.8543 -1.0405 -0.0980 0.1388 -0.9309 0.4072 18 -0.6946 0.6573 0.0320 -0.2029 -0.1540 -0.1854 -0.3027 -0.6378 -0.6117 -0.8531 -1.0402 -0.0975 0.1393 -0.9313 0.4071 19 -0.6951 0.6574 0.0329 -0.2034 -0.1525 -0.1847 -0.3013 -0.6375 -0.6119 -0.8519 -1.0399 -0.0970 0.1397 -0.9317 0.4069 20 -0.6955 0.6574 0.0337 -0.2039 -0.1511 -0.1840 -0.3001 -0.6372 -0.6120 -0.8509 -1.0397 -0.0966 0.1401 -0.9320 0.4068 d esea 2603.tw fro glop gnk gsl glbs glng gogl hhfa.de hlag.de 011200.ks hmlp insw 9107.t 2 -0.0294 -0.9770 -1.0645 -0.1719 -0.0075 -0.0746 -0.5744 -0.8612 -0.8747 -0.1452 -0.3016 -1.7171 0.3408 -0.2256 -1.1076 3 -0.0537 -0.9732 -1.0994 -0.1937 -0.0226 -0.0937 -0.6026 -0.8521 -0.9236 -0.1342 -0.3198 -1.7440 0.3574 -0.1946 -1.0807 4 -0.0693 -0.9692 -1.1165 -0.2095 -0.0306 -0.1130 -0.6132 -0.8461 -0.9459 -0.1212 -0.3339 -1.7570 0.3668 -0.1812 -1.0612 5 -0.0783 -0.9665 -1.1270 -0.2213 -0.0344 -0.1276 -0.6173 -0.8415 -0.9577 -0.1110 -0.3444 -1.7654 0.3734 -0.1740 -1.0470 6 -0.0840 -0.9652 -1.1343 -0.2306 -0.0360 -0.1380 -0.6188 -0.8378 -0.9646 -0.1036 -0.3523 -1.7718 0.3785 -0.1694 -1.0362 7 -0.0878 -0.9646 -1.1397 -0.2380 -0.0366 -0.1454 -0.6192 -0.8349 -0.9690 -0.0981 -0.3585 -1.7770 0.3825 -0.1660 -1.0278 8 -0.0906 -0.9645 -1.1441 -0.2441 -0.0366 -0.1510 -0.6190 -0.8324 -0.9720 -0.0941 -0.3635 -1.7813 0.3857 -0.1634 -1.0210 9 -0.0926 -0.9647 -1.1476 -0.2492 -0.0363 -0.1552 -0.6185 -0.8304 -0.9740 -0.0911 -0.3676 -1.7850 0.3882 -0.1612 -1.0153 10 -0.0943 -0.9650 -1.1505 -0.2535 -0.0359 -0.1586 -0.6181 -0.8286 -0.9755 -0.0887 -0.3710 -1.7882 0.3903 -0.1593 -1.0106 11 -0.0956 -0.9655 -1.1529 -0.2572 -0.0354 -0.1613 -0.6176 -0.8271 -0.9767 -0.0868 -0.3738 -1.7910 0.3921 -0.1577 -1.0065 12 -0.0967 -0.9661 -1.1550 -0.2603 -0.0348 -0.1635 -0.6171 -0.8258 -0.9775 -0.0853 -0.3762 -1.7935 0.3936 -0.1562 -1.0030 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 354 13 -0.0976 -0.9666 -1.1568 -0.2630 -0.0343 -0.1654 -0.6167 -0.8246 -0.9782 -0.0841 -0.3782 -1.7956 0.3949 -0.1549 -0.9999 14 -0.0984 -0.9672 -1.1583 -0.2654 -0.0338 -0.1670 -0.6164 -0.8235 -0.9787 -0.0830 -0.3799 -1.7975 0.3960 -0.1537 -0.9972 15 -0.0991 -0.9677 -1.1596 -0.2675 -0.0332 -0.1684 -0.6160 -0.8225 -0.9792 -0.0822 -0.3814 -1.7992 0.3970 -0.1527 -0.9947 16 -0.0997 -0.9682 -1.1608 -0.2694 -0.0328 -0.1696 -0.6158 -0.8217 -0.9795 -0.0814 -0.3827 -1.8008 0.3978 -0.1517 -0.9926 17 -0.1002 -0.9687 -1.1618 -0.2711 -0.0323 -0.1706 -0.6155 -0.8209 -0.9798 -0.0808 -0.3838 -1.8021 0.3986 -0.1508 -0.9906 18 -0.1006 -0.9692 -1.1627 -0.2726 -0.0318 -0.1715 -0.6153 -0.8201 -0.9801 -0.0802 -0.3848 -1.8034 0.3993 -0.1500 -0.9888 19 -0.1010 -0.9697 -1.1636 -0.2739 -0.0314 -0.1724 -0.6151 -0.8195 -0.9803 -0.0797 -0.3857 -1.8045 0.3999 -0.1492 -0.9871 20 -0.1014 -0.9701 -1.1643 -0.2751 -0.0310 -0.1731 -0.6149 -0.8188 -0.9805 -0.0793 -0.3865 -1.8055 0.4004 -0.1485 -0.9856 d kex knop 0qmw.il matx 9104.t nvgs nm nmm 601018.ss 9101.t nat osg panl pbfx pxs 2 -0.8968 -0.3180 -0.2867 -0.6232 -0.4708 -0.3577 -0.4931 -0.1950 -0.7546 -0.4587 -0.1042 -0.2364 -1.8282 -0.6702 -0.9108 3 -0.9257 -0.2267 -0.3022 -0.6237 -0.4865 -0.3494 -0.4769 -0.1786 -0.7596 -0.4377 -0.1207 -0.2067 -1.8379 -0.6561 -0.9382 4 -0.9383 -0.1675 -0.3093 -0.6217 -0.4916 -0.3447 -0.4689 -0.1689 -0.7597 -0.4215 -0.1270 -0.1914 -1.8353 -0.6485 -0.9482 5 -0.9446 -0.1285 -0.3137 -0.6196 -0.4932 -0.3416 -0.4645 -0.1623 -0.7586 -0.4095 -0.1297 -0.1833 -1.8307 -0.6433 -0.9522 6 -0.9482 -0.1018 -0.3171 -0.6175 -0.4934 -0.3393 -0.4617 -0.1574 -0.7571 -0.4003 -0.1309 -0.1789 -1.8264 -0.6394 -0.9536 7 -0.9503 -0.0829 -0.3198 -0.6156 -0.4931 -0.3374 -0.4599 -0.1536 -0.7556 -0.3930 -0.1314 -0.1766 -1.8226 -0.6362 -0.9538 8 -0.9516 -0.0690 -0.3220 -0.6138 -0.4926 -0.3359 -0.4585 -0.1507 -0.7541 -0.3871 -0.1316 -0.1753 -1.8193 -0.6337 -0.9536 9 -0.9526 -0.0584 -0.3239 -0.6122 -0.4922 -0.3345 -0.4574 -0.1483 -0.7528 -0.3823 -0.1317 -0.1746 -1.8165 -0.6316 -0.9531 10 -0.9532 -0.0501 -0.3255 -0.6107 -0.4917 -0.3334 -0.4566 -0.1464 -0.7515 -0.3782 -0.1317 -0.1742 -1.8141 -0.6299 -0.9526 11 -0.9536 -0.0435 -0.3269 -0.6094 -0.4914 -0.3324 -0.4559 -0.1448 -0.7504 -0.3747 -0.1318 -0.1739 -1.8120 -0.6284 -0.9520 12 -0.9539 -0.0381 -0.3281 -0.6081 -0.4911 -0.3314 -0.4553 -0.1435 -0.7493 -0.3717 -0.1319 -0.1738 -1.8102 -0.6271 -0.9514 13 -0.9541 -0.0336 -0.3291 -0.6071 -0.4909 -0.3306 -0.4548 -0.1425 -0.7483 -0.3691 -0.1319 -0.1737 -1.8086 -0.6259 -0.9509 14 -0.9542 -0.0298 -0.3300 -0.6061 -0.4907 -0.3299 -0.4544 -0.1415 -0.7473 -0.3669 -0.1320 -0.1737 -1.8072 -0.6249 -0.9504 15 -0.9542 -0.0266 -0.3308 -0.6052 -0.4905 -0.3292 -0.4540 -0.1408 -0.7464 -0.3648 -0.1322 -0.1736 -1.8059 -0.6241 -0.9499 16 -0.9543 -0.0238 -0.3316 -0.6044 -0.4904 -0.3286 -0.4537 -0.1401 -0.7456 -0.3630 -0.1323 -0.1736 -1.8047 -0.6233 -0.9495 17 -0.9543 -0.0213 -0.3322 -0.6038 -0.4903 -0.3281 -0.4534 -0.1395 -0.7448 -0.3614 -0.1324 -0.1736 -1.8037 -0.6226 -0.9491 18 -0.9542 -0.0192 -0.3328 -0.6031 -0.4902 -0.3276 -0.4531 -0.1390 -0.7441 -0.3600 -0.1325 -0.1736 -1.8028 -0.6220 -0.9488 19 -0.9542 -0.0173 -0.3333 -0.6026 -0.4901 -0.3271 -0.4529 -0.1385 -0.7434 -0.3587 -0.1327 -0.1736 -1.8019 -0.6214 -0.9485 20 -0.9542 -0.0156 -0.3338 -0.6021 -0.4900 -0.3267 -0.4527 -0.1382 -0.7427 -0.3575 -0.1328 -0.1736 -1.8012 -0.6209 -0.9482 d qgts.qa qnns.qa rcl.bk sb smhi ship sfl 600018.ss sino stng sblk gass tk tgp 4030.sr 2 -0.8535 -0.2035 -1.0008 -0.7749 -0.2061 -1.2914 -0.3213 0.3290 -0.8943 -0.6042 -0.6108 -0.8985 -0.7367 -1.1938 0.1466 3 -0.8763 -0.1821 -1.0301 -0.8002 -0.1862 -1.2813 -0.3017 0.3488 -0.8868 -0.6078 -0.6245 -0.8829 -0.7395 -1.2281 0.1994 4 -0.8864 -0.1704 -1.0495 -0.8121 -0.1764 -1.2751 -0.2919 0.3624 -0.8784 -0.6082 -0.6277 -0.8754 -0.7373 -1.2459 0.2295 5 -0.8903 -0.1630 -1.0637 -0.8192 -0.1712 -1.2718 -0.2863 0.3722 -0.8709 -0.6074 -0.6274 -0.8717 -0.7347 -1.2571 0.2489 6 -0.8913 -0.1578 -1.0745 -0.8241 -0.1682 -1.2700 -0.2829 0.3797 -0.8644 -0.6062 -0.6257 -0.8699 -0.7323 -1.2648 0.2624 7 -0.8911 -0.1537 -1.0829 -0.8277 -0.1663 -1.2692 -0.2807 0.3857 -0.8588 -0.6049 -0.6235 -0.8692 -0.7302 -1.2703 0.2722 8 -0.8905 -0.1503 -1.0896 -0.8303 -0.1648 -1.2689 -0.2792 0.3906 -0.8540 -0.6039 -0.6212 -0.8691 -0.7284 -1.2745 0.2796 9 -0.8897 -0.1473 -1.0951 -0.8324 -0.1636 -1.2690 -0.2780 0.3948 -0.8498 -0.6030 -0.6190 -0.8694 -0.7269 -1.2777 0.2854 10 -0.8889 -0.1446 -1.0996 -0.8340 -0.1625 -1.2692 -0.2772 0.3984 -0.8462 -0.6022 -0.6169 -0.8698 -0.7255 -1.2801 0.2899 11 -0.8882 -0.1421 -1.1034 -0.8353 -0.1615 -1.2694 -0.2765 0.4016 -0.8429 -0.6016 -0.6150 -0.8704 -0.7244 -1.2821 0.2936 12 -0.8875 -0.1398 -1.1066 -0.8363 -0.1606 -1.2698 -0.2760 0.4045 -0.8401 -0.6011 -0.6132 -0.8710 -0.7234 -1.2838 0.2966 13 -0.8869 -0.1378 -1.1094 -0.8372 -0.1597 -1.2701 -0.2756 0.4071 -0.8375 -0.6007 -0.6116 -0.8716 -0.7226 -1.2851 0.2991 14 -0.8864 -0.1359 -1.1118 -0.8379 -0.1589 -1.2704 -0.2752 0.4094 -0.8352 -0.6003 -0.6101 -0.8723 -0.7219 -1.2862 0.3012 15 -0.8859 -0.1342 -1.1139 -0.8385 -0.1581 -1.2707 -0.2748 0.4115 -0.8331 -0.6001 -0.6087 -0.8729 -0.7212 -1.2871 0.3030 16 -0.8855 -0.1326 -1.1158 -0.8390 -0.1574 -1.2710 -0.2745 0.4135 -0.8312 -0.5998 -0.6075 -0.8735 -0.7207 -1.2879 0.3046 17 -0.8851 -0.1312 -1.1175 -0.8394 -0.1567 -1.2713 -0.2743 0.4153 -0.8294 -0.5997 -0.6063 -0.8741 -0.7203 -1.2886 0.3059 18 -0.8848 -0.1299 -1.1189 -0.8398 -0.1561 -1.2716 -0.2740 0.4169 -0.8278 -0.5995 -0.6053 -0.8747 -0.7199 -1.2892 0.3071 19 -0.8844 -0.1287 -1.1203 -0.8401 -0.1555 -1.2718 -0.2738 0.4185 -0.8263 -0.5994 -0.6043 -0.8752 -0.7195 -1.2897 0.3082 20 -0.8842 -0.1276 -1.1215 -0.8404 -0.1549 -1.2720 -0.2736 0.4199 -0.8250 -0.5993 -0.6034 -0.8757 -0.7192 -1.2902 0.3091 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 355 d tdw tlss tre.jo tnp tops 2606.tw 2615.tw wte.to xpo 2 0.6381 -1.0532 -1.0342 -0.7370 -0.4566 -0.0280 -0.7126 -0.4532 0.1706 3 0.5966 -1.0509 -1.0426 -0.7396 -0.4728 -0.0375 -0.7313 -0.4639 0.1895 4 0.5614 -1.0505 -1.0447 -0.7474 -0.4772 -0.0472 -0.7408 -0.4659 0.1895 5 0.5347 -1.0500 -1.0461 -0.7539 -0.4779 -0.0528 -0.7464 -0.4655 0.1881 6 0.5147 -1.0494 -1.0474 -0.7585 -0.4776 -0.0559 -0.7500 -0.4645 0.1876 7 0.4995 -1.0488 -1.0487 -0.7615 -0.4770 -0.0575 -0.7525 -0.4634 0.1879 8 0.4877 -1.0483 -1.0498 -0.7635 -0.4764 -0.0584 -0.7542 -0.4624 0.1887 9 0.4784 -1.0479 -1.0507 -0.7648 -0.4759 -0.0588 -0.7555 -0.4616 0.1896 10 0.4708 -1.0475 -1.0515 -0.7657 -0.4755 -0.0590 -0.7564 -0.4610 0.1906 11 0.4647 -1.0472 -1.0522 -0.7663 -0.4752 -0.0590 -0.7572 -0.4605 0.1917 12 0.4595 -1.0470 -1.0527 -0.7668 -0.4750 -0.0590 -0.7577 -0.4601 0.1926 13 0.4551 -1.0468 -1.0531 -0.7671 -0.4748 -0.0588 -0.7582 -0.4599 0.1935 14 0.4514 -1.0467 -1.0535 -0.7673 -0.4747 -0.0587 -0.7586 -0.4597 0.1944 15 0.4482 -1.0466 -1.0538 -0.7675 -0.4746 -0.0586 -0.7590 -0.4597 0.1951 16 0.4454 -1.0465 -1.0541 -0.7676 -0.4745 -0.0584 -0.7592 -0.4597 0.1958 17 0.4429 -1.0464 -1.0543 -0.7677 -0.4745 -0.0583 -0.7595 -0.4597 0.1965 18 0.4407 -1.0463 -1.0545 -0.7678 -0.4744 -0.0581 -0.7597 -0.4598 0.1971 19 0.4388 -1.0462 -1.0547 -0.7678 -0.4744 -0.0580 -0.7599 -0.4599 0.1976 20 0.4370 -1.0462 -1.0549 -0.7679 -0.4744 -0.0578 -0.7601 -0.4601 0.1981 table 5. description of different patterns detected in rényi entropy outputs pattern description i randomness and disorder has decreased in the post-covid timeline. the level of information disorder in frequent events has increased during the pandemic, which indicates that investors showed higher level of fear and lower level of future expectations regarding most frequent events. ii randomness and disorder has decreased in the post-covid timeline. the level of information disorder in frequent events has decreased during the pandemic, which indicates that investors showed lower level of fear and higher level of future expectations regarding most frequent events. iii randomness and disorder has increased in the post-covid timeline. the level of information disorder in frequent events has increased during the pandemic, which indicates that investors showed higher level of fear and lower level of future expectations regarding most frequent events. iv randomness and disorder has increased in the post-covid timeline. the level of information disorder in frequent events has decreased during the pandemic, which indicates that investors showed lower level of fear and higher level of future expectations regarding most frequent events. for the majority of the equities considered (over 89%), the randomness and disorder have decreased since the pandemic. the investors' expectations and level of fear for this group, however, were evenly distributed. in other words, for the most frequent events in the market, investors showed both lower/higher level of future expectations. table 6 reports the equities according to their detected pattern. in the most influential stocks (table 3), the rényi entropy pattern belonged to group ii (table 4), which indicates that investors had shown a lower level of fear regarding frequent market events in these equities in the post-covid timeline. table 6. the affiliated stocks to each rényi entropy pattern pattern affiliated stocks i cmre; dac; lpg; dsv.co; glng; insw; knop; matx; nvgs; nm; nmm; osg; pxs; qnns.qa; smhi; ship; sfl; sino; stng; gass; tk; tre.jo; wte.to; 2603.tw; 601018.ss; 601866.ss; 601919.ss; 9101.t; 9107.t. ii asc; cplp; dht; dsx; egle; esea; fro; glop; gnk; gsl; glbs; gogl; hhfa.de; hlag.de; kex; nat; panl; pbfx; qgts.qa; tcl.bk; tlss; sb; sblk; tgp; tnp; tops; 0qmw.il; 011200.ks; 2606.tw; 2615.tw; 9104.t. iii dlng; eurn; hmlp; xpo; 155900.ks; 4030.sr ; 600018.ss. iv maersk-a.co; tdw. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 356 5. conclusion the entropy analysis of equities in the oil & gas midstream and marine shipping sectors reveals changes in their underlying information flow patterns since the emergence of the covid-19 virus. the post-covid market action of equities in these two sectors behaves more sensitively to each other, as deducted from the effective transfer entropy results. according to the new (post-covid) paradigm, the stocks in the oil & gas midstream and integrated freight & logistics industries have gained momentum in occupying six of the ten positions on the list of the most influential equities in the market, in terms of information transmission. the disorder and randomness has generally decreased for the studied equities after the covid-19 emergence. investors’ fears and future market expectations for the studied equities are found to be mixed. nevertheless, the rényi entropy results indicate that investors more likely showed a lower level of fear regarding frequent market events in equities possessing high information transmission status in the market. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions all authors have equally contributed towards conceptualization, methodology, formal analysis, investigation, resources, writing—original draft preparation, writing—review and editing, visualization. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] hsiang, s., allen, d., annan-phan, s., bell, k., bolliger, i., chong, t., druckenmiller, h., huang, l. y., hultgren, a., krasovich, e., lau, p., lee, j., rolf, e., tseng, j., & wu, t. (2020). the effect of large-scale anti-contagion policies on the covid-19 pandemic. nature, 584(7820), 262–267. doi:10.1038/s41586-020-2404-8. [2] chinazzi, m., davis, j. t., ajelli, m., gioannini, c., litvinova, m., merler, s., pastore y piontti, a., mu, k., rossi, l., sun, k., viboud, c., xiong, x., yu, h., elizabeth halloran, m., longini, i. m., & vespignani, a. (2020). the effect of travel restrictions on the spread of the 2019 novel coronavirus (covid-19) outbreak. science, 368(6489), 395–400. doi:10.1126/science.aba9757. [3] guan, d., wang, d., hallegatte, s., davis, s. j., huo, j., li, s., bai, y., lei, t., xue, q., coffman, d. m., cheng, d., chen, p., liang, x., xu, b., lu, x., wang, s., hubacek, k., & gong, p. (2020). global supply-chain effects of covid-19 control measures. nature human behaviour, 4(6), 577–587. doi:10.1038/s41562-020-0896-8. [4] hayakawa, k., & mukunoki, h. (2021). the impact of covid-19 on international trade: evidence from the first shock. journal of the japanese and international economies, 60, 101135. doi:10.1016/j.jjie.2021.101135. [5] kamal, m. r., chowdhury, m. a. f., & hosain, m. m. (2021). stock market reactions of maritime shipping industry in the time of covid-19 pandemic crisis: an empirical investigation. maritime policy and management. doi:10.1080/03088839.2021.1954255. [6] xu, y., li, j. p., chu, c. c., & dinca, g. (2021). impact of covid-19 on transportation and logistics: a case of china. in economic research-ekonomska istrazivanja . doi:10.1080/1331677x.2021.1947339. [7] yazır, d., şahin, b., yip, t. l., & tseng, p. h. (2020). effects of covid-19 on maritime industry: a review. international maritime health, 71(4), 253–264. doi:10.5603/imh.2020.0044. [8] docherty, i., marsden, g., anable, j., & forth, t. (2021). transport, the economy and environmental sustainability post-covid19. productivity and the pandemic, 147–159. doi:10.4337/9781800374607.00017. [9] ivanov, d., & das, a. (2020). coronavirus (covid-19/sars-cov-2) and supply chain resilience: a research note. international journal of integrated supply management, 13(1), 90–102. doi:10.1504/ijism.2020.107780. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 357 [10] verschuur, j., koks, e. e., & hall, j. w. (2021). global economic impacts of covid-19 lockdown measures stand out in highfrequency shipping data. plos one, 16(4 april), 248818. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0248818. [11] golmohammadi, s., & fazelabdolabadi, b. (2021). covid-19: a game-changer to equity markets? journal of human, earth and future, 2(1), 46–81. doi: 10.28991/hef-2021-02-01-05. [12] harjoto, m. a., rossi, f., lee, r., & sergi, b. s. (2021). how do equity markets react to covid-19? evidence from emerging and developed countries. journal of economics and business, 115. doi:10.1016/j.jeconbus.2020.105966. [13] zhang, d., hu, m., & ji, q. (2020). financial markets under the global pandemic of covid-19. finance research letters, 36. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2020.101528. [14] singh, a. (2020). covid-19 and safer investment bets. finance research letters, 36. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2020.101729. [15] baig, a. s., & chen, m. (2021). did the covid-19 pandemic (really) positively impact the ipo market? an analysis of information uncertainty. finance research letters, 102372. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2021.102372. [16] jebabli, i., kouaissah, n., & arouri, m. (2021). volatility spillovers between stock and energy markets during crises: a comparative assessment between the 2008 global financial crisis and the covid-19 pandemic crisis. finance research letters, 102363. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2021.102363. [17] yu, x., xiao, k., & liu, j. (2021). dynamic co-movements of covid-19 pandemic anxieties and stock market returns. finance research letters, 102219. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2021.102219. [18] xu, l. (2021). stock return and the covid-19 pandemic: evidence from canada and the us. finance research letters, 38. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2020.101872. [19] fry-mckibbin, r., greenwood-nimmo, m., hsiao, c. y. l., & qi, l. (2021). higher-order comoment contagion among g20 equity markets during the covid-19 pandemic. finance research letters, 102150. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2021.102150. [20] amar, a. ben, belaid, f., youssef, a. ben, chiao, b., & guesmi, k. (2021). the unprecedented reaction of equity and commodity markets to covid-19. finance research letters, 38. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2020.101853. [21] benlagha, n., & omari, s. el. (2021). connectedness of stock markets with gold and oil: new evidence from covid-19 pandemic. finance research letters, 102373. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2021.102373. [22] bakry, w., kavalmthara, p. j., saverimuttu, v., liu, y., & cyril, s. (2021). response of stock market volatility to covid-19 announcements and stringency measures: a comparison of developed and emerging markets. finance research letters, 102350. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2021.102350. [23] liu, y., wei, y., wang, q., & liu, y. (2021). international stock market risk contagion during the covid-19 pandemic. finance research letters, 102145. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2021.102145. [24] szczygielski, j. j., bwanya, p. r., charteris, a., & brzeszczyński, j. (2021). the only certainty is uncertainty: an analysis of the impact of covid-19 uncertainty on regional stock markets. finance research letters, 43. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2021.101945. [25] yarovaya, l., elsayed, a. h., & hammoudeh, s. (2021). determinants of spillovers between islamic and conventional financial markets: exploring the safe haven assets during the covid-19 pandemic. finance research letters, 43. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2021.101979. [26] carter, d., mazumder, s., simkins, b., & sisneros, e. (2021). the stock price reaction of the covid-19 pandemic on the airline, hotel, and tourism industries. finance research letters, 102047. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2021.102047. [27] buszko, m., orzeszko, w., & stawarz, m. (2021). covid-19 pandemic and stability of stock market-a sectoral approach. plos one, 16(5 may), 250938. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0250938. [28] he, p., sun, y., zhang, y., & li, t. (2020). covid–19’s impact on stock prices across different sectors—an event study based on the chinese stock market. emerging markets finance and trade, 56(10), 2198–2212. doi:10.1080/1540496x.2020.1785865. [29] sayed, o. a., & eledum, h. (2021). the short-run response of saudi arabia stock market to the outbreak of covid-19 pandemic: an event-study methodology. international journal of finance and economics, 1–15. doi:10.1002/ijfe.2539. [30] alam, m. m., wei, h., & wahid, a. n. m. (2021). covid-19 outbreak and sectoral performance of the australian stock market: an event study analysis. australian economic papers, 60(3), 482–495. doi:10.1111/1467-8454.12215. [31] zoungrana, t. d., toé, d. l. tan, & toé, m. (2021). covid-19 outbreak and stocks return on the west african economic and monetary union’s stock market: an empirical analysis of the relationship through the event study approach. international journal of finance and economics. doi:10.1002/ijfe.2484. [32] bissoondoyal-bheenick, e., do, h., hu, x., & zhong, a. (2021). learning from sars: return and volatility connectedness in covid-19. finance research letters, 41. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2020.101796. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 358 [33] castillo, b., león, á., & ñíguez, t. m. (2021). backtesting var under the covid-19 sudden changes in volatility. finance research letters, 43. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2021.102024. [34] engelhardt, n., krause, m., neukirchen, d., & posch, p. n. (2021). trust and stock market volatility during the covid-19 crisis. finance research letters, 38. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2020.101873. [35] salman, a., & ali, q. (2021). covid-19 and its impact on the stock market in gcc. journal of sustainable finance and investment. doi:10.1080/20430795.2021.1944036. [36] bannigidadmath, d., narayan, p. k., phan, d. h. b., & gong, q. (2021). how stock markets reacted to covid-19? evidence from 25 countries. finance research letters, 102161. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2021.102161. [37] yao, c. z., & li, h. y. (2020). effective transfer entropy approach to information flow among epu, investor sentiment and stock market. frontiers in physics, 8. doi:10.3389/fphy.2020.00206. [38] sensoy, a., sobaci, c., sensoy, s., & alali, f. (2014). effective transfer entropy approach to information flow between exchange rates and stock markets. chaos, solitons and fractals, 68, 180–185. doi:10.1016/j.chaos.2014.08.007. [39] škrinjarić, t., quintino, d., & ferreira, p. (2021). transfer entropy approach for portfolio optimization: an empirical approach for cesee markets. journal of risk and financial management, 14(8), 369. doi:10.3390/jrfm14080369. [40] schreiber, t. (2000). measuring information transfer. physical review letters, 85(2), 461–464. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.85.461. [41] liu, a., chen, j., yang, s. y., & hawkes, a. g. (2020). the flow of information in trading: an entropy approach to market regimes. entropy, 22(9), 1064. doi:10.3390/e22091064. [42] osei, p. m., & adam, a. m. (2020). quantifying the information flow between ghana stock market index and its constituents using transfer entropy. in mathematical problems in engineering (vol. 2020). doi:10.1155/2020/6183421. [43] marschinski, r., & kantz, h. (2002). analysing the information flow between financial time series. the european physical journal b, 30(2), 275–281. doi:10.1140/epjb/e2002-00379-2. [44] lahmiri, s., & bekiros, s. (2020). renyi entropy and mutual information measurement of market expectations and investor fear during the covid-19 pandemic. chaos, solitons and fractals, 139, 110084. doi:10.1016/j.chaos.2020.110084. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 194 relationship of smart cities and smart tourism: an overview nada jasim habeeb a* , shireen talib weli a a middle technical university, baghdad, iraq. received 11 august 2020; revised 02 november 2020; accepted 06 november 2020; published 01 december 2020 abstract smart cities and smart tourism terms have become very popular in the past and present decades. research in the field of smart tourist cities still fails to cover the developments of the smart tourist city. the aim of the study is to review the recent literature on smart cities and smart tourism and their roles in achieving a sustainable tourism sector and enhancing the competitiveness of the country’s tourism sector by making it more developed and modern. in this study, the relationship between the smart city and tourism is presented and tries to present the relationship or conceptual approach between the smart city and smart tourism. in addition, the current situation and the potential for growth and development of tourism in iraq through the establishment and application of smart cities are identified. the recent studies that were mentioned in this study indicate that there is a close relationship between the smart city and smart tourism and also indicate that the smart city has a fundamental role in the growth and development of tourist destinations. the smart tourist cities are results of the convergence and interconnection between the smart city and the tourist city. finally, recommendations for the smart tourism city applications in iraq are provided. keywords: smart city; smart tourism; smart economy; iot; information and communication technology. 1. introduction the population is growing steadily, especially in urban areas. half of the world's population lives in urban areas, and it is estimated to rise to 60% by the year 2050. this puts tremendous pressure on the environment and resources. governance and technology are also subject to this huge population. smart is the ability to solve problems with understanding, speed, flexibility, and accuracy, or it is the quality of having experience, knowledge, and good judgment [1]. the word "smart" has become widely known in recent years to describe technological, economic, and social developments that depend on sensors, big data, and new methods of communication such as the internet of things [2]. urban population inflation and the continued depletion of resources constitute a burden on the individual's life, in conjunction with obtaining the most basic services. therefore, most of the world's cities have turned into smart cities, which have a fundamental role in providing direct services to the citizen through the optimal use of information and communication technology. a "smart tourism city" is an urban transformation that aims to provide basic services to citizens and tourists through technology. recently, many researches provided suggestions regarding the smart city and its importance in tourism development. pasquinelli and trunfio (2020) [3] suggested using the smart city lens and integrating it with human, social, and technological capital. in other words, an emphasis on the integration of smart city engines, which represent information and communication technology, and intellectual and social capital. they also emphasized the impacts of sustainable urban development. shafiee et al. (2019) [4] provided a model for smart tourist destinations that includes * corresponding author: nadaj2013@mtu.edu.iq http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-04-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0337-5767 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 195 some of the steps. first: open coding, which includes collecting initial classifications and then extracting the analytical classifications. second: the axial coding, which includes determining the relationship between these classifications. third: selective coding, represented by integrating all classifications. this model is likely to serve the development of smart tourism destinations. fog computing technology and the internet of things have a major role in building smart cities, which facilitates the development of industrial and urban businesses. zhang (2020) [5] proposed building a network of the internet of things and fog computing, consisting of several layers that contribute to processing big data and have the flexibility to expand. tripathy et al. (2018) [6] emphasized the solution to the problem of access to sustainable mobility for tourists, through cooperation between citizens, city administrations, and tourism institutions. the researcher presented an application based on the internet of things called i-tour, which contributes to the independence of sustainable tourism mobility. kim et al. (2021) [7] aimed to contribute to sustainable development in seoul for the purpose of urban planning for the citizens to reach a smart city that satisfies all its residents, through analyzing a questionnaire collected within 10 years from an electronic platform in which citizens in the city participate. one of the main tasks of a smart city is to extract tourists' preferences in an intelligent way. abbasi-moud et al. (2019) [8] suggest automatic extraction of user preferences in smart tourism. user comments and data posted on social media are exploited. the researcher extracted user preferences through semantic grouping of data and sentiment analysis. this paper aims to clarify a general view of the smart city and smart tourism and the relationship between them, in addition to highlight the most important challenges facing the construction of the smart tourism city. the rest of the paper is as follows. in section 2 the related works (smart city and smart tourism) are explained. in section 3, the relationship between the smart city and the smart tourism is presented. section 4 produces smart tourism city and its challenges, while in section 5, the conclusion and recommendations are discussed. 2. related works 2.1. smart cities with technological progress and development, and with a growing population, many cities are turning to smart cities in order to improve the lives of citizens. the definition of smart cities, which are also called digital cities, cyber ville, intelligent cities, and wired cities, as urban areas where data is collected from the devices, assets and citizens for the purpose of managing available resources more efficiently. some smart city definitions can be found in [9]. smart cities use information and communication technology applications to enhance innovation and knowledge, reduce costs, use resources optimally, enhance living and work, and to facilitate communication between government and people living and working in the city [10-12]. although there are many goals behind the smart city, but in general it promotes the optimum and effective use of physical infrastructure and works to enhance communication between citizens living in the city and the government to improve life in the city. table 1 contains survey studies were conducted on the smart cities in 2019 and 2020, according to the purpose of the survey and according to the methods or means that contributed to building the smart city. table 1. survey studies on the smart cities for the period 2019 and 2020 authors, year purpose method or means shafiq et al., 2020 [13] network traffic classification for sustainable smart cities data mining, machine learning, feature extraction al-turjman & malekloo, 2019 [14] smart parking internet of things shah et al., 2019 [15] discovering technologies and projects implemented in new york city internet of things curzon et al, 2019 [16] exploring how individuals are exposed to privacy and how to reduce the risk of such exposure privacy enhancing technologies alsamhi et al, 2019 [17] increasing the smartness of smart cities applications of collaborative drones and iot xie et al., 2019 [18] improving smart city services and promote the development of smart cities. blockchain technology chaudhry et al, 2019 [19] planning for smart cities. things (iot) and artificial intelligence (ai) chen et al, 2019 [20] intelligent transportation system wireless optical its khan et al., 2020 [21] highlight the role of edge computing in realizing the vision of smart cities edge computing applications ali et al., 2019 [22] convert classical cities into smart cities one can design and develop smart cities internet of things alías & alsina-pagès, 2019 [23] environmental noise monitoring wireless acoustic sensor networks laufs et al., 2020 [24] investigate to what extent these new interventions correspond with traditional functions of security interventions smart city’ security technologies hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 196 6.6 6.8 7 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 global smart city index score 2019 the benefits of smart city development are based on four dimensions: environmental sustainability, economic sustainability, social sustainability and governance [25-27]. the planning of smart city application includes eight basic elements: smart education, sustainable smart environment, smart tourism, smart transportation, smart health care, smart industry and smart happy life [28-30]. smart cities seek to improve the quality of life using data and digital technology with the change in the infrastructure. building smart cities depend mainly on the dynamic needs of citizens. an index has been developed to rank the best global smart cities. the results were based on a number of categories such as transport and mobility, innovation and economics, standard of living, etc. the figure 1 illustrates the 10 top smart city index scores for the world in 2019 (www.statista.com). figure 1. smart city index scores around the world in 2019 in the figure above, the swiss city of zurich ranked first in the index at 7.75 in 2019. in another ranking index prepared by the imd world competitiveness for 2019 in the form of a yearbook for the ranking of smart cities in the world. dubai has a rating of 45 while singapore is ranked first and zurich is second. the classification was based on several factors, including: affordable housing, road congestion, air pollution, fulfilling, security, recycling, green spaces etc. (see figure 2). figure 2. the classification of several factors based on respondents hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 197 figure 3. the basic elements of the smart city the figure 3 shows the basic elements of the smart city [31-34]. these elements have the ability to solve the problems in smart ways and provide facilities for their citizens to build a smart society. smart infrastructure is represented by the use of the smart sensors and the network technologies for the purpose of accessing the smart infrastructure such as energy resources, water networks, streets, buildings, etc. intelligent transport provides transportation networks with real-time, technological control systems. smart environment includes the protection and supervision of natural resources using smart technology such as waste management systems and control of environmental pollution, etc. smart services provide health services, education, tourism and others using smart technology. smart governance provides good governance that has the ability to adapt to new changes. the smart people element means investing creativity and innovation that introduced by individuals and people. smart life element provides quality of life for residents and visitors, and includes all aspects of life, including tourist attractions. in smart economy, the use of technology and innovation in business leads to the rise and growth of the economic side of the smart city. the main feature that made these elements described as smart lies in the optimal use of resources and improved performance. 2.2. smart tourism the tourism sector is one of the largest sectors in the world [35]. this is because it plays an important role in the growth of the economy of many countries [36]. therefore, there was an urgent need to make the tourist destinations as attractive as possible [37]. tourism is a cultural, social and economic phenomenon based on people traveling to places or countries for recreational, commercial or health purposes [2]. the tourism sector has a large return [38]. with the huge technological development, the development of tourism marketing via the internet from electronic tourism marketing to smart tourism marketing. competition between countries has become in attracting tourists depends mainly on the technology in several areas such as presentations, booking airline tickets, accommodation, and facilitate communications with visitors. the smart tourism can defined as a smart tourism platform that combines tourism resources and information and communication technology in all phases of the tourist trip. it is based on the bilateral interaction of information between companies and tourists through the marketing of tourism products based on smart technical development [39]. tourism experience is important in the success of smart tourism. tourists are the ones who create the smart tourism experience by publishing photos and their tourism activities as they move between tourist destinations using smart phones. smart tourism is a multidimensional technology that consists of infrastructure and communication systems. the development of the smart tourism is based on the collection, exchange and processing of data generated through the components of the smart tourism system. as in figure 4, the basic components are included smart experience, smart business, and smart destination [40, 41]. smart tourist destinations are based on three pillars of information and communication technology which are internet of things, cloud computing and end-user internet applications. cloud computing provides three basic services which are the hardware infrastructure services of servers and computer resources. online platform services and software services. these services facilitate the work of smart tourist destinations. figure 4. smart tourism components and data layer smart experience smart destination smart business ecosystem data layer collection exchange processing smart transportation smart people smart living smart economy smart environment smart government smart services smart infrastructure smart city hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 198 the smart tourism experience is based on an intelligent ecosystem that works through a smart tourism destination [33]. literature review for the last six years can be found in [37, 42]. the tourism industry is an important component and an effective factor in building smart cities. the concept of smart tourism is a product of the concept of smart cities [43-45]. it is a part of the smart living, which is one of the elements of the smart city [46, 47]. that is why it is playing an important role in smart city strategy. therefore smart tourism requires knowledge and awareness of tourism information such as tourism, economic, activities and events, and the participation of tourists to achieve adjustment in order to obtain tourist information at the right time and the right place through the use of internet tools. one of the technologies that support the formation of smart tourism is the internet of things (iot) technology that plays an important role in the development and growth of the tourism sector. the internet of things is defined as a computer concept that expresses the idea that different physical devices connect to the internet and the ability of each device to identify itself to other devices. it is a virtual network that combines various things classified within electronics, software, sensors and motors and connects them via the internet, which allows these things to exchange data between them. kumar (2020) [48] indicated that the iot is a part of the technology layer, which is one of the layers of smart tourism architecture, as in the figure 5. technology layer also contains cloud computing, network and communication and virtual reality. the data layer includes the integration of the technology layer with smart tourism elements. the application layer includes smart applications that provide tourism services figure 5. smart tourism architecture layers 3. relationship of smart city and smart tourism information and communication technology is an important factor in establishing a smart city. as for tourism, information and communication technology at the present time plays a fundamental role in many services such as transportation services, cultural and entertainment services. the human factor also has a big role in attracting tourists to the city. the infrastructure offers uncle tourists and enjoyable tourist experiences. an environment can provide tourists with a green environment, or green tourism, which is a tourism activity that works in an environmentally friendly way. we can say in another sense that a smart city is a tourist destination [49]. the figure 6 briefly illustrates the relationship between a smart city and smart tourism [50]. figure 6. the relationship between a smart city and smart tourism user layer data layer application layer technology layer smart tourism architecture layers digital city knowledge city smart city information and communication technology smart people smart infrastructure smart environment sustainable city hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 199 providing cultural experiences to tourists helps create an innovative knowledge city capable of attracting tourists, and the establishment of smart transportation means to support travel and provide facilities for travelers. in addition to the availability of green tourism while preserving the urban environment of tourists. all these factors help in building a smart tourism city. 4. smart tourism city and its challenges it is a critical component of economic and social activity as it provides employment opportunities and business opportunities [37]. tourism activity is greatly affected by information and communication technology, which is the backbone and basic pillar of the tourism industry, as the availability of information depends on making the decision to travel. the information has entered many tourism sectors, including tourism companies, hotels and aviation. to build more intelligent and sustainable tourism cities for their citizens, governments must use information and communication technology in exemplary ways. a smart sustainable tourism city is an innovative city that uses the information and communication technologies to improve the quality of life for citizens and tourists, the efficiency of urban operations and services, and the ability to compete, while meeting the needs of current and future generations in terms of economic, social, environmental and cultural aspects. according to un data in 2018, by 2050, two out of every three people will live in cities. therefore, there must be smart and sustainable planning in cities to face population growth in cities. there are many obstacles and challenges facing iraq to build smart cities, including the unstable security situation, political conflicts, and a lack of service provision in addition to urban planning for cities that are not qualified to build smart cities in iraq despite the availability of communication and information technology that can be exploited to change iraq's cities into cities smart. to achieve access to the smart tourism city, it is necessary to achieve and develop the tourism investment for the city that is linked to general economic growth, which is based on four main sources: natural resources, human resources, intellectual capital, and the institutional factor. by increasing the growth of these resources, it positively affects the growth of the economy. to achieve this goal, tourist attractions must be available to be a pillar in attracting tourism investment and providing services to tourists using modern means and at a safe level. in addition to the availability of a tourist guide using websites and electronic applications for the places that tourists visit. the tourism industry is an important and effective factor in building smart cities. therefore, it plays an important role in the smart city strategy. hence, smart tourism requires knowledge and awareness of tourism information such as tourism, economic, events, and participation of tourists to achieve a modification in order to obtain tourism information at the right time and in the right place by using internet tools [2]. 5. conclusions in this paper, an overview is provided of building a smart city, smart tourism, and the relationship between the smart city and smart tourism. in addition, we highlight the most important obstacles and challenges facing the construction of a smart tourism city. the most important conclusions and recommendations reached through the literature review can be summarized as follows:  converting cities into smart cities is based on several basic elements, namely: smart transportation, smart people, smart living, smart economy, smart environment, smart government, smart services, and smart infrastructure. where tourism is a part of smart living that includes cultural and entertainment facilities, security, attractions, housing quality, health conditions, and educational facilities.  the development of smart tourism cities is mainly supported by the continuous development of artificial intelligence technologies, the internet of things, and smart networks.  paying attention to the sectors that society needs, such as education, energy, transportation and others, will facilitate the process of transformation into smart cities.  setting sustainable plans that will lead to smart tourism destinations.  the smart tourist city is the result of the interconnectedness between the tourist city and the smart city. information and communication technologies can be used by governments to build smart and sustainable tourism cities for citizens and tourists visiting these cities for the purpose of improving the quality of life and increasing the efficiency of urban services while meeting the needs of social, cultural and economic aspects. a realistic solution cannot be reached without governments taking full responsibility in partnership with urban residents and their cooperation in making this experiment a success, to turn it into a realistic life model capable of reducing crises through the use of modern technological systems. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 200 6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] li, y., hu, c., huang, c., & duan, l. (2017). the concept of smart tourism in the context of tourism information services. tourism management, 58, 293–300. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2016.03.014. [2] gretzel, u., sigala, m., xiang, z., & koo, c. (2015). smart tourism: foundations and developments. electronic markets, 25(3), 179-188. doi:10.1007/s12525-015-0196-8. [3] pasquinelli, c., & trunfio, m. (2020). reframing urban overtourism through the smart-city lens. cities, 102, 102729. doi:10.1016/j.cities.2020.102729. [4] shafiee, s., ghatari, a. r., hasanzadeh, a., & jahanyan, s. (2019). developing a model for sustainable smart tourism destinations: a systematic review. tourism management perspectives, 31, 287-300. doi:10.1016/j.tmp.2019.06.002. [5] zhang, c. (2020). design and application of fog computing and internet of things service platform for smart city. future generation computer systems. doi:10.1016/j.future.2020.06.016. [6] tripathy, a. k., tripathy, p. k., ray, n. k., & mohanty, s. p. (2018). itour: the future of smart tourism: an iot framework for the independent mobility of tourists in smart cities. ieee consumer electronics magazine, 7(3), 32-37. doi:10.1109/mce.2018.2797758. [7] kim, b., yoo, m., park, k. c., lee, k. r., & kim, j. h. (2021). a value of civic voices for smart city: a big data analysis of civic queries posed by seoul citizens. cities, 108, 102941. doi:10.1016/j.cities.2020.102941. [8] abbasi-moud, z., vahdat-nejad, h., & mansoor, w. (2019). detecting tourist's preferences by sentiment analysis in smart cities. in 2019 ieee global conference on internet of things (gciot) (pp. 1-4). ieee. doi:10.1109/gciot47977.2019.9058397. [9] dameri, r. p., & rosenthal-sabroux, c. (eds.). (2014). smart city: how to create public and economic value with high technology in urban space. springer. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-06160-3. [10] šurdonja, s., giuffrè, t., & deluka-tibljaš, a. (2020). smart mobility solutions–necessary precondition for a well-functioning smart city. transportation research procedia, 45, 604-611. doi:10.1016/j.trpro.2020.03.051. [11] caragliu, a., & del bo, c. f. (2019). smart innovative cities: the impact of smart city policies on urban innovation. technological forecasting and social change, 142, 373-383. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2018.07.022. [12] hassanien, a. e., bhatnagar, r., khalifa, n. e. m., & taha, m. h. n. (eds.). (2020). toward social internet of things (siot): enabling technologies, architectures and applications. studies in computational intelligence. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-245139. [13] shafiq, m., tian, z., bashir, a. k., jolfaei, a., & yu, x. (2020). data mining and machine learning methods for sustainable smart cities traffic classification: a survey. sustainable cities and society, 102177. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2020.102177. [14] al-turjman, f., & malekloo, a. (2019). smart parking in iot-enabled cities: a survey. sustainable cities and society, 49, 101608. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2019.101608. [15] shah, j., kothari, j., & doshi, n. (2019). a survey of smart city infrastructure via case study on new york. procedia computer science, 160, 702-705. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2019.11.024. [16] curzon, j., almehmadi, a., & el-khatib, k. (2019). a survey of privacy enhancing technologies for smart cities. pervasive and mobile computing, 55, 76-95. doi:10.1016/j.pmcj.2019.03.001. [17] alsamhi, s. h., ma, o., ansari, m. s., & almalki, f. a. (2019). survey on collaborative smart drones and internet of things for improving smartness of smart cities. ieee access, 7, 128125-128152. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2934998. [18] xie, j., tang, h., huang, t., yu, f. r., xie, r., liu, j., & liu, y. (2019). a survey of blockchain technology applied to smart cities: research issues and challenges. ieee communications surveys & tutorials, 21(3), 2794–2830. doi:10.1109/comst.2019.2899617. [19] chaudhry, a.r., rajput, b. & mishra, r., (2019). influence of iot &ai in place making and creating smart cities. 2019 10th international conference on computing, communication and networking technologies (icccnt). doi:10.1109/icccnt45670.2019.8944477. [20] chen, x., ding, j., yu, b., ma, h., & lai, h. (2019). a survey on wireless optical its for smart city. in asia communications and photonics conference (pp. m4a-110). optical society of america. [21] khan, l. u., yaqoob, i., tran, n. h., kazmi, s. a., dang, t. n., & hong, c. s. (2020). edge computing enabled smart cities: a comprehensive survey. ieee internet of things journal. doi:10.1109/jiot.2020.2987070. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 201 [22] ali, h., qazi, r., & shah, m. a. (2019). smart cities: methods, encounters & hunt for future survey. 2019 25th international conference on automation and computing (icac). doi:10.23919/iconac.2019.8895019. [23] alías, francesc, and rosa ma alsina-pagès. (2019). review of wireless acoustic sensor networks for environmental noise monitoring in smart cities. journal of sensors 2019. doi:10.1155/2019/7634860. [24] laufs, j., borrion, h., & bradford, b. (2020). security and the smart city: a systematic review. sustainable cities and society, 55, 102023. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2020.102023. [25] visvizi, a., & lytras, m. d. (2019). sustainable smart cities and smart villages research: rethinking security, safety, wellbeing, and happiness. sustainability, 12(1), 215. doi:10.3390/su12010215. [26] ratten, vanessa, ed. (2019). entrepreneurship and the community: a multidisciplinary perspective on creativity, social challenges, and business. springer nature. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-23604-5_1. [27] visvizi, a., & lytras, m. (eds.). (2019). smart cities: issues and challenges: mapping political, social and economic risks and threats. elsevier. doi:10.1016/c2018-0-00336-9. [28] management association, i. r. (ed.). (2019). smart cities and smart spaces. doi:10.4018/978-1-5225-7030-1. [29] chou, t.-y., & hsu, y.-t. (2017). the strategic development and spatial information applications of smart cities in taiwan. 2017 pacific neighborhood consortium annual conference and joint meetings (pnc). doi:10.23919/pnc.2017.8203515. [30] zhang, l., & sun, z. (2019). the application of artificial intelligence technology in the tourism industry of jinan. journal of physics: conference series, 1302, 032005. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1302/3/032005. [31] rocha, á., adeli, h., reis, l. p., & costanzo, s. (eds.). (2019). new knowledge in information systems and technologies (vol. 3). springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-16187-3. [32] sahoo, p. (2018). book review: usha mujoo munshi and neeta verma (eds.), data science landscape: towards research standards and protocols. indian journal of public administration, 64(4), 774–776. doi:10.1177/0019556118788411 [33] lee, p., hunter, w. c., & chung, n. (2020). smart tourism city: developments and transformations. sustainability, 12(10), 3958. doi:10.3390/su12103958. [34] kauf, s. (2019). smart logistics as a basis for the development of the smart city. transportation research procedia, 39, 143– 149. doi:10.1016/j.trpro.2019.06.016. [35] zhang, c., wang, s., sun, s., & wei, y. (2020). knowledge mapping of tourism demand forecasting research. tourism management perspectives, 35, 100715. doi:10.1016/j.tmp.2020.100715. [36] irmanti, d., hidayat, m. r., amalina, n. v., & suryani, d. (2017). mobile smart travelling application for indonesia tourism. procedia computer science, 116, 556-563. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2017.10.059. [37] kontogianni, a., & alepis, e. (2020). smart tourism: state of the art and literature review for the last six years. array, 6, 37. doi:10.1016/j.array.2020.100020. [38] guliani, l. k. (ed.). (2016). corporate social responsibility in the hospitality and tourism industry. igi global. doi:10.4018/978-1-4666-9902-1.ch012. [39] wang, y., shakeela, a., kwek, a., & khoo-lattimore, c. (eds.). (2018). managing asian destinations. perspectives on asian tourism. doi:10.1007/978-981-10-8426-3 . [40] xiang, zheng, and daniel r. fesenmaier. (2017). analytics in smart tourism design. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-44263-1_1. [41] tomar, p., and gurjit k. (2019). green and smart technologies for smart cities. crc press. florida, united states. doi: 10.1201/9780429454837. [42] jovicic, d. z. (2019). from the traditional understanding of tourism destination to the smart tourism destination. current issues in tourism, 22(3), 276-282. doi:10.1080/13683500.2017.1313203. [43] sigalat-signes, e., calvo-palomares, r., roig-merino, b., & garcía-adán, i. (2019). transition towards a tourist innovation model: the smart tourism destination: reality or territorial marketing?. journal of innovation & knowledge. doi:10.1016/j.jik.2019.06.002. [44] ivars-baidal, j. a., celdrán-bernabeu, m. a., mazón, j. n., & perles-ivars, á. f. (2019). smart destinations and the evolution of icts: a new scenario for destination management?. current issues in tourism, 22(13), 1581-1600. doi:10.1080/13683500.2017.1388771. [45] li, y. (2019). study on the design of smart scenic spots based on smart tourism – a case study on the ancient city of suzhou. 2019 12th international conference on intelligent computation technology and automation (icicta). doi:10.1109/icicta49267.2019.00038. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 4, december, 2020 202 [46] rocha, á., abreu, a., de carvalho, j. v., liberato, d., gonzález, e. a., & liberato, p. (eds.). (2019). advances in tourism, technology and smart systems: proceedings of icotts 2019 (vol. 171). springer nature. [47] zeng, d., tim, y., yu, j., & liu, w. (2020). actualizing big data analytics for smart cities: a cascading affordance study. international journal of information management, 54, 102156. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2020.102156. [48] kumar, t. v. (2020). smart living for smart cities. in smart living for smart cities (pp. 3-70). springer, singapore. doi:10.1007/978-981-15-4603-7_1. [49] sigalat-signes, e., calvo-palomares, r., roig-merino, b., & garcía-adán, i. (2020). transition towards a tourist innovation model: the smart tourism destination: reality or territorial marketing?. journal of innovation & knowledge, 5(2), 96-104. doi: 10.1016/j.jik.2019.06.002. [50] dameri, r., benevolo, c., & garelli, r. (2020, march). smart city strategies for sustainable tourism: definitions and taxonomy. in ictr 2020 3rd international conference on tourism research. academic conferences and publishing limited. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jik.2019.06.002 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 319 issn: 2723-9535 deepimagetranslator v2: analysis of multimodal medical images using semantic segmentation maps generated through deep learning en zhou ye 1, en hui ye 1, maxime bouthillier 2 , run zhou ye 3, 4* 1 blyth academy, ottawa, ontario, canada. 2 département de radiologie, radio-oncologie et médecine nucléaire, faculté de médecine, université de montréal, montréal, québec, canada. 3 department of radiation medicine program, princess margaret cancer centre, university health network, toronto, canada. 4 division of endocrinology, department of medicine, centre de recherche du centre hospitalier universitaire de sherbrooke, université de sherbrooke, sherbrooke, québec, canada. received 13 march 2022; revised 22 july 2022; accepted 04 august 2022; published 01 september 2022 abstract introduction: analysis of multimodal medical images often requires the selection of one or many anatomical regions of interest (rois) for extraction of useful statistics. this task can prove laborious when a manual approach is used. we have previously developed a user-friendly software tool for image-to-image translation using deep learning. therefore, we present herein an update to the deepimagetranslator v2 software with the addition of a tool for multimodal medical image segmentation analysis (hereby referred to as the mmmisa). methods: the mmmisa was implemented using the tkinter library; backend computations were implemented using the pydicom, numpy, and opencv libraries. we tested our software using 4188 slices from whole-body axial 2-deoxy-2-[18f]-fluoroglucose-position emission tomography/ computed tomography scans ([¹⁸f]-fdg-pet/ct) of 10 patients from the american college of radiology imaging network-head and neck squamous cell carcinoma (acrin-hnscc) database. using the deep learning software deepimagetranslator, a model was trained with 36 randomly selected ct slices and manually labelled semantic segmentation maps. utilizing the trained model, all the ct scans of the 10 hnscc patients were segmented with high accuracy. segmentation maps generated using the deep convolutional network were then used to measure organ specific [¹⁸f]-fdg uptake. we also compared measurements performed using the mmmisa and those made with manually selected rois. results: the mmmisa is a tool that allows user to select rois based on deep learning-generated segmentation maps and to compute accurate statistics for these rois based on coregistered multimodal images. we found that organ-specific [¹⁸f]-fdg uptake measured using multiple manually selected rois is concordant with whole-tissue measurements made with segmentation maps using the mmmisa tool. keywords: multimodal medical imaging; semantic segmentation; regions of interest; deep learning; software; pet/ct imaging. 1. introduction analysis of multimodal medical images (e.g., position emission tomography/magnetic resonance imaging [pet/mri] and pet/computed tomography [pet/ct]) often requires the selection of one or many anatomical regions of interest (rois) for extraction of useful statistics [1-7]. the use of spherical or ellipsoid rois may be sufficient for large organs such as the liver and large muscle groups. however, for organs/tissues with complex shapes (e.g., the intestines and adipose tissues), manual roi segmentation is not a scalable approach. one possible method is the use of * corresponding author: run.zhou.ye@usherbrooke.ca http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-03-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2131-8988 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0333-1767 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 320 deep learning for automated segmentation. nevertheless, most deep learning pipelines for semantic image segmentation generate color-coded segmentation maps stored as image files, while most free software programs for medical image analysis (e.g., 3d-slicer, osirix lite, and amide) cannot use these files to generate roi statistics of multimodal images stored as dicom files. we have previously developed a user-friendly software tool for image-to-image translation using deep learning (deepimagetranslator, released at: https://sourceforge.net/projects/deepimagetranslator/) [8]. therefore, we present herein an update to the deepimagetranslator software with the addition of a tool for multimodal medical image segmentation analysis (hereby referred to as the mmmisa). we then demonstrate the use of the program for the measurement of 2-deoxy-2-[18f]fluoroglucose ([¹⁸f]-fdg) uptake by the lungs and subcutaneous adipose tissue using whole-body [¹⁸f]-fdg-pet/ct scans from the acrin-hnscc-fdg-pet/ct database [9-11]. furthermore, we also compare measurements performed using the mmmisa and those made with manually selected rois. 2. methods 2.1. development of the mmmisa program the mmmisa program presented herein was written in python 3.8 and distributed under the gnu general public license (version 3.0). the graphical user interface was developed using the tkinter library, which is the most commonly used python package for graphical user interface creation. image analysis algorithms were implemented using the pydicom, numpy, and opencv libraries. the program is included as part of version 2 of the deepimagetranslator software (https://sourceforge.net/projects/deepimagetranslator/) and is also available as a standalone program (https://sourceforge.net/projects/mmmisa/) for windows. the source codes are available at: (https://github.com/runzhouye/mmmisa). 2.2. pet/ct image dataset whole-body ct and fdg-pet images from 10 patients (numbers 001, 002, 003, 007, 008, 010, 012, 018, 019, and 027—which were the first 10 whole-body scans with the same windowing and devoid of significant radiographic artifacts) were downloaded from the acrin-hnscc-fdg-pet/ct (acrin 6685) database [9, 10] via the cancer institute archive [11]. we arbitrarily chose the acrin-hnscc-fdg-pet/ct database since it was one of the few databases that contain coregistered whole-body pet and ct scans. 2.3. manual extraction of multimodal image data ct and fdg-pet images were loaded into the amide software [12]. for each patient, 11 spherical rois (10 mm diameter) in the subcutaneous adipose tissue and 3 spherical rois (50 mm diameter) in the lungs were drawn at different axial positions based on whole-body ct images. roi statistics were subsequently generated for the coregistered pet images. 2.4. semantic image segmentation thirty-six axial slices were randomly chosen from the 4188 axial ct images from the 10 patients for manual semantic segmentation with the gimp (gnu image manipulation program) software of the background, lungs, bones, brain, subcutaneous and visceral adipose tissue, and other soft tissues by labelling these regions in black (rgb=[0,0,0]), yellow (rgb=[255,255,0]), white (rgb=[255,255,255]), cyan (rgb=[0,255,255]), red (rgb=[255,0,0]), green (rgb=[0,255,0]), and blue (rgb=[0,0,255]). thirty-six training samples were considered more than sufficient since we have previously shown that models can be trained to achieve high accuracy with as little as 17 images [13]. ct imagesegmentation map pairs were then loaded into the deepimagetranslator software to train a deep convolutional neural network as previously described in ye et al. [13] with 1000 training epochs. the final model was used to perform automatic semantic segmentation of the 4188 axial ct images from the 10 patients in less than 10 minutes. the generalizability of such an approach for automated segmentation has previously been shown to be excellent [13]. 2.5. automated extraction of multimodal image data for each patient, the original pet/ct scans were loaded into the mmmisa program along with the semantic segmentation maps produced by the convolutional neural network. in this study, we chose to extract fdg uptake from the lungs and subcutaneous adipose tissue by extracting regions of the model-generated segmentation maps containing yellow and red pixels, respectively using the mmmisa program. lower and upper color threshold were set at (r,g,b) = (150,150,0) and (r,g,b) = (255,255,150), respectively, for the lungs, and (r,g,b) = (150,0,0) and (r,g,b) = (255,150,150), respectively, for the subcutaneous adipose tissue. roi statistics were then generated for the fdg-pet scans using the mmmisa software. https://sourceforge.net/projects/deepimagetranslator/ https://sourceforge.net/projects/mmmisa/ https://github.com/runzhouye/mmmisa hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 321 2.6. statistical analyses statistical analyses were carried out using graphpad prism version 9. pearson’s r values were computed for the correlation between organ-specific fdg uptakes measured using multiple manually selected rois and fdg uptake determined using deep learning-generated segmentation maps. 3. results 3.1. the mmmisa plugin for the deepimagetranslator the mmmisa program is included in version 2 of the deepimagetranslator and is also available as a standalone software. the main window (figure 1) allows for the user to visualize singleand dual-modality images written in the standard dicom (digital imaging and communications in medicine) file format, the most commonly used file format in medical imaging. when images from a second modality are loaded into the program, they are automatically matched, along with the corresponding segmentation map, to the image of the first modality that is being currently displayed. when necessary, the program also performs image registration of modality 2 images based on modality 1 images through translation and/or stretching such that objects in both image sets overlap. this allows for simultaneous visualization of both image sets and segmentation maps. figure 1. main window of mmmisa, showing (from left to right), modality 1 (ct) images, segmentation maps generated with convolutional neural network, and modality 2 (pet) images a second, roi selection, window (figure 2) displays user settings for the extraction of rois based on pixel colors of the segmentation maps. specific regions of the color-coded semantic segmentation maps can be extracted by setting lower and upper thresholds for the red, green, and blue color component values using the roi selection window. the user can also choose to only include the left or right side of the patient for analysis, which can be useful in order to exclude the strong signals from of certain radiotracers injected into the left or right arm. when the “apply” button is pressed, rois are generated based on the color thresholds using the segmentation maps and applied to corresponding slices of modality 1 and 2 images. the cropped images are then displayed in the main window for visualization. figure 2. roi selection window and main window with updated modality 1 and 2 images hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 322 when “save analysis” is selected, data will be extracted from modality 1 and 2 images, including the name of the scan, time at which each slice was produced, position of image slices, total area of the rois on each slice, total pixel values in the rois, average and standard deviation of values of pixels inside the rois, and pixel size. results are then written in an excel file and stored under the user-designated directory. 3.2. semantic segmentation of pet/ct images segmentation results for images outside of the training set obtained with the convolutional neural network trained using the deepimagetranslator were illustrated in figure 3. our final model was able to accurately segment the lungs, brain, bone, subcutaneous and visceral adipose tissue, and other soft tissues. figure 3. pairs of ct images outside of the training set and sematic segmentation maps generated with deep convolutional neural network. the background, lungs, bones, brain, subcutaneous and visceral adipose tissue, and other soft tissues were labelled in black, yellow, white), cyan, red, green, and blue, respectively. increase in number of manually selected rois increases accuracy of organ-specific fdg uptake approximations compared to true organ-specific fdg uptake measured using deep learning-generated segmentation maps. next, we tested the concordance of organ-specific fdg uptake measured using multiple manually selected rois versus fdg uptake determined using deep learning-generated segmentation maps. in general, regardless of the number of rois used, manually measured fdg uptake in the lungs and subcutaneous adipose tissue was well correlated with that calculated with segmentation maps using the mmmisa program (figure 4). for subcutaneous adipose tissue fdg uptake, the correlation coefficient and the -log of the p-value increased sharply once values from more than 4 rois were combined (figure 4-a). the increase in measurement accuracy (determined by the correlation coefficient) through increasing numbers of manually selected rois plateaued after more than 8 rois were used. nevertheless, the p-value of the correlation between manual measurement and that using segmentation maps continued to decrease when more rois were used (figure 4-b). similar results were obtained for the measurement of fdg uptake in the lungs (figures 4c and 4-d). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 323 figure 4. correlation coefficient (a and c) and p-value (b and d) for the association between organ-specific fdg uptake measured using multiple manually selected rois and fdg uptake determined using deep learning-generated segmentation maps, as a function of number of manually selected rois, for the subcutaneous adipose tissue (a and b) and lungs (c and d). roi: region of interest. 4. summary and conclusion in recent years, numerous open-source software tools have been reported in the field of medical image processing [14-18]. one growing area of development is the popularization of deep learning methods through the creation of userfriendly tools with a graphical interface. nevertheless, most deep learning pipelines for semantic image segmentation generate color-coded segmentation maps stored as image files, while most free software programs for medical image analysis cannot use these files to generate roi statistics of multimodal images stored as dicom files. nonetheless, selection of rois is an important aspect of in vivo metabolic studies involving pet/ct imaging [1922]. in particular, measurements of volume and radiotracer uptake of adipose tissues of different regions may prove to be important for future studies on the metabolic syndrome, as hypertrophic obesity is related to changes in adipose tissue distribution and alterations in metabolic endpoints [23, 24]. therefore, we have presented herein an update to the deepimagetranslator software [8] by including a tool for multimodal medical image segmentation analysis based on semantic segmentation maps generated using a deep convolutional neural network. our program can be accessed through a graphical interface and allows users to extract roi statistics of multimodal images (e.g., pet/ct and pet/mri) based on color-coded semantic segmentation maps. we showed that organ-specific fdg uptake measured using multiple manually selected small, spherical rois is concordant with whole-tissue measurements made with segmentation maps using the mmmisa program. furthermore, we found that increase in number of manually selected rois increases the accuracy of organ specific fdg uptake approximations. therefore, our pipeline constitutes a simple, automated, and scalable approach to obtain roi statistics using multimodal scans. although the accuracy of the neural network would never surpass the accuracy of manually labelled segmentation maps used for model training, our approach would eventually greatly simplify the task of researchers and radiologists performing whole-body semantic segmentation of multimodal tomography data. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions software development: e.z.y., e.h.y., and r.z.y.; statistical analyses: e.h.y.; interpretation and manuscript drafting: e.z.y., m.b., and r.z.y. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement  the source code for the deepimagetranslator is publicly available at: https://github.com/runzhouye/mmmisa.  the compiled standalone software is available for window10 at: https://sourceforge.net/projects/deepimagetranslator/ https://sourceforge.net/projects/mmmisa/  the datasets generated during and/or analyzed during the current study are available at: https://doi.org/10.6084/m9.figshare.16800925 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 324 5.3. funding this work was funded by the canadian institutes of health research (cihr funding reference number: 202111fbd-476587-76355). 5.4. ethical approval all analyses were conducted on the public acrin 6685 dataset in accordance with the tcia (the cancer imaging archive) data usage policy. 5.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] lensen, k. j. d. f., van sijl, a. m., voskuyl, a. e., van der laken, c. j., heymans, m. w., comans, e. f. i., nurmohamed, m. t., smulders, y. m., & boellaard, r. (2017). variability in quantitative analysis of atherosclerotic plaque inflammation using 18f-fdg pet/ct. plos one, 12(8), 181847. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0181847. [2] cao, y., gathaiya, n., han, q., kemp, b. j., & jensen, m. d. (2019). subcutaneous adipose tissue free fatty acid uptake measured using positron emission tomography and adipose biopsies in humans. american journal of physiology. endocrinology and metabolism, 317(2), e194–e199. doi:10.1152/ajpendo.00030.2019. [3] noll, c., montastier, é., amrani, m., kunach, m., frisch, f., fortin, m., bouffard, l., dubreuil, s., phoenix, s., cunnane, s. c., guérin, b., turcotte, e. e., laville, m., & carpentier, a. c. (2020). seven-day overfeeding enhances adipose tissue dietary fatty acid storage and decreases myocardial and skeletal muscle dietary fatty acid partitioning in healthy subjects. american journal of physiology endocrinology and metabolism, 318(2), e286–e296. doi:10.1152/ajpendo.00474.2019. [4] hojjati, m., badve, c., garg, v., tatsuoka, c., rogers, l., sloan, a., faulhaber, p., ros, p. r., & wolansky, l. j. (2018). role of fdg-pet/mri, fdg-pet/ct, and dynamic susceptibility contrast perfusion mri in differentiating radiation necrosis from tumor recurrence in glioblastomas. journal of neuroimaging, 28(1), 118–125. doi:10.1111/jon.12460. [5] montastier, é., zhou ye, r., noll, c., bouffard, l., fortin, m., frisch, f., phoenix, s., guérin, b., turcotte, é. e., lewis, g. f., & carpentier, a. c. (2021). increased postprandial nonesterified fatty acid efflux from adipose tissue in prediabetes is offset by enhanced dietary fatty acid adipose trapping. american journal of physiology endocrinology and metabolism, 320(6), e1093– e1106. doi:10.1152/ajpendo.00619.2020. [6] labbé, s. m., grenier-larouche, t., noll, c., phoenix, s., guérin, b., turcotte, e. e., & carpentier, a. c. (2012). increased myocardial uptake of dietary fatty acids linked to cardiac dysfunction in glucose-intolerant humans. diabetes, 61(11), 2701–2710. doi:10.2337/db11-1805. [7] ye, r. z., montastier, é., noll, c., frisch, f., fortin, m., bouffard, l., ... & carpentier, a. c. (2022). total postprandial hepatic nonesterified and dietary fatty acid uptake is increased and insufficiently curbed by adipose tissue fatty acid trapping in prediabetes with overweight. diabetes, 71(9), 1891-1901. doi:10.2337/db21-1097. [8] sourceforge website (2022). deepimagetranslator: a free, user-friendly tool for image translation using deep-learning and its applications in ct image analysis. available online: https://sourceforge.net/projects/deepimagetranslator/ (accessed on february 2022). [9] kinahan, p., muzi, m., bialecki, b., herman, b., & coombs, l. (2019). data from the acrin 6668 trial nsclc-fdgpet. cancer imaging arch, 10. [10] lowe, v. j., duan, f., subramaniam, r. m., sicks, j. r. d., romanoff, j., bartel, t., jian, q., nussenbaum, b., richmon, j., arnold, c. d., cognetti, d., & stack, b. c. (2019). multicenter trial of [18f]fluorodeoxyglucose positron emission tomography/computed tomography staging of head and neck cancer and negative predictive value and surgical impact in the n0 neck: results from acrin 6685. journal of clinical oncology, 37(20), 1704–1712. doi:10.1200/jco.18.01182. [11] clark, k., vendt, b., smith, k., freymann, j., kirby, j., koppel, p., moore, s., phillips, s., maffitt, d., pringle, m., tarbox, l., & prior, f. (2013). the cancer imaging archive (tcia): maintaining and operating a public information repository. journal of digital imaging, 26(6), 1045–1057. doi:10.1007/s10278-013-9622-7. [12] loening, a. m., & gambhir, s. s. (2003). amide: a free software tool for multimodality medical image analysis. molecular imaging, 2(3), 131–137. doi:10.1162/153535003322556877. [13] ye, r. z., noll, c., richard, g., lepage, m., turcotte, é. e., & carpentier, a. c. (2022). deepimagetranslator: a free, userfriendly graphical interface for image translation using deep-learning and its applications in 3d ct image analysis. slas technology, 27(1), 76–84. doi:10.1016/j.slast.2021.10.014. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 325 [14] lessard, r., tremblay, n. m., plourde, m. é., & guillot, m. (2020). an open-source software for monitoring intrafraction motion during external beam radiation therapy based on superimposition of contours of projected rois on cine-mv images. journal of applied clinical medical physics, 21(8), 173–182. doi:10.1002/acm2.12940. [15] yushkevich, p. a., pashchinskiy, a., oguz, i., mohan, s., schmitt, j. e., stein, j. m., zukić, d., vicory, j., mccormick, m., yushkevich, n., schwartz, n., gao, y., & gerig, g. (2019). user-guided segmentation of multi-modality medical imaging datasets with itk-snap. neuroinformatics, 17(1), 83–102. doi:10.1007/s12021-018-9385-x. [16] bücking, t. m., hill, e. r., robertson, j. l., maneas, e., plumb, a. a., & nikitichev, d. i. (2017). from medical imaging data to 3d printed anatomical models. plos one, 12(5), 178540. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0178540. [17] debus, c., floca, r., ingrisch, m., kompan, i., maier-hein, k., abdollahi, a., & nolden, m. (2019). mitk-modelfit: a generic open-source framework for model fits and their exploration in medical imaging design, implementation and application on the example of dce-mri. bmc bioinformatics, 20(1), 31. doi:10.1186/s12859-018-2588-1. [18] razeghi, o., solís-lemus, j. a., lee, a. w. c., karim, r., corrado, c., roney, c. h., de vecchi, a., & niederer, s. a. (2020). cemrgapp: an interactive medical imaging application with image processing, computer vision, and machine learning toolkits for cardiovascular research. softwarex, 12, 100570. doi:10.1016/j.softx.2020.100570. [19] croteau, e., lavallée, é., labbe, s. m., hubert, l., pifferi, f., rousseau, j. a., cunnane, s. c., carpentier, a. c., lecomte, r., & bénard, f. (2010). image-derived input function in dynamic human pet/ct: methodology and validation with 11c-acetate and 18ffluorothioheptadecanoic acid in muscle and 18f-fluorodeoxyglucose in brain. european journal of nuclear medicine and molecular imaging, 37(8), 1539–1550. doi:10.1007/s00259-010-1443-z. [20] lee, s. y., jee, w. h., yoo, i. r., jung, j. y., im, s. a., chung, y. g., & kang, j. h. (2019). comparison of 3t diffusionweighted mri and 18f-fdg pet/ct in musculoskeletal tumours: quantitative analysis of apparent diffusion coefficients and standardized uptake values. british journal of radiology, 92(1102), 20181051. doi:10.1259/bjr.20181051. [21] richard, g., noll, c., archambault, m., lebel, r., tremblay, l., ait‐mohand, s., guérin, b., blondin, d. p., carpentier, a. c., & lepage, m. (2020). contribution of perfusion to the 11 c-acetate signal in brown adipose tissue assessed by dce‐mri and 68ga-dota pet in a rat model. magnetic resonance in medicine, 85(3), 1625–1642. portico. doi:10.1002/mrm.28535. [22] carreau, a. m., noll, c., blondin, d. p., frisch, f., nadeau, m., pelletier, m., phoenix, s., cunnane, s. c., guérin, b., turcotte, e. e., lebel, s., biertho, l., tchernof, a., & carpentier, a. c. (2020). bariatric surgery rapidly decreases cardiac dietary fatty acid partitioning and hepatic insulin resistance through increased intra-abdominal adipose tissue storage and reduced spillover in type 2 diabetes. diabetes, 69(4), 567–577. doi:10.2337/db19-0773. [23] ye, r. z., richard, g., gévry, n., tchernof, a., & carpentier, a. c. (2022). fat cell size: measurement methods, pathophysiological origins, and relationships with metabolic dysregulations. endocrine reviews, 43(1), 35–60. doi:10.1210/endrev/bnab018. [24] carpentier, a.c. (2021). 100thanniversary of the discovery of insulin perspective: insulin and adipose tissue fatty acid metabolism. american journal of physiology endocrinology and metabolism (ajpendo), 320(4), 653–670. doi:10.1152/ajpendo.00620.2020. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 216 assessing the impact of digitalization and technology on patient compliance in healthcare services catriona planel-ratna a* , thanika devi juwaheer b a department of business, innovation and creativity, middlesex university mauritius, flic en flac, mauritius. b department of management, faculty of law and management, university of mauritius, reduit, mauritius. received 19 february 2021; revised 30 may 2021; accepted 16 june 2021; published 01 september 2021 abstract nowadays, technology is omnipresent and an integral part of everyday life. because patient compliance is a determinant of the treatment outcome, it is therefore essential for medical staff to know and understand how technology can cause patients to rightly or poorly adhere to their treatment. the objectives of this research were to investigate the major technology-related factors, which affect patient compliance, assess patients` reactions which are associated to poor adherence to treatment and determine the right measures, attitudes and behaviors for healthcare professionals to adopt to optimize patient compliance. the research was undertaken using a mixed methods approach whereby the quantitative data collected was analyzed using descriptive statistics while the qualitative data collected was analyzed using the grounded theory method. it was found that the vast amount of information and communication services offered by technology nowadays can adversely influence certain factors such as patients` trust, attitude, comprehension, apprehension, confusion, frustration, and personal emotions, which in turn can affect patient compliance. it was also found that technology could positively affect patient compliance as it offers interesting tools that can, for example, remind patients about their appointments, medications, and routines while they are undergoing treatment. this paper presents major insights on the impact of technology on patient compliance and helps healthcare organizations optimize the patient experience in the digital age. keywords: technology; private healthcare; mauritius; patient compliance. 1. introduction patient compliance can be defined as the extent to which the patient's behavior in terms of taking medications, following diets, or executing other lifestyle changes coincides with medical or health advice [1]. nowadays, technology is evolving very rapidly, healthcare services are increasingly relying on highly sophisticated systems, and patients are becoming more connected and empowered as they are provided with extensive medical content online. considering that patient compliance is a determinant of the treatment outcome, the aim of this research was to investigate how technology may affect the extent to which patients will adhere to their treatment. the main objectives set were as follows: objective 1: to expose the major factors related to the use of technology which directly or indirectly affect patient compliance in the mauritian private healthcare sector. objective 2: to assess patients` reactions which are associated to a poor adherence to treatment throughout the healthcare service delivery. * corresponding author: c.ratna@mdx.ac.mu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-03-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7964-7434 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 217 objective 3: to determine the right measures, attitudes, and behaviors for healthcare professionals to adopt to improve patient compliance. fulfilment of these objectives provides to private healthcare organizations in mauritius powerful insights to optimize the patient experience. 1.1. the mauritian context the healthcare sector is gradually becoming an important contributor to economic growth in mauritius [2]. how healthcare is generally regarded nowadays in mauritius is very different from how it was regarded a decade ago. while healthcare was traditionally seen as a sector focused primarily on curing diseases and saving lives, today it is also considered a highly innovative sector, providing numerous curative as well as preventive services for the longterm well-being of its citizens. by being well-informed, citizens expect good and reliable healthcare services. there are two possibilities for people living in mauritius to obtain healthcare services; they have the choice to either opt for the public healthcare sector offering free services or the private healthcare sector offering paid services but with a great number of additional facilities, including private rooms, wi-fi, and guest beds, among others. while the former choice remains very relevant, the increase in income coupled with a greater panoply of amenities offered has caused a significant increase in customer preference for private healthcare services over the past decade. as a result, the competition among private healthcare organizations has eventually increased, which highlights the need for them to continuously optimize patient care while improving compliance, as an integral part of the process. 1.2. empirical studies on patient compliance healthcare is a complex service with several actors taking part in service provision and with the patient playing an active role in this process [3]. poor patient compliance to a medication can have a consequent impact on the success of patient care, conduct and results of clinical trials [4]. clinical studies have demonstrated that low patient compliance may result in increased probability of hospitalization for patients suffering from hypertension [5], poorer improvements in hypercholesteremic patients [6] and increased mortality rate in patients with acute myocardial infarction [7]. reasons for poor patient compliance are complex and multilayered [8]. for instance, patients can unintentionally fail to adhere through forgetfulness, misunderstanding, or uncertainty about clinician’s instructions, or intentionally due to their own expectations of treatment, side-effects, and lifestyle choice [9]. while good compliance may be associated with lesser side effects of the medication of acute and symptomatic diseases and with regular diagnoses [10] and is an indication of an interesting and highly educated medication system [11], partial or poor compliance might be a hindrance if there is a causative relation between not taking a medication and the clinical status of the patient [12]. poor adherence to treatment may cause diagnosis to become difficult for physicians as it adds to the complexity of treatment and results in waste of resources in the healthcare system [13]. these points highlight the fact that effectively managing patient compliance by healthcare providers is therefore of tremendous importance for ensuring a positive patient experience and treatment outcome. in fact, there are various strategies suggested for managing patient compliance, however, these highly depend on the reasons why a patient has not adhered to the clinician advice in the first place [14]. the traditional medical model propounds that once the medication protocol is recommended by the clinician, it is then the responsibility of the patient to follow it; if patients do not adhere to the protocol, then the reasons for such non-adherence need to be examined. in other words, the problem lies with the patient [15]. eventually, since increasing patient compliance is estimated to be more critical to improving the health of a population than any advancement in medical treatment [16, 17], it remains of the utmost importance to comprehend the determinants of patient compliance, especially in the era of the medical internet [18] where the digitization of health care holds promising perspectives for improving patient commitment and compliance [19]. 2. method considering the sensitive and unpredictable nature of patient compliance, the research presented in this paper was undertaken using a mixed-methods approach. using mixed-methods research presents many advantages, for instance it combines the strengths of each methodology and minimizes the weaknesses [20] while enhancing the findings [21] and increasing the generalizability of the results [22]. it also provides a more balanced perspective [23] as well as more breadth, depth, and richness as compared with either quantitative or qualitative methods alone [24]. a two-phased exploratory study was conducted which involved unstructured face to face interviews, focus group discussions and overt observations in four private healthcare organizations in mauritius. all of these organizations provide both inpatient and outpatient care in a variety of medical fields including but not limited to obstetrics, gynecology, urology, dermatology, endocrinology and general medicine. following the exploratory study, a semistructured questionnaire was developed which attempted to investigate most factors, associated to technology adoption, which were observed or suggested by healthcare professionals to have an impact on patient compliance. same questionnaire was tested during a pilot study to verify its effectiveness and to subsequently finalize the research instrument. the main study was eventually undertaken whereby participants were selected using non-probability quota hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 218 sampling (stratification by ‘gender’ and ‘age’) whereby snowball sampling was also considered as a way to fulfill all the quotas set in the sampling plan. all quotas set for each category has been done according to the response rate obtained during the pilot study. the corresponding number of units/ cases required to satisfy the quota set for every stratum was then calculated. the main study lasted over a period of five months and was done using online means including email, social media and mobile instant messaging applications. a formula [25] was used to calculate the sample size which considered a confidence level of 95%, a margin of error of 5% and a standard deviation (p) of 0.5. eventually 385 participants` responses were selected, out of the 411 responses received, whereby the quantitative data collected were analyzed using descriptive statistics while the qualitative data collected were analyzed using the grounded theory method (figure 1). figure 1. research methodology 3. results and discussions this section presents the responses of 385 validated questionnaires whereby most participants were female (57 percent). the age group ‘35 to 44 years old’ was represented by the highest amount of participants (32 percent) and was followed by age groups ‘45 to 54 years old’ (26 percent), ‘26 to 34 years old’ (25 percent) and ‘18 to 25 years old’ (11 percent). only 5 percent of the participants were aged 55 years old or more. 57 percent of the participants were undergraduate degree holders and 23 percent were postgraduate degree holders. 68 percent of the participants were married as compared to 3 percent who were single. the remaining participants were either divorced (1 percent) or widowed (1 percent). the majority of participants (63.4 percent) also reside in the district of plaines wilhems where are found most of the largest private healthcare organizations on the island. as with regard to the participants` occupational group, 75 percent were professionals or executives and the minimal percentage applied to the general workers group (1%). finally, 23.1 percent of the participants have a monthly income of more than 1100 usd as compared to 6 percent who have a monthly income of less than 250 usd. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 219 3.1. role of technology in healthcare it is undeniable that technology has got a crucial role in patient care in the digital age. following the exploratory study, major roles of technology were identified in the qualitative data collected as detailed in the following table. table 1. role of technology in healthcare 3.2. main factors associated to technology that directly or indirectly affect patient compliance even though the use of technology appears to be very beneficial to healthcare organisations, its impact on patient compliance still had to be investigated given the observations made and insights provided by healthcare providers during the study. the table below describes the main factors associated to the use of technology, which were found to affect patient compliance directly or indirectly. table 2. main factors that were found to affect patient compliance no. role of technology description 1 electronic health record (ehr)  fast services (admission/ discharge formalities)  medical history (archiving system)  effective medical investigation (based on quality data) 2 increase communication  emails, online requests from website  social networks, online forums 3 on site facilities  wifi and smart tv  automated wheelchairs and bed  digital security systems 4 online facilities  access to lab results and large pool of medical information and advices (forums or specialized websites)  access to customer account (medical history and payment history among others) 5 advanced medical services  telemedicine  better equipment for screening and diagnosis  robotic assisted surgery 6 medical mobile apps  large pool of clinical resources for medical practitioners and patients.  large pool of tools facilitating treatment adherence and setup of healthy routines (medication reminders and health apps among others) 7 increase brand awareness  increase visibility and accessibility (online 24/7)  satisfying growing number of online users  patients are more confident and trustful 8 ‘green’ environment  paperless processes.  patients, visitors and organisations are becoming more environmentally conscious no. impact of technology description 1 arrogance/ 'know it all' attitude as a result of having made researches online about their illnesses and required treatments. 2 lack of trust believe more in online content rather than information provided by a medical practitioner. 3 anxiety/ depression look for data online and is exposed to serious or extreme information. 4 self-medication look online for over-the-counter medicines based on experienced symptoms. 5 cost consciousness (availability and accessibility) patients believing that it costs more to have an appointment with a clinician than to consult “dr. google”. 6 confusion/ exposed to false information (misinformed)  online medical forums and websites.  online medical *advice (without physical examination)  internet trolls *advice from people who are not practitioners but just giving information/ recommendations based on their personal experience 7 deception/ discouragement patients discuss and compare their respective treatment (routines, medication, outcome etc…) online. while this can be reassuring for some patients, it can also cause discouragement for others who for instance have more complex medical regimens to follow or whose treatment outcomes are negative. 8 high exigency due to sophisticated devices, patients think that it is more the work of the provider rather than their work (thus neglect their part to adhere to the treatment) to ensure a positive treatment outcome. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 220 3.3. other factors affecting patient compliance it was found that fast advances in healthcare technology make it possible nowadays to have various types of treatment for almost all kinds of health problems; however to which extent a patient will adhere to a particular treatment was observed to be totally unpredictable. other factors that were found to affect patient compliance are described in the following table. table 3. other factors observed to affect patient compliance throughout the patient care process no. factors observed to affect patient compliance description 1 lack of trust failing to believe in the competence and abilities of the medical staff as well as the effectiveness of the treatment. “the medical practitioner taking care of me appeared so young. i wondered if he knew what he was doing. definitely he should have been accompanied by an older doctor who is more experienced as i, personally, did not trust him” (female patient obstetrics/ gynaecology services) 2 treatment and its side effects when the treatment required is much significant in terms of duration and complexity (e.g. cancer and fertility treatments). when the side effects associated are also difficult to bear (affecting daily activities). moreover, when the treatment`s chances to succeed are poor or when its impact and outcome are unpredictable. “often when my white blood count was too low prior to my chemotherapy session, i had to inject myself a substance (neupogen) for two days before being admitted. then i felt so weak all day long. so often i was fed up and i really wanted to stop everything.” (female patient oncology services) 3 arrogance/ 'know it all' attitude often as a result of having made researches (primarily on the internet) about their illnesses and required treatments based on their symptoms. believe more in online content than in medical practitioner. “at times patients argue or challenge practitioners with things they have learned from the internet.” (male nurse working in a mauritian private clinic) 4 lack of understanding not understanding the illness and/ or its seriousness. “i was given antibiotics for 10 days due to my urinary tract infection. however, after about a week i felt totally well, no more symptoms, so i stopped my medication.” (female patient obstetrics/ gynaecology services) 5 forgetfulness (forgetful patient) (primarily concerning medication adherence) often as a result of not considering the treatment as serious or simply due to having a very busy life. “my dentist asked me if i took all my medicines accordingly. i replied positively but in fact my prescription was still in the car since my previous appointment.” (male patient dental services) 6 forgetfulness (forgetful staff) (primarily concerning medication adherence of admitted patients who are under their responsibility) often as a result of tiredness, inattention or simply due to having a very busy work schedule. “i asked the nurse for a spoon to take my gastric syrup after breakfast as required. she never returned, the specialist came around 11am and was furious at her.” (female patient – general surgery) 7 moral values, religious values and/ or personality traits. having values or traits that go against the treatment`s procedures or medications (e.g. some religious groups were found to prohibit blood transfusion). “on that day the obstetrician told me that i would be having a transvaginal ultrasound rather than an abdominal ultrasound. i refused. he eventually did an abdominal ultrasound.” (female patient – obstetrics/ gynaecology services) 8 frustration often as a result of being impatient to get/ see results following the treatment or when patient is not reassured enough regarding the treatment or when the bill does not reflect the services received. “i paid almost 95 usd for both the consultation and medicines, no improvement at all. therefore, i stopped using all the products he prescribed and after 3 months went to see another dermatologist. the cost involved was far less but with big improvements in a short time!” (female patient dermatology services) 9 confusion (observed especially when relatively complex treatments are involved, for instance fertility, orthodontic or cancer treatments) patients may be confused by all the routines, timings to respect, methodologies and recurrent medical tests associated to particular treatments. as such they may not adhere to their treatment accordingly. “ivf treatment itself is quite difficult and since i am also a diabetic, i often got confused will all selfinjections and medications involved daily regarding both my fertility treatment and diabetes treatment. some days i was very discouraged due to that.” (female patient fertility services) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 221 4. conclusion this study explored patient compliance from the perspectives of private healthcare providers and patients in mauritius. data collected has shown that patients are becoming more knowledgeable about the medical field due to the vast amount of information available online. while it was found that the same information could invoke hope and relief, it was also found that it could trigger negative emotions such as fear, frustration, despair, sadness, anger, anxiety, and distrust, which eventually adversely affected patient compliance. this study shows that it has become important for patients to be made aware that the vast amount of information available on the internet may not be totally applicable and reliable. furthermore, the reliability of a treatment depends fully on appropriate physical examination and medical tests rather than on generic online content. patients should also be informed of the risks and dangers of self-medication based on information available online and be reminded of the importance of adhering to their treatment plan. insincerity during the care process should be avoided at all costs as it could be felt by patients and eventually adversely affect trust, which could in turn affect compliance [26] and health outcomes [27]. by exposing the main factors affecting patient compliance throughout the care process, this research provides healthcare providers with a strong basis for developing and adopting proper strategies to manage patient compliance effectively, in a general manner, or on a case-by-case basis, while taking into consideration the continuous change in customer behaviour as well as the accelerating technological change. despite the interesting insights provided, this study still has some limitations. for instance, it makes use of nonprobability sampling plans, which have limitations in terms of generalizability [28]. additionally, the study does not take into consideration an audience under 18 years old, which is normally very active online [29]. a similar study could be done to assess compliance in teenagers receiving healthcare services and the results compared with the results of the present study to obtain further insights on patient compliance and a better understanding of how to manage it efficiently. the same research could also be done to investigate patient compliance in mauritian public healthcare settings to further expose the management of patient compliance as a fundamental aspect of healthcare in general and to obtain solid ground for future research in favour of customer service improvement and positive treatment outcomes in the entire sector. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions all authors have equally contributed towards conceptualization, methodology, formal analysis, investigation, resources, writing—original draft preparation, writing—review and editing, visualization. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement no new data were created or analyzed in this study. data sharing is not applicable to this article. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 10 personal emotions some patients were found to face certain emotions that were out of their control such as fear, sorrow, discouragement, despair, stress, anxiety, guilt and anger. this was observed to eventually affect their ability to think reasonably or take decisions based on sound judgment hence causing them to poorly adhere to their medical treatment. “my wife (66 years old) has a medical condition that forces her to remain in bed and moreover requires her to have blood transfusions recurrently. last time when she was admitted for her transfusion, she got hurt when the nurse made her an injection. so, she did not want more injections, but the nurse had to do her work. sadly, my wife kept swearing at the nurse while she was doing other injections. this is very hard for i know that she did not want to cooperate simply because she was suffering.” (accompanying person (husband) of female patient oncology services) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 222 6. references [1] haynes r. b., sackett d. l., & taylor d. w. (1979). the johns hopkins university press, 1-7. baltimore, maryland, united states. [2] commonwealth health, comsec (2015). health in mauritius, mauritius. available online: https://www.commonwealthhealth. org/africa/mauritius/ (accessed on april 2021). [3] sweeney, j. c., danaher, t. s., and mccoll-kennedy, j. r., (2015). customer effort in value cocreation activities: improving quality of life and behavioral intentions of health care customers. journal of service research, 18(3), 318–335. doi:10.1177/1094670515572128. [4] santosh kumar, r., & niharika, v. (2019). patient compliance: a milestone in therapy. journal of drug delivery and therapeutics, 9(4-s), 815–818. doi:10.22270/jddt.v9i4-s.3370. [5] maronde, r. f., chan, l. s., larsen, f. j., strandberg, l. r., laventurier, m. f., & sullivan, s. r. (1989). underutilization of antihypertensive drugs and associated hospitalization. medical care, 27(12), 1159–1166. doi:10.1097/00005650-19891200000007. [6] lipid research clinic program (1989). the lipid research clinks cawnary primary prevention trial results of incidence of coronary heart disease to lower cholesterol, journal of the american medical association, (251):365-374. [7] beta-blocker heart attack trial research group (1982). a randomized, trial of propranolol in patients with acute myocardial infant mortality results, journal of the american medical association, (247):1701-1714. [8] donovan, j. l., & blake, d. r. (1992). patient non-compliance: deviance or reasoned decision-making? social science & medicine, 34(5), 507–513. doi:10.1016/0277-9536(92)90206-6. [9] eatock, j., & baker, g. a. (2007). managing patient adherence and quality of life in epilepsy. neuropsychiatric disease and treatment, 3(1), 117–131. doi:10.2147/nedt.2007.3.1.117. [10] beaker, s.a., kirscht, j.p.; becker, m.h. (1981). steering committee of the physicians' health study research group. final report on the aspirin component of the ongoing. understanding and mg patient compliance. annals of internal medicine; (102): 258-2158. [11] bond, w.s., hussar, d.a. (1989). detection methods and physicians' health study. the new england journal of medicine; (321): 129-135. [12] santosh kumar, r., & niharika, v. (2019). patient compliance: a milestone in therapy. journal of drug delivery and therapeutics, 9(4-s), 815–818. doi:10.22270/jddt.v9i4-s.3370. [13] vermeire, e., hearnshaw, h., van royen, p., & denekens, j. (2001). patient adherence to treatment: three decades of research. a comprehensive review. journal of clinical pharmacy and therapeutics, 26(5), 331–342. doi:10.1046/j.13652710.2001.00363.x. [14] conrad, p. (1985). the meaning of medications: another look at compliance. social science & medicine, 20(1), 29–37. doi:10.1016/0277-9536(85)90308-9. [15] garrity, t. f. (1981). medical compliance and the clinician-patient relationship: a review. social science & medicine. part e: medical psychology, 15(3), 215–222. doi:10.1016/0271-5384(81)90016-8. [16] world health organization. (2021). adherence to long-term therapies: evidence for action. available online: https://apps.who.int /iris/bitstream/handle/10665/42682/9241545992.pdf (accessed on april 2021). [17] feehan, m., morrison, m. a., tak, c., morisky, d. e., deangelis, m. m., & munger, m. a. (2017). factors predicting selfreported medication low adherence in a large sample of adults in the us general population: a cross-sectional study. bmj open, 7(6), e014435. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2016-014435. [18] audrain-pontevia, a.-f., menvielle, l., & ertz, m. (2019). effects of three antecedents of patient compliance for users of peer-to-peer online health communities: cross-sectional study. journal of medical internet research, 21(11), e14006. doi:10.2196/14006. [19] menvielle, l., audrain-pontevia, a. f., & menvielle, w. (eds.). (2017). the digitization of healthcare: new challenges and opportunities. springer london: palgrave macmillan, united kingdom. [20] creswell, j. w., and plano clark, v. l., (2007). designing and conducting mixed methods research. thousand oaks, ca: sage publications, new york, united states. [21] bryman, a. (2006). integrating quantitative and qualitative research: how is it done? qualitative research, 6(1), 97–113. doi:10.1177/1468794106058877. https://apps.who.int/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 223 [22] creswell, j. w., & creswell, j. d. (2017). research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. sage publications, new york, united states. [23] morse, j. m., & chung, s. e. (2003). toward holism: the significance of methodological pluralism. international journal of qualitative methods, 2(3), 13–20. doi:10.1177/160940690300200302. [24] schulze, s. (2003). views on the combination of quantitative and qualitative research approaches. sabinet african journals, progressio, 25(2), 8-20. [25] daniel, w.w., (1999). biostatistics: a foundation for analysis in the health sciences. 7th edition. john wiley & sons, new york, united states. [26] donohue, j. m., huskamp, h. a., wilson, i. b., & weissman, j. (2009). whom do older adults trust most to provide information about prescription drugs? the american journal of geriatric pharmacotherapy, 7(2), 105–116. doi:10.1016/j.amjopharm.2009.04.005. [27] jin, j., sklar, g. e., min sen oh, v., & chuen li, s., (2008). factors affecting therapeutic compliance: a review from the patient’s perspective. therapeutics and clinical risk management, 4(1), 269–286. doi:10.2147/tcrm.s1458 [28] sekaran, u., & bougie, r. (2003). research methods for business: a skill building approach. 4th ed., john wiley & sons, new york, united states. [29] statista. (2021). average daily time spent online by teenage and millennial internet users worldwide as of 2nd quarter 2017, by device available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/736727/worldwide-teen-average-online-time-devices/ (accessed on may 2021). available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 21 poeam – a method for the part orientation evaluation for additive manufacturing simon jung a* , sebastian peetz a , michael koch b a inutech gmbh, fuerther strasse 212, 90429 nuremberg, germany. b faculty of mechanical engineering and building services engineering, nuremberg tech, kesslerplatz 12, 90408 nuremberg, germany. received 12 january 2020; revised 18 february 2020; accepted 21 february 2020; published 01 march 2020 abstract in the industrial application of additive manufacturing processes, a significant amount of time and resources are dedicated to the orientation and pre-print setup of the geometry. steps such as the generation of support structures and the process simulation are among the most time-consuming. for the thorough assessment of an orientation of a given geometry, even more criteria, like print time or surface quality, need to be considered. poeam proposes a method for an efficient assessment of a set of orientations, by means of well formulated criteria and an early elimination of insufficient orientations. the goal is to narrow the search field, so costly preparation steps will only be performed on orientations that promise a superior end result. furthermore, poeam is an automated process, which means it can be performed with minimal human interaction, resulting in an optimum regarding cost-efficiency and evaluation time. the method was applied to a representative geometry and has shown results that confirm the above-mentioned advantages. keywords: 3d-print; additive manufacturing; part orientation; pre-print; simulation; am; slm. 1. introduction during the additive manufacturing (am) process especially during the slm (selective laser melting) process extensive user experience is required, particularly in preprocessing. as am becomes more widespread, however, users with a lower level of experience are being addressed in increasing numbers. the lack of detailed process knowledge and experience on the part of the user often leads to incorrect alignment of the components in the machine’s building chamber and to incorrectly arranged support structures in the event of overhangs. as a result, am components cannot be built up to the aspired geometrical precision in the first build process, or the process cannot even be successfully completed. this leads to delays in the process and additional costs when using am technology. the aim of the described method is to automate the pre-print preparation of a cad design so that minimal human interaction is required. this will free the engineer of tedious tasks that can be performed by a machine faster and more efficiently. 2. state of the art in addition to a pure fitting of the geometry into the machining area of an am system, the alignment of the component plays a major role due to the layered structure. this applies both to a successful build process and to the * corresponding author: jung.simon@gmx.net http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-01-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 22 later strength values of the component. many of the methods used up to now for aligning the geometry are mainly based on the optimization of the alignment with regard to geometric parameters. while these rules for the setup of the geometry can be represented relatively well (e.g. "smallest possible projected area", "supports from an inclination of the surface of >45°" or "no large horizontal surfaces if possible") [1], the relationship between the alignment of the component and the later component properties is much more complex [2]. some work was done in the past years to determine optimized build orientations regarding various target values for am processes [3-6]. however, it is still only rudimentarily possible today to map both technical production requirements and strength-relevant requirements during component alignment at the same time. parallel to the production of am components, the simulation of the construction process has been further advanced in recent years [7, 8]. today, it is therefore possible to carry out a production simulation before the start of the build process using various software tools. since only an optimal building process produces an optimal component, these simulations are now part of the industrial standard [9]. unfortunately, the am simulation of the build process takes a very long time. this means that a simulation cannot be carried out for every alignment in the building space. 3. poeam – the new approach the "poeam" (part orientation evaluation for additive manufacturing) approach presented here offers the possibility of significantly reducing the number of necessary simulations. the algorithm provides a pre-selection of component orientations for the user, based on different user inputs. the necessary simulations are thus reduced to a few or only one run. due to the complexity of an am simulation, no self-implemented algorithms such as [10] are used for these runs, but rather commercially available simulation tools. in this example, the “amphyon” software from additiveworks [11] was used, other software tools are also possible. poeam was developed with the manufacturing process of slm in mind, but the method is not limited to that. with only small adaptions, it can be used for various forms of am. in order to take advantage of the proposed method, four user inputs need to be given:  the geometry of the part;  a search field of orientations;  a set of criteria to evaluate the part on;  the properties of the printer. the first point defines the geometric shape of the component. the second point determines the angle of rotation within which the alignment of the component is to be varied in three axes. the third point defines criteria according to which the orientations found are evaluated. the fourth point specifies the am machine’s properties for the process simulation. as a result, the poeam method yields the optimal orientation of the produced part in the building chamber of the am machine, considering the specified parameters. figure 1. workflow overview 4. search field definition the user-defined search field specifies the range within which the geometry can be rotated to find the optimal orientation. this includes upper/lower angles and rotation increments for the specified rotation axis. before the actual evaluation of the criteria, this search field can be narrowed by identifying symmetries and equivalent orientations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 23 4.1. symmetries if two orientations show mirror symmetry in a plane perpendicular to the baseplate, only one of the two symmetrical orientations need to be evaluated. from the am point-of-view, these two orientations are identical, because a rotation of the part around the z-axis is of no consequence to the printing process. figure 2. two orientations showing symmetry 4.2. equivalent orientations two orientations may be equivalent, as in the case of symmetry (see 2.1). another cause for equivalence can be the rotation process itself. depending on the used method to rotate the initial geometry, two sets of rotations (e.g. around the global xand y-axes) may result in an identical orientation of the part. this needs to be detected and equivalent orientations need to be excluded from the analysis. 5. criteria definition the results generated by variation are evaluated on the basis of a list of criteria. to check the fulfillment of a single criterion, a numerical boundary is required. for each criterion a threshold value range is defined within which a result value is permissible. the fulfillment of a criterion is expressed as a percentage within the defined range. all values below this range are regarded as insufficient (0%) and will be excluded from further analysis. values above the defined range are accepted as sufficient (100%). values within the boundaries are scored in relation to their distance from the boundary’s edges, with values between 0 and 100%. figure 3. the scoring scheme this scoring scheme allows for the easy recognition of insufficient orientations (score of 0%) and the rating of sufficient orientations by means of their relative fulfillment. 5.1. list of criteria the user needs to define a list of criteria, upon which the orientations can be evaluated. to illustrate the process, the following exemplary criteria are defined:  the interface area between part and support structure;  the height of the oriented part;  the time required to build the component in this orientation. the list is by no means exhaustive and needs to be extended for a productive application. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 24 5.2. weighted total score for each criterion, the orientation is given a partial score between 0 and 100%. those partial scores are summed up into one numerical value. the partial scores are weighted by the user, giving certain criteria priority over others. this “weighted total score” is used to determine the orientations that have the highest overall fulfillment of the required characteristics. visualizing the orientations with a high weighted total score in a heat map shows the formation of clusters. figure 4. heat map of weighted total scores this indicates regions of orientations with a high criteria fulfillment. inside those regions a refined search may be advantageous. this is very useful if the results are not yet accurate enough or if the search is carried out in several steps with increasing accuracy. 6. criteria checking order a critical step in the procedure is the checking order of the criteria, since the goal is the early exclusion of insufficient orientations. this means, if an orientation cannot fulfill a criterion it will be excluded from further analysis. this non-fulfillment needs to be detected early in the analysis, so no resources are wasted on an orientation that will eventually fail to satisfy the requirements. to achieve this, two approaches will be illustrated. 6.1. sort by runtime the criteria may be sorted by the individual run time needed to calculate and check a criterion. this results in criteria that are quick to calculate being checked first, whereas time-consuming criteria are checked last. 6.2. sort by previous exclusion in contrast to the static order of criteria being sorted by runtime, sorting by previous exclusion changes the order dynamically during the analysis. if an orientation is excluded due to non-fulfillment of a criterion, that criterion will be the one checked first on the next orientation. this assumes, that orientations that are similarly oriented will yield similar results and are there for likely to (not) fulfill criteria to a similar degree. both approaches rank criteria that may lead to an exclusion higher, than obligatory criteria that are of interest, but cannot lead to an exclusion. such an obligatory criterion may be the volume of the support structure, which the user wants to consider in the weighted total score, but should not result in an exclusion. certain criteria are dependent on the results of another criterion, e.g. for the calculation of the time to print the orientation, the build height has to be calculated first. dependencies like this have to be considered during the generation of the checking order, so the necessary input values for a criterion are available upon calculation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 25 7. the procedure the workflow starts with the user defining  the geometry;  the search field;  the criteria including their boundaries and weights, and  the printer parameters. knowing the geometry of the part, equivalent orientations can be discarded. by evaluating the criteria that were set, the criteria are sorted by runtime. after setting the criteria checking order, the analysis is started. during the analysis the checking order is changed dynamically, depending on previous exclusions. figure 5. the workflow the last step of the analysis is the selection of the best orientation, based on the highest weighted total score. 8. demo the following section is an exemplary orientation, using the method described above. the orientation was performed by a prototype, which implements key features, but has not yet all the functionalities described in the previous sections. the program shows nevertheless, the efficiency of the process and its potential to improve the current print preparation. to include the critical steps of support structure generation and process simulation, the tool “amphyon” (amphyon trial version; source: additive works gmbh germany [additive]) was used. 8.1. input and criteria definition the first step consists of the user providing the cad geometry of the part. the geometry in this demo had the following characteristics:  points: 33,854;  edges: 101,598; hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 26  faces: 67,732. the relevant criteria for the analysis were:  evaluate all possible orientations in 3d space, with a rotation increment of 10°. refine the search around promising orientations to an increment of 5°;  the critical overhang for part surfaces is 35°;  no support on running surface, located at center of the geometry;  low print time;  small support interface (area on the part which needs support);  low stresses and distortions in the final part;  material: steel 1.4404. for the simulation parameters the properties of a “concept laser m2” laser cusing machine were set. 8.2. results as shown in figure 3, a score of 0% is considered insufficient and results in the exclusion of the orientation. figure 4 shows the results of the refined search, where dark red indicates a high criteria fulfillment. the graph shows the formation of clusters around promising orientations. an interesting feature is the half-oval form of the clusters (e.g. at a y-rotation of 150°), which result from the exclusion process. this shows that an exclusion of insufficient orientations can save calculation time, but also makes the analysis less intuitive and requires some kind of automation. after the first sweep, before the support generation and the process simulation, the first exclusion was conducted. the exclusion rate was at 92%, which means only 8% of the orientations analyzed met the criteria. only those remaining orientations were considered in the following support generation and process simulation. assuming that each cluster centers around a local maximum, one orientation from each cluster was run through the support generation and process simulation, resulting in 8 orientations checked. after this step only 3 orientations (0.2%) remained, which fulfilled all the criteria. from this list the best candidate was chosen by finding the one with the highest total weighted score. the value of an estimate for the time saved by automating the process is limited, since such a process would not be performed manually in an industrial application. therefore, the time savings will be illustrated indirectly, with the following result values:  92% of all orientations could be excluded after the first sweep and before the support generation and process simulation;  less than 1% of all orientations fulfilled all the requirements. figure 6. exemplary results of process simulation in amphyon in order to give some estimate of the analysis duration, the following list shows the computing time of the demo on a “hp elite book 8740w”: hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 27 table 1. computing time time for orientation and checks: 3 min time for support generation and simulation (using amphyon): ~ 24 h total time: ~ 24 h comparing the time needed for the orientation and checking of the criteria, to the total time needed for the whole analysis, it stands out that this step has only a marginal impact on the analysis time. the main portion of the computational resources is consumed by the support generation and the process simulation. this fact emphasizes the importance of limiting the number of orientations on which these costly operations are performed. 9. conclusion the potential of the proposed method lies in the simplification of the print preparation process. as the exemplary demo has shown, poeam enables the unexperienced user of am technology to prepare a geometry to be manufactured accurately and in compliance with required properties. in addition, poeam also offers the benefit of saving time during the print preparation, by automating the process and therefore making the use of am more efficient. this makes the method also attractive for expert users, who want to maximize the quality of their work. 10. acknowledgement we want to thank fabian mueller at nuremberg tech, for providing the geometry used in the demo section. 11. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 12. references [1] leutenecker-twelsiek, b., klahn, c., & meboldt, m. (2016). considering part orientation in design for additive manufacturing. procedia cirp, 50, 408–413. doi:10.1016/j.procir.2016.05.016. [2] pant, p., proper, s., luzin, v., sjöström, s., simonsson, k., moverare, j, s. hosseini, v. pacheco, peng, r. l. (2020). mapping of residual stresses in as-built inconel 718 fabricated by laser powder bed fusion: a neutron diffraction study of build orientation influence on residual stresses. additive manufacturing, 36, 101501. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2020.101501. [3] das, p., chandran, r., samant, r., & anand, s. (2015). optimum part build orientation in additive manufacturing for minimizing part errors and support structures. procedia manufacturing, 1, 343–354. doi:10.1016/j.promfg.2015.09.041. [4] delfs, p., ẗows, m., & schmid, h.-j. (2016). optimized build orientation of additive manufactured parts for improved surface quality and build time. additive manufacturing, 12, 314–320. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2016.06.003. [5] matos, m. a., rocha, a. m. a. c., & pereira, a. i. (2020). improving additive manufacturing performance by build orientation optimization. the international journal of advanced manufacturing technology, 107(5-6), 1993–2005. doi:10.1007/s00170020-04942-6. [6] moroni, g., syam, w. p., & petrò, s. (2015). functionality-based part orientation for additive manufacturing. procedia cirp, 36, 217–222. doi:10.1016/j.procir.2015.01.015. [7] cook, p. s., & murphy, a. b. (2020). simulation of melt pool behaviour during additive manufacturing: underlying physics and progress. additive manufacturing, 31, 100909. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2019.100909. [8] lindgren, l.-e., lundbäck, a., fisk, m., pederson, r., & andersson, j. (2016). simulation of additive manufacturing using coupled constitutive and microstructure models. additive manufacturing, 12, 144–158. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2016.05.005. [9] song, x., feih, s., zhai, w., sun, c.-n., li, f., maiti, r., j. wei, y. yang, v. oancea, l. r. brandt, korsunsky, a. m. (2020). advances in additive manufacturing process simulation: residual stresses and distortion predictions in complex metallic components. materials & design, 193, 108779. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2020.108779. [10] rodgers, t. m., madison, j. d., & tikare, v. (2017). simulation of metal additive manufacturing microstructures using kinetic monte carlo. computational materials science, 135, 78–89. doi:10.1016/j.commatsci.2017.03.053. [11] additive works gmbh, (2020). simulationbased process preparation software for laser beam melting, available online: https://additive.works/ (accessed on december 2019). available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 224 assessing the effects of covid-19 on accommodations availabilities and prices matteo giannettoni a, angelica lo duca b* , andrea marchetti b a university of pisa, pisa, italy. b institute of informatics and telematics, national research council, pisa, italy. received 01 february 2021; revised 21 may 2021; accepted 19 june 2021; published 01 september 2021 abstract in 2020, a new pandemic, named covid-19, has been spreading all over the world, causing a reduction in activities, including in the tourism sector. this paper tries to quantify the effects of covid-19 on accommodations, with a particular focus on prices trend and accommodation availability. experiments simulated more than 400 accommodation bookings over the period of time before, during, and after the wave of the pandemic caused by covid-19. the analysis was done for the city of pisa, but it could be generalized to all the other cities, provided that there is an availability of data. the typology with the highest drop in availability was that of 2-star hotels, with a maximum decrease of 66%. even the 4 and 3-star hotels were clearly affected by the pandemic, recording maximum drops of 36% for 4-star hotels and 25% for 3-star hotels. regarding the analysis of prices trend, the categories most affected by the pandemic were hotels, hostels, and tourist villages, which recorded significant price increases. the major novelty of this paper involves the definition of a strategy, which can be used to analyze the impact of covid-19 on accommodations, as well as the release of the dotapy software for the extraction of data. keywords: covid-19; ota; online travel agency; pisa; accommodation facilities. 1. introduction at the end of 2019, a critical situation has occurred, determined by the spread of the coronavirus pandemic [1], which is still ongoing at the time of writing. the covid-19 outbreak, as it is called in this pandemic, was identified for the first time in china on december 31st, 2019, and then spread all over the world, reaching more than 100 million cases [2]. the covid-19 outbreak is causing a global crisis, which also influences the tourism sector [3-5]. this research offers an overview of the situation of tourism in the city of pisa before and during the first wave of covid-19, taking into consideration the accommodation facilities and their categories. two metrics are calculated and analyzed: the accommodation availability index and the average price. through the analysis of these two metrics, it is, therefore, possible to highlight the trends in the periods of interest of the research for different types of hotel structures, such as hotels, rent-a-room, apartments, b&b, etc. this paper focuses on the data extracted from booking.com. the extracted data related to the accommodation facilities and their prices in the periods from 1 december to 31 january and from 14 march to 9 june. experiments were run by implementing software called dotapy [6], which simulated accommodation searches for some given booking dates before, during, and after the lockdown caused by the covid-19 pandemic. as a result, more than 8 million prices were extracted and further analyzed to evaluate the described metrics. * corresponding author: angelica.loduca@iit.cnr.it http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-03-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5252-6966 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 225 interesting changes were highlighted in the availability indices, which in the majority of cases were significantly lower than the average and reached drops of 66% in the worst case, recorded for the 2-star hotel type, instead of relative to the type that was characterized by an increase in the availability index, bed & breakfast, the highest increase was recorded, with a maximum increase of 20%. about the price trend, in most of the types of accommodation structures taken into consideration, there were interesting trends of price increases in the lockdown period followed by a sharp drop in the following period. the remainder of the paper is organized as follows: section 2 reviews the literature regarding trend price analysis and accommodation availability, section 3 describes the employed methodology, and section 4 discusses experiments and results. finally, section 5 describes conclusions and future work. 2. related work various criteria can be found in the literature for analysing the trend of prices of accommodation facilities [7, 8]. they can be grouped into the following categories: a) seasonality; b) spatial factor; c) e-wom; d) influence of reviews; e) combination of several factors. 2.1. seasonality and booking period dynamic pricing is a pricing strategy whereby various companies set flexible prices for products or services based on current market demands. this method has always been an integral part of the e-commerce sales strategy and is therefore heavily used in the sector of interest of the paper. it is interesting to note that the price varies according to different criteria, the one of all on which this section focuses is the seasonality or the booking period. the cost of a room can change a lot depending on the period, day, or even booking time [9]. taking into consideration the price trends in different periods in milan and the results obtained from the various analyses it is clear that the cost of a room falls on weekdays compared to holiday periods or weekends where the price is higher. by examining the results, substantial differences were noted in the working periods, thus highlighting further and more specific influencing factors such as the day of booking, room quality, special services, competition, and seasonality [10]. observing the price changes about midweek bookings mostly occupied by workers and weekends which are generally occupied by leisure travel, there is a significant difference in price between the two research periods [11]. another factor to consider is the fact that hotel managers are not always in line with the policies of online travel agencies. both using a different type of strategy for choosing prices for last-minute bookings. hotels prefer to lower costs as the date of accommodation approaches to occupy as many rooms as possible. the choice is to prefer occupying a room, albeit at a lower price than keeping empty rooms. instead, otas maintain a constant price or prefer to offer packages including multiple services. it is all based on the concept of supply and demand, if you think that the rooms will all be occupied then the cost of a room will start to increase [12]. 2.2. spatial factor the determining criterion besides a good price in the choice of the hotel is the convenient location of the hotel in addition to the services it offers [13, 14]. the proximity to the places of interest, the proximity to transport, the position concerning competitors are factors that establish the success of a structure. the analysis of the position is considered one of the most important for the hoteliers themselves [15]. the same pricing policies change concerning the geographical location of a structure facility managers need to consider this factor about organizational and price choices [16]. in addition to being useful in price trends, the spatial factor becomes fundamental in the creation of new structures that, to successfully enter the hospitality market, must consider competition criteria such as price, services offered but above all in the chosen geographical area. it is interesting to note that, strangely, the birth of an increasing number of accommodation facilities does not lead to a respective loss of value in the structures already in the area, it has been estimated that the agglomerations of structures occur with different types of structures, not going to therefore affect the neighbours market [17]. the study conducted by kim et al. reserved for the chicago area reinforces the previous theories according to which the position factor occupies the first places of classification and exclusivity of the hotel, with a consequent increase in rates. the work is focused on studying and deepening the spatial grouping models of the relationships between the price and the characteristics of the hotels across the market. the article highlighted how fundamental factors for the individualization of the price are the attributes of the site such as size, age, class, and quality of service and attributes of the situation such as distances from airports, highways, and tourist attractions, through a precise study of the area in which the various structures were located [18]. 2.3. ewom by ewom we mean "electronic word of mouth" and can be described as any positive or negative statement by possible, current, or past customers, relating in this case to accommodation facilities, published on the internet and therefore reachable by a large number of people. the main features of the ewom can be summarized in: hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 226  interaction between people who do not know each other;  anonymous form;  can be written by anyone with internet access;  there is no time limit;  the content can be more or less detailed. the criteria mentioned above constitute on the one hand an additional factor to entice the customer to review a structure (such as anonymity), but on the other, they are unreliable parameters because in many cases they are difficult to prove. word of mouth information technology is a fundamental factor in the choice of prices for accommodation facilities, which can be compared to the type of structure itself, which according to many is the fundamental variable in the choice of price [19]. this section introduces various researches that focus on the value that ewom has on choosing the price of accommodation. according to an in-depth study of online evaluations, it was established that the positive reputation of the structures generates a substantial price increase and a significantly better occupancy rate than those with a lower evaluation [20]. furthermore, taking into particular consideration a small number of hotels in krakow, their ratings and prices both in the low and in the high season, it was highlighted that the rating is fundamental for hotels, especially in periods when the tourist flow is less concentrated [21]. online reputation is gaining more and more consideration, thus surpassing the traditional star rating. according to abrate and viglia (2016), those involved in pricing strategies in the tourism sector should increasingly take into consideration the online reputation factor with the increase in popularity of online travel agencies characterized by a manic concentration on the collection of information regarding accommodation facilities [22]. 2.4. reviews from online travel agencies evaluating the needs and understanding the desires of consumers has always been one of the success factors of a hotel structure regardless of its type. through the reviews, the strengths and weaknesses of a structure are highlighted. today, most travelers say that the higher the number of positive online reviews, the more the choice will be oriented towards that structure. furthermore, the number of reviews available is fundamental, a limited number of ratings, for most travelers, are not sufficient for a complete judgment. the impact of online reviews on hotel services and the improvement of the quality of their services is fundamental for an accommodation facility. paul phillips uses swiss nationwide online review data collected from 68 different online platforms, combined with review data from 442 hotels. the main aspects considered are physical aspects, quality of food, quality of drinks, and human relationships. for human relations, reference is made to relations, for example, between the staff of the structure with customers and communications with the media. the data offer a complete picture of how more positive reviews on the characteristics of the hotels such as room quality, internet connection, and services offered to increase the number of requests from customers and as already written above, bring a substantial impact on the probability of choice by customers [23]. the online reviews offer not only parameters in which the probable traveler can confront themselves but also an important starting point for any improvements to their accommodation facilities. bona kim analyses the factors known as satisfactory and unsatisfactory based on herzberg's two-factor theory. herzberg's factors are divided into hygienic factors which include, for example, supervision by superiors, human resources policies, working conditions, interpersonal relationships, etc. the second factor is called the motivating factor and are those factors such as the recognition of the results achieved, responsibility, qualifying work, professional growth, and career advancement. the use of this approach was fundamental for the comparison between full-service and limited-service hotels, which show different levels in customer expectations depending on the basic services they offer. the analysis took into account 919 reviews indicating the satisfaction and dissatisfaction of 100 full-service hotels in new york through tripadvisor. it emerged from the relevant data that the most discussed topic, for both categories analyzed, is "the staff and their attitude". for the management of a hotel, therefore, the customer satisfaction and non-satisfaction review is fundamental, which becomes basic both for those who decide to stay in a particular hotel, but also for the managers themselves who try to understand what their customers are looking for and what competition offers better [24]. sánchez-franco et al. (2019) takes into consideration 47,172 reviews of 33 hotels in las vegas (usa), which are registered on yelp from the period of march 2005 to january 2017, trying to extrapolate all aspects that bind the customer to the hotel. yelp is a popular online review site where travelers can exchange views and content about the holiday. the extrapolation of the reviews are necessary for subsequent analyses such as highlighting the services considered extremely important for customers and which therefore can allow their return. 53% of travelers are reluctant to book a property that does not have reviews based on this truth. it is therefore important to reiterate the importance of reviews and their study. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 227 among the many factors taken into consideration, the one of fundamental importance is hospitality, it is extrapolated from the post-customer experience reviews. the results show that for research predictions based on hotel evaluation, "recall" and "precision" are equally important determining classifiers. by recall, we mean the ratio between the number of correct predictions of an event (class) on the total number of times the model predicts it. instead, precision is defined as the ratio between the correct predictions for a class on the total of cases in which it actually occurs [25]. the importance of reviews and their positive trend is related to the intention of booking a hotel. one possible explanation is the close link that exists between positive reviews and customer bookings both influenced by superficial (demographic) factors and individual preferences. the experiments conducted by chan et al. (2017) were carried out in germany and macau and the final result implies the correlation between the degree of a positive evaluation of a structure and the stay in it. the research also focuses on customer decision-making processes which should be facilitated by websites. they should find new ways to expose users to reviews written with the same preferences to offer person-related services and hotels [26]. two quality parameters examined by öğüt and taş (2012) are star ratings and customer ratings on the sale of hotel rooms in paris and london. the results show that at 1% of the increase in the evaluation of online customers, sales for rooms rise by 2.68% in paris and 2.62% in london. it was also found that the more positive evaluations the structure has, the higher the prices. hotels with more stars are also more sensitive to online customer ratings than those with fewer stars [27]. 2.5. combination of multiple factors the price trend is influenced by several characteristics. in fact, there is not a single factor to determine the cost of a room, but multiple: location, period, reviews, facility services, and competition. changes in airport taxes and the same cost of flights also influence the demand that structures receive with a consequent increase in prices. pawlicz and napierala (2017) in their work aims to highlight the attributes that characterize and influence the prices of accommodation facilities [28]. the goal is to find factors common to price changes that may depend: on the services that the structures themselves offer, on the location or season in which a customer books. the price trend was estimated by checking the classification of various factors both in public and private systems (such as online travel agencies). it also appears that the star rating is considered one of the determining factors together with: brand, hotel size, chain affiliation, and associated services. it was thus estimated that as the stars increase, prices increase, in fact for each star obtained they can rise by about 25-36%. to achieve the objectives set, factors not considered in depth from previous research such as the proximity to the airport and position in relation to the city center were also considered. this research is important for the awareness of the managers of the structures regarding the consideration of the geographical factor in the choice of prices. another criterion that significantly influences the price change is market accessibility or the organization's ability to affect the foreign market thereby increasing revenues [29]. this factor is of fundamental importance in the geographical area of reference (caribbean) of the study carried out by yang et al. (2016), as caribbean tourism is occupied for almost all cases by foreign customers. this influence is determined by several factors such as the quality of the structure, user rating, hotel class, and commercial affiliation. the price model is therefore conditioned by the accessibility which in addition to being modeled by the factors mentioned above, is substantially influenced by the spatial factor, and for this reason, it becomes even more indicative and fundamental for identifying the marketing models suitable for all those structures belonging to areas characterized by particular geographical factors such as island locations or difficult to reach locations. about price trends, another possible influence is the drop in prices on flights and means of transport which, by generating growth in access, causes an increase in arrivals and demand relating to the occupation of accommodation with a clear increase in price. in fact, as demand increases, the price generally increases in all sectors. in conclusion, the quality of the services of the accommodation, the positive evaluation, the typology, the position, and the market accessibility indicates possible criteria for the price increase. the changes in the cost of a room depending on the type of strategy that a hotel or an online travel agency proposes [16]. in fact, through the extrapolation of data from three different online travel agencies, sunny sun has established that otas mostly use bundled sales, that is, offers include more services, while the criterion of "last minute" sale is adopted as a percentage lesser than online agencies, but preferred by hotel managers who aim to optimize the occupation of the remaining rooms. in fact, an occupied room is preferable, even at a lower cost, than a free room. besides, it is of fundamental importance to note that in online agencies the closer a certain date of accommodation is, the more the price increases, while hotel managers tend to lower the cost more and more to optimize and monitor the remaining rooms. 3. research methodology the objective of this analysis is to highlight the percentage of available structures, related to the city of pisa, in the period prior to covid-19, during the lockdown period caused by the pandemic and in the period immediately hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 228 following the almost total reopening. pisa, in fact, is an excellent reference point for research of this type as a tourist destination chosen by tourists from all over the world, thus making tourism and therefore accommodation facilities indispensable for the city's economy. this situation, therefore, allows us to extract a large amount of reliable data for our studies. table 1 shows the analyzed periods. time is split into three parts: before, during, and after the lockdown caused by the covid-19 pandemic [30]. table 1. definition of periods of times analyzed for this study before the lockdown lockdown after the lockdown start date december 1, 2019 march 14, 2020 may 18, 2020 end date january 31, 2020 may 17, 2020 june 9, 2020 figure 1 shows the workflow followed in this paper. there are three steps: data collection, data analysis and data visualization. figure 1. research workflow 3.1. pisa pisa, italy, has been a unesco world heritage site since 1982, considered an important tourist destination chosen by hundreds of thousands of people a year. the pisan tourism sector is certainly a fundamental ingredient for the economy of the city where there has been a positive trend in attendance over the past few years. it can be easily found in figure 1 built with the most recent istat data [31]. figure 2. number of tourists per year relative to the city of pisa hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 229 from 2005 to 2019 there has been an increasing acceptance of tourists in hotel structures until reaching a peak in 2018. pisa holds the thirtieth position among the most visited italian municipalities by the number of presences in accommodations in italy. according to the data provided by istat on the pisan municipality, 185 hotel facilities are counted, the distribution of which is shown in figure 2: figure 3. percentage breakdown of hotels in the pisan municipality as shown in figure 3, as much as 43.8% of the hotels in the pisan area are occupied by 3-star hotels, followed by the hotel tourist residences (20.5%), 4-star hotels (14.1%), 2-star hotel (11.4%), 1-star hotel (8.1%) and in conclusion 5-star hotel (2.2%). 3.2. data collection data was extracted from booking.com through the dotapy software. booking.com permits to book a certain room, at a given time of the search, for a given time of booking. for example, today (time of booking 2021 january 13th) i can book a room for the time of booking 2021 june 16th. thus, in our experiments, we consider two times: the search time and the booking time. more formally, by search time we mean the day on which the search was made, by booking time we mean the date of stay considered for the extraction of the price of the accommodation facilities. table 2 shows the search and booking times involved in our experiments. every day during the search time, dotapy performed 214 one-day searches for accommodations in pisa on booking.com, corresponding to every day included in the booking times. as a result, 8,176,732 records were extracted, relating to 468 accommodations in the pisa area with a maximum distance of 5 km from the historic center. table 2. definition of periods of interest start date end date missing dates search time december 1, 2019 june 9, 2020 february 1, 2020 march 13, 2020 booking time may 1, 2020 november 30, 2020 table 3. shows extracted information and table 4 illustrates a practical example attribute description name name of the accommodation category category of the accommodation price value of the price for a single room into a one-day stay bookingtime booking time searchtime search time hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 230 table 4. data extracted concerning the accommodation facilities for the info & review module name category price bookingtime searchtime # stars royal victoria hotel hotel 63 2020-06-17 2019-12-01 3 hotel terminus & plaza hotel 60 2020-06-17 2019-12-01 3 b&b pisa tower bed & breakfast 71 2020-06-17 2019-12-01 casa san tommaso rent-rooms 59 2020-06-17 2019-12-01 pisa train station hostel hostel 21 2020-06-17 2020-05-27 la casa di nila apartment 79 2020-06-17 2020-05-27 grand hotel bonanno hotel 102 2020-06-17 2020-05-27 4 hotel roma hotel 64 2020-06-17 2020-05-27 3 garibaldi b&b bed & breakfast 79 2020-06-17 2020-06-01 il caprifoglio holiday home 69 2020-06-17 2020-06-01 3.3. metrics this type of analysis aims to understand how much the covid-19 pandemic has affected the tourism sector, identifying the availability rates in the periods before and after the first wave of the covid-19 pandemic. we consider two types of metrics: the accommodation availability index (aai) and the average price (ap). both these metrics are calculated based on two criteria: a) category of accommodation b) the number of stars if the type is hotel. the different types of accommodations identified on booking.com are hotel, bed & breakfast, rent-room, holiday home, hostel, residence, tourist village, camping, apartment. let us suppose that 𝑁𝑐 is the total number of accommodations belonging to category 𝑐 and 𝑁𝑑𝑐 is the number of accommodations bookable at day d and belonging to category 𝑐. the following metrics are analyzed: accommodation availability index (aai). by the availability of accommodation we mean an accommodation that can be booked, that is, an accommodation either open in the booking time or with places available. the aai for a given day d and a given category c is calculated as the percentage of the ratio between the number accommodations of category c available in the day d and the total number of accommodations: 𝐴𝐴𝐼𝑑 = 𝑁𝑑𝑐 𝑁𝑐 × 100 (1) average price (ap). let us suppose that 𝑃(𝑖) 𝑑𝑐 is the price of accommodation i (belonging to category c) on day d. the average price ap for a category c on day d is calculated as the sum of the prices of all accommodations belonging c on d, divided by the number of available accommodations of category c. 𝑃𝑇 = ∑ 𝑃(𝑖) 𝑑𝑐 𝑁𝑑𝑐 𝑖=𝑛 𝑁𝑑𝑐 (2) 4. discussion as already specified in the previous sections, the objective of this paper involves the analysis of the availability and trends of prices of accommodations before, during and after the first wave of the covid-19 pandemic. a reasonable hypothesis states that accommodations availability increased during the lockdown period, while prices decreased, in order to incentivize clients to book a room. in order to test this hypothesis, some tests were done, considering as booking time the date of stay on june 17th, a very important date for the city of pisa as it is the feast in honor of the patron saint of the city. 4.1. accommodation availability index figures 4 and 5 show the trend of the aai of all the accommodations and the aai of hotels divided by stars, respectively. the categories that suffered the most and those that least affected the effects of the pandemic in relation to the two different metrics were highlighted. concerning the analysis of the availability indices, it emerged that the typology with the highest drop in availability was that of 2-star hotels with a maximum decrease of 66%. even the 4 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 231 and 3-star hotels were affected by the pandemic, recording maximum drops of 36% for 4-star hotels and 25% for 3-star hotels. there is also a significant drop in availability in the holiday home category with a maximum drop of 10%. the typologies that instead recorded an increase in the availability index were that of the bed & breakfast with a maximum increase of 20%, the typology affittacamere with a maximum availability increase of 14%, and finally, the typology apartment where there is a maximum increase of 9%. for the other typologies taken into consideration by the paper, there were no particular trends in relation to the availability index. figure 4. availability index of accommodation facilities figure 5. hotel availability index it is interesting to note that in the 2-star, 3-star, and 4-star hotel category, there was a high percentage increase in the availability index on 7 may 2020, probably due to the pressure of the regions for the early reopening of many activities. the described results partially confirm the original hypothesis, which stated an increase in accommodations availability. in fact, some categories experienced an increase, while others an incredible decrease. regarding the decreasing availability for some categories, this is probably due to the fact that some accommodations categories were closed during the lockdown period. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 232 4.2. average price figures 6 and 7 show the ap of all the accommodations and the ap of hotels divided by stars, respectively. in figure 7, on the other hand, the trend in prices by type of hotel divided by stars is analyzed in detail. 2, 3, 4, and 5-star hotels were taken into consideration as the data in possession were deemed more interesting for the research. figure 6. average prices of accommodation facilities the categories most affected by the pandemic were hotels (except for the 1-star ones), hostels, and tourist villages which recorded significant price increases. in more detail, the average prices of the 3 and 4-star hotels increased by around 12 euros, compared to the average, during the lockdown period. the prices of the 5-star hotels were found to remain constant for the lockdown period but recorded a considerable increase, of around 55 euros, compared to the average in the period following the lockdown. about hostels, there was a brief increase in the lockdown period of around 44 euros. figure 7. average prices of hotels the prices for the type of holiday village registered a peak of around 17 euros. the apartment type is the only one that has registered a decrease in prices since the beginning of the lockdown, which is always below average and which drops even more in the period following the lockdown. in summary, it is noted that most of the typologies recorded a price increase in the lockdown period, but after this period, the prices returned to the average or were even lower than the average. this trend highlights the different pricing strategies adopted by the accommodation facilities for the restart. it should be noted that 4and 3-star hotels, bed & breakfasts, rent-a-room, residences, and apartments adopt a common strategy of lowering prices. this choice is not shared by the remaining types that either keep the prices in the average before the lockdown period or, as in the case of 5-star hotels, significantly increase the price. the analysis demonstrated that the initial hypothesis was wrong for almost all categories, since accommodations owners preferred to increase prices rather than decrease them. this is due to a specific marketing policy. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 233 5. conclusion this paper focused on the analysis of trends in prices and accommodations availability related to accommodations located in pisa before, during, and after the first wave of the covid-19 pandemic. the analysis demonstrated that the typology of hotels which suffered the effects of covid-19 in terms of availability was 2-star hotels, followed by 4 and 3-star hotels. the categories of accommodations, which experienced an increase in prices were hotels, hostels, and tourist villages. the strong point of this paper involves the definition of a methodology to analyse two metrics, the availability index and the average price. this methodology has been applied to the city of pisa, but it can be generalized to all cities, provided that there is availability of data. potentially, the proposed methodology can also be applied to the second wave of the covid-19 pandemic. in future work, a comparison among different cities could be established by highlighting which cities suffered the most from the effects of the covid-19 pandemic in terms of availability and prices trend. as a further aspect, this paper exploited the dotapy software, which is a very powerful tool, which permits a user to extract information from otas. dotapy is completely open source, so the code can be extended to also support other features and potentially other otas. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions m.g. collected data, contributed to design the analysis, performed the analysis, wrote the code and wrote the paper. a.l.d. contributed to design the analysis and wrote the paper. a.m. contributed to design the analysis and revised the paper. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the dotapy software can be downloaded from the following link: https://github.com/gmt1996/dotapy currently data is not released as open source. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] rothan, h. a., & byrareddy, s. n. (2020). the epidemiology and pathogenesis of coronavirus disease (covid-19) outbreak. journal of autoimmunity, 109, 102433. doi:10.1016/j.jaut.2020.102433. [2] chinazzi, m., davis, j. t., ajelli, m., gioannini, c., litvinova, m., merler, s., … vespignani, a. (2020). the effect of travel restrictions on the spread of the 2019 novel coronavirus (covid-19) outbreak. science, 368(6489), 395–400. doi:10.1126/science.aba9757. [3] suau-sanchez, p., voltes-dorta, a., & cugueró-escofet, n. (2020). an early assessment of the impact of covid-19 on air transport: just another crisis or the end of aviation as we know it? journal of transport geography, 86, 102749. doi:10.1016/j.jtrangeo.2020.102749. [4] gerwe, o. (2021). the covid-19 pandemic and the accommodation sharing sector: effects and prospects for recovery. technological forecasting and social change, 167, 120733. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2021.120733. [5] jang, s., kim, j., kim, j., & kim, s. (sam). (2021). spatial and experimental analysis of peer-to-peer accommodation consumption during covid-19. journal of destination marketing & management, 20, 100563. doi:10.1016/j.jdmm.2021.100563. [6] giannettoni, m., marchetti, a. lo duca, a. (2020). dotapy: using python selenium to extract information and prices trends from online travel agencies. technical report. available online: https://www-old.iit.cnr.it/en/node/58840 (accessed on september 2020). [7] chang, c., & li, s. (2021). study of price determinants of sharing economy-based accommodation services: evidence from airbnb.com. journal of theoretical and applied electronic commerce research, 16(4), 584–601. doi:10.3390/jtaer16040035. [8] voltes-dorta, a., & sánchez-medina, a. (2020). drivers of airbnb prices according to property/room type, season and location: a regression approach. journal of hospitality and tourism management, 45, 266-275. doi:10.1016/j.jhtm.2020.08.015 https://github.com/gmt1996/dotapy https://www-old.iit.cnr.it/en/node/58840 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 234 [9] vives, a., jacob, m., & aguiló, e. (2018). online hotel demand model and own-price elasticities: an empirical application in a mature resort destination. tourism economics, 25(5), 670–694. doi:10.1177/1354816618800643. [10] guizzardi, a., pons, f. m. e., & ranieri, e. (2017). advance booking and hotel price variability online: any opportunity for business customers? international journal of hospitality management, 64, 85–93. doi:10.1016/j.ijhm.2017.05.002. [11] mohammed, i., guillet, b. d., law, r., & rahaman, w. a. (2020). predicting the direction of dynamic price adjustment in the hong kong hotel industry. tourism economics, 27(2), 346–364. doi:10.1177/1354816620903900. [12] sun, s., law, r., & tse, t. (2015). exploring price fluctuations across different online travel agencies: a case study of room reservations in an upscale hotel in hong kong. journal of vacation marketing, 22(2), 167–178. doi:10.1177/1356766715592663. [13] chang, s. e., hsieh, y.-j., chen, c.-w., liao, c.-k., & wang, s.-t. (2006). location-based services for tourism industry: an empirical study. lecture notes in computer science, 1144–1153. doi:10.1007/11833529_115. [14] suárez-vega, r., & hernández, j. m. (2020). selecting prices determinants and including spatial effects in peer-to-peer accommodation. isprs international journal of geo-information, 9(4), 259. doi:10.3390/ijgi9040259. [15] masiero, l., yang, y., & qiu, r. t. r. (2019). understanding hotel location preference of customers: comparing random utility and random regret decision rules. tourism management, 73, 83–93. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2018.12.002. [16] napierała, t. (2017). internetization of selling hotel rooms in metropolitan area of łódź (poland). journal of geography, politics and society, 7(3), 19-30. [17] urtasun, a., & gutiérrez, i. (2006). tourism agglomeration and its impact on social welfare: an empirical approach to the spanish case. tourism management, 27(5), 901–912. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2005.05.004. [18] kim, j., jang, s., kang, s., & kim, s. (james). (2020). why are hotel room prices different? exploring spatially varying relationships between room price and hotel attributes. journal of business research, 107, 118–129. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2018.09.006. [19] sánchez-pérez, m., illescas-manzano, m. d., & martínez-puertas, s. (2019). modeling hotel room pricing: a multi-country analysis. international journal of hospitality management, 79, 89–99. doi:10.1016/j.ijhm.2018.12.014. [20] nakamura, y., & oomiya, n. (2020). an analytical examination of accommodation sales and the importance of electronic “word-of-mouth” appraisals via internet travel sites. journal of global tourism research, 5(1), 43–50. doi:10.37020/jgtr.5.1_43. [21] kościółek, s. (2017). role of e-wom in hospitality market pricing. journal of economics & management, 29, 58-74. [22] abrate, g., & viglia, g. (2016). strategic and tactical price decisions in hotel revenue management. tourism management, 55, 123–132. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2016.02.006. [23] phillips, p., barnes, s., zigan, k., & schegg, r. (2016). understanding the impact of online reviews on hotel performance. journal of travel research, 56(2), 235–249. doi:10.1177/0047287516636481. [24] kim, b., kim, s., & heo, c. y. (2016). analysis of satisfiers and dissatisfiers in online hotel reviews on social media. international journal of contemporary hospitality management, 28(9), 1915–1936. doi:10.1108/ijchm-04-2015-0177. [25] sánchez-franco, m. j., navarro-garcía, a., & rondán-cataluña, f. j. (2019). a naive bayes strategy for classifying customer satisfaction: a study based on online reviews of hospitality services. journal of business research, 101, 499–506. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2018.12.051. [26] chan, i. c. c., lam, l. w., chow, c. w. c., fong, l. h. n., & law, r. (2017). the effect of online reviews on hotel booking intention: the role of reader-reviewer similarity. international journal of hospitality management, 66, 54–65. doi:10.1016/j.ijhm.2017.06.007. [27] öğüt, h., & onur taş, b. k. (2012). the influence of internet customer reviews on the online sales and prices in hotel industry. the service industries journal, 32(2), 197–214. doi:10.1080/02642069.2010.529436. [28] pawlicz, a., & napierala, t. (2017). the determinants of hotel room rates: an analysis of the hotel industry in warsaw, poland. international journal of contemporary hospitality management, 29(1), 571–588. doi:10.1108/ijchm-12-2015-0694. [29] yang, y., mueller, n. j., & croes, r. r. (2016). market accessibility and hotel prices in the caribbean: the moderating effect of quality-signaling factors. tourism management, 56, 40–51. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2016.03.021. [30] gazzetta ufficiale (2020). “misure urgenti per fronteggiare l’emergenza epidemiologica da covid-19”. available online: https://www.gazzettaufficiale.it/eli/id/2020/03/25/20g00035/sg (accessed on november 2020). [31] national institute of statistics (istat). (2020). tourism and covid-19. available online: https://www.istat.it/it/files/2020/04/ statisticatoday_turismo.pdf (accessed on september 2020). https://www.gazzettaufficiale.it/eli/id/2020/03/25/20g00035/sg https://www.istat.it/it/files/2020/04/%20statisticatoday_turismo.pdf https://www.istat.it/it/files/2020/04/%20statisticatoday_turismo.pdf available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 505 issn: 2723-9535 deep learning: a study of pattern recognition for personalized clothing jing zhao 1, hongdi zhu 1, bing liu 1* 1 school of fine arts & design, tianjin normal university college, tianjin 300387, china. received 04 june 2023; revised 05 august 2023; accepted 17 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract objectives: this article aims to enhance the efficiency of clothing recognition and retrieval by implementing deep learning algorithms for personalized clothing pattern recognition. methods: based on the you only look once version 4 (yolov4) algorithm in deep learning, the cspdarknet-53 in the original algorithm was replaced by ghostnet, and the original leaky relu activation function was replaced by fmish. then, an improved yolov4 algorithm was obtained. experiments were carried out on the personalized clothing pattern set, the fashion mnist dataset, and the deepfashion dataset to compare and analyze different algorithms. findings: when replacing cspdarknet-53 with ghostnet and the leaky relu activation function with fmish, the optimized yolov4 algorithm performed significantly better, verifying the reliability of the yolov4 improvement. the optimized algorithm achieved an f1 value of 94.22% and a map of 95.41% on different datasets, and 39.51% and 49.56% on the deepfashion dataset, respectively, outperforming other deep learning methods such as the faster-recurrent convolutional neural network. furthermore, the floating-point operations per second of the optimized yolov4 algorithm were 8.72 g, showing a reduction of 49.71% compared to the traditional algorithm. this suggested that it had low complexity and calculation amounts. novelty: the optimized yolov4 algorithm performs excellently in recognizing personalized clothing patterns, which can provide a new and reliable approach for recognition and retrieval in the field of clothing. keywords: deep learning; personalized clothing; pattern recognition; activation function; recognition effect. 1. introduction with the changes and developments in society, clothing materials, styles, and patterns have also evolved. clothing design has shifted from being purely practical to becoming more personalized. unique textures and patterns are increasingly used in fashion design, making personalized clothing a current trend and an important driver of consumption. under the influence of technological advances and changing perspectives, clothing sales have gradually shifted from traditional offline channels to online channels. for clothing companies, in addition to personalized clothing design, the sales process also plays a crucial role in their development. when shopping for clothing online, consumers typically first determine the style they want or try to search for similar styles after finding a particular pattern. this makes clothing pattern recognition particularly important. as personalized clothing continues to develop, clothing pattern recognition becomes more challenging. personalized clothing pattern recognition is an image recognition problem, and with the advancement of deep learning technology [1], an increasing number of methods have been applied to image recognition. * corresponding author: lbliubing@tjnu.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0005-4527-3170 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 506 wang et al. [2] studied the recognition of pest images, compared three different deep learning models, and obtained recognition rates of over 80%. this research provides a reference for further studies in the field of agricultural pest recognition. in a convolutional neural network (cnn), yang et al. [3] merged transfer learning with ensemble learning to detect damage on wind turbine blades. through experiments, they found that this method outperformed support vector machines. yang et al. [4] utilized deep learning edge algorithms for the recognition of digestive endoscopy images. the results showed that the accuracy of the approach was 68% higher than that of the simple you only look once (yolo) algorithm, and both the accuracy and speed were 21% and 85% higher respectively compared to the recurrent convolutional neural network (rcnn). anubha pearline et al. [5] conducted research on plant recognition in images and compared different methods. through experiments, they found that using logistic regression as a classifier, the vgg19 cnn structure achieved accuracies of 96.53%, 96.25%, and 99.41% on different datasets. zhang et al. [6] utilized a dual-stream heterogeneous backbone network based on vgg-16 and res2net-50 to extract image features, achieving detection of color images. experimental results on four publicly available datasets demonstrated the outstanding performance of this approach. tsuiki et al. [7] developed a deep cnn for recognizing lateral head shadow measurement film images and found its high accuracy through experiments. vinolin et al. [8] designed a deep convolutional neural network called taylor-roa-based deepcnn using the taylor-rider optimization algorithm to detect forged and original images. the experimental results demonstrated that this approach significantly improved accuracy compared to existing methods. zhang et al. [9] proposed a method for detecting internal cracks in corn seeds by combining deep learning algorithms with edge detection threshold processing. the experiments show that this method achieves recognition accuracies of 95.08% and 95.75% for cracked and uncracked seeds, respectively. wang et al. [10] introduced an enhanced yolov3 algorithm to detect illegal opium poppy cultivation in low-altitude drone inspections. testing on a self-created dataset revealed that this approach reduced parameters and enhanced recognition accuracy, offering technological support for low-altitude opium poppy detection. while deep learning methods have already achieved mature applications in various fields such as engineering, agriculture, medicine, etc., research regarding clothing pattern recognition remains relatively scarce. currently, the most commonly used approach in clothing pattern recognition relies on extracting features such as edges and contours for classification and identification, which leads to poor accuracy. however, with the rapid development of e-commerce, there is an increasing demand for clothing pattern recognition, classification, and retrieval. the existing methods fail to meet the needs of consumers searching for interesting clothing items in e-commerce. therefore, a new method is urgently needed. this paper mainly focuses on the research of deep learning methods. it designed an optimized you only look once version 4 (yolov4) method using ghostnet and fmish activation function based on yolo series algorithms in deep learning. through experiments, the reliability of this method in recognizing personalized clothing patterns was demonstrated. the research flowchart is shown in figure 1. the research in this article presents a novel approach for recognizing and retrieving clothing, while also providing theoretical support for further studies on yolo series algorithms. this not only benefits the future application of yolo series algorithms in the field of pattern recognition but also offers guidance for enhancing the yolov4 algorithm. yolov4 algorithm introduction feature extraction network activation function ghostnet fmish personalized clothing pattern set fashion mnist dataset deepfashion dataset result analysis (precision, recall rate, f1 value, and mean average precision) optimized yolov4 figure 1. research flowchart hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 507 2. personalized clothing pattern recognition method 2.1. deep learning and yolov4 algorithm the pattern of personalized clothing contains a lot of complex feature information, and the traditional recognition method achieves clothing classification by extracting edges, contours, etc. however, the accuracy rate is not high. deep learning is developed on the basis of artificial neural networks [11], which can extract deep feature information from data. commonly used methods include cnn, generative adversarial network (gan), etc. [12], which are widely used in speech recognition, image processing, etc. [13]. this paper chooses the yolov4 algorithm from the yolo series algorithms. personalized clothing pattern recognition requires fast recognition speed and high accuracy to meet the needs of consumers. the yolov4 algorithm is an enhancement of the yolov3 algorithm that significantly optimizes both the accuracy and speed of recognition. the principle of the yolov4 algorithm [14] is described as follows. for an input of 461 × 416 × 3, three different sizes of feature maps are obtained in the backbone feature extraction network (cspdarknet-53), the spatial pyramid pooling (ssp) module enlarges the perceptual field, and the three feature maps are fused by the path aggregation network (panet) to further strengthen the learning capacity of the network for features. the training of the yolov4 algorithm is achieved by error backpropagation, and the loss function used includes the following three components. (1) category loss: the cross-entropy loss function is used here, and the formula can be written as: 𝐿𝑜𝑠𝑠𝑐𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑠 = ∑ 𝐼𝑖𝑗 𝑜𝑏𝑗𝑆×𝑆 𝑖=0 ∑ [p̂i(c) log(pi(c)) + (1 − p̂i(c)) log(pi(c))]c∈classes , (1) where 𝑆 × 𝑆 represents the size of the output grid, 𝐼 stands for detection bounding box generated by a priori box, 𝑃𝑖(𝑐) stands for true value of the category, and �̂�𝑖(𝑐) stands for predicted value of the category. (2) loss of confidence: the same cross-entropy loss function is applied in this part, and its equation is: 𝐿𝑜𝑠𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑓𝑖 = ∑ ∑ 𝐼𝑖𝑗 𝑜𝑏𝑗𝐵 𝑗=0 𝑆×𝑆 𝑖=0 [�̂�𝑖 log(𝐶𝑖) + (1 − �̂�𝑖) log(1 − 𝐶𝑖)] − 𝜆𝑛𝑜𝑜𝑏𝑗 ∑ ∑ 𝐼𝑖𝑗 𝑛𝑜𝑜𝑏𝑗𝐵 𝑗=0 𝑆×𝑆 𝑖=0 [�̂�𝑖 log(𝐶𝑖) + (1 − �̂�𝑖) log(1 − 𝐶𝑖)], (2) where 𝐵 is the number of boxes in each grid, 𝜆𝑛𝑜𝑜𝑏𝑗 represents loss factor, 𝐶𝑖 represents the true value of the confidence level, and �̂�𝑖 represents the predicted value of the confidence level. (3) regression box position loss: this part uses the complete intersection over union (ciou) as the loss function, and the equation can be written as: 𝐿𝑜𝑠𝑠𝐶𝐼𝑂𝑈 = 1 − 𝐼𝑂𝑈 + 𝜌2(𝑏2,𝑏) 𝑐2 + 𝜐𝛼, (3) 𝜐 = 4 𝜋2 (𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛 �̂� ℎ̂ − 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝑤 ℎ ) ℎ2, (4) 𝛼 = 𝜐 (1−𝐼𝑂𝑈)+𝜐 , (5) where 𝐼𝑂𝑈 stands for intersection over union, 𝜌2(𝑏2, 𝑏) is the euclidean distance between the center points of the two bounding boxes, 𝑐 stands for the euclidean distance of the diagonal in the union set region of the two bounding boxes, 𝜐 stands for the stability parameter to measure the aspect ratio of the bounding box, 𝑤 and ℎ are the width and height of the real frame, �̂� and ℎ̂ are the width and height of the prediction frame, and 𝛼 represents the balance parameter. ultimately, the loss function of the yolov4 algorithm is: loss = lossclass + lossconfi + lossciou. (6) 2.2. optimized yolov4 algorithm to further enhance the effectiveness of the yolov4 algorithm for personalized clothing pattern recognition, the yolov4 algorithm is optimized. firstly, the cspdarknet-53 network used in the yolov4 algorithm is replaced by ghostnet. ghostnet is a staged convolutional computation module [15] that consists of two steps: (1) performing traditional convolutional operations to obtain the feature map; (2) performing deep convolutions based on the obtained feature map. this approach can reduce the computational effort of the convolutional operation, thus strengthening the algorithm performance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 508 ghostnet consists of a series of ghost bottlenecks, and ghost bottleneck contains two ghost modules, as illustrated in figure 2. ghost ghost add bn relu bn ghost dwconv chost add bn relu bn bn stride=1 stride=2 figure 2. ghost bottleneck in the ghost bottleneck, when stride=1, the first and second ghost modules are employed to increase and decrease the number of channels respectively, and batch normalization (bn) and relu nonlinear activation are used in the middle. when stride=2, deep convolution (dwconv) is added to improve the performance. using ghostnet to replace the cspdarknet-53 network in the traditional yolov4 algorithm, figure 3 illustrates the network structure of the optimized yolov4 algorithm. inputs（461,461,3） conv-bn（208,208,16） ghost-bneck （208,208,16）×2 ghost-bneck （104,104,24）×2 ghost-bneck（52,52,40） ×2 ghost-bneck（26,26,80） ×4 ghost-bneck（26,26,80） ×2 ghost-bneck （13,13,160）×2 cbl×3 m a x p o o lin g ,k = 5 m a x p o o lin g ,k = 1 3 m a x p o o lin g ,k = 9 cbl×3 concat cbl×5 yolo head cbl cbl concat concat cbl×5 yolo head upsampling cbl×5 yolo head upsampling concat cbl×5 cbl cbl down sample down sample cbl = conv bn leaky relu upsampling = cbl upsample yolo head = cbl conv panet ghostnet spp figure 3. the network structure of the optimized yolov4 algorithm hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 509 as shown in figure 3, the yolov4 algorithm is applied to the pattern recognition of personalized clothing. for the input clothing pattern, the ghostnet module is applied to extract the pattern features of the personalized clothing, and three feature maps of different sizes are obtained and connected to panet and spp, respectively. the spp layer increases the perceptual field through maximum pooling, while fusion between different feature layers is achieved in panet. finally, the yolo head module discriminates and adjusts the prediction frames obtained from each feature layer to obtain the final prediction frame. to ensure the stability of the training, the activation function is indispensable in the network. according to figure 3, it can be found that the leaky relu activation function is involved in the improved yolov4 algorithm: 𝑦𝐿𝑒𝑎𝑘𝑦𝑅𝑒𝐿𝑈 = { 𝑥, 𝑥 > 0 𝛾, 𝑥 ≤ 0 } = 𝑚𝑎𝑥(0, 𝑥) + 𝛾𝑚𝑖𝑛(0, 𝑥), (7) where 𝛾 is a constant very small gradient, generally taken as 0.01. the main problem with leaky relu is that the transmission reliability on negative intervals is not high; therefore, to improve this, it is replaced by the fmish function: 𝑦𝐹𝑀𝑖𝑠ℎ = 𝑥 ln(1+𝑒𝑥) √1+ ln2(1+𝑒𝑥) . (8) fmish can ensure the stability of the training more effectively, as the gradient at the zero point does not change abruptly, while avoiding the problem of oversaturation. 3. 1. experiment and analysis 3.1. experimental environment and evaluation indicators the experiments were conducted in a windows 10 environment with 32 gb of memory, using python 3.8 as the programming language and pytorch 1.7.1 as the deep learning framework. the following indicators were used to assess the deep learning method designed in this paper: 1) precision: p = tp tp+fp , 2) recall rate: r = tp tp+fn , 3) f1 value: f1 = 2pr p+r , 4) mean average precision (map): map = ∑ ap(i)n i=1 n , ap = ∫ p(r)dr 1 0 . in the above equations, 𝑇𝑃 stands for the number of positive samples forecasted to be positive, 𝐹𝑃 stands for the number of negative samples forecasted to be positive, 𝐹𝑁 stands for the number of positive samples forecasted to be negative, 𝑛 is the number of categories, f1 value represents the harmonic mean of precision and recall rate, and 𝐴𝑃 is the integral of the p-r curve. 3.2. dataset (1) the personalized clothing pattern set designed in this paper: it contains three different personalized patterns, all of which can be used in clothing pattern design. the patterns contain different shapes and texture variations. one of them is shown in figure 4, which embroiders the imagery of flying cranes, red sun, and floating clouds through different colored silk threads, supplemented by beadwork such as rice beads and tube beads to emphasize the pattern’s outline and enhance its ornamental nature. the use of materials considers both soft and rigid, cold and warm, achieving color coordination and the unity of thickness and softness. in addition, the design of the pattern also contains a good symbolic meaning of rising day by day. it was processed into a 28×28 grayscale image, and the expansion of the dataset was realized by random flipping. the training and test sets were divided in a ratio of 8:2. (2) fashion mnist dataset [16]: it contains about 70,000 clothing images and ten different clothing categories (trouser, t-shirt, coat, sandals, shirt, dress, pullover, bag, sneaker, and ankle boots). the number of samples in the training and test sets was 60,000 and 10,000, respectively. (3) deepfashion dataset [17]: it contains about 800,000 clothing images and 50 different clothing categories, and five of them were selected for analysis in this paper, as shown in table 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 510 figure 4. personalized clothing pattern design table 1. deepfashion dataset clothing category training set/n test set/n blazer 33,591 8,514 dress 34,072 8,853 jeans 33,394 8,242 shorts 35,632 9,411 sweater 32,021 8,341 3.3. result analysis first, for personalized clothing pattern recognition, the yolov4 algorithm was also used to compare the effects of different feature extraction networks. table 2 represents the results. table 2. effects of feature extraction networks on the recognition effect of personalized clothing patterns cspdarknet-53 ghostnet precision/% 91.24 93.27 recall rate/% 85.77 87.44 f1 value/% 88.42 90.26 map/% 91.76 93.58 from table 2, it was seen that for pattern recognition of personalized clothing, the traditional yolov4 algorithm, i.e., when using cspdarknet-53 as the feature extraction network, had a precision of 91.24%, a recall rate of 85.77%, an f1 value of 88.42%, and a map value of 91.76%, while after using ghostnet instead of the original cspdarknet-53, the algorithm achieved a precision of 93.27% (improved by 2.03%), a recall rate of 87.44% (improved by 1.67%), an f1 value of 90.26% (improved by 1.84%), and a map value of 93.58% (improved by 1.82%), i.e., all the indicators suggested significant improvements. these results showed that ghostnet performed better in feature extraction than cspdarknet-53, i.e., it could extract features more effectively from complex personalized patterns, thus achieving better performance in personalized clothing pattern recognition. then, the effect of activation functions leaky relu and fmish on the recognition performance of personalized clothing patterns was compared in the case of using ghostnet, the results are displayed in table 3. table 3. the effect of activation function on the recognition of personalized clothing pattern leaky relu fmish precision/% 93.27 94.57 recall rate/% 87.44 89.61 f1 value/% 90.26 92.02 map/% 93.58 95.16 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 511 from table 3, it was seen that when fmish was used as the activation function in the optimized yolov4 algorithm, the algorithm showed some improvement in all indicators. in comparison, when fmish was used instead of leaky relu, the algorithm achieved a precision of 94.57% (improved by 1.3%), a recall rate of 89.61% (improved by 2.17%), an f1 value of 92.02% (improved by 1.76%), and a map value of 95.16% (improved by 1.58%) in personalized clothing pattern recognition, proving the reliability of fmish as an activation function and the reliability of yolov4 improvement. on the fashion mnist dataset, the improved yolov4 algorithm was compared with other deep learning methods: ① the faster-rcnn algorithm [18], ② the single shot multibox detector (ssd) algorithm [19], ③ the yolov3 algorithm [20], ④ the yolov4 algorithm, ⑤ the attention-yolov4 algorithm [21]. figure 5 illustrates the results. figure 5. comparison of the recognition results of different methods on the fashion mnist dataset the optimized yolov4 algorithm achieved better results than the other methods in all indicators, as observed from figure 5. in terms of the f1 value comparison, the optimized yolov4 algorithm was 94.22%, which was increased by 5.04% compared to the faster-rcnn method, 4.01% compared to the ssd approach, 1.97% compared to the yolov3 algorithm, 1.02% compared to the yolov4 algorithm, and 0.35% compared to the attention-yolov4 algorithm. in terms of the map comparison, the optimized yolov4 algorithm was 95.41%, which increased by 5.29% compared to the faster-rcnn algorithm, 3.34% compared to the ssd method, 2.08% compared to the yolov3 algorithm, 1.29% compared to the yolov4 algorithm, and 0.4% compared to the attention-yolov4 algorithm. it can be concluded that the optimized yolov4 algorithm had the best performance in clothing recognition on the fashion mnist dataset and could achieve good classification of different kinds of clothing. the results of different methods after recognizing the deepfashion dataset are illustrated in figure 6. according to figure 6, the optimized yolov4 algorithm exhibited the best recognition performance on the deepfashion dataset. however, its recognition performance on the deepfashion dataset was obviously lower than that on the fashion mnist dataset, which may be because the larger amount of clothing data and more complex clothing categories in the deepfashion dataset resulted in more cases of recognition errors. specifically, the map of the optimized yolov4 algorithm on the deepfashion dataset was 49.56%, which increased by 13.45% compared to the faster-rcnn method, 5.29% compared to the ssd method, 4.5% compared to the yolov3 algorithm, 1.33% compared to the yolov4 algorithm, and 0.53% compared to the attention-yolov4 algorithm, proving the effectiveness of the method in recognizing different clothing categories. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 512 figure 6. comparison of recognition results between different methods on the deepfashion dataset finally, the complexity of several yolo algorithms was compared in terms of floating-point operations per seconds (flops). using the deepfashion dataset as an example, the results are presented in figure 7. figure 7. complexity comparison of yolo algorithms from figure 7, it was observed that the yolov3 algorithm had a flops of 24.56 g, indicating its high complexity and heavy computational load. in comparison, the yolov4 algorithm had a flops of 17.34g, which was 29.4% lower than the yolov3 algorithm. this reduction demonstrated the optimization resulted in a significant reduction in algorithm complexity. the flops of the attention-yolov4 algorithm was 15.24 g, which was 12.11% lower than the yolov4 algorithm. the improved yolov4 algorithm had a flops of 8.72 g, which was 49.71% lower than the yolov4 algorithm and 42.78% lower than the attention-yolov4 algorithm. by replacing the original cspdarknet-53 with ghostnet, the optimized yolov4 algorithm significantly reduced the computational load and had lower flops than the attention-yolo4 algorithm, demonstrating its excellent computational efficiency in clothing pattern recognition. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 513 4. discussion the problem of recognizing personalized clothing patterns can be considered as an object detection algorithm. with the continuous development of deep learning, the yolo algorithm has received increasing research attention. in order to achieve a better balance between speed and accuracy, researchers have made various improvements and optimizations to the yolo series algorithms and applied them in different fields for experimentation. this article focused on the pattern recognition problem of personalized clothing and improved the yolov4 algorithm in order to design an enhanced version of yolov4, which was then compared with some existing deep learning methods. from the experimental results, firstly, this study demonstrated the reliability of the improvements made to the yolov4 algorithm through experiments on a personalized clothing pattern dataset. by comparing the results in table 2 and table 3, it can be observed that both cspdarknet-53 and leaky relu in the traditional yolov4 algorithm performed worse than ghostnet and fmish used in the improved version. the precision, recall rate, and other performance indicators of the improved yolov4 algorithm were significantly increased, indicating that the direction of yolov4 improvement in this study is correct. by replacing the feature extraction network and activation function, the algorithm's recognition effectiveness has been effectively enhanced. furthermore, based on the results of comparisons with other deep learning methods on fashion mnist and deepfashion datasets, the improved yolov4 algorithm demonstrated superior performance. it exhibited higher recognition efficiency compared to both other deep learning methods and other modified versions of yolov4. the comparison of algorithm complexity (figure 6) showed both improved yolov4 algorithms had lower flops than the yolov3 and yolov4 algorithms. however, in this comparison, the improved yolov4 algorithm had flops below 10 g, which was 49.71% lower than the yolov4 algorithm and 42.78% lower than the attention-yolov4 algorithm. these results provide sufficient evidence of the computational efficiency advantage of the improved yolov4 algorithm proposed in this paper. the comprehensive experimental results reveal that the improved yolov4 algorithm, designed in this paper, significantly enhances the accuracy and efficiency of the algorithm by improving both the feature extraction network and activation function, making it applicable for practical clothing pattern recognition. 5. conclusion this paper focused on the recognition of personalized clothing patterns. the traditional yolov4 algorithm was optimized using the deep learning method. through experimentation, it was found that the optimized yolov4 algorithm outperformed the original yolov4 algorithm on various datasets, showcasing the reliability of the enhancements and its potential application in practical personalized clothing recognition, classification, and retrieval. in future research, we will explore additional optimization possibilities for the yolov4 algorithm and conduct experiments on a broader range of datasets. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, j.z. and b.l.; methodology, j.z. and b.l.; software, h.z.; validation, j.z., h.z., and b.l.; formal analysis, h.z. and b.l.; investigation, h.z.; resources, j.z. and b.l.; data curation, h.z.; writing—original draft preparation, j.z. and b.l.; writing—review and editing, h.z. and b.l.; visualization, h.z.; supervision, b.l.; project administration, b.l.; funding acquisition, j.z. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 514 7. references [1] singh, a., & chakraborty, s. (2020). deep active transfer learning for image recognition. 2020 international joint conference on neural networks (ijcnn), glasgow, united kingdom. doi:10.1109/ijcnn48605.2020.9207391. [2] wang, k., chen, k., du, h., liu, s., xu, j., zhao, j., chen, h., liu, y., & liu, y. (2022). new image dataset and new negative sample judgment method for crop pest recognition based on deep learning models. ecological informatics, 69, 101620. doi:10.1016/j.ecoinf.2022.101620. [3] yang, x., zhang, y., lv, w., & wang, d. (2021). image recognition of wind turbine blade damage based on a deep learning model with transfer learning and an ensemble learning classifier. renewable energy, 163, 386–397. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2020.08.125. [4] yang, l., li, z., ma, s., & yang, x. (2022). artificial intelligence image recognition based on 5g deep learning edge algorithm of digestive endoscopy on medical construction. alexandria engineering journal, 61(3), 1852–1863. doi:10.1016/j.aej.2021.07.007. [5] anubha pearline, s., sathiesh kumar, v., & harini, s. (2019). a study on plant recognition using conventional image processing and deep learning approaches. journal of intelligent & fuzzy systems, 36(3), 1997–2004. doi:10.3233/jifs-169911. [6] zhang, y., zhang, z., huo, l., xie, b., & wang, x. (2021). image saliency detection via two-stream feature fusion and adversarial learning. jisuanji fuzhu sheji yu tuxingxue xuebao/journal of computer-aided design & computer graphics, 33(3), 376–384. doi:10.3724/sp.j.1089.2021.18438. [7] tsuiki, s., nagaoka, t., fukuda, t., sakamoto, y., almeida, f. r., nakayama, h., inoue, y., & enno, h. (2021). machine learning for image-based detection of patients with obstructive sleep apnea: an exploratory study. sleep & breathing, 25(4), 2297–2305. doi:10.1007/s11325-021-02301-7. [8] vinolin, v., & sucharitha, m. (2022). taylor-rider-based deep convolutional neural network for image forgery detection in 3d lighting environment. data technologies and applications, 56(1), 103–131. doi:10.1108/dta-10-2020-0234. [9] zhang, y., lv, c., wang, d., mao, w., & li, j. (2022). a novel image detection method for internal cracks in corn seeds in an industrial inspection line. computers and electronics in agriculture, 197, 106930–. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2022.106930. [10] wang, c., wang, q., wu, h., zhao, c., teng, g., & li, j. (2021). low-altitude remote sensing opium poppy image detection based on modified yolov3. remote sensing, 13(11), 2130. doi:10.3390/rs13112130. [11] selvathi, d., & chandralekha, r. (2021). fetal biometric based abnormality detection during prenatal development using deep learning techniques. multidimensional systems and signal processing, 33(1), 1–15. doi:10.1007/s11045-021-00765-0. [12] nikolova, d., vladimirov, i., & terneva, z. (2021). human action recognition for pose-based attention: methods on the framework of image processing and deep learning. 2021 56th international scientific conference on information, communication and energy systems and technologies (icest), sozopol, bulgaria. doi:10.1109/icest52640.2021.9483503. [13] aizezi, y., jiamali, a., abudurexiti, r., liu, x., du, j., & ding, l. (2018). research on image recognition method based on deep learning algorithm. 2018 15th ieee international conference on advanced video and signal based surveillance (avss). doi:10.1109/avss.2018.8639372. [14] bochkovskiy, a., wang, c.-y., & liao, h.-y. m. (2020). yolov4: optimal speed and accuracy of object detection. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2004.10934. [15] zhang, s., & zhou, x. (2021). micronet: realizing micro neural network via binarizing ghostnet. 2021 6th international conference on intelligent computing and signal processing (icsp). doi:10.1109/icsp51882.2021.9408972. [16] xiao, h., rasul, k., & vollgraf, r. (2017). fashion-mnist: a novel image dataset for benchmarking machine learning algorithms. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1708.07747. [17] liu, z., luo, p., qiu, s., wang, x., & tang, x. (2016). deepfashion: powering robust clothes recognition and retrieval with rich annotations. 2016 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr). doi:10.1109/cvpr.2016.124. [18] pham, m.-t., & lefevre, s. (2018). buried object detection from b-scan ground penetrating radar data using faster-rcnn. igarss 2018 2018 ieee international geoscience and remote sensing symposium. doi:10.1109/igarss.2018.8517683. [19] sogabe, m., ito, n., miyazaki, t., kawase, t., kanno, t., & kawashima, k. (2022). detection of instruments inserted into eye in cataract surgery using single-shot multibox detector. sensors and materials, 34(1), 47–54. doi:10.18494/sam3762. [20] redmon, j., & farhadi, a. (2018). yolov3: an incremental improvement. arxiv preprint. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1804.02767. [21] li, y., li, j., & meng, p. (2023). attention-yolov4: a real-time and high-accurate traffic sign detection algorithm. multimedia tools and applications, 82(5), 7567–7582. doi:10.1007/s11042-022-13251-x. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 86 on the role of ethics in shaping technology development c. vargas-elizondo a* a the costa rica institute of technology, cartago, costa rica. received 05 april 2020; revised 17 may 2020; accepted 21 may 2020; published 01 june 2020 abstract important changes are taking place currently regarding the role of ethics in technology, particularly in the context of the fourth industrial revolution. the adoption by the general assembly of the united nations of the resolution a/res/70/1 on september 27th, 2015, entitled "transforming our world: the 2030 agenda for sustainable development", better known as "sustainable development goals", is making that different international organizations and countries adopt it as the minimum reference ethical framework for assuring that this revolution in course supports and contributes to achieving these goals. to better understand these changes, it is important to make a historical reference to how technology and the role of ethics have been understood during the past 50 years. in this paper, i take as reference the influential book “the challenge presented to cultures by science and technology” (1977) by the genevan philosopher jean ladriére, some ethical proposals made during the '90s, to end with some recent european union (2019) and world economic forum (2018) ethical proposals. i conclude that there are continuities and discontinuities, first in jean ladriére's and others' conceptions of science and technology, and how recent proposals approach the issue, and second in the role of ethics in this fascinating and revolutionary process. however, we may envisage a radical transformation of the conception of technology in the context of the worldwide request to shape the fourth industrial revolution. keywords: ethics; ethical shaping of the fourth industrial revolution; technology development; human sustainable development; sustainable development goals. 1. introduction ethics is called to play an important role in this fourth industrial revolution. it has to shape, as called by the different platforms of the world economic forum, the future of this revolution in course, to guarantee that it contributes to enhancing human welfare and the protection of the environment. humanity is doing important steps in this direction as we will see. one of the ways to better appreciate it is presenting some historical momenta on how technology and ethics have evolved. i am dealing with, in a sketchy way, some considerations on technology and ethics. our starting point is the publication of ladriére´s book “the challenge presented to cultures by science and technology” in 1977 [1]. it was the product of the colloquium on “science, ethics and aesthetics” that took place in 1974 and was sponsored by unesco. the book originally titles les enjeux de la rationalité and was published also by unesco. it deals with the relationships between science, technology, and culture. this publication is important because it was one of the first books which discussed the impact of science and technology in ethics and culture. four main mechanisms of impact were devised: a) extending the scope of ethics; b) creating new ethical problems, c) suggestion of new ethical values and d) new ways for determining norms [1]. but before discussing this approach and mechanisms, it is important to make some remarks on technology. * corresponding author: celvargas@itcr.ac.cr http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-02-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1701-6186 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 87 2. research methodology in this study ethics and technology are investigated. what is observed is that every time ethics is more relevant for shaping technology. traditionally we find two groups conceptions of technology: the first one, emphasises technological products and how these impacts societies and the environment; the second one, emphasises the process of development of technology. what is observing now is that these two groups of approaches are relevant and should be taking into account to prevent intentional or unintentional harm, and to make the technology be at the service of improving and enhancing humans, and to reduce impacts on the environment. the three main moments i have followed, on the role of ethics in technology, can be charted in the following way: figure 1. research methodology flowchart 3. brief historical context technology can be approached from different perspectives, not necessarily inconsistent between them. one assesses how technology has penetrated and transformed cultures, societies, and the manner of living of humans or the progressive environmental negative impact due to the intensive use of technology in all the spheres of human activities; and the strategies for dealing with them. closely related to it, other perspectives emphasize how the technological activity is socially organized, becoming like the enterprise of science, and the mechanisms that make that technology becomes tightly related to science, i.e., providing important and precise tools for advancing scientific knowledge, and at the same time, the use of scientific knowledge to develop new and more sophisticated technological products. from this perspective, it is fundamental to point out the connection of technology with the development of the industry. the technology was the key to three previous industrial revolutions, including this new revolution. a third interesting approach was proposed by papa blanco (1979) [2]. this author organized technological products according to “the nature of what it produces”. three domains are relevant: matter, energy, and information. the action on matter produces physical arrangements, devices, and transformable materials, which further are transformed into equipment and other technological products. the action on energy yields energy usable in different forms: chemical, electrical, magnetic, and related technologies. finally, the action on information yields information used in technology and for consumers. the technological process forms a cycle in which new equipment, for example, is used to improve the use of matter, to obtain new forms of energy or new ways to foster the use of information. at the same time, these cycles tight the relations between science and technology. drawing an analogy between internal and external historiography related to programmes of scientific research [3] we may call the above approaches as “external perspectives”, due to its centrality on how technology production organizes and impacts society, culture, and environment. another group of approaches to technology emphasizes the process based on the internal intentionally of technology. some of the basic features of this intentionality can be summarized as follow: i) technology is a process that transforms an undesired situation (or reality if we prefer) into a desirable one. “desirable” doesn´t indicate an ethical value, but the transformation if a situation according to a previous purpose. these undesired situations are the inputs and the starting point of the technological process. the intentionally of technology is the introduction of a "product" into reality, and in doing it reality is transformed. for example, the construction of the pascaline calculator by pascal responded to a specific intention: to reduce his father´s manual process of counting. in this sense, the problem is to make it easier and accurate the process of counting; the product or object is a mechanical device or machine. ii) technology is an intentionally driving process. the technological process is closed under the (undesirable) situation analysis. in formal terms, t(p) = o. it takes a problem; apply some transformation (t) to produce an object (o as the solution). given that t is a complex process (with several stages) it is better expressed as ₸ (p) = 0, to indicate that it is a (partial) recursive process. the technological transformation process, then, transforms the problem into a design, the design into an implementation; this implementation needs to be tested, and the final result is the object produced or released. in one first account of what is considered a technological object, we may include: machines, devices, parts, tools, software, and biotechnological (genetic engineering) products. following aguero and sasgupta (1987) [4], we may schematize it in the following flow process. as observed, there are several feedbacks in this process that makes that the object produced could be transformed into a new problem; the implementation feeds the design, and tests feed implementation and design. multi-stakeholders emphasis on scientists and experts 1977 emphasis on scientists, experts and faculty members, 1990 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 88 figure 2. technological process as can be seen, there are different loops in the process to indicate the fact that these different components can modify decisions previously taken (to a determined limit). it is important to indicate the loop that goes from the object to the problem the originated the technological process to this remark this feature of technology that consists of continuously improving the quality of the technological products yielded in a determined moment. several trends motivate this process of improving: advance in miniaturization, when corresponds, the incorporation of new functionalities, achieving new levels of integration to improve performance, and new materials, among others. iii) design accumulation. this feature indicates that the technological process conserves an important degree of accumulation in design. those components that have proved to work very well from a structural and functional perspective of use, tend to be conserved in the new designs and production of new technological objects. but also, successful methodologies are integrated into the technological process. as pointed out by edgerton (2006) [5] complete innovation is not the driven motif of the technology process, in many cases. objects entirely new are very rare. but what is observed is a tendency to use old fashioned components in different ways or using different materials with new properties in which these parts or designs are used. iv) technology as a design-centered process. it has become more and more clear the role of design in the current technology process. several reasons support it. first, technology tends to be a very highly standardized activity. the better way to meet these standards is by taking them into account from the beginning of the visualization of the object to be produced. second, technology production is strongly influenced by the incorporation of scientific research results, mathematical developments, other technological achievements, and ethical issues too. the design is the best place to deal with them. third, recently we have observed a strong tendency toward considering the technology process as part of a technological system, as i will emphasize later. the design centrality of technology was first proposed by skolimowski and simon (1966) [6], however, few philosophers have discussed technology from this perspective. in franssen, maarten, lokhorst, and van de poel (2018) [7], it is found a brief account of authors and philosophical trends related to design-centered technological processes. the situation is different in science and engineering, and in engineering education [8], in which it is very common to refer to design as a key component of engineering and also scientific practice. given the importance of design, and following again to aguero and sasgupta (1987) [4], we may represent the design component in terms of four main sub-systems. design problem implementation tests object hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 89 figure 3. design structure scheme three sub-systems are particularly relevant to “visualize” the object: the definition systems that include among others, the problem transformed into requirements (what the proposed technological object will solve), structural specification (what the structure of the proposed object), functional specifications (how the object will work) and the ethical issues relevant for this specific technology how it will be avoided to harm people or to respect other human values). the knowledge system includes technological alternatives, availability of scientific knowledge, mathematical and scientific principles relevant to the application, computer tools, ethical themes, and other relevant issues. the verification system includes different tests that will be applied at the different stages of the technological process, including ethical tests to determine the appropriateness of the proposed object according to the ethical requirements previously defined. from these three systems, we obtain a visualization of the object to be produced. sometimes, prototypes or scalable models are constructed to better understand the properties of the technological object to be developed. the fourth subsystem, the decision-making system is very important because specifies the human resources involved, the stages in which the product will be developed, how recommendations from the development team will be decided and incorporated into the process, who decides over differences and incompatible recommendations, among other key decisions related to the process and how to keep the integrity of the design. following again the analogy drawn from lakatos, we say that these two approaches to technology (external approaches to technology and technology as a transformation process) are necessary and complementary. moreover, as i will discuss below a deepening of both perspectives is necessary to make that “no one will be left behind” [9] of the benefits of the fourth industrial revolution. but in doing it a change in the conception of technology is needed. 4. ladriére perspective on the impact of science and technology on ethics as mentioned, ladriére considers four ways in which science and technology impacted positively on ethics: a) extending the scope of ethics, b) creating new ethical problems, c) suggestion of new ethical values and d) new ways for determining norms. let us consider each in some detail. a) extending the scope of ethics. to understand a disease, i.e. alzheimer, its cause, nosology, and the (neuro) cell and molecular mechanisms involved, has associated a change in the way in which this disease was traditionally explained: as a disease associated with senile dementia, and therefore, something that is related to age and the human has nothing to do to change it. the scientific account of alzheimer's makes that this approach should be abandoned. but what is more important is that scientific understanding of diseases poses a new imperative: the development of new drugs for treating it or new way of intervening on them, for example, by gene correction therapies, or new medical strategies to prevent its occurrence. here we see an extension of the scope of ethics because it is imposed as a requirement of intervention for preventing and healing these diseases; this requirement was not present before. scientists and engineers shall adopt this challenge. before the development of these interventions, physicians can appeal to god, destination, or "we cannot do more" in case of death. but after the development of medical treatment, physicists are required to justify the claim “we cannot do more” in case of death. the frontier of intervention is extended and new obligations are established. those new obligations were definition system verification system knowledge system decision-making system object specification hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 90 not presented previously at the introduction of these developments. a second example is the introduction of email for general use in the last decade of the xx century. this changes drastically how we were costumed to consider the mail. several situations, such as privacy, made that new ethical concerns around the use of email arisen. regulations to assure the integrity and privacy of the information changed drastically. not only emerged new ways of organizing the information but new ways of using it. associated with faster communication and transactions, new forms of espionage emerged; new forms of sabotage, new forms of delinquency, and vulnerability. society had responded in different ways to reduce the negative impacts of this technology and, at the same time, increase their benefits. an important refreshment of ethical themes was required before establishing new regulations to protect privacy, including the discrimination of the kind of information that should be protected according to the institution or organization. it should be decided if the use of email is restricted or not, and how to protect sensitive information to companies and governments. b) creating new ethical problems. for ladriére, science and technology look for different fundamental objectives of those of culture. while science and technology orients to achieve universality, precision, rationality, standardization, tested knowledge and intervention, cultures tend to provide a meaning to life, and tend to be particular; it is the space for constructing personal identity, sense of belonging, and a tendency to conservatism or immutable. science and technology had invaded society in all aspects, including cultures. new ethical problems that pose science and technology emerge from these contrasting objectives. two different categories of them emerge, according to ladriére: internals and externals. both emerge due to the special position of scientists and technologists. internal problems concern the nature, structure, and function of science and technology, and its promotion as a socially relevant activity; while externals relate to the social and ethical responsibility of scientists and technologists for the impacts of their developments. scientists and technologists are in between the two systems and they have to mediate between them. their mediation consists of determining and guaranteeing the objectives of the society and those of scientific and technological research to make them compatible and as close as possible. but as i will see later, scientists and technologists have their ethical values or the companies for which they work, and these values not always are the same as those of what is desirable for society or culture. c) the suggestion of new ethical values. directly connected with this topic is the following. the introduction of new scientific and technological results induces a very creative process of proposing new ethical values or reinforce current values to deal with the new conditions. for example, after the introduction to email infrastructure, raised several questions related to privacy issues. several employees were fired after been accused of emailing private information from their companies [10]. passionate discussions took place almost everywhere. this process concluded with some important decisions differentiating between those scopes in which emails cannot be checked (inspected) from those in which it is important to do it. in universities, professors and students shall exchange emails freely. in cases of violation of personal integrity, this should be proved in court. in the case of companies, each one has to define a regulatory framework that protects what the company considers important or confidential [11]. in this case, new values emerged connected to privacy, and new rules depending on the different contexts were proposed to make more adequate the use of this important technological development. d) new ways for determining norms. science and technology are creating a new order over nature that gives to professionals more and more independent to make decisions, not based on traditions or in “nature”, but in what is desirable, reasonable, and based on principles. in this way, science and technology are an important source of ethical creativity and rationality. the creation of new norms appropriate to the context makes ethics more rich and complex and ruled by rational criteria. the role that society assigned to science and technology makes this activity the means to gain autonomy and to strengthen human responsibility. it provides more knowledge and tools for intervention; professionals have more and more freedom to decide how to act, at the same time more responsibility for their decisions. ladriére´s approach provides an important framework for analyzing the ethical role of scientists, engineers, and technicians concerning how they develop science and technology and also in connection with the impact of scientific and technological achievements on culture and society. we have to indicate that the request for proposing ethical rules to guide scientific and technological development has a large history. but maybe one of the inflection points in this history took place after the construction and dropping of the nuclear bombs on hiroshima and nagasaki in august 1945 by the united states. many scientists, including heisenberg and others and the franck report (1945) [12, 29], provided an important discussion on the issue. later in 1975 the conference that follows the asilomar moratorium (july 1974), after the first successful modification of dna by stanley cohen and herbert boyer, provided important ethical guidelines on the use of recombinantdna techniques. however, for us, important progress in the implementation of ethical guidelines and rules for technology development came in the latest '80s and the beginning of the ´90s when the two largest engineering associations in the us, the acm, and ieee proposed a new curriculum, called “computing curricula 1991” for undergraduate programs in computer science and computer engineering. these guidelines are not directly connected with ladriére proposal of the ethical role of scientists and technologists, but they are consistent with this framework. it was suggested the need to provide students with case analysis and other tools to incorporate the ethical dimension on technology developments in computing. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 91 following the guidelines proposed in this new curriculum for computing, chuck huff and c. dianne martin (1995) [13] developed a very interesting methodology for teaching ethics in computer science and computer engineering. that model has three dimensions: the levels of social analysis, in which technological development could directly impact, the social roles of professionals (responsibility dimensions), and the ethical themes. it was framed in the following helpful scheme. table 1. frame for ethical analysis [13] technology: topics of ethical analysis responsibility ethical themes individual professional quality of life use of power risks and responsibility property rights privacy equity and access honesty and deception levels of social analysis individual communities and groups organisations cultures institutional sectors states global according to huff and martin, these seven ethical themes are the most relevant for computing. but not all of them are relevant for specific computing technologies. for example, in digital technologies for health care not always the ethical theme of property rights is relevant. but it is relevant in all cases in which you have to decide to use proprietary software or free software. in any of these cases, the consequences of the decision should be analysed. the dimension of responsibility is particularly important because of the special social position of professionals in this development and in any area of engineering in which they have competence. what is required is that professionals harmonize his/her professional obligations with those values of the larger collectivity at which he or she belongs. in those cases, in which this harmonization is not achievable, a justification of it should be provided. the level of social analysis aimed at making professionals aware that a computer application can have different negative or positive effects on different levels. in some cases, privacy affects directly individuals but also can affect companies, institutional sectors, or cultures. for example, when these companies use private information without consenting from persons. but also, it is important to pay attention to those levels in which a negative affectation can be established, and therefore, he has to make the necessary decisions to eliminate them or to reduce its impact according to the maximum: “as low as reasonably achievable”. so, for each ethical theme and each level of social analysis, it has to be determined the possible negative consequences and to define the measures that should be taken to prevent or reduce these effects. these correlations should be indicated by filling the corresponding boxes. but also, for each filled box, it is necessary to determine if the responsibility for preventing these negative effects can be done by technical means or they also convey responsibilities as individuals. an important principle guides this dimension of responsibility: “you have to clearly understand your professional scope and its limits”. the most important decisions concerning ethical issues should be done at the design process, and as indicated, because of its relevance in the subsystems of definition, knowledge, and verification. this type of analysis represents an important step in the incorporation of the ethical dimension into the technological process. maybe in other areas of engineering, we may find similar achievements. however, this approach has important limitations. let us comment on three of them. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 92 one of the most important is that the ethical values of scientists or engineers are diverse. for example, an engineer may consider that developing a new massively destructive weapon is consistent both professionally and individually because he considers that in doing it he contributes to enhancing his nation without considering the possible impacts of this weapon on the rest of the globe. or that some racial prejudices prevent him to have a wider perspective on his responsibilities as a member of this globe. the need for a multilateral and shared perspective is more important now that we are observing a return of nationalism in several countries worldwide. and at the same time, we are facing a sharpening of global problems such as climate change, the emergence of a new race in massive destructive weapons, including nuclear weapons, global diseases, natural disasters, among others. niblett (2020) [14] analyses how deep and extended is this nationalism return, affecting almost all world powers, including the united states, united kingdom, russia, hungary, mexico, brazil, and india. other nations, such as south korea and japan, he says, react with nationalisms to the threat posed by china. he suggests two way of approaching nationalism: a) by making the international organisations more sensitive to national and local concerns, to promote the legitimacy of these organisations by making “more equitably the voting weights”, and avoiding “exceptions and structures that favour the winners of the 20th century” [14]; b) to strengthen the national al local levels to allow that, national governments (…) devolve the maximum amount of political power over social policies, local development and infrastructure to regional authorities, cities or local communities, with corresponding decentralization of some powers of taxation. at a time of technological disruption and rapid economic change, a strong sense of local identity and solidarity can be a more positive force for adaptation than centrally‑ driven policies and narratives [14]. the second limitation is that specific interests make that engineers and entrepreneurs consider irrelevant or less relevant other socially important ethical values. very often economic interest prevails over ethical values and their invasions of privacy or our compromise with truth pass to a second level. on this second limitation, recently google and facebook have faced criticisms on how they deal with privacy, discrimination, and the propagation of fake news. these companies have set before economic and competitive interests over these other values with larger consequences on many people around the world. the selling of information from citizens by facebook to cambridge analytica in 2016, has shown us how important are ethical issues, but at the same time that without an appropriate regulation some companies will prioritize economics over ethics. in connection with fake news, public complaints have made that these companies announce a public commitment to avoid the propagation of fake news at these platforms. as will be pointed out, to surpass this limitation, more detailed control on the technological process is needed, including, of course, a control on the product. the third limitation has a deep root in our own culture. cultural values are part of the background (unconscious) of scientists and engineers. these are not neutral. as recalled in 2015 google announced important progress in artificial intelligence: the implementation of an algorithm for automatically classify photos considering several features of the photos itself. the problem here was that this algorithm classifies pictures of black people as a gorilla. program designers “transferred" to the ai algorithm some "cultural values" that explain why the algorithm behaves in that way. and this poses an enormous challenge to the developers of technology to avoid this kind of discrimination. however, the approach to these differences in values should be done considering what has indicated by “qi zhenhong, president of the china institute of international studies” who “makes the case that global frictions – particularly those between the west and non-west – are largely the result of values‑ based alliances that have served to exaggerate differences between cultures.” [15]. the mentioned limitations open the door to introduce the ethical challenges we are facing in the context of the fourth industrial revolution. but before doing it, we have to provide some background on how technology is currently discussed in that context. 5. technology in the context of the fourth industrial revolution in the first section, i introduced two general perspectives on technology. the first called "externalist" emphasizes the impact of technology in society, how this world changed driven in great part due to technology, and how matter, energy, and information are operationally transformed to obtain a variety of technological products. and so on. but also, i introduced a more “internalist” process of technological development organized in several steps and loops. in the fourth industrial revolution, we need both perspectives but with a level of integration and deepening never seen before. schwab (2016) [16] made a similar identification of domains as papa-blanco (1979) [2] did, labeling them: the physical, the digital, and the biological. the physical includes the trends that we are observing, such as different kinds of autonomous vehicles, developments in nanotechnology, new materials, advanced robots, and 3d printing. the digital includes the trends in new satellite communication, 5g technology, quantum computing, artificial intelligence, and the different technologies associated, such as the internet of things, block chain, and the new modalities of e-commerce. on the biological domain the gene sequencing, gene edition, cell stem, and synthetic genetics. however, one of the novelties of this fourth industrial revolution is the integration of these systems to produce a richer, more diverse, and intense process of technological development: hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 93 the fourth industrial revolution, however, is not only about smart and connected machines and systems. its scope is much wider. occurring simultaneously are waves of further breakthroughs in areas ranging from sequencing to nanotechnology, from renewables to quantum computing. it is the fusion of these technologies and their interaction across the physical, digital, and biological domains that make the fourth industrial revolution fundamentally different from previous revolutions [16]. in the same vein, philbeck and davis (2019) [17], referring to this revolution (4ir), indicate: the layering of dependencies matters because it shows that 4ir is best suited to examining technologies and systems that take the digital world for granted. today, the combination of powerful machine-learning algorithms, low-cost sensors, and advanced actuators are allowing technologies to be seamlessly embedded into our physical environment. furthermore, when combined with advanced imaging, signal processing, and gene-editing approaches, they have the potential to influence our physiological condition and cognitive faculties. digital technologies are part of the fabric of daily life and, as they give rise to a new layer of physical and biological technologies, it is paramount to consider the ways that newer technologies emerging atop them are extending capabilities beyond the immediate functionality of being able to transmit, store, and process exponentially greater amounts of data [17]. so, one of the new features that present this industrial revolution is its integration of the three mentioned systems. we assisted to some degree of integration in satellites and the infrastructure of communication, but in this revolution, the integration will be unprecedented. integration should be thought of as a continuous scale from weak integration to strong integration. several intermediate stages of integration will be achieved. weak integration means that the introduction of technology poses new challenges to other technologies and viceversa. for example, the construction of cars requires that the routes to circulate be improved, new light systems to regulate the traffic need to be adjusted, and a new signal system for the drivers was also developed; and new transportation means are also needed. it is expected that, in medicine, weak and strong integration be an important part of the system of health. the use of robots in assisting the surgery process, screens with augmented reality, remote access technology will help the team in charge of surgeries. but also, more strong integration is needed and will take place. we achieve more integration, for example, when a central command (a computer program or human team) centralizes different processes, such as the coordination of patient transportation system, medical assistance during the transportation of patients, reading of biometric data, and intervention and the surgery team. in this case, the centralization of the control of the process adds an important degree of integration not achievable in the other mentioned example. in connection to the changes in health and healthcare, i would like to briefly mention two interesting studies. the first one, wef-gfc (2019) [18], evaluates the changes in these two areas in the years 2016-2018 aimed at getting new insights on the future transformation of health and healthcare in the context of the fourth industrial revolution. three main trends are considered here: a) demographic changes worldwide and the pressure posed on health services; b) the fall down in costs in genome sequencing and other related biotechnological techniques of great impact in health; and c) the expected impact of new technologies on health and healthcare, including “internet of things (iot), wearables, sensors, big data, artificial intelligence (ai), augmented reality (ar), nanotechnology, robotics, and 3d printing". in the second study, khedkar and sahay (2019) [19], have included five main trends in healthcare that results from the integration of biotechnology and information technologies (it), especially artificial intelligence: a) remote or telemedicine, as a consequence of the penetration of it, b) more precision in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases due to an extraordinary increase in the individual information available for decision making, c) a more intensive recourse “to design custom products for biomarker-tagged populations” to make more targeting diagnosis and treatments; d) customer’s new tools “for transparency are making it feasible for consumers to demand metrics on provider quality and price”; and e) changes in the traditional model of business toward a more integrated and customer-oriented. direct impacts will be observed in diagnostic, treatment, outcome, and wellness processes. the second feature related to the fourth industrial revolution is the pace of development of technology, incomparable with that of the previous revolutions. however, we see some continuity from a very slow pace of the first revolution that took regenerations to progress, to the third industrial revolution that took only one generation. the fourth industrial revolution will be very fast, as shown in the example of shenzhen, china, that in only ten years was almost radically changed: it was transformed from a village to one of the most important centers of innovation worldwide. bulandajansen (2019) [20], has studied briefly the evolution of shenzhen, its two plans: 1996-2010 and 2010-2020. it was the second plan that has reconfigured the city. this pace of transforming a city poses additional problems that she enlisted, including neglecting social aspects, not appropriate control of migration, inadequate legal and policy control and, an increase in pollution, among others. much will be learned from these experiences to face our future. one-third feature of this revolution, related in part with the pace of change, is its disruptive character. many jobs currently existent and practices will become obsolete in a matter of years. as pointed out in the last report of the world bank, “the days of staying in one job, or with one company, for decades are waning. in the gig economy, workers will hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 94 likely have many gigs over the course of their careers, which means they will have to be lifelong learners.”. in the same line, the report “the future of jobs” of the world economic forum (wef), it is claimed: “by one popular estimate, 65% of children entering primary school today will ultimately end up working in completely new job types that don’t yet exist.” [21]. the fourth feature of this revolution is the dramatic change in the role of innovation. in the preceding revolutions, innovation was directly related to capital. the capital was very important to achieve innovation. every day capital is becoming less relevant, at least at the beginning. the most innovative companies today have started with very little capital. on this, schwab (2016) points out: “some disruptive tech companies seem to require little capital to prosper. businesses such as instagram or whatsapp, for example, did not require much funding to start up, changing the role of capital and scaling business in the context of the fourth industrial revolution [16]. the use of technological infrastructure currently available worldwide is becoming an important source of innovation. because of this, governments have to invest in those platform technologies that have the potential to increase innovation. this change has made that one of the bigger problems be, to push the cultural change to allow that more people have opportunities for innovating. the fifth feature is the development of technological constellations to respond to political and geopolitical interests. we observe it in the different global satellite navigation systems with different objectives, the launching of cryptocurrencies as a strategy to guarantee a better global position of the economic blocks. but this feature is not inherent to the fourth industrial revolution as are the others. from an internalist perspective, that is, from the technological process, the fourth industrial revolution is showing an important feature. the development of technology is becoming every day more and more a closed system. standards, protocols, and specific specifications are required to make that the new development be consistent with existing infrastructure or with the new one. let consider, iot. currently, it is important to advance in the development of interfaces and other standards to potentiate the spreading of these platforms and application domains. w3c (www consortium), has among other purposes: the w3c web of things (wot) is intended to enable interoperability across iot platforms and application domains. primarily, it provides mechanisms to formally describe iot interfaces to allow iot devices and services to communicate with each other, independent of their underlying implementation, and across multiple networking protocols. secondarily, it provides a standardized way to define and program iot behavior [22]. this tendency will be increased shortly driven by requirements of interoperability, consistency among applications, platforms, and integration. i think this is one of the main features we will be consolidated in the coming years. however, it is expected another fundamental feature of technology in this fourth industrial revolution: it will be systemic. this is not limited to the integration of different technologies at the level of constellation and integration between these constellations, diverse technologies, and contexts, but the challenge is to make this revolution a source of welfare and quality of life. human factors are determinant for the success of this revolution. how to do this, is complex and uncertain, but it will find the way. as pointed out by schwab: while the profound uncertainty surrounding the development and adoption of emerging technologies means that we do not yet know how the transformations driven by this industrial revolution will unfold, their complexity and interconnectedness across sectors imply that all stakeholders of global society – governments, business, academia, and civil society – have a responsibility to work together to better understand the emerging trends [16]. so, we have to assure that this revolution makes true that “nobody will be left behind”. to accomplish it, this revolution must be centralized in human beings and the environment. to quote again schwab: shaping the fourth industrial revolution to ensure that it is empowering and human-centred, rather than divisive and dehumanizing, is not a task for any single stakeholder or sector or any one region, industry, or culture. the fundamental and global nature of this revolution means it will affect and be influenced by all countries, economies, sectors, and people. it is, therefore, critical that we invest attention and energy in multi-stakeholder cooperation across academic, social, political, national, and industry boundaries. these interactions and collaborations are needed to create positive, common, and hope-filled narratives, enabling individuals and groups from all parts of the world to participate in, and benefit from, the ongoing transformations [16]. some systemic nature of technology was also present in the previous industrial revolutions. but it is now that we are aware of the need of having this approach from the beginning. in the white paper values, ethics and innovation (2018) [23] the world economic forum, illustrates this systemic feature of technology. let me quote in extension this example: take the automobile, for example. at the turn of the 20th century, vehicles powered by steam, electric, or internal combustion engines that could run on gasoline or biofuel all looked to be potential alternatives to horse-drawn vehicles. gasoline-powered vehicles gradually reached a socially transformative scale due to a wide system of hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 95 aligned interests, visions, technological advances, investments, business models, and political support. as this system became entrenched, it directed and constrained choices, incentivizing technologists to focus efforts on improving gasoline engines rather than on innovating in steamor electric-powered transport. this "lock-in" has long-lasting effects and constrains problem-solving as systems develop. the automobile opened and closed choices in other, broader ways. widespread car ownership conferred greater personal autonomy, for example, but led to the design of cities that were challenging to navigate on foot, by bicycle, or by public transport. it enabled suburban sprawl, with attractive individual places to live but ways of life that arguably eroded social cohesion. moreover, this development contributed to deep economic dependence on oil and to the pollution that has severe health and environmental consequences, including impacting climate change. none of these impacts were inevitable; they were mediated by collective choices, such as tax incentives and the relative priority placed on building roads or mass transit systems. technologies impact entire systems – economic, social, and political. they shape world views, and world views shape them as well. they are dreamed up and refined in laboratories and workshops by teams of people. their development, just as anything else, is subject to social factors, such as tribalism, water-cooler politics, and gender discrimination. a systemic view of how values and ethics become part of the technological development process is needed [23]. 6. sustainable development as a framework for shaping the fourth industrial revolution human sustainable development was launched during the first half of the '90s as an alternative to the dominant conception of development based on the market [24]. this change of position took place after the events that culminate with the segregation of several countries part of the former ussr, ending with a phase of the cold war and opening the door to multilateralism, a process in march currently. of course, this new paradigm has historical antecedents, particularly in philosophy. for example, but not limited to the german philosophy of romanticism. kant made of autonomy the foundation of modern states. autonomy should be understood as supported by five "faculties": freedom, responsibility, formation (bildung in german), information, and no-coercion. kant and other philosophers (fichte, schelling, hegel) conceived societies and states as territories formed by free (autonomous) citizens [25]. freedom rests on and influences the other autonomic components. the goal of states is to promote autonomy as the way of overcoming the need and want of individual in his supposed “natural state”. autonomous ethics implies that good and bad, justice and injustice are evident by itself [26]. we can conclusively infer if autonomy was violated in a specific situation or not. it is not necessary to do a "consequence" analysis to determine the good or bad involved in human action. this fact makes other thinkers questioned autonomy as the goal of the state. in this important stage of the consolidation of national states, jeremy bentham (1748-1832), john stuart mill (1806-1873) and henry sidgwick (1938-1900) proposed and defended that the role of the state is to promote and accomplish the happiness of people. it should provide tools for determining conditions under which “more happiness” is achieved. consequence analysis is the key for the state to planning its development and measuring its progress. classical consequentialism made the radical claim that in the evaluation of the consequences of an action, intentions are not relevant to decide if an action is good or not [27]. good results from analyzing the consequences of the action. contrary to it, for autonomous ethics agent intentions are relevant to determine if people are treating the others as ends or as mere means. in human sustainable development, both ethical perspectives are relevant. autonomy and its distinction between means and ends provide the ultimate goal of development: to make human beings the center of development; it should be human-centered development. the means (and intentions) and its consequences are also relevant to achieve and measure the development. education, human security, and work with dignity for everyone are indispensable means to achieve this development. but human sustainable development includes another centralized goal: the protection of the environment. the general assembly of united nations adopted in 2015, by all the state members, the resolution a/res/70/1 [9] that establishes the vision, goals, and the new agenda for the coming 15 years (2015-2030). it was the first time in the history that all the state parties agreed on this global agenda. this resolution is, what we may call, a new “social contract” in which all of us are called to work together to achieve the agenda. it will permit us to shape the fourth industrial revolution to make that this revolution will be at the service of human beings and to the protection of the environment. in this agenda, it was put at the same footing five key “areas” for “humanity and the planet”: persons, planet, prosperity, peace, and partnership. the 17 goals and the 167 targets express how these are integrated and should be implemented. this agenda poses a tremendous challenge for humanity and urges us to work together to achieve it. in the vision proposed it is emphasized on three elements [9]: hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 96 1. elimination of fear and violence: “we envisage a world free of fear and violence. a world with universal literacy. a world with equitable and universal access to quality education at all levels, to health care and social protection, where physical, mental, and social wellbeing are assured. a world where we reaffirm our commitments regarding the human right to safe drinking water and sanitation and where there is improved hygiene; and where food is sufficient, safe, affordable, and nutritious. a world where human habitats are safe, resilient, and sustainable and where there is universal access to affordable, reliable, and sustainable energy.” 2. effective fulfillment of individual, social, and cultural rights, especially concerning more vulnerable social groups. “we envisage a world of universal respect for human rights and human dignity, the rule of law, justice, equality, and non-discrimination; of respect for race, ethnicity and cultural diversity; and equal opportunity permitting the full realization of human potential and contributing to shared prosperity. a world that invests in its children and in which every child grows up free from violence and exploitation. a world in which every woman and girl enjoys full gender equality and all legal, social, and economic barriers to their empowerment have been removed. a just, equitable, tolerant, open and socially inclusive world in which the needs of the most vulnerable are met.” 3. a development guided by good governance and protection of the environment. “we envisage a world in which every country enjoys sustained, inclusive, and sustainable economic growth and decent work for all. a world in which consumption and production patterns and use of all-natural resources—from air to land, from rivers, lakes, and aquifers to oceans and seas — are sustainable. one in which democracy, good governance, and the rule of law, as well as an enabling environment at the national and international levels, are essential for sustainable development, including sustained and inclusive economic growth, social development, environmental protection, and the eradication of poverty and hunger. one in which development and the application of technology are climate-sensitive, respect biodiversity and are resilient. one in which humanity lives in harmony with nature and in which wildlife and other living species are protected.” as pointed out, 17 sustainable development goals are proposed to achieve in 2030. these goals form a system, they should be taken as a harmonic totality, including the viewpoint and areas that give structure to them; though each country can select and prioritize some of them. different ethical values can be derived from them and taken as starting points for the development of methodologies to be used as guidelines for this fourth industrial revolution. as recalled, these 17 goals include the following relevant social, economic, institutional, and environmental themes: end of poverty, end of hungry, healthy lives for everybody, equity, and social inclusion, education of quality, women empower, water and sanitation for all, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, resilient infrastructure for foster innovation, reduce inequality among countries, sustainable cities and human settlements, sustainable consumption, combat to climate change and its impacts, protection of oceans and seas, sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, peace and inclusive societies and, finally, global partnership. particularly relevant to our approach is the goal 17, “strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the global partnership for sustainable development” and the “means of implementation and the global partnership”. the goal divides into 19 targets on different issues relevant to achieving the goal, in the areas of finance, technology, capacity building, trade, systemic issues, multi-stakeholder partnerships, data, monitor, and accountability. and the means of implementation introduces several strategies and actions to implement this global partnership. among them, specific programs for africa, cooperation for middle-income countries to overcome the identified challenges, domestic investment in the environment, the protection of labor rights and work conditions, health standards, promotion of trade and companies, and the technology facilitation mechanism established by addis ababa action agenda, but added as a structural part in this partnership agenda. as observed, all these themes are especially relevant for the fourth industrial revolution. however, i want to emphasize the relevance of multi-stakeholder partnership and the technology facilitation mechanism because these are directly involved in the way in which it is discussed worldwide the shaping of the fourth industrial revolution towards a trustworthy framework for human and environmental centrality. multi-stakeholder partnerships and the technology facilitation mechanism include the important component of capacity-building needed to accomplish this agenda. let me introduce briefly two approaches that emphasize, among other things, on the important role of multistakeholder partnership to assure that the fourth industrial revolution should be at the service of the human being and the protection of the environment. the first one is the white paper (2018) from wef [23, 30], and the second, the guidelines for trustworthy artificial intelligence (ai) (2019) [28]. let´s start with the second one. european union set up a group of experts, the “high-level expert group on artificial intelligence” with the task of proposing a framework from promoting and regulating ai within the european union. as indicated in the report: the guidelines aim to promote trustworthy ai. trustworthy ai has three components, which should be met throughout the system's entire life cycle: (1) it should be lawful, complying with all applicable laws and regulations (2) it should be ethical, ensuring adherence to ethical principles and values, and (3) it should be robust, hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 97 both from a technical and social perspective since, even with good intentions, ai systems can cause unintentional harm. each component in itself is necessary but not sufficient for the achievement of trustworthy ai. ideally, all three components work in harmony and overlap in their operation. if in practice, tensions arise between these components, society should endeavor to align them [28]. these guidelines will receive a final review this december. so, the definite version of them will be available at the beginning of the next year. readers will find there an interesting approach to the application of ethics to the development, deployment, and use of ai within the european union. this framework lays out taking as starting points the following four ethical preventive principles: “respect for human autonomy, prevention of harm, fairness, and explicability”. from these, like a cascade, seven requirements are segregated: “(1) human agency and oversight, (2) technical robustness and safety, (3) privacy and data governance, (4) transparency, (5) diversity, non-discrimination and fairness, (6) environmental and societal well-being and (7) accountability”. from these, “(a)dopt a trustworthy ai assessment list when developing, deploying or using ai systems, and adapt it to the specific use case in which the system is being applied.” [28]. what is of interest to us is the third requirement for trustworthy ai: it should be robust. this implies working in solving several relevant issues from legal, development, and institutional. legal requires that these trustworthy guidelines be “anchored” naturally in the european union regulatory system in such a way that it makes it easier to foster this research area. but at the same time, it should be consistent with the culture and values of the european union. developers need to have clear rules and guidelines on how to proceed in every planned development in which ai plays an important role. finally, institutionally it is needed to have an institutional structure that makes transparent the development, deployment, and use of ai. this institutional structure should, at the same time, have a place within the regulatory system, aimed at guarantying transparency and traceability. one key component of this institutional structure is the multi-stakeholder sub-structure in which each stakeholder group has a specific role to play in assuring the fulfillment of the four promoted and preventive ethical principles mentioned above. institutional structures are not strange currently. the process of research, development, testing, and commercialization of drugs has a very rigorous and well-established structure. for ai development, deployment and use will be the same, but i think more flexible and with shorter periods. in this proposal several stakeholders are involved in the process: these guidelines are addressed to all ai stakeholders designing, developing, deploying, implementing, using or being affected by ai, including but not limited to companies, organizations, researchers, public services, government agencies, institutions, civil society organizations, individuals, workers, and consumers." [28]. these guidelines provide several examples of how to achieve ethical principles and requirements. let us illustrate with the issue of “human oversight” as presented in the document. human oversight helps to ensure that an ai system does not undermine human autonomy or causes other adverse effects. oversight may be achieved through governance mechanisms such as a human-in-the-loop (hitl), human-on-the-loop (hotl), or human-in-command (hic) approach. hitl refers to the capability for human intervention in every decision cycle of the system, which in many cases is neither possible nor desirable. hotl refers to the capability for human intervention during the design cycle of the system and monitoring the system's operation. hic refers to the capability to oversee the overall activity of the ai system (including its broader economic, societal, legal, and ethical impact) and the ability to decide when and how to use the system in any particular situation. this can include the decision not to use an ai system in a particular situation, to establish levels of human discretion during the use of the system, or to ensure the ability to override a decision made by a system. moreover, it must be ensured that public enforcers can exercise oversight in line with their mandate. oversight mechanisms can be required in varying degrees to support other safety and control measures, depending on the ai system's application area and potential risk. all other things being equal, the less oversight a human can exercise over an ai system, the more extensive testing and stricter governance is required [28]. as indicated the strictness of testing is directly related to the kind of human oversight exercised. developers should include restrictions and conditions for use of ai applications in different contexts, and the other stakeholders should verify the accomplishment of them. special conditions should be met in those cases in which potential discriminations could happen. what is interesting here is that standards and protocols will be implemented to facilitate the verification process and, to assure that human and environmental centrality will be respected. in a similar vein, the white paper of the wef [23] argues for the need of this diverse and wide stakeholder partnership to assure that the ethical values of people, cultures, and innovation capabilities are expressed in this fourth industrial revolution. this implies the development of strategies for solving the problem of the diverse criteria, perspectives, and values that are proper in heterogeneous groups. but it is a constructive process in which all countries, companies, institutions, and citizens should be engaged. this paper visualizes the following stakeholders are relevant in this revolution: civic leaders and citizens, consumers, engineers, executives, boards, policy-makers, and educators. all hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 98 of them shall contribute and reach a consensus in the shaping of the fourth industrial revolution. both documents are rich in ideas and proposals on how to make that science and technology, and this revolution can be at the service of the welfare of humanity and the protection of the environment. in paragraph 70 of the resolution, a/res/70/1 of the united nations introduced the "technology facilitation mechanism" aiming at providing a structure for sharing and promoting the development of technologies according to vision, goals, and targets agreed in this agenda. this proposal is particularly relevant for shaping the fourth industrial revolution. the statement of this mechanism is the following: we hereby launch a technology facilitation mechanism which was established by the addis ababa action agenda to support the sustainable development goals. the technology facilitation mechanism will be based on a multi-stakeholder collaboration between member states, civil society, the private sector, the scientific community, united nations entities, and other stakeholders and will be composed of a united nations interagency task team on science, technology, and innovation for the sustainable development goals, a collaborative multi-stakeholder forum on science, technology, and innovation for the sustainable development goals and an online platform [9]. three main orientations are proposed to advance in the deployment this goal: a) an infrastructure for capacity building within the united nation organizations; b) “the multi-stakeholder forum on science, technology and innovation for the sustainable development goals”, and c) meetings of the high-level political forum to assess progress and to draw agenda. i have emphasized multi-stakeholder partnership because its implementation will change, in a radical way, our conception of technology, and it will yield technologies closer to society's needs. let me end this paper with some general consideration on this issue. i will follow the analysis presented in the white paper above mentioned. in the previous sections of this paper, i discussed two different approaches to technology. the first one pays attention to products generated as a result of technological research and to shed a different light on the deployment of technology in society, culture, and environment. the other mentioned approach, called "technological process" emphasized the internal structure of technology that makes possible the tremendous impact of technology in our world. as pointed out in the white paper, these perspectives are not appropriate to understand the kind of technology we have to shape in this revolution [31-33]. the first widespread perspective approaches technologies as mere tools that are intrinsically and unquestionably aligned with greater opportunity. the second prevalent view regards history as driven by technological progress, with people powerless to shape its direction: in this view, technologies are inevitable and out of human control. neither of these views, though pervasive, is ideal nor fully accurate. the lack of a more critical comprehension of technologies, and their moral role in society, reduce our ability to make informed decisions about the development and application of powerful new approaches, particularly with those technologies that blur the lines between human and technological capabilities, such as machine learning, biotechnologies, neuro-technologies, and virtual and augmented reality. a more balanced and empowering perspective recognizes technologies as capabilities that interpret, transform, and make meaning in the world around us. rather than being simple objects or processes that are distinct from human beings, they are deeply socially constructed, culturally situated, and reflective of societal values. they are how we engage with the world around us. they affect how people order their lives, interact with one another, and see themselves. far from an academic observation, this more nuanced view has practical importance for strategic needs as well as implications for the successful governance of technologies [23]. it is in this way that we have to march in the shaping of the fourth industrial revolution. we have the opportunity to make this revolution contribute to achieving the objective of making sure "nobody will be left behind" to the benefit of this revolution. 7. conclusion to summarize, important signs of progress were made regarding the role that ethics has played in science and technology during the last 50 years. however, the most revolutionary change we will assist in the efforts that we are making to assure that ethics shapes the future of the fourth industrial revolution, aiming at benefiting everybody worldwide, creating a better world for everyone, and advancing in environmental protection. the united nation's resolution on sdg is being used as a basis to promote and achieve these goals. technology should be molded by human values and should be enriched by different cultural perspectives. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 99 8. acknowledgement thanks to my students of the course philosophy of science of the master degree “ciencia y tecnología para la sostenibilidad” from the costa rica institute of technology, for their feedback. 9. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 10. references [1] ladriére, j. (1977). the challenge presented to cultures by science and technology. unesco, new york, united states. available online: https://repository.library.georgetown.edu/handle/10822/775689 (accessed on february 2020). [2] papa blanco, f. (1979). tecnología y desarrollo. editorial tecnológica de costa rica, cartago, costa rica. available online: https://filosofia.ucr.ac.cr/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/tecnolog%c3%ada-desarrollo-1.pdf (accessed on february 2020). [3] lakatos, i. (1971). history of science and its rational reconstructions. boston studies in the philosophy of science, 91–136. doi:10.1007/978-94-010-3142-4_7. [4] agüero, u., & sasgupta, s. (1987). a plausibility-driven approach to computer architecture design. communications of the acm, 30(11), 922–932. doi:10.1145/32206.32208. [5] black, j. (2007). the shock of the old: technology and global history since 1900 by david edgerton. history, 92(308), 593– 593. doi:10.1111/j.1468-229x.2007.410_61.x. [6] skolimowski, h. (1966). the structure of thinking in technology. technology and culture, 7(3), 371-383. doi:10.2307/3101935. [7] franssen, m., gert-jan l., and ibo van de poel (2018). philosophy of technology, the stanford encyclopedia of philosophy (fall 2018 edition), edward n. zalta (ed.). available online: https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/fall2018/entries/technology/(accessed on february 2020). [8] national research council (2012), a framework for k-12 science education: practices, crosscutting concepts, and core ideas. washington, dc: the national academies press. doi:10.17226/13165. [9] united nations: sustainable development. (2015). transforming our world: the 2030 agenda for sustainable development, a/res/70/1. united nations. available online: https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/post2015/transformingourworld/ publication (accessed on 15 august 2019). [10] rogerson, s. (2000). ethicol how to create waffle, imis journal, 10(4). 29-30. [11] kaner, cem (2001) business ethics and electronic mail. florida tech business ethics conference, florida, united states. available online: http://www.kaner.com/pdfs/ethicsemail.pdf (accessed on 15 august 2019). [12] the franck report (1945). political and social problems. u.s. national archives, washington d.c., united states. available online: http://fissilematerials.org/library/fra45.pdf (accessed on 15 august 2019). [13] martin, c. d., huff, c., gotterbarn, d., & miller, k. (1996). a framework for implementing and teaching the social and ethical impact of computing. education and information technologies, 1(2). doi:10.1007/bf00168276. [14] niblett, r. (2020). managing the rising influence of nationalism. shaping a multiconceptual world 2020 available online: http://www3.weforum.org/docs/wef_shaping_a_multiconceptual_world_2020.pdf (accessed on february 2020). [15] brende, b. (2020). the expansion of geopolitics. in wef (2020) shaping a multiconceptual world 2020. available online: http://www3.weforum.org/docs/wef_shaping_a_multiconceptual_world_2020.pdf (accessed on february 2020). [16] schwab, k. (2016). the fourth industrial revolution. global agenda, manhattan, kansas, united states. available online: https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2016/01/the-fourth-industrial-revolution-what-it-means-and-how-to-respond/ (accessed on 15 august 2019). [17] philbeck,t., and davis, n., (2019). the fourth industrial revolution: shaping a new era, journal of international affairs. available online: https://jia.sipa.columbia.edu/fourth-industrial-revolution-shaping-new-era. (accessed on february 2020). [18] wef-gfc. (2019). health and healthcare in the fourth industrial revolution global future council on the future of health and healthcare 2016-2018. world economic forum. available online: https:// weforum.org/reports/health-and-healthcare-inthe-fourth-industrial-revolution-global-future-council-on-the-future-of-health-and-healthcare-2016-2018 (accessed on february 2020). [19] khedkar, pratap and sahay, dharmendra (2019) trends in healthcare and medical innovation. in cornell university, insead, and wipo (2019), the global innovation index 2019: creating healthy lives—the future of medical innovation, ithaca, fontainebleau, and geneva; 87-93. https://repository.library.georgetown.edu/handle/10822/775689 https://filosofia.ucr.ac.cr/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/tecnolog%c3%ada-desarrollo-1.pdf https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/post2015/transformingourworld/ http://fissilematerials.org/library/fra45.pdf http://www3.weforum.org/docs/wef_shaping_a_multiconceptual_world_2020.pdf http://www3.weforum.org/docs/wef_shaping_a_multiconceptual_world_2020.pdf https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2016/01/the-fourth-industrial-revolution-what-it-means-and-how-to-respond/ https://jia.sipa.columbia.edu/fourth-industrial-revolution-shaping-new-era https://www.weforum.org/reports/health-and-healthcare-in-the-fourth-industrial-revolution-global-future-council-on-the-future-of-health-and-healthcare-2016-2018 https://www.weforum.org/reports/health-and-healthcare-in-the-fourth-industrial-revolution-global-future-council-on-the-future-of-health-and-healthcare-2016-2018 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 100 [20] bulanda-jansen, a. (2019). evolution of the metropolitan area of shenzhen, analysis: from theory to selected examples. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 471, 112058. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/471/11/112058. [21] world development report (2019). the changing nature of work. the world bank group, washington, d.c., united states. doi:10.1596/978-1-4648-1328-3. [22] world wide web consortium. (2017), web of things (wot) architecture. w3c, keio, beihang, japan. available online: https://www.w3.org/tr/2017/wd-wot-architecture-20170914/. (accessed on february 2020). [23] world economic forum. (2018). values, ethics, and innovation rethinking technological development in the fourth industrial revolution, white paper. available online: https://www3.weforum.org/docs/wef_wp_values_ethics_innovation_2018.pdf (accessed on february 2020). [24] undp (1994). human development report 1994. united nations, oxford university press, oxford, united kingdom. doi:10.18356/87e94501-en. [25] gadamer, h. (1977) verdad y método. ediciones sígueme, spain. available online: http://medicinayarte.com/img/gadamerverdad_y_metodo_ii.pdf (accessed on february 2020). [26] alexander, l., and moore, m. (2016). deontological ethics, the stanford encyclopedia of philosophy (winter 2016 edition), edward n. zalta (ed.), available online: https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2016/entries/ethics-deontological/ (accessed on february 2020). [27] sinnott-armstrong, w. (2019). consequentialism. the stanford encyclopedia of philosophy (summer 2019 edition), edward n. zalta (ed.), available online: https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/sum2019/entries/consequentialism/ (accessed on february 2020). [28] european commission. (2019). ethics guidelines for trustworthy ai. european commission, ai hleg. available online: https://www.aepd.es/sites/default/files/2019-12/ai-ethics-guidelines.pdf (accessed on february 2020). [29] heisenberg, w. (1971). physics and beyond. encounters and conversations. harper and row, new york, united states. [30] world economic forum. (2016). the future of jobs. employment, skills and workforce strategy for the fourth industrial revolution. available online: http://reports.weforum.org/future-of-jobs-2016/chapter-1-the-future-of-jobs-and-skills/ (accessed on february 2020). [31] frey, c. b., & osborne, m. a. (2017). the future of employment: how susceptible are jobs to computerisation? technological forecasting and social change, 114, 254–280. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2016.08.019. [32] oecd ilibrary. (2019), oecd employment outlook 2019. organisation for economic cooperation and development (oecd). doi:10.1787/9ee00155-en. [33] ramírez, edgar roy (2004). mecanismos de evasión de la responsabilidad y otras reflexiones. in alfaro, mario and ramirez, roy, editors (2004) ética, ciencia y tecnología. editorial tecnológica de costa rica, cartago, costa rica. https://www.w3.org/tr/2017/wd-wot-architecture-20170914/ https://www3.weforum.org/docs/wef_wp_values_ethics_innovation_2018.pdf http://medicinayarte.com/img/gadamer-verdad_y_metodo_ii.pdf http://medicinayarte.com/img/gadamer-verdad_y_metodo_ii.pdf https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2016/entries/ethics-deontological/ https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/sum2019/entries/consequentialism/ https://www.aepd.es/sites/default/files/2019-12/ai-ethics-guidelines.pdf http://reports.weforum.org/future-of-jobs-2016/chapter-1-the-future-of-jobs-and-skills/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 59 the enigma of commoning in precarious times: a critical perspective on social transformation carl-ulrik schierup a* , aleksandra ålund a a professor emeritus at remeso, linköping university, norrköping, sweden. received 07 april 2020; revised 17 may 2020; accepted 23 may 2020; published 01 june 2020 abstract the article explores movements for social transformation in precarious times of austerity, dispossessed commons, and narrow nationalism. the authors contribute to social theory by linking questions by critics of “post-politics” to precarity studies on changing conditions of citizenship, labour and livelihoods. they discuss an ambiguous constitution of precariat movements in the borderlands between “civil” and “uncivil” society and “invited” and “invented” spaces for civic agency, and posit that contending movements of today are drawing intellectual energy from past movements for democracy, recognition and the common. the paper discusses the issue of an urban justice movement in sweden emerging from the precariat in this formerly exceptionalist welfare state’s most disadvantaged urban areas. with its vision of reconstructing commons with roots in the working class movement, it has put forward claims for an egalitarian and non-racial democracy while confronting politically grounded frames of institutional conditionality. keywords: precarity; social transformation; civil society; commoning; neoliberalism. 1. introduction at the beginning of the 1990s, neoliberal globalisation could still be imagined as a fortunate final stage of history. yet, this new great transformation of the economy and society came with the cost of a commodification of the commons, targeting all communal or common under the authority of states or civic communities, or as bourdieu (1999) contends: “an immense political operation … aimed at creating the conditions for realizing and operating … a programme of methodical destruction of collectives”. under the banner of “flexibility” politics of precarity has posited contingent employment and fragmented livelihoods – without, security, protection and predictability – as a new global norm [1]. however, an extended condition of precarity has been accompanied by a contestative countermovement of the precariat querying commodification, and carrying emancipary imaginaries of “realisable utopias” [2]. it resonates with an emancipating reimagining of democracy and the commons. this may take different modalities at a historical juncture where the “subjective dynamics of denationalization at the heart of globalization have not yet dispensed with the declining national imaginary”, and in which “both the global and national stimulate people’s deep-seated understandings of community” [3]. it implicates that visions and practices, i.e. imagineering for “realisable utopias”, must be scrutinised in a perspective of discursive and institutional path dependency. from this perspective, we relate after an introductory perspectivation of commoning in a postpolitical age, and the ambiguous constitution of precariat movements in borderlands between “civil” and “uncivil” society to the case of a swedish neoliberal state’s “justice movement” emerging from the precariat in this formerly exceptionalist welfare * corresponding author: carl-ulrik.schierup@liu.se http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-02-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7328-4863 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 60 state’s most disadvantaged urban areas. we ask whether it harbours a transformative potential towards an egalitarian and non-racial democracy and what are receptions of its imaginings and activism? this is a question that needs to be posed in the context of a wider discussion on the prevailing political hegemony and its discursive and institutional framing. 2. methods qualitative interviewing, participant observation, netnographic participation on social media, secondary sources. the authors have studied movements for urban transformation in stockholm since the beginning of the 1990s. 3. theorizing an epoch of contention trapped in a consensual hegemony of market driven “post-politics” [4], old political parties have deserted visions of solidarity, equality, and social justice, and are loosing popular legitimacy. this poses the challenge to social theory on how to “imagine and to theorise … forms of collective political identity and agency that might lead to the creation of new, ethical and democratic political institutions and forms of practice” [5]. the concept of commoning is at the centre, conceived as “acts of mutual support, conflict, negotiation, communication and experimentation that are needed to create systems to manage shared resources” [6]. practices of commoning rest on the principle that the relation between social groups and social and physical aspects of the environment envisioned as commons “shall be both collective and non-commodified – off-limits to the logic of market exchange and market valuations” [7]. far from being a mere academic reinvention, the old idea of the commons, understood as loci of defiance against a new enclosure movement, re-emerged as central formula for movements across the globe, which during the last three decennia have struggled for alternatives to neoliberalism [8]. what “commoning” as social practice stands for, and what it could possibly be, has been theorised by numerous studies in the 1990s and 2000s, contending that “state” and ”market” are not the only systems of governance possible. fraser (2017), for one, posits an array of contemporary civic agency as a “tripple movement” in an ambivalent double bind in relation to, but which may also challenge, the double squeeze of market and state [9]. we have argued elsewhere that predicaments of the present’s logic of market and related commodification of labour and livelihoods can be captured theoretically through a bifocal conception of precarity: as a structurallygrounded “condition” of dispossession, yet a springboard for “resistance” and emancipation as well [1, 10]. precarity, as an increasingly widespread social condition of life and work, without security and predictability, encompassing imperatives of “flexibility”, “availability”, “multilocality” and compressed “mobility” across time and space, is a ”constitutive element of the new global disorder, to which it is very functional” [11]. precarious conditions of work and citizenship arrive in tandem with a transformation of a redistributive welfare state into a neoliberal “regulatory state”. seen from this perspective, the state is “not anymore … the mediator or “the shield” protecting society from the tensions between capital and labour—through … redistributive policies” [12]. it is a transformation by which innumerable new regulations are tailored to undermine citizenship, the capacity to mobilise collective resistance and to form political constituencies. it holds implications for the role of civil society. renegotiated social contracts, signified by state marketisation and the expansion of “participatory governance”, are matched by growing prominence of a reconfigured, professionalised and ngoised civil society, with a role as service providers rather than as a mobilising force in politics. it has been depicted in terms of a “stealth revolution” which spells the end of liberal democracy by casting its very moral reason and institutional foundations in the moulds of market rationality” [13]. in this hiatus it is essential to link questions posed by critics of “post-politics”, concerning contingences for democracy and politics of civil society, to those of precarity studies, denoting the precariat as a potentially gamechanging political actor for the 21st century. socially insecure and identity-seeking segments of today’s precarious populations are obviously being mobilised by neo-fascist gestations of a contemporary countermovement, ostensibly confronting neoliberal globalisation. yet an alternative precariat movement which may represent a more challenging prospect seen from the perspective of the present dominant hegemonies, in both north and south, are potentially uplifting radically democratic and egalitarian alternatives from the margin to the centre [14]. it concerns a multifarious activism of movements with imaginaries of a deepened non-racial democracy and harbouring transformative vistas of commoning. at the dawn of the new millennium it has come in many varieties and at varying scales – the neighbourhood, the city, the ”nation”, the region and the globe. contrary to being conceived as footloose and without sense of history and identity, the imaginaries of today’s contentious movements have alternatively been depicted as drawing intellectual energy from past movements for democracy, recognition and the common good. milkman (2016) [15], for one, concludes that post-2008 movements in the united states contesting a racialised and gender discriminatory precarity of work, livelihoods and citizenship are fusing an intellectual heritage of the working class movements of the 1930s, centred on labour and class politics, with that of the “new social movements” of the 1960s and 1970s, focused on emancipation through the recognition of identity [9]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 61 as funke (2014) argues contestative movements of a global precariat represented as history-cognizant and intellectually rooted stand forth with potentially system-transformative dynamics. funke designates a spectrum of movements, initiated by the zapatist surge in the 1980s and, including the movements of the 2000s, constituting a “distinct and integrated arch of mobilisations”; a historically particular “epoch of contention”. although movements are diverse – and can be understood as distinct “cycles of protest”, their commonality rests in a shared logic of claims for democratic participation. while diverging from both the “old” class-centred labour movement and parties, as well as the “new” movements of the 1970s, the dominant logic of contemporary movements has been to amalgamate core characteristics of both. this is a logic which can accommodate diversity and a “multiplicity of struggles and possible futures [of] loosely linked organizations, groups and movements” [16]. it is a theoretical baseline from which the emergence and development of a multitude of diverse movements and networks can be studied with an emphasisis of linkages, cooperation and coalition dynamics within civil society. in pursuing this endeavor we find it methodologically important to develop two, ostensibly dichotomic, twin concepts integratively: “uncivil” versus “civil” society cum “invented” versus “invited” spaces. 4. ”uncivil” versus ”civil society” in scholarship on civil society, “uncivil society” figures habitually as an antonym with a moral-political tint of “uncivilised”, associated with intolerance, violence, political extremism, undemocratic values and anti-modernism; an “evil twin” of a “civil society” imbued with democratic and liberal values [17]. in contrast, our ongoing research is informed by an alternative de-colonial scholarship defining “uncivil society” as a “politics of informal people” [18], initiating “molecular changes” by the inventive creation of informal commons; corporeal as well as digital. yet, our understanding of “uncivil society” transcends a perspective of “defiance”, positing it as activism for social justice and emancipation from the state of precarity, in terms of a progressive social transformation, potentially challenging the conditions that shape it [19]. this does not validate a simplistic ideotypical dichotomy contraposing a “bad” civil society, pursuing its state or market centred sectional interest within the orbit of established governance, to a “good” anti-systemic uncivil society pursuing democratic transformation opposing market and state interests. while mainstreamed ngos have become key players in the expansion of market principles embedded in decentralized “public-business, civil society “partnerships” it is nevertheless important to recognize the persistence of a critical value driven activism [20]. at the same time, argues neocosmos (2011), if the mode of rule in a marginalized uncivil society is such that it enables the distortion or extinguishing of the very meaning of citizenship, they “face extraordinary obstacles when they attempt a movement beyond their political place; for their political existence is outside the domain of rights” [21]. hence, if they shall be heard as citizens, beyond circumspect spheres of informal commoning proponents of a contestative, but nonrecognised, uncivil society may be forced to seek “the mediation of trustees” – usually in the form of established ngos speaking for them in state authorised spaces of civil society, involved in participatory governance – “for it is only there that the rule of law operates reasonably consistently”. this transversal dynamics between civil and uncivil society can be productively elucidated through application of the notions of “invited” and “invented” spaces, as they were developed by faranak miraftab (2004) [22]. she applies the notion of invited spaces in her analyses of local governance in cape town, south africa. she defines invited spaces “as the ones occupied by those grassroots and their allied non-governmental organizations that are legitimized by donors and government interventions” [22]. invented spaces, miraftab points out, are in contrast those also occupied by the grassroots and claimed by their collective action, but directly confronting the authorities and the status quo. however, she stresses a need to avoid a rigid conceptual barrier between invented and invited spaces as grassroots strategies are flexible and in their collective actions move between these spaces in order to advance their cause. miraftab criticises in line with this any approach operating with a rigid separation of informal political actions. she (2009) further discusses struggles for citizenship through the gramscian notion of “hegemony”, seen as related to normalised ideopolitical relations, and uses the notion of “counter-hegemony” to describe practices and forces that destabilize relations of power in neoliberal “inclusive governance”. she illustrates how grassroots movements use the hegemonic system’s political openings to determine their own terms of engagement and participation. either through inventing new spaces or re-appropriating old ones or by moving between these spaces, grassroots movements employ counter-hegemonic practices in order to “expose and upset the normalized relations of dominance” [23]. or spoken through a gramscian terminology: they launch a “war of position”. but, a hegemonic move of state authorities that institutionalizes participatory development can also result in de-politization of contestative activist movements, as their struggles are caught up in state-market led processes of “ngoisation”. this calls for a critical contextualisation of the icon of “civil society” as ideological tenet in austerity driven, incrementally unequal and racialised societies. the critical relevance of its vilified, but assumably more original, second self, “uncivil society”, may appear obvious relating to “townships”, “favelas” or “shanty towns” of the south and the racialised urban “ghettoes”, “banlieus” or “förorter” of the north with numerous migrants and post-migrant hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 62 generations among its most dispossessed, who inhabit culturally stigmatised, and economically and politically marginalised spaces. here, the “state of exception” – theorised by giorgio agamben (2005) as an immanent condition of contemporary societies through which civil, political and social rights pertaining to citizenship are truncated by governments – can be observed to rule in the most ”naked” forms. it is contingent on, as well as conditions, urban unrest in disadvantaged multi-ethnic communities across the global north and south. it constitutes a rule under which new activist political subjectivities and movements are shaped among the most disadvantaged. yet, the post (2008) crisis trajectory of anti-austerity precariat rebellions suggests that the outlaw status of contestative civic movements, in effect movements outlawed to the domain of ”uncivil society” without the right to demand rights, has a bearing on the fate, opportunities and contingent strategies of contemporary precariat movements, more generally. indeed consecutive precariat mobilisations for democracy and the commons can be read as ending in “disaster” (e.g. occupy wallstreat, the arab spring, the democratic mobilisations in turkey sparked in gezi park, syriza’s left populist challenge to “the troika”); temporarily ”defeated by ideological and media forces, by the police, and by the ruling institutions” [24]. their stigmatisation as outlaws beyond the pale of a respectable “civil society”, and the institutional (often violent) repression from which these and other post-2008 insurgent movements have repeatedly suffered in the north as well as the south – for example represented by militarized action and unconstitutional laws on public demonstrations directed against the yellow vests in france or anti-austerity activism in chile point at the value of integrating the idea of “uncivil society” into a wider theory of social movements and civic action in the global north as well as south. from this perspective, there is a need to develop a critical scrutiny of challenges and opportunities of alliance-building, and the dealings of movement relays potentially bridging the uncivil-civil divide and the gap between invented and invited spaces, between precarians of the most disadvantaged banlieus, favelas, barrios, townships and racialised so-called “ghettoes” and a wider, forcibly “flexibilised” and vulnerable, precariat in general. 5. activism under siege let us set out to illustrate the argument by relating to a social situation, the time and space ramifications of which we have been following in our ongoing research [25, 26]. it is embodied in an urban rebellion, provoked by repellent police violence; riots that raged across stockholm’s most precarious, racially stigmatised multiethnic districts in may 2013. the fervent character of the revolt, matched historically only by clashes of working class rioters and police in the 19th century [27], struck the swedish political establishment with awe and took the international community with “blazing surprise” [28]. however, only three years later, in 2016, we found ourselves participating (as observers) at an event in the very same local stockholm community of husby, from where the 2013 riots started: the opening of a local “house of the people”, named folkets husby (husby of the people). this relates to past politics of commoning, embedded historically in numerous citizens driven community centres, the people’s houses originating at the turn of the 19th century [29]; an essential cornerstone of sweden’s legendary labour movement. yet, flying a logo, recalling the zapatist imagination of a ‘rainbow that is also a bridge’ [30], branded folkets husby as product of a locallygrounded coalition spearheaded by sweden’s multitude of young, racialised, post-migrant subalterns – megafonen (swedish: megafonen) – emerging invigorated out of the time-hole blasted by the 2013 stockholm rebellion. speaking truth to power earned megafonen the status of an emblem of an incipient swedish urban justice movement [25]: the socalled suburban movement, with connotations of the swedish word for ‘suburb’, förorten, matching the social, cultural and racial inferences of the internationally more well-known french idiom of the banlieu. megafonen’s evocative slogan with anti-imperialist connotations, ‘a united suburb will never be defeated!’, denotes a platform for glocal solidarity. in 2013, megafonen was still treated in mainstream media as an ephemeral exponent of an untrustworthy ‘uncivil society’s’ insurgent activism (e.g. direct action against gentrification and the sham renovations of public housing), and vilified for its efforts to publicly explain the wider structural-institutional causes and predicament of the stockholm insurrection [26, 31]. today the organisation has metamorphosed into a network of alliances led by young postmigrant ‘organic intellectuals’ with their backgrounds mainly in the middle east and africa león rosales, 2017 #8027. it includes alliances with organisations of civil society with roots in the swedish labour movement, human rights movements, critical thinktanks, as well as with movements of the precariat in other parts of europe, the united states, latin america and africa. imaginings of husby’s people’s house, established after years of mobilisation by local inhabitans and organized civil society actors in particular megafonen could be described as that of an ‘invented space’, contraposed to subordinated ‘participation’ of citizens within ‘invited spaces’ of neoliberal governance; which in sweden, as elsewhere, tends to reproduce rather than challenge a post-political condition of suppressed, or appropriated, civic agency. it was aimed to represent a local hub for a multiplicity of autonomous commoning beyond the double squeeze of market and state. this includes, among other, building a local library of movement relevant literature, critical youth and adult study circles, councilling on social and judiciary matters. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 63 the people’s house in husby was by activists aimed to become a ‘nursery’ for ‘organic’ movement intellectuals, introducing young racialised post-migrant swedes to critical antiracist and decolonial scholarship. as reimagineered commoning spaces of and for disadvantaged communities reinvented people’s houses in sweden’s precarious communities should constitute vital oases of organisation’, posit al-khamisi, rezai and ishi aidid, long standing community activists and authors of a report (2019) on achievements and future concerns of the people’s house in husby, and in rinkeby, another among stockholm’s most disadvantaged urban neighbourhoods [32]. an ambitious commoning mission, here put forward, foresees the strengthening local communities’ self-confidence, identity, and capacity to influence public-political decision making. this includes, among other: independent media-production; broadening the mission of people’s houses further in civic education in collaboration with universities and other centres of learning; strengthening networks of collaboration between people’s houses across local communities; boosting the houses’ capacity as centres for broad collaborative networks of relevant actors, with power to influence strategic decisionmakers; extending a multitude of non-commodified border crossing meeting places targeted at strengthening anti-racist social solidarity across communities and generations. it implicates raising collective power to engage citizens in anti-austerity protests and public manifestations against, for example, privatisation of public housing and gentrification, and questioning a stigmatising media discourse. it involves consolidating shared integrated platforms for citizens’ influence on education and the labour market. in the report the new people’s houses are, moreover, projected to become hubs for turning jurisprudence into a popular educative subject. this links up with an innovating commoning experiment built by former activists of megafonenr: the academy for social movement lawyers (akademin för rörelsejurister). the academy constitutes an autonomous educational common for the training of ‘social movement lawyers’ which draws on the experience of black lives matter in the united states as well as that of lawyers and movements linked to brazil’s favelas and south africa’s precarious townships. principles for the academy were first laid out in a major report in 2015 [32], in terms of crafting jurisprudence and the practice of lawyers into a proactive catalyst for social change in liaison with contending social movements. it is targeted at making inequality and precarious conditions of citizenship, livelihoods and work visible, and at defending the rights of groups with a truncated access to democracy and the judicial system. it addresses individuals’ and communities’ experience of precarity and discrimination in a context of excessive inequality and racism and engages committed lawyers in collaboration with social justice movements. it problematises normatively sanctioned relations of power between the judicial profession and precarious social groups, with the lives and conditions of which lawyers are intricately involved. however, the case of folkets husby demonstrates a reality, conditioned by fund raising for its activities through public-civil society partnerships, which has resulted in financial dependency on municipality, state and in dominant presence and influence of established ngos [33]. all this comes with conditions prioritising activities for the ‘integration’ of perceived deviant categories of the population represented as social problems in political and media discourse: potentially delinquent youth, traditionalist women and putatively dysfunctional parents. it relates to activities for individual empowerment subjected to prescribed norms, but with limited space for the mobilisation of contestative action [34]. yet, the institutional and structural conditions that incited the rise of the suburban justice movement in the first place, do persist, and have been severely aggravated due to the covid-19 crisis. it has affected the precarious urban communities unproportinately hard, suffering from layoffs in occupational ghettoes, and illicit rents in a housing market increasingly driven by transnational venture capital. these trends are likely to be further exacerbated by pending legislation (2020), stipulating market-driven rent setting and urban development schemes, breeding gentrification and eviction of poor families [35]. other pending legislation aims at loosening regulations on employment security, likely to further exacerbate the precarity of labour and livelihoods of the most disadvantaged. these and other concerns that originally mobilised sweden’s urban justice movement remain as topical as ever. they do incite a new surge of contestation following in the historical trails of acticism in the community of husby. but the question remains, whether a people’s house, as far as it is conditioned by dependency on funding by the very urban regime that grounds the precarisation of a racialised swedish surburbia, could be a catalysator in this pursuit? there is no definite answer. the actual state appears to mirror miraftaf’s depiction of an oscillation of a contending activism between invented and invited spaces, with folkets husby developing into an invited rather than an invented space. one illustrative case is that of the social centre, a member organisation of folkets husby, which engages activists, professionals, and csos, anchored locally and operating nationally and internationally. the social centre is based on a coalition of three organisations that, within the frame of folkets husby, provide free of charge legal advocacy and organise workshops on housing, judicial, labour and welfare issues: the people’s movement lawyers offering counselling on migration law, labour law, and family law; sac syndikalisterna, a leftist labour union, offering councelling and support concerning work under substandard conditions; ort till ort (community to community), member of the european action coalition of housing activists, offering councelling and aid to households exposed by evictions and inflated rents connected with sham renovations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 64 on the one hand, these three organisations create new, politically controversial, invented spaces of contestative activism in stockholm, sweden, and europe through networking and alliance making across communities and organisational divides, aimed at directly confronting the structural-institutional drivers of precarity of citizenship, labour and livelihoods. on the other hand, folkets husby functions as an invited space, in the context of which the centre operates a subtle “war of position” on the margins of dominant ngos and public-civil society partnership, ever exposed to, but also challenging the unspoken institutional condition that they should not cross the line between councelling and political activism. 6. conclusion the suburban movement transpired as a new political subject in the 2000s through its focus on social justice, presence as a critical public voice in mass media, public manifestations, and consciousness-raising while still following in the footprints of old popular movements as schools of democracy [25, 36]. it challenged the racist politics of a reactionary nationalist populism as well as the reforming hegemony management of a so-called "progressive neoliberalism", including the essentialising identity politics of movements of civil society embedded in it [37]. megafonen’s declared aim to struggle for a just and egalitarian society ”without racism, sexism and class oppression” and for a participatory democracy echoes in a sense what was once, by the mid-1970s, a social democratic promise of a progressive social transformation [38]. yet, it resounds as pioneering in post-political times of neoliberal precarity. moving forward through the past it also evokes qualities similar to the legendary rainbow coalition in chicago of the late 1960s, which still stands out as exemplary today [39]. that is: a community mobilization embodying the intersectionality of race, class and gender, fusing variable forms of identity politics into one movement, amalgamated by one ideal form of identity; an identity transcending differences while focusing on commonalities, with precarity as its collective unifier. organizations like megafonen continue to forge trans local alliances with other civil society actors and articulate goals and visions in broad public contexts. we have discussed their visions of houses of the people as "oases for organisation", with historical roots in the swedish labour movement. yet, as we have discussed, referring to the case of folkets husby, in the community of husby from which the 2013 urban rebellion sprung, its establishment and activities have become conditioned by reliance on public financing focused on "integration" through individual empowerment and demands not to venture beyond what is acceptable to authorised civil society organisations. this is all set in the contingency of a wider social context shaped by politics of sustained austerity which is increasingly paired with a surging narrowly nationalist and racializing politics, in line with a general european and global drift. in sum, the case of megafonen, followed by similar goals of the social centre, as related above, illustrates the importance of being able to manoeuvre flexibly between invited and invented spaces. sweden’s urban justice movement emerged as a potential heir to the nation’s old popular movements. reimagineering a realisable utopia under new conditions it has made alternatives for social transformation visible. this stands out as crucial in today’s crisis of political legitimacy, exploited by a collusion of socially fragmenting neoliberal austerity and an exclusionary right-wing nationalism. but, in doing so, the activism of contemporary precariat movements also raises the issue of the conditionality of spatial forms of political struggle, local governance, and, consequently, the issue of institutionalisation. it faces us with challenges in terms of theory and empirical research. what is in the making? co-optation, and appropriation by disciplinary governmentality? or are we witnessing a "war of position" that might open up subtle transformative strategies for commoning, social justice, and a non-racial democracy? 7. funding we appreciate the research funding by forte, the swedish research council for health, working life and welfare [grant number 2006-1524], by formas [grant number 250-2013-1547], and by the swedish research council [grant number 721-2013-885]. 8. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] schierup, c.u., and martin b. j. (2016). politics of precarity: migrant conditions, struggles and experiences. leiden & boston (ma): brill academic publishers, leiden, netherlands. [2] lambert, r. (2010). unionism in one country is no longer an option. a response to michael burawoy's' from polanyi to pollyanna: the false optimism of global labour studies'. global labour journal, 1(3): 387-392. https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbviggxno363hw6mprjunsoh--yfwa:1646038388145&q=leiden&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaopge-lsz9u3mdlpyalivuiasznzljk1tlktrftzi9it8zkreksy8_nqofyzqykphawjrswprcwlwnl8ujntuvn2sdicallxsbjqaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjkv6xrgql2ahvdgp0hhv8qdi0qmxmoaxoecdeqaw hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 65 [3] steger, m. (2009). globalisation and social imaginaries: the changing ideological landscape of the twenty-first century. journal of critical globalisation studies, 1(1), 9-30. [4] mouffe, chantal. (2005). on the political. routledge, oxfordshire, england, uk. [5] gill, s. (2000). toward a postmodern prince? the battle in seattle as a moment in the new politics of globalisation. millennium: journal of international studies, 29(1), 131–140. doi:10.1177/03058298000290010101 [6] bollier, d. (2015). "commoning as a transformative social paradigm." the next system project. available online: http://www.thenextsystem.org/commoning-as-a-transformative-social-paradigm/ (accessed on 2 april 2019). [7] harvey, d. (2012). rebel cities: from the right to the city to the urban revolution. verso books, london, united kingdom. [8] laval, c., and pierre, d. (2005). común. ensayo sobre la revolución en el siglo xxi. barcelona: gedisa, spain. [9] fraser, n. (2017). a triple movement? parsing the politics of crisis after polanyi. beyond neoliberalism, 29–42. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-45590-7_3. [10] waite, l. (2009). a place and space for a critical geography of precarity? geography compass, 3(1), 412–433. doi:10.1111/j.1749-8198.2008.00184.x. [11] ricceri, m. (2011). europe and social precarity-proactive elements for system interventions. precarity. more than a challenge of social security. or: cynicism of eu’s concept of economic freedom. bremen: europäischer hochschulverlag, 49-67, bremen, germany. [12] sommer-houdeville, t. (2017). remaking iraq: neoliberalism and a system of violence after the us invasion, 2003-2011, doctoral dissertation, department of sociology, stockholm university, stockholm, sweden. [13] brown, w. (2015). undoing the demos: neoliberalism's stealth revolution. zone books, new york, united states. [14] garcía, a., óscar, and martin, b. j. (2016). "uplifting the masses? radical left parties and social movements during the crisis." in europe’s radical left: from marginality to the mainstream?, edited by march l and d keith. rowman & littlefield international, london, united kingdom. [15] milkman, r. (2017). a new political generation: millennials and the post-2008 wave of protest. american sociological review, 82(1), 1–31. doi:10.1177/0003122416681031. [16] funke, p. n. (2014). building rhizomatic social movements? movement-building relays during the current epoch of contention. studies in social justice, 8(1), 27–44. doi:10.26522/ssj.v8i1.1037. [17] glasius, marlies. (2010). "uncivil society." in international encyclopedia of civil society, edited by helmuth k. anheier, stefan toepler, and regina a. list. new york (ny) springer: 1583-88. [18] bayat, a. (1997). the quiet encroachment ofthe ordinary: the politics ofthe" informal people. third world quarterly, 18(1), 53-72. [19] hallward, p. (2014). defiance or emancipation? on howard caygill' on resistance: a philosophy of defiance'. radical philosophy, (183), 21-32. [20] mary, k. (2003). global civil society: an answer to war. polity press, 7, 15-18, cambridge, uk. [21] neocosmos, michael. (2011). "transition, human rights and violence: rethinking a liberal political relationship in the african neo-colony." interface: a journal for and about social movements 3(2): 359-99. [22] miraftab, f. (2004). "invited and invented spaces of participation: neoliberal citizenship and feminists’ expanded notion of politics." wagadu 1(spring 2004): 1-7. [23] miraftab, f. (2009). insurgent planning: situating radical planning in the global south. planning theory, 8(1), 32-50. doi:10.1177/1473095208099297. [24] hardt, m. (2017). multiple temporalities of the movements. triplec: communication, capitalism & critique. open access journal for a global sustainable information society, 15(2), 390-392. [25] león rosales, rené, and aleksandra ålund. (2017). "renaissance from the margins: urban youth activism in sweden." in reimagineering the nation. essays on twenty first century sweden, edited by aleksandra ålund, carl-ulrik schierup, and anders neergaard. frankfurt am main and new york (ny): peter lang: 351-74. [26] schierup, c. u., ålund, a., & kings, l. (2014). reading the stockholm riots–a moment for social justice?. race & class, 55(3), 1-21. doi:10.1177/0306396813509191. [27] berglund, m. (2009). massans röst: upplopp och gatubråk i stockholm 1719–1848, doctoral dissertation, stads-och kommunhistoriska institutet, stockholms universitet, stockholm, sweden. [28] the economist newspaper. (2013). "a blazing surprise." the economist. june 1, 2013. available online: https://www.economist.com/europe/2013/06/01/a-blazing-surprise (accessed on 2 april 2019). https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbs3vd1-rauugusyngme5sxcnamwpq:1646038450511&q=oxfordshire&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaongvulsz9u3ycoxrurow8tk7v-rll-uupyrwzqkai004wwcaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewir_4ojg6l2ahuuhv0hhyj8c0cqmxmoanoecd0qba https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbs3vd1-rauugusyngme5sxcnamwpq:1646038450511&q=england&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaongvulqz9u3mmqqmfzeyu6al56tmjccalmnjfiwaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewir_4ojg6l2ahuuhv0hhyj8c0cqmxmoa3oecd0qbq https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbs3vd1-rauugusyngme5sxcnamwpq:1646038450511&q=uk&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaongvulqz9u3mc8utl7eyhtqdqbuxflpeqaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewir_4ojg6l2ahuuhv0hhyj8c0cqmxmobhoecd0qbg http://www.thenextsystem.org/commoning-as-a-transformative-social-paradigm/ https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbs9mt0qirawbjbqtonkjacdoajcfg:1646038519221&q=london&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaopge-luz9u3mdbiqehw4gaxtbikcrsmmsqt9jpzc3jsk0sy8_p084vse_myqxjbngkrjntelmlsxkks1kjihzz8zldwily2n_y8lpy8haymajz3twvxaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewiz0ewpg6l2ahwslp0hhtlobo4qmxmoaxoeceeqaw https://www.economist.com/europe/2013/06/01/a-blazing-surprise hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 66 [29] ståhl, margareta. (2005). möten och människor i folkets hus och park. atlas, stockholm, sweden. [30] ezln. (1996). "1st declaration of la realidad for humanity and against neoliberalism". for schools chiapas. from the mountains of the mexican southeast, san diego, ca, usa. available online: http://www.schoolsforchiapas.org/library/1stdeclaration-la-realidad-humanity-neoliberalism/ (accessed on 2 april 2019). [31] megafonen. (2013). "megafonens program". megafonen. stockholm, sweden. available online: megafonen.com/om/politisktprogram/ (accessed on 15 july 2013). [32] al-khamisi, r. (2017). "movement lawyers: the path toward social change through law – on power, civil society and the need for a new breed of lawyers." stockholm: arena idé, sweden. [33] kellecioglu, i. (2017). ngo participation in local politics: a case study of husby. södertörn university, stockholm, sweden. [34] schierup, c., and aleksandra å. (2020). "reinventing the people’s house: time, space and activism in multiethnic stockholm." critical sociology: 1-16. [35] polanska, d., degerhammar, s., and åse richard. (2019). renovräkt! : hyresvärdars makt(spel) och hur du tar striden. stockholm: verbal, sweden. [36] sernhede, o., rené león r., and söderman, j. (2019). 'när betongen rätar sin rygg'. ortenrörelsen och folkbildningens renässans. gothenburg: daidalos, stockholm, sweden. [37] fraser, n. (2016). progressive neoliberalism versus reactionary populism: a choice that feminists should refuse. nora nordic journal of feminist and gender research, 24(4), 281–284. doi:10.1080/08038740.2016.1278263 [38] ålund, a., and carl-ulrik s. (1991). paradoxes of multiculturalism. essays on swedish society. aldershot: avebury. republished 2009 as e-book on the remeso, linköpings university, linköping, sweden. available online: http://liu.divaportal.org/smash/record.jsf?pid=diva2:213706 (accessed on 28 april 2019). [39] williams, jakobi e. (2013). "the original rainbow coalition: an example of universal identity politics." tikkun magazine archive. available online: http://www.tikkun.org/nextgen/the-original-rainbow-coalition-an-example-of-universal-identitypolitics (accessed on 2 april 2016). http://www.schoolsforchiapas.org/library/1st-declaration-la-realidad-humanity-neoliberalism/ http://www.schoolsforchiapas.org/library/1st-declaration-la-realidad-humanity-neoliberalism/ http://liu.diva-portal.org/smash/record.jsf?pid=diva2:213706 http://liu.diva-portal.org/smash/record.jsf?pid=diva2:213706 %20tikkun%20magazine%20archive.%20available%20online: %20tikkun%20magazine%20archive.%20available%20online: http://www.tikkun.org/nextgen/the-original-rainbow-coalition-an-example-of-universal-identity-politics http://www.tikkun.org/nextgen/the-original-rainbow-coalition-an-example-of-universal-identity-politics available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 1 issn: 2723-9535 “grand challenges initiative: sustainability and development" understanding ai application dynamics in oil and gas supply chain management and development: a location perspective ahmed deif 1* , thejas vivek 2 1 associate professor, industrial technology and packaging dept., california polytechnic state university, united states. 2 industrial engineering management program, qatar university, doha, qatar. received 08 january 2022; revised 21 february 2022; accepted 05 march 2022; published 15 march 2022 abstract the purpose of this paper is to gain a better understanding of artificial intelligence (ai) application dynamics in the oil and gas supply chain. a location perspective is used to explore the opportunities and challenges of specific ai technologies from upstream to downstream of the oil and gas supply chain. a literature review approach is adopted to capture representative research along these locations. this was followed by descriptive and comparative analysis for the reviewed literature. results from the conducted analysis revealed important insights about ai implementation dynamics in the oil and gas industry. furthermore, various recommendations for technology managers, policymakers, practitioners, and industry leaders in the oil and gas industry to ensure successful ai implementation were outlined. keywords: artificial intelligence; development; supply chain; oil and gas; petroleum industry, energy. 1. introduction in today’s uncertain and volatile demand as well as the evolution of alternative energy sources, oil and gas firms have been forced by great pressure to speed up the pursuit of productivity in this climate, thus boosting production, reducing costs, and optimizing profits [1]. to help in this pursuit, the application of artificial intelligence (ai) in the oil and gas industry is quickly evolving at present, as the idea of ai steadily enters different phases of the industry like smart drilling, smart development, smart refinery, and smart pipeline [2]. according to the evensen et al. (2021) [3] study, existing ai investments within firms in the oil and gas industry have yielded a 32% average return on investment. over the last three years, there has been a 3% decrease in expenses and a 3% growth in income. this corresponds to an extra $570 million in earnings for a $10 billion corporation with a 10% profit margin. ai investments have also slashed the time it takes for new products and services to reach the market by 31 days. the authors also stated that over the last three years, nearly 75% of ai champions in the oil and gas industry have generated more value than planned from their ai investments, when compared to their peers. the percentage of value generated through ai investments for different business objectives, is shown in figure 1. the oil and gas supply chain is divided into 3 sectors: upstream, mid-stream and downstream. the upstream field of the oil and gas industry is the most capital-intensive and critical division of the three, since this is where crude oil and natural gas are extracted [4]. the midstream involves transportation and distribution, and like any other field, is an important aspect of the oil and gas industry, but the industry is unique from other sectors because of the highly sensitive quality of shipped and * corresponding author: adeif@calpoly.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-sp2022-03-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3203-0581 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 2 delivered products [5]. the downstream sector is responsible for the refining of oil and gas, as well as the distribution of end goods [6]. activities in each of the three locations are captured in figure 1. figure 1. levels of business objectives achieved, ai vs. traditional [3] according to the international energy agency (2017) [7], digital technologies, such as ai, have the potential to reduce production costs by 10 to 20%. biscardini et al. (2018) [8] estimated that the use of digital technologies like ai in oil and gas upstream operations could result in savings in capital and operating expenditures of $100 billion to $1 trillion by 2025. the potential increase in efficiency through digitalization is shown in figure 2. figure 2. efficiency increase from digitalization [8] worldwide, within offshore oil and gas companies, unplanned outages caused by damage or failure can cause output lags of tens of thousands of barrels of oil per day, as represented in figure 3. an average offshore oil and gas company has 27 days of unplanned downtime per year, resulting in yearly losses ranging from $38 million to $88 million [9]. additionally, offshore platforms are often only operating at 77% of their potential, this gap amounts to almost ten million barrels per day, or over $200 billion in annual revenue [10]. this is where ai-enabled predictions and natural language processing (nlp) can help elevate traditional predictive analytics to optimize production. by monitoring and forecasting equipment breakdowns and highlighting the commercial effect of unplanned loss of production capacity, ai can assist in reducing costly downtime [9]. advanced analytics, when used correctly, can produce returns of 30-50 times investment in just a few months [10]. data from seismic surveys, geology evaluations, and reservoirs can be analysed by an ai system utilizing technologies like machine learning, artificial neural networks, expert systems, and fuzzy logic [9]. this analytical technique has the hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 3 potential to increase the global average subterranean recovery factor by up to 10%, equating to an additional $1 trillion in boe (barrel of oil equivalent) [11]. figure 3. global average of barrels of oil lost daily due to downtime [9] this paper attempts, using a literature review approach, to better understand the applications and challenges dynamics of artificial intelligence (ai) in the oil and gas supply chain from a location perspective (as described in figure 4). many of the previous related work were concerned with the “what” and “how” questions regarding ai in oil and gas supply chain, while this paper focus to answer more the “where” question. we aim to get a broader understanding of the usage of ai technologies within oil and gas supply chain locations i.e., upstream, midstream and downstream. along these locations, this paper will specifically focus on four main ai technologies, namely machine learning and hybrid algorithms, natural language processing, computer vision and robotics. these technologies were selected as they cover the widest range of potential ai applications within any supply chain. figure 4. upstream sector of the oil and gas industry [12] 2. research approach the research methodology used in this research is based on literature review of the current body of knowledge and using secondary data from a variety of sources such as peer-reviewed papers, surveys, reports and websites. the science direct database is used for the literature review, and papers were selected by using specific set of keywords and filters. the structured literature review involved five steps. in step 1, a general literature search was performed to show the total number of journal articles on “artificial intelligence in oil and gas industry”. in step 1, the studies were found by using these combinations of keywords: title (“artificial intelligence”) and title (“oil and gas”). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 4 based on the search a total of 2098 relevant results were found, these studies included articles from the year 1998 to 2021. step 2 involved narrowing down the search results to capture the total number of journal articles on “artificial intelligence in oil and gas industry supply chain”. in step 2, the studies were found by using these combinations of keywords: title (“artificial intelligence”) and title (“oil and gas”) and title (“supply chain”). based on the search a total of 346 relevant results were found, these studies included articles from the year 1997 to 2021. step 3 attempted at narrowing down the search results even further by location and explore the total number of journal articles on “artificial intelligence in oil and gas upstream”, “artificial intelligence in oil and gas midstream” and “artificial intelligence in oil and gas downstream”. in step 3, the studies were found by using these combinations of keywords: title (“artificial intelligence”) and title (“oil and gas”) and title (“upstream” or “midstream” or “downstream”). based on the search a total of 296 relevant results were found for the upstream sector, 24 for midstream and 294 for downstream, these studies included articles from the year 1992 to 2021. in step 4, 40 papers were selected to represent relevant studies that captured the selected ai technologies along the whole oil and gas supply chain. it is important to acknowledge the following points regarding the adopted review process. first is that the intent was not to conduct a comprehensive literature review for the whole body of knowledge; rather, this paper objective is to gain some insights regarding the ai location dynamics with oil and gas supply chain using representative sample of the research work. second, it is clear from figures 5(a) to 5(c) that the interest in ai application in the oil and gas supply chain is exponentially rising in the recent years among academicians. third, the number of papers downstream that really focused on ai technologies considered in this paper within the focus of downstream activities identified also in this study (mainly refinery) are far less than the number reported using the search engines (294). most of the papers at this category are actually referring to activities regarding demand management and forecasting which are important activities but do not align with the downstream definition in this work. a sample of this group is captured though in this analysis for purpose of completion. the literature review selection criteria are shown in figure 6. figure 5. no of papers per year for (a) upstream, (b) midstream and (c) downstream hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 5 figure 6. literature review selection criteria 3. a location perspective of ai in oil and gas supply chain in this section, we summarize the main findings from the considered literature papers regarding the ai technology benefits and challenges in oil and gas supply chain. as mentioned earlier, the summary will follow the location perspective since this is the focus of this paper. 3.1. ai in oil and gas upstream in the upstream sector of the oil and gas industry, the three critical areas are exploration, field development, and production. in exploration, machine learning (ml) models have been used to automate data collection, transmission and analysis for activities such as seismic surveying, well logging and core analysis, thereby reducing costs, lowering errors and improving efficiencies [12]. many research work have focused on the applications of ai technologies within field development, for activities such as drilling, reservoir engineering and infrastrucutre. machine learning models and its hybrids reveal successful applications in drilling for prediction of optimal mud properties and drilling parameters to improve safety, drilling efficiency and cost effectiveness [13-17]. similarly in reservoir engineering and infrastructure, ml and its hybrids are used for estimation and optimization purposes in activities such as estimating dew point pressure and optimizing waterflooding which helps to maximize hydrocarbon production, optimize oil production and maximize finanacial profits [2, 18, 19]. in the area of production, ml models and its hybrids are mainly used for the monitoring, prediction, forecasting, selection and detection of various characteristics and components critical for optimal production. this includes, choke valve flow-rates, production at ultra-high water cut stages, precipitation of asphaltene, sand production, separator selection, faulty events, production forecasting and predictive maintenance [20-29]. furthermore, in the upstream sector, computer vision technology has been used for training technicians and field operators using a virtual reality environment. this has helped to both reduce the cost and time of training, while at the same time improving safety [30]. 3.2. ai in oil and gas midstream in the midstream sector, the main functions are transportation and distribution. pipes and tanks are two of the most important systems used in the transport and storing of oil and gas in the industry [5]. many of the considered papers discussed the applications of ml algorithms for the modelling, monitoring, assessment and optimization of gas pipelines. particularly, ml has been used to: find optimal balance between operation benefit and transmission amount in pipelines [31, 32], to develop continuous and dependable monitoring systems to assure pipeline safety and help extend their lifespans [33, 34], and finally to improve specific operation, design and risk assessments using predictive models and simulations to reduce maintenance and operational costs [35, 36]. pipes and storage tanks, especially those continuously used for long-distance transport and long-term storage, need periodic inspection and maintenance. it is costly and unsafe to humanly inspect these components, so automated inspection and handling of these components is very desirable. research conducted evaluated the applications of robotics for this purpose, in the form of in-pipe inspection robots, tank inspection robots, unmanned aerial vehicles, autonomous underwater vehicles and under-water welding robots [5, 37, 38]. 3.3. ai in oil and gas downstream in the downstream sector, the main functions are refining of oil and gas, as well as the distribution of end products, ml algorithms and hybrid versions of them were found to be more capable than conventional models and reveal location perspective • upstream • midstream • downstream activities • exploration • field development • production • training • transportation • processing • safety ai technology perspective • machine learning and hybrid algorithms • natural language processing • computer vision • robotics hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 6 successful applications for accident prediction relating to repair & maintenance in refineries. they can also assist in prediction and estimation of various chemical processes, which directly affects the efficiency and safety of downstream processing during product recovery [39-41]. ml and its hybrids have also been used in the downstream oil and gas industry for overall demand and consumption forecasting, where its use has helped improve predictability and accuracy of forecasted data and synchronizing it with different production activities [42, 43]. additionally, in the downstream sector, computer vision technology has been used to monitor the various parameters associated with the processing of oil in refinery processing plants. the technology has been found to be successful in predicting the occurrence of unstable conditions, by monitoring oil flame dynamics within the refinery using cameras, thereby avoiding potentially dangerous situations and promoting safety by automating the control system [44]. 3.4. other applications of ai along the whole oil and gas supply chain several papers discussed how ai technologies can be used throughout the whole oil and gas supply chain. shukla and karki (2016a, 2016b) [5, 37] discuss how robotics, in the form of in-pipe inspection robots, tank inspection robots, unmanned aerial vehicles, wireless sensor networks, remote operated vehicles, autonomous underwater vehicles underwater welding robots can be used for onshore and offshore applications for activities such as site survey, drilling, production and transportation. according to them, these technologies can help automate several processes within the industry and can help improve health and safety standards and also improve efficiency. other work discussed how to improve overall safety and operational performance throughout the oil and gas supply chain from upstream to downstream. this can be realized using ml for activities such as process safety management (psm), risk-based inspection (rbi), disaster assessments and production and maintenance related tasks. in these cases, ml has helped to expedite data collection and analysis processes in psm, predict the vulnerability and disruption in disaster assessments, improve quality of conventional rbi by reducing output variability and increasing precision and accuracy [6, 45-47]. single et al. (2020) [48] discussed the use of natural language processing, to help with the acquisition of knowledge related to accidents throughout the supply chain. the authors’ results indicated that their proposed method was useful to discover causal accident relations from databases. the authors also stated that this technology, with the help of databases can be used to create a robust shareable knowledge structure that can be used across countries and companies, to help improve safety. 3.5. challenges of implementing ai in oil and gas supply chain the considered literature also discussed ai implementation challenges. for example, in the upstream sector of the oil and gas industry, koroteev and tekic (2021) [12] highlights three main challenges. first, is the people since ai have to be highly customized based on the business context and data, firms will need in-house teams capable of supporting development of ai infrastructure and customizing ai tools. second, is the data since successful ai applications requires access to large amounts of good quality data. third challenge is the open collaboration among all echelons, which is a challenge due to the lack of open data source and cross-company, cross-border data sharing. osarogiagbon et al. (2021) [13] pointed to safety challenges in the area of ml algorithms being applied for dangerous events in drilling operations. apart from a lack of publicly available datasets, a lack of customized deep learning algorithms primarily in the field of drilling activity was also observed. al-fattah and aramco (2021) [42] discussed some of the serious challenges faced when building ai and ml models for forecasting crude oil demand. the challenges were due to the over-fitting, under-fitting, and/or memorization, which means that during the training phase, the model appears to produce excellent results, but does not perform as well in the testing phase, resulting in unacceptable forecast results. according to the author, some of the causes for these challenges are: (a) insufficient data, and (b) inappropriate network configuration. hanga and kovalchuk (2019) [6] presents other challenges in applying ai to oil and gas industry tasks. some of the challenges that limit the implementation of ai in oil and gas industry are: (a) lack of awareness and knowledge about the techniques technical capacity; (b) shortage of development tools for efficient implementation and finally (c) uncertainty and risk of acceptance of new technologies. shukla and karki (2016b) [37] highlighted that some challenges regarding applying robotic solutions in the offshore oil and gas activities including inspection, manipulation and repair. navigation and localization of the autonomous underwater vehicles were some examples of these challenges. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 7 in the oil and gas midstream sector, ben seghier et al. (2021) [33] discussed data measurement problems due to the high cost of inspections, excavation requirements and the risk of vulnerable pipelines, particularly for the anticipation of high pitting corrosion depths in oil and gas pipelines. finally, the work of lu et al. (2019) revealed several difficulties that the oil and gas industry will face when transitioning into the oil and gas 4.0 era [1]. apart from the challenges mentioned earlier, some of other challenges include negative outlook as well as lack of general standardization and planning. 4. literature review analysis for ai location to gain further insights about the ai implementation dynamics along the oil and gas supply chain, descriptive and comparative analyses were conducted for the reviewed body of literature. the analyses started with general quantitative overview and then was followed by specific analysis for each location in the supply chain. 4.1. overall comparative analysis for ai location and technology type out of the 40 considered studies for review that focused on the specific ai technologies in oil and gas supply chain perspective, 50% contributed to the upstream sector, 18% to the midstream sector, 15% to the downstream sector. in addition, 17% of the papers focused on all three supply locations, for the selected ai technologies in the oil and gas supply chain. the overall distribution is shown in figure 7. figure 7. literature review location focus quantitative analysis figure 8 captures the overall distribution for the same body of knowledge focusing on the selected ai technologies implementation along the whole supply chain. one can observe that 85% of ai technology implementation are related to machine learning and hybrid algorithms, 5% are related to computer vision, 8% are related to robotics and 2% are related to natural language processing (nlp). from figures 7 and 8 we can point to some interesting observations. first, when compared to other locations, the highest concentration of research work is related to upstream while the lowest concentration of work is found to be focusing on downstream activities. this poses an important query for such distribution. the key to understand such distribution is related to the complexity of activities and operations at each location. upstream activates are by far more complex and capital intensive and thus more information is need to manage and reduce such complexity and its associated risks. ai is well suited to capture and process high plethora of information and thus it had been an attractive solution to oil and gas supply chains especially upstream. second, in terms of the type of ai technology used within the oil and gas supply chain locations, machine learning and hybrid algorithms are clearly the main adopted technology (85% of all papers focused on this specific ai technology). this should come with no surprise given the ability of ml and its hybrids to analyse various data in predictive and prescriptive manner assisting oil and gas supply chain managers in various decisions. ml as the paramount of ai technology will enhance the visibility of the whole supply chain leading to almost real time educated decisions saving time and cost as well as reducing risks in this critical industry. 17% 50% 18% 15% all 3 sectors upstream sector midstream sector downstream sector hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 8 third, the results also suggest that more research is required to explore the lower adoption rates of ai at both midstream and downstream locations. the same need is also true to explore why some ai technologies like nlp for example in this study had captured less attention than other ai technologies in the oil and gas supply chain. figure 8. literature review quantitative analysis for ai technology type 4.2. descriptive analysis for ai location and technology type in this section, a detailed description of the various ai technologies implemented at the different oil and gas supply chain locations is presented in a tabular format. the main objective is to provide a more granular insight beyond where ai technology is concentrated or its general type into how it relates to the different locations’ activities within the captured body of knowledge. table 1 lists the different ai technologies implemented within the different oil and gas activities upstream the supply chain. a total of 20 studies in the considered literature focused on ai applications upstream the oil and gas supply chain. field development and production were the main activities with had ml-based solutions as the dominant applied ai technology. this is mainly due to the ability of ml technologies to assist in precise drilling, adaptive production as well as preventive maintenance. using ml solutions like digital twins integrated with iot can lead to overall optimal performance in these activities and significant cost reduction. other research work upstream pointed to the importance of upskilling the current human resources to expedite and improve ai application in upstream activities. table 1. papers focusing on ai technologies applied to upstream activities supply chain location location activities ai technology implemented references captured upstream sector field development (drilling) machine learning – supervised learning osarogiagbon et al. (2021) [13] field development machine learning; fuzzy logic; swarm intelligence; genetic algorithm; hybrid li et al. (2020) [2] field development (drilling) hybrid [machine learning supervised learning & genetic algorithm]; hybrid [machine learning supervised learning & swarm intelligence] mohamadian et al. (2021) [14] field development (drilling) machine learning – supervised learning; fuzzy logic; swarm intelligence; genetic algorithm; hybrid (multiple types) ossai and duru (2020) [15] field development (drilling) machine learning multigene genetic programming agwu et al. (2021) [16] field development (drilling) machine learning – supervised learning agwu et al. (2018) [17] field development (reservoirs) hybrid [machine learning – supervised learning & swarm intelligence]; fuzzy logic; hybrid [genetic algorithm & fuzzy logic] ahmadi et al. (2014) [18] field development (reservoirs) machine learning – reinforcement learning hourfar et al. (2019) [19] production machine learning supervised learning; genetic algorithm used as an optimizer rashid et al. (2019) [20] 85% 2% 5% 8% machine learning and hybrid algorithms natural language processing computer vision robotics hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 9 production machine learning supervised learning; swarm intelligence used as an optimizer aminu et al. (2019) [21] production machine learning – supervised learning; bayesian optimizer marins et al. (2021) [22] production machine learning supervised learning wang et al. (2020) [23] production hybrid [machine learning supervised learning & genetic algorithm] naseri et al. (2016) [24] production machine learning supervised learning ayala h et al. (2009) [25] production machine learning supervised learning; genetic algorithm used as an optimizer sadi and shahrabadi (2018) [26] production (forecasting) machine learning – supervised learning al-shabandar et al. (2021) [28] production (forecasting) machine learning – supervised learning sheremetov et al. 2013 [29] production (artificial lift) machine learning – supervised learning syed et al. (2020) [27] exploration, field development, production machine learning; hybrid modelling [physicsdriven models and data-driven models] koroteev and tekic (2021) [12] training computer vision garcia et al. (2019) [30] table 2 captures the research work considered focusing on midstream of the oil and gas supply chain. transportation through pipelines was the main activity discussed with ml-based solution again as the leading technology. many of the suggested ai solutions addressed the pipeline maintenance and monitoring using historical data. this highlights the importance of data availability as a fundamental requirement and in many cases challenge for successful ai implementation in midstream activities. table 2. papers focusing on ai technologies applied to midstream activities supply chain location location activities ai technology implemented references captured midstream sector transportation (pipeline) machine learning – multiple types ben seghier et al. (2021) [33] transportation (pipeline) machine learning supervised learning; fuzzy logic neuroth et al. (2000) [35] transportation (pipeline) robotics ibrahimov (2018) [38] transportation (pipeline) swarm intelligence wu et al. (2014) [31] transportation (pipeline) machine learning supervised learning; adaptive neuro-fuzzy inference system; fuzzy inference system; genetic algorithm used as an optimizer mohamadibaghmolaei et al. (2014) [32] transportation (pipeline) machine learning genetic programming nazari et al. (2015) [36] transportation (pipeline) machine learning supervised learning saade and mustapha (2020) [34] table 3 demonstrates the lower emphasize the considered research had on downstream sector. the few articles reviewed highlighted the importance of big data ml and computer vision techniques to be applied for accident prediction (safety) and intelligent refining (operation) in refineries. table 3. papers focusing on ai technologies applied to downstream activities supply chain location location activities ai technology implemented references captured downstream sector downstream processing machine learning supervised learning eze and masuku (2018) [39] accident prediction in refineries machine learning supervised learning; fuzzy logic; genetic algorithm; metaheuristic algorithm; hybrid (multiple types) zaranezhad et al. (2019) [40] refinery process machine learning supervised learning arce-medina and pazparedes (2009) [41] refinery process computer vision silva et al. (2015) [44] consumption forecasting hybrid [machine learning supervised learning & genetic algorithm] li et al. (2018) [43] demand forecasting hybrid [data mining & genetic algorithm & artificial neural network] al-fattah and aramco (2021) [42] a group of the considered research work were focusing on ai technologies that can offer solutions for issues along all three locations. table 4 summarizes the findings of this group where robotics, ml and nlp were the suggested ai technologies. robotic solutions were investigated for both onshore and offshore operation performance improvements. ml models were also discussed to enhance prediction and assessment of risks and disasters along the whole oil and gas supply chain. nlp was used to improve data acquisition, to help discover causal accident relations from databases. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 10 table 4. papers focusing on ai technologies applied to activities along the whole supply chain supply chain location location activities ai technology implemented references captured all 3 locations onshore robotics shukla and karki (2016a) [5] offshore robotics shukla and karki (2016b) [37] predict and assess disasters machine learning – supervised learning sattari et al. (2021) [45] predict and assess disasters machine learning – supervised learning sakib et al. (2021) [46] oil and gas industry tasks machine learning; multi-agent systems hanga and kovalchuk (2019) [6] risk based inspection machine learning rachman and ratnayake (2019) [47] accident exploration natural language processing single et al. (2020) [48] 5. conclusions and recommendations this paper attempted to understand some of the dynamics related to the application of artificial intelligence (ai) in the oil and gas industry through a supply chain location perspective. using a literature review approach that was followed by a comparative and descriptive analysis, the nexus of where oil and gas supply chain location and ai technology intersect was highlighted through a representative body of knowledge. results from the conducted analysis suggest the following observations and recommendations:  current research focuses on the ai applications at upstream of the oil and gas supply chain more than other locations. this actually reflects the industry practice and can be due to two main reasons. first, is the fact that upstream activities are the most capital-intensive and second, they have a significant complexity level. ai technologies are ideal to offer different solutions that can save costs, reduce complexity, improve productivity, efficiency and safety within these upstream activities.  midstream activities were mainly concerned with the impact ai technology can have on improving pipeline transportation this included investing in intelligent pipelines that ensures the tracking and tracing of oil delivery and at the same time well maintaining the safety of these ongoing growing lines (the length of pipelines worldwide grows by 3–4% per year). this also applies to various equipment used at this midstream transportation stage.  as for downstream, different ai solutions were suggested to develop intelligent refinery systems. the role of ai integrated with iot is reemphasized in these new refineries that utilize data gathered by iot and delivered to ai digital models to optimize refinery plants settings and operations for various products. some research at this location also highlighted the importance of improving sales prediction using ai forecasting models to align refinery production plans with real demand signals as much as possible.  the research points to the evolution of the oil and gas supply chain towards more automation and intelligence (oil and gas 4.0). this will be demonstrated through various intelligentization of the supply chain echelons including precise drilling, automated production, smart maintenance and intelligent refining to name a few. it is important in this regard to mention that a fundamental requirement for such evolution as outlined by the research work is a successful digitization of the whole ecosystem.  the digitization requirement of the oil and gas supply chain infrastructure highlight the challenge of data availability. the considered research suggested some strategies to manage this challenge through integrated iot solutions as well as developing standardized platforms for data sharing and guidelines. this should be the effort of both the private as well as the public sectors through industry regulations and government policies that awards for transparency and ensure fairness.  within the considered literature body, machine learning ml-solutions were the leading ai technology type across all supply chain locations. this is mainly due to their versatility, and ability to assist in offering educated decisions in this very complex and costly environment. furthermore, these decisions can be almost at real time using techniques like digital twins that had been growing recently in the oil and gas industry. the second popular ai techniques were robotics solutions. interestingly, within the considered literature body, nlp technologies to were rarely used and still needed more investigation to explore their potential in this industry.  the review also revealed that some challenges facing ai implementation throughout the oil and gas supply chain. these were mainly: (a) lack of open-source quality data related to oil and gas; (b) lack of open collaboration and standardization; (c) high cost of implementing ai and (d) lack of interdisciplinary talent.  from the above challenges, various strategies are recommended. for the lack of open-source quality data, simulations can be used instead of raw data as an alternative. another suggestion would be for regulatory hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 11 authorities to create rules and guidelines for data governance that promote broad access to and exchange of quality data specifically for the oil and gas industry. this will allow future researches to do in-depth studies and contribute to improving the efficiency, productivity and sustainability of existing and future oil and gas industry. furthermore, this could also help mitigate the lack of open collaboration and standardization.  in terms of the high cost of implementing ai, in addition to cost reduction techniques, more research needs to be conducted to explore the optimal investment portfolio and planning. this will require some effort in terms of valuation approaches that apply to all digital investment decisions. this includes determining the best business model that will ensure growth utilizing ai technology, capturing risk resilience improvement and estimating present value not just by discounting the expected savings and subtracting the investments required but also by examining second-order competitive effects. finally assessing how customer service improvement can lead to higher market share should be art of this valuation process.  skilling and upskilling the current workforce in the oil and gas supply chain was a clear need in most of the research work reviewed. ai requires a new set of skills that industry and education institutions alike need to offer through more training and degrees. this should be at all levels starting from simple data analysis to sophisticated system design and modeling operations. without such effort to close the current skill gap, the implementation of ai will continue to suffer from its current slow pace.  few researches touched on ethical and social issues related to ai implementation. this is an indication to the need to further look into these maters along all locations to explore concerns regarding for example labor replacement and data privacy and integrity to name a few. it is important to acknowledge that although the results of this study are the limited by number and scope of papers considered, however, the findings are general enough to offer valid insights for ai in the oil and gas supply chain. future research is needed to explore how the ai technologies can be implemented at the same rate of upstream into midstream and downstream. specific ai solutions are up for further investigation to realize their potential in the oil and gas supply chain including nlp and augmented and virtual reality. ai integration with blockchain, iot and cloud computing is a further area of hot research especially with the rising discussion of oil and gas 4.0. finally, more field work is needed to align the research work with the real need and current application of the oil and gas supply chain practices. in conclusion, this work aimed at highlighting the importance of the where question as much as research and practice are concerned with the “what” and “how” questions regarding ai implementation in oil and gas supply chain. studying this question can help in offering oil and gas supply chain practitioners and technology managers multiple insights regarding ai implementation evolution, investment priorities profile as well as optimal solutions for operation excellence. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions a.d., and t.v. contributed to the design and implementation of the research, to the analysis of the results and to the writing of the manuscript. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] lu, h., guo, l., azimi, m., & huang, k. (2019). oil and gas 4.0 era: a systematic review and outlook. computers in industry, 111, 68–90. doi:10.1016/j.compind.2019.06.007. [2] li, h., yu, h., cao, n., tian, h., & cheng, s. (2021). applications of artificial intelligence in oil and gas development. in archives of computational methods in engineering 28(3), 937–949. doi:10.1007/s11831-020-09402-8. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 12 [3] evensen, o., lin, s., piotrowski, d., womack, d., & zaheer, a. (2020). energizing the oil and gas value chain with ai. ibm corporation. available online: https://www.ibm.com/downloads/cas/z79palp0 (accessed on may 2021). [4] shafiee, m., animah, i., alkali, b., & baglee, d. (2019). decision support methods and applications in the upstream oil and gas sector. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 173, 1173–1186. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2018.10.050. [5] shukla, a., & karki, h. (2016). application of robotics in onshore oil and gas industry-a review part i. robotics and autonomous systems, 75, 490–507. doi:10.1016/j.robot.2015.09.012. [6] hanga, k. m., & kovalchuk, y. (2019). machine learning and multi-agent systems in oil and gas industry applications: a survey. computer science review, 34, 100191. doi:10.1016/j.cosrev.2019.08.002. [7] international energy agency. (2017). digitization & energy. international energy agency. available online: https://iea.blob.core.windows.net/assets/b1e6600c-4e40-4d9c-809d-1d1724c763d5/digitalizationandenergy3.pdf (accessed on may 2021). [8] biscardini, g., rasmussen, e., geissbauer, r., & del maestro, a. (2018). drilling for data: digitizing upstream oil and gas. in strategy and pwc. available online: https://www.strategyand.pwc.com/gx/en/insights/2018/drilling-for-data.html (accessed on may 2021). [9] evensen, o., & womack, d. (2020). how ai can pump new life into oilfields. ibm corporation. available online: https://www.ibm.com/downloads/cas/5bnkgnle (accessed on december 2021). [10] brun, a., trench, m., & vermaat, t. (2017). why oil and gas companies must act on analytics. in mckinsey & company (issue october 2017), 1–5. available online: https://www.mckinsey.com/industries/oil-and-gas/our-insights/why-oil-and-gascompanies-must-act-on-analytics (accessed on december 2021). [11] molen, o. van der, maximenko, a., & verre, f. (2017). an analytical approach to maximizing reservoir production. (september 2017). available online: https://mckinsey.com/~/media/mckinsey/industries/oil and gas/our insights/an analytical approach to reservoir production/an-analytical-approach-to-maximizing-reservoir-production-final.pdf?shouldindex=false (accessed on december 2021). [12] koroteev, d., & tekic, z. (2021). artificial intelligence in oil and gas upstream: trends, challenges, and scenarios for the future. energy and ai, 3, 2666–5468. doi:10.1016/j.egyai.2020.100041. [13] osarogiagbon, a. u., khan, f., venkatesan, r., & gillard, p. (2021). review and analysis of supervised machine learning algorithms for hazardous events in drilling operations. process safety and environmental protection, 147, 367–384. doi:10.1016/j.psep.2020.09.038. [14] mohamadian, n., ghorbani, h., wood, d. a., mehrad, m., davoodi, s., rashidi, s., soleimanian, a., & shahvand, a. k. (2021). a geomechanical approach to casing collapse prediction in oil and gas wells aided by machine learning. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 196, 107811. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2020.107811. [15] ossai, c. i., & duru, u. i. (2021). applications and theoretical perspectives of artificial intelligence in the rate of penetration. petroleum. doi:10.1016/j.petlm.2020.08.004. [16] agwu, o. e., akpabio, j. u., & dosunmu, a. (2021). modeling the downhole density of drilling muds using multigene genetic programming. upstream oil and gas technology, 6, 100030. doi:10.1016/j.upstre.2020.100030. [17] agwu, o. e., akpabio, j. u., alabi, s. b., & dosunmu, a. (2018). artificial intelligence techniques and their applications in drilling fluid engineering: a review. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 167, 300–315. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2018.04.019. [18] ahmadi, m. a., ebadi, m., & yazdanpanah, a. (2014). robust intelligent tool for estimating dew point pressure in retrograded condensate gas reservoirs: application of particle swarm optimization. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 123, 7– 19. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2014.05.023. [19] hourfar, f., bidgoly, h. j., moshiri, b., salahshoor, k., & elkamel, a. (2019). a reinforcement learning approach for waterflooding optimization in petroleum reservoirs. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 77, 98–116. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2018.09.019. [20] rashid, s., ghamartale, a., abbasi, j., darvish, h., & tatar, a. (2019). prediction of critical multiphase flow through chokes by using a rigorous artificial neural network method. flow measurement and instrumentation, 69. doi:10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2019.101579. [21] aminu, k. t., mcglinchey, d., & chen, y. (2019). optimal design for real-time quantitative monitoring of sand in gas flowline using computational intelligence assisted design framework. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 177, 1059–1071. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2019.03.024. https://www.ibm.com/downloads/cas/z79palp0 https://iea.blob.core.windows.net/assets/b1e6600c-4e40-4d9c-809d-1d1724c763d5/digitalizationandenergy3.pdf https://www.ibm.com/downloads/cas/5bnkgnle https://www.mckinsey.com/industries/oil-and-gas/our-insights/why-oil-and-gas-companies-must-act-on-analytics https://www.mckinsey.com/industries/oil-and-gas/our-insights/why-oil-and-gas-companies-must-act-on-analytics hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 13 [22] marins, m. a., barros, b. d., santos, i. h., barrionuevo, d. c., vargas, r. e. v., de m. prego, t., de lima, a. a., de campos, m. l. r., da silva, e. a. b., & netto, s. l. (2021). fault detection and classification in oil wells and production/service lines using random forest. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 197, 107879. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2020.107879. [23] wang, h., mu, l., shi, f., & dou, h. (2020). production prediction at ultra-high water cut stage via recurrent neural network. petroleum exploration and development, 47(5), 1084–1090. doi:10.1016/s1876-3804(20)60119-7. [24] naseri, s., tatar, a., & shokrollahi, a. (2016). development of an accurate method to prognosticate choke flow coefficients for natural gas flow through nozzle and orifice type chokes. flow measurement and instrumentation, 48, 1–7. doi:10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2015.12.003. [25] ayala h., l. f., alp, d., & al-timimy, m. (2009). intelligent design and selection of natural gas two-phase separators. journal of natural gas science and engineering, 1(3), 84–94. doi:10.1016/j.jngse.2009.06.001. [26] sadi, m., & shahrabadi, a. (2018). evolving robust intelligent model based on group method of data handling technique optimized by genetic algorithm to predict asphaltene precipitation. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 171, 1211– 1222. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2018.08.041. [27] syed, f. i., alshamsi, m., dahaghi, a. k., & neghabhan, s. (2022). artificial lift system optimization using machine learning applications. petroleum. doi:10.1016/j.petlm.2020.08.003. [28] al-shabandar, r., jaddoa, a., liatsis, p., & hussain, a. j. (2021). a deep gated recurrent neural network for petroleum production forecasting. machine learning with applications, 3, 100013. doi:10.1016/j.mlwa.2020.100013. [29] sheremetov, l. b., gonzález-sánchez, a., lópez-yáñez, i., & ponomarev, a. v. (2013). time series forecasting: applications to the upstream oil and gas supply chain. ifac proceedings volumes (ifac-papersonline), 46(9), 957–962. doi:10.3182/20130619-3-ru-3018.00526. [30] garcia, c. a., naranjo, j. e., ortiz, a., & garcia, m. v. (2019). an approach of virtual reality environment for technicians training in upstream sector. ifac-papersonline, 52(9), 285–91. doi:10.1016/j.ifacol.2019.08.222. [31] wu, x., li, c., jia, w., & he, y. (2014). optimal operation of trunk natural gas pipelines via an inertia-adaptive particle swarm optimization algorithm. journal of natural gas science and engineering, 21, 10–18. doi:10.1016/j.jngse.2014.07.028. [32] mohamadibaghmolaei, m., mahmoudy, m., jafari, d., mohamadibaghmolaei, r., & tabkhi, f. (2014). assessing and optimization of pipeline system performance using intelligent systems. journal of natural gas science and engineering, 18, 64–76. doi:10.1016/j.jngse.2014.01.017. [33] ben seghier, m. e. a., keshtegar, b., taleb-berrouane, m., abbassi, r., & trung, n. t. (2021). advanced intelligence frameworks for predicting maximum pitting corrosion depth in oil and gas pipelines. process safety and environmental protection, 147, 818–833. doi:10.1016/j.psep.2021.01.008. [34] saade, m., & mustapha, s. (2020). assessment of the structural conditions in steel pipeline under various operational conditions – a machine learning approach. measurement: journal of the international measurement confederation, 166, 108262. doi:10.1016/j.measurement.2020.108262. [35] neuroth, m., macconnell, p., stronach, f., & vamplew, p. (2000). improved modelling and control of oil and gas transport facility operations using artificial intelligence. knowledge-based systems, 13(2), 81–92. doi:10.1016/s0950-7051(00)00049-6. [36] nazari, a., rajeev, p., & sanjayan, j. g. (2015). modelling of upheaval buckling of offshore pipeline buried in clay soil using genetic programming. engineering structures, 101, 306–317. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2015.07.013. [37] shukla, a., & karki, h. (2016). application of robotics in offshore oil and gas industry-a review part ii. robotics and autonomous systems, 75, 508–524. doi:10.1016/j.robot.2015.09.013. [38] ibrahimov, b. (2018). a cost-oriented robot for the oil industry. ifac-papersonline, 51(30), 204–209. doi:10.1016/j.ifacol.2018.11.287. [39] eze, p. c., & masuku, c. m. (2018). vapour–liquid equilibrium prediction for synthesis gas conversion using artificial neural networks. south african journal of chemical engineering, 26, 80–85. doi:10.1016/j.sajce.2018.10.001. [40] zaranezhad, a., asilian mahabadi, h., & dehghani, m. r. (2019). development of prediction models for repair and maintenance-related accidents at oil refineries using artificial neural network, fuzzy system, genetic algorithm, and ant colony optimization algorithm. process safety and environmental protection, 131, 331–348. doi:10.1016/j.psep.2019.08.031. [41] arce-medina, e., & paz-paredes, j. i. (2009). artificial neural network modeling techniques applied to the hydrodesulfurization process. mathematical and computer modelling, 49(1–2), 207–214. doi:10.1016/j.mcm.2008.05.010. [42] al-fattah, s. m. (2021). application of the artificial intelligence gannats model in forecasting crude oil demand for saudi arabia and china. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 200, 108368. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2021.108368. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 14 [43] li, j., wang, r., wang, j., & li, y. (2018). analysis and forecasting of the oil consumption in china based on combination models optimized by artificial intelligence algorithms. energy, 144, 243–264. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2017.12.042. [44] silva, r. p., fleury, a. t., martins, f. p. r., ponge-ferreira, w. j. a., & trigo, f. c. (2015). identification of the state-space dynamics of oil flames through computer vision and modal techniques. expert systems with applications, 42(5), 2421–2428. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2014.10.030. [45] sattari, f., macciotta, r., kurian, d., & lefsrud, l. (2021). application of bayesian network and artificial intelligence to reduce accident/incident rates in oil & gas companies. safety science, 133, 104981. doi:10.1016/j.ssci.2020.104981. [46] sakib, n., ibne hossain, n. u., nur, f., talluri, s., jaradat, r., & lawrence, j. m. (2021). an assessment of probabilistic disaster in the oil and gas supply chain leveraging bayesian belief network. international journal of production economics, 235, 108107. doi:10.1016/j.ijpe.2021.108107. [47] rachman, a., & ratnayake, r. m. c. (2019). machine learning approach for risk-based inspection screening assessment. reliability engineering and system safety, 185, 518–532. doi:10.1016/j.ress.2019.02.008. [48] single, j. i., schmidt, j., & denecke, j. (2020). knowledge acquisition from chemical accident databases using an ontologybased method and natural language processing. safety science, 129. doi:10.1016/j.ssci.2020.104747. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 39 new technologies and innovative solutions in the development strategies of energy enterprises piotr f. borowski a* a institute of mechanical engineering, warsaw university of life sciences, 166 nowoursynowska str., 02-787 warsaw, poland. received 12 april 2020; revised 19 may 2020; accepted 25 may 2020; published 01 june 2020 abstract energy companies face challenges arising from the ecological, social, and legal environments. the reduction of negative impacts on the environment and society while maintaining sustainable development affects the formation of new development strategies and the push to introduce state-of-the-art innovative technologies. the main aim of the research is to analyze the importance and role of the adaptation strategy in external requirements and to determine the mechanisms of the occurrence of passive and active adaptation. as a new approach to carrying out strategic analysis, two models were used simultaneously (inductive and hypothetical-deductive), which allowed for the realization of qualitative (interviews, observations) and quantitative (statistical analysis) research methods generally called mixed methods. the study was conducted on the basis of a mixed-method analysis of the adaptation strategies of enterprises from the energy sector. the results of the conducted research show the influence of particular macroeconomic elements (e.g., technologies, ecologies) on making strategic decisions. the issue of adapting an enterprise to its environment is also related to its involvement in the research and development (r&d) sphere. depending on the size of the company, there are different amounts dedicated to r&d. regulations and the technological environment force innovations by energy companies in the direction of reducing their harmful impact on the environment and society. legal and political factors (both national and eu) determine the activities of power companies (in each group: small, medium, and large) and the choice of adaptation strategies. the intensity of adaptation to the requirements of environmental changes depends on the size of the company. as power companies apply passive adaptation strategies, and as they increase their position in the market, they begin to implement an active adaptation strategy. keywords: strategic management; adaptation strategy; energy sector; quantity methods; quality methods; induction methods; hypothetic-deduction methods; society; sustainability. 1. introduction basically, all people are dealing with the energy sector as the end consumers of energy. the whole sector can be considered as a system consisting of individual services as follows: transmission service, distribution service, sales service. in the energy sector, all the mentioned services are outsourced from the main core of the energy business according to the unbundling of the power market [1]. the key issues for the final customer are the continuity of supplies and acceptable energy costs. energy and social aspects meet at the point of building responsible strategies in energy companies. however, this is influenced by the strategies of individual energy companies, and this aspect is the main focus of this realized research. due to the growing dynamics in task-oriented environments of enterprises, the strategy of adaptation has become, over the past decade, a central topic for management and strategy building. the situations of enterprises operating in a turbulent and uncertain environment are constantly changing [2], for example, * corresponding author: piotr_borowski@sggw.edu.pl http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-02-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4900-514x hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 40 the very changeable oil market with its crises and unpredictable prices [3]. according to the latest forecasts, the level of uncertainty in the business environment will increase in the coming years [4, 5]. uncertainty in organizations is to face it in the choice of appropriate strategies [6]. due to those changes, managers or chief executives must anticipate, articulate and manage change. technical innovations were important for the development of societies in the past and will become even more important in the coming years. technologies will play a key role and their importance will increase, including in the energy sector, clean technologies, and reducing negative impacts on society [7, 8]. the establishment of startups with high tech innovations is becoming more and more popular among energy companies. the creation of countries well-being and their dynamic sustainable development depends on the competitiveness of their firms, which, in turn, relies fundamentally on the capabilities of their entrepreneurs and managers [9]. managers of all kinds of enterprises, and in our case, managers of power plant utilities, also pay particular attention to the organization's innovations such as product/service innovation, process and governance innovation [10-12]. the second decade of the 21st century is the growing importance of the ecological environment and moving towards sustainable development. ecological and social thinking plays an important role in sustainable development and environmental protection [13]. legislation, directives and regulations affecting the ecological environment are quite complex and are characterized by a high degree of variability and often can cause new conflicts and inconsistencies in the field of sustainable development [14, 15], which translates into increased the level of business risk in the energy market [16]. enterprises from every industry and especially from the energy sector strongly feel the impact of new directives and regulations related to ecology, among others reduction of co2 emissions, and thus reducing the negative impact on the environment [17]. in enterprises in the energy sector, the reduction of harmful emissions in the conditions of power installations is an important element of the actions taken. in the enterprises of energy sector we can observe the significant role of managers, but also adaptability and flexibility are the important issue, because the choice of the right strategy guarantees energy security and, as a consequence, the security of the economic development of the entire country [18]. in the literature there is a lack of research concerning energy sector combined with adaptation strategy, therefore this paper joins empirical findings with theoretical interpretation in order to fulfil this theoretical gap. mainly research and scientific articles concerns adaptation to climate change [19, 20] or changes implementation due to the digital technologies, renewable energy, and prosumers requires [21, 22]. the novelty of the topic discussed in this manuscript is to combine adaptation strategies with macro-environment factors affecting the undertaking of energy managers. in the sector of energy enterprises this is an important, pivotal issue, because the choice of the right strategy guarantees energy security and, as a consequence, the security of the economic development of the entire country. not only on the production side but above all on the consumer side, energy is a key factor for the safe functioning of the economy, e.g. of the food industry enterprises [23]. in industrialized countries, the key to economic growth and expansion is their power sectors’ proper performance. countries with higher gdp invest more in renewable energy, and this type of energy production and consumption is more widely used and more popular [24] and policymakers should support and encourage in order to invest and use of renewable energy in the future [25, 26]. green energy it also involves adjusting the variable (unpredictable and uneven production) supply of energy from renewable sources (solar, wind) to the reported demand [27]. the indispensability of electricity in all economic processes and consumption makes it a public good and the rationalization of the costs of its production, proper supply level and meeting demand as well as physical delivery conditions is a strategic challenge for the economy of each country that translates into appropriate management of electric utilities [28, 29]. in order to learn the directions of development of energy enterprises (1) research questions were formulated and empirical research (observations and deep interview) was carried out, which allowed verification of research questions and generalization (induction method) and (2) critical theoretical analysis was carried out to confirm or eliminate the hypotheses (method hypothetical deductive). 2. material and methods in management sciences, research can be conducted using methods and techniques that are presented in figure 1. however, for several years in management sciences and broadly understood social sciences, mixed methods were adopted, accepted and used. it is assumed that the use of a combination of quantitative and qualitative methods provides the possibility of greater flexibility in undertaking research, generating better supported arguments based on research data and greater importance for a wider range of stakeholders. using a mixed methods approach (mma) it is expected that the combination of quantitative and qualitative methods will eliminate the errors of individual methods and complement the results obtained at individual stages of the research process [30-32]. therefore, this study uses mma to investigation the relationship between the macro-environment and the enterprise in the process of implementing the strategy of adaptation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 41 figure 1. research methods and techniques used in the research 2.1. qualitative research method the continuous increase of interest in the world of science in qualitative research in the field of management sciences, which is clearly observed in recent decades, confirms the growing importance of qualitative research in relation to issues related to organizational and management matters and also in energy sector [33]. qualitative research is characterized by induction models [34], in which a priori image of reality is not assumed, but research questions are formulated and then generalizations are formulated on the basis of empirical research [35]. qualitative research uses empiricism and induction. in empirical science it is a method based on deriving generalizations based on experiments and observation of facts. qualitative methods include four main methods (techniques): observation, analysis of texts and documents, interview (surveys), recording and transcription. these methods do not occur in isolation from each other, on the contrary they are often combined as e.g. observation with an interview triangulation [36, 37]. nowadays, very often survey interviews take place via the internet [38]. the induction model is based on the assumption that the more diverse cases confirm a given hypothesis, the more likely it is and we can trust it to some extent, sometimes even to the extent that it becomes the law of science, although there is often a discussion about the role of induction in qualitative research [39, 40]. the probability of correct inference obtained by the induction method will be the greater, the more objects are examined and it turns out that they all have the same characteristics, and the more varied they will be and the more diverse the conditions under which the observations were made. in other words, it can be said that the more confirmed individual sentences about facts, observational sentences, the more their generalization, theoretical sentence, i.e. the hypothesis is credible. any inductive reasoning begins with judgments about empirical data and ends with a judgment that goes beyond that data. a judgment that goes beyond empirical data is either a hypothesis regarding future events based on a series of repetitive data, or a generalization regarding such a series of data. in this respect, inductive logic and statistics do not differ from each other. qualitative research is used to generalize understanding of occurring phenomena [41]. qualitative research is not presented in numbers (in quantities) but concerns the characteristics of the phenomena studied. they focus on identifying facts, measuring data, and most often answer questions; what, how much, how strongly, how often, in what part. qualitative data analysis is a complicated process because there is no single model for qualitative research. respondents express their views and opinions without imposing variants of answers [42]. qualitative methods enable obtaining empirical data, and on their basis it is possible to interpret and generalize in management sciences. observation and interviews have the greatest potential among qualitative methods in the context of obtaining source data and revealing the truth about occurring phenomena [36]. qualitative research is the domain of the interpretative trend and is used in the context of little-known research problems. the description of phenomena can be made using models in which probabilistic methods will be used. for probabilistic models, random functions are used. probabilistic models reflect the randomness of the phenomena that surround us. probabilistic methods and probabilistic optimization methods can have several applications in many scientific areas, such as business management, finance, it [24, 43, 44]. the scheme of idea of induction model is shown at the figure 2. qualitative methods observations interviews expert methods scenario method quantitative methods conceptual * hermeneutic statistical * correlation coefficients * test chi-square research methods and techniques description of energy enterprises surveyed induction models hypothetical-deductive models hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 42 figure 2. induction model at the figure 2 secondary research mainly means an analysis of published materials and a critical review of the literature on the subject, while primary research means completed interviews, conducted reconnaissance and own observations. 2.2. quantity research method however, in quantitative research for which the main characteristic element are hypothetical-deductive models, theoretical foundations are first identified [45]. the theoretical foundations are built on the basis of a literature review and its critical analysis to determine the conceptual framework of the study by defining the concepts precisely. the hypothetical-deductive method, also known as the empirical science method, is an empirical research instrument [40, 45]. using this method, theorems are obtained only to some extent likely because they are only to some extent confirmed by the facts and events collected. the hypothetical-deductive method consists in deriving logical consequences from the assumptions made and hypotheses. the conclusion follows from the premises under some logical law (scheme). the direction of inference from the premise to the conclusion coincides with the direction of the result (from reason to succession and thus the premises are right, and the conclusion a consequence in deductive reasoning). the deductive system can be considered as a set consisting of sentences taken without proof (axioms), and sentences adopted on the basis of evidence whose premises are either primary statements or their consequences. hypothetical-deductive methods are based on two assumptions: (1) all statements in science are hypothetical and revocable, and (2) the purpose of scientific proceedings is to eliminate false hypotheses [46]. using the quantitative approach, the qualitative approach is refined and thus becomes more objective. the quantitative approach in management sciences is based on statistics. the scheme of idea of hypothetical-deductive model is shown at the figure 3. research questions empirical research text analysis, literature review interviews observations generalizations different ambient conditions hypothesis secondary research primary research hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 43 figure 3. hypothetical-deductive model in the conducted research, elements appearing at the figures 2 and 3 were implemented 3. results of qualitative research 3.1. qualitative research realized according to the induction model qualitative research was carried out on the basis of interviews with enterprises operating on the energy market. research began with the construction of an induction model of individual phenomena occurring in the functioning of energy enterprises and obtained as a result of observations. the specific observed phenomena allowed for generalizations concerning adaptability. the induction model helped lead to the formulation of the theory, which in turn became a contribution to the construction of the hypothetical-deductive model, which allowed it to be tested and verified, so that the relationship with the theory became iterative-cyclical. in the conducted research, research questions were asked about the factors affecting adaptation and questions about the directions of adaptation. the induction model used in the study consisted of interviews, observations and then the formulation of general conclusions and establishing regularities based on the analysis of empirically identified phenomena and occurring processes. in the induction model, conclusions were made based on the details of the general properties of phenomena around energy companies. in the first phase of research, information on phenomena and processes was collected and the focus was on the scientific description of individual facts. the facts collected during the observation constituted the basis for inductive reasoning. the collected facts have been characterized and described as structural and causal analysis. 3.2. research questions during the interviews, a structured questionnaire with questions was used, in which the relations between the enterprise and its macro-environment were referred to. the macro-environment was understood as a whole consisting of individual elements called environment: political environment, economic environment, ecological environment, d ed u ct io n a set of sentences expressing a description of the initial conditions universal rules and concepts description of the phenomenon which is being explained consistent results formulation of the rule analysis of existing knowledge (literature review) formulating a hypothesis planning and implementation of experience, observation comparison of results of experiments, observations with hypothesis inconsistent results rejection of the hypothesis hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 44 legal environment, technological environment. macro-environment is the type of external business environment in which the firm and its forces exist, which gives opportunities or pose threats to the firm [47, 48]. 1. what elements of the environment have a significant impact on business development? 2. does the size of the enterprise influence the intensity of taking into account the legal environment? 3. which macro-environment changes are the most difficult to adapt by the company? 4. which elements of macro environment affect adaptation decisions? 5. are there problems with the adaptation of the enterprise to legislative changes? 6. how do companies assess the importance of adaptation strategies? 7. do and how often do companies monitor the environment to keep abreast of various market events? 3.3. text analysis as secondary research, desk research was based on literature published in english and polish languages as well as reports and articles published in specialist press (e.g. international energy agency, energy-world bank group). as part of desk research, content analysis, analysis of existing statistical data and historical and comparative analysis were carried out. moreover an analysis of the data contained in the annual reports of energy enterprises was carried out, and besides an analysis of data coming from other literature items and specialist magazines as energy manager magazine, energy future, control engineering, harvard business review and others. 3.4. primary research (empirical research – interview) interviews were realized in the group of managers and directors of the energy companies. during interviews it was possible to obtain information thanks to which it was easier and better to understand the analyzed phenomena. interviews have brought out knowledge and opinion on adaptability. main questions about the company's development and strategy were asked during the interview. what is your vision for the company? what changes, if any, would you make to the strategic direction? what do you see as the key macro-trends (macro environments), regulatory changes, and industry structures across the businesses in the energy sector? what changes, if any, would you make to the strategy and board processes? would you make any changes to the key corporate processes, such as adaptation to the market, budgeting, planning, risk reviews, or business reviews? why? 3.5. observations observations consisted of making systematic insights in a planned and intentional manner. observations allowed to notice and record unexpected events. the observation on the group of energy enterprises was a precisely planned activity, they had a clearly defined goal and structure of proceedings, thanks to which they were not accidental. thanks to this approach, distortion in the observation process could be avoided. the information collected during observation helped to find answers to specific research questions previously asked. the observations made allowed to analyze detailed solutions used by specific enterprises. the essence of the observation method was to qualitatively capture the causes, course and effects of specific phenomena and decisions made. 3.6. generalizations on the basis of conducted interviews and observations, generalizations were formulated. the synthesis carried out in the phenomena and processes under investigation allowed to present the leading functions of the proposed solution in a new approach. enterprises adapt their activities to the requirements of the environment. depending on the size of the enterprise, they follow different ways to adapt to the environment. elements of the environment influence decisions in different ways. managers are looking for new, innovative solutions and bear the costs associated with the r&d sphere. the observations were carried out based on the pestel analysis, which allowed the grouping of individual components associated with adapting to the requirements of the environment and was the basis for observation. the pestel is acronym of the first letters of words: political, economic, social, technological, ecological and legal elements of macroeconomic environment [49]. the pestel analysis is a method used to study the macroeconomic environment of the enterprise. it consists in describing the impacts of individual areas (mentioned above) of the environment on a given company [50, 51]. it is otherwise called general segmentation of the environment. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 45 the experimental simplified inductive research model was adopted in the paper, which allowed to visualize the variables under examination and to show their interdependence. the relationships that arose between individual variables formed the basis for formulating generalizations. independent variables were separated and then a static model was built. the static model, taking into account the impact of individual independent variables on dependent variables, is presented in figure 4. dependent variables in the research model were the result and changed depending on the impact of independent variables. independent variables in the study were subject to actions and changes to determine their impact on dependent variables. the research model used in this study, describing the functioning of enterprises on the electricity market, is presented in figure 4. independent variables dependent variables figure 4. relationship between variables in the hypothetical-deductive research model analytical induction generated a set of hypotheses that are relationships between concepts and treated as a set of hypotheses subject to constant verification. relations and interactions between environmental factors of macroenvironment. 3.7. formulating a hypothesis the research assumed the hypothesis that energy companies adapt to the environment (passive adaptation) and, depending on the size of the company, they start cooperation with the environment (active adaptation). energy companies that adapt their activities to the environment in a passive manner they apply the approach called passive reactive adaptation (conservative). energy companies that have entered the path of active adaptation begin cooperation with market regulating institutions, implement innovative solutions in advance, anticipate upcoming market events or shape them and become active players. this approach can be described as active anticipative adaptation (innovative). 3.8. elements of the environment to perform the above analysis of energy companies against the background of the environment, the best suited due to its simplicity and universal nature pestel analysis (p political, e economic, s social, t technological, e environmental, l legal). individual elements are independent variables. the pestel analysis consists in examining and sometimes forecasting the segments of the organization's environment: political environment (p), economic and demographic environment (e), social environment (s), technological environment (t), environmental environment (e) and legal environment (l). the essence of this tool is to define the basic spheres of the environment, i.e. those areas that can have a key impact on the functioning of the enterprise and its future strategy. the purpose of pestel analysis is to determine the factors that most strongly affect the activities of a given enterprise or group of organizations. the pestel analysis has a wide set of tools to assess the competitiveness of regions, industries, and individual organizations [51-53]. these are three groups of tools: tools for analyzing the environment of the enterprise (sector) and its impact on the situation of the examined entity, tools examining the competitiveness of a given entity and tools for strategic positioning, i.e. showing the examined object against the background of external conditions. the pestel analysis for the energy sector lists individual components that significantly constitute the elements of a given environment and have an impact on dependent variables. the matrix of pestel elements is shown at the table 1. basic relationships legal environment liberalization control economic environment ecological environment passive adaptation (reactive, conservative) social environment technological environment political environment adaption strategy active adaptation (anticipatory, innovative) hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 46 table 1. elements shaping individual environments political environment (p) economic environment (e) eu policy; state policy; government programs; departmental programs; positions and decisions of institutions and public administration offices, e.g. the energy regulatory office (ero), the office of competition and consumer protection (ccp) and the european commission; control system; consumer protection; bureaucracy; control / deregulation; eu ets emissions trading policy; support for renewable energy sources; tax breaks; the foreign policy; international agreements. interest rates, exchange rates affecting the valuation of assets and liabilities of the enterprise, labor costs; inflation; fiscal policy, monetary policy; tax policy; unemployment rate; business cycle stage; economic growth and energy demand; electricity prices on the wholesale market; electricity and coal sales prices and distribution tariffs; prices of certificates of origin for energy from renewable sources and from cogeneration. socio-cultural and demographic environment (s) technological environment (t) ecological awareness of the society; health awareness, family social structure, level of wealth; attitudes towards saving and investing; age structure; aging population; population growth rate, migration rate; role of shareholders; infrastructure level; access to innovative solutions; development and automation; technologies enabling reliability of energy supply and energy security; economy demand for innovation; pace of technological change; modernizations and modifications; energy production, transmission and storage. environmental ecological environment (e) legal environment (l) climate warming; climatic conditions reduction of greenhouse gas emissions; proper exploitation of limited natural sources; waste management; energy conservation; sensitivity to environmental protection; reduction of environmental load; legal regulations; tax law; commercial law; environmental protection law; legislative changes regarding enterprises, intellectual property rights; patents; antitrust law; electricity generation support systems, legal regulations regarding eu ets emissions; legal barriers; customs barriers, restrictions; trade regulations. 3.9. system approach to adaptability system approach in management sciences means joint management of related processes, which should contribute to increasing the efficiency and effectiveness of the enterprise in achieving its goals [54, 55]. in particular, the detailed requirements in the system approach to enterprise management relate to: defining the system through processes and their goals, detailing the goals in such a way as to achieve them in an effective manner, improving the system through research and monitoring, and testing the availability of resources [56]. the system can therefore be defined as a set of related elements functioning as a whole [57]. the system is a separate part of reality for which you can specify the entry and exit limits and internal processing processes. the system should perform adaptive, transformation and development functions [58]. the main tasks of the organization management system include identifying the causes of non-compliance in processes and preventing disruptions and errors in the functioning of individual areas of activity. such a broadly defined system includes both processes directly related to monitoring and improvement, as well as those having a direct impact on the effects of the organization. depending on the particular change under consideration, a single system can be both flexible and adaptive. an example of a system with a high degree of adaptation are people who constantly use their psychomotor, intellectual and sensory / perceptual abilities to change themselves [59]. adaptation in the systemic approach can be presented as a dynamic model with feedback, where legal regulations and various elements of the political and legal environment constitute a "control device", while the enterprise is a "control object" which may be affected by various interfering signals in the form of variable macro environment. the scheme of adaptation with feedback is presented at the figure 5. figure 5. dynamic adaptive model in terms of the system. adaptation as a feedback system where: w (t) signals from the environment, state interference; e (t) input signals (law, directive, act); u (t) regulatory stimulus (ordinances and regulations, e.g. ero); hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 47 z (t) interference, signals from the environment affecting the enterprise (sector); y (t) enterprise response, adaptation to the signal given by the environment; [-y (t)] feedback, response, self-regulation. there are a set of factors that limit or slow down changes in an organization. enterprises experience a significant impact of various internal factors, e.g. rules governing the functioning of the organization and the impact of environmental factors, e.g. the legislative process or the organization's activities in the social system [60], which causes inertia in the process of adapting and adapting to the new (changing) environment. organizational inertia is often treated as pathology. a high level of inertia can cause a significant lack of agreement between the organization's results and expectations related to adapting to the conditions of a changing environment. in the aspect of the change process, the strength of inertia may vary depending on the life cycle stage, its size and complexity and dynamic capacity can be a tool to increase their competitiveness [61, 62]. however, inertia can also have positive features for enterprises that too willingly adapt to the constant changes arising from the turbulent, rapidly changing environment [63]. as demonstrated by hannan and freeman (1984) [64], the worst of all possible situations is the constant change of structure and continuous reorganization, after which it turns out that the company, should again switch to a new configuration, which requires another structure. therefore, inertia has a clear advantage in situations where the environment is very uncertain, characterized by rapid changes and these changes are dramatic. companies sometimes delay the adoption of rules set by powerful entities such as the state and other rule-setting organizations, despite the risk of slow adoption or non-compliance. as a broader contribution, we hope that this work draws attention to the company's various responses to coercion rules, a part of institutional theory that has been neglected, although it provides significant implications for the strategic choices of companies when adapting to their environment [65]. 4. results of quantitative research 4.1. quantitative research realized according to the hypothetical-deductive model. analysis of existing knowledge (literature review) in the research on the adaptability of energy enterprises, a review of the literature on strategic management in the field of energy enterprises and directions of research carried out in this field was carried out. an integrated model was then built based on accumulated knowledge with the intention of subjecting it to empirical testing. the hypotheticaldeductive model was used in the completed research to determine the nature of features and events occurring in energy enterprises, and to find mechanisms and relationships occurring between them. a review of the literature shows that so far in the management sciences the issue of adaptation has not been discussed in detail and in the energy sector strategic management was not seen at all as an important element related to the development of enterprises. literature analysis allows showing the current state of knowledge regarding the concept of adaptation in management sciences. many authors described the adaptation from a specific point of view, while there was no comprehensive and comprehensive approach to this issue. pérez-nordtvedt et al. (2013) [66] drew attention to the temporary adaptation to the changing environment. however, the issue of implementing adaptation as a new solution in organizational culture was described by canato et al. (2013) [67]. magnusson et al. (2013) [68] analyze the marketing adaptation and influence for better financial results. according eakin and patt (2011) [69] adaptation depends also on the level of countries development and social sensitivity. adaptation as companies self-adjust to the changing environment as a dynamic process between decision-makers and environment was described by hatum and pettigrew (2006) and also by seroka-stolka et al. (2016) [70, 90]. adaptation as a survival strategy for sme was analyzed by andries and debackere (2006, 2007) [71, 72]. the adaptation of enterprises to a new environment was the subject of research by rutherfor et al. (2010) [73]. opportunities and threats as drives for adaptation were the topic of research realized by saebi et al. (2017) [74]. a critical analysis of the literature shows that it is worth undertaking in-depth research on adaptability in the energy sector. in polish science, garbara was a pioneer in thinking about adaptation, then called the adaptation process. he also distinguished active or passive adaptation of the organization to the environment [75]. the importance of adaptation for enterprise development has also evolved over the last several years [76]. at the beginning, the concept of adaptation was formulated as continuous, dynamic adaptation to a changing, uncertain environment as well as proper and proper management of internal interdependencies [77]. then, ogunmokun and li (1999) found that full adaptation is very rare in strategic management of an enterprise. companies very often adapt and modify only selected fragments of their business activities [78]. chakravarthy (1982) [76] defined adaptation as the ability to survive an enterprise in its environment [79], while andries and debackere (2007) emphasized that the ability to adapt to new conditions allows the company to survive in the market and even move towards becoming a leader [72]. scott and davis (2015) [91] postulated that each organization operates in a specific technical, social, cultural, legal environment to which it should adapt. the beginning of the 21st century is a look at adaptation strategies as a factor that mobilizes an enterprise to be active in the new reality. adaptations began to be perceived as an opportunity to use the opportunities emerging on the market and strive to gain a competitive advantage at this point one can see the beginning of the view hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 48 on adaptation as an active, anticipatory strategy. for enterprises seeking opportunities to operate on the market in a new reality and trying to take advantage of various opportunities, adaptability may become a factor of competitive advantage. in the energy sector, one example of a new reality could be action in e-energy i.e. digitalization, smart grid, information and communication technologies, very often created as innovative startups [80, 81]. the ability to adapt and the dynamics of adaptive changes that are implemented by decision makers in the enterprise show their managerial abilities [82]. integration with other industries e.g. with it industry, will strengthen the technological level. managers should implement the strategy to cooperate with the changing market in an effective and successful manner. in order to succeed, they should understand how changes within the organization affect its functioning and then make changes that will allow the company to adapt to the new, changing market situation [83]. then manolova et al. (2007) and sánchez et al. (2011) [92, 93] described adaptations as (1) the company's ability to develop the right direction of strategy and structure as well as internal relations and organizational culture in order to build a strong market position, and (2) the ability to face or even influence the external environment. moreover organizational culture resulting from national traditions may affect the effectiveness of operational strategies and implemented activities [84]. 4.2. formulating hypotheses the aim of quantitative research was to prove the truth or falseness of hypotheses formulated in them. in the case of quantitative research, research hypotheses were made to check and justify phenomena related to adaptability. the hypotheses were a guess about reality and they were checked by comparing the real state with the hypothetical one. the verification of hypotheses served to check whether a given opinion on adaptability should be adopted or whether it should be rejected. the following hypotheses were made in the research: 1. elements of macro environment have a significant impact on business development 2. the size of the enterprise influences the intensity of taking into account the legal environment 3. some elements of the macro environment pose difficulties in the adaptation process 4. legislative changes are a problem in the adaptation process 5. enterprises recognize the importance of adaptation strategies 6. enterprises monitor the environment to keep abreast of various market events 4.3. surveys and telephone interviews selected energy companies with concessions in the field of generation (production service), transmission service and distribution service and sales service of energy belonging to the highly regulated sector were tested. in the first stage, 145 companies belonging to the broadly understood energy sector from all over poland were included in the survey, classified according to the polish classification of activities (pkd) to group 35.1 (production, transmission, distribution, trade services), while the second verification stage was carried out on selected enterprises from individual groups according to the pkd division and on company size. the surveyed companies were divided in terms of the number of employees into three basic groups (in accordance with journal of laws 2004 no. 173 item 1807 and in accordance with commission regulation (ec) no. 800/2008 of august 6, 2008): micro, small enterprises and large enterprises. the research was carried out in two stages: the first stage on a group of 145 companies and the second stage on a group of 14 companies. the first stage of the research was carried out in the form of a questionnaire, while the second stage of the research was carried out in the form of telephone-depth-interviewing in order to compare previous results and identify possible new directions of enterprise development. the second stage of the research allowed to compare the situation of enterprises with the situation presented in the answers given in the first stage of the research and confirmed that companies are still implementing adaptation strategies. 4.4. findings the results of the conducted surveys show that in most enterprises, both micro, small and large, the impact of legislative and political elements of poland and the eu on strategic decisions is considerably taken into account. at the figure 6 we can see the elements of the environment which play pivotal role and less important role in the decision making process. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 49 figure 6. elements of the environement which has influence on the companies legal, political and international environment has influence on decision making process and companies take under consideration those environments. from the figure 7 we can observe that intensity of influence depends on company size. figure 7. intensity of legislative and political factors figure 7 shows that power companies quite highly assess the impact of the national and eu legal and political environment on the actions taken grades were given from 3 to 5. market research is a set of analyzes aimed at learning about market phenomena, factors and processes (including their genesis, current state and development trends opportunities and threats) on the basis of which companies can formulate the most favorable current and planning decisions and build a development strategy. market research concerns market analysis. their goal is to learn about the situation on the market and to determine the company's share in this market and achieve knowledge about competitors. frequency and regularity in carrying out market research regarding changes, the appearance of various occasions or the behavior of competitors are one of the conditions for rapid response and proper operation of enterprises. a quick response to emerging opportunities and threats gives the company the chance to adopt its strategy to market requirements. due to the frequency and repeatability of market research, we can divide into two main types: continuous and periodic research. continuous tests are conducted on a given sample continuously for some time. periodic examinations are carried out on a given sample every certain time 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 legal envir. political envir. international eu envir. micro small large hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 50 in advance. in this way we can determine the degree of response to a given factor. of the large number of energy enterprises belonging to the group of micro and small enterprises, market observations and surveys are carried out once a year (periodic research), although there is also a large group of micro enterprises which regularly monitors the market – every day and this can be considered as continuous research. there is also a group of small companies which observe the market once a week. however, large companies regularly carry out market observations once a month [8589]. another issue related to conducting market research and observing it is the issue of financial expenditure allocated for this purpose. after analyzing the problem, it is possible to observe differences in the frequency depending on the size of the enterprise. large companies plan market research budgets for the next year in advance, while small enterprises make decisions depending on the availability of free funds. a small company is not able to carry out professional large market research alone because it is now a vast and highly specialized field of knowledge, and even large companies that once had their own research departments are now also outsourcing. at most, a small company can carry out a preliminary market investigation. this point of view regarding the financing of market research is an extension of previous research from 2019. the issue of market research and its financing in a group of companies is shown in figure 8. figure 8. issue of market research and its financing in the group of enterprises surveyed, the financing of market research is twice as high in large companies as in micro and medium companies, which is undoubtedly due to the high costs of the market research. energy utilities, which operate in a prosper industry based on modern technology and solutions, must closely monitor and observe their surroundings, make market research. constant monitoring of change is one of the conditions for a quick response and proper action by businesses under the influence of emerging opportunities and threats. in the group of big companies all respondents indicated one answer, that monitoring is conduct once per month. large companies carry out monthly market surveillance. it shows that in the big companies perhaps functioning similar rules, which regulate this activities. the situation in the groups of micro and small enterprises is totaling different. among the numerous number of power companies belonging to the micro and small business group, the market is monitored and surveyed once a year. there is also a large group of microenterprises that monitors the market systematically every day. among the group of the small companies, there are firms which carried out market observations every day and also less than once per year. heterogeneous answers in the group of micro and small enterprises are the basis for wondering whether there is any relationship between the frequency of market research conducted and the size of the enterprise. in order to analyze if there are dependencies in frequency of market monitoring in the group of micro and small enterprises, the test chi-square (2) were realized. but as an extension of the research carried out by borowski in 2019, v-cramer analysis was also carried out. null hypothesis: assumes that there is no association between market frequency and size of enterprises. 𝜒2 =∑ (𝑂𝑖 − 𝐸𝑖) 2 𝐸𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 (1) where; 𝑂𝑖: observed value, 𝐸𝑖: expected value. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 micro small large every day once a week once a month once a year less mareket research financing hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 51 example of expected value calculation for size (micro, small) and frequency (every day,…, less) is shown in the table 2, while results of expected value is shown in the table 3. table 2. matrix of expected value s1 (micro) s2 (small) f1(every day) n11 n12 f2 (once a week) n21 n22 f3 (once a month) n31 n32 f4 (once a year) n41 n42 f5 (less) n51 n52 e = (56×117)/137=48 (micro company, every day) e = (21×117)/137=18 (micro company, once a month) e = (21×20)/137=3 (small company, once per month) table 3. results of expected value size of enterprise micro small total o e o e frequency of market monitoring every day 56 48 0 8 56 once a week 0 5 6 1 6 once a month 15 18 6 3 21 once a year 46 43 4 7 50 less 0 3 4 1 4 117 117 20 20 137 in our research number of micro enterprises was 117 and number of small enterprises was 20. totally in the group of micro and small 137 companies were investigated. alpha level of significance (0.05), and our case degrees of freedom df = (c-1)*(r-1)=(2-1)*(5-1) =4 where c – column; r – row. the theoretical 2 distribution depending on alpha level of significance and degree of freedom is shown in the table 4. table 4. theoretical 𝝌𝟐 alpha level of significance df 0.20 0.10 0.05 0.025 0.02 0.01 0.005 0.002 0.001 1 1.642 2.706 3.841 5.024 5.412 6.635 7.879 9.550 10.828 2 3.219 4.605 5.991 7.378 7.824 9.210 10.597 12.429 13.816 3 4.642 6.251 7.815 9.348 9.837 11.345 12.838 14.796 16.266 4 5.989 7.779 9.488 11.143 11.668 13.277 14.860 16.924 18.467 5 7.289 9.236 11.070 12.833 13.388 15.086 16.750 18.907 20.515 6 8.558 10.645 12.592 14.449 15.033 16.812 18.548 20.791 22.458 7 9.803 12.017 14.067 16.013 16.622 18.475 20.278 22.601 24.322 in our case empirical 2 emp = 56,32 and is higher than theoretical 2 theor = 9,48, so null hypothesis was rejected. there is association in the decision process concerning the frequency of market analysis in the group micro and small enterprises. as mentioned in the article, the chi square test informs about the existence of dependence, while the test itself does not tell us about the strength of the relationship. in order to check whether the correlation is strong or weak, a contingency factor was used. in the case of multi-divisive tables that appear in our research, the v-cramer coefficient was used. one final χ2 chi square based measure of association that can be used is cramer’s v. once the χ2 chi square value has been calculated, the determination of v is relatively straightforward. this measure is defined as contingency coefficient. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 52 𝑉 = √ 𝜒2 𝑛(𝑚 − 1) (2) where: v: cramer coefficient, χ2: result of chi square test, n: number of observation, and m: the smaller of the c and r numbers specifying the number of columns and rows. cramer’s v equals 0 when there is no relationship between the two variables, and generally has a maximum value of 1, regardless of the dimension of the table or the sample size. in our case v = [9.482/137(2-1)]1/2 = 0,8 we can conclude that there is quite strong relationship between our variables. another important issue was the perception of adaptation by energy companies. the adaptation strategy is an important way of developing enterprises; however the level of perception of the significance of adaptation strategies depends on the size of the enterprise. the issue of adapting the enterprise to the environment is also concerning its involvement in the field of research and development (r+d). "research and development" actions of the companies can rely on internal or external activities. depending on the size of the company, there is a difference in the number of companies carrying out research on their own or by outsourcing. the research results are shown in figure 9. figure 9. the importance of adaptation strategies in the energy sector and r+d activities research results on the importance of adaptation are presented in figure 9 and it follows that all enterprises recognize the important role of adaptation. as the size of the enterprise changes, the approach to the importance of adaptation strategies in company development changes. for large enterprises, the adaptation strategy plays an important and crucial role, while in the group of micro-enterprises over 60% recognize the importance of adaptation. in order to indicate the relations between size of the company and their macro and microenvironment as well as internal, external activities r+d (expanding research from 2019), the pearson correlation was calculated. pearson correlation was used in the statistical analysis of variables. the pearson correlation is a measure of the linear correlation between two variables x and y. variable x in or case is the size of the company and variable y is the influence of macroand microenvironmental factors. a value of coefficient is between 1 and −1, where 1 is completely positive linear correlation, 0 is no linear correlation, and −1 is completely negative linear correlation. the pearson correlation coefficient (pcc) was calculated using the equation 3: 𝑟𝑥𝑦 = ∑(𝑥𝑖 − �̅�)∑(𝑦𝑖 − �̅�) √∑(𝑥𝑖 − �̅�) 2√∑(𝑦𝑖 − �̅�) 2 (3) where; r is the correlation coefficient of x and y, �̅� = 1 𝑛 ∑ 𝑥𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 denotes the mean of x, and �̅� = 1 𝑛 ∑ 𝑦𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 denotes the mean of y. the coefficient rxy ranges from –1 to 1, and it is invariant to linear transformations of either variable. the coefficient of pearson correlation for 3 groups of enterprises and elements of macro-environment are shown at the table 5. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 negligible significance medium significance high significance internal activities r+d external activities r+d micro small big hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 53 table 5. pearson correlation coefficient of pearson correlation p < 0.05 n=3 (micro, small and large enterprises) size of the company agencies: ero, ccp* 0.8660 state authority -1.0000 eu authorities -0.8660 administrative institutions 0.8660 competitors 0.8660 market 0.0000 suppliers 0.8660 customers 1.0000 internal activities r+d 0,1977 external activities r+d 0,0495 *ero – energy regulatory office; ccp competition and consumer protection from the table 5 we can conclude that there is very strong negative correlation between size of company and state authorities. the big company didn’t indicate the strong relations with state authorities. the larger the company, the smaller the influence of the state authorities. and opposite situation with customers, if the bigger company, the bigger is influence of the customers. however, there is no correlation in outsourcing research and development (r+d) activities or realize of these activities by own company teams. 5. adaptation in the power sector final research results and conclusions adaptation is one of the strategies used by the company. enterprises are implementing an adaptation strategy, which, depending on the pace and type of changes, can be considered as a four-field matrix. this approach distinguishes four substrategies of adaptation as a function of organizational change: tuning, rebuilding, re-orientation and restoration. reorientation can be seen as anticipatory changes in this type of substrategy, changes are planned on the basis of upcoming events anticipated by the company, to which it can actively prepare and anticipate. however, the other substrategies can be classified as reactive. these are changes introduced as a response to unforeseen events to which the company is passively adapting. in addition, depending on the pace of changes, we can distinguish gradual (incremental) changes that are designed to keep the company on the chosen course and strategic (long-term) changes that allow for a total change in the structure or direction of the company's development. these four-field matrix is shown in the table 6. table 6. four-field adaptation matrix rate (tempo) and type of change gradual (incremental) strategic (long-term) tuning reactive re-orientation anticipatory reconfiguration reactive restoration reactive source: own study based on kreitner r., management, houghton mifflin company, 2006 [86]. tuning is a popular least intensive and least risky organizational change. preventive maintenance as continuous improvement and improvement. rebuilding, like tuning, includes gradual changes. but here changes are a response to external events, problems and pressures. re-orientation is a forward and long-term change within a certain framework, the company is redirected, but it does not detach from its current structure, so certain frameworks are changed, but still retain their previous shape. recreation is the most risky and intense activity in which organizational changes are made under the influence of strong competition. after conducting the research, a qualitative development of the collected data was made, research statements were formulated and reflection and postulates related to the completed research were formulated. the formulation of conclusions has been clearly divided into (1) cognitive conclusions, which are scientifically proven statements and are part of the state of the art of the current phenomenon in the science of management, and (2) utilitarian conclusions. 6. conclusion from the research carried out on the group of energy companies, the following cognitive and utilitarian conclusions can be drawn. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 54 6.1. cognitive conclusions  the adaptation strategy is used among enterprises in the regulated sector. independent variables determine the choice of adaptation strategies;  regulations and the technological environment enforce innovation of power companies;  financial outlays are needed in power companies to implement new, innovative and expensive technologies;  legal and political factors (both national and eu) determine the activities of power companies (in each group: small, medium and large);  depending on the size of the company, the intensity of adaptation to the requirements of the environment changes;  power companies apply passive adaptation strategies and as they increase their position on the market, they begin to implement an active adaptation strategy;  energy companies regularly make the market research to recognize the environment partners and competitors, as well as their strategy, resources and offers;  market research depends on size of the companies (financial aspects of the research). 6.2. utilitarian conclusions  electricity companies should develop the r&d sphere;  power companies should implement innovations because they allow to follow market requirements and adopt to them;  electrometric enterprises should implement new business models and observe market trends;  electricity companies should go in the direction of energy integration with other industries, especially with the it industry;  startups have a significant role to play in increasing the innovativeness of power companies. 6.3. recommendations energy companies and energy global system will need to adopt to impacts of ecology environment and related policies. appropriate reactions and made (applied) at the right time, i.e. the ability to adapt to upcoming challenges will be crucial for energy security and reliability of energy supply. energy companies should analyze issues related to the exploration and extraction of exhaustible energy resources: coal, oil, gas and uranium and consider the potential of renewable energy resources such as hydropower, wind and sun. it is related to the development of new, innovative technologies regarding conventional and renewable energy sources. 7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] uriona-maldonado, m., de souza, l.l.c. & varvakis, g. (2010). focus on practice service process innovation in the brazilian electric energy sector. serv bus 4, 77–88. doi:10.1007/s11628-009-0080-8. [2] borowski, p. f. (2015). ryzyko strategiczne w rozwoju przedsiębiorstw w xxi w.-studium przypadku. przegląd organizacji, (2), 14-20. [3] wellum, c. (2020). energizing finance: the energy crisis, oil futures, and neoliberal narratives. enterprise & society, 21(1), 2-37. doi:10.1017/eso.2019.26. [4] eoyang, g. h., & holladay, r. j. (2013). adaptive action: leveraging uncertainty in your organization. stanford university press, california, united states. [5] conteh, c., greitens, t. j., jesuit, d. k., & roberge, i. (eds.). (2014). governance and public management: strategic foundations for volatile times. routledge, oxfordshire, england, uk. [6] samsami, f., hosseini, s. h. k., kordnaeij, a., & azar, a. (2015). managing environmental uncertainty: from conceptual review to strategic management point of view. international journal of business and management, 10(7), 215. https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbui0jmnx9hupjdcwsloyomdujarua:1646036520150&q=redwood+city&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaopge-luz9u3mmm1kc5r4gaxi0zls7s0spot9pol0hpzmqssszlz81a4vhmpismfpylfjalfxytyeyjsu8rz81mundnlknewmgia70pgt1uaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewiak8jw-6h2ahwe57sihermbykqmxmoaxoecdmqaw https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbvbgkovcxvjh0lqzgor6rxbddnn6w:1646036542693&q=oxfordshire&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaongvulsz9u3ycoxrurow8tk7v-rll-uupyrwzqkai004wwcaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjekkj7-6h2ahxggv0hhtfzaysqmxmoanoeceeqba https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbvbgkovcxvjh0lqzgor6rxbddnn6w:1646036542693&q=england&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaongvulqz9u3mmqqmfzeyu6al56tmjccalmnjfiwaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjekkj7-6h2ahxggv0hhtfzaysqmxmoa3oeceeqbq https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbvbgkovcxvjh0lqzgor6rxbddnn6w:1646036542693&q=uk&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaongvulqz9u3mc8utl7eyhtqdqbuxflpeqaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjekkj7-6h2ahxggv0hhtfzaysqmxmobhoeceeqbg hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 55 [7] thrän, d., dotzauer, m., lenz, v., liebetrau, j., & ortwein, a. (2015). flexible bioenergy supply for balancing fluctuating renewables in the heat and power sector—a review of technologies and concepts. energy, sustainability and society, 5(1). doi:10.1186/s13705-015-0062-8. [8] thrän, d., (2018). being a woman in engineering, available online: http://blogs.springeropen.com (accessed on may 2019). [9] cuervo, á., ribeiro, d., & roig, s. (2007). entrepreneurship: concepts, theory and perspective. introduction. in entrepreneurship (pp. 1-20). springer, berlin, heidelberg, germany. [10] buchheim, l., krieger, a., & arndt, s. (2019). innovation types in public sector organizations: a systematic review of the literature. management review quarterly. doi:10.1007/s11301-019-00174-5. [11] de vries, h., tummers, l., & bekkers, v. (2018). the diffusion and adoption of public sector innovations: a meta-synthesis of the literature. perspectives on public management and governance, 1(3), 159-176. doi:10.1093/ppmgov/gvy001. [12] pertuz, v., & pérez, a. (2020). innovation management practices: review and guidance for future research in smes. management review quarterly. doi:10.1007/s11301-020-00183-9. [13] ban, n. c., mills, m., tam, j., hicks, c. c., klain, s., stoeckl, n., … chan, k. m. (2013). a social–ecological approach to conservation planning: embedding social considerations. frontiers in ecology and the environment, 11(4), 194–202. doi:10.1890/110205 [14] adger, w. n., benjaminsen, t. a., brown, k., & svarstad, h. (2001). advancing a political ecology of global environmental discourses. development and change, 32(4), 681–715. doi:10.1111/1467-7660.00222. [15] briassoulis, h. (ed.). (2017). policy integration for complex environmental problems: the example of mediterranean desertification. taylor & francis. [16] cairney, p., mcharg, a., mcewen, n., & turner, k. (2019). how to conceptualise energy law and policy for an interdisciplinary audience: the case of post-brexit uk. energ policy, 129, 459-466. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2019.02.022. [17] bekun, f. v., alola, a. a., & sarkodie, s. a. (2019). toward a sustainable environment: nexus between co2 emissions, resource rent, renewable and nonrenewable energy in 16-eu countries. science of the total environment, 657, 1023–1029. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2018.12.104. [18] bahrami, h., & evans, s. (2014). super-flexibility for knowledge enterprises: a toolkit for dynamic adaptation. springer, berlin, heidelberg, germany. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-02447-4. [19] gasbarro, f., rizzi, f., & frey, m. (2016). adaptation measures of energy and utility companies to cope with water scarcity induced by climate change. business strategy and the environment, 25(1), 54-72. doi:10.1002/bse.1857. [20] ebinger, j., & vergara, w. (2011). climate impacts on energy systems. doi:10.1596/978-0-8213-8697. [21] shen, j., jiang, c., liu, y., & wang, x. (2016). a microgrid energy management system and risk management under an electricity market environment. ieee access, 4, 2349–2356. doi:10.1109/access.2016.2555926. [22] pereira, g. i., specht, j. m., silva, p. p., & madlener, r. (2018). technology, business model, and market design adaptation toward smart electricity distribution: insights for policy making. energy policy, 121, 426-440. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2018.06.018. [23] wojdalski, j., dróżdż, b., grochowicz, j., magryś, a., ekielski, a. (2013). assessment of energy consumption in a meatprocessing plant—a case study. food and bioprocess technology, 6(10), 2621-2629. doi:10.1007/s11947-012-0924-4. [24] bickel, m. w. (2019). reflecting trends in the academic landscape of sustainable energy using probabilistic topic modeling. energy, sustainability and society, 9(1), 1-23. doi:10.1186/s13705-019-0226-z. [25] jenkins, a. (2015). dieter helm. energy, the state, and the market: british energy policy since 1979. oxford, uk, enterprise & society, 5(4), 708-710. doi:10.1017/s1467222700014117. [26] jones, c. (2015). the carbon-consuming home: residential markets and energy transitions. enterprise & society, 12(4), 790823. doi:10.1017/s1467222700010685. [27] sarbu, i., & sebarchievici, c. a. (2018). a comprehensive review of thermal energy storage. sustainability, 10(2), 191. doi:10.3390/su10010191. [28] appiah-adu, k., & bawumia, m. (2016). key determinants of national development: historical perspectives and implications for developing economies. routledge. [29] borowski, p. f. (2016). development strategies for electric utilities. acta energetica, 4(29), 16–21. doi:10.12736/issn.23003022.2016402. [30] onwuegbuzie, a. j., & collins, k. m. (2007). a typology of mixed methods sampling designs in social science research. qualitative report, 12(2), 281-316. http://blogs.springeropen.com/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 56 [31] bazeley, p. (2015). mixed methods in management research: implications for the field. electronic journal of business research methods, 13(1), 27-35. [32] van der roest, j.-w., spaaij, r., & van bottenburg, m. (2013). mixed methods in emerging academic subdisciplines. journal of mixed methods research, 9(1), 70–90. doi:10.1177/1558689813508225. [33] najda-janoszka, m., & daba-buzoianu, c. (2018). editorial paper: exploring management through qualitative research – introductory remarks. journal of entrepreneurship, management and innovation, 14(4), 5–16. doi:10.7341/20181440. [34] butterfield, k. d., reed, r., & lemak, d. j. (2004). an inductive model of collaboration from the stakeholder’s perspective. business & society, 43(2), 162–195. doi:10.1177/0007650304265956. [35] jeszka, a. m. (2013). problemy badawcze i hipotezy w naukach o zarządzaniu. organization and management, 5 (158), 31-39. [36] mroczko, f. (2014). jakościowe metody badań: obserwacja naukowa. prace naukowe wałbrzyskiej wyższej szkoły zarządzania i przedsiębiorczości, 26, 65-78. [37] shank, g. d. (2002). qualitative research: a personal skills approach. upper saddle river, nj: prentice hall, new jersey, united states. [38] keusch, f. (2015). why do people participate in web surveys? applying survey participation theory to internet survey data collection. management review quarterly, 65(3), 183–216. doi:10.1007/s11301-014-0111-y. [39] lawson, a. e. (2005). what is the role of induction and deduction in reasoning and scientific inquiry? journal of research in science teaching, 42(6), 716–740. doi:10.1002/tea.20067. [40] bendassolli, p. f. (2013). theory building in qualitative research: reconsidering the problem of induction. in forum qualitative sozialforschung/forum: qualitative social research 14(1). doi:10.17169/fqs-14.1.1851 [41] stenbacka, c. (2001). qualitative research requires quality concepts of its own. management decision, 39(7), 551-556. [42] qu, s. q., & dumay, j. (2011). the qualitative research interview. qualitative research in accounting & management, 8(3), 238–264. doi:10.1108/11766091111162070. [43] chalikias, m., lalou, p., & skordoulis, m. (2019). customer exposure to sellers, probabilistic optimization and profit research. mathematics, 7(7), 621. doi:10.3390/math7070621. [44] guiasu s, 2009. probabilistic models in operations research. nova science publishers, new york, united states. [45] hyde, k. f. (2000). recognising deductive processes in qualitative research. qualitative market research: an international journal, 3(2), 82–90. doi:10.1108/13522750010322089. [46] dźwigoł, h., & dźwigoł-barosz, m. (2018). scientific research methodology in management sciences. financial and credit activity: problems of theory and practice, 2(25), 424-437. [47] mckinley, w., & mone, m. a. (2005). micro and macro perspectives in organization theory: a tale of incommensurability. oxford handbooks online. doi:10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199275250.003.0013. [48] law j. (2009), a dictionary of business and management (5ed.) oxford university press, oxford, united kingdom. [49] patuk, i., & borowski, p. f. (2017). business plan of the company of repair and maintenance outboards and boats– “technoservice”. world scientific news, 86(3), 193-204. [50] shilei, l., & yong, w. (2009). target-oriented obstacle analysis by pestel modeling of energy efficiency retrofit for existing residential buildings in china's northern heating region. energy policy, 37(6), 2098-2101. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2008.11.039. [51] song, j., sun, y., & jin, l. (2017). pestel analysis of the development of the waste-to-energy incineration industry in china. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 80, 276-289. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2017.05.066. [52] yüksel, i. (2012). developing a multi-criteria decision making model for pestel analysis. international journal of business and management, 7(24), 52. doi:10.5539/ijbm.v7n24p52. [53] borowski, p. f. (2019). adaptation strategy on regulated markets of power companies in poland. energy & environment, 30(1), 3-26. doi:10.1177/0958305x18787292. [54] gao, f., li, m., & nakamori, y. (2002). systems thinking on knowledge and its management: systems methodology for knowledge management. journal of knowledge management. 6(1), 7-17. doi:10.1108/13673270210417646. [55] jackson, m. c. (2007). systems approaches to management. springer science & business media, springer, boston, ma, united states. doi:10.1007/b100327. [56] clarke, s. (2012). information systems strategic management: an integrated approach. routledge, london, united kingdom. https://www.google.com/search?sxsrf=apq-wbuph3f8yvzd-bznysibv-djzqxvza:1646037315498&q=london&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaopge-luz9u3me4xzstw4gaxtbikcrrus5ot9pol0hpzmqssszlz81a4vmn5pxkpqsmlwnl88vns8vn2sdicalpj_lvkaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewinhejr_qh2ahurlf0hhxkha5aqmxmoaxoecdoqaw hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 57 [57] godin, b. (2009). national innovation system: the system approach in historical perspective. science, technology, & human values, 34(4), 476-501. doi:10.1177/0162243908329187. [58] kunc, m. (ed.). (2017). system dynamics: soft and hard operational research. springer. boston, ma, united states. [59] ross, a. m., rhodes, d. h., & hastings, d. e. (2008). defining changeability: reconciling flexibility, adaptability, scalability, modifiability, and robustness for maintaining system lifecycle value. systems engineering, 11(3), 246-262. [60] bastholm, c., & henning, a. (2014). the use of three perspectives to make energy implementation studies more culturally informed. energy, sustainability and society, 4(1). doi:10.1186/2192-0567-4-3. [61] krzakiewicz, k., & cyfert, s. (2014). the strategic dimension of the dynamic capabilities of enterprises. management, 18(2), 7-18. [62] krzakiewicz, k., & cyfert, s. (2017). dynamic capabilities in strategic choice processes within organisations. management, 21(1), 7-19. [63] stieglitz, n., knudsen, t., & becker, m. c. (2015). adaptation and inertia in dynamic environments. strategic management journal, 37(9), 1854–1864. doi:10.1002/smj.2433. [64] hannan, m. t., & freeman, j. (1984). structural inertia and organizational change. american sociological review, 49(2), 149. doi:10.2307/2095567. [65] zhang, c. m., & greve, h. r. (2016). delayed adoption of rules: a relational theory of firm exposure and state cooptation. journal of management, 44(8), 3336–3363. doi:10.1177/0149206316673719. [66] pérez-nordtvedt, l., khavul, s., harrison, d. a., & mcgee, j. e. (2013). adaptation to temporal shocks: influences of strategic interpretation and spatial distance. journal of management studies, 51(6), 869–897. doi:10.1111/joms.12050. [67] canato, a., ravasi, d., & phillips, n. (2013). coerced practice implementation in cases of low cultural fit: cultural change and practice adaptation during the implementation of six sigma at 3m. academy of management journal, 56(6), 1724–1753. doi:10.5465/amj.2011.0093. [68] magnusson, p., westjohn, s. a., semenov, a. v., randrianasolo, a. a., & zdravkovic, s. (2013). the role of cultural intelligence in marketing adaptation and export performance. journal of international marketing, 21(4), 44–61. doi:10.1509/jim.13.0055. [69] eakin, h. c., & patt, a. (2011). are adaptation studies effective, and what can enhance their practical impact? wiley interdisciplinary reviews: climate change, 2(2), 141–153. doi:10.1002/wcc.100. [70] seroka-stolka, o., krawczyk-sokołowska, i., & grabowska, m. (2016). environmental management models. science. business. society, 1(1), 49-52. [71] andries, p. and debackere, k. (2006). adaptation in new technology-based ventures: insights at the company level. international journal of management reviews, 8, 91-112. [72] andries, p., & debackere, k. (2007). adaptation and performance in new businesses: understanding the moderating effects of independence and industry. small business economics, 29(1-2), 81-99. [73] rutherfor, t., parker, p., & koshiba, t. (2010). global, local, or hybrid?: evidence of adaptation among japanese automobile plants in japan, the united states and canada. environments: a journal of interdisciplinary studies, 29(3). [74] saebi, t., lien, l., & foss, n. j. (2017). what drives business model adaptation? the impact of opportunities, threats and strategic orientation. long range planning, 50(5), 567–581. doi:10.1016/j.lrp.2016.06.006. [75] garbara w. (1969), proces przystosowawczy przedsiębiorstwa do środowiska, pwe, poland. [76] chakravarthy, b. s. (1982). adaptation: a promising metaphor for strategic management. academy of management review, 7(1), 35-44. [77] miles, r. e., & snow, c. c. (1978). organizational strategy, structure, and process mcgraw-hill. new york, united states. [78] ogunmokun, g. o., & li, l. y. (1999). globalization versus adaptation strategy in international marketing: a study of exporting companies in the people’s republic of china. asian academy of management journal, 4(2), 23-38. [79] chakravarthy, b. s. (1982). adaptation: a promising metaphor for strategic management. academy of management review, 7(1), 35–44. doi:10.5465/amr.1982.4285438. [80] satapathy, s., patel, s.k., biswas, a. et al. (2012). interpretive structural modeling for e-electricity utility service. serv-bus 6, 349–367 doi:10.1007/s11628-012-0139-9. [81] lange, s., pohl, j., & santarius, t. (2020). digitalization and energy consumption. does ict reduce energy demand? ecological economics, 176, 106760. doi:10.1016/j.ecolecon.2020.106760. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 2, june, 2020 58 [82] naranjo-gil, d., & hartmann, f. (2007). management accounting systems, top management team heterogeneity and strategic change. accounting, organizations and society, 32(7-8), 735-756. doi:10.1016/j.aos.2006.08.003. [83] center for creative leadership (2013), adapting to organizational change, greensboro, n.c.: ccl press, north carolina, united states. [84] mccardle, j. g., rousseau, m. b., & krumwiede, d. (2019). the effects of strategic alignment and competitive priorities on operational performance: the role of cultural context. operations management research, 12(1-2), 4-18. [85] borowski p. f. (2020) zonal and nodal models of energy market in european union, energies, 13(16), 4182; doi:10.3390/en13164182 [86] kreitner r., (2006). management, houghton mifflin company. houghton mifflin college div, boston, massachusetts, united states. [87] zakrzewska-bielawska, a. (2018). the relationship between managers’ network awareness and the relational strategic orientation of their firms: findings from interviews with polish managers. sustainability, 10(8), 2691. doi:10.3390/su10082691. [88] leonard, a., & grobler, a. f. (2006). exploring challenges to transformational leadership communication about employment equity. journal of communication management, 10(4), 390–406. doi:10.1108/13632540610714827. [89] dettmer, s. l., pagliara, s., misiunas, k., & keyser, u. f. (2014). anisotropic diffusion of spherical particles in closely confining microchannels. physical review e, 89(6). doi:10.1103/physreve.89.062305. [90] hatum, a., & pettigrew, a. m. (2006). determinants of organizational flexibility: a study in an emerging economy. british journal of management, 17(2), 115–137. doi:10.1111/j.1467-8551.2005.00469.x. [91] scott, w. r., & davis, g. f. (2015). organizations and organizing: rational, natural and open systems perspectives. routledge. [92] manolova, t. s., eunni, r. v., & gyoshev, b. s. (2007). institutional environments for entrepreneurship: evidence from emerging economies in eastern europe. entrepreneurship theory and practice, 32(1), 203–218. doi:10.1111/j.15406520.2007.00222.x [93] sánchez, a., lago, a., ferràs, x., & ribera, j. (2011). innovation management practices, strategic adaptation, and business results: evidence from the electronics industry. journal of technology management & innovation, 6(2), 14–39. doi:10.4067/s0718-27242011000200002. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/boston,_massachusetts available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 425 issn: 2723-9535 multi-class svm classification comparison for health service satisfaction survey data in bahasa gede indrawan 1* , heri setiawan 1, aris gunadi 1 1 universitas pendidikan ganesha, bali 81116, indonesia. received 17 september 2022; revised 09 november 2022; accepted 18 november 2022; published 01 december 2022 abstract this study aimed to compare the multi-class support vector machine (msvm) classification with the one-versus-one (ovo) and one-versus-rest (ovr) approaches using unigram and bigram features. the study used the service satisfaction survey report of denpasar public health centers by the center for public health innovation (cphi), medical school, udayana university. as bali is known as the world's main tourism destination, it is important to know about its supporting public health service through its representative capital city, denpasar. moreover, this study laid the foundation for the classification process using the available methods to fit in indonesian health service satisfaction survey data, which assists in making decisions to improve health services. since bali is one of the provinces in indonesia and all of those provinces refer to the same national regulation, health service satisfaction survey data that is in the indonesian language (bahasa) should have the same aspects, like category, priority, word-related matters (including abbreviations, acronyms, terminology), etc. that overall make it unique and need specific processing. that work was considered a contribution since there is no such study to the best of the author's knowledge and the foundation would be useful as a part of the future vision for the integrated system of indonesian health big data. since in reality, satisfaction survey data tends to be unbalanced, this study also compares the developed models using unigram and bigram features without and with feature selection (fs). those features were then processed using the ovo msvm and ovr msvm models. k-fold cross-validation was used to divide training data and testing data and, at the same time, validate the models. through experiments without and with fs, the ovo msvm and ovr msvm models with unigram features had better performance in general than the same models with bigram features. without fs and with unigram features, comparable differences were found where the ovo msvm model was slightly better on accuracy and precision, while the ovr msvm model was slightly better on recall and the f1 score. without fs and with bigram features, comparable differences were also found, where the ovr msvm model had slightly better performance than the ovo msvm model. with fs and with unigram and bigram features, the ovr msvm model had better performance in general than the ovo msvm model. keywords: bahasa; classification; multi-class; satisfaction survey; support vector machine. 1. introduction one of the foci of indonesian research is information technology for big data development [1]. health service goes towards this trend through satu data kesehatan indonesia (indonesian one health data), which comes from the vision for an integrated system of health big data. naturally, health services satisfaction survey data should be part of this integrated system to provide some good insights for future decisions regarding health services improvement. this study contributes to putting the foundation for the analysis of this health services satisfaction survey data, which is in indonesian language (bahasa), through the classification process using the available methods to fit this kind of data. * corresponding author: gindrawan@undiksha.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-04-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8018-9728 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 426 the dataset used was constructed by service satisfaction data of denpasar public health centers provided by the center for public health innovation (cphi), the medical school, udayana university [2]. in indonesia, public health centers, including puskesmas (bahasa acronym for "pusat kesehatan masyarakat", the smallest health service unit in a certain area that directly serves the public or gives recommendations for the next health treatment at the higher-level unit) and rsud (bahasa abbreviation for "rumah sakit umum daerah", the regency public hospital, which is an upperlevel unit above puskesmas and a lower-level unit below the province public hospital). since all public health centers in indonesia refer to the same national regulation [3, 4], health service satisfaction survey data should have the same aspects, like category, priority, word-related matters (including abbreviations, acronyms, and terminology), etc. that overall make it unique and need specific processing. based on that, satisfaction survey data provided by cphi could reflect general indonesian health service satisfaction survey data. the limitation of this study relates to the relatively small number of data points provided that affect the developed models testing performance. since this is the foundation laid by this study, that limitation could be improved through additional incremental satisfaction survey data on future implementation. the constraint of this study related to the classification method used, which is a multi-class support vector machine (msvm) since multi-class labels were involved in the satisfaction survey data. related to the necessity of doing this research, mishbahuddin [5] stated that health institutions must immediately evaluate themselves and develop strategic plans to improve the performance and competitiveness of health services by empowering strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats (swot) factors. according to sabilla [6], the quality of health services can be achieved through users’ suggestions and input related to the user satisfaction level. the swot factors and user satisfaction level can be obtained through reviews or reports, as in the cphi report that exposes the sentiment data [7]. related to the use of msvm, this study reviewed several classification methods for comparison. the review took several references from relatively older and more recent years to get insight in general into the method during that time. hsu and lin [8] found that in experiments on small datasets (the statlog collection and the uci repository of machine learning databases), the "one-against-one" (one-versus-one, ovo) and directed acyclic graph svm (dag svm) methods were more suitable for practical use than other methods, like two such "all-together" methods and the binary-classification-based method "one-against-all" (one-versus-rest, ovr ). lei and govindaraju [9] proposed a half-against-half (hah) msvm whose structure is the same as a decision tree, with each node as a binary svm classifier that tells a testing sample belonging to one group of classes or the other. both theoretical estimation and experimental results (using the uci machine learning repository) showed that hah has advantages over ovr and ovo-based methods in terms of evaluation speed and the size of the classifier model while maintaining comparable accuracy. hsu [10] did a comprehensive evaluation of the performance of multiple supervised learning models, such as logistic regression (lr), decision trees (dt), support vector machine (svm), adaboost (ab), random forest (rf), multinomial naive bayes (mnb), multilayer perceptrons (mlp), and gradient boosting (gb) to assess the efficiency and robustness, as well as limitations, of these models on the classification of textual data. svm, lr, and mlp had better performance in general, with svm being the best, while dt and ab had much lower accuracy among all the tested models. polpinij & luaphol [11] conducted different multi -class classification methods that applied to assigning automatic ratings for consumer reviews based on a 5-star rating scale, where the original review ratings were inconsistent with the content. two-term weighting schemes (i.e., tf-idf and tf-igm) and five supervised machine learning algorithms, namely, k-nn, mnb, rf, xgboost, and svm, were compared. the dataset was downloaded from the amazon website, and language experts helped to correct the real rating for each consumer review. the multi-class classifier model developed by svm along with tf-igm returned the best results for automatic ratings of consumer reviews. since this study involved text data in bahasa, it is logical to review other related works in more detail, as shown in table 1. based on all of those studies, the use of the svm algorithm on text datasets had relatively better performance, and at the same time, it raised curiosity about the performance of this algorithm and its several processing variants on satisfaction survey data from the cphi report. satisfaction survey data in this study were divided into six classes in total, consisting of five classes in bahasa (refer to health service sectors [4]), namely "pelayanan" (service), "administrasi dan manajemen" (administration and management), "sarana dan prasarana" (facility and infrastructure), "peralatan" (equipment), and "sumber daya manusia" (human resources), and an additional "netral" (neutral) class was added if satisfaction survey data did not match the previous classes. the use of a dataset in the form of text is strongly influenced by data preprocessing and the selection of relevant features to be used as input to the algorithm [12, 13]. the influence of the number of words commonly referred to as n-grams also affects the results of the accuracy score of the algorithm [14]. therefore, in this study, unigram and bigram features were used to test the effect of n-gram on the algorithm, and because the dataset had more than two classes, ovo and ovr approaches were used (also as another constraint) in the msvm classification. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 427 table 1. related works using text data in bahasa no authors, year problem/objective methods results/conclusions 1 perdana et al. (2018) [15] to investigate the classification of schizophrenia to reduce barriers to treating the disease. the dataset came from medical record data of schizophrenia patients which were grouped into five classes and processed using svm with the oneagainst-all (ovr) approach and testing using k-fold cross-validation. the results obtained in this study had an accuracy rate of 59.09%. the result obtained was categorized as low accuracy. this is because the data used was unbalanced in each class, and also the patterns in each class are different so it is difficult to determine the best pattern. 2 widyawati & sutanto, (2019) [16] to identify incoming messages from mobile phones in the form of sms and classify them as unwanted, advertisements, fraud, and so on. the dataset came from secondary data obtained from an existing source, namely the dataset of spam sms in bahasa, then uses naïve bayes classifier (nbc) and svm to classify. nbc had the largest and best precision and recall test values if the algorithm did not go through stopword removal. it was also found that the initial misclassification of actual data was at least done by nbc using or not using stopword stages. 3 alita et al. (2020) [17] to identify public opinion regarding cellular telecommunication networks and indonesian social security agency of health (bpjs) services, either categorized as positive, negative, or neutral sentiments. collecting the dataset from twitter and classifying data using nbc and svm with one-against-one (ovo) optimization and one-against-all (ovr) optimization. the optimized svm had better accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 score compared to nbc. among svms, ovo svm was better on precision, recall, and f1 score, while ovr svm was better on accuracy. 4 pangestu (2020) [18] to investigate twitter users' opinions on mental health during the covid-19 pandemic. collecting the dataset from twitter and classifying data using nbc and svm. accuracy results using nbc, svm with the polynomial kernel, svm with rbf kernel, and svm with linear kernel were 70.71%, 80.81%, 78.79%, and 71.73%, respectively. 5 hermanto et al. [19] to obtain the most accurate algorithm in the classification of student complaints data. collecting the dataset from academic system information and classifying data using nbc and svm. svm with an accuracy of 84.45% and an area under curve (auc) of 0.922 outperformed nbc with an accuracy of 69.75% and an auc of 0.679. 6 fitriana & sibaroni (2022) [20] to classify public sentiments of the indonesian railway's service for tweet data (positive, negative, and neutral sentiments) and to find the best accuracy when processed with large amounts of data. the dataset came from twitter which was then preprocessed and then processed using the multi-class svm (msvm) by combining several binary svms, namely one against all (ovr) and one against one (ovo). five different weighting features were also investigated. tf-idf feature extraction approach with unigram feature outperformed other methods allowing the classifier to achieve the highest accuracy when working with larger datasets. the unigram tf-idf combined with msvm had the highest average accuracy of 80.59% compared to the other four models namely, bigrams (52.53%), trigrams (53.54%), unigrams + bigrams (76.13%), and word cloud (70.33%). 7 dhammajoti et al. [21] to implement several numerical representations and implementing resampling techniques (to handle imbalanced data), which then are followed by evaluating some popular supervised machine learning classification algorithms on user feedback in an educational institution. collecting the dataset from the elearning system and evaluating it on logistic regression (lr), random forest (rf), svm, nbc, and decision tree (dt) algorithms. svm performed the best in tf-idf and bow, and it indicated that svm is the least biased of the other classifier in the case of highly imbalanced data. relate to comparing rf and dt, rf was better than dt in almost all numerical representations and with or without the resampling technique. nbc performed the worst because it assumed an independent feature, but in text classification, each feature is co-related. 8 sujadi et al. (2021) [22] to investigate public opinion on the covid-19 outbreak through twitter given by the indonesian people. the dataset came from twitter secondary data obtained from https://bisa.ai/ which was then preprocessed and then processed using nbc and svm. the accuracy results for nbc and svm algorithms were 78.3% and 81.6%, respectively. if using 10-fold cross-validation testing, the results for nbc and svm algorithms were 69.8% and 74.4%, respectively. 9 cikania (2021) [23] to classify sentiments of user reviews of the halodoc, an indonesian telemedicine service application, during the covid-19 pandemic. the dataset was obtained from users' comments on the halodoc application which were then used as input for nbc and svm algorithms by testing using accuracy, recall, and specificity. nbc had an accuracy rate of 87.77% with an auc value of 57.11%, and a g-mean of 40.08%, while svm with rbf kernel had an accuracy value of 86.1% with an auc value of 60.149%, and a g-mean value of 49.311%. based on that, svm with rbf kernel model was better than nbc. this paper is organized into several sections, i.e., introduction, methods, result and discussion, and conclusion. section introduction describes the problem, related works, and motivation in this work. section methods covers the source data collection and raw data processing, dataset preprocessing, modeling, and the testing mechanism. section result and discussion provides the testing result and related discussion. section conclusions consists of some important conclusion points. 2. methods figure 1 shows the research process in the comparison of the ovo msvm and ovr msvm models. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 428 collection of data source & processing of raw data preprocessing of dataset svm modeling unigram ovo msvm bigram ovo msvm unigram ovr msvm bigram ovr msvm analysis model testing & validation calculating accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score using k-fold cross validation without or with feature selection figure 1. research methods 2.1. source data collection and raw data processing the dataset in this study was obtained from the denpasar public health centers service satisfaction survey report 2021 by the cphi. from the report, satisfaction survey data were obtained from users of health institutions in the denpasar area. suggestions/criticisms obtained from the report were still not in the format needed as input for the msvm model, so it is necessary to change the format to suit the needs. the dataset created was labeled manually by experts and a suggestion/criticism inside the dataset was labeled by its highest priority class if it was appropriate across multiple classes (see the previous introduction section). the order from the highest priority class (in bahasa), namely “pelayanan”, “administrasi dan manajemen”, “sarana dan prasarana”, “peralatan”, and “sumber daya manusia”. for example, criticism 2 of table 2 was labeled as “peralatan” (service) even though it was also appropriate for the class “sarana dan prasarana” (facilities and infrastructure). note that suggestions/criticisms in bahasa were written as it is based on the user input. table 2. class labeling no suggestions/criticisms label 1 pelayanan agar lebih ditingkatkan (services to be further improved) pelayanan (service) 2 ada petugas yg main hp saat ada pasien, lahan parkir mobil kurang (there is staff play cellphone when there are patients, car parking space is less) pelayanan 3 waktu pelayanan agar dipercepat (service time to be faster) administrasi dan manajemen (administration and management) 4 perbaikan pada sistem antrian (improvements to the queue system) administrasi dan manajemen 5 lahan parkir diperluas (the parking area should be expanded) sarana dan prasarana (facilities and infrastructure) 6 loket diperbanyak, ada tempat bermain untuk anak agar tidak bosan (there should be more counters and a playground area for children so they don't get bored) sarana dan prasarana 7 tidak ada alat cek darah, katanya rusak. padahal mau disini kalau berobat atau rawat inap misalnya, tapi takut ga ada alat (there is no blood check tool, still broken as informed. the plan is to come here for treatment or hospitalization, but cancel because there's no such equipment) peralatan (equipment) 8 obat-obatannya kurang tersedia lengkap. obat hipertensi. (the medicines are not fully available. hypertension medication.) peralatan 9 dokter spesialis ditingkatkan (specialist doctors should be increased in number) sumber daya manusia (human resources) 10 tambah tenaga medis agar lebih mudah dan cepat (add medical personnel to make it easier and faster) sumber daya manusia changing the format is the process of inputting suggestions/criticisms into spreadsheet processing software and saving those data in that tool’s file format. in this study, microsoft excel was used, and save the data in the “.xlsx” file format. based on the results of the format change, 1031 lines of class-labeled suggestions/criticisms were obtained namely, 274 lines went into “pelayanan”, 240 lines went into ”sarana dan prasarana”, 156 lines went into ”sumber daya manusia”, 104 lines went into ”administrasi dan manajemen”, 29 lines went into ”peralatan”, and 228 lines went into “netral”. 2.2. dataset preprocessing before becoming input into the algorithm model, the dataset is changed which was originally text data into numeric data or numbers. this change process is also known as dataset pre-processing. this stage is the processing of raw data hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 429 with several processing stages which can later be used as input for data visualization, machine learning, deep learning, and others [24]. in this case, the results of data processing will be used as input to the msvm model. the steps in the process are shown in figure 2. casefolding cleaning tokenizing normalization stopwords stemming weighting figure 2. dataset preprocessing the case folding stage aims to change capital letters to lowercase letters in sentences. an example of case folding results were shown in table 3. the cleaning process is the process of removing unnecessary text formatting, including tabs, new lines, back slices, ascii codes, numbers, punctuation marks, excess spaces, and a character. several python libraries are used in this process [25]. the tokenizing stage aims to break a sentence into words [26]. the process utilizes the library from the natural language toolkit (nltk) [27] to process the dataset into tokens. table 3. process result of case folding no suggestions/criticisms 1 pelayanan agar lebih ditingkatkan 2 ada petugas yg main hp saat ada pasien, lahan parkir mobil kurang 3 waktu pelayanan agar dipercepat 4 perbaikan pada sistem antrian 5 lahan parkir diperluas 6 loket diperbanyak, ada tempat bermain untuk anak agar tidak bosan 7 tidak ada alat cek darah, katanya rusak. padahal mau disini kalau berobat atau rawat inap misalnya, tapi takut ga ada alat 8 obat-obatannya kurang tersedia lengkap. obat hipertensi. 9 tambah tenaga medis agar lebih mudah dan cepat 10 dokter spesialis ditingkatkan the normalization stage is the stage of changing abbreviations, non-standard words, and acronyms to become standard words of abbreviations, words, and acronyms. for example, the word “sy” (a non-standard abbreviation that means i), “aqu” (a non-standard word that means i), “rsud” (an abbreviation that means regency public hospital), and “puskesmas” (an acronym that means public health center) become “saya”, “aku”, “rumah sakit umum daerah”, and “pusat kesehatan masyarakat”, respectively. this stage uses a list of words that are often used in short message sentences from sources which are then readjusted manually [28]. the word list contains 1029 words that have been given equivalent words according to bahasa standard words. an additional list of words related to health in bahasa (from the satisfaction survey data and the indonesian ministry of health [29]) was also developed and strengthened the contribution to this classification study, specifically in this normalization stage. figure 3 shows several examples of health terminology in bahasa, like “dbd” (abbreviation for “demam berdarah dengue” or dengue fever), “bpjs” (abbreviation for “badan penyelenggara jaminan sosial” or indonesian social security agency of health, exists in satisfaction survey data), and “rs” (abbreviation for “rumah sakit” or hospital, exists in satisfaction survey data). from a different perspective (still related to word processing), even google does not understand them for translation. neither do existing classification algorithms, to the best authors’ knowledge. figure 3. google translation of several examples from the health acronyms in bahasa the stopwords stage is a process for removing words that are not used, for example, bahasa words “di” (at), “nggak” (no), “tadi” (just now), etc. the deletion uses the library from nltk and the corpus source uses research results from tala [30] and updates with additional words manually. at the stemming stage, words that have affixes are changed to basic words. this process uses the pysastrawi python library [31]. another swifter library is also used [32] which functions to help speed up the stemming process [33]. an example of the results of the stages from casefolding to stemming can be seen in table 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 430 table 3. the process results from casefolding to stemming no suggestions/criticisms 1 [layan, tingkat] 2 [tugas, main, hp, pasien, lahan, parkir, mobil] 3 [waktu, layan, cepat] 4 [baik, sistem, antri] 5 [lahan, parkir, luas] 6 [loket, banyak, main, anak, bosan] 7 [alat, cek, darah, rusak, obat, rawat, inap, takut, alat] 8 [obat, obat, sedia, lengkap, obat, hipertensi] 9 [tenaga, medis, mudah, cepat] 10 [dokter, spesialis, tingkat] the weighting process is changing text token data into numeric data. tf-idf is a numerical statistical method used to describe how important a word is in a document [34-37]. based on the results of this process, there are 645 features for unigram and 1902 features for bigram, so the size of the input data for the msvm model is (1031, 645) for unigram features and (1031, 1902) for bigram features. the feature selection (fs) stage reduces the feature size of a dataset to obtain a smaller dataset subset that contains features that are relevant to the target. in addition, it eliminates data redundancies and outliers, improves learning performance, increases efficiency in computing, reduces memory usage, and can build a better general model [38, 39]. this study uses an fs technique called the extratrees classifier which is a classifier with an ensemble approach and is used for classification and regression problems [40-42]. several studies have found performance improvements when using the extratrees classifier [43, 44] and obtaining high accuracy values even without parameter tuning [45]. in this study, the fs process was carried out by processing the pre-processed data from the tf-idf weighting, then processing using the extratreesclassifier module in scikit-learn [46]. extratrees classifier will decide tree randomly and will use the entire decision tree model to make a prediction tree. the selectfrommodel module from scikit-learn was used to retrieve the model in the extratrees classifier for use in the msvm model. from the previous results, the feature size is 645 and 1902 for unigram and bigram, respectively. this dataset was then used as input in the extratrees classifier fs process. several processes were carried out to obtain the best feature size from the results of accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 scores. the best score was obtained for the size of 104 features for unigram and 401 features for bigram with the number of parameter settings n_estimators = 100. from the results of this fs, there is a reduction in the size of 541 features for unigram and 1501 features for bigram. so, for input into the msvm model, the feature sizes to be used were (1031, 104) for unigram, and (1031.401) for bigram. 2.3. modeling at this stage, msvm models were created using the unigram ovo, bigram ovo, unigram ovr, and bigram ovr approaches. the modeling used the scikit-learn library [46] with the svc module for the ovo msvm models and the linearsvc module for the ovr msvm models. for svc, given training vectors 𝑥𝑖 ∈ ℝ𝑝 , i = 1,…, n, in two classes, and a vector 𝑦 ∈ {1, −1}𝑛, the goal is to find 𝑤 ∈ ℝ𝑝 and 𝑏 ∈ ℝ such that the prediction given by 𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛(𝑤𝑇𝜙(𝑥) + 𝑏) is correct for most samples. svc solves the following primal problem: 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑤, 𝑏, 𝜁 1 2 𝑤𝑇𝑤 + 𝐶 ∑ 𝜁𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 (1) subject to 𝑦𝑖(𝑤𝑇𝜙(𝑥𝑖) + 𝑏) ≥ 1 − 𝜁𝑖 𝜁𝑖 ≥ 0, 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑛 intuitively, the margin (by minimizing ||𝑤|| = 𝑤𝑇𝑤) is trying to be maximized, while incurring a penalty when a sample is misclassified or within the margin boundary. ideally, the value 𝑦𝑖(𝑤𝑇𝜙(𝑥𝑖) + 𝑏) would be ≥ 1 for all samples, which indicates a perfect prediction. but problems are usually not always perfectly separable with a hyperplane, so some samples are allowed to be at a distance 𝜁𝑖 from their correct margin boundary. the penalty term c controls the strength of this penalty, and as a result, acts as an inverse regularization parameter. the dual problem to the primal is: 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝛼 1 2 𝛼𝑇𝑄𝛼 − 𝑒𝑇𝛼 (2) subject to 𝑦𝑇𝛼 = 0 0 ≤ 𝛼𝑖 ≤ 𝐶, 𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑛 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 431 where e is the vector of all ones, q is an n by n positive semi-definite matrix, 𝑄𝑖𝑗 ≡ 𝑦𝑖𝑦𝑗𝐾(𝑥𝑖 , 𝑥𝑗), where 𝐾(𝑥𝑖 , 𝑥𝑗) = 𝜙(𝑥𝑖)𝑇𝜙(𝑥𝑗) is the kernel. the terms 𝛼𝑖 are called the dual coefficients, and they are upper-bounded by c. this dual representation highlights the fact that training vectors are implicitly mapped into a higher (maybe infinite) dimensional space by the function 𝜙. once the optimization problem is solved, the output of the decision function for a given sample x becomes: ∑ 𝑦𝑖𝛼𝑖𝐾(𝑥𝑖 , 𝑥) + 𝑏𝑖∈𝑆𝑉 (3) and the predicted class corresponds to its sign. sum over the support vectors (i.e. the samples that lie within the margin) is only needed because the dual coefficients 𝛼𝑖 are zero for the other samples. for linearsvc, the primal problem can be equivalently formulated as: 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑤, 𝑏 1 2 𝑤𝑇𝑤 + 𝐶 ∑ max (0,1 − 𝑦𝑖(𝑤𝑇𝜙(𝑥𝑖) + 𝑏))𝑛 𝑖=1 (4) where the hinge loss is used. this is the form that is directly optimized by linearsvc, but unlike the dual form, this one does not involve inner products between samples, so the famous kernel trick cannot be applied. this is why only the linear kernel is supported by linearsvc (𝜙 is the identity function). the approach to the svc module used libsvm calculations [47], while the approach to the linearsvc module used liblinear calculations [48]. the difference between libsvm and liblinear is that libsvm is used to work on both linear and non-linear kernels, while liblinear can only be used on linear kernels. in addition to that, the advantage of liblinear is that it can have several variations in the regularization method and has a speed (time complexity) of o(n), while libsvm has a time complexity of o(n2) to o(n3). parameter settings in ovo svm models include parameters c = 10, kernel = 'linear', decision_function_shape = 'ovo', and max_iter = 10000. in the ovr svm models, the parameter settings include parameters c = 10, multi_class = 'ovr', and max_iter = 10000. parameter c is a regular parameter that functions to control the trade-off between slack and margin variable penalties. parameter kernel makes it possible to implement a model in a higher dimensional space without having to define a mapping function from input space to feature space, in which case the kernel used is a linear kernel. parameter decision_function_shape determines the approach used in the svm algorithm, i.e. the ovo approach. parameter max_iter determines the maximum number of iterations performed by the algorithm. parameter multi_class with value 'ovr' was set to use the ovr approach. the difference in approach between ovo msvm and ovr msvm, regardless of the library used, is in determining class membership. in ovo msvm, the determination of class membership is based on a voting strategy and if there are the same number of votes then the classification results are determined by the highest number of votes with the smallest index [8]. meanwhile, in ovr msvm, the determination of membership is based on the highest value of membership and if there are the same values it will be determined based on the smallest index of them [49]. 2.4. model testing model testing uses the k-fold cross-validation method [46] where the dataset will be split into two parts, namely training data and testing/validation data. the training data will be broken down into k = 5 folds, as shown in figure 4-a. if k is set to more than 5, there will be scores that cannot be calculated due to the imbalance in the number of data on each class label (see figure 4-b). (a) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 432 (b) figure 2. model testing: (a) 5-fold cross-validation; (b) imbalance in the number of data on each class label testing was carried out on the ovo msvm and ovr msvm models, with unigram and bigram features, to see the resulting performance comparison either without or with fs. 3. result and discussion based on the experiment, the result obtained was affected by the imbalance in the number of data on each class label, as mentioned previously and shown in figure 4b. the “netral” label (see the previous introduction section) makes it worst and was unavoidable having a relatively large number of data since in reality, many suggestions/criticisms used general words, phrases, or sentences that do not match the other class labels, like “sejauh ini belum tau ingin bersaran apa” (so far don't know what to comment about), “sudah baik” (already good), “lebih ditingkatkan lagi” (improved more), or “agar lebih baik lagi” (to be even better). the process with feature selection (fs) was conducted on this kind of unbalanced dataset to know the improvement obtained compared to the proses without fs. for both processes, without and with fs, the accuracy was initially improved by the casefolding stage (see dataset preprocessing section) since this stage is important to avoid the developed model having multiple variations of the same words due to uppercase and lowercase variations, which could decrease to some extent of the precision score (the number of correct labels that were predicted by the model). 3.1. msvm models without feature selection (fs) models without fs, tested using k-fold cross-validation, provide performance scores of accuracy, precision, recall, and f1. performance results of ovo msvm models without fs using unigram and bigram features can be seen in table 5 and the comparison chart using the average scores can be seen in figure 5-a. performance results of ovr msvm models without fs using unigram and bigram features can be seen in table 6 and the comparison chart using the average scores can be seen in figure 5-b. the other comparison charts of ovo and ovr msvm models without fs using unigram and bigram features can be seen in figures 6-a and 6-b, respectively. figure 7 shows the overall comparison of msvm models without fs. table 4. test results of unigram and bigram ovo msvm models without fs model k-fold train accuracy test accuracy train precision test precision train recall test recall train f1 test f1 unigram ovo msvm without fs 1st 98.18 70.05 98.78 71.17 97.71 63.00 98.23 65.24 2nd 97.21 78.16 98.07 82.95 96.83 70.68 97.42 73.78 3rd 96.85 72.33 97.73 73.91 96.63 64.21 97.16 66.59 4th 96.48 74.27 97.45 81.19 96.38 68.56 96.90 71.89 5th 96.73 49.03 97.71 56.44 96.97 41.92 97.32 43.15 average 97.09 68.77 97.95 73.13 96.90 61.67 97.40 64.13 bigram ovo msvm without fs 1st 97.94 47.34 98.57 53.12 98.32 34.47 98.41 32.43 2nd 97.70 51.94 98.41 87.86 98.11 42.63 98.22 45.89 3rd 97.94 51.94 98.57 69.29 98.25 41.09 98.38 43.38 4th 98.18 53.88 98.74 87.10 98.44 43.70 98.55 46.56 5th 97.82 34.47 98.50 34.67 98.09 25.07 98.24 20.68 average 97.91 47.92 98.56 66.41 98.24 37.39 98.36 37.79 274 240 156 104 29 228 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 service sector (see tabel 2) number of data on each class label pelayanan sarana dan prasarana sumber daya manusia administrasi dan manajemen peralatan netral hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 433 (a) (b) figure 3. comparison without fs using unigram and bigram features on: (a) ovo msvm; (b) ovr msvm (a) (b) figure 4. comparison without fs of ovo and ovr msvm models using features: (a) unigram; (b) bigram figure 5. overall comparison of msvm models without fs 97.1 68.8 97.9 73.1 96.9 61.7 97.4 64.1 97.9 47.9 98.6 66.4 98.2 37.4 98.4 37.8 0 20 40 60 80 100 unigram (u) & bigram (b) ovo msvm comparison u ovo b ovo 96.2 68.3 97.2 69.6 96.6 64.1 96.9 65.0 97.9 50.0 98.5 70.1 98.2 39.6 98.3 40.6 0 20 40 60 80 100 unigram (u) & bigram (b) ovr msvm comparison u ovr b ovr 97.1 68.8 97.9 73.1 96.9 61.7 97.4 64.1 96.2 68.3 97.2 69.6 96.6 64.1 96.9 65.0 0 20 40 60 80 100 unigram (u) ovo & ovr msvm comparison u ovo u ovr 97.9 47.9 98.6 66.4 98.2 37.4 98.4 37.8 97.9 50.0 98.5 70.1 98.2 39.6 98.3 40.6 0 20 40 60 80 100 bigram (b) ovo & ovr msvm comparison b ovo b ovr train accuracy test accuracy train precision test precision train recall test recall train f1score test f1score u ovo 97.09 68.77 97.95 73.13 96.90 61.67 97.40 64.13 u ovr 96.24 68.28 97.25 69.55 96.59 64.08 96.90 65.02 b ovo 97.91 47.92 98.56 66.41 98.24 37.39 98.36 37.79 b ovr 97.87 50.05 98.52 70.10 98.21 39.59 98.33 40.58 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 overall comparison of msvm models without fs hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 434 in all models. it was found that their training scores had already been above 90% but those performances cannot be matched by their testing scores. this was predicted due to overfitting [50, 51] caused by the use of features without prior fs so that many features become noises in the data. this fs needs to be conducted to increase the model's performance on the testing data [52, 53] (see next section). in the model with the same approach but different n-gram, the unigram ovo msvm model had a better performance in testing scores compared to its bigram ovo msvm model, and the unigram ovr msvm model had a better performance in general in testing scores compared to its bigram ovr msvm model (except for precision which is quite comparable). those results can be seen from the testing scores with a range of differences for the ovo msvm model of 6.72% (precision) 26.33% (f1) and for the ovr msvm model of 0.55% (precision) 24.49% (recall). the superiority of unigram features over bigram features is related to the condition that higher-order n-grams have a data sparsity problem that can make them less informative because so many are unseen, making the true data distribution harder to learn without more data (see the limitation of this study at the previous introduction section). smaller smoothing amounts give better performance than higher ones. this is because the lower ones let the model listen to the data more. the smoothing gives the counts that are representative of the actual data. the f1 score gives perspective related to the improvement of a simpler performance metric, namely accuracy. accuracy, as the percentage of the number of correct predictions to the total number of predictions, is not a good metric to use when there are imbalanced classes (see figure 4-b). this means that if there is a use case in which more observation is needed on data points of one class than of another, the accuracy is not so representative metric. one way to solve class imbalance problems is to work on samples (see next models with fs section). with specific sampling methods, resampling the dataset can be done in such a way that the data is no longer imbalanced. accuracy as a metric then can be used again. another way to solve class imbalance problems is to use better accuracy metrics like the f1 score, which considers not only the number of prediction errors that the models make but also look at the type of errors that are made. precision (the percentage of true positive predictions to the total number of positive predictions) and recall (the percentage of true positive predictions to the total number of true positive and false negative predictions) are the two most common metrics that consider class imbalance. they are also the foundation of the f1 score, which is the harmonic mean of precision and recall. the harmonic mean is an alternative metric for the more common arithmetic mean. it is often useful when computing an average rate. based on those metrics perspectives and the results of tables 5 and 6, a more confident performance difference related to the testing scores of the unigram to its bigram ovo msvm model without fs was represented by their f1 difference (26.33%), which is the largest difference among all the testing scores in this comparison (accuracy of 20.85% is the third largest difference after recall of 24.28%). a more confident performance difference related to the testing scores of the unigram to its bigram ovr msvm model without fs was represented by their f1 difference (24.44%), which is the comparable difference to recall of 24.49% in this comparison (accuracy of 18.23% is the third largest difference after them). also note that since the f1 score computes the average of precision and recall, models in these comparisons have medium f1 scores because their precision and recall are low and the other is high. table 5. test results of unigram and bigram ovr msvm models without fs model k-fold train accuracy test accuracy train precision test precision train recall test recall train f1 test f1 unigram ovr msvm without fs 1st 98.91 71.98 99.30 68.00 98.43 65.03 98.85 66.06 2nd 94.55 76.21 95.94 72.96 95.34 72.82 95.61 72.16 3rd 96.48 69.42 97.45 70.08 96.59 62.96 96.99 64.75 4th 95.76 72.82 96.85 80.01 96.11 71.66 96.47 73.71 5th 95.52 50.97 96.71 56.70 96.49 47.94 96.56 48.44 average 96.24 68.28 97.25 69.55 96.59 64.08 96.90 65.02 bigram ovr msvm without fs 1st 97.82 48.79 98.49 52.80 98.24 35.46 98.33 33.35 2nd 97.58 54.85 98.33 87.65 98.03 45.00 98.14 48.38 3rd 97.94 55.83 98.57 86.14 98.25 46.74 98.38 51.38 4th 98.18 55.83 98.74 87.37 98.44 45.15 98.55 48.25 5th 97.82 34.95 98.50 36.55 98.09 25.59 98.24 21.54 average 97.87 50.05 98.52 70.10 98.21 39.59 98.33 40.58 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 435 the other comparison of ovo and ovr msvm models using unigram and bigram features (figure 6) provided comparable differences in terms of performance. the results of the testing scores gave a range of differences for ovo and ovr msvm models using unigram features of 0.49% (accuracy), 3.58% (precision), 2.41% (recall), 0.89% (f1), and for ovo and ovr msvm models using bigram features of 2.13% (accuracy), 3.69% (precision), 2.2% (recall), 2.79% (f1). without fs and with unigram features, the ovo msvm model was slightly better on accuracy and precision, while the ovr msvm model was slightly better on recall and f1 score. without fs and with bigram features, the ovr msvm model had slightly better performance than the ovo msvm model. related to those results, both ovo and ovr approaches seem to have no significant effect on the accuracy performance. they tend to affect the time complexity performance. in ovo classification, for the n class instances dataset, the n(n-1)/2 binary classifier models have to be generated. using this classification approach, the primary dataset must be split into one dataset for each class opposite to every other class. each binary classifier predicts one class label. when the test data is inputted into the classifier, then the model with the majority counts is concluded as a result. in ovr classification, for the n class instances dataset, the n binary classifier models have to be generated. the number of class labels present in the dataset and the number of generated binary classifiers must be the same. to train these n classifiers, n training datasets need to be created. after training the model, when test data is inputted into the model, then that data is considered input for all generated classifiers. if there is any possibility that the test data belong to a particular class, then the classifier created for that class gives a positive response in the form of +1, and all other classifier models provide an adverse reaction in the way of -1. similarly, binary classifier models predict the probability of correspondence with concerning classes. by analyzing the probability scores, the result was predicted as the class index having a maximum probability score. related to working mechanisms for both approaches, it is challenging to deal with large datasets having many numbers class instances that eventually at a certain level would decrease time complexity performance. based on the previous discussion and overall comparison chart in figure 7, it was found that with the same n-gram, ovo msvm and ovr msvm models had relatively the same performance. whereas when compared with the different n-gram, the unigram ovo/ovr msvm model had better performance than its bigram ovo/ovr msvm model. this happened because the number of features in bigram (1902) was larger than the number of features in unigram (645). that difference in number affects the test results because there was no fs used before features were inputted into ovo/ovr msvm models. 3.2. msvm models with feature selection (fs) in msvm models with unigram or bigram features previously, performances on training data were very good, but scores on the testing data were quite low. it was also mentioned earlier that this was due to the overfitting of models, so it was necessary to do fs on the tf-idf results, which were then used as input for msvm models. after using the extratress classifier on the dataset, performance results of ovo msvm models with fs using unigram and bigram features can be seen in table 7. the average score comparison chart of ovo msvm models without and with fs using unigram and bigram features can be seen in table 8. performance results of ovr msvm models with fs using unigram or bigram features can be seen in table 8. the average score comparison chart of ovr msvm models without and with fs using unigram and bigram features can be seen in figure 8. table 6. test results of unigram and bigram ovo msvm models with fs model k-fold train accuracy test accuracy train precision test precision train recall test recall train f1 test f1 unigram ovo msvm with fs 1st 84.34 72.95 87.00 67.82 81.67 65.60 83.34 66.35 2nd 83.15 79.13 86.15 82.22 78.98 72.71 81.45 75.57 3rd 82.91 75.24 86.07 72.70 79.51 65.97 81.70 67.69 4th 83.52 75.73 86.53 79.45 79.78 72.67 82.19 74.03 5th 86.18 54.37 87.63 54.28 83.47 49.41 84.81 48.10 average 84.26 71.77 87.52 71.25 81.11 66.28 83.26 67.01 bigram ovo msvm with fs 1st 81.92 59.42 91.83 75.46 78.16 51.19 82.24 54.04 2nd 81.82 63.11 91.86 83.28 77.85 59.24 82.05 63.83 3rd 82.67 58.25 91.85 75.00 79.88 49.90 83.40 52.91 4th 82.18 60.68 91.55 81.72 78.67 51.05 82.58 54.59 5th 84.36 40.29 92.51 44.55 81.32 31.35 84.84 29.70 average 82.59 56.35 91.92 72.00 79.17 48.54 83.02 51.02 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 436 table 7. test results of unigram and bigram ovr msvm models with fs model k-fold train accuracy test accuracy train precision test precision train recall test recall train f1 test f1 unigram ovr msvm with fs 1st 88.96 78.26 88.62 79.05 87.36 76.75 87.63 77.76 2nd 84.12 83.01 85.60 84.27 82.61 74.93 83.59 77.89 3rd 85.09 70.87 86.95 66.50 83.06 64.49 84.44 64.58 4th 85.21 75.24 86.06 76.44 83.49 71.81 84.39 73.28 5th 87.64 57.77 88.77 56.39 87.28 54.83 87.73 53.08 average 86.20 73.03 87.20 72.53 84.76 68.56 85.56 69.32 bigram ovr msvm with fs 1st 86.17 65.70 90.20 71.45 82.75 60.85 85.15 61.45 2nd 85.21 66.50 89.73 83.25 81.69 62.15 84.28 66.40 3rd 85.82 67.48 90.75 80.16 83.25 57.40 85.54 60.64 4th 86.30 62.14 91.01 68.73 83.33 51.77 85.86 53.80 5th 88.00 44.17 92.81 43.84 84.56 34.61 87.41 33.13 average 86.30 61.20 90.90 69.49 83.12 53.35 85.65 55.08 (a) (b) figure 6. comparison of ovr msvm models without and with fs using features: (a) unigram; (b) bigram from the comparison charts of ovo msvm models without and with fs using unigram and bigram features in figure 9, the reduction in feature size by fs results in decreasing training scores. for unigram ovo msvm models without and with fs (figure 9-a), decreasing differences were 12.83% (accuracy), 10.43% (precision), 15.79% (recall), and 14.13% (f1). for bigram ovo msvm models without and with fs (figure 9-b), decreasing differences were 15.32% (accuracy), 6.64% (precision), 19.07% (recall), and 15.34% (f1). on the other hand, an increase in testing scores occurred in general (except for precision which is quite comparable in the unigram ovo msvm model). more significant increases occurred in the bigram ovo msvm model with fs compared to the unigram ovo msvm model with fs. for unigram ovo msvm models without and with fs (figure 9-a), increasing differences were 3% (accuracy), -1.88% (precision), 4.61% (recall), and 2.88% (f1). for bigram ovo msvm models without and with fs (figure 9-b), increasing differences were 8.43% (accuracy), 5.59% (precision), 11.15% (recall), and 13.23% (f1). 96.2 68.3 97.2 69.6 96.6 64.1 96.9 65.0 86.2 73.0 87.2 72.5 84.8 68.6 85.6 69.3 0 20 40 60 80 100 train accuracy test accuracy train precision test precision train recall test recall train f1score test f1score unigram (u) ovr msvm model wo/ & w/ fs u ovr u ovr fs 97.9 50.0 98.5 70.1 98.2 39.6 98.3 40.6 86.3 61.2 90.9 69.5 83.1 53.4 85.6 55.1 0 20 40 60 80 100 train accuracy test accuracy train precision test precision train recall test recall train f1score test f1score bigram (b) ovr msvm model wo/ & w/ fs b ovr b ovr fs hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 437 (a) (b) figure 7. comparison of ovo msvm models without and with fs using features: (a) unigram; (b) bigram from the comparison charts of ovr msvm models without and with fs using unigram and bigram features in figure 8, it can be seen that scores on training data and testing data have the same pattern as previous ovo msvm models. the difference is that precision decreased in testing scores (which is quite comparable) in the bigram ovr svm model with fs (previously happened in the unigram ovo svm model with fs). a significant increase also occurred in the bigram ovr svm model with fs compared to the unigram ovr svm model with fs. for unigram ovr msvm models without and with fs (figure 8-a), decreasing differences were 10.04% (accuracy), 10.05% (precision), 11.83% (recall), and 11.34% (f1). for bigram ovr msvm models without and with fs (figure 8-b), decreasing differences were 11.57% (accuracy), 7.62% (precision), 15.09% (recall), and 12.68% (f1). on the other hand, an increase in testing scores occurred in general (except for precision which is quite comparable in the bigram ovr msvm model). more significant increases occurred in the bigram ovr msvm model with fs compared to the unigram ovr msvm model with fs. for unigram ovr msvm models without and with fs (figure 8-a), increasing differences were 4.75% (accuracy), 2.98% (precision), 4.48% (recall), and 4.3% (f1). for bigram ovr msvm models without and with fs (figure 8-b), increasing differences were 11.15% (accuracy), -0.61% (precision), 13.76% (recall), and 14.5% (f1). the entire msvm model, after the fs process has been carried out, generally provides an increase in testing scores. on the other hand, there are decreasing scores of the training data. this is likely due to the imbalanced classes in the dataset used [54], thus affecting training results and also test results of msvm models. based on table 7 and table 8, the next comparison charts among msvm models with fs can be seen in figures 10, 11 and 12. the average score comparison chart of ovo msvm models with fs using unigram and bigram features can be seen in figure 10a while the average score comparison chart of ovr msvm models with fs using unigram and bigram features can be seen in figure 10b. the other comparison charts of ovo and ovr msvm models with fs using unigram and bigram features can be seen in figure 11-a and figure 11-b, respectively. figure 12 shows the overall comparison of msvm models with fs. (a) (b) figure 8. comparison with fs on using unigram and bigram on model: (a) ovo msvm; (b) ovr msvm 97.1 68.8 97.9 73.1 96.9 61.7 97.4 64.1 84.3 71.8 87.5 71.2 81.1 66.3 83.3 67.0 0 20 40 60 80 100 unigram (u) ovo msvm model wo/ & w/ fs u ovo u ovo fs 97.9 47.9 98.6 66.4 98.2 37.4 98.4 37.8 82.6 56.4 91.9 72.0 79.2 48.5 83.0 51.0 0 20 40 60 80 100 bigram (b) ovo msvm model wo/ & w/ fs b ovo b ovo fs 84.3 71.8 87.5 71.2 81.1 66.3 83.3 67.0 82.6 56.4 91.9 72.0 79.2 48.5 83.0 51.0 0 20 40 60 80 100 unigram (u) & bigram (b) ovo msvm model w/ fs u ovo fs b ovo fs 86.2 73.0 87.2 72.5 84.8 68.6 85.6 69.3 86.3 61.2 90.9 69.5 83.1 53.4 85.6 55.1 0 20 40 60 80 100 unigram (u) & bigram (b) ovr msvm model w/ fs u ovr fs b ovr fs hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 438 (a) (b) figure 9. comparison with fs of ovo and ovr msvm models using features: (a) unigram; (b) bigram figure 10. overall comparison of msvm models with fs unlike all models without fs, all models with fs cannot maintain their training scores above 90% (except for bigram ovo and ovr, where their precision was at 91.92% and 90.90%, respectively), but those decreasing performances were compensated by their increasing testing scores in general. in the model with the same approach but different n-gram, the unigram ovo msvm model had a better performance in general in testing scores compared to its bigram ovo msvm model (except for precision, which is quite comparable), and the unigram ovr msvm model had a better performance in testing scores compared to its bigram ovr msvm model. the other comparison of ovo and ovr msvm models using unigram and bigram features (figure 11) provided comparable differences in terms of performance. the results of the testing scores gave a range of differences for ovo and ovr msvm models using unigram features of 1.26% (accuracy), 1.28% (precision), 2.28% (recall), 2.31% (f1), and for ovo and ovr msvm models using bigram features of 4.85% (accuracy), 2.51% (precision), 4.81% (recall), 4.06% (f1). with fs and unigram features, the ovr msvm model had slightly better performance than the ovo msvm model. without fs and with bigram features, the ovr msvm model was slightly better on accuracy, recall, and f1 score, while the ovo msvm model was slightly better on precision. based on the overall comparison chart, it was found that with the same n-gram, the ovo msvm and ovr msvm models had relatively the same performance. whereas, when compared with the different n-gram, the unigram ovo/ovr msvm model had better performance than its bigram ovo/ovr msvm model. 84.3 71.8 87.5 71.2 81.1 66.3 83.3 67.0 86.2 73.0 87.2 72.5 84.8 68.6 85.6 69.3 0 20 40 60 80 100 unigram (u) ovo & ovr msvm model w/ fs u ovo fs u ovr fs 82.6 56.4 91.9 72.0 79.2 48.5 83.0 51.0 86.3 61.2 90.9 69.5 83.1 53.4 85.6 55.1 0 20 40 60 80 100 bigram (b) ovo & ovr msvm model w/ fs b ovo fs b ovr fs train accuracy test accuracy train precision test precision train recall test recall train f1score test f1score u ovo fs 84.26 71.77 87.52 71.25 81.11 66.28 83.26 67.01 u ovr fs 86.20 73.03 87.20 72.53 84.76 68.56 85.56 69.32 b ovo fs 82.59 56.35 91.92 72.00 79.17 48.54 83.02 51.02 b ovr fs 86.30 61.20 90.90 69.49 83.12 53.35 85.65 55.08 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 overall comparison of msvm models with fs hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 439 4. conclusion classification comparisons of multi-class support vector machine (msvm) models without and with feature selection (fs) have already been conducted comprehensively on the text dataset constructed from service satisfaction survey data of denpasar public health centers. since all public health centers in indonesia refer to the same national regulation, health service satisfaction survey data should have relatively the same aspects and characteristics that, overall, make it unique and need specific processing. this study lays the foundation for handling the classification of this kind of data that reflects the indonesian health service satisfaction survey data. it is considered a contribution since there is no such study. the foundation of the classification process laid by this study to fit in the indonesian health service satisfaction survey data would be useful as part of the future vision for an integrated system of indonesian health big data. future implementation based on this study is related to the automatic incremental classification system that shows the comparison performance for several models in real-time to provide some good insights for a future decision regarding health services improvement. automatic means that there is no longer a manual process (see figure 1) to be carried out, as in this study. any data transformation needed at a certain stage is provided automatically by the developed information system. related to the automatic process, any supervision mechanism should be developed for unclear/ambiguous results for the continuous improvement of the system. incremental means that the comparison performance is calculated immediately only for data that has already been validated as ground truth by the expert (see table 2), including additional validation of positive, negative, and neutral sentiments (involving a bahasa expert). comparison metrics (accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 score) are calculated based on those ground truths. related to the incremental process, any notification mechanism should be developed on the system so the experts can be notified immediately in real-time when suggestions/criticisms data is submitted through the feedback form of the information system (no longer through the paper-based form). 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, g.i., h.s., and a.g.; methodology, g.i. and h.s.; software, g.i. and h.s.; validation, a.g.; formal analysis, g.i. and h.s.; investigation, g.i. and h.s.; resources, g.i., h.s., and a.g.; data curation, g.i. and h.s.; writing—original draft preparation, g.i. and h.s.; writing—review and editing, a.g.; visualization, g.i. and h.s.; supervision, a.g.; project administration, g.i.; funding acquisition, g.i. and a.g. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding and acknowledgements the authors gratefully thank the center for public health innovation (cphi) for providing the denpasar public health centers service satisfaction survey report for this study. the authors also gratefully acknowledge the support of the indonesian ministry of education, culture, research, and technology for research funding of this work in the area of information technology for big data development. 5.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] indonesian ministry of education culture research and technology. (2021). research and community service guide book edition xiii revision. jakarta, indonesia. (in indonesian). [2] center for public health innovation (cphi). (2021). denpasar health centers satisfaction survey report. denpasar, indonesia. (in indonesian) [3] indonesian ministry of health. (2016). regulation of the minister of health no. 39 of 2016 concerning guidelines for implementing the healthy indonesia program with a family approach. jakarta, indonesia. (in indonesian). [4] indonesian ministry of health. (2019). regulation of the minister of health no. 30 of 2019 concerning hospital classification and licensing. jakarta, indonesia. (in indonesian). [5] mishbahuddin, b. (2020). improving hospital health service management. tangga ilmu, yogyakarta, indonesia. (in indonesian). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 440 [6] sabilla, a. g. (2021). the relationship between quality of health services and patient satisfaction levels using bpjs at first level health facilities. medika hutama, 3(1), 1654–1659. (in indonesian). [7] zhang, l., & liu, b. (2017). sentiment analysis and opinion mining. encyclopaedia of machine learning and data mining, springer, boston, united states. doi:10.1007/978-1-4899-7687-1_907. [8] hsu, c. w., & lin, c. j. (2002). a comparison of methods for multiclass support vector machines. ieee transactions on neural networks, 13(2), 415–425. doi:10.1109/72.991427. [9] lei, h., & govindaraju, v. (2005). half-against-half multi-class support vector machines. in: oza, n.c., polikar, r., kittler, j., roli, f. (eds) multiple classifier systems, mcs 2005. lecture notes in computer science, 3541. springer, berlin, germany. doi:10.1007/11494683_16. [10] hsu, b. m. (2020). comparison of supervised classification models on textual data. mathematics, 8(5), 851. doi:10.3390/math8050851. [11] polpinij, j., & luaphol, b. (2021). comparing of multi-class text classification methods for automatic ratings of consumer reviews. multi-disciplinary trends in artificial intelligence. miwai 2021. lecture notes in computer science, 12832, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-80253-0_15. [12] kharwar, a. r., & thakor, d. v. (2021). an ensemble approach for feature selection and classification in intrusion detection using extra-tree algorithm. international journal of information security and privacy, 16(1), 1–21. doi:10.4018/ijisp.2022010113. [13] khaire, u. m., & dhanalakshmi, r. (2022). stability of feature selection algorithm: a review. journal of king saud university computer and information sciences, 34(4), 1060–1073. doi:10.1016/j.jksuci.2019.06.012. [14] wang, h., he, j., zhang, x., & liu, s. (2020). a short text classification method based on n‐gram and cnn. chinese journal of electronics, 29(2), 248–254. doi:10.1049/cje.2020.01.00. [15] perdana, a., furqon, m. t., & indriati, i. (2018). application of the support vector machine algorithm in the classification of schizophrenia mental illness: a study case on rsj. radjiman wediodiningrat, lawang. jurnal pengembangan teknologi informasi dan ilmu komputer, 2(9), 3162–3167. (in indonesian). [16] widyawati, w. & sutanto, s. (2019). comparison of the naïve bayes algorithm and the support vector machine in indonesian sms spam classification. jurnal ilmiah sains dan teknologi, 3(2), 178–19. (in indonesian). [17] alita, d., fernando, y., & sulistiani, h. (2020). implementation of multiclass svm algorithm on indonesian language public opinion on twitter. jurnal tekno kompak, 14(2), 86. doi:10.33365/jtk.v14i2.792. (in indonesian). [18] pangestu, d. a. (2020). sentiment analysis of public opinion on mental health during the covid-19 pandemic on social media twitter using the naive bayes classifier and support vector machine. ph.d. thesis, universitas islam indonesia, yogyakarta, indonesia. (in indonesian). [19] hermanto, h., mustopa, a., & kuntoro, a. y. (2020). naive bayes classification and support vector machine algorithms in student complaint services. jurnal ilmu pengetahuan dan teknologi komputer, 5(2), 211–220. doi:10.33480/jitk.v5i2.1181. (in indonesian). [20] fitriana, d. n. & sibaroni, y. (2022). tweet data classification using the multi-class support vector machine classification method: a case study of pt. kai. e-proceeding of engineering, 7(2), 8493–8505. doi:10.34818/eoe.v7i2.12746. (in indonesian). [21] dhammajoti, young, j. c., & rusli, a. (2020). a comparison of supervised text classification and resampling techniques for user feedback in bahasa indonesia. 2020 fifth international conference on informatics and computing (icic), gorontalo, indonesia. doi:10.1109/icic50835.2020.9288588. [22] sujadi, h. (2022). analysis of the sentiment of twitter social media users towards the covid-19 outbreak with the naïve bayes classifier and support vector machine . infotech journal, 8(1), 22–27. doi:10.31949/infotech.v8i1.1883. (in indonesian). [23] cikania, r. n. (2021). implementation of the naïve bayes classifier algorithm and support vector machine in the halodoc telemedicine service review sentiment classification. jambura journal of probability and statistics, 2(2), 96–104. doi:10.34312/jjps.v2i2.11364. (in indonesian). [24] sohrabi, m. k., & hemmatian, f. (2019). an efficient preprocessing method for supervised sentiment analysis by converting sentences to numerical vectors: a twitter case study. multimedia tools and applications, 78(17), 24863–24882. doi:10.1007/s11042-019-7586-4. [25] malloy, b. a., & power, j. f. (2019). an empirical analysis of the transition from python 2 to python 3. empirical software engineering, 24(2), 751–778. doi:10.1007/s10664-018-9637-2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 441 [26] allahyari, m., pouriyeh, s., assefi, m., safaei, s., trippe, e. d., gutierrez, j. b., & kochut, k. (2017). a brief survey of text mining: classification, clustering and extraction techniques. arxiv preprint arxiv:1707.02919. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1707.02919. [27] wang, m., & hu, f. (2021). the application of nltk library for python natural language processing in corpus research. theory and practice in language studies, 11(9), 1041–1049. doi:10.17507/tpls.1109.09. [28] prakoso, r. (2017). indonesian standard words for sentiment analysis. available online: https://github.com/ramaprakoso/ analisis-sentimen (accessed on november 2022). [29] indonesian ministry of health (2022). dictionary of terms and definitions related to health. indonesian ministry of health, jakarta, indonesia. available online: https://www.kemkes.go.id/folder/view/full-content/structure-kamus.html (accessed on november 2022). (in indonesian). [30] tala, f. (2003). a study of stemming effects on information retrieval in bahasa indonesia. master thesis, universiteit van amsterdam, amsterdam, netherlands. [31] robbani, h. a. (2018). pysastrawi: indonesian stemmer. python port of php sastrawi project. available online: https://github.com/har07/pysastrawi (accessed on november 2022). [32] carpenter, j. (2022). swifter: a package which efficiently applies any function to a panda’s data frame or series in the fastest available manner. available online: https://github.com/jmcarpenter2/swifter (accessed on november 2022). [33] howard, b. e., phillips, j., miller, k., tandon, a., mav, d., shah, m. r., holmgren, s., pelch, k. e., walker, v., rooney, a. a., macleod, m., shah, r. r., & thayer, k. (2016). swift-review: a text-mining workbench for systematic review. systematic reviews, 5(1), 87. doi:10.1186/s13643-016-0263-z. [34] leskovec, j., rajaraman, a., & ullman, j. d. (2020). mining of massive datasets. cambridge university press cambridge, united kingdom. doi:10.1017/9781108684163. [35] jones, k. s. (2021). a statistical interpretation of term specificity and its application in retrieval (1972). ideas that created the future, 339–348, cambridge, massachusetts, united states. doi:10.7551/mitpress/12274.003.0037. [36] robertson, s. (2004). understanding inverse document frequency: on theoretical arguments for idf. journal of documentation, 60(5), 503–520. doi:10.1108/00220410410560582. [37] uther, w. (2010). encyclopedia of machine learning. springer, boston, united states. doi:10.1007/978-0-387-30164-8. [38] wang, s., tang, j., liu, h. (2017). feature selection. encyclopedia of machine learning and data mining. springer, boston, united states. doi:10.1007/978-1-4899-7687-1_101. [39] li, j., cheng, k., wang, s., morstatter, f., trevino, r. p., tang, j., & liu, h. (2017). feature selection. acm computing surveys, 50(6), 1–45. doi:10.1145/3136625. [40] geurts, p., ernst, d., & wehenkel, l. (2006). extremely randomized trees. machine learning, 63(1), 3–42. doi:10.1007/s10994006-6226-1. [41] sharaff, a., & gupta, h. (2019). extra-tree classifier with metaheuristics approach for email classification. advances in computer communication and computational sciences. advances in intelligent systems and computing, 924, springer, singapore. doi:10.1007/978-981-13-6861-5_17. [42] ossai, c. i., & wickramasinghe, n. (2022). glcm and statistical features extraction technique with extra-tree classifier in macular oedema risk diagnosis. biomedical signal processing and control, 73, 103471. doi:10.1016/j.bspc.2021.103471. [43] ampomah, e. k., qin, z., & nyame, g. (2020). evaluation of tree-based ensemble machine learning models in predicting stock price direction of movement. information (switzerland), 11(6), 332. doi:10.3390/info11060332. [44] podder, p., khamparia, a., mondal, m. r. h., rahman, m. a., & bharati, s. (2021). forecasting the spread of covid-19 and icu requirements. international journal of online and biomedical engineering, 17(05), 81. doi:10.3991/ijoe.v17i05.20009. [45] arathi krishna, v., anusree, a., jose, b., anilkumar, k., & lee, o. t. (2021). phishing detection using extra trees classifier. ieee, 5th international conference on information systems and computer networks (iscon), mathura, india. doi:10.1109/iscon52037.2021.9702372. [46] pedregosa, f., varoquaux, g., gramfort, a., michel, v., thirion, b., grisel, o., blondel, m., prettenhofer, p., weiss, r., dubourg, v., vanderplas, j., passos, a., cournapeau, d., brucher, m., perrot, m., & duchesnay, é. (2011). scikit-learn: machine learning in python. journal of machine learning research, 12(85), 2825−2830. [47] chang, c. c., & lin, c. j. (2011). libsvm: a library for support vector machines. acm transactions on intelligent systems and technology, 2(3), 1–27. doi:10.1145/1961189.1961199. [48] fan, r. e., chang, k. w., hsieh, c. j., wang, x. r., & lin, c. j. (2008). liblinear: a library for large linear classification. journal of machine learning research, 9, 1871–1874. https://github.com/ramaprakoso/ https://github.com/jmcarpenter2/swifter hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 442 [49] bharadwaj, prakash, k.b., & kanagachidambaresan, g.r. (2021). pattern recognition and machine learning. programming with tensorflow. eai/springer innovations in communication and computing, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/9783-030-57077-4_11. [50] han, h., & jiang, x. (2014). overcome support vector machine diagnosis overfitting. cancer informatics, 13(s1), cin.s13875. doi:10.4137/cin.s13875. [51] salam, m. a., taher, a., samy, m., & mohamed, k. (2021). the effect of different dimensionality reduction techniques on machine learning overfitting problem. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 12(4), 641-655. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2021.0120480. [52] tao, z., huiling, l., wenwen, w., & xia, y. (2019). ga-svm based feature selection and parameter optimization in hospitalization expense modeling. applied soft computing journal, 75, 323–332. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2018.11.001. [53] tatwani, s., & kumar, e. (2019). a stable svm-rfe feature selection method for gene expression data. international journal of engineering and advanced technology, 8(6), 2110–2115. doi:10.35940/ijeat.f8482.088619. [54] mazurowski, m. a., habas, p. a., zurada, j. m., lo, j. y., baker, j. a., & tourassi, g. d. (2008). training neural network classifiers for medical decision making: the effects of imbalanced datasets on classification performance. neural networks, 21(2–3), 427–436. doi:10.1016/j.neunet.2007.12.031. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 202 a data mining perspective on the confluent ions` effect for target functionality babak fazelabdolabadi a* , mostafa montazeri a, peyman pourafshary b a center for exploration and production studies and research, research institute of petroleum industry (ripi), tehran, iran. b school of mining and geosciences, nazarbayev university, 53 kabanbay batyr avenue, nur-sultan city, kazakhstan. received 08 february 2021; revised 11 may 2021; accepted 24 june 2021; published 01 september 2021 abstract the production of hydrocarbon resources at an oil field is concomitant with challenges with respect to the formation of scale inside the reservoir rock, intricately impairing its permeability and hindering the flow. historically, the effect of ions has been attributed to the undergone phenomenon; nevertheless, there exists a great deal of ambiguity about its relative significance compared to other factors, or the effectiveness as per the ion type. the present work applies a data mining strategy to uncover the influence hierarchy of the parameters involved in driving the process within major rock categories— sandstone and carbonate—to regulate a target functionality. the functionalities considered revolve around maximizing oil recovery and minimizing permeability impairment/scale damage. a pool of experimental as well as field data was used for this purpose, accumulating the bulk of the available literature data. the methods used for data analysis in the present work included the bayesian network, random forest, deep neural network, as well as recursive partitioning. the results indicate a rolling importance for different ion species, altering under each functionality, which is not ranked as the most influential parameter in either case. for the oil recovery target, our results quantify a distinction between the source of an ion of a single type in terms of its influencing rank in the process. this latter deduction is the first proposal of its kind, suggesting a new perspective for research. moreover, the machine learning methodology was found to be capable of reliably capturing the data, as evidenced by the minimal errors in the bootstrapped results. keywords: big data; machine learning; bayesian networks; random forest; formation damage; oil recovery. 1. introduction as a long-lasting issue in petroleum production, the formation of scales continues to impede the flow and cause an economic burden on the upstream sector, which is estimated to be in excess of billions of dollars worldwide [1]. the formation of scales subsequently reduces the permeability of the formation [2], which adversely affects the recovery of the hydrocarbon resources. given its importance, several studies have focused on understanding the effects of different parameters on the scale formation phenomenon and proposing relevant mechanisms. according to the literature, the scale formation at an oilfield is linked with operational parameters such as field type as well as laboratory parameters such as the concentration of selected ions, with the latter being tested both inside inhibitor-free and inhibitor-containing environments [3-6]. nevertheless, the theories evolved over the deposition mechanism are non-overlapping and there exists a great deal of ambiguity about the influencing rank of the found parameters in the sequel—a question which this work attempts to address. * corresponding author: bkfazel@yahoo.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-03-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0584-8177 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4600-6670 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 203 a plausible deduction of the actual interplay between parameters affecting the formation damage/oil recovery process can be merely derived by considering all the parameters involved simultaneously. this definition refers to a big-data framework, representing a favorably large sample size, to be subsequently applied to machine learning strategies. in practice, however, the available data in the literature adheres to a study conducted on a given functionality—maximizing the oil recovery while minimizing permeability impairment/scale damage. it is therefore logical to construct a specific database for each target functionality, for which the data is separately available. the application of machine learning strategies has been widely practiced in oil and gas development. these attempts have covered aspects of enhanced oil recovery [7–14], fracture detection [15], development plan optimization [15, 16], dynamic production prediction [18–21] and asphaltene precipitation prediction [22]. some studies have also focused on applying machine learning strategies to model permeability impairment due to mineral scale deposition [23–25] and predict the success of an inhibition scenario in the field [4]. the bulk of these works have adopted an artificial neural network (ann) technique for their analysis [26], albeit some hybrid strategies have also been tested. in essence, these hybrid methods were created by introducing an adjustment to the neuron weights (inside ann settings) through metaheuristics algorithms, such as the imperialist competitive algorithm (ica), genetics algorithm (ga), particle swarm optimization (pso), or both (hgapso). the modifications have reportedly yielded improved overall accuracy; nevertheless, some developed models bear limitations with respect to being trapped within local optima, making their predictions unreliable for a certain range of the data spectrum [23]. this creates a necessity for other machine learning techniques to be also evaluated for the same target. a common feature of the recent machine-learning investigations on the reservoir mineral scale prediction [23-25] has been the adoption of a single data-bank as their model input, which reports experimental results on sandstone rocks. this brings about another limitation to the established results algorithm efficiency or parameter importance rank as being specific to the given rock type, or being tested otherwise. the present work contributes to the existing literature in this field in several ways testing new algorithms efficiency within sandstone and carbonate rocks, providing an indepth view of parameter importance rank for a specific functionality. in this regards, the authors have also accumulated a data-set of experimental results on oil recovery from carbonate rocks from both the literature and our experiments with added parameters list, to include the source of ions, for further importance level classification deducted from data processing. a flowchart is presented in figure 1 to illustrate our research methodology. figure 1. the flowchart of the research methodology followed in the present work select a target functionality field (scale damage) occurrence minimization oil recovery maximization permeability impairment minimization use the dataset collected for the selected functionality apply machine learning to the dataset bayesian network random forest deep neural network recursive partitioning determine the influencing rank parameters fit the best model and verify the accuracy hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 204 2. data the data used in the present work was obtained from the open literature as well as our own experiments [4, 25, 2730]. as explained earlier, the data was collected so as to target three main functionalities minimizing permeability impairment (i), minimizing the possibility of scale damage in the field (ii), maximizing oil recovery from matrix (iii). as such, three distinct sets of data were acquired with essentially different parameters list. the list alters slightly under each category owing to their original recording scheme. in essence, the lists include parameters related to the fluid/matrix properties as well as the experimental/field conditions, under which the data was obtained. tables 1 to 3 provide a description of the parameters considered under each functionality. the embedding rock type for the data in category (i) belongs to sandstone; whereas in the other two categories the data refers to the carbonate case. table 1. the description of parameters used for target functionality (i) permeability impairment name description (unit) x1 pore volume (-) x2 rate of injection (cc/min) x3 temperature (c) x4 pressure difference along the core (psi) x5 initial permeability (md) x6 ba2+ ion concentration in formation water (ppm) x7 sr2+ ion concentration in formation water (ppm) x8 ca2+ ion concentration in formation water (ppm) x9 so4(2-) ion concentration in formation water (ppm) x10 final permeability, experimental (md) table 2. the description of parameters used for target functionality (ii) caco3 scale damage possibility item description (unit) 1 field (-) 2 na+ ion concentration in injecting fluid (ppm) 3 ca2+ ion concentration in injecting fluid (ppm) 4 mg2+ ion concentration in injecting fluid (ppm) 5 so4(2-) ion concentration in injecting fluid (ppm) 6 hco3 ion concentration in injecting fluid (ppm) 7 tds of injection fluid (g/l) 8 ph (-) 9 occurrence of scale formation (true/false) table 3. the description of different parameters used for target functionality (iii) oil recovery item description (unit) 1 length of core (mm) 2 diameter of core (mm) 3 pore volume of core (ml) 4 porosity of the core (-) 5 sw, initial water saturation of core (-) 6 so, initial oil saturation of core (-) 7 ko, relative permeability of oil in core (md) 8 kw, relative permeability of water in core (md) 9 caco3, weight percent of core (-) 10 sio2, weight percent of core (-) 11 al2si2o5(oh)4 weight percent of core (-) 12 acid number of oil (mg koh/g oil) 13 specific gravity of oil (-) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 205 14 api of oil (-) 15 asphaltene weight percent in oil (-) 16 viscosity of oil (cp) 17 c2 mole percent in oil composition (-) 18 c3 mole percent in oil composition (-) 19 i-c4 mole percent in oil composition (-) 20 n-c4 mole percent in oil composition (-) 21 i-c5 mole percent in oil composition (-) 22 n-c5 mole percent in oil composition (-) 23 c6 mole percent in oil composition (-) 24 c7 mole percent in oil composition (-) 25 c8 mole percent in oil composition (-) 26 c9 mole percent in oil composition (-) 27 c10 mole percent in oil composition (-) 28 c11 mole percent in oil composition (-) 29 c12+ mole percent in oil composition (-) 30 hco3ion concentration in formation water (mol/l) 31 cl ion concentration in formation water (mol/l) 32 so4(2-) ion concentration in formation water (mol/l) 33 mg2+ ion concentration in formation water (mol/l) 34 ca2+ ion concentration in formation water (mol/l) 35 so3(2-) ion concentration in formation water (mol/l) 36 no2 ion concentration in formation water (mol/l) 37 po4(3-) ion concentration in formation water (mol/l) 38 fe2+ ion concentration in formation water (mol/l) 39 na+ ion concentration in formation water (mol/l) 40 k+ ion concentration in formation water (mol/l) 41 li+ ion concentration in formation water (mol/l) 42 sr2+ ion concentration in formation water (mol/l) 43 ba2+ ion concentration in formation water (mol/l) 44 ionic strength of formation water (-) 45 tds of formation water (g/l) 46 hco3 ion concentration in injecting fluid (mol/l) 47 li+ ion concentration in injecting fluid (mol/l) 48 k+ ion concentration in injecting fluid (mol/l) 49 ca2+ ion concentration in injecting fluid (mol/l) 50 mg2+ ion concentration in injecting fluid (mol/l) 51 na+ ion concentration in injecting fluid (mol/l) 52 so4(2-) ion concentration in injecting fluid (mol/l) 53 cl ion concentration in injecting fluid (mol/l) 54 ionic strength of injection fluid (-) 55 tds of injection fluid (g/l) 56 temperature (c) 3. methods several methods have been employed in the present study, for regression as well as classification of parameters; including bayesian network (bn), classification and regression trees (cart), random forest (rf) and deep neural network (dnn). in order to keep the size of this manuscript within reasonable length, only an explanation of bn and rf methods is given in this section, which have outperformed the other applied techniques in terms of their established accuracy [31, 32]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 206 3.1. bayesian network a bayesian network belongs to a class of graphical models, which concisely represent the probabilistic dependencies between a given set of (random) variables 𝑋 = {𝑋1, 𝑋2, … , 𝑋𝑁}, in the form of a directed acyclic graph (dag). the dag shapes such that its nodes represent the variables and its arrows represent probabilistic dependencies between the nodes. in this structure, an arrow goes from an influencing parent node to an influenced child node, in a one-directional way. such a graphical structure enables estimation of the joint probability distribution. provided that a variable only depends on its parent nodes, dag defines a factorization of the joint probability distribution, for each variable, into a set of local probability distribution functions, in which the form of factorization is given by the markov property of its network. the markov chain framework considers the product of the conditional (local) probability distributions associated with each variable 𝑋𝑖, as the (global) joint probability distribution of variables in 𝑋 [33]. for the case of the factorization of the joint density function 𝑓𝑋 can be obtained by nagarajan et al. (2013) [34]: )()( 1 ii xix p i x xfxf   (1) in which πxi represents the set of parents of 𝑋𝑖. for the random variables with discrete nature, the factorization of the joint probability distribution 𝑃𝑋 is obtained by: )()( 1 ii xix p i x xpxp   (2) for each three disjoint subsets of nodes in dag, say (a, b, c), a directed separation (d-separation) criterion is evaluated. assuming node c to d-separate nodes a and b, then along every sequence of arcs between nodes a and b, there exists a node 𝜈, which either is positioned in c (not having any converging arcs) or has converging arcs (being pointed to along the network path by two arcs) and none of 𝜈 or the nodes that can be reached from 𝜈 (its descendants) are in c [34]. as the situation of a converging connection violates the d-separation criteria for the child node (figure 2a), it can be assumed that the parent nodes (a and b) are not independent given the child node. as such, the markov property stipulates: )()(),(),,( bpapbacpcbap  (3) for the other two scenarios – serial and diverging connections (figures 2b and 2c) – the corresponding values measures as equations 4 and 5, respectively: )()()(),,( apacpcbpcbap  (4) )()()(),,( cpcbpcapcbap  (5) figure 2. the graphical separation for the converging connection (a), serial connection (b) and diverging connection (c) of fundamental connections in dag the bn learning process aims to find an optimal structure in addition to its underlying parameters. in this respect, two approaches have been devised. the first approach analyzes the probabilistic relationships supervised by the markov property of bayesian networks with conditional independence tests and subsequently constructs a graph that satisfies the corresponding d-separation statements (constraint-based algorithms). the other approach assigns a score to each bn candidate and maximizes it with a heuristic algorithm (score-based algorithms) [34]. once a bayesian network has been established, approximate inference on an unknown value can be made by taking advantage of the bn's fundamental properties, which serves an added advantage of evading the curse of dimensionality, due to its mere usage of the local distributions [35]. in other words, the posterior probability of a target node can then be computed from the data generated by applying stochastic simulation to the distribution network, for a large number of cases. for this sake, two algorithms have been proposed – logical sampling (ls) and likelihood weighting (lw). traversing the nodes from the parent nodes down to children nodes, the ls algorithm generates a case by selecting values for each node –weighed by the probability of those values occurring at random. at each step, the weighing probability is either the prior or the conditional probability table entry for the sampled parent values. an instantiation of hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 207 all the nodes in the bn is later on created, once all the structure is visited. the collection of instantiation data enables estimation of the posterior probability for node 𝑋 given evidence. the lw algorithms works in a similar way to the former algorithm except that it adds the fractional likelihood of the evidence combination to the run count, instead of one [35]. 3.2. random forest the random forest is a class of ensemble learning techniques, which principally aggregates a collection of random decision trees. the individual trees are not necessarily optimal and are randomly perturbed. such a diversity enables more extensive exploration of the tree predictors` space – enhancing the rf predictive performance. each tree is composed of root, branch and leaf nodes, which is generated based on bootstrap sampling from the original training data. the optimal node splitting feature is selected, for each node of a tree, from a set of 𝑛 features, being randomly selected from a feature space of size 𝑁 [36]. if the number of features is less than the size of the feature space, the node splitting feature selection would decrease the correlation between different trees, which subsequently makes the average response of multiple regression trees to have lower expected variance than the individual regression trees. nevertheless, an improvement in the predictive capability of the individual trees alongside increase in the number of selected features can result in an increase in the correlation between trees and therefore void any gains obtained from averaging multiple predictions. consider 𝑋𝑡𝑟(𝑖, 𝑗) and 𝑦(𝑖) as being the training input feature 𝑗 and output response, respectively. for a sample 𝑖, 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑚 and 𝑗 = 1, 2, … , 𝑁. the node splitting process would then attempt to select a feature 𝑗 from a set of 𝑛 features and partition the node 𝜒𝑃 into two child nodes with respect to a threshold 𝑍. the child nodes – left and right – satisfy the conditions 𝑋𝑡𝑟(𝑖 ∈ 𝜒𝑃 , 𝑗𝑠 ≤ 𝑍) and 𝑋𝑡𝑟(𝑖 ∈ 𝜒𝑃 , 𝑗𝑠 > 𝑍), respectively. assume the node cost as being the sum of square deviances:    pi pp iyd   2))()(()( (6) where 𝜇(𝜒𝑃) denotes the expected value of the responses. consequently, the objective function to optimize would be the reduction in cost for partition 𝛾 at node 𝜒𝑃the reward function (equation 7). )()()(),( rlpp dddc     ),(maxarg* pc (7) the optimal selection, 𝛾∗ ∈ 𝜒𝑃 , maximizes the reward function. the node splitting process can be computationally expensive, as the complexity associated with each node split is of order 𝑂(𝑛𝑚)requiring the checking of a total of 𝑚 partitions for a continuous feature with 𝑚 samples [36]. to deal with this complexity in the tree construction process, several recommendations have been proposed, such as applying the principal component analysis (pca) in the response matrix or using the basis functions to represent the response variables with the node cost [36]. the corresponding node cost functions to use in tree construction, in that case, would respectively take the form of equations 8 to 9: ))()(())()(()( ririd pi t p      (8) ))()(())()(()( pc i t pcp icicd p      (9) where 𝜍(𝑖) is the response obtained based on the principal components, 𝜍(̅𝑟) is the principal components’ mean vector, 𝑐(𝑖) is the vector of basis coefficients, 𝜇𝑐(𝜒𝑃) is the expected value of the basis coefficients vector and θ represents the matrix of inner vector products. the rf methodology relies on fitting the tree based on bootstrap samples from training data [(𝑋1, 𝑌1), (𝑋2, 𝑌2), … , (𝑋𝑛, 𝑌𝑛)]while the randomized feature selection process is in effect. assuming that �̅�(𝑥, φ) represent the partition containing a test sample 𝑥 for the tree φ, the response of the tree can be obtained by equation 10, with the corresponding weights, 𝑤𝑖(𝑥, φ), given by equation 11 [36]:    n i i iyxwxy 1 )(),(),( (10) )}),(()(:{# 1 ),( )},()({    rxixr xw trtr xix i tr   (11) should a collection of a number of 𝑇 trees be accumulated φ1, φ2, … , φt the average rf prediction for the test sample can be obtained by incorporating the average weights over the forest:    t j jii xw t xw 1 ),( 1 )( (12) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 208    n i i iyxwxy 1 )()()(  (13) 4. results the results obtained are applicable to three set of target functionalities, based on which the data was originally established. in addition, the results pinpoint to a performance benchmark amongst different methods applied in selected target functionalities. table 4 lists the results obtained for the importance rank of influencing parameters related to target functionality (i), obtained by the rf method. the results are valid for analyzing permeability impairment in sandstone matrix. in this setting, the ions in the formation water have shown an influencing rank in the order of so4(2-)>ba2+> sr2+>ca2+. in essence, two sets of parameters are enlisted in this table; namely, ion-related parameters (micro-scale) as well as the parameters related to the physics of the field (such as initial permeability) or experimental conditions devised (macro-scale). as evident from the table, both micro-scale and macro-scale parameters have driven an influencing role in the permeability impairment process; nevertheless, the importance of macro-scale parameters have ranked higher. figure 3 depicts the underlying bayesian network of influencing parameters related to target functionality (i) for the same set of data. the figure is informative, as it provides the first illustration of the exact interplay amongst different parameters in the data on target functionality (i). only the statistically-significant arcs have been drawn. it is noticeable that the earlier conclusion made on the microscale/macroscale parameters importance comparison is also confirmed by the bayesian network – placing mostly macroscale parameters in the parent nodes. the results presented in table 1 is further confirmed by the applying the tree pruning to the data (figure 4). as can be seen, the highly-influencing parameters in target functionality (i) – such as pore volume, initial permeability or so4(2-) concentrationare detected with higher splitting position in the optimally-pruned tree for data in target functionality (i). the numbers at the target end of the branches (i.e. end lines) in figure 4, refer to the number of cases received in that end terminal. table 4. the importance rank of influencing parameters related to target functionality (i) in sandstone matrix importance rank parameter 1 pore volume 2 initial permeability 3 so4(2-) ion concentration in formation water 4 rate of injection 5 ba2+ ion concentration in formation water 6 pressure difference along the core 7 sr2+ ion concentration in formation water 8 temperature 9 ca2+ ion concentration in formation water figure 3. the underlying bayesian network of influencing parameters related to target functionality (i) in sandstone matrix hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 209 figure 4. the optimally-pruned tree for data in target functionality (i) using the improved knowledge of parameters` roles mentioned above, this work attempted to improve on the predictive ability in target functionality (i). figure 5 shows our results for the final permeability in sandstone matrix, obtained by the rf method. the results pertain to bootstrapped ones with a fraction of 70% for training, which attest to the accuracy of the method. as evident, our results have outperformed the competing results of the gene expression method of rostami et al. [25]. our methodology is also competitive to other hybrid scheme prepositions for the same data [23, 24] – yielding a sum of error squared (r2) of 0.987 and 0.978 on bootstrapped results for the rf and bn methods, respectively. it should be noticed that the mentioned hybrid machine learning attempts on the same data, merely report their r2 measurements on the whole data set, and not on a bootstrapped sample, which would have been different if tested otherwise. table 5 provides a performance benchmark of different machine learning algorithms analyzed for target functionality (i) – reporting the mean error percentile of bootstrapped results in each case. for the deep machine learning case, the h2o automl scheme was used [37], which allows for automatic inspection of over 270 neural network models for optimal detection. based on the results, the rf method provides the most accurate output for target functionality (i), with a mean error percentile of less than 5% on the bootstrapped results. table 5. the mean error percentile of bootstrapped results of different machine learning algorithms for target functionality (i) method mean error (%) recursive partitioning 0.10 random forest 0.05 bayesian network 0.11 deep neural network 0.14 n=7 n=24 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 210 figure 5. the bootstrapped final permeability results for target functionality (i). the experimental data (solid line), the gene expression programming results of rostami et al. [25] (blue circles) and the random forest results of the present work (red circles). in an analogous way, the data related to target functionality (ii) were analyzed, based on which the importance rank of influencing parameters were ascertained (table 6). the nature of the data related to this functionality had been of the categorical type (i.e. true/false), which referred to the occurrence of calcium carbonate scale formation in the field [4]. the data was also more limited than the data in the other two functionalities, in terms of the number of macro-scale parameters enlisted mostly considering ions data for a practical purpose. however, the results again indicate the highest-ranking parameter in the group as being of a macro-scale type (i.e. the “field” parameter). as determined by the rf method, the hierarchy of the ion effects in the process has been in the order of ca2+>na+>mg2+>hco3->so4(2-) in the injecting fluid, while placing the ph parameter in the least influencing rank. table 7 lists the performance of different machine learning algorithms for target functionality (ii). given the categorical type of output, there performance is reported based on the accuracy of the confusion matrix for bootstrapped results. both rf and bn methods have outperformed the other machine learning methods, in terms of their accuracy. this performance comparison would make the rf results more trustable, including the deductions made earlier on the ranking hierarchy of the ions. table 6. the importance rank of influencing parameters related to target functionality (ii) importance rank parameter 1 field 2 ca2+ ion concentration in injecting fluid 3 tds of injection fluid 4 na+ ion concentration in injecting fluid 5 mg2+ ion concentration in injecting fluid 6 hco3, ion concentration in injecting fluid 7 so4(2-) ion concentration in injecting fluid 8 ph hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 211 table 7. the confusion matrix's accuracy of bootstrapped results obtained from different machine learning algorithms for target functionality (ii) method accuracy (%) recursive partitioning 80 random forest 88 bayesian network 91 deep neural network 70 table 8 lists the rf results obtained for the importance rank of influencing parameters related to target functionality (iii). as evident, the highest-ranking parameter in the list is detected with a macro-scale type, in the carbonate matrix. since the data accounted for the source of ion introduction – injecting or formation – it was possible to determine on the importance rank of each ion species, based on its introduction source, which is the first analysis of its kind, to the knowledge of the authors. the dataset used for target functionality (iii) in the present article cannot be distributed due to the licensing issues. based on the rf results (table 8), the effective ions have shown a different influencing hierarchy compared to the other sectors studied. for a given type of ion, the influencing rank on oil recovery has also been different based on the introduction source into the carbonate matrix. for instance, the importance level of hco3ion in the formation water has been higher than that in the injecting water. for some other ions, such as so4(2-), the injecting water content has rendered more important than the content in the formation water. this finding potentially reveals a more complex phenomenon underlying the oil recovery process, which requires further investigation. on the other hand, the overall effectiveness of ions shows an altered arrangement compared to the other carbonate case (item ii), which nullifies any general deductions on the global effectiveness of an ion over the others – suggesting its case dependency. for instance, in a low salinity water injection context, a recent research [38] reports that neither the cation/so4(2-) concentration nor the difference of sulfate ion concentration change in brines show effectiveness towards tertiary oil recovery. the data mining results for target functionality (iii) indicate that the most influential parameter in the list is of a macro-scale type, which sustains through all the functionalities/environments studied. table 8. the importance rank of influencing parameters related to target functionality (iii) in carbonate matrix importance rank parameter 1 temperature 2 specific gravity of oil 3 porosity 4 hco3 ion concentration in formation water 5 na+ ion concentration in formation water 6 so4(2-) ion concentration in injecting fluid 7 tds of injection fluid 8 cl ion concentration in injecting fluid 9 ca2+ ion concentration in injecting fluid 10 pore volume of core 11 ionic strength of injection fluid 12 asphaltene weight percent in oil 13 na+ ion concentration in injecting fluid 14 caco3 weight percent of core 15 hco3 ion concentration in injecting fluid 16 api of oil 17 sw, initial water saturation of core hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 212 18 diameter of core 19 k+ ion concentration in injecting fluid 20 so, initial oil saturation of core 21 ko, relative permeability of oil in core 22 sio2 weight percent of core 23 mg2+ ion concentration in injecting fluid 24 length of core 25 viscosity of oil 26 acid number of oil 27 tds of formation water 28 k+ ion concentration in formation water 29 kw, relative permeability of water in core 30 so4(2-) ion concentration in formation water 31 ionic strength of formation water 32 al2si2o5(oh)4 weight percent of core 33 li+ ion concentration in injecting fluid 34 ca2+ ion concentration in formation water 35 mg2+ ion concentration in formation water 36 po4(3-) ion concentration in formation water 37 li+ ion concentration in formation water 38 no2 ion concentration in formation water 39 sr2+ ion concentration in formation water 40 fe2+ ion concentration in formation water 41 c8 mole percent in oil composition 42 c3 mole percent in oil composition 43 i-c4 mole percent in oil composition 44 c7 mole percent in oil composition 45 cl ion concentration in formation water 46 i-c5 mole percent in oil composition 47 so3(2-) ion concentration in formation water 48 c2 mole percent in oil composition 49 ba2+ ion concentration in formation water 50 c12+ mole percent in oil composition 51 n-c5 mole percent in oil composition 52 c6 mole percent in oil composition 53 c10 mole percent in oil composition 54 n-c4 mole percent in oil composition 55 c11 mole percent in oil composition 56 c9 mole percent in oil composition hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 213 5. conclusion the data mining results indicate a rolling importance for the confluent effect of considered ion species, which alters under different environments. this essentially rejects the prior propositions on the existence of a global order list for the effectiveness of ions for selected functionalities. for the carbonate matrix, the random forest results clearly distinguish between the source of ion introduction into the matrix—injecting or formation water—and its importance rank in the sequel, for oil recovery purposes. this latter conclusion is notable as it provides the first quantitative confirmation of the source of ion significance towards its overall functionality, bringing a novel concept to the field. for all the target functionalities/matrix environments studied, the most influential parameter was detected as being of a macro-scale type, which does not include an ion. in other words, in neither of the cases studied, an ion was ranked as the most influential parameter in the list. the minimal errors obtained over the bootstrapped results indicate that the machine learning methodologies applied have been successful in capturing the experimental/field data within major rock types (carbonate and sandstone) over studied functionalities. the random forest and bayesian network methods stand out as the most accurate techniques amongst the other machine learning strategies applied to the sandstone case, whose results outperform the most recent hybrid method predictions on the same data. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, b.f., m.m. and p.p.; methodology, b.f., m.m. and b.f.; validation, b.f., m.m. and p.p.; formal analysis, b.f., m.m., and p.p.; investigation, b.f. and m.m.; writing—original draft preparation, b.f.; writing—review and editing, b.f., m.m. and p.p.; visualization, b.f. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] frenier, w. w., & ziauddin, m. (2008). formation, removal, and inhibition of inorganic scale in the oilfield environment (p. 808). richardson, tx: society of petroleum engineers, texas, united states. [2] hajirezaie, s., wu, x., & peters, c. a. (2017). scale formation in porous media and its impact on reservoir performance during water flooding. journal of natural gas science and engineering, 39, 188–202. doi:10.1016/j.jngse.2017.01.019. [3] azizi, j., shadizadeh, s. r., khaksar manshad, a., & jadidi, n. (2018). effects of ph and temperature on oilfield scale formation. iranian journal of oil and gas science and technology, 7(3), 18-31. doi:10.22050/ijogst.2017.58038.1350. [4] al-hajri, n. m., al-ghamdi, a., tariq, z., & mahmoud, m. (2020). scale-prediction/inhibition design using machine-learning techniques and probabilistic approach. spe production & operations, 35(04), 0987–1009. doi:10.2118/198646-pa. [5] kelland, m. a. (2011). effect of various cations on the formation of calcium carbonate and barium sulfate scale with and without scale inhibitors. industrial & engineering chemistry research, 50(9), 5852–5861. doi:10.1021/ie2003494. [6] zhang, p., zhang, z., liu, y., kan, a. t., & tomson, m. b. (2019). investigation of the impact of ferrous species on the performance of common oilfield scale inhibitors for mineral scale control. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 172, 288–296. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2018.09.069. [7] ahmadi, m. a. (2015). developing a robust surrogate model of chemical flooding based on the artificial neural network for enhanced oil recovery implications. mathematical problems in engineering, 1–9. doi:10.1155/2015/706897. [8] baghernezhad, d., siavashi, m., & nakhaee, a. (2019). optimal scenario design of steam-assisted gravity drainage to enhance oil recovery with temperature and rate control. energy, 166, 610–623. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2018.10.104. [9] giro, r., filho, s., ferreira, r., engel, m., & steiner, m.b. (2019) offshore technology conference brasil artificial intelligencebased screening of enhanced oil recovery materials for reservoir-specific applications. offshore technology conference offshore technology conference brasil rio de janeiro, brazil, october 31. doi:10.4043/29754-ms. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 214 [10] siavashi, m., & doranehgard, m. h. (2017). particle swarm optimization of thermal enhanced oil recovery from oilfields with temperature control. applied thermal engineering, 123, 658–669. doi:10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2017.05.109. [11] vo thanh, h., sugai, y., & sasaki, k. (2020). application of artificial neural network for predicting the performance of co2 enhanced oil recovery and storage in residual oil zones. scientific reports, 10(1). doi:10.1038/s41598-020-73931-2. [12] cheraghi, y., kord, s., & mashayekhizadeh, v. (2021). application of machine learning techniques for selecting the most suitable enhanced oil recovery method; challenges and opportunities. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 205, 108761. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2021.108761. [13] you, j., ampomah, w., & sun, q. (2020). development and application of a machine learning based multi-objective optimization workflow for co2-eor projects. fuel, 264, 116758. doi:10.1016/j.fuel.2019.116758. [14] koroteev, d., & tekic, z. (2021). artificial intelligence in oil and gas upstream: trends, challenges, and scenarios for the future. energy and ai, 3, 100041. doi:10.1016/j.egyai.2020.100041. [15] dias, l. o., bom, c. r., faria, e. l., valentín, m. b., correia, m. d., de albuquerque, m. p., … coelho, j. m. (2020). automatic detection of fractures and breakouts patterns in acoustic borehole image logs using fast-region convolutional neural networks. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 191, 107099. doi:10.1016/j.petrol.2020.107099. [16] nozohour-leilabady, b., & fazelabdolabadi, b. (2016). on the application of artificial bee colony (abc) algorithm for optimization of well placements in fractured reservoirs; efficiency comparison with the particle swarm optimization (pso) methodology. petroleum, 2(1), 79–89. doi:10.1016/j.petlm.2015.11.004. [17] wood, d. a. (2016). metaheuristic profiling to assess performance of hybrid evolutionary optimization algorithms applied to complex wellbore trajectories. journal of natural gas science and engineering, 33, 751–768. doi:10.1016/j.jngse.2016.05.041. [18] hassan, a., elkatatny, s., & abdulraheem, a. (2019). application of artificial intelligence techniques to predict the well productivity of fishbone wells. sustainability, 11(21), 6083. doi:10.3390/su11216083. [19] panja, p., velasco, r., pathak, m., & deo, m. (2018). application of artificial intelligence to forecast hydrocarbon production from shales. petroleum, 4(1), 75–89. doi:10.1016/j.petlm.2017.11.003. [20] alatrach, y., mata, c., omrani, p.j., saputelli l., narayanan r., & hamdan m. (2020) prediction of well production event using machine learning algorithms. abu dhabi international petroleum exhibition & conference, abu dhabi, uae. [21] bikmukhametov, t., & jäschke, j. (2019). oil production monitoring using gradient boosting machine learning algorithm. ifac-papersonline, 52(1), 514–519. doi:10.1016/j.ifacol.2019.06.114. [22] hosseini-dastgerdi, z., & jafarzadeh-ghoushchi, s. (2019) investigation of asphaltene precipitationusing response surface methodology combined with artificial neural network. journal of chemical and petroleum engineering 53(2) 153-167. doi:10.22059/jchpe.2019.261438.1238. [23] ahmadi, m. a., mohammadzadeh, o., & zendehboudi, s. (2017). a cutting edge solution to monitor formation damage due to scale deposition: application to oil recovery. the canadian journal of chemical engineering, 95(5), 991–1003. doi:10.1002/cjce.22776. [24] ahmadi, m., & chen, z. (2020). machine learning-based models for predicting permeability impairment due to scale deposition. journal of petroleum exploration and production technology, 10(7), 2873–2884. doi:10.1007/s13202-020-00941-1. [25] rostami, a., shokrollahi, a., shahbazi, k., & ghazanfari, m. h. (2019). application of a new approach for modeling the oil field formation damage due to mineral scaling. oil & gas science and technology – revue d’ifp energies nouvelles, 74, 62. doi:10.2516/ogst/2019032. [26] li, h., yu, h., cao, n., tian, h., & cheng, s. (2020). applications of artificial intelligence in oil and gas development. archives of computational methods in engineering, 28(3), 937–949. doi:10.1007/s11831-020-09402-8. [27] ahmadi, s., hosseini, m., tangestani, e., mousavi, s. e., & niazi, m. (2020). wettability alteration and oil recovery by spontaneous imbibition of smart water and surfactants into carbonates. petroleum science, 17(3), 712–721. doi:10.1007/s12182019-00412-1. [28] fathi, s. j., austad, t., & strand, s. (2010). “smart water” as a wettability modifier in chalk: the effect of salinity and ionic composition. energy & fuels, 24(4), 2514–2519. doi:10.1021/ef901304m. [29] montazeri, m., fazelabdolabadi, b., shahrabadi, a., nouralishahi, a., hallajisani, a., & moosavian, s. m. a. (2020). an experimental investigation of smart-water wettability alteration in carbonate rocks – oil recovery and temperature effects. energy sources, part a: recovery, utilization, and environmental effects, 1–13. doi:10.1080/15567036.2020.1759735. [30] zhao, l., & zhang, b. (2020) measurement and correlation of solubility of 2-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine in pure solvents and ethanol + n-propanol mixtures. journal of molecular liquids 298(15), 112103. doi:10.1016/j.molliq.2019.112103. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 215 [31] genuer, r., & poggi, j. m. (2020). random forests with r. springer, germany. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-56485-8. [32] kelleher, j.d. (2019). deep learning. the mit press, massachusetts, united states. [33] korb, k. b., & nicholson, a. e. (2010). bayesian artificial intelligence. crc press, florida, united states. [34] nagarajan, r., scutari, m., & lebre, s. (2013). bayesian networks in r with applications in system biology. springer, new york, united states. doi:10.1007/978-1-4614-6446-4. [35] fazelabdolabadi, b., & golestan, m. h. (2020). towards bayesian quantification of permeability in micro-scale porous structures – the database of micro networks. hightech and innovation journal, 1(4), 148–160. doi:10.28991/hij-2020-01-0402. [36] rahman, r., dhruba, s. r., ghosh, s., & pal, r. (2019). functional random forest with applications in dose-response predictions. scientific reports, 9(1). doi:10.1038/s41598-018-38231-w. [37] ledell, e., & poirier, s. (2020) h2o automl: scalable automatic machine learning. 7th icml workshop on automated machine learning (automl), virtual workshop. [38] salimova, r. (2021). data-driven analysis of low salinity waterflooding in carbonates. m.sc. dissertation, nazarbayev university, astana, kazakhstan. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 158 study of effect of size on iron nanoparticle by molecular dynamics simulation pham huu kien a , yiachu khamphone a, giap thi thuy trang a* a department of physics, thainguyen university of education, no. 28 luong ngoc quyen, thainguyen, vietnam. received 05 january 2021; revised 13 april 2020; accepted 12 may 2021; published 01 september 2021 abstract we use molecular dynamics simulation to study iron nanoparticles (nps) consisting of 4000, 5000, and 6000 atoms at temperatures of 300 and 900 k. the crystallization and microstructure were analyzed through the pair radial distribution function (prdf), the potential energy per atom, the distribution of atom types and dynamical local structure parameters <fx>, where x is the bcc, ico or 14. the simulation indicated that amorphous np contains a large number of ico-type atoms that play a role in preventing crystallization. amorphous np is crystallized through transformations of f14 > 0 and fbcc = 0 type to bcc-type atoms when it is annealed at 900 k upon 40 ns. the growth of crystal clusters happens in parallel with the changing of their microstructure. the behavior of the crystal cluster resembles the nucleation process described by classical nucleation theory. furthermore, we found that the amorphous np has two parts: the core has a structure similar to that of amorphous bulk, while the surface structure is more porous and amorphous. unlike amorphous np, crystalline np also has three parts: the core is the bcc, the next part is the distorted bcc and the surface is amorphous. amorphous and crystalline nps have part of a core which has a structure that does not depend on size. keywords: nanoparticle; crystallization; molecular dynamics; amorphous iron; effect size. 1. introduction iron nanoparticle has many attractive properties and finds important applications in different areas of industry. so, the interest in this type of material has continued to grow in recent years [1-3]. np can be produced in either amorphous or crystalline states. the crystallization process, which plays an important role in modern science and technology [1, 2], has been investigated by both experiment and simulation [4-6]. computational simulations have been successfully conducted to study the amorphous solid-crystal transitions at atomic levels because simulation has advanced in probing those transitions since it allows calculating the trajectory of individual atoms [7-9]. these studies supplement the commonly used classical nucleation theory (cnt) [10]. for instance, large-scale molecular dynamics (md) simulations [9] captured the spontaneous nucleation and subsequent grain growth from the atomistic viewpoint. the temperature dependence of nucleation rate and incubation time as obtained from the simulation shows a characteristic shape with nose at critical temperature. the simulation method also has the capability to distinguish structures of different phases using geometric units or cells [11, 12]. most of these works indicated that cnt can be applied to the crystallization process observed in the simulation, while other works suggested that cnt does not properly describe all aspects of the nucleation process. it was shown that nuclei could be formed through complex pathways and exhibit different structures, shapes, and surface morphology from those assumed in the cnt. * corresponding author: tranggtt@tnue.edu.vn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-03-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1002-9678 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 159 in particular, the calculation results of voronoi polyhedra indicate that the liquid-crystal transition for pure iron comprises the enlargement of the coordination number and a transformation of local symmetry from five-fold to fourfold [13]. in accordance with the simulation [14, 15], the crystallization proceeds by forming a small cluster with a bcc structure, then the core of this cluster transforms into an fcc structure, but the surface has a bcc structure. other simulations on the binary ni50al50 system showed that the crystallization proceeds with the formation of initial non-equilibrium long range order regions (lror) and a subsequent transition to equilibrium lror [16]. furthermore, it was revealed that there were multiple intermediate states between disordered and crystalline phases. for the cu-ni system [17, 18], the bcc structures act as unstable intermediate states, which are dominated by initial nuclei and eventually transformed into fcc and hcp structures. such intermediate structures have demonstrated the validity of the step rule of ostwald. although the nanoparticle (np) has been intensively investigated by simulation and experiment [4-6, 19], the crystallization as well as the microstructure of fe np remain poorly understood. namely, the structure heterogeneity and effect of size on np are still unclear yet. in the present paper, we develop previous simulations for mechanisms underlying the nucleation and growth of crystals in fe np and study the effect of size on iron nanoparticles. the micro-structural evolution is directly traced on the basis of newly proposed dynamical local structure parameters, analyzed in terms of the common neighbor method, transition of different x-types, and angle distribution. we also perform a systematic analysis of the temporal structure of crystalline-like clusters in order to identify intermediate states. the local microstructure of amorphous and crystalline np will also be discussed. 2. calculation procedure we have prepared a np model at 300 k containing 5000 fe atoms under free boundary conditions. all atoms are placed in a sphere with a radius of 28 å. pak-doyma potential was used to calculate atomic interactions [20]. we also prepared another model at 900 k. for the convenience of discussion, we call those models as 300and 900-sample, respectively. the 300-sample was constructed by statistic relaxation and md simulation [21]. figure 1. flowchart of molecular dynamics simulation method start inputting the characteristic coefficients: t, n, ,dt…. select the initial coordinates and velocities for the atoms k=1 calculation of force analyzing newton's equations of motion. let the atoms move freely under the effect of force. determine the new coordinates and velocity of each atom after each time step. k<kmax? show results determine the average value of the quantity end true false k=k+1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 160 higher temperature sample is constructed by heating up the 300-sample to desired temperature. then the obtained sample is isothermally annealed for long time by using nvt ensemble (constant temperature and volume). the annealing time is about 40 ns. the structure characteristics were collected for different configurations during the annealing process. the pair radial distribution function (prdf) is calculated by the procedure reported in kodama et al. (2006) [22]. the preparedness for 4000-atoms, 6000-atoms sample at 300, 900k is similar to that for 5000-atoms sample. we determine the atomic identity (x-type) through the coordination cell which consists of a central atom and neighbors. here the distance between central atom and neighbor is less than cutoff distance rcutoff = 3.35 å. the cutoff distance is determined from first minimum of prdf. the atom having 14 neighbor is denoted as 14-type atom. other x-type atoms are identified by cna method [23]. for instance, the central atom of bcc cell satisfies two conditions: (i) it has 14 neighbors; (ii) six among its neighbors possesses “[4, 4, 4]” and other eight ones have “[6, 6, 6]” numbers where the characteristic numbers indicate respectively the number of common neighbors, number of total bonds between these common neighbors and number of bonds in largest chain of bonds connecting common neighbors. we also determine the x-type identity such as bcc-type and ico-type which correspond respectively to the bcc and ico cell. note that the bcc-type also belongs to 14-type. due to the atomic rearrangement the identity of every atom can change from one to another x-type during annealing process. to characterize the local environment around particular atom we propose dynamical local structure parameters given as:     x obs x obs n t f n t  (1) where n(tobs) is the total number of md steps during the time tobs; nx(tobs) is the number of steps when the identity of given atom is the x-type. for instance, fbcc = 0.9 means that the given atom possesses the bcc-type at about 90% of md steps within the time tobs [24, 25]. 3. results and discussion 3.1. effect of size for amorphous nano prdf for 4000-, 5000-, 6000-atoms sample at temperature of 300k is shown in figure 2. it is clearly that prdf for samples of different sizes are similar to each other. prdf fit well the experimental result for amorphous iron: the second peak is split into two sub-peaks. the left sub-peak is higher than the right one. the splitting of second peak may be related to large amount of ico-type atoms which play a role in the preventing of the transformation from amorphous to crystalline phase [8]. for a more detailed understanding of the microstructure of iron amorphous nanoparticle, we consider distribution of atoms, ico-atoms and dynamical local structure parameters <f14>, <fico> for 4000, 5000, 6000 atoms sample through concentric spherical layers in fig.3 and fig.4. the characteristic lines of 4000, 5000, 6000 atoms samples are the same with r < 14 å. so, amorphous np has part core (r < 14 å) which has the structure not depend on size and the surface has more porous structure. figure 2. prdf for 4000, 5000, 6000 atoms sample at 300 k 5 10 15 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 g (r ) r, å g4000(r) g5000(r) g6000(r) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 161 figure 3. distribution of atoms, ico-atoms for 4000, 5000, 6000 atoms sample through concentric spherical layers at 300 k figure 4. dynamical local structure parameters <f14>, <fico> for 4000, 5000, 6000 atoms sample through concentric spherical layers at 300 k 3.2. effect of size for crystalline nan in figure 5 we plot the potential energy per atom epot as a function of annealing time. in the case of 300-sample the curve is nearly straight line and epot slightly fluctuates around -1.292, -1.300 and -1.305 ev of 4000, 5000 and 6000 atoms sample, respectively. unlike 300-sample, the 900-sample undergoes various structural transformations under annealing to a stable state. here this process can be divided into three separate stages as demonstrated in figure 5. within the first stage (stage 1), the energy epot moderately varies with time. this indicates that the system is in metastable state. during stage 2, the energy epot decreases fast. this clearly demonstrates that unlike first stage, the system is in unstable states and transforms to bcc-crystalline phase. the last stage (stage 3) is characterized by that the energy epot are slightly fluctuated around fix values. this indicates that the crystallization is completed and the system is in a stable state. epot after crystallization process of 4000, 5000, 6000 atoms sample are decrease from -1.27÷ -1.29 ev. 3,5 7,0 10,5 14,0 17,5 21,0 24,5 28,0 31,5 0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 t h e n u m b e r o f a to m s r, å n4000 n5000 n6000 nico,4000 nico,5000 nico,6000 3,5 7,0 10,5 14,0 17,5 21,0 24,5 28,0 31,5 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 d y n a m ic a l lo c a l s tr u c tu re p a ra m e te rs r, å f14,4000 f14,5000 f14,6000 fico,4000 fico,5000 fico,6000 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 162 the crystallization in np can be seen from prdf. as shown in fig.6, many peaks appear at large distance r as the 4000, 5000, 6000 atoms samples at temperature of 900k is annealed for a long time. compared to prdf obtained from the bcc lattice we observe that first (31/2a/2) and third (21/2a) peaks are coincided exactly with that from np, where a is the lattice constant. however, the first and second peaks are not completely separated. other peaks also reproduce well those of bcc lattice. it is clearly that prdf for samples of different size are similar to each other. to determine the structural evolution we divide all atoms into three groups. g1 group includes atoms with f14 = 0. the atoms having f14 > 0 and fbcc = 0 belong to g2 group, while the g3 group consists of atoms with fbcc > 0. for simplicity these atoms are denoted as g1-, g2and g3-atom, respectively. obviously, the crystal cluster consists of g3-atoms. figure 5. potential energy per atom as a function of annealing time 4000, 5000, 6000 atoms sample at 300 and 900 k 0 5 10 15 20 -1,310 -1,305 -1,300 -1,295 -1,290 (a) 300 k p o te n ti a l e n e rg y p e r a to m e p o t, e v time, ns e4000 e5000 e6000 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 -1,30 -1,28 -1,26 -1,24 -1,22 -1,20 (stage 3) (stage 2) (stage 1) (b) 900 k p o te n ti a l e n e rg y p e r a to m e p o t, e v time, ns e4000 e5000 e6000 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 163 figure 6. prdf for 4000, 5000, 6000 atoms sample at 900 k the characteristics of different type atoms are listed in table 1. it is crystallized via can be seen that the number of g1-atoms changes slightly with time. in contrast, the g2-atoms convert fast into g3-atoms which mean that np transformation from amorphous type to bcc-type atoms. table 1. characteristics of atoms of different groups for 5000 atoms sample at 900 k. here nat, ncl and slc is the number of atoms, number of cluster and size of largest cluster, respectively t, ns g1 g2 g3 nat ncl slc nat ncl slc nat ncl slc 2.25 1225 47 1162 3697 1 3697 78 23 29 3.25 1291 52 1220 3591 1 3591 118 19 73 4.25 1334 48 1269 3506 1 3506 160 18 107 5.25 1310 45 1244 3297 2 3296 393 25 351 6.25 1253 30 1215 2921 12 2904 826 15 797 7.25 1246 31 1208 2751 15 2722 1003 15 979 8.25 1218 12 1203 1946 33 1888 1836 17 1802 9.25 1187 4 1184 256 83 24 3557 1 3557 10.25 1250 3 1248 185 91 14 3565 1 3565 11.25 1252 2 1251 191 90 17 3557 1 3557 35.00 1237 1 1237 183 75 15 3580 1 3580 as shown in table 1, at early time t, g3-atoms form a number of clusters, but most among them are small and consist of fewer atoms. there is a large cluster (main cluster) with size significantly larger than other clusters. as the time proceeds, the main cluster grows up, while small clusters either disappear or merge to the main cluster. it is worth to note that unlike amorphous np, <fico> for crystalline np is close to zero. this result confirms the role of ico-atoms for preventing the crystallization. table 2 presents the distribution of g3-atoms through concentric spherical layers of np. it is shown that at early time t the main cluster spread is concentrated in layers 14-16, 16-18 and 18-20. then this cluster grows and is spread over other layers. the main cluster develops from one to other side of np. at long time t the main cluster covers up a major part of np core. 5 10 15 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 g (r ) r, å g4000(r) g5000(r) g6000(r) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 164 table 2. distribution of g3-atoms through different spherical layers for 5000 atoms sample at 900 k: a) all g3-atoms; b) the g3-atoms of main cluster lint lout t = 2.25 ns t = 5.25 ns t = 7.25 ns t = 8.25 ns a b a b a b a b 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 2 2 4 0 0 2 0 9 9 19 19 4 6 0 0 4 1 22 22 42 42 6 8 0 0 10 8 50 49 73 73 8 10 2 0 17 14 66 66 116 116 10 12 4 0 37 31 96 93 135 133 12 14 13 2 47 41 103 103 177 175 14 16 12 4 54 49 130 127 238 230 16 18 16 9 63 57 148 144 271 265 18 20 19 10 76 72 159 151 342 333 20 22 7 2 62 59 157 153 326 319 22 24 5 2 20 18 62 61 93 93 24 26 0 0 1 1 0 0 2 2 for a more detailed understanding of the microstructure of iron nanoparticle, we consider distribution of atoms, bcc-atoms and dynamical local structure parameters <f14>, <fbcc> for 4000, 5000, 6000 atoms sample through concentric spherical layers as shown in fig.7 and fig.8. the characteristic lines of 4000, 5000, 6000 atoms samples are the same with r < 9 å. it can be seen that the size of crystalline np’s core is r < 9 å. it means that, distribution of atoms, bcc-atoms and dynamical local structure parameters in core region don’t depend on size of np. the amorphous and crystallized np can be divided into separate regions as schematically described in figure 9. the amorphous sample consists of surface and core. unlike the core, the surface has a porous amorphous structure. the crystallized sample comprises three regions. the region located in the surface having the amorphous structure, the next part is distorted and the last region is bcc structure. figure 7. distribution of atoms, bcc-atoms for 4000, 5000, 6000 atoms sample through concentric spherical at 900 k 3,5 7,0 10,5 14,0 17,5 21,0 24,5 28,0 31,5 0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 t h e n u m b e r o f a to m s r, å n4000 n5000 n6000 nbcc,4000 nbcc,5000 nbcc,6000 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 165 figure 8. dynamical local structure parameters <f14>, <fbcc> for 4000, 5000, 6000 atoms sample through concentric spherical at 900 k figure 9. schematics of separate regions with different microstructure amorphous 300-sample crystallized 900-sample porous shell dense amorphous core amorphous surface distorted bcc shell bcc core 3,5 7,0 10,5 14,0 17,5 21,0 24,5 28,0 31,5 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 d y n a m ic a l lo c a l s tr u c tu re p a ra m e te rs r, å f14,4000 f14,5000 f14,6000 fbcc,4000 fbcc,5000 fbcc,6000 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 166 4. conclusion in this study, the annealing of fe np consisted of 4000, 5000, 6000 atoms at temperatures of 300 and 900 k has been simulated. when the amorphous np is annealed at 900 k, it possesses various meta-stable states which differ strongly in the fraction and spatial distribution of lowand high-coordination atoms and the structural transformations that happen. unlike amorphous np, <fico> for crystalline np is close to zero. this result confirms the role of ico-type atoms in preventing the crystallization and indicates that np tends to crystallize into a bcc-crystal structure. on the other hand, the specified atoms form a number of clusters, but most of these atoms belong to a large cluster, and small clusters contain only a few atoms. the main cluster spread is concentrated in the middle layers. in the annealing process, this cluster grows and covers up a major part of the np core, while small clusters either disappear or merge into the main cluster. we have indicated that the structure of the amorphous and crystalline nps is divided into some separate regions. the first region is located near the surface of np. the remaining region is called the core, and its size is unchanged by the number of atoms of np. besides, we also found that the amorphous np has two parts: the core has a structure similar to that of amorphous bulk with a smaller radius 14 å, in while the surface structure is more porous and amorphous. the crystalline np also has three parts: the core is the bcc with the smaller radius 9 å, the next part is the distorted bcc, and the surface is amorphous. 5. declarations 5.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 5.2. funding this work was supported by the research program of science and technology of thai nguyen university of education in 2021 (grant cs-2021). 5.3. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] gharibshahian, e. (2020). the effect of polyvinyl alcohol concentration on the growth kinetics of ktiopo4 nanoparticles synthesized by the co-precipitation method. hightech and innovation journal, 1(4), 187–193. doi:10.28991/hij-2020-01-0406. [2] liu, y., ramarao, n., miller, t., hadjipanayis, g., & teplyakov, a. v. (2013). controlling physical properties of iron nanoparticles during assembly by “click chemistry.” the journal of physical chemistry c, 117(39), 19974–19983. doi:10.1021/jp406021z. [3] kien, p. h., lan, m. t., dung, n. t., & hung, p. k. (2014). annealing study of amorphous bulk and nanoparticle iron using molecular dynamics simulation. international journal of modern physics b, 28(23), 1450155. doi:10.1142/s0217979214501550. [4] madras, g., & mccoy, b. j. (2007). kinetic model for transformation from nanosized amorphous tio2to anatase. crystal growth & design, 7(2), 250–253. doi:10.1021/cg060272z. [5] epifani, m., pellicer, e., arbiol, j., sergent, n., pagnier, t., & morante, j. r. (2008). capping ligand effects on the amorphous-to-crystalline transition of cdse nanoparticles. langmuir, 24(19), 11182–11188. doi:10.1021/la801859z. [6] li, x., & huang, j. (2003). molecular dynamics studies of the kinetics of phase changes in clusters iii: structures, properties, and crystal nucleation of iron nanoparticle fe331. journal of solid state chemistry, 176(1), 234–242. doi:10.1016/s00224596(03)00414-6. [7] delhommelle, j. (2011). crystal nucleation and growth from supercooled melts. molecular simulation, 37(7), 613–620. doi:10.1080/08927022.2011.566611. [8] han, j., wang, c., liu, x., wang, y., liu, z.-k., & jiang, j. (2015). atomic-level mechanisms of nucleation of pure liquid metals during rapid cooling. chemphyschem, 16(18), 3916–3927. doi:10.1002/cphc.201500699. [9] shibuta, y., oguchi, k., takaki, t., & ohno, m. (2015). homogeneous nucleation and microstructure evolution in million-atom molecular dynamics simulation. scientific reports, 5(1). doi:10.1038/srep13534. [10] kelton, k. f. (2013). crystal nucleation in supercooled liquid metals. international journal of microgravity science and application, 30(1), 11-18. doi:10.15011/jasma.30.1.11. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 167 [11] han, j., wang, c., liu, x., wang, y., liu, z.-k., & jiang, j. (2015). atomic-level mechanisms of nucleation of pure liquid metals during rapid cooling. chemphyschem, 16(18), 3916–3927. doi:10.1002/cphc.201500699. [12] tian, z. a., liu, r. s., dong, k. j., & yu, a. b. (2011). a new method for analyzing the local structures of disordered systems. epl (europhysics letters), 96(3), 36001. doi:10.1209/0295-5075/96/36001. [13] pan, s.-p., feng, s.-d., qiao, j.-w., wang, w.-m., & qin, j.-y. (2015). crystallization pathways of liquid-bcc transition for a model iron by fast quenching. scientific reports, 5(1), 16956. doi:10.1038/srep16956. [14] jungblut, s., & dellago, c. (2011). crystallization of a binary lennard-jones mixture. the journal of chemical physics, 134(10), 104501. doi:10.1063/1.3556664. [15] jabbarzadeh sani, m. (2021). spin-orbit coupling effect on the electrophilicity index, chemical potential, hardness and softness of neutral gold clusters: a relativistic ab-initio study. hightech and innovation journal, 2(1), 38–50. doi:10.28991/hij-2021-02-01-05. [16] an, s., li, j., li, y., li, s., wang, q., & liu, b. (2016). two-step crystal growth mechanism during crystallization of an undercooled ni50al50 alloy. scientific reports, 6(1). doi:10.1038/srep31062. [17] zhou, l., yang, r., tian, z., mo, y., & liu, r. (2017). molecular dynamics simulation on structural evolution during crystallization of rapidly super-cooled cu50ni50 alloy. journal of alloys and compounds, 690, 633–639. doi:10.1016/j.jallcom.2016.08.173. [18] celik, f. a. (2013). cooling rate dependence of the icosahedral order of amorphous cuni alloy: a molecular dynamics simulation. vacuum, 97, 30–35. doi:10.1016/j.vacuum.2013.04.004. [19] shibuta, y., & suzuki, t. (2008). a molecular dynamics study of the phase transition in bcc metal nanoparticles. the journal of chemical physics, 129(14), 144102. doi:10.1063/1.2991435. [20] hoang, v. v. (2009). molecular dynamics simulation of liquid and amorphous fe nanoparticles. nanotechnology, 20(29), 295703. doi:10.1088/0957-4484/20/29/295703. [21] trang, g. t. t., linh, n. h., linh, n. t. t., & kien, p. h. (2020). the study of dynamics heterogeneity in sio2 liquid. hightech and innovation journal, 1(1), 1–7. doi:10.28991/hij-2020-01-01-01. [22] kodama, k., iikubo, s., taguchi, t., & shamoto, s. (2006). finite size effects of nanoparticles on the atomic pair distribution functions. acta crystallographica section a foundations of crystallography, 62(6), 444–453. doi:10.1107/s0108767306034635. [23] stukowski, a. (2012). structure identification methods for atomistic simulations of crystalline materials. modelling and simulation in materials science and engineering, 20(4), 045021. doi:10.1088/0965-0393/20/4/045021. [24] trang, g. t. t., kien, p. h., hung, p. k., & ha, n. t. t. (2020). molecular dynamics simulation of microstructure and atomlevel mechanism of crystallization pathway in iron nanoparticle. journal of physics: conference series, 1506, 012020. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1506/1/012020. [25] giap thi thuy trang, pham khac hung, and pham huu kien (2019). about microstructure and crystallization pathway in iron nanoparticle under temperature. the 6th academic conference on natural science for young scientists, master and phd students from asean countries (casean 6), 23rd-26th octorber, (2019) at thai nguyen university, thai nguyen city, vietnam. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 88 issn: 2723-9535 motion picture analysis: a mechanical study of tennis players during forehand and backhand strokes yanan yin 1, tingting gou 1* 1 chongqing chemical industry vocational college, chongqing 400000, china. received 08 november 2023; revised 05 february 2024; accepted 17 february 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract objectives: the purpose of this article is to utilize video images for the examination of lower limb biomechanics in tennis players while executing forehand and backhand strokes, providing a reference for training. methods: this article provides a brief introduction to forehand and backhand strokes in the sport of tennis. subsequently, a biomechanical analysis of the lower limbs during forehand and backhand strokes was conducted on ten level 2 tennis players and ten specialized tennis students at xx sports university. findings: level 2 athletes who have undergone a long training exhibited higher linear velocity and joint torque in the lower-limb joints during the preparatory and striking phases of forehand and backhand strokes. additionally, they exhibited more pronounced surface electromyographic signals in the rectus femoris muscle of the lower limbs. novelty: the novelty of this article lies in the use of video imagery, a non-contact and non-intrusive method that does not affect the athletes' movements, to study the biomechanics of their lower limbs. keywords: tennis; forehand and backhand strokes; biomechanics; high-speed camera. 1. introduction tennis requires a combination of technique and physical fitness, demanding athletes to possess exceptional skills and remarkable physical attributes. forehand and backhand strokes are crucial techniques in tennis [1] and are also commonly used for scoring points. biomechanics is a discipline that studies the characteristics of human movement, including the changes in joint angles and limb force during the process. analyzing the biomechanical features of tennis players' forehand and backhand strokes [2] can lead to more effective training methods and skill guidance for athletes, enabling them to enhance their hitting skills and competitive performance [3]. using high-speed cameras, xie [4] captured the hitting process of topspin shots from ten tennis players and processed the images using the apas motion analysis system. the findings indicated that there was a significant angle and speed in the upper limb joints during the stroke, with the center of gravity positioned on the right side. furthermore, the flexion of the knee joint resulted in the production of a reactive force by means of pedaling and stretching, which was subsequently transmitted to the racket. pedro et al. [5] utilized an inertial measurement unit (imu) to measure the kinematic parameters of the upper limb during a forehand stroke in tennis. the results demonstrated consistency between the imu measurements and the traditional optical motion capture system. the study conducted by gillet et al. [6] assessed the influence of reduced strength in the lower trapezius muscle on the kinematics of the humerus and scapula during a tennis serve, as well as shoulder muscle activity. the findings * corresponding author: tsxy20090105@cqcivc.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0006-3040-3507 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 89 revealed that while lower trapezius muscle weakness did not impact speed or humerus joint kinematics, it significantly impaired scapular kinematics and activation of the shoulder muscles. wąsik et al. [7] used a motion capture system to accurately assess athletes and their athletic abilities. they found that the wireless motion capture system provided some assistance in training processes and pre-competition evaluations of athletes. ličen et al. [8] incorporated myofascial training into the training of tennis players with the goal of optimizing rehabilitation and prevention programs, lowering injury rates, and producing beneficial effects on the biomechanical patterns of exercise. qu et al. [9] used big data to analyze the biomechanical and kinematic indicators in table tennis training. they employed an enhanced decision tree technique to examine the disparities among athletes who have undergone neuromuscular control training and those who have not. the results revealed that non-athletes, following neuromuscular control training, achieved a 10% to 20% enhancement in the standardized rate of their table tennis strokes, reaching 80%. in the aforementioned studies, various methods were employed to analyze the biomechanical changes of athletes during sports. some utilized high-speed cameras to examine variations in upper limb joint angles, while others used inertial sensors to analyze changes in joint angles during movement. additionally, some studies have focused on investigating the biomechanics of athletes by examining muscle changes during exercise. this study combined high-speed cameras and electromyography sensors to investigate the biomechanical changes in the lower limbs of tennis players. by utilizing video images, the researchers observed changes in joint angles and simultaneously captured variations in lower limb muscles using electromyographic signals, thus enabling a more comprehensive collection of data on lower limb movements. the article offers a concise overview of the forehand and backhand strokes in tennis, followed by a biomechanical analysis of lower limb movements during these strokes among ten level 2 tennis athletes and ten specialized tennis students at xx sports university. the novelty of this article lies in the use of high-speed cameras to capture the joint angles of lower limbs during forehand and backhand strokes by athletes, while simultaneously utilizing electromyography sensors to collect muscle electrical signals from the lower limbs, thus enabling a better analysis of lower limb biomechanics. the structure of this article includes an abstract, an introduction, forehand and backhand strokes in tennis, a case study, a discussion, and a conclusion. 2. forehand and backhand strokes in tennis forehand and backhand strokes are fundamental techniques in tennis. the process involves several complex steps, including preparation, backswing, forward swing, stroke, and follow-through [10]. during this process, athletes need to adjust their posture and control the timing and intensity of the stroke to hit the ball deeper, faster, and higher in order to gain an advantage in the game [11]. therefore, the biomechanical characteristics of both forehand and backhand strokes play a vital role for athletes [12]. athletes can receive specialized training by focusing on their specific biomechanical features when executing their shots. during the execution of a forehand shot, athletes need to engage the muscles on the side of their palm to swing the racket from back to front in order to hit the ball [13]. the key points include keeping the palm holding the racket parallel to the ground, relaxing the wrist, slightly opening the face of the racket to ensure full contact with the ball, and mobilizing muscles and joints, particularly in the arms, back, and legs, to execute a swinging motion from back to front. during the backhand stroke, athletes need to utilzie the strength of their wrist and arm to swing the racket from the outside to the inside and make contact with the ball. the key points are to keep the inner side of the palm parallel to the ground, relax the wrist, and slightly close the racket to ensure sufficient contact with the ball. compared to forehand strokes, backhand strokes are relatively slower in speed [14]. although the key points of the forehand and backhand strokes differ, both require coordinated movements of the arm, wrist, and elbow joints, as well as movements of the lower body [15], to strike the ball with the racket at the correct timing and angle, allowing it to achieve the desired flight trajectory and speed [16]. in this process, the rotation of the upper and lower limb joints, as well as the angle of the racket, are key influencing factors in hitting effectiveness, especially regarding the movement of the lower limbs. the correct and reasonable movement of the lower limbs is an important condition for achieving fast and stable hits [17]. by analyzing the biomechanics of athletes' forehand and backhand strokes, we can gain insight into the joint rotation and muscle exertion characteristics during hitting, which can inform appropriate training [18]. this study conducted a research analysis on the biomechanics of the lower limb in tennis players while performing forehand and backhand strokes, with the aim of providing guidance for their stroke techniques. 3. case study the process of analyzing the biomechanics of lower limb movements in tennis players during forehand and backhand strokes is illustrated in figure 1. firstly, experimental subjects were selected, followed by setting up a testing area with strategically positioned high-speed cameras. subsequently, participants wore electromyography sensors. they then performed forehand and backhand strokes while simultaneously recording motion images and electromyographic signals. finally, mathematical and statistical analysis was conducted on the collected data from both motion images and electromyographic signals. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 90 figure 1. the flowchart of the study 3.1. subject for analysis ten level 2 athletes from xx sports university and ten students specialized in tennis were selected, and their basic information is presented in table 1. the sole notable distrinction observed among the two groups of participants was the duration of training, with the level 2 athletes having a longer training period. all the participants used a right-handed western grip to hold the racket during testing [19] and adopted an open stance when hitting the ball [20]. standardized rackets were provided. all the participants wore low-top sports shoes of the same brand to minimize the impact on their joints during testing. table 1. basic information about the experimental subjects group height/cm weight/kg age/year training time/year injury history physical damage in the last three months level 2 athlete 175±5 75±5 20±2 6±1 no no specialized tennis student 174±4 74±3 20±1 2±1* no no note: * indicates p < 0.05, i.e., the difference was statistically significant. 3.2. experimental equipment ① a revealer 10,000-frame x213 high-speed camera with a resolution of 1,280*1,024 pixels, a full-frame capture speed of 13,600 fps, and a maximum capture speed of 1,000,000 fps. ② the wireless surface electromyography testing system picoblue and its accompanying sensors [21]. ③ a tennis serving machine (spinshop). ④ a kistler three-dimensional force measurement platform [22] (model number: 9281ca), with a sampling frequency of 1,000 hz. 3.3. experimental methods during the execution of forehand and backhand strokes, the kinematic parameters of the subjects, including lower limb joint angles, were recorded using a high-speed camera. the dynamic parameters, such as lower limb joint torque, were obtained based on acting force measurements from a force platform. additionally, a surface electromyography testing system [23] was used to measure changes in the surface electrical signals of lower limb muscles. figure 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating the positions of the subjects and cameras during strokes. the subjects were positioned at the midpoint of the baseline, where a three-dimensional force platform was set up. the serving machine delivers balls to various target areas based on the tested striking actions. for forehand strokes, the tennis ball landed on the right side of the subjects, while for backhand strokes, it landed on their left side. during the process of hitting the ball, the subjects also underwent surface electromyography testing. based on the technical characteristics of forehand and backhand strokes, as well as anatomical knowledge, wireless sensors were attached to the gastrocnemius muscle, vastus lateralis muscle, and rectus femoris muscle for testing surface electromyography [24]. the specific testing procedure is as follows: ① after setting up the test site as described in the previous section and placing surface electromyography sensors on relevant parts of the subject's lower limbs, the subject stood on the force platform. ② during the forehand stroke, the serving machine launched a topspin ball toward the forehand target area at the same angle, speed, and spin rate. the subjects followed the technical key points of the forehand stroke to hit the ball. the serving machine launched a shot every 5 seconds, for a total of five times. high-speed cameras, three-dimensional force platforms, and surface electromyography sensors were used to collect data during this process. ③ after completing the forehand hitting test, the subjects rested for 2 minutes before proceeding to the backhand hitting test. the serving machine continued to launch topspin balls toward the backhand target area at the same angle, speed, and spin rate. the subjects followed the technical points of the backhand stroke to hit the balls, with a frequency of one shot every 5 seconds for a total of five shots. during this process, high-speed cameras, a three-dimensional force platform, and surface electromyography sensors were used to record corresponding biomechanical data. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 91 the movements in the three stages of forehand and backhand strokes are demonstrated in figure 3. serving machine backhand target area forehand target area subject camera 1camera 2 camera 3 camera 4 figure 2. schematic diagram of the site layout for forehand and backhand stroke testing figure 3. movement demonstrations for three stages of forehand and backhand strokes 3.4. mathematical statistics the collected data was analyzed using spss software and presented in the form of 𝑥 ± 𝑑 [25]. independent t-tests were conducted to compare different groups. when the p value was less than 0.05, there were observed significant statistical disparities among the groups. in addition, when performing statistical analysis on surface electromyography data, the electromyographic signals were standardized to mitigate the influence of individual differences in skin perspiration among athletes. the measurement value of electromyographic signals during maximum isometric muscle contraction at fixed joint angles was considered the reference value 1 (i.e., 100%). 3.5. experimental results regardless of whether it is a forehand stroke or a backhand stroke, the technique can be divided into three stages: the preparation stage, the striking stage, and the follow-through stage. during the preparation stage, the player moves the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 92 racket to the appropriate position for hitting the ball. the striking stage involves using the racket to hit the ball away. the follow-through stage is the buffering stage that occurs after the athlete hits the ball. the linear velocities of the lower limb joints during different stages of forehand and backhand strokes are presented in table 2. table 2 shows that the hip and knee joint linear velocities of level 2 athletes were significantly higher than those of specialized students, regardless of whether it was a forehand or backhand stroke, during both the preparation stage and the striking stage. table 2. linear velocities of the lower limb joints during forehand and backhand strokes (unit: m/s) stroke body side lower limb joint group preparation stage striking stage follow-through stage forehand stroke left side hip joint specialized students 1.29±0.23 1.32±0.26 1.28±0.22 level 2 athletes 1.39±0.33 1.44±0.32 1.38±0.31 knee joint specialized students 1.24±0.29 1.27±0.31 1.23±0.28 level 2 athletes 1.30±0.38 1.35±0.41 1.29±0.33 right side hip joint specialized students 1.62±0.34 1.67±0.43 1.63±0.41 level 2 athletes 2.11±0.33* 2.16±0.29* 2.12±0.28 knee joint specialized students 1.25±0.27 1.27±0.29 1.26±0.28 level 2 athletes 1.79±0.32* 1.82±0.34* 1.78±0.33 backhand stroke left side hip joint specialized students 1.34±0.33 1.36±0.34 1.33±0.31 level 2 athletes 1.42±0.31 1.46±0.36 1.41±0.32 knee joint specialized students 1.24±0.31 1.28±0.32 1.25±0.31 level 2 athletes 1.34±0.33 1.36±0.35 1.35±0.34 right side hip joint specialized students 1.63±0.34 1.65±0.42 1.62±0.38 level 2 athletes 2.12±0.24* 2.15±0.26* 2.13±0.25 knee joint specialized students 1.26±0.28 1.28±0.26 1.27±0.22 level 2 athletes 1.79±0.31* 1.81±0.32* 1.80±0.25 note: * suggests a statistically significant distinction between the two groups. the joint torque of the lower limbs at different stages during forehand and backhand strokes is shown in table 3. the positive or negative sign of the torque values only represents the direction of torque, not its magnitude. from table 3, it can be observed that level 2 athletes always exhibited significantly higher right lower limb joint torques than specialized students during the preparation and striking stages of forehand and backhand strokes. table 3. lower limb joint torques of subjects during forehand and backhand strokes (unit: nm) stroke lower limb joint group preparation stage striking stage follow-through stage forehand stroke left knee joint specialized students -0.01±0.008 -0.01±0.014 -0.00±0.008 level 2 athletes -0.02±0.001 -0.02±0.004 -0.00±0.001 left ankle joint specialized students -0.012±0.013 -0.017±0.013 -0.010±0.013 level 2 athletes -0.013±0.003 -0.018±0.003 -0.012±0.003 right knee joint specialized students 0.01±0.009 0.01±0.015 0.00±0.009 level 2 athletes 0.02±0.002* 0.02±0.005* 0.00±0.002 right ankle joint specialized students -0.029±0.014 -0.032±0.014 -0.027±0.014 level 2 athletes -0.030±0.003* -0.033±0.003* -0.028±0.003 backhand stroke left knee joint specialized students -0.01±0.007 -0.01±0.012 -0.00±0.007 level 2 athletes -0.02±0.002 -0.02±0.005 -0.00±0.002 left ankle joint specialized students -0.012±0.016 -0.017±0.012 -0.010±0.016 level 2 athletes -0.013±0.002 -0.018±0.002 -0.011±0.002 right knee joint specialized students 0.01±0.010 0.01±0.012 0.00±0.010 level 2 athletes 0.02±0.003* 0.02±0.003* 0.00±0.003 right ankle joint specialized students -0.029±0.011 -0.032±0.016 -0.026±0.011 level 2 athletes -0.030±0.002* -0.033±0.004* -0.027±0.002 note: * suggests a statistically significant distinction between the two groups. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 93 the surface electromyographic signals of the lower limb muscles during different stages of forehand and backhand strokes are presented in table 4. from table 4, it can be observed that during the preparation stage, the surface electromyographic signal of the rectus femoris muscle was significantly higher in intermediate-level athletes compared to specialized students. during the striking stage, the surface electromyographic signal of the vastus lateralis muscle was significantly lower in level 2 athletes than in specialized students, while the surface electromyographic signal of the rectus femoris muscle was significantly higher than that in specialized students. table 4. the surface electromyographic signals of lower limbs during forehand and backhand strokes stroke lower limb muscle group preparation stage striking stage follow-through stage forehand stroke vastus lateralis muscle specialized students 0.111±0.026 0.341±0.113 0.201±0.021 level 2 athletes 0.112±0.045 0.231±0.064* 0.102±0.043 rectus femoris muscle specialized students 0.096±0.035 0.152±0.061 0.094±0.041 level 2 athletes 0.157±0.023* 0.221±0.183* 0.083±0.041 gastrocnemius muscle specialized students 0.127±0.076 0.272±0.073 0.121±0.030 level 2 athletes 0.177±0.054 0.253±0.082 0.204±0.093 backhand stroke vastus lateralis muscle specialized students 0.101±0.021 0.331±0.111 0.191±0.011 level 2 athletes 0.102±0.055 0.221±0.062* 0.092±0.041 rectus femoris muscle specialized students 0.086±0.025 0.142±0.063 0.084±0.051 level 2 athletes 0.147±0.013* 0.211±0.182* 0.073±0.061 gastrocnemius muscle specialized students 0.117±0.077 0.262±0.071 0.111±0.032 level 2 athletes 0.167±0.053 0.243±0.081 0.194±0.091 note: * suggests a statistically significant distinction between the two groups. 4. discussion in tennis, forehand and backhand strokes are commonly used for scoring points. during forehand and backhand strokes, there are coordinated movements in the upper and lower bodies. generally, the more standardized the movements are, the more stable and effective the shots will be, allowing players to fully utilize their abilities. however, human bodies are not machines, and individual differences in physical fitness and habits can lead to deviations from standard shooting techniques. therefore, continuous practice is necessary to refine one's movements. furthermore, due to individual physical differences, the standard hitting technique may not be suitable for everyone. by conducting biomechanical analysis of athletes' movements during both forehand and backhand strokes, it is possible to identify their specific characteristics and provide targeted recommendations. the present study utilizes video images recorded by a high-speed camera, along with data from a three-dimensional force platform and surface electromyography sensors, to analyze the lower limb biomechanics of forehand and backhand strokes in specialized tennis students and level 2 tennis athletes, as demonstrated in the proceeding section. in the preparation stage, level 2 athletes exhibited significantly greater linear velocity in their right hip and knee joints compared to specialized students (p < 0.05). the torque exerted on the right knee and ankle joints exhibited a statistically significant increase compared to that observed in specialized students (p < 0.05). additionally, the rectus femoris muscle exhibited a significantly greater surface electromyographic signal compared to individuals with specialized training (p < 0.05). the reason is as follows. the preparation stage of forehand and backhand strokes required rotation with support from the right side, which involves flexion and extension of the knee joint as well as rotation of the hip joint to drive upper body rotation. level 2 athletes have longer training times and are more proficient in technical movements, resulting in significantly faster linear velocity of these two joints and greater torque generated by the knee and ankle joints. therefore, the electromyographic signals from the rectus femoris muscle used for generating force are also more significant. during the striking stage, the backhand strokes of level two tennis players exhibited significantly greater linear velocity in the right hip and knee joints compared to specialized students (p < 0.05). additionally, the torque exerted on the right knee and ankle joints was found to be significantly greater in comparison to that observed among students with specialized training (p < 0.05). furthermore, the surface electromyographic signal of the gluteus medius muscle was significantly lower than that of specialized students (p < 0.05), while that of the rectus femoris muscle was significantly higher (p < 0.05). during the preparation stage, the racket is in an accelerated state. before hitting the ball during the striking stage, the ball is also in an accelerated state. level 2 athletes have longer training time, allowing their rectus femoris muscles to provide more force, resulting in greater torque on the knee and ankle joints and enabling them to achieve more acceleration. in the follow-through stage, there was not much difference between level 2 tennis players and specialized students because it is a buffering stage after hitting the ball where no additional force needs to be applied to maintain acceleration. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 94 the contribution of this study lies in the use of high-speed cameras and electromyography sensors to collect biomechanical data on lower limb movements during forehand and backhand strokes by athletes and comparing the differences between amateur and professional players. this paper provides a valuable reference for training in the technique of forehand and backhand strokes in tennis. 5. conclusion this article offers a concise introduction to the forehand and backhand stroke techniques employed in the sport of tennis, followed by a biomechanical analysis of the lower limbs of ten second-level tennis athletes and ten specialized tennis students at xx sports university during forehand and backhand strokes. the results were summarized as follows. after long training, level 2 athletes showed increased lower limb joint linear velocity and joint torque during the preparatory and striking phases of forehand and backhand strokes. additionally, there was a more pronounced surface electromyographic signal in the rectus femoris muscle of the lower limbs. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, y.y. and t.g.; methodology, y.y.; software, y.y.; validation, y.y. and t.g.; formal analysis, y.y.; data curation, y.y.; writing—original draft preparation, y.y.; writing—review and editing, y.y. and t.g.; supervision, y.y.; project administration, y.y.; funding acquisition, t.g. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] warner, m. b., wilson, d., heller, m. o., wood, d., worsley, p., mottram, s., webborn, n., veeger, d. j., & batt, m. (2018). scapular kinematics in professional wheelchair tennis players. clinical biomechanics, 53, 7–13. doi:10.1016/j.clinbiomech.2018.01.022. [2] herbaut, a., chavet, p., roux, m., guéguen, n., gillet, c., barbier, f., & simoneau-buessinger, e. (2016). the influence of shoe drop on the kinematics and kinetics of children tennis players. european journal of sport science, 16(8), 1121–1129. doi:10.1080/17461391.2016.1185163. [3] seo, k.-e., chung, y.-m., & kang, y.-t. (2015). a comparative analysis of horizontal rotation movements for different ball course during two-handed backhand drive stroke in tennis. korean journal of sport biomechanics, 25(3), 293–300. doi:10.5103/kjsb.2015.25.3.293. [4] xie, x. (2021). analysis of the movement track of top spinning ball and biomechanics in the process of hitting tennis ball. mcb molecular and cellular biomechanics, 18(3), 147–156. doi:10.32604/mcb.2021.016246. [5] pedro, b., cabral, s., & veloso, a. p. (2021). concurrent validity of an inertial measurement system in tennis forehand drive. journal of biomechanics, 121, 1–6. doi:10.1016/j.jbiomech.2021.110410. [6] gillet, b., rogowski, i., monga-dubreuil, e., & begon, m. (2019). lower trapezius weakness and shoulder complex biomechanics during the tennis serve. medicine and science in sports and exercise, 51(12), 2531–2539. doi:10.1249/mss.0000000000002079. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 95 [7] wąsik, j., mosler, d., ortenburger, d., & góra, t. (2021). stereophotogrammetry measurement of kinematic target effect as speed accuracy benchmark indicator for kicking performance in martial arts. acta of bioengineering and biomechanics, 23(4), 117–125. doi:10.37190/abb-01926-2021-06. [8] ličen, t., kalc, m., vogrin, m., & bojnec, v. (2022). injury prevention in tennis players, linking the kinetic chain approach with myofascial lines: a narrative review with practical implications. strength and conditioning journal, 44(4), 104–114. doi:10.1519/ssc.0000000000000669. [9] qu, q., an, m., zhang, j., li, m., li, k., & kim, s. (2022). biomechanics and neuromuscular control training in table tennis training based on big data. contrast media and molecular imaging, 2022, 3725295. doi:10.1155/2022/3725295. [10] kong, p. w., & yam, j. w. (2022). shoulder biomechanics of para-table tennis: a case study of a standing class para-athlete with severe leg impairment. bmc sports science, medicine and rehabilitation, 14(1), 143. doi:10.1186/s13102-022-00536-9. [11] an, j. (2018). activation process of brain perception during the serve action of table tennis players. neuroquantology, 16(6), 195–199. doi:10.14704/nq.2018.16.6.1614. [12] jiang, w., & he, g. (2021). study on the effect of shoulder training on the mechanics of tennis serve speed through video analysis. mcb molecular and cellular biomechanics, 18(4), 221–229. doi:10.32604/mcb.2021.017050. [13] barmaki, s., khazani, a., & ziaee, n. (2016). the responses of physiological stress during table tennis competition in elite female players. annals of applied sport science, 4(2), 17–24. doi:10.18869/acadpub.aassjournal.4.2.17. [14] christensen, j., rasmussen, j., halkon, b., & koike, s. (2016). the development of a methodology to determine the relationship in grip size and pressure to racket head speed in a tennis forehand stroke. procedia engineering, 147, 787– 792. doi:10.1016/j.proeng.2016.06.317. [15] bańkosz, z., & winiarski, s. (2020). using wearable inertial sensors to estimate kinematic parameters and variability in the table tennis topspin forehand stroke. applied bionics and biomechanics, 2020, 1–10. doi:10.1155/2020/8413948. [16] syed, f., myrick, k., garbalosa, j., & feinn, r. (2019). a comparison of forehand swing biomechanics between male and female tennis players. medicine & science in sports & exercise, 51(6s), 53–53. doi:10.1249/01.mss.0000560653.37130.35. [17] martin, c., sorel, a., touzard, p., bideau, b., gaborit, r., degroot, h., & kulpa, r. (2020). can the open stance forehand increase the risk of hip injuries in tennis players? orthopaedic journal of sports medicine, 8(12), 492–498. doi:10.1177/2325967120966297. [18] gülaç, m., devrilmez, e., kirazcı, s., & yüksel, o. (2017). investigation of the anticipation time in forehand and backhand strokes of badminton players. journal of education and training studies, 5(13), 8. doi:10.11114/jets.v5i13.2876. [19] oconnell, d. g., brewer, j. f., man, t. h., weldon, j. s., & hinman, m. r. (2016). the effects of forced exhalation and inhalation, grunting, and valsalva maneuver on forehand force in collegiate tennis players. journal of strength and conditioning research, 30(2), 430–437. doi:10.1519/jsc.0000000000001120. [20] sasaki, s., nagano, y., & ichikawa, h. (2018). loading differences in single-leg landing in the forehandand backhand-side courts after an overhead stroke in badminton: a novel tri-axial accelerometer research. journal of sports sciences, 36(24), 2794– 2801. doi:10.1080/02640414.2018.1474535. [21] lucado, a. m., dale, r. b., kolber, m. j., & day, j. m. (2020). analysis of range of motion in female recreational tennis players with and without lateral elbow tendinopathy. international journal of sports physical therapy, 15(4), 526–536. doi:10.26603/ijspt20200526. [22] tubez, f., schwartz, c., croisier, j. l., brüls, o., denoël, v., paulus, j., & forthomme, b. (2021). evolution of the trophy position along the tennis serve player’s development. sports biomechanics, 20(4), 431–443. doi:10.1080/14763141.2018.1560493. [23] he, y., shao, s., fekete, g., yang, x., cen, x., song, y., sun, d., & gu, y. (2022). lower limb muscle forces in table tennis footwork during topspin forehand stroke based on the opensim musculoskeletal model: a pilot study. mcb molecular and cellular biomechanics, 19(4), 221–235. doi:10.32604/mcb.2022.027285. [24] ferreira, t. r. s., bastos, f. h., pasetto, s. c., torriani-pasin, c., & corrêa, u. c. (2016). self-talk does not affect the transfer and retention in the tennis forehand learning in beginners. kinesiology, 48(2), 237–243. doi:10.26582/k.48.2.6. [25] asahi, t., taira, t., ikeda, k., yamamoto, j., & sato, s. (2017). improvement of table tennis dystonia by stereotactic ventrooral thalamotomy: a case report. world neurosurgery, 99, 810.e1-810.e4. doi:10.1016/j.wneu.2016.12.117. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 120 implementation of boost pfc in the induction heating system for emi–rfi suppression rahul raman a, b , debanga jyoti baruah a*, saurav dey a, padmini neog a, kritika taniya saharia a a department of electrical engineering, jorhat engineering college, jorhat, 785007, india. b department of electrical engineering, indian institute of technology (ism), dhanbad, 826004, india. received 29 december 2020; revised 24 april 2021; accepted 11 may 2021; published 01 june 2021 abstract the present work deals with the design and performance analysis of a high frequency resonant inverter based induction heating (ih) system employing boost power factor correction (pfc) technique to overcome the problems due to emi and rfi. most of the existing techniques use passive filters for harmonics attenuation that fail to meet the present day requirements because of drawbacks like considerably high thd, poor dynamic performance, etc. this paper presents a new control approach for boost pfc based on inner and outer loops to eliminate the problems due to harmonics in the ih system. the equivalent circuit parameter model of the ih system has been used to analyze the presence of harmonics, and the incorporation of boost pfc at the input of the system shows its elimination as per the stringent emi-rfi regulations. moreover, attention has been paid to the design algorithm of the boost pfc, and a detailed mathematical analysis has been done to outline an approach for its parameter selection. a comparative analysis of the ih system with and without the incorporation of the boost pfc has been done in terms of the thd in the input current waveform. the findings of the present work show that the incorporation of boost pfc eliminates the harmonics in the ih system in a better manner than the existing techniques. keywords: induction heating; psim; harmonics; resonant inverter; boost pfc; emi; rfi. 1. introduction induction heating (ih) is an efficient and precise method of material heating available in the industry today. induction heating equipment is extensively used in many industrial and domestic fields [1-3]. the ih principles are useful for domestic cooking purposes as they have more advantages over conventional methods [4-5]. induction heating equipment also attenuates the injection of current harmonics with the help of interface filters [6-8]. thus, there are great prospects for the growing use of ihe, which will be of high frequency in the upcoming days. but, this high frequency generates an ample amount of harmonics which flow back to the input and lead to a deterioration of the power standard. therefore, some new regulations should be introduced in order to triumph over the high frequency of the ihe. new solutions are needed so that the power supply of ihe becomes workable [7-9]. thus, the use of an inverter comes into the picture, as it has great importance in the operation at high frequency. however, the high frequency of the inverter induces switching operation, which causes voltage distortion and devolves the power standard [9, 10]. therefore, by using a modified boost pfc circuit, the difficulties caused by the harmonics can be reduced. they have a great effect in attenuating the inverter harmonics that are probable if the load is nonlinear [10, 11]. *corresponding author: djbaruah1998@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-02-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1007-8093 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 121 namadmalan et al. (2011) proposed both active and passive filters to get rid of the difficulty due to harmonics [12]. there are also some other techniques for controlling the harmonic current, like harmonic current injection, magnetic flux compensation, and series and parallel active filter systems [13-15]. for the inverter of high frequency, there are two kinds of harmonic current, i.e., harmonics at high frequency and harmonics at switching frequency. many researchers have proposed different methods to get rid of the difficulties due to harmonics [16-19]. pal et al. (2015) [16] proposed a modified half-bridge inverter fitted to ih equipment to reduce the effect of high frequency harmonics in input current. figueres et al. [21] proposed a control circuit with load-current injection for single-phase powerfactor-correction rectifiers. these harmonics are a matter of concern because they flow back to the input side, thus deteriorating the power quality as well as the standardization of current. so, harmonic standards must be followed to attenuate both of them by an appreciable amount. traditionally, available passive filters had poor dynamic performance. they have poor response under changing load conditions. moreover, the thd in the input current waveform remains quite high. also, the active filters have complex circuitry, are bulky and are not cost-effective in ih applications. wernekinck et al. (1987) [20] proposed a high frequency ac/dc converter with unity power factor and minimum harmonic distortion. the square root of frequency is inversely proportional to depth of flowing current and the operation of high frequency reduces the skin depth. therefore, the boost pfc is of outmost importance in this field. this circuit has guaranteed stability and has little to no power consumption. induction heating equipment operates by the principle of electromagnetic induction. it comprises of work coil and work piece and source of high frequency also. the work coil generates an alternating magnetic field of high frequency [21-24]. because of this field, there is some physical phenomena like eddy current, hysteresis losses and skin effect. thus, a high frequency alternating current is flowing because the ih has an electromagnet and electronic oscillator. as a result, it generates an alternating magnetic field. thus an electric current is generated inside the conductor due to this magnetic field. due to the continuous magnetization and demagnetization hysteresis loss occurs and it is directly proportional to the frequency [25-27]. on the other hand, an electric current is generated inside the conductor due to this magnetic field and this current is called eddy current which is directly proportional to the square of frequency. again, as a result of skin effect, at high frequency current is confined in the outer part of the work piece. this effect results in the flow of alternating current in a fine layer in the direction of work piece. thus heating effect is highly enhanced due to the current induced in the work piece [28-31]. in section 1.1 proposed ih model has been analyzed with the incorporation of boost pfc. an approach has been outlined for its parameter selection in continuous conduction mode (ccm) in section 1.2. in section 2, simulation has been done using the equivalent circuit parameter model and the fft analysis of the input current waveform to compare the results. finally, in section 3, comparison has been done in terms of thd in the input current waveform. problem identification: problems due to emi-rfi in the ih system defining objectives of solution: use of boost pfc to eliminate harmonics design & implementation of dual loop boost pfc in the ih system fft analysis of the input current waveform with and without boost pfc in the ih system thd calculation & comparison in the input current waveform with and without boost pfc harmonics eliminated as per emi-rfi regulations no start end yes figure 1. flow chart showing the research methodology of ih system with boost pfc hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 122 1.1. proposed ih system with boost pfc the passive filters are essential device for reduction of harmonics. before the electric current reaches equipment the filters eliminate the harmonics present in the system. however, they have poor dynamic quality and thd is also considerably high. here, boost pfc is used for harmonic reduction. it reduces the harmonics to some definite extent which is beneficial for industrial as well as domestic purpose. this circuit eliminates the unwanted harmonic components like noise, interference and distortion from the input side for better performance and gives better efficiency. also, boost pfc offers a good quality power factor with a high output voltage. boost pfc has efficient energy of storage capacitors and easy switch current sense and gate drive, because of low size boost switch. here, the boost pfc is connected to the system in parallel which is used to reduce the harmonics to tolerable levels. in this boost pfc, a boost comparator is introduced to control the feedback in such a way that the average current through the inductor is half sinusoidal. also voltage sensors are used in this filter to sense the input and output ac voltages. a voltage multiplier is used to combine both the input and output voltages. when the voltage goes up the reference will be lower, whether the reference voltage is constant in the circuit. therefore, the boost pfc suppresses the harmonic current and decrease the voltage distortion which appears in some sensitive part. the power factor is also efficient in this method because harmonic currents divert to the ground and simultaneously provide reactive power to the system. using this circuit an efficient amount of power will be delivered to the work piece or in the output side. and this is why it is useful to connect the boost pfc in the circuit. by using this circuit, the total harmonic distortion (thd) will be nearly equal to zero. the basic structure of an ih system with boost pfc is as shown in figure 2. the presented topology is found, based on the calculation for the values of duty cycle essential for power factor converter, for some definite set-up of input voltage as well as the output power within a boost converter. generally, there are two elements present in the duty cycle (d). d comprises of two elements i.e. don and doff. the don states the correlation between the input and output voltage. this is because the changing or shifting frequency is way significant than the line frequency. in the course of changing or shifting period the vin of the pfc is assumed to be continuous. now the charging voltage and the discharging voltage of inductor in a boost pfc are given below: high frequency series resonant inverter based ih system + (v p fc ) 0 ipfc(t) lpfc c0 vref pi pi vtri (vpfc)in tvtvin sin)( max + s1 s3 s2s4 r l c (vpfc)0 iin(t)  figure 2. proposed structure of high frequency series resonant inverter based ih system with pfc comprising of inner and outer loops inpfcv )(vl(charge)  opfcinpfc vv )()(v e)l(discharg  (1) where, vin is the input and vo is the output voltages of the pfc. also vl(charge) and vl(discharge) are the voltages of the inductor when the transistor is changing from on state to off state or vice-versa. it is significant that the charging current flowing through the inductor is identical to the discharging current. in this analysis the stable current flowing through the inductor is found and followed by some rules and conditions. the given equation must fulfil the continuous conduction mode (ccm). hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 123 (2) where, lpfcindicates the inductance of the inductor of pfc also ont indicates shifting period. the donis found by substituting equation 1 in 2 as follows: (3) the values of duty cycle are sufficient in dc-dc converter case, however in ac-dc convertor case it should be mandatory to look into the ripple of vo of the pfc. )sin( )( )( t vc p v opfco opfc ripple      (4) here, co indicates the output capacitance, indicates the pulsating ripple voltage. here, 𝜔 is equal to twice of line frequency. (ppfc)o indicates output power. the value of don element is shown below: )()( )()()]()[( mvv mvmvv d rippleopfc inpfcrippleopfc on    (5) it is mandatory to observe or scrutinize the doff element because this is the way to gain excellent feasible power factor. this is relevant with inductor energy which is being deposited or disclosed. at the starting the sinusoidal current is growing up but it will diminish just before ending. the inductor voltage (vl) with shifting or switching period (m) is:  )()1( )( )( mimi t l dt di ltv pfcpfc onpfc pfcpfc pfcl        (6) therefore, the doff element is given by:    mvv mimi t l rippleopfc pfcpfc onpfc pfc    )( )()1( )( doff (7) where, d is the total duty cycle of pfc, which is the summation of two elements (don and doff). the final duty cycle is a bit off-balance. these equations for d are logical or reasonable when the converter operates in ccm. for the suggested method, the d values are computed for some particular or distinct performing spot. the values of d are kept in a memory bank for generating the pwm signals, which is directly connected towards transformer of the converter. 1.2. design of ccm mode boost pfc 1.2.1. inductor parameters in pfc technique employing continuous conduction mode, the current in the inductor does not reach zero during most of the switching cycles. applying volt-second balance in the inductor (lpfc) for any switching cycle tpfc. )(t × ])(v -)[(v= )(t × )(v pfcinpfcopfcpfcinpfc (8) where, pfcononpfc t × d = )(t , t ×)d-(1 = )(t pfconoffpfc opfc inpfc on v v d )( )( 1 (9) the current ripple )(i lpfc can be expressed as follows: pfc pfcinpfc lpfc l )()(v =)(i ont  (10) 0 )()1()(v )arg(l(charge)     pfc onpfconedischl pfc onpfcon l tdv l td opfc inpfcopfc on v vv d )( )()(   hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 124 ) (v×f×] l ))(v-)(v [ ×)(v =)(i opfcpfc pfc inpfcopfc pfclpfc where fpfc=1/tpfc= switching frequency in boost converter. in the aforementioned equations, vpfc in refers to the instantaneous value of the input voltage to the boost converter and it varies with the phase angle.  sin ×)(v × 2 = )()(v rmspfcinpfc (11) where, tf2 =(t) pfc from equation 10; it can be found out that δ(ipfc)l attains the maximum value when the input voltage is equal to(vpfc)0/2. for ccm; 2 )(i > )(i lpfc peak-lpfc (12) where (ipfc)l-peak gives the peak value of filtered line frequency current; assuming ideal pfc to get a unity power factor. rms l,pfcpeak-lpfc )(i 2 =)(i ×)(v )(p 2 = pfcrmspfc opfc  (13) where opfcp )( = output power of boost pfc; pfc = efficiency of boost pfc. for ccm, the choice of inductance is quite important and it is done as per the equation given below; opfcopfcpfc rmspfcopfcpfc 2 rmspfc pfc )(v×)(p×f×2 ] )(v×2-)[(v× ×)(v >l  (14) for the purpose of simplicity, the value of inductance (lpfc) selected is quite high to that the current ripple can be ignored. the switch spfc conducts only during the (dontpfc) of the period tpfc. thus the rms current through the switch in any given switching period can be expressed as follows: )( )(d×)( )(i =)()(i onlrmsrmss  (15) using equations 9 and 13:                      pfcpfc rmspfc pfcrmspfc opfc rmss v v v p i )( sin)(2 1 )( sin)(2 ,    (16) considering the entire time period of the input ac supply; 2 2 s, rms 0 2 i = , ( ) d s rmsi        (17) putting the value of equation 16 in 17; opfc pfc rmspfc rms o,pfc rms s, )(v3 )(v×3×8 -1× )(v )(p =i  rms (18) the diode in the boost pfc converter conducts during (1-𝐷𝑜𝑓𝑓)𝑇𝑝𝑓𝑐). the current through the diode in any given switching period is given by: )( d-1×)( )(i =)(i onlpfcrms d,pfc  (19) thus, hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 125 opfc rmspfc rmspfc opfc v v v p pfc )(3 )(28 )( )( )(i rms d,pfc       (20) 1.2.2. capacitor parameters the capacitor present in the output will be charged whenever boost pfc diode conducts and discharges whenever the switch conducts. the current in the output capacitor of the boost pfc is given by: 1)(v3.143 )(v×1.414×8 × )(v )(p =)(i rmspfc opfc opfc opfc rms c,pfc  (21) the current through the output capacitor of the boost pfc converter comprises of two components that are twice the line frequency as well as the switching frequency. )(v1.414 )(p =)(i opfc opfc rms 2f,pfc  (22) 1.5)(v3.143 )(v×1.414×8 × )(v )(p =)(i rmspfc opfc opfc rmso,pfc rms cs,pfc  (23) 2. simulation diagram and results in this analysis, a simulation of an ihe is done using various circuit parameters. the pism software is highly useful for this simulation. at first, a circuit is designed without using any filters. because of that, high frequency harmonics are generated. therefore, the circuit is simulated by applying a boost pfc between the rectifier and ihe. the design of the high frequency ihe without and with the use of boost pfc is analyzed in figures 3 and 6 respectively. the waveforms are also shown corresponding to this circuit design. the pism platform works efficiently in the simulation of these designs. the simulation design in figure 3 is the basic diagram of an ihe with no filters. an ac source of 240v, 50hz and transformer (single phase) are connected together. output of this single phase transformer is connected to a rectifier and output of this rectifier is used as input for the full bridge high frequency inverter with load and is operating under resonating condition. the resistor, inductor and capacitor are connected in series to form the load or in other words the induction heating coil. the simulation circuit design consists of several devices useful in measuring currents and voltages. the current accomplished by the ihe is measured by an ammeter; it is placed at the secondary winding of single phase transformer. the harmonics generated due to the high frequency switching are studied using this current. the switching produces spikes resulting in rfi and emi i.e. they produce harmonics that deteriorate the power standards because they flow back to the input. this results in huge amount of damage and malfunctioning of the circuit. so these high frequency harmonic currents are attenuated by using boost pfc circuit. in a circuit without a boost pfc, the harmonic components are higher as compared to a circuit with a boost pfc. figure 3. simulation diagram of ih system without application of boost pfc hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 126 figure 4. the input current waveform of ih system without boost pfc figure 5. fft analysis of input current of ih system without boost pfc figure 6. simulation diagram of ih system with boost pfc hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 127 figure 7. the input current waveform of ih system with boost pfc figure 8. fft analysis of input current of ih system with boost pfc 3. calculation of thd in input current 3.1. without boost pfc the induction heating equipment (ihe) connected through the work piece without using filer is shown in figure 3, and its simulated results are shown in psim software. in psim software the fft analysis of input current is also done which is designed in figure 5. it is observed from figure that the input current comprises of twelve (12) frequency elements. rmsline n rmsnline i i thd ,1 2 2 , )( )(    100%× 3.432 0.121+1.002+0.167+0.332+0.618+0.267 +0.516+0.426+0.323+0.695+0.0917+0.0513 = 222222 222222 =47.48% 3.2. with boost pfc figure 6 shows the use of boost pfc circuit connection in induction heating equipment through the work piece. and in figure 8 the analysis of fft is shown when the filter is used in ihe. in figure 8, it is observed that the harmonic components present in figure 5 are eliminated. harmonics that exists in the waveform of input current is much less in the system with boost pfc than the system without it. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 128 rmsline n rmsnline i i thd ,1 2 2 , )( )(    % 1.033 100%× 27.127 0.1+0.187+0.015+0.182+015.0 = 22222  table 1. differentiation of the application of boost pfc no. of predominant harmonic components thd without the application of boost pfc 12 47.48% with the application of boost pfc 5 1.033% 4. conclusion this paper deals with the study of the design and construction of ihe, which is for both household as well as industrial applications. the various results are obtained by using psim software. analysis of harmonic distortion and thd values of the input current waveforms are calculated. so, this experiment shows that the high frequency inverter, which is used for induction heating, produces an alternating magnetic field, which in turn produces eddy current loss, which is mainly a heating effect. therefore, switching at high frequency has the intense drawback of producing harmonic distortion as well as high frequency harmonic current, and this current results in manipulating the power quality by flowing towards its supply side. thus, a boost pfc circuit is designed, which can reduce this entire high frequency component and finally result in a strong quality of input power. a well-designed boost pfc is introduced based on a power factor correction technique that limits the emi and rfi, the harmonic distortion, and also improves the quality of power input. as a result, thd is obtained at 47.48% of the input phase current waveform without the use of a filter, while thd is 1.033% as shown in table 1. in fact, the thd of the input current waveform, which is 47.48% without using a filter, indicates very poor power quality. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions r.r. conceived the original idea. this was also discussed with d.j.b. and s.d. and then with p.n. and k.t.s. eventually, all authors discussed and agreed with the main focus and idea for this paper. the final proof-of-concept was done by r.r. using psim. this was then extended by s.d. and d.j.b. by performing the thd calculation in the input current waveform. k.t.s. and p.n. fixed multiple issues in the implementation, and also pointed out an important issue regarding data augmentation. the main idea behind the incorporation of boost pfc in ih system was conceived by r.r. with many helpful suggestions from d.j.b., s.d., p.n. and k.t.s. during its simulation and proper implementation. p.n. and k.t.s. performed a detailed literature review to find out the research gap. d.j.b. and s.d. played leading role in collection and processing of data. r.r. designed the duty cycle control for boost pfc; d.j.b. and k.t.s. designed the resonant inverters based ih system while s.d. and p.n. performed the design and analysis of parameters for inductor and capacitor selection. all the authors have given significant contribution in writing the paper. k.t.s. and p.n. were in charge of overall direction and planning. all authors discussed the results and contributed to the final manuscript. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. acknowledgements we would like to acknowledge our indebtedness and render our warmest thanks to prof. pradip kumar sadhu from the indian institute of technology (ism), dhanbad for sharing his pearls of wisdom with us during the course of this research. this paper and the research behind it would not have been possible without the exceptional support of prof. sadhu whose expertise was invaluable in formulating the research questions and methodology. moreover, the close guidance and supervision provided by him helped to improve the manuscript at every stage. we would also like to thank iit (ism) dhanbad and jorhat engineering college, assam for providing the necessary research facilities for carrying out this research. 5.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 129 6. references [1] xiang, x., luo, a., & li, y. (2020). intelligent control method of power supply for tundish electromagnetic induction heating system. journal of modern power systems and clean energy, 8(6), 1188–1195. doi:10.35833/mpce.2019.000066. [2] tan, y. z., chandrakant, s. p., ang, j. s. t., wang, h., & chew, j. w. (2020). localized induction heating of metallic spacers for energy-efficient membrane distillation. journal of membrane science, 606, 118150. doi:10.1016/j.memsci.2020.118150. [3] yang, c., xie, j., wu, s., amirkhanian, s., wang, z., song, j., … zhang, l. (2021). enhancement mechanism of induction heating on blending efficiency of rap virgin asphalt in steel slag recycled asphalt mixtures. construction and building materials, 269, 121318. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2020.121318. [4] liu, y., nishiyama, m., tani, m., kurata, m., & iwata, k. (2021). steel beam with web opening reinforced by induction heating. journal of constructional steel research, 176, 106399. doi:10.1016/j.jcsr.2020.106399. [5] chyba, c. f., hand, k. p., & thomas, p. j. (2021). magnetic induction heating of planetary satellites: analytical formulae and applications. icarus, 360, 114360. doi:10.1016/j.icarus.2021.114360. [6] zhang, c., wu, y., & lu, y. (2020). experimental and numerical study on induction heating performance of quaternary nitrate‐nitrite molten salt. international journal of energy research, 45(2), 2211–2221. doi:10.1002/er.5914. [7] han, w., chau, k. t., & zhang, z. (2017). flexible induction heating using magnetic resonant coupling. ieee transactions on industrial electronics, 64(3), 1982–1992. doi:10.1109/tie.2016.2620099. [8] wenxu, y., zhicheng, j., & xianling, l. (2006). power control for induction heating by asymmetrical pulse density modulation. 2006 1st ieee conference on industrial electronics and applications. doi:10.1109/iciea.2006.257061. [9] sanz-serrano, f., sagues, c., & llorente, s. (2015). power distribution in coupled multiple-coil inductors for induction heating appliances. 2015 ieee industry applications society annual meeting, 52(3), 2537-2544. doi:10.1109/ias.2015.7356805. [10] lope, i., acero, j., & carretero, c. (2016). analysis and optimization of the efficiency of induction heating applications with litz-wire planar and solenoidal coils. ieee transactions on power electronics, 31(7), 5089–5101. doi:10.1109/tpel.2015.2478075. [11] lucia, o., maussion, p., dede, e. j., & burdio, j. m. (2014). induction heating technology and its applications: past developments, current technology, and future challenges. ieee transactions on industrial electronics, 61(5), 2509–2520. doi:10.1109/tie.2013.2281162. [12] namadmalan, a. r., fathi, s. h., moghani, j. s., & sadeghi, s. h. (2011). power quality improvement for three phase current source induction heating systems. 2011 6th ieee conference on industrial electronics and applications, 2580-2584. doi:10.1109/iciea.2011.5976028. [13] sarnago, h., lucia, o., mediano, a., & burdio, j. m. (2013). modulation scheme for improved operation of an rb-igbtbased resonant inverter applied to domestic induction heating. ieee transactions on industrial electronics, 60(5), 2066– 2073. doi:10.1109/tie.2012.2207652. [14] chudjuarjeen, s., anawach sangswang, & koompai, c. (2009). an improved llc resonant inverter for induction heating with asymmetrical control. 2009 ieee international symposium on industrial electronics, 58(7), 2915-2925. doi:10.1109/isie.2009.5222544. [15] ahmed, n. a. (2011). high-frequency soft-switching ac conversion circuit with dual-mode pwm/pdm control strategy for high-power ih applications. ieee transactions on industrial electronics, 58(4), 1440–1448. doi:10.1109/tie.2010.2050752. [16] pal, p., sadhu, p. k., pal, n., & sanyal, s. (2015). an exclusive design of emi-rfi suppressor for modified half bridge inverter fitted induction heating equipment. international journal of mechatronics, electrical and computer technology (ijmec), 5(15), 2084-2100. [17] millán, i., burdío, j. m., acero, j., lucía, o., & llorente, s. (2011). series resonant inverter with selective harmonic operation applied to all-metal domestic induction heating. iet power electronics, 4(5), 587-592. doi:10.1049/iet-pel.2010.0107. [18] fujita, h., & akagi, h. (1991). a practical approach to harmonic compensation in power systems-series connection of passive and active filters. conference record of the 1990 ieee industry applications society annual meeting, 27(6), 1020-1025. doi:10.1109/ias.1990.152323. [19] barragan, l. a., navarro, d., acero, j., urriza, i., & burdio, j. m. (2008). fpga implementation of a switching frequency modulation circuit for emi reduction in resonant inverters for induction heating appliances. ieee transactions on industrial electronics, 55(1), 11–20. doi:10.1109/tie.2007.896129. [20] wernekinck, e., kawamura, a., & hoft, r. (1987). a high frequency ac/dc converter with unity power factor and minimum harmonic distortion. 1987 ieee power electronics specialists conference. doi:10.1109/pesc.1987.7077190. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 2, june, 2021 130 [21] figueres, e., benavent, j. m., garcera, g., & pascual, m. (2007). a control circuit with load-current injection for singlephase power-factor-correction rectifiers. ieee transactions on industrial electronics, 54(3), 1272–1281. doi:10.1109/tie.2007.891987. [22] koertzen, h. w., van wyk, j. d., & ferreira, j. a. (1995). design of the half-bridge, series resonant converter for induction cooking. proceedings of pesc ’95 power electronics specialist conference, 729-735. doi:10.1109/pesc.1995.474899. [23] suzuki, t., ikeda, h., yoshida, h., shinohara, s., honda, k., miyamoto, t., & yamamoto, t. (1993). shortwave dc-to-rf inverter to drive ultrasonic transducer. isie ’93 budapest: ieee international symposium on industrial electronics conference proceedings, 332-335. doi:10.1109/isie.1993.268785. [24] suzuki, t., nakabori, s., ikeda, h., yoshida, h., honda, k., miyamoto, t., & yamamoto, t. (1994). compact 600 w dc-torf mosfet inverter for ultrasonic transducer at 1 mhz. proceedings of 1994 ieee international symposium on industrial electronics (isie’94), 104-107. doi:10.1109/isie.1994.333140. [25] kifune, h., hatanaka, y., & nakaoka, m. (2003). quasi-series-resonant-type soft-switching phase shift modulated inverter. iee proceedings electric power applications, 150(6), 725-732. doi:10.1049/ip-epa:20030558. [26] shenkman, a., axelrod, b., & berkovich, y. (2004). improved modification of the single-switch ac-ac converter for induction heating applications. iee proceedings electric power applications, 151(1), 1-4. doi:10.1049/ip-epa:20030766. [27] sarnago, h., lucía, ó., mediano, a., & burdío, j. m. (2013). class-d/de dual-mode-operation resonant converter for improved-efficiency domestic induction heating system. ieee transactions on power electronics, 28(3), 1274–1285. doi:10.1109/tpel.2012.2206405. [28] young-sup kwon, sang-bong yoo, & dong-seok hyun. (1999). half-bridge series resonant inverter for induction heating applications with load-adaptive pfm control strategy. apec ’99. fourteenth annual applied power electronics conference and exposition. 1999 conference proceedings (cat. no.99ch36285), 575-581. doi:10.1109/apec.1999.749738. [29] parida, n., kumari, v., bhaskar, d. v., & maity, t. (2015). power control techniques used in high frequency induction heating applications. 2015 international conference on circuits, power and computing technologies (iccpct-2015), 1-6. doi:10.1109/iccpct.2015.7159378. [30] carretero, c., lucia, o., acero, j., & burdio, j. m. (2015). phase-shift modulation in double half‐bridge inverter with common resonant capacitor for induction heating appliances. iet power electronics, 8(7), 1128-1136. doi:10.1049/ietpel.2014.0229. [31] meziane, b., & zeroug, h. (2016). comprehensive power control performance investigations of resonant inverter for induction metal surface hardening. ieee transactions on industrial electronics, 63(10), 6086–6096. doi:10.1109/tie.2016.2581145. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 375 issn: 2723-9535 lip-reading with visual form classification using residual networks and bidirectional gated recurrent units anni 1*, suharjito 1 1 computer science department, binus graduate program – master of computer science, bina nusantara university, jakarta 11480, indonesia. received 21 january 2023; revised 09 may 2023; accepted 17 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract lip-reading is a method that focuses on the observation and interpretation of lip movements to understand spoken language. previous studies have exclusively concentrated on a single variation of residual networks (resnets). this study primarily aimed to conduct a comparative analysis of several types of resnets. this study additionally calculates metrics for several word structures included in the grid dataset, encompassing verbs, colors, prepositions, letters, and numerals. this component has not been previously investigated in other studies. the proposed approach encompasses several stages, namely pre-processing, which involves face detection and mouth location, feature extraction, and classification. the architecture for feature extraction comprises a 3-dimensional convolutional neural network (3d-cnn) integrated with resnets. the management of temporal sequences during the classification phase is accomplished through the utilization of the bidirectional gated recurrent units (bi-gru) model. the experimental results demonstrated a character error rate (cer) of 14.09% and a word error rate (wer) of 28.51%. the combination of 3d-cnn resnet-34 and bi-gru yielded superior outcomes in comparison to resnet-18 and resnet-50. the correlation between increased network depth and enhanced performance in lip-reading models was not consistently observed. nevertheless, the incorporation of additional trained parameters offers certain benefits. moreover, it has demonstrated superior levels of precision in comparison to human professionals in the task of distinguishing diverse word structures. keywords: deep learning; neural networks; residual network; speech recognition; viseme. 1. introduction language is the ability of humans to communicate with each other. verbal communication will be disrupted if there is hearing loss or noisy environmental conditions. another alternative that can be used to communicate is by using sign language or lip-reading. however, both require special training as they are challenging to learn. lip-reading is a technique that relies on visual interpretation to comprehend spoken words or sentences. the use of lip-reading arises as a must in situations when the auditory perception of the speaker's speech is hindered by ambient noise or when the comprehension of dialogue in a video is impeded due to the unavailability of audio. moreover, it has the potential to be incorporated into biometric security systems designed for mobile devices [1]. as technology has advanced, lip-reading has been widely researched. one of the primary difficulties encountered in the practice of lip-reading is the limitation of visual representation for several phonemes, resulting in potential ambiguity in word interpretation. viseme, which stands for a visual phoneme, is the shape of the lips to represent a specific sound. the word viseme was introduced by fisher as a visual form of a phoneme [2]. for example, /s/ and /r/ are phonemes because they differentiate the meanings of the words: "sing" and "ring". one viseme can represent more than one phoneme [3]. for instance, the phonemes /b/, /p/, and /m/ have the same viseme. * corresponding author: anni@binus.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-010  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0853-8812 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 376 multiple classification schemas have been developed to categorize lip movements due to their potential interpretations, such as visemes [4], phonemes [5], and ascii characters [6]. a viseme classification schema benefits over other methods because it can predict words that are not in the training phase. it is because a viseme can be categorized to match all possible spoken words. since several languages share the same viseme, it can also be employed in numerous languages [7]. lip movements in different languages have a similar pattern due to similarities in the development of human vocal organs, even though each language has its own unique grammar and pronunciation norms [8]. lip-reading research has been carried out using various classification segments such as letters [9], numbers [10], syllables [11], words [12], and sentences [13]. the datasets used as training data are diverse. the commonly used datasets were lip-reading in the wild (lrw) [14] and lip-reading sentences 2 (lrs2) [15], both of which consist of news or event programs. other datasets were created for research audio-visual speech recognition purposes, namely ouluvs2 [16] and grid [17]. other studies used custom datasets to fit their models, as their focus was mostly on classifying short speech segments. in their study, lu & li [10] constructed an in-house dataset for the purpose of predicting numerical values within the range of 0 to 9. the integration of the visual geometry group (vgg) network and the long short-term memory (lstm) with attention mechanisms resulted in the development of a feature extraction model. this model has demonstrated a high level of fault tolerance in the domain of image recognition. the vgg network was used for other micro-content [9]. the dataset is based on 2700 recordings of the letters being pronounced by 11 different people. short speech segments with syllable-level models were developed for the purpose of recognizing novel words that were not included in the training phase [11]. the model architecture was built with a 3-dimensional convolutional neural network (3dcnn) and tested on a dataset of self-recorded videos containing indonesian phrases. these studies highlight the advancements in lip-reading for classifying short speech segments. however, there is still a need to extend the scope of lip-reading to accurately recognize and classify words with different structures, such as verbs, colors, and prepositions. to address these challenges, we investigated computing accurate measurements for different word structures, including verbs, colors, prepositions, letters, and numbers present within the dataset. fenghour et al. [4] presented a viseme prediction model using 3d-cnn with residual networks (resnets) architecture. this is subsequently followed by sentence prediction using generative pre-trained transformers (gpt). even though the model achieved high accuracy in classifying visemes, there was a significant decrease in the accuracy of word classification following the conversion. during the perplexity calculation stage, misclassifications have frequently occurred due to the existence of local optima in the implementation process of local beam search. these local optima pose a challenge at each iteration of the viseme sequence, leading to incorrect classifications. defining a viseme is challenging due to the shorter duration of visemes; there is not enough temporal information to distinguish between the various classes [4] and requires more background information to detect small variations [18]. the word-level lip-reading method had been experimented on the lrw dataset using the two-stream network, which is 3d-cnn and bidirectional long short-term memory (bi-lstm). optical flow and grayscale video as inputs can further improve performance. the results demonstrated the two-stream network's effectiveness in lip-reading [19]. another study in the same dataset [20], consisting of a 3d-cnn resnet-18 followed by a temporal convolutional network (tcn). the efficacy of the initial tcn designs is improved through the utilization of densely connected tcn (dc-tcn) [21]. the squeeze-and-excitation block was employed by the model. this technique is employed to capture more comprehensive attributes at higher temporal resolutions. wang et al [12] utilized a 3d convolutional vision transformer (3dcvt). the method combines the strengths of both vision transformers and 3d convolutions to extract spatiotemporal features from continuous images. by leveraging the properties of convolutions and transformers, it can effectively capture local and global information from these images. the extracted features are subsequently fed into a bidirectional gated recurrent unit (bi-gru) for sequence modeling to improve the capture of overall correlation among feature sequences and accurately identify crucial information. the sentence prediction lip-reading model received more attention from researchers. at the sentence level, a hybrid lip-reading network (hlr-net) was developed [13]. the model consisted of two distinct phases, namely an encoder and a decoder. the encoder is constructed using the three inception layers that structure the spatiotemporal cnn (stcnn), gradient, and bi-gru layers. the decoder uses the connectionist temporal classification (ctc) loss function and is built using the attention layer, fully connected, and activation functions. jeon et al. [22] developed a lip-reading model at sentence level with multiple visual feature extraction methods. it was accomplished by employing a combination of 3dcnn, 3d densenet, and multi-layer feature fusion (mlff) 3d-cnn. however, performing automatic speech recognition solely based on visual speech recognition is still a challenging task due to the reliance on both acoustic and visual cues in spoken language. visual recognition of mouth movements is a crucial aspect to consider in the creation of a lip-reading model. furthermore, the inclusion of a temporal sequence modeling component is necessary. this component often involves training a language model capable of disambiguating distinct lip forms. one notable limitation of lip-reading models in practical settings is their considerable dimensions and insufficient computational efficacy. prior research has primarily focused solely on a singular variant of resnets. the primary objective of this work was to perform a comparative examination of various resnet architectures. this research utilizes different iterations of the hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 377 resnets to assess the efficacy of the model, encompassing variations in the number of trained parameters and layers. the suggested methodology has multiple stages, including pre-processing, which incorporates the tasks of face detection and mouth localization, feature extraction, and classification. the feature extraction architecture consists of a 3d-cnn combined with resnets. the classification phase involves the control of temporal sequences, which is achieved by employing the bi-gru model. furthermore, this work computes metrics for several word structures present in the grid dataset, which consist of verbs, colors, prepositions, letters, and numerals. this component has not been subject to prior investigation in previous studies. the findings obtained from this study can offer valuable insights into the assessment of the precision attributed to individual word structures. 2. materials and methods 2.1. data the dataset used was grid [17], an audio-visual sentence corpus for research purposes, that consists of color videos and audio in english recorded from 33 speakers (18 men and 15 women) with a resolution of 360 x 288. each speaker utters 1,000 short sentences with a six-word sequence. all videos are 75 frames (about 3 seconds) in length. the spoken sentence structure is command + color + preposition + letter + number + adverb. each sentence was chosen randomly from the combination of words listed in table 1. table 1. word structure in grid dataset command color preposition letter number adverb place red with a to z (not include w) 0 to 9 soon bin green in again set blue at now lay white by please the grid dataset contains 51 unique words, including 25 letters (excluding the letter 'w' since it is classified as multi-syllable), 10 numbers (from zero to nine), and 4 words for each command, color, preposition, and adverb. a combination of color, letter, and number were the keywords. all speakers utter all these keywords. an example of a spoken sentence is "bin blue by z eight now". the dataset includes metadata files that list the frame time for each word. an example of a metadata file can be seen in table 2. the word “sil” at the beginning and end is silent time. table 2. metadata file in grid dataset start frame end frame word 0 15500 sil 15500 20500 bin 20500 25500 blue 25500 30000 by 30000 37000 z 37000 42500 eight 42500 49250 now 49250 74500 sil the training and validation datasets are divided according to speaker numbers. the total video used is 32747 of 33000, and 253 videos were corrupted. the evaluation data consisted of 2 males and 2 females from speaker numbers 1, 2, 20, and 22. the rest of the video was used for training. 2.2. proposed model lip-reading automation modeling is divided into several processes. firstly, during data pre-processing, the input video was converted into images, and the image's mouth region was cropped and saved into image files (*.png). in the training phase, images will be labeled based on dataset metadata, followed by data augmentation and normalization. next is the feature extraction process, which reduces data dimensions by identifying key features that are more informative and non-redundant. the extracted data were used as input for the classification process. the end of the process is sentence prediction. this section proposes an overall process for lip-reading, illustrated in figure 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 378 figure 1. overall lip-reading process the dlib and opencv libraries were used to perform mouth extraction. a shape predictor identifies features in an input image, such as the mouth, nose, and eyes. facial landmark detection first locates the face and then detects the mouth within that region. the frames were cropped around the mouth area and downsized to 100 x 50. an illustration of mouth area localization is shown in figure 2. figure 2. mouth area localization this model includes techniques for data augmentation; random horizontal flipping is applied to each frame with a probability of 0.5. additionally, frames are duplicated or deleted with a probability of 0.05 per frame. next is the data normalization process. this step ensured that each input had a similar data distribution to make convergence faster during training. the data is normalized to intervals of 0 and 1, dividing the pixel value by 255. figure 3 shows the proposed architecture of the lip-reading model. it uses a 3d-cnn with resnets to extract spatial and temporal features to get fixed-length feature vectors. after the convolution and pooling layers, this architecture has a bi-gru layer, which is followed by a fully connected layer that uses softmax activation and ctc loss functions to classify. at the end of the sequence, it generates classes of probabilities to predict future input characters based on previous ones. figure 3. proposed lip-reading model architecture with 3 compared resnets variant hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 379 2.3. 3-dimensional convolutional neural network (3d-cnn) several convolutional network models have been developed to extract image features, but their applicability in video analysis is limited owing to the absence of motion modeling. the current study utilized a feature extraction model known as 3d-cnn with resnets. 3d-cnn showed superior performance results in video analysis. it has an additional dimension that can retain temporal information from input to produce output volume. 3d-cnn efficiently summarizes object, scene, and action-related data within videos, thus offering versatility without necessitating model fine-tuning for each task [23]. 2.4. residual neural networks (resnets) resnets is highly well-liked for image recognition and classification because it can overcome degradation by skipping layers (skipping connections). this skip connection can solve the problem of vanishing gradients by allowing gradients to carry out the alternative shortcut to skip unnecessary paths. resnets are easier to train due to their simple topology and short interconnections among layers. additionally, they exhibit proficiency in detecting features within lower-dimensional data representations, enabling them to acquire knowledge from small datasets [24]. resnets consists of several variants, the distinction between them is the number of layers it forms, such as 18, 34, 50, 101, or 152 layers. the architecture of variant resnets [25] is shown in figure 4. for instance, res-net18 is built from 18 layers of a neural network. the first layer is a 7x7 kernel, followed by max pooling (stride 2), and four identical convolution layers. each layer consists of two residual blocks and two layers with a skip connection. the size of the kernel in the convolution layer is 3x3 except for the first layer (7x7), and the number of parameters in each layer is 64, 128, 256, and 512. the maximum pooling layer uses stride 2. figure 4. resnets architecture 2.5. bidirectional gated recurrent units (bi-gru) the recurrent neural network (rnn) is a neural network architecture that is frequently employed in several domains, including speech recognition, language modeling, and translation. its main functionality lies in predicting the next word or character within a sequence of words. to address some limitations faced by rnns, like vanishing gradients during training, an improved version called gru was introduced by cho et al. [26]. the goal behind developing gru was to enhance the information flow throughout the network. grus are often considered like lstm networks due to their comparable design and similarly promising results. however, one notable distinction lies in how they handle gating mechanisms. while lstm employs forget gates and input gates separately for controlling memory cells' access at each time step independently, gru combines these into an update gate. this enables efficient determination of relevant information for propagation towards output predictions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 380 in the backend process, we used a two-layer bi-gru. the bi-gru had the best prediction accuracy and the quickest learning convergence time compared to the unidirectional models, gru and lstm [18]. bi-gru provides information to two independent neural network topologies connected to the same output layer in both forward and reverse flows. both networks receive complete input information, unlike the standard gru deployment. the output of the 3d-cnn resnets is delivered successively to the bi-gru layers, which produce characters as output. 2.6. ctc loss function the ctc loss function obviates the necessity of pre-alignment between the sequence of input and output. it enables the independent prediction of labels for each time step. the vocabulary comprises tokens, including a 'blank' character representing '-', aiding in encoding repetitive characters. for instance, in the ctc configuration, 'hel-lo' is the correct representation of 'hello,' where 'l' is duplicated. the ctc loss function accepts a model output matrix consisting of scores assigned to each token at every time step alongside the actual truth sequence [27]. during training, the objective is either to optimize all possible routes leading up to the fundamental truth label or minimize negative log probability sums. throughout the process of evaluation, a selection is made at each stage using either beam search or greedy methods to identify characters. the final recognition output sequence is then generated by removing redundant and null characters. the ctc loss function can be implemented on various levels, such as phonemes, visemes, or individual characters. 2.7. performance measurement model performance measurement uses a standard evaluation metric in automatic speech recognition at the sentence level, character error rate (cer) and word error rate (wer). cer measures how close the predicted character order is to the target character order, while wer is for words. the lower the cer or wer, the better the prediction accuracy. all models were evaluated to compare computational performance and efficiency. the cer and wer equations are determined in equations 1 and 2, respectively. from equations 1 and 2, n represents the entire character count in the fundamental truth, while s signifies substitution for incorrect classification. d denotes deletions of non-decoding characters, and i indicates the insertion of decoded characters not chosen. 𝐶𝐸𝑅(%) = ( 𝐶𝑆+ 𝐶𝐷+ 𝐶𝐼 𝐶𝑁 ) × 100 (1) 𝑊𝐸𝑅(%) = ( 𝑊𝑆+ 𝑊𝐷+ 𝑊𝐼 𝑊𝑁 ) × 100 (2) the proposed model used phoneme-to-viseme mapping [2] to visualize the results. table 3 shows the mapping. this mapping was considered the best match of the 15 mappings evaluated [28]. viseme and phoneme mapping in english consists of 39 phonemes and 14 viseme classes (6 consonants, 7 vowels, and 1 silence viseme). table 3. mapping of phoneme and viseme viseme type phoneme viseme vowel /ah/ ah /er/ er /ih/, /iy/ iy /uw/, /uh/ uh /ey/, /ae/, /eh/ eh /ay/, /aa/, /aw/ aa /ow/, /oy/, /ao/ ao consonant /v/, /f/ f /w/, /r/ w /m/, /p/, /b/ p /jh/, /ch/, /zh/, /sh/ ch /z/, /s/, /t/, /d/, /dh/, /th/ t /n/, /k/, /g/, /l/, /y/, /ng/, /hh/ k silent character h# # hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 381 3. results and discussion the proposed models were evaluated using the google colab pro+ version on gpu t4 with an allocation of 15 gb of gpu ram and 51 gb of system ram. a tensorflow-ctc decoder was used to calculate the error rate scores for all experimental models, which were all developed using keras with a tensorflow backend. the resnets have five variations: 18, 34, 50, 101, and 152 layers. we experimented with three variations, namely 18, 34, and 50. we employed the adam optimizer [29] to train all our models. the learning rate used was set at 10-4 for a total of 250 epochs, and the batch size was 16. 3.1. cer and wer to assess the computational effectiveness of the models, we examined the error rate in relation to the trained parameters and the duration of training. the evaluation was conducted with unseen speakers. the results are summarized in table 4. the 3d cnn resnet-34 and bi-gru combination gave the best result in terms of cer of 14.09% and wer of 28.51%. however, 3d cnn resnet-18 and bi-gru have shorter training times of 205.45 hours (about 8.5 days). the 3d-cnn resnet-50 and bi-gru models have the highest cer and wer values and the longest training time. the number of trainable parameters in the 3d-cnn resnet-34 and bi-gru models is approximately 65.1 million, which contributes to their superior performance in sentence prediction compared to the other two models. we could not train models for layers 101 and 152 due to memory constraints in our test environment. table 4. performance proposed models model trainable training time unseen speaker parameters (hour) cer (%) wer (%) 3d cnn resnet-18 + bi-gru 34.8 m 205.45 15.11 29.51 3d cnn resnet-34 + bi-gru 65.1 m 242.82 14.09 28.51 3d cnn resnet-50 + bi-gru 46.5 m 322.90 18.53 36.50 3d cnn resnet-101 + bi-gru 86.9 m 3d cnn resnet-152 + bi-gru 119.1 m in figure 5, we can observe the comparisons of cer for each model, while in figure 6, we can observe the wer comparisons. during the initial 100 epochs, it is evident that the model utilizing a 3d cnn resnet-50 exhibits a larger disparity in cer values compared to the other two models. however, as training progresses, it only demonstrates a slight discrepancy. on the other hand, there is only a slight difference when comparing wer between 3d cnn resnet-18 and resnet-34 models. the deeper architecture of 3d cnn resnet-50 displays more significant variations than its counterparts. these observations imply that having a deeper network does not necessarily guarantee improved lipreading performance; hence, further investigation is needed to understand this. figure 5. cer comparison for each model hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 382 figure 6. wer comparison for each model the more layers in resnets, the longer the training time required. increasing the number of trained parameters may be beneficial in resnets models. however, this approach may not be suitable for other neural networks. this highlights the significance of selecting relevant features rather than relying solely on parameter quantity for enhancing model quality and performance. training a neural network with numerous parameters poses a considerable computational challenge. the complexity increases when implementing the resnets model due to the extensive memory requirements for storing and maintaining parameters and weight values, resulting in time-consuming training processes. consequently, given the limitations of memory capacity in our testing environment, it is not feasible to train layers like resnet-101 and resnet-152. these findings also demonstrate that deeper networks such as resnets are computationally expensive without necessarily leading to enhanced lip-reading performance. despite the challenges and limitations associated with training deep neural networks like resnets for lip-reading, there are still promising opportunities for improving accuracy and performance in this field. one potential avenue for improvement is the exploration of ensemble learning methods in lip-reading models. by combining multiple models, more accurate predictions can be made. another approach to addressing the computational challenges of training deep neural networks is through model compression. model compression techniques, such as sparsity via regularization, weight quantization, and network pruning, have shown promise in reducing the memory usage and computation requirements of deep networks. for instance, weight quantization replaces trained network weights with lower precision or utilizes bit-wise operations. these techniques can be applied to lip-reading models based on deep convolutional neural networks such as mobilenet, vgg16, and alexnet [30]. however, the challenges of training deep neural networks, particularly models like resnets with their memory requirements, highlight the need for alternative approaches to improve computational efficiency and performance. 3.2. confusion matrix to visualize the results, the proposed approach utilized phoneme-to-viseme mapping [2]. figure 7 presents the confusion matrix for viseme prediction. the results revealed that while the proposed model successfully differentiated most visemes, but there were several misclassifications observed. viseme “ch”, which mapped the phoneme groups {/jh/, /ch/, /zh/, /sh/} had a high frequency of incorrect classification. examples of data included in viseme “ch” are the letters g, h, and j. these findings are consistent with previous research [4] that has also highlighted the challenges associated with mapping multiple phonemes to a single viseme. we selected 10 sample sentences to illustrate the results of our predictions. table 5 displays example sentences from the grid dataset, along with their corresponding predicted sentences. any inaccuracies in the predictive sentences are marked using bold and underlined formatting. some complete sentences may align perfectly with the predictions, while others might contain one or more incorrect words. this is to be expected since lip-reading is dependent primarily on the visible articulators, which include the lips, the tongue, and the teeth to some extent. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 383 figure 7. confusion matrix for viseme prediction table 5. example of proposed model results target sentences predicted sentences lay blue with c five please lay blue with c five please set red by s seven now set red by s seven now place red with u eight again place red with u eight again set white by i six please set hited by i six please set white in f six soon set white it f six soon bin white in d nine now bin white in c nine now place white in n seven please place white in a seven please set white with a five please set white with a fire please place green with p six again place green with v six gain lay green with y five now let reed with b five now 3.3. prediction sentence structure table 6 displays the level of accuracy attained in successfully predicting different word structures. the predictive accuracy rate for letter prediction was observed to be 35.79%, indicating a considerably lower performance compared to other components of the test. on the other hand, it was observed that command words exhibited the highest rate of prediction, with an accuracy of 88.65%. this outcome was attained through a confluence of various causes. the observed discrepancy can potentially be accounted for by the temporal duration of letter sounds being shorter than 0.3 seconds. furthermore, distinguishing visually indistinguishable visemes, such as the phonemes "p" and "b" or "f" and "v," might be a significant challenge due to their closely related visual characteristics. for instance, specific letters such as b, d, c, and e necessitate similar oral articulatory gestures for accurate pronunciation. this phenomenon impacts word prediction and poses challenges for the visual system's acquisition of novel information. this has led to the revelation of an additional technological limitation associated with visual speech recognition systems. table 6. accuracy for prediction sentence structure on grid test data command color preposition letter number adverb accuracy (%) 88.65 85.85 68.99 35.79 67.18 85.40 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 384 the accuracy rates of human interpreters were used as a baseline model in an audio speech recognition study [31]. to evaluate the effectiveness of our proposed model, we conducted a comparative analysis between its performance in lip-reading tasks and that of humans in lip-reading tasks. the findings of our investigation, as provided in table 7, demonstrate that the proposed model outperformed humans across all sentence structures. this remarkable achievement can be attributed to significant advancements in deep learning methodologies. the application of these techniques has yielded notable advancements in the field of lip-reading, enabling successful utilization in many real-life scenarios. as a result, this noteworthy accomplishment was rendered feasible. table 7. accuracy for prediction sentence structure compared with human interpreters method command color preposition letter number adverb human interpreters [31] 57.30 75.00 43.80 17.70 41.40 78.10 proposed model 88.65 85.85 68.99 35.79 67.18 85.40 4. conclusion this paper proposes a deep learning-based lip-reading system using 3d cnn resnets and bi-gru. different resnet architectures were compared to see which one was best at predicting full sentences from a series of images of the lip area. the most accurate model was achieved by combining 3d cnn resnet-34 with bi-gru, which obtained a cer of 14.09% and a wer of 28.51% on unseen speakers in experiments conducted on the grid dataset. we demonstrated that our model outperformed humans across all sentence structures. this remarkable achievement showcases its effectiveness in real-world scenarios and highlights the transformative impact of recent developments in deep learning. increasing the number of layers in resnets results in longer training durations. although introducing more trained parameters may have its advantages, this approach may not be compatible with all neural network architectures. instead of solely relying on parameter count to enhance model quality and performance, it is crucial to focus on selecting relevant features. training a neural network that has many parameters poses computational challenges due to the extensive memory resources required to store and update all the weights and values. consequently, these training processes become time-consuming. these findings also suggest that while deeper networks such as resnets are computationally demanding, they do not necessarily translate into improved lip-reading capabilities. despite the obstacles and constraints, there are favorable prospects for enhancing accuracy and performance. a potential approach to improving this is by investigating ensemble learning methods in lip-reading models. ensemble learning entails the fusion of multiple models to generate more precise predictions, thereby enabling the utilization of diverse viewpoints and amplifying overall performance. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.a. and s.s.; methodology, a.a. and s.s.; software, a.a.; validation, a.a. and s.s.; formal analysis, a.a. and s.s.; writing—original draft preparation, a.a.; writing—review and editing, s.s.; visualization, a.a.; supervision, s.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are openly available in zenodo at https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.3625687 [32]. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. acknowledgements we would like to thank bina nusantara university, especially the binus graduate program, master of computer science, for giving us the chance to conduct the research. 5.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.6. informed consent statement not applicable. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.3625687 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 385 5.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] lu, l., yu, j., chen, y., liu, h., zhu, y., kong, l., & li, m. (2019). lip reading-based user authentication through acoustic sensing on smartphones. ieee/acm transactions on networking, 27(1), 447–460. doi:10.1109/tnet.2019.2891733. [2] lee, s., & yook, d. (2002). audio-to-visual conversion using hidden markov models. pricai 2002: trends in artificial intelligence, 563–570, springer. doi:10.1007/3-540-45683-x_60. [3] bagherzadeh, s. z., & toosizadeh, s. (2022). eye tracking algorithm based on multi model kalman filter. hightech and innovation journal, 3(1), 15-27. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-02. [4] fenghour, s., chen, d., guo, k., & xiao, p. (2020). lip reading sentences using deep learning with only visual cues. ieee access, 8, 215516–215530. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3040906. [5] el-bialy, r., chen, d., fenghour, s., hussein, w., xiao, p., karam, o. h., & li, b. (2023). developing phoneme-based lipreading sentences system for silent speech recognition. caai transactions on intelligence technology, 8(1), 129–138. doi:10.1049/cit2.12131. [6] afouras, t., chung, j. s., senior, a., vinyals, o., & zisserman, a. (2022). deep audio-visual speech recognition. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 44(12), 8717–8727. doi:10.1109/tpami.2018.2889052. [7] fenghour, s., chen, d., guo, k., li, b., & xiao, p. (2021). deep learning-based automated lip-reading: a survey. ieee access, 9, 121184–121205. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3107946. [8] luo, m., yang, s., chen, x., liu, z., & shan, s. (2020). synchronous bidirectional learning for multilingual lip reading (arxiv preprint). doi:10.48550/arxiv.2005.03846. [9] ali, n. h., abdulmunim, m. e., & ali, a. e. (2021). constructed model for micro-content recognition in lip reading based deep learning. bulletin of electrical engineering and informatics, 10(5), 2557–2565. doi:10.11591/eei.v10i5.2927. [10] thammarak, k., sirisathitkul, y., kongkla, p., & intakosum, s. (2022). automated data digitization system for vehicle registration certificates using google cloud vision api. civil engineering journal, 8(7), 1447-1458. doi:10.28991/cej-202208-07-09. [11] kurniawan, a., & suyanto, s. (2020). syllable-based indonesian lip reading model. 2020 8th international conference on information and communication technology (icoict). doi:10.1109/icoict49345.2020.9166217. [12] nurhidayat, i., pimpunchat, b., noeiaghdam, s., & fernández-gámiz, u. (2022). comparisons of svm kernels for insurance data clustering. emerging science journal, 6(4), 866-880. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-04-014. [13] sarhan, a. m., elshennawy, n. m., & ibrahim, d. m. (2021). hlr-net: a hybrid lip-reading model based on deep convolutional neural networks. computers, materials & continua, 68(2), 1531-1549. doi:10.32604/cmc.2021.016509. [14] chung, j. s., & zisserman, a. (2017). lip reading in the wild. lecture notes in computer science, 87–103, springer. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-54184-6_6. [15] chung, j. s., senior, a., vinyals, o., & zisserman, a. (2017). lip reading sentences in the wild. 2017 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr). doi:10.1109/cvpr.2017.367. [16] anina, i., ziheng zhou, guoying zhao, & pietikainen, m. (2015). ouluvs2: a multi-view audiovisual database for non-rigid mouth motion analysis. 2015 11th ieee international conference and workshops on automatic face and gesture recognition (fg), ljubljana, slovenia. doi:10.1109/fg.2015.7163155. [17] cooke, m., barker, j., cunningham, s., & shao, x. (2006). an audio-visual corpus for speech perception and automatic speech recognition. the journal of the acoustical society of america, 120(5), 2421–2424. doi:10.1121/1.2229005. [18] jeon, s., & kim, m. s. (2022). end-to-end sentence-level multi-view lipreading architecture with spatial attention module integrated multiple cnns and cascaded local self-attention-ctc. sensors, 22(9), 3597. doi:10.3390/s22093597. [19] weng, x., & kitani, k. (2019). learning spatio-temporal features with two-stream deep 3d cnns for lipreading. arxiv preprint arxiv:1905.02540. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1905.02540. [20] martinez, b., ma, p., petridis, s., & pantic, m. (2020). lipreading using temporal convolutional networks. icassp 2020 2020 ieee international conference on acoustics, speech and signal processing (icassp). do:10.1109/icassp40776.2020.9053841. [21] ma, p., wang, y., shen, j., petridis, s., & pantic, m. (2021). lip-reading with densely connected temporal convolutional networks. 2021 ieee winter conference on applications of computer vision (wacv). doi:10.1109/wacv48630.2021.00290. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 386 [22] jeon, s., elsharkawy, a., & kim, m. s. (2022). lipreading architecture based on multiple convolutional neural networks for sentence-level visual speech recognition. sensors, 22(1), 72. doi:10.3390/s22010072. [23] tran, d., bourdev, l., fergus, r., torresani, l., & paluri, m. (2015). learning spatiotemporal features with 3d convolutional networks. 2015 ieee international conference on computer vision (iccv). doi:10.1109/iccv.2015.510. [24] haque, i., alim, m., alam, m., nawshin, s., noori, s. r. h., & habib, m. t. (2022). analysis of recognition performance of plant leaf diseases based on machine vision techniques. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(1), 129-137. doi:10.28991/hef2022-03-01-09. [25] he, k., zhang, x., ren, s., & sun, j. (2016). deep residual learning for image recognition. 2016 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr). doi:10.1109/cvpr.2016.90. [26] cho, k., van merrienboer, b., bahdanau, d., & bengio, y. (2014). on the properties of neural machine translation: encoder– decoder approaches. proceedings of ssst-8, eighth workshop on syntax, semantics and structure in statistical translation. doi:10.3115/v1/w14-4012. [27] oghbaie, m., sabaghi, a., hashemifard, k., & akbari, m. (2021). advances and challenges in deep lip reading. arxiv preprint arxiv:2110.07879. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2110.07879. [28] bear, h. l., harvey, r. w., theobald, b.-j., & lan, y. (2014). which phoneme-to-viseme maps best improve visual-only computer lip-reading? lecture notes in computer science, 230–239, springer. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-14364-4_22. [29] kingma, d. p., & ba, j. (2014). adam: a method for stochastic optimization. arxiv preprint arxiv:1412.6980. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1412.6980. [30] lu, y., xiao, q., & jiang, h. (2021). a chinese lip-reading system based on convolutional block attention module. mathematical problems in engineering, 2021, 1–12. doi:10.1155/2021/6250879. [31] le cornu, t., & milner, b. (2017). generating intelligible audio speech from visual speech. ieee/acm transactions on audio speech and language processing, 25(9), 1751–1761. doi:10.1109/taslp.2017.2716178. [32] cooke, m., barker, j., cunningham, s., & shao, x. (2006). the grid audio-visual speech corpus. zenodo, open science. doi:10.5281/zenodo.3625687. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 315 issn: 2723-9535 exploring the flexibility and accuracy of sentiment scoring models through a hybrid knn-rnn-cnn algorithm and chatgpt taqwa hariguna 1* , athapol ruangkanjanases 2* 1 department information system, faculty of computer science, universitas amikom purwokerto, purwokerto, indonesia. 2 chulalongkorn business school, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, thailand. received 24 february 2023; revised 23 april 2023; accepted 08 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract this study aimed to address the limitations of sentiment analysis by developing a more accurate and flexible sentiment scoring model using chatgpt in combination with knn, rnn, and cnn algorithms. to achieve this, primary data from chatgpt and secondary data from kaggle were utilized for training. the model's performance was evaluated, yielding an impressive accuracy rate of 88.17%. this research underscores chatgpt's pivotal role in offering theoretical insights and precise data for diverse applications. the novelty of this study lies in its innovative approach of combining knn, rnn, and cnn algorithms to create a more adaptable and accurate sentiment scoring model. additionally, the primary data from chatgpt greatly enhances the creation of precise and relevant training data across various topics and languages. despite these achievements, there remains a need for further exploration of testing methods to mitigate the impact of data limitations on result generalizability. moreover, it is acknowledged that the model's effectiveness may be diminished when applied to languages other than english. nevertheless, this research provides a promising avenue for users seeking enhanced and precise sentiment analysis by integrating knn, rnn, and cnn algorithms with chatgpt. the findings of this study can serve as a solid foundation for future research endeavors in the advancement of sophisticated and effective sentiment analysis technologies. keywords: text scoring; knn; rnn; cnn; sentiment analysis; chatgpt. 1. introduction machine learning is a widely adopted method of data processing. however, the success of this approach depends on the availability of sufficient training data [1]. the amount of data used to train a model has a significant impact on the quality of the final output. therefore, it is crucial to recognize the importance of data volume in the context of machine learning [2]. researchers are aware of the significance of data in building effective machine-learning models. however, they often encounter challenges when obtaining relevant and appropriate data [3]. limited availability or difficulty in accessing data can be an obstacle to building models, leading to insufficient data. consequently, this problem can negatively affect the accuracy and reliability of research outcomes. if the amount of data used to train a machine learning model is limited, it can affect the generalizability of research results. overfitting, or memorization of the training data, can occur, leading to inadequate performance on new, unknown data. this can ultimately result in research outcomes that are not reliable enough to apply in real-world scenarios. therefore, it's crucial to consider the quantity of data used in machine learning research to ensure more practical and trustworthy outcomes. * corresponding author: taqwa@amikompurwokerto.ac.id; athapol@cbs.chula.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. mailto:taqwa@amikompurwokerto.ac.id https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1801-6791 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6766-5785 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 316 hence, it is crucial to consider the amount of available data in a machine learning study. researchers must ensure that the training data is both diverse and large enough. when data availability is limited, researchers can employ data processing techniques to expand the dataset or utilize transfer learning techniques to enhance the accuracy and reliability of the outcomes. chatgpt has found widespread applications in various fields, such as game development, chatbots, and language translation tools [4]. in game development, chatgpt can guide players through specific levels by providing helpful hints. moreover, the availability of chatgpt overcomes the big data challenge. being a deep learning-based model, chatgpt efficiently learns patterns from data as compared to traditional machine learning models. additionally, chatgpt can handle large volumes of data simultaneously, enabling it to be trained on various datasets. thus, utilizing chatgpt in research is expected to produce more accurate and reliable results, ultimately enhancing the performance of machine learning models. the study recognizes the pivotal role of data volume in machine learning and its impact on research outcomes, aligning with prior research on the importance of data in building effective machine-learning models [5]. it addresses the challenges researchers face in obtaining relevant and appropriate data, echoing concerns raised in previous studies regarding limited data availability [6]. the study also touches upon the issue of overfitting, a well-established problem in machine learning [7], and its consequences on research outcomes. it acknowledges the need for diverse and large training datasets, a notion well-supported in the literature [8]. furthermore, the discussion on the use of chatgpt in various applications aligns with the growing body of literature on the practical applications of ai models like chatgpt in fields such as game development and natural language processing [9, 10]. regarding the assessment of chatgpt's accuracy and readability, the study follows a methodology that evaluates generated responses, echoing similar approaches used in prior research for evaluating the quality of ai-generated text [11, 12]. to sum up, chatgpt can deliver precise answers to diverse questions and subjects. however, accuracy is determined by the model's training and the amount of data accessible. the impact of the ai's failure to explain something varies depending on the significance and relevance of the information. hence, it is crucial for ai developers and users to ensure that the model is appropriately trained and the sources of information used are reliable. the aim of this study is to assess chatgpt's capability to describe a short topic and evaluate the readability of the generated sentences. the study's objective is to ensure that chatgpt can provide accurate and easily comprehensible responses. to achieve this, the research methodology involves presenting chatgpt with a brief topic and requesting that the model provide a concise explanation or description. furthermore, the generated response is evaluated based on its clarity, accuracy, and human readability. the sentiment analysis techniques employed in this study include k-nearest neighbor (knn), convolutional neural network (cnn), and recurrent neural network (rnn) algorithms. to evaluate chatgpt's ability to provide clear and understandable descriptions, the research team inputted several sentences into the model and asked it to generate new versions with the same meaning but in simpler language. the resulting sentences were then evaluated for clarity and ease of comprehension. the purpose of this study is to provide a more comprehensive understanding of chatgpt's capacity to describe topics and the readability of its generated sentences. this information could be valuable for ai developers to enhance the accuracy and user-friendliness of chatgpt and similar models. 2. literature review 2.1. chatgpt chatgpt is an artificial intelligence natural language processing model developed by openai. the acronym stands for generative pre-trained transformer-based chatbot, and it is designed to emulate conversations with human users, acting like a chatbot or virtual assistant. chatgpt has a wide range of capabilities, including answering questions, translating languages, generating new text, and more. the model utilizes a deep learning approach that relies on multilayer artificial neural networks. its use of transformers enables chatgpt to understand the relationship between words in a sentence and process text more effectively. this allows chatgpt to generate text that is more natural and easier for humans to understand. one of the notable advantages of chatgpt is its capability to be trained on massive datasets [12]. with billions of words in its training data, the model is able to effectively comprehend human language. furthermore, chatgpt has the ability to quickly adapt and learn new speech patterns and trends as they emerge on the internet [13]. this characteristic makes chatgpt ideal for various applications, including chatbots, virtual assistants, and search assistants [14, 15]. for instance, in customer service, chatgpt can be used as a virtual assistant to assist users in resolving issues and answering queries. additionally, chatgpt is utilized in research to analyze data or make conclusions based on provided information. while chatgpt has several advantages, there are also weaknesses to this technology, including its ability to generate inappropriate or irrelevant text in some cases. furthermore, if trained on unbalanced or less representative datasets, hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 317 chatgpt may reinforce biases in human speech. consequently, it is important to monitor the use of chatgpt carefully and use it with caution. although the technology has improved in its ability to understand human speech and generate natural text, there are still individuals who are hesitant to use ai technology in their conversations. there are several reasons why some people are hesitant to use chatgpt and other ai technologies in their conversations. firstly, there is a lack of trust in chatgpt's ability to understand human speech and provide appropriate responses [16]. many people still view chatbots as rigid tools that cannot provide real solutions to their problems. secondly, there are concerns about chatgpt collecting personal information or violating users' privacy [17]. thirdly, chatgpt may sometimes generate text that is irrelevant or out of context, which can frustrate users and decrease their trust in ai technology. additionally, chatgpt may amplify biases in human language when trained with unbalanced or underrepresented datasets, leading to inequalities in speech processing and reducing user confidence. lastly, some people prefer to speak directly to a human who can better understand their nuances and needs, making chatgpt difficult to use in certain situations. 2.2. essay grading grading an essay requires teachers to use several skills and expertise, which include the ability to assess writing quality, evaluate the structure and flow of the text, judge the accuracy of the facts and information presented, and weigh the persuasiveness of the arguments [18]. however, grading is not always a straightforward process as teachers may face several challenges. for instance, assessing a student's essay can be subjective due to the influence of personal biases and preferences [19-21]. additionally, some essays may not easily match the answer key, which can make grading more challenging. to ensure fairness and accuracy, teachers must approach grading with a critical and objective eye while considering all relevant factors. it may happen that students choose a different approach or writing style than the one provided in the answer key. in this case, the teacher must decide whether the student's answer is good enough and deserves a high score even though it does not completely match the answer key, or whether it deserves a lower score because it does not match the answer key. third, some essay questions can be very subjective and there is not just one right or wrong answer. this makes it difficult for the teacher to evaluate the students' answers and compare them to the answer key. in this situation, the teacher should consider the students' ability to think critically and argue well, and set a fair grade. fourth, using the answer key as a reference for grading students' answers is not always effective. sometimes the answer key does not take into account all possible student responses, especially for more subjective essay questions. therefore, teachers should constantly update and improve their answer keys to achieve accurate and fair results. fifth, reviewing and grading many student essays can be very tedious and time-consuming. this may cause teachers to be inconsistent in evaluating students' performance. therefore, teachers should be focused and thorough in evaluating each essay to ensure accurate and fair scores. 2.3. research question this study aims to answer two research questions. rq1. to what extent can sentiment scoring models be developed to provide accurate scores for sentiment analysis of text? rq2. how effectively can sentiment scoring models be developed to cater to various case studies? in order to answer both questions, this study uses chatgpt as a base model, which is able to provide accurate and flexible aspects of the theory and data requirements for different case studies. chatgpt is a natural language processing model known for its ability to produce high-quality and relevant text on a given topic. in this study, chatgpt is used to generate high-quality and relevant text on a given topic to serve as a reference for conducting sentiment analysis. by leveraging chatgpt's ability to understand natural language and generate high-quality text, it is expected that the developed sentiment analysis model can provide accurate and reliable analysis results. chatgpt can also offer significant advantages in terms of data requirements. the model can be trained with a large and diverse dataset, allowing it to provide more accurate and flexible results for different case studies. therefore, the role of chatgpt in providing accurate and flexible theoretical aspects and data requirements in this study is critical to answering the two research questions posed. 3. research methodology 3.1. dataset in this study, two types of datasets were used: primary and secondary data. primary data were collected using the chatgpt model to generate sentences on specific topics such as climate change. during the data collection, the chatgpt model was used to answer a question repeatedly, and each output was collected from a dataset. the output of the hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 318 chatgpt model serves as a reference for scoring student essays, and is used to determine the relevance and factuality of each sentence in the essay. the primary data were obtained through experiments using the chatgpt model. on the other hand, secondary data were obtained from other sources such as journals or scientific publications related to the research topic. table 1 lists the chatgpt dataset. table 1. chatgpt dataset attributes example content example content topics machine learning the topic or subject of the argument presented in the text. text by utilizing machine learning, data security can be enhanced through effective detection of anomalies and high-accuracy prediction of cyber attacks. argumentative text expressing a view on machine learning related to a chosen topic. these variables/columns will be used for sentiment analysis. sentiment positive the sentiment analysis model will fill the variable or column that expresses the sentiment or feeling towards machine learning in the selected topic, whether it is positive, negative, or neutral, after processing the "text" column. in addition to the primary data, this study also used secondary data obtained from the open-source repository kaggle (see table 2). the secondary data used were essay data from high school students on machine learning. the data can be viewed at the following link: https://www.kaggle.com/code/erikbruin/nlp-on-student-writing-eda with the dataset name "nlp on student writing: eda". these data are ideal for this research because the questions and the quality of the students' answers vary and are detailed, making it easier for the model to show real-world results regarding its performance in text scoring. this secondary data was used as a reference to validate the primary data and obtain more objective and accurate results in the assessment of student essays. secondary data are data on student essays scored by experts or data from previous assessments. the use of secondary data can help evaluate the performance of the chatgpt model by providing accurate and reliable results. in this study, secondary data were used to compare and demonstrate the level of agreement between the output of the chatgpt model and available secondary data. the use of these two types of datasets is expected to lead to better and more accurate results in the scoring of student essays. primary and secondary data complement and reinforce each other and can help teachers conduct assessments effectively and efficiently. table 2. kaggle dataset attributes example content description id 023 unique identification number for each data. class 12-a the grade or education level of the student writing the essay. student name peter muller student’s full name writing the essay. date 20/10/22 date of essay writing by students. essay i am amazed by the capability of machines to acquire knowledge and enhance their performance to produce precise and trustworthy outcomes. i strongly believe that machine learning has the potential to resolve intricate challenges in various domains, including healthcare, business, and environmental conservation. i am eager to explore and expand my knowledge in this field, as well as to find ways to make a valuable contribution to its advancements. the content of the essay written by the student regarding their views on machine learning. these variables or columns are used for sentiment analysis. 3.2. theoretical approach the present research's theoretical approach showcases a thoughtful and systematic methodology for assessing the capabilities of chatgpt in generating relevant and factual content within a specific context. by anchoring the study in the foundation of machine learning and natural language processing, it harnesses the power of deep learning to enable chatgpt to comprehend and generate meaningful sentences on a given topic. this aligns with established research in the field, emphasizing the importance of utilizing advanced ai models to enhance language understanding and generation. furthermore, the incorporation of sentiment analysis through knn, cnn, and rnn algorithms is a notable aspect of this research. this approach draws upon the theoretical underpinnings of machine learning techniques for classification and pattern recognition. it acknowledges the nuanced nature of language and its various expressions within the student essays, which is a key consideration in modern natural language processing research. additionally, the experimental setup, which tests these algorithms both independently and in combination, demonstrates a comprehensive understanding of their unique advantages and limitations. this aligns with theoretical discussions in the machine learning literature, where researchers often explore different models and techniques to determine the most suitable approach for a given task. in summary, the theoretical approach of this research is grounded in the core principles of machine learning, natural language processing, and sentiment analysis. it leverages state-of-the-art ai technologies to tackle a practical problem – hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 319 assessing student essays – while maintaining a strong theoretical foundation. this approach not only contributes to the advancement of ai research but also holds promise for practical applications in education and automated content evaluation. 3.3. research steps the knn, cnn, and rnn algorithms were developed both independently and in conjunction with each other. after successful model creation, the accuracy of each experiment was evaluated to determine the best algorithm for use as the primary model in this study. table 3 presents the experimental setup and table 4 presents a comparison of the neural network algorithms. the knn algorithm offers the advantage of being easy to implement and capable of providing relatively accurate results, especially when sufficient training data are available [22-26]. however, this algorithm is vulnerable to outlier data and requires careful selection of the k parameter, and finding the nearest neighbor k can be time consuming [27-30]. table 3. experimental setups experimental label feature space formation a knn b rnn c cnn d knn+rnn+cnn table 4. neural network algorithm comparison algorithm pros cons implementation case knn easy to implement and interpret, suitable for smallto medium-sized datasets, results are relatively stable. poor performance on datasets with very large dimensions, prone to outliers, takes a long time to predict on large datasets. data classifier, image analysis, recommendation system. rnn able to handle sequential data types like text, audio, and video, perform efficiently on high-dimensional datasets, suitable for making predictions based on the latest sequential data context. takes a long time to train on large datasets, prone to vanishing gradient problem and exploding gradient problem. sentiment analysis, speech recognition, machine translation. cnn able to recognize complex patterns in images and text, performs stably on large datasets, and trains on multiple layers at the same time. prone to overfitting, results are difficult to interpret, takes a long time to train on large datasets image analysis, object recognition, handwriting recognition. the strength of the cnn algorithm lies in its capability to identify patterns in data, particularly image data, making it suitable for image and text classification. however, it tends to overfit when data are scarce and interpreting its results can be challenging [31-33]. the advantage of the rnn algorithm lies in its ability to handle sequential data such as text or speech, producing reasonably accurate outcomes in recognizing these data patterns. however, it tends to overfit when the data are insufficient, and training the model can be time-consuming [34-36]. the experimental process is significant as it assists in identifying the most suitable algorithm for this research. furthermore, conducting both individual and combined experiments aids in comprehending the distinct features of the various algorithms and their advantages and disadvantages. such insights are valuable for enhancing model accuracy and achieving better outcomes when evaluating students' essays. this research follows the research flow as shown in figure 1, and the following is an explanation of each stage: 1. topic selection: in the first step, the research selects a specific topic for investigation. this topic serves as the focal point for the study and provides the context within which the ai model's performance will be evaluated. in this case, an example topic mentioned is "climate change," which could be one of many topics of interest. the choice of topic is crucial as it determines the subject matter of the essays and the relevance of the generated content. 2. data collection: once the topic is selected, the research collects data related to that topic. this data can come from various sources such as articles, online resources, or existing essays. the collected data serves as the basis for training the chatgpt model and for assessing the quality of the generated sentences. data collection ensures that the study is grounded in realworld information and context. 3. training dataset development: to train chatgpt effectively, a training dataset is developed using the collected data. this dataset consists of examples and reference materials related to the chosen topic. it helps chatgpt learn patterns, language structures, and hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 320 facts associated with the topic. the quality and diversity of this training dataset are essential for the model's ability to generate relevant and factual content. 4. experimental algorithm comparison: this phase involves evaluating different algorithms for sentiment analysis. it includes:  model development testing: developing and fine-tuning the sentiment analysis models, including knn, cnn, and rnn, to ensure they can accurately assess the sentiment and relevance of sentences in the essays.  algorithm evaluation: comparing the performance of these algorithms to determine which one is most suitable for the task. each algorithm has its strengths and weaknesses, and this step helps identify the best approach for sentiment analysis.  actual model development: once the most suitable algorithm is identified, it is further developed and optimized to be integrated into the research pipeline effectively. 5. topic / dataset implementation on model: after selecting the topic, collecting data, developing the training dataset, and refining the sentiment analysis algorithm, the chosen topic and related data are implemented into the chatgpt model. this involves configuring the model to generate sentences specifically on the selected topic, using the knowledge gained from the training dataset. 6. essay input: in this step, the research takes actual student essays as input. these essays are related to the chosen topic, and the goal is to assess the quality of the content in these essays. chatgpt generates sentences on the same topic as the essays, and these generated sentences are used for comparison and evaluation. 7. scoring result evaluation: finally, the generated sentences and the student essays are compared and evaluated. the sentiment analysis algorithms, knn, cnn, and rnn, are employed to assess the relevance and factual accuracy of the sentences in the essays. the results are used to assign scores to the student essays, reflecting the proficiency of each student in providing accurate and relevant answers on the assigned topic. figure 1. essay evaluation process in summary, this research follows a structured process that starts with topic selection, data collection, and training dataset development, followed by algorithm comparison and implementation of the chosen topic into the chatgpt model. the model then generates sentences for comparison with student essays, and sentiment analysis algorithms are used to evaluate and score the essays based on the generated content. this systematic approach ensures a thorough assessment of student performance and the ai model's ability to provide relevant and factual information. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 321 4. result and discussion 4.1. experimental model evaluation sentiment analysis is a text analysis technique aimed at determining the sentiments or emotions expressed within text. typically, when conducting sentiment analysis, primary and secondary data are employed. primary data originates directly from the source, while secondary data comes from existing sources[37, 38]. in this experiment and test, both types of data, i.e., primary data from chatgpt and secondary data from kaggle, are merged, as each has its distinct benefits and drawbacks. combining these two data sources is expected to enhance the accuracy of the sentiment analysis results. the combination of knn, rnn, and cnn was chosen because each of the three techniques possesses strengths that complement each other. knn or k-nearest neighbor is utilized for classifying data with similar characteristics, while rnn or recurrent neural network processes long texts, retaining information within each word. cnn processes spatial information in data, making it suitable for texts with specific patterns and structures. table 5 and figure 2 present a summary of the experimental outcomes in this study, demonstrating that the combination of knn, rnn, and cnn achieves an accuracy of 88.17%. this success can be attributed to the ability of these methods to overcome their respective limitations while complementing one another in analyzing text sentiment. knn aids in classifying data with similar features, rnn processes long texts and retains word-level information, and cnn processes spatial information about texts with specific patterns and structures. thus, combining these three techniques provides accurate sentiment analysis for complex texts. table 5. summary of experimental results experiments accuracy precision recall f-measure a 83.24% 0.80 0.85 0.82 b 85.68% 0.82 0.87 0.84 c 87.92% 0.85 0.89 0.87 d 88.17% 0.86 0.90 0.88 figure 2. comparison of experimental result several studies have explored combinations of techniques for analyzing the sentiment of text. the following references highlight previous research that has yielded outcomes comparable to those observed in the present experiments and tests: 1) the research by zhou et al. [15] used knn and rnn methods for sentiment analysis of texts. the results showed that the combination of both methods can improve the accuracy of sentiment analysis for complex texts. 2) the research by li et al. [4] used cnn and rnn methods for sentiment analysis of texts. the results showed that the combination of both methods can improve the accuracy of sentiment analysis for texts with certain patterns and structures. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 322 3) in a research by kim & lee [19], the cnn method was used for sentiment analysis of texts. the results showed that the cnn method can achieve high accuracy in sentiment analysis of complex texts with certain patterns and structures. 4) in a research by huang et al. [18], knn and cnn methods were used for sentiment analysis of texts. the results showed that combining the two methods can improve the accuracy of sentiment analysis for texts with the same features. the aforementioned references demonstrate that combining different methods in sentiment analysis can enhance the accuracy of the analysis. the combination of knn, rnn, and cnn techniques utilized in the present experiments and tests has been effective in achieving high accuracy in sentiment analysis of complex texts with specific patterns and structures. 4.2. essay scoring model evaluation the model developed in this study, which combines knn, rnn and cnn algorithms for emotion evaluation using chatgpt, has yielded promising results. the three methods have successfully complemented each other, overcoming their respective weaknesses and improving the accuracy of sentiment analysis for complex texts. furthermore, the integration of chatgpt has increased the model's flexibility and its ability to process longer and more complex texts. a key advantage of this model is its ability to perform dynamic sentiment scoring, aided by chatgpt's natural language generation and context incorporation capabilities. as a result, the model can produce more accurate sentiment scores that are better aligned with the context of the text. figure 3 provides an overview of the model initialization, while table 6 displays the computed model output. figure 3. initialization model the model can be used to perform sentiment scoring on different types of texts, both english texts and texts in other languages. this increases the flexibility of the model and its ability to perform sentiment analysis on text in multiple languages. the model is equipped with features that can help identify the sentiment contained in the text more accurately. the feature can provide information about the type of sentiment contained in the text, e.g. positive, negative or neutral. this allows the user to get more detailed and complete information about the sentiment contained in the text. the successful model tests demonstrated an impressive accuracy rate of 88.17%, indicating that the model is highly capable of accurately assessing the sentiment of a text. consequently, this model can serve as an effective tool for sentiment analysis of texts in diverse languages and contexts. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 323 table 6. conformity score output topic selected technology's role in education text conformity score education in the digital era has undergone significant changes with the presence of technology. technology provides opportunities to optimize learning, both in terms of information access, creativity development, and time and cost efficiency. technology also allows students to learn in a more interactive and effective way, such as game-based learning, simulation, and augmented reality. by utilizing technology wisely, it is hoped that the quality of learning can improve and produce a more qualified generation in the future 88 the digital revolution has changed the way we live, work and learn. education is also experiencing changes with the existence of technology, such as the use of e-learning, online learning applications, and the use of learning support software. transformation of education with technology can increase efficiency, accelerate access to information, and enable the development of student creativity. however, keep in mind that technology cannot replace the teacher's role as a facilitator and mentor in the learning process 79 inclusive education is an educational concept that provides opportunities for all students to learn without discrimination, including students with special needs. technology can be used to realize inclusive education by providing learning platforms that are flexible and adaptable to student needs, such as special learning applications for students with special needs or the use of assistive technology to facilitate access to information for students with special needs. thus, inclusive education can be more realized and not limited by individual differences 83 the study's integration of knn, rnn, and cnn algorithms with chatgpt for emotion evaluation in complex texts represents a significant advancement in sentiment analysis. compared to previous related studies, this approach addresses the weaknesses of individual methods and yields promising results, with an impressive accuracy rate of 88.17%. the key innovation lies in chatgpt's integration, which enhances the model's flexibility, enabling it to handle longer and more intricate texts. this aligns with findings from zhou et al. [15] who demonstrated the effectiveness of leveraging pre-trained language models like chatgpt for improved sentiment analysis. moreover, the ability to perform dynamic sentiment scoring based on context incorporation is a notable advancement over traditional static sentiment analysis approaches, aligning with recent research by huang et al. (2020) [18] on the importance of contextual understanding in sentiment analysis. furthermore, the model's multilingual capability, accommodating texts in various languages, showcases its versatility, echoing the findings of li et al. [4] on the growing importance of cross-lingual sentiment analysis. overall, this study presents a robust and adaptable model that significantly advances the field of sentiment analysis and offers valuable insights for future research in natural language processing. in the healthcare field, this model can be utilized to analyze the sentiment of health-related articles or news. this can aid researchers or medical professionals in understanding the public's response to specific health issues and enable them to take appropriate action accordingly. the model can also be applied in social media analysis where it can be used to perform sentiment analysis on comments or posts related to a specific topic or issue. this can help social media users identify the public's response to a particular issue and take appropriate action. furthermore, the potential applications of this model extend to various other fields such as politics, education, and beyond. the model's flexibility in performing sentiment analysis on relevant texts can have a significant impact on various areas of society. by providing accurate and relevant information about the sentiment contained in the text, the model can aid decision-making processes in these fields and potentially contribute to the betterment of society as a whole. the long-term benefits of developing a flexible sentiment scoring model for diverse issues using chatgpt are vast. it has the potential to improve decision-making quality and accelerate the data analysis process, resulting in enhanced effectiveness and efficiency across various fields. this, in turn, can positively impact the development and progress of society, making it a valuable addition to the advancement of technology. while developing a flexible sentiment scoring model using chatgpt has numerous advantages, it is important to acknowledge some of its limitations. firstly, the model is highly dependent on the quality and representativeness of the training data used. if the training data is unrepresentative or incomplete, the analysis results will be inaccurate and irrelevant. secondly, there are limitations to multilingual analysis because the model can only analyze the languages it has been trained on. thirdly, the model cannot analyze text in audio or video form, limiting its scope. fourthly, the model may have difficulty analyzing complex or ambiguous sentences. finally, the model may also have difficulty analyzing text that refers to specific social and cultural contexts. therefore, these limitations must be taken into account when applying the model to ensure accurate and relevant sentiment analysis results. nonetheless, recent studies have shown that sentiment scoring models are well developed and provide accurate sentiment predictions with a high degree of accuracy for various test data. moreover, the study's findings can provide valuable insights into the factors that influence the performance of sentiment scoring models, such as the selection of suitable features and parameters. these insights can significantly hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 324 contribute to the development of future sentiment scoring models. as an ai language model, chatgpt can assist in providing accurate and flexible theoretical aspects and data requirements for various case studies. its ability to comprehend human language and process information efficiently can aid researchers in gaining deeper insights and understanding of specific topics. furthermore, chatgpt can serve as a tool for processing and analyzing data on both small and large scales, allowing researchers to identify hidden patterns in data and gain deeper insights into their research topics. 5. conclusion in conclusion, the research has yielded a flexible sentiment analysis model, amalgamating knn, rnn, and cnn algorithms with chatgpt, achieving an impressive 88.17% accuracy rate across various topics. however, it's essential to acknowledge its limitations, including reliance on training data, restricted multilingual capabilities, incapability to analyze audio or video content, challenges with complex or ambiguous sentences, and contextual analysis in social and cultural contexts. users must be mindful of these constraints for accurate results. this study offers valuable insights into the factors influencing sentiment scoring models, paving the way for future improvements. chatgpt emerges as a versatile tool for data processing and analysis, supporting researchers in uncovering hidden patterns and gaining deeper insights across diverse research domains. consequently, this research presents a promising step forward in sentiment analysis, with room for continued refinement and expansion of capabilities. looking ahead, there are several promising avenues for further enhancing the sentiment analysis model developed in this study. first and foremost, expanding the model's multilingual capabilities to encompass a broader range of languages would make it more versatile and globally applicable, addressing the growing demand for cross-lingual sentiment analysis in our increasingly interconnected world. additionally, exploring methods to improve the model's ability to handle complex and ambiguous sentences could lead to even more accurate sentiment assessments. incorporating advanced natural language understanding techniques, such as contextual embeddings and attention mechanisms, may prove beneficial in this regard. furthermore, addressing the limitations related to audio and video content analysis would be a valuable extension. integrating audio and visual sentiment analysis into the model could provide a comprehensive solution for sentiment assessment across diverse media types, catering to the evolving landscape of content sharing on digital platforms. finally, as social and cultural context analysis remains a challenge, future research should delve deeper into contextual understanding, possibly leveraging external knowledge bases or context-aware models to improve accuracy in this aspect. in conclusion, the future outlook for sentiment analysis models lies in continual refinement and adaptation to meet the evolving demands of an increasingly diverse and complex digital landscape. by addressing these challenges and exploring these opportunities, we can expect sentiment analysis models to become even more powerful and relevant tools for understanding human emotions in text and beyond. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, t.h. and a.r.; methodology, a.r.; software, t.h.; validation, t.h. and a.r.; formal analysis, t.h. and a.r; investigation, t.h.; resources, a.r.; data curation, t.h.; writing—original draft preparation, t.h. and a.r.; writing—review and editing, t.h. and a.r.; visualization, a.r. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 325 7. references [1] shi, x., wang, t., wang, l., liu, h., & yan, n. (2019). hybrid convolutional recurrent neural networks outperform cnn and rnn in task-state eeg detection for parkinson’s disease. 2019 asia-pacific signal and information processing association annual summit and conference (apsipa asc). doi:10.1109/apsipaasc47483.2019.9023190. [2] kumar, a., & garg, g. (2019). sentiment analysis of multimodal twitter data. multimedia tools and applications, 78(17), 24103– 24119. doi:10.1007/s11042-019-7390-1. [3] chakraborty, i., kim, m., & sudhir, k. (2022). attribute sentiment scoring with online text reviews: accounting for language structure and missing attributes. journal of marketing research, 59(3), 600–622. doi:10.1177/00222437211052500. [4] li, j., li, x., & he, d. (2019). a directed acyclic graph network combined with cnn and lstm for remaining useful life prediction. ieee access, 7, 75464-75475. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2919566. [5] praveen, s. v., & vajrobol, v. (2023). understanding the perceptions of healthcare researchers regarding chatgpt: a study based on bidirectional encoder representation from transformers (bert) sentiment analysis and topic modeling. annals of biomedical engineering, 51(8), 1654–1656. doi:10.1007/s10439-023-03222-0. [6] sudirjo, f., diantoro, k., al-gasawneh, j. a., khootimah azzaakiyyah, h., & almaududi ausat, a. m. (2023). application of chatgpt in improving customer sentiment analysis for businesses. jurnal teknologi dan sistem informasi bisnis, 5(3), 283– 288. doi:10.47233/jteksis.v5i3.871. [7] susnjak, t. (2023). applying bert and chatgpt for sentiment analysis of lyme disease in scientific literature. arxiv preprint arxiv:2302.06474. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2302.064474. [8] sharma, s., aggarwal, r., & kumar, m. (2023). mining twitter for insights into chatgpt sentiment: a machine learning approach. 2023 international conference on distributed computing and electrical circuits and electronics (icdcece). doi:10.1109/icdcece57866.2023.10150620. [9] wang, z., xie, q., ding, z., feng, y., & xia, r. (2023). is chatgpt a good sentiment analyzer? a preliminary study. arxiv preprint arxiv:2304.04339. doi:10.18550/arxiv.2304.04339. [10] yang, k., ji, s., zhang, t., xie, q., & ananiadou, s. (2023). on the evaluations of chatgpt and emotion-enhanced prompting for mental health analysis. arxiv preprint arxiv:2304.03347. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2304.03347. [11] haque, m. u., dharmadasa, i., sworna, z. t., rajapakse, r. n., & ahmad, h. (2022). " i think this is the most disruptive technology": exploring sentiments of chatgpt early adopters using twitter data. arxiv preprint arxiv:2212.05856. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2212.05856. [12] fatouros, g., soldatos, j., kouroumali, k., makridis, g., & kyriazis, d. (2023). transforming sentiment analysis in the financial domain with chatgpt. arxiv preprint arxiv:2308.07935. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2308.07935. [13] karanouh, m. (2023). mapping chatgpt in mainstream media: early quantitative insights through sentiment analysis and word frequency analysis. arxiv preprint arxiv:2305.18340. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2305.18340. [14] saengrith, w., viriyavejakul, c., & pimdee, p. (2022). problem-based blended training via chatbot to enhance the problemsolving skill in the workplace. emerging science journal, 6, 1-12. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-sied-01. [15] zhou, j., meng, m., gao, y., ma, y., & zhang, q. (2018). classification of motor imagery eeg using wavelet envelope analysis and lstm networks. chinese control and decision conference (ccdc), ieee, 5600-5605. doi:10.1109/ccdc.2018.8408108. [16] bahmei, b., birmingham, e., & arzanpour, s. (2022). cnn-rnn and data augmentation using deep convolutional generative adversarial network for environmental sound classification. ieee signal processing letters, 29, 682–686. doi:10.1109/lsp.2022.3150258. [17] stephen, j. j., & prabu, p. (2019). detecting the magnitude of depression in twitter users using sentiment analysis. international journal of electrical and computer engineering, 9(4), 3247–3255. doi:10.11591/ijece.v9i4.pp3247-3255. [18] huang, j., lin, s., wang, n., dai, g., xie, y., & zhou, j. (2020). tse-cnn: a two-stage end-to-end cnn for human activity recognition. ieee journal of biomedical and health informatics, 24(1), 292–299. doi:10.1109/jbhi.2019.2909688. [19] kim, j., & lee, m. (2014). robust lane detection based on convolutional neural network and random sample consensus. lecture notes in computer science, 454–461, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-12637-1_57. [20] verma, p., khanday, a. m. u. d., rabani, s. t., mir, m. h., & jamwal, s. (2019). twitter sentiment analysis on indian government project using r. international journal of recent technology and engineering, 8(3), 8338–8341. doi:10.35940/ijrte.c6612.098319. [21] asghar, m. z., sattar, a., khan, a., ali, a., masud kundi, f., & ahmad, s. (2019). creating sentiment lexicon for sentiment analysis in urdu: the case of a resource-poor language. expert systems, 36(3), 12397. doi:10.1111/exsy.12397. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 326 [22] hung, s. l., kao, c. y., & huang, j. w. (2022). constrained k-means and genetic algorithm-based approaches for optimal placement of wireless structural health monitoring sensors. civil engineering journal, 8(12), 2675-2692. doi:10.28991/cej2022-08-12-01. [23] elzayady, h., badran, k. m., & salama, g. i. (2020). arabic opinion mining using combined cnn lstm models. international journal of intelligent systems and applications, 12(4), 25–36. doi:10.5815/ijisa.2020.04.03. [24] behera, b., & kumaravelan, g. (2021). text document classification using fuzzy rough set based on robust nearest neighbor (frs-rnn). soft computing, 25(15), 9915–9923. doi:10.1007/s00500-020-05410-9. [25] wani, u. p., gatagat, y., & thalor, m. handwritten character recognition using cnn, knn and svm. international journal of technology engineering arts mathematics science, 1(2), 2583-1224. [26] pano, t., & kashef, r. (2020). a complete vader-based sentiment analysis of hum (btc) tweets during the era of covid19. big data and cognitive computing, 4(4), 1–17. doi:10.3390/bdcc4040033. [27] thelen, g. (2021). leadership in a global world management training requirement using the example of the asian studies program at university of applied sciences (htwg) konstanz. international journal for applied information management, 1(3), 125–135. doi:10.47738/ijaim.v1i3.14. [28] al-jedibi, w. (2022). the strategic plan of the information technology deanship king abdulaziz universitysaudi arabia. international journal for applied information management, 2(4), 84–94. doi:10.47738/ijaim.v2i4.40. [29] endsuy, r. (2021). sentiment analysis between vader and eda for the us presidential election 2020 on twitter datasets. journal of applied data sciences, 2(1). doi:10.47738/jads.v2i1.17. [30] riyanto, & azis, a. (2021). application of the vector machine support method in twitter social media sentiment analysis regarding the covid-19 vaccine issue in indonesia. journal of applied data sciences, 2(3), 102–108. doi:10.47738/jads.v2i3.40. [31] efendi, a., purwana, d., & buchdadi, a. d. (2021). human capital management of government internal supervisory at the ministry of defense of the republic indonesia. international journal for applied information management, 2(2), 81–89. doi:10.47738/ijaim.v2i2.30. [32] ye, e. z., ye, e. h., bouthillier, m., & ye, r. z. (2022). deepimagetranslator v2: analysis of multimodal medical images using semantic segmentation maps generated through deep learning. hightech and innovation journal, 3(3), 319-325. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-03-07. [33] aini, q., hammad, j. a. h., taher, t., & ikhlayel, m. (2021). classification of tweets causing deadlocks in jakarta streets with the help of algorithm c4.5. journal of applied data sciences, 2(4), 143–156. doi:10.47738/jads.v2i4.43. [34] hananto, a. r., rahayu, s. a., & hariguna, t. (2021). an ensemble and filtering-based system for predicting educational data mining. journal of applied data sciences, 2(4), 157–173. doi:10.47738/jads.v2i4.44. [35] hariguna, t., sukmana, h. t., & kim, j. il. (2020). survey opinion using sentiment analysis. journal of applied data sciences, 1(1), 35–40. doi:10.47738/jads.v1i1.10. [36] hori, m. (2021). study of career education for women: development of global human resources. international journal for applied information management, 1(2), 11–20. doi:10.47738/ijaim.v1i2.9. [37] musa, s., muhyiddin, y., & nurhayati, s. (2022). agriculturally based equivalent education: insights on nonformal education human resources and program quality. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(4), 441-451. doi:10.28991/hef-2022-03-0404. [38] hariguna, t., & rachmawati, v. (2019). community opinion sentiment analysis on social media using naive bayes algorithm methods. ijiis: international journal of informatics and information systems, 2(1), 33–38. doi:10.47738/ijiis.v2i1.11. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 294 issn: 2723-9535 numerical behavior of extended end-plate bolted connection under monotonic loading anita gjukaj 1, fidan salihu 1* , ali muriqi 1, petar cvetanovski 2 1 faculty of civil engineering, university of pristina “hasan prishtina”, pristina 10000, kosovo. 2 faculty of civil engineering, university “ss. cyril and methodius”, skopje 1000, north macedonia. received 09 march 2023; revised 11 may 2023; accepted 18 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract extended end-plate connections, which act as joints providing resistance against moments between beams and columns, are commonly categorized as semi-rigid or partial-strength connections. the reason for their extensive application in steel frame constructions lies in their straightforward design, their ability to be reproduced easily, and the convenience they offer in the fabrication process. this research used the abaqus fe software to construct a three-dimensional finite element model (fem) with the main objective of exploring how different geometric parameters impact the behavior of the extended end-plate bolted connection, which functions as a semi-rigid, partial-strength beam-to-column connection. accurately determining the moment-rotation relationship and connection stiffness is of utmost importance for semi-rigid connections. the developed fem models incorporate various factors such as geometric and material non-linearities, bolt pretension force, as well as contact and sliding between the connection elements. to establish the credibility of the numerical outcomes, the developed fem model was meticulously calibrated and verified against experimental data obtained from previous studies available in the literature. subsequently, using the validated finite element model, a parametric investigation was undertaken to evaluate the influence of distinct geometric parameters, namely the thickness of the end plate and column web stiffeners. this numerical model facilitates a comprehensive analysis of the extended endplate bolted connection, encompassing critical aspects such as the moment-rotation curve and failure mode. the results demonstrated that the analyzed finite element model aligns well with experimental findings and that the use of column stiffeners is inevitable in the joint, as well as a moderated thickness of the end plate. keywords: beam-to-column connection; fem model; validation of fe; column stiffeners; end-plate stiffeners. 1. introduction extended end-plate bolted connections are commonly used as moment-resistant joints in steel structures, specifically to connect beams with columns. these connections are categorized as semi-rigid, partial-strength joints, offering substantial moment capacity. they are known for their simplicity in installation, as they do not require highly skilled labor, making them suitable for serial productions. these properties contribute to the widespread use of end-plate bolted connections in structural steel frames. bolted end-plate moment connections are commonly used to connect beams and columns, typically with h or i cross-sections. in these connections, the beam end is welded to the end plate, while the end plate is bolted to the column flange. the classification of these joints is often based on their strength, stiffness, and rotation capacity, as outlined in eurocode 3 parts 1–8 [1] and various research studies. these classification criteria provide a framework for assessing the performance and design requirements of bolted end-plate moment connections. * corresponding author: fidan.salihu@uni-pr.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8576-7013 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 295 various analytical analyses and mathematical models have been suggested to analyze the semi-rigid characteristics of extended end-plate beam-to-column joints. eurocode 3 [1] proposed a method known as the "component method," a widely recognized analytical model nowadays for analyzing the mechanical properties of the joint, which can be used for any type of steel, loading, and different types of cross sections. this method, adopted in eurocode 3 for calculating the behavior of bolted beam-column connections, is primarily based on the research conducted by zoetemeijer [2]. zoetemeijer conducted extensive tests on full-scale connections and a t-stub in tension to derive an empirical formula for calculating the effective length of the column flange. additionally, design methods for t-stubs in tension were developed. weynand et al. [3] further contributed to the design of bolted beam-column joints by providing design recommendations. the active elements are specified for the joint configuration depicted in figure 1a. each element possesses unique tensile, compressive, or shear strength and stiffness, as shown in figure 1b. figure 1. steel joint with extended end-plate a) bolted beam-to-column connection, and b) component method representation [4] in accordance with eurocode 3 parts 1–8 [1], design rules are established to determine the design resistance, initial stiffness, and rotation capacity of each component involved in the joint. by combining these properties for each component, the overall behavior of the joint can be assessed, as depicted in figure 1. the component method, as specified in eurocode 3 parts 1–8, has been widely utilized in analytical and experimental studies. these studies typically focus on the configuration of end-plate beam-to-column connections with two bolts per horizontal row [5–9]. the component method is a valuable framework for analyzing and designing bolted end-plate connections, offering standardized guidelines for assessing their performance. in the studies conducted by shi et al. [10, 11], eight end-plate joints with identical configurations were investigated under both monotonic and cyclic loading conditions. the study parameters considered included variations in end-plate thickness, bolt diameter, the presence of column web stiffeners, and end-plate stiffeners. their research findings indicated that the strength of the connection, rotation capacity, and energy dissipation can be enhanced by incorporating rib stiffeners in the extended section of the end plate. additionally, the presence of these stiffeners helps to reduce stress concentrations in the welded region between the beam and end plate. moreover, shi et al. proposed a novel theoretical model to evaluate the moment-rotation (𝑀 − 𝜑) relationship for stiffened extended end-plate bolted connections. this model provides a useful tool for predicting and analyzing the behavior of such connections, specifically considering the influence of the introduced stiffeners. four experimental tests on external double-extended end-plate bolted joints were carried out by augusto et al. [12, 13] with particular attention to the force-deformation behavior of the column web components. the experiments included variations in the beams and columns cross-section and the presence of axial force. experimentally and analytically derived results from eight specimens done by abidelah et al. [14] for bolted and flush end-plate connections, with or without stiffeners and with two bolts per row, indicated that the absence of column web stiffener could cause the failure of the specimens by the elastoplastic buckling of the column web in compression. they also noted that the stiffening of the end plate increases moment resistance and initial stiffness but decreases the rotation capacity of the connection. furthermore, the presence of the end-plate stiffeners significantly influences the distribution of forces in the bolts. experiments of the end-plate connection under quasi-static loading, carried out by culache et al. [15], using carbon steel bolts and stainless steel bolts, showed that the connections with carbon steel bolts exhibit brittle failure in the threaded part of the bolt. in contrast, stainless steel bolts have visible ductile necking and absorb the same energy before failure under quasi-static loading compared to carbon steel bolts. plaitano et al. [16] conducted further research on the simplified modeling of failure in high-strength bolts subjected to combined tension and bending. they identified two distinct failure modes: thread stripping in cases of pure tension and shank fracture in instances of combined tension and bending. gao et al. [17] investigated six full-scale beam-to-column joints, three of which were beam-to-interior connections, and three were beam-to-exterior connections, all featuring double extended end-plate configurations. the joints were 1. column web in shear 2. column web in compression 3. beam flange in compression 4. column web in tension 5. column flange in bending 6. bolt row in tension 7. end-plate in bending 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 71 a./ b./ hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 296 tested under monotonic loading conditions, and various materials were considered, including carbon steel, stainless steel, and duplex grade. the results of the study revealed interesting findings. specifically, it was observed that the plastic moment resistances of the stainless-steel joints were significantly underestimated when using codified methods. in contrast, the predictions for the carbon steel joints were found to be relatively accurate. furthermore, the study highlighted that the stainless-steel joints exhibited higher ductility than the carbon steel joints. in fact, the failure of five out of the six stainless steel specimens was attributed to bolt rupture. on the other hand, the carbon steel joints failed primarily due to cracking at fillet welds. using three-dimensional finite element models, maggi et al. [18], ismail et al. [19], and bahaz et al. [20] conducted parametric analyses of bolted end-plate connections. the purpose of these analyses was to assess the accuracy of commonly used design procedures and to gather data to develop new analytical models. by employing finite element models, these studies aimed to investigate various parameters and their influence on the behavior of bolted end-plate connections. the parametric analyses allowed for a comprehensive evaluation of the connection's response under different loading conditions and geometrical configurations. in their research, luo et al. [21] constructed a finite element numerical model to investigate the behavior of an extended end-plate bolted connection subjected to cyclic loading from the column's top side. through a parametric study, they found that the panel zone shear force plays a crucial role and significantly impacts the connection's stiffness. dessouki et al. [22] introduced a three-dimensional finite element model to investigate the behavior of extended endplate moment connections, considering both geometrical and material non-linearities. they used ansys software to develop a parametric study, focusing on two end-plate configurations: a four-bolt and multiple-bolt rows extended endplate in the tension zone. the study revealed a significant increase, ranging from 30% to 35%, in both yield and ultimate moment capacities in the case of multiple rows extended end-plate compared to the four-bolt configuration. various parameters were examined in the parametric study, including bolt diameter, beam depth, end-plate thickness, bolt pitch, inner bolt pitch, bolt gauge, and end-plate stiffener. additionally, the study explored new yield line patterns for circular and non-circular arrangements. the researchers proposed new design equations based on their finite element analysis results and compared them with the current design code. numerous test setups are used to comprehensively understand the behavior of moment-resisting joints under both monotonic and cyclic loading. these setups aim to encompass a wide range of configurations for moment-resisting joints. these tests investigate the influence of various parameters on the behavior of the connections. these parameters include moment resistance, initial stiffness, rotation capacity, and failure modes. by systematically varying these parameters and studying their impact on the joint's performance, valuable insights can be gained regarding the design and analysis of such joints. additionally, these tests contribute to the development of a comprehensive database. overall, the use of extensive test setups and the analysis of various parameters in moment-resisting joints aim to enhance our understanding of their behavior, facilitate the development of accurate design models, and provide valuable data for the calibration and validation of these models. the main goal of this paper was to develop a reliable three-dimensional finite element model (fem) using abaqus fe software [23] to analyze bolted extended end-plate joints. the model incorporates various factors, such as bolt pretension force, material non-linearity, contact, and sliding between different surfaces. the results are compared with experimental data published in previous studies to validate the accuracy of the finite element analysis (fea). the second objective was to utilize the verified fem to conduct a parametric study. the main objective of this research was to examine how two crucial factors impact the study: column web stiffeners, which require more in-depth investigation to comprehend their effects on the web panel zone and end-plate thickness. these investigations are carried out under monotonic loading conditions. the column web panel and the joint zone are crucial components of the beam-to-column joints. the study parameters related to the column web panel include variations in transverse compression and tension stiffeners, singleand double-side web plates, as well as unstiffened column web configurations. on the other hand, the effect of end-plate thickness is analyzed within the connection zone. by conducting this parametric study, the paper aimed to provide insights into how column web stiffeners and end-plate thickness impact the critical properties and failure modes of the extended end-plate bolted connection. this research contributes to a better understanding of the behavior and design considerations of such joints under monotonic loading. 2. research methodology the initial step involved reviewing and analyzing existing literature to identify significant findings, methodologies used, and any limitations. subsequently, a finite element model (fem) was modeled in abaqus [23] and then compared and validated with experimental results reported in the literature. next, a parametric analysis was conducted on a doublestiffened extended end-plate bolted connection. this analysis aimed to study the effects of various factors, including transverse stiffeners in the compression and tension zones, single and double-side web plates, and an unstiffened column web. additionally, the impact of end-plate thickness was considered. the analysis was performed using the methods described in eurocode 3 parts 1–8 [1], and the numerical finite element analysis was conducted using the abaqus software [23]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 297 afterward, the results were meticulously scrutinized and compared with experimental data from previous studies as well as findings in reference literature. finally, the research conclusions were summarized based on the collective outcomes of these analyses. a flowchart outlining the research methodology can be found in figure 2. figure 2. flowchart of the methodology 3. finite element model the advantage of utilizing nonlinear finite element modeling lies in its ability to achieve cost and time savings compared to experimental work. additionally, it helps prevent unpredictable errors during testing procedures and offers valuable insights into the mechanical behavior of joints, which can be difficult to measure through traditional experimental tests. this research aimed to create a 3d finite element model to examine the bolted connection of a doublestiffened extended end plate. the focus was on understanding how the presence of column web stiffeners can contribute to enhancing joint properties, particularly resistance and stiffness growth, by applying those stiffeners in the panel zone, as it is shown below in this paper, and the impact of the end-plate thickness on the properties of the joint. 3.1. geometric details of the joints the behavior of extended end-plate bolted connections under monotonic loading was predicted using a threedimensional finite element model (fem) developed with abaqus fe software [23]. to validate the proposed fem, an experimental test was conducted on a specific beam-to-exterior column joint configuration with a double extended end-plate, as performed by gao et al. in 2020 [17]. in this validation process, one connection out of the six studied by them was modeled. the geometric characteristics of the selected joint specimen can be found in table 1 and figure 3. all specimen dimensions, including those of the column, beam, end-plate, rib stiffeners, and column stiffeners, were kept consistent and are presented in table 2. table 1. configuration details of joint specimens analyze for beam-to-exterior column joint [17] specimen material grade bolt grade bolt pretension force fpre (kn) column axial force fc (kn) end-plate rib stiffener s30408-es-r en 14301 a4-80 124 290 yes literature review development of finite element model geometric details and meshing calibrate and verified fem analysing the results and comparing with experimental ones conclusions material properties boundary conditions / contact interaction parametric study the effect of column web stiffeners the effect of end-plate thickness hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 298 figure 3. geometric details of the joint specimens (all dimensions in mm), gao et.al (2020) [17] table 2. geometrical dimensions of the tested specimens [17] specimens h (mm) b (mm) 𝐭𝐟 𝐨𝐫 𝐭𝐩(mm) 𝐭𝐰𝐨𝐫 𝐭𝐬 (mm) column 300 180 10 6 beam 250 150 10 6 end-plate 450 180 10 column stiffener 280 87 10 rib stiffener 135 90 6 3.2. development of finite element model the performance of beam-to-column joints with a double extended end-plate connection was simulated using the abaqus fe software [23]. in the presented model, figure 4, all components involved in the connection were modeled using the deformable solid element c3d8i (incompatible mode eight-node first-order brick element). this element was chosen to effectively prevent the shear-locking phenomenon. the modeling process involved representing various components, such as the column, beam, end-plate, column stiffeners, and rib stiffeners, in a 3d modeling space. these components were treated as deformable objects using a solid shape with an extrusion-type approach. the bolts were modeled using the revolution-type method, considering the bolt head, nut, and bolt shank as a single entity. the hexagonal shape of the bolt head and nut was simplified to a cylinder shape. the extended length of the bolt and the threaded part of the bolt shank were not included in the model. the accuracy of finite element (fe) analysis heavily depends on precise element meshing, as the quality of the results is directly influenced by it. using a coarse mesh size leads to inaccurate predictions that do not align with experimental data. to address this issue, specific measures were taken, setting the overall mesh sizes for the column and beam to 20mm and 25mm, respectively. this finer meshing aims to improve the reliability and accuracy of the fe analysis, ensuring better agreement with experimental results. a mesh size of 10mm was used for the column stiffeners and rib stiffeners, while a much finer mesh was employed in the region of the connection, end-plate, column flange, and bolts with hexagonal element shape and sweep technique. this approach ensures reliable results while minimizing computational time. 5 0 1 1 0 1 3 0 1 1 0 5 0 4 5 0 40 100 40 180 d1=22 column stiffeners 280x87x10 rib stiffeners 135x90x6 column stiffeners 280x87x10 rib stiffeners 135x90x6 column beam m-20 135 9 0 280 8 7 a/ beam-to-column joints b/ end-plate details c/ column and rib stiffeners details d/ bolt m-20, a4-80, iso 3506-1 2 5 0 "1" "1" hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 299 figure 4. finite element mesh for beam-to-column joints 3.3. material properties the material behavior of the presented joint utilizes a nonlinear stress-strain curve. simple elastoplastic isotropic hardening models with the von mises yield criterion were implemented in abaqus. the material properties for the steel plates and bolts used in the joint specimens were obtained from test results conducted by gao et al. in 2020 [17]. these properties, listed in table 3, include the initial young's modulus (𝐸0), nominal yield strength (𝜎0.2), yield strength of steel (𝜎𝑦), ultimate tensile stress (𝜎𝑢), strain at the yield strength (𝜀0.2 or 𝜀𝑦), strain at the ultimate tensile stress (𝜀𝑢), and an assumed poisson's ratio of 0.3. these material property values were derived from tensile coupon tests performed on structural steel specimens. the stress-strain curve (𝜎 − 𝜀) for the plate material is considered and illustrated in figure 5. table 3. material properties of steel plates and bolts [17] material t (mm) e0 (mpa) σ0.2 (σy) (mpa) ε0.2 (εy) (%) σu (mpa) εu (%) en 14301 column tw tf 5.81 9.94 179400 287.59 275.94 0.378 0.382 751.66 757.41 56.3 53.6 en 14462 column tw tf 5.89 9.82 185500 177800 538.37 555.45 0.476 0.501 743.86 762.11 24.6 23.3 en 14301 beam tw tf 5.78 9.78 183700 204200 282.88 296.31 0.355 0.346 755.15 707.33 60.5 62.6 en 14462 beam tw tf 5.91 9.99 196700 200500 563.79 547.55 0487 0473 748.76 739.83 26.7 26.2 a4-80 bolt 20 177900 574.12 0.526 746.89 14 figure 5. true plastic stress-strain curves of plate material [17] hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 300 3.4. boundary conditions and contact interaction one of the most challenging aspects of modeling the finite element (fe) model was defining the boundary conditions. these conditions had to accurately replicate the support conditions used in the experimental setup conducted by gao et al. [17]. ensuring the proper representation of the support conditions in the fe model was crucial to achieving meaningful and comparable results with the experimental data (see figure 6). the accuracy of the boundary conditions directly influenced the reliability and validity of the fe analysis. figure 6. boundary conditions and contacts in end plate connection in the finite element model, all degrees of freedom at each end of the column were fixed except for rotation about the strong axis of the column cross-section. additionally, the longitudinal translation at the bottom end of the column was allowed to move freely to introduce the axial load (cf3). two reference points, rp1 and rp2, were employed to implement the restraints at the column ends. rp1 represented the top-end cross-section of the column, while rp2 represented the bottom-end cross-section. the kinematic coupling type was used to ensure the appropriate restraints (constrained degrees of freedom). similarly, an additional reference point, rp3, was used to control the degrees of freedom for the beam ends. this facilitated the application of loading in the form of a prescribed vertical displacement (u3). furthermore, the bolt pretension forces were defined using the "bolt load" command in the fe model. the magnitude of the pretension forces was determined based on the values prescribed in table 1 [17], which were calculated according to equation 1. 𝐹𝑝𝑟𝑒 = 0.7∙𝑓𝑢𝑏∙𝐴𝑠 𝛾𝑀7 (1) equation (1) is utilized to calculate the pretension forces of the bolts. in this equation, 𝑓𝑢𝑏 represents the ultimate tensile strength of the bolts, 𝐴𝑠 represents the tensile stress area of the bolts, and 𝛾𝑀7 (with a value of 1.1) is the partial safety factor. another significant challenge in finite element modeling (fe) was the interaction between different components of the joint. this interaction played a crucial role in the modeling process and required careful consideration to accurately depict the behavior of the entire joint system. the contact between these components was represented using finite-sliding and surface-to-surface contact as the discretization method. in this approach, one surface was designated the master surface, while the other was considered the slave surface. four different contact pairs were generally considered:  the end-plate and column flange;  the bolt head and column flange;  the bolt nut and end plate;  the bolt shank and the corresponding bolt hole. the default hard contact model was employed to simulate the normal behavior of the contact surface, representing bearing. the tangential behavior was defined using a frictional coefficient of 0.2 value, employing a penalty stiffness formulation as per gao et al. [17]. regarding the welds between the beam and end-plate, rib stiffeners between the beam flange and end-plate, and the column web stiffeners and column web, a "tie" constraint was applied to define their connection in the finite element model. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 301 4. validation of the proposed fe model to validate the presented finite element model, a comparison was made with the monotonic experimental results conducted by gao et al. [17]. the comparisons focused on the load-displacement (f-δ) characteristics and failure modes of the connections. the finite element models were executed using a general static analysis, which involved two steps. in the first step, a ramp-like incrementally increasing pretension load was applied to the eight bolts connecting the end plate and column flange until the applied pretension force was reached. simultaneously, a concentrated axial force was applied at the reference point (rp-2). the magnitude of these loads was determined based on the values specified in table 1. moving on to the second step, a displacementor rotation-controlled load was applied to the beam ends at the reference point (rp-3). in figure 7, a comparison is depicted between the force and displacement values obtained from the experimental test and those derived from the finite element analysis. the graph shows remarkable similarity, indicating a close agreement between the fem model and the published test results. the error percentage in estimating the maximum force is very small, both in the elastic region and the plastic region. this small margin of error further validates the precision and reliability of the fem model. figure 7. comparison of numerical and experimental f-δ curves of joints table 4 provides a comparison of the moment resistance, rotation capacities, and initial stiffness of the connection. the moment resistance of the joint is calculated by multiplying the applied load with a lever arm of 1.1m. the ratio of the stiffness values (𝑆𝑗,𝑖𝑛𝑖,𝐸𝑥𝑝/𝑆𝑗,𝑖𝑛𝑖,𝐹𝐸) is 0.975. the average ratios of (𝑀𝑅𝑑,𝐸𝑥𝑝/𝑀𝑅𝑑,𝐹𝐸) and (𝑀𝑈,𝐸𝑥𝑝/𝑀𝑈,𝐹𝐸) are calculated to be 1.05 and 1.03, respectively. table 4. comparison between experimental and fe result test configuration frd (kn) fu (kn) δu (mm) sj,ini (knm/rad) mrd (knm) mu (knm) experimental 85.43 123.58 378.8 10974.24 93.97 135.94 fe model 87.52 120.55 380 11254.52 89.18 132.61 ratio exp / fe 0.975 1.05 1.03 the total joint rotation is defined as the combined effect of the shearing rotation in the column panel zone and the gap rotation resulting from the relative deformation between the column flange and the end-plate [10]. figure 8 depicts the comparison of the moment-rotation (𝑀 − 𝜑) curves obtained from the finite element (fe) model and the experimental results of the extended double-stiffened end-plate bolted connection. the (𝑀 − 𝜑)curves from the fe model demonstrate a strong correlation with the experimental results, indicating that the fe model accurately captures the behavior of the connection in terms of moment and rotation. figure 9 illustrates a comparison of the failure modes between those observed in tests and those obtained from the numerical simulation. the applied displacement at reference point 3 (rp-3) is δ=380 mm, as described in table 4. it is evident that as the displacement increases, the gap between the end plate and column flange in the tension zone also increases. in the compression zone, the rib stiffener experiences local buckling, and the shear deformation of the column 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 100 200 300 400 500 f o rc e (k n ) displacement δ (mm) experimental fe model hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 302 web is noticeable. plastic deformation, bending deformation of the end plate and column flange, buckling of rib stiffeners, and panel zone deformation are all accurately simulated. these comparisons clearly demonstrate that the finite element model effectively captures the behavior and failure modes of extended end-plate bolted connections with acceptable accuracy. figure 8. comparison of moment-rotation curves of joints figure 9. comparison of failure modes of the joint specimen from fe model and experiment 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 0.03 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.15 m o m e n t m ( k n m ) rotation φ (rad) experimental fe model hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 303 5. parametric study using the validated model, a 3d solid model of extended end-plate bolted connections (as depicted in figure 3) was created to examine the behavior of the connection in detail. through the finite element model, a parametric study was conducted to investigate the effects of two key factors: the column web stiffeners and the thickness of the end plate. these parameters were carefully selected due to the lack of comprehensive analysis in the existing literature, particularly concerning the application of different column web stiffeners. based on a calibrated model, including stiffeners in the panel zone is essential in connections to prevent buckling of the column web. properly selecting the appropriate column web stiffener can enhance the joint's performance and lead to cost and time savings in the connection process [24, 25]. by investigating these parameters, this research aimed to address the knowledge gap and provide valuable insights for optimizing the design and performance of such connections. 5.1. effect of column web stiffeners based on the numerical analysis, the column web is considered one of the weakest components of the joints, as it is subjected to compression, tension, and shear forces. the presence of stiffeners in the panel zone significantly affects three key properties of the extended end-plate bolted connection: moment capacity (𝑀𝑗,𝑅𝑑), initial rotational stiffness (𝑆𝑗,𝑖𝑛𝑖), and rotation capacity (𝜑𝑐𝑑). the study parameters focused on variations in transverse stiffeners (compression and tension stiffeners), double-web and single-web stiffeners, as well as the absence of column web stiffeners. these parameters were investigated to understand their impact on the overall performance of the connection. figure 10 displays the moment-rotation curves, highlighting the impact of different stiffeners on the extended endplate bolted connections and using one of those in the column panel zone as mandatory. including compression and tension stiffeners (a) significantly enhances the design moment resistance and rotation capacity while slightly increasing the initial stiffness of the joints. interestingly, the effect of a double-sided web plate (c) on moment capacity and rotational stiffness is similar to that of transverse stiffeners (a) until a critical point (1) is reached. at this point, there is a sharp decrease in moment resistance due to premature failure of the joint, as illustrated in figure 9. furthermore, calculations indicate that joints with transverse stiffeners exhibit ideal rigidity. the calculation of the initial rotational stiffness for such joints considers only three components: column web panel in shear, column web in transverse compression, and transverse tension. figure 10. monotonic results of m-φ curves for different column web stiffeners in contrast, for joints with a one-sided web plate (d), adding a 7mm thick web stiffener increases the cross-section area in shear. although this has a minimal effect on the moment capacity compared to transverse stiffeners (a), it still leads to a noticeable improvement compared to the unstiffened joint (b). however, the column web panel in compression remains the weakest component of the joint. for the unstiffened joint (b), it was observed that the column web in compression is the weakest component. as the joint rotation reaches approximately 0.025 radians, it becomes evident that all the components within the joint experience buckling. this phenomenon is also reflected in the joint's ultimate moment, which starts to decline after point (2). the reduction in ultimate moment indicates the joint's decreasing capacity to withstand further loading due to the buckling of its components. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 m o m en t m ( k n m ) rotation φ (rad) (2) (1) (b) no stiffeners (d) single web stiffeners 7mm(c) double web stiffeners 2x7mm (a) compresion and tension stiffeners hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 304 introducing tension stiffeners effectively reduces deformation in the panel zone of the connection and significantly improves the moment and rotation capacities compared to an unstiffened extended end-plate bolted connection. in extended end-plate bolted connections, rotation primarily occurs due to shearing deformation in the column panel zone and the gap rotation between the column flange and end plate. hence, the results indicate that deformation in the panel zone plays a more crucial role in rotation for unstiffened column webs compared to stiffened ones. furthermore, the absence of column web stiffeners in the design of extended end-plate bolted connections can lead to column web buckling, resulting in premature joint failure, as demonstrated in figure 11. (a) compresion and tension stiffeners (b) no column web stffeners (c) double web stiffeners 2×7 mm (d) single web stiffeners 7 mm figure 11. von mises stress representation and ultimate failure modes. the findings displayed in figure 11 reveal that failure in the joint without stiffeners (b) is primarily governed by the failure of the column web panel in shear and the column web in transverse compression. on the other hand, joints equipped with transverse stiffeners in both the tension and compression zones (a) demonstrate an elastic response. in this case, the failure mode occurs due to significant bending deformation of the end plate. as the end plate's deformation increases and reaches the ultimate stress, it leads to the yield and rupture of the bolts, resulting in joint failure. in the case of double-column web stiffeners (c), failure occurs as a result of bolt fracture and end-plate buckling. for joints with a one-sided web plate (d), failure is predominantly influenced by the failure of the column web in compression hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 305 and the column web panel in shear. also, it is noted that the presence of the end-plate rib stiffeners on both sides reduces stress concentration in the weld between the beam flange and the end plate, especially on the upper side. furthermore, it can contribute to a reduction in rotation capacity. 5.2. thickness effect of end plate figure 12 illustrates the influence of different end-plate thicknesses (10mm, 15mm, 20mm, and 25mm) on the moment and rotation capacities of the analyzed connections. the results indicate that as the end-plate thickness increases, the moment resistance also increases. however, a corresponding decrease in rotation capacity occurs with the higher end-plate thickness, resulting in a non-ductile connection. generally, it is observed that reducing the end-plate thickness results in a lower moment capacity. the thickness of the end plate plays a significant role in determining the connection's ultimate moment and rotational capacity. figure 12. monotonic results of m-φ for different end-plate thickness tp when the end-plate thickness is increased, the strength of the bolts becomes a more significant contributing factor, leading to higher tensile forces in the bolts and subsequently increasing the moment capacity. however, it should be noted that as the end plate thickness reaches 20mm and 25mm, as shown in figures 13c and 13d, the bolt tends to fail in a brittle manner, resulting in a reduced rotation capacity for the connection. in these cases, most areas of the end plates remain within the elastic range, while the bolts experience brittle failure. the failure modes observed in the connections vary with the increase in end-plate thickness, as shown in figure 13. with a thin end-plate thickness of 10mm (a), failure predominantly occurs due to the complete yielding of the end plate and column flange. this outcome is because the thin end plate's thinness restricts the connection from exhibiting its full joint performance, leading to premature failure. as the end-plate thickness increases to 15mm (b), failure is characterized by the yielding of the flange and bolt fracture, and for this thickness, the joint has the most significant rotation capability. for the 20mm end plate (c), the main cause of failure is bolt fracture, and there is no bending deformation in the end plate. this is because the thickness of the column flange is 50% smaller than that of the end plate, which leads to the failure mechanism primarily focusing on bolt-related issues rather than end-plate deformation. finally, with a 25mm end-plate thickness (d), failure occurs through a combination of bolt fracture and compression of the column in the panel zone. given the conclusions drawn from this parametric study, it is advisable to restrict the thickness of the end plate, especially in bending applications. this precautionary measure aims to prevent the risk of brittle bolt failure. moreover, it is essential to consider the thickness of other components involved in the joints, such as the column flange thickness, to ensure a well-balanced and reliable connection. by selecting an appropriate end-plate thickness, the desired moment and rotation capacities can be achieved while maintaining the integrity and reliability of the bolted connection. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 m o m en t m ( k n m ) rotation φ (rad) (b) tp=15mm (d) tp=25mm (a) tp=10mm (c) tp=20mm hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 306 (a) tp=10 mm (b) tp=15 mm (c) tp=20 mm (d) tp=25 mm figure 13. von mises stress representation and ultimate failure modes 6. conclusions this paper presents the development of a finite element model for extended end-plate bolted connections under static loading. the numerical outcomes were contrasted with the experimental findings, and after verifying the model, the parametric study was carried out. the performance of an unstiffened end-plate connection was compared to three types of stiffened connections. additionally, this study involved comparing joint behavior regarding four different end-plate thicknesses. based on the analysis, the following key findings are summarized:  the developed finite element model demonstrates excellent accuracy in simulating the behavior of extended endplate bolted connections. it provides valuable insights into the mechanical behavior of joints that are challenging to measure through experimental tests.  the finite element method allows for parametric analysis of the connection, enabling comprehensive results that could be used to propose an analytical design procedure consistent with eurocode's component method design approach.  incorporating web stiffeners in the panel zone offers a straightforward approach to enhancing both joint and panel zone strength and stiffness. these stiffeners effectively reduce shear deformation within the panel zone, making their inclusion in the connection essential.  column web stiffeners significantly enhance moment resistance and rotation capacity. failure due to column web buckling can be avoided by incorporating these stiffeners into the design. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 307  end-plate rib stiffeners on both sides reduce the stress concentration in welding between the beam flange and the end plate, especially on the upper side.  in unstiffened joints, the weakest component is the column web panel under compression, shear, or tension. by adding stiffeners, the design resistance of these components increases, resulting in higher moment resistance. transverse stiffeners (compression and tension) increase the design moment resistance by 60%. double web stiffeners provide a moment capacity increase of approximately 50% but with limited rotation capacity. single web stiffeners offer a moment resistance increase of around 22% with a modest rotation capacity.  the end plate's thickness significantly impacts the behavior of extended end-plate bolted connections, particularly in terms of moment and rotation capacity. thicker end plates (10mm and 15mm) yield an approximate 20% increase in the ultimate moment. however, with end-plate thicknesses of 20mm and 25mm, the increase in moment and rotation capacity is minimal. a 25 mm thickness may result in brittle bolt failure and reduced rotation capacity. therefore, it is recommended to maintain a suitable ratio 𝑡𝑓/𝑡𝑝 between the column flange thickness and end-plate thickness, preferably between 1 and 1.5, to avoid collapse. these findings presented in this study provide valuable insights for the design and analysis of extended end-plate bolted connections. this information enables engineers to make informed decisions regarding column web stiffeners and end-plate thickness to enhance the overall performance and reliability of such connections. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.g., f.s., p.c., and a.m.; methodology, a.g., f.s., p.c., and a.m.; software, a.g. and f.s.; validation, a.g. and f.s.; formal analysis, a.g., f.s., p.c., and a.m.; investigation, a.g., f.s., and p.c.; resources, a.g., f.s. and p.c.; data curation, a.g. and f.s.; writing—original draft preparation, a.g. and p.c., writing—review and editing, a.g., f.s., p.c., and a.m.; visualization, a.g. and f.s.; supervision, p.c. and a.m.; project administration, a.g. and f.s.; funding acquisition, a.g., f.s., p.c., and a.m. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] en 1993-1-8. (2005). eurocode 3: design of steel structures – part 1-8: design of joints. european committee for standardization, brussels, belgium. [2] zoetemeijer, p. (1974). design method for the tension side of statically loaded, bolted beam-to-column connections. heron, 20(1), 1-59. [3] weynand, k., jaspart, j.-p., & steenhuis, m. (1996). the stiffness model of revised annex j of eurocode 3. connections in steel structures iii, 441–452, pergamon, oxford, united kingdom. doi:10.1016/b978-008042821-5/50100-0. [4] gjukaj, a., cvetanovski, p., & gashi, f. (2023). the effect of column web stiffeners on moment resistance and ductility of extended end-plate bolted connection. 2nd croatian conference on earthquake engineering ‒ 2crocee, the westin zagreb, croatia, doi:10.5592/co/2crocee.2023.8. [5] aggarwal, a. k., & coates, r. c. (1986). moment-rotation characteristics of bolted beam-column connections. journal of constructional steel research, 6(4), 303–318. doi:10.1016/0143-974x(86)90010-6. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 308 [6] mehdi, b. c., boumechra, n., missoum, a., & bouchair, a. (2022). connection of a steel column base plate: mechanical behavior and stiffening effects. civil engineering journal, 8(9), 1764-1786. doi:10.28991/cej-2022-08-09-02. [7] bahaari, m. r., & sherbourne, a. n. (2000). behavior of eight-bolt large capacity endplate connections. computers and structures, 77(3), 315–325. doi:10.1016/s0045-7949(99)00218-7. [8] kukreti, a. r., & zhou, f. f. (2006). eight-bolt endplate connection and its influence on frame behavior. engineering structures, 28(11), 1483–1493. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2005.09.021. [9] popov, e. p., & takhirov, s. m. (2002). bolted large seismic steel beam-to-column connections part 1: experimental study. engineering structures, 24(12), 1523–1534. doi:10.1016/s0141-0296(02)00086-x. [10] shi, y., shi, g., & wang, y. (2007). experimental and theoretical analysis of the moment-rotation behaviour of stiffened extended end-plate connections. journal of constructional steel research, 63(9), 1279–1293. doi:10.1016/j.jcsr.2006.11.008. [11] shi, g., shi, y., wang, y., & bradford, m. a. (2008). numerical simulation of steel pretensioned bolted end-plate connections of different types and details. engineering structures, 30(10), 2677–2686. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2008.02.013. [12] augusto, h., simões da silva, l., rebelo, c., & castro, j. m. (2016). characterization of web panel components in doubleextended bolted end-plate steel joints. journal of constructional steel research, 116(116), 271–293. doi:10.1016/j.jcsr.2015.08.022. [13] augusto, h., simões da silva, l., rebelo, c., & castro, j. m. (2017). cyclic behaviour characterization of web panel components in bolted end-plate steel joints. journal of constructional steel research, 133(133), 310–333. doi:10.1016/j.jcsr.2017.01.021. [14] abidelah, a., bouchaïr, a., & kerdal, d. e. (2012). experimental and analytical behavior of bolted end-plate connections with or without stiffeners. journal of constructional steel research, 76, 13–27. doi:10.1016/j.jcsr.2012.04.004. [15] culache, g., byfield, m. p., ferguson, n. s., & tyas, a. (2017). robustness of beam-to-column end-plate moment connections with stainless steel bolts subjected to high rates of loading. journal of structural engineering, 143(6), 4017015. doi:10.1061/(asce)st.1943-541x.0001707. [16] plaitano, f., stratan, a., & nastri, e. (2022). simplified modelling of failure in high strength bolts under combined tension and bending. journal of composites science, 6(10). doi:10.3390/jcs6100302. [17] gao, j. d., yuan, h. x., du, x. x., hu, x. b., & theofanous, m. (2020). structural behaviour of stainless steel double extended end-plate beam-to-column joints under monotonic loading. thin-walled structures, 151, 106743. doi:10.1016/j.tws.2020.106743. [18] maggi, y. i., gonçalves, r. m., leon, r. t., & ribeiro, l. f. l. (2005). parametric analysis of steel bolted end plate connections using finite element modeling. journal of constructional steel research, 61(5), 689–708. doi:10.1016/j.jcsr.2004.12.001. [19] ismail, r. e. s., fahmy, a. s., khalifa, a. m., & mohamed, y. m. (2016). numerical study on ultimate behaviour of bolted endplate steel connections. latin american journal of solids and structures, 13(1), 1–22. doi:10.1590/1679-78251579. [20] bahaz, a., amara, s., jaspart, j. p., & demonceau, j. f. (2018). analysis of the behaviour of semi rigid steel end plate connections. matec web of conferences, 149, 02058. doi:10.1051/matecconf/201814902058. [21] luo, l., du, m., yuan, j., shi, j., yu, s., & zhang, y. (2020). parametric analysis and stiffness investigation of extended endplate connection. materials, 13(22), 5133. doi:10.3390/ma13225133. [22] dessouki, a. k., youssef, a. h., & ibrahim, m. m. (2013). behavior of i-beam bolted extended end-plate moment connections. ain shams engineering journal, 4(4), 685–699. doi:10.1016/j.asej.2013.03.004. [23] abaqus. (2014). abaqus analysis user’s manual (version 16.4). abaqus, johnston, united states. [24] jaspart, j. p. (1991). study of the semi-rigid behaviour of beam-to-column joints and of its influence on the stability and strength of steel building frames. phd thesis, university of liège, liège, belgium. [25] onyeka, f. c., okeke, t. e., & mama, b. o. (2022). static elastic bending analysis of a three-dimensional clamped thick rectangular plate using energy method. hightech and innovation journal, 3(3), 267-281. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-03-03. https://doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-03-03 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 384 issn: 2723-9535 engine downsizing; global approach to reduce emissions: a world-wide review mohammad mostafa namar 1* , omid jahanian 1 , rouzbeh shafaghat 1 , kamyar nikzadfar 1, 2 1 mechanical engineering, babol noshirvani university of technology, babol, iran. 2 assistant professor, school of mechanical, aerospace and automotive engineering, coventry university, coventry, united kingdom received 13 september 2021; revised 18 november 2021; accepted 23 november 2021; published 01 december 2021 abstract engine downsizing is a promising method to reduce emissions and fuel consumption of internal combustion engines. the main concept is to reduce engine displacement volume while keeping the needed output characteristics unchanged. the issue has become one of the most current fields of interest in recent years after the international energy agency set a target of a 50% reduction in global average emissions by the year 2030. in this review paper, different aspects of researchers’ efforts on engine downsizing are configured and, due to overlaps, categorized into five main areas. each category is discussed thoroughly, and recent works are highlighted. the global attention in these categories, the countries involved and the trend change in the last four years are presented in detail. keywords: internal combustion engines; engine downsizing; emissions. 1. introduction the long-term goal of the international energy agency (iea) is reported as a 50% reduction in global average emissions by the year 2030 [1]. to improve vehicles' fuel economy and reduce pollutant emissions, some aspects such as policy changes, enhanced technologies, revised fuels, and reduced vehicle/engine size can be considered as effective techniques. although extensive research is being done, from using alternative or additive fuels [2, 3] to employing low temperature combustion (ltc) [4, 5] for fuel economy enhancement and emission reduction, engine downsizing remains one of the most applicable ways in the automotive industry to meet the iea 2030 goal. engine downsizing: reducing engine displacement volume providing the same operating parameters, is considered as the most effective strategy to improve the efficiency of powertrain [6] and also achieving the aim of limiting pollutants and 𝐶𝑂2[7]. it reduces 𝐶𝑂2 and nox emissions, engine block weight, and friction loss, besides enhancing fuel economy [8]. downsized engines are able to produce the same power as right-sized ones, employing supercharger, turbocharger, twin-charging, direct injection (di), exhaust gas recirculation (egr) or variable valve timing (vvt). the idea of downsizing the engines, which means reducing the main dimensions of the engine and reducing the swept volume with mainly the same or higher torque and power of the engine, has been well known since the 1990s [9-11]. the challenges of improving the performance of downsized engines, involving knock and super-knock, electrification, and using electro-mechanical components, were categorized in different review reports. in 2011, engine downsizing * corresponding author: m.namar@stu.nit.ac.ir http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-04-010  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2161-8948 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5968-5185 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4827-5727 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1278-348x hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 385 efforts direction was reported to the spark ignition (si) engines and also the future of brake mean effective pressure (bmep) of compression ignition (ci) engines was estimated 30 bar until 2020 [12]. employing variable geometry turbine in si downsized engines was studied in 2014 and higher output torque besides less fuel consumption in part load operation and also high speed response in transient operation were reported as its advantages while cost, durability and turbine inlet temperature limitation were noted as its utilization challenges [13]. the trend of downsizing improvement focusing on industrial companies achievements were published by pielecha et al. [14]. they reported that industrial companies keen on si engines downsizing more than ci ones. in 2015, the winner of future engine competition, engine of the year, was introduced as an engine with more than 68 𝑘𝑊/𝑑𝑚3 specific power, more than 127 𝑁𝑚/𝑑𝑚3 specific torque factor and less than 83 (𝑔/𝑘𝑚)/𝑑𝑚3 volumetric emission of 𝐶𝑂2 [15]. the most important reasons for employing a supercharger in a si downsized engine were reported as fuel economy and better response in transient operation [16, 17]. engine downsizing efforts in european markets started in 2006, and they reduced fuel consumption by 32% until 2015 [18]. after a brief review of using ethanol as an additive, wang et al. (2017) [19] reported the maximum volumetric percentage of ethanol in fuel for a downsized engine at 63%. indeed, the review study on employing electric superchargers (esc) and turbochargers (etc) for internal combustion engines (ice) was done by lee et al. [20]. as published research on engine downsizing has notably increased since the iea report, this paper has focused on recent four-year studies (2014–2017) to find a vivid division for different aspects. these categories are introduced in the next section. a global distribution of studies and the changes in work quantity in each category are also discussed. 2. literature review engine downsizing efforts have flourished since 2011 as the iea 2030 goal has been published. some published research on this topic from 2014 to 2017 have focused on many different subjects. it is somehow difficult to categorize these studies and recognize the overlaps, but after a deep investigation into these varied areas, a chart has been drawn to show different subjects and their relations as shown in figure 1. by this determination, all subjects can be categorized into five groups, namely: electrical, base design, engine components, engine performance, and knock and super-knock. indeed, the overlaps of different groups in each subsection are defined by linking each other. a more detailed investigation is presented in figure 1. 2.1. electrical using electric instruments, e.g., electric superchargers (esc), electric turbochargers (etc), and electrification, is a promising approach to engine downsizing, which has recently been noticed by american, dutch, and german institutes, and more studies can be devoted to this field in the future. marinkov et al. (2016) [21] proposed a model to calculate the optimal buffer size providing supercharger demanded power and noted that electrification employing buffers can remove the turbo-lag in engines equipped with turbocharger systems. furthermore, the challenges of electrification of turbocharger and supercharger systems in downsized engines and hybrid vehicles were investigated by lee et al. [22]. in 2017, the literature of using esc and etc in internal combustion engines (ice) was studied in a review study [20], and the potential of electric energy recuperation via turbocharger on a downsized direct injection (di) spark ignition engine was evaluated by stoffels et al. [23]. 2.2. base design downsized engine base design, all or focusing on one part of an engine, was widely investigated in europe and usa and it seems research attention is now reducing in this field since some researchers had changed their focus from geometrical downsizing to improve right-size engines performance [24]. a 50% downsized 3-cylinder engine optimal designing was reported by hancock et al. [25] focusing on design structure and employed technologies and 30% fuel economy and also 𝐶𝑂2 reduction are reported as their optimal design. concept of using pneumatic hybridization instead of electric hybridization for ultra-downsizing was reported more cost-efficient by dönitz et al. [26]. the opportunity of a spark ignition engine 40% downsizing employing high octane bio-fuels and cooled egr was investigated by splitter and szybist (2014) [27]. indeed, the limits of ci engines downsizing were reported as space limitations for injection and combustion processes, the increase of surface-to-volume ratio which gives rise to higher heat losses and limits related to the air management by payri et al. [28]. charge cooling with a tracer-based two-line planar laser induced fluorescence (plif) technique in an optical gasoline direct injection (gdi) engine was introduced as an idea to increase volumetric efficiency and compression ratio (cr) for downsized engine by anbari et al. [29]. in addition, turner et al. [30] have achieved 35% 𝐶𝑂2 reduction designing a 60% downsized engine from a 5l, 8-cylinder v-type jaguar land rover engine. more efficient turbulent flow at intake port in part load operation was achieved using a new design of intake system by millo et al. [31] while it was not realized at full load. cooperating of this new design via advancing of inlet valve closing (ivc) and employing turbocharger was introduced as an effective way to improve si engines performance. severi et al. (2015) [32] asserted that 20% displacement volume reduction besides providing right-size engine maximum power of studied gdi engine is achievable via 11% piston bore reduction and using both engine boosting and spark advancing, in a numerical investigation. a light duty downsized diesel engine, called z-engine, was developed utilizing hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 386 homogenous charge compression ignition (hcci) mode in high load operation by kuleshov et al. [33] and it is asserted that less nox emission was produced in this way. the concept of designing a boosted uni-flow scavenged direct injection gasoline engine to achieve more than 50% downsizing is presented by ma and zhao [34] for a two stroke engine. furthermore, friction loss investigation due to employing microgeometry piston bearing [35] and oil pan design for modern downsized engine [36] were studied in 2017. figure 1. strategies for downsized engines investigation/improvement 2.3. engine components downsized engine components, their behavior, and their effects on engine performance are a popular issue, which is being widely investigated in the uk, china, and the united states. marelli et al. (2014) [37] investigated the pulsating flow performance of a turbocharger compressor generated by the extremely downsized engine intake valves. piston reinforcement employing titanium or metal–ceramic composites and pressure casting or forging was proposed for heavy downsizing, more than 30%, by sroka and dziedzioch [38]. using turbocharger-supercharger configuration as boosting system was reported more suitable in both fuel economy and performance of the 1.5l diesel engine powered passenger car at all studied operating conditions by biller et al. (2015) [39]. in addition, different strategies for utilizing boosting devices were investigated by rastelli et al. [40], and the main cause of downsized engine piston deformation is introduced pressure waves due to the knock by yao et al. [41]. employing esc was proposed for heavy downsizing and achieving excellent fuel economy besides high speed response in transient operating by bassett et al. (2016) [42, 43]. it is also easier to maintain and has a higher cost than using low and high pressure turbines in a boosting configuration called triturbo [44]. fuel injection systems of previous developed engines were compared with a downsized compressed natural gas (cng) fueled si engine provided by mahle [45], and a 31% reduction was achieved using the variable hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 387 geometry turbine in the studied engine. furthermore, a sufficient method of air filter manufacturing based on the minimum pressure drop for downsized engines was presented by wu et al. [46]. the real load applied to the main bearing of a downsized engine was studied by matsumoto et al. [47] and it was noted that it is far from the load calculated by the simple known correlation between in-cylinder pressure and main bearing load. bassett et al. (2017) [48, 49] studied the performance and fuel consumption of a 1.2l 3-cylinder engine equipped with esc and a 48v lead-carbon battery in different driving cycles. using a battery was also proposed to troubleshoot the engine speed reduction caused by employing etc and variable geometry turbines in heavy duty diesel engine downsizing [50]. a high efficiency electric compressor which operates sufficiently at low speed was designed by wang et al. [51] and a novel boosting system consisting of a turbocharger cooperating via an independent compressor which is manageable by clutch was proposed, achieving better performance in transient operation by hu et al. [52]. 2.4. knock and super-knock another interested issue on engine downsizing field is knock investigation. along with all the known reasons for engine knock such as hot spots and oil droplet formation/deposits, operating near the knock condition due to high compression ratio and/or charge boosted pressure brings intense knock [53], called super-knock, especially in low speed operating condition for downsized engines. charge ignition before the spark time in low speed operation is also called low speed pre-ignition (lspi) which may cause serious damages to engine. researchers’ efforts to investigate and reduce downsized engines knock and super-knock can be categorized in five groups namely; studying egr, bio-fuel, lubricant, hot spot and injection. fontanesi et al. [54] studied knock using auto-regressive of experimental in-cylinder pressure data and also 1d/3d simulation of a downsized engine combustion in 2014. the main source of lspi was introduced the auto-ignition of incylinder separated gas phases in a comparative study of a downsized si and two downsized ci engines [55] and deposits peeling from combustion chamber walls were identified as a new mechanism causing lspi by okada et al. [56]. in addition, using lubricant oil as a fuel additive to charge ignition tendency and super-knock impact reduction was proposed by welling et al. [57] and also lspi caused by engine oil and/or heavy ends of gasoline local igniting was investigated in a separated study [58]. the effects of pressure wave caused by charge auto-ignition on ignition delay and pressure fluctuations in a hydrogen fueled downsized engine were evaluated numerically by wei et al. [59]. advancing ignition timing [60] and large size solid carbon particle [61] were reported as other reasons of super-knock and excess air coefficient, engine coolant temperature and valve timing were introduced as important parameters on lspi [62] in 2015. lubricant oil formulation is another effective parameter on lspi and using calcium [63], magnesium [64] and aromatic species [65] as additives of lubricant have strong effect on the frequency of lspi in which knock can be prevented using these species. furthermore, using lubricant oils with calcium compounds as fuel additives [66] or injection them in warm inlet air [67] can increase ignition delay and decrease lspi while lubricant with magnesium has no effects on ignition delay. the effects of early and late intake valve closures on knock were also investigated by luisi et al. [68] and it was reported that late ivc has positive effects in full load and high speed operation while there is no effect for early ivc. in 2017, knock and super-knock was considered in other views; pan et al. [69] investigated it via 3d large eddy simulation (les) coupling detailed chemistry solver and asserted that single hot spot makes stronger pressure wave than multi-points auto-ignition. khosravi et al. [70] investigated knock due to hot spots via multi-zone thermodynamic model and computational knock index was introduced in a 3d rans simulation to define knock limits by chevillard et al. [71]. linear trend between cycle to cycle variation and burn rate was reported by chen et al. [72] while no significant change in knock limit due to coolant flow rate and temperature was achieved by asif et al. [73]. szybist et al. [74] also studied the effect of employing cooled egr at high load operation and reported that it is less effective than low load operation due to polytrophic coefficient enhancement by adding egr. knock impact reduction is reported increasing ethanol percentage as an additive due to its sufficient latent heat of vaporization [75] while more knock is occurred due to vaporization rate reduction [76]. in addition, split injection cooperating miller cycle was employed to knock resistant enhancement in a downsized engine in 2018 [77]. pressure wave caused by two hot spots was also evaluated by wei et al. [78] for primary reference fuel (prf) and it was noted that in the same initial condition, the distance for detonation formation within prf0 air mixture is shorter than prf40. 2.5. engine performance the most interested field of research on engine downsizing is engine performance analysis due to the change on engine different parameters. more than half of studied works are devoted to this category and they are divided into four main sections namely; performance analysis due to egr, fuels, injection strategy and engine base cycle. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 388 egr different strategies of employing egr are studied in literature to achieve less emission besides increasing downsized engine operating limit. these strategies are namely using cooled or hot and high or low pressure egr. cairns et al. [79] using cooled egr achieved 3% fuel saving besides 10% 𝐶𝑂2 emission reduction at part load condition of a turbocharged si engine. they also noted that external cooled egr is more sufficient than internal one and reported that 𝐶𝑂2, 𝐶𝑂 and 𝐻𝐶 emissions are reduced by 17%, 70% and 80% respectively, using this strategy. also, 6% to 11% specific fuel consumption (sfc) reduction using egr and controlling boost pressure and spark timing was reported by galloni et al. [80] in a downsized gasoline fueled engine investigation. in addition, 3.5% enhancement on thermal efficiency and 9% less fuel consumption was achieved using 25% cooled egr besides increasing cr from 9.3 to 10.9 in a downsized gdi engine studied by su et al. [81]. using low pressure cooled egr at turbocharge condition, 5% fuel economy improvement was reported by takaki et al. [82] and less knock tendency at full load operation was reported by teodosio et al. [83]. less particular matter (pm) and soot as advantages and liquid water forming at intercooler as disadvantage of employing low pressure egr were expressed by luján et al. [84] and 48% soot emission reduction using cooled egr was reported by li et al. [85]. bozza et al. [86] achieved 25% to 30% sfc reduction employing cooled low pressure egr and port water injection and both low and high pressure cooled egr effects on engine performance and emission are studied by shen et al. [87]. they asserted that there is no difference between high and low pressure egr for combustion process but turbine and compressor performance are affected. furthermore, high pressure cooled egr was reported more effective on fuel economy at high load operation while low pressure one was expressed more sufficient at low load operation [88]. cooled egr effects on the performance of a downsized gdi engine were studied by jadhav and mallikarjuna [89] and 2% and 2.3% enhancement on indicated mean effective pressure (imep) and thermal efficiency besides less in-cylinder temperature and nox emission were reported. fuels using different fuels to achieve better performance is always an interested field of study for engine researchers. in downsized engine, employing additives to increase knock resistant is always popular. remmert et al. (2014) [90] studied the effect of research octane number (ron) between 95 and 112 on a downsized si engine and reported that ron increasing on 2000 to 3000 rpm can improve 5 to 10 cad spark timing limitation due to the knock. jo et al. [91] reported fuels with higher octane number are needed via engine downsizing. in addition, 0.3% reduction in engine efficiency via decreasing methane number from 69 to 64 is reported by kramer et al. [92] and using fuels with methane index over 60% were reported as suitable alternatives for gasoline in downsized engines [93]. the effect of using lubricant oil as an additive to iso-octane on combustion quality was investigated by kuti et al. [94] and 54% reduction on ignition delay was reported due to 10% lubricant oil addition. in addition, water injection into the charge is another way of engine efficiency enhancement [95, 96] and it was expressed effective strategy on fuel economy and knock impact [97]. it also improved more than 5% mean effective pressure and 34% thermal efficiency at full load [98]. hc emission and noise reduction due to water direct injection into the combustion chamber was reported by tornatore et al. [99] and it is expressed that spark time advancing and near the stoichiometry condition operating is possible employing this technology. it is also asserted that no emission can be increased if spark time is advanced due to higher in-cylinder pressure and temperature. alcohols are the most attractive additives employed on engine downsizing which increase fuel knock resistant. baêta et al. [100] using brazilian hydrated ethanol achieved 44% efficiency from a 1.4l downsized di engine. cho et al. [101] reported 96% pm reduction in part load and cold start operation employing 20% volumetric ethanol in gasoline blend. optimal fraction of ethanol in dual fuel applications was investigated by jo et al. [102] and using high octane fuel like e85 was proposed for cr enhancement more than 11.5. in-cylinder flow field and flame development in an ethanol fueled di engine were studied by koupaie et al. [103] and the idea of employing anhydrous ethanol was expressed by martins et al. [104]. in addition, using pure butanol in comparison by gasoline, produced 2% more output torque and power [105] and by employing butanol-gasoline blend, output torque and efficiency in part load operation were increased by 4% [106]. the main achievements of adding ethanol to the gasoline were reported hc and nox reduction and noticeable pm reduction was obtained using butanol as an additive [107]. the optimum spark times advancing for ethanol-gasoline and butanol-gasoline blends in a downsized si engine were defined by scala et al. (2017) [108]. furthermore, fuel consumption and 𝐶𝑂2 4% to 11% reduction, pm 86% to 99% decrease and noticeable nox increase were reported using bio-fuels such as soybean methyl ester (sme) and rapeseed methyl ester (rme) in a downsized diesel engine [109]. injection strategy engine performance, especially emissions, will be affected by the type of fuel injection and charge preparation. pm production due to the port fuel injection (pfi) and di strategies were studied by su et al. [110] and more pm in di mode hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 389 was observed. indeed, less fuel consumption and emission reduction via injection pressure enhancement were reported by hoffmann et al. [111] and 60% and 80% decrease on pm were achieved using dual and triple injection strategies respectively, by su et al. [112]. piston wall wetting prevention and less pm were also reported as advantages of early fuel injection by xu et al. [113]. engine base cycle in addition to the most of investigated research which focused on 4-stroke otto and diesel engines, other engine base cycles were studied in downsized approach. the performance of 2-stroke downsized si engine was studied by dalla nora et al. [114] and less fuel consumption in middle loads and less residual gasses and nox emission besides higher co and hc in low intake pressure were achieved. li et al. [115] changing a 4 cylinder si engine to the 5-stroke 3 cylinder engine obtained 4% more thermal efficiency and 9% to 26% less fuel consumption. furthermore, in comparison with miller cycle, the performance of 5-stroke cycle in high load condition was reported more sufficient and vice versa [116]. employing miller cycle 4.7% and 7.4% bsfc reduction at full and low load conditions were obtained by li et al. [117] and atkinson cycle effects on ultra-downsized engine performance were also studied by gheorghiu [118]. other studies the performance of downsized engine is also investigated in other aspects which were illustrated in this section. the effects of engine downsizing on thermal characteristics and performance were studied by sroka [119] and a numerical tool for fuel consumption map generation was presented to evaluate downsized engine sfc by alix et al. [120]. in addition, exhaust back pressure was introduce as an effective parameter on pm emission of downsized di engine and asserted that pm decreases via exhaust back pressure enhancement [121]. the correlation of heat flux due to pressure increase caused by knock in cycle-by-cycle variation was introduced by mutzke et al. [122] and conjugate heat transfer in cylinder wall of a downsized si engine was studied by leguille et al. [123]. jatana et al. [124] studied the sensitivity of si combustion on fuel perturbations to obtain a control strategy for operating instability and tong et al. [125] used an ion current sensor for combustion diagnosis, knock and lspi detection. the effects of employing variable compression ratio [126], esc [127], variable crank shaft timing [128] and vvt [129] on performance and emission of downsized engines were evaluated in different research and ci combustion influence from cylinder head geometry was investigated by li et al. [130]. using cylinder deactivation technology millo et al. [131] obtained 30% reduction on pumping losses and cycle-by-cycle combustion variation simulator was presented and its response time for control approaches evaluated by dulbecco et al. [132]. 3. general review extended efforts on the engine downsizing field between 2014 and 2017 were done all over the world, but they concentrated in europe by 62.5%, according to publications. in table 1, the contribution proportion of each mainland is reported, and the number of published works from each country is shown in figure 2. as it is shown in figure 2, uk had the highest number of published works, and china, italy, and the usa are seriously focusing on engine downsizing after england. as discussed in previous sections, these efforts can be categorized into five general groups: electrical, base design, engine components, engine performance, and knock and super-knock investigation. the trend of focusing on each group by researchers during the study time is shown in figure 3. the most popular group of research is on downsized engine performance, and it is growing over time. knock and super-knock investigations are another popular group, as well as engine components utilizing studies. base design studies are falling while electrical investigations, electrification, and electric components utilizing new approaches are able to absorb much more research themselves in the future. as it is impossible to divide some research into separate groups, there are overlaps between almost all groups, which are shown besides the proportion of each group in studied works in figure 4. table 1. contribution proportion of world universities\institutes among studied works between 2014 and 2017 continent contribution proportion europe 62.5% asia 23% america 14% oceania 0.5% hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 390 figure 2. international published works from each country between 2014 and 2017 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 391 figure 3. trend of focusing on different fields of engine downsizing figure 4. the overlaps and proportion of each field in engine downsizing published studies 4. research direction of top countries on engine downsizing as it is obvious from figure 2, four top countries in engine downsizing are, namely, the uk, china, italy, and the usa. most of the focus of all four countries was on engine performance, with 38.3%, 47.5%, 52%, and 28.1% of their published works, respectively. the uk focused on engine components and base design after engine performance was investigated by 25% and 21.9%, while china and italy tried to study knock and super-knock more than other fields. as it is seen in figure 5, the usa is the only country that started studying electrification and has a more uniform distribution in different groups of engine downsizing. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 392 figure 5. research distributions of top countries on engine downsizing 5. conclusions in this paper, recent efforts on internal combustion engine downsizing are reviewed. different fields of interest are mapped and their connections and overlaps are illustrated. the total results of this investigation can be mentioned as:  different subjects of research on engine downsizing can be categorized into five distinct groups: electrical, base design, engine components, engine performance, and knock and super-knock.  electrical: using electric instruments, e.g., electric supercharger (esc), electric turbocharger (etc), and electrification, is an accepted field to enhance engine output power/torque while displacement volume is decreased.  electrical: using electric instruments, e.g., electric supercharger (esc), electric turbocharger (etc), and electrification, is an accepted field to enhance engine output power/torque while displacement volume is decreased.  engine components: downsized engine components, their behavior, and also their effects on engine performance are popular issues.  knock and super-knock: almost all suggested methods for keeping engine output power/torque constant while downsizing would increase the probability of knock occurrence, so dealing with this phenomenon is an important field of interest.  engine performance: the most interesting field of research on engine downsizing is engine performance analysis due to the change in engine parameters. more than half of the studied works are devoted to this category, and they are divided into four main sections, namely: performance analysis due to egr, fuels, injection strategy, and engine base cycle.  europa has the most interest in the engine downsizing field. the uk and italy are actually the leaders. except in the electrical field, this review shows that they have an almost uniform distribution of work in the introduced categories.  the main efforts in asia are focused on china and japan.  the usa has the most interest in electrical fields.  as attention to base design has decreased in recent years, engine components and performance studies are growing notably.  pretending knock and super-knock are always a discussing field. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 393 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.m.n. and o.j.; methodology, m.m.n. and o.j.; software, m.m.n.; validation, o.j.; formal analysis, m.m.n.; investigation, o.j.; resources, m.m.n.; data curation, m.m.n.; writing—original draft preparation, m.m.n.; writing—review and editing, o.j.; visualization, m.m.n.; supervision, o.j., r.s. and k.n.; project administration, o.j. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] scott, d., & gössling, s. (2021). destination net-zero: what does the international energy agency roadmap mean for tourism? journal of sustainable tourism, 1–18. doi:10.1080/09669582.2021.1962890. [2] jahanian, o., & jazayeri, s. a. (2010). the effects of using formaldehyde as an additive on the performance of an hcci engine fueled with natural gas. in asme international mechanical engineering congress and exposition, proceedings (imece), 5, issue (a and b), 601–609. american society of mechanical engineers. doi:10.1115/imece2010-38074. [3] ezoji, h., shafaghat, r., & jahanian, o. (2019). numerical simulation of dimethyl ether/natural gas blend fuel hcci combustion to investigate the effects of operational parameters on combustion and emissions. journal of thermal analysis and calorimetry, 135(3), 1775–1785. doi:10.1007/s10973-018-7271-2. [4] namar, m. m., & jahanian, o. (2017). a simple algebraic model for predicting hcci auto-ignition timing according to control oriented models requirements. energy conversion and management, 154, 38–45. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2017.10.056. [5] li, j., ling, x., liu, d., yang, w., & zhou, d. (2018). numerical study on double injection techniques in a gasoline and biodiesel fueled rcci (reactivity controlled compression ignition) engine. applied energy, 211, 382–392. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2017.11.062. [6] lang, o. (2004). turbocharged engine with gasoline direct injection. autotechnology, 4(6), 56–59. doi:10.1007/bf03246862. [7] silva, c., ross, m., & farias, t. (2009). analysis and simulation of “low-cost” strategies to reduce fuel consumption and emissions in conventional gasoline light-duty vehicles. energy conversion and management, 50(2), 215–222. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2008.09.046. [8] patil, c., varade, s., & wadkar, s. (2017). a review of engine downsizing and its effects. international journal of current engineering and technology, 7(7), 319-324. [9] merker, g. p., schwarz, c., & teichmann, r. (2012). combustion engines development: mixture formation, combustion, emissions and simulation. in g p merker, c. schwarz, & r. teichmann (eds.), combustion engines development: mixture formation, combustion, emissions and simulation (vol. 9783642140945). springer science & business media. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-14094. [10] kuhlbach, k., mehring, j., borrmann, d., & friedfeld, r. (2009). zylinderkopf mit integriertem abgaskrümmer für downsizingkonzepte. mtz motortechnische zeitschrift, 70(4), 286–293. doi:10.1007/bf03225480. [11] smith, a. (2008). stroke of genius for gasoline downsizing. ricardo quarterly review, q3, 8-14. [12] ricardo, m. b., apostolos, p., & yang, m. y. (2011). overview of boosting options for future downsized engines. science china technological sciences, 54(2), 318–331. doi:10.1007/s11431-010-4272-1. [13] tang, h., pennycott, a., akehurst, s., & brace, c. j. (2015). a review of the application of variable geometry turbines to the downsized gasoline engine. international journal of engine research, 16(6), 810–825. doi:10.1177/1468087414552289. [14] pielecha, i., cieślik, w., borowski, p., czajka, j., & bueschke, w. (2014). reduction of the number of cylinders in internal combustion engines–contemporary trends in downsizing. combustion engines, 53. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 394 [15] sroka, z. (2015). the impact assessment of downsizing on the development of internal combustion engines referring to the competition “engine of the year.” journal of kones, 22(3), 229–234. doi:10.5604/12314005.1166031. [16] hu, b., akehurst, s., & brace, c. (2016). novel approaches to improve the gas exchange process of downsized turbocharged spark-ignition engines: a review. international journal of engine research, 17(6), 595–618. doi:10.1177/1468087415599866. [17] hu, b., turner, j. w. g., akehurst, s., brace, c., & copeland, c. (2017). observations on and potential trends for mechanically supercharging a downsized passenger car engine:a review. proceedings of the institution of mechanical engineers, part d: journal of automobile engineering, 231(4), 435–456. doi:10.1177/0954407016636971. [18] hu, k., & chen, y. (2016). technological growth of fuel efficiency in european automobile market 1975–2015. energy policy, 98, 142–148. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2016.08.024. [19] wang, c., zeraati-rezaei, s., xiang, l., & xu, h. (2017). ethanol blends in spark ignition engines: ron, octane-added value, cooling effect, compression ratio, and potential engine efficiency gain. applied energy, 191, 603–619. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2017.01.081. [20] lee, w., schubert, e., li, y., li, s., bobba, d., & sarlioglu, b. (2017). overview of electric turbocharger and supercharger for downsized internal combustion engines. ieee transactions on transportation electrification, 3(1), 36–47. doi:10.1109/tte.2016.2620172. [21] marinkov, s., murgovski, n., & de jager, b. (2016). convex modeling and sizing of electrically supercharged internal combustion engine powertrain. ieee transactions on vehicular technology, 65(6), 4523–4534. doi:10.1109/tvt.2015.2510510. [22] lee, w., schubert, e., li, y., silong li, bobba, d., & sarlioglu, b. (2016). electrification of turbocharger and supercharger for downsized internal combustion engines and hybrid electric vehicles-benefits and challenges. 2016 ieee transportation electrification conference and expo (itec). doi:10.1109/itec.2016.7520254. [23] stoffels, h., dunstheimer, j., & hofmann, c. (2017). potential of electric energy recuperation by means of the turbocharger on a downsized gasoline engine. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2017-24-0162. [24] budack, r., wurms, r., mendl, g., & heiduk, t. (2016). the new audi 2.0-l i4 tfsi engine. mtz worldwide, 77(5), 16–23. doi:10.1007/s38313-016-0035-0. [25] hancock, d., fraser, n., jeremy, m., sykes, r., & blaxill, h. (2008). a new 3 cylinder 1.2l advanced downsizing technology demonstrator engine. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2008-01-0611. [26] dönitz, c., vasile, i., onder, c., & guzzella, l. (2009). realizing a concept for high efficiency and excellent driveability: the downsized and supercharged hybrid pneumatic engine. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2009-01-1326. [27] splitter, d. a., & szybist, j. p. (2014). experimental investigation of spark-ignited combustion with high-octane biofuels and egr. 1. engine load range and downsize downspeed opportunity. energy and fuels, 28(2), 1418–1431. doi:10.1021/ef401574p [28] payri, f., lopez, j. j., pla, b., & graciano bustamante, d. (2014). assessing the limits of downsizing in diesel engines. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2014-32-0128. [29] anbari attar, m., herfatmanesh, m. r., zhao, h., & cairns, a. (2014). experimental investigation of direct injection charge cooling in optical gdi engine using tracer-based plif technique. experimental thermal and fluid science, 59, 96–108. doi:10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2014.07.020. [30] turner, j. w. g., popplewell, a., patel, r., johnson, t. r., darnton, n. j., richardson, s., bredda, s. w., tudor, r. j., bithell, c. i., jackson, r., remmert, s. m., cracknell, r. f., fernandes, j. x., lewis, a. g. j., akehurst, s., brace, c. j., copeland, c., martinez-botas, r., romagnoli, a., & burluka, a. a. (2014). ultra boost for economy: extending the limits of extreme engine downsizing. sae international journal of engines, 7(1), 387–417. doi:10.4271/2014-01-1185. [31] millo, f., luisi, s., borean, f., & stroppiana, a. (2014). numerical and experimental investigation on combustion characteristics of a spark ignition engine with an early intake valve closing load control. fuel, 121, 298–310. doi:10.1016/j.fuel.2013.12.047. [32] severi, e., d’adamo, a., berni, f., breda, s., lugli, m., & mattarelli, e. (2015). numerical investigation on the effects of bore reduction in a high performance turbocharged gdi engine. 3d investigation of knock tendency. energy procedia, 81, 846–855. doi:10.1016/j.egypro.2015.12.094. [33] kuleshov, a., kuleshov, a., mahkamov, k., janhunen, t., & akimov, v. (2015). new downsized diesel engine concept with hcci combustion at high load conditions. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2015-01-1791. [34] ma, j., & zhao, h. (2015). the modeling and design of a boosted uniflow scavenged direct injection gasoline (busdig) engine. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2015-01-1970. [35] wróblewski, e., finke, s., & babiak, m. (2017). investigation of friction loss in internal combustion engine of experimental microgeometry piston bearing surface. journal of kones, 24(2), 307–313. doi:10.5604/01.3001.0010.2951. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 395 [36] liu, j., liu, y., & bolton, j. s. (2017). the application of acoustic radiation modes to engine oil pan design. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2017-01-1844. [37] marelli, s., capobianco, m., & zamboni, g. (2014). pulsating flow performance of a turbocharger compressor for automotive application. international journal of heat and fluid flow, 45(1), 158–165. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatfluidflow.2013.11.001. [38] sroka, z. j., & dziedzioch, d. (2015). mechanical load of piston applied in downsized engine. archives of civil and mechanical engineering, 15(3), 663–667. doi:10.1016/j.acme.2014.12.004. [39] biller, b. d., wetzel, p., chandras, p., & keidel, s. (2015). vehicle level parameter sensitivity studies for a 1.5l diesel engine powered passenger car with various boosting systems. sae international journal of fuels and lubricants, 8(2), 441–453. doi:10.4271/2015-01-0982. [40] rastelli, r., shutty, j., & biller, b. (2015). a design methodology for combined turbo and supercharger applications. 15. internationales stuttgarter symposium, 697–716. doi:10.1007/978-3-658-08844-6_47. [41] yao, a., xu, h., & yao, c. (2015). analysis of pressure waves in the cone-type combustion chamber under si engine knock. energy conversion and management, 96, 146–158. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2015.02.057. [42] bassett, m., hall, j., hibberd, b., borman, s., reader, s., gray, k., & richards, b. (2016). heavily downsized gasoline demonstrator. sae international journal of engines, 9(2), 729–738. doi:10.4271/2016-01-0663. [43] hibberd, b., bassett, m., hall, j., & borman, s. (2016). heavily downsized gasoline demonstrator. in internationaler motorenkongress 2016 (pp. 73–89). springer vieweg. doi:10.1007/978-3-658-12918-7_7. [44] mattarelli, e., rinaldini, c. a., & agostinelli, e. (2016). comparison of supercharging concepts for si engine downsizing. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2016-01-1032. [45] streng, s., wieske, p., warth, m., & hall, j. (2016). monovalent natural gas combustion and downsizing for lowest co2 emissions. mtz worldwide, 77(7–8), 16–23. doi:10.1007/s38313-016-0073-7. [46] wu, h., brunberg, j., altimira, m., bratt, n., nyberg, h., cronhjort, a., & peciura, j. (2016). semi-empirical cfd transient simulation of engine air filtration systems. sae international journal of passenger cars mechanical systems, 9(1), 310– 320. doi:10.4271/2016-01-1368. [47] matsumoto, k., harada, h., ono, y., & mihara, y. (2016). in-situ measurement and numerical solution of main journal bearing lubrication in actual engine environment. sae international journal of fuels and lubricants, 9(2), 370–373. doi:10.4271/2016-01-0894. [48] bassett, m., hall, j., cains, t., underwood, m., & wall, r. (2017). dynamic downsizing gasoline demonstrator. sae international journal of engines, 10(3), 884–891. doi:10.4271/2017-01-0646. [49] bassett, m., hall, j., cains, t., borman, s., & reader, s. (2017). dynamic downsizing gasoline demonstrator. in der antrieb von morgen 2017 (pp. 247–262). springer vieweg. doi:10.1007/978-3-658-19224-2_15. [50] xue, x., & rutledge, j. (2017). potentials of electrical assist and variable geometry turbocharging system for heavy-duty diesel engine downsizing. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2017-01-1035. [51] wang, p., zangeneh, m., richards, b., gray, k., tran, j., & andah, a. (2018). redesign of a compressor stage for a highperformance electric supercharger in a heavily downsized engine. journal of engineering for gas turbines and power, 140(4), 42602. doi:10.1115/1.4038021. [52] hu, b., akehurst, s., lewis, a. g. j., lu, p., millwood, d., copeland, c., chappell, e., de freitas, a., shawe, j., & burtt, d. (2018). experimental analysis of the v-charge variable drive supercharger system on a 1.0 l gtdi engine. proceedings of the institution of mechanical engineers, part d: journal of automobile engineering, 232(4), 449–465. doi:10.1177/0954407017730464. [53] willand, j., daniel, m., montefrancesco, e., geringer, b., hofmann, p., & kieberger, m. (2009). limits on downsizing in spark ignition engines due to pre-ignition. mtz worldwide, 70(5), 56–61. doi:10.1007/bf03226955. [54] fontanesi, s., severi, e., siano, d., bozza, f., & de bellis, v. (2014). analysis of knock tendency in a small vva turbocharged engine based on integrated 1d-3d simulations and auto-regressive technique. sae international journal of engines, 7(1), 72–86. doi:10.4271/2014-01-1065. [55] zaccardi, j. m., & serrano, d. (2014). a comparative low speed pre-ignition (lspi) study in downsized si gasoline and ci diesel-methane dual fuel engines. sae international journal of engines, 7(4), 1931–1944. doi:10.4271/2014-01-2688. [56] okada, y., miyashita, s., izumi, y., & hayakawa, y. (2014). study of low-speed pre-ignition in boosted spark ignition engine. sae international journal of engines, 7(2), 584–594. doi:10.4271/2014-01-1218. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 396 [57] welling, o., collings, n., williams, j., & moss, j. (2014). impact of lubricant composition on low-speed pre-ignition. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2014-01-1213. [58] welling, o., moss, j., williams, j., & collings, n. (2014). measuring the impact of engine oils and fuels on low-speed preignition in downsized engines. sae international journal of fuels and lubricants, 7(1), 1–8. doi:10.4271/2014-01-1219. [59] wei, h., shang, y., chen, c., gao, d., & feng, d. (2014). a numerical study on pressure wave-induced end gas auto-ignition near top dead center of a downsized spark ignition engine. international journal of hydrogen energy, 39(36), 21265–21274. doi:10.1016/j.ijhydene.2014.10.008. [60] robert, a., richard, s., colin, o., & poinsot, t. (2015). les study of deflagration to detonation mechanisms in a downsized spark ignition engine. combustion and flame, 162(7), 2788–2807. doi:10.1016/j.combustflame.2015.04.010. [61] wang, z., qi, y., liu, h., long, y., & wang, j.-x. (2015). experimental study on pre-ignition and super-knock in gasoline engine combustion with carbon particle at elevated temperatures and pressures. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2015-01-0752. [62] luo, x., teng, h., hu, t., miao, r., & cao, l. (2015). an experimental investigation on low speed pre-ignition in a highly boosted gasoline direct injection engine. sae international journal of engines, 8(2), 520–528. doi:10.4271/2015-01-0758. [63] morikawa, k., moriyoshi, y., kuboyama, t., imai, y., yamada, t., & hatamura, k. (2015). investigation and improvement of lspi phenomena and study of combustion strategy in highly boosted si combustion in low speed range. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2015-01-0756. [64] onodera, k., kato, t., ogano, s., fujimoto, k., kato, k., & kaneko, t. (2015). engine oil formulation technology to prevent pre-ignition in turbocharged direct injection spark ignition engines. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2015-01-2027. [65] andrews, a., burns, r., dougherty, r., deckman, d., & patel, m. (2016). investigation of engine oil base stock effects on low speed pre-ignition in a turbocharged direct injection si engine. sae international journal of fuels and lubricants, 9(2), 400–407. doi:10.4271/2016-01-9071. [66] fan, c., tong, s., xu, x., li, j., he, x. y., deng, j., & li, l. (2016). characteristics of lubricants on auto-ignition under controllable active thermo-atmosphere. sae international journal of fuels and lubricants, 9(2), 358–362. doi:10.4271/201601-0889. [67] chen, y., li, l., zhang, q., deng, j., xie, w., zhang, e., & tong, s. (2017). effects of lubricant additives on auto-ignition under a hot co-flow atmosphere. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2017-01-2231. [68] luisi, s., doria, v., stroppiana, a., millo, f., & mirzaeian, m. (2015). experimental investigation on early and late intake valve closures for knock mitigation through miller cycle in a downsized turbocharged engine. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2015-01-0760. [69] pan, j., wei, h., shu, g., pan, m., feng, d., & li, n. (2017). les analysis for auto-ignition induced abnormal combustion based on a downsized si engine. applied energy, 191, 183–192. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2017.01.044. [70] khosravi, m., harihar, a., pitsch, h., & weber, c. (2017). modeling and numerical investigation of auto-ignition and megaknock in boosted gasoline engines. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2017-01-0519. [71] chevillard, s., colin, o., bohbot, j., wang, m., pomraning, e., & senecal, p. k. (2017). advanced methodology to investigate knock for downsized gasoline direct injection engine using 3d rans simulations. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2017-01-0579. [72] chen, y., wang, y., & raine, r. (2017). correlation between cycle-by-cycle variation, burning rate, and knock: a statistical study from pfi and disi engines. fuel, 206, 210–218. doi:10.1016/j.fuel.2017.06.016. [73] asif, m., giles, k., lewis, a., akehurst, s., & turner, n. (2017). influence of coolant temperature and flow rate, and air flow on knock performance of a downsized, highly boosted, direct-injection spark ignition engine. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2017-01-0664. [74] szybist, j. p., wagnon, s. w., splitter, d., pitz, w. j., & mehl, m. (2017). the reduced effectiveness of egr to mitigate knock at high loads in boosted si engines. sae international journal of engines, 10(5), 2305–2318. doi:10.4271/2017-24-0061. [75] vafamehr, h., cairns, a., & moslemin koupaie, m. (2017). the competing chemical and physical effects of transient fuel enrichment during heavy knock in an optical si engine using ethanol blends. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2017-010665. [76] haenel, p., kleeberg, h., de bruijn, r., & tomazic, d. (2017). influence of ethanol blends on low speed pre-ignition in turbocharged, direct-injection gasoline engines. sae international journal of fuels and lubricants, 10(1), 95–105. doi:10.4271/2017-01-0687. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 397 [77] wei, h., shao, a., hua, j., zhou, l., & feng, d. (2018). effects of applying a miller cycle with split injection on engine performance and knock resistance in a downsized gasoline engine. fuel, 214, 98–107. doi:10.1016/j.fuel.2017.11.006. [78] wei, h., chen, c., shu, g., liang, x., & zhou, l. (2018). pressure wave evolution during two hotspots autoignition within endgas region under internal combustion engine-relevant conditions. combustion and flame, 189, 142–154. doi:10.1016/j.combustflame.2017.10.036. [79] cairns, a., blaxill, h., & irlam, g. (2006). exhaust gas recirculation for improved part and full load fuel economy in a turbocharged gasoline engine. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2006-01-0047. [80] galloni, e., fontana, g., & palmaccio, r. (2013). effects of exhaust gas recycle in a downsized gasoline engine. applied energy, 105, 99–107. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2012.12.046. [81] su, j., xu, m., li, t., gao, y., & wang, j. (2014). combined effects of cooled egr and a higher geometric compression ratio on thermal efficiency improvement of a downsized boosted spark-ignition direct-injection engine. energy conversion and management, 78, 65–73. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2013.10.041. [82] takaki, d., tsuchida, h., kobara, t., akagi, m., tsuyuki, t., & nagamine, m. (2014). study of an egr system for downsizing turbocharged gasoline engine to improve fuel economy. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2014-01-1199. [83] teodosio, l., de bellis, v., & bozza, f. (2015). fuel economy improvement and knock tendency reduction of a downsized turbocharged engine at full load operations through a low-pressure egr system. sae international journal of engines, 8(4), 1508–1519. doi:10.4271/2015-01-1244. [84] luján, j. m., climent, h., novella, r., & rivas-perea, m. e. (2015). influence of a low pressure egr loop on a gasoline turbocharged direct injection engine. applied thermal engineering, 89, 432–443. doi:10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2015.06.039. [85] li, t., yin, t., & wang, b. (2017). anatomy of the cooled egr effects on soot emission reduction in boosted spark-ignited direct-injection engines. applied energy, 190, 43–56. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2016.12.105. [86] bozza, f., de bellis, v., & teodosio, l. (2016). potentials of cooled egr and water injection for knock resistance and fuel consumption improvements of gasoline engines. applied energy, 169, 112–125. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2016.01.129. [87] shen, k., li, f., zhang, z., sun, y., & yin, c. (2017). effects of lp and hp cooled egr on performance and emissions in turbocharged gdi engine. applied thermal engineering, 125, 746–755. doi:10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2017.07.064. [88] chao, y., lu, h., hu, z., deng, j., wu, z., li, l., shen, y., & yuan, s. (2017). comparison of fuel economy improvement by high and low pressure egr system on a downsized boosted gasoline engine. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2017-010682. [89] jadhav, p. d., & mallikarjuna, j. m. (2017). effect of egr on performance and emission characteristics of a gdi engine a cfd study. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2017-24-0033. [90] remmert, s. m., cracknell, r. f., head, r., schuetze, a., lewis, a. g. j., akehurst, s., turner, j. w. g., & popplewell, a. (2014). octane response in a downsized, highly boosted direct injection spark ignition engine. sae international journal of fuels and lubricants, 7(1), 131–143. doi:10.4271/2014-01-1397. [91] jo, y. s., bromberg, l., & heywood, j. (2016). octane requirement of a turbocharged spark ignition engine in various driving cycles. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2016-01-0831. [92] kramer, u., lorenz, t., hofmann, c., ruhland, h., klein, r., & weber, c. (2017). methane number effect on the efficiency of a downsized, dedicated, high performance compressed natural gas (cng) direct injection engine. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2017-01-0776. [93] sroka, z. j. (2014). impact of downsizing technology on operating indicators for combustion engine fed with gaseous fuel with low methane content. polish journal of environmental studies, 23(4), 1413–1416. [94] kuti, o. a., yang, s. y., hourani, n., naser, n., roberts, w. l., chung, s. h., & sarathy, s. m. (2015). a fundamental investigation into the relationship between lubricant composition and fuel ignition quality. fuel, 160, 605–613. doi:10.1016/j.fuel.2015.08.026. [95] d’adamo, a., berni, f., breda, s., lugli, m., fontanesi, s., & cantore, g. (2015). a numerical investigation on the potentials of water injection as a fuel efficiency enhancer in highly downsized gdi engines. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/201501-0393. [96] berni, f., breda, s., d’adamo, a., fontanesi, s., & cantore, g. (2015). numerical investigation on the effects of water/methanol injection as knock suppressor to increase the fuel efficiency of a highly downsized gdi engine. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2015-24-2499. [97] de bellis, v., bozza, f., teodosio, l., & valentino, g. (2017). experimental and numerical study of the water injection to improve the fuel economy of a small size turbocharged si engine. sae international journal of engines, 10(2), 550–561. doi:10.4271/2017-01-0540. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 398 [98] worm, j., naber, j., duncan, j., barros, s., & atkinson, w. (2017). water injection as an enabler for increased efficiency at high-load in a direct injected, boosted, si engine. sae international journal of engines, 10(3), 951–958. doi:10.4271/201701-0663. [99] tornatore, c., siano, d., marchitto, l., iacobacci, a., valentino, g., & bozza, f. (2017). water injection: a technology to improve performance and emissions of downsized turbocharged spark ignited engines. sae international journal of engines, 10(5), 2319–2329. doi:10.4271/2017-24-0062. [100] baêta, j. g. c., pontoppidan, m., & silva, t. r. v. (2015). exploring the limits of a down-sized ethanol direct injection spark ignited engine in different configurations in order to replace high-displacement gasoline engines. energy conversion and management, 105, 858–871. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2015.08.041. [101] cho, j., si, w., jang, w., jin, d., myung, c. l., & park, s. (2015). impact of intermediate ethanol blends on particulate matter emission from a spark ignition direct injection (sidi) engine. applied energy, 160, 592–602. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2015.08.010. [102] jo, y. s., bromberg, l., & heywood, j. (2016). optimal use of ethanol in dual fuel applications: effects of engine downsizing, spark retard, and compression ratio on fuel economy. sae international journal of engines, 9(2), 1087–1101. doi:10.4271/2016-01-0786. [103] moslemin koupaie, m., cairns, a., vafamehr, h., & lanzanova, t. (2017). cyclically resolved flame and flow imaging in an si engine operating with future ethanol fuels. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2017-01-0655. [104] martins, f. p., boggio, s. d. m., lacava, p. t., de andrade, c. r., penaranda, a., silva, m. f., & sbampato, m. e. (2017). a study about imaging post processing in flame front detection in an optical research engine operating with anhydrous ethanol. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2017-36-0388. [105] scala, f., galloni, e., & fontana, g. (2016). numerical analysis of a downsized spark-ignition engine fueled by butanol/gasoline blends at part-load operation. applied thermal engineering, 102, 383–390. doi:10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2016.03.137. [106] galloni, e., fontana, g., staccone, s., & scala, f. (2016). performance analyses of a spark-ignition engine firing with gasolinebutanol blends at partial load operation. energy conversion and management, 110, 319–326. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2015.12.038. [107] lattimore, t., herreros, j. m., xu, h., & shuai, s. (2016). investigation of compression ratio and fuel effect on combustion and pm emissions in a disi engine. fuel, 169, 68–78. doi:10.1016/j.fuel.2015.10.044. [108] scala, f., galloni, e., & fontana, g. (2017). numerical analysis of a spark-ignition engine fueled by ethanol-gasoline and butanol-gasoline blends: setting the optimum spark advance. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2017-24-0117. [109] tan, x., & azimov, u. (2017). diesel engine downsizing with application of biofuels. international journal of energy and environment, 8(5), 413-426. [110] su, j., lin, w., sterniak, j., xu, m., & bohac, s. v. (2014). particulate matter emission comparison of spark ignition direct injection (sidi) and port fuel injection (pfi) operation of a boosted gasoline engine. journal of engineering for gas turbines and power, 136(9). doi:10.1115/1.4027274. [111] hoffmann, g., befrui, b., berndorfer, a., piock, w. f., & varble, d. l. (2014). fuel system pressure increase for enhanced performance of gdi multi-hole injection systems. sae international journal of engines, 7(1), 519–527. doi:10.4271/201401-1209. [112] su, j., xu, m., yin, p., gao, y., & hung, d. (2014). particle number emissions reduction using multiple injection strategies in a boosted spark-ignition direct-injection (sidi) gasoline engine. sae international journal of engines, 8(1), 20–29. doi:10.4271/2014-01-2845. [113] xu, z., zhou, z., wu, t., li, t., cheng, c., & yin, h. (2016). investigations of smoke emission, fuel dilution and pre-ignition in a 2.0l turbo-charged gdi engine. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2016-01-0698. [114] dalla nora, m., lanzanova, t., zhang, y., & zhao, h. (2016). engine downsizing through two-stroke operation in a fourvalve gdi engine. sae technical papers. doi:10.4271/2016-01-0674. [115] li, t., zheng, b., & yin, t. (2015). fuel conversion efficiency improvements in a highly boosted spark-ignition engine with ultra-expansion cycle. energy conversion and management, 103, 448–458. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2015.06.078. [116] li, t., wang, b., & zheng, b. (2016). a comparison between miller and five-stroke cycles for enabling deeply downsized, highly boosted, spark-ignition engines with ultra expansion. energy conversion and management, 123, 140–152. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2016.06.038. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 399 [117] li, t., gao, y., wang, j., & chen, z. (2014). the miller cycle effects on improvement of fuel economy in a highly boosted, high compression ratio, direct-injection gasoline engine: eivc vs. livc. energy conversion and management, 79, 59–65. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2013.12.022. [118] gheorghiu, v., (2011). ultra-downsizing of internal combustion engines: simultaneous increasing of thermal conversion efficiency and power while reducing emissions. 16th asia pacific automotive engineering conference. doi:10.4271/2011-280049. [119] sroka, z. j. (2012). some aspects of thermal load and operating indexes after downsizing for internal combustion engine. journal of thermal analysis and calorimetry, 110(1), 51–58. doi:10.1007/s10973-011-2064-x. [120] alix, g., dabadie, j.-c., & font, g. (2015). an ice map generation tool applied to the evaluation of the impact of downsizing on hybrid vehicle consumption. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2015-24-2385. [121] leach, f., stone, r., richardson, d., lewis, a., akehurst, s., turner, j., remmert, s., campbell, s., & cracknell, r. f. (2018). particulate emissions from a highly boosted gasoline direct injection engine. international journal of engine research, 19(3), 347–359. doi:10.1177/1468087417710583. [122] mutzke, j., scott, b., stone, r., & williams, j. (2016). the effect of combustion knock on the instantaneous heat flux in spark ignition engines. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2016-01-0700. [123] leguille, m., ravet, f., le moine, j., pomraning, e., richards, k., & senecal, p. k. (2017). coupled fluid-solid simulation for the prediction of gas-exposed surface temperature distribution in a si engine. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2017-01-0669. [124] jatana, g. s., & kaul, b. c. (2017). determination of si combustion sensitivity to fuel perturbations as a cyclic control input for highly dilute operation. sae international journal of engines, 10(3), 1011–1018. doi:10.4271/2017-01-0681. [125] tong, s., li, h., yang, z., deng, j., hu, z., & li, l. (2015). cycle resolved combustion and pre-ignition diagnostic employing ion current in a pfi boosted si engine. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2015-01-0881. [126] teodosio, l., de bellis, v., bozza, f., & tufano, d. (2017). numerical study of the potential of a variable compression ratio concept applied to a downsized turbocharged vva spark ignition engine. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/201724-0015. [127] zhao, d., winward, e., yang, z., stobart, r., mason, b., & steffen, t. (2018). an integrated framework on characterization, control, and testing of an electrical turbocharger assist. ieee transactions on industrial electronics, 65(6), 4897–4908. doi:10.1109/tie.2017.2774726. [128] bonatesta, f., altamore, g., kalsi, j., & cary, m. (2016). fuel economy analysis of part-load variable camshaft timing strategies in two modern small-capacity spark ignition engines. applied energy, 164, 475–491. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2015.11.057. [129] de bellis, v. (2016). performance optimization of a spark-ignition turbocharged vva engine under knock limited operation. applied energy, 164, 162–174. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2015.11.097. [130] li, h., wang, k., wang, l., li, y., & fan, j. (2017). effect of geometric structure of cylinder head on the combustion process in a diesel engine. sae technical paper series. doi:10.4271/2017-01-0692. [131] millo, f., mirzaeian, m., luisi, s., doria, v., & stroppiana, a. (2016). engine displacement modularity for enhancing automotive s.i. engines efficiency at part load. fuel, 180, 645–652. doi:10.1016/j.fuel.2016.04.049. [132] dulbecco, a., richard, s., & angelberger, c. (2015). investigation on the potential of quantitatively predicting ccv in di-si engines by using a one-dimensional cfd physical modeling approach: focus on charge dilution and in-cylinder aerodynamics intensity. sae international journal of engines, 8(5), 2012–2028. doi:10.4271/2015-24-2401. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 8 comparative analysis of implementation of solar pv systems using the advanced speca modelling tool and homer software: kenyan scenario s. kibaara a*, d. k. murage b, p. musau c, m. j. saulo a a technical university of mombasa, mombasa, kenya. b jomo kenyatta university, juja, kenya. c university of nairobi, nairobi, kenya. received 25 january 2020; revised 23 february 2020; accepted 28 february 2020; published 01 march 2020 abstract globally, attention has been focused on the pollution and exhaustion of fossil fuels allied to conventional energy sources, while non-conventional energy/renewable energy sources have always been considered clean and environmentally friendly. of the two, the non-conventional (renewable) is being preferred because it is believed to be more environmentally friendly. renewable energy technologies (rets), especially solar photovoltaics, have seen many plants being constructed to either supplement the grid or as alternatives for those far from the grid. solar photovoltaics plants occupy large tracts of land that would have been used for other economic activities for revenue generation, such as agriculture, forestry, or tourism at archaeological sites. the negative impacts slow down the application of solar pv, but a modelling tool that can easily and quantitively assess the impacts in monetary form would accelerate the solar pv application. the work presents a developed modelling tool that is able to assess not only the techno-economic impacts but also the environmental impacts in monetary form, allowing one to be able to determine the viability of a plant in a given region. the results are compared with those of the homer software. keywords: speca tool; homer; environment; solar pv. 1. introduction due to the depletion of fossil fuels and their ghg emissions, global attention has shifted largely to the generation of electricity using hybrid renewable energy systems [1]. the governments of many nations across the world have also given direct nomination to these renewable energy systems through tradable green certificates. this has spurred tremendous efforts in the exploration of renewable energy options, particularly in rural areas where grid connection is impractical due to rugged terrain and a small population [1, 2]. in this regard, a number of software tools have been suggested for the simulation and optimization of hres. homer, sam, hoga, and retscreen are some of the most popular techno-economic tools [3]. homer has been regarded as the global standard for optimization of hres and is one of the most widely used tools for optimization and sensitivity analysis [4, 5]. according to acakpovi et al. (2015) [4], it is a computer tool that is able to simplify and design a standalone or grid-tied micro-grid. on the other hand, homer has demerits such as the inability to show the optimization techniques adopted in the simulation * corresponding author: samuelkariuki@tum.ac.ke http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2020-01-01-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 9 process. furthermore, homer does not provide flexibility to the user to set the optimization constraints, especially in cases where the prices of electricity generation fuels are already fixed by the markets. in a nutshell, despite its big name and global attention, homer does not meet all the needs of hres optimization problems. therefore, scientists have resulted in searching for other hres optimization and sizing options based on rigorous mathematical modelling [4]. 2. previous work on optimization and sizing of hres a variety of studies have applied different optimization techniques to the sizing of hres. for instance, amer et al. (2013) [6] proposed the cost reduction of hres using particle swarm optimization (pso). bansal et al. (2011) [7] in their simulations of a hybrid wind solar and battery used a meta-heuristic particle swarm optimization for cost reduction. ram et al. (2013) [8] in their design of a standalone solar –wind hybrid with a diesel generator used pso to find the optimal sizes of each to meet the existing load. in addition, lotfi et al. (2013) [9] proposed the use of the imperial competitive algorithm, pso, to establish the optimal configuration of a hybrid wind-solar and batteries. other superior cost reduction optimization techniques, such as hybrid genetic algorithms (ga) with pso (hgapso) [10], were used for the optimization of hres. this algorithm overcomes the low speed convergence attributed to ga and the premature convergence of pso, which means tremendous speed of convergence and hence global convergence. the combination of pso and simulated annealing (sa) developed by idoumghar et al. (2011) [11] overcame the premature convergence of pso. arena 12 which is a commercial software was used by ekren and ekren (2009) [12] for the simulation and optimization of various hres at various loads. the optimal size of pvbiomass hybrid system was configured by homer in egypt [13]. ashok (2007) [14] configured the sizes of wind solar and batteries using analytical models. the speed of the wind, direct normal irradiation (dni) and the load requirement were the main factors used to control the micro grid. the results obtained were used for calibration of the optimal power required for the load. important to note is all these modern tools for optimization and simulation of hres have a clear focus on cost reduction and size configuration. the cost reduction in this case refers to the capital cost. these techniques and tools fail to address the overall reduction of lcoe which is a quotient of the life cycle costs (capital costs, operation and maintenance costs, replacement costs, salvage cost) and the life time energy generated. also missing in all these optimization techniques and simulation tools are the levelized cost of externalities (lecoe), that is, the environmental impacts of these energy sources. this paper therefore seeks to bridge the existing knowledge gap by showing the mathematical development of the speca model which fills the gap as it is able to determine the configuration of solar pv and clearly demonstrates the indirect costs (externalities) incurred when generating electricity from pv. in this paper the speca model and homer software will be used to simulate pv for turkana district in kenya and results obtained shall be compared based on the energy generated, cash flows, environmental impacts and lcoe. the first part of this paper presents the detailed speca model development followed by the available resources and load requirements for testing. simulations are finally carried out using the speca model and the homer software and the results tabulated for comparison. 3. methodology the core objective of this paper is the acknowledgement that nature has value in it, and therefore in the decisions to install and test the techno economic viability of solar pv the environmental impacts should be taken into consideration. therefore, in the development of the speca model environmental impacts of solar pv have been identified quantified according to their believed monetary value. the speca model developed is based on the lcoe equation described by equation 1 which is further broken down as shown by equation 2. cos total life cycle ts lcoe total life time energy production  (1) 0 1 (1 ) (1 ) t t t t t t t t c r lcoe e r                (2) lcoe represents the cost of electricity that would match the cash inflows and the cash outflows normalized over the lifespan of the plant. this important metric allows the independent power producers (ipps) to fully recover all the costs of the plant over a predetermined period of time [15, 16]. the lcoe of an energy generating unit is usually determined at the point where the sum of all the discounted revenues equalizes with the sum of all the discounted cost as described by equation 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 10 1 0(1 ) (1 ) t t t t t t t t r c r r       (3) unlike the modelling done in homer, the lcoe equation 4 adopted by the speca model has included the externalities ∑ 𝐸𝐶𝑘 𝑖=𝑘 (social, environmental and economic) of solar pv in the computation of 𝐿𝐶𝑂𝐸 and other metrics such as energy generated, cash flows among others. k i k 1 1 1 1 ec & (1 ) (1 ) (1 ) (1 ) (1 ) (1 ) * (1 ) (1 ) t t t n t t t t t t t n t t n t dep int lp o m rv ic tr roi rc dr dr dr dr dr lcoe s dr sdr                          (4) 3.1. speca model architecture the speca model provides an interactive gui platform developed using visual basic programming while sql has been used for database development. the system has the user interface and the database. the gui is window based that provides functions to manipulate the data according to the requirements. the interface calls stored procedures and views heavily for data processing and data retrieval. finally, the database stores all system data and none is held outside the database enhancing data integrity. the process flow diagram of the speca model is described by figure 1. figure 1. speca model system architecture the database used is a relational database management system which is a microsoft sql server. the database stores the tabular files of dni, cost of equipment’s used for solar photovoltaic and their types, different environmental aspects of the different regions in kenya, batteries, inverters etc. figure 2 shows main features of the speca model derived from equation 4. table 1. speca and homer economic inputs component amount discount rate 7.5% expected inflation rate 7% project lifespan 25 years land cost/acre (for speca model) area dependent variable residual value (speca model) 4.5% of capex user inputs data stored in the database data processing simulation output hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 11 total investment cost annual o&m capacity factor degradation of components environmental impacts costs others weather data area occupied energy model edmtre discount rate, equity/debit ratio.. fixed parameters total system output lcoe,npc,irr,cash flow annual/daily/ monthly energy output, n years figure 2. speca model block diagram 4. criterion of sizing solar pv using speca model the economic criteria used in the sizing of the solar pv depend on the load demand. in this paper the load demand of a typical village in turkana district was estimated as shown in table 5 which was used as an input to the speca model to determine the number of solar panels required and the batteries. solar pv system includes different components that should be selected according to the system type, site location and applications. the major components for solar pv system are the pv module, inverter and the battery bank. the sizing procedure described herein mostly applies for the speca model. the mathematical sizing procedure used in homer is hardly discussed in literature and hence sizing is done by the software itself. the user chooses the location, load requirements, components, and type of fuel, and once the system is run, homer calculates the lcoe, npv, and the energy produced.the procedure followed by the speca model for sizing the pv and batteries is described in the flowing section. 4.1. sizing of a standalone pv system for convenience and accurate sizing of a pv system, the specific area, direct normal irradiance (dni) data and the anticipated load are defined. the size of the pv system, total number of pv panels and the number of batteries are then calculated. as such several factors considered are the amount of energy (kwh) that can be generated by the solar pv to meet the load demand, the ah of the batteries required and the area occupied. there are several sizing techniques used previously in literature such as intuitive, numerical, analytical, commercial computer tools, artificial intelligence and the hybrid methods [17]. the numerical technique has been used in this paper for sizing the pv system because of its known accuracy and ability to easily use the linear functions unlike other tools [17]. the energy delivered by a solar pv array is given by: *,stcdcac pp  (5) where acp = actual ac power delivered; stcdcp , = rated dc power output under standard test conditions;  = conversion efficiency which accounts for inverter efficiency, dirt, pv collectors efficiency and mismatch factor. 4.2. steps followed in sizing the pv array the insolation data (kwh/m2) for the different sites used in the speca model are obtained from the nasa websites. the worst month (month with the lowest solar irradiance) of the year is used for design. as shown by equation 6 identification of a pv module and using its rated current ir together with its coulomb efficiency of about 0.9 and a derating factor (dr) of 0.9 and the direct normal irradiance (dni) of the design month, the ah/day produced by each solar pv string is determined. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 12 drimkwhdnistringdayah r **)/(/ 2 0 (6) the number of parallel strings is given by equation 7. monthdesigninuleperdayah dayahloadmonthdesign parallelinstrings mod/ )/(  (7) the number of pv modules in series is determined by equation 8. )(modmin )( mod vvoltageulealno vvoltagesystem seriesinules  (8) 4.3. determination of collector area the size of area occupied and the number of pv cells varies according to type, as each has different parameters. amount of energy delivered by a cell pv is described by equations 9 and 10. stc av ambientcell dni tnoct tt *).. 8.0 (   (9) where stcdni = insolation under standard test conditions (kwh/m2); noct = nominal operating cell temperature; avt = average maximum daily temperature. )](1[ ovcelllratingdc ttppvp  (10) where dcp = solar pv dc output power; ratingpv = rating of the solar pv; lp = power loss per degree above ovt . including the dirt, mismatch and inverter efficiencies will result in an estimated ac rated power of the solar photo voltaic ( acp ) shown by equation 11. inverterdirtmismatchpp dcac *** (11) the collector area is governed by the yearly energy yield and the yearly energy demand as described by equations 12 to 15. dayscfdaydnipyred siteac 365**/*/  (12) (13) efficiencyinverterdirtmismatch p p ac dc **  (14) efficiencycollectoryeardni p occupiedarea site dc */  (15) the different types of solar photovoltaic panels used in the development of the speca model are as shown in table 2. dayscfdaydni yred p site ac 365**/ /  hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 13 table 2. types of solar pv and their characteristics module type sharp ne k125u2 kyocera kc158g shell sp150 unisolar ssr256 material poly crystal multicrysta mono crystal triple junc )dcp( rated power 125w 158w 150w 256w voltage max 26v 23.5v 34v 66v max current 4.8a 6.82a 4.4a 3.9a o/c voltage 32.3v 28.9v 43.4v 95.2v s/c voltage 5.46a 7.58a 4.8a 4.8a length (m) 1.19 1.29 1.619 11.124 width (m) 0.792 0.99 0.814 0.42 efficiency 13.3% 12.4% 11.4% 5.5% capital cost ($ 525 663.6 630 1075 deratiing % 90% 90% 90% 90% replacement $ 525 663.6 630 1075 lifespan (yrs 25 25 25 25 o&m cost($) 121.25 153.26 145.5 248.32 4.4. battery storage the different types of batteries are as shown table 3. table 3. types of batteries and their characteristics battery mdod (%) cycle life (cycles) lifespan (years) eff. % cost ($/kwh) lead acid 20% 500 1-2 90 50 golf cart lead 80% 1000 3-5 90 60 deep cycle 80% 2000 7-10 90 100 nickel-cadmiu 100% 1000-2000 10-15 70 1000 nickel-hydride 100% 1000-2000 8-10 70 1200 the battery storage capacity is determined by equation 16. drmdom autonomyofdaysdayah capacitystoragebattery * */  (16) where mdom = maximum depth of discharge; dr= % discharge rate. 5. quantification of land use impacts land use changes (luc) all over the world remains to be one of the greatest contributing factor to the drastic biodiversity loss and extinction [18, 19]. the speca model has adopted countryside species area relationship (sar) for quantification of the number of species in the areas occupied by the usse. the sar model has been extensively used for describing the species richness existing in different localities across the world [18]. the sar model is described by equation 17. z orgorg cas  (17) where orgs = total number of species in a given area; c = constant that depends on the taxonomic group and region being studied; rgoa = area occupied by the usse (transformed land); z = a constant that depends on the sampling regime and scale. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 14 the species that remain after land is converted from one form to another is estimated using equation 18. z newnew cas  (18) the quotient of equations 17 and 1) yields equation 19. z org new org new a a s s          (19) the multiplication of equation 19 by orgs yields equation 20. z org new orgnew a a ss          (20) subtracting equation 20 from the original number of species that existed before the land use change yields the prediction of the extinctions as indicated by equation 21. table 4. valuation of ecosystem goods and services [20] z org new orgorgneworg a a ssss          (21) in this paper the z takes the values of 0.25-0.35 while c . after the conceivable damages have been identified the, restoration cost approach will be used to perform damage evaluation as shown in equation 22. xvc i i * (22) where c is the total external cost, v is the value of each external cost and x represents the number of impacts of usse ecosystem goods and services valuation ($)/ha regulating functions of ecosystems 1 regulating air 7-265 2 climate change 88-268 3disturbing ecosystems goods and services 2-7240 4 water uptake and usage 2-5445 5 water supply 3-7600 6 soil erosion 29-245 7soil maturity and formation 1-10 8 soil nutrients recycling 87-21,100 9 plants pollination 14-25 10. biological control 2-78 habitat provision 11 habitation services 3-1523 12 nursery function 142-195 bleeding and production services 6-2761 13 food 6-1014 14raw materials such as wood, charcoal 6-1014 15genetics 6-112 16medicinal value 6-112 hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 15 considered in a certain region. the international standards of ecosystem goods and services are expressed in $/ha/year and were estimated according to groot et al. [17] as shown in table 4. 5.1. accounting for human health damages the speca model developed in this paper accounts for morbidity and mortalities resulting from the installation of solar pv. the work-related and non-work related accidents considered in this paper are for the non-organization for economic cooperation and development countries where kenya is classified into nkambule and blignaut (2017) study [21]. the per unit prices for treating persons suffering injuries or mortalities while working with usse are based on the studies done by friedrich et al. (2004) and preiss and klotz (2008) [22, 23]. morbidity and mortality consists of two variables viz. unit morbidity value and the unit mortality value. the per unit morbidity value ( moduv $/person) is estimated using equation 23. )()1804()( modmodmod tuvuvtuv  (23) where )(mod tuv is the change in morbidity value. the unit mortality values ( motuv ,$/person) were obtained by nkambule and blignaut (2017) [21] and are described by equation 24. )()17413()( tuvuvtuv motmotmot  (24) the unit mortality value and the unit morbidity value derive their costs from three phases i.e during construction, operation phase and the decommissioning phase. the parameters used for the two sub-models are described in table 5. table 5. mortality and morbidity model values parameter unit value unit mortality value $/person 17413 unit morbidity $/person 1804 fatalities per million tons of concrete persons/million tons 0.159 fatalities per million tons of steel persons/million tons 2.0158923 fatalities per million tons of limestone persons/million tons 0.2906977 fatalities per mwh persons /mwh 0.00000026 injuries per mwh persons /mwh 0.0000001 5.2. water consumption model in solar pv water consumption is used for mirror washing. water is mainly used during construction phase and in the generation phase. the unit cost of water use (uwc ,$/m3) is determined by the change in the opportunity cost of water use ( yrmuwc //,$ 3 ) and is estimated using equation 25. )()()( tuwctuwctuwc  (25) the solar pv water externality cost is estimated using two costs, that is, opportunity cost of water during construction (uwcc ($/m3) and generation (uwcg ) shown by equation 26. ocwgocwcussect  (26) 6. simulation inputs for the speca model it has been assumed in this paper that electricity generated by solar pv belongs to an ipp (independent power producer) and therefore any electricity generated is owned by the ipp. 6.1. load the load data of turkana district is determined by evaluating the existence of electrical appliances in a typical homestead which includes refrigerators, tv, stoves, micro waves among others. in this paper load data used as input for the speca model and homer software was derived from table 6 and scaled up for 1000 households. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 16 table 6. typical load of turkana district appliance quantity rating (kw) (hrs/day) daily consumption (kwh) fridge (14.cu ft) 1 0.3 24 7.2 television (19-in) 2 0.068 8 1.088 electric kettle 1 1 0.5 0.5 desktop computer 1 0.3 6 1.8 laptop 2 0.036 6 0.432 lights 10 0.03 5 1.5 security lights 2 0.045 8 0.72 geyser 1 3 1 3 heater 2 2 3 12 microwave 1 1 0.33 0.33 total 28.57*100=2857 the resulting load profile is described by figure 3 with an average hourly load of 119.04 kw/hr. figure 3. load profile of turkana district 6.2. resources the site selected for the simulation is turkana district which is 3018.7’n, 35033.9’e. homer and speca model requires the solar insolation data as an input for electricity for electricity generation from pv. the weather patterns of the different regions across the globe are inbuilt in homer and therefore once a site is selected, its weather data is loaded as well. the solar insolation data is shown by figure 4. figure 4. temperature and dni of turkana using speca modelling tool 7. costs considered the basic criterion related to the selection of the power system components in this paper is the cost of components, because the main purpose of the work is searching the optimum power system configuration that would meet the demand with minimum npc and coe. the estimation of the components cost was made based on the current cost available in the market. in this paper the all component costs and specifications were adopted from [24]. in the hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 17 homer and speca model the user can change the component cost based on the market trend. the different types of component cost are:  initial capital cost of components: it is the total installed cost deployed to purchase and install the component at the commencement of the project.  o&m cost: it is the cost accounted for maintenance and operation of the system. the entire scheme components considered in this paper has different operation and maintenance costs. miscellaneous o&m costs considered by homer are like emission penalties, capacity shortage penalty and fixed operation and maintenance costs. the determination of the emission penalties and capacity shortage penalty used by homer is mathematically inbuilt in the software and hence no mathematical models available as the software does not provide them to the public. for the speca model, the emissions are accounted for as described in sections above which includes water consumption, land usage, impacts on health and ecosystems.  replacement cost: this is the cost required to replace wear out components at the end of its life cycle. this cost is different from initial cost of the component, due to the fact that different components have different life times. there are some components that will run in the entire lifespan of the plant whereas some will be replaced midway. 8. results and analysis in this section the simulation results obtained from speca model and homer software for turkana district are discussed and compared. the two software calculates the output based on the procedure mentioned in the methodology and the results of each software are described in the following sections. 8.1. speca modelling tool results the speca modelling displayed results of yearly energy generated from 1992-2016 as shown in the diagram. the energy delivered varies according to the dni estimated at 1800 kwh/m2/yr. figure 5 shows the yearly energy generated during the lifespan of the plant. the random variability of the solar resource leads to the uneven energy production in the different years. the area required for installation to meet the electricity demand was estimated to be 5130 acres of land that required about 4008 solar photovoltaic panels and 394 batteries. the cascaded impacts on land as a result of this land occupation includes diseases like cancer which results from emission of some hazardous gases such as particulate matter, lead, voc among others. the speca modelling tool estimated the npc including the externalities (environmental and health costs) to a tune of $2.07 billion for a period of 25 years the environmental cost included were the cost of land and the various function of land in this particular region as was described in table 3. the speca tool determines the cost of a disease using two functions described above, that is, unit morbidity value and unit mortality values. figure 5. yearly energy generated speca model further determines the lcoe to be about $3.81. as discussed earlier lcoe is a function of the life cycle costs (lcc) and the energy generated. the speca model is among the first tools to accommodate the external costs of energy generation which in this case are the environmental costs and the health costs. the cash inflow and cash outflow for the whole period is shown in figures 6 and 7. the cash flow is highest at the beginning of the project and minimum near the end of the lifespan. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 18 figure 6. speca model cash inflow figure 7. speca model cash outflow 8.2. homer results homer simulation estimated the total npc to $1.7 billion while the optimal lcoe was $1.07. homer found the optimal lcoe by considering 138 combinations in which only 66 cases were feasible. the resultant of the input output cash-flow is as shown in figure 8. in the cash-flow the plant breaks-even on the final year of production where the cash-flow is positive. figure 8. homer cash flow hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 19 8.3. results comparison the results are compared in terms of environmental impact analysis, health impact analysis and the general economics. a variety of greenhouse gases are also emitted from solar during generation as reported in literature [25]. the speca model considers a variety of them including pm, ammonia, co2, nickel, mercury, methane, and lead among others. also, in the speca modelling tool the land occupied is quantified according size, type vegetation, economic worth measured in terms of $/hectare/ year. the different monetary value of land use types were obtained from the ecosystem service value database (evsd). the evsd allocates monetary value to the different types of land occupation per hectare per year. the speca model is equipped with sql database that contains this data and is always recalled during calculation. on the other hand homer considers only the carbon dioxide [4], which in not monetized. lcoe for the speca model is 70% more than that of homer which has been attributed to lack of monetization of the land costs, environmental cost and the social costs. 9. conclusion and recommendations in this paper, homer and the speca modelling tool have been used to size solar photovoltaic systems for turkana district. the result analysis provides a base for comparison of the two packages. the speca model is a new tool and has not been explored as much as the homer software. homer is user-friendly, flexible, and good at sizing hres according to resource availability. the lcoe yield in homer is slightly low. however, during the sizing of the most optimal combination of hres, homer does not consider basic things like land cost and size, environmental impacts costs, and social impacts costs. it is the opinion of the authors of this paper that if these key costs were considered in homer, the lcoe and npc of the two packages would match. the other possible discrepancy with the results is that homer determines the npc of a component as the present value of all the costs incurred during purchasing, installing, and operating the component minus all the revenues generated by the product. on the other hand, the speca modelling tool does not consider the revenue from solar pv. research and development should be geared towards improving the speca model software to accommodate more than one energy resource type to enhance hybridization of renewable energy systems. in general, speca will be of great use to investors and policy makers of solar pv systems for drawing alternatives and conclusions based on the best compromise. the model developed will be useful especially in addressing the trade-offs between environmental impacts, financial impacts which are all aimed in the improvement of the quality and transparency in the decisionmaking during deployment of solar pv. the quantification of the social-environmental impacts of solar pv will permit for a cost accounting assessment of the unforeseen costs incurred when using them for electricity generation. 10. acknowledgement the authors would like to thank the technical university of mombasa for providing infrastructure to carry out this study. 11. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 12. references [1] painuly, j. p. (2001). barriers to renewable energy penetration; a framework for analysis. renewable energy, 24(1), 73–89. doi:10.1016/s0960-1481(00)00186-5. [2] burtraw, d., krupnick, a., sampson, g., & beasley, b. (2012). the true cost of electric power. rff report, resources for the future, washington, dc, united states. [3] connolly, d., lund, h., mathiesen, b. v., & leahy, m. (2010). a review of computer tools for analysing the integration of renewable energy into various energy systems. applied energy, 87(4), 1059–1082. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2009.09.026. [4] acakpovi, a., hagan, e. b., & michael, m. b. (2015). cost benefit analysis of self-optimized hybrid solar-wind-hydro electrical energy supply as compared to homer optimization. international journal of computer applications, 114(18), 32-38. [5] rawat, r., & chandel, s. s. (2013). simulation and optimization of solar photovoltaic-wind stand-alone hybrid system in hilly terrain of india. international journal of renewable energy research (ijrer), 3(3), 595-604. [6] amer, m., namaane, a., & m’sirdi, n. k. (2013). optimization of hybrid renewable energy systems (hres) using pso for cost reduction. energy procedia, 42, 318–327. doi:10.1016/j.egypro.2013.11.032. [7] bansal, a. k., gupta, r. a., & kumar, r. (2011). optimization of hybrid pv/wind energy system using meta particle swarm optimization (mpso). india international conference on power electronics 2010 (iicpe2010), new delhi, india. doi:10.1109/iicpe.2011.5728079. hightech and innovation journal vol. 1, no. 1, march, 2020 20 [8] ram, g. n., shree, j. d., and kiruthiga, a. (2013). cost optimization of standalone hybrid power generation system, international journal of advanced research in electrical, electronics and instrumentation engineering, 2(8), 4048–4057. [9] lotfi, s., tarazouei, f. l., & ghiamy, m. (2013). optimal design of a hybrid solar-wind-diesel power system for rural electrification using imperialist competitive algorithm. international journal of renewable energy research (ijrer), 3(2), 403411. [10] sharma, d., gaur, p., & mittal, a. p. (2014). comparative analysis of hybrid gapso optimization technique with ga and pso methods for cost optimization of an off-grid hybrid energy system. energy technology & policy, 1(1), 106–114. doi:10.1080/23317000.2014.969450. [11] idoumghar, l., melkemi, m., schott, r., & aouad, m. i. (2011). hybrid pso-sa type algorithms for multimodal function optimization and reducing energy consumption in embedded systems. applied computational intelligence and soft computing, 2011, 1–12. doi:10.1155/2011/138078. [12] ekren, b. y., & ekren, o. (2009). simulation based size optimization of a pv/wind hybrid energy conversion system with battery storage under various load and auxiliary energy conditions. applied energy, 86(9), 1387–1394. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2008.12.015. [13] barakat, s., samy, m. m., eteiba, m. b., & wahba, w. i. (2016). feasibility study of grid connected pv-biomass integrated energy system in egypt. international journal of emerging electric power systems, 17(5), 519–528. doi:10.1515/ijeeps-20160056. [14] ashok, s. (2007). optimised model for community-based hybrid energy system. renewable energy, 32(7), 1155–1164. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2006.04.008. [15] mohamed, e. s. (2017). economics of variable renewable sources for electric power production. lap lambert academic publishing, sunnyvale, ca, usa. [16] namovicz, c. (2013). assessing the economic value of new utility-scale renewable generation projects. in eia energy conference, 1-20. u.s. energy information administration, washington, dc, usa. [17] khatib, t., ibrahim, i. a., & mohamed, a. (2016). a review on sizing methodologies of photovoltaic array and storage battery in a standalone photovoltaic system. energy conversion and management, 120, 430–448. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2016.05.011. [18] chaudhary, a., verones, f., de baan, l., & hellweg, s. (2015). quantifying land use impacts on biodiversity: combining species–area models and vulnerability indicators. environmental science & technology, 49(16), 9987-9995. doi:10.1021/acs.est.5b02507. [19] pereira, h. m., ziv, g. u. y., & miranda, m. (2014). countryside species–area relationship as a valid alternative to the matrixcalibrated species–area model. conservation biology, 28(3), 874. doi:10.1111/cobi.12289. [20] wilson, m. a., costanza, r., boumans, r., & liu, s. (2005). integrated assessment and valuation of ecosystem goods and services provided by coastal systems. the intertidal ecosystem: the value of ireland’s shores. royal irish academy, 1-24. [21] nkambule, n. p., & blignaut, j. n. (2017). externality costs of the coal-fuel cycle: the case of kusile power station. south african journal of science, 113(9-10), 1-9. doi:10.17159/sajs.2017/20160314. [22] friedrich, r.; rabl, a., hirschberg, s., desaigues, b., markandya, a., de nocker, l. (2004). new elements for the assessment of external costs from energy technologies. in eu 5th framework programme; institute for energy economics and the rational use of energy: stuttgart, germany. [23] preiss, p., & klotz, v. (2008). needs new energy externalities developments for sustainability. technical paper no. 7.4– rs 1b.“description of updated and extended draft tools for the detailed site-dependent assessment of external costs”. universität stuttgart, germany. [24] masters, g. m. (2013). renewable and efficient electric power systems. john wiley & sons, new york, united states. [25] moss, j., coram, a., & blashki, g. (2014). solar energy in australia: health and environmental costs and benefits of solar energy in australia. the australia institute, canberra, australia. https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sxsrf=apq-wbt76gxp7nxtfehh1jwqmmngetvbag:1645975607912&q=canberra&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaopge-luz9u3ses2ttbq4gaxuwosdbsmmsqt9jpzc3jsk0sy8_p084vse_myqxjbngkrjntelmlsxkks1kjihzz8zldwilyo58s8pnsiosqdriwafw5tklkaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewiikqz7mkd2ahuhh_0hhyambriqmxmoaxoecduqaw available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 575 issn: 2723-9535 study on international settlement of enterprises' export trade business using risk management yi li 1* 1 shanxi finance & taxation college, beijing 100084, china. received 26 may 2023; revised 14 august 2023; accepted 21 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract objectives: this paper aims to analyze the international settlement risks of enterprise export trade businesses using the analytic hierarchy process (ahp) method. methods: firstly, the international settlement risks were divided into three levels, including 13 evaluation indicators. then an evaluation matrix was established. after the consistency test, the indicator and hierarchical weights were calculated for analysis. findings: the country risk was 0.2081, the foreign exchange risk was 0.2104, the contract risk was 0.4608, the transportation risk was 0.4422, and the credit risk was 0.4852. among these risks in international settlement, credit risk posed the greatest risk, followed by contract and transportation risks, while foreign exchange and country risks were relatively lower. novelty: when assessing international settlement risks, the ahp was used, and a judgment matrix was employed to calculate the weights for each level. keywords: risk management; export business; international settlement; analytic hierarchy process. 1. introduction in international trade business, due to the differences in language, culture, and legal system between buyers and sellers, the process of trade payment and settlement is often complicated, and it is easy to fail to settle the payment due to various risks [1]. for example, some foreign illegal enterprises seek out new export businesses in china to deceive them into signing export trade contracts. after taking the goods, they will come up with various excuses, such as the restrictions imposed by their domestic laws and regulations or their own customs and habits, to find fault with the goods. this forces these enterprises to reduce the contract amount or even claim compensation. therefore, chinese exporters must prioritize risk management in international settlement business to achieve sustainable development in the complex and ever-changing trade environment. some literature on risk management has been reviewed. aliu et al. [2] conducted a study by investigating the problems of commercial banks in kosovo in terms of risk management. they provided a series of recommendations to help improve risk management and effectively control risks. nezhyva et al. [3] introduced the content of risk management plans that help to build a business risk management process and provided measures on how to deal with technical risks, management risks, business risks, and external risks. virglerova et al. [4] collected information through a questionnaire and applied a chi-square test to assess the differences between variables. they found that international companies preferred to have a professional risk manager handle risk management compared to domestic companies. zhang et al. [5] constructed an analytic hierarchy process (ahp) model of patent risk in international trade by combining the entropy weight method with the ahp method. they determined * corresponding author: yihl90@163.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-08  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0008-9013-7321 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 576 the weight and relative importance of each risk factor based on the assessment results of the ahp method and classified the risk factors as "high", "medium", and "low" according to their priority. laryea & heard [6] argued that export credit agencies (ecas), which provide political risk insurance for exports and foreign direct investments, may undermine the goal of investor-state dispute settlement. the research also indicated that enhancing transparency and incorporating sustainability factors into eca activities were crucial to more comprehensively exposing these risks and creating a more sustainable growth environment for developing countries at the lower-tier level under the umbrella of international economic law. liu et al. [7] combined big data with e-commerce security to conduct in-depth research on the composition of ecommerce security systems and key security strategies and technologies. the analysis results showed that the proposed credential control system based on blockchain technology could effectively resist most fraudulent behaviors, ensuring secure storage and tamper-proofing of transaction data. lee et al. [8] proposed a blockchain-based settlement system that utilizes cross-chain atomic swaps and can be applied to central bank digital currencies (cbdcs). this model introduced an administrator's ledger into the system, eliminating settlement failures and improving market management efficiency. mohan et al. [9] proposed a peer-to-peer market settlement mechanism aimed at reducing settlement risks. additionally, navas et al. [10] confirmed the appropriateness of the capital-to-risk (weighted) asset ratio (crar) as a measure of bank soundness. in the aforementioned studies, different researchers have utilized various methods and subjects to investigate trade risks and provide corresponding risk prevention strategies. this study primarily focuses on the international settlement risks of export enterprises, analyzing the severity of different risks in the international settlement process using the ahp method. this paper analyzed the risks that export enterprises may encounter in international settlements using the ahp method. an ahp model was constructed, and some experts were invited to establish a judgment matrix based on a nine-level scale. the weights were calculated after consistency testing to analyze the risks of international settlement. the difficulty of this article lies in selecting the factors that affect trade settlement when constructing a hierarchical structure model. after reviewing the literature, this article divided international settlement risks into external and internal risks. by using the ahp method to construct a hierarchical structure model and then calculating the weights in the model using a judgment matrix, this article provides an effective reference for analyzing international settlement risks. the limitation of this article lies in the possibly incomplete consideration of factors that influence international settlement risk. therefore, future research should focus on expanding the investigation of these influencing factors. 2. international settlement methods and risks the most commonly used international settlement methods can be summarized as remittance, collection, and letter of credit [11]. among them, remittance can be subdivided into three categories: mail transfer (m/t), telegraphic transfer (t/t), which can be divided into t/t in advance and t/t after shipment, and demand draft (d/d). collection can be divided into two types: documents against payment (d/p) and documents against acceptance (d/a). after reviewing the literature, this paper divides the international settlement risk of enterprises' export trade business into external risk and internal risk. 2.1. external risks external risks can be caused by various reasons, such as changes in national policies and laws, economic policy changes, bankruptcy of the paying bank, external fraud risks, etc. for example, if there is a war or uncertainty in the trade policy of the customer's country [12], it is highly likely that the customer will be unable to pay for and collect the goods. as a result, the exporter will not be able to receive payment. there is also a possibility that the customer may invoke the "soft clause" when opening a letter of credit [13] or send a counterfeit check after receiving the goods to avoid payment. however, in the import/export business, payment for goods is made through bills of exchange. customers can easily use counterfeit bills to deceive exporters, who only discover the fraud when they present the bills at the bank for collection. this ultimately results in both financial and merchandise losses. 2.2. internal risks the internal risk in the international settlement of export trade business mainly arises from inadequate preparation by the enterprise itself or a lack of attention from relevant personnel. for example, failing to conduct a thorough investigation into a new customer's overall creditworthiness before establishing a cooperative relationship can result in an incomplete understanding of their integrity and ability to make payments, potentially leading to deliberate nonpayment or an inability to take responsibility for the payment of goods. or, before signing the sales contract, the important terms of the contract on the requirements of goods, payment time, etc. are not carefully examined, and there are some unreasonable terms in the contract, resulting in non-compliance with delivery or document opening provisions, which can prevent export enterprises from recovering payment. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 577 3. the ahp model to analyze the risks that an enterprise's export trade business may encounter in international settlement in a more organized manner, this paper used the ahp method [9] to quantitatively analyze the risk factors. the following are the specific steps of the ahp method. 3.1. building a hierarchical structure model the ahp method generally consists of three levels: the goal level, the criterion level, and the indicator level. in this article, the goal level is international settlement risk; the criterion level includes four risk indicators: country risk [14, 15], foreign exchange risk [16], contract risk [17], and credit risk. the specific indicators are shown in figure 1. internatonal settlement risks of enterprise export trade business foreign exchange risk letter of credit risk country risk contract risk tariff barriers political reasons such as war economic factors such as sharp increase in production costs inflation national economic policy changes fluctuation range of international exchange rate missing trade subject inadequate formulation and review of contract terms weak risk awareness counterparty creditworthiness deficiencies single settlement method lack of insurance measures figure 1. international settlement risk evaluation index system of enterprise export trade business 3.2. scalar determination and construction of judgment matrix in this paper, the survey results were summarized using the questionnaire form, and a two-by-two importance judgment matrix was constructed. the relative importance between indicators i and j was evaluated using a nine-level scale, as shown in table 1. table 1 presents a scale of relative importance between two indicators, using a total of nine numbers ranging from 1 to 9. the higher the number, the greater the relative importance. table 1. the nine-level scale method and corresponding meanings the degree of i importer than j equivalent slightly stronger strong very strong absolutely strong aij 1 3 5 7 9 2, 4, 6, and 8 were between the importance levels corresponding to 1, 3, 5, 7, and 9, respectively. assuming that a total of n elements are involved in the comparison, then the matrix is: a(aij)n∗n = [ a11 ⋯ a1n ⋮ ⋱ ⋮ an1 ⋯ ann ] (1) where n is the number of indicators and 𝑎𝑖𝑗 is the relative importance between indicators i and j. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 578 3.3. solving the weight of each layer the weight of the constructed judgment matrix a is calculated using the geometric mean method, and weight vector 𝑊𝑖 is obtained. the weight vector represents the relative importance of factors at the same level to factors at higher levels. 3.4. consistency test the first step is to calculate maximum eigenvalue ℷmax of judgment matrix a: ℷmax = ∑ (aw)i nwi n i , (2) where a represents the matrix and w is the weight. the second step is to calculate the consistency index (ci) based on the derived ℷmax, and its formula is defined as: ci = ℷmax−n n−1 (3) where ℷmax is the maximum eigenvalue of the matrix, and n is the number of comparison factors. ci = 0 indicates complete consistency; the larger the value of ci, the more serious the inconsistency. the final step is to calculate the consistency ratio cr [18], and the formula is defined as follows cr = ci ri (4) the judgment matrix consistency test was established when cr < 0.1; otherwise, the judgment matrix was adjusted until the consistency test was established. for the value of ri in the above formula, the method of random simulation was used to obtain the corresponding average random index (ri). table 2 provides the values of ri used for calculating the consistency ratio, which are obtained through random simulation. table 2. values of average ri n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ri 0 0 0.52 0.89 1.12 1.26 1.36 1.41 1.46 4. analysis of experimental results this paper developed a questionnaire related to the evaluation factors in order to calculate the weights of the five different risks and their indicators in the criterion level. ten local experts with rich experience in risk management in corporate export trade business were invited to score the evaluation factors based on the nine-level scale method. the corresponding scoring criteria are shown below. nine points were given if the risk is very easy to occur, seven points were given if risk is easy to occur, five points were given if risk will occur, three points were given if risk is unlikely to occur, and one point was given if risk is nearly impossible to occur. the judgment matrices in tables 3 to 8 were constructed using the scoring results from the expert questionnaire and the following paired comparison matrix formula. table 3-8 show the importance levels of different risk indicators in international settlement processes. the values for importance levels can be found in table 1, while the inverse of these values represents the unimportance levels. taking table 3 as an example, 'country risk' is more important than 'foreign exchange risk' (level 2), whereas 'foreign exchange risk' is less important than 'country risk' (level 1/2). a = [ c1/c1 ⋯ cn/c1 ⋮ ⋱ ⋮ cn/c1 ⋯ cn/cn ] (3) table 3. international settlement risk judgment matrix for export business country risk foreign exchange risk contract risk transportation risk credit risk country risk 1 2 1/2 3 1/3 foreign exchange risk 1/2 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 contract risk 2 3 1 3 1/2 transportation risk 1/3 3 1/3 1 1/2 credit risk 3 3 2 2 1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 579 table 4. country risk judgment matrix tariff barriers political reasons such as war social reasons such as strikes tariff barriers 1 1/3 2/3 political reasons such as war 3 1 2 social reasons such as strikes 3/2 1/2 1 table 5. foreign exchange risk judgment matrix inflation national economic policy changes large fluctuations in exchange rates inflation 1 2 2 national economic policy changes 1/2 1 1 large fluctuations in exchange rates 1/2 1 1 table 6. contract risk judgment matrix missing contract terms careless contract review missing contract terms 1 1 careless contract review 1 1 table 7. transportation risk judgment matrix damage to cargo in transit collusion between the other party and the freight forwarder damage to cargo in transit 1 2 collusion between the other party and the freight forwarder 1/2 1 table 8. credit risk judgment matrix counterfeit stamps malicious refusal to pay multiple extensions of payment deadlines counterfeit stamps 1 2 4 malicious refusal to pay 1/2 1 2 multiple extensions of payment deadlines 1/4 2 1 after obtaining the above judgment matrices based on the statistics of experts' evaluation, the values of the judgment matrices were used to calculate the cr and weight of each index in the ahp model. then, the indicators were ranked. the specific research results are shown in table 9. table 9 presents the weights of each indicator in the hierarchical structure, which were calculated using the judgment matrix discussed earlier. additionally, all indicator weights have undergone consistency testing. table 9. international settlement risk analysis model for enterprise export trade business target layer criterion layer cr weight indicator layer weight cr ranking international settlement risk of enterprises’ export foreign trade business country risk 0.0326 0.2081 tariff barriers 0.3439 0.0467 6 political reasons such as war 0.1083 13 social reasons such as strikes 0.1416 11 foreign exchange risk 0.2104 inflation 0.1354 0.0422 12 national economic policy changes 0.1819 8 large fluctuations in exchange rates 0.2708 7 contract risk 0.4608 missing contract terms 0.4233 0.0377 3 careless contract review 0.4179 5 transportation risk 0.4422 damage to cargo in transit 0.5214 0.0419 2 collusion between the other party and the freight forwarder 0.1476 10 credit risk 0.4852 counterfeit stamps 0.1665 0.0385 9 malicious refusal to pay 0.4203 4 multiple extensions of payment deadlines 0.6724 1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 580 as shown in table 9, the judgment matrix composed of country risk, foreign exchange risk, contract risk, transportation risk, and credit risk at the criterion level had a cr of 0.0326, which was less than 0.1. this indicated that the matrix passed the consistency test and that the weights calculated by the judgment matrix were credible. the cr for "country risk" was 0.0467, the cr for "foreign exchange risk" was 0.0422, the cr for "contract risk" was 0.0377, the cr for "transportation risk" was 0.4422, and the cr for "credit risk" was 0.4852, indicating that all of them passed the consistency test, i.e., the weights calculated by the judgment matrix were effective. the weights of the five evaluation criteria were as follows: "country risk" had a weight of 0.2081, "foreign exchange risk" had a weight of 0.2104, "contract risk" had a weight of 0.4608, "transportation risk" had a weight of 0.4422, and "credit risk" had a weight of 0.4852. it was obvious that credit risk had the largest weight, followed by contract risk and transportation risk, and the weight of foreign exchange risk and country risk was relatively small. by calculating the weights of the 13 evaluation indicators at the indicator level and ranking them according to their weights, it was seen that the greatest weight was assigned to "multiple extensions of payment deadlines", followed by "damage to cargo in transit". however, there was no significant difference in the weights of "missing contract terms", "malicious refusal to pay", and "careless contract review", which showed that these five evaluation indicators were relatively important. at the same time, it also confirmed the importance of credit risk, contract risk, and transportation risk among the five risks at the criterion level. the indicator with the lowest weight was "political reasons such as war" because exporters consider the overall environment of the buyer's country before negotiating with both sides and will not enter into contractual transactions with companies in countries where there is a war. therefore, this evaluation indicator had minimal impact on the international settlement risk of an enterprise's export foreign trade business. 5. discussion the rapid development of economic integration has led to an increase in international business cooperation. in the context of international trade settlements, avoiding risks and ensuring secure payment settlements have become important challenges for export enterprises. there have been numerous studies on the risk of trade settlement. in previous literature reviews, some researchers have examined risk management from the perspective of bank activity management. other researchers have conducted questionnaire surveys to investigate the factors that influence trade settlement risks. additionally, some researchers have utilized the ahp method to analyze the hierarchical structure of trade settlement risks and employed the entropy weight method to calculate weights for indicators within this hierarchical structure. compared to the aforementioned research content, this article took a perspective from international trade settlement and utilized the ahp method to categorize settlement risks into different structures. subsequently, a judgment matrix was constructed using a nine-level scale method, and after completing consistency testing, the weights of structural indicators were calculated in order to analyze the risk factors that impact international trade settlement. the paper used the ahp method to analyze the specific forms of international settlement risks in export foreign trade business. it divided the risks of international settlement into three levels and 13 evaluation indexes, established judgment matrices using a nine-level scale, and calculated the weights after consistency testing to analyze the risks of international settlement. the results of the study showed that, according to the ranking of the weights assigned to the 13 evaluation criteria, "multiple extensions of payment deadlines" received the highest weight, followed by "damage to cargo in transit"; the weights of "missing contract terms", "malicious refusal to pay", and "careless contract review" were not much different; the indicator with the lowest weight was "political reasons such as war". therefore, according to the above findings, the following recommendations are made on how to reduce the risk of international settlement: 1) to address the risk factors of "multiple extensions of payment deadlines" and "malicious refusal to pay", a customer information management system can be established [19]. for new customers, their creditworthiness is checked and entered into the system before establishing a cooperative relationship, minimizing the risk of subsequent international settlements. for old users, the integrity management information of their previous trade business can be added to the system to facilitate subsequent inquiries. in this way, the seller can avoid cooperation with customers who have low integrity in export-trade cooperation. if cooperation is required, the seller can also adopt an international settlement method that is self-beneficial to reduce the risk of international settlement business. 2) the terms of sales contracts can be improved by strengthening the management of professionals in the enterprise [20]. risk factors such as "missing contract terms" and "careless contract review" can be avoided as much as possible. when signing a contract with a buyer, the seller should specify the payment method, letter of credit opening time, latest delivery deadline for goods, advance payment percentage, payment timeframe, scope of contractual items, performance and supervision methods during project or trade execution, as well as claims division and management. it is also possible to stipulate in the contract that a portion of the advance payment be paid upfront to recover potential losses in case of non-performance according to the contract. 3) considering the risk factor of "damage to cargo in transit", the seller can assign dedicated personnel to monitor the export goods in real-time and dynamically. when choosing a freight shipping company, the seller can choose one with whom they usually cooperate, ensuring safe cargo transportation. once transportation begins, exporting enterprises will assign specialized personnel to closely track the movement and arrival time of goods, enabling timely reminders for buyers regarding pickup and payment settlement. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 581 6. conclusion the article analyzed the international settlement risks of export foreign trade business using the ahp method and calculated the weights of the hierarchy structure using a judgment matrix constructed by the nine-level scale method. the final results indicated that in international settlements, credit risk had a weight of 0.4852, contract risk had a weight of 0.4608, transportation risk had a weight of 0.4422, foreign exchange risk had a weight of 0.2104, and country risk had a weight of 0.2081. credit risk is identified as the highest risk in international settlements, followed by contract and transportation risks, whereas foreign exchange and country risks are relatively lower. 7. declarations 7.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] haosong, s., jayi, y., & xinpeng, x. (2020). research on the application of blockchain technology in international trade risk management. journal of asian research, 4(3), 36. doi:10.22158/jar.v4n3p36. [2] aliu, m., sahiti, a., & kalimashi, a. (2019). risk management of commercial banks in kosovo. international journal of economics & business administration, 7(4), 197–212. doi:10.35808/ijeba/339. [3] nezhyva, m., zaremba, o., & mysiuk, v. (2021). international trade risk management under the impact of globalization. shs web of conferences, 111, 01016. doi:10.1051/shsconf/202111101016. [4] virglerova, z., khan, m. a., martinkute-kauliene, r., & kovács, s. (2020). the internationalization of smes in central europe and its impact on their methods of risk management. amfiteatru economic, 22(55), 792–807. doi:10.24818/ea/2020/55/792. [5] zhang, b., ma, l., liu, z., & wang, p. (2019). sustainable technology innovation path recognition: an evaluation of patent risk of international trade. sustainability (switzerland), 11(18), 1–17. doi:10.3390/su11185002. [6] heard, j., & laryea, e. t. (2021). export credit agencies, international investment law and the spectre of unsustainable developing countries’ debts. african journal of international and comparative law, 29(4), 612–643. doi:10.3366/ajicl.2021.0386. [7] liu, y., jin, y., & liu, q. (2021). big data security and international settlement system of electronic economy based on blockchain. mobile information systems, 2021, 5250512 1–5250512 13. doi:10.1155/2021/5250512. [8] lee, y., son, b., jang, h., byun, j., yoon, t., & lee, j. (2021). atomic cross-chain settlement model for central banks digital currency. information sciences, 580, 838–856. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2021.09.040. [9] mohan, v., bu, s., jisma, m., rijinlal, v. c., thirumala, k., thomas, m. s., & xu, z. (2021). realistic energy commitments in peer-to-peer transactive market with risk adjusted prosumer welfare maximization. international journal of electrical power & energy systems, 124, 1–13. doi:10.1016/j.ijepes.2020.106377. [10] navas, j., dhanavanthan, p., & lazar, d. (2021). is risk based capital ratio a true measure of the soundness of banks? evidence from india. international journal of financial research, 12(3), 92. doi:10.5430/ijfr.v12n3p92. [11] burkovskaya, a., & pavlenko, v. (2020). use of letter of credit form of settlements in ukraine. modern economics, 24(1), 39–44. doi:10.31521/modecon.v24(2020)-06. [12] chen, x., & zhao, x. (2021). export volatility with trade policy uncertainty: evidence from china. the world economy, 44(12), 3534–3549. doi:10.1111/twec.13128. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 582 [13] jiang, g., & tie, x. (2019). defending the soft clause of the letter of credit. proceedings of business and economic studies, 2(5), 15–22. doi:10.26689/pbes.v2i5.896. [14] yan, b. r., dong, q. l., li, q., & li, m. (2022). a study on risk measurement of logistics in international trade: a case study of the rcep countries. sustainability (switzerland), 14(5), 1–13. doi:10.3390/su14052640. [15] assabane, i., said, m., & hanane, l. (2020). moroccan smes exporters to sub-saharan africa: an abstract on export risks source. palarch's journal of archaeology of egypt/egyptology, 17(6), 8115-8129. [16] jian, l. (2019). exchange rate risk management in foreign trade businesses in the context of market-oriented exchange rate. china economic transition: dangdai zhongguo jingji zhuanxing yanjiu, 2(3), 110-117. doi:10.3868/s060-009-019-00405. [17] darkina, m. m. (2020). problems of the court’s re-qualification of a commercial contract from one type to another. courier of kutafin moscow state law university (msal), 2020(7), 153–160. doi:10.17803/2311-5998.2020.71.7.153-160. [18] krejci, l. (2019). risk analysis of dangerous goods transportation. internationales verkehrswesen, 71(special edition 1), dvv media group gmbh, hamburg, germany. [19] alex yang, s., bakshi, n., & chen, c. j. (2021). trade credit insurance: operational value and contract choice. management science, 67(2), 875–891. doi:10.1287/mnsc.2019.3571. [20] hanafiah, r. md., mokhtar, k., menhat, m., munirah mohd zaideen, i., mohd yusof, j., ilyana yatim, n., & sharifuddin ahmad, m. (2020). factors influencing malaysian maritime industry in remaining sustainable in global trade. international journal of e-navigation and maritime economy, 14, 58–067. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 106 issn: 2723-9535 a framework to estimate the key point within an object based on a deep learning object detection w. kurdthongmee 1* , k. suwannarat 1, c. wattanapanich 1 1 school of engineering and technology, walailak university, nakhon si thammarat 80160, thailand. received 08 december 2022; revised 14 february 2023; accepted 23 february 2023; published 01 march 2023 abstract automatic identification of key points within objects is crucial in various application domains. this paper presents a novel framework for accurately estimating the key point within an object by leveraging deep neural network-based object detection. the proposed framework is built upon a training dataset annotated with four non-overlapping bounding boxes, one of which shares a coordinate with the key point. these bounding boxes collectively cover the entire object, enabling automatic annotation if region annotations around the key point exist. the trained object detector is then utilized to generate detection results, which are subsequently post-processed to estimate the key point. to validate the effectiveness of the framework, experiments were conducted using two distinct datasets: cross-sectional images of a parawood log and pupil images. the experimental results demonstrate that our proposed framework surpasses previously proposed approaches in terms of precision, recall, f1-score, and other domain-specific metrics. the improvement in performance can be attributed to the unique annotation strategy and the fusion of object detection and key point estimation within a unified deep learning framework. the contribution of this study lies in introducing a novel framework for closely estimating key points within objects based on deep neural network-based object detection. by leveraging annotated training data and post-processing techniques, our approach achieves superior performance compared to existing methods. this work fills a critical gap in the field by integrating object detection and key point estimation, which has received limited attention in previous research. our framework provides valuable insights and advancements in key point estimation techniques, offering potential applications in precise object analysis and understanding. keywords: key point estimation; object detection; pupil estimation; wood pith detection; computer vision. 1. introduction automatic identification of key points within objects plays a crucial role in various application domains. for instance, in timber grading, accurately locating the pith within the cross-sectional image of a wood log is essential. high-quality timber is typically characterized by the pith precisely positioned at the center of the cross-sectional image, while the pith positions on both cross-sectional images can assist in optimizing log processing for high wood panel yield [1]. similarly, accurate localization of pupil positions within both eyes is extremely valuable in diagnosing conditions like strabismus in medical applications [2]. deep neural network-based (dnn) object detectors have emerged as a primary approach for identifying object regions in images [3-6]. these detectors demonstrate robustness to variations in illumination and surface disturbances, making them popular for object localization. however, they come with common drawbacks, such as the need for extensive datasets and time-consuming hyperparameter tuning to achieve satisfactory performance. additionally, * corresponding author: kwattana@wu.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-08  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6467-1039 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1201-0957 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 107 existing approaches have applied object detectors to indirectly estimate key points within objects [1, 7], assuming that the key point is at the center of the detected area. this assumption may not hold in scenarios like wood pith or pupil localization, where the key point can deviate from the center. in this paper, we propose a novel framework for directly estimating the key point within an object. our approach involves annotating the training dataset with four non-overlapping areas, where one corner aligns with the key point. by leveraging this annotation strategy, which can be automatically generated if area annotations or key point ground truth exist, our framework achieves accurate key point estimation. furthermore, a lightweight post-processing algorithm is employed to estimate the key point from the set of detected object classes. to validate the effectiveness of our proposed framework, we conducted experiments on two datasets: cross-sectional images of parawood logs and pupil images. the results confirm the superiority of our framework compared to previously proposed approaches, as demonstrated by improved precision, recall, f1-score, and other domain-specific metrics. the contributions of this paper are threefold: firstly, we present a novel framework that achieves superior performance in automatic key point estimation; secondly, the framework's applicability extends beyond the specific cases of wood pith and pupil estimation, making it suitable for datasets with similar characteristics; and thirdly, our framework requires minimal effort for application to different datasets, utilizing existing annotation information. the remainder of the paper is organized as follows: section 2 provides a review of relevant literature and identifies the gaps in the existing approaches. section 3 describes the datasets, training dataset preparation, research methodology, lightweight postprocessing algorithm, and performance evaluation metrics. section 4 presents the experimental results and provides a detailed discussion of the proposed framework. finally, the paper concludes with a summary in section 5. 2. literature review object detection is a fundamental task in computer vision, and various approaches have been proposed to address it. among them, single-pass object detectors have gained significant attention. these detectors aim to predict bounding boxes for detected objects within an image and provide a confidence score for each prediction. popular frameworks within this category include ssd (single-shot object detector), yolo (you-only-look-once), and detectron [8-10]. during the training stage of the detectors, annotated images are used with bounding boxes encompassing the target objects. prior research has emphasized improving the scale, resolution, and diversity of the training data [3, 11-19]. additionally, efforts have been made to enhance the neural network architecture by increasing its depth and complexity [5, 20-24]. optimization of training hyperparameters has also been explored [25-32]. however, the literature lacks a clear consensus on the ideal size of a training dataset [17, 33-38], indicating a research gap concerning the optimal dataset scale for training object detectors. therefore, further investigation is warranted to determine the most effective dataset scale for achieving optimal detector performance. limited research has explored the application of object detectors for estimating key points within objects. among these studies, our previous publications have proposed an indirect approach for estimating key points, specifically focusing on the estimation of wood pith [1] and pupil location [7]. however, the existing literature on this topic remains scarce. therefore, our study contributes to addressing this research gap by presenting a comprehensive framework for accurately estimating key points within objects using object detection techniques. by leveraging the strengths of object detection algorithms, our approach offers a promising solution for key point estimation tasks in various domains. to provide a brief overview, the approach begins by creating a bounding box around the key point of an object, such as the pith or pupil location. this bounding box, denoted as 𝐵𝑘, serves as the region of interest. additionally, a set of eight non-overlapping bounding boxes, represented as {𝐵𝑠}, is generated to cover the surrounding regions of 𝐵𝑘. these bounding boxes are positioned relative to 𝐵𝑘, including upper-left, upper-over, upper-right, left, right, under-left, underlower, and under-right regions. the purpose of {𝐵𝑠} is to increase detection accuracy by introducing higher feature variations and expanding the areas available for detection. when the object is processed by the detector, the resulting set of detected bounding boxes is denoted as {𝐵𝑠 ∗}. it is important to note that not all members of {𝐵𝑠 ∗} are expected to be detected, and the coverage areas may not be perfect. to obtain the final detected bounding box, 𝐵𝑘 ∗, for the key point, a post-processing step is employed. this involves regenerating bounding boxes between specific members of {𝐵𝑠 ∗} and selecting the intersection of these regenerated bounding boxes as the final 𝐵𝑘 ∗. the approach has demonstrated successful application in wood pith and pupil estimation tasks, achieving high detection accuracy and comparable results to previous approaches. despite its success, the indirect approach described above does have limitations. the intersection of regenerated bounding boxes may sometimes result in a blank bounding box, rendering it unusable for key point calculation. furthermore, the assumption that the key point is at the center of 𝐵𝑘 ∗ is not always valid and can negatively impact the average euclidean distance error. to address these limitations, our proposed framework introduces a direct approach and a lightweight post-processing algorithm. by taking a straightforward approach and addressing the drawbacks of the previous method, we aim to enhance key point estimation accuracy and overcome the limitations observed in previous publications. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 108 3. materials and methods this section presents a detailed description of the study's design, execution, and data analysis procedures. this section outlines the datasets used, the methodology employed for training the detectors, the algorithm for resolving key points, and the metrics used for performance evaluation. the study employed two main datasets: cross-sectional images of a parawood log and pupil datasets. yolov7, a state-of-the-art object detection architecture, was utilized for training the detectors. the post-processing algorithm was applied to resolve key points from the detection results. performance evaluation involved various metrics, including precision, recall, f1-score, average euclidean distance, and normalized error. this section provides a comprehensive overview of the materials, methods, and analytical approaches employed in the study. 3.1. study design this study employed a comprehensive approach to develop and validate the proposed framework for accurately estimating key points within objects. two distinct datasets were used: cross-sectional images of a parawood log and pupil images. the study design aimed to ensure the versatility of the proposed framework by addressing different object types and scenarios. for the cross-sectional images of a parawood log dataset, a total of 212 images were collected from several local sawmills in the south of thailand. these images were selected to represent the diversity of parawood logs encountered in real-world scenarios, including variations in size, shape, and wood characteristics. captured in the working environment of the sawmills, the images remained unaltered to maintain their authenticity. manual annotation was performed using the labelimg software, resulting in the creation of two types of bounding boxes: pith bounding boxes and log cross-section bounding boxes. the pith bounding boxes were carefully drawn to cover a single pith within the cross-section and approximately ten annular rings surrounding it. the pith locations were verified by a highly experienced wood scaler to ensure accuracy. additionally, bounding boxes tightly bounding the entire cross-sectional area of each parawood log were created. the dataset, along with its annotations, is publicly available through www.roboflow.com, enabling transparency and reproducibility in the research community. regarding the pupil dataset, the pupil-pie (puppie) dataset was used for training and validation. this dataset, consisting of 1,791 images, was obtained from a reliable source (https://www.unavarra.es/gi4e/databases/elar). the dataset includes a diverse range of pupil images captured under various conditions, facilitating robust training and evaluation. to generate annotations, the dlib library was employed to obtain landmark points around the eyes in all images. an eye bounding box, tightly bounding all the landmark points, was created using a custom python script. this bounding box served as a representation of the eye region in the dataset. to benchmark the proposed framework's performance and evaluate its generalizability, test datasets were also used. these test datasets included 211 cross-sectional images of a parawood log from the same dataset used for training and 65 cross-sectional images of a douglas fir log from a separate dataset [39]. the douglas fir log dataset was specifically chosen to test the framework's ability to handle wood logs with different features compared to the training dataset. these test datasets allowed for a comprehensive analysis of the framework's performance and its ability to generalize beyond the training data. additionally, to further benchmark the performance of our proposed framework on the pupil estimation task, we utilized the freely available gi4e, i2head, bioid, and casia datasets. these datasets are widely used in the field for benchmarking state-of-the-art approaches and provided a diverse range of eye images for evaluation. table 1 summarizes the details of these datasets, including their size, image format and resolution, and download location. the annotation information provided with these datasets includes the locations of each eye's left and right edges and the pupil center within the eye. the following are the key characteristics of these datasets:  gi4e: the gi4e dataset comprises 1,339 images from 103 subjects, with 12 images per subject. the images were acquired using a standard webcam and cover a wide range of gaze and head pose variations.  i2head: the i2head dataset combines head pose, gaze, and simplified user face models of 12 individuals. it includes point grids containing 17 and 65 fixations, and for each fixation point, the best ten frames are selected, providing an image and head pose information for each sample.  mpiigaze: the mpiigaze dataset consists of 213,659 images collected from 15 participants during their natural everyday laptop use over three months. the dataset includes both images that capture the whole face and images that focus on a cropped version of the eye area. annotations in this dataset include eye corners, pupil centers, and specific facial landmarks.  u2eyes: the u2eyes dataset is a binocular dataset of synthesized images that reproduce real gaze tracking scenarios. the publicly available version of the dataset includes images from 20 users. each user looks at two grids of 15 and 32 points, respectively, with 125 different head poses, resulting in a total of 5,875 images per user. the dataset provides annotations for head pose, gaze direction information, and 2d/3d landmarks. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 109 table 1. summary of the test datasets: the gi4e, i2head, mpiigaze-subset, and u2eyes dataset name size format resolution available from gi4e 1,236 png 800 × 600 http://www.unavarra.es/gi4e/databases i2head 2,784 jpg 1,280 × 720 http://www.unavarra.es/gi4e/databases mpiigaze-subset 10,848 jpg 1,280 × 720 https://paperswithcode.com/dataset u2eyes 117,500 png 3,840 × 2,160 https://www.unavarra.es/gi4e/databases these benchmark datasets served as valuable resources for evaluating the performance of our proposed framework on diverse eye images, ensuring robustness and comparability with state-of-the-art approaches in the field. the dataset preparation procedures were carefully designed to ensure accurate and comprehensive training and validation datasets for our proposed framework. let's consider 𝐵 as the bounding box that encompasses the region around the object for which the key point (𝐾𝑥 , 𝐾𝑦) is to be estimated. in the case of the cross-sectional images of a wood log dataset, 𝐵 represents the log cross-section bounding box, and (𝐾𝑥 , 𝐾𝑦) corresponds to the center of the pith bounding box. for the pupil dataset, 𝐵 denotes the eye bounding box, and (𝐾𝑥 , 𝐾𝑦) represents the pupil position. it is important to note that (𝐾𝑥 , 𝐾𝑦) is always located within 𝐵. to automate the dataset preparation, we developed a python script that generates a set of four non-overlapping bounding boxes, denoted as {𝐵𝐵}, for each image within the training and validation datasets. the union of {𝐵𝐵} is equivalent to 𝐵, and one corner of each member of {𝐵𝐵} coincides with the key point (𝐾𝑥 , 𝐾𝑦). if we define the coordinates of 𝐵 as{(𝐵𝐿 , 𝐵𝑇), (𝐵𝑅 , 𝐵𝐵)}, representing its left and top, and right and bottom coordinates, respectively, the coordinates of the four members of {𝐵𝐵} are as follows: { {(𝐵𝐿 , 𝐵𝑇), (𝐾𝑥 , 𝐾𝑦)} {(𝐾𝑥 , 𝐵𝑇), (𝐵𝑅 , 𝐾𝑦)} {(𝐵𝐿 , 𝐾𝑦), (𝐿𝑥 , 𝐵𝐵)} {(𝐾𝑥 , 𝑃𝑦), (𝐵𝑅 , 𝐵𝐵)} } the labels of these four members of {𝐵𝐵} indicate their location within b, with the first alphabet indicating upper or lower and the second alphabet indicating left or right. by inputting {{i},{b},{k}} into our python script, where {i} represents the set of all images within the dataset, {b} represents the bounding box, and {k} represents the key point coordinates, we automatically obtain {{i},{bb}} as the output. figure 1 provides a visual summary of the procedures involved in preparing the training and validation datasets. figure 1. summary of the procedures for training and validation datasets preparation figure 2 provides visual examples of randomly selected sample images from both the cross-sectional images of a parawood log dataset and the pupil dataset. each image is accompanied by its corresponding annotations, including the bounding box (𝐵) that encompasses the object of interest and the key point (𝐾𝑥 , 𝐾𝑦) to be estimated. additionally, the figure displays the automatically generated bounding boxes and their corresponding class labels (bb = {ul, ur, ll, lr}). in particular, figure 2-a showcases an example from the pupil dataset, where a white rectangle delineates the eye region. this rectangle encompasses all the eye landmark points produced by the dlib library, providing a comprehensive representation of the eye area. by visually illustrating these images and annotations, figure 2 offers a clear understanding of the data structure and the relationships between the bounding boxes, key points, and class labels within our dataset. to enhance the variations of images within the datasets, we leveraged the roboflow tool (https://roboflow.com). several image augmentations were applied to the training and validation datasets, including adjustments to saturation, brightness, exposure, blur, and noise. however, to prevent classes from having similar feature sets, horizontal flipping, rotation, and reorientation were intentionally disabled during the image augmentation stage. http://www.unavarra.es/gi4e/databases http://www.unavarra.es/gi4e/databases https://roboflow.com/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 110 (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 2. sample images from both datasets along with the annotations b and (kx, ky) and the automatically generated bounding boxes and their class labels of bb = {ul, ur, ll, lr} after incorporating these image augmentations, the total number of images in the dataset increased by a factor of five. furthermore, the images in the datasets were divided into training and validation datasets using an 80:20 ratio, ensuring an appropriate distribution for model training and evaluation. these steps were crucial in preparing high-quality datasets for training and validating our proposed framework. 3.2. study execution the study's execution involved the utilization of yolov7, the most recent introduction architecture, for creating detectors within the proposed framework. yolov7, part of the yolo (you only look once) family of object detectors, is a state-of-the-art object detection architecture known for its speed and accuracy. it comprises 415 layers and a total of 37.2 million parameters. unlike previous versions, yolov7 does not use pre-trained backbones from imagenet; instead, it was trained entirely on the coco dataset. yolov7 incorporates several architectural improvements, including the eelan computational block in its backbone, model scaling for adaptation to different computing devices, and bag of freebies (bof) techniques to enhance performance without increasing training costs. these improvements contribute to yolov7's superior speed, accuracy, and efficiency. to train the detectors, we implemented the yolov7 architecture using the google colab platform, which provided gpu acceleration for faster training. the training parameters, as illustrated in figure 3, were carefully selected: a batch size of 16 and a total of 55 epochs. by leveraging transfer learning, the detectors were initialized with pre-trained weights from the yolov7.pt file, allowing them to benefit from the knowledge learned on the coco dataset and adapt it to the specific object detection tasks in our study. the training process, as depicted in figure 3, involved iterative optimization of the detectors' parameters using backpropagation and gradient descent. the detectors were trained on the training and validation datasets, allowing them to learn from the annotated data and improve their ability to accurately detect and localize key points within objects. the objective of the training algorithm was to minimize detection errors and maximize precision and recall. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 111 figure 3. summary of the detector training procedures running on the google colab through the integration of the yolov7 architecture, gpu acceleration, and transfer learning, our training process facilitated the development of highly accurate and robust detectors for estimating key points within objects. figure 3 provides an overview of the step-by-step procedures followed during the training stage, ensuring a comprehensive and effective training approach. post-processing algorithms were developed to resolve the key points within objects from the detected bounding boxes. this involved analyzing the results generated by the detectors, clustering bounding boxes belonging to the same object, and eliminating outliers. furthermore, the class labels of bounding boxes were adjusted based on their position within the object's bounding box. the final key point estimation was obtained by processing the coordinates of the resolved bounding boxes. the results from running the detectors trained by our proposed framework are a set of detected bounding boxes {𝐵𝐵∗} with the following class labels: {ul, ur, ll, lr} as illustrated in figure 4(a) for the case of the pupil dataset. it is noted that all the bounding boxes shown in the figure were imitated to explain the algorithm. in a real-life application, it is not expected that the image consists of only one object with a single key point to estimate. the test datasets of a pupil are such examples. each image consists of at least two eyes. in theory, it is expected that the detector produces 8 bounding boxes which are clearly separated into 2 groups, i.e., the members of the left and right eyes. in reality, some outliers or noise bounding boxes might appear within {𝐵𝐵∗}. in this case, a clustering algorithm can be employed to group all bounding boxes belonging to the same object together and remove all outliers from further consideration. additionally, the settings of the detection threshold and/or non-maximum suppression (nms) of the detector can help eliminate all the outliers. figure 4 illustrates a group of the right eye’s {𝐵𝐵∗} whose outlier has completely been removed. (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 4. the key operations of the post-processing algorithm hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 112 the detector might also produce some incorrectly labelled bounding boxes, i.e., the bounding box with ll-label on the bottom-right part of figure 4-a. this is because the detector is confused by the similar features within classes. it is, however, easy to correct the class label of such bounding boxes. the following algorithm can do this: 1. create u which is the union of all members of 𝐵𝐵𝑖 ∗ ∈ {𝐵𝐵∗} (see figure 4-b). 2. calculate uc which is the coordinate of the centre of u. 3. visit a member 𝐵𝐵𝑖 ∗ where 𝐵𝐵𝑖 ∗ ∈ {𝐵𝐵∗},  calculate cb which is the coordinate of the centre of 𝐵𝐵𝑖 ∗  compare cb with uc,  change the class label of 𝐵𝐵𝑖 ∗ appropriately, i.e., if the x-ordinate of cb is less than of uc, 𝐵𝐵𝑖 ∗ is on the left part of u. otherwise, it is on the right part. in addition, if the y-ordinate of cb is less than of uc, 𝐵𝐵𝑖 ∗ is on the upper part of u. otherwise, it is on the lower part. from figures 4-b and 4-c, the previous post-processing operations change the bounding box with the ll-label on the bottom-right part to the lr-label. once the {𝐵𝐵∗} is resolved to belong to the same object, and all its members are correctly labelled. the key point can then be estimated by processing the following coordinates of {𝐵𝐵∗}: (right, bottom), (left, bottom), (right, top), and (left, top), respectively. the following post-processing algorithm clarifies the key point: 1. initialize a set of candidates of key point: 𝐾∗ = ∅ 2. visit a member 𝐵𝐵𝑖 ∗ where 𝐵𝐵𝑖 ∗ ∈ {𝐵𝐵∗},  use the class label of 𝐵𝐵𝑖 ∗ to retrieve its candidate coordinate. for example, if the class label of 𝐵𝐵𝑖 ∗ is ur, the required candidate coordinate is the (left, bottom) one which is (𝐵𝐵(𝑖,𝐿) ∗ , 𝐵𝐵(𝑖,𝐵) ∗ )  append the candidate coordinate to 𝐾∗. all candidates are represented by the black crossed circles illustrated in figure 4-d.  operate on 𝐾∗ to resolve the single final key point, i.e., averaging the candidate coordinates 𝐾∗ or calculating the centroid of all members of 𝐾∗. to evaluate and benchmark our proposed framework’s performance, we used the following common metrics on both applications: the precision (p), the recall (r), and the f1-score. the precision is defined as the ratio of the number of true positives to the total number of positive predictions. the following equation describes it: 𝑃 = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃 (1) where tp and fp are the number of true positives and false positives, respectively. tp is generally defined as objects that a detector can locate and exist in the ground truth. fp is defined as objects that a detector can locate but do not exist in the ground truth. finally, fn has defined objects that a detector cannot locate, but exist in the ground truth. the following equation defines the recall r and the f1-score: 𝑅 = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑁 (2) 𝐹1 = 2 × 𝑃×𝑅 𝑃+𝑅 (3) to benchmark the pith estimation between our proposed framework and the previously proposed approach, the average euclidean distance (�̅�), defined by the following equation, was used: �̅� = ∑ √(𝐾−𝐾∗)2𝑁−1 𝑖=0 𝑁 (4) where k and 𝐾∗ are the ground truth and the estimated pith position, respectively. the �̅� is applied to all images n whose pith is detected. finally, to make it possible to benchmark with state-of-the-art approaches on the pupil dataset. the normalized error was employed for a discretized 𝑁𝑒𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟 ∈ {0.025,0.05, 0.100} or 𝑁𝑒𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟 = {𝑁0.025, 𝑁0.050, 𝑁0.100}. the 𝑁𝑒𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟 is described by: 𝑁𝑒𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟 = max⁡(𝐸𝑙,𝐸𝑟) 𝐸𝑙𝑟 (5) where el and er are the euclidean distances between the ground truth and the positions of the detected pupil of the left hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 113 and right eyes, and 𝐸𝑙𝑟 is the euclidean distance between the ground truth of the pupils of the left and right eyes. overall, the study execution involved training yolov7 detectors, applying post-processing algorithms for key point estimation, and evaluating the framework's performance using various metrics. the utilization of advanced object detection architecture and tailored algorithms contributed to the accurate estimation of key points within objects. 4. experiments, results, and discussion in this section, we separately present the experiments and their results for both estimators, the integration between the detector and the proposed post-processing algorithms. the detectors of our estimators do not directly produce the expected output, either the pith or pupil positions. but it produces the set of four areas 𝐵𝐵∗⁡in proximity to the object. these are post-processed to estimate the key point of the object. let’s name these two detectors the 𝐵𝐵𝑊𝑃 ∗ and 𝐵𝐵𝑃 ∗ detector for the pith and pupil estimator, respectively 4.1. the pith estimator in this section, we present the experiments and results for both estimators, starting with the pith estimator. the pith estimator aims to accurately estimate the key point within a wood log, specifically the pith position. we evaluated the performance of our proposed framework using various metrics and compared it with other existing approaches. to assess the effectiveness of the pith estimator, we trained the 𝐵𝐵𝑊𝑃 ∗ detector using the cross-sectional images of a wood log dataset. figure 5 illustrates the curves of the recorded parameters during the training stage of the detector. the training loss curves for bounding box regression, objectness, and classification indicate that the detector was well-trained and effectively fit the training dataset. similarly, the validation loss curves demonstrate good performance on the validation dataset. the 𝐵𝐵𝑊𝑃 ∗ detector achieved positive results in terms of precision (p), recall (r), and mean average precision (map) metrics. the pr curve, f1-score curve, and confusion matrix in figure 6 further validate the effectiveness of the 𝐵𝐵𝑊𝑃 ∗ detector. the best map obtained was 0.959, and the f1-score reached 0.910 at a confidence of 0.341. it is worth noting that the post-processing algorithm plays a crucial role in improving the detector's performance by correcting incorrectly labeled bounding boxes. figure 5. the curves of all parameters during the training stage of the 𝑩𝑩𝑾𝑷 ∗ detector (a) (b) (c) figure 6. the pr curve, f1-score curve, and the confusion matrix of the 𝑩𝑩𝑾𝑷 ∗ detector hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 114 to benchmark the pith estimator's performance, we compared it with other approaches using test datasets. these included the ordinary yolov7 pith detector trained with normal annotation information, the pith estimation approach based on ant colony optimization, and the most recent yolov7 detector trained with modified annotation information. figure 7 presents a selection of sample output images from our pith estimator, showcasing the accurate estimation of pith positions. table 2 provides a comparative analysis of the experiment results. our proposed estimator consistently outperforms the other approaches across various performance metrics, including precision, recall, and f1-score. furthermore, our estimator exhibits significantly lower average euclidean distance errors, indicating its superior accuracy in estimating the pith position. it is important to note that the performance of the detectors and estimators is influenced by the characteristics of the training dataset. our estimator performs exceptionally well on the parawood log test dataset, while the ant colony optimization approach excels on the douglas fir log test dataset due to the distinct features of each wood type. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) figure 7. some randomly selected sample output images from the proposed framework on the test datasets: (a)-(c) our own parawood log test dataset, and (d)-(f) the douglas fir log test dataset table 2. the comparison of p, r, f1-score and �̅� between the ordinary, the most recent approaches, and our proposed framework approach dataset our validation douglas fir log p r f1 �̅� p r f1 �̅� ordinary yolov7 pith detector 0.61 0.52 0.56 39.47 0.47 0.34 0.39 54.43 ant colony optimization 97.19 24.23 8-class with post-processing 0.88 0.98 0.93 32.77 0.93 0.98 0.96 43.51 our proposed one 0.97 1.00 0.99 14.64 1.00 1.00 1.00 29.02 in summary, the pith estimator of our proposed framework demonstrates strong performance in accurately estimating the pith position within wood logs. it outperforms existing approaches in terms of various metrics and achieves higher precision, recall, and f1-score. additionally, it exhibits superior accuracy with significantly lower average euclidean distance errors. the versatility and effectiveness of our pith estimator highlight its potential applications in wood processing and related industries. 4.2. the pupil estimator an important aspect to consider when evaluating the performance of the pupil estimator is the trade-off between precision and recall. the precision metric indicates the ability of the estimator to correctly identify true positive pupil positions, while recall measures the ability to capture all actual pupil positions. it is worth noting that the precision and recall values are influenced by the detection threshold used in the estimator. a higher threshold may result in higher precision but lower recall, as it becomes more stringent in accepting potential pupil positions. conversely, a lower threshold may lead to higher recall but lower precision, as it becomes more permissive in including potential pupil positions, including false positives. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 115 figures 8 and 9 presents the pr and f1-score curves, as well as the confusion matrix, for the 𝐵𝐵𝑃 ∗ detector. the confusion matrix provides insights into the detector's performance, revealing that it tends to incorrectly label bounding boxes belonging to either the upper classes or the lower classes. however, the post-processing algorithm, as described earlier, efficiently handles this weakness and significantly improves the overall performance of the estimator. these findings are consistent with the evaluation metrics presented in table 3. figure 8. the curves of all parameters during the training stage of the 𝑩𝑩𝑷 ∗ detector (a) (b) (c) figure 9. the pr curve, f1-score curve, and the confusion matrix of the 𝑩𝑩𝑷 ∗ detector table 3. the comparison of p, r, f1-score, and the relative errors between the ordinary, the most recent approaches, and our proposed framework dataset approach p r f1 emax ≤ 0.025 emax ≤ 0.050 emax ≤ 0.100 gi4e ordinary 0.46 1.00 0.63 49.55 100.00 66.26 larumbe-bergera et al. [40] 98.46 100.00 100.00 kurdthongmee et al. [7] 0.98 1.00 0.99 97.98 100.00 98.98 our framework 0.97 1.00 0.99 98.59 98.46 99.27 i2head ordinary 0.50 1.00 0.66 48.28 100.00 65.12 larumbe-bergera et al. [41] 96.88 100.00 100.00 kurdthongmee et al. [7] 0.98 0.99 0.99 96.68 98.00 98.00 our framework 0.98 1.00 0.99 97.09 99.46 99.60 mpiigaze ordinary 0.48 1.00 0.65 48.70 100.00 65.51 larumbe-bergera et al. [42] 97.09 99.83 100.00 kurdthongmee et al. [7] 0.78 1.00 0.88 96.84 97.62 98.41 our framework 0.98 0.99 0.99 97.57 98.38 99.19 u2eyes ordinary 0.49 1.00 0.66 49.01 100.00 65.78 larumbe-bergera et al. [40] 93.44 99.93 100.00 kurdthongmee et al. [7] 0.95 1.00 0.97 94.70 97.37 98.41 our framework 0.98 1.00 0.99 97.06 97.53 99.64 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 116 the comparison between our proposed estimator and the 8-bb approach (table 3) demonstrates the effectiveness of our approach in achieving a balance between precision and recall. while the 8-bb approach may achieve higher precision due to its refined post-processing operations, it also introduces the risk of generating blank bounding boxes that are irrelevant for subsequent key point estimation. in contrast, our proposed estimator achieves comparable or better precision metrics while maintaining a good balance with recall. this indicates that our estimator is capable of accurately estimating the pupil position without compromising the overall detection performance. figure 10 provides visual examples of the pupil estimation results obtained by our proposed framework. the estimated pupil positions, indicated by the red '+' sign, closely align with the ground truth, represented by the green box. these examples further showcase the reliability and accuracy of our estimator in different scenarios. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) figure 10. some randomly selected sample output images from the proposed approach on the datasets: (a)-(c) gi4e, (d)-(f) i2head, (g)-(i) mpiigaze, and (j)-(l) u2eyes it is important to highlight that the performance of the pupil estimator, like the pith estimator, is heavily dependent on the training dataset. our experiments employed the puppie dataset, which provides a diverse range of pupil images captured under various conditions. this diversity allows the estimator to learn and generalize well to different scenarios. however, it is worth noting that the performance of the estimator may vary when applied to different datasets with distinct characteristics [43, 44]. factors such as lighting conditions, image quality, and variations in eye shapes and appearances can impact the estimator's performance. therefore, when deploying the estimator in real-world applications, it is crucial to assess its performance on the specific dataset and conditions relevant to the application. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 117 the comparison of the relative error for pupil center location on the gi4e database (table 4) further demonstrates the competitive performance of our proposed framework. our estimator achieves a significant percentage (≥79.50%) of relative errors less than or equal to 0.025, indicating its ability to accurately estimate the pupil center. this level of accuracy is crucial in applications that rely on precise pupil tracking, such as gaze estimation and eye-based interaction systems. table 4. relative errors comparison for pupil centre location on the gi4e database for the approaches which produced the relative error emax ≤ 0.025 greater than or equal to 79.50% publications relative errors emax ≤ 0.025 emax ≤ 0.050 emax ≤ 0.100 kim et al. [45] 79.50 99.30 99.90 lee et al. [46] 79.50 99.84 99.84 cai et al. [47] 85.70 99.50 larumbe et al. [41] 87.67 99.14 99.99 levinshtein et al. [48] 88.34 99.27 99.92 choi et al. [49] 90.40 99.60 kitazumi and nagazawa [50] 96.28 98.62 98.95 larumbe-bergera et al. [40] 98.46 100.00 100.00 kurdthongmee et al. [7] 97.98 100.00 98.98 our framework 98.59 98.46 99.27 4.3. the discussions of the proposed framework the proposed framework for estimating key points within objects demonstrates several key advantages and advancements in the field. firstly, the integration of detectors and post-processing algorithms provides a comprehensive and robust solution for accurate key point estimation. the detectors, namely⁡𝐵𝐵𝑊𝑃 ∗ for the pith estimator and 𝐵𝐵𝑃 ∗ for the pupil estimator, effectively identify the regions of interest (𝐵𝐵∗) in proximity to the objects. these bounding boxes serve as candidates for estimating the key points, allowing for flexibility and adaptability in different scenarios. the performance evaluation of the detectors reveals their effectiveness in fitting the training dataset. as shown in figure 5, the training loss curves for bounding box regression, objectness, and classification indicate that the detectors are well-trained to capture the key features of the objects. the validation loss curves further validate the detectors' performance on the validation dataset, demonstrating their ability to generalize to unseen data. the precision, recall, and map metrics in figure 6 support these findings, showcasing the positive performance of the detectors. however, it is important to note that the detectors alone do not directly produce the expected output (pith or pupil positions). instead, they provide a set of bounding boxes (𝐵𝐵∗) around the objects, which are subsequently processed to estimate the key points. the post-processing algorithms play a crucial role in refining the bounding boxes and accurately estimating the key points. the algorithm for the pith estimator effectively addresses incorrectly labeled bounding boxes and leverages the overall performance of the estimator. similarly, the post-processing algorithm for the pupil estimator handles labeling inconsistencies and enhances the estimator's overall performance. these algorithms contribute significantly to the overall accuracy and reliability of the proposed approach. the experimental results, as presented in tables 2 and 3, provide a comprehensive comparison of the proposed estimators with existing approaches. our estimators outperform previously proposed methods in terms of precision, recall, f1-score, and other performance metrics. for the pith estimator, our framework achieves superior performance compared to the ordinary single-class pith detector and the pith estimation approach based on ant colony optimization. the comparison with the most recent yolov7 detector trained with modified annotation information demonstrates the advantages of our approach. similarly, the pupil estimator outperforms the ordinary yolov7 pupil estimator trained with the puppie dataset and the accurate pupil center detection approach proposed by larumbe-bergera et al. the comparative analysis in tables 2 and 3 showcases the strengths and advantages of our proposed framework. furthermore, the visual examples in figures 7 and 10 provide a qualitative assessment of the estimators' performance. the sample output images demonstrate accurate pith and pupil estimation, with the estimated positions closely aligning with the ground truth. these visual results further validate the reliability and effectiveness of the proposed approach. it is worth noting that the performance of the proposed framework is influenced by various factors, including the training dataset, the specific characteristics of the objects, and the conditions in which the estimators are applied. as such, it is important to consider the limitations and generalizability of the framework. while the estimators exhibit excellent performance on the test datasets used in this study, their performance may vary when applied to different datasets or challenging scenarios. further studies and evaluations on diverse datasets are necessary to assess the robustness and generalizability of the estimators. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 118 moreover, it is beneficial to compare the results of the present study with previous studies in the field. our estimators offer significant improvements in terms of precision, recall, and overall performance metrics compared to existing approaches. this highlights the effectiveness and competitiveness of our proposed framework. in previous studies, various methods have been proposed for pith and pupil estimation, including ant colony optimization, alternative detector architectures, and sophisticated post-processing algorithms. however, these approaches often have limitations in terms of accuracy, robustness, or computational complexity. our proposed framework addresses these limitations by leveraging the power of deep learning-based detectors and tailored post-processing algorithms. the integration of detectors and post-processing algorithms allows us to capture the intricate details and variations of the objects, leading to more accurate and reliable key point estimation. the use of transfer learning and pre-trained models further enhances the detectors' performance by leveraging the knowledge learned from large-scale datasets such as coco. in terms of computational efficiency, our framework demonstrates a good balance between accuracy and speed. by utilizing the yolov7 architecture and optimizing the training parameters, we achieve efficient inference times without compromising the quality of key point estimation. this is particularly important for real-time applications where fast and accurate estimation is required. the generalizability of our framework is also worth noting. although we have primarily evaluated the framework on specific datasets, namely the cross-sectional images of a parawood log dataset and the puppie dataset, the underlying principles and methodologies can be applied to other object types and domains. the flexibility and adaptability of our framework make it suitable for various applications, such as object tracking, pose estimation, and facial recognition. furthermore, the proposed framework opens up possibilities for future research and development. while we have achieved excellent results in pith and pupil estimation, there are still areas for improvement and exploration. for instance, investigating advanced deep learning architectures, exploring different post-processing algorithms, and incorporating additional contextual information could further enhance the accuracy and robustness of key point estimation. in conclusion, our proposed framework for key point estimation demonstrates significant advancements in terms of accuracy, efficiency, and generalizability. the integration of detectors and post-processing algorithms allows for accurate estimation of key points within objects, as demonstrated by the experimental results. by surpassing the performance of existing approaches and addressing their limitations, our framework paves the way for more reliable and versatile key point estimation in various applications. further research and advancements in this area will undoubtedly contribute to the progress of computer vision and object analysis. 5. conclusions a key point estimation is a critical task in various applications, such as pupil location and wood pith estimation. this paper introduces a novel framework for accurate key point estimation within objects. unlike previous deep neural network-based approaches that rely on region detectors and approximate the key point based on detected regions, our approach takes a different approach. we train an object detector with a set of four nonoverlapping bounding boxes that collectively cover the entire object, sharing a common corner at the key point. each bounding box is labeled based on its relative position to the key point. during the deployment stage, our proposed post-processing algorithm enhances the results obtained from the detector. it amends the class labels of the bounding boxes, clusters them to approximate the object, and removes outliers or noise bounding boxes. the processed bounding boxes are then used to generate a candidate set of key points, leveraging the label information of each bounding box. for example, the top-left bounding box contributes its bottomright coordinate to the candidate set, as it is in proximity to the key point. finally, the estimated key point is determined from the candidate set. to validate the effectiveness of our framework, we conducted experiments using two limitedsize datasets: the cross-sectional images of a parawood log and the pupil datasets. to enhance the dataset variations, we employed the roboflow tool for data augmentation. the yolov7 framework was trained using transfer learning to create the four-class detectors. these detectors were extensively benchmarked against ordinary and state-of-the-art approaches using blind test datasets. the experimental results demonstrate that both key point estimators outperformed all benchmarking approaches across various performance metrics. our proposed framework exhibits robustness and accuracy in key point estimation. furthermore, the experiments highlight the framework's resilience to defects, as the post-processing algorithm effectively rectifies them. the superior performance of our framework in comparison to existing approaches reinforces its reliability and effectiveness. in summary, this paper presents a novel framework for accurate key point estimation within objects. by training object detectors with four nonoverlapping bounding boxes and incorporating a post-processing algorithm, our framework achieves superior performance in key point estimation tasks. the experimental results demonstrate the framework's robustness, accuracy, and ability to handle defects. the proposed approach has potential applications in various fields that require precise key point estimation, paving the way for further advancements in computer vision and object analysis. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 119 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, w.k.; methodology, w.k. and k.s.; software, c.w. and k.s.; validation, w.k. and c.w.; writing—original draft preparation, w.k. and k.s.; writing—review and editing, c.w. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement publicly available datasets were analyzed in this study. this data can be found here: www.roboflow.com. 6.3. funding the authors received the financial support provided by rubber authority of thailand under the research scholar contract no. 006/2566. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement no human subjects were involved in the study and that the data used were obtained from publicly available or preexisting sources. 7. references [1] kurdthongmee, w. (2020). a comparative study of the effectiveness of using popular dnn object detection algorithms for pith detection in cross-sectional images of parawood. heliyon, 6(2), e03480. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e03480. [2] zheng, y., fu, h., li, r., lo, w. l., chi, z., feng, d. d., song, z., & wen, d. (2019). intelligent evaluation of strabismus in videos based on an automated cover test. applied sciences (switzerland), 9(4), 731. doi:10.3390/app9040731. [3] liu, l., ouyang, w., wang, x., fieguth, p., chen, j., liu, x., & pietikäinen, m. (2020). deep learning for generic object detection: a survey. international journal of computer vision, 128(2), 261–318. doi:10.1007/s11263-019-01247-4. [4] luo, h. l., & chen, h. k. (2020). survey of object detection based on deep learning. tien tzu hsueh pao/acta electronica sinica, 48(6), 1230–1239. doi:10.3969/j.issn.0372-2112.2020.06.026. [5] szegedy, c., toshev, a., & erhan, d. (2013). deep neural networks for object detection. advances in neural information processing systems, 5-10 december, 2013, tahoe city, united states. [6] zhao, z. q., zheng, p., xu, s. t., & wu, x. (2019). object detection with deep learning: a review. ieee transactions on neural networks and learning systems, 30(11), 3212–3232. doi:10.1109/tnnls.2018.2876865. [7] kurdthongmee, w., kurdthongmee, p., suwannarat, k., & kiplagat, j. k. (2022). a yolo detector providing fast and accurate pupil center estimation using regions surrounding a pupil. emerging science journal, 6(5), 985–997. doi:10.28991/esj-202206-05-05. [8] liu, w., anguelov, d., erhan, d., szegedy, c., reed, s., fu, c. y., & berg, a. c. (2016). ssd: single shot multibox detector. computer vision – eccv 2016. eccv 2016. lecture notes in computer science, 9905. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-46448-0_2. [9] redmon, j., & farhadi, a. (2018). yolov3: an incremental improvement. arxiv preprint, arxiv:1804.02767. doi:10.48550/arciv.1804.02767. [10] bagherzadeh, s. z., & toosizadeh, s. (2022). eye tracking algorithm based on multi model kalman filter. hightech and innovation journal, 3(1), 15-27. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-02. [11] zhu, x., vondrick, c., fowlkes, c. c., & ramanan, d. (2016). do we need more training data? international journal of computer vision, 119(1), 76–92. doi:10.1007/s11263-015-0812-2. [12] zhu, x., vondrick, c., ramanan, d., & fowlkes, c. (2012). do we need more training data or better models for object detection? procedings of the british machine vision conference 2012. doi:10.5244/c.26.80. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 120 [13] real, e., shlens, j., mazzocchi, s., pan, x., & vanhoucke, v. (2017). youtube-boundingboxes: a large high-precision human-annotated data set for object detection in video. 2017 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr), honolulu, united states. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2017.789. [14] haque, i., alim, m., alam, m., nawshin, s., noori, s. r. h., & habib, m. t. (2022). analysis of recognition performance of plant leaf diseases based on machine vision techniques. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(1), 129-137. doi:10.28991/hef2022-03-01-09. [15] xia, g.-s., bai, x., ding, j., zhu, z., belongie, s., luo, j., datcu, m., pelillo, m., & zhang, l. (2018). dota: a large-scale dataset for object detection in aerial images. 2018 ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2018.00418. [16] shao, s., li, z., zhang, t., peng, c., yu, g., zhang, x., li, j., & sun, j. (2019). objects365: a large-scale, high-quality dataset for object detection. 2019 ieee/cvf international conference on computer vision (iccv), seoul, korea. doi:10.1109/iccv.2019.00852. [17] prusa, j., khoshgoftaar, t. m., & seliya, n. (2015). the effect of dataset size on training tweet sentiment classifiers. 2015 ieee 14th international conference on machine learning and applications (icmla). doi:10.1109/icmla.2015.22. [18] pang, y., cao, j., li, y., xie, j., sun, h., & gong, j. (2020). tju-dhd: a diverse high-resolution dataset for object detection. ieee transactions on image processing, 30, 207-219. doi:10.1109/tip.2020.3034487. [19] tu, z., ma, y., li, z., li, c., xu, j., & liu, y. (2022). rgbt salient object detection: a large-scale dataset and benchmark. ieee transactions on multimedia. doi:10.1109/tmm.2022.3171688. [20] zhou, y., & tuzel, o. (2018). voxelnet: end-to-end learning for point cloud based 3d object detection. 2018 ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2018.00472. [21] du, z., yin, j., & yang, j. (2019). expanding receptive field yolo for small object detection. journal of physics: conference series, 1314(1), 012202. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1314/1/012202. [22] qu, h., zhang, l., wu, x., he, x., hu, x., & wen, x. (2019). multiscale object detection in infrared streetscape images based on deep learning and instance level data augmentation. applied sciences (switzerland), 9(3), 565. doi:10.3390/app9030565. [23] takahashi, m., ji, y., umeda, k., & moro, a. (2020). expandable yolo: 3d object detection from rgb-d images. 2020 21st international conference on research and education in mechatronics (rem). doi:10.1109/rem49740.2020.9313886. [24] huang, h., tang, x., wen, f., & jin, x. (2022). small object detection method with shallow feature fusion network for chip surface defect detection. scientific reports, 12(1), 1–9. doi:10.1038/s41598-022-07654-x. [25] jarrett, k., kavukcuoglu, k., ranzato, m. a., & lecun, y. (2009). what is the best multi-stage architecture for object recognition? 2009 ieee 12th international conference on computer vision. doi:10.1109/iccv.2009.5459469. [26] thammarak, k., sirisathitkul, y., kongkla, p., & intakosum, s. (2022). automated data digitization system for vehicle registration certificates using google cloud vision api. civil engineering journal, 8(7), 1447-1458. doi:10.28991/cej-202208-07-09. [27] shrivastava, a., gupta, a., & girshick, r. (2016). training region-based object detectors with online hard example mining. 2016 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr). doi:10.1109/cvpr.2016.89. [28] roychowdhury, a., chakrabarty, p., singh, a., jin, s., jiang, h., cao, l., & learned-miller, e. (2019). automatic adaptation of object detectors to new domains using self-training. 2019 ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr). doi:10.1109/cvpr.2019.00087. [29] kumar b., c., punitha, r., & mohana. (2020). yolov3 and yolov4: multiple object detection for surveillance applications. 2020 third international conference on smart systems and inventive technology (icssit), tirunelveli, india. doi:10.1109/icssit48917.2020.9214094. [30] tran, d. p., nguyen, g. n., & hoang, v. d. (2020). hyperparameter optimization for improving recognition efficiency of an adaptive learning system. ieee access, 8(160569), 160569–160580. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3020930. [31] yoon, h., lee, s. h., & park, m. (2020). tensorflow with user friendly graphical framework for object detection api. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2006.06385. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2006.06385. [32] wang, j., song, l., li, z., sun, h., sun, j., & zheng, n. (2021). end-to-end object detection with fully convolutional network. 2021 ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr). doi:10.1109/cvpr46437.2021.01559. [33] barbedo, j. g. a. (2018). impact of dataset size and variety on the effectiveness of deep learning and transfer learning for plant disease classification. computers and electronics in agriculture, 153, 46–53. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2018.08.013. https://doi.org/10.28991/cej-2022-08-07-09 https://doi.org/10.28991/cej-2022-08-07-09 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 121 [34] karatas, g., demir, o., & sahingoz, o. k. (2020). increasing the performance of machine learning-based idss on an imbalanced and up-to-date dataset. ieee access, 8, 32150–32162. doi:10.1109/access.2020.2973219. [35] althnian, a., alsaeed, d., al-baity, h., samha, a., dris, a. bin, alzakari, n., abou elwafa, a., & kurdi, h. (2021). impact of dataset size on classification performance: an empirical evaluation in the medical domain. applied sciences (switzerland), 11(2), 1–18. doi:10.3390/app11020796. [36] ozer, i., cetin, o., gorur, k., & temurtas, f. (2021). improved machine learning performances with transfer learning to predicting need for hospitalization in arboviral infections against the small dataset. neural computing and applications, 33(21), 14975–14989. doi:10.1007/s00521-021-06133-0. [37] bailly, a., blanc, c., francis, é., guillotin, t., jamal, f., wakim, b., & roy, p. (2022). effects of dataset size and interactions on the prediction performance of logistic regression and deep learning models. computer methods and programs in biomedicine, 213(106504). doi:10.1016/j.cmpb.2021.106504. [38] bongiorno, v., gibbon, s., michailidou, e., & curioni, m. (2022). exploring the use of machine learning for interpreting electrochemical impedance spectroscopy data: evaluation of the training dataset size. corrosion science, 198, 110119. doi:10.1016/j.corsci.2022.110119. [39] decelle, r., ngo, p., debled-rennesson, i., mothe, f., & longuetaud, f. (2021). pith estimation on tree log end images. reproducible research in pattern recognition. rrpr 2021. lecture notes in computer science, 12636. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-76423-4_7. [40] larumbe-bergera, a., garde, g., porta, s., cabeza, r., & villanueva, a. (2021). accurate pupil center detection in off-the-shelf eye tracking systems using convolutional neural networks. sensors, 21(20), 6847. doi:10.3390/s21206847. [41] larumbe, a., cabeza, r., & villanueva, a. (2018). supervised descent method (sdm) applied to accurate pupil detection in offthe-shelf eye tracking systems. proceedings of the 2018 acm symposium on eye tracking research applications, 1-8. doi:10.1145/3204493.3204551. [42] larumbe-bergera, a., porta, s., cabeza, r., & villanueva, a. (2019). seta. proceedings of the 11th acm symposium on eye tracking research applications. doi: 10.1145/3314111.3319830. [43] king, d. e. (2009). dlib-ml: a machine learning toolkit. the journal of machine learning research, 10, 1755-1758. [44] wang, c. y., bochkovskiy, a., & liao, h. y. m. (2023). yolov7: trainable bag-of-freebies sets new state-of-the-art for realtime object detectors. proceedings of the ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 18-22 june, 2023, vancouver, canada. [45] kim, s., jeong, m., & ko, b. c. (2020). energy efficient pupil tracking based on rule distillation of cascade regression forest. sensors (switzerland), 20(18), 1–17. doi:10.3390/s20185141. [46] lee, k.i., jeon, j.h., & song, b.c. (2020). deep learning-based pupil center detection for fast and accurate eye tracking system. computer vision – eccv 2020. eccv 2020. lecture notes in computer science, 12364, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-58529-7_3. [47] cai, h., liu, b., ju, z., thill, s., belpaeme, t., vanderborght, b., & liu, h. (2019). accurate eye center localization via hierarchical adaptive convolution. british machine vision conference 2018, bmvc 2018, 3-6 september, 2018, london, united kingdom. [48] levinshtein, a., phung, e., & aarabi, p. (2018). hybrid eye center localization using cascaded regression and hand-crafted model fitting. image and vision computing, 71, 17–24. doi:10.1016/j.imavis.2018.01.003. [49] choi, j. h., il lee, k., kim, y. c., & cheol song, b. (2019). accurate eye pupil localization using heterogeneous cnn models. 2019 ieee international conference on image processing (icip), taipei, taiwan. doi:10.1109/icip.2019.8803121. [50] kitazumi, k., & nakazawa, a. (2018). robust pupil segmentation and center detection from visible light images using convolutional neural network. 2018 ieee international conference on systems, man, and cybernetics (smc), miyazaki, japan. doi:10.1109/smc.2018.00154. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 410 issn: 2723-9535 a consumer data privacy protection model based on non-parametric statistics for dynamic data publishing in e-commerce platforms jiao jia 1* 1 southwest jiaotong university hope college, chengdu, sichuan, 610400, china. received 07 december 2023; revised 24 april 2024; accepted 08 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract objectives: consumer data privacy on e-commerce platforms is increasingly crucial. this study aims to investigate privacy protection mechanisms, particularly focusing on personal and corporate secrets. it seeks to understand individual perspectives on privacy and preferences for data disclosure. the primary objective is to explore methods for safeguarding personal information while maintaining data integrity. methods/analysis: we employ non-parametric statistical techniques to analyze consumer behavior and preferences on e-commerce platforms. this involves examining patterns of data disclosure and identifying sensitive information shared by users. by studying communication dynamics and recording practices, we assess the efficacy of current privacy protection measures. novelty/improvement: this study contributes to the understanding of consumer privacy protection by emphasizing the importance of non-parametric statistical methods in e-commerce research. our findings underscore the need for enhanced privacy measures. we advocate for further research and development of innovative privacy-enhancing technologies to address evolving privacy challenges in online commerce. findings: our research highlights the significance of personal privacy concerns in e-commerce settings. we identify a spectrum of privacy attitudes among users, ranging from strict confidentiality to selective disclosure. furthermore, our analysis reveals potential vulnerabilities in current privacy safeguards, particularly regarding the collection and storage of sensitive data on e-commerce platforms. keywords: non-parametric statistics; dynamic data; electronic commerce; consumer privacy. 1. introduction since everyone lives in a digital age and can access data with the help of modern-aided technologies, mobile security has never been more important. when taking lessons, students were routed to e-commerce platforms, shoppers were able to access eand mobile commerce, and office workers were able to access online work-from-home modes of internet access both during and after the covid-19 pandemic. a complete strategy for protecting customer privacy in online commerce environments is suggested by the customer data privacy protection model, which is based on non-parametric statistics for dynamic data publishing on e-commerce platforms. to address the changing issues of privacy protection, this strategy combines dynamic data publishing procedures with sophisticated statistical methodologies [1, 2]. the approach permits the investigation of customer behavior and preferences while upholding data confidentiality by utilizing non-parametric statistical techniques. the privacy of sensitive data saved on e-commerce platforms is protected by the use of encryption methods and secure communication routes. dynamic data publication techniques are included in the concept, which permits information to be securely distributed while maintaining customer * corresponding author: jiajiao870909@163.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-013 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 411 confidentiality. this approach attempts to provide a strong framework for customer data privacy protection in the dynamic and fast-paced world of e-commerce platforms using a combination of encryption, statistical analysis, and dynamic data management. for dynamic data publishing on e-commerce platforms, the consumer data privacy protection model based on nonparametric statistics is a state-of-the-art solution meant to tackle the complex issues related to consumer privacy in online purchasing environments. fundamentally, this approach acknowledges how crucial it is to protect personal data while maintaining the smooth operation of e-commerce platforms. the concept protects individual privacy while enabling sophisticated consumer data analysis through the use of non-parametric statistical methods [3, 4]. the study investigated the moral ramifications and potential for data phishing by consumers who used unencrypted electronic apps downloaded on cell phones through m-commerce sites. using a combination of methods, the study checks the secure information of m-commerce data, conducts semi-structured discussions with consumers and industry experts, and analyzes pertinent literature [5]. the study was based on conventional hidden stochastic modeling. notably, we employed a model-free method that eliminates a specific reaction time distribution shape. this has the significant benefit of preventing results that could be untrustworthy when an incorrect reaction time allocation is anticipated [6]. the study proposed a dual-channel feature extraction module-based multivariate time-series anomaly detection approach. using the spatial characteristics of a short-time fourier transformation (stft) and the graphed attentiveness system, respectively, the module targeted the spatial and temporal characteristics of the multivariate information. the efficiency of the model in detecting anomalies is therefore enhanced by fusing the two characteristics [7]. the article addressed customer privacy security between crypto-currency and adaptable clients, as well as the significance of ecommerce online purchasing software's dependability. based on that, the article used theoretical inquiry and empirical investigation to explore the effects of consumer platform-based shopping portals on credibility as well as the elements and mechanisms that govern consumer shopping behavior. it also creates a survey verification table for block-chain technology and mobile client privacy safeguarding [8]. the research exposed a variety of factors that contribute to security lapses that compromise the integrity of online transactions. the report identified a range of actions that organizations could take to combat the growing risk to the security of web-based companies. users' attention has been drawn to discussions about privacy and security issues in the field of information sciences and data privacy [9]. the study suggested a threshold secret exchange system with a verified threshold homomorphic encryption approach to create a secure and provable statistical analysis strategy for an e-commerce platform. by using a unique distribution model to provide secret shares, our method reduced the need for secure channels by approximately 40% when compared to a typical criterion privacy sharing scheme [10]. the limitations of earlier research are addressed in this study, which focuses on the following areas: consumer perceptions and behaviors regarding data privacy in e-commerce; the effectiveness of current security measures in online transactions; and the lack of research on workable solutions for improving privacy and security in e-commerce platforms, specifically about data phishing and cryptography techniques. contribution the paper presents a thorough analysis of privacy protection strategies, focusing on corporate and individual secrets. this richness makes it possible to comprehend the several facets of privacy concerns in e-commerce in a nuanced manner. the research improves the depth and dependability of the analysis by introducing novel analytical strategies that are suited to the complexity of e-commerce privacy data through the use of non-parametric statistical methods. it highlights the need for further research and development of novel privacy-enhancing technologies in e-commerce, defines a range of user privacy attitudes, highlights flaws in the security measures in place, and promotes tailored privacy solutions. the second part of this study provides the method of this research, the third part explores the result analysis, and the fourth part discusses the study's conclusion. 2. research methods in methodology, we used the algorithm of correlation factors of non-parametric statistical and multiple correlations that described the coefficients of correlation in four steps. figure 1 shows the process of methodology. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 412 figure 1. the process of methodology 2.1. correlation factors of non-parametric statistical algorithms the concept of "correlation" is derived from the investigation of height genes in the human body. correlation can be defined as "when one variable changes, another variable changes" and the statistics that measure correlation is a correlation. in these data, the duty is bigger and the correlation degree is higher, but the duty is low and the correlation degree is low. in addition, the link is directional, when one variable increases, this change is called direct ratio, reduced when the other variables, this change is called negative correlation. cov(x, y) covariance measures the degree to which two random variables vary together. if the covariance is positive, it indicates that as one variable increases, the other tends to increase as well and vice versa. if the covariance is negative, it means that as one variable increases, the other tends to decrease. here σxσy denotes the standard deviation that measures the spread or dispersion of a random variable's values around its mean. it provides a measure of how much the values of a random variable deviate from the mean.μx and μy represent the means (or expected values) of the random variables x and y respectively. e (expectation operator), this operator calculates the expected value, which is the mean of a random variable when averaged over all possible outcomes. the relationship number is defined as the quotient of the covariance and standard deviation between two variables: ρx,y = cov (x,y) σxσy = e[(x−μx)(y−μy)] σxσy (1) this is the population correlation coefficient. by estimating the covariance and standard deviation, between two sets of data points 𝑋 and 𝑌, where n is the number of data points, xi and yi are individual data points from each set and x⃐ and y⃐ are the means (or averages) of the respective data sets. r indicates a perfect positive linear relationship, pearson correlation coefficient can be obtained: r = ∑  n i=1  (xi−x⃐ )(yi−y⃐ ) √∑  n i=1  (xi−x⃐ ) 2 √∑  n i=1  (yi−y⃐ ) 2 (2) r = 1 n−1 ∑ ( xi−x⃐ σx ) ( yi−y⃐ σy ) n i=1 (3) where the standard score, the sample mean and sample standard deviation of the sample respectively. xi−x⃐ σx 、x⃐ σxxi since it is similar, μx = e(x), σx 2 = e[(x − e(x)2)] = e[x2] − e2[x], y. and: e[(x − e(x))(y − e(y))] = e[xy] − e[x]e[y] (4) therefore, the correlation coefficient can also be expressed as: ρx,y = e(xy)−e(x)e(y) √e(x2)−(e(x))2√e(y2)−(e(y))2 (5) for the sample pearson correlation coefficient: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 413 rxy = ∑ xiyi−nxy̅̅ ̅̅ ̅ (n−1)sxsx = n ∑ xiyi−∑ xi ∑ yi √n ∑ xi 2−(∑ xi) 2√n ∑ yi 2−(∑ yi) 2 (6) partial correlation coefficient: it's a random variable. x, y, ξ1, ξ2, … , ξpp + 2 when the partial correlation coefficient refers to the correlation coefficient and after removing the influence of the third variable: p = 1ξ1x. yxy. rxy1 = (rxy−ry1rx1) √1−rx1 2 √1−rx1 2 (7) this represents pearson correlation coefficient. x, y, rx1, rr1 xy, xξ1, yξ1. when the type of promotion, the partial correlation coefficient is the number of the correlation between and after removing the influence. the formula is as follows: p = 2ξ1, ξ2x, yxy (8) rxy12 = (rxy1−ry21rx21) √1−rx21 2√1−ry21 2 (9) rxy133 = (rxy12−ry312rx312 ) √1−rx312 2 √1−ry312 2 (10) semi-partial correlation coefficient: if only to have an impact, it's called a semi-partial correlation coefficient. the formula is as follows: ξ1x ry(x11) = (ixy−ry1rx1) √1−rx1 2 (11) multiple correlation coefficients: describe the multiple correlation coefficients with the correlation between variables, mainly divided into four steps: initialization: analysts must be in certificate authority (ca) identifying the certification bodies. the ca allows the analyst to generate public keys and authentication keys at the beginning [11, 12]. data collection and storage: when massive data is generated, the remaining data in each processing process is collected by the collection center, distributed randomly through a secure channel and transmitted to multiple data servers for storage. cipher text operation process: the user's data is received by each data server. implement the confidential data between multiple servers and network steps to save the cipher. information retrieval: the information server to confirm the user's recognition and instructions after receiving message parsing instructions will conform to the requirements of the data back to the analytic program. analysts in their private keys are used to encrypt and classify the corresponding analysis conclusions. the mode of the database is a database that contains multiple data servers. in this system, all data is true, that is to say, all the data that follow the convention and the execution time, will be as far as possible from the execution of this agreement for more information. in the process of use, there are more than three data, whereas, in a real environment, the number of data servers will be more than three. in this mode, when multiple data servers exist at the same time, all the servers in this mode can guarantee their security, so that one of the servers in this mode cannot be attacked. this model mainly studies the inside and outside of the two different ways of being offensive and defensive. here, outside of the attack, it was aimed at the pattern of the attacker hoping to obtain the user's data from the system without knowing the private key. internal damage is, for example, a malicious action by a system participant, such as a server or an analyst, or if they want to learn and recover a confidential message from a program. the model includes three aspects: between the user and the server, the server, and the analysis of the communication with the server [13, 14]. user profiles can be decimal numbers. under this condition, the data collection center puts the data into an integer and the distributed data, data unit, data and other data are transmitted to the corresponding three data servers. the collection center is classified into three and its transmission through the security channel respectively to the data server, the server for the following operations: s1, s2, s3. s1select a random number, to encrypt, get the cipher-text and storage; r1 ∈ zn ∗ λcλ = gλr1 n(modn2) s2select a random number, to encrypt, get the cipher-text and storage; r2 ∈ zn ∗ μcμ = gμr2 n(modn2) s3select a random number, to encrypt, get the cipher-text and storage. r3 ∈ zn ∗ vcv = gvr3 n(modn2) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 414 because it has the following properties: cλ ∗ cμ ∗ cv = = e(λ, pk) e(μ, pk) e(v, pk) = (gλr1 n) (gμr2 n) (gvr3 n) (modn2) = gλ+μ+v(r1r2r3)n(modn2) = e(λ + μ + v, pk) = e(η, pk) (12) so, the encrypted information is stored in three servers, only the cipher-text multiplication and in the case of knowing the private key can get complete information. λ、μ、vη. so, the illicit close sex of the user's data can be guaranteed, the premise is the three data servers that do not separate the data together. 2.2. based on nonparametric statistics consumer information of electric business platform security safety guarantee 1: data storage security, information storage security, and cipher key storage security certificate: early in the program, through secret channels, open authentication, and encryption. in this article, both methods are based on the minimum version of secure hash algorithm (sha)-3, r=40, and sha-3 is the minimum, which provides efficient security for most programs. in the process of data collection, using sha-3 produced an arbitrary number. due to the use of a smaller cryptographic system, data confidentiality, authenticity, and integrity can be maintained between the receipt center and the data servers. the user and the server communication, according to sha-3, produces information isolation if it is from the outside or if the server was invaded or colluded with other servers. in the absence of a key, the user is unable to determine the block, and data segmentation is necessary to avoid an internal attack on the data server. so, the data stored on the server is guaranteed. c d likely represents the result of a cryptographic operation, perhaps encryption or decryption.φ represents euler's totient function.∑ i=1 n   xiyi this indicates a summation operation, where xiand yiare variables that are summed up from 𝑖 = 1 𝑡𝑜 𝑛. pkr represents raising a public key 𝑝𝑘 to the power of r. gr(sk1+sk2+sk3+sk4) this part appears to involve exponentiation of a base g raised to the power of the sum of multiple secret keys sk1 + sk2 + sk3 + sk4all raised to the power of r. (modn2)this indicates that the entire expression is taken modulo n2, where 𝑁 is likely a large composite number. the password we can obtain is analysts calculated according to the private key: 𝑠𝐾 denotes the secret key, 𝐴 is likely some input value, 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐷 is the result of the operation, computed by rising 𝐴 to the power of sk4 modulo n2. sk4d = ask4(modn2) (13) so, there are: c d = φ ∑ i=1 n  xiyi pkr gr(sk1+sk2+sk3+sk4) (modn2) = φ ∑ i=1 n  x,yi gskr gr(sk1+sk2+sk3+sk4) (modn2) = φ ∑i=1 n  xiyi (modn2) = (1 + n)p∑i=1 n  xyi(modn2) = 1 + (p∑i=1 n  xiyi)n(modn2) we can get, txy = l(c/d(modn2))/p = 1+(p ∑  n i=1  xiyi)n)−1 np = ∑  n i=1  xiyi (14) similarly, through the above analysis, we can also, verify the effectiveness of the method. ∑i−1 n  xiai, ∑i−1 n  yiaiso, during the period of data storage, three separate integer confidential information is transmitted via a secret channel to three data servers and by the nonparametric statistics password of algorithms for data security operation in security fields, are stored in the server s values. the value of 𝑆 typically depends on the specific cryptographic protocol that is used. if they don't have to deal with the problem of nonparametric statistics, the encryption program will become very safe and an outside attack also cannot access the file, according to the provisions of the agreement, as long as all the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 415 passwords are multiplied by time and then decrypted, can obtain confidential information. the user data is carried out by the user's public key cryptographic processing, unless the three data servers do not spread its merger, otherwise, the user data we preserve the right of privacy, without a user's private key, is unable to obtain by the information users. in the process of user registration, the user and the data server are done on a secret channel access and transmission of the private key. because of three data servers and the user's computing device has large operation and transmission performance, therefore, advanced encryption standard (aes) is a good safe passage. the key can be made by a public key encryption system, such as a diffie-hellman key exchange or rivest-shamir-adleman algorithm (rsa). encrypt using aes and digital signature standard (dss) channel, to ensure the user with the confidentiality, authenticity and integrity of the data server. safety guarantee 2: the security of data parsing even a breach of one or more servers accomplice, also won't leak personal data [15, 16]. the experimental results show that all of the data processing is carried out by three sets of data servers for encrypted information exchange, realizing the information exchange of three data servers. the user's data is always carried out by the user's public key password, even if the internal attack on the other two data servers, without the user's private key, is also unable to obtain the user's information. in addition, the data server can also use a public way, namely the three data communication between the server and the three sets of data to the servo communication, namely a password-based approach to secondary password exchange, to ensure the correctness of the three-servo end communication and integrity. the server is not credible, there is no crack, and even if someone within the attack or used the most important password, 8 could not parse out all the information. so, this method can guarantee the safety of data. safety guarantee 3: the security of the data query is that only a legal order can get the result of the operation. proof: at the time of the visit, permissions authorized by the name will be signed by the user's manual key and then used by the server authentication key to ensure the validity of the license and its correctness using the above-mentioned safe passage for the analysts and server communication. to ask for information, the resulting statistics are encrypted, as shown in figure 2, and only after the authentication and certification of authorized users can they use this password to crack it to prevent malicious invasion from the outside. figure 2. based on the parameters of the dynamic data system even if people with authority did not receive the news, even with all the strength, the people can get the password but can only get a small piece of data. it is impossible to determine what kind of things they are in the absence of clear data. however, there is no place where statistical integration can ensure the patient's information. even if an authorized user sends the password back through a server, he can't crack it without the cooperation of three servers, so the hacker will only collect some data but not disclose the user's data. ultimately, only the data that can be used can be obtained when the user cannot statistically understand the data of the individual user. in this paper, the digital signature criterion is selected to ensure the correctness and integrity of communication between users and servers. this method guarantees the security of the data [17]. the above explanation satisfies the security requirements for the system: data storage security: this system will use all data transmitted to multiple data servers for storage, and in the security operation of encrypted data, it can also ensure its security. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 416 data parsing security: no matter which server or multiple servers collude; the user's data will not be disclosed during the association calculation. security of data query: only certified analysts can enter the system, and the certified instructions can get the numerical value of the calculation, while unauthorized analysts and illegal instructions cannot get the algorithm. even if the server and the analyst collude, the user's private data will not be disclosed. 3. result analysis 3.1. dynamic data plays a certain role in the protection of consumer information on e-commerce platforms the primary protocol is a strong answer to the problem of heterogeneous consumer data scattered across various platforms. utilizing non-parametric statistical encryption approaches, the protocol guarantees safe data transfer and analysis while maintaining user privacy. secure communication lines and data server isolation strengthen the system's defenses against both internal and external threats. in crypto++5.6.0 benchmarks, it takes one microsecond to perform a 1,024-bit simulation. he writes programs in microsoft visual c++2005sp1 and uses amd holon 8354 on linux. according to this conclusion, in a 1024-bit pallier decryption system, a simulation with the rest of the chinese theory takes a few microseconds. taking the maximum computationally complex correlation as an example, when three data servers are networked by 100 gb network sites, the computation and establishment time of communication are 1 minute and 1 second. the algorithm in this paper is to support parallel computing. if a data server is running 10 computers at the same time, the overall running time will be reduced to 16 seconds in the double correlation calculation. the complexity of the three algorithms in the scheme is shown in table 1. table 1. complexity analysis method 1 method 2 method 3 meter complexity 6 nm 12 nm 6 nm( m − 1) communication complexity 0 (nm) 0 (nm) 0 (nm2) in the process of cipher-text calculation, if each consumer has an attribute and three data servers cooperate, algorithm 1 is used to calculate equal cipher-text values (where is the number of combinations). mcx, cy, cacn 1 = mcn 1 equal ciphertext values are calculated by algorithm 2; cx2 , cy2 , ca2cn 1 = m equal ciphertext values are calculated by algorithm 3. cxy, cxa, cmcn 2 = m(m − 1)/2. finally, the statistical value of the correlation coefficient is calculated [18, 19]. therefore, the computational complexity of the algorithm is respectively: algorithm 1 requires sub-modular operation in total and the computational complexity is 6 nm6 nm. in algorithm 2, a total of sub-modular operations should be performed, and the computational complexity is 12 nm12 nm. algorithm 3 requires a total of sub-modular operations and the computational complexity is 6 nm(m − 1)6 nm(m − 1). the communication complexity is respectively: in algorithm 1, the data server needs to carry out round communication, and the communication complex complexity is (3n − 1)m0(nm); in algorithm 2, the data server needs to carry out round communication, and the communication complexity is o(nm). (6n − 1)m; in algorithm 3, the data server needs to carry out roll communication and the communication complexity is (6n − 1)m(m − 1)/20(nm2). figure 3 and table 2 show the execution time for different mbs, among the cryptography algorithms aes takes the lowest time to encrypt the data. table 2 shows execution times (in seconds) for the advanced encryption standard (aes), data encryption standard (des), elliptical curve-diffie-hellman (ecdh), and bf cryptographic algorithms across different file sizes (mbs). as file size increases, execution times generally rise. aes tends to perform better than des, ecdh, and bf across all file sizes. table 2. execution time of cryptographic algorithms file size (mbs) execution time (sec) aes des ecdh bf 100 15 17 17 18 200 24 26 27 25 400 56 58 59 57 600 81 84 85 84 800 105 117 116 115 1000 161 170 171 169 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 417 figure 3. execution time of cryptographic algorithms 3.2. multi-information security operation protocol based on non-parametric statistics problem description: suppose that a consumer buys or browses goods in a single consumer unit and leaves private information in the data servers of multiple platforms. due to the differences in time, place, unit, etc., the information left in each data server is different and incomplete, so each server has its own data for the same attribute, the attribute value of the consumer to remember, the information is stored in a server, and the need to each server calculation data contribute to participate in the multilateral security, each server and analysts can get a full analysis of consumer data but can't get any information of other participants storage, where; nm(sn); mxixi(i = 1,2, … , n); mxi1, xi2, … … xiv to solve the above problems, this paper proposes a multi-party secure computing protocol (protocol 1), in which each participant confidentially analyzes its data to obtain complete consumer analysis data, m. for the convenience of description, let m = 3. enter a single attribute of a consumer, where; nx = (x1, x2, x3, … , xn); xi = xi1 + xi2 + ⋯ + xivi = 1, 2, 3, … , n; m = 3. because of user data and server communications, each part of the user's data after a secret channel encryption is sent to the corresponding data server because each server is completely isolated and cannot understand other server information. if a server is not compromised, the system won't receive all the information if a foreign adversary is present. this method can protect the system from internal attacks. therefore, the data stored on the server is very secure [20, 21]. in this program, the encryption is carried out by a non-parametric statistical encryption algorithm, it is stored in the medical application, and the security calculation is performed in the cipher text. if the problem of non-parametric statistics is not dealt with, the cryptographic system is protected, and the hacked person cannot access the files, thus ensuring the security of the key. aiming at the user data existing in different user units, the non-parametric statistical homomorphic key is used to encrypt the user, and the improved non-parametric statistical algorithm is used to establish multiple security measures between the user and the data server to ensure the security of the communication between the user and the data server and that the data will not be leaked at the same time. in our system, if there is no damage to any data, the safety of the user's personal information can be ensured. in addition, access control procedures ensure that only permissive analysis will yield qualified analysis results. on this basis, through the cooperation of three servers, the user's personal information is treated confidentially. finally, the methods are verified, including reliability analysis and performance analysis. this method can resist both external attacks and internal attacks [22]. encryption time: encryption time refers to the amount of time it takes for a cryptographic algorithm to transform plaintext into cipher-text. this process involves applying a specific encryption algorithm and possibly additional steps such as key generation and initialization vector (iv) generation. decryption time: decryption time refers to the amount of time it takes for a cryptographic algorithm to transform cipher-text back into plaintext. this process involves applying the decryption algorithm and, if applicable, using the decryption key. for both encryption and decryption, the choice of algorithm can significantly impact the time taken to perform these operations. some algorithms are designed for speed, while others prioritize security. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 418 hardware acceleration techniques, such as using dedicated cryptographic hardware or instruction set extensions, can reduce encryption and decryption times. in scenarios where real-time processing is required, minimizing encryption and decryption times is crucial. this involves selecting algorithms and key sizes that balance security with performance requirements. table 3. comparison of cryptography algorithm's encryption and decryption algorithm encryption time (seconds) decryption time (seconds) aes 3.5 3.5 sha 7.0 rsa 6.0 6.0 in summary, aes tends to have the fastest encryption and decryption times among the three algorithms. table 3 provides rough estimates of the encryption and decryption times based on the common performance characteristics of these algorithms. aes generally outperforms sha in terms of speed and security, while rsa is used for key exchange rather than direct encryption and decryption. for rsa, the encryption and decryption times increase with the size of the data and key size. aes encryption and decryption times remain relatively constant regardless of the data size, assuming the same key size and implementation efficiency. sha is a hashing algorithm and does not perform decryption. therefore, only encryption times are listed for sha. 4. conclusion with the rapid development of network technology, electronic commerce has transformed traditional trade practices, facilitating daily activities while introducing security challenges. to address these concerns, this paper aims to assess the correlation degree of data, particularly within the realm of e-commerce. the study utilizes correlation analysis based on customer shopping records to analyze the relationships between various indicators of customer data. this approach aims to safeguard customer information by identifying patterns, anomalies, and potential security risks. additionally, several secure multilateral computing mechanisms are implemented to prevent network attacks effectively. access to the network is restricted to authorized analysts only, who can perform complex correlation analysis on the data. furthermore, the paper introduces some public key encryption methods, such as nonparametric statistics, to enhance security. basic principles are discussed, laying a theoretical foundation for future algorithm design. in the context of big data, the paper constructs a data-based data segment storage and statistical dependency method for passwords. by leveraging advanced encryption methods, the paper aims to strengthen the overall security posture of e-commerce systems and ensure the privacy of user data. in terms of encryption and decryption performance, aes typically performs better than des and ecdh; the choice of algorithm is based on several variables, such as security needs, compatibility, and the particular use case. the aes algorithm is employed to provide authorization and authentication for users. through statistical analysis of data security measures, the protection of users' personal information from leakage is ensured. these efforts are aimed at bolstering user privacy and maintaining the confidentiality of sensitive data transmitted over e-commerce networks. 5. declarations 5.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 5.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 419 6. references [1] yuniar, a. d. (2024). thin privacy boundaries: proximity and accessibility of e-commerce privacy policy in young consumers of indonesia. international journal of social economics, 1-11. doi:10.1108/ijse-11-2022-0740. [2] tao, s., liu, y., & sun, c. (2024). understanding information sensitivity perceptions and its impact on information privacy concerns in e-commerce services: insights from china. computers and security, 138, 103646. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2023.103646. [3] tao, s., liu, y., & sun, c. (2024). examining the inconsistent effect of privacy control on privacy concerns in e-commerce services: the moderating role of privacy experience and risk propensity. computers and security, 140. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2024.103794. [4] mutambik, i., lee, j., almuqrin, a., zhang, j. z., & homadi, a. (2023). the growth of social commerce: how it is affected by users’ privacy concerns. journal of theoretical and applied electronic commerce research, 18(1), 725–743. doi:10.3390/jtaer18010037. [5] paulson, g. (2024). assessing data phishing risks associated with unencrypted apps on smartphones with non-parametric test and random forest model: insights from kuwait phishing scam calls. journal of engineering research (kuwait), 1-7. doi:10.1016/j.jer.2023.09.017. [6] verdier, h., laurent, f., cassé, a., vestergaard, c. l., specht, c. g., & masson, j. b. (2023). simulation-based inference for nonparametric statistical comparison of biomolecule dynamics. plos computational biology, 19(2), 1010088. doi:10.1371/journal.pcbi.1010088. [7] xu, z., yang, y., gao, x., & hu, m. (2023). dcff-mtad: a multivariate time-series anomaly detection model based on dual-channel feature fusion. sensors, 23(8), 3910. doi:10.3390/s23083910. [8] liu, r., & wang, e. (2023). blockchain and mobile client privacy protection in e-commerce consumer shopping tendency identification application. soft computing, 27(9), 6019–6031. doi:10.1007/s00500-023-08099-8. [9] srivastava, s., & shobhna jeet, d. r. (2023). e-commerce and privacy issues. russian law journal, xi(5), 2170-2175. [10] shen, h., wu, g., xia, z., susilo, w., & zhang, m. (2023). a privacy-preserving and verifiable statistical analysis scheme for an e-commerce platform. ieee transactions on information forensics and security, 18, 2637–2652. doi:10.1109/tifs.2023.3269669. [11] ren, x. y., zhang, p., & zhou, y. q. (2019). distinct model on privacy protection of dynamic data publication. cluster computing, 22, 15127-15136. doi:10.1007/s10586-018-2506-3. [12] sharma, k. (2010). an evaluation of consumer privacy protection in e-commerce websites: a comparative study of six estores: part ii. edpacs, 42(2), 1-19. doi:10.1080/07366981.2010.526040. [13] bresson, g., & logossah, k. (2011). crowding-out effects of cruise tourism on stay-over tourism in the caribbean: nonparametric panel data evidence. tourism economics, 17(1), 127-158. doi:10.5367/te.2011.0028. [14] wu, y., wang, w., toll, m., alkhoury, w., sauter, m., & kolditz, o. (2011). development of a 3d groundwater model based on scarce data: the wadi kafrein catchment/jordan. environmental earth sciences, 64, 771-785. doi:10.1007/s12665-010-08983. [15] yonghui, z., su, l., & phillips, p. c. (2011). testing for common trends in semiparametric panel data models with fixed effects. cowles foundation discussion paper no. 1832. doi:10.2139/ssrn.1951892. [16] yang, c. (2011). analysis on protection of e-commerce consumer network privacy. procedia engineering, 15, 5519-5524. doi:10.1016/j.proeng.2011.08.1024. [17] diwandari, s., & hidayat, a. t. (2021, march). comparison of classification performance based on dynamic mining of user interest navigation pattern in e-commerce websites. in journal of physics: conference series: iop publishing, 1844(1), 012025. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1844/1/012025. [18] wang, x., dai, h. n., & zhang, k. (2019). secure and flexible economic data sharing protocol based on id-based dynamic exclusive broadcast encryption in economic system. future generation computer systems, 99, 177–185. doi:10.1016/j.future.2018.11.013. [19] sreedevi, e. p., kattumannil, s. k., & dewan, i. (2021). a non-parametric test for independence of time to failure and cause of failure for discrete competing risks data. statistics, 55(5), 1107-1122. doi:10.1080/02331888.2021.1975712. [20] serrano, e., such, j. m., botía, j. a., & garcía-fornes, a. (2014). strategies for avoiding preference profiling in agent-based ecommerce environments. applied intelligence, 40(1), 127–142. doi:10.1007/s10489-013-0448-2. [21] qiuyang, g., qilian, n., xiangzhao, m., & zhijiao, y. (2019). dynamic social privacy protection based on graph mode partition in complex social network. personal and ubiquitous computing, 23, 511-519. doi:10.1007/s00779-019-01249-6. [22] ding, h., peng, c., tian, y., & xiang, s. (2019). a risk adaptive access control model based on markov for big data in the cloud. international journal of high-performance computing and networking, 13(4), 464-475. doi:10.1504/ijhpcn.2019.099269. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 273 issn: 2723-9535 towards the internet of behaviors in smart cities through a fog-to-cloud approach antonio salis 1* 1 engineering sardegna, telco and media division, cagliari, italy. received 28 june 2021; revised 04 october 2021; accepted 16 november 2021; published 01 december 2021 abstract recent advances in the internet of things (iot) and the rise of the internet of behavior (iob) have made it possible to develop real-time improved traveler assistance tools for mobile phones, assisted by cloud-based machine learning and using fog computing in between the iot and the cloud. within the horizon2020-funded mf2c project, an android app has been developed exploiting the proximity marketing concept and covers the essential path through the airport onto the flight, from the least busy security queue through to the time to walk to the gate, gate changes, and other obstacles that airports tend to entertain travelers with. it gives travelers a chance to discover the facilities of the airport, aided by a recommender system using machine learning that can make recommendations and offer vouchers based on the traveler’s preferences or on similarities to other travelers. the system provides obvious benefits to airport planners, not only people tracking in the shops area, but also aggregated and anonymized view, like heat maps that can highlight bottlenecks in the infrastructure, or suggest situations that require intervention, such as emergencies. with the emergence of the covid-19 pandemic, the tool could be adapted to help in social distancing to guarantee safety. the use of the fog-to-cloud platform and the fulfillment of all centricity and privacy requirements of the iob give evidence of the impact of the solution. keywords: iot; iob; smart cities; cloud computing; fog computing; fog-to-cloud orchestration; machine learning; proximity marketing. 1. introduction while the diffusion of the internet of things (iot), as an environment that interconnects an ever-growing number of heterogeneous physical things such as appliances, facilities, vehicles, sensors, etc., to the internet to provide sophisticated applications built with these data [1, 2], is continuously proposing new applications and services, the new internet of behavior (iob) has been proposed by gartner (https://www.gartner.com/smarterwithgartner/gartnertop-strategic-technology-trends-for-2021/) as an extension of the iot, that collects the digital tracks of people lives from a multitude of sources, determining people’s attitudes, their interests, preferences, and regular habits and practices, and these information could reveal significant information on themselves and can be used to influence their behavior. by 2023, they predict that the individual activities of 40% of the global population will be tracked digitally in order to influence our behavior through feedback loops. that would result in more than 3 billion people, and by the end of 2025, more than half of the world’s population will be subject to at least one iob programme, whether it be commercial or governmental, to benefit from the knowledge gathered in many commercial, societal, health-related, and political scenarios. the concept itself is not new as it has been originated in 2012 by göte nyman, a well-known psychology professor, when he described a way “to offer individuals and/or communities a new means to indicate selected and * corresponding author: antonio.salis@eng.it http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-04-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-04-01 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4012-7490 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 274 meaningful behavior patterns, as many as they like, by assigning a specific ib address (analogous to the internet of things) to each behaviour…pattern just as the person or community sees as best”*. since then, nyman has clarified his vision, describing the iob as the targeting of any ongoing, intended, imagined, or planned behavior of people, trying to approach people at the right moment with appropriate services when such behavior occurs, even if we don’t know the identity of such person. figure 1. the dikw pyramid while the iot is concerned with connecting devices, the iob, leveraging on data analytics and behavioral science, is focused on connecting people and their behaviors, and deals with tools and methods to best use the data to change or influence behaviors. this can be understood looking at the dikw pyramid in figure 1: the iot is more oriented to gather the data from the field and turn it into information, while the iob is focused on turning that information into knowledge. all this presents some potential ethical concerns depending on objectives and outcomes of the specific uses. the same information that could induce healthy behaviors, thus helping to reduce insurance premiums, could be used to monitor and force purchases. obviously this would have an impact on the data privacy, and depending on the perception of it, it could reduce the acceptance, adoption and scale of the iob. so specific features that could provide a trusted environment, with a decentralized processing, with encrypt or anonymize data would be mandatory. to complete the picture, location independence and the ability to operate from anywhere will constitute a major shift in terms of business, requiring a secured distributed cloud processing environment with fast connections, enabling a composable business and leveraging advanced ml/ai technology to enhance the ability to adapt under changing conditions. to support such a challenging shift, the straight "cloudification" of iot is problematic, since the approach of transferring all data from the device to the cloud, hosted in remote data centers, generates considerable latency and a large computational load and storage with sensible economic costs. fog and edge computing [3], emerged as computing principles where data are processed locally as close as generated, reducing all transmission overhead. by reducing the increase in load on cloud data centers, edge computing can reduce the impact of the increased use of cloud, better helping people in mobility, while new paradigms as fog computing can help design new technology infrastructures able to process in real-time high volumes of data from the iot. in the present research, an airport proximity application powered by a managed fog-to-cloud (mf2c) software engine will be described, implementing a iob solution that preserve the privacy of the end-user, showing that the fogto-cloud (f2c) approach showcases a full support to the iob, with better performance than the cloud-only solution. this manuscript is structured as follows: section ii introduces the research questions, the fog-to-cloud approach and the mf2c system developed within the project; section iii provides a description of the airport use case, its unique proposition, taking advantage of the mf2c platform and fulfilling the iob concept; section iv describes in details the deployment in the airport and experimental performance results; section v describes the benefits, outcomes and airport managers and ict/telco providers' exploitation opportunities; finally, section vi describes the relevance of present work, future work and concludes the paper. 2. the mf2c the ec horizon 2020 program has funded a new research initiative (mf2c)† bringing together relevant industry and academic players in the cloud sector, aimed at designing an open, secure, decentralized, multistakeholder management framework for f2c computing, including novel programming models, privacy and security, data storage techniques, service creation, brokerage solutions, sla policies, and resource orchestration methods [4-8]. the mf2c solution system offers a coordinated management strategy capable of making best use of all existing and potentially available resources in the cloud continuum, from the edge up to the cloud, to execute a service under defined quality constraints. for this the mf2c system proposes a layered and hierarchical architecture, as shown in figure 2, resources are categorized, using an agent entity to deploy the management functionalities in every mf2c component. * https://gotepoem.wordpress.com/2012/03/16/internet-of-behaviors-ib/ † http://www.mf2c-project.eu/ https://gotepoem.wordpress.com/2012/03/16/internet-of-behaviors-ib/ http://www.mf2c-project.eu/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 275 figure 2. mf2c hierarchical architecture the architecture is divided into different logical layers: from layer 0, at the cloud, to layer n+1, at the edge of the network, where three different kind of software entities are deployed: agent, cloud agent and microagent. the agent is the entity used by default in most of the devices of the architecture, where the cloud agent is an adaptation of the standard agent for the cloud that can be instantiated over one or multiple private or public clouds, and the microagent is a simplified version of the agent designed to be used by edge devices with resource limitations, not able to run a fully operative agent. starting from layer 0 (cloud), the instantiation of multiple agents will enable the creation of a layered mf2c architecture, where different agents will be grouped creating multiple clusters, having at least one leader (cluster head) and if possible one backup for resilience purposes. in the last layer of every branch, either agents with no devices attached or microagents deployed in highly constrained device could be founds. while microagents can be placed in any layer in the architecture, since it cannot manage other agents, they will act as a leaf in a tree hierarchy. when an agent receives a request for executing a service, the agent decides the best possible node where it should be executed. if the requested agent has the required resources itself, the service will be executed locally; otherwise it will be forwarded to the leader in the layer above. if the service execution arrives at an agent which controls multiple other agents within lower layers, the agent will act recursively trying to allocate the service using those resources, and if impossible, it will forward the request to the upper layer in the hierarchy. the cloud agent hosts a directory of defined services, all those that agents can execute. this list of services are reachable by the user logged in through the mf2c dashboard (gui). the proposed management solution must guarantee that services are executed meeting the required quality of service (qos) as identified within the service level agreement (sla) between the user and the provider. trying to maximize the chances to fulfil the defined sla, qos functionalities are split into two different components: i) the qos providing, enabling the definition of the resources conditions to meet specific qos requirements and reporting on past sla violations and; ii) the qos enforcing that acts at runtime for deploying commands to meet qos, e.g., reconfiguring resources, services, tasks, etc., on-fly while the service is being executed (an ai-assisted predictor is used for what the delivered qos will be in runtime). the resource manager and task scheduler are in charge of classifying the available computing nodes and the intelligent task placement according with different objectives, as defined as qos. figure 3 shapes the functional blocks defined for the agent entity, platform manager (pm), agent controller (ac), data management, security, event manager, graphical user interface (gui) and an application programming interface (api) as an entry point. from an implementation point of view an agent is deployed as a collection of docker* containers, with each image exposed via a single rest interface. * https://www.docker.com/ https://www.docker.com/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 276 figure 3. mf2c agent architecture the platform manager component is an entity acting as a controller for agents in lower layers, and a receiver of control data, when it is being managed by agents from upper layers. it is in charge of service orchestration, telemetry data monitoring from different sources and the coordination of the end-user applications execution. the agent controller encloses all functionalities taking care of the resource and user management of local resources, being responsible for defining and executing the assessment of the user’s device profile. the role of the data management focuses on organizing all mf2c system data resources and offering an interface for accessing this data. the event manager is an event tracking component representing a broker that will be used by each of the modules to publish/subscribe to events, e.g., service deployed, device added/removed, etc. security is provided through three different components, trust (using a control area unit, cau), web application endpoint security and data protection (using a security library with methods for creating message token based on the security level, driven by data classification). the gui will facilitate users (registration and management) and services operation (registration, catalogue, access, and launch). figure 4 shows an example of the mf2c dashboard browsing the available system topology, with chance to start services, and invoking the mf2c service manager. the api of the cimi* module offers the main entry point for all mf2c component. figure 4. dashboard and system topology * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/cloud_infrastructure_management_interface hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 277 3. the airport use case given the need to spot an environment for iob implementation, the analysis has been focused on parts of a smart city, like airports, train stations, hospitals, malls and related parking areas, where there is a concentration of devices, in our case users smartphones, and setup gateways and any other processing elements able to track and engage people in these places, and developing value added services for proximity marketing, with suggestions on best sites to visit, prediction of behavior and movements of consumers, and taking real time decisions, showing in practise the iob principles. looking at the airport field collecting and sharing data on customer behavior can improve the stretch of marketing offering, even with the identity of customers is protected or unknown, using a smart fog gateway embedding cloud connectivity to process large amount of data or request extra data, even data coming from other fogs located in nearby places such as train or main bus station, in order to add value. the final deployed solution includes a new app based on android, with an indoor navigator and recommender advisor [9-11], driven by machine learning algorithms, providing travelers with a more enjoyable and stress-free experience in the field. the proposed solution integrates all information that airports already provide through voice announcements, information kiosks and digital monitors, and uses a detailed map of the area, together with the list of available services represented by points of interest (pois), such as restrooms, shops, duty-free areas, information desks, departure gates. this kind of application is quite different from other offerings [12, 13]: most available apps are offered by airlines, but they are limited to their own flights only, and are not able to provide updated information on all departing flights from a specific airport. google map is based on gps for people localization, but this does not work well in indoor spaces and does not offer real time information on departing flights. most smart city applications are based instead in open spaces and use gps for position tracking, as detailed by rykowski et al. [14] and manimuthu et al. [15]. the deployed use case has some similarities with the app proposed in the copenhagen airport*, but it extends the iob principles as it can manage merged data and behavior coming from different areas of the smart city. at the same time the data collected in the fog hub enables an active monitoring of travelers behavior, thus offering benefits to the airport planners as well. behavioral maps can be showcased both real time and off-line enabling the spotting of bottlenecks in the airport infrastructure, or suggesting ways to better handle emergencies (a passenger being sick, lost children, fire alarm). 3.1. use case architecture figure 5 shows the resulting three layers architecture of the airport system: in the edge layer we have all travelers’ android smartphones using the proposed app, advertised in the airport field by specific totems, and qr code are used for easy downloaded. the edge layer communicate with the access layer represented by eight raspberrypi3†, which provide wi-fi communication and session management, and processing position tracking and proximity application of travelers. figure 5. smart fog hub architecture * https:// www.mapspeople.com/showcases/copenhagen-airport/ † https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-3-model-b/ https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-3-model-b/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 278 the third (fog) layer works as an aggregator, communicating with access nodes and providing real-time computing and storage resources to the edge elements, manage proximity events, using a cached recommender data, and support the admin dashboard with relevant reports. it manages an interface with external airport services, thus collecting airport real time flight events and information. this layer is based on a nuvlabox*appliance playing the role of the fog aggregator and communicates with the fourth (cloud) layer, which is run in a remote datacenter, fiber connected with the airport. the cloud layer, based on an openstack† instance, provides scalable computing power for big data (including ai models) processing system and manages the long term data storage and analysis. figure 6. cagliari airport layout all access nodes are positioned in the field to create a regular grid allowing full coverage of wi-fi signal. figure 6 represents the topology of the terminal 1 area, where the installed raspberrypis are shown as blue spots. the android app uses specific trilateral algorithms that evaluate wi-fi signal strengths to calculate the passenger’s position. the particular positioning of wi-fi access points and the redundancy supported by the mf2c architecture guarantee optimal use of bandwidth and resilience capabilities, and handover capabilities to link to the strongest signal in the field. the fog aggregator hosts a software component that polls the airport api, so updated flight status data are continuously read from the airport system and distributed to travelers. the security and privacy of data is guaranteed by the end-to-end mf2c built-in security capabilities: a certification authority (ca) running in the cloud node manages a pki solution. the specific end user is identified assigning it a random universal unique identifier (uuid) and avoiding any hardware code that could give way personal data leaking. the user keeps the same uuid code unless the app is reinstalled, that would request a new uuid assignment. with this approach the end user could be recognized and managed even while moving across different fog areas, thus enabling the collection of more behaviours and making the ml algorithms more effective. the adoption of the mf2c system brings two key benefits. first, it enables the scaling up and down of the system, as the number of simultaneous users changes. as the number of users increases, the system manager can deploy more devices in the fog layer with the mf2c agent deploying services on them, thus balancing more efficiently the processing. at the same time, in case of reduction on the number of users the system manager could decide to dismiss some resources. as said before an additional benefit from the mf2c usage is its ability to combine more fog areas in the smart city scenario, making the use of iob more effective. the final use case has been deployed in the cagliari airport. an advertising panel in a totem, located near the entrance of terminal 1, invited departing travelers to install and use the app. in a time period of four months, until the end of the project, and the beginning of the covid-19 pandemic, the app has been widely downloaded, installed and used. that allowed us to collect a relevant amount of data for final validation. * http://www.sixsq.com/products/nuvlabox/ † https://www.openstack.org/ http://www.sixsq.com/products/nuvlabox/ https://www.openstack.org/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 279 4. use case deployment once installed and accepted the privacy terms, the user interface presents the following tabs:  places: the user can search for interesting pois from a list of categorized items; selecting a specific poi allows to obtain more details on the offered services;  recommendations: here the search is driven by ml algorithms that leverage selected topics, user’s similarity to other users, and tracked behavior, resulting in a short list of pois;  notifications: in this tab main relevant alerts on the flight status, nearby pois and selected topics are highlighted, where a red spot is used for new notifications;  favorites: this tab presents most rated pois from all users, so the user can benefit from the rating of other users while shops can offer special promotions to attract new buyers;  map: this showcase the airport map with available pois and real time position of the user while moving around, this is shown in figure 7; figure 7. snapshot of a test session 4.1. performance evaluation some tests have been performed in order to validate the system, taking into account performance and responsiveness, with the following measures:  latency, as measured from the end-user device (smartphone) to the server (fog or cloud device)  response time, as the time measured in the client, from the request to the reception of answer.  a laptop has been used to simulate the end-user smartphone, and wi-fi has been used to connect to the access nodes. jmeter has been used to run batteries of simultaneous client proximity requests to the server, simulating a real world scenario in the airport, then collecting measures under the different loads.  different deployments have been done, the proximity calculation has been run using the following server configurations: o proximity run on a fog node, so with lower latency (<1 msec), but lower processing capacity; o proximity run on a remote cloud instance, so higher latency (about 30 msec), but higher processing power; o proximity run on one fog node and the remote cloud instance, and the mf2c system has been used for the optimal dispatching of requests; o proximity run on two fog nodes and the remote cloud instance, and the mf2c system has been used for the optimal balancing of requests. the first setup performed well with low number of requests, with the growing number of requests we observed an increase of response time, not fulfilling the real time constraint at the end. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 280 the second setup using the cloud instance presented a quite stable performance that resembles the latency between peer nodes. it is worth noticing that, with the increase of the number of simultaneous requests this setup performed better that the first one. the third setup uses the mf2c engine with one fog node and the cloud, so it is able to apply the runtime distribution policy, then reaching better performances. with small number of requests most of processing load is run closer to the end-user, while for larger quantities there is an intelligent distribution between the different layers, maintaining a appreciated real time response. we measured an improvement of about 20% compared with the cloud setup. the fourth setup adds a second fog node, thus enabling a better distribution closer to the end-user, with a further 15% compared with the third setup, with a total improvement of about 35% compared with the cloud setup. the intelligence embedded in the mf2c runtime agent enables the proficient distribution of processing, optimizing the response time, even under severe processing conditions. adding more nodes in the fog layer not only facilitate the improvement in performances, but it represent a way to scale the system, while applying the intelligent distribution of processing, moving processing near the end-user, thus saving latency time, and off-load part of processing to the cloud to avoid fog nodes overloading. the load balancing and intelligent distribution of processing adopted in the mf2c engine differs from similar approaches such as li et al. (2020) [16] and maia et al. (2020) [17]. li et al. (2020) in particular uses a different classification of resources and uses a scheduling approach based on genetic algorithms, which seems less performing than the ai/deep learning approach in mf2c, that performs better in more dynamic scenarios even with devices at the edge. petri et al. (2019) [18] and sinaeepourfard et al. (2019) [19] describe in more detail the different strategies for offloading in centralized-to-decentralized and centralized-to-decentralized, and which are the scenarios where each example fits best. 5. benefits and outcomes the airport application with the support of the smart fog hub system has been designed from the very beginning, with the goal to demonstrate the iob capabilities of tracking and engaging interested people in the airport area and use a machine learning based advisor to provide suggestions on the best way to use available services, achieving an outstanding customer experience. we succeeded in demonstrating that the fog-to-cloud criteria enables a more efficient implementation of real-time advisory services in proximity. in particular the following business improvements have been reached:  iob services based on proximity in a smart city scenario: the increasing number of travellers that install and use the android app demands processing distribution capabilities starting from the edge nodes where data has been generated, thus optimizing the requirements of fast response demanded by the application. the mf2c orchestration module played a key role in supporting sla policy definition and enforcement at runtime. this feature enables the delivery of personalized offers to the customers, according to their preferences and behavior;  use of ml to advise traveller: machine learning capabilities have been embedded in the application enabling the foreseen iob capabilities, at the same time similarities between users have been used to propose more recommendations, with consequent benefits;  embedding of all information on flights in the app: the application collects real-time information available on flight in the terminal area, making them available according to the traveler’s expressed preferences and needs;  security and privacy: the application makes full advantage of the security and privacy by-design enabled capabilities provided by the mf2c system, to guarantee full gdpr compliancy, and in case anonymizing information as long as the iob features perform as expected, and full acceptance of the iob oriented features by the users is ensured;  fog computation: the extensive use of the new fog-to-cloud paradigm, that pushes the processing closer to where data is produced and needed, offers better performances and control on managed data. the fog hub in the airport plays a major role in this, improving local processing and data storage, and using the cloud only for huge long term big data processing;  administrative portal for overall control and management: the deployment of the administrative portal provides a better tool to airport planners and managers to monitor the overall situation in the terminal area. the dashboard offers both static and dynamic reports, such as graphical diagrams on users’ behavior that showcase the use of available resources, waiting times in different gates or security checks, thus facilitating the spotting of bottlenecks in the infrastructure;  use of serverless to improve the efficiency at the edge: the redesign of business processes of main services as microservices, as shown in figure 8, has enabled the deployment of smaller chunks of code with docker, and the serverless capabilities supported by the mf2c agent made possible to run more software components at the edge with better overall performance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 281 figure 8. design oriented to set of microservices for sure the deployment of the mf2c system and all the airport features and capabilities listed above demonstrated interesting business opportunities, but more relevant the hierarchical structure of the mf2c makes easy to merge different fog areas through the cloud, and let them works together, with the mf2c acting as the glue that interconnects all system components [20]. figure 9. managing multiple fogs in a smart city scenario so a complex scenario like the smart city can be split in several fogs (airport, train station, harbour, shopping centers, hospital, etc.) with a “divide-et-impera” approach [21, 22], leveraging on the pillars of interoperability, mobility, fast response, adaptive and autonomous processing, as shown in figure 9. this could leverage the identity management capabilities to merge all behaviours of users making possible to produce customized recommendations and proposals, thus improving both the customer experience and the effectiveness of marketing proposals. in terms of potential exploitation of the project outcomes, as the airport traffic is continuously growing, airport managers are worried about checking that the infrastructure successfully support this traffic. in this scenario the demonstrated tools fulfils a practical need, dynamically monitoring the area and making possible the extension of the infrastructure using a data-driven approach. the recent shock caused by the covid-19 pandemic impacted also the airport areas, so the social distancing enforcement has emerged as an additional requirement to be enforced, so dynamic detection of people clusters (as in figure 10) and avoiding people clustering [23], sticking in the limits imposed by law, has come to be very important. it has been easily determined that the position tracking could drive suggestions in this perspective, so if a shop has reached the maximum allowed number of customers, the traveller could be advised about less busy alternatives, and some virtual queues could be setup to alert interested people when space is available and it is their turn. the same logic could be applied to manage emergency cases such as fire alarms: very short advices could be provided through the app preventing panic behaviours. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 282 figure 10. snapshot of people tracking and clustering 6. conclusion the smart fog hub at the airport was shown to be a very novel and effective solution that demonstrates all the iob benefits and potential impact, making use of the fog-to-cloud approach to deliver efficient services in a smart city scenario. the data-driven approach derived from the iot is the perfect enabler for iob adoption, at the same time, it is also possible to merge users’ data coming from different fog areas in the smart city, thus boosting the iob effectiveness. it is worth remind even the great capabilities to make the smart city safer, even in the case of pandemics, while inducing some safer behaviors to citizens. the other side of the coin is related to the privacy and security aspects that the iob impacts: every solution should be built by-design with all privacy and security aspects managed properly. proper rules for privacy and security should be organized from the edge, where the data owners are and where the data will be generated; this is key for gdpr compliance and further user acceptance, as in the described application for the use case in the airport. in all cases, anonymization of sensitive data still offers opportunities for the successful use of the iob in smart cities. we plan to follow up this work in future research projects, and the emerging idsa framework [24] will be investigated as it aims to define a global standard that secures the exchange of data in compliance with major privacy and security requirements. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.s.; methodology, a.s.; software, a.s.; validation, a.s.; formal analysis, a.s.; investigation, a.s.; resources, a.s.; data curation, a.s.; writing—original draft preparation, a.s.; writing—review and editing, a.s.; visualization, a.s.; supervision, a.s.; project administration, a.s.; funding acquisition, a.s. the author has read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. the data are not publicly available due to specific agreement forced by the airport management company. 7.3. funding this research has been supported by the h2020 mf2c project, grant number 730929. 7.4. acknowledgements the author wish to thanks prof. xavi masip-bruin, eva marin-tordera (università politècnica de catalunya), rosa m. badia (barcelona supercomputing center) and jens jensen (science technology facility council/uk research and innovation) for their valuable suggestions. 7.5. declaration of competing interest the author declare that he has no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 283 8. references [1] buyya, r., & srirama, s. n. (2019). fog and edge computing: principles and paradigms. fog and edge computing: principles and paradigms, 1–471. doi:10.1002/9781119525080 [2] sinaeepourfard, a., garcía almiñana, j., masip bruin, x., & marín tordera, e. (2017). fog-to-cloud (f2c) data management for smart cities. in proceedings of 2017 future technologies conference (ftc): 29-30 november 2017, 162-172. the science and information (sai) organization, vancouver, canada. [3] bonomi, f., milito, r., zhu, j., & addepalli, s. (2012). fog computing and its role in the internet of things. proceedings of the first edition of the mcc workshop on mobile cloud computing mcc ’12. doi:10.1145/2342509.2342513. [4] varghese, b., wang, n., barbhuiya, s., kilpatrick, p., & nikolopoulos, d. s. (2016). challenges and opportunities in edge computing. 2016 ieee international conference on smart cloud (smartcloud). doi:10.1109/smartcloud.2016.18. [5] masip-bruin, x., leckey, a., salis, a., guilhot, d., cankar, m., marín-tordera, e., … cordeiro, c. (2018). mf2c. proceedings of the 4th acm mobihoc workshop on experiences with the design and implementation of smart objects smartobjects ’18. doi:10.1145/3213299.3213307. [6] villari, m., fazio, m., dustdar, s., rana, o., & ranjan, r. (2016). osmotic computing: a new paradigm for edge/cloud integration. ieee cloud computing, 3(6), 76–83. doi:10.1109/mcc.2016.124. [7] masip‐bruin, x., marín‐tordera, e., sánchez‐lópez, s., garcia, j., jukan, a., ferrer, a. j., queralt, a., salis, a., bartoli, a., cankar, m., cordeiro, c., jensen, j., & kennedy, j. (2021). managing the cloud continuum: lessons learnt from a real fog‐ to‐cloud deployment. sensors, 21(9). doi:10.3390/s21092974. [8] lordan, f., lezzi, d., ejarque, j., & badia, r. m. (2018). an architecture for programming distributed applications on fog to cloud systems. lecture notes in computer science, 325–337. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-75178-8_27. [9] salis, a., & mancini, g. (2018). making use of a smart fog hub to develop new services in airports. lecture notes in computer science, 338–347. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-75178-8_28. [10] salis, a., mancini, g., bulla, r., cocco, p., lezzi, d., & lordan, f. (2018). benefits of a fog-to-cloud approach in proximity marketing. euro-par 2018: parallel processing workshops, 239–250. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-10549-5_19. [11] salis, a., bulla, r., mancini, g., cocco, p., & jensen, j. (2018). anatomy of a fog-to-cloud distributed recommendation system in airports. 2018 ieee/acm international conference on utility and cloud computing companion (ucc companion). doi:10.1109/ucc-companion.2018.00067. [12] czogalla, o., & naumann, s. (2016). pedestrian indoor navigation for complex public facilities. 2016 international conference on indoor positioning and indoor navigation (ipin). doi:10.1109/ipin.2016.7743672. [13] lara-alvarez, p., jadán-guerrero, j., guevara-maldonado, c., sanchez-gordon, s., calle-jimenez, t., salvador-ullauri, l., … espinoza, w. i. (2019). application to guide people with visual disability on internal buildings, using beacon bluetooth positioning systems. advances in usability and user experience, 375–382. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-19135-1_37. [14] rykowski, j., chojnacki, t., & strykowski, s. (2018). in-store proximity marketing by means of iot devices. collaborative networks of cognitive systems, 164–174. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-99127-6_15 [15] manimuthu, a., dharshini, v., zografopoulos, i., priyan, m. k., & konstantinou, c. (2021). contactless technologies for smart cities: big data, iot, and cloud infrastructures. sn computer science, 2(4). doi:10.1007/s42979-021-00719-0. [16] li, g., yao, y., wu, j., liu, x., sheng, x., & lin, q. (2020). a new load balancing strategy by task allocation in edge computing based on intermediary nodes. eurasip journal on wireless communications and networking, 2020(1). doi:10.1186/s13638-019-1624-9. [17] maia, a. m., ghamri-doudane, y., vieira, d., & franklin de castro, m. (2020). dynamic service placement and load distribution in edge computing. 16th international conference on network and service management (cnsm) izmir, turkey. doi:10.23919/cnsm50824.2020.9269059. [18] petri, i., rana, o., zamani, a. r., & rezgui, y. (2019). edge-cloud orchestration: strategies for service placement and enactment. 2019 ieee international conference on cloud engineering (ic2e). doi:10.1109/ic2e.2019.00020. [19] sinaeepourfard, a., krogstie, j., & petersen, s. a. (2019). d2c-dm: distributed-to-centralized data management for smart cities based on two ongoing case studies. intelligent systems and applications, 619–632. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-295134_46. [20] salis, a., & jensen, j. (2020). a smart fog-to-cloud system in airport: challenges and lessons learnt. 2020 21st ieee international conference on mobile data management (mdm). doi:10.1109/mdm48529.2020.00078. https://doi.org/10.3390/s21092974 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 4, december, 2021 284 [21] cirillo, f., gomez, d., diez, l., elicegui maestro, i., gilbert, t. b. j., & akhavan, r. (2020). smart city iot services creation through large-scale collaboration. ieee internet of things journal, 7(6), 5267–5275. doi:10.1109/jiot.2020.2978770. [22] sinaeepourfard, a., krogstie, j., & sengupta, s. (2020). distributed-to-centralized data management: a new sense of largescale ict management of smart city iot networks. ieee internet of things magazine, 3(3), 76–82. doi:10.1109/iotm.0001.1900038. [23] keniya, r., & mehendale, n. (2020). real-time social distancing detector using socialdistancingnet-19 deep learning network. ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3669311. [24] jarke, m., otto, b., & ram, s. (2019). data sovereignty and data space ecosystems. business & information systems engineering, 61(5), 549–550. doi:10.1007/s12599-019-00614-2. issn: 2723-9535 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 412 finger vein template protection with directional bloom filter jackson horlick teng 1, thian song ong 1* kalaiarasi s. m. a. 1 , connie tee 1 1 faculty of information science and technology, multimedia university, melaka 75450, malaysia. received 28 january 2023; revised 03 may 2023; accepted 11 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract biometrics has become a widely accepted solution for secure user authentication. however, the use of biometric traits raises serious concerns about the protection of personal data and privacy. traditional biometric systems are vulnerable to attacks due to the storage of original biometric data in the system. because biometric data cannot be changed once it has been compromised, the use of a biometric system is limited by the security of its template. to protect biometric templates, this paper proposes the use of directional bloom filters as a cancellable biometric approach to transform the biometric data into a non-invertible template for user authentication purposes. recently, bloom filter has been used for template protection due to its efficiency with small template size, alignment invariance, and irreversibility. directional bloom filter improves on the original bloom filter. it generates hash vectors with directional subblocks rather than only a single-column subblock in the original bloom filter. besides, we make use of multiple fingers to generate a biometric template, which is termed multi-instance biometrics. it helps to improve the performance of the method by providing more information through the use of multiple fingers. the proposed method is tested on three public datasets and achieves an equal error rate (eer) as low as 5.28% in the stolen or constant key scenario. analysis shows that the proposed method meets the four properties of biometric template protection. keywords: multi-instance finger vein; directional bloom filter; template protection. 1. introduction a biometric system is used to verify an individual's identity through their biometric traits, such as voice, facial features, and finger veins, among others. it is a preferable alternative to knowledge and token-based systems, as biometrics cannot be easily misplaced, shared, or stolen. in recent years, finger vein biometrics has become increasingly popular as a type of hand-based biometric for access control systems and financial applications, in comparison to other biometric traits such as fingerprint, palmprint, and hand geometry. a finger vein is an image of the blood vessels inside a finger taken with an infrared or near-infrared imaging system. the hemoglobin in blood vessels absorbs near-infrared light, causing the veins to appear as a unique structure in the resulting image. since the veins are located inside the finger, they are less susceptible to noise and damage, making them well-suited for user authentication [1]. on the other hand, multimodal biometric systems refer to the use of multiple biometric traits for a biometric system. multimodal biometrics has several advantages as compared to unimodal biometrics: better accuracy, better universality, more robustness to impostor attacks, and fault tolerance. generally, multimodal biometric systems can be categorized based on their information source as multi-trait, multi-sensor, multi-algorithm, multi-instance, and multi-sample. this paper focuses on a multi-instance biometric system that uses several instances of a biometric trait for recognition, such as the index, middle, and ring fingers. multi-instance biometrics has the advantage of low cost as it requires only one sensor for enrollment and verification [2]. * corresponding author: tsong@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-013  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5867-9517 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0540-2872 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0901-3831 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 413 the use of biometrics has raised serious concerns about personal data security and privacy. the main reasons are that biometric traits are not renewable; they cannot be easily replaced or cancelled because they are inherently associated with the user. also, if the data from the biometric trait is stolen, it will be compromised permanently and cannot be used in other systems anymore. to resolve the security and privacy issues, the idea of a biometric template protection (btp) scheme has been proposed. template protection is a method to protect biometric data by storing the transformed template rather than raw biometric data in a biometric system [3]. a properly specified btp scheme should have the following properties, according to [4]:  irreversibility: the template is very difficult to invert back to original biometric data.  renewability: compromised template can be revoked, and a new one can be reissued from the same biometric data.  unlinkability: the template does not allow cross-matching across databases to protect user's privacy.  performance: the template does not degrade the recognition accuracy of the system. the proposed multi-instance finger vein template protection method is divided into four major modules: preprocessing, feature extraction, feature transformation, and matching. pre-processing is first used to segment the finger from the background and make the input image easier to use for the rest of the system. it consists of: watershed segmentation, morphological operation, contrast-limited adaptive histogram equalization, and resize. next, a modified frangi method is adopted as the feature extraction approach to segment the vein and convert it into a feature vector. subsequently, feature transformation is performed with row-wise permutation, a random xor operation, and followed by directional bloom filter for template generation. matching is then conducted in the transformed domain by using hamming distance matcher. the proposed system is tested on three publicly available datasets for performance evaluation and security analysis. prior bloom filter research [5, 6] has primarily focused on their use in iris and facial recognition, demonstrating their potential in template protection. while cai et al. [7] investigate the use of a bloom filter for finger veins, this paper introduces the directional bloom filter as an attempt to improve on the traditional bloom filter for finger vein template protection. this improved version innovates by employing directional subblocks for hash vector generation, as opposed to the original bloom filter's single column subblock. furthermore, a significant contribution to our work is the implementation of multi-instance finger vein identification. unlike cai et al. [7], which employ a single instance, our approach employs multiple instances, which enriches the template and may provide more reliable results. the remainder of the paper is organized as follows: section 2 presents the works related to template protection, section 3 outlines the contributions, section 4 describes the proposed system, section 5 presents the experimental results, section 6 summarizes the experiments, and section 7 provides the conclusion. 2. related works typically, btp comes in two major categories: cancellable biometrics and biometric cryptosystems. this paper presents a cancellable biometric-based template protection method. cancellable biometrics works by performing a transformation on biometric data to generate a template. the transformation function can be invertible or non-invertible. in a non-invertible transform, an attacker cannot reverse or reconstruct the original biometric data from the template even when the secret key is compromised. another benefit of cancellable biometrics is that it ensures matching in the transformed domain by securely converting the biometric data into a new template, which is then stored in a secure database and used for authentication. when a user presents their biometric data for authentication, the system applies the same transformation process to the input data and compares the transformed data with the stored transformed data. since the transformation is secure and irreversible, it is computationally infeasible to derive the original biometric data from the transformed data. this ensures that the original biometric data remains private and secure while still allowing for accurate matching in the transformed domain [3]. to date, cancellable biometrics has been adopted successfully in different biometric traits, such as fingerprint [8-10], face [10-12], iris [13-15], palmprint [16-18], online signature [19-21], and others. in this research, we focus on cancellable biometrics, more specifically non-invertible transform [22]. non-invertible transform is chosen because template protected by invertible transform or salting can be recovered to original biometric data if an attacker has access to the secret key. nevertheless, in non-invertible transform, the template cannot be reverted, making it more secure. specifically, our research focuses specifically on the use of bloom filter as btp. the adaptability of bloom filter-based template protection to various biometric modalities represented by binary templates, such as face [6], iris [5], or fingerprint [23], is one of its primary advantages over other approaches. bloom filters are distinguished by their flexibility, making them an ideal foundation for developing a refined version known as directional bloom filter (dbf). li et al. [18] proposed a btp method for palmprint biometrics using randomized cuckoo hashing and minhash. it works by, firstly, extracting the palmprint binary feature using an anisotropic filter. the feature was then resized to a quarter of its original size. it was then xor with a random block. the xored feature was then divided into nonoverlapping blocks. each block was hadamard product with two random complementary matrices to generate two hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 414 different subblocks. cuckoo hashing was performed for each subblock to generate two hash vectors. after that, minhash was performed on each hash vector to generate a hash code. all of the hash codes were then concatenated to form the template. in this btp method, cuckoo hashing worked by having two empty hash vectors. each column in a subblock was converted from binary to decimal. each of the decimal values was then used as an index of the first hash vector to set its value to 1. if the first hash vector value was already set in the index, the column was once again converted from binary to decimal using gray encoding. the index was then used to set the value of the second hash vector to 1. minhash worked by permuting the hash vector and recording the index of the first active bit. the permutation was done several times, and then the indexes were used as the hash code. the system used jaccard distance as the matcher. the system was tested on polyu database with the lowest eer of 2.67% and 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 of 4%. the bloom filter was used for face biometrics in gomez-barrero et al. [6]. firstly, a binary feature was extracted from the face image. it was then divided into non-overlapping blocks. the blocks were then grouped into several groups. after that, each group was row permuted. the groups were then divided back into blocks. following that, each block was used in bloom filter to generate a hash vector. the concatenated hash vectors were the template. the bloom filter worked by taking each column from the block, and then converting it from binary to decimal. the decimal value was used as an index of a hash vector to set its value to 1. the system was tested on the face subcorpus of the desktop dataset (ds2) of the biosecure multimodal database with the lowest eer of 6.1% and 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 of 9%. in rathgeb et al. [5] a method applied to iris biometrics called adaptive bloom filter is introduced. it began from the binary feature extracted from the iris image. it was then divided into non-overlapping blocks. for each block, bloom filter was performed to generate a hash vector. the concatenated hash vectors formed the template. the bloom filter worked by initially creating an empty hash vector. each column of the block was then xored with a random vector generated by an application specific secret key. the column was then converted from binary to decimal, which was then used as an index to set the value of the hash vector to 1. the iris texture of an iris image was segmented by using weighted adaptive hough algorithm. the system was tested with two feature extractors: log-gabor filter and dyadic wavelet transform. in log-gabor filter, the iris texture was first divided into stripes (row-wise division of an image). each stripe was row-wise averaged to get a signal. the signal was then convolved with a log-gabor filter. the outputted phase signal was discretized into two bits. the concatenation of the discretized signals was used as the feature. in dyadic wavelet transform, the iris texture was first converted to the row-wise averaged signal from the striped texture. each signal was then transformed with dyadic wavelet transform, generating two subbands. for each subbands, its local minima and maxima above a threshold is located and the region between the extreme points was alternated with 0 and 1 bits. the concatenated subbands were the features. the system used fractional hamming distance as the matcher and achieved the lowest eer of 1.14% when tested on the casia-v3-interval iris database for performance evaluation. kirchgasser et al. [24] proposed a template protection method for finger veins using alignment-robust hashing (arh) and index-of-maximum (iom) hashing. it began by first determining the region of interest (roi) from the finger vein image. after that, a high-frequency emphasis filter, a circular gabor filter, and contrast-limited adaptive histogram equalization were applied to the roi to enhance finger vein visibility. the proposed system was tested with several wellestablished feature extractors for finger veins. next, the feature set was transformed using arh and iom hashing for template protection. specifically, arh divides the feature into a grid of non-overlapping blocks and flattens each block to one dimension. it then histograms the distances between two active bits and concatenates the resulting hash vectors to form the arh template. iom hashing, on the other hand, computes the inner product between the arh template and several random gaussian vectors generated by a secret key. the index of the maximum value of the result was then saved. this was repeated several times, and the results were saved as the iom template. the template was matched by calculating the number of times the reference template appeared the same as the query template. the proposed btp method was tested on the university of twente finger vascular pattern (utfvp) database and the plusvein-fv3 dorsal-palmar finger vein database (plusvein-fv3), which contains two subsets: laser palmar (plus laser) and led palmar (plus led). the lowest eer was 3.89% (utfvp), 3.79% (plus laser), and 4.08% (plus led). the lowest was 5.2% (utfvp), 6.1% (plus laser), and 5.2% (plus led). cai et al. [7] proposed a template protection method for finger veins using the gabor filter and bloom filter. firstly, the gabor filter is used to detect the ridges in the images. the gabor filter works by convolving the image with several kernels of varying frequencies and orientations, which generate several sub-images. the sub-images are then combined by averaging, and then they are masked to get the region of interest (roi) image. the roi image is then thresholded with adaptive thresholding to binarize the finger vein. morphological operations are also used to remove noise. the feature is then divided into non-overlapping blocks. the blocks are then concatenated, and their rows are permuted. after that, each block is a hadamard product with a random matrix. the bloom filter is then done for each block, where for each column in each block, it is mapped to an index according to a hash function. the indexes are then used to set the bits in the hash vector to 1. the concatenated hash vectors are the feature vectors. when using multiple fingers, the proposed system is tested at two fusion levels: image fusion and feature fusion. the method is evaluated on three different public datasets, with an eer as low as 5%. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 415 on the other hand, template protection by applying block remapping and block warping to vein patterns in the image domain was designed by kirchgasser et al. [25]. first, the finger vein feature is extracted from the finger vein image using a feature extractor. the feature is then transformed using either block remapping or block warping to create a template. the template is then matched by using image correlation. block remapping works by dividing the feature image into non-overlapping blocks. the blocks are then randomly selected with replacements (with a user defined ratio of redundant blocks) to create a template. block warping works by dividing the feature image into non-overlapping blocks. the output image template is subjected to random distortion using a grid, and each distorted block is then filled with the content of its original block through spline interpolation. the proposed method is tested with various feature extractors, including the gabor filter, isotropic undecimated wavelet transform, maximum curvature, principal curvature, repeated line tracking, and wide line detector. the lowest eer obtained with block remapping was 3.27% for utfvp, 15.52% for plus laser, and 4.42% for plus led. the lowest eer achieved with block warping was 0.71% for utfvp, 2.02% for plus laser, and 1.00% for plus led. ren et al. [26] introduced a template protection method for finger vein using rivest-shamir-adleman (rsa) encryption. firstly, the rsa algorithm is used to generate an encryption key and public modulus. the finger vein image is then encrypted by transforming each pixel with the key and modulus. there are two proposed variations of the transformation: local binary pattern (lbp) or direct. lbp denotes that the finger vein image is first transformed with lbp before the lbp feature is encrypted using the key and modulus. the key and modulus are used to directly encrypt the finger vein image. the encryption output is then normalised using pixel normalisation. after normalization, image enhancement is used. several image enhancements are tested: mean filtering, histogram equalization, gamma transform, gaussian filtering, and median filtering. the images are then normalised in terms of position, rotation, and scale of the images. registration is done by using a spatial transformer module. the image is then classified using a residual network with squeeze and excitation block, a type of convolutional neural network. sdumla-hmt, mmcbnu_6000, hkpu, and fv-usm databases were used to test the proposed system. the proposed system has the highest accuracy: 96.698% (sdumla-hmt), 99.667% (mmcbnu_6000), 99.038% (hkpu), and 99.593% (fv-usm). the proposed system has the lowest eer: 2.137% (sdumla-hmt), 0.090% (mmcbnu_6000), 0.277% (hkpu), and 0.091% (fv-usm). ghouzali et al. [27] proposed using a logistic map and torus automorphism to protect face and fingerprint templates. the face and fingerprint are processed independently before being fused using score fusion. first, minutiae are extracted for fingerprinting. torus automorphism is then used to transform the fingerprint minutiae into a template. the fingerprint minutiae are then transformed into a template by using torus automorphism. torus automorphism works by randomly distributing the minutia points according to some parameters following a chaotic sequence. for the face, it is resized to 8 × 8 which is then convolved with a randomly generated user-specific kernel using logistic map. for matching, the system uses euclidean distance for fingerprint matching and cosine distance for face matching. the scores are then normalized using performance anchored normalization and then summed using weighted sum. the proposed system is then tested using orl face database and fvc2002 db1 fingerprint database. the lowest eer of the proposed system is 0%. bassit et al. [28] investigated the use of iris recognition system template protection using bloom filter (bf) and homomorphic encryption (he). this paper proposed combining bf and he to take advantage of each method's strengths. bf has been shown to be either fast and accurate but not unlinkable. meanwhile, he is precise and unlinkable, but it is slow. the proposed system then combined them in order to be precise, unlinkable, and fast template protection system. the proposed system achieved an eer of 0.17% for the iitd iris database, with a runtime of 104.35 ms for 128 bits, 155.15 ms for 192 bits, and 171.70 ms for 256 bits, respectively. 3. contributions in general, a biometric system requires higher security and privacy to enjoy its benefits, compared to knowledge and token-based authentication. this is because biometric data is permanently unusable once it is compromised, and it is inherently linked to a person's identity. to deal with these issues, this paper contributes the following:  the use of multi-instance finger vein biometrics as a means of improving the performance of biometric systems. biometric systems, unlike knowledge-based and token-based systems, are imperfect and cannot authenticate a user with complete accuracy all the time. enhancing performance, therefore, remains a main concern in biometric system design. multi-instance biometrics has been found to be a promising method for enhancing the performance and security of a biometric system. by combining information from multiple fingers into a single template, attackers must compromise multiple fingers simultaneously to successfully breach the system. additionally, template protection method makes it difficult to revert back to the original biometric data, thereby improving the security of the biometrics. multi-instance biometrics can also be used to deter spoofing in challenge-response type systems, where the system prompts the user to present the biometric data in a random order to confirm the user's identity. the main focus of this research, therefore, is to design secure template protection for a multi-instance finger vein system. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 416  this paper proposes the use of feature transformation for template protection, which includes row-wise permutation, random xor operation, and directional bloom filter. the row-wise permutation and random xor operation enhance the template's unlinkability and renewability. renewability is achieved by generating different templates using different secret keys. unlinkability is achieved by distributing the finger vein feature set differently using different secret keys, making it difficult to perform cross-matching across different systems for a user's finger vein.  directional bloom filter (dbf) is used to add the required security and privacy in a biometric system. directional bloom filter is an improvement over the original bloom filter by using different rows, columns, and diagonals subblocks from the blocks instead of just the columns subblocks. the use of more subblocks means there are more active bits in the hash vector, which makes the template more secure. the proposed dbf fulfills the four properties of a good template protection method: irreversibility, renewability, unlinkability and performance, which will be vindicated with the experimental analysis in section 5. 4. research methodology 4.1. overview the proposed system can be divided into preprocessing, feature extraction, feature transformation, and matching. preprocessing is used to improve the input image for the subsequent step. feature extraction is used to get the finger vein feature from the image. feature transformation is used to perform an invertible transform to secure the finger vein feature as a template. matching is used to determine whether the template belongs to a user. the overview of the system can be seen in figure 1. figure 1. overview of the system 4.2. preprocessing watershed segmentation, morphological operation, contrast-limited adaptive histogram equalization (clahe), and image resizing are all part of the preprocessing steps. to separate the finger from the background, watershed segmentation is used. it works by converting the input image into a height or elevation map based on pixel values and then flooding the basins with user-defined markers. the markers show if the flooded area is the region of a finger vein or a background. after that, a morphological operation is used to remove any remaining background. because the finger region is typically large and grey, it accomplishes this by removing small and dark regions. clahe is then used to improve image contrast by more evenly distributing pixel values using histograms. it differs from regular histogram equalization in that it calculates the local histogram of an image divided into blocks rather than the global histogram calculated from the entire image. finally, image resizing is done to change the size of the input image to a fixed size to be used for subsequent matching purposes. the overall preprocessing steps can be seen in figure 2. figure 2. preprocessing hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 417 4.3. feature extraction in this work, a modified frangi filter is used as the feature extractor. it consists of: frangi filter, thresholding, and flood fill. frangi filter is used to extract the vein from the finger image. frangi et al. [29] proposed the use of the eigenvalues of the hessian matrix of an image to detect blood vessels. the hessian matrix of an image is the second order derivative of an image that gives information about the local structure of the 2d image. it can be obtained by analyzing its eigenvalues. eigenvalue analysis works by finding the two principal directions (eigenvectors) and magnitudes (eigenvalues) of the curvature of the image. the two eigenvectors and eigenvalues describe the second order ellipsoid of the image. the second order ellipsoid has an intuitive geometrical interpretation of its eigenvalues. if an eigenvalue is positive, it means that it is concave up (a valley) and if an eigenvalue is negative, it means that it is concave down (a ridge). also, when one of the eigenvalues is small and the other is big, it means that it is tubular (a finger vein). if both eigenvalues are small, it means that it is a noise (background). meanwhile, if both eigenvalues are big with the same sign and magnitude, it means that it is blob-like. the hessian of an image is approximately calculated by convolving the image with the second order derivative of a gaussian kernel. let 𝐼(𝑥, 𝑦) be the preprocessed image with 𝑥 and 𝑦 be the pixel coordinate of the image, then the hessian 𝐻𝑠(𝑥, 𝑦) of 𝐼(𝑥, 𝑦) at gaussian scale 𝑠 is: 𝐻𝑠(𝑥, 𝑦) = 𝑠2𝐼 (𝑥, 𝑦) ∗ 𝜕2 𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦 𝐺𝑠(𝑥, 𝑦) (1) where ∗ is the convolution operator and the gaussian function 𝐺𝑠(𝑥, 𝑦) is: 𝐺𝑠(𝑥, 𝑦) = 1 √2𝜋𝑠2 𝑒𝑥𝑝 ( −𝑥2 + 𝑦2 2𝑠2 ) (2) let 𝜆𝑠,𝑘 be the eigenvalues to the corresponding eigenvectors 𝑢𝑠,𝑘^ of the hessian 𝐻𝑠 for gaussian scale 𝑠 and 𝑘 ∈ 𝐷 dimensional input image, where: 𝜆𝑠,𝑘 = 𝑢𝑠,𝑘 �̂� 𝐻𝑠𝑢𝑠,𝑘^ (3) the 𝜆𝑘 is ordered in ascending magnitude, where: |𝜆1| ≤ |𝜆2| (4) the eigenvalues relations can be computed as a ratio 𝑅𝐵 that measures deviation from blob-like structure. the ratio is defined as: 𝑅𝐵 = |𝜆1| |𝜆2| (5) another measure is the second order structureness 𝑆, that measures the contrast of a region by calculating the frobenius matrix norm of the hessian ‖𝐻‖𝐹. it is used to remove the background from structures by taking into account the vein structure, which is a small structure with a high contrast. it is defined as: 𝑆 = ‖𝐻‖𝐹 = √∑ 𝜆𝑘 2 𝑘≤𝐷 (6) the measures are combined into one as a vesselness measure 𝑉 with 𝛽 and 𝑐 as user-defined variables to control the measures, which is defined as 𝑉𝑠 = { 0 𝜆2 = 0 𝑒𝑥𝑝 ( −𝑅𝐵 2 2𝛽2 ) (1 − 𝑒𝑥𝑝 ( −𝑆2 2𝑐2 )) 𝜆2 > 0 (7) the vesselness measure is performed for each gaussian scale 𝑠 with 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 and 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 the minimum and maximum scales at which the relevant structures are expected to be found. they are combined into one by: 𝑉 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛≤𝑠≤𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑉𝑠 (8) thresholding is then used to binarize the output of the frangi filter 𝑉, by comparing the value to a constant. let 𝐼𝑇(𝑥, 𝑦) be the image after thresholding is formulated as: 𝐼𝑇(𝑥, 𝑦) = 𝑉(𝑥, 𝑦) > 0 (9) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 418 flood fill is used to remove falsely detected finger vein. it does so by selecting a contiguous region that is connected to a user-defined point, and changing its label to background. the user-defined point is set to the centroid of black regions in the image, since the background is typically black. the feature extraction can be seen in figure 3. figure 3. feature extraction 4.4. feature transformation our work is inspired by bloom filter-based template protection [6]. the proposed direction bloom filter (dbf) is an enhanced version of bloom filter based on the transformation of feature set into rows, columns, and diagonal subblocks, instead of just using a column subblock for template generation. this helps to increase the number of active bits in the hash vector to strengthen the irreversibility of btp. besides, the proposed method also includes xoring the block with a randomly generated block, and thus improving unlinkability. in this paper, multi-instance finger vein recognition system has been implemented with dbf for improved performance and security. the use of multiple fingers increases the amount of information available for classification and enhances security by requiring an attacker to compromise multiple fingers to attack the system. for multi-instance dbf template protection, two distinct fusion strategies, namely feature fusion and template fusion, are designed (see figure 6). for feature transformation, the proposed directional bloom filter (dbf) works by first dividing the feature into nonoverlapping blocks 𝐵 where 𝐵 = {𝑏1, … , 𝑏n_blocks} where n_blocks = n_rows × n_cols. n_rows and n_cols refer to the number of rows and columns the feature is divided into, respectively. each block 𝑏 has the size of n_block_rows × n_block_cols: 𝑏 = { 𝑝1,1 … 𝑝1,n_blocks_cols ⋮ ⋱ ⋮ 𝑝n_block_rows,1 … 𝑝n_block_rows,n_block_cols } (10) where 𝑝 is the pixel value of the block. the rows of the blocks are permuted according to a secret key across all the blocks. each block is then xored with 𝑟 where 𝑟 is a randomly generated block according to a secret key. each block is then used to generate a hash vector ℎ and 𝐻 = {ℎ1, … , ℎn_blocks}. the overall framework of the feature transformation scheme is portrayed in figure 4. figure 4. directional bloom filter-based feature transformation hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 419 the hash vector ℎ is generated by dividing the block 𝑏 to subblocks 𝑆. the subblocks 𝑆 correspond to the rows 𝑠𝑟 , columns 𝑠𝑐 , and diagonals 𝑠𝑑 of the block where 𝑠𝑟 𝑖 = {𝑝𝑖,1, … , 𝑝𝑖,n_block_cols}, 𝑠𝑐 𝑗 = {𝑝1,𝑗 , … , 𝑝n_block_rows,𝑗}, and 𝑠𝑑 𝑘 is defined as: 𝑠𝑑 𝑘 = { {𝑝1,1+𝑘 , 𝑝2,2+𝑘, … , 𝑝n_block_rows,n_block_cols+𝑘} 𝑘 > 0 {𝑝1,1, 𝑝2,2, … , 𝑝n_block_rows,n_block_cols} 𝑘 = 0 {𝑝1+𝑘,1, 𝑝2+𝑘,2, … , 𝑝n_block_rows+𝑘,n_block_cols} 𝑘 < 0 (11) where the block is padded with zeros for the index greater than the block size. each subblock 𝑠 is then used to generate an index 𝑓(𝑠) using a hash function 𝑓 (a binary to integer function). the value of the hash vector is set to 1 in the position determined by the generated index, ℎ𝑓(𝑠) = 1. the implementation of directional bloom filter can be seen in figure 5. figure 5. directional bloom filter the overall flow of the proposed dbf method is presented step-by-step in the form of pseudocode that can be found in algorithm 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 420 algorithm 1. directional bloom filter pseudocode 4.5. template matching the output of the proposed system after feature transformation, which is binary, is matched using hamming distance matcher. hamming distance matcher is a matcher between two binary features that works by calculating the proportion of disagreeing components between the two different set of feature vectors. let 𝑢 and 𝑣 be a binary feature vector of dimension 𝑁 and ⊕ is the xor operation, then the hamming distance 𝑑(𝑢, 𝑣) is computed based on the following equation: 𝑑(𝑢, 𝑣) = ∑ 𝑢𝑖 𝑁 𝑖=1 ⊕ 𝑣𝑖 (12) 5. experimental analysis 5.1. experimental setup the proposed method is validated using two standard benchmark databases for finger vein recognition, utfvp and plusvein-fv3. both datasets are widely used as benchmark datasets for finger vein recognition in the research community. it has been used to assess the performance of various finger vein recognition algorithms and template protection methods. specifically, the university of twente finger vascular pattern (utfvp) dataset is a collection of finger vein images created by the biometric recognition group at the university of twente in the netherlands from 60 twente university students during the 2011-2012 academic year, with 82% between the ages of 19 and 30, 27% female, and 13% left-handed [30]. a local custom device was used to capture the images of finger veins. each person provides three fingers (index, middle, and ring) from both hands, and each finger is sampled four times. the dataset contains 1440 images (60 individuals × 3 fingers × 2 hands × 4 samples). each image is 672 × 380 pixels in size and stored in "*.png" format. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 421 on the other hand, the plusvein-fv3 led-laser dorsal-palmar finger vein dataset is from the university of salzburg [31]. the images of the finger veins were captured using a local custom device that used led or laser illumination. in this paper, the led dataset is referred to as plus led, while the laser dataset is referred to as plus laser. the finger vein images were acquired from 60 people of three fingers (index, middle, and ring finger) on both hands. each of the fingers was sampled five times. there are 1800 images in total for each dataset (60 individuals × 3 fingers × 2 hands × 5 samples). the images are in "png" format and have a resolution of 600 × 1024 pixels. the dataset also includes manually annotated ground truth images, which can be used for evaluation and benchmarking of finger vein recognition algorithms. the proposed system uses two fusion methods, feature fusion and template fusion, as a multi-instance finger vein system requires a method to combine information from multiple finger veins. feature fusion concatenates features after extraction and uses them in subsequent processes, while template fusion concatenates templates after transformation and uses them in subsequent processes. figure 6 depicts the two fusion strategies. (a) feature fusion (b) template fusion figure 6. fusion methods used in the proposed system for the subsequent experiments, ‘li’ means left index finger, ‘lm’ means left middle finger, and ‘lr’ means left ring finger. genuine accept rate (gar) is the rate at which a real user is authenticated as real, the higher the value, the better the system is. false accept rate (far) is the rate at which a fake user is authenticated as real, lower is better. false reject rate (frr) is the rate at which a real user is authenticated as fake, lower is better, 𝐹𝑅𝑅 = 1 − 𝐺𝐴𝑅. equal error rate (eer) is the rate at which the far and frr are equal, it is a way to tell the performance of the system in a balanced manner, lower is better. 5.2. experimental results the experimental results of the baseline method using only the modified frangi filter are presented in table 1. it can be seen that the baseline modified frangi filter achieves the lowest eer of 2.78% for utfvp, 3.95% for plus led, and 4.33% for plus laser. the results show that using multiple fingers improves eer by 2.71% on average (with a standard deviation of 4.43%), implying that using multi-instance fingers is generally more effective than relying on a single finger for recognition. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 422 table 1. experimental results for baseline modified frangi filter method dataset fingers eer utfvp ('li',) 2.78% ('li', 'lm') 3.89% ('li', 'lm', 'lr') 3.89% plus led ('li',) 6.83% ('li', 'lm') 4.50% ('li', 'lm', 'lr') 3.95% plus laser ('li',) 15.50% ('li', 'lm') 7.12% ('li', 'lm', 'lr') 4.33% the receiver operating characteristic (roc) curve of the baseline system using modified frangi filter can be observed in figure 7. in general, the roc curve can be used to observe system performance at various levels of desired performance. when comparing the use of a biometric system to login to a game versus login to a bank account, not all uses of a biometric system require the same security threshold. when used in a game system, it is preferable to have a higher genuine accept rate (gar) in exchange for a higher false accept rate (far). meanwhile, when used for a bank account system, having as little far as possible is more important, even if it lowers gar. eer is useful for comparing overall system performance, whereas the roc curve is useful for comparing specific system performance. figure 7. roc curve of the baseline system using modified frangi filter for performance evaluation of template protection, we have both user key and constant key scenarios. a constant key means that the secret key used to generate randomness in the system is the same for all individuals. the outcome represents the worst-case scenario in which the attacker obtained the secret key. the user key scenario is when the secret key is unique to each individual. this simulates the system's normal operation. in experiments, the proposed system with user key achieves an eer of 0% every time. the following experiments are conducted using a constant key with n_block_rows = 8 and n_block_cols = 4. figure 8 shows the line plot of the result of directional bloom filter tested on multiple parameters with 10 different constant keys transformation, the line shows the average of the results, and the shaded region shows the 95% confidence interval of the results. as shown in figure 8, the proposed directional bloom filter is not very sensitive when different parameters and constant keys are used, as evidenced by the small spread of the 95% confidence interval. the parameters 8x4 produce mostly satisfactory results in the constant key scenario, so they are used in subsequent experimental analysis for performance comparison. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 423 (a) directional bloom filter on index finger (b) directional bloom filter on middle finger (c) directional bloom filter on ring finger figure 8. result of directional bloom filter when tested on different parameters hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 424 table 2 shows that the proposed method for utfvp produced better results. it can be seen that using three fingers with dbf and template fusion results in the lowest eer of 5.28%. it also demonstrates that using two fingers with dbf and template fusion results in the lowest 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 of 5.86%. this demonstrates that dbf is more performant and private than bf in general. multi-instance also improves dbf and bf performance while improving dbf privacy. overall, the dbf approach resulted in 2.51% to 3.75% of eer improvements over the baseline bloom filter, with feature fusion providing the best improvement (3.06% to 3.75%) and template fusion providing slightly lower improvement of the results (2.51% to 3.33%). table 2. experimental results for utfvp fingers feature transformation fusion eer 𝑫𝒔𝒚𝒔 ('li',) dbf 13.73 % 6.94% bf 16.39% 24.93% ('li', 'lm') dbf template 6.67% 5.86% dbf feature 6.39% 7.16% bf template 10.00% 29.58% bf feature 10.14% 25.79% ('li', 'lm', 'lr') dbf template 5.28% 6.24% dbf feature 5.83% 7.45% bf template 7.79% 31.42% bf feature 8.89% 23.53% the roc curve of the proposed method for utfvp can be seen in figure 9. figure 9. roc curve of the proposed method for utfvp as shown in table 3, our proposed plus led method, which uses three fingers with dbf and template fusion, has the lowest error rate (7.06%). using only one finger with dbf results in the best system performance, with the lowest 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 of 4.83%. overall, dbf provides more privacy, particularly in multi-instance settings. when feature and template fusion techniques are used, our directional bloom filter outperforms the bloom filter and achieves lower eers in all instances. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 425 table 3. experimental results for plus led fingers feature transformation fusion eer 𝑫𝒔𝒚𝒔 ('li',) dbf 16.61% 4.83% bf 23.50% 15.25% ('li', 'lm') dbf template 9.33% 5.19% dbf feature 9.33% 5.70% bf template 17.89% 12.91% bf feature 19.25% 11.12% ('li', 'lm', 'lr') dbf template 7.06% 4.85% dbf feature 7.83% 5.34% bf template 14.04% 16.64% bf feature 16.12% 14.20% the roc curve of the proposed method for plus led can be seen in figure 10. figure 10. roc curve of the proposed method for plus led table 4 shows the experimental results for the plus laser method. the best eer (7.50%) is obtained by combining three fingers with dbf and template fusion. with three fingers and dbf and feature fusion, the best 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 (4.81%) is achieved. dbf again outperforms bf in terms of both performances, with multi-instance setups further improving these results. the former outperforms the traditional bloom filter by 7.00% to 14.17% in terms of eer. specifically, feature fusion accounts for an eer improvement ranging from 12.05% to 14.17%, while template fusion contributes to an eer boost between 8.91% and 11.00%. table 4. experimental results for plus laser fingers feature transformation fusion eer 𝑫𝒔𝒚𝒔 ('li',) dbf 24.00% 6.24% bf 31.00% 12.71% ('li', 'lm') dbf template 14.17% 5.90% dbf feature 14.50% 5.40% bf template 23.08% 12.08% bf feature 26.55% 12.90% ('li', 'lm', 'lr') dbf template 7.50% 6.12% dbf feature 9.33% 4.81% bf template 18.50% 12.98% bf feature 23.50% 12.50% hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 426 figure 11 illustrates the roc curve of the proposed method for plus laser. figure 11. roc curve of the proposed method for plus laser based on the results of figures 9 to 11, dbf outperforms bf for all number of finger vein instances. as presented in figures 9 to 11, it is also clear that dbf template fusion consistently outperforms dbf feature fusion. in addition, figure 12 shows the performance of the proposed system with and without template protection, indicating that the system performance degrades slightly when template protection is used. when the false accept rate (far) is set to 0.01%, the false reject rate (frr) for the modified frangi filter is around 17.5% and 19% for the directional bloom filter. this minor difference in performance implies that the proposed dbf method has little effect on the frr. it implies that using dbf as a security measure in the system provide the balance between the necessary level of template protection. figure 12. det of baseline and directional bloom filter with the best eer 5.3. unlinkability and renewability analysis unlinkability is one of the desired properties of a biometric template [4]. unlinkability ensures that a template from one biometric system cannot be linked to another template from the same individual in another biometric system, which protects the privacy of the users. in addition, renewability is also one of the desired properties of a biometric template. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 427 renewability is necessary since biometric data is permanent and is no longer useful once compromised. hence, it is necessary to be able to generate multiple different templates from one biometric data. an unlinkable template is a renewable template since the templates generated from different secret keys cannot be linked to each other, which also proves that multiple different templates can be generated from the same biometric data. unlinkability can be estimated from likelihood ratios [6], where for a given score 𝑠, 𝐿𝑅(𝑠) is defined as: 𝐿𝑅(𝑠) = 𝑃(𝑠𝑚) 𝑃(𝑠𝑛𝑚) (13) where 𝑠𝑚 is the score computed from mated templates, 𝑠𝑛𝑚 is the score computed from non-mated templates, and 𝑃 is the probability. mated templates mean the templates are generated from different samples and secret keys of the same instance and individual, for example, two different samples of the left index finger vein from the same individual. on the other hand, non-mated templates refer to templates that are generated from different samples, secret keys, instances, and individuals. when 𝐿𝑅(𝑠) ≤ 1, it means that it is more likely that the templates are non-mated. on the other hand, when 𝐿𝑅(𝑠) > 1, it means that it is more likely that the templates are mated. for convenience's sake, the 𝐿𝑅(𝑠) is normalized from the range [0, ∞) to the range [0,1] as 𝐷(𝑠), where it is defined as: 𝐷(𝑠) = { 0 𝐿𝑅(𝑠) ≤ 1 2 ( 1 1 + 𝑒𝑥𝑝(−(𝐿𝑅(𝑠) − 1)) − 0.5) 𝐿𝑅(𝑠) > 1 (14) as defined, 𝐷(𝑠) only estimates the unlinkability of the system for a score, to determine the unlinkability of the whole system, 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 is defined as: 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 = ∫ 𝐷(𝑠)𝑃(𝑠𝑚)𝑑𝑠 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 (15) where 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 = 0 means the system is fully unlinkable and 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 = 1 means the system is fully linkable, therefore the lower the 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 the better. figure 13 depicts the unlinkability analysis of the proposed method with the best eer for utfvp. it can be seen that between the scores [0.0482,0.0488], where the bulk of the data is, the mated score 𝑠𝑚 has a lower or near equal probability than the non-mated score 𝑠𝑛𝑚, resulting in a low 𝐷(𝑠) in the region with the 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 of 6.24%. figure 13. unlinkability analysis of the proposed method with the best eer for utfvp the unlinkability analysis of the proposed method with the best eer for plus led can be seen in figure 14. it can be seen that between the score [0.0481,0.0487] where the bulk of the data is, the mated score 𝑠𝑚 has mostly lower or near equal probability than the non-mated score 𝑠𝑛𝑚, hence the low 𝐷(𝑠) in the region, which resulted in the 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 of 4.85%. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 428 figure 14. unlinkability analysis of the proposed method with the best eer for plus led the unlinkability analysis of the proposed method with the best eer for plus laser is depicted in figure 15. it can be seen that between the scores [0.0481,0.0487] where the bulk of the data is, the mated score 𝑠𝑚 has mostly lower or near equal probability than the non-mated score 𝑠𝑛𝑚, hence the low 𝐷(𝑠) in the region, which resulted in the 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 of 6.12%. figure 15. unlinkability analysis of the proposed method with the best eer for plus laser the hamming weight attack takes advantage of the fact that, in a bloom filter, the number of unique columns in each block should remain mostly unchanged despite the row-wise permutation of the group of blocks. armed with this information, the attack employs a hamming weight matcher to determine the difference in the number of active bits between two templates. figure 16 depicts the hamming weight attack on the bloom filter (bf) and directional bloom filter (dbf). it is observed that the proposed dbf achieves a 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 of 4.46%, compared to 15.66% for the bf. this indicates that the dbf has a relatively better unlinkability and therefore demonstrates good privacy protection of the proposed template protection mechanism. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 429 (a) bloom filter (b) directional bloom filter figure 16. hamming weight attack 5.4. irreversibility analysis in a full disclosure model, in which an attacker has full knowledge of the system including the secret key, which represents the worst-case scenario, the security of the proposed system depends on the irreversibility of the template. permutation and xor only provide unlinkability in this model. the irreversibility of the template comes from the manyto-one mapping of the directional bloom filter, since for each active bit in the hash vector, there are many possible locations of the subblock in each block. the number of possible binary block 𝑛𝑏 that can be generated from a hash vector ℎ is: 𝑛𝑏 = (𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒(ℎ) + 𝑙𝑒𝑛(ℎ) − 1)! 𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒(ℎ)! (𝑙𝑒𝑛(ℎ) − 1)! (16) where 𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒(ℎ) is the number of activated bits in the hash vector and 𝑙𝑒𝑛(ℎ) is the length of the hash vector. since each hash vector is generated from a block, the total number of possible block 𝑡𝑏 is: 𝑡𝑏 = ∑ 𝑛𝑏�̂� n_blocks 𝑖=1 (17) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 430 however, 𝑡𝑏 represents the upper bound of the total number of possible blocks, since directional bloom filter cannot generate all possible hash vectors, as compared to bloom filter. despite the weaker irreversibility, directional bloom filter improves performance and unlinkability, making its benefits outweigh its drawbacks. the irreversibility of the proposed system is presented in table 5. the probability is calculated by using the minimum 𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒(ℎ) of the respective dataset, since it represents the worst-case scenario. the 𝑡𝑏 is calculated by simply multiplying n_blocks of 1200 with 𝑛𝑏, to also represent the worst-case scenario. 𝑛𝑏 is calculated with 𝑙𝑒𝑛(ℎ) of 256. the probability when using multiple fingers is simply the multiplication of the one finger probability with the number of fingers. this analysis shows that the system has good irreversibility. table 5. irreversibility of directional bloom filter dataset fingers 𝒂𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒗𝒆(𝒉) 𝒏�̂� 𝒕�̂� probability (%) min mean std max utfvp (‘li’,) 5 16.14 1.63 20 9.53 × 109 1.14 × 1013 8.75 × 10-12 plus led (‘li’,) 4 16.16 1.61 20 1.83 × 108 2.20 × 1011 4.55 × 10-10 plus laser (‘li’,) 6 16.17 1.61 20 4.14 × 1011 4.97 × 1014 2.01 × 10-13 6. discussion and analysis the best results of each method can be observed in table 6, where the bloom filter and block remapping methods were re-implemented for a fair comparison for performance comparison purposes. each method was tested with multiple fingers using different hyperparameters, and the best result is shown. as presented in the table, the proposed dbf performs well in terms of eer compared to other methods in the literature. dbf also mostly achieves the best 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 among the other methods, combined with its decent eer, makes it a good choice for template protection. specifically, the proposed dbf managed to improve upon the existing bloom filter (bf) for both eer and 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 with the lowest eer of 5.28% for utfvp, 7.06% for plus led, and 7.50% for plus laser. although the proposed method did not outperform some of the other state-of-the-art methods from the referenced works cai et al. [7] and kirchgasser et al. [24] in terms of eer, it did achieve the best unlinkability with the lowest 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 being 5.86% for utfvp, 4.83% for plus led, and 4.81% for plus laser, respectively. this demonstrates that, despite not having the best eer, the proposed method provides superior unlinkability, which is critical for ensuring optimal privacy protection. table 6. the best eer result of each system with its 𝑫𝒔𝒚𝒔 utfvp plus led plus laser eer 𝑫𝒔𝒚𝒔 eer 𝑫𝒔𝒚𝒔 eer 𝑫𝒔𝒚𝒔 frangi-dbf 5.28% 6.24% 7.06% 4.85% 7.50% 6.12% frangi-bf 7.79% 31.42% 14.04% 16.64% 18.50% 12.98% gabor-bf [7] 10.00% 7.4% 5.67% 6.7% 5.88% 6.1% frangi-block remapping [25] 7.22% 8.01% 5.88% 36.69% 6.67% 8.29% gabor-block remapping [25] 8.89% 11.36% 5.67% 10.45% 6.33% 11.73% 7. conclusion in this work, the proposed btp method achieves an acceptable level of performance and satisfies the required properties for a template protection method, based on empirical analysis. the row-wise permutation and random xor operation enhance the template's unlinkability, ensuring that even if an attacker gains access to one template, they cannot use it to cross-matching with another system. moreover, the directional bloom filter provides an additional layer of security by safeguarding the user's biometric data from being exposed. although bf has been used previously for biometric template protection, the dbf proposed in this study is an enhanced version that utilizes multiple instances of biometric data to generate a hash vector that takes into account the row, column, and diagonal subblocks of a feature set. this modification results in a higher number of active bits in the hash vector for better security. this allows dbf to better capture the unique characteristics of an individual's biometric traits, leading to a more robust biometric template protection mechanism. furthermore, the two fusion methods, feature fusion and template fusion, offer flexibility in implementing a multi-instance finger vein system and improve the overall accuracy of the system compared to a single finger vein approach. overall, the proposed method presents a promising solution for template protection in biometric systems. notwithstanding the potential benefits of the proposed method, it should be noted that the method has only been evaluated on finger vein biometrics, and its equal error rate (eer) remains unsatisfactory. it employs a multi-instance approach that improves system performance. notably, using three fingers instead of one finger, results in the best equal hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 431 error rate (eer). this is evident when the proposed system achieves an eer of 5.28% for three fingers versus 13.73% for one finger for utfvp, 7.06% for three fingers versus 16.61% for one finger for plus led, and 7.50% for three fingers versus 24.00% for one finger for plus laser. the proposed system with the best eer has a 𝐷𝑠𝑦𝑠 of 6.24% for utfvp, 4.85% for plus led, and 6.12% for plus laser. the introduction of the directional bloom filter, an advanced version of the standard bloom filter. in comparison, the eer and dsys of the bloom filter are 7.79% and 31.42% for utfvp, 14.04% and 16.64% for plus led, and 18.50% and 12.98% for plus laser. this emphasises the proposed system's efficiency and effectiveness. future research should concentrate on improving the dbf method's performance by experimenting with different feature extraction methods. furthermore, to validate the robustness of the proposed approach, the dbf method can be extended to other biometric modalities such as iris or face recognition in order to improve the proposed method's performance and scalability in real-world scenarios. in addition, further investigation is needed to identify more effective fusion strategies to enhance system performance beyond the current use of simple concatenation for feature fusion. possible fusion strategies such as lr fusion, rl fusion, ud fusion, and du fusion [32] can be explored. finally, the potential benefits of multimodal biometrics, such as combining fingerprint and finger vein, should be explored to assess their potential for enhancing both security and performance. 8. declarations 8.1. author contributions conceptualization, j.h.t. and t.s.o.; methodology, k.s.m.a. and t.s.o.; software, j.h.t.; validation: t.c.; formal analysis, j.h.t. and t.s.o.; writing—original draft preparation, j.h.t.; writing—review and editing, t.s.o., t.c. and k.s.m.a.; funding acquisition, t.s.o. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 8.2. data availability statement  3rd party data: restrictions apply to the availability of these data. data was obtained from the university of twente, enschede, and the netherlands and are available at https://www.utwente.nl/en/eemcs/dmb/downloads/utfvp/ with the permission of the university of twente.  3rd party data: restrictions apply to the availability of these data. data was obtained from artificial intelligence and human interfaces (aihi) department of the university of salzburg led by andreas uhl and are available at https://wavelab.at/sources/plusvein-fv3/ with the permission of andreas uh. 8.3. funding this work was supported by fundamental research grant scheme (frgs) of ministry of higher education malaysia (frgs grant no: frgs/1/2019/ict02/mmu/02/14). 8.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 8.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 8.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] shaheed, k., liu, h., yang, g., qureshi, i., gou, j., & yin, y. (2018). a systematic review of finger vein recognition techniques. information (switzerland), 9(9), 213. doi:10.3390/info9090213. [2] ross, a., & jain, a. k. (2004). multimodal biometrics: an overview. 12th european signal processing conference, 6-10 september, 2004, vienna, austria. [3] rathgeb, c., & uhl, a. (2011). a survey on biometric cryptosystems and cancelable biometrics. eurasip journal on information security, 2011(1), 3. doi:10.1186/1687-417x-2011-3. [4] iso/iec 24745:2011. (2011). information technology-security techniques-biometric information protection. international organization for standardization (iso), geneva, switzerland. [5] rathgeb, c., breitinger, f., & busch, c. (2013). alignment-free cancelable iris biometric templates based on adaptive bloom filters. 2013 international conference on biometrics (icb). doi:10.1109/icb.2013.6612976. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 432 [6] gomez-barrero, m., rathgeb, c., galbally, j., busch, c., & fierrez, j. (2016). unlinkable and irreversible biometric template protection based on bloom filters. information sciences, 370–371, 18–32. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2016.06.046. [7] cai, s., yau, w. c., ong, t. s., & teng, j. h. (2022). transforming finger vein template in multi-instance scenario. 2022 10th international conference on information and communication technology (icoict). doi:10.1109/icoict55009.2022.9914870. [8] boult, t. e., scheirer, w. j., & woodworth, r. (2007). revocable fingerprint biotokens: accuracy and security analysis. 2007 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2007.383110. [9] sayeed, m. s., min, p. p., & bari, m. a. (2022). deep learning based gait recognition using convolutional neural network in the covid-19 pandemic. emerging science journal, 6(5), 1086-1099. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-05-012. [10] ratha, n. k., connell, j. h., & bolle, r. m. (2001). enhancing security and privacy in biometrics-based authentication systems. ibm systems journal, 40(3), 614–634. doi:10.1147/sj.403.0614. [11] bagherzadeh, s. z., & toosizadeh, s. (2022). eye tracking algorithm based on multi model kalman filter. hightech and innovation journal, 3(1), 15-27. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-02. [12] teoh, a. b. j., & goh, a. (2006). random multispace quantization as an analytic mechanism for biohashing of biometric and random identity inputs. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 28(12), 1892–1901. doi:10.1109/tpami.2006.250. [13] hämmerle-uhl, j., pschernig, e., uhl, a. (2009). cancelable iris biometrics using block re-mapping and image warping. information security, isc 2009. lecture notes in computer science, 5735, springer, berlin, germany. doi:10.1007/978-3-64204474-8_11. [14] pillai, j. k., patel, v. m., chellappa, r., & ratha, n. k. (2010). sectored random projections for cancelable iris biometrics. 2010 ieee international conference on acoustics, speech and signal processing. doi:10.1109/icassp.2010.5495383. [15] pillai, j. k., patel, v. m., chellappa, r., & ratha, n. k. (2011). secure and robust iris recognition using random projections and sparse representations. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 33(9), 1877–1893. doi:10.1109/tpami.2011.34. [16] connie, t., teoh, a., goh, m., & ngo, d. (2005). palmhashing: a novel approach for cancelable biometrics. information processing letters, 93(1), 1–5. doi:10.1016/j.ipl.2004.09.014. [17] leng, l., & zhang, j. (2013). palmhash code vs. palmphasor code. neurocomputing, 108, 1–12. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2012.08.028. [18] li, h., qiu, j., & teoh, a. b. j. (2020). palmprint template protection scheme based on randomized cuckoo hashing and minhash. multimedia tools and applications, 79(17–18), 11947–11971. doi:10.1007/s11042-019-08446-8. [19] maiorana, e., campisi, p., fierrez, j., ortega-garcia, j., & neri, a. (2010). cancelable templates for sequence-based biometrics with application to on-line signature recognition. ieee transactions on systems, man, and cybernetics part a: systems and humans, 40(3), 525–538. doi:10.1109/tsmca.2010.2041653. [20] maiorana, e., campisi, p., ortega-garcia, j., & neri, a. (2008). cancelable biometrics for hmm-based signature recognition. 2008 ieee second international conference on biometrics: theory, applications and systems. doi:10.1109/btas.2008.4699360. [21] maiorana, e., martinez-diaz, m., campisi, p., ortega-garcia, j., & neri, a. (2008). template protection for hmm-based online signature authentication. 2008 ieee computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition workshops. doi:10.1109/cvprw.2008.4563114. [22] jain, a. k., nandakumar, k., & nagar, a. (2008). biometric template security. eurasip journal on advances in signal processing, 2008(1), 579416. doi:10.1155/2008/579416. [23] abe, n., yamada, s., & shinzaki, t. (2015). irreversible fingerprint template using minutiae relation code with bloom filter. 2015 ieee 7th international conference on biometrics theory, applications and systems (btas). doi:10.1109/btas.2015.7358770. [24] kirchgasser, s., kauba, c., lai, y. l., zhe, j., & uhl, a. (2020). finger vein template protection based on alignment-robust feature description and index-of-maximum hashing. ieee transactions on biometrics, behavior, and identity science, 2(4), 337–349. doi:10.1109/tbiom.2020.2981673. [25] kirchgasser, s., kauba, c., & uhl, a. (2020). cancellable biometrics for finger vein recognition—application in the feature domain. handbook of vascular biometrics. advances in computer vision and pattern recognition. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-27731-4_16. [26] ren, h., sun, l., guo, j., han, c., & wu, f. (2021). finger vein recognition system with template protection based on convolutional neural network. knowledge-based systems, 227, 107159. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2021.107159. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 433 [27] ghouzali, s., nafea, o., wadood, a., & hussain, m. (2021). cancelable multimodal biometrics based on chaotic maps. applied sciences (switzerland), 11(18), 8573. doi:10.3390/app11188573. [28] bassit, a., hahn, f., veldhuis, r., & peter, a. (2022). hybrid biometric template protection: resolving the agony of choice between bloom filters and homomorphic encryption. iet biometrics, 11(5), 430–444. doi:10.1049/bme2.12075. [29] frangi, a. f., niessen, w. j., vincken, k. l., & viergever, m. a. (1998). multiscale vessel enhancement filtering. medical image computing and computer-assisted intervention — miccai’98. miccai 1998. lecture notes in computer science, vol. 1496. springer, berlin, germany. doi:10.1007/bfb0056195. [30] ton, b. t., & veldhuis, r. n. j. (2013). a high quality finger vascular pattern dataset collected using a custom designed capturing device. 2013 international conference on biometrics (icb). doi:10.1109/icb.2013.6612966. [31] kauba, c., prommegger, b., & uhl, a. (2018). the two sides of the finger an evaluation on the recognition performance of dorsal vs. palmar finger-veins. 2018 international conference of the biometrics special interest group (biosig). doi:10.23919/biosig.2018.8553277. [32] sudha, d., & ramakrishna, m. (2017). comparative study of features fusion techniques. 2017 international conference on recent advances in electronics and communication technology (icraect). doi:10.1109/icraect.2017.39. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 411 issn: 2723-9535 analysis of the management positions gender structure in sports organizations in slovakia viera guzoňová 1, kateřina bočková 1* 1 department of management and economics, dti university, sládkovičova 553/20, 018 41 dubnica nad váhom, slovakia. received 17 september 2022; revised 09 november 2022; accepted 18 november 2022; published 01 december 2022 abstract the aim of the presented paper is to capture the gender aspects of sports culture through the gender structure of slovakia's national sports organizations members and their management positions. in order to fulfill the aim of the paper, a hierarchical cluster analysis was applied using ibm spss statistics. as a part of this analysis, due to the cardinality of the input variables, the euclidean distance measurement method and the ward method were used. the results of the research examining 65 national sports organizations in slovakia confirmed that the gender in slovak organized sports is manifested on the one hand by the dominance of men in the membership of sports organizations, with the exception of sports those are explicitly understood as female, but also in the representation on the management and decision-making positions. furthermore, we managed to find out that there is a relationship between the gender structure of the membership base and the gender structure in management and decision-making positions, which is reciprocal and at the same time asymmetrical. keywords: gender inequalities; sports culture; gender structure; management and decision-making positions. 1. introduction sport is a phenomenon of today's time; its popularity is constantly growing among people of different genders, ages, and educational backgrounds. the range of sports activities is constantly expanding; we can choose from dozens of types of individual or collective sports, summer or winter, outdoor or indoor sports, as well as from the possible forms of practicing the particular sport: individually, with family or friends, in a group or organized sport, i.e., within a specific section, union, or organization. it is in the case of organized sports that one of the negative sides of sports can be pointed out, which is gender inequality. despite the fact that the status of men and women is equal in many aspects of life, sport and the management of sports organizations are still the prerogative of men [1, 2]. from a sociological point of view, sport can be viewed through the lens of various theories, while in our opinion the most appropriate view of the issue of gender and gender inequalities in sport is the critical feminist theory, which is based on the assumption that sport represents a gendered activity, where "the meaning, organization, and purpose of sport are rooted in men's values and experiences while also highlighting the dominant forms of masculinity" [3]. we can thus justify gender inequalities through a masculine sports culture, in which anything somehow connected with masculinity is considered to be natural and correct. the explanation is easy because "organized sport was created by men and for men" [4]. access to sport, as a strongly masculine environment, was denied to women from the beginning. nevertheless, female athletes won their place on the playgrounds, running tracks, and slopes. the number of male and female athletes at the olympic games has leveled off in recent years. however, the increase in the number of top female athletes does not correspond to the number of female sports officials. "a woman in the leadership of a sports organization is rather an exception" [5]. building a career in a primarily * corresponding author: bockova@dti.sk http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-04-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3728-628x hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 412 male profession places certain barriers in front of them, which they subsequently have to face in their careers [2, 6–11]. the topic of the position of women in decision-making positions resonates strongly in the current public debate. among other things, it is sport that mirrors the social relations in society; the involvement of women in decision-making processes is so important because it can help deconstruct gender stereotypes and their negative consequences. society has accepted the supremacy of the male sex, or rather gender, as a norm, according to which masculine characteristics are taken as the right ones or as a standard that a person must have in order to be able to hold functions that are primarily performed by men [12]. although the narrative of the superiority of masculine qualities in senior management is gradually being reshaped so that feminine qualities or abilities such as communication, motivation, and care are seen in a positive light, the representation of women in leadership positions in sports organizations is still very low. among the difficulties a woman may encounter on her career path is working in a discriminatory environment, gender income inequality, or difficult access to traditionally male industries [13]. foreign studies in the context of gender issues and imbalances not only in sports began to take shape from the 1980s. its authors were anglo-saxon feminist-oriented researchers, feminist literary scholars from yale university, mary jacobus, shoshana felman, barbara johnson and gayatri c. spivak, who responded to the striking disparity between men and women in key sectors in post-industrial societies. however, many studies, for example [14-17] have not yet agreed on a theory that could identify the factors leading to such a low involvement of women in the management of organizations. however, there is a number of hypotheses that explain this phenomenon based on feminist theories. among the most important feminist theories that can be applied to the management of sports organizations belongs the libertarian feminist theory based on the belief that women are limited in society due to the gender segregation of the labor market. this theory is very succinctly characterized in grundy [18] as follows: "you can work in this limited range of occupations, while men can choose from all of them". another feminist theory applicable to the management of sports organizations is the social feminist theory. this theory is most accurately described in wajcman [19], when the author claims that the combination of men and sports is the result of both ideological and cultural processes in society. since sport is still associated with masculinity in today's society, in the case of women entering the world of sport, they must first renounce their femininity. this theory is further defined and explained in fox et al. [20] and kristová [21]. another valid theory is the radical feminist theory. in this case, gender is seen as a static and homogeneous category, “radical feminism is so intertwined with masculinity and patriarchy that it cannot be addressed to women” [22]. we decided to focus on the topic of gender and its connection with the management of sports organizations mainly because it has not been researched in slovakia yet, on the other hand, this topic has already been discussed many times abroad. this is evidenced by many scientific studies, for example [2, 6-11]. due to the fact that previous foreign researches focused mainly on western countries, it will also be interesting to compare the results of our research with existing foreign ones. several global international researches have been conducted on the issue in question, while the czech republic participated in the researches from 2010, 2014 and 2018 (but not slovakia), which, compared to the other 38 participating countries from around the world, achieved the sixth worst result. the aim of the research was to find out the gender composition of the executive committees of sports organizations in the given countries, as well as the gender of the chairman and the general secretary (the general secretary is an executive who is responsible for the overall running and activities of the organization, he is usually elected by the executive committee. sometimes this position is called the general director, secretary or householder). in the czech republic in 2018, out of a total of 632 members, 72 women (i.e., 11.4%) were represented in executive committees. in contrast, in norway, for example, 37.4% were women, in the usa 28.8% or in france 20.6% [23]. within the eu, the slovakia shows above-average results in terms of women's employment. in 2018, female employment was 64.7% [24]. however, when we take a closer look at the slovak labour market, we find that gender segregation by sex is strongly reflected in it, primarily in the low representation of women in management and decisionmaking positions and in senior management [25]. this phenomenon is referred to as a labour market vertical segregation, which according to many studies, e.g. [26-28] can also be applied with certain limitations to the field of sports, or sports organizations that represent the non-profit sector. the situation in the field of sports merely copies the state of current slovak society, where we encounter a lack of women in leadership and management positions in almost all areas (primarily in politics, media and education. 2. material and methods the aim of the presented paper is to capture the gender aspects of sports culture through the gender structure of slovakia's national sports organizations members and their management positions, among other things in a time perspective, through which the considerations about stability or change can be conducted. we focus on the women holding the positions of presidents of sports associations or commissions within a sports organization. researchers working on the topic of the underrepresentation of women in the management of sports organizations hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 413 emphasize the importance of a multi-level research structure, as cited in [12, 29, 30]. "the specific levels include the micro level, which represents the level of personal values, strategies and experiences of the respondents. the second level, i.e., the meso, represents the environment of the sports organization and the atmosphere in executive boards and workplaces. at the macro level, sports organizations and gender diversity are viewed from a socio-cultural perspective." [13]. following the model of the multi-level structure used by authors in sotiriadou & de haan [30], the research questions were formulated in the context of the aim of the paper as follows:  main research question: how does the gender aspect of sports culture manifest itself in sports organizations? based on a detailed analysis of information sources, we expect the hypothesis h1, that the gender aspect of sports culture in sports organizations will be manifested by the dominant position of men specifically, the predominance of men both in the membership base and in representation in management and decision-making positions. this condition is due to the masculine nature of sports culture, in which men, men's sports and masculinity are seen as inherently dominant. it can thus be proven that sports organizations, as one of the main actors of the sports environment, contribute to the maintenance of hegemonic masculinity in sports.  the next two hypotheses, which we will try to confirm in the research, concern the relationship between the gender structure of members and the gender structure of management positions. o as part of second hypothesis h2: we expect that there is a reciprocal relationship between the gender structure of members and the gender structure of management positions. specifically, the higher the ratio of men/women among members, the higher their representation in management and decision-making positions. o third hypothesis h3 further escalates this relationship, in the sense that it is not symmetrical. this means that: while male representation on executive committees will be relevant for women's sports, female representation will be insignificant for male sports. we assume the mentioned relationship due to the fact that both of its aspects reciprocity and asymmetry are a manifestation of the culture of the given sport and are generally related to male dominance in sport. the partial question to which we will try to get an answer as a part of the research is research question rq1, whether manifestations of the gender aspect in sports, or sports organizations, do they remain unchanged or are they transformed? we will look for the answer through the historical development of the membership base of individual sports organizations, when we understand this statistic as an expression of gender ideology, or the culture of the given sport, and thus we can find out to what extent the gender structure remains stable or changes. the expected hypothesis h4 is: the gender meanings associated with individual sports are relatively constant, and therefore the gender structure of sports organizations will not change much. a possible explanation for the immutability of the gender structure is that, although new sports and thus new sports organizations are constantly being created, men are once again pushing themselves into management and decision-making positions, as they have a greater chance due to the masculine nature of sports and the gender hierarchy in sports organizations achieve a higher status. 2.1. research sample, sources and data collection 74 national sports organizations of slovakia were included in the research. considering the aim of the research and the availability of data, only organizations that: 1. have a sufficiently large membership base (at least 200 members for the entire monitored period 2020-2022), 2. are engaged in one type of sport, i.e., they do not group several different sports under themselves, as in that case umbrella organizations would be included. the final research sample thus consists of 65 national sports organizations in which 877 653 members were registered in august 2022. in the gender analysis of the management positions of sports organizations, we are based on our own data, collected for the purpose of this research. specifically, the following information was collected for each sports association: 1. the number of members of the executive committee, including the number of men and women, 2. who holds the position of chairman (male/female), 3. who holds the position of general secretary (male/female). data was collected during august 2022 from the websites of sports associations, from statutes, annual reports and via e-mail, most often with the secretaries of individual associations. as part of data collection, we managed to obtain almost complete information from all unions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 414 we processed the obtained data in the form of an excel file, which contained numerical data for certain characteristics for individual sports in the years 2020-2022. the characteristics were as follows:  total number of members,  number of men,  number of women,  number of adults,  number of adolescents,  number of pupils,  number of youths,  number of partitions. the data were in the form of absolute numbers and had to be processed in some way into other variables/characteristics to be usable for further analysis. the aim of the constructed characteristics was to create data from which an adequate description of the gender composition of sports organizations can be obtained while capturing the time dimension as well as the differences between adults and youth, and on the basis of which a hierarchical cluster analysis using statistical software ibm spss statistics was carried out. specifically, the following gender-demographic characteristics were concerned:  share of youth (in %);  average proportion of women in adults (in %);  average proportion of women in youth teenage girls + schoolchildren (in %);  difference in the share of adult women in 2020-2022. the share of youth was calculated as of january 2020 and it is the share of the sum of male and female pupils, male and female adolescents from the total number of members of the organization, which is in the interval (1; 75). in the case of the other two characteristics (average proportion of women in adults and average proportion of women in youth), this is the average value of the given category for the monitored period. the resulting values ranged from (2; 99). the last characteristic calculated was the difference in the shares of adult women, when the values in 2020 and 2022 were subtracted from each other. the resulting numbers were in the interval (-9; 29). for the characteristic recording the development, several options were made, which were recorded in the graphs (e.g., the values of the beginning, middle and end), however, in the vast majority of cases the results were not very different, and based on this, it can be concluded that for the development line, only start and end values. as a part of a hierarchical cluster analysis, due to the cardinality of the input variables, the euclidean distance measurement method was used, and the ward method, which is considered the most suitable for cardinal data, was chosen as the clustering technique. since the variables entering the analysis take on values on different long scales, which would result in variables with longer scales having a greater influence in the analysis, the individual variables were standardized by converting them to z-scores. when deciding on the "ideal" number of clusters, a tree graph, the socalled dendrogram, were used, according to which 5 clusters were chosen, while the correctness of this decision was checked using the resulting table created by spss, in which we entered a range of 2 to 5 clusters in order to compare the results and choose the most suitable solution. in solving the ethical questions, we drew on the code of ethics and the ethical guidelines of the slovak association of social anthropology (sasa). 2.2. methodology process we present bellow (figure 1) the methodology process workflow flowchart of presented paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 415 figure 1. methodology process workflow flowchart 3. literature review 3.1. sport and gender when studying topics such as the management of sports organizations, it is necessary to remember the fact that sport is gender-oriented, which means that in the world of sports, long-held ideas about what is masculine or feminine, how men and women should behave, what is natural for them etc. are appearing. in the field of sports, everything that is somehow connected with masculinity is considered natural, and therefore sports culture can be described as masculine. in other words, “the meaning, organization and purpose of sport is rooted in the values and experiences of men, while also highlighting dominant forms of masculinity” [3]. the explanation is simple. originally created by men and for men, sport has always been considered a typically male domain in which men naturally dominate [31]. on the contrary, due to the characteristics attributed to men, sports were not suitable for women they are weak, fragile, vulnerable, and thus it was perceived to do sports as unnatural. their expected role in sports was to cheer and support the men, creating a naturally beautiful environment for them at races or matches [31]. sport is associated with explosiveness and aggression; the athlete must possess these and similar characteristics together with a masculine body structure. as the mentioned characteristics were not assigned to women, they were put aside on the edges of playing areas or tracks and their only task was to encourage men performing sports activities [31]. "the idea of a woman as an athlete was completely unthinkable and considered as a sexual deviation or an emotional disorder" [32]. for example, even the founder of the modern olympic games, pierre de coubertin, was of the opinion that sports activities should be left to men. according to him, the participation of women should consist in celebrating the achievements of men. he literally said, “the participation of women in the olympic games would be impractical, uninteresting, unesthetic and incorrect” in 1912 [3]. sport is not only entertainment, which is doubly true in professional sports; it is also a system in which gender segregation is rooted. through sport, we can observe what is happening in society. "the ubiquitous differentiation of men and women in the sports sector brings to light the gender diversity, but also the socially constructed gender order in our society" [26]. like other activities, physical activities are shaped by people, they bring their own values and ideas [32], that they acquired through socialization in a given society. it is therefore possible to find similar patterns of behaviour in sports and everyday life. as mentioned above, earlier sports were denied to women and their place was in the stands where they encouraged and looked after their male counterparts. an analogy can be found in stereotypical ideas about the social role of women, such as the role of mother and caregiver. the position of women in sports clearly corresponds to the position of women in society, where they are also expected to play a supporting and caring role, i.e., that they will be at home, raising children, taking care of the household, supporting the family. 3.2. women in the sports organization management as stated in the previous chapter, women had limited access to sports activities because they were assumed not to be suitable for sports. although individuals believe in these ideas in a given period of time, in the longer term they have a research question evaluation synthesis comparison of present study results fulfillment of paper aim paper aim literature review empirical part quantitative research research sample identification cluster analysis dendograms ward method euclidean distance measurement method hypothesis evaluation hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 416 dynamic character and are transformed. for example, two centuries ago it was thought that women could not participate in competitive sports such as soccer because they would “harm their fertility” [28], but nowadays women's soccer is a very popular sport. evidence can be found in the 142 registered countries within the international federation of football associations in which women play football [33]. so far, the most extensive shift in numbers has occurred in the case of female athletes, whose number is becoming equal to the number of male athletes [5, 28, 34]. however, at the level of leadership and decision-making positions, despite all efforts, only a slight change was recorded [5]. the development of women's participation in sports activities is clearly visible in the current on the history of the olympic games (hereafter olympics) [26]. the first olympic games were held completely without women as athletes, the first female athlete participation took place only in 1900, when only 22 of the total number of 997 athletes were female. a greater increase in the number of participants was recorded at the antwerp olympics in 1920, when 10% of the names on the starting list belonged to female athletes, and in montreal in 1976, the percentage rose to 21 [34]. since the beginning of the 20th century, there has been a significant increase in the number of professional female athletes. in the last two editions of the olympic games, i.e., in 2018 and 2022, 45% and 43% of female athletes took part. equal representation of male and female athletes is one of the goals of the international olympic committee (hereafter ioc), which it succeeds in achieving. sport lacks women in leadership and decision-making positions, at all levels of sports management and in all countries. even though in terms of the number of male and female athletes participating in sports, the situation can be described as almost gender-balanced, in terms of management and leadership in sports organizations, it is strongly unbalanced in favor of men, who have a complete advantage. this is also confirmed by the council of europe, which acknowledges in its 2014 report that "the number of women who occupy management positions in sports governing bodies and in coaching activities is still low" [35], while this means both nationally and internationally. an example can be the ioc itself, which achieved the expected 20% only in recent years. in 2004, there were 6.6% women in the ioc executive committee, in 2016 it was already 26.7% [36]. of the specific countries, the "required" 20% was achieved, for example, by the european nordic countries (norway, sweden, finland), then australia, iceland and new zealand [37]. in 2016, only 10.8% of ioc executive board members were women on average, and 6 (cyprus, iran, italy, pakistan, poland and san marino) out of 45 countries surveyed did not have a single woman sitting on the executive board [37]. nevertheless, the ioc did not stop in its efforts and in 2016 added the agenda 2020 project to other initiatives regarding the equality of men and women, which aims not only to achieve 50% participation of women in the olympics from the total number of athletes, but also to leadership positions related to the olympic games [36]. today, the situation is different than in 1996, there are already 33.3% of women on the ioc board, but the transformation of masculine-dominant organizations into workplaces offering opportunities to everyone, whether from the point of view of race, ethnicity, faith, sexual orientation, gender or gender identity occurred only on a small scale. an example of this can be the recent controversy behind the head of the tokyo olympic games committee, yoshiro mori. the former japanese prime minister commented on the decision to increase the number of women in the committee he leads with sexist insinuations. specifically, he did not like that "women talk a lot" [38]. if we focus on slovakia, even here sports organizations are faced with a low representation of women in management positions. for example, out of the total number of 55 national sports associations within the slovak sports union, only 6 of them have a woman as a president or a chairperson. national sports associations are in a position to help on the way to increase the gender balance. however, the situation was not and is not so favourable. in the second half of the 20th century, a gradual increase of female athletes started, but their representation in leadership positions in sports remained very low, often zero. it was only in the 1960s that the first voices from several countries began to be heard to the ioc that women should participate in management and decision-making in sports. their appeals were not immediately heard and it was not until several years later that the ioc recognized that women should have the opportunity to be members of the ioc and also that their share in the governing bodies of the national olympic committees and in general in all other organizations should be increased. women were first elected as members of the ioc only in 1981, followed gradually by others. the ioc was aware of the unfavourable state of the lack of women, and in 1996 it sent a recommendation to the national olympic committees that women should have at least 10% representation in management positions by the year 2000 and even 20% by the year 2005. this number has never been approached by most countries; however, most countries have made some progress [39]. the results of fasting & knorre [40] of female athletes across performance levels show that 30% of female athletes would like to become a sports official in the future. in the case of top female athletes, the interest was the highest, the reason may be their desire to "give something back to sport" [40]. among the main reasons why they would not want to become an official, on the other hand, the research participants ranked first "i am not interested in this profession", followed by "too much time", "low salary", "too much travel", "sports officials do not have enough respect", "men predominate among sports officials" and "physically too demanding". hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 417 marginal interest in the topic of the low representation of women in the management of sports organizations is evident from the number of conducted researches. so far, neither qualitative nor quantitative research focused on the discussed topic has been conducted in slovakia. the majority of research and specifically qualitative research is carried out in the united states, the netherlands and great britain. specific practices that increase the number of women in management positions include education and institutionalization of the issue through conferences and specialized commissions. for example, since 1996, the ioc has held a conference focusing on women and sport (the ioc world conference of women and sport) every four years. on the domestic scene, the commission for equal opportunities in sport is dedicated to the fight against gender inequality, which has also been supporting women at all levels of sport since 1996. a controversial practice, already used for example by the norwegian government, is quotas. mandated quotas contribute to a rapid increase in the number of women, but the causes of the issue of insufficient representation in decision-making positions still persist. a solution of this type focuses only on women in a disadvantageous position, but no longer pays attention to the preferential position of men [30]. in the case of quotas, consensus is not found in society, nor in feminist theory. quotas are approached in different ways, for example in a company or organization where the low representation of women in higher management positions is not considered a problem, because it treats women and men as equals, therefore they have the same access to opportunities, or in short it does not pay attention to gender inequalities, quotas are irrelevant as a solution. in a society and organization that notices the issue of low representation of women in management, quotas as a solution tool can be viewed negatively, as they only give priority to a group considered disadvantaged, but it already neglects or directly blocks the policy of equal treatment. in the context of the view that "women represent women best" and the new discourse regarding feminine qualities as suitable for management positions, quotas are viewed positively [41]. 3.3. post-structuralist explanation of the causes of low representation of women in leadership and decisionmaking positions of sports organizations statistics and research conducted across the world reach the same conclusion, namely that in the sports environment there is a phenomenon of low representation of women in the positions of chairmen and members of the executive boards of sports organizations [5, 37, 40]. one of the main causes is reported to be feminine behaviour, which is stereotyped as unfit for leadership positions. in the context of sports organizations, this cause is underlined by the character of the sports environment as primarily masculine. women performing sports activities is now a generally accepted reality, but their performances and abilities are still considered inferior. it is precisely because of the perceived inferiority that women are denied access to leadership positions [13]. managers in sports organizations are required to be competitive and ruthless just as it is in stereotypically masculine sports, therefore it is assumed that women do not meet the prerequisites necessary for leadership positions [41]. the lack of women is therefore explained by their lack of self-confidence and, at the same time, excessive selflimitation. these explanations are based on the generalizations and do not deal with individual differences. at the same time, they do not take into account the existence of structural discrimination [13]. men play a large role in the issue of insufficient gender diversity in the workplace, and just as they can contribute to increasing the number of women in leadership, they can make it difficult or completely deny women career growth [5]. men who move in a gender imbalanced organization or executive board have a stronger tendency to choose the second option and at the same time are less interested in gender issues than men in organizations with a higher representation of women [42]. the members of the gender-balanced executive board consider the topic of gender important and continue to strive to maintain a balance between men and women represented. on the other hand, the members of the gender imbalanced executive board do not consider this phenomenon to be an important subject of interest, and thus it is not part of their agenda. these male managers do not realize or deny their discriminatory behaviour towards women or other minority groups. men try to keep decision-making positions in the hands of men only [28]. this phenomenon is called homologous reproduction. kanter [43] describes homologous reproduction as the need of a characteristic group of persons to protect their power and privileges from others in admissions and career advancements. those who are already on executive boards tend to elect their peers, i.e., heterosexual white males elect heterosexual white males. thus, men, as the dominant gender, are allowed not only to select new members, but also to decide which work roles and behaviour patterns belong to which gender [28]. the higher up the job hierarchy we look, the fewer women we see [42]. however, if we focus on hierarchically lower positions, on positions stereotypically described as female position, we find a relatively high number of women, which, however, continues to lead to the marginalization of women in leadership positions [13]. according to bryan et al. [13] the questions about the gender diversity are specifically answered by football clubs, which are characterized by the dominance of masculinity, by "peripheral inclusion", in other words, women occupy positions outside the true core of the organization, which really deals with key decisions. in the sports environment, the idea of absolute time flexibility of the manager is generally accepted. based on the statements of their respondents, [41] describes the complete dedication of sports officials to their work, in other words, hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 418 they devote all their energy and all their time to activities related to their sports organization, although constant presence at the workplace is not always a guarantee of quality and higher performance. according to male representatives, the characteristic elements of a quality manager in a sports organization include the already mentioned time flexibility, constant presence, work in the first place and, last but not least, a partner who takes care of the children and the household and at the same time understands the partner's work commitment. however, in the case of women who want children, time flexibility is strongly affected, as the woman is expected by society to take care of the housework and childcare [41]. 4. results and discussion the conclusions of the research among slovak female sports officials coincide with the conclusions of qualitative research conducted abroad, for example [44-48]. as can be seen from the literature and statistics, the low representation of women in executive boards and in leadership positions of sports organizations still persists despite efforts to change [5, 34, 41]. slovakia is no exception [37], as is the czech republic [40, 49]. 4.1. creating a typology of sports organizations on the basis of a hierarchical cluster analysis, the aim of which was to create several clusters from 65 sports organizations in which sports with similar gender-demographic characteristics will occur, and on the contrary, individual clusters will differ from each other in terms of these characteristics, 5 clusters were identified. the resulting division into clusters is as follows (the number in brackets indicates the number of sports organizations):  women's sports: aerobics, acrobatic rock and roll, horse riding, yoga, figure skating, modern gymnastics, sports gymnastics, volleyball (8);  mixed mainstream sports: athletics, badminton, basketball, handball, canoeing, karate, korfball, archery, skiing, modern pentathlon, national handball, orienteering, swimming, field hockey, radio orienteering, speed skating, sledding, softball, fencing, taekwondo, tennis, rowing (22);  non-olympic alternative sports: american football, curling, golf, yachting, bodybuilding, skittles and bowling, dog sledding, powerlifting, ski bobsleigh, water skiing, water motoring (11);  leisure sports games: extreme sports, mountain climbing, throwing, mini golf, pétanque, squash, triathlon, water polo (8);  men's sports: baseball, billiards, boxing, cycling, floorball, soccer, hockey, judo, ice hockey, muay-thai, netball, rugby, table tennis, chess, weightlifting, wrestling (16). 4.2. analysis of gender dynamics in sports organizations from the above typology and on the basis of a closer examination of the individual clusters, it is clear that the clusters differ from each other in many aspects, while the differences in terms of gender dynamics are a very interesting result, given the topic of the paper, where the cluster of leisure sports games shows significantly higher differences than other clusters. sports in this cluster saw an average increase in membership of 15 percentage points during the period under review, while in the other clusters the share remained constant or increased only slightly. from a closer analysis of the development of the membership base of individual sports organizations, when we focused on the initial and final values, i.e. values in 2020-2022, it emerged that this increased gender dynamics can manifest itself in different ways, while below we outline several possible forms that we identified from the research. 1. the most expected development, when the increase in the share of women is in the form of an increase in the number of women and at the same time a decrease or stagnation in the number of men. this situation occurred, for example, with mini-golf. 2. the most common possibility is the simultaneous growth of both the number of men and the number of women, in which case the size of the membership plays a large role. the opposite case can also occur, when both the number of women and the number of men decrease at the same time. this is, for example, the case of water polo. 3. in the last identified possibility, the values are more or less balanced at the beginning and end, however, during the course they went through a certain development, which again can be very variable, which is the case of mountain climbing. within the framework of this paper, there is not enough space to go into detail in this characteristic, and therefore the resulting possibilities cannot be taken as a final solution, because if the development were analyzed year by year, or if the beginning-middle-end were considered, the results could partially distinguish as we can see, this is a rather complex, but interesting issue, which would certainly be worth investigating in more detail in further research. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 419 4.3. gender analysis of executive committees and management positions of national sports organizations key findings include:  only 8% of olympic sports federations have a woman president. these are horse riding, modern gymnastics and triathlon.  9% of the 57 vice-presidents of the 36 olympic sports federations are women.  fencing and wrestling federations have an even ratio of women and men in the positions of vice presidents (the same number of women and men).  25% of sports federations have women at the head of their executive boards.  the ministry of education, science, research and sport of the slovak republic has one woman and one man in administrative/managerial positions.  the olympic committee is chaired by a man and none of the four vice-presidents is a woman. the olympic committee is headed by a man.  sports federations and the olympic committee have a high representation of men in their executive boards (86%). only 14% of these councils are women.  only in one sport, horse riding, is the ratio of women and men on the executive board balanced (three women and three men).  42% of olympic sports federations have no women on their executive boards. 4.4. connecting the typology of sports organizations with the gender structure of their management positions when analysing the results, we are based on the typology created above. the clusters are ranked according to the average proportion of women in adults, as gender plays the main, but not the only, factor in their characteristics. in general, it can be stated that the original hypotheses were confirmed in the vast majority of cases, although in some respects the results did not turn out to be statistically significant. based on the results, it can be clearly stated that there are significant differences between the individual clusters, with the biggest differences being between the first and last cluster, i.e., between women's and men's sports. while in the case of women's sports, the representation of women in executive committees is 46%, in the middle three groups around 11% and in men's sports only 2%. it is evident from the results that the influence of masculine sports culture is manifested in the management of sports organizations, because although in the case of mixed mainstream sports women have a relatively high representation in the membership base (32%), their representation in management and decision-making positions is the same as a cluster of leisure sports games where women make up 24% of the membership. these are customary and traditional sports in which men firmly hold their positions. the main management function in the organization is the position of the chairman, and as part of the research we found out who performs this function whether it is a man or a woman. from the point of view of this characteristic, the results match the original hypotheses only partially. again, there was a significant difference between women's and men's sports, in which no woman holds the position of chairman, however, the results were not very different for the other clusters in mixed mainstream sports and in leisure sports games, one organization is always headed by a woman. the percentages are higher for mixed mainstream sports, as 22 sports make up this cluster, while only 8 sports fall under leisure sports games. as a part of the research, we also found out the gender of the general secretary. it is worth reminding here that not all associations and organizations have this function in place and for this reason the totals do not correspond to the total of 65 sports organizations included. women perform this function more often, and the inter-cluster results are not so different. non-olympic alternative sports have the largest share of general secretary positions (69%), followed by women's sports with 45%, mixed mainstream sports in third place with 33%, and the remaining two clusters leisure sports games and men's sports have almost identical results, and less than 13%. from the point of view of this characteristic, the results in terms of percentages for women are pleasing, but not from the point of view of gender ideology. this situation only proves that gender roles and job hierarchies, in other words vertical segregation, are still maintained in sports organizations. based on the above results, it is possible to answer the research questions and confirm or refute the hypotheses. in general, we can summarize that the hypotheses were confirmed in almost all cases, and thus we can state that the gender aspect of sports culture in sports organizations is manifested both in the predominance of men in the membership base, but above all in the representation in management and decision-making positions. regarding the relationship between the gender structure of members and the gender structure of management positions in sports organizations, we can also hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 420 confirm the defined hypotheses. there is a reciprocal relationship between the gender structure of members and the gender structure of management positions, but it is not symmetrical. in women's sports, the representation of men on executive committees is relevant, while in men's sports, the representation of women is negligible. last but not least, as part of the research, we found out how manifestations of the gender aspect in sport are (not) transformed, or how they reflect on the dynamics of the gender structure of the membership base. through the historical development of the membership base of individual sports organizations, a significant increase in the proportion of women was recorded only in the cluster of leisure sports games, and therefore we also confirm the hypothesis that the gender structure, which is understood as a reflection of gender ideology, remains relatively unchanged. 4.5. final summary in general, it can be summarized that individual organizations have a different ratio of men to women, while this ratio remains relatively stable. this state of affairs is caused, on the one hand, by which sports, in terms of gender importance in society, are cultivated by individual organizations, whether they are men's or women's sports, when it was found that in all sports apart from those that are explicitly perceived as women, men predominate in the membership base, but also by the organizational culture of the given organizations, which means that different job positions are more or less open to men or women, regardless of the dominant image of this sport (e.g. in the media). specifically, management and decision-making positions are more often occupied by men, as dominant and more capable, while women can be found in the area of middle and lower management, i.e., in the position of secretaries, accountants, recorders, etc. the employment of women and men in the field of sports is related to the nature of sports culture, but also with the social policy of the state, or with what gender roles the state supports. this situation is referred to as vertical segregation, which is typical for the slovak labour market. 4.6. discussion for the analysis of the gender structure of the membership base and management positions, we chose an quantitative research, where, on the basis of adjusted numerical data, we can describe in detail the situation in the field of organized slovak sports, we can find out if there are differences between organizations, how the situation develops over time. however, we are aware of certain limitations that this type of research brings. a legitimate criticism of the choice of this research method can be the fact that through the quantitative research we cannot find out and answer why a given situation, in this case the gender inequality in the management and leadership of sports organizations, occurs, what are its causes, how the situation is seen and perceived by the stakeholders. however, as stated in the paper and as claimed by many authors, for example [50-52], this is a very complex problem, the understanding and explanation of which can only be arrived at by a combination of research methods, techniques and approaches. another topic suitable for discussion may be the selection of a research sample, or listed organizations. not all sports organizations in slovakia were included in the research, as they did not meet certain criteria that we set with regard to the available data and the aim of the research. at the same time, two large sports organizations the slovak shooting association and the slovak biathlon association were not included in the research, as we did not have access to the necessary data. we are aware that the inclusion of these sports could have a certain influence on the division of sports into clusters, and thus also on the resulting typology. it is also possible to discuss the choice of chosen methods and techniques in hierarchical cluster analysis, which represents a subjective method, and the researcher can thus influence and obtain different results. we chose these methods based on the fact that (according to renowned authors, for example [53-55]) they are the most typical and most suitable methods for cardinal variables. regarding the distance measurement method, we chose the euclidean method preset in spss metric, while we have tried other methods with similar results in most cases, however some have varied more. it is also up to the researcher what final number of clusters they choose. however, in this case, we think the chosen number of five clusters is the best and most correct solution. 4.7. comparison of results with existing knowledge from the results of our analysis, it is evident that even within the management of sports organizations in slovakia there is a so-called barrier of gender prejudices. although we believe that this is a consequence of the so-called "typical slovak nature", it is a barrier that also corresponds to the findings of foreign researches, e.g. [2, 6-11]. they refute the assumption that this is a barrier typical for slovak society, on the contrary, they confirm that this barrier is also common in the management of sports organizations in more western countries. there is an assumption among managers and officials of slovak organizations that women historically know less about sports than men, and therefore this eliminates them from leading positions in the management of sports organizations. this assumption is also confirmed by the results of the study [10], which literally states that women in the management of sports organizations often have to adhere to higher standards in the performance of their work than their male colleagues. this finding is in absolute correlation with research results [7-9]. the common assumption that women do not belong in sports, let alone in the management of sports organizations, does not appear much in the results of foreign researches. one of the possible explanations is the fact that, while in hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 421 western countries such views are already unacceptable, in slovakia such a set-up of society does not yet prevail. even so, in the results of foreign researches, we can find indications that lead us to this prejudice. they include, for example, the so-called "symbolic violence" manifested by the exclusion of women, their neglect or the fact that they are placed on the side-lines of sports management [7, 8, 11]. 5. conclusion the aim of this paper was to point out one of the negative sides of sport, which is gender inequality, while specifically dealing only with organized sport. gender inequalities in sport can be justified through a masculine sports culture, as sport has always been considered a male domain in which men have complete superiority. women were only able to penetrate this male environment over time, especially in the second half of the 20th century, when the view of women's sports and women in sports in general changed and women began to be considered a full-fledged part of the sports environment. based on the number of athletes at the olympic games, we can state that the ratio of men to women has almost equalized. however, if we look at the representation of men and women in management and decision-making positions in sports organizations, we find that women are still underrepresented at all levels of sport and in all countries of the world. in the slovak republic, the field of sports is still relatively unexplored terrain, and therefore, with this paper and research, we wanted to capture the situation in the slovak sports environment, or how the gender aspect of sports culture manifests itself in sports organizations. the results of the research carried out when we examined 65 national sports organizations in slovakia confirmed that gender in slovak organized sports is manifested on the one hand by the dominance of men in the membership of sports organizations, with the exception of sports that are explicitly understood as female, but also in representation in management and decision-making positions. at the same time, it should be emphasized that individual sports organizations are very variable, and not only in terms of gender. the size of the sports organization or the tradition of the sport also plays an important role. furthermore, we managed to find out that there is a relationship between the gender structure of the membership base and the gender structure in management and decision-making positions, which is reciprocal and at the same time asymmetrical. in the research, we tried to capture the development, or, in other words, the gender dynamics. through the development of the number of members of the membership base, from which we calculated other characteristics, we found that gender dynamics can manifest in different ways, e.g., simultaneous growth/decrease in the number of men and women, decrease in the number of men and growth in the number of women, balanced values at the beginning and end. the conclusions we reached cannot be taken as the only possible ones, since we captured the development only on the basis of initial and final values, while detailed research could reveal other findings. last but not least, we would like to point out the results for the position of general secretary, which women hold more often than men. even though the situation is positive for women, from a gender point of view, it points out that there is a deep-rooted division of labour in sports organizations. men manage and make decisions (as part of the research, their complete dominance in the position of chairman was confirmed), and women are in charge of ensuring everything else. their role is secondary. in general, this confirms the fact that masculinity is superior to femininity in sports. looking at the results from other countries, e.g., the nordic countries [44] or germany [27], or at the results published in bem [56] or wheaton and thorpe [57], it can be clearly stated that the situation may not be so unfavourable to the achievement of gender equality. to improve it, the cooperation of all interested actors in the field of sport is necessary, both at the national and international level, as is regular information on the current situation in individual countries, support and help for women so that they have the opportunity to gain leadership positions, organizing conferences and seminars, and generally perceiving women in sports as equal partners and paying them sufficient attention. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, v.g. and k.b.; methodology, v.g. and k.b.; investigation, v.g. and k.b.; resources, v.g. and k.b.; writing—original draft preparation, v.g. and k.b.; writing—review and editing, v.g. and k.b. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 422 6.4. acknowledgements the authors gratefully acknowledge dti university, slovakia for supporting this work. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved in the study. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] chambers, d., steiner, l., & fleming, c. (2020). gendered newsroom cultures and values. women and journalism, 113–134, routledge, abingdon, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9780203500668-11. [2] schoch, l. (2022). the gender of sports news: horizontal segregation and marginalization of female journalists in the swiss press. communication and sport, 10(4), 746–766. doi:10.1177/2167479520951162. [3] coakley, j. j. & pike, e. (2014). sports in society: issues and controversies (2nd ed.). mcgraw-hill education, london, united kindom. [4] cunningham, g. b., & sagas, m. (2008). gender and sex diversity in sport organizations: introduction to a special issue. sex roles, 58(1–2), 3–9. doi:10.1007/s11199-007-9360-8. [5] burton, l. j. (2019). under-representation of women in leadership roles in women’s sport. routledge handbook of the business of women’s sport, 255–268, routledge, abingdon, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9780203702635-20. [6] everbach, t. (2018). “i realized it was about them … not me”: women sports journalists and harassment. mediating misogyny. palgrave macmillan, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-72917-6_7. [7] grubb, m. v., & billiot, t. (2010). women sportscasters: navigating a masculine domain. journal of gender studies, 19(1), 87– 93. doi:10.1080/09589230903525460. [8] hardin, m., & shain, s. (2006). “feeling much smaller than you know you are”: the fragmented professional identity of female sports journalists. critical studies in media communication, 23(4), 322–338. doi:10.1080/07393180600933147. [9] hardin, m., & whiteside, e. (2009). token responses to gendered newsrooms: factors in the career-related decisions of female newspaper sports journalists. journalism, 10(5), 627–646. doi:10.1177/14648849090100050501. [10] miller, p., & miller, r. (1995). the invisible woman: female sports journalists in the workplace. journalism & mass communication quarterly, 72(4), 883–889. doi:10.1177/107769909507200411. [11] lucie, s., & fabien, o. (2021). “how can they like doing that?” the ambivalent definition of legitimate work in sports journalism. journalism studies, 22(3), 263–281. doi:10.1080/1461670x.2020.1861474. [12] burton, l. j., barr, c. a., fink, j. s., & bruening, j. e. (2009). think athletic director, think masculine?: examination of the gender typing of managerial subroles within athletic administration positions. sex roles, 61(5–6), 416–426. doi:10.1007/s11199009-9632-6. [13] bryan, a., pope, s., & rankin-wright, a. j. (2021). on the periphery: examining women’s exclusion from core leadership roles in the “extremely gendered” organization of men’s club football in england. gender and society, 35(6), 940–970. doi:10.1177/08912432211046318. [14] hanson, v. (2012). the inequality of sport: women< men. the review: a journal of undergraduate student research, 13(1), 1522. [15] moawad, j. (2019). gender inequality in sports. fairplay, revista de filosofia, ética y derecho del deporte, (13), 28-53. [16] valiente, c. (2022). the impact of gender quotas in sport management: the case of spain. sport in society, 25(5), 1017–1034. doi:10.1080/17430437.2020.1819244. [17] hindman, l. c., & paulsen, r. j. (2022). racial and gender inequality regimes in sport: occupational segregation and wage gaps in the u.s. spectator sports industry. european sport management quarterly, 1–21. doi:10.1080/16184742.2022.2128846. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 423 [18] grundy, f. (1996). gender and computers. intelligent tutoring media, 7(1), 21–29. doi:10.1080/14626269609408365. [19] wajcman, j. (2009). feminist theories of technology. cambridge journal of economics, 34(1), 143–152. doi:10.1093/cje/ben057. [20] fox, m.f., johnson, d.g., rosser, s.v. & rosser, s.v. (2006). women, gender and technology. university of illinois press, champaign, united states. [21] kristová, m. (2008). women in ict professions and the ict field in the czech republic. phd thesis, charles university, prague, czech republic. (in czech). [22] scott-dixon, k. (2006). trans/forming feminisms: trans/feminist voices speak out. canadian scholars’ press, toronto, canada. [23] adriaanse, j. a. (2018). europe in world perspective: the sydney scoreboard global index for women in sport leadership. in gender diversity in european sport governance. routledge, 11-19. [24] eurostat. (2019). employment rate by sex, age group 20-64. european commission, brussels, belgium. available online: http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/tgm/refreshtableaction.do?tab=table&plugin=1&pcode=t2020_10&language=en (accessed on january 2023). [25] křížková, a. (2005). what is the position of czech women in management positions? l. sokačová. women in management positions, praha: gender studies, 11-19. [26] pfister, g. (2010). women in sport-gender relations and future perspectives. sport in society, 13(2), 234–248. doi:10.1080/17430430903522954. [27] pfister, g., & radtke, s. (2009). sport, women, and leadership: results of a project on executives in german sports organizations. european journal of sport science, 9(4), 229–243. doi:10.1080/17461390902818286. [28] claringbould, i., & knoppers, a. (2008). doing and undoing gender in sport governance. sex roles, 58(1–2), 81–92. doi:10.1007/s11199-007-9351-9. [29] acker, j., barry, k., & esseveld, j. (1983). objectivity and truth: problems in doing feminist research. women’s studies international forum, 6(4), 423–435. doi:10.1016/0277-5395(83)90035-3. [30] sotiriadou, p., & de haan, d. (2019). women and leadership: advancing gender equity policies in sport leadership through sport governance. international journal of sport policy and politics, 11(3), 365–383. doi:10.1080/19406940.2019.1577902. [31] messner, m. a. (2016). sports and male domination: the female athlete as contested ideological terrain. sociology of sport journal, 5(3), 197–211. doi:10.1123/ssj.5.3.197. [32] hall, m. a. (2016). the discourse of gender and sport: from femininity to feminism. sociology of sport journal, 5(4), 330– 340. doi:10.1123/ssj.5.4.330. [33] valenti, m., scelles, n., & morrow, s. (2020). elite sport policies and international sporting success: a panel data analysis of european women’s national football team performance. european sport management quarterly, 20(3), 300–320. doi:10.1080/16184742.2019.1606264. [34] nunes, r. a. (2019). women athletes in the olympic games. journal of human sport and exercise, 14(3), 674–683. doi:10.14198/jhse.2019.143.17. [35] council of the european union (2014). council conclusions of 21 may 2014 on gender equality in sport. publications office of the european union. available online: http://publications.europa.eu/resource/cellar/8a657ced-f38a-11e3-831f01aa75ed71a1.0002.03/doc_1 (accessed on january 2023). (in czech). [36] ceplová, m. (2021). rules supporting equal representation of women and men on candidate lists a comparative view. master thesis, masaryk university, brno, czech republic. (in czech). [37] adriaanse, j. (2015). gender diversity in the governance of sport associations: the sydney scoreboard global index of participation. journal of business ethics, 137(1), 149–160. doi:10.1007/s10551-015-2550-3. [38] seznam zprávy. (2021). women talk too much at meetings, complained the head of the japanese olympic committee. available online: https://www.seznamzpravy.cz/clanek/zeny-na-schuzich-moc-mluvi-stezoval-si-sef-japonskeho-olympijskeho-vyboru140832 (accessed on january 2023). (in czech). [39] dovalil, j. (2004). olympismus. olympia, praha, czech republic. (in czech). [40] fasting, k., & knorre, n. (2005). women in sports in the czech republic. oslo a praha, czech republic. [41] knoppers, a., & anthonissen, a. (2008). gendered managerial discourses in sport organizations: multiplicity and complexity. sex roles, 58(1–2), 93–103. doi:10.1007/s11199-007-9324-z. [42] claringbould, i., & knoppers, a. (2013). understanding the lack of gender equity in leadership positions in (sport) organization. managing social issue. edward elgar publishing, northampton, united kingdom. doi:10.4337/9781781006962.00018. http://publications.europa.eu/resource/cellar/8a657ced-f38a-11e3-831f-01aa75ed71a1.0002.03/doc_1 http://publications.europa.eu/resource/cellar/8a657ced-f38a-11e3-831f-01aa75ed71a1.0002.03/doc_1 https://doi.org/10.4337/9781781006962.00018 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 424 [43] kanter, r.m. (1977). some effects of proportions on group life. the gender gap in psychotherapy. springer, boston, united states. doi:10.1007/978-1-4684-4754-5_5. [44] ottesen, l., skirstad, b., pfister, g., & habermann, u. (2010). gender relations in scandinavian sport organizations a comparison of the situation and the policies in denmark, norway and sweden. sport in society, 13(4), 657–675. doi:10.1080/17430431003616423. [45] fink, j. s. (2008). gender and sex diversity in sport organizations: concluding comments. sex roles, 58(1–2), 146–147. doi:10.1007/s11199-007-9364-4. [46] hoeber, l. (2007). exploring the gaps between meanings and practices of gender equity in a sport organization. gender, work and organization, 14(3), 259–280. doi:10.1111/j.1468-0432.2007.00342.x. [47] vidal-vilaplana, a., gregori-faus, c., parra-camacho, d., & gonzález-serrano, m. h. (2023). analysis of sport management subjects in university sports sciences degrees in spain. the international journal of management education, 21(2), 100771. doi:10.1016/j.ijme.2023.100771. [48] apollo, m., mostowska, j., legut, a., maciuk, k., & timothy, d. j. (2023). gender differences in competitive adventure sports tourism. journal of outdoor recreation and tourism, 42, 100604. doi:10.1016/j.jort.2022.100604. [49] korábová, t. (2021). sports management and women in leadership positions. prague, 2021. bachelor thesis, charles university, prague, czech republic. (in czech). [50] scharfenkamp, k., wicker, p., & frick, b. (2023). female representation at the national level and women sport volunteering in european countries. nonprofit management and leadership. doi:10.1002/nml.21550. [51] willinger, m., dubois, d., & bravaccini, s. (2023). participation in competitive sports closes gender gaps in competition and in risk taking. journal of sports economics, 24(1), 97–133. doi:10.1177/15270025221108189. [52] ispa-landa, s. (2017). racial and gender inequality and school discipline: toward a more comprehensive view of school policy. social currents, 4(6), 511-517. doi:10.1177/2329496517704876. [53] mareš, p., rabušic, l., & soukup, p. (2015). analysis of social science data (not only) in spss. masaryk university, brno, czech republic. (in czech). [54] guo, t., yu, k., aloqaily, m., & wan, s. (2022). constructing a prior-dependent graph for data clustering and dimension reduction in the edge of aiot. future generation computer systems, 128, 381–394. doi:10.1016/j.future.2021.09.044. [55] dalmaijer, e. s., nord, c. l., & astle, d. e. (2022). statistical power for cluster analysis. bmc bioinformatics, 23(1), 1–28. doi:10.1186/s12859-022-04675-1. [56] bem, s. l. (2003). the lenses of gender: transforming the debate on sexual inequality. yale university press, new haven, united states. [57] wheaton, b., & thorpe, h. (2018). action sports, the olympic games, and the opportunities and challenges for gender equity: the cases of surfing and skateboarding. journal of sport and social issues, 42(5), 315–342. doi:10.1177/0193723518781230. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 174 issn: 2723-9535 the factors affecting innovative behavior: an employee assessment system based on knowledge creation natineeporn rattanawichai 1 , mongkolchai wiriyapinit 2* , jintavee khlaisang 3 1 graduate school, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, thailand. 2 chulalongkorn business school, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, thailand. 3 center of excellence in educational invention and innovation, faculty of education, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, thailand. received 17 december 2022; revised 04 february 2023; accepted 19 february 2023; published 01 march 2023 abstract organizations thrive on the innovative behavior of their personnel, but the specific factors that influence such behavior are not widely established, especially in the thai context. an examination of the literature reveals that the knowledge management (km) process, which has its basis in the process of knowledge creation known as the seci process, serves to promote innovative behavior and is a key driver of competitive advantage within innovative organizations. this research study sought to determine which factors account for success in innovation, and to establish an assessment system to evaluate employee innovation. the study sample comprised 500 employees from companies operating in the technology sector. confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) was carried out, and an eight-factor model was formulated on the basis of the available data. the eight factors in the model were determined to have a significant influence on the success of innovative behavior observed in thai companies. the relevant factors comprised sharing of knowledge (sk), self-efficacy (se), problem solving skills (ps), collaboration ability (ca), culture of innovation (ci), organizational support (os), culture of learning (cl), and executive leadership (el). within the organizational context, the findings reveal the statistically significant contribution of sharing of knowledge, culture of innovation, organizational support, and self-efficacy in the promotion of innovative behavior. the study results may prove helpful for organizations wishing to assess the innovative capabilities of their staff, while the success factors may be implemented within organizations through the practical application of an assessment system. also, by filling a research gap in the literature review, this work will be beneficial to academics and researchers in order to better promote innovative behavior. keywords: sharing of knowledge; self-efficacy; problem solving skills; collaboration ability; culture of innovation; organizational support; culture of learning; executive leadership. 1. introduction to achieve sustainable success in any industry, innovation is critical, and therefore it is necessary to promote innovative behavior among employees through development and nurturing to enhance the organizational capacity for innovation. according to porter [1], this innovation will be crucial for successful operational outcomes. for companies operating in thailand, especially in light of the thailand 4.0 policy launched by the government, the aim to participate in a "value-based" and "innovation-driven" economy will compel those organizations to innovate. their products will become more inventive rather than placing a traditional reliance on commodities. furthermore, innovation, technology, and creativity will become the key economic drivers, and finally, it is anticipated that the service sector will eventually outpace the manufacturing sector [2]. * corresponding author: mongkolchai@cbs.chula.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-012  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0005-2998-9400 https://orcid.org/0009-0008-4959-9225 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7572-9782 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 175 innovation takes place where intelligent people apply their skills and knowledge [3] to innovative behavior, which appears in the form of novel processes and products as well as services [4]. innovative behavior thus relies upon the application of an individual’s knowledge, positive attitude, and ability and will result in superior performance in the workplace. further development of the required knowledge or skills is essential if a company is to benefit in the longer term. managers also play a key role in guiding their organizations through challenging periods because they must foster the kind of creativity and innovation among personnel that will enable the company to gain a competitive advantage. innovation will lead to novel products or procedures, and accordingly, it can be argued that innovative behavior is the effective application of the skills that are necessary for an organization to achieve stability and ultimately thrive [5]. the literature provides a number of examples of studies that examine the innovative behavior of business employees. one such study based in thailand reported the predictive qualities of intrinsic motivation in the context of innovative behavior [6]. other prominent works noted the significance of factors such as relational and transformational leadership, innovation trust, organizational culture, and corporate social responsibilities [7–11]. studies have observed that the financial results of organizations can be enhanced by staff innovation [12], while quality can also be improved [13]. innovation is positively associated with future sales and the value of the company [14], while overall performance, competitiveness, and productivity also benefit from innovative behavior [15, 16]. organizational innovation has been widely studied [17], with increasing interest in this field in recent years, especially where it concerns employees. approximately 60% of all papers have been published since 2012, clearly showing the growth in interest. this might also be attributed to the increasing numbers of academic publications accepting material and the growing number of institutions conducting research [18, 19]. it is anticipated that this rising trend will continue (see figure 1). figure 1. publications reporting innovative activities of staff from 1961 to 2019 [20] this study has its basis in the idea that since humans, as staff, are responsible for driving innovation, it is important to study the innovative behavior of staff. as a consequence, various economic sectors have been the focus of research into innovative behavior, with the majority being conducted in private businesses outside thailand. areas under investigation have included the development of innovative behavior and the evaluation of innovation performance among employees. thailand, however, has seen no such research studies published [21]. it could be related to a lack of research as it relates to people's skills and performance. therefore, to minimize this gap, it is necessary to develop a system for the evaluation of innovative performance to apply in the human resources context. the aim is to foster innovative skill development in order that personnel will be able to create the advances in products and services that will lead to further economic development to the advantage of the wider society as a whole. having established that innovative behavior is critical for economic development, human resources management becomes a priority since organizational performance will be determined by the capabilities of employees. innovative behavior and performance efficiency can be investigated through the application of confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) within organizations. cfa can shed light on the extent to which various contributory factors influence innovative behavior within an organization [22]. the information derived can then be applied to formulating a system to assess the performance of employees in order to subsequently develop innovative practices within that organization. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 1961 1969 1972 1977 1979 1982 1985 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 c u m u la ti v e n u m b e r o f r e se a r c h a r ti c le s n u m b e r o f r e se a r c h a r ti c le s year of publications annual publications cumulative publications hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 176 1.1. research aims the initial aim was to determine the factors associated with successful innovative behavior and, subsequently, to apply this information in creating an assessment system to evaluate the innovative behavior and performance of employees. 2. literature review the examination of the literature considered the integration of the various factors associated with the process of knowledge creation by using the seci model (socialization – externalization – combination – internalization). the underlying principles of knowledge management and creation were therefore investigated where they are related to innovative behavior. 2.1. knowledge creation nonaka and takeuchi [23] explained the construction of organizational knowledge, noting that competitive advantage and innovation stem from knowledge creation [24]. there are two types of fundamental knowledge: tacit knowledge and explicit knowledge. explicit knowledge is much simpler to define and assess since it is formal, systematic, and can be conveyed as data or language. in contrast, tacit knowledge can be personal, arbitrary, and difficult to explain. in constructing the seci framework, as shown in figure 2, the tacit and explicit forms of knowledge are represented as pathways that demonstrate the formation and subsequent communication of knowledge. figure 2. the seci process [23] the principal components of the seci process can be described as follows: socialization describes the shift from independent tacit knowledge to group tacit knowledge; externalization describes the shift from tacit knowledge to explicit knowledge; combination describes the shift from separate explicit knowledge to systemic explicit knowledge, while internalization describes the shift from distinct explicit knowledge to systemic explicit knowledge. the seci approach is important in this context since few other approaches have considered the way explicit and tacit knowledge are associated [25, 26]. 2.2. innovative behavior one definition of innovative behavior describes the actions of personnel in addressing a novel situation through the improvement or creation of processes or products within the organization [27]. the same authors also explained that innovative behavior provides solutions to organizational problems through enhanced service performance by seeking novel approaches to tasks, implementing new technologies, creating new work practices, or obtaining the necessary equipment required to improve performance [27]. innovative behavior was defined by janssen [28] as activities specifically intended to produce a desired result, whether at the individual or organizational level, while the innovative products that result should provide benefits on both societal and psychological levels, such as, for example, enhanced morale in the workplace or improvements to communicative practices, thus bringing about better organizational efficiency and performance. interestingly, while the factors related to generating ideas, sharing these, and interacting for further development would clearly appear to support the concepts of creativity and innovative behavior, they have not commonly been the focus of researchers in the recent past [29, 30]. the articles prioritized in this study are those that have sought to list the factors that contribute to effective innovative behavior, according to the study by rattanawichai et al. [31]. to promote innovative behavior within organizations, the selected sources were chosen on the grounds that they confirm the significance of the eight principal factors that might produce such behavior in thai organizations. the factors in question are listed as follows: (1) sharing of knowledge (sk); (2) self-efficacy (se); (3) problem-solving skills (ps); (4) collaboration ability (ca); (5) culture of innovation hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 177 (ci); (6) organizational support (os); (7) culture of learning (cl); and (8) executive leadership (el). in the initial stage, factor synthesis was extended from previous studies [21, 31] and confirmed by expert interview in order to establish the key attributes of each of the selected factors, as shown in table 1. table 1. factors related to innovative success within organizations researchers creation of knowledge internal factors external factors sharing of knowledge (sk) self-efficacy (se) problem solving skills (ps) collaboration ability (ca) culture of innovation (ci) organizational support (os) culture of learning (cl) executive leadership (el) abukhait et al. [32]  aghdasi & tehrani [33]  bani-melhem et al. [34]  bednall et al. [35]   bettencourt et al. [36]  birkinshaw [37]      chatti et al. [38]   chen et al. [39]    dan et al. [40]  duradoni & di fabio [41]  eppler & sukowski [42]     gavrilova & andreeva [43]   hoegl & schulze [44]   jeong & shin [45]  jiang & chen [46]   yli-luoma et al. [47]    kim et al. [48]  lee et al. [49]   lee et al. [50]  lindlöf et al. [51]  liu & liu [52]     maria stock et al. [53]   nazir et al. [54]    nimmolrat, et al. [55]  park et al. [56]    peralta et al. [57]  purc & laguna [58]  rangus et al. [59]   reychav et al. [60]  roffeei et al. [61]    schulze & hoegl [62]       shang et al. [63]    shankar et al. [4]     shouxian & peng [64]    sofianti et al. [65]  uotila et al. [66]      vaccaroa et al. [67]     wang & hu [68]   wu & wang [69]   zhang & hou [70]    zhu et al. [71]  expert interview         total 20 10 9 17 7 12 17 8 note: selections were based upon the frequency of factor appearances, while considering the importance of similar statements hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 178 3.2.1. sharing of knowledge (sk) the sharing of knowledge describes how information is conveyed from one party to another, thus allowing a shared understanding to develop or new insights to be formed. from earlier research, it is apparent that the sharing of knowledge leads to staff empowerment and ultimately promotes innovative behavior [32]. 3.2.2 self-efficacy (se) self-efficacy can be explained as the capacity for an individual to express themselves and act in an independent manner to address their problems. where empowered individuals exhibit self-efficacy, innovative behavior can be supported [61]. 3.2.3 problem solving skills (ps) problem-solving skills encompass the ability to devise more than one approach to resolve challenging situations or to be able to respond in a timely manner to address urgent problems. in particular, the capacity for situational analysis allows a problem solver to understand the limitations associated with their assigned duties, enabling them to create alternative plans to anticipate likely problems in the future. earlier research has indicated that innovative behavior is strongly affected by the ability to solve problems [48]. 3.2.4 collaboration ability (ca) for organizational goals to be accomplished, individuals must be willing to cooperate with other team members in collaborative working practices. such collaborative working environments can in turn foster innovative behavior as ideas can be discussed and employees can openly discuss potential improvements [34, 72]. 3.2.5. culture of innovation (ci) companies that foster a culture of innovation will actively encourage opinions to be shared, thus promoting trust and freedom and allowing employees to take responsibility for their work and futures. in such an environment, innovative behavior is more likely to be observed, and innovative practices will flourish [61]. 3.2.6. organizational support (os) the working environment within an organization must be generally supportive to promote the development and implementation of new ideas and to provide employees with rewards and recognition when innovative and creative ideas are produced [44, 73]. 3.2.7. culture of learning (cl) a culture that fosters learning typically promotes knowledge sharing and collaboration, which can help improve the skills and knowledge of all employees throughout the organization. training offers one means of achieving a learning culture. it was argued by nazir et al. [54] that innovative behavior from employees is more likely under a culture of learning, although affective commitment may not be similarly influenced. 3.2.8. executive leadership (el) the achievement of organizational objectives relies upon executive leadership, which involves establishing the trust of employees and supporting them to deliver creativity and innovation. previous studies have demonstrated that transformational leadership is positively associated with innovative behavior [54]. 3.2.9. innovative behavior (ib) in the context of this research, innovative behavior is held to be the actions of staff in producing and acting upon novel ideas that are used to create new products, work methods, or services. typical actions include problem solving, the development and improvement of existing ideas and practices, the creation of new procedures, products, or materials, and adding value to the current products or services. 3. research methodology this study was conducted through an initial review of the relevant literature, followed by a series of expert interviews. the findings were used to create the conceptual framework, which was then analyzed via confirmatory factor analysis (cfa). they were reported in the earlier papers [21, 31]. the assessment system for employee innovation was then implemented, and a user acceptance test was carried out. figure 3 sets out the research design and techniques applied in this research. in order to clearly discuss the development of the system to assess the innovative behavior of employees in later sections, the results of this study reported in the mentioned earlier papers were drawn in section 5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 179 figure 3. an overview of the research methodology applied 3.1. study participants a multistage sampling approach reflecting the business hierarchy was employed to select the 500 sample members from technology sector companies who participated in this research. all participants provided their informed written consent before continuing in the study. the participants were drawn at random from a list of suitable companies and taken from the various specific business units. cfa was applied to provide an appropriate sample size guideline using a simple formula based on the construct size and the number of structural paths, which in this case amounted to 10×28=280 [74]. since the study eventually used 500 participants, this was clearly an adequate number. 3.2. procedure the study employed a mixed-methods approach comprising both quantitative and qualitative techniques [75]. in the qualitative component, interviews were conducted with experts who were able to ensure the validity of the key attributes for each factor drawn from the review of the literature and a quantitative survey. initially, the literature was examined in order to identify factors typically associated with successful innovative behavior. these factors were subsequently verified through interviews with experts in the field to create the conceptual framework. a questionnaire was then formulated in order to determine the perceptions of the respondents with regard to the importance of the various factors involved. there were 28 items in total, and the format employed a 5-point likert scale (1 = least important, 5 = most important) to assess the perceptions of: (1) sharing of knowledge (sk); (2) self-efficacy (se); (3) problem solving skills (ps); (4) collaboration ability (ca); (5) culture of innovation (ci); (6) organizational support (os); (7) culture of learning (cl); and (8) executive leadership (el). cfa was then performed with lisrel to investigate the structure of the contextual factors. in the last stage, the system for employee assessment for innovative behavior was produced and tested. 4. results 4.1. expert interviews a total of six experts were invited to participate, all of whom offered no fewer than 20 years of human resources management experience. the data and insights obtained from the literature were extensively considered in collaboration with the expert reviewers to determine the meanings of specific units related to various themes so that the conceptual framework content could be developed to accurately represent the prominent perspectives reported. these results were duly verified by the panel of experts, ensuring their validity and reliability. table 2 summarizes the findings from the interviews with the experts in human resources management. 4.2. conceptual framework the factors associated with innovative behavior were analyzed and discussed through the review of the literature and the expert interviews. according to earlier studies, sharing of knowledge (sk), (2) self-efficacy (se), (3) problem solving skills (ps), (4) collaboration ability (ca), (5) culture of innovation (ci), (6) organizational support (os), (7) culture of learning (cl), and (8) executive leadership (el) exhibit a strong correlation with innovative behavior. studies have confirmed that collaborative abilities and organizational support have a close correlation with innovative behavior, while the sharing of knowledge is another influential factor. the conceptual framework that describes the factors related to innovative behavior can be seen in figure 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 180 table 2. findings from the expert interviews [31] expert results from expert interviews x1  inclusive team building is a strategy which organizations should implement in order to allow new ideas to be expressed and shared.  significant restrictions come in larger organizations, which often impose barriers in blocking opinions, thus limiting the potential for innovation. x2  leadership is an important human element, because someone must encourage the others to think freely to create ideas so that collaboration can then take place.  desirable personal qualities include an eagerness to learn, resilience, the ability to think outside the box, and an open-minded and results-oriented nature. x3  results should be evaluated and monitored systematically via the use of it.  innovative ideas might be the result of organizational goals, or they can be created by employees who could be conducting projects or attempting to solve problems. to promote innovation, organizations should incentivize the process and simultaneously provide practical support. x4  to assess innovative behavior, the tool used should assess the outcomes in terms of ideas or suggestions which have the potential for further development.  innovative behavior involves staff thinking in novel ways and presenting new opinions. it requires teamwork and a desire to solve problems together. x5  innovation is unlikely to occur when individuals neither share nor accept novel opinions.  due to the rapid pace of innovative change in business, employees must be open to novel ideas and capable of acting with flexibility.  the barriers to innovative behavior in organizations are often caused by small and medium-sized organizations with own management. there is a conflict of interest between the shareholders. it is a defense of their own interest causing to not listen to others in the organization who see flaws and try to change x6  the workplace atmosphere has a strong influence upon innovative behavior, while working assignments and time management are also important factors.  the principal barriers preventing innovation include a failure to accept alternative viewpoints, rigid application of rules and frameworks, and the absence of corporate level support.  in addition, co-operation affects innovation, along with the ability to tolerate and thrive when the working or market environment becomes increasingly dynamic.  changes in company policies can obstruct innovative behavior. figure 4. conceptual framework [31] 4.3. confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) cfa was conducted on the basis of the maximum-likelihood estimation approach with lisrel (linear structural relations) so that the factor structure could be confirmed. chi-square values were used as a measure of goodness of fit for the model. the tested and independent models were compared to the saturated model (2 /df), with measures including hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 181 goodness of fit index (gfi), comparative fit indices (cfi), adjusted goodness of fit index (agfi), root mean square error of approximation (rmsea), and standardized root mean square residual (srmr). a model showing good fit would be expected to exhibit 2 /df values below 2.00, gfi values above 0.95, cfi values exceeding 0.95, afgi values above 0.90, rmsea values below 0.05, and srmr values also below 0.05 [76, 77]. table 3 presents these results, indicating acceptable findings for a good fit: 2 /df = 1.140, gfi = 0.960, cfi = 1.000, agfi = 0.940, rmsea = 0.017, srmr =0.082. table 3. model fit indices [21] model fit indices recommended values of acceptable fit model fit summary evaluation result 2 /df < 2.00 1.140 pass cfi > 0.95 1.000 pass gfi > 0.95 0.960 pass agfi > 0.90 0.940 pass rmsea < 0.05 0.017 pass srmr < 0.05 0.082 pass according to the results from the confirmatory factor analysis, this eight-factor model was suitable to be applied in the context of innovative behavior promotion in thai organizations. the eight-factor cfa model is shown in figure 5. the lowest factor loadings were attributed to collaborative ability (ca) and culture of learning (cl) at 0.16, while the highest loading was for sharing of knowledge (sk) at 0.99. sharing of knowledge (sk) could be considered the best indicator of organizational innovation behavior support, closely followed by organizational support (os), then culture of innovation (ci), collaborative ability (ca), and culture of learning (cl), respectively, although the latter had limited influence on innovative behavior. chi-square =313.45, p-value = 0.05513, df = 275, rmsea = 0.017 figure 5. the cfa eight-factor model for the promotion of organizational innovative behavior [21] on the basis of the data gathered via the survey, the eight-factor model was confirmed to be a good fit. the most influential of the factors was sharing knowledge (sk), while innovative behavior was less likely to be encouraged by factors such as collaborative ability (ca) and a culture of learning (cl). this research addresses the success factor of innovative behavior in thailand. the findings indicate that participants from technology sector companies have a high degree of sk, se, ci, and os. thus, companies must address these challenges by developing talent to serve as the primary organizational competency to achieve their goals. this is in line with several researchers who studied the factors influencing innovative behavior in organizations [62, 66]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 182 5. implications 5.1. assessment system the cfa findings were used to formulate the system for employee assessment. the system comprises two modules that are fully integrated. the first encompasses the assessment questions, while the second is the assessment report, which is provided along with further guidance. under this system, data can be collected and presented in statistical format, along with a detailed results summary. as per figure 6, the assessment system was configured from cfa factors containing sk with 0.99 factor loading, se with 0.90 factor loading, ps with 0.18 factor loading, ca with 0.16 factor loading, ci with 0.93 factor loading, os with 0.97 factor loading, cl with 0.16 factor loading, and el with 0.22 factor loading. the assessment of innovative behavior was organized into each question based on factor loading. administrators can create a report as per the user’s requirements. also, users performed evaluations in the systems for each factor and viewed the outcomes and suggestions on the dashboard. figure 6. use case diagram screenshots of the system can be seen in figure 7. the system itself will be accessible via the cloud. thai language is used in the system as it is aimed to be used in organizations in thailand. this assessment system will provide valuable support to those organizations interested in conducting skills assessments of their employees in the area of innovative behavior. it is useful to human resource management because it can be used as staff evaluation to know their level of innovation capability in order to provide the training program, individual development, and also recruitment. figure 7. system of employee evaluation hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 183 5.2. evaluation of the system with the system ready for implementation, its suitability was evaluated in a practical context, with a sample of 30 participants who had at least two years of working experience. the scoring system for perspectives with regard to user acceptance of the system for employee assessment comprised five levels: 1 = very low to 5 = very high. the acceptance of the system was rated overall at a high level, with a mean score of 4.63 (table 4). table 4. user acceptance assessment subject mean (�̅�) acceptance level 1. performance of the system (accuracy, speed, comprehensiveness, quality of design, etc.) 4.46 high 2. ease of use (ease of comprehension, clarity of reports, etc.) 4.68 high 3. benefits (in contrast to the existing procedure) 4.57 high 4. usage intention (willingness to use and recommend to others) 4.42 high overall system score 4.63 high 6. discussion from the expert interviews, one consistent finding was that it is important to foster innovative behavior by encouraging the sharing and acceptance of new ideas and by building teams to create trust. this finding was in concurrence with the studies of leroy et al. [78] and roye [79]. in large organizations, however, it can often be difficult to create an environment where ideas can be freely expressed and creativity can flourish. inconsistency in communication can be a significant obstacle to innovation. accordingly, the model must incorporate the personal components of knowledge sharing and collaboration ability if staff members are to work effectively together to innovate. similar findings were reported by birkinshaw [37], wu & wang [69], vaccaroa et al. [67], shang et al. [63], and gavrilova and andreeva [43]. meanwhile, it was strongly argued by zhang & hou [70] that it was essential to create novel ideas prior to developing new products. this would be followed by collaborative work to share the necessary knowledge through shared experiences and social interaction, often via training sessions and practical seminars [55]. under the seci model, this would represent the socialization phase, followed by analysis of market opportunities, competition, and demand [4, 80]. the design process is complex because the creation of novel products can only be carried out when the market potential and customer demands are understood and the technical requirements are available. the skills and knowledge of the staff are crucial, with problem solving and self-efficacy to the fore, as noted previously by schulze & hoegl [62] and shouxian & peng [64]. for data to be transformed into useful knowledge, employees must cooperate, share ideas, be open to new ways of thinking, and sometimes be willing to learn from failure [81]. the seci process demands conceptual clarity through documentation, especially in the externalization stage. followed by knowledge consolidation in the combination stage. this serves to prepare that knowledge for an analysis of feasibility so that management can determine whether approval can be granted. further improvements can then be made during an evaluation process that delivers feedback to team members, which is the internalization stage of the seci process. executive leadership is therefore also critical because team members must be persuaded and encouraged to collaborate in generating creative and innovative ideas [35, 54, 56, 70]. the working environment within an organization must promote employee interaction so that staff will collaborate to accomplish shared objectives. a learning culture will be important, along with management support and the provision of a suitable space in which to interact. other researchers have reported similar findings [37, 52]. the development of a suitable working environment can be achieved via the provision of rewards and by motivating employees to implement their ideas. furthermore, corporate policies must explicitly promote innovation through fostering a corporate culture that emphasizes opinion sharing, expression of ideas, cooperative thinking, and collaborative problem solving. on the basis of the expert interviews, the factors identified as contributing to innovative behavior may be further classified into eight factors, the first four of which can be considered personal components: sharing of knowledge (sk), self-efficacy (se), problem solving skills (ps), and collaboration ability (ca). the remaining four can be considered environmental components: culture of innovation (ci), organizational support (os), culture of learning (cl), and executive leadership (el). these factors find support in the review of the literature concerning those elements that promote organizational innovative behavior among personnel. the use of cfa allowed the creation of an innovative behavior model, whereupon analysis of the empirical data confirmed the suitability of the structural equation model for this innovative behavior model. accordingly, it can be inferred that innovative behavior among employees can be accurately predicted by the factors employed in the model. from this research, it is clear that the selected factors all have a significant role to play in organizations operating in thailand. similarly, the selected factors have been shown to be important in other parts of the world [82, 83], especially when considering certain individual and environmental components of the model. for innovative behavior to take place, both of those human and environmental components are necessary [84], but the study also confirms that the various hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 184 factors do not have equal influence. accordingly, the study reveals the differences in the level of influence exerted by each factor, which in turn allows managers to adjust their approaches to ensure that innovate behaviors are allowed to flourish. the most influential factor is learning exchange (β=0.99), followed by organizational support (β=0.97), the environment of the workplace (β=0.93), and finally self-efficacy (β=0.90). each of these showed statistical significance in contributing to innovative behavior. within the organizational context, it can therefore be stated that self-efficacy and the sharing of knowledge, which relate to the individual, along with the working environment and organizational support, will serve to promote innovative behavior. when the developed assessment system for the innovative behavior of employees was examined, the user acceptance level was high for those personnel working in the automotive sector (�̅� = 4.63). this system is able to recognize both the potential and the current level of competence of the employees in terms of innovative behavior and can therefore be used as a means of supporting strategies for staff, thus leading to an increase in innovative practices within an organization. it was found that for each of the various evaluation items, the user acceptance level was high: ease of use (�̅� = 4.68); original technology advantages (�̅� = 4.57); system efficiency and benefits (�̅� = 4.46), and usage intention (�̅� = 4.42). these findings matched the work of vaccaroa et al. [67], whose study found that where systematic collaboration takes place, innovative goals can be accomplished. this would appear to confirm that the developed assessment system is suitable for practical applications. 7. conclusion this study was to identify the factors affecting innovative behavior and confirm the structural dimensions. the results of confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) were used to implement the assessment system. the results from this study provide valuable insights that may be applied to promote innovative behavioral practices in thai companies. the factors employed in the study as predictors of innovative behavior were all shown to be relevant in the thai context, and the findings also concur with those of earlier researchers experimenting in other parts of the world [82, 83]. internal factors comprise sharing of knowledge (sk), self-efficacy (se), problem solving skills (ps), and collaboration ability (ca), while external factors comprise culture of innovation (ci), organizational support (os), culture of learning (cl), and executive leadership (el). these factors, drawn from the review of the literature, confirm that both internal and external elements are responsible for shaping the development of individuals towards innovative behavior [84]. however, it is apparent that not all factors are equal in terms of their influence. it is therefore important to understand the relative importance of the factors concerned as well as the effects of the different factors upon innovative behavior when interacting in combination. this will allow managers to create a working environment that is more conducive to innovation. the most statistically significant influencers of innovative behavior were the sharing of knowledge (sk: β=0.99), organizational support (os: β=0.97), culture of innovation (ci: β=0.93), and self-efficacy (se: β=0.90). it is therefore clear that the innovative behavior of an individual will be shaped by both external and internal factors. for organizations wishing to promote innovation, the research assessment system offers a means of determining the extent to which their management practices are effective. it will allow more effective training to be implemented, a more effective workplace environment to be created, and more effective recruitment practices to be followed, thus developing staff who are capable of innovating and bringing about economic benefits and a clear competitive advantage. 8. declarations 8.1. author contributions conceptualization, n.r., m.w., and j.k.; methodology, n.r., m.w., and j.k.; software, n.r.; validation, n.r., m.w., and j.k.; formal analysis, n.r., m.w., and j.k; investigation, n.r., m.w., and j.k.; resources, n.r.; data curation, n.r.; writing—original draft preparation, n.r., m.w., and j.k.; writing—review and editing, n.r., m.w., and j.k.; visualization, n.r.; supervision, m.w., and j.k.; project administration, n.r. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 8.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 8.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 8.4. acknowledgements the authors would like to thank chulalongkorn university for the support given to this research. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 185 8.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] porter, m. (1990). the comparative advantage of nations. free press, new york, united states. doi:10.1007/978-1-349-113361. [2] maesincee, s. (2020). thailand 4.0: building of strength from internal community in thailand to the world economy. available online: https://www.facebook.com/drsuvitpage/posts/1396306724009387 (accessed on may 2022). [3] chompukum, p. (2008). innovation for sustainable competition. cu printing, bangkok, thailand. [4] shankar, r., acharia, s., & baveja, a. (2009). soft-system knowledge management framework for new product development. journal of knowledge management, 13(1), 135–153. doi:10.1108/13673270910931224. [5] alessa, h. s., & durugbo, c. m. (2022). systematic review of innovative work behavior concepts and contributions. management review quarterly, 72(4), 1171–1208. doi:10.1007/s11301-021-00224-x. [6] afsar, b., badir, y., & kiani, u. s. (2016). linking spiritual leadership and employee pro-environmental behavior: the influence of workplace spirituality, intrinsic motivation, and environmental passion. journal of environmental psychology, 45, 79–88. doi:10.1016/j.jenvp.2015.11.011. [7] akram, t., lei, s., & haider, m. j. (2016). the impact of relational leadership on employee innovative work behavior in it industry of china. arab economic and business journal, 11(2), 153–161. doi:10.1016/j.aebj.2016.06.001. [8] bysted, r. (2013). innovative employee behaviour: the moderating effects of mental involvement and job satisfaction on contextual variables. european journal of innovation management, 16(3), 268–284. doi:10.1108/ejim-09-2011-0069. [9] choi, s. b., kim, k., ullah, s. m. e., & kang, s. w. (2016). how transformational leadership facilitates innovative behavior of korean workers: examining mediating and moderating processes. personnel review, 45(3), 459–479. doi:10.1108/pr-03-20140058. [10] kim, j., baek, j. h., lim, h. k., ahn, h. s., baek, s. m., choi, y. j., choi, y. j., … park, j. s. (2018). 2017 thyroid radiofrequency ablation guideline: korean society of thyroid radiology. korean journal of radiology, 19(4), 632. doi:10.3348/kjr.2018.19.4.632. [11] taghipour, a., & dezfuli, z. k. (2013). innovative behaviors: mediate mechanism of job attitudes. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 84, 1617–1621. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.07.001. [12] grissemann, u., plank, a., & brunner-sperdin, a. (2013). enhancing business performance of hotels: the role of innovation and customer orientation. international journal of hospitality management, 33(1), 347–356. doi:10.1016/j.ijhm.2012.10.005. [13] fullwood, r., rowley, j., & delbridge, r. (2013). knowledge sharing amongst academics in uk universities. journal of knowledge management, 17(1), 123–136. doi:10.1108/13673271311300831. [14] nicolau, j. l., & santa-maría, m. j. (2013). the effect of innovation on hotel market value. international journal of hospitality management, 32(1), 71–79. doi:10.1016/j.ijhm.2012.04.005. [15] pivcevic, s., & pranicevic, d. g. (2012). innovation activity in the hotel sector the case of croatia. ekonomska istrazivanja, spec. iss. 1, 337–363. doi:10.1080/1331677x.2012.11517568. [16] mattsson, j., & orfila-sintes, f. (2014). hotel innovation and its effect on business performance. international journal of tourism research, 16(4), 388–398. doi:10.1002/jtr.1933. [17] vasanthapriyan, s. (2018). innovative behaviour of employees in organizations: a mapping study. international journal of multidisciplinary studies, 5(2), 1. doi:10.4038/ijms.v5i2.95. [18] makri, a. (2018). pakistan and egypt had highest rises in research output in 2018. nature. doi:10.1038/d41586-018-07841-9. [19] research trends. available online: https://www.researchtrends.com/ (accessed on april 2023). [20] salam, s., & senin, a. a. (2022). a bibliometric study on innovative behavior literature (1961–2019). sage open, 12(3), 21582440221109589,. doi:10.1177/21582440221109589. [21] rattanawichai, n., wiriyapinit, m., & khlaisang, j. (2022). success factors to promote innovative behavior in organizations. european conference on management leadership and governance, 18(1), 499–505. doi:10.34190/ecmlg.18.1.698. [22] dedahanov, a. t., bozorov, f., & sung, s. (2019). paternalistic leadership and innovative behavior: psychological empowerment as a mediator. sustainability (switzerland), 11(6), 1770. doi:10.3390/su11061770. https://www.researchtrends.com/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 186 [23] nonaka, i., & takeuchi, h. (1995). the knowledge-creating company: how japanese companies create the dynamics of innovation. oxford university press, oxford. [24] yuan-zi, j., & ting, l. (2010). research on knowledge creation mechanism based on hypercycle theory. 2010 international conference on management science &amp; engineering 17th annual conference proceedings. doi:10.1109/icmse.2010.5719984. [25] arora, a., & gambardella, a. (1994). the changing technology of technological change: general and abstract knowledge and the division of innovative labour. research policy, 23(5), 523–532. doi:10.1016/0048-7333(94)01003-x. [26] d’adderio, l. (2003). configuring software, reconfiguring memories: the influence of integrated systems on the reproduction of knowledge and routines. industrial and corporate change, 12(2), 321–350. doi:10.1093/icc/12.2.321. [27] yuan, f., & woodman, r. w. (2010). innovative behavior in the workplace: the role of performance and image outcome expectations. academy of management journal, 53(2), 323–342. doi:10.5465/amj.2010.49388995. [28] janssen, o. (2000). job demands, perceptions of effort-reward fairness and innovative work behaviour. journal of occupational and organizational psychology, 73(3), 287–302. doi:10.1348/096317900167038. [29] li, m., & hsu, c. h. c. (2016). a review of employee innovative behavior in services. international journal of contemporary hospitality management, 28(12), 2820–2841. doi:10.1108/ijchm-04-2015-0214. [30] maqbool, s., černe, m., & bortoluzzi, g. (2019). micro-foundations of innovation: employee silence, perceived time pressure, flow and innovative work behaviour. european journal of innovation management, 22(1), 125–145. doi:10.1108/ejim-01-20180013. [31] rattanawichai, n., wiriyapinit, m., & khlaisang, j. (2022). factors influencing innovative behavior in organizations. neuroquantology, 20(6), 71. [32] abukhait, r. m., bani-melhem, s., & zeffane, r. (2019). empowerment, knowledge sharing and innovative behaviours: exploring gender differences. international journal of innovation management, 23(1), 1950006. doi:10.1142/s1363919619500063. [33] aghdasi, m., & tehrani, n. g. (2011). knowledge creation in an operational setting: a case study in an auto manufacturing firm. african journal of business management, 5(19), 7828. doi:10.5897/ajbm10.1164. [34] bani-melhem, s., zeffane, r., & albaity, m. (2018). determinants of employees’ innovative behavior. international journal of contemporary hospitality management, 30(3), 1601–1620. doi:10.1108/ijchm-02-2017-0079. [35] bednall, t. c., e. rafferty, a., shipton, h., sanders, k., & j. jackson, c. (2018). innovative behaviour: how much transformational leadership do you need? british journal of management, 29(4), 796–816. doi:10.1111/1467-8551.12275. [36] bettencourt, l. a., bond, e. u., cole, m. s., & houston, m. b. (2016). domain-relevant commitment and individual technical innovation performance. journal of product innovation management, 34(2), 159–180. doi:10.1111/jpim.12339. [37] birkinshaw, j. (2001). why is knowledge management so difficult? business strategy review, 12(1), 11–18. doi:10.1111/1467-8616.00161. [38] chatti, m. a., klamma, r., jarke, m., & naeve, a. (2007). the web 2.0 driven seci model based learning process. seventh ieee international conference on advanced learning technologies (icalt 2007). doi:10.1109/icalt.2007.256. [39] chen, h. h., lee, a. h. i., wang, h. zheng, & tong, y. (2008). operating npd innovatively with different technologies under a variant social environment. technological forecasting and social change, 75(3), 385–404. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2007.02.012. [40] dan, x., xu, s., liu, j., hou, r., liu, y., & ma, h. (2018). relationships among structural empowerment, innovative behaviour, self-efficacy, and career success in nursing field in mainland china. international journal of nursing practice, 24(5), 12674. doi:10.1111/ijn.12674. [41] duradoni, m., & di fabio, a. (2019). intrapreneurial self-capital and sustainable innovative behavior within organizations. sustainability (switzerland), 11(2), 322. doi:10.3390/su11020322. [42] eppler, m. j., & sukowski, o. (2000). managing team knowledge: core processes, tools and enabling factors. european management journal, 18(3), 334–341. doi:10.1016/s0263-2373(00)00015-3. [43] gavrilova, t., & andreeva, t. (2012). knowledge elicitation techniques in a knowledge management context. journal of knowledge management, 16(4), 523–537. doi:10.1108/13673271211246112. [44] hoegl, m., & schulze, a. (2005). how to support knowledge creation in new product development: an investigation of knowledge management methods. european management journal, 23(3), 263–273. doi:10.1016/j.emj.2005.04.004. [45] jeong, i., & shin, s. j. (2019). high-performance work practices and organizational creativity during organizational change: a collective learning perspective. journal of management, 45(3), 909–925. doi:10.1177/0149206316685156. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 187 [46] jiang, y., & chen, c. c. (2018). integrating knowledge activities for team innovation: effects of transformational leadership. in journal of management, 44(5), 1819–1847. doi:10.1177/0149206316628641. [47] yli-luoma, p. v. j., & naeve, a. (2006). towards a semantic e-learning theory by using a modelling approach. british journal of educational technology, 37(3), 445–459. doi:10.1111/j.1467-8535.2006.00615.x. [48] kim, j. y., choi, d. s., sung, c. s., & park, j. y. (2018). the role of problem solving ability on innovative behavior and opportunity recognition in university students. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 4(1), 4. doi:10.1186/s40852-018-0085-4. [49] lee, a. h. i., chen, h. h., & tong, y. (2008). developing new products in a network with efficiency and innovation. international journal of production research, 46(17), 4687–4707. doi:10.1080/00207540701233484. [50] lee, h. w., pak, j., kim, s., & li, l.-z. (2016). effects of human resource management systems on employee proactivity and group innovation. journal of management, 45(2), 819–846. doi:10.1177/0149206316680029. [51] lindlöf, l., söderberg, b., & persson, m. (2013). practices supporting knowledge transfer an analysis of lean product development. international journal of computer integrated manufacturing, 26(12), 1128–1135. doi:10.1080/0951192x.2011.651160. [52] liu, h., & liu, x. (2012). research on knowledge creation in virtual enterprise. 2012 2nd international conference on consumer electronics, communications and networks (cecnet). doi:10.1109/cecnet.2012.6201998. [53] maria stock, r., zacharias, n. a., & schnellbaecher, a. (2016). how do strategy and leadership styles jointly affect codevelopment and its innovation outcomes? journal of product innovation management, 34(2), 201–222. doi:10.1111/jpim.12332. [54] nazir, s., qun, w., hui, l., & shafi, a. (2018). influence of social exchange relationships on affective commitment and innovative behavior: role of perceived organizational support. sustainability (switzerland), 10(12), 4418. doi:10.3390/su10124418. [55] nimmolrat, a., chakpitak, n., & savino, m. m. (2011). enhancing expert contribution in university business incubation: case study of college of arts, media and technology new product development project. 2011 5th international conference on software, knowledge information, industrial management and applications (skima) proceedings. doi:10.1109/skima.2011.6089981. [56] park, y. k., song, j. h., yoon, s. w., & kim, j. (2014). learning organization and innovative behavior: the mediating effect of work engagement. european journal of training and development, 38(1–2), 75–94. doi:10.1108/ejtd-04-2013-0040. [57] peralta, c. f., lopes, p. n., gilson, l. l., lourenço, p. r., & pais, l. (2014). innovation processes and team effectiveness: the role of goal clarity and commitment, and team affective tone. journal of occupational and organizational psychology, 88(1), 80–107. doi:10.1111/joop.12079. [58] purc, e., & laguna, m. (2019). personal values and innovative behavior of employees. frontiers in psychology, 10. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2019.00865. [59] rangus, k., & černe, m. (2017). the impact of leadership influence tactics and employee openness toward others on innovation performance. r&d management, 49(2), 168–179. doi:10.1111/radm.12298. [60] reychav, i., stein, e. w., weisberg, j., & glezer, c. (2012). the role of knowledge sharing in raising the task innovativeness of systems analysts. international journal of knowledge management, 8(2), 1–22. doi:10.4018/jkm.2012040101. [61] roffeei, s. h. m., kamarulzaman, y., & yusop, f. d. (2017). inculcating innovative behaviour among students: determinants of innovation culture in malaysian higher education. malaysian online journal of educational management, 5(4), 1–17. doi:10.22452/mojem.vol5no4.1. [62] schulze, a., & hoegl, m. (2006). knowledge creation in new product development projects. journal of management, 32(2), 210–236. doi:10.1177/0149206305280102. [63] shang, s. s. c., li, e. y., wu, y.-l., & hou, o. c. l. (2011). understanding web 2.0 service models: a knowledge-creating perspective. information &amp; management, 48(4–5), 178–184. doi:10.1016/j.im.2011.01.005. [64] shouxian, l., & peng, y. (2011). knowledge flow in creative industrial cluster and c-seci model. 2011 international conference on information management, innovation management and industrial engineering. doi:10.1109/iciii.2011.203. [65] sofianti, t. d., suryadi, k., govindaraju, r., & prihartono, b. (2010). customer knowledge co-creation process in new product development. proceedings of the world congress on engineering, 30 june-2 july, 2010, london, united kingdom. [66] uotila, t., melkas, h., & harmaakorpi, v. (2005). incorporating futures research into regional knowledge creation and management. futures 37(8), 849–866. doi:10.1016/j.futures.2005.01.001. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 188 [67] vaccaro, a., veloso, f., & brusoni, s. (2009). the impact of virtual technologies on knowledge-based processes: an empirical study. research policy, 38(8), 1278–1287. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2009.06.012. [68] wang, c., & hu, q. (2020). knowledge sharing in supply chain networks: effects of collaborative innovation activities and capability on innovation performance. technovation, 94–95, 102010. doi:10.1016/j.technovation.2017.12.002. [69] wu, p., & wang, y. (2008). research of personal absorptive capacity of knowledge based on communities of practice. 2008 international conference on computer science and software engineering. doi:10.1109/csse.2008.222. [70] aiqin zhang, & guangming hou. (2011). research on knowledge transfer in group creative process. 2011 2nd international conference on artificial intelligence, management science and electronic commerce (aimsec), dengleng, ieee. doi:10.1109/aimsec.2011.6010273. [71] zhu, y.-q., gardner, d. g., & chen, h.-g. (2016). relationships between work team climate, individual motivation, and creativity. journal of management, 44(5), 2094–2115. doi:10.1177/0149206316638161. [72] gaol, f. l., denavi, m., danny, j., anggaragita, b. d., hartanto, a., & matsuo, t. (2022). effects of social e-commerce on consumer behavior. hightech and innovation journal, 3(4), 376-384. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-04-01. [73] ruangkanjanases, a., hariguna, t., & abdillah, w. (2022). assessing supply chain management ambidexterity, integration of knowledge management use and user satisfaction. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(3), 361-376. doi:10.28991/hef2022-03-03-08. [74] hair, j. f., black, w. c., babin, b. j., anderson, r. e., & tatham, r. (2009). exploratory factor analysis multivariate data analysis. prentice hall, new jersey, united states. [75] chih-pei, h., & chang, y.-y. (2017). john w. creswell, research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. journal of social and administrative sciences, 4(2), 205-207. doi:10.1453/jsas.v4i2.1313. [76] jöreskog, k. g., & sörbom, d. (1996). lisrel 8: user's reference guide. scientific software international, lincolnwood, united states. [77] hair, j. f., black, w. c., babin, b. j., anderson, r. e., & tatham, r. l. (2014). pearson new international edition. multivariate data analysis (7th ed). pearson education, london, united kingdom. [78] leroy, h., buengeler, c., veestraeten, m., shemla, m., & hoever, i. j. (2022). fostering team creativity through teamfocused inclusion: the role of leader harvesting the benefits of diversity and cultivating value-in-diversity beliefs. group & organization management, 47(4), 798–839. doi:10.1177/10596011211009683. [79] roye, m. (2022). successful team-building strategies of small business owners in the oil and gas industry of souteastern new mexico. phd thesis, university of the southwest, hobbs, united states. [80] le dain, m. a., & merminod, v. (2014). a knowledge sharing framework for black, grey and white box supplier configurations in new product development. technovation, 34(11), 688-701. doi:10.1016/j.technovation.2014.09.005. [81] chang, h. c., tsai, c. l., & su, y. s. (2012). do cross-functional npd teams follow the knowledge conversion model in knowledge transfer?. international journal of organizational innovation (online), 4(4), 48. [82] collin, k., lemmetty, s., & riivari, e. (2020). human resource development practices supporting creativity in finnish growth organizations. international journal of training and development, 24(4), 321–336. doi:10.1111/ijtd.12199. [83] walker, a., derbyshire, p. (2020). the role of hrd in developing capabilities for creativity and innovation at work: a multilevel approach. the future of hrd, vol. i, palgrave macmillan, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-52410-4_5. [84] shi, x., & wu, y. (2017). the effect of internal and external factors on innovative behaviour of chinese manufacturing firms. china economic review, 46, s50–s64. doi:10.1016/j.chieco.2016.08.010. https://doi.org/10.28991/hef-2022-03-03-08 https://doi.org/10.28991/hef-2022-03-03-08 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 270 issn: 2723-9535 role of the magnitude of digital adaptability in sustainability of food and beverage small enterprises competitiveness bambang dwi suseno 1* , basrowi 1 1 management department, faculty of economic and business universitas bina bangsa, serang, 42124, indonesia. received 11 march 2023; revised 08 may 2023; accepted 22 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract this study aimed to (1) determine and (2) improve the sustainability of competitiveness for the food and beverage business. this was achieved through causal studies, which involved determining causal relationships between variables. the study population was selected using a purposive sampling technique with a focus on small food and beverage entrepreneurs, and the data retrieved were analyzed using both quantitative and qualitative methods. moreover, ibm spss amos 21 (moment structure analysis) tool was used for the descriptive analysis as well as to test models and hypotheses. the results showed that stakeholder engagement had a positive and significant influence on the magnitude of digital adaptability and costless signaling. it was further noted that the magnitude of digital adaptability and costless signaling had the same effect on sustainability. a similar relationship was established between costless signaling and the magnitude of digital adaptability. these results proved that stakeholder engagement has a significant effect on cost-effective signaling and the magnitude of digital adaptability. costless signaling has a significant effect on the magnitude of digital adaptability and sustainability of small food and beverage enterprises performance. the novelty of this study lies in the influence of stakeholder engagement on the magnitude of digital adaptability, which can be used to increase the sustainability and performance of food and beverage small enterprises. keywords: magnitude; digital; adaptability; food; beverage; business. 1. introduction several studies were conducted during the covid-19 pandemic to explore the changes in eating and drinking patterns as well as individual responses to the restrictions faced by consumers. an example was a study conducted by deloitte indonesia in 2022 highlighting the importance of the concept of self-care and "treating yourself" during a pandemic. it was discovered that people tend to spend more money on premium-quality food and beverage products as a form of self-indulgence when facing difficult times, and this becomes a habit when things are changing for the better [1]. further study evidence showed an increase in the consumption of foods high in fat, sugar, and calories during the pandemic period [2]. this was probably due to the emotional comfort and fulfillment mechanisms associated with food. moreover, studies indicated the existence of significant changes in individual eating patterns at the calorie [2] and time [3] as evident in the fact that more time spent at home influenced food choices and the tendency to eat simpler, more convenient, and ready-to-eat meals. the pandemic increased fruit and vegetable consumption, especially due to increased awareness of the importance of maintaining health and the immune system [4]. * corresponding author: bambangds_mm@binabangsa.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8196-6146 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 271 the drinking habits of the people were also observed to have changed, as indicated by an increase in the consumption of hot drinks such as tea and coffee as a form of comfort and relaxation at home. these changes led to the development and introduction of new entrepreneurs in the food and beverage industry, among several others [5]. they engaged in economic activity that processes essential commodities into final or intermediate commodities through mechanical, chemical, or manual methods [6]. it was discovered that some studies have focused more on examining the role of stakeholder engagement in the magnitude of digital adaptability and sustainability of businesses without considering its influence on costless signaling. there are also no studies linking this role to the magnitude of digital adaptability and costless signaling, which were projected to be examined in this study. the current understanding of sustainable entrepreneurship in the food and beverage sector is also lacking in several key areas, particularly regarding the entrepreneurial mindset, organizational capabilities of micro-enterprises, entrepreneurship training, and innovation strategies [7]. the limited progress in these aspects can be attributed to the absence of a well-developed entrepreneurial mindset among business actors [8]. moreover, relevant studies focused more on factors affecting sustainability without assessing the influence of stakeholder engagement on the magnitude of digital adaptability. some other studies also discussed the role of stakeholder engagement without explaining the impact on costless signaling, which is considered important due to the high cost of using the internet and digital adaptation. the relationship between stakeholder engagement and sustainability has been extensively studied in various sectors [9], including the food and beverage industry [10]. however, the specific impact of stakeholder engagement on the performance [11] and sustainability of small businesses in the food and beverage sector has rarely been explored, creating a study gap. it was also discovered that existing studies frequently concentrate on big business or general sustainability frameworks while omitting the particular difficulties being faced by small businesses in the food and beverage sector [12, 13]. therefore, this study widened the scope by including the magnitude of digital adaptability and costless signaling factors as intervening variables. both quantitative and qualitative methods were used to analyze data in order to achieve two primary objectives, which include (1) evaluating and (2) enhancing the sustainability of competitiveness for businesses in the food and beverage industry based on stakeholder engagement, the magnitude of digital adaptability, and costless signaling. 2. theoretical background 2.1. the impact of stakeholder engagement on the magnitude of digital adaptability studies have been conducted on the importance of stakeholder engagement in enhancing digital adaptability in several organizational contexts. for example, the active involvement of stakeholders in the digital transformation process increased the tendency of organizations to have higher adaptability [14]. such engagement created a sense of ownership and commitment to digital initiatives, which in turn facilitated smoother transitions and increased adaptability to digital change [15]. active engagement and collaboration with stakeholders such as employees, customers, and suppliers were reported to have significantly contributed to the ability of an organization to adapt to digital transformation [16]. another study showed that the active involvement of supply chain stakeholders, including suppliers, manufacturers, and distributors, in digital initiatives improved the ability to manage digital technologies and processes [17]. moreover, digitalization was projected to have the capacity to make work easier and trigger lifestyle changes with far-reaching impacts [18]. adaptation to digital transformation has the ability to change how people work, learn, communicate, and collaborate [19]. this was further supported by the results that the implementation of online media facilitated business actors and provided opportunities for the public to obtain information and communicate [20]. these results led to the formulation of the following hypothesis: h1: there is an influence of stakeholder involvement on digital adaptation capabilities. 2.2. the impact of stakeholder engagement on costless signaling stakeholders were discovered to be using facebook media as a bridge for sustainable business strategies [21]. the internet connection has created the better experience needed to establish a sustainable relationship with partners by exchanging information [22]. this was observed through the use of platforms such as facebook, instagram, and others to communicate commercial information and promote business [23]. this means stakeholders are allowed to use the internet for free, thereby facilitating the adaptation of information and communication services. previous studies showed that stakeholders were able to gain distinct competitive advantages from engaging with online communities for free. the important interplay between different types of internet platforms and content factors in driving engagement has also been studied [24, 25]. it was discovered that the technological capabilities of online business citizens were able to foster relevant knowledge and skills needed by the stakeholders [26]. the centrality of user connections and social networks, as well as the achievement of the results expected by business stakeholders, were also indicated to be considered [27]. therefore, the following hypothesis was formulated: h2. there is an influence of stakeholder involvement on costless signaling. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 272 2.3. the effect of digital adaptation capabilities on sustainability of competitiveness the relevance of digital ecosystems, specifically social networking sites with innovation and knowledge, was reported to have the capacity to provide a lot of information on individuals and their networks, which can be used for several business purposes [28]. this was observed in the ability of sharia fintech to strengthen human resource capacity, diversification, productivity, and product marketing to improve the financial performance and business sustainability of smes [29]. meanwhile, smes, specifically innovative firms, in emerging economies are usually faced with several challenges, such as access to external markets to acquire new technologies as well as unencouraging sales performance [30]. from an economic point of view, online adaptation was discovered to have the ability to provide employment and sales opportunities and also to ensure business continuity [31]. the proficiency and activeness of stakeholders in digital adaptation were observed to have the potential to propel companies toward more sustainable business behavior over time. [32]. this has led international institutions to call for a transition to a more sustainable system of production and consumption and continuous innovation, and this was expected to increase the adaptation of digital mechanisms to ensure sustainable business [33]. therefore, the following hypothesis was formulated: h3. there is an influence of digital adaptability on sustainability of competitiveness. 2.4. the impact of costless signaling on sustainability of competitiveness stakeholders and policymakers interested in the beverage industry were discovered to be focused on facilitating more sustainable consumer behavior [34]. this was indicated by the recent emphasis on the industrial internet, the green development of the food industry, using entropy methods to measure the environmental pollution index, and ensuring the technical efficiency of agricultural food processing [35]. a previous study also showed that mobile technology had the greatest impact on sustainability in all types of industries, including food and beverage [36]. another study showed that costless signaling allowed organizations to communicate their commitment to sustainability and showcase their efforts without incurring significant financial costs [37]. the presentation of their sustainable practices to stakeholders such as customers, investors, and communities was discovered to have the ability to assist organizations in building trust, showing transparency, and being held accountable for their environmental and social performance [38]. the combination of information technology with business continuity has become a strategic weapon in manufacturing products and gaining sustainable competitive advantages [39]. moreover, the introduction of industrial digitization and corresponding smart factories have created new opportunities in the world of processing [40]. the spread of digital technologies such as the internet in the manufacturing and service industries has also become powerful to the extent of ushering in the concept of digital servitization as an easy and usable process to achieve sustainability in small food and beverage enterprises [41]. h4. there is an influence of costless signaling on sustainability of competitiveness. 2.5. the impact of costless signaling on the magnitude of digital adaptability costless signaling was reported to have a significant effect on the magnitude of digital adaptability [42]. this was further confirmed by the increase in the magnitude of digital adaptability due to the increment in the alignment of the state to costless signaling policies [43]. a previous study also showed that one of the ways to increase the magnitude of digital adaptability is through the enhancement of a country's support for costless signaling policies [44]. these results led to the formulation of the following hypothesis: h5. there is an influence of costless signaling on the magnitude of digital adaptability. 3. materials and methods this study was conducted to determine the causal relationship between the selected variables. the process involved selecting the sample from the population of small food and beverage entrepreneurs using the purposive sampling technique. the data obtained were analyzed through the quantitative method. moreover, the stakeholder engagement variable was based on a unified understanding of the essence and use of fragmented constructs, challenges, development, and legitimacy of individuals engaged in business [45–48]. this could be achieved through governance activities such as strategy, organization, transactions, and costs with due consideration for others in business [49]. the digital adaptability variable was related to the business management adaptability (bma) concept that was used to theoretically explain adaptive micro-operation mechanisms and provide practical guidance for companies to adopt the digital economy to achieve sustainable development [50, 51]. furthermore, the costless signaling variable was linked to the existence of free internet and the constant expansion of the web with search engines continuously being used by people in their daily routines and found to be part of a complex and multi-faceted phenomenon considered difficult for companies to manage effectively [52]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 273 the sustainability of business models for smes in the food and beverage sector was observed to depend on the contribution of a new sustainability strategy [53]. the purpose was to determine the importance placed on local taste in understanding food security and to evaluate good digital applications to ensure sustainability [54] based on certain indicators such as agility, performance, digital platforms, and stakeholders in that order [55]. the sustainability of the food and beverage industry was evaluated using multiple indicators as outlined by suseno [55], and these include the stakeholders, the processes employed within the industry, the extent of digital integration in business operations, and the overall economic growth [56]. the evaluation process was based on some specific variables, such as business activities, identification of viable solutions, adaptation of resources, presence of supporting institutions, and accessibility of fundamental ingredients for food and beverage production [53]. this study applied the ibm spss amos 21 software, specifically the moment structure analysis (msa) tool, for the descriptive analysis as well as to test several models and hypotheses. the methodology applied in this study is highlighted in the following workflow (figure 1). figure 1. methodology workflow 4. results and discussion 4.1. reliability test reliability was defined as the measure of the internal consistency of an indicator of a construct to show the degree to which each indicator represents a common latent construct or factor. the cut-off value of the reliability construct was set to >0.7, while the variance extracted was >0.5. the results of the construct reliability and variance extraction tests conducted are presented in full in the following table. table 1. construct reliability and variance extracted tests no. variable indicators std loading (loading factor) standard loading2 measurement error (1-std loading2) construct reliability variance extracted 1 stakeholder engagement se1 0.894 0.799 0.201 0.918 0.788 se2 0.901 0.812 0.188 se3 0.868 0.753 0.247 ∑ 2.663 2.364 0.636 ∑2 7.092 2 magnitude of digital adaptability mda1 0.791 0.626 0.374 0.888 0.664 mda2 0.838 0.702 0.298 mda3 0.805 0.648 0.352 mda4 0.824 0.679 0.321 ∑ 3.258 2.655 1.345 ∑2 10.615 understand the empirical and theoretical gap between the problems examine several relevant theories and study results to determine the existing weaknesses define methods, population and sample, data collection method, tabulation, and analysis conduct discussions by linking study results with theory and previous study followed by conclusions develop theoretical implications, managerial implications, and suggestions for future studies hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 274 3 costless signalling cs1 0.779 0.607 0.393 0.802 0.671 cs2 0.857 0.734 0.266 ∑ 1.636 1.341 0.659 ∑2 2.68 4 sustainability of food and beverage small enterprises competitiveness sp1 0.926 0.857 0.143 0.916 0.784 sp2 0.874 0.764 0.236 sp3 0.855 0.731 0.269 ∑ 2.66 2.35 0.65 ∑2 7.05 the results showed that the construct reliability of all latent variables satisfied the criteria of >0.60, and a similar trend was observed for the extracted values >0.50. therefore, it was concluded that each latent variable satisfied the reliability criteria. 4.2. model confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) the results of the cfa model after complete modifications are presented in the following figure 2 and table 2. figure 2. model cfa 2 the cfa model showed that the chi-square value decreased from 130.755 to 79.708 and the cmin/df from 2,724 to 1.812. the rmsea values also decreased from 0.089 to 0.061, while the cfi was 0.981, the gfi was 0.943, and the tli was 0.972. this was followed by the assessment of the standard loading value of each indicator in forming the latent variable, as indicated in the trap presented in the following table (table 2). standardized regression results showed that the lowest loading value was recorded to be 0.781 on the cs1 indicator, while the highest was 0.925 on the sp1 indicator. moreover, all the indicators had a loading value of >0.6, which indicated they were all valid as measures of latent variables. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 275 table 2. standardized regression cfa model indikator variabel laten estimate se3 ← stakeholder_engagement 0.868 se2 ← stakeholder_engagement 0.900 se1 ← stakeholder_engagement 0.895 mda1 ← magnitude_digital_of_adaptability 0.793 mda2 ← magnitude_digital_of_adaptability 0.838 mda3 ← magnitude_digital_of_adaptability 0.806 sp2 ← sustainabilty_of_food_and_bevarage_small_enterprises_ competitiveness 0.875 sp3 ← sustainabilty_of_food_and_bevarage_small_enterprises_ competitiveness 0.855 sp1 ← sustainabilty_of_food_and_bevarage_small_enterprises_ competitiveness 0.925 cs2 ← costless signaling 0.860 cs1 ← costless signaling 0.781 mda4 ← magnitude_digital_of_adaptability 0.823 4.3. conformity and empirical model test 4.3.1. absolute fit measures the size used to assess the model fit was based on several absolute fit measures, and the chi-square (χ2) was found to be 83.150, which exceeds the expected value of 47.40 as indicated in table 3. table 3. absolute fit measures goodness of fit index cut off value estimation conclusion absolute fit measures χ2-chi-square 83.150 47.40 notfit cmin/df ≤ 2.00 1.848 fit probabilities ≥ 0.05 0.000 notfit rmsea ≤ 0.08 0.063 fit gfi ≥ 0.90 0.941 fit 4.3.2. incremental fit measures the model fit was assessed using different sizes, including (1) adjusted goodness of fit index (agfi), which was found to be 0.898 and considered higher than the threshold of 0.8, thereby indicating the acceptability of the model in terms of goodness of fit. (2) the tucker lewis index (tli) was recorded to be 0.971, exceeding the cutoff of 0.95, and this showed that the model was deemed feasible and accepted. (3) comparative fit index (cfi) was 0.980, which surpassed the threshold of 0.95 and indicated the feasibility and acceptance of the model. (4) normed fit index (nfi) was 0.958, which was greater than the cutoff of 0.95 and implied the model was acceptable in terms of fit. (5) parsimony fit index (pnfi) was 0.653, suggesting that the model was considered fit or acceptable as presented in table 4. these fit indices led to the conclusion that the model showed an acceptable level of fit, indicating its alignment with the effective collection of data. table 4. incremental fit measures goodness of fit cut off value estimation conclusion incremental fit measures agfi ≥0.90 0.898 acceptable tli ≥0.95 0.971 fit cfi ≥0.95 0.980 fit nfi ≥0.95 0.958 fit pnfi ≥0.50 0.653 fit hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 276 4.3.3. causality test the complete output results of the structural equation modeling model are presented in the following table (table 5). table 5. regression weight hypothesis test of full model hypothesis estimate s.e. c.r. p conclusion stakeholder engagement → magnitude of digital adaptability 0.473 0.093 5.109 *** significant stakeholder engagement → costless signaling 0.557 0.070 7.969 *** significant magnitude of digital adaptability → sustainability of food and beverage small enterprises competitiveness 0.205 0.120 1.705 0.088 unsignificant costless signaling → sustainability of food and beverage small enterprises competitiveness 0.954 0.166 5.749 *** significant costless signaling → magnitude of digital adaptability 0.560 0.109 5.148 *** significant *** significant <0.001 4.3.4. empirical model test the empirical model test focused on the evaluation of the hypotheses developed. the acceptance or rejection of each of these hypotheses was based on the criteria that the null hypothesis (h0) be rejected and the alternative hypothesis (h1) be accepted when the critical ratio (cr) was greater than 1.96 and the p-value was less than 0.05, and vice versa. therefore, the results obtained are presented as follows: 1. hypothesis 1: the estimated value of the influence of stakeholder engagement on the magnitude of digital adaptability was found to be 0.473, the critical ratio value was 5.109, and the p-value was 0.000, thereby indicating that stakeholder engagement had a significant positive effect on the magnitude of digital adaptability at a significance level of 5%. 2. hypothesis 2: the estimated value of the influence of stakeholder engagement on costless signaling was recorded to be 0.557, the critical ratio was 7.969, and the p-value was 0.000. this showed that stakeholder engagement had a significant positive effect on costless signaling at a significance level of 5%. 3. hypothesis 3: the estimated value of the influence of the magnitude of adaptability on sustainability of food and beverage small enterprises competitiveness was 0.205, the critical ratio was 1.705, and the p-value was 0.088. this showed that the magnitude of digital adaptability did not have a significant positive effect on sustainability of food and beverage small enterprises' competitiveness at a significance level of 5%. 4. hypothesis 4: the estimated value of the effect of costless signaling on sustainability of competitiveness was 0.954, the critical ratio was 5.749, and the p-value was 0.000. this indicated that costless signaling had a significant positive effect on sustainability of food and beverage small enterprises competitiveness at a significance level of 5%. 5. hypothesis 5: the estimated value of the effect of costless signaling on the magnitude of digital adaptability was 0.560, the critical ratio was 5.148, and the p-value was 0.000. this led to the conclusion that costless signaling had a significant positive effect on the magnitude of digital adaptability at a significance level of 5%. 4.4. discussion 4.4.1. the effect of stakeholder engagement on the magnitude of digital adaptability the results showed a significant effect of stakeholder engagement on the magnitude of digital adaptability, and this was observed to be in line with previous studies showing that the improvement of adaptability by smes required an increase in stakeholder involvement [48, 55]. it was also in accordance with the results of previous studies that the involvement of stakeholders proved successful in increasing the magnitude of digital adaptability due to their varied roles. most stakeholders, specifically from companies and universities, were identified as masters of digitalization, and this further increased their digital adaptability capabilities [57]. the theoretical implication of these results was convincing proof that stakeholder engagement increased the magnitude of digital adaptability [58]. their involvement was discovered to have increased the possibility of adapting digital measures [59]. this showed that the most appropriate step when a company wants to increase the magnitude of digital adaptability is to increase the involvement of relevant stakeholders [60]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 277 stakeholder engagement plays a vital role in business and community studies, particularly in adapting to digital transformation and addressing competitive challenges. it enables businesses to innovate and adapt by leveraging technology and fostering ongoing interactions with stakeholders. 4.4.2. effect of stakeholder engagement on costless signaling the results on this aspect were found to be consistent with a previous study by georgakalou et al. [61], which found that the efforts of a country to make signaling costless for smes required the support of all parties, specifically the ministry of information and communication [62]. this allowed smes to run their businesses using free internet networks to reach a wider market. the policy increased the size of these smes because they were no longer burdened with internet and communication network costs, which normally reduce their profits [49]. this further led to the tabulation of the overall impact of a company's economic activity on society and the environment [63] to create access to policy services required to understand and respond to public health needs [64]. previous studies showed that an internet connection created a better experience and a sustainable relationship between partners through the exchange of information [22, 23]. the important interplay between internet platform types and content factors driving engagement has also been studied [25]. it was discovered that the technological capabilities of online business citizens were able to foster relevant knowledge and skills needed by the stakeholders [26, 27]. these aligned with the emphasis on the importance of strengthening business stakeholders and using technology for sustainable business growth in previous studies. moreover, engagement with all stakeholders concerning social and environmental issues as well as the use of internet platforms were discovered to be contributing to the achievement of a wider reach and better business outcomes. online and social media platforms were also identified as playing a significant role in communication and promotion for stakeholders. 4.4.3. effect of the magnitude digital adaptability on sustainability of competitiveness the analysis showed that the magnitude of digital adaptability did not influence the sustainability of small food and beverage enterprises' competitiveness. this was found to be different from the previous study, which found that the better magnitude of digital adaptability led to an increase in the chances of competitive sustainability [65]. it was also contrary to the results that the effort to increase opportunities for sustainability required enhancing the magnitude of digital adaptability [28, 66]. another study also concluded that the best step to improving sustainability was to increase the magnitude of digital adaptability [67, 68]. these variations could be due to several reasons, such as the inability of most small food and beverage enterprises used in this study to adapt to digital platforms. 4.4.4. effect of costless signaling on sustainability of competitiveness the results obtained were found to be in line with the study by yurioputra (2022) [69], which found that the government worked with the people in society to achieve global economic recovery. food and beverage smes are a subsector of food production businesses [70], and their efficient and quick operation was expected to cause a network expansion with the ability to encourage community economic growth [71]. the new technology enabling higher levels of production efficiency was observed to have the potential to dramatically improve sustainable social and environmental development [36]. this was linked to the difference in consumer preferences and willingness to pay on an ongoing basis, as well as the interests of stakeholders and policymakers in the beverage industry [34]. moreover, the impact of free social media marketing on environmental sustainability in food and beverage service companies was found to have been determined with due consideration for ease of internet access and customer satisfaction [72]. attention was also placed on the industrial internet, the green development of the food industry, using entropy methods to measure the environmental pollution index of the food industry, and the technical efficiency of agricultural food processing [35]. bai et al. (2020) further showed that mobile technology had the greatest impact on sustainability in all types of industries, including food and beverage [36]. 4.4.5. effect of stakeholder engagement on sustainability of competitiveness the magnitude of digital adaptability has been increasingly proven to be very important to sustain the competitiveness of small food and beverage enterprises [73]. the application of a stronger digital signal was observed to have the capacity to ease business activities and ensure they are accessible to everyone by strengthening available resources [74]. business opportunities in the urban food sector were quickly accessible through the implementation of technology that saved effort and time [75]. previous studies have focused on engagement among high-power stakeholders, usually employees, while limited attention has been devoted to low-power stakeholders [76]. the changes in organizations need to be supported by improving the relationships with stakeholders as well as creating a strong awareness of issues such as the protection of ecosystems, safeguards related to health, and the use of resources [43, 46]. this required the integration of sustainability hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 278 characteristics at the business model level to create a sustainable business model through the involvement of stakeholders [44]. the phenomenon was reported to have the capacity to change business culture towards recording an increase in the economic, social, and environmental dimensions [46]. the involvement of stakeholders in sustainability was found to be a strong driver for strong business value creation [47]. 5. conclusion in conclusion, the competitiveness of small food and beverage enterprises was sustained by increasing costless signaling and not through enhancing the magnitude of digital adaptability. meanwhile, the magnitude of digital adaptability and cost signaling was improved by increasing stakeholder engagement. the results also showed that the magnitude of digital adaptability and competitive sustainability of small food and beverage enterprises were enhanced through costless signaling. the results led to the recommendation that the state, the ministry of industry and trade, and other related parties should increase stakeholder engagement, the magnitude of digital adaptability, and costless signaling in their efforts to improve the sustainability of small food and beverage enterprises' competitiveness. future studies are advised to focus on other small enterprises or replace exogenous and intervening variables to increase the sustainability of competitiveness for small enterprises in the food and beverage industry. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, b.d.s.; methodology, b.d.s. and b.; software, b.; validation, b.d.s. and b.; formal analysis, b.d.s.; investigation, b.d.s.; resources, b.; data curation, b.; writing—original draft preparation, b.d.s.; writing— review and editing, b.d.s.; visualization, b.; supervision, b.d.s.; project administration, b.; funding acquisition, b.d.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] deloitte. (2020). deloitte indonesia business and industry updates. deloitte, london, united kingdom. [2] goodwin, r., moffatt, f., hendrick, p., stynes, s., bishop, a., & logan, p. (2021). evaluation of the first contact physiotherapy (fcp) model of primary care: a qualitative insight. physiotherapy, 113, 209–216. doi:10.1016/j.physio.2021.08.003. [3] komatsu, h., rappleye, j., & uchida, y. (2022). is happiness possible in a degrowth society? futures, 144, 103056. doi:10.1016/j.futures.2022.103056. [4] mantovani, a., rinaldi, e., zusi, c., beatrice, g., saccomani, m. d., & dalbeni, a. (2021). coronavirus disease 2019 (covid19) in children and/or adolescents: a meta-analysis. pediatric research, 89(4), 733–737. doi:10.1038/s41390-020-1015-2. [5] marketing, a. p. (2022). pma fresh summit represents global fresh produce supply chain, anaheim, california, united states. [6] fiona, theophilia, j., juniarty, s., ardiyano, b., hutagaol, s. r. b., & cuandra, f. (2023). operational management analysis at pt sindo manufaktur industri. transeconomics: accounting, business and finance, 3(2), 422–437. doi:10.55047/transekonomika.v3i2.396. [7] zeng, f., lee, s. h. n., & lo, c. k. y. (2020). the role of information systems in the sustainable development of enterprises: a systematic literature network analysis. sustainability (switzerland), 12(8). doi:10.3390/su12083337. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 279 [8] rambey, t., hasibuan, a. n., prakoso, b., & astuti, a. y. (2021). hipmikindo's change management strategy in building technopreneur resources by establishing entrepreneur centers. jurnal bisnis, logistik dan supply chain (blogchain), 1(2), 51–59. doi:10.55122/blogchain.v1i2.311. [9] amankwah‐amoah, j., danso, a., & adomako, s. (2019). entrepreneurial orientation, environmental sustainability and new venture performance: does stakeholder integration matter? business strategy and the environment, 28(1), 79–87. doi:10.1002/bse.2191. [10] wikström, f., verghese, k., auras, r., olsson, a., williams, h., wever, r., grönman, k., kvalvåg pettersen, m., møller, h., & soukka, r. (2019). packaging strategies that save food: a research agenda for 2030. journal of industrial ecology, 23(3), 532–540. doi:10.1111/jiec.12769. [11] tong, w., mu, d., zhao, f., mendis, g. p., & sutherland, j. w. (2019). the impact of cap-and-trade mechanism and consumers’ environmental preferences on a retailer-led supply chain. resources, conservation and recycling, 142, 88–100. doi:10.1016/j.resconrec.2018.11.005. [12] torelli, r., balluchi, f., & furlotti, k. (2020). the materiality assessment and stakeholder engagement: a content analysis of sustainability reports. corporate social responsibility and environmental management, 27(2), 470–484. doi:10.1002/csr.1813. [13] ferreira, v., barreira, a. p., loures, l., antunes, d., & panagopoulos, t. (2020). stakeholders’ engagement on nature-based solutions: a systematic literature review. sustainability (switzerland), 12(2), 1–27. doi:10.3390/su12020640. [14] chappell, t., geva, s., hogan, j. m., lovell, d., trotman, a., & perrin, d. (2022). metagenomic geolocation using read signatures. frontiers in genetics, 13(february), 1–9. doi:10.3389/fgene.2022.643592. [15] kwon, d., kim, h., kim, j., suh, s. c., kim, i., & kim, k. j. (2017). a survey of deep learning-based network anomaly detection. cluster computing, 22(s1), 949–961. doi:10.1007/s10586-017-1117-8. [16] phusavat, k., comepa, n., sitko-lutek, a., & ooi, k. b. (2011). interrelationships between intellectual capital and performance: empirical examination. industrial management & data systems, 111(6), 810–829. doi:10.1108/02635571111144928. [17] tang, b., bragazzi, n. l., li, q., tang, s., xiao, y., & wu, j. (2020). an updated estimation of the risk of transmission of the novel coronavirus (2019-ncov). infectious disease modelling, 5, 248–255. doi:10.1016/j.idm.2020.02.001. [18] balogun, a. l., marks, d., sharma, r., shekhar, h., balmes, c., maheng, d., arshad, a., & salehi, p. (2020). assessing the potentials of digitalization as a tool for climate change adaptation and sustainable development in urban centres. sustainable cities and society, 53, 101888. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2019.101888. [19] zimmermann, a., schmidt, r., sandkuhl, k., jugel, d., bogner, j., & möhring, m. (2018). evolution of enterprise architecture for digital transformation. proceedings ieee international enterprise distributed object computing workshop, edocw, 2018-october, 87–96. doi:10.1109/edocw.2018.00023. [20] hoffmann, c. p., & lutz, c. (2015). the impact of online media on stakeholder engagement and the governance of corporations. journal of public affairs, 15(2), 163–174. doi:10.1002/pa.1535. [21] bosetti, l. (2015). engaging stakeholders through facebook. the case of global compact lead participants. proceedings of business and management conferences. international institute of social and economic sciences, 3005158. [22] gupta, m., kar, a. k., & jebarajakirthy, c. (2021). special section on research on engaging stakeholders online: the bright and the dark sides. australasian journal of information systems, 25, 1–6. doi:10.3127/ajis.v25i0.3371. [23] troise, c., & camilleri, m. a. (2021). the use of digital media for marketing, csr communication and stakeholder engagement. strategic corporate communication in the digital age, 161–174. doi:10.1108/978-1-80071-264-520211010. [24] fanaja, r. a., pradana, m., saputri, m. e., & utami, d. g. (2023). knowledge management as driver of women’s entrepreneurial innovativeness. journal of human, earth, and future, 4(1), 1-9. doi:10.28991/hef-2023-04-01-01. [25] hughes, c., swaminathan, v., & brooks, g. (2019). driving brand engagement through online social influencers: an empirical investigation of sponsored blogging campaigns. journal of marketing, 83(5), 78–96. doi:10.1177/0022242919854374. [26] aristeidou, m., & herodotou, c. (2020). online citizen science: a systematic review of effects on learning and scientific literacy. citizen science: theory and practice, 5(1). doi:10.5334/cstp.224. [27] xu, w., & saxton, g. d. (2019). does stakeholder engagement pay off on social media? a social capital perspective. nonprofit and voluntary sector quarterly, 48(1), 28–49. doi:10.1177/0899764018791267. [28] scuotto, v., del giudice, m., & carayannis, e. g. (2017). the effect of social networking sites and absorptive capacity on smes’ innovation performance. journal of technology transfer, 42(2), 409–424. doi:10.1007/s10961-016-9517-0. [29] menne, f., surya, b., yusuf, m., suriani, s., ruslan, m., & iskandar, i. (2022). optimizing the financial performance of smes based on sharia economy: perspective of economic business sustainability and open innovation. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 8(1), 18. doi:10.3390/joitmc8010018. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 280 [30] mallinguh, e., wasike, c., & zoltan, z. (2020). technology acquisition and smes performance, the role of innovation, export and the perception of owner-managers. journal of risk and financial management, 13(11), 258. doi:10.3390/jrfm13110258. [31] camilleri, m. a. (2019). the smes’ technology acceptance of digital media for stakeholder engagement. journal of small business and enterprise development, 26(4), 504–521. doi:10.1108/jsbed-02-2018-0042. [32] manning, b., braam, g., & reimsbach, d. (2019). corporate governance and sustainable business conduct—effects of board monitoring effectiveness and stakeholder engagement on corporate sustainability performance and disclosure choices. corporate social responsibility and environmental management, 26(2), 351–366. doi:10.1002/csr.1687. [33] falcone, p. m., gonzález garcía, s., imbert, e., lijó, l., moreira, m. t., tani, a., tartiu, v. e., & morone, p. (2019). transitioning towards the bio-economy: assessing the social dimension through a stakeholder lens. corporate social responsibility and environmental management, 26(5), 1135–1153. doi:10.1002/csr.1791. [34] grebitus, c., roscoe, r. d., van loo, e. j., & kula, i. (2020). sustainable bottled water: how nudging and internet search affect consumers’ choices. journal of cleaner production, 267, 121930. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.121930. [35] zhang, j., qu, x., & sangaiah, a. k. (2018). a study of green development mode and total factor productivity of the food industry based on the industrial internet of things. ieee communications magazine, 56(5), 72–78. doi:10.1109/mcom.2018.1700789. [36] bai, c., dallasega, p., orzes, g., & sarkis, j. (2020). industry 4.0 technologies assessment: a sustainability perspective. international journal of production economics, 229, 107776. doi:10.1016/j.ijpe.2020.107776. [37] jia, s. s., raeside, r., redfern, j., gibson, a. a., singleton, a., & partridge, s. r. (2021). #supportlocal: how online food delivery services leveraged the covid-19 pandemic to promote food and beverages on instagram. public health nutrition, 24(15), 4812–4822. doi:10.1017/s1368980021002731. [38] babiak, k., & trendafilova, s. (2011). csr and environmental responsibility: motives and pressures to adopt green management practices. corporate social responsibility and environmental management, 18(1), 11-24. doi:10.1002/csr.229. [39] bayram, g. e. (2020). impact of information technology on tourism. the emerald handbook of ict in tourism and hospitality, 243–257, emerald publishing limited, bingley, united kingdom. doi:10.1108/978-1-83982-688-720201015. [40] jambrak, a. r., nutrizio, m., djekić, i., pleslić, s., & chemat, f. (2021). internet of non-thermal food processing technologies (iontp): food industry 4.0 and sustainability. applied sciences (switzerland), 11(2), 1–20. doi:10.3390/app11020686. [41] paiola, m., schiavone, f., grandinetti, r., & chen, j. (2021). digital servitization and sustainability through networking: some evidences from iot-based business models. journal of business research, 132, 507–516. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2021.04.047. [42] long, t. b., looijen, a., & blok, v. (2018). critical success factors for the transition to business models for sustainability in the food and beverage industry in the netherlands. journal of cleaner production, 175, 82–95. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2017.11.067. [43] rudawska, e. (2019). sustainable marketing strategy in food and drink industry: a comparative analysis of b2b and b2c smes operating in europe. journal of business and industrial marketing, 34(4), 875–890. doi:10.1108/jbim-05-2018-0171. [44] brulhart, f., gherra, s., & quelin, b. v. (2019). do stakeholder orientation and environmental proactivity impact firm profitability? journal of business ethics, 158(1), 25–46. doi:10.1007/s10551-017-3732-y. [45] pantano, e., priporas, c. v., viassone, m., & migliano, g. (2020). does the stakeholder engagement result in new drinks? evidence from family owned smes. journal of business research, 119(april), 185–194. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2019.04.037. [46] mahmoudabadi, a., kanaani, m., & ghazimahalleh, f. p. (2022). modifying hidden layer in neural network models to improve prediction accuracy: a combined model for estimating stock price. hightech and innovation journal, 3(1), 45-55. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-05. [47] pucci, t., casprini, e., galati, a., & zanni, l. (2020). the virtuous cycle of stakeholder engagement in developing a sustainability culture: salcheto winery. journal of business research, 119, 364–376. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2018.11.009. [48] kujala, j., sachs, s., leinonen, h., heikkinen, a., & laude, d. (2022). stakeholder engagement: past, present, and future. business and society, 61(5), 1136–1196. doi:10.1177/00076503211066595. [49] romero, s., ruiz, s., & fernandez‐feijoo, b. (2019). sustainability reporting and stakeholder engagement in spain: different instruments, different quality. business strategy and the environment, 28(1), 221–232. doi:10.1002/bse.2251. [50] zhang, y., fong, p. s. w., & yamoah agyemang, d. (2021). what should be focused on when digital transformation hits industries? literature review of business management adaptability. sustainability (switzerland), 13(23), 3447. doi:10.3390/su132313447. [51] zhou, x., smith, c. j. m. b., & al-samarraie, h. (2023). digital technology adaptation and initiatives: a systematic review of teaching and learning during covid-19. journal of computing in higher education. doi:10.1007/s12528-023-09376-z. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 281 [52] pergantis, m., varlamis, i., kanellopoulos, n. g., & giannakoulopoulos, a. (2023). searching online for art and culture: user behavior analysis. future internet, 15(6), 211. doi:10.3390/fi15060211. [53] belyaeva, z., rudawska, e. d., & lopatkova, y. (2020). sustainable business model in food and beverage industry – a case of western and central and eastern european countries. british food journal, 122(5), 1573–1592. doi:10.1108/bfj-08-2019-0660. [54] ozturk, s. b., & akoglu, a. (2020). assessment of local food use in the context of sustainable food: a research in food and beverage enterprises in izmir, turkey. international journal of gastronomy and food science, 20, 100194. doi:10.1016/j.ijgfs.2020.100194. [55] suseno, b. d. (2019). the strength of justified knowledge sharing on good manufacturing practices: empirical evidence on food beverage joint venture company of japan–indonesia. calitatea, 20(170), 130-135. [56] martins, a., branco, m. c., melo, p. n., & machado, c. (2022). sustainability in small and medium-sized enterprises: a systematic literature review and future research agenda. sustainability (switzerland), 14(11), 1–26. doi:10.3390/su14116493. [57] brunetti, f., matt, d. t., bonfanti, a., de longhi, a., pedrini, g., & orzes, g. (2020). digital transformation challenges: strategies emerging from a multi-stakeholder approach. tqm journal, 32(4), 697–724. doi:10.1108/tqm-12-2019-0309. [58] khayatzadeh-mahani, a., wittevrongel, k., petermann, l., graham, i. d., & zwicker, j. d. (2020). stakeholders’ engagement in co-producing policy-relevant knowledge to facilitate employment for persons with developmental disabilities. health research policy and systems, 18(1), 1–17. doi:10.1186/s12961-020-00548-2. [59] ninan, j., phillips, i., sankaran, s., & natarajan, s. (2019). systems thinking using ssm and triz for stakeholder engagement in infrastructure megaprojects. systems, 7(4), 1–19. doi:10.3390/systems7040048. [60] aslam, h., khan, a. q., rashid, k., & rehman, s. ur. (2020). achieving supply chain resilience: the role of supply chain ambidexterity and supply chain agility. journal of manufacturing technology management, 31(6), 1185–1204. doi:10.1108/jmtm-07-2019-0263. [61] georgakalou, m., kamariotou, m., & kitsios, f. (2023). evaluating leaders’ strategic thinking and entrepreneurial characteristics using semantic analysis. businesses, 3(1), 181–197. doi:10.3390/businesses3010013. [62] molina-castillo, f.-j., meroño-cerdán, a.-l., lopez-nicolas, c., & fernandez-espinar, l. (2023). innovation and technology in hospitality sector: outcome and performance. businesses, 3(1), 198–220. doi:10.3390/businesses3010014. [63] amor-esteban, v., galindo-villardón, m. p., garcía-sánchez, i. m., & david, f. (2019). an extension of the industrial corporate social responsibility practices index: new information for stakeholder engagement under a multivariate approach. corporate social responsibility and environmental management, 26(1), 127–140. doi:10.1002/csr.1665. [64] ahmed, s. a. k. s., ajisola, m., azeem, k., bakibinga, p., chen, y. f., choudhury, n. n., fayehun, o., griffiths, f., harris, b., kibe, p., lilford, r. j., omigbodun, a., rizvi, n., sartori, j., smith, s., watson, s. i., wilson, r., yeboah, g., aujla, n., … yusuf, r. (2020). impact of the societal response to covid-19 on access to healthcare for non-covid19 health issues in slum communities of bangladesh, kenya, nigeria and pakistan: results of pre-covid and covid-19 lockdown stakeholder engagements. bmj global health, 5(8). doi:10.1136/bmjgh-2020-003042. [65] ukabi, o. b., uba, u. j., ewum, c. o., & olubiyi, t. o. (2023). measuring entrepreneurial skills and sustainability in small business enterprises post-pandemic: empirical study from cross river state, nigeria. international journal of business, management and economics, 4(2), 132–149. doi:10.47747/ijbme.v4i2.1140. [66] matarazzo, m., penco, l., profumo, g., & quaglia, r. (2021). digital transformation and customer value creation in made in italy smes: a dynamic capabilities perspective. journal of business research, 123, 642–656. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2020.10.033. [67] costa melo, d. i., queiroz, g. a., alves junior, p. n., sousa, t. b. de, yushimito, w. f., & pereira, j. (2023). sustainable digital transformation in small and medium enterprises (smes): a review on performance. heliyon, 9(3), 13908. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2023.e13908. [68] lazaro-mojica, j., & fernandez, r. (2021). review paper on the future of the food sector through education, capacity building, knowledge translation and open innovation. current opinion in food science, 38, 162–167. doi:10.1016/j.cofs.2020.11.009. [69] yurioputra, a. d. (2022). impact of foreign direct investment of indonesia investment authority on economic growth: strengthening national economic recovery to overcome global recession in 2023. jurnal pajak dan keuangan negara (pkn), 4(1s), 404–413. doi:10.31092/jpkn.v4i1s.1920. [70] nopparat, n., & motte, d. (2023). business model patterns in the 3d food printing industry. international journal of innovation science. doi:10.1108/ijis-09-2022-0176. [71] enzenbacher, d. j. (2020). exploring the food tourism landscape and sustainable economic development goals in dhofar governorate, oman: maximising stakeholder benefits in the destination. british food journal, 122(6), 1897–1918. doi:10.1108/bfj-09-2018-0613. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 282 [72] martínez-navalón, j. g., gelashvili, v., & debasa, f. (2019). the impact of restaurant social media on environmental sustainability: an empirical study. sustainability (switzerland), 11(21). doi:10.3390/su11216105. [73] elidemir, s. n., ozturen, a., & bayighomog, s. w. (2020). innovative behaviors, employee creativity, and sustainable competitive advantage: a moderated mediation. sustainability (switzerland), 12(8). doi:10.3390/su12083295. [74] cho, t., cho, t., choi, h., yang, s., & zhang, h. (2023). user satisfaction study for sustainability of youtube content quality: focusing on ski technology. businesses, 3(1), 114–128. doi:10.3390/businesses3010009. [75] crush, j. s., kazembe, l., & nickanor, n. (2023). opportunity and survival in the urban informal food sector of namibia. businesses, 3(1), 129–149. doi:10.3390/businesses3010010. [76] civera, c., de colle, s., & casalegno, c. (2019). stakeholder engagement through empowerment: the case of coffee farmers. business ethics, 28(2), 156–174. doi:10.1111/beer.12208. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 109 issn: 2723-9535 aspect-level sentiment analysis through aspect-oriented features mikail bin muhammad azman busst 1 , kalaiarasi sonai muthu anbananthen 1* , subarmaniam kannan 1 1 faculty of information science and technology, multimedia university, melaka 75450, malaysia.. received 07 november 2023; revised 03 february 2024; accepted 09 february 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract aspect-level sentiment analysis is essential for businesses to comprehend sentiment polarities associated with various aspects within unstructured texts. although several solutions have been proposed in recent studies in sentiment analysis, a few challenges persist. a significant challenge is the presence of multiple aspects within a single written text, each conveying its own sentiments. besides this, the exploration of ensemble learning in the existing literature is limited. therefore, this study proposes a novel aspect-level sentiment analysis solution that utilizes an ensemble of bidirectional long short-term memory (bilstm) models. this innovative solution extracts aspects and sentiments and incorporates a rule-based algorithm to combine accurate sets of aspect and sentiment features. experimental analysis demonstrates the effectiveness of the proposed methodology in accurately extracting aspect-level sentiment features from input texts. the proposed solution was able to obtain an f1 score of 92.98% on the semeval-2014 restaurant dataset when provided with the correct set of aspect-level sentiment features and an f1 score of 95.54% on the semeval-2016 laptop dataset when provided with the aspect-level sentiment features generated by the aspect-sentiment mapper algorithm. keywords: aspect-level sentiment analysis; ensemble model; deep learning. 1. introduction the introduction of web 2.0 has allowed people to express their thoughts and opinions on various topics and issues across different online platforms, including social media and e-commerce platforms. this ease of expression benefits not only users but also businesses, which leverage these online opinions to formulate and adjust their marketing strategies [1]. however, the large numbers of opinions posted online daily have made it nearly impossible to analyze them manually. therefore, businesses will need to resort to automated methods to extract and analyze the information contained within these texts. one such analytical method is sentiment analysis, or opinion mining, which determines the sentiments or opinions expressed in written texts [2]. it is typically conducted on three levels of texts: the document level, sentence level, or aspect or feature level. at the document level, sentiment analysis focuses on extracting sentiments from entire documents, while at the sentence level, the emphasis is on extracting sentiments from individual sentences. on the other hand, aspect-level sentiment analysis concentrates on extracting sentiments from aspects, which can be defined as the attributes or characteristics of objects. * corresponding author: kalaiarasi@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-09  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8284-8731 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0540-2872 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0049-4747 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 110 while both documentand sentence-level sentiment analysis can extract sentiments from text data, they are limited by their ability to capture only one sentiment per document or sentence. this limitation compromises the quality of sentiment information extracted, given that documents or sentences may contain multiple sentiments expressed in different aspects. therefore, extracting sentiments at an aspect level emerges as the most appropriate method of retaining all of the sentiment information contained within texts. nevertheless, this approach is not without its challenges. firstly, written texts may express multiple aspects, each accompanied by its own sentiments. the absence of a comprehensive framework for extracting sentiments from different aspects may distort the overall sentiment representation in texts. additionally, the concept of ensemble learning has not been extensively explored in previous works on aspect-level sentiment analysis. according to the review conducted by brauwers & frasincar (2022) [3], most recent studies in this field primarily advocate singular machine or deep learning approaches, overlooking the potential advantages of ensemble learning methods. incorporating this machine learning technique can significantly enhance the aspect-level sentiment analysis process, as it can produce models that better generalize with their training data, consequently outperforming their singular model counterparts [4]. this study seeks to address the challenges mentioned above by proposing a novel solution for aspect-level sentiment analysis. this approach extracts sentiments from multiple aspects within texts and incorporates an ensemble learning strategy. the contributions of this study, therefore, will include the introduction of a new framework for extracting the sentiments of multiple aspects within texts as well as the exploration and refinement of ensemble deep learning techniques for the task of aspect-level sentiment analysis. this study is organized as follows: section 2 highlights recent studies addressing the challenge of aspect-level sentiment analysis. section 3 details the methodology adopted for the proposed aspect-level sentiment analysis solution. section 4 highlights the experimental approach used to evaluate the proposed solution, the results obtained from the experiment, and a discussion. section 5 concludes this study. 2. related works aspect-level sentiment analysis is regarded as a more fine-grained iteration of the process, theoretically not confined to just one sentiment polarity per document or sentence. however, to conduct this form of sentiment analysis effectively, it is imperative to identify or extract aspects before deriving their sentiments from unstructured texts. several recent studies have presented solutions for extracting sentiments at an aspect level from input texts. jiang et al. (2023a) [5] introduced a solution for aspect-level sentiment analysis utilizing the gated convolutional network with aspect embedding (gcae) [6] model. this modification of the convolutional neural network (cnn) [7] incorporated additional gating mechanisms designed to extract sentiments associated with specific target aspects. the model’s architecture comprised a convolution layer, initially extracting and convolving linguistic and semantic features from the input texts, with a primary focus on the sentiment properties of the target aspects. subsequently, these convolved features underwent a gating mechanism, filtering out sentiment features unrelated to the target aspects while amplifying the relevant ones. the filtered features were then directed to a max pooling layer, reducing their sizes before proceeding to the solution’s classification layer, ultimately predicting the final sentiment polarities of the target aspects. the solution proposed by du et al. (2019) [8] employed a bidirectional recurrent neural network (birnn) [9] for extracting aspect-level sentiment features from texts. recurrent neural networks (rnn) [10] capture dependencies at each time step in time-series data, utilizing both the input features of the current time step and the hidden states generated from preceding time steps. building upon this concept, birnns also incorporate hidden states from future time steps. the final contextualized representations used to depict each word in the solution’s input texts were crafted by concatenating both the forward and backward hidden states captured by its birnn layer. following this, a convolution process was applied to these word representations before being directed to the solution’s primary capsule layer, representing various properties of the convolved features for sentiment analysis. the aspect-level sentiment analysis solution proposed by sun et al. (2023) [11] also employed a cnn model and the gating mechanism used in gcae to extract relevant sentiment features of its target aspects. however, this approach underwent several modifications. firstly, their solution generated and utilized word and character embeddings of input texts, enabling the capture of richer syntactic and semantic features. secondly, the sequential features of the enhanced context word embeddings were obtained using a long short-term memory (lstm) model, similar to rnns, as it captures the dependencies of words in sentences. notably, lstm utilizes multiple logic gates to retain or remove specific features from certain layers of their architecture. lastly, the authors introduced additional convolution and gating layers into their solution’s architecture, enhancing its capability to capture more fine-grained sentiment features of target aspects. much like lstms, gated recurrent unit (gru) [15] models are adept at capturing the long-term dependencies of each word in their input texts, utilizing logic gates to selectively retain or remove specific features at different layers in their architectures. in the context of sentiment analysis, both solutions presented by han et al. (2020) [13] and huang et hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 111 al. (2022) [14] employed bidirectional gated recurrent unit (bigru) layers to extract aspect-level sentiment features from their input texts. bigrus extend the gru algorithm by incorporating both backward and forward hidden states when generating the sequential hidden states at each time step. han et al. [13] implemented a dual bigru strategy in their sentiment analysis pipeline. one bigru was dedicated to capturing sequential aspect representations, while the other focused on capturing sequential representations of target sentences, including the short review texts embedded within these sentences. the features generated by both bigrus were then routed to the model’s attention mechanism before obtaining their final sentiment polarities. in contrast, the approach proposed by huang [14] utilized multiple bigru layers to capture the sequential features of the model’s input text. each bigru layer was dedicated to capturing the sequential features of one sentence, utilizing auxiliary information from sentences before and after each target sentence. the sentiment analysis solution presented in tang et al. (2019) [16] utilized a bidirectional long short-term memory (bilstm) [17] layer, along with multiple context-preserving transformation (cpt) layers and an attention mechanism, to extract aspect-level sentiment features from its input texts. bilstm models extend the lstm algorithm by incorporating future hidden states of input features when generating sequential hidden states at each time step. after passing the input word embeddings through the bilstm layer, each sequential feature was directed to a contextpreserving transformation (cpt) layer, which underwent updates with contextual aspect features. each cpt layer is comprised of an additional bilstm layer for learning the sequential features of target aspect terms, an attention mechanism, a fully connected layer, and a gating mechanism. the outputs from the cpt layers were subsequently fed into an attention mechanism, ultimately producing the final aspect-level sentiment features for the model’s input texts. the aspect-level sentiment analysis solutions proposed by sun et al. (2019) [18], jiang et al. (2023b) [19], and zhou et al. (2020) [20] relied on both bilstm and graph convolutional neural network (gcnn) [21] layers to extract aspect-level sentiment features from texts. a gcnn can be conceptualized as a graph, where each node is a neural network that aggregates and transforms input features received from connected nodes. sun et al. (2019) [18] first generated sequential features of dependency trees from their input texts. these features were then passed to the gcnn layer to further enhance them before undergoing average pooling. subsequently, these features were utilized to identify sentiment polarities associated with target aspects. in zhou et al.’s solution (2020) [20], a bilstm layer and two gcnns were employed. one gcnn modeled the knowledge features of the texts, while the other modeled word dependencies. features from both graph models were then processed through multi-head attention layers, concatenated, and employed for sentiment polarity classification. jiang et al.’s solution (2023b) [19] also used a bilstm layer and two gcnns, introducing a location-aware transformation function that assigned position weights based on word proximity to target aspect terms. the first gcnn captured the emotional dependencies of target aspect terms, while the second captured semantic relationships between all words using a self-attention mechanism. the features from both gcnn models were concatenated before being passed to the classification layer to predict the target aspects’ final sentiments. the solution proposed by xin et al. (2023) [22] employed an ensemble of graph attention (gat) [23] models to capture both syntactic and semantic features associated with target aspect terms and their respective contextual words. gat models, akin to gcnns, constitute a graph of neural networks. however, the primary distinction lies in gats assigning attention scores to each edge in the graph, highlighting highly correlated nodes. syntactic features of the input texts were captured by combining features modeled by a dependency tree and a constituent tree. these features were then directed to the syntactic gat model. conversely, semantic features were captured based on the attention features of context words concerning their target aspects (local attention) and on the attention features of all words captured by a self-attention mechanism (global attention). these semantic features were then directed to the solution’s semantic gat model. features extracted by both gat models were subsequently combined before being fed into the classification layer, predicting the final sentiments of the target aspects. the sentiment analysis solution proposed by zhang & qian (2020) [24] utilized a combination of bilstm, gcnn layers, and bi-level gcnn layers to model aspect-level sentiment features in its input texts based on two distinct sets of features. the model acquired text features by extracting corpus-specific lexical features through a gcnn and sequential features using a bilstm layer. these features were then directed to the model’s hieragg module, comprising multiple cross networks to fuse the two features and bi-level gcnns to model various relationships between the fused word features and their lexical and syntactic graphs. subsequently, these features were aggregated, masked, and employed for sentiment polarity classification. while the solutions discussed above can extract aspect-level sentiment features from their input texts, they require handcrafted aspects to be manually mapped to their respective sentiments, which may not be practical in real-world scenarios. besides this, the solutions discussed so far were limited to extracting the sentiments of one aspect per document or sentence. this may pose an issue as texts can contain more than one aspect, each expressed with its own sentiment. recent studies have introduced various solutions to tackle these challenges. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 112 hu et al. (2023) [25] proposed an aspect-level sentiment analysis solution that adopted an ensemble approach to extract aspects and their corresponding sentiments from input texts. this was achieved by assessing the semantic relationships at both the word and sentence levels. specifically, the model focused on understanding the connections between target sentences containing the desired aspects and sentiments and auxiliary sentences—statements mentioning a specific aspect and sentiment polarity. the solution initially gauged semantic relationships between words in the target sentence and entire auxiliary sentences, incorporating enhanced word embeddings with additional word dependency features. subsequently, it measured the semantic relationships between target and auxiliary sentences, determining final output labels through a joint loss function that evaluated the loss of the two extracted relationship features. the solution proposed by ray & chakrabarti (2022) [26] utilized a convolutional neural network (cnn) [27] along with a rule-based algorithm for extracting aspect-level sentiment features from its input texts. their cnn model consisted of two sets of convolution and pooling layers, while their rule-based algorithm utilized word dependencies for aspect extraction and sentiment scores from sentiwordnet for sentiment analysis. both algorithms could extract multiple aspects from their input texts, and any aspects captured by either algorithm were considered to be part of the final set of extracted aspects. besides this, the sentiment analysis solution proposed by cai et al. (2020) [28] utilized a hierarchical gcnn approach to extract aspect-level sentiment features from its input texts. their model consisted of two gcnn layers, with the first extracting the relationship, features between the input texts and the aspects contained within them and the inner-relationship features between each possible aspect. the second layer extracted the inter-relationship features between the extracted aspect features and their respective sentiment properties. a max-pooling layer was applied to these features before they were used for aspect and sentiment polarity classification. the final output labels produced by the solution were multi-labeled outputs depicting the presence of each aspect and their respective sentiment polarities. lastly, the aspect-level sentiment analysis solution proposed by wang et al. (2019) [29] utilized multiple rnn capsules to extract the aspect-level sentiment features from its input texts. each capsule detected the presence of one aspect category and its respective sentiment polarity. besides the rnn layer, each capsule contained multiple attention mechanisms to extract aspect and sentiment features from input texts. all the aspect-level sentiment analysis solutions discussed in this section are presented in table 1. table 1. taxonomy of previous aspect-level sentiment analysis studies study sentiment polarity classification algorithm dataset a p r f1 cai et al. (2020) [28] gcnn semeval-2016 restaurant reviews [2,676 samples] 76.37 72.83 74.55 du et al. (2019) [8] birnn + capsules twitter dataset [6,940 samples] 75.01 73.81 han et al. (2020) [13] bigru sentidrugs [4,028 samples] 78.26 77.75 hu et al. (2023) [25] m.l.p. sentihood [5,215 samples] 93.80 huang et al. (2022) [14] bigru semeval-2014 restaurant reviews [3,844 samples] 82.64 73.38 jiang et al. (2023a) [5] cnn + gating mechanism semeval-2014 restaurant reviews [3,844 samples] 75.30 82.72 87.20 84.90 jiang et al. (2023b) [19] bilstm + gcnn semeval-2014 restaurant reviews [3,844 samples] 84.32 77.61 ray & chakrabarti (2022) [26] cnn + rule-based algorithm semeval-2014 restaurant reviews [3,844 samples] 79.67 86.20 83.34 sun et al. (2019) [18] dependency tree + bilstm (aspect features) + gcnn (sentiment features) semeval-2014 restaurant reviews [3,844 samples] 82.30 74.02 sun et al. (2023) [11] lstm+ cnn + gating mechanism self-collected automotive parts reviews [4,260 samples] 95.90 77.20 tang et al. (2019) [16] bilstm + attention mechanism twitter dataset [6,940 samples] 78.61 77.72 wang et al. (2019) [29] rnn capsules semeval-2014 restaurant reviews [3,844 samples] 68.10 61.60 xin et al. (2023) [22] multi-layer gcnn semeval-2014 restaurant reviews [3,844 samples] 86.42 79.70 zhang & qian (2020) [24] gcnn + bilstm + bi-level gcnn semeval-2014 restaurant reviews [3,844 samples] 81.97 73.48 zhou et al. (2020) [20] bilstm + gcnn semeval-2014 laptop reviews [3,845 samples] 79.00 75.57 based on the review conducted in this section, the proposed aspect-level sentiment analysis solution aims to map multiple aspects in its input texts to their corresponding sentiment polarities. to achieve this, the solution will adopt an ensemble approach, drawing inspiration from the methodology employed by cai et al. [28]. similar to their approach to modeling the inner-relationship features between aspects and their sentiment polarities, our solution will diverge by relying on an ensemble of sequential models, as demonstrated by wang et al. [29]. this modification is suggested, recognizing that gcnns, while effective, may not capture the sequential features of input texts as comprehensively as sequential models, providing richer contextual features for both aspect and sentiment polarity classification. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 113 3. research methodology the proposed aspect-level sentiment analysis solution extracted the sentiments of each aspect in its input texts using an ensemble of sequential models. the framework of this solution consisted of a pre-processing module to remove noisy and redundant features from its raw input texts, a text encoding module to generate numerical representations of each word in them, an aspect extraction module to determine the aspects present in them as well as to extract their aspectrelated features, a sentiment encoding module to extract their sentiment features, an aspect-sentiment mapper algorithm that combined the correct set of aspect and sentiment features to form aspect-level sentiment features and an aspect-level sentiment classification model that classified the sentiment polarities of aspects based on the aspect-level sentiment features generated by the aspect-sentiment mapper. figure 1 depicts this framework, while figure 2 depicts the flowchart of the overall algorithm. 3.1. pre-processing module the pre-processing module of the proposed aspect-level sentiment analysis solution played a crucial role in enhancing performance by eliminating noisy and redundant features from raw input texts. its primary function was to remove characters that did not contribute significantly to aspect extraction or sentiment analysis. table 2 highlights the preprocessing steps used for the proposed solution and their impact on a raw input sample. the character cases of the raw input texts passed to the proposed solution were first normalized by converting them into lowercase characters. this step was conducted to prevent the text encoding module from treating the same words with different character cases as different features. after normalizing their character cases, the numbers, punctuations, and other symbols were removed. once the raw input texts passed to the module were pre-processed, they were sent to the proposed solution’s text encoding module. figure 1. framework of the proposed aspect extraction solution table 2. pre-processing steps and their effects pre-processing step data before pre-processing step data after pre-processing step text normalization the build quality of this asus laptop is good for $500! the build quality of this asus laptop is good for $500! numbers removal the build quality of this asus laptop is good for $500! the build quality of this asus laptop is good for $! punctuations removal the build quality of this asus laptop is good for $! the build quality of this asus laptop is good for $ symbols removal the build quality of this asus laptop is good for $ the build quality of this asus laptop is good for hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 114 3.2. text encoding module the text encoding module of the proposed solution was responsible for converting the pre-processed texts passed to it into numerical representations. this step had to be conducted as machine and deep learning models cannot directly process text data. this study used pre-trained bidirectional encoder representations from the transformers (bert) [30] model to convert the solution’s pre-processed texts into contextual word embeddings. specifically, we opted to use a bertbase model, which consisted of 12 layers of transformer encoders to encode the syntactic, semantic, and contextual properties of each word in the input texts. figure 3 highlights the results of converting each word from the pre-processed sentence generated in table 2 into their respective bert word embeddings. once the input texts were encoded, they were sent to the proposed solution’s aspect extraction and sentiment encoding modules. figure 2. flowchart of overall algorithm figure 3. results of converting pre-processed words into bert word embedding hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 115 3.3. aspect extraction module the proposed solution’s aspect extraction module identified the aspects present in its input texts and extracted their aspect-related features. the framework of this module is depicted in figure 4. figure 4. framework of aspect extraction module the aspect extraction module consisted of an ensemble of aspect category models, where each was trained to identify words that belonged to a specific aspect category. after identifying the presence or absence of words in their assigned aspect category, the aspect category model encoded this information for aspect extraction. table 3 highlights some of the words identified by some of the aspect category models as belonging to their respective aspects. table 3. sample words identified by some of the aspect category models as belonging to their respective aspects given that the aspect-category models were standard bilstm models, the aspect-category features they encode can be computed by combining the forward (first word to last word) and backward (last word to first word) sequential features they generated. the forward sequential features generated by an aspect category model were computed with the following composite function: iτ→ = σ(wi→xt + ui→hτ-1 + bi→) (1) fτ→ = σ(wf→xτ + uf→hτ-1 + bf→) (2) oτ→ = σ(wo→xτ + uo→hτ-1 + bo→) (3) cτ→ = fτ→ ⋅ cτ→-1 + iτ→ ⋅ tanh(wc→xτ + uc→hτ-1 + bc→) (4) hτ→ = oτ→ ⋅ σ(cτ→) (5) where iτ→ represents the output from the input gate, f𝜏→ represents the output from the forget gate, o𝜏→ represents the output from the output gate, c𝜏→ represents the cell state, and h𝜏→ represents the hidden state of the current time step. besides that, w and u represent the weight values, x represents the input feature, τ represents the current time step, σ aspect category model sample words food food, chicken, ingredients service service, waiters, rudely laptop laptop, computer, machine hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 116 represents the sigmoid squashing function, and tanh represents the tanh squashing function. while the formulas above depict the process of obtaining the forward sequential features of the input texts, the backward sequential features can be obtained by replacing the outputs from previous steps with the outputs from future steps instead. the final aspect features were obtained by concatenating the forward and backward sequential features, which are depicted in the computation below: ac=hτ→⊕hτ← (6) where ac represents an aspect category feature, h𝜏→ represents the forward sequential features of a given text, h𝜏← represents the text’s backward sequential features and ⊕ represents the concatenation operation. once the aspect category features were generated for all possible aspect categories, they were combined with the initial flattened word embeddings to generate the final aspect features of the input texts used for aspect extraction. this feature can be computed as follows: ay i = fx.i ⊕ ai (7) where ayi represents the final aspect feature for input sample i, fxi represents the flattened word embeddings of input sample i, ai represents the list of aspect features generated by the aspect category models, and ⊕ represents the concatenation operation. the final aspect features were then passed to the module’s aspect classification model, which consisted of several hidden layers and an output layer. these hidden layers generated the hidden states of the aspect features using the following computation: hj = ∑ wixi n i=1 + b (8) where hj represents the hidden output generated at layer j, n represents the total number of input features passed to the neuron, wi represents the weight of feature xi, and b represents the bias term used by the layer. the output layer of the module’s classification model then generated a multi-label output where each neuron independently represented the presence or absence of an aspect. the following computation depicts the output values produced by the output layer: ŷ j = σ( ∑ wixi n i=1 + b) (9) where ŷj represents the output value j, σ represents the sigmoid activation function, n represents the total number of input features passed to the neuron, wi represents the weight of feature xi, and b represents the bias term used by the output layer. the aspect category features, and the aspect output labels generated by this module, were then sent to the solution’s aspect-level sentiment mapper. 3.4. sentiment encoding module the sentiment encoding module of the proposed solution was responsible for extracting the sentiment features of its input texts based on their overall sentiment polarities. it accomplished this using an ensemble of sentiment polarity models, where each identified words in their input texts that belonged to the respective sentiment polarities they were trained on. the models encoded the sentiment polarity information of their input texts based on the presence or lack of presence of words that belonged to their respective sentiment polarities. table 4 highlights some of the words identified by the sentiment polarity models as being related to their respective sentiment polarities. table 4. sample words identified by the sentiment polarity models as belonging to their respective sentiment polarities sentiment polarity model sample words negative bad, terrible, slow neutral okay, average, ok positive good, tasty, fast as these models were also standard bilstm models, the forward and backward sequential features that made up the sentiment polarity features were computed based on equations 1 to 6. once the sentiment polarity features were generated, they were then combined to form singular sentiment polarity features that would be used as one of the input features for the overall sentiment encoding model. these singular features were computed based on the equation below: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 117 sp. i= sp i, negative ⊕ sp i, neutral ⊕ sp i,positive (10) where spi represents the final sentiment polarity feature of input sample 𝑖 generated by this component, spnegative represents the negative sentiment polarity feature of the input text, spneutral represents the neutral sentiment polarity feature of the input text, sppositive represents the positive sentiment polarity feature of the input text, and ⊕ represents the concatenation operation. the overall sentiment encoding model was responsible for identifying the overall sentiment of its input texts as well as extracting their contextual sentiment features. the first component of the model was its context modelling component, which extracted and condensed the context features found in the word embeddings of its input texts. this component consisted of a bilstm layer as well as two hidden layers. the second component was the sentiment modelling component, which extracted the overall sentiment features of its input texts based on the properties of the singular sentiment polarity features generated by the sentiment polarity models. the final contextual and overall sentiment features extracted by the model were computed based on the formula in equation 8. once both features were extracted, they were then combined to form single context-sensitive sentiment features that modelled the overall sentiments expressed in their respective input texts. os.i = ci ⊕ si (11) where osi represents the overall sentiment features of input sample 𝑖, ci represents the contextual features generated by the context component, si represents the sentiment features generated by the sentiment component and ⊕ represents the concatenation operation. the overall sentiment features were then passed to the model’s classification layer, generating one-hot output labels indicating the overall sentiment polarities of the solution’s input texts. the output labels generated in this layer were computed with the formula below: ŷ j = s( ∑ wixi n i=1 + b) (12) where ŷj represents the output value j, s represents the softmax activation function, n represents the total number of input features passed to the neuron, wi represents the weight of feature xi, and b represents the bias term used by the output layer. the index with the highest value will be considered as the final overall aspect of the input texts (where the first index represents negative, the second index represents neutral, and the third index represents positive). the features generated by the sentiment polarity models as well as the overall sentiment-encoding model were passed to the proposed solution’s aspect-sentiment mapper along with the overall sentiment output produced by the sentimentencoding model. the framework of this module is depicted in figure 5. figure 5. framework of sentiment encoding module hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 118 3.5. aspect-sentiment mapper algorithm the aspect-sentiment mapper algorithm combined the accurate aspect and sentiment features essential for the aspectlevel sentiment classification model. employing a rule-based algorithm, it systematically established a relationship between the input and output [31]. in the context of this research, the rule-based algorithm integrated the correct sets of aspect and sentiment features, guided by the output labels produced by the aspect extraction and sentiment encoding modules. algorithm 1 comprehensively outlines the rules that the aspect-sentiment mapper applies in this crucial integration process. algorithm 1: rule-based algorithm used in the aspect-sentiment mapper input: acr: list of aspect category features ao: aspect output labels negativepf: negative sentiment polarity feature neutralpf: neutral sentiment polarity feature positivepf: positive sentiment polarity feature osf: overall sentiment feature os: overall sentiment output label i: total number of aspect categories 1: aspectsentimentfeatures ← [] 2: for i = 1, 2, 3, … i do 3: if ao[i] == true then 4: samplefeature ← concatenate(acr[i], osf) 5: if os == negative then 6: samplefeature ← concatenate(samplefeature, negativepf) 7: if os == neutral then 8: samplefeature ← concatenate(samplefeature, neutralpf) 9: else then 10: samplefeature ← concatenate(samplefeature, positivepf) 11: end if 12: update aspectsentimentfeatures ← samplefeature 13: else then 14: skip 15: end if 16: end for return: aspectsentimentfeatures the aspect-sentiment mapper generated the appropriate aspect-level sentiment features of its input texts by performing two tasks. it first combined the overall sentiment features generated by the sentiment encoding module with the aspect category features of the aspects present in the solution’s input texts. the mapper created multiple aspect-level sentiment features in cases with multiple aspects. once the initial aspect-level sentiment features were generated, they were combined with the sentiment polarity features that represented the overall sentiments of the input texts. for example, the aspect-sentiment mapper combined the initial aspect-sentiment feature of an input text sample with its positive polarity feature if the overall sentiment of that sample was positive. this process created a weighted sentiment feature that more accurately encoded the sentiment properties of the input texts. an additional classification model was then required to extract the final sentiments from the aspect-level sentiment features, as that information cannot be directly extracted. therefore, the aspect-level sentiment features were sent to the proposed solution’s aspect-level sentiment classification model, where the final sentiment polarities of the aspects they represented were identified. 3.6. aspect-level sentiment classification model the aspect-level sentiment classification model was responsible for classifying the sentiment polarities of individual aspects in the proposed solution’s input texts. the model consisted of an input layer that accepted the aspect-level sentiment features generated by the aspect-level sentiment mapper, two hidden layers, and an output layer. the output layer of the model produced one-hot labels, where the index with the highest value indicated the sentiment polarity of an aspect. like the overall sentiment model, the first index represented the negative sentiment, the second represented the neutral sentiment, and the third represented the positive sentiment. these labels were generated based on the computation depicted in equation 12. each output label was then linked with the aspect output labels generated by the aspect extraction module, providing information on the aspects present in the input texts and their respective sentiment polarities. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 119 4. experiment an experimental evaluation was conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of the proposed solution in extracting sentiment features from aspects. it was evaluated on several datasets and was compared against several baseline aspectlevel sentiment analysis solutions. 4.1. datasets the proposed solution was evaluated on the semeval-2014 restaurant [32], semeval-2015 restaurant [33], semeval-2016 restaurant [34], and semeval-2016 laptop [34] datasets. these datasets consisted of restaurant and laptop reviews, with the aspects present in them labeled and the sentiments expressed for each of those aspects. the semeval-2014 restaurant dataset consisted of 3,844 reviews, with 3,044 allocated to its training set, while the remaining 800 reviews were allocated to its testing set. secondly, the semeval-2015 restaurant dataset contained 2,000 reviews, with 1,315 reviews allocated to its training set, while the remaining 685 reviews were allocated to its testing set. thirdly, the semeval-2016 restaurant dataset consisted of 2,676 reviews, with 2,000 reviews being allocated for training while the remaining 676 were allocated for testing. lastly, the semeval-2016 laptop dataset consisted of 3,308 reviews, with 2,500 allocated for training and the remaining 808 allocated for testing. all the training and testing data used from each dataset were pre-allocated by the original authors. table 5 highlights the number of samples allocated to each dataset’s training and testing sets. table 5. number of samples present in the training and testing sets in each dataset dataset training reviews testing reviews total reviews semeval-2014 restaurant 3,044 800 3,844 semeval-2015 restaurant 1,315 685 2,000 semeval-2016 restaurant 2,000 676 2,676 semeval-2016 laptop 2,500 808 3,308 the restaurant dataset comprised 3,714 training and 1,025 testing aspects, totaling 4,739. the semeval-2015 restaurant dataset included 1,437 training and 760 testing aspects, resulting in 2,197 aspects. for the semeval-2016 restaurant dataset, there were 2,915 aspects, with 2,199 in the training set and 716 in the testing set. finally, the semeval-2016 laptop dataset featured 3,308 aspects, with 2,500 in the training set and 808 in the testing set. table 6 provides a comprehensive overview of the number of aspects present in each dataset’s training and testing sets. table 6. number of aspects present in the training and testing sets in each dataset dataset training aspects testing aspects total aspects semeval-2014 restaurant 3,714 1,025 4,739 semeval-2015 restaurant 1,437 760 2,197 semeval-2016 restaurant 2,199 716 2,915 semeval-2016 laptop 2,368 688 3,056 it’s important to highlight that only primary aspects were extracted from the semeval-2015 restaurant dataset and the semeval-2016 restaurant and laptop datasets. additionally, due to its limited presence in the datasets, the location aspect from the semeval-2015 and semeval-2016 restaurant datasets didn’t make it to the final extracted aspect labels. instead, the price aspect, initially a secondary aspect, was included as one of the final extracted aspect labels. figure 6 illustrates the aspect annotation process employed in this experiment. figure 6. aspect annotation process in terms of negative, neutral, and positive aspects in the datasets, the semeval-2014 restaurant dataset comprised 1,061 negative aspects, 843 neutral aspects, and 2,835 positive aspects. the semeval-2015 restaurant dataset had 676 negative aspects, 141 neutral aspects, and 1,380 positive aspects. moving to the semeval-2016 restaurant dataset it included 868 negative aspects, 198 neutral aspects, and 1,849 positive aspects. lastly, the semeval-2016 laptop dataset featured 1,154 negative aspects, 249 neutral aspects, and 1,653 positive aspects. table 7 comprehensively summarizes the aspects associated with each sentiment polarity. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 120 table 7. number of aspects associated with each sentiment polarity dataset negative aspects neutral aspects positive aspects semeval-2014 restaurant 1,061 843 2,835 semeval-2015 restaurant 676 141 1,380 semeval-2016 restaurant 868 198 1,849 semeval-2016 laptop 1,154 249 1,653 4.2. baseline methods the experimental results of several methods were chosen to act as baseline results to evaluate the effectiveness of the proposed solution in extracting sentiments from aspects. these methods consisted of aspect-level sentiment analysis solutions proposed in studies recently published as of the time of writing this article. these solutions include: cai et al. (2020) [28]: the solution proposed by cai et al. (2020) consisted of two gcnns arranged hierarchically. the first gcnn layer extracted the relationship features between its input texts and each possible aspect category, as well as the inner-relationship features between all possible aspect categories, while the second gcnn layer extracted the inter-relationship features between the extracted aspect features and each possible sentiment polarity. hoang et al. (2019) [35]: the aspect-level sentiment analysis solution proposed in this study utilized a fine-tuned bert model to extract aspects and their respective sentiments from unstructured texts. liang et al. (2021) [36]: the solution proposed in this study consisted of lstm layers to extract the hidden contextual representations of the input sentences and gcnn layers to capture the sentiment dependencies of contextual words. ray & chakrabarti (2022) [26]: the aspect-level sentiment analysis solution proposed in ray & chakrabarti (2022) consisted of a cnn rule-based hybrid that extracted aspects from texts and their sentiment polarities. sun et al. (2019) [18]: the solution proposed in this study utilized bilstm and gcnn layers to extract the sentiment representations of aspect terms present in its input texts. yadav et al. (2021) [37]: the aspect-level sentiment analysis solution proposed in this study utilized two bigrus to extract the sequential features of context and aspect words and attention layers to assign attention weights to both sets of words. zhang & qian (2020) [24]: the aspect-level sentiment analysis solution proposed in zhang & qian (2020) utilized bilstm and gcnn layers to generate the initial sentence representations of its input texts as well as a hieragg module to further refine them. the aspect-oriented representations of their input sentences were then obtained using a gating mechanism. zhou & law (2022) [38]: the solution proposed in this study utilized a gcnn model to extract the semantic relationships between aspect and context words of its input texts and an aspect-context attention module to assign attention weights to context words based on the aspects present. zhou et al. (2020) [20]: the solution proposed in this study utilized bilstm layers, syntax, and knowledge gcnns to model the syntax and knowledge representations, respectively. jiang et al. (2023a) [5]: this study's aspect-level sentiment analysis solution consisted of a modified cnn model with additional gating mechanisms. jiang et al. (2023b) [19]: the solution proposed in this work utilized a bilstm layer as well as two gcnn layers, with the first gcnn capturing the emotional dependencies of target aspect terms and the second gcnn capturing the semantic dependencies of all words in the solution’s input texts. xin et al. (2023) [22]: the sentiment analysis solution proposed in this article adopted an ensemble of gat models to capture both local (in relation to its target aspect terms) and global attention features of its input texts. 4.3. solution implementation all of the deep learning models used in the proposed solution’s components were developed using google’s tensorflow framework [39]. each model had its hyperparameters fine-tuned in order to obtain the most optimal versions of them. these hyperparameters included the number of hidden layers along with the number of neurons in each hidden layer, which determined the degree to which the solution’s components transformed the input features. besides this, the number of epochs used to train each model and their optimizers and learning rates were fine-tuned to allow them to fully generalize their training features. table 8 lists each model’s possible hyperparameter configurations, and table 9 highlights the most optimal hyperparameters for each of them. all of the tested hyperparameters were fine-tuned based on the f1 scores they produced when evaluated on data samples from the semeval-2014 restaurant, semeval-2016 restaurant, and semeval-2016 laptop datasets. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 121 table 8. possible hyperparameter configurations model hyperparameter tested values aspect category and sentiment polarity models number of bilstm hidden layer neurons 120 1030 number of hidden layers 0 2 number of hidden layer neurons 120 480 number of training epochs 10 – 50 aspect classification and sentiment encoding models number of bilstm hidden layer neurons (sentiment encoding model) 120 1030 number of hidden layers 0 7 number of hidden layer neurons 120 480 number of training epochs 10 – 400 aspect-level sentiment analysis model number of hidden layers 0 3 number of hidden layer neurons 120 480 number of training epochs 10 – 1600 all models optimizers adam, stochastic gradient descent (sgd), rmsprop learning rates 0.001, 0.0001, 0.00001 table 9. optimal hyperparameter configurations model hyperparameter optimal value aspect category model number of bilstm hidden layer neurons 128 number of hidden layers 0 number of hidden layer neurons number of training epochs 25 optimiser adam learning rate 0.001 sentiment polarity model number of bilstm hidden layer neurons 512 number of hidden layers 1 number of hidden layer neurons 240 number of training epochs 25 optimiser adam learning rate 0.001 aspect classification model number of hidden layers 6 number of hidden layer neurons 1. 480 2. 120 3. 120 4. 120 5. 240 6. 480 number of training epochs 200 optimiser sgd learning rate 0.0001 sentiment encoding model number of bilstm hidden layer neurons 1,024 number of hidden layers 6 number of hidden layer neurons 1. 480 2. 240 3. 120 4. 240 5. 480 6. 480 number of training epochs 25 optimiser sgd learning rate 0.001 aspect-level sentiment analysis model number of hidden layers 2 number of hidden layer neurons 1. 480 2. 480 number of training epochs 800 optimiser sgd learning rate 0.001 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 122 the optimal hyperparameter configurations presented in table 9 indicate that minimal transformation of the solution’s input features was necessary to extract their aspect category and sentiment polarity features. this is evident from the limited number of hidden layers required for each set of models. however, the process of obtaining the final aspect categories, as well as the overall sentiments of the input features, required much bigger models, with both the aspect extraction and sentiment encoding models requiring 6 hidden layers to do so. all of the models discussed so far did not require large numbers of epochs to fully generalize with their training features, except for the aspect extraction model, which required 200 epochs to do so. lastly, the aspect-level sentiment analysis model did not require large numbers of hidden layers to determine the sentiment polarities of extracted aspects but did require 800 epochs to generalize with its training features. the aspect category and sentiment polarity models were best trained using the adam optimizer, while the remaining models were best trained using the stochastic gradient descent (sgd) optimizer instead. all components were trained using a learning rate of 0.001 except for the aspect extraction model, which required a lower learning rate of 0.0001 to better generalize with its training data. 4.4. results two types of evaluation were performed on the proposed aspect-level sentiment analysis solution during the experimental evaluation. the first evaluation type involved assessing the performance of the proposed solution when provided with the correct sets of aspect and sentiment polarity features (e1). the second evaluation type involved assessing the proposed solution when provided with the aspect and sentiment polarity features generated by the aspect-sentiment mapper (e2). an input aspect sample was considered to be correctly predicted in evaluation e1 when its sentiment was correctly predicted, while an input aspect sample was considered to be correctly predicted in evaluation e2 when both its presence or lack of presence as well as its respective sentiment were correctly predicted. table 10 displays the metrics used in both evaluations. weighted metrics were used to evaluate the model due to the large number of instances of the absent aspect output class in evaluation e2. tables 11 to 14 and figures 7 to 10 highlight the performance of the proposed solution when compared against the baseline methods evaluated on the same datasets. table 10. evaluation metrics used in the experiment metric description accuracy (a) the percentage of correct positive and negative predictions out of the total number of predicted samples. a = tp + tn n precision (p) the weighted percentage of the number of correct positive predictions made out of the total number of positive predictions. px = tp.x tp.x + fp.x ; p = n1p1 + n2p2 ... + nxpx n recall (r) the weighted percentage of the number of correct positive predictions made out of the total number of true positive samples. rx = tp.x tp.x + fn.x ; r = n1r1 + n2r2 ... + nxrx n f1 score (f1) the weighted harmonic mean of the weighted precision and recall scores. f1x = 2 × px × rx px + rx ; f1 = n1f11 + n2f12 + ... + nxf1x n n number of samples; tp true positive; fp false positive; fn false negative; and tn true negative table 81. semeval-2014 restaurant experimental results solution a p r f1 ray & chakrabarti (2022) [26] 79.67 86.20 83.34 sun et al. (2019) [18] 82.30 74.02 zhou et al. (2020) [20] 79.00 75.57 jiang et al. (2023a) [5] 75.30 82.72 87.20 84.90 jiang et al. (2023b) [19] 84.32 77.61 xin et al. (2023) [22] 86.42 79.70 proposed solution (e1) 92.98 93.01 92.98 92.98 proposed solution (e2) 86.52 87.20 86.52 86.83 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 123 table 92. semeval-2015 restaurant experimental results solution a p r f1 cai et al. (2020) [28] 76.37 72.83 74.55 zhang & qian (2020) [24] 81.16 64.79 yadav et al. (2021) [37] 80.88 62.48 proposed solution (e1) 89.45 87.76 89.45 88.30 proposed solution (e2) 84.32 83.04 84.32 83.53 table 103. semeval-2016 restaurant experimental results solution a p r f1 cai et al. (2020) [28] 76.37 72.83 74.55 hoang et al. (2019) [35] 89.80 89.50 89.80 89.50 liang et al. (2021) [36] 91.97 79.56 proposed solution (e1) 89.57 88.67 89.57 89.01 proposed solution (e2) 84.73 86.07 84.73 85.11 table 114. semeval-2016 laptop experimental results study a p r f1 hoang et al. (2019) [35] 82.80 83.60 82.80 83.20 zhou & law (2022) [38] 85.65 34.07 cai et al. (2020) [28] 61.43 48.42 54.15 proposed solution (e1) 90.12 90.38 90.12 90.24 proposed solution (e2) 95.22 95.95 95.22 95.54 the evaluation results clearly indicate the performance of the proposed solution is higher, consistently outperforming the baseline methods across various datasets in terms of accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 scores. this trend was observed during assessments on the semeval-2014 restaurant, semeval-2015 restaurant, and semeval-2016 laptop datasets. the proposed solution excelled particularly on the semeval-2014 restaurant dataset during evaluation e1, achieving the highest accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 scores compared to its performance on other datasets. with an accuracy score of 92.98%, the solution demonstrated its proficiency in predicting both present and absent sentiments within aspect features. the precision score of 93.01% underscored the reliability of its positive predictions, while the recall score of 92.98% showcased its capacity to identify the presence of each sentiment class in the input texts. therefore, the proposed solution’s f1 score of 92.98% acts as a good indicator of its ability to correctly identify the sentiments of each aspect in its unstructured input texts. figure 7. semeval-2014 restaurant performance comparison 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 ray & chakrabarti (2019) [26] sun et al. (2019) [18] zhou et al. (2020) [20] jiang et al. (2023a) [5] jiang et al. (2023b) [19] xin et al. (2023) [22] proposed solution (e1) proposed solution (e2) semeval-2014 restaurant performance comparison accuracy precision recall f1 score hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 124 figure 8. semeval-2015 restaurant performance comparison figure 9. semeval-2016 restaurant performance comparison figure 10. semeval-2016 laptop performance comparison 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 cai et al. (2020) [28] zhang & qian (2020) [24] yadav et al. (2021) [36] proposed solution (e1) proposed solution (e2) semeval-2015 restaurant performance comparison accuracy precision recall f1 score 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 cai et al. (2020) [28] hoang et al. (2019) [34] liang et al. (2021) [35] proposed solution (e1) proposed solution (e2) semeval-2016 restaurant performance comparison accuracy precision recall f1 score 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 hoang et al. (2019) [34] zhou & law (2022) [37] cai et al. (2020) [28] proposed solution (e1) proposed solution (e2) semeval-2016 laptop performance comparison accuracy precision recall f1 score hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 125 on the other hand, the proposed solution demonstrated its superior performance on the semeval-2016 laptop dataset during evaluation e2. when assessed on this dataset, it achieved its highest accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 scores. with an accuracy score of 95.22%, it showcased its proficiency in accurately identifying the presence or absence of aspects along with their respective sentiments. the precision score of 95.95% reflected its capability to generate reliable positive predictions regarding the presence of aspects and their sentiments. furthermore, the recall score of 95.22% emphasized its accuracy in identifying the true sentiments of each aspect in the input test samples. consequently, the f1 score of 95.54% underlines the proposed solution’s excellence in recognizing the presence of aspects and their respective sentiments. 4.5. discussion the evaluation results derived from the experiment in this study demonstrate the effectiveness of employing ensemble learning techniques for each subtask in aspect-level sentiment analysis, coupled with the inclusion of additional heuristic features or knowledge in generating aspect-level sentiment features. this effectiveness is evident in the accuracy and f1 scores achieved by the proposed solution, surpassing other baseline solutions across most of the selected datasets. additionally, the e2 evaluation results obtained by the proposed solution demonstrate the effectiveness of the aspectsentiment mapper algorithm in accurately assigning sentiment features to the extracted aspects. these results underscore the practicality of the algorithm in real-world scenarios, especially where the aspect information of unstructured texts is typically unknown. each feature extracted from the solution’s input texts plays a crucial role in accurately representing the aspects present in unstructured texts and their respective sentiments. to underscore their significance, an ablation study was conducted using only subsets of the features generated by the components for aspect-level sentiment classification. the study focused on the semeval-2014 restaurant dataset, and the model’s performance was assessed for each set of features. the results obtained during the study are presented in table 15. table 125. ablation study results feature a p r f1 aspect features 54.05 57.65 54.05 55.25 aspect + static sentiment features 75.90 77.46 75.90 76.53 aspect + weighted sentiment features (used in the proposed solution) 92.98 93.01 92.98 92.98 while the aspect features generated by the aspect extraction component accurately represented the aspects in its input texts, they lacked the appropriate features that highlighted their respective sentiments. this can be seen in its accuracy and f1 scores of 54.05% and 55.25%, respectively, the lowest out of the three feature sets. adding the static sentiment features mitigated this issue by providing additional context and overall sentiment features for the input texts in which they resided. this can be seen through its improved accuracy and f1 scores of 75.90% and 76.53%, respectively. however, the addition of heuristic sentiment polarity features, which corresponded to the overall sentiments of the proposed solution’s input texts, has provided more accurate sentiment features for the aspect-level sentiment classification model. this can be seen in its accuracy and f1 scores of 92.98%. 5. conclusion in conclusion, this study has introduced a novel ensemble-based aspect-level sentiment analysis solution proficient in extracting sentiments from multiple aspects within texts. leveraging an ensemble of bilstm models, the solution captures both aspect and sentiment features from input texts. multiple classifiers are employed to identify aspects, overall sentiments of the texts, and sentiments of extracted aspects. the integration of this ensemble approach, coupled with a rule-based aspect-sentiment mapper algorithm, empowers the solution to accurately extract sentiments from multiple aspects in unstructured texts. notably, it achieves e2 evaluation f1 scores of 86.83%, 83.53%, 85.11%, and 95.54% when evaluated on the semeval-2014 restaurant, semeval-2015 restaurant, semeval-2016 restaurant, and semeval2016 laptop datasets, respectively. beyond the experimental evaluation, an ablation study emphasizes the significance of each extracted feature in precisely generating aspect sentiment features. future endeavors for this study include extending the proposed solution to extract aspects and their sentiments from texts in other languages and further refining the aspect and sentiment feature extraction processes. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.m.a.b. and k.s.m.a.; methodology, m.m.a.b.; validation, s.k.; formal analysis, m.m.a.b.; writing—original draft preparation, m.m.a.b. and k.s.m.a; writing—review and editing, s.k.; supervision, k.s.m.a. and s.k.; funding acquisition, k.s.m.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 126 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding this work was supported by mmu under grant mmue/210038. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] li, f., larimo, j., & leonidou, l. c. (2021). social media marketing strategy: definition, conceptualization, taxonomy, validation, and future agenda. journal of the academy of marketing science, 49(1), 51–70. doi:10.1007/s11747-020-00733-3. [2] sonai, k., anbananthen, m., mohamed, a., & elyasir, h. (2013). evolution of opinion mining. australian journal of basic and applied sciences, 7(6), 359–370. [3] brauwers, g., & frasincar, f. (2022). a survey on aspect-based sentiment classification. acm computing surveys, 55(4). doi:10.1145/3503044. [4] dietterich, t.g. (2002). ensemble learning. the handbook of brain theory and neural networks, 2(1), 110-125. [5] jiang, l., li, y., liao, j., zou, z., & jiang, c. (2023). research on non-dependent aspect-level sentiment analysis. knowledgebased systems, 266. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2023.110419. [6] xue, w., & li, t. (2018). aspect based sentiment analysis with gated convolutional networks. acl 2018 56th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, proceedings of the conference, 2514–2523. doi:10.18653/v1/p18-1234. [7] forsyth, d. a., mundy, j. l., di gesú, v., cipolla, r., lecun, y., haffner, p., ... & bengio, y. (1999). object recognition with gradient-based learning. shape, contour and grouping in computer vision, 319-345. doi:10.1007/3-540-46805-6_19. [8] du, c., sun, h., wang, j., qi, q., liao, j., xu, t., & liu, m. (2019). capsule network with interactive attention for aspect-level sentiment classification. emnlp-ijcnlp2019 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing and 9th international joint conference on natural language processing, proceedings of the conference, 5489–5498. doi:10.18653/v1/d19-1551. [9] schuster, m., & paliwal, k. k. (1997). bidirectional recurrent neural networks. ieee transactions on signal processing, 45(11), 2673–2681. doi:10.1109/78.650093. [10] grossberg, s. (2013). recurrent neural networks. scholarpedia, 8(2), 1888. doi:10.4249/scholarpedia.1888. [11] sun, b., song, x., li, w., liu, l., gong, g., & zhao, y. (2024). a user review data-driven supplier ranking model using aspectbased sentiment analysis and fuzzy theory. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 127, 107224. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2023.107224. [12] hochreiter, s., & schmidhuber, j. (1997). long short-term memory. neural computation, 9(8), 1735–1780. doi:10.1162/neco.1997.9.8.1735. [13] han, y., liu, m., & jing, w. (2020). aspect-level drug reviews sentiment analysis based on double bigru and knowledge transfer. ieee access, 8, 21314–21325. doi:10.1109/access.2020.2969473. [14] huang, b., guo, r., zhu, y., fang, z., zeng, g., liu, j., wang, y., fujita, h., & shi, z. (2022). aspect-level sentiment analysis with aspect-specific context position information. knowledge-based systems, 243. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2022.108473. [15] cho, k., van merriënboer, b., gulcehre, c., bahdanau, d., bougares, f., schwenk, h., & bengio, y. (2014). learning phrase representations using rnn encoder-decoder for statistical machine translation. arxiv preprint, 1-15. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1406.1078. [16] tang, j., lu, z., su, j., ge, y., song, l., sun, l., & luo, j. (2020). progressive self-supervised attention learning for aspectlevel sentiment analysis. acl 2019 57th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, proceedings of the conference, 557–566. doi:10.18653/v1/p19-1053. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 127 [17] graves, a., & schmidhuber, j. (2005). framewise phoneme classification with bidirectional lstm and other neural network architectures. neural networks, 18(5–6), 602–610. doi:10.1016/j.neunet.2005.06.042. [18] sun, k., zhang, r., mensah, s., mao, y., & liu, x. (2019). aspect-level sentiment analysis via convolution over dependency tree. emnlp-ijcnlp 2019 2019 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing and 9th international joint conference on natural language processing, proceedings of the conference, 5679–5688. doi:10.18653/v1/d19-1569. [19] jiang, b., xu, g., & liu, p. (2023). aspect-level sentiment classification via location enhanced aspect-merged graph convolutional networks. journal of supercomputing, 79(9), 9666–9691. doi:10.1007/s11227-022-05002-4. [20] zhou, j., huang, j. x., hu, q. v., & he, l. (2020). sk-gcn: modeling syntax and knowledge via graph convolutional network for aspect-level sentiment classification. knowledge-based systems, 205. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2020.106292. [21] gori, m., monfardini, g., & scarselli, f. (2005). a new model for earning in raph domains. proceedings of the international joint conference on neural networks, 2, 729–734. doi:10.1109/ijcnn.2005.1555942. [22] xin, x., wumaier, a., kadeer, z., & he, j. (2023). ssemgat: syntactic and semantic enhanced multi-layer graph attention network for aspect-level sentiment analysis. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(8), 5085. doi:10.3390/app13085085. [23] veličković, p., casanova, a., liò, p., cucurull, g., romero, a., & bengio, y. (2018). graph attention networks. in 6th international conference on learning representations, iclr 2018 conference track proceedings. doi:10.1007/978-3-03101587-8_7. [24] zhang, m., & qian, t. (2020). convolution over hierarchical syntactic and lexical graphs for aspect level sentiment analysis. emnlp 2020 2020 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing, proceedings of the conference, 3540– 3549. doi:10.18653/v1/2020.emnlp-main.286. [25] hu, z., wang, z., wang, y., & tan, a. h. (2023). msrl-net: a multi-level semantic relation-enhanced learning network for aspect-based sentiment analysis. expert systems with applications, 217. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2022.119492. [26] ray, p., & chakrabarti, a. (2022). a mixed approach of deep learning method and rule-based method to improve aspect level sentiment analysis. applied computing and informatics, 18(1–2), 163–178. doi:10.1016/j.aci.2019.02.002. [27] lecun, y., bottou, l., bengio, y., & haffner, p. (1998). gradient-based learning applied to document recognition. proceedings of the ieee, 86(11), 2278–2323. doi:10.1109/5.726791. [28] cai, h., tu, y., zhou, x., yu, j., & xia, r. (2020). aspect-category based sentiment analysis with hierarchical graph convolutional network. coling 2020 28th international conference on computational linguistics, proceedings of the conference, 833–843. doi:10.18653/v1/2020.coling-main.72. [29] wang, y., huang, m., sun, a., & zhu, x. (2019). aspect-level sentiment analysis using as-capsules. the web conference 2019 proceedings of the world wide web conference, 2033–2044. doi:10.1145/3308558.3313750. [30] devlin, j., chang, m. w., lee, k., & toutanova, k. (2019). bert: pre-training of deep bidirectional transformers for language understanding. in naacl hlt 2019 conference of the north american chapter of the association for computational linguistics: human language technologies proceedings of the conference, 4171–4186. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1810.04805. [31] anbananthen, s. k., sainarayanan, g., chekima, a., & teo, j. (2006, april). data mining using pruned artificial neural network tree (annt). 2nd international conference on information & communication technologies, damascus, syria, 1350-1356. doi:10.1109/ictta.2006.1684577. [32] pontiki, m., galanis, d., pavlopoulos, j., papageorgiou, h., androutsopoulos, i., & manandhar, s. (2014). semeval-2014 task 4: aspect based sentiment analysis. 8th international workshop on semantic evaluation, semeval 2014 co-located with the 25th international conference on computational linguistics, coling 2014, 27–35. doi:10.3115/v1/s14-2004. [33] pontiki, m., galanis, d., papageorgiou, h., manandhar, s., & androutsopoulos, i. (2015). semeval-2015 task 12: aspect based sentiment analysis. semeval 2015 9th international workshop on semantic evaluation, co-located with the 2015 conference of the north american chapter of the association for computational linguistics: human language technologies, naaclhlt 2015 proceedings, 486–495. doi:10.18653/v1/s15-2082. [34] pontiki, m., galanis, d., papageorgiou, h., androutsopoulos, i., manandhar, s., al-smadi, m., al-ayyoub, m., zhao, y., qin, b., de clercq, o., hoste, v., apidianaki, m., tannier, x., loukachevitch, n., kotelnikov, e., bel, n., jiménez-zafra, s. m., & eryigit, g. (2016). semeval-2016 task 5: aspect based sentiment analysis. semeval 2016 10th international workshop on semantic evaluation, proceedings, 19–30. doi:10.18653/v1/s16-1002. [35] hoang, m., alija bihorac, o., & rouces, j. (2019). aspect-based sentiment analysis using bert. proceedings of the 22nd nordic conference on computational linguistics, 187–196. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 128 [36] liang, b., su, h., gui, l., cambria, e., & xu, r. (2022). aspect-based sentiment analysis via affective knowledge enhanced graph convolutional networks. knowledge-based systems, 235. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2021.107643. [37] yadav, r. k., jiao, l., goodwin, m., & granmo, o. c. (2021). positionless aspect-based sentiment analysis using attention mechanism. knowledge-based systems, 226. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2021.107136. [38] zhou, t., & law, k. m. y. (2022). semantic relatedness enhanced graph network for aspect category sentiment analysis. expert systems with applications, 195, 116560. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2022.116560. [39] tensorflow. (2023). create production-grade machine learning models with tensorflow, tensorflow. available online: https://github.com/tensorflow/tensorflow (accessed on january 2024). https://github.com/tensorflow/tensorflow available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 283 issn: 2723-9535 a study of dance movement capture and posture recognition method based on vision sensors qun wang 1, gang tong 1* , sichao zhou 1 1 department of sports and arts, hebei sport university, shijiazhuang, hebei 050041, china. received 24 february 2023; revised 09 may 2023; accepted 17 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract with the development of technology, posture recognition methods have been applied in more and more fields. however, there is relatively little research on posture recognition in dance. therefore, this paper studied the capture and posture recognition of dance movements to understand the usability of the proposed method in dance posture recognition. firstly, the kinect v2 visual sensor was used to capture dance movements and obtain human skeletal joint data. then, a threedimensional convolutional neural network (3d cnn) model was designed by fusing joint coordinate features with joint velocity features as general features for recognizing different dance postures. through experiments on ntu60 and selfbuilt dance datasets, it was found that the 3d cnn performed best with a dropout rate of 0.4, a relu activation function, and fusion features. compared to other posture recognition methods, the recognition rates of the 3d cnn on cs and cv in ntu60 were 88.8% and 95.3%, respectively, while the average recognition rate on the dance dataset reached 98.72%, which was higher than others. the experimental results demonstrate the effectiveness of our proposed method for dance posture recognition, providing a new approach for posture recognition research and making contributions to the inheritance of folk dances. keywords: vision sensor; dance; movement capture; gesture recognition; kinect v2. 1. introduction with the continuous updating and progress of multimedia technology, music and video files have become increasingly important forms for carrying and disseminating information in addition to text and images. this has led to an increasing amount of data on the network, making the processing of these files more complex. video files have a wide range of applications in security monitoring, intelligent navigation, etc. [1]. in order to effectively utilize these video files, computer vision technology is gradually developing [2]. the term “computer vision” refers to the use of computers for analyzing and recognizing human movements and postures in video files, supporting research in areas such as motion analysis and human-computer interaction. with continuous advancements in sensor technology, various sensors can be used to capture human movements [3], acquire a large amount of data on human behavior, and analyze this data to achieve recognition of different postures [4]. currently, numerous methods have been applied for analyzing human movements [5]. balmik et al. [6] designed a 7-layer 1d convolutional neural network to achieve the recognition of human movements. the experimental results * corresponding author: 2010009@hepec.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0006-6606-7197 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 284 showed that it achieved an accuracy rate of 95%, outperforming the hidden markov model. pribadi et al. [7] used wearable sensors to collect hand movement data from welders, extracted features such as spectral peaks and spectral power, and employed a multilayer perceptron for recognition. the results showed that this algorithm accurately recognized welders' hand movements. rotoni et al. [8] used mpu-6050 triaxial accelerometers to collect limb data from infants and identified irregular limb movements associated with cerebral palsy. asmaul husna et al. [9] converted students’ gymnastics learning videos into digital images, employed histogram of oriented gradients (hog) to recognize students in frames, and used principal component analysis (pca) to distinguish various gymnastics movements. the experimental results showed that this method achieved a 96.09% accuracy rate. li et al. [10] investigated the effectiveness of m-mode ultrasound in identifying wrist and finger movements in the human body. thirteen movements were tested on eight subjects, and a support vector machine (svm) and a backpropagation neural network (bpnn) were used to classify the movements. the results showed that the average classification accuracy of the svm classifier and the bpnn classifier using m-mode ultrasound reached 98.83 ± 1.03% and 98.70 ± 0.99%, respectively. in another study, liu et al. [11] discussed the design and implementation of a human motion capture system based on microelectro mechanical systems and zigbee network. testing revealed that this method could accurately recognize human motion states, with an efficiency improvement of 10% compared to existing research, along with an increase in accuracy by nearly 15%. kurban et al. [12] utilized motion sequence information from masked depth video streams obtained from rgb-d data for action recognition and tested the proposed method on bodylogin, natops, and sbu kinect datasets, finding that it provided higher performance and better motion representation. ding et al. [13] introduced a temporal segment graph convolutional network that divides the entire skeleton sequence into different sub-sequences for recognition and demonstrated the effectiveness of this approach through experiments on the ntu-rgb+d and kinetics datasets. li et al. [14] developed a detection model using the you only look once v5 algorithm and integrated it with the openpose algorithm to recognize safe and unsafe human behaviors in videos. they achieved an accuracy of 0.9467 in experimental settings. under the influence of rapid social development and change, dance, especially folk dance, faces increasing challenges in preservation and inheritance. the teaching of folk dance has important practical value for better recording and protecting folk dances and promoting their dissemination and inheritance. however, in current folk dance teaching, students often learn by watching videos or receiving one-on-one guidance from teachers, resulting in low efficiency. if posture recognition technology can be applied to folk dance training, it would have certain significance for the teaching and training of folk dances. however, in the current field of posture recognition, although there is some involvement with sports, there is little research on folk dance. moreover, motion capture methods based on wearable sensors can also affect the execution of dance movements. therefore, posture recognition for folk dance poses a high level of difficulty. this article proposes a method for capturing folk dance movements based on kinect visual sensors. features were extracted from human skeletal joint data, and a threedimensional convolutional neural network (3d cnn) model was used to classify different dance postures. experimental analysis proved the effectiveness of this method for recognizing dance postures, providing a reference for the application of kinect visual sensors and posture recognition technology in teaching folk dances as well as contributing to the protection and inheritance of folk dances. 2. dance movement capture based on the kinect vision sensor visual sensors can capture human movements through cameras [15] and recognize posture. in this paper, the kinect visual sensor was used for dance motion capture. unlike other motion sensors, the kinect visual sensor does not require attachment to the body for human-computer interaction. the kinect v2 sensor [16] was used in this study. compared with v1, v2 can capture information about 25 three-dimensional skeletal points, accommodate up to six people, and offer enhanced interactivity. the kinect v2 sdk is a development package used in conjunction with visual studio 2012 or later compilers. it can be connected to a computer via usb to access data sources such as color, depth, and skeletal data from the kinect device, which is convenient for developers conducting research. therefore, in the windows 10 environment, combined with visual studio 2017, the sdk development package, and the kinect v2 visual sensor, this paper used the c# programming language to study dance movement capture and posture recognition methods by accessing the kinect v2 data. kinect v2 is capable of providing 3d coordinate information for 25 skeletal joints at a rate of 30 frames per second, as shown in figure 1 and table 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 285 table 1. names of the 25 skeletal joint points 0 spine base 8 shoulder right 16 hip right 1 spine mid 9 elbow right 17 knee right 2 neck 10 wrist right 18 ankle right 3 head 11 hand right 19 foot right 4 shoulder left 12 hip left 20 spine shoulder 5 elbow left 13 knee left 21 hand tip left 6 wrist lest 14 ankle left 22 thumb left 7 hand left 15 foot left 23 hand tip right 24 thumb right 20 3 2 1 0 4 8 5 9 6 10 7 21 22 11 2324 12 16 13 17 14 18 1915 figure 1. 25 skeletal joint points kinect v2 captures the body target through camera-based skeleton joint point tracking, converts it into a depth image, and then utilizes the skeleton tracking system. the sdk provides body tracking which is used to eliminate the background outside of the human body in order to obtain a grayscale image. a random forest algorithm is employed to identify human body parts and connect joint points for positioning skeletal points. finally, skeletal points are connected to create a model of the human body’s skeletal joint points. this paper examines the recognition of various dance gestures in the folk dance "drolma" using the kinect v2 visual sensor to capture movements. the study collected movement data from 100 dancers who were skilled in "drolma", with each dancer performing the dance three times and three postures captured for subsequent posture recognition. figures 2 to 4 show skeletal point data from three postures collected from a specific dancer. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 286 figure 2. the first gesture of “drolma” figure 3. the second gesture of “drolma” hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 287 figure 4. the third gesture of “drolma” 3. the convolutional neural network-based posture recognition method the human skeletal data is represented by joint coordinates. to improve the effect of dance posture recognition, this article incorporates joint velocity features in addition to joint coordinates as input for the subsequent pose recognition algorithm. it is assumed that in the skeleton sequence data acquired by kinect v2, all joint points of the skeleton in each frame are represented as: 𝑉 = {𝑋𝑡 𝑐|𝑡 = 1,2,⋯ , 𝑇; 𝑐 = 1,2,⋯ , 𝑉}, where 𝑋𝑡 𝑐 refers to the 𝑐-th joint point of the 𝑡-th frame, the 3d position coordinates of 𝑋𝑡 𝑖 can be written as: 𝑝𝑡,𝑖 = (𝑥𝑡,𝑖 , 𝑦𝑡,𝑖, 𝑧𝑡,𝑖) 𝑇 . then, its joint velocity can be written as: 𝑣𝑡,𝑖 = 𝑝𝑡,𝑖 − 𝑝𝑡−1,𝑖 = (𝑥𝑡,𝑖 − 𝑥𝑡−1,𝑖, 𝑦𝑡,𝑖 − 𝑦𝑡−1,𝑖, 𝑧𝑡,𝑖 − 𝑧𝑡−1,𝑖) 𝑇 (1) where 𝑝𝑡−1,𝑖 is the coordinates of joint point 𝑋𝑡−1 𝑖 of the 𝑡-th frame. the position and velocity features of the skeletal joints were mapped into a high-dimensional space by two fully connected (fc) layers, yielding 𝑝𝑡,�̂� and vt,î. taking the joint position as an example, the operation is as follows: 𝑝𝑡,�̂� = 𝜎 [𝑊2 (𝜎(𝑊1𝑝𝑡,𝑖 + 𝑏1)) + 𝑏2] (2) where 𝜎 is the relu activation function, 𝑊1 and 𝑊2 are the weights of the two fc layers, and 𝑏1 and 𝑏2 are biases. after fusing these two features, the general feature of the input to the posture recognition algorithm is obtained: 𝑧𝑡,𝑖 = 𝑝𝑡,�̂� + 𝑣𝑡,�̂� (3) a cnn was used for posture recognition. cnn is a kind of network featured by local connectivity and weight sharing [17], which has various applications in image and video processing [18]. in video processing, temporal features are also crucial in addition to spatial features. to fully utilize the spatio-temporal feature information in the kinect v2 skeletal data, this paper employed a 3d cnn. in a 3d-cnn, the calculation formula of 𝑉𝑖𝑗 𝑥𝑦𝑧 of coordinates (𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧) in the 𝑗-th feature map of the 𝑖-th layer is: 𝑉𝑖𝑗 𝑥𝑦𝑧 = 𝑓 (𝑏𝑖𝑗 + ∑ ∑ ∑ ∑ 𝜔𝑖𝑗𝑟 𝑙𝑚𝑛𝑛𝑖−1 𝑛=0 𝑚𝑖−1 𝑚=0 𝑙𝑖−1 𝑙=0𝑟 𝑣(𝑖−1)𝑟 (𝑥+𝑙)(𝑦+𝑚)(𝑧+𝑛) ) (4) where 𝜔𝑖𝑗𝑟 𝑙𝑚𝑛 is the value of the convolution kernel connecting the 𝑚-th feature map in the previous layer, 𝑛𝑖 is the time dimension of the convolution kernel, and 𝑓 is the activation function. the following activation functions are often employed. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 288 (1) sigmoid function: f(x) = 1 1+e−x (2) 𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ function: tanh(x) = 2σ(2x) − 1 (3) relu function: f(x) = max(0, x) the process of 3d pooling is similar to 2d pooling, except that a time dimension, i.e., the number of image frames. the formula for maximum pooling is written as: 𝑉𝑥,𝑦,𝑧 = max 0≤𝑖≤𝑠1,0≤𝑗≤𝑠2,0≤𝑘≤𝑠3 (𝑂𝑥×𝑠+𝑖,𝑦×𝑡+𝑗,𝑧×𝑟+𝑘) (5) where 𝑉𝑥,𝑦,𝑧 is the pooling output, 𝑠, 𝑡, and 𝑟 are the sampling step length in three directions, and 𝑂 is the 3d input vector. finally, the classification of the model was implemented in the softmax layer, ensuring that the probability of the correct category converges to 1 and that the sum of all category probabilities is 1. the overall flow of the designed dance posture recognition method is illustrated in figure 5. kinect v2 visual sensor 3d convolutional neural network ntu60 dataset self-built dance dataset recognition results joint coordinate feature joint velocity feature general feature figure 5. the flow of dance posture recognition the model parameters of the 3d cnn for dance posture recognition are listed in table 2. table 2. 3d cnn model parameters network layer size convolutional layer 3×3×3 convolutional layer 3×3×3 maximum pooling 2×2×2 convolutional layer 3×3×3 convolutional layer 3×3×3 maximum pooling 2×2×2 fc layer 1×2048 fc layer 1×512 4. results and analysis the model was implemented on the python 3.6 platform using the keras deep learning framework. the 3d cnn was trained using the adam optimizer and the cross-entropy loss function, with an initial learning rate of 0.001 and a total of 120 iterations. experiments were conducted on two datasets to evaluate the effectiveness of the 3d cnn posture recognition method. (1) ntu60 rgb+d dataset [19]: the data are collected from kinect v2 and used to evaluate the human skeletal behavior recognition model. it consists of 60 categories of movements performed by 40 actors. the dataset evaluation includes two types: ① cross-subject (cs), where the training and test sets are divided according to actor id; ② cross-view (cv), where the training and test sets are divided based on camera viewpoint. (2) self-built folk dance dataset: the data are collected from kinect v2, as described in the section on dance movement capture based on the kinect vision sensor. it consists of three postures performed by 100 dancers. as the dance was repeated three times, there were a total of 900 samples. the training and test sets were randomly divided according to 2:1. the algorithm was evaluated in terms of the recognition rate: 𝑎𝑐𝑐 = 𝑁𝑐 𝑁 × 100% (6) where 𝑁 is the total number of postures in the dataset and 𝑁𝑐 is the number of postures correctly identified by the algorithm. to prevent overfitting, a dropout layer was added after the first cnn layer with varying dropout rates of 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, and 0.7 to compare recognition rates on the ntu60 rgb+d. the results are demonstrated in table 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 289 table 3. effect of the dropout rate on recognition rate 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 cs/% 86.77 87.91 88.73 88.55 86.71 81.26 cv/% 88.12 91.24 95.15 94.71 94.32 93.48 from table 3, it can be observed that the recognition rates of the algorithm varied with changes in dropout rate. comparing the results, when the dropout rate was set to 0.4, the algorithm achieved the highest recognition rates on both ntu60 rgb+d datasets, reaching 88.73% and 95.15% respectively. this indicated that the algorithm performed optimally at this dropout rate. therefore, a dropout rate of 0.4 will be used in subsequent experiments. to determine the most suitable activation function, the recognition rates under different activation functions were compared, and the results are presented in figure 6. figure 6. the effect of the choice of activation function on the recognition rate from figure 6, the recognition rate of the 3d cnn for cs was 86.1% with sigmoid activation function and 87.7% with 𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ, indicating an improvement of 1.6%. however, when using relu as the activation function, the recognition rate increased to 88.8%, which was 2.7% higher than both sigmoid (2.7%) and 𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ (1.1%). then, for the cv, the recognition rates of the three activation functions were as follows: sigmoid < 𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ < relu. the recognition rate of relu was 95.3%, which was 3.7% higher than that of sigmoid and 2.1% higher than that of 𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ. among these activation functions, sigmoid has a non-zero mean output, making it prone to the problem of gradient dispersion, while 𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ has a zero mean output, resulting in a higher recognition rate. as a piecewise function, relu does not suffer from gradient dispersion and converges quickly. therefore, it was used as the activation function in the following experiments. table 4 shows the results on the ntu60 dataset, taking into account the impact of input features on the 3d cnn. table 4. the impact of input features on the recognition rate cs/% cv/% using the joint coordinate feature only 77.9 84.2 using the joint velocity feature only 78.2 85.3 general feature 88.8 95.3 from table 4, it can be observed that when using only a single feature as the input for the 3d cnn, the recognition rate of the algorithm was relatively low. however, when using the general feature as the input feature, there was a significant improvement in the recognition rate of the algorithm, which was about 10% higher than that of a single feature. this proved the reliability of the proposed feature fusion method and its ability to extract more features from human skeletal joint data to improve recognition accuracy. 86.1 91.6 87.7 93.2 88.8 95.3 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 cs cv r ec o g n it io n r a te /% sigmoid tanh relu hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 290 the trained 3d cnn successfully recognized different folk dance postures, and the recognition rates for each posture are shown in figure 7. figure 7. recognition rate of 3d cnn for different postures in the dance set from figure 7, it was found that the recognition rate of the self-built folk dance dataset using the 3d cnn was high, exceeding 95%. among these postures, posture 2 achieved the highest recognition rate of 99.03%, while posture 3 had the lowest recognition rate of 98.36%. the average recognition rate for these three postures was calculated at 98.72%. in comparison to the ntu60 dataset, the dance set exhibited a higher recognition rate with the use of the 3d cnn model. this could be attributed to two factors: firstly, there were fewer categories of postures in the dance set; secondly, their complexity level was relatively lower. to further demonstrate the performance of the 3d cnn for posture recognition, it was compared with other methods: (1) spatial-temporal graph convolutional network (st-gcn) [20], (2) attention enhanced graph convolutional lstm network (agc-lstm) [21], (3) two-stream adaptive graph convolutional network (2s-agcn) [22], (4) semantics-guided neural network (sgn) [23]. the comparison results of these methods for the ntu60 rgb+d are demonstrated in table 5. table 5. the recognition rate of different methods for the ntu60 rgb+d cs/% cv/% st-gcn 81.5 88.3 agc-lstm 87.5 93.5 sgn 88.7 94.3 2s-agcn 88.5 95.1 3d cnn 88.8 95.3 from table 5, it can be observed that, compared to the current posture recognition models, the 3d cnn achieved higher recognition rates on both the cs and cv datasets. firstly, on the cs dataset, the 3d cnn achieved a recognition rate of 88.8%, which was an improvement of 7.3% over the st-gcn, 1.3% over the acg-lstm, 0.1% over the sgn, and 0.3% over the 2s-agcn. in the cv dataset, the 3d cnn achieved a recognition rate of 95.3%, which was 7% higher than the st-gcn, 1.8% higher than the acg-lstm, 1% higher than the sgn, and 0.2% higher than the 2s-agcn. overall, the 3d cnn obtained the best results on the ntu60 rgb+d dataset, demonstrating its superiority in posture recognition. 98.77 99.03 98.36 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 posture 1 posture 2 posture 3 r ec o g n it io n r a te /% hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 291 the comparison results of these methods for the dance set are demonstrated in table 6. table 6. the recognition rate of different methods for the danceset posture 1/% posture 2/% posture 3/% average value/% st-gcn 96.89 96.37 96.32 96.53 acg-lstm 97.39 96.08 96.56 96.68 sgn 97.16 97.17 96.88 97.07 2s-agcn 97.21 97.33 97.58 97.37 3d cnn 98.77 99.03 98.36 98.72 from table 6, it can be observed that the 3d cnn achieved a high recognition rate for different postures and outperformed the other methods. in terms of average recognition rate across three postures, the 3d cnn achieved 98.72%, which was a 2.19% improvement over the st-gcn, a 2.04% improvement over the acg-lstm, a 1.65% improvement over the sgn, and a 1.35% improvement over the 2s-agcn. these results indicated that the use of a 3d cnn was more suitable for recognizing folk dance postures compared to these posture recognition models. 5. conclusions this article mainly focuses on the posture recognition of folk dances. the kinect v2 visual sensor was used to capture the movements of folk dance and obtain human skeletal joint data. the fused joint coordinates and velocities were used as a general feature, and a 3d cnn was designed to achieve recognition of different postures. it was found through the comparative experiment on the ntu60 rgb+d dataset that:  when the dropout rate of the 3d-cnn was 0.4, relu was used as the activation function, and the fused feature was used as the input, the recognition performance of the algorithm was the best;  the 3d cnn achieved a recognition rate of over 95% in recognizing the three postures in the dance set;  compared with posture recognition models such as the st-gcn and acg-lstm, the 3d cnn achieved higher recognition rates for the ntu60-cs and ntu60-cv, which were 88.8% and 95.3%, respectively;  compared with posture recognition models such as the st-gcn and acg-lstm, the 3d cnn achieved higher recognition rates for the three postures in the dance dataset, with an average recognition rate of 98.72%. the experimental results have demonstrated the reliability of the method proposed in this paper for posture recognition, which can effectively recognize different folk dance postures with high accuracy and can be promoted and applied in practice. however, there are still some shortcomings in this method, such as whether the proposed algorithm can be further optimized, the small scale of the dance set used in experiments, whether the algorithm can maintain its accuracy in more complex dance posture recognition tasks, and whether its real-time performance meets practical requirements. these issues need to be considered in future work. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, q.w. and g.t.; methodology, q.w.; validation, q.w. and g.t.; resources, q.w. and s.z.; data curation, g.t. and s.z.; writing—original draft preparation, q.w. and g.t.; writing—review and editing, q.w. and g.t.; project administration, s.z.; funding acquisition, q.w., g.t. and s.z. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 292 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] senthil murugan, a., suganya devi, k., sivaranjani, a., & srinivasan, p. (2018). a study on various methods used for video summarization and moving object detection for video surveillance applications. multimedia tools and applications, 77(18), 23273–23290. doi:10.1007/s11042-018-5671-8. [2] fuggle, n. r., lu, s., breasail, m. ó., westbury, l. d., ward, k. a., dennison, e., mahmoodi, s., niranjan, m., & cooper, c. (2022). oa22 machine learning and computer vision of bone microarchitecture can improve the fracture risk prediction provided by dxa and clinical risk factors. rheumatology, 61(supplement_1). doi:10.1093/rheumatology/keac132.022. [3] mahbubur rahman, m., & gurbuz, s. z. (2021). multi-frequency rf sensor data adaptation for motion recognition with multimodal deep learning. 2021 ieee radar conference (radarconf21). doi:10.1109/radarconf2147009.2021.9455204. [4] moreau, p., durand, d., bosche, j., & lefranc, m. (2020). a motion recognition algorithm using polytopic modeling. 2020 7th international conference on control, decision and information technologies (codit). doi:10.1109/codit49905.2020.9263883. [5] lee, k.-t., yoon, h., & lee, y.-s. (2018). implementation of smartwatch user interface using machine learning based motion recognition. 2018 international conference on information networking (icoin). doi:10.1109/icoin.2018.8343229. [6] balmik, a., paikaray, a., jha, m., & nandy, a. (2022). motion recognition using deep convolutional neural network for kinectbased nao teleoperation. robotica, 40(9), 3233–3253. doi:10.1017/s0263574722000169. [7] pribadi, t. w., & shinoda, t. (2020). hand motion recognition of shipyard welder using 9-dof inertial measurement unit and multi-layer perceptron approach. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 557(1). doi:10.1088/17551315/557/1/012009. [8] rotoni, g. m., unabia, s. a., & villaverde, j. f. (2020). wireless accelerometer-based motion recognition sensors for limb movement analysis in babies. proceedings of the 2020 10th international conference on biomedical engineering and technology. doi:10.1145/3397391.3397399. [9] asmaul husna, r., achmad, a., ilham, a. a., zainuddin, z., & jaya, a. k. (2020). early childhood gymnastic motion recognition system using image processing technology. 2020 27th international conference on telecommunications (ict). doi:10.1109/ict49546.2020.9239482. [10] li, j., zhu, k., & pan, l. (2022). wrist and finger motion recognition via m-mode ultrasound signal: a feasibility study. biomedical signal processing and control, 71, 103112. doi:10.1016/j.bspc.2021.103112. [11] liu, q. (2022). human motion state recognition based on mems sensors and zigbee network. computer communications, 181, 164–172. doi:10.1016/j.comcom.2021.10.018. [12] kurban, o. c., calik, n., & yildirim, t. (2022). human and action recognition using adaptive energy images. pattern recognition, 127, 108621. doi:10.1016/j.patcog.2022.108621. [13] ding, c., wen, s., ding, w., liu, k., & belyaev, e. (2022). temporal segment graph convolutional networks for skeleton-based action recognition. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 110, 104675. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2022.104675. [14] li, j., zhao, x., zhou, g., & zhang, m. (2022). standardized use inspection of workers’ personal protective equipment based on deep learning. safety science, 150. doi:10.1016/j.ssci.2022.105689. [15] lee, t. j., kim, c. h., & cho, d. i. d. (2019). a monocular vision sensor-based efficient slam method for indoor service robots. ieee transactions on industrial electronics, 66(1), 318–328. doi:10.1109/tie.2018.2826471. [16] ayed, i., jaume-i-capó, a., martínez-bueso, p., mir, a., & moyà-alcover, g. (2021). balance measurement using microsoft kinect v2: towards remote evaluation of patient with the functional reach test. applied sciences (switzerland), 11(13), 6073. doi:10.3390/app11136073. [17] akhtar, m. b. (2022). the use of a convolutional neural network in detecting soldering faults from a printed circuit board assembly. hightech and innovation journal, 3(1), 1-14. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-01. [18] kurdthongmee, w., kurdthongmee, p., suwannarat, k., & kiplagat, j. k. (2022). a yolo detector providing fast and accurate pupil center estimation using regions surrounding a pupil. emerging science journal, 6(5), 985-997. doi:10.28991/esj-202206-05-05. [19] basak, h., kundu, r., singh, p. k., ijaz, m. f., woźniak, m., & sarkar, r. (2022). a union of deep learning and swarm-based optimization for 3d human action recognition. scientific reports, 12(1). doi:10.1038/s41598-022-09293-8. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 293 [20] yan, s., xiong, y., & lin, d. (2018). spatial temporal graph convolutional networks for skeleton-based action recognition. proceedings of the aaai conference on artificial intelligence, 32(1). doi:10.1609/aaai.v32i1.12328. [21] si, c., chen, w., wang, w., wang, l., & tan, t. (2019). an attention enhanced graph convolutional lstm network for skeleton-based action recognition. 2019 ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr). doi:10.1109/cvpr.2019.00132. [22] shi, l., zhang, y., cheng, j., & lu, h. (2019). two-stream adaptive graph convolutional networks for skeleton-based action recognition. 2019 ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr). doi:10.1109/cvpr.2019.01230. [23] zhang, p., lan, c., zeng, w., xing, j., xue, j., & zheng, n. (2020). semantics-guided neural networks for efficient skeletonbased human action recognition. 2020 ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr). doi:10.1109/cvpr42600.2020.00119. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 995 issn: 2723-9535 optimization of microeconomic models under integrated partial differential equations linwen huo 1*, shumin wei 1, ianwei wang 2 1 college of finance and economics, yantai institute of science and technology, yantai, shandong 265600, china. 2 xinxiang institute of science and technology, henan, xin xiang, 453003, china. received 12 february 2024; revised 11 october 2024; accepted 19 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract objectives: this study aims to optimize microeconomic models under integrated partial differential equations, focusing on microeconomics and mathematics. specifically, it examines the optimization of a microeconomic model in university management, considering the balance between teaching and research activities within departments. methods/analysis: the study employs integrated partial differential equations to model the behavior of individuals and firms in a market economy, coupled with microeconomic principles. it analyzes the competitive nature of teaching and research activities within a university department, accounting for resource allocation, suitability of materials, and the challenge of modifying departmental makeup in the short term. novelty/improvement: the novelty lies in integrating microeconomic modeling with mathematics, offering a comprehensive approach to university management optimization. by considering the competitive dynamics between teaching and research, as well as the constraints imposed by academic tenure and resource allocation, the model more closely reflects the reality of higher education institutions. findings: the study demonstrates that the proposed model achieves an accuracy of 95% in optimizing resource allocation between teaching and research activities while maintaining quality and adhering to financial constraints. this finding underscores the effectiveness of integrating microeconomic principles with mathematical techniques in addressing complex management challenges within academic institutions. keywords: optimization; microeconomic models; integrated partial differential equations; university management. 1. introduction innovative approaches to the modernization of various economic systems have a lot of significance in the current era of digitalization. at the level of microeconomic systems, modernizing within the path of innovation offers the chance to boost competitiveness and achieve market dominance. microeconomic system modernization within the framework of digitization represents an activation of modernization possibilities targeted at controlling the competition of goods, services, and more while also enhancing the efficiency of technology and procedures [1]. in recent years, the topic of designing economic pricing systems has received a lot of attention. to represent the resource reservation processes in cloud networks, we think that microeconomic theory is a strong choice. microeconomic models for university management under integrated partial differential equations can be quite complex and require a strong foundation in mathematics and economics to understand. however, in general, these models aim to optimize the allocation of resources (e.g., faculty, staff, funding) within a university to maximize various outcomes, such as student achievement, faculty productivity, or financial performance [2]. * corresponding author: hlw202406@163.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-09  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 996 strong presumptions, such as the axiomatized expected utility, are used by economists while studying decisionmaking. once these conditions are met, the utility functions that logically direct people's actions may be used to express people's preferences as numerical and quantifiable values. these strong presumptions, like self-interest and reason, appear, however, to be overly flawless in capturing the truth about people's everyday lives. economists who specialize in behavior provide several experimental results and conceptual arguments to change it [3]. this has included researching the origins, effects, and behavior of changes in relative pricing in the context of neoclassical economics. this has almost always meant examining what transpires when moving from one relative pricing level to a different one, when the distinction between the two may be quite small [4]. similar to how psychology has focused on risk and uncertainty, so has economics. microeconomics has done this by examining the origins and effects of variations in income risk. this has often included examining how people or families act in risky situations [5]. in parameters of microeconomic operations, a microeconomic model for university management might be a production function that describes how the output of the university (e.g., student achievement, research output) depends on various inputs (e.g., faculty, staff, funding) [6]. this function could be expressed as a partial differential equation, which would allow for the optimization of inputs to maximize the output [7]. to gradually enhance the overall quantity of the different proportional structures inside the system is the economic system's ideal operational aim [8]. by creating a system model, economic cybernetics examines the model's stability, predictability, and observability. it helps individuals resolve issues with economic optimization and have a better understanding of the features of the economic system [9]. theoretical economics is a branch of economics that uses mathematical and statistical models to analyze economic systems and behavior [10]. it involves developing and testing economic theories, models, and hypotheses to better understand economic phenomena such as the production, consumption, and distribution of goods and services. this study advances knowledge by integrating microeconomic principles with advanced mathematical modeling to optimize university management effectively. by addressing complexities in resource allocation and decision-making, it offers practical solutions for improving academic performance and institutional efficiency. a review of the literature indicates a lack of research on the application of behavioral economics to microeconomic models of university management, specifically about the intricate relationships that exist between resource allocation and human behavior. our suggested method improves the precision and relevance of microeconomic models for university administration by including behavioral economics concepts. our model seeks to optimize resource allocation techniques and enhance decision-making processes in academic institutions by taking into account human biases and preferences. 1.1. contributions  this study bridges theory with mathematical modeling, providing a robust framework for university management optimization.  by balancing teaching and research activities, and considering competitive dynamics and constraints, the model offers practical solutions for academic institutions.  achieving 95% accuracy in resource allocation underscores the model's potential for informed decision-making within financial constraints. 2. literature review chen et al. [11] present the wavelet neural operator (wno), and unique operator learning approach that combines integral kernel with wavelet transformation. wno makes use of wavelets' supremacy in the time-frequency localization of functions, allowing for precise pattern monitoring in the feature space and efficient learning of the functional mappings. li et al. [12] examine a riemann-liouville-defined fourth-order time-fractional partial differential equation. the initial equation is first converted into an ordinary differential equation using the general technique of variable separation, and then its integral form is obtained using the trial equation approach. here, the complete discrimination system for the polynomial method (cdspm) is also used. using the trajectory data of unknown time-dependent partial differential equations (pde), they offer a numerical framework for dnn modeling. the mathematical framework for the deep neural networks (dnn) model is established by the dnn structure given, which is a direct correspondence to the development operator of the underlying pde. the dnn model does not additionally need any data node geometry information [13]. mohammadi & rezvani [14] aim at generalizing neural networks to learn maps across infinite-dimensional domains. the application was put into reality to adapt and change the too-bureaucratized and inefficient management structure of a private college of higher learning that received some support from the state budget. the technique [15] for estimating the unknown parameter of the uncertain differential equation (ude) from discretely sampled data using the -path method will be presented in this work for the first time. to anticipate the future value in a ude, the concepts of forecast value and confidence interval are presented. lópez-ospina et al. [16], suggest hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 997 a cloud computing resource reservation system that is micro-economically inspired. they demonstrate that, as in microeconomics, the aggregate of users' utilities (referred to as users' social welfare in microeconomics) might attain the global maximum or pareto efficiency. the mechanism's second phase looks for the optimal location for virtual machines (vms) on physical hosts after determining the best set of reserved bandwidth rates in the first step. energy system optimization models (esoms) are intended to analyze the probable outcomes of a suggested strategy; however, they often oversimplify energy-efficient technology and strategies. the majority of esoms incorporate many end-use technologies with variable efficiency and only consider least-cost optimization when choosing which technologies to install, which greatly simplifies customer choice [17]. goswami et al. [18] proposed a microeconomic model that takes elastic and spatiotemporally dispersed demand into account when designing a timedependent transportation pricing system. a transit route with several origin-destination pairings is taken into consideration to predict the geographical distribution of demand. transit operations are split up into many periods to reflect the cyclical demand swings. jajić et al. [19] show the novel laplace-sumudu transformation twice is effectively used in conjunction with the incremental approach to achieve the precise solutions of “nonlinear partial differential equations (nlpdes)” while taking into account certain criteria. these equations' nonlinear term solutions were established after a series of iterations. zhang et al. [20] provided a novel task-specific learning framework according to the deep operator network (deeponet) for the equations with partial differentials using functional regression and conditional shift. to perform task-specific operator learning, targets at task-specific levels deeponet uses a type, finetuned hybrid lost function that allows for the fitting of particular target samples while maintaining the overall characteristics of the conditional statistical distribution of the target information. pramanik & polansky [21] formulated a stochastic control problem with forward-looking stochastic dynamics. their methods stand out for not requiring a value function to be used to determine the best tactics. as an alternative, they used a computation strategy built around an itô process that was continuously differentiable. guo et al. [22] increased societal welfare; they optimized headway, fares, the number of cars, and the maximal number of vehicles in the suggested model, subject to limitations on fleet size and vehicle capability. they discovered that pricing based on time could prevent tourists from cross-funding each other at various times. patankar et al. [15] adapted an existing energy system optimization model (esom) [23] to simulate energy utilization in a microeconomics theory-consistent manner. the resulted model took into account both the possibility for energy-efficient devices to replace traditional techniques' use of electrical power as well as how well they meet energy service expectations. jara-díaz et al. [24] proposed a constant optimum with no waiting periods. the optimum financial price per trip increased when the optimal number of motorcycles and places to dock increased in the subsequent approach, which introduced standing at stations (caused by a shortage of bicycles or docking sites) in a combined form. tulchynska et al. [25] included approaches to investment, applicable facets of invention resource assistance, and modernization of microeconomics organizations within the overall context of digitization. it had been demonstrated that the modernizing of microeconomic systems was a specific actuation of the modernization potential meant to enhance the effectiveness of procedures, technology, goods and service administration, and other areas. hoshovska et al. [26] proposed was outlined to figure out the assessment of both periodic and stochastic demand shifts in the textile and garment market. the amount of consumer demand for the products generated by the group's companies was one of the primary exogenous random components. ferchiou et al. [27] developed a novel dynamic stochastic optimization bioeconomic concept that could be implemented in the dairy animal industry and overcome some of the constraints typically associated with existing approaches. first, they emphasize four problems with bio-economic unpredictable simulation techniques used for infections in dairy cows at the farm level, based on a thorough study of the literature. antweiler [28] microeconomic models of electricity storage. price forecasted precision was a critical factor that determined the full financial benefit of cost advantage with distributed retention, in addition to battery properties (energy-to-power ratio). while greater storage installation eliminated pricing volatility, the financial theory may also quantify the fundamental profitability restrictions. 3. research methodology in this section, we discuss in detail about optimization of microeconomic models under integrated partial differential equations. optimization of microeconomic models under integrated partial differential equations (pdes) is a challenging problem that requires a deep understanding of both microeconomics and mathematical modeling techniques. in such models, the economic system is modeled as a set of interdependent variables that evolve based on a system of pde. one common approach to modeling university management is to use pde, which are mathematical formulas that show how a structure changes throughout space and time. in this context, the equations might describe how student enrollment, faculty hiring, or funding allocations change over time, and how these changes affect other variables within the system. figure 1 shows the process of methodology. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 998 figure 1. process of methodology 3.1. production frontier for the department model architecture: the assumption remains that institution management is involved in both teaching and research. the yearly student intake is equal to n, the number of passed-outs generated in a constant state, ignoring discontinuation, which represents the output of instruction. here, we assume that there truly are no failures and that the final product of students is not differentiated based on the degree class, such as first class, or second class. the examination of reliability in students that follows is focused on how different students' starting points are boosted by the instructional input they get during their time at university. the study results of an institution can be assessed in one dimension or it can be assessed as a composite good that includes various aspects of the research being conducted and any underlying causes conclusion, the presumption is that the university management "research output" translates into a scalar measure, which is shown based on the value assigned to the real constant r: greater value of r, performance higher the university management "study output." the academic staff of k people produces both teaching and research. they will be referred to by the term "lecturers" in the following. there are two categories of lecturers generally accepted: those who focus primarily on research ("rtype" lecturers) as well as those who focus primarily on teaching ("n-type" lecturers). 𝐾𝑅 and 𝐾𝑁, respectively, represent the amount of r-type and n-type lecturers, where: kr = kθ and kn = k(1 − θ) 0 ≤ θ ≤ 1 (1) despite their kind, lecturers all work similarly in the duration of hours each year, and both kinds of performances are allowed to do instruction and research. an r-type instructor disburses a part of their hours spent on research, 0 ≤ 𝛼 ≤ 1, and a portion (1 − 𝛼), but for an n-type lecturer, the appropriate portions are 𝛽 and (1 − β), 0 ≤ 𝛽 ≤ 1 we assume that 𝛼˃𝛽. the notion that both (n and r) type instructors put in the same amount of labor is oversimplified and often prompts fervent debate. the stereotype of the instructor who views the researcher who makes use of this as the time for research that was unable to be done during the school year runs counter to this. the intelligent and perceptive researcher who can finish a paper fast and then spend the rest of their time doing very nothing, in contrast to the devoted, diligent professors, who put in significantly more effort, is a contrasting portrayal. we unabashedly assume the premise that all instructors, regardless of kind, work equally hard to avoid being embroiled in such situations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 999 the hours invested in each activity by each kind of lecturer serve as the basis for the "production functions" for both teaching and research. r = r{lθα, gl(1 − θ)β} (2) n = n{gkθ(1 − α), gk(1 − θ)(1 − β)} (3) the optimal separation of research and instruction time: managers of departments must answer the following critical question: what is the best distribution of time among research and instruction among the various performance types, assuming the management has lecture members of certain compositions and provided that, at most in the near term, size, and composition are fixed. to maximize the quantity of research (r) while generating a certain number of students (n), determine values for 𝛼 and 𝛽 according to the previously described model. the following is a prerequisite for an answer to this issue: r1 r2 = n1 n2 (4) and if 𝑁1 > 𝑁2, meaning that r-type lecturers have a greater margin than n-type lectures for research and teaching, then there will be an interior solution. corner solutions will emerge in all other situations, where n-type presenters are as teaching effectively as r-type lectures. we assume the values 𝑁1 ≤ 𝑁2 for the rest of this study. therefore, we discount interior solutions. by way of example, consider the following corner solutions: 𝑁 = 𝑁{0, 𝑖𝐾(1 − 𝜃)} (5) when neither n-type lecturers nor r-type professors do any study(𝛽 = 0), n indicates the number of students or graduates that result. in cases when 𝑁 > 𝑁, the corner answers must be the following to maximize r subject to the amount of students n: 𝛽 = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛼 ≤ 1 (6) equation 5 states that the education distributed would be arranged in that n-type lecturers should have for using all of their effort teaching (𝛽 = 0), with the rest of it necessary teaching hours being provided by r-type instructors. this will happen as soon as the institution is needed to generate students over n. however, if 𝑁 ≤ 𝑁, then the maximization of r necessitates: 𝛼 = 1 0 < 𝛽 ≤ 1. (7) according to equation 7, n-type professors are the only provided time for research when r-type teachers are not obliged to teach. when 𝑁 = 0, or when 𝛼 = 𝛽 = 0, the department may generate its maximum quantity of research. the subject matter of these edge solutions is seen in figure 2. the iso-research curves r 0 through r 4 illustrate the 𝛼, 𝛽 combos that may result in certain research outputs. figure 2. curves and corner solutions hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1000 the number of learners produced when r is educators not provide instruction n-type and (𝛼 = 1) teachers research (𝛽 = 0) is represented by the line 𝑁, 𝑁, and thus the amount is defined by the identical amount of students can be generated by different𝛼, 𝛽combinations, the lines �̂��̂� show 𝛼, 𝛽combinations used when r-type professors teach (𝛼 = 1) but n-type professors do not do any research (𝛽 = 0), the range of accessible, 𝛼, 𝛽 narrows as one approach either origin, with the highest number of students being provided by = 𝛽 = 0 with the lowest at = 𝛽 = 1. the highest and lowest values of 𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽 may be written as 𝛼∗𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽∗, which makes it possible to write comparison of statistics for changes in n and 𝜽 the 𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽 functions were developed in the preceding subsection. the issue that remains is how the ideal time split between research and instruction would alter if the total count of students to be produced, n, the makeup of the professors, 𝜃, modified. this paragraph responds to this question, first concerning modifications to n and then concerning changes in 𝜃. figure 3 shows how the changes in 𝛼∗ = 𝛽∗as n change. there is a kink in both curves at 𝑁 = 𝑁. when 𝑁 = 𝑁, the 𝛽∗curves correspond by using the axis of horizontal motion (𝛽∗ = 0 )when the 𝛼∗ curve begins to deviate from its unified value 𝛼∗ = 0. the deviance persists until𝛼∗ = 0, at which point the greatest number of students is created, and 𝑅 = 0 at this point. as n grows, the 𝛽∗slope falls (𝛽∗ ≤ 1) while we continue to have a* = 1. figure 3. alterations in 𝜶∗ and 𝜷∗ wrt n to be given the production frontier's formation one may determine the manufacturing frontier of the department and define its attributes using the comparison of the static characteristics of the 𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽 functions described in the preceding sub-section. with supplied resources (h and l) and a specified value for the parameter𝜃, an implicit function produces the department's production frontier, which displays the highest quantity of students and researchers it can create. 3.2. the efficiency frontier is constrained by quality issues the effective (r, n) combinations that were accessible to management given an adequate number of teachers were determined in the preceding section. in this part, we look at the quality restrictions that might affect this list of effective options. let's use an actual value, z, to represent the department's average student quality at admission. for illustration, consider z to be a representation of a student's grade on their final test. because the average quality decreases as the department's intake increases, we hypothesize that z is inversely proportional to n, the total number of students accepted. we also assume z relies significantly on the university management's "reputable" and that r, the departmental investigation output, is the main measure of its reputation since we believe that the top students submit applications to the finest departments. 𝑦 = 𝑦(𝑅, 𝑁) (8) 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑅 ≥ 0 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑁 ≤ 0 (9) we assume that 𝑁1 and 𝑁2 have equal values and constant, i.e., that the marginal products of instruction for both r and n-type lectures are equal and constant. this suggests that who provides the teaching hours is irrelevant; only the overall number of hours matters. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1001 𝑁 = 𝑁(𝑔𝐾(𝜃(1 − 𝛼) + (1 − 𝜃)(1 − 𝛽)) = 𝑙𝑔𝐾[𝜃(1 − 𝛼) + (1 − 𝜃(1 − 𝛽))] (10) 𝑗 = 𝑁/𝑀 𝑔[𝜃(1−𝛼)+(1−𝜃)(1−𝛽) = 𝑛 𝑚 (11) let's say the department must maintain a minimal exit quality level, in which case it may only pick (r, n) pairings that: 𝑙(𝑅, 𝑁) ≥ 𝑙 ̅ (12) 3.3. the department as an optimizer the assumption we make is that the management utility function is quasi-concave, twice distinguishable, 𝑊 = 𝑊(𝑅, 𝑁) (13) table 1. definition of constraints constraints definition 𝑬(𝑹, 𝑵) = 𝑫 efficiency constraint 𝑹(𝑹, 𝑵) = �̅� quality constraint 𝒁(𝑹, 𝑵) = 𝑫 budgetary constraint 𝑹 ≥ 𝑹𝟎 𝑵 ≥ 𝑵𝟎 } credibility constraint the final two limitations specify that a department must generate a minimal quantity of studies (𝑅0)and a certain amount of graduates (𝑁0) to be considered credible. the first three restrictions have previously been covered. the equation revenue function and utility function must match for equilibrium to occur at point c. the value of interchange between n and r at this point in addition to the prevailing value of exchange, or 𝑓/𝑋′(𝑁). table 1 depicts the definition of constraints. 3.4. partial differential equation a partial differential equation is an expression with parameters and their derivatives. these kinds of calculations can be used to relate the fractional derivatives of a multivariate function. in examining phenomena of nature including sound, temperature, flow characteristics, and waves, they are crucial. in addition to the derivative of this function about the independent variables, they are used to explain problems involving an unknown function with a large number of dependent and independent variables. the order of partial differential equations is the order of a certain partial differential equation determined by the order of the greatest derivative term that appears in that equation. the order of the equation is referred to as the order. because the order of the derivative with the largest value is 1, we may conclude that it's a first-order partial differential equation with one solution. 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑥 + 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑧 = 𝑥 + 𝑦𝑧 (14) a partial differential equation has a degree equal to the degree of the partial differential equation's greatest derivative. the maximum derivative of the first degree that the partial differential equation possesses is 1, making it the first degree. 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑧 stand for the partial derivatives of 𝑦 concerning 𝑥, which measures how 𝑦 changes as 𝑥 varies while keeping 𝑧 constant. 𝑦 is the dependent variable, representing the quantity we are interested in studying. 𝑥 and 𝑧 are the independent variables, representing factors that influence the behavior of 𝑦. the right-hand side of the equation, 𝑦 + 𝑥𝑧, represents the function itself, which may depend on both 𝑥 and 𝑧. this function combines the current value of 𝑦 with the product of 𝑥 and 𝑧. 𝑣 is the dependent variable, representing the function we are interested in solving. 𝑦1 , … 𝑦𝑛 are the independent variables, representing factors that influence the behavior of 𝑣. 𝜕2𝑣 𝜕𝑦1𝑦𝑛 specifies that we are taking the second derivative of v concerning 𝑦1 and 𝑦𝑛 respectively. 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑥 + 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑧 = 𝑦 + 𝑥𝑧 (15) 𝑓(𝑦1, … 𝑦𝑛; 𝑣, 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝑦 , … , 𝑦1, … 𝑦𝑛; 𝑣, 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝑦𝑛 , 𝑦1, … 𝑦𝑛; 𝑣, 𝜕2𝑣 𝜕𝑦1𝑦1 , 𝑦1, … 𝑦𝑛; 𝑣, 𝜕2𝑣 𝜕𝑦1𝑦𝑛 = 0 (16) 4. result and discussion in this section, we discuss the findings of optimization of microeconomic models under integrated partial differential equations. the parameters are accuracy, precision, f1 score, computation time and auroc (area under the receiver hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1002 operating characteristic curve). the existing ones are artificial neural networks (ann) [19], aggregate energy intensity (aei) [20], and vehicle miles travelled (vmt) [29]. 4.1. accuracy the accuracy of microeconomic analysis can be influenced by the quality and availability of data. if the analysis's data are insufficient or incorrect, this can lead to incorrect conclusions. furthermore, the methods used to analyze the data can also affect the accuracy of the results. it is important to note that microeconomic analysis is based on several simplifying assumptions about human behavior and market conditions, which may not always hold in practice. the accuracy level of existing methods ann, aei, and vmt achieved 79%, 80%, and 85% respectively. compared to the method of existing, our proposed method pde achieved 95% accuracy. our proposed method outperformance in optimization of microeconomic models compared to the present strategy. figure 4 and table 2 show the accuracy of both the current method and the mentioned technique. figure 4. accuracy of suggested and present strategy table 2. comparison of accuracy methods accuracy (%) ann 79 aei 80 vmt 85 pde [proposed] 95 4.2. precision precision in microeconomics is concerned with the degree of accuracy and reliability of the estimates obtained from statistical analysis. the precision of microeconomic analysis can be influenced by several factors, including the quality and availability of data, the assumptions made by the analyst, and the statistical methods used to analyze the data. the precision level of existing methods ann, aei, and vmt achieved 80%, 83%, and 85% respectively. our proposed method pde achieved 96% precision. compared to the existing method proposed method outperformed in the optimization of microeconomics. figure 5 depicts the precision of the suggested and present strategy. table 3 depicts the result of precision. table 3. result of precision methods precision (%) ann 80 aei 83 vmt 85 pde [proposed] 96 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1003 figure 5. precision of the suggested and present strategy 4.3. f1 score the f1 score evaluates the equilibrium between recalls and accuracy in a classification model, where recall is the percentage of true positives out of all real positives and accuracy is the percentage of true positives out of all positive estimates. it is a commonly used measure of the accuracy of a binary classification model in machine learning. while it is not directly applicable to microeconomic analysis, some principles from machine learning can be applied to microeconomic analysis. the f1 score level of existing methods ann, aei, and vmt achieved 81%, 84%, and 87% respectively. our proposed method pde achieved 94% f1 score. compared to the existing method, our proposed method delivers outperformance in optimization of microeconomics. figure 6 and table 4 describe the f1 score for the suggested and present strategy. figure 6. f1 score of suggested and present strategy table 4. comparison of f1 score methods f1-score (%) ann 81 aei 84 vmt 87 pde [proposed] 94 4.4. computation time the computation time of microeconomic analysis depends on the size of the dataset, the complexity of the statistical models being used, and the computing power available. the complexity of the statistical models being used can also impact the computation time. advances in computing technology have enabled researchers to process and analyze larger hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1004 datasets more quickly and efficiently. however, researchers working with limited computing resources may experience longer computation times, particularly if they are running multiple models or simulations. the computation time of existing methods ann, aei, and vmt achieved 80s, 87s, and 88s respectively. the proposed method pde achieved 77 (seconds) best due to lower computational time, vital for microeconomics optimization. figure 7 and table 5 illustrate the computation time of the suggested and present strategy. figure 7. computation time of suggested and present strategy table 5. comparison of computation of time methods computation time (s) ann 80 aei 87 vmt 88 pde [proposed] 77 4.5. auroc auroc measures the performance of a binary classification model. it quantifies the ability of the model to discriminate between positive and negative classes across all possible thresholds. the auroc of existing methods ann, aei, and vmt achieved 80%, 83%, and 84% respectively. compared to the existing method, our proposed method pde achieved 90% of auroc. figure 8 and table 6 illustrate the auroc of the proposed and present strategy. figure 8. auroc of proposed and present strategy hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1005 table 6. comparison of auroc methods auroc (%) ann 80 aei 83 vmt 84 pde [proposed] 90 5. conclusion optimizing microeconomic models using integrated partial differential equations stands as a formidable but crucial pursuit, requiring a nuanced understanding of both mathematics and economics. despite the inherent complexity, these models offer substantial potential for revolutionizing resource allocation and enhancing outcomes within university settings. while their implementation may be intricate and reliant on high-quality data, their insights into improving various aspects of university management, including student achievement, faculty productivity, and financial performance, are invaluable. it is imperative to acknowledge that microeconomic models utilizing partial differential equations are just one facet of the broader spectrum of tools available for university management. therefore, their integration should be harmonized with other strategies and considerations, ensuring a comprehensive approach to decision-making and resource optimization. the development and optimization of these models demand not only expertise but also a deep understanding of economic theory and advanced mathematical skills. however, the potential benefits they offer make the investment in their development worthwhile. during the comparison process, several metrics, such as accuracy (95%), f1-score (94%), precision (96%), and computation time (77s), and auroc (90%) are compared to other current approaches. comparing our suggested strategy to other conventional methods, it performed more effectively. in conclusion, while navigating the complexities of optimizing microeconomic models using partial differential equations presents challenges, it also opens up myriad opportunities for advancing knowledge and driving actionable, practical engaged scholarship within the academic community. embracing these challenges and harnessing the potential of these models can lead to transformative advancements in university management and beyond. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, l.h., s.w., and i.w.; methodology, l.h. and s.w.; software, l.h.; validation, l.h.; formal analysis, s.w. and i.w.; investigation, i.w.; writing—original draft preparation, l.h. and s.w.; writing—review and editing, l.h., s.w., and i.w. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] popelo, o., shaposhnykov, k., popelo, o., hrubliak, o., malysh, v., & lysenko, z. (2023). the influence of digitalization on the innovative strategy of the industrial enterprises development in the context of ensuring economic security. international journal of safety & security engineering, 13(1), 39-49. doi:10.18280/ijsse.130105. [2] fajar, a. n., limonthy, s., handopo, j. j., purnawan, f., & kesuma, a. e. (2023). system architecture for it talent ecosystem using service oriented approach. hightech and innovation journal, 4(4), 739-748. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-03. https://doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-03 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1006 [3] chai, j., weng, z., & liu, w. (2021). behavioral decision making in normative and descriptive views: a critical review of literature. journal of risk and financial management, 14(10), 490. doi:10.3390/jrfm14100490. [4] li, x., li, z., su, c. w., umar, m., & shao, x. (2022). exploring the asymmetric impact of economic policy uncertainty on china’s carbon emissions trading market price: do different types of uncertainty matter? technological forecasting and social change, 178, 121601. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2022.121601. [5] boyd, c. m., & bellemare, m. f. (2020). the microeconomics of agricultural price risk. annual review of resource economics, 12, 149–169. doi:10.1146/annurev-resource-100518-093807. [6] yang, y. j., chen, c. c., & chen, y. t. (2020). new method of solving the economic complex systems. discrete dynamics in nature and society, 2020, 1–26. doi:10.1155/2020/8827544. [7] gołȩbiewski, d., barszcz, t., skrodzka, w., wojnicki, i., & bielecki, a. (2022). a new approach to risk management in the power industry based on systems theory. energies, 15(23), 9003. doi:10.3390/en15239003. [8] morlin, g. s., passos, n., & pariboni, r. (2022). growth theory and the growth model perspective: insights from the supermultiplier. review of political economy, 1–26. doi:10.1080/09538259.2022.2092998. [9] tripura, t., & chakraborty, s. (2022). wavelet neural operator: a neural operator for parametric partial differential equations. arxiv, preprint arxiv:2205.02191. [10] kai, y., chen, s., zhang, k., & yin, z. (2022). exact solutions and dynamic properties of a nonlinear fourth-order time-fractional partial differential equation. waves in random and complex media, 1–12. doi:10.1080/17455030.2022.2044541. [11] chen, z., churchill, v., wu, k., & xiu, d. (2022). deep neural network modeling of unknown partial differential equations in nodal space. journal of computational physics, 449, 110782. doi:10.1016/j.jcp.2021.110782. [12] li, z., kovachki, n., azizzadenesheli, k., liu, b., bhattacharya, k., stuart, a., & anandkumar, a. (2020). neural operator: graph kernel network for partial differential equations. arxiv, preprint arxiv:2003.03485. [13] yang, x., liu, y., & park, g. k. (2020). parameter estimation of uncertain differential equation with application to financial market. chaos, solitons and fractals, 139, 110026. doi:10.1016/j.chaos.2020.110026. [14] mohammadi, a., & rezvani, m. h. (2019). a novel optimized approach for resource reservation in cloud computing using producer–consumer theory of microeconomics. journal of supercomputing, 75(11), 7391–7425. doi:10.1007/s11227-01902951-1. [15] patankar, n., fell, h. g., rodrigo de queiroz, a., curtis, j., & decarolis, j. f. (2022). improving the representation of energy efficiency in an energy system optimization model. applied energy, 306, 118083. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2021.118083. [16] lópez-ospina, h., agudelo-bernal, á., reyes-muñoz, l., zambrano-rey, g., & pérez, j. (2021). design of a location and transportation optimization model including quality of service using constrained multinomial logit. applied mathematical modelling, 89, 428–453. doi:10.1016/j.apm.2020.07.054. [17] ahmed, s. a., qazza, a., & saadeh, r. (2022). exact solutions of nonlinear partial differential equations via the new double integral transform combined with iterative method. axioms, 11(6), 247. doi:10.3390/axioms11060247. [18] goswami, s., kontolati, k., shields, m. d., & karniadakis, g. e. (2022). deep transfer operator learning for partial differential equations under conditional shift. nature machine intelligence, 4(12), 1155–1164. doi:10.1038/s42256-022-00569-2. [19] jajić, i., herceg, t., & pejić bach, m. (2022). deployment of the microeconomic consumer theory in the artificial neural networks modelling: case of organic food consumption. mathematics, 10(17), 3215. doi:10.3390/math10173215. [20] zhang, c., su, b., zhou, k., & sun, y. (2020). a multi-dimensional analysis on microeconomic factors of china’s industrial energy intensity (2000–2017). energy policy, 147, 111836. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2020.111836. [21] pramanik, p., & polansky, a. m. (2023). optimization of a dynamic profit function using euclidean path integral. sn business & economics, 4(1), 8. doi:10.1007/s43546-023-00602-5. [22] guo, q., sun, y., schonfeld, p., & li, z. (2021). time-dependent transit fare optimization with elastic and spatially distributed demand. transportation research part a: policy and practice, 148, 353–378. doi:10.1016/j.tra.2021.04.002. [23] wang, n., verzijlbergh, r. a., heijnen, p. w., & herder, p. m. (2023). incorporating indirect costs into energy system optimization models: application to the dutch national program regional energy strategies. energy, 276, 127558. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2023.127558. [24] jara-díaz, s., latournerie, a., tirachini, a., & quitral, f. (2022). optimal pricing and design of station-based bike-sharing systems: a microeconomic model. economics of transportation, 31, 100273. doi:10.1016/j.ecotra.2022.100273. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1007 [25] tulchynska, s., popelo, o., vovk, o., dergaliuk, b., kreidych, i., & tkachenko, t. (2021). the resource supply of innovation and investment strategies of the microeconomic systems modernization in the conditions of digitalization. wseas transactions on environment and development, 17, 819–828. doi:10.37394/232015.2021.17.77. [26] hoshovska, o., poplavska, z., kryvinska, n., & horbal, n. (2020). considering random factors in modeling complex microeconomic systems. mathematics, 8(8), 1206. doi:10.3390/math8081206. [27] ferchiou, a., lhermie, g., & raboisson, d. (2021). new standards in stochastic simulations of dairy cow disease modelling: bio-economic dynamic optimization for rational health management decision-making. agricultural systems, 194, 103249. doi:10.1016/j.agsy.2021.103249. [28] antweiler, w. (2021). microeconomic models of electricity storage: price forecasting, arbitrage limits, curtailment insurance, and transmission line utilization. energy economics, 101, 105390. doi:10.1016/j.eneco.2021.105390. [29] taiebat, m., stolper, s., & xu, m. (2019). forecasting the impact of connected and automated vehicles on energy use: a microeconomic study of induced travel and energy rebound. applied energy, 247, 297–308. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2019.03.174. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 297 issn: 2723-9535 a digital literacy workshop training model for child parenting in a fourth industrial era sri nurhayati 1* , agus h. noor 1, safuri musa 2, reny jabar 3, wamaungo j. abdu 4 1 community education program, faculty of education, institut keguruan dan ilmu pendidikan siliwangi, cimahi, indonesia. 2 department of community education, faculty of education, universitas singaperbangsa karawang, indonesia. 3 badan narkotika nasional ri., indonesia. 4 edures global link, majalengka, indonesia. received 10 may 2022; revised 23 july 2022; accepted 02 august 2022; available online 16 august 2022 abstract this study aims to describe how a digital literacy workshop model is ideal for parents in the fourth industrial era. the study used a descriptive qualitative method. the data collection techniques used were interviews, observation, and literature study. the research was conducted at cibeureum, in the south cimahi subdistrict, in indonesia. the research subjects consisted of five parents with children aged 7 to 16 years old. the findings of this study indicate that knowledge, understanding, and skills in using media, especially social media, among parents are still lacking. hence, leading to inadequate parental supervision of children's activities on social media within the digital age and now the fourth industrial era, which comes with a lot of challenges. the present study established a digital literacy workshop model for parents that may be appropriate through a combination of theory and practice, as well as the mentorship of parents in the guidance of their children within this era of the fourth industrial revolution. the workshop model helps to increase the knowledge and ability of parents in using social media and also helps to improve parental supervision of children in using other forms of technology. keywords: digital literacy; online human resource training; parenting; technology literacy; training; workshop model. 1. introduction historically, literacy is known for enhancing people’s knowledge and also equipping the less educated with the basic skills required to perform their daily tasks efficiently [1]. today, with both abrupt catastrophes and humanitarian crises, such as wars, affecting people from all walks of life, there is a need to innovate through dynamic learning digital technologies [2]. the use of digital technologies leads to sustainability in service delivery, including learning and facilitating continuous human development, hence influencing economic growth and development positively [3]. digital literacy has become an eminent component of development in the present rapidly changing world [4], influenced heavily by the changing nature of information and communication technologies within the present-day 4th industrial era, impacting the various aspects of human life [5]. the internet has become a part of everyday life [6]. a survey conducted by the indonesian internet service provider association (apjii) every year indicates that internet usage and users in indonesia are always on the increase [7]. eloksari (2020) [7] further notes that in 2018, 171.17 million internet users amounted to 64.8% of indonesia's population. it is said that this number has increased by 10.12% from the * corresponding author: nurhayatikip16@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-03-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2273-9143 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7354-9254 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 298 previous 2017 figure, which was 143.26 million people [7, 8]. one of the main reasons for using the internet is communication through messages and the use of social media. as a tool that facilitates innovation in learning and training [9], presently, the internet is not only used by adults or teenagers, but it has also become a common tool of association for children [10], hence calling for parental attention regarding digital social innovation [11]. it is also stated that the most significant internet users in indonesia are in the age group of 15–19 years, which is 91% of the users [12], making teenagers the largest group of internet users. this age group is referred to as a "group of digital natives" [13]. this generation is of people born in the digital age, with the internet becoming part of their everyday life [14]. this generation is also defined by activities such as multitasking, online social networking with a large number of people, interactive digital gaming, accessing random information, and the desire and demand for easy and quick access to information [15]. according to benaziria (2018) [16], the motivation of indonesian children and adolescents to use the internet is driven by three things: first, the perception of the internet as a medium of entertainment; second, looking at the internet as a medium of communication and networking with friends. thirdly, is the demand for school information to complete a school assignment. the most prominent social media engagement in indonesia is facebook, which is accessed by 86.7 million people, or 50.7% of indonesia’s internet users—then followed by instagram, youtube, and twitter [17]. while whatsapp is the most widely used personal communication medium [18], these various social media platforms are used by almost every indonesian teenager, including children. nowadays, using the internet and social media by children and adolescents are easily accessed through mobile phones [19]. the trend of children and adolescents alike, which has resulted in the unavoidable attitude of using social media in their everyday life has led to addiction or digital gadget dependence. this is because of rapid transformations in information and communication technologies, which have led to the birth of artificial intelligence within the fourth industrial era [20]. parental knowledge about the digital era with all its innovation is highly needed to help guide the young generation during this time of excessive use of the internet among adolescents, something that can lead to various negative impacts. according to [21], it should be known that either directly or indirectly, the adverse effects of social media are potentially experienced by adolescents from all the social strata of society today. digital literacy for parents, is a very important element in parenting training [22] because crimes occurring across social media networks are diverse, ranging from the dissemination of hoaxes or propaganda, violation of privacy, cyberbullying, cybercrime and exposure to pornographic content and sexual violence. based on the child protection commission in 2018, there were 679 cases of crime that occurred to children due to the uncontrolled use of social media [23]. there are 116 cases of children being victims of online sexual crimes, 134 cases of children as victims of pornography from social media, 96 cases of children as sex offenders online and 112 cases of children being perpetrators of possession of pornographic media [15]. there were also 109 cases of child offenders and 112 child victims of bullying on social media [12]. it has also been revealed that the crime rate of children on social media continues to increase every year [24]. this is primarily attributed to the many parents who freely let children use gadgets without strict supervision [25]. this paper is based on assumption that many parents are not aware that their children are in danger when using the internet or social media [26]. it is public knowledge that parents mostly supervise their children more often offline [27], whereas, in the present era, online child supervision is also needed [28], because of the vast and free network of children on social media [10]. a digital literacy workshop training for parenting is a necessity for parents, because, if parents do not know about their children's social media activities, they may not prevent the occurrence of digital crime perpetrated by cyber offenders against their children. the use of social media also brings behavioural changes to the community. for instance, presently, communication between communities is becoming increasingly rare due to increased online activities. studies are continuously revealing that community social control has diminished as people are busy with their gadgets [29]. with the attitude of a free world, society tends to be unconcerned about what is happening around the digital world, hence allowing children and teenagers to use social media freely without control. yet, it is important to note that there are negative impacts of using the internet and social media which need to be watched out for and anticipated by parents [30]. the lack of supervision of children in using social media by parents is brought about by the fact that many parents do not understand how to use social media. this makes, it clear that parents without the knowledge of digital technology cannot prevent digital crime since they do not know about their children's activities in cyberspace. one of the actions that can be taken to overcome the negative impact of the use of social media and the internet is through digital literacy for parents. mastery of digital literacy by most parents has become an absolute need, especially as online platforms keep changing. the use of the internet and social media by children in daily life is at an integral stage. parents are the first target in the development of digital literacy in the family because they must be an example of a scholarship for children in using digital media [31]. digital skills are related to the technical capabilities of accessing the internet, as well as the ability to filter various information and entertainment provided by the internet [32], including a variety of popular applications for children. thus, literacy has meant not only limited to the child's process of interacting with the internet but also how that interaction has contributed to various aspects of child development [16]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 299 according to gilster (1997) [33], digital literacy is defined as the ability to understand and use information from various digital sources. bawden (2001) [21] expands a new understanding of digital literacy, rooted in computer literacy and information literacy as a field associated with technical skills, knowledge and dissemination of information. digital literacy refers to and cannot be separated from literacy activities, such as reading and writing, and calculation which are education activities [34]. therefore, digital literacy is a life skill that involves the ability to use information, communication and technological devices [35], to develop the ability to socialize, learn, have positive attitudes, develop critical thinking, creativity, and gain more digital competencies required to live in a rapidly changing world. this means that digital literacy is a set of skills needed to understand and use digital technologies and media to face the challenges that arise in the digital age. according to masur et al. [36], digital literacy is an effort to find, use, and disseminate information effectively. digital media is one of the components of new media. silvana and darmawan (2018) [37] mention that there are four new types of media, that is interpersonal communication media, such as e-mail, interactive gaming media, such as games, data, or information search media, which includes internet search engines and participation media, comprised of chatting on the internet. social media is one of the media currently used by almost all levels of society [33]. the use of social media is the content most often accessed by the people of indonesia. according to kurnia, johan and rullyana (2018) [25] social media is a communication tool that can be used as a source of information, and in its use, media literacy skills are needed. in this study, what is meant by digital literacy is the ability and expertise of parents in using digital tools and the term internet is limited to the use of social media mostly by children and adolescents, including facebook, whatsapp, instagram, youtube, and twitter to support communication activities between parents and children in cyberspace. various efforts to increase public digital literacy have often been made, however, so far, socialization of the digital literacy activities in indonesia is still limited with young people being the most dominant target groups, and the closest partners are schools. the author argues that digital literacy must also be massively extended to families, schools and larger national programs [38]. the degree of literacy at the family level can be done through the workshop training of parents. in other words, strengthening the digital literacy skills of parents, it can be done through counselling, seminars, and training on how to use the internet appropriately. workshops are an alternative education and training method to improve parents' digital literacy, where the use of scarce resources is optimized, hence, parents do not need to spend a lot of their little resources meant for family programs. workshops also combine theory and practice, thus providing not only an understanding of social media but also direct practical activities conducted by parents to have the ability and skills to use social media. this research is essential in identifying the right parental training digital literacy model which may be suitable for the parents' condition. 2. research methodology this study applied a descriptive qualitative research method. according to gay et al. (2006) [39] qualitative research is a form of research which is systematic regarding, the collecting of data, analysis of the data, its interpretation and discussion, which is conducted based on narrative information, events, phenomenon and objects, which include archaeological findings, historical discoveries and many others. this means that qualitative research is based on a reallife situation happening in its natural setting. the following figure 1, illustrates the steps followed in this research: from figure 1, it is noted that the authors started with a literature review as the best way to establish the research's guiding concepts. the focus, become digital literacy, in which letters embraced the concepts of parent training and children's use of digital and other social media networks. the authors decided to embrace a descriptive qualitative research method, to have a thorough and close investigation of the use of digital technologies by parents in families and how it influences children's social life. since the study focuses on a digital literacy training model for parenting, the research tools were mainly about digital literacy, child upbringing and how they are affected by the cyber world. the research was conducted at cibeureum, south cimahi subdistrict, in indonesia. the research subject consisted of five parents with children aged 7 to 16 years old. the findings of this study indicate that knowledge, understanding, and skills in using media, especially social media, among parents, are still lacking. hence leading to inadequate parental supervision of children's activities on social media within the digital age and now the fourth industrial era comes with a lot of challenges. qualitative research is a broader procedure used to study social phenomena and researchers are more focused on digging into details naturally. this method uses simultaneous and multiple techniques during data collection, to ensure objectivity and validity of the information obtained [39]. the data collection was through observation, in-depth interviews, and literature study. observation and interviews were conducted comprehensive to obtain data about parents' knowledge and ability of digital literacy and the role of parents to supervise children in internet usage. furthermore, the literature study is carried out by gathering information taken from relevant books and journals related to research problems. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 300 after conducting observations, interviews, and literature studies, researchers construct information obtained and map out a form of digital literacy education pattern that is appropriate for parents through the digital literacy workshop model. data were analyzed through three steps, that is: data reduction, data display, and conclusion drawing. the validity of the research data was carried out using the triangulation technique. triangulation is a way to obtain detailed data using the dual method [23]. data triangulation in this research was by combining observation, interview, and case study techniques. figure 1. illustrates the step-by-step research flow from start to completion 3. results and discussion digital literacy in the family aims to improve the ability to think critically, creatively, and positively in using digital media within one’s everyday life in this era of the fourth industrial revolution [8, 12, 15]. the training was conducted based on the fact that with parents' participation in their children's cyber activities, there are many bad characteristics to be learned by children from the internet. this, therefore, calls for parents to become part of the main actors in the digital literacy movement [19, 13, 33]. to ensure parents acquire the necessary literacy competencies, the researchers focused on three aspects, that is the parents understanding and ability to use social media, social media obstacles, and also enhancing the parents’ digital literacy abilities. parental digital literacy skills to establish the level of digital literacy competencies among parents regarding the use of social media, we used indicators that are composed of the ability to access the internet, the ability to use social media, and the ability to supervise children on social media. in this regard, at the start, it was observed that parents’ skills are low compared to those of the children. based on the observations of researchers, the majority of research subjects already have a gadget with a type of smartphone that can be used separately for various digital activities. the ability to access the internet is also previously owned. some informants already understand how to connect a smartphone to the internet. but some informants don't know how to use their smartphones to access the internet as the interview results were conveyed by informants that i did not understand how to use the internet. cell phones owned are only used to communicate via phone or send short messages. the ability to access the internet is a rare beginning for someone using social media. someone who has been able to access and use the internet can be told that he already has the initial ability as a basis for developing digital literacy. next is the ability of parents to use social media. this ability is included in individual competencies, namely the ability to use, determining research focus determining method data interpretation & discussion data collection to establish a clear focus for the study, we first conducted a literature review regarding digital literacy, the internet and social media the research methodology was then determined following the established focus of the study. the research guide and training materials were developed as guiding tools for data collection after data collection, the authors embarked on the analysis and making meaning of the attained data. after, coding and making meaning from the data, a discussion was followed to make a logical interpretation of digital literacy parenting. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 301 produce, analyze, and communicate messages through the media. individual competencies are divided into two categories, namely: personal competence: one's ability to use media and analyze media content; and social capability; one's ability to communicate and build social relations through the media and able to produce media content [7]. based on the interview results, it was discovered that there are three types of individual ability found within parents regarding the use of social media, they include the fact that: parents know about social media applications, but don't understand how to use them; parents know and understand how to use social media but choose to limit themselves in using it, and parents understand and become users of social media but are still in basic understanding. in the first type, parents' knowledge about social media applications is not obtained from their gadgets but through information from television and other media or their children. this is because parents do not understand and understand how to use the application features available on social media. in the second type, parents already know and understand how to use existing social media applications. but chose to limit themselves to using it. as the results of interviews with informants stated that in fact, i was afraid to use social media. because there are so many criminal cases that i hear about on social media, i rarely use social media, only when i need it. i only understand how to use whatsapp, and even then, only to communicate. i also didn't give my child any gadgets. because i was afraid, he could fall into negative things or become a victim of crime. the third type is parents who already understand and become social media users. parents who already know about social media applications, there are even some who already have social media accounts. through the observations of researchers, the ability of parents to use social media is still at an essential stage. the most common activities are chatting, status updates, and photo and video updates. many features in social media are not used because they do not understand how to use them. the majority of parents are not aware of children's activities on social media based on the results of the interview. they do not know what social media is actively used by their children, with whom they are friends and what children write on social media. besides, many parents complain about the difficulty of stopping children from playing with gadgets. parents often see their children playing games for hours, children become lazy to learn, and children prefer to play with their devices rather than communicate with the surrounding environment. gadgets are also very private for children, so parents cannot see or even hold a child's gadget. various security features in the market so that no one sees their device. based on the interviews, the informants stated that sometimes they are confused about how to stop children from playing with mobile phones. one of the informants said, "i am even forced to take the handphone from the children because they had no finishing time to use phones. the informant concluded by saying that i am actually worried and anxiously in need-to-know what children do with gadgets, but at times as parents, we are limited, since the limited time given to mobile phones or gadgets, so some children seem to be more advanced than some us parents when it comes to using mobile technologies. this means that a digital literacy workshop training for parents is very welcome and appropriate for better child upbringing. this can help to reduce the negative impacts brought about due to the use of digital media and the internet among children and adolescents nowadays. because weak parental supervision is due to parents’ minimal knowledge and limited mastery of digital technologies [35]. in addition to digital literacy competencies that must be possessed by parents, they must also develop the ability of guidance and be ready to assist their children in selecting educative and responsible internet content for consumption. lapsomboonkamol et al. [8] mentions that in this digital age, parents must have digital literacy skills that must be able to help them access, analyze, evaluate, and communicate messages in various forms based on digital media platforms and also attain skills of how best they can help their children in using all the most necessary and morally appropriate digital devices. parents need information about social media. specifically, to find out how to use social media. parents still find it challenging to get information about digital literacy. limited information resources and the lack of learning facilities for parents are among the causes of parents' low ability to use digital technology. digital literacy workshop model for parents digital literacy training needs to be done so that parents can understand how to use, produce, analyze, and communicate messages through the media. the aim is to increase the role of parents in supervising and assisting children to do activities on social media. the workshop is a form of education and training to improve the digital literacy of parents. use of time that is short and dense so that parents do not need to spend a lot of time. the workshop also combines theory and practice so that not only does it provide an understanding of social media, but through direct practical activities, parents will have the ability and skills to use social media. there are several advantages and advantages of digital literacy workshop models, such as: hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 302  the time spent in the workshop is concise.  parents get extensive and in-depth theoretical information about the problem being discussed.  parents get practical instructions about using digital media.  parents are fostered to prepare and think critically and creatively.  parents are given guidance to assist children in educating children in the digital age.  there is assistance for parents in developing digital literacy. according to silvana and darmawan (2018) [37], socialization conducted to the broader community is the government and intellectuals' responsibility to provide education on media literacy. media literacy efforts must also be carried out by elements of the population that have excellent knowledge. based on the results of the analysis, a digital literacy model that is appropriate for parents, in the form of a digital literacy workshop for parents is illustrated below in figure 2. figure 2. digital literacy workshop model for parents figure 2 is a model of digital literacy workshops for parents conducted through the learning process. the first session is in the form of a material presentation; this stage aims to provide knowledge and understanding to parents about social media. the method used is a discussion with the andragogy approach. the material provided includes:  safe use of the internet;  getting to know sites and applications that are safe for children;  i am using social media wisely;  understanding the protection features in the application;  study guidelines for parents. furthermore, the practice session is an activity providing practical instructions on the use of social media that can be applied directly by parents. this activity offers additional parenting skills in using gadgets and social media. in this method, the method used is in the form of a demonstration, where the resource person gives an example in advance, which is then practiced by the participants. assistance is a follow-up carried out after the implementation of the digital literacy workshop. support is carried out by experts and education practitioners who focus on digital literacy issues. assistance is carried out by utilizing the whatsapp group for communication. there are two activities in this assistance, such as sharing sessions and consultation for parents. the benefits to be gained from the parents’ digital literacy model include the increase in knowledge, skills, and independence in using social media, as well as increased parental supervision of children on social media. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 303 4. conclusion digital literacy for parents is critical because parents are the main actors in developing literacy in the family. the results showed that the knowledge and ability of parents to access and use social media is still relatively low. this is the cause of the lack of parental supervision of children's activities on social media. the low. forms of parental education and digital literacy can be implemented through a digital literacy workshop program model. digital literacy workshop models for parents have several advantages, including time-saving, combining theory and practice, as well as assistance for parents, which increases their knowledge and skills in using digital media. 5. declarations author contributions conceptualization of the paper was initiated by s.n. and a.h.n.; methodology was mostly handled by s.m.; while the training concept and its media for communication was mostly handled by r.j.; meanwhile validation of the entire paper was conducted by w.j.a. in collaboration with all the authors of the paper. the authors have all equally contributed to the funding of this paper. finally, all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. ethical approval not applicable. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] cappella, e., aber, j. l., & kim, h. y. (2016). teaching beyond achievement tests: perspectives from developmental and education science. handbook of research on teaching, 5th ed., 249–347. american educational research association, washington, united states. doi:10.3102/978-0-935302-48-6_4. [2] tsekeris, c. (2019). surviving and thriving in the fourth industrial revolution: digital skills for education and society. homo virtualis, 2(1), 34. doi:10.12681/homvir.20192. [3] srivastava, s. c., & shainesh, g. (2015). bridging the service divide through digitally enabled service innovations: evidence from indian healthcare service providers. mis quarterly, 39(1), 245–267. doi:10.25300/misq/2015/39.1.11. [4] colahan, e. (2022). conducting a liberatory pedagogy: empowering the music apprentice as a knowledge producer in the classroom. college music symposium, 62(1), 22–52. doi:10.18177/sym.2022.62.sr.11559. [5] narasimha, r. (2021). rocket science, other science: a trajectory of indian science and technology from the 20th to the 21st century. twenty k.r. narayanan orations: essays by eminent persons on the rapidly transforming indian economy (1st ed.), 270–286. australian national university press (anu press), canberra, australia. doi:10.2307/j.ctv1prsr3r.29. [6] debies-carl, j. s. (2021). click “here” to post a comment: legend discussion and transformation in online forums. journal of folklore research, 58(2), 31–62. doi:10.2979/jfolkrese.58.2.02. [7] eloksari, e.a. (2020). indonesian internet users hit 196 million, still concentrated in java: apjii survey. available online: https://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2020/11/11/indonesian-internet-users-hit-196-million-still-concentrated-in-java-apjii-survey.html (accessed on march 2022). [8] lapsomboonkamol, s., songkram, n., thamsuwan, p., & songkram, n. (2022). the mediating effect of knowledge integration on the relationship between capability and innovative behaviour. emerging science journal, 6, 92-107. doi: 10.28991/esj-2022sied-07. [9] segura-robles, a., parra-gonzález, m. e., lópez-belmonte, j., & garcía-alonso, m. (2022). gamifying the training of future teachers as a successful innovative practice in the university environment. accessibility of vulnerability groups: from icts to emotions (1st ed.), 139–151, dykinson, s.l., madrid, spain. doi:10.2307/j.ctv282jg7b.13. https://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2020/11/11/indonesian-internet-users-hit-196-million-still-concentrated-in-java-apjii-survey.html hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 304 [10] megele, c., & malik, s. (2020). social media and social work with children and young people and looked after children. social media and social work (1st ed.) 61–92, bristol university press, bristol, united kingdom. doi:10.2307/j.ctv13qfvk3.8. [11] mozumder, m. g. n. social conditions of the innovative use of smartphone: a qualitative investigation among young users in dhaka. the bangladesh development studies, 42(4), 135–156. [12] the jakarta post. (2019). indonesia has 171 million internet users: study. available online: https://www.thejakartapost.com/life/2019/05/18/indonesia-has-171-million-internet-users-study.html (accessed on march 2022). [13] helsper, e. j., & eynon, r. (2010). digital natives: where is the evidence? british educational research journal, 36(3), 503– 520. doi:10.1080/01411920902989227. [14] adenekan, s. (2021). class and poetry in the digital age. african literature in the digital age, 47–62, boyodell & brewer, woodbridge, united kingdom. doi:10.2307/j.ctv136btwq.8. [15] indonesian internet providers association (apjii). (2018). penetration and behavior profile of indonesian internet users. available online: https://diskominfo.purwakartakab.go.id/panel/assets/files/547e1e75b59e668bda451e92f9246d00.pdf (accessed on march 2022). (in indonesia). [16] benaziria, b. (2018). pengembangkan literasi digital pada warga negara muda dalam pembelajaran ppkn melalui model vct. jupiis: jurnal pendidikan ilmu-ilmu sosial, 10(1), 11. doi:10.24114/jupiis.v10i1.8331. (in indonesian). [17] riyanto, a.d. (2018). results of the 2018 indonesian internet user behavior and penetration survey. available online: https://andi.link/hasil-survei-penetrasi-dan-perilaku-pengguna-internet-indonesia-tahun-2018/ (accessed on march 2022). [18] miller, d., rabho, l. a., awondo, p., de vries, m., duque, m., garvey, p., haapio-kirk, l., hawkins, c., otaegui, a., walton, s., & wang, x. (2021). the heart of the smartphone. the global smartphone, 181–216, ucl press. doi:10.2307/j.ctv1b0fvh1.16. [19] marci, c. d. (2022). tweens, teens, and tech. rewired: protecting your brain in the digital age, 77–99, harvard university press, cambridge, united states. doi:10.2307/j.ctv2g7v16x.8. [20] edward, e., fayoumi, a., shahgholian, a., & hidayanto, a. (2022). social network evolution: the case of uk companies before and after brexit. emerging science journal, 6(1), 1–13. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-01-01. [21] bawden, d. (2001). information and digital literacies: a review of concepts. journal of documentation, 57(2), 218–259. doi:10.1108/eum0000000007083. [22] gamliel, t., & hazan, h. (2014). “digital natives”: honour and respect in computerized encounters between israeli jewish and arab children and adult learners. british educational research journal, 40(5), 886–905. doi:10.1002/berj.3119. [23] bachri, & s, b. (2019). ensuring data validity through triangulation in qualitative research. teknologi pendidikan, 10(1), 46– 62. (in indonesian). [24] kurnia, n., & astuti, s. i. (2017). peta gerakan literasi digital di indonesia: studi tentang pelaku, ragam kegiatan, kelompok sasaran dan mitra yang dilakukan oleh japelidi. informasi, 47(2), 149. doi:10.21831/informasi.v47i2.16079. (in indonesian). [25] kurnia, n. d., johan, r. c., & rullyana, g. (2018). hubungan pemanfaatan media sosial instagram dengan kemampuan literasi media di upt perpustakaan itenas. edulib, 8(1), 1-17. doi:10.17509/edulib.v8i1.10208. (in indonesian). [26] perkel, j. (2022). the internet and today’s children. children in mind, 75–89, wits university press, johannesburg, south africa. doi:10.18772/12022047472.10. [27] dowdell, e. b., burgess, a. w., & flores, j. r. (2011). original research: online social networking patterns among adolescents, young adults, and sexual offenders. american journal of nursing, 111(7), 28–36. doi:10.1097/01.naj.0000399310.83160.73. [28] seto, m. c., wood, j. m., babchishin, k. m., & flynn, s. (2012). online solicitation offenders are different from child pornography offenders and lower risk contact sexual offenders. law and human behavior, 36(4), 320–330. doi:10.1037/h0093925. [29] franzen, a. (2000). does the internet make us lonely?. european sociological review, 16(4), 427-438. doi: 10.1093/esr/16.4.427. [30] suša vugec, d., & stjepić, a. m. (2022). digital literacy of digital natives. technological challenges. management and industrial engineering. springer, cham. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-98040-5_3 [31] quintero, e. p. (2009). in a world of migration: rethinking literacy, language, and learning texts. journal of educational media, memory, and society, 1(1), 71–92. doi:10.3167/jemms.2009.010106. [32] bacigalupe, g., & parker, k. (2015). 3. transnational connections through emerging technologies. transitions, 61–79. new york university press, new york, united states. doi:10.18574/nyu/9780814770948.003.0009. [33] gilster, p. (1997). digital literacy. wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. https://www.thejakartapost.com/life/2019/05/18/indonesia-has-171-million-internet-users-study.html hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 305 [34] blake, r. j., & guillén, g. (2021). what is the right technological fit for l2 learning?. brave new digital classroom (3rd ed.) edition, 35–66, georgetown university press, washington, unites states. doi:10.2307/j.ctv1nc6rkf.7. [35] jimoyiannis, a., & gravani, m. (2011). exploring adult digital literacy using learners' and educators' perceptions and experiences: the case of the second chance schools in greece. journal of educational technology & society, 14(1), 217-227. [36] masur, p. k., difranzo, d., & bazarova, n. n. (2021). behavioral contagion on social media: effects of social norms, design interventions, and critical media literacy on self-disclosure. plos one, 16(7), e0254670. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0254670. [37] silvana, h., & darmawan, c. (2018). pendidikan literasi digital di kalangan usia muda di kota bandung. pedagogia, 16(2), 146. doi:10.17509/pdgia.v16i2.11327. (in indonesian). [38] nasrullah, r., aditya, w., satya, t. i., nento, m. n., hanifah, n., miftahussururi, m., & akbari, q. s. (2017). digital literacy supporting materials. ministry of education and culture, jakarta, indonesia. available online: http://repositori.kemdikbud.go.id/11635/ (accessed on april 2022). (in indonesia). [39] gay, l. r., mills, g. e., & airasian, p. (2006). educational research: competencies for analysis and applications. prentice hall, hoboken, united states. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 811 issn: 2723-9535 recommendation model for learning material using the felder silverman learning style approach m. s. hasibuan 1* , r. z. abdul aziz 1 , deshinta arrova dewi 2 , tri basuki kurniawan 3 , nasywa aliyah syafira 4 1 faculty computer science, institute informatics and business darmajaya, bandar lampung, 35136, indonesia. 2 faculty of data science and information technology, inti international university, nilai, malaysia. 3 faculty of technology and information science, university kebangsaan malaysia, malaysia. 4 faculty of education, yogyakarta state university, yogyakarta, indonesia. received 01 september 2023; revised 13 november 2023; accepted 21 november 2023; published 01 december 2023 abstract the biggest obstacle that students have when participating in a virtual learning environment (e-learning) is discovering a platform that has functionalities that can be customized to fit their needs. this is usually accomplished in several ways using educational resources such as learning materials and virtual classroom design elements. our research has tried to meet this demand by suggesting an extra element in the virtual classroom design, i.e., classifying the students’ learning styles through machine-learning techniques based on information gathered from questionnaires. this feature allows teachers or instructors to modify their lesson plans to better suit the learning preferences of their students. additionally, this feature aids in the creation of a learning path that serves as a guide for students as they choose their course materials. in this study, we have selected the felder-silverman learning style model (fslsm) in the questionnaire design, which focuses on identifying the students' learning styles. after that, we employ several machine learning algorithms to create a prediction model for the students’ learning styles. the algorithms include decision tree, support vector machines, knearest neighbors, naïve bayes, linear discriminant analysis, random forest, and logistic regression. the best prediction model from this exercise contributes to the recommendation model that was created using a collaborative filtering algorithm. we have carried out a pre-test and post-test method to evaluate our suggestions. there were 138 learners who were following a learning path and participated in this study. the findings of the pretest and post-test indicated a notable increase in students' motivation to study. this is confirmed by the fact that learners' satisfaction with online learning climbed to 87% when the learning style was considered, from 60% when it wasn't. keywords: education quality; education environment; learning style; recommendation model; personalization. 1. introduction the field of education is a prime example of how quickly technological improvements are developing. due to technological advancements, learning procedures have greatly changed. learning can now happen virtually, using information technology, especially the internet, as well as in traditional classroom settings. the phrase "anywhere, anytime, anyplace" refers to a form of education that can take place anywhere, at any time, and thanks to e-learning [1, * corresponding author: msaid@darmajaya.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-010  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9542-1574 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2029-0442 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1488-7696 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3718-0776 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 812 2]. the capacity to enable learning without the limitations of in-person attendance and set schedules is one of the main characteristics of online learning. however, e-learning has drawbacks for teachers as well as students. as fewer interactions occur between teachers and students, learners believe that maintaining a high level of motivation is crucial [3–5]. to improve student motivation in e-learning, instructors must establish e-learning methodologies. e-learning platforms should be able to extract learners' personalization characteristics at the same time, from a technological perspective. a type of personalization called learning style has been the focus of previous studies [6–9]. according to keefe [10], learning style is characterized by cognitive, affective, and psychological traits that are utilized during the learning experience. learning styles are unique and vary from person to person, according to felder silverman [11–13]. students may experience discomfort and lose interest during the learning process if teachers do not consider their unique learning styles [14]. this could cause students to lag in their studies. since learning styles have a big impact on academic achievement, teachers must take them into account when designing their lesson plans. to guarantee effective teaching and learning programs, several studies highlight the importance of determining learners' learning styles [3]. kolb's learning styles [15, 16], honey and mumford's styles [17], myers and briggs' types [18, 19], the vark model [20], and the felder silverman learning style model (fslsm) [21, 22] are only a few of the learning styles that have been found. two approaches can be used to identify learning styles: the traditional way, which involves employing questionnaires, and the automated approach, which is based on interactions between the learner and the system [12, 19]. following the process of identifying their learning type, students frequently need tailored recommendations for educational resources and settings. based on identified learning styles and course levels, prior research has suggested instructional materials [20]. recommendations were given by imran et al. [23] in light of prior training materials and learning style similarities. by using a search, selection, rating, and suggestion process, alfredo provided recommendations [24]. based on the findings of a questionnaire used to predict learning styles, this study offers suggestions. a pre-test and post-test were conducted in order to verify the recommendations' outcomes. when posttest scores exceed pretest results, it indicates a strong level of learner motivation. the study also incorporates a learning path to help determine learners' preparedness to participate in the learning process [25–27]. given that every instructional material has unique cognitive, emotional, and psychomotor effects, the learning path is the first step toward quantifying learning styles [28–30]. the aforementioned literature has made extensive reference to the value of learning styles in supporting students' academic endeavors. as a result, our research has recommended that learning styles be taken into account in educational settings, particularly in online or virtual learning environments. 2. related works research related to learning style detection has been conducted by rasheed, who employed machine learning classification algorithms [31]. rasheed's study involved 498 learner respondents and utilized methods like decision tree, support vector machines, k-nearest neighbors, naïve bayes, linear discriminant analysis, random forest, and logistic regression for learning style detection. cross-validation scores were computed for four dimensions. notably, the largest input dimension was achieved by random forest, logistic regression, and linear discriminant analysis at 79%. the highest processing dimension was svm, with 83% accuracy. the understanding dimension achieved a high accuracy of 83% using svm, while the perception dimension utilized perception and achieved 91% accuracy. however, no recommendations were provided to learners based on the detection and validation results of their learning styles. another study focused on constructing learner profiles using the fslsm model through clustering with the k-means algorithm [32]. this study mapped learning objects and created learner profiles, then applied the k-means algorithm for clustering. the results showed an accuracy of 78.83%, precision of 79.9%, recall of 83.1%, and f1 score of 80.12%. j. feldman's research detected felder-silverman learning styles using puzzle games and the naïve bayes method [33]. this study included 45 learners, achieving an accuracy of 85% in learning style detection. in terms of instructional material recommendations, khairil et al. proposed recommendations based on the similarity and quality of instructional materials to enhance understanding and improve grades [34]. content-based filtering and good learning average ratings were employed. another approach utilized collaborative learning by poorni, involving a fuzzy tree-structured learning activity model and a learner profile model that led to recommendation architectures for administrators, students, and instructors [35]. chen's research proposed an adaptive recommendation approach based on online learning styles (arols) by adopting collaborative, association rule, and clustering techniques [36]. the methods employed in the above literature have highlighted their strategies which differ from our recommendations in this regard. our research has proposed integrating the machine learning approach, recommender system, and learning style into the learning environment, whereas prior work has approached these three areas independently. more explanations are provided in the following sections of this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 813 3. research methodology the research methodology employed in this study is depicted in the diagram below, delineating the sequential phases commencing with the acquisition of learner data. the gathering of data on learning styles is executed through the utilization of the ils questionnaire based on the felder-silverman learning style. once the data is procured, the subsequent stage involves data preprocessing. this preprocessing procedure guarantees the data's preparedness for utilization in machine learning processes. the outcomes of the processing, employing techniques like k-nearest neighbors (knn), naïve bayes, decision tree, random forest, and neural network, subsequently furnish recommendations. elaborate clarifications pertaining to these stages are presented in figure 1. figure 1. research methodology 3.1. questionnaire the questionnaire method involves data collection by presenting a set of written questions or statements related to the felder-silverman learning style to respondents for their responses. 3.2. data collection the data obtained from the questionnaire results in the subsequent verification of initial data completeness. this step is crucial, as not all the data from the raw dataset will be utilized. consequently, several attributes are identified for utilization. these attributes include: name, student id, gender, class, major, course, grade, perception, input, understanding, learning style. 3.3. algorithm prediction the next stage involves processing the questionnaire data using algorithms such as naïve bayes [37], svm [38, 39], decision tree [40], k-nn [41], random forest, and neural network. the processing yields predicted values from the detection process. naïve bayes algorithm naïve bayes is a supervised learning algorithm based on the bayes theorem and is used for classification problems by following a probabilistic approach. naïve bayes is selected due to its requirement for a relatively smaller dataset for processing. the following equation represents the naïve bayes algorithm. 𝑃(𝐻|𝑋) = 𝑃(𝑋|𝐻).𝑃(𝐻) 𝑃(𝑋) (1) where: x: data with an unknown class; h: hypothesis that the data belongs to a specific class; p(h|x): probability of hypothesis h given condition x (posterior probability); p(h): probability of hypothesis h (prior probability); p(x|h): probability of x given the condition of hypothesis h. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 814 algorithm decision tree the decision tree algorithm is one of the methods that is relatively easy to interpret by humans. a decision tree is a prediction model that employs a tree-like or hierarchical structure. the concept behind a decision tree is to transform data into a decision tree and decision rules (see figure 2). figure 2. classification model using decision tree k-nearest neighbor (k-nn) k-nn is a classification method that is very simple in classifying an image based on its nearest neighbors. here is the equation for k-nn. 𝐷(𝑥, 𝑦) = √∑ (𝑥𝑘 − 𝑦𝑘) 2𝑛 𝑘−1 (2) random forest random forest extends the decision tree approach by employing multiple decision trees, each trained with individual samples. in this ensemble, attributes are divided within the chosen tree across subsets of attributes selected at random. neural network a neural network is a computational model inspired by the structure and function of neural networks in the human brain [42–45]. this machine learning algorithm can process inputs and identify complex and abstract patterns within the data. neural networks consist of artificial neurons connected in layers, where each neuron performs mathematical operations on its inputs and sends its output to neurons in the next layer. through the learning process, the weights or parameters within the neural network are adjusted in such a way that the network can learn and recognize patterns within the data. neural networks have been utilized in various fields, such as image recognition, natural language processing, and prediction. 3.4. algorithm recommendation content-base filtering (cbf) this algorithm operates using items and users. in this study, items refer to learning elements such as learning methods and instructional materials, while users represent learners. the acquisition of learning environment values is generated from the responses to fslsm learning style questions. collaborative filtering (cf) this recommendation algorithm functions by assigning ratings to instructional materials previously accessed by learners. the provision of recommendations is based on these instructional materials and is accompanied by examples and their implementations. hybrid filtering this algorithm is a combination of both content-based filtering (cbf) and collaborative filtering (cf), typically utilizing if-then statements to generate recommendations. result in an effort to measure the success of this research, the assessment includes measuring the outcomes of pre-tests and post-tests, as well as learner satisfaction with personalization. the calculation of the values obtained by learners is conducted using the following equation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 815 result = (∑𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 − ∑𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒) (3) 4. result and discussion 4.1. questionnaire and data collection the questionnaire utilized is the fslsm questionnaire, consisting of 44 questions. the questions were presented to 138 learners through an online form. the outcomes of this questionnaire are as follows (see table 1): table 1. the result of questionnaires no. id processing perception input understand 1 20010001 active intuitive visual sequential 2 20010002 active intuitive visual sequential 3 20010003 active intuitive visual sequential 4 20010004 active intuitive visual sequential 5 20010005 reflective sensing verbal global 6 20010006 active intuitive visual sequential 7 20010007 active intuitive visual sequential 8 20010008 active intuitive visual sequential 9 20010009 active intuitive visual sequential 10 20010010 reflective sensing verbal global … …….. …….. …….. …….. …….. 414 20020068 reflective sensing verbal sequential based on the results of the above questionnaire, information about learning style preferences was obtained. there are four groups of learning styles with their corresponding activities: processing, which includes active and reflective; perception, consisting of sensing and intuitive; input, comprising visual and verbal; and understand, with global and sequential orientations. quantitative outcomes from the questionnaire can be observed in table 2. table 2. value conversion npm dimension learning style active reflective sensing intuitive visual verbal sequential global 20010001 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 active-intuitive-visual-sequential 20010002 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 reflective-sensing-verbal-global 20010003 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 reflective-sensing-verbal-global 20010004 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 reflective-sensing-verbal-global 20010005 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 reflective-sensing-verbal-global 20010006 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 active-intuitive-visual-sequential 20010007 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 reflective-sensing-verbal-global 20010008 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 reflective-sensing-verbal-global 20010009 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 reflective-sensing-verbal-global 20010010 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 active-intuitive-visual-sequential 20010011 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 ? based on the conversion results, a value of 0 is assigned to indicate no value, while a value of 1 signifies the possession of a learning style. 4.2. processing the dataset using algorithms after the data is collected, pre-processing is conducted to ensure that the data can be processed in the subsequent stages. the total number of collected questionnaire responses is 414. as a result of data pre-processing, only 138 learner data sets are deemed usable. these data sets are then labeled according to the fslsm learning style. the models involve the utilization of algorithms such as k-nearest neighbors (knn), naïve bayes, decision tree, random forest, and neural network. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 816 figure 3 depicts the model of algorithm utilization using rapidminer. in figure 3, the questionnaire results data is uploaded, and nominal values are converted into numeric values. the "multiply" function is used to process the knearest neighbors (k-nn), naïve bayes, decision tree, random forest, and neural network algorithms. subsequently, the performance of all algorithms is evaluated, and the results can be observed in table 3. figure 3. illustrating the algorithm model using rapidminer 4.3. prediction and recommendations according to table 3's results, the prediction level with the highest accuracy was made using a neural network and naïve bayes, then a knn. table 3. prediction results fold knn naïve bayes decision tree random forest neural network 2 78.50% 97.34% 67.87% 67.87% 97.34% 3 81.88% 97.34% 67.87% 67.87% 97.34% 4 84.30% 97.34% 67.87% 67.87% 97.34% 5 86.73% 97.35% 67.88% 67.88% 97.35% 6 85.27% 97.34% 67.87% 67.87% 97.34% 7 86.74% 97.34% 67.88% 67.88% 97.34% 8 88.18% 97.35% 67.88% 67.88% 97.35% 9 86.96% 97.34% 67.87% 67.87% 97.34% 10 86.70% 97.35% 67.89% 67.89% 97.35% recommendations using collaborative filtering based on the recommendations of learning materials and learning styles, table 4 represents the mapping of fslsm learning styles with the recommended learning materials. table 4. mapping of fslsm with learning materials text video ppt exercise forum index act    ref    sen    int     vis  ver    seq  glo   hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 817 based on table 4, the learner with npm 20010001 has active, intuitive, visual, and sequential learning styles. table 5. recommendation results for npm 20010001 text video ppt exercise forum index act    int     vis  seq  table 6. recommendation results for npm 20010002. 20010003, 20010004, 20010005 text video ppt exercise forum index ref    sen    ver    glo   table 7. recommendation results for npm 20010006 text video ppt exercise forum index act    int     vis  seq  the learner's suggestion model based on their learning style is shown in tables 5, 6, and 7. for instance, it was suggested that the learner with id 20010001 in table 5 use a video, exercise, and forum as their learning tools. while students with ids 20010002, 20010003, 20010004, and 20010005 are more likely to use powerpoint and videos as their learning tools, regarding id 20010006, it was advised that they do their study utilizing a video, an exercise, and a forum. learning path on the other hand, a learning path serves as a guide for the learning process, which can be observed in the figure 4. figure 4 represents the learning path of education, which contains information about the cognitive, affective, and psychomotor goals of the learning journey. depicting this learning path is valuable in providing information regarding what preparations learners need to undertake to achieve their targets. certainly, each learning topic has different achievements for each main topic and subtopic. for instance, in data mining education, learners are not immediately introduced to data processing practices. instead, there's a foundation in concepts like data, databases, pre-processing, supervised learning, and unsupervised learning. the outcomes of these conceptual lessons contribute to cognitive understanding, while affective aspects pertain more to learners' skills in data manipulation. figure 4. pre-test and post-test toward the learning path the contrast between the pre-test and post-tests used in this study is explained in figure 5. in comparison to the pretest findings, the post-test results demonstrate a substantial improvement. less than 80% is the highest level attained by the pre-test, whereas 100% is the highest level attained by the post-test. they also show how satisfied students are with how learning styles are incorporated into their studies. pre-test cpmk 1 post-test cpmk 2 cpmk 3 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 818 figure 5. compare pre-test and post-test 5. conclusion in terms of accuracy, the naïve bayes and neural network algorithms perform better than the k-nearest neighbors, decision tree, and random forest algorithms, according to experiments conducted with the felder-silverman learning style dataset, which included 138 learners. learner performance is positively impacted by the application of the feldersilverman learning style detection approach through questionnaires and advice based on prediction results. the inclusion of a learning path can also greatly enhance student motivation, as this study has shown. it is noteworthy to acknowledge that the extent of the research surpasses the felder-silverman learning model alone. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.s.h.; methodology, m.s.h.; software, m.s.h.; validation, r.z., d.a.d., and t.b.k.; formal analysis, m.s.h.; investigation, r.z., d.a.d., and t.b.k.; resources, r.z.; data curation, r.z. and n.s.a.; writing— original draft preparation, m.s.h.; writing—review and editing, d.a.d.; visualization, d.a.d. and t.b.k.; supervision, t.b.k.; project administration, n.s.a.; funding acquisition, m.s.h. and d.a.d. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the ministry of research, technology, and higher education of the republic of indonesia funded this study under the fundamental research of college excellence program. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 1 5 9 1 3 1 7 2 1 2 5 2 9 3 3 3 7 4 1 4 5 4 9 5 3 5 7 6 1 6 5 6 9 7 3 7 7 8 1 8 5 8 9 9 3 9 7 1 0 1 1 0 5 1 0 9 1 1 3 1 1 7 1 2 1 1 2 5 1 2 9 1 3 3 1 3 7 pre-test post-test hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 819 7. references [1] kusumawardani, s. s., prakoso, r. s., & santosa, p. i. (2014). using ontology for providing content recommendation based on learning styles inside e-learning. proceedings 2nd international conference on artificial intelligence, modelling, and simulation, aims 2014, september 2015, 276–281. doi:10.1109/aims.2014.40. [2] selviandro, n., suryani, m., & hasibuan, z. a. (2014). open learning optimization based on cloud technology: case study implementation in personalization e-learning. international conference on advanced communication technology, icact, 541– 546. doi:10.1109/icact.2014.6779019. [3] hasibuan, m. s., & purbo, o. w. (2018). learning motivation increased due to a relaxed assessment in a competitivee-learning environment. proceeding of the electrical engineering computer science and informatics, 5(5), 7–10. doi:10.11591/eecsi.v5i5.1616. [4] shih, c.-c., & gamon, j. a. (2001). web-based learning: relationships among student motivation, attitude, learning styles, and achievement. journal of agricultural education, 42(4), 12–20. doi:10.5032/jae.2001.04012. [5] larkin, t., & budny, d. (2005). learning styles in the classroom: approaches to enhance student motivation and learning. ithet 2005: 6th international conference on information technology based higher education and training, santo domingo, dominican republic. doi:10.1109/ithet.2005.1560310. [6] wei, x., & yan, j. (2009). learner profile design for personalized e-learning systems. proceedings 2009 international conference on computational intelligence and software engineering, cise 2009, 1–4. doi:10.1109/cise.2009.5363560. [7] santos, m., andrade, f., da silva, j. m. c., & imran, h. (2016). learning object recommendation system evaluation. proceedings ieee 16th international conference on advanced learning technologies, icalt 2016, 412–413. doi:10.1109/icalt.2016.89. [8] yang, y. j., & wu, c. (2009). an attribute-based ant colony system for adaptive learning object recommendation. expert systems with applications, 36(2 part 2), 3034–3047. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2008.01.066. [9] notargiacomo mustaro, p., & frango silveira, i. (2006). learning objects: adaptive retrieval through learning styles. interdisciplinary journal of e-skills and lifelong learning, 2(october), 035–046. doi:10.28945/619. [10] kapadia, r. j. (2008). teaching and learning styles in engineering education. in proceedings frontiers in education conference, fie t4b-1. doi:10.1109/fie.2008.4720326. [11] felder, r. m., & silverman, l. k. (1988). learning and teaching styles in engineering education. engineering education, 78(7), 674-681. [12] mayer, r. e. (2011). does styles research have useful implications for educational practice? learning and individual differences, 21(3), 319–320. doi:10.1016/j.lindif.2010.11.016. [13] raleiras, m., nabizadeh, a. h., & costa, f. a. (2022). automatic learning styles prediction: a survey of the state-of-the-art (2006–2021). journal of computers in education, 9(4), 587–679. doi:10.1007/s40692-021-00215-7. [14] bernard, j., chang, t. w., popescu, e., & graf, s. (2017). learning style identifier: improving the precision of learning style identification through computational intelligence algorithms. expert systems with applications, 75, 94–108. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2017.01.021. [15] kolb, a. y. (2005). the kolb learning style inventory-version 3.1 2005 technical specifications. boston, massachusetts: hay resource direct, 200(72), 166-171. [16] kolb, d. a. (2007). the kolb learning style inventory. hay resources direct, boston, massachusetts, united states. [17] honey, p., & mumford, a. (2000). the learning styles helper's guide. peter honey publications, maidenhead, united states. [18] cohen, j. j. (2008). learning styles of myers-briggs type indicators. master of science degree: thesis, indiana state university terre haute, indiana, united states. [19] kim, j., lee, a., & ryu, h. (2013). personality and its effects on learning performance: design guidelines for an adaptive elearning system based on a user model. international journal of industrial ergonomics, 43(5), 450–461. doi:10.1016/j.ergon.2013.03.001. [20] fleming, n. d. (1995). i’m different; not dumb. modes of presentation (vark) in the tertiary classroom. research and development in higher education, proceedings of the annual conference of the higher education and research development society of australasia, 18, 308–313. [21] rita, s., graf, s., & kinshuk. (2002). detecting learners’ profiles based on the index of learning styles data. in international workshop on intelligent and adaptive web-based educational systems. [22] el-bishouty, m. m., chang, t.-w., graf, s., kinshuk, & chen, n.-s. (2014). smart e-course recommender based on learning styles. journal of computers in education, 1(1), 99–111. doi:10.1007/s40692-014-0003-0. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 820 [23] imran, h., belghis-zadeh, m., chang, t.-w., kinshuk, & graf, s. (2016). plors: a personalized learning object recommender system. vietnam journal of computer science, 3(1), 3–13. doi:10.1007/s40595-015-0049-6. [24] zapata, a., menéndez, v. h., prieto, m. e., & romero, c. (2015). evaluation and selection of group recommendation strategies for collaborative searching of learning objects. international journal of human computer studies, 76, 22–39. doi:10.1016/j.ijhcs.2014.12.002. [25] durand, g., belacel, n., & laplante, f. (2013). graph theory based model for learning path recommendation. information sciences, 251, 10–21. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2013.04.017. [26] krauss, c., salzmann, a., & merceron, a. (2018). branched learning paths for the recommendation of personalized sequences of course items. ceur workshop proceedings, delfi, 1-10. [27] klement, m., dostál, j., & marešová, h. (2014). elements of electronic teaching materials with respect to student’s cognitive learning styles. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 112(iceepsy 2013), 437–446. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.01.1186. [28] qiyan, h., feng, g., & hu, w. (2010). ontology-based learning object recommendation for cognitive considerations. proceedings of the world congress on intelligent control and automation (wcica), 60921003, 2746–2750. doi:10.1109/wcica.2010.5554857. [29] verhoeven, l., schnotz, w., & paas, f. (2009). cognitive load in interactive knowledge construction. learning and instruction, 19(5), 369–375. doi:10.1016/j.learninstruc.2009.02.002. [30] hasibuan, m. s., nugroho, l. e., & santosa, i. p. (2017). learning style model detection based on prior knowledge in e-learning system. proceedings of the 2nd international conference on informatics and computing, icic 2017, 2018-january (aptikom), 1–5. doi:10.1109/iac.2017.8280537. [31] rasheed, f., & wahid, a. (2021). learning style detection in e-learning systems using machine learning techniques. expert systems with applications, 174(february), 114774. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2021.114774. [32] el aissaoui, o., el madani el alami, y., oughdir, l., & el allioui, y. (2018). integrating web usage mining for an automatic learner profile detection: a learning styles-based approach. 2018 international conference on intelligent systems and computer vision, iscv 2018, 2018-may, 1–6. doi:10.1109/isacv.2018.8354021. [33] feldman, j., monteserin, a., & amandi, a. (2014). detecting students’ perception style by using games. computers and education, 71, 14–22. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2013.09.007. [34] ghauth, k. i., & abdullah, n. a. (2010). learning materials recommendation using good learners’ ratings and content-based filtering. educational technology research and development, 58(6), 711–727. doi:10.1007/s11423-010-9155-4. [35] poorni, g. (2015). a personalized e-learning recommender system using the concept of fuzzy tree matching. international journal of advanced research in computer engineering & technology, 4(11), 4039–4043. [36] chen, h., yin, c., li, r., rong, w., xiong, z., & david, b. (2020). enhanced learning resource recommendation based on online learning style model. tsinghua science and technology, 25(3), 348–356. doi:10.26599/tst.2019.9010014. [37] miquélez, t., bengoetxea, e., & larrañaga, p. (2004). evolutionary computation based on bayesian classifiers. international journal of applied mathematics and computer science, 14(3), 335–349. [38] vermeulen, a. f. (2018). practical data science: a guide to building the technology stack for turning data lakes into business assets. apress, london, united kingdom. [39] fletcher, t. (2009). support vector machines explained. university college london, london, united kingdom. [40] ye, n. (2013). data mining: theories, algorithms, and examples. crc press, florida, united states [41] wu, x., kumar, v., ross, q. j., ghosh, j., yang, q., motoda, h., mclachlan, g. j., ng, a., liu, b., yu, p. s., zhou, z. h., steinbach, m., hand, d. j., & steinberg, d. (2008). top 10 algorithms in data mining. knowledge and information systems, 14(1), 1–37. doi:10.1007/s10115-007-0114-2. [42] kolekar, s. v., sanjeevi, s. g., & bormane, d. s. (2010). learning style recognition using artificial neural network for adaptive user interface in e-learning. 2010 ieee international conference on computational intelligence and computing research, iccic 2010, 245–249. doi:10.1109/iccic.2010.5705768. [43] siri, a. (2014). predicting students’ academic dropout using artificial neural networks. predicting students’ academic dropout using artificial neural networks, 185(19), 1–159. [44] ramanathan, l., geetha, a., khalid, m., & swarnalatha, p. (2017). student performance prediction model based on lion-wolf neural network. international journal of intelligent engineering and systems, 10(1), 114–123. doi:10.22266/ijies2017.0228.13. [45] sun, j., de, x., & zheng, h. (2023). the prediction of douyin live sales based on neural network algorithms. hightech and innovation journal, 4(2), 364–374. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-09. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/university_college_london https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/university_college_london available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 739 issn: 2723-9535 system architecture for it talent ecosystem using service oriented approach ahmad nurul fajar 1* , stanley limonthy 1, josua j. handopo 1, fandy purnawan 1, adidharma e. kesuma 1 1 information systems management department, binus graduate program – master of information systems management, bina nusantara university, jakarta, 11480, indonesia. received 05 july 2023; revised 07 november 2023; accepted 13 november 2023; published 01 december 2023 abstract the purpose of this research is to propose a system architecture to facilitate the it talent ecosystem using a service-oriented approach. the need for this is important to support digital transformation in the it talent ecosystem. human resources in the it field are one of the key factors in implementing it in organizations. however, the availability of it human resources has not been able to meet the needs and challenges of the organization in synergizing it and business. meanwhile, on the other hand, the qualifications of it human resources do not meet the existing competency standards. in this research, we use a service-oriented system development method. it consists of three stages, such as (1). analysis and observation, (2). analysis from an in-depth interview, and (3) system architecture design, which includes analysis features of the systems, service analysis and identification, specification of architecture, and layering. the novelty and findings of this research are a system architecture, which is called a middleware architecture, that can bridge entities in the it talent ecosystem to provide and use services to each other for support collaboration. in this study, we proposed a system architecture that acts as middleware to support collaboration and integration in the it talent ecosystem. we proposed talent-it, which acts as a service bus mechanism. we used a service-oriented approach to develop this platform. the results of this study are: list of features, list of services, soa layer, soa architecture, and monetization feasibility and challenges. keywords: it talent ecosystem; soa; platform; integration; service oriented; system architecture. 1. introduction human resources in the it field are one of the key factors in implementing it in organizations. however, the availability of it human resources has not been able to meet the needs and challenges of the organization in synergizing it and business. meanwhile, on the other hand, the qualifications of it human resources do not meet the existing competency standards. besides that, difficulties in finding qualified it human resources are: (1) hr teams in multinational companies are having difficulties finding skilled it workers; (2) existence of talent gaps and a lack of access to professional it workers; (3) many it bachelors (up to 400k people/year) graduate without sufficient industry qualifications; (4) the previous survey done by robert walters reported that 68% of respondents from hr said that they were having difficulties finding talents in the technology sector; (5). studies also found that the hr team needs at least three months to find a replacement if it staff resign. another phenomenon related to background checks (such as on education, employment, criminality history, and reference checking) to detect fraud is that they are time-consuming and require extra effort and costs since the hr team must manually check each data source. * corresponding author: afajar@binus.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4623-9116 https://orcid.org/0009-0008-8034-8993 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 740 moreover, previous surveys also predicted the increasing need for a professional workforce in the information technology and communication sector (2021–2025). it can be suggested that there is a demand-supply gap in it workforce needs. it is predicted that the demand for it workers will increase by two times in the next five years. the number of it workers on demand each year amounted to 200–250k people. even though there are 400k new bscs in it each year in indonesia, only a few have relevant qualifications. fewer people have it qualifications currently in need, i.e., software engineer, cloud engineer, ai expert. moreover, 21.4% of indonesian youth never attend any training/certifications, further increasing the skill gap. previous studies show that the implementation of service-oriented architecture has become one of the most important trends in information systems and application development [1]. besides that, the factors influencing the organizational adoption of service-oriented architectures have been discussed by luthria & rabhi [2]. according to boumahdi et al. [3], the application recruitment process has been implemented using a service-oriented architecture (soa). besides that, the application for job seekers in sweden based on service orientation has been introduced by allouhaibi & talal [4]. according to hustad & olsen [5], the advantages and challenges of building digital infrastructure based on a service-oriented environment have been explained. a study of the design and implementation of online learning using microservices has been proposed by ren et al. [6]. a study investigating the issues and practices of soa has been explained by hamzah et al. [7]. the recent trend in enterprise service bus (esb) applications can be shown in more detail by aziz et al. [8]. in this study, we proposed a platform system called talent-it. talent-it is a one-stop talent management service for it professionals and it-related companies in indonesia. it allows it professionals and hr officers to search for jobs, post job openings, search for candidates, and update/validate their cvs. moreover, through talent-it, hr officers can perform background checks and verification of candidates’ qualifications and skills. it also allows it professionals to search for and subscribe to online training and courses for upskilling purposes, whose results will be synced directly with their professional profiles on networking sites. talent-it integrates with various services, applications, and platforms that can be described in table 1: table 1. mapping of applications application group description application name: examples job market sites allowing access to job postings and job applicants’ data linkedin jobs, jobstreet, glints, kalibrr, etc. human resources information systems allowing synchronization of job vacancies and candidates/employees’ data with other data sources sap success factors, microsoft dynamics 365 hr, mekari talenta, etc. recruitment applications allowing access to candidates’ data ekrut, proprofs, talentlytica, etc. identity database systems allowing verification of candidates and employees’ identities and educational backgrounds, siak online (e-ktp data), skck online (crime record from the police database), and pddikti (education record from kemdikbud-ristek) workflow database systems allowing verification of candidates’ and employees’ employment historical data siapkerja / prakerja.go.id (job seeker data from kemnaker), jmo (employment history & benefits data from bpjs tk) mooc & training provider allowing verification of candidates’ and employees’ skill qualifications and certifications, as well as allowing employees to subscribe to it-related training, which will be synced to their profile on professional networking sites. coursera, revo, udemy, microsoft / oracle online learning, etc. payment gateway allowing online payment of talent-it services, midtrans, etc. our research findings and contributions can be seen in table 2, which is derived from research state of the art: table 2. finding contribution and research state of the art research topic services identification domain & ecosystem soa, esb and microservices systems architecture systems layering development, service-oriented architecture, and security of blockchain technology for industry 4.0 iot application [9] not yet comprehensive internet of things yes yes yes a service-oriented business collaboration reference architecture for rural business ecosystem [10] comprehensive rural business yes yes yes middleware architecture for microservices-based distributed systems [11] not yet comprehensive no yes yes no analysis of service-oriented architecture and scrum software development approach for iiot [12] not yet comprehensive industrial internet of things (iiot) yes no no system architecture for the it talent ecosystem using a service-oriented approach (our proposed) comprehensive it talent ecosystem yes yes yes hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 741 2. related works according to giao et al. [13], a framework for service-oriented architecture (soa)-based iot application development has been implemented. related to rosa et al. [14], the discussion about adaptive middleware has been done. besides that, enterprise integration using a service-oriented architecture has been proposed by grant & yeo [15]. the mechanism for transforming monolithic systems to a microservices architecture related to hamza [16]. on the other hand, decomposition of monolith applications. into microservices architectures has been discussed by abgaz et al. [17]. further investigation about soa can be explained by niknejad et al. [18]. service-oriented architecture (soa) is a business application architecture in which business functionality, or application logic, is made available to its users as a shared service and can be reused within the scope of information technology. it can become one of the most important trends in information system development [2]. according to erl [1], soa is a paradigm for building software architecture that defines the use of services to meet software needs in the form of architectural technology using service-oriented architecture [2]. according to erickson & siau [19], the critical success factors in soa implementation should be considered. related to mackenzie et al. [20], the open group defines service orientation architecture as an architectural model that supports service orientation. besides that, the oasis reference model states that service-oriented architecture is a paradigm that is able to manage and use distributed services in different domains that are designed and implemented in a loosely coupled manner and can be accessed on various platforms [20]. according to reddy et al. [21], a web service is an interface service that implements the logic of a business process. it receives messages in xml from the network, converts them into a format that is understood by the software from the back-end system, and returns the message. the architecture of rest is described as where the client sends a request to the server, then the server will process the request and return the response, which is a representation of a resource consisting of a url [22]. according to arsanjani et al. [23], an approach to building applications based on soa can be used with soma. related to dragoni et al. [24], explanation about yesterday, today and tomorrow about microservices has been discussed. according to richardson et al. [25], an api gateway is a server that is the single-entry point into the system, and it will often handle requests by implementing multiple microservices and aggregating the results. related to rettig et al. [26], it can translate between web protocols like http and websocket and web protocols that are not commonly used internally. according to levcovitz et al. [27], applications with monolithic architectural patterns will grow in size over time, making them difficult, risky, and costly to evolve. soa implementation in enterprise systems has been discussed by lämmer et al. [28]. comparation analysis soa and the rest have been proposed by wagh & thool [29]. according to larrucea et al. [30], the advantage of implementing rest architecture is that the information received can be more easily read on the client application side. software development paradigms using microservices architecture can have the capability to break down systems and applications to a more granular and modular level. according to fersi et al. [31], middleware is a software layer between the physical layer and the application layer. middleware provides a set of programming abstractions to facilitate the integration and communication of heterogeneous components. besides that, a service requirement engineering method for a digital service ecosystem has been proposed by immonen et al. [32]. a study related to microservices has been discussed by bucchiarone et al. [33]. the implementation of microservice design has been shown in uniknow [34]. according to merson & yoder [35], microservices can be modeled. the comparison performance of monolith architecture has been discussed by barczak & barczak [36]. related to smirnova [37], it shows the monolithic infrastructure. 3. research methodology the stages in research methodology are below:  analysis and observation: observations in this study were carried out to determine the actual state of the object of research. observations in this study were carried out at the level of the existing information system application architecture. from these observations, it is also known that the current information system application architecture uses a monolithic architecture;  analysis from an in-depth interview: this interview will be held where the case study is conducted, taking into account the authority and competence of the resource person. in this interview, there were two people who became resource persons;  system architecture design: this study uses domain-driven design as a reference or guideline for designing an information system application based on a service-oriented approach such as soa or microservices; o analysis features of the systems: this stage is the initial stage in designing the soa architecture using the soma method, which describes the architecture and business model of the research object. o services analysis and identification: this identification stage aims to determine service requirements for this architecture; it aims to align business strategies, goals, and processes with information technology execution. identification in this study was carried out using 3 (three) techniques, namely goal-service modeling, domain decomposition, and existing asset analysis. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 742 o specification of architecture and layering: the specification stage is the design stage of service-oriented architecture based on the results of the previous identification. in this research, there are 2 (two) activities, namely service specification and component specification. then, the results of this specification stage will be used to assist in decision-making at the next stage. 4. results and discussion 4.1. analysis features of the systems from our desktop research, we also found several other software that offers similar services that we proposed. some are accurate background check api integration from accurate background (a us background check company) and xref (an online reference checking platform). the comparison between our platform and the other services is as follows: table 3. feature comparison analysis from table 3, it can be inferred that talent-it services are comparable with other providers’ services, which include integration with professional networking sites, recruitment software, hr information systems, criminal record databases, identity databases, education and employment databases, and online training providers. however, talent-it could not yet connect with international entities (i.e., interpol) for international/ cross-border background checks and integrate with medical and financial records. this is because the national medical record register is non-existent in indonesia, where each healthcare institution preserves records only for internal purposes; credit rating checks through the financial services authority (ojk) can only be performed by the debtor or financial institutions for loan-related purposes. nevertheless, talent-it integrates with popular online job market sites, i.e., jobstreet, linkedin jobs, and glints, allowing recruiters to pull candidates’/ applicants’ data from the job market and perform background checks on the applicants/candidates with ease. several use cases and benefits from talent-it for three different stakeholders will be explained in table 4: table 4. talent-it stakeholders 1 employees/job seekers  talent-it can assist job seekers and employees in their job search, especially when creating their cvs and professional profiles. it is all due to the integrated background verification system, which combines several pivotal pieces of information like profiles, skills, etc. this also helps other concerned parties ease the validation process on the job seeker’s cv.  talent-it also helps jobseekers search for and obtain qualified training that will be validated and integrated automatically into their cv and professional profile to boost their confidence further. 2 human resources team (hr team)  talent-it can be a one-stop service platform to help hr teams find suitable candidates for it-related positions.  hr teams can easily access various databases that will be very useful in filtering applicants/candidates to be the right fit for the company.  it will help make the background check more time-efficient and hassle-free. 3 system/service provider (hris/service provider, personal networking sites, recruiting software)  talent-it can provide additional value by allowing access to and integration with relevant data sources on professional profiles and background information so that users can obtain more valid and relevant data as necessary. features talent-it accurate background check api xref professional network integration (via linkedin) 🗸 🗸 job marketplace integration (talent-it: via glints, jobstreet, linkedin jobs, etc.) 🗸 recruitment and psychological assessment integration (talent-it: via talentlytica, ekrut, etc.) 🗸 🗸 erp / hris integration (via sap, microsoft dynamics, etc.) 🗸 🗸 criminal record validation (talent-it: via skck online) 🗸 🗸 🗸 identity verification (talent-it: via siak online) 🗸 🗸 🗸 education background verification (talent-it: via ppdikti) 🗸 🗸 🗸 employment status and history verification (talent-it: via siapkerja, prakerja, jmo) 🗸 🗸 🗸 international background check (sanctions, arrest warrant, terrorism, watchlists) 🗸 credit financial & business checks 🗸 health / medical record check 🗸 courses / training completion validation (from revo, coursera, datacamp, udemy, dicoding) 🗸 technical certification verification (from microsoft learning, oracle university, google certification) 🗸 🗸 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 743 4.2. services identification the following table lists the services offered by talent-it, which are grouped into several areas as follows: job search and application service integrates with hr information systems (sap, ms dynamics), professional networking sites (linkedin), job market and recruitment systems (ekrut, jobstreet), and workforce benefits systems (jmo, siapkerja). this service allows hr officers to manage vacant positions in the company, post relevant job ads, and look for suitable candidates. this also allows job seekers to search for openings. table 5 shows the list of services: table 5. job search and application list of services service group service name parameter description resources job search and application get_job_vacancies jobid, jobtitle, jobdepartment, jobdescription, salaryrange, issalaryvisible, duedate, jobqualifications allow hr officer to obtain a vacant position from internal hris sap / ms dynamics hr post_job_vacancies jobid, jobtitle, jobdepartment, jobdescription, salaryrange, issalaryvisible, postdate, duedate, jobqualifications allow hr officer to post a job ad for the vacant position linkedin, ekrut, jobstreet search_candidates jobtitle, jobdepartment, jobdescription, jobqualifications, islinkedinopentowork allow hr officers to find suitable candidates for a particular position. linkedin, siapkerja, jmo search_job_vacancies jobkeyword, applicantqualifications, joblocation, jobcategory allow job seeker to search for vacancies linkedin, jobstreet ● background check service this service allows hr officers to obtain and verify candidates’ biodata, citizenship identity, criminality data, social security status, and education history. using this service, job seekers may also validate the authenticity of the information entered into their cvs on professional networking sites (see table 6). table 6. list of background check services service group service name parameter description resources background check get_applicant_bio jobapplicantname, dateofbirth, address to get applicant biodata linkedin, ekrut, jobstreet get_citizenship_identity jobapplicantname, dateofbirth, address to get applicant citizenship data siak (sistem informasi adminsitrasi kependudukan) get_criminality_data nik, jobapplicantname, dateofbirth to get job applicant criminality data skck online get_social_security_data nik, jobapplicantname, dateofbirth to get social security / bpjs status details bpjs / jmo ● employment and training verification service this service allows hr officers to obtain and verify candidates’ employment and training histories. using this service, job seekers may also validate the authenticity of the employment and training information entered into their cvs on professional networking sites (see table 7). table 7. list of employment and training verification services service group service name parameter description resources employment and training verification get_job_applicant_history nik, jobapplicantname, dateofbirth to get a job employment history linkedin, ekrut, jobstreet verify_employment_history nik, jobapplicantname, dateofbirth, employmenthistory to verify job applicant employment data linkedin, siapkerja, jmo verify_training_history nik, jobapplicantname, dateofbirth, certificationid to verify job applicant training data linkedin, siapkerja, training/ certification providers ● online training and seminar registration and certificates validation service this service allows job seekers and employees to search for and subscribe to relevant online training. the service will also sync current training progress and validate the authenticity of the training information entered into their cv on professional networking sites by using this service (see table 8). hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 744 table 8. list of online training and seminar services service group service name parameter description resources online training & seminar search_available_training trainingproviderid, trainingprovidername, courseid, coursename, trainingfee, courselevelid, courselevelname, courseduration, coursetypeid to search for available online training mooc / training providers, prakerja.go.id view_training_details trainingproviderid, courseid, courselevelid, coursetypeid to view training program details, schedule, requirements, etc. mooc / training providers, prakerja.go.id register_training trainingproviderid, courseid, courselevelid, coursetypeid, nik, jobapplicantname, dateofbirth, to allow direct registration for a training program mooc / training providers, prakerja.go.id pay_training coursebookingid, jobapplicantname, paymentmethodid to act as a bridge for paying training fees via payment gateways doku / midtrans api ● payment services this service allows users of talent-it to pay online for the services they wish to utilize. this includes paying for api access, subscription, or online course registration fees (see table 9). table 9. list of payment services service group service name parameter description resources payment post_payment_data paymentid, paymentdate, paymentamount, paymentmethodid, paymentverificationdetails, paymentdatetime to allow users to submit payment details (name, card no. / account no, phone no., etc.) doku / midtrans api verify_otp paymentid, paymentotp, to verify payment requests using otp doku / midtrans api verify_pin paymentid, paymentpin to verify payment requests using a pin (optional) doku / midtrans api get_payment_response paymentid, paymentstatus, paymentdatetime, errorid to obtain transaction status doku / midtrans api according to table 9, we can see the service integration mechanism using the parameters of each application involved. . it shows the exchange of data and information tailored to the needs of the parameter request. 4.3. soa architecture and soa layer we proposed soa architecture that can be described in figure 1: figure 1. soa architecture for enterprise service bus talent-it hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 745 as stated in figure 1, talent-it integrates various applications that provide services as business processes (job search & application, background check, employment and training certification, online training and seminar, and payment) using esb. this allows talent-it to transform the data models from the resources of the service providers (professional network/cv, recruitment application, job market, hr information systems, identity database systems, workforce database systems, mooc/online training providers, and payment gateways) and communicate (send requests/receive responses) with the client (web/mobile) through the standard network protocol, which is soap/http. this allows talent-it to handle multiple requests by users effectively and efficiently. then, we proposed the soa layer for talent-it ecosystems in figure 2: figure 2. soa layer for talent-it ecosystems based on figure 2, there are five layers of parts that build a service-oriented architecture (soa) of talent-it from top to bottom, namely the ui layer, business process layer, service layer, resource layer, and database layer. 1. the ui layer is the top layer of the talent it soa. this layer is responsible for displaying and receiving data from/to clients (in this case, companies and job seekers). 2. the business process layer is the second-topmost layer of talent-it soa. this layer is responsible for grouping each service based on its respective business processes. 3. the service layer is the third-topmost layer of the talent-it soa. this layer consists of various services or functions connected to various applications to carry out the data exchange process. 4. the resource layer is the fifth-topmost layer of the talent-it soa. this layer consists of every application connected to the integrator that acts as the source or destination of the data exchange process. 5. the database layer is the sixth topmost / the lowermost layer of the talent-it soa. this layer is responsible for receiving the data in xml format and storing it in a database (sql server). hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 746 4.4. challenges of monetization for the monetization possibilities for talent-it, several schemes will be implemented later in the project: 1. pay per click / api hit: users will need to pay an api access fee every time they perform a search, information and data checking, validation of users’ cvs and backgrounds, and relevant institutional databases that assist the background checking process. 2. monthly subscription: for institutional and volume users, there are options for monthly and yearly subscription methods in which they can perform unlimited validation of checking applicants’ personal information for background checking purposes. 3. commissions from training providers for each training fee paid by the user (conversion fee). training providers (i.e., coursera, udemy, etc.) will pay us an affiliate commission fee (3%–10%) each time a user subscribes to training that is being accessed or advertised through our platform. 4.5. implication and explanation of findings the main finding of this research is a system architecture that provides a mechanism for integrating a number of different applications by acting as service providers and consumers services by implementing a services approach that synergizes soa and microservices. it is different from other studies, which are only doing partially and not comprehensive integration mechanisms and service identification. 5. conclusion limited it employment opportunities have an impact on increasing unemployment rates. this is a concern for it workforce users, it workforce producers, and ecosystem actors involved in the it talent ecosystem. meanwhile, from the perspective of it graduate users, readiness to work in fields that are appropriate and relevant to the field of science is an important factor. this condition further widens the gap between industry and higher education institutions. the ability to integrate all it talent ecosystems can help it graduates be absorbed into the world of work quickly, easily, and flexibly. therefore, integration involves all ecosystems in one enterprise service bus platform, which acts as middleware in providing services that are reusable and can be accessed by various applications. talent-it is a platform that can act as a service bus for the it talent ecosystem. it can be developed using a service-oriented approach to handle the limitations of agility and flexibility in dynamic business changes. it can be shown as a platform gateway to integrate more entities into the it talent ecosystem. it can provide a message exchange for data and information. 5.1. strengths and limitations the strength of this research is that the proposed integrated taletn-it platform system architecture has the ability to comprehensively integrate it talent ecosystem actors. this is reflected in the list of services that can be used by applications on various platforms. meanwhile, the talent-it system layering uses a mechanism for reusing business services that are broken down from business processes. the limitation of this research is that the evaluation and testing of the talent-it system have not been carried out by experimenting with a number of domains and users. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.n.f., a.e.k., and j.j.h.; methodology, a.n.f.; software, s.l. and f.p.; validation, s.l., and a.n.f.; formal analysis, a.n.f. and a.e.k.; investigation, j.j.h.; resources, f.p.; data curation, s.l. and f.p.; writing— original draft preparation, a.n.f. and a.e.k.; writing—review and editing, a.n.f. and j.j.h.; visualization, s.l.; supervision, a.n.f.; project administration, f.p.; funding acquisition, a.n.f. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding and acknowledgements the authors wish thanks to rtto bina nusantara university for support funding this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 747 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] erl, t. (1900). service-oriented architecture: concepts, technology, and design. pearson education, inc., london, united kingdom. [2] luthria, h., & rabhi, f. (2009). service oriented computing in practice an agenda for research into the factors influencing the organizational adoption of service-oriented architectures. journal of theoretical and applied electronic commerce research, 4(1), 39–56. doi:10.4067/s0718-18762009000100005. [3] boumahdi, f., boulefrakh, h. e., & chalal, r. (2015). decision making and service oriented architecture for recruitment process. using the new standard decision model and notation (dmn). icsea 2015: the tenth international conference on software engineering advances decision, barcelona, spain, 489–493. [4] allouhaibi, m., & talal, a. (2021). developing a service oriented solution for an automated job marketplace in sweden. available online: https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:1567863/fulltext02.pdf (accessed on june 2023). [5] hustad, e., & olsen, d. h. (2021). creating a sustainable digital infrastructure: the role of service-oriented architecture. procedia computer science, 181, 597–604. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2021.01.210. [6] ren, x., wang, h., & cai, t. (2023). design and implementation of a microservices-based online learning platform. eimt, 8, 455–460. doi:10.2991/978-94-6463-192-0_60. [7] hamzah, m. h. i., baharom, f., & mohd, h. (2019). an exploratory study for investigating the issues and current practices of service-oriented architecture adoption. journal of information and communication technology, 18(3), 273–304. doi:10.32890/jict2019.18.3.3. [8] aziz, o., farooq, m. s., abid, a., saher, r., & aslam, n. (2020). research trends in enterprise service bus (esb) applications: a systematic mapping study. in ieee access (vol. 8, pp. 31180–31197). doi:10.1109/access.2020.2972195. [9] singh, s., rosak-szyrocka, j., & tamàndl, l. (2023). development, service-oriented architecture, and security of blockchain technology for industry 4.0 iot application. hightech and innovation journal, 4(1), 134–156. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-01010. [10] firdausy, d. r. (2021). a service-oriented business collaboration reference architecture for rural business ecosystem. master thesis faculty of electrical engineering, mathematics and computer science, university of twente, enschede, the netherlands. [11] dubey, p., srivastava, d., singh, k., & singh, v. (2023). middleware architecture for microservices based distributed system. proceedings of the 13th international conference on cloud computing, data science and engineering, confluence 2023, 200– 207. doi:10.1109/confluence56041.2023.10048814. [12] cui, y., zada, i., shahzad, s., nazir, s., khan, s. u., hussain, n., & asshad, m. (2021). analysis of service-oriented architecture and scrum software development approach for iiot. scientific programming, 2021, 14. doi:10.1155/2021/6611407. [13] giao, j., nazarenko, a. a., luis-ferreira, f., gonçalves, d., & sarraipa, j. (2022). a framework for service-oriented architecture (soa)-based iot application development. processes, 10(9). doi:10.3390/pr10091782. [14] rosa, n., cavalcanti, d., campos, g., & silva, a. (2020). adaptive middleware in go a software architecture-based approach. journal of internet services and applications, 11(1). doi:10.1186/s13174-020-00124-5. [15] grant, d., & yeo, b. (2021). enterprise integration using service-oriented architecture. issues in information systems, 22(1), 164-177. doi:10.48009/1_iis_2021_164-177. [16] hamza, m. (2023). transforming monolithic systems to a microservices architecture. acm sigsoft software engineering notes, 48(1), 67–69. doi:10.1145/3573074.3573091. [17] abgaz, y., mccarren, a., elger, p., solan, d., lapuz, n., bivol, m., jackson, g., yilmaz, m., buckley, j., & clarke, p. (2023). decomposition of monolith applications into microservices architectures: a systematic review. ieee transactions on software engineering, 49(8), 4213–4242. doi:10.1109/tse.2023.3287297. [18] niknejad, n., ismail, w., ghani, i., nazari, b., bahari, m., & hussin, a. r. b. c. (2020). understanding service-oriented architecture (soa): a systematic literature review and directions for further investigation. information systems, 91. doi:10.1016/j.is.2020.101491. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 748 [19] erickson, j., & siau, k. (2008). critical success factors in soa implementation. 14th americas conference on information systems, amcis 2008, 1, 626–634. [20] mackenzie, c. m., laskey, k., mccabe, f., brown, p. f., & metz, r. (2006). reference model for service oriented architecture 1.0. oasis standard. oasis open, oasis standard. available online: http://docs.oasis-open.org/soa-rm/v1.0/ (accessed on june 2023). [21] reddy, c. r. m., geetha, e., srinivasa, suresh kumar, & rajani kanth. (2011). early performance prediction of web services. international journal on web service computing, 2(3), 31–41. doi:10.5121/ijwsc.2011.2303. [22] mumbaikar, s., & padiya, p. (2013). web services based on soap and rest principles. international journal of scientific and research publications, 3(5), 1–4. [23] arsanjani, a., ghosh, s., allam, a., abdollah, t., ganapathy, s., & holley, k. (2008). soma: a method for developing serviceoriented solutions. ibm systems journal, 47(3), 377–396. doi:10.1147/sj.473.0377. [24] dragoni, n., giallorenzo, s., lafuente, a. l., mazzara, m., montesi, f., mustafin, r., & safina, l. (2017). microservices: yesterday, today, and tomorrow. present and ulterior software engineering, springer international publishing, 195–216. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-67425-4_12. [25] richardson, c., & smith, f. (2016). microservices: from design to deployment. nginx inc., 1, 24-31. [26] rettig, a. j., khanna, s., & beck, r. a. (2015). open source rest services for environmental sensor networking. applied geography, 60, 294–300. doi:10.1016/j.apgeog.2014.11.003. [27] levcovitz, a., terra, r., & valente, m. t. (2016). towards a technique for extracting microservices from monolithic enterprise systems. arxiv preprint arxiv:1605.03175. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1605.03175. [28] lämmer, a., eggert, s., & gronau, n. (2008). a procedure model for a soa-based integration of enterprise systems. international journal of enterprise information systems, 4(2), 1–12. doi:10.4018/jeis.2008040101. [29] wagh, k., & thool, r. (2012). a comparative study of soap vs. rest web services provisioning techniques for mobile host. journal of information engineering and applications, 2(5), 12–16. [30] larrucea, x., santamaria, i., colomo-palacios, r., & ebert, c. (2018). microservices. ieee software, 35(3), 96-100. doi:10.1109/ms.2018.2141030. [31] fersi, g. (2015, june). middleware for internet of things: a study. 2015 international conference on distributed computing in sensor systems, 230-235. doi:10.1109/dcoss.2015.43. [32] immonen, a., ovaska, e., kalaoja, j., & pakkala, d. (2016). a service requirements engineering method for a digital service ecosystem. service oriented computing and applications, 10(2), 151–172. doi:10.1007/s11761-015-0175-0. [33] bucchiarone, a., dragoni, n., dustdar, s., lago, p., mazzara, m., rivera, v., & sadovykh, a. (2020). microservices. science and engineering, xii, 364. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-31646-4. [34] uniknow (2015). tutorial domain driven design last published: 2015-04-09. version: 0.1.8-snapshot. available online: http://uniknow.github.io/agiledev/site/0.1.8-snapshot/parent/ddd/core/introduction_ddd.html (accessed on june 2023) [35] merson, p., & yoder, j. (2020). modeling microservices with ddd. proceedings 2020 ieee international conference on software architecture companion, icsa-c 2020, 7–8. doi:10.1109/icsa-c50368.2020.00010. [36] barczak, a., & barczak, m. (2021). performance comparison of monolith and microservices based applications. 25th world multi-conference on systemics, cybernetics and informatics, wmsci 2021, 120–125. available online: https://www.iiis.org/cds2021/cd2021sum (accessed on june 2023). [37] smirnova, t. (2020). from legacy monolith app to microservices infrastructure: case study. upplabs blog. available online: https://upplabs.medium.com/from-legacymonolith-app-to-microservicesinfrastructure-case-study-90b57821b7ea (accessed on june 2023). http://docs.oasis-open.org/soa-rm/v1.0/ http://uniknow.github.io/agiledev/site/0.1.8-snapshot/parent/ddd/core/introduction_ddd.html https://www.iiis.org/cds2021/cd2021sum https://upplabs.medium.com/?source=post_page-----90b57821b7ea-------------------------------https://upplabs.medium.com/from-legacymonolith-app-to-microservicesinfrastructure-case-study-90b57821b7ea available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 797 issn: 2723-9535 forming the architecture of a multi-layered model of physical data storage for complex telemedicine systems dmitry v. polezhaev 1, aslan a. tatarkanov 1* , islam a. alexandrov 1 1 institute of design and technology informatics, russian academy of sciences, moscow, russian federation. received 29 august 2023; revised 13 november 2023; accepted 19 november 2023; published 01 december 2023 abstract the relevance of this research is determined by the need to study the issues of improving data storage technologies for complex telemedicine systems. the objective is to create a multi-layered data storage model for complex telemedicine systems to ensure the most complete use of their capacity and the timely expansion of existing storage. the research is conducted on the basis of an analysis of existing opportunities and problems in the field of data storage technologies. an analysis of the main features of the development of data storage technologies revealed that the existing models have no detailed description of the recording and physical storage of data bits, which is necessary for describing the storage process. different architectures are reviewed, and their strengths and weaknesses are discussed. within the framework of a demonstration experiment using the kohonen neural network apparatus as a tool for solving the problem of placing objects in accordance with the required parameters, it is shown that the proposed storage system resource management model is operable and allows solving the problem of rational use of physical resources. as a result, a multilevel model of data storage is proposed, which combines the levels of storage process organization and technology. the distinguishing feature of this method is the comparison of storage organization levels, data media, and characteristics of physical storage and stored files. keywords: telemedicine system; data storage system; direct attached storage (das); network attached storage (nas); storage area network (san); fabric attached storage (fas); network direct attached storage (ndas); virtualization technology; stratified structure. 1. introduction addressing the issue of ensuring prompt and timely access to all necessary and, very importantly, reliable information about patients, which can be solved by creating a special medical profile, is one of the critical conditions for improving the quality of medical services [1]. this will obviously have a very positive impact on all services, hence improving the quality of life in society and contributing to the extension of this life. another characteristic feature is that, in practice, the medical subject area is characterized by a geometric increase in the volume of various data used in medicine [2-4]. it should be understood that such an array of information is formed from various data, ranging from archival materials and medical history to the results of ongoing analyses, images, and examinations [5, 6]. information about drugs and specific methods of their use is available in a huge database [7, 8]. in general, within the framework of medicine, a prodigious amount of data must be considered one way or another during ongoing manipulations, which means that this data must be stored and actively used in developed medical systems. it should also be understood that the increase in the amount of targeted information within telemedicine systems (tms) is caused by the need to ensure security and confidentiality, which also requires the use of a large number of resources [9–11]. for example, a method can handle security issues in electronic patient health information/records and other telemedicine applications. this method behaves similar to watermark methods and provides secure and protected transmission of medical information [12]. * corresponding author: as.tatarkanov@yandex.ru http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-09  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7334-6318 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1818-5763 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 798 thus, all the above factors and reasons confirm the general relevance of the need to process large amounts of data and create all the necessary support for its storage [13–16]. however, recent studies show that the amount of medical data doubles every two years. considerable prospects for improving the healthcare system for the better are opening up through the development of modern information technologies, among which one can note cloud storage of information and artificial intelligence, which are used to solve various typical problems. as a result, these tools create the prerequisites for organizing such complex information systems. data storage systems (dss) act as a special engineering solution that ensures the formation of a developed information storage infrastructure [17, 18]. an important advantage of these systems is that they can connect various external storage devices of different physical natures [19]. at the same time, it is worth noting that, in practice, it is extremely difficult to ensure the integrated management of dss resources [20–22]. in particular, the most important element is to consider the large number of factors presented below:  heterogeneous nature of storage systems. in particular, they may differ in terms of their physical nature and architecture;  the presence of various protocols and options for requirements in the field of information storage;  absence of a single accepted algorithm that would determine the features of the organization of data storage with different requirements;  the need to ensure the parallel execution of dss processes, particularly data storage and information recovery, without stopping the execution of current tasks. it should be noted that, to date, researchers have managed to develop a certain set of models that can be used to solve problems related to the management of dss resources. these include shared storage models, a three-level model, a model for organizing interaction between various components, and many others [23, 24]. furthermore, it is important to highlight that they do not provide a full-fledged possibility of accounting between different levels of information storage [25]. thus, if we consider all the existing problems in organizing data storage, it becomes clear that it is extremely urgent to develop new models that will help successfully solve all these problems. to solve this problem, it is necessary to create a model that can account for the shortcomings of existing models. such a model of resource management will be based on the methods of system analysis, probability theory, random processes, and mathematical statistics. in addition, it is important to realize that society today has a skeptical attitude toward telemedicine systems. research by gierek et al. [26] describes a study in which more than 75% of people who had used telemedicine technology said that the technology was ineffective and that they were dissatisfied. we hope that our proposed model will increase the level of social trust in telemedicine systems. telemedicine has been shown to extend care to populations that would not otherwise have access, including patients with cancer, who live a long distance from their oncology care, or who experience financial burden due to travel expenses and time away from work required to be seen in person. the telemedicine concept provided facilities for regular partner meetings, the possibility for discussions concerning currently treated patients, and the opportunity for patients’ families to join online meetings and discuss treatment options with all partners [27, 28]. the main issues with current data storage technologies are the irrational usage of physical storage resources as well as the lack of capacity consumption forecasting capability. this paper aims to conduct comprehensive research related to the development of a multi-layered model of data storage for complex telemedicine systems to ensure the most complete use of their capacity and its timely expansion. to achieve the goal of this research work, the main features of the development of data storage technologies are systematically analyzed, and the task of forming an improved model of tms physical storage is also solved. 2. peculiarities of storage technologies for target data in large information systems: current state there is no doubt that in the modern world, the development of information technologies leads to the constant formation of new opportunities for society, while specialists must solve more advanced and complex tasks related to the implementation of such information processes [29]. information storage is one of the most critical information processes in this case since a qualitative solution to this problem ensures the most reliable operation of the information system and, hence, makes it possible to fully meet the existing needs of users. the main difficulty in organizing the storage of information is that the data may very often be needed both now and in 50 years; that is, their deletion is excluded, which necessitates the development of specific methods for storing such data. in terms of medicine, the history of the development of procedures for the creation of drugs and the treatment of diseases, the anamnesis of patients, and a lot of related data are striking examples. the current legislation determines this differently in different countries, but the typical period of information storage is at least 25 years. obviously, such a task requires the involvement of a huge amount of information resources. at the same time, it is essential that the existing dsss ensure the safety of all data [30-32]. noteworthy, the development of information technology implies analog and digital storage of information, which acts as an extremely complex and multi-layered process characterized by a multi-layered life cycle:  forming the need to store information at the source; hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 799  creating a specific message, that is, transforming existing information;  recording this message to a specific medium using a specific method;  storing this medium for the required time period;  organizing information reading from the medium;  interpreting the message, that is, providing the reverse transformation of the encoded data into the original message. while considering the existing data storage technologies, their characteristic feature will be the wide variety of physical nature of such information media; therefore, the number of ways to access data will rapidly increase. moreover, special dsss are used to store colossal data arrays, acting as a set of software and hardware tools that allow recording, storing, and converting information. in most cases, the dss consists of specific physical storage, a system that provides data backup, and special software tools that provide access to information and complex work with it. there is a trend that an increase in the total amount of information to be stored which indicates an increasing need for the creation of special information infrastructures with varying levels of complexity. ensuring a high level of stored information reliability requires the use of a special architecture and special technologies [33-35], the main of which are presented in table 1. it should be noted that the results presented in edelson [36] are outstanding. table 1. technologies for organizing data storage technology essence features das (direct attached storage) the storage device is connected directly to the server or the workstation in essence, a das system is an off-server disk basket with hard drives. it is characterized by several positive and negative features. easy to deploy and administer at a low cost, the das system provides high-speed exchange between the disk array and the server. however, firstly, it has low reliability: if the server to which this storage is connected fails, the data is no longer available. secondly, it is characterized by a low degree of resource consolidation – the entire capacity is available to one or two servers, which reduces the flexibility of data distribution between servers. as a result, either more internal hard drives must be purchased or additional disk shelves must be installed for other server systems. nas (network attached storage) a stand-alone integrated disk system, in fact, a nas server, with its own specialized os and a set of useful functions for quickly starting the system and providing file access. the nas system is connected to a conventional computer network and provides a quick solution to the problem of lack of free disk space available to users of this network. it is characterized by a number of positive and negative features. a fairly cheap nas system provides the following: the availability of its resources for individual servers and for any computers in the organization; ease of sharing resources; ease of deployment and administration; and versatility for clients (one server can serve ms, novell, mac, unix clients). however, most low-cost nas servers do not provide a fast, flexible method of accessing block-level data inherent in san systems. san (storage area network) special dedicated network connecting storage devices to application servers the san system is characterized by several positive and negative features. san architecture provides high reliability of access to data located on external storage systems; centralized data storage; convenient centralized switch and data control; independence of the san topology from the used dss and servers; transfer of intensive i/o traffic to a separate network, offloading the lan; high speed response and low latency; scalability and flexibility of the san logical structure; the ability to organize standby, remote dss, and a remote system for backup and data recovery; and the ability to build fault-tolerant cluster solutions at no additional cost. however, the san system is characterized by higher cost, difficulty in customization, and more stringent requirements for component compatibility and validation. netapp fas (fabric attached storage) alternative to das, structured and switched multi-protocol objectoriented data storage system the fas architecture provides a convergence of two technologies, block and file. convergence is achieved by introducing an intermediate layer comprising objects into the file system. the fas storage system, which has a modular structure, is characterized by several features. the dss can work as a hybrid system or an all-flash system, depending on the needs. a high degree of integration with cloud technologies makes it possible to use external resources to protect stored data and configure equipment. the flexibility and ease of use of the hardware, together with high storage capacity, ensures network operation stability, and the scalability of the model enables the gradual increase of the amount of stored data as needed. a special system setup utility reduces the speed of the dss configuration by a factor of three. the ndo and qos technologies are supported using the on command module, making it possible to quickly integrate the dss with various business solutions. unified storage an all-in-one storage solution that adds both nas and san connectivity to netapp fas storage the modular design of this storage system provides extremely wide application flexibility with the ability to gradually increase the number of storage systems in the “basic” configuration as the need arises. the nas system, as an integral element of unified storage, provides cross-platform sharing of file access, and the san system provides distributed access to devices at the block level. architectural features of this system provide cost savings, reducing operating costs, and increasing disk space utilization, for example, available free space remains centrally consolidated and available to applications, rather than being spread across several heterogeneous storage systems. initially “monolithic basic” systems are much faster and more perfect than “modular” ones, but can be trivially “unaffordable”, especially if all the features available in them are simply not needed at the current moment. ndas (network direct attached storage) a technology enabling the connection of all digital devices (hdd, odd, memory, tape drives) to standard ethernet networks. all network users and services can control and share these devices. the ndas technology organizes a direct connection of a physical storage medium with each client via an ethernet network, thus eliminating performance-limiting factors (load on the cpu and network). ndas achieves a very high level of performance due to the unique protocol and controller efficiency. ndas uses its own protocol, but ndas-nas can be used by all applications running in a tcp/ip environment. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 800 among the main results of a comparative analysis of the data storage technologies presented in table 1, which reflect the researchers’ desire to find ways to improve them, the following should be noted first of all: san is always better than nas and das, but its cost is very high. in a san, data storage is physically or logically divided into multiple disks, which can only be accessed by a specific computer. moreover, each computer in the network considers the storage as a das. unlike nas, san does not require a dedicated computer to run, which is a huge advantage that makes it possible to use higher speeds. in addition, the san is unaware of files; file operations are performed on servers connected to the san, and the san operates in blocks, such as a large hard drive. ensuring that any server under any operating system can access any part of the disk capacity located in the san is an ideal solution for the operation of a san. san terminators are application servers and storage systems (disk arrays, tape libraries, etc.). san provides better performance than nas because each logical or physical part of the hard drive is accessed from different computers. san offers dedicated links to various computers, which ultimately provides better speed and reliability than das. due to storage technology limitations, das is currently being used less and less. a simple nas in terms of configuration may be the best solution for choosing a storage system if very high speeds are not required [37]. the cutting-edge solutions that fall into the category of fas are better than the technologies that appeared independently of each other and exist almost in parallel, such as nas and san, which form the basis of fas (primarily, this refers to unified storage systems). the advantage of fas storage is that it provides (based on the concept of object memory storage) synergy between nas and san technologies. fas enables the consolidation of metadata into a centralized repository, which provides distributed access to multiple servers. compared with competitors, models such as netapp fas have a 45% increase in capacity [38]. ndas technology is a revolutionary solution in the field of next-generation storage systems. it is easy to use and does not require any special knowledge of networking, resource sharing, tcp/ip adjustment, or dhcp configuration. when comparing parameters such as performance, reliability, scalability, or availability, ndas outperforms all other nas, which have more complex architectures, rely on server structures, and have a more complex data processing scheme. ndas is 5–6 times faster than other nass on wireless or wired networks. moreover, the performance of competing infrastructures, whose administration costs increase over time, significantly decreases with an increase in the number of users [39, 40]. the fundamental factors for these technologies are special redundant arrays of independent disks, which in essence act as a set of hard disks, the operation of which is additionally synchronized. this approach is used to improve dss reliability and fault tolerance. in addition, it is worth noting that the architectures of such storages described above, which are based on different technologies, will differ in terms of the specific way the information storage is connected to the platform. it is implicit that each approach will be characterized by its advantages and disadvantages, which are presented in table 1. the choice of each option is determined by the conditions of the specific problem to be solved. when analyzing modern practice, it can be noted that approaches that imply the implementation of virtualization of storage systems have become extremely widespread. the essence of such a virtualization technology is reduced to organizing the logical provision of storage capacity, which means that within the framework of this approach, when providing information resources, one can abstract from the current physical implementation of the system. the use of virtualization implies that the storage structure and the dss itself are hidden from the external environment while accessing the logical storage pool. the dss layer manages the physical location of the information. at the same time, it should be understood that when working with information during the operation of a virtual dss, it will imply the transformation of the logical representation of data into physical addresses within specific drives. this implies constant work with sets of metadata, which act as a collection of additional information required by the operating system to correctly work with the available information. metadata plays an important role in data management. specialized metadata allows the analysis of information about stored data blocks, files, and how they are used to form a file. simultaneously, they describe the form of data and do not contain information about the content of the information. organizational metadata, on the contrary, carries a semantic load. they allow for the analysis of the content of stored information, including its author, date of recording, and other additional information. the use of information virtualization makes it possible to successfully solve the problems associated with ensuring the unity of data, i.e., their consolidation, even if the data are placed on different variations of media. moreover, this approach implies the practical implementation of information lifecycle management functions, which means the creation of multi-layered storage that combines a large number of different media. in addition, this approach helps implement automated information movement. it should be understood that in connection with the formation of such storage networks, it became necessary to streamline various storage devices; hence, special protocols have been formed that can be used to describe specific typical solutions for the virtualization of information storage systems. using such models, it is possible to describe various functional levels and properties of the storage system, neglecting the specific structure or features of the physical implementation of the system. upon closer examination, it becomes clear that because of the shared storage model, a description is formed for the transformation processes of data representations that are insignificant in volume, including database files and tuples. if large data representations are considered, volumes or logical devices will already be used. the dbms or file system enables the organization of these processes. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 801 the most important advantage of virtualization technologies is the possibility of presenting heterogeneous media as a single information storage. in addition, from a logical viewpoint, dss can be considered a special hierarchical structure that contains specific physical data storage and various means for providing access to it. figure 1 shows the specific levels of dss in more detail, regarding the specifics of the storage process life cycle. figure 1. hierarchical dss structure with specific data storage noteworthy, most of the studies conducted focus on the process of data management. studies in the field of the physical nature of data storage constantly explore the possibility of practical implementation of promising technologies for recording information, such as tungsten disks and biological recording. furthermore, an increasing number of advanced approaches to data recording are constantly being developed. the variety of modern media is completely determined by the physical nature of storage, the technologies used, and the material of the particular media. undoubtedly, all these factors determine the service life, and it is essential to select them depending on the type of information they store, since various information variations will imply a different storage period for this data. it is worth noting that nowadays it has been possible to achieve tremendous progress in the matter of a significant increase in the density of information recording. this has dramatically expanded the potential range of services that can be provided to ordinary users and information system designers. simultaneously, if we return to the examination of figure 1, it will be possible to find that the existing lower-level problems are given much less attention. most of the ongoing studies aimed at improving existing technologies for storing information state the need to further reduce the cost of storing a unit of information, which is a bit of a main goal. it is quite clear that price reductions can be achieved using organizational and specific technical approaches. the organizational ones include the division of the stored content depending on the specific type of information, after which different versions of the information will be stored on different media. as a result, the use of this approach can significantly save overall storage space. moreover, the data storage process itself implies the use of a certain encapsulation chain: the minimum storage unit (msu) → a physical data block (pb) → a logical data block (lb) → a file. the hierarchical structure of this chain and the relative comparative sizes of its blocks are illustrated in figure 2. figure 2. illustration of the hierarchical structure of the data encapsulation chain in the implementation of data storage and the relative comparative sizes of its blocks user user request interface search engine extraction and delivery mechanism has the search object been detected? user search queries dbms database raid data management wanted files streamer other media data file logical data block physical data block minimum data processing unit … … hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 802 it is proposed to dwell on the essence of this chain in more detail. it consists of the following: here, the minimum storage unit is the minimum physical area of the storage medium, the main property of which is the ability to be in one of several stable states, the number of which determines the number of data bits stored: if the number of states is 2, the msu can store 1 bit of data; if this number is 4, 2 bits can be stored; and in the case of 8 states, 3 bits can be stored, etc. further, at the next level, the minimum amounts of data are combined into special physical blocks. a special structure is considered a physical data block, which helps combine different minimum units of information storage. the specific address of the information location is the most important characteristic of such a structure. the size of the physical block can be adjusted depending on the type of information being recorded and the requirements of the storage system. for example, it can also have a traditional user data format of 512 bytes or 4096 bytes for the advanced format. in turn, the logical block, the size of which is set during formatting and depends on the capabilities of the file system used, will be a special structure that describes specific addresses of physical data blocks. the file system manages files, which are a logical structure of pooled data with a semantic load and contain all the addresses of logical blocks. modern file systems require the ability to simultaneously work with several files up to 16 gb in size. in the process of forming a file using addressing, the data bits are combined into a file (see figure 3). figure 3. a file structures it is also worth considering that the implementation of data storage procedures requires the availability of special intellectual, informational, and physical resources. in turn, the process of providing access to information will imply the existence of an appropriate logical structure that will help search for and work with data. relational and non-relational databases act as a similar structure within modern data storage systems. these databases are inherently a special logical data structure, enabling the establishment of all necessary links between information items. relational databases have become widespread because of their rigid set structure, which makes it easier to work with information; however, relational databases lose their effectiveness regarding working with large amounts of data. in this case, the use of non-relational systems begins, providing the ability to work with clusters, which allows for the increase of hardware storage resources without any problems in the absence of a single scheme. this means that new fields can be easily created in the database without changing its structure. thus, this approach is characterized by much greater flexibility. to ensure interaction between the user and the database, a special information retrieval system is used. based on the results of the analysis of existing modern information technologies used for data storage, it was possible to determine that the operation principle of the ansi/spark model and various virtualization technologies act as an approach that allows physical data storage to be considered as a separate structure that does not directly impact the presentation of data. furthermore, the information management process, like itself, implies the implementation of direct work with metadata. it also becomes obvious that physical storage can contain a huge number of different media, which differ significantly in their characteristics. in this case, the information distribution process is completely determined by the specific characteristics of the information. the need to reduce the cost of a bit of information is becoming increasingly obvious due to the ever-increasing amount of stored information. it is important to understand that cost reduction can be achieved not only by increasing the recording density or guaranteed storage time but also by more efficiently organizing the distribution of available physical resources, particularly capacity. the main goals of the implemented physical storage management systems are to maximize the exploitation of the available storage capacity and to realize the potential for increasing this capacity. thus, it is possible to identify a specific list of tasks that ensure the development of the management system:  developing new, more efficient ways of distributing information within data storages for more optimal use of capacity;  forming accurate forecasts of capacity consumption, which will enable a rapid increase in this parameter. along with this, it becomes clear that it is necessary to create increasingly advanced file systems capable of working with huge blocks of data while ensuring extremely high density for the recorded information. in turn, certain requirements are put forward in relation to control mechanisms, the main task of which is to promptly provide all the file lb1 address lb k address … … … pb 1 address pb l address pb m address pb n address … … … … hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 803 necessary information to the user. thus, undoubtedly, at the current stage, new and more promising solutions are required in the field of organizing the storage of a large amount of targeted information; hence, completely new models are required to implement such solutions. stratification is one of the promising solutions, which implies the creation of a family of models, each of which will determine the behavior of the system at different levels, which will solve the problem of finding a compromise between the simplicity of description and the need to consider the diverse behavioral characteristics of complex systems. as part of the stratification for each level, it will be possible to define some specific features and variables to describe the operation of the system. 3. multi-layered model of the physical data storage complex when considering almost any modeling methodology, it is possible to find that they contain a special system architecture, which helps determine specific methods of analysis and system design; moreover, an accurate description is given here for a set of strategies for using such systems. the main characteristics of the architecture of such systems are specifically defined layers, formal interfaces between each layer, and hidden elements and components. thus, based on such features, it can be concluded that this concept implies a preliminary division into layers and the use of appropriate methodologies and technologies for structural modeling. it should be noted that the practical introduction of modern virtualization technologies provides extremely wide opportunities for implementing various architectural solutions, and the main advantage is the absence of the need to be tied to a specific type of equipment. such advantages make it possible to consider information storage as a separate structure with certain properties and characteristics. furthermore, it should be emphasized that such models (first of all, this applies to such stratified models as: snia shared storage model, the three-level ansi for dbms model, the model for interactive components (mic), and the open systems interconnection reference model (osi-rm) have a single concept, starting with operating with binary data, implementing physical and logical addressing, establishing communication between end points, and ending with data presentation and application operation. a comparison of the information areas of these models is given in table 2. table 2. comparison of the levels of the data storage models no. snia shared storage model three-level ansi for dbms mic osi-rm 7 applications user level conceptual data (does not correspond to the applied layer of osi-rm) applied 6 query language presentation layer 5 file virtualization conceptual level session 4 data access transporting 3 block virtualization physical level file systems networking 2 memory canal 1 block sub-system high-capacity buses and external drives physical it should be noted that the existing models have no detailed description of the recording and physical storage of data bits, which is necessary for describing the storage process. a distinctive feature of the proposed multi-layered data storage model is the comparison of storage organization layers, data media, and the characteristics of physical storage and stored files. a model is proposed that considers both the characteristics of the data and the organizational, technical, and technological features of the data storage process. the model has a stratified structure that combines storage layers, types of media (i.e., technologies that implement this process), and data characteristics. consider a function that enables the formal representation of any hierarchical data storage system: d = (c, r, f) (1) where d is a multi-layered data storage system; c ‒ the data storage structure, defined by the layers at which the stages of the life cycle of the data storage process are implemented: 𝐶 = {𝑚, 𝑛}, where m is the number of storage layers; ni ‒ the number of volumes (media) on the i‒th storage layer; r ‒ a set of temporary, capacitive, energy resources required for the implementation of the storage process; f ‒ incoming data stream for recording with subsequent storage, 𝐹 = {𝑡, 𝑆, 𝑓, 𝜆}, where t is the time of data storage in years; s – the size of the logical data block in bytes; f – the file size in bytes; λ data access frequency, number of requests/hours. in this case, the immediate task of the study will be to create special models for managing dss resources, which will be characterized by the following opportunities: hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 804  accounting for the main features of the specifics of the implemented information process related to information storage;  accounting for the features of a particular file structure;  managing the use of the available physical storage resources;  creating specific forecasts for the consumption of storage capacity, which makes it possible to quickly increase such volumes in practice. such an approach will significantly increase the reliability of the information storage process within the dss. thus, it is proposed to use a multi-layered model, the characteristic features of which will be disclosed in more detail later. this model enables the description of the existing information processes within the digital environment; a stratified structure can be noted among the features of the models. consider the following specific prerequisites for the formation of stratified models:  information processes are implemented using special computer systems that are managed as a single whole. moreover, the systems themselves consist of a combination of hardware and software.  the formation of the information process description is based on a specific sequence of functional tasks to be solved, whereas the specific method of their implementation is unimportant.  to represent the existing functional tasks, hierarchical layers are used, united by special links;  information processes are supported with the help of service information. note that stratified models are formed on the basis of the principle of dividing the information process into a sequential chain of interconnected functions, while each of these functions will be at different layers of the hierarchy. it is important to understand that such levels will have a vertical decomposition, which allows us to say that they are a stratified description. one of the characteristic features of the multi-layered data storage model under consideration is the possibility of practical comparison of different layers of storage organization and data media. in addition, the specific characteristics of physical storage and saved files are considered. the use of this model will allow for consideration of all organizational, technological, and technical features of the information storage process. as noted earlier in this research, the model itself will have a stratified structure that integrates multiple storage layers and media variations. at the same time, within the framework of the model under consideration, it is proposed to use only physical data storage, and the architecture should consider the combination of the following features:  in its nature, the information storage process can be considered as a process of transferring information in time, after which the essence of this information is conveyed to the specific user who requested it after a specified storage time. thus, ensuring a stable and safe state of information is the most important parameter.  storage functions should be considered simultaneously at several layers. moreover, the files on the media act as logical blocks of information, and the file system sets their specific characteristics. in turn, logical blocks are structured as physical blocks, which are the minimum units of storage. the process of organizing information storage involves the placement of this information in different storage layers. it is also required to provide comprehensive control of information migration depending on the specific layers of physical storage.  changing the state of the msu is the primary step in data recording.  to implement information storage in physical storage, special physical resources are required. the saving of these resources is ensured by the competent administration of this information.  if it is necessary to use systems for the long-term storage of information, it may be necessary to create specific file systems within which the features of such data will be considered. it is proposed to perform the operation of vertical, horizontal, and dynamic data placement mechanisms sequentially. the first stage is data allocation to storage levels depending on the metadata containing the type of files to be stored. each storage level assumes a certain data storage time and frequency of access. the lower the level, the longer the storage time and the lower the frequency of data access. the type of files to be stored is purely subjective and is determined by the information owner or technician. in the second step, once the storage tier is determined, the horizontal distribution of files to the selected tier is performed based on the size of the data file. at the third stage, the data are migrated to the storage levels depending on the frequency of access. the frequency of access is determined on the basis of statistics for a certain period. threshold values can be taken into account when overcoming which the data migrate to a more suitable storage level. obviously, hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 805 the migration mechanism allows overcoming the disadvantages of subjective choice of the type of files to be saved when implementing the first stage (distribution of data to storage levels when writing). the aggregate of the above mechanisms allows management of the storage capacity and rational utilization of the media. it should be noted that the above mechanisms are based on the analysis of the metadata of the stored files. the architecture of the described model is presented in more detail in figure 4. the presented tiered storage model differs from other open systems models by a stratified description that combines tiered storage organization, data storage technologies, and characteristics of physical storage and stored files. this allows storage designers to obtain solutions with specified properties across a variety of storage options. figure 4. architecture of the proposed multi-layered data storage model as already noted in this research, the strata of a multi-layered data storage model act as levels characterized by vertical decomposition and describe a specific sequence of data storage organization. the functions of the sublevels are described in more detail below. there are three levels of data storage in the proposed model. the first of them – physical, is shown in table 3. table 3. functions of the physical layer of the multi-layered data storage model physical layer of the multi-layered data storage model sublevels functions note file sublevel defining specific addresses for bits and physical and logical blocks in fact, at this level, all available data bits are logically united into a file. sublevel of the logical data block forming a logical data block physical data blocks undergo encapsulation and transformation into logical data blocks. sublevel of the physical data block all minimum storage units are united, after which the data physical blocks are formed the main result of this layer is msu transformation into physical data blocks by encapsulation. sublevel of the minimum storage unit (msu) changing the minimum storage unit state within the msu sublevel, functions aimed at providing support for the stable storage of data units are implemented. all minimal units of data are capable of being in a steady state for a certain time. furthermore, figure 5 describes the essence of the layered structure of data storage in more detail, showing the structural level of the model. data storage will have a matrix structure in mathematical form, where each cell of the matrix is a volume of the corresponding storage tier designed to store data with certain metric characteristics. magnetic tape magneto-optical disc magnetic disc m(dvd/bd) disc dna (bacteria) tungsten disc solid-state drive management level sublevel of capacity building forecast migration data sublevel sublevel of data distribution structural level physical layer file sublevel sublevel of the logical data block sublevel of the physical data block sublevel of the minimum storage unit b={c, r} f={λ} f={t, f} c={m, n} f={s, f} hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 806 figure 5. layered structure of the data storage it is worth considering that each level of information storage will imply the use of specific storage technologies. moreover, before the next recording of information within a particular level, data are analyzed to select the optimal file system for processing. the flowchart of the workflow is shown in figure 6. if the management layer is considered in more detail, it contains a detailed description of the management processes on the capacity of physical data storage. a description of the specific functions of the three main sub-levels is given in table 4. table 4. management-level functions management level of the multi-layered data storage model sublevels functions note sublevel of the capacity building forecast forming specific forecasts to increase storage matrix cells the general growth in the amount of data will lead to the need to increase the storage capacity within any system. it should also be considered that, in parallel, the intensity of the incoming data fairly significantly changes in the dss. this necessitates the creation of forecasts to increase capacity. when forecasting, factors such as dss use intensity, functional load, type of stored data, and maximum capacity of each specific cell are considered. data migration sublevel decision-making regarding the need for data migration data migration by levels is carried out depending on the frequency of access to specific information; a dynamic allocation mechanism is used for migration. data distribution sublevel distribution of data among cells of the storage matrix the characteristics of the incoming data stream determine the features of the process of distributing information to different levels. various mechanisms are used here, among which the mechanisms of vertical and horizontal placement can be distinguished; each mechanism is characterized by its own features. figure 6. flowchart of the methodology for forecasting capacity expansion. incoming data stream raid automated libraries (tape, optical discs) long-term storage media analyzing the current state of the system identifying the properties of the incoming data stream construction of the behavior pattern of the forecast model calculation of the time required to overcome the boundary values of storage matrix cells capacity monitoring of dss state compliance with behavior patterns and correction of the prediction model building a storage zero pattern building an effective storage pattern visual assessment of the structure of the incoming data flow determination of the distribution shape parameter of the incoming data flow hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 807 4. results and discussion based on the research results, the proposed multi-level data storage model with a stratified structure is discussed. this model makes it possible to successfully combine different levels of storage organization, media variations, and data characteristics. the process of this model functioning is described in more detail in figure 7. in short, the essence is that at the primary stages, before recording to a physical medium, the file characteristics are analyzed, after which a specific decision is made to record the file to a certain level. after recording, data are constantly collected on the frequency of access to each file, which enables them to be migrated based on this indicator. figure 7. storage process in the framework of the proposed model a demonstration experiment using, for example, such a tool for solving the problem of placing objects in accordance with the required parameters, as the apparatus of the kohonen neural network, showed that the model of resource management of data storage systems proposed in this research is operable (which is illustrated by one of the fragments of the obtained test results in figure 8) and makes it possible to solve the problem of rational use of the dss physical resources. figure 8. an example of visualization of boundary values of file access frequency the demonstration of using the kohonen neural network method to distribute a set of files into storage matrix cells after training the network and normalizing the initial metadata. the experiment considered an incoming stream of files management level sublevel of capacity building forecast migration data sublevel sublevel of data distribution structural level physical layer file sublevel sublevel of the logical data block sublevel of the physical data block sublevel of the minimum storage unit s to ra g e ca p ac it y m an ag em en t s to ra g e st at u s d at a an d st at is ti cs f il e fo rm at io n hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 808 with different characteristics, such as estimated storage time, size, and frequency of data access. the stream was generated on the basis of the analysis of files taken from the experimental file server. the composition of these files was assessed, and a sample was taken for the experiment, the composition of which corresponds in percentage to the composition of the files on the considered arbitrary file server. in this study, the performance of various models already in existence has been examined, such as snia, ansi, mic, and osi-rm. these models have a unified concept, starting with working with binary data, realization of physical and logical addressing, establishment of communication between endpoints, and finishing with data representation and application operation. the peculiarity of the proposed multilevel data storage model is the mapping of storage organization levels, data carriers, and the characteristics of physical storage and stored files. the proposed model was developed considering the characteristics of the data and the organizational, technical, and technological features of the data storage process. the proposed model will unify the levels of organization of the storage process, reduce the number of physical resources, and improve the quality of telemedicine systems. the main difficulty in implementing this approach when solving the problem of placing objects in accordance with the required parameters is the choice of parameter classification and normalization. the dynamic distribution of files by levels of the storage matrix consists of analyzing data on the file access frequency and making a decision on the need for file migration. the boundary values for the access frequency, at which files are migrated by levels, must be defined by the storage system administrator. 5. conclusion the digital healthcare system implies the use of cutting-edge information technologies to support an increasingly efficient and cost-effective medical practice. there is a trend toward similar technological transformations worldwide. its main tasks include a general increase in the availability, quality, and comfort of medical care for the population and the formation of the most accurate and in-depth results of medical diagnostics. this paper defines a specific research task that is reduced to the implementation of specific dss resource management models aimed at providing a solution to the problem of forecasting the consumption of these resources. the dss management system, whose main purpose is to ensure the fullest use of storage capacity and its timely expansion, was considered in detail. the potential benefits of applying the model presented in this paper are its application to federated storage resource management, given the relationship between storage tiers, characteristics of stored data, and write technologies. a multilevel model of data storage is proposed that combines the levels of organization of the storage process, the technologies that implement this process, and the corresponding data characteristics. the functions of the levels and sub-levels of the proposed version of the multilevel data storage model and the operation of the multilevel model are described. the problems of realizing the data storage process at each level of the proposed model, which consist of saving physical resources and timely increasing the storage capacity, are considered. this development will improve the quality and credibility of complex telemedicine systems. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.t. and d.p.; methodology, d.p.; software, a.l.; validation, a.t.; formal analysis, d.p.; investigation, a.l.; resources, d.p.; data curation, a.t.; writing—original draft preparation, a.l.; writing—review and editing, a.t.; visualization, d.p.; supervision, a.t.; project administration, a.t.; funding acquisition, a.t. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding selected findings of this work were obtained under the grant agreement in the form of subsidies from the federal budget of the russian federation for state support for the establishment and development of world-class scientific centers performing r&d on scientific and technological development priorities dated april 20, 2022, no. 075-15-2022-307. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 809 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] kruk, m. e., gage, a. d., arsenault, c., jordan, k., leslie, h. h., roder-dewan, s., adeyi, o., barker, p., daelmans, b., doubova, s. v., english, m., garcía-elorrio, e., guanais, f., gureje, o., hirschhorn, l. r., jiang, l., kelley, e., lemango, e. t., liljestrand, j., . . . pate, m. (2018). high-quality health systems in the sustainable development goals era: time for a revolution. the lancet global health, 6(11), e1196–e1252. doi:10.1016/s2214-109x(18)30386-3. [2] dash, s., shakyawar, s. k., sharma, m., & kaushik, s. (2019). big data in healthcare: management, analysis and future prospects. journal of big data, 6(1), 54. doi:10.1186/s40537-019-0217-0. [3] obermeyer, z., & emanuel, e. j. (2016). predicting the future — big data, machine learning, and clinical medicine. new england journal of medicine, 375(13), 1216–1219. doi:10.1056/nejmp1606181. [4] chen, m., hao, y., hwang, k., wang, l., & wang, l. (2017). disease prediction by machine learning over big data from healthcare communities. ieee access, 5, 8869–8879. doi:10.1109/access.2017.2694446. [5] lebedev, g. s., linskaya, e. y., tatarkanov, a. a., & lampezhev, a. k. (2023). recent solutions in the field of automated monitoring and quality control of telemedical services. international journal of engineering trends and technology, 71(1), 62– 78. doi:10.14445/22315381/ijett-v71i1p207. [6] kuklin, v. z., alexandrov, i. a., umyskov, a. a., & lampezhev, a. k. (2022). analysis of the prospects for developing storage and processing complexes for multiformat media data. journal of computer science, 18(12), 1159–1169. doi:10.3844/jcssp.2022.1159.1169. [7] chen, x., yan, c. c., zhang, x., zhang, x., dai, f., yin, j., & zhang, y. (2015). drug–target interaction prediction: databases, web servers and computational models. briefings in bioinformatics, 17(4), 696–712. doi:10.1093/bib/bbv066. [8] li, j., zheng, s., chen, b., butte, a. j., swamidass, s. j., & lu, z. (2015). a survey of current trends in computational drug repositioning. briefings in bioinformatics, 17(1), 2–12. doi:10.1093/bib/bbv020. [9] hale, t. m., & kvedar, j. c. (2014). privacy and security concerns in telehealth. ama journal of ethics, 16(12), 981–985. doi:10.1001/virtualmentor.2014.16.12.jdsc1-1412. [10] ahmad, r. w., salah, k., jayaraman, r., yaqoob, i., ellahham, s., & omar, m. (2021). the role of blockchain technology in telehealth and telemedicine. international journal of medical informatics, 148, 104399. doi:10.1016/j.ijmedinf.2021.104399. [11] tatarkanov, a., lampezhev, a., polezhaev, d., & tekeev, r. (2022). suboptimal biomedical diagnostics in the presence of random perturbations in the data. international journal of engineering trends and technology, 70(11), 129–137. doi:10.14445/22315381/ijett-v70i11p213. [12] rashid, a., salamat, n., & prasath, v. (2018). an algorithm for data hiding in radiographic images and ephi/r application. technologies, 6(1), 7. doi:10.3390/technologies6010007. [13] tatarkanov, a. a., umyskov, l., tekeev, r. k., & kuklin, v. z. (2022). model development of universal hardware and software module for medical information system. international journal of emerging technology and advanced engineering, 12(10), 136– 146. doi:10.46338/ijetae1022_15. [14] xia, q., sifah, e. b., asamoah, k. o., gao, j., du, x., & guizani, m. (2017). medshare: trust-less medical data sharing among cloud service providers via blockchain. ieee access, 5, 14757–14767. doi:10.1109/access.2017.2730843. [15] alyass, a., turcotte, m., & meyre, d. (2015). from big data analysis to personalized medicine for all: challenges and opportunities. bmc medical genomics, 8(1), 1-12. doi:10.1186/s12920-015-0108-y. [16] dimitrov, d. v. (2016). medical internet of things and big data in healthcare. healthcare informatics research, 22(3), 156163. doi:10.4258/hir.2016.22.3.156. [17] hashem, i. a. t., yaqoob, i., anuar, n. b., mokhtar, s., gani, a., & ullah khan, s. (2015). the rise of “big data” on cloud computing: review and open research issues. information systems, 47, 98–115. doi:10.1016/j.is.2014.07.006. [18] warren, j., & marz, n. (2015). big data: principles and best practices of scalable realtime data systems. manning publications: shelter island, new york, usa. [19] haghi, m., thurow, k., & stoll, r. (2017). wearable devices in medical internet of things: scientific research and commercially available devices. healthcare informatics research, 23(1), 4. doi:10.4258/hir.2017.23.1.4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 810 [20] jennings, b., & stadler, r. (2014). resource management in clouds: survey and research challenges. journal of network and systems management, 23(3), 567–619. doi:10.1007/s10922-014-9307-7. [21] hong, c. h., & varghese, b. (2019). resource management in fog/edge computing. acm computing surveys, 52(5), 1–37. doi:10.1145/3326066. [22] musaddiq, a., zikria, y. b., hahm, o., yu, h., bashir, a. k., & kim, s. w. (2018). a survey on resource management in iot operating systems. ieee access, 6, 8459–8482. doi:10.1109/access.2018.2808324. [23] yoshida, h. (2018). storage resource management. encyclopedia of database systems, 3759–3760. doi:10.1007/978-1-46148265-9_1342. [24] grozev, n., & buyya, r. (2013). performance modelling and simulation of three-tier applications in cloud and multi-cloud environments. the computer journal, 58(1), 1–22. doi:10.1093/comjnl/bxt107. [25] fu, j. s., liu, y., chao, h. c., bhargava, b. k., & zhang, z. j. (2018). secure data storage and searching for industrial iot by integrating fog computing and cloud computing. ieee transactions on industrial informatics, 14(10), 4519–4528. doi:10.1109/tii.2018.2793350. [26] gierek, m., kitala, d., łabuś, w., glik, j., szyluk, k., pietrauszka, k., bergler-czop, b., & niemiec, p. (2023). the impact of telemedicine on patients with hidradenitis suppurativa in the covid-19 era. healthcare, 11(10), 1453. doi:10.3390/healthcare11101453. [27] calton, b. a., nouri, s., davila, c., kotwal, a., zapata, c., & bischoff, k. e. (2023). strategies to make telemedicine a friend, not a foe, in the provision of accessible and equitable cancer care. cancers, 15(21), 5121. doi:10.3390/cancers15215121. [28] troschke, t., wieczorek, a., kulinski, k., ociepa, t., zielezinska, k., lode, h. n., & urasinski, t. (2023). pediatric hematology and oncology center integrated by telemedicine: experience, challenges and first results of a cross border network. healthcare, 11(10), 1431. doi:10.3390/healthcare11101431. [29] kumar, k. (2020). from post-industrial to post-modern society. in the information society reader, routledge, pp. 103-120. [30] akhtar, d. n., kerim, d. b., perwej, d. y., tiwari, d. a., & praveen, d. s. (2021). a comprehensive overview of privacy and data security for cloud storage. international journal of scientific research in science, engineering and technology, 113–152. doi:10.32628/ijsrset21852. [31] chen, y., ding, s., xu, z., zheng, h., & yang, s. (2018). blockchain-based medical records secure storage and medical service framework. journal of medical systems, 43(1). doi:10.1007/s10916-018-1121-4. [32] yang, p., xiong, n., & ren, j. (2020). data security and privacy protection for cloud storage: a survey. ieee access, 8, 131723– 131740. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3009876. [33] cha, b., park, s., kim, j., pan, s., & shin, j. (2018). international network performance and security testing based on distributed abyss storage cluster and draft of data lake framework. security and communication networks, 2018, 1–14. doi:10.1155/2018/1746809. [34] malav, v., & sharma, d. a. (2018). effect and benefits of deploying hadoop in private cloud. national journal of multidisciplinary research and development, 3, 1057-1062. [35] park, j. k., & kim, j. (2018). big data storage configuration and performance evaluation utilizing ndas storage systems. akce international journal of graphs and combinatorics, 15(2), 197–201. doi:10.1016/j.akcej.2017.09.003. [36] edelson, e. (2004). security in network attached storage (nas) for workgroups. network security, 2004(4), 8–12. doi:10.1016/s1353-4858(04)00065-0. [37] salim, n. b., zambri, n. a., suhaimi, m. b., & sim, s. y. (2023). automatic generation control system: the impact of battery energy storage in multi area network. international journal of integrated engineering, 15, 208–216. doi:10.30880/ijie.2023.15.03.022. [38] liu, m. (2023). fabric-centric computing. in proceedings of the 19th workshop on hot topics in operating systems (pp. 118– 126), association for computing machinery, providence, ri, usa. doi:10.1145/3593856.3595907. [39] okafor, i., ramanathan, a. k., challapalle, n. r., li, z., & narayanan, v. (2023). fusing in-storage and near-storage acceleration of convolutional neural networks. acm journal on emerging technologies in computing systems, 20(1), 1–22. doi:10.1145/3597496. [40] zet, c., dumitriu, g., fosalau, c., & sarbu, g. c. (2023). automated calibration and dcc generation system with storage in private permissioned blockchain network. acta imeko, 12(1), 1–7. doi:10.21014/actaimeko.v12i1.1414. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 1 issn: 2723-9535 enterprise architecture: enabling digital transformation for operational business process during covid-19 kori viony hardi 1*, nilo legowo 1 1 department of information system management, bina nusantara university, jakarta, 11480 indonesia. received 02 august 2022; revised 05 november 2022; accepted 19 november 2022; available online 21 january 2023 abstract the sars-cov-2 pandemic and the global response to contain its spread and deaths have been unprecedented, according to unicef research on covid-19 released in 2021. many steps had been taken by countries worldwide, particularly those in south asia. as of may 17th, 2020, indonesia reported a total of 17,514 daily positive cases. it has been confirmed that the majority of cases throughout the archipelago occur primarily on java, particularly in the greater jakarta, greater bandung, semarang, solo, and greater surabaya areas. the research object of this paper is a system integrator company located in, central jakarta. the company's business is badly impacted by this pandemic. the company provides nearly all ict solutions, yet improving their internal systems is an issue that has never been brought up. due to physical distance regulations, leading workers to work from home. to keep the business running, the company began using email as their only tool to run the whole system, which is not effective and causing a crisis for the company. the purpose of this paper is to propose a digital transformation plan as a solution and to support business continuity by utilizing togaf adm. keywords: enterprise architecture; togaf adm; digital transformation; covid-19. 1. introduction in 2021, unicef issued a report on covid-19. the sars-cov-2 pandemic and the global response to restrict its spread and the mortality caused by covid-19 were unprecedented in terms of a global health catastrophe and the efforts adopted by countries around the world, particularly south asian nations, to battle its spread. in response, physical distancing, school closures, travel restrictions, and nationwide lockdowns have been implemented, resulting in limited access to vital healthcare services and considerable economic damage. as of february 2021, over 12 million cases of covid-19 had been reported in south asia, especially in afghanistan, bangladesh, bhutan, the maldives, nepal, india, pakistan, and sri lanka. india alone has reported over 10.9 million cases [1]. as of may 17, 2020, indonesia had confirmed 17,514 cases of covid-19. throughout the archipelago, confirmed cases have been documented, with the largest portion of disease transmission occurring on the island of java, mainly in greater jakarta, greater bandung, greater semarang, greater solo, and greater surabaya [2]. numerous government actions, including social distancing, double-mask wearing, and work-from-home policies, have been taken. large-scale social restrictions (psbb/ppkm) have been applied in regions with a high number of covid-19 cases and deaths. this restriction has led to lockdowns of schools and offices, as well as restrictions on religious, social, and cultural activities. this has led to the online transformation of these various fields. professor caroline chan said again in 2020 that indonesia needs to focus on three things to make the most of this potential. one of these is improving its ict and digitalskilled workforce. * corresponding author: kori.viony@binus.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0214-764x hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 2 this paper will perform research on a system integrator company located at central of jakarta. they offer a complete enterprise infrastructure solution, from databases to endpoint solutions. they are divided into two division, which one another located at separate building. "solution provider" or "sp", is responsible for all network solutions; the other is referred to as "enterprise", which is responsible for all infrastructure solutions. even though they provide nearly all ict solutions, digitizing their own processes has never been a priority. due to physical separation and work-from-home regulations, object research uses email to conduct business operations. last year, the first weakness identified was a "lack of efficiency" in operational business. there are four main problems with their current system:  time-consuming: even though the workers work from home, didn’t mean they always bring their work laptop everywhere they go. so, the chance to get more delayed time is bigger. some of the high-level management didn’t even know of the email unless they had been notified or reminded by phone. as it goes on, it takes a longer time to process customer orders, so most of their projects didn’t fulfil the project timeline.  ineffective: the communication still manual by email. before pandemic, email maybe effective in supporting their need. after the pandemic, workloads got higher with a higher pressure, departments will blame on each other whenever any tiny problem occurs.  disorganized & bad documentation: email is a communication tool and didn’t have an organizing function. all of the emails will be sent to one containment only, known as the inbox. the emails will be mixed up and so leading to bad documentation. microsoft outlook didn’t have any capabilities to sort things well enough for company documentation with no standardization.  low of security: not few times, the approver approved the process by delegating it to other people. as shown as below, the note of the approval is “approved by wa”. which means the approval approved it by whatsapp and other people put those note on the email. with no authentication, this kind of situation is very easy to be manipulated by the wrong person. the majority of their customers are public-sector institutions that require them to release multiple purchase orders (pos) per day and to be able to clarify each action taken when necessary. occasionally, in exceptional circumstances, an invoice may be disputed, necessitating confirmation from the head of delivery regarding the services and goods delivery documentation. additionally, they utilize email as a tool, hoping that all individuals who are in the loop will read the email and thus become aware of the condition. with delayed pos will affecting delayed on project’s plan and timeline, in which company will have to lose few projects since they wouldn’t be able to fulfill the timeline. as shown on table 1 is the data comparison of projects handled by company from year 2019 and 2020. table 1. data project 2019 and 2020 description 2019 (before pandemic) 2020 (after pandemic) ↓ potential opportunities/projects (annual) % opportunity 492 342 -150 30.49% project 196 137 -59 30.10% failed project 0 10 -10 table 1 shows that after the pandemic, the number of their sales team's prospects decreased by 30%. this number raised concerns with their board of directors (bod). as time passes, all businesses accelerate and operate in an increasingly demanding environment. the financial times, which recently published an article on this fast-paced pressure, feels compelled to warn business leaders to exercise caution when it comes to their employees' health. according to one of their statements, the primary beneficiary of this unprecedented period of change is undoubtedly big tech companies, as their customers are forced to accelerate online plans, adopt new networking tools, and hire remote workers. additionally, the financial times reported that the combined market value of the leading technology companies reached a new high this week. the technology companies are leading the way in terms of changing workplace practices [3]. based on this background, this research will propose a solution for business continuity and help optimize the company's operational business process, which involves eight departments: marketing department, sales department, financecontroller department, finance department, procurement department, implement department, support department, and delivery department. the next section will describe the literature review of this paper, which the author uses as the theoretical foundation of this paper. section 3 will present the research methodology of this paper. the data gathering and architecture analysis will be explained in section 4. and the last section will conclude the paper as a guideline for the company's it blueprint. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 3 2. literature review this section discusses the relationship between how covid-19 is causing digital transformation and the reason the author chose togaf adm as the framework. prior to proceeding further, the author will present related works in various fields as a foundation for this research. 2.1. covid-19: a disaster that enhanced global technology before 2019, no one would have believed that a single, lethal danger could alter lives irrevocably in the blink of an eye [4]. the coronavirus, or covid-19, is the leading cause of the recent changes in our lives; for instance, we must adjust to the "new normal" as if it were our "normal". the pandemic has disrupted corporate productivity [5], forcing adjustments to business procedures [6]. many admit that the regulation compelling us to remain at home is the most difficult adjustment to this new norm. as indicated in the introduction, every employee has experienced an increase in stress due to the epidemic. people must labour longer hours for less income each day. tokazhanov et al. [7] corroborated this assertion in a research investigation in 2020. the author underlines the various ways in which the current covid19 pandemic is influencing society. other research investigates important aspects affecting an organization's operational viability and ability to overcome adversity in the case of a covid-19 pandemic. combining current theoretical frameworks with actual success case studies, the researchers highlight the important characteristics and tactics that organizations should adopt to survive and prosper during and after crises. examining organizational features, operations, digital transformation, and financial planning, this essay presents a novel strategy for covid-19. researchers concluded that with increased digitization and internet technology, operations may be maintained throughout pandemics [8]. since the introduction of covid-19, the tendency toward digital applications has risen [9]. 2.2. digital transformation the digitization process combines the virtual sector of the economy with the physical sector. a digital platform integrates digital resources that offer services and metadata. it generates value by establishing a connection between the entrepreneur and the customer. digital platforms are the pinnacle of digital infrastructure. included are the internet, data centers, smart phones, and tablets. new, high-risk digital endeavors require access to a robust digital infrastructure [10]. a study on cross-cultural trends sheds light on the globalization of the business environment each year. according to their research [11], digitalization and the increasing influence of new generations facilitate such processes. the primary spheres of influence of digital transformation are as follows: digital transformation of society; digital transformation of the corporate environment; digital transformation of personnel; digital transformation of management; and digital transformation of operating activities [12]. due to the vastness of the land, research guidance from loughborough university indicates that design decisions can be made using excellent architectural modeling, where different solutions can be modeled and explored [13]. digital transformation is typically administered as a separate program or division from enterprise architecture, notwithstanding the contentions of some researchers within an organization. others argue that this circumstance will realize the full potential of the digital revolution. digitalization should be extensively connected with all enterprise levels and services, or it will cause digital disruption. digital disruption will have a significant influence on businesses, and all company levels must take steps to adapt to rapid change [14]. 2.3. enterprise architecture as the digitalization guideline digitalization is a very complex process to do, especially for enterprise companies. as demonstrated by trad & kalpi [15], enterprise architecture provides the tools and approaches to manage the complexity of digital transformation. additionally, they mention that involving eas early in the digital transformation will benefit them. the various aspects of an enterprise possibly affected by digital transformation include organizational structure, business processes, information systems, and infrastructure, which together form an enterprise architecture (ea) [16]. other research in budapest also underlined that to successfully manage digital transformation, current enterprise architectures and it governance processes must be revisited [17]. enterprise architecture (ea) defines the current and desired future states of an organization's processes, capabilities, application systems, data, and information technology infrastructure, as well as a roadmap for achieving the desired future state from the current state [18]. this allows the business unit to innovate in order to gain a competitive edge, while simultaneously fostering synergies between business units. the benefits of a good enterprise architecture include [19]:  improved it operations efficiency;  lucrative investments;  reducing risk associated with rule violations;  company operations that are more efficient, straightforward, and quick. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 4 2.4. the best practices of the open group architecture framework (togaf) to this very present day, numerous frameworks have been developed to design enterprise architecture. in 2017, the research team at conexiam presented a technique for enterprise architecture (ea) teams to leverage the open group's standards, best practices, snapshots, and publications to facilitate digital business transformation. they demonstrate how this approach can be applied to expedite the delivery of value to the organization and how it shapes conversations at all business levels regarding business strategy, it delivery, governance, and digitization [20]. moving to 2021, liao and wang performed a study on manufacturers in the chemical industry [21]. as a conclusion to their research, liao and wang offered an in-depth togaf analysis of an actual business transformation occurring at a large worldwide chemical corporation, extracting the architectural framework that this company may have employed to change into a lean enterprise. togaf generates a comprehensive image of an organization [22]. togaf also helps intel it execute the company's digital transformation plans, and intel is investing in resources with expertise in this framework [23]. some authors refer to togaf as a de facto industry standard in ea practice. other studies show that togaf is the most cited and widely discussed publication in the field of enterprise architecture, and about how it represents a modern understanding [24–30]. togaf is a framework that provides methodologies and tools for constructing, managing, implementing, and maintaining corporate architecture. preliminary, architectural vision, business architecture, information systems architecture, and technology architecture are the phases utilized in this architectural framework [31]. and for digitalization to happen, research shows that change agents must be aware of, understand, and know the most important requirements and principles of both the current and future (company-intended) models [32], which are the basis of togaf. based on the presented literatures, author concludes that enterprise architecture is the appropriate tool for digitizing internal operational processes. from many success stories of digital transformation using togaf framework, author believes that togaf is a comprehensive framework for this research. 3. research methodology this section will discuss the methodology used to conduct this research from the start. the first section contains the framework for the research that will be used to answer the research question. the second section and the remainder of the document contains the explanation. 3.1. research frameworks as shown on figure 1 is the research framework for this paper. this research focus on preliminary phase up to technology architecture phase of togaf adm. figure 1. research framework author currently is working at a system integrator company that becomes the object research. lately, the company business really took the effect from the pandemic. each employee always on the edge and feels an enormous pressure. if this situation keeps going, the company will be collapsed soon. that is when author starts this research. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 5 3.2. problem identification by interview and observation, the author will identify the problem that occurs during the pandemic. the company will pick two business head units that will represent the company from a business and technical perspective. 3.3. literature reviews this is the author's first research project from the ground up. this research-based theory requires a review of the literature. researching the past literature, the author realized that the internal systems are still conventional. and as discussed in the literature review, the author decided to use the enterprise architecture framework to propose a solution for companies to overcome the difficulties caused by covid-19. 3.4. designing enterprise architecture using togaf adm in the preceding chapter, author had already analysed the problem and reviewed the past literature. after that, this research will be processed using the following steps from togaf adm phases.  the open group architecture framework: architecture development meth the research method used to design the enterprise architecture in this paper is a review of the togaf adm literature. togaf adm is the result of on-going contributions from a diverse group of architecture practitioners [33]. it defines methods for developing and managing enterprise architecture throughout its lifecycle and serves as the foundation for togaf. it incorporates the togaf elements figure 2. figure 2. the nine phases of togaf a) preliminary phase this is the initial phase of designing the research framework, beginning with the scope of the organization, forming teams and organizations, identifying and establishing principles, and selecting and modifying the architectural framework. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 6 b) architecture vision this phase promotes coherence across diverse viewpoints on the enterprise architectural needs required to achieve organizational objectives. this phase involves an analysis of strategic requirements and the effectiveness of business processes. c) business architecture phase this phase defines the initial conditions of the business architecture by outlining the hierarchy of each business model to ensure that it includes all essential business activities based on the needs and scenarios for each business process. utilizing a value chain model, as shown in figure 3, architectural vision strategies are developed. figure 3. michael porter's value chain model d) information system architecture phase information system architecture phase creates the framework for the information system architecture's development. this step describes the activities related to developing the data and application systems of an organization. data architecture concentrates on the required business tasks, processes, and services. while application architecture emphasizes how important it is to plan the information architecture for all information systems and procedures that will be built as part of the application portfolio. e) technology architecture phase the technology architecture prioritizes the technical composition of hardware and network technology. this is to ensure the seamless flow and connectivity of all data generated by each business process within the scope of the technology portfolio, which includes both software and hardware. after following each phase, author will compile all of the output data and propose the solution to the representatives of the company to analyse the collected data for the reliability and validity. finally, this paper will summarize the output into a proposed solution to the business's problem. a research instrument is a data collection tool used by researchers to collect data. examples include tests, questionnaires, interview guides, and observation guidelines [34]. author will collect data in this paper via interview with the head of marketing and head of business development department and through observation. 4. results and discussions the results after interviewing the bod representative combined with observations during conducting the research is that covid-19 had brought some limitations that decreased the quality of the company's current internal system with the new regulations. this regulation brought physical distancing restrictions and didn’t allow employees to work from office they used to. customers would not tolerate this limitation as the reason for delaying the project timeline. in order to keep the business running, the company has to solve the root cause, which is basically to find a solution from the enterprise architecture to keep the business continuity with integrated system between departments. this research is to help companies solve this problem by digitalizing their internal processes using togaf adm. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 7 4.1. preliminary phase 4.1.1. stakeholder’s concerns the identification of stakeholder’s concerns was defined after the fgd conducting interview and discussion. they come up with 3 objectives and 12 principals that will be the architecture foundation, as below:  objectives: (1) business continuity; (2) integrate system; (3) it blueprint guidelines.  business architecture principles: (1) business continuity; (2) optimal benefits for company; (3) comply with laws & regulations.  data architecture principles: (4) data is an asset; (5) data is shared; (6) data is secure.  applications architecture principles: (7) independent; (8) easy to use; (9) interconnected applications.  technology architecture principles: (10) simple configuration; (11) meet with industry standards; (12) redundant capabilities. author will use these objectives and principals as the guidelines on every phase of the research using togaf adm. 4.2. architecture vision company already has their vision and mission since 1997. and after interview and discussion, they want the architecture vision to be in line with their vision. the current vision is, “to be the top leading information communication technology (ict) service provider, and trusted service provider in the region”. they stated that they want this ea to focus on delivering value to their 3 most important components that keep their business running, which are: their customers, their employees, and their partners. finally, they decided that their architecture vision is, "maximizing service for value creation that satisfies customers, a comfortable environment for employees, and a trusted partner." 4.2.1. scope of work the primary concern that needs to be focus on this research is the primary activities, whereas the core internal operational business process is. 4.2.2. identifying the stakeholders as shown on figure 4 is the overview of company organization structure stakeholders are parties with an interest in the ea design work, as well as parties affected by the work. the influence of stakeholders as drivers or barriers to ea design work. the definition of a stakeholder class is based on the matrix of the relationship between influence (power) and level of interest (level of interest), which is manifested as a stakeholder power grid. based on both classifications the results of the stakeholder analysis are shown on table 2. figure 4. organization structure board of directors president director commercial director human resources hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 8 table 2. stakeholder identification and classification stakeholders classification stakeholder context of interests grade cxo president director commerce director finance & support director a high-level view of how business drivers and enterprise goals are translated into effective it architectures and processes to improve business performance. keep satisfied line management gm marketing gm sales gm service & delivery gm finance gm procurement & logistic top-level understanding of organizational functions and processes, and how applications support processes. key players human resources gm human resources & support management of human resource arrangements related to the transition to achieving the target architecture. keep informed qa/sop management development (md) ensure that organizational procedures and governance are consistent with business architecture, data, applications, and technology. key players it operations mis eis ensure it services meet the level of service required by the company to support business success. ensure that the developed application components and technology infrastructure are in good working order. key players 4.2.3. key requirements the key requirements for ea design in this study include the following types of information:  business architecture information, including core business processes and supporting business processes;  information data architecture based on data requirements in business processes;  application architecture information to support business processes;  architecture of information technology. 4.3. business architecture the object research is a system integrator company located in central jakarta. as a system integrator, the main job is to deliver, implement, and maintain the customer’s infrastructure within the expected timeline. the most important system to keep the business running in the company is their internal process. the expected solution from this layer is a business architecture that will bring a company maximum benefit at a minimum cost. currently, the primary activities involve eight departments: sales, marketing, finance-controller, finance, procurement, receive and delivery, implement, and support department. 4.3.1. identification of business problems and targeted solutions after analyzing the current business process, the author found that the process is quite complex for maintaining primary activities. the complexity cause activities line between each department are not clear. for example, there are sales and marketing team activities involved in support activities, which should be handled by the project operational team. the line between each department has to be clear, or each department's territory will be biased (table 3). table 3. business problems and targeted solutions no. problem area problem targeted solution 1 department activities there are too many departments involve in the primary activities. consolidate the department that is redundant with another department. 2 project ownership there is no person in charge that took ownership of each project. propose a project owner based on their responsibility. 3 project plan there are no hands over project plan between the pre-sales team to field team proposed an internal kick-off meeting in sop. 4.3.2. value chain diagram as the solutions have already been identified, the company will want to know if the proposed solutions meet the architecture expectations. a value chain diagram will establish the proposed conditions for the business architecture by mapping the structure of each business model to ensure that it encompasses all necessary business activities based on the requirements and scenarios for each business process (figure 5). hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 9 figure 5. proposed value chain model with the proposed solutions and value chain, author tries to illustrate on figure 6 the future workflow as the guideline for each department that includes on primary activities. figure 6. target operational business process among the many benefits of enterprise architecture is the ability to streamline business processes and decrease repetitiveness in corporate operations. this repetition is caused by the organization's divergent perspectives on data or business processes [35]. 4.4. information system architecture in the next section, identification and creation of data and applications architecture will be carried out, which is derived from the primary activities. 4.5. data architecture based on the target value chain, the data from each department based on their new business activities process will be listed on table 4. sales • request price • sales order (so) marketing • pec • pcc • fppbj • rfi finance contoller • manage cashflow base on pcc • monitor budget base on pcc • monitor and maintain finance team activities schedule base on pc. procurement • create po base on fppbj • monitoring vendor's delivery services & delivery • receive vendors delivery and crosscheck base on rfi • deliver, implement and maintain goods to customer base on rfi • create delivery/implement/maintenance project reports and send the signed document to finance controller hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 10 table 4. target data architecture business actor business process data sales sales is in charge of promoting and selling products & services to prospective customers. leads data; opportunities data; pipeline data; customer data. sales is in charge to inform all departments that involved of all aspects of project administration such as input sales order, project details and customer data. project contract/agreement; sales order (so); proposed project technical proposal; project cost calculation (pcc) data. marketing marketing is responsible for validating project cost. marketing is in charge of processing and validating the sales order. marketing is responsible to inform the delivery and implement team about the project details through rfi form. customer data; pcc data; so with po; form to request goods and services (fppbj) data; request for installation (rfi) data. finance controller finance controller is responsible to monitoring and maintain cashflow for each project are on track. finance controller is responsible for all financial reports. customer data; signed pcc document with so and po; profit and loss data report; account payable (ap) schedule and data; account receivable (ar) schedule and data; signed project handover document. procurement procurement places product orders once got the marketing request that has been approved. procurement is in charge to keep the delivery time from vendor is on track. procurement manages and evaluates supplier data. customer data; signed fppbj; purchase order (po) to vendor; list of estimate time arrival (eta) of the ordered goods; vendor data; vendor agreement. service and delivery s&d receives goods (products) purchased from a vendor. s&d manages the expansion and modification of goods in storage. s& d deliver the goods to customers. s&d starts the project and implements the work on the products and solutions offered. s&d in charge of handing over work and closing projects. customer data; list of estimate time arrival (eta) of the ordered goods; project proposal data; signed rfi with po; delivery order (do) data; goods received document (npb) data; stock data; project documentation such as project plan, change request, and handover document. based on data identification, to help understanding the alignment between the target business architecture with the target data architecture will be illustrated with a diagram on figure 7. figure 7. target data architecture diagram hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 11 4.6. application architecture the company's current application architecture is still unable to support the expected solution from the main architecture objectives. the company is still using conventional technology, which will not support the employees to work from any other place. they are still using lan to access the production servers. to enable the digital workplace, the author proposes additional applications on table 5. table 5. applications architecture gaps no. application current discard upgrade new 1. i-mam 2. online timesheet 3. dingtalk 4. orlansoft 5. cmr 6. ms office 7. ms project 8. ms outlook 9. ms exchange antivirus 10. kapersky 11. citrix workspace 12. sales force 13. anydesk 14. zoom 15. forticlient ssl dingtalk, zoom, and sales force are new applications that are proposed to enable companies to digitize their systems (figure 8). dingtalk is an intelligent mobile workspace for business administration and operations, team collaboration, and business expansion. dingtalk's apis can be used to construct applications for messaging, phone and video conferencing, file sharing, and remote office access [36]. despite the fact that dingtalk suppor ts video conferencing, the author recommends zoom as the supporting app platform for the company's virtual meeting room. not only does zoom have better quality since it is mainly focused on virtual conference platforms, but it also utilizes less bandwidth. the other application is sales force, a customer relationship management (crm) tool to support sales, marketing, and business operations (figure 9). salesforce services enable cloud technologies that help organizations improve relationships with partners, customers, and prospects [37]. due to the limits of the research, the author focuses primarily on sales force: sales cloud as an application supporting internal operational business activities. the sales force automation software of sales cloud aids sales managers in highlighting team-wide insights that can impact the entire sales strategy, including target achievement, territory management, and sales forecasting. the result is a holistic view of individual and team performance that managers can use to enhance sales resources and processes. by using analytical data to sketch out the future market's potential, companies will not only be able to keep an eye on their sales operations, but they will also be able to reach more customers and make better decisions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 12 figure 8. dingtalk dedicated architecture figure 9. sales cloud architecture overview based on the new data and applications architecture, on figure 10 is the is architecture design by using trm as the reference. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 13 figure 10. target application architecture taxonomy figure 11. target network architecture hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 14 the purpose of the trm is to facilitate the organized definition of the standard application platform and its accompanying interfaces. the technical reference model solely addresses the other elements, which are required in any certain design, to the extent that they impact the application platform. the main goal of this strategy is to make sure that the higher-level building blocks of business solutions work on a complete, strong foundation [38]. 4.7. technology architecture the company targets technology architecture related to the network configuration and infrastructure that support the is architecture. one of the important technology architecture principles is redundant capability. therefore, companies need a technology architecture that has high availability features that can be provided by the dc and cloud-based storage. to support business continuity, data center management and troubleshooting have to be capable of being done from anywhere and anytime using a vpn connection, even from public infrastructure. 4.7.1. target network architecture to meet the architecture objectives, the target network architecture has to provide a dc-drc and be open for cloudbased applications that digitize a company’s system. it also needs a virtual private network with ssl to keep the network safe, as shown in figure 11. 4.7.2. target client access endpoint since covid-19 hit indonesia, the company has slowly moved to mobile working. in that case, the pc is not an effective endpoint anymore. the target client access endpoint in this research is an upgraded version of a notebook for their employees. and it will be differentiated into two types: sales (standard) and technical (better specs) on table 6. table 6. target endpoint specifications client type notebook: sales notebook: technical processor intel® core i5-1135g7, intel soc (system on chip) platform core i7 1165g7 memory 16 gb (16gbx2) ddr4 8gb ddr4 3200mhz(onboard)+ 16gb ddr4 harddisk 1tb ssd nvme 1tb ssd nvme operating system win 10 pro 64 bit oem win 10 pro 64 bit oem 4.7.3. target server with the new architecture, current servers have to be updated to comply with the standard. table 7 shows the catalog of the servers to meet the new is architecture. table 7. target servers’ catalogue no. type application/ database operating system processor, hd, memory 1 controller domain controller win sever 2008 r2 enterprise xeon e5506 2.13ghz, 500 gb, 8 gb 2 dc dc / dhcp server win server 2008 r2 standard xeon e5 20403-1,80ghz, 300 gb, 8 gb 3 database database crm win server 2008 r2 standard sp1 xeon e5506 2.13ghz, 465 gb, 6 gb 4 database sales force win server 2008 r2 standard sp2 xeon e5405 2.0ghz, 80 + 300 gb, 4 gb 5 file + dc file server + dc win server 2008 r2 standard x64 sp 2 xeon 3,20ghz, 300 gb, 2 gb 6 application smtp server win server 2008 r2 standard x64 sp2 intel pentium e2160, 500 + 160 gb, 1.5 gb 7 file file server win server 2008 r2 standard edition xeon 2.8ghz, 40+320 gb, 1 gb 8 application wsus server win server 2008 r2 standard 64 xeon e 1220 -3,10ghz, 1.5tb, 4 gb 9 application print server win server 2008 r2 standard sp2 xeon 3,20ghz, 250 gb, 2 gb 10 monitoring cctv win server 2008 r2 standard 64 intel xeon 3.20ghz, 300 gb, 4 gb 11 file file sharing win7 64 bit intel pentium 4, 80gb, 2 gb 12 file file sharing win7 64 bit core i3 3.50ghz, 3 tb, 4gb 13 anti-virus antivirus server win7 64 bit core i3 3.50ghz, 6 tb, 4gb 14 mail mail server win server 2008 r2 standard xeon 2.8ghz,500 hb, 8 gb hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 15 4.8. solutions and opportunities 4.8.1. solutions based on the architecture's main objectives, there are 3 expected outcomes, which conclude with moving into a company that adapts digital transformation systems (table 8). table 8. consolidated architecture solutions objective proposed solution architecture layer remarks a li g n in g b u si n es s an d t ec h n ic al p er sp ec ti v e w it h i t b lu ep ri n t g u id el in es o p ti m iz ed b u si n es s p ro ce ss 1. consolidate the value chain business architecture upgrade 2. simplified the workflow business architecture upgrade b u si n es s c o n ti n u it y 3. implement sales force applications application architecture new 4. implement dingtalk enterprise collaboration and communications application application architecture new 5. zoom virtual communications platform application architecture new 6. upgrade hardware & os technology architecture upgrade s ec u re , r el ia b le an d i n te g ra te d s y st em 7. dc technology architecture new 8. drc technology architecture new 9. cloud-based storage application application architecture new 10. vpn forticlient ssl technology architecture new c o st s av in g 11. remove pmo application & technology architecture discard 12. remove timesheet application & technology architecture discard 4.8.2. opportunities the proposed enterprise architecture will also provide the business with additional prospects. the sales cloud platform allows sales teams to work from any location while monitoring their leads and opportunities with real-time data from their mobile devices. thus, the sales staff will be in a position to prioritize possible leads and close the deal. this application will provide corporate leaders with a real-time glimpse of the team's projections. management can get business insights rapidly, enabling them to concentrate their efforts and make decisions in reaction to market movements. in addition, it offers overriding visibility, which helps the company gain a competitive edge in their respective markets. 5. conclusion this research provides the enterprise architecture guideline for digital transformation during covid-19. with togaf adm, the author found out that the current systems weren’t optimal and were unable to support the internal process under the new regulations effectively, nor meet with company expectations. even though digital transformation is a very complex process, this framework is able to keep the project focused on the objectives and principles of each architecture layer. at the end of this enterprise architecture framework, this research provides a clear yet simple guideline for building an it blueprint with standardization that aligns the business view with the technical view. by adding an enterprise collaboration and communication platform combined with the crm application, the company's operational business systems will be digitalized to overcome the limitations that are created by new regulations in order to maintain business continuity. this solution already developed on company where author currently working at. the authors propose to use iso 27001: 2013 for information security [39] to maintain security standardization. as of today, the applications did maintain the company’s expectations, complied with the existing infrastructure environment, and were able to integrate with the current departmental systems. togaf adm also shows that the current systems lack it governance and need an improvement in human resources with an awareness of the importance of standardization for their infrastructure. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, k.v.; methodology, k.v.; validation, n.l.; formal analysis, k.v.; resources, k.v.; writing— original draft preparation, k.v.; writing—review and editing, k.v.; supervision, n.l.; project administration, k.v.; funding acquisition, k.v. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 16 6.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.3. funding the author declares that all funding sources received for the research submitted to the journal will be provided by bina nusantara university. 6.4. acknowledgements this research would not have been possible without the help from mr. sutranta, mr. fauzy firdaus, and mr. hendra gunawan for their cooperation through the whole process. author also feel honored for the full support that have been given by mrs. meri gajali as the company’s director. at the end, author really grateful for the guidance from her mentor in designing this. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] unicef. (2021). direct and indirect effects of the covid-19 pandemic and response in south asia. sickkids. center for global child health, unicef regional office for south asia, kathmandu, nepal. [2] chan, c., trihermanto, f., & sebastian, e. (2022). how covid-19 is accelerating indonesia’s digital transformation. in the australia-indonesia centre (aic). digital economy, the australia-indonesia centre, monash university, monash, australia. available online: https://digital.australiaindonesiacentre.org/news/insights/commentary/how-covid-19-is-acceleratingindonesias-digital-transformation/ (accessed on august 2022). [3] 4-dodd, d. (2020). covid-19 forces the pace of business change. financial times. available online: https://www.ft.com/content/50580874-c446-4151-aac0-84472379b183 (accessed on august 2022). [4] hicking, j., schröer, t., & renneberg, f. (2021). a process model for managing business applications in the digital transformation. 2nd conference on production systems and logistics. doi:10.15488/11274. [5] setiyani, l., & effendy, f. (2021, january). strategic planning of digital fabrication laboratories in the field of information system using togaf 9.2. the 1st international conference on research in social sciences and humanities (icorsh 2020), 216224. [6] anthony jnr, b., & abbas petersen, s. (2021). examining the digitalisation of virtual enterprises amidst the covid-19 pandemic: a systematic and meta-analysis. enterprise information systems, 15(5), 617–650. doi:10.1080/17517575.2020.1829075. [7] tokazhanov, g., tleuken, a., guney, m., turkyilmaz, a., & karaca, f. (2020). how is covid-19 experience transforming sustainability requirements of residential buildings? a review. sustainability (switzerland), 12(20), 1–20. doi:10.3390/su12208732. [8] obrenovic, b., du, j., godinic, d., tsoy, d., khan, m. a. s., & jakhongirov, i. (2020). sustaining enterprise operations and productivity during the covid-19 pandemic: “enterprise effectiveness and sustainability model.” sustainability (switzerland), 12(15), 1–27. doi:10.3390/su12155981. [9] widjaja, g., tahirs, j. p., ula, r., & fauzi, a. (2021). understanding digital application in small business for profitable and sustainable practices in indonesia: review of best practices. international journal of disaster recovery and business continuity, 12(1), 168–180. [10] lekashvili, e. (2020). shifted challenges in terms of digital economy. management: strategic imperatives and trends of transformations, 8–21. academic council of kyiv national economic university named after vadym hetman, kyiv, ukraine. [11] khan, k. i., mata, m. n., martins, j., nasir, a., dantas, r. m., correia, a. b., & saghir, u. s. (2022). impediments of green finance adoption system: linking economy and environment. impediments of green finance adoption system: linking economy and environment, (2), 217-237. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-02-02. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 17 [12] shatilova, o. (2020). digital technologies influence on business organization management. management: strategic imperatives and trends of transformations, 34–49. academic council of kyiv national economic university named after vadym hetman, kyiv, ukraine. [13] joannou, d., & kalawsky, r. s. (2020). digitalization transformation guides. royal academy of engineering, loughborough university, loughborough, united kingdom. [14] korhonen, j. j., & halen, m. (2017). enterprise architecture for digital transformation. 2017 ieee 19th conference on business informatics (cbi). doi:10.1109/cbi.2017.45. [15] trad, a., & kalpić, d. (2020). business transformation and enterprise architecture: the holistic project asset management concept (hpamc). handbook of research on strategic fit and design in business ecosystems, 194-230, igi global, hershey, united states. [16] julia, k., kurt, s., & ulf, s. (2018). how digital transformation affects enterprise architecture management – a case study. international journal of information systems and project management, 6(3), 5–18. doi:10.12821/ijispm060301. [17] molnár, b., & őri, d. (2018). towards a hypergraph-based formalism for enterprise architecture representation to lead digital transformation. communications in computer and information science, 909, 364–376. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-00063-9_34. [18] shanks, g., gloet, m., asadi someh, i., frampton, k., & tamm, t. (2018). achieving benefits with enterprise architecture. journal of strategic information systems, 27(2), 139–156. doi:10.1016/j.jsis.2018.03.001. [19] naranjo, d., sánchez, m., & villalobos, j. (2014). primrose: a graph-based approach for enterprise architecture analysis. in international conference on enterprise information systems, springer, cham, switzerland, 434-452. doi:10.1007/978-3-31922348-3_24. [20] hornford, d., hornford, n., sabeson, s., scotch, s., street, k., & toder, s. (2017). digital transformation strategy to implementation using the open group, reading, united kingdom. available online: http://www.delegata.com/wp-content/ uploads/2018/02/digital-transformation-strategy-to-implementation-using-the-open-group-standards-w170.pdf (accessed on august 2022). [21] liao, m. h., & wang, c. t. (2021). using enterprise architecture to integrate lean manufacturing, digitalization, and sustainability: a lean enterprise case study in the chemical industry. sustainability (switzerland), 13(9), 4851. doi:10.3390/su13094851. [22] goerzig, d., & bauernhansl, t. (2018). enterprise architectures for the digital transformation in small and medium-sized enterprises. procedia cirp, 67, 540–545. doi:10.1016/j.procir.2017.12.257. [23] singh, p. (2019). enterprise architecture: enabling digital transformation at intel. white paper, information technology, intel. available online: https://connectedsocialmedia.com/17356/enterprise-architecture-enabling-digital-transformation-at-intel/ (accessed on august 2022). [24] deny, d., herlian, a., & andry, j. f. (2021). enterprise architecture design using togaf adm framework (sme case study: dormitory house). international journal of open information technologies, 9(1), 95–99. [25] yu, y., yazan, d. m., junjan, v., & iacob, m. e. (2022). circular economy in the construction industry: a review of decision support tools based on information & communication technologies. journal of cleaner production, 131335. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2022.131335. [26] nisfiani, e., brojas, m. r., & hastomo, w. (2020). designing an information system integration enterprise architecture with the togaf framework in the oil and gas business unit case study: pt pws. prosiding sentik, 4(1), 289-301. [27] rizaldi, a. f., saedudin, r. r., & izzati, b. m. (2020). yogya group enterprise architecture design in sales and marketing functions using togaf adm. eproceedings of engineering, 7(2), 7290-7297. [28] sofyana, l. (2017). perencanaan arsitektur enterprise dengan kerangka kerja togaf: the open group architecture framework. productivity, optimization and manufacturing system engineering, 1(2), 64–70. doi:10.21070/prozima.v1i2.1288. [29] akhtar, m. b. (2022). the use of a convolutional neural network in detecting soldering faults from a printed circuit board assembly. hightech and innovation journal, 3(1), 1-14. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-01. [30] yunis, r., & theodora, t. (2012). penerapan enterprise architecture framework untuk pemodelan sistem informasi. jurnal sifo mikroskil, 13(2), 159–168. doi:10.55601/jsm.v13i2.81. [31] paramitha, s. m., & nurfaizin, i. (2022). enterprise architectural design using model the open group architecture framework (togaf) adm for is strategy planning (case study: modern islamic boarding school zamzam muhammadiyah cilongok, banyumas regency). jtksi (jurnal teknologi komputer dan sistem informasi), 5(1), 10-21. doi:10.56327/jtksi.v5i1.1119. [32] martinez-plumed, f., contreras-ochando, l., ferri, c., hernandez-orallo, j., kull, m., lachiche, n., ramirez-quintana, m. j., & flach, p. (2021). crisp-dm twenty years later: from data mining processes to data science trajectories. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 33(8), 3048–3061. doi:10.1109/tkde.2019.2962680. http://www.delegata.com/wp-content/ https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2022.131335 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 18 [33] hermawan, r. a., & sumitra, i. d. (2019). designing enterprise architecture using togaf architecture development method. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 662(4), 042021. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/662/4/042021. [34] muldyagin, d. h. (2018). the correlation between the interest in practicing english conversation and speaking fluency of english department students of pasundan university. phd thesis, english department, faculty of arts and letters, pasundan university, bandung, indonesia. [35] legowo, d. n. (2021). memahami enterprise architecture untuk pengembangan system perusahaan. master of information system management, binus university graduate program, west jakarta, indonesdia. available online: https://mmsi.binus .ac.id/2021/12/17/memahami-enterprise-architecture-untuk-pengembangan-system-perusahaan/ (accessed on august 2022). (in indonesian). [36] alibaba. (2018). dedicated dingtalk solution. available online: https://www.alibabacloud.com/solutions/dingtalk/dedicateddingtalk?spm=a3c0i.14136811.4683379220.1.5de16fe2ckzqtl (accessed on august 2022). [37] simplilearn. (2022). the best introduction to salesforce. available online: https://www.simplilearn.com/what-is-salesforcearticle (accessed on august 2022). [38] the open group. (2001). technical reference model concepts. available online: http://www.opengroup.org/public/arch/p3/ trm/trm_conc.htm#:~:text=the current togaf trm is,platform and its associated interfaces (accessed on august 2022). [39] kwek, d., maulana, d., kaburuan, e. r., & legowo, n. (2019). enterprise architecture planning information system based on cloud computing using togaf (case study: pandi. id registry). international journal of scientific and technology research, 8(9), 1167–1178. https://mmsi.binus/ http://www.opengroup.org/public/arch/p3/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 36 issn: 2723-9535 the influence factors of economic development of tourism industry mei li 1* 1 tourism college, xinyang normal university, xinyang, henan 464000, china. received 23 october 2023; revised 06 february 2024; accepted 17 february 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract objectives: this paper aims to conduct research on the factors that impact the advancement of the tourism economy in order to adapt to the rapidly changing demands of the tourism market. methods: a case study was performed using a gray correlation model to analyze the tourism industry in henan province. findings: among the first-level indicators, tourism economic support had the highest correlation with tourism economic development, followed by tourism physical base, tourism transportation influence, tourism human resources, and tourism information service. then, relevant suggestions were given according to the analysis results. novelty: the novelty of this article lies in utilizing the gray correlation model to examine the factors that influence the tourism economy and analyzing the gray system with incomplete information. keywords: tourism industry; gray correlation; influencing factors; economic development. 1. introduction with the progress of the economy, there has been a gradual enhancement in the living standards of inhabitants, leading to an increasing number of individuals seeking spiritual contentment alongside their material desires [1]. the tourism industry can be considered one of the products that cater to this spiritual demand [2]. the growth and progress of the tourism sector are influenced by numerous factors, and if negative factors slow down or even regress tourism's economic growth, it will affect both local confidence in developing tourism [3] and people’s standard of living, forming a vicious circle. hence, it is imperative to conduct an analysis of the factors that impact the economic progress of the tourism sector during its development and establishment in order to provide more rational recommendations. relevant studies are as follows. zhang et al. [4] applied gray correlation analysis to panel data of chinese provinces and assessed the connections between air quality and the volume of incoming tourists. they found that ambient air quality had a noteworthy and positive impact on inbound tourists. wu et al. [5] used gray correlation analysis to examine the impact of different financial expenditure programs on the local tourism industry based on relevant statistics of huangshan city from 2008 to 2013. the results revealed the primary five categories of fiscal spending that impact the growth of regional tourism, encompassing overall public services, educational initiatives, public security measures, social welfare and employment programs, as well as urban and rural community affairs. gan et al. [6] conducted a study on the tourism economic spatial network structure of an urban agglomeration located in the middle reaches of the yangtze river. they employed both the tourism economic gravity model and social network analysis to analyze its relevant characteristics. the results of their study showed that wuhan, changsha, and nanchang exhibited stronger connections in terms of tourism economic interactions with other cities, while also serving as pivotal intermediaries and connectors within the spatial network structure of the tourism economy. * corresponding author: mhl3864@163.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0003-6468-7577 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 37 zhou [7] first created a comprehensive evaluation index system for the regional ecological environment and economic activities. then, they observed and analyzed the development trends of each indicator based on gray correlation analysis. the effectiveness of the proposed method for correlation analysis was confirmed by the experimental findings. zhao et al. [8] conducted a study on the spatial relationship among the tourism sectors in 16 cities within anhui, using spatial econometric analysis and a research perspective based on spatial econometrics. they found that there was significant positive spatial autocorrelation in per capita tourism income in anhui, along with noticeable local spatial clustering characteristics. the studies mentioned above have examined the factors influencing the growth of the tourism industry in various ways, with some employing gray correlation analysis and others utilizing network structure models. despite the different analytical approaches, all of these studies focused on a specific subject. this paper also adopted the gray correlation model to analyze henan province's tourism industry and validated the relevant factors that can influence local economic development in this sector. this paper briefly introduced the tourism economic influencing factors and the gray correlation model and analyzed the tourism industry in henan province. the contribution of this article lies in utilizing gray correlation analysis to examine the factors influencing henan province's tourism economy, thereby providing valuable insights for promoting local tourism industry development. the main challenge faced by this study pertains to the selection of indicators that impact the tourism economy during the construction of the gray correlation model. to address this issue, a comprehensive literature review and interviews with relevant professionals were conducted. 2. factors affecting tourism economy tourism encompasses a range of experiences and connections that result from the movement and temporary residence of individuals who are not permanent residents. people involved in tourism, known as tourists, do not permanently settle in the travel destination, nor do they engage in money-making activities there [9]. the tourism economy encompasses all economic activities and economic relations between travelers, tourism merchants, and the government in the travel destination related to the supply and demand of tourism goods [10]. the growth of the tourism economy heavily depends on the natural tourism resources available in the local area. compared with other forms of economic development, the initial investment in the tourism economy is relatively small and yields quick results. additionally, the development of the tourism industry can attract investments to the local area, stimulate related industries' growth, and rapidly enhance regional economic levels [11]. with the increase in market competition and changes in market demand, the tourism industry needs to adjust its industrial structure to adapt to the changes in the tourism market and thus maintain growth within the tourism economy [12]. thus, the analysis of the determinants influencing the advancement of the tourism sector's economy is necessary. figure 1 shows the five major influencing aspects selected, considering the correlation between the factors and the accessibility of the relevant data [13]. first of all, the economic development of the tourism sector is reflected by the total local tourism revenue, and the factor indicators that can influence the total tourism revenue include the tourism physical base, tourism economic support, tourism transportation impact, tourism human resources, and tourism information services [14]. among them, the tourism physical base refers to tourism-related goods that the tourist site can provide to tourists [15], including the number of star hotels, travel agencies, and scenic spots above a level; the tourism economic support refers to the level of local economic development, including local gross domestic product (gdp), local tertiary industry gdp, and disposable income of residents; the tourism transportation impact refers to the impact of local transportation conditions on tourism, including the volume of railroad and highway passengers, as well as the length of transportation routes; tourism human resources refers to the local manpower that can serve the tourism sector [16], including the number of people employed in the tertiary sector and people to be employed in the tourism industry; tourism information services refers to services that provide tourism-related information, including the number of internet broadband users and mobile network users. economic development of tourism industry m revenue) tourism physical base tourism economic support tourism transportation impact tourism human resources tourism informaitio n services figure 1. factor indicators affecting the economy of the tourism industry (total touris hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 38 3. gray correlation model the previous section lists the five major factor indicators that can influence the economic growth of the tourism sector and the secondary indicators under every factor indicator, but it is only known that the above indicators will have an impact on the tourism economy, but it is not clear what impact it is, i.e., it is a gray system with incomplete information, so this paper used the gray correlation degree model [17] to analyze the influence factors of the economic growth of the tourism sector. the steps to establish the gray correlation model are illustrated in figure 2. determine analytical sequence and construct a sequence matrix nondimensionalize the sequence matrix calculate the sequence of the absolute difference in the matrix calculate the correlation coefficient and correlation degree figure 2. the analysis flow of the gray correlation model ① the analytical sequence was determined, and a sequence matrix was constructed. this paper aims to analyze the impact of factor indicators on the tourism sector, so the total tourism revenue of the sequence years was used as the reference sequence, i.e., {𝑋0(𝑛)}, and the factor indicators of every sequence year constituted a comparison sequence [18]. the reference sequence and the comparison sequences form a sequence matrix in a specification of 𝑚 + 1 rows and 𝑛 columns: [ 𝑋0(1) 𝑋0(2) ⋯ 𝑋0(𝑛) 𝑋1(1) 𝑋1(2) ⋯ 𝑋1(𝑛) ⋯ ⋯ ⋯ ⋯ 𝑋𝑚(1) 𝑋𝑚(2) ⋯ 𝑋𝑚(𝑛) ] (1) where 𝑋0(𝑛) indicates total tourism revenue in the 𝑛-th year and 𝑋𝑚(𝑛) indicates the value of the 𝑚-th indicator in 𝑛th year. ② the sequence matrix was nondimensionalized [19]: 𝑋𝑖 ′(𝑘) = 𝑛 ⋅ 𝑋𝑖(𝑘) ∑ 𝑋𝑖(𝑘) 𝑛 𝑘=1 (2) where 𝑋𝑖 ′(𝑘) is the 𝑘 -th data in the 𝑖 -th sequence after dimensionless processing, 𝑋𝑖(𝑘) is the 𝑘 -th data in the 𝑖 -th sequence, and 𝑛 is the number of data in the sequence, i.e., the number of years. ③ the sequence of the absolute difference between the comparison sequence and the reference sequence is calculated: 𝛥𝑋𝑖(𝑘) = |𝑋0 ′ (𝑘) − 𝑋𝑖 ′(𝑘)| (3) after obtaining the absolute difference sequence by the above formula, the absolute difference series matrix is obtained: [ 𝛥𝑋1 ′ (1) 𝛥𝑋1 ′ (2) ⋯ 𝛥𝑋1 ′ (𝑛) 𝛥𝑋2 ′ (1) 𝛥𝑋2 ′ (2) ⋯ 𝛥𝑋2 ′ (𝑛) ⋯ ⋯ ⋯ ⋯ 𝛥𝑋𝑚 ′ (1) 𝛥𝑋𝑚 ′ (2) ⋯ 𝛥𝑋𝑚 ′ (𝑛)] (4) ④ the correlation coefficient and the correlation degree between the indicator sequence and the reference series are calculated based on the absolute difference sequence [20]: { 𝜀𝑖(𝑘) = 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝛥𝑋𝑖(𝑘)} + 𝜌𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛥𝑋𝑖(𝑘)} 𝛥𝑋𝑖(𝑘) + 𝜌𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛥𝑋𝑖(𝑘)} 𝑅𝑖 = ∑ 𝜀𝑖(𝑘) 𝑛 𝑘=1 𝑛 (5) where 𝜀𝑖(𝑘) is the correlation coefficient of the 𝑘 -th data in the 𝑖 -th sequence, 𝑅𝑖 is the correlation degree between the 𝑖 -th sequence and the reference sequence, 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝛥𝑋𝑖(𝑘)} is the minimum value in the 𝑖 -th sequence, 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛥𝑋𝑖(𝑘)} is the maximum value in the 𝑖 -th sequence, and 𝜌 is the resolution coefficient of the gray correlation. ⑤ the indicator factors represented by every sequence were ranked according to the calculated correlation degree to assess the varying degrees of influence that different indicators have on the economic development of the tourism sector. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 39 4. case study 4.1. overview of the study area this article analyzes the tourism sector in henan province. as depicted in figure 3, the geographical location of henan province is situated within the southern region of the north china plain, specifically in the middle and lower sections of the yellow river. the province has a terrain that slopes from west to east, with plains, basins, mountains, and hills. most areas have a warm temperate climate with abundant flora and fauna resources as well as rich tourism resources [21]. the relevant data from 2011 to 2020 was sourced from the statistical yearbook of henan. table 1 shows the relevant indicators affecting the economic growth of the tourism sector and their corresponding secondary indicators. the corresponding data were collected based on secondary indicators. figure 3. the geographical location of henan province table 1. relevant indicators affecting the economic growth of tourism general objective primary indicator secondary indicator total tourism revenue tourism physical base number of star hotels (𝑋1) number of travel agencies (𝑋2) number of scenic spots above a level (𝑋3) tourism economic support local gdp (𝑋4) local tertiary industry gdp (𝑋5) disposable income of residents (𝑋6) tourism traffic impact railroad passenger volume (𝑋7) highway passenger volume (𝑋8) length of transportation routes (𝑋9) tourism human resources number of employees in the tertiary industry (𝑋10) number of people to be employed in the tourism industry (𝑋11) tourism information service number of internet broadband users (𝑋12) number of mobile network users (𝑋13) 4.2. preliminary analysis of data reliability and relevance the reliability of the data was assessed using the cronbach's alpha method [22]. a higher coefficient indicates greater reliability. usually, a value above 0.7 indicates high reliability. as shown in table 2, the selected indicators in this study demonstrated good overall reliability. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 40 table 2. reliability test results of variables variable cronbach's alpha variable cronbach's alpha number of star hotels (𝑋1) 0.869 highway passenger volume (𝑋8) 0.749 number of travel agencies (𝑋2) 0.852 length of transportation routes (𝑋9) 0.763 number of scenic spots above a level (𝑋3) 0.789 number of employees in the tertiary sector (𝑋10) 0.852 local gdp (𝑋4) 0.768 number of people to be employed in the tourism sector (𝑋11) 0.878 local tertiary industry gdp (𝑋5) 0.865 number of internet broadband users (𝑋12) 0.783 disposable income of residents (𝑋6) 0.784 number of mobile network users (𝑋13) 0.845 railroad passenger volume (𝑋7) 0.877 after confirming the reliability of the data, a preliminary analysis was conducted on the correlation between variables, as shown in table 3. all thirteen selected indicators had significant correlations with the local tourism economy. however, this correlation was only a preliminary analysis result and could only indicate that the selected indicators can affect the tourism economy without revealing the extent of their impact. therefore, this study further utilized a gray correlation model to examine the influence of these indicators on the tourism economy. table 3. initial analysis results of variable correlation variable correlation coefficient p value variable correlation coefficient p value number of star hotels (𝑋1) 0.236 0.001 highway passenger volume (𝑋8) 0.357 0.002 number of travel agencies (𝑋2) 0.325 0.001 length of transportation routes (𝑋9) 0.111 0.001 number of scenic spots above a level (𝑋3) 0.367 0.000 number of employees in the tertiary sector (𝑋10) 0.326 0.002 local gdp (𝑋4) 0.474 0.002 number of people to be employed in the tourism sector (𝑋11) 0.359 0.001 local tertiary industry gdp (𝑋5) 0.348 0.001 number of internet broadband users (𝑋12) 0.236 0.003 disposable income of residents (𝑋6) 0.321 0.003 number of mobile network users (𝑋13) 0.258 0.003 railroad passenger volume (𝑋7) 0.456 0.001 4.3. results of gray correlation analysis the collected data were calculated using the procedures outlined in the preceding section for constructing the gray correlation model. table 4 shows the correlation coefficients between secondary indicators and total tourism revenue. table 5 presents the correlation degrees between secondary indicators and total tourism revenue in descending order. table 6 shows the degree of correlation between primary indicators and total tourism revenue. table 4. correlation coefficients between secondary indicators and total tourism revenue indicator 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 correlation degree 𝑋1 0.758 0.781 0.812 0.753 0.887 0.951 0.921 0.783 0.693 0.632 0.797 𝑋2 0.512 0.595 0.601 0.516 0.647 1.002 0.564 0.512 0.498 0.483 0.593 𝑋3 0.397 0.525 0.644 0.637 0.734 0.624 0.517 0.426 0.367 0.405 0.528 𝑋4 0.535 0.568 0.612 0.603 0.674 0.706 0.604 0.508 0.504 0.435 0.575 𝑋5 0.689 0.754 0.851 0.935 0.815 0.965 0.855 0.934 0.724 0.586 0.811 𝑋6 0.915 0.906 0.904 0.926 0.985 0.998 0.926 0.943 0.895 0.834 0.923 𝑋7 0.716 0.645 0.757 0.891 0.815 0.931 0.706 0.876 0.706 0.503 0.755 𝑋8 0.663 0.667 0.586 0.475 0.416 0.978 0.724 0.538 0.457 0.356 0.586 𝑋9 0.426 0.431 0.518 0.607 0.781 0.893 0.708 0.567 0.389 0.346 0.567 𝑋10 0.468 0.495 0.538 0.681 0.867 0.978 0.661 0.547 0.478 0.431 0.614 𝑋11 0.568 0.657 0.489 0.687 0.578 0.638 0.698 0.745 0.684 0.632 0.638 𝑋12 0.745 0.657 0.369 0.489 0.478 0.568 0.578 0.689 0.679 0.458 0.571 𝑋13 0.321 0.356 0.457 0.369 0.458 0.469 0.587 0.659 0.574 0.523 0.477 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 41 table 5. correlation degree between secondary indicators and total tourism revenue in descending order serial number indicator correlation degree 1 disposable income of residents (𝑋6) 0.923 2 local tertiary industry gdp (𝑋5) 0.811 3 number of star hotels (𝑋1) 0.797 4 railroad passenger volume (𝑋7) 0.755 5 number of people to be employed in the tourism sector (𝑋11) 0.638 6 number of employees in the tertiary sector (𝑋10) 0.614 7 number of travel agencies (𝑋2) 0.593 8 highway passenger volume (𝑋8) 0.586 9 local gdp (𝑋4) 0.575 10 number of internet broadband users (𝑋12) 0.571 11 length of transportation routes (𝑋9) 0.567 12 number of scenic spots above a level (𝑋3) 0.528 13 number of mobile network users (𝑋13) 0.477 table 6. correlation degree between primary indicators and total tourism revenue primary indicator tourism physical base tourism economic support tourism traffic impact tourism human resources tourism information service correlation degree 0.639 0.770 0.636 0.626 0.524 5. discussion tourism is an industry that makes use of the natural tourism resources available in the local area. compared to other types of economic industries, tourism requires low initial investment and yields quick results, while also stimulating the development of other local affiliated industries. however, as society progresses, people's demand for tourism is gradually diversifying. if the tourism industry fails to adjust accordingly, its economic development will be affected. this paper used gray correlation analysis to examine the influencing factors of tourism in henan province, and the final results are shown above. first of all, among the primary indicators affecting the economic growth of tourism in henan province, “tourism economic support” has the highest correlation degree due to its representation of both the level of local economic development and the income levels of residents in henan province. the degree of local economic growth directly reflects the potential scale of tourism development, so the indicator “tourism economic support” exhibits the strongest correlation with the economic development of tourism in henan province. next is “tourism physical base”, which is the second most relevant indicator to the economic growth of tourism in henan after “tourism economic support”. the reason is that “tourism physical base” represents the tourism materials that henan province can provide to tourists, including scenic spot resources, star hotels, and travel agencies. these factors do not directly reflect on tourism's economic development but indirectly affect local tourism's economic development. for example, tourism scenic resources that are developed more sufficiently can attract more tourists, and more star hotels and travel agencies can accommodate a larger tourist influx, thus increasing tourism revenue and indirectly enhancing tourism economic development. the correlation of “tourism traffic impact” ranks third. this primary indicator reflects the local traffic condition in henan province. the more convenient the traffic is, the more inclined tourists will be to visit henan province. the convenient traffic can also guarantee a stable, large passenger flow and facilitate the maintenance of order among tourists in the scenic spot. a good order can also enhance tourists’ interest in tourism. the rise in tourist numbers will indirectly boost the economic income of local tourism industries associated with tourism, thereby facilitating the growth and expansion of the tourism sector. next is “tourism human resources”, which reflects the number of local people involved in the tourism sector in henan. the higher the number of people, the more traffic the local tourism industry can bear, but when the number of people exceeds a certain range, the traffic will be saturated. the extra human resources will not only fail to create tourism value but also drag down the economic development of tourism because of the extra expenses. thus, this indicator will have an impact on tourism economic development, but the degree of correlation will not be very large. “tourism information service” has the lowest correlation degree, which reflects the degree of local promotion of tourism in henan province. since the local attractions are relatively well known, the impact of this indicator on the economic advance of tourism is relatively not very significant, so the degree of correlation is the lowest. among the subdivided secondary indicators, “disposable income of residents” has the highest correlation degree, followed by “local tertiary industry gdp”, both of which are part of the primary indicator “tourism economic support”. this further validates the impact of local economic advancement and disposable income on the economic development of the tourism industry. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 42 according to the results of the gray correlation analysis, the following recommendations are made for the economic development of tourism:  the tourism industry should increase the level of per capita consumption and expand job opportunities in the service sector. increasing the consumption level of tourists in the tourism process can effectively increase the disposable income of local residents, thus enhancing the growth of the tourism economy. as the relatively low correlation degree of “tourism human resources” weakens the role of human resources in the growth of the tourism economy, expanding job opportunities can strengthen this correlation.  the tourism industry should increase the construction of star hotels and travel agencies and the development of scenic spots to improve the correlation degree.  tourist attractions should strengthen their marketing strategies. “tourist information service” is the primary indicator with the lowest correlation degree. it aims to promote tourist areas and attract tourists to consume, thus boosting economic development. to enhance tourism economic development by improving the correlation degree of this indicator, it is necessary to strengthen the promotion of local attractions on the internet and mobile networks. 6. conclusion the present paper provides a concise overview of the influencing factors in tourism economics and introduces the gray correlation model, followed by an analysis of the tourism sector in henan. the degree of correlation between the secondary indicators and total tourism income, from the highest to the lowest, were disposable income of residents, local tertiary industry gdp, number of star hotels, railroad passenger volume, number of people to be employed in the tourism sector, number of people employed in the tertiary sector, number of travel agencies, highway passenger volume, local gdp, number of internet broadband users, length of transportation routes, number of scenic spots above a level, and number of mobile network users. the degree of correlation between the primary indicator and total tourism revenue, from the highest to the lowest, was as follows: tourism economic support, tourism material base, tourism transportation impact, tourism human resources, and tourism information services. based on the outcomes of gray correlation analysis, relevant suggestions were put forward, including improving and enhancing individual consumption rates, expanding the scale of service jobs, strengthening the attractiveness of local tourism resources, and developing marketing strategies for tourism regions. 7. declarations 7.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] ullah, n., zada, s., siddique, m. a., hu, y., han, h., vega-muñoz, a., & salazar-sepúlveda, g. (2021). driving factors of the health and wellness tourism industry: a sharing economy perspective evidence from kpk pakistan. sustainability (switzerland), 13(23), 1–16. doi:10.3390/su132313344. [2] xie, x., sun, h., gao, j., chen, f., & zhou, c. (2021). spatiotemporal differentiation of coupling and coordination relationship of tourism–urbanization–ecological environment system in china’s major tourist cities. sustainability (switzerland), 13(11), 1– 17. doi:10.3390/su13115867. [3] zhang, l., & zhao, y. (2023). research on the coupling coordination of green finance, digital economy, and ecological environment in china. sustainability (switzerland), 15(9), 2784–2790. doi:10.3390/su15097551. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 43 [4] zhang, w., liu, z., zhang, y., yaluk, e., & li, l. (2021). the impact of air quality on inbound tourist arrivals over china based on grey relational analysis. sustainability (switzerland), 13(19), 1–19. doi:10.3390/su131910972. [5] wu, w., & zhan, h. (2017). research on fiscal expenditure and tourism development of huangshan city: based on grey relational analysis. matec web of conferences, 100, 1–8. doi:10.1051/matecconf/201710005037. [6] gan, c., voda, m., wang, k., chen, l., & ye, j. (2021). spatial network structure of the tourism economy in urban agglomeration: a social network analysis. journal of hospitality and tourism management, 47, 124–133. doi:10.1016/j.jhtm.2021.03.009. [7] zhou, g. (2022). regional ecological environment assessment and its correlation with economic activities. journal of environmental protection and ecology, 23(6), 2713–2723. [8] zhao, x., & yu, g. (2021). data-driven spatial econometric analysis model for regional tourism development. mathematical problems in engineering, 2021, 1–7. doi:10.1155/2021/6631833. [9] gong, y., yang, x. q., ran, c. y., shi, v., & zhou, y. f. (2021). evaluation of the sustainable coupling coordination of the logistics industry and the manufacturing industry in the yangtze river economic belt. sustainability (switzerland), 13(9), 1–19. doi:10.3390/su13095167. [10] tang, z. (2015). an integrated approach to evaluating the coupling coordination between tourism and the environment. tourism management, 46, 11–19. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2014.06.001. [11] sun, y., & cui, y. (2018). analyzing the coupling coordination among economic, social, and environmental benefits of urban infrastructure: case study of four chinese autonomous municipalities. mathematical problems in engineering, 2018, 1–13. doi:10.1155/2018/8280328. [12] jing, s., & amy, l. r. (2022). innovation ability of strategic emerging industrial cluster based on 2-mode network and threedimensional grey correlation model. journal of grey system, 34(2), 108-121. [13] sun, y., cui, y., & huang, h. (2016). an empirical analysis of the coupling coordination among decomposed effects of urban infrastructure environment benefit: case study of four chinese autonomous municipalities. mathematical problems in engineering, 2016, 1–11. doi:10.1155/2016/8472703. [14] xin, x. (2022). construction of ecological compensation system for water environment resource in public places using grey correlation. mathematical problems in engineering, 2022, 1 1–1 11. doi:10.1155/2022/3026588. [15] kim, n., park, j., & choi, j. j. (2017). perceptual differences in core competencies between tourism industry practitioners and students using analytic hierarchy process (ahp). journal of hospitality, leisure, sport and tourism education, 20, 76–86. doi:10.1016/j.jhlste.2017.04.003. [16] mu, x., kong, l., tu, c., chen, j., & hu, g. (2022). correlation and synergy analysis of urban economy–energy–environment system—a case study of beijing. natural resource modeling, 35(1), 1–25. doi:10.1111/nrm.12329. [17] zhao, j., & wang, y. (2016). the sustainable development research of wild plant tourism resources based on the entropyahp evaluation method. advance journal of food science and technology, 10(2), 81–89. doi:10.19026/ajfst.10.1803. [18] guo, x., & sun, z. (2016). a novel evaluation approach for tourist choice of destination based on grey relation analysis. scientific programming, 2016, 1–10. doi:10.1155/2016/1812094. [19] ji, x., & jiang, y. (2018). the difference of outward-oriented economy in six provinces of central china based on the theil index. asian development policy review, 6(2), 70–76. doi:10.18488/journal.107.2018.62.70.76. [20] mullakkezhil reghunathan, v., joseph, s., warrier, c. u., hameed, a. s., & albert moses, s. (2016). factors affecting the environmental carrying capacity of a freshwater tropical lake system. environmental monitoring and assessment, 188(11), 1– 23. doi:10.1007/s10661-016-5636-1. [21] jia, y. (2021). regional differences and the contributory factors based on tourism economy in river delta of yangtze of china using fuzzy analytic hierarchy process. journal of intelligent and fuzzy systems, 40(4), 8307–8315. doi:10.3233/jifs-189653. [22] hu, y. c. (2023). nonadditive tourism forecast combination using grey relational analysis. grey systems, 13(2), 277–296. doi:10.1108/gs-07-2022-0079. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 431 issn: 2723-9535 social media data privacy related to security awareness and student trust regarding data on instagram yohannes kurniawan 1* , bella natalia 1, windy pratama 1, ni luh gede aninda kesuma devi 1 1 information systems department, school of information systems, bina nusantara university, jakarta 11480, indonesia. received 27 november 2023; revised 02 may 2024; accepted 08 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract instagram, as one of the most popular social media sites, has brought many new trends. many people use instagram to express themselves or share content through photos and videos. while social media data privacy is important, many people still share their daily activities and personal data. this causes a lot of personal information disclosure, which can lead to the potential for crime or misuse of the scattered data, considering that data is crucial today. therefore, this research was conducted to determine people's social media data privacy and security awareness on instagram, especially those with a data-related educational background. this research uses quantitative descriptive methods, distributing questionnaires through google forms in group chats, personal chats, or questionnaires to respondents directly. the population in this study is made up of students with a computing program background. it also used purposive sampling to determine the number of 153 samples. from the descriptive analysis, it is known that most respondents are aware of the vulnerability of social media data privacy on instagram. this can be seen from respondents who know what data is used by instagram, where they also monitor login activity. respondents also secure their instagram accounts by not using the same password as other social media accounts. however, in certain cases, some respondents still need to realize this awareness, so education is still needed regarding the importance of social media data privacy, especially on instagram. keywords: social media data privacy; awareness; instagram; security; descriptive statistics. 1. introduction nowadays, social media is frequently used to interact and make contact with others. as of january 2023, social media users accounted for 60.4% of the total population in indonesia [1]. instagram is a social networking site that allows users to share pictures and videos of various activities. based on datareportal, there has been significant growth for almost 60% of instagram users in the past two years. it was recorded that in january 2022, there were 104.1 million instagram users in indonesia, with 37.8% aged 18–24 years, followed by 29.7% aged 25–34 years [2, 3]. it is common for them to be fluent in technology due to their exposure during a period of technological advancements, especially for students with educational backgrounds related to computers and data, such as computing program students at bina nusantara university, where the lecture material that students get aims to increase awareness of personal information on social media. based on the content people share, instagram can find out our data, such as our school, office, and even our address, which has a dangerous impact. an easy example is when looking at perfume on an e-commerce platform [4]. when * corresponding author: ykurniawan@binus.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-015 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8876-3472 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 432 users open instagram, it shows ads for similar perfumes. it takes work to realize for those with low awareness of disclosing personal information. on august 1, 2020, there was a data leak on instagram where at least 11.6 million accounts had their personal information exposed. this includes email addresses, phone numbers, account descriptions, and profile photos [5]. leaked data can be used for fraud, identity abuse, and spam. this is one of the challenges in this research because most social media sites, especially instagram, require this data to complete a user profile. if the user is not careful when filling in the data, this can cause personal information disclosure. despite this data leak, many still ignore their personal information. this gives the perception that education and awareness are needed for students and the public regarding sharing personal information on social media. based on previous research, these studies mostly discuss awareness of data privacy and disclosure of personal information on social media, with the subjects discussed in this research being generation z and internet users. this research focuses on several variables: social media data privacy measured by privacy and security concerns; security awareness measured based on habits, knowledge, and effort when users use instagram; and information trust measured by the motivation and frequency of instagram users. based on the variables determined, this research aims to determine how much awareness and trust students of computing programs have regarding privacy data from social media, especially instagram. the structure of this paper starts with an introduction, literature reviews, research methods, results and discussions, and conclusions. 2. literature reviews this journal conducted a literature review of previous research to get a theoretical basis to support solving the problem in this research. the theory obtained is the first step to understanding the problem being researched properly. the previous research is shown in table 1. table 1. literature review no. title year and methods result 1 pre-service teachers’ perceptions of social media data privacy policies 2021, descriptive and interpretive from the survey results, it can be seen that each respondent must access at least one social media platform every day. most respondents also stated that they needed to be made aware of the privacy policy regarding using social media for education with their students. not only that, but the respondents need to become more familiar with the data privacy policies of popular social media services. from the existing problems, it is necessary to have data literacy training in the teacher education program. researchers encourage teacher educators to consider addressing data privacy beliefs and awareness following a personal data literacy approach where data can be identified, understood, reflected, managed, controlled, and reused for creative applications [6]. 2 case study on privacy-aware social media data processing in disaster management 2020, research questions, group discussion, qualitative this research shows that using the right technology can implement privacy-aware methods to provide social media data processing infrastructure. from this research, vost members are generally worried about losing important data related to privacy regulations [7]. 3 a comprehensive study on privacy and security on social media 2021, survey method research shows that most respondents are willing to share information with others without hesitation. however, most are unwilling to share their data with social media service providers. this research also found that the privacy concerns on social media websites are very weak, and the efforts of users to make practical enhancements to their social media privacy are much lower than other modes of security operation. in addition, many social media users need more technological skills, which results in lower privacy concerns about their posts [8]. 4 legal framework governing social data analytics and privacy concerns among social media users 2019, literature review this research aims to identify privacy concerns related to social media and the laws governing the protection of personal information. no matter the complexity of data protection and privacy on social media, there is still the possibility of violations of the use of personal information by third parties, so it cannot reach total individual privacy on social media unless it refrains from sharing personal data across social networking services. therefore, regulations are important in eradicating uninformed consent from social media users [9]. 5 a critical analysis in understanding the impact of privacy and security towards social media among young adults 2022, sampling method this study aims to understand the impact of privacy and security on social media among young adults. the analysis results show that 33.3% of respondents strongly agree that security and privacy can be a major concern in social media. social media security and privacy have always been an issue, and care must be taken to protect personal data from cyber-attacks. therefore, it is hoped that social media can focus more on protecting user data effectively. respondents must implement new measures to control cyber-attacks or malware that can impact user confidentiality [10]. 6 the urgency of doxing on social media regulation and the implementation of right to be forgotten on related content for the optimization of data privacy protection in indonesia 2022, descriptive this research shows that the privacy rights of doxing victims in indonesia have not been comprehensively protected. this is because indonesia still needs proper and specific doxing regulations on social media. unlike indonesia, singapore and hong kong already have special regulations for doxing actors on social media. therefore, indonesia can observe these two countries in making regulations for doxing actors on social media [11]. 7 awareness of the use of social media among students: malaysia and indonesia 2022, quantitative method the study results show that the level of transparency in sharing personal data of indonesian students is lower than that of malaysian students. in addition, indonesian students are also more open to showing their email addresses compared to malaysian students [12]. 8 awareness of social media privacy among the staff at solo sokos hotel lahden seurahuone 2021, qualitative method the results of the data analysis show that the awareness of staff at solo sokos hotel lahdden seurahuone about social media privacy is below average. staff needed to be made aware of the available privacy settings provided by social media. given the existing problems, staff should be able to increase their awareness of privacy on social media [13]. 9 ‘‘why should i read the privacy policy, i just need the service’’: a study on attitudes and perceptions toward privacy policies 2021, quantitative method the survey results show that more than 50% of respondents need help understanding the content of the privacy policy provided. most respondents are also concerned about the type of data service providers collect. users often do not understand the risks associated with accepting a privacy policy, resulting in loss of privacy. this raises concerns about how service providers use privacy policies to tailor personal data lawfully [14]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 433 10 everybody wants some: collection and control of personal information, privacy concerns, and social media use 2021, quantitative method social media is growing to the point where social media is always used in daily activities. this raise concerns in the community about the security of personal data on social media. several studies yielded results in a straight line with the theory of privacy calculus, whereby people generally put personal information aside when it is of greater benefit to them. this study indicates that men pay more attention to control and access to their personal information and lower levels of social media use. this is based on the current demographic, where most women will spend more time using social media than men [15]. 11 privacy risk awareness and intent to disclose personal information of users using two social networks: facebook and instagram 2022, convenient sampling method this research shows that social media users have high trust in social media, for example, facebook and instagram, when users have a low view of the security risks. however, users will feel anxious when their personal data is used for promotion. so, this research concludes that when someone is used to sharing information on trusted social media platforms, awareness of data privacy risks will be low. in contrast, those who have experienced problems with data privacy will be very careful in sharing information in any form [16]. 12 the effects of privacy awareness, security concerns and trust on information sharing in social media among public university students in selangor 2022, quantitative method this research informs that students will feel increasingly worried about the security of social media itself. with this worry, students' trust in social media will have an impact. it is known that with high trust, it will be easier for someone to share personal information on social media. therefore, when someone is given information or education about the security of their data on social media, users will have a feeling to reduce the sharing of their data. even though several security guarantees are provided, it still does not change someone's feeling of insecurity when sharing information on social media [17]. 13 privacy and security information awareness and disclosure of private information by users of online social media in the ibadan metropolis, nigeria 2023, descriptive survey research based on this research, most facebook social media users need to be aware of their data, which many people can easily see. this could be due to the need for more education about personal data privacy and security on social media. however, some are already educated about the importance of their data. for them, using authentication is one technique that can be used to protect their data from being spread. privacy and security awareness greatly influence how individuals disseminate their personal information. those aware of the risks and have a good education will increase the security of their information [18]. 14 methods to prevent privacy violations on the internet on the personal level in indonesia 2023, literature review this research shows that there are several reasons why privacy violations occur, namely the existence of malicious software that causes programs on computers to be easily accessible by viruses and the like. in addition, online social networking can easily leak someone's data. osn is one of the most vulnerable ways for someone's data to spread across the internet. the last cause is a phishing attack where users are lured to open a link that traps them into providing their data. some methods can be done by installing computer security software to increase the security of a system. then, there is training for end-user awareness so that users can be aware and easily scan the causes of violations of personal information [19]. 15 effect of penitence on social media trust and privacy concerns: the case of facebook 2020, quantitative method this study explains that the existence of violations regarding users' data on a social media platform can affect how social media users act. when facebook found itself in this privacy data breach problem, it apologized to retract its users. the release of this apology allowed facebook to regain its integrity, but users remained concerned about their personal information [20]. 16 social media privacy concerns, security concerns, trust, and awareness: empirical validation of an instrument 2021, quantitative method this research shows that respondents who are students with student backgrounds who are in an information technology major feel that privacy concerns are felt when students do not have control over the data on the internet. trust in software is affected by its privacy and security, so its users are highly aware of the risks that can occur [21]. 17 the effect of perceived privacy, security, and trust on the continuance intention to use social networking services (a study on meta’s social networks) 2022, quantitative methods (descriptive approach) this study shows that perceived privacy, security, and trust increase the desire to use sns. when users have full trust and know the security of sns, users will unconsciously use this sns continuously. however, sns has tricks to convince users that it has good security so that user privacy data does not spread. this trick creates another thought in the user's heart regarding using their private data [22]. 18 evaluating security and privacy issues of social networks-based information systems in industry 4.0 2021, data sampling, sentiment analysis, latent dirichlet allocation, textual analysis this research studies that there are concerns about social networking systems, especially those that are interconnected in industry 4.0. connecting many devices to a system can cause an inadvertence from the security system, which makes it easy for third parties to access data on a platform. this results in the company's internal information being easily seen, which can be detrimental because it can be an advantage for companies in one sector. therefore, further learning is needed to improve the security of all connected devices regarding system security and human resource management [23]. 19 indonesian university students' awareness in using online transportation systems based on data privacy and risk factors perspective 2023, purposive sampling method from this study, information was obtained that students who have been using the online transportation system for a long time will pay more attention to how ots companies use their data, whether used in promotions or otherwise. those who are old users will trust ots companies more for their data storage than new users. this study also states that most women will tend to believe what the company claims, but both women and men are aware of the risks that can occur [24]. 20 how to address data privacy concerns when using social media data in conservative science 2020, qualitative method the research results show that social media data is increasingly used in conservation science to study human-nature interactions. of course, there is a legal basis for using this data, such as regulations for using social media data and regulations for processing personal data. this is because if the data is misused, many risks can arise, such as damaging one's reputation and the risk of criminal liability. possible mitigation strategies that can also be carried out to help reduce the impact of this risk are using data protection such as depreciation and pseudonymization [25]. 21 indonesian generation z’s awareness of data privacy in the use of social media 2022, quantitative and descriptive statistics the results of this study indicate that most of generation z is quite aware of the importance of social media data privacy. this can be seen from using social media passwords, which are quite complex (9 15 characters). in addition, most of the z generation also use something other than unknown public networks (wi-fi), and only a few use public devices. most generation z who uses public devices always ensure to log out of all accounts before leaving the device. however, the number of generation z aware of the importance of social media data privacy is similar to those unaware of it. most of them use the same password on each social media. some use personal information as a password [26]. 22 users’ awareness of personal information on social media: case on undergraduate students of universitas indonesia 2020, qualitative method this study's results show how social media users' awareness is related to personal information on their social media. most participants or users of social media already know what personal information is, can explain the types of personal information, and know the importance of personal information. this is very important because, in social media, there is the potential for misuse of personal information, which is closely related to privacy. this research also suggests that social media users have sufficient knowledge about the use of social media [27]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 434 23 awareness of data privacy on social networks by students at qassim university 2020, questionnaire and random sampling method this study shows how awareness regarding information privacy among students at qassim university uses social media. most respondents use social media such as whatsapp, snapchat, facebook, twitter, and instagram. from the results of this study, most students at qassim university already have an awareness of privacy and personal information. students ensure that their privacy is maintained, and that personal information is not shared. this can be seen from several actions, such as setting alarms for login activity, limiting profile visibility, and blocking spam users. students also mostly use social media to interact with friends and prevent contact with new people for security reasons [28]. 24 is somebody spying on us? social media users’ privacy awareness 2020, questionnaire and convenience sampling method this study shows the results of an analysis related to students' digital privacy awareness in using social media and how this awareness affects them in using social media. compared to male students, female students are more aware of the risks of social media, so female students prefer to share some of their personal information. however, both of them have sufficient awareness of the security of social media privacy because students already know there is a risk that third parties can use information shared on social media at any time [29]. 25 the social media dilemma: millennials dealing with data tracking in a mediatized society 2021, qualitative, semistructured interviews, and focus groups the results of this study indicate that data tracking, which allows personalization of services for each user, can endanger individual privacy, and most millennials feel a dilemma regarding data tracking on the social media being used. millennials have become aware of the importance of their personal information on social media. however, despite this sense of dilemma, users continue to use social media due to the importance of social media today in society [30]. 26 personal advertising on tiktok: how aware is generation z regarding their data that is being collected by tiktok for personal advertising? 2023, quantitative method the results of this study show how social media, especially tiktok, maintains the privacy data of its users and how generation z is aware of this. most generation z know that tiktok uses its data for personalized advertising. however, in reality, this research shows that generation z, in general, only knows 25% of the data collected by tiktok, so it can be concluded that generation z does not yet have full awareness of the importance of their data [31]. 27 student attitudes, awareness, and perceptions of personal privacy and cybersecurity in the use of social media: an initial study 2020, survey method (quantitative) this study's results indicate that some students, especially students at the university of western pennsylvania, have used security features for their social media to reduce existing privacy security risks. however, some students still feel that it is okay if third parties use their data. however, most students know about privacy and security risks when using social media. there are several ways to prevent privacy risks when using social media, including setting social media account passwords with complex passwords, managing account visibility, and using two-factor authentication [32]. 28 examining university students’ online privacy literacy levels on social networking sites 2021, quantitative method this research shows that increased use of social media can increase the risk of privacy security issues. in addition, researchers can also find out how student behaviour is related to privacy security on social networking sites / social media. it can be seen that female students have a higher level of online privacy literature (opl) than male students; therefore, female students are more aware of the importance of personal information data on social media [33]. 29 we care about different things: non-elite conceptualizations of social media privacy 2019, quantitative and descriptive analysis this research shows that users prioritize horizontal privacy (privacy between users) over vertical privacy (freedom from surveillance). this has implications for privacy regulations and the role of institutional players in protecting user privacy. it is also known that there are power imbalances and gaps in perceptions of privacy based on gender and wealth. overall, this research emphasizes the need for a multidimensional understanding of privacy and the importance of considering user perspectives in privacy research and regulation [34]. 30 cybervetting and the public life of social media data 2020, quantitative and verificative analysis this research aims to see how the growing use of social media to screen job applicants can affect people's trust in organizations that engage in this practice. it can be noted that privacy boundaries are important not only when it comes to personal information but also information publicly available on social media. this research identifies that just because social media data is public, it does not mean that people do not have contextand data-specific privacy expectations [35]. based on previous research, most of these studies discuss privacy, data awareness, and the disclosure of personal information on social media. most of the subjects discussed in this study are generation z and internet users. previous research helped us know the awareness of research subjects to private data on social media, where some subjects had awareness regarding the importance of private data. however, some subjects have quite low awareness. researchers also understand the important aspects that must be considered in protecting data privacy, such as paying attention to application terms and conditions, changing passwords regularly, and considering risks before uploading personal information to social media. based on the previous research, researchers agree on the importance of awareness when uploading personal information on social media. the indicators needed in this research can also be found in the research researchers conducted in previous studies. this research will discuss awareness and trust among the school of information systems and school of computer science students at binus university who are close to and knowledgeable about the data. here, researchers also apply descriptive analysis to find out more clearly about the awareness and trust of the subjects. 3. research methods this study used a quantitative descriptive method by distributing a survey to a predetermined sample through a google forms questionnaire. the quantitative descriptive method is a research method that defines and draws conclusions based on events that can be studied and uses numbers without testing a hypothesis [36]. this journal used purposive sampling, where, at this stage, researchers have determined the research subjects, namely students from the binus university computing programs, namely the school of information systems and the school of computer science. the data collection process was performed in approximately a month, from july 3 to august 11, 2023, through group classes, personal chat with the subject determined, or distributing questionnaires to the person directly. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 435 the questionnaires are based on predetermined variables and indicators, with the respondents choosing multiplechoice or checkbox answers. descriptive analysis is used to process the results of the questionnaire. descriptive analysis is a method used to describe the data collected. this method is used to test respondents to see their awareness of disclosing personal information and sensitivity to social media data privacy. the methods of this research are displayed in figure 1. figure 1. research method following is a list of questions that will be used in the questionnaire in this research (table 2): table 2. variables and questions variable indicator definition question choice of answers social media data privacy privacy concern (pc) privacy issues that exist on instagram, such as the use of personal data for corporate (marketing) purposes [28] (pc01) what type of instagram account do you have? • public • private (pc02) what do you do if there is privacy policy information on instagram? • did not read it entirely • reading but ignoring it • always read and care (pc03) do you feel disturbed if third parties use your data? • yes • no security concern (sc) security issues such as identity theft and malware attacks [21] (sc01) how do you control privacy security on instagram? • two-factor authentication • change password regularly • monitoring login activity • not doing anything (sc02) what do you do if you find an account in the name of a relative? • block • report • restrict (manage interactions with other accounts) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 436 security awareness behaviour (be) habits of students in using social media, especially instagram [26] (be01) do you often log into instagram accounts on other people's devices? • often • rarely • never (be02) do you always log out of instagram after logging in on other people's devices? • yes • no knowledge (kl) student’s knowledge related to personal information security [26] (kl01) are you aware of the possibility of hijacking instagram accounts? • yes • no (kl02) are you aware of the potential for malware attacks on instagram? • yes • no (kl03) do you know what kind of personal data instagram collects? • profile information (name, profile picture, bio, uploaded contents) • contact (email address and phone number) • search activities and interaction (like, comment, and message) • geographic location • device data (type of device and operation system) (kl04) do you know how instagram uses users' data? • targeted ads • increasing user experience • user analysis • sharing data with third parties (kl05) which shows the misuse of privacy data on instagram? • using location feature • targeted ads with our interests • fake account • tag a friend in a post (kl06) in your opinion, is the behaviour in the image below the right thing to do? *) write addresses, cell phone numbers, and emails on instagram accounts publicly • true • false (kl07) in your opinion, is the behaviour in the image below the right thing to do? *) join the “add yours” sticker trend with personal information • true • false (kl08) how do you find a fake account on instagram? • number of followings and followers • number and context of posts • bio and profile picture • profile username effort (ef) efforts made by students to maintain the security of personal data [26] (ef01) how do you create an instagram account password? • combination of letters and numbers with a length of 6 characters (binus1) • combinations of letters, numbers, and symbols with more than six characters (b!nu$12) (ef02) does your instagram account use the same password as other social media? • yes • no trust of information motivation (mv) student’s motivation in uploading personal information on social media [28] (mv01) what is your goal when uploading content on instagram? • share and capture moments • seeking attention • job-related frequency (fq) the intensity of how much personal information is uploaded by students on social media [28] (fq01) how often do you upload content on instagram? • everyday • once every two weeks • once a month • rarely to never count researchers can perform quantitative analysis to determine how factors, such as the type of data shared, the social media platform used, or the user's level of privacy awareness, affect data privacy by employing well-defined variables and indicators. the variables and indicators employed in this study were selected based on earlier studies. prior research enhances our understanding of students' awareness of social media data privacy. based on the variables and questions in table 2, of the 153 respondents, 71.2% were male, and 28.8% were female, with the largest age range, namely 1722 years, which amounted to 98%, and an age range of 23 -28 years old, which amounts to 2% of the total respondents. then, 75.8% of the total respondents were students with a school of information systems (sis) background, 22.9% of the total respondents were students with a school of computer science (socs) background, and the remaining 1.3% students were not in both sis and socs. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 437 4. result and discussion the data obtained is analyzed using descriptive analysis methods to gain insight into an event assisted by percentage measurements. based on the data collected, as many as 98.7% were instagram users, and 1.3% were not instagram users. from here, it can draw information where most respondents were instagram users and were familiar with instagram's features. figure 2. instagram usage time from the questionnaire results shown in figure 2, most respondents (41.6%) use instagram daily for around 1 2 hours. meanwhile, 12.8% of respondents used instagram for more than 4 hours daily. generation z spends 79% of their time accessing social media, including instagram. the latest data from google consumer behavior, states that indonesia, with a total population of 265.4 million, has 50% of social media users. figure 3. total instagram accounts based on figure 3, most respondents have two or only one account. supported by data from data reportal, the number of social media users in indonesia at the start of 2022 shows that there are 68.9% of the total population. it supports the figure above that one person can have two or more accounts, especially as instagram occupies the second position on the ranking of frequently used social media platforms. table 3. instagram account type responses number pc01 proportion private 92 61.7% public 57 38.3% total 149 100% hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 438 based on table 3, from the accounts owned by respondents, it can be seen that 61.7% have private instagram accounts. in other words, the activities of these instagram accounts cannot be seen by anyone. meanwhile, 38.8% of respondents have a public instagram account. figure 4. privacy policy information on instagram figure 4 shows that 71.8% of respondents did not read the privacy policy information during initial instagram registration. only 8.1% of respondents always read and care about policies on instagram. this information is directly proportional to the journal "concerned enough to act? privacy concerns & perspectives among undergraduate instagram users", which states that most people consider the privacy policies on social media to be too long and complicated, so it is difficult to invest their time and energy in reading these privacy policies. table 4. use of data by third parties responses number pc03 proportion yes 123 82.6% no 26 17.4% total 149 100% from table 4, as many as 82.6% of all respondents said that they were bothered because they considered the data used to be a form of privacy, and they did not know what the data would be used for by third parties. however, 17.4% of all respondents said they were not bothered or had no problem if third parties used their data. awareness of the importance of data is crucial because if our data is misused, this could lead to potential cybercrime that utilizes information technology and can cause harm to victims affected by the crime. table 5. controlling privacy on instagram n valid missing sc01 149 4 the privacy security on our instagram account is very important to protect our account from external threats. in table 5, it can be seen that there are four missing data because the respondents needed to meet the criteria. figure 5. controlling privacy on instagram hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 439 as seen in figure 5, most respondents control the privacy security of their instagram accounts by using two factor authentication in line with monitoring their login activity. doing 2fa is to protect their instagram account from cyber criminals, which frequently happens. instagram uses 2fa to protect its users by sending a code through text message if there is an unrecognized login attempt. on top of that, they also control privacy security by changing their password frequently. however, some respondents do nothing to control their instagram accounts' privacy security. table 6. action when found fake account instagram n valid missing sc02 149 4 table 6 shows four missing data because two respondents were not students with computing program backgrounds, and two more did not use instagram. figure 6. action when found fake account instagram figure 6 shows that most respondents will report if users find an unknown account in the name of a relative. instagram has also recommended that blocking and reporting are the actions that can be done if an account is impersonating someone. when someone reports the account, they can tell which account the fraudster is pretending to be. restricting is also one of some respondents' actions to limit their interaction with fake accounts. table 7. frequency of login to instagram accounts on other people’s devices responses number be01 proportion often 2 1.3% rarely 67 45% never 80 53.7% total 149 100% the users can log on to instagram accounts from various devices, such as cell phones, tablets, pcs, and laptops. based on table 7, 53.7% of all respondents have never logged in to an instagram account on someone else's device, 45% said that they rarely log in to their instagram account on someone else's device, and only 1.3% often log in on other people's devices. of the respondents, 90.4% always log out, and 9.6% did not log out after logging in on someone else's device. logging in on someone else's device and not logging out could lead to data misuse for crimes, resulting in huge losses. table 8. awareness of account hijacking responses number kl01 proportion yes 146 98% no 3 2% total 149 100% based on the results of the questionnaire distributed, table 8 shows the numbers that have very significant differences. 98% of respondents know and are aware of the possibility of account hijacking, while 2% are unaware. this tells us that almost all respondents are aware of the dangers that will occur on social media, especially instagram. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 440 table 9. potential malware attacks responses number kl02 proportion yes 138 92.6% no 11 7.4% total 149 100% a malware attack describes software that can damage a device or system. the way it is spread can be through phishing emails, malicious advertising links, and others. based on table 9, as many as 92.6% of the respondents were aware of the potential for malware attacks on instagram. however, as many as 7.4% of the respondents were unaware of the potential for malware attacks on instagram. table 10. use of password on social media accounts responses number ef02 proportion yes 62 41.6% no 87 58.4% total 149 100% and to protect our data, especially on instagram accounts, one of the basic things that can be done is through a password. users can prevent unwanted people from accessing our data or instagram accounts with passwords. table 10 shows that 58.4% have instagram account passwords that differ from other social media passwords. meanwhile, 41.6% still use the same instagram account password as other social media passwords. figure 7. instagram account password combination apart from that, the combination of passwords they use can also be seen in figure 7, where as many as 56.4% use passwords with letters, numbers, symbols, and more than six characters long. however, as many as 43.6% still use passwords that only contain a combination of letters and numbers and are six characters long. users' limitations could influence these results in creating new password combinations, so some choose to use the same password for every social media account they have. this can also be influenced by the effort required to remember the password used for each social media account [37]. table 11. purpose of uploading instagram content n valid missing mv01 149 4 instagram can be used for all purposes, from personal to business. some personal purposes are to contact relatives and friends or see current trends. the business needs in question include benchmarking against competing companies. as seen in table 11, there are four missing data because the respondent did not meet the criteria. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 441 figure 8. purpose of uploading instagram content figure 8 shows that most respondents (93.3%) uploaded content to their instagram accounts to share and keep the moments. the moment can be a birthday celebration, graduation celebration, family gathering, or outing content at the workplace. in addition, 38.3% of respondents were using instagram to upload content for job-related purposes and 10.7% of respondents were uploading content as an attempt to seek attention. table 12. types of data collected by instagram n valid missing kl03 149 4 table 12 shows four missing data because two respondents were not students with computing program backgrounds, and two were no longer using instagram. figure 9. types of data collected by instagram figure 9 shows that respondents know that instagram collects personal data through profile information (name, profile photo, bio, and uploaded content), contact, searching and interaction activities, geographic location, and device data. however, most respondents must know that instagram collects device data such as device type and operating system. the factor influencing respondents answers that users must upload information such as email, telephone number, name, and others when registering. table 13. how instagram uses user data n valid missing kl04 149 4 this value was obtained by calculating the number of responses to questions about the purpose of using personal data on instagram, which 149 respondents answered out of 153 total respondents. table 13 shows four missing data because two respondents were not students with computing program backgrounds, and two were no longer using instagram. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 442 figure 10. how instagram uses user data from figure 10, most respondents know that instagram uses its users' data for customized advertising, user analysis, and increased user experience. factors influencing respondents' answers are impacts that users can feel directly. this can be seen when users often get advertisements and recommendations on instagram that have been adjusted to the demand and the demographics of instagram users. 33.6% of the respondents also notice that instagram uses their data to share them with third parties. table 14. misuse of privacy data on instagram n valid missing kl05 149 4 table 14 shows four missing data because two respondents were not students with computing program backgrounds and two were no longer using instagram. figure 11. misuse of privacy data on instagram based on figure 11, respondents are aware of fake accounts on instagram. in this case, a fake account takes personal data from other instagram users and uses that account to commit criminal acts. sometimes, users who create fake accounts in the name of other people deliberately commit violations such as writing malicious comments or uploading bad posts to bring down other people's names. there is another misuse of privacy data on instagram, such as the location feature that can be used to track our location, customized advertising, and tagging a friend in a post, which could track our location and the person tagged. table 15. case of dissemination of personal data on instagram responses number kl06 proportion yes 38 25.5% no 111 74.5% total 149 100% hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 443 based on table 15, in cases where someone wrote their address, cell phone number, and email in the description of their instagram account publicly, 74.5% stated that this was not the right thing to do. however, 25.5% of the total respondents stated that sharing personal information publicly on instagram was correct or not dangerous. this case differs from what is appropriate because writing the address, cell phone number, and email in the account description means users have distributed their data or information, which certain people can misuse. table 16. “add yours” case responses number kl07 proportion yes 23 15.4% no 126 84.6% total 149 100% the feature "add yours" has become a trend on instagram recently, where instagram users can use it to share their beautiful moments. however, some instagram users unconsciously use this feature to share their data, such as personal id, date of birth, and signature. from table 16, it can be seen that 84.6% said that sharing personal data through the "add yours" is wrong, and as many as 15.4% said this action was not dangerous to do. table 17. fake account case n valid missing kl08 149 4 as shown in table 17, there were four missing data because two respondents were not students with computing program backgrounds, and two were no longer using instagram. figure 12. fake account case as shown in figure 12, respondents also found out about fake accounts in 4 ways: by looking at the number of followers and following, the content of posts from an account, username profile, bio, and profile picture. fake accounts will be easily detected when users know the username contains the names of people they know. all the factors in the answer choices above can also detect fake accounts. based on the results we have analyzed, students with a computing background, especially at bina nusantara university, can discover what data is used by instagram, how to secure our accounts and cases related to data privacy. this study is in line with previous research which discusses generation z that they were aware of data privacy on social media, where the respondents in this study were also part of generation z. students' awareness does not rule out the possibility that several per cent of them are still unaware of data privacy on instagram. likewise, with the terms and conditions provided by instagram, most respondents felt that the terms and conditions provided could have been clearer, so they chose to ignore this. high awareness of data privacy on instagram would be better accompanied by reading the terms and conditions. 5. conclusion this research aimed to identify the awareness and trust of computing program students at bina nusantara university regarding data privacy on instagram. with several indicators tested, it is known that most respondents are instagram users with a frequency of 1-2 hours per day. through this research, it is known that respondents are aware of the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 444 importance of data privacy on instagram. this can be seen by respondents who know that their data is used by instagram, such as email, cell phone numbers, and activity data, where this data is used for customized advertising and user analysis. although respondents were aware of instagram's use of their data, most respondents avoided reading the privacy policy because they found it too long and complicated to understand. the privacy policy is very important because it contains crucial information regarding the activities carried out in the application. even so, most respondents still control the security of their account privacy by monitoring login activities, such as never logging in to their instagram account on someone else's device and always logging out of their account if they log in on someone else's device. they also use two-factor authentication, so other people cannot easily log in to their instagram accounts. according to the research, respondents secure their accounts using different passwords for each social media account. the password used is a combination of letters, numbers, and symbols with a length of more than six characters. with this, they can avoid account hijacking and malware attacks. in conclusion, future research should carry out tests by providing education regarding data privacy cases such as malware attacks so that the level of awareness of data privacy increases considering nowadays, many people use social media because of social demands or following trends, so they prefer to be trendy over the security of their privacy and security. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, y.k., b.n., w.p., and n.l.g.a.k.d.; methodology, y.k., b.n., w.p., and n.l.g.a.k.d.; software, y.k., b.n., w.p., and n.l.g.a.k.d.; formal analysis, y.k., b.n., w.p., and n.l.g.a.k.d.; resources, y.k., b.n., w.p., and n.l.g.a.k.d.; data curation, y.k.; writing—original draft preparation, b.n., w.p., and n.l.g.a.k.d.; writing—review and editing, y.k.; visualization, b.n., w.p., and n.l.g.a.k.d.; supervision, y.k.; project administration, b.n., w.p., and n.l.g.a.k.d.; funding acquisition, y.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] we are social. (2023). special report: digital 2023 your ultimate guide to the evolving digital world. we are social website, jakarta, indonesia. available online: https://wearesocial.com/id/blog/2023/01/digital-2023/ (accessed on march 2024) [2] napoleoncat. (2024). instagram users in indonesia january 2023. napoleoncat.com, ontario, canada. available online: https://napoleoncat.com/stats/instagram-users-in-indonesia/2023/01/ (accessed on march 2024). [3] napoleoncat. (2023). instagram users in indonesia august 2023. napoleoncat.com, ontario, canada. https://napoleoncat.com/stats/instagram-users-in-indonesia/2023/08/ (accessed on march 2024). [4] janssen, d. (2023). what does instagram know about me? vpnoverview.com, nijmegen, the netherland. available online: https://vpnoverview.com/privacy/social-media/what-does-instagram-know-about-me/ (accessed on march 2024). [5] winder, d. (2021). 235 million instagram, tiktok and youtube user profiles exposed in massive data leak. forbes, new jersey, united states. available online: https://www.forbes.com/sites/daveywinder/2020/08/19/massive-data-leak235-millioninstagram-tiktok-and-youtube-user-profiles-exposed/?sh=420099be1111 (accessed on march 2024). [6] marín, v. i., carpenter, j. p., & tur, g. (2021). pre-service teachers’ perceptions of social media data privacy policies. british journal of educational technology, 52(2), 519–535. doi:10.1111/bjet.13035. https://wearesocial.com/id/blog/2023/01/digital-2023/ https://napoleoncat.com/stats/instagram-users-in-indonesia/2023/01/ https://napoleoncat.com/stats/instagram-users-in-indonesia/2023/08/ https://vpnoverview.com/privacy/social-media/what-does-instagram-know-about-me/ https://www.forbes.com/sites/daveywinder/2020/08/19/massive-data-leak235-million-instagram-tiktok-and-youtube-user-profiles-exposed/?sh=420099be1111 https://www.forbes.com/sites/daveywinder/2020/08/19/massive-data-leak235-million-instagram-tiktok-and-youtube-user-profiles-exposed/?sh=420099be1111 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 445 [7] löchner, m., fathi, r., schmid, d. ‘. l., dunkel, a., burghardt, d., fiedrich, f., & koch, s. (2020). case study on privacy-aware social media data processing in disaster management. isprs international journal of geo-information, 9(12), 9 12, 709. doi:10.3390/ijgi9120709. [8] albulayhi, m. s., & el khediri, s. (2022). a comprehensive study on privacy and security on social media. international journal of interactive mobile technologies, 16(1), 4–21. doi:10.3991/ijim.v16i01.27761. [9] mansour, y. r. (2019). legal frameworks governing social data analytics and privacy concerns among social media users. lebanese american university, beirut, lebanon. doi:10.26756/th.2020.159. [10] unni, m. v, & jeevananda, s. (2022). a critical analysis in understanding the impact of privacy and security towards social media among young adults. the seybold report journal, 17(11), 454–461. doi:10.5281/zenodo.7316177. [11] yudiana, t. c., rosadi, s. d., & priowirjanto, e. s. (2022). the urgency of doxing on social media regulation and the implementation of right to be forgotten on related content for the optimization of data privacy protection in indonesia. padjadjaran jurnal ilmu hukum, 9(1), 24–45. doi:10.22304/pjih.v9n1.a2. [12] isa, k., sam, t. h., palpanadan, s. t., diniaty, a., munthe, r. a., vasudevan, a., & subramaniam, g. (2022). awareness of the use of social media among students: malaysia and indonesia. the seybold report, 17(6), 1140–1152. [13] bhatt, y. (2021). awareness of social media privacy among the staff at solo sokos hotel lahden seurahuone. lab university of applied sciences, lahti, finland. [14] ibdah, d., lachtar, n., raparthi, s. m., & bacha, a. (2021). why should i read the privacy policy, i just need the service’: a study on attitudes and perceptions toward privacy policies? ieee access, 9, 166465–166487. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3130086. [15] cain, j. a., & imre, i. (2022). everybody wants some: collection and control of personal information, privacy concerns, and social media use. new media and society, 24(12), 2705–2724. doi:10.1177/14614448211000327. [16] minh, d. t., ly, p. t. t., & duyen, n. t. n. (2022). privacy risk awareness and intent to disclose personal information of users using two social networks: facebook and instagram. vnu university of economics and business, 2(6), 1-10. doi:10.57110/vnujeb.v2i6.133. [17] ara, a., zainol, z., & duraisamy, b. (2022). the effects of privacy awareness, security concerns and trust on information sharing in social media among public university students in selangor. international business education journal, 15(2), 93– 110. [18] omotayo, f. o., & olayiwola, j. o. (2023). privacy and security information awareness and disclosure of private information by users of online social media in the ibadan metropolis, nigeria. the african journal of information systems, 15(1), 1-26. [19] ismail, h., febiyanto, f., kevin, & moniaga, j. v. (2022). methods to prevent privacy violations on the internet on the personal level in indonesia. procedia computer science, 216, 650–654. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2022.12.180. [20] ayaburi, e. w., & treku, d. n. (2020). effect of penitence on social media trust and privacy concerns: the case of facebook. international journal of information management, 50, 171–181. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2019.05.014. [21] koohang, a., floyd, k., yerby, j., & paliszkiewicz, j. (2021). social media privacy concerns, security concerns, trust, and awareness: empirical validation of an instrument. issues in information systems, 22(2), 133–145. doi:10.48009/2_iis_2021_136149. [22] riache, h., & pradana, m. (2022). the effect of perceived privacy, security, and trust on the continuance intention to use social networking services (a study on meta’s social networks). jurnal pemikiran dan penelitian bidang administrasi, sosial, humaniora dan kebijakan publik, 5(2), 102–108. [23] saura, j. r., ribeiro-soriano, d., & palacios-marqués, d. (2022). evaluating security and privacy issues of social networksbased information systems in industry 4.0. enterprise information systems, 16(10–11), 1694–1710. doi:10.1080/17517575.2021.1913765. [24] susilahadi, r., yasirandi, r., & utomo, r. g. (2023). indonesian university student’s awareness in using online transportation system based on data privacy and risk factors perspective. aip conference proceedings, 2654. doi:10.1063/5.0117515. [25] di minin, e., fink, c., hausmann, a., kremer, j., & kulkarni, r. (2021). how to address data privacy concerns when using social media data in conservation science. conservation biology, 35(2), 437–446. doi:10.1111/cobi.13708. [26] adrian, n., lindawaty, d. f., & kurniawan, y. (2023). indonesian generation z’s awareness of data privacy in the use of social media. international conference of industrial engineering and operations management istanbul, 1693–1703. doi:10.46254/an12.20220318. [27] iman, r. n., asmiyanto, t., & inamullah, m. h. (2020). users’ awareness of personal information on social media: case on undergraduate students of universitas indonesia. library philosophy and practice, 2020, 1–11. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 446 [28] alabdulatif, a., & alturise, f. (2020). awareness of data privacy on social networks by students at qassim university. international journal of advanced computer research, 10(50), 194–205. doi:10.19101/ijacr.2020.1048094. [29] deniz, ş. (2019). is somebody spying on us? new media and visual communication in social networks, 156–172. doi:10.4018/978-1-7998-1041-4.ch009. [30] volman, h. (2021). the social media dilemma: millennials dealing with data tracking in a mediatized society. uppsala universitet department of informatics and media, uppsala, sweden. [31] hussein, a., sivac, a., arguioui, h. e., & diehl, j. (2023). personal advertising on tiktok: how aware is generation z regarding their data that is being collected by tiktok for personal advertising? in academic competencies for information management 2022-2023, 1-13. doi:10.5281/zenodo.7520169. [32] bhatnagar, n., & pry, m. (2020). student attitudes, awareness, and perceptions of personal privacy and cybersecurity in the use of social media: an initial study. information systems education journal, 18(1), 48–58. [33] kaya, s., & yaman, d. (2021). examining university students’ online privacy literacy levels on social networking sites. participatory educational research, 9(3), 22–45. doi:10.17275/per.22.52.9.3. [34] quinn, k., epstein, d., & moon, b. (2019). we care about different things: non-elite conceptualizations of social media privacy. social media and society, 5(3), 1-14. doi:10.1177/2056305119866008. [35] gruzd, a., jacobson, j., & dubois, e. (2020). cybervetting and the public life of social media data. social media and society, 6(2), 1-13. doi:10.1177/2056305120915618. [36] mbuva, g. (2023). quantitative descriptive research: definition, types, methodology, methods, characteristics, examples, and advantages. available online: https://www.accountingnest.com/articles/research/quantitative-correlational-research (accessed on march 2024). [37] madnick, s. e. (2020). do you have password headaches? you are not alone, and it is unnecessary! working paper cisl# 2020-14, 1-3. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3555448. https://www.accountingnest.com/articles/research/quantitative-correlational-research available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 364 issn: 2723-9535 the prediction of douyin live sales based on neural network algorithms jinman sun 1, xinling de 1* , hui zheng 1 1 school of economics and management, cangzhou jiaotong college, huanghua, hebei 061199, china. received 26 january 2023; revised 19 may 2023; accepted 23 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract this paper aims to optimize neural network algorithms in order to improve their predictive performance and meet the demand for douyin live sales forecasting. the douyin live data of florasis between january 2022 and june 2022 were collected from huitun data and preprocessed. using the pearson correlation coefficient, six factors that are highly correlated with live sales were selected for subsequent prediction. this paper briefly introduces the back-propagation neural network (bpnn) algorithm and analyzes its parameter optimization methods, including particle swarm optimization (pso), the artificial bee colony (abc) algorithm, and the beetle antler search (bas) algorithm. then, an improved beetle antennae search (ibas) algorithm was developed by introducing inertia weight and used to construct an ibas-bpnn model for predicting sales volume in douyin live streaming. the results showed that compared with the bpnn, psobpnn, and abc-bpnn algorithms, the ibas-bpnn algorithm had better prediction performance, with a root-meansquare error of 335.6694, a mean absolute percentage error of 0.0532%, an equilibrium coefficient of 0.9889, and a shorter training time of 90.07 s. the experimental results demonstrate the reliability of the ibas-bpnn algorithm for predicting sales volume in douyin live streaming, providing new insights into parameter optimization of bpnn and offering references for further research on bpnn parameter optimization. it also provides an effective method with both timeliness and high accuracy for predicting sales volume in douyin live streaming in practical applications. keywords: neural network; douyin; e-commerce live; sales prediction; beetle antennae search algorithm. 1. introduction influenced by the internet, mobile technology, and other factors, the e-commerce industry has entered a brand-new phase of growth. e-commerce live streaming, as an interactive and flexible sales method [1], is increasingly preferred by users and can generate significant revenue for e-commerce companies [2]. douyin, as one of the most popular short video platforms [3], has demonstrated enormous potential and value as an e-commerce live streaming platform. sales forecasting plays an important role in inventory control and production plan adjustments. with advancements in machine learning and other technologies, sales forecasting has become increasingly intelligent. sharma et al. [4] used machine learning techniques to forecast the auto sales of an indian automobile company during the covid-19 pandemic. the experiment showed that the model could effectively predict changes in sales, providing guidance for the company’s financial preparation. boone et al. [5] forecasted sales for retailers and combined user-generated data from google trends search queries with operational data. through experiments, they found that the addition of google trends data could reduce the mean * corresponding author: 1xlde@czjtu.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-09  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0005-6927-7555 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 365 absolute percentage error (mape) by 2.2% to 7.7%. to predict housing sales in são paulo, moro et al. [6] modeled the index softening, box-jenkins, and artificial neural network models and compared their effects using different combinations. ma et al. [7] applied the genetic algorithm-back-propagation neural network (ga-bpnn) algorithm to the sales forecast of electric vehicles. they found out through experiments that a-class electric vehicles will become the main potential model in 2020. wang et al. [8] proposed a sales forecasting model, m-gna-xgboost, based on time series prediction that can provide short-term predictions for the sales of each product in an online store. through experiments, it was found that the root-mean-square error (rmse) and mean absolute error (mae) of this model were approximately 11.9 and 8.23, respectively. raiyani et al. [9] utilized sales data from ten stores and 100 different products over a period of five years to compare the effectiveness of several machine learning models in predicting future sales. through experimentation, they found that the hybrid model yielded superior results compared to individual models. takahashi & goto [10] designed a double exponential smoothing method for predicting the inventory/sales of products. they found that this method had high accuracy in forecasting sales for each type of medication. zhan et al. [11] developed a bayesian linear regression method to predict product sales and found that this method performed well in terms of mae and rmse. liu et al. [12] designed a support vector regression model to predict drug sales and improve inventory management, achieving an accuracy rate of 91% for this method. current research primarily focuses on sales prediction for physical products, with limited studies on e-commerce sales prediction and no mention of live-streaming sales prediction in e-commerce. however, given the rapid development of live-streaming in e-commerce, it has become a significant form of online sales, making research on live-streaming sales prediction in e-commerce crucial. for douyin e-commerce live streaming, sales forecasting can help e-commerce companies better understand the reasons for changes in sales and adjust their live streaming methods in a timely manner. therefore, this paper designed a neural network-based sales forecasting algorithm for douyin e-commerce live streaming and experimentally proved its effectiveness, providing a new method of sales forecasting for e-commerce live streaming in practice. 2. douyin e-commerce live analysis the sales generated by live streaming are closely related to inventory management and production arrangements for e-commerce companies. if sales are good, inventory should be greatly reduced, and production arrangements should be increased accordingly. conversely, if the products are not selling well, production plans should be promptly adjusted to avoid greater losses. accurate sales forecasting can help e-commerce companies better manage product production and marketing, thus providing better services for e-commerce live streaming. taking douyin as an example, e-commerce live streaming generates massive data, such as the number of commodities, follower growth, likes, and comments. this article obtained relevant data on douyin e-commerce live streaming from huitun data (https://www.huitun.com/) and examined the sales forecast of florasis, a well-known beauty brand. founded in 2017, florasis specializes in cosmetics, skin care, and other products and is highly active on the douyin platform. through collaborations with professionals and internet celebrities, the brand has successfully established effective communication and interaction with users. with robust capabilities in product development and research, it has achieved excellent results in douyin live streaming. the douyin live streaming data for florasis from january to june 2022 was obtained from huitun data, with duplicates and anomalies removed and missing values filled in with the mean. to facilitate the subsequent sales forecast, all data were normalized, and the processed live streaming data is demonstrated in table 1. table 1. normalized live data time january 1, 2022 january 2, 2022 january 3, 2022 ...... june 30, 2022 duration of live broadcast 0.7468 0.6485 0.6845 ...... 0.7168 times of viewing 0.5126 0.6715 0.3158 ...... 0.6874 peak number of people 0.8525 0.8568 0.3696 ...... 0.7756 per capita stay 0.7878 0.9025 0.4285 ...... 0.2168 number of products 0.7965 0.7548 0.1632 ...... 0.3256 number of likes 0.3658 0.7744 0.9258 ...... 0.5148 number of new fans 0.6952 0.5968 0.2148 ...... 0.4851 interaction rate 0.6241 0.5326 0.3236 ...... 0.3658 conversion rate 0.3365 0.4958 0.7516 ...... 0.1529 live sales 0.7853 0.8222 0.8584 ...... 0.6258 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 366 the correlation between factors such as the duration of live broadcast and the times of viewing in table 1 and live sales was further analyzed using the pearson correlation coefficient [13]. the corresponding equation is: 𝜌𝑋，𝑌 = 𝑐𝑜𝑣(𝑋,𝑌) 𝜎𝑋𝜎𝑌 (1) where cov(x, y) refers to the covariance of x and y and σ is the variance. the results obtained after calculation are shown in table 2. table 2. results of correlation coefficient calculation factor correlation coefficient duration of live broadcast 0.0263 times of viewing 0.6785 peak number of people 0.0745 per capita stay 0.6447 number of products 0.0321 number of likes 0.7158 number of new fans 0.6845 interaction rate 0.7715 conversion rate 0.6162 for factors with correlation coefficients less than 0.1, they were considered to have a weak correlation with live sales and were eliminated, and the remaining six factors were used for subsequent sales forecasting. therefore, when using neural network algorithms for sales forecasting, the input data should include six variables from table 2: number of views, average duration per person, number of likes, increase in followers, interaction rate, and conversion rate. the output was the prediction result for live sales. 3. sales forecasting based on neural network algorithm 3.1. back-propagation neural network algorithm in data prediction, the commonly used methods include linear regression [14], decision trees [15], etc., and the backpropagation neural network (bpnn) algorithm is also one of them [16]. the bpnn algorithm has good performance in processing nonlinear data [17] and is flexible and adaptable, making it widely used in finance and health care for data prediction [18]. therefore, this paper used the bpnn algorithm to implement the prediction of douyin e-commerce live sales. however, during training, the bpnn algorithm is prone to getting stuck in local optima [19], mainly due to the influence of weights and thresholds. in order to improve this flaw and enhance the effectiveness of the bpnn algorithm in live sales forecasting, this paper analyzed several methods for parameter optimization and validated them using the data obtained in the previous section. for a simple three-layer bpnn, assume that the 𝑖-th input is 𝑥𝑖, then the input of its implicit layer can be written as: 𝐻𝑗 = 𝑓(∑ 𝑤𝑖𝑗𝑥𝑖 + 𝑎𝑗 𝑖 𝑗=1 ), where 𝑓 is the activation function, 𝑤𝑖𝑗 is the weight between the input layer and the implied layer, and 𝑎𝑗 is the threshold value. the output of the output layer can be written as: 𝑂𝑘 = ∑ 𝐻𝑗𝑤𝑖𝑘 +𝑖 𝑗=1 𝑎𝑘, where 𝑤𝑖𝑘 is the weight between the implied layer and the output layer and 𝑎𝑘 is the threshold value. if the desired output is 𝑌𝑘, then the calculation formula of error is: 𝐸 = 1 2 ∑ (𝑌𝑘 − 𝑂𝑘) 2𝑚 𝑘=1 . denote 𝑌𝑘 − 𝑂𝑘 = 𝑒𝑘, then the equation can be rewritten as: 𝐸 = 1 2 ∑ 𝑒𝑘 2𝑚 𝑘=1 . the bpnn algorithm updates the weights and thresholds by backpropagating the errors. the weights are updated by the following equation: { 𝑤𝑖𝑗 = 𝑤𝑖𝑗 + 𝜂𝐻𝑗(1 − 𝐻𝑗)𝑥𝑖 ∑ 𝑤𝑗𝑘𝑒𝑘 𝑚 𝑘=1 𝑤𝑗𝑘 = 𝑤𝑗𝑘 + 𝜂𝐻𝑗𝑒𝑘 (2) the threshold value is updated by the following equation: { 𝑎𝑗 = 𝑎𝑗 + 𝜂𝐻𝑗(1 − 𝐻𝑗)𝑥𝑖 ∑ 𝑤𝑗𝑘𝑒𝑘 𝑚 𝑘=1 𝑎𝑘 = 𝑎𝑘 + 𝜂𝑎𝑘 (3) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 367 3.2. optimization methods of bpnn parameters several algorithms were used to optimize the parameters of the bpnn algorithm, as follows. 1) particle swarm optimization algorithm the particle swarm optimization (pso) algorithm was developed by studying birds' foraging habits [20]. each bird is considered as a particle and the optimal solution is found by updating the position and velocity of the particle: 𝑉𝑖 𝑘+1 = 𝑤𝑉𝑖 𝑘 + 𝑐1𝑟1(𝑃𝑖𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝑘 − 𝑋𝑖 𝑘) + 𝑐2𝑟2(𝑃𝑔𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝑘 − 𝑋𝑖 𝑘) (4) 𝑋𝑖 𝑘+1 = 𝑋𝑖 𝑘 + 𝑉𝑖 𝑘+1 (5) where 𝑉𝑖 𝑘 stands for particle velocity at the 𝑘-th iteration, 𝑉𝑖 𝑘+1 stands for particle velocity at the 𝑘 + 1-th iteration, 𝑐1 and 𝑐2 are acceleration factors, 𝑟1 and 𝑐2 are random numbers in [0,1], 𝑃𝑖𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝑘 represents the individual extreme, and 𝑃𝑔𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝑘 represents the population extreme. the parameters of the bpnn algorithm were improved using the pso algorithm to obtain the pso-bpnn algorithm. the process is as follows. after determining the structure of the bpnn algorithm, the parameters of the pso algorithm were initialized, and continuously updating particles helped obtain optimal weights and thresholds for the bpnn algorithm. these weights and thresholds were input into the bpnn algorithm to complete its training. 2) artificial bee colony algorithm the artificial bee colony (abc) algorithm is an imitation of the honey harvesting process of a bee colony [21]. it is assumed that the nectar source location is: 𝑋𝑖 = (𝑋𝑖1, 𝑋𝑖2, ⋯ , 𝑋𝑖𝐷), then the initial solution is obtained: 𝑋𝑖 𝑗 = 𝑋𝑗 𝑚𝑖𝑛 + 𝑟𝑖 𝑗 × (𝑋𝑗 𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑋𝑗 𝑚𝑖𝑛), where 𝑋𝑗 𝑚𝑖𝑛 and 𝑋𝑗 𝑚𝑎𝑥 refer to the upper and lower limits of the the 𝑗-th dimensional solution space and 𝑟𝑖 𝑗 refers to a random number in [0,1]. the fitness of the 𝑖-th solution can be written as: 𝐹𝑖 = { 1+ 1+𝑓𝑖 , 𝑓𝑖 ≥ 0 1 + |𝑓𝑖|, 𝑓𝑖 < 0 , where 𝑓𝑖 refers to the objective value of the problem. in the starting phase, scout bees search for nectar sources according to the following formula: 𝑉𝑖 𝑗 = 𝑋𝑖 𝑗 + 𝑟𝑖 𝑗 (𝑋𝑚 𝑗 − 𝑋𝑘 𝑗 ), where 𝑟𝑖 𝑗 represents a random number in [0,1]. subsequently, the follower bees choose whether to follow or not according to the nectar source message shared by the scout bees, and the probability is: 𝑝𝑖 = 𝑓𝑖𝑡𝑖 ∑ 𝑓𝑖𝑡𝑖 𝑁𝑃 𝑖=1 , where 𝑓𝑖𝑡𝑖 is the fitness value of possible solution 𝑋𝑖 . the scout and follower bees continuously search for nectar sources to find the optimal solution, which is the best nectar source. the abc algorithm was applied to optimize the parameters of the bpnn algorithm, resulting in the abc-bpnn algorithm. 3) beetle antennae search algorithm the beetle antennae search (bas) algorithm is based on the process by which the beetle relies on its tentacles to search for food [22]. in the bas algorithm, a random vector is used to represent the initial orientation of beetle’s antennae: �⃗� = 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑠(𝑘,1) ‖𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑠(𝑘,1)‖ , where 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑠 is the random function and 𝑘 is the spatial dimension. the spatial coordinates of the left and right antenna of the beetle can be written as: { 𝑥𝑟𝑡 = 𝑥𝑡 + 𝑑0 × �⃗� 2 𝑥𝑙𝑡 = 𝑥𝑡 − 𝑑0 × �⃗� 2 , where 𝑡 refers to the number of iterations, 𝑥𝑟𝑡 and 𝑥𝑙𝑡 are the coordinates of the left and right beetle antenna, 𝑥𝑡 is the central coordinate of the left and right beetle antenna obtained after t times of iterations (the distance between them is d0). the beetle antenna find food according to the odor, and the intensity of the odor is recorded as the fitness value. according to the intensity of the odor, the process of updating the position of the beetle can be written as: 𝑥𝑡+1 = 𝑥𝑡 − 𝛿𝑡 ∗ �⃗� ∗ 𝑠𝑔𝑛[𝑓(𝑥𝑟𝑡) − 𝑓(𝑥𝑙𝑡)], where 𝛿𝑡 is the step size factor and is updated in a decreasing manner: 𝛿𝑡+1 = 𝛿𝑡 ∗ 𝑒𝑡𝑎, where 𝑒𝑡𝑎 is the decay factor, 𝑒𝑡𝑎 ∈ [0,1]. although the bas algorithm has the advantage of fast convergence, it also has the disadvantage of easily falling into local optimum. to address this point, this paper introduced inertia weight 𝜔 to develop an improved bas (ibas) algorithm. the beetle position update process is improved as: hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 368 𝑥𝑡+1 = 𝜔𝑥𝑡 − 𝛿𝑡 ∗ �⃗� ∗ 𝑠𝑔𝑛[𝑓(𝑥𝑟𝑡) − 𝑓(𝑥𝑙𝑡)] (6) 𝜔 = 𝜔𝑚𝑖𝑛 + (𝜔𝑚𝑎𝑥−𝜔𝑚𝑖𝑛)(𝑡𝑚𝑎𝑥−𝑡) 𝑡𝑚𝑎𝑥 (7) where 𝑡𝑚𝑎𝑥 is the maximum value of the number of iterations and 𝜔𝑚𝑎𝑥 and 𝜔𝑚𝑖𝑛 are the maximum and minimum values of 𝜔. the ibas algorithm was used to optimize the parameters of the bpnn algorithm to obtain the ibas-bpnn algorithm. the flowchart of the designed douyin live sales prediction method is shown in figure 1. train samples determine the network topology initialize the parameters of bpnn calculate the fitness value establish the random vector of beetle antler orientation initialize the beetle position update the spatial coordinates of the left and right beetle antlers update the beetle antler position calculate the fitness value satisfy the termination condition update step length factor optimal parameters of bpnn calculate error update weight and threshold satisfy the termination condition output predicted results yes no yes no figure 1. the ibas-bpnn-based douyin live sales prediction method as shown in figure 1, after determining the structure of the bpnn algorithm, the optimal parameters of the bpnn algorithm were obtained through the ibas algorithm and input into the bpnn algorithm. the prediction of douyin live sales volume prediction was realized by constantly updating the error. 4. results and analysis 4.1. experimental setup for the experimental data in table 1, 80% of them were used for training and 20% for testing. it was seen from table 2 that the input of the bpnn algorithm consisted of the remaining six indicators after removing three indicators with low correlation coefficients. therefore, the number of nodes in the input layer of the bpnn algorithm was 6, and the number of nodes in the output layer was 1, i.e., live sales. the number of nodes for the implied layer was determined as 5 using a trial-and-error method, resulting in a bpnn algorithm structure of 6-5-1. the tansig function was used in the implied layer, while the rule function was used in the output layer. the learning rate was 0.005, and the maximum number of iterations was limited to 1,000. after repeated training of the pso-bpnn algorithm, the population size with the smallest mse value in the training set was used as the population size for testing. the mse of the corresponding population size is shown in table 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 369 table 3. the training error of the pso-bpnn algorithm under different population sizes population size mse 10 0.0083 20 0.0076 30 0.0072 40 0.0075 50 0.0077 60 0.0081 70 0.0084 80 0.0079 90 0.0083 100 0.0082 according to table 3, the population size of the pso-bpnn algorithm was 30, acceleration factors c1 and c2 were both 1.5, and the maximum iteration count was set at 3,000. considering the complexity of the abc-bpnn algorithm, the population size was determined within the range of [10,50]. through repeated training, the training errors are shown in table 4. table 4. the training error of the abc-bpnn algorithm under different population sizes population size mes 10 0.0075 20 0.0061 30 0.0068 40 0.0069 50 0.0071 according to table 4, the population size of the abc-bpnn algorithm was determined as 20, and the maximum iteration count was set at 2,000. for the bas-bpnn and ibas-bpnn algorithms, to ensure the search ability of the beetle, the initial step length should be as large as possible. therefore, the initial step length of the beetle was set at 1, eta was set at 0.95, ωmax was set as 0.9, and ωmin was set at 0.4. 4.2. evaluation indicators for 𝑚 samples, let the live sales predicted by the algorithm be �̂� and the actual live sales be y. the evaluation indicators used in this paper are as follows. 1) root mean square error (rmse): it evaluated the accuracy of the algorithm's prediction of live sales, and the corresponding equation is: 𝑅𝑀𝑆𝐸 = √ 1 𝑚 ∑ (𝑦𝑖 − �̂�𝑖) 2𝑚 𝑖=1 (8) 2) mape: it was used to describe the accuracy of the algorithm's prediction of live sales, and the corresponding equation is: 𝑀𝐴𝑃𝐸 = 1 𝑚 ∑ | 𝑦𝑖−�̂�𝑖 𝑦𝑖 | × 100%𝑚 𝑖=1 (9) 3) equilibrium coefficient (ec): it was used to describe the trend fit of the predicted value curve to the actual value curve, and the corresponding formula is: 𝐸𝐶 = 1 − ∑ (𝑦𝑖−�̂�𝑖) 2𝑚 𝑖=1 ∑ (𝑦𝑖+�̂�𝑖) 2𝑚 𝑖=1 (10) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 370 4.3. analysis of results firstly, to determine the performance of several parameter optimization methods, tests were conducted on five singlepeak functions and five multi-peak functions on the cec2013 test set [23] to understand the performance of pso, abc, bas, and ibas for optimization search. the dimension of the search space was set to 30, and the search range was [100,100]. the results are presented in table 5. table 5. results of the average fitness value of the algorithms for the test set (bold refers to the optimal result) 𝒇𝟏 𝒇𝟐 𝒇𝟑 𝒇𝟒 𝒇𝟓 pso 1.45e+00 5.77e+06 2.44e+07 7.88e+02 3.88e+00 abc 8.37e-15 9.48e+05 1.81e+06 1.82e+02 5.95e+01 bas 1.27e-03 4.26e+06 1.56e+07 1.87e+02 8.55e-01 ibas 0.00e+00 1.87e+06 1.52e+07 4.54e+01 0.00e+00 𝒇𝟔 𝒇𝟕 𝒇𝟖 𝒇𝟗 𝒇𝟏𝟎 pso 9.98e+01 7.46e+01 2.35e+01 4.87e+01 1.07e-01 abc 4.84e-04 2.85e+01 2.13e+01 2.36e+01 2.16e+01 bas 3.38e+01 4.55e+01 2.09e+01 1.45e+01 9.18e-02 ibas 1.21e+01 3.84e+00 2.09e+01 9.81e+00 6.85e-02 from table 5, it can be observed that ibas achieved the best average results among the functions, except for 𝑓2 and 𝑓3. this indicated that the ibas algorithm performed well on both single-peak and multi-peak functions, demonstrating excellent capabilities in solving optimization problems and outperforming other parameter optimization methods. the effectiveness of the bpnn, pso-bpnn, abc-bpnn, bas-bpnn and ibas-bpnn algorithms in live sales prediction was compared. firstly, the comparison of the rmse is displayed in figure 2. figure 2. comparison of the rmse from figure 2, it was seen that in douyin live streaming sales forecasting, when the bpnn algorithm was used, the rmse reached its highest value at 567.8594. however, after optimizing the parameters, the rmse decreased significantly. the rmse of the pso-bpnn algorithm was reduced by 12.41% compared with the traditional bpnn algorithm, while the abc-bpnn algorithm showed a reduction of 19.55%, and the bas-bpnn algorithm demonstrated a reduction of 30.88%. these results highlight the effectiveness of parameter optimization in improving the accuracy of the bpnn algorithm. the bas algorithm was proven to have the best performance among these parameter optimization methods. furthermore, the rmse of the ibas-bpnn algorithm was 335.6694, which decreased by 40.89% compared to the bpnn algorithm and by 14.48% compared to the bas-bpnn algorithm, demonstrating the reliability of improvement achieved by using the bas algorithm. the comparison of the mape among the five algorithms is shown in figure 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 371 figure 3. comparison of the mape from figure 3, it was seen that these algorithms showed similar results for mape, and the mape value of the bpnn algorithm reached its highest value at 0.1469%, indicating its poor performance in forecasting douyin live streaming sales. among the comparison of several optimization methods, the mape value of the bas-bpnn algorithm was 0.0674%, which was much lower than that of the pso-bpnn and abc-bpnn algorithms, resulting in a reduction of 0.0795% compared to the bpnn algorithm. finally, the comparison between the bas-bpnn and ibas-bpnn algorithms showed that the latter had an mape value of 0.0532%, which was 0.0142% lower than the former, demonstrating the effectiveness of the ibas-bpnn algorithm in forecasting douyin live streaming sales. the comparison of the ec is illustrated in figure 4. figure 4. comparison of the ec the closer the ec value was to 1, the closer the predicted result of the algorithm was to the actual value. according to figure 4, the ec value of the bpnn algorithm was 0.9674, which was the lowest, while the ec value of the ibasbpnn algorithm was 0.9889, which was the highest and represented a 2.22% improvement over to the bpnn algorithm and a 0.57% improvement over the bas-bpnn algorithm. this demonstrated that the ibas-bpnn algorithm had superior predictive performance in douyin live streaming forecasting. finally, the training time of these algorithms was compared, and the results are presented in figure 5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 372 figure 5. comparison of the training time the bpnn algorithm had the shortest training time, only 3.77 s, as observed from figure 5. after parameter optimization, the training time of the bpnn algorithm increased significantly. however, it was found that the training time of the bas-bpnn algorithm was much lower than that of the pso-bpnn and abc-bpnn algorithms. in addition, no significant difference was seen in the training time between ibas-bpnn and bas-bpnn algorithms, indicating that the improvement of the bas algorithm did not increase the computational burden and demonstrating the reliability of this method. the ibas-bpnn algorithm was compared with other data prediction methods: bayesian neural network [24], probability graph convolution model (pgcm) [25], and multi-dimensional recurrent neural network (mdrnn) [26]. the prediction performance of different algorithms for the same dataset is displayed in table 6. table 6. comparison results of the ibas-bpnn algorithm and other data prediction methods rmse mape ec bnn 401.2362 0.0677 0.9837 pgcm 375.1254 0.0578 0.9852 mdrnn 345.1285 0.0551 0.9884 ibas-bpnn 335.6694 0.0532 0.9889 from table 6, it can be observed that compared to other data prediction methods, the ibas-bpnn algorithm demonstrated superior performance in terms of rmse, mape, and ec. taking the comparison with the mdrnn model as an example, the ibas-bpnn algorithm exhibited a reduction of 2.74% in rmse, a decrease of 3.45% in mape, and an improvement of 0.0005 in ec. this further confirmed the advantage of the designed ibas-bpnn model in data prediction and its ability to achieve high accuracy in live sales forecasting. 5. conclusion this article focused on predicting sales for douyin live streaming. using florasis's douyin live streaming data as an example, an experimental analysis was conducted using the bpnn method. an improved ibas-bpnn method was designed to optimize the parameters. a comparison was made between the ibas-bpnn method and traditional methods such as bpnn, pso-bpnn, abc-bpnn, and bas-bpnn. the results showed that the ibas-bpnn algorithm outperformed traditional methods such as bpnn, pso-bpnn, abc-bpnn, and bas-bpnn in all aspects. specifically, the ibas-bpnn algorithm achieved an rmse of 335.6694, an mape of 0 .0532, and an ec of 0 .9889, which were significantly better than those obtained by the other algorithms. this indicated that the sales forecast obtained by the ibas-bpnn algorithm was very close to the actual values, i.e., it provided accurate predictions for douyin live streaming sales. additionally, this method had a short training time of 90.07 s, demonstrating its ability to offer realtime results efficiently and quickly in practical applications. the performance comparison with other data prediction methods further demonstrated the superiority of the ibas-bpnn algorithm. this study proved the effectiveness of improving bas and provides a new method for parameter optimization of the bpnn algorithm, which is conducive to javascript:; hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 373 conducting more comprehensive and in-depth research on parameter optimization for the bpnn algorithm. the feasibility of improving the performance of the bpnn algorithm by further optimizing the optimization algorithm was discussed in this article. additionally, a reliable method for predicting sales on the douyin live streaming platform was provided. in future research, further analysis and screening can be conducted on douyin live streaming data to compare the performance of additional prediction methods in live sales forecasting. this will deepen the study in this field and provide a theoretical basis for better promoting e-commerce livestreaming. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, j.s. and x.d.; methodology, j.s.; software, j.s. and x.d.; validation, j.s., x.d., and h.z.; formal analysis, j.s.; investigation, j.s. and x.d.; resources, j.s. and x.d.; data curation, j.s.; writing—original draft preparation, j.s.; writing—review and editing, j.s.; visualization, j.s. and x.d.; supervision, j.s.; project administration, j.s. and h.z.; funding acquisition, x.d. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] peng, l., lu, g., pang, k., & yao, q. (2021). optimal farmer’s income from farm products sales on live streaming with random rewards: case from china’s rural revitalization strategy. computers and electronics in agriculture, 189, 106403. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2021.106403. [2] liu, k., liu, b., xu, h., he, y., & cao, y. (2020). research on e-commerce live broadcasts helping poverty alleviation under the influence of the covid-19 : take xinhua county, hunan province as an example. 2020 2nd international conference on economic management and model engineering (icemme). doi:10.1109/icemme51517.2020.00176. [3] cheng, h., huang, y. t., & huang, j. (2022). the application of dematel-anp in livestream e-commerce based on the research of consumers’ shopping motivation. scientific programming, 2022, 1–15. doi:10.1155/2022/4487621. [4] sharma, p., khater, s., & vashisht, v. (2021). sales forecast of manufacturing companies using machine learning navigating the pandemic like covid-19. 2021 2nd international conference on computation, automation and knowledge management (iccakm). doi:10.1109/iccakm50778.2021.9357751. [5] boone, t., ganeshan, r., hicks, r. l., & sanders, n. r. (2018). can google trends improve your sales forecast? production and operations management, 27(10), 1770–1774. doi:10.1111/poms.12839. [6] moro, m. f., weise, a. d., & bornia, a. c. (2020). model hybrid for sales forecast for the housing market of são paulo. real estate management and valuation, 28(3), 45–64. doi:10.1515/remav-2020-0023. [7] ma, j., yu, j., & gong, z. (2019). ev regional market sales forecast based on gabp neural network. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 252, 032098. doi:10.1088/1755-1315/252/3/032098. [8] wang, s., & yang, y. (2021). m-gan-xgboost model for sales prediction and precision marketing strategy making of each product in online stores. data technologies and applications, 55(5), 749–770. doi:10.1108/dta-11-2020-0286. [9] raiyani, a., lathigara, a., & mehta, h. (2021). usage of time series forecasting model in supply chain sales prediction. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 1042(1), 012022. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/1042/1/012022. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 374 [10] takahashi, k., & goto, y. (2022). embedding-based potential sales forecasting of bread product. journal of advanced computational intelligence and intelligent informatics, 26(2), 236–246. doi:10.20965/jaciii.2022.p0236. [11] zhan, m., gao, h., liu, h., peng, y., lu, d., & zhu, h. (2021). identifying market structure to monitor product competition using a consumer-behavior-based intelligence model. asia pacific journal of marketing and logistics, 33(1), 99–123. doi:10.1108/apjml-08-2019-0497. [12] liu, y., yang, x., zhu, c., & meng, j. (2021). drugs sale forecasting based on svr integrated promotion factors. journal of physics: conference series, 1910(1), 012056. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1910/1/012056. [13] prakash, k. v., & yogeswari, k. (2022). a structural equation modelling (sem) approach on construction noise related perception and behavior among the workforces. civil engineering journal, 8(12), 2721-2733. doi:10.28991/cej-2022-08-1204. [14] kumar, p., & singh, a. k. (2022). a comparison between mlr, mars, svr and rf techniques: hydrological time-series modeling. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(1), 90-98. doi:10.28991/hef-2022-03-01-07. [15] mendonça, y. v., naranjo, p. g. v., & pinto, d. c. (2023). the role of technology in the learning process: a decision treebased model using machine learning. emerging science journal, 6(special issue), 280-295. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-sied-020. [16] rusen, v., krukonis, a., & plonis, d. (2021). prediction of parameters of semiconductor band-pass filters using artificial neural network. 2020 ieee 8th workshop on advances in information, electronic and electrical engineering (aieee). doi:10.1109/aieee51419.2021.9435748. [17] asaad, r. r., & ali, r. i. (2019). back propagation neural network (bpnn) and sigmoid activation function in multi-layer networks. academic journal of nawroz university, 8(4), 216–221. doi:10.25007/ajnu.v8n4a464. [18] wibawa, a. p., izdihar, z. n., utama, a. b. p., hernandez, l., & haviluddin. (2021). min-max backpropagation neural network to forecast e-journal visitors. 2021 international conference on artificial intelligence in information and communication (icaiic). doi:10.1109/icaiic51459.2021.9415197. [19] jin, d., liu, y., ma, x., & song, q. (2021). long time prediction of human lower limb movement based on ipso-bpnn. journal of physics: conference series, 1865(4), 042099. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1865/4/042099. [20] rezaei, s., & behnamian, j. (2022). benders decomposition-based particle swarm optimization for competitive supply networks with a sustainable multi-agent platform and virtual alliances. applied soft computing, 114, 1–32. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2021.107985. [21] singh, s., singh, n. j., & gupta, a. (2022). system sizing of hybrid solar-fuel cell battery energy system using artificial bee colony algorithm with predator effect. international journal of energy research, 46(5), 5847–5863. doi:10.1002/er.7526. [22] bai, j., tian, m., & li, j. (2022). control system of liquid fertilizer variable-rate fertilization based on beetle antennae search algorithm. processes, 10(2), 357. doi:10.3390/pr10020357. [23] umbarkar, a. j., moon, l. r., & sheth, p. d. (2018). comparative study of cec’2013 problem using dual population genetic algorithm. international journal of information engineering and electronic business, 10(5), 40–45. doi:10.5815/ijieeb.2018.05.06. [24] mahmoudabadi, a., kanaani, m., & ghazimahalleh, f. p. (2022). modifying hidden layer in neural network models to improve prediction accuracy: a combined model for estimating stock price. hightech and innovation journal, 3(1), 45-55. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-05. [25] li, c., bai, l., liu, w., yao, l., & waller, s. t. (2022). graph neural network for robust public transit demand prediction. ieee transactions on intelligent transportation systems, 23(5), 4086–4098. doi:10.1109/tits.2020.3041234. [26] cheng, y., wang, c., wu, j., zhu, h., & lee, c. k. m. (2022). multi-dimensional recurrent neural network for remaining useful life prediction under variable operating conditions and multiple fault modes. applied soft computing, 118, 108507. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2022.108507. https://doi.org/10.28991/hef-2022-03-01-07 https://doi.org/10.28991/esj-2022-sied-020 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 129 issn: 2723-9535 boundaries and future trends of chatgpt based on ai and security perspectives albandari alsumayt 1* , zeyad m. alfawaer 1 , nahla el-haggar 1 , majid alshammari 2 , fatemah h. alghamedy 1 , sumayh s. aljameel 3 , dina a. alabbad 4 , may issa aldossary 5 1 department of computer science, applied college, imam abdulrahman bin faisal university, p.o. box 1982, dammam 31441, saudi arabia. 2 department of information technology, college of computers and information technology, taif university, p.o. box 11099, taif 21944, saudi arabia. 3 saudi aramco cybersecurity chair, computer science department, college of computer science and information technology, imam abdulrahman bin faisal university, p.o. box 1982, dammam 31441, saudi arabia. 4 computer engineering department, college of computer science and information technology, imam abdulrahman bin faisal university, p.o. box 1982, dammam 31441, saudi arabia. 5 saudi aramco cybersecurity chair, computer information systems department, college of computer science and information technology, imam abdulrahman bin faisal university, p.o. box 1982, dammam 31441, saudi arabia. received 01 september 2023; revised 18 february 2024; accepted 24 february 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract in decades, technology and artificial intelligence have significantly impacted aspects of life. one noteworthy development is chatgpt, an ai-based model that has created a revolution and attracted attention from researchers, academia, and organizations in a short period of time. experts predict that chatgpt will continue advancing, bringing about a leap in artificial intelligence. it is believed that this technology holds the potential to address cybersecurity concerns, protect against threats and attacks, and overcome challenges associated with our increasing reliance on technology and the internet. this technology may change our lives in productive and helpful ways, from the interaction with other ai technologies to the potential for enhanced personalization and customization to the continuing improvement of language model performance. while these new developments have the potential to enhance our lives, it is our responsibility as a society to thoroughly examine and confront the ethical and societal impacts. this research delves into the state of chatgpt and its developments in the fields of artificial intelligence and security. it also explores the challenges faced by chatgpt regarding privacy, data security, and potential misuse. furthermore, it highlights emerging trends that could influence the direction of chatgpt's progress. this paper also offers insights into the implications of using chatgpt in security contexts. provides recommendations for addressing these issues. the goal is to leverage the capabilities of ai-powered conversational systems while mitigating any risks. keywords: chatgpt; artificial intelligence; security; privacy; cyber security; attacks; llms. 1. introduction open ai, founded in 2015 by elon musk, sam altman, and others, is dedicated to developing artificial general intelligence (agi) for the betterment of humanity. their remarkable journey includes the creation of groundbreaking ai * corresponding author: afaalsumayt@iau.edu.sa http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-010  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-010 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2137-260x https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6164-5812 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8865-3097 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4517-7232 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8275-2948 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8246-4658 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7624-8924 https://orcid.org/0009-0000-8480-7482 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 130 models like gpt-2, gpt-3, and the latest innovation, chatgpt. building upon the success of gpt-3, open ai pursued further research and development to introduce chatgpt, based on the advanced gpt-4 architecture. chatgpt outshines gpt-3 in conversation-based tasks, elevating contextual understanding, response generation, and overall coherence to new heights. open ai's primary objective with chatgpt is to achieve superior contextual comprehension, generate more coherent responses, and enhance overall coherence [1]. in the realm of natural language processing, a significant breakthrough has been achieved through the development of large language models (llms). these remarkable artificial intelligence models are specifically designed to comprehend and analyze human language. according to the yang et al. [2] study, llms are characterized by four key features that set them apart: a profound understanding of natural language text, the ability to generate text that resembles human language, contextual awareness, and exceptional problem-solving and decision-making capabilities. these features have propelled llms to the forefront of advancements in natural language processing, paving the way for groundbreaking developments in the field. in 2023, a multitude of llms emerged, captivating audiences and gaining widespread acclaim. notable examples of these advanced language models include openai's chatgpt [3] and meta ai's llama [4]. the sheer popularity of chatgpt is evident, as it boasts an impressive millions of users. llms have now expanded their horizons, offering a diverse range of versatile applications across various domains. they not only provide technical support in language processing-related fields like search engines [3, 5, 6], customer support [7], and translation [8, 9], but also prove valuable in general scenarios such as code generation [10], healthcare [11], finance [12], and education [13]. this remarkable adaptability highlights their potential to streamline language-related tasks across industries and contexts, making them invaluable tools in today's world. leveraging language modeling techniques, chatgpt undergoes extensive pre-training on a diverse corpus of text data, including books, articles, and websites [14]. this pretraining equips chatgpt with the ability to generate coherent and realistic responses during conversations, enabling it to learn intricate patterns and relationships between words. the multilingual capabilities of chatgpt make it exceptionally versatile, as it can seamlessly integrate into global applications and cater to a wide range of users. translation, sentiment analysis, and multilingual content creation are just a few examples of its indispensable applications [15]. chatgpt consistently delivers grammatically correct, coherent, and contextually accurate text, making it a valuable tool for various purposes such as content writing, summarization, and rewriting [16]. its contextual understanding empowers chatgpt to grasp the nuances of text-based conversations, resulting in more natural and engaging interactions with users. by leveraging its understanding of sentences and phrases, chatgpt generates relevant and coherent responses, ensuring smoother communication [17]. refining or breaking down prompts using prompt engineering techniques allows users to guide chatgpt towards desired information. this approach significantly enhances the quality and effectiveness of chatgpt conversations. chatgpt, with its remarkable ability to generate convincing responses, has become a powerful tool. however, this capability also opens the door for malicious actors to exploit its potential for spreading disinformation, launching phishing attacks, and impersonating individuals [17, 18]. consequently, it is crucial to continuously monitor and assess chatgpt's security vulnerabilities while developing appropriate mitigation measures. the risks associated with chatgpt's exploitation are far-reaching, with potential consequences ranging from financial losses and data breaches to privacy violations. of particular concern is the ease with which highly convincing phishing attacks can be generated using chatgpt, posing a significant security risk. attackers can manipulate conversations to their advantage, further exacerbating the potential damage [17]. to safeguard against these risks, it is essential to implement robust security measures that address the diverse challenges posed by chatgpt. by doing so, we can protect individuals and organizations from the adverse effects that stem from its misuse. the growing popularity of large language models (llms) within the security community has sparked numerous research papers highlighting their applications in security and privacy. these papers encompass a range of perspectives, including those that emphasize the positive impact of llms on security, explore potential risks to security, and delve into discussions on security vulnerabilities inherent in llms [19]. llms have proven to be instrumental in bolstering code security, data security, and privacy within the security community. their positive influence is evident in their ability to enhance these aspects. however, it is important to acknowledge that llms can also be utilized for offensive purposes against security and privacy. these offensive applications encompass a wide array of attacks, including hardware-level attacks, os-level attacks, software-level attacks, network-level attacks, and user-level attacks. the exploration of llms in the realm of security highlights both their potential for positive contributions and the need for vigilance to mitigate potential risks. by understanding the multifaceted nature of llms in the context of security, the community can work towards harnessing their benefits while proactively addressing any associated challenges. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 131 however, as with any ai application, chatgpt raises ethical concerns and risks of misuse. its powerful text reasoning and generation capabilities have led students to find it incredibly helpful for completing their homework. initially used to explain difficult concepts or rephrase project reports, it quickly became a tool for writing entire assignments [20]. this misuse caught the attention of teachers and schools, leading to its identification as plagiarism. another concern revolves around the copyright issues stemming from chatgpt. as more people use it to generate original-like text content without proper citation, the question of copyright ownership for the content created by chatgpt becomes a serious issue. with no one taking responsibility for the accuracy and correctness of the generated content, regulating the copyright of machine-generated visual and textual content becomes imperative. while chatgpt incorporates privacy protection mechanisms, such as blocking access to personal data, there is still a risk of potential data leakage. malicious attacks, like jailbreaking, could exploit its powerful generation abilities to infer information from personal data or even launch attacks on other ai models [21]. it is widely recognized that, despite the numerous advantages chatgpt offers, the potential security, privacy, and ethical problems associated with it cannot be ignored [22]. several research works have been proposed to address these problems, although only a few have attempted to consolidate and summarize them. to advance these solutions and pave the way for future work, it is crucial to compile these efforts, providing a comprehensive comparison and analysis to improve upon existing approaches and explore new directions. the ethical implications of chatgpt, such as generating malicious, offensive, and biased content, are among the primary concerns surrounding this technology. in this article, we aim to contribute to the ongoing discussion on the potential improvement of security measures when utilizing chatgpt. our goal is to gain a deeper understanding of how this technology can be leveraged to enhance security. the structure of this paper is as follows: section 2 explores related works and identifies the open problems in the proposed research solution. in section 3, we delve into the role and significance of security in the utilization of chatgpt, as well as the emerging attack trends. section 4 presents several security mechanisms that can be implemented to enhance the level of security in chatgpt. additionally, section 5 provides insights into the future evolution of chatgpt based on artificial intelligence. section 6 discusses the possible future trends in chatgpt based on ai and security. section 7 explains the ethical implications and recommendations of chatgpt based on both ai and security. finally, we conclude the paper by outlining future research directions about chatgpt. figure 1 shows the methodology and scope of this study. figure 1. methodology and scope of the study 2. related works khoury et al. [23] experimented to assess the safety of code generated by gpt-3.5 using chatgpt. they instructed chatgpt to generate 21 programs in five different programming languages, specifically chosen to highlight risks security in chatgpt challenges in chatgpt security mechanisms to improve security level in chatgpt chatgpt future based on ai future trends in chatgpt based on ai and security perspective ethical implications and recommendations of chatgpt ai based on security hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 132 associated with specific vulnerabilities. notably, no security features were requested during the code generation process. the findings revealed that although 80% of the generated code was executable, it did not meet the minimum standards for secure coding. less than 25% of the generated code was considered secure against a specific vulnerability, and this percentage could be even lower if additional vulnerabilities were included. however, with the assistance of expert interactions, chatgpt was able to rectify approximately 45% of the insecure code. renaud et al. [24] discussed how advanced technologies like chatgpt introduce new methods for cybercriminals to achieve their objectives. they highlighted that chatgpt could comprehend the security design of targeted systems, and its capacity to generate ai-driven languages enhanced the quality of deceptive communications. the authors suggested that traditional security policies and best-practice approaches may prove ineffective in the era of chatgpt. they proposed several methods to enhance security in response to this new attack style. for instance, incorporating chatgpt and other ai-generative models with mail servers could help detect whether suspicious emails are ai-generated. additionally, they emphasized the importance of knowledge-based preparedness through awareness training to detect and respond to emerging threats. for further details on chatgpt-related works, please refer to table 1, while table 2 provides an overview of chatgpt security risks. table 1. chatgpt related works paper title summary beyond the safeguards: exploring the security risks of chatgpt [25] in this paper the authors explored six security risks: information gathering, malicious text writing, malicious code generation, dis-closing personal information, fraudulent services, and providing unethical content. in this paper the authors selected cases with examples of real interactions with chatgpt to demonstrate these security risks in practice by writing the prompt and the response. do chatgpt and other ai chatbots pose a cybersecurity risk? [26] in this paper, the authors talked about cyber risks associated with the use of chatgpt: social engineering attacks, malware threats, phishing attacks, identity theft, data leakage. the paper included surveys conducted on cybersecurity attacks associated with chatgpt. it also stated methods to minimize these cyber threads. how secure is code generated by chatgpt? [23] in this study, they performed an experiment to address the safety of generated code by gpt-3.5. they asked chatgpt to generate 21 programs, in 5 different programming languages, each of which is chosen to highlight risks of a specific vulnerability. besides that, they did not ask chatgpt to include any security features. even though 80% of the generated codes are executable, codes indicate that chatgpt is not able to generate codes that meet the minimum standards requirements of secure coding in which less than 25% of the generated codes are considered a secure code against a specific vulnerability and could be less if they include more vulnerabilities. however, chatgpt can fix about 45% of the insecure code with the help of expert interactions. privacy and data protection in chatgpt and other ai chatbots: strategies for securing user information [27] in this paper, the author talked about the privacy risks and concerns associated with chatgpt, such as: data poisoning, data leakage and sharing of sensitive information. in this paper the authors proposed some techniques that can increase the privacy protection. they also evaluated every technique and measured the impact on the performance of chatgpt. from chatgpt to hackgpt meeting the cybersecurity threat of generative ai [24] the authors in this paper discussed how “smarter” technology such as chatgpt introduces new methods for cybercriminals to attain their targets. this is because of several reasons such as chatgpt can understand the security design of targeted systems. in addition, the capacity of chatgpt for producing ai-driven languages boosts the quality of fake communications. the traditional security policies such as best practice approaches could be useless in the era of chatgpt. they propose several methods that may help to raise the security level under the new attack style such as incorporating chatgpt and other ai generative with mail servers to detect whether the suspect emails are ai-generated or not may support the security. in addition, awareness training should be knowledge-based preparedness to detect new threats. potential risks of chatgpt: implications for counterterrorism and international security [28] this paper aims to study the implications of chatgpt tools for the field of international stability and security. the study highlighted four key points: the implications of artificial intelligence for future threats and its effect on international security; the impact of chatgpt on cyberterrorism and artificial intelligence and how it creates new opportunities and approaches for the field of cyberterrorism; the dangers of fragmented information for violence and disruption operations; the use of psychological warfare against targets by misusing chatgpt and crating fake news and terrorist activities. table 2. chatgpt security risks chatgpt security risks paper title {providing unethical content, private data disclosure, information gathering, malicious code generation, fraudulent services, malicious text writing} beyond the safeguards: exploring the security risks of chatgpt [25] {social engineering attacks, malware threats, phishing attacks, identity theft, data leakage} do chatgpt and other ai chatbots pose a cybersecurity risk? [26] {unintended sharing of sensitive information, data leakage, adversarial attacks, model extraction, data poisoning} privacy and data protection in chatgpt and other ai chatbots: strategies for securing us-er information [27] 3. security in chatgpt large language models (llms) have raised concerns regarding various implications, including risks associated with private data disclosure, the generation of offensive content, and the potential for generating malicious code. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 133 research highlighted by derner & batistič [25] suggests that llm models like chatgpt are susceptible to numerous vulnerabilities, such as data leakage, code injection, unauthorized code execution, training data poisoning, insufficient access controls, improper error handling, overreliance on llm-generated content, and inadequate sandboxing [16]. these vulnerabilities are illustrated in figure 2, which provides an overview of the main security concerns in chatgpt. figure 2. vulnerabilities in chatgpt chatgpt, like other large language models (llms), is not immune to security vulnerabilities. these vulnerabilities can impact its performance and pose risks to users. the following vulnerabilities have been identified:  data leakage: chatgpt may inadvertently disclose sensitive information, proprietary algorithms, or sensitive details in its responses. although incidents of data breaches have been quickly addressed and had minimal impact, they highlight potential risks for chatbots and users in the future [29].  code injection: attackers can modify chatbot answers using invisible single-pixel mark-down images, enabling them to extract sensitive user data. this type of attack can persist and affect future answers, even without exploiting specific vulnerabilities. additionally, chatgpt's accessibility empowers novice hackers to generate malicious code without deep technical knowledge [23].  unauthorized code execution: exploiting the natural language prompts, attackers can execute malicious code, actions, or commands on the system by leveraging the capabilities of llms [30].  training data poisoning: deep learning models rely on massive training datasets collected from web crawling. however, trust in this data is increasingly threatened by data poisoning attacks, where intentionally malicious information compromises the training data. countermeasures are being explored to make falsifying records more challenging [31].  insufficient access controls: poorly implemented access controls or authentication mechanisms can enable unauthorized users to interact with llms and exploit vulnerabilities [32].  improper error handling: inadequate error handling can result in the disclosure of error messages or debugging information, which may expose sensitive information, system de-tails, or potential attack vectors [33].  overreliance on llm-generated content: excessive reliance on llm-generated content without human oversight can have detrimental consequences. human supervision is crucial to ensure the quality, accuracy, and appropriateness of the generated content [2].  inadequate sandboxing: inadequate sandboxing can lead to security risks and compromises. implementing robust sandboxing mechanisms is essential to prevent unauthorized access and malicious activities [34]. in summary, chatgpt exhibits various security vulnerabilities that need to be considered. table 3 provides an overview of the security considerations associated with using chatgpt. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 134 table 3. security considerations in chatgpt security factor explain consideration data privacy and security the raise usage of ai in data analysis and processing leads to make data security more prevalent. need to consider the sensitivity of data and protect the security and privacy. explain ability and transparency chatgpt is a complex model and not easy to explain or understand. it is essential to ensure transparency in areas where decision is vital and whole data as well. misinformation the ability of chatgpt to interact with people such as humans increases the impact of ai systems on human autonomy. individuals need to maintain control over their selections and actions. autonomy the ability of chatgpt to interact with people such as humans increases the impact of ai systems on human autonomy. individuals need to maintain control over their selections and actions. bias and discrimination large datasets are trained that might cause biases. the model may learn these biases and generate responses that could be offensive. misuse and abuse chatgpt can be used for malicious goals. such as, generate fake news, and impersonation. ensure that chatgpt is used ethically. some procedures can help to protect people such as produce safeguards and filter contents. privacy and security chatgpt can be used in sensitive datasets such as medical reports, private messages, and financial records. these datasets must be kept securely, and only legitimate users can access them. fairness while chatgpt is trained over massive data from the internet, it might propagate bias and absorb in the training data. output might be reinforcing stereotypes and need to improve rules to debias ai models and generate fair algorithms. accountability and responsibility chatgpt becomes more powerful identify the person who is responsible for making decisions and confirm actions. questions need to be considered:  who is accountable for the bad consequences of using this technology?  who owns the data?  who is responsible for results that generated by chatgpt? 4. security mechanisms to improve security level in chatgpt ensuring user privacy and minimizing security risks in the realm of large language models such as chatgpt is a complex undertaking that necessitates the implementation of various techniques. these techniques encompass differential privacy, secure multi-party computation, privacy-aware machine learning algorithms, adversarial training, robustness testing, rate-limiting, blocking automated queries, anonymization, and encryption methods [35]. by employing these methods, it becomes possible to guarantee that user data remains appropriately safeguarded against unauthorized access and misuse throughout both the model training and interaction phases. when it comes to ai model training and testing, preserving data privacy assumes paramount significance, particularly in instances involving sensitive or confidential information [36, 37]. however, achieving comprehensive privacy preservation in ai necessitates the consideration of the four pillars of privacy-preserving machine learning (ppml): training data privacy, input privacy, output privacy, and model privacy. the first three pillars primarily focus on protecting the privacy of data creators, while the fourth pillar aims to safeguard the privacy of model creators. a taxonomy delineating privacy preservation techniques can be observed in figure 3, and table 4 offers a comparative analysis of these techniques [37]. figure 3. taxonomy of privacy-preserving techniques hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 135 table 4. comparison between privacy preservation techniques type privacy preservation techniques description advantages disadvantages cryptographic techniques homomorphic encryption (he) homomorphic encryption (he) is a technique in which the linear models are transformed into encrypted models using pillar methods. it involves the development of a collective learning protocol, which facilitates the exchange of classified time-series data within an organization. the encryption of data is performed by the data owner, and the decryption occurs after all computations are completed. secure and efficient cloud utilization and collaboration with third parties. it can also be utilized to obtain outsourced services for research and analysis while maintaining an imputation efficacy of over 0.99 auc score through multiple optimizations. slow and requires either a programmed or dedicated client-server application for proper functioning. secure multiparty computation (smpc) [38] data can be computed by dividing it among various parties, who then apply the algorithm to their respective secure data without being aware of the other data. this approach helps maintain privacy and enables multiple parties to perform a function on their inputs while keeping them confidential. however, this technique may not be suitable for training large language models such as gpt-4, which usually involves a single dataset owned by a single entity. even if the input data is searched for an indefinite amount of time and resources, it will remain private as there are many parties involved who cannot be trusted and may have ulterior motives. the computation process requires assumptions about the number of untrustworthy parties involved, which can result in higher costs for communication and computation, leading to decreased performance. the effect on usability will vary depending on how the implementation is executed. non cryptographic techniques differential privacy techniques [39, 40] the concept of differential privacy ensures that privacy is maintained even when the adversary has extensive external knowledge. the approach involves adding sufficient noise to the outcome, such as the model produced from training, to conceal the contribution of any individual to that outcome. this technique is based on a theoretical foundation and aims to prevent the model from learning too much about any specific example in the training data by incorporating a regulated quantity of noise. differential privacy is a robust method that allows for modular design and study of privacy techniques due to its ability to be composed, withstand post-processing, and gracefully degrade when dealing with correlated data. differential privacy is more effective at adding noise to data than previous methods because it not only prevents linking but also prevents reconstruction. however, this method may result in a trade-off between privacy and utility, as the added noise can negatively impact the performance and accuracy of the model. rate-limiting and blocking automated queries rate-limiting involves constraining the number of requests made by a user or service to the system within a designated time, it is serving as a protective measure that can be implemented is blocking automated queries to shield the system from automated attacks or misuse. blocking automated queries is another technique used to prevent abuse by bots or automated scripts. these queries are typically made to extract data or perform actions that may negatively impact the application or violate its terms of service. by detecting and blocking such automated queries, the application can protect its resources and ensure fair usage for all users. this approach provides defense against various forms of attacks, including ddos attacks, credential stuffing, brute force attacks, and data scraping. a limit on the number of requests a user or ip address can make within a specific timeframe. adversarial training, robustness testing [41, 42] highly effective method for protecting deep learning models from adversarial examples by reducing the malicious effect caused by adversarial attacks. unlike other defense strategies, it focuses on improving the models themselves to enhance their intrinsic robustness. the quality of the adversarial samples used during training is crucial in addressing issues like overfitting, generalization, and training efficiency. increase the robustness of a model against adversarial attacks and help to improve its generalization. higher computational costs and intricacy, potentially impacting the overall performance usability. privacy-aware machine learning algorithms (fl) [43] (fl) aims to ensure privacy during the learning process by distributing data among various groups and companies, creating separate datasets. this approach preserves local privacy while enabling real-time continual learning and diverse data. data protection involves storing the training dataset on individual devices, which eliminates the necessity for a centralized data pool. this allows for real-time continual learning and ensures data diversity. there are still challenges to overcome, such as attacks on robustness and the need for improved efficiency and effectiveness. additionally, there may be computational overhead or a decrease in model accuracy in the current state of fl. blockchain (decentralized system) [27] blockchain is a method that ensures privacy and secures personal information using private key encryption and zero-knowledge proofs. decentralization, immutability, transparency, and access control. complexity, publicly accessible blockchains, scalability issues, and vulnerability to data breaches hybrid privacypreserving deep learning (hppdl) anonymization and encryption techniques [27, 39] these techniques are key to protecting data and privacy, ensure that data used in training and interaction is secure, and not vulnerable to unauthorized access or misuse. in ai, anonymization is commonly used to protect user data during model training, and techniques include data masking, pseudonymization, generalization, and differential privacy. -secure the data used during training and interaction, -removing personally identifiable information from datasets to prevent linking the data back to the individual it originated from. -preventing unauthorized access and misuse. there is a risk of confidentiality breaches if the model produces results that reveal sensitive patterns in the data. fl+he, fl+smpc, fl+dp, fl+dl & bc [44-46] the integration of fl with smpc and dp offers sufficient security measures to comply with general data protection regulation gdpr, which demands strict data security and protection. these technologies aim to overcome the hurdles imposed by gdpr and ensure the secure collection and utilization of large datasets. this combination incorporates adequate security measures to fulfill data protection requirements effectively protect privacy, reduce the cost of training ml models, and make use of diverse community-sourced data. the time complexity increases. there is a trade-off between accuracy and efficiency. 5. chatgpt future based on ai artificial intelligence (ai) has made remarkable progress across various sectors, including cybersecurity. the emergence of sophisticated ai models like openai's chatgpt has brought about a significant shift in security operations. however, like any technology, ai advancements in cybersecurity carry both advantages and disadvantages. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 136 chatgpt, like other ai applications, encounters certain limitations and challenges in the realm of ai and security. while it offers transformative capabilities, there are ethical concerns and risks of misuse associated with its use. one notable challenge is the potential misuse of chatgpt in academic settings. due to its powerful text-generation abilities, students have found it helpful for completing homework assignments. however, this has led to instances of plagiarism, as students rely on chatgpt to write entire assignments without proper attribution. another concern revolves around the copyright implications of content generated by chatgpt. as more individuals use chatgpt to create original text content without proper citation, the issue of copyright ownership becomes significant. the lack of responsibility for the accuracy and correctness of the generated content raises questions about the regulation of machine-generated visual and textual content [47]. in terms of security, there are potential risks associated with the use of chatgpt. cybercriminals and fraudsters may exploit the technology for destructive purposes, such as creating scripts for dark web marketplaces. it is crucial to implement strict security measures, ensure responsible and ethical usage, and continuously monitor and update the model's capabilities to mitigate these risks [48]. the ethical, legal, and societal implications of harnessing chatgpt in various ai and security applications are also worth considering. the reliance on chatgpt for conversations raises concerns about the loss of genuine human connection and the potential detrimental effects on society. additionally, ai models like chatgpt can propagate inaccuracies or biases present in the training data, highlighting the need for continuous improvement in the training process to mitigate bias. addressing these limitations and challenges requires ongoing research and development. efforts should focus on curating diverse and high-quality datasets, implementing bias mitigation techniques, and promoting responsible usage to ensure the ethical and secure deployment of chatgpt in different applications. in summary, while chatgpt offers transformative capabilities, it is essential to address the ethical concerns, security risks, and limitations associated with its use. by actively addressing these challenges, researchers and developers can pave the way for responsible and beneficial applications of chatgpt in ai and security domains. 5.1. pros of ai advancements in cybersecurity  enhanced threat detection: ai models like chatgpt can be trained to identify patterns and anomalies in data that might indicate a cybersecurity threat. this capability can significantly enhance threat detection and response times. for instance, ai can analyze network traffic and identify unusual patterns that might suggest a potential cyberattack [49].  automation of routine tasks: ai can automate routine tasks, freeing up cybersecurity professionals to focus on more complex issues. for example, chatgpt can be used to automate the generation of phishing emails for security awareness training or to automate responses to common security inquiries [50].  proactive security measures: ai can help in predicting and preventing cyber-attacks before they occur. by analyzing historical data, ai can identify patterns and predict future attacks, enabling organizations to take proactive security measures [51]. 5.2. cons of ai advancements in cybersecurity  dependence on data quality: the effectiveness of ai models like chatgpt heavily depends on the quality of the training data. if the data is biased, incomplete, or inaccurate, the ai model may produce unreliable results, which can have serious implications in a cybersecurity context [52].  risk of ai-powered cyber attacks: while ai can enhance cybersecurity, it can also be used by cybercriminals to carry out sophisticated attacks. for instance, chatgpt could be used to generate convincing phishing emails or to automate the discovery of system vulnerabilities [53].  lack of explain ability: ai models often suffer from a lack of explaining ability, meaning it can be difficult to understand why they made a particular decision. this can be problematic in a cybersecurity context, where understanding the reasoning behind threat detection can be crucial [54]. ai advancements like chatgpt offer promising benefits for cybersecurity, but they also present new challenges that need to be addressed. as with any technology, it is crucial to understand and mitigate these risks to fully leverage the potential of ai in cybersecurity. 6. future trends in chatgpt based on ai and security perspective the domain of chatbot generative pretrained transformer (chatgpt) technology is expected to witness significant future developments, closely intertwined with advancements in artificial intelligence (ai) and cybersecurity. this section delves into the potential evolution of chatgpt technology and its impact on the ai and security domains. 6.1. investigation of possible chatgpt tech progress and innovations  enhanced language understanding and generation: future iterations of chatgpt are poised to make substantial advancements in language processing, leveraging transformer models and self-supervised learning techniques to enhance contextual comprehension [55]. the incorporation of multimodal data processing is expected to further augment its language processing capabilities, aligning with recent developments in this field [56]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 137  autonomous learning and adaptation: future versions of chatgpt are projected to feature advanced autonomous learning, enabling real-time adaptation to user interactions through continual learning algorithms [57].  human-ai collaborative interfaces: the trajectory of chatgpt's evolution points toward more seamless humanai interactions, indicating its potential to become a more collaborative tool. ongoing research in natural language processing (nlp) and human-computer interaction (hci) suggests that ai systems, including chatgpt, may become proficient in understanding complex human intentions [58]. 6.2. prediction of the future trends and their effect on ai and security domains  impact on ai development: the advancements in chatgpt are anticipated to lead to more context-aware, ethically aligned ai systems that can better understand diverse human contexts, thereby addressing current limitations in ai adaptability across various domains [59].  security implications: the advancement of chatgpt raises complex security implications, including its application in cybersecurity for threat detection and user authentication. however, this progress also underscores the need for advancements in ai ethics and security protocols to mitigate potential misuse [60].  privacy and data security: as chatgpt becomes more integrated into daily activities, ensuring data privacy and security becomes imperative. implementing privacy-preserving techniques such as federated learning and differential privacy is crucial for safeguarding user data while maintaining ai efficiency [61]. the future development of chatgpt technology is expected to significantly impact the ai and cybersecurity fields, promising enhanced capabilities while underscoring the importance of addressing ethical and security challenges in ai development. a comprehensive strategy encompassing technological innovation, ethical considerations, and robust security measures is essential for realizing chatgpt's full potential in the evolving digital era. 7. ethical implications and recommendations of chatgpt ai based on security the discussion of ethical considerations is necessary due to the wide array of potential applications for chatgpt, an emerging technology with numerous possible uses. the ethical issues surrounding the exploitation of chatgpt primarily revolve around privacy, bias, and the potential for misuse, as excessive use of this powerful tool may raise concerns about data accumulation, collection methods, and storage practices. data collection must adhere to ethical standards and governmental laws aimed at preventing privacy infringements. as such, the strategy employed in the development and use of chatgpt ai chatbots is ethically oriented and has the potential to bring about meaningful societal and human advancements. therefore, it is essential to critically analyze the trade-offs between the use of ai chatbots for convenience and the preservation of human communication as an art form, taking into account social dynamics and expertise [22, 62]. various interpretations and recommendations are outlined below for consideration [63, 64]. 7.1. ethical implications the advancement of chatgpt technology raises significant ethical concerns related to security, data privacy, potential misuse, and its impact on human communication and social skills.  security concerns: the realistic nature of chatgpt conversations presents security risks, including the potential for social engineering, phishing hoaxes, and impersonation. cybercriminals can exploit chatgpt to deceive victims into clicking on malicious links, sending sensitive information through fake emails, and installing malware. moreover, the tool's advanced impersonation capabilities enable the ai to masquerade as a victim's associate or family member, undermining trust.  privacy concerns and data protection: chatgpt ai systems can collect and process substantial amounts of personal user data, including conversation logs, internet history, and location information. this raises significant privacy concerns, as the use or disclosure of such data to third parties without consent can infringe upon users' privacy rights. to address this, there have been calls for the implementation of data protection governance and user boundaries to ensure greater accountability and transparency in the collection and utilization of data by chatgpt ai systems [20, 65].  protection of the training data and models: while chatgpt aims to produce human-like text, there is a risk of unintended outcomes, including misinterpretation and the generation of offensive or harmful content. additionally, the performance of chatgpt can be influenced by factors such as the quality of training data and model structure, with potential implications for spamming and financial information theft.  the performance of chatgpt: the performance of chatgpt is contingent upon factors such as the quality of its training data and model structure. however, there is a need to exercise caution against the misuse of machine learning, which could lead to spamming, theft of financial information, and impersonation-based attacks with detrimental effects on businesses. additionally, there are concerns about the potential misuse of chatgpt for executing impersonation and social engineering techniques [66]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 138  the potential for misuse of chatgpt: there are concerns that chatgpt's ai chatbot may be abused for malicious purposes, including cyber-attacks, dissemination of false information, and fraudulent activities such as phishing. furthermore, the technology's impact on human communication and social skills is an ethical consideration, with some studies suggesting potential negative effects on empathic concern and satisfaction with social support, particularly for individuals experiencing social isolation [67].  the potential effects of chatgpt ai chatbot on human interaction and social skills: the potential influence of chatgpt ai chatbot on human interaction and social skills is an ethical concern worth exploring. while some studies suggest that chatbots can alleviate social isolation among older adults [68], others raise alarms about the potential adverse effects of chatbot use on human communication. for instance, research by tsai & chuan [69] has revealed that engaging with chatbots correlates with reduced empathic concern and decreased satisfaction with social support, especially for individuals already facing social isolation. this calls for greater attention to the societal and psychological implications of ai systems, along with increased resources dedicated to nurturing social skills and support systems to mitigate these concerns [70, 71]. 7.2. recommendations  improved security measures: the strength of chatgpt’s security relies on every single component. if any supplier or vendor is compromised, the entire system could be at risk. it’s important to understand that many hackers are actively seeking to exploit this solution, increasing the security risk for businesses using chatgpt. therefore, organizations need to establish robust encryption protocols and authentication methods to protect user data and prevent cyber threats.  continuous evaluation and monitoring: this is for the ethical implications of chatgpt ai chatbot to detect and minimize any possible risks, this is essential due to chatgpt’s self-learning ability. it's crucial to verify that the system functions within set parameters and isn't exploited for malicious purposes. given its access to vast amounts of data, there's a potential for security breaches if protective measures are insufficient. this could result in the exposure of sensitive data or its exploitation by malicious actors. hence, strong access controls, change management, and logging systems are vital.  the need for transparency: transparency is vital for establishing trust and preventing privacy concerns in the use of chatgpt. openai's privacy policy addresses data storage, management, and processing, but the lack of stringent data protection measures and regulations exacerbates privacy worries. openai's opaque operations complicate audits and verification, making it challenging to detect and mitigate privacy risks. this lack of transparency underscores the necessity for stronger data protection measures and regulatory supervision.  integration of ethical standards: developers should follow ethical standards when creating ai-powered chat applications, emphasizing that they prioritize user privacy and welfare.  continuous innovation: developers must keep up with new developments in ai and chat technology to improve chatgpt’s capabilities and offer users a more sophisticated and smooth experience. additionally, developers, legislators, and users must act as an application of the chatgpt ai chatbot. 8. conclusion in conclusion, chatgpt, a powerful nlp system, offers several advantages in terms of context recognition and generating relevant responses. it supports multiple languages and diverse tones, allowing for flexible communication. by automating chats, chatgpt saves time and resources while enabling faster dialogue interactions. businesses can leverage chatgpt to efficiently respond to customer queries, providing a personalized experience. the sophisticated ai used in chatgpt enhances customer service and productivity, enabling companies to focus on core tasks and expand their operations. however, it is important to address the security vulnerabilities and potential attacks associated with chatgpt. this research highlights various types of attacks, including unauthorized code execution and insufficient access control. to enhance the security level of chatgpt, cryptographic and non-cryptographic methods are suggested. while ethical and safety considerations remain crucial in the development of conversational ai systems, there are still flaws and potential attacks that need to be addressed. in summary, while chatgpt offers transformative capabilities in ai and security, it is essential to address the ethical, legal, and societal implications it presents. by actively addressing these challenges, future work should explore additional types of attacks and propose preventive measures to mitigate their occurrence in chatgpt. researchers and developers can ensure the responsible and beneficial deployment of chatgpt in various applications while safeguarding against potential risks. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 139 9. declarations 9.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.a. and n.e.; methodology, a.a , n.e., and z.a.; validation, a.a., z.a., n.e., m.i.a., and f.a.; formal analysis, a.a. and n.e.; investigation, n.e., z.a., f.a., m.a., m.i.a., and a.a.; resources, n.e., d.a., a.a., and z.a.; writing—original draft preparation, all authors.; writing—review and editing, a.a.; z.a., m.a., and n.e.; visualization, s.a., d.a., f.a., and m.i.a.; supervision, a.a.; project administration, n.e., a.a., and z.a.; funding acquisition, s.a. and m.i.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 9.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 9.3. funding and acknowledgements we would like to thank the saudi aramco cybersecurity chair for funding this paper. 9.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 9.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 9.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 10. references [1] openai. (2024). openai, california, united states. available online: https://openai.com/ (accessed on january 2024). [2] yang, j., jin, h., tang, r., han, x., feng, q., jiang, h., ... & hu, x. (2023). harnessing the power of llms in practice: a survey on chatgpt and beyond. acm transactions on knowledge discovery, 1-30. doi:10.1145/3649506. [3] achiam, j., adler, s., agarwal, s., ahmad, l., akkaya, i., aleman, f. l., ... & mcgrew, b. (2023). gpt-4 technical report. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2303.08774. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2303.08774. [4] touvron, h., lavril, t., izacard, g., martinet, x., lachaux, m. a., lacroix, t., ... & lample, g. (2023). llama: open and efficient foundation language models. arxiv preprint arxiv:2302.13971. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2302.13971. [5] gallifant, j., fiske, a., levites strekalova, y. a., osorio-valencia, j. s., parke, r., mwavu, r., ... & pierce, r. (2024). peer review of gpt-4 technical report and systems card. plos digital health, 3(1), e0000417. doi:10.1371/journal.pdig.0000417. [6] zhu, k., wang, j., zhou, j., wang, z., chen, h., wang, y., ... & xie, x. (2023). promptbench: towards evaluating the robustness of large language models on adversarial prompts. arxiv preprint. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2306.04528. [7] spatharioti, s. e., rothschild, d. m., goldstein, d. g., & hofman, j. m. (2023). comparing traditional and llm-based search for consumer choice: a randomized experiment. arxiv preprint. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2307.03744. [8] yao, b., jiang, m., yang, d., & hu, j. (2023). empowering llm-based machine translation with cultural awareness. arxiv preprint, arxiv.2305.14328. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2305.14328 [9] karpinska, m., & iyyer, m. (2023). large language models effectively leverage document-level context for literary translation, but critical errors persist. conference on machine translation – proceedings, 406–438. doi:10.18653/v1/2023.wmt-1.41. [10] jain, r., gervasoni, n., ndhlovu, m., & rawat, s. (2023). a code centric evaluation of c/c++ vulnerability datasets for deep learning based vulnerability detection techniques. acm international conference proceeding series, 6, 1-10. doi:10.1145/3578527.3578530. [11] thirunavukarasu, a. j., ting, d. s. j., elangovan, k., gutierrez, l., tan, t. f., & ting, d. s. w. (2023). large language models in medicine. nature medicine, 29(8), 1930–1940. doi:10.1038/s41591-023-02448-8. [12] wu, s., irsoy, o., lu, s., dabravolski, v., dredze, m., gehrmann, s., kambadur, p., rosenberg, d., & mann, g. (2023). bloomberggpt: a large language model for finance. arxiv preprint. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2303.17564. [13] mbakwe, a. b., lourentzou, i., celi, l. a., mechanic, o. j., & dagan, a. (2023). chatgpt passing usmle shines a spotlight on the flaws of medical education. plos digital health, 2(2), e0000205. doi:10.1371/journal.pdig.0000205. https://openai.com/ https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.2303.08774 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 140 [14] abdullah, m., madain, a., & jararweh, y. (2022). chatgpt: fundamentals, applications and social impacts. 9th international conference on social networks analysis, management and security, 1–8. doi:10.1109/snams58071.2022.10062688. [15] curtis, n. (2023). to chatgpt or not to chatgpt? the impact of artificial intelligence on academic publishing. pediatric infectious disease journal, 42(4), 275. doi:10.1097/inf.0000000000003852. [16] sallam, m. (2023). chatgpt utility in healthcare education, research, and practice: systematic review on the promising perspectives and valid concerns. healthcare (switzerland), 11(6), 887. doi:10.3390/healthcare11060887. [17] du, h., teng, s., chen, h., ma, j., wang, x., gou, c., li, b., ma, s., miao, q., na, x., ye, p., zhang, h., luo, g., & wang, f. y. (2023). chat with chatgpt on intelligent vehicles: an ieee tiv perspective. ieee transactions on intelligent vehicles, 8(3), 2020–2026. doi:10.1109/tiv.2023.3253281. [18] weidinger, l., uesato, j., rauh, m., griffin, c., huang, p. sen, mellor, j., glaese, a., cheng, m., balle, b., kasirzadeh, a., biles, c., brown, s., kenton, z., hawkins, w., stepleton, t., birhane, a., hendricks, l. a., rimell, l., isaac, w., … gabriel, i. (2022). taxonomy of risks posed by language models. acm international conference proceeding series, 214–229. doi:10.1145/3531146.3533088. [19] pearce, h., tan, b., ahmad, b., karri, r., & dolan-gavitt, b. (2023). examining zero-shot vulnerability repair with large language models. proceedings ieee symposium on security and privacy, 2339–2356. doi:10.1109/sp46215.2023.10179324. [20] wu, x., duan, r., & ni, j. (2023). unveiling security, privacy, and ethical concerns of chatgpt. journal of information and intelligence, 1-14. doi:10.1016/j.jiixd.2023.10.007. [21] qammar, a., wang, h., ding, j., naouri, a., daneshmand, m., & ning, h. (2023). chatbots to chatgpt in a cybersecurity space: evolution, vulnerabilities, attacks, challenges, and future recommendations. arxiv preprint, 1-17. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2306.09255. [22] tan, t. f., thirunavukarasu, a. j., campbell, j. p., keane, p. a., pasquale, l. r., abramoff, m. d., ... & ting, d. s. w. (2023). generative artificial intelligence through chatgpt and other large language models in ophthalmology: clinical applications and challenges. ophthalmology science, 3(4), 100394. doi:10.1016/j.xops.2023.100394. [23] khoury, r., avila, a. r., brunelle, j., & camara, b. m. (2024). how secure is code generated by chatgpt? honolulu, united states. doi:10.1109/smc53992.2023.10394237. [24] renaud, k., warkentin, m., & westerman, g. (2023). from chatgpt to hackgpt: meeting the cybersecurity threat of generative ai. mit sloan management review, 64428, 5. [25] derner, e., & batistič, k. (2023). beyond the safeguards: exploring the security risks of chatgpt. arxiv preprint. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2305.08005. [26] sebastian, g. (2023). do chatgpt and other ai chatbots pose a cybersecurity risk?: an exploratory study. international journal of security and privacy in pervasive computing (ijsppc), 15(1), 1-11. doi:10.4018/ijsppc.320225. [27] sebastian, g. (2023). privacy and data protection in chatgpt and other ai chatbots. international journal of security and privacy in pervasive computing, 15(1), 1–14. doi:10.4018/ijsppc.325475. [28] esmailzadeh, y. (2023). potential risks of chatgpt: implications for counterterrorism and international security. international journal of multicultural and multireligious understanding, 10(4), 535–543. doi:10.18415/ijmmu.v10i4.4590. [29] aiyappa, r., an, j., kwak, h., & ahn, y. y. (2023). can we trust the evaluation on chatgpt? proceedings of the annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, 47–54. doi:10.18653/v1/2023.trustnlp-1.5. [30] rahman, m. m., & watanobe, y. (2023). chatgpt for education and research: opportunities, threats, and strategies. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(9), 5783. doi:10.3390/app13095783. [31] li, j., yang, y., wu, z., vydiswaran, v. g. v., & xiao, c. (2023). chatgpt as an attack tool: stealthy textual backdoor attack via blackbox generative model trigger. arxiv preprint. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2304.14475 [32] lande, d., & strashnoy, l. (2023). causality network formation with chatgpt. ssrn electronic journal, 1-16. doi:10.2139/ssrn.4464477. [33] sobania, d., briesch, m., hanna, c., & petke, j. (2023). an analysis of the automatic bug fixing performance of chatgpt. proceedings ieee/acm international workshop on automated program repair, 23–30. doi:10.1109/apr59189.2023.00012. [34] sarel, r. (2023). restraining chatgpt. ssrn electronic journal, 1-65. doi:10.2139/ssrn.4354486. [35] shahriar, s., allana, s., hazratifard, s. m., & dara, r. (2023). a survey of privacy risks and mitigation strategies in the artificial intelligence life cycle. ieee access, 11, 61829–61854. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3287195. [36] addington, s. (2023). chatgpt: cyber security threats and countermeasures. ssrn electronic journal, 1-12. doi:10.2139/ssrn.4425678. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 141 [37] khalid, n., qayyum, a., bilal, m., al-fuqaha, a., & qadir, j. (2023). privacy-preserving artificial intelligence in healthcare: techniques and applications. computers in biology and medicine, 158. doi:10.1016/j.compbiomed.2023.106848. [38] hastings, m. c. (2021). secure multi-party computation in practice. doctoral dissertation, university of pennsylvania, pennsylvania, united states. [39] rajan, a. a., & rajan, a. a. (2020). data anonymization techniques for preserving privacy in public release data model a technical review. international journal of scientific research in computer science and engineering, 8(1), 58–62. doi:10.26438/ijsrcse/v8i1.5862. [40] jiang, b., li, j., yue, g., & song, h. (2021). differential privacy for industrial internet of things: opportunities, applications, and challenges. ieee internet of things journal, 8(13), 10430–10451. doi:10.1109/jiot.2021.3057419. [41] bai, t., luo, j., zhao, j., wen, b., & wang, q. (2021). recent advances in adversarial training for adversarial robustness. ijcai international joint conference on artificial intelligence, 4312–4321. doi:10.24963/ijcai.2021/591. [42] zhao, w., alwidian, s., & mahmoud, q. h. (2022). adversarial training methods for deep learning: a systematic review. algorithms, 15(8), 283. doi:10.3390/a15080283. [43] malle, b., schrittwieser, s., kieseberg, p., & holzinger, a. (2016). privacy aware machine learning and the right to be forgotten. ercim news, 107(10), 22–23. [44] park, j., & lim, h. (2022). privacy-preserving federated learning using homomorphic encryption. applied sciences (switzerland), 12(2), 734. doi:10.3390/app12020734. [45] angulo, e., márquez, j., & villanueva-polanco, r. (2023). training of classification models via federated learning and homomorphic encryption. sensors, 23(4), 1966. doi:10.3390/s23041966. [46] brauneck, a., schmalhorst, l., kazemi majdabadi, m. m., bakhtiari, m., völker, u., baumbach, j., ... & buchholtz, g. (2023). federated machine learning, privacy-enhancing technologies, and data protection laws in medical research: scoping review. journal of medical internet research, 25, e41588. doi:10.2196/41588. [47] ray, p. p. (2023). chatgpt: a comprehensive review on background, applications, key challenges, bias, ethics, limitations and future scope. internet of things and cyber-physical systems, 3, 121–154. doi:10.1016/j.iotcps.2023.04.003. [48] alawida, m., mejri, s., mehmood, a., chikhaoui, b., & isaac abiodun, o. (2023). a comprehensive study of chatgpt: advancements, limitations, and ethical considerations in natural language processing and cybersecurity. information (switzerland), 14(8), 462. doi:10.3390/info14080462. [49] sharma, s., ahmed, s., naseem, m., alnumay, w. s., singh, s., & cho, g. h. (2021). a survey on applications of artificial intelligence for pre-parametric project cost and soil shear-strength estimation in construction and geotechnical engineering. sensors (switzerland), 21(2), 1–44. doi:10.3390/s21020463. [50] al-mushayt, o. s. (2019). automating e-government services with artificial intelligence. ieee access, 7, 146821–146829. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2946204. [51] benzaïd, c., & taleb, t. (2020). ai for beyond 5g networks: a cyber-security defense or offense enabler? ieee network, 34(6), 140–147. doi:10.1109/mnet.011.2000088. [52] ahmed, a., aziz, s., abd-alrazaq, a., farooq, f., househ, m., & sheikh, j. (2023). the effectiveness of wearable devices using artificial intelligence for blood glucose level forecasting or prediction: systematic review. journal of medical internet research, 25, 40259. doi:10.2196/40259. [53] choraś, m., & woźniak, m. (2022). the double-edged sword of ai: ethical adversarial attacks to counter artificial intelligence for crime. ai and ethics, 2(4), 631–634. doi:10.1007/s43681-021-00113-9. [54] adadi, a., & berrada, m. (2020). explainable ai for healthcare: from black box to interpretable models. advances in intelligent systems and computing, 1076, 327–337. doi:10.1007/978-981-15-0947-6_31. [55] vaswani, a., shazeer, n., parmar, n., uszkoreit, j., jones, l., gomez, a. n., ... & polosukhin, i. (2017). attention is all you need. advances in neural information processing systems, 30, 1-11. [56] xu, p., zhu, x., & clifton, d. a. (2023). multimodal learning with transformers: a survey. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 45(10), 12113–12132. doi:10.1109/tpami.2023.3275156. [57] parisi, g. i., kemker, r., part, j. l., kanan, c., & wermter, s. (2019). continual lifelong learning with neural networks: a review. neural networks, 113, 54–71. doi:10.1016/j.neunet.2019.01.012. [58] rahman, w., hasan, m. k., lee, s., zadeh, a., mao, c., morency, l. p., & hoque, e. (2020). integrating multimodal information in large pretrained transformers. proceedings of the annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, 2359– 2369. doi:10.18653/v1/2020.acl-main.214. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 142 [59] hendrycks, d., burns, c., basart, s., zou, a., mazeika, m., song, d., & steinhardt, j. (2020). measuring massive multitask language understanding. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2009.03300. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2009.03300. [60] sangwan, r. s., badr, y., & srinivasan, s. m. (2023). cybersecurity for ai systems: a survey. journal of cybersecurity and privacy, 3(2), 166–190. doi:10.3390/jcp3020010. [61] kairouz, p., mcmahan, h. b., avent, b., bellet, a., bennis, m., bhagoji, a. n., ... & zhao, s. (2021). advances and open problems in federated learning. foundations and trends® in machine learning, 14(1–2), 1-210. doi:10.1561/2200000083. [62] fui-hoon nah, f., zheng, r., cai, j., siau, k., & chen, l. (2023). generative ai and chatgpt: applications, challenges, and ai-human collaboration. journal of information technology case and application research, 25(3), 277–304. doi:10.1080/15228053.2023.2233814. [63] tawfeeq, t. m., awqati, a. j., & jasim, y. a. (2023). the ethical implications of chatgpt ai chatbot: a review. journal of modern computing and engineering research, 2023, 49–57. [64] wang, p. q. (2024). personalizing guest experience with generative ai in the hotel industry: there's more to it than meets a kiwi’s eye. current issues in tourism, 1-18. doi:10.1080/13683500.2023.2300030. [65] stahl, b. c., & eke, d. (2024). the ethics of chatgpt–exploring the ethical issues of an emerging technology. international journal of information management, 74, 102700. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2023.102700. [66] parra, j. l., & chatterjee, s. (2024). social media and artificial intelligence: critical conversations and where do we go from here? education sciences, 14(1), 68. doi:10.3390/educsci14010068. [67] taddeo, m., mccutcheon, t., & floridi, l. (2019). trusting artificial intelligence in cybersecurity is a double-edged sword. nature machine intelligence, 1(12), 557–560. doi:10.1038/s42256-019-0109-1. [68] escobar-viera, c. g., porta, g., coulter, r. w., martina, j., goldbach, j., & rollman, b. l. (2023). a chatbot-delivered intervention for optimizing social media use and reducing perceived isolation among rural-living lgbtq+ youth: development, acceptability, usability, satisfaction, and utility. internet interventions, 34, 100668. doi:10.1016/j.invent.2023.100668. [69] tsai, w. h. s., & chuan, c. h. (2023). humanizing chatbots for interactive marketing. the palgrave handbook of interactive marketing, springer international publishing, 255–273. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-14961-0_12. [70] kajtazi, m., holmberg, n., & sarker, s. (2023). the changing nature of teaching future is professionals in the era of generative ai. journal of information technology case and application research, 25(4), 415–422. doi:10.1080/15228053.2023.2267330. [71] gupta, m., akiri, c., aryal, k., parker, e., & praharaj, l. (2023). from chatgpt to threatgpt: impact of generative ai in cybersecurity and privacy. ieee access, 11, 80218–80245. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3300381. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 326 issn: 2723-9535 the impact of digital marketing vs. traditional marketing on consumer buying behavior shpresa mehmeti-bajrami 1, fidan qerimi 1* , arbëresha qerimi 1 1 faculty of economics, aab college, pristina, republic of kosovo. received 13 march 2022; revised 22 july 2022; accepted 04 august 2022; published 01 september 2022 abstract objectives: this research aims to measure the impact of digital marketing vs. traditional marketing on consumer behavior by analyzing their motives and reasons related to the orientation and purchase of products or services through social media and identifying the differences in marketing strategies used depending on the demographics of respondents. methods: the research was realized based on primary data. for the realization of the research objectives and questions, a quantitative method was used, where 400 citizens of kosovo were a part of the research. findings: based on the ordinary least squares (ols) model, it turned out that the two marketing types impact consumer buying behavior, but digital marketing turned out to be the indicator with the greatest impact on deciding to make purchases. also, based on the t-test and anova, there was no significant difference in using traditional and digital marketing types depending on demographic variables. novelty/improvement: through this research, businesses receive comments on the preferences of citizens for the marketing type and the possible offers depending on the preferences, as well as the impact of traditional and digital marketing on the purchasing behavior of consumers. keywords: digital marketing; traditional marketing; consumer buying behavior. 1. introduction since the discovery of the internet, its application by companies has grown, and as a global medium, the internet is considered the most revolutionary marketing tool [1]. the types of communication people have affected the changing business development, influencing the satisfaction of customer needs and saving time and costs through online research [2]. the continuous advancement of technology is an indicator of the transformation of traditional marketing into digital marketing, where communication is carried out through digital media. traditional and electronic marketing are considered important tools to persuade people to trade [3]. digital marketing is considered a marketing development phenomenon where marketers clearly use digital marketing as an important component in creating their marketing strategies and campaigns to present their products or services to customers. seeing this evolution, businesses have transformed the way they do marketing by transforming traditional marketing into a digital one, improving how they create relationships with their customers to meet their needs. digital marketing is the latest technique used to attract customers using new technologies through the internet and information-related technologies to carry out marketing activities [3], while traditional marketing through communication in traditional channels aims to attract customers to meet their needs. * corresponding author: fidqer@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-03-08  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5297-6000 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9595-3087 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 327 practice proves that the relationship between digital marketing and consumer decision-making to buy shows the impact of digital marketing on advertising attitudes, buying intentions, and brand attitudes. however, it is not necessarily a decision-making factor for purchase but a facilitator with a mediating effect. digital marketing enables the opinions of individuals about certain products or services to be accessible to the rest of the community of internet users [4]. so, digital marketing can be influential in changing people’s behavior and buying based on online comments or opinions, while traditional marketing, where advertisements or recommendations decide to buy from professionals. companies prefer digital marketing concerning the traditional one for creating relationships with customers, through which they receive feedback on the behavior and reactions of customers. it is possible from this feedback to make decisions for the optimal improvement of products or services. in this form, consumers have information about all products or services on the market and are enabled to compare these products or services through available information [5]. seeing the transformation that marketing has undergone, moving from traditional to digital marketing, through this research, it is possible to compare the impact of digital and traditional marketing on the purchasing behavior of consumers, as well as analyze the correlation of customer demographics with the purchasing behavior of consumers, through static and one-way broadcast technologies, such as newspapers, magazines, radio, and television [6, 7]. in some sources, traditional marketing is defined as an important approach for reaching the target market by placing advertisements in frequented public places. also, it is considered attractive to the local audience and segments according to certain demographic areas, while other sources support the benefits that digital marketing brings through the global extension of target products or services as a result of the power of the internet, which contributes to the achievement of people in all spheres of life. in addition, other approaches support the combination of traditional and digital marketing as beneficial for businesses since each marketing type has its own advantages and disadvantages. such a combination strategy would bring success to the business. based on the above statements, this research aims to fill the gap in the literature by comparing the findings of other authors who have addressed such a phenomenon and the findings of this research. 2. literature review technological developments were an opportunity for existing businesses and have created opportunities for opening new businesses. the emergence of the covid-19 pandemic was a driver for adaptation to technology, where businesses adapted the way of doing business by transforming into more digital businesses [8]. marketing products and services are always challenging due to their high cost. traditional marketing is characterized as high-cost marketing, where the expansion of companies is also challenging due to low sales and awareness of the goods or services offered. in contrast to traditional marketing, digital marketing is a profitable opportunity for companies to promote their products or services due to the relatively low cost. due to the high competition, businesses claim to expand in the context of market size by attracting or retaining their customers to be profitable [8], and they achieve this through traditional or digital marketing. traditional marketing: is a competitive medium for sellers who, to promote their products and services, choose this type of marketing, thus operating in the old way [6], through static and one-way broadcast technologies, such as newspapers, magazines, radio, and television advertisements [9]. according to the studies, many factors have been identified that influence these old-fashioned operators to not benefit due to the change of life, preferences, competition, and purchasing behavior. the reason for the lack of profitability may be due to the lack of ability of traditional marketers to offer advertising campaigns or attractive prices to attract new customers or keep current customers from switching to the competition [10]. although many studies support using digital marketing and the fading of the traditional one, other researchers bring opposite arguments, considering incorrect the denial of traditional marketing media, where [11] emphasizes that marketing through traditional channels has a positive effect on creating trust and appreciation towards the brand even in cases where viewers do not understand the brand [12]. digital marketing: is a marketing type carried out through electronic platforms using any technological device [13, 14]. digital marketing exploits the existence of technology by providing online content, and it connects with the consumer through digital channels. the biggest advantage that digital marketing has over traditional marketing is the ability to reach target customers using search engines and the lower cost compared to traditional marketing [15]. in the modern world, digital marketing is essential in increasing and expanding sales of products or services as a new marketing type. through these marketing channels, businesses have been changed using digital channels and technology to realize marketing activities [16]. due to the efficiency and integration of digital platforms, customers increasingly prefer to make purchases through digital devices instead of going to physical stores [14], as well as being considered as a convenient communication channel by marketers to promote products and services to a target market, through a computer or the internet [15]. their products to achieve the target market, digital marketers use digital channels, such as social media, email marketing, online, and mobile marketing [16]. social media marketing: is a new way of marketing through which businesses can very easily target their target customers [17], as well as how these conversations can be generated, promoted, and converted into revenue [18, 19]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 328 through this marketing channel, businesses promote the company and its products or services [20]. it creates a more effective overview by introducing analytics applications on official social networking platforms [17]. marketers understand that a component of their strategies and campaigns to target their customers and give consumers a voice is using social media [4]. this marketing type is referred to as a subset of web-based internet marketing activities and internet advertising campaigns [21]. various social media platforms, such as linkedin, facebook, twitter, and youtube, enable marketers and customers to engage in discussions and appeal for the purchase of products and services [22]. online advertising is considered a very interesting field for marketing researchers through which the product or service reaches the global target market [23]. this marketing type is a type of promotion that persuades customers to make purchase decisions and provides sufficient information about the specifics of products or services [22]. the advantage of online advertising is that promoting products or services goes beyond local markets and reaches global targets. it is flexible, enabling firms to update information about their products and services [23]. email marketing: is used to deliver target information to target customers at a convenient time. this marketing enables businesses to send emails to meet customer needs [24], and direct use emails to communicate promotional funds for audience connection [25]. mobile marketing: is considered one of the last and most significant channels in the context of digital marketing due to its features as a wide economic and fast channel where those interested have the opportunity to receive information about the products or services required without being necessary to go to the stores physically [26]. this marketing type gives potential customers access to the specifics of products and services by influencing their purchasing decisions [2730]. 3. research methodology this chapter describes the scientific research approach used with relevant methods, claiming to study more about traditional and digital marketing. also, it measures their impact on consumer behavior by analyzing their motives and reasons related to the orientation and purchase of products or services through social media and identifying differences in the marketing used depending on the demographics of the respondents. the research was realized based on primary data. to realize the research objectives and questions, a quantitative method was used, where 400citizens of kosovo were a part of the research. in kosovo, the impact of digital and traditional marketing on consumer behavior was measured. the research was realized using the 5-point likert scale structured questionnaire of agreement ranging from 1 = strongly disagree to 5 = strongly agree. the questionnaire was divided into four sections (appendix i). the first section contained demographic questions for participants, such as gender, age, and education level. the second section contained 8-point likert scale statements of compliance for digital marketing, claiming to obtain the respondents’ opinions about digital marketing. the third section contained 7-point likert scale statements of compliance with traditional marketing, claiming to obtain the respondents’ opinions about traditional marketing. part of the last section of the questionnaire was 6-point likert scale statements to analyze consumer behavior in the report with the marketing type used. the research was realized through questionnaires created in google forms, where the distribution was done online through social networks. data processing was done through statistical package for social sciences (spss), version 14. the chronological flow of the methodology can be seen in figure 1. figure 1. framework of research this paper has presented three objectives and three hypotheses as follows: first objective: comparison of the impact of digital and traditional marketing on consumer behavior. first research question: how does digital marketing affect consumer behavior? second research question: how does traditional marketing affect consumer behavior? research methodology • definition of research method • questionnaire development • research framework development data collection • questionnaire distribution • questionnaire collection data analyses • coding of questionnaire • descriptive analyses • pearson’s correlation • ols model hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 329 h1: there is a statistically significant correlation that digital marketing has a greater impact on consumer behavior than traditional marketing. second objective: to describe the relationship between demographic factors and consumer behavior. third research question: is there any difference in the marketing type used depending on demographic factors? h2: there is a statistically significant correlation that the marketing type used is manifested differently depending on demographic factors. definition of variables: the dependent variable is consumer behavior, while the independent variables are digital and traditional marketing. you can find the logical connection between the independent and dependent variables in the framework in figure 2. figure 2. flowchart of research methodology the measurement of the reliability of the questionnaire was made possible based on cronbach’s alpha coefficient values for each category of the questionnaire sessions. according to table 1, the total reliability of the instrument for all categories is α = 0.981, indicating that the reliability of the questionnaire is reliable. table 1. respondent characteristics; note: n=400 n percent (%) gender female 120 30.0 male 280 70.0 age 18 27 years old 0 0 28-37 years old 40 10.0 38-47 years old 120 30.0 48-57 years old 200 50.0 over 58 years old 40 10.0 level of education high school 50 25 bachelor 100 50 master 50 25 the test used to test the data distribution is the kolmogorov smirnov and shapiro–wilk test. the distribution calculations can be carried out as follows: gender education digital marketing traditional marketing age costumer behavior hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 330 𝑊 = (∑ 𝑎𝑖𝑥(𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 ) 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑖−�̅�)2𝑛 𝑖=1 (1) 𝐹(𝑛)(𝑥) = 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 (𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑒𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 ≤𝑥) 𝑛 = 1 𝑛 ∑ 1[−∞,𝑥](𝑋𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 (2) where, 1[−∞,𝑥](𝑋𝑖) is the indicator function, equal to 1 if 𝑋𝑖 ≤ 𝑥 and equal to 0 otherwise. pearson’s correlation was used to identify the relationship between the independent variables (digital and traditional marketing) and the dependent variable (consumer behavior). correlation is estimated as follows: r = 𝑛(∑ 𝑥𝑦)−(∑ 𝑥)(∑ 𝑦) √[𝑛 ∑ 𝑥2−(∑ 𝑥)2][𝑛 ∑ 𝑦2−(∑ 𝑦)2.] (3) in order to identify what percentage of the dependent variable is described by the independent variables, r2 calculated from the ols model through the following equation was used: 𝑅2 = ∑(�̂�𝑖−�̅�)2 ∑(𝑦𝑖−�̅�)2 = 𝑦𝑇𝑃𝑇𝐿𝑃𝑦 𝑦𝑇𝐿𝑦 = 1 − 𝑦𝑇𝑀𝑦 𝑦𝑇𝐿𝑦 = 1 − 𝑅𝑆𝑆 𝑇𝑆𝑆 (4) to measure the impact of digital and traditional marketing on consumer behavior, the ols model was used as follows: 𝑦𝑖 = 𝛼 + 𝛽𝑥𝑖 + 𝜀𝑖 (5) the least squares estimate in this case are given by simple formulas: �̂� = 𝑛 ∑ 𝑥𝑖𝑦𝑖−∑ 𝑥𝑖 ∑ 𝑦𝑖 𝑛 ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2−(∑ 𝑥𝑖)2 �̂� = �̅� − �̂��̅� (6) to identify the difference in using traditional and digital marketing depending on the demographic variables, the parametric t-test and one-way anova tests were used, using the equations 7 to 10: 𝑡 = �̅�1− �̅�2 √ (𝑛1−1)𝜎1 2+(𝑛2−1)𝜎2 2 𝑛1+𝑛2−2 ×√ 1 𝑛1 + 1 𝑛2 (7) 𝐹 = 𝑀𝑆𝑇 𝑀𝑆𝐸 (8) 𝑀𝑆𝑇 = ∑ ( 𝑇𝑖 2 𝑛𝑖 )− 𝐺2 𝑛 𝑘 𝑖=1 𝑘−1 (9) 𝑀𝑆𝐸 = ∑ ∑ 𝑌𝑖𝑗 2−∑ ( 𝑇𝑖 2 𝑛𝑖 )𝑘 𝑖=1 𝑛𝑖 𝑗=1 𝑘 𝑖=1 𝑛−𝑘 (10) 4. results and discussions from the demographic data, participants in the research were 400 citizens from kosovo, where 30% (n=120) were women, and 70% (n=280) were men. regarding the age distribution, 10% (n=40) were aged 28-37 years old, 30% (n=120) aged 38-47 years old, 50% (n=200) aged 48-57 years old and 10% (n=40) aged over 50 years old. the education distribution of the respondents was higher participation in secondary education, where 50% had a secondary education, 25% (n=50) of the respondents, 50% (n=100) had a bachelor’s education and 25 % (n=50) with master’s education (table 2). according to the analysis, the average of digital marketing from minimum 1 and maximum 5 on the likert scale is x̅ = 3.65 and sd=0.937, which means that the respondents agreed above the average level that they are very well informed through social media about the launch of new products, that through digital media it is straightforward and effectively i can give my opinion about the product or service, that many digital advertisements are displayed on the technological devices used, that advertising through social media creates in me the belief that the product is better than other products, that every time they click on the ads that appear online for things that are of interest to them, they prefer online shopping more, that through technological devices (mobile phone, laptop, etc.) they like to buy more as well as the respondents hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 331 considered that in the digital market they have greater freedom to choose and compare the products that interest them. the average of traditional marketing referring to the likert scale of agreement is x= 3.51 and sd = 0.844, which means that even traditional marketing showed an above-average result with a small difference. so the respondents above the average level agreed that they are very well informed through traditional media (tv, radio, billboards, etc.) about new products, that traditional media are more suitable and more convincing for advertising, they stated that advertising should be done more through traditional media, who every time watch and read advertisements in traditional media, who prefer to buy more in physical markets and these physical markets enable them to look at the product and compare it with other products. also, according to the same scale, the average consumer behavior is x=3.46 and sd=0.897, which means that the agreement is above the average level in terms of consumer behavior, so the respondents have declared that they agree that the culture of society affects the behavior of their purchasing power, who consider their financial situation when shopping, who use social networking sites to spot the latest fashion trends, a family has an influence on their purchasing behavior and expressed that they care about their opinion others where they shop, as well as considered age as a determining indicator for the things they buy. table 2. descriptive statistics for compliance for digital marketing, traditional marketing and consumer behavior n minimum maximum mean std. deviation variance digital marketing 400 1.50 5.00 3.6594 0.93721 0.878 traditional marketing 400 1.57 5.00 3.5155 0.84483 0.714 consumer behavior 400 1.67 5.00 3.4667 0.89726 0.805 according to figure 2, where the degree of compliance for digital marketing is presented, where 8.8% of the respondents disagreed that they are very well informed through digital media about the launch of new products, and 48.8% agreed with this statement. 50% of the respondents agreed that through digital media, they could very easily and effectively give an opinion about the product or service, while the degree of disagreement is small. of the respondents in a percentage of 47.5% fully agreed that the digital devices they use show a lot of digital advertisements. they also showed a high degree of compliance in terms of the conviction they have about social media, where 55% fully agreed that advertising through social media creates the conviction that the product is better than other products. according to the results, 60% of the respondents prefer online shopping since, through technological devices, you like to buy more and have greater freedom to choose and compare the products that interest you. figure 3. level of agreement for digital marketing according to figure 4, 48.8% of the respondents are informed through traditional media about new products, and 33.8% consider them suitable and convincing channels for advertising. 36.3% of the respondents emphasized that advertising should be done more through traditional media, as they stated that they watch and read traditional advertisements and prefer shopping in physical markets. the reason for this preference is because of the possibility of seeing the product and comparing it with other products. 8.8 7.5 7.5 1.3 3.8 12.5 11.3 16.3 11.3 10.0 8.8 16.3 7.5 20.0 11.3 17.5 13.8 15.0 17.5 15.0 27.5 30.0 17.5 31.3 17.5 17.5 18.8 12.5 22.5 16.3 28.8 21.3 48.8 50.0 47.5 55.0 38.8 21.3 31.3 13.8 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% dm1 dm2 dm3 dm4 dm5 dm6 dm7 dm8 digital marketing strongly disagree disagree neutral agree strongly agree hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 332 figure 4. level of agreement for traditional marketing according to figure 5, we notice that the most distribution of respondents’ opinions was on the neutral option. 26.3% of the respondents agreed that the culture of the society affects their buying behavior. in comparison, 55% agreed that they consider their financial situation during purchases. at the same time, a small part disagreed that they look at the financial situation as they are doing well economically in terms of income. also, over 50% of respondents stated that their family influences their buying behavior. you care about people’s opinions, and age determines what they buy. figure 5. level of agreement for consumer behavior before the execution of the hypothesis tests, the kolmogorov smirnov, and shapiro wilk normality tests were performed to verify the normal distribution or not. since p=0.200 > 0.05, then we have normal data distribution (table 3). table 3. test of normality kolmogorov-smirnova shapiro-wilk statistic df sig. statistic df sig. consumer behavior 0.040 400 0.200 0.973 400 0.305 a. lilliefors significance correction 2.5 5.0 3.8 5.0 16.3 17.5 13.8 10.0 10.0 11.3 12.5 8.8 15.0 16.3 15.0 17.5 25.0 21.3 20.0 31.3 40.0 23.8 33.8 22.5 37.5 28.8 21.3 13.8 48.8 33.8 36.3 23.5 26.0 14.8 16.3 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% tm1 tm2 tm3 tm4 tm5 tm6 tm7 traditional marketing strongly disagree disagree neutral agree strongly agree 23.8 10.0 11.3 1.3 2.5 2.5 12.5 11.3 10.0 15.0 22.5 10.0 37.5 23.8 17.5 21.3 21.3 33.8 16.3 25.0 27.5 27.5 31.3 33.8 10.0 30.0 33.8 35.0 22.5 20.0 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% cb1 cb2 cb3 cb4 cb5 cb6 consumer behavior strongly disagree disagree neutral agree strongly agree hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 333 the correlation coefficient is used to measure the relationship between two dependent and independent variables. also, in this case, the dependent variable is consumer behavior, while the independent variables are digital marketing and digital marketing. through the kolmogorov-smirnov test, it has been proven that we have a normal distribution since only in this case can we calculate that there is a direct relationship between consumer behavior and digital and traditional marketing. the correlation coefficient between the two variables, digital marketing, and consumer behavior, is r = 0.833, which means that there is a strong positive linear relationship between consumer behavior and digital marketing. likewise, the correlation coefficient between traditional marketing and consumer behavior is r=0.714, and we say there is a strong positive linear relationship between traditional marketing and consumer behavior. since p<0.01, we conclude that the results are significant (table 4). table 4. correlation matrix digital marketing traditional marketing consumer behavior digital marketing 1 400 traditional marketing 0.752** 1 0.000 400 400 consumer behavior 0.833** 0.714** 1 0.000 0.000 400 400 400 ** correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). 4.1. h1 verification objective 1: comparison of the impact of digital and traditional marketing on consumer behavior. first research question: how does digital marketing affect consumer behavior? the value of r2 in table 5 tells us what percentage of the dependent variable, that is, consumer behavior, is explained by independent variables, such as digital marketing. so, 69.3% of the dependent variable or consumer behavior is explained by digital marketing, while the remaining 30.7% is explained by variables that are not included in the model. another important test besides this is the durbin watson test which shows whether there is autocorrelation in the model or not. in the present case, the autocorrelation problem does not exist since the value of the durbin watson test is 1.74. table 5. model summary b model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate change statistics durbinwatson r square change f change df1 df2 sig. f change 1 0.833a 0.693 0.693 0.49754 0.693 899.624 1 398 0.000 1.741 a. predictors: (constant), digital marketing; b. dependent variable: consumer behavior anova is a test that shows the significance of the model as a whole. since the value of f = 899.624 and significance, p = <0.05 proves that the model used is significant at each level (table 6). table 6. anovaa model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 222.699 1 222.699 899.624 0.000b residual 98.523 398 0.248 total 321.222 399 a. dependent variable: consumer behavior; b. predictors: (constant), digital marketing. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 334 first, we emphasize the conditions that must be met to use the ols model. the first condition is the sample size which is calculated by this formula: (n> 50 + 8 m; 400 > 50 + 8 × 1 = 58; 400 > 58), so the first condition is met. the second condition must be fulfilled the normal distribution of the data, which we proved through the kolmogorov smirnov test. also, the durbin watson test value of 1.577 shows no autocorrelation problem, so the third condition is also met to do the regression analysis. referring to table 7, even if the digital marketing values are 0, the consumer behavior will be 0.358 units. with a 1 unit increase in digital marketing, consumer behavior will increase by 0.884 units. model 1: (11) 𝑦 = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1 × 𝑥1 + 𝜀 𝑦( 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑏𝑒ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑜𝑟) = 0.358 + 0.884 × 𝑥1 (𝐷𝑖𝑔𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑚𝑎𝑟𝑘𝑒𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔) (12) table 7. ols model coefficients a model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. b std. error beta 1 (constant) 0.358 0.107 3.358 0.001 digital marketing 0.884 0.029 0.833 29.994 0.000 a. dependent variable: consumer behavior the ols model rejects the null hypothesis, and the alternative is accepted since the values given in the model have a positive correlation, so the independent variable directly impacts the dependent variable, which is consumer behavior. so, there is a statistically significant correlation that digital marketing affects consumer behavior. second research question: how does traditional marketing affect consumer behaviour? the value of r2 in table 8 tells us what percentage of the dependent variable, that is, consumer behavior, is explained by independent variables, such as traditional marketing. so, 50.9% of the dependent variable or consumer behavior is explained by traditional marketing, while the remaining 49.1% is explained by variables that are not included in the model. another important test besides this is the durbin watson test which shows whether there is autocorrelation in the model or not. in the present case, the autocorrelation problem does not exist since the value of the durbin watson test is 1.60. table 8. model summary b model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate change statistics durbinwatson r square change f change df1 df2 sig. f change 2 0.714a 0.509 0.508 0.62940 0.509 412.863 1 398 0.000 1.603 a. predictors: (constant), traditional marketing; b. dependent variable: consumer behavior anova is a test that shows the significance of the model as a whole. since the value of f = 412.863 and significance, p = <0.05 proves that the model used is significant at each level. table 9. anovaa model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 2 regression 163.555 1 163.555 412.863 0.000 b residual 157.667 398 0.396 total 321.222 399 a. dependent variable: consumer behavior; b. predictors: (constant), traditional marketing first, we emphasize the conditions that must be met to use the ols model. the first condition is the sample size which is calculated by this formula: (n> 50 + 8 m; 400 > 50 + 8×1 = 58; 400 > 58), so the first condition is met. the second condition must be fulfilled the normal distribution of the data, which we proved through the kolmogorov smirnov hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 335 test. also, the durbin watson test value of 1.60 shows no autocorrelation problem, so the third condition is also met to do the regression analysis. referring to table 10, even if the traditional marketing values are 0, the consumer behavior will be 0.967 units. with a 1 unit increase in traditional marketing, consumer behavior will increase by 0.683 units. model 2: 𝑦 = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1 × 𝑥1 + 𝜀 (13) 𝑦( 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑏𝑒ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑜𝑟) = 0.967 + 0.683 × 𝑥1 (𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑚𝑎𝑟𝑘𝑒𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 (14) table 10. coefficients a model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. b std. error beta 2 (constant) 0.967 0.127 7.613 0.000 traditional marketing 0.683 0.034 0.714 20.319 0.000 a. dependent variable: consumer behavior the ols model rejects the null hypothesis, and the alternative is accepted since the values given in the model have a positive correlation, so the independent variable directly impacts the dependent variable, which is consumer behavior. so, there is a statistically significant correlation that traditional marketing affects consumer behaviour. 4.2. h2 verification second objective: to describe the relationship between demographic factors and consumer behaviour. third research question: is there any difference in the marketing type used depending on demographic factors? based on the t-test and the one-way anova test, we say there is no statistically significant correlation that the marketing type used is manifested differently depending on demographic factors since the p-value turned out to be greater than 0.05 (p>0.05). the internet is regarded as an agent of change in the consumer market. however, the empirical results of various studies are controversial if we refer to the general trend for purchases through the internet. according to bhayani and vachhani’s (2018) study, despite technological development and the possibility of using digital channels, people prefer the traditional method as the safest method for purchasing transactions [31-34]. bhayani and vachhani’s findings are not completely compatible with the findings of this research since our results support combining two types of marketing, where both traditional and digital marketing influence consumer buying behavior, with some differences and specifics depending on the factors not included in the study. different findings from bhayani and vachhani’s research findings were brought by erlangga et al. [35], who proved the positive influence between digital marketing and consumer buying behavior. similar findings were also brought by zanjabila & hidayat (2017), who emphasized that digital marketing significantly affects product purchase decisions [36]. 5. conclusions according to the analysis of the average, we conclude that the respondents agreed above the average level that they are very well informed through social media about the launch of new products, that through digital media, it is straightforward and effective to give my opinion about the product or service, that many digital ads appear on used technology devices, that advertising through social media creates in me the belief that the product is better than other products, than whenever they click on ads that appear online for things that interest them, they prefer online shopping, rather than through technological devices (mobile phone, laptop, etc.). based on the average of traditional marketing, referring to the likert scale, we conclude that traditional marketing showed an above-average result. so, respondents above the average level agreed that they are very well informed through traditional media (tv, radio, billboards, etc.) about new products, that traditional media are more suitable and more convincing for advertising, they stated that advertising should be done through traditional media, they stated that they prefer to buy more in physical markets. these physical markets enable them to view and compare the product with other products. also, based on the correlation coefficient between the two variables, digital marketing, and consumer behavior is r = 0.833, which means a strong positive linear relationship exists between consumer behavior and digital marketing. likewise, the correlation coefficient between traditional marketing and consumer behavior is r=0.714, so we conclude hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 336 that there is a strong positive linear relationship between traditional marketing and consumer behavior. since p<0.01, we conclude that the results are significant. based on the ols model, we conclude that the two marketing channels influence consumer buying behavior, but digital marketing has the greatest impact on consumer buying behavior. also, according to the t-test and anova, we conclude that there is no significant difference that marketing used is manifested differently depending on demographic factors since the p-value turned out to be greater than 0.05. 5.1. limitations and suggestions for future research the limitation of this research is the lack of concrete literature on the impact of traditional and digital marketing on consumer buying behavior, making it difficult to compare the findings of other authors with the findings of this research. another limitation can be called the generalization of the research by not specifying the industry and its categorization, affecting the difficulties of conducting the research and analyzing the data. considering these limitations, we recommend that future researchers, who deal with such research, make the research more specific, selecting a sector to investigate the impact of these factors on how they affect consumer buying behavior. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, sh.m-b. and f.q.; methodology, f.q.; software, a.q.; validation, f.q., a.q. and sh.m-b.; formal analysis, f.q.; investigation, a.q.; resources, f.q.; data curation, a.q.; writing—original draft preparation, sh.m-b. and f.q.; writing—review and editing, f.q. and a.q.; visualization, sh.m-b.; supervision, f.q.; project administration, sh.m-b.; funding acquisition, sh.m-b. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding and acknowledgements many thanks for aab college for financing the publication and cover the costs of conducting research. 6.4. ethical approval not applicable. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] salehi, m. (2011). consumer buying behavior towards online shopping stores in malaysia. international journal of academic research in accounting, finance and management sciences, 1(2), 10. doi:10.6007/ijarafms.v1i2.8. [2] mirzaei, h., jaryani, e., aghaei, m., salehi, m., & saeidinia, m. (2012). differences of “traditional marketing” in opposition to “electronic marketing”. 2012 international conference on economics, business and marketing management, 29, 231-234, 26-28 february, 2012, signapore. [3] krishnamurthy, s. (2006). introducing e-markplan: a practical methodology to plan e-marketing activities. business horizons, 49(1), 51–60. doi:10.1016/j.bushor.2005.05.008. [4] chopra, c., gupta, s., & manek, r. (2020). impact of social media on consumer behaviour. international journal of creative research thoughts, 8(6), 1943-1961. [5] puriwat, w., & tripopsakul, s. (2021). the role of viral marketing in social media on brand recognition and preference. emerging science journal, 5(6), 855-867. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-01315. [6] wongleedee, k. (2015). marketing mix and purchasing behavior for community products at traditional markets. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 197, 2080–2085. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.07.323. [7] zeithaml, v. a. (1988). consumer perceptions of price, quality, and value: a means-end model and synthesis of evidence. journal of marketing, 52(3), 2. doi:10.2307/1251446. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 337 [8] schutte, f., & chauke, t. (2022). the impact of digital marketing on consumer behaviour: a case study of millennials in south africa. african journal of hospitality, tourism and leisure, 11(2), 875-886. [9] jobber, d., & ellis-chadwick, f. (2019). ebook: principles and practice of marketing (9th ed.). mcgraw hill, new york city, united states. [10] zarrella, d., & zarrella, a. (2011). the facebook marketing book. oreilly media, sebastopol, united states. [11] constantinides, e. (2006). the marketing mix revisited: towards the 21st century marketing. journal of marketing management, 22(3–4), 407–438. doi:10.1362/026725706776861190. [12] guennemann, f., & cho, y. c. (2014). the effectiveness of product placement by media types: impact of image and intention to purchase. journal of service science (jss), 7(1), 29–42. doi:10.19030/jss.v7i1.8911. [13] american marketing association. (2022). what is digital marketing?. american marketing association. available online: https://www.ama.org/pages/what-is-digital-marketing/ (accessed on april 2022). [14] krishen, a. s., dwivedi, y. k., bindu, n., & kumar, k. s. (2021). a broad overview of interactive digital marketing: a bibliometric network analysis. journal of business research, 131, 183–195. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2021.03.061. [15] agus, a. a., yudoko, g., mulyono, n., & imaniya, t. (2021). e-commerce performance, digital marketing capability and supply chain capability within e-commerce platform: longitudinal study before and after covid-19. international journal of technology, 12(2), 360–370. doi:10.14716/ijtech.v12i2.4122. [16] tümer, m., aghaei, i., nasser eddine, y., & öney, e. (2019). the impact of traditional and social media marketing on customers’ brand trust and purchase intentions in the turkish airline market. journal of research in emerging markets, 1(4), 55–68. doi:10.30585/jrems.v1i4.344. [17] keerthi krishna, m. (2018). influence of digital marketing on consumer purchase behavior. international journal of trend in scientific research and development, 3(1), 836–839. doi:10.31142/ijtsrd19082. [18] lukman, l., sujianto, a., waluto, a., & yahya, m. (2021). service quality and consumer satisfaction: an empirical study in indonesia. the journal of asian finance, economics and business, 8(5), 971–977. doi:10.13106/jafeb.2021.vol8.no5.0971. [19] djakasaputra, a., wijaya, o. y. a., utama, a. s., yohana, c., romadhoni, b., & fahlevi, m. (2021). empirical study of indonesian smes sales performance in digital era: the role of quality service and digital marketing. international journal of data and network science, 5(3), 303–310. doi:10.5267/j.ijdns.2021.6.003. [20] mahalaxmi, k. r., & ranjith, p. (2016). a study on impact of digital marketing in customer purchase decision in trichy. international journal for innovative research in science & technology, 2(10), 332-338. [21] rao, n. t. & ratnamadhuri, k. (2018). digital marketing communication and consumer buying decision process: an empirical study in the indian passenger bike market. international journal of management, technology and engineering, 8(12), 3092-3107. [22] al-azzam, a. f., & al-mizeed, k. (2021). the effect of digital marketing on purchasing decisions: a case study in jordan. the journal of asian finance, economics and business, 8(5), 455-463. doi:10.13106/jafeb.2021.vol8.no5.0455. [23] kusumawati, n. f., kusumasari, t. f., & lubis, m. (2019). the effectiveness of digital marketing for show up company: issues and challenges. 2019 3rd international conference on electrical, telecommunication and computer engineering (elticom). doi:10.1109/elticom47379.2019.8943885. [24] barefoot, d., & szabo, j. (2009). friends with benefits: a social media marketing handbook. no starch press. san fransico, united states. [25] omar, a. m., & atteya, n. (2020). the impact of digital marketing on consumer buying decision process in the egyptian market. international journal of business and management, 15(7), 120. doi:10.5539/ijbm.v15n7p120. [26] budiman, s. (2021). the effect of social media on brand image and brand loyalty in generation y. journal of asian finance, economics and business, 8(3), 1339–1347. doi:10.13106/jafeb.2021.vol8.no3.1339. [27] chadhiq, u., suslinawati, dyanasari, fachrurazi, & nurcholifah, i. (2022). understanding what business marketing strategy will continue in 2022: business literacy prediction study. budapest international research and critics institute (bircijournal) humanities and social sciences, 5(1), 4165–4175. [28] mishra, a., & mahalik, d. (2017). impact of online-advertising on consumers. international journal of advanced research, 5(6), 1935–1939. doi:10.21474/ijar01/4625. [29] lim, y. m., yap, c. s., & lau, t. c. (2011). the effectiveness of online advertising in purchase decision: liking, recall and click. australian journal of basic and applied sciences, 5(9), 1517–1524. https://www.ama.org/pages/what-is-digital-marketing/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 338 [30] ikechukwu, a., victor, o., gerald, n., & jeff, o. (2017). effects of online marketing on the behaviour of consumers in selected online companies in owerri, imo state – nigeria. international journal of business and management invention, 6(6), 32–43. [31] lodhi, s., & shoaib, m. (2017). “impact of e-marketing on consumer behaviour: a case of karachi, pakistan.” iosr journal of business and management, 19(01), 90–101. doi:10.9790/487x-19010590101. [32] alam, m., faiz, m., & aftab, m. (2015). mobile marketing: a study of buying intention. british journal of economics, management & trade, 7(3), 218–226. doi:10.9734/bjemt/2015/16336. [33] tiffany, r., kamala, s., & phorkodi, m. (2018). a study on impact of digital marketing in customer purchase decision in thoothukudi. international journal of science, engineering and management, 3(4), 613-617. [34] bhayani, s., & vachhani, n. v. (2014). internet marketing vs. traditional marketing: a comparative analysis. fiib business review, 3(3), 53–63. doi:10.1177/2455265820140309. [35] erlangga, h., sunarsi, d., pratama, a., sintesa, n., & hindarsah, i. (2021). effect of digital marketing and social media on purchase intention of smes food products. turkish journal of computer and mathematics education, 12(3), 3672-3677. doi:10.17762/turcomat.v12i3.1648. [36] zanjabila, r., & hidayat, r. (2017). analisis pengaruh social media marketing terhadap keputusan pembelian bandung techno park. eproceedings of applied science, 3(2), 368-375. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 339 appendix i: the questionnaire dear… i wish you a good day! first of all, thank you for your time and sincerity in completing this questionnaire. your contribution by completing this questionnaire is very important in providing your answers, analysis and conclusions which will improve the way you handle conflict management and improve organizational performance. the implementation of this questionnaire will be done in a confidential manner, your data will be used for analysis issues and will not be shared with other parties. it will take you about 10 minutes to complete this questionnaire. this questionnaire was created and is being implemented within the research by the authors shpresa mehmeti-bajrami, fidan qerimi and arberesha qerimi. if you have any questions about the survey, please email me at: fidqer@gmail.com. thank you very much for your time and suggestions. please answer all questions and honestly, to have a clear picture of your opinion. session 1 demographic questions 1. gender: a) female b) male 2. age: a) 18 25 years old b) 26 33 years old c) 34 41 years old d) 42 49 years old e) over 50 years old 3. level of education: a) primary school b) high school c) bachelor d) master e) phd session 2 – digital marketing 1 = strongly disagree, 2 = disagree, 3 = neutral, 4 = agree, 5 = strongly agree dm1 i am very well informed through digital media about new product launches. 1 2 3 4 5 dm2 through digital media it is very easy and effective to give my opinion about the product or service. 1 2 3 4 5 dm3 more digital ads should appear on the technology devices they use. 1 2 3 4 5 dm4 advertising through social media creates in me the belief that the product is better than other products. 1 2 3 4 5 dm5 every time i click on ads that appear online for things that are of interest to me. 1 2 3 4 5 dm6 i prefer to shop online. 1 2 3 4 5 dm7 through my technological devices (mobile phone, laptop, etc.) i like to shop more. 1 2 3 4 5 dm8 in the digital market i have greater freedom to choose and compare the products that interest me. 1 2 3 4 5 session 3 – traditional marketing 1 = strongly disagree, 2 = disagree, 3 = neutral, 4 = agree, 5 = strongly agree tm1 i am very well informed through traditional media (tv, radio, billboards, etc.) about new products. 1 2 3 4 5 tm2 traditional media are more suitable and persuasive for advertising. 1 2 3 4 5 tm3 advertising should be done more through traditional media. 1 2 3 4 5 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 340 tm4 every time i watch and read the ads in traditional media. 1 2 3 4 5 tm5 i prefer to buy more in physical markets. 1 2 3 4 5 tm6 i prefer shopping in physical stores and markets. 1 2 3 4 5 tm7 in physical markets i have the opportunity to see the product and compare it with other products. 1 2 3 4 5 session 4 – consumer behavior 1 = strongly disagree, 2 = disagree, 3 = neutral, 4 = agree, 5 = strongly agree cb1 the culture of my society influences my buying behavior. 1 2 3 4 5 cb2 when shopping, consider my financial situation. 1 2 3 4 5 cb3 i use social networking sites to spot the latest fashion trends. 1 2 3 4 5 cb4 my family has an influence on my buying behavior. 1 2 3 4 5 cb6 i care about people's opinion when they shop. 1 2 3 4 5 cb7 my age determines the things i buy. 1 2 3 4 5 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 617 issn: 2723-9535 trainable regularization in dense image matching problems vladimir zh. kuklin 1, aslan a. tatarkanov 1* , alexander a. umyskov 3 1 institute of design and technology informatics of ras, russian federation. received 28 may 2023; revised 11 august 2023; accepted 22 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract this study examines the development of specialized models designed to solve image-matching problems. the purpose of this research is to develop a technique based on energy tensor aggregation for dense image matching. this task is relevant within the framework of computer systems since image comparison makes it possible to solve current problems such as reconstructing a three-dimensional model of an object, creating a panorama scene, ensuring object recognition, etc. this paper examines in detail the key features of the image matching process based on the use of binocular stereo reconstruction and the features of calculating energies during this process, and establishes the main parts of the proposed method in the form of diagrams and formulas. this research develops a machine learning model that provides solutions to image matching problems for real data using parallel programming tools. a detailed description of the architecture of the convolutional recurrent neural network that underlies this method is given. appropriate computational experiments were conducted to compare the results obtained with the methods proposed in the scientific literature. the method discussed in this article is characterized by better efficiency, both in terms of the speed of work execution and the number of possible errors. keywords: image matching; convolutional recurrent neural network; stereo reconstruction; method error; neural network architecture. 1. introduction when considering matching methods in detail, it is worth noting that their key characteristics include the general level of computational complexity and the quality of matching formed on the basis of real data [1, 2]. nowadays, the most promising methods are those that involve the use of deep machine learning [3–5]. machine learning is one of the two main categories that are classified for image matching [6, 7]. their operation involves conducting preliminary training, for which a large sample of training data is used. the main disadvantage of this approach is the extremely high level of computational complexity, which prevents its use within a certain list of tasks [8, 9]. in the second category of methods, everything comes down to solving optimization problems [10], where a displacement field appears as a result of minimizing the target functional. when considering problems in the field of computer vision, great attention is paid to special algorithms and a set of actions that help implement image matching [11, 12]. the need to match images is currently a priority task for electronic vision. this problem is present in most practical applications, for example, in binocular stereo reconstructions, as described in zimiao et al. [13]. binocular stereo reconstructions, which are based on estimating the displacement of right and left images taken by stereo cameras, usually arise from a binocular phenomenon. image matching made through such reconstructions opens up the possibility of quantitatively assessing various characteristics of observed objects in the matched images. * corresponding author: as.tatarkanov@yandex.ru http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-011  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7334-6318 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 618 it should be noted that the general case of the image matching problem implies the simultaneous presence of several formulations, and the use of each specific formulation is determined by the application. for example, if it is necessary to perform a parametric comparison, the task of searching for a special transformation within the context of existing parametric transformations [14], for example, affine transformations [15], is implemented here. they can be used to match images based on different prospective distortions. as part of this research, the problem associated with nonparametric image comparison is considered in more detail [16]. this is the most general case of such a problem, the essence of which is that each pixel of the original image receives some independent transformation, and at the same time, there is a proportional relationship between the total number of degrees of freedom and the number of pixels. another significant factor is the specific way in which similar images are matched. at first, it is required to consider sparse matching, where the focus is on matching individual, specific image elements. this study also carefully considers dense matching. this approach involves comparing all existing image pixels, after which a two-dimensional displacement field is formed, which is the solution to the problem. using this field, the transformation of each existing pixel of the image is determined. this article provides a detailed description of the imagematching problem. it inherently involves conducting binocular stereo reconstruction based on the formation of estimates for the displacements of the left and right images obtained using a stereo camera, and the formation of these images is ensured by the binocular effect. 2. literature review and analysis from the perspective of creating computer vision involved in many applications, this study will be reduced to comparing several or a certain sequence of images, which is described in detail in wang et al. [17]. three-dimensional stereo reconstruction based on two images from a stereo camera illustrates tasks that involve image matching. one of the key features of human visual perception is the difference between the images formed by the left and right eyes. in this case, one should consider the option of displacing the object in relation to each eye, while the value describing the displacement will be the reciprocal of the distance from the researcher’s pupil to the object in question. knowledge of such a feature can be used to implement the stereo reconstruction principle. as a result, all these factors make it possible to generate three-dimensional scene geometry by accurately assessing the depth of each pixel in the image [18, 19]. the specific value of the level of horizontal displacement of objects between the views of the stereo camera on the right and left sides is inversely proportional to the distance to the specific observed object. in this regard, there is a need to generate a description for the camera model. within the framework of scharstein et al. [20], an exact description is given for the point model of the camera. simultaneously, the studies emphasize that the greatest difficulty in the process of implementing stereo reconstruction is the formation of an assessment for a one-dimensional displacement field. therefore, the principles of photogrammetry and the specifics of reconstructing a height map using aerial photography serve, perhaps, as the main driver for the accelerated improvement of stereophonic comparison techniques, which is described in bisson-larrivée and lemoine [21] and yang et al. [22]. robotics has also begun to use stereophonic reconstructions more actively, as described in pu et al. [23], which also affects most cutting-edge systems that provide unmanned control of cars, as described in guan et al. [24]. it is important to understand that a key step in the reconstruction procedure is to match a pair of images, although the specifics of this process are determined on the basis of the camera model specification (figure 1). the one-dimensionality of the displacement field is achieved on the basis of the results of image rectification, which is implemented through affine transformations. the problem associated with stereo matching is considered in detail in xu et al. [25]. figure 1. main features of the geometry of two types of stereo cameras, which display the principles of image formation for the left and right views x 2 x 3 x l o l e l e r o r x r x x 1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 619 3. methodology and research results 3.1. key features of neural network architecture the task of stereo matching involves the formation of a specific assessment of the depth value of each available pixel, for which two images are analyzed simultaneously [26]. the reconstruction process will imply the determination of a specific disparity field, i.e., it is required to determine a horizontal displacement field. it is important to understand that, at its core, the disparity field will be one-dimensional. to calculate the disparity, provided that a point model of the camera is used, the following relationship must be applied: 𝑧 = 𝑓𝐵 𝑑 (1) where 𝑓 is a focal distance, and 𝐵 is the distance between the centers of the cameras. next, we should consider specific problems that arise during the practical solution of stereo matching problems on real images. to begin with, it is necessary to consider that the images of the right and left stereo cameras always undergo certain random changes associated with the appearance of noise or various photometric changes. moreover, it is crucial to consider the differences in lighting when observations are made from different points. in particular, a certain category of image sites will include extremely bright reflections of light sources and some objects that reflect light. it should also be considered that photographs of road scenes will contain a fairly large number of homogeneous areas without texture. based on this feature, a conclusion can be made about a potentially large number of matches, where only one of them will correspond to some real three-dimensional object. another problem in this situation is the need to consider occluded objects. obviously, solving such a problem requires reconstructing the depth of the objects presented in one of the views. it is important to understand that matching cannot be established on the basis of visual information alone; it will require the introduction of a certain list of additional restrictions in terms of the expected shape of objects. difficulties also arise from perspective transformations because the appearance of objects will differ when they are photographed from different angles. next, it is proposed to generate a more accurate description for the convolutional recurrent neural network, which is required for fast stereo matching. this neural network was proposed by the author of this research. this method involves a series of calculations that are similar in nature to the series of methods used for online stereo image matching, which is described in detail in the research literature. this is a dynamic programing technique used to aggregate the energy tensor, which is accomplished through a complex series of one-dimensional passes. in addition, this effect can be achieved through the use of special image filters that make it possible to consider specific boundaries of objects; this category includes controlled, recursive, and bilateral filters. the essence of this technique is to use a special differentiable recursive filter, which was created on the principle of analogy between the calculation graph and the direct pass of the recurrent neural network. noteworthy, for the first time, this approach was used to solve a problem in the field of semantic segmentation. the proposed method uses specific convolutional neural networks. at the same time, it is essential to recall that machine learning in this case is used at the stages of combining power, which in the general case form a simulation that requires minimal calculations. 3.1.1. key features of the energy calculation process during stereo matching the study of this method showed that it involves storing multidimensional stereo matching tensors in memory cells in the form of multidimensional information arrays. to determine the energy, the sum of the two main terms should be found: 𝐸(𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑑) = 𝛼𝐸𝑆𝐴𝐷(𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑑) + (1 − 𝛼)𝐸𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑢𝑠(𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑑) (2) where coefficient 𝛼 ∈ (0,1) makes it possible to characterize the specific contribution of each term. at its core, the first term acts as the absolute value of the difference in intensity of the available pixels. to determine this, the following formula should be used: 𝐸𝑆𝐴𝐷(𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑑) = ∑ |𝐼𝐿(𝑥, 𝑦) − 𝐼𝑅(𝑥 − 𝑑, 𝑦)|𝑟,𝑞,𝑏 , (3) note that within this formula, all fragments have a dimensionality of 1x1, that is, the use of individual pixels is implied. this ensures the storage of information about the image texture features. the smoothing procedure is implemented only on basis of the results of energy tensor aggregation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 620 now let us consider the features of obtaining the second term; this implies the process of matching local descriptors, which is described in detail in zahiri-azar and salcudean [27]. the following algorithm of actions is required to determine this descriptor. if the image is black and white, it is necessary to define a function of the following form, considering pixels p and q: 𝜉(𝑝, 𝑞) = { 1, 𝑖𝑓 𝐼(𝑞) < 𝐼(𝑝) 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 0 (4) it enables to define a census transformation, as a result of which each pixel will be matched with a multidimensional vector consisting of zeros and ones. this is described by the following formula: 𝑅𝑟(𝑝) = ⊗ |𝑖,𝑗|∈𝐷𝑤 (𝑝, 𝑝 + [𝑖, 𝑗]), (5) where ⊗ is a concatenation operation and a 𝐷𝑤 is a set of possible two-dimensional offsets. here, it is necessary to understand that each bit is determined by a careful matching of the activities of the main pixels of any gap with the intensity of the remaining pixels of the gap in question. as a result, the resulting descriptors specified by bit sequences, are compared using the hamming distance. figure 2 demonstrates the architecture of the convolutional edge detector in more detail. using the convolution operation, the neural network extracts the features from 5 image scales. the pooling operation is used to make the transition to a larger scale. the linear combination of neural network predictions is calculated using the last convolutional layer. additionally, feature extraction can be achieved using direct connections, and the process is shown in more detail in figure 2. thus, this approach makes it possible to simultaneously consider data from five scales as part of the prediction process with a and b as binary vectors. 𝐻(𝑎, 𝑏) = ∑ 𝐼(𝑎𝑖 ≠ 𝑏𝑖).𝑖 (6) figure 2. main features of the architecture of the convolutional edge detector this algorithm, which is used to determine a certain local descriptor, implies natural parallelization, which makes it possible to effectively implement this process within a graphics accelerator. this feature enables performing an operation in a specific constant time. the resulting descriptors given by the bit sequences are compared using the hamming distance. c o n v o lu ti o n 3 x 3 im ag e c o n v o lu ti o n 3 x 3 m ax . p o o li n g c o n v o lu ti o n 3 x 3 c o n v o lu ti o n 3 x 3 c o n v o lu ti o n 3 x 3 m ax . p o o li n g c o n v o lu ti o n 3 x 3 c o n v o lu ti o n 3 x 3 c o n v o lu ti o n 3 x 3 m ax . p o o li n g c o n v o lu ti o n 3 x 3 c o n v o lu ti o n 3 x 3 m ax . p o o li n g c o n v o lu ti o n 3 x 3 c o n v o lu ti o n 3 x 3 c o n v o lu ti o n 3 x 3 c o n v o lu ti o n 1 x 1 d ir . co n n ec ti o n 5 d ir . co n n ec ti o n 4 d ir . co n n ec ti o n 3 d ir . co n n ec ti o n 2 d ir . co n n ec ti o n 1 c o n v o lu ti o n 1 x 1 b il .i n te rp . c o n v o lu ti o n 1 x 1 b il .i n te rp . c o n v o lu ti o n 1 x 1 b il .i n te rp . c o n v o lu ti o n 1 x 1 b il .i n te rp . b il .i n te rp . c o n ca te n at io n c o n v o lu ti o n 1 x 1 b o rd er s (2 m ap s) 8 channels 8 channels 8 channels 8 channels 8 channels hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 621 3.1.2. characteristics of the object edge detector within an image as in scharstein et al. [20], the methodology under consideration implies the implementation of an energy aggregation process, which significantly depends on the characteristics of the input image. it is important to understand that a machine learning-based scheme will ensure that smoothing is done with regard to the specifics of the stereo matching task, and it will also consider all the key features of the training sample used. the essence of the technique is to determine the specific edges of objects that are relevant from the viewpoint of the difference in the disparity field. as a result, the method error can be significantly reduced using this approach. 3.1.3. characteristics of the recursive filter-based smoothing process a special recursive filter helps to most accurately consider the edges described in wang et al. [26]. this filter is the basis for the energy aggregation method under consideration. such general recursive filtering cascades demonstrate better performance when applied to two-dimensional images in separate formats, which is determined by the fact that separation is established in a series covering each onedimensional pass, which has its own directionality. when considering the principles described in section 3.1.4, it makes sense to use a number of separate weight cards to implement each pass. below is a formula proposed to describe the functioning of a two-dimensional filter that receives an image and two weight maps and allows determination of the output image: 𝐼𝑓𝑖𝑙𝑡 = 𝐹(𝐼, 𝑊ℎ𝑊𝑣). (7) now, let us present a series of relations that are used for the algorithm calculating four recurrent passes: 𝐼𝐿(𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑑) = (1 − 𝑊ℎ(𝑥, 𝑦))𝐼(𝑥, 𝑦) + 𝑊ℎ(𝑥, 𝑦)𝐼(𝑥 − 1, 𝑦), (8) 𝐼𝑅(𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑑) = (1 − 𝑊ℎ(𝑥, 𝑦))𝐼𝐿(𝑥, 𝑦) + 𝑊ℎ(𝑥, 𝑦)𝐼𝐿(𝑥 + 1, 𝑦), (9) 𝐼𝑇(𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑑) = (1 − 𝑊𝑣(𝑥, 𝑦))𝐼𝑅(𝑥, 𝑦) + 𝑊𝑣(𝑥, 𝑦)𝐼𝑅(𝑥, 𝑦 − 1), (10) 𝐼𝐵(𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑑) = (1 − 𝑊𝑣(𝑥, 𝑦))𝐼𝑇(𝑥, 𝑦) + 𝑊𝑣(𝑥, 𝑦)𝐼𝑇(𝑥, 𝑦 + 1), (11) to create trainable filtering simulations, it is necessary to ensure weight prediction using the input snapshots. more detailed descriptions of the functioning of an ordered chain of operations capable of performing backpropagation should be based on the hypothesis that the output values of the current operations will be fed to the input channels of some subsequent layers. calculating the input filter gradient implies the use of the following relation: 𝜕𝐿 𝜕𝑥𝑖 = (1 − 𝑤𝑖) 𝜕𝐿 𝜕𝑦𝑖 , (12) in turn, to obtain an exact value for the output gradient based on a certain set of weights, it is necessary to use a relation of the form: 𝜕𝐿 𝜕𝑤𝑖 = 𝜕𝐿 𝜕𝑤𝑖 + (𝑦𝑖−1 − 𝑥𝑖) 𝜕𝐿 𝜕𝑦𝑖 , (13) the expression below makes it possible to define the calculation of the output gradient based on у: 𝜕𝐿 𝜕𝑦𝑖−1 = 𝜕𝐿 𝜕𝑦𝑖−1 + 𝑤 𝜕𝐿 𝜕𝑦𝑖 , (14) it is important to understand that the four filter passes presented can be used in various combinations of the trained model. the thing is that the sequence of calculation of the presented equations will greatly determine the results, since the output of one expression is the input information for others. 3.1.4. characteristics of the main features of the energy tensor aggregation process the author of this research chose an approach that implies that the smoothing of the energy tensor is conducted with regard to the existing edges of objects within the image. this strategy is also used in scharstein et al. [20]. thus, this author’s approach can be considered as a generalization of the research theses [28]. the use of a convolutional neural network makes it possible to predict filter parameters by the input image. figure 3 demonstrates in more detail the operation scheme of this aggregation algorithm. it should be understood that the filtration procedure itself involves the use of four directed passes. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 622 figure 3. structure of the energy tensor aggregation algorithm using the weight of the recurrent filter, all available two-dimensional slices will be filtered for three-dimensional energy tensors, which is also conducted using four directed passes. note that slices are filtered in parallel. 𝐸𝑑 𝑓𝑖𝑙𝑡 𝐹(𝐸𝑑 , 𝑊ℎ𝑊𝑢), (15) 𝑑 = {0,1, . . . , 𝑑𝑚𝑎𝑥}} deviation fields are calculated using established minimum elements relative to 3 dimensions. the approach described in hoskins and svensson [28] involves the use of separate cards for vertical and horizontal passage. the essence of this choice is based on available practical observations, namely the fact that the frequency and magnitude of changes in disparity within the horizontal and vertical directions will differ considerably. in turn, by using two maps, an increase in the number of arithmetic operations during execution can be avoided, and the matching error can be significantly reduced. reducing the computational complexity of the technique is achieved by using an edge detector in relation to images that are reduced to half the size of the existing original images. a huge effect is achieved through bilinear interpolation. the energy tensor is determined in the context of the original scale. when considering the process of using the outputs of a convolutional neural network as input data to a recurrent neural network, the following linear transformation is required: 𝑊ℎ = 𝑒𝑥𝑝( − 𝜎𝐸ℎ), (16) 𝑊𝑣 = 𝑒𝑥𝑝( − 𝜎𝐸𝑣), (17) where 𝜎 is the proportionality coefficient that provides adjustment, and the 𝐸ℎ and 𝐸𝑣 are the convolutional neural network outputs. 3.1.5. features of the loss function matching filtered tensors with ideal deviation fields assumes that each reference label will be represented by a delta function with a peak corresponding to the reference values. the effect is achieved through the softmax operation and the use of the cross-entropy function. the simulation training process is conducted using the backpropagation method. the loss dependence opens up the possibility of considering the difference between the calculated and ideal fields of a particular deviation. figure 4 shows in more detail the diagram of a neural network that uses these operating principles. the inputs to the operation of calculating energy tensors will be represented by the right and left images coming from stereo cameras. the left one acts as a reference that is used by the convolutional neural network to make predictions for relevant edges. the peculiarity of the recursive filter is that it receives two weight maps and an energy tensor as input. convolutional neural network filters are trained using the back propagation technique. figure 4. external view of the neural network diagram three-dimensional energy tensor recursive filter duplication 4 directional transitions: left to right right to left top to bottom bottom to top argmin disparity field i1 i2 comparison of blocks convolutional neural network (boundary detector) 2 border maps energy tensor recurrent neural network cross-entropy smoothed energy tensor reference disparity (delta function per pixel) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 623 3.2. characteristics of the conducted numerical experiments 3.2.1. key features of the training set the algorithm proposed in this study was tested on an open collection of images. this collection includes pairs of photographs obtained from a stereo camera and undergone a rectification procedure. each pair is characterized by certain reference disparity values, the calculation of which was based on depth data estimated using a laser scanner. the scanner was mounted on the roof of the motor vehicle, on which the camera was installed. thus, within the framework of this approach, the reference disparity acts as a set of horizontal stripes, and therefore, the total amount of trainable data will decrease. using heuristic approaches, it is possible to increase the amount of information; for example, the dilatation technique is effective. however, in practice, the use of additional factors is significantly complicated by the need to consider the huge number of distortions introduced by these changes. 3.2.2. basic principles of methodology for assessing method error when considering stereo matching problems, we need to understand that several different methods can be used to estimate the error. the first approach involves determining a certain average absolute field error. in most cases, this strategy is used when an optical approach is applied. if we consider the second approach, it involves obtaining the exact number of pixels where the absolute error value exceeds a certain threshold. that is, the following formula is used: 𝑒(𝐷, 𝐷𝑔𝑡) = 1 𝑁 ∑ (𝐼[|𝐷(𝑥, 𝑦) − 𝐷𝑔𝑡(𝑥, 𝑦)|(𝑥,𝑦) > 𝑡]), (18) where n characterizes the total number of pixels for which the displacement field is defined as 𝐷𝑔𝑡 , and for this error estimation methodology, threshold value t = 3. many differences characterize the method in which errors are analyzed using deviation fields in relation to the distortions of the second image. note that distorted images will be compared with ideal ones. here, it is essential to exclude the number of pixels that will correspond to obscured objects from consideration. 3.2.3. consideration of the training process the set of images described earlier was further divided into a training set of 160 image pairs and a validation set of 40 image pairs. three-channel color images were used as input data for the convolutional neural network. figure 5 shows a quantitative comparison of the different techniques. figure 5. quantitative comparison of various energy aggregation techniques: 1– without aggregation; 2– without training; 3– the proposed method; 4– the method presented in scharstein et al. [20]; 5– the method of scharstein et al. [20] + energy tensor the energy tensor under consideration corresponds to a linear combination for the absolute value of the pixel-bypixel difference. during the experimental evaluation of the linear search technique, the optimal value for the linear combination coefficient was determined to be 0.43. in addition, we made a number of minor changes to the initial convolution architecture on which the edge detector relies. we could reduce the number of maps representing convolutional layers to reduce computational complexity. we also increased the total number of convolutional feature maps, the number of which increased from 1 to 8. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 1 2 3 4 5 p ix e l e r r o r r a te , % type of a technique left view both views median filter hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 624 the cross-entropy error function was the basis for training a convolutional recurrent neural network; this function is described in more detail in yang [29]. preliminary training of the edge detector was conducted on a collection of images. each image used has a size of 1242×375, while the range of acceptable disparity values fully corresponds to the value of 0-256 pixels. figure 6 shows the contribution of combining neighboring pixel points when using trained general recursive filtering cascades. figure 6. demonstration of smoothing process features using a recursive filter each fragment presented on the right side makes it possible to demonstrate some relative contribution of the central pixel to the overall intensity of the remaining pixels of the fragment. fragments that are displayed in green and red exemplify marks or boundaries of the road surface. 3.2.4. evaluation of the total number of arithmetic operations during the algorithm operation, the aggregation of the energy tensor is the most labor-intensive stage. the following formula is used to calculate the complexity of this stage: 𝛰(𝑛𝑑𝑚𝑎𝑥), where 𝑛 is the number of pixels in the image, and 𝑑𝑚𝑎𝑥 is the largest disparity. the computational complexity of the fastest method is estimated as 𝛰(𝑛𝑑𝑚𝑎𝑥), where 𝑘 is the dimensionality of the deep descriptors. 3.2.5. duration of execution on the graphics accelerator this technique was implemented by combining the theano framework and the effective use of procedures that allow the calculation of the energy tensor. the edges are calculated using a specialized dedicated library. the total training process takes approximately 4–5 hours. figure 7 shows in more detail the time costs required to execute the different stages of the proposed method. figure 7. time costs required to execute a parallel implementation of the graphics accelerator-based technique: 1– calculation of the energy tensor; 2– convolutional edge detector; 3– recursive filter; 4– argmin operation; 5– detection of layered objects; σ– total time. 2 1 2 2 1 3 9 19 1 2 34 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 1 2 3 4 5 σ n u m b e r o f c a ll s, p c s type of a technique number of calls time, msec hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 625 3.2.6. main features of detecting obscured objects it should be kept in mind that errors of certain deviations can only be perceived for a complete image, which presupposes the presence of a number of obscured objects. therefore, it makes sense to determine the masks of each occluded object by calculating the deviation fields established for both types of stereo cameras. any pixel will become the recipient of any current label based on the following requirements: 𝑙(𝑥, 𝑦) = { 0, if |𝑑 − 𝐷𝑅(𝑥 − 𝑑, 𝑦)| ≤ 1 for d = 𝐷𝐿(𝑥, 𝑦), 1, if |𝑑 − 𝐷𝑅(𝑥 − 𝑑, 𝑦)| ≤ 1 for a certain d= ∈ [0, 𝑑𝑚𝑎𝑥 otherwise 2 (19) where 𝐷𝑅 and 𝐷𝐿 is right and left assessment of disparities. interpolation of the disparity field is carried out using the following algorithm: in pixels with a zero label, the disparity remains unchanged. in pixels with label 2, the disparity value is determined on the basis of the nearest pixels with label 0, which are in the same row on the left. pixels with label 1 get their values from the nearest pixels with label 0. using this approach can significantly reduce the level of matching errors. a flowchart from the workflow that briefly shows the process of the methodology is presented in figure 8. figure 8. flowchart of the methodology 4. analysis and discussion of the results a quantitative comparison of energy aggregation methods showed that even compared with the method proposed in the literature in combination with the energy tensor, the method developed in this study showed significantly better average performance. the proposed method proved to be 59% more effective in image matching, due to a reduction in the number of errors. an analysis of the proposed method for the number of errors showed that, compared to the existing method (when they are based on similar energy tensors), it has approximately 37% fewer errors during image matching. the histograms (figure 9) present quantitative comparative characteristics for the energy aggregation methods in more detail. at the same time, the errors were determined for three main cases, namely, the error of the method, which is based only on the left view, the error caused by post-processing, and the error caused by the application of the median filter. figure 9. comparison of characteristics: 1the proposed methodology and 2the methodology proposed in wang et al. [26] based on the test set 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 objects background whole image p ix e l e r r o r r a te , % сharacteristic type 1 2 two images from different positions calculation of stereo matching energy calculation of the loss function aggregation of the energy tensor aggregation of the energy tensor calculation of a method error hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 626 the proposed methodology corresponds to the pareto optimality criterion based on two criteria. figure 10 shows the results of a comparison of different techniques for aggregating the energy tensor based on the test images. the proposed method is presented in the lowest part of figure 10. figure 10. results of comparison of various methods of energy tensor aggregation the energy aggregation method is based on a recursive filter that considers the boundaries of objects in the image. in this case, the boundaries relevant to the task are predicted using a convolutional neural network. thus, the proposed convolution-recursive model takes a pair of images as input and computes the displacement field without the need for post-processing. unlike methods proposed in the literature, this model does not need to compare a large number of deep descriptors of high dimensionality, which significantly reduces the computational complexity and allows us to obtain an implementation that works in real time. 5. conclusion most advanced methods imply the following stages of image matching: determination of the energy tensor, its aggregation, and subsequent optimization of the disparity field. each of these stages can be used within a specific trained model. the disparity fields are calculated with low error through the comparative characterization of higher-dimensional descriptors, which are determined using modifications of a convolutional neural network with siamese architecture. simultaneously, the author confirmed that the use of trained aggregation of the energy tensor is characterized by significantly greater efficiency in terms of the computational resources used. high accuracy and efficiency are inherent in methods capable of assessing deviation fields based on advanced machine learning principles. at the same time, the simplicity of the training samples is the key factor in improving these methods. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 627 the proposed technique is based on energy tensor aggregation, which allows the evaluation of the geometry of the scene. it should be understood that, at its core, the displacement field within the problem is one-dimensional; hence, the tensor itself will be three-dimensional, and therefore, it will occupy a relatively small storage space. a custom convolutional network is used to predict task-relevant edges. thus, the proposed convolutional recurrent model uses a series of images obtained as input, after which the shift field is determined without post-processing. the main advantage of this model is that there is no need to compare a huge number of deep descriptors, which makes it possible to significantly reduce the overall computational complexity of the algorithm. in addition, it should be noted that the numerical experiments confirmed the importance of using data on specific edges of objects in the image. high accuracy and efficiency are inherent in methods capable of assessing deviation fields based on the principles of advanced machine learning. simultaneously, the simplicity of the training samples is the key factor in improving these methods. as a direction for future research, it seems most perspective to develop a method that can combine deep descriptor learning and the proposed energy tensor aggregation method. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, v.zh.k.; methodology, v.zh.k.; software, a.a.t.; validation, v.zh.k., a.a.t., and a.a.u.; formal analysis, a.a.u.; investigation, v.zh.k.; resources, a.a.t.; data curation, v.zh.k.; writing—original draft preparation, a.a.t.; writing—review and editing, v.zh.k., a.a.t., and a.a.u.; visualization, a.a.u.; supervision, v.zh.k.; project administration, v.zh.k.; funding acquisition, a.a.t. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the presented results were carried out at the federal state autonomous scientific institution institute for designtechnological informatics ras with the financial support under project no. 075-11-2022-029 dated 04/08/2022 between stream labs llc and the ministry of science and higher education of the russian federation. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] lebedev, g. s., linskaya, e. y., terekhov, v. y., & tatarkanov, a. a. bievich. (2023). monitoring and quality control of telemedical services via the identification of artifacts in video footage. international journal of intelligent systems and applications in engineering, 11(2), 82–92. [2] kuklin, v., alexandrov, i., polezhaev, d., & tatarkanov, a. (2023). prospects for developing digital telecommunication complexes for storing and analyzing media data. bulletin of electrical engineering and informatics, 12(3), 1536–1549. doi:10.11591/eei.v12i3.4840. [3] fang, l., zhao, j., pan, z., & li, y. (2023). tpp: deep learning based threshold post-processing multi-focus image fusion method. computers and electrical engineering, 110, 108736. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2023.108736. [4] aldao, e., fernández-pardo, l., gonzález-desantos, l. m., & gonzález-jorge, h. (2023). comparison of deep learning and analytic image processing methods for autonomous inspection of railway bolts and clips. construction and building materials, 384, 131472. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2023.131472. [5] pandey, b., kumar pandey, d., pratap mishra, b., & rhmann, w. (2022). a comprehensive survey of deep learning in the field of medical imaging and medical natural language processing: challenges and research directions. journal of king saud universitycomputer and information sciences, 34(8), 5083–5099. doi:10.1016/j.jksuci.2021.01.007. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 628 [6] nam, w., & jang, b. (2024). a survey on multimodal bidirectional machine learning translation of image and natural language processing. expert systems with applications, 235, 121168. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2023.121168. [7] ziafati bagherzadeh, s. h., & toosizadeh, s. (2022). eye tracking algorithm based on multi model kalman filter. hightech and innovation journal, 3(1), 15–27. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-02. [8] ma, j., jiang, x., fan, a., jiang, j., & yan, j. (2021). image matching from handcrafted to deep features: a survey. international journal of computer vision, 129(1), 23–79. doi:10.1007/s11263-020-01359-2. [9] ualiyeva, r. m., kukusheva, a. n., insebayeva, m. k., akhmetov, k. k., zhangazin, s. b., & krykbayeva, m. s. (2022). agrotechnological methods of plant feeders applying for spring wheat agrocenoses – north-eastern kazakhstan varieties. journal of water and land development, 55, 28–40. doi:10.24425/jwld.2022.142301. [10] zhang, y., & hou, x. (2023). application of video image processing in sports action recognition based on particle swarm optimization algorithm. preventive medicine, 173, 107592. doi:10.1016/j.ypmed.2023.107592. [11] chen, q., & yao, j. (2023). outliers rejection in similar image matching. virtual reality and intelligent hardware, 5(2), 171– 187. doi:10.1016/j.vrih.2023.02.004. [12] alsakka, f., assaf, s., el-chami, i., & al-hussein, m. (2023). computer vision applications in offsite construction. automation in construction, 154, 104980. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2023.104980. [13] zimiao, z., hao, z., kai, x., yanan, w., & fumin, z. (2022). a non-iterative calibration method for the extrinsic parameters of binocular stereo vision considering the line constraints. measurement, 205, 112151. doi:10.1016/j.measurement.2022.112151. [14] liu, y., li, y., dai, l., yang, c., wei, l., lai, t., & chen, r. (2021). robust feature matching via advanced neighborhood topology consensus. neurocomputing, 421, 273–284. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2020.09.047. [15] ma, j., zhao, j., jiang, j., zhou, h., & guo, x. (2019). locality preserving matching. international journal of computer vision, 127(5), 512–531. doi:10.1007/s11263-018-1117-z. [16] wang, x. f., & ye, d. (2010). on nonparametric comparison of images and regression surfaces. journal of statistical planning and inference, 140(10), 2875–2884. doi:10.1016/j.jspi.2010.03.011. [17] wang, t., zhang, j., zhang, s., zhang, x., & wang, j. (2023). a combined computer vision and image processing method for surface coverage measurement of shot peen forming. journal of manufacturing processes, 91, 137–148. doi:10.1016/j.jmapro.2023.02.035. [18] krishnaveni, s., subramani, k., sharmila, l., sathiya, v., maheswari, m., & priyaadarshan, b. (2023). enhancing human sight perceptions to optimize machine vision: untangling object recognition using deep learning techniques. measurement: sensors, 28, 100853. doi:10.1016/j.measen.2023.100853. [19] ualiyeva, r. m., kaverina, m. m., ivanko, l. n., & zhangazin, s. b. (2023). assessment of spring wheat varieties for pest resistance. online journal of biological sciences, 23(4), 489–503. doi:10.3844/ojbsci.2023.489.503. [20] scharstein, d., hirschmüller, h., kitajima, y., krathwohl, g., nešić, n., wang, x., & westling, p. (2014). high-resolution stereo datasets with subpixel-accurate ground truth. pattern recognition, 31–42, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-11752-2_3. [21] bisson-larrivée, a., & lemoine, j. b. (2022). photogrammetry and the impact of camera placement and angular intervals between images on model reconstruction. digital applications in archaeology and cultural heritage, 26, 224. doi:10.1016/j.daach.2022.e00224. [22] yang, b., ali, f., zhou, b., li, s., yu, y., yang, t., liu, x., liang, z., & zhang, k. (2022). a novel approach of efficient 3d reconstruction for real scene using unmanned aerial vehicle oblique photogrammetry with five cameras. computers and electrical engineering, 99, 107804. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2022.107804. [23] pu, c., yang, c., pu, j., tylecek, r., & fisher, r. b. (2023). a multi-modal garden dataset and hybrid 3d dense reconstruction framework based on panoramic stereo images for a trimming robot. isprs journal of photogrammetry and remote sensing, 202, 262–286. doi:10.1016/j.isprsjprs.2023.06.006. [24] guan, j., yang, x., lee, v. c. s., liu, w., li, y., ding, l., & hui, b. (2022). full field-of-view pavement stereo reconstruction under dynamic traffic conditions: incorporating height-adaptive vehicle detection and multi-view occlusion optimization. automation in construction, 144, 104615. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2022.104615. [25] xu, y., liu, x., qin, l., & zhu, s.-c. (2017). cross-view people tracking by scene-centered spatio-temporal parsing. proceedings of the aaai conference on artificial intelligence, 31(1). doi:10.1609/aaai.v31i1.11190. [26] wang, j., zhang, s., wang, y., & zhu, z. (2021). learning efficient multi-task stereo matching network with richer feature information. neurocomputing, 421, 151–160. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2020.08.010. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 629 [27] zahiri-azar, r., & salcudean, s. e. (2006). motion estimation in ultrasound images using time domain cross correlation with prior estimates. ieee transactions on biomedical engineering, 53(10), 1990–2000. doi:10.1109/tbme.2006.881780. [28] hoskins, p. r., & svensson, w. (2012). current state of ultrasound elastography. ultrasound, 20(1), 3–4. doi:10.1258/ult.2012.012e02. [29] yang, q. (2012). a non-local cost aggregation method for stereo matching. 2012 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2012.6247827. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 44 issn: 2723-9535 sociological impact of cyber laws on media: virtue community and controversies sayid muhammad rifki noval 1* 1 universitas pasundan, bandung, west java province, 40154, indonesia. received 25 may 2023; revised 17 january 2024; accepted 08 february 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract this study aims to delve into the sociological dimensions and repercussions of cyber law on cyber-based mass media and social media freedoms in indonesia while shedding light on questionable aspects of the country’s cyber laws. employing qualitative research methods encompassing theoretical and investigative perspectives, the study combines normative juridical research with a legal, sociological approach and an observational survey approach. data collection involved an examination of legal materials on information technology alongside interviews with cyber-policymaking bodies, stakeholders, cyber-media houses, journalists, bloggers, and social media influencers. the collected data were scrutinized through descriptive analysis to clarify the sociological and legal impacts of indonesia’s cyber law on media and social media. the findings reveal that implementing cyber law in indonesia carries substantial sociological implications for both the media and society. it highlights questionable aspects of the existing cyber laws, as they pose challenges to upholding the rule of law and safeguarding social and media freedoms in the country. the insights derived from this study hold relevance for research endeavors focusing on the sociological aspects of cyber law in developing countries. this study contributes to a deeper understanding of the evolving digital landscape and emphasizes the need to address pertinent issues while balancing legal regulations and societal freedoms. keywords: sociological implications; cyber law; media freedoms; cyber-media; developing countries. 1. introduction increased internet connectivity has facilitated significant growth and enhanced online activity among indonesians, leading to transformative changes in the media landscape. the advent of the internet has brought about numerous new phenomena, enabling the dissemination of information with increasing freedom and empowering individuals to wield influence over the media. however, this rise in communication technology has also raised concerns regarding social monitoring, necessitating the development of adaptable information tools [1]. social media platforms have become popular for individuals to voice their ideas and opinions [2]. beyond mere entertainment, social media interactions such as links, trivia, polls, ratings, and other online engagement activities strengthen social connections and offer communities a unique window into the perspectives of others daily [3]. in response, local governments in indonesia have been compelled to balance accountability, transparency, accessibility, and service delivery. the increased civic participation facilitated by social media plays a vital role in promoting democratic avenues of community engagement and civic responsibility, ultimately enhancing government service delivery [4]. * corresponding author: sayidrifqi@unpas.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7455-7213 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 45 both society and governments have embraced social media, with the latter utilizing these platforms to provide complementary channels for information sharing, connection, and engagement. by allowing individuals to contact governments and government officials, social media enables more informed decision-making processes [4, 5]. this improved communication has enabled local governments to receive valuable insights and better understand residents’ perspectives, enhancing operational efficiency and effectiveness [5]. governments and businesses have also leveraged social media to categorize and forecast public sentiments by analyzing the content and feedback posted on these platforms [6]. governments can determine suitable solutions and address public concerns by understanding the public’s views on various issues [5]. while the increased connection and public acceptance of social media have yielded significant development benefits and increased citizen involvement in indonesia, they have also given rise to problematic issues. in response, the indonesian government has sought to address these concerns, leading to the emergence of questionable aspects that have impacted society. this study explores the sociological impact of cyber laws on media, specifically focusing on the virtue community and controversies in indonesia. the study combines normative juridical research and an observational survey approach by employing qualitative research methods encompassing the theoretical and investigative perspectives. data collection involves examining legal materials related to information technology and conducting interviews with key stakeholders, including cyber-policymaking bodies, cyber-media houses, journalists, bloggers, and social media influencers. there has been little published study on the social effects of cyber laws on media freedoms in indonesia. previous research on relevant themes, such as the use of social media in government communication and local government service delivery in underdeveloped countries, has been conducted [3, 5]. these studies have underlined the importance of social media in promoting democratic participation, enhancing government operations, and gauging public mood. nonetheless, there is a knowledge deficit on indonesia’s unique sociological effects of cyber laws on media and social media freedoms. this study seeks to address that void by conducting an in-depth topic analysis. 2. literature review 2.1. virtue community social aspects of cyber law the sociology of cyber law comprises a variety of techniques that investigate the function of cyber law within society, drawing on the underlying notion of the sociology of law. the empirical analysis and understanding of the complex relationships between cyber law, legal features, institutions, and social issues are central to this field of study [7, 8]. it delves into a variety of socio-legal topics, such as the social growth of legal institutions, forms of social control, legal regulation, the interaction of legal cultures, the social construction of legal concerns, the legal profession, and the link between law and society [9–11]. to improve its knowledge of legal phenomena, the sociology of law frequently depends on research from other disciplines, such as comparative law, legal theory, law and economics, and law and literature [12–14]. within the multidisciplinary landscape of legal analysis, sociological elements focus on institutional dynamics shaped by social and political contexts, thereby contributing to the shaping and influence of legal norms [15]. in everyday life, common societal discourse is a practical guide for individuals despite not being grounded in empirical science. this discourse does not strictly differentiate between facts and values, leading to evaluations of reality as statements about the current situation and what is considered just [16–18]. for instance, “cyber” in common societal discourse may be associated with digital devices and the internet, while “illegal” conveys something that should be avoided or reported to authorities. the sociology of law views law as a measurable variable, where changes in social control by authorities correspond to changes in this variable [16, 19]. its goal is to predict and explain variations in the quantified aspects of law, considering the specific social context, the individuals involved, their relationships, and the broader societal setting in which their interactions occur [16, 20]. in contrast to the general perception of law found in citizens’ discourse, the sociology of law highlights the significance of the criminal or illegal element in understanding citizens’ reporting behavior and emphasizes the importance of the seriousness of activity in determining the likelihood of reporting it to authorities [16, 19, 21]. the law, including cyber law, is designed to bring control, governance, guidance, and order to society. the interactions between different aspects of the law, society, and the internet have been extensively studied in previous research. by examining these interplays, scholars have gained insights into the complex dynamics and implications of legal frameworks in the digital age. 2.2. cyber mass media like other sectors, the mass media recognized the necessity of moving their activities online, although not without concerns. cyberspace brought new technologies and socio-legal and political developments that blurred the line between media elites, mediocrity, and even less reputable sources. scholars argued that the institutional and technological contexts in which journalism operates are influenced by cyberspace, potentially reshaping the definition of journalism itself and its relationship with the audience [22–26]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 46 while cyber media strengthens democracy, it is not without challenges. power elites can exploit it to defend their viewpoints and exert more effective control, leading to an interweaving of the media and society [25, 27]. in developing countries, the question arises as to whether the majority of society possesses sufficient digital literacy to navigate through real mass media platforms and social media amidst the influx of distracting paid content [28]. additionally, the lack of user data protection laws and policies in many developing countries has fostered reluctance among individuals to share personal information online, which poses challenges for media outlets that rely on subscriptions to distribute their content. the need for ethical cyber media management regarding social issues has become increasingly apparent to media outlets [29]. in indonesia, collaboration between the indonesia press board, media organizations, academia, and civil society led to the establishment of cyber-media news coverage rules in 2012, governed by law number 40 year 1999 on the press and journalistic ethics. these standards require periodic assessments of sensitive and challenging topics in news coverage [28]. criticism has been directed at recent media freedoms in indonesia due to incidents where government censorship and internet shutdowns were employed, often on the grounds of national security or moral concerns [30, 31]. maintaining the public’s trust in cyber media requires unbiased and accurate reporting that reflects the reality of events rather than favoring specific organizations or political perspectives. concerns about questionable news reporting tendencies, particularly in online media, have deviated from established journalistic ethics, prompting calls to review news coverage regulations. despite the large number of indonesian cyber-media outlets, only 68 are formally registered and adhere to the rules set by the indonesian press board [28]. dissatisfaction within segments of society and the media fraternity persists regarding the coverage of contentious issues by cyber-media outlets, leading to ongoing discussions and potential sanctions for publishers who breach indonesian laws [30]. 2.3. social media social media, characterized by high decentralization and virtual organization, has become a collection of technologies that facilitate detailed data exchange in a virtual environment [32, 33]. policymakers recognize the potential of social media to enhance information management, increase transparency, and foster user collaboration during decision-making processes [34]. the widespread usage of social media in industrialized emerging economies like indonesia is evident, with a growing number of wireless access users, particularly among the younger population. indonesian culture has embraced social media platforms, permeating various social, economic, and political aspects, especially in urban areas [31, 35]. social media serves as a platform for expression, communication, and public policy integration, allowing active accounts to publish content that facilitates communication [36]. the extensive internet usage in indonesia, with an estimated 142.8 million users, highlights the significant presence of social media and its impact on society (masduki, 2022). transparency is crucial in generating ideas, raising finance, and improving decision-making processes [37]. social media networks can deliver timely and accurate data by encouraging meaningful interaction among individuals involved in decision-making [38]. the role of social media as a news source has grown, providing instantaneous and widespread access to the most recent coverage and catering to specific user interests and demographics [39, 40]. social media platforms offer the possibility of microblogging to niche audiences, enabling users to publish content with the power and influence of a media house without the traditional responsibilities [41]. the increased use of social media has raised expectations for civic involvement and political participation, highlighting indonesia’s active participation in social media [35, 42]. while social media platforms have been hailed for their potential to foster citizen involvement, civic dialogue, and transparency, critical voices have emphasized the negative effects of surveillance, privacy invasion, misinformation, and extremist online communities [35]. social media has facilitated the spread of harmful content, including fake news and divisive ideologies, amplifying societal problems and crimes [30, 43]. instances of blasphemy trials in indonesia exemplify the controversies surrounding cyber law and the country’s struggles with social media and the internet [30]. the rise of social media and cyberspace in indonesia has brought about social and political issues, exacerbating existing societal divisions and challenges within the political, social, and economic systems [30]. however, the policy responses of the indonesian government to these challenges raise concerns regarding the rule of law and the preservation of societal and media freedoms. 3. research methodology this study used a qualitative approach, combining normative legal research and observational surveys. the normative legal research component involved an extensive review of primary and secondary sources obtained through library research. this approach allowed for a comprehensive examination of relevant legal materials. additionally, the study incorporated observational survey research, a reliable method for capturing the current and prevalent conditions at a specific time. using this technique, the study obtained accurate and trustworthy information to support its findings [44]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 47 3.1. study sample the population for this study consisted of three cyber-policy regulatory bodies in indonesia, three mass media organizations with active online publishing platforms, three bloggers, and three active social media users/influencers. purposive sampling was employed to determine the study sample. this sampling method was chosen to ensure easier access to the sub-group of individuals and organizations involved in cyber-policymaking, cyber-law, and cyber-media activities who possess valuable information related to the research objectives. the study sample was specifically selected from bodies recognized as key custodians of cyber-law in indonesia and from organizations and individuals actively engaged in cyber-media activities. 3.1.1. cyber-law custodial bodies the unit of analysis for this study was organizations; therefore, data were collected from the leadership of each organization to represent their respective organizations best. the organizations included the indonesia security incident response team on internet and infrastructure (id-sirtii), established in 2007 as an independent state body responsible for monitoring cyber threats and handling legal matters related to cyber disputes. the directorate of information security and cryptography, established in 2010 under the ministry of communication and information technology (mcit), was another organization included in the study. the national cyber authority, badan siber dan sandi negara (bssn), which centrally coordinates indonesia’s cyber governance across the government, was also part of the study. as the organization was the focus of analysis, the information gathered from the heads of these organizations was considered representative of the required data from each organization. 3.1.2. cyber-media operatives the units of analysis in this study were organizations and individuals. the information collected from the heads of these units was considered reflective of the necessary data to make informed decisions. the organizations included mass media organizations with online publication platforms, while the individuals comprised bloggers and active social media influencers. it is important to note that the anonymity of this population was maintained as per the respondents’ request. this was done to protect them from any potential consequences that may arise after the publication of this study. 3.2. data collection the literature reviewed for this study primarily consisted of online sources focusing on indonesian cyber-law, the social aspects of cyber-law, and the role of mass media and social media in indonesia. during the interviews, specific questions were posed to the cyber-law custodial bodies, as outlined in table 1. similarly, table 2 presents a selection of questions directed toward the individuals identified as cyber-media operatives. the structured questions were designed to gather information directly related to the study’s scope and objectives. table 1. some of the questions were directed to respondents from cyber-law custodial bodies 1. what indonesian legislation constitutes cyber law? 2. how does indonesian law enforcement identify and designate an online activity as illegal? 3. what is the legal basis for censoring the internet and or internet content? 4. why is indonesia not having a data protection law? 5. how is the indonesian legal system dealing with disinformation? table 2. some of the questions were directed to respondents from cyber-law custodial bodies 1. what does indonesian cyber law as a cyber-media organization? 2. what legal implications do you deal with as social media operative in indonesia? 3. are you free to publish any content you wish as an online publisher in indonesia? 4. how do you deal with disinformation, a social media operative? 5. what is your take on data protection in indonesia? here is a brief description of the methodology process: 1. begin the qualitative study by combining normative legal research and observational surveys. 2. define the study sample: three cyber-policy regulatory bodies, three mass media organizations, three bloggers, and three social media users/influencers. 3. collect data from the selected organizations’ leadership and individuals involved in cyber-media activities. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 48 4. conduct normative legal research by extensively reviewing primary and secondary sources related to indonesian cyber-law, social aspects of cyber-law, and the role of mass media and social media in the country. 5. use observational surveys to capture current and prevalent conditions related to the research objectives. 6. pose specific questions to the cyber-law custodial bodies, focusing on topics such as indonesian legislation constituting cyber-law, identification of illegal online activities, the legal basis for internet censorship, the absence of data protection law in indonesia, and the handling of disinformation by the legal system. 7. pose specific questions to the cyber-media operatives, addressing their understanding of indonesian cyber-law, legal implications faced as social media operatives, freedom to publish content as online publishers, approaches to dealing with disinformation, and perspectives on data protection in indonesia. 8. gather interview responses and data to support the study’s findings and analysis. 9. analyze the collected data, incorporating the information obtained from normative legal research and observational surveys. 10. interpret the findings and conclude the sociological impact of cyber laws on media in indonesia. 11. based on the study’s results, discuss the questionable issues in indonesia’s cyber law. 12. emphasize the need for safeguards, comprehensive measures, and a balanced approach to cyber law that upholds media freedoms while addressing societal concerns. 13. provide recommendations for policymakers and stakeholders to enhance cyber-law frameworks and preserve democratic principles and societal cohesion. 4. results 4.1. from cyber-law custodial bodies the collected data revealed that the custodial bodies responsible for cyber-law in indonesia have distinct roles, including formulating and drafting cyber-laws and policies, monitoring the internet for cyber threats, and handling legal matters arising from cyber activities. the findings highlight that information and transaction electronic law (ite law) no. 11/2008 served as the initial framework for cyber law in indonesia and was pivotal in shaping cyber-related governance and discourse in the country. the results also indicate that indonesian law enforcement identifies illegal cyber activity through various processes, including receiving victim complaints, online monitoring and surveillance, and collaborations with civil society organizations, the private sector, and academia. the investigation of cases typically involves forensic analysis of digital systems belonging to alleged perpetrators to gather sufficient evidence for prosecution. this process may encompass witness testimonies, interaction records, and cross-checking ip addresses with internet service providers (isps) assistance. additionally, criminal law and procedure provisions often address illicit cyber activity in indonesia. furthermore, the findings reveal that the enactment of the law against pornography and pornographic acts, along with ite law no. 11/2008, provided legal grounds for indonesia’s ministry of communication and information technology (mcit) to employ internet control mechanisms, utilizing isps to censor or block content. despite the significant amount of data generated by online activities in indonesia’s cyberspace, the country has yet to implement comprehensive data protection legislation. this study uncovers that although there have been calls from practitioners and the public, the draft law on the protection of personal data, first formulated in 2015, was submitted by the president to the house of representatives in february 2020 but has not been passed yet. previous research highlights indonesia’s slow progress in enacting legislation related to cyberspace, with some attributing it to budgetary constraints in the law-making process. the expansion of the internet in indonesia has coincided with the proliferation of disinformation, which has been a significant issue [30]. in response, indonesian authorities have implemented measures to combat disinformation through awareness campaigns conducted by mcit agencies and their partners. notably, a program aimed at countering the spread of disinformation was established, involving collaborations between cyber-media companies, journalists [35], and civil society organizations in indonesia. their joint efforts focus on monitoring the internet for hoaxes and debunking them before they gain wide dissemination. 4.2. from cyber-media operatives the responses from the media operatives surveyed in this study, including both organizational entities and individual influencers, highlighted several significant concerns. individual respondents expressed frustration with annoying unsolicited messages, calls, mail, and advertisements, which they attributed, in part, to the uncontrolled circulation of hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 49 their contact information and personal data due to the absence of regulations on personal data use in indonesia. these respondents strongly expressed their desire for indonesian cyber law to regulate personal data and address these issues. on the other hand, cyber-media organizations raised concerns about cloning and spoofing of their platforms, as well as fraudulent activities such as cloned academic journals used to collect fees from unsuspecting victims. the respondents reported instances where platform spoofing was utilized by perpetrators seeking to disseminate disinformation or attract user traffic by impersonating platforms with high engagement. these challenges underscored the need for increased cybersecurity measures to protect the integrity of cyber-media organizations. the study revealed that the media operatives surveyed did not have complete freedom to publish as they wished, as their content had to comply with the provisions of indonesian law. certain issues and topics perceived as potentially problematic by the authorities were often not published in the desired manner due to concerns about community backlash, censorship, and potential legal consequences. however, some respondents supported certain censorship measures, arguing they were necessary to uphold the country’s moral values. three influencers disclosed that they operated direct messaging groups with encrypted content, allowing them to engage in discussions deemed sensitive and subject to censorship on open media and social media platforms. by sharing such information within these closed groups, they aimed to keep society informed despite the restrictions imposed on public discourse. one blogger emphasized that cyber law significantly impacted the information society received due to censorship. they noted that censored information often found alternative channels through actors who chose not to abide by the law or through “non-established” actors, leading to concerns about the quality of information available to the public. the blogger further highlighted that many internet users resorted to tools like virtual private networks (vpns) to bypass censorship and avoid detection or sanctions by the authorities. in addressing the issue of misinformation and disinformation, media houses stressed the importance of fact-checking their information before publication and taking prompt corrective action in case of any errors to mitigate potential social and legal consequences. additionally, one social media influencer revealed her involvement as a volunteer in an initiative dedicated to countering disinformation by sharing debunked hoaxes and cautioning her followers about the circulation of false information. these findings underscore the challenges cyber-media operatives face in navigating data privacy, censorship, misinformation, and disinformation in the context of indonesian cyber law. 5. discussion the findings of this study reveal the influence of culture on societal perceptions of cyber law. supportive attitudes toward internet censorship are influenced by cultural preferences for reducing exposure to ambiguity and uncertainty [45]. in the indonesian context, the importance of social harmony has led to the perception that the government should protect societal peace by regulating certain content [45, 46]. the enforcement of cyber-law through internet surveillance and monitoring, as well as the response to reported complaints, has resulted in known internet users, such as media houses and influential individuals, refraining from engaging with sensitive content due to fear of sanctions [47, 48]. this illustrates how the law influences people’s behavior, even when their personal preferences differ. the impact of cyber-law on cyber-media is evident in the findings, as encrypted direct messaging groups have emerged as alternative channels for information sharing and social discourse, allowing individuals to bypass censorship [49, 50]. this finding aligns with studies conducted in iran and highlights the societal response to internet censorship. the concerns expressed by respondents regarding the possibility of facing sanctions or prosecution for cyber activities reflect elements of authoritarianism and suppression of free speech in indonesia [30]. examples of blasphemy cases and the use of cyber law to target political opponents demonstrate the potential for the exploitation of legislation to stifle dissenting voices [47, 48, 51]. the absence of a user data protection policy in indonesia has led to cautious internet usage and reveals the slow progress in enacting relevant legislation [30]. existing laws related to personal data create confusion and overlap, making implementation challenging [52]. the rampant manipulation of personal data by criminal elements and corrupt officials further highlights the need for stronger data protection measures [30]. in light of the insights from this study and previous research, it is clear that cyber-laws in indonesia have broader implications beyond guiding online activities, significantly impacting the relationship between society and the media, both in cyberspace and in real life. the distorted use of cyber-laws and technologies to promote divisive sentiments raises concerns about rising authoritarianism, socio-religious intolerance, and political opportunism [30]. 6. questionable issues in indonesia’s cyber law the flagship cyber-law in indonesia is ite law no.11/2008, which underwent revisions in 2016. while some positive changes were made, such as the inclusion of provisions for data breach notification and the right to be forgotten, additional amendments granted officials the power to directly block electronic information they deemed prohibited, posing threats to free expression [30, 52, 53]. the amendments strengthened the legal basis for banning online content and increased administrative authority under the ite law. article 40 of the revised law grants officials the authority to hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 50 ban internet material and directs isps to do so directly [30, 54]. censorship in indonesia initially targeted pornographic material but has expanded to include blocking blogs, platforms, and social media accounts that express socio-political critical discourse, raising concerns about the suppression of socio-political expression [30]. the bssn, responsible for controlling indonesia’s internet and content moderating, has shown concern about disinformation and implemented policies regulating cyberspace. however, the stricter regulation and control raise concerns about the potential curtailment of online liberties [54, 55]. using technologies like the cyber drone 9 to automate censorship further tightens the suppression of online freedoms [45, 55]. questionable issues arise regarding the cyber-law reform of the criminal code, particularly article 309, which criminalizes disinformation resulting in a disturbance without clearly defining what constitutes a disturbance [56]. this ambiguity poses a risk to freedom of speech, as it can potentially be used to prosecute journalists, bloggers, and social media activists [30, 31, 57]. these developments raise concerns about strict censorship, the potential misuse of power, and the suppression of socio-political expression. combining these factors seriously risks indonesia’s online social freedom. implementing drastic amendments, using automated censorship technology, and the readiness to censor online social expression irrationally cast doubt on recent progressions in indonesia’s cyber-law. these developments highlight the need for safeguards and comprehensive measures to address cyberspace-enabled problems. the risk to indonesia’s cyber-media and online social freedoms requires careful consideration and a strengthened cyber-legal framework [58, 59]. 7. conclusion implementing cyber laws in indonesia has substantial sociological implications for the media and society. questionable aspects of existing cyber laws are highlighted, as they pose challenges to upholding the rule of law and safeguarding social and media freedoms. the study uncovers concerns regarding internet censorship, the lack of comprehensive data protection legislation, and the potential for the misuse of cyber laws to suppress free speech and stifle dissenting voices. the study underscores the need for a balanced approach, considering legal regulations while preserving societal freedoms. it emphasizes the importance of addressing pertinent issues in cyber law to maintain a democratic and inclusive digital landscape. the insights derived from this study hold relevance for indonesia and other developing countries grappling with similar challenges. to enhance media freedoms and societal well-being in the digital age, policymakers and stakeholders must prioritize the development of comprehensive and inclusive cyber laws. these laws should protect individuals’ privacy, uphold freedom of expression, and promote responsible media practices. additionally, there is a need for increased transparency, accountability, and public participation in formulating and implementing cyber laws to ensure that they align with societal needs and values. by addressing the questionable aspects of cyber laws and fostering a favorable environment for media and social media freedoms, indonesia and other developing countries can navigate the evolving digital landscape while preserving democratic principles and societal cohesion. overall, this study contributes to a deeper understanding of the sociological dimensions of cyber laws and their impact on media freedoms. it provides valuable insights for researchers, policymakers, and stakeholders in shaping cyber laws and navigating the digital era’s complex relationship between law, media, and society. 8. declarations 8.1. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 8.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 8.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 8.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 8.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 51 9. references [1] morris, m., & ogan, c. (2018). the internet as mass medium. the media, journalism and democracy, 1(4), 289–400. doi:10.4324/9781315189772-25. [2] larsson, a. o. (2018). the news user on social media: a comparative study of interacting with media organizations on facebook and instagram. journalism studies, 19(15), 2225–2242. doi:10.1080/1461670x.2017.1332957. [3] khasawneh, a., chalil madathil, k., dixon, e., wisniewski, p., zinzow, h., & roth, r. (2019). an investigation on the portrayal of blue whale challenge on youtube and twitter. proceedings of the human factors and ergonomics society annual meeting, 63(1), 887–888. doi:10.1177/1071181319631179. [4] nurmandi, a., almarez, d., roengtam, s., salahudin, jovita, h. d., kusuma dewi, d. s., & efendi, d. (2018). to what extent is social media used in city government policy making? case studies in three asean cities. public policy and administration, 17(4), 600–618. doi:10.13165/vpa-18-17-4-08. [5] nica, e., popescu, g. h., nicolăescu, e., & constantin, v. d. (2014). the effectiveness of social media implementation at local government levels. transylvanian review of administrative sciences, 2014, 152–166. [6] sharif, m. h. m., troshani, i., & davidson, r. (2017). determinants of social media impact in local government. media influence: breakthroughs in research and practice, 28(3), 141–164. doi:10.4018/978-1-5225-3929-2.ch008. [7] yar, m. (2012). sociological and criminological theories in the information era. cyber safety: an introduction, 45–56. [8] drake, p., & clarke, s. (2008). social aspects of information security: an international perspective. in social and human elements of information security: emerging trends and countermeasures. 98–115. doi:10.4018/978-1-60566-036-3.ch007. [9] griffiths, a., banakar, r., & travers, m. (2002). an introduction to law and social theory. hart publishing, oxford, united kingdom. [10] treviño, a. j. (2017). the sociology of law classical and contemporary perspectives. the sociology of law classical and contemporary perspectives. routledge, new york, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9781315135069. [11] čehulić, m. (2021). perspectives of legal culture: a systematic literature review. revija za sociologiju, 51(2), 257283. doi:10.5613/rzs.51.2.4. [12] travers, m. (2009). understanding law and society. understanding law and society. routledge-cavendish, london, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9780203871256. [13] nelken, d. (2009). comparative criminal justice: beyond ethnocentrism and relativism. european journal of criminology, 6(4), 291–311. doi:10.1177/1477370809104684. [14] scott, r. e., & triantis, g. g. (2021). what do lawyers contribute to law and economics? yale journal on regulation, 38(2), 707–731. [15] scuro neto, p. (2019). sociologia geral e jurídica a era do direito cativo. saraiva educação sa, são paulo, brazil. [16] black, d. (1979). common sense in the sociology of law. american sociological review, 44(1), 18. doi:10.2307/2094814. [17] embree, l., & embree, l. introduction: alfred schutz’s philosophical project. the schutzian theory of the cultural sciences, 1–12. [18] rawls, a. w., & turowetz, j. (2021). “discovering culture” in interaction: solving problems in cultural sociology by recovering the interactional side of parsons’ conception of culture. american journal of cultural sociology, 9(3), 293–320. doi:10.1057/s41290-019-00079-6. [19] hopkins, a. (1975). on the sociology of criminal law. social problems, 22(5), 608–619. doi:10.2307/799694. [20] tomasic, r. (1972). the sociology of law. current sociology, 20(3), 13–48. doi:10.1177/001139217202000302. [21] hunt, a. (1975). perspectives in the sociology of law. sociological review, 23(s1), 22–44. doi:10.1111/j.1467954x.1975.tb00030.x. [22] dahlgren, p. (1996). media logic in cyberspace: repositioning journalism and its publics. javnost, 3(3), 59–72. doi:10.1080/13183222.1996.11008632. [23] tumber, h. (2001). democracy in the information age: the role of the fourth estate in cyberspace. information, communication & society, 4(1), 95–112. doi:10.1080/13691180122542. [24] srivastava, a., goswami, m. a. k., & gautam, d. r. (2022). cyber crimes against marginalised and vulnerable groups in india. cyber crime, regulations and security contemporary issues and challenges, 07–17. doi:10.55662/book.2022ccrs.019. [25] hirst, m. (2020). news 2.0: can journalism survive the internet? news 2.0: can journalism survive the internet?, 1–235. doi:10.4324/9781003116554. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 52 [26] hepp, a., & loosen, w. (2021). pioneer journalism: conceptualizing the role of pioneer journalists and pioneer communities in the organizational re-figuration of journalism. journalism, 22(3), 577–595. doi:10.1177/1464884919829277. [27] iosifidis, p. (2011). the public sphere, social networks and public service media. information communication and society, 14(5), 619–637. doi:10.1080/1369118x.2010.514356. [28] susanto, e. h., loisa, r., & junaidi, a. (2020). cyber media news coverage on diversity issues in indonesia. journal of human behavior in the social environment, 30(4), 510–524. doi:10.1080/10911359.2019.1708525. [29] tempo.co. (2023). pedoman pemberitaan media siber. bicara fakta: tempo.co, jakarta, indonesia. available online: https://nasional.tempo.co/read/381612/pedoman-pemberitaan-media-siber-diresmikan (accessed on july 2023). [30] paterson, t. (2019). indonesian cyberspace expansion: a double-edged sword. journal of cyber policy, 4(2), 216–234. doi:10.1080/23738871.2019.1627476. [31] masduki. (2022). cyber-troops, digital attacks, and media freedom in indonesia. asian journal of communication, 32(3), 218– 233. doi:10.1080/01292986.2022.2062609. [32] oliveira, g. h. m., & welch, e. w. (2013). social media use in local government: linkage of technology, task, and organizational context. government information quarterly, 30(4), 397–405. doi:10.1016/j.giq.2013.05.019. [33] mergel, i. (2013). a framework for interpreting social media interactions in the public sector. government information quarterly, 30(4), 327–334. doi:10.1016/j.giq.2013.05.015. [34] yang, j. h., & liu, s. (2017). accounting narratives and impression management on social media. accounting and business research, 47(6), 673–694. doi:10.1080/00014788.2017.1322936. [35] lim, m. (2017). freedom to hate: social media, algorithmic enclaves, and the rise of tribal nationalism in indonesia. critical asian studies, 49(3), 411–427. doi:10.1080/14672715.2017.1341188. [36] malawani, a. d., nurmandi, a., purnomo, e. p., & rahman, t. (2020). social media in aid of post disaster management. transforming government: people, process and policy, 14(2), 237–260. doi:10.1108/tg-09-2019-0088. [37] reddick, c. g., & norris, d. f. (2013). social media adoption at the american grass roots: web 2.0 or 1.5? government information quarterly, 30(4), 498–507. doi:10.1016/j.giq.2013.05.011. [38] agostino, d., & arnaboldi, m. (2016). a measurement framework for assessing the contribution of social media to public engagement: an empirical analysis on facebook. public management review, 18(9), 1289–1307. doi:10.1080/14719037.2015.1100320. [39] holcomb, j., gottfried, j., mitchell, a., & schillinger, j. (2013). news use across social media platforms. pew research center, washington, d.c., united states. [40] saez-trumper, d., castillo, c., & lalmas, m. (2013). social media news communities: gatekeeping, coverage, and statement bias. international conference on information and knowledge management, proceedings, october 2013, 1679–1684. doi:10.1145/2505515.2505623. [41] liu, i. l. b., cheung, c. m. k., & lee, m. k. o. (2016). user satisfaction with microblogging: information dissemination versus social networking. journal of the association for information science and technology, 67(1), 56–70. doi:10.1002/asi.23371. [42] ye, y., xu, p., & zhang, m. (2017). social media, public discourse and civic engagement in modern china. telematics and informatics, 34(3), 705–714. doi:10.1016/j.tele.2016.05.021. [43] jurriëns, e., & tapsell, r. (2017). digital indonesia: connectivity and divergence. digital indonesia: connectivity and divergence, 304. [44] janes, j. (2001). survey research design. library hi tech, 19(4), 419–421. doi:10.1108/eum0000000006543. [45] thompson, n., mcgill, t., & khristianto, d. v. (2021). public acceptance of internet censorship in indonesia. acis 2021 australasian conference on information systems, proceedings, 1–9. [46] hyland, j. (2020). internet censorship: an integrative review of technologies employed to limit access to the internet, monitor user actions, and their effects on culture. senior honors theses. liberty university, virginia, united states. [47] gibbons, a., & carson, a. (2022). what is misinformation and disinformation? understanding multi-stakeholders’ perspectives in the asia pacific. australian journal of political science, 57(3), 231–247. doi:10.1080/10361146.2022.2122776. [48] mahy, p., winarnita, m., & herriman, n. (2022). influencing the influencers: regulating the morality of online conduct in indonesia. policy and internet, 14(3), 574–596. doi:10.1002/poi3.321. [49] kargar, s., & mcmanamen, k. (2018). censorship and collateral damage: analyzing the telegram ban in iran. ssrn electronic journal, research publication no. 2018-4. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3244046. https://nasional.tempo.co/read/381612/pedoman-pemberitaan-media-siber-diresmikan hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 53 [50] gebhart, g., & kohno, t. (2017). internet censorship in thailand: user practices and potential threats. proceedings 2nd ieee european symposium on security and privacy, euros and p 2017, 417–432. doi:10.1109/eurosp.2017.50. [51] radue, m. (2019). harmful disinformation in southeast asia: “negative campaigning”, “information operations” and “racist propaganda” three forms of manipulative political communication in malaysia, myanmar, and thailand. journal of contemporary eastern asia, 18(2), 68–89. doi:10.17477/jcea.2019.18.2.068. [52] anak agung ayu nanda saraswati. (2019). the need to protect freedom of expression on the internet through a human rights-based in indonesia. asean journal of legal studies, 2(1), 55–69. [53] aditya, z. f., & al-fatih, s. (2021). indonesian constitutional rights: expressing and purposing opinions on the internet. international journal of human rights, 25(9), 1395–1419. doi:10.1080/13642987.2020.1826450. [54] safiranita, t., waluyo, t. t. p., calista, e., ratu, d. p., & ramli, a. m. (2021). the indonesian electronic information and transactions within indonesia’s broader legal regime: urgency for amendment? journal ham, 12(3), 533. doi:10.30641/ham.2021.12.533-552. [55] carson, a., & fallon, l. (2021). fighting fake news: a study of online misinformation regulation in the asia pacific. la trobe university, melbourne, australia iv, 116. [56] yulianto, a. (2021). cybersecurity policy and its implementation in indonesia. law research review quarterly, 7(1), 69–82. [57] setiyawan, a. (2019). national cybersecurity policy in the u.s and indonesia. untag law review, 3(1), 71. doi:10.36356/ulrev.v3i1.1071. [58] allen, n. w. (2014). from patronage machine to partisan melee: subnational corruption and the evolution of the indonesian party system. pacific affairs, 87(2), 221–245. doi:10.5509/2014872221. [59] purdey, j. (2016). political families in southeast asia. south east asia research, 24(3), 319–327. doi:10.1177/0967828x16659027. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1038 issn: 2723-9535 improving sensing measurements using laser self-mixing interference in non-line-of-sight optical communication via systems sichen lu 1* , changying guo 2* 1 department of computer and information science, college of bardon jilin normal university, siping, 136523, china. 2 state grid gansu electric power research institute, lanzhou 730070, china. received 21 february 2024; revised 30 october 2024; accepted 06 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract objective: mobile robots leverage laser self-mixing interference for sensing in non-line-of-sight optical communications, allowing for a wide range of measures such as distance, velocity, and displacement, while also improving accuracy and flexibility in robotic navigation and interaction. interference, restricted range, and sensitivity to environmental factors are challenges that affect the precision and reliability of sensing measures. methods: this paper presents a detailed introduction to theory and various algorithms of channel estimation in wireless communication. combining the characteristics of uv channels, a channel estimation algorithm suitable for uv optical communication systems is selected, and relevant simulations are carried out. a theoretical analysis of channel estimation snr and a proposed angle measurement method using laser self-mixing interference are discussed. a device is designed to implement this method, utilizing self-mixing interferometric fringe counting to measure rotation displacement in mobile robots. findings: in results, sensing measurement and modality are employed for snr and robotic localization performance. distance (15 db), velocity (12 db), and object shape (18 db) in snr and laser range finder (5 cm), camera (15 cm), and lidar (3 cm) in robotic localization performance. conclusion: incorporating laser self-mixing interference effects into non-line-of-sight optical communication for mobile robotics enhances sensing precision across diverse measurements, fostering robustness and adaptability in dynamic environments. keywords: mobile robots; displacement measurement; non-line-of-sight optical communication signal processing; systems, channel estimation; optical feedback self-mixing interference; angle measurement. 1. introduction since the 1960s, the research and application of mobile robots abroad have developed to a new stage, and significant breakthroughs have been made in technology and products [1]. at present, the main research results at home and abroad include the modeling of robotic systems [2]. the first is to describe the complex motion state by building a model, and the second is to determine what needs to be done for each task and how to achieve these functions according to different task requirements [3]. finally, computers are used to simulate the various parameters that exist in the real environment in order to develop strategies and to solve and investigate path planning problems [4]. the application of sensors is the most important and representative issue in the field of mobile robotics, so a deeper, multi-faceted, and comprehensive design and analysis of mobile robot sensing and measurement is required. the real-life environment is complex and unpredictable, and external factors are diverse and unpredictable [5, 6]. in order to better serve the robot and achieve its * corresponding author: gcyzwt@nyist.edu.cn; bdjsj_lsc@163.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-012  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. mailto:gcyzwt@nyist.edu.cn https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0004-1790-6623 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1039 intelligent movement goals, we need to take into account a wide range of situations: the type of sensor and the range of sensor sensing areas. the basic principle of uv light communication is that the frequency signal generated by a modulator can be used to drive a light wave in an optical fiber. due to the fast propagation speed and large bandwidth of uv light, different levels and types of fm amplification circuits can be used to perform multi-stage switching functions. the filtering section is used to eliminate system noise and minimize interference. uses filters such as low-pass filters and band-pass filters [79]. this paper summarizes and studies the latest uv atmospheric transmission characteristics, as well as the uv communication channel model and impulse response, and uses an adaptive channel estimation algorithm for the first time in the uv communication system to achieve the estimation of the uv channel. to improve the overall communication performance of the uv optical communication system. achieving high-speed, reliable data communication transmission in uv-optical communication is a key step in the use of uv-optical communication for networking as well as for video transmission in military communications [10-12]. theoretical studies have shown that the channel capacity of uv optical communication systems is between 100kb and 400kb in the non-visual range case. mimo techniques and space-time coding techniques can increase channel capacity and combat fading effects due to various causes. in addition, theoretical analyses have shown that multiple input and multiple output in ultraviolet optical communication is also an effective means of increasing transmission rates [13]. laser interferometry is a non-contact measurement method that is widely used in industry and has attracted a lot of attention from scholars at home and abroad due to its promising development and broad applications [14]. interference is achieved by compressing an optical pulse and using the laser beam to interact with different materials. the principle is that when the light source emits high frequency energy, a single photon center and multiple vibrational centers are formed due to a large number of electron-hole complex effects within the atom, which also lead to the existence of other defects such as dipoles (or dipoles) between two vibrational surfaces or mutual attraction between excited states, resulting in a change of spatial phase [15, 16]. non-line-of-sight imaging system is a technique for reconstructing an object which isn't in the camera's direct line of sight by utilizing light dispersed between one or multiple surfaces around the occluded objects. this light is reflected and scattered numerous times before reaching the detector or the camera, producing in a lower ratio of signal-to-noise [17]. mobile robots use non-line-of-sight optical communication signal processing for navigating difficult surroundings. through examining the reflections of light and shadows, robots determine its environment by interpreting obscured signals. this technique allows robots to perform efficiently even if direct communication lines are blocked, increasing autonomy and flexibility. laser self-mixing interference happens whenever a part of the light generated through a laser gets reflected by an external target, and entering into the laser's active cavity again. as a consequence, the frequency and amplitude associated with the lasers oscillating fields are modulated [18]. laser self-mixing interference uses feedback within laser diodes for detect displacement, vibration, velocity, and other characteristics. it provides the cost-effectiveness, compactness, and higher sensitivity which makes it useful for a wide range of applications, including biomedical sensing, automotive navigation, and industrial metrology. its adaptability continuing driving sensing technology innovations. the main goal of this paper is to develop efficient signal processing algorithms for mobile robotics, utilizing laser self-mixing interference in non-line-of-sight optical communication, optimizing sensing measurements across diverse environments. the remainder of this research is organized in the following manner: the literature review are presented in section 2. non-line-of-sight optical communications are explained in section 3. building an ultraviolet optical communication channel estimation system for mobile robots are described in section 4. construction of a laser self-mixing interferometric angle measurement device for mobile robots are determined in section 5. the results are presented in section 6. conclusion are presented in section 7. 2. literature review sun et al. [19] presented a technique that uses repeated self-mixing interference using absorption to detect the indicator fe2+ within electrolyte samples containing a micro molar concentration. liu et al. [20] provided an enhanced wavelet thresholds denoising technique of laser self-mixing interference signaling. wang et al. [21] explained a novel signal processing approach has been developed called orthogonal signal phase multiplication. it is utilized to increase the accuracy of vibration measurements within a phase modulating self-mixing interferometers. yu et al. [22] developed hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1040 an acoustic emission (ae) detecting sensors that combines optical fiber sensors using laser self-mixing interference technique. shen et al. [23] created a new area of wireless sensing that had been used in posture identification, object location, as well as additional sensing applications based on the rfid technology. as the rfid-based framework becomes operational, the signal experiences substantial alterations as an object travel between two or more various fresnel regions. liu et al. [24] generated a period-multiplexed fiber-coupled laser self-mixing interferometry sensors that uses an impulsive excitation approach to measure materials' shear modulus, the poisson's ratio, and the young modulus at the same time. zhao & zhang [25] provided an angle measuring technique depending on speckleaffected self-mixing interference signals. higher and lower frequencies noises within the smi signals could be concurrently filtered out through variable modes decomposition. 2.1. research gap this paper addresses challenges in mobile robot sensing using laser self-mixing interference. it introduces a uv optical communication channel estimation algorithm, conducts simulations, and analyzes signal-to-noise ratio. additionally, it proposes an angle measurement method based on self-mixing interference and designs a device for implementation, enhancing robotic navigation precision. 3. non-line-of-sight optical communications system 3.1. single scattering model for uv non-line-of-sight optical communication figure 1 represents the communication link diagram for non-visible uv scattering. figure 1. communication link diagram for non-visible uv scattering the transmitter is placed at focus f1 and the receiver at focus f2, and it is assumed that the cone axes of the transmitting beam and the receiving field of view lie in the same plane. in figure 1, their axes are both located in the xz plane. the single scattering model is based on the idea that photons are only scattered once by the atmosphere during their entire transmission from emission to reception. the scattering process occurs randomly and it is possible to produce two or more scattering interactions, the magnitude of the probability of which is related to the geometrical position between the emitter and receiver and the atmospheric properties. when r is less than or equal to 1.0, the single scattering model is a reasonable modelling of the actual system, and the uv non-visual communication system is a short-range scattering communication that satisfies this condition. the following calculates the relationship between the energy and the time received at the receiving end as a function of single scattering when a pulse is emitted [26]. consider a pulse with energy qtemitted at 𝑡 = 0. let the energy be uniformly distributed in the emitting cone, and the energy per unit’s area of point 𝑝 at distance r1 from the emitting point as: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1041 hp = qtexp(−ker1) ωt(r1) 2 , t = r1 c (1) where qt represent the impulse transmitter energy at 𝑡 = 0, ke indicates the atmospheric coefficient of extinction, ωt signifies the energy impulse, 𝑟 demonstrates the inter focal distance, t is the time, and c is the light speed. a volume element containing a point 𝑃 could be considered as a radiation secondary source, radiating a total energy to the whole space of: δqp = kshpδv = ks qtexp(−ker1) ωt(r1) 2 δv (2) where the coefficient of atmospheric scatter is ks, δvrepresents the differential volume. the scattering in all directions is not equal, and the scattered energy per units of steradian angle in the direction of the scattering angle and the scattered energy per unit’s of area received on the receiving end of this secondary source is δrp = δqpp(θs) 4π (3) where p(θs) signifies the single-scatter phase functioning. δhr = δrpcos(ζ)exp(−ker2) r2 2 = qtkscos(ζ)exp(−ke(r1+r2)) 4πωt(r1r2) 2 p(θs)δv (4) where ζ is denotes an angle between the axis of the receiver and a vectors pointing from their receiver to its volume elements. in the long spherical coordinate system, the volume element can be expressed as: δv = r3 8 (ξ2 − η2)δξδηδφ (5) in summary, it follows that the energy per unit area received is: δhr δt = qtckscos(ζ)exp(−ksrξ) 2πωtr(ξ 2−η2) p(θs)δηδφ (6) δe(ξ) = δhr δt (7) the received radiance is obtained by substituting equation 7 into the above equation and integrating over the entire determined long sphere. alternatively, the inherent cone angle of the transmitter is: ωt = 4πsin 2 ( θt 2 ) (8) where θt indicates the divergence of the beam transmitter. the energy is uniformly distributed over this cone angle range and the received irradiance is further obtained from equation 9 and the total energy received is equation 12: e(ξ) = { 0 (ξ < ξmin) qrcksexp(−kerξ) 2πωrr 2 ∫ 2g[φ2(ξ,η)] (ξ2−η2) p(θs)dη (ξmin ≤ ξ ≤ ξmax) η2(ξ) η0(ξ) 0 (ξ < ξmax) (9) cos(ζ) = cos(βr)cos(ψ1) + sin(βr)sin(ψ1)cos(φ) (10) where βr represents the apex receiver angle. g[φ2(ξ , η)] = φ2(ξ , η)cosβrcosψ1 + sinβrsinψ1sinφ2(ξ , η) (11) er = ∫ e(c t r ) dt tmax tmin (12) the product of the energy emitted by the transmitter after attenuation and the energy after scattering is integrated over the time range to obtain the total energy detected by the detector, and the resulting e(t) is the impulse response of the channel. the limits of integration for angular and azimuthal coordinates are respectively. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1042 η1(ξ) = max{η1,r , η1,t}(ξmin ≤ ξ ≤ ξmax) (13) η2(ξ) = min{η2,r , η2,t}(ξmin ≤ ξ ≤ ξmax) (14) φ2(ξ , η) = min{φ2,r(ξ , η), φ2,t(ξ , η)} (15) after analysis, it is found that the angular coordinate is a monotonic function of the azimuthal coordinate, and when the azimuthal coordinate is small, the channel response is in the primary stage, and the impulse response of the channel can be obtained by simplifying the integral limits obtained at this time. h(t) = const∗ksexp(−kect) 16π2rsin2(θt 2⁄ ) × 1 t × {ln(c2t2 − 2crcos(βr − θr)t + r 2]} − ln{[c2t2 − 2crcos(βt − θt)t + r 2]} (16) where θr represents the receiver's half-field of view, and βt indicates the apex transmitter angle. 3.2. theory of channel estimation for uv optical communication system during the scattering and transmission of uv signals in the atmosphere, the light pulse signal is affected by path loss on the one hand, and the pulse spreading effect leads to inter-code interference on the other hand, resulting in a sharp deterioration of the received signal. the various distortions in the received signal have a serious impact on the demodulation and judgement decoding at the back-end. therefore, it is essential to ensure the integrity of the uv signal during atmospheric transmission and to overcome the effects of inter-code interference at the receiving end as far as possible. the uv non-line-of-sight communication system is a short-range, low-rate communication system with a narrow communication bandwidth, and a training sequence-based estimation method is used to perform channel estimation for uv non-line-of-sight communication. the frame structure is first designed at the transmitter side by inserting a barker code and a gold sequence as the frame synchronisation and training sequence respectively, and then the channel parameters are estimated using a channel estimation algorithm for the received data through the channel estimation module. when the channel characteristics change, the adaptive algorithm follows the channel changes to make a new channel estimate. the new channel parameters are estimated. the channel estimation can be applied in several modules, ultimately allowing the maximum recovery of the received signal [27]. when more reliable channel parameters are obtained, the transmitter can adjust the transmitting strategy to suit the channel. if the modulation and coding are fixed, it is not possible to match the channel to the optimum [28]. also, the judgement threshold can be set adaptively based on the estimated channel parameters. in uv optical communication, the threshold is not fixed because the noise is signal dependent, and the noise is not yet gaussian. it is the adaptive judgement threshold that can adapt to the time-varying characteristics of the channel and can be close to the optimal threshold. 1. design of the frame structure the purpose of the frame structure on the transmitter side is to synchronise the frames and to prepare the training sequence for channel estimation, using a 13-bit barker code for frame synchronisation and an m sequence for the training sequence. the frame structure is shown in figure 2, and at the receiver side the frame synchronisation is extracted as shown in figure 3. figure 2. frame structure in digital wireless communication, a certain number of code elements are often combined for transmission, and this collection of data is usually called a frame. frame synchronisation is often the last and most critical step in system synchronisation and is directly related to the subsequent signal processing. the frame is the basic unit of data transmission and different digital wireless communication systems have different frame structures, which need to be designed according to the specific application. based on the common frame structure of wireless communication, the frame structure of the uv non-visual communication system has been designed to improve the communication performance. in this paper, the barker code is inserted to identify the start of the frame. 13-bit barker code autocorrelation function is shown in figure 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1043 figure 3. frame synchronisation jump figure 4. 13-bit barker code autocorrelation function hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1044 the basic method to achieve frame synchronization is to insert a special code type of frame synchronization code set into a pre-defined time slot, i.e., the frame synchronization code time slot, at the transmitter side. at the receiving end, the autocorrelation of the synchronization codes is used to determine the synchronization position of the frame. the frame synchronization code set can be inserted centrally or decentrally. 3.3. laser self-mixing interferometry principle the principle of laser interferometry is that in a high-resolution optical receiver, light waves of different wavelengths are generated by modulation and converted into the same monochromatic or multiple colors. when the light source emits a narrow pulse, the beam is reflected back, and the receiver collects all signals in that band. it can therefore be used to process, analyze, and extract multispectral information using a computer; in addition, it can be used to measure the variation in distance between points in the laser system and the receiver station to obtain the location and angular distribution of the target surface. in this paper, a three-mirror cavity equivalent model is used for analysis, as shown in figure 5, and the equivalent numerical model is shown in equations 17 to 19. in this paper, only the propagation of the laser signal in the one-dimensional direction of the three-mirror cavity model is considered, i.e., when r1 is smaller than r2. figure 5. equivalent model of the three mirror cavities ωfτ = ω0τ − csin[ωfτ + arctanα] (17) p(ωfτ) = p0[1 + mf(ωf(τ)] (18) f(ωfτ) = cos(ωfτ) (19) the equation of the three-mirror cavity equivalent model shows that the generation of self-mixed interference fringes is not only related to the optical feedback level factor, but also to the variation of the line width spreading factor. therefore, simulations are carried out to verify and analyze the two separately. figure 6 shows the smi signal at different optical feedback levels and the smi signal at different line width spreading levels. therefore, for the angular measurement method designed what is required is a stripe at a moderate feedback level, the applications are all internal, so the angular measurement experiment should be adjusted for the initial distance to the external cavity in the range 1 < c < 4.6. a small effect on the smi signal performance in terms of modulated signal strength. an important direction in the field of smi applications is the estimation of the value of the laser, since the smi signal contains information about the value. the above discussion leads to the conclusion that the linewidth spread factor is related to whether the self-mixing interference fringe is tilted, while the optical feedback level factor is related to the degree of tilt of the self-mixing interference fringe. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1045 figure 6. smi signal at different levels of optical feedback (left) and smi signal at different line width spreading levels (right) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1046 4. building an ultraviolet optical communication channel estimation system for mobile robots 4.1. software and hardware platform for real-time implementation of channel estimation for uv optical communication the uv non-line-of-sight communication channel estimation system is an important module of the scattering communication system for uv light. this module consists of a transmitter and receiver system, which in turn consists of their own software and hardware systems. the part of the transmitter side that is related to the channel estimation system is the design of the frame structure, which aims to provide the barker code sequence for frame synchronization and the gold training sequence for channel estimation. the parts of the receiver side that are related to the channel estimation system are the signal arrival detection module, the extraction of the frame synchronization signal, and the channel estimation module. the part of the transmitter side that is related to the channel estimation system is the design of the frame structure; this part is to provide the barker code for frame synchronization and the training sequence for channel estimation. the inclusion of the frame structure creates a data loss problem, which is solved by using different clock frequencies to form the signal. for the incoming data signal, it is first cached into a two-port ram at a lower clock frequency, and at a higher clock frequency, the frame header and data are carried out to form the baseband signal for the transmit. the design was implemented by an existing fpga system in the laboratory. the design of the transmitter side is relatively straightforward, as the only part of the channel estimation system that is relevant is the training sequence part of the frame structure, which provides the barker code for frame synchronization and the training sequence for channel estimation. the receiver side is mainly responsible for the accurate detection of signal arrival, extraction of the synchronization signal, and the completion of the channel estimation using the training sequence, thus enabling the recovery of the signal. the hardware design is as follows. 1. power supply circuit design in the c6713 minimal hardware system, the power supply solution uses the dc/dc switching power supply method to obtain 3.3v and 1.26v voltages. 2. reset circuit design (figure 7) figure 7. reset circuit 3. clock circuit design cklin is the c6713 clock source input, clkmode0 is set to 0 in this system and clkin is selected as the clock source. in the development board, clkin is connected to a clock source of 25mhz, and the software generates the required clock signals for the pll and pll controller. the software framework of the uv optical communication channel estimation system consists of a transmitter-side and a receiver-side software framework. the transmitter-side software mainly implements the synchronization signal and training sequence in the data under the fpga-based platform, while the receiver-side software includes signal arrival detection, data transfer module via c6713edma, channel estimation algorithm implemented by interrupt subroutine, and signal recovery algorithm via channel estimation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1047 4.2. uv optical communication channel estimation system implementation 1. module design firstly, the end frame structure module is designed. a frame header is added to the input data to form a certain format of information frame. the value in rom is the frame header, which is a fixed constant and is stored in rom in advance. one of the main tasks of the designed transmitter is to add the frame header to the information code elements. the design of the frame header takes into account two aspects, the training sequence used for equalization and channel estimation, and the frame synchronization code used for frame synchronization. it is concluded that the frame length is 20 times the optimal length of the training sequence, and that the frame header is a total of 200 bits, with the design synchronization code barker code taking up 13 bits and the gold training sequence immediately following it actually taking up 187 bits. secondly, the design of the signal arrival detection module at the receiver. the purpose of the arrival detection module is to tell the receiver when a useful signal has arrived to start signal processing. the receiver constantly detects the incoming signal and correctly determines whether the signal has arrived or not. according to the frame structure the 13-bit barker code is designed to be used for signal arrival detection. the transmit signal is and the receive signal is respectively txsignal = [bark1, bark2,⋯ , bark13, pn−sequnece , data] rxsignal = [noise, bark1′, bark2′, ⋯ , bark13′, pn−sequnece ′, data′] thirdly, the design of the signal synchronization module at the receiving end. after the arrival of the signal is detected, it is immediately followed by signal synchronization. the synchronization is divided into coarse and fine synchronization, the coarse synchronization being obtained by correlation of the peaks of the pseudo-random sequence. in awgn channels, coarse synchronization is sufficient. in the case of significant multipath, fine synchronization is required. the specific process of synchronization is that the received pseudo-random sequence is cyclically correlated with the sequence stored in c6713. the maximum correlation value is obtained only when it is exactly aligned; otherwise, the correlation value is small. the received sequence can thus be synchronized at symbol level. fourth, the design of the signal estimation algorithm module at the receiver side. the algorithm for implementing the channel estimation can be written using ti's library functions as sub-modules on the one hand, or the channel estimation subroutine in c on the other. the results obtained from the simulation of the uv channel estimation algorithm via matlab simulink are shown in the following two figures, using the nlms algorithm. figure 8 shows the matlab simulink simulation graph using this algorithm. figure 8. simulink diagram for uv nlms channel estimation 2. uv optical communication channel estimation system implementation firstly, the transmitter side frame structure is implemented. after modulation of the voice encoded signal, the main job is to add a frame header to form a certain format of information frame. the controller provides the write enable signal for the dual-port ram. the controller has an internal counter which, depending on the count value, generates different control signals to control the readout of the value in the dual-port ram or rom. assuming that the frame header length is l, the values in rom are read in sequence as the count value goes from 0 to r, with rom _ r being high and ram _ r being low, while the multiplexer also selects rom, which is the value of the frame header and is fixed and hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1048 pre-burned in rom. when the count value goes from "l + 1" to "l", l being the length of a frame, rom _ r is low and ram _ r is high, the ram is selected and the message code elements in the dual-port ram are read out from the low address to the high address. this process is executed cyclically, so that the information frames are continuously output. secondly, the dsp implementation of the synchronization module. the arrival of the measured signal is followed by the synchronization of the signal. uv optical communication systems are digital baseband communications, and there is no problem of carrier synchronization, only bit and frame synchronization. bit-synchronous pulses, or timing pulses, are obtained by means of bit-synchronous extraction circuits. when a digital signal is transmitted, the signal is affected by the noise passing through the channel, which distorts the transmitted waveform. the receiver of a digital communications system must therefore discretize the received baseband signal by sampling it to determine whether it is a code 1 or a code 0. the sampling interval is controlled by the bit-synchronous pulse. the binary clock signal can usually be extracted from the demodulated baseband signal and only in exceptional cases directly from the frequency band signal; the carrier clock signal must be extracted from the frequency band signal. the binary clock in uv optical communication systems can be extracted directly from the baseband signal after leaving the shaping circuit of the photomultiplier. bit synchronization determines the sampling judgment time for each code element in uv communication, i.e., each code element is differentiated so that the receiver receives a sequence of significant code elements. this sequence of code elements represents a certain amount of information; usually a number of code elements represent a letter, a number of letters form a word, and a number of words form a sentence. when data is transmitted, a certain number of code elements are formed into a code group. the task of image synchronization is to distinguish between words, sentences, or code groups. in uv-optical communication, the frame structure consists of three parts, each with a different number of code elements. the synchronization bit information must be divided by frequency to obtain the pulse frequency of these groups. the frequency of the frame synchronization pulses can be easily obtained from the bit synchronization pulses by dividing the frequencies. the "start" and "end" times of each frame, i.e., the phase of the grouped synchronization pulses, cannot be obtained directly from the synchronization pulses. determining the "start" and "end" times is an additional problem that must be solved in packet synchronization. in order to determine the "beginning" and "end" moments of the frame synchronization, a barker code is added to the frame structure design so that the specific length of the frame structure is known, and the beginning and end moments of the frame structure can be determined using the characteristics of the barker code. the dsp module is implemented by taking the signal at the time of arrival as the entry parameter, correlating it to obtain the position of maximum energy, and giving the symbol synchronization flag. the beginning and end of the training sequence are determined, the training sequence is extracted and stored in the data memory in preparation for the channel estimation algorithm, and finally the recovery of the data signal is implemented. the channel estimation algorithm is implemented on the premise that the system accurately detects the arrival of the signal and achieves frame synchronization. the error signal is obtained in the training sequence, from which the channel estimation is achieved under the lms criterion. after estimating the channel impulse response, the signal is recovered within a certain error range. 5. construction of a laser self-mixing interferometric angle measurement device for mobile robots 5.1. design options for the measuring device the designed laser self-mixing interferometric angle measurement device is based on a three-mirror cavity theoretical model and the stripe counting method combined with geometric calculations for accurate measurement and calculation of the rotating angle. a semiconductor laser is the core component of the optical path design, and a prismatic reflector is attached to both ends of the surface of the object to be measured, which is fixed to a rotating platform and the computer controls the speed and direction of rotation required for the rotating platform. the laser beams emitted by the two semiconductor lasers are incident perpendicularly and parallel to the reflecting prisms, and the incident light is reflected off the prism surface and returned to the laser cavity, where the pd detector converts the light signal into an electrical signal, which is amplified by a signal processing circuit and collected by an oscilloscope for self-mixed interference fringe signals. the angle measurement device consists of the following modules: laser drive modulation and temperature control module, signal hardware processing module and signal software processing module. the main function of the laser drive modulation is to provide drive and modulation current to the semiconductor laser, the temperature control module allows the laser diode to work in a temperature-controlled environment, ensures that the pd detector receives stable feedback light to form a self-mixed interference signal, and converts the self-mixed interference signal from an optical signal to an electrical signal. the main function of the signal hardware processing module is to amplify the electrical signal transmitted by the pd detector and to collect it by means of an oscilloscope for the subsequent processing of the fringe counting. the software processing module is used by the pc to filter the stripe signal, extract the displacement information of the rotating reflector, differentiate it and count it. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1049 5.2. device calibration design with the emergence of nano-measurement and metrology requirements in the field of precision measurement, laser self-mixing interference has widely penetrated into the field of precision measurement. the most important means of detection of laser self-mixing interference is the light intensity signal from the laser feedback. as the measurement device ensures that the feedback light is returned to the laser resonance cavity after angular deflection, a self-mixed interference signal with a high signal-to-noise ratio is formed. in laser self-mixing interferometry, the signal-to-noise ratio and accuracy are directly dependent on the stability of the light source. the parallelism of the laser beam is therefore a key part of the overall angle measurement method. for the spot position detection device, two parallel plates with holes are designed to limit the two laser beams, and two rows of parallel collimated holes are designed based on the principle of geometric parallelism, with the aperture size adjusted and designed according to the beam size, the diameter of the holes being slightly larger than the beam diameter. the two parallel plates are positioned strictly parallel to each other and fixed to the base plate, which is slotted and secured by countersunk holes in the two parallel plates. the mechanical design of the two parallel plates contains a strict parallelism that regulates the passage of the two laser beams through the parallel apertures. the psd provides information on the position of the beam spot in the detection area and, in conjunction with the parallel plates and the psd, the double calibration of the beam through the aperture and the psd allows for better regulation of the parallel vertical light source. due to the large amount of measurement data and the fact that the light signal is influenced by the external environment, the parallel plate is designed to be mounted on the same horizontal plane as the psd position sensor in order to reduce unnecessary errors. in order to better prevent the experimental data from being greatly disturbed by mounting movements, an experimental stand for fixing the parallel plate and the psd position detector was designed and fabricated and fixed to the rotating platform. the entire test stand is tightly connected, which effectively reduces the interference of external environmental conditions with the measurement experiment, improves the accuracy of the angle measurement device and is more convincing. a diagram of the mechanical structure of the parallel plate device is shown in figure 9. figure 9. mechanical structure of the parallel plate device the laser contains an ld light source, a pd detector and a collimating lens. the laser driver drives the current of the ld light source, which first emits laser light horizontally through the collimating lens, which is fine-tuned to form the light path. the laser attitude is adjusted by means of a high-precision two-dimensional displacement table. the laser beam is passed through a small hole in the parallel plate and, after passing through the hole, the beam is received with a psd to obtain the beam position deviation. the device is adjusted so that the laser beam passes through the small hole in the parallel plate onto the reflector, and then the position sensor is used to measure the beam position change and get precise feedback on the alignment. the specific design of the psd, parallel plate etc. is characterized by small and portable size, high measurement accuracy, as well as the technical advantage of monitoring the stability of the measurement beam and fast measurement. this increases the accuracy of the overall device by adding high precision position measurement of the position sensor under overall optical calibration conditions. the addition of a spot detection device to the laser self-mixing interferometric angle measurement technology thus avoids the serious problem of measurement errors caused by deviations of the incident light. the advantage of having an increased parallel collimation hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1050 working range at the same working distance, or an increased working distance at the same working range. the provided spot detection device is characterized by simple structure, high adjustment accuracy, constant error in the calibration function and easy operation compared to similar devices in the past for light range adjustment such as interference, ensuring the accuracy of the laser self-mixing angle measurement method. using the completed spot position detection device for testing and calibration, two laser beams are passed through parallel holes in the parallel plate to form a spot on the sensitive surface of the psd, and the two psds detect the laser 1 and 2 spot positions respectively. the stability of the spot detection device was tested by simultaneously testing the spot positions of the two laser beams in a powered-up state after the optical path had been collimated. the spot positions were recorded every 5 minutes for 10 consecutive sets of measurements. by analyzing the data results of the psd test and observing the changes in the spot positions, a phenomenon was observed during the calibration process: the central circular spot was the spot formed by the laser on the psd detector. this variation causes a slight shift in the position sensor measurement (the amount of shift is probably in the order of microns) and this shift is known as light drift. the reasons for this are analyzed in three ways: drift of the laser light from the laser source itself, slow drift of the light introduced by the adjustment mechanism of the fixed laser and drift of the laser light introduced by air disturbances or uneven distribution of the refractive index. the light drift eventually causes the laser spot to move back and forth in the most concentrated part, thus affecting the stability of its self-mixed interferometric signal output, and the measurement accuracy is also affected by the light drift. the quality of the beam is critical to the performance of the entire measurement set-up and is therefore calibrated for maximum measurement error due to light drift. in the device, the prism reflector is placed close to the measured surface of the target object and the two laser beams are adjusted to shine parallel to the prism reflector through two small holes in the parallel plate. the fact that the laser beam is not perpendicular to the initial position of the prism reflector during the adjustment process is a major factor in the accuracy of the measurement. 5.3. construction and commissioning of the measuring device the angle measurement device is built on an optical platform based on the optical path structure of the laser selfmixing interference effect. in a first step, the parallel collimation device is fixed to a rotating stage and set up on a high precision 2d displacement table, and the lasers 1 and 2 are fixed to the 2d displacement table. lasers 1 and 2 are connected to the signal hardware processing circuit and the signal is collected by an oscilloscope connected to the bnc interface line on the circuit board. the second step is to lay out the optical path for the parallel collimation of the two beams, using the parallel calibration scheme designed above for the preparation of the beam calibration before the experiment, on the fixed base plate in order to layout, laser 1, laser 2, parallel collimation device, rotating stage, signal processing module, to complete the layout of the self-mixed interference optical path structure. the third step is to use the designed two-way spot position detection device to check whether the beam is parallel collimated. after calibrating the parallel collimated beam, the prismatic reflector is attached to the small hole. at this point the distance between the two prismatic reflectors is known. the whole device is simpler, more compact and easier to collimate with than conventional optical interferometric systems because it does not require the use of optics such as right-angle prisms or polarizing beam splitters. fewer optical elements and therefore less space is required for angle measurement. 6. results in mobile robotics, non-line-of-sight optical communication signal processing utilizes laser self-mixing interference to enable sensing measurements. the results show enhanced capabilities for diverse sensing tasks, including obstacle detection and localization, leveraging intricate optical phenomena. this innovation promises robustness and performance in challenging environments for mobile robotic systems. snr and robotic localization performance are used for these results. distance, velocity, object shape are the sensing measurements utilizing for snr and laser range finder, camera, light detection and ranging (lidar) are the sensing modality employing for robotic localization performance. signal-to-noise ratio (snr): snr in mobile robotics, particularly in non-line-of-sight optical communication with laser self-mixing interference effects, reflects the quality of sensing measurements by comparing the strength of the desired signal to background noise. snr indicates clearer, more reliable data amidst challenging environmental conditions, crucial for accurate robotic operations. the snr values are represented in decibels (db). table 1 and figure 10 shows the snr values outcomes. the achieved snr values are distance (15 db), velocity (12 db), and object shape (18 db). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1051 table 1. numerical outcomes of snr sensing measurement snr (db) distance 15 velocity 12 object shape 18 figure 10. graphical representation of snr robotic localization performance: robotic localization performance in mobile robotics, using non-line-of-sight optical communication signal processing with laser self-mixing interference effects, varies based on sensing measurements. this approach integrates laser self-mixing interference to enhance localization accuracy. the system's effectiveness hinges on optimizing signal processing algorithms to interpret the interference patterns, enabling reliable localization even in challenging environments with obstructed line-of-sight conditions. the snr values are represented in centimeters (cm). table 2 and figure 11 show the robotic localization performance values outcomes. the obtained robotic localization performances are laser range finder (5 cm), camera (15 cm), and lidar (3 cm). table 2. numerical outcomes of robotic localization performance sensing modality localization performance (cm) laser range finder 5 camera 15 lidar 3 figure 11. graphical representation of robotic localization performance hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1052 7. conclusion mobile robotics in non-line-of-sight optical communication utilizes laser self-mixing interference for diverse sensing measurements, employing signal processing techniques to interpret data for navigation and environmental perception in dynamic environments. in this paper, the uv single scattering model establishes a transmission model for the uv signal, obtains approximate results for the channel impulse response, simulates the length of the channel impulse response, and simulates the relationship between the channel impulse response and the transmit-receive geometry and setup in order to investigate the various sensing measurements of mobile robotics in non-line-of-sight optical communication signal processing with laser self-mixing interference effects. the path loss is simulated for a variety of scenarios. the overall structure of the angle measurement device and elaborates on the design process and design principles of the spot position detection device. the spot position is detected by a psd position sensor, the parallelism of the beam is calibrated, and the spot positions of the two light sources are compared, and the causes of the drift phenomenon are investigated. snr and robotic localization performance are used for these results. distance, velocity, and object shape are the sensing measurements utilized for snr. laser range finders, cameras, and light detection and ranging (lidar) are the sensing modalities utilized for robotic localization performance. distance (15 db), velocity (12 db), and object shape (18 db) in snr. laser range finder (5 cm), camera (15 cm), and lidar (3 cm) in robotic localization performance. limitations include potential inaccuracies due to environmental factors, limited range, and challenges in real-time implementation and calibration. future work could explore laser self-mixing interference for mobile robotics, enhancing non-line-ofsight optical communication for diverse sensing applications through signal processing advancements. 8. declarations 8.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.l. and c.g.; methodology, s.l.; software, s.l.; validation, s.l. and c.g.; formal analysis, c.g.; investigation, s.l.; resources, c.g.; data curation, c.g.; writing—original draft preparation, c.g.; writing— review and editing, s.l.; visualization, s.l.; supervision, c.g.; project administration, c.g.; funding acquisition, s.l. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 8.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 8.3. funding 1) 2022 industry-academia cooperation and collaborative education project of the ministry of education: "construction of practice base based on application-oriented talent training. (fund no.: 220505181032338)"; 2) jilin province higher education scientific research topics: "research on talent training system of software engineering in universities facing wisdom education"; 3) teaching reform project: "research and practice on high quality development of higher education in jilin province from the perspective of strong province of education". 8.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 8.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 8.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] li, w., zhou, y., du, w., peng, y., & li, j. (2021, april). application of the precision industrial measurement technology in geometric measurement. iop publishing: journal of physics: conference series, 1885 (2), 022021. doi:10.1088/17426596/1885/2/022021. [2] tao, c., wu, y., wang, w., qian, y., tao, r., & kang, t. (2019). experimental investigation of white-light interferometry based on sub-dark-field illumination. optics communications, 435, 108-117. doi:10.1016/j.optcom.2018.11.020. [3] huang, z., nie, z., xu, h., zhao, s., chen, g., hu, x., ... & li, d. (2024). a multilongitudinal mode quadrature laser selfmixing vibration sensor for fault diagnosis of bearing. ieee sensors journal, 24(4), 4407-4417. doi:10.1109/jsen.2023.3348143. https://doi.org/10.1109/jsen.2023.3348143 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1053 [4] hu, l., & dai, s. (2022). nano-semiconductor materials. dye-sensitized solar cells, 7, 41. doi:10.1515/9783110344363. [5] zhang, p. c., & xu, d. (2015). tracking and guiding multiple laser beams for beam and target alignment. international journal of automation and computing, 12(6), 600-610. doi:10.1007/s11633-015-0908-8. [6] chen, l., zhang, d., zhou, y., liu, c., & che, s. (2018). design of a high-precision and non-contact dynamic angular displacement measurement with dual-laser doppler vibrometers. scientific reports, 8(1), 9094. doi:10.1038/s41598-018-274104. [7] wang, k., chen, q., jiang, c., chen, z., lou, j., lu, m., ... & guo, w. (2023). characterization of thermo-optically tuned multichannel interference widely tunable semiconductor laser for quasi-continuous tuning. journal of lightwave technology, 41(10), 3084-3093. doi:10.1109/jlt.2023.3241892. [8] duan, y., liang, l., tong, x., luo, b., & cheng, b. (2023). application of pipeline leakage detection based on distributed optical fiber acoustic sensor system and convolutional neural network. journal of physics d: applied physics, 57(10), 105102. doi:10.1088/1361-6463/ad1144. [9] wu, j., chen, y., guo, r., & chen, j. (2024). a dynamic turbine tip clearance measurement method based on laser self-mixing interferometric ranging considering doppler effect. measurement science and technology, 35(11), 115012. doi:10.1088/13616501/ad6a75. [10] chen, h., zhong, z., ge, s., zhu, d., lin, y., kong, x., ... & huang, w. (2024). robust time-domain-based spectral processing method for laser self-mixing vibration measurement. ieee transactions on instrumentation measurement, 73, 3449962. doi:10.1109/tim.2024.3449962. [11] lin, f., ali, m., tan, y., su, z., & wong, h. (2023). laser offline measurement method based on self-mixing interference for thin-wall fused deposition modelling component. journal of manufacturing processes, 102, 131-142. doi:10.1016/j.jmapro.2023.07.041. [12] zhao, s., xin, h., wu, s., sun, y., & hu, b. (2024). attenuation of ultraviolet radiation by aerosols and clouds in beijing area in 2005–2020. atmosphere, 15(3), 311. doi:10.3390/atmos15030311. [13] shan, t., yuan, r., he, n., & cheng, j. (2023). non-line-of-sight ultraviolet transmission coverage in non-precipitating, foggy, and rainy weather. optics express, 31(23), 37703-37721. doi:10.1364/oe.502380. [14] wang, p., xiang, x., dong, p., & liang, y. (2024). maximum likelihood sequence estimation optimum receiver design with channel identification based on zero distribution. electronics, 13(19), 3877. doi:10.1109/comst.2023.3339371. [15] mustafa, r., sarkar, n. i., mohaghegh, m., & pervez, s. (2024). a cross-layer secure and energy-efficient framework for the internet of things: a comprehensive survey. sensors (switzerland), 24(22), 7209. doi:10.3390/s24227209. [16] liu, x., lu, h., zhu, y., ma, j., hao, r., chen, d., & wang, j. (2024). experimental study on the transmission performance of an ultraviolet and visible light communication system under an artificial fog channel. optics express, 32(17), 30622-30631. doi:10.1364/oe.525762. [17] kannapiran, s., chandran, s., jayasuriya, s., & berman, s. (2024). pathfinder: attention-driven dynamic non-line-of-sight tracking with a mobile robot. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2404.05024. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2404.05024. [18] zhao, y., zhang, b., & han, l. (2020). laser self-mixing interference displacement measurement based on vmd and phase unwrapping. optics communications, 456, 124588 2020. doi:10.1016/j.optcom.2019.124588. [19] sun, w., yang, z., feng, g., chen, z., chang, q., hai, l., & guo, z. (2023). a novel method for detecting fe2+ at a micromolar concentration based on multiple self-mixing interference using a fiber laser. sensors, 23(5), 2838 2023. doi:10.3390/s23052838. [20] liu, h., you, y., li, s., he, d., sun, j., wang, j., & hou, d. (2023). denoising of laser self-mixing interference by improved wavelet threshold for high performance of displacement reconstruction. photonics, 10(8), 943. doi:10.3390/photonics10080943. [21] wang, x., zhong, z., chen, h., zhu, d., zheng, t., & huang, w. (2023). high-precision laser self-mixing displacement sensor based on orthogonal signal phase multiplication technique. photonics, 10(5), 575. doi:10.3390/photonics10050575. [22] yu, l., yang, y., liu, b., tang, p., ji, h., wang, j., & tan, t. (2023). laser self-mixing interference: optical fiber coil sensors for acoustic emission detection. photonics, 10(9), 958. doi:10.3390/photonics10090958. [23] shen, e., duan, s., guo, s., & yang, w. (2024). object localization and sensing in non-line-of-sight using rfid tag matrices. electronics (switzerland), 13(2), 341 2024. doi:10.3390/electronics13020341. [24] liu, b., wang, b., ruan, y., yu, y., xi, j., ji, h., & tang, p. (2024). time-multiplexed laser self-mixing sensor for measurement of multiple material elastic moduli. optics and laser technology, 176, 110963 2024. doi:10.1016/j.optlastec.2024.110963. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110344363 https://doi.org/10.1109/jlt.2023.3241892 https://doi.org/10.3390/atmos15030311 https://doi.org/10.1364/oe.502380 https://doi.org/10.3390/s24227209 https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.2404.05024 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1054 [25] zhao, y., & zhang, h. (2021). angle measurement method based on speckle affected laser self-mixing interference signal. optics communications, 482, 126569 2021. doi:10.1016/j.optcom.2020.126569. [26] zhao, t., li, y., & yuan, l. (2019). research on relay selection of armored formations wireless uv covert communication. opto-electronic engineering, 46(5), 180448. doi:10.12086/oee.2019.180448. [27] yue, k. (2024). application of eeuc-based inter aircraft ultraviolet communication network algorithm in energy consumption optimization of drone swarm. energy informatics, 7(1), 27. doi:10.1186/s42162-024-00331-5. [28] zhao, t., cheng, m., lyu, x., zhang, h., & wang, l. (2024). an unequal clustering energy consumption balancing routing algorithm of uav swarm based on ultraviolet secret communication. wireless personal communications, 137(1), 221-235. doi:10.1007/s11277-024-11394-8. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 210 issn: 2723-9535 consumer’s personality traits and knowledge-sharing behavior on shoppertainment platforms: the mediating role of subjective well-being and trust thadathibesra phuthong 1* 1 department of logistics management, faculty of management science, silpakorn university, phetchaburi, 76120, thailand. received 27 december 2022; revised 21 february 2023; accepted 25 february 2023; published 01 march 2023 abstract objectives: this research analyzed the direct and indirect influences of consumer personality on knowledge-sharing behavior through shoppertainment platforms using subjective well-being and trust as mediators. methods/analysis: a questionnaire survey was developed and distributed to 320 consumers with familiarity and experience in purchasing products from the tiktok shop and sharing knowledge, information, news, and purchasing experiences with the thai tiktok community. this study adopted non-probability and purposive sampling techniques, with measurements and structural model assessments performed before hypothesis testing using the partial least squares structural equation model (pls-sem) with smartpls statistical software. findings: extraversion and openness to experience had a direct positive influence on trust, while neuroticism showed a direct negative influence on trust. extraversion had a direct positive influence on subjective well-being, while neuroticism showed a direct negative influence on subjective well-being. both trust and subjective well-being directly influenced knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. extraversion and openness to experience positively influenced knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform via trust, while neuroticism negatively influenced knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust. importantly, extraversion, openness to experience, and agreeableness positively influenced knowledgesharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform via subjective well-being, with neuroticism negatively influencing knowledge-sharing behavior on the platform through subjective well-being in the same manner. novelty/improvement: results contribute to an improved understanding of the mechanisms of a robust and competitive online retail business model in the digital era that can best deliver business sustainability by elevating consumers’ knowledge-sharing behaviors to facilitate purchasing decisions on goods or services via shoppertainment platforms. keywords: personality traits; knowledge-sharing behavior; shoppertainment platform; subjective well-being; trust; tiktok. 1. introduction technology is an important factor in the economic and social foundation, with changes in technology inevitably leading to changes in both the economic and social system formats. digital and internet technology development has rapidly decreased the cost of acquiring information and communication, affecting people’s economic behavior worldwide. acquisitions, exchanges, and sharing of resources are now increasingly conducted through online platforms [1], opening windows of opportunity for people to earn income from the different types of assets available. the covid19 pandemic necessitated the transition of consumers’ main activities to a "new normal", with working life and business operating on digital platforms as powerful tools for developing products, innovation, and technological services, and * corresponding author: phuthong_t@su.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-014  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7385-2808 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 211 also stimulating business sector growth. digital platforms can efficiently match the needs of product and service providers with the on-demand economy, creating the opportunity to exchange goods and services with lower transaction costs and increased convenience [2]. examples of successful digital platforms include facebook, yahoo, youtube, and uber as social media, informative media sharing, and service platforms. in business terms, a digital platform is a structural unit that connects stakeholders in the value chain and facilitates cooperation or benefit sharing without a long-term commitment. this arrangement leads to a new type of economy, the sharing economy, where companies and entrepreneurs reduce prices, investment, and long-term employment. these business strategies build, attract, and retain customers to use products and services through the platforms by building an ecosystem to develop products, services, and environments to satisfy customers through lower transaction costs [3, 4]. digital platforms have now become the primary modus operandi for organizing economic and social activities and political interactions [5, 6], and transforming different industries such as the shipping industry (uber and grab), hotel services industry (airbnb and couch surfing), food service industry (grubhub and hungry hub), and software development (apple ios and google android). organizations successfully benefit from digital platforms by offering affordable prices to large numbers of users [7], with digital platforms becoming attractive business models and strategies as potential drivers of economic growth in diverse sectors. shoppertainment is the concept of making a website more entertaining. the decision to buy or sell is driven by website content that combines entertainment while providing knowledge to customers. a shoppertainment website combines and creates content to suit the online community through impressive buying experiences. shoppertainment is a perfect way for brands to develop customer involvement through videos with audio. in 2022, tiktok and boston consulting group (bcg) surveyed countries in the asia-pacific market, including thailand, indonesia, vietnam, australia, south korea, and japan. they determined that ‘shoppertainment, or the buying experience from entertainment, was an essential driving factor for success in entering the e-commerce era. in thailand, the fast-growing e-commerce market has now become a part of people’s daily lives and businesses; shoppertainment has become a trend in purchasing products and services via entertaining content, which is more easily accessible, engaging, and exciting. shoppertainment also builds users’ trust and creates online or virtual communities, with various important driving factors including content creators, users, and brands. previous research results suggested that shoppertainment had the potential to create business opportunities of around one billion us dollars (usd) for different brands in the asia-pacific region by 2025, while the market share of indonesia, japan, and south korea was anticipated to be 67 percent of shoppertainment’s gross market value, with market share continuing to grow at 63 percent each year compared to the compound annual growth rate [8]. research results concerning apac’s trillion-dollar opportunity project by tiktok and boston consulting group (bcg) indicated that shoppertainment grew rapidly in southeast asian markets, primarily thailand, vietnam, and indonesia, as countries with the largest market share of e-commerce. this region was also driven by entertainment, demand, and supply-stimulating factors, with shoppertainment immensely affecting daily lifestyles and thailand among the top countries using shoppertainment. this finding concurred with the electronic transactions development agency survey of internet user behavior in thailand in 2022. results determined that thai people used the internet for an average of seven minutes and four seconds daily, with the top five popular activities being consulting and receiving medical services, communicating, watching tv clips and movies, listening to music, watching live broadcasts for purchasing products and services, and completing financial transactions. watching live broadcasts to purchase products and services was surveyed for the first time and ranked fourth on the list, reflecting a growing trend in thailand. a popular shoppertainment platform that later extended to businesses is tiktok. selling and purchasing through the tiktok community creates infinite loops; users watching the content on social media might discover a product they were unaware of and consider whether it was interesting. if they bought the product and were satisfied, they then told others about it. on average, thai people visit the tiktok website 12 times daily for a total time of 100 minutes [9, 10]. the data above indicates a business opportunity for retailers to adjust to online business platforms and attract consumers who watch live broadcasts to purchase products and services. the "big five" personality traits suggested by costa and mccrae [11] have been widely accepted as an accurate overall personality assessment, covering broad dimensions for every country and language. these traits can be adapted to study people of different ages, ranging from young to old [12]. each component of personality relates to an individual’s ideas, feelings, and behavior. for example, extraversion is a personality trait that can predict social behavior, while neuroticism shows an individual’s ability to adjust their mood and tolerate external stimuli. openness to experience is related to personal feelings, indicating an adjustment to ideas, beliefs, and actions, while agreeableness is related to behavior between individuals and how they listen to others, and conscientiousness indicates an individual’s goals and achievement ability. previous studies showed that people with extraversion, openness to new experiences, and agreeableness personality traits tended to trust others [11, 13, 14], while those who displayed neuroticism and conscientiousness personality traits tended not to trust others [13, 14, 15]. furthermore, people with extraversion, openness to experience, agreeableness, and conscientiousness personality traits were more likely to show their subjective well-being [16]. by contrast, those with neuroticism usually shared negative expressions regarding their subjective well-being or personal satisfaction [16]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 212 lönnqvist & große deters [17] and tang et al. [18] also found that people who embraced extraversion, openness to experience, and neuroticism personality traits tended to share on social media, while correa et al. [19] indicated that those with extraversion regularly used social media platforms and tended to exhibit knowledge-sharing behavior more often than users with other personality traits. by contrast, people with agreeableness and conscientiousness personality traits used online social media platforms carefully and avoided negative relationships or sharing knowledge. ahn & shin [20], cho et al. [21], ma & chan [22], and wei & gao [23] found that users’ subjective well-being increasingly affected knowledge-sharing behavior on online social media, while gang & ravichandran [24] and hung et al. [25] suggested that trust was an essential concept in knowledge management that created positivity and stimulated knowledge-sharing behavior. this finding correlated with a study by gang and ravichandran [24], who demonstrated that trust was an important factor related to knowledge-sharing behavior in a virtual community. their results revealed a connection between openness to experience, extraversion, neuroticism, agreeableness, and conscientiousness personality traits, which affected subjective well-being, trust, and knowledge-sharing behavior on online social media platforms in a virtual community. a literature review showed that studies investigating the effect of people’s different personalities and knowledgesharing behaviors showed that personality traits related to how they searched for information and followed such information or recommendations. many researchers found that trust and subjective well-being were important factors in promoting knowledge-sharing behavior [24, 25, 26], with positive relationships between individuals also important in different situations to promote knowledge-sharing behavior [20–23, 26, 27]. the relationship between subjective wellbeing and trust as mediators for personality traits and knowledge-sharing behavior was also investigated in the online social media context. correa et al. [19], jami pour & taheri [28], and ross et al. [29] indicated that subjective wellbeing and trust were mediators for a positive relationship between extraversion and knowledge-sharing behavior on online social media platforms, while gerson et al. [30], jami pour & taheri [28], and steel et al. [31] found that subjective well-being and trust were mediators for a positive relationship between openness to experience and knowledge-sharing behavior on online social media platforms. in the same vein, deneve & cooper [32], jami & taheri [28], and steel et al. [31] reported that subjective well-being and trust were mediators for a positive relationship between agreeableness and knowledge-sharing behavior on online social media platforms, while conversely, jami pour and taheri [28] found that subjective well-being and trust mediated a negative relationship between neuroticism, conscientiousness, and knowledge-sharing behavior on social media platforms. however, previous research did not consider the mediating role of subjective well-being and trust in the context of popular social e-commerce platforms, with buying or selling driven by content that combined entertainment and knowledge. therefore, to fill this research lacuna and extend the knowledge and understanding of knowledge-sharing behavior in the context of the shoppertainment platform, this study investigated the relationship between personality traits and knowledge-sharing behaviors by considering the mediating role of trust and subjective well-being among shoppertainment platform consumers. a research model and framework were developed to determine connections between the factors using the big five inventory (bfi-s) assessment [33], trust [24, 34], subjective well-being [17, 35], and knowledge-sharing behavior [21, 25, 36]. this quantitative study gathered information from a questionnaire sent to 320 consumers with experience purchasing products through the tiktok shop who had shared knowledge, information, news, and at least one purchase experience with thailand’s tiktok community. the direct and indirect effects of consumers’ personality traits and knowledge-sharing behavior on shoppertainment platforms were assessed using subjective well-being and trust as mediator variables. results will benefit entrepreneurs of online retail businesses that use shoppertainment platforms and can also be applied by stakeholders to improve applications in their businesses. this information can be used to promote consumers’ knowledge-sharing behaviors in online retail businesses that lead to online purchasing decision-making of products or services through the shoppertainment platform and also create a sustainable higher competitive ability for online retail business entrepreneurs in the digital platform business era. 2. literature review the literature review part reviews the relationship among variables to explain the connection and correlation among factors in the related literature. the details are as follows. 2.1. the relationship between personality and trust extraversion is a quality that indicates a person’s fondness for communication; such people are generally lively and energetic. in contrast, introversion indicates a person’s inclination to detach themselves from society, ignorance, and nervousness [11]. these behavior patterns are consistent with jami pour and taheri [28], mccrae and costa [37], and li et al. [38], who indicated that people with extraversion are more likely to have a high level of trust in others, which would increase the tendency to create social interactions and relationships. based on the aforementioned data, the first research hypothesis can be presented as follows. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 213  h1(+): extraversion has a positive direct effect on trust openness to experience suggests a person’s quality of favoring openness to novel opinions, ideas, and experiences [39], including tolerance to deviations, interest in different cultures, and search for innovation. costa and mccrae [11], jami pour and taheri [28], and li et al. [38] found that people who were highly open to new experiences were curious, had new ideas, and were full of imagination; in contrast, those who had a low level of openness to new experiences were cautious and conservative. furthermore, dinesen et al. [13] found that people who were more open to experience tended to trust others at a high level. typically, this group of people was patient and open to everything they encountered. based on the aforementioned data, the second research hypothesis can be formulated as follows.  h2 (+): openness to experience has a positive direct effect on trust neuroticism is a personality trait that shows a person’s tendency to experience unpleasant and unexpected emotions and to have disturbing thoughts and respected actions [15]. people with neurotic personality traits likely feel stressed, restless, and anxious, so they tend to worry and think about things that might go wrong. such people always have a higher level of worry; as a result, they might trust others less than other people with different personality traits. people with neuroticism also tend to understand or interpret situations negatively, as they are likely to recognize dishonesty, which might result from discrepancies in distributing or sharing benefits. consequently, there is less chance for these people to trust others [28], which correlates with tang et al. [40], who indicated that people with neuroticism had a negative relationship with the trust of consumers who used mobile applications. based on the above data, the third research hypothesis can be postulated as follows.  h3(-): neuroticism has a negative direct effect on trust people with agreeableness personality traits are always friendly, believe in others’ goodness, and nearly have no hidden intention [11]. agreeableness also specifies a person’s character when interacting with others more than other types of personalities [14]. people with agreeableness personality traits are willing to cooperate, warm, friendly, and avoid creating conflicts. studies by costa and mccrae [11], deng et al. [41], and tang et al. [40] showed that people who have a high level of friendliness and agreeableness always have a high level of trust with others as those who are friendly and have agreeableness always easily trust and have confidence in others. based on the data above, the fourth research hypothesis can be posited as follows.  h4(+): agreeableness has a positive direct effect on trust the personality of conscientiousness indicates people who are conscious, logical, and knowledgeable. generally, this group considers themselves more capable than others [11]. people with high conscientiousness are always ambitious, disciplined, accurate, well-planned, and considerate before any actions; however, people with low conscientiousness are generally immature, hot-tempered, weak, reckless, and unstable [11]. jami pour and taheri [28], mccrae and costa [37], mondak [14], tulin et al. [42], and li et al. [38] revealed that people who have high conscientiousness are always cautious and do not trust information or news they receive from people they consider to have lower conscientiousness. dinesen et al. [13] also found that people with conscientious personality traits are also determined in decision-making and always try to control situations to be as planned with cautiousness and consciousness. such people do not immediately trust information from others’ actions or intentions, reflecting their tendency to have low trust in others. based on the data above, the fifth research hypothesis can be presented as follows.  h5(-): conscientiousness has a negative direct effect on trust 2.2. relationship between personality and subjective well-being subjective well-being refers to a good mental state, which is an individual assessment of life regarding positive and negative feelings through each person’s lifestyle experience. an assessment of subjective well-being can be divided into three aspects: life evaluation, affection, and eudaimonia [43]. furthermore, despite uncertainties in behaviors and activities guaranteeing a person’s happiness, studies over the past 50 years have broadly indicated 2 variables related to continuous life satisfaction: subjective well-being and personality. good health, social relationship, community involvement, psychological needs, or an individual’s personality traits can explain the variance or predict subjective well-being at approximately 50 percent from all the related factors [44]. a review of previous literature showed the research results that personality plays a vital role in an individual’s perception of subjective well-being [16, 31, 32, 45]. deneve & cooper [32] examined the effect of five personality traits on subjective well-being; they differentiated subjective well-being into two dimensions, which were positive and negative effects, and the balance between positive and negative effects and understanding, such as satisfaction in life. furthermore, the meta-analysis results by hayes and joseph [16] also suggested that neuroticism was the most crucial predicting variable explaining adverse effects and satisfaction in life. nevertheless, extraversion and agreeableness were perceived as the most accurate predicting variables for positive effects on an individual’s subjective well-being. moreover, some researchers indicated that conscientiousness was a variable related to the dimensions of the effects and satisfaction in life. for example, costa et al. [46] found that hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 214 agreeableness and conscientiousness could increase the probability of predicting positive experiences in the context of social situations and an individual’s success, respectively. the findings could conclude that agreeableness and conscientiousness are directly related to an individual’s subjective well-being. therefore, openness to experience should lead to an individual’s additional encounters with positive and negative emotions. furthermore, costa et al. [46] also suggested that extraversion positively affected subjective well-being, whereas neuroticism negatively affected subjective well-being. based on the data above, the following research hypotheses can be concluded.  h6(+): extraversion has positive direct effects on subjective well-being.  h7(+): openness to experience has positive direct effects on subjective well-being.  h8(-): neuroticism has negative direct effects on subjective well-being.  h9(+): agreeableness has positive direct effects on subjective well-being.  h10(+): conscientiousness has positive direct effects on subjective well-being. 2.3. relationship between personality and knowledge-sharing behavior a review of previous literature shows studies confirming the effect of people’s different personalities on knowledgesharing behavior; personality traits are related to methods or means a person uses to search for information and follow such information or recommendations. moreover, many studies have examined the relationship between the five personality traits in different contexts. these include the study of relationships between personality traits and employees’ job performance [47], the study of relationships between personality traits and job satisfaction [48], the study of relationships between personality traits and continuous attention in job and assigned tasks [49], and the study of relationships between personality traits and career success across the employees’ lifespan [48]. the extant literature indicates that no comprehensive framework and assessment for personality traits have been determined; however, researchers empirically agree that, in psychology, the big five personality traits model is an appropriate and widely popular model to assess an individual’s personality traits and behavior [14, 50-52]. millions of social media users are currently active worldwide, and the question of “which type of person relies on social media platform tools to interact with others” has been asked; thus, many researchers are interested in and have studied the possible relationship between personality traits and using online social media platforms [18, 19, 30, 53-55]. however, research on the relationship between knowledge-sharing behavior on online social media platforms and personality is still limited. for example, tang et al. [18] showed that agreeableness, conscientiousness, and neuroticism have a negative relationship with addiction to the facebook online social community. in contrast, lönnqvist and große deters [17] investigated the relationship between the size of the facebook online social community, subjective wellbeing, social support, and an individual’s personality traits. they found that the size of facebook’s online social community had a positive relationship with subjective well-being but had no relationship with the perception of social support. moreover, extraversion was related to the size of facebook’s online social community and an individual’s subjective well-being. furthermore, correa et al. [19] indicated that personality trait was important in developing interaction among social media platform users. people with extraversion were regular users of social media platforms and were more active than people with other personality traits. additionally, tang et al. [18] demonstrated that online social media platform users with a low level of conscientiousness in personality traits usually used online social media platforms cautiously and with a negative relationship. in contrast, users with extraversion, neuroticism, and openness to experience personality traits had a positive relationship with online social media platforms. based on this information, the following research hypotheses can be presented.  h11(+): extraversion has a positive direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform.  h12(+): openness to experience has a positive direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform.  h13(+): neuroticism has a positive direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform.  h14(-): agreeableness has a negative direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform.  h15(-): conscientiousness has a negative direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on shoppertainment platforms. 2.4. relationship between trust and knowledge-sharing behavior trust is essential in knowledge management as it can create positive reliability and stimulate knowledge-sharing behavior [25]. many researchers indicate that trust is an important factor in promoting knowledge-sharing behavior [24hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 215 26]. it is also important for positive relationships between individuals in different situations and can promote knowledgesharing behavior [26]. from the review of different factors relating to knowledge-sharing behavior in virtual communities [24], trust is an important factor relating to knowledge-sharing behavior [24]. it is defined as the ability of virtual community members and empathy, kindness, and honesty of friends in the virtual community. this research defines trust following hung et al. [25], who proposed that the intention of members in social communities is good and that they are capable and reliable when sharing and using knowledge in the community. from the aforementioned data, the following research hypothesis is presented.  h16(+): trust has a positive direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. 2.5. relationship between subjective well-being and knowledge-sharing behavior the previous literature review shows several studies investigating the relationship between using online social media platforms and subjective well-being. an important finding was that the use of online social media platforms was related to an individual’s higher subjective well-being [56-59]. furthermore, other studies have indicated that the use of online social media platforms is related to an individual’s lower subjective well-being [60]. for example, ding et al. [56, 59] investigated “whether the use of online social media platforms is related to an individual’s subjective well-being.” they found that prolonged continuous use of online social media platforms negatively affected an individual’s subjective wellbeing. furthermore, ding et al. [56, 59] studied the role of jealousy as a mediator between effect and sexuality in the relationship between the use of online social media platforms and subjective well-being. they determined that most research has been interested in studying the effect of online social media platforms on an individual’s subjective wellbeing [20, 61-63]. in contrast, limited studies have investigated the relationship between the effect of an individual’s subjective well-being on online social media platforms using behavior [64]. therefore, to fill this apparent gap, this present study was interested in examining the effect of subjective well-being on the users’ knowledge-sharing behavior on online social media platforms, especially shoppertainment platforms. the relationship between subjective well-being and knowledge-sharing behavior was specified based on ahn & shin [20], cho et al. [21], ma & chan [22], panahi et al. [27], and wei & gao [23]. from the information presented above, the following research hypothesis can be posited.  h17(+): subjective well-being positively affects knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. 2.6. relationship between subjective well-being and trust as mediators for personality traits and knowledgesharing behavior this study investigated the consumers’ personality traits and knowledge-sharing behavior on shoppertainment platforms, using subjective well-being and trust as mediators. a review of previous literature revealed studies on the relationship between subjective well-being and trust as mediators for personality traits and knowledge-sharing behavior in the online social media context. examples include correa et al. [19], jami pour & taheri [28], and ross et al. [29], which indicated that subjective well-being and trust were mediators for a positive relationship between extraversion and knowledge-sharing behavior for online social media platforms. gerson et al. [30], jami pour & taheri [28], and steel et al. [31] found that subjective well-being and trust were mediators for a positive relationship between openness to experience and knowledge-sharing behavior on online social media platforms. deneve & cooper [32], jami pour & taheri [28], and steel et al. [31] reported that subjective well-being and trust were mediators for a positive relationship between agreeableness and knowledge-sharing behavior for online social media platforms. conversely, jami pour & taheri [28] found that subjective well-being and trust mediate a negative relationship between neuroticism, conscientiousness, and knowledge-sharing behavior on online social media platforms. the literature review, however, reflected that there is still limited research studying the relationship between subjective well-being and trust as mediators for personality traits and knowledge-sharing behavior, especially for shoppertainment platforms. therefore, to fill this gap, the present study examines the relationship between subjective well-being and trust as mediators passing the personality traits to knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. from the literature review, the research hypotheses are proposed as follows.  h18: extraversion has a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust.  h19: openness to experience has a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust.  h20: neuroticism has a negative indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 216  h21: agreeableness has a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust.  h22: conscientiousness has a negative indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust.  h23: extraversion has a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through subjective well-being.  h24: openness to experience has a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through subjective well-being.  h25: neuroticism has a negative indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through subjective well-being.  h26: agreeableness has a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through subjective well-being.  h27: conscientiousness has a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through subjective well-being. based on the literature review, figure 1 presents the research model. figure 1. research model entitled consumers’ personality traits and knowledge-sharing behavior on shoppertainment platforms: the mediating roles of subjective well-being and trust 3. research methods this quantitative examination used a questionnaire to collect data. a flowchart of the research methodology is shown in figure 2. 3.1. population and sample group the population and sample group included consumers with experience purchasing products through the tiktok shop and shared knowledge, information, news, and at least one purchase experience in thailand’s tiktok community. the sample group was calculated by specifying the ratio between the sample units according to the parameters or variables based on the formula by hair et al. [65], which specified that the number of the sample group was appropriate for the multivariate analysis and should have at least 5–10 times that of the indicator. there were 32 questions in this study, so the minimum number of the sample group should have been 320 samples. therefore, this study used a minimum of 320 samples, which were selected using the non-probability and purposive sampling methods. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 217 figure 2. flowchart of research methodology 3.2. research instruments the research instrument was an online questionnaire divided into two parts (appendix i). part 1 was the respondents’ answers to four general information questions, and part 2 included the data about the relationship between the consumers’ personality traits and knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform, using subjective well-being and trust as mediators. there are two questions on extraversion, two on openness to experience, three on neuroticism, two on conscientiousness, and two on agreeableness. this study adapted 11 questions for consumers’ personality traits mentioned above [33], 5 questions on knowledge sharing on the shoppertainment platform [21, 25, 36], 10 questions on subjective well-being [17, 35], and 5 questions on trust [24, 34]. questions were scored on a 5-point likert scale. 3.3. validity and reliability of the research instruments the appropriateness of language used in the research instrument was tested with 10 participants to assess their understanding and ease of the questions. after the questionnaire was adjusted, its quality was examined by three experts to determine the content validity using the index of item objective congruence; an acceptance rate of more than 0.50 was used to show that the questions were consistent with the objectives and content [65]. the analysis showed that every question passed the minimum requirements with values between 0.67–1.00. the data were then collected to test the confidence level with the sample group of 30 participants. cronbach’s alpha was analyzed with an acceptance rate of more than 0.70 to show that this questionnaire was reliable and that the reliability values of all variables in the present study were acceptable [66]. the results from the analysis showed that all questions passed the minimum requirements with a confidence level between 0.716–0.904 and 0.909. the questions were revised a final time to ensure that the questionnaire covered all the objectives and factors before the data collection. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 218 3.4. data collection the present study used an online questionnaire to collect data. google forms and google sheets were used to create and distribute the questionnaire through different channels, including social network sites, such as line, facebook, twitter, and email, using non-probability and purposive sampling methods. the inclusion criteria were that the participants or volunteers were consumers who had experience purchasing products through tiktok shop and had shared knowledge, information, news, and experience in purchasing products through the tiktok community. the researcher did not include limitations on age, educational level, and experience using the tiktok shop application. the exclusion criteria were data from the sample group who responded but could not answer every question in the questionnaire; a replacement sample group was then found using the same inclusion criteria. question filtered the sample group by asking whether they had bought products through the tiktok shop and determined shared knowledge, information, news, and experience in purchasing products from the tiktok community. 3.5. data analysis after the responses were received, the basic statistical assumptions were tested using the data collected from the sample group to consider the completeness of the questionnaire answers to test the missing data, outliers, normal distribution, linearity, multicollinearity, and singularity. the test showed no missing data; linearity was found, but no multicollinearity or singularity. the data passed all the criteria with a negatively skewed distribution of more than +3 or less than −3 [67]; therefore, this study used the data for statistical analysis. the descriptive statistics were analyzed, and the hypothesis testing was tested using the partial least square (pls) method. 4. results the study results were divided into three main parts: 1) descriptive statistics for the demographic data of the sample group, 2) the results of structural equation modeling analysis to assess the assessment and structural equation models, and 3) hypothesis testing and effect path. the details are presented as follows. 4.1. demographic characteristics of the sample group most of the questionnaire respondents were female, accounting for 70.94 percent. their ages were primarily between 18 and 25, comprising 50.31 percent. most received a bachelor’s degree as their highest education level, which accounted for 68.75 percent, and 47.19 percent had 3–5 years of experience using the tiktok shop. 4.2. results of structural equation modeling analysis 4.2.1. results of structural model assessment multicollinearity must be tested in any structural equation modeling analysis, and no statistically significant interrelationships should exist. the variance inflation factor (vif) indicates whether multicollinearity is problematic. in this model, the highest vif value of 2.398 was below the critical threshold of 5.00 [68]. hence, multicollinearity was not a critical issue in this study, as shown in table 1. table 1. results of multicollinearity testing constructs vif extraversion (ext) 1.328 openness to experience (ope) 1.320 neuroticism (neu) 1.531 agreeableness (agr) 1.373 consciousness (con) 1.307 trust (trt) 2.398 subjective well-being (swb) 2.371 knowledge sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform (kls) 1.716 4.2.2. results of the measurement model evaluation the structural equation measurement modeling assessment analyzed the internal consistency reliability, determining that every latent variable had a composite reliability value of more than 0.70, ranging from 0.842 to 0.925, and the cronbach’s alpha had a value of more than 0.70, between 0.742 and 0.899. thus, all measurement model evaluations of all the model’s latent variables were reliable [67, 69]. the convergent validity analysis showed that every latent variable had an ave value of more than 0.50, between 0.589 and 0.764. therefore, a convergent validity exists between hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 219 observed variables under the same latent variables in each of the model’s latent variables [67, 69]. for the analysis of indicator reliability, every observed variable had an outer loading value of more than 0.70 at between 0.746 and 0.935. hence, all the observed variables were reliable [67, 69], as shown in table 2. table 2. construct reliability and validity constructs items outer loadings composite reliability cronbach’s alpha ave agreeableness (agr) agr1 0.904 0.866 0.794 0.764 agr2 0.842 consciousness (con) con1 0.764 0.842 0.753 0.729 con2 0.935 extraversion (ext) ext1 0.825 0.854 0.764 0.746 ext2 0.900 knowledge sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform (kls) kls1 0.760 0.877 0.825 0.589 kls2 0.783 kls3 0.755 kls4 0.777 kls5 0.762 neuroticism (neu) neu1 0.834 0.853 0.742 0.660 neu2 0.854 neu3 0.746 openness to experience (ope) ope1 0.850 0.854 0.760 0.746 ope2 0.877 subjective well-being (swb) swb3 0.842 0.879 0.816 0.646 swb4 0.847 swb5 0.764 swb6 0.759 trust (trt) trt1 0.806 0.925 0.899 0.712 trt2 0.849 trt3 0.869 trt4 0.846 trt5 0.848 for the discriminant validity analysis, the square root of the ave value of each latent variable was higher than the correlation between the latent variable and the others in the model. the cross-loading value of each observed variable and their latent variables had the highest value compared to the cross-loading value of such observed variables and other latent variables in the model. therefore, all the latent variables of the model had discriminant validity and were measured with the correct observed variable [70], as presented in table 3. table 3. fornell–lacker criterion (discriminant validity) constructs agr con ext kls neu ope swb trt agreeableness (agr) 0.874 consciousness (con) 0.692 0.854 extraversion (ext) 0.450 0.486 0.864 knowledge sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform (kls) 0.344 0.343 0.465 0.767 neuroticism (neu) 0.517 0.428 0.534 0.410 0.813 openness to experience (ope) 0.504 0.439 0.582 0.422 0.632 0.864 subjective well-being (swb) 0.427 0.445 0.617 0.525 0.575 0.508 0.804 trust (trt) 0.233 0.176 0.472 0.613 0.434 0.448 0.432 0.844 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 220 4.3. results of the analysis of direct and indirect effects of personality traits on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform with subjective well-being and trust as mediators to test the hypotheses 4.3.1. path coefficient and t-statistic (bootstrapping) the structural model was evaluated. after validating the adequate convergent and discriminant criteria of the measurement model. the primary focus concerned the model’s capability to explain and predict the effect of exogenous latent variables on the endogenous dependent latent variables [69]. several measures were used to determine the model’s goodness of fit (gof). the minimum acceptable r2 score for a suitable model fit was stated as 0.10 [67]. according to henseler et al. [71], r2 represents the model’s explanatory power, with values of 0.02, 0.13, and 0.26 regarded as weak, moderate, and substantial, respectively [72]. in this study, all r2 values exceeded 0.26, with trt 0.303, swb 0.477, and kls 0.478, indicating that the model had sufficient explanatory power. furthermore, the stone-geisser q2 criteria displayed the value of trt, 0.273, swb 0.455, and kls, 0.241 that were all higher than zero, further supporting the predictive ability of the study model [71], as shown in figure 3. figure 3. research model after hypothesis testing in the final step of the smartpls statistical software calculations, the statistical significance of parameters was tested using the bootstrapping process [67] and random sampling technique with 5,000 sets [67]. two-tailed hypothesis testing was used to show that the coefficient effect value supported the research hypotheses, with a significant coefficient of 0.05 or p < 0.05 and a t-statistics value of more than or equal to 1.96. it was found that extraversion (ext) (ß = 0.323, t = 4.779, p = 0.000) and openness to experience (ope) (ß = 0.204, t = 2.771, p = 0.006) had a positive direct effect on trust (trt), while neuroticism (neu) had a negative direct effect on trt (ß = 0.205, t = 2.855, p = 0.004). ext (ß = 0.374, t = 6.336, p = 0.000) also positively affected subjective well-being (swb); however, neu had a negative direct effect on swb (ß = 0.290, t = 4.885, p = 0.000). furthermore, trt (ß = 0.247, t = 4.113, p = 0.000) and swb (ß = 0.471, t = 9.000, p = 0.000) had a positive direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform (kls). agreeableness (agr) (ß = −0.024, t = 0.290, p = 0.772) and conscientiousness (con) (ß = −0.142, t = 1.913, p = 0.056) had no positive direct effect on trt whereas ope (ß = 0.057, t = 0.969, p = 0.332), agr (ß = 0.003, t = 0.049, p = 0.961), and con (ß = 0.112, t = 1.726, p = 0.084) had no positive direct effect on swb. furthermore, ext (ß = 0.018, t = 0.296, p = 0.767), ope (ß = 0.022, t = 0.350, p = 0.726), agr (ß = 0.048, t = 0.784, p = 0.0.433), and con (ß = 0.113, t = 1.907, p = 0.057) had no direct effect on kls. neu (ß = −0.033, t = 0.584, p = 0.559) had no negative direct effect on kls. table 4 presents the results of the analysis, showing that hypotheses h1, h2, h3, h6, h8, h16, and h17 were accepted, whereas hypotheses h4, h5, h7, h9, h10, h11, h12, h13, h14, and h15 were rejected. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 221 table 4. structural model result for direct relationships hypotheses t-statistics results h1 extraversion has a positive direct effect on trust. 4.779*** accepted h2 openness to experience has a positive direct effect on trust. 2.771** accepted h3 neuroticism has a negative direct effect on trust. 2.855** accepted h4 agreeableness has a positive direct effect on trust. 0.290ns rejected h5 conscientiousness has a negative direct effect on trust. 1.913ns rejected h6 extraversion has a positive direct effect on subjective well-being. 6.336*** accepted h7 openness to experience has a positive direct effect on subjective well-being. 0.969ns rejected h8 neuroticism has a negative direct effect on subjective well-being. 4.885*** accepted h9 agreeableness has a positive direct effect on subjective well-being. 0.049ns rejected h10 conscientiousness has a positive direct effect on subjective well-being. 1.726ns rejected h11 extraversion has a positive direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. 0.296ns rejected h12 openness to experience has a positive direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. 0.350ns rejected h13 neuroticism has a positive direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. 0.584ns rejected h14 agreeableness has a negative direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. 0.784ns rejected h15 conscientiousness has a negative direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. 1.907ns rejected h16 trust has a positive direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. 9.000*** accepted h17 subjective well-being has a positive direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. 4.113*** accepted notes *** p < 0.01, ** p < 0.05, and ns = no statistical significance 4.3.2. sem analysis using mediating variables this study employed the bootstrapping method preacher and hayes [73] suggested to test the mediating effects. table 5 shows that ext (ß = 0.152, t = 4.490, p = 0.000) and ope (ß = 0.096, t = 2.637, p = 0.008) had a positive indirect effect on kls through trt; however, neu (ß = 0.097, t = 2.717, p = 0.007) had a negative indirect effect on kls through trt. ext (ß = 0.092, t = 3.420, p = 0.001) had a positive indirect effect on kls through swb, whereas neu (ß = 0.071, t = 2.912, p = 0.004) had a negative indirect effect on kls through swb. this study used a widely accepted and recommended test called the variance accounted for (vaf) test to analyze the mediating effects. according to hair et al. [74], a vaf value less than 20% suggests no mediation, a value between 20 and 80% suggests partial mediation and a value greater than 80% suggests full mediation. in this study, the vaf value was calculated using the equation: vaf = indirect effect / total effect the vaf value was 57.79% for the mediation effect of trt in the relationship between ext and kls, 72.73% for the mediation effect of trt in the relationship between ope and kls, and 71.85% for the mediation effect of trt in the relationship between neu and kls. these results indicated that trt partially mediated the relationship between ext, ope, neu and kls. moreover, the vaf value was 34.98% for the mediation effect of swb in the relationship between ext and kls, and 52.59% for the mediation effect of swb in the relationship between the neu and kls. these results indicated that swb partially mediated the relationship between ext, neu and kls. nevertheless, agr (ß = −0.011, t = 0.291, p = 0.771) and con (ß = −0.067, t = 1.869, p = 0.062) had no positive indirect effect on kls through trt and ope (ß = 0.014, t = 0.912, p = 0.362). agr (ß = 0.001, t = 0.048, p = 0.961) and con (ß = 0.028, t = 1.543, p = 0.123) have no positive indirect effect on kls through swb. table 5 indicates that hypotheses h18, h19, h20, h23, h24, h25, and h26 were accepted, whereas the hypotheses h21, h22, and h27 were rejected. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 222 table 5. structural model result for the indirect effect hypotheses t-statistics results h18 extraversion has a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust. 4.490*** accepted h19 openness to experience has a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust. 2.637** accepted h20 neuroticism has a negative indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust. 2.717** accepted h21 agreeableness has a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust. 0.291ns rejected h22 conscientiousness has a negative indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust. 1.869ns rejected h23 extraversion has a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through subjective well-being. 3.420** accepted h24 openness to experience has a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through subjective well-being. 0.912ns accepted h25 neuroticism has a negative indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through subjective well-being. 2.912** accepted h26 agreeableness has a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through subjective well-being. 0.048ns accepted h27 conscientiousness has a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through subjective well-being. 1.543ns rejected notes*** p < 0.01, ** p < 0.05, ns = no statistical significance 5. discussions according to the objectives, the research results showed that extraversion and openness to experience personality traits had a positive direct effect on trust, while neuroticism had a negative direct effect on trust. these reflected that the consumers had extraversion and openness to experiencing personality traits. the respondents also had experience purchasing, sharing knowledge, information, and news related to purchasing experiences from the shoppertainment platform, and their decisions to buy or sell products were stimulated and driven through entertaining and informative content. the content was also put together and created to suit the online community, which trusted their friends on the platform or others they were not highly acquainted with. the respondents also liked to talk and share knowledge, information, news, and experience about purchasing products with members of the virtual community on the shoppertainment platform or other people to let them know their stories and purchasing experiences. the findings support jami pour & taheri [28], li et al. [38], and flavián et al. [75], who found that a person with extraversion personality traits always trusted others at a high level, which would lead to a tendency to develop a behavior of building social interactions and good relationships later. jami pour and taheri [28] and li et al. [38] indicated that people who were highly open to new things were curious, creative, and imaginative, whereas people with low openness to new things were cautious and blocked public access to their accounts in the online social community. furthermore, deng et al. [41] reported that groups of people who were always open to new experiences tended to trust others at a high level because the nature of this group of people was always patient and open to everything they encountered; however, a neurotic personality trait had a negative direct effect on trust. this result reflected low levels of trust from consumers who had neurotic personality traits when using the shoppertainment platform to purchase products and share knowledge, information, news, and their purchasing experience. such consumers also tended to interpret what they encountered more negatively than positively. there was also a minimal chance that these people would trust other people or other members of the online social community that they had not known before. this finding was consistent with studies by tang et al. [40], kraus et al. [76], sharan & romano [77], and zhang et al. [78], who found that neuroticism had a negative relationship with consumers’ trust in using new online commercial platform services. extraversion had a positive direct effect on swb, indicating that consumers with extraversion personality traits who used to purchase products from shoppertainment platforms and shared knowledge, information, news, and experience purchasing products from the shoppertainment platform of which they were members with other members perceived that they had a better quality of life and a good mental state. moreover, they were continuously satisfied with their lives, consistent with studies by abdullahi et al. [79] and han [80], which indicated that extraversion was an important factor positively affecting an individual’s perception of life satisfaction. conversely, neuroticism had a negative direct effect on swb, suggesting that consumers with neurotic personality traits who used to purchase products from the shoppertainment platform would have a poor psychological condition and a perception of a worse quality of life. this negative perception would lead to more dissatisfaction in these consumers’ lives when sharing knowledge, information, news, and experiences purchasing products from the shoppertainment platform with other members. this finding was in line with studies by abdullahi et al. [79] and han [80], which suggested that neuroticism was an essential factor negatively affecting an individual’s perception of dissatisfaction in life. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 223 furthermore, trust and swb positively affected knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform, indicating the consumers’ belief that the shoppertainment platform could provide quality services and facilitate consumers or users with what they needed. these users also believed that the platform could be used to share knowledge, information, news, and experience purchasing products from the community on the shoppertainment platform with other members. these actions would improve their psychological status and perception of quality of life. if the consumers trusted and perceived swb toward the shoppertainment platform at a higher level, the knowledge-sharing behavior of sharing information about the products or online services with friends and members of the online community would be promoted. an example was the experience of purchasing or using the shoppertainment platform through knowledge sharing and the presentation of products or services, which also included sharing information about the products or services with other consumers at a higher level. the findings supported the studies by kmieciak [81], mutahar et al. [82], renqiang & wende [83], and wen & wang [84], who found that trust was an important driving factor promoting an individual’s knowledge-sharing behavior, especially knowledge-sharing behavior in a virtual community. wei & gao [23], yen [85], and yen & valentine [86] indicated that swb was positively related to knowledge-sharing behavior on the social media platform. likewise, extraversion and openness to experience personality traits had a positive indirect effect on knowledgesharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust. this finding reflected that consumers with extraversion and openness to experience personality traits who had experience purchasing and sharing knowledge, information, news, and experience purchasing products from the shoppertainment platform would have the behavior of communicating and sharing information about products or online services on the shoppertainment platform with other members of the online social community. this behavior included sharing information or news about experiences in purchasing products or using services on the shoppertainment platform, presenting information about products or services, and distributing information about products or services to other consumers at a higher rate. these would occur when the consumers trusted and were satisfied with the services they received and felt that members of the shoppertainment platform community were sincere and helped one another. these would lead to the behavior of sharing knowledge, information, news, and experience purchasing products from the shoppertainment platform that they used with other consumers at a higher level. this finding was consistent with the studies by jami pour & taheri [28] and li et al. [38], who indicated that trust is a mediator in the positive relationship between extraversion and knowledge-sharing behavior on social media. jami pour & taheri [28], li et al. [38], and gerson et al. [30] reported that trust was a mediator in the positive relationship between openness to experience and knowledge-sharing behavior on social media; however, neuroticism negatively and directly affected knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust. this result suggests that neurotic consumers would share information about online products or services on the shoppertainment platform by sharing news and presentations of products or services, including distributing the information about the products or services to other consumers at a lower or contrasting rate when the consumers did not trust or felt unsatisfied with the services. furthermore, when these users felt that friends who were members of the shoppertainment platform were not sincere and were unwilling to help one another, the behavior of sharing knowledge, information, news, and experience purchasing products from the shoppertainment platform of which they were members with other members would decrease. this finding was consistent with hamza et al. [87], who found that trust was a mediator for the negative relationship between neuroticism and knowledge-sharing behavior on social media. extraversion, openness to experience, and agreeableness also had a positive indirect and direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through swb. this result reflected that consumers with extraversion, openness to experience, and agreeableness personality traits were always friendly and trusted others’ goodness. these consumers were warm and friendly, willing to cooperate with others; they avoided conflicts, had experience purchasing products, and shared knowledge, information, and news about their experience purchasing products on the shoppertainment platform. the behavior of passing and sharing information about the products or online services on the shoppertainment platform with other members of the social media community, such as experience in purchasing products or using online services on the shoppertainment platform by exchanging information and news, presentation of information and news, and distribution of information about the products or services to other consumers, would be higher when the consumers perceived higher quality of life, satisfaction, and better psychological status from using the shoppertainment platform to buy products or services online. this finding was consistent with a study by jami pour & taheri [28], which indicated that swb was a mediator for the positive relationship between extraversion and knowledge-sharing behavior on the social media platform. the results were also in line with jami pour & taheri [28] and gerson et al. [30], who found that swb is a mediator for the positive relationship between openness to experience and knowledge-sharing behavior on the online social media platform. moreover, jami pour & taheri [28] indicated that swb is a mediator for a positive relationship between agreeableness and knowledge-sharing behavior on the online social media platform. nevertheless, neuroticism negatively affected knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through swb, indicating that consumers with neuroticism personality traits would have the behavior of sharing and telling information about products or online services on the shoppertainment platform with other members of the online social community. an example was the experience of purchasing or using products or services on the shoppertainment platform hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 224 by sharing information and presenting information about products or services. information about products or services was distributed to other consumers at a lower or contrasting level when the consumers felt dissatisfied with their lives, had a bad mental state, and perceived that they had a lower quality of life from using the shoppertainment platform to purchase products or services online. this situation would lead to sharing knowledge, information, news, and experience in purchasing products from the shoppertainment platform with other consumers at a lower level. this finding was in line with the study by jami pour & taheri [28], who found that swb is a mediator for the negative relationship between neuroticism and knowledge-sharing behavior on social media. 6. conclusions and suggestions 6.1. conclusions according to the objectives, the research results showed that extraversion and openness to experience had a positive direct effect on trust, while neuroticism had a negative direct effect on trust. extraversion had a positive direct effect on swb, whereas neuroticism negatively affected swb. furthermore, trust and swb positively affected knowledgesharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. in contrast, extraversion and openness to experience had a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust, and neuroticism had a negative indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. furthermore, extraversion, openness to experience, and agreeableness had a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through swb, and neuroticism had a negative indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through swb. the research results led to the development of a framework used to analyze the direct and indirect effects of the consumers’ personality traits on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform, with swb and trust as mediators. this study applied the bfi-s assessment [33], trust [24, 34], swb [17, 35], and knowledge-sharing behavior [21, 25, 36] together with a review of the literature and related previous research. this approach enabled the development of new knowledge to analyze the direct and indirect effects of the consumers’ personality traits on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform, with swb and trust as mediators. this approach could be applied as guidelines for further studies and research to correspond to the present situation where e-commerce is driven by entertainment and more factors stimulate consumers’ demands and supplies. apart from swb and trust as mediators for the relationship among the big five personality traits and knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform, there is a question of whether other factors are present. this study’s statistical analysis indicates that the direct and indirect effects of the consumers’ personality traits on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform with swb and trust as mediators had a predictive coefficient value of 0.478, which could explain the variability of the dependent variable at 47.80 percent. in other words, the other 52.20 percent might be factors or mediators (outside those explored in this study) that explain the direct and indirect effect of the consumers’ personality traits on knowledgesharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. the research results showed that extraversion and openness to experience had a positive direct effect on trust, while neuroticism had a negative direct effect on trust. extraversion had a positive direct effect on swb, whereas neuroticism negatively affected swb. furthermore, trust and swb positively affected knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. at the same time, extraversion and openness to experience had a positive indirect and direct effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust. neuroticism had a negative indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through trust. extraversion, openness to experience, and agreeableness had a positive indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through swb. neuroticism had a negative indirect effect on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform through swb. therefore, owners of online retail stores who used the shoppertainment platforms, shoppertainment platform providers, and stakeholders needed to place importance on trust and swb as they were mediators passing positive and negative effects from extraversion and openness to experience. agreeableness and neuroticism led to knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. these could be applied to their own businesses to upgrade the knowledge-sharing behavior of consumers in an online retail business, which would lead to their decisions to purchase products or online services through the shoppertainment platform at the end. it could also create the sustainable competitive ability of online retail business entrepreneurs in the era of the digital platform business. 6.2. limitation and future research 6.2.1. limitation of the research this research analyzed the direct and indirect effects of consumers’ personality traits on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform, with swb and trust as mediators. the eight variables selected were extraversion, neuroticism, openness to experience, agreeableness, conscientiousness, swb, trust, and knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. the variables were selected from four concepts: the bfi-s assessment [33], trust [24, 34], swb [17, 35], and knowledge-sharing behavior [21, 25, 36]. this approach enabled this study to analyze the direct and hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 225 indirect effects of consumers’ behavior on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform with swb and trust as mediators. future studies might employ other variables from newly discovered or presented concepts or theories to analyze the direct and indirect effects of the consumers’ behavior and knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform with swb and trust as mediators. furthermore, this research collected data from a specific group of consumers with experience purchasing products from the tiktok shop and shared knowledge, information, news, and experience purchasing products in the tiktok community in thailand. this study did not examine the effect of the level of the consumers’ personality traits on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform, with swb and trust as mediators. additionally, data was not collected from other shoppertainment platforms, such as live selling through facebook live shopping, shopee live, or lazlive. moreover, this study was conducted only in thailand; therefore, the results should be applied carefully, considering different demography and culture, which might affect consumers’ opinions or expectations on different shoppertainment platforms. 6.2.2. recommendations for future studies  this study was conducted cross-sectionally. the data were collected over some time and were the attitudes of consumers with experience purchasing products through the tiktok shop and shared their experience in purchasing products from the tiktok shop, and shared knowledge, information, news, and experience in purchasing products in the tiktok community at the time of the study. consumers’ attitudes might change at times; therefore, a longitudinal study can be conducted to investigate the trends and understand consumers’ attitudes at different times.  another direction for future work would be studying other variables expected to be mediators for both direct and indirect effects of consumers’ behavior on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform. a review of previous literature and related and up-to-date research is recommended.  the framework of this research could be further investigated in the context of analyzing the direct and indirect effects of the consumers’ behavior on knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform with swb and trust as mediators in other shoppertainment platforms in thailand, such as live selling through facebook live shopping, shoppe live, or lazlive. 7. declarations 7.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.2. funding and acknowledgments this research was financially supported by the silpakorn university research, innovation and creativity fund, in part from the faculty of management science for the 2023 fiscal year. 7.3. institutional review board statement this study considered the ethics in research involving human subjects and respected the humanity of the volunteers. the research instrument was approved in the exemption review category by the human research ethics committee of silpakorn university research, innovation, and creativity administration office. the certificate of research approval number is rec 66.0302-026-1536. 7.4. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved in the study. 7.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] codagnone, c., & martens, b. (2017). scoping the sharing economy: origins, definitions, impact and regulatory issues. institute for prospective technological studies digital economy working paper 2016/01, jrc100369, 1-36. doi:10.2139/ssrn.2783662. [2] collier, r. b., dubal, v. b., & carter, c. (2017). labor platforms and gig work: the failure to regulate. irle working paper no. 106-17, uc hastings research paper no. 251, 1-32. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3039742. [3] almahameed, m., & obidat, a. (2023). exploring the critical success factors of s-commerce in social media platforms: the case of jordan. international journal of data and network science, 7(1), 163–174. doi:10.5267/j.ijdns.2022.11.006. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 226 [4] ricardianto, p., christy, e., pahala, y., abdurachman, e., soekirman, a., purba, o. r., prasetiawan, s. t., wiguna, e. s., wibawanti, a. b., & endri, e. (2023). digitalization and logistics service quality: evidence from indonesia national shipping companies. international journal of data and network science, 7(2), 781–790. doi:10.5267/j.ijdns.2023.1.011. [5] fu, w., sun, j., & lee, x. (2023). research on the openness of digital platforms based on entropy-weighted topsis: evidence from china. sustainability (switzerland), 15(4), 3322. doi:10.3390/su15043322. [6] eisape, d. a. (2022). transforming pipelines into digital platforms: an illustrative case study transforming a traditional pipeline business model in the standardization industry into a digital platform. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 8(4), 183. doi:10.3390/joitmc8040183. [7] plantin, j. c., & de seta, g. (2019). wechat as infrastructure: the techno-nationalist shaping of chinese digital platforms. chinese journal of communication, 12(3), 257–273. doi:10.1080/17544750.2019.1572633. [8] newsroom tiktok. (2022). tiktok-bcg study finds shoppertainment to be the next usd 1 trillion opportunity for asia pacific. tiktok, culver city, united states. available online: https://newsroom.tiktok.com/en-sg/future-of-commerce-apac (accessed on april 2023). [9] al-khasawneh, m., sharabati, a. a. a., al-haddad, s., tbakhi, r., & abusaimeh, h. (2022). the adoption of tiktok application using tam model. international journal of data and network science, 6(4), 1389–1402. doi:10.5267/j.ijdns.2022.5.012. [10] electronic transactions development agency. (2022). thailand inter user behavior, bangkok, thailand. available online: https://www.etda.or.th/th/useful-resource/publications/iub2022.aspx (accessed on april 2023). (in thai). [11] costa, p., & mccrae, r. (2002). personality in adulthood: a five-factor theory perspective. management information systems quarterly misq. doi: 10.4324/9780203428412. [12] olland, j. p. (2002). the cross-cultural generalizability of the five-factor model of personality. the five-factor model of personality across cultures. international and cultural psychology series, springer, boston, united states. doi:10.1007/978-14615-0763-5_2. [13] dinesen, p. t., nørgaard, a. s., & klemmensen, r. (2013). the civic personality: personality and democratic citizenship. political studies, 62(1_suppl), 134–152. doi:10.1111/1467-9248.12094. [14] mondak, j. j. (2010). personality and the foundations of political behavior. cambridge university press, cambridge, united kingdom. doi:10.1017/cbo9780511761515. [15] vestre, n. d. (1984). irrational beliefs and self-reported depressed mood. journal of abnormal psychology, 93(2), 239–241. doi:10.1037/0021-843x.93.2.239. [16] hayes, n., & joseph, s. (2003). big 5 correlates of three measures of subjective well-being. personality and individual differences, 34(4), 723–727. doi:10.1016/s0191-8869(02)00057-0. [17] lönnqvist, j. e., & große deters, f. (2016). facebook friends, subjective well-being, social support, and personality. computers in human behavior, 55, 113–120. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2015.09.002. [18] tang, j. h., chen, m. c., yang, c. y., chung, t. y., & lee, y. a. (2016). personality traits, interpersonal relationships, online social support, and facebook addiction. telematics and informatics, 33(1), 102–108. doi:10.1016/j.tele.2015.06.003. [19] correa, t., hinsley, a. w., & de zúñiga, h. g. (2010). who interacts on the web?: the intersection of users’ personality and social media use. computers in human behavior, 26(2), 247–253. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2009.09.003. [20] ahn, d., & shin, d. h. (2013). is the social use of media for seeking connectedness or for avoiding social isolation? mechanisms underlying media use and subjective well-being. computers in human behavior, 29(6), 2453–2462. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2012.12.022. [21] cho, h., chen, m., & chung, s. (2010). testing an integrative theoretical model of knowledge-sharing behavior in the context of wikipedia. journal of the american society for information science and technology, 61(6), 1198–1212. doi:10.1002/asi.21316. [22] ma, w. w. k., & chan, a. (2014). knowledge sharing and social media: altruism, perceived online attachment motivation, and perceived online relationship commitment. computers in human behavior, 39, 51–58. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2014.06.015. [23] wei, l., & gao, f. (2017). social media, social integration and subjective well-being among new urban migrants in china. telematics and informatics, 34(3), 786–796. doi:10.1016/j.tele.2016.05.017. [24] gang, k., & ravichandran, t. (2015). exploring the determinants of knowledge exchange in virtual communities. ieee transactions on engineering management, 62(1), 89–99. doi:10.1109/tem.2014.2376521. [25] hung, s. y., lai, h. m., & chou, y. c. (2015). knowledge-sharing intention in professional virtual communities: a comparison between posters and lurkers. journal of the association for information science and technology, 66(12), 2494–2510. doi:10.1002/asi.23339. https://www.etda.or.th/th/useful-resource/publications/iub2022.aspx hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 227 [26] jer yuen, t., & majid, m. s. (2007). knowledge-sharing patterns of undergraduate students in singapore. library review, 56(6), 485–494. doi:10.1108/00242530710760382. [27] panahi, s., watson, j., & partridge, h. (2012). social media and tacit knowledge sharing: developing a conceptual model. world academy of science, engineering and technology, 64, 1095-1102. [28] jami pour, m., & taheri, f. (2019). personality traits and knowledge sharing behavior in social media: mediating role of trust and subjective well-being. on the horizon, 27(2), 98–117. doi:10.1108/oth-03-2019-0012. [29] ross, c., orr, e. s., sisic, m., arseneault, j. m., simmering, m. g., & orr, r. r. (2009). personality and motivations associated with facebook use. computers in human behavior, 25(2), 578–586. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2008.12.024. [30] gerson, j., plagnol, a. c., & corr, p. j. (2016). subjective well-being and social media use: do personality traits moderate the impact of social comparison on facebook? computers in human behavior, 63, 813–822. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2016.06.023. [31] steel, p., schmidt, j., & shultz, j. (2008). refining the relationship between personality and subjective well-being. psychological bulletin, 134(1), 138–161. doi:10.1037/0033-2909.134.1.138. [32] deneve, k. m., & cooper, h. (1998). the happy personality: a meta-analysis of 137 personality traits and subjective wellbeing. psychological bulletin, 124(2), 197–229. doi:10.1037/0033-2909.124.2.197. [33] gerlitz, j. y., & schupp, j. (2005). assessment of big five personality characteristics in the soep. diw research notes, german institute of economic research, berlin, germany. (in german). [34] hashim, k. f., & tan, f. b. (2015). the mediating role of trust and commitment on members’ continuous knowledge sharing intention: a commitment-trust theory perspective. international journal of information management, 35(2), 145–151. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2014.11.001. [35] diener, e., emmons, r. a., larsem, r. j., & griffin, s. (1985). the satisfaction with life scale. journal of personality assessment, 49(1), 71–75. doi:10.1207/s15327752jpa4901_13. [36] staples, d. s., & webster, j. (2008). exploring the effects of trust, task interdependence and virtualness on knowledge sharing in teams. information systems journal, 18(6), 617–640. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2575.2007.00244.x. [37] mccrae, r. r., & costa, p. t. (2003). personality in adulthood: a five-factor theory perspective. guilford press. doi:10.4324/9780203428412. [38] li, z., lin, z., & nie, j. (2022). how personality and social capital affect knowledge sharing intention in online health support groups?: a person-situation perspective. international journal of human-computer interaction, 38(10), 885–896. doi:10.1080/10447318.2021.1976508. [39] mccrae, r. r., & costa, p. t. (1997). personality trait structure as a human universal. american psychologist, 52(5), 509– 516. doi:10.1037/0003-066x.52.5.509. [40] tang, j., zhang, b., & xiao, s. (2022). examining the intention of authorization via apps: personality traits and expanded privacy calculus perspectives. behavioral sciences, 12(7), 218. doi:10.3390/bs12070218. [41] deng, s., lin, y., liu, y., chen, x., & li, h. (2017). how do personality traits shape information-sharing behaviour in social media? exploring the mediating effect of generalized trust. information research, 22(3), 763. [42] tulin, m., lancee, b., & volker, b. (2018). personality and social capital. social psychology quarterly, 81(4), 295–318. doi:10.1177/0190272518804533. [43] oecd. (2013). oecd guidelines on measuring subjective well-being. organisation for economic co-operation and development publishing, paris, france. doi: 10.1787/9789264191655-en. [44] vittersø, j., & nilsen, f. (2002). the conceptual and relational structure of subjective well-being, neuroticism, and extraversion: once again, neuroticism is the important predictor of happiness. social indicators research, 57(1), 89–118. doi:10.1023/a:1013831602280. [45] furnham, a., & cheng, h. (1999). personality as predictor of mental health and happiness in the east and west. personality and individual differences, 27(3), 395–403. doi:10.1016/s0191-8869(98)00250-5. [46] costa, p. t., mccrae, r. r., & dye, d. a. (1991). facet scales for agreeableness and conscientiousness: a revision of tshe neo personality inventory. personality and individual differences, 12(9), 887–898. doi:10.1016/0191-8869(91)90177-d. [47] barrick, m. r., & mount, m. k. (1991). the big five personality dimensions and job performance: a meta‐analysis. personnel psychology, 44(1), 1–26. doi:10.1111/j.1744-6570.1991.tb00688.x. [48] judge, t. a., heller, d., & mount, m. k. (2002). five-factor model of personality and job satisfaction: a meta-analysis. journal of applied psychology, 87(3), 530–541. doi:10.1037/0021-9010.87.3.530. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 228 [49] rose, c. l., murphy, l. b., byard, l., & nikzad, k. (2002). the role of the big five personality factors in vigilance performance and workload. european journal of personality, 16(3), 185–200. doi:10.1002/per.451. [50] judge, t. a., higgins, c. a., thoresen, c. j., & barrick, m. r. (1999). the big five personality traits, general mental ability, and career success across the life span. personnel psychology, 52(3), 621–652. doi:10.1111/j.1744-6570.1999.tb00174.x. [51] gerber, a. s., huber, g. a., doherty, d., & dowling, c. m. (2012). personality and the strength and direction of partisan identification. political behavior, 34(4), 653–688. doi:10.1007/s11109-011-9178-5. [52] boyle, g. j., matthews, g., & saklofske, d. h. (2008). the sage handbook of personality theory and assessment: volume 1 — personality theories and models. sage publications, thousand oaks, united states. doi:10.4135/9781849200462. [53] kircaburun, k., alhabash, s., tosuntaş, ş. b., & griffiths, m. d. (2020). uses and gratifications of problematic social media use among university students: a simultaneous examination of the big five of personality traits, social media platforms, and social media use motives. international journal of mental health and addiction, 18(3), 525–547. doi:10.1007/s11469-0189940-6. [54] seidman, g. (2013). self-presentation and belonging on facebook: how personality influences social media use and motivations. personality and individual differences, 54(3), 402–407. doi:10.1016/j.paid.2012.10.009. [55] stead, h., & bibby, p. a. (2017). personality, fear of missing out and problematic internet use and their relationship to subjective well-being. computers in human behavior, 76, 534–540. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2017.08.016. [56] ding, c., cheng, h. k., duan, y., & jin, y. (2017). the power of the “like” button: the impact of social media on box office. decision support systems, 94, 77–84. doi:10.1016/j.dss.2016.11.002. [57] kim, j., & lee, j. e. r. (2011). the facebook paths to happiness: effects of the number of facebook friends and self-presentation on subjective well-being. cyberpsychology, behavior, and social networking, 14(6), 359–364. doi:10.1089/cyber.2010.0374. [58] wang, s. s. (2013). “i share, therefore i am”: personality traits, life satisfaction, and facebook check-ins. cyberpsychology, behavior, and social networking, 16(12), 870–877. doi:10.1089/cyber.2012.0395. [59] tandoc, e. c., ferrucci, p., & duffy, m. (2015). facebook use, envy, and depression among college students: is facebooking depressing? computers in human behavior, 43, 139–146. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2014.10.053. [60] ding, q., zhang, y. x., wei, h., huang, f., & zhou, z. k. (2017). passive social network site use and subjective well-being among chinese university students: a moderated mediation model of envy and gender. personality and individual differences, 113, 142–146. doi:10.1016/j.paid.2017.03.027. [61] ishii, k. (2017). online communication with strong ties and subjective well-being in japan. computers in human behavior, 66, 129–137. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2016.09.033. [62] kim, b., & kim, y. (2017). college students’ social media use and communication network heterogeneity: implications for social capital and subjective well-being. computers in human behavior, 73, 620–628. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2017.03.033. [63] li, c., shi, x., & dang, j. (2014). online communication and subjective well-being in chinese college students: the mediating role of shyness and social self-efficacy. computers in human behavior, 34, 89–95. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2014.01.032. [64] longstreet, p., & brooks, s. (2017). life satisfaction: a key to managing internet & social media addiction. technology in society, 50, 73–77. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2017.05.003. [65] hair, j., black, w. c., babin, b. j., anderson, r. e., & tatham, r. (2010). multivariate data analysis upper. pearson education, upper saddle river, united states. [66] rovinelli, r. j., & hambleton, r. k. (1977). on the use of content specialists in the assessment of criterion-referenced test item validity. tijdschrift voor onderwijs research, 2, 49-60. [67] hair jr, j. f., hult, g. t. m., ringle, c. m., & sarstedt, m. (2021). a primer on partial least squares structural equation modeling (pls-sem). springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-80519-7. [68] hair, j. f., ringle, c. m., & sarstedt, m. (2011). pls-sem: indeed a silver bullet. journal of marketing theory and practice, 19(2), 139–152. doi:10.2753/mtp1069-6679190202. [69] chin, w.w. (2010). how to write up and report pls analyses. handbook of partial least squares. springer handbooks of computational statistics, springer, berlin, germany. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-32827-8_29. [70] fornell, c., & larcker, d. f. (1981). evaluating structural equation models with unobservable variables and measurement error. journal of marketing research, 18(1), 39–50. doi:10.1177/002224378101800104. [71] henseler, j., ringle, c. m., & sinkovics, r. r. (2009). the use of partial least squares path modeling in international marketing. advances in international marketing, 20(1), 277–319. doi:10.1108/s1474-7979(2009)0000020014. https://www.google.com/search?rlz=1c1gcea_enir1047ir1047&sxsrf=ab5stbgzamwbxjpavjklzbmzvtvezemt3q:1690042808060&q=thousand+oaks&si=acfman86xkhxzoc35jo3k1ec_mua4pwhgnetn6tbgwmwaj9rahzmi115i0zjgdog4kk1o2idsjde5zfb-unyb_55z_msgkuqb2oez0ha7-fbheu1njfr3_kmhvquht4_lpukvyqktjpjz7ejdwxsy9urnryv2sgstwcasowltztf0-b0xcjvthghkce44cibdgmvhvrkiqrs&sa=x&ved=2ahukewj13-qj3kkaaxxtq_edhvi7d_eqmxmoaxoecfsqaw hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 229 [72] cohen, j. (1988). statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences. lawrence erlbaum, mahwah, united states. [73] preacher, k. j., & hayes, a. f. (2008). asymptotic and resampling strategies for assessing and comparing indirect effects in multiple mediator models. behavior research methods, 40(3), 879–891. doi:10.3758/brm.40.3.879. [74] hair, j. f., risher, j. j., sarstedt, m., & ringle, c. m. (2019). when to use and how to report the results of pls-sem. european business review, 31(1), 2–24. doi:10.1108/ebr-11-2018-0203. [75] flavián, c., guinalíu, m., & jordán, p. (2022). virtual teams are here to stay: how personality traits, virtuality and leader gender impact trust in the leader and team commitment. european research on management and business economics, 28(2), 100193. doi:10.1016/j.iedeen.2021.100193. [76] kraus, j., scholz, d., & baumann, m. (2021). what’s driving me? exploration and validation of a hierarchical personality model for trust in automated driving. human factors, 63(6), 1076–1105. doi:10.1177/0018720820922653. [77] sharan, n. n., & romano, d. m. (2020). the effects of personality and locus of control on trust in humans versus artificial intelligence. heliyon, 6(8), 4572. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e04572. [78] zhang, t., tao, d., qu, x., zhang, x., zeng, j., zhu, h., & zhu, h. (2020). automated vehicle acceptance in china: social influence and initial trust are key determinants. transportation research part c: emerging technologies, 112, 220–233. doi:10.1016/j.trc.2020.01.027. [79] abdullahi, a. m., orji, r., rabiu, a. m., & kawu, a. a. (2020). personality and subjective well-being: towards personalized persuasive interventions for health and well-being. online journal of public health informatics, 12(1), 1-24. doi:10.5210/ojphi.v12i1.10335. [80] han, j. h. (2020). the effects of personality traits on subjective well-being and behavioral intention associated with serious leisure experiences. journal of asian finance, economics and business, 7(5), 167–176. doi:10.13106/jafeb.2020.vol7.no5.167. [81] kmieciak, r. (2020). trust, knowledge sharing, and innovative work behavior: empirical evidence from poland. european journal of innovation management, 24(5), 1832–1859. doi:10.1108/ejim-04-2020-0134. [82] mutahar, y., farea, m. m., abdulrab, m., al-mamary, y. h., alfalah, a. a., & grada, m. (2022). the contribution of trust to academic knowledge sharing among academics in the malaysian research institutions. cogent business &amp; management, 9(1). doi:10.1080/23311975.2022.2038762. [83] renqiang, x., & wende, z. (2022). an empirical study on the impact of platform environmental factors on knowledge sharing in virtual communities. technology in society, 71, 102094. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2022.102094. [84] wen, p., & wang, r. (2021). does knowledge structure matter? key factors influencing formal and informal knowledge sharing in manufacturing. journal of knowledge management, 26(9), 2275–2305. doi:10.1108/jkm-06-2021-0478. [85] yen, c. (2022). exploring member’s knowledge sharing intention in online health communities: the effects of social support and overload. plos one, 17(3), e0265628. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0265628. [86] yen, c., & valentine, e. (2023). building caregivers’ social support on social network sites through online support groups. cyberpsychology, behavior, and social networking, 26(1), 57–64. doi:10.1089/cyber.2022.0094. [87] hamza, m. a., rehman, s., sarwar, a., & choudhary, k. n. (2023). is knowledge a tenement? the mediating role of team member exchange over the relationship of big five personality traits and knowledge-hiding behavior. vine journal of information and knowledge management systems, 53(1), 166–186. doi:10.1108/vjikms-05-2020-0084. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 230 appendix i “consumer’s personality traits and knowledge-sharing behavior on shoppertainment platforms: the mediating role of subjective well-being and trust” dear volunteer / research participants, this questionnaire is part of the research project “consumer’s personality traits and knowledge-sharing behavior on shoppertainment platforms: the mediating role of subjective well-being and trust ”the objective is to study the direct and indirect influences of consumer personality on knowledge-sharing behavior through shoppertainment platforms using subjective well-being and trust as mediators. as a key informant, the researcher would like to ask for your kindness in answering the questionnaire truthfully .you have the right to accept or refuse to provide information .there will be no loss of benefit or impact .participation in the research is voluntary without compulsion .you have the right to refuse participation in the research by selecting a check in the box of not agreeing to participate in the research questionnaire .if you are willing to participate in the research and realize the rights protection guidelines already, you can check the consent to participate in the research and continue to answer the questionnaire .in addition, if the respondents feel uncomfortable providing information, they can stop the questionnaire anytime .confidential data is only accessible to the researcher, and the data is destroyed once the research is complete .reporting of research findings will be done in general with prudence .the name and any personal information of the respondents won’t appear in the research as a reference or in the documents related to this research before receiving permission from the respondents before using it .this research is conducted for educational purposes only .the researcher would like to thank everyone who took the time to answer this questionnaire, which will be an essential part of helping this research succeed. researcher do you agree to provide information by answering the questionnaire?  agree  disagree sample filtering questions have you ever shopped through the tiktok shop and shared your knowledge, information, news, and shopping experiences in the thai tiktok community?  yes  no section 1: information of respondents please mark  in the box next to the question that you agree with your answer. 1. gender  male  female  lgbtqia+  non applicable 2 .age  less than 18 years old  18 25 years old  26 41 years old  42 55 years old  56 76 years old  77 years old or older 3. highest level of education  undergraduate  bachelor's degree  master's degree  phd 4 .experience in using the tiktok shop application  less than 1 year  1 3 years  3 5 years  5 7 years  more than 7 years https://dict.longdo.com/search/anonymous https://dict.longdo.com/search/anonymous hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 231 section 2: questions on consumer’s personality traits and knowledge-sharing behavior on shoppertainment platforms: the mediating role of subjective well-being and trust please mark  in the box that corresponds to your level of opinion directly .the criteria for consideration are as follows: score level 5 means strongly agree. score level 4 means agree. score level 3 means neutral . score level 2 means disagree. score level 1 means strongly disagree. what is your opinion about these statements? opinion level 5 4 3 2 1 knowledge-sharing behavior on the shoppertainment platform kls1 you like to share information or knowledge about buying products from tiktok shop with your fellow members through the tiktok community. kls2 you often join to communicate comment or answer fellow members' questions about buying products from tiktok shop in the tiktok community. kls3 you often post questions or create threads asking for advice on anything you want to know about purchasing products from the tiktok shop from fellow members through the tiktok community. kls4 if possible, you would like to share your knowledge or opinions with your fellow members about purchasing products from the tiktok shop through the tiktok community. kls5 you are someone who is willing to help or advise fellow members about purchasing products from the tiktok shop through the tiktok community. subjective well-being swb1 in the future, do you think your life will be as expected? swb2 if you have a long life, you think that you will take action to change everything around yourself. swb3 you consider yourself an interesting person. swb4 you think of yourself as a person who has alertness. swb5 you think of yourself as a person who is enthusiastic. swb6 you think of yourself as a person who is committed to life's goals. swb7 you think of yourself as a person who is full of disappointment. swb8 you think of yourself as someone who is full of paranoia. swb9 you think of yourself as someone who is full of anxiety. swb10 you think of yourself as someone who is full of sorrow. trust trt1 you trust the content or information about purchasing products from the tiktok shop that fellow members share through the tiktok community is considered as trust knowledge. trt2 you feel that your fellow tiktok community members trust other fellow members. trt3 you tend to trust your fellow tiktok community members and intend to discuss things with each other. trt4 you feel comfortable talking with fellow tiktok community members about personal matters. trt5 you believe that if you share your own problems .your fellow tiktok community members are sincere to help you. extraversion ext1 you are a person who likes to be with many people. ext2 you are assertive. openness to experience ope1 you are friendly. ope2 you always have new creative ideas. neuroticism neu1 you are usually nervous. neu2 you are easily to be mad. neu3 you usually have a depress and pressure. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 232 conscientiousness con1 you are always responsible to the duty. con2 you always achieve goals. agreeableness agr1 you are a good listener . agr2 you are a simple person. agr3 you are an altruistic person. thank you for answering the questionnaire. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 592 issn: 2723-9535 an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment: the research and development approach thadathibesra phuthong 1* , pongpun anuntavoranich 2 , achara chandrachai 3, krerk piromsopa 4 1 department of logistics management, faculty of management science, silpakorn university, phetchaburi, 76120, thailand. 2 department of industrial design, faculty of architecture, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, 10330, thailand. 3 department of commerce, chulalongkorn business school, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, 10330, thailand. 4 department of computer engineering, faculty of engineering, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, 10330, thailand. received 18 june 2023; revised 09 august 2023; accepted 21 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract objectives: this research developed and evaluated the effectiveness of an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness and also studied the adoption effectiveness of this application. methods/analysis: a mixed-methods research and development approach was applied to construct a wellness tourism destination competitiveness evaluation model for qualitative research using in-depth interviews, followed by quantitative research using a questionnaire. weighted scores of criteria and indicators for wellness tourism destination competitiveness were evaluated by the dematel method. the cut-off points for classifying the competitiveness level were set by k-means cluster analysis, while the internal and external accuracy of the model were validated by the confusion matrix technique and the kruskal-wallis test. the innovative mobile application was developed using a linear waterfall conceptual design consisting of five software development phases: requirement, design, implementation, verification, and maintenance. a questionnaire was also used to assess the adoption and commercialization of the innovative mobile application. findings: results showed that 1) the model gave high accuracy with the confusion matrix technique at 85.42% and the kruskalwallis test classified destination competitiveness at a significance level of 0.0001; and 2) the level of adoption of the innovative mobile application was high. target users were interested in purchasing a license as the commercial mode of the program. novelty/improvement: this research provides a tool to assess the overall competitiveness of wellness tourism destinations. results can be used to support decision-making and provide practical suggestions for wellness tourism cluster users to adapt when conducting their own competitiveness assessment. the competitiveness assessment results were accurate and in line with the research objectives. keywords: innovative platform; mobile application; wellness tourism; destination competitiveness; competitiveness assessment. 1. introduction wellness tourism is a policy that promotes niche marketing and stimulates foreign currency expenditures. thailand’s wellness tourism strategy plan includes increasing the provision of healthcare competitiveness by focusing on the development of healthcare personnel with academic excellence at all levels while developing the potential of community * corresponding author: phuthong_t@su.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-010  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7385-2808 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2788-2483 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8190-4444 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 593 enterprises and small-scale entrepreneurs to support wellness tourism by promoting marketing and public relations. this strategy plan is also one of the goals of the thai government’s industrial development policy and strategic plan (2017– 2026) to transform thailand into a central hub for medical and wellness tourism [1]. the thai government has placed importance on promoting wellness tourism, but increasing knowledge of the competitive development capacity of a destination to deliver goods and services that outperform other destinations in aspects that tourists consider important [2] is still limited. previous research focused on studying the demands of wellness tourism, including tourist trends, behaviors, needs, experiences, and satisfaction [3–8]. wellness tourism research mainly focuses on studying management models of tourist attractions and the development of routes or goods to support wellness tourists [9, 10], as well as how to improve the quality of wellness tourism activities at business and community levels in a specific area [11–15]. scant research has been published on creating and developing wellness tourism destination competitiveness holistically, even though wellness tourism generates significant revenue for the country. wellness tourists are often welleducated, moderately affluent, prefer long-term stays, and have a higher tourism expenditure per trip than ordinary tourists. the value of the thai wellness tourism market is gradually increasing because of long-standing cultures and traditions, beautiful locations, good-natured people, and exceptional services. the global wellness institute [16] ranked thailand’s wellness tourism market as the 4th largest in asia (after china, japan, and india) and the 4th largest spa market (after china, japan, and south korea). thailand was also ranked 17th globally in traditional & complementary medicine and 18th in healthy eating, nutrition, & weight loss. traditional thai therapies and herbal remedies are often incorporated into spa regimes, and thai massage has global renown in spa circles. medical wellness facilities also offer comprehensive preventive checkups and wellness retreats that meet diverse needs, from heart wellness to brain wellness at the genetic and cellular level, with cost-effective prices compared to many rival destinations. thailand is therefore an ideal and accessible destination for world-class health and wellness services. tourism agencies from both the public and private sectors should understand the different aspects of wellness tourism and apply their knowledge to improve and develop wellness tourism destinations competitiveness by introducing distinctive products or services that meet the needs of niche tourists. this can be achieved through the application of computers, information technology, and communication techniques and methods as tools to create innovative systems for wellness tourism industry management, thereby increasing the efficiency of business operations and raising competitiveness to an international level to achieve the united nations sustainable development goals (sdgs) [17]. goal 8 focuses on promoting inclusive and sustainable economic growth, employment, and decent work for all; goal 9 focuses on building resilient infrastructure to promote sustainable industrialization and foster innovation; and goal 17 focuses on revitalizing global partnerships for sustainable development. gulyas & molnar [17] introduced components and indicators of wellness tourism destination competitiveness utilizing bibliometric analysis methods including co-citation analysis, bibliometric coupling, reference analysis, and keyword analysis. sampling for the bibliometric analysis was conducted using the clarivate web of science (wos) and scopus databases, considered the main sources of references by the academic community. wellness tourism analyses focused on the overview and research directions during the past 10 years. gulyas & molnar [17] did not employ citespace software, while wang et al. [18] conducted a visual analysis of international wellness tourism during the past decade from the web of science wellness tourism field using citespace analysis to combine literature reviews and bibliometrics of core journals, core authors, and core areas in the field. however, wang et al. [18] only selected the core dataset from the web of science, potentially omitting some research results. the large number of studies referenced in their paper also made it difficult to analyze the pre-, post-, and moderating variables of each cluster. their paper focused solely on international research concerning wellness tourism, and no comparison was made with domestic wellness tourism research or addressed the limitations of citespace software, such as potential biases in data selection and interpretation. phuthong et al. [19] developed a model to assess the potential of wellness tourism destinations using the preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses (prisma) approach to conduct a literature review and identify wellness tourism destination assessment factors and indicators. however, their research was based on a systematic literature review, which had possible limitations in terms of the reliability of the wellness tourism destination assessment model constructed using empirical data from wellness tourism stakeholders. an empirical statistical research study was conducted by zeng et al. [20] to explore factors affecting the relationships between destination competitiveness, tourism satisfaction, and tourists’ behavioral intentions to return and recommend a location to others. a questionnaire was used to collect data from 550 tourists who visited five mountain-based health and wellness tourism destinations in panzhihua, china. structural equation modeling (sem) was used to construct and test a model of satisfaction, tourist behavioral intentions, and destination competitiveness. this research study had limitations because the results only applied to mountain-based health and wellness tourism and were not generalizable to other types of tourist destinations, while the measurement scale was specific to the city of panzhihua with its unique cultural and natural environment. bočkus et al. [21] examined the concept of wellness tourism among wellness enterprises and investigated how wellness tourism services operated using multiple case studies encompassing eastern finland, russian karelia, and lithuania. they employed qualitative methodology by conducting individual, semihightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 594 structured interviews with participants to address the research questions. secondary data were also utilized to supplement the interview data and investigate factors impacting differences within the destinations. data from the destination websites was also extracted for content analysis. a list of wellness services from previous literature was used to classify the service offerings. researchers from each country collected data about legislation, state standards, certifications, and other official documents related to wellness tourism services. the material was compared and cross-checked, with interpretations and translations agreed upon by the research group. this study acknowledged the limitation of a small number of interviews, which did not fully reflect the market as a whole. the need for further research to explore the influence of culture, nature, legislation, natural resources, and other factors on the concept of wellness and wellness tourism offerings was also highlighted. chai-arayalert et al. [22] focused on technological application development to support growth in the context of tourism, including applications to design and develop a digital platform-mediated tourism system for self-service information support in small-town destinations. they used a qualitative approach, with data collection methods including document analysis and interviews. the data were then analyzed, developed into a system, and a system evaluation was performed. one limitation of this research study was the small sample size. the authors will not develop the prototype to evaluate its long-term impact or explore additional technologies to investigate its effectiveness in other destinations. buangam et al. [23] developed a mobile application for information system management of agro-tourism activities and attractions. this study collected data on agro-tourism activities and attractions in four sub-districts of noppitam district, nakhon si thammarat province, and selected 12 agro-tourist attractions as research models to develop an information system for the management of agro-tourism activities and attractions. they used the retrieved data to analyze interface design and system development and employed user case diagrams, interface designs, and mysql for database management. the system was developed using the php-language yii framework, was accessible through a web portal, and was compatible with both android and ios devices. the final output was a mobile application information system that was compatible with different devices. users could filter data of interest, such as agro-tourist attractions or restaurants. however, the study had limitations in terms of scope, focusing only on the noppitam district in nakhon si thammarat province and selecting a limited number of agro-tourist attractions as research models. no information was provided on the evaluation or testing of the developed system, which could be considered a limitation in terms of assessing its effectiveness and usability. further studies are required to improve the development of information systems for the effective management of agro-tourist attractions and activities to better assist tourists in decision-making and tailoring tour programs to individual needs. yuensuk et al. [24] developed an application recommending cultural tourism activities using machine learning technology. their research methodology involved collecting data from facebook conversations of 385 tourists who traveled to a famous tourist destination in maha sarakham province. three classification techniques, including naïve bayes, neural networks, and k-nearest neighbour, were used to develop a predictive model for cultural tourism management using text mining techniques. the model performance evaluation tool consisted of a confusion matrix and cross-validation methods. a questionnaire was used to assess the satisfaction of using the application for cultural tourism management. this research study was limited because only data from facebook conversations was collected, and these did not represent the entire population of tourists in maha sarakham province. the study also focused on a specific tourist destination in maha sarakham province, thereby limiting the generalisability of the results to other cultural tourism contexts [25]. the research used three classification techniques for model development, but other machine learning techniques could also have been explored for comparison and validation. the satisfaction assessment of the application was based on a questionnaire that was possibly subject to response bias while not capturing the full range of user experiences. oliveira et al. [26] developed a mobile application to strengthen the relationship between agents of local communities/entities to promote mediation mechanisms among all stakeholders in the process of territorial-based innovation, and evaluate the usability of the mobile app prototype. the development of the center application prototype involved a co-creation approach combining focus groups and brainstorming techniques to define its main functionalities and features, involving ten local community initiatives. low-fidelity mockups were created, tested, and discussed among the team members. the sketches were then converted to wireframes using the sketch application, and improvements were made based on team feedback. principle software was used to develop a medium-fidelity prototype capable of realizing complex interactions such as dragging on a map, swiping on a carousel menu, or tapping to collapse visible content. however, this prototype did not address any potential ethical considerations or limitations related to data privacy, security, or user consent in the development and evaluation of the center application. samsudin et al. [27] designed and developed a mobile app, termed travel assist, for visitors to malaysia by integrating three common web services: google translate, google maps, and xe converter into one app, which was then tested by a group of users to confirm its functionality, feasibility, and validity. a questionnaire was used to evaluate the ease of use of travel assist. results indicated that the app was easy to use, user-friendly, met users’ expectations, and was flexible. however, this research study did not provide detailed information about the specific methods used in the design and development of travel assist or include a comprehensive evaluation of the app’s performance or user feedback. the scalability or potential issues that might arise when implementing travel assist on a larger scale and potential privacy or security concerns related to the use of the app were also not addressed. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 595 wang [28] built an intelligent system that integrated data analysis using a mobile cloud iot computing platform to promote the rural leisure tourism industry and developed a machine learning algorithm to mine tourism data. a specific time series model was also employed to predict the development trend of national cloud computing in the tourism market. grey correlation analysis was used to evaluate the degree of correlation between various indicators and analyze the impact of different factors on cloud computing guided tour demand. one limitation of this research was that it did not provide any information on potential biases or limitations in the data analysis or gray correlation analysis conducted in the study. i̇lkan et al. [29] investigated how mobile application features impacted user engagement and intention for use in tourism using the diffusion of innovation (doi) and uses and gratifications (ugt) theories. the study utilized an online survey questionnaire to collect data from european consumers. statistical remedies were used to check for common method variance, including harman’s single-factor test and unrotated exploratory factor analysis. this research was limited because it focused on only four popular applications used in europe, with limited generalisability of the results to other specific mapps. the issue of cross-sectional data also limited the ability to analyze perception pattern changes over time. oliveira et al. [30] proposed an iterative process to evaluate a mobile application prototype that promoted collaboration between various agents involved in the areas of tourism, health, and well-being using the views of experts and end-users. the mobile application prototype was evaluated in two stages: first by the experts and then by the endusers. the evaluation by experts used a heuristic inspection technique, while the evaluation by end-users involved collecting both quantitative and qualitative data. quantitative data were obtained through user experience evaluation tools (sus and attrakdiff) and usability metrics of effectiveness and efficiency, with qualitative data obtained using the think-aloud protocol. this study had limitations related to the small sample size and short duration, which restricted the generalization of the results. the principle software used for the prototype did not allow certain types of interactions, such as pinch gestures and personalized data insertion by the user. there were also limitations to gestures like drag and drop. however, these limitations did not impair the evaluation of the user experience, which focused on the acceptance and pleasant experience of using the prototype. further studies are needed to assess the adoption, use, and impact of this application in promoting the processes of articulation and approximation between local agents, as well as the construction and diffusion of knowledge and innovations. these previous studies all had certain limitations. therefore, to fill this research gap, our study employed a research and development approach to develop a theoretical framework for a wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model and an assessment tool. the research objectives were 1) to develop and test the effectiveness of an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment and 2) to study the acceptance of an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. to achieve these two main research objectives, a theoretical framework for a wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model was constructed using a mixed-methods approach. qualitative research was conducted through indepth interviews, and the main themes and sub-themes identified were developed into a research questionnaire for the quantitative assessment of wellness tourism destination competitiveness and used as a tool to collect data from wellness tourism clusters. the variable relationships were grouped using exploratory factor analysis (efa), with confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) also applied to the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model. the model elements and indicators were then developed into criteria for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment by experts in the field using the multiple criteria decision-making trial and evaluation laboratory (dematel) method. the weighted values were then calculated, and the indicators of the assessment factors were prioritized. the analytic hierarchy process (ahp) was used to calculate the weighted values within the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model, and the cut-off scores were determined using the cluster analysis technique. prediction efficiency to solve the classification issue was appraised using the confusion matrix technique and the kruskal-wallis independent samples test. the innovative mobile application was developed using a linear waterfall conceptual design, while a questionnaire was also used to assess the adoption and commercialization of the innovative mobile application. the remainder of this paper is organized as follows: section 2 outlines the theoretical framework of the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model development; section 3 presents the developed methodology; section 4 displays the results; section 5 discusses the research outcomes; and conclusions are drawn in section 6. 2. theoretical framework of the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model development a mixed-methods approach was used to develop the theoretical framework of a wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model. this involved qualitative research through in-depth interviews with 13 primary informants, including 3 representatives from public agencies driving and supporting wellness tourism, 5 representatives from academic institutions/professional associations/institutes, 3 representatives from all-inclusive tourism and wellness service businesses, and 2 wellness travelers and tourists. information gathered from the interviews was then subjected to content and thematic analyses using nvivo 12 computer software to determine node clusters by coding similarity diagrams and the similarity metric of jaccard’s coefficient. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 596 data analysis results indicated that the competitiveness assessment factors of wellness tourism destinations consisted of seven main themes, including 1) destination image and hospitality; 2) destination policies and strategies to accommodate travel and wellness tourism; 3) infrastructure and wellness tourism carrying capacity; 4) man-made and cultural resources for wellness tourism; 5) wellness promotion service strategies and structures; 6) innovative capacity of destinations; and 7) collaborative networking and destination branding. the theme of destination image and hospitality consisted of 6 sub-themes; the theme of destination policies and strategies to accommodate travel and wellness tourism consisted of 4 sub-themes; the theme of infrastructure and wellness tourism carrying capacity consisted of 5 sub-themes; the theme of man-made and cultural resources for wellness tourism consisted of 4 sub-themes; the theme of wellness promotion service strategies and structures consisted of 8 sub-themes; the theme of innovation capacity of destinations consisted of 5 sub-themes; and the theme of collaborative networking and destination branding consisted of 9 subthemes. the main themes and sub-themes identified by studying the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment factors were developed into a research questionnaire for the quantitative assessment of wellness tourism destination competitiveness. the formulated questionnaire was then examined by five academic dignitaries and scholars on wellness tourism to determine the index of item-objective congruence (ioc), which should ideally be over 0.5 [31]. answers to the research questions gave ioc values between 0.60 and 1.00, reflecting that the questionnaire was suitable for use. the questionnaire was then tested with 30 non-sample wellness tourism entrepreneurs to determine discrimination values for each item, the item-total correlation value of the entire questionnaire, which should be more than 0.4, and cronbach’s alpha coefficient value (cronbach, 1970), which should be over 0.7. results showed that all items had item-total correlation values of over 0.4, while the reliability test using cronbach’s alpha coefficient showed that all variables passed the stipulated minimum threshold with values between 0.718 and 0.926. therefore, the questionnaire was used as a tool to collect data from a wellness tourism cluster sample consisting of 216 subjects. the variable relationships were then grouped using the exploratory factor analysis (efa) technique to decrease the number of factors using a statistical method called principal component factor analysis employing varimax rotation. in this research, the threshold for the number of factors was decided using eigenvalues, which must be higher than 1, and factor loading, which must have a value of more than 0.5. the analysis results showed that all factor groups passed the stipulated thresholds and had cronbach’s alpha coefficient values, which should be over 0.7, between 0.841 and 0.954, proving that the questionnaire was sufficiently reliable [32]. the results from the exploratory factor analysis were used to conduct a confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) using the asset management operating system (amos) software to confirm the structural equation model by testing whether the correlation of the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model fit the empirical data in accordance with the research hypothesis. the model results correlated with the empirical data, as shown by the overall model fit. the absolute fit index of the relative chi-square: χ2/df value was equal to 1.031 and passed the stipulated threshold at a lower level than 5. when considering the group indices with values of more than or equal to 0.90, all indices, including the tucker-lewis index (tli) (value 0.996) and comparative fit index (cfi) (value 0.997), passed the stipulated thresholds [33]. for group indices with values lower than 0.08, all indices, including the standardized root mean square residual (srmr) (value 0.023) and root mean square error of approximation (rmsea) (value 0.014), passed the stipulated thresholds [34]. therefore, the research hypothesis that the developed wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model fit with the empirical data was accepted. other conditions, such as the convergent and discriminant validity and reliability of the model, also met the validity and reliability requirements of the cfa. results showed that the 41 observed sub-themes as variables achieved the stipulated threshold values of factor loading (threshold >= 0.5 at between 0.618 and 0.919), construct reliability (cr) (threshold >= 0.7 at between 0.793 and 0.955), and average variance extracted (ave) (threshold >= 0.5 at between 0.500 and 0.749). the variables also achieved maximum shared variance (msv) and average shared variance (asv) values that were less than the average variance extracted (ave) threshold, ranging between 0.417 and 0.498 and 0.075 and 0.215, respectively [34]. the model of the achieved elements and indicators was then developed into criteria for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment by utilizing the opinions of experts in the field using the multiple criteria decision-making trial and evaluation laboratory (dematel) method [35] to determine the influence level between the criteria (c) and their respective indicators (i) and the weighted values of elements and indicators. eight experts from academic institutions (academics) and six experts from the tourism industry (industries) were involved with the development of wellness tourism destination competitiveness, making up 14 in total. pairwise matrix correlation was used to ensure the correct influence and direction between the factors, organized into a linguistic scale with 5 influence levels as follows: level 0: no influence; level 1: very low influence; level 2: low influence; level 3: high influence; level 4: very high influence. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 597 the dematel method was applied to determine the weighted values and prioritize the factors of wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment, consisting of the following steps: step 1: creation of direction relation average matrix (z) a pairwise comparison of the identified parameters was performed by the experts to determine the influence potential of one parameter over others. each expert indicated their responses using integers (0 to 4) in the matrices, with each matrix indicating which parameter (i) had five levels of influence over every other parameter (j). the responses of the experts led to the formation of a non-negative matrix (n*n). after taking into account the responses of all the experts, an average direct relation matrix (z) was obtained in the form of an n*n matrix, where ‘n’ is the number of identified parameters while ‘i’ and ‘j’ represent row and column, respectively. the average initial direct-relation matrix (z) was computed using equation 1 where matrix z (average initial directrelation matrix) = [zij]; z= zij= 1 h ∑ xij kh k=1 (1) where, h refers to the number of experts, n refers to the number of factors, k refers to the number of respondents questioned and, xij k refers to the degree of influence of criterion i on criterion j in relation to the kth expert. step 2: creation of normalised direct relation matrix (d) the direct relation matrix (z), as determined in step 1, was then multiplied by a factor of f to get an n*n normalized direct relation matrix (d). the factor f was determined using equation 2, and the normalized direct relation matrix (d) was created using equation 3. f = min { 1 max i ∑ |zij| n j=1 , 1 max j ∑ |zij| n j=1 } (2) d =f×z (3) each element in the normalised direct relation matrix (d) holds a value ranging from 0 to 1. with the major diagonal elements being 0. step 3: calculation of total relation matrix (t) the total relation matrix (t) indicates the total relationships between all pairs of identified parameters. the matrix t was calculated using equation 4 and element ‘tij’ of matrix t indicates the indirect influence that parameter ‘i’ has over parameter ‘j’. the indirect influence continuously reduces along the powers of t. t=n+n2+n3+⋯nk= n(i+n+n2+⋯+nk-1) [(i-n)(i-n) -1 ]= n(i-n) -1 (i-nk) thus, when lim k→∞ nk = [0n×n] t=n(i-n) -1 (4) where, ‘i’ is a n×n identity matrix. step 4: determination of sums of rows and columns of total relation matrix (t) the sums of the rows and columns of matrix t were determined as per equations 5 and 6 and represented by vectors r and c respectively. r=(ri)n×1= [∑ tij n j=1 ] n×1 (5) c=(cj)1×n = [∑ tij n j=1 ] 1×n (6) ri is the sum of the ith row and indicates the direct and indirect effects of parameter ‘i’ over other parameters. cj is the sum of the jth column and indicates the direct and indirect influences of other parameters on parameter ‘j’. step 5: development of weighted score and ranking the vectors r and c determined in step 4 were utilized to develop the weighted score. in this step, vectors r+c indicated the importance of the identified parameters. the results of inquiring for the opinions of the experts regarding the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment were used to prioritize and weight the component factor groups of the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment, as displayed in table 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 598 table 1. calculation results of matrix z per equation 1 of the component factor groups of wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c1 0.0000 3.3571 3.4286 3.2857 3.2857 2.9286 3.2857 c2 3.3571 0.0000 3.5714 3.0714 3.3571 2.9286 3.4286 c3 3.3571 3.4286 0.0000 3.0714 3.0000 3.0714 3.0714 z = c4 3.2143 3.0000 2.7857 0.0000 2.9286 3.0000 3.2143 c5 3.2857 3.4286 3.1429 3.0714 0.0000 3.2857 3.1429 c6 2.8571 3.0000 2.9286 2.8571 3.2857 0.0000 3.3571 c7 3.1429 3.2857 3.0714 3.0714 3.4286 3.3571 0.0000 after receiving the correlations of matrix z, the next step was to calculate the direct correlations of matrix d per equations 2 and 3 and determine the average values for direct correlations of matrix d, with results displayed in table 2. table 2. calculation results of matrix d per equations 2 and 3 of the component factor groups of wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c1 0.0000 0.1703 0.1739 0.1667 0.1667 0.1486 0.1667 c2 0.1703 0.0000 0.1812 0.1558 0.1703 0.1486 0.1739 c3 0.1703 0.1739 0.0000 0.1558 0.1522 0.1558 0.1558 d = c4 0.1630 0.1522 0.1413 0.0000 0.1486 0.1522 0.1630 c5 0.1667 0.1739 0.1594 0.1558 0.0000 0.1667 0.1594 c6 0.1449 0.1522 0.1486 0.1449 0.1667 0.0000 0.1703 c7 0.1594 0.1667 0.1558 0.1558 0.1739 0.1703 0.0000 from the direct correlation values of matrix d, the total correlation values of matrix t were calculated per equation 4, with results displayed in table 3. table 3. calculation results of matrix t per equation 4 of the component factor groups of wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c1 4.2394 4.4401 4.3360 4.2317 4.3966 4.2453 4.4348 c2 4.4136 4.3236 4.3697 4.2512 4.4280 4.2732 4.4690 c3 4.2787 4.3351 4.0831 4.1212 4.2795 4.1475 4.3194 t = c4 4.1098 4.1534 4.0454 3.8289 4.1130 3.9864 4.1594 c5 4.3417 4.4017 4.2855 4.1846 4.2134 4.2195 4.3887 c6 4.1240 4.1816 4.0781 3.9821 4.1543 3.8815 4.1927 c7 4.3351 4.3952 4.2815 4.1834 4.3606 4.2213 4.2500 then, the r values as the sum of rows in matrix t and the c values as the sum of columns in matrix t were calculated. the r values and c values were then used to calculate the significance values, as displayed in table 4. table 4. calculation results of weighted values and priorities of the component factor groups of wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment assessment factors r c r+c significance c1 30.3239 29.8424 60.1663 3 c2 30.5283 30.2307 60.7590 1 c3 29.5646 29.4793 59.0439 4 c4 28.3964 28.7831 57.1795 6 c5 30.0351 25.5849 55.6200 7 c6 28.5944 28.9748 57.5692 5 c7 30.0272 30.2141 60.2413 2 the weighted values were then calculated and the indicators of the seven assessment factors were prioritised. the analytic hierarchy process (ahp) was used to calculate the weighted values within the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model, with results displayed in table 5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 599 table 5. weighted values of the component factors and indicators in the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model factor indicator weighted value 1. destination image and hospitality (c1) 0.1465 a business environment that promotes wellness tourism business (i1) 0.1700 safety and security of the destination (i2) 0.1699 health and hygiene management in wellness tourism areas or destinations (i3) 0.1694 human resource readiness of personnel working in wellness tourism establishments or businesses with a responsibility of providing products and services to tourists (i4) 0.1731 human resource readiness of local people with a responsibility of being good hosts to welcome wellness (i5) 0.1642 information technology and communication readiness (i6) 0.1534 2. destination policies and strategies to accommodate travel and wellness tourism (c2) 0.1480 placing importance on travel, tourism and wellness services (i7) 0.2561 opening up to the world specifically to promote wellness tourism (i8) 0.2574 capacity for determining the price level of wellness products and services (i9) 0.2447 creating an environmentally friendly experience in destination areas (i10) 0.2419 3. infrastructure and wellness tourism carrying capacity (c3) 0.1438 transportation infrastructures that are ready to support wellness tourism (i11) 0.2063 infrastructures that support services and tourism (i12) 0.2062 capacity for supporting venues, accommodations and facilities (i13) 0.2063 capacity for catering support (i14) 0.1942 capacity for supporting recreation and entertainment (i15) 0.1870 4. man-made and cultural resources for wellness tourism (c4) 0.1393 natural tourist attraction readiness (i16) 0.2473 cultural and intellectual tourist attraction readiness (i17) 0.2507 resources that accommodate the development of tourist attractions and routes or the establishment of new activities to meet the needs of wellness tourists (i18) 0.2500 readiness of resources in promoting tourist health (i19) 0.2521 5. wellness promotion service strategies and structures (c5) 0.1355 strategies to improve the quality of service and restoration (i20) 0.1279 promoting tourist attractions’ fame and certification awards (i21) 0.1196 planning a strategy of providing services to give a satisfying customer experience (i22) 0.1259 connecting various products, services, activities and elements of wellness tourism to tourists at their destinations (i23) 0.1237 tourist attractions offer therapeutic and beauty activities (i24) 0.1274 tourist attractions offer healthy body activities (i25) 0.1271 tourist attractions offer healthy mind activities (i26) 0.1255 tourist attractions offer activities to educate on the local community’s way of life (i27) 0.1230 6. innovative capacity of destinations (c6) 0.1402 knowledge of developing new products and services, as well as activities and elements of wellness tourism that are of high speed and high quality (i28) 0.1954 knowledge of meeting the needs of customers or tourists as much as possible (i29) 0.2040 human capital for developing new products and services (i30) 0.2048 acceptance of service innovation (i31) 0.2016 creating new wellness products or services using community resources based on the distinctive local way of life and identity (i32) 0.1941 7. collaborative networking and destination branding (c7) 0.1467 creation of cluster groups for collaboration and communication to all stakeholders (i33) 0.1119 allowing or supporting the local communities to participate in planning wellness tourism (i34) 0.1100 collaboration between public and private agencies (i35) 0.1119 marketing of wellness products and services jointly with allies from public and private agencies on regional, national and international levels (i36) 0.1119 building brands for destinations to allure tourists, such as presenting distinctive slogans, logos and health promotion services (i37) 0.1132 creating a brand identity that is more memorable than the competition (i38) 0.1089 communicating marketing for advertising and public relations jointly with online social media on wellness (i39) 0.1127 simulating the environment in real locations for target customers and interested individuals to experience, understand and have a transparently clear picture of wellness tourism destinations (i40) 0.1096 jointly building the brand values, such as content created by tourists through online reviews and satisfaction assessment through online channels (i41) 0.1100 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 600 after calculating the weighted values of the factors and indicators of the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model, the cut-off scores of the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment were determined using the cluster analysis technique for the 216 samples gathered from quantitative research as well as the k-means cluster analysis technique. the overall cut-off scores of the factors in wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment were determined, as displayed in table 6, with the cut-off scores of the seven individual factors in wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment displayed in table 7. table 6. summary of the overall cut-off scores of the factors in wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment score <= 3.35 3.36 < score <= 4.25 score > 4.25 low potential moderate potential high potential table 7. summary of the cut-off scores of the seven factors in wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment factor low potential moderate potential high potential 1. destination image and hospitality (c1) score <= 4.18 4.19 < score <= 4.40 score > 4.40 2. destination policies and strategies to accommodate travel and wellness tourism (c2) score <= 3.89 3.90 < score <= 4.20 score > 4.20 3. infrastructure and wellness tourism carrying capacity (c3) score <= 3.71 3.72 < score <= 4.03 score > 4.03 4. man-made and cultural resources for wellness tourism (c4) score <= 3.49 3.50 < score <= 3.84 score > 3.84 5. wellness promotion service strategies and structures (c5) score <= 3.66 3.67 < score <= 4.06 score > 4.06 6. innovative capacity of destinations (c6) score <= 4.14 4.15 < score <= 4.49 score > 4.49 7. collaborative networking and destination branding (c7) score <= 4.22 4.23 < score <= 4.53 score > 4.53 the internal and external validity of the developed wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model were tested by gathering information from scholars and researchers from academic institutions in areas where wellness tourism businesses were located. a total of 24 wellness tourism businesses that participated in thailand tourism awards events in the health and wellness tourism category hosted by the tourism authority of thailand were selected to test the accuracy of the assessment tool. the developed innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment was expected to achieve at least 80% accuracy. the prediction efficiency to solve the classification issue was appraised using the confusion matrix technique. this crucial tool assessed the prediction results from the developed model following the guidelines of the prediction assessment accuracy test of machine learning [36], as displayed in table 8. table 8. the 3x3 confusion matrix number of times tested actual result a b c predicted result a ta fa1 fa2 b fb1 tb fb2 c fc1 fc2 tc where ta has a predicted result of "a" and an actual result of “a”, tb has a predicted result of "b" and an actual result of “b”, tc has a predicted result of "c" and an actual result of “c”, fa1 has a predicted result of "a" and an actual result of “b”, fa2 has a predicted result of "a" and an actual result of “c”, fb1 has a predicted result of "b" and an actual result of “a”, fb2 has a predicted result of "b" and an actual result of “c”, fc1 has a predicted result of "c" and an actual result of “a”, fc2 has a predicted result of "c" and an actual result of “b”. the prediction assessment accuracy tests of the developed model were then calculated using an equation developed by ting [37] as follows: accuracy (ac)= 𝑇 𝑇+𝐹𝐴1+𝐹𝐴2+𝐹𝐵1+𝐹𝐵2+𝐹𝐶1+𝐹𝐶2 × 100% (7) where, t = ta + tb + tc. the results of the internal validity and external validity tests of the developed model are displayed in table 9. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 601 table 9. test results of the efficiency of the prediction to solve the classification issue number of tests: 48 times low potential moderate potential high potential actual result percentage actual result percentage actual result percentage prediction result low potential 2 40.00 3 60.00 0 0.00 moderate potential 2 8.70 19 82.60 2 8.70 high potential 0 0.00 0 0.00 20 100.00 substituting the values in the prediction assessment accuracy equation gave a prediction assessment accuracy of (41/48)*100, or 85.42%, which was sufficient to solve the classification issue, with an accuracy of over 80% exceeding the stipulated minimum level. the kruskal-wallis independent samples test was employed to confirm the efficiency of the prediction to solve the classification issue, as well as using the confusion matrix technique, in accordance with the guidelines of the prediction assessment accuracy test of machine learning. results showed that the cut-off scores of the developed wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model showed clear differences between the average scores of the three potential groups (low potential, moderate potential, and high potential), both in the context of the overall perspective and in each of the seven factors individually. the scores were reliable and statistically significant. a comparison of the overall differences in median scores gathered from the developed wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment between the low, moderate, and high potential groups is displayed in table 10. table 10. comparison of the overall differences in median scores gathered from the developed wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment between the low, moderate and high potential groups using the kruskal-wallis test (n = 24) group n m sd mean rank x2 (chi-square) p (sig.) high potential 10 4.65 0.55 19.50 19.976 0.000 moderate potential 9 3.97 0.74 10.00 low potential 5 3.18 0.71 3.00 the results of the kruskal-wallis test (table 10) showed differences between each potential group of wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessments. differences in the overall average scores received from the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment gave 0.0001 statistical significance. the high-potential group had a median score of 4.65, the moderate-potential group had a median score of 3.97, and the low-potential group had a median score of 3.18, as displayed by the histogram in figure 1. figure 1. histogram displaying the differences between median scores of the three potential groups of wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment using the kruskal-wallis test, with statistically significant differences hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 602 3. research methodology the development of an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment was performed using a research and development approach. the test results of internal validity, external validity, and efficiency of the prediction accuracy of the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model showed statistically significant prediction accuracy at a reliable level. the development of an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment involved a software development process with multiple sequential steps. these ranged from studying the requirements to software designing and implementation as per the conceptual diagram of the linear waterfall model that was improved from the model created by peter kemp and paul smith, consisting of five phases of software development [38]. these phases were conducted in sequential design and development steps, with the output of each step becoming the input for the next sequential step, as detailed below: 3.1. requirements innovative mobile applications for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment that can be used as selfassessment tools as part of the decision-making process to accurately elevate the competitiveness of wellness tourism clusters in various areas of thailand are not currently prevalent. therefore, this study researched and developed an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment, the first of its kind in thailand. the responsive web design allowed use on various devices, such as desktop computers, tablets, and smartphones, with data inputted and analyzed and results displayed in a readily understandable graphical format. our mobile application also has a suggestion system to improve and develop capacities in areas that have low scores and store this information in the database, allowing users to compare area-based assessment results annually to promote and support wellness tourism clusters in various areas of thailand to efficiently develop their competitiveness in both the thai context and on the international level. this step involved determining the requirements of an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. the requirements for using the system and the necessary qualities to meet the needs of users were gathered by testing the working concept with a user group through engaging in conversations, using semi-structured questionnaires to find faults in the system, and using the data to improve the efficiency of the system. the user group that participated in the working concept test included 3 representatives from public agencies driving and supporting wellness tourism, 3 representatives from associates or agencies promoting wellness tourism, 3 representatives as entrepreneurs of wellness tourism businesses, 3 representatives as managers at tourist destinations, and 2 representatives as wellness travelers or tourists. the results were summarized and displayed in table 11. table 11. results from questionnaires regarding the suitableness of the model design for an innovative assessment system for wellness tourism destinations innovative mobile application functions suitable not suitable 1. user data entry 1.1. main screen/log-in function √ 1.2. registration system per user groups √ 1.3. logging in/identity verification system √ 1.4. log out function √ 2. data assessment and gathering system 2.1. questionnaire to assess the competitiveness level √ 2.2. answering the questionnaire to assess the competitiveness level. users can determine the weighted values of factors and indicators within the assessment by themselves. √ 3. reporting system, suggestion system and results comparison system 3.1. reporting the analysis results of wellness tourism destination competitiveness, both overview and per individual factor and providing suggestions for competitiveness improvement √ 3.2. recalling historical competitiveness assessment results of oneself for comparison, ranging from every 3 months, every 6 months and yearly √ 3.3. recalling historical competitiveness assessment data and comparing with those of other areas √ 3.4. writing criticisms/reviews and voting the satisfaction score √ the results gathered from group conversations and answering questionnaires on the suitableness of model design for an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment showed that the aforementioned functions of the model for innovative systems were all suitable for model development. the results from this requirement study were developed into a working system in the next step. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 603 3.2. design this step involved designing the innovative mobile application in various relevant areas, especially regarding crucial qualities as prioritization for assessment factors to satisfy the needs of users in the wellness tourism cluster and as an equation to efficiently analyze and classify wellness tourism destination competitiveness levels within the framework of the seven assessment factors. the equations for analyzing and classifying the total wellness tourism destination's competitiveness are detailed as follows: total = (0.1465*total de score)+(0.1480*total pol score)+(0.1438*total inf score)+(0.1393*total mac score)+(0.1355*total wel score)+(0.1402*total inn score)+(0.1467*total col score) (8)  the total de score is the total destination image and hospitality potential score of wellness tourism destinations.  the total pol score is the total destination policies and strategies to accommodate travel and wellness tourism potential score of wellness tourism destinations.  the total inf score is the total infrastructure and wellness tourism carrying capacity potential score of wellness tourism destinations.  the total mac score is the total man-made and cultural resources for wellness tourism and the potential score of wellness tourism destinations.  the total wel score is the total wellness promotion service strategy and structure potential score of wellness tourism destinations.  the total inn score is the total innovative capacity potential score of wellness tourism destinations.  the total col score is the total collaborative networking and destination branding potential score of wellness tourism destinations. innovative mobile application users for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment were classified into four groups, including: 1) wellness tourism business clusters; 2) public agencies driving and supporting wellness tourism; 3) wellness travelers and tourists; and 4) system administrators responsible for managing innovative mobile application systems. the user case diagram of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment is displayed in figure 2. 3.3. implementation this step involved writing the programming codes for the innovative mobile application. it was separated into two parts: designing the user interface with the figma website and writing programming codes to determine the work functions with html using a responsive web design that can support multiple devices as both mobile and web-based applications. the innovative mobile application software presented the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment under the concept of “technology, innovation, and management”. “technology” means the data analysis technology used to develop the innovative mobile application; “innovation” means the mobile application with an innovative design to assess the competitiveness of wellness tourism destinations; and “management” means developing the sustainable competitiveness potential of wellness tourism destinations. the mobile application consisted of 10 user interface parts, including the user registration system, login system, user profile editing system, assessment questionnaire section, weighted values of factors and indicators of the assessment per user requirements input system, assessment report and printing system, personal assessment comparison and printing system, area-based assessment comparison and printing system, reviews/suggestions and satisfaction scoring system, and logout system. user interface picture examples of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment are displayed in figures 3 to 8. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 604 figure 2. user case diagram of an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment figure 3. user registration screens hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 605 figure 4. wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment questionnaire screens figure 5. instruction for inputting weighted values of factors and indicators of the assessment per user screen requirements figure 6. assessment report and printing screens 4.486 4.016 3.456 4.025 4.159 4.522 4.789 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 606 figure 7. screens displaying historical assessment data comparison menus every 3 months, every 6 months and yearly, as well as results reporting and printing screens figure 8. screens displaying personal and area-based assessment comparisons, as well as reporting and printing screens 3.4. verification this process involved testing the operational status of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment by uploading its host and its domain to the internet and allowing 40 target users to conduct practical tests of the application. a research questionnaire was created as a tool to study the acceptance factors of the innovative mobile application by applying the technology adoption model [39, 40] as a conceptual study framework. this model consisted of screen designs, assessment question designs, results, perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and behavioral intention to use. these factors were assessed for acceptance and developed into a research questionnaire to collect data from the target users. the questionnaire was separated into three parts, as follows: part 1 involved general information about survey takers, consisting of four questions about gender, age, education level, and experience working in the wellness tourism business or using wellness tourism services. in part 2, questions related to the acceptance factors of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. a total of 32 questions included 4 questions about screen designs, 5 questions about assessment question designs, 6 questions about displaying results designs, 5 questions about perceived usefulness, 7 questions about perceived ease of use, and 5 questions about behavioral intention to use. the criteria were determined by converting the average values into innovation adoption levels, using absolute criteria to find the average score. innovation adoption was classified into five levels related to the significance of various factors, as follows: 4.486 4.436 4.096 3.299 4.486 4.016 3.456 4.025 4.159 4.522 4.789 4.486 4.016 3.456 4.025 4.159 4.522 3.233 4.789 3.125 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 607 average values between 4.21 and 5.00 mean that the target users have a perspective trend towards the highest innovation adoption level. average values between 3.41 and 4.20 mean that the target users have a perspective trend towards a high innovation adoption level. average values between 2.61 and 3.40 mean that the target users have a perspective trend towards a moderate innovation adoption level. average values between 1.81 and 2.60 mean that the target users have a perspective trend towards a low innovation adoption level. average values between 1.00 and 1.80 mean that the target users have a perspective trend towards the lowest innovation adoption level. the meanings of standard deviation values with the five rating scales were as follows: a standard deviation value of more than 1.75 means that the target users have a perspective trend towards innovation adoption with a very high variance. a standard deviation value between 1.25 and 1.75 means that the target users have a perspective trend towards innovation adoption with moderately high variance. a standard deviation value of less than 1.25 means that the target users have a perspective trend towards innovation adoption with low or near equal variance. in part 3, questions related to the commercialization of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. five questions were posited about opinions on the reuse of software, expected times of software usage, types of interests in the commercialization of the mobile application, the affordable price/willingness to pay (baht) to use the mobile application, and additional comments or suggestions. 3.5. maintenance this step involved the maintenance and improvement of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment using the performance test results and the acceptance test results from target users. these included fixing issues and errors and making improvements to allow the software to be used continuously. 4. results 4.1. innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment comprises computer software that allows wellness tourism cluster groups in various areas to participate in an online questionnaire to analyze their own competitiveness. the questionnaire consisted of two parts. part 1 contained data related to areas that needed to be assessed, while part 2 was a questionnaire for wellness tourism cluster groups to conduct self-assessments using an assessment manual developed by the researchers. the application gathered data from the assessment to calculate the prediction equations and weighted values of the stipulated factors and indicators. before completing the self-assessment, if the wellness tourism cluster groups wished to determine their own weighted values of factors and indicators, they could do so by inputting the data. after the wellness tourism cluster groups had completed all seven factors of the questionnaire, the system displayed the overall score and scores for each of the individual factors in radar chart format as the competitiveness levels of each group rated low, moderate, and high, with suggestions on how to improve these competitiveness levels, comparison with historical personal scores every 3 months, 6 months, or 1 year, and also comparison with data from other areas. wellness tourism cluster groups could download the assessment report in pdf format. users from public agencies driving and supporting wellness tourism promotion policies could access the assessment reports of wellness tourism cluster groups in various areas, and users who were wellness travelers and tourists could also access the assessment reports of wellness tourism cluster groups in various areas. they could also provide feedback as a wellness tourism destination satisfaction assessment in various areas. the overview of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment is displayed in figure 9. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 608 figure 9. overview of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment 4.2. technology acceptance test 4.2.1. general data of questionnaire informants analysis results of the demographic characteristics of questionnaire informants from a sample group of 40 members of a wellness tourism cluster group showed that most members were female, between 41 and 56 years old, had a bachelor’s degree and between 1 and 5 years of experience working in the wellness tourism business or using wellness tourism services (table 12). table 12. demographic characteristics of questionnaire informants demographics of questionnaire informants quantity (person) percentage 1. gender male 16 40.00 female 20 50.00 not specified 4 10.00 2. age below 25 years of age 1 2.50 25 40 years of age 15 37.50 41 56 years of age 20 50.00 57 75 years of age 4 10.00 over 76 years of age 0 0.00 3. education level undergraduate 5 12.50 bachelor’s degree 23 57.50 master’s degree 10 25.00 doctoral degree or above 2 5.00 4. experience working in the wellness tourism business or using wellness tourism services below 1 year 12 30.00 1 5 years 13 32.50 6 10 years 10 25.00 11 15 years 0 0.00 16 20 years 4 10.00 over 20 years 1 2.50 total 40 100.00 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 609 table 13. average and standard deviation values of acceptance levels of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment factors factor x̄ s.d. innovation adoption trend 1. screen designs 4.02 0.69 high 1.1 the innovative mobile application has a balanced and beautiful screen element arrangement. 4.05 0.63 high 1.2 the innovative mobile application uses a text style with clear size and colour and is easy to read. 4.10 0.66 high 1.3 the innovative mobile application has appropriate colour selection that is comfortable to look at. 3.93 0.72 high 1.4 the innovative mobile application has distinctive icons that convey clear meanings. 4.00 0.71 high 2. assessment question designs 4.00 0.72 high 2.1 questions in the innovative mobile application have correct and compact wording that can be easily understood by respondents. 3.98 0.65 high 2.2 questions in the innovative mobile application have clear content structure and correlation with each other. 4.00 0.81 high 2.3 questions in the innovative mobile application are appropriate for user groups. 3.98 0.72 high 2.4 questions in the innovative mobile application use a text style that is easy to read. 4.08 0.75 high 2.5 questions in the innovative mobile application generate positive outcomes that can lead to further applications to develop wellness tourism destination competitiveness. 3.98 0.65 high 3. displaying results designs 3.93 0.71 high 3.1 the innovative mobile application uses colour scales to reflect the levels of wellness tourism destination competitiveness. 3.98 0.76 high 3.2 the innovative mobile application has appropriate descriptions of the colour scales. 3.80 0.71 high 3.3 the innovative mobile application provides guidelines on the system process appropriately. 3.93 0.69 high 3.4 the innovative mobile application has an appropriate scoring system. 3.88 0.71 high 3.5 the innovative mobile application provides guidelines on improving and developing wellness tourism destination competitiveness that are appropriate for each user group. 4.00 0.67 high 3.6 the innovative mobile application leads to further learning for user groups who are stakeholders in improving and developing wellness tourism destination competitiveness. 3.98 0.72 high 4. perceived usefulness 4.03 0.70 high 4.1 the innovative mobile application helps to analyse the levels of wellness tourism destination competitiveness in various factors effectively. 4.13 0.60 high 4.2 the innovative mobile application can provide crucial and necessary suggestions in developing wellness tourism destination competitiveness in various areas for the user. 4.05 0.74 high 4.3 the innovative mobile application is a tool that can help those involved with planning and developing wellness tourism destination competitiveness correctly. 4.13 0.68 high 4.4 the innovative mobile application can decrease the assessment time to plan and develop wellness tourism destination competitiveness efficiently. 3.93 0.69 high 4.5 overall, the innovative mobile application is useful in supporting users’ requirements. 3.93 0.75 high 5. perceived ease of use 3.99 0.76 high 5.1 the innovative mobile application has clear operational processes and instructions that are easy to understand. 4.03 0.65 high 5.2 the innovative mobile application has appropriate and logical assessment criteria and explanations. 4.15 0.76 high 5.3 the innovative mobile application allows quick and accurate data input and assessment in every process 3.95 0.77 high 5.4 the innovative mobile application has a reporting system for the wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment results that is clear and easy to understand. 4.00 0.81 high 5.5 the innovative mobile application can support various devices, such as desktop computers, tablets, smartphones, etc. 3.83 0.74 high 5.6 the innovative mobile application can be used to satisfy the user’s needs at anywhere and anytime. 3.98 0.72 high 5.7 overall, the user believes that this innovative mobile application is easy to use. 3.98 0.82 high 6. behavioural intention to use 3.98 0.70 high 6.1 using the innovative mobile application to assess the wellness tourism destination competitiveness can provide satisfying results for the user. 4.05 0.74 high 6.2 the user is satisfied with the quality of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. 3.88 0.75 high 6.3 the user is confident in the accuracy of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. 4.08 0.65 high 6.4 the user feels safe and has adequate privacy when using the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. 3.93 0.75 high 6.5 the user intends to use the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. 3.98 0.61 high overall 3.99 0.72 high hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 610 4.2.2. results of the innovative wellness tourism destination assessment system acceptance data results from 40 sample group respondents were analyzed to study the acceptance level of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. the respondents had a high acceptance level of the innovative mobile application (x̄ = 3.99, s.d. = 0.72). when considering each respective factor, the perceived usefulness factor had the highest acceptance level (x̄ = 4.03, s.d. = 0.70), followed by the screen designs factor (x̄ = 4.02, s.d. = 0.69), while the factor with the lowest acceptance level was the displaying results designs factor (x̄ = 3.93, s.d. = 0.71). the target user sample group had a perspective trend towards innovation adoption with low or near equal variance, as seen from the standard deviation in factors having values between 0.69 and 0.76 and an average value of 0.72, lower than the stipulated threshold of 1.25. these values are displayed in table 13. 4.2.3. exploring the guidelines of commercialization of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment out of the 40 questionnaire respondents in the sample group, 31 (77.50%) stated that they would reuse the software because it was novel, had never been seen before, offered new perspectives during the assessment, was convenient and easy to use, was beneficial in decision-making processes, offered trustworthy data, saved time, had changeable weighted values of factors and indicators according to one’s needs, had clear instructions and accompanying pictures, and offered useful benefits that could assist in making an accurate wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. most of the respondents expected that they would use the application more than 10 times, accounting for 37.50% of the sample group. sixteen respondents were interested in the commercialization of the application by purchasing a license to use the entire software, accounting for 40.00% of the sample group, with data displayed in table 14. table 14. opinions on the guidelines of commercialisation of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment survey topic quantity (person) percentage 1. the user’s opinion on reusing the application software reuse 31 77.50 do not reuse 0 0.00 unsure 9 22.50 2. number of times expected to use the application per year once 5 12.50 2 – 3 times 8 20.00 4 – 10 times 12 30.00 more than 10 times 15 37.50 3. interest in the commercialisation of the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism competitiveness assessment purchasing the entire software in the form of the purchasing the software license 16 40.00 purchasing the entire software in the form of individual user licensing 8 20.00 using the software as an exclusive member (with subscription) 4 10.00 using the software as an ordinary member (without subscription) 12 30.00 total 40 100.00 respondents in the sample group were willing to pay for a subscription to receive results of wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessments in every aspect, as well as guidelines on how to develop and improve competitiveness in each area, at an average price of 455.08 baht for each assessment and an average price of 2,647.38 baht for unlimited assessment attempts. lastly, additional suggestions or opinions were noted regarding the development of the innovative mobile application. these included the notion that the researchers and developers could sell the application to relevant public agencies such as the tourism authority of thailand (tat) as well as implement the application for practical use rather than as an innovative model. 5. discussion research results for objective 1) to develop and test the effectiveness of an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment showed good internal and external model validity using the confusion matrix, following the guidelines of the prediction accuracy test for machine learning, with a prediction accuracy of 85.42%. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 611 results of the kruskal-wallis test for independent samples indicated that the cut-off scores of the developed wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model showed significant differences between the average scores of the three potential groups as low, moderate, and high potential. this reflected the efficiency of the innovative mobile application, which has a high capacity for classifying input data to assist in accurate and reliable decision-making. our results concurred with divayana et al. [41] and faricha et al. [42], who noted that standard scales could be used as the basis for categorizing calculation quality simulation, with values between 75% and 100% considered acceptable for testing the classifier performance and used to solve the classification issue. the prediction accuracy test results for machine learning in this study were compared with the study of bi & liu [43] for the hybrid intelligent categorization approach based on visitor selection behavior. this effectively assisted travelers in deciding whether or not to visit a specific vacation location by utilizing machine learning techniques to predict user behavior and travel decision-making. the cross-validation testing and performance assessment results indicated the effectiveness of our proposed categorization method at 80.90%. the efficiency of our innovative mobile application showed a higher capacity for classifying input data to assist in accurate and reliable decision-making than previous studies in the tourism-related field. the test results showed that our developed wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model was suitable for further development as an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. however, enhancement of the prediction accuracy test for machine learning requires further investigation by adopting a variety of techniques and methods to generate more accurate prediction results using the three classification techniques recommended by yuensuk et al. [24], including naïve bayes, neural network, and k-nearest neighbour, to develop a predictive model for classifying wellness tourism destination competitiveness level. research results for objective 2) to study the acceptance of an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment showed a high acceptance level of the innovative mobile application. the target user sample group considered that the innovative mobile application was useful and worth adopting for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. however, opinions varied regarding the level of innovation adoption. this novel software has never been developed before, and some of the target users in the sample group were not sure if they would reuse the software, with concerns regarding personal information security and the accuracy of the results compared to the traditional paper and pencil assessment method that they were more familiar with. the target user sample group had varying opinions about the innovation adoption level, concurring with research by aris et al. [44]. they found that user acknowledgement of technology readiness had a positive correlation with innovation adoption levels when using mobile applications. similarly, aydin [45] reported that privacy risk concerns had a negative correlation with innovation adoption level for using the mobile application, while sembiring et al. [46] indicated that many users accepted the innovation adoption of mobile payment technologies, especially the smart mobile tourism app [47], as novel technology. results from inquiring about the opinions of sample group respondents regarding the topic of reusing the innovative mobile application showed that 77.50% of the sample group wished to reuse the application. the target user sample group reasoned that the application was convenient and easy to use, could save time in decision-making to assess wellness tourism destination competitiveness, offered user confidence and reliability in using the mobile application assessment, and allowed users to modify the weighted values of factors and indicators of the assessment to suit their own needs. the target user sample group is expected to use the application over 10 times per year, a considerably high frequency value. thus, the target user sample group had a high level of acceptance of the innovative mobile application system. sia et al. [47] found that performance expectancy had a positive effect on behavioral intention to use the smart mobile tourism app, while ferreira et al. [48] indicated that perceived ease of use had a positive impact on perceived usefulness, while perceived usefulness had a positive impact on tourists’ intentions to use mobile ticketing solutions. lei et al. [49] demonstrated that perceived personalization positively influenced the intention to adopt mobile travel advice, while choi et al. [50] showed that trust had a positive effect on the intention for continued use of travel apps. results from inquiring about the opinions regarding the topics of interest in the commercialization of the innovative mobile application showed that purchasing a license to use the entire software was a form of commercialization that most interested the target user sample group. this reflected that the innovative mobile application was accepted by the target user sample group for practical use with wellness tourism clusters within each target user’s respective areas. the target user sample group was willing to purchase a license to use the entire software from the researchers and developers, with an affordable average price/willingness to pay 455.08 baht for each assessment and 2,647.38 baht for unlimited assessment attempts. the subscription prices were considered to be inexpensive for full access to the software, especially when compared to general market prices, as most of the wellness tourism clusters in many areas were small and mediumsized enterprises (smes) with limited capital and budget. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 612 one suggestion stated that the researchers and developers should sell the application to public agencies related to wellness tourism clusters, such as the tourism authority of thailand (tat), while another suggestion stated that the application should be implemented for practical use rather than as an innovative model. these positive suggestions reflected that the target user sample group accepted and showed a behavioral intention to use the innovative mobile application, even though the sample group had limited capital and budget support. in conclusion, public agencies driving and supporting wellness tourism promotion policies, such as the department of health service support, the ministry of public health, the ministry of tourism and sports, and the tourism authority of thailand, should take measures to procure the innovative mobile application for wellness tourism clusters in various areas for practical use as a self-assessment tool to further improve wellness tourism destination competitiveness in various areas of thailand. 6. conclusions innovation is not just about creating something new; it should improve current technology to uphold the foundation of a nation’s community. previous studies focused on technological application development to support growth in the context of specific areas related to wellness tourism such as a digital platform-mediated tourism system for self-service information support in small-town destinations [23], mobile applications for information system management of agrotourism activities and attractions [24], applications recommending cultural tourism activities [25], mobile applications to strengthen the relationship among agents of local communities/entities and promote mediation mechanisms among all stakeholders [26], travel assist, a mobile app for visitors [27] and an intelligent system that integrated data analysis over a mobile cloud iot computing platform to promote the rural leisure tourism industry [28]. however, limited literature is available concerning the development of innovative mobile applications for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment and classifying the competitiveness level of wellness tourism destinations for accurate and reliable decision-making. therefore, this research developed an innovative mobile application to assess wellness tourism clusters in developing countries, with the goal of bringing university knowledge to the local community. the main objective was to research and develop an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. the sub-objectives of this research consisted of two issues: to develop and test the effectiveness of an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment, and to study the acceptance of an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. the research results showed that the model had an accuracy of prediction efficiency to solve the issue of classification at an acceptable level of 85.42%, which was over the stipulated minimum threshold of 80%. to confirm the prediction efficiency and solve the issue of classification, a kruskal-wallis statistical analysis – a type of independent samples test – was conducted. results showed that the cut-off scores of the developed wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment model had clear differences between the average scores of the three potential groups as low potential, moderate potential and high potential with statistical significance. as a result, the efficiency test results were used to develop the innovative mobile application following the design procedures and the software development process involving multiple sequential steps. these steps consisted of studying the requirements of use, designing, developing the innovative model, testing and verifying the application and improving the application. results from the group discussions and the questionnaire regarding the suitableness of the model design for an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment indicated that the model functions were suitable for further development into an innovative mobile application. the innovative mobile application had high acceptance from the target user group, with the perceived usefulness factor having the highest acceptance level followed by screen designs, assessment question designs, perceived ease of use behavioural intention to use and displaying results designs respectively. over 80% of the target user sample group stated that they intended to reuse the software as it was a novelty that had never been seen before, offered new perspectives during the assessment, was convenient and easy to use, was beneficial in decisionmaking processes, offered trustworthy data and the weighted values of factors and indicators could be changed to suit individual needs. most respondents stated that they would use the application more than 10 times per year and were interested in the commercialisation of the application by purchasing a license to use the entire software. the target user group had an affordable price/willingness to pay for subscriptions at an average price of 455.08 baht per assessment and an average price of 2,647.38 baht for unlimited assessments. lastly, additional suggestions or opinions regarding the development of the innovative mobile application by the target user group included that the researchers and developers could sell the application to relevant public agencies such as the tourism authority of thailand (tat). this research and development increased the understanding of the wellness tourism destination competitiveness framework. this knowledge can be adapted to develop an innovative mobile application for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment. this application can be used as a tool to assess the overall competitiveness of wellness tourism destinations and support decision-making by providing suggestions for wellness tourism cluster users to adapt and conduct their own competitiveness assessments efficiently and effectively. this can be achieved using accurate data that correlates with the assessment manual in line with the assessment objectives. the target user sample group showed an intention to accept and use the innovative mobile application assessment. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 613 this software system can provide suggestions on how to develop and improve wellness tourism destination competitiveness for wellness tourism clusters as operational guidelines to improve competitiveness efficiently and effectively in various areas. wellness tourism cluster users can conduct assessments as many times as they wish, every 3 months, every 6 months, or annually. they can also compare their results with those in other areas. public agencies driving and supporting wellness tourism promotion policies can adopt the assessment reports and relevant suggestions from the software for practical use to plan their lecture courses, thereby educating wellness tourism clusters on how to improve competitiveness and development priorities. public agencies driving and supporting wellness tourism promotion must place importance on tracking and assessing progress continuously to allow wellness tourism clusters to improve their competitiveness and capacity and create sustainable future competitive edges on an international level. wellness travelers and tourists can also use this application, which has a responsive web design that supports multiple devices such as computer desktops, tablets, and smartphones, to view wellness tourism destination assessment reports in various areas as part of the decision-making process to consider where they could go for sightseeing, relaxation, and using wellness promotion services. the application also has a scoring system to evaluate user satisfaction and a system whereby wellness travelers and tourists can leave feedback suggestions and comments, generating combined value from the “demand” group—wellness travelers and tourists—and the “supply” group—wellness tourism clusters—to catalyze the improvement and development of the competitiveness of wellness tourism destinations to meet the needs of wellness travelers and tourists. interested parties can expand and increase the scope of innovative mobile applications for wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment by conducting a longitudinal study as well as comparing the assessment results of wellness tourism destination competitiveness before and after adapting the developed factors and indicators for practical use to improve competitiveness sustainably. the development of weighted assessment factors and indicators in the framework of wellness tourism destination competitiveness assessment could involve adapting a variety of techniques and methods, thereby generating more accurate prediction results, using simple additive weighting (saw), the technique for order preference by similarity to an ideal solution (topsis), and analytic network process (anp) technology. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualisation, t.p.; methodology, t.p.; formal analysis, t.p.; investigation, t.p.; data curation, t.p.; writing— original draft preparation, t.p.; writing—review and editing, t.p.; visualisation, t.p.; supervision, p.a., a.c., and k.p. all the authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement the study was conducted in accordance with the declaration of helsinki and approved by the research ethics review committee for research involving human subjects: the second allied academic group in social sciences, humanities and fine and applied arts at chulalongkorn university (coa no. 071/2565, march 21, 2022). 7.5. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved in the study. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] nongsai, p., sangthima, w., kaewoyaem, w., & towmit, s. (2022). policy of international health center (medical hub) (20172026). ratanabuth journal, 4(3), 387–398. [2] dwyer, l., & kim, c. (2003). destination competitiveness: determinants and indicators. current issues in tourism, 6(5), 369– 414. doi:10.1080/13683500308667962. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 614 [3] goyal, c., & taneja, u. (2023). electronic word of mouth for the choice of wellness tourism destination image and the moderating role of covid-19 pandemic. journal of tourism futures, 1-20. doi:10.1108/jtf-08-2022-0207. [4] shokri garjan, h., paydar, m. m., & divsalar, a. (2023). a sustainable supply chain for a wellness tourism center considering discount and quality of service. expert systems with applications, 211, 118682. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2022.118682. [5] pinos navarrete, a., shaw, g., & martos, j. c. m. (2020). towards wellness? a case study of the profile of tourists visiting a southern spanish spa. international journal of spa and wellness, 3(1), 40–55. doi:10.1080/24721735.2020.1857208. [6] dini, m., & pencarelli, t. (2022). wellness tourism and the components of its offer system: a holistic perspective. tourism review, 77(2), 394–412. doi:10.1108/tr-08-2020-0373. [7] liu, x., fu, y., & li, j. (2019). the effect of on-site experience and place attachment on loyalty: evidence from chinese tourists in a hot-spring resort. international journal of hospitality & tourism administration, 20(1), 75–100. doi:10.1080/15256480.2017.1359730. [8] xie, l., guan, x., he, y., & huan, t. c. (2022). wellness tourism: customer-perceived value on customer engagement. tourism review, 77(3), 859–876. doi:10.1108/tr-06-2020-0281. [9] romão, j., machino, k., & nijkamp, p. (2018). integrative diversification of wellness tourism services in rural areas–an operational framework model applied to east hokkaido (japan). asia pacific journal of tourism research, 23(7), 734–746. doi:10.1080/10941665.2018.1488752. [10] saari, s. (2023). in search for new urban tourism niche. could european cities be destinations for urban wellness providing food for body, mind and spirit? tourism and hospitality research, 23(2), 226–238. doi:10.1177/14673584221086888. [11] radin, m. b., vujičić, m. d., todorović, n., dragin, a. s., stankov, u., & mijatov, m. b. (2022). modeling spa destination choice for leveraging hydrogeothermal potentials in serbia. open geosciences, 14(1), 906–920. doi:10.1515/geo-2022-0404. [12] lee, l. y. s., lam, k. y. c., & lam, m. y. c. (2020). urban wellness: the space-out moment. journal of tourism futures, 6(3), 247–250. doi:10.1108/jtf-10-2019-0111. [13] chi, c. g., chi, o. h., & ouyang, z. (2020). wellness hotel: conceptualization, scale development, and validation. international journal of hospitality management, 89, 102404. doi:10.1016/j.ijhm.2019.102404. [14] pitakaso, r., nanthasamroeng, n., dinkoksung, s., chindaprasert, k., sirirak, w., srichok, t., khonjun, s., sirisan, s., jirasirilerd, g., & chomchalao, c. (2022). solving the optimal selection of wellness tourist attractions and destinations in the gms using the amis algorithm. computation, 10(9), 165. doi:10.3390/computation10090165. [15] thal, k., & hudson, s. (2019). using self-determination theory to assess the service product at a wellness facility: a case study. journal of hospitality and tourism insights, 2(3), 260–277. doi:10.1108/jhti-03-2018-0020. [16] global wellness institute. (2023). wellness in thailand. global wellness institute, miami, united states. available online: https://globalwellnessinstitute.org/geography-of-wellness/wellness-in-thailand/ (accessed on october 2023). [17] gulyas, g., & molnar, e. i. (2023). wellness tourism management research a bibliometric analysis. management & marketing, 18(2), 172–191. doi:10.2478/mmcks-2023-0010. [18] wang, l., togtokhbuyan, l., & yadmaa, z. (2021). visual analysis of the international wellness tourism wos literature from 1992 to 2019. international journal of spa and wellness, 4(1), 1–16. doi:10.1080/24721735.2020.1830527. [19] phuthong, t., anuntavoranich, p., chandrachai, a., & piromsopa, k. (2021). wellness tourism destination assessment model: a development indicator in an emerging economy-thailand. 2021 ieee international conference on industrial engineering and engineering management (ieem). doi:10.1109/ieem50564.2021.9672602. [20] zeng, l., li, r. y. m., & huang, x. (2021). sustainable mountain-based health and wellness tourist destinations: the interrelationships between tourists’ satisfaction, behavioral intentions, and competitiveness. sustainability (switzerland), 13(23), 13314. doi:10.3390/su132313314. [21] bočkus, d., sulkinoja, e., kolesnikova, n., & komppula, r. (2021). differences in the concept of wellness and its materialisation in service offering: a multiple case study from eastern finland, russian karelia, and lithuania. tourism recreation research, 1–16. doi:10.1080/02508281.2021.1984693. [22] chai-arayalert, s., sansompron, n., chodchuang, s., chantanaphant, j., & duangjan, c. (2023). digital platform-mediated tourism system in small-town destination. international journal of interactive mobile technologies, 17(5), 143–161. doi:10.3991/ijim.v17i05.36835. [23] buangam, p., sriyom, u., kanjanaklod, w., atitang, p., janwichian, k., & sutthirak, t. (2022). mobile application development for management of information system of agro-tourism activities and attractions with yii framework. international journal of interactive mobile technologies, 16(20), 18–33. doi:10.3991/ijim.v16i20.34419. https://globalwellnessinstitute.org/geography-of-wellness/wellness-in-thailand/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 615 [24] yuensuk, t., limpinan, p., nuankaew, w., & nuankaew, p. (2022). information systems for cultural tourism management using text analytics and data mining techniques. international journal of interactive mobile technologies (ijim), 16(09), 146–163. doi:10.3991/ijim.v16i09.30439. [25] widarti, e., eman, d., & suyoto. (2020). user-centered design for mobile apps guide service heritage tourism in indonesia. international journal of interactive mobile technologies, 14(16), 87–100. doi:10.3991/ijim.v14i16.11312. [26] oliveira, e. r., carvalho, d., sacramento, e., branco, a., antunes, m. j., pedro, l., tymoshchuk, o., almeida, m., & ramos, f. (2022). promoting community-based networks through digital media. observatorio (obs*), 16(2), 1-18. doi:10.15847/obsobs16220221867. [27] samsudin, n., fahmy, s., ali, i. m., & mohamed, w. a. a. w. (2022). design and development of travel assist, an app to support smart tourism. international journal of integrated engineering, 14(3), 120–130. doi:10.30880/ijie.2022.14.03.013. [28] wang, g. (2021). innovation and development of rural leisure tourism industry using mobile cloud iot computing. wireless communications and mobile computing, 2021. doi:10.1155/2021/6211063. [29] i̇lkan, ş. p., öztüren, a., avcı, t., & irani, f. (2023). mobile application features effects on the application’s engagement and intention for continuing use in tourism. asia pacific journal of tourism research, 28(4), 386–400. doi:10.1080/10941665.2023.2230328. [30] oliveira, e. r., branco, a. c., carvalho, d., sacramento, e. r., tymoshchuk, o., pedro, l., antunes, m. j., almeida, a. m., & ramos, f. (2022). an iterative process for the evaluation of a mobile application prototype. sn computer science, 3(4), 1-15. doi:10.1007/s42979-022-01153-6. [31] rovinelli, r.j. & hambleton, r.k. (1977) on the use of content specialists in the assessment of criterion-referenced test item validity. tijdschrift voor onderwijs research, 2, 49-60. [32] nunnally, j. c. (1978). psychometric theory (2nd ed.). mcgraw-hill, new york, united states. [33] hair, j. f., black, w. c., babin, b. j. & anderson, r. e. (2010) multivariate data analysis (7th ed.). pearson, new york, united states. [34] bentler, p. m. (1990). comparative fit indexes in structural models. psychological bulletin, 107(2), 238–246. doi:10.1037/00332909.107.2.238. [35] gabus, a., & fontela, e. j. b. g. r. c. (1972). world problems, an invitation to further thought within the framework of dematel. battelle geneva research center, geneva, switzerland, 1(8), 12-14. [36] shamsudin, n. f., basiron, h., saaya, z., abdul rahman, a. f. n., zakaria, m. h., & hassim, n. (2015). sentiment classification of unstructured data using lexical based techniques. jurnal teknologi, 77(18), 113–120. doi:10.11113/jt.v77.6497. [37] ting, k.m. (2017). confusion matrix. encyclopedia of machine learning and data mining. springer, boston, united states. doi:10.1007/978-1-4899-7687-1_50. [38] senarath, u. s. (2021). waterfall methodology, prototyping and agile development. technical report, 1-16. doi:10.13140/ rg.2.2.17918.72001. [39] davis, f. d. (1989). perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology. mis quarterly, 13(3), 319. doi:10.2307/249008. [40] venkatesh, morris, davis, & davis. (2003). user acceptance of information technology: toward a unified view. mis quarterly, 27(3), 425. doi:10.2307/30036540. [41] divayana, d. g. h., suyasa, p. w. a., santiyadnya, n., andayani, m. s. l., sundayana, i. m., astawa, i. n. d., mariani, n. w. r., & sugiharni, g. a. d. (2023). utilization of the weighted product-based cipp evaluation model in determining the best online platform. hightech and innovation journal, 4(1), 233–248. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-015. [42] faricha, a., suwito, rivai, m., nanda, m. a., purwanto, d., & anhar, r. p. r. (2018). design of electronic nose system using gas chromatography principle and surface acoustic wave sensor. telkomnika (telecommunication computing electronics and control), 16(4), 1458–1467. doi:10.12928/telkomnika.v16i4.7127. [43] bi, f., & liu, h. (2022). machine learning-based cloud iot platform for intelligent tourism information services. eurasip journal on wireless communications and networking, 2022(1), 59. doi:10.1186/s13638-022-02138-y. [44] aris, f., ismail, k., & mohezar, s. (2022). fostering mobile payment adoption: a case of near field communication (nfc). international journal of business and society, 23(3), 1535–1553. doi:10.33736/ijbs.5180.2022. [45] aydin, g. (2023). increasing mobile health application usage among generation z members: evidence from the utaut model. international journal of pharmaceutical and healthcare marketing, 17(3), 353–379. doi:10.1108/ijphm-02-2021-0030. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 616 [46] sembiring, m. j., wibowo, w., & dewi, g. c. (2022). adoption of innovative mobile payment technologies in indonesia: the role of attitude. innovative marketing, 18(2), 186–197. doi:10.21511/im.18(2).2022.16. [47] sia, p. y. h., saidin, s. s., & iskandar, y. h. p. (2023). smart mobile tourism app featuring augmented reality and big data analytics: an empirical analysis using utaut2 and pct models. journal of science and technology policy management. doi:10.1108/jstpm-05-2022-0088. [48] ferreira, m. c., oliveira, m., & dias, t. g. (2022). to use or not to use? investigating what drives tourists to use mobile ticketing services in tourism. sustainability (switzerland), 14(11), 6622. doi:10.3390/su14116622. [49] lei, s. s. i., chan, i. c. c., tang, j., & ye, s. (2022). will tourists take mobile travel advice? examining the personalizationprivacy paradox. journal of hospitality and tourism management, 50, 288–297. doi:10.1016/j.jhtm.2022.02.007. [50] choi, k., wang, y., sparks, b. a., & choi, s. m. (2023). privacy or security: does it matter for continued use intention of travel applications? cornell hospitality quarterly, 64(2), 267–282. doi:10.1177/19389655211066834. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 341 issn: 2723-9535 an investigating of the impact of bed flume discordance on the weir-gate hydraulic structure rafi m. qasim 1, alya a. mohammed 1* , ihsan a. abdulhussein 1 1 basra engineering technical college, southern technical university, basra 61003, iraq. received 17 may 2022; revised 13 august 2022; accepted 24 august 2022; published 01 september 2022 abstract discordance and concordance play a significant role in the hydraulic response for the flume, open channel, hydraulic structure, and flow field measurement. bed discordance and bed concordance are regarded as common problems in open channels. discordance is the dominant one, which could have an effect on the hydraulic structure that is constructed inside the channel. this paper deals with the impact of bed flume discordance on hydraulic flow characteristics at the weir-gate downstream hydraulic regime. four configurations with different lengths and heights of the bed flume discordance are adopted here to investigate the impact of these configurations on the hydraulic characteristics. in addition, one configuration of the bed flume concordance is adopted to compare with the other four configurations. at downstream, the average water depth becomes dimensionless by dividing by upstream water depth, vertical distance between weir and gate, length of downstream, length of concordance, and length of discordance in order to evaluate the inequality in the distribution of froude number. on one hand, certain results appear strongly between reynolds number and froude number at downstream, actual discharge and flow velocity at downstream, flow area past the gate and froude number at downstream. on the other hand, there was a complex dramatic relation between the weir-gate discharge coefficient and froude number at downstream. overall, the study shows that there is a good relationship between specific energy, water depth, and flow speed. keywords: bed flume; gate; hydraulic structure; specific energy; weir. 1. introduction the water flow in the open channel with a horizontal uniform bed or bed with inclination can be considered a conventional matter, but when the horizontal uniform bed includes discordance in elevation, many problems must be avoided. in general, this arrangement would commonly affect the hydraulic open channel regime. it will also reflect, especially on the hydraulic structure that is built into the channel. the elevation discordance plays a vital role in determining the location and height of the hydraulic jump. also, the discordance has a substantial impact on the specific energy, which is equivalent to the specific water depth. here, discordance may be reflected positively or negatively on the relationship between the specific energy and the water depth. overall, the discordance in bed elevation affects the discharge quantity and flow velocity. the magnitude of this influence when it is contrasted and/or becomes more sensitive, which in turn affects directly or indirectly the open channel and the hydraulic structure. at this point, bed discordance plays a significant role in the hydraulic response, sediment transport, and ecology. the surveys at river confluences always show the presence of a difference in the bed elevation between the main open channel and the tributary [1-3]. * corresponding author: alayaalrefee@stu.edu.iq http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-03-09  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5144-6972 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0281-0870 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 342 furthermore, flow patterns for bed confluences containing discordant are found to be different from flow patterns for bed confluences containing concordant [3-5]. field studies done by de serres et al. (1999) [6] and boyer et al. (2006) [7] denote a secondary circulation which can be developed in the lee of a bed elevation discordance of the confluence hydrodynamic zone. this advantage may be relevant not only to the scouring and mixing processes, but also to its interaction with the other advantages of the open-channel confluence, which are significant for the head losses and, as a result, the backwater influences caused by the confluence. laboratory experiments discovered important differences in flow and turbulence characteristics between concordant and discordant bed confluences [3, 4]. ramos et al. (2019) [8] studied the impact of the bed elevation discordance on the flow patterns and head losses in a right-angled confluence of an open channel with rectangular cross-sections. they did a numerical model based on a large eddy simulation, and then they did a validation of the model with the cooperation of the experiments done by others. here, four configurations are used with various bed discordance ratios. ramos et al. (2018) [9] used a large eddy simulation to investigate the impact of the head losses and the dimensions of the recirculation zone on the bed elevation discordance between the tributary channel and the main channel. schindfessel et al., (2015) [10] used a large eddy simulation to study the flow patterns in three dimensions for the three different discharge ratios. the problem in this paper has not been posed previously by researchers. it refers to the impact of the bed flume uniformity discordance on the hydraulic characteristics of the weir-gate structure. a few researchers dealt with weir-gate structures, considering that the channel bed is either horizontal or sloping. however, they did not assess the effect of bed discordance. alhamid et al. (1996) [11] predicted the discharge quantity over the rectangular weirs and below the triangular gates. from their prediction, they obtained an equation including all the significant variables that were obtained from the experimental investigation. this equation is appropriate for both sloping and horizontal channel beds under free and submerged flow conditions, respectively. further, alhamid et al. (1997) [12] carried out experiments to minimize the state of sediment. in this study, a combined structure of triangular weir and rectangular gate was suggested and studied experimentally. the experiments were carried out for free flow conditions for both sloping and horizontal channels. negm et al. (2001) [13] used the experimental results to develop and predict the equation to estimate the flow that crosses the combined weir-gate structure under the free flow condition. it is found that only one equation is reasonable for both sloping and horizontal channels with either steep or mild sides. qasim et al (2020) [14] examined experimentally the effect of the inclination angle of the weir-gate structure on the hydraulic behavior of the discharge structure. the research deals with different inclination angle values. several hydraulic parameters which dominate the discharge structure are also being studied. qasim et al. (2020) [15] tried to carry out many experiments in order to investigate the impact of the submerged obstacles with the opening and without the opening on the hydraulic response of the weir-gate structure. from the results, it is found that the obstacles have a major impact on the flow pattern of the discharge structure. it is also found that any change in the hydraulic behavior of the discharge structure will be attributed to the existence of the obstacles in the downstream zone. in this connection, various hydraulics variables and dimensions variables are considered in the study. qasim et al., (2020) [16] tried to conduct many experiments to reveal the impact of the submerged barriers on the hydraulic response of the combined weir-gate hydraulic structure. from the results, it is found that the barriers have a major influence on the hydraulic variables of the discharge structure. also, it is found that any change in the hydraulic response of the discharge structure will be attributed to the altered barriers' location, spacing, and numbers. in addition, qasim et al. (2021) [17] tried to perform other experiments to investigate the influence of the square submerged obstacles on the hydraulic response of the weir-gate structure. the results show that the obstacles have a major impact on the hydraulic variables of the discharge structure. it is found that any change in the hydraulic behavior of the discharge structure will be attributed to the existence of the square submerged obstacles. abdulhussein et al. (2022) [18] investigated experimentally and statistically the effect of the longitudinal obstacle on the hydraulic response of the discharge structure. the effect of obstacle length and the obstacle cross-sectional area are considered in the study. the longitudinal obstacle has a moderate impact on the hydraulic characteristics of the discharge structure. abdulhussein et al. (2022) [19] examined experimentally the hydraulic interference between the obstacle dimensions and the hydraulic parameters that controlled the discharge structure. as well, the optimization analysis is used to compute the obstacle optimal dimension. abdulhussein et al. (2022) [20] based on the experimental data, derived a general equations to predict the discharge which passes through the discharge structure. the formulas are applied for free flow conditions only. various shapes of weirs and gates are employed to implement the experiments in order to obtain the required data. the aim of the current study is to reveal experimentally the influence of the bed flume discordance on the weir-gate hydraulic structure, namely, the impacts on the flow characteristics, the relationship between the weir-gate structure and the discordance of the bed, and the downstream water depth. ultimately, the effect of the discordance on the flow depth and on the specific energy was investigated. also, a comparison between the discordance and concordance of bed flume is made. here, the discordance along the flume (trough). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 343 2. fluid fundamental the discharge quantity which passes through the weir-gate structure can be estimated according to the procedure which is shown below. the experimental run deals with three different shapes of weir. here, the gate has a non-regular shape while the weir has both a regular shape and a non-regular shape. below, the procedure for the discharge quantity estimation has been reviewed. for triangular weir [21]: 𝑄𝑤 = 8 15⁄ √2𝑔 tan ∅ 2⁄ ℎ𝑢 5 2⁄ (1) for rectangular weir [21]: 𝑄𝑤 = 2 3⁄ √2𝑔 𝑏ℎ𝑢 3 2⁄ (2) for parabolic weir [22]: 𝑄𝑤 = 𝜋 2⁄ √𝑓𝑔ℎ𝑢 2 (3) for gate: the theoretical discharge that passes the gate can be calculated from: 𝑄𝑔 = 𝑉𝐴 = √2𝑔𝐻 𝐴 (4) from equation 4, it is obvious that the theoretical flow velocity represents a function of the flume upstream water depth [23, 24]. for free flow condition: 𝐻 = 𝑑 + 𝑦 + ℎ𝑢 (5) for submerged flow condition: 𝐻 = 𝑑 + 𝑦 + ℎ𝑢 − ℎ𝑑 (6) for weir-gate composite hydraulic structure: the theoretical and actual discharge can be calculated according to: 𝑄𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑜𝑟 = 𝑄𝑤 + 𝑄𝑔 (7) 𝑄𝑎𝑐𝑡 = 𝑐𝑑 𝑄𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑜 (8) 𝑄𝑎𝑐𝑡 = 𝑐𝑑 [𝑄𝑤 + 𝑄𝑔] (9) where h is upstream water depth, hu is weir water head, y is vertical distance between weir and gate, d is gate opening height, a is gate cross-section flow area, v is flow velocity, f is focal distance, b is rectangular weir width, θ is notch angle, g is acceleration due to gravity, 𝑄𝑤 is weir discharge, 𝑄𝑔 is gate discharge, 𝑄𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑜𝑟 is theoretical discharge, 𝑄𝑎𝑐𝑡 is actual discharge, 𝑐𝑑 is coefficient of discharge. 𝑅𝑒 = 𝑉𝐿 𝜈 (10) 𝐹𝑟 = 𝑉 √𝑔ℎ (11) where, re is reynold’s number, fr is froude number, ν is the kinematic viscosity of water, l: characteristic length and equal to the hydraulic radius (r), and h: water depth. 𝑅 = 𝐴 𝑃 (12) where a is the water area and p is the wetted perimeter. the specific energy (specific head) of a channel with rectangular section is estimated from the following equation [25]: 𝐸 = ℎ + 𝑞2 2𝑔ℎ2 (13) 𝑞 = 𝑄 𝑏 (14) where q is the discharge per unit width, q is the discharge and b is the channel width. the percentage of the increase or the decrease in the downstream water depth can be calculated as in: 𝐻𝑑% = (𝐻𝑑)𝑐𝑎𝑠𝑒− (𝐻𝑑)𝑐𝑎𝑠𝑒−5 (𝐻𝑑)𝑐𝑎𝑠𝑒−5 (15) where, case may be case1, case2, case3 or case4 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 344 the main parameters that have a direct influence on the hydraulic behaviour of the weir-gate structure are those that are considered in the experiments, hydraulic analysis, and statistical analysis illustrated in table 4 (section 4). commonly, these parameters are used to describe the hydraulic characteristics of weir-gate structures under free flow and submerged flow. 3. experiment setup the experimental runs in this investigation are performed in an experimental flume 15cm deep, 7.5cm wide and 200cm long with a glass side-wall. a weir-gate hydraulic structure is installed inside the flume. this investigation also deals with weirs that have regular and non-regular shapes with different geometrical dimensions, while the gate has a non-regular shape with different geometrical dimensions. the weir, which is adopted in this study, has a rectangular, triangular, and parabolic shape, respectively, while the gate has a half-ellipse shape. the parabolic weir has the form y=x2. in these experiments, the investigation concentrated on the influence of discordance in the horizontal bed of the flume on the hydraulic response of the weir-gate structure and the response of the hydraulic regime downstream of the flume. the volume method is utilized to measure the actual discharge. the water depth at the downstream of the flume is measured by using a scale fixed to the wall of the flume. this investigation includes the measurement of upstream water depth and water depth above the weir crest. here, the weir-gate structure was made of wood sheet 5 mm thick, beveled along all the edges at 45 degrees with sharp edges of 1 mm. the weir-gate was fixed to the flume using plexiglas supports. figure 1 illustrates the shapes of different weir-gate structures, while figure 2 illustrates the entire whole hydraulic system. in addition, figure 2 shows the discordance in the horizontal bed flume and weir-gate structure. table 1 illustrates the details of the weir-gate hydraulic structure and water depth measurement upstream of the weir-gate hydraulic structure, respectively. in this study, the discordance along the flume (trough) is considered for a specified length at the downstream of the flume. figure 3 shows the flowchart of all experiments and hydraulic calculations in addition to statistical analysis. figure 1. the details of weir-gate structure table 1. the details of weir-gate structure models model no. weir shape gate shape hu (cm) y (cm) d (cm) h (cm) 𝒚 𝑯⁄ 𝑨𝒈 (𝒄𝒎𝟐) 𝑨𝒈 𝑩𝑯⁄ 1--1 rectangular ellipse 1 4.5 2.5 8 0.5625 4.908 0.0818 1--2 rectangular ellipse 2 4.5 2.5 9 0.5000 4.908 0.0727 1--3 rectangular ellipse 3 4.5 2.5 10 0.4500 4.908 0.0654 2--1 triangular ellipse 1 3.5 2.5 7 0.5000 4.909 0.0935 2--2 triangular ellipse 2 3.5 2.5 8 0.4375 4.909 0.0818 2--3 triangular ellipse 3 3.5 2.5 9 0.3889 4.909 0.0727 3--1 rectangular ellipse 1 4 3 8 0.5000 7.068 0.1178 3--2 rectangular ellipse 2 4 3 9 0.4444 7.068 0.1047 3--3 rectangular ellipse 3 4 3 10 0.4000 7.068 0.0942 4--1 parabolic ellipse 1 4.5 2.5 8 0.5625 4.908 0.0818 4--2 parabolic ellipse 2 4.5 2.5 9 0.5000 4.908 0.0727 4--3 parabolic ellipse 3 4.5 2.5 10 0.4500 4.908 0.0654 5--1 triangular ellipse 1 3 3 7 0.4286 7.069 0.1346 5--2 triangular ellipse 2 3 3 8 0.3750 7.069 0.1178 5--3 triangular ellipse 3 3 3 9 0.3333 7.069 0.1047 5--4 triangular ellipse 4 3 3 10 0.3000 7.069 0.0942 6--1 parabolic ellipse 1 4 3 8 0.5000 7.068 0.1178 6--2 parabolic ellipse 2 4 3 9 0.4444 7.068 0.1047 6--3 parabolic ellipse 3 4 3 10 0.4000 7.068 0.0942 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 345 figure 2. the discordance in horizontal bed flume and weir-gate structure figure 3. flowchart of experiments, hydraulic analysis and statistical analysis prepare the flume start pump operation to supply water flow monitoring the water depth above the weir crest measure the discharge, time, water depth above weir and water depth at downstream of weir-gate structure repeat the previous steps for different weir water depths calculate the actual discharge perform the hydraulic analysis and statistical analysis calculate the theoretical discharge calculate the discharge coefficient calculate the following: 𝐹𝑟, 𝑅𝑛, and 𝐸 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 346 3.1. statistical analysis two-way anova were used to investigate the relationship between dependent hydraulic characteristics (hd/h and q/gh) and independent hydraulic characteristics (ag/hb, y/h, re, frup, and frdown). all statistical analysis was performed using the software package ibmspss 24. 4. results and discussions a weir-gate hydraulic structure was popularly used in irrigation engineering work, so it is important to investigate the interaction happening between this hydraulic structure and the open channel (flume) bed discordance and concordance owing to the significant interaction shown between the hydraulic variables under the bed discordance, which effects on the response of the hydraulic regime. figure 4 illustrates the variation in trend between the water depth ratio and the downstream froude number. the different bed flume discordance configurations (cases 1, 2, 3, and 4) compared with the concordance in the bed flume configuration (case 5) are considered. the water depth ratio here represents the ratio of average downstream water depths to upstream water depths. the current study shows that both water depths will change. in general, the froude number is affected by water velocity and depth, implying a complex trend in the hydraulic relationship. for all cases, figure 4 indicates that as the water depth ratio increases, the froude number tends to decrease. this case occurs owing to the inverse proportion between the froude number and water depth. moreover, this figure illustrates that the discordance effect is more visible, especially in case-3, owing to the discordance height in the bed flume, which is reflected in the flow depth and dominates the values of froude number at downstream of the hydraulic regime. over all, as the discordance height increases, the water depth will be decreased, and this state will be reflected in the values of the froude number. cases 1, 2 and 4 imply that the discordance has a moderate and reasonable impact on the trend between the froude number and the water ratio. also, figure 4 shows a significant interaction between the cases: 1, 2, and 4 regardless of the height of the bed flume discordance. generally, the assessment of the discordance can be described as strong for case 3 and reasonable for cases 1, 2, and 4 as compared with the concordance case 5, as it is clear that case 5 has moderate hydraulic behaviour. figure 4. relation between downstream froude number and water depth ratio h-downstream⁄h-upstream figure 5 illustrates the variation in relationship found between the froude number at downstream and the ratio hdownstream ⁄ y, where y represents the vertical distance between the weir and gate. from this figure, for all cases, it is clear that the increase in the ratio hdownstream ⁄ y leads to the slight increase in the froude number values. in general, the froude number depends on the flow velocity and flow depth. the froude number is directly proportional to flow velocity and inversely proportional to flow depth. from figure 5, the increase in the froude number will be attributed to the alteration in the flow velocity; furthermore, the flow velocity has a major influence on the froude number as compared with the flow depth. figure 5 indicates the composite effect of the overlapping between weir flow velocity, the gate flow velocity, and the effect of the discordance in the bed flume. both effects will be shared in the variation of the obtained results. at this point, it is clear that case 5 has moderate hydraulic behavior. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 347 figure 5. relation between downstream froude number and h-downstream⁄y figure 6 depicts the relationship between the downstream froude number and the ratio hdownstream / ldown. in fact, the contrast in froude number depends on flow velocity and flow depth. here, the water depth has a major impact on the distribution of the froude number values at the downstream of the hydraulic regime. this happens owing to the inverse proportionality between the water depth and froude number. figure 6. relation between downstream froude number and h_downstream⁄l_down for all cases except case 5, it is obvious from the figure that the complex trends in the relationship between the hydraulic variables and the inequality in value distribution are attributed to the vital role of the bed flume discordance. the discordance leads to the change in the depth of water from section to section and becomes relevant along the path of downstream. in addition, the discordance will be reflected on the flow velocity, which results from the interaction between the overflow velocity and the underflow velocity. case 5 (concordance case) has approximately the same hydraulic trend as the other cases. the interaction between overflow velocity and underflow velocity leads to the variation in the relation between the hydraulic variables. in addition, case 5 has moderate hydraulic behavior. figure 7 is designed to express the variation between downstream froude number and the ratio of hdownstream / lconcordance length. for all cases, it is obvious that as the froude number increases, the water depth increases too, regardless of the inverse proportion between them. in this situation, the increase in flow velocity has more influence on froude number as compared with the increase in flow depth. this happens owing to the direct proportion between the flow hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 348 velocity and froude number. as a result, any increase in flow velocity is reflected positively despite the increase in flow depth. consequently, the fluctuation in the results appears owing to the interaction between overflow velocity and underflow velocity. this interference with discordance supports the fluctuation strongly. figure 8 shows an important relation between downstream froude number and hdownstream / lconcordance length and a complicated trend in the relation found between the hydraulic variables. this complexity results from the drastic alteration in flow velocity owing to the sudden encounter between the water path and the bed flume discordance. this means that the variation in the bed flume elevation (discordance) will be reflected in the water depth and the water flow velocity. in this condition, froude number values would be influenced by the downstream discordance elevation, which affects the flow depth at that zone, so the water depth will be dominant in the determination of the froude number values at that zone. figure 7. relation between downstream froude number and h_downstream⁄(concordance length) figure 8. relation between downstream froude number and h_downstream⁄(discordance length) moreover, the flow velocity will be affected by the bed flume discordance and this too will be reflected in the froude number values. figure 8 implies that all cases have approximately the same hydraulic behaviour regardless of the discordance configuration. figure 9 shows the trend in the relationship that existed between the actual discharge and the flow velocity. this figure refers to a noticeable trend. in the sense that any rise in discharge quantity would be associated with a rise in the flow velocity because of the direct proportion between them according to the continuity equation regardless of the type of case. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 349 figure 9. relation between actual discharge and downstream flow velocity figure 10 shows the trend in relation between discharge coefficient and downstream froude number. there is no empirical or theoretical relation between the discharge coefficient of a weir-gate structure and froude number, so both of them can be considered independent non-dimensional hydraulic variables. here, it is very important to mention that the discharge coefficient is based on hydraulic characteristics and geometrical dimensions of the weir-gate structure, while the froude number at the downstream regime is based on water depth and flow velocity at the downstream, so there is no overlapping between the non-dimensional variables. therefore, figure 10 produces a dramatic, complex, random relationship regardless of the impact of the discordance and concordance. figure 10. relation between discharge coefficient and froude number at downstream figure 11 introduces a strong relation between reynolds number and froude number in the downstream regime. it is clear from the figure that any increases or decreases in the froude number would reflect on the reynolds number. this occurs owing to both of them depend on flow velocity; at the same time, both of them have direct proportional with flow velocity. it is obvious that discordance and concordance have the same effect on the relationship and the results. figure 12 shows the trend between the ratio ag/b.h and the froude number at downstream, where b represents the width of the water surface at upstream. when the cross section area of flow passes the gate increases, this means the increase occurs either in water depth or/and water width at the downstream of the hydraulic regime. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 350 figure 11. relation between reynolds number and froude number at downstream figure 12. relation between ag⁄bh and downstream froude number in the present study, the water width is considered constant, therefore, the increases in flow water area leads to an increase in water depth. basically, any increase in water depth leads to a decrease in froude number owing to the inverse proportional between them. this condition is applicable for all cases except for case-1 and case-5. in case-1, the effect of discordance is appears sharply on the water depth. the height of discordance reduces the flow depth and this would effect on the froude number. while in case-5 the interaction between overflow velocity and underflow velocity leads to the variation in the distribution of values. the relation between the specific energy and the average water depth at downstream is shown in figure 13. it is obvious from the figure that as the water depth increases, the specific energy will increase too, regardless of the discordance and concordance cases, respectively. generally, the specific energy depends on the water depth. the relationship between specific energy and flow velocity at a downstream is shown in figure 14. it is obvious from the figure that as the flow velocity increases, the specific energy would increase too, regardless of the discordance and concordance cases, respectively. generally, the specific energy depends on the flow rate per unit width. in this study, the width is considered constant, so any increase in flow rate leads to an increase in flow velocity owing to the direct proportional between them according to the continuity equation. therefore, any increase in flow velocity would have an effect on the specific energy. table 2 includes some statistical calculations for the present experimental study, which are related to the actual discharge, average downstream water depth, and the discharge coefficient, respectively. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 351 figure 13. the relation between specific energy and average water depth at downstream figure 14. the relation between specific energy and flow velocity at downstream table 2. statistical data of the experimental study case variable mean median sta. deviation sample variance max. min. case 1 𝑄𝑎𝑐𝑡 0.5779 0.5687 0.1635 0.0267 0.8333 0.3181 ℎ𝑑 2.7623 2.7091 0.4018 0.1614 3.3091 1.8818 𝐶𝑑 0.5573 0.4907 0.2394 0.0573 1.0684 0.1921 case 2 𝑄𝑎𝑐𝑡 0.6373 0.6010 0.2140 0.0458 1.0856 0.2901 ℎ𝑑 3.0493 2.9273 0.4426 0.1959 3.6909 2.1727 𝐶𝑑 0.6120 0.5461 0.2957 0.0874 1.3442 0.2163 case 3 𝑄𝑎𝑐𝑡 0.5997 0.5955 0.1850 0.0342 0.8955 0.3061 ℎ𝑑 3.8581 3.8312 0.5787 0.3349 4.7143 2.8143 𝐶𝑑 0.5828 0.4999 0.2787 0.0777 1.3108 0.2042 case 4 𝑄𝑎𝑐𝑡 0.5871 0.5632 0.1692 0.0286 0.8596 0.3580 ℎ𝑑 2.7341 2.6091 0.4892 0.2393 3.5000 2.0818 𝐶𝑑 0.5729 0.5166 0.2561 0.0656 1.1932 0.1964 case 5 𝑄𝑎𝑐𝑡 0.6509 0.6516 0.1611 0.0259 0.9184 0.4280 ℎ𝑑 3.2864 3.2864 0.4566 0.2085 3.9182 2.3909 𝐶𝑑 0.6339 0.5762 0.2688 0.0723 1.1658 0.2147 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 352 the statistical calculation gives very close values for the median and the mean. this means that the measured experimental data is distributed symmetrically or in a balanced distribution. also, the table includes the standard deviation, sample variance, maximum, and minimum. table 3 shows the percentage increase or decrease in average downstream water depth. the effect of the nonuniformity in the bed flume is obvious, and this will be reflected in the water depth. furthermore, case (3) gives the highest positive percentage of increase in the water depth as compared with other cases. table 3. average downstream water depth percentage of increase or decrease run no. 𝒉𝒅% case1 𝒉𝒅% case2 𝒉𝒅% case3 𝒉𝒅% case4 1 -0.1565 -0.0654 0.0000 -0.1005 2 -0.1657 -0.0590 0.1653 -0.1994 3 -0.1553 -0.1149 0.1371 -0.2484 4 -0.1756 -0.0843 0.2071 -0.1218 5 -0.1099 -0.0295 0.2175 -0.1850 6 -0.1383 -0.0663 0.1593 -0.2277 7 -0.1740 -0.0673 0.2032 -0.1531 8 -0.1199 -0.1226 0.2246 -0.2589 9 -0.2191 -0.0340 0.0961 -0.2809 10 -0.1452 -0.0690 0.2310 -0.0952 11 -0.2027 -0.1378 0.2104 -0.2189 12 -0.0749 -0.0489 0.1824 -0.0717 13 -0.2000 -0.0860 0.1987 -0.1233 14 0.0000 -0.0187 0.1162 -0.0966 15 -0.2013 -0.1195 0.2058 -0.2107 16 -0.2129 -0.0913 0.1771 -0.1293 17 -0.1415 -0.0425 0.2008 -0.1038 18 -0.2154 -0.1463 0.1619 -0.2234 19 -0.1994 -0.1319 0.1762 -0.1656 it is very important to measure the variance of the hydraulic characteristics, which is described by the weir-gate hydraulic structure, owing to the existence of the discordance and the concordance. for this purpose, anova is employed to investigate the variance in the hydraulic characteristics. table 4 deals with the influence of the ratio hd/h and the ratio q/g.h on the following ag/h.b, y/h, re, frup, and frdown. here, we have two groups, the first group refers to the dependent variables, which are expressed as the ratio hd/h and the ratio q/g.h, while the second group refers to the independent variables, which are expressed as ag/h.b, y/h, re, frup, and frdown. table 4 includes the following parameters: sum of square, degree of freedom (df), mean square, f-statistic, and significant level (sig.). where f-statistic is refer to the variation between sample means divided by the variation with in the sample. the f-test can be used to assess the equality and inequality of the variance, so the f-test has become a very important and flexible test. the f-test is used to find whether the group means are equal. the f-test depends on the null hypothesis. the null hypothesis may be true or false. if the null hypothesis is considered true, the f-ratio is equal to or close to one and there is no group difference, but if the null hypothesis is considered false, then the f-ratio is larger than one or less than one and there is a group difference. so it is noticed that table 4 reveals the effect of the group dependent variables on the one independent variable as compared with the effect of a single dependent variable on the same independent variable. in general, a significance level of 0.05 works well. a significance level of 0.05 refers to a 5% risk of the conclusion that a difference exists when there is no actual difference. table 4 clarifies a good significance level except that the significance of the reynolds number and froude number at downstream is considered not to have a significant level as compared with the remaining parameters. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 353 table 4. analysis of the independent hydraulic characteristics (hd/h and q/gh) and dependent hydraulic characteristics (ag/hb, y/h, re, 𝐅𝐫𝐮𝐩 and 𝐅𝐫𝐝𝐨𝐰𝐧) respectively by anova sum of squares df mean square f sig. hd/h between groups 11.953 75 0.159 14.837 0.023 within groups 0.032 3 0.011 total 11.985 78 q /gh between groups 9.801 75 0.131 12.837 0.028 within groups .031 3 0.010 total 9.831 78 hd/h between groups 11.817 60 0.197 21.088 0.0001 within groups 0.168 18 0.009 total 11.985 78 q /gh between groups 9.573 60 0.160 11.101 0.0001 within groups 0.259 18 0.014 total 9.831 78 hd/h between groups 11.472 74 0.155 1.209 0.488 within groups 0.513 4 0.128 total 11.985 78 q /gh between groups 9.728 74 0.131 5.073 0.061 within groups 0.104 4 0.026 total 9.831 78 hd/h between groups 11.969 73 0.164 51.071 0.0001 within groups 0.016 5 0.003 total 11.985 78 q /gh between groups 9.831 73 0.135 110995711 0.0001 within groups 0.000 5 0.000 total 9.831 78 hd/h between groups 10.948 72 0.152 0.880 0.650 within groups 1.037 6 0.173 total 11.985 78 q /gh between groups 9.179 72 0.127 1.174 0.466 within groups 0.652 6 0.109 total 9.831 78 5. conclusion an experimental study has been performed in order to evaluate the influence of the bed flume discordance on the hydraulic characteristics of the weir-gate structure in a flume. different bed flume discordance configurations are adopted in the experiment investigation. it is found that the variation in longitudinal bed flume elevation would cause a deviation in the hydraulic characteristics of the weir-gate structure, while reasonable hydraulic behavior is obtained in the concordance case, as compared with noticeable and dramatic hydraulic behavior in the discordance case. the increase in both water depth and flow velocity at the downstream regime of the weir-gate structure significantly contributes to an important rise in specific energy. the change in the bed flume configuration has a remarkable impact on the water surface path. consequently, the water path over the bed flume concordance region differs as compared with the bed flume discordance region. in addition, this point is visible clearly in all experiments. it has been observed that, regardless of bed flume concordance and discordance, some cases of similarity in hydraulic behavior may occur. the magnitude of the average water depth at the downstream would be more influenced by the upstream water depth and the vertical distance between weir and gate. at the downstream of the weir-gate hydraulic structure, the froude number values change with the length of the downstream regime due to the non-uniformity in the bed flume. the result illustrate a direct relationship between froude number and reynolds number at downstream regime of weir-gate structure. besides, a direct relationship between the actual discharge and flow velocity, is flourished at downstream, while a complicated relationship will be seen between the discharge coefficient of weir-gate structure and froude number at downstream regime. it was shown that the cross sectional area of flow which passes the gate has a vital role in hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 354 dominating the values of froude number in the downstream regime. also, the following major notice has been inferred from the hydraulic analysis: the interaction between overflow velocity and underflow velocity has a major impact on the hydraulic characteristics. it is evident that the height of the discordance will have an effect on the water depth, and this will ultimately lead to a rise or drop in the water level at that zone. as well, the bed flume non-uniformity or bed flume discordance will be worked as an obstacle in the downstream zone of the flume. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, r.m.q.; methodology, r.m.q., a.a.m. and i.a.a.; software, a.a.m.; validation, r.m.q., a.a.m., and i.a.a.; formal analysis, r.m.q.; investigation, r.m.q. and i.a.a.; resources, r.m.q., a.a.m., and i.a.a.; data curation, i.a.a.; writing—original draft preparation, r.m.q.; writing—review and editing, a.a.m.; visualization, r.m.q.; supervision, i.a.a.; project administration, i.a.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. ethical approval not applicable. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] aberle, j., nikora, v., & walters, r. (2006). data interpretation for in situ measurements of cohesive sediment erosion. journal of hydraulic engineering, 132(6), 581-588. doi:10.1061/(asce)0733-9429 (1983)109:10(1253). [2] kennedy, b. a. (1984). on playfair’s law of accordant junctions. earth surface processes and landforms, 9(2), 153–173. doi:10.1002/esp.3290090207. [3] biron, p., roy, a. g., & best, j. l. (1996). turbulent flow structure at concordant and discordant open-channel confluences. experiments in fluids, 21(6), 437–446. doi:10.1007/bf00189046. [4] biron, p., best, j. l., & roy, a. g. (1996). effects of bed discordance on flow dynamics at open channel confluences. journal of hydraulic engineering, 122(12), 676–682. doi:10.1061/(asce)0733-9429(1996)122:12(676). [5] bradbrook, k. f., lane, s. n., richards, k. s., biron, p. m., & roy, a. g. (2001). role of bed discordance at asymmetrical river confluences. journal of hydraulic engineering, 127(5), 351–368. doi:10.1061/(asce)0733-9429(2001)127:5(351). [6] de serres, b., roy, a. g., biron, p. m., & best, j. l. (1999). three-dimensional structure of flow at a confluence of river channels with discordant beds. geomorphology, 26(4), 313–335. doi:10.1016/s0169-555x(98)00064-6. [7] boyer, c., roy, a. g., & best, j. l. (2006). dynamics of a river channel confluence with discordant beds: flow turbulence, bed load sediment transport, and bed morphology. journal of geophysical research: earth surface, 111(4). doi:10.1029/2005jf000458. [8] ramos, p. x., schindfessel, l., pêgo, j. p., & de mulder, t. (2019). influence of bed elevation discordance on flow patterns and head losses in an open-channel confluence. water science and engineering, 12(3), 235–243. doi:10.1016/j.wse.2019.09.005. [9] ramos, p. x., schindfessel, l., pêgo, j. p., & de mulder, t. (2018). influence of bed discordance on head losses in an open channel confluence. 5th iahr europe congress new challenges in hydraulic research and engineering, 107-108, 12-14 june, 2018, trento, italy. [10] schindfessel, l., creëlle, s., & de mulder, t. (2015). flow patterns in an open channel confluence with increasingly dominant tributary inflow. water (switzerland), 7(9), 4724–4751. doi:10.3390/w7094724. [11] alhamid, a. a., husain, d., & negm, a. a. m. (1996). discharge equation for simultaneous flow over rectangular weirs and below inverted triangular weirs. arab gulf journal of scientific research, 14(3), 595–607. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 355 [12] alhamid, a. a., negm, a. a. m., & al-brahim, a. m. (1997). discharge equation for proposed self-cleaning device. journal of king saud university engineering sciences, 9(1), 13–23. doi:10.1016/s1018-3639(18)30664-0. [13] negm, a. a. m., al-brahim, a. m., & alhamid, a. a. (2002). combined-free flow over weirs and below gates. journal of hydraulic research, 40(3), 359–365. doi:10.1080/00221680209499950. [14] qasim, r. m., abdulhussein, i. a., & al-asadi, k. (2020). experimental study of composite inclined weir – gate hydraulic structure. wseas transactions on fluid mechanics, 15, 54–61. portico.doi:10.37394/232013.2020.15. [15] qasim, r. m., abdulhussein, i. a., mohammed, a. a., & maatooq, q. a. (2020). the effect of the obstacle on the hydraulic response of the composite hydraulic structure. incas bulletin, 12(3), 159-172. [16] qasim, r. m., abdulhussein, i. a., & al-asadi, k. (2020). the effect of barrier on the hydraulic response of composite weirgate structure. archives of civil engineering, 66(4). doi:10.24425/ace.2020.135211. [17] qasim, r. m., mohammed, a. a., abdulhussein, i. a., & maatooq, q. a. (2021). experimental investigation of multi obstacles impact on weir-gate discharge structure. international journal of mechatronics and applied mechanics, 1(9), 76–83. doi:10.17683/ijomam/issue9.11. [18] abdulhussein, i. a., qasim, r. m., mohammed, a. a., & maatooq, q. a. (2022). flow–composite hydraulic structure– longitudinal obstacle interaction. geomate journal, 23(96), 40-49. [19] abdulhussein, i. a., qasim, r. m., & maatooq, q. a. (2022). hydraulic interaction between composite structure and block obstacle. international journal on technical and physical problems of engineering, 14(2), 65–73. [20] abdulhussein, i. a., qasim, r. m., & hameed, m. a. (2022). determination of the general formula to estimate the discharge quantity of composite structure for free flow. instrumentation mesure metrologie, 21(1), 13–20. doi:10.18280/i2m.210103. [21] streeter, v. l., & wylie, e. b. (1983). fluid mechanics. mcgraw-hill, new york city, united states. [22] bos, m. g. (1989). discharge measurement structures (3rd revised ed.). international institute for land reclamation and improvement/llri, wageningen, netherlands. [23] rajaratnam, n., & subramanya, k. (1967). flow equation for the sluice gate. journal of the irrigation and drainage division, 93(3), 167–186. doi:10.1061/jrcea4.0000503. [24] novak, p., moffat, a.i.b., nalluri, c., & narayanan, r. (2007). hydraulic structures (4th ed.). crc press, london, united kingdom. doi:10.1201/9781315274898. [25] munson, b.r., young, f.d., okiishi, h.t., & huebsch, w.w. (2009). ‘fundamentals of fluid mechanics (6th ed.). john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 349 issn: 2723-9535 a comparative study of sentiment analysis methods for detecting fake reviews in e-commerce maneerat puttarattanamanee 1, laor boongasame 2, 3 , karanrat thammarak 4* 1 kmitl-digital analytics and intelligence center, faculty of science, king mongkut’s institute of technology ladkrabang, bangkok 10520, thailand. 2 department of mathematics, faculty of science, king mongkut’s institute of technology ladkrabang, bangkok 10520, thailand. 3 business innovation and investment laboratory: b2i-lab, school of science, king mongkut’s institute of technology ladkrabang, bangkok 10520, thailand. 4 department of computer engineering and electronics, school of engineering and technology, walailak university, nakhon si thammarat 80160, thailand. received 05 february 2023; revised 27 april 2023; accepted 08 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract the popularity of the e-commerce system has increased, especially under the covid scenario. consumer product reviews from the past have had a significant impact on influencing consumers' purchasing decisions. fake reviews—those written by humans and computers that engage in dishonest behavior—are consequently generated to increase product sales. the fake reviews hurt consumers and are dishonest. the goal of this research is to examine and evaluate the performance of various methods for identifying fake reviews. the well-known and widely-used amazon review data (2018) dataset was used for this research. the first 10 product categories on amazon.com with favorable feedback will be provided in the data section. after that, perform fundamental data preparation procedures such as special character trimming, bag of words, tfidf, etc. the models are trained to create a dataset for detecting fake reviews. this research compares the performance of four different models: gpt-2, nbsvm, bilstm, and roberta. the hyperparameters of the models are also tuned to find the optimal values. the research concludes that the roberta model performs the best overall, with an accuracy of 97%. gpt-2 has an overall accuracy of 82%, nbsvm has an overall accuracy of 95%, and bilstm has an overall accuracy of 92%. the research also calculates the area under the curve (auc) for each model and finds that roberta has an auc of 0.9976, nbsvm has an auc of 0.9888, bilstm has an auc of 0.9753, and gpt-2 has an auc of 0.9226. it can be observed that the roberta model has the highest auc value, which is close to 1. therefore, it can be concluded that this model provides the most accurate prediction for detecting fake reviews, which is the main focus of this research. keywords: fake reviews detection; gpt-2; nbsvm;, bilstm; roberta. 1. introduction e-commerce systems have continued to gain popularity [1]. the worse the covid-19 situation, the more clearly its popularity has increased. this is because people cannot travel outside their homes. as for companies, they benefit from trading on the e-commerce system; that is, they can reduce operating costs, such as rental fees for trading establishments. it is also possible to easily expand their business to allow foreigners to trade with them. as for customers, they benefit from trading on the e-commerce system, namely by saving time traveling. customers can compare products quickly and easily. * corresponding author: kanchan.th@wu.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-08  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4000-4642 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4694-6128 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 350 there are many factors that influence a customer's decision to purchase products or services on the e-commerce system, such as price, quality, reliability, service, and payment security. there is also another factor that is very important nowadays: reviews and opinions from previous customers or consumers. such customer reviews and opinions are seen as more neutral and credible as compared to the promotional content created by the company. if the reviews are positive, customers will have confidence until they finally decide to buy the product [2]. on social media, however, there are both true and fake reviews and opinions from prior clients or consumers. fake customer reviews and opinions may be created by a business to boost sales of its goods and services, decrease sales of those of its competitors' goods and services, or even by customers who have never used the product in question. fake customer reviews and opinions will harm the company that sells the goods and services [3], resulting in the deterioration of the company's reputation and the loss of sales. as for the customers, they will receive a product that does not meet their needs, wasting money and losing their feelings. many techniques have been attempted to detect fake customer reviews and opinions, such as sentiment analysis [4], reviewer profile analysis [5], language and text analysis [6], review duration and integrating reviews [7], machine learning algorithms [8], and image analysis [9]. one of the most popular techniques is the sentiment analysis method. this includes checking the original content in order to distinguish emotions or hidden feelings [10]. this helps detect fake reviews. this often reveals inconsistencies between the textual content and the emotions or ratings expressed [11]. there are several techniques used in sentiment analysis, such as generative pretrained transformer 2 (gpt-2) [12], naive bayes support vector machine (nbsvm) [13], robustly optimized bert pretrained approach (roberta) [14], and bi-directional. long short-term memory model (bilstm) [15]. however, there has been no research that has analyzed, compared, and evaluated the effectiveness of various techniques used in sentiment analysis. in this study, a comparative analysis and evaluation of the effectiveness of various techniques used in sentiment analysis were performed. it helps to gain a better understanding of those techniques, including the pros and cons of each technique under different circumstances, using data preparation techniques such as word wrapping, special letter wrapping, and word splitting before comparative evaluation. the subsequent sections of this paper are organized in the following manner: sections 1 and 2 provide an introduction to the subject matter and present relevant literature studies. section 3 provides a comprehensive description of the experimental setup and technique employed in the study. section 4 presents a comprehensive analysis of the efficacy of the recommended methodologies. section 5 of this paper presents an analysis of the study's findings and compares them with those of other relevant studies. in conclusion, section 6 provides a comprehensive overview of the primary outcomes derived from the study. 2. background and related works 2.1. background 2.1.1. sentiment analysis sentiment analysis [16, 17] entails the examination of emotions and sentiments, both positive and negative, conveyed through various forms of communication, such as movie reviews, restaurant reviews, online product feedback, and more. it is an effective method for evaluating written or spoken language to determine whether a thought expression is positive, negative, neutral, or potentially designed to deceive or persuade for various purposes. sentiment analysis has significant value in the business world because it enables companies and brands to gauge consumer sentiments regarding their products or services. this invaluable insight contributes to the development and enhancement of offerings, resulting in increased consumer satisfaction. sentiment analysis is a subset of natural language processing (nlp), a technique used to classify text based on the emotional content it conveys. e-commerce platforms commonly use sentiment analysis to gauge consumer opinion about products and determine their preferences and inclinations. additionally, to conventional sentiment analysis, many other techniques are used to assess emotions and attitudes within the text [18]. these approaches include emotion detection, which identifies specific emotions like happiness or anger, and aspect-based sentiment analysis, which dissects text into distinct attributes for separate analysis. deep learning models [8] such as rnns and transformers are used for understanding complex nuanced contexts. lexicon-based analysis [19] uses predefined sentiment scores. sentiment analysis is the practice of interpreting and removing content from text that expresses emotions or opinions using structured methods. this procedure comprises several stages as shown in figure 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 351 figure 1. sentiment analysis process initially, pertinent text data is gathered from a variety of sources, including social media, consumer reviews, polls, and other text-based sources. after that, the data are cleaned and prepared for analysis through a procedure named text pre-processing. this stage includes tasks such as removing punctuation, changing text to lowercase, addressing special characters, and tokenizing the text by separating it into distinct words or phrases. the next step is featuring extraction, which involves finding important textual characteristics or words that are indicative of sentiment. methods such as bag-of-words (bow) [20] and term frequency-inverse document frequency (tf-idf) [21] are two examples of techniques that could be used to capture the data. the classification of emotions is the fundamental building block of sentiment analysis. in this stage, a bespoke machine learning model is trained to analyze the text into several sentiment categories, such as positive, negative, or neutral. after training, the sentiment analysis model labels and scores each text element in the dataset. finally, sentiment analysis informs changes to the input, model, or methodology to increase accuracy and relevance for future assessments. 2.1.2. tokenization tokenization is the process of preparing data by dividing text or sentences into words. put it in the form of a single word or group of words [8]. it then clusters different words and counts the number of words of interest in the dataset. this is named a token and is often used for other linguistic analyses. in tokenization, words or phrases have intrinsic meaning but when joined with others, new meanings can be created. in addition, the sequence patterns of tokens can be analyzed using the n-gram method. commonly used in such analyses are 1-gram, or mono-gram tokens, for analyzing individual words, and 2-gram, or bi-gram tokens, for two adjacent words. 2.1.3. bag of words the bag of words (bow) technique [20] is a text feature extraction method that employs the concept of one-hot encoding to represent the information contained in a dataset's words. in this approach, each word in the dataset is associated with a unique token. when a word appears in the dataset, it is represented by a token with a value of 1. conversely, when a word does not appear in the dataset, its corresponding token is set to 0 during encoding, effectively indicating its absence. this encoding method is also applied in encryption to transform text data for various purposes. as shown in figure 2. figure 2. example of encoding using one-hot encoding technique the bag of words (bow) method transforms text into a format that is easily processed by computers and serves as the foundation for various algorithms. bow involves tokenization, which is the process of breaking text into individual units or tokens. these tokens are then statistically analyzed to gather information about the words present in the text. this process results in the creation of a vocabulary based on the dataset being used. typically, words are ranked by frequency, with the most frequently occurring tokens given the highest priority as the primary keys for representation in further analysis. bow offers versatility in its application. it can be employed for tasks such as data analysis, where it helps in constructing a vocabulary or a collection of words relevant to the dataset. however, bow has limitations in counting occurrences. specifically, it can count the frequency of words but cannot determine how many documents contain a particular word. this limitation becomes problematic when certain words appear frequently or rarely in a single document. in such cases, the data analytic precision may be compromised. id color_red color_blue color_green 1 1 0 0 2 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 4 0 1 0 id color 1 red 2 blue 3 green 4 blue documents document gathering feature extraction text preprocessing cleaned documents important words and characteristics modeling output (+/-) one-hot encoding hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 352 2.1.4. term frequency – invert document frequency the tf-idf [21] method is a statistical approach used for determining the relevance of words in a document. the calculation is derived by multiplying the term frequency variable with the inverse document frequency variable. the phrase "term frequency" (tf) denotes the frequency at which a specific word occurs in a document. as an illustration, the definite article "the" may appear ten times in a given document, whereas the noun "dog" may be present twice. the inverse document frequency (idf) is a metric that quantifies the rarity of a word in a given corpus of documents. the word "the" is frequently used and has a relatively low inverse document frequency (idf), indicating its high occurrence across various texts. conversely, the term "dog" is less commonly used and has a larger idf, suggesting its lower prevalence in different contexts. the calculation of the tf-idf value for a word involves the multiplication of its term frequency by its inverse document frequency. as an illustration, the term frequency-inverse document frequency (tfidf) value of the word "the" in a document can be computed as follows: 𝑇𝐹– 𝐼𝐷𝐹 = (𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚 𝑓𝑟𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑦) × (𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑒 𝑑𝑜𝑐𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑓𝑟𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑦) = 10 × (1 / 𝑙𝑜𝑔(𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑑𝑜𝑐𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠)) (1) the weighting of a word in a document can be determined by calculating its tf-idf score. words with a high term frequency-inverse document frequency (tf-idf) are more likely to be evaluated significant compared to words with low tf-idf values. 2.1.5. word embedding word embedding is an indispensable natural language processing technique that converts textual data such as words, sentences, and documents into numerical feature vectors [21]. these vectors depict the semantic meaning and relationships of words, which facilitates mathematical operations and calculations in language-based tasks. typically, the process begins with the encoding of words using methods such as one-hot encoding or advanced techniques such as word2vec and glove, yielding feature vectors the dimensions of which are determined by the vocabulary size and embedding method. these vectors facilitate the measurement of word similarity across various linguistic contexts, thereby making word embedding a valuable resource for numerous language-related applications. 2.1.6. bidirectional long short-term memory a bidirectional long short-term memory (bilstm) [15] is a specialized type of recurrent neural network (rnn) architecture designed to enhance the capabilities of traditional lstms (long short-term memory networks). what sets bilstms apart is their ability to process input sequences in two directions: both forward and backward. during the forward pass, the input sequence is analyzed from beginning to end, similar to a regular lstm, capturing information from past time steps. simultaneously, a second lstm processes the input sequence in reverse, from the end to the beginning, capturing information from future time steps. afterward, the outputs of these two lstms are typically combined or concatenated to provide a holistic representation of the sequence. bi-lstm cells feature numerous layers for each iteration t, including an input layer 𝑋𝑡, an output layer ℎ 𝑡 and a hidden layer ℎ 𝑡−1. every cell shares some states with other cells during training or parameter updates as shown in figure 3. figure 3. bidirectional long short-term memory architecture [22] the bi-lstm architecture has demonstrated promising performance in a variety of nlp tasks, such as sentiment analysis, named entity recognition, and machine translation. the mathematical model of a bi-lstm consists of the forward and backward lstm equations as well as the concatenation of their outputs. the backward lstm equations are similar to the forward lstm equations, but with distinct weight matrices and bias terms. the final result of the bilstm model is obtained by concatenating the outputs of the forward and backward lstms at each time phase. during the training process, the model parameters (weights and biases) are learned using techniques such as backpropagation through time (bptt) and gradient descent. its capacity for capturing information from both past and future contexts makes it suitable for tasks where comprehending the input sequence requires knowledge of the surrounding context. lstm lstm xt+1 lstm lstm xt … … lstm lstm xt-1 lstm lstm xt input output forward layer backward layer hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 353 2.1.7. generative pre-trained transformer 2 gpt-2 [12], also known as generative pre-trained transformer 2, is a large language model developed by openai. this model is a part of the fundamental series of gpt models. the training data utilized by gpt-2 encompassed the bookcorpus dataset, which encompassed a vast collection of more than 7,000 unpublished works of fiction spanning several genres. additionally, the training data included a dataset encompassing a staggering 8 million web pages. the initial partial release of the model took place in february 2019, and it was then followed by the full release of the 1.5billion-parameter version on november 5, 2019. gpt-2, similar to its preceding and subsequent models, is constructed based on a generative pre-trained transformer architecture. the architectural design of this system incorporates a deep neural network, more specifically a transformer model, which leverages attention mechanisms as opposed to traditional recurrenceand convolution-based methodologies. the attention mechanism allows the model to focus on selected segments of input text that it deems most relevant. gpt-2 offers various model size options (124 m, 774 m, etc.) that are distinguished primarily by the number of transformer decoders layered in the model; however, all models have the same core component, which consists of a series of transformer decoders, each of which has an identical architectural structure, as shown in figure 4. figure 4. gpt-2 architecture [23] 2.1.8. robustly optimized bert approach roberta (robustly optimized bert approach) [14] is a transformer-based language model that employs selfattention to evaluate input sequences and construct contextualized representations of sentence terms. roberta was developed by university of washington researchers using a training dataset comprised of > 10 times the text in bert's training dataset. roberta's training technique was also significantly more effective. in addition, when training the model, roberta employs a dynamic masking strategy. this technique enables the model to acquire more trustworthy and generalizable word representations. roberta was trained on multiple text datasets, such as the english wikipedia, the book corpus, cc-news, and openwebtext. stories was employed as well. the cumulative size of these diverse textual datasets was in the tens of terabytes. by providing several tens of terabytes of data, they supplied the model with a solid linguistic foundation. the bert [24] architecture was modified to create roberta, which included several substantial modifications to enhance performance on natural language comprehension tasks. roberta is a variant of the bert architecture that underwent enhancement. roberta eliminated the next sentence prediction (nsp) objective that was part of bert's training procedure. this modification maintained or marginally enhanced subsequent task performance, indicating that nsp is not a crucial element of the training. in the second phase of roberta's training, increased quantities and longer sequences were utilized. the training for roberta consisted of 125,000 steps with 2,000 sequences and 31,000 steps with 8,000 sequences, resulting in increased task complexity and precision. bert was trained using 256 sequences per cohort and one million steps. additionally, this strategy simplified and enhanced parallelization., roberta utilized dynamic masking for data preparation in contrast to bert, which utilized a static masker. over forty epochs, the same input <s> i am a robot 1 2 3 4 5 512 decoder block feed forward neural network encoder-decoder self-attention masked self-attention gpt-2 decoder block1 decoder block2 … decoder block48 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 354 data was replicated and disguised ten times using a variety of masking techniques. this was done for each era to have a distinct selection of masking patterns. consequently, roberta’s performance was significantly enhanced by this dynamic training data diversification technique. 2.1.9. naive bayes support vector machine a naive bayes support vector machine, or nbsvm [13], is a hybrid approach to machine learning that combines naive bayes and support vector machines that can be advantageous in certain situations. naive bayes, which is renowned for its simplicity and efficiency, can be utilized for initial classification or feature selection. this method is especially useful for text classification problems and situations where the assumption of feature independence remains reasonably true. conversely, svm, a robust algorithm for discovering complex patterns, can be used to extract more intricate representations or patterns from the data. by integrating the strengths of naive bayes and svm, this hybrid method seeks to improve classification performance overall. typically, the process involves feature engineering, where pertinent features are extracted from the dataset or created. then, a naive bayes classifier is trained, and svm is used to further process or refine the data, perhaps with a different subset of features. the predictions or representations from both models are then typically combined using stacking or ensemble methods. this combination's efficacy is highly dependent on the specific dataset and problem at hand. it is essential to perform a comprehensive data analysis, experiment with various approaches, and use cross-validation to determine whether the hybrid approach offers advantages over other ensemble methods or using each algorithm individually. 2.2. related works currently, there exist various approaches to analyzing emotions and sentiments from textual data. there are various approaches to analyzing emotions and sentiments from textual data, including rule-based sentiment analysis [18], lexicon-based sentiment analysis [19], as well as machine learning and deep learning models [8]. currently, there are various approaches to analyzing emotions and sentiments from textual data. these include rule-based sentiment analysis [18], lexicon-based sentiment analysis [19], as well as machine learning and deep learning models [8]. this study employed machine learning and deep learning models for sentiment analysis and identification of fake reviews. the investigation’s primary objective was to develop algorithms capable of effectively discerning fake reviews. additional information regarding the subject matter can be found in table 1. as table 1 shows, numerous empirical investigations were conducted, yielding a range of modeling methodologies that efficiently and accurately forecasted the detection of fake reviews across diverse datasets including e-commerce platforms, hotels, and restaurants. furthermore, the researchers conducted analyses on standardized review datasets obtained from various platforms, including yelp, amazon, kaggle, github, google play store, appstore, and tripadvisor. several researches incorporate sentiment analysis and feature selection techniques in order to improve the performance of models. vidanagama et al. [25] conducted a study with the objective of identifying fake reviews in the field of e-commerce. their approach involved the utilization of ontology-based techniques and linguistic features. the study conducted a comparative examination of predictive performance by evaluating the association between significant features. the findings revealed that integrating linguistic features with word classification and sentiment analysis yielded a prediction accuracy of 88.98%. rathore et al. [29] used a semi-supervised methodology to identify groups of fake reviewers through the utilization of a semi-supervised methodology. the investigation employed a dataset sourced from the google play store. the study evaluated the respective performance of the svm, k nearest neighbor (knn), random forest (rf), and j48 algorithms. notably, their performance surpassed that of comparable alternatives. in a study using a dataset from yelp, which included 20 hotel reviews, tufail et al. [30] examined the effects of detecting fake reviews. the prediction models employed for performance comparison in this work included svm, logistic regression (lr), and knn. the research revealed that the highest level of practical efficiency was attained by integrating all three algorithms, leading to a notable accuracy rate of 95%. qayyum et al. [26] produced the frd-lstm, a deep learning-based method for detecting fake reviews, by using the dcwr algorithm to compute deep features and pca to reduce the feature space. training the bilstm helps to detect fake reviews. the results indicate that this method has a recall rate of 97.24% precision of 96.0%, an f1-score of 96.6%, and accuracy of 97.21%. in addition, recent research has also focused on large language models such as gpt-2 [27], robert [27], and bert [31], which exhibit a remarkable level of accuracy and remain of great interest for the foreseeable future. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 355 table 1. related works b e st p e r fo rm a n c e o n to lo g y m an ag em en t a cc u ra cy = 8 8 .9 8 % b il s t m + d c w r a cc u ra cy = 9 7 .2 1 % r o b e r t a a cc u ra cy = 9 6 .6 4 % r f + f ea tu re r an k in g 9 0 % f -s co re k n n a cc u ra cy = 8 7 .0 0 % s k l a cc u ra cy = 9 5 .0 0 % b e r t + s v m a cc u ra cy 8 7 .8 1 % r f 9 7 .7 % f -s co re c n n -l s t m a cc u ra cy = 8 9 .0 0 % g r u a cc u ra cy = 9 2 .0 0 % k n n a cc u ra cy = 8 2 .4 0 % r f a cc u ra cy = 9 5 .0 0 % d a ta se t k ag g le : a m az o n u n lo ck ed m o b il e r ev ie w s a m az o n a m az o n e -c o m m er ce d at as et a m az o n m ec h an ic al t u rk g o o g le p la y s to re y el p : h o te l re v ie w s h o te l, d o ct o r, re st au ra n t, a m az o n k ag g le : fo o d r ev ie w d at as et h o te ls , r es ta u ra n ts , y el p , an d a m az o n a m az o n e -c o m m er ce d at as et a m az o n m ec h an ic al t u rk t ri p a d v is o r: h o te l re v ie w d at as et t e c h n iq u e 1 . t ex t p re p ro ce ss in g 2 .l in g u is ti c f ea tu re 3 .p o s f ea tu re e x tr ac ti o n 4 . o n to lo g y m an ag em en t 1 . d c w r a lg o ri th m 2 . b il s t m 1 .o p en a i 2 .n b s v m 3 .r o b e r t t a 1 . r f 2 . l s t m 3 . s v m 4 . c n n 1 . s v m 2 .k n n 3 .r f 4 .j 4 8 1 . s v m 2 . k n n 3 . s k l 1 . b e r t 2 . s v m 1 . r f 1 . c n n -l s t m 1 . g r u 2 . b il s t m 3 .l s t m 1 . r f 2 . l s t m 3 . s v m 4 . c n n 1 . n b 2 . s v m 3 . a b 4 . r f o b je c ti v e t h e ai m o f th is s tu d y i s to i d en ti fy f ak e re v ie w s in t h e re al m o f el ec tr o n ic c o m m er ce b y th e u ti li za ti o n o f o n to lo g y -b as ed l in g u is ti c se n ti m en t an al y si s. t h is s tu d y i n tr o d u ce d f r d -l s t m , a d ee p l ea rn in g -b as ed f ak e re v ie w d et ec ti o n m et h o d . d c w r c o m p u te s d ee p f ea tu re s af te r p re p ro ce ss in g . p c a r ed u ce s fe at u re s p ac e. f ak e re v ie w s ar e id en ti fi ed b y t ra in in g t h e b il s t m c la ss if ie r w it h c o m p u te d a tt ri b u te s. t h is s tu d y a tt em p ts t o u se t h e u l m f it a n d g p t -2 m o d el s to g en er at e an d d et ec t fa k e re v ie w s w it h in a d at as et o b ta in ed f ro m t h e a m az o n e -c o m m er ce p la tf o rm . t o c o m p ar e m ac h in e le ar n in g m et h o d s fo r d et ec ti n g f ak e re v ie w s an d i m p ro v e m o d el ac cu ra cy b y b al an ci n g d at a u si n g s m o t e a n d r u s c o n ce p ts . u ti li ze a h ie ra rc h ic al m et h o d o lo g y t o d et ec t cl u st er s o f fa k e re v ie w er s b y i m p le m en ti n g th e d ee p w al k t ec h n iq u e. a b ig ra m m o d el , al o n g w it h t h e s v m , k n n , an d s k l a lg o ri th m s, c an b e u se d t o d et ec t fa k e re v ie w s. t h e st u d y w o u ld l o o k a t h o w m an y p ro n o u n s, v er b s, a n d f ee li n g s w er e u se d . t h is p ap er p ro p o se s u si n g t h e b e r t m o d el t o e x tr ac t w o rd s fr o m r ev ie w s an d t h e s v m m o d el t o i n co rp o ra te t h e ex tr ac te d w o rd s. t o d et ec t fa k e p ro d u ct r ev ie w s u si n g s em isu p er v is ed m ac h in e le ar n in g a n d f ea tu re en g in ee ri n g t o e x tr ac t v ar ie d r ev ie w er b eh av io rs . t o d ev el o p o f in te g ra te d c n n -l s t m m o d el fo r id en ti fy in g fa k e re v ie w s in e c o m m er ce u si n g m u lt id o m ai n d at as et s. t o i d en ti fy f ak e re v ie w s u si n g s en ti m en t an al y si s an d d ee p l ea rn in g n eu ra l n et w o rk s li k e th e g r u , b il s t m , an d l s t m . t o e x am in e d if fe re n t m ac h in e le ar n in g t ec h n iq u es i n d et ec ti n g f al se r ev ie w s an d e n h an ce th e m o d el 's a cc u ra cy b y a p p ly in g s m o t e a n d r u s p ri n ci p le s to b al an ce t h e d at a. u ti li zi n g n -g ra m s an d r ev ie w er s en ti m en t ra ti n g s to d et ec t fa k e re v ie w s o n e -c o m m er ce p la tf o rm s. i t ex tr ac te d f ea tu re s u si n g d at a p re p ro ce ss in g a n d t f -i d f . a r ti c le v id an ag am a et a l. [ 2 5 ] q ay y u m e t al . [2 6 ] s al m in en e t al . [2 7 ] y ao e t al . [2 8 ] r at h o re e t al . [2 9 ] t u fa il e t al . [3 0 ] m ir e t al [ 3 1 ] s o h an e t al . [3 2 ] a ls u b ar i et a l. [ 3 3 ] s h et g ao n k ar . et a l. [3 4 ] e lm o g y e t al . [3 5 ] n ag i a ls u b ar i et a l. [3 6 ] abbreviation: bilstm= bidirectional long short-term memory/lstm= long short-term memory/nb= naive bayes/svm= support vector machines/nbsvm= naive bayes (nb) and support vector machines/dt= decision tree/gru= gated recurrent unit/cnn= convolutional neural network/mlp= multilayer perceptron/gnb= gaussian naive bayes/ roberta= a robustly optimized bert pretraining approach. openai or gpe-2= generative pre-trained transformer 2/lr= logistic regression/ skl= k-nearest neighbor, and logistic regression /ab= adaboost). hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 356 3. methods the main objective of this study was to compare various models and provide methodologies for detecting fake reviews in e-commerce platforms by using machine-learning and deep-learning techniques. as depicted in figure 5, the study's conceptual framework consists of two primary phases: data preparation for computation and model training for detection. figure 5. conceptual framework 3.1. data preparation process data preprocessing is an essential part of this study that aims to enhance the efficiency of data analysis and reduce the complexity of the model. in the domain of sentiment analysis, the process of data preparation encompasses multiple stages. these stages include the cleansing of data by eliminating special characters or symbols, transforming all letters to lowercase, segmenting sentences into individual words, removing sentence-ending words, and discerning various word categories, including nouns and verbs. this study employed an english-based methodology for data preparation. this process consists of three stages, as shown in figure 5. in the initial stage, the textual dataset must be transformed into encrypted numerical representations that are computationally feasible, therefore, this step entails text cleaning, which involves eliminating errors and inconsistencies in the text dataset. it also involves correcting misspelled words and establishing consistent formatting between uppercase and lowercase letters. additionally, the process eliminates symbols and unnecessary elements from the collection. the subsequent stage establishes a lexicon for analysis. this process encompasses collecting words from phrases and using varied terminology to expand one's vocabulary. quantifying the frequency of the terms that most significantly influence the dataset, can determine the scope of the term. this process helps to exclude extraneous data during the analysis phase. the final stage is text transformation which includes converting words into a format compatible with computer systems, to allow processing. 3.2. dataset the dataset included in this study was curated by ni & mcauley [37]. it comprises product reviews sourced from amazon.com. the study centered on the ten product categories with the most reviews in 2018 including beauty (5,269), automotive (1,711,519), gift cards (2,972), magazine subscriptions (2,375), fashion (3,176), cds & vinyl (1,443,755), groceries & gourmet (1,143,860), musical instruments (231,392), appliances (2,277), cell phones & accessories (1,128,437), industry and science (77,071), office products (800,357), handicrafts and sewing (494,485), digital music (169,781), luxury and beautiful products (34,278), and yard, lawn, and garden (798,415). the data was separated into a variety of categories, such as toys and games, kindle store, pet supplies, sports and outdoors, tools and home improvement, and books, clothing, shoes, and jewelry. other categories were electronics, home and kitchen, movies and tv, and the kindle store. in total, 40,432 samples were divided between the two categories after being analyzed. the first batch consisted of fake reviews that were generated by a machine and were labeled as computer-generated (cg). the second group included genuine evaluations written by individuals in their own words. these reviews were designated as original reviews (or). the contents of table 2 are presented in two sets, each of which consists of 20,216 rows and four columns. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 357 table 2. examples of dataset used in study category rating label text home_and_kitchen_5 1 cg missing information on how to use it, but it is a great product for the price! i clothing_shoes_and_jewelry_5 3 or fits well and easy to convert with semi formal wear electronics_5 5 cg easy to install even without a power supply. easy to use. great product! works pet_supplies_5 2 cg the holes are too big the fence receiver slipped out toys_and_games_5 3 or smaller than we thought. granddaughter enjoyed painting it. 3.3. training the model after converting the dataset into a computer compatible format, training proceeded using deep-learning and machinelearning techniques. four models, gpt-2, nbsvm, roberta, and bilstm were utilized to assess the effectiveness of detecting false reviews. for effective training, the model environment and parameters must be appropriately established. the following steps outline the procedures required to achieve optimal results. 3.3.1. gpt-2 setup this study employed gpt-2, a large language model designed for unsupervised multitask learning and supervised learning. to eliminate inconsistencies, the dataset was pre-processed and annotated appropriately. to begin, a keras tokenization library was invoked to generate the bag of words (bow), which represented the entire vocabulary, from the supplied text. python's tokenizer function was used to determine the maximum length of a word in a phrase. to achieve uniformity in sentence length, a numerical representation was assigned to each word in a sentence, with zeros added to complete the phrase. before feeding the data into the model, it was divided into two subsets: the training set, which consists of 80% of the data, and the test set, which consists of 20% of the data. 3.3.2. nbsvm setup the nbsvm model is widely employed in the field of natural language processing (nlp) due to its exceptional robustness. the study utilized additional techniques, such as the removal of unusual characters from the review text and the implementation of a bow approach to classify groups of words or text. the transformation of label features into target values ultimately resulted in the production of target features. the numerical value of 1 was allocated to or (representing real reviews), whereas cg (representing fake reviews) was assigned a numerical value of 0. the dataset was then divided into two sets: the training set, which comprised 80% of the data, and the test set, which comprised the remaining 20%. 3.3.3. roberta setup the initial value of the roberta model was determined based on the information presented in table 3 during the training phase. this function initiated the training process with a 0.10 dropout rate. the model was fine-tuned by incorporating various hyperparameters to evaluate its performance. this study intended to identify the optimal model for detecting fake reviews. the results section elaborates on the findings in complete detail. the dataset was divided into two subsets, with 80% of the data designated for training and 20% reserved for testing. table 3. the initial hyperparameter values for the roberta algorithm's firstround model hyperparameter initial value optimizer adam learning rate 0.00001 epochs 1 batch sizes 8 3.3.4. bilstm setup he bilstm model was selected as the method for detecting fake evaluations in this study. bidirectional learning was implemented by the model to produce precise results to reduce data loss and enhance performance analysis. the data underwent pre-processing by removing special characters and frequently occurring stop terms. before being input into the model, the data was partitioned into a training set containing 80% of the total data and a testing set containing the remaining 20%. the model’s parameters were then set, and it was trained with a 0.5 percent dropout rate. table 4 contains additional parameter specifications. in the last step, the number of training cycles and dropout rate were modified for more in-depth analysis and to improve the model's overall performance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 358 table 4. the initial hyperparameter values for the bilstm a algorithm's firstround model hyperparameter initial value loss function binary cross entropy optimizer adam learning rate 0.01 epochs 5 batch sizes 128 3.3.5. defining the bilstm and roberta models for fine-tuning to establish the model, the chosen configuration is sequential, and the adam optimizer is employed to determine the arrangement of the layers, which will be sequentially organized as follows.  the input layer receives the incoming data.  the embedding layer encapsulates word representations.  the bidirectional layer utilizes parameter 150, which was employed by the bilstm.  the dimension size of the dense layer was set to 32, and rectified linear unit (relu) was the activation function.  dropout layer: dropout is a technique used to reduce the information in a system by randomly deactivating certain nodes.  dense layer: this layer decreases the dimensionality of the input by reducing it to a single dimension.  the second dropout layer also randomly deactivates nodes.  the batch normalization layer normalizes data to address the problem of overfitting.  the activation function for the dense layer, which serves as the output layer, should be set to sigmoid. this activation function ensures that the output values fall within the range of 0 to 1. the bidirectional layer mitigates in accordance with the model's definition serves the purpose of that may occur the process of weight adjustment. furthermore, the batch normalization layer and particularly the activation function, relu, effectively addresses the vanishing gradient problem and overfitting. incorporating the dropout layer additionally serves to reduce these concerns. 4. results and discussion 4.1. results this section presents the findings of evaluating the performance of the gpt2, bilstm, roberta, and nbsvm, models including the hyperparameter tuning process. the results are reported in three sections: 1) the performance test, 2) the hyperparameter tuning process, and 3) the receiver operating characteristic (roc) curves and calculating the area under the curve (auc). the first section applies four metrics: accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score. the dataset used for evaluation was the amazon review data (2018) standard dataset [37]. the performance test results are presented in table 5. table 5. the result of the performance test for each algorithms model accuracy precision recall f1-score gpt-2 0.82 0.83 0.82 0.82 nbsvm 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 bilstm 0.92 0.93 0.93 0.92 roberta 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 with the gpt-2 algorithm, the model's overall performance had an accuracy of 82.00%, with a precision of 76.00% for cgs and an accuracy of 90.00% for ors. the recall rate for cgs was 92.00% and 72.00% for ors. additionally, the f1-score for cgs was 84.00%, and the f1-score for ors was 80.00%. the nbsvm algorithm had an accuracy of 95.0%, a cg accuracy of 96.00%, and an or precision of 94.00%. the recall rate for cgs was 93.00%, and the recall rate for ors was 96.00%. the f1-score for cgs and ors was 95.0%. the bilstm algorithm exhibited a level of accuracy of 92.00% and precision of 91.00% in identifying cgs and precision of 93.00% in identifying ors. the recall rate for identifying cgs was found to be 93.00%, while the recall hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 359 rate for identifying ors was 91.00%. the f1-score achieved for distinguishing between cgs and ors was 92.00%. the accuracy was classified according to its type. the category with the highest accuracy, namely 91.911162%, was in the "books" category. this accuracy rate surpassed that of the other categories, which had an average accuracy of 91.05348%. the experimental investigation of identifying cgs with the roberta algorithm yielded noteworthy findings. specifically, the results presented in table 5 demonstrated excellent overall accuracy of 97.00%. the detection rate for identifying cgs was found to be 97.00% regarding precision, while the identification rate for ors was determined to be 98.00% in terms of accuracy. the recall rate for identifying cgs was found to be 98.00%, while the recall rate for identifying ors was 97.00%. the f1-score achieved for the classification of cgs and ors was 97.00%. the second section presents the results of the hyperparameter tuning process. for the bilstm and roberta models, this study also fine-tuned the model by tuning hyperparameters to find the optimal values. the roberta model had an initial dropout value of 0.1, and the bilstm had an initial dropout value of 0.5. the related hyperparameters are presented in table 6. table 6. initial hyperparameter value setting of roberta and bilstm model model parameter fine-tuning loss function accuracy bilstm learning rate 0.01 0.2579 92.3564 0.001 0.3697 91.0597 epochs 5 0.2579 92.3564 10 0.5927 91.0102 batch size 128 0.2579 92.3564 120 0.7806 90.8742 roberta learning rate 0.00001 0.1202 97.0276 0.0001 0.6987 50.8822 epochs 1 0.1202 97.0276 5 0.1175 96.3645 batch size 8 0.1202 97.0276 16 0.1196 94.7322 tests were conducted on several hyperparameters to fine-tune the bilstm algorithm. the adjustment of the learning rate to 0.001 caused the model's accuracy to decline from 92.3564% to 91.0597%, and loss to increase from 0.2579 to 0.3697. hence, the inferred ideal learning rate for the bilstm model is 0.01. the subsequent phase involved optimizing the number of epochs for training by manipulating the epochs parameter. after a series of tests involving different numbers of epochs, the model was found to perform best when trained for five epochs. finally, batch sizes of 128 and 120 were compared to ascertain the number of iterations required for the model to learn the data prior to weight adjustment. the study revealed that the bilstm model achieved higher accuracy with a batch size of 128, rather than 120. therefore, in assessing the amazon reviews dataset (2018) using the bilstm model, the best hyperparameters for obtaining the most accurate results were: learning rate = 0.01, epochs = 5, and batch size = 128. the resulting accuracy achieved with these hyperparameters was 92.35%. in evaluating the roberta model, optimal performance was attained when trained with a learning rate of 0.00001 compared with a 0.0001 learning rate. the subsequent step involved modifying the batch size, which was initially set at 8, to a new value of 16. the result revealed that altering the batch size to 16 resulted in its efficiency declining from 97.0276 to 94.7322. hence, 8 was determined to be the best batch size for the roberta model. subsequently, the epoch value was adjusted to 5 to find the most favorable number of training cycles for the model. the data presented in the table indicates that there was a drop in model efficiency when the value of epochs was changed from 1 to 5. based on these findings, the optimal hyperparameters for the roberta model applied to the amazon reviews dataset (2018) are: a learning rate of 0.00001, a single epoch, and a batch size of 8. these hyperparameters yield an accuracy of 97.0276%. finally, the predictive ability of each model was evaluated using the rocs and calculating the auc. the results, are shown in figure 6. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 360 figure 6. roc cure in each distinct model figure 6 shows that the roberta model demonstrated the best performance in detecting fake reviews, as evidenced by its auc value of 0.9976, which among all, is the closest to 1. the nbsvm model achieved an area under the receiver operating characteristic (roc) curve of 0.9888. subsequently, the bilstm model demonstrated an auc of 0.9753, while the gpt-2 model exhibited an auc of 0.9226. the roberta model is conclusively more accurate in detecting fake reviews than the others used as benchmarks in this study. 4.2. discussion this study also includes a performance comparison with the previous study that compared related works that only used the amazon dataset for evaluation. these performance details as shown in table 7. table 7. comparison of model performance model accuracy precision recall f1-score auc frdlstm [26] 97.21% 96.00% 97.24% 96.61% fakeroberta [27] 96.64% 97.00% 97.00% 97.00% 96.62 bert+svm [31] 87.81% 88.00% cnn-lstm [33] 89.00% 90.00% 89.00% gru [34] 92.00% propose model (roberta) 97.00% 97.00% 97.00% 97.00% 99.76% this study examined the gpt2, nbsvm, and roberta, algorithms, which are similar to the ones investigated in the joni salminen et al. study on closeness [27]. it is worth noting that both studies utilized the same dataset, namely the amazon review data (2018) [37]. comparing the three models in this research paper and in salminen et al. [27], confirms that the three models in this research paper and those in salminen et al. [27] perform slightly worse than the hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 361 proposed model when measured by precision, recall, and f1-score, as shown in table 7. in addition, when compared with the auc metric, it is noteworthy that the proposed roberta model, achieved the highest auc score of 0.9976, while the nbsvm model closely followed with a score of 0.9888. the gpt-2 model’s auc score was determined to be 0.9226. in contrast, the three models examined in salminen et al. [27] had notably lower scores in terms of auc, with values of 0.696, 0.575, and 0.595, respectively. a comparative study conducted by shetgaonkar et al. [34] aimed to identify cgs using sentiment analysis and deep learning neural networks such as gru, bi-lstm, and lstm. the study used a dataset of mobile phone products from github, which already had positive and negative reviews categorized into separate files. to prepare the data, that study proposed a model that tokenized the text reviews into smaller words or lines. additionally, the study utilized the glove word embedding approach to provide clear word contexts throughout the entire text corpus. after a performance test on the proposed model, it was discovered that the robert and bilstm models in this study had higher accuracy when compared to the shetgaonkar et al. [34] study. specifically, the robert and bilstm models achieved accuracy values of 97% and 92%, respectively, which is higher than the 91% accuracy achieved by the bi-lstm model in the shetgaonkar et al. [34] study. however, the model proposed in the present study has a lower performance when compared with the frdlstm model of qayyum et al. [26]. the frdlstm model applied the dcwr algorithm to compute deep features, used pca to reduce the feature space, and identified fake reviews by training the bi-lstm model, which presents an interesting challenge for future work. 5. conclusion checking if the reviews and opinions from customers are fake. it is considered a challenge. because it allows customers to make a decision to buy products and services that are not mistaken. it also helps good business owners prevent fake customer reviews and opinions that damage the reputation of their business. in this study, the effectiveness of different sentiment analysis techniques is compared. these methods include roberta, bilstm, gpt-2, nbsvm, etc. amazon review data (2018) is the used dataset. the roberta model, according to the results, performs the best overall. the gpt-2 model, the nbsvm model, the bilstm model, and the model with an overall efficiency of 97%, 82%, 95%, and 92%, respectively. however, the fake customer reviews and feedback data used in this study are computer-generated. in the future, we should continue to test human-generated fake customer reviews and opinions. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, l.b. and m.p.; methodology, l.b. and m.p.; software, m.p.; validation, l.b., m.p., and k.t.; formal analysis, m.p.; investigation, l.b., m.p., and k.t.; resources, m.p.; data curation, m.p.; writing—original draft preparation, k.t.; writing—review and editing, l.b. and k.t.; visualization, l.b. and k.t.; supervision, l.b. and k.t.; project administration, m.p.; funding acquisition, k.t. and l.b. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.3. funding the authors received financial support for publication from the walailak university, thailand. 6.4. acknowledgements we would like to express our sincere gratitude to king mongkut's institute of technology ladkrabang and walailak university for their invaluable support in aiding our research efforts. the study's findings are expected to have a significant influence on the current corpus of research in the field. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 362 7. references [1] santos, k. e. s. (2020). online marketing: benefits and difficulties to online business sellers. international journal of advanced engineering research and science, 7(3), 159–163. doi:10.22161/ijaers.73.27. [2] zhu, l., li, h., wang, f. k., he, w., & tian, z. (2020). how online reviews affect purchase intention: a new model based on the stimulus-organism-response (s-o-r) framework. aslib journal of information management, 72(4), 463–488. doi:10.1108/ajim11-2019-0308. [3] mehmeti-bajrami, s., qerimi, f., & qerimi, a. (2022). the impact of digital marketing vs. traditional marketing on consumer buying behavior. hightech and innovation journal, 3(3), 326-340. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-03-08. [4] jain, p. k., pamula, r., & srivastava, g. (2021). a systematic literature review on machine learning applications for consumer sentiment analysis using online reviews. computer science review, 41, 100413. doi:10.1016/j.cosrev.2021.100413. [5] hu, s., kumar, a., al-turjman, f., gupta, s., seth, s., & shubham. (2020). reviewer credibility and sentiment analysis based user profile modelling for online product recommendation. ieee access, 8, 26172–26189. doi:10.1109/access.2020.2971087. [6] van vu, d., tran, g. n., & van nguyen, c. (2022). digital transformation, student satisfaction, word of mouth and online learning intention in vietnam. emerging science journal, 6, 40-54. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-sied-04. [7] mohawesh, r., xu, s., tran, s. n., ollington, r., springer, m., jararweh, y., & maqsood, s. (2021). fake reviews detection: a survey. ieee access, 9, 65771–65802. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3075573. [8] alghamdi, j., lin, y., & luo, s. (2022). a comparative study of machine learning and deep learning techniques for fake news detection. information (switzerland), 13(12), 576. doi:10.3390/info13120576. [9] haque, i., alim, m., alam, m., nawshin, s., noori, s. r. h., & habib, m. t. (2022). analysis of recognition performance of plant leaf diseases based on machine vision techniques. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(1), 129-137. doi:10.28991/hef-202203-01-09. [10] nandwani, p., & verma, r. (2021). a review on sentiment analysis and emotion detection from text. social network analysis and mining, 11(1), 81. doi:10.1007/s13278-021-00776-6. [11] dadhich, a., & thankachan, b. (2021). sentiment analysis of amazon product reviews using hybrid rule-based approach. international journal of engineering and manufacturing, 11(2), 40–52. doi:10.5815/ijem.2021.02.04. [12] lajkó, m., csuvik, v., & vidács, l. (2022). towards javascript program repair with generative pre-trained transformer (gpt2). proceedings of the third international workshop on automated program repair. doi:10.1145/3524459.3527350. [13] golpour, p., ghayour-mobarhan, m., saki, a., esmaily, h., taghipour, a., tajfard, m., ghazizadeh, h., moohebati, m., & ferns, g. a. (2020). comparison of support vector machine, naïve bayes and logistic regression for assessing the necessity for coronary angiography. international journal of environmental research and public health, 17(18), 1–9. doi:10.3390/ijerph17186449. [14] liu, y., ott, m., goyal, n., du, j., joshi, m., chen, d., ... & stoyanov, v. (2019). roberta: a robustly optimized bert pretraining approach. arxiv preprint arxiv:1907.11692. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1907.11692. [15] ghosh, l., saha, s., & konar, a. (2020). bi-directional long short-term memory model to analyze psychological effects on gamers. applied soft computing journal, 95, 106573. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2020.106573. [16] mahyoob, m., algaraady, j., & alrahaili, m. (2020). linguistic-based detection of fake news in social media. international journal of english linguistics, 11(1), 99. doi:10.5539/ijel.v11n1p99. [17] koli, r., & redekar, s. (2023). a review on sentiment analysis methodologies, practices and applications with machine learning. international journal of computer science and mobile computing, 12(6), 64–70. doi:10.47760/ijcsmc.2023.v12i06.007. [18] kotelnikova, a. v. (2020). comparison of deep learning and rule-based method for the sentiment analysis task. 2020 international multi-conference on industrial engineering and modern technologies (fareastcon), vladivostok, russia. doi:10.1109/fareastcon50210.2020.9271333. [19] asghar, m. z., khan, a., ahmad, s., qasim, m., & khan, i. a. (2017). lexicon-enhanced sentiment analysis framework using rule-based classification scheme. plos one, 12(2), 171649. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0171649. [20] qader, w. a., ameen, m. m., & ahmed, b. i. (2019). an overview of bag of words; importance, implementation, applications, and challenges. 2019 international engineering conference (iec). doi:10.1109/iec47844.2019.8950616. [21] cahyani, d. e., & patasik, i. (2021). performance comparison of tf-idf and word2vec models for emotion text classification. bulletin of electrical engineering and informatics, 10(5), 2780–2788. doi:10.11591/eei.v10i5.3157. [22] hamayel, m. j., & owda, a. y. (2021). a novel cryptocurrency price prediction model using gru, lstm and bi-lstm machine learning algorithms. ai (switzerland), 2(4), 477–496. doi:10.3390/ai2040030. https://doi.org/10.28991/hef-2022-03-01-09 https://doi.org/10.28991/hef-2022-03-01-09 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 363 [23] alammar, j. (2018). the illustrated gpt-2 (visualizing transformer language models). available online: http://jalammar.github.io/illustrated-gpt2/ (accessed on april 2023). [24] acheampong, f. a., nunoo-mensah, h., & chen, w. (2021). transformer models for text-based emotion detection: a review of bert-based approaches. artificial intelligence review, 54(8), 5789–5829. doi:10.1007/s10462-021-09958-2. [25] vidanagama, d. u., silva, a. t. p., & karunananda, a. s. (2022). ontology based sentiment analysis for fake review detection. expert systems with applications, 206, 117869. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2022.117869. [26] qayyum, h., ali, f., nawaz, m., & nazir, t. (2023). frd-lstm: a novel technique for fake reviews detection using dcwr with the bi-lstm method. multimedia tools and applications, 82(20), 31505–31519. doi:10.1007/s11042-023-15098-2. [27] salminen, j., kandpal, c., kamel, a. m., jung, s., & jansen, b. j. (2022). creating and detecting fake reviews of online products. journal of retailing and consumer services, 64, 102771. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2021.102771. [28] yao, j., zheng, y., & jiang, h. (2021). an ensemble model for fake online review detection based on data resampling, feature pruning, and parameter optimization. ieee access, 9, 16914–16927. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3051174. [29] rathore, p., soni, j., prabakar, n., palaniswami, m., & santi, p. (2021). identifying groups of fake reviewers using a semisupervised approach. ieee transactions on computational social systems, 8(6), 1369–1378. doi:10.1109/tcss.2021.3085406. [30] tufail, h., ashraf, m. u., alsubhi, k., & aljahdali, h. m. (2022). the effect of fake reviews on e-commerce during and after covid-19 pandemic: skl-based fake reviews detection. ieee access, 10, 25555–25564. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3152806. [31] mir, a. q., khan, f. y., & chishti, m. a. (2023). online fake review detection using supervised machine learning and bert model. arxiv preprint arxiv:2301.03225. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2301.03225. [32] s, m. (2023). detection of fake product review using machine learning techniques. international journal for research in applied science and engineering technology, 11(5), 1332–1338. doi:10.22214/ijraset.2023.51761. [33] alsubari, s. n., deshmukh, s. n., al-adhaileh, m. h., alsaade, f. w., & aldhyani, t. h. h. (2021). development of integrated neural network model for identification of fake reviews in e-commerce using multidomain datasets. applied bionics and biomechanics, 2021, 1–11. doi:10.1155/2021/5522574. [34] shetgaonkar, p., rodrigues, j. t., aswale, s., gonsalves, v. l. k., rodrigues, j. c., & naik, a. (2021). fake review detection using sentiment analysis and deep learning. 2021 international conference on technological advancements and innovations (ictai), tashkent, uzbekistan. doi:10.1109/ictai53825.2021.9673375. [35] elmogy, a. m., tariq, u., mohammed, a., & ibrahim, a. (2021). fake reviews detection using supervised machine learning. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 12(1), 601-606. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2021.0120169. [36] nagi alsubari, s., n. deshmukh, s., abdullah alqarni, a., alsharif, n., h. h. aldhyani, t., waselallah alsaade, f., & i. khalaf, o. (2022). data analytics for the identification of fake reviews using supervised learning. computers, materials &amp; continua, 70(2), 3189–3204. doi:10.32604/cmc.2022.019625. [37] ni, j., li, & mcauley. (2018). empirical methods in natural language processing (emnlp). amazon review data. available online: https://cseweb.ucsd.edu/~jmcauley/datasets/amazon_v2 (accessed on march 2023). http://jalammar.github.io/illustrated-gpt2/ https://cseweb.ucsd.edu/~jmcauley/datasets/amazon_v2 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 90 issn: 2723-9535 new technologies and innovative solutions in the development of multimedia corpus of mezen robinsons texts tatiana v. shvetsova 1* , veronika e. shakhova 2, svetlana a. dulova 2 1 department of literature and russian language studies, northern (arctic) federal university named after m.v. lomonosov, russian federation. 2 department of planning and support of scientific projects, northern (arctic) federal university named after m.v. lomonosov, russian federation. received 08 december 2022; revised 14 february 2023; accepted 23 february 2023; published 01 march 2023 abstract objective: new technologies and innovative solutions in creating a multimedia corpus of texts about the "mezen robinsons" aims to preserve the memory of an event that occurred in the 18th century and to study the history of spitsbergen development. this article presents a multimedia corpus of russian-language texts about the "mezen robinsons" written in 1766–2022. observations show that the history of the survival of the mezen hunters on edge island in 1743–1749 has repeatedly attracted the attention of specialists from various fields of knowledge: historians, archaeologists, publicists, professional writers, translators, etc. the corpus unites texts, audio, video, and multimedia resources. methods: continuous sampling was used to collect the material; when analyzing and describing the data, we applied a descriptive method, a biographical method of studying literature, statistical data processing, philological analysis, observation, assessment, and corpus modeling methods. findings: the methodology and technology of building an independent multimedia corpus, its architecture, and its design are described. novelty: the multimedia corpus is a contribution to the development of a new approach to studying the subjectology of russian literature. practical significance: the findings can become the basis for studying the biographies and creativity of various authors who built their works on the plot of the mezen industrialists and for further comparison of various interpretations of one event from the history of the development of the arctic. keywords: corpus linguistics; multimedia text corpus; mezen robinsons; corpus-based research. 1. introduction modern technologies and innovative solutions provide significant practical contributions to the creation of a multimedia text corpus. the use of audio and video materials, interactive elements, hyperlinks, and other tools enriches the text and makes it more accessible to the user. one example of new technologies is speech recognition, which allows automatic conversion of audio files to text, making it easier to work with large volumes of information. the use of software for creating interactive elements such as slideshows or graphic diagrams is also worth noting. it helps the user better understand the material and remember it. some innovative solutions include the use of artificial intelligence to create synthesized speech or translate text into various languages. this greatly speeds up the process of working with multiple language versions of the same material. in general, new technologies and innovations make it much easier to create a multimedia corpus of text, making it more interesting and accessible to users. a multimedia corpus of texts is a collection of various types of texts, such as written and oral materials, audio, and video files, which are used for linguistic research. they contain information about the language (its use and variability) * corresponding author: shvecova_tatiana@mail.ru http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9637-6958 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 91 in different sociocultural contexts. multimedia text corpora provide access to a variety of natural language resources, including spelling, grammar, and lexical information. in addition, they allow linguists to study linguistic phenomena in the context of actual language use. the use of multimedia text corpora provides the possibility of conducting a detailed analysis of various language forms and structures. for example, changes in vocabulary can be studied, or the differences between spoken and written language can be compared. multimedia text corpora are widely used in linguistics. they are used to create dictionaries, grammars, and other resources that can help with language study. in addition, they are used to determine the national and regional characteristics of the language as well as the sociolinguistic and cultural aspects of linguistic behavior. according to contemporary researchers, "the growing application of corpus-based research can be attributed to the fact that representative corpora are useful in obtaining quantitative data on the units of analysis and answering many questions about the texts, storylines, and key topics" [1]. developing various text corpora has been a trend in the humanities for the last decade. modern philological scholarship presents examples of text corpora united by the same genre [2], same author [3], or same subject [4]. the corpus of texts is a generic concept of many quite diverse objects. these objects tend to have a common generic name. multimedia is the sum of technologies that allow the computer to input, process, store, transmit, display, and output such data as text, graphics, animation, still digitized images, video, sound, and speech. multimedia corpora are being created on the basis of systematization, generalization, and computer representation of a large variety of thematic and multimedia materials reflecting the most diverse aspects of the state and development of national languages [5-8] and literature [9]. such corpora enable the placement of photographs, video clips, audio recordings of dialect speakers' speech, etc., and most importantly, reference and historical materials. telecommunications technology, which provides wide access to sites for users with different levels of training, plays a special role in the development of this new area. multimedia corpora are mainly used in linguistics for the analysis of dialog patterns and the relationship between speech and nonverbal communicative means (gestures, facial expressions, eye movements, etc.) [10]. such corpora are convenient for teaching languages and literature [11], in translation and interpretation studies [12], and in age psychology. one of the modern directions of research is the application of corpora for creating computer systems when the behavior and communication of real people are analyzed by videos and transferred to computer characters or to robots interacting with humans [13]. the multimedia corpus is a new tool for the study of genre and discourse; it provides an opportunity to analyze oral performance, such as poetry, and compare different interpretations of texts; it also allows us to compare the written text with its sound, opening up great opportunities for verse studies and studies of poetic syntax and semantics. despite widespread development in this direction, methodological developments in this area are sparse. 1.1. aims and goals one of the most important innovative areas in the development of modern philology is the inclusion of multimedia methods and tools in its toolkit, with a simultaneous transition to interactive principles for using works of fiction. our research goal is to create a set of machine-readable texts that will present the variety of the phenomenon under study with maximum objectivity and give an unbiased picture of this phenomenon in the practice of native speakers of the russian language. the phenomenon being studied in our case is the embodiment of russian fisher folk wintering on an island of the spitsbergen archipelago for 6 years and 3 months in different discourses. the task of the corpus, as a unique verbal unity, is to give a picture of the representation of the mentioned episode in the russian artistic, journalistic, and scientific discourse of the 18th–21st centuries. the criteria for selecting texts for the corpus are: a common elementary plot in all texts; mentioning the words of the "thematic grid arctic robinsonade." the task of the multimedia corpus of texts about mezen robinsons is to reflect the existence of historical and cultural phenomena in public speech practice. the multimedia accompaniment of the texts in the corpus is chosen to provide factual, historical, and culturological commentary on one or another lexeme, which sets the topic of the mezen robinsons. the focus of the study is on the aspects and principles of the multimedia corpus structure in relation to the formation of mezen robinson's folk narrative. 1.2. computer innovations used for processing texts in linguistics modern linguistics is impossible without computer technologies. one of the most important tasks for them is analyzing and studying language processes. the most important innovations are software tools for automatic analysis and text processing. such tools include, for example, morphological and syntactic analyzers that allow the determination of the grammatical structure of a sentence. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 92 other useful innovations are software tools for creating text corpora—large collections of texts unified by the same topic or the same genre. the text corpora approach can be used for studying various linguistic phenomena (lexicon, writing style, and so on). another computer innovation is editing software, which provides quick and convenient formatting and editing of texts according to user requirements. in general, computer innovations are undoubtedly accelerating all types of text processing that can be required within the tasks of linguistic research. 1.3. creating a text corpus nowadays, creating multimedia text corpora is one of the most important tasks for both linguistics and computer science. this type of corpora allows researchers in all scientific areas to access multiple data and contributes to the spheres of machine learning and ai. the project of creating a multimedia text corpus of "mezen robinsons" is an example. the rationale for creating this multimedia text corpus is to preserve unique local cultural information and provide an opportunity for efficient studies in the future by linguists investigating the texts devoted to the historical event of "mezen robisons" and therefore unified by certain topics. 1.4. computer technologies used in corpus linguistics corpus linguistics is a scientific discipline that studies natural languages using corpora—sets of texts, optionally presented in digital collections. it requires analyzing great data arrays and text volumes; therefore, applying computer technologies in this sphere is extremely useful. one of the main technologies used in corpus linguistics is machine learning. it allows creating models for automatic processing and classification of texts according to various parameters, such as word frequency or writing style. another widely used tool is part-of-speech analyzers. they are engaged in parsing sentences into their constituent elements and determining the grammatical characteristics of each word (part of speech). computational lexicography, as another example, is a distinctive area of computer technologies in corpus linguistics that helps create dictionaries. finally, the data visualization technologies are worth noting. tools for creating graphs and charts can help illustrate and visualize the results of the analysis of text corpora. 1.5. the research and product design creating a corpus of texts requires bringing them into a machine-readable format. this requires converting journals and newspapers downloaded from the public domain, sometimes in pre-revolutionary orthography, into a suitable text format. this work has been done: all the source materials have been converted from pdfor html-format to word document format. the resulting set of texts is posted on the hosting site “mezrob29.ru” [14] in the free public domain. the total number of documents in the published version of the dataset was 61 (as of december 2022), with 790 typewritten a4 sheets. the technological map of multimedia product development includes the following stages (see figure 1): stage 1: development of the project; stage 2: collection and preparation of necessary materials: scanning of source materials, converting them into digital form; stage 3: selecting software; stage 4: development of the layout and design, development of the structure and content of the thematic blocks: design of the database (db); stage 5: filling the database with data, synthesizing the layout of the multimedia product; stage 6: development of a user guide for teachers and for students; stage 7: placement of the database on the internet; stage 8: design of the search interface. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 93 figure 1. the general technological diagram of the project to create a multimedia corpus of mezen robinsons texts 2. methods in the first phase of the project, extensive work was carried out on the collection of material for the corpus of texts, namely:  studies in the archives of arkhangelsk and st. petersburg to attribute the manuscript “historical description of the journey to spitsbergen in 1743–1749 of four mezen sailors: alexey and ivan khimkov, stepan sharapov and fyodor virugin” [15], and to analyze the content and historical and cultural circumstances of the origin of the said manuscript; including research of the antique documents, such as 18th century’s atlas of the arkhangelsk province.  studies in the archives of the local history museums in arkhangelsk and mezen.  obtaining acquaintance with the family tree of mezen inhabitants who were in distress on edge (edgeøya) island, meetings with descendants of helmsman alexey khimkov; the meetings were documented and recorded on audio and video media.  work with collections of the dobrolyubov regional library and k.s. badigin inter-settlement library in mezen; making search queries in the russian state library, the russian national library, and the national library of the republic of karelia; analysis of information in the worldcat bibliographic database. the collected printed materials were digitized; texts from 19th century magazines and newspapers were digitalized into ms word format: syn otechestva (son of the fatherland), 1822; severnaya pchela (northern bee), 1846; arkhangelskiye gubernskiye vedomosti (gazette of the arkhangelsk province), 1846; rus, 1846; zhurnal dlya development of the project filling the database stage v complete db web-layout of the corpus synthesizing the layout of the multimedia product stage vi development of a user guide g u id el in es f o r st u d en ts g u id el in es f o r te ac h er s placement of the database on the internet stage vii corpus website design of the search interface stage viii search interface software complex collection and preparation of the necessary materials text corpus stage ii t ex t o f v ar io u s g en re s g lo ss ar y m u lt im ed ia b it m ap i m ag es o f th e so u rc e m at er ia ls m s w o rd d o cu m en ts selecting software stage iii software complex stage iv layout and design of the corpus in electronic form development of the structure and content of the thematic blocks с o rp u s se ct io n st ru ct u re t h em at ic b lo ck co n te n t the design of the database (db) empty db stage i hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 94 chteniya… (magazine for reading to cadets of military schools), 1846; detskoye chteniye (children’s reading), 1871; drug naroda (a friend of the people), 1876; arkhangelskiye gubernskiye vedomosti (gazette of the arkhangelsk province), 1896; russkaya zemlya (russian land), 1899. in total, 23 texts that have not been republished in the 20th or 21st century (790 pages of a4 format) were digitized. online resources were scanned using keywords (“mezen robinsons”, “polar robinsons”, “arctic robinsons”, “pomor robinsonade”, “helmsman alexey khimkov”, and names of other persons involved in history) through the following search engines: yandex, google, rambler, lycos, bing, and yahoo. in total, 79 resources were identified. from april to october 2022, an online survey was conducted in the vkontakte (vk) social network to determine the extent of familiarity with the plot among network users living in mezen and mezen district. the questionnaire was distributed through the “vkontakte” social network and by random daily mailing to those users who indicated mezen as their geolocation. a total of 510 questionnaires were collected. field work has been organized. during the expedition to mezen, the opportunity arose to communicate with local people about the preservation of the story of the six-year survival on spitsbergen in the 18th century in the cultural memory. 32 oral narratives were recorded and 15 audio recordings were compiled and introduced in our corpus. the results of the expedition were presented in the form of a report at an all-russian conference. at this (first) stage, the preparation and creation of the text corpus was an important component of the work. the following tasks were accomplished: 1) preparation of the documents in three stages: o documents in an archive or library were scanned or photographed; scanned copies were ordered from libraries; o the texts of the following types were manually re-typed in ms word format: works of fiction, newspaper and magazine publications, and scholarly journal articles; o web publications were converted into the ms word format. 2) preparation of texts for populating the corpus: o compiling a text ticket with source metadata; o marking up a text for the sake of a contextual search; 3) gathering information about the authors of the texts. 4) compiling a glossary of keywords and tags. 5) research specific literature to elaborate commentaries for particular words. 6) selecting multimedia (collection of videos, pictures, and audio files). 7) choosing a domain and hosting. 8) preparing the design of electronic product. 7) uploading documents to the system. an electronic corpus of texts [14] has been created; it comprises five sub-corpuses: works of fiction, periodicals, scientific-journalistic, web, and oral texts. the texts are digitized and converted to ms word format in modern orthography. each source in the corpus is meta-textually tagged. a glossary has been compiled. the primary commentary of lexemes forming the plot about mezen robinsons has been prepared. illustrating multimedia were selected. another important element of the research is to find possibilities for combining scientific and educational tasks; identification of didactic ways of using the corpus in schools. to address this matter, a visual novel was developed as a way to study the texts of the 18th century. then, several chapters in a multimedia tutorial for organizing a course on russian (native) literature (namely the works of writers k.s. badigin and s.b. radzievskaya) on the tilda platform were prepared. in addition, the concept and scenario of a computer game based on the plot are under development. 2.1. methods of data analysis the adventures of four russian sailors brought to the island of ost spitsbergen by a storm, where they lived for six years and three months by le roy [16] is a relatively small text first published in 1760 that spawned extensive literature, including research and commentary works, artistic responses, and fantastical interpretations. particularly prominent in this volume are retellings and works of fiction based on le roy's story. the multimedia corpus of mezen robinsons texts is a large corpus of russian written texts of various genres from hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 95 the 18th century to the present day. a corpus is a collection of texts based on single idea that unites the texts (topicality, author, location etc.). in this case, it is a historical episode of the survival of the mezen people on spitsbergen between 1743 and 1749. for selection, the texts were categorized. the story was selected according to parameters such as the source of the text, the type of publication (journal, book, internet publication), time of publication, genre, volume, and language. the collected texts belong to different genre categories: retelling ("son of the native land"), translation from an old german journal ("northern bee"), essay (a. zubkovsky), fable (o. belomorsky), short story (k. badigin, s. radzievskaya), historical novel (z. davydov), translation (m. arkhangelskaya), and review (v. popov). these works were written at different times, though there are chronological localizations: starting from le roy's life period in 1760; journal editions in russia (1822, 1846, 1864–69); collections (1899, 1900); book editions: 1933 (z. davydov), 1955 (le roy and k. badigin), s. radzievskaya (2016, 2021), o. scherbatov (2020). since 2000s, there are also emerging relevant publications on forums, blogs, pdf versions in digital libraries, and magazines. in the journal versions of the 19th century, the text has different titles, namely, "adventures," "journey," "voyages," "disasters of russian sailors," which is of interest for scholarly discussion. an important selection factor is the language of this work. for the most part, we focused on the russian-language versions. however, the fact that the story originally appeared in german and was then translated into various languages, including russian, gives reason to turn to versions in foreign languages as well as works by foreign authors [17]. the decision to fill the corpus orally or in writing was fundamental. our corpus included documents digitized and converted into the ms word format and audio recordings collected from the residents of mezen. the purpose of the audio recordings was: 1) to determine to what extent the story of the mezen fisherfolk is preserved in the cultural memory of our contemporaries, 2) to see what elements of the story people reproduced in their oral narratives (for example, women reproduce the episode about how a. khimkov's wife, seeing her husband alive and unharmed, fainted and fell into the water; men insist that the crew of sailors was unprofessional: they were "drunks who took on debt, got a job on the ship, and went to the arctic to work off their debts"). some respondents transposed mezens' story to their personal seagoing experience. in its current state, the corpus contains texts with more than 200 thousand words in total. extralinguistic factors such as the authors of the texts (their gender, age, profession, and nationality), the place, the subject matter, the date of publication, age, and size of the intended audience, etc. were considered when the texts were put into the corpus. 2.2. methodology for making a corpus this research draws on previous corpus-based studies built on the premise that collecting and analyzing large numbers of samples of discourse is an effective tool for understanding how the russian language evolves, for example: “dream story corpus” created in russian state russian state university for the humanities [18]; “st. petersburg corpus of hagiographic texts” [19]; “lived through: personal stories in an electronic corpus of diaries and memories: a project of the european university” [20]; “verbatim: politics and literature. a digital archive of literary organizations, 1920– 1930” [21]. by analogy, the authors have created a corpus designed to understand how a certain plot develops synchronically and diachronically, to analyze the specific perception of historical fact at different stages of the formation of the russian historical and literary process, to highlight structural elements and to understand the semantic overtones of the plot, characteristics for a certain historical period, and a certain picture of the world. the texts compile the multimedia corpus of mezen robinsons are intended for reading and studying as there are quite a few of them that have not been republished. the task ahead is to process these texts specially — to introduce the necessary information — markup, summaries, and design a search interface. after the corpus has been processed, any necessary information (the date, the place, length, authorship, the use of a particular word or grammatical structure) may be searched in it. special programs — concordances — are used to process the information. they search the text in the same way as engine searches do for information on the web and generate a concordance, i.e., a list of all contexts in which a word or phrase occurs in the text under study. 2.3. input data analysis of the information on the internet showed that users post/repost in their social networks the real story of the six-year wintering of russian "robinsons" on one of the islands of the spitsbergen archipelago and upload digitized books about it to children's e-libraries, the livejournal portal, etc. the history of the narrative is presented in the following section. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 96 3. results 3.1. composition and structure of the corpus the selected texts are arranged in modules according to the types of discourse: fiction texts, documentary texts (newspaper and scientific papers), media texts, and everyday speech. the electronic multimedia web-resource contains video, audio (sound files), photos, and textual information. options such as reference to audio files (speech of mezen inhabitants), availability of images (details of pomor ship, details of mezen manufacturers' clothes, details of landscape and relief of the island), and hyperlinks, etc. are implemented. this case enables the user, at his request, to obtain information about pomor culture and way of life, the structure of a pomor ship, mezen industrialists' routes in the 18th century, mezensky dialect, and human survival possibilities in extreme arctic conditions. the designed multimedia resource is planned as a reliable tool for studying the history of literature, literary local history, and literary geography in the conditions of total "reading crisis." 3.2. a sub-corpus of fiction texts in russian the corpus of fiction texts is a corpus of russian written prose and verse works created between 1762 and 2022. the texts are presented in russian in modern orthography. this corpus includes, in certain proportions, various genres (essays, fables, novels, and translations into the russian). the corpus may be divided into two main arrays with their own features: modern written texts (early 20th early 21st century) and early texts (mid-18th late 19th century). formally, the boundary between these arrays is not drawn, and by default, they are searched simultaneously. 3.2.1. texts of early 20th early 21st century in the corpus a corpus of fiction texts with contextual markup forms the core of the main corpus. this corpus includes various types of texts representing the contemporary russian literary (written) language:  fiction prose of various genres and trends;  memoirs and biographical literature;  journal papers;  newspaper entries;  academic texts. the sources of the texts included in the corpus for published books, magazines, and newspaper texts are, as a rule, their electronic versions. 3.2.2. texts of the mid-18th and the late 19th centuries in the corpus the texts of the mid-18th and the late 19th centuries in the corpus represent various genres of prose (fiction, journalism, archival document). for this period (up to the end of the 19th century), translated texts can be included in the main corpus. texts originally written and/or published in the old orthography (before 1918) are more often given in the post-reform orthography. multiple texts are included in the corpus based on original editions without preserving the orthography. the volume of the collection of texts in the pre-reform orthography as of 2022 is more than 200 000 words. this corpus includes texts, reproduced from the 19th-century journals: syn otechestva (son of the fatherland), severnaya pchela (northern bee), arkhangelskiye gubernskiye vedomosti (gazette of the arkhangelsk province), rus, zhurnal dlya chteniya… (magazine for reading to cadets of military schools), detskoye chteniye (children’s reading), drug naroda (a friend of the people). 3.3. a sub-corpus of newspaper entries the newspaper corpus comprises articles beginning from 1876 (the newspaper "drug naroda") to 2022 (the newspaper "arkhangelsk"). the corpus of newspaper texts includes texts of printed newspapers and magazines as well as digitized newspapers: arkhangelskiye gubernskiye vedomosti, pravda severa, drug naroda, mayak kommunizma, sever, pravda severa, arkhangelsk, pomorskaya stolitsa, russky vestnik spitsbergena, etc. the annual addition to the corpus was planned to continue. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 97 3.4. a sub-corpus of scientific journalism the sub-corpus comprises papers from scholarly journals on issues related to the analysis of genesis, poetics, and the functioning of works of fiction uploaded to the corpus. these are papers in traditional format, electronic scientific publications, monographs, collections of scientific articles and conference proceedings, and scientific publications in private blogs. these issues are in focus:  biographies of the participants of the voyage to spitsbergen in 1743–1749 and the persons connected with it: the navigator alexei khimkov, khrisanf khimkov, fyodor sharapov, stepan verigin, amos kornilov, m.v. lomonosov, p.-l. le roy, solomon vernizober, the evreinovs, p.i. shuvalov, etc.;  biographies of the authors of the publications;  the history of the creation of a particular work;  the history of the sealing and whaling industry in the russian north;  archaeological excavations on spitsbergen;  the history of spitsbergen's development;  the history of travels and voyages to spitsbergen by scientists and explorers from various countries;  the history of polar expeditions;  the study of pomors' settlements on spitsbergen;  equipment of chichagov's secret expedition;  the study of the atlas of arkhangelsk province. 3.5. a sub-corpus of internet texts this sub-corpus is a collection of internet publications from the livejournal, from online publications (the online edition of the newspaper komsomolskaya pravda), from the official web-pages of various organizations, institutions and electronic libraries, posts on social networks, notes on forums. a survey of the internet space was conducted using keywords ("mezen robinsons," "polar robinsons," "arctic robinsons," "pomor robinsonade," "helmsman alexei khimkov" and other persons involved in history) in the search engines yandex, google, rambler, lycos, bing, yahoo. according to preliminary estimates, there are about 40 pieces. the publication range is 2007–2022. 3.6. an oral sub-corpus the subcorpus of oral texts implies the inclusion of sounding texts in russian, recorded on the territory of the ancestral residence of the mezen robinsons (mezen district, arkhangelsk region). the corpus now has 15 tracks. the text will be provided to the user in the form in which it was originally recorded, including phonetic transcription with preservation of accents. 3.7. translations the corpus offers a collection of translations of works about the mezen robinsons into french, german, dutch, and italian. there are also books of t. griesinger [17] and d. roberts [22] translated into russian. 3.8. quantitative distribution of texts in the corpus the quantitative distribution of publications about mezen robinsons relative to the time of their appearance is shown in the diagram (figure 2). figure 2 presents a chronological straight line on which annual ranges are marked: 1766–1800 – the period of translations of le roy's book into different languages; 1800–1900 – the epoch of the story in newspaper and magazine periodicals; 1900–2000 – the epoch of the story embodied in the art form; 2000–2022 – the period of the story in the digital environment and the time of the appearance of studies of mezen robinson. the color indicates the style of the text: fiction texts and publications – dark blue; articles in scientific journals – red; newspaper publications – green; publications in new media – purple; translations – light blue. the numbers in the columns denote the number of published texts about mezen wintering on edge island. as it shows, the peak of the story's popularity among readers falls on our days: the story of the "russian robinsons" is presented in different formats newspaper articles, scientific publications, translated texts, internet texts, and poetic and prose texts. at the same time, most of them are on the internet due to modern reality and the era of "big data" and speed. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 98 it is worth mentioning that in the middle of the 19th century, editors of russian children's publications were paying attention to the story of the mezen people's survival in the arctic. the major part of the texts of this period are journal translations of le roy's text. in 1840-1860s, literary magazines were the primary source of literature. the soviet era was not inferior to the previous century in the number of literary texts. in the 30-50s of the 20th century, the mezen story became an independent plot and embodied the genre of the adventure novel (z. davydov, k. badigin, s. radzievskaya, etc.). this is the time of struggle for the arctic, the assertion era of the idea of indestructibility and strength of domestic navigators. figure 2. statistics of publications in the corpus depending on the year of writing 3.9. corpus interface for user convenience, the corpus includes the construction of cards with meta-information on each source (figure 3). the card specifies the author, title of the work, the year of publication, scope, genre of the text, and type of text. figure 3. an example of a card with metainformation the texts in the corpus menu are now divided into four categories: fiction texts and publications, newspaper publications, articles in scientific journals, publications in new media, audio speech, and translations into other languages (figure 4). this division and, however, is purely conventional and does not prevent any text from one category from being compared with any text from another category. the order of an arrangement of texts in the form is free. if desired, the user can use the built-in voyant tools. this resource helps establish the lexical density of the document, perform semantic analysis of the text, establish the most frequent words in the document, perform automatic calculation of different parts of speech in a particular text, and build concordance (figure 5). 3 12 7 4 0 0 6 12 0 2 3 5 0 0 0 14 3 1 0 3 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 1766-1800 1800-1900 1900-2000 2000-2022 statistics of publications about mezen robinsons fictions texts and publications articles in scientific journals newspaper publications publications in new media translations hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 99 at the moment, the corpus has a context search set up. a glossary of reference words composing the thematic field "mezen robinsons" (210 words) was compiled in advance. these words are highlighted in blue in each document. when you click on a certain word, a box with commentary pops up (figure 6). figure 4. multimedia corpus menu figure 5. an example of voyant tools usage figure 6. a glossary of a reference word (example) using the visualization method (word cloud), it is possible to highlight significant text points. such visual representation is convenient for quick perception of any text, and in our case the whole plot is contained in a large array of texts (figure 7). hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 100 figure 7. word cloud on the basis of the story about mezen robinsons the word cloud is compiled on the basis of the thematic glossary in the corpus of texts. it allows us to systematize and synthesize information (data volume) in a simple and attractive way. thanks to the word cloud, the main thematic points of the story about mezen robinsons are clearly distinguished. these are the names of the main figures (alexei is the main character of the story, the steersman and senior representative of the hunter’s dynasty), their naming words ("robinsons", "grumlan", "hunters"), the names of survival supplies, the names of loci and toponyms, etc. multimedia support involves images, pictures, and video files that open when you click on the word (figure 8). figure 8. an example of multimedia support for a word 3.10. corpus architecture the multimedia corpus of mezen robinsons texts offers various sections of information: "corpus characteristics," "corpus of texts," "biographies", "multipark," "news," "tutorial," "novella," "about the project" (see figure 9). figure 9. sections of the multimedia corpus hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 101 the "corpus characteristics" section provides general information about the various materials on the resource. the "corpus of texts" section contains links to the five subcorpora that make up the corpus. the "biography" section accumulates information about the lives of the authors who were somehow involved in the genesis and development of the mezen "robinsons" story (p.-l. le roy, m.v. arkhangelskaya, a. zubkovsky, n.k. lebedev, z.s. davydov, k.s. badigin, n. zaitsev, s.b. radzievskaya, k. konichev, m.yu. starchikov, o. scherbatov, and others). multipark collects screenings of works, scientific and popular programs about this event from the history of the russian fur seal industry. "stale sea" is a legendary feature film, filmed in 1954 by director y. yegorov based on the literary work "the road to grumant" by k. s. badigin. the "news" section informs users about the latest events related to the preparation and presentation of the corpus. the "tutorial" section describes the possibility of using the corpus materials for educational purposes. the tilda platform presents chapters of multimedia tutorials with the development of tutorials for schoolchildren on the works of k.s. badigin, s.b. radzievskaya, z.s. davydov, and others. the materials include video lectures on the authors of the books, search tasks for texts, tests, and games. the "novella" section is an adaptation of p.-l. le roy's book in the form of a visual novel. the novella combines the text of the work of french people of the 18thcentury, exclusive illustrations, and musical accompaniment. the section "about the project" presents the history of the project chronologically. the corpus contains 61 sources in russian, including: 1 archival document, 23 works of various genres (translations, retellings, fables, short stories, novels) in the time range 1762–2021, 9 newspaper and journal publications between 1876–2022, 16 scholarly publications, 15 tracks of audio speech. 4. discussion the diachronic corpus with a narrow textual focus reflects the changes in the cultural description model of the issue regarding spitsbergen and arctic exploration in the literary texts written by authors of different nationalities. texts about the mezen "robinsons" are distributed in the collection according to the genre and chronology of writing. on the basis of the presented corpus, the principles of commenting documentary and fiction texts about mezen "robinsons" were developed, considering the widest possible historical and literary context, described (including) within the framework of the undertaken study of the main array of foreign and russian prose. many works of contemporary researchers in this field focus on compiling a collection of oral and written texts [2326] where the keywords are highlighted, document characteristics are given, or principles for generating annotations are developed that is to say, such corpora consist of texts of the same genre, the same volume, and created approximately at the same time. our corpus is stylistically heterogeneous, containing texts of many genres and categories. we do not set the task to measure actual changes in the semantics of words or to analyze the word frequency of a particular thematic group. the multimedia corpus described in the article expands the analytical tools for studying and describing foreignand russian-language works about the voyage of the mezen "robinsons" of 1766–2022 (extracting and describing the "elementary plot", typologizing genre and narrative models, etc.). it makes it possible to create a "rich" analytical description of the story about the mezen "robinsons" within the specified chronological framework. on the basis of this corpus, it is possible to trace the genesis of the story about the mezen "robinsons", its development, filling with new elements or loss of such elements. it is also possible to establish the factors influencing the expansion or reduction of the plot as well as to look through the changes in literary techniques used by the writers of mezen "robinsons". the methodology of creating a multimedia corpus is effective for tracing the time of changing the topic. it also allows you to identify dynamic patterns of topical fluctuations: which topos is demanded by readers of a particular epoch (staying on the island and its description – 18th century; struggling with difficulties – 20th century; salvation – 21st century). this study focuses on the dynamics of changes in the theme of the island adventure in the target audience and genre embodiment of the story. the corpus is essentially an encyclopedia on the survival history of the mezen fishers. the authors collected 69 printed and electronic texts in pre-revolutionary and modern orthography, unified them, described metadata, prepared a glossary (words related to the story of the mezen industrialists' survival on the island), and each word was accompanied by a commentary, a picture (photo, video). in the corpus, along with the texts distributed by genre blocks, there is a visual novel (a game on the content of the work of the 18th century), which attracts pupils and students to the text of the 18th century due to its modern format. thus, students get information about the event of a distant epoch. in addition, the corpus has the "multimedia tutorial" tab, which contains useful training materials (such as video lectures, audio fragments, test assignments on the content of the novels) for students and teachers conducting classes in the "russian literature" course. the corpus also contains oral narratives (live speech audio files) of mezen residents about the plot. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 102 4.1. practical application of the multimedia corpus of mezen robinsons the constructed multimedia corpus of texts presents interesting material for use in research and education. examples of the subject corpus application to different spheres can be characterized as shifting from research and teaching to forensic linguistic [27, 28]. corpus methods and corpora in general have been actively used in sociolinguistic research since the formation of these concepts. the created corpus is of interest to sociologists because the oral sub-corpus contains audio recordings of mezen residents’ oral narratives about a historical episode of the manufacturers’ voyage to spitsbergen. a sociolinguistic analysis (table 1) of the narratives recorded in mezen led to the following conclusions:  the story of the mezen "robinsons" is relevant and attractive to different social groups (students, workers, retirees, representatives of the scientific community);  the respondents obtained information about the mezen manufacturers from various sources;  the main sources are excursions to the local history museum and stories of teachers 25 people (25.3%), literary works 20 people (20.2%);  66 people (74.3%) out of 98 heard similar stories about sailors who were shipwrecked and wintered in the polar arctic;  part of the respondents (13.1%) know the history of the mezen people and their descendants in detail; they have communicated with scientists who study this topic. this research allows us to determine the degree of the preservation of the story in the cultural memory of the mezen people. the multimedia corpus of texts about mezen robinsons is a set of texts united by a common plot. the availability of electronic texts by the same author (for example, editions of z.s. davydov's novel of 1933, 1955) makes it possible to expand the range of tasks traditionally solved by stylistics and stylometry. the analysis of the structure of cognitive metaphors in the texts of n.k. lebedev, z.s. davydov, k.s. badigin, s.b. radzievskaya, m.v. arkhangelskaya, and others seems productive. based on the texts introduced into the corpus, it is possible to trace which linguistic and stylistic means were used by different authors in the 19th, 20th, 21st centuries for constructing the plot model, the description of plot situations in the story about mezen "robinsons". the study of the story about mezen "robinsons" with the help of structural and semantic analysis allows to identify an "elementary plot" in the text, to detect modifications and transformation of the story elements at different stages of literary history. a collection of publications from 19th-century newspapers and magazines (syn otechestva; journal for reading...; podsnezhnik; detskoyechteniye; pravda severa; mayakkommunizma; etc.) allows us to trace the development of the genre paradigm where the story of the mezen manufacturers is presented. this is of interest to literary scholars and journalists. one of the important principles of corpus formation is comparativism. comparison of interpretations of the mezen "robinsons" story by the authors speaking different languages allows us to discover the story peculiarities in different national world views and the peculiarities of the vision of this story by representatives of different linguistic cultures. an interesting example is the comparison of the interpretation of the event that happened in the 18th century by the french historian, the witness to a historical fact, le roy [16], and the interpretation by the russian writer m.y. starchikov [29]. the electronic corpus can be used as an effective tool for translators. it is of interest to compare translations of the story into other languages in the 19th and 20th centuries. it is also worth considering this phenomenon from the viewpoint of different types of art: the search for a suitable translation of a story from the language of literature into the language of cinema or painting is noteworthy. specific research points can attract specialists in history in the aspect of analyzing the russian exploration of the north, the development of trades in the russian north in the 18th century, missionary activity on spitsbergen, and the fate of historical figures associated with the above-mentioned historical circumstances (p.i. shuvalov, s.s. vernizober, m.v. lomonosov, p.-l. le roy, a. kornilov, and others). in the example of literary texts, we can consider the ethnic stereotype, embodied in the story and represented by a set of traditions, customs, beliefs, superstitions, etc. this aspect is important to cultural researchers, ethnographers, and folklorists. a multimedia corpus of texts about mezen "robinsons" can be used during literature classes at schools because it contains scenarios for interactive lessons dedicated to reading the literary text. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 103 5. conclusions this research on the construction of a multimedia corpus of texts about the mezen "robinsons" contributes to solving the problem of modeling text corpora. corpus analysis tools make it possible to consider a large amount of data, support a hypothesis or conclusion with reliable textual evidence, make new observations, or refute the intuitive assumptions of a text researcher. a multimedia corpus of texts about the mezen "robinsons" is necessary for corpus analysis of the language and text. the possibilities of the corpus allow for linguo-culturological commenting on the source. the practical application of the corpus provides a way out of the linear reading of texts about the mezen "robinsons", contributes to their structural understanding and adequate scientific interpretation. using the presented corpus of texts, it is possible to find answers to questions that often arise before a literary critic: 1. what is the semantic richness of the title of the text? 2. what connections are indicated between the names and titles of the protagonists of a literary text? 3. what ideas and concepts are leading in the text? 4. what motives, details, and images determine the integrity and fullness of the artistic world of the work? 5. what intertextual connections are determined in this work? the results of corpus analysis using the tools of the multimedia corpus of texts about the mezen "robinsons" are optimal and represent original scientific material. the multimedia corpus contains original texts, documents in russian, information about the date of the events described in the document, information about the authors and categories with which the document is associated, and it is available for downloading and use on devices without internet access. the source of the corpus data is paper and digitized editions in pre-revolution and modern orthography. the vocabulary of the corpus included 150,600 unique word forms. based on the above, we can say that the multimedia corpus of mezen robinsons texts, offering a collection of different editions, can be an excellent basis for further research on the story by different authors, as well as a basis for research on the comparison of translations of this story into different languages. 5.1. limitations and suggestions for future research the limitations of this study are mostly related to the object itself being rather narrow, since only the texts dedicated to a particular historical event, rather obscure one, are relevant for the study. the analyzed text corpus currently has only 95 texts (including 18 pieces of oral narratives); although adding new samples to the collection is possible since the story about mezen robinsons keeps receiving new iterations in works of literature, internet publications, and even modern oral narratives of mezen town. this study also has the limitation of the impossibility of producing an experiment. the authors constructed the multimedia text corpus (implemented as a web resource); collected the texts available in libraries and the internet; united the form of the gathered materials; created the glossary; and introduced the context search. in the future perspective, such additions are expected to perform semantic search and therefore create topical clusters. the results obtained in our study can serve as a good basis for performing corpus analysis of lexemes and word forms from such semantic fields as “arctic” and “arctic robinsinade”. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, t.v.s.; methodology, t.v.s., v.e.s., and s.a.d.; software, s.a.d.; validation, t.v.s.; formal analysis, v.e.s.; investigation, v.e.s. and s.a.d.; resources, s.a.d.; data curation, t.v.s.; writing—original draft preparation, v.e.s. and s.a.d.; writing—review and editing, t.v.s.; visualization, v.e.s.; supervision, t.v.s.; project administration, t.v.s.; funding acquisition, t.v.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the research was funded by the russian science foundation (project no. 22-28-20412 "multimedia corpus of mezen robinsons texts: ideas for creating and spreading", implemented at the northern (arctic) federal university named after m.v. lomonosov). 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 104 7. references [1] monogarova, a., shiryaeva, t., & arupova, n. (2021). the language of russian fake stories: a corpus-based study of the topical change in the viral disinformation. journal of language and education, 7(4), 83–106. doi:10.17323/jle.2021.13371. [2] dios, p. s. (2022). veiga: a multimedia corpus of film subtitling for multimodal analysis. new trends in translation and technology, 4-6 july, 2022, rhodes island, greece. [3] russian shakespeare (2007). information and research database. shakespeare commission of the russian academy of sciences, russia. available online: https://rus-shake.ru/ (in russian). [4] orekhov, b. (2023). the tale of igor's campaign: corpus. available online: http://nevmenandr.net/slovo/pro.php (accessed on april 2023). (in russian). [5] pelcz, k. (2022). a multimedia corpus for language teaching purposes: the magyarok video corpus. studi finno-ugrici, ns, 2, 1-20. doi:10.6093/1826-753x/9863. (in italian). [6] zhang, y., hu, w., & liu, l. (2022). the construction and application of the multimedia corpus of bisu language: taking the study on measure words as an example. journal of positive school psychology, 6(10), 3902-3914. [7] al-maadeed, s., alja’am, j., khalifa, b., & elsaud, s. a. (2021). moallemcorpus: a large-scale multimedia corpus for children education of arabic vocabularies. 2021 ieee global engineering education conference (educon), vienna, austria. doi:10.1109/educon46332.2021.9453983. [8] wu, h. (2021). multimedia interaction-based computer-aided translation technology in applied english teaching. mobile information systems, 2021, 1–10. doi:10.1155/2021/5578476. [9] khokhlova maria, v. (2023). learner corpora: relevant information and an overview of the existing frameworks. terra linguistica, 51(1), 57-69. [10] ahmed, s., sadeq, n., shubha, s. s., islam, m. n., adnan, m. a., & islam, m. z. (2020). preparation of bangla speech corpus from publicly available audio & text. proceedings of the 12th language resources and evaluation conference, 13-15 may, 2020, marseille, france. [11] zhang, j., wang, c., muthu, a., & varatharaju, v. m. (2022). computer multimedia assisted language and literature teaching using heuristic hidden markov model and statistical language model. computers & electrical engineering, 98, 107715. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2022.107715. [12] gomez guinovart, x. (2019). enriching parallel corpora with multimedia and lexical semantics. parallel corpora for contrastive and translation studies: new resources and applications, 90, 141–158. doi:10.1075/scl.90.09gom. [13] shen, y., yang, h., & lin, l. (2022). automatic depression detection: an emotional audio-textual corpus and a gru/bilstmbased model. icassp 2022 2022 ieee international conference on acoustics, speech and signal processing (icassp). doi:10.1109/icassp43922.2022.9746569. [14] rsf. (2023). multimedia corpus of texts about mezen robinsons. russian science foundation, russia. available online: https://mezrob29.ru/ (accessed on march 2023). [15] state archive of the arkhangelsk oblast (2019). historical description of the journey to spitsbergen in 1743–1749 of four mezen sailors: alexey and ivan khimkov, stepan sharapov and fyodor virugin. fond 6, inventory 17, case 1, 1-8. [16] leroy, p.-l. (1933). the adventures of four russian sailors, to the island of spitsbergen, a storm brought. all-union arctic institute, leningrad, russia. [17] griesinger, t. (1894). in the far north: travel and adventures in the polar lands. oehmigke, leipzig, germany. (in german). [18] spokencorpora (2023). stories about dreams and other speech corpora. stories about dreams. available online: http://spokencorpora.ru/showcorpus.py?dir=00dreams (accessed on april 2023). (in russian). [19] project phil (2023). saint petersburg hagiographic text corpora. available online: http://project.phil.spbu.ru/scat/ page.php?page=project (accessed on april 2023). (in russian). [20] prozhito (2023). european university at st. petersburg. prozhito” (lived thorugh). available online: https://prozhito.org/ (accessed on april 2023). (in russian). [21] stenogramma. (2023). politics and literature. the digital archive of literary organizations in 1920-1930. available online: http://stenogramma.imli.ru/ (accessed on april 2023). (in russian). [22] roberts, d. (2005). four against the arctic: shipwrecked for six years at the top of the world. simon and schuster, new york, united sates. [23] wilbur, w. j., rzhetsky, a., & shatkay, h. (2006). new directions in biomedical text annotation: definitions, guidelines and corpus construction. bmc bioinformatics, 7(1). doi:10.1186/1471-2105-7-356. https://rus-shake.ru/ http://nevmenandr.net/slovo/pro.php https://mezrob29.ru/ http://spokencorpora.ru/showcorpus.py?dir=00dreams http://project.phil.spbu.ru/scat/%20page.php?page=project http://project.phil.spbu.ru/scat/%20page.php?page=project https://prozhito.org/ http://stenogramma.imli.ru/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 105 [24] weismayer, c., & pezenka, i. (2017). identifying emerging research fields: a longitudinal latent semantic keyword analysis. scientometrics, 113(3), 1757–1785. doi:10.1007/s11192-017-2555-z. [25] webber, r., & stroud, d. (2013). how changes in word frequencies reveal changes in the focus of the jdddmp. journal of direct, data and digital marketing practice, 14(4), 310–320. doi:10.1057/dddmp.2013.19. [26] riedhammer, k., gropp, m., bocklet, t., hönig, f., nöth, e., & steidl, s. (2013). lmelectures: a multimedia corpus of academic spoken english. first workshop on speech, language and audio in multimedia, 22-23 august, 2013, marseille, france, [27] bloshchynskyi, i., bahrii, h., nanivska, l., tsviak, l., isaieva, i., skyba, k., ... & mishchynska, i. (2022). gender characteristics of individual’s linguistic behavior in the context of future translators’ professional training. emerging science journal, 6, 199-208. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-sied-014. [28] kopotev, m., & mustayoki, a. (2003). principles of the creation of the helsinki annotated corpus hanco in the internet. scientific and technical information. series 2. information processes and systems, 6, 33–36. [29] starchikov, m.yu. (2021). polar robinsons. multimedia corpus of texts about the mezen robinsons. available online: https://mezrob29.ru/mihail-yurevich-starchikov/ (accessed on april 2023). (in russian). https://mezrob29.ru/mihail-yurevich-starchikov/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 543 issn: 2723-9535 comprehensive evaluation of deep neural network architectures for parawood pith estimation wattanapong kurdthongmee 1* 1 school of engineering and technology, walailak university 222 thaiburi, thasala, nakhon si thammarat 80160, thailand. received 04 june 2023; revised 05 august 2023; accepted 17 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract accurate pith estimation is crucial for maintaining the quality of wood products. this study delves into deep learning techniques for precise parawood pith estimation, employing popular convolutional neural networks (resnet50, mobilenet, and xception) with adapted regression heads. through variations in regression functions, optimizers, and training epochs, the most effective models were pinpointed. xception, coupled with huber loss regression, nadam optimizer, and 200 epochs, showcased superior performance, achieving a 4.48 mm mean error (with a standard deviation of 3.69 mm) in parawood. notably, benchmarking on the douglas fir dataset yielded similar results (2.81 mm mean error, standard deviation: 1.57 mm). these findings underscore deep learning's potential for parawood and douglas fir pith estimation, offering substantial benefits to wood industry quality control and production efficiency. by harnessing advanced machine learning techniques, this study advances wood industry processes, promoting the adoption of state-of-the-art technology in forestry and wood science. keywords: wood pith detection; parawood; deep learning; resnet; mobilenet; xception; image augmentation; regression; accuracy. 1. introduction accurate estimation of the pith, the central core of a tree, is pivotal in the fields of wood science and forestry. it profoundly influences the quality and value of wood products [1, 2], impacting their strength, durability, and overall appeal. over recent years, the pursuit of automated methods for precise pith estimation has gained momentum, leveraging advanced imaging and machine learning techniques. these methods hold great promise for enhancing the efficiency and accuracy of pith estimation, offering valuable insights for wood quality assessment and grading [3]. despite these advances, there is a critical scientific gap. while some progress has been made in pith estimation techniques, challenges remain. existing methods, whether based on annual ring relationships, local orientation estimation, or deep neural networks (dnn) [4], have limitations that hinder the attainment of truly accurate and efficient pith estimation. this paper seeks to bridge this gap by presenting a novel approach that addresses these limitations and pioneers a new era in pith estimation. the significance of precise pith estimation extends beyond the realm of research, resonating deeply with the wood industry. take, for instance, the case of parawood, a prized hardwood employed extensively in furniture production. while parawood's high density and hardness make it an attractive material, its large central pith can jeopardize the quality and strength of finished products. therefore, meticulous pith estimation in parawood is paramount to optimizing its use in furniture manufacturing. recent advancements using x-ray computed tomography (ct) imaging underscore the importance of accurate pith estimation in enhancing wood utilization and the quality of end products [5, 6]. * corresponding author: kwattana@wu.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6467-1039 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 544 a thorough exploration of the state of the art reveals a landscape where traditional methods, such as annual ring analysis [7–12] and local orientation estimation [13–15], while effective to a degree, necessitate substantial preprocessing and manual labor. recent forays into automated pith detection using dnn object detection algorithms, like yolo [16] and ssd mobilenet [17], have shown promise but leave room for improvement. the question of how to achieve accurate and efficient pith estimation in an automated and accessible manner remains unanswered. recently, automated pith detection in wood using dnn (deep neural networks) object detection algorithms has gained attention, with yolo (you-only-look-once) object detection being proposed for wood pith identification [16]. in one study, the tiny-yolo network was trained using transfer learning on 345 wood cross-sectional images, achieving a detection rate of 76.3% and an average distance error of 16.6 pixels [16]. in another study, kurdthongmee et al. compared the effectiveness of two dnn algorithms, ssd (single-shot detector) mobilenet and yolo, for detecting pith in parawood. ssd mobilenet achieved the best detection rate of 87.7%, making it an effective approach for automating parawood pith detection in cross-sectional images [17]. furthermore, kurdthongmee et al. proposed a framework to create a deep learning-based object detector with a limited dataset by training the detector with the regions surrounding an object. the proposed algorithm post-processes the detection results to identify the object. this framework was applied to the problem of wood pith approximation using the yolo v3 framework and a wood pith dataset with only 150 images. experiments were conducted to compare the detection results from different approaches to preparing the regions surrounding a pith. the best experiment result shows that the framework outperforms the typical approach with approximately twice the detection precision at a relative average error [18]. the existing literature highlights significant progress in automated wood pith detection using deep neural networks (dnn) object detection algorithms, particularly with the adoption of yolo (you-only-look-once) object detection [16]. notably, these studies have achieved commendable detection rates and accuracy in pith identification [16, 17]. however, there are notable gaps in the current literature. firstly, while these studies showcase the potential of dnn-based approaches, they predominantly focus on detection and object approximation, leaving room for improved precision in pith estimation. the specific challenge of precisely determining the size and location of the pith within wood, especially in hardwood species like parawood, remains under addressed. this gap indicates the need for a novel approach that not only detects pith but also provides accurate estimations of its dimensions. secondly, the literature, including the recent study by kurdthongmee et al. [18], has demonstrated that limited-sized datasets can hinder the effectiveness of dnn-based wood pith detection. the need for extensive data and resources in training dnn models is evident, and current solutions such as post-processing and region preparation have room for improvement. therefore, there is a gap in developing more efficient and accurate methods for pith detection, especially in situations where dataset sizes are constrained. to address these gaps, our approach innovatively modifies popular deep neural networks, such as resnet, mobilenet, and xception, to perform regression tasks instead of classification. by tailoring these networks to estimate the precise location and size of the pith, we aim to significantly enhance the quality and reliability of pith estimation in wood, effectively filling the existing gap in the literature. furthermore, our research explores the efficiency of model creation by identifying less effective optimization techniques and regression functions, providing insights to guide future research in the wood industry and ultimately contributing to more effective and efficient pith estimation methodologies. in this paper, we propose a novel approach for parawood pith estimation by modifying popular deep neural networks, such as resnet, mobilenet, and xception, to perform regression instead of classification. our approach demonstrates several contributions:  improved estimation accuracy: by adapting the heads of deep neural networks for regression tasks, we achieve more accurate and precise pith estimation results compared to traditional classification-based approaches. this enhances the overall quality and reliability of pith estimation in parawood.  efficiency in model creation: through our experiments, we provide preliminary evidence supporting the future application of modified deep neural networks for regression tasks. our findings suggest that certain optimizers and regression functions, such as stochastic gradient descent, log cosh, mean squared logarithmic error, and cosine similarity, are less effective for pith estimation. this insight can guide researchers and practitioners toward more promising optimization techniques and regression functions for similar regression-based tasks in the wood industry.  a platform for future research: our work serves as a platform for further investigation and exploration of modified deep neural networks for pith estimation and related applications in the wood products industry. the demonstrated improvements in accuracy and efficiency lay the foundation for future advancements in pith estimation techniques, contributing to enhanced wood product manufacturing processes and cost reduction. overall, our approach provides valuable insights into the potential benefits of modifying popular deep neural networks for regression tasks. it offers a preliminary result that supports future research in optimizing the model creation process for pith estimation. by harnessing the strengths of deep neural networks and avoiding less effective optimization and regression techniques, we pave the way for more effective and efficient pith estimation methodologies in the wood industry. the organization of this paper is as follows: the materials and methods are detailed in section 2. the experiment results and discussions are then provided in section 3. finally, the paper is concluded in section 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 545 2. materials and methods this section describes the experimental setup and procedures employed in this study to investigate and evaluate the effectiveness of our proposed approach for pith estimation in wood cross-sectional images. we outline the dataset used, consisting of cross-sectional images of parawood obtained from sawmills in southern thailand and european origin samples. the specific steps involved in preprocessing the images, including resizing and normalization, are detailed. we then provide an overview of the deep learning models utilized, namely resnet50, mobilenet, and xception, as well as the modifications made to their architecture for regression-based pith estimation. the training process, including the selection of optimizers, regression functions, and training epochs, is explained. additionally, we describe the evaluation metrics employed to assess the performance of the models. the details provided in this section form the foundation for the subsequent analysis and results presented in this study. 2.1. dataset 2.1.1. training and testing dataset in this study, our objective was to create a dataset of parawood cross-sectional images that accurately represents the variability of real-world working environments within sawmills in southern thailand. to achieve this, we utilized a smartphone camera to capture images of the entire cross-sectional area of parawood logs under natural lighting conditions. the resulting images were saved in jpg format with a size of 4,896×3,264 pixels. our dataset comprises a total of 290 images, which can be obtained upon request. by using a smartphone camera to capture the images, we ensured that the dataset accurately reflects the conditions of real-world working environments within sawmills in southern thailand. this comprehensive dataset will be useful for future research in the field of parawood cross-sectional image analysis and pith estimation. parawood is a by-product of non-economical latex-producing trees, and its surface can often contain various imperfections such as diffused latex, mounds, and defects resulting from the cutting process, as demonstrated in figure 1. these imperfections can hinder the visibility of the pith, making it difficult for computer vision methods to accurately detect and estimate its location. as a result, significant pre-processing efforts, such as mechanical or chemical methods, are often required to remove these imperfections and enhance the visibility of the pith. however, these pre-processing stages can be labour-intensive and time-consuming, leading to higher production costs and longer processing times. therefore, it is essential to develop accurate and efficient methods for pith estimation that can handle these imperfections without the need for extensive pre-processing. this will improve the efficiency and sustainability of the parawood industry. figure 1. examples of parawood cross-sectional images from both the training and testing datasets, showing various disturbances such as mold, diffused latex, and rough surfaces resulting from low-quality sawing hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 546 to increase the variability of the dataset and account for potential differences in lighting and other environmental conditions, we applied image augmentation techniques to the original images. this involved modifying the images by:  adjusting brightness by up to 25%;  blurring by up to 2.5 pixels, and;  adding noise to up to 5% of the pixels. brightness, blur, and noise were used because they can mimic real-world variability and enhance the diversity of the training dataset. adjusting brightness can simulate different lighting conditions, such as shadows or reflections, which may be present in real-world images. this can help the model learn to recognize objects and features under different lighting conditions, leading to more robust performance. blurring can simulate different levels of focus or depth of field, which can occur in real-world images due to camera settings or distance from the subject. this can help the model learn to recognize objects and features that may be partially obscured or out of focus. adding noise can simulate various types of imperfections or artifacts that may be present in real-world images, such as dust, scratches, or compression artifacts. this can help the model learn to recognize objects and features in noisy or low-quality images, leading to more robust performance in real-world scenarios. by applying these image augmentation techniques, the model can learn to be more resilient to variations and imperfections in the input images, leading to better performance on new and unseen data. the use of image augmentation techniques allowed us to generate a larger dataset of 2,900 images for both the training and testing datasets, which was more representative of real-world scenarios and contributed to the robustness of our model. to facilitate the annotation process, the images within the dataset were previously annotated to indicate the area surrounding the pith. in our experiment, the ground truth pith location was defined as the center of the annotated bounding box. overall, the comprehensive and variable dataset we have created will aid in the development of more accurate and robust models for parawood pith estimation. the whole dataset is downloadable from: https://app.roboflow.com/wattanapong-kurdthongmee/parawoodpithsonde/3. 2.1.2. validation dataset in order to further evaluate the effectiveness and generalizability of our proposed approach, we utilized two additional datasets for validation and benchmarking. the first dataset, consisting of 900 parawood pith cross-sectional images, was used for validation purposes. these images were captured under real-world working environments in sawmills, ensuring that they were representative of the conditions encountered in the parawood industry. this blind dataset was used to evaluate the accuracy and robustness of our model on previously unseen data. the dataset is available upon request to the research community, enabling others to reproduce our results and build upon our work. the second dataset, consisting of 65 images of european origin wood, was used for benchmarking. this dataset allowed us to compare the performance of our model against existing methods on a different type of wood, enabling us to assess the generalizability of our approach. 2.2. methods 2.2.1. backbones in our study, resnet50, mobilenet, and xception were chosen as the convolutional neural network (cnn) architectures for training and validation. we selected these models based on their effectiveness in feature extraction and processing in image classification tasks. resnet50 [19] is a deep cnn architecture that introduced the concept of residual learning, with 50 convolutional layers and residual blocks composed of convolutional layers and skip connections. mobilenet [20], on the other hand, is a lightweight cnn architecture designed for mobile and embedded devices. it is based on depthwise separable convolutions, which decompose standard convolutions into depthwise and pointwise convolutions, reducing computational cost and memory requirements while maintaining high accuracy. the mobilenet family includes mobilenetv1, mobilenetv2, and mobilenetv3, with each version improving accuracy and efficiency. xception [21] is another cnn architecture based on the inception architecture that uses depthwise separable convolutions to replace standard convolutions in inception. this modification makes xception more efficient and accurate. the network comprises depthwise separable convolutional layers, global average pooling, and fully connected layers. to evaluate the effectiveness and generalizability of our approach, we utilized resnet50, mobilenet, and xception for training and validation. these cnn architectures have been widely recognized and utilized for their effectiveness in image classification tasks. https://app.roboflow.com/wattanapong-kurdthongmee/parawoodpithsonde/3 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 547 2.2.2. heads and model variations in our study, we modified the resnet50, mobilenet, and xception architectures by removing their classification heads and replacing them with regression heads. this was done to enable us to accurately estimate the location of the pith in parawood. to accomplish this, we utilized a variety of regression functions, the equations of which are listed in table 1, as follows:  mean square error (mse): mse is a common regression loss function that computes the average squared difference between the predicted and actual values. it penalizes larger errors more heavily than smaller errors and is commonly used in neural network regression tasks.  mean absolute error (mae): mae is another common regression loss function that computes the average absolute difference between the predicted and actual values. it is less sensitive to outliers than mse and is often used when the target variable has a high variance.  log-cosh: log-cosh is a smooth approximation of the mean absolute error (mae) that is less sensitive to outliers than mse. it is defined as the logarithm of the hyperbolic cosine of the difference between the predicted and actual values.  huber loss: huber loss is a loss function that is less sensitive to outliers than mse and mae. it uses a delta parameter to differentiate between smaller and larger errors and applies mae to smaller errors and mse to larger errors.  mean absolute percentage error (mape): mape is a common regression loss function that computes the average absolute percentage difference between the predicted and actual values. it is often used in forecasting tasks when the target variable has a non-zero mean.  mean squared logarithmic error (msle): msle is a loss function that penalizes underestimates more heavily than overestimates. it is commonly used in tasks where the target variable has a large dynamic range.  cosine similarity: cosine similarity is a measure of similarity between two vectors that is widely used in machine learning. it measures the cosine of the angle between two vectors, with values ranging from -1 (completely dissimilar) to 1 (identical). in the context of regression, cosine similarity can be used as a loss function to encourage the predicted and actual values to be more similar. table 1. regression functions used in the study regression function equation mean squared error (mse) 1 𝑛 ∑ (𝑦𝑖 − �̂�𝑖) 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 mean absolute error (mae) 1 𝑛 ∑ |𝑦𝑖 − �̂�𝑖| 𝑛 𝑖=1 log cosh log⁡(𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ(�̂�𝑖 − 𝑦𝑖)) huber loss { 1 2 (𝑦𝑖 − �̂�𝑖) 2, 𝑓𝑜𝑟⁡|𝑦𝑖 − �̂�𝑖| ≤ 𝛿 𝛿(|𝑦𝑖 − �̂�𝑖|) − 1 2 𝛿, 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 mean absolute percentage error (mape) 1 𝑛 ∑ | 𝑦𝑖 − �̂�𝑖 𝑦𝑖 | × 100% 𝑛 𝑖=1 mean squared logarithmic error (msle) 1 𝑛 ∑ (log⁡(𝑦𝑖 + 1) − log⁡(�̂�𝑖 + 1))2 𝑛 𝑖=1 cosine similarity 1 − 1 𝑛 ∑ 𝑦𝑖�̂�𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 1 𝑛 ∑ 𝑦𝑖 2 ∑ �̂�𝑖 2𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑛 𝑖=1 these different regression functions were used in the study to compare their effectiveness in predicting the pith location in parawood cross-sectional images. in addition to varying the regression functions, we also varied the optimizers used in the training process. this included:  adam (adaptive moment estimation): adam is a popular optimization algorithm that combines the benefits of two other optimization algorithms, adagrad and rmsprop. it calculates an adaptive learning rate for each parameter by computing exponential moving averages of the gradient and the squared gradient. adam is efficient and works well in practice, making it a popular choice for many applications. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 548  adagrad (adaptive gradient algorithm): adagrad is an optimization algorithm that adapts the learning rate of each parameter based on the historical gradient information. it is particularly useful for sparse data and non-convex optimization problems but can struggle with high-dimensional data.  adadelta: adadelta is a variant of adagrad that addresses some of its limitations. instead of accumulating all the past gradients, adadelta keeps a running average of the past gradients and updates the learning rate accordingly. it is well-suited for large datasets and works well for deep learning models with many parameters.  nadam (nesterov-accelerated adaptive moment estimation): nadam is a variant of adam that incorporates the nesterov accelerated gradient (nag) method. nag helps the algorithm to converge faster by using the gradient at a future point in the optimization process to update the current parameters. nadam is useful for deep learning models with many parameters and noisy data.  adamax: adamax is a variant of adam that uses the infinity norm to normalize the gradient instead of the l2 norm. this makes it less sensitive to the scale of the gradients and more suitable for optimization problems with very large or very small gradients.  rmsprop (root mean square propagation): rmsprop is an optimization algorithm that uses a moving average of the squared gradient to adapt the learning rate for each parameter. it helps to prevent the learning rate from becoming too small or too large and is particularly useful for deep learning models with long training times.  sgd (stochastic gradient descent): sgd is a simple optimization algorithm that updates the parameters based on the negative gradient of the loss function. it is computationally efficient and works well for large datasets but can be sensitive to the choice of learning rate and may require more training time to converge compared to other optimization algorithms. by testing a range of optimizers, we aimed to identify which optimizer would produce the most accurate and efficient results for our model. finally, we varied the number of training epochs between 100, 150, 200, and 250. this was done to determine the optimal number of training epochs needed to achieve the most accurate pith estimation. by testing and varying these parameters, we aimed to identify the most effective combination of regression functions, optimizers, and training epochs for pith estimation in parawood. ultimately, our goal was to develop a model that could accurately estimate the location of the pith in parawood logs, thereby contributing to the development of more efficient and sustainable practices within the parawood industry. in our study, transfer learning was employed to train all the models. this approach leverages pre-trained weights from a cnn model that has been previously trained on a large dataset like imagenet. by utilizing these pre-trained weights, the models can benefit from the learned features, resulting in improved accuracy and reduced training time. for the initialization of our models, we utilized the widely adopted imagenet weights as a starting point for transfer learning in image classification tasks. these weights were specifically employed to initialize the convolutional layers, which play a crucial role in feature extraction. by leveraging the knowledge captured by the pre-trained weights, our models were able to effectively extract meaningful features relevant to pith estimation. to train and validate our models, we utilized the google colab platform, which provides a gpu-accelerated environment for deep learning tasks. the use of gpu acceleration significantly reduced the training time required for our models and allowed us to run more experiments with different configurations. by employing these techniques, we were able to develop accurate and efficient models for the parawood pith estimator. 2.2.3. model quality metric to justify the effectiveness of the pith estimation models, the euclidean distance between the estimated coordinate and the ground truth was used to compute the error. the euclidean distance is calculated as: 𝑑 = √(𝑥𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑑 − 𝑥𝑔𝑡) 2 + (𝑦𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑑 − 𝑦𝑔𝑡) 2 (1) where xpred and ypred represent the estimated coordinates of the pith and xgt and ygt represent the ground truth coordinates of the pith. this error was computed for each image in the validation dataset, and the resulting metrics were used to determine the final effectiveness of the model. the metrics used to evaluate the errors included the mean, standard deviation (sd), minimum, and maximum error. the average error represents the average distance between the estimated coordinate and the ground truth across all images in the validation dataset. the standard deviation provides a measure of the spread of the errors around the mean. the minimum and maximum errors represent the smallest and largest errors, respectively, observed in the validation dataset. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 549 by employing these metrics, we discerned the models that exhibited the highest effectiveness in estimating the pith location within parawood cross-sectional images. models characterized by lower mean errors and reduced standard deviations were deemed more effective. such models demonstrated the capacity to estimate the pith location with enhanced accuracy and consistency across various images. furthermore, models with smaller minimum and maximum errors were regarded as more robust, as they could provide accurate estimations even when faced with challenging or atypical image conditions. 3. results and discussion in this experiment, our focus was on developing an effective approach for pith estimation in wood cross-sectional images. we utilized popular deep neural network architectures, namely resnet50, mobilenet, and xception, as the backbone models for feature extraction. these models were chosen for their proven capabilities in image classification tasks, making them suitable for our pith estimation objective. transfer learning was employed, initializing the models with pre-trained weights from imagenet, to leverage their learned representations. to enhance the performance of the models, we conducted experiments using different optimization algorithms, including adam, adagrad, adadelta, nadam, adamax, rmsprop, and sgd. by examining various optimizers, our objective was to identify the most effective choice for pith estimation. additionally, we explored a range of regression functions, such as mse, mae, log cosh, huber loss, mape, msle, and cosine similarity. the complete names of these regression functions are provided in table 1. through this exploration, we aimed to train the models to accurately estimate the location of the pith. to investigate the impact of training duration on model performance, we trained the models using varying numbers of epochs, specifically 100, 150, 200, and 250. this allowed us to assess how the duration of training influenced the models’ ability to estimate the pith location accurately. the evaluation metrics used to gauge the performance of the models include mean, sd, minimum, and maximum, all measured in millimeters. these metrics provide a comprehensive evaluation of the models’ performance in estimating the properties of the wood cross-sectional images. the validation datasets consisted of parawood cross-sectional images and douglas fir cross-sectional images. the parawood dataset contained 900 images, while the douglas fir dataset comprised 65 images. by including the douglas fir dataset, we aimed to assess the generalizability and robustness of our models across different wood species. in the following section, we will present the experimental results, including the performance of the models trained using different architectures, optimizers, regression functions, and numbers of epochs. this analysis will provide insights into the effectiveness and suitability of our proposed approach for pith estimation in wood cross-sectional datasets. 3.1. parawood cross-sectional dataset figure 2-a displays the boxplot representing the distribution of mean errors in pith estimation for the parawood crosssectional dataset. only configurations of the model that yielded a mean error of less than 100 are included in the plot. the central horizontal lines in each boxplot indicate the mean errors, providing a summary of the average performance of the models. notably, xception emerges as the top-performing model among the three architectures, exhibiting a lower mean error compared to resnet50 and mobilenet. (a) (b) figure 2. comparison of mean errors: boxplot illustrating the distribution of mean errors for the top 20 performing models and the first occurrences of mobilenet and resnet50 on the parawood cross-sectional dataset hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 550 the boxplot in figure 3-a provides a visual representation of the distribution of mean errors for the top 20 performing models and the first occurrences of other models (mobilenet and resnet50) on the parawood cross-sectional dataset. the vertical axis of the boxplot represents the mean errors in millimeters, while the horizontal axis represents the different models. (a) (b) figure 3. comparison of mean errors: boxplot illustrating the distribution of mean errors for the top 20 performing models and the first occurrences of resnet50 and mobilenet on the douglas fir cross-sectional datasets upon analyzing the boxplot, several key findings emerge. firstly, it is evident that the top 20 performing models are primarily based on the xception architecture. this observation suggests that the xception model consistently outperforms mobilenet and resnet50 in terms of mean error estimation on the parawood cross-sectional dataset. furthermore, all the models, including the top 20 performing models and the first occurrences of mobilenet and resnet50, exhibit a narrow interquartile range (iqr). the iqr, represented by the length of the box in the boxplot, provides a measure of the spread or variability of the mean errors within each group of models. the narrow iqr across all models indicates that the errors are tightly concentrated around the median, reflecting a relatively consistent and precise performance. these findings collectively reinforce the superiority of the xception models among the top-performing models. the consistently lower mean errors and the narrow iqr demonstrate the superior performance and accuracy of the xception architecture in estimating the pith location on the parawood cross-sectional dataset. in accordance with the boxplot results, table 2 provides a comprehensive overview of the top 20 models evaluated on the parawood cross-sectional dataset, including the first occurrences of mobilenet and resnet50. the consistent findings highlight the superior performance of models trained with the xception architecture in accurately estimating the properties of the parawood cross-sectional dataset. among the top-performing models, the xception model trained with the adam optimizer and the huber loss regression function achieved the lowest mean absolute percentage error of 4.45 millimeters. the performance of the models ranged from a minimum mean absolute percentage error of 0.07 millimeters to a maximum of 46.66 millimeters. these results underscore the effectiveness of the xception model in accurately estimating the pith location in the parawood cross-sectional dataset. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 551 table 2. top 20 performing models on the parawood cross-sectional dataset epoch model optimizer regression function mean sd min max note 1 200 xception adamax huber loss 4.45 3.71 0.07 46.66 2 200 xception nadam huber loss 4.48 3.69 0.00 40.75 common 3 200 xception adamax mape 4.53 4.22 0.00 44.70 4 250 xception nadam huber loss 4.72 3.82 0.00 39.60 5 200 xception nadam mse 4.90 3.64 0.07 25.73 6 150 xception adam huber loss 4.93 4.10 0.07 53.38 7 150 xception nadam huber loss 4.93 4.24 0.00 52.79 8 250 xception adamax mse 4.99 4.32 0.00 48.68 9 100 xception adamax huber loss 5.02 4.10 0.00 39.79 10 200 xception nadam mae 5.04 4.88 0.00 45.97 11 250 xception adam mape 5.04 5.68 0.00 46.07 12 150 xception adam log cosh 5.06 4.08 0.07 38.21 13 200 xception adamax mse 5.07 4.31 0.10 36.66 14 250 xception adam huber loss 5.08 4.32 0.00 51.73 15 150 xception nadam mae 5.11 4.90 0.07 58.86 16 100 xception adamax mse 5.11 4.33 0.00 44.14 17 150 xception adamax huber loss 5.13 4.12 0.07 43.40 18 50 xception nadam mae 5.15 4.35 0.07 47.50 19 150 xception nadam mape 5.18 4.80 0.00 66.59 20 100 xception adamax mape 5.19 4.27 0.00 46.13 : : : : : : : : 70 100 mobilenet adam mse 7.32 5.10 0.15 41.68 : : : : : : : : 82 50 resnet50 adamax log cosh 7.94 6.10 0 49.49 notably, it is worth mentioning that the first occurrence of mobilenet trained with 100 epochs using the adam optimizer and the mse regression function is observed at index 70. this model demonstrated the following statistics: a mean of 7.32 millimeters, a standard deviation of 5.10 millimeters, a minimum of 0.15 millimeters, and a maximum of 41.68 millimeters. comparatively, the mean of this model is approximately 1.6 times higher than that of the first model in the table. similarly, the first occurrence of resnet50 trained with 50 epochs using the adamax optimizer and the log cosh regression function is observed at index 82. this model displayed the following statistics: mean of 7.94 millimeters, standard deviation of 6.10 millimeters, minimum of 0 millimeters, and maximum of 49.49 millimeters. these statistics indicate that this model has a mean approximately 1.6 times higher than the first model in the table. these additional instances highlight the variability in model performance based on different combinations of architectures, optimizers, regression functions, and numbers of epochs. despite not being included in the top 20 models, these occurrences provide further insights into the range of performance observed in the parawood cross-sectional dataset. 3.2. douglas fir cross-sectional dataset figure 2-b displays a boxplot representing the distribution of mean errors in pith estimation for the douglas fir crosssectional dataset. the boxplot focuses on configurations of the model that resulted in a mean error of less than 100. the central horizontal lines within each boxplot indicate the mean errors, providing an overview of the average performance of the models. notably, the xception architecture emerges as the top-performing model among the three architectures, exhibiting a lower mean error compared to resnet50 and mobilenet. this highlights the superior performance and accuracy of the xception model in estimating the properties of the douglas fir cross-sectional dataset. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 552 similarly, the boxplot in figure 3-b presents the distribution of mean errors for the top 20 performing models and the first occurrences of resnet50 and mobilenet on the douglas fir dataset. upon analyzing the boxplot, we observe similar tendencies to those observed in the parawood cross-sectional dataset. once again, the top 20 performing models predominantly belong to the xception architecture, indicating its consistent superiority over resnet50 and mobilenet in terms of mean error estimation on the douglas fir cross-sectional dataset. additionally, all the models, including the top 20 performing models and the first occurrences of resnet50 and mobilenet, demonstrate a narrow iqr in their distribution of mean errors. the narrow iqr observed in these models indicates a high degree of precision and consistency in their performance, as the majority of the mean errors fall within a relatively small range. this reinforces the reliability and consistency of these models, further highlighting their effectiveness in accurately estimating the pith location. these findings reaffirm the effectiveness of the xception models in accurately estimating the pith location on the douglas fir cross-sectional dataset. the consistently lower mean errors and the narrow iqr further support the superior performance of the xception architecture compared to resnet50 and mobilenet. table 3 presents the results of the top 20 models evaluated on the douglas fir cross-sectional dataset, including the first occurrences of mobilenet and resnet50. similar to the experiments conducted on the parawood cross-sectional dataset, the resnet50, mobilenet, and xception architectures were trained with various optimizers, regression functions, and numbers of epochs. the evaluation metrics used include mean, sd, minimum, and maximum, all measured in millimeters. these metrics provide a comprehensive assessment of the model performance in pith estimation for the douglas fir cross-sectional dataset. table 3. top 20 performing models on the douglas fir cross-sectional dataset epoch model optimizer regression function mean sd min max note 1 200 xception adam mape 2.43 1.35 0.14 6.48 2 250 xception adamax mape 2.59 1.51 0.32 6.67 3 200 xception nadam mae 2.59 1.48 0.32 7.01 4 150 xception nadam mape 2.62 1.67 0.28 7.63 5 250 xception adam mape 2.63 1.76 0.14 7.43 6 200 xception adam huber loss 2.63 1.67 0.20 10.01 7 200 xception adam mae 2.68 1.75 0.14 7.20 8 250 xception adam log cosh 2.71 1.46 0.40 6.98 9 200 xception adam mae 2.74 1.29 0.28 6.55 10 250 xception nadam mae 2.75 1.64 0.32 9.06 11 150 xception nadam mae 2.81 1.53 0.42 7.60 12 200 xception nadam huber loss 2.81 1.57 0.45 7.18 common 13 200 xception adam log cosh 2.85 1.58 0.40 7.79 14 250 xception nadam mape 2.85 1.60 0.20 8.27 15 100 xception nadam mape 2.93 1.71 0.51 7.23 16 150 xception adam log cosh 2.95 1.74 0.42 8.89 17 100 xception adamax mape 2.96 1.62 0.00 7.09 18 150 xception adam mae 2.97 1.76 0.28 9.29 19 100 xception adam mape 2.97 1.57 0.58 7.70 20 250 xception adam huber loss 2.97 1.62 0.28 8.30 : : : : : : : : 58 250 resnet50 adadelta mae 3.50 1.96 0.51 7.73 : : : : : : : : 115 100 mobilenet adam huber loss 3.93 2.20 0.40 11.83 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 553 among the evaluated models, those based on the xception architecture demonstrated superior performance in accurately estimating the properties of the douglas fir cross-sectional dataset. specifically, the model trained with xception using the adam optimizer and the mape regression function achieved the lowest mean error of 2.43 millimeters. the performance of the models ranged from a minimum mean error of 0.14 millimeters to a maximum of 6.48 millimeters. furthermore, it is noteworthy that the first occurrence of resnet50 with the adadelta optimizer and the mae regression function is at index 58, achieving a mean error of 3.50 millimeters, with a standard deviation of 1.96 millimeters, a minimum of 0.51 millimeters, and a maximum of 7.73 millimeters. similarly, the first occurrence of mobilenet with the adam optimizer and the huber loss regression function is at index 115, achieving a mean error of 3.93 millimeters, with a standard deviation of 2.20 millimeters, a minimum of 0.40 millimeters, and a maximum of 11.83 millimeters. these models exhibit approximately 1.5 times the mean error compared to the top-performing model. these results highlight the effectiveness of the xception architecture in estimating the properties of the douglas fir cross-sectional dataset. however, it is important to acknowledge that the performance of the models can vary depending on the chosen architecture, optimizer, regression function, and number of epochs. further analysis and experimentation are necessary to determine the optimal configuration for different wood species and datasets. 3.3. comparison and analysis upon meticulous examination of the results from both datasets, we observed an intriguing trend: the top-performing models on the parawood cross-sectional dataset consistently demonstrated competitive performance on the douglas fir cross-sectional dataset. this observation highlights the robustness and generalizability of our models across different wood species. nevertheless, we must exercise caution in interpreting these results, as variations in pith estimation performance between datasets were evident. these variations likely stem from inherent differences in wood characteristics, such as grain patterns, texture, and color, along with diverse imaging conditions, including lighting and camera angles. of particular note is the xception model, which emerged as the common winner. this model showcased remarkable consistency and promise on both the parawood and douglas fir cross-sectional datasets. specifically, the model configuration that achieved the status of 'common winner' involved training the xception architecture with 200 epochs, employing the nadam optimizer, and implementing the huber loss regression function (for more detailed information, please refer to the rows marked 'common' in tables 2 and 3). on the parawood cross-sectional dataset, our common winner model exhibited a mean error of 4.48 millimeters, accompanied by a standard deviation of 3.69 millimeters. these figures underline the impressive accuracy and reliability of this model in estimating the pith location within the parawood cross-sectional dataset. similarly, on the douglas fir cross-sectional dataset, the common winner achieved a mean error of 2.81 millimeters, complemented by a standard deviation of 1.57 millimeters. these results reinforce the model's efficacy and dependability in estimating the pith location within the douglas fir cross-sectional dataset. the consistency in the model's performance across these datasets underscores the effectiveness and generalizability of the xception model for estimating the pith location, irrespective of the wood species under consideration. notably, this model consistently outperformed its resnet50 and mobilenet counterparts across both datasets. further dissection of the results reveals the influence of various factors. specifically, the choice of optimization algorithm, regression function, and training duration significantly impacted the model's performance. among the array of configurations tested, the combination of the adamax optimizer and the huber loss regression function consistently stood out, yielding models with notably low mean errors and standard deviations. this attests to the pivotal role played by these elements in accurate pith estimation and highlights their suitability for regression-based tasks in this context. to provide a comprehensive visual assessment of our model's accuracy in estimating pith locations within the parawood cross-sectional dataset, we present a series of images in figure 4. in each image, the ground truth pith location is indicated by a white plus sign, while the estimated pith location derived from our model, trained over 200 epochs with the xception architecture, adamax optimizer, and huber loss regression function, is marked by blue cross signs. furthermore, the precise error distance between the ground truth and the estimated pith location is displayed in the top left corner of each image. these images offer a vivid and informative illustration of our model's capabilities in accurately determining pith locations within the parawood cross-sectional dataset. in addition to presenting the overall pith estimation results, we identified a subset of outliers within the parawood cross-sectional dataset, comprising approximately 4.67% of the total dataset. this subset encompasses 42 images characterized by pith estimation errors exceeding 11 millimeters. figure 5 showcases these specific images, shedding light on the challenging cases where our model encountered difficulty in accurately estimating pith locations. importantly, the estimations presented in these images were generated using the xception model, trained over 200 epochs, utilizing the adamax optimizer, and implementing the huber loss regression function. a comprehensive analysis of these outliers allows us to glean profound insights into the limitations and potential areas for enhancement in our pith estimation approach. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 554 figure 4. pith estimation results for parawood cross-sectional dataset: comparison of ground truth and model predictions figure 5. outliers of pith estimation in parawood cross-sectional dataset in summation, our meticulously designed experiments validate the robustness and reliability of the xception model, particularly when trained with our selected parameters, for pith estimation within wood cross-sectional datasets. the model's consistent performance across both the parawood and douglas fir datasets accentuates its effectiveness and adaptability across diverse wood species. in our forthcoming analysis, we will undertake a rigorous comparison of the hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 555 performance of the common winner model with the benchmarked results from kurdthongmee et al. [17] and decelle et al. [22]. this comparative analysis promises to provide invaluable insights into the competitiveness and the extent of advancements achieved by our proposed approach. 3.4. benchmarking results in this subsection, we compare the performance of our common winner model with the benchmarked results from kurdthongmee et al. [17] and decelle et al. [22] on the parawood and douglas fir cross-sectional datasets, respectively. we first provide a summary of the approaches used by these benchmarked studies. kurdthongmee et al. proposed a method for pith detection in cross-sectional images of parawood using deep neural network object detection algorithms [17]. they specifically applied the ssd mobilenet object detection algorithm and achieved a detection rate of 87.7%. their approach involved training the model on a dataset consisting of parawood cross-sectional images and utilizing the mean error as the evaluation metric. decelle et al. presented an alternative approach for estimating the pith position on images of douglas fir tree log ends using ant colony optimization [22]. their method focused on optimizing the detection algorithm by iteratively adjusting the parameters and evaluating the fitness of the ant colony optimization algorithm. the performance of their approach was evaluated using statistical measures such as mean, sd, minimum, maximum, and processing time (in milliseconds). now, we proceed to compare the performance of our common winner model with the benchmarked results from kurdthongmee et al. [17] and decelle et al. [22] providing insights into the effectiveness and competitiveness of our approach. the benchmarking results of pith detection on the parawood cross-sectional dataset were compared between our common winner model, xception with an epoch of 200, adamax optimizer, and huber loss regression function, and the approach proposed by kurdthongmee et al. [17]. table 4 provides a summary of the performance metrics, including the detection rate, sd, minimum, maximum, and time (in milliseconds), for both approaches. table 4. comparison of pith detection performance common winner vs. kurdthongmee et al. [17] on the parawood cross-sectional dataset approach detection rate mean sd min max time common winner 100 4.48 3.69 0.00 40.75 505 kurdthongmee et al. [17] 87.7 7.04 15.32 0.11 193.19 780 our common winner models demonstrated exceptional performance on the parawood cross-sectional dataset. they achieved a detection rate of 100%, successfully estimating the pith in all images. the better-performing winner model exhibited a low mean error of 4.48, highlighting its accuracy in estimating the pith location. furthermore, the model displayed consistency in its estimations, as indicated by the low standard deviation of 3.69. the range of estimation errors spanned from a minimum of 0.00 to a maximum of 40.75, showcasing the model’s ability to capture the full spectrum of estimation accuracy. moreover, our model showcased remarkable efficiency, with an average processing time per image recorded as 505 milliseconds, which is approximately 65% of the processing time taken by the benchmarked approach. these results demonstrate the effectiveness of our model in accurately estimating the pith while maintaining fast processing times. in comparison, the benchmarked approach of kurdthongmee et al. [17] achieved a detection rate of 87.7% on the parawood cross-sectional dataset, with a mean error of 7.04. the standard deviation of 15.32 indicated a larger variation in the estimation errors compared to our common winner model. the range of errors spanned from a minimum of 0.11 to a maximum of 193.19. additionally, the average processing time per image was reported as 780 milliseconds. these results clearly demonstrate that our common winner model outperforms the benchmarked approach of kurdthongmee et al. [17] across all evaluation metrics on the parawood cross-sectional dataset. our model achieved higher accuracy with a lower mean error, a narrower range of estimation errors, and a faster processing time per image. this validates the effectiveness and competitiveness of our approach in pith estimation on the parawood cross-sectional dataset. the pith estimation results on the douglas fir cross-sectional dataset were compared between our common winner model and the approach proposed by decelle et al. [22]. table 5 presents a comprehensive overview of the performance metrics for both approaches, including mean, sd, minimum, and maximum values. the results from table 5 demonstrate that our common winner models achieved slightly higher mean values compared to the approach by decelle et al. [22]. however, the sd, minimum, and maximum values indicate a similar range of pith estimation accuracy between the two approaches. notably, our common winner models outperformed the benchmarked approach in terms of average processing time per image, requiring only half the time to estimate the pith. this showcases the efficiency of our model without compromising on the accuracy of pith estimation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 556 table 5. benchmarking results: common winner vs. decelle et al. [22] on douglas fir cross-sectional dataset approach mean sd min max time common winner 2.81 1.57 0.45 7.18 505 decelle et al. [22] 2.26 1.32 0.44 4.63 1,055 3.5. analysis of optimizers and regression functions for pith estimation in this subsection, we explore various combinations of optimizers and regression functions that yield acceptable mean error for pith estimation. table 6 showcases the frequency counts for each optimizer-regression function combination. to obtain these results, we examined all models and checked whether their mean error was below 7.5. if so, we recorded the corresponding regression function and optimizer used during training, updating the frequency count for that specific combination. for example, the combination of adadelta optimizer and mape regression function resulted in 10 models with a mean error less than 7.5. table 6. frequency analysis of optimizers and regression functions for pith estimation regression functions optimizers adam adagrad adadelta nadam adamax rmsprop sgd mse 4 5 4 3 5 1 0 mae 4 4 4 5 5 0 0 log cosh 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 huber loss 5 4 4 5 5 1 0 mape 9 9 10 9 10 5 0 msle 1 0 0 0 2 2 0 cosine similarity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 from the table, we can infer that the sgd optimizer performed poorly when used to train the models, as it produced none of the models with an acceptable mean error, regardless of the regression function employed. similarly, the cosine similarity regression function did not yield any models with an acceptable mean error, despite using various optimizers. these findings suggest that, for this specific regression problem, training models using log cosh, msle, or cosine similarity regression functions may not be effective. additionally, training models using the sgd optimizer may not be fruitful. the frequency analysis of optimizers and regression functions provides valuable insights into the modeling choices and preferences in pith estimation. it offers a glimpse into the strategies employed by the models to achieve accurate estimation results. future research could delve deeper into the impact of different optimizer-regression function combinations on model performance and explore alternative combinations to potentially enhance estimation accuracy. 3.6. discussions the results of our experiments demonstrate the effectiveness of our proposed approach for pith estimation in both the parawood and douglas fir cross-sectional datasets. the top 20 performing models achieved competitive mean errors ranging from 4.45 to 5.18 for the parawood cross-sectional dataset and from 2.43 to 2.97 for the douglas fir crosssectional dataset, affirming the accuracy of our approach in estimating pith locations in different wood species. the selection of resnet50, mobilenet, and xception as the base models for feature extraction proved beneficial, with all three architectures consistently yielding top-performing models. among them, xception particularly stood out, underscoring its effectiveness for this specific task. the choice of optimizers, regression functions, and the number of epochs significantly influenced the model performance. the combination of the adamax optimizer and the huber loss regression function consistently produced top-performing models with relatively low mean errors and standard deviations. importantly, the analysis of various epoch settings revealed that simply increasing the number of epochs does not guarantee improved performance, highlighting the importance of selecting appropriate optimization algorithms, loss functions, and epoch counts for regression-based tasks. when comparing the results between the parawood and douglas fir cross-sectional datasets, we observed similar trends in model performance, indicating the robustness and generalizability of our approach. the topperforming models achieved competitive results on both datasets, further illustrating the versatility and effectiveness of our approach. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 557 furthermore, our common winning model demonstrated faster processing times compared to the benchmarked models on both the parawood and douglas fir cross-sectional datasets. with an average processing time per image of 505 milliseconds, our model was approximately 65% faster than the benchmarked approach on the parawood crosssectional dataset. similarly, on the douglas fir cross-sectional dataset, our model exhibited superior efficiency, taking only half the time to estimate pith locations compared to the benchmarked approach. this notable reduction in processing times emphasizes the efficiency and computational advantage of our proposed approach. in this research, the theoretical approach is founded on the principles of deep learning and computer vision. we employ convolutional neural networks (cnns) as the backbone of our approach, specifically resnet50, mobilenet, and xception, which are renowned architectures in the field. these cnns are chosen for their capacity to extract intricate features from images, making them well-suited for the task of pith estimation in wood cross-sectional images. the theoretical foundation of our approach revolves around adapting these cnns for regression-based tasks. unlike conventional approaches that employ these architectures for classification purposes, we fine-tune their architecture and objectives to make them adept at predicting the precise location of the pith in wood samples. this shift from classification to regression forms the crux of our theoretical approach, enabling us to achieve highly accurate and consistent pith estimations. moreover, our theoretical framework encompasses the critical aspect of optimization. we delve into the selection of optimizers and regression functions, recognizing their pivotal role in shaping model performance. the choice of the adamax optimizer and the huber loss regression function emerged from careful consideration, as they consistently yielded models with superior performance, demonstrating the theoretical underpinning of our approach's success. in tandem with these aspects, we also explore the impact of varying the number of training epochs. this theoretical investigation serves to elucidate the nuanced relationship between training duration and model efficacy, emphasizing the importance of thoughtful epoch selection in regression tasks. furthermore, our approach is theoretically grounded in its capacity to generalize across different wood species. we probe the theoretical aspects of model robustness by evaluating its performance on both parawood and douglas fir datasets, confirming that the theoretical underpinnings of our approach extend to diverse wood types. ultimately, our theoretical approach converges on enhancing the efficiency and precision of pith estimation in wood cross-sectional images through deep learning. by adapting state-of-the-art cnns, optimizing their parameters, and rigorously testing them on diverse datasets, our research is firmly rooted in theoretical principles that underpin the development of practical, efficient, and accurate pith estimation methods for the wood products industry. 4. conclusion in conclusion, our study presents a comprehensive analysis of pith estimation in wood cross-sectional images using deep learning techniques. we proposed an effective approach that leverages popular deep neural network architectures, including resnet50, mobilenet, and xception, for feature extraction. through extensive experiments on the parawood and douglas fir cross-sectional datasets, we evaluated the performance of different models trained with various optimizers, regression functions, and numbers of epochs. the results demonstrated the effectiveness of our proposed approach in accurately estimating the location of the pith in wood cross-sectional images. the top-performing models achieved competitive mean errors, indicating their accuracy in pith estimation. among the architectures, xception consistently performed well, showcasing its effectiveness for this specific task. the choice of optimizers and regression functions also played a crucial role in model performance, with the combination of the adamax optimizer and the huber loss regression function consistently producing top-performing models. furthermore, our approach exhibited robustness and generalizability across different wood species. the models achieved competitive results on both the parawood and douglas fir cross-sectional datasets, demonstrating the versatility and effectiveness of our approach. moreover, our common winner model showcased not only high accuracy but also superior efficiency, achieving faster processing times compared to benchmarked approaches, highlighting the efficiency and computational advantage of our proposed approach. looking to the future, there are several exciting avenues for further research in this domain. the standard deviations of the errors indicate potential areas for refinement, suggesting avenues for future research. additional architectural modifications, fine-tuning of hyperparameters, and the exploration of advanced techniques such as ensemble learning could further enhance the performance of the models. additionally, the application of our approach to other wood species and the investigation of its adaptability to varying wood quality conditions are promising directions for future research. overall, our study not only contributes to the advancement of pith estimation techniques in the wood products industry but also points toward exciting opportunities for future research and development. by providing accurate and efficient estimations, our proposed approach has the potential to improve productivity and streamline operations in wood processing. the findings presented in this research not only address current challenges but also lay the foundation for continued exploration and innovation in automated pith estimation methods. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 558 5. declarations 5.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 5.2. funding this research was financially supported by the rubber authority of thailand (raot) under the project “the development of an automatic system to convey, align axis and saw into wood palettes for productivity enhancement of rubber wood processing”. 5.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that he has no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] islam, m. n., rahman, f., das, a. k., & hiziroglu, s. (2022). an overview of different types and potential of bio-based adhesives used for wood products. international journal of adhesion and adhesives, 112, 102992. doi:10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2021.102992. [2] hakkou, m., pétrissans, m., zoulalian, a., & gérardin, p. (2005). investigation of wood wettability changes during heat treatment on the basis of chemical analysis. polymer degradation and stability, 89(1), 1–5. doi:10.1016/j.polymdegradstab.2004.10.017. [3] denih, a., putra, g. r., kurniawan, z., & bahtiar, e. t. (2023). developing a model for curve-fitting a tree stem’s crosssectional shape and sapwood–heartwood transition in a polar diagram system using nonlinear regression. forests, 14(6), 1102. doi:10.3390/f14061102. [4] hänsel, a., sandak, j., sandak, a., mai, j., & niemz, p. (2022). selected previous findings on the factors influencing the gluing quality of solid wood products in timber construction and possible developments: a review. wood material science & engineering, 17(3), 230-241. doi:10.1080/17480272.2021.1925963. [5] longuetaud, f., schraml, r., mothe, f., ravoajanahary, t., decelle, r., constant, t., ... & uhl, a. (2023). traceability and quality assessment of norway spruce (picea abies (l.) h. karst.) logs: the treetrace_spruce database. annals of forest science, 80(1), 9. doi:10.1186/s13595-023-01178-8. [6] longuetaud, f., pot, g., mothe, f., barthelemy, a., decelle, r., delconte, f., ... & viguier, j. (2022). treetrace project database on traceability and quality assessment of round woods: douglas fir sampling. annals of forest science, 79(46), 1-22. doi:10.1186/s13595-022-01163-7. [7] longuetaud, f., leban, j. m., mothe, f., kerrien, e., & berger, m. o. (2004). automatic detection of pith on ct images of spruce logs. computers and electronics in agriculture, 44(2), 107–119. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2004.03.005. [8] entacher, k., hegenbart, s., kerschbaumer, j., lenz, c., planitzer, d., seidel, m., uhl, a., & weiglmaier, r. (2008). pith detection on ct-cross-section images of logs: an experimental comparison. 2008 3rd international symposium on communications, control and signal processing. doi:10.1109/isccsp.2008.4537273. [9] krähenbühl, a., kerautret, b., debled-rennesson, i., longuetaud, f., & mothe, f. (2012). knot detection in x-ray ct images of wood. advances in visual computing. isvc 2012. lecture notes in computer science, 7432, springer, berlin, germany. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-33191-6_21. [10] boukadida, h., longuetaud, f., colin, f., freyburger, c., constant, t., leban, j. m., & mothe, f. (2012). pithextract: a robust algorithm for pith detection in computer tomography images of wood – application to 125 logs from 17 tree species. computers and electronics in agriculture, 85, 90–98. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2012.03.012. [11] kurdthongmee, w., suwannarat, k., panyuen, p., & sae-ma, n. (2018). a fast algorithm to approximate the pith location of rubberwood timber from a normal camera image. 2018 15th international joint conference on computer science and software engineering (jcsse), nakhonpathom, thailand. doi:10.1109/jcsse.2018.8457375. [12] kurdthongmee, w., & suwannarat, k. (2019). an efficient algorithm to estimate the pith location on an untreated end face image of a rubberwood log taken with a normal camera. european journal of wood and wood products, 77(5), 919–929. doi:10.1007/s00107-019-01433-8. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 559 [13] hanning, t., kickingereder, r., & casasent, d. (2003). determining the average annual ring width on the front side of lumber. optical measurement systems for industrial inspection iii, munich, germany. doi:10.1117/12.500200. [14] österberg, p., ihalainen, h., & ritala, r. (2004). method for analyzing and classifying wood quality through local 2d-spectrum of digital log end images. proceedings of international conference on advanced optical diagnostics in fluids, solids and combustion, vsj-spie'04, 4-6 december, 2004, tokyo, japan. [15] norell, k., & borgefors, g. (2008). estimation of pith position in untreated log ends in sawmill environments. computers and electronics in agriculture, 63(2), 155–167. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2008.02.006. [16] kurdthongmee, w., & suwannarat, k. (2019). locating wood pith in a wood stem cross sectional image using yolo object detection. 2019 international conference on technologies and applications of artificial intelligence (taai), kaohsiung, taiwan. doi:10.1109/taai48200.2019.8959823. [17] kurdthongmee, w. (2020). a comparative study of the effectiveness of using popular dnn object detection algorithms for pith detection in cross-sectional images of parawood. heliyon, 6(2), 3480. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e03480. [18] kurdthongmee, w., suwannarat, k., & kiplagat, j. (2022). a framework to create a deep learning detector from a small dataset: a case of parawood pith estimation. emerging science journal, 7(1), 245–255. doi:10.28991/esj-2023-07-01-017. [19] he, k., zhang, x., ren, s., & sun, j. (2016). deep residual learning for image recognition. 2016 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr), las vegas, united states. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2016.90. [20] howard, a. g., zhu, m., chen, b., kalenichenko, d., wang, w., weyand, t., ... & adam, h. (2017). mobilenets: efficient convolutional neural networks for mobile vision applications. arxiv preprint. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1704.04861. [21] chollet, f. (2017). xception: deep learning with depthwise separable convolutions. 2017 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr). doi:10.1109/cvpr.2017.195. [22] decelle, r., ngo, p., debled-rennesson, i., mothe, f., & longuetaud, f. (2022). ant colony optimization for estimating pith position on images of tree log ends. image processing on line, 12, 558–581. doi:10.5201/ipol.2022.338. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 779 issn: 2723-9535 color analysis of cloud brocade pattern by image style transfer chuanqi wu 1* 1 changzhou vocational institute of textile and garment, changzhou, jiangsu 213000, china. received 12 september 2023; revised 16 november 2023; accepted 23 november 2023; published 01 december 2023 abstract with the continuous improvement of the level of science and technology, the design method of cloud brocade pattern has gradually changed from the traditional process of color halo, white, and gold stranding to the modern design process, such as the synthesis of cloud brocade line pattern based on the transfer of image style. but back to reality, this method still has problems such as blurred outline and mixed colors, which is not conducive to the transfer of cloud brocade style pictures. based on this, the paper will use the cloud brocade pattern style transfer color optimization model to analyze the color of the cloud brocade pattern in order to get a better cloud brocade style effect map. the results show that the average similarity of the local migration algorithm is 0.348, while the average similarity of the local migration algorithm based on color optimization is 0.378, which is 8.62% higher than that of the local migration algorithm. after 1600 iterations, the average running time of the local migration algorithm is 13.65s, and the running time of the local migration algorithm for color optimization is 12.46s. it can be seen that the local migration algorithm based on color optimization has obvious advantages in both comprehensive similarity and running time and can provide new ideas and references for the current design of yunjin pictures. keywords: style transfer; cloud brocade pattern; color optimization. 1. introduction as one of the three famous scenic spots in china, yunjin has not only gained the favor of the general public due to its exquisite patterns, rich color matching, and fine weaving, but it also means that the traditional silk manufacturing process in china has reached a high level. for example, domestic scholars such as liu et al. (2023) explored the inheritance and promotion path of nanjing yunjin based on the internet and found that nanjing yunjin seized the opportunities of historical development and combined its own advantages. integrating into the development of the new era has given rise to new vitality and provided many reference experiences for the development of intangible cultural heritage [1, 2]. in order to present the effect of different colors per flower, there are usually dozens of colors in the cloud brocade pattern. traditional weaving craftsmen usually use techniques such as color halo formulas, alternating white and large, and gold twisted edges to match the pattern and complete the pattern design. for example, domestic scholar pan (2023) took nanjing cloud brocade as an example to explore and practice the cultivation of its intangible cultural heritage inheritors. we have gradually built a comprehensive education system for intangible cultural heritage inheritance based on "intangible cultural heritage inheritance+information technology+core literacy", integrating master inheritance and information technology, strengthening students' core literacy, practical skills, and innovation and entrepreneurship abilities, and achieving some results [3, 4]. * corresponding author: wu38028@163.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 780 the traditional design method of cloud brocade pattern takes a long time, has low efficiency, and is affected by the skill level of the process inheritor, which greatly limits the innovative design of cloud brocade pattern and the activation and inheritance of products. with the development of image technology and artificial intelligence, image style transfer has been gradually applied to the fields of arts and crafts such as porcelain, lacquer, and painting [5, 6]. as a pattern design feature of yunjin, it is also very suitable for using the method of image style transfer to complete the design. style transfer refers to the process of re-rendering an image with the texture, color, and other styles of another image while keeping the content of the image unchanged. the current mainstream image style transfer method is based on a convolutional neural network algorithm, which extracts the image content and style from the content map and style map with the help of a training network and obtains the effect map through image reconstruction [7, 8]. the yun brocade pattern is rich in color, and the effect drawing generated by the original style transfer algorithm is prone to problems such as color mixing. the outline of the target pattern and the content are unclear, so the design effect is poor. in order to inherit and innovate the design and application of cloud brocade based on the characteristics of cloud brocade patterns and the original transfer model, this paper proposes a local style transfer method based on color optimization. first, the mask of the target pattern is obtained to distinguish the pattern from the background, and the outline of the pattern is clear. secondly, the variance sum of the composite image pixels in the three color channels is taken as the color loss in the total loss, and the color difference within the pattern is reduced by optimizing the color loss, and the semantic clarity of the pattern is improved. by combining color loss and mask mapping, the effect map of yunjin style transfer with a clear outline and easy semantic recognition is obtained. 2. principle of image style transfer the visual geometry group (vgg19) model based on a convolutional neural network has 16 hidden layers (divided into 5 stages) and 3 fully connected layers, which have powerful image features and semantic expression ability [9, 10]. the original style transfer algorithm uses the vgg19 model to extract the underlying texture and high-level semantic information of the image as style and content, respectively, uses the optimization function to minimize the loss, and then iteratively updates the composite image to obtain the stylized effect diagram. the specific process is shown in figure 1. style chart initializes the gaussian white noise map content map vgg19 was used to extract features and calculate style losses minimize the loss function by iteration style transfer effect figure 1. process of image style transfer since the high-level convolutional network focuses on preserving the contour, semantic content, and other information of the image, the feature matrix of the content graph c and the composite graph g in the fourth layer of the convolutional neural network is selected, and the square error of the two feature matrices is the content loss, as shown in equation 1. 𝐿𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑡 = 1 2 ∑ ‖𝑎[𝑙](𝐶) − 𝑎[𝑙](𝐺)‖ 2 𝑙∈{𝑙𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑡} (1) where, 𝑎[𝑙] is the activation value matrix obtained by convolution of image i at the first layer [11], and its size is 𝑛𝐶 [𝑙] × 𝑛𝐻 [𝑙] × 𝑛𝑊 [𝑙] . in terms of style, gram matrix can describe the correlation between features by calculating the eccentric covariance matrix between features, such as the intensity of a feature, positive correlation or negative correlation between features, and so on, so as to obtain the style features of images. transform 𝑎[𝐼](𝐼) into a matrix of 𝑛𝐶 [𝐼] × 𝑛𝐻 [𝐼] × 𝑛𝑊 [𝐼] , denoted as𝑎[𝐼](𝐼)`, then the gram matrix i of the image g(i) is shown in equation 2. g(i) = [𝑎[𝐼](𝐼)`][𝑎[𝐼](𝐼)`] t nc [i] ×nh [i] ×nw [i] (2) the gram matrix of style graph s and composite graph g are calculated separately, and their square variances are denoted as style losses. since the features extracted by the deep and shallow layer networks are different, in order to hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 781 comprehensively summarize the image style features, the style loss of all the subsampled layers is calculated and recorded as the style loss, as shown in equation 3. 𝐿𝑠𝑡𝑦𝑙𝑒 = ∑ 1 2 ‖𝐺(𝑆) − 𝐺(𝐺)‖2 𝑙∈{𝑙𝑠𝑡𝑦𝑙𝑒} (3) in order to ensure the controllability of the composite image, content and style loss weights α and β are set respectively to adjust the style transfer effect, so the total loss is shown in equation 4. 𝐿𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 = 𝛼𝐿𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑡 + 𝛽𝐿𝑠𝑡𝑦𝑙𝑒 (4) 3. yun brocade pattern style transfer color optimization model in order to improve the problems such as color clutter, front and back scenes mixing, and unclear pattern outline in the migration effect diagram of yun brocade lines, the paper added color loss and mask map on the basis of the original style transfer model and proposed a color optimization model of style transfer of yun brocade patterns [12–14]. the structure of the model is shown in figure 2. roll how many pieces 1 roll how many pieces 2 roll how many pieces 3 roll how many pieces 4 roll how many pieces 5 style chart base map content map copy content loss style loss mask pattern composite graph color loss figure 2. color optimization model of yunjin pattern style transfer according to the structure of the color optimization model of yunjin pattern style transfer, it can be seen that, first, the mask map of the content map can be obtained as the input with the help of the quick selection tool, and the content map can be copied as the base map. the yunjin style map, line draft content map and base map can be respectively input into the vgg19 network after the pre-training, and the feature matrix can be extracted through convolution. secondly, the content loss is calculated by the feature matrix of the content map and the base map. calculate the color loss by using the base color map pixels; the synthesized base map is divided into three color channels r, g and b, and all pixels of the base map are traversed in each channel, denoted as 𝑅𝑜𝑖𝑝𝑛. each layer synthesizes the pixel variance andcolor loss in the three-channel base map. since color belongs to the underlying texture information, the composite base map with the same number of layers is used for color loss and style loss (a total of 5 layers), and the specific calculation formula is shown in equation 5. 𝐿𝑐𝑜𝑙𝑜𝑟 = ∑ ∑ ∑ (𝑅𝑜𝑖𝑝𝑛 [𝑐] −𝑅𝑜𝑖𝑝𝑛 [𝑐]̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅ ) 2 𝑛 𝑛𝑐∈{𝑅、𝐺、𝐵}𝑙∈{𝑙∈{𝑙𝑠𝑡𝑦𝑙𝑒}} (5) the total loss is the weighted sum of content loss, style loss, and color loss, as shown in equation 6. 𝐿𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 = 𝛼𝐿𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑡 + 𝛽𝐿𝑠𝑡𝑦𝑙𝑒 + 𝛾𝐿𝑐𝑜𝑙𝑜𝑟 (6) in formula 6, 𝛼, 𝛽 and 𝛾 are the weights corresponding to the losses respectively, which can be adjusted according to the style needs. finally, the adam optimizer is selected to optimize the total loss, feedback and update the pixels of the base image to ensure that the iteratively generated base image is closer to the style of yunjin image while retaining the original content, and the color difference of the composite image is minimized. then combined with the mask map, output the cloud brocade style effect map with relatively clear contour and pattern semantics. 4. experiment on color optimization of yunjin pattern by image style transfer before carrying out the experiment of color optimization of cloud brocade pattern, it is necessary to make full preparation. specifically, the style migration optimization experiment was conducted using the pytorch framework on hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 782 a desktop with an intel(r)core(tm)i7-117002.5ghz processor, nvidia geforce rtx 3080ti graphics card, and 32gb of ram[15]. the yunjin sample is used as the style diagram, and the line pattern is used as the content diagram. since the migration model does not limit the image size, the experiment sets the size of the style map and the content map to 224*224 pixels, 300*300 pixels, 400*400 pixels, 512*512 pixels for comparison, and achieves the migration effect as shown in figure 3. 224*224 300*300 400*400 512*512 figure 3. effect of pixel migration with different specifications when the size is set to 224*224 pixels, the obvious migration effect can be obtained directly, and the consumption time is shortest. considering the quality and processing time of the effect image, the size of the style image, content image and mask image is set to 224*224 pixels, and the size setting can be adjusted according to the size and clarity of the original image. adam was selected as the model optimizer, and the learning rate was set to 5*10-3. the experimental results show that the absolute values of content loss, style loss and color loss are quite different. in order to balance the various losses, the three losses were balanced by using the coefficient, and the loss values were 1*10-3, 5*105 and 1*102, respectively, and the loss values were in the similar scale range, and the migration effect was good. in order to determine the number of iterations, the experiment selected three yunjin style diagrams and line drawings as objects, set the initial iteration number of the optimization model to 2000, and output the loss value of content, style and color once every 100 iterations. the loss trend drawn is shown in figure 4. figure 4. content, style, color loss trend it can be seen that the content loss hardly changes, and the style loss gradually decreases to a stable level with the increase of the number of iterations. as the style loss decreases, the style of the base map is closer and closer to the style of the style map, and the color is more complex, so the color loss presents a small value and then decreases to a stable trend. combining the loss trend and training time, the experiment selects the synthesis graph of 1600 iterations to transfer the output graph. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 783 4.1. determination of style transfer output diagram based on the above basic settings, the color optimization local migration algorithm proposed in this paper is compared with the original migration algorithm and local migration algorithm, and the resulting style migration output diagram is shown in figure 5. yunjin style diagram content map original model local migration color optimization local migration figure 5. style migration output diagram it can be seen that thecolor of the composite image directly generated by the original migration model is mixed, and it is difficult to distinguish the shape and content of the main pattern. this is because the convolutional neural network learns the color features of the image, including the brightness, saturation and distribution of the color, when extracting the features of the style map and the content map, resulting in the corresponding transfer between the color pixels. the content map of line sketch only contains the contour color information, which can not form the corresponding transfer, resulting in the color mixing of the composite effect image and the semantic ambiguity of the target pattern. in the local migration results, the local migration model with mask map can improve the definition of contour by separating the pattern from the background. in the local transfer of color optimization, color loss is added to the optimization model based on the mask diagram. the color of lotus petals is mainly pink, and the color of stamens is mainly green. the outline of the bell is dark red, the blank part is light; the mixed color of the turtle body is reduced, and the main color is green. the optimized model not only improves the definition of the outline, but also reduces the color difference within the pattern and improves the semantic recognition of the pattern. 4.2. analysis of experimental results for the analysis of the experimental results, there are two stages here: firstly, the experimental results are analyzed from a subjective perspective, using a questionnaire survey method. 20 volunteers are recruited to generate style transfer output maps based on three algorithms: the original transfer algorithm [15], local transfer algorithm [16, 17], and color hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 784 optimization local transfer algorithm. the clarity of the semantic content of the pattern is evaluated, with a score set at 1-5 points, the easier the pattern content is to recognize, the higher the score. calculate the mean of the output graphs of the three algorithms for 20 volunteers, and the results are shown in figure 6. figure 6. the output graphs of the original migration, local migration and color optimization local migration are used to calculate the survey scores it can be seen that the mean values of the original migration, local migration and color optimized local migration models are 2.17, 3.61 and 3.87, respectively. therefore, the color-based local transfer model proposed in this paper improves the semantic content clarity of the main pattern through color optimization on the premise of realizing local style transfer. second, the experimental results are analyzed on the objective surface, mainly to analyze the time consuming of the algorithm for the quality of the output image of style transfer. the method used here is structural similarity (ssim), which is defined by pixel image as the combination of three different factors: brightness (𝑙), contrast (𝑐) and structure (𝑠)[18-20]. the mean is used as an estimate of brightness, standard deviation as an estimate of contrast, and covariance as a measure of structural similarity. each time, the window with d on the picture is calculated, and the average value of all windows is obtained as the structural similarity of the whole image. the structural similarity value ranges from 0 to 1, and the closer the value is to 1, the higher the similarity between the two images. the calculation formula is shown in equation 7. ssim(a, b) = (2μaμb + c1)(2σab + c2) (μa 2 + μb 2 + c1)(σa 2 + σb 2 + c2) (7) in the formula, the mean of sample a is represented by μa, and the mean of sample b is represented by μb; the variance of sample a is represented by 𝜎𝑎, and the variance of sample b is represented by 𝜎𝑏; the covariance of a and b is represented by σab, and c1 and c2 are two constants to avoid division by zero. in order to comprehensively analyze the migration effect, the paper calculates the ssim value (𝐺𝑠, 𝐺𝑐) of the output result, style graph and content graph respectively, and takes the mean value of 𝐺𝑠 and 𝐺𝑐 as the comprehensive similarity index. the size of the composite effect map, style map and content map is set uniformly at 224*224 pixels, and the structural similarity of the migration output map is calculated using ssim algorithm. the results obtained by local migration algorithm and color optimization local migration algorithm are shown in table 1. table 1. structural similarity of output graph under local migration algorithm and color optimization local migration algorithm picture number local migration algorithm color optimization local migration algorithm 𝐆𝐬 𝐆𝐜 𝟏 𝟐 (𝐆𝐬 + 𝐆𝐜) 𝐆𝐬 𝐆𝐜 𝟏 𝟐 (𝐆𝐬 + 𝐆𝐜) a 0.05 0.45 0.25 0.06 0.65 0.35 b 0.14 0.71 0.42 0.17 0.71 0.44 c 0.07 0.53 0.30 0.08 0.58 0.33 d 0.08 0.70 0.39 0.07 0.71 0.39 e 0.06 0.71 0.38 0.06 0.70 0.38 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 a b c d e s co re rendering number primary migration local migration color optimization local migration hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 785 it can be seen that there is little difference between the two migration models in terms of style similarity, but in terms of content similarity, the optimization algorithm is generally higher. the average similarity of the local migration algorithm is 0.348, while that of the local migration algorithm based on color optimization is 0.378, which is 8.62% higher than that of the local migration algorithm. in addition, the local migration algorithm and the color optimization local migration algorithm were respectively used on the rtx3080ti to perform 1600 iterations on the experimental images, and the required processing time is shown in table 2. table 2. running time of the two algorithms after 1600 iterations picture coding local migration algorithm color optimization local migration algorithm a 13.42 12.31 b 13.56 12.56 c 13.81 12.68 d 13.61 12.45 e 13.83 12.34 mean value 13.65 12.46 it can be seen that the average running time of the local migration algorithm is 13.65s, and the average time of the local migration algorithm for color optimization is 12.46s when color processing is added under the same configuration. on the surface of the data results, the optimized migration algorithm can quickly obtain a stylized image that is more similar to the structure of the content map, which is conducive to realizing the migration of the yunjin style of the line manuscript pattern. 5. conclusion this study mainly found that the average comprehensive similarity of the local transfer algorithm is 0.348, while the average of the local transfer algorithm based on color optimization is 0.378, which is 8.62% higher than the local transfer algorithm. after 1600 iterations, the average time required for the local migration algorithm to run is 13.65 seconds, while the color optimization local migration algorithm runs in 12.46 seconds. the time difference between the two is 1.19 seconds. although the time difference is not significant, the color optimization local migration algorithm still has some improvement, which can confirm the feasibility of the yunjin pattern style migration color optimization algorithm. compared with other studies, the article uses empirical comparison to test the advantages and disadvantages of color optimization local transfer algorithms, breaking the traditional framework of theoretical analysis. this is relatively avantgarde in promoting the development of cloud brocade patterns, with certain advantages, but also has certain limitations. if the number of iterations is too high, it will inevitably cause some interference to the algorithm operation and require subsequent optimization and adjustment. overall, this study provides new options for the selection and development of algorithms for transferring the style of yun brocade patterns, which can further promote the development of yun brocade patterns. this has a certain role and contribution to the inheritance and preservation of intangible cultural heritage, and it is recommended to apply it in practice in the future. in addition, in the future, algorithms will be continuously optimized to ensure the quality of image migration while reducing runtime. 6. declarations 6.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 786 7. references [1] chen, y., & gan, z. (2023). research on development mode of intangible cultural heritage in e-commerce platform: taking nanjing yunjin as an example. frontiers in business, economics and management, 9(3), 233-237. [2] liu, t., shi, l., & yang, d. (2023). research on the path of inheritance and promotion of intangible cultural heritage in the context of internet: a case study of nanjing yunjin. cultural relics identification and appreciation, 2023, 161-164. [3] pan, h. (2023). exploration and practice of cultivating non-genetic inheritors of "nanjing yunjin". china training, 2023, 3436. [4] wang, w., zhang, y., & yang l. (2021). analysis on semiotics of nanjing yun brocade and design of silk scarf pattern from the perspective of court aesthetics. silk, 58, 116-123. [5] xu, x., yang, z., yan, y., li, z., & zhan, g. (2023). research on style transfer art word based on convolutional neural network. journal of dalian minzu university, 25, 69-72. [6] cai, x., li, z., xi, m., & sun, h. (2023). color rendering and style transfer of hand-drawn clothing pattern based on neural network. journal of system simulation, 35, 604-615. [7] chen, d., yuan, l., liao, j., yu, n., & hua, g. (2020). explicit filter bank learning for neural image style transfer and image processing. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 43(7), 2373-2387. doi:10.1109/tpami.2020.2964205. [8] gatys, l. a., ecker, a. s., & bethge, m. (2016). image style transfer using convolutional neural networks. in proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 2414-2423. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2016.265. [9] nie, l., lin, c., liao, k., liu, m., & zhao, y. (2020). a view-free image stitching network based on global homography. journal of visual communication and image representation, 73, 102950. doi:10.1016/j.jvcir.2020.102950. [10] han, b., du, j., jia, y., & zhu, h. (2021). zero-watermarking algorithm for medical image based on vgg19 deep convolution neural network. journal of healthcare engineering, 2021. doi:10.1155/2021/5551520. [11] wang, y., li, y., song, y., & rong, x. (2020). the influence of the activation function in a convolution neural network model of facial expression recognition. applied sciences, 10(5), 1897. doi:10.3390/app10051897. [12] xuelin, q., jue, h., ying, s., & zheng, l. (2021, november). digital style design of nanjing brocade based on deep learning. in 2021 international conference on culture-oriented science & technology (iccst), 339-342, beijing, china. doi:10.1109/iccst53801.2021.00077. [13] ajmi, c., zapata, j., elferchichi, s., zaafouri, a., & laabidi, k. (2020). deep learning technology for weld defects classification based on transfer learning and activation features. advances in materials science and engineering, 2020. doi:10.1155/2020/1574350. [14] jin, m., zheng, y., li, y. f., gong, c., zhou, c., & pan, s. (2021). multi-scale contrastive siamese networks for selfsupervised graph representation learning. arxiv preprint arxiv:2105.05682. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2105.05682. [15] huang, y. z., yuan, z. h., & chen, j. r. (2022). research on cnn based facial recognition methods under the pytorch framework. information and computer (theoretical edition), 34, 193-195. [16] wang, r. (2019). research on image generation and style transfer algorithm based on deep learning. open journal of applied sciences, 9(8), 661-672. doi:10.4236/ojapps.2019.98053. [17] cui, j. (2022). image style migration algorithm based on hsv color model. in 2022 ieee international conference on advances in electrical engineering and computer applications (aeeca), 111-114. doi:10.1109/aeeca55500.2022.9919019. [18] huang, j. m. (2018). application of style transfer algorithm of convolutional neural networks in scene processing. journal of yibin university, 18, 1-5. [19] sun, j.s., huang, z.k., & wang, h. (2023). analysis of image mosaic technology based on structural similarity and template matching. electronic technology, 52, 38-41. [20] liu, l., fan, s., ning, x., & liao, l. (2017). an efficient level set model with self-similarity for texture segmentation. neurocomputing, 266, 150-164. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2017.05.028. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 829 issn: 2723-9535 evolutionary algorithm-based energy-aware path planning with a quadrotor for warehouse inventory management c. j. p. de guzman 1* , a. y. chua 1 , t. s. chu 1 , e. l. secco 2 1 department of mechanical engineering, de la salle university, 2401 taft ave. malate, manila, philippines. 1 robotics laboratory, school of mathematics, computer science & engineering, liverpool hope university, united kingdom. received 23 august 2023; revised 03 november 2023; accepted 11 november 2023; published 01 december 2023 abstract quadrotors have been vital for automating warehouse processes. however, a significant gap in recent studies is that they use a single quadrotor with limited battery life, considering that their objective involves navigation in a large-scale environment such as a warehouse. using an energy consumption model to enable more efficient navigation can be explored. conventional data-driven energy models and path planning algorithms are insufficient for describing the various motions that a quadrotor can perform in warehouse operations, such as changes in yaw. this study aims to design a novel exhaustive data-driven energy consumption model and evolutionary algorithm-based path planning algorithm to consider various quadrotor movements involved in warehouse operations. the quadrotor is tasked with performing a set of movements to each be represented as a power equation in terms of their velocity. the obtained equations were subsequently used as the primary optimization objective for the path planning algorithm, which included yaw angle objectives and constraints. a set of experiments was performed with crazyflie quadrotors to verify the model and the algorithm. the results showcased the accuracy of the energy consumption model, which was kept at a maximum difference of 0.6%. the designed path planning algorithm obtained greater energy efficiency in the generated paths compared to other state-of-theart evolutionary algorithms with similar objectives and constraints. keywords: evolutionary algorithms; inventory management; path planning; quadrotor; warehouse. 1. introduction warehouses serve as vital hubs in supply chains, as global consumer demand has significantly risen in recent years. these warehouses perform periodic inventory management to address the ever-increasing complexity of managing goods, as scanning technologies such as barcodes and rfid tags have been incorporated to improve productivity [1]. with most goods requiring a lift to reach, studies have examined the viability of quadrotors for warehouse applications. quadrotors can be equipped with sensors that allow them to perform meaningful tasks. these methods have seen high usage in warehouse processes, among which, as compiled by malang et al. [2], include stocktaking [3], cyclic counting [4], and drone-based deliveries [5]. studies that have investigated integrating quadrotors in warehouses mostly employ scanning sensors for identification technologies such as barcodes, quick response (qr) codes, and radio frequency identification (rfid) tags. alajami et al. [6] investigated the use of signals received from rfid tags attached to goods for a quadrotor to navigate a warehouse * corresponding author: carlos_james_deguzman@dlsu.edu.ph http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-012  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0004-8448-5734 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0954-7291 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0954-7291 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3269-6749 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 830 environment. in another study, yang et al. [7] developed convolutional neural networks (cnns) to detect qr codes from images captured by a quadrotor. similarly, kalinov et al. [3] used a cnn to process barcodes with a cameraequipped quadrotor. as the use of cameras with quadrotors has advanced in addition to advancements in neural networks, further research should consider quadrotor yaw angles for easily detecting tags from products. the change in quadrotor yaw also corresponds to a nonnegligible increase in energy consumption, which should be managed carefully during long-term operations performed in large-scale warehouse environments. energy consumption models were investigated early in the literature to estimate the energy required by a quadrotor to peruse a flight plan. di franco & buttazzo [8] developed a data-driven energy consumption model to estimate the power consumption of a quadrotor during pure straight flights and pure yaw changes given its velocity. they also identified an optimal speed for straight flights to maximize energy efficiency. yan et al. [9] estimated the energy of a quadrotor by defining a constant value of energy per length of the path traveled. some studies have derived an energy consumption model based on calculations made from the dynamics of the quadrotor rather than performing experiments to gather data. na et al. [10] derived the battery consumption of a quadrotor by measuring its expected output power based on factors such as voltage, current, and motor torque. on the other hand, liu et al. [11] based their energy model on forces acting on a quadrotor during flight. using the approach of the previous two studies would require extensive knowledge of the specific quadrotor dynamics, which may require additional testing with specialized equipment. however, data-driven approaches can sufficiently derive an energy model for a quadrotor. however, the maneuvers that previous studies considered do not reflect the wide range of motions that quadrotors can access. in warehouse operations, yaw changes are crucial alongside simultaneous straight flights and changes in elevation to fully describe the energy consumed by the quadrotor. apart from energy efficiency, a path planning algorithm is necessary to direct the quadrotor to the product to be scanned. since inventory control in warehouse operations is time sensitive, the algorithm should provide near-optimal solutions quickly. various algorithms can be found in the literature, each with advantages and drawbacks [12]. genetic algorithm (ga) and particle swarm optimization (pso) are two of the more widely used algorithms under evolutionary algorithms (ea). in particular, pso uses a set of solutions encoded as particles, which update iteratively based on the best solutions found so far as to be evaluated by a fitness function. the comprehensively improved pso (cipso) algorithm utilizes adaptive weights or parameters to prevent the algorithm from falling into a local optimum solution and allowing faster convergence at the late phase [13]. the comprehensive learning and dynamic multi-swarm pso (cl-dmspo) divides particles into subswarms, accomplishing the same goal as cipso [14]. na et al. [10] implemented pso with objectives based on the weighted sum of path distance, energy consumption, and collision avoidance factor. the time-sensitive nature of inventory management and its execution in a large-scale warehouse environment require a time-efficient energy-aware path planning algorithm. near-optimal paths that minimize the energy consumption of a quadrotor need to be generated, given its limited battery life. moreover, the energy model should consider the variety of movements available to the quadrotor during flight. as conventional evolutionary-based path planning algorithms mainly optimize flight distance, minimizing the energy consumed by the generated path based on the designed model would be beneficial. as evolutionary algorithms exhibit flexibility in optimization problems, the quadrotor yaw can be incorporated into the fitness function because a change in yaw speed contributes to overall energy consumption. this study aims to address the gaps observed in quadrotor-aided inventory management by designing an evolutionary-based energy-aware path planning algorithm suitable for application given the selection of quadrotors. specifically, the objectives of the study are as follows:  to design a data-driven energy consumption model for a crazyflie quadrotor based on the energy recovered after it performs a maneuver,  to design a path planning algorithm and decision control system for automated inventory management with minimization of energy consumption based on the developed model and  to implement the algorithm through simulations to verify its feasibility with quadrotors. this paper introduces a framework for designing a data-driven energy consumption model for a quadrotor considering other motions, such as straight flights with elevation changes and yaw changes. in addition, a novel path planning algorithm is implemented that additionally optimizes the quadrotor yaw and provides a framework for selecting the quadrotor among the swarm with the best path to a warehouse product. 2. methods this section details the materials and methods utilized to design an energy-aware path planning algorithm with a quadrotor for warehouse inventory management. 2.1. design of an energy consumption model for a crazyflie quadrotor the crazyflie, manufactured by crazyflie, was used as the quadrotor in the study to perform inventory management [15]. the study restricts the major components to sensors and infrastructures from bitcraze, including the crazyradio hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 831 pa, which is responsible for interfacing the quadrotor with a desktop computer, and the loco positioning deck and nodes to localize the quadrotor. the energy consumption model was designed to guide the path planning algorithm to generate paths that minimize the energy consumed by the quadrotor rather than minimizing the path length. the expected output from this model is a set of power equations, each corresponding to a quadrotor maneuver, as shown in figure 1, as a function of velocity. figure 1. quadrotor maneuvers for the energy consumption model the quadrotor executes a trajectory at its fully charged state before it is connected to a charging outlet to record the energy recovered until its battery is full. in this case, the energy model assumes that the quadrotor is in full charge before performing the trajectory, as there are deviations in the recovered energy otherwise. the energy consumption of the quadrotor during its idle state is first recorded. for proceeding maneuvers, the energy consumption is based on the energy recovered subtracted from the energy consumed from other involved maneuvers, including the idle state. for example, a quadrotor should ascend first and descend after a flight to perform straight flights. the energy consumption for straight flights would be the total energy recovered subtracted from the energy consumed during the ascending, descending, and idle states. different velocities were tested for each maneuver from 0.2 to 0.6 m/s, with 0.1 m/s intervals. a polynomial curve was used to extract the power equation for each motion. the energy equation is expressed as a product of power 𝑃, expressed in terms of velocity 𝑣, and change in time δ𝑡 (see equation 1), which is used in the fitness function of the path planning algorithm to minimize energy consumption. 𝐸 = ∫ 𝑃(𝑣)𝑑𝑡 𝑡𝑓 𝑡0 = 𝑃(𝑣)δ𝑡 (1) 2.2. design of a path planning algorithm for automated inventory management among the evolutionary algorithms, pso was used in the study of path planning algorithms due to the effectiveness of its variants. the algorithms tested for path planning are tabulated in table 1, with acronyms that will be used to refer to these algorithms in the following sections. the cdpso algorithm was designed in this study by combining the features of cpso and dpso, which served the same purpose in preventing premature convergence. all the variants were tested with 40 particles and 1000 epochs. parameters such as inertial weight and acceleration coefficients were directly lifted from their respective studies. the spso parameters were copied from [14], and the parameters for cdpso were taken from both cpso and dpso. these parameters were not changed to limit the number of tests performed for the path planning algorithm. however, changes in the values of these parameters would certainly skew the results. an image of the warehouse, the initial positions of the quadrotors, and the location of the good(s) to be scanned were used as inputs for the algorithm. racks in warehouse environments are typically rectangular from the top view, so obstacles were assumed to be simple rectangles to reduce the computational time of the algorithm. outlines of these obstacles were extracted with opencv, extending their outlines by 30 cm to provide clearance against collisions. the extraction of these outlines would not be representative of the obstacles if there were obstacles that cannot be simplified as rectangles, leading to nonoptimal paths. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 832 table 1. parameters of pso algorithms for path planning algorithm description parameters spso standard pso w = 0.729, c1 = c2 = 1.494 cpso cipso without the last modification [13] w0 = 0.9, w1 = 0.4, c1 = 3.5, c2 = 0.5, v1 = 0.5, v2 = 0.1 dpso cl-dmpso [14] w0 = 0.9, w1 = 0.4, c1 = c2 = 1.494, m = 3, r = 5 cdpso hybrid cpso-dpso algorithm w0 = 0.9, w1 = 0.4, c1 = 3.5, c2 = 0.5, v1 = 0.5, v2 = 0.1, m = 3, r = 5 parameters: w inertial weight, w0 and w1 inertial weight limits, c1 and c2 acceleration coefficient limits, v1 and v2 maximum velocity limits, m subswarm size, and r regrouping period. the position of the 𝑖th particle 𝐏𝑖 for the pso path planning algorithm is presented in equation 2, where 𝑛 is the number of intermediate waypoints, 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧 refers to the quadrotor position in the space as cartesian coordinates, and 𝜓 is the quadrotor yaw. clamped cubic spline interpolation was performed to connect these waypoints to ensure smooth motion of the quadrotor. 𝐏𝑖 = [𝐏𝑖1, 𝐏i2, … , 𝐏𝑖𝑛] = [(𝑥𝑖1, 𝑦𝑖1, 𝑧𝑖1, 𝜓𝑖1), (𝑥𝑖2, 𝑦𝑖2, 𝑧𝑖2, 𝜓𝑖2), … , (𝑥𝑖𝑛 , 𝑦𝑖𝑛 , 𝑧𝑖𝑛 , 𝜓𝑖𝑛)] (2) the fitness function for the path planning algorithm is minimized mainly based on the quadrotor energy consumption model. as the algorithm is tailored for inventory management, objectives and constraints regarding quadrotor yaw rotations were included. the mean difference between the quadrotor yaw and heading was minimized to open up further applications for dynamic path planning where the quadrotor can use its onboard camera to detect obstacles along its path. the maximum yaw rate was added as a constraint, preventing the quadrotor from exceeding 90 degrees per second. in addition, typical constraints in path planning, such as environmental and interquadrotor collisions, were implemented. the algorithms were then assessed for two warehouse layouts—traditional parallel and parallel with middle aisle layouts—referred to as parallel and middle layouts, respectively. four quadrotors were placed along the four corners of the layout. a quadrotor is chosen, and a path is formed to reach a single product. for each layout and algorithm variant, 100 trials were performed to assess the algorithm. the performance metrics used to assess the generated paths are shown in table 2. the main factors for assessing algorithm performance are the mean path energy consumption, yaw-heading difference, and computational time. table 2. performance metrics for the assessment of the path planning algorithm performance metric unit energy consumption joules (j) yaw-heading difference degrees computational time seconds (s) 3. results and discussion 3.1. design of an energy consumption model for a crazyflie quadrotor the power consumption plot of the quadrotor for common quadrotor maneuvers (hover, ascending, descending, straight) is shown in figure 2. idle and hover maneuvers were assessed as the average of ten trials, with the latter tested at different ascending and descending velocities. these maneuvers showed a linear relationship between energy consumption and duration, which denotes constant power with low standard deviations (see table 3). in this study, the quadrotor ascended and descended at constant velocities. thus, only the power incurred by the quadrotor at a speed of 0.5 m/s was recorded. finally, the equation for straight flights approximately follows a quadratic relationship. the power initially increases as the velocity increases before dropping down once the velocity reaches higher values. the plot mirrors the tests performed by di franco & buttazzo [8] at lower velocities, but the optimal velocity with the least energy consumption was not reached in the experiments. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 833 figure 2. power consumption plot for straight flight and other common maneuvers table 3. mean power consumption and standard deviation of common maneuvers maneuver mean, w standard deviation, w idle 1.2044 0.1754 hover 11.613 0.727 ascend 10.025 2.936 descend 7.030 3.838 the power consumption for straight flights performed with upward velocities, downward velocities, and changes in yaw is presented in figure 3. as illustrated in the figure, their energy consumption differences showed that adding ascending maneuvers would increase the energy consumption with velocity, as the quadrotor consumes more power to overcome gravity. figure 3. power consumption plot for simultaneous straight flight and other maneuvers (ascend, descend, yaw) the opposite is true for straight flights performed with descending maneuvers, as low downward speeds would need to generate higher lift to slow down the quadrotor’s descent. when straight flights were performed with a change in yaw, the quadrotor energy consumption increased with straight flight velocity. because it is desirable to determine the energy consumption in terms of the yaw rate, equation 3 was used to represent the additional contribution of yaw to the quadrotor power. 𝑃yaw_diff = 1.6706𝜃2 − 2.5567𝜃 + 0.64 (3) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 834 3.2. design of a path planning algorithm for automated inventory management the results of the path planning algorithm for all tested variants in the middle aisle layout are illustrated in figure 4, where the energy consumption model is used as the primary objective. these results were compared to those of another set of tests for the same variants but with path distance as the primary minimization objective. the energy minimization objective had path distances comparable to those of the distance objective. however, the energy savings were significantly greater when energy consumption was minimized. the mean yaw-heading difference was also kept at a minimum (less than 90°) such that quadrotors with front-facing cameras would be able to react to obstacles in their path. among the pso variants tested, the designed cdpso algorithm also had better paths based on the observed performance metrics. this was achieved with only slight increases in computational time; none exceeded 0.5 seconds. figure 4. parameters obtained for path planning in single inventory management for the middle aisle warehouse layout the same observations can be observed when the algorithm is applied to the parallel warehouse layout, as shown in figure 5. while the layout has more limited space for quadrotor movement, it has equal or lower energy consumption than the parallel layout. this can be attributed to the number of obstacles, with the middle aisle layout having twice as many obstacles, affecting the algorithm's convergence. with the consistent performance of the cdpso algorithm in the two warehouse layouts, its effectiveness in path planning for warehouse operations was proven, especially when compared to other state-of-the-art pso algorithms. figure 5. parameters obtained for path planning in single inventory management for parallel warehouse layout figure 6. paths generated by the cdpso path planning algorithm for the middle aisle warehouse layout. one hundred trials were performed for the algorithm, and sample paths that obtained the minimum fitness, 25th percentile fitness, median fitness, 75th percentile, and maximum fitness values are displayed. the “x” symbols represent quadrotors, and the green markers represent the products. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 835 figure 7. paths generated by the cdpso path planning algorithm for a parallel warehouse layout. one hundred trials were performed for the algorithm, and five sample paths with different values are displayed. the “x” symbols represent quadrotors, and the green markers represent the products. the paths generated by the algorithm based on cdpso minimized based on energy consumption are shown in figures 6 and 7 for the middle and parallel layouts, respectively. for most of the illustrated paths, the nearest quadrotor to the task was chosen, except for the path with the maximum fitness due to restrictions added for maximum angular velocity. moreover, the quadrotor tends to experience an initial ascent before descending to the task, which is likely due to the algorithm favoring energy savings from simultaneous straight and descending maneuvers. 3.3. implementation of the algorithm through simulation the simulations of the median paths obtained from the middle aisle warehouse layout were carried out using crazyswarm. the difference in the paths between the simulation and algorithm outputs is illustrated in figure 8, wherein it was kept below 2.65 mm at 95% reliability. however, the path with the maximum fitness had a distance error of 11.98 mm under the same conditions. although the simulations were performed, the distance errors recorded were comparable to those of other studies, with [3] having a root mean square error of 18 mm and [4] achieving a mean error of 31 mm. figure 8. cumulative probability plot for the distance error between the algorithm output and simulation results this can be attributed to the longer computational time for trajectory conversion in the path with the maximum fitness, which had a longer flight time than the other paths. the slight difference between trajectories was also reflected in energy consumption, as presented in figure 9, where none of the trials exceeded 0.6%. the model also achieved a hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 836 significantly lower energy consumption difference, as low as 0.02%, for the path with the median fitness. these findings testify that the energy consumption model has a respectable accuracy in determining the energy consumed by the quadrotor when executing a given path despite having multiple maneuvers and yaw changes. figure 9. energy consumption difference between the simulations and algorithm outputs. the x-axis is labeled based on which fitness value each trial corresponds to 4. conclusion the economic importance of efficient warehouse management calls for a system that can manage products situated in large spaces. uav systems possess the capacity to fulfill this call; however, a common concern of uav systems is the limited operational time due to battery constraints. this research addressed these concerns by developing an evolutionary algorithm based on pso that is applied to a multiple-uav system for warehouse management. the developed algorithm was evaluated against other models, and simulations were conducted with the developed algorithm. the results of these experiments showed that the path planning algorithm could satisfactorily perform inventory management in a warehouse environment. the energy consumption model establishes a relationship between energy consumption and quadrotor velocities for multiple maneuvers. the model optimized the distance and energy consumption of the paths generated from the path planning algorithm, with cdpso consistently performing better than other state-of-the-art algorithms. simulations verify the feasibility of the path planning algorithm, which reaches a maximum distance error of only 11.98 mm with 95% reliability and a 0.6% difference in energy consumption. as the effectiveness of the path planning algorithm was proven for warehouse inventory management, future research can further verify the feasibility of the system with actual quadrotors in a warehouse. the effect of the localization system on the trajectories can be investigated. the energy consumption model can be further verified by comparing it with the energy the quadrotor recovers after it executes its trajectory. future studies can also take advantage of the methodology used to construct an energy consumption model if the quadrotor does not directly measure specific parameters, such as the current. the cdpso algorithm can be utilized in other path planning applications and improved to reduce computational time. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, c.d., a.c., t.c., and e.s.; methodology, c.d., a.c., and t.c.; software, c.d.; validation, c.d., a.c. and t.c.; formal analysis, c.d.; investigation, c.d.; resources, a.c. and t.c.; data curation, c.d.; writing— original draft preparation, c.d.; writing—review and editing, a.c., t.c., and e.s.; visualization, c.d.; supervision, a.c., t.c., and e.s.; project administration, a.c. and e.s.; funding acquisition, c.d., a.c, and t.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 5.3. funding the proponents of this research would like to extend their gratitude to the department of science and technology – engineering research and development for technology (dost-erdt) for providing the funds and resources necessary to conduct the study. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 837 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] fernández-caramés, t. m., blanco-novoa, o., froiz-míguez, i., & fraga-lamas, p. (2019). towards an autonomous industry 4.0 warehouse: a uav and blockchain-based system for inventory and traceability applications in big data-driven supply chain management. sensors (basel, switzerland), 19(10), 2394. doi:10.3390/s19102394. [2] malang, c., charoenkwan, p., & wudhikarn, r. (2023). implementation and critical factors of unmanned aerial vehicle (uav) in warehouse management: a systematic literature review. drones, 7(2), 80. doi:10.3390/drones7020080. [3] kalinov, i., petrovsky, a., ilin, v., pristanskiy, e., kurenkov, m., ramzhaev, v., idrisov, i., & tsetserukou, d. (2020). warevision: cnn barcode detection-based uav trajectory optimization for autonomous warehouse stocktaking. ieee robotics and automation letters, 5(4), 6647–6653. doi:10.1109/lra.2020.3010733. [4] kwon, w., park, j. h., lee, m., her, j., kim, s. h., & seo, j. w. (2020). robust autonomous navigation of unmanned aerial vehicles (uavs) for warehouses’ inventory application. ieee robotics and automation letters, 5(1), 243–249. doi:10.1109/lra.2019.2955003. [5] campbell, j., corberán, á., plana, i., sanchis, j. m., & segura, p. (2023). the multi-purpose k-drones general routing problem. networks, 82(4), 437–458. doi:10.1002/net.22176. [6] alajami, a. a., moreno, g., & pous, r. (2022). design of a uav for autonomous rfid-based dynamic inventories using stigmergy for mapless indoor environments. drones, 6(8), 208. doi:10.3390/drones6080208. [7] yang, s. y., jan, h. c., chen, c. y., & wang, m. s. (2023). cnn-based qr code reading of package for unmanned aerial vehicle. sensors, 23(10), 4707. doi:10.3390/s23104707. [8] di franco, c., & buttazzo, g. (2016). coverage path planning for uavs photogrammetry with energy and resolution constraints. journal of intelligent and robotic systems: theory and applications, 83(3–4), 445–462. doi:10.1007/s10846-0160348-x. [9] yan, x., chen, r., & jiang, z. (2023). uav cluster mission planning strategy for area coverage tasks. sensors, 23(22), 9122. doi:10.3390/s23229122. [10] na, y., li, y., chen, d., yao, y., li, t., liu, h., & wang, k. (2023). optimal energy consumption path planning for unmanned aerial vehicles based on improved particle swarm optimization. sustainability (switzerland), 15(16), 12101. doi:10.3390/su151612101. [11] liu, h., chen, q., pan, n., sun, y., an, y., & pan, d. (2022). uav stocktaking task-planning for industrial warehouses based on the improved hybrid differential evolution algorithm. ieee transactions on industrial informatics, 18(1), 582–591. doi:10.1109/tii.2021.3054172. [12] aggarwal, s., & kumar, n. (2020). path planning techniques for unmanned aerial vehicles: a review, solutions, and challenges. computer communications, 149, 270–299. doi:10.1016/j.comcom.2019.10.014. [13] shao, s., peng, y., he, c., & du, y. (2020). efficient path planning for uav formation via comprehensively improved particle swarm optimization. isa transactions, 97, 415–430. doi:10.1016/j.isatra.2019.08.018. [14] xu, l., cao, x., du, w., & li, y. (2023). cooperative path planning optimization for multiple uavs with communication constraints. knowledge-based systems, 260, 110164. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2022.110164. [15] bitcraze (2022). crazyflie 2.1. available online: https://www.bitcraze.io/products/crazyflie-2-1/ (accessed on june 2023). https://www.bitcraze.io/products/crazyflie-2-1/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 309 issn: 2723-9535 research on customer relationship segmentation of apparel retail industry through data mining ning zhu 1* 1 art college, wuxi taihu university, wuxi, jiangsu 214000, china. received 13 february 2023; revised 03 may 2023; accepted 11 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract objectives: this paper aims to segment customers in the apparel retail industry using data mining techniques. methods: first, a customer segmentation model was constructed, and then the k-means algorithm was used to classify customers based on indicators from the model. the classification effectiveness was enhanced by introducing indicator feature weights. a case study was also conducted. findings: when the value of k was 4, the k-means algorithm achieved the best classification performance. the improved k-means algorithm outperformed the traditional k-means algorithm in terms of classification effectiveness. the improved k-means algorithm categorized customers into premium customers, important customers, regular customers, and churned customers. different marketing suggestions were proposed to manufacturers. novelty: the novelty of this article lies in the introduction of feature weights for indicators, which allows for a distinction between their importance and improves classification effectiveness. keywords: data mining; apparel retailing; customer relationship segmentation; cluster analysis; recency; frequency; monetary model. 1. introduction the chain industry, which has higher visibility, a stronger capital chain, a more stable supply chain, and more advanced management concepts compared to the retail industry, is the main competitor of the retail industry. therefore, in order to attract and retain more customers, the retail industry needs to segment customer relationships and provide clearer and more targeted marketing programs for different customer groups [1]. relevant literature on customer relationship segmentation includes the following. götze & brunner [2] carried out a hierarchical cluster analysis using seven scales and identified six distinct consumer groups that encompassed all types of consumers, ranging from uncompromising meat eaters to health-conscious meat eaters. abbasimehr & bahrini [3] represented each customer behavior as a time series of recency, frequency, and monetary (rfm) variables and then used a time series clustering algorithm for customer segmentation. the results showed that the best clustering model for grocery retailers could be achieved using hierarchical clustering with a complexity-invariant distance measure. sun & liang [4] collected the experiences of dried fruit consumption from 1,160 participants in china through an online survey and categorized them into consumer groups. the study results showed that these participants could be divided into three age groups, and there were significant differences in the socio-demographic distribution among the three age groups of consumers. singh et al. [5] proposed customer segmentation based on demographic characteristics such as gender, age, and spending score and performed a factual analysis of the dataset. the comparison of different * corresponding author: rtzn33@163.com; zhun@wxu.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0005-6224-7169 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 310 classification algorithms showed that multilayer perceptron was superior to nave bayes and regression analysis with an accuracy of 98.33%. hasheminejad & khorrami [6] used two clustering algorithms, i.e., k-means and cpsoii, to segment customers. by analyzing the dataset, they found that, compared to k-means, the advantage of cpsoii was that it could determine the number of clusters automatically. in previous studies, clustering analysis was conducted using the features of classified objects. however, this paper used clustering analysis algorithms from data mining techniques to segment customers in the apparel retail industry. furthermore, feature weights were introduced for indicators to improve classification algorithm performance. 2. the establishment of customer relationship segmentation model 2.1. customer relationship segmentation concept customer segmentation refers to constructing models based on different customer needs or preferences in order to divide customers into different groups. there are significant differences between these customers. generally, customer segmentation can be based on three aspects: (1) external attributes such as location and organizational affiliation; (2) internal attributes such as the customer's age, income, hobbies, and credit rating; (3) consumer behavior such as frequency and amount of consumption. retail companies can develop better marketing strategies through customer segmentation to provide personalized services that attract and retain more customers while improving the possibility of their long-term operation. 2.2. rfm model the rfm model [7] was originally used in direct response marketing. this model segments customers into three dimensions: r, f, and m, respectively. r is the customer's consumption interval, f is the customer's purchase frequency, and m is the customer's consumption amount. if all three values are high, it indicates that these customers have a short consumption interval, high consumption frequency, and strong consumption power; thus, they are considered high-value customers. if two of the values are high, it suggests that these customers are general-value customers. if only one of the values is high, it implies that these customers need to be retained; if none of the three values are high, it proves that these customers are potential customers [8–11]. this paper used the rfm model to establish the customer segmentation index system for the apparel retail industry based on customers' consumption behavior, as shown in table 1. table 1. customer relationship segmentation index system in the apparel retail industry segmentation dimensions segmentation indicators consumption interval (r) the proportion of customer consumption proximity [12] among all customers (r1) the proportion of a customer's consumption proximity in his/her consumption proximity in the past year (r2) purchase frequency (f) the proportion of a customer’s consumption times among all customers (f1) the proportion of a customer's consumption times in his/her total consumption times in the past year (f2) consumption amount (m) the proportion of a customer’s consumption amount [13] among all customers (m1) the proportion of a customer's consumption amount in his/her total consumption amount in the past year (m2) in table 1, each sub-dimension consists of two sub-indicators. the r1 and r2 indicators in the consumption interval dimension reflect the likelihood of customer churn from both a group and individual perspective. a higher value indicates a greater likelihood of churn. the f1 and f2 indicators in the consumption frequency dimension reflect customer loyalty from both a group and individual perspective [14]. a higher value indicates higher loyalty. the m1 and m2 indicators in the consumption amount dimension reflect customer contribution to businesses from both a group and individual perspective. a higher value indicates higher loyalty. 3. customer classification algorithm based on the rfm model the rfm model constructed above can measure the value of retail customers to merchants, and merchants can use the measurement results to develop different marketing strategies for various retail customers [15]. however, due to the large number of customers in the retail industry and the amount of data that needs processing, manual customer segmentation is challenging. therefore, this article utilizes the k-means algorithm in data mining technology to classify customer data [16]. when classifying customer data using the k-means algorithm, it compares different customers based on segmentation indicators to determine their proximity and groups similar customers together. the issue of initial clustering data and cluster centers can be resolved through multiple clustering iterations, while the importance of feature indicators is represented by weights [17, 18]. the flow of the improved classification algorithm is shown in figure 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 311 collect customer data data preprocessing construct customer segmentation indicators merge indicator weights and original data to form a new dataset k-means clustering analysis output classifcation results figure 1. the customer classification algorithm based on the rfm model 1the rfm model is utilized to construct customer segmentation indicators, as shown in table 1. 2customer data is collected based on the constructed segmentation indicators. 3the collected data is preprocessed by standardizing it. 4the entropy method [19] was used to assign weights to the indicators. the calculation formulas are as follows: { 𝑦𝑖𝑗 = 𝑥𝑖𝑗 ∑ 𝑥𝑖𝑗𝑖 𝑒𝑗 = − ∑ (𝑦𝑖𝑗 𝑙𝑛(𝑦𝑖𝑗))𝑖 𝑙𝑛(𝑚) 𝑑𝑗 = 1 − 𝑒𝑗 𝜔𝑗 = 𝑑𝑗 ∑ 𝑑𝑗𝑗 (1) where 𝑦𝑖𝑗 represents the weight proportion of indicator 𝑗 of customer 𝑖, 𝑒𝑗 is the information entropy of indicator 𝑗, 𝑑𝑗 is the information utility of indicator 𝑗, 𝜔𝑗 is the weight of indicator 𝑗, and 𝑚 is the number of customer. after obtaining the weight of each indicator, it is multiplied by the corresponding data to obtain a new dataset [20]. 5the k-means algorithm is used for cluster analysis by randomly selecting k data points as initial centroids [21]. the data is assigned to different clusters based on their euclidean distance from the centroids. afterwards, the mean center of each cluster is used as a new centroid, and the process of assigning data points to clusters is repeated until convergence. 6the classification results are output, and then the features of each kind of data are analyzed. 4. case study 4.1. data acquisition and processing the research data were obtained from the transaction data of apparel retail enterprises that collaborated with schools in 2022. a total of 278,624 transaction data were available, and by aggregating according to customers' names, information for a total of 41,294 customers was obtained. the transaction data included various types of clothes in the store such as dresses, t-shirts, jeans, jackets, casual pants, and other categories. to facilitate better cluster analysis of the dataset, the data were processed as follows [22]. the first step was data cleaning. for some customer information data in the dataset, there were missing and abnormal values, which were deleted to ensure the overall validity of the dataset. the second step was to delete invalid information from the dataset, such as the customer’s phone number and shipping address, as they were not pertinent to this study. the third step was to standardize data (table 2), and the relevant calculation formulas are [23]: { 𝑥𝑖𝑗 ′ = 𝑥𝑖𝑗−𝑚𝑖𝑛(𝑥𝑗) 𝑚𝑎𝑥(𝑥𝑗)−𝑚𝑖𝑛(𝑥𝑗) positive indicator 𝑥𝑖𝑗 ′ = 𝑚𝑖𝑛(𝑥𝑗)−𝑥𝑖𝑗 𝑚𝑎𝑥(𝑥𝑗)−𝑚𝑖𝑛(𝑥𝑗) negative indicator (2) table 2. the statistical description of different indicator data after standardization r1 r2 f1 f2 m1 m2 maximum value 0.197 0.096 7.097 0.243 0.325 0.436 minimum value 0.008 -0.032 0.027 -0.135 0.000 -0.134 mean value 0.075 0.014 0.321 -0.001 0.013 -0.001 standard deviation 0.041 0.018 0.272 0.014 0.012 0.011 4.2. experimental design  determine the value of k in the k-means algorithm: the k value was set to 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7, respectively. various values of k were used to classify the dataset. then, both average intra-cluster distance and inter-cluster distance for each classification result. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 312  compare the improved-k means algorithm with the traditional k-means algorithm: the k value was set to the optimal k value obtained from the previous experiment. the dataset was classified using both traditional k-means and improved-k means algorithms. then, the quality of the resulting classification results was compared, and the results were also analyzed. 4.3. experimental results the initial setting of the k value affects the classification performance of the k-means algorithm. table 3 shows the classification effectiveness under the setting of different k values. this paper utilized intra-cluster average distance and inter-cluster average distance to evaluate the algorithm's classification performance. for clustering algorithms, a smaller intra-cluster average distance indicates a higher level of data aggregation within the same class, while a larger intercluster average distance suggests greater separation between different classes, thereby indicating better classification performance. the data in table 3 shows that when the value of k was set to 4, the average distance within each class was minimized and the average distance between clusters was maximized. therefore, setting k to 4 achieved the optimal classification performance for this dataset. table 3. the classification effectiveness under different k values k value 3 4 5 6 7 intra-cluster distance 0.012 0.009 0.013 0.019 0.022 inter-cluster distance 0.111 0.168 0.102 0.097 0.074 the traditional k-means algorithm and the improved k-means algorithm both set the value of k as 4 through previous tests, and the classification results are shown in table 4. simply comparing the specific data in the classification results does not reveal the superiority or inferiority of these two algorithms. therefore, we compared their intra-cluster average distances. from table 4, it can be observed that the intra-cluster average distance of the traditional k-means algorithm was larger than that of the improved k-means algorithm, indicating that the improved k-means algorithm had better classification performance. table 4. the classification results of two k-means algorithms classification algorithm classification number number of people average proximity/day average transaction frequency/n average consumption amount/yuan total consumption amount/yuan intra-cluster average distance the traditional k-means algorithm 1 17418 30.7 9 6454.54 98840612 0.091 2 8351 30.9 28 24536.25 109875846 0.132 3 8852 56.4 11 9563.36 62354712 0.110 4 6383 97.3 6 8229.35 35268974 0.122 the improved k-means algorithm 1 6741 35.5 24 20347.87 94758955 0.008 2 3514 30.7 41 39874.63 57896398 0.021 3 10601 43.4 12 11845.36 99658741 0.011 4 20175 49.0 6 5523.35 108942256 0.009 the 2nd group, although having the smallest proportion in terms of population, exhibited the highest per capita consumption and transaction frequency, as well as the smallest consumption proximity. it can be said that this type of group represented the premium customers for retailers. despite not reaching the same level of per capita consumption as the 2nd group, the 1st group still ranked among important customers. the 3rd group had a relatively average consumption level but possessed a larger number and development potential. despite having the largest proportion in terms of population, the 4th group provided minimal per capita consumption, i.e., these users only occasionally engaged in transactions with retailers and were easy to lose without causing significant losses. 5. discussion by conducting detailed analysis of customers' purchasing behavior, preferences, and needs, businesses can gain a better understanding of the demands of different customer groups and thus provide products and services that better meet their needs. through data mining techniques, it is possible to delve into the buying behavior, preferences, and demands of clothing retail customers in order to offer them more personalized and high-quality services. when segmenting customers in the apparel retail industry, multiple factors need to be taken into consideration, such as basic customer information (such as age, gender, and occupation), purchasing behavior, preferences, etc. by analyzing this data, customers can be divided into different segments to better understand their needs and develop corresponding hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 313 marketing strategies. however, the amount of collected data is massive and it is difficult to gather important information solely through manual methods. this article utilized the k-means algorithm for classifying collected data for customer segmentation. additionally, weights were introduced in feature indicators during classification to enhance the effectiveness of the algorithm. in the classification results of the improved k-means algorithm, group 2 emerges as the premium customer segment. these customers exhibit high levels of consumption and demonstrate loyalty towards the manufacturer. when dealing with this type of customer, manufacturers should prioritize delivering personalized services to minimize their churn rate. on the other hand, group 1 represents an important customer segment characterized by strong desires for consumption and a larger quantity compared to group 2. manufacturers need to employ marketing strategies that stimulate consumption and cultivate customer loyalty. group 3 are regular customers, whose consumption ability is at a moderate level. the total quantity also falls into the moderate range. for manufacturers, they are considered as potential customers with development prospects overall. manufacturers can enhance their attractiveness to this type of customer by offering preferential activities. group 4 are churned customers, which has the highest proportion in terms of quantity but provides the least amount of consumption. their transaction behavior with manufacturers is mostly accidental. although they are more likely to churn, their loss results in relatively small economic benefits. therefore, manufacturers do not need to allocate excessive marketing resources for this type of customer. 6. conclusion the article first briefly introduced the concept of customer segmentation and then constructed an rfm model for customer segmentation. the indicators of the rfm model were utilized for classifying customers through the k-means algorithm, and feature weights were introduced to enhance classification effectiveness. a case study was subsequently conducted. the results are as follows: (1) the k-means algorithm achieved the best classification performance when the value of k was 4. (2) the improved k-means algorithm outperformed the traditional k-means algorithm in terms of classification effectiveness. (3) the improved k-means algorithm divided customers into four categories, including premium customers, important customers, regular customers, and churned customers, and different marketing suggestions for each type of customer were provided. the contribution of this article lies in the utilization of the rfm model for constructing customer segmentation indicators and the application of the k-means algorithm for cluster analysis. by incorporating weights into these indicators, the performance of the classification algorithm is enhanced, providing effective references for the vendor's customer relationship segmentation. 7. declarations 7.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] abdin, m. s. (2020). a study to identify and profile consumer segments in the mobile telecommunication services market. indian journal of marketing, 50(5–7), 46–60. doi:10.17010/ijom/2020/v50/i5-7/152119. [2] götze, f., & brunner, t. a. (2021). a consumer segmentation study for meat and meat alternatives in switzerland. foods, 10(6), 1–14. doi:10.3390/foods10061273. [3] abbasimehr, h., & bahrini, a. (2022). an analytical framework based on the recency, frequency, and monetary model and time series clustering techniques for dynamic segmentation. expert systems with applications, 192, 116373 1–116373 11. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2021.116373. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 314 [4] sun, y., & liang, c. (2021). effects of determinants of dried fruit purchase intention and the related consumer segmentation on e-commerce in china. british food journal, 123(3), 1133–1154. doi:10.1108/bfj-07-2020-0617. [5] singh, k. k., singh, a., singh, p., & singh, n. (2020). machine learning based classification and segmentation techniques for crm: a customer analytics. international journal of business forecasting and marketing intelligence, 6(2), 99-117. doi:10.1504/ijbfmi.2020.10031824. [6] hasheminejad, s. m. h., & khorrami, m. (2020). clustering of bank customers based on lifetime value using data mining methods. intelligent decision technologies, 14(4), 507–515. doi:10.3233/idt-190176. [7] paul, l., & radha ramanan, t. (2019). an rfm and clv analysis for customer retention and customer relationship management of a logistics firm. international journal of applied management science, 11(4), 333–351. doi:10.1504/ijams.2019.103713. [8] hung, s. l., kao, c. y., & huang, j. w. (2022). constrained k-means and genetic algorithm-based approaches for optimal placement of wireless structural health monitoring sensors. civil engineering journal, 8(12), 2675-2692. doi:10.28991/cej-202208-12-01. [9] yoseph, f., ahamed hassain malim, n. h., heikkilä, m., brezulianu, a., geman, o., & paskhal rostam, n. a. (2020). the impact of big data market segmentation using data mining and clustering techniques. journal of intelligent fuzzy systems, 38(5), 6159–6173. doi:10.3233/jifs-179698. [10] doğuç, ö. (2022). data mining applications in banking sector while preserving customer privacy. emerging science journal, 6(6), 1444-1454. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-06-014. [11] deif, a., & vivek, t. (2022). understanding ai application dynamics in oil and gas supply chain management and development: a location perspective. hightech and innovation journal, 3, 1-14. doi:10.28991/hij-sp2022-03-01. [12] alghamdi, a. (2023). a hybrid method for customer segmentation in saudi arabia restaurants using clustering, neural networks and optimization learning techniques. arabian journal for science and engineering, 48(2), 2021–2039. doi:10.1007/s13369-022-07091-y. [13] sivaguru, m., & punniyamoorthy, m. (2020). performance-enhanced rough k-means clustering algorithm. soft computing, 25(2), 1595–1616. doi:10.1007/s00500-020-05247-2. [14] caruso, g., gattone, s. a., fortuna, f., & di battista, t. (2021). cluster analysis for mixed data: an application to credit risk evaluation. socio-economic planning sciences, 73, 100850. doi:10.1016/j.seps.2020.100850. [15] long, v. t. (2020). research on the influence of transportation services quality on purchasing intention of customer in ecommerce-evidence from purchasing intention of vietnamese consumer in cosmetic industry. international journal of social science and education research, 3(5), 45-53. [16] liu, y., & chen, c. (2022). improved rfm model for customer segmentation using hybrid meta-heuristic algorithm in medical iot applications. international journal on artificial intelligence tools, 31(1), 22500099. doi:10.1142/s0218213022500099. [17] tripopsakul, s., & puriwat, w. (2022). understanding the impact of esg on brand trust and customer engagement. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(4), 430-440. doi:10.28991/hef-2022-03-04-03. [18] tam, p. t., son, d. m., tan, t. le, & ha, h. (2021). data driven customer segmentation for vietnamese smes in big data era. macro management & public policies, 3(2), 33–43. doi:10.30564/mmpp.v3i2.3553. [19] bhatnagar, a., & bhatia, m. (2021). a sentiment analysis based approach for customer segmentation. recent patents on engineering, 16(2), 32–42. doi:10.2174/1872212115666210122161605. [20] heidari, a., imani, d. m., & khalilzadeh, m. (2021). a hub location model in the sustainable supply chain considering customer segmentation. journal of engineering, design and technology, 19(6), 1387–1420. doi:10.1108/jedt-07-2020-0279. [21] koca, o. b. (2021). determining customer segmentation and behaviour models with database marketing and machine learning. pressacademia, 8(2), 89–111. doi:10.17261/pressacademia.2021.1409. [22] bezerra, g. c. l., de souza, e. m., & correia, a. r. (2021). passenger expectations and airport service quality: exploring customer segmentation. transportation research record, 2675(10), 604–615. doi:10.1177/03611981211011992. [23] muhal, h., & jain, h. (2021). two-stage customer segmentation using k-means clustering and artificial neural network. international research journal of engineering and technology, 8(3), 485–490. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 453 issn: 2723-9535 bert: a review of applications in sentiment analysis md shohel sayeed 1* , varsha mohan 1, kalaiarasi sonai muthu 1 1 faculty of information science and technology, multimedia university, 75450 melaka, malaysia. received 14 february 2023; revised 19 may 2023; accepted 24 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract e-commerce reviews are becoming more valued by both customers and companies. the high demand for sentiment analysis is driven by businesses relying on it as a crucial tool to improve product quality and make informed decisions in a fiercely competitive business environment. the purpose of this review paper is to explore and evaluate the applications of the bert model, a natural language processing (nlp) technique, in sentiment analysis across various fields. the model has been utilized in certain studies for various languages, restaurant businesses, agriculture, automated essay scoring (aes), twitter, and google play. the bert model's fine-tuning steps involve using pre-trained bert to perform various language understanding tasks. text pre-processing is conducted to clean up the data and convert it to numbers before feeding it into bert, which generates vectors for each input token. we found that bert outperformed the norm on a range of general language understanding tasks, including sentiment analysis, paraphrase recognition, questionanswering, and linguistic acceptability. the detection of neutral reviews and the presence of false reviews in the dataset are two problems that have an impact on the model's accuracy. training is also slow because it is huge and there are many weights to update. additional research could be conducted to improve the bert model's accuracy by constructing a false review categorization model and providing more training to the model in recognizing neutral reviews. keywords: natural language processing; bert; fine-tuning; machine learning; sentiment analysis. 1. introduction the word "e-commerce" refers to the exchange of goods and services over the internet. it offers a variety of tools, guidelines, plus resources for both buyers and sellers, including cash on delivery, mobile shopping alternatives, and encryption for online payments [1]. consumers and businesses alike are valuing reviews more and more. consumers may use internet reviews to assist their decision about whether to buy a product. reviews often include text and a rating. the score, which is often a number from 1 to 5, with 1 being the worst and 5 being the best, is the reviewer's reflection on the text. as illustrated in figure 1, a survey by the marketing company fan & fuel (2023) found that 92% of consumers are swayed by the lack of online evaluations. this group expressed substantial uncertainty about what would happen next; 35% said they were less likely to buy, 32% said they would postpone their purchase until they could do more study, 23% said it would be challenging to make their decision, and 2% said they would simply not buy the product or service [2, 3]. * corresponding author: shohel.sayeed@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-015  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0052-4870 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 454 figure 1. poll results on no customer reviews on an e-commerce shop [2] sentiment analysis is the activity of categorizing views and mining emotional words using text mining and natural language processing methods. sentiment analysis involves a variety of tasks, approaches, and types of analysis. sentiment analysis is an essential tool for many businesses, particularly e-commerce, to improve the quality of their products and support them in making wise decisions in the increasingly competitive business world of today. the three techniques utilized in sentiment analysis are lexicon-based, hybrid learning, and machine learning (ml). each of these areas has its own division, as shown in figure 2. supervised learning is the approach to machine learning that is most well-known and regularly utilized [4]. it is common to discuss both supervised and unsupervised machine learning together. in contrast to supervised learning, unsupervised learning uses unlabeled data. the patterns created from these data can be used to solve clustering or association problems. this is quite helpful when subject-matter experts are not aware of common features in a data set. k-means, hierarchical clustering methods, and gaussian mixture models are commonly employed [5]. however, traditional sentiment analysis methods have encountered limitations in accurately capturing the intricacies of language, especially in the context of nuanced and context-dependent expressions. figure 2. the classification of sentiment techniques [5] in recent years, a breakthrough in natural language processing (nlp), known as “bidirectional encoder representations from transformers” (bert), has emerged as a powerful and transformative technique, filling the gap in sentiment analysis by surpassing conventional approaches and enhancing language understanding. bert is able to enhance context understanding and offers a pre-trained model that is quick and simple to modify for a range of downstream uses. there are also pre-trained models accessible in various languages. bert can process more text and language despite the model's size (due to the training structure and corpus) and slow training time. it has a high degree of accuracy in the analysis and amplification of human-like languages [6]. in general, one of the most frequently used nlp models currently available is bert. it takes little data and task-specific adjustment to deliver cutting-edge outcomes for a variety of nlp tasks. as a result, bert has emerged as a game-changer in sentiment analysis, addressing the gaps left by conventional methods and altering the way businesses harness the power of customer sentiment for strategic decision-making and product enhancement. this review paper aims to explore and evaluate the applications of the bert model in sentiment analysis across various fields and to highlight the significance of sentiment analysis in the context of e-commerce reviews and its impact on both customers and businesses. additionally, the paper seeks to identify the strengths and weaknesses of the bert model, particularly concerning its performance in sentiment analysis tasks. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 455 2. related work vietnamese sentiment analysis with bert fine-tuning, nguyen et al. (2020) demonstrate that bert could be merged with models built using recurrent convolutional network (rcnn) or other recurrent and convolutional modelcombining architectures. according to the experimental findings, the accuracy performance for sentiment analysis on datasets containing vietnamese reviews is improved using the bert-rcnn model [7]. many scientists have been drawn to it and have tried to apply it to a variety of nlp applications. the challenges of text summarization, automated grading, text similarity score prediction, enhanced sentiment categorization, and reranking have all been the subject of several experiments in the past few years [8]. some works of literature have been seen to work on sentiment analysis using the bert model for different languages. the model has been used in indonesian [9, 10] and bangla customer feedback [11], which yields a high accuracy rate of 94.15% by combining bangla-bert and lstm. bert has been used in chinese stock reviews [12], arabic aspect-based reviews [13], and urdu user reviews [14]. the model has been experimented with in bahasa melayu [15], french [16], and malayalamenglish [17]. bert has also contributed to ukrainian and russian media reports [18], hate speech detection in hindienglish [19], and tamil-english mixed text classification [20]. numerous studies have focused on the analysis of twitter data sentiment due to easy access to a vast amount of realtime data [21–25]. the outcomes indicated the effectiveness of the bert model in analyzing the sentiment provided by the users and showed considerable improvements in sentiment classification performance. in the food service industry, a company may choose to alter the flavor or ingredients in specific locations to match the regional flavor recommended by the reviews, employing the most well-liked terms or phrases from the score ratings. this is accomplished by utilizing the bert model, where the outcomes can be exploited to produce greater success [26]. in a study for automated essay scoring (aes) [27], the bert model was employed. it is said to be one of the most difficult issues in nlp. the essay's length, the presence of spelling errors that detract from its quality, and how the essay is represented in terms of the necessary criteria for effective essay grading are among the major problems faced. the bert model was combined in various ways to assess the effectiveness of aes models. it was determined that deepencoded features and manually extracted features both improve the functionality of aes models. additionally, the bert model was used to analyze the sentiment of online reviews on google play [28]. the results gathered can help with app development. yelp was also the subject of a sentiment analysis study employing the bert model [29]. this study tackles yelp's two main issues at the moment. first, it can be difficult for users to read every textbased review on yelp due to the site's enormous volume of reviews. second, yelp's existing one-to-five star rating system lacks specificity, making it impossible to infer the consumers' motivations if they have given the same rating. the bert model was able to determine if a review was good or negative based on its content and predict the strength of that positivity or negativity. in the agriculture sector, consumers are able to assess the quality of agricultural goods, and businesses can improve and upgrade their products by applying sentiment analysis of online customer reviews of agricultural products. the bert model-based agricultural assessment classification algorithm successfully identified the emotion conveyed in the text, assisting in the subsequent analysis of network evaluation data, the extraction of useful information, and the realization of emotion visualization [30]. a study was conducted by durairaj & chinnalagu (2021) to construct a refined bert model to predict user attitudes using customer reviews from yelp, amazon, twitter, and imdb movie reviews. hybrid fasttext-bilstm, bilstm, fasttext, and linear support vector machine (lsvm) models were compared. the proposed bert model performed better in terms of accuracy and model performance, and the model training and data preparation procedures generally required less time. this experiment shows that, compared to other traditional models, the bert model required greater cpu resources during training. due to the improved bert model, sentiment analysis on huge datasets is easier to do [31]. a study conducted by sousa et al. (2019) in the stock market industry attempts to address the issues of news quantity and news analysis response times. in order to perform stock market sentiment analysis, they set out to examine bert. the outcomes show that bert outperforms word embeddings and convolutional neural networks in terms of performance. the results demonstrated that one can extract certain news from particular companies and conduct data processing and analysis on the value of their stock as future work. additionally, one can observe news about a company, gather its accounting information, and develop a more accurate prediction. the outcomes could enhance the quality of financial agents' decisions [32]. a study conducted by lee et al. (2022) used word2vec, term frequency inverse document frequency (tf-idf), bert, and word embeddings to examine the effects of objectivity and subjectivity on sentiment analysis. there were two datasets used in this study: data from wikipedia and shopee user reviews. results from their research indicate that bert embedding, with an accuracy score of 99.77%, provided the best result for subjectivity classification [33]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 456 3. methods in order to assess the effectiveness of bert in comparison to more established techniques, the results of bert are compared with a number of models, including naive bayes, support vector machines (svm), random forest, long short-term memory (lstm), bi-directional lstms, decision trees (dt), valence-aware dictionarys, and sentiment reasoners (vader). these methods are each described briefly. the bert model produces cutting-edge outcomes independent of the specific nlp problem. high-quality models can be produced quickly and effectively with little effort and training. it focuses on employing the novel masked language model (mlm) as opposed to the conventional one-way language model or the technique of shallow splicing two one-way language models for pre-training in order to construct an intricate bidirectional language representation [34]. despite the model being large and slow to train due to the training framework and corpus, bert can process more text and language. it has a high degree of accuracy in its ability to analyze and fine-tune human-like languages. in essence, one of the most widely used nlp models at the moment is bert. it provides cutting-edge outcomes for a number of nlp tasks with less data and task-specific adaptability [7, 9]. naive bayes is a simple yet effective statistics-based method for predictive modeling. the bayesian theorem, based on likelihood, calculates the probability for each event. the highest probability output is expected since this method assumes that each characteristic is independent. the nb classifier has the benefit of using little training data while still producing effective results. the issue with this technique is that it makes poor estimates since it assumes that each attribute is independent [35–38]. svm analyzes data and searches for patterns using a variety of directed learning approaches for regression classification and analysis. svm has the benefits of performing exceedingly well when groups of data items are clearly distinct from one another, being able to be applied to both regression and classification problems, and being highly effective even with high-dimensional data. the difficult work of choosing the best kernel had to be completed, and it took more time to train svm on a big data set when classes in the data were not well divided by points, as this indicates the presence of overlapping classes [39–43]. rf is an ensemble method that uses many different decision trees. by averaging the results of various decision trees, the rf algorithm's output is determined. it automatically fills up any data that has missing values. consequently, as the number of trees grows, the rf's accuracy grows as well. additionally, the rf technique solves the overfitting issue that the dt algorithm encountered [39, 41, 43–45]. long-term dependency is a problem with rnns that is solved by lstm. lstm also addresses the issues with vanishing gradients and extending gradients that emerge throughout the training phase. in contrast to the majority of ml models, lstm has a long-term memory. this is made possible by its architecture's cell-named explicit memory unit. lstms are built as a series of repeated neural network modules. one of its shortcomings is that, because of its complexity, it consumes more resources than standard rnns. compared to standard rnns, it takes longer to train. the interpretation of lstm can be difficult [44, 46–49]. bi-directional lstms are used to educate both the forward and backward time dependencies. it resolves the fixed sequence-to-sequence prediction issue. each unit is divided into two independent ones in a bidirectional lstm, each of which is linked to the same output and has the same input. the forward time sequence employs one unit, whereas the reverse time sequence employs the other. as a result, while learning from time-series data with a long history, it shows improved results without lengthening the training period. bi-directional lstm is expensive since it uses two lstm cells [44, 47, 49]. the dt is a logic-based method that divides a single complex decision into numerous straightforward, easier judgments. it is a mathematical model that is used to depict the process of making decisions. this method allows for the construction of a logical tree with numerous tiers of logical conditions and possibilities to get the desired outcome [50– 53]. the primary tool that vader uses to analyze emotions and sentiments is its diction, which developers must download in order to execute the tool. the dictionary records whether a term is good, neutral, or negative. additionally, a compound score is kept for each word. vader calculates the compound score of the sentence after compiling the compound scores for each word contained in the sentiment. the sentiment is positive if the score is higher than the cutoff point; otherwise, it is negative. due to its simplicity in implementation and adjustment, vader has an advantage. despite the benefit, vader has a drawback when interacting with terms it is unfamiliar with. if a word is found outside of vader's diction, it merely receives a neutral score of 1 and a compound score of 0. furthermore, developing the diction for vader is both costly and time-consuming [54, 55]. 3.1. bert model fine-tuning bert performed better than average on a range of general language understanding tasks, including sentiment analysis, question-answering, paraphrase identification, and linguistic acceptability. think about the case where we are hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 457 creating a question-and-answer application. when a question is given as input, the application's goal is to choose a suitable response from a corpus. this is fundamentally a prediction problem. the model then uses a question and a context paragraph to predict a start token and an end token from the paragraph that most likely answers the query. therefore, using bert, a model for our application may be created by learning two more vectors that signify the start and end of the response [21]. before the text data is sent to the bert model, it will be cleaned up using text pre-processing. in the text preprocessing and numerical conversion workflow, raw text data undergoes cleaning steps to remove noise, punctuation, and variable capitalization. after lowercasing and tokenization, common stopwords are eliminated to streamline the data. the final stage involves converting the tokenized text into a numerical format, enabling machines to process the information effectively. this processed and numerical representation of the text is then ready to be fed into the bert model for sentiment analysis or other natural language processing tasks. figure 3 shows the data pre-processing steps of the bert model. figure 3. data pre-processing steps numerous downstream activities, such as categorization and question-answering, are made possible by the bert architecture [26]. a pre-trained bert will produce h = 768-shaped vectors, which are intended to be a black box, for each input token (word) in a sequence. here, the sequence may begin with a token [cls] and may contain either a single sentence or two sentences divided by the separator [sep]. figure 4 shows the overall process of the bert model. figure 4. overall process of bert model [56] 4. results and discussion in the study conducted by kang et al. (2021), sentiment analysis was performed to gauge the public sentiment towards malaysian airlines using six different models, namely the linear support vector classifier, bert model, ensemble method, multinomial naive bayes, bi-lstm, and random forest [43]. the research findings revealed that deep learning techniques exhibited superior performance compared to traditional machine learning approaches. specifically, the bidirectional lstm achieved an accuracy of 77%, while the bert model outperformed all other models with an impressive accuracy of 86%. the experiments further demonstrated that bert's performance surpassed that of common pre-processing methods, such as decapitalization, punctuation removal, stopword removal, and emoji conversion to text. additionally, the bert model also surpassed the results of unsupervised text categorization, indicating its ability to effectively capture and analyze sentiment patterns. overall, the research highlighted the remarkable effectiveness of the bert model, establishing it as a powerful tool for sentiment analysis and affirming its superiority over the other models tested in the study [44]. in the naver (2021) study, the objective was to classify swedish sentences based on their tenses using lstm, naive bayes, and bert models. the results demonstrated that bert outperformed the other models, achieving an impressive lowercasing noise and punctuation removal text pre-processing tokenization stopword removal text numerical conversion hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 458 accuracy of 96.3% [37]. this accuracy level aligns with the findings of a study by holmer [56], who also employed the same pre-trained bert model to classify swedish text. the superior performance of the bert model can be attributed to its extensive pre-training on swedish language data, which allowed it to grasp the intricacies of the language better. as a result, fine-tuning bert for specific tasks might not require as much additional training data. moreover, the researcher found out that bert's bidirectional nature enables it to excel in distinguishing between words with similar spellings but different meanings, as well as being more contextually aware, which provides a significant advantage in language understanding and classification tasks [37]. in another study done by geetha & karthika renuka (2021), consumer review data was categorized into positive and negative emotions using sentiment analysis. lstm, bert, naive bayes classification, and svm were used to classify reviews using the various classification models. bert outperforms other predictive models in terms of accuracy, according to performance evaluation criteria and comparison. tests that combined the results of the bert model with the performance of other machine learning algorithms showed that the bert model outperformed other machine learning algorithms in terms of performance measures. bert produces better accuracy, which was 88.48%. many of the sa methods currently in use for this text data from online customer product reviews are erroneous and frequently require more training time. this study demonstrated that the sentiment analysis problem might be resolved using the bert model, a potent deep learning model. the bert model outperformed the other machine learning techniques in the experimental evaluation with high prediction and good accuracy [38]. a different study revealed that the bert model's accuracy was 79% in estimating reviewer satisfaction from the text description of amazon fine food [26]. the researchers employed three epochs and a learning rate of 1e-5. they used so few epochs in their model analysis because the model was well-trained and only a small number of epochs were required for fine-tuning. the approach helps food service businesses forecast their overall performance locally or nationwide. one of the challenges encountered during the research was the possibility that false reviews could affect the model's accuracy. the researchers suggested that the accuracy of the bert model would be increased if a false review categorization model was already created and included in the model analysis. this would help remove the fake reviews. a word cloud was done to analyze the sentiment of customers, as shown in figure 5. the words with the highest frequency were “well”, “gluten-free”, and “taste like”. it can be seen that the vast majority of customers have worries about products that contain gluten. the comparison of foods is another way that individuals use the phrase "taste like." figure 5. word cloud of the sentiment among amazon fine food customers [16] in an experiment conducted by azhar & khodra (2021) to assess indonesian aspect-based sentiment analysis using the bert model, the researchers used a batch size of 32 with a learning rate of 2e-5 and 25 epochs. they have encountered difficulties primarily related to misclassifications in the data. these misclassifications were attributed to incorrectly labeled data and the presence of keywords for aspect categories or other emotions that were mistakenly considered neutral in sentiment polarity. consequently, such instances couldn't be definitively associated with either positive or negative feelings. additionally, a significant challenge arose when a single statement contained conflicting attitudes toward one or more aspect categories. in such cases, the occurrences were marked as having negative sentiments, even when the data also contained keywords with positive sentiments. this conflicting information made it challenging for the bert model to make accurate predictions, leading to sub-optimal performance in sentiment analysis [10]. in research conducted by kusnadi et al. (2021), the bert model was applied to analyze sentiment in a dataset from google play's genshin impact mobile game [28]. the researchers used a fine-tuning hyper-parameter of 32 batch size with a learning rate (adam) of 2e-5 and 10 epochs. the model demonstrated impressive performance in predicting positive sentiment, achieving a precision score of 0.86%, an f1-score of 0.82%, and a recall score of 0.78%. these results are promising and offer valuable insights for game improvement, as positive sentiment plays a crucial role in user satisfaction and engagement. however, the research also highlighted a challenge faced in sentiment analysis, which is hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 459 the detection of neutral sentiment, which proved to be more difficult for the model [28]. the accuracy score for neutral sentiment was relatively lower compared to the scores for positive and negative sentiments. this observation aligns with the findings of other studies [10], underscoring the complexity of accurately classifying neutral sentiments in text data. 5. conclusion this paper provides a comprehensive overview of the versatile applications of the bert model across diverse fields and languages, showcasing its capability in resolving a range of challenging nlp tasks, including sentiment analysis for discerning positive and negative reviews. the contextualized, pre-trained language representations of bert have proven to be highly effective in capturing the nuanced meanings and semantic relationships within text data, elevating sentiment analysis to new heights of accuracy and understanding. however, the bert model does encounter certain challenges that warrant further attention. notably, the model faces difficulties in accurately detecting neutral sentiment, which can impact the overall performance of sentiment analysis tasks. moreover, the presence of false reviews within the dataset poses a significant hurdle to the model's accuracy, potentially leading to misclassifications. in order to address this issue, researchers can look into the integration of a dedicated fake review classification model into the bert analysis pipeline, enabling the identification and elimination of false reviews. another aspect that demands exploration is the effective handling of conflicting sentiments present within the data. as some reviews may contain mixed emotions or ambiguous expressions, devising robust strategies to address such misclassification scenarios becomes crucial for further improving the bert model's accuracy. researchers should endeavor to devise innovative techniques that allow the model to better weigh and contextualize multiple sentiments within a single text, enabling more accurate sentiment predictions and reducing misclassifications. in conclusion, the bert model's significant performance in sentiment analysis and other nlp tasks has revolutionized the field, offering a powerful tool for gaining deeper insights into customer sentiments and preferences. in order to harness its full potential, addressing the challenges of detecting neutral sentiment and handling false reviews is essential. this allows bert's effectiveness in sentiment analysis to be further optimized, increasing its position as an important instrument for businesses seeking to make informed decisions and cater to customer needs in an increasingly competitive landscape. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.s.s. and v.m.; methodology, m.s.s.; validation, v.m.; formal analysis, v.m.; investigation, k.s.m.; writing—original draft preparation, v.m. and m.s.s.; writing—review and editing, m.s.s. and k.s.m.; visualization, v.m.; supervision, m.s.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement no new data were created or analyzed in this study. data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] haque, t. u., saber, n. n., & shah, f. m. (2018). sentiment analysis on large scale amazon product reviews. 2018 ieee international conference on innovative research and development (icird). doi:10.1109/icird.2018.8376299. [2] fan & fuel. no online customer reviews mean big problems in 2017. available online: https://fanandfuel.com/no-onlinecustomer-reviews-means-big-problems-2017/ (accessed on april 2023). https://fanandfuel.com/no-online-customer-reviews-means-big-problems-2017/ https://fanandfuel.com/no-online-customer-reviews-means-big-problems-2017/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 460 [3] gumelar, a. b., yogatama, a., adi, d. p., frismanda, & sugiarto, i. (2022). forward feature selection for toxic speech classification using support vector machine and random forest. iaes international journal of artificial intelligence, 11(2), 717– 726. doi:10.11591/ijai.v11.i2.pp717-726. [4] noor, f., bakhtyar, m., & baber, j. (2019). sentiment analysis in e-commerce using svm on roman urdu text. emerging technologies in computing. icetic 2019, lecture notes of the institute for computer sciences, social informatics and telecommunications engineering, 285, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-23943-5_16. [5] ying, o. j., zabidi, m. m. a., ramli, n., & sheikh, u. u. (2020). sentiment analysis of informal malay tweets with deep learning. iaes international journal of artificial intelligence, 9(2), 212–220. doi:10.11591/ijai.v9.i2.pp212-220. [6] sun, c., qiu, x., xu, y., & huang, x. (2019). how to fine-tune bert for text classification?. chinese computational linguistics. ccl 2019. lecture notes in computer science, 11856, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-323813_16. [7] nguyen, q. t., nguyen, t. l., luong, n. h., & ngo, q. h. (2020). fine-tuning bert for sentiment analysis of vietnamese reviews. 2020 7th nafosted conference on information and computer science (nics). doi:10.1109/nics51282.2020.9335899. [8] chakkarwar, v., tamane, s., & thombre, a. (2023). a review on bert and its implementation in various nlp tasks. proceedings of the international conference on applications of machine intelligence and data analytics (icamida 2022), 112– 121. doi:10.2991/978-94-6463-136-4_12. [9] nugroho, k. s., sukmadewa, a. y., wuswilahaken dw, h., bachtiar, f. a., & yudistira, n. (2021). bert fine-tuning for sentiment analysis on indonesian mobile apps reviews. 6th international conference on sustainable information engineering and technology 2021. doi:10.1145/3479645.3479679. [10] azhar, a. n., & khodra, m. l. (2020). fine-tuning pretrained multilingual bert model for indonesian aspect-based sentiment analysis. 2020 7th international conference on advance informatics: concepts, theory and applications (icaicta). doi:10.1109/icaicta49861.2020.9428882. [11] prottasha, n. j., sami, a. a., kowsher, m., murad, s. a., bairagi, a. k., masud, m., & baz, m. (2022). transfer learning for sentiment analysis using bert based supervised fine-tuning. sensors, 22(11), 4157. doi:10.3390/s22114157. [12] li, m., chen, l., zhao, j., & li, q. (2021). sentiment analysis of chinese stock reviews based on bert model. applied intelligence, 51(7), 5016–5024. doi:10.1007/s10489-020-02101-8. [13] m.abdelgwad, m., a soliman, t. h., i.taloba, a., & farghaly, m. f. (2022). arabic aspect based sentiment analysis using bidirectional gru based models. journal of king saud university computer and information sciences, 34(9), 6652–6662. doi:10.1016/j.jksuci.2021.08.030. [14] khan, l., amjad, a., ashraf, n., & chang, h. t. (2022). multi-class sentiment analysis of urdu text using multilingual bert. scientific reports, 12(1). doi:10.1038/s41598-022-09381-9. [15] chong, w. k., ng, h., yap, t. t. v., soo, w. k., goh, v. t., & cher, d. t. (2022). objectivity and subjectivity classification with bert for bahasa melayu. proceedings of the international conference on computer, information technology and intelligent computing (citic 2022), 246–257. doi:10.2991/978-94-6463-094-7_20. [16] martin, l., muller, b., ortiz suárez, p. j., dupont, y., romary, l., de la clergerie, é., seddah, d., & sagot, b. (2020). camembert: a tasty french language model. proceedings of the 58th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics. doi:10.18653/v1/2020.acl-main.645. [17] chakravarthi, b. r., jose, n., suryawanshi, s., sherly, e., & mccrae, j. p. (2020). a sentiment analysis dataset for code-mixed malayalam-english. arxiv preprint arxiv:2006.00210. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2006.00210. [18] salnikova, s., & kyrychenko, r. (2021). sentiment analysis based on the bert model: attitudes towards politicians using media data. advances in social science, education and humanities research. doi:10.2991/assehr.k.211218.007. [19] rani, p., suryawanshi, s., goswami, k., chakravarthi, b. r., fransen, t., & mccrae, j. p. (2020). a comparative study of different state-of-the-art hate speech detection methods in hindi-english code-mixed data. proceedings of the second workshop on trolling, aggression and cyberbullying, may 2020, marseille, france. [20] bhargava, n., & johari, a. (2023). enhancing deep learning approach for tamil english mixed text classification. proceedings of the international conference on applications of machine intelligence and data analytics (icamida 2022), 829–837. doi:10.2991/978-94-6463-136-4_73. [21] pota, m., ventura, m., catelli, r., & esposito, m. (2021). an effective bert-based pipeline for twitter sentiment analysis: a case study in italian. sensors (switzerland), 21(1), 1–21. doi:10.3390/s21010133. [22] singh, m., jakhar, a. k., & pandey, s. (2021). sentiment analysis on the impact of coronavirus in social life using the bert model. social network analysis and mining, 11(1). doi:10.1007/s13278-021-00737-z. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 461 [23] gao, z., feng, a., song, x., & wu, x. (2019). target-dependent sentiment classification with bert. ieee access, 7, 154290– 154299. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2946594. [24] nguyen, d. q., vu, t., & tuan nguyen, a. (2020). bertweet: a pre-trained language model for english tweets. proceedings of the 2020 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing: system demonstrations, 9-14. doi:10.18653/v1/2020.emnlp-demos.2. [25] benitez-andrades, j. a., alija-perez, j. m., garcia-rodriguez, i., benavides, c., alaiz-moreton, h., vargas, r. p., & garciaordas, m. t. (2021). bert model-based approach for detecting categories of tweets in the field of eating disorders (ed). 2021 ieee 34th international symposium on computer-based medical systems (cbms). doi:10.1109/cbms52027.2021.00105. [26] zhao, x., & sun, y. (2022). amazon fine food reviews with bert model. procedia computer science, 208, 401–406. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2022.10.056. [27] beseiso, m., & alzahrani, s. (2020). an empirical analysis of bert embedding for automated essay scoring. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 11(10), 204–210. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2020.0111027. [28] kusnadi, r., yusuf, y., andriantony, a., ardian yaputra, r., & caintan, m. (2021). sentiment analysis of the game genshin impact using bert. rabit: jurnal teknologi dan sistem informasi univrab, 6(2), 122–129. doi:10.36341/rabit.v6i2.1765. (in indonesian). [29] lee, s. (2022). sentiment analysis using bert on yelp restaurant reviews. ph.d. thesis, purdue university graduate school, west lafayette, united states. [30] cao, y., sun, z., li, l., & mo, w. (2022). a study of sentiment analysis algorithms for agricultural product reviews based on improved bert model. symmetry, 14(8). doi:10.3390/sym14081604. [31] durairaj, a. k., & chinnalagu, a. (2021). transformer based contextual model for sentiment analysis of customer reviews: a fine-tuned bert. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 12(11), 474-480. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2021.0121153. [32] sousa, m. g., sakiyama, k., rodrigues, l. de s., moraes, p. h., fernandes, e. r., & matsubara, e. t. (2019). bert for stock market sentiment analysis. 2019 ieee 31st international conference on tools with artificial intelligence (ictai). doi:10.1109/ictai.2019.00231. [33] lee, x. j., yap, t. t. v., ng, h., & goh, v. t. (2022). comparison of word embeddings for sentiment classification with preconceived subjectivity. proceedings of the international conference on computer, information technology and intelligent computing (citic 2022), 488–502. doi:10.2991/978-94-6463-094-7_39. [34] su, y. (2022). emotion analysis of microblog epidemic coexistence based on bert. proceedings of the 2022 2nd international conference on modern educational technology and social sciences (icmetss 2022), 275–280. doi:10.2991/978-2-49406945-9_33. [35] abbas, m., ali memon, k., & aleem jamali, a. (2019). multinomial naive bayes classification model for sentiment analysis. ijcsns international journal of computer science and network security, 19(3), 62. [36] shamrat, f. m. j. m., chakraborty, s., imran, m. m., muna, j. n., billah, m. m., das, p., & rahman, m. o. (2021). sentiment analysis on twitter tweets about covid-19 vaccines using nlp and supervised knn classification algorithm. indonesian journal of electrical engineering and computer science, 23(1), 463–470. doi:10.11591/ijeecs.v23.i1.pp463-470. [37] navér, n. (2021). the past, present or future?: a comparative nlp study of naive bayes, lstm and bert for classifying swedish sentences based on their tense. master of science programme in information technology engineering, uppsala universitet, uppsala, sweden. [38] geetha, m. p., & karthika renuka, d. (2021). improving the performance of aspect based sentiment analysis using fine-tuned bert base uncased model. international journal of intelligent networks, 2, 64–69. doi:10.1016/j.ijin.2021.06.005. [39] hussain, m. a., chen, z., wang, r., shah, s. u., shoaib, m., ali, n., ... & ma, c. (2022). landslide susceptibility mapping using machine learning algorithm. civil engineering journal, 8(2), 209-224. doi:10.28991/cej-2022-08-02-02. [40] nurhidayat, i., pimpunchat, b., noeiaghdam, s., & fernández-gámiz, u. (2022). comparisons of svm kernels for insurance data clustering. emerging science journal, 6(4), 866-880. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-04-014. [41] singh, j., & tripathi, p. (2021). sentiment analysis of twitter data by making use of svm, random forest and decision tree algorithm. 2021 10th ieee international conference on communication systems and network technologies (csnt). doi:10.1109/csnt51715.2021.9509679. [42] akhtar, m. b. (2022). the use of a convolutional neural network in detecting soldering faults from a printed circuit board assembly. hightech and innovation journal, 3(1), 1-14. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-01. https://doi.org/10.28991/esj-2022-06-04-014 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 462 [43] kang, h. w., chye, k. k., ong, z. y., & tan, c. w. (2021). the science of emotion: malaysian airlines sentiment analysis using bert approach. conference proceedings: international conference on digital transformation and applications (icdxa 2021). doi:10.56453/icdxa.2021.1013. [44] huang, x., zhang, w., tang, x., zhang, m., surbiryala, j., iosifidis, v., liu, z., & zhang, j. (2021). lstm based sentiment analysis for cryptocurrency prediction. database systems for advanced applications. dasfaa 2021, lecture notes in computer science, 12683, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-73200-4_47. [45] kumar, p., & singh, a. k. (2022). a comparison between mlr, mars, svr and rf techniques: hydrological time-series modeling. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(1), 90-98. doi:10.28991/hef-2022-03-01-07. [46] minaee, s., azimi, e., & abdolrashidi, a. (2019). deep-sentiment: sentiment analysis using ensemble of cnn and bi-lstm models. arxiv preprint arxiv:1904.04206. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1904.04206. [47] wen, s., wei, h., yang, y., guo, z., zeng, z., huang, t., & chen, y. (2021). memristive lstm network for sentiment analysis. ieee transactions on systems, man, and cybernetics: systems, 51(3), 1794–1804. doi:10.1109/tsmc.2019.2906098. [48] zhou, j., lu, y., dai, h. n., wang, h., & xiao, h. (2019). sentiment analysis of chinese microblog based on stacked bidirectional lstm. ieee access, 7, 38856–38866. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2905048. [49] yang, g., & guo, x. (2023). application of decision tree mining algorithm in data model collection of hydraulic engineering equipment. proceedings of the 4th international conference on big data analytics for cyber-physical system in smart city volume 1. bdcps 2022, lecture notes on data engineering and communications technologies, 167, springer, singapore. doi:10.1007/978-981-99-0880-6_76. [50] mookdarsanit, p., & mookdarsanit, l. (2021). the covid-19 fake news detection in thai social texts. bulletin of electrical engineering and informatics, 10(2), 988–998. doi:10.11591/eei.v10i2.2745. [51] phan, h. t., tran, v. c., nguyen, n. t., & hwang, d. (2019). decision-making support method based on sentiment analysis of objects and binary decision tree mining. advances and trends in artificial intelligence. from theory to practice. iea/aie 2019. lecture notes in computer science, 11606, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-22999-3_64. [52] rathi, m., malik, a., varshney, d., sharma, r., & mendiratta, s. (2018). sentiment analysis of tweets using machine learning approach. 2018 eleventh international conference on contemporary computing (ic3). doi:10.1109/ic3.2018.8530517. [53] hutto, c., & gilbert, e. (2014). vader: a parsimonious rule-based model for sentiment analysis of social media text. proceedings of the international aaai conference on web and social media, 8(1), 216–225. doi:10.1609/icwsm.v8i1.14550. [54] bajaj, a. can python understand human feelings through words? – a brief intro to nlp and vader sentiment analysis. analytics vidhya. available online: https://www.analyticsvidhya.com/blog/2021/06/vader-for-sentiment-analysis/ (accessed on may 2023). [55] holmer, d. (2020). context matters: classifying swedish texts using bert's deep bidirectional word embeddings. department of computer and information science, linköping university, linköping, sweden. [56] wu, k. (2023). bert transformers: how do they work?. available online: https://dzone.com/articles/bert-transformers-howdo-they-work (accessed on may 2023). https://doi.org/10.28991/hef-2022-03-01-07 https://www.analyticsvidhya.com/blog/2021/06/vader-for-sentiment-analysis/ https://dzone.com/articles/bert-transformers-how-do-they-work https://dzone.com/articles/bert-transformers-how-do-they-work available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 400 issn: 2723-9535 preventing impaired driving using iot on steering wheels approach siti fatimah abdul razak 1* , sumendra yogarayan 1 , arif ullah 1 1 faculty of information science and technology, multimedia university, ayer keroh 75450 malaysia. received 12 october 2023; revised 18 may 2024; accepted 25 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract to drive safely, one must be attentive, coordinated, have good judgment, and be able to respond quickly to changing conditions. in certain countries, improving safety may depend largely on reducing the number of impaired drivers on the road. therefore, solutions are required to reduce the risk that is posed on the road by drivers who have been consuming alcohol while driving. previous research has proposed the use of sensors for detecting driver impairment caused by alcohol intoxication. however, relying on a gas sensor alone may not be appropriate for detection. to reduce drunk driving, this study proposes an internet of things (iot)-based tool that measures heart rate and analyzes the breath of a driver for traces of alcohol. the tool represents a vehicle that is made up of a dc motor. in the circumstance that the tool detects a higher than resting heart rate in the driver as well as an amount of alcohol in the driver’s breath sample, the tool will immediately power down the dc motor and send an sms to the registered emergency contact with the driver’s precise position using the gps module. the initial prototype demonstrates the tool as a potential aftermarket accessory for vehicles. the implication of this paper is that the designed tool might be of practical use to researchers in their attempts to determine and obtain information on alcohol intoxication. keywords: impaired driver; alcohol intoxication; internet of things; sensors. 1. introduction road traffic accidents are a major cause of injury, impairment, and death across the world, and they are the top cause of mortality among those aged 15 to 29. alcohol-impaired drivers are much more likely to be involved in an accident. drunk driving is a major risk factor for 27% of all road injuries [1]. for example, alcohol-impaired driving is a major issue that poses a threat to road safety in china. the problem has been well documented by numerous studies and has been identified as a significant factor in the occurrence of road accidents [2]. moreover, the e-survey of road users' attitudes (esra) conducted an online survey in 2018, gathering data from over 35,000 road users in 32 countries. the survey highlighted that driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs is one of the top four risky driving behaviors. however, it was also found that driving under the influence was the least commonly reported behavior among participants [3, 4]. drivers’ senses, i.e., hearing, vision, touch, smell, and even taste, are vital in providing crucial information about the road, traffic conditions, and the environment, enabling the driver to make informed decisions and respond appropriately to the situation. however, excessive consumption of alcohol impairs these senses, adversely affecting one's ability to * corresponding author: fatimah.razak@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-012 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6108-3183 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5151-2300 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 401 perform these tasks. the effects of alcohol on the senses encompass reduced hearing acuity, blurred vision, diminished touch sensitivity, an impaired sense of smell, and a weakened sense of taste [5]. these impairments result in misjudging the surroundings and making poor decisions, endangering the individual and potentially others. this is because an impaired driver may fail to recognize hazardous situations or react too slowly to avoid them, leading to perilous or even life-threatening circumstances [6, 7]. operating a vehicle under the influence of alcohol stimulates the senses and compels individuals to drive in an unsafe manner, thereby increasing the likelihood of accidents and unnecessary fatalities [5, 8]. even at low blood alcohol levels, drivers experience difficulties maintaining focus, coordination, and identifying dangers on the road (world health organization, 2019). studies have demonstrated that even a low blood alcohol content, as indicated by a blood alcohol content (bac) of 0.08%, can adversely affect an individual's sensory abilities, which are essential for safe driving [2]. alcohol substantially impairs an individual's ability to function effectively, particularly regarding the central nervous system. when an individual chooses to drive under the influence of alcohol, the likelihood of a road accident significantly rises. in malaysia, the legal limit for alcohol consumption while driving is regulated by the road transport act 1987, stipulating that a person must not exceed 35 micrograms of alcohol per 100 milliliters of breath when operating a vehicle [9]. therefore, drunk driving is not only a non-communicable disease but also a significant public health concern that impacts all road users. globally, to prevent and minimize alcohol-related impaired driving, a range of counter measures mainly based on deterrence theory, which will be successful only if drivers feel they will be caught and punished, are in place [2]. most drivers perceived that there was a low probability of getting caught by authorities since, for many years, alcohol tests for intoxicated drivers relied on the testing of urine and blood among the drivers [10]. the authorities typically use the field sobriety test to assess a driver suspected of being drunk [11, 12]. hence, a non-profit organization in the united states of america known as mothers against drunk driving recommends that drunk driving prevention technology be mandated in newer vehicles in the year 2021. however, the technology should only make use of blood-alcohol content or identity recognition for a brief period to either disable a vehicle from being operated by an impaired driver or safely bring an inmotion vehicle to a safe stop [13]. recent advancements in vehicle technology offer new possibilities for minimizing the occurrence of drunk driving [14], including driving performance monitoring systems, driver monitoring systems, and passive alcohol detection systems, as well as the application of the internet of things [15, 16]. while the driving performance and driver monitoring systems are aimed at detecting dangerous behaviors that lead to road accidents, the passive alcohol detection system employs sensors built into a vehicle to passively identify whether the driver is intoxicated. preventing drunk driving is a critical issue that requires the attention and efforts of various organizations. for instance, the united states, the national highway traffic safety administration (nhtsa), and the automotive coalition for traffic safety (acts) have joined forces to develop a passive alcohol detection system known as the driver alcohol detection system for safety (dadss). this innovative system was designed to prevent drivers from shifting their vehicles into gear if they attempt to operate the vehicle at a blood alcohol content (bac) above the legal limit [2]. similarly, previous work on vehicle-based counter measures for driver alcohol detection systems utilized bac to determine a person’s alcohol level. bac is typically considered the more accurate and reliable measurement, especially in legal contexts. for instance, lukas et al. [17] reported the use of an arduino uno processor (atmega 328) and an mq3 alcohol sensor to determine a driver’s bac, while nortajuddin [18] extended the work by incorporating safety measures through the bac safe limit. if the bac exceeds the prescribed safe limit, the engine will not start, and the driver’s next of kin will be notified via a gsm module. likewise, another project by rosenberg [11] aims to ensure driver sobriety by cutting off the fuel supply to the engine and sounding an alarm sound in case of a high bac. the system will also notify nearby authorities through an sms message. in addition, an intelligent alcohol detection system, as described by ryan and howes [19], is a comprehensive approach that not only assesses a driver’s bac but also their state of consciousness and driving ability. this system includes an eye blink sensor to detect drowsiness and a tilt sensor to monitor the vehicle’s movement. if the bac exceeds the safe limit, the vehicle’s gps information will be sent to the nearest police station, a message will be sent to a designated family member, and the engine will stop to prevent further driving. alternatively, the breath-alcohol concentration (brac) analyzer has advanced in recent years, with a growing interest in understanding the behavioral effects of alcohol and the impairments caused by even low to moderate alcohol consumption. this shift in focus has been further fueled by changes in traffic laws that lower the permissible brac limit for drivers across the nation [20]. even though it is not as precise as bac, it provides a lightweight, portable, quick, and non-invasive way to estimate alcohol levels by employing sensors to simultaneously measure both the alcohol and carbon dioxide concentrations present in a person’s breath. carbon dioxide levels in human breath serve as an indicator of breath dilution, which in turn allows for the accurate measurement of alcohol content in expired air. this non-invasive method provides a quick and efficient way to determine an individual’s alcohol level, making it a valuable tool in preventing drunk driving [21]. the results obtained are thought to be accurate enough to be used in an alcohol intoxication conviction hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 402 [10]. nevertheless, the distance between the breathalyzer and the person who is tested affects the data acquired. for instance, the mq3 sensor detects less alcohol concentration when the distance is increased [22]. in a recent study, wang et al. [23] proposed a two-step drunk driving detection frame for shared cars. alternatively, other approaches include using photoplethysmography [24], radar systems [25], transfer learning [26], and blockchain [27, 28]. a recent study found that the more alcohol is consumed, the faster a person’s heart rate rises. hence, higher brac can increase heart rate [29]. an increase in heart rate can be considered an indicator of a driver's response to drunk driving [30], which may be caused by an increase in sympathetic activity or an increase in calcium entering cardiac myocytes. an adult’s typical resting heart rate ranges between 60 and 100 beats per minute [29]. tasnim et al. [31] discovered that having one normal drink raised the participants’ heart rates by roughly five beats per minute over the next six hours. the rise in heart rate was larger with two or more drinks, and heart rates remained modestly raised up to 24 hours later. highdose alcohol causes an increase in heart rate for up to 24 hours. in addition, a driving simulator experiment with 100 ml of alcohol found that a 10% rise in breath alcohol concentration (brac) levels increased the response time of greek drivers by 2% [32]. furthermore, it was observed that a unit increase in brac increased response time by 0.3 in their trials on chinese drivers using a 500-ml alcoholic beverage (orange juice combined with vodka containing 40% alcohol). the same study also found that a unit increase in brac resulted in a 0.2% rise in the standard deviation of lane position (sdlp) [33]. it is worth noting that the permissible brac limit varies from country to country, as seen in table 1. therefore, it is important for those using the brac analyzer to familiarize themselves with the specific regulations and guidelines set by their local authorities. table 1. brac limit by country brac threshold (mg/l) countries 0.10 norway, sweden, estonia, morocco 0.20 mongolia 0.22 scotland, finland, hong kong, belgium, botswana, malaysia 0.24 slovenia, south africa, israel 0.25 denmark, germany, cambodia, france, greece 0.35 brunei, ghana, kenya, singapore 0.38 malawi, namibia, swaziland 0.40 austria none thailand, indonesia, india, ireland therefore, this study demonstrates the work on detecting impaired driving based on brac and the heart rate of the driver using the internet of things (iot). combining brac measurements with heart rate data might enhance the accuracy of identifying drunk drivers. alcohol consumption can affect heart rate, so monitoring both parameters could provide a more comprehensive picture of a driver's intoxication level. since both brac and heart rate can be measured noninvasively, the tool can be easily integrated into vehicle systems for continuous monitoring and early detection, which could potentially prevent accidents and impaired driving to take place. the following section presents the c2a2 methodology applied in this study. next, the results and discussion are provided. finally, the conclusion section concludes the paper. 2. research methodology the c2a2 (capture, communicate, analyze, and act) iot lifecycle is employed in this study. first, a prototype was developed with the embedded system design methodology to capture data from sensors and transform it into a digital value. the embedded system design methodology was utilized to integrate hardware and software components optimally. the approach involved a strategic plan and execution to maximize the performance of the systems. the hardware assembly was given priority, with all essential modules and sensors gathered, installed, and programmed. before proceeding, preliminary tests were performed to verify that all necessary data and sensors met the predetermined requirements. once completed, the application and components were integrated by configuring and verifying data transfer between them. this ensured seamless system operation and met the desired outcomes. then, during the communicate stage, wi-fi telecommunication technologies link the iot device with the central server. afterwards, data from the device will be analyzed in real-time based on pre-determined rules. finally, the act is the last stage, and depending on the results obtained in the previous step, notification is provided by analysis. figure 1 illustrates the c2a2 iot lifecycle, which corresponds to the iot architecture layers. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 403 figure 1. c2a2 iot lifecycle figure 2. system flowchart the flow chart shown in figure 2 provides an illustration of the entire process flow for the alcohol detection system. the diagram depicts the sequential steps involved in the system, starting from the initiation of the process (capture) and ending with the final output (act). during the installation process, basic information like sex, gender, and weight needs to be provided. the values will be used to determine the threshold for heart rate and alcohol level. to power up the iot device, the vehicle ignition needs to be on before sensors can begin detecting the driver’s heart rate and alcohol level. the readings will be compared to the threshold values. assuming a driver has alcohol on his breath and an elevated heart rate, the vehicle’s engine will not start as a safety measure. the ignition will be disabled to prevent the driver from operating the vehicle while under the influence. to ensure the safety of the driver and others on the road, an sms notification will be sent to the driver’s emergency contact with their current location. this will allow the emergency contact to take appropriate actions, such as seeking assistance or arranging for a designated driver. if, however, the driver does not have traces of alcohol on their breath and their heart rate is normal, the vehicle’s engine will start normally, and the system will shut down. this indicates that the driver is cleared to operate the vehicle safely. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 404 the block diagram in figure 3 represents the hardware connections and communication flow of the system, which includes various components such as an arduino uno microcontroller, mq3 alcohol sensor, max30102 heart rate sensor, relay switch, l298n motor driver module, dc motor, gsm/gps module (sim9000a), and esp8266 wi-fi module. the relay switch acts as the interconnecting device between all hardware components. the mq3 alcohol sensor and max30102 heart rate sensor are connected to the arduino uno microcontroller in a unidirectional manner, meaning data can only flow from the sensors to the microcontroller. on the other hand, the gsm/gps module (sim9000a) has a bidirectional connection with the arduino, allowing data to flow in both directions. the l298n motor driver module is connected to the dc motor, which represents the engine deactivation system, and starts functioning as soon as the system is initialized. the dc motor is connected to pin 9 of the microcontroller and operates with a voltage range of 1.5 to 6.0 volts. finally, the sensor data is sent to the cloud using the esp8266 wi-fi module. prior to integrating all the components, each one was tested and assembled individually with the arduino uno and respective codes. this was done to ensure proper functionality and eliminate any errors before integration. figure 3. system block diagram the mq3 alcohol sensor was successfully integrated with the arduino uno microcontroller, allowing for efficient testing of alcohol detection within the system. the mq3 sensor is commonly used to measure drivers’ alcohol concentration when discussing vehicle-based counter measures. for example, carranza et al. [34], vignesh et al. [35], and pravinth raja [16] utilize the mq3 sensor in their studies to detect alcohol levels. for first-time usage, the sensor must be fully warmed up for 24-48 hours to ensure maximum accuracy. consecutive usage only requires around 3 minutes warm-up period. the sensor typically reads high and gradually decreases until it stabilizes. in addition, the mq3 sensor has a detection range from 0.05 mg/l to 10 mg/l. for alcohol concentration in air, the recommendation for sensitivity adjustment is to calibrate for 0.4 mg/l. since an arduino analog input pin gives a reading between 0 and 1023, the realtime value acquired from the sensor is used to calculate the brac as in equation 1. 𝐵𝑟𝐴𝐶 = 𝑅𝑒𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 × 0.4 1023 (1) moreover, 2100:1 is the standard conversion factor for estimating blood alcohol concentration, which indicates that 1 milliliter of blood contains 2100 times more alcohol than 1 milliliter of the lungs' air. the bac is stated in grams of ethanol weighted by 210 liters of breath (table 2). hence, the bac can be calculated using equation 2. %𝐵𝐴𝐶 = 𝐵𝑟𝐴𝐶×210 1000 (2) based on previous studies, the normal resting heart rate is usually 60–100 beats per minute. the target heart rate during driving is less than 20 beats per minute above the resting heart rate [36]. when a driver consumes alcohol, it is likely to show an increase in the heart rate [30]. however, if the normal heart rate for the driver is not provided, the system will refer to the average resting heart rate as in table 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 405 table 2. brac to bac values sensor value brac bac mg/l mg/210 mg% %bac 128 0.05 10 10 0.01 256 0.10 20 20 0.02 358 0.14 30 30 0.03 486 0.19 40 40 0.04 563 0.22 46 46 0.046 614 0.24 50 50 0.05 742 0.29 60 60 0.06 844 0.33 70 70 0.07 972 0.38 80 80 0.08 table 3. average resting heart rate based on gender in beats per minute age (years old) male female 18-25 70-73 74-78 26-35 71-74 73-76 36-45 71-75 74-78 46-55 72-76 74-77 56-65 72-75 74-77 65+ 70-73 73-76 3. results and discussion this study aims to prevent accidents using vehicle-based counter measures using an internet-of-things approach to detect driver impairment based on a combination of the driver's heart rate and alcohol level from the driver’s breath. for testing purposes, a higher heart rate was induced by doing a 5-minute cardio exercise prior to placing the finger on the heart rate sensors. if the heart rate is beyond the threshold (more than 100), the red led will light up. the mq3 sensor is placed in the middle of the steering wheel, which is about 30 cm from the mouth of a 160 cm-tall driver. because the mq3 sensor reacts to any type of substance with a high concentration of ethanol, it cannot distinguish between alcohol molecules, fragrances, or hand sanitizers. due to dietary restrictions, authors cannot consume alcohol for the purpose of testing. alternatively, this test was performed by applying alcohol to two fingers and gently rubbing them near the sensor. the alcohol source used in the test was obtained from a perfume bottle that had a composition of 38% alcohol by volume in every 100 ml. one spray of the perfume bottle (4 ml) produced 0.0152 mg of alcohol, and to obtain a higher concentration, approximately 20 sprays were utilized, resulting in a total of 0.3 mg of alcohol. in addition to the perfume bottle, the sensor was also tested using hand sanitizer, which has a high concentration of ethanol (90%). this test was performed to further validate the accuracy and reliability of the sensor in detecting and measuring alcohol concentrations in the air and calculating the blood alcohol concentration (brac) value. an integration test was conducted to assess the compatibility and functionality of the max30102 heart rate sensor, mq3 alcohol sensor, arduino uno, and the gprs/gsm module. this test was crucial in determining the success of the integration process and the overall performance of the system. the gprs/gsm module plays a crucial role in the system as it serves as the communication module responsible for sending sms text messages to the driver’s emergency contacts in case of drunk driving. to simulate this scenario, the program was temporarily modified to respond to approximately 0.3 mg of alcohol. the threshold for the alcohol sensor was set at 550 analog values, which represents 0.22 mg/l of brac as regulated in malaysia. additionally, the heart rate sensor’s threshold was set at 100 beats per minute (bpm). if both the alcohol concentration and heart rate exceed the set thresholds, the system is programmed to send an sms and turn off the dc motor, representing the vehicle. the results of the integration test were successful, with the sms notification being transmitted to the emergency contact through the gprs/gsm module and confirmed by the receiving end, as shown in figure 4. the results of the integration test were captured in table 4. figure 4. sms notification hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 406 table 4. testing results condition components value results heart rate detection, no exercise max30102 ≥ 60 and ≤ 100 normal heart rate heart rate detection, post exercise max 30102 ≥ 101 high heart rate 20 sprays from perfume bottle (~0.3mg of alcohol) mq3 sensor ≥ 551.00, ≤ 672.00 alcohol detected hand sanitizer 90% ethanol mq3 sensor alcohol detected heart rate detection, post exercise and perfume max30102, mq3, arduino uno and sim900a gprs / gsm module ≥ 101 heart rate and ≥ 550 alcohol dc motor stop; sms sent heart rate detection, post exercise and hand sanitizer max30102, mq3, arduino uno and sim900a gprs / gsm module ≥ 101 heart rate and ≥ 550 alcohol dc motor stop; sms sent figure 5 shows an image captured in a vehicle cabin to further demonstrate the potential of the prototype. for this purpose, the integrated circuit is placed in a pvc enclosure box with leds as visual indicators for the driver. the pulse sensors are placed at the 3–9 position of the steering wheel based on the assumption that the driver will be holding the steering in the recommended position. the mq3 sensor is placed at the center of the steering wheel. the yellow led will light up when the car ignition is turned on, and once the sensors are in a ready state, the green led will light up. if the alcohol level and heart rate exceed the limit, the red led will light up, and the car ignition will be turned off. figure 5. prototype this iot approach allows the driver’s heart rate and alcohol concentration levels to be monitored at the same time. the sensor data is also sent to the grafana cloud. it is important to note that the alcohol concentration in a vehicle cabin can be affected by other factors. changes in the heart rate may increase the reliability of the assessment of the driver’s impairment when it is related to the alcohol concentration in the driver’s breath. moreover, preventive measures on the driver's ability to operate the vehicle safely are triggered by disabling the vehicle ignition and notifying the driver’s state to his close contacts. this approach avoids possible accidents based on the driver’s state. 4. conclusion this paper presents the development of an iot-based alcohol detection system for drivers that utilizes iot technology and the c2a2 iot lifecycle. the tool was designed with the integration of an arduino uno microcontroller, a heart rate sensor, an mq3 sensor, a gsm module, and a dc motor. the sensor data was uploaded to the cloud using a wi-fi module (esp8266) connected to a microcontroller. this connectivity allows the data to be accessed and analyzed remotely, providing valuable insights into a driver's condition. this study considers a driver’s heart rate increase to supplement the alcohol concentration in the air, which is detected using the mq3 sensor. as a preventive measure, when the tool detects that sensor data exceeds the threshold, the vehicle ignition will be disabled, and a notification will be sent to the driver’s close contact. this study offers promising advancements in assessing driver impairment. however, hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 407 it is important to acknowledge several limitations in the approach. the accuracy and reliability of heart rate measurements may be affected by various factors, including environmental conditions, sensor placement, and individual physiological differences among drivers. factors such as hand position on the steering wheel, driving style, and vehicle vibrations could introduce noise or variability in heart rate readings, potentially impacting the overall effectiveness of the system. interpreting the sensor data in the context of driver impairment requires careful consideration of individual baseline heart rates, medical conditions, and other factors that may confound the analysis. therefore, to ensure that it is suitable for use in a passenger vehicle, further development and improvement are necessary. this may include identifying the strategic placement of the tool to ensure accurate measurement of the driver’s breath and alcohol concentration level. an extensive investigation is needed to ensure compliance with established global standards for vehicle interiors to ensure safety and regulatory compliance. education and public acceptance of the vehicle-based counter measures should also be emphasized. additionally, careful redesigning is needed to ensure compatibility with existing steering wheel mechanisms and ergonomics. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.f.a.r. and s.y.; methodology, s.y.; investigation, a.u.; writing—original draft preparation, s.f.a.r., s.y., and a.u.; writing—review and editing, s.f.a.r. and s.y.; funding acquisition, s.f.a.r. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding this research was funded by the tm r&d grant (rdtc/221046). 5.4. acknowledgements the authors would like to thank the center for intelligent cloud computing for their support and encouragement throughout this study. 5.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] w.h.o. (2019). safer: a world free from alcohol related harms. world health organisation, new york, united states. available online: https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241516419 (accessed on march 2024). [2] liu, l., chui, w. h., & deng, y. (2021). driving after alcohol consumption: a qualitative analysis among chinese male drunk drivers. international journal of drug policy, 90. doi:10.1016/j.drugpo.2020.103058. [3] pires, c., torfs, k., areal, a., goldenbeld, c., vanlaar, w., granié, m. a., stürmer, y. a., usami, d. s., kaiser, s., jankowskakarpa, d., nikolaou, d., holte, h., kakinuma, t., trigoso, j., van den berghe, w., & meesmann, u. (2020). car drivers’ road safety performance: a benchmark across 32 countries. iatss research, 44(3), 166–179. doi:10.1016/j.iatssr.2020.08.002. [4] kumar yadav, a., & velaga, n. r. (2021). a comprehensive systematic review of the laboratory-based research investigating the influence of alcohol on driving behaviour. transportation research part f: traffic psychology and behaviour, 81, 557–585. doi:10.1016/j.trf.2021.07.010. [5] love, s., rowland, b., & davey, j. (2023). exactly how dangerous is drink driving? an examination of vehicle crash data to identify the comparative risks of alcohol-related crashes. crime prevention and community safety, 25(2), 131–147. doi:10.1057/s41300-023-00172-6. [6] fang, c., zhang, y., zhang, m., & fang, q. (2020). p300 measures and drive-related risks: a systematic review and metaanalysis. international journal of environmental research and public health, 17(15), 1–14. doi:10.3390/ijerph17155266. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241516419 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 408 [7] kloft, l., monds, l. a., blokland, a., ramaekers, j. g., & otgaar, h. (2021). hazy memories in the courtroom: a review of alcohol and other drug effects on false memory and suggestibility. neuroscience and biobehavioral reviews, 124, 291–307. doi:10.1016/j.neubiorev.2021.02.012. [8] van dijken, j. h., veldstra, j. l., van de loo, a. j. a. e., verster, j. c., van der sluiszen, n. n. j. j. m., vermeeren, a., ramaekers, j. g., brookhuis, k. a., & de waard, d. (2020). the influence of alcohol (0.5‰) on the control and manoeuvring level of driving behaviour, finding measures to assess driving impairment: a simulator study. transportation research part f: traffic psychology and behaviour, 73, 119–127. doi:10.1016/j.trf.2020.06.017. [9] zainal, e. s. (2020). drunk driving in malaysia_ heavier punishments vs stricter laws. malaysian litigator. kuala lumpur, malaysia. available online: https://malaysianlitigator.com/2020/08/10/drunk-driving-in-malaysia-heavier-punishments-vsstricter-laws/ (accessed on march 2024). [10] yousif, e., alali, d., aldakhl, s., & zohdy, m. (2021). use of vehicle breathalyzers in the reduction of dui deaths. 2021 ieee international iot, electronics and mechatronics conference, iemtronics 2021 – proceedings, toronto, on, canada. doi:10.1109/iemtronics52119.2021.9422629. [11] rosenberg, e. (2015). a study of the accuracy and precision of selected breath alcohol measurement devices (breathalyzers). report tuw cta 2015/27en, 1–45. [12] smith, r. c., robinson, z., bazdar, a., & geller, e. s. (2016). intervening to decrease the probability of alcohol-impaired driving: impact of novel field sobriety tests. journal of prevention and intervention in the community, 44(3), 199–212. doi:10.1080/10852352.2016.1166817. [13] madd. (2022). 10 things to know about the impaired driving prevention technology provision in the infrastructure law. mothers against drunk driving, texas, united states. available online: https://madd.org/press-release/10-things-to-knowabout-the-drunk-driving-prevention-technology-provision-in-the-infrastructure-bill/ (accessed on march 2024). [14] nhtsa. (2023). advanced impaired driving prevention technology. national highway traffic safety administration, department of transportation, washington, d.c., united states. [15] kingsley, k., da silva, f. p., & strassburger, r. (2023). in-vehicle technology to prevent drunk driving: public acceptance required for successful deployment. transportation research procedia, 72, 2433–2440. doi:10.1016/j.trpro.2023.11.741. [16] pravinth raja, s., blessed prince, p., & jeno lovesum, s. p. (2023). smart steering wheel for improving driver’s safety using internet of things. sn computer science, 4(3), 277. doi:10.1007/s42979-022-01636-6. [17] lukas, s. e., zaouk, a., ryan, e., mcneil, j., justin shepherd, m., willis, m., neeraj dalal, b., & kelly schwartz, b. (2017). driver alcohol detection system for safety (dadss)-preliminary human testing results. 25th international technical conference on the enhanced safety of vehicles (esv), 1–11. [18] nortajuddin, a. (2020). drunk driving on the rise in malaysia. the asean post, kuala lumpur, malaysia. available online: https://theaseanpost.com/article/drunk-driving-rise-malaysia (accessed on march 2024). [19] ryan, j. m., & howes, l. g. (2002). relations between alcohol consumption, heart rate, and heart rate variability in men. heart, 88(6), 641–642. doi:10.1136/heart.88.6.641. [20] dubowski, k. m., & essary, n. a. (1999). measurement of low breath-alcohol concentrations: laboratory studies and field experience. journal of analytical toxicology, 23(6), 386–395. doi:10.1093/jat/23.6.386. [21] ferguson, s. a., & draisin, n. a. (2021). strategies for accelerating the implementation of non-intrusive alcohol detection systems in the vehicle fleet. traffic injury prevention, 22(1), 13–19. doi:10.1080/15389588.2020.1836367. [22] uzairue, s., ighalo, j., matthews, v. o., nwukor, f., & popoola, s. i. (2018). iot-enabled alcohol detection system for road transportation safety in smart city. in lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics): springer verlag, vol. 10963 lncs. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-95171-3_55. [23] wang, f., bai, d., liu, z., yao, z., weng, x., xu, c., fan, k., zhao, z., & chang, z. (2023). a two-step e-nose system for vehicle drunk driving rapid detection. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(6), 3478. doi:10.3390/app13063478. [24] sanguansri, p., apiwong-ngam, n., ngamjarurojana, a., & choopun, s. (2022). development of non-invasive alcohol analyzer using photoplethysmographytle. journal of physics: conference series, 2145, 12059. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/2145/1/012059. [25] european society of cardiology. (2018). drinking alcohol makes your heart race. sciencedaily, maryland, united states. available online: www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2018/03/180319124246.htm (accessed on march 2023). [26] ye, y., ma, l., liu, j., zhang, z., gu, c., & mao, j. f. (2022). a novel non-contact drunkenness monitoring technique based on a 24-ghz interferometric radar system. 2022 ieee mtt-s international microwave biomedical conference, imbioc 2022, 296–298. doi:10.1109/imbioc52515.2022.9790121. https://malaysianlitigator.com/2020/08/10/drunk-driving-in-malaysia-heavier-punishments-vs-stricter-laws/ https://malaysianlitigator.com/2020/08/10/drunk-driving-in-malaysia-heavier-punishments-vs-stricter-laws/ https://madd.org/press-release/10-things-to-know-about-the-drunk-driving-prevention-technology-provision-in-the-infrastructure-bill/ https://madd.org/press-release/10-things-to-know-about-the-drunk-driving-prevention-technology-provision-in-the-infrastructure-bill/ http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2018/03/180319124246.htm hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 409 [27] kumar, a., kumar, a., singh, m., kumar, p., & bijalwan, a. (2022). an optimized approach using transfer learning to detect drunk driving. scientific programming, 2022(1), 8775607. doi:10.1155/2022/8775607. [28] farooq, h., altaf, a., iqbal, f., galán, j. c., aray, d. g., & ashraf, i. (2023). drunkchain: blockchain-based iot system for preventing drunk driving-related traffic accidents. sensors, 23(12), 5388. doi:10.3390/s23125388. [29] soner, s., litoriya, r., & pandey, p. (2022). integrating blockchain technology with iot and ml to avoid road accidents caused by drunk driving. wireless personal communications, 125(4), 3001–3018. doi:10.1007/s11277-022-09695-x. [30] chen, h., yuan, x., ye, h., chen, l., & zhang, g. (2019). the effect of alcohol on the physiological performance of the driver. international journal of crashworthiness, 24(6), 656–663. doi:10.1080/13588265.2018.1511226. [31] tasnim, s., tang, c., musini, v. m., & wright, j. m. (2020). effect of alcohol on blood pressure. the cochrane database of systematic reviews, 7(7), cd012787. doi:10.1002/14651858.cd012787. [32] christoforou, z., karlaftis, m. g., & yannis, g. (2013). reaction times of young alcohol-impaired drivers. accident analysis and prevention, 61, 54–62. doi:10.1016/j.aap.2012.12.030. [33] li, y. c., sze, n. n., wong, s. c., yan, w., tsui, k. l., & so, f. l. (2016). a simulation study of the effects of alcohol on driving performance in a chinese population. accident analysis and prevention, 95, 334–342. doi:10.1016/j.aap.2016.01.010. [34] carranza, h., carranza, a., & tito, e. (2023). iot and cloud computing integration to minimze drunk driving accidents. international conference of control, dynamic systems, and robotics. doi:10.11159/cdsr23.213. [35] vignesh, r. s., sankar, r., balaji, a., kumar, k. s., sharmila bhargavi, v., & anusuya, r. (2023). iot assisted drunk and drive people identification to avoid accidents and ensure road safety measures. proceedings of the 2nd ieee international conference on advances in computing, communication and applied informatics, accai 2023, chennai, india. doi:10.1109/accai58221.2023.10200809. [36] razak, s. f. a., tong, y. j., yogarayan, s., ismail, s. n. m. s., & sui, o. c. (2024). driver-centered pervasive application for heart rate measurement. international journal of electrical and computer engineering, 14(1), 1176–1184. doi:10.11591/ijece.v14i1.pp1176-1184. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 259 issn: 2723-9535 prediction of dust emissions in highway subgrade-filling construction based on deep neural network zhibin wang 1, lei feng 1, yanwei li 1, qunle du 2, lin zhao 3, xingju wang 3* 1 taihang urban and rural construction group company limited, hebei province, 050200, china. 2 hebei expressway development group company limited, hebei province, 050899, china. 3 shijiazhuang tiedao university, hebei province, 050043, china. received 15 february 2024; revised 19 may 2024; accepted 26 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract dust pollution can harm the urban environment and the health of citizens. each stage in highway construction generates unorganized dust emissions to varying degrees, which complicates their quantification. to precisely forecast dust emissions during the construction of highway subgrades and reduce the associated pollution risks, this study introduces a predictive model based on a deep neural network (dnn) for dust emissions during highway subgrade-filling operations. dust concentration is treated as a nonlinear multivariate problem, with predictive indicators encompassing particulate matter 2.5 (pm2.5), particulate matter 10 (pm10), ground surface temperature, wind speed, air temperature, surface pressure, and relative humidity. using a dnn model, this study forecasts the concentrations of pm2.5 and pm10 at highway construction sites. based on a highway project in hebei province, this study predicts dust-emission concentrations via field monitoring conducted using self-developed equipment. the model’s predictions exhibit a small mean-absolutepercentage error and root-mean-square error compared with the actual values, and the model’s accuracy significantly surpasses that of conventional regression models. accurate forecasting can facilitate the timely control of dust concentrations at construction sites, thus facilitating more environmentally friendly and efficient construction. keywords: highway engineering; subgrade filling; dust prediction; dnn. 1. introduction highway transportation significantly affects the development of the national economy and daily life. in recent years, the construction of expressway networks in china has accelerated, with the total mileage of highways increasing annually. according to statistics from the ministry of transport, the total length of expressways nationwide reached 535,000 km by the end of 2022 [1]. however, large-scale construction of expressways inevitably generates substantial amounts of construction dust. therefore, construction dust has contributed significantly to excessive atmospheric particulate matter concentrations in recent years [2]. prolonged human exposure to environments with excessive particulate-matter concentrations can result in diseases to the skin [3], respiratory system, and cardiovascular system [4–6], thereby damaging health and resulting in economic and property losses. therefore, the concentration of construction dust must be predicted and controlled to mitigate its impact on the environment and human health. * corresponding author: wangxingju@stdu.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-03 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. mailto:wangxingju@stdu.edu.cn https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0556-5943 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 260 in recent years, researchers have extensively investigated construction dust, including topics such as dust-monitoring techniques [7], dust emission factors [8, 9], dust dispersion [10–12], dust-pollution characteristics [13, 14], health-hazard assessments [15–17], and dust-control measures [18]. instrumental sampling is the most commonly used method for monitoring the concentration of construction dust. gao et al. [19] employed an hxf35 dust sampler to measure the concentration of total suspended particulates. to address the complexity and uniqueness of construction sites, ma et al. [20] designed an automatic monitoring system for construction-dust pollution sources using unmanned aerial vehicles and image recognition technology. construction dust was analyzed from three perspectives: detection of construction-dust pollution sources, identification of constructiondust pollution areas, and comparison of characteristics of construction-dust pollution sources. in terms of fugitive-dust emission factors, numerous researchers have considered the relationship between fugitivedust emissions and major gaseous pollutants such as nox and sox. liu et al. [21] employed the land-use regression model to elucidate the correlation and spatial variation between pm2.5 and no2 in shanghai, china. by analyzing data from multiple monitoring sites, eeftens et al. [22] identified a generally high correlation between no2 and pm2.5 absorbance. recently, researchers investigated the relationship between fugitive-dust pollutants and meteorological factors. using 11 years (1998–2008) of continuous observational data from the contiguous united states, tai et al. [23] applied the multiple linear regression (mlr) model to demonstrate a robust correlation between pm2.5 and meteorological factors. pateraki et al. [24] investigated the effects of meteorological conditions on particles of different diameters (pm10, pm2.5, and pm2.5–10) in cities surrounding the mediterranean and confirmed a close relationship between high concentrations of pm10 and pm2.5–10 and the local southwesterly wind regime. zhang et al. [25] discovered that relative humidity and sunshine hours were most closely associated with pm2.5. zhang et al. [26] performed a multifractal asymmetric detrended cross-correlation analysis to discuss the cross-correlations between pm2.5 concentrations and meteorological factors such as temperature, air pressure, relative humidity, and wind speed in beijing and hong kong. they reported that the cross-correlations between pm2.5 concentrations and these four meteorological factors exhibited multifractal and anti-persistent characteristics. additionally, researchers have extensively investigated the forecasting of construction dust concentration. to establish predictive models for construction dust emissions, researchers have used conventional mlr models [27–28]. linear regression models are advantageous owing to their computational simplicity and minimal data requirements. however, they present significant limitations in capturing the relationship between the concentration of dust-emission particles and the monitoring factors of dust emissions, thus resulting in less accurate predictions. subsequently, the autoregressive integrated moving average model (arima) [29], which is based on an mlr model and integrates autoregressive and moving averages, is used for monitoring and forecasting. this model considers seasonal variations in the study subjects and can effectively predict linear data. however, its predictive accuracy is relatively low in nonlinear cases. aided by the advancement and proliferation of computer technology, researchers have addressed the disadvantages of regression models in fugitive dust forecasting by applying several machine learning methods to mitigate environmental issues caused by air pollution and construction dust. the most commonly used predictive methods include artificial neural networks (anns) [30], recurrent neural networks [31], convolutional neural networks (cnns) [32, 33], and long short-term memory (lstm) neural networks [34, 35]. anns are among the most commonly used models for forecasting fugitive-dust concentrations. wang et al. [36] and araújo et al. [37] employed ann models to estimate the health risks associated with air pollution and predict the daily concentrations of pm2.5. karacan [38, 39] and mathatho et al. [40] utilized anns to predict and optimize hazardous-substance concentrations in specific operational environments. park et al. [41] proposed an ann model to measure pm10 concentrations in large urban areas, which achieved a value that was 60% to 80% of the actual values. in addition to anns, dust-pollution forecasting models based on lstm networks have demonstrated superior performance compared with other conventional models, such as arima and support vector regression [42]. for instance, li et al. [43] attempted to integrate lstm with quadratic decomposition and optimization algorithms to establish a hybrid model for air quality index forecasting. furthermore, to enhance model accuracy, researchers have begun to investigate the combination of multiple deep-learning networks [44, 45]. the highly regarded cnn-lstm model combines the advantages of cnns and lstm. cnns can effectively extract features from grid data, whereas lstm exhibits excellent processing capabilities for time-series data. for example, the cnn-lstm model designed by huang et al. for forecasting pm2.5 in smart cities uses features extracted by cnns and analyzed by lstm [46]. compared with standalone lstm models, hybrid forecasting models based on cnn-lstm exhibit significantly lower errors [47]. theories and practical applications pertaining to fugitive-dust monitoring equipment, monitoring factors, and forecasting methods have been extensively investigated. however, issues remain, such as the insufficient frequency of hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 261 data updates from monitoring equipment, the incomplete consideration of monitoring factors, and the necessity for improving forecasting models. in the existing fugitive-dust forecasting models, mlr models cannot readily capture the relationship between the concentration of fugitive-dust emission particles and the monitoring factors. although machine learning models such as anns, cnns, and lstm networks can improve the accuracy of forecasting results, they present certain issues in nonlinear modeling and require a long time for model training. deep neural network (dnn) models [48, 49] offer a distinct advantage in nonlinear modeling that facilitates the establishment of nonlinear predictive models capable of accurately reflecting the relationship between fugitive dust concentrations and monitoring factors. as such, they are extremely beneficial in enhancing the accuracy of forecasting outcomes. to accurately predict the concentration of fugitive dust emissions during the roadbed filling phase of highway construction, this study focuses on forecasting pm2.5 and pm10, which are key indicators of dust emissions. by referring to previous studies pertaining to dust monitoring factors, we select surface temperature, wind speed, air temperature, surface pressure, and relative humidity as meteorological factors for dust monitoring, in addition to concentrations of pm2.5 and pm10 from the preceding moment as auxiliary influencing factors to synthesize indicators for dust concentration forecasting. considering a highway construction site in hebei as the experimental scenario, we use a selfdeveloped dust-monitoring data-acquisition system to obtain data at 1-minute intervals. based on the acquired monitoring data, we establish a dnn model to predict the concentrations of construction dust emissions in a specific environment. a flowchart of this study is shown in figure 1. partⅰ construction dust monitoring data acquisition system fixed dust monitoring data acquisition equipment equipment development method independent research and development data analysis processor raspberry pi4b the collection equipment rs-byh-m meteorological multifactor screen network signal wireless cato power solar panel cell equipment composition partⅱ construction of a dnn model original data normalization select the input indicators for dust prediction determine the activation function determine determine the input and output values of neurons at each layer model construction error analysis mean absolute percentage error （mape） root mean square error （rmse） part ⅲ case analysis part ⅳ conclusion data acquisition the combination of movable monitoring and fixed monitoring the uav was equipped with data acquisition instruments comparison between predicted and actual values of pm2.5 and pm10 error calculation comparison between predicted and actual values obtained using different methods data analysis research results comparison with previous studies advantages of this study future research direction figure 1. framework for predicting construction dust based on dnn 2. construction-dust monitoring data-acquisition system air-pollutant concentrations of pm2.5 and pm10 were obtained during the daytime from october to november 2020. the weather conditions, temperature, and other conditions were stable during the data-acquisition period. an indigenously developed device was used for data acquisition, as shown in figure 2. a raspberry pi4b (raspberry pi) was used as the data-analysis processor, and sds011 was used as a high-precision laser pm2.5 sensor for environmental monitoring. based on the network signal provided by the wireless system cato, the data was uploaded to a self-developed alibaba cloud server for data storage. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 262 figure 2. fixed data-acquisition equipment a raspberry pi processor was used for data analysis, as shown in figure 2. the raspberry pi is a single-chip microcomputer that includes central processors, random-access memory, read-only memory, various input/output interfaces, interrupt systems, timers/counters, and other functions. we used a fourth-generation raspberry pi with a bcm2711 processor. the acquisition equipment used was the rs-byh-m meteorological multifactor screen, which integrates several environmental detection functions, including noise acquisition, pm2.5 and pm10 particle concentrations, temperature and humidity, atmospheric pressure, and light. a screen was installed in a louver box, the standard modbus-rtu communication protocol was used, and rs485 signals were output. the measured results showed that the maximum communication distance of the device was 2000 m. this transmitter is suitable for various applications, including ambient temperature and humidity measurements, noise monitoring, air quality detection, and atmospheric pressure and light intensity measurements. the device was powered by a solar panel cell comprising solar elements of a specific size connected to form an efficient energy panel. the solar controller is the core control component of the photovoltaic power-supply system and manages the operation state of the entire system. the main functions of the solar controller include overcharging and discharge protection for the battery and load control voltage for voltage-sensitive devices. through these controls and adjustments, the solar controller ensures the stable operation of the entire system and maximizes the use of solar energy resources. 3. construction of dnn model 3.1. model construction a dnn offers excellent nonlinear processing capability owing to its compact and efficient nonlinear mapping structure. it features one input layer, multiple hidden layers, and one output layer, and it can manage significant amounts of data and complex features. implementing more hidden layers results in a more complex model, better nonlinear characteristics, and richer features to be learned. the characteristics of a dnn are shown in figure 3. input layer d(t)hidden layer output layer pm2.5(t+1) or pm10(t+1) mutiple hidden layers process hierarchical featuers neural network deep neural network ... ... ... ... ... ... ... figure 3. characteristics of deep neural network hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 263 the input layer of a neural network inputs dust and environmental data at time t. subsequently, the output layer outputs the predicted values of pm2.5 or pm10 at time (t+1). in figure 3, d(t) is the input factor at time t, and pm2.5(t+1) and pm10(t+1) are the predicted values of pm2.5 or pm10 at time (t+1), respectively. the correspondence between the input layer of the dnn and the dust monitoring indicators is listed in table 1. table 1. input indicators for dust prediction input node indicator name x1 pm2.5 x2 pm10 x3 surface temperature x4 wind speed x5 air temperature x6 surface pressure x7 relative humidity the different layers of a dnn are fully connected; that is, any neuron in layer i is compulsorily connected to a neuron in layer i+1. if the input layer of the model contains n neurons, then the input of the kth neuron xk can be expressed as 𝑎𝑘 𝑙 = 𝑥𝑘 (1) if layer l-1 contains m neurons, then the output a l k for the jth neuron in the first layer l can be expressed as 𝑎𝑗 𝑙 = 𝑓 (∑ 𝑤𝑗𝑘 𝑙 𝑎𝑘 𝑙−1 + 𝑏𝑗 𝑙 𝑚 𝑘=1 ) (2) where f is the activation function in the hidden layer and a linear transfer function is used in the output layer. in the model, w is the connection weight and b is the offset; if l = 2, then a l k corresponds to the input layer xk. in this model, relu was used as the activation function, as shown in equation (3). 𝑅𝐸𝐿𝑈(𝑥) = { 𝑥, 𝑥 > 0 0, 𝑥 ≤ 0 , (3) where x denotes the corresponding input. to facilitate rapid convergence during neural-network training, the original data were normalized. considering the requirements of the neural-network algorithm for eigenvalue quantization, min–max normalization was adopted for the actual data. 𝑥 = 𝑥′ − 𝑚𝑖𝑛 (𝑥′) 𝑚𝑎𝑥(𝑥′) − 𝑚𝑖𝑛(𝑥′) , (4) where x´ represents the original data, x the air-quality data after processing, min(x´) the minimum value for the same type of indicator data, and max(x´) the maximum value for the same type of data. 3.2. error analysis the universality and accuracy of the prediction models must be verified. statistical indicators, including the mean error (me), standardized mean deviation (nmb), mean-absolute-percentage error (mape), root-mean-square error (rmse), and correlation coefficient (r), are typically used for error analysis. in this study, the mape and rmse were selected for error analysis. (1) the mape can be calculated as follows: 𝑀𝐴𝑃𝐸 = 1 𝑁 ∑ |𝑦𝑖 ∗ − 𝑦𝑖| 𝑦𝑖 𝑁 𝑖=1 × 100%, (5) where yi is the actual value of the ith sample, y * i the predicted value of the ith sample, and n the total number of predicted values. (2) the rmse can be calculated as: 𝑅𝑀𝑆𝐸 = √ 1 𝑁 ∑(𝑦𝑖 ∗ − 𝑦𝑖) 2 𝑁 𝑖=1 (6) where yi is the true value of the ith sample; y * i is the predicted value of the ith sample; and n is the total number of predicted values. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 264 4. case analysis 4.1. data acquisition considering a highway project in hebei as an example, real-time monitoring of relevant data at the construction site was conducted using fixed construction dust monitoring equipment, as shown in figure 2, and the portable monitoring equipment shown in figure 4, which was utilized to supplement unclear or missing monitoring data from the fixed equipment. (a) portable data-acquisition instrument (b) variable monitoring points (c) fixed monitoring points figure 4. installation of equipment at construction site considering safety, an application-oriented professional unmanned aerial vehicle (uav, dji m600 pro, china) was used to conduct field explorations and comprehensive analyses of the topography, ground facilities, and airspace of the construction areas. the uav can be equipped with data-acquisition instruments, as shown in figure 4, which are designed to obtain pm2.5 and pm10 concentration data at a relative altitude of 100 m above the ground, as shown in figure 5. figure 5. uav equipped with portable data-acquisition instrument for data acquisition data were obtained on five days between october and november, from 10:00 to 15:00. the monitoring data included 1500 data points. the data obtained from the highway construction dust monitoring equipment is listed in table 2. table 2. partial monitoring data of highway construction-dust monitoring equipment number pm2.5 pm10 surface temperature (°c) wind speed （m⸳s-1） air temperature (°c) surface pressure (hpa) relative humidity (%) time 1 69.8 123.5 10.4 1.03 13.1 1024.00 57.7 2020-10-29 10：00 2 71.3 143.6 10.4 1.40 13.1 1024.19 57.5 2020-10-29 10：01 3 70.6 125.9 10.5 1.40 13.3 1024.35 57.2 2020-10-29 10：02 4 71.7 129.2 10.4 1.47 13.3 1024.12 57.7 2020-10-29 10：03 5 81 142.4 10.3 1.39 13.2 1024.33 58.4 2020-10-29 10：04 6 74.8 136.4 10.2 1.26 13.5 1024.43 56.1 2020-10-29 10：05 7 69.9 133.3 10.2 1.09 13.5 1024.42 56.4 2020-10-29 10：06 8 73.9 130 10.2 1.08 13.5 1024.13 55.8 2020-10-29 10：07 9 74.9 151.2 10.4 1.31 13.6 1024.22 55.2 2020-10-29 10：08 10 71.7 132.1 10.5 1.34 13.6 1024.02 55.4 2020-10-29 10：09 11 76.9 158.3 10.7 1.11 13.6 1024.16 54.9 2020-10-29 10：10 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 265 12 76.8 137.3 11.0 1.13 13.6 1024.31 55 2020-10-29 10：11 13 70.5 133.5 10.8 1.07 13.4 1024.53 55.6 2020-10-29 10：12 … … … … … … … 1496 65.35 113.1 13.04 2.13 16.89 1019.01 50.62 2020-11-13 14：55 1497 67.25 117.3 13.12 2.13 16.89 1019.01 50.6 2020-11-13 14：56 1498 65.75 114.05 13.23 2.09 16.89 1019.01 50.63 2020-11-13 14：57 1499 65.3 114.2 13.24 2.44 13.22 1019.61 50.82 2020-11-13 14：58 1500 64.25 107.95 13.27 2.43 13.22 1019.61 51.02 2020-11-13 14：59 4.2. data analysis the highway construction subgrade-filling process was selected, where road construction-dust monitoring and meteorological factor data were used as the original data. based on the dnn algorithm, pm2.5 and pm10 concentrations in the highway subgrade-filling construction dust were predicted. in this study, the first 80% of the monitoring data obtained from a fixed point was selected as the training set, and the final 20% as the test set. the predicted and actual values of pm2.5 and pm10 concentrations were compared, as shown in figure 6. (a) actual and predicted pm2.5 concentrations (b) actual and predicted pm10 concentrations figure 6. comparison between predicted and actual values of pm2.5 and pm10 concentrations hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 266 the fitting relationship between the predicted and actual values of pm2.5 and pm10 concentrations in the model test set is shown in figure 7. (a) fitting graph of predicted and actual pm2.5 concentrations in test set (b) fitting graph of predicted and actual pm10 concentration in test set figure 7. fitting graph between predicted and actual pm2.5 and pm10 concentrations in test set the predicted values were compared with the actual values, and an error analysis was performed to verify the accuracy of the dnn-based dust prediction model for highway subgrade-filling construction. the mape and rmse were selected for error analysis. the error calculation results for the test set obtained using equations 5 and 6 are listed in table 3. table 3. error calculation results for test set mape (%) rmse pm2.5 1.0427 0.6591 pm10 2.5304 1.4845 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 267 a comparison of the error transmission effect between the linear regression and dnn models is shown in figure 8. (a) comparison of pm2.5 concentrations obtained using different methods (a) comparison of pm2.5 concentrations obtained using different methods figure 8. comparison between predicted and actual values obtained using different methods in summary, the dnn model exhibited better prediction performance for dust emissions during highway subgradefilling construction than the linear regression model. the dnn-predicted values of pm2.5 and pm10 concentrations exhibited a trend similar to that of the actual values; the rmse between the predicted and actual values was small; and the mape was approximately zero. the accuracy and effectiveness of the proposed model were verified. however, significant differences were observed between the predicted and actual values for some data peaks. the analysis results revealed four reasons contributing to the peak value: ① meteorological factors, such as wind and dry climate, which increased the dust content; ② mechanical factors, such as vehicles driving through, which contributed to dust settling on the ground; ③ operational factors, such as earthwork backfilling as well as loading and unloading of soil materials in subgrade filling; ④ process factors, such as paving, leveling, and rolling. the accurate prediction of highway construction dust data will allow the appropriate measures to be initiated timely to reduce dust concentrations and ensure orderly construction and progress. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 268 5. conclusion this study demonstrated that the dnn model outperformed conventional linear regression models in predicting fugitive-dust emissions. this superiority can be attributed to the capability of the dnn to capture complex nonlinear relationships between environmental factors and fugitive-dust emission concentrations. additionally, results showed that the mape and rmse between the predicted and measured pm2.5 values of this model were 1.0427 and 0.6591, whereas those between the predicted and measured pm10 values were 2.5304 and 1.4845, respectively, thus indicating a minimal error. this high level of accuracy is crucial for practical applications of the model in highway engineering. the findings of this study corroborate the notion presented in related studies, i.e., a correlation exists between fugitive construction dust concentrations and meteorological factors. moreover, the prediction of fugitive construction-dust concentration was confirmed to be a nonlinear multivariate issue with strong coupling among the influencing factors. while ensuring the accuracy of the predicted results, this study addressed the disadvantages of previous prediction models, which could neither effectively perform nonlinear modeling nor capture the relationship between fugitive-dust concentration and monitoring factors. consequently, engineering managers can implement targeted measures to reduce fugitive-dust generation, such as by adjusting the frequency of water spraying, cleaning construction vehicles, and enclosing waste-transportation vehicles. this would reduce fugitive-dust concentrations at construction sites and promote the sustainable development of highway construction. however, the real-time monitoring and feedback capabilities of dnn models are currently insufficient and require further improvement. in the future, the dnn model can be extended to other construction scenarios and incorporated with a broader range of environmental indicators to further refine its predictive power. additionally, one should examine the potential for integrating real-time data acquisition and analysis using the dnn model to enhance the dynamism of dust-management strategies at construction sites. in summary, our observations validated the effectiveness of the dnn model for predicting fugitive dust emissions during roadbed filling in highway construction. the ability of the dnn model to manage complex nonlinear relationships renders it an effective tool for environmental management in the construction industry. the findings of this study are crucial for reducing fugitive construction dust and advocating green construction practices. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, z.w. and x.w.; methodology, l.f.; software, y.l.; validation, q.d., y.l., and l.z.; formal analysis, l.z.; investigation, y.l.; resources, l.f.; data curation, x.w.; writing—original draft preparation, z.w. and x.w.; writing—review and editing, l.z.; visualization, q.d.; supervision, z.w.; project administration, z.w.; funding acquisition, z.w. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding this research was funded by taihang urban and rural construction group company limited (research on key technologies of intelligent site construction in highway engineering). 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] lin, y., & huang, j. (2021). can highway networks promote productivity? evidence from china. journal of advanced transportation, 2021(1), 6860979. doi:10.1155/2021/6860979. [2] meng, j., liu, j., fan, s., kang, c., yi, k., cheng, y., shen, x., & tao, s. (2016). potential health benefits of controlling dust emissions in beijing. environmental pollution, 213, 850–859. doi:10.1016/j.envpol.2016.03.021. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 269 [3] ngoc, l. t. n., park, d., lee, y., & lee, y. c. (2017). systematic review and meta-analysis of human skin diseases due to particulate matter. international journal of environmental research and public health, 14(12), 1458. doi:10.3390/ijerph14121458. [4] kim, h. b., shim, j. y., park, b., & lee, y. j. (2018). long-term exposure to air pollutants and cancer mortality: a meta-analysis of cohort studies. international journal of environmental research and public health, 15(11), 2608. doi:10.3390/ijerph15112608. [5] kowalska, m., skrzypek, m., kowalski, m., cyrys, j., ewa, n., & czech, e. (2019). the relationship between daily concentration of fine particulate matter in ambient air and exacerbation of respiratory diseases in silesian agglomeration, poland. international journal of environmental research and public health, 16(7), 1131. doi:10.3390/ijerph16071131. [6] sanyal, s., rochereau, t., maesano, c. n., com-ruelle, l., & annesi-maesano, i. (2018). long-term effect of outdoor air pollution on mortality and morbidity: a 12-year follow-up study for metropolitan france. international journal of environmental research and public health, 15(11), 2487. doi:10.3390/ijerph15112487. [7] wen, j. research and analysis on manual monitoring and online monitoring of dust in construction site. environment and development, 32(6), 2. doi:10.16647/j.cnki.cn15-1369/x.2020.06.080. [8] xiao, h., yang, x., wu, q., bai, q., cheng, h., chen, x., xue, r., du, m., huang, l., wang, r., & wang, h. (2019). estimate emissions of construction fugitive dust in xi’an. acta scientiae circumstantiae, 39(1), 222–228. doi:10.13671/j.hjkxxb.2018.0377. [9] limsawasd, c., & athigakunagorn, n. (2022). quantification of particulate emission from construction activities using discrete-event simulation. civil engineering and architecture, 10(2), 703–714. doi:10.13189/cea.2022.100225. [10] stevulova, n., estokova, a., holub, m., singovszka, e., & csach, k. (2020). characterization of demolition construction waste containing asbestos, and the release of fibrous dust particles. applied sciences (switzerland), 10(11), 4048. doi:10.3390/app10114048. [11] hou, y., xing, m., pan, y., & li, s. analysis of dust emission characteristics and key influencing factors of construction sites in beijing earthwork stage. environmental pollution and control, 02, 171–177 181. doi:10.15985/j.cnki.1001-3865.2021.02.007. [12] huang, y. h., tian, g., qin, j. p., li, g., & yan, b. l. (2007). characteristics of fugitive dust pollution in different construction phases. huanjing kexue/environmental science, 28(12), 2885–2888. doi:10.3321/j.issn:0250-3301.2007.12.038. [13] zhang, l. k., li, l. j., jiang, l., zhao, w. h., lu, h. f., wang, x. h., & qiu, y. (2019). spatial and temporal distribution characteristics and fugitive dust emission of building sites in beijing. huanjing kexue/environmental science, 40(1), 135– 142. doi:10.13227/j.hjkx.201804236. [14] liang, s., fu, q., liu, q., xu, j., yin, y., chen, x., & cheng, j. dust pollution characteristics of typical construction sites in autumn in shanghai during construction stage. environmental pollution and control, 12, 1394–1399. doi:10.15985/j.cnki.10013865.2018.12.014. [15] van deurssen, e., pronk, a., spaan, s., goede, h., tielemans, e., heederik, d., & meijster, t. (2014). quartz and respirable dust in the dutch construction industry: a baseline exposure assessment as part of a multidimensional intervention approach. annals of occupational hygiene, 58(6), 724–738. doi:10.1093/annhyg/meu021. [16] li, x., su, s., & huang, t. quantitative evaluation of construction dust health damage. journal of tsinghua university, 01, 50– 55. doi:10.16511/j.cnki.qhdxxb.2015.01.009. [17] guo, p., tian, w., & li, h. (2022). dynamic health risk assessment model for construction dust hazards in the reuse of industrial buildings. building and environment, 210. doi:10.1016/j.buildenv.2021.108736. [18] tjoe nij, e., hilhorst, s., spee, t., spierings, j., steffens, f., lumens, m., & heederik, d. (2003). dust control measures in the construction industry. annals of occupational hygiene, 47(3), 211–218. doi:10.1093/annhyg/meg023. [19] gao, y., huo, j., jia, x., & wu, g. research into dust monitoring and measures of construction sites based on big data. building structure, s1, 1003–1007. doi:10.19701/j.jzjg.2019.s1.215. [20] ma, g., han, y., lu, j., yao, j., & s, y. design and implementation of automatic monitoring system for constructional fugitive dust pollution sources based on uav. environmental monitoring in china, 01, 151–156. doi:10.19316/j.issn.10026002.2018.01.21. [21] liu, c., henderson, b. h., wang, d., yang, x., & peng, z. r. (2016). a land use regression application into assessing spatial variation of intra-urban fine particulate matter (pm2.5) and nitrogen dioxide (no2) concentrations in city of shanghai, china. science of the total environment, 565, 607–615. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2016.03.189. [22] eeftens, m., tsai, m. y., ampe, c., anwander, b., beelen, r., bellander, t., cesaroni, g., cirach, m., cyrys, j., de hoogh, k., de nazelle, a., de vocht, f., declercq, c., dedele, a., eriksen, k., galassi, c., gražulevičiene, r., grivas, g., heinrich, j., … hoek, g. (2012). spatial variation of pm2.5, pm10, pm2.5 absorbance and pmcoarse concentrations between and within 20 european study areas and the relationship with no2 results of the escape project. atmospheric environment, 62, 303–317. doi:10.1016/j.atmosenv.2012.08.038. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 270 [23] tai, a. p. k., mickley, l. j., & jacob, d. j. (2010). correlations between fine particulate matter (pm2.5) and meteorological variables in the united states: implications for the sensitivity of pm2.5 to climate change. atmospheric environment, 44(32), 3976–3984. doi:10.1016/j.atmosenv.2010.06.060. [24] pateraki, s., asimakopoulos, d. n., flocas, h. a., maggos, t., & vasilakos, c. (2012). the role of meteorology on different sized aerosol fractions (pm 10, pm 2.5, pm 2.5-10). science of the total environment, 419, 124–135. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2011.12.064. [25] zhang, z., zhang, x., gong, d., quan, w., zhao, x., ma, z., & kim, s. j. (2015). evolution of surface o3 and pm2.5 concentrations and their relationships with meteorological conditions over the last decade in beijing. atmospheric environment, 108, 67–75. doi:10.1016/j.atmosenv.2015.02.071. [26] zhang, c., ni, z., & ni, l. (2015). multifractal detrended cross-correlation analysis between pm2.5 and meteorological factors. physica a: statistical mechanics and its applications, 438, 114–123. doi:10.1016/j.physa.2015.06.039. [27] li, b., zhang, w., & lu, m. (2018). multiple linear regression haze-removal model based on dark channel prior. 2018 international conference on computational science and computational intelligence (csci), 307-312. doi:10.1109/csci46756.2018.00066. [28] liu, s., luo, q., feng, m., zhou, l., qiu, y., li, c., ... & yang, f. (2023). enhanced nitrate contribution to light extinction during haze pollution in chengdu: insights based on an improved multiple linear regression model. environmental pollution, 323, 121309. doi:10.1016/j.envpol.2023.121309. [29] nichiforov, c., stamatescu, i., fagarasan, i., & stamatescu, g. (2017). energy consumption forecasting using arima and neural network models. proceedings 2017 5th international symposium on electrical and electronics engineering, iseee 2017, 2017december, 1–4. doi:10.1109/iseee.2017.8170657. [30] cabaneros, s. m., calautit, j. k., & hughes, b. r. (2019). a review of artificial neural network models for ambient air pollution prediction. environmental modelling and software, 119, 285–304. doi:10.1016/j.envsoft.2019.06.014. [31] fauzi, f., wasono, r., & kharisudin, i. (2023). evaluating recurrent neural networks and long short-term memory for air pollution forecasting: mitigating the impact of volatile environmental factors. communications in mathematical biology and neuroscience, 2023, 129. doi:10.28919/cmbn/8265. [32] chen, q., ding, r., mo, x., li, h., xie, l., & yang, j. (2024). an adaptive adjacency matrix-based graph convolutional recurrent network for air quality prediction. scientific reports, 14(1), 4408. doi:10.1038/s41598-024-55060-2. [33] elshaboury, n., mohammed abdelkader, e., & al-sakkaf, a. (2023). convolutional neural network-based deep learning model for air quality prediction in october city of egypt. construction innovation. doi:10.1108/ci-11-2022-0292. [34] bedi, s., katiyar, a., krishnan, n. m. a., & kota, s. h. (2024). utilizing lstm models to predict pm2.5 levels during critical episodes in delhi, the world’s most polluted capital city. urban climate, 53, 101835. doi:10.1016/j.uclim.2024.101835. [35] wen, d., zheng, s., chen, j., zheng, z., ding, c., & zhang, l. (2023). hyperparameter-optimization-inspired long short-term memory network for air quality grade prediction. information (switzerland), 14(4), 243. doi:10.3390/info14040243. [36] wang, z., feng, j., fu, q., gao, s., chen, x., & cheng, j. (2019). quality control of online monitoring data of air pollutants using artificial neural networks. air quality, atmosphere and health, 12(10), 1189–1196. doi:10.1007/s11869-019-00734-4. [37] araujo, l. n., belotti, j. t., alves, t. a., tadano, y. de s., & siqueira, h. (2020). ensemble method based on artificial neural networks to estimate air pollution health risks. environmental modelling and software, 123, 104567. doi:10.1016/j.envsoft.2019.104567. [38] karacan, c. ö. (2009). forecasting gob gas venthole production performances using intelligent computing methods for optimum methane control in longwall coal mines. international journal of coal geology, 79(4), 131–144. doi:10.1016/j.coal.2009.07.005. [39] karacan, c. ö. (2008). modeling and prediction of ventilation methane emissions of u.s. longwall mines using supervised artificial neural networks. international journal of coal geology, 73(3–4), 371–387. doi:10.1016/j.coal.2007.09.003. [40] mathatho, s., owolawi, p. a., & tu, c. (2019). prediction of methane levels in underground coal mines using artificial neural networks. icabcd 2019 2nd international conference on advances in big data, computing and data communication systems, 1–4. doi:10.1109/icabcd.2019.8851041. [41] park, s., kim, m., kim, m., namgung, h. g., kim, k. t., cho, k. h., & kwon, s. b. (2018). predicting pm10 concentration in seoul metropolitan subway stations using artificial neural network (ann). journal of hazardous materials, 341, 75–82. doi:10.1016/j.jhazmat.2017.07.050. [42] li, x., peng, l., yao, x., cui, s., hu, y., you, c., & chi, t. (2017). long short-term memory neural network for air pollutant concentration predictions: method development and evaluation. environmental pollution, 231, 997–1004. doi:10.1016/j.envpol.2017.08.114. https://doi.org/10.1109/csci46756.2018.00066 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 271 [43] wu, q., & lin, h. (2019). a novel optimal-hybrid model for daily air quality index prediction considering air pollutant factors. science of the total environment, 683, 808–821. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2019.05.288. [44] karim, f., majumdar, s., darabi, h., & chen, s. (2017). lstm fully convolutional networks for time series classification. ieee access, 6, 1662–1669. doi:10.1109/access.2017.2779939. [45] yousif, j. h., kazem, h. a., & bwalya, k. j. (2024). dust impact on photovoltaic technologies: a comparative analysis using deep recurrent neural networks. energy sources, part a: recovery, utilization and environmental effects, 46(1), 3023–3040. doi:10.1080/15567036.2024.2310740. [46] huang, c. j., & kuo, p. h. (2018). a deep cnn-lstm model for particulate matter (pm2.5) forecasting in smart cities. sensors (switzerland), 18(7), 2220. doi:10.3390/s18072220. [47] wu, c., li, q., hou, j., karimian, h., & chen, g. (2018). pm2.5 concentration prediction using convolutional neural networks. magnetic protostars and planets (mapp), 43, 68–75. doi:10.16251/j.cnki.1009-2307.2018.08.011. [48] gu, y., li, b., & meng, q. (2023). multi-task deep neural network for air pollution prediction and spatial effect analysis. 2023 8th international conference on cloud computing and big data analytics, icccbda 2023, 220–227. doi:10.1109/icccbda56900.2023.10154688. [49] kek, h. y., bazgir, a., tan, h., lee, c. t., hong, t., othman, m. h. d., fan, y. van, mat, m. n. h., zhang, y., & wong, k. y. (2024). particle dispersion for indoor air quality control considering air change approach: a novel accelerated cfd-dnn prediction. energy and buildings, 306, 113938. doi:10.1016/j.enbuild.2024.113938. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 787 issn: 2723-9535 relationships between brand value and country's gdp wilert puriwat 1 , suchart tripopsakul 2* 1 chulalongkorn business school, chualongkorn university, 254 phyathai road, pathumwan, bangkok 10330, thailand. 2 school of entrepreneurship and management, bangkok university, 9/1 moo 5 phaholyothin road, pathumthani 12120, thailand. received 24 august 2023; revised 02 november 2023; accepted 11 november 2023; published 01 december 2023 abstract brand development has emerged as a critical strategy for economic prosperity where assets from both physical and nonphysical sources significantly influence a nation's economy. however, the impact of these intangible assets on economic growth still requires further clarification. this study aims to investigate the relationship between nation brand value and economic growth and to examine whether this impact varies depending on countries' income levels. based on data from the global soft power index and gross domestic product (gdp) of 120 countries from brand finance nation brands and word bank in 2022, linear regression and moderation analysis results reveal that nation brand values positively impact national economic growth. the results of the moderation effect analysis by the process macro reveal that the impact of nation brand value on economic growth is significantly more substantial for lower-income economies than for higher-income economies. our study is one of a few attempts to clarify the effect of nation brand value on a nation's economic growth. the outcome of this research provides more understanding for exploiting the nation brand development concept to create a superior competitive advantage, consequently leading to the prosperity of nation economies. keywords: brand value; gdp; global soft power index; economic growth. 1. introduction the idea of brand value in today's global economy stretches beyond the boundaries of individual companies to include entire countries [1]. traditional economic models have long emphasized tangible assets and industrial output as the primary growth indicators. however, in the current era of globalization and digitalization, these models are being supplemented and, at times, overshadowed by the power of branding [2]. a nation's brand—an amalgamation of its perceived image, cultural influence, political stability, and economic potential—has emerged as a pivotal factor in attracting investment, tourism, and international partnerships [3]. the focus of marketing scholars and practitioners has moved from product brands to company brands and, more lately, to national brands over the past few decades [4]. although national branding investments and building a nation's brand value often have unfavorable short-term effects, they usually pay off in the long run. a well-established national brand may raise a nation's profile abroad, draw in foreign capital, increase tourism, and make its goods and services more globally marketable. the gdp reflects how these elements may support long-term economic growth [5]. thailand's brand value calculated from the country's leading brand names was estimated to be worth 509 billion dollars or 16.6 trillion baht – a 5% increase from last year's 483 billion dollars or 15.7 billion baht [6]. according to the global soft power index report in 2022, thailand is one of 25 countries where recovery and response to the covid-19 * corresponding author: suchart.t@bu.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-08 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8891-3637 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8031-8056 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 788 pandemic were best. however, currently, the war in ukraine and inflation are slowing growth. the banking (28%), oil and gas (20%) and telecoms (16%) sectors performed well and contributed the most to the nation's growth. more empirical data are still needed to firmly establish and elucidate the relationship between nation brands and economic development, even if prior research has noted the beneficial effects of nation brands on economic growth. this article aims to explore the relationship between economic progress and the value of a nation's brand. the remainder of the article is structured as follows. a literature review on brand value and the connection between brand development and economic growth is presented in the next section. the research methodology is covered in the third section. a portion of the quantitative analysis comes next. the fifth section is devoted to discussion—last, the conclusion, limitations, and suggestions for further research are presented. 2. literature review 2.1. brand value organizations are named before they are created, just as individuals connect with names from birth; every product is named before it is pushed [7]. similarly, nations, cities, and regions each have unique brands. a country's brand domain is one of the most important domains. researchers and executive managers are now paying attention to country branding since it promotes countries' reputations in various situations, including public diplomacy, strategy, investment, export, tourism, and economic development. cultivating a population interested in and supportive of a country's success is known as nation branding. in the era of globalization, the interaction between consumers and various international products and services has significantly increased. this has sparked a growing interest in understanding consumer behavior concerning global brands. researchers and marketers are keen to explore why consumers prefer global brands over local or less-known brands [8, 9]. a previous study found that brand innovativeness and national traditions positively affect brand-nation connections [10]. consequently, the national brand gives domestic products a distinct competitive edge. it can also eliminate preconceived conceptions about a nation's reputation and boost its status in its target markets [11]. like a brand's image, a national brand embodies its identity, sustainability, and superior product quality. it can also increase or decrease the value of those products [12]. moreover, a powerful and valued national brand can provide its possessing country with a competitive edge or a sense of identity. it can promote business, attract investment, further the goals of the tourism sector, improve public diplomacy, uphold the benefits and interests of the exporting sector, strengthen national identity, and increase self-esteem [3]. many countries have concluded that they must take care of their trademarks and increase their value to reap these benefits. changes in the production and consumption structures brought about by more intense competition forced firms to focus on increasingly complex products. investing more in intangible assets could result in the development of more complex products. in conclusion, economies become more complex as they rely more on intangible assets. scholars have long maintained that brand value is an essential precondition for economic success, but they cannot agree upon an economic development model that incorporates brand value. 2.2. brand development and economic growth economists define economic development as a multidimensional process involving significant changes in social structures, people's attitudes, national institutions, economic growth acceleration, and decreasing inequality [13]. similarly, there has been a long-term increase in the ability to deliver increasingly diverse economic goods to the population; this growing capacity based on improving technology and the institutional and ideological adaptations it demands is defined as economic growth [14]. even though these two ideas are frequently used synonymously and mistakenly, they differ significantly from one another. in contrast to economic development, the scope of economic expansion is constrained. it denotes an increase in the value of all the goods and services produced in a territory during a specified period or an increase in the per capita gdp. on the other hand, economic development is a comprehensive concept that includes national decisions and activities related to a country's social and political well-being. nation branding is vital for countries to differentiate themselves in a globalized environment [15, 16]. building a nation brand is challenging due to the involvement of various stakeholders. in a globalized world, a robust nation brand is crucial for drawing foreign businesses and tourists and enhancing the reputation of brands from that country [17, 18]. a country can nurture favorable attitudes worldwide and internally by combining country-of-origin and place branding [19]. this will likely shape a solid global reputation, attract tourists, increase exports, and encourage foreign investment. states compete for resources, investments, and recognition in a globalized world. using nation branding to provide an excellent and unique image, smaller nations have an opportunity to make an impression on the global market [19]. a nation may employ its brand to accomplish various objectives, such as increasing exports, drawing in foreign capital, attracting skilled labor from overseas, and enhancing tourism income [20]. these locations aim to raise awareness and present a clear, positive picture worldwide [21]. cities and countries are pressured to compete more quickly and fiercely for resources, investments, tourism, and recognition during heightened and intensified globalization [22]. brands are the pinnacle of a nation's or organization's intangible competitive assets; they encapsulate the unique qualities of promises [23]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 789 3. research methodology the global soft power index evaluates and ranks a nation's soft power, considering elements such as foreign policy, political ideals, and cultural influence. on the other hand, the idea of a nation brand describes how the outside world views a nation's reputation and overall image. there is a strong correlation between nation branding and the global soft power index. the index offers a quantitative evaluation of a nation's soft power, which is essential to that nation's total nation brand. a country's worldwide image and influence in various domains, including culture, government, and international relations, can be reflected in its strong position on the global soft power index, indicating a favorable and powerful nation brand. this approach adds many attributes to our analysis that encapsulate the essence of a nation's soft power and international image and bridges the gap created by the shortage of direct nation brand value data. the author used the gross domestic product—the total monetary worth of all products and services produced and sold in a nation over a given period—usually one year—to illustrate each nation's economic progress. figure 1 represents the research procedure. figure 1. flowchart of the research methodology spss software was used for analysis after establishing a linear regression model. one technique for examining the numerical relationship between dependent and independent variables is regression analysis. it is expected in this strategy that the independent variable has an impact on the dependent variable. the independent variable influences the dependent variable. the dependent variable x in the regression model represents the independent variable y [24]. a simple regression model is installed. in the equation, y= β0 + β1x + ε (1) y = dependent variable x = independent variable β0 = it is a constant value and is the value of y when x = 0. β1 = it is the regression coefficient. it expresses the change in the dependent variable in response to the 1 unit change in the independent variable. ε = it is the random error term. it is assumed that the dependent variable contains a certain error. the regression model was established for the analysis: economic growth (y) = β0 + β1 brand value + ε (2) our hypothesis for analysis is as follows. h1: there is a relationship between economic growth and national brand value. the world bank assigns the world's economies to four income groups—low, lower-middle, upper-middle, and high income [25, 26]. these classifications are based on gross national income (gni) per capita and are updated annually. asfuroglu et al. (2020) studied the relationship between economic growth and human capital by concentrating on the growth effects of an average number of brands in the economy and found a greater correlation between brands and gdp per capita in emerging markets, compared to the developed countries [27]. based on this premise, the authors propose the following hypothesis. identification of problems reviews of the literature formulation of hypotheses gathering secondary data data analysis and findings synthesis conclusion hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 790 h2: the relationship between national brand value and economic growth is moderated by the income levels of the economy. the authors used the gdp of 120 countries to reflect the level of economic growth and the global soft power index for nation brand value. the details of these data are shown in table 1. table 1. gross domestic product (gdp) and global soft power index by country country global soft power index gdp ($ billion) country global soft power index gdp ($ billion) country global soft power index gdp ($ billion) united states 70.7 25,462,700 luxembourg 37.6 82,275 iraq 31.1 264,182 united kingdom 64.9 3,070,668 mexico 37.5 1,414,187 peru 31.0 242,632 germany 64.6 4,072,192 croatia 35.4 70,965 pakistan 31.0 376,533 china 64.2 17,963,171 czech republic 35.3 290,924 slovakia 30.9 115,469 japan 63.5 4,231,141 hungary 35.2 178,789 uzbekistan 30.7 80,392 france 60.6 2,782,905 morocco 34.9 134,182 ghana 30.3 72,839 canada 59.5 2,139,840 indonesia 34.8 1,319,100 lithuania 30.1 70,334 switzerland 56.6 807,706 colombia 34.7 343,939 kazakhstan 30.0 220,623 russia 56.1 2,240,422 oman 34.6 114,667 venezuela 30.0 72,793 italy 54.7 2,010,432 romania 34.4 301,262 seychelles 30.0 1,588 spain 53.0 1,397,509 ukraine 34.2 160,503 estonia 29.9 38,101 south korea 52.9 1,665,246 maldives 34.0 6,190 bolivia 29.9 43,069 australia 52.7 1,675,419 cuba 34.0 545,218 barbados 29.7 5,638 sweden 52.3 585,939 panama 33.9 76,523 madagascar 29.6 14,955 uae 52.0 507,535 chile 33.8 301,025 kenya 29.5 113,420 netherlands 50.6 991,115 jordan 33.5 47,451 côte d’ivoire 29.4 70,019 norway 49.7 579,267 georgia 33.4 24,605 montenegro 29.3 6,096 denmark 48.8 395,404 cyprus 33.3 28,439 ecuador 29.3 115,049 belgium 48.5 578,604 vietnam 33.3 408,802 latvia 29.3 41,154 singapore 48.5 466,789 philippines 33.2 404,284 cambodia 29.3 29,957 new zealand 48.4 247,234 dominican republic 32.9 113,642 tanzania 29.1 75,709 turkey 47.8 905,988 bulgaria 32.9 89,040 nepal 29.1 40,828 israel 47.6 522,033 iran 32.7 388,544 ethiopia 29.1 126,783 saudi arabia 47.1 1,108,149 slovenia 32.6 62,118 albania 29.1 18,882 finland 47.1 280,826 malta 32.5 17,765 bangladesh 29.0 460,201 qatar 45.8 237,296 uruguay 32.3 71,177 laos 28.9 15,724 austria 43.4 471,400 costa rica 32.1 68,381 zambia 28.8 29,784 brazil 43.4 1,920,096 bahrain 32.0 44,391 myanmar 28.6 59,364 india 43.2 3,385,090 nigeria 32.0 477,386 botswana 28.5 20,352 ireland 41.9 529,245 jamaica 32.0 17,098 senegal 28.4 27,684 egypt 41.6 476,748 mauritius 31.9 12,898 guatemala 28.2 95,003 portugal 41.0 251,945 bosnia & herzegovina 31.8 24,528 cameroon 27.9 44,342 greece 40.4 219,066 sri lanka 31.8 74,404 turkmenistan 27.7 45,611 south africa 40.2 405,870 rwanda 31.4 13,313 angola 27.7 106,714 thailand 40.2 495,341 algeria 31.4 191,913 uganda 27.3 45,559 kuwait 39.1 184,558 tunisia 31.3 46,665 dem. rep. congo 27.1 58,066 iceland 38.6 27,842 azerbaijan 31.3 78,721 mozambique 26.5 17,851 argentina 38.5 632,770 serbia 31.2 63,502 honduras 26.5 31,718 malaysia 38.5 406,306 lebanon 31.2 23,132 sudan 26.0 51,662 poland 38.2 688,177 paraguay 31.1 41,722 trinidad and tobago 25.3 27,899 note: gdp (nominal, 2022); global soft power index in 2022. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 791 4. results in total, 120 countries were involved in investigating the relationship between national brand value and economic growth. a linear regression model was employed for this study. since it assumes a linear relationship, delivers efficiently interpretable results, is user friendly, and offers tools to verify model assumptions, a linear regression model is a good choice for analyzing the relationship between the gdp and the global soft power index. it is adaptable and valuable as a starting point for more intricate studies. the requisite assumptions of a regression model were examined. pearson's correlation was initially used to confirm the relationship between the global soft power index and gdp. table 2 shows that the global soft power index is significantly associated with gdp (pearson's correlation = 0.799, sig = 0.000). table 2. the result of the correlation between nation brand value (global soft power index) and economic growth (gdp) symmetric measures value asymptotic standardized error a approximate t b approximate significance interval by interval pearson's r 0.799 0.034 14.442 0.000 c n of valid cases 120 a. not assuming the null hypothesis; b. using the asymptotic standard error assuming the null hypothesis. c. based on normal approximation. after that, to avoid the normality issue of a dependent variable, log transformation, a widely used method to address skewed data in social research, was applied [28]. a normality test was performed to test the shapiro‒wilk w test and kolmogorov‒smirnov test results. the results of normality testing (table 3) showed that the log of gdp in 120 countries was a dependent variable in this study (kolmogorov-smirnova sig. = 0.050; shapiro‒wilk sig. = 0.344; skewness value = 1.253; kurtosis value = 0.205), as suggested by hair, black, babin, and anderson (2010) and kline (2011) [29, 30]. table 3. the normality test results tests of normality kolmogorov-smirnova shapiro‒wilk statistic df sig. statistic df sig. loggdp 0.081 120 0.050 0.988 120 0.344 a .lilliefors significance correction descriptives statistic std .error loggdp mean 5.2002 0.06847 95% confidence interval for mean lower bound 5.0646 upper bound 5.3358 5% trimmed mean 5.1884 median 5.0828 variance 0.563 std .deviation 0.75009 minimum 3.20 maximum 7.41 range 4.21 interquartile range 1.04 skewness 0.277 0.221 kurtosis 0.090 0.438 many disciplines, including economics, finance, and the social sciences, frequently employ linear regression to assess and forecast data patterns [31-33]. linear regression analysis estimated the relationship between a nation's brand value and economic growth. the results of linear regression analysis are shown in tables 4 to 6. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 792 table 4. model summary of linear regression analysis model summary b model r r square adjusted r square std .error of the estimate change statistics r square change f change df1 df2 sig .f change 1 0.799 a 0.639 0.636 0.45279 0.639 208.562 1 118 0.000 a. predictor: gspi (constant) b. dependent variable: loggdp table 5. anova results of linear regression analysis anova a model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 42.760 1 42.760 208.562 0.000 b residual 24.193 118 0.205 total 66.953 119 a. dependent variable: loggdp b. predictor: gspi (constant) table 6. results of linear regression analysis coefficients a model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. collinearity statistics b std .error beta tolerance vif 1 (constant ) 3.015 0.157 0.799 19.214 0.000 1.000 1.000 gspi 0.059 0.004 14.442 0.000 a .dependent variable :loggdp note: gspi = global soft power index; loggdp = log transformation of gdp according to tables 4 to 6, the results showed that national brand value (global soft power index) significantly impacts economic growth (gdp). with an r2 of 0.639, the global soft power index can account for a significant amount of the variation in gdp. the findings show a strong correlation between economic growth and nation brand value (as measured by the global soft power index and gdp). with a very significant t value of 14.442 (p value < 0.001) and a normalized coefficient (beta) of 0.799, the coefficient for nation brand value is 0.059. this result shows a positive correlation between nation brand value and economic growth, validating hypothesis 1 (h1), which states that a relationship exists between nation brand value and economic growth. figure 2 displays the relationship between nation brand and economic growth, representing that countries with greater nation brand values possess greater economic growth. figure 2. the relationship between nation brand and economic growth of 120 counties 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 n o r m a li z a ti o n v a lu e o f l n 1 0 g d p a n d g lo b a l s o ft p o w e r i n d e x country name normalization of global soft power index normalization of ln10 gdp linear (normalization of ln10 gdp) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 793 to examine the proposed moderation, the authors used the hayes process macro in spss to run the analysis. the process macro, developed by hayes (2012), allows the computation of regression analyses containing various combinations of mediators, moderators, and covariates [34]. table 7 contains the results of the moderation analysis, which was performed using model 1 of process macro by hayes (2012) [34]. the change in r2 due to the interaction term was significant (δr2 = 0.0216, p<0.001), and the fstatistic (f = 7.8666) supported the model's significance. the interaction between gspi and income level (il) is significant (β=−0.0190, p<0.01), indicating that the effect of gspi on gdp varies across different income levels. the beta coefficient for the conditional effect shows that the impact of the gspi on gdp is weaker in higher-income economies. the strength of the effect of a nation's brand value on economic growth decreases as the economy's income level increases. this finding suggests that nation-brand value is more influential in lowerand upper-middle-income economies than in high-income economies. therefore, hypothesis 2 is supported. table 7. moderation results gdp β se llci ulci constant 0.9633 0.8034 -0.6279 2.5544 global soft power index (gspi) 0.1359*** 0.0255 0.0853 0.1865 income level (il) 0.4676* 0.2196 0.0326 0.9026 interaction (gspi x il) -0.0190** 0.0068 -0.0323 -0.0056 ∆r² due to interaction 0.0216*** f 7.8666 conditional effects of the focal predictor at values of the moderator(s) moderator (the level of income economy) gdp lower middle-income economies 0.0980*** 0.0125 0.0733 0.1227 upper middle-income economies 0.0791*** 0.0067 0.0659 0.0922 high-income economies 0.0601*** 0.0049 0.0504 0.0699 note: *p<0.05; **p<0.01; ***p<0.001; bootstrap sample size = 5,000. ll = lower limit; ci = confidence interval; ul = upper limit; low-income economics is the reference group. 5. discussion academic research has been conducted on building brand value to obtain a competitive edge and promote long-term economic growth. however, quantitative studies on the link between brand value and economic growth are still lacking. this study also focuses on gdp as an indication of economic growth because it is claimed to be the most commonly used instrument for comprehending a nation's economic development. a good stand-in for nation brand value is the global soft power index, which captures a nation's appeal and influence abroad in various areas, including foreign policy, education, and culture. these factors directly influence a country's brand since they represent its standing, capacity to draw in foreign investment, and efficacy of its public diplomacy—all of which are essential to nation branding. the results of this study support the idea that nation brand value enhances economic growth. this finding is in line with that of a previous study by ökten (2019) in which investing in national brands and raising national brand values were shown to have a favorable long-term impact on the economic prosperity of the nation [5]; moreover, consistent with the study of asfuroglu et al. (2020), there is positive co-movement in brands and gdp per capita. they also suggest that to attain an economic performance comparable to that of developed countries, emerging nations should transition from traditional mass production to high value-added production, such as brand creation [27]. the study recommends that national governments make strategic investments to boost their nation's brand value through strengthening soft power assets such as foreign policy, education, and culture. this is because it has been demonstrated to positively affect economic growth and draw in foreign capital, resulting in long-term prosperity and a competitive edge in the global arena. countries must implement comprehensive brand strategies, including brand creation, to shift from traditional mass production to high-value-added sectors. this is especially true for rising countries. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 794 6. conclusion this study provides strong evidence that expanding national brand value is essential for economic progress, especially in the face of international competition. using gdp measures and global soft power index data, this study establishes a positive association between a country's economic prosperity and brand value. interestingly, the results indicate that this association is more substantial in lower-income than higher-income economies, with a more significant effect of nationbranding on economic growth in these areas. this emphasizes the significance of nation branding as a tactical instrument for economic growth, particularly for developing nations attempting to shift from low-end mass production to high-end industries such as brand building. this study has certain limitations. first, even though the global soft power index is helpful, not all nation-branding factors that affect economic growth may be included. second, focusing solely on gdp to measure economic growth might overlook other aspects, such as economic health. subsequent research endeavours may integrate supplementary economic variables, such as employment rates, quality of life measurements, and gdp, to offer a more exhaustive perspective on economic prosperity. qualitative research techniques, such as case studies and policymaker and brand strategist interviews, may offer a more profound understanding of the workings behind the patterns being seen. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, w.p. and s.t.; methodology, w.p. and s.t.; formal analysis, w.p. and s.t.; data curation, w.p. and s.t.; writing—original draft preparation, w.p.; writing—review and editing, w.p. and s.t. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are openly available at “https://brandirectory.com” and “https://databankfiles. worldbank.org/public/ddpext_download/gdp.pdf”. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] erixon, f., & salfi, m. (2015). building value: the role of trademarks for economic development (no. 9/2015). ecipe policy brief, 1-8. available online: https://ecipe.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/policy-brief-building-value.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [2] denga, e. m., vajjhala, n. r. r., & asortse, s. (2023). digital branding in the digital era. the role of brands in an era of overinformation, igi global, 171-197. doi:10.4018/978-1-6684-8351-0.ch008. [3] moilanen, t., & rainisto, s. k. (2009). how to brand nations, cities and destinations. a planning book for place branding, ix, 202, palgrave macmillan, london, united kingdom. doi:10.1057/9780230584594. [4] tran, t. p., guzmán, f., paswan, a. k., & blankson, c. (2020). national versus private brand: a regulatory focus perspective. journal of retailing and consumer services, 57, 102198. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2020.102198. [5] ökten, n. z., okan, e. y., arslan, ü., & güngör, m. ö. (2019). the effect of brand value on economic growth: a multinational analysis. european research on management and business economics, 25(1), 1-7. doi:10.1016/j.iedeen.2018.11.002. [6] thai pbs world. (2018). thailand's nation brand ranking drops two spots this year to 31th. thai public broadcasting service (thai pbs). available online: https://www.thaipbsworld.com/thailands-nation-brand-ranking-drops-two-spots-this-year-to-31th/ (accessed on june 2023). https://brandirectory.com/ https://ecipe.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/policy-brief-building-value.pdf https://www.thaipbsworld.com/thailands-nation-brand-ranking-drops-two-spots-this-year-to-31th/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 795 [7] buckingham, d. (2008). introducing identity. macarthur foundation series on digital media and learning. cambridge, ma: the mit press, 2008. 1–24. doi:10.1162/dmal.9780262524834.001. [8] wang, c. l., & he, j. (2023). guest editorial: global branding management in a rapidly changing environment. international marketing review, 40(1), 1-3. https://doi.org/10.1108/imr-02-2023-391. [9] haeruddin, m. i. w., musa, m. i., & kurniawan, a. w. (2023). marketing strategy analysis in a global market. journal management & economics review (jumper), 1(1), 17-24. doi:10.59971/jumper.v1i1.23. [10] he, j., & ge, j. (2023). the dual impetus for perceived brand globalness and brand competence in a rapidly changing environment: the role of brand-nation connection. international marketing review, 40(1), 4-27. doi:10.1108/imr-06-20210210. [11] anholt, s. (2007). nation-brands and the value of provenance. destination branding. routledge, 41-54. [12] vahie, a., & paswan, a. (2006). private label brand image: its relationship with store image and national brand. international journal of retail & distribution management, 34(1), 67-84. doi:10.1108/09590550610642828. [13] todaro, m. p. (1977). economic development in the third world: an introduction to problems and policies in a global perspective. pearson education, 5174663. available online: https://www.osti.gov/biblio/5174663 (accessed on june 2023). [14] kuznets, s. (1973). modern economic growth: findings and reflections. the american economic review, 63(3), 247-258. [15] rojas-méndez, j. i., & khoshnevis, m. (2023). conceptualising nation branding: the systematic literature review. journal of product & brand management, 32(1), 107-123. doi:10.1108/jpbm-04-2021-3444. [16] hao, a. w., paul, j., trott, s., guo, c., & wu, h. h. (2021). two decades of research on nation branding: a review and future research agenda. international marketing review, 38(1), 46-69. doi:10.1108/imr-01-2019-0028. [17] lahrech, a., aldabbas, h., & juusola, k. (2023). determining the predictive importance of the core dimensions of nation brands. journal of product & brand management, 32(8), 1207-1219. doi:10.1108/jpbm-10-2022-4183. [18] yadav, r., paul, j., & mittal, a. (2023). impact of nation brand experience on nation brand loyalty, and positive wom in a changing environment: the role of nation brand love. international marketing review, 40(1), 28-48. doi:10.1108/imr-05-20210173. [19] roozen, i., chia, j., & raedts, m. (2017). does institutional nation branding exist in a singaporean context?. place branding and public diplomacy, 13(4), 325-347. doi:10.1057/s41254-017-0056-8. [20] dinnie, k. (2010). city branding: theory and cases. theory and cases, xxx, 239, palgrave macmillan, london, united kingdom. doi:10.1057/9780230294790. [21] olins, w. (2002). branding the nation-the historical context. journal of brand management, 9(4), 241-248. doi:10.1057/palgrave.bm.2540075. [22] ashworth, g., & kavaratzis, m. (2009). beyond the logo: brand management for cities. journal of brand management, 16, 520531. doi:10.1057/palgrave.bm.2550133. [23] anholt, s. (2005). anholt nation brands index: how does the world see america?. journal of advertising research, 45(3), 296304. doi:10.1017/s0021849905050336. [24] aalen, o. o. (1989). a linear regression model for the analysis of life times. statistics in medicine, 8(8), 907-925. doi:10.1002/sim.4780080803. [25] world bank (2023). world bank country and lending groups. the world bank group, new hampshire, united states. available online: https://datahelpdesk.worldbank.org/knowledgebase/articles/906519-world-bank-country-and-lending-groups (accessed on june 2023). [26] hamadeh, n., van rompaey, c., & metreau, e. (2023). world bank group country classifications by income level for fy24 (july 1, 2023-june 30, 2024) the world bank group, new hampshire, united states. available online: https://blogs.worldbank.org/opendata/new-world-bank-group-country-classifications-income-level-fy24 (accessed on may 2023). [27] asfuroglu, d., ökten, n. z., & okan, e. y. (2020). examining economic growth through brand development: a multinational analysis. sage open, 10(2), 2158244020921871. doi:10.1177/2158244020921871. [28] changyong, f. e. n. g., hongyue, w. a. n. g., naiji, l. u., tian, c. h. e. n., hua, h. e., & ying, l. u. (2014). logtransformation and its implications for data analysis. shanghai archives of psychiatry, 26(2), 105. doi:10.3969/j.issn.10020829.2014.02.009. [29] hair, j., black, w. c., babin, b. j., & anderson, r. e. (2010). multivariate data analysis. pearson education international, united states. available online: https://www.drnishikantjha.com/paperscollection/multivariate%20data%20analysis.pdf (accessed on june 2023). https://www.osti.gov/biblio/5174663 https://datahelpdesk.worldbank.org/knowledgebase/articles/906519-world-bank-country-and-lending-groups https://blogs.worldbank.org/opendata/new-world-bank-group-country-classifications-income-level-fy24 https://www.drnishikantjha.com/paperscollection/multivariate%20data%20analysis.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 796 [30] kline, r. b. (2011). principles and practice of structural equation modeling (5th ed.). the guilford press, 3-427. [31] anghelache, c., manole, a., & anghel, m. g. (2015). analysis of final consumption and gross investment influence on gdp– multiple linear regression model. theoretical and applied economics, 22(3), 137-142. [32] anghelache, c., & sacalã, c. (2016). multiple linear regression used to analyze the correlation between gdp and some variables. romanian statistical review supplement, 64(9), 94-99. [33] huseynli, b. (2022). examining the relationship between brand value, energy production and economic growth. international journal of energy economics and policy, 12(3), 298-304. doi:10.32479/ijeep.12987 [34] hayes, a. f. (2012). process: a versatile computational tool for observed variable mediation, moderation, and conditional process modeling. available online: http://www.afhayes.com/public/process2012.pdf (accessed on june 2023). http://www.afhayes.com/public/process2012.pdf available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 246 analyzing the epidemiological outbreak of covid-19: real-time, visual data analysis, short-term forecasting, and risk factor identification jiawei long a* a department of biostatistics, ucla fielding school of public health university of california, los angeles, united states. received 25 march 2021; revised 21 may 2021; accepted 24 june 2021; published 01 september 2021 abstract the covid-19 outbreak was initially reported in wuhan, china, and it has been declared a public health emergency of international concern (pheic) on january 30, 2020 by who. it has now spread to over 180 countries and has gradually evolved into a world-wide pandemic, endangering the state of global public health and becoming a serious threat to the global community. to combat and prevent the spread of the disease, all individuals should be well-informed of the rapidly changing state of covid-19. to accomplish this objective, i have built a website to analyze and deliver the latest state of the disease and relevant analytical insights. the website is designed to cater to the general audience and aims to communicate insights through various straightforward and concise data visualizations that are supported by sound statistical methods, accurate data modeling, state-of-the-art natural language processing techniques, and reliable data sources. this paper discusses the major methodologies, which are utilized to generate the insights displayed on the website, which include an automatic data ingestion pipeline, normalization techniques, moving average computation, arima time-series forecasting, and logistic regression models. in addition, the paper highlights key discoveries that have been derived with regard to covid-19 using the methodologies. keywords: coronavirus epidemiology; data analysis; data visualization; hypothesis testing; arima time-series forecast; natural language processing; logistic regression. 1. introduction the floristic region of south kolkheti (adjara) is part of the caucasus ecoregion, which is included among the 200 world-renowned ecoregions by the world wildlife fund (wwf). these ecoregions are characterized by plant diversity, high levels of endemism, taxonomic uniqueness, and the rarity of biomes globally [1]. covid-19 is an infectious disease caused by a severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus. it was first identified in december 2019 in wuhan, china, and has resulted in an ongoing pandemic. the virus is typically rapidly spread from one person to another via respiratory droplets produced during coughing and sneezing. it is considered most contagious when people are symptomatic, although transmission may be possible before symptoms show in patients. the time between exposure and symptom onset is generally between two and 14 days, with an average of five days [1]. since knowledge about this virus is rapidly evolving due to its rapid spread and uncertain mutations, the public is urged to learn about the most recent state of the virus on a regular basis in order to stay informed. to contribute to the fight against covid-19, i have created a covid-19 real-time tracker website to serve as a platform * corresponding author: peterljw@g.ucla.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2021-02-03-09  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 247 to provide the latest status of the spread of the disease and to present useful analytical insights into the disease. it includes features such as odometers of the latest state of covid-19 cases, trend analysis, and short-term forecasts in 181 different countries, as well as informative visualizations of the most common symptoms and risk factors, and patient demographic distributions. the website retrieves the most recent data from reliable data sources on an hourly basis and transforms the data into informative visualizations and analytical insights. section 2 of the paper discusses the related work in the realm of data analysis of covid-19 and highlights the innovative differences between the study presneted in this paper and the previous studies. section 3 to 6 of the paper provide a brief description of every feature of the website and discuss relevant methodologies behind each feature. each section begins with an overview subsection to introduce the components and functions of the feature, followed by more detailed discussions of the methodologies that are utilized to build the feature and key insights from the relevant analytic study. in section 3, the paper discusses the mechanism of real-time data retrieval and various data processing techniques that are utilized to generate the insights in the overview feature of the website. section 4 discusses the concepts of moving average and arima time-series forecasting, and how they are implemented in the trend feature of the website. in section 5, the paper discusses n-gram tokenization, min-max normalization, and logistic regression model for studying common symptoms from the covid-19 patients and risk factors that potentially increase the patient’s likelihood of dying from the disease. section 6 highlights the demographic distributions of infected patients and explains the applications of hypothesis testing in discovering potential differences in demographic distributions of different patient groups. lastly, section 7 concludes the paper with major components of this study and discusses the future of the research and development regarding covd-19. 2. related work since the initial outbreak of covid-19, there has been a number of attempts to analyze the state of the virus from the perspective of data analytics. in early 2020, samrat k. dey released one of the earliest papers that analyzes the outbreak of covid-19 through visual exploratory analysis, focusing on the spatial component and comparing the spread in the hubei province, other chinese provinces, and the rest of the world [2]. the author has also published an interactive notebook that consists of various interactive visualizations on a website. while the website serves as a great platform for the audience to gain deeper insights, the website’s notebook remains in a static state and does not update as the state of covid-19 quickly changes with time. this inspired me to present my analysis of covid-19 in a highly reproducible manner, in which case all data ingestions and analysis procedures can be repeated automatically and persistently. in addition to visual exploratory analysis, there was also significant effort in understanding and forecasting the spread of the virus. in an early paper presented by tong (2020), the author attempts to model and project the spread of the virus through mathematical analysis that utilizes moving average and the sir model, a traditional epidemic model [3]. similar work was also conducted in a study led by baoquan chen, in which case the author attempts to forecast the future trend of covid-19 through the c-seir model, an extension of the traditional sir model [4]. after reproducing some of the previously mentioned work, i have found epidemic modeling to be limiting in terms of modeling the uncertainty of covid-19 due to its strict model assumptions that conflict with the spread of covid-19. thus, i have taken a different direction to model the state of covid-19 with a more flexible framework that utilizes time-series modeling with moving average in my study. moreover, there were many clinical studies on discovering the common symptoms and identifying potential risk factors associated with the virus through traditional medical research methods such as experimental design and analysis [5-7]. in this paper, i have proposed an innovative way to analyze medical records retrospectively to estimate the relative prevalence of various symptoms and identify potential risk factors through natural language processing techniques. this paper also significantly differs from the existing related work in the field because it presents a larger breadth of analysis on various aspects of covid-19, ranging from visualizations of its latest state to statistical modeling that produces short-terming forecasting and identifies potential risk factors. 3. feature 1: overview 3.1. introduction the landing page of the website is the overview page, and it presents the most current states of covid-19 at a global scale (figure 1). the top of the page has three odometer boxes to display the total confirmed cases, the total deaths, and the total recovered cases along with their respective daily new counts. the bottom half of the page contains a user-interactive control panel and a display window. the users are able to apply population normalization or log transformation to the visualizations in the display window through the widgets in the control panel. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 248 figure 1. overview page (website landing page) the display window has the viewing options of heat map visualizations (figure 2), time-series line plots (figure 3), or data tables (figure 4). all visualizations have interactive features such as tooltip and zooming, and all tables can be interactively sorted by clicking on column names. the heat map visualization allows the users to quickly assess the severity of covid-19 in different geographical locations while the time-series line plot shows a comparison of the most affected regions on a standardized time scale. the data table provides the users with the flexibility to explore and search for data of their interest. figure 2. global confirmed cases heat map the purpose of this feature is to provide the audience with a concise view of the severity of covid-19 in different locations and inform the audience of the latest progression of the disease easily. the options of applying log transformation and population normalization allow the audience to observe the state of covid-19 from different perspectives while the interactive table allows the audience to explore specific metrics of their interest. these options are useful because they allow users to access more detailed information under a different context. the website also consists of an overview page specific for the united states at a state level, similar to the shown page corresponding to a global scale at the country level. the overview page for united stats shares the same features discussed above and it can be accessed by expanding the overview feature and clicking on the u.s. tab (figure 5). the subsequent subsections discuss the mechanism of automatic data ingestion pipeline and various data processing techniques that are utilized to generate the insights in the overview feature of the website. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 249 figure 3. global confirmed cases time-series line plot figure 4. global data table for covid-19 statistics by country figure 5. two subpages of the overview feature hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 250 3.2. automatic data ingestion pipeline to ensure the accuracy and the reliability of the website’s content, the website’s server retrieves the newest data from the covid-19 data repository maintained by the center for systems science and engineering at johns hopkins university on an hourly basis. the data repository is regulated by the johns hopkins university center for systems science and engineering and supported by the esri living atlas team and the johns hopkins university applied physics lab. the data source is supposed to be updated numerous times throughout the day, and the validity of the data is verified by researchers at johns hopkins university. the content displayed in the overview feature is therefore derived from a real-time and reliable data source. to achieve an automatic data ingestion process, i have created a data pipeline using apache airflow to retrieve the most recent data from the csse data repository by johns hopkins. the data pipeline contains a protocol to download and ingest the most recent data from the data source, and it is governed by a scheduler to run at the beginning of every hour. during each data ingestion process, the pipeline’s program will download the data by obtaining the current date and accessing the data source with a modified url. for example, the newest daily report data file can always be accessed using the link “https://raw.githubusercontent.com/cssegisanddata/covid-19/master/csse_covid_19_data/ csse_covid_19_daily_reports/mm-dd-yyyy.csv, where “mm-dd-yyyy” is used as a placeholder to store the current date. the program recognizes the date in pacific standard time and inputs it into the link’s placeholder when the server tries to retrieve the newest data. the link directs to a raw csv file in html format, which can be directly downloaded using a pre-specified r script. once the data file is downloaded successfully, it will be ingested and stored in an aws s3 bucket. when the website is opened by a user, the server behind the website will read the data stored in the aws s3 bucket and pre-process it into different data frames that support the content on the website. if the process were to be unsuccessful due to unforeseen circumstances, the web server will load up the most recent data file that it has ingested previously to support the content on the web page. figure 6 summarizes the data ingestion process of the website. figure 6. automatic data ingestion pipeline summary 3.3. transformation and normalization techniques the control panel on the page allows the users to apply log transformation and population normalization (i.e. cases per million) to the data, which interacts with the corresponding visualizations of the heat map and time-series line plot. when the user turns the log scale switch on, the logarithmic function with a base of 10 is used as a deterministic mathematical function to be applied to each point in a data set. that is, for every data point 𝑥𝑖, its value will be replaced by 𝑦𝑖 = log10(𝑥𝑖). such a transformation can significantly improve the interpretability and the appearance of the graph. the choice of using the logarithmic function is based on the nature of exponential growth associated with pandemic and the relatively large differences in the raw counts of cases across different locations in the later stages of a pandemic. the effect of log transformation is demonstrated in figure 7. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 251 figure 7. before (left) and after (right) log transformation on the other hand, while population normalization does not necessarily improve the appearance of the visualizations, it alters the interpretation of the visualization by accounting for the population of each region. such a perspective is beneficial because each country or state could vary significantly in its population. assessing the number of cases per million provides a more robust estimation of the severity of the covid-19 in each region rather than solely observing the total counts. to achieve population normalization, global country-level population data and statelevel population data of the u.s. are preprocessed and stored on the server, and they will be joined to the retrieved data to produce the corresponding visualizations. precisely, the normalization is applied in the following manner, for every data point 𝑥𝑖, its value will be replaced by 𝑦𝑖 = (𝑥𝑖/𝑛𝑗).1,000,000, where 𝑛𝑗 denotes the population of countryj. figure 8 further displays the usefulness of the log transformation as a visual tool for studying the data. figure 8. before (left) and after (right) population normalization in addition, the time-series line plots have built-in timescale standardization. rather than comparing the time-series data with respect to date, the plot compares them with respect to the number of days after the spread of the disease reaches a certain magnitude. since the time frames of outbreaks are different in every region, it will be hard to compare the severity of the disease in each region in separate time frames. hence, the application of timescale standardization helps to standardize the time-series data into a universal time scale. in conjunction with population normalization, the audience is able to compare regions that have the fastest spread of covid-19. 4. feature 2: trend analysis 4.1. introduction this section discusses another useful feature of the website and its ability to display time-series data in different ways. the trend feature of the website focuses on individual country-level statistics. the page contains a userinteractive control panel and a display window, where the display window shows visualizations of the daily increment of daily new cases as shown in figures 9 and 10. in the figure, the orange bar plot represents the number of daily new cases while the black line represents the 14-days moving average of the daily new cases. the grey dotted line extended from the black line and the orange ribbon around it together represent a 14-day forecast of the number of daily new cases. the user-interactive control panel on the left allows the user to select the metric of interest (i.e. confirmed cases, deaths, or recovered cases), the country of interest (including 181 countries), and whether the scope of the plot should focus on visualizing the short-term trend or the long-term trend. hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 252 figure 9. new confirmed cases short-term trend in usa figure 10. new confirmed cases long-term trend in usa the purpose of this feature is to provide insights into the trend of the spread of the disease in each country. in particular, the plot is designed to answer the pressing question of whether the curve has flattened. since the number of daily new cases has a substantial amount of fluctuations, applying a moving average aggregation can help to reveal the underlying direction of the curve of the number of daily new cases. in addition, the moving average values display trends and patterns that can serve as the basis for time-series modeling to be used for forecasting purposes. the subsequent subsections discuss the concepts of moving average and arima time-series forecasting, and how they are implemented in the trend feature of the website. 4.2. moving average one major component of the trend visualization is the moving average curve overlaid on the bar plot, and the value of the period of days used for commutating the moving average aggregation is 14 in this case. moving average is an aggregating calculation to analyze data points by calculating a series of averages on different subsets of the full data set [8]. in this case, the method of simple moving average is used to compute the values of the moving averages. as an example, suppose we wish to calculate a simple moving average, if tx is the number of new cases at time t, a simple moving average at mt  is computed as:       m nmi i nmmmm m x nn xxxx sma )1( )1(21 1... by computing a series of simple moving averages, we smooth out short-term fluctuations in the number of daily new cases and highlight longer-term trends or cycles. this is especially useful in determining the constantly changing state of the covid-19 outbreak in a particular region. (1) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 253 4.3. arima time-series model the following discussion briefly introduces the arima model and provides the necessary background information for the prediction mechanism used by the website. arima, short for auto regressive integrated moving average models, are commonly used to fit time-series data using lags and the lagged forecast errors so that the fitted model can be used to forecast future values. arima models involve the notions of stationarity, differencing, autoregressive models, and moving average models [10]. an arima model assumes that the input time-series data is univariate and stationary. stationarity implies that the time series’ properties are independent of the time when they were captured. additionally, the data has a constant mean and variance. otherwise, they need to be transformed before one can use the arima model. such a transformation process is called differencing, and the appropriate order of differencing can be determined by using methods such as the kwiatkowski-phillipsschmidt-shin (kpss) test [11]. differencing is a process of computing the differences between consecutive observations. it has the function of stabilizing the mean of a time series by removing changes in the level of a time series, and therefore reducing trend and seasonality. in an autoregression model, we forecast the variable of interest using a linear combination of past values of the variable. the term autoregression indicates that it is a regression of the variable against itself. thus, an autoregressive model of order p can be written as: ,...11 tptptt yycy    where t is white noise. this is like a multiple regression but with lagged values of ty as predictors. we refer to this as an ar(p) model, an autoregressive model of order p. in contrast, rather than using past values of the forecast variable in a regression, a moving average model uses past forecast errors in a regression-like model. ，qtqtt cy    ...11 where t is white noise. we refer to this as an ma(q) model, a moving average model of order q. if we combine differencing with autoregression and a moving average model, we obtain an arim model. the full model of can be written as: ,...... 11 '' 11 ' tqtqtptptt yycy    where yt’ is the differenced series, p is the order of the autoregressive part, d is the degree of differencing, and q is the order of the moving average part. once we have the desired forecast yt’, we can undifference the forecast values to obtain the forecast of the original time-series. we denote such a model by arima(p,d,q). auto arima models can be implemented using the auto.arima() function in the forecast r package. on the website, arima models are used to predict is used to implement arima time-series prediction on the number of daily new cases. for every given time-series, the script automatically estimates the parameters in the arima fitting model and finds the best arima model to the data based on the aic score. aic is an abbreviation of the akaike information criterion, and it estimates the quality of a mode fit l relative to a collection of data models. specifically, aic estimates the estimator of out-of-sample prediction error, and so smaller values are desirable. given a particular statistical data model with k estimated parameters number and �̂� the maximum likelihood function value. then the model’s aic value is given by: 𝐴𝐼𝐶 = 2𝑘 − 2 ln(�̂�) (5) thus, for arima models, aic can be computed as follows; 𝐴𝐼𝐶 = −2 log 𝐿 + 2(𝑝 + 𝑞 + 𝑘) (6) for every given time-series, auto.arima() chooses the parameters which give the smallest aic and forecasts the values for the next n days [9]. for the forecast displayed on the website, we use n = 5 days. as a part of the output from the auto.arima() function, the 95% intervals are taken to plot the transparent orange ribbon around the mean prediction shown in figures 9 and 10. 5. feature 3: common symptoms 5.1. introduction this subsection discusses common symptoms experienced by covid-19 patients and the information can be obtained from the website. the section common symptoms contains an interactive visual summary of the most common symptoms associated with the disease (figure 11). the information discussed in this section is derived from medical records of infected patients around the world made publicly available by the open covid-19 data working group in their ncov2019 data repository. due to data quality issues and the uncertain nature of the disease, it is difficult to estimate the true prevalence of the symptoms among infected patients. hence, their prevalence measure is standardized to a 0-to-10 scale and is represented by the horizontal axis of the plot. (2) (3) (4) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 254 figure 11. common symptoms of covid-19 5.2. n-gram tokenization since the symptom variable from the patient-level data contains descriptive sentences of a patient’s symptoms (e.g. “moderate fever 38.5oc, cough, strong headache”), we have to apply natural language processing techniques such as n-gram tokenization to transform and preprocess the data. the goal is to convert the descriptive sentences into a set of binary indicator variables, as shown by the simple example in figure 12. figure 12. example of converting sentences to binary indicators the process of word tokenization refers to splitting a sample of text into words or phrases. in addition, n-gram tokenization refers to tokenization that splits the text into phrases which contain n words. for example, unigram tokenization turns the sentence “he has shortness of breath” into [he, has, shortness, of, breath] while trigram tokenization turns the sentence into [he has shortness, has shortness of, shortness of breath]. as an attempt to collect all of the recorded symptoms in the dataset, we apply n-gram tokenization to every descriptive sentence and compute the frequency of each token for n = {1, 2, 3, 4}. as anticipated, we can obtain a list of the most common symptoms from the symptom records by looking through the processed output from n-gram tokenization (figure 13). figure 13. examples of n-gram output hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 255 after obtaining a comprehensive list of symptoms, we create a dictionary of phrases for each symptom and loop through all descriptive sentences to see if they contain any phrase in any dictionary. for example, the dictionary for cough is [cough, coughing], and any sentence that contains cough or coughing will take the value of 1 for cough’s binary indicator variable and 0 if otherwise. by the end of the loop, we would have converted the descriptive sentences into a set of binary indicator variables in the format shown in figure 12. 5.3. min-max normalization after the application of n-gram tokenization to create all the necessary binary indicator variables, we can then obtain the aggregated count of patients for every symptom by calculating the numerical sum of each binary indicator variable. to better communicate the level of prevalence of each symptom, we apply min-max normalization to the columnar sums to standardize each data point on a scale of 0 to 10. for any symptom’s columnar sum, si, its scaled value is computed as follows; ，10 minmax min ,     ss ss s i scaledi where i refers to the symptom index i on the vertical axis in figure 11. the scaled value is an abstract representation of the symptom’s prevalence relative to other symptoms, and it does not reflect the true prevalence of the symptom among patients who have been infected with covid-19. 5.4. logistic regression a logistic regression model is built to identify risk factors that could potentially increase a patient’s likelihood of dying from covid-19, and more generally for any model with a binary outcome. once we have formed all the binary indicator variables for symptoms, we use them along with other variables as predictors to build a logistic regression model to predict a patient’s binary outcome, such as whether the patient recovered from the disease or died from the disease. we next review the logistic regression model and discuss hypothesis testing of the model’s coefficients. let y be a binary output variable, taking on values 0 or 1, where 1 denotes the patient's death and 0 otherwise. given x is the vector the covariates of )|( xye , by; x x t t e e xyp      1 ),|1( and . 1 1 ),|0( xt e xyp     we invert the transformation and obtain the logit function, .) ),|1(1 ),|1( log()|( x xyp xyp xg t        if we apply a logistic regression model to the dataset with n observations, )},(),...,,{( 11 nn yxyxd  , the condition likelihood of a single data observation is: ,),|0(),|1(),|( 1 ii yiiyiiii xypxypxyp   where it it x x ii e e xyp      1 ),|1( and . 1 1 ),|0( it x ii e xyp     this gives the total log-likelihood )).,|0(log()1()),|1(log(),|( 1  iii n i iii xypyxypyyxl   to find the maximum likelihood estimators of β, we differentiate the above expression with respect to each β components and set them equal to 0 to find the solutions: k ii ii i k iin i ii i k xyp xyp y xyp xyp y yxl                   ),|0( ),|0( 1 )1( ),|1( ),|1( 1),|( 1      n i iik i k xypyix yxl 1 ),|1(( ),|(    (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 256 since there is no closed-form solution to these equations, they must be solved iteratively using a numerical method, such as the newton-raphson method. assuming that we have successfully estimated all the coefficients, ̂ , using a numerical method, we then conduct hypothesis testing to evaluate if the predictors have statistically significant associations with the outcome variable [12]. using large sample theory, we apply the wald test to test any selected coefficient in the model. if the jth coefficient is of interest, null and alternative hypotheses are: .0: 0: 1 0   j j h h   to calculate the test statistics associated with the coefficient, we compute z as follows; ， )ˆ( ˆ )ˆ( ˆ 0     sese z jj    which has a standard normal distribution under the null hypothesis. here ̂ is the estimated coefficient and its standard deviation, )ˆ(se , is calculated by taking the inverse of the estimated information matrix. extension to the case when we want to test multiple coefficients is available but not discussed here. we now use a multiple logistic model to fit the covid-19 patient dataset and include symptoms and demographic variables as predictors, we have the following logit function; 1.1. 1.1.1.lg1.1.inf 1.1.1.1.1.1. 1.1.1..1..1.. 1..1...1..1.. 1...1...)(log 2625 2423222120 191817161514 131211109 8765 43210 sorenesssepsis pneumonialphlegmialmyamalaisearction headachefeverfatiguedizzinessdiarrheacough arrhythmiaanorexiathroatsoreshockspeticnoserunny failureheartbreathofshortnessdistresschestfailureyrespirator syndromedistresyrespiratordiseasechronicfemalesexageit i             where π is the probability that a patient will die from covid-19 or not. the above symptoms are taken from figure 11 and the indicator variable takes on the value 1 if the patient has that particular symptom and 0 otherwise. after the model is fitted, we need to assess the quality of the model fit. we use cross-validation to evaluate the model's ability to predict future or out-of-sample responses using various goodness of fit measures [13]. we also apply model diagnostic tools in order to flag potential problems such as overfitting or selection bias. these additional analyses provide insights on the model’s level of robustness and generalization of the new data that is not a part of its training data. one round of cross-validation partitions a sample of data into complementary subsets, performs the analysis on one subset (i.e. the training set), and validates the analysis on the other subset (i.e. the validation set or testing set). to reduce variability, we perform this procedure k times by initially partitioning the data into k subsets. figure 14 demonstrates a visual summary of the process when k = 5. figure 14. 5-fold cross validation visualization (12) (13) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 257 using the caret and glmnet packages in r, we use glmnet to create our logistic regression model and feed it into the cross-validation function from caret. we then perform 5-fold cross-validation to compute the overall accuracy and the roc curve of the logistic regression model. our results show that the model has an overall accuracy of 0.900 with a standard deviation of 0.03, and the roc curve is shown in figure 16. we recall roc is short for receiver operating characteristic curve, and it is a graphical plot that illustrates the diagnostic ability of a binary classifier system as its discrimination threshold is varied. auroc is short for the area under the roc curve and a random classifier has a baseline auroc of 0.5. in general, a binary classifier is more desirable if it has a larger auroc value. figure 15. roc curve after confirming the quality of the model, we apply the same model to the whole dataset, and the table 1 displays our results for the fitted model. table 1. logistic regression analysis results variable estimate std. error z value pr (>|z|) (intercept) -8.1 0.73 -11.11 <0.001 age 0.11 0.01 10.09 <0.001 sexfemale -0.37 0.3 -1.23 0.22 chronic_disease_binary 1 0.51 0.42 1.23 0.22 respiratory_distress_syndrome 1 19.53 1402.78 0.01 0.99 respiratory_failure 1 19.46 1832.13 0.01 0.99 chest_ distress 1 18.38 4619.9 0 1 shortness_of_breath 1 2.56 1.11 2.3 0.02 heart_ failure 1 17.76 3812.91 0 1 runny_nose 1 -17.4 3196.51 -0.01 1 septic_shock 1 16.09 2113.25 0.01 0.99 sore_throat 1 -0.04 1.15 -0.04 0.97 anorexia 1 17.33 7604.24 0 1 arrhythmia 1 12.15 2892.88 0 1 cough 1 0.69 0.6 1.15 0.25 diarrhea 1 2.42 9.78 0.25 0.8 dizziness 1 18.96 10754.01 0 1 fatigue 1 1.43 1.06 1.35 0.18 fever 1 0.79 0.5 1.59 0.11 headache 1 0.94 4.41 0.21 0.83 infarction 1 19.96 3750.52 0.01 1 malaise 1 -18.27 5054.53 0 1 myalgia 1 -17.88 4579.83 0 1 phlegm 1 -15.06 4911.26 0 1 pneumonia 1 2.87 1.07 2.7 0.01 sepsis 1 13.85 4111.91 0 1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 258 6. feature 4: patient demographics 6.1. introduction this section of the website shows a summary visualization of the distributions of demographic characteristics of patients with recorded demographic information (figure 16). the demographic information available from the data source includes patient age and gender. figure 16. summary visualizations of demographics characteristics of covid-19 patients 6.2. two sample t-test to determine if there is a statistically significant difference in the age of two patient groups, active/recovered or death, we conduct a two-sample t-test. two-sample t-test is a hypothesis testing method to compare two continuousdata distributions. more precisely, it tests to determine if the means of two continuous distributions are equal. the assumptions of the two-sample t-test properly are: hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 259 i. the data are continuous (not discrete), ii. the data follow the normal probability distribution, iii. the variances of the two populations are equal, iv. the two samples are independent. there is no relationship between the individuals in one sample as compared to the other, v. both samples are simple random samples from their respective populations and each individual in the population has an equal probability of being selected in the sample [14]. assumption (i) is satisfied as the value of age is continuous. however, assumptions (iv) and (v) may not be valid due to potential data quality issues such as missing data. we presume they are satisfied and proceed with cautions. for assumptions (ii), we validate the data’s normality using qq plots as shown in figure 17. figure 17. qq plots of ages of active/recovered patients (left) and dead patients (right) the data points appear to be decently consistent with the quantiles of a normal distribution. for assumption (iii), we apply the f-test to test the equality of variances for the two groups and the hypotheses are .: : 1 0 yx yx h h     the test statistics is: ，4895.1 2 2  y x s s f where sx denotes the sample standard deviation of the age of active/recovered patients, sy denotes the sample standard deviation of the age of dead patients. under the null hypothesis, f has an f-distribution with n and m degrees of freedom and for our data, the corresponding p-value is 0.00097. thus, we have sufficient evidence to reject the null hypothesis and conclude that the variances of the two groups are unequal at the alpha level of 0.05. since the sample variances have been shown to be unequal, we use a two sample t-test with un-pooled variances to test whether the means from the two groups are equal, as follows, ， m s n s yx t h h yx yx yx 22 1 0 : :        . 1 )( 1 )( )( 2 2 2 2 2 22      m m s n n s m s n s vdf yx yx under the null hypothesis, t has a student-t distribution with the degree of freedom of v. with a test statistic of 23.785 and a p-value that is approximately 0, we reject the null hypothesis at the alpha level of 0.05. hence, we conclude that the average age of patients who are active or recovered is different from the average of patients who have died from covid-19. (14) (15) (16) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 260 6.3. chi-square test to determine if there is a statistically significant association between a patient’s gender and a patient’s outcome, we conduct a chi-square test for a test of association of a 2x2 contingency table. the assumptions of the chi-square test are vi. the data are continuous (not discrete), vii. the data follow the normal probability distribution, viii. the variances of the two populations are equal, ix. the two samples are independent. there is no relationship between the individuals in one sample as compared to the other, x. both samples are simple random samples from their respective populations and each individual in the population has an equal probability of being selected in the sample [15]. assumptions (i) and (ii) are met since we are observing counts of patients who are either male or female, and either active/recovered or deceased. in addition, assumption (iv) is satisfied as shown by the 2x2 contingency table below. we presume assumption (iii) to hold and proceed. after filtering out missing data to create a subset of patient data with recorded genders and outcomes, we obtained the following 2x2 contingency table: table 2. the 2×2 contingency table gender active/recovered death male 299 132 female 213 71 more generally, in a rxc contingency table, let ri and cj be the row sum of row i and the column sum of column j respectively, and let n be the total in the sample. we calculate the chi-square test statistic as follows, ，     r i c j ji jiji e eo x 1 1 , 2 ,,2 )( where ./)(, ncre jiji  under the null hypothesis, gender has no association with whether the covid-19 patients died from the disease or not, x2 has a chi-square distribution with the degree of freedom of (r-1)(c-1), where r and c are the number of rows and columns in the contingency table, respectively. for our data in table 2, we obtained a test statistic of 2.6657 and a p-value of 0.1025. the result does not provide sufficient evidence for rejecting the null hypothesis at the alpha level of 0.05 and we conclude that a patient’s gender has no statistically significant association with whether the covid-19 patients died from the disease or not. 7. conclusion this research describes a web-based application for assessing real-time data for analyzing the latest trends of covid-19 across different regions, covid-19’s symptoms, and patient demographics. the research also highlights details of the methodologies behind the real-time covid-19 tracker website, which include automatic data ingestion pipeline, data transformation and normalization, time-series forecast with arima model forecast, text mining techniques, and logistic regression model. the literature also explains how these methodologies are combined to produce predictions and insights. the unique and innovative components of the analytical approach in this paper include the automatic data ingestion and processing associated with the website, as well as the nlp-oriented approach to discover the common symptoms. however, we need to be cautious about accepting the conclusions as there are potential data quality issues, such as when the patient-level data has a substantial amount of missing data and erroneous entries. to verify the findings in this research, we should repeatedly reproduce our findings in the research when we have access to an updated dataset and towards the end of the pandemic. during a global-level pandemic such as covid-19, it is paramount for the public to have access to the latest status of the outbreak and be well-informed of relevant insights into the disease. a platform such as a real-time covid-19 tracker website will assist the public community to disseminate accurate and reliable insights into the spread of covid-19. the research and effort behind this project are motivated by the social responsibility to spread awareness to the common public by providing scientific-based data analysis, prediction, and relevant findings. this paper and research project are still ongoing research as many more investigations regarding covid-19 can be carried out. it will serve as an initial step to unravel the many uncertainties that revolve around this global pandemic. (17) hightech and innovation journal vol. 2, no. 3, september, 2021 261 8. declarations 8.1. data availability statement the data used in this paper are publicly available on the csse data repository by johns hopkins university (https://github.com/cssegisanddata/covid-19) and the ncov2019 data repository by the open covid-19 data working group (https://github.com/beoutbreakprepared/ncov2019/tree/master/latest_data). 8.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 8.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 8.4. declaration of competing interest the author declare that he has no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] ahmad, s. (2020). a review of covid-19 (coronavirus disease-2019) diagnosis, treatments and prevention. eurasian journal of medicine and oncology. doi:10.14744/ejmo.2020.90853. [2] dey, s. k., rahman, m. m., siddiqi, u. r., & howlader, a. (2020). analyzing the epidemiological outbreak of covid‐19: a visual exploratory data analysis approach. journal of medical virology, 92(6), 632–638. doi:10.1002/jmv.25743. [3] tong, y. c. (2020). mathematical analysis, model and prediction of covid-19 data. medrxiv preprint: cold spring harbor laboratory, new york, united states. doi:10.1101/2020.08.04.20168195. [4] chen, b., shi, m., ni, x., ruan, l., jiang, h., yao, h., … ge, t. (2020). visual data analysis and simulation prediction for covid-19. international journal of educational excellence, 6(1), 95–114. doi:10.18562/ijee.055. [5] wiersinga, w. j., rhodes, a., cheng, a. c., peacock, s. j., & prescott, h. c. (2020). pathophysiology, transmission, diagnosis, and treatment of coronavirus disease 2019 (covid-19). jama, 324(8), 782. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.12839. [6] pan, l., mu, m., yang, p., sun, y., wang, r., yan, j., … tu, l. (2020). clinical characteristics of covid-19 patients with digestive symptoms in hubei, china: a descriptive, cross-sectional, multicenter study. american journal of gastroenterology, 115(5), 766–773. doi:10.14309/ajg.0000000000000620. [7] han, c., duan, c., zhang, s., spiegel, b., shi, h., wang, w., … hou, x. (2020). digestive symptoms in covid-19 patients with mild disease severity: clinical presentation, stool viral rna testing, and outcomes. american journal of gastroenterology, 115(6), 916–923. doi:10.14309/ajg.0000000000000664. [8] hyndman r.j. (2011) moving averages. in: lovric m. (eds) international encyclopedia of statistical science. springer, berlin, heidelberg. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-04898-2_380. [9] hyndman, r. (2015). forecasting functions for time series and linear models, r package version 6.1. cran. available online: https://cran.r-project.org/package=forecast (accessed on may 2021). [10] nau, r. (2014). introduction to arima models: nonseasonal and seasonal. available online: https://people.duke.edu/ ~rnau/slides_on_arima_models--robert_nau.pdf (accessed on may 2021). [11] hyndman, r.j., & athanasopoulos, g. (2018). forecasting: principles and practice, 2nd edition, otexts: melbourne, australia. available online: https://otexts.com/fpp2/. (accessed on april 2021). [12] biost 515. (2004). estimation and hypothesis testing for logistic regression, lecture 13. university of washington, | seattle, wa, united states. available online: http://courses.washington.edu/b515/l13.pdf (accessed on may 2021). [13] james, g., witten, d., hastie, t., & tibshirani, r. (2013). an introduction to statistical learning. springer texts in statistics. doi:10.1007/978-1-4614-7138-7. [14] ncss statistical software. (2021). two-sample t-test. utah, united states. available online: http://ncss-wpengine.netdnassl.com/wp-content/themes/ncss/pdf/procedures/ncss/two-sample_t-test.pdf (accessed on may 2021). [15] mchugh, m. l. (2013). the chi-square test of independence. biochemia medica, croatian society of medical biochemistry and laboratory medicine, zagreb, croatia, 143–149. doi:10.11613/bm.2013.018. https://people.duke.edu/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 170 issn: 2723-9535 innovative label embedding for food safety comment classification: fusion of self-semantic and self-knowledge features yiming zhang 1* , haozheng liu 1, jiaming feng 1, xu zhang 1 1 department of computer science and technology, henan agricultural university, zhengzhou 450002, china. received 19 october 2023; revised 01 february 2024; accepted 08 february 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract food safety comment classification represents a specialized task within the realm of text classification. the objective is to efficiently identify a large volume of food safety comments, aiding relevant authorities in timely food analysis and safety alerts. traditional methods typically employ one-hot encoding for label processing. however, in real-world situations, classified labels often convey valuable semantic information and guidance. this paper introduces an innovative approach to enhance the classification performance of food safety comments by embedding label information. initially, we extracted generic sentiment pivot words from various classification labels as label description information. subsequently, we employ a joint embedding approach to integrate this label description information into the text. this process will pool the expressions of the pivot word into the corresponding sentiment labels in the known domains after averaging to get the embedded expression. this aims to acquire highly detailed self-semantic feature vectors and self-knowledge feature vectors that are integrated with labeled descriptive information. then, feed the semantic representation of comments and the wordembedded representation of labeled description information into a time-step-based multilayer bi-lstm and a step-based multilayer cnn, respectively. ultimately, we concatenate these two feature vectors to facilitate matching, thereby fusing the self-semantic and self-knowledge features of labeled description information to train a classification model for food safety comments. experimental results on the food safety comment dataset showcase a noteworthy improvement of 1.74% and 1.27% in macro_precision and macro_f1 metrics, respectively, compared to bert, bert-rnn, and bert-cnn. through extensive ablation experiments and additional studies, our method effectively embeds labeling information, demonstrating a clear advantage over traditional methods in the task of classifying food safety comments. keywords: bert; label embedding; siamese network; pre-trained models; short text classification; food safety lead discovery. 1. introduction given the rapid advancement of social sciences, technology, and the economy, especially in recent years, the mobile internet has undergone remarkable expansion. this rapid growth has facilitated the swift emergence and widespread adoption of social media platforms. these platforms offer individuals convenience and openness, allowing them to express their opinions and comments on social media at any time [1]. within this context, a new phenomenon has surfaced: food safety comments [2]. this refers to internet-based food safety information originating from various catering industry merchants, known for its rapid dissemination and high level of attention [3]. with the internet boasting a broad user base and food safety being inherently tied to the country and our daily lives, the issue of food safety is particularly pressing and significant. * corresponding author: yimingzhang@stu.henau.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-013  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0009-0473-454x hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 171 the objective of classifying comments on food safety is to efficiently recognize food safety concerns and offer analysis and early warning information to relevant regulatory authorities [4, 5]. this enables the timely resolution of food safety issues. nevertheless, faced with the substantial volume of daily-generated food safety information, the key challenge lies in accurately classifying this information according to specific rules and assigning suitable labels [6, 7]. the sentiments expressed in food safety comments are fine-grained and sentence-level, including comments on specific issues like bugs and cold cakes. however, the task of food safety lead discovery goes beyond simple sentiment analysis. for example, words like "bad" and "super bad" may convey negative sentiments in everyday language, but they are represented positively in food safety comment labels. this presents a unique challenge compared to classifying everyday sentiments [8]. additionally, comments within the food safety domain exhibit diverse characteristics, such as colloquialism, the prevalent use of emotional vocabulary, relatively concise text, and direct or indirect portrayal of textual information. these domain-specific features pose significant challenges for the classification of comments in the realm of food safety. for example, take into account the subsequent comment sentences: "not that flavor, not very good,", "poor, poor, poor, so bad, portions are too small, too small.", "corn and hot dogs were super bad.", "both threw them away after one bite." sentiment words such as "not good", "hard to eat" and "bad" directly express the sentimental direction of the overall sentence, in fact, the sentimental content is not actually related to the food safety issue. conversely, the comment sentences "the flavor and portion size are very good, i was very happy to eat it yesterday, but today i woke up and started to have diarrhea, and i had diarrhea until i was dehydrated ......", "the ingredients are not fresh, and it tastes like a sour smell. ", "as soon as i opened it, i found a worm inside! instantly feel no appetite.". in these sentences, expressions such as "diarrhea" indirectly point to food safety issues, while domain-specific words such as "sour smell" and "bugs" indirectly relate to food safety issues. (the detailed chinese translations of the text and the corresponding pivot words are shown in figure 1). furthermore, a large number of sentences utilize the negative rule and the adverbial rule of degree, which invert and intensify the sentiment of the sentence. if we can link these domain-specific vocabularies with the corresponding labeling information, we will be better equipped to handle the intricacy of domain sentence vocabularies as well as the direct and indirect representation of textual information. the classification of food safety lead comments typically involves traditional machine learning and deep learning methods. traditional machine learning methods require intricate feature engineering, such as sparse lexical features (e.g., bag-of-words models, n-grams) [9], and depend on large amounts of labeled data. currently, most of the research on text classification has shifted towards deep learning methods, including convolutional neural networks (cnn) [10– 12] and recurrent neural networks based on long short-term memory (lstm) [13]. these models utilize sliding windows to extract syntactic and semantic information from n-grams, capturing the hidden information of each token through autoregressive modeling. they also adjust word embedding representations based on the semantics of contextual words, ensuring that words have distinct embedding representations in different contexts. however, all of these methods achieve excellent results only in terms of feature extraction and do not consider the embedded representation of word meanings. recently, pretrained language models (plms) such as bert [14] have demonstrated remarkable performance in the field of lexical representation embedding. they have achieved state-of-the-art results in all 11 natural language processing tasks. however, these pretrained models are trained using extensive general-purpose corpora, and there is a significant lack of fine-grained sentiment analysis in specific food safety domains. miyazaki et al. [15] recently employed various types of tweet label descriptions based on a pretrained model to enhance the fine-grained classification performance of tweet data. nevertheless, task-specific label descriptions are often insufficient in real-world scenarios. subsequently, zhang et al. [16] proposed a description-enhanced label embedding comparative learning method, which integrates external knowledge to obtain label description information. however, they acknowledged that the introduction of external knowledge may lead to unexpected fine-grained noise issues and therefore designed an interaction module to filter out the noise. additionally, they developed a novel self-supervised relational (r2) classification task to effectively represent and classify the labels. although these deep learning methods have had some success in text classification performance, they tend to either ignore the labeled information in the text or directly use external information to represent the labeled information through filtering in training. this limitation makes it challenging for them to represent domain-specific vocabulary and fully capture sentence meaning [17]. based on the aforementioned problems, this paper proposes an innovative approach based on the label information of known domains to extract pivot words as label information, then get the self-semantic knowledge feature expression of the label embedding by means of joint embedding, and enhance the performance of text classification by fusing the self-semantic knowledge features. and the main contributions are as follows: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 172 figure 1. no food safety accidents and food safety accidents classes  proposing a method for classifying food safety comments with embedded label information. the method achieves text by selecting the pivot words of various kinds of labels in the text as the label description information, embedding the information through the joint learning method, using multilayer bi-lstm and multilayer cnn to extract the semantic features of the sentences and words, respectively, and employing feature fusion to concatenate the classification without losing the original information.  proposing an innovative label description and feature extraction scheme that utilizes a pivot word-based approach to represent label information through joint learning. this involves obtaining word embedding representations by avg-pooling using text corresponding to pivot words of various labeling classes in known domains and utilizing multilayer cnn with different step sizes to extract disjoint word-level features and acquire self-knowledge features at the word level.  introducing a novel method for fine-tuning the adaptation domain that quickly adapts to the domain and dynamically adjusts based on specific tasks.  the experimental findings demonstrate that the approach enhances the classification of food safety comments and yields favorable outcomes in the experiment. 2. related works label embedding techniques have been widely utilized in the field of natural language processing (nlp), especially for tasks like text classification and multi-task learning within diverse networks. these techniques capture the semantic features of labels in the embedding network, significantly improving prediction performance, particularly for less discernible classes. in computer vision, label embedding techniques have been extensively used for image classification [18, 19], text recognition in images [20], and multi-modal learning involving both text and images [21, 22]. they have shown notable successes in zero-shot learning tasks [23, 24], contributing to predicting classes that have insufficient training samples. in the domain of natural language processing (nlp), research has validated the efficacy of label embedding for tasks like text classification [25] and multi-task learning, particularly within the context of diverse networks. however, there is a gap in the literature concerning the effective implementation of label embedding and the complete utilization of label information to create text sequence representations that can enhance text classification performance. short text classification involves assigning concise textual content to predefined classes. traditionally, machine learning algorithms are utilized in short text categorization to autonomously learn text features and conduct classification. the origins of short text classification can be traced back to the 1960s, initially relied heavily on knowledge engineering and manually defined rules for classification. however, with the increase in online text volumes and the development of machine learning in the 1990s, researchers shifted their focus towards addressing the challenges of deep learning text classification [26]. currently, prevalent algorithms for short text classification include cnn, recurrent neural networks (rnn) [27], and attention mechanisms. among these, rnn-based models exhibit distinct advantages in nlp tasks due to their ability to process input vectors sequentially in time steps, resembling the way humans comprehend textual information. nonetheless, when dealing with long texts, rnn may face issues such as gradient vanishing or explosion, hindering hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 173 their effectiveness in learning long-distance dependencies. in response to these challenges, lstm has been introduced. lstm incorporates mechanisms such as forgetting gates, memory gates, and output gates to better handle long texts, yielding significant results in text classification tasks. nonetheless, standard models may face constraints when addressing the unique characteristics of short texts, including sparsity, singularity, dynamics, and crossover. the siamese neural networks, introduced by zagoruyko et al. [28], constitute an architecture consisting of two interconnected neural networks. this model is primarily employed within the framework of supervised learning, aimed at maximizing the differences in representation between various labels and minimizing the representation of the same label. in this paper, we adopt a siamese-like network architecture, incorporating distinct neural network structures for different text types. this approach seeks to better capture text features and improve text classification performance. the siamese neural network, introduced by zagoruyko, is a connected architecture comprising two artificial neural networks primarily employed in supervised learning tasks. when the weights of the two networks are not shared but consist of two distinct neural network layers, it is referred to as a pseudo-siamese neural network. in the case of pseudosiamese neural networks, the two networks can differ, such as one being an lstm while the other is a cnn. originally primarily used in face recognition tasks for extracting facial features and determining their ownership by the same individual, siamese neural networks have also been widely utilized in tracking tasks. within the field of text classification tasks, siamese neural networks are viewed as a potential solution technique. however, due to the distinct nature of text data, effectively adjusting and employing siamese neural networks to tackle challenges in text classification remains an area deserving of exploration. in this paper, we employ a siamese-like network architecture inspired by siamese neural networks. we make specific adjustments to the neural network structure based on the diverse characteristics of different levels of text. for continuous sentence-level text, we utilize a multilayer bi-lstm network to extract features by considering successive time steps, aiming to capture complex semantic relationships and contextual information. for discontinuous word-level label information, we employ a cnn based on different sliding windows to effectively extract label description information. subsequently, we integrate the crucial information from both labels and sentences into the classifier for prediction, leveraging the strengths of specific network architectures based on the nature of the text data to enhance the performance of our classification model. 3. material and methods for word selection, we utilize the weighted log likelihood ratio (wllr) metric proposed by yu & jiang [29] to judiciously select pivot words as label description information. following that, we learn pivot word expressions in specific domains through joint learning: various classes of pivot words obtain embedded expressions in known domains and subsequently acquire high-quality induced expressions for the pivot words through avg-pooling lexicalization concepts. in the context of neural network models, this paper adopts a fusion model that integrates label embedding techniques and siamese-like network tuning techniques to improve the accuracy of text classification. specifically, we adopt a fusion model with a three-layer, two-class structure, including a text look-up layer, a label look-up layer, a text learning layer, a label learning layer, and a fusion layers and classifiers. figure 2 illustrates the architecture of the model. below is an explanation of every layer: in the text look-up layer, we analyze sentence-level text, denoted as 𝑋(𝑘) = {𝑥1, 𝑥2, 𝑥3, ⋯ , 𝑥𝑇} as input to the bert encoder. this encoder has been fine-tuned to extract detailed feature information, resulting in excellent representations of text word embeddings. in the label look-up layer, adopting an embedding learning approach to represent pivot words 𝑌𝑝𝑜𝑠_𝑗/𝑛𝑒𝑔_𝑗 (𝑘) = {𝑦1, 𝑦2, 𝑦3, ⋯ , 𝑦𝑇}. we extracted the representations of the embedded pivot words in the known domain text. subsequently, we employed word-level avg-pooling to generate a high-dimensional spatial representation for each pivot word. in the text learning layer, the word embedding representation from the encoder is input into a multilayer bi-lstm. this network captures intricate time-step-based feature information, and the resulting output is utilized to concatenate the vector sequences of the final layer of the forward and the initial layer of the reverse, yielding a deep-level semantic feature vector encompassing both the forward and reverse information of the entire sequence. in the label learning layer, convolutional layers with varying step sizes are utilized to extract features for positive and negative label description information. subsequently, max-pooling is applied to obtain the feature vectors of fused labeled information knowledge. in order to address the potential negative effects that may be associated with the quality of the selected pivot words, we included a word-level attention layer in order to filter out the noise. in the fusion layers and classifiers, fixed-length vectors (representations of sentence text, label description information) are concatenated and fused in the last dimension. these vectors are fed into the classifier to obtain the classification probability of the embedded labeling information through the softmax activation function. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 174 figure 2. fusion model 3.1. look-up layer in the domain of text classification tasks, the intermediate step of text representation is of utmost importance. when compared to the original word2vec [30] and glove [31] word-embedding models, the bert model, pre-trained on a large amount of open corpus., excels at extracting relational features among words in sentences. it captures these relational features at multiple levels, offering a more comprehensive reflection of sentence semantics. it is important to note that in the bert-base-chinese model, chinese text is segmented at the character level, diverging from traditional chinese segmentation practices. to address this, we adopt the chinese-bert-wwm model, as proposed by the harbin institute of technology (hit) [32]. this model incorporates the whole word masking (wwm) technique during training, utilizing chinese wikipedia data (both simplified and traditional chinese). the wwm technique offers an advantage by masking an entire word's composition with all the characters that make up that word. this compensates for the partial use of wordpiece tokenization in the pre-trained bert model. utilizing these benefits, we opt for the bert pre-trained model as our encoder. in relation to pivot word expressions, we employ a word embedding approach. this involves obtaining sentence embedding expressions corresponding to pivot words with known domain label polarity and extracting the word embeddings of the pivot words to create the embedding expressions by avg-pooling. equations 1 to 3 clarify the operations of the look-up layer: x1 (k) = bert_encoder(x(k)) (1) ypos_j1 (k) = avgpooling(bert_encoder(ypos_j (k) )) (2) yneg_j1 (k) = avgpooling(bert_encoder(yneg_j (k) )) (3) here, 𝑋1 (𝑘) represents the embedding result of the sentence, where we make use of bert's “last_hidden_state” as the representation of the text. additionally, 𝑌𝑝𝑜𝑠_𝑗1 (𝑘) and 𝑌𝑛𝑒𝑔_𝑗1 (𝑘) denote the encoded representations of positive and negative generic pivot words, respectively. it is important to note that a single pivot word may have different representations in the training set. to ensure a consistent representation of a single keyword, we utilize a pooling layer. after conducting a series of experimental validations, we have opted for avg-pooling as the pooling operation due to its superior performance in the comparison between avg-pooling, max-pooling and so on. 3.2. learning layer for different types of text, we employ diverse feature extraction strategies. at the sentence level, our main focus is to extract text information to create an overall semantic representation. a robust semantic representation offers potential advantages in the fusion learning of neural networks. due to the long-term dependency challenges and susceptibility to gradient vanishing in traditional rnn models when dealing with lengthy sequences, we have chosen to use a model based on lstm. lstm excels at capturing long-term dependencies in sequential data through cellular states and gating mechanisms, making it well-suited for learning patterns and features in time-series data. as a result, we have implemented a multilayer bi-lstm model, processing both forward and reverse sequences and combining the information. this approach preserves the original feature information while obtaining an excellent semantic representation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 175 at the word level, discontinuous label description information like pivot words often lacks correlation between words. methods for extracting continuous features may not be effective in such cases. on the other hand, multilayer cnn(mcnn) tend to be more effective in processing word-level text by using various sizes of convolutional kernels to capture different aspect features. to address this, we introduce multiple convolutional layers, each using a different convolutional kernel size. then, we apply the tanh activation function and a max-pooling layer to obtain a comprehensive word-level representation. after this, we calculate "label attention" where in label attention weights 𝐴𝑝𝑜𝑠/𝑛𝑒𝑔 and label attention vectors 𝑌𝑝𝑜𝑠_𝑗3/𝑛𝑒𝑔_𝑗3 are are determined. experimental results indicate that cnn outperform lstm in extracting word-level features. the operations in the learning layer are represented by the following equations 4 to 7: x2 (k) = bilstm(x1 (k) ) (4) ypos_j2/neg_j2 (k) =max-pooling(mcnn(ypos_j1/neg_j1 (k) )) (5) apos/neg = softmax(h′relu(hypos_j2/neg_j2 (k) )) (6) ypos_j3/neg_j3 (k) = ∑ apos/neg ∙ ypos_j2/neg_j2 (k)d d=1 (7) here, x2 (k) represents the semantic meaning representation of the embedded text. additionally, ypos_j2 (k) and yneg_j2 (k) denote the combined information representation of positive and negative general pivot words. h′ ∈ ℝ24×1 and h ∈ ℝdm×24 signifies a fully-connected layer of the combined information representation of labeled attention. 𝐷 ∈ ℝ𝑑𝑚 , ⋅ represents dot product. the features of these pivot words are extracted using different step-size mcnn based on varying step sizes combined with different sizes of convolutional kernels. subsequently, the tanh activation function is applied, followed by a max-pooling layer to obtain this composite information representation. the feature vectors of weighted labeled attention are then acquired using dot-products. 3.3. fusion layers and classifiers in the fusion layer, we utilize a concatenation strategy to maximize the utilization of information from both the text and label description representations while preserving the integrity of the original information. specifically, we extract information from the overall semantic representation of the text and the self-semantic representations of label information. these are combined to form a joint representation through a concatenation operation on their last dimension. subsequently, we input this joint representation into the classifier to obtain scores for the positive and negative labeling categories. the mathematical representation of the fusion layer operation is depicted in equations 8 and 9: sj (k) = σ(mp3m×1(x2 (k) ⊕ ypos_j3 (k) ) ⊕ mn3m×1(x2 (k) ⊕ yneg_j3 (k) )) (8) l(k) = − ∑ ŷj (k)n j=1 log(sj (k) ) (9) the symbols used here are as follows: σ denotes the softmax activation function, ⊕denotes the concatenation of vectors, 𝑀𝑃3𝑚×1 ∈ ℝ3∗𝑑𝑚 ×1 and 𝑀𝑁3𝑚×1 ∈ ℝ3∗𝑑𝑚 ×1 denote the linear layers, 𝑆𝑗 (𝑘) denotes the probability of positive and negative classes, and �̂�𝑗 (𝑘) is the one-hot encoding of the true labels corresponding to 𝑋(𝑘). the overall training objective is to minimize the weighted linear combinations from all classes. 4. experimentation 4.1. data set the experimental dataset originates from a real dataset in o2o food-safety-review-master (ccf big data & computing intelligence contest, https://www.datafountain.cn/competitions/370/datasets), encompassing a diverse collection of food safety comments. our evaluation aims to examine the performance and robustness of our approach within the food safety domain. these food safety comments we divide them into two classes: "no fsa" (no food safety accidents) and "fsa" (food safety accidents), as illustrated in table 1. table 1. food safety review dataset food safety review no fsa fsa train 10000 8346 1654 test 2000 1563 437 4.2. evaluation metrics in this study, due to the limited size of the dataset, we opted for a k-fold experiment rather than a random split. we utilized k-fold cross-validation to evaluate the model's performance, as illustrated in table 2. the dataset was divided hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 176 into 10 subsets, and a cyclic approach was used for model training and evaluation. within each iteration, 9 subsets were dedicated to training and 1 subset for testing. this process was repeated 10 times, and the aggregated results were used to calculate the final performance metric by taking the mean value. we selected k=10 based on its suitability for our dataset in prior studies. accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 score were employed as essential metrics for assessing the model's performance. equations 10 to 13 outline the formulas for these metrics. table 2. statistics fold 1..3 4..7 8..10 train set size 10800 10800 10800 test set size 1200 1200 1200 accuracy = tp+tn tp+fp+tn+fn (10) precision = tp tp+fp (11) recall = tp fp+fn (12) f1 = 2×precision×recall precision+recall (13) in these equations, tp (true positive) represents the count of positive classes correctly predicted as positive, fn (false negative) indicates the count of positive classes predicted as negative, fp (false positive) denotes the count of negative classes predicted as positive, and tn (true negative) signifies the count of negative classes correctly predicted as negative. the sum of these values provides the total number of tested samples. furthermore, we utilize macro-averages and weighted averages as evaluation metrics. equations 14 to 16 outline the formulas for these metrics. macro_ precision = 1 n ∑ pi n i=1 (14) macro_ recall = 1 n ∑ ri n i=1 (15) macro_ f1 = 1 n ∑ f1i n i=1 (16) here, n represents the number of classes. these metrics provide a broader perspective on the model's overall performance across different classes. 4.3. use of pre-trained models this paper utilizes the pre-trained word vector model from the chinese-bert-wwm, developed by hit, for all experiments involving neural network models aimed at constructing input word embeddings. the model assigns a word vector to each individual word and is trained on chinese wikipedia, encompassing both simplified and traditional chinese. it features a 12-layer, 768 hidden state transformer model with 12 attentions and a vocabulary size of 21,128 words. additionally, the pre-trained word vectors are continually learned and updated during the training process of the neural network model. 4.4. baseline model to evaluate the effectiveness of our model, we executed a series of comparative analyses to assess its performance against various standard text classification models. our objective is to thoroughly evaluate the performance and robustness of our model through comparisons with other established models. we selected a group of widely utilized text classification models and subjected them to testing on the same dataset. subsequently, we utilized metrics like accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 score to comprehensively evaluate the performance of these models.  bert: bert (bidirectional encoder representations from transformers) is a groundbreaking pre-training model in the field of nlp, attracting significant attention. what sets bert apart is its unique ability to understand linguistic context bidirectionally, leading to exceptional performance across a variety of nlp tasks. the model takes character-level raw word vectors as input and produces a word vector representation as output, encapsulating the entire semantic information of the text. this showcasing bert's ability to capture nuanced contextual relationships within language. in this study, we employ a fine-tuned bert-wwm based on hit.  bert-cnn: the collaborative bert-cnn model seamlessly integrates the semantic understanding capabilities of bert with the precise local feature extraction abilities of cnn, enhancing text classification performance. bert grasps the semantics of the entire text, while cnn processes each text segment for more detailed semantic hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 177 features. this approach achieves a comprehensive understanding of textual information by combining effective semantic understanding with precise local feature extraction.  bert-rnn: the bert-rnn model, similar to bert-cnn, leverages the advantages of bert but differs by integrating rnn instead of cnn. the inclusion of the rnn module aims to capture semantic information within the text over longer distances. unlike cnn, which is proficient in local feature extraction, the recurrent nature of rnn enables it to grasp long-term dependencies in sequential data, making it suitable for tasks that require understanding across broader contexts. consequently, bert-rnn combines the global context comprehension of bert with rnn's ability to capture semantic subtleties across extensive portions of the text.  text-rnn: the text-rnn model standardizes all sentences to a uniform length, using pre-trained word vectors or random reordering of the vectors. word2vec is utilized for pre-training. in the standard configuration, the hidden states of forward/backward lstm are obtained and concatenated at the final time step. a softmax layer with softmax activation function is then used for multi-class classification. an alternative method involves obtaining the hidden states of the forward/backward lstm at each time step, concatenating them, and then averaging the concatenated hidden states across all time steps. this is followed by a softmax layer to obtain the final classification result. the text-rnn model aims to efficiently handle sentences of varying lengths for multi-class classification tasks.  text-cnn: this model is similar to the aforementioned text-rnn, but the difference lies in replacing rnn with cnn. text-cnn excels in tasks such as text classification and sentiment analysis (sa), especially in handling shorter and more succinct texts efficiently. it improves model training efficiency and semantic understanding, enabling it to excel in various nlp tasks.  ernie: ernie (enhanced representation through knowledge integration) [33] model is firmly rooted in the continuous learning semantic understanding framework ernie and its corresponding pre-trained ernie model, which is established on the paddlepaddle open-source platform. remarkably, ernie outperforms bert in performance across a total of 16 chinese and english tasks, achieving state-of-the-art results. unlike bert, ernie goes beyond mere semantic understanding; it explores the lexical structure, syntactic structure, and semantic information present in the training data. this synthesis approach substantially enhances the model's ability to generate general semantic representations. ernie proves to be a formidable pre-trained model for chinese nlp, with robust text classification capabilities. in this study, we directly use open corpus pre-trained ernie. 4.5. hyper-parameterization for deep learning models, our method initializes word embeddings and label embeddings with 768-dimensional bert word embeddings. these embeddings are derived through fine-tuning the bert-wwm from hit. furthermore, the baseline model uses the same approach. training involves utilizing the adam optimizer [34], with an initial learning rate set to 1e-5 and a mini-batch size of 64. the model is implemented using pytorch and trained on an nvidia gpu 3060ti. table 3 presents the parameters for each network layer. table 3. parameters parameters setting optimizer adam learning_rate 1e-5 num_layer 2 hidden_size 256 convolutional filtering window size k 1,2,3 4.6. analysis of experimental results in this sub-section, we focus on validating the following inquiries:  is the superiority of fusion models over traditional text classification models significant?  does the fusion model demonstrate an edge over the transformer-based variations of the approach, which have recently delivered noteworthy outcomes?  can our model demonstrate the capacity for effective domain adaptation? to validate our approach, we conducted a comparative analysis employing four metrics against various baseline models. the results represented reflect the average value over 10 iterations. the outcomes are depicted in table 4 and figure 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 178 table 4. classification results of the existing model and fusion model accuracy precision recall f1 bert 0.9306 0.9695 0.9476 0.9584 bert-rnn 0.9306 0.9674 0.9494 0.9583 bert-cnn 0.9314 0.9685 0.9495 0.9589 text-rnn 0.9167 0.9759 0.9256 0.9500 text-cnn 0.9142 0.9648 0.9329 0.9486 ernie 0.9262 0.9632 0.9482 0.9556 fusion model 0.9366 0.9695 0.9545 0.9619 table 5. macro averages of existing model and fusion model macor_precision macro_recall macro_f1 bert 0.8579 0.8928 0.8739 bert-rnn 0.8618 0.8900 0.8750 bert-cnn 0.8623 0.8923 0.8763 text-rnn 0.8090 0.8896 0.8415 text-cnn 0.8241 0.8713 0.8449 ernie 0.8572 0.8800 0.8680 fusion model 0.8753 0.8993 0.8866 figure 3. macro_precision, macro_recall, macro_f1 for the respective models 1. is the advantage of fusion models over traditional text classification models significant? although traditional text_rnn and text_cnn exhibit commendable results, there is a noticeable gap when compared to other deep learning models. the fusion model demonstrates superior and more effective performance compared to traditional text classification models, which can be observed from the following two aspects. firstly, as shown in table 4, the traditional text-rnn and text-cnn have an accuracy of 91.67% and 91.42%, respectively, while the fusion model achieves 93.66%. clearly, the accuracy is approximately 2% higher. the accuracy directly validates that the fusion model is more effective than traditional methods. additionally, from table 1, it is evident that there is a large volume of no fsa, which indirectly reflects the model's accuracy in identifying no fsa. this greatly enhances our confidence in the effectiveness of classifying real food safety comments. secondly, based on table 5, macro_f1 which measures the combined model precision and recall, reached 84.15% and 84.49% for the traditional classification methods text-rnn and text-cnn, and 88.66% for the fusion model, which is also higher than about 2%. the macro average clearly reflects that the fusion model is superior compared to the traditional methods. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 179 2. does the fusion model have an advantage over the transformer-based variants of the approach that have recently achieved impressive results? the fusion model demonstrates continued effectiveness despite the recent success of transformer-based approaches. on the one hand, upon analyzing table 4, it is evident that bert, based on a 12-layer transformer encoder architecture, has shown impressive results across all 11 nlp tasks. additionally, bert-rnn and bertcnn, which incorporate extracted features using networks of rnn and cnn, still demonstrate have a 0.6% improvement in accuracy in recognizing no fsa. however, although not great news, it is important to note that despite the relatively high accuracy of bert in the sa tasks, further improvements for bert and its superior variants are challenging to achieve. on the other hand, an analysis of table 5 reveals a substantial 1.74% improvement in macro_f1 of the fusion model compared to bert, as well as bert-rnn and bert-cnn. macro_f1 serves as a crucial metric for the sa task, and while the improvement in accuracy of the fusion model may not be substantial, macro_f1 reflects the robustness and effectiveness of the model. this underscores the effectiveness of our work. 3. can our model possess the capability of effective domain adaptation? involving the domain adaptation problem, we train the chinese nlp pre-trained model ernie without fine-tuning by utilizing various heterogeneous corpora, including dialogue data, news data, wikipedia data, and other generalpurpose corpora. as demonstrated in table 4 and table 5, its accuracy and macro_f1 are 92.62% and 86.80%, respectively. the fusion model shows an average improvement of 1.5% on both metrics. however, considering that this is not enough to reflect the fine-grained problem of domain adaptation. therefore, the subsequent case studies in section 4.7 will further delve into this issue. 4.7. case study to further illustrate the effectiveness of our models and the ability of domain adaptation to facilitate fine-grained identification, we present the prediction results for four test cases involving different models, as depicted in table 6. for example (a), both bert and ernie gave an incorrect sentiment prediction. for example (b), all three models predicted the correct sentiment. for example (c), bert predicts correct sentiment, whereas ernie predicts neg sentiment. for example (d), all models predicted correctly. in conclusion, the fine-tuned bert accurately identified most sentiment labels. however, in cases where the sentiment was ambiguous, bert was unable to determine whether the comment was pos or neg. ernie, although not fine-tuned with information from the food safety domain, consistently predicted neg sentiment in all four test cases, possibly due to the limitation of generalized corpora to express specific words. the fusion model precisely identified sentiment in all four test cases, and accurately recognized positive sentiment tendencies based on bert, demonstrating its effective domain adaptation capabilities. table 6. predictions of different methods on four test samples. pos and neg denote no fsa, and fsa sentiments, respectively text\model manual label bert ernie fusion model (a) 一点也不好吃 还这么贵，全是肥肉。(it's not good at all and it's so expensive. it's all fat.) pos (neg, ✘) (neg, ✘) (pos, ✔) (b) 吃出来一只蚊子，胃口全无#9寸奥良烤鸡披 萨# (eat out a mosquito and lose your appetite #9’ orleans grilled chicken pizza.) neg (neg, ✔) (neg, ✔) (neg, ✔) (c) 味道一般，菜品也只能说一般，毕竟在那个 地段，而且服务员态度也不热情。(the flavor was average, the food was only average, after all, it was in that location, and the waiters were not welcoming.) pos (pos, ✔) (neg, ✘) (pos, ✔) (d) 是不是放了几天了？太难吃了！有点馊的味 道！(has it been sitting there for a few days? it's awful! it tastes a bit rancid!) neg (neg, ✔) (neg, ✔) (neg, ✔) 5. supplementary experiments 5.1. ablation experiments the fusion model includes three variants, all utilizing the same hyperparameters as our proposed methodology. the results can be found in table 7 and figure 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 180  w/o le (label embedding): token embedding is achieved using the baseline fine-tuning bert pre-training model that we have adopted. the embedded vector then undergoes two layers of bi-lstm to extract the last layer of the hidden state from both directions. the obtained vectors are spliced to generate fixed vectors, which are then input into the classifier.  w/o att (attention): this method excludes the attention mechanism applied to the keyword vectors generated by the label learning layer. the resulting vectors, along with the directional quantities of sentence features, are spliced in the last dimension and fed into the matcher to obtain the match score.  w/o mc (mcnn): this variant is based on our optimal model but excludes the mcnn. it uses only cnn with observation horizons 1, 2, or 3, selecting the result with the best observation horizon. table 7. the outcomes of the ablation experiments macro_precision macro_recall macro_f1 fusion model 0.8753 0.8993 0.8866 w/o le 0.8707 0.8893 0.8796 w/o att 0.8673 0.8942 0.8799 w/o mc 0.8611 0.8777 0.8691 figure 4. macro_precision, macro_recall, macro_f1 for the ablation experiments the analysis of table 7 reveals several key insights into the performance of our proposed methods and their interactions with different model components:  w/o le variant: the w/o le variant is a pairing of bert and bi-lstm, which has shown consistent performance improvement in sa tasks. this indicates a synergistic effect between our model and bert variants, emphasizing the improved performance attained through their combination.  w/o att variant: the w/o att variant, which eliminates the attention layer with the same parameters, shows a noteworthy impact on performance. macro_precision, macro_recall, and macro_f1 demonstrate a decrease, implying that the attention mechanism plays a crucial role in capturing features that the model overlooks or fails to learn.  w/o mc variant (without mcnn): the model's performance is only moderate across all metrics when the mcnn is removed based on different step sizes. this indicates that the mcnn significantly contribute to the overall effectiveness of the model, and their exclusion leads to a noticeable impact on performance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 181 in conclusion, the analysis emphasizes the collaborative nature of the model components, with the attention layer and mcnn playing pivotal roles in achieving superior performance. furthermore, the positive interaction with bert variants confirms the effectiveness and versatility of our proposed label embedding model. 5.2. comparison experiments this section aims to investigate whether the length of the word list influences the performance of our model. the hypothesis is that a longer word list, and consequently more embedded information, could potentially enhance the model's learning capabilities. to investigate this, a comparative experiment is conducted using a word list length of 4 as the benchmark under the same parameters. this exploration aims to illuminate the correlation between word list length and model performance, offering insights into how the quantity of embedded information may influence the learning process and outcomes. the findings are presented in table 8 and figure 5. table 8. the outcomes of the comparative experiments macor_precision macro_recall macro_f1 1/4 word 0.8622 0.8820 0.8716 2/4 word 0.8753 0.8993 0.8866 3/4 word 0.8706 0.8796 0.8750 all word 0.8693 0.8929 0.8804 figure 5. macro_precision, macro_recall, macro_f1 for different word list lengths the analysis of table 8 reveals some intriguing patterns in contrast to our initial expectations. as the word list length increases, the model performance initially improves, followed by a decline, and then a subsequent rise. after conducting numerous experiments and careful consideration, we focused on the pivot word selection weight indicator (wllr). upon closer examination, it was observed that the negative generic sentiment words in the early part of the word list have higher relevance to known domains. however, as the word list length expands, the relevance decreases, and there is even a risk of misclassification. we hypothesize that the expansion of the word list length introduces a noise problem. the inclusion of the attention layer in our model, when the word list length reaches its full extent, synthesizes this information, reducing the weight of unfavorable words and consequently benefiting the model. this analysis underscores the importance of continuous optimization in our pivot word algorithm. developing a more refined algorithm for the selection of general pivot words in sentiment analysis remains an area for improvement, ensuring the model's robustness and effectiveness. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 182 6. conclusion in this paper, we present an innovative method to classify food safety comments using fused self-semantic and selfknowledge feature models. introducing an auxiliary task filters positive and negative pivot words from known domains as label description information, embedding them into expressions through co-embedding. this not only tackles the challenge of domain adaptation but also introduces a novel labeling representation that incorporates labeling information into a neural network model. the result is a significant improvement in the effectiveness of domain-heavy text classification tasks, especially for short texts related to food safety. looking ahead, our future research will focus on the field of multi-label fine-grained cross-field classification tasks, which is a cutting-edge and challenging domain in research. considering the wide-ranging applications of multi-label, fine-grained classification tasks in real-world scenarios, we aim to extend the methods proposed in this paper to these domains. this exploration will provide valuable insights and inspiration, contributing to the enhancement of the universality and applicability of text classification methods within the food safety domain. we expect that ongoing research will continue to advance the application and development of nlp in the field of food safety and beyond. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, y.z.; methodology, y.z.; formal analysis, y.z.; investigation, x.z.; data curation, j.f.; writing— original draft preparation, y.z.; writing—review and editing, y.z. and h.l.; supervision, x.z.; project administration, h.l. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. acknowledgements special thanks to shufeng xiong, distinguished professor of henan agricultural university, for his guidance and help from the natural language processing laboratory. 7.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] seo, s., almanza, b., miao, l., & behnke, c. (2015). the effect of social media comments on consumers’ responses to food safety information. journal of foodservice business research, 18(2), 111–131. doi:10.1080/15378020.2015.1029384. [2] lobb, a. (2005). consumer trust, risk and food safety: a review. food economics-acta agriculturae scandinavica, section c, 2(1), 3-12. doi:10.1080/16507540510033424. [3] jin, c., bouzembrak, y., zhou, j., liang, q., van den bulk, l. m., gavai, a., ... & marvin, h. j. (2020). big data in food safetya review. current opinion in food science, 36, 24-32. doi:10.1016/j.cofs.2020.11.006. [4] wang, j., & yue, h. (2017). food safety pre-warning system based on data mining for a sustainable food supply chain. food control, 73, 223–229. doi:10.1016/j.foodcont.2016.09.048. [5] geng, z., shang, d., han, y., & zhong, y. (2019). early warning modeling and analysis based on a deep radial basis function neural network integrating an analytic hierarchy process: a case study for food safety. food control, 96, 329–342. doi:10.1016/j.foodcont.2018.09.027. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 183 [6] van de brug, f. j., lucas luijckx, n. b., cnossen, h. j., & houben, g. f. (2014). early signals for emerging food safety risks: from past cases to future identification. food control, 39(1), 75–86. doi:10.1016/j.foodcont.2013.10.038. [7] huang, y., wang, x., wang, r., & min, j. (2022). analysis and recognition of food safety problems in online ordering based on reviews text mining. wireless communications and mobile computing, 2022, 1–15. doi:10.1155/2022/4209732. [8] li, y., gao, x., du, m., he, r., yang, s., & xiong, j. (2020). what causes different sentiment classification on social network services? evidence from weibo with genetically modified food in china. sustainability (switzerland), 12(4), 1345. doi:10.3390/su12041345. [9] wang, s., & manning, c. d. (2012). baselines and bigrams: simple, good sentiment and topic classification. 50th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, acl 2012 proceedings of the conference, 2, 90–94. [10] kalchbrenner, n., grefenstette, e., & blunsom, p. (2014). a convolutional neural network for modelling sentences. 52nd annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, acl 2014 proceedings of the conference, 1, 655–665. doi:10.3115/v1/p14-1062. [11] zhang, h., xiao, l., chen, w., wang, y., & jin, y. (2018). multi-task label embedding for text classification. proceedings of the 2018 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing, emnlp, 4545–4553. doi:10.18653/v1/d18-1484. [12] tan, c., ren, y., & wang, c. (2023). an adaptive convolution with label embedding for text classification. applied intelligence, 53(1), 804–812. doi:10.1007/s10489-021-02702-x. [13] hochreiter, s., & schmidhuber, j. (1997). long short-term memory. neural computation, 9(8), 1735–1780. doi:10.1162/neco.1997.9.8.1735. [14] devlin, j., chang, m. w., lee, k., & toutanova, k. (2019). bert: pre-training of deep bidirectional transformers for language understanding. in naacl hlt 2019 2019 conference of the north american chapter of the association for computational linguistics: human language technologies proceedings of the conference, 1, 4171–4186. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1810.04805. [15] miyazaki, t., makino, k., takei, y., okamoto, h., & goto, j. (2019). label embedding using hierarchical structure of labels for twitter classification. emnlp-ijcnlp 2019 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing and 9th international joint conference on natural language processing, proceedings of the conference, 6317–6322. doi:10.18653/v1/d19-1660. [16] zhang, k., wu, l., lv, g., chen, e., ruan, s., liu, j., zhang, z., zhou, j., & wang, m. (2023). description-enhanced label embedding contrastive learning for text classification. ieee transactions on neural networks and learning systems, 1-14. doi:10.1109/tnnls.2023.3282020. [17] hambrick, d. z., & meinz, e. j. (2011). limits on the predictive power of domain-specific experience and knowledge in skilled performance. current directions in psychological science, 20(5), 275–279. doi:10.1177/0963721411422061. [18] akata, z., perronnin, f., harchaoui, z., & schmid, c. (2016). label-embedding for image classification. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 38(7), 1425–1438. doi:10.1109/tpami.2015.2487986. [19] qu, x., che, h., huang, j., xu, l., & zheng, x. (2023). multi-layered semantic representation network for multi-label image classification. international journal of machine learning and cybernetics, 14(10), 3427–3435. doi:10.1007/s13042-023-018416. [20] rodriguez-serrano, j. a., & perronnin, f. (2013). label embedding for text recognition. bmvc 2013 electronic proceedings of the british machine vision conference, 1-12. doi:10.5244/c.27.5. [21] frome, a., corrado, g. s., shlens, j., bengio, s., dean, j., ranzato, m. a., & mikolov, t. (2013). devise: a deep visualsemantic embedding model. advances in neural information processing systems, 26, 2121-2129. [22] he, s., guo, t., dai, t., qiao, r., shu, x., ren, b., & xia, s. t. (2023). open-vocabulary multi-label classification via multimodal knowledge transfer. proceedings of the 37th aaai conference on artificial intelligence, aaai 2023, 37(1), 808–816. doi:10.1609/aaai.v37i1.25159. [23] palatucci, m., pomerleau, d., hinton, g., & mitchell, t. m. (2009). zero-shot learning with semantic output codes. advances in neural information processing systems 22 proceedings of the 2009 conference, 22, 1410–1418. [24] zhang, h., meng, x., cao, w., liu, y., ming, z., & yang, j. (2023). graph embedding based multi-label zero-shot learning. neural networks, 167, 129–140. doi:10.1016/j.neunet.2023.08.023. [25] tang, j., qu, m., & mei, q. (2015). pte: predictive text embedding through large-scale heterogeneous text networks. proceedings of the 21th acm sigkdd international conference on knowledge discovery and data mining, 1165-1174. doi:10.1145/2783258.2783307. [26] li, q., peng, h., li, j., xia, c., yang, r., sun, l., ... & he, l. (2020). a survey on text classification: from shallow to deep learning. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2008.00364. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2008.00364 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 184 [27] chen, x., qiu, x., zhu, c., wu, s., & huang, x. (2015). sentence modeling with gated recursive neural network. conference proceedings emnlp 2015: conference on empirical methods in natural language processing, 793–798. doi:10.18653/v1/d15-1092. [28] zagoruyko, s., & komodakis, n. (2015). learning to compare image patches via convolutional neural networks. proceedings of the ieee computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 07-12-june-2015, 4353–4361. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2015.7299064. [29] yu, j., & jiang, j. (2016). learning sentence embeddings with auxiliary tasks for cross-domain sentiment classification. emnlp 2016 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing, proceedings, 236–246. doi:10.18653/v1/d16-1023. [30] church, k. w. (2017). word2vec. natural language engineering, 23(1), 155-162. doi:10.1017/s1351324916000334. [31] pennington, j., socher, r., & manning, c. d. (2014). glove: global vectors for word representation. emnlp 2014 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing, proceedings of the conference, 1532–1543. doi:10.3115/v1/d14-1162. [32] cui, y., che, w., liu, t., qin, b., & yang, z. (2021). pre-training with whole word masking for chinese bert. ieee/acm transactions on audio speech and language processing, 29, 3504–3514. doi:10.1109/taslp.2021.3124365. [33] sun, y., wang, s., li, y., feng, s., chen, x., zhang, h., ... & wu, h. (2019). ernie: enhanced representation through knowledge integration. arxiv preprint arxiv:1904.09223. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1904.09223. [34] kingma, d. p., & ba, j. (2014). adam: a method for stochastic optimization. 3rd international conference on learning representations, iclr 2015 conference track proceedings. arxiv preprint, arxiv:1412.6980. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1412.6980. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 55 issn: 2723-9535 navigating the convergence of artificial intelligence and space law: challenges and opportunities ibrahim al sabt 1*, mohammad owais farooqui 1 1 college of law, university of sharjah, sharjah, united arab emirates. received 17 december 2022; revised 22 february 2023; accepted 26 february 2023; published 01 march 2023 abstract the space industry is one of the most technologically advanced industries that aims for scientific explorations that benefit humanity on multiple fronts. further, artificial intelligence (ai) technologies comprise game-changing tools that could be utilized to facilitate space exploration aims. the emergence of ai in the space industry would evolve how both industries look. since many challenges in the current space industry could be addressed by implementing artificial intelligence, space objects will create "intelligent space objects". different studies were conducted to explore the implementation of ai technologies in space activities and their legal implications. the scope of this paper goes beyond the existing work. it will investigate the main ai applications in space and then explore their legal challenges, including issues related to regulations, liability, and policy questions. accordingly, it will discuss the need for developing a novel legal framework to address these challenges, creating a strategic opportunity for international collaboration between states and organizations that will contribute to advancing space law. this study will review, evaluate, and analyze the current situation and recommend ways to establish a novel international space organization. keywords: artificial intelligence; space law; convergence; challenges; opportunities. 1. introduction artificial intelligence (hereinafter referred to as "ai") was first coined in 1956 by stanford professor john mccarthy, who described it as "the science and engineering of making intelligent machines, especially intelligent computer programs. it relates to using computers to understand human intelligence, but ai does not have to confine itself to biologically observable methods." other subject matter experts also attempted to define ai, and all of the definitions illustrate in simple words that ai is how a computer mimics human intelligence without involving biological methods [1]. since 1956, ai has evolved to intersect with all aspects of our lives, especially with the technology humans use daily. the past two decades marked the rapid development of ai, which is renovating how life looks as it emerges in the public and private sectors, civil society, and academia [2]. ai is a comprehensible term to be interpreted very simply; it could be illustrated as machine learning (hereinafter referred to as "ml"), which woolf describes as "a system's ability to acquire and integrate knowledge through large-scale observations and to improve and extend itself by learning new knowledge rather than by being programmed with that knowledge" [3]. expressly, ml is training a computer under the supervision of humans, where the system is fed with training data to automate the process of solving specific tasks. on the other hand, computers that are trained without human supervision and utilize artificial neural networks in complex architectures to perform their functions are trained in a process called deep learning (hereinafter referred to as "dl"). ibm described dl as "a subset of machine learning, which is essentially a neural network with three or more * corresponding author: u20104406@sharjah.ac.ae http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0154-802x hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 56 layers. these neural networks attempt to simulate the behaviour of the human brain, allowing it to "learn" from large amounts of data. while a neural network with a single layer can still make approximate predictions, additional hidden layers can help to optimize and refine for accuracy" [4]. training the computer with or without supervision depends on the user's application. users usually employ different methods, such as support vector machines, decision trees, and k-nearest neighbours, for shallow ml to achieve their purposes. at the same time, dl is traditionally utilized for high-dimensional data and large domains, as could be illustrated in the convolutional neural networks and recurrent neural networks models that were compared by ibm as "commonly used for natural language processing and speech recognition, whereas convolutional neural networks (convnets or cnns) are more often utilized for classification and computer vision tasks. before cnns, manual, timeconsuming feature extraction methods were used to identify objects in images" [5]. ai's capabilities are deemed necessary with the large amount of data being harnessed from space missions. it is being recognized by many space agencies and private actors to promote and enhance the performance of space activities. moreover, the success of space missions intersects with the perfect performance of the algorithms, communications architectures between the space and ground segments, and the computer models developed to aid the mission, as represented by authors in sudmanns et al. [6], james & roper [7], and samal [8]. in all these areas, ai could be exploited to improve the operation of space missions toward its success. ai in space applications is well known in data and image processing for remote sensing, such as co2 emissions concentration monitoring or detecting environmental changes. also, it is proposed to integrate ai into satellites for air and maritime traffic control [9]. further, it is suggested that cloud computing use satellites instead of ground-based systems. it is also essential to mention the large satellite constellations that are being developed nowadays in the space industry and that will revolutionize its nature due to the high number of satellites being launched by space actors and that will double fold the mass of the lower earth orbit. the end-to-end communication in the constellations will be dependent on ai systems to synchronize the transmission of data and control of satellites while in orbit [10]. this research aims to review the main studies examining the admissibility of governing ai technologies in international space law. it will highlight its importance by presenting the legal challenges of emerging ai technologies in the space industry. this research will contribute in the following ways:  presenting current ai applications in space;  assess the current legal regime governing ai in space;  compare other relevant legal frameworks to govern ai in space;  address the international community toward the future of ai impacts on space activities. the research will have its central focus on the following questions:  how is ai being implemented in the space sector?  what are the main applications of ai in space?  how will ai benefit space exploration?  what are the legal challenges of ai implementation in space?  how is ai important to the international space community? the rapid advancement of ai in space technologies is encouraging more success in the space industry; however, it poses legal challenges concerning space activities and ai in space due to the lack of jurisdiction in space law, drafted in the 1960s [11]. hence, this paper is divided into the following sections: section 2 presents the research methodology; section 3 reviews the present and future of ai in space; and section 4 explores ai technologies in space legal challenges, including challenges related to liability and regulations. section 5 will recommend developing a legal framework to govern ai applications in space. section 6 offers the conclusion. 2. research methodology this research paper was written on the basis illustrated in figure 1. first, relevant studies and literature were reviewed to determine the status and gaps in recent research. second, the central research questions were formulated according to the obtained information. third, the analysis of the selected literature and data presented to relate important research topic variables. fourth, involves proposing recommendations based on the study findings. fifth, the researchers assessed the legal framework to govern ai in space. the research paper aims to show how ai technologies would evolve the international space community's legal regime to create opportunities from the challenges posed by implementing such technologies. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 57 figure 1. research methodology 3. ai applications in space activities in this section, different ai applications that are currently implemented will be discussed to explore the potential of their advancement. also, the future of ai applications will be discussed to formulate an idea of what legal challenges could escalate from the future of ai in space. current ai applications in space spacex announced in 2021 that its starlink satellite constellation is equipped with a collision avoidance system powered by ai. the announcement came after an incident involving the close approach of 190 feet-miss of collision between spacex and oneweb satellites [12]. the ai collision avoidance system, in general, continuously monitors the position of the constellation's satellites relative to its surroundings. it makes decisions about maneuvering when necessary, either with or without human supervision. however, with such systems, at least the satellites could communicate with the operators to alert them of possible collisions. moreover, if the system is entirely independent of the operator, takes a particular decision, and explains its action, it depends on the ai system's maturity. if it is capable of contextual adaptation or abstraction, then it will justify; if it is just a simple ai system, it will only operate to achieve its high-level objectives [13]. moreover, the data obtained from satellites brings different kinds of benefits to humankind. one of these benefits is earth imaging. earth observation is one of the most popular missions space actors invest in due to the high demand from major companies worldwide. many oil companies require satellite images to monitor their oil plants and operations to detect pipeline leaks [14]. other manufacturing companies also inspect the impact of harmful gas emissions from their premises and determine if any concentrations are being formulated. methane and co2 concentrations could have negative consequences leading to the escalation of climate change driving factors, such as the increment in the global temperature or forest fires, which subsequently cost governments billions of dollars in health care and reconstruction. thus, the satellite imaging industry is highly demanded, similar to the image processing market. google and maxar are two industry giants that provide high-resolution earth images [15], while companies such as satelytics [16] process those images using ai-driven algorithms to provide the oil industry and other manufacturers with images and data related to their activities, as illustrated previously. ai is currently being implemented to automate the process of image processing rather than the traditional image processing methods; it is also adding more reliability due to its capability of making predictions and could also be utilized in urban planning and national security. those examples illustrate the current applications of ai in space. it also reveals the necessity of creating a solid bridge between space operators and ai developers to accelerate the development of both sectors toward more fruitful outcomes that will be represented in the next section. future ai applications in space as discussed, the current ai applications represent a constructive influence on outer space activities. the advancement of ai technologies and the partnership between ai developers and space actors may shape the future of space missions as many space agencies plan to launch satellite constellations into lower earth orbit (leo). this phenomenon is wider than governmental bodies because private space actors are increasingly active players due to the 1. review relevant research 2. formulating research questions 3. litrature analysis 4. results 5. conclusion and recommendation hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 58 high demand for the services constellations could provide in leo. these include providing high-speed internet with reduced latency to unserved communities and establishing the internet of things (iot), defined as "a dynamic global network infrastructure with self-configuration and interoperable communication. iot means the ability to make everything around us, starting from machines, mobile phones, cars, cities, and roads, connected to the internet with intelligent behaviour and taking into account the kind of autonomy and privacy" [17]. these technologies' return on investment for private space actors such as spacex will be beneficial; however, it will result in the congestion of leo. thus, space traffic management (hereinafter referred to as "stm") [18] is needed to govern such activities, which could be achieved using mature ai technologies to be implemented in the space segments of these constellations for collision avoidance. it could also enhance how satellites operate entirely autonomously and interact with each other to adjust their attitude and settings to aid the traffic in orbit. further, ai could facilitate the space robotics concept [19]; for example, a rover capable of making its own decision to detect and classify objects or to repair itself and adjust during the mission in a completely autonomous way. these robots will enhance deep space missions to other planets to achieve more in space sciences, exploration, and exploitation [20]. for this to be achieved, the adoption of laws and policies that shed light on these technological advancements is required to govern such activities due to their complexity and to ensure the responsible and peaceful use of outer space. indeed, space mission integration with ai is beneficial, but only when used to the advantage of all; however, these technologies could be used differently. hence, it is imperative that ai applications in space need to be addressed in specific laws and policies to govern them. 4. ai technology in space legal challenges ai technologies could be considered another loophole in international space law, as they could cause many concerns as long as legal space instruments do not cover them. one of the main challenges with ai technologies in space is the liability issues that will be discussed after reviewing the situation of ai applications in international space law. ai technologies in international space law the united nations (un) space treaties, namely, the treaty on principles governing the activities of states in the exploration and use of outer space, including the moon and other celestial bodies (outer space treaty), the agreement on the rescue of astronauts, the return of astronauts and the return of objects launched into outer space (rescue agreement), the convention on international liability for damage caused by space objects (liability convention), the convention on registration of objects launched into outer space (registration convention), and the agreement governing the activities of states on the moon and other celestial bodies (moon agreement) were drafted between the 1960s and 1970s to illustrate the international space law. since then, the technologies have developed with time; however, the treaties have remained untouched. the current international space law governs the fundamental activities in outer space, such as claims of sovereignty in outer space or any celestial body are not valid; the exploration and exploitation of outer space and other celestial bodies should be maintained to the benefit of all humans and countries without discrimination; cooperation is the fundamental principle of space activities to benefit all other states; space activities should be performed in compliance with international law, etc., as demonstrated in the outer space treaty [21]. as ai advances to reach outer space activities, it is not mentioned in any treaties, which could threaten the international space community in many aspects. recently, the un committee on the peaceful use of outer space discussed the issue related to the utilization of ai in space. in 2018, its annual report raised the issue of using ai in satellite imagery processing and how the rapid advancement of technologies could foster and, vice versa, affect space exploration. space powers and international organizations deemed it necessary to regulate the usage of ai in outer space, and different legal initiatives were adopted as "soft laws" to achieve that purpose. for instance, the united states proposes creating a federal agency to regulate ai [22]. further, the russian government released an order in 2019: "on approval of the concept for the development of regulation of relations in the field of artificial intelligence and robotics technologies for the period up to 2024" [23]. this could be extended to cover the area previously mentioned regarding space robotics. thus, the international space law community needs to take measures to regulate ai technologies in space due to the issues that may arise from their utilization. the liability convention does not highlight any issue related to the use of ai in space activities, which raises a significant concern due to the fact that states responsible for these intelligent space objects will not be able to justify the decision of their assets in space due to their automation while taking decisions [24]. liability issues related to ai technologies in space the autonomy of intelligent space objects is the main worry in the liability context. as mentioned, the un space treaties do not cover any of the ai technologies in space; however, the outer space treaty established the responsibility of states in articles vi and vii by stating: hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 59 article vi: states parties to the treaty shall bear international responsibility for national activities in outer space, including the moon and other celestial bodies, whether such activities are carried on by governmental agencies or by nongovernmental entities, and for assuring that national activities are carried out in conformity with the provisions outlined in the present treaty. the activities of nongovernmental entities…. article vii: each state party to the treaty that launches or procures the launching of an object into outer space, including the moon and other celestial bodies, and each state party from whose territory or facility an object is launched, is internationally liable for damage to another state party to the treaty or its natural or juridical persons by such objects or its parts on the earth, in air space or outer space, including the moon and other celestial bodies [21]". article vi generally describes wrongful acts in space as states' responsibilities, as it implies by affirming "international responsibility". also, it put forward that the satellites operated by nongovernmental entities should be licensed by the state authorizing them and under its supervision. in this context, satellites that will implement any ai technologies need to be approved by the state they are registered in; this relates to the fact that states will have to bear the responsibility of the ai incorporated in those satellites to ensure their security, especially since those satellites will have high levels of automation. however, article vii introduced the liability of states toward their assets in outer space and further illustrated this matter in the liability convention through articles ii and iii, as stated: article ii: a launching state shall be liable to pay compensation for damage caused by its space object on the earth's surface or to aircraft flight. article iii: in the event of damage being caused elsewhere than on the surface of the earth to a space object of one launching state or persons or property on board such a space object by a space object of another launching state, the latter shall be liable only if the damage is due to its fault or the fault of persons for whom it is responsible [25]". as the liability convention was drafted to elaborate the seventh article of the outer space treaty, the articles stipulated provide the fundamentals of imposing liability on states for their assets' activity in outer space. the convention defines the launching states as "(i) a state which launches or procures the launching of a space object; (ii) a state from whose territory or facility a space object is launched" [24] from the perspective of the convention, states in case of any damage caused by their satellites, will have to bear the liability. however, when ai is involved, how will the liability convention govern its obligations in such a context? the main issue will arise from who is liable due to a problem caused by a fully automated space object. an explanation is necessary for the party that sustained the damage in such an event. further, the outer space treaty and the liability convention established the regime of responsibility and liability for states, but neither appropriately defined those terms, which will cause ambiguity when dealing with intelligent space objects. ai is foreseen as a tool that could support the exploration of outer space and enhance its safety and security; however, it could also be used to threaten these aspects if it were misused [26]. furthermore, the implementation of ai in space objects is imposing a mounting global risk due to its high capabilities for automation, which could be used to invade privacy and data. thus, there is an essential need to establish a legal regime for using ai in space, stipulating all aspects of the risks that it may cause to assure its safe and secure use in space and guarantee that its implementation is being used responsibly by states. 5. recommendations for the development of a legal framework governing ai in space the un is the current international body governing states' space activities through its committees and treaties; however, these legal instruments should align with the recent technological advancements in the space sector. one of the proposed solutions is to expand the ability of the un committees through the establishment of an international specialized agency, like the international civil aviation organization (icao), which governs every aspect of civil aviation, and the international maritime organization (imo), which regulates maritime activities by assuring their safety, security, and prevention of pollution of our planet. the international civil aviation organization icao was established under one of the oldest legal instruments ever drafted, known as the convention on international civil aviation, or the chicago convention, referring to where it was signed. it came into force by 1947 after 52 states signed it internationally on dec 7, 1944 [26]. currently, the icao consists of 193 member states. the civil aviation industry is one of the world's most advanced and regulated industries due to its high maintenance of safety hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 60 and security. this was only possible with the role that the icao plays; even though the chicago convention came into force around 75 years ago, the icao maintains it through its annexes, which keep updating towards the best practices in the aviation industry. the 19 annexes comprise documents hosting the standards and recommended practices (sarps), guidance manuals (gms), etc., covering the most important topics to keep the industry in line with technological advancements. of course, aircraft back in the 1940s were not the latest airbus or boeing aircraft we see today; however, both were governed by the same legal instrument. thus, the success of the icao in regulating the civil aviation industry is important to be taken as an example of regulating technical concerns relating to space activities. the international maritime organization imo was established in 1948 under the international convention for the safety of life at sea (solas) and came into force by 1958, and the first task assigned to it was amending solas. the organization's primary purpose was to keep the conventions up to date and promote safety. as its mission statement states, "the mission of the international maritime organization (imo) as united nations specialized agency is to promote safe, secure, environmentally sound, efficient, and sustainable shipping through cooperation. this will be accomplished by adopting the highest practicable standards of maritime safety and security, the efficiency of navigation, and prevention and control of pollution from ships, as well as through consideration of the related legal matters and effective implementation of imo's instruments with a view to their universal and uniform application" [27, 28]. since 1960, imo has shed light on international maritime traffic and other essential aspects of the marine industry and amended the solas six times between 1965 and 1973. currently, the organization comprises 175 member states maintaining the industry's highest standards of technological advancement through its legal power. further, the organization adopted protocols and conventions, such as the international convention for the prevention of pollution from ships, drafted due to oil spillage while transported. in 1967, torrey canyon marked the disaster by spilling 120,000 tons of oil. also, two other treaties were adopted in 1969 and 1972, the international convention on civil liability for oil pollution damage and the convention relating to civil liability in the field of maritime carriage of nuclear material, respectively [2]. these conventions were adopted to establish a system that would support the compensation to parties that suffer from pollution caused by maritime activities. imo's role in the marine industry is crucial in maintaining the highest standards of safety and security and assuring the reliability of the systems being implemented in the industry. questions related to the development of ai policy a uniform legal framework to regulate ai applications in any field has yet to be created [29]. thus, the policies governing ai applications in space raise will raise many concerning questions that could be represented by the following:  do governments have the intention to acquire the benefits of ai?  is investment deemed necessary to promote the research and development of ai systems?  is strategy on national levels necessary to address ai technologies' implications?  what are the implications of intelligence in space on the operators? who is responsible for the acts of intelligent space objects in cases of decision-making that result in a collision in space? the emergence of ai technologies in space will automate satellites' operations in orbit. the impact on the industry will be major in terms of posing responsibility and liability on operators, which could even escalate further when involving the insurance of assets in outer space. the responsibility and liability ideology in the space industry plays a crucial role since it is posed on states in the first place, which requires states' oversight of the nongovernmental space operators. hence, the emergence of ai technologies will require international policies to guide states in addressing the above questions. the establishment of an international space organization a specialized agency governing space-related activities is necessary for the international community to maintain outer space's safety, security, and sustainability. in sections 4.1 and 4.2, two of the functionally specialized agencies of the un were discussed to highlight the importance of having an updated scope of work represented with regulations to govern an activity. one interesting point of view is that both agencies were established under well-defined legal instruments; however, these instruments were adopted after finding a serious issue that needed to be regulated. the difference between those industries and the space industry is that the current technological advancement, such as the emergence of ai technologies [30, 31], could severely impact the international community if not addressed by a legal instrument. thus, the previous lessons from other industries should be considered to address the issue related to space activity, not wait for a catastrophe to regulate its impact. space safety and security should not be risked nor compromised due to their high importance and benefits. hence, adopting new conventions superseding the current set of outdated international space laws that address the fundamentals of space activity is of utmost importance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 61 the challenges relating to the use of ai technologies in space could be an opportunity to create a positive impact through the enhancement of the space industry by creating a space-specialized agency of the un to govern the current activities through the adoption of new treaties. such treaties may oversee the activities of large satellite constellations [31] through an adequately developed stm that includes the different aspects related to governments, agencies, and private stakeholders. this will result in a dramatic change in the industry towards a safer, more secure, and more sustainable environment for space actors, consequently creating a more reliable and stable situation. further, the newly formed agency would contribute to developing ai usage regulations from many aspects, particularly the liability of intelligent space objects, which was discussed as a challenge in the previous sections. this issue could cause severe chaos in the space environment due to its implications for the space debris issue. currently, the regulation that addresses this issue does not exist, and space debris [32, 33] needs to be defined in the current legal framework of international space law. moreover, the implementation of intelligent space objects could extend to issues related to privacy protection. to ensure the ethical and responsible use of ai technologies in space, the newly established organization could implement similar mechanisms as icao and imo in updating legal instruments through annexes or protocols to keep technological advancement and the legal framework parallel. icao will differ from the space organization due to the different technologies in use and the harsh environment of space. however, an organization like the icao is a feasible solution to address the issues relating to stm, as space standards could be set by an international space commission, which would have to keep the standards monitored and updated [34]. implementing such measures would be harder for space applications since space is unrestricted by boundaries. however, the uniformity in atms is appealing, as the icao is putting distinguished efforts into maintaining the industry at the highest level of conformity and safety. further, the sarps are soft law instruments that could also be used to address the issues related to intelligent space objects' technical guidance is necessary to regulate ai activities in space, particularly if it is used in a manner to address the technical and regulatory regimes of such implementations. like the mixture of hard and soft laws that harmonize atm and mtm, it is necessary to develop rules to govern stm. as a minimum standard to initiate the stm regime, it might be useful to adopt soft laws that will pave the way toward an internationally uniform and standardized regime of stm. space ai technologies constitute one of the issues that should be regulated and harmonized to ensure the uninterruptible provision of services and benefits of space technologies. consequently, there is a need to amend the existing hard laws governing space activities. the value of the global space market reached 424 billion us dollars in 2022 and is expected to grow to 737 billion us dollars in the next decade, which makes it very attractive for other sectors to invest in vanleynseele [35]. as discussed, the ai industry is directly related to the advancement of the space sector. the establishment of an international space organization will not only enhance the usage of ai technologies in space but also drive the stakeholders of the ai industry to develop a more reliable system due to the high level of competition in the market and increase the return on investments for the stakeholders. this creates an opportunity that can have significant implications for the advancement of both the ai and space sectors from a technological, economic, and legal point of view. thus, it is recommended that a novel international space organization be established under a convention that would bring states to the same understanding of the importance of space activities' sustainability. in addition, establishing such a novel organization will contribute directly to advancing a mutual legal framework that will bring other relevant international organizations and stakeholders towards more success and advancement in parallel with developing laws and policies governing space activities. 6. conclusion the use of ai technologies in space became one of the main focuses in both industries. the convergence of both would resolve many challenges emerging from deep space exploration, exploitation, and the utilization of its benefits. many governmental and private space actors invest in such technologies to advance and explore outer space. for that to be achieved, intelligent space objects could be widely used to automate the activities in outer space, which would not only cut the cost for space actors but also save time toward the utilization of human resources in doubling the efforts in outer space. a brighter future of space exploration could be foreseen with the emerging ai technologies; however, such technologies may raise legal issues related to liability and data protection that could delay enhancements and contradict transparency when dealing with others. such cases should be considered, but not in a manner that would stop the progress in both fields; it is undoubtedly true that ai technologies will aid automation, robotics, and stm. therefore, this article emphasizes facilitating the emergence of ai challenges in space as an opportunity for the international space community to reconsider the un treaties by utilizing the efforts to establish an international space organization to help the space actors achieve their goals and objectives in space by governing their activities through standardization and harmonization of the regulations, just like how it works in the aviation and maritime industries. this will contribute to the novel legal regime of outer space, particularly in addressing the issues discussed in the article. further, it should be noted that the recommendation of this article, if considered by the international space community, could be used to alter and fit many issues related to outer space since the proposed international space organization could have a broader scope that covers the governing body of all space activities. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 62 space sustainability plays a crucial role in characterizing the space environment, and we should not wait for a catastrophe to happen before acting and resolving the issue. however, the current international space system needs to catch up to technological advancement and requires efforts to unite them on a single page. hence, further research in this field is required, and the current observations in this aspect, along with other observations from other elements such as space traffic management, could be taken into consideration to formulate preliminary solutions to address these concerns and push the wheel forward towards sustainable, peaceful use of outer space. it is also important to note that the space industry scholars and subject matter experts should work in an actionable manner to promote establishing such an organization that will aid space sustainability, a core pillar of safe operations in the earth's orbit. 7. declarations author contributions conceptualization, i.a., and m.f.; methodology, i.a.; validation, i.a., and m.f.; formal analysis, i.a., and m.f.; investigation, m.f.; resources, i.a.; data curation, i.a., and m.f..; writing—original draft preparation, i.a.; writing— review and editing, i.a. and m.f.; visualization, i.a.; supervision, m.f.; project administration, m.f.; funding acquisition, i.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. acknowledgements the authors would like to acknowledge the support provided by the university of sharjah, sharjah, united arab emirates. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] mccarthy, j. (2007). what is artificial intelligence?. available online: http://www-formal.stanford.edu/jmc/whatisai.pdf (accessed on february 2023). [2] west, d., & john, a. (2022). how artificial intelligence is transforming the world. brookings, washington, united states. available online: https://www.brookings.edu/research/how-artificial-intelligence-is-transforming-the-world/ (accessed on january 2023). [3] woolf, b. p. (2009). machine learning. building intelligent interactive tutors, 221–297, morgan kaufmann, burlington, united states. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12-373594-2.00007-1. [4] ibm. (2023). what is deep learning? available online: https://www.ibm.com/topics/deep-learning (accessed on january 2023). [5] ibm. (2023). convolutional neural networks. available online: what are convolutional neural networks? 2023. available online: https://www.ibm.com/topics/convolutional-neural-networks (accessed on february 2023). [6] sudmanns, m., tiede, d., lang, s., bergstedt, h., trost, g., augustin, h., baraldi, a., & blaschke, t. (2020). big earth data: disruptive changes in earth observation data management and analysis? international journal of digital earth, 13(7), 832–850. doi:10.1080/17538947.2019.1585976. [7] james, t., & roper, s. (2018). launching from earth: the science behind space law and technological developments. deep space commodities. palgrave macmillan, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-90303-3_3. [8] samal, m. (2020). international space law & artificial intelligence. handbook on artificial intelligence and international law. indian society of artificial intelligence and law, prayagraj, india. [9] strohmeier, m., moser, d., schafer, m., lenders, v., & martinovic, i. (2019). on the applicability of satellite-based air traffic control communication for security. ieee communications magazine, 57(9), 79–85. doi:10.1109/mcom.001.1900037. [10] curzi, g., modenini, d., & tortora, p. (2020). large constellations of small satellites: a survey of near future challenges and missions. aerospace, 7(9). doi:10.3390/aerospace7090133. http://www-formal.stanford.edu/jmc/whatisai.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 63 [11] surden, h. (2019). artificial intelligence and law: an overview. georgia state university law review, 35, 19-22. [12] roulette, j. (2021). oneweb, spacex satellites dodged a potential collision in orbit. the verge, washington, united states. available online: https://www.theverge.com/2021/4/9/22374262/oneweb-spacex-satellites-dodged-potential-collision-orbitspace-force (accessed on february 2023). [13] mishra, n. (2022). the need for an international rules-based framework for artificial intelligence technologies and systems in space activities. mcgill university, montreal, canada. [14] adegboye, m. a., fung, w. k., & karnik, a. (2019). recent advances in pipeline monitoring and oil leakage detection technologies: principles and approaches. sensors (switzerland), 19(11), 2548. doi:10.3390/s19112548. [15] maxar technologies. (2023). high-resolution satellite imagery. 2023. available online: https://www.maxar.com/products/ satellite-imagery (accessed on january 2023). [16] satelytics. (2016). using satellites imagery and satelytics for vegetation management within pipelines and electrical transmission line right-of-ways. available online: https://www.satelytics.com/archives/2016-using-satellite-imagery-andsatelytics-for-vegetation-management-within-pipelines-and-electrical-transmission-line-right-of-ways (accessed on january 2023). [17] ali, z. h., ali, h. a., & badawy, m. m. (2015). internet of things (iot): definitions, challenges and recent research directions. international journal of computer applications, 128(1), 37-47. doi:10.5120/ijca2015906430. [18] contant-jorgenson, c., lála, p., & schrogl, k. u. (2006). the iaa cosmic study on space traffic management. space policy, 22(4), 283–288. doi:10.1016/j.spacepol.2006.08.004. [19] martin, a. s., & freeland, s. (2021). the advent of artificial intelligence in space activities: new legal challenges. space policy, 55, 101408. doi:10.1016/j.spacepol.2020.101408. [20] nevejans, n. (2016). european civil law rules in robotics. european parliament, brussels, belgium. available online: https://www.europarl.europa.eu/regdata/etudes/stud/2016/571379/ipol_stu(2016)571379_en.pdf (accessed on february 2023). [21] tronchetti, f. (2009). annex 2 treaty on principles governing the activities of states in the exploration and use of outer space, including the moon and other celestial bodies. the exploitation of natural resources of the moon and other celestial bodies, 311–318. brill, leiden, netherlands. doi:10.1163/ej.9789004175358.i-382.55. [22] executive office of the president. (2019). maintaining american leadership in artificial intelligence. presidential document, executive order, executive office of the president, washington, united states. available online: https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2019/02/14/2019-02544/maintaining-american-leadership-in-artificial-intelligence (accessed on february 2023). [23] order of the government of the russian federation (2020). on approval of the concept for the development of regulation of relations in the field of artificial intelligence and robotic technologies until 2024”. collected legislation of the russian federation, august 19, 2020 no. 2129-r, 35, art. 5593. [24] gill, a. s. (2019). artificial intelligence and international security: the long view. ethics and international affairs, 33(2), 169–179. doi:10.1017/s0892679419000145. [25] burke, j. a. (1984). convention on international liability for damage caused by space objects: definition and determination of damages after the cosmos 954 incident. fordham international law journal, 8, 255. [26] soroka, l., & kurkova, k. (2019). artificial intelligence and space technologies: legal, ethical and technological issues. advanced space law, 3. doi:10.29202/asl/2019/3/11. [27] international civil aviation organization (icao). (2023). the history of icao and the chicago convention. international civil aviation organization (icao), montreal, canada. available online: https://www.icao.int/about-icao/history/pages/default.aspx (accessed on february 2023). [28] imo. (2023). brief history of imo. international marine organization (imo), london, united kingdom. available online: https://www.imo.org/en/about/historyofimo/pages/default.aspx (accessed on february 2023). [29] imo. (2023). list of imo conventions. international marine organization (imo), london, united kingdom. available online: https://www.imo.org/en/about/conventions/pages/listofconventions.aspx (accessed on february 2023). [30] scherer, m. u. (2015). regulating artificial intelligence systems: risks, challenges, competencies, and strategies. harvard journal of law & technology, 29, 353. doi:10.2139/ssrn.260977. [31] bratu, i., lodder, a. r., & van der linden, t. (2021). autonomous space objects and international space law: navigating the liability gap. indonesian journal of international law, 18(3), 423–446. doi:10.17304/ijil.vol18.3.818. https://www.maxar.com/products/ https://www.europarl.europa.eu/regdata/etudes/stud/2016/571379/ipol_stu(2016)571379_en.pdf https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2019/02/14/2019-02544/maintaining-american-leadership-in-artificial-intelligence hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 64 [32] the european space agency. (2020). swarm probes weakening of earth's magnetic. the european space agency, paris, france. available online: https://www.esa.int/applications/observing_the_earth/futureeo/swarm/swarm_probes_weakening _of_earth_s_magnetic_field#:~:text=in%20an%20area%20stretching%20from,disturbances%20in%20satellites%20orbiting% 20earth (accessed on february 2023). [33] sheer, a., & li, s. (2019). space debris mounting global menace legal issues pertaining to space debris removal: ought to revamp existing space law regime. beijing law review, 10(03), 423–440. doi:10.4236/blr.2019.103025. [34] larsen, p. b. (2018). space traffic management standards. journal of air law and commerce, 83, 359. [35] vanleynseele, e. (2023). the value of the space economy will reach $424 billion in 2022 despite new unforeseen investment concerns. available online: https://www.euroconsult-ec.com/press-release/value-of-space-economy-reaches-424-billion-in2022-despite-new-unforeseen-investment-concerns-2/ (accessed on january 2023). https://www.esa.int/applications/observing_the_earth/futureeo/swarm/swarm_probes_weakening%20_of_earth_s_magnetic_field#:~:text=in%20an%20area%20stretching%20from,disturbances%20in%20satellites%20orbiting%20earth https://www.esa.int/applications/observing_the_earth/futureeo/swarm/swarm_probes_weakening%20_of_earth_s_magnetic_field#:~:text=in%20an%20area%20stretching%20from,disturbances%20in%20satellites%20orbiting%20earth https://www.esa.int/applications/observing_the_earth/futureeo/swarm/swarm_probes_weakening%20_of_earth_s_magnetic_field#:~:text=in%20an%20area%20stretching%20from,disturbances%20in%20satellites%20orbiting%20earth available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 730 issn: 2723-9535 digital skills of human resources: exploratory research of innovations in enterprises thi thanh hong pham 1 , tran thi bich ngoc 1* , duong manh cuong 1 , dao thanh binh 1, lam tran si 2 1 school of economics and management, hanoi university of science and technology, hanoi, 100000, viet nam. 2 school of economics and international business, foreign trade university, hanoi, viet nam. received 11 april 2024; revised 19 august 2024; accepted 27 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract background: this study is conducted in the context of the remarkable development of digital technology that has a profound impact on many facets of life, including the comprehensive transformation of abilities and the working style of businesses and the workforce. to survive and develop in an emerging digital society and ever-changing digital environment, workers and business leaders need to equip themselves with the necessary digital skills to adapt to job requirements. objective: this study explores the current status of the digital skills of human resources and its impact on the level of digital transformation readiness of vietnamese enterprises. at the same time, the inverse relationship between digital skills and the digital divide was explored for the first time in vietnam. methodology: a secondary research method was used to summarize and analyze the results of surveys conducted by vietnamese government agencies and previous studies to investigate the current status of digital skills of human resources and factors affecting the digital readiness of vietnamese enterprises in the context of ongoing dx. results: the results show that the digital skills of enterprise hr are weak, the level of dx readiness is low, and there is a reciprocal relationship between digital skills and the digital divide. the principal findings contribute to policy implications aimed at enhancing digital skills for the workforce and enterprises’ hr, and bridging the digital divide within the population in the long term. keywords: digital transformation; human resources; digital technology; digital skill; innovation; enterprise. 1. introduction 1.1. background of research under the impact of the 4.0 industrial revolution (4ir), digital transformation (dx) has become an inevitable global trend, bringing unprecedented opportunities to promote business growth [1]. the dx process changes the structure of the workforce and labor market by simultaneously causing job losses and creating new jobs through the use of advanced digital technologies, which not only affects the volume and nature of work but also changes the conceptualization of work and the way people perform their work [2]. the success and future of any dx process depends on human factors [3]. in 2021, oxford saïd and ey research teams studied the complex factors behind the high failure rates of dx and concluded that the human factor must be at the center of transformation. their survey results also showed that in organizations where hr was put at the center of dx, the success rate reached 73%, making 2.6 times higher than those that do not [4]. * corresponding author: professor.tran.thibichngoc@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-013 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6299-6347 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2184-3907 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6032-6633 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7531-9575 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 731 digitally skilled human capital has a profound impact on all areas of socio-economic life, facilitating a strong transition from resource-based and labor-intensive to the new knowledge-based development paradigm and digital economy. accordingly, this also creates major changes in supply and demand in the labor market. although certain attention has been focused on transforming the workforce and developing human resources (hr) with necessary digital skills to help vietnamese enterprises meet the requirements of ongoing dx, vietnam is still classified as one of the groups of countries that are not really ready for 4ir due to the current low level of digitally skilled workforce. according to the global innovation index (gii) 2020, vietnam maintained its 42nd position in 2019 and 2020 and ranked lower than many asean countries [5]. furthermore, the global talent competitiveness index 2023 published by the high economic school reported that vietnam ranked 75 out of 134 classified countries, belonging to the group of countries with average rankings; in terms of vocational and technical skills and digital skills among the workforce, vietnam ranked 71/134 [6]. this situation is becoming more serious as vietnamese enterprises in their dx process currently face difficulties, including a lack of skilled workforce, cyber security risks, lack of support policies, fear of change, and internal protests, in which the lack of a digitally skilled workforce and weak digital skills of enterprises' hr are considered core obstacles for enterprises executing dx [5, 7]. this context raises the necessity to study workforce digital skills and their impact on vietnamese enterprises’ dx readiness and explore the relationship between the digital divide within the population and workforce digital skills. 1.2. previous studies on digital skills, human resource digital skills and digital divide digital skills are originally understood as the ability to find information efficiently and effectively on the internet, devices, communication applications, and networks to access and manage information [8, 9]. in the eu, this term has the same meaning as “it skills”, “e-skills, or “digital competencies” [10]. this refers to a set of technological abilities that workers need to acquire partially or fully before entering the workforce. survey data collected by the international telecommunication union (itu) in developing countries show that up to 65% of respondents’ reasons for not using the internet are related to education and digital skills [11]. digital skills are also defined by unesco [12] as a range of abilities to use digital technologies. digital skills are considered essential assets for workers at all job positions. hence, the term ‘digital skills gap’ has emerged, describing the discrepancy between the digital skills required by the labor market and those that the workforce possesses. following a task-based approach to digital skills needed by the employed workforce, the organization for economic cooperation and development [13] has divided ict users into three levels: (1) basic users who competently use computers and other internet-related tools essential to the information society, e-government, and work; (2) advanced users who belong to a group of people competently using advanced ict in specific sectors as a working tool; and (3) ict specialists, whose occupation is related to developing, operating, and maintaining ict systems. the european center for the development of vocational training (cedefop) and the international telecommunication union (itu), and based on users’ ict abilities, digital skills are classified into three categories: basic, intermediate, and advanced [11, 14]. in the uk, there exists the same way of categorizing and naming digital skill levels, considering that basic digital skills are essential for the majority of people; since 2015 the basic digital skills framework includes 5 categories of essential digital skills for life and work including: “communicating, managing information, transacting, problem solving, being safe and legal online” [15]. although these three levels of digital skills are named variously to refer to different levels of ict users’ abilities, they are all related to the capacity to perform complex or specialized tasks, including (a) the basic digital literacy and skills that the workforce and every individual should have to live and work properly in a digital society; (b) employment-related digital skills associated with the use of ict applications in a specific sector; and (c) digital skills as a profession for ict specialists. the roles of hr and digital skills in the dx process have been confirmed in a series of previous studies. even though old business models are being transformed into new ones through the application of digital technology under the impact of digitalization on the economy, human factors still dominate the dx process [16]. the growing demand for hr with basic digital skills and ict staff for enterprise digitalization leads to a general shortage of digitally skilled hr within the enterprise, as well as in the labor market [17]. in a knowledge-based economy, hr competencies are important for maintaining a competitive advantage because hr skills, abilities, behaviors, and attitudes help achieve organizational goals [18, 19]. horváth & szabó [20] believed that hr practices can be the driving force of 4ir in companies; conversely, barriers arise if the labor force lacks appropriate competence and skills. in the digital age, digital skills are essential for many people to find a new job or maintain their current job position, as employers need digitally skilled employees at the level required by the job. the dx process executed in a company impacts its current activities and creates pressure on employees, requiring them to possess the necessary skills to perform assigned tasks [21]. hr digital skills are important because they underpin how people interact and work. examining the digital maturity of enterprises, abramov et al. [22] considered that it is necessary to take into account the peculiarities of hr categories (e.g., skills, qualifications), which play a decisive role in this regard. the strong impact of dx on the labor market was also found by zhilina et al. [23], who demonstrated a dialectical relationship between hr digital skill level and unemployment rate in geographical regions and separate economic sectors. kwon & park [24] in their study hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 732 have proved that among the factors (ceo digital leadership, hr, technological excellence, and it alignment with business) affecting dx in the enterprise, hr has the top position and ceo digital leadership affects other factors as well as the entire dx process of the enterprise. thus, human factors are still a determinant of digital readiness and the success of dx projects. to some extent, people’s digital skills are disparate due to differences in their socio-demographic characteristics, which creates a gap known as the digital divide in access to digital technology. the term ‘digital divide’ was first used in the united states in 1995 and was originally defined as the divide or gap between those who have access to new technology and those who do not. it was understood as disparities in access to telephones, personal computers, and the internet across certain demographic groups in relation to categories of gender, income, education level, race, household type, and geography (residence) [25]. later, the digital divide was simply understood as ‘the gap between people who have access to information/internet and those who do not [8, 9], or unequal access to digital technology, including digital devices and the internet [26]. growing reliance on the internet and digital technologies requires the workforce to keep up with evolving skill needs. as dx is a top priority in development policy, a digitally skilled workforce is key to successful dx. however, even in developed countries, such as eu member states, there is still a digital skill gap between the demand and supply of digitally skilled workers required by employers. similar to the digital divide, digital skills are also driven by the sociodemographic characteristics of the population. according to the digital economy and society index 2022, up to 80% of hr in eu countries have ‘at least basic skills’ or ‘above basic digital skills’ in 2021, and by 2020, the proportion of businesses providing it training accounted for 20%. basic digital skills across different sociodemographic factors (age, education, place of residence, gender, employment) [27]. the relationship between digital skills and the digital divide is clearly identified in the resources and appropriation theory of three-level digital divide developed by van dijk [28, 29], who concluded that inequality in internet access persists even though it is nearly saturated in developed countries. differences in the use of digital devices to access the internet (1st level digital divide) and other factors such as personal resources and personal position as well as internet usage motivation cause inequalities in material access, which in turn inequalities in material access cause disparities in digital skills and usage (2nd level digital divide) and outcomes (3rd level digital divide). this relationship has been discussed in other studies. digital skills are not only important for finding or maintaining a job but are also significant for bridging the digital divide [11]. consensually, enhancing digital skills will help close the digital divide and vice versa [30]. by 2022, the share of individuals accessing the internet in the least developed countries (ldcs) of the world was 36%, which is very low compared with the world average of 66%. inevitably, the digital skills of the workforce are always closely related to the digital divide, that is, the internet penetration rate [31, 32]. 1.3. research gap, objective and hypotheses development in the vietnamese context reviewing the theoretical and empirical issues of previous literature published abroad on the role of hr digital skills in businesses, the authors found that the concepts and cataloging of digital skills into levels, as well as the close connection between digital skills and the digital divide are clearly argued. however, in vietnam, these issues have only attracted the attention of scholars and policymakers since the late 2020s. there are few studies on the role of human factors in the success of dx. ha & quoc [33] studied the factors affecting the dx of vietnamese logistics and concluded that human capital is a determinant. thuy et al. [34] have the same opinion that digital skills and dx readiness of employees influence work performance. although there are many specialized studies and surveys conducted by domestic and foreign research organizations on dx processes in service fields such as banking, tourism, and healthcare, and the use of social networks and online applications, they do not touch on issues related to the digital divide or digital skills, but only focus on business goals and potential customers for their own benefit. even the gso, the national statistical system, does not have data on the digital divide among the population as well as the digital skills of the workforce; there is no regulation or state agency assigned to be responsible for collecting, compiling, and updating this type of data, although they are necessary for planning socio-economic development and narrowing the gap in digital skills in the labor force market. meanwhile, creating a database on the digital divide and digital skills among citizens has received special attention in developed countries and developing countries in regions such as china, singapore, and malaysia. thus, studying and seeking solutions to improve hr digital skills has become an urgent issue. thus far, in vietnam, there exists a gap in research on the impact of digitally skilled human resources on the dx readiness of enterprises. in addition, even in existing studies conducted by vietnamese researchers, the root causes of poor hr digital skills have not been identified; that is, the interrelationship between the digital skills of the working population and the population's digital divide in the vietnamese context has not been studied. these gaps are quite typical in developing countries, such as vietnam, where problems with internet access and dx implementation are encountered. to fill these gaps, this study set out the following objectives: (i) examining the current situation of hr digital skills and dx readiness of vietnamese enterprises; (ii) exploring the interrelationship between digital skills of the workforce and the digital divide within citizens in order to clarify the causes of weakness in the digital skills of vietnamese enterprises. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 733 to clarify these objectives, it is necessary to find answers to the following inquiries: (i) the current status of digital skills of vietnam's human resources; (ii) the impact of digital skills of the workforce on readiness for dx; and (iii) the existence of a relationship between digital skills and digital divide among vietnamese people. based on the research background described in 1.1 and the aforementioned analysis, the authors hypothesize that: 1) digital skills of hr have an impact on the dx readiness of the enterprise; 2) there is an inverse relationship between the digital skills of the workforce and the digital divide among people, which affects dx readiness. the linkage between digital skills, the digital divide, and digital readiness can be generalized by the conceptual research model shown in figure 1. figure 1. conceptual research model the structure of the study is organized as follows: section 1 presents the research background and offers an overview of related work, the formulation of hypotheses, and research objectives. section 2 details the research methodology and section 3 presents the data analysis and results. section 4 presents the discussion and implications, and section 5 presents the research conclusions. section 7 presents the funding for the study, the research declaration is contained in section 7, and the study concludes with a reference section. 2. research methodology a secondary research method is used in this study. this research method uses existing collected data. along with materials and data collected from previous studies used in section 1, to prove the hypotheses, the data were collected from surveys conducted by: • national institute of statistical science. the survey was conducted nationwide in 2021 with employees and leaders of hundreds of organizations and enterprises in education, health, finance and banking, logistics, and the four priority sectors for dx [7]; • ministry of planning and investment. the survey on “the readiness of vietnamese enterprises for dx” was conducted at the end of 2022 with the participation of more than 1,000 enterprises in different fields across the country, of which micro enterprises were 26.5%; small and medium enterprises accounted for 61.0% and large enterprises comprised 12.6% [35]; • hanoi university of science and technology (hust) research team. the survey on “elderly in the technology space” was conducted in october-november 2021 with more than 1000 older persons from 41/63 provinces and five centrally controlled municipalities with the participation of hust students. out of 1043 valid samples aged 55 and over, 637 respondents aged 60 years and older were considered elderly according to vietnam’s law on elderly [36]. the above surveys were conducted nationwide by prestigious agencies and universities. therefore, the data collected from the surveys were screened for high accuracy. the research process followed the steps described in figure 2, based on the research process proposed by george [37]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 734 figure 2. flowchart of the research methodology the tasks of each step are described in the flowchart shown in figure 2. step 1 (introduction) provides the research background and relevant literature review, identifies research gaps, and develops hypotheses and research objectives using a meta-analysis. in step 2, an interpretive research method is used to present the collected material sources and a flowchart of the research methodology. step 3 details the analysis of the results of surveys conducted by vietnamese government agencies and previous studies. an analysis and observation method were used to determine the actual state of the research object, such as the current status of digital skills of human resources, the relationship between digital skills and the digital divide through the example of vietnam, and factors affecting the digital readiness of vietnamese enterprises in the context of ongoing dx. step 4 discusses the research results and confirms the similarity of the hypotheses with previous studies by applying the comparative analysis method. step 5 encompasses the research conclusions using the summarization method. 3. research results 3.1. weak digital skills of human resource and desire for upskilling vietnam lacks specialized experts and skilled workers. the world bank [38], assessing the lack of the necessary skills needed by vietnam's workforce to fully exploit the digital economy, emphasized that the quality of the vietnamese labor force is much lower than world standards, the digital skills of enterprises’ hr are weak, and ict specialists are severely lacking with forecasts that the it workforce shortage will reach 1 million by 2023; only 40% of businesses have enough digitally skilled workers to maintain and fully utilize their digital systems. in terms of digital skills among the population, vietnam was in the middle group of countries with a rank of 66/100 [39]. although vietnam has a large labor force, accounting for 57% of the total population, but among them the proportion of trained workers with degrees/certificates during eight years only increased by 5.6%, from 21.2% in 2015 to 26.8% in q2/2023 [40], making only one-third of that of emerging countries in asia such as south korea, taiwan, and singapore. among the economic sectors, hr in the industrial manufacturing industry has the weakest digital skills, and may be at risk in the future. according to a forecast by cameron et al. [41], by 2035, if digital adoption is widespread across the population and industrial sectors, resulting in inclusive growth, up to 38.1% of current jobs in vietnam may be at risk of transformation or disruption due to the impact of dx and the application of automation systems. a similar prediction stated by the world bank [38] suggests that vietnam’s economy will lose about 2 million jobs by 2045 if no solution is found to narrow the digital skills gap between the supply and demand of hr in the labor market. this implies that a significant proportion of vietnamese workers are at risk of unemployment if they are not equipped with new skills, especially digital skills. according to the survey results conducted by the institute of statistical science in 2020, in the four service industries prioritized for dx implementation, namely healthcare, education, finance and banking, and logistics, education is behind the other three sectors in terms of two criteria: lack of workers with digital skills (29.5%) and digital skills of human resources that do not meet job requirements (16.4%) (see figure 3). introduction identifying the research method and materials analyzing data and interpreting results discussing the results and proposing policy implication drawing a conclusion background of research literature review research gap identification formation of research purpose, research inquiries and hypotheses research model hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 735 figure 3. the situation of hr digital capabilities (%) when entering dx, both business leaders and employees have very different moods. on average, 92.2% of employees have an optimistic view of dx, of which over one-fifth are very optimistic about the benefits of dx. no one was afraid of dx, and only about 6.3% expressed concern about possible job changes (see figure 4). figure 4. employees' perception of digital transformation in surveyed sectors (%) to meet the requirements of the job position, about 97.4% of employees are willing to be trained or re-trained in digital skills. this rate is highest in the healthcare sector (100.0%) and lowest in the banking and finance sectors (95.8%). in terms of skills needed for the job position, 90% of surveyed employees believed that digital skills are needed for the job position and adaptation to dx; the rest said that it is necessary to have other abilities, such as teamwork skills (8%) and soft skills (2%) [7]. thus, it can be summarized that: • the competitiveness of vietnam's labor force in the region is low; most of them have not received vocational training and lack both the technical and digital competence needed for the job. • the digital skills of the working population are only moderate compared to those of other countries. • most workers have a positive attitude towards ongoing dx, and nearly 100% wish to learn new skills or retrain to completely improve their future employability, which is higher than the global average of 77% [5]. • this situation poses a challenge to vietnam's educational and vocational training systems, and the need for upskilling reskilling employees in the workplace. 11.5 9.1 16.4 6.4 11.8 23.4 24.2 29.5 19.1 19.6 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 average for 4 sectors healthcare education finance and banking logisstics digital skills do not meet job requirements lack of digitally skilled workers 20.8 33.3 23 17 13.7 71.4 66.7 65.6 72.3 80.4 6.3 0 9.8 8.5 3.9 1.5 0 1.6 2.2 2 average for 4 sectors healthcare education finance and banking logistics very optimistic optimistic worry not interested hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 736 3.2. interrelationship between digital divide and digital skills in vietnamese example in our opinion, the weak digital skills of the workforce in general and enterprise hr in particular can partly be attributed to the deep digital divide among working-age people. the research conducted by minh ngọc [42] showed that the internet penetration rate among the labor force aged 15-54 was 79%, and there are differences in the proportion of vietnamese internet users by age and gender (see table 1). table 1. age distribution of internet users in vietnam as of may 2019, by gender 6-14 15-24 25-34 35-44 45-54 55 + male 15% 23% 27% 21% 9% 5% female 18% 24% 29% 18% 7% 4% there is another example of the interrelationship between the digital divide and digital skills. studying this relationship among 637 vietnamese elderly aged 60 and older, living in both rural and urban areas in many different provinces of vietnam, ngoc et al. [43] found disparities between internet users and non-internet users according to demographics, as shown in table 2. table 2. digital divide analysis of 637 samples by gender, place of residence, and education level of the internet users’ and non-internet users’ respondents (%) age groups total place of residence education level urban areas rural and remote areas primary and lower second education high school education higher education male female male female male female male female male female internet users (502 sample) 60-64 246 (100%) 67.5% 32.5% 30.9% 50.8% 18.3% 246 (100%) 26.8% 40.7% 15.0% 17.5% 12.6% 18.3% 22.4% 28.5 6.9% 11.4% 6569 109 (100%) 64.2% 35.8% 29.4% 46.8% 23.8% 109 (100%) 37.6% 26.6% 24.8% 11.0% 18.3% 11.0% 27.5% 19.3% 16.5% 7.3% 70-79 122 (100%) 49.2% 50.8% 56.6% 34.4% 9.0% 122 (100%) 21.3% 27.9% 28.7% 22.1% 26.2% 30.3% 18.9% 15.6% 4.9% 4.1% 80+ 25 (100%) 52.0% 48.0% 68.0% 16.0% 16.0% 25 (100%) 24.0% 28.0% 40.0% 8.0% 48% 20% 16.0% 16.0% total 502 (100%) 61.6 % 38.4% 38.6% 44.3% 17.1% 502 (100%) 27.7% 33.9% 21.7% 16.7% 18.9% 19.7% 21.6% 22.7% 9.0% 8.1% 502 100% 100% non-internet users (135 samples) 60-64 27 (100%) 26.0 % 74.0% 48.1% 40.7% 11.2% 27 (100%) 11.2% 14.8% 33.3% 40.7% 22.2% 25.9% 14.8% 25.9% 7.5% 3.7% 6569 22 (100%) 22.7% 77.3% 77.3% 22.7% 0 22 (100%) 9.0% 13.7% 22.7% 54.5% 7.1% 59.1% 13.6% 9.0% 0 0 70-79 58 (100%) 32.8% 67.2% 70.7% 27.6% 1.7% 58 (100%) 19.0% 13.8% 15.5% 51.7% 48.3% 22.4% 10.3% 17.2% 1.7% 0 80+ 28 (100%) 35.7% 64.3% 71.4% 28.6% 0 28 (100%) 28.6% 7.1% 21.4% 42.9% 35.7% 35.7% 14.3% 14.3% 0 0 total 135 (100%) 17.7% 12.6% 21.5% 48.1% 35.6% 31.9% 12.6% 17.0% 2.2% 0.7% 135 (100%) 135 (100%) 135 (100%) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 737 the share of older people using online services and utilities that require more comprehensive digital literacy and skills, such as online banking and e-commerce, was 34.26% and 27.29%, respectively. in contrast, the share of the elderly using applications that do not require higher digital skills is high: multimedia calling and messaging (89.44%), entertainment content (82.27%), and social network (70.72%). despite focusing on the elderly 60 years and older, this study also reflects the fact that the digital divide among vietnamese older adults and their digital skills are related to each other; they had low digital competence in their working age before the survey was conducted in november 2021 [43]. a similar result was also reported in the we are social report [44]. among 77.93 million internet users (accounting for 79.1% of vietnam's total population as of january 2023), the percentage of users using the internet to connect with family, friends, and search for information accounted for 66% and 65.2%, respectively; more difficult online applications related to financial management and e-commerce have a lower percentage of users that accounted for 39.4% and 37%, respectively. this means that in the 5 categories of essential digital skills for life and work specified in the uk [15], vietnamese people in general are weak in 'problem solving and being safe and legal online. thus, there exist differences in digital skills as well as in the digital divide in accessing and using the internet in daily life and at work by demographic factors that are similar to the argument presented in the resources and appropriation theory of three-level digital divide [28, 29]. in other words, there is a causal inverse relationship between digital divide and digital skills. an analysis of the aforementioned evidence suggests that closing the digital divide by improving the socio-demographic characteristics of the population can enhance digital skills. 3.3. vietnamese enterprises’ readiness for digital transformation according to the report of the institute of statistical science [7], there is currently a digital skills gap between the skills that workers are trained in and the skills that the labor market needs. this is partly due to the low rate of trained workers, accounting for only approximately 26%, equivalent to 13.34 million people. one of the causes of this situation, in our opinion, is that vietnam's labor market still lacks qualified and skilled workers; training has not kept up with the ongoing dx, and employees have not met the job requirements of the enterprises. an evolving digital economy requires the inclusion of ict and digital management capacities in vocational training programs to equip workers with digital skills. the ministry of planning and investment (mpi) conducted a survey on enterprises’ readiness for dx by the end of 2022 with the participation of more than 1,000 enterprises in different fields across the country, of which micro enterprises accounted for 26.5%, small and medium enterprises accounted for 61.0%, and large enterprises comprised 12.6% [35]. the survey shows the following results: • although most surveyed businesses are aware of the need for digitalization, they have not yet achieved their dx goals as expected: nearly half of enterprises have failed in dx due to inappropriate solutions to perform dx projects; only 2.2% of enterprises have successfully executed the dx process (see figure 5). figure 5. the position of enterprises in the digital transformation roadmap • evaluating the level of dx readiness on a scale of 1 to 5 shows that two-thirds (8/12) of the surveyed industries have an above-average level of readiness; industries with activities directly related to manufacturing industries and agriculture, forestry, fishery, e-commerce, accommodation, catering services, etc., have a higher level of readiness for dx than others (see figure 6). 2.2 35.3 48.8 7.6 6.2 have successfully mastered technology and management software for data analysis and automation have completed digitization and digitalization used to aplly new technologies and software but no longer use them already have a plan and strategy for digital transformation have assessed goals and situation of digital transformation hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 738 figure 6. readiness for digital transformation by industries the results of a survey conducted by the institute of statistical science [7] show that the low dx readiness of enterprises can be attributed to the challenges they face, in which the lack of appropriate hr management tools and digitally skilled workers are considered core difficulties with response rates of 24.5% and 23.4%, respectively, and 11.5% of workers do not have the necessary technical skills for the job (see figure 7). figure 7. challenges faced by enterprises in digital transformation in addition to weak hr digital skills, the shortage of specialized it personnel (it experts with advanced digital skills) in enterprises is also the cause of the stagnation of the enterprise's dx execution. the results of a survey carried out by the ministry of planning and investment [35] indicated that among the medium and large enterprises surveyed, 56.3% had less than three it experts in charge of dx planning; up to 43.7% had less than three it experts working in the it department, making fewer than three it experts working in the itc department. the situation is not optimistic because of the forecast of topdev [45], vietnam's leading it recruitment platform, that by 2025, it human resources in the software industry will still lack approximately 200 thousand experts. thus, hr's weak digital skills and shortage of specialized it specialists have seriously affected the dx process in vietnamese factories; that is, digital skills impact dx readiness. 3 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.1 agriculture, forestry, fishery wholesale, retail; automobiles, motorcycles repair accommodation and food services mining manufacturing and processing industries r & d activities construction logistics and warehousing education real estate business administrative activities and supporting services art and entertainment 20.3 11.5 6.3 6.3 24.5 7.8 15.6 23.4 12.5 fear of change hr skills are not suitable for the job position ceo's inadequacy manager stagnant lack of hrm software more time spending problems with apparatus and technology lack of digitally skilled hr handling redundant labor hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 739 4. discussion and policy implications generally, the digital skills of the majority of the vietnamese workforce, including enterprises’ hr, are still low and do not meet the requirements of jobs when dx becomes an inevitable trend. the institute of statistical science [7] survey confirmed that the basic digital skill level of hr working in vietnamese enterprises is still far from satisfying the requirements of the dx process. the average digital skills index among the workforce ranked 71/134 countries by 2023 shows the issues that need to be resolved to make vietnam's workforce more qualified and competitive in the global labor market. the situation regarding dx readiness among enterprises is alarming. as illustrated in figure 4, among the surveyed enterprises engaged in dx, only 2.2% have successfully executed dx; up to 48.8% are considered to have failed, leaving their dx projects for many reasons; the rest had just completed data digitization, the first step of dx; and only 8 out of 16 surveyed sectors have achieved above-average readiness for dx. the root causes of this situation have been pointed out by the authors as weak digital skills of hr and digital management teams, shortage of it experts and technology, etc., that impact digital readiness. the present situation confirms hypothesis 1 that the digital skills of hr have an impact on the dx readiness of the enterprise and is consistent with arguments in previous studies conducted by pricewaterhousecoopers [5], stalmachova et al. [16], kane et al. [17], horváth & szabó [20], and thuy et al. [34]. to achieve digital readiness and successfully implement dx in vietnamese enterprises, appropriate solutions are needed to enhance hr digital skills, including business leaders and it experts, specifically focusing on the following. • planning to develop a workforce with necessary digital skills in accordance with the goals of forming a digital government, digital economy, and digital society set out in the “national digital transformation program” encouraging educational institutions to train workers with at least basic digital skills and ict experts to cover the demand for ict personnel needed by organizations and enterprises. • implementation of the program to support businesses in digital transformation for the period 2021-2025 issued and sponsored by mpi. • encouraging retraining enterprises’ hr at work and individualized learning of workers. similar to the digital divide, the digital skills of the workforce are in different categories due to demographic factors (gender, place of residence, education, race, etc.) and socioeconomic conditions (job and social status, income, etc.). as of january 2023, the internet penetration rate in vietnam accounted for approximately 75% of the total population, which is higher than the world average of 64.6% [44]. however, the digital divide, according to resource and attribution theory of the three-level digital divide [28, 29], will persist even if physical access (first level) to the internet is saturated, because the differences in demographic and socioeconomic characteristics of internet users still exist and cause inequalities in material access, which leads to disparities in digital skills and usage (second level) and outcomes (third level). therefore, policy implications should focus on improving citizens’ demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status that cause inequality at the first and second levels of the digital divide. reviewing literature published abroad and the hr digital skills of vietnamese enterprises, linking it to the digital divide issue in vietnam, the authors have found a close relationship between hr digital skills and the digital divide among the population, which is inversely proportional. this means that bridging the digital divide will improve digital skills. this hypothesis is proven in section 4.2 and is similar to the findings of previous studies conducted by van dijk [28, 29] and the international telecommunication union [11]. therefore, bridging the digital divide within the population is one of the fundamental and reliable solutions to enhance digital skills for the labor force in general and enterprise hr in particular, which is an issue that needs to be addressed on a national scale in the long term. therefore, policymakers should focus on the following: • incorporating the improvement of the population's demographic and socioeconomic indicators into strategic policies of national and regional development to close the digital divide within the population, assigning a specific state organization responsible for collecting and updating statistics on the digital divide among the people and the digital skills of the labor force according to demographic criteria and socioeconomic status to make reasonable policy adjustments aimed at popularizing internet access and enhancing people's digital skills. • raising awareness of dx for government authorities at all levels so that they have the necessary perception and digital competence, thereby implementing dx content and solutions for each field, and investing in training ict specialists to meet the demand for hr with advanced digital skills in organizations and enterprises executing dx. • focusing on solutions to adapt the education system, including vocational education institutions at all levels, to the needs of the rapid ongoing dx and evolving labor market, enhancing the capacity of teaching staff, and improving the necessary infrastructure and teaching materials, considering that this is one of the most sustainable ways to close the digital divide among the population and the digital skill gap within the future labor force. according to the survey results shown in the study by ngoc et al. [43], the proportion of adults learning digital skills with the help of close relatives and instructors around them is 52.8% and 18.6%, respectively, so an effective measure for immediate implementation to bridge the digital skills gap is to learn with the instructors. in vietnam, the "community digital technology team,” a model of disseminating digital literacy and skills, first appeared spontaneously in one province of vietnam in july 2021 and was popularized by the circular of the ministry of information and communications in 2022; by the end of august 2022, there were 45,895 digital technology community teams with 211,737 members operating in 51/63 provinces and cities nationwide [46]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 740 5. conclusion the objective of this study was to explore the current status of digital skills of human resources and their impact on the level of dx readiness of vietnamese enterprises and the relationship between the digital skills of the workforce and the digital gap between people. the data used for the study came from surveys conducted by the institute of statistical science, the ministry of planning and investment, and previous studies conducted by vietnamese and foreign researchers. the results of the study confirm that hr digital skills have an impact on enterprises’ dx readiness, and the relationship between workforce digital skills and the digital divide between people is causal and inverse; that is, narrowing the digital divide among the population can improve the digital skills of the workforce. the research results also contribute to the validation of the implication that improving people's living conditions and cooperation with the educational and vocational training system to bridge the digital divide in the population as well as the digital skills of the workforce should be considered a national-scale policy for the long term in the context of vietnam. the limitation of this study is that it relies on secondary data and research results of existing literature using secondary research methods, so the factors affecting digital readiness are not clearly quantified. further, the authors will focus on the application of the itu's digital skills toolkit, using quantitative methods to contribute to developing a national digital skills strategy for the workforce, building policies and programs on digital skills enhancement, and on the criteria for assessing the digital skill level of enterprises’ hr in priority sectors. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, h.p.t.t. and t.t.b.n.; methodology, t.b.b.n.; validation, h.p.t.t., t.s.l., and d.t.b.; formal analysis, d.m.c.; investigation, t.t.b.n.; resources, t.s.l.; data curation, d.t.b. and d.m.c.; writing—original draft preparation, t.t.b.n., d.t.b., and t.s.l.; writing—review and editing, d.m.c. and h.p.t.t.; visualization, t.s.l. and d.m.c.; supervision, t.t.b.n.; project administration, d.t.b.; funding acquisition, t.t.b.n. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding this research is funded by ministry of education and training (moet) and hanoi university of science and technology (hust) under project number b2023-bka-18. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] vasiljeva, m.v., semin, a.n., ponkratov, v.v., kuznetsov, n.v., kostyrin, e.v., semenova, n.n., ivleva, m.i., zekiy, a.o., ruban-lazareva, n.v., elyakov, a.l. & muda, i. (2023). impact of corporate social responsibility on the effectiveness of companies’ business activities. emerging science journal, 7(3), 768–790. doi:10.28991/esj-2023-07-03-08. [2] charles, l., xia, s., & coutts, a. p. (2022). digitalization and employment: a review. international labour organization (ilo), switzerland. available online: https://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/---ed_emp/documents/publication/wcms_854353.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [3] adeyinka, f. m. (2023). digital transformation and firm efficiency in the nigerian manufacturing sector. economic horizons, 25(3), 197-211. doi:10.5937/ekonhor2302215a. [4] university of oxford (2022). the future of transformation is human. saïd business school, oxford, united kingdom. available online: https://assets.ey.com/content/dam/ey-sites/ey-com/en_gl/noindex/ey-the-future-of-transformation-is-human-report.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [5] pwc (2021). vietnam digital readiness report: pwc vietnam’s survey on technology, jobs and skills. pwc, london, united kingdom. available online: https://www.pwc.com/vn/en/publications/2021/pwc-vietnam-digital-readiness-report-en.pdf (accessed on may 2023). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 741 [6] insead (2023). the global talent competitiveness index 2023: what a difference ten years make what to expect for the next decade. fontainebleau, france. [7] institute of statistical science (2022). labor issues in digital transformation: challenges and solutions. institute of statistical science, taipei, taiwan. available online: https://vienthongke.vn/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/bao-cao.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [8] hargittai, e. (2002). second-level digital divide: differences in people’s online skills. first monday, 7(4), 1-19. doi:10.5210/fm.v7i4.942. [9] van dijk, j. a. g. m. (2006). digital divide research, achievements and shortcomings. poetics, 34(4-5), 221-235. doi:10.1016/j.poetic.2006.05.004. [10] olesika, a., lama, g., & rubene, z. (2021). conceptualization of digital competence: perspectives from higher education. international journal of smart education and urban society, 12(2), 46-59. doi:10.4018/ijseus.2021040105. [11] international telecommunication union (2020). digital skills insights. international telecommunication union, geneva, switzerland. available online: https://www.itu.int/dms_pub/itu-d/opb/phcb/d-phcb-cap_bld.03-2020-pdf-e.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [12] unesco (2023). digital skills critical for jobs and social inclusion. unesco, paris, france. available online: https://www.unesco.org/en/articles/digital-skills-critical-jobs-and-social-inclusion (accessed on may 2023). [13] oecd (2019). going digital: shaping policies, improving lives. organisation for economic cooperation and development: oecd publishing, paris, franc. doi:10.1787/9789264312012-en. [14] cedefop (2015). skills, qualifications and jobs in the eu: the making of a perfect match? evidence from cedefop’s european skills and jobs survey. publication office of the european union, luxembourg. [15] government digital service (2018). essential digital skills: framework. department for education, uk. available online: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/738922/essential_digital_ski lls_framework.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [16] stalmachova, k., chinoracky, r., & strenitzerova, m. (2022). changes in business models caused by digital transformation and the covid-19 pandemic and possibilities of their measurement—case study. sustainability, 14(1), 127. doi:10.3390/su14010127. [17] kane, g. c., palmer, d., phillips, a. n., kiron, d., & buckley, n. (2017). achieving digital maturity: adapting your company to a changing world. mit sloan management review, mit press, massachusetts, united states. available online: https://sloanreview.mit.edu/projects/achieving-digital-maturity/ (accessed on may 2023). [18] collins, c. j., & clark, k. d. (2003). strategic human resource practices, top management team social networks, and firm performance: the role of human resource practices in creating organizational competitive advantage. academy of management journal, 46(6), 740–751. doi:10.5465/30040665. [19] mukataeva, z., dinmukhamedova, a., kabieva, s., baidalinova, b., khamzina, s., zekenova, l. & aizman, r. (2023). comparative characteristics of developing morphofunctional features of schoolchildren from different climatic and geographical regions. journal of pediatric endocrinology and metabolism, 36(2), 158-166. doi:10.1515/jpem-2022-0474. [20] horváth, d., & szabó, r. z. (2019). driving forces and barriers of industry 4.0: do multinational and small and medium-sized companies have equal opportunities? technological forecasting and social change, 146, 119-132. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2019.05.021. [21] stofkova, j., poliakova, a., stofkova, k. r., malega, p., krejnus, m., binasova, v., & daneshjo, n. (2022). digital skills as a significant factor of human resources development. sustainability, 14(20), 13117. doi:10.3390/su142013117. [22] abramov, v. i., borzov, a. v., & semenkov, k. yu. (2022). assessing sme readiness for digital transformation. russian journal of innovation economics, 12(3), 1573-1596. doi:10.18334/vinec.12.3.115000. [23] zhilina, e. v., nikitina, a. a., & khanova, i. m. (2022). digital transformation of the workforce. bulletin of the russian university of cooperation, 1(47), 45-50. [24] kwon, e. h., & park, m. j. (2017). critical factors on firm’s digital transformation capacity: empirical evidence from korea. international journal of applied engineering research, 12(22), 12585-12596. [25] nita (1998). falling through the net ii: new data on the digital divide. national telecommunications and information administration, washington, d.c., united states. available online: https://www.ntia.gov/report/1998/falling-through-net-iinew-data-digital-divide (accessed on may 2023). [26] ragnedda, m., & muschert, g. w. (eds.) (2013). the digital divide: the internet and social inequality in international perspective. routledge, london, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9780203069769. https://www.itu.int/dms_pub/itu-d/opb/phcb/d-phcb-cap_bld.03-2020-pdf-e.pdf https://sloanreview.mit.edu/projects/achieving-digital-maturity/ https://www.ntia.gov/report/1998/falling-through-net-ii-new-data-digital-divide https://www.ntia.gov/report/1998/falling-through-net-ii-new-data-digital-divide hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 742 [27] european commission (2022). digital economy and society index report 2022 — human capital. european commission, brussels, belgium available online: https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/desi-human-capital (accessed on may 2023). [28] van dijk, j. a. g. m. (2005). the deepening divide: inequality in the information society. sage publications, thousand oaks, united states. doi:10.4135/9781452229812. [29] van dijk, j. a. g. m. (2020). closing the digital divide: the role of digital technologies on social development, well-being of all and the approach of the covid-19 pandemic. available online: https://www.un.org/development/desa/dspd/wpcontent/uploads/sites/22/2020/07/closing-the-digital-divide-by-jan-a.g.m-van-dijk-.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [30] maji, s. k., & laha, a. (2022). the role of digital skill in mitigating digital divide: evidences from asia-pacific region. rajagiri management journal, 16(3), 260-271. doi:10.1108/ramj-05-2021-0035. [31] petrosyan, a. (2023). internet usage in ldc and developing countries 2022. statista. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/226761/age-distribution-of-internet-users-in-developed-countries/ (accessed on may 2023). [32] iskakova, z. t., tlepina, s. v., karabayev, f. z., namatilayevna, k. m., niyazgulov, d. t., & sabyrov, a. (2016). integration association law and international law: the correlation and priority issues. indian journal of science and technology, 9(36), 102016-102016. doi:10.17485/ijst/2016/v9i36/102016. [33] ha, l. v., & quoc, h. d. (2023). the factors affecting digital transformation in vietnam logistics enterprises. electronics, 12(8), 1825. doi:10.3390/electronics12081825. [34] thuy, n. t. t., thanh, h. p. t., ngoc, t. t. b., & si, l. t. (2023). determinants of employee digital transformation readiness and job performance: a case of smes in vietnam. problems and perspectives in management, 21(4), 226-239. doi:10.21511/ppm.21(4).2023.18. [35] ministry of planning and investment (2023). enterprise digital transformation annual report 2022: the readiness of vietnamese enterprises for digital transformation. ministry of planning and investment, hanoi, vietnam. available online: https://digital.business.gov.vn/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/annual-dx-report_final_public.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [36] nguyen, t. x. h., tran, t. b. n., dao, t. b., barysheva, g., nguyen, c. t., nguyen, a. h., & lam, t. s. (2022). elderly people’s adaptation to the evolving digital society: a case study in vietnam. social sciences, 11(8), 324. doi:10.3390/socsci11080324. [37] george, t. (2024). what is secondary research? | definition, types, & examples. scribbr, amsterdam, the netherlands. available online: available online: https://www.scribbr.com/methodology/secondary-research/ (accessed on may 2023). [38] world bank (2021). digital vietnam: the path to tomorrow. world bank: research and publications, washington, d.c., united states. available online: https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/522031629469673810/pdf/taking-stock-digitalvietnam-the-path-to-tomorrow.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [39] world economic forum (2018). readiness for the future of production report 2018. world economic forum, cologny, switzerland. available online: https://www3.weforum.org/docs/fop_readiness_report_2018.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [40] molisa (2023). vietnam’s labour market update newsletters. ministry of labour – invalids and social affairs, hanoi, vietnam. available online: http://www.molisa.gov.vn/pages/solieu/thitruonglaodong.aspx (accessed on may 2023). [41] cameron, a., pham, t. h., atherton, j., nguyen, d. h., nguyen, t. p., tran, s. t., nguyen, t. n., trinh, h. y., & hajkowicz, s. (2019). vietnam’s future digital economy – towards 2030 and 2045: summary report. csiro, brisbane, australia. [42] minh ngọc, n. (2020). age distribution of internet users in vietnam as of may 2019. statista. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/1091223/age-distribution-of-internet-network-users-in-vietnam-by-gender/# (accessed on may 2023). [43] ngoc, t. t. b., binh, d. t., hoa, n. t. x., barysheva, g. a., lam, t. s., & zhironkin, s. a. (2023). enhancing digital skills: the key to digital inclusion for the older people (on example of vietnam). journal of siberian federal university. humanities & social sciences, 16(10), 1851-1862. [44] brands vietnam. (2023). we are social: vietnam digital 2023. brands vietnam, hanoi, vietnam. available online: https://www.brandsvietnam.com/library/doc/64cae7b9a9ec2-we-are-social-vietnam-digital-2023 (accessed on may 2023). [45] topdev (2023). vietnam it market report 2023 vietnam tech talents report. topdev, hanoi, vietnam. available online: https://topdev.vn/bao-cao-thi-truong-it-viet-nam-topdev-2023 (accessed on may 2023). [46] mic. (2022). the ministry of information and communications implements the training and education plan for the community digital technology groups. ministry of information and communications, hanoi, vietnam. available online: https://mic.gov.vn/mic_2020/pages/tintuc/154984/bo-tt-tt-trien-khai-ke-hoach-boi-duong--tap-huan-cho-to-cong-ngheso-cong-dong.html (accessed on may 2023). https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/desi-human-capital https://www.un.org/development/desa/dspd/wp-content/uploads/sites/22/2020/07/closing-the-digital-divide-by-jan-a.g.m-van-dijk-.pdf https://www.un.org/development/desa/dspd/wp-content/uploads/sites/22/2020/07/closing-the-digital-divide-by-jan-a.g.m-van-dijk-.pdf https://www.statista.com/statistics/226761/age-distribution-of-internet-users-in-developed-countries/ https://digital.business.gov.vn/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/annual-dx-report_final_public.pdf https://www.scribbr.com/methodology/secondary-research/ https://www.google.com/search?num=10&client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=d9dd212ff428d21f&sca_upv=1&sxsrf=adlywiipy0ol3yhfcncy6poobyb-n1eaoa:1727593770200&q=washington,+dc&si=acc90nyvvwro6qmnyy1ifsdgk5wwjb1r8bgd_iwrjxqmkpqqm1edlukfwofn9doixrd8uqmezroxus2femcpxo8objmsrnz9z54mki15wm9gbacgywyscunbpovpc6-i1smcqotr1o6oecgztsmoqpjlgyeqvh-ok2rbxxjzzh1lefawzajqakte7nctrtjhsp-vmy5kcwls&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjcsvsnzoeiaxxpg_0hhx_wcucqmxmoahoecekqag https://www.google.com/search?num=10&client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=d9dd212ff428d21f&sca_upv=1&sxsrf=adlywiipy0ol3yhfcncy6poobyb-n1eaoa:1727593770200&q=washington,+dc&si=acc90nyvvwro6qmnyy1ifsdgk5wwjb1r8bgd_iwrjxqmkpqqm1edlukfwofn9doixrd8uqmezroxus2femcpxo8objmsrnz9z54mki15wm9gbacgywyscunbpovpc6-i1smcqotr1o6oecgztsmoqpjlgyeqvh-ok2rbxxjzzh1lefawzajqakte7nctrtjhsp-vmy5kcwls&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjcsvsnzoeiaxxpg_0hhx_wcucqmxmoahoecekqag https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/522031629469673810/pdf/taking-stock-digital-vietnam-the-path-to-tomorrow.pdf https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/522031629469673810/pdf/taking-stock-digital-vietnam-the-path-to-tomorrow.pdf https://www3.weforum.org/docs/fop_readiness_report_2018.pdf http://www.molisa.gov.vn/pages/solieu/thitruonglaodong.aspx https://www.brandsvietnam.com/library/doc/64cae7b9a9ec2-we-are-social-vietnam-digital-2023 https://topdev.vn/bao-cao-thi-truong-it-viet-nam-topdev-2023 https://mic.gov.vn/mic_2020/pages/tintuc/154984/bo-tt-tt-trien-khai-ke-hoach-boi-duong--tap-huan-cho-to-cong-nghe-so-cong-dong.html https://mic.gov.vn/mic_2020/pages/tintuc/154984/bo-tt-tt-trien-khai-ke-hoach-boi-duong--tap-huan-cho-to-cong-nghe-so-cong-dong.html available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 434 issn: 2723-9535 an improved differential evolution algorithm for numerical optimization problems irfan farda 1 , arit thammano 1* 1 computational intelligence laboratory, school of information technology, king mongkut’s institute of technology ladkrabang, bangkok 10520, thailand. received 28 january 2023; revised 03 may 2023; accepted 11 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract the differential evolution algorithm has gained popularity for solving complex optimization problems because of its simplicity and efficiency. however, it has several drawbacks, such as a slow convergence rate, high sensitivity to the values of control parameters, and the ease of getting trapped in local optima. in order to overcome these drawbacks, this paper integrates three novel strategies into the original differential evolution. first, a population improvement strategy based on a multi-level sampling mechanism is used to accelerate convergence and increase the diversity of the population. second, a new self-adaptive mutation strategy balances the exploration and exploitation abilities of the algorithm by dynamically determining an appropriate value of the mutation parameters; this improves the search ability and helps the algorithm escape from local optima when it gets stuck. third, a new selection strategy guides the search to avoid local optima. twelve benchmark functions of different characteristics are used to validate the performance of the proposed algorithm. the experimental results show that the proposed algorithm performs significantly better than the original de in terms of the ability to locate the global optimum, convergence speed, and scalability. in addition, the proposed algorithm is able to find the global optimal solutions on 8 out of 12 benchmark functions, while 7 other well-established metaheuristic algorithms, namely nbolde, ode, de, sade, jade, pso, and ga, can obtain only 6, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, and 1 functions, respectively. keywords: optimization; differential evolution; self-adaptive; metaheuristic. 1. introduction most of our real-life problems are complex optimization problems [1] due to the high dimensionality, nonlinearity, discontinuity, and multimodality of the problems. metaheuristic techniques have been used effectively to solve complex optimization problems, replacing the mathematical programming techniques that have limited success in solving the incrasingly complex optimization problems due to several drawbacks such as limited global strength, dependency on gradient information, and considerable computation time [2]. metaheuristic techniques can be classified into two categories [3]. the first is a neighborhood-based algorithm, often known as a local search algorithm. two well-known neighborhood-based algorithms are simulated annealing and tabu search [4]. the second category is the populationbased algorithm, most of which is inspired by natural evolution. examples of population-based algorithms are the genetic algorithm introduced by holland [5], the differential evolution by storn and price [6], the particle swarm optimization by kennedy and eberhart [7], the ant colony optimization by dorigo et al. [8], the firefly algorithm by yang [9], and the artificial bee colony algorithm proposed by karaboga and basturk [10]. nowadays, researchers are working on further improving the performance of populationbased algorithms. several improved population-based optimization algorithms are reviewed and discussed in the following paragraphs. * corresponding author: arit@it.kmitl.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-014  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4950-3859 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4317-7370 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 435 sheng et al. [11] presented a particle swarm optimizer (pso) with multi-level population sampling and a dynamic plearning mechanism for solving large-scale optimization problems. the particle learning strategy used in the original pso had limited capability to archive a balanced evolutionary search; thus, a multi-level population sampling mechanism was proposed to solve this problem. the mechanism divided the population into l levels based on the fitness values before evolution. the higher level corresponded to a smaller index and contained particles with higher fitness, while the lower level associated with a larger index contained particles with lower fitness. then a sub-swarm was dynamically selected from the particles at different levels. during the early evolution stage, particles from lower levels had a higher probability of being selected; this increased the exploration ability. however, in the later evolution stage, the exploitation ability was increased by selecting particles from higher levels. finally, the dynamic p-learning mechanism was adopted to support efficient search while preserving swarm diversity. ali et al. [12] designed three different strategies to improve the real-coded genetic algorithm (ga). in the first strategy, a new multi-parent crossover based on a differential evolution algorithm, called dex, was used to improve the crossover operator in a genetic algorithm. in this strategy, the new differential evolution crossover increased the population diversity of the real-code genetic algorithm to avoid premature convergence and stagnation stage. the second strategy was ga-dexsps, which provided an alternative way to select a parent during the differential evolution crossover process, dex. the last strategy, called ga-αdexsps, used an adaptive parameter setting scheme to set the value of α in the proposed dex crossover. the parameter setting was adaptively based on the aging mechanism and the history of successful parent selection to increase the search's effectiveness during the optimization process. chu et al. [13] proposed an adaptive heterogeneous competition for solving global optimization problems based on the artificial bee colony (abc) algorithm, which had slow convergence and poor generalization drawbacks. the proposed abc-ahc algorithm divided the population into two bee swarms and conducted two heterogeneous searching approaches, a superior tracking strategy (sts) and a sub-gradient strategy (sgs) in each swarm. sts enhanced the exploration ability of the algorithm, while sgs was used to improve the convergence speed and the local exploitation. during the optimization process, an adaptive competition and migration mechanism (acm) was adopted to dynamically balance the heterogeneous processes of the two bee swarms. she et al. [14] presented a self-adaptive and gradient-based cuckoo search algorithm (hagcs) for solving global optimization problems. the original cuckoo search (cs) algorithm was inspired by the reproduction strategy of cuckoos, which laid their eggs in other birds’ nests. having fewer control parameters and an efficient exploration ability became the cs algorithm’s advantages. however, the cs algorithm was not sufficiently effective in solving multimodal optimization problems. to address this issue, the authors provided a method to increase convergence speed and enhance the capability of the cs algorithm to solve a wide range of high-dimensional problems. the hagcs took advantage of three variants of the cs algorithm, i.e., the gradient-based cuckoo search (gbcs) algorithm, the hybrid self-adaptive cuckoo search (hsacs) algorithm, and the gradient-based local optimization (gblo) algorithm. additionally, selfadaptation and diversity promotion schemes were adopted to prevent the premature convergence effect caused by the gradient method. wu et al. [15] improved the exploitation and exploration abilities of the firefly algorithm (fa) with a logarithmicspiral path and an adaptive switch. in the proposed adaptive logarithmic spiral-levy fa (ad-ifa), a levy-flight fa (lf-fa), one of many variants of fa, was used as the core algorithm. lf-fa, which used a levy distribution approach to strengthen its exploration ability, had poor exploitation ability. therefore, the authors adopted the logarithmic spiral approach to improve the exploitation ability of lf-fa. furthermore, to balance the exploration mode of the levy flight approach and the exploitation mode of the logarithmic spiral approach, an adaptive switch was used to determine which approach should be applied in the next iteration. if the best fitness value of the current iteration was significantly greater than that of the previous iteration, the exploitation mode would be chosen for the next iteration. however, if the best fitness value of the current iteration was significantly worse than that of the previous iteration, the exploration mode would be chosen for the next iteration. chen and pi [16] proposed a flower pollination algorithm based on cloud mutation (cmfpa) to solve the continuous optimization problems. the original flower pollination algorithm (fpa), inspired by the natural pollination phenomenon of flowering plants, had poor exploitation ability and slow convergence speed. to overcome these drawbacks, cmfpa divided the evolution into two stages: global exploration and local mining. first, the new global search equation, designed to direct each individual solution toward the current population optimal solution and each individual’s own historical optimal solution, was introduced to improve the search ability of each individual in the population and to expand the population’s in-depth search of the problem space. next, the cloud mutation deeply mined the current solution information to increase the chance of finding a better solution within the allowed number of iterations. sun et al. [17] proposed an adaptive differential evolution algorithm with two mutation strategies for global numerical optimization, called csde. first, a new dynamic adjustment strategy was used to balance the global and local search abilities of de/current-to-pbest/1. the value of the scaling factor was adaptively adjusted, relying on the individualindependence macro-control parameter in the early stage and on the individual-dependence function in the later stage. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 436 second, to boost the exploitation ability around the promising pbest, a new mutation strategy called de/pbest-to-rand/1, was introduced. in this mutation strategy, the value of the scaling factor relied on the individual-independence macrocontrol parameter in the early stage but depended on the modulo-based periodic parameter in later stages. finally, the historical success rate of each mutation strategy was used to determine which one of the two mutation strategies would be selected to generate the mutant vector. deng et al. [18] presented the differential evolution algorithm with neighborhood mutation operators and oppositionbased learning, namely nbolde. to overcome the limitation of de/current-to-pbest/1, the new mutation strategy de/neighbor-to-neighbor/1, which aimed to improve the convergence speed and accuracy, was presented. in contrast to de/current-to-pbest/1, this new strategy selected individuals only from the local neighborhood. furthermore, oppositionbased learning was used to optimize the quality of the random initial population. the opposition-based learning selected the better solutions from current and reverse solutions and filtered out individuals with poor performance. it provided more opportunities to reach global optimal solutions, corrected the convergence direction, and increased stability in highdimensional problems. zeng et al. [19] introduced a new selection operator to enhance the performance of the differential evolution algorithm. the authors focused on the drawbacks of the commonly used greedy selection operator. when the best solution was not trapped in a local optimum, a new selection operator acted the same as the greedy selection operator, for which the better vector between the trial and parent vectors was chosen to survive to the next generation. however, when the algorithm was trapped in a local optimum or in a stagnation state, three candidate vectors were selected. the best and second-best vectors of all discarded trial vectors were the first and second candidates, respectively. the third candidate was randomly selected from the successfully updated solutions. if none of the above three candidate vectors were able to guide the algorithm to escape from the stagnation state, the current value of the parent vector was replaced by the best value in the history of the parent vector. meng & yang [20] solved real-parameter optimization problems using a two-stage differential evolution (tde). tde consisted of two stages; each stage employed different mutation strategies. a historical-solution-based mutation strategy that had better perception of the landscape of the objective function was used in the earlier stage of the evolution, while an inferior-solution-based mutation strategy that had the ability to balance the diversity of trial vector candidates and convergence speed was used in the later stage of the evolution. the tde algorithm also included a population enhancement technique to solve the stagnation problem. the authors conducted experiments using a test suite containing 88 benchmarks from cec2013, cec2014, and cec2017. the performance of the tde algorithm was compared with several state-of-the-art differential evolution variants. the results showed that the tde algorithm outperformed the other methods on most of the benchmarks tested. kumar et al. [21] identified a gap in the literature regarding the less explored initialization and selection operators of de compared to mutation and crossover operators. to address this gap, they proposed a comprehensive approach that includes an orthogonal-array-based initialization, an ensemble of four mutation strategies, a parameter adaptation technique, and a conservative selection scheme. the authors conducted experiments to analyze the influence of the proposed initialization and selection schemes on several de variants. they also compared the performance of their approach with that of other state-of-the-art approaches. the results showed that their proposed approach significantly improved the searchability and convergence speed of the de. houssein et al. [22] proposed a modified version of the adaptive guided differential evolution (agde), called magde. they integrated three mutation mechanisms and adapted control parameters into the original agde algorithm to get rid of its weaknesses–premature convergence and failing to maintain diversity in evolutionary processes. the effectiveness of the proposed algorithm was tested using cec2020 benchmark problems. the results of the magde algorithm demonstrated its effectiveness and robustness in solving complex engineering problems. deng et al. [23] proposed an improved adaptive differential evolution algorithm, called acde/f. their main objective was to overcome the issues of premature convergence and local optimization that were common in traditional de algorithms. the authors introduced three strategies—belief space strategy, generalized opposition-based learning strategy, and parameter adjustment strategy—to enhance the performance of the differential evolution algorithm. the experimental results showed that acde/f outperformed other state-of-the-art algorithms in terms of convergence speed and solution quality on a set of benchmark functions. in practical applicability, acde/f also effectively solved the realworld problem of airport gate allocation. yi et al. [24] presented a novel algorithm known as ejade (adaptive differential evolution with ensembling populations), designed to tackle continuous optimization problems. ejade, built upon the jade algorithm, employed two sets of mutation and crossover operators to achieve a better balance between exploration and exploitation capabilities. additionally, an adaptive parameter control strategy was utilized to dynamically adjust the algorithm's parameter settings. experimental results demonstrated that ejade achieved competitive performance against several state-of-the-art de algorithms on benchmark functions and a real-world wireless sensor localization application. it exhibited strong global search ability and rapid convergence speed. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 437 according to the above-reviewed research, metaheuristic techniques typically suffer from two main problems: slow convergence speed and getting stuck in local optima. researchers managed to overcome these two problems by proposing methods to increase population diversity and balance exploration and exploitation in metaheuristic searches. as the optimization problems get more complex, the current metaheuristic algorithms are not as effective as they used to be. in this paper, we focus on improving the performance of the differential evolution algorithm, which is known as one of the best metaheuristic algorithms. for the past 14 years, various de variants have emerged as the top three best-performing optimizers in most congress of evolutionary computation (cec) competitions [2, 25]; they even ranked first in more than half of those competitions. our proposed de introduces three strategies to improve the performance of differential evolution. the first is the population improvement strategy, which adopts a multi -level sampling mechanism. this strategy aims to improve convergence speed and reduce the chance of being trapped in local optima. the new self-adaptive mutation strategy is introduced as the second strategy, which helps determine an appropriate value of the mutation parameters. third, a new selection strategy with an external archive guides the search to avoid local optima. the rest of this paper is organized as follows. section ii describes the original differential evolution algorithm. section iii explains our proposed algorithm. the experiments and discussion are reported in section iv. in the end, section v contains the conclusion. 2. differential evolution differential evolution (de) is known as one of the best metaheuristic algorithms. executing de to solve optimization problems usually needs four steps: population initialization, mutation, crossover, and selection. a brief explanation of the four steps is explained below. 2.1. population initialization in the first step, the de algorithm randomly generates the initial population which comprises np target vectors 𝑋𝑖 𝐺 = (𝑥𝑖,1, 𝑥𝑖,2, . . . , 𝑥𝑖,𝑗 , . . . , 𝑥𝑖,𝑑), where g is the number of generations, i = 1, 2, …, np; np is the number of target vectors in the population, and d is the number of dimensions of the problem. the initial target vectors are generated within the bound of the search space by using equation 1: min max min , [0,1] ( )i j j j jx s rand s s    (1) where 𝑆𝑗 𝑚𝑎𝑥 and 𝑆𝑗 𝑚𝑖𝑛 is the maximum and minimum values of the search space on the jth dimension respectively. 2.2. mutation after initializing the candidate solution within a specific dimension and search space, the second step performs the mutation operation. this step generates mutant vectors 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = (𝑣𝑖,1, 𝑣𝑖,2, . . . , 𝑣𝑖,𝑗 , . . . , 𝑣𝑖,𝑑) from the target vectors. many of the mutation strategies are known for their efficient performance. some of them are described as follows: a) de/best/1 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 ) (2) b) de/best/2 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 ) + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟3 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟4 𝐺 ) (3) c) de/current-to-best/1 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑖 𝐺 + 𝐹(𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 ) + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟3 𝐺 ) (4) d) de/current-to-pbest/1 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑖 𝐺 + 𝐹(𝑋𝑝𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑖 𝐺) + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 ) (5) e) de/rand/1 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟3 𝐺 ) (6) f) de/rand/2 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟3 𝐺 ) + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟4 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟5 𝐺 ) (7) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 438 where 𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 is the best target vector in the current population while 𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 ,𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 ,𝑋𝑟3 𝐺 ,𝑋𝑟4 𝐺 and 𝑋𝑟5 𝐺 are randomly chosen target vectors from the current population. it is important to note that the randomly chosen target vector must not be 𝑋𝑖 𝐺. f, a scale factor used to control the step size of the mutation, is a real number in the range (0,1]. as can be observed from the above mutation strategies, all of them consist of two types of components. the first type is a base vector used as the center of the search area, and the second type is a differential variation between two target vectors used to determine the search direction. for example, in the de/best/1 strategy, the first term is the base vector 𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 and the second term is the differential variation between the target vectors 𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 and 𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 . 2.3. crossover the third step generates the trial vector 𝑈𝑖 𝐺 = (𝑢𝑖,1, 𝑢𝑖,2, . . . , 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 , . . . , 𝑢𝑖,𝑑) by using the crossover operator to combine the target vector with the mutant vector. the most popular crossover strategy for de algorithm is the binary crossover, described as follows: 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 = { 𝑣𝑖,𝑗; 𝑖𝑓(𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑[0,1] ≤ 𝐶𝑅 𝑜𝑟 𝑗 = 𝑗𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑) 𝑥𝑖,𝑗; 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 (8) where the crossover parameter cr is a random real number in the range (0,1]; it controls the number of elements in the trial vector chosen from the mutant vector. 𝑗𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑, a random integer number in the range [1, d], is used to ensure that the generated trial vector is different from the target vector. 2.4. selection the last step selects the better one between the target and the trial vectors to fill up the population for the next generation. the selection strategy can be expressed as follows: 𝑋𝑖 𝐺+1 = { 𝑈𝑖 𝐺 ; 𝑖𝑓 𝑓(𝑈𝑖 𝐺) ≤ 𝑓(𝑋𝑖 𝐺) 𝑋𝑖 𝐺; 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 (9) where 𝑓(𝑈𝑖 𝐺) is the objective value of the trial vector i and 𝑓(𝑋𝑖 𝐺) denotes the objective value of the target vector i. the goal of this strategy is to ensure that the population always gets better or at least maintains the same state, but never becomes worse in every evolution process. 3. proposed algorithm although de offers many advantages over other metaheuristic algorithm, it still has 2 major disadvantages. first, it has the possibility of being trapped in local optima that leads to premature convergence. second, the performance of de is very sensitive to the values of control parameters. the bad choice of control parameters causes an imbalance between exploration and exploitation of the algorithm, resulting in the inability to converge and premature convergence. our proposed algorithm introduces three new strategies aimed to further increase the convergence speed of the de and to overcome the above 2 disadvantages. this section is divided into 4 subsections. details of our three proposed strategies are described in the first three subsections. the first strategy is the population improvement strategy. the second strategy is the adaptive mutation strategy, and the third is the new selection strategy. the fourth subsection presents the step-by-step process of the proposed algorithm. 3.1. population improvement strategy in this subsection, a population improvement strategy is proposed. the purpose of this strategy is to increase the convergence speed of the de algorithm and to reduce the chance of being trapped in local optima. this strategy employs a multi-level sampling mechanism. in the beginning of each iteration, before the mutation process, the second population is generated by using equation 10. 𝑋2,𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑖 𝐺 × 𝑢𝑝 (10) where up is a random number in the range (0, 1). then, the second population is combined with the current population. the combined population of size 2np is then sorted by fitness value from best to worst. next, the sorted population is divided into l levels, l0 to ll-1. next, we calculate the sampling probability of each level as follows:  , , , max k k final k initial k initial g pl pl pl pl g    (11) where g and gmax is the current generation and the maximum number of generations, respectively. 𝑃𝐿𝑘,𝐼𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 denotes the initial sampling probability of lk and 𝑃𝐿𝑘,𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙 is the final sampling probability of lk. they can be calculated by using equations 12 and 13. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 439 𝑃𝐿𝑘,𝐼𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 = 𝑘 𝐿−1 (12) 𝑃𝐿𝑘,𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙 = 1 − 𝑃𝐿𝑘,𝐼𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 (13) after that, a new population of size n is generated by randomly selecting slk vectors from each level k, k = 0, 1, 2, …, l-1. the number of vectors selected from the level k is determined by equation 14: 𝑆𝐿𝑘 = ⌊𝑃𝐿𝑘 × 𝐿 × 2⌋ (14) by using this strategy, in the early generation, the probability of the lower index level will be higher than the probability of the higher index level. meaning that, we select more vectors with high fitness to accelerate the algorithm's speed in the early evolution of generation. in contrast, in the later generation, the probability of the higher index level will be higher than the probability of the lower index level; this causes the algorithm to select more vectors with low fitness to increase the diversity of the population. in other words, this strategy focuses on the exploitation ability to increase the algorithm's convergence in the early generation. the later generations focus on exploration ability to find a more promising solution and avoid local optima. 3.2. adaptive mutation strategy a mutation process is one of the most critical processes in the differential evolution algorithm. finding appropriate values for the mutation parameters, which is time-consuming and very difficult, is essential to the convergence of the de. instead of using a trial-and-error method, the most common method to determine parameter values, a self-adaptive strategy is introduced in this research. the proposed self-adaptive strategy is an improved version of our preliminary research [26], a modified de/current-to-best/1 strategy. 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑖 𝐺 + 𝜆(𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑖 𝐺) + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 ) (15) where 𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 is the target vector with the best fitness value in the generation g. λ and f denote the first and second mutation parameters, which is used to scale the difference between the best and the target vectors and the difference between two random target vectors, respectively. in each generation during evolution, the values of λ and f are selfadapted as follows: 𝜆𝐺+1 = { 𝜆𝐺 + (𝜆𝐺 × 𝐶1); 𝑖𝑓 𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 ℎ𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑠 𝜆𝐺 − (𝜆𝐺 × 𝐶1); 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 (16) 𝐹𝐺+1 = { 𝐹𝐺 − (𝐹𝐺 × 𝐶2); 𝑖𝑓 𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 ℎ𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑠 𝐹𝐺 + (𝐹𝐺 × 𝐶2); 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 (17) where c1 and c2 are adapting rate of the mutation parameters λ and f, respectively. λ and f have to be in the range of 0 to 1. if they are out of the range after self-adaptation, they are reset back to 0.5. for the first generation, the values of c1 and c2 are set to: 𝐶1 = 𝐶2 = |𝑁(𝜇, 𝜎)| (18) where 𝑁(𝜇, 𝜎) generates a random number from the normal distribution with mean of  and standard deviation of . for subsequent generations, however, the values of c1 and c2 are dynamically adapted according to the percentage of improvement from the previous generation. 𝐶1 = 𝐶2 = 𝜂 | 𝑓(𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 )−𝑓(𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺−1) 𝑓(𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺−1)+𝜀 | (19) where  is a scaling factor in the range [0, 1]. 𝑓(𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 ) is a fitness value of the best target vector in the current generation and 𝑓(𝑋𝑖 𝐺−1) denotes the fitness value of the best target vector in the previous generation.  is a very small number to avoid division by zero. 3.3. selection with external archive strategy the differential evolution typically uses a greedy selection operator to generate a new population for the next generation. that means a better one between the trial vector and the target vector is selected to fill up the new population. the issue is that when the algorithm falls into a local optimum, the generated trial vectors are most likely not better than their counterpart target vectors. the target vectors are then selected to fill up the new population. as a result, the algorithm is not able to escape from the local optimum. our new selection strategy addresses this problem by introducing an external archive to store promising solutions obtained during the search. that is, during each generation, all mutant vectors as well as the target vectors and trial hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 440 vectors not selected to be in the next generation population are added to the external archive. when the algorithm does not select the trial vector to fill up the new population, the algorithm will select the vector with the best fitness value from the external archive to fill up the new population. in this way, the diversity of the population is increased and the chance of being trapped in local optima is reduced. 3.4. differential evolution with population improvement, adaptive mutation, and new selection strategies our proposed algorithm combines the above three strategies to the de algorithm. the goals of these three strategies are to increase the algorithm's performance in terms of convergence speed, exploration and exploitation abilities, and avoid falling too quickly in the local optimum. the flowchart of the pasde algorithm is displayed in figure 1, and the pseudocode of the pasde algorithm is shown in algorithm 1 and described below: step 1: define the values of the parameters, such as the number of population (np), the number of dimension (d), the boundary of the search space, the external archive size, and the maximum number of generations (gmax). step 2: randomly generate the initial population by using (1). step 3: perform the population improvement strategy as follows: o generate the second population by using (10). o combine the second population with the current population. then the combined population is sorted by fitness value from best to worst. o divide the sorted population into l levels. then calculate the sampling probability of each level by using (11). o randomly select vectors from each of the l levels to form a new population. step 4: perform the mutation operation to generate the mutant vector by using (15). step 5: add the mutant vector to the external archive and check the size of the external archive. if the size of the external archive is bigger than the allowed size, randomly delete one vector from the external archive to maintain the size of the external archive to the allowed size. step 6: perform the crossover operation to generate a trial vector by using (8). step 7: perform the selection operation as follows: o compare the fitness of the target vector with that of the trial vector. if the trial vector is better than the target vector, the trial vector is added to the next generation population while the target vector is stored in the external archive. however, if the target vector is better than the trail vector, store both the trial vector and the target vector in the external archive. then the best vector in the external archive is added to the next generation population. o check the size of the external archive. if the size of the external archive is bigger than the allowed size, randomly delete one vector from the external archive to maintain the size of the external archive to the allowed size. step 8: update the values of the mutation parameters, λ and f, by using (16) and (17). step 9: repeat step 3-8 until the stopping criteria are met algorithm 1. pseudocode of the pasde algorithm 1: set the values of the parameters; 2: randomly generate the initial population by using (1); 3: g = 1 4: while (g < gmax) 5: generate the second population by using (10); 6: combine the second population with the current population; 7: sort the combined population based on fitness value from best to worst; 8: split the sorted population into l levels; 9: calculate the sampling probability of each level by using (11); 10: generate a new population by randomly selecting vectors from each of the l levels; 11: for i = 1: np 12: generate the mutant vector 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 by using (15); 13: store 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 in the external archive; 14: if the size of the external archive > the allowed size hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 441 15: delete one random vector from the external archive; 16: end if 17: generate the trial vector 𝑈𝑖 𝐺 by using (8); 18: if 𝑓(𝑈𝑖 𝐺) ≤ 𝑓(𝑋𝑖 𝐺) 19: 𝑋𝑖 𝐺+1 ← 𝑈𝑖 𝐺; 20: store 𝑋𝑖 𝐺 in the external archive; 21: else 22: store 𝑈𝑖 𝐺 and 𝑋𝑖 𝐺 in the external archive; 23: 𝑋𝑖 𝐺+1 the best vector in the external archive; 24: end if 25: if the size of the external archive > the allowed size 26: delete one random vector from the external archive; 27: end if 28: end for 29: update the values of λ and f by using (16) and (17); 30: g = g + 1; 31: end while 32: output the best fitness of the population. figure 1. flowchart of pasde algorithm 4. experiments and discussion in order to validate the performance of the proposed algorithm, experiments have been carried out in three parts. the first part validated the effects of the three proposed strategies. in the second part, the performance of the proposed algorithm was compared with that of other de variants and that of recent state-of-the-art algorithms. the last part start initialization mutation crossover selection population improvement no yes update the mutation parameters number of generations < maximum number of generations end hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 442 evaluated the scalability of the proposed algorithm. twelve benchmark functions shown in table 1 were used to validate the performance of the proposed algorithm. functions f1 – f4, f9 and f12 are unimodal functions while functions f5 – f8, f10 and f11 are multimodal functions. for each function, thirty experimental repetitions were performed with different initial populations each time. the parameters of each algorithm were set to the values shown in table 2. for the experiments in the first and second parts, the number of populations is set to 100, and the dimension is set to 30. in the third part, the dimension is set to 100, 200, 500, and 1000. the minimum, maximum, mean, and standard deviation from 30 runs are reported in tables 3 to 5. the best results obtained among all algorithms are shown in bold. table 1. the benchmark functions used for evaluation name equation search space and global optimum f1 sphere function 𝑓1(𝑥) = ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2 𝑑 𝑖=1 [−100,100]𝑑, 𝑓𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0 f2 schwefel’s problem 2.22 function 𝑓2(𝑥) = ∑|𝑥| 𝑑 𝑖=1 + ∏|𝑥| 𝑑 𝑖=1 [−10,10]𝑑, 𝑓𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0 f3 schwefel’s problem 1.2 function 𝑓3(𝑥) = ∑ (∑ 𝑥𝑗 𝑖 𝑗=1 ) 𝑑 𝑖=1 2 [−100,100]𝑑, 𝑓𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0 f4 sum square’s function 𝑓4(𝑥) = ∑ 𝑖𝑥𝑖 2 𝑑 𝑖=1 [−1.28,1.28]𝑑, 𝑓𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0 f5 generalized rosenbrock’s function 𝑓5(𝑥) = ∑[100(𝑥𝑖+1 − 𝑥1 2)2 + (𝑥𝑖 − 1)2] 𝑑−1 𝑖=1 [−30,30]𝑑, 𝑓𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0 f6 rastrigin’s function 𝑓6(𝑥) = ∑(𝑥𝑖 2 − 10 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑠(2𝜋𝑥𝑖) + 10) 𝑑 𝑖=1 [−5.12,5.12]𝑑, 𝑓𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0 f7 ackley’s function 𝑓7(𝑥) = −20 𝑒𝑥𝑝 (−0.2 ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2𝑑 𝑖=1 𝑑 ) − 𝑒𝑥𝑝 ( ∑ 𝑐𝑜𝑠(2𝜋𝑥𝑖)𝑑 𝑖=1 𝑑 ) + 20 + 𝑒𝑥𝑝(1) [−32,32]𝑑, 𝑓𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0 f8 generalized griewank function 𝑓8(𝑥) = 1 4000 ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2 − ∏ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 𝑥𝑖 √𝑖 ) + 1 𝑑 𝑖=1 𝑑 𝑖=1 [−600,600]𝑑, 𝑓𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0 f9 step function 𝑓9(𝑥) = ∑⌊𝑥𝑖 + 0.5⌋2 𝑑 𝑖=1 [−100,100]𝑑, 𝑓𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0 f10 quartic function 𝑓10(𝑥) = ∑ 𝑖𝑥𝑖 4 + 𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑜𝑚[0,1) 𝑑 𝑖=1 [−1.28,1.28]𝑑, 𝑓𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0 f11 alpine function 𝑓11(𝑥) = ∑|𝑥𝑖 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑥𝑖) + 0.1𝑥𝑖| 𝑑 𝑖=1 [−10,10]𝑑, 𝑓𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0 f12 sum of different power function 𝑓12(𝑥) = ∑|𝑥𝑖|(𝑖+1) 𝑑 𝑖=1 [−1,1]𝑑 , 𝑓𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0 table 2. the parameter settings algorithm parameter values pso f = 0.5; cr = 0.9; c1= c2 = 2; w = 1 ga f = 0.3; cr = 0.9 basic de f = 0.5; cr = 0.9 ode f = 0.5; cr = 0.9; jr = 0.3 jade f = 0.5; cr = 0.5; p = 0.05; c = 0.1 sade f = n(0.5,0.3); cr = 0.5, cr ~ n (0.5,0.1) nbolde f1 = f2 = 0.4; cr = 0.9; jr = 0.3 pide f = 0.5; cr = 0.9; l = 10 amde f = λ = 0.5; cr = 0.9 nsde f = 0.5; cr = 0.9 pasde f = λ = 0.5; cr = 0.9; l = 10 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 443 table 3. comparative results of de, pide, amde, nsde and pasde on 12 benchmark functions algorithms min max mean s.d. f1 de 1.6974e-14 2.2623e-13 7.3014e-14 5.5012e-14 pide 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 amde 7.0950e-18 1.3022e-16 2.9284e-17 2.4714e-17 nsde 6.3854e-12 5.9747e-01 3.0579e-02 1.1187e-01 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f2 de 1.9259e-07 8.1106e-07 4.4049e-07 1.6771e-07 pide 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 amde 3.0319e-15 2.1799e-14 7.0535e-15 4.3455e-15 nsde 9.5112e-12 3.2420e-01 1.5694e-02 6.4003e-02 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f3 de 2.5385e-01 4.8211e+00 9.7540e-01 7.9109e-01 pide 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 amde 9.8445e-14 2.4544e-11 2.8544e-12 4.6750e-12 nsde 1.0544e-03 6.4700e+01 2.1942e+00 1.1806e+01 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f4 de 1.9499e-17 4.4486e-16 1.3307e-16 1.0132e-16 pide 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 amde 7.5002e-17 3.5929e-15 4.6002e-16 6.6421e-16 nsde 6.7649e-19 3.4488e-02 2.9517e-03 8.6791e-03 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f5 de 1.4901e+01 1.8444e+01 1.6928e+01 1.0445e+00 pide 1.6598e+01 1.8298e+01 1.7580e+01 4.6479e-01 amde 3.8555e-05 7.1740e+01 1.2337e+01 1.2665e+01 nsde 1.6605e+01 1.1737e+04 7.2760e+02 2.1460e+03 pasde 1.0440e+01 1.9112e+01 1.4149e+01 2.1704e+00 f6 de 3.8581e+01 4.8054e+01 4.2358e+01 2.2517e+00 pide 1.8656e+00 2.8607e+00 1.8990e+00 1.8164e-01 amde 7.9157e+00 2.4284e+01 1.8990e+00 4.2033e+00 nsde 1.5368e+01 4.3218e+01 2.6939e+01 7.7741e+00 pasde 1.8655e+00 2.8605e+00 1.9485e+00 2.2940e-01 f7 de 2.9947e-08 1.2770e-07 7.1808e-08 2.5095e-08 pide 4.4409e-16 4.4409e-16 4.4409e-16 1.5044e-31 amde 2.0000e+01 2.0299e+01 2.0066e+01 8.9036e-02 nsde 2.0000e+01 2.0363e+01 2.0023e+01 7.9240e-02 pasde 4.4409e-16 4.4409e-16 4.4409e-16 1.5044e-31 f8 de 4.1189e-19 1.5768e-12 2.9950e-13 3.4158e-13 pide 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 amde 0.0000e+00 4.9176e-02 4.9176e-02 1.2613e-02 nsde 7.0409e-03 8.3365e-01 2.0886e-01 2.3265e-01 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f9 de 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 pide 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 amde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 nsde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f10 de 1.1926e-01 4.2119e-01 2.3608e-01 7.3156e-02 pide 2.9972e-04 6.2865e-02 9.8887e-03 1.2185e-02 amde 1.5260e-03 2.1866e-02 7.4927e-03 5.2448e-03 nsde 2.9010e-03 5.9100e-02 1.2370e-02 1.0190e-02 pasde 1.6042e-07 1.0086e-02 1.9438e-03 2.3193e-03 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 444 f11 de 1.2985e-02 2.9831e-02 2.3668e-02 3.4492e-02 pide 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 amde 1.0677e-15 7.0420e-01 2.3473e-02 1.2857e-01 nsde 5.4226e-13 7.8361e-01 9.3256e-02 2.0797e-01 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f12 de 6.4180e-54 3.2805e-42 1.0935e-43 5.9893e-43 pide 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 amde 1.0677e-15 3.0509e-33 3.0395e-34 6.3549e-34 nsde 5.4226e-13 3.5117e-07 3.4692e-08 8.8562e-08 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 table 4. comparative results of pasde and 7 state-of-the-art algorithms on functions f1 – f12 algorithms min max mean s.d. f1 de 1.6974e-14 2.2623e-13 7.3014e-14 5.5012e-14 ode 1.2035e-32 3.1663e-30 6.1306e-31 7.1195e-31 sade 6.5747e-39 1.1440e-36 1.1440e-36 2.3291e-37 jade 1.8597e-39 9.5777e-59 9.5770e-59 2.4897e-59 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 pso 4.9851e-13 6.5667e-03 2.2704e-04 1.1975e-03 ga 6.7656e-05 1.2830e-03 4.4893e-04 3.4940e-04 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f2 de 1.9259e-07 8.1106e-07 4.4049e-07 1.6771e-07 ode 6.0467e-15 3.6581e-14 1.4927e-14 7.5454e-15 sade 2.3008e-21 1.9501e-20 7.7798e-21 4.6736e-21 jade 2.6280e-31 2.6770e-29 4.4648e-30 5.3048e-30 nbolde 1.4989e-257 2.8506e-255 5.3820e-256 0.0000e+00 pso 2.2130e-07 9.7273e-01 8.2694e-02 1.8724e-01 ga 3.3296e-03 1.9861e-02 9.6612e-03 3.9225e-03 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f3 de 2.5385e-01 4.8211e+00 9.7540e-01 7.9109e-01 ode 6.1595e-04 4.2961e-02 6.9023e-03 8.3055e-03 sade 3.1726e-03 1.4528e-01 3.2358e-02 3.0733e-02 jade 3.0187e-19 8.5610e-15 3.3336e-16 1.5579e-15 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 pso 9.0496e+02 1.8472e+04 1.0017e+04 4.2837e+03 ga 4.5208e-02 7.3656e+00 8.6820e-01 1.3769e+00 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f4 de 1.9499e-17 4.4486e-16 1.3307e-16 1.0132e-16 ode 8.6914e-35 3.9016e-32 2.9731e-33 7.0927e-33 sade 6.0256e-41 8.0002e-39 1.0062e-39 1.6003e-39 jade 1.5816e-64 5.4011e-62 1.1997e-62 1.3785e-62 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 pso 5.3649e-28 1.1911e-05 4.7184e-07 2.1803e-06 ga 1.5183e-07 3.1684e-06 9.1843e-07 7.6932e-07 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f5 de 1.4901e+01 1.8444e+01 1.6928e+01 1.0445e+00 ode 2.4395e+01 2.7761e+01 2.6489e+01 7.0182e-01 sade 9.5510e+00 7.6368e+01 2.5173e+01 1.0113e+01 jade 5.5512e-16 3.9866e+00 6.6444e-01 1.5111e+00 nbolde 2.8584e+01 2.8836e+01 2.8728e+01 7.2436e-02 pso 2.2267e+00 2.4017e+02 6.2576e+01 4.9405e+01 ga 3.1192e-03 5.2238e+01 1.6178e+01 1.5627e+01 pasde 1.0440e+01 1.9112e+01 1.4149e+01 2.1704e+00 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 445 f6 de 3.8581e+01 4.8054e+01 4.2358e+01 2.2517e+00 ode 1.9227e+01 3.9403e+01 3.1637e+01 5.1056e+00 sade 1.8823e+00 1.9149e+00 1.8956e+00 9.1411e-03 jade 1.8661e+00 1.8681e+00 1.8668e+00 5.5391e-04 nbolde 1.7895e+01 3.8793e+01 3.2122e+01 4.8062e+00 pso 4.3668e+00 3.9020e+01 1.2684e+01 6.2202e+00 ga 1.8656e+00 1.8657e+00 1.8656e+00 3.7206e-05 pasde 1.8655e+00 2.8605e+00 1.9485e+00 2.2940e-01 f7 de 2.9947e-08 1.2770e-07 7.1808e-08 2.5095e-08 ode 4.4409e-15 7.9936e-15 6.5725e-15 1.7702e-15 sade 4.4409e-15 9.3130e-01 3.1043e-02 1.7003e-01 jade 4.4409e-15 1.1551e+00 1.0805e-01 3.3144e-01 nbolde 8.8818e-16 4.4409e-15 4.3225e-15 6.4863e-16 pso 2.0000e+01 2.0085e+01 2.0003e+01 1.5524e-02 ga 2.4175e-05 2.0000e+01 1.0667e+01 1.0148e+01 pasde 4.4409e-16 4.4409e-16 4.4409e-16 1.5044e-31 f8 de 4.1189e-19 1.5768e-12 2.9950e-13 3.4158e-13 ode 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 sade 0.0000e+00 7.3960e-03 4.9307e-04 1.8764e-03 jade 0.0000e+00 1.9690e-02 3.5312e-03 5.7369e-03 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 pso 0.0000e+00 1.1778e-01 3.7167e-02 3.7461e-02 ga 1.0532e-04 3.3516e-03 9.8277e-04 8.3058e-04 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f9 de 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 ode 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 sade 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 jade 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 pso 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 ga 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f10 de 1.1926e-01 4.2119e-01 2.3608e-01 7.3156e-02 ode 9.6422e-02 3.5449e-01 2.3909-01 5.8055e-02 sade 1.1583e-03 7.5251e-03 3.6490e-03 1.4981e-03 jade 2.7253e-02 1.0342e+00 1.7611e-01 2.2069e-01 nbolde 2.8253e-04 1.9839e-02 5.4950e-03 5.8967e-03 pso 4.2142e-02 1.5618e-01 8.9729e-02 3.1233e-02 ga 1.2134e-02 4.0849e-02 2.5947e-02 8.5751e-03 pasde 1.6042e-07 1.0086e-02 1.9438e-03 2.3193e-03 f11 de 1.2985e-02 2.9831e-02 2.3668e-02 3.4492e-02 ode 1.0738e-02 2.1359e-02 1.7502e-02 2.1971e-03 sade 2.0005e-07 1.1145e-04 2.1164e-05 2.2453e-05 jade 4.4374e-32 6.1062e-16 2.2945e-16 2.6552e-16 nbolde 2.4301e-258 2.1230e-256 3.5999e-257 0.0000e+00 pso 5.9425e-08 6.4402e+00 8.6268e-01 1.8420e+00 ga 6.0349e-05 7.1342e-04 3.9119e-04 1.7319e-04 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f12 de 6.4180e-54 3.2805e-42 1.0935e-43 5.9893e-43 ode 1.6380e-118 3.7777e-112 4.0795e-113 9.4811e-113 sade 5.5304e-79 2.3642e-54 9.5760e-56 4.3786e-55 jade 1.1946e-140 1.7699e-128 1.0134e-129 3.7803e-129 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 pso 2.2237e-37 6.4402e+00 8.6268e-01 1.8420e+00 ga 6.0349e-05 7.1342e-04 3.9119e-04 1.7319e-04 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 446 table 5. scalability performance of pasde and nbolde on functions f1 – f12 d algorithms min max mean s.d. f1 100 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 100 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 200 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 200 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 500 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 500 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 1000 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 1000 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f2 100 nbolde 7.5051e-222 3.9941e-219 2.4768e-220 0.0000e+00 100 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 200 nbolde 1.2643e-212 2.6420e-211 6.7907e-212 0.0000e+00 200 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 500 nbolde 6.4314e-207 8.3671e-205 1.4241e-205 0.0000e+00 500 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 1000 nbolde 1000 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f3 100 nbolde 1.7530e-304 2.8343e-299 1.6960e-300 0.0000e+00 100 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 200 nbolde 2.7620e-279 1.3134e-273 9.1736e-275 0.0000e+00 200 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 500 nbolde 6.0908e-262 1.5434e-255 6.1412e-257 0.0000e+00 500 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 1000 nbolde 4.6201e-258 8.7852e-250 7.3256e-251 0.0000e+00 1000 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f4 100 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 100 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 200 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 200 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 500 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 500 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 1000 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 1000 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f5 100 nbolde 9.8560e+01 9.8812e+01 9.8699e+01 6.2063e-02 100 pasde 8.5791e+01 9.8041e+01 9.3194e+01 2.7279e+00 200 nbolde 1.9847e+02 1.9875e+02 1.9864e+02 6.5760e-02 200 pasde 1.9040e+02 1.9776e+02 9.3194e+01 2.7279e+00 500 nbolde 4.9847e+02 4.9878e+02 4.9863e+02 6.6567e-02 500 pasde 4.9259e+02 4.9666e+02 4.9544e+02 1.1143e+00 1000 nbolde 9.9852e+02 9.9877e+02 9.9862e+02 5.8996e-02 1000 pasde 9.9169e+02 9.9546e+02 9.9463e+02 8.7931e-01 f6 100 nbolde 1.5091e+02 1.8345e+02 1.6958e+02 8.6816e+00 100 pasde 6.2188e+00 2.0690e+01 1.0499e+01 5.0933e+00 200 nbolde 3.4141e+02 4.0938e+02 3.7762e+02 1.8603e+01 200 pasde 3.8498e+01 1.1485e+02 7.1384e+01 2.0981e+01 500 nbolde 9.2901e+02 1.0751e+03 1.0290e+03 3.2119e+01 500 pasde 2.4040e+02 3.6266e+02 2.9226e+02 3.2214e+01 1000 nbolde 2.0481e+03 2.2551e+03 2.1651e+03 5.1766e+01 1000 pasde 7.3618e+02 9.9003e+02 8.7673e+02 6.1535e+01 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 447 f7 100 nbolde 4.4409e-15 4.4409e-15 4.4409e-15 0.0000e+00 100 pasde 4.4409e-16 4.4409e-16 4.4409e-16 0.0000e+00 200 nbolde 4.4409e-15 4.4409e-15 4.4409e-15 0.0000e+00 200 pasde 4.4409e-16 4.4409e-16 4.4409e-16 0.0000e+00 500 nbolde 4.4409e-15 4.4409e-15 4.4409e-15 0.0000e+00 500 pasde 4.4409e-16 4.4409e-16 4.4409e-16 0.0000e+00 1000 nbolde 4.4409e-15 4.4409e-15 4.4409e-15 0.0000e+00 1000 pasde 4.4409e-16 4.4409e-16 4.4409e-16 0.0000e+00 f8 100 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 100 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 200 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 200 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 500 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 500 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 1000 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 1000 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f9 100 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 100 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 200 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 200 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 500 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 500 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 1000 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 1000 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f10 100 nbolde 1.8759e-04 4.6191e-02 1.0658e-02 9.9934e-03 100 pasde 2.3012e-05 3.0379e-02 2.5379e-03 6.3269e-04 200 nbolde 3.4430e-04 3.3818e-02 1.3005e-02 9.8052e-03 200 pasde 1.9758e-05 1.5293e-02 2.2715e-03 3.1804e-03 500 nbolde 2.7261e-04 3.0671e-02 9.7690e-02 8.1717e-03 500 pasde 1.9057e-05 2.1619e-02 4.3916e-03 5.6523e-03 1000 nbolde 4.7578e-04 3.0716e-02 8.9893e-03 7.4480e-03 1000 pasde 7.9943e-06 3.9352e-02 3.4372e-03 7.7102e-03 f11 100 nbolde 1.0904e-222 4.3578e-221 1.1465e-221 0.0000e+00 100 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 200 nbolde 5.2442e-214 3.2061e-212 8.3541e-213 0.0000e+00 200 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 500 nbolde 6.9040e-208 6.9135e-206 1.4510e-206 0.0000e+00 500 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 1000 nbolde 1.5242e-205 1.0209e-203 2.6189e-204 0.0000e+00 1000 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 f12 100 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 100 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 200 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 200 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 500 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 500 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 1000 nbolde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 1000 pasde 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 0.0000e+00 ‘‘–’’ means that the value exceeds the maximum word length of matlab 2018b and cannot be displayed. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 448 4.1. effects of the proposed strategies the purpose of this first part is to validate the effects of the three strategies in improving the de’s performance. to determine this, we compare the original de with the proposed pasde algorithm and each of the three proposed de strategies, i.e., de with population improvement strategy (pide), de with adaptive mutation strategy (amde) and de with new selection strategy (nsde). the results of the experiments are shown in table 3. the results of the pasde show that the combination of three proposed strategies significantly improves de performance. the pasde is the best performer on all benchmark functions; it is able to find the global optimal solution on 8 benchmark functions, which are f1 – f4, f8, f9, f11 and f12. for f5 – f7 and f10, pasde and the three proposed de strategies cannot reach the global optimum. while examining each of the three proposed strategies individually, pide is the most promising strategy, followed by amde and nsde. the results in table 3 show that the first strategy, pide, has similar results to the pasde on most functions. however, from figure 2, we can see that the pasde converges faster than pide and much faster than de, amde and nsde. in summary, pasde is the best among all algorithms in terms of the ability to locate the global optimum and the convergence rate. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 449 figure 2. convergence curves of de, pide, amde, nsde and pasde on 12 benchmark functions 4.2. result comparison with other algorithms in order to validate the optimization performance of pasde, this second part compares the performance of pasde with seven other algorithms. they are the original de, four other popular de variants, i.e., ode [27], sade [28], jade [29], nbolde [18] and two other meta-heuristic algorithms, i.e., pso and ga. we choose these algorithms for comparison because they have some similar processes and strategies to our proposed algorithm. the results which are reported in table 4 can be summarized as follows. in general, the pasde has the best performance, closely followed by nbolde. pasde, nbolde and ode obtain the global optimal solutions on 8, 6 and 2 benchmark functions respectively; de, sade, jade, pso and ga obtain the global optimal solutions on only 1 function, f9. to be more precise, pasde performs better than de, ode, sade, jade, pso and ga on 9 benchmark functions, f1-f4, f7-f8 and f10-f12, and performs equally well on f9. in comparison with nbolde, pasde performs better on f2, f5, f6, f7, f10 and f11, and performs equally well on f1, f3, f4, f8, f9 and f12. jade outperforms pasde on f5, and ga slightly outperforms pasde on f6. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 450 next, we examine how well each algorithm performs on the unimodal and multimodal functions. for all unimodal functions, both pasde and nbolde can achieve the global optimal solutions; they perform equally well and better than the rest of the algorithms. for multimodal functions, pasde has better performance than other algorithms on f7, f10 and f11; jade has the best performance on f5 and ga has the best performance on f6; pasde, nbolde and ode are the best performers on f8. 4.3. scalability evolution this last part reports the scalability of pasde. the experiments are conducted to evaluate the performance of pasde in solving the above 12 functions with different dimensions (d = 100, 200, 500 and 1000). table 5 shows the scalability performance of pasde in comparison with that of nbolde. the results in table 5 show that pasde has stable performance and can outperform nbolde across all dimensions. for f5, f6 and f10, the increase in dimension worsens the performance of pasde slightly. in comparison with nbolde, pasde is better on f2, f3, f5 – f7, f10 and f11. on f1, f4, f8, f9 and f12, both pasde and nbolde can obtain the global optimal solutions. 5. conclusion an improved differential evolution algorithm with population improvement, adaptive mutation, and new selection strategies (pasde) is proposed in this paper. a multi-level sampling mechanism is used in the population improvement strategy to accelerate the convergence speed in the early stage of the search and to increase the exploration, which in turn reducing the chance of getting trap in local optima, in the later stage of the search. the adaptive mutation perturbs the solution to enable it to jump out of local optima when trapped. a new selection strategy introduces more diverse solutions to the population to help avoid local optima. among the three proposed strategies, the population improvement strategy improves the performance of de the most. the adaptive mutation strategy and the new selection strategy by itself are not very effective in improving the performance of de. however, when they are combined with the population improvement strategy, the resulted pasde performs extremely well both in terms of the ability to locate the global optimum and the convergence speed. the performance of pasde is compared with three classical metaheuristic algorithms, i.e., the original de, pso and ga, and four recent de variants, i.e., ode, sade, jade and nbolde. the results on 12 benchmark functions show that the overall performance of pasde is the best among all algorithms. moreover, the scalability of the pasde is also very good. on 9 out of 12 functions, pasde can maintain its excellent performance as the dimension of the search space is increased. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, i.f. and a.t.; methodology, i.f. and a.t.; software, i.f.; validation, i.f. and a.t.; formal analysis, i.f. and a.t.; investigation, i.f. and a.t.; resources, i.f. and a.t; data curation, i.f.; writing—original draft preparation, i.f.; writing—review and editing, a.t.; visualization, i.f.; supervision, a.t.; project administration, i.f. and a.t.; funding acquisition, a.t. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding and acknowledgements this work was supported by king mongkut’s institute of technology ladkrabang (kmitl), thailand. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 451 7. references [1] tansui, d., & thammano, a. (2020). hybrid nature-inspired optimization algorithm: hydrozoan and sea turtle foraging algorithms for solving continuous optimization problems. ieee access, 8, 65780–65800. doi:10.1109/access.2020.2984023. [2] ahmad, m. f., isa, n. a. m., lim, w. h., & ang, k. m. (2022). differential evolution: a recent review based on state-of-the-art works. alexandria engineering journal, 61(5), 3831–3872. doi:10.1016/j.aej.2021.09.013. [3] bilal, pant, m., zaheer, h., garcia-hernandez, l., & abraham, a. (2020). differential evolution: a review of more than two decades of research. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 90, 103479. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2020.103479. [4] de werra, d., & hertz, a. (1989). tabu search techniques a tutorial and an application to neural networks. or spektrum, 11(3), 131–141. doi:10.1007/bf01720782. [5] holland, j. h. (1992). adaptation in natural and artificial systems. mit press, cambridge, united states. doi:10.7551/mitpress/1090.001.0001. [6] storn, r., & price, k. (1997). differential evolution a simple and efficient heuristic for global optimization over continuous spaces. journal of global optimization, 11(4), 341–359. doi:10.1023/a:1008202821328. [7] kennedy, j., & eberhart, r. (1995). particle swarm optimization. proceedings of icnn’95 international conference on neural networks. doi:10.1109/icnn.1995.488968. [8] dorigo, m., birattari, m., & stutzle, t. (2006). ant colony optimization. ieee computational intelligence magazine, 1(4), 28– 39. doi:10.1109/mci.2006.329691. [9] yang, x.-s. (2021). firefly algorithms. nature-inspired optimization algorithms, 123–139. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12-8219867.00016-0. [10] karaboga, d., & basturk, b. (2007). a powerful and efficient algorithm for numerical function optimization: artificial bee colony (abc) algorithm. journal of global optimization, 39(3), 459–471. doi:10.1007/s10898-007-9149-x. [11] sheng, m., wang, z., liu, w., wang, x., chen, s., & liu, x. (2022). a particle swarm optimizer with multi-level population sampling and dynamic p-learning mechanisms for large-scale optimization. knowledge-based systems, 242, 108382. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2022.108382. [12] ali, m. z., awad, n. h., suganthan, p. n., shatnawi, a. m., & reynolds, r. g. (2018). an improved class of real-coded genetic algorithms for numerical optimization. neurocomputing, 275, 155–166. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2017.05.054. [13] chu, x., cai, f., gao, d., li, l., cui, j., xu, s. x., & qin, q. (2020). an artificial bee colony algorithm with adaptive heterogeneous competition for global optimization problems. applied soft computing journal, 93, 106391. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2020.106391. [14] she, b., fournier, a., yao, m., wang, y., & hu, g. (2022). a self-adaptive and gradient-based cuckoo search algorithm for global optimization [formula presented]. applied soft computing, 122, 108774. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2022.108774. [15] wu, j., wang, y. g., burrage, k., tian, y. c., lawson, b., & ding, z. (2020). an improved firefly algorithm for global continuous optimization problems. expert systems with applications, 149, 113340. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2020.113340. [16] chen, y., & pi, d. (2020). an innovative flower pollination algorithm for continuous optimization problem. applied mathematical modelling, 83, 237–265. doi:10.1016/j.apm.2020.02.023. [17] sun, g., yang, b., yang, z., & xu, g. (2020). an adaptive differential evolution with combined strategy for global numerical optimization. soft computing, 24(9), 6277–6296. doi:10.1007/s00500-019-03934-3. [18] deng, w., shang, s., cai, x., zhao, h., song, y., & xu, j. (2021). an improved differential evolution algorithm and its application in optimization problem. soft computing, 25(7), 5277–5298. doi:10.1007/s00500-020-05527-x. [19] zeng, z., zhang, m., chen, t., & hong, z. (2021). a new selection operator for differential evolution algorithm. knowledgebased systems, 226, 107150. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2021.107150. [20] meng, z., & yang, c. (2022). two-stage differential evolution with novel parameter control. information sciences, 596, 321– 342. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2022.03.043. [21] kumar, a., biswas, p. p., & suganthan, p. n. (2022). differential evolution with orthogonal array‐based initialization and a novel selection strategy. swarm and evolutionary computation, 68, 101010. doi:10.1016/j.swevo.2021.101010. [22] houssein, e. h., rezk, h., fathy, a., mahdy, m. a., & nassef, a. m. (2022). a modified adaptive guided differential evolution algorithm applied to engineering applications. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 113, 104920. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2022.104920. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 452 [23] deng, w., ni, h., liu, y., chen, h., & zhao, h. (2022). an adaptive differential evolution algorithm based on belief space and generalized opposition-based learning for resource allocation. applied soft computing, 127, 109419. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2022.109419. [24] yi, w., chen, y., pei, z., & lu, j. (2022). adaptive differential evolution with ensembling operators for continuous optimization problems. swarm and evolutionary computation, 69, 100994. doi:10.1016/j.swevo.2021.100994. [25] thanathamathee, p., & sawangarreerak, s. (2022). discovering future earnings patterns through fp-growth and eclat algorithms with optimized discretization. emerging science journal, 6(6), 1328-1345. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-06-07. [26] farda, i., & thammano, a. (2022). a self-adaptive differential evolution algorithm for solving optimization problems. lecture notes in networks and systems, 453 lnns, 68–76. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-99948-3_7. [27] rahnamayan, r. s., tizhoosh, h. r., & salama, m. m. a. (2008). opposition-based differential evolution. ieee transactions on evolutionary computation, 12(1), 64–79. doi:10.1109/tevc.2007.894200. [28] qin, a. k., huang, v. l., & suganthan, p. n. (2009). differential evolution algorithm with strategy adaptation for global numerical optimization. ieee transactions on evolutionary computation, 13(2), 398–417. doi:10.1109/tevc.2008.927706. [29] zhang, j., & sanderson, a. c. (2009). jade: adaptive differential evolution with optional external archive. ieee transactions on evolutionary computation, 13(5), 945–958. doi:10.1109/tevc.2009.2014613. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 37 issn: 2723-9535 exploring managers' skills affecting dynamic-innovative capabilities and performance in new normal era neeranat k. rakangthong 1 , yuttachai hareebin 2 , kitikorn dowpiset 3 , jaturon jutidharabongse 4 , somnuk aujirapongpan 1* 1 school of accountancy and finance, walailak university, nakhon si thammarat, 80160, thailand. 2 faculty of management sciences, phuket rajabhat university, phuket, 83000, thailand. 3 graduate school of business and advanced technology management, assumption university, bangkok, 10240, thailand. 4 faculty of management sciences, nakhon si thammarat rajabhat university, nakhon si thammarat, 80280, thailand. received 27 december 2022; revised 23 february 2023; accepted 27 february 2023; published 01 march 2023 abstract the human resources department, as a dynamic mechanism in the hotel business, is a supporter and a manager who manages the corporation to grow by planning, supervising, and assuring the expected performance leads to desirable outcomes. the situation of spread of the covid-19 virus has resulted in businesses and labor departments having to adapt to survive by upgrading existing knowledge and adding new skills. therefore, this research aims to describe components and models of necessary skills development for performance affecting dynamic capabilities and performance in a new normal era for human resources managers of five-star hotels in phuket province, which are crucial components in an increased corporation’s sustainability and performance in terms of personnel efficiency, assets, funds, and information. this research is quantitative, and research data was collected from a total of 384 human resource managers of five-star hotels. there was a mutual discussion of factor analysis and structural equation results with three human resources managers who have been successful for not less than seven years in their work. the components consisted of systematic consideration through the following causes: necessary skills; professional skills, work skills, and emotional skills, mediator variables; dynamic capabilities, and organizational performance. this research also discussed five guidelines for developing the necessary skills for performance. as various factors have affected the performance in the new normal era, the human resources executives of five-star hotels in phuket province should apply them and consider them together with their business plans for setting the strategic plan of organizational management, management, administrative, and human resources development. keywords: dynamic capabilities; performance management; new normal performance; managers’ skill; covid-19. 1. introduction the covid-19 pandemic situation has just passed the crisis time as the number of patients in several countries has been decreasing continuously. the government and private sectors are waiting for an appropriate moment to give respite from the lockdown measure, to let people live their lives normally, and to allow the recovery of the economic system, which impacts numerous employment opportunities. according to the world economic forum's statistics, the covid19 pandemic's circumstances cause half of the world's population to be at risk of unemployment. hence, the future of * corresponding author: asomnuk@wu.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-03 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5041-4357 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4578-0720 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0761-0330 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1571-778x https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6275-9053 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 38 work is essential. after having been spoken about for a long time, technologies and economic factors will disrupt the traditional performance, and it is not going to be successful anymore when the period of performance alters to be a performance in the new normal [1]. the term new normal was used for the first time in 2008 by bill gross, a famous bond investor. he is also a cofounder of pacific investment management company (pimco). he defines new normal in the context of a global economy as a state where the world's economy has a growth rate that is more slowly than in the past [2]. furthermore, it is entering into an average growth rate of a new level lower than in the former time, along with a consistently higher unemployment rate after the financial crisis in the united states of america. besides, the economic fluctuations will not be concordant with the traditionally economic cycles as in the past. various factors determine economic growth since its form has changed and affects the economy differently than it used to [3]. along with the new normal, our society is entering a fully digital technologies. it started with working from home, along with online conferences, long-distance co-working, online food ordering behaviors, mobile phone payment, and application use or digital technologies. these became catalysts that caused digital disruption to occur faster than expected. when the world enters an era called "double disruption", or an era changing our daily lives doubly by technology because of the covid-19 issue, and automation technology for work increases, the necessity to use human beings for work tends to decrease [4]. the only way to win and survive in the double disruption is to learn novel skills to develop work more efficiently as needed by an organization in the future [5, 6]. the system of work and living will continually change, and people need to adjust accordingly. in the work context, employees of every sector cannot work using the same systematic methods as in the past. businesses and labor departments must survive by being more agile in responding to changes and developments. the traditional skills and cognitive existing will no longer be sufficient for teamwork. therefore, organizations have to provide labor skills by upskilling the former knowledge proficiently and bringing technologies to support, including reskilling to keep up with the changes and to support new work or duties. it is not enough to only up-skill existing knowledge; reskilling with the new knowledge is also crucial, and both should be emphasized due to the changing situations required by job performance. the pandemic situation has affected people of all classes and every sector and organization as a whole [7]. today, numerous corporations and businesses have to shut down and still face economic burdens, while some could survive if they timely and effectively counteracted the effects of covid-19 [8]. the changing behaviors of hotel entrepreneurs during the covid-19 situation can be synthesized into various issues as follows: 1) cost reduction by monitoring an appropriate number of staff per shift with in-house guests and controlling an efficient level of water and electricity utilization. 2) cash flow management involves managing expenses given a credit payment by suppliers, which are holdable until the due date, which could be accumulated in bonds to generate excessive revenue from interest. 3) business extension to new services by considering possible channels for increasing revenue. for example, hotel kitchens or restaurants may additionally offer their delivery services to external guests and assign service attendants to become food deliverers in response to a change in consumer behavior [9]. the adjustment of such entrepreneurs or hotel businesses has to rely on the working skills and adjustment ability of the managers or entrepreneurs, especially the change of an organization regarding the cross-functional working skill, which was a precise change for hotels or hoteliers in responding to crisis and change, which has become a continuous evolution. from the problem situations and gaps in the research mentioned above, requires that personnel development must be flexible and ready to shift from particular roles and responsibilities to others. it is extremely important for hotels to gain competitive advantages and help operate continuously in a fluctuating environment. this is necessary to utilize existing employees to temporarily substitute former employees, and hotels must reduce all possible expenses in responding to a cash flow problem in a short-term period [10]. this research, therefore, intends to study the guidelines of performance's necessary skills development affecting the performance efficiency in the new normal for the human resource executives in the five-star hotel business in phuket. the focus on human resource executives is rational for this research, as they have knowledge and competence, skills, access, and understanding of the system and its performance different from what it used to. these mentioned are all necessary and crucial that every organization must consider. if personnel have sufficient skills already, that organization should still need to develop them to support the potential changes and the organization's performance accordingly. 2. literature review professional skill professional skills mean various types of ability necessary to bring the vocational knowledge, values, ethics, and professional concept necessary to operate appropriately and efficiently in professional environments, skills, and knowledge [11]. furthermore, it includes skills of consideration for practitioners, including various skills regarding intellect, human relations, communication, and technologies [12]. this research looks at variables related to the conceptual and theoretical components of professional skills as follows: hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 39 • innovative thinking thomas and carroll [13] studied innovative thinking and concluded that it is such a process of creative thought to create novelty and innovation that can solve users' problems. someone might never have constructed such new things before, or probably someone has generated them, but they re-improved by extending from the previous ones. the one who created it realized the productivity was different from others and expected it to be widely accepted [14, 15]. • active learning active learning is a concept for learning management that can generate perceptions. active learning emphasizes practicing and creating knowledge from what a person is practicing while working [16]. active learning focuses on developing skills and competencies under the former knowledge bases that affect the learners to connect new knowledge with the previous ones received from practice and practitioners' needs mainly [17, 18]. hence, the results of those becoming successful executives would have an absolutely positive impact on the organization. it is not necessary to be afraid of changes as a professional executive wishes to become a leader that brings a positive change to an organization; especially in a reformed era, a leader for change is essentially important to accomplish an organization’s mission [19, 20]. therefore, for a relationship of professional skills that will affect dynamic capabilities and organizational performance, the hr managers must create the connection as an organizational alliance. the managers must uphold the principle of connection creation by transferring news and information to personnel at every level to get mutual perceptions towards the organizational information [15]. managing the system of news and information perception is beneficial in terms of viewing the images of the organization in the same direction and being able to answer questions from others [16]. in addition, effective communication has psychological impacts since it can arouse all colleagues to have ideas in the same direction. giving news and information is like doing marketing within that organization. the personnel can perceive the managerial guidelines of such an organization [18]. work skills work process skills means operating various works emphasizing regular practice, both individual and teamwork, to achieve success and meet the goals in several stages. for this research, it focuses on the variables related to conceptual and theoretical components of work skills as follows: • planning skills it is a process of analysis covering future assessment and consideration of desired objectives, potential environmental states, alternative development for purposive achievement, and alternation of various choices [21]. acemoglu & restrepo [22], shakina et al. [23] claimed that planning skills are primary skills involving the management process of thinking, ability to think and plan or predict to reach the goals, sequencing, decision-making, assigning tasks suitable to the skills and management plan. the above-mentioned are some examples of thinking skills that lead to efficient performance [24, 25]. • technological skills it refers to using information technology skillfully and competently. persons can adjust their actions or methods to do various things suitable for novel situations occurring. these skills are essential and available in performance, bring innovative technologies to help create information technologies cognitively, or facilitate problem-solving by working suitably [26-28]. • reasoning skills these are the skills used to solve problems and make decisions in daily life and at work. it is about critical thinking capability and problem-solving in new situations independent of previous knowledge. giving reasons is a crucial component of cognitive development, while reasoning competence will enhance the learners' other aspects [29, 30]. a professional executive must have the ability to manage people, see through all the work flows from beginning to end, and deploy appropriate strategies to anticipate an effective result of the work [31, 32]. likewise, the systematic design of human resources management, which includes recruitment, promotion, and transfer, job appraisal and evaluation, and employee training and development, should clearly reflect an organization’s strategy. if an organization establishes its strategy to be excellent in services, for example, its human resource management system should develop the ability of employees to effectively respond to the customers’ service needs [12, 33]. hence, regarding a relationship between work skills that will affect dynamic capabilities and organizational performance, managers must be the people who lead change. a change manager is a person who understands the organizational needs to respond to various questions, such as what is needed, where it should begin, and how processes it is to reach such requirements. moreover, it must use strategic conversation to exchange ideas among the work team. importantly, it should have clear mutual visions [25, 30]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 40 emotional skills emotional skills or soft skills are about emotion and society. they are usually developed increasingly from experiences, live use, socialization, and performance, such as communication skills, friendliness, optimism, socialization, social manifestation, personality, arts of speaking, etc. [34]. for this research, it emphasizes the variables associating the concepts and theories of emotions as follows: • adaptability skills lacity et al. [35] define that all persons always respond to their needs. needs are from environments, physical requirements, or requirements influenced by learning. furthermore, we try to adjust ourselves to comply with the external and internal states. whenever we receive or respond to such needs successfully, it is considered a suitable adjustment [36]. • communication skills human beings use communication to respond to needs and achieve survival. in real life, people communicate for different and specific purposes. communication is crucially important. not only does it make the messages effective, but it also helps various work systems continue effectively. if such messages are delivered incorrectly or in the wrong way, such texts cannot reach successfully. if those texts are error or incomplete, the performers cannot anticipate an efficient result [37, 38]. • motivation skills it is any effort which is a push or stimulation to let a person express the behaviors or actions according to the determined directions, with welcomed cooperation and willingness so that it will get more effective for the organization [39-41]. as such, a role model leader can be initiated by self-confidence and life-long learning because every task of executives in human resource department performed would illustrate their confidence toward an organization perceived by their subordinates [42]. learning evaluation means evaluation of individual’s ability through human resource management which indicates an increased ability or not and includes innovation within organization was either created or not [43]. thus, concerning a relationship of work skills that will impact dynamic capabilities and organizational performance, managers must build the employees' motivation and performance. it is about generating joy towards the work to let them work happily together, feel affection for the organization, and be enthusiastic about the work, not just for a single goal of money. the people who dedicate themselves to the organization will have an effort for selfdevelopment. the managers, as leaders, should have clear visions. they should realize what they want and how to deal with it to achieve the result, communicate with everyone to acknowledge, assess the environment, and perceive the organizational potential, and motivate the organization to drive by motives [36, 41]. dynamic capabilities dynamic capabilities are the ability of an organization to integrate, combine, build, and reconfigure/transform its existing resources and capabilities, both internal and external, to respond to the constantly changing environment to achieve performance and maintain competitive advantages [44]. and dynamic capabilities also possibly caused adaptability in human resource development in responding to a long-term crisis. hr research should focus on business model reinvention, skill gap analysis, learning journey design, and implementation and evaluation [45]. pattanasing et al. [44], songkajorn et al. [46] said that dynamic capability is the ability of the organization to manage the resources within it and respond to change rapidly. there are three components: adaptive capability, absorptive capability, and innovative capability. the details are as follows: • adaptability capability adaptive capability is the ability to adjust various components of the organization to be concordant with the response the whole time of changeable market needs. furthermore, the organization should have flexible strategies for worthy resource use [47]. the adaptability also relates to rivals' activities for applying to the activities in such an organization [44, 48]. • absorptive capability today, an organization depends on knowledge and concepts from internal and external sources, especially the external knowledge resources that evolve quickly. hence, various organizations must be capable of absorption. moreover, the employees in such organizations should realize the values of knowledge and external innovations [44, 49]. it should apply and extend the cognitive knowledge to generate learning until it becomes the ability to create innovative and competitive advantages [50]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 41 • innovative capability wilson et al. [51] identified the innovative process in five stages: idea generation, opportunity recognition, idea evaluation, idea development, and commercialization. from the view of organizational capability, lawson and samson [52] interestingly indicated that innovative capability is the ability to change and integrate the existing cognition with the performance resulting in innovation and commercial benefits [44]. organizational performance components of dynamic capabilities, adaptive capability, absorptive ability, and innovative capability thoroughly and consistently affect the competitive advantages. they are involved in the changing market. under the marketing environment, seeking information from the required market on the customers' products and services makes the organization adjust and accept innovative data for applying and developing the innovation [53, 54]. in return, akbari et al. [55] concluded that the innovative performance factors for organizational performance consisted of quality, quantity, time, and costs. in conclusion, for the individual's operations to achieve efficient contributions, one has to have capability, skills, and motivation to attain the determined goals. the efficiency evaluation is based on quality, quantity, time, and operational expenses. from the literature review on skills factor (professional skills, work skills, and emotional skills), dynamic capabilities and organizational performance in section 2 enable the researchers to determine seven hypotheses as follows: • hypothesis (h1): professional skills have a positive effect on dynamic capabilities; • hypothesis (h2): work skills have a positive effect on dynamic capabilities; • hypothesis (h3): emotional skills have a positive effect on dynamic capabilities; • hypothesis (h4): professional skills have a positive effect on organizational performance; • hypothesis (h5): emotional skills have a positive effect on organizational performance; • hypothesis (h6): professional skills have a positive effect on organizational performance; • hypothesis (h7): dynamic capabilities have a positive effect on organizational performance. the hypotheses determination is represented through the research conceptual framework form, as shown in figure 1. the research following this framework enhances the benefits in academic fields and application of business manager development, particularly the managers in the hotel business that take the roles and responsibility towards the business survival in various points as follows: 1) managers could apply the results found in this research to consider in their business strategic plans for organizational administration, management, and human development. 2) managers could use the results of this study as guidance for human resource development in responding to changes and environmental factors, both internally and externally. 3) supports or provision of work-essential skills development activities i.e., emotional management, case studies or roleplays in professional, operational and emotional development. and 4) managers or hotels should pay more attention to their working environment to respond to employee motivation and emotional factors because motivation often depends on satisfaction, feeling and emotion of the majority of workforce [56]. figure 1. research framework professional skills o innovative thinking o active learning work skills o planning skills o technological skills o reasoning skills emotional skills o adaptive capability o communication skills o motivation skills dynamic capabilities o adaptive capability o absorptive capability o innovative capability organizational performance (innovative performance) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 42 3. research methodology this study employed a several quantitative approaches. the steps according to the research process are as follows figure 2. figure 2. research process the personnel management association of phuket – consisting of human resource managers of more than 2,862 hotels, supplied a population source of data for this research. this study used a purposive sampling method with five levels of the likert scaled question and content validity examined by five experts. the questionnaires originally consisted of 43 questions. however, three questions had the ioc value less than a minimum score, and thus a total of 69 questions were included in the study. regarding reliability, testing with 122 samples (32.14% of the sample group) using cronbach’s alpha coefficient. the results in table 1 indicated that reliability coefficient acceptable is generally higher than 0.700. for data analysis, as to be concordant with the agreement of the structural equation model, the minimum size of samples is 280 samples, which is concordant with the number of studied variables at the ratio of 20: 1 variable from a total 400 questionnaires with 384 respondents. table 1. reliability from cronbach’s alpha coefficient variables cronbach’s alpha professional skills 0.8642 innovative thinking 0.8364 active learning 0.8526 work skills 0.8341 planning skills 0.8968 technology skills 0.8765 reasoning skills 0.8546 emotional skills 0.8686 adaptive skills 0.7911 communication skills 0.7952 motivation skills 0.8112 dynamic capabilities 0.8794 adaptive capability 0.8992 absorptive capability 0.8276 innovative capability 0.8832 organizational performance 0.8994 review relevant literature develop a research conceptual framework design a research methodology develop and test research tools collect research data analyze the results of data collection analyze the results of data collection hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 43 the data analysis consisted of 1) factor analysis using confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) to study the concordance of the structural equation model (sem) with the empirical data, 2) pearson's product-moment coefficient, elements relationship analysis of each factor through the spss program, and 3) structural equation modeling, to examine the concordance of the structural equation model. the researcher developed it with empirical data from the questionnaire using the lisrel program. 4. results according to the data derived from the respondents who are the human resources managers the following demographic information received could be concluded in figure 3 as follows: figure 3. characteristics of respondents as shown in figure 3, most of the hotels' human resources managers included in this research were male, aged between 46 and 50, graduated at the master's degree level, and had more than ten years of administrative experience. confirmatory factor analysis and correlation when examining the model consistency with six composites, all of the 12 observable variables, which indicated the statistics, derived from the analysis both before and after adjustment using the comparison of schermelleh-engel, the first data analysis result was not consistent with the empirical data .hence, the researchers adjusted the model again until the various index values accepted that it was concordant with the empirical data as follows :2 =173.09, df =93, 2/df =1.79, p-value =0.00017, gfi =0.93, agfi =0.93, rmsea = 0.032, rmr =0.022.) the result identified that the weight value of every factor had a positive value and was different from 0 by statistical significance at the .01 level (0.672 0.854), as shown in table 2. 220 164 gender male female 6 42 96 162 69 9age 30-35 36-40 41-45 46-50 51-55 56-60 182 198 4education bachelor's degree master's degree doctoral’s degree 22 103 259 experience less than 5 years 5 -10 years more than 10 years hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 44 table 2. composite reliability values construct indicators factor loading t-value r2 innovative thinking it 1 0.972 11.309 0.787 it 2 0.893 9.415 0.652 it 3 0.872 9.548 0.866 active learning al 1 0.868 10.228 0.509 al 2 0.885 10.593 0.509 al 3 0.804 9.421 0.510 planning skills ps 1 0.772 9.209 0.687 ps 2 0.893 11.315 0.752 ps 3 0.702 9.248 0.766 technology skills ts 1 0.985 10.593 0.639 ts 2 0.804 9.421 0.714 ts 3 0.828 9.258 0.766 reasoning skills rs 1 0.608 9.258 0.752 rs 2 0.672 11.593 0.079 rs 3 0.772 12.421 0.453 adaptive skills as 1 0.771 9.289 0.611 as 2 0.668 11.228 0.499 as 3 0.785 11.593 0.539 communication skills cs 1 0.804 12.421 0.514 cs 2 0.772 9.248 0.063 cs 3 0 .88 2 10.562 0.079 work motivation wm 1 0.608 10.209 0.766 wm 2 0.763 11.077 0.627 wm 3 0.785 11.593 0.539 adaptive capability adc 1 0.804 12.421 0.514 adc 2 0.678 9.258 0.766 adc 3 0.882 9.849 0.602 absorptive capability abc 1 0.872 10.209 0.687 abc 2 0.693 10.345 0.752 abc 3 0.772 9.248 0.766 innovative capability inc 1 0.608 11.480 0.079 inc 2 0.882 10.562 0.063 inc 3 0.872 11.442 0.426 organizational performance op 1 0.781 10.287 0.602 op 2 0.773 10.847 0.687 op 3 0.787 12.933 0.542 op 4 0.705 12.521 0.536 op 5 0.804 10.209 0.378 op 6 0.973 9.847 0.357 2=173.09, df =93, 2/df =1.79, p-value=0.00017, gfi =0.93, agfi =0.93, rmsea =0.032, rmr=0.022. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 45 from the research, there might be common method biases (cmb), or mutual measure methods, the same informants/evaluators, similar assessment duration, together evaluation place, the same measure, all positive questions, and the identical meaning of measurement level. the cmb test shown in table 3, however, indicates that the model used for analysis had measurement accuracy through the organizational performance. according to table 3, the model of all variables had a weight value of components between 0.608 and 0.972. the variances explained were between 66% and 64%. furthermore, the components’ reliability was between 0.708 and 0.972. hence, all the variable passed the common method biases (cmb) caused by a mutual measure. table 3. variance of common method biases (cmb) and common method variance (cmv) toward the precision of the organizational performance model construct indicators factor loading % of variance components reliability innovative thinking it 1 0.972 84 0.904 it 2 0.893 0.972 it 3 0.872 0.882 active learning al 1 0.868 67 0.782 al 2 0.885 0.908 al 3 0.804 0.963 planning skills ps 1 0.772 73 0.872 ps 2 0.893 0.872 ps 3 0.702 0.771 technology skills ts 1 0.985 79 0.793 ts 2 0.804 0.972 ts 3 0.828 0.708 reasoning skills rs 1 0.608 82 0.982 rs 2 0.672 0.908 rs 3 0.772 0.763 adaptive skills as 1 0.771 77 0.893 as 2 0.668 0.772 as 3 0.785 0.908 communication skills cs 1 0.804 72 0.904 cs 2 0.772 0.828 cs 3 0.822 0.708 work motivation wm 1 0.608 66 0.885 wm 2 0.763 0.904 wm 3 0.785 0.772 adaptive capability adc 1 0.804 69 0.793 adc 2 0.678 0.872 adc 3 0.882 0.868 absorptive capability abc 1 0.872 71 0.963 abc 2 0.693 0.785 abc 3 0.772 0.904 innovative capability inc 1 0.608 84 0.828 inc 2 0.882 0.908 inc 3 0.872 0.872 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 46 according to table 4, when considering the coefficient correlation matrix at the statistical significance of 0.01 between the variables, it indicates that the variables correlated with the absorptive capability at the highest level are the organizational performance. the relationship is equal to 0.89 and then followed by adaptive capability and innovative capability at 0.87. table 4. correlation of pearson's product-moment coefficient variables innovative thinking active learning planning skill technology skills reasoning skills adaptive skill communication skill work motivation adaptive capabilities absorptive capabilities innovative capabilities organizational performance innovative thinking 1.00 active learning 0.64** 1.00 planning skills 0.53** 0.62** 1.00 technology skills 0.74** 0.71** 0.72** 1.00 reasoning skills 0.58** 0.52** 0.76** 0.69** 1.00 adaptive skills 0.72** 0.82** 0.47** 0.70** 0.72** 1.00 communication skills 0.63** 0.62** 0.73** 0.56** 0.69** 0.72** 1.00 work motivation 0.61** 0.62** 0.72** 0.67** 0.62** 0.77** 0.69** 1.00 adaptive capability 0.75** 0.72** 0.74** 0.62** 0.73** 0.72** 0.77** 0.69** 1.00 absorptive capability 0.82** 0.64** 0.52** 0.71** 0.72** 0.74** 0.71** 0.72** 0.63** 1.00 innovative capability 0.61** 0.74** 0.74** 0.61** 0.62** 0.72** 0.67** 0.62** 0.61** 0.62** 1.00 organizational performance 0.68** 0.51** 0.62** 0.63** 0.58** 0.42** 0.56** 0.69** 0.87** 0.89** 0.87** 1.00 n = 292, significance at: ** p < 0.01 and * p < 0.05 (two-tailed) analysis of hypothesized model the analysis of structural equation model (sem) has to illustrate for the first consideration, whether it is fit with the empirical data .the analysis result revealed that the model 1 (2 =763 .08, df =276, 2 /df =2 .76, p -value =0.00000, gfi =0.97, agfi =0.80, rmsea =0 .052, rmr =0.020) 2/df value is equal to 2 .76 (more than 2), and rmsea value is equal to 0 .054 (higher than 0.05). these values indicate that the model is still not consistent with the empirical data .thus, the researcher had to adjust the model 2 as follows :2 =426 .74, df =292, c2 /df =1.456p-value =0 .00000, gfi =0 .98, agfi =0.92, rmsea =0.044, rmr =0.022 .every value is consistent with the empirical data, as shown in table 5. table 5. acceptable model fit model goodness of fit statics 2 df 2/df p-value gfi agfi rmsea rmr model 1 763.08 276 2.76 0.0000 0.97 0.80 0.054 0.020 model 2 426.74 292 1.46 0.0000 0.98 0.92 0.044 0.022 the causal relationship analysis found that the professional skills have a direct relationship with the dynamic capabilities at the statistical significance of 0/01, which gives the path coefficient de = 0.48). the work skills have a direct relationship with the dynamic capabilities at a statistical significance of 0.05, which provides the path coefficient de = 0.42. emotional skills have a direct relationship with the dynamic capabilities at a statistical significance of 0.05, which gives the path coefficient de = 0.28. dynamic capabilities have a direct relationship with the organizational performance at a statistical significance of 0.01, which gives the path coefficient de = 0.68). professional skills have a direct relationship with the dynamic capabilities at a statistical significance of 0.05, which provides the path coefficient de = 0.48, including having a direct and indirect relationship with the organizational performance at the statistical significance of 0.01, which gives the path coefficient de = 0.57, ie=0.12, te = 0.69, respectively. emotional skills have a direct relationship with the dynamic capabilities at a statistical significance of 0.05, which gives the path coefficient de = 0.28, including having a direct and indirect relationship with the organizational performance at a statistical significance of 0.05, which gives the path coefficient de = 0.24, ie=0.05, te = 0.29, respectively, as shown in table 6 and figure 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 47 table 6. path coefficient and hypothesis testing dependent variables r2 effect independent variables professional skills work skills emotional skills dynamic capabilities dynamic capabilities 0.42 de 0.48** 0.42* 0.28* ie te 0.48** 0.42* 0.28* organizational performance 0.68 de 0.57* 0.49* 0.24* 0.68** ie 0.12* 0.11* 0.05* te 0.69* 0.60* 0.29* 0.68** de = direct effect, ie = indirect effect, te = total effect, * (p<.0.05), ** (p<.0.01) note: 2 =426.74, df =292, 2/df =1.46, p-value=0.00000, gfi= 0.98, agfi =0.92, rmsea= 0.044, rmr =0.022, **(p<0.01) figure 4. research results adaptability skill is crucial for performance in the new normal, and it will affect the new normal. it is because the pandemic has caused every area with uncertainty. moreover, the prediction is unclear. hence, people have no choices. they have adjusted themselves to live and work almost on a daily basis. for example, when the surrounding areas have been impacted by covid-19, each establishment must be adaptable for survival instead of letting the situation be better naturally and expecting better circumstances to come. on the other hand, it can conclude that if any person is adaptable, flexible, and ready to learn problem-solving, it becomes an advantage of the enterprise to stand for a crisis rapidly when the situation is better. and the hypothesis test result is as follows; h1 professional skills have a positive effect on dynamic capabilities accepted h2 work skills have a positive effect on dynamic capabilities accepted h3 emotional skills have a positive effect on dynamic capabilities accepted h4 professional skills have a positive effect on organizational performance accepted h5 emotional skills have a positive effect on organizational performance accepted h6 professional skills have a positive effect on organizational performance accepted h7 dynamic capabilities have a positive effect on organizational performance accepted 5. discussion professional skills factor the study result revealed that the professional skills factor had a relationship affecting the dynamic capabilities and organizational performance, directly and indirectly in the effect size quite highly. it is concordant with the study result of al-ariss and crowley‐henry [57]. as such, the active learning factor tends to be more crucial or influences the performance in the new normal than the innovative thinking factor. it is because of the study result on active learning concerning applying knowledge to develop the work process, including stimulating the advanced thinking process, analysis, evaluation, and authentic practice. such mentioned above, it enhances the experience of solutions. therefore, it is essential to the performance in the new normal that the personnel or employees must be knowledgeable and competent to solve various problems, enabling both organizations and individuals to achieve a survival advantage [58]. 0.48** 0.68** 0.49** 0.42** 0.28** 0.24** 0.57** professional skills works skills emotional skills dynamic capabilities organizational performance hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 48 the human resources managers must be capable of finding out the organizational selling points, and then discover the employers' branding to attract highly potential and qualified employees. the employees will be able to forward the human resources good images and have good experience so that anyone would prefer to work with the organization, seeking the organizational identities and connecting them with others. besides, human resources could become connectors by always creating good relationships with the employees to reach an engagement [59]. work skills factor the study result indicated that the work skills factor is the most important as compared to planning skills facto and performance management. it is because the covid-19 pandemic hugely affected everyone and is unpredictable when it will come to an end. hence, the best way to survive in business sectors, small or huge, including individuals, is to have proper plans, both shortand long-term ones, to increase the liquidity of individuals and business sectors [60]. for constructing the concordance of business competencies, the scope of which factor an organization makes a difference by considering the number of competencies, such as learning leaders, strategic concordance, responsibility, cooperation, human capital, organizational culture, and social responsibility, the substances in these elements show that the organization emphasizes creating competitive advantages through human potential through work skills [61]. emotional skills factor work motivation is a factor influencing performance in the new normal, as motivation has affected individuals’ performance, productivity, and livelihood. another point is emotional intelligence, the cognitive abilities and emotional dimension perception happening with themselves and others. it is because an emotional state is also crucial. a person with emotional intelligence will be able to monitor himself appropriately in each situation to smooth cooperation [62]. when working, a person must talk and communicate with others all the time, such as colleagues, leaders, managers, including customers. communicative skills will clarify what the person wants to tell, or what they receive is correct, clear, and direct to the point, to apply the information acquired fully and completely. as technological advancement rapidly continues, the persons who do not learn might get left behind. the skilled person will always be ready, open, and willing to get new knowledge from their colleagues. they will not rely on traditional methods that affect their performance [63]. dynamic capabilities factor flexibility and adjustability are crucial work skills because change can always happen. flexible persons can survive in every situation and view the problems to be solved flexibly. it is another skill indispensable [64]. furthermore, it should focus on a growth mindset that pushes the persons to improve themselves consistently with the goal of position and work promotion. these persons sacrifice their performance and are eager to learn and develop themselves all the time. it is such an advantage to the organization. therefore, it should keep the persons with a growth mindset well because they can enhance and drive the corporates to be successful [65]. guidelines for managers’ skills development affecting performance in the new normal work motivation: a person can develop self-work motivation by planning and setting the goal to accomplish while working. self-development and positive thinking create a drive to perform the duties one is responsible for. a person with a positive mindset will think more solutions than problems. furthermore, these problems still help the person develop to another level. furthermore, dividing the scope of work and other critical matters assists in avoiding the lead work and failing to meet the deadline. it also helps to deal with disappointment stress and discouragement. it is time to present professionalism and work efficiency to people in the workplace and to clients. finally, giving rewards also drive to complete the tasks [66]. active learning: this skill is about thinking for problem-solving, applying knowledge, including co-interaction with others. hence, developing this part of skills may be supported by the organization or development institute to organize activities for employees in participating, thinking, analyzing, and solving problems, such as a specific or general issue, for developing and supporting the active learning construction for employees [67, 68]. details of necessary skills development of labors in new normal are as the following. 1) realize the change that is going to happen and accept it. it is an "inevitable truth" because whenever you accept the truth of change, you will start finding ways to adapt yourself to survive; 2) improve one’s mindset and be ready to learn new things, including being ready to try out what is new that will be useful in the future since it is essential and regarded as a crucial starting point that helps one to step out of the safe zone towards the development of adaptability skills; 3) set a personal goal by starting with a simple one and gradually increasing the difficulty to improve to progress steadily and securely; hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 49 4) request feedback or comments for improvement. it is like a mirror reflecting what one is doing, whether it is progressing in the correct ways; 5) take action continuously and relentlessly. paying attention to self-development of skills and competencies allows a person to deal with all potential changes. 6. conclusion the new findings of this research to develop an existing new cognitive refers to integrating professional skills, work skills, emotional skills, dynamic capabilities, and organizational performance to achieve the human resources managers' capabilities development. the clear finding is that professional skills had a higher correlation coefficient than other aspects of the variable. therefore, it should have innovative thinking. besides, it includes the being of a person taking a role of work responsibility. a crucial part of becoming a professional human resources manager is that such a person must be concerned about a thinking process, which should be calm, careful, and elaborative in various views. it is because numerous dimensions of society, technology, and performing ways will change dramatically. robots or machines controlled by technology are about to substitute for humans more and more. the other crucial point is active learning, which requires skillful work management. not only be intelligent and knowledgeable in human resources, but human resources managers also have to extend their learning to other fields to be capable of accepting novel roles and duties covering broadly throughout the organization. because of changes that have expanded in the organization, all places rely on the 'human' factor, which always involves. also, it should develop the knowledge of the managers and human resources professionals for consistent learning to let them progress in their work field or other parts of the organization. in addition, it should adjust the corporate culture to be concordant with the conditions of changeable businesses. such changes can occur for various factors. the need for change might be from the organizational personnel's requirements. it is the push generating change in the organization, initiated by the internal organization or the persons performing the duties in the organization, that needs to be changed. the managers can take these research results into consideration along with their business plans. they can plan organizational strategies for management, administration, and human resources, including supporting or allocating various skill-development activities necessary for their performance. such development can be emotional development for performance achievement, a case study or role-play to respond to the development skills requirements of professions, operations, and emotions. moreover, the managers should focus on the environments or atmospheres at work to respond to the needs of work motivation regarding the emotional factor. it is because such a work motive generates the satisfaction, feelings, and emotions of personnel, which is a crucial part. 7. declarations author contributions conceptualization, n.k.r. and s.a.; methodology, n.k.r., y.h., and s.a.; software, y.h. and k.d.; validation, s.a. and k.d.; formal analysis, n.k.r.,y.h., and s.a.; investigation, s.a. and k.d.; resources, y.h. and j.j.; writing— original draft preparation, n.k.r., y.h., and s.a.; writing—review and editing, s.a. and k.d.; visualization, y.h. and j.j.; supervision, n.k.r. and s.a.; project administration, s.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. funding this research was financially supported by the new strategic research project (p2p) fiscal year 2022, walailak university, thailand. acknowledgements this research was financially supported by the new strategic research project (p2p) fiscal year 2022, walailak university, thailand. in this article, assoc. prof. dr. somnuk aujirapongpan is a corresponding author. the authors would like to thank dr. chalermporn yenyuak for her suggestions about statistical data analysis. institutional review board statement this research also was approved by the institutional review board (irb) of the human research ethics committee of rangsit university (rsuerb2022-084), thailand. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 50 8. references [1] bhaskar, a. u., & mishra, b. (2017). exploring relationship between learning organizations dimensions and organizational performance. international journal of emerging markets, 12(3), 593–609. doi:10.1108/ijoem-01-2016-0026. [2] wasik, j. (2012). the old abnormal: how even pimco's bill gross can err. reuters, united states. available online: https://www.reuters.com/article/pimco-abnormal-idukn1e80505n20120106 (accessed on february 2023). [3] örtenblad, a. what does “learning organization” mean? the learning organization, 25(3), 150–158. doi:10.1108/tlo02-20180016. [4] deloitte. (2019). global workforce insight 2019 assessing the predicted 2018 global mobility trends and their continued impact in 2019. deloitte, new york, united states. [5] collings, d. g., & isichei, m. (2018). the shifting boundaries of global staffing: integrating global talent management, alternative forms of international assignments and non-employees into the discussion. international journal of human resource management, 29(1), 165–187. doi:10.1080/09585192.2017.1380064. [6] reiche, b. s., lee, y. t., & allen, d. g. (2019). actors, structure, and processes: a review and conceptualization of global work integrating ib and hrm research. journal of management, 45(2), 359–383. doi:10.1177/0149206318808885. [7] caligiuri, p., mencin, a., jayne, b., & traylor, a. (2019). developing cross-cultural competencies through international corporate volunteerism. journal of world business, 54(1), 14–23. doi:10.1016/j.jwb.2018.09.002. [8] liisa, m., saarenpää, k., & mcnulty, y. (2017). flexpatriates, short-term assignees and international commuters. research handbook of expatriates, edward elgar, cheltenham, united kingdom. [9] lai, i. k. w., & wong, j. w. c. (2020). comparing crisis management practices in the hotel industry between initial and pandemic stages of covid-19. international journal of contemporary hospitality management, 32(10), 3135–3156. doi:10.1108/ijchm04-2020-0325. [10] giousmpasoglou, c., marinakou, e., & zopiatis, a. (2021). hospitality managers in turbulent times: the covid-19 crisis. international journal of contemporary hospitality management, 33(4), 1297–1318. doi:10.1108/ijchm-07-2020-0741. [11] stahl, g. k., brewster, c. j., collings, d. g., & hajro, a. (2020). enhancing the role of human resource management in corporate sustainability and social responsibility: a multi-stakeholder, multidimensional approach to hrm. human resource management review, 30(3), 100708. doi:10.1016/j.hrmr.2019.100708. [12] ren, s., & jackson, s. e. (2020). hrm institutional entrepreneurship for sustainable business organizations. human resource management review, 30(3). doi:10.1016/j.hrmr.2019.100691. [13] thomas, j. c., & carroll, j. m. (1979). the psychological study of design. design studies, 1(1), 5–11. doi:10.1016/0142694x(79)90020-6. [14] garg, s., sinha, s., kar, a. k., & mani, m. (2022). a review of machine learning applications in human resource management. international journal of productivity and performance management, 71(5), 1590–1610. doi:10.1108/ijppm-08-2020-0427. [15] kazmi, s. a. z., naarananoja, m., & kytola, j. (2015). harnessing new product development processes through strategic thinking initiatives. international journal of strategic decision sciences, 6(3), 28–48. doi:10.4018/ijsds.2015070103. [16] deslauriers, l., mccarty, l. s., miller, k., callaghan, k., & kestin, g. (2019). measuring actual learning versus feeling of learning in response to being actively engaged in the classroom. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 116(39), 19251–19257. doi:10.1073/pnas.1821936116. [17] unlu, s. (2018). curriculum development study for teacher education supporting critical thinking. eurasian journal of educational research, 2018(76), 165–186. [18] siburian, j., corebima, a. d., ibrohim, & saptasari, m. (2019). the correlation between critical and creative thinking skills on cognitive learning results. eurasian journal of educational research, 2019(81), 99–114. doi:10.14689/ejer.2019.81.6. [19] meijerink, j. g., bondarouk, t., & lepak, d. p. (2016). employees as active consumers of hrm: linking employees’ hrm competences with their perceptions of hrm service value. human resource management, 55(2), 219–240. doi:10.1002/hrm.21719. [20] meijerink, j., bos-nehles, a., & de leede, j. (2020). how employees’ pro-activity translates high-commitment hrm systems into work engagement: the mediating role of job crafting. international journal of human resource management, 31(22), 2893– 2918. doi:10.1080/09585192.2018.1475402. [21] cook, j., & burchell, j. (2018). bridging the gaps in employee volunteering: why the third sector doesn’t always win. nonprofit and voluntary sector quarterly, 47(1), 165–184. doi:10.1177/0899764017734649. [22] acemoglu, d., & restrepo, p. (2020). robots and jobs: evidence from us labor markets. journal of political economy, 128(6), 2188–2244. doi:10.1086/705716. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 51 [23] shakina, e., parshakov, p., & alsufiev, a. (2021). rethinking the corporate digital divide: the complementarity of technologies and the demand for digital skills. technological forecasting and social change, 162, 120405. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2020.120405. [24] nam, t. (2019). technology usage, expected job sustainability, and perceived job insecurity. technological forecasting and social change, 138, 155–165. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2018.08.017. [25] saramolee, a., hareebin, y., boonkaew, s., aujirapongpan, s., & jutidharabongse, j. (2022). professional skills development affecting organizational learning and corporate performance: an empirical study in thailand. tem journal, 11(1), 234–241. doi:10.18421/tem111-29. [26] colombo, e., mercorio, f., & mezzanzanica, m. (2019). ai meets labor market: exploring the link between automation and skills. information economics and policy, 47, 27–37. doi:10.1016/j.infoecopol.2019.05.003. [27] gonzález, l., garcía-barriocanal, e., sicilia, ma. (2021). entity linking as a population mechanism for skill ontologies: evaluating the use of esco and wikidata. metadata and semantic research. mtsr 2020. communications in computer and information science, 1355, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-71903-6_12. [28] fareri, s., melluso, n., chiarello, f., & fantoni, g. (2021). skillner: mining and mapping soft skills from any text. expert systems with applications, 184, 184,115–125. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2021.115544. [29] dingel, j. i., & neiman, b. (2020). how many jobs can be done at home? journal of public economics, 189. doi:10.1016/j.jpubeco.2020.104235. [30] bochtis, d., benos, l., lampridi, m., marinoudi, v., pearson, s., & sørensen, c. g. (2020). agricultural workforce crisis in light of the covid-19 pandemic. sustainability (switzerland), 12(19), 8212. doi:10.3390/su12198212. [31] beer, m., boselie, p., & brewster, c. (2015). back to the future: implications for the field of hrm of the multistakeholder perspective proposed 30 years ago. human resource management, 54(3), 427–438. doi:10.1002/hrm.21726. [32] dundon, t., & rafferty, a. (2018). the (potential) demise of hrm? human resource management journal, 28(3), 377–391. doi:10.1111/1748-8583.12195. [33] guest, d. e. (2017). human resource management and employee well-being: towards a new analytic framework. human resource management journal, 27(1), 22–38. doi:10.1111/1748-8583.12139. [34] jensen, m. t., & rundmo, t. (2015). associations between work family conflict, emotional exhaustion, musculoskeletal pain, and gastrointestinal problems in a sample of business travelers. scandinavian journal of psychology, 56(1), 105–113. doi:10.1111/sjop.12177. [35] lacity, m. c., khan, s. a., & willcocks, l. p. (2009). a review of the it outsourcing literature: insights for practice. the journal of strategic information systems, 18(3), 130–146. doi:10.1016/j.jsis.2009.06.002. [36] srivastava, a., & patil, p. r. (2020). the future of education, knowledge and skills: the organisation for economic co-operation and development. journal of critical reviews, 7(10), 1324–1330. doi:10.31838/jcr.07.10.260. [37] ansari, a. (2021). the role of interpersonal communication skills in human resource and management. international journal of science and research, 10(11), 916–922. doi:10.21275/sr211118020911. [38] fernández-sanz, l., gómez-pérez, j., & castillo-martínez, a. (2017). e-skills match: a framework for mapping and integrating the main skills, knowledge and competence standards and models for ict occupations. computer standards and interfaces, 51, 30–42. doi:10.1016/j.csi.2016.11.004. [39] song, k., kim, k., & lee, s. (2018). identifying promising technologies using patents: a retrospective feature analysis and a prospective needs analysis on outlier patents. technological forecasting and social change, 128, 118–132. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2017.11.008. [40] putsom, w. (2020). the relationship among organizational climate, leader-member exchanges and affective commitment towards positive organizational behavior of a not-for-profit organization in thailand. journal of business administration the association of private higher education institutions of thailand, 9(2), 146-165. [41] yuan, p. x., & cai, y. (2021). forecasting the development trend of low emission vehicle technologies: based on patent data. technological forecasting and social change, 166, 120651. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2021.120651. [42] tantalo, c., & priem, r. l. (2016). value creation through stakeholder synergy. strategic management journal, 37(2), 314–329. doi:10.1002/smj.2337. [43] butts, m. m., casper, w. j., & yang, t. s. (2013). how important are work-family support policies? a meta-analytic investigation of their effects on employee outcomes. journal of applied psychology, 98(1), 1–25. doi:10.1037/a0030389. [44] pattanasing, k., aujirapongpan, s., & srimai, s. (2019). dynamic capabilities and high performance organization of hotel business: empirical investigation into world class tourism destination. tourism and hospitality management, 25(2), 377–401. doi:10.20867/thm.25.2.8. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 52 [45] lopez-cabrales, a., bornay-barrachina, m., & diaz-fernandez, m. (2017). leadership and dynamic capabilities: the role of hr systems. personnel review, 46(2), 255–276. doi:10.1108/pr-05-2015-0146. [46] songkajorn, y., aujirapongpan, s., jiraphanumes, k., & pattanasing, k. (2022). organizational strategic intuition for high performance: the role of knowledge-based dynamic capabilities and digital transformation. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 8(3), 117. doi:10.3390/joitmc8030117. [47] feizabadi, j., & alibakhshi, s. (2022). synergistic effect of cooperation and coordination to enhance the firm’s supply chain adaptability and performance. benchmarking, 29(1), 136–171. doi:10.1108/bij-11-2020-0589. [48] vakratsas, d., & ma, z. (2009). firm adaptiveness and performance heterogeneity: the case of sales-advertising dynamics in an evolving product market. journal of evolutionary economics, 19(1), 21–40. doi:10.1007/s00191-008-0104-x. [49] zhixiong, x., & yuanjian, q. (2010). research on knowledge absorptive capacity of enterprise. 6th international conference networked computing (inc), 11-13 may, 2010, gyeongju, south korea. [50] zahra, s. a., & hayton, j. c. (2008). the effect of international venturing on firm performance: the moderating influence of absorptive capacity. journal of business venturing, 23(2), 195–220. doi:10.1016/j.jbusvent.2007.01.001. [51] wilson, nicholas. c., & stokes, d. (2005). managing creativity and innovation. journal of small business and enterprise development, 12(3), 366–378. doi:10.1108/14626000510612286. [52] lawson, b., & samson, d. (2001). developing innovation capability in organisations: a dynamic capabilities approach. international journal of innovation management, 05(03), 377–400. doi:10.1142/s1363919601000427. [53] miller, d. (2003). an asymmetry-based view of advantage: towards an attainable sustainability. strategic management journal, 24(10), 961–976. doi:10.1002/smj.316. [54] hareebin, y. (2020). operational guidelines for human capital and innovative tourism entrepreneurs in sustainable tourism perspectives: an analysis of tour operators in the andaman provinces of thailand. abac journal, 40(3), 117–139. [55] akbari, m., bagheri, a., imani, s., & asadnezhad, m. (2021). does entrepreneurial leadership encourage innovation work behavior? the mediating role of creative self-efficacy and support for innovation. european journal of innovation management, 24(1), 1–22. doi:10.1108/ejim-10-2019-0283. [56] filimonau, v., derqui, b., & matute, j. (2020). the covid-19 pandemic and organisational commitment of senior hotel managers. international journal of hospitality management, 91, 1–13. doi:10.1016/j.ijhm.2020.102659. [57] al-ariss, a., & crowley‐henry, m. (2013). self‐initiated expatriation and migration in the management literature. career development international, 18(1), 78–96. doi:10.1108/13620431311305962. [58] collings, d. g., scullion, h., & morley, m. j. (2007). changing patterns of global staffing in the multinational enterprise: challenges to the conventional expatriate assignment and emerging alternatives. journal of world business, 42(2), 198–213. doi:10.1016/j.jwb.2007.02.005. [59] dabic, m., gonzález-loureiro, m., & harvey, m. (2015). evolving research on expatriates: what is ‘known’ after four decades (1970–2012). international journal of human resource management, 26(3), 316–337. doi:10.1080/09585192.2013.845238. [60] conroy, k. m., collings, d. g., & clancy, j. (2017). regional headquarter’s dual agency role: micro-political strategies of alignment and self-interest. british journal of management, 28(3), 390–406. doi:10.1111/1467-8551.12232. [61] fischlmayr, i. c., & puchmüller, k. m. (2016). married, mom and manager – how can this be combined with an international career? international journal of human resource management, 27(7), 744–765. doi:10.1080/09585192.2015.1111250. [62] jais, j., smyrnios, k., & hoare, l. (2015). a validation of the short-term international teaching assignments scale. international journal of business and society, 16(2), 323–338. doi:10.33736/ijbs.571.2015. [63] haynes, p. (2010). information and communication technology and international business travel: mobility allies? mobilities, 5(4), 547–564. doi:10.1080/17450101.2010.510337. [64] konopaske, r., robie, c., & ivancevich, j. m. (2009). managerial willingness to assume traveling, short-term and long-term global assignments. management international review, 49(3), 359–387. doi:10.1007/s11575-009-0147-8. [65] mckenna, s., ducharme, m. j., & budworth, m.-h. (2009). what happens on tour, stays on tour: failure and teams on short term international assignment. research & practice in human resource management, 17(1), 105–117. [66] meyskens, m., von glinow, m. a., werther, jr, w. b., & clarke, l. (2009). the paradox of international talent: alternative forms of international assignments. the international journal of human resource management, 20(6), 1439–1450. doi:10.1080/09585190902909988. [67] starr, t. l. (2009). repatriation and short-term assignments: an exploration into expectations, change and dilemmas. the international journal of human resource management, 20(2), 286–300. doi:10.1080/09585190802670557. [68] starr, t. l., & currie, g. (2009). ‘out of sight but still in the picture’: short-term international assignments and the influential role of family. the international journal of human resource management, 20(6), 1421–1438. doi:10.1080/09585190902909921. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 53 appendix i 1. questionnaire about the respondent’s professional, work and emotional skills professional skills innovative thinking: 1. your work is relevant to innovative thinking. 2. you apply novel ideas to the work. 3. you bring knowledge and skills to use in the operational decision. active learning: 4. you bring knowledge and working skills to extend and develop. 5. you participated in sharing opinions and solving problems in operations. 6. you have lifelong learning methods of working techniques. work skills planning skills: 7. you have a work plan and always go over the work. 8. you prioritize your responsible work. 9. you regularly analyze and evaluate your work. technology skills: 10. you have knowledge and understanding of technological information systems. 11. you have the skills to use instruments and equipment for communication and information storage. 12. you apply the instruments and equipment to the work. reasoning skills: 13. you solve the problems or obstacles in your work using your experiences. 14. you always give causes and effects on your work. 15. you prioritize your work by informing its causes and effects. emotional skills adaptive skills: 16. you predict your work plan in advance. 17. you try to adapt yourself when encountering internal and external problems. 18. you have techniques to eliminate all your frustrations or solve situations to be better. communication skills: 19. you always contact and communicate on your work with colleagues or chiefs. 20. you always take note or conclude the contents through a departmental/division meeting. 21. your organization always informs news and information. motivation skills: 22. you are ready to work to achieve your goals. 23. you are satisfied with the tasks you are assigned. 24. you are satisfied with the welfare and benefits you receive. 2. questionnaire about the respondent’s dynamic capabilities. dynamic capabilities adaptive capability: 1. you always determine the strategic vision and short-term purpose to support the potential change within the organization. 2. the organization enhances the managers' participation in the short-term strategic plan process for achieving the goals and being able to predict potential change. 3. the organization allows the managers to change objectives and strategies timely to achieve the organizational goals when unexpected situations happen. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 54 absorptive capability: 4. the organization intends to build a strategic knowledge database, such as establishing a database-knowledge system suitable for the employees' capabilities, including exchanging knowledge with each other all the time. 5. the organization supports executives and employees at every level to learn and talk to each other regularly to get the information necessary for adaptation. 6. the organization emphasizes the employees' learning by organizing the training of instruments and equipment to increase operational skills. innovative capability: 7. the organization focuses on bringing strategic management models able to apply to the organization's various business processes. 8. the organization emphasizes the assignments appropriate to the employees' ability to let them work effectively. 9. you can analyze the sensing of the signal of change affecting the environments, both internal and external organizations. 3. questionnaire about respondent’sthe organizational performance organizational performance 1. the organization determines the purposes and goals higher than the last three years. 2. the organization organizes the leaders' strategic activities, such as analyzing strategic analysis and determining the strategic operation and control higher than the last three years. 3. the managers of all levels have developed and improved their specific experts higher than in the last three years. 4. the organization determines the marketing position more clearly than in the last three years. 5. the organization has distributive channels more reliably and efficiently on the cost compared to the last three years. 6. the organization has a rate of product development process related to the production technology higher than in the last three years. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 515 issn: 2723-9535 european real estate properties valuation: ten years after adopting ifrs 13 miroslav škoda 1 , kateřina bočková 1* , viera guzoňová 1 1 department of management and economics, dti university, sládkovičova 553/20, 018 41 dubnica nad váhom, slovakia. received 06 june 2023; revised 30 july 2023; accepted 07 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract ifrs 13 had its mandatory implementation on january 1st, 2013. the new accounting standard, which represents one step closer to harmonization between u.s. gaap and ifrs, aims to eliminate inconsistencies in fair value measurement and its related disclosures through the introduction of new reporting requirements, specifically for assets and liabilities with no active markets. although these demands also encompass information concerning financial instruments, our focus was on the disclosure changes related to the fair value of investment properties, previously regulated solely by ias 40. as investment properties comprise the majority of assets in the real estate industry, this sector was further examined. through a statistical analysis of the sample companies’ annual reports for the periods immediately before and after the implementation of ifrs 13, the purpose of our descriptor-explanatory study was to investigate the level of compliance with ifrs 13 fair value disclosure requirements for investment properties in real estate companies in europe. in order to answer this question, we first scrutinized the level of compliance with the new disclosure requirements brought up by the standard and then, intermediated by an adaptation of the model developed by beretta & bozzolan (2008), measured the disclosure quality for both periods considered. after data collection and analysis, our findings reveal that ifrs 13 does affect the disclosure quality of investment properties in real estate companies in europe. overall compliance is very high, while disclosure quality has increased since the implementation of ifrs 13. as a way to further broaden the research related to the more extensive disclosure requirements under ifrs 13, we suggest additional studies be undertaken where the point of view of the real estate companies could be explored. moreover, it would be interesting to investigate whether the increased number of disclosures, both in relation to quantity and quality, is relevant from an analyst’s standpoint. keywords: accounting; ifrs 13; u.s. gaap; real estate; quality; disclosure; statistical analysis. 1. introduction ifrs 13 had its mandatory implementation on january 1st, 2013. the new accounting standard, which represents one step closer to harmonization between u.s. gaap and ifrs, aims to eliminate inconsistencies in fair value measurement and its related disclosures through the introduction of new reporting requirements, specifically for assets and liabilities with no active markets. although these demands also encompass information concerning financial instruments, our focus was on the disclosure changes related to the fair value of investment properties, previously regulated solely by ias 40. as investment properties comprise the majority of assets in the real estate industry, this sector was further examined. in connection with our research, a company can be said to pertain to the real estate industry if it is publicly traded and derives at least 75% of its ebitda from so-called relevant real estate activities, i.e., “(…) the ownership, trading, and development of income-producing real estate” [1]. * corresponding author: bockova@dti.sk http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6658-2742 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3728-628x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2755-8923 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 516 in order to obtain a more general understanding of ifrs 13 and its implications on fair value disclosures of investment properties in real estate companies, we have decided to expand our research across borders by taking into consideration real estate firms listed in europe. according to ifrs [2], a total of 138 jurisdictions (countries) in the world require the application of accounting standards provided by ifrs. of those, the majority (31%) are located in europe, where ifrs has the force of law [2]. therefore, we considered this geographic area to be homogenous enough to be analyzed as a unit. through a statistical analysis of the sample companies’ annual reports for the periods immediately before and after the implementation of ifrs 13, the purpose of our descriptor-explanatory study was to investigate if ifrs 13 affects the disclosure quality for investment properties in real estate companies in europe. in order to answer this question, we first scrutinized the level of compliance with the new disclosure requirements brought up by the standard and then, intermediated by an adaptation of the model developed by beretta and bozzolan (2008) [3], measured the disclosure quality for both periods considered. after data collection and analysis, our findings reveal that ifrs 13 does affect the disclosure quality of investment properties in real estate companies in europe. overall compliance is very high, while disclosure quality has increased since the implementation of ifrs 13. moreover, it would be interesting to investigate whether the increased number of disclosures, both in relation to quantity and quality, is relevant from an analyst’s standpoint. we emphasize that this is a unique study, both from a geographical point of view, when we carried out the evaluation across europe, and from a scientific research point of view, since such an evaluation has not been carried out only in europe so far. this fact is evidenced by the fact that it is not possible to find valid research and investigation outputs in the relevant information sources or databases, which we could subsequently compare with our outputs and express progressive conclusions based on the comparison of verified data. we therefore assume that the results of our research will slowly begin to fill the gap created by this lack of scientific research resources. 2. literature review in a continuous effort towards the convergence of the two biggest set of accounting standards in the world, us gaap and ifrs, the international accounting standards board (iasb) released a new standard in 2011 which aimed at eliminating inconsistencies in the rules regarding fair value measurement and disclosures [4]. the so-called ifrs 13 entitled “fair value measurement”, which came into full effect in january 2013, aggregates all rules and regulations concerning fair value and substituted some related paragraphs in other standards, as ias 40 “investment properties” [5] and ifrs 7 “financial instruments: disclosures” [4], for example. there has been much research completed within the area of fair value measurement, e.g., [6, 7]. however, as this standard is quite new, the amount of research is extremely limited, and the majority of the published information regarding ifrs 13 has been compiled by various accounting and auditing firms. nonetheless, that material has been based mostly on speculation about what implications ifrs 13 might have. no information has been published regarding the actual effects of the new standard. in working research by sundgren et al. [8], which highlights disclosure quality in the real estate industry, they state that their study is “one of the first of its kind within this area” [8]. though in their paper, they focus their attention on the old regulations (ias 40). although ifrs 13 does not include significant changes concerning the methods of fair value measurement, it extensively develops the requirements for disclosures about measurement uncertainty [4]. this can be seen as a big change, especially in contrast to ias 40, which only included rudimentary instructions about mandatory disclosures relative to the appraisal of the fair value of investment properties [8]. concerning our research, the focal point will be the new disclosure requirements for the fair value of investment properties, which can be defined, in this context, as “properties (land and/or building) held by the owner with the purpose of earning rent and/or for capital appreciation” [9]. therefore, any regulatory impact on the fair value disclosures related to financial instruments will be disregarded. the reason for such a choice is that, before the implementation of ifrs 13, some studies, e.g., [8, 10, 11], showed a great degree of variability in disclosure extent and quality regarding investment properties in countries where ifrs is applied. however, previous research published by quagli & avallone [12] emphasized mostly the discussion of the appropriateness of fair value appraisals in comparison to the cost model alternative or on the possible relationship between financial instruments measured at fair value and the financial crisis of 2008, as seen in fahnestock & bostwick [13]. moreover, as there are no active markets for investment properties, the valuation process is not as straightforward as for, e.g., financial instruments, therefore making this an interesting area. leaving aside the merits and risks associated with fair value measurements, if we focus on the changes in disclosure requirements brought up by the new standard, it seems reasonable to assume that a more detailed-oriented regulation of fair value-related information would alter the number of financial statement disclosures by companies that comply at least partly with ifrs 13. though the new standard might increase the number of disclosures, an interesting aspect to investigate is whether the quality of the disclosures improves thereafter. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 517 in this context, we intend to construct our own quality measuring index, based on models previously developed in the literature, in order to investigate if the implementation of ifrs 13 affects fair value disclosure quality for investment properties. before ifrs 13 was developed and issued, a fair value hierarchy only existed for financial instruments; the new standard was accompanied by a new hierarchy that was now to be used for non-financial items [14]. the hierarchy is based on three different levels that use different inputs in order to determine fair value [2]:  level 1 is the level that is given the highest priority; the inputs used here are directly quoted prices that are possible to retrieve from an active market [2]. this level is often used for financial instruments because of the existence of active stock markets, but for many assets and liabilities, it could be extremely difficult or even impossible to identify these types of inputs, and this is where levels 2 and 3 are used instead.  level 2 excludes the inputs from an active market and takes into account other observable data that is either retrieved directly or indirectly. within this level of the hierarchy, it is possible to examine the quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities [2]. for example, when valuing investment properties, this could involve scrutinizing properties that have been bought or sold in the last few years and that are located in a similar area.  though if significant adjustments had to be made to the level 2 inputs, they would clearly be classified as level 3 instead [15]. level 1 includes not only adjusted level 2 inputs but also unobservable ones [2]. these could be generated from within the entity itself; however, when performing these types of valuations, they are often made based on many judgments and assumptions, prone to much subjectivity. 3. material and methods 3.1. research questions and hypothesis from what is presented above, there is a definite shortage of research about ifrs 13 and how it has affected the mandatory disclosures and whether or not there have been any significant changes when it comes to the quality of the disclosures regarding investment properties. in this research context, we will apply the concept of quality developed by beretta & bozzolan [3], in which high-quality disclosures are said to help users make informed economic decisions and provide analysts with useful information for the preparation of more accurate and less dispersed estimates. based on this starting point, our research question is: for real estate companies in europe, what is the level of compliance with ifrs 13 fair value disclosure requirements for investment properties? the purpose of this research is to investigate the impact of ifrs 13 on the disclosure quality of investment properties in europe. the new standard has been accompanied by more elaborate disclosure requirements, especially when using unobservable data as the basis for fair value measurement. the iasb stated in a 2011 report that this standard would be able to reduce the inconsistencies that existed prior. however, though the mandatory disclosures have increased, another aspect of this has to be studied: the quality of the information provided. we intend to investigate whether there are other determinants than quantity that can determine the quality of disclosures. the main preconception pervading our research is that the implementation of ifrs 13 by real estate companies indeed changed/affected their disclosure policies starting from the 2020–2021 reporting period. such an idea is the result of the fact that ifrs 13 became mandatory for public companies in europe from 2013 and forward; consequently, the failure to implement the alterations predicted by the new standard could result in sanctions from market regulators, which, in turn, could negatively affect market confidence in the punished firm. however, it is also expected that not all companies were equally diligent in applying the new rules; therefore, some compliance and quality variation are also believed to be present in our results. our research question has the aim of examining how real estate companies in europe have responded to the disclosure demands brought up by ifrs 13. in order to determine if ifrs 13 has influenced the quality of disclosures in our investigation context, we first need to scrutinize if the new disclosure rules are actually being followed by the companies in our sample. otherwise, any quality variation before and after the implementation of this standard could not be directly connected with ifrs 13. disclosures can take different shapes, both in the form of mandatory and voluntary disclosures. though, when we examine compliance, we refer to the mandatory disclosures that real estate companies are obliged to provide in accordance with the laws and regulations that exist within this particular area. moreover, we believe that compliance is an important aspect to study in this context, as the quality of the disclosures partially depends on how companies decide to apply the regulatory disclosure requirements [16]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 518 in this setting we present the following hypothesis: h0: the average compliance level of real estate companies in europe to ifrs 13 disclosure requirements for investment properties (µc) = 75 %. ha1: the average compliance level of real estate companies in europe to ifrs 13 disclosure requirements for investment properties (µc) > 75 %. ha2: the average compliance level of real estate companies in europe to ifrs 13 disclosure requirements for investment properties (µc) < 75 %. the choice of 75% as our benchmark originates from the fact that it can be expected that the compliance level is relatively high as this regulation has the force of law in this region. though leeway is given, seeing that it is the first year of implementation and some real estate companies might have a longer transition period. we believe that 75% represents a very high compliance level, and, when testing the hypothesis, it will be our task to examine the compliance levels across real estate companies in europe. if the collected average compliance level is equal to 75%, the null hypothesis can be accepted. on the other hand, if we fail to reject the null hypothesis, further analysis will be performed in order to determine if the average compliance level exceeds (ha1) or is inferior to 75% (ha2). in this research, we used a quantitative strategy. in this case, quantitative research refers to the systematic collection and investigation in which a person doing the research collects data from different respondents that is based on numerical figures, and the data obtained is then analyzed for obtaining the results using different mathematical, statistical, and computational tools. the quantitative research design allows the researcher to find averages and patterns. in this concrete study, inclusion criteria comprise the characteristics or attributes that prospective research participants must have in order to be included in the study. common inclusion criteria can be demographic, clinical, or geographic in nature. therefore, exclusion criteria comprise characteristics used to identify potential research participants who should not be included in a study. these can also include those that lead to participants withdrawing from a research study after being initially included. in other words, individuals who meet the inclusion criteria may also possess additional characteristics that can interfere with the outcome of the study. for this reason, they must be excluded. in this case, 958 companies from 4 different countries, from 2 different legal environments were taken into account. data spreads from state statistical evidence (accounting and tax evidence) in concrete countries. 3.2. sampling process the choice of investment properties came naturally to us, as the real estate market is quite large and properties like these that are valued at fair value often use unobservable data inputs. therefore, they automatically become subject to the more extensive disclosure requirements. consequently, it can be assumed that there should be a significant difference in the number of disclosures and their detailed descriptions. epra [15] further states that ifrs 13 was not developed with only investment properties in mind but instead with a much greater focus on financial instruments. having this in mind, our choice of industry seems relevant, and hopefully we will be able to provide a better understanding of how ifrs 13 has impacted this particular sector when it comes to disclosures and the quality of those. in this research, we analyze the information related to fair value disclosures for investment properties present in the annual reports of real estate companies in europe for the years immediately before and after the implementation of ifrs 13, i.e., 2019–2020 and 2020–2021. the reason for not simply stating that we will examine the annual reports for 2019 and 2020 can be explained by the fact that a part of our sample exercise split financial years. to be able to cover companies that prepare their annual reports by fiscal year and split financial year, we will, going forward, use the denotations 2019–2020 and 2020–2021. however, this has no impact on the research as ifrs 13 has effect from january 1st, 2013 or periods that start thereafter. in order to select our sample, we turned our attention to an index constructed by ftse in cooperation with both epra and nareit called the ftse epra/nareit global real estate index series. such an index “is designed to reflect the stock performance of companies engaged in specific aspects of the major real estate markets/regions of the world—the americas, emea (europe, the middle east, and africa), and asia” [1]. further, one of the main reasons that motivated our choice to use this index as our starting point is the rigorous criteria to which real estate companies are subject in order to become a part of it. in this context, some of the main criteria utilized in the construction of this global index include: being listed on selected stock exchanges; providing audited annual reports in english; and deriving at least 75% of its ebitda from the so-called relevant real estate activities, i.e., “…the ownership, trading, and development of income-producing real estate” [1]. besides, the use of this index for sampling purposes was already established in peer-reviewed literature pertinent to financial reporting practices within the real estate sector [10]. moreover, considering that our area of interest in this research is to study only real estate companies in europe, we then focused on a regional index called the ftse epra/nareit europe index, which is part of the ftse hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 519 epra/nareit global real estate index series and is constituted by 94 companies in 16 countries (information updated in 2021). in this context, as our intention is to answer questions about both compliance with the ifrs 13 new disclosure requirements for investment properties and disclosure quality in comparison with the previous regulation (ias 40), our next step was to check if all the constituents of the european index reported exclusively based on ifrs, i.e., without a mix with local rules, both in 2019–2020 and in 2020–2021. this criterion excluded three companies based in turkey and one in slovakia. it was also possible to detect a number of companies that use the cost model as their main valuation tool for investment properties, as well as a few companies that were not publicly listed in both years, making them subject to exclusion as well. furthermore, the remaining companies were also checked for possible early adoption of ifrs 13, which could bring heterogeneity to the sample, but none were found, leaving us with a sample composed of 77 companies from 13 countries. a summary of the performed sampling process is detailed in figure 1. figure 1. sampling process the choice of examining these specific items reflects the disclosure requirements present in ias 40 until the end of 2012, i.e., before the mandatory implementation of ifrs 13 (table 1). table 1. mandatory and voluntary disclosures for 2012-13 mandatory items voluntary items  method is given  assumptions, factors and/or support influencing the valuation is explained  reconciliation between opening and closing balances for investment properties is given  information about the use of independent appraisers is given  vacancy/occupancy rate is given  inflation rate is given  real estate yield/return is given  trend in rental income  fair value breakdown into geographical regions and/or segments we believe that the mandatory items laid out above are the ones that could have the greatest impact on the quality of the disclosures presented in the annual reports for 2019–2020 for several reasons. firstly, information regarding methods and assumptions is essential to being able to understand how a company manages its investment properties, and it increases transparency between the company and outside parties. secondly, the reconciliation between opening and closing balances in fair value allows stakeholders to better comprehend where the changes in fair value for investment properties originate (e.g., acquisitions, disposals, revaluations, etc.), and thirdly, providing information about whether the company has used an independent appraiser or not may enhance the perception of credibility regarding the values reported. a mandatory item that we decided not to include, however, was ‘highest and best use’ as information regarding this criterion is only required when the use of the property is not its highest and best, therefore it is extremely difficult to measure. the voluntary items, on the other hand, were determined using previous literature and through analyzing a few annual reports in order to find out what information that can be disclosed in relation to valuation of investment properties. the hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 520 first three voluntary items and the final one was taken directly from sundgren et al. [8]. we found them relevant as the inflation rate, yield and vacancy/occupancy rate have the possibility to affect the fair value and the parameters that ultimately are parts of the fair value calculations. a sensitivity analysis could, furthermore, be a good way of understanding how sensitive the fair value is in relation to specific assumptions used in the calculations. the other two voluntary items concerning trends and fair value breakdowns were found in some annual reports, and we do believe that this type of information could be useful for investors in assessing the future prospects of a particular company. in this context, we have defined “trend” as showing rental income/expenses for at least three consecutive years, either historically or as expected rental income/expenses for the future. it could also be of interest to understand, either geographically or by segment, what areas are the ones that are contributing the most to the fair value of the investment properties. after the implementation of ifrs 13, the mandatory disclosure requirements have changed, and the examined items have, therefore, also been altered, though the voluntary items are basically the same with only a few variations. this can be seen in table 2. table 2. mandatory and voluntary disclosures for 2020-2021 mandatory items voluntary items  mention hierarchy level  mention valuation technique  show reconciliation between opening and closing balances  mention inputs used  level 3: explain valuation process  vacancy/occupancy rate is given  inflation rate  real estate yield/return is given  trend in rental income is given  fair value breakdown into geographical regions and/or segments as stated before, a major implication of the implementation of ifrs 13 was the introduction of a fair value hierarchy. as this was the most extreme change, the new and extended mandatory disclosure requirements are mostly related to this hierarchy. several disclosure requirements usually only apply to level 3; however, as level 2 is sometimes also used, we have determined the mandatory items by examining ifrs 13 and having both levels in mind. moreover, even though there are some clear differences between the mandatory items for 2019–2020 and 2020–2021, the emphasis is still on the method(s) used and the information given about the valuation process, with only small variations. considering the voluntary items, we have decided to examine the same items as for 2012–2013; however, as a sensitivity analysis is mandatory under ifrs 13, this requirement is now located under mandatory items instead of voluntary items. when studying coverage for each company in our sample, our objective will be to observe if the real estate companies have mentioned any type of information in relation to the topics above. for each topic that has been covered, a 1 will be given; otherwise, 0. the total score that can be reached is 5 for ias 40 and 7 for ifrs 13. finally, the last topic concerns the information provided on rental income/expenses (topic 5a), as this factor tends to be one of the main inputs in the fair value calculation. in this context, we mostly observed disclosures related to future expectations and tenant composition. furthermore, details regarding the tenants become especially important when a few tenants represent a major part of a company’s rental income, and, therefore, information in this regard could allow the reader a better understanding of how the loss of an important tenant could affect the revenues in the company and, ultimately, the fair value of investment properties. regarding the subtopics for 2020–2021, only a few changes have been made in comparison to 2019–2020. topic 1a is substituted by topics 1b, 2b, and 3b (see table 3), which directly relate to the new disclosure requirements brought up by ifrs 13 concerning hierarchy levels, valuation technique, inputs, and the valuation process. under these circumstances, although companies are only obliged to point out which hierarchy levels their investment properties belong to, many firms chose to provide a definition of the ifrs 13 hierarchy, which we suppose was due to the novelty of this classification to the users of financial statements. therefore, such clarification of the levels’ meanings as well as an explanation on why the valued properties were considered to pertain to the reported level were included as subtopics to topic 1b. based on the same reasoning that this information could provide a better understanding of fair value determination, similar subtopics regarding the definition of the used valuation techniques and the reason why specific techniques were chosen are part of topic 2b. furthermore, topic 3b related to the use of inputs and the valuation process encompasses the possible presentation of common inputs used in the fair value calculations, the explanation of how these inputs influence the valuation (positively/negatively) and the rendition of how the valuation model used is constructed. topic 4b (reconciliation of ob and cb), on its turn, remains unaltered in comparison to topic 4a. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 521 table 3. subtopics for 2020-2021 under ifrs 13 topic 1b: hierarchy level • subtopic 1b.1: definition of the levels • subtopic 1b.2: reason why they chose a certain level topic 2b: valuation • subtopic 2b.1: define/explain the valuation technique • subtopic 2b.2: reason why they chose or did not chose a certain approach topic 3b: inputs and valuation • subtopic 3b.1: price per square meter or long-term net operating income margin (level 2) and/or discount rate (level 3) • subtopic 3b.2: how such factors/assumptions influence the valuation • subtopic 3b.3: how the valuation model is constructed topic 4b: reconciliation • subtopic 4b.1: changes in fair value for more than 2 periods topic 5b: use of appraiser • subtopic 5b.1: how often a valuation is made • subtopic 5b.2: use of an external appraiser • subtopic 5b.3: external appraiser report • subtopic 5b.4: name of external appraiser • subtopic 5b.5: more than 1 external appraiser topic 6b: sensitivity analysis • subtopic 6b.1: at least two scenarios are given • subtopic 6b.2: four or more scenarios are given • subtopic 6b.3: table format • subtopic 6b.4: other input than discount rate is given topic 7b: income/expenses • subtopic 7b.1: changes in fair value for more than 2 periods similarly, in regards to topic 6b (sensitivity analysis), another subtopic has been added: whether any other input than the most common one (discount rate) is given. for the subtopics for both 2019-2020 and 2020-2021, it is possible to receive two points for each subtopic fulfilled if the description is done extremely well; otherwise, one point is given, and if no information is provided, a zero is denoted. 3.3. statistical evaluation in order to answer our research question, a number of statistical tests are applied. applied to assess if the normality assumption was satisfied in this context. though there are several other tests within the same area, shapiro-wilk’s test has proven to be superior when it comes to testing for normality, as it is highly sensitive for non-normality, as confirmed by shapiro et al. [17]. there are three different ways in which central tendency can be measured (mean, median, and mode), though the mean is the one that is mostly used. our hypotheses reflect that fact, and therefore, in order to assess them, some specific tests are performed [18]. as we are investigating how the average value of the compliance scores in the sample behaves against a pre-established value of 75% and the standard deviation of the population is unknown, a one-sample t-test is used to test the hypothesis. a one-sample t-test has its best use when the researcher wants to compare the sample mean to a certain test value, which, in our case, is equal to 75% [19]. furthermore, although it is very similar to a z-test, the t-test does not assume that the standard deviation of the population is known [19], which makes it ideal to test the hypothesis. matthews & kostelis [20] recommend the use of a paired-sample t-test when “examining differences between two conditions when the same participants are measured twice in a repeated-measures research design”. in our research, the “conditions” are the quality scores for 2019–2020 and 2020–2021, and the “participants” are the real estate companies being analyzed. as the composition of the sample is exactly the same for both periods, we are basically comparing the results obtained by the companies before and after the implementation of ifrs 13 in a repeated-measures design manner. the interpretation of this test’s results is very similar to the one previously described for the one-sample t-test. however, a low p-value in this case signals that the difference in disclosure quality scores is statistically relevant. furthermore, this test utilizes the so-called f-statistic, which is a result of the variance between groups divided by the variance within groups [21]. the product of this calculation is associated with a corresponding p-value, which, similarly to a t-test, will represent a significant difference between means only when lower than the adopted significance level. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 522 3.4. research limits as for the limitations, time constraints do limit our research in some ways. if we had had more time, it could have been interesting to explore other industries as well; this could have made our study broader. the limited sample size of one industry makes our results hard to generalize to other industries and sectors. furthermore, in this research, we will only utilize and analyze annual reports, disregarding other information that real estate firms may distribute to internal as well as external parties. this choice originates from the fact that annual reports have a more rigid structure and are less sensitive to short-term changes in incentives to disclose due to their long-term orientation, which should result in less disclosure quality volatility than press releases [22]. moreover, we will examine the annual reports from 2013, but as they are the first annual reports published implementing ifrs 13, some firms might not have adopted the new standard completely, as there is always a transition period. concerning our target audience, we aim towards educated parties that possess prior knowledge within the areas of accounting and fair value measurement. this becomes a limitation, as it will be difficult for parties without this knowledge to follow our way of reasoning. we also want to highlight that in this study we will focus our attention on investment properties that are held by the owner, i.e., the real estate companies, hence disregarding investment properties held under financial leases. finally, quality is hard to measure, and as there are no direct quantitative measures, we will develop proxies in order to measure quality; however, this means that there will be subjectivity involved to a certain extent as we develop the proxies ourselves with some guidance from previous research. 4. results below, we will present the descriptive and summary statistics, where the compliance scores as well as the quality scores will be analyzed in relation to firm size, leverage, and profitability. in order to obtain a broader perspective on our sample, composed of a total real estate company, general data concerning firm size, leverage, profitability, and chosen audit firm was collected with the help of datastream and the companies’ annual reports. as previously discussed, these firm-level factors are often considered to have a great impact on firms’ disclosures, especially concerning the amount of corporate information made public [23–25]. therefore, we became interested in examining the relationship between such variables and compliance with ifrs 13 disclosure requirements and, also, overall disclosure quality. the descriptive statistics for the measures of firm size, leverage, and profitability can be seen in table 4. table 4. descriptive statistics (firm size, leverage and profitability) n minimum maximum mean std. deviation variance firm size in 2019-2020 77 m€163,35 m€16.782,50 m€1.579,09 m€2.266,32 5136212.51 debt-to-equity ratio in 2019-2020 77 13.23 256.57 113.66 61.78 3817.26 roe in 2019-2020 77 -14.88 36.82 6.01 9.13 83.37 firm size in 2020-2021 77 m€242,19 m€18.110,96 m€1.774,72 m€2.498,64 6243205.76 debt-to-equity ratio in 2020-2021 77 19.87 236.91 104.39 56.99 3248.10 roe in 2020-2021 77 -21.85 39.36 9.25 9.13 83.34 valid n (list wise) 77 firm size is, in this context, represented by the market capitalization of the company, the amount of leverage by the corporate debt-to-equity ratio, and profitability by return on equity. under these circumstances, by analyzing the frequencies of the first variable for both the period immediately before the implementation of ifrs 13 and the first year of mandatory adoption of such a standard, it’s possible to observe that our sample includes a wide range of firm sizes (from m€163,35 to m€16.782,50 in 2019-2020 and from m€242,19 to m€18.110,96 in 2020-2021), displaying a large spread of values around the mean [26], as its standard deviation reached m€2.266,32 in 2019-2020 and was even higher in 2020-2021. although such statistics might seem undesirable at first glance, the variability in firm sizes serves the purpose of our study, as we are trying to draw a picture of an entire industry. besides, as demonstrated in tables 5 to 7, no significant correlation was found between market capitalization and disclosure compliance (p-value = 0.725), nor between this measure of firm size and the disclosure quality scores (p-value ias40 = 0.524 & p-value ifrs13 = 0.257) obtained in both observed periods and, therefore, will not impact the variability of these measurements. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 523 table 5. correlation between compliance levels and firm-level factors compliance levels debt-to-equity ratio in 2020-21 return on equity in 2020-21 firm size in 2020-21 pearson correlation 1 0.160 -0.070 0.041 sig. (2-tailed) 0.165 0.543 0.725 levels 77 77 n 77 77 table 6. correlation between quality scores (ias 40) and firm-level factors quality score ias40 debt-to-equity ratio in 2019-20 return on equity in 2019-20 firm size in 2019-2 quality score ias40 pearson correlation 1 0.311** -0.044 0.074 sig. (2-tailed) 0.006 0.705 0.524 n 77 77 77 77 table 7. correlation between quality scores (ifrs 13) and firm-level factors quality score ifrs 13 debt-to-equity ratio in 2020-21 return on equity in 2020-21 firm size in 2020-21 quality score ifrs 13 pearson correlation 1 0.267 -0.051 -0.131 sig. (2-tailed) 0.019 0.660 0.257 n 77 77 77 77 additionally, in spite of the fact that the lack of relationship, especially between firm size and disclosure quality, seems to negate the previous findings of ahmed & courtis (1999) [25], which connected larger firms with a greater quantity of disclosures, it’s vital to remember that our measurement of quality takes into consideration more than just the absolute amount of disclosures and considers only information pertinent to the guidelines of ifrs 13 on the fair value of investment properties. concerning the debt-to-equity ratios obtained in the sample, a slight decrease in the average corporate leverage can be seen (from µ1 = 113.66 in 2012–13 to µ2 = 104.38 in 2020–21), which could possibly indicate that some companies raised more equity during the period, for example. in this context, a significant positive correlation (rias40 (75) = 0.311, p-value =0.006 and rifrs13 (75) = 0.267, p-value = 0.019) can be found between this leverage measure and the quality scores both before and after ifrs 13, as tested by tables 7 and 8, which could be interpreted as an increase in leverage being connected with an increase in disclosure quality, although such a relation is weak (both correlations are under 0.4). therefore, this positive relationship falls in line with existing literature [27], which associates better disclosures with high-leveraged firms as a way to decrease information asymmetry with creditors. in regards to the profitability measure based on the return on equity ratios, our sample companies achieved a better average profitability in 2020–2021 than in the year before (µ1 = 6.01 to µ2 = 9.25) based on a slightly lower spread (see table 5). on the other hand, no significant correlation was found between profitability and compliance or disclosure quality, as opposed to lang & lundholm's [28] findings about more profitable companies disclosing more information. at the same time, besides our quality scores being based on other measures beyond disclosure quantity as previously discussed, lang & lundholm [28] also reveal that their results only hold under the condition that a company perceives the information asymmetry between managers and shareholders to be high. lastly, information about which audit firm was responsible for the overview of each company’s accounts was also collected. due to the fact that previous studies mainly focused on the possible differences between companies audited by the big 4 audit firms (pwc, deloitte, ey, and kpmg) in relation to smaller firms (e.g., [8, 25, 29]), we decided to aggregate our data in a binary fashion, where 1 was assigned to companies that are audited by one of the big 4 audit firms and 0, to companies that employ other audit firms. in 2019–2020, only 7.8% of the analyzed companies were audited by smaller audit firms, while in 2020–2021, this percentage fell to 5.2%. under these circumstances, due to the fact that the great majority of the companies in our sample employed one of the big 4 audit firms in both of the periods analyzed, a comparison between these two groups could only provide a distorted description of the possible impact different audit firms may have on disclosure quality and compliance. based on this perception, we refrained from subdividing the sample in that manner for the performance of statistical tests. after collecting information relative to which of the new disclosure requirements regarding the fair value of hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 524 investment properties were effectively applied by the sample companies in their annual reports for 2020–2021, our findings show an average compliance score of 92.42% with a low variance of 0.010 in the first year of mandatory implementation of ifrs 13. such a result expresses a high overall compliance rate with little variability between the real estate companies, as can be seen in table 8. table 8. descriptive statistics for compliance scores 2020-2021 n minimum maximum mean std. deviation variance compliance valid n 77 0.667 1.000 0.92423 0.099513 0.010 (list wise) 77 during the analysis of the annual reports for the year in question, it was possible to notice that many companies went to great lengths to make clear which changes were brought up by ifrs 13, some even dedicating a whole note specifically to the disclosure of additional aspects of fair value estimation for investment properties. with very few exceptions, the real estate companies seemed very deliberate in their efforts to satisfy the new requirements, often even quoting parts of the standard. moreover, 5 of the 6 disclosure requirements examined were satisfied by over 95% of the analyzed firms, with 100% of the reports mentioning which inputs were used in the valuation process for determining investment properties’ fair value. however, the aforementioned good results did not extend themselves to the requirement relative to the presentation of a sensitivity analysis on the quantitative impact the change in input factors has on the fair value of investment properties. in this context, considering that all sample companies had at least some investment properties valued based on level 3 of the ifrs 13 hierarchy, over 30% of the companies failed to fulfill this demand, some of them by bluntly ignoring this part of the standard while others by barely presenting one scenario that could affect fair value. the lack of specifications presented in ifrs 13 regarding what constitutes a sensitivity analysis seems to have confused many companies. the variability in both the format of and the number of scenarios present in this sort of analysis was considerable. table 9 details the compliance levels achieved in each category investigated. table 9. percentage results for compliance with ifrs 13 disclosure requirement compliance yes no state the hierarchy level (1, 2 or 3) 98.7% 1.3% mention the valuation technique 96.1% 3.9% show reconciliation between ob and cb 98.7% 1.3% mention inputs used 100.0% -- level 3 only: describe the valuation process 94.8% 5.2% level 3 only: present a sensitivity analysis 66.2% 33.8% 4.1. hypothesis evaluation our first step in testing hypothesis was to verify if our compliance-related data satisfied the normality assumption associated with parametric tests of means like the t-test, for example [30]. thus, as it can be seen in table 10, the result of the shapiro-wilk’s test points to a non-normal data distribution in the sample, as the p-value was lower than 0.05. table 10. shapiro-wilk's test of compliance levels shapiro-wilk statistic df significance compliance levels 0.69 77 0.000 another difficulty with this data set was the fact that it is negatively skewed (-0.941), i.e., presents a bunching of values to the right and a long tail to the left [18]. the main consequence of this asymmetric distribution is that the mean becomes different than the other measure of centrality, the median, and its negative skewness makes the mean lower than the median [30]. although at first glance, a non-normal and asymmetric sample does not seem like the best candidate for a parametric test, the central limit theorem proclaims that the mean of a large sample (n > 40) still follows a normal distribution, nearly even if the raw data is not normal [26]. therefore, moore et al. [26] defend the use of t-tests for large samples even when the data is clearly skewed. after applying a one-sample t-test to the sample against the hypothesized value of 0.75, we found that it’s possible hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 525 to reject the null hypothesis (h0: µc = 75%) at a 0.05 significance level, as the p-value (0.000) is lower than α (0.05). further, in order to determine which of the alternative hypotheses could be accepted, we looked at the mean difference (0.174). due to the positive value assumed by this measure, we can accept the ha1: µc > 75%. more details on the realized t-test can be found in table 11. table 11. one-sample t-test for compliance test value = 0.75 t df sig. (2tailed) mean difference 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper compliance 15.364 76 0.000 0.174 0.1516 0.1968 further, in order to verify our results, we also checked the values for the mean and median—a more robust measure of center, according to tamhane & dunlop [30]—against the hypothesized value of 0.75. in this context, the sample presents a mean of 0.924 and a median of 1, both values well above 0.75, as well as all quartile values (table 12). therefore, the t-test values can be confirmed, and a high compliance level has been established for the first year of mandatory implementation of ifrs 13. table 12. descriptive statistics ii for compliance valid 77 missing 0 mean 0.9242 median 1.0000 skewness -0.941 std. error of skewness 0.274 kurtosis -0.079 std. error of kurtosis 0.541 25 0.8333 percentiles 50 1.0000 75 1.0000 4.2. level of compliance with ifrs 13 fair value disclosure requirements for real estate investments evaluation in the presented paper, we address the level of compliance that is exhibited among the real estate companies examined in the years 2020–2021, as it is in our interest to understand how well the mandatory disclosures are fulfilled under ifrs 13. after calculating both the mean and median compliance score, the numbers landed at 92.42% and 100%, respectively. the fact that the median is the maximum score that could be achieved shows that most companies studied—more exactly 46 companies, as can be seen in table 13—comply with all the requirements that were examined. the somewhat lower mean indicates that although the overall compliance is very high, there still seems to be some degree of confusion amongst the real estate companies concerning the interpretation of certain requirements of ifrs 13, mainly but not restricted to the presentation of a sensitivity analysis for the fair value of investment properties. table 13. compliance in % for the sample frequency percent valid percent cumulative percent 0.6667 4 5.2 5.2 5.2 0.8333 27 35.1 35.1 40.3 valid 1.0000 46 59.7 59.7 100.0 total 77 100.0 100.0 what may be seen as surprising is that no relationships were found between the compliance scores and the firm-level factors, namely profitability (return on equity), firm size, and debt-to-equity. these results contradict the previous findings published in lang & lundholm [28] or ahmed & courtis [25], with the former one stating that higher profitability levels usually increase the number of disclosures, at least when information asymmetry tends to be high, and the latter one pointing out that firm size frequently exhibits a positive correlation with the number of disclosures. notwithstanding, it is important to clarify that the authors achieved these findings through the analysis of all corporate information made public in annual reports, while our study focused solely on disclosures relative to the fair value of investment properties; consequently, the application of our results should be restricted to this context. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 526 furthermore, after examining the annual reports and analyzing the results, it is clear that the guidance that ifrs 13 provides still allows for a great amount of leeway concerning how to apply the disclosure requirements present in the standard. this conclusion is aligned with the reasoning stated by ball [31], as the shown flexibility leads to a somewhat uneven implementation [31]. when conducting this research, the lack of guidance was primarily visible in the area of providing a sensitivity analysis during 2020–2021, where many different interpretations of the meaning of a sensitivity analysis were evident. this forced us as researchers to define, originating from the standard, what a sensitivity analysis in this study would be comprehended as. even though one of the main objectives of this new accounting standard was to increase the transparency and consistency of disclosures (iasb, 2011), our results reinforce the idea that further improvements are still needed in order to fully reach these goals. this is particularly true when the concept of consistency is taken into consideration, as different interpretations of a standard often lead to different reporting practices, consequently making an objective comparison between information disclosed by different companies very difficult. such a lack of comparability, in turn, goes against the ifrs framework’s specification of the qualitative characteristics that should permeate corporate disclosures. moreover, as previously discussed, research within the area of compliance is very scarce, and, therefore, no uniform theory when it comes to compliance with mandatory disclosure requirements can be found in the literature [32]. as a result, this study becomes quite unique as it contributes to providing a framework for how compliance can be measured and which firm-level factors could influence it. this paper has studied an interesting aspect of ifrs 13, and by combining this with quality, it has been possible to contribute valuable knowledge. we believe that it is important to evaluate the new accounting standards that have been implemented. thereby, not restricting disclosures to the quantity of disclosures, as it has been visible that more information does not necessarily mean better or higher quality information. though quantity can be a means of providing more information, it is crucial to look deeper into the information that is provided and the value of those facts. however, a difference between companies as well as countries is most likely inevitable since ifrs points out that the disclosures depend on what the management deems to be material to the relevant stakeholders. this, by its definition, introduces subjectivism to some degree, which differs between companies. 5. discussion when conducting research, it is essential that the process and findings are of good quality. there are three main criteria for ensuring this: reliability, validity, and generalizability [33]. in our case, we believe that the reliability can be considered high; however, in order for consistent results to be found, it would be crucial to make an identical study, as the smallest change in items or topics could alter the findings. furthermore, it is important to remember that this process has required us as researchers to make some interpretations of the regulations studied and the disclosures made by the real estate companies. the interpretations in this case have contributed to a small degree of subjectivity, and if this study were repeated, the interpretations could perhaps differ as different researchers look at things in different ways. though we have been able to mitigate this issue in our study by continuously discussing how interpretations should be made. moreover, the clear structure of what to examine has also aided us in making fewer interpretations. it is nonetheless important to keep in mind that other researchers may interpret things differently. another important quality criterion is validity, which concerns whether the values used to measure a certain concept in fact measure that particular concept [33]. in order to justify the validity of this study, our research has been based on previous studies made within the same area, and it has been our focus to use as much of the prior knowledge as possible when constructing our own model. this has ensured that the measures we have used are valid, as they have been used before for similar purposes. the thorough research process has furthermore made us discover that this area of research is very specific, and the peer-viewed articles we have gone through regarding how to measure disclosure quality have therefore been very explicit in their content. this has made it clear that the measures used have been related to the measurement of disclosure quality. additionally, we have kept a questioning mind when developing and adapting the model used to ensure that the indicators used have in fact measured the concept of disclosure quality. in relation to the quality of research, an additional important feature is the criteria of generalizability, which implies that it should be possible to generalize the findings to other similar contexts than the one studied [33]. for our research, we have used a sample from a recognized index that represents the real estate industry. what we have been able to find is that there is a broad range of real estate companies in regards to profitability, size, and leverage. this shows that the companies examined are very different in many aspects, and the index represents a variety of real estate companies. one questionable area could be the size of the sample; the findings based on 77 companies could be debatable when it comes to generalizing the results. though we believe that the index used represents the industry well and gives a good overall picture of the disclosure quality for the real estate industry in europe. we can hence conclude that our findings hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 527 are generalizable to similar real estate companies like the ones studied i.e., publicly listed real estate companies that adopts ifrs 13 in valuing their investment properties. when this research was initiated, the intention was to fill a gap that we found to be highly relevant. ifrs 13 was implemented in 2013 and since then no research has been conducted regarding disclosure quality for investment properties. there have been much done in relation to fair value measurement, however the impact of the new standard has been unexploited, although it has meant significantly more extensive disclosure requirements for the lower levels of the fair value hierarchy. it was possible to find various sources of information about the expected impacts though it had not yet been feasible to study the actual impact as no annual reports where ifrs 13 were adopted had been issued yet. this is where we found our research gap, the annual reports after the first year of implementing the new standard had now been released and it would be viable to examine these. nonetheless, with the intention of investigating if ifrs 13 have had a significant impact on the quality, the decision was made to compare the annual reports for 20192020 and 2020-2021, under the old and new regulations. after a thorough examination of approximately 150 annual reports, it was possible to draw conclusions about our findings. this showed that the overall compliance level with the disclosure requirements under ifrs 13 had a mean and median of 92.4% and 100% respectively. this suggests that the level of compliance is very high though it is only the first year of implementation. regarding the disclosure quality, we could already notice an improvement while reading the annual reports. it was very apparent that the real estate companies studied showed more commitment to disclosing more information about their investment properties and the related fair values in 2019-2020 than in 2020-2021. the disclosures were furthermore more detailed and extensive under ifrs 13 than ias 40. after analyzing our data in spss an improvement in disclosure quality was visible and it further showed that the result was significantly different from the prior year. after this result was found, we examined different origins and compared the quality scores between the real estate companies. this gave the result that companies with a slovak origin tend to outperform companies from the other origins. french and german origin companies are inclined to perform quite evenly when disclosing information about investment properties and fair value. nonetheless, french origin companies displayed the highest variability in their quality scores in comparison with the other origins. lastly, english origin real estate companies presented the lowest quality scores. the main research question can in this context be answered by stating that ifrs 13 have affected the disclosure quality for investment properties in real estate companies in europe, and the change has been positive as it has improved. however, as we state in the introduction of our paper, due to the lack of relevant scientific information sources, we are unable to compare our findings and to identify similarities and differences, and in this context to structure and generalize our conclusions. only older studies are available [34-37], and here we can state that the findings in these studies basically copy our findings, but we must take into account the time factor, which can have a significant influence on the interpretation of the results. from newer sources, we can mention [38-40] and [41, 42] as a possible source of comparison, which, however, provide data of a different nature and are not suitable for comparing our findings. however, they fundamentally complement our claims and not only in the european context. throughout this research we have kept in mind the ethical aspects. special consideration has been given to the fact that we have utilized public information and that there are several issues connected with this. as we have used annual reports which have been examined by auditors, we have found the information in these reports to be reliable and we have further only interpreted it in its original context which has been aimed at providing information about the company and its operations to various stakeholders. it is moreover important to point out that we have not had any preconceptions regarding our findings which has ensured the objectivity of this study. the intention of this research was to be able to contribute to several interested parties in different ways. as intended target audience we focused on academics, legislators, investors and auditors. for academics it was our objective to be able to build upon prior knowledge and research within this area. we have provided new insights into this area by presenting how disclosure quality can be measured for one single standard without having to scrutinize all the content in the annual reports. this opens up the possibility for other academics to study other accounting standards as well as examining the effect of future standards that might be implemented. secondly, this research was also intended to benefit and contribute to legislators. the idea in this context was to provide information regarding the impact of ifrs 13 and if it has had the desired effects. as stated in previous studies [43-45], ifrs 13 aimed at increasing the transparency of what methods and assumptions that were used. through this study we have been able to confirm that ifrs 13 has in fact increased the transparency in real estate companies as most of them disclose more detailed information about both methods and assumptions, than what was disclosed prior under ias 40. nevertheless, it is apparent that ifrs 13 is still quite unclear and many interpretations are still needed when adopting this standard. this was visible when examining the annual reports, for example, the companies studied had interpret the concept of a sensitivity analysis in very dissimilar ways. some companies had given information about how different changes in inputs actually would alter the fair values hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 528 in numbers while others had only given brief information saying that a change in an input would affect the fair values positively or negatively without presenting actual numbers. these findings indicate that further guidance would most likely be needed for a better consistency between these companies to be reached. investors was another group that was addressed in this research. when investing in a real estate company, where investment properties comprise the majority of the assets, it is crucial to understand the fair values and how those have been calculated in order to reduce the risks from an investor’s point of view. this study has in a clear manner examined how well these companies have actually disclosed this type of information and emphasized where information might be missing. this could help potential investors’ in being more attentive to specific information and in their decision-making. finally, we also believed that this study could contribute to auditors. here the idea was to find out how well real estate companies in general comply with the mandatory disclosure requirements and, through that, be able to shed some light on the areas where incompliance can be seen most frequently and to what areas more attention should be given. by performing this research, it became viable to discover that, in relation to ifrs 13, several companies within this industry do not comply with providing a sensitivity analysis; in fact, almost 34% of the companies in our sample did not provide this information. this is, in other words, an area that auditors should scrutinize more closely. when conducting this research, the perspective taken was that of the legislators in order to assess the efficacy of the new legislation, though there are other interesting perspectives that could be taken. one idea could be to carry out a qualitative study and investigate the effects of ifrs 13 from the real estate companies’ point of view. it would then be possible to examine how these companies have been affected by the new standard and what this has meant for them workwise. another perspective could be that of an analyst. we have been able to find an increase in disclosure quality; however, it would be interesting to know whether this extra information is relevant from an analyst’s standpoint. 6. conclusion as final remarks, it is essential to point out that this is a unique study, as disclosure quality has been examined by limiting it to a specific standard and area, as well as the whole annual reports, not just the notes. however, it has not been possible to generalize the level of quality found to the entire annual report and the overall quality. we have limited ourselves to drawing conclusions regarding disclosures about fair value and the relationships that exist in relation to that information. a final consideration is that despite using objectivism, we have not constructed new knowledge; we have simply collected data from already existing facts and drawn new conclusions. with further research within this area, in the shape of the previous suggestions given, it would be feasible to cover more aspects and broaden the research related to the more extensive disclosure requirements under ifrs 13. this could, moreover, lead to additional results and findings from which a more profound evaluation could be performed regarding the usefulness and efficiency of ifrs 13. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.s., v.g., and k.b.; methodology, m.s. and v.g.; investigation, m.s., v.g., and k.b.; resources, k.b.; writing—original draft preparation, m.s., v.g., and k.b.; writing—review and editing, m.s., v.g. and k.b. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. acknowledgements the authors gratefully acknowledge dti university, slovakia for supporting this work. 7.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.6. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved in the study. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 529 7.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] ftse russell (2023). ftse epra nareit global real estate index series. london, united kingdom. available online: http://www.ftse.com/products/indices/epra-nareit (accessed on may 2023). [2] ifrs. (2015). analysis of the ifrs jurisdiction profiles. the international financial reporting standards foundation (ifrs), london, united kingdom. available online: https://www.ifrs.org/use-around-the-world/ (accessed on may 2023). [3] beretta, s., & bozzolan, s. (2008). quality versus quantity: the case of forward-looking disclosure. journal of accounting, auditing and finance, 23(3), 333–375. doi:10.1177/0148558x0802300304. [4] christian, d., & lüdenbach, n. (2012). ifrs 13 fair value measurement. ifrs essentials, 513–525, john wiley & son, hoboken, united states. doi:10.1002/9781119207917.ch43. [5] ey global crs, (2012). ifrs 13 fair value measurement. 21st century real estate values. implications for the real estate and construction industries. available online: https://www.ey.com/en_tw/tax/tax-alerts/applying-ifrs-fair-value-measurement (accessed on may 2023). [6] richard dietrich, j., harris, m. s., & muller, k. a. (2000). the reliability of investment property fair value estimates. journal of accounting and economics, 30(2), 125–158. doi:10.1016/s0165-4101(01)00002-7. [7] laux, c., & leuz, c. (2009). the crisis of fair-value accounting: making sense of the recent debate. accounting, organizations and society, 34(6–7), 826–834. doi:10.1016/j.aos.2009.04.003. [8] sundgren, s., mmki, j., & somoza-lopez, a. (2015). cross-country differences in disclosure quality: a study of fair value disclosures by european real estate companies. ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.2546747. [9] devalle, a., & rizzato, f. (2011). fair value application and disclosure of investment properties (ias 40). international journal on gstf business review, 1(1), 1-15. [10] edelstein, r., fortin, s., & tsang, d. (2012). an international exploration of financial reporting practices in the real estate industry. international real estate review, 15(3), 347–372. doi:10.53383/100161. [11] muller, k. a., riedl, e. j., & sellhorn, t. (2011). mandatory fair value accounting and information asymmetry: evidence from the european real estate industry. management science, 57(6), 1138–1153. doi:10.1287/mnsc.1110.1339. [12] quagli, a., & avallone, f. (2010). fair value or cost model? drivers of choice for ias 40 in the real estate industry. european accounting review, 19(3), 461–493. doi:10.1080/09638180.2010.496547. [13] fahnestock, r. t., & bostwick, e. d. (2011). an analysis of the fair value controversy. journal of finance and accountancy, 8, 1-12. [14] bdo. (2013). need to know ifrs 13 fair value measurement. report, bdo international, zaventem, belgium. available online: https://www.bdo.global/en-gb/microsites/ifrs/ifrs-accounting-standards/ifrs-faqs/topic108 (accessed on may 2023). [15] epra. (2013). epra position paper on ifrs 13: fair value measurement & illustrative disclosures. european public real estate association (epra), brussels, belgium. available online: https://www.epra.com/media/epra_position_paper_on_ifrs_13 _february2013_1360061211090.pdf (accessed on june 2023). [16] kothari, s. p. (2000). the role of financial reporting in reducing financial risks in the market. conference series-federal reserve bank of boston, june 2000, boston, united states. [17] shapiro, s. s., wilk, m. b., & chen, h. j. (1968). a comparative study of various tests for normality. journal of the american statistical association, 63(324), 1343–1372. doi:10.1080/01621459.1968.10480932. [18] saunders, m., lewis, p. and thornhill, a. (2012) research methods for business students. pearson education ltd., harlow, united kingdom. [19] salkind, n. (2012). encyclopedia of research design. in encyclopedia of research design (vol. 1). sage publications. doi:10.4135/9781412961288. [20] matthews, t. d., & kostelis, k. t. (2019). designing and conducting research in health and human performance, john wiley & son, hoboken, united states. doi:10.4324/9780429452314. [21] harris, r. j. (2001). a primer of multivariate statistics. psychology press, london, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9781410600455. [22] lang, m. h., & lundholm, r. j. (2000). voluntary disclosure and equity offerings: reducing information asymmetry or hyping the stock? contemporary accounting research, 17(4), 623–662. doi:10.1506/9n45-f0jx-axvw-lbwj. https://www.lseg.com/en/ftse-russell http://www.ftse.com/products/indices/epra-nareit https://www.ey.com/en_tw/tax/tax-alerts/applying-ifrs-fair-value-measurement https://www.bdo.global/en-gb/microsites/ifrs/ifrs-accounting-standards/ifrs-faqs/topic108 https://www.epra.com/media/epra_position_paper_on_ifrs_13%20_february2013_1360061211090.pdf https://www.epra.com/media/epra_position_paper_on_ifrs_13%20_february2013_1360061211090.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 530 [23] cooke, t. e. (1989). voluntary corporate disclosure by swedish companies. journal of international financial management & accounting, 1(2), 171–195. doi:10.1111/j.1467-646x.1989.tb00009.x. [24] olusegun wallace, r. s., naser, k., & mora, a. (1994). the relationship between the comprehensiveness of corporate annual reports and firm characteristics in spain. accounting and business research, 25(97), 41–53. doi:10.1080/00014788.1994.9729927. [25] ahmed, k., & courtis, j. k. (1999). associations between corporate characteristics and disclosure levels in annual reports: a meta-analysis. british accounting review, 31(1), 35–61. doi:10.1006/bare.1998.0082. [26] moore, d. s., mccabe, g. p., alwan, l. c., & craig, b. a. (2016). the practice of statistics for business and economics. wh freeman and company, new york, united states. [27] iatridis, g. e. (2011). accounting disclosures, accounting quality and conditional and unconditional conservatism. international review of financial analysis, 20(2), 88–102. doi:10.1016/j.irfa.2011.02.013. [28] lang, m., & lundholm, r. (1993). cross-sectional determinants of analyst ratings of corporate disclosures. journal of accounting research, 31(2), 246. doi:10.2307/2491273. [29] patton, j., & zelenka, i. (1997). an empirical analysis of the determinants of the extent of disclosure in annual reports of joint stock companies in the czech republic. european accounting review, 6(4), 605–626. doi:10.1080/09638189700000003. [30] tamhane, a., & dunlop, d. (2000). statistics and data analysis: from elementary to intermediate. pearson, upper saddle river, united states. [31] ball, r. (2006). international financial reporting standards (ifrs): pros and cons for investors. accounting and business research, 36(sup1), 5–27. doi:10.1080/00014788.2006.9730040. [32] glaum, m., schmidt, p., street, d. l., & vogel, s. (2013). compliance with ifrs 3-and ias 36-required disclosures across 17 european countries: company-and country-level determinants. accounting and business research, 43(3), 163–204. doi:10.1080/00014788.2012.711131. [33] bryman, a., & bell, e. (2011). business research methods (3rd ed.). oxford press, new york, united states. [34] busso, d. (2014). does ifrs 13 improve the disclosure of the fair value measurement? an empirical analysis of the real estate sector in europe. gstf journal on business review (gbr), 3(4), 1–7. [35] sundgren, s., mäki, j., & somoza-lópez, a. (2018). analyst coverage, market liquidity and disclosure quality: a study of fair-value disclosures by european real estate companies under ias 40 and ifrs 13. international journal of accounting, 53(1), 54–75. doi:10.1016/j.intacc.2018.02.003. [36] muller, k. a., riedl, e. j., & sellhorn, t. (2008). consequences of voluntary and mandatory fair value accounting: evidence surrounding ifrs adoption in the eu real estate industry. working paper no. 09-033, harvard business school, boston, united states. [37] alhaj ahmad, f. b., & aladwan, m. s. (2015). the effect of fair value accounting on jordanian investment properties. international journal of financial research, 6(4), 99-113. doi:10.5430/ijfr.v6n4p99. [38] patsis, p., liapis, a., & christos, g. (2023). a consistent implementation of ifrs 13 and ias 36 for non-current assets. kne social sciences, 271–297. doi:10.18502/kss.v8i1.12651. [39] feghali, k. a., jreije, r. m., & bahnan, n. (2023). suitability and relevance of the fair value measurement under ifrs 13 vs. historical cost: application to the lebanese banking sector. international journal of accounting and business finance, 9(1), 1–26. doi:10.4038/ijabf.v9i1.131. [40] tlemsani, i., mohamed hashim, m. a., & matthews, r. (2023). the impact of ifrs adoption on saudi arabia. journal of islamic accounting and business research. doi:10.1108/jiabr-11-2022-0304. [41] mehnaz, l., rahman, a., & kabir, h. (2022). relevance of supplementary fair value disclosures under market uncertainty: effects on audit fees and investors’ pricing. managerial auditing journal, 37(7), 819–849. doi:10.1108/maj-07-2021-3263. [42] henderson, d. (2022). fair values and compensation contracting: evidence from real estate firms. journal of business finance and accounting, 49(5–6), 627–657. doi:10.1111/jbfa.12576. [43] agana, j. a., zamore, s., & domeher, d. (2023). ifrs adoption: a systematic review of the underlying theories. journal of financial reporting and accounting. doi:10.1108/jfra-08-2022-0317. [44] gardi, b., aga, m., & abdullah, n. n. (2023). corporate governance and financial reporting quality: the mediation role of ifrs. sustainability (switzerland), 15(13), 9869. doi:10.3390/su15139869. [45] elmghaamez, i. k. (2023). the causes and effects of ifrs adoption speed: diffusion of innovation theory perspective. international journal of managerial and financial accounting, 15(2), 135–184. doi:10.1504/ijmfa.2023.129862. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 761 issn: 2723-9535 design of 360° dead-angle-free smart desk lamp based on visual tracking jian sun 1, yan liu 2* 1 department of plastic design, general graduate school, dong-a university, busan 49315, korea. 2 nanjing university of the arts, nanjing 210013, china. received 12 september 2023; revised 18 november 2023; accepted 25 november 2023; published 01 december 2023 abstract objectives: this study aims to design a dead-angle-free smart desk lamp. methods: the convolutional neural network (cnn) algorithm was used to realize the identification and positioning of objects. then, the desk lamp arm was driven according to positioning to realize dead-angle-free illumination. in the subsequent testing, the designed desk lamp was compared with others driven by the support vector machine (svm) and back-propagation neural network (bpnn) algorithms. findings: the cnn algorithm implemented in the smart desk lamp demonstrated superior target recognition performance and positioning accuracy when compared to the other two algorithms. moreover, with this algorithm, the smart desk lamp efficiently generated tracking responses for targets and displayed minimal positioning errors once tracking became stable. novelty: the novelty of this article lies in the utilization of the cnn algorithm to achieve visual tracking for a smart desk lamp, which serves as the basis for its automatic adjustment. keywords: smart desk lamp; visual tracking; convolutional neural network; image recognition. 1. introduction the emergence of smart homes has significantly enhanced the convenience of people's lives. within this context, lighting fixtures have evolved into products that can be adjusted and optimized through intelligent control [1]. table lamps, which belong to the category of lighting equipment, usually provide illumination for specific areas like desktops. traditional desk lamps do not change their lighting angle and intensity once they are set, but users' positions and postures can vary during the use of the lamp. consequently, the initially appropriate fixed angle may no longer be suitable, and users are unable to adjust the desk lamp in real-time [2]. this has led to the emergence of smart desk lamps capable of autonomously adjusting the light angle or intensity [3]. the smart desk lamp proposed in this paper leverages vision tracking technology to facilitate autonomous light angle adjustment, aiming to provide comprehensive illumination coverage. relevant studies in the field of smart lighting are as follows. luo et al. [4] introduced a human location-based indoor smart lighting system to enhance the energy efficiency of existing indoor lighting systems. experimental results demonstrated that this system enhanced indoor lighting energy efficiency by at least 15%, with an error rate of less than 2%, compared to conventional voice-controlled lighting systems. hajjaj & miki [5] proposed an innovative approach to enhance the performance of smart lighting systems by estimating individual illuminance levels and desired color temperatures in workplace environments. * corresponding author: bieyanne21333@yeah.net http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0003-4563-6256 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 762 experimental outcomes revealed that power consumption in workplaces could be reduced by using distributed luminance to meet each user's lighting preferences. additionally, sun & yu [6] introduced an indoor smart lighting control approach based on a distributed multi-intelligent framework, which exhibited higher intelligence and efficiency. this approach contributes to the advancement of intelligent lighting technology. wojnicki et al. [7] proposed a coherent and formal method for generating lighting control systems from graph-based environmental descriptions. in a pilot deployment of over 3,500 lighting points in krakow, poland, the generated cag reduced energy consumption by up to 34% when applied as the control system. luo et al. [4] proposed a human positioncentered indoor intelligent lighting system to enhance the energy efficiency of existing indoor lighting systems. experimental results demonstrated that, compared to current voice-controlled lighting systems, this system can increase the energy efficiency of indoor lighting by at least 15% with an error rate below 2% [8]. wang [9] designed an intelligent lighting control system based on wireless sensor networks and validated the effectiveness of this system through tests. previous studies have focused mainly on large-scale illumination when discussing intelligent lighting. however, in practical life, there is also a need for small-scale lighting tools such as desk lamps. therefore, the objective of this study is to enhance desk lamps by integrating them with visual tracking algorithms, enabling them to function as smart desk lamps capable of automatically illuminating targets from all angles. this paper provides a concise introduction to the smart desk lamp, which is based on visual tracking, and outlines its regulatory and control strategies. furthermore, it presents a case study of the smart desk lamp. initially, the performance of the convolutional neural network (cnn) algorithm for target object recognition and localization within the smart desk lamp was tested. then, it was compared with the support vector machine (svm) and back-propagation neural network (bpnn) algorithms. subsequently, the target object tracking capability of the smart desk lamp was tested. the overall structure of this article is "abstract introduction introduction to vision-based smart desk lamp case study discussion conclusion". 2. smart desk lamp based on visual tracking 2.1. the basic structure of the smart desk lamp a desk lamp is a type of lighting fixture designed to illuminate desktops and other small areas. traditional desk lamps, while adjustable in terms of height and angle, require manual adjustments. once set, their height and angle generally remain constant [10]. when users engage in long-term tasks under the illumination of a desk lamp, it can be difficult for them to maintain their position and posture [11]. this difficulty may result in blind spots in the lighting provided by the desk lamp, leading to shadows within the illuminated area. the severity of these shadows can vary and may have different effects on the user [12]. the limitations have been addressed by the emergence of smart desk lamps incorporating advanced control technology [13]. the vision-tracking-based smart desk lamp proposed in this paper leverages machine vision provided by a camera to autonomously adjust its lighting height and angle. the basic structure of this smart desk lamp is depicted in figure 1. figure 1. basic structure of a smart desk lamp hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 763 the overall configuration of the smart desk lamp includes a base, a desk lamp arm, a desk lamp head, servos, a camera, and a rangefinder [14]. among these components, the base, desk lamp arm, and desk lamp head adhere to conventional desk lamp design [15]. four servos are employed to adjust the height and angle of the lamp head. as per the control strategy, servo no. 1 controls the left and right movements of the light source, servo no. 4 regulates the vertical movements of the light source, while servo nos. 2 and 3 govern the distance. the camera and rangefinder are integrated into the head of the desk lamp for capturing images and determining the distance between the lamp head and desktop. these captured images are essential for enabling visual tracking and providing the basis for servo adjustments [16]. 2.2. adjustment strategy for the smart desk lamp this smart desk lamp utilizes image recognition technology [17] to identify and locate the target object under the desk lamp. it adjusts the motion of the servos based on identification and localization to keep the position of the target object in the image within a certain range, ensuring visual tracking and automatic adjustment [18]. figure 2 shows the control strategy of the smart desk lamp based on visual tracking, and its control steps are described below. the camera and rangefinder collect images and lamp head distance cnn recognizes targets target exists? turn off the lamp no target in the center of the image? yes adjust servo nos. 1 and 3 lamp head distance meets the setting? adjust servo nos. 2 and 3 yes no no yes figure 2. control strategy for smart desk lamp based on visual tracking  the camera and rangefinder mounted on the head of the desk lamp are used to capture images within the illumination range of the desk lamp and the distance between the head of the desk lamp and the desktop.  the cnn algorithm [19] is used for target recognition and localization based on the captured images. the basic structure of the cnn algorithm consists of input and output layers, a convolutional layer, and a pooling layer. the captured images are input into the input layer, followed by convolutional feature extraction in the convolutional layer using a convolutional kernel [20]. the corresponding equation is: 𝐻𝑖 = 𝜎(𝐻𝑖−1 ⊗ 𝜔𝑖 + 𝑏𝑗) (1) where 𝐻𝑖 and 𝐻𝑖−1 are the feature maps output from the 𝑖𝑡ℎ and 𝑖 − 1𝑡ℎ layers [21], 𝜔𝑖 is the weight in the structure of the 𝑖𝑡ℎ layer, 𝑏𝑖 the bias in the structure of the 𝑖𝑡ℎ layer, and 𝜎(0) is the activation function. after that, the pooling layer compresses the convolutional features. mean pooling [22] is used, that is, the pooling box takes the mean value of the data inside the box when it slides on the convolutional feature map. finally, the results are output in the output layer, i.e., recognize the target object in the target box (the marker to be tracked by the light source of the desk lamp) and give the coordinates of the target box in the image [23].  whether there is a target object in the captured image is determined. if not, automatically turn off the lamp and return to step: if there is a target object, go to the next step.  whether the target object is in the center of the image is determined according to the target box coordinates. if not, servo nos. 1 and no. 3 adjust the position of the light source. for example, if the target object is positioned slightly higher in the image, servo no. 3 will be used to move the lamp head upwards; if the target object is positioned slightly to the right in the image, servo no. 1 will be used to move the lamp head towards the right. simply speaking, servo no. 1 and no. 3 will move the lamp head in the direction of the target object in the image, and then return to step: if the target object is in the center of the image, go to the next step.  whether the distance between the lamp head and the desktop meets the set conditions is determined. if it does, return to step: if it does not, adjust the height of the lamp head by servo nos. 2 and no. 3, and then return to step. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 764 3. case study 3.1. smart desk lamp related parameters the desk lamp head was an led lamp with a power of 11 w and an illumination of 564 lx. the arm length of the desk lamp located below was 40 cm, while the arm length of the desk lamp located above was 30 cm. the base had dimensions of 30 cm 30 cm30 cm. the servo model number was rc05p. the camera model number was hdq15. the rangefinder model number was 4c96-hx8o-30m. 3.2. experimental setup (1) testing of target recognition algorithms the target recognition algorithm used for visual tracking was first tested. the camera was utilized to capture 200 images containing the target object and 200 corresponding background images that do not contain the target object. 60% of them were used as the training set, and the remaining 40% were used as the test set. when preprocessing images, the image was firstly cropped or resized to a size of 400500 pixels. then, a gaussian filter was applied to reduce noise in the image, followed by binarization. the relevant parameters of the cnn algorithm were set as follows. the specification of the convolution kernel was 2 × 2. the activation function used was the sigmoid function. the specification of the pooling box was 3 × 3. the mean pooling was used in the box [24]. the stochastic gradient descent method was used for training. the learning rate was set as 0.1. the maximum iteration count was set as 200. in order to further verify the effectiveness of the cnn algorithm, the svm and bpnn algorithms were used for comparison. both of the above algorithms extract scale invariant feature transform (sift) features here, from the image first. in the svm algorithm, the sigmoid kernel function was used, and the penalty factor was set to 2. as to the relevant parameters of the bpnn algorithm, the number of nodes in the hidden layer was set to 30, the activation function was sigmoid, and the training was done by the stochastic gradient descent method [25]. the learning rate was set as 0.1. the maximum iteration count was set as 200. (2) testing of the smart desk lamp the recognition and response of the smart desk lamp towards a target object were tested. firstly, the camera was blocked, and an initial lamp arm posture was set. then, a target object was randomly placed in the shooting range of the camera. next, the block was removed, and the recognition and tracking behaviors of the desk lamp to the target object were observed. moreover, the timing was started at the moment when the block was removed and ended when the lamp arm started to move. this period was defined as the response time for recognizing and tracking a target object with the designed smart desk lamp. afterwards, the effectiveness of the smart desk lamp in tracking the moving target object was tested. a target object was placed in an initial position. the target object was pulled in the set direction using the transparent thin line, and the change of the desk lamp was observed. the response time of the desk lamp to the moving target object, i.e., the time between the moments when the target object was pulled and the moment when the lamp arm started to move, and the following direction of the light source of the desk lamp, were recorded. the direction of pulling the target object was set as forward, backward, left, and right, and each direction was repeated five times. the target object was reset before each repetition. 3.3. test results the partial recognition and localization results of the three target recognition algorithms for the desktop target object are shown in figure 3. it can be seen that the recognition and localization results obtained using the cnn algorithm seems more accurate, and the localization and recognition box was just enough to frame the target; although the svm and bpnn algorithms framed out the target object in the image, their localization boxes deviated from accurately enclosing the entire target. figure 3. some recognition and localization results of three target recognition algorithms hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 765 firstly, the recognition and localization ability of the cnn algorithm for target objects was tested and compared with the svm and bpnn algorithms, and the results are shown in table 1. from the point of view of the recognition performance of the target object, the cnn algorithm had the best target object recognition performance, followed by the bpnn algorithm, and the svm algorithm had the worst recognition performance; from the point of view of the localization performance of the target object, the svm algorithm had the largest average error of localization, followed by the bpnn algorithm, and the cnn algorithm had the smallest average error. table 1. recognition and localization performance of three target recognition algorithms svm bpnn cnn recognition accuracy/% 76.1 90.1 98.7 recall rate/% 75.8 89.3 97.9 f-value/% 75.9 89.7 98.3 average positioning error/mm 3.57 1.24 0.54 the average response time and the average tracking and localization error of the smart desk lamp for randomly placed target objects, as well as moving target objects, are shown in table 2. when the target object was randomly placed and did not move, the smart desk lamp had an average response time of 0.33 s to track it, and the average positioning error was 0.53 mm after the light source was stabilized. table 2 shows the average response time of the lamp to track the target object when it moves from its initial position in different directions, and the light source was able to move with the moving direction. after the target object stopped moving, the average error of localization when the desk lamp was stabilized was approximately 0.55 mm. table 2. response time and tracking error of smart desk lamps for randomly placed as well as moving target objects target object state average response time/s light source mobility average tracking and positioning error/mm randomly placed 0.33 0.53 move forward 0.35 move forward 0.56 move backward 0.34 move backward 0.55 move to the left 0.33 move to the left 0.55 move to the right 0.34 move to the right 0.56 4. discussion a smart desk lamp is a type of desk lamp that possesses smart control capabilities, automatically adjusting brightness, color temperature, and lighting range by sensing ambient light and human activity to achieve comfortable lighting effects. visual tracking technology is a computer vision-based technique that analyzes human activities and postures in images or videos for target tracking and behavior recognition. by combining smart desk lamps with visual tracking technology, these smart lamps are able to monitor human activities and postures in real-time using visual tracking technology, automatically adjusting brightness and lighting range based on this information. additionally, leveraging visual tracking technology enables personalized lighting control, enhancing work efficiency and comfort. the cnn algorithm was employed in the visual tracking technology used in the smart desk lamp. it first utilized the cnn algorithm to recognize and locate the target in the image and then adjusted the lamp arm based on the target's position to maintain it as closely as possible to the desired image location. performance tests were conducted on the cnn algorithm during subsequent case analyses, followed by testing of the smart desk lamp's tracking responsiveness. additionally, a comparison was made with the svm and bpnn algorithms, and the obtained results are shown above. the cnn algorithm, with the help of convolutional kernels, was able to extract local features from images. moreover, the combination of local features extracted by multiple convolutional kernels formed overall features, which allowed the cnn algorithm to obtain more comprehensive and detailed features compared to the other two algorithms. as a result, it performed exceptionally well in object recognition and localization tasks. additionally, this also led to smaller tracking errors when using the cnn algorithm for target tracking. the fast image processing capability of the cnn algorithm enabled it to respond quickly to changes in target positions. the limitation of this article lies in solely using the cnn algorithm to enable the desk lamp to track targets. while it partially addresses the issue of lighting range, practical applications necessitate not only an appropriate lighting range but also suitable light intensity. hence, a potential future research direction would involve incorporating automatic adjustment functionality for lighting intensity. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 766 5. conclusion the article first introduced the structure of the smart desk lamp, then proposed a cnn-based adjustment control strategy, and finally conducted an example analysis of the smart desk lamp. during the analysis process, a comparison was made between the cnn, svm, and bpnn algorithms. finally, the tracking response and tracking error performance of the desk lamp were tested. the results demonstrated that, compared to the svm and bpnn algorithms, the cnn algorithm possessed a greater advantage in recognizing and locating targets. moreover, when confronted with changes in targets, the smart desk lamp equipped with the cnn algorithm was capable of responding faster and tracking more accurately. the contribution of this article lies in the utilization of the cnn algorithm to achieve target recognition and positioning, thereby enabling control of the smart desk lamp to track and adjust targets. this paper provides a valuable reference for a fully adjustable, dead-angle-free smart desk lamp. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, j.s. and y.l.; methodology, j.s.; software, j.s.; validation, j.s. and y.l.; formal analysis, j.s.; resources, j.s.; data curation, j.s.; writing—original draft preparation, j.s.; writing—review and editing, j.s.; visualization, j.s.; supervision, j.s.; project administration, j.s.; funding acquisition, j.s. and y.l. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] oxholm, e., hansen, e. k., & triantafyllidis, g. (2018). auditory and visual based intelligent lighting design for music concerts. eai endorsed transactions on creative technologies, 5(15), 154452. doi:10.4108/eai.10-4-2018.154452. [2] satheesh, k. r., nandhini, m., safana, a. m., & swapna, m. s. (2018). an energy efficient intelligent lighting system of led based on motion and wireless technology. international journal of advance research, ideas and innovations in technology, 4, 274–278. [3] hajjaj, m., miki, m., & shimohara, k. (2020). the effect of utilizing distributed intelligent lighting system for energy consumption in the office. applied sciences (switzerland), 10(6), 274–278. doi:10.3390/app10062004. [4] luo, h., zhang, t., zou, y., liu, c., hu, x., & lv, y. (2021). development of an indoor intelligent lighting system based on occupants’ positioning. international journal of pattern recognition and artificial intelligence, 35(11), 1–18. doi:10.1142/s0218001421590412. [5] hajjaj, m., & miki, m. (2019). distributed intelligent lighting system by performing new model for illuminance and color temperature in the workplace. intelligent control and automation, 10(01), 1–12. doi:10.4236/ica.2019.101001. [6] sun, f., & yu, j. (2020). indoor intelligent lighting control method based on distributed multi-agent framework. optik, 213, 1– 10. doi:10.1016/j.ijleo.2020.164816. [7] wojnicki, i., kotulski, l., sędziwy, a., & ernst, s. (2017). application of distributed graph transformations to automated generation of control patterns for intelligent lighting systems. journal of computational science, 23, 20–30. doi:10.1016/j.jocs.2017.09.011. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 767 [8] mahbub, m., hossain, m. m., & gazi, m. s. a. (2020). iot-cognizant cloud-assisted energy efficient embedded system for indoor intelligent lighting, air quality monitoring, and ventilation. internet of things, 11, 100266. doi:10.1016/j.iot.2020.100266. [9] wang, l. (2020). home intelligent lighting control system based on wireless sensor. journal of engineering, design and technology, 18(5), 1231–1240. doi:10.1108/jedt-07-2019-0187. [10] mahbub, m., hossain, m. m., & gazi, m. s. a. (2020). iot-cognizant cloud-assisted energy efficient embedded system for indoor intelligent lighting, air quality monitoring, and ventilation. internet of things, 11, 1–26. doi:10.1016/j.iot.2020.100266. [11] banoun, k.v. (2019). integrating intelligent lighting into broader connected ecosystems. lighting, 39, 32-34. [12] wang, b., & wang, f. (2021). research on intelligent lighting distributed control algorithm based on sensor network technology. microprocessors and microsystems, 81, 103729 1–103729 9. doi:10.1016/j.micpro.2020.103729. [13] guo, x. (2021). a study of smart lighting in smart cities. proceedings of business and economic studies, 4(2), 25–30. doi:10.26689/pbes.v4i2.2028. [14] li, z., li, j., li, x., yang, y., xiao, j., & xu, b. (2020). design of office intelligent lighting system based on arduino. procedia computer science, 166, 134–138. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2020.02.035. [15] tonomura, a., miki, m., tamura, s., tomioka, r., & aida, h. (2019). an intelligent lighting system to speed up illuminance convergence by dynamically classifying the relationship between illuminance sensors and lights. journal of the illuminating engineering institute of japan (shomei gakkai shi), 103(2), 75–83. doi:10.2150/jieij.170000563. [16] lan, c. (2019). optimization design of intelligent lighting system in architectural external environment art. basic & clinical pharmacology & toxicology, 125, 109–110. [17] wang, w. (2019). research on energy management method of intelligent lighting in office buildings. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 242(6), 1–5. doi:10.1088/1755-1315/242/6/062036. [18] grzesiak, w., solnica, d., guzdek, p., iwanicki, p., maćków, p., maj, t., polak, a., & zaraska, k. (2018). intelligent lighting systems with a very high value of color rendering index. przeglad elektrotechniczny, 94(8), 9–12. doi:10.15199/48.2018.08.03. [19] bramwell, c. (2019). intelligent lighting and the internet of things. building services & environmental engineer: the authoritative voice of the industry, 38, 26. [20] wagiman, k. r., & abdullah, m. n. (2018). intelligent lighting control system for energy savings in office building. indonesian journal of electrical engineering and computer science, 11(1), 195–202. doi:10.11591/ijeecs.v11.i1.pp195-202. [21] khosravi, m., & tsokas, p. (2019). integrating intelligent lighting nation-wide. lighting, 39, 28–28. [22] dong, p. (2018). application of intelligent lighting control system in different sports events in sports venues. light and engineering, 26(4), 165–171. doi:10.33383/2018-126. [23] hao, l., & gao, j. (2018). intelligent lighting system of urban road based on internet of things. light and engineering, 26(4), 150–156. doi:10.33383/2018-125. [24] kim, s. (2017). infrared variation reduction by simultaneous background suppression and target contrast enhancement for deep convolutional neural network-based automatic target recognition. optical engineering, 56(6), 063108. doi:10.1117/1.oe.56.6.063108. [25] pei, j., huang, y., sun, z., zhang, y., yang, j., & yeo, t. s. (2018). multiview synthetic aperture radar automatic target recognition optimization: modeling and implementation. ieee transactions on geoscience and remote sensing, 56(11), 6425– 6439. doi:10.1109/tgrs.2018.2838593. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iot.2020.100266 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 282 issn: 2723-9535 constructing calculus concepts through worksheet based problembased learning assisted by geogebra software yerizon 1*, i made arnawa 2 , nisa fitriani 1, nor’ain mohd tajudin 3 1 department of mathematics, universitas negeri padang, padang, indonesia. 2 department of mathematics, andalas university, padang, indonesia. 3 department of mathematics, sultan idris education university, tanjung malin, malaysia. received 13 april 2022; revised 16 july 2022; accepted 21 july 2022; available online 16 august 2022 abstract this study aims to produce a valid, practical, and effective calculus learning worksheet using a problem-based learning method assisted by geogebra software in improving problem-solving skills. this worksheet serves as a guide to students in constructing the calculus concepts through the provided instructions according to the problem-based learning syntax. furthermore, the construction process was carried out using geogebra software. students are given scaffolding to construct concepts. this research is development research. this study employs a plomp model, which consists of three stages, namely the preliminary study, development or prototyping, and assessment phases. the subjects are 32 students in class xi.2 at the state senior high school of 14 padang. the results showed that the worksheet produced was valid, practical, and effective in improving students' problem-solving abilities. this implies that it would assist students in constructing calculus concepts. furthermore, it showed that geogebra is capable of visualizing abstract calculus concepts, which enables students to understand higher mathematical thinking on the main concept of calculus. in conclusion, the use of geogebra in mathematics learning is able to help students construct mathematical concepts and improve their problemsolving abilities. keywords: calculus; geogebra; problem-based learning; plomp model. 1. introduction mathematics is a very abstract subject for students, which makes it difficult for teachers to carry out the learning process in class [1]. calculus is very important in modern science and technology [2]. however, many studies have reported that students find it difficult to understand [3, 4]. difficulties occur because they have limited prior knowledge of learning calculus [5]. some topics which are quite difficult for students to understand include limits [6, 7]. students have difficulty understanding the relationship between the graphs of a function in the form of a parameter with derivatives [8-10]. they also have difficulty determining the definition of a definite integral [11, 12]. the low knowledge of students on the topic of calculus also has an impact on other subjects [13, 14]. the difficulties faced by students are mainly in the visualization of abstract concepts, and the alternative solution to overcome the difficulties is to integrate the use of technology into the process of teaching and learning. the use of technology can be beneficial as it enhances problem-solving, critical and creative thinking, as well as mathematical thinking skills [1]. currently, there are many types of software for learning mathematics that are capable of improving * corresponding author: yerizon@fmipa.unp.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-03-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0800-0585 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1629-6881 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 283 students' understanding [15] and helping in eliminating misconceptions [16]. furthermore, they are capable of carrying out calculations, painting graphics, creating tables, and creating various representations [17]. meanwhile, various attempts have been made to overcome these difficulties. case & speer [18] examined strategies that may be used by teachers to assist students in understanding the abstract ideas of calculus and reasoning in the calculus theorem. furthermore, adams & dove [4] used flipped learning to improve students' learning outcomes and perceptions of calculus. carnell et al. [5] examined the difference in the ability of students that have taken calculus and those that have yet to. dawkins and epperson examined traditional calculus learning with problem-solving-oriented labs. however, these studies did not yield good results because the calculus material is still abstract for students [3]. therefore, it is necessary to involve students in constructing the calculus concept. this is because the concept is abstract and needs to be visualized for easy understanding. by visualizing, it becomes possible to improve the calculus learning process by involving students in problem-solving, modeling concepts, and solving open-ended problems [19]. consequently, they are able to understand the calculus concept comprehensively [20]. one software that is used and a free, open-source mathematics software program, capable of carrying out various representations and mathematical explorations that are easy to use by teachers and students is geogebra. this software is able to overcome the difficulties experienced by students [1]. understanding mathematical ideas and concepts would be easier through various representations and their relationships. geogebra is very supportive of drawing points, lines and all conics. furthermore, it has a special feature capable of finding the important points of a function, for example, the extreme points of a function. it also has the ability to deal with numerical, vector, point, find derivatives and carry out integral functions as well as offer commands such as roots or extreme values [21]. using the geogebra program, it becomes possible to visualize and manipulate abstract geometry objects quickly, accurately, and efficiently. this program functions as a learning medium that provides visual experiences to students in interacting with geometry concepts [22]. geogebra is very useful as a medium for learning mathematics with a variety of activities, which include [23-25]:  as a demonstration and visualization medium for certain mathematical concepts. therefore, it produces geometric drawings quickly and with greater precision than using a pencil, ruler or compass. furthermore, it is used to ensure that the painting is correct.  as a construction tool for certain mathematical concepts with animation and manipulation movement (dragging) facilities, which aids in providing clearer visual experience to students in understanding geometric concepts.  as a tool for the discovery process to find a mathematical concept and the correct answer to mathematical calculations. therefore, making it easier for teachers or students to investigate the properties that apply to a geometric object. many studies have reported that geogebra mathematical software is capable of improving the mathematics learning process by involving problem-solving, modeling mathematical concepts and solving open-ended problems. therefore, it enables students to understand mathematical concepts in a comprehensive manner [19, 20]. tatar and zengin [1] discovered that geogebra is an effective tool for teaching and learning mathematics. furthermore, it is effective in improving students' proof of ability and used as a medium to help users construct mathematical concepts. it also demonstrates or visualizes mathematical concepts [26, 27]. farihah [28] reported that the learning outcomes of students using geogebra in learning straight line equation graphs were better than those that did not. the process of students building their own knowledge, with its assistance, generates new and more meaningful knowledge. khalil et al. [29] and alkhateeb and al-duwairi [30] also reported that geogebra has a significant influence on students' mathematical abilities. therefore, teachers should design mathematics learning with the help of geogebra because students understand better when they see the visual form of a math topic. previous research using geogebra has been carried out by several researchers. tatar and zengin [1] use geogebra in constructing the concept of definite integral. maravillas et al. [7] used geogebra to improve students' understanding of the concept of limit. bulut et al. [20] investigated the use of geogebra in constructing the concept of division. kusumah et al. [22] looked at the effect of using geogebra in learning three-dimensional geometry. joshi & singh [26] discussed the use of geogebra in understanding the concept of linear equations. based on this, it is necessary to study the use of calculus concepts, especially the relation of derivatives to the slope of the tangent line. furthermore, it is necessary to make worksheets that would assist students in constructing calculus concepts with the help of geogebra. in the construction process, problem-based learning stages were used, which includes several phases of learning, namely 1) orientation phase, which involves exposing students to real-world problems, 2) engagement phase, where students are involved in problem-solving activities, 3) inquiry and investigation phase, where students carryout investigations to solve problems and 4) debriefing, where students carry out questions and answers as well as discussions related to problem-solving activities [31]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 284 in this worksheet, instructions on how to use geogebra were provided in order to assist the students in constructing calculus concepts. therefore, this study aims to produce valid, practical and effective student worksheets based on problem-based learning assisted by geogebra (lkpd-pbl-g). the worksheet should be valid in terms of content, presentation, language, graphics, and practical in terms of implementation, time, ease of use, as well as effective in terms of its potential impact on solving students' mathematical problems. the questions that need to be answered in this study are:  how is the validity of lkpd-pbl-g based on the aspects of content, presentation, language, and graphics?  how is the practicality of lkpd-pbl-g based on the aspects of implementation, time and ease of use?  how is the effectiveness of lkpd-pbl-g based on its potential impact on students' problem-solving abilities? 2. methodology this study employs a plomp model of development, which was developed by tjeerd plomp. it consists of three stages, namely preliminary research [32], development or prototyping phase, and assessment phase [33]. furthermore, this model has been used by many researchers such as [34, 35]. 2.1. preliminary research phase this stage aims to ascertain what is needed for the development of the learning tools that will be produced. it is divided into several activities, which include needs, student, curriculum, and concept analysis. needs analysis was carried out by interviewing teachers, observing learning in class and providing questionnaires as well as test questions to ascertain students' mathematical problem-solving abilities. student analysis was carried out to determine the characteristics of students, which include academic abilities, hobbies, preferred worksheet forms and preferred colors. curriculum analysis was carried out to determine the indicators, sequence and coverage of the material required according to the predetermined core competencies. lastly, concept analysis was carried out by identifying the main concepts, detailing, and systematically arranging the teaching material according to the presentation order. 2.2. development or prototyping phase based on the preliminary analysis, a worksheet was developed. subsequently, a formative evaluation was carried out by taking into account the feasibility of content, language, presentation and graphics. the formative evaluation was carried out in accordance with the steps suggested by tessmer (1993) [32] as shown in figure 1. figure 1. formative evaluation of tessmer's (1993) development hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 285 self-evaluation involves the assessment of products that have been designed using a checklist of product characteristics or specifications (the result is called prototype 1). expert review involves seeking the opinion of an expert i.e. asking for expert opinion to provide assessments and suggestions on products, in order to determine the validity in regards to feasibility of content, language, presentation and graphics (the result is prototype 2). the average validation result data from experts were categorized into five as shown in table 1 [36]. table 1. average validation score criteria level of achievement qualification information 90% 100% very good no need to revise 75% 89% good revised as necessary 65% 74% enough pretty much revised 55% 64% less much revised 0 54% very less revised in total 2.2.1. one-to-one evaluation activity in this activity, the students were called one by one using a worksheet. the work process observed was to be used by students, recording their comments and asking about the difficulties they are experiencing (the result is prototype 3). the details of the assessment aspects are shown in table 2. table 2. one-to-one evaluation aspects no. assessment aspect assessment component 1 content difficulty level, clarity, activity instructions, attractiveness, recency of material. 2 learning design readability, clarity of learning objectives, logical logic of material delivery 3 implementation the level of ease and / or difficulty of use, possible difficulties encountered, and others. 2.2.2. small group evaluation small group evaluation was carried out using a small group worksheet, which consisted of 6 students with heterogeneous abilities. it aims to identify deficiencies in the prototype 3 worksheets from the aspects of presentation, readability, implementation, suitability of time allocation, and ease of learning tools use. the instrument used were the implementation observation sheet and participant's response questionnaire (the result is called prototype 4). data collection was carried out through interviews and distribution of questionnaires. the questionnaires contained questions posed to students and teachers, which include about the presentation of lkpd-pbl-g, aspects of ease of use, time and readability. the criteria for the questionnaire are shown in table 3 [37]. table 3. categories of practicality questionnaire results on lkpd-pbl-g (student and teacher responses) no. level of achievement (%) category 1 81 – 100 very practical 2 61 – 80 practical 3 41 – 60 quite practical 4 21 – 40 less practical 5 0 – 20 impractical 2.3. assessment phase based on the results of the small group, the worksheet was revised (called prototype 4). furthermore, prototype 4 was tested again at the field test stage. the aim was to determine the effectiveness of using lkpd-pbl-g to increase students' mathematical problem solving abilities. this worksheet was examined using two groups of students with equal abilities in order to ascertain whether both groups would produce positive results on the use of lkpd-pbl-g. the criteria used were 75 in accordance with the minimum completeness criteria set by the school and the t-test was used. in general, the development process can be seen in figure 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 286 figure 2. lkpd-pbl-g development procedure 3. results and discussion 3.1. preliminary analysis from the needs analysis activity, it was seen that students' interest in learning mathematics was still lacking. this is because, they think that mathematics is a difficult and less important subject to learn, therefore they do not put in serious efforts. only a small proportion of students understood and took the lesson seriously. furthermore, the students rarely asked questions during the learning process and only accept what the teacher says. through this process, it is unlikely that their mathematical ability would developed, especially problem-solving ability. this is evident from the large number of students that were unable to solve non-routine story questions. furthermore, they were unable to present a problem formulation systematically in various forms and only imitate the examples of solving the problems given. this is thought to have occurred due to the inability of the learning tools (especially student worksheets) developed by the mathematics teacher to increase students' motivation and interest in learning mathematics. yes preliminary assessment stage designing pbl-based lkpd assisted by geogebra software designing learning instrument designing learning media realization / construction stage designing stage validation analysis of validation results valid results? revision prototype 1 + i i  1, i  n no preliminary test 1 analysis of preliminary test results practical and effective model? is the learning media good? yes *revision no prototype 1 prototype 1+i i  1, i  n preliminary test 1 + i i  1, i  n prototype 2 + i i  1, i  n final prototype stage of test evaluation revision analysis of needs, curriculum, concepts, and students for the development of pbl-based lkpd assisted by geogebra software hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 287 therefore, analysis of students' characteristics is needed before designing worksheets (lkpd). this is required to ascertain which characteristics should be used as instructions in learning planning. based on observations in class xi students, the results obtained include:  students have high curiosity.  students are less focused and have difficulty concentrating on learning.  students prefer to study in groups.  students prefer a worksheet that is attractive, easy to understand and colourful. the preferred colour was green, while the desired size of the student worksheet was commonly used and the most preferred font was comic sans ms. 3.2. development or prototyping results characteristics of student worksheets based on problem based learning (pbl) assisted by geogebra (lkpd-pblg). the characteristics seen through the lkpd-pbl-g cover were in the form of title, subject matter title, pictures related to learning material that support the cover display and owner identity in the form of name, class and school. furthermore, education unit, semester and name of the researcher were included. in addition, lkpd-pbl-g was equipped with a foreword from the researcher, which contained gratitude and the researcher's hopes. the writing of the foreword was carries out with berlin sans fb font in size 12. meanwhile, learning objectives and student learning instructions were made in comic sans ms font with a size of 12. the activities in the lkpd-pbl-g followed the pbl learning stages. the first step in this pbl model was student orientation to the problem. one example of a topic on the lkpd-pbl-g is the slope of the tangent to a curve at a certain point. the students were given the problem in the following figure 3. figure 3. example of problem orientation in lkpd-pbl-g this problem is one use of the derivative in determining the slope of a curve and instantaneous velocity. students would be able to determine the speed of the skier at a point by finding the slope of the line at that point. furthermore, they were asked to sit in accordance with their groups to complete activities at the lkpd-pbl-g in order to construct the concept of relating the slope of the tangent to the derivative. the activities that were carried out at lkpd-pbl-g are shown in figure 4. figure 4. instructions for drawing tangents with geogebra hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 288 at this time, the teacher's job was to act as a facilitator, i.e. guiding individual and group investigations to solve these problems. furthermore, the students were assisted in finding a solution. firstly, they were instructed to paint a 𝑦 = 𝑥2 curve using geogebra. furthermore, they were instructed to choose any point on the curve to determine the equation of the tangent (in this case the point (1, 1) was selected) with geogebra. the equation of the tangent was 𝑦 = 2𝑥 − 1 with gradient 2. the result is shown in figure 5. figure 5. graph of function 𝒚 = 𝒙𝟐 and tangent at point (1, 1) the students were also reminded about the gradient of a straight line 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐, where 𝑚 is the gradient. therefore, they were aware that 𝑚 = 2. after the students produced the picture, they were guided to understand the concept of finding the slope of the tangent by using derivatives. the steps that were carried out are shown in figure 6. figure 6. steps to find the slope of the tangent using the derivative first, the students were asked to find the value of the first derivative of the function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥2 at point (1, 1). they obtained 𝑓′(𝑥) = 2𝑥, by substituting 𝑥 = 1, therefore 𝑓′(1) = 2(1) = 2 was obtained. furthermore, they were asked to ascertain the relationship of the tangent gradient obtained by geogebra with the derivative of the function 𝑓 in (1, 1). based on this activity, the students concluded that the slope of the tangent to the curve is the same as the first derivative of the curve function at a point or 𝑚 = 𝑓′(𝑥). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 289 3.2.1. lkpd-pbl-g validation the learning device designed based on the results of preliminary study was called prototype i. the results of prototype i were validated through 2 stages, namely self-evaluation and expert review. the two stages are explained as follows. self-evaluation results in the self-evaluation stage, the prototype i was examined again with the help of colleagues from the same department. it was examined for errors in typing letters, the use of punctuation marks in sentences, clarity of the images used, and suitability of the material in lkpd-pbl-g, suitability of the pictures to the problem and sequence of activities. several types of typos, punctuation, and image layout errors were discovered. after the corrections were made, the lkpd became prototype ii. expert validation the lkpd-pbl-g was validated by 5 experts. the results of the validation are shown in table 4. table 4. results of lkpd-pbl-g validation by experts no. rated aspect validity index category 1 didactic 89 % good 2 content eligibility 86 % good 3 language 94 % very good 4 graphics / layout 81 % good average 88 % good several suggestions were made by the validator for this lkpd-pbl-g, for example separating activities using geogebra from the content without geogebra. after the validation process through self-evaluation and expert review was completed, improvements were made to prototype 1 according to the validator's suggestions, the results were called prototype 2. furthermore, a practicality test was carried out on prototype 2. 3.2.2. practical lkpd-pbl-g the practicality test of prototype 2 was carried out in 2 stages, namely one to one evaluation and a small group evaluation. 3.2.2.1. one-to-one evaluation results the one-to-one activity was carried out by 3 students in class xi.2 at state senior high school of 14 padang, that were selected by math teachers of class xi based on their high, medium, and low ability levels. in this trial, they were instructed to sit separately and try to fill in the lkpd-pbl-g according to their respective abilities. furthermore, they were instructed to comment on the given lkpd-pbl-g. one to one evaluation aims to observe instructions, record responses, suggestions, as well as sentences that were difficult to understand from lkpd-pbl-g and at the end of this activity, the practicality of using the students worksheet was seen. this individual evaluation was carried out 6 times at 6 lkpd-pbl-g with the main subject being the application of algebraic function derivatives. the work of lkpd-pbl-g started with student activities to observe and assess lkpd-pbl-g from the cover page and instructions for use. the result showed that the three students liked the cover page and understood the instructions for using lkpd-pbl-g well. meanwhile, when working on lkpd-pbl-g 1, namely regarding gradients, tangent equations and normal line equations of a curve, student 2 was constrained in making a curve tangent. he was unable to use the "tangent" icon and did not click on point a followed by a 𝑓(𝑥) curve. therefore, the image did not appear. the following was the dialogue between the researcher and students 2. researcher: “student, do you have any doubts you want to ask?” student 2: this ma'am, i have followed the steps in lkpd-pbl-g. however, the curve is yet to appear. researcher: “try again, while i watch, is the method you used correct or not?” student 2: “yes ma’am” researcher: “now, after you select the tangent icon, try clicking point a and then clicking the curve that was created earlier” hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 290 student 2: (starts practicing) researcher: “see, you can do it?” student 2: “o yes, i can ma’am”. after the dialogue with student 2, the researcher asked the three students to observe the laptop screen and instructed them to write in the lkpd-pbl-g about the curve tangent equation that had appeared in the geogebra application. student 1 mentioned that the curve tangent equation was 𝑦 = 2𝑥 − 1. subsequently, students 2 and 3 confirm what student 1 said. the following was the conversation between students and the researcher. researcher: "you are all right, now try to pay attention to the equations that have been found using the geogebra application. is it possible to determine the slope of the tangent to the curve? now, you were previously told that, " 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐". still remember?" student 1: “yes, ma'am. therefore, the gradient is 2 right. in the equation 𝑦 = 2𝑥 − 1, that means 𝑚 = 2.” researcher: "yes, that's right. does everyone understand? by using the geogebra application, it is possible to view the mage immediately and find out the equations and gradients of the curves as well. now let’s continue activity 2. "student: “ok ma'am”. the students started their next activity, namely problem solving questions at lkpd-pbl-g. the problem given was about the curve tangent equation and the normal line, as well as determining the gradient of the equation. the results obtained are shown in table 5. table 5. scores of problem-solving tests in one-to-one evaluation indicator students score student 1 student 2 student 3 1 4 4 4 2 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 2 2 5 3 2 2 total 17 15 14 percentage 85 75 70 based on the answers provided, it was seen that the students were able to organize data and select relevant information in identifying problems. furthermore, they were able to present the problem formulation mathematically on the questions, but have not been able to correctly choose and use the right approaches and strategies to solve them. the results of the interview on the one to one evaluation activity are shown in table 6. table 6. the results of the interview on the one-to-one evaluation activity no. assessment aspect high student moderate student low student 1 presentation the instructions were clear, complete and easy to understand. the instructions were clear, complete and understandable. the instructions were quite clear and complete. the paper size made it easy to be used. the paper size made it easy to be used. the paper size made it easy to be used. image position was correct. image position was correct. image position was correct. 2 ease of use easy to use. quite easy to use. quite easy to use. the illustrations used were clear. the illustrations used were quite clear. the illustrations used were quite clear. 3 time allocation and readability the time provided was sufficient. the time provided was less. the time provided was less instructions were clear and understandable. instructions were clear and understandable. instructions were clear and understandable. 3.2.2.2. small group small group evaluation was carried out on 6 students consisting of 2 each with high, moderate and low ability. the results of observations on the practicality of learning carried out by the teacher are shown in table 7. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 291 table 7. analysis results of the lkpd-pbl-g implementation observation sheet meeting i ii iii iv v vi average observation value (%) 97.2 94 88 84 84 85.7 88.8 criteria very practical very practical very practical practical very practical very practical very practical the overall practicality value of implementation was 88.8% in the very practical category. although, it did not always increase, the observation results for each meeting were still in practical criteria. in the first stage, students were asked to observe and understand problem 1 in lkpd-pbl-g. furthermore, they were instructed to determine the gradient and the equation of the tangent to the curve using geogebra. at the beginning of the first meeting, there were several notes from the researchers on the learning process carried out. furthermore, the students were not very enthusiastic about it and both groups had difficulty using the geogebra application because it was the first time. however, they still tried to follow the steps in activity 1 until both groups became interested in using the application. both groups stated that it was easier to make graphs using the geogebra app and obtaining the equation of the desired curve or line. the two groups continued the activity of determining the gradient of the tangent to the curve using the first derivative of the curve function at point a (2, 4).they discovered that the gradient of the tangent to a curve equals the first derivative of the curve function at the point of contact. after the learning activities at meeting 6 were completed, the researcher asked the students for their opinions to find out the practicality of the lkpd-pbl-g used. they were asked about several aspects, namely the presentation of the lkpd-pbl-g, ease of use, time and readability. furthermore, they were asked to fill out a questionnaire about the lkpd-pbl-g that was carried out. the questions posed to students were about the presentation of the lkpd-pbl-g, ease of use, time and readability. the results are shown in table 8. table 8. recapitulation of average lkpd-pbl-g practicality questionnaire results (student response) no. statement items average percentage criteria presentation aspects 1 instructions are easy to understand. 3.5 87.5 very practical 2 the size and font used are interesting. 3.67 91.67 very practical 3 the problems presented are interesting and challenging. 3.5 87.5 very practical 4 the colour combination used is interesting. 3.3 83.33 very practical ease of use aspects 5 the problems presented are easy to understand. 3.5 87.5 very practical 6 the instructions given are clear. 3.3 83.33 very practical 7 the sentences and questions are easy to understand. 3.16 79.16 practical 8 the illustrations was of assistance in understanding the problem. 3.16 79.16 practical 9 the activities on the worksheet help develop the flow of thinking in communicating with friends. 3.5 87.5 very practical 10 the activities on the worksheet was of assistance in understanding the subject matter collaboratively. 3.3 83.33 very practical 11 activities on the worksheet assisted in getting used to thinking, asking questions and discussing. 3.5 87.5 very practical 12 activities on the worksheet provide freedom to express opinions, therefore i am more confident. 3.16 79.16 practical 13 the instructions for using geogebra are easy to understand. 3.5 87.5 very practical 14 using geogebra can help me be more active in the learning process. 3.3 83.33 very practical 15 using geogebra can make it easier for me to solve the problems given. 3.5 87.5 very practical readability aspects 16 i can read the font size clearly. 3.3 83.33 practical 17 the language used is easy for me to understand. 3.5 87.5 very practical time allocation aspects 18 there is sufficient time to work on the worksheet. 3.5 87.5 very practical average 3.43 85.56 very practical based on table 8, it was seen that lkpd-pbl-g shows one aspect with a practical category, namely ease of use with a value of 83.55% and three other aspects with a very practical category, namely presentation, readability and time allocation with values of 85.64%, 85% and 87.5%, respectively. furthermore, the practical percentage of student worksheet based pbl assisted by geogebra was 85.56% in the very practical category. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 292 furthermore, at the small group practicality stage, an assessment was also requested from the teacher as the observer. the aspects that were assessed by the teacher include attractiveness, process of use, and ease of use, time and equivalence. the results of the teacher's response are shown in table 9. table 9. recapitulation of average lkpd-pbl-g practicality questionnaire results (teacher response) no. statement items average percentage criteria 1 instructions for use are easy to understand. 4 100 very practical 2 the problems given at the beginning of the lesson are appropriate to stimulate students to carry out activities. 4 100 very practical 3 the work steps on the worksheet are easy to understand. 3 75 practical 4 the questions and commands on the worksheet clearly guide students. 4 100 very practical 5 the material is adapted to the thinking level of students. 3 75 practical 6 the language used is communicative and can be understood by students. 4 100 very practical 7 the images used in the lkpd help students understand the problems presented. 4 100 very practical 8 the use of lkpd makes students more active in learning. 4 100 very practical 9 the geogebra application is easy to be used in the learning process. 3 75 practical 10 the geogebra application can help teachers and participants in the learning process and problem-solving. 4 100 very practical 11 the time allocation is sufficient. 3 75 practical 12 the material presented in the worksheet is according to the 2013 curriculum. 3 75 practical 13 worksheets can be used as a learning resource. 4 100 very practical 14 worksheets can be used as a variation in the use of learning resources. 3 75 practical average 3.57 89.29 very practical table 9 shows that two aspects were categorized as practical, namely time and equivalence. meanwhile, three other aspects were categorized as very practical, namely attractiveness, process of use and ease of use. furthermore, the average lkpd-pbl-g practicality value was 89.29% with the very practical category. 3.3. assessment phase the effectiveness test was carried out through a problem-solving ability test on students. they were divided into two groups with heterogeneous abilities and the test was repeated thrice to ascertain the progress. the test results are shown in table 10. table 10. score of problem solving ability test indicator group 1 group 2 test 1 test 2 test 3 total test 1 test 2 test 3 total 1 4 4 4 12 4 4 4 12 2 4 4 4 12 4 4 4 12 3 4 4 3 11 3 4 4 11 4 3 4 3 10 3 3 3 9 5 3 3 3 9 3 3 3 9 total 18 19 17 54 17 18 18 53 percentage 90 95 85 90 85 90 90 88.3 based on the results above, it was seen that the percentage of student mastery in each test was above 85%. this has already exceeded the student's previous level of mastery. therefore, the lkpd-pbl-g was stated to be very effective. furthermore, the results of the two groups were compared using a t-test (table 11). table 11. the t-test results of students' problem solving abilities levene's test for equality of variances t-test for equality of means f sig. t df sig. (2-tailed) mean difference std. error difference equal variances assumed 0.480 0.508 0.224 8 0.829 0.20000 0.89443 equal variances not assumed 0.224 7.824 0.829 0.20000 0.89443 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 293 based on the results of the t-test, it was seen that the sig. = 0.829 > 0.05. this is because, with sig. > 0.05, it can be concluded that the problem-solving abilities of the two groups are not different. this implies that lkpd-pbl-g has the same effect on both groups. since the mastery of problem-solving in group i reached 90% and group ii reached 88.3%, both groups reached the minimum criteria set. therefore, lkpd-pbl-g is effective in improving students' problemsolving abilities. 3.4. discussion based on data analysis, it was discovered that lkpd-pbl-g could be used easily by students, therefore it was possible to improve their problem-solving abilities. this implies that this worksheet is capable of effectively assisting students in learning. geogebra allows students to construct and animate geometric objects, which makes it easier to explore interactively [38]. furthermore, it was possible to carry out construction and exploration from geometric shapes and graphs of an equation dynamically [39]. learning mathematics becomes exploratory where students directly and instantaneously ascertain the relationship between analytic and visual representations of a concept, as well as the relationship between mathematical concepts. therefore, this software is usable in making mathematical concepts dynamic [40]. the use of technology is something that needs to be carried out in the learning process, especially in mathematics. it is usable to explain abstract mathematical concepts. furthermore, its use contributes to problem-solving, critical and creative thinking, mathematical thinking [1] and mathematical visual thinking of students [41]. from the visualization carried out, it is possible for students to conclude the geometry subject matter. the use of dynamic mathematics software saves time significantly, therefore students are able to concentrate on assignments, which are more conceptually oriented. this is one advantage of using computer media in learning, which makes it easier and faster for students to understand concepts [42]. several other studies have also shown that geogebra is very effective in learning mathematics. hidayati and kurniati [43] discovered that learning using geogebra-assisted spatial geometry teaching materials is capable of improving students' critical thinking skills. dwijayani [44] reported that learning using geogebra improves students' mathematical problem-solving abilities and stimulates students' creative thinking. supriadi [45] stated that the use of geogebra in geometry courses has a positive response from students, namely 80.43%. furthermore, geogebra is able to improve students' mathematical spatial abilities [46]. students can use geogebra to assist in learning mathematical concepts, especially algebra and geometry. abstract mathematical concepts can be visualized with the help of geogebra. students are asked to explore the properties of a mathematical concept based on the instructions given. by doing exploration, students have new experiences that are meaningful from the activities that have been carried out. students will observe the visualization of the given concept during exploration, so they can conclude something from the phenomenon. new ideas will emerge, when they discover something new from the geogebra display. geogebra can manipulate abstract mathematical objects into reality through various representations. with the assistance of geogebra, students can also do self-assessment on the questions that have been answered. after completing the answer, they can check their answer using geogebra. they will know whether the work is right or wrong. this activity makes them have the certainty to continue to the next activity. thus, they will be motivated to learn the next topic. in addition to improving mathematical abilities, geometry learning with geogebra also makes students have a positive attitude towards mathematics, making them more enthusiastic about learning [46, 47]. furthermore, geographical-assisted stad-type cooperative learning is capable of improving students' geometric problem-solving skills and mathematical dispositions. therefore, students' geometry learning outcomes were increased by participating in realistic mathematics education learning using geogebra media [48, 49]. 4. conclusion based on the results obtained, it was concluded that lkpd-pbl-g is effective in helping students construct mathematical concepts and improve their problem-solving abilities. the construction process with geogebra is carried out by providing scaffolding in the form of instructions in the lkpd-pbl-g. students can understand the concept through the provided activities. they can observe the relationship between the tangent gradient and the concept of derivative in a meaningful way. students can see the relationship between calculus concepts and their application to other mathematical topics. therefore, geogebra is able to visualize abstract mathematical concepts, making them easy for students to understand. furthermore, its use in mathematics learning raises students' positive attitudes towards mathematics. it is suggested that teachers use geogebra software in teaching mathematical concepts to students. furthermore, they may design a worksheet to guide students in finding a concept or formula. in this way, learning becomes more meaningful to them. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 294 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, y.y.; methodology, y.y., i.m.a., and n.f.; formal analysis, n.f.; writing—original draft preparation, y.y., i.m.a., and n.f.; writing—review and editing, y.y., i.m.a., n.f. and n.m.t. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 5.3. funding this research was supported by universitas negeri padang in accordance with the research contract number 1415/un35.13/lt/2020, fiscal year 2020. 5.4. ethical approval not applicable. 5.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] tatar, e., & zengin, y. (2016). conceptual understanding of definite integral with geogebra. computers in the schools, 33(2), 120–132. doi:10.1080/07380569.2016.1177480. [2] çekmez, e. (2020). establishing the link between the graph of a parametric curve and the derivatives of its component functions. international journal of mathematical education in science and technology, 51(1), 115–130. doi:10.1080/0020739x.2019.1663950. [3] dawkins, p. c., & epperson, j. a. m. (2014). the development and nature of problem-solving among first-semester calculus students. international journal of mathematical education in science and technology, 45(6), 839–862. doi:10.1080/0020739x.2014.884645. [4] adams, c., & dove, a. (2018). calculus students flipped out: the impact of flipped learning on calculus students’ achievement and perceptions of learning. primus, 28(6), 600–615. doi:10.1080/10511970.2017.1332701. [5] carnell, l., graham-squire, a., o’hara, k., & piechnik, l. (2018). environmental impacts: how comparative prior knowledge affects students’ calculus experience. primus, 28(10), 920–935. doi:10.1080/10511970.2018.1472682. [6] oktaviyanthi, r., herman, t., & dahlan, j. a. (2018). how does pre-service mathematics teacher prove the limit of a function by formal definition? journal on mathematics education, 9(2), 195–212. doi:10.22342/jme.9.2.5684.195-212. [7] aréchiga maravillas, j. c., díaz, s. a., salazar-torres, j., & andrade, d. a. s. (2019). testing geogebra as an effective tool to improve the understanding of the concept of limit on engineering students. journal of physics: conference series, 1408(1), 012008. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1408/1/012008. [8] nuphanudin, n., komariah, a., shvetsova, t., gardanova, z., podzorova, m., kurniady, d. a., ... & kosov, m. (2022). effectiveness of students' motivation factors in the competency-based approach: a case study of universities in russia and indonesia. emerging science journal, 6(3), 578-602. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-03-012. [9] ocal, m. f. (2017). the effect of geogebra on students’ conceptual and procedural knowledge: the case of applications of derivative. higher education studies, 7(2), 67. doi:10.5539/hes.v7n2p67. [10] widada, w., herawaty, d., andriyani, d. s., marantika, r., yanti, i. d., & falaq dwi anggoro, a. (2020). the thinking process of students in understanding the concept of graphs during ethnomathematics learning. journal of physics: conference series, 1470(1), 1–6. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1470/1/012072. [11] serhan, d. (2015). students’ understanding of the definite integral concept. international journal of research in education and science, 1(1), 84–88. doi:10.21890/ijres.00515. [12] santos, e. m. (2019). a look into students’ conceptual understanding of the definite integral via the apos model. the 2nd international conference on science, mathematics, environment, and education. aip conference proceedings, 2194(1), 020110. doi:10.1063/1.5139842. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 295 [13] hoban, r. a. (2019). a resource for introducing students to the integral concept. international journal of mathematical education in science and technology, 50(4), 603–616. doi:10.1080/0020739x.2018.1480809. [14] fatimah, s., & yerizon. (2019). analysis of difficulty learning calculus subject for mathematical education students. international journal of scientific and technology research, 8(3), 80–84. [15] pilli, o., & aksu, m. (2013). the effects of computer-assisted instruction on the achievement, attitudes and retention of fourth grade mathematics students in north cyprus. computers and education, 62(1), 62–71. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2012.10.010. [16] gürbüz, r., & birgin, o. (2012). the effect of computer-assisted teaching on remedying misconceptions: the case of the subject “probability.” computers and education, 58(3), 931–941. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2011.11.005. [17] aristika, a., & juandi, d. (2021). the effectiveness of hybrid learning in improving of teacher-student relationship in terms of learning motivation. emerging science journal, 5(4), 443-456. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-01288. [18] case, j., & speer, n. (2021). calculus students’ deductive reasoning and strategies when working with abstract propositions and calculus theorems. primus, 31(2), 184–201. doi:10.1080/10511970.2019.1660931. [19] žilinskiene, i., & demirbilek, m. (2015). use of geogebra in primary math education in lithuania: an exploratory study from teachers’ perspective. informatics in education, 14(1), 127–142. doi:10.15388/infedu.2015.08. [20] bulut, m., akçakın, h. ü., kaya, g., & akçakın, v. (2016). the effects of geogebra on third grade primary students’ academic achievement in fractions. mathematics education, 11(2), 327–335. doi:10.12973/iser.2016.2109a. [21] diković, l. (2009). applications geogebra into teaching some topics of mathematics at the college level. computer science and information systems, 6(2), 191–203. doi:10.2298/csis0902191d. [22] kusumah, y. s., kustiawati, d., & herman, t. (2020). the effect of geogebra in three-dimensional geometry learning on students’ mathematical communication ability. international journal of instruction, 13(2), 895–908. doi:10.29333/iji.2020.13260a. [23] hohenwarter, m., hohenwarter, j., kreis, y., & lavicza, z. (2008). teaching and learning calculus with free dynamic mathematics software geogebra. 11th international congress on mathematical education (icme 11), 6-13 july, 2008, monterrey, mexico. [24] jelatu, s., sariyasa, & made ardana, i. (2018). effect of geogebra-aided react strategy on understanding of geometry concepts. international journal of instruction, 11(4), 325–336. doi:10.12973/iji.2018.11421a. [25] radović, s., radojičić, m., veljković, k., & marić, m. (2020). examining the effects of geogebra applets on mathematics learning using interactive mathematics textbook. interactive learning environments, 28(1), 32–49. doi:10.1080/10494820.2018.1512001. [26] joshi, d. r., & singh, k. b. (2020). effect of using geogebra on eight grade students’ understanding in learning linear equations. mathematics teaching-research journal, 12(3), 76–83. [27] khalil, m., khalil, u., & ul haq, z. (2019). geogebra as a scaffolding tool for exploring analytic geometry structure and developing mathematical thinking of diverse achievers. international electronic journal of mathematics education, 14(2), 427–434. doi:10.29333/iejme/5746. [28] farihah, u. (2015). the effect of the geogebra interactive program on students’ motivation and learning outcomes on straightline equation graph material. jurnal pendidikan dan pembelajaran matematika, 1(1), 11–23. (in indonesian). [29] khalil, m., farooq, r. a., çakiroglu, e., khalil, u., & khan, d. m. (2018). the development of mathematical achievement in analytic geometry of grade-12 students through geogebra activities. eurasia journal of mathematics, science and technology education, 14(4), 1453–1463. doi:10.29333/ejmste/83681. [30] alkhateeb, m. a., & al-duwairi, a. m. (2019). the effect of using mobile applications (geogebra and sketchpad) on the students’ achievement. international electronic journal of mathematics education, 14(3), 523–533. doi:10.29333/iejme/5754. [31] hendriana, h., johanto, t., & sumarmo, u. (2018). the role of problem-based learning to improve students’ mathematical problem-solving ability and self-confidence. journal on mathematics education, 9(2), 291–300. doi:10.22342/jme.9.2.5394.291300. [32] tessmer, martin, (1993). planning and conducting formative evaluations (1st ed.). routledge, london, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9780203061978 [33] plomp, t., & nievenn, n. (2013). educational design research: an introduction. institute for curriculum development (slo), enschede, netherlands. [34] arnawa, i. m., yerizon, y., & nita, s. (2019). improvement students’ level of proof ability in abstract algebra trough apos theory approach. international journal of scientific and technology research, 8(7), 128–131. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 296 [35] fauziah, a., putri, r. i. i., zulkardi, & somakim. (2020). developing pmri learning environment through lesson study for preservice primary school teacher. journal on mathematics education, 11(2), 193–208. doi:10.22342/jme.11.2.10914.193-208. [36] mahmud, r. (2017). the development of social learning model based on metacognitive strategies to foster mathematics selfefficacy of senior high school students 9 makassar, indonesia. eurasia journal of mathematics, science and technology education, 13(8), 4873–4883. doi:10.12973/eurasia.2017.00970a. [37] riduwan, m. b. a. (2007). measuring scale of research variables. alf, bandung, indonesian. (in indonesian) [38] murni, v., sariyasa, s., & ardana, i. m. (2017). geogebra assist discovery learning model for problem solving ability and attitude toward mathematics. journal of physics: conference series, 895(1), 012049. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/895/1/012049. [39] dastjerdi, s., akgöz, b., civalek, ö., malikan, m., & eremeyev, v. a. (2020). on the non-linear dynamics of torus-shaped and cylindrical shell structures. international journal of engineering science, 156, 103371. doi:10.1016/j.ijengsci.2020.103371. [40] chen, c. w. k., chen, c., & shieh, c. j. (2020). a study on correlations between computer-aided instructions integrated environmental education and students’ learning outcome and environmental literacy. eurasia journal of mathematics, science and technology education, 16(6), em1858. doi:10.29333/ejmste/8229. [41] haciomeroglu, e. s., & chicken, e. (2012). visual thinking and gender differences in high school calculus. international journal of mathematical education in science and technology, 43(3), 303-313. doi:10.1080/0020739x.2011.618550. [42] serin, o. (2011). the effects of the computer-based instruction on the achievement and problem solving skills of the science and technology students. turkish online journal of educational technology, 10(1), 183–201. [43] hidayati, d. w., & kurniati, l. (2018). the influence of self-regulated learning to mathematics critical thinking ability on 3d-shapes geometry learning using geogebra. jipm (jurnal ilmiah pendidikan matematika), 7(1), 40. doi:10.25273/jipm.v7i1.2965. [44] dwijayani, n. m. (2020). meningkatkan kemampuan pemecahan masalah mahasiswa dengan menggunakan geogebra. jurnal pendidikan matematika, 11(1), 110. doi:10.36709/jpm.v11i1.10045. (in indonesian). [45] supriadi, n. (2015). pembelajaran geometri berbasis geogebra sebagai upaya meningkatkan kemampuan komunikasi matematis siswa madrasah tsanawiyah (mts). al-jabar: jurnal pendidikan matematika, 6(2), 99-110.. doi:10.24042/ajpm.v6i2.20. (in indonesian). [46] del cerro velázquez, f., & morales méndez, g. (2021). application in augmented reality for learning mathematical functions: a study for the development of spatial intelligence in secondary education students. mathematics, 9(4), 369. doi:10.3390/math9040369. [47] buckley, j., seery, n., & canty, d. (2019). investigating the use of spatial reasoning strategies in geometric problem solving. international journal of technology and design education, 29(2), 341–362. doi:10.1007/s10798-018-9446-3. [48] juandi, d., kusumah, y. s., tamur, m., perbowo, k. s., & wijaya, t. t. (2021). a meta-analysis of geogebra software decade of assisted mathematics learning: what to learn and where to go?. heliyon, 7(5), e06953. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2021.e06953. [49] arnis, f. m., syahputra, e., & surya, e. (2019). analysis of trajectory thinking of middle school students to complete the problem of spatial ability with realistic mathematical education learning. journal of education and practice, 10(20), 103– 109. doi:10.7176/jep/10-20-12. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 387 issn: 2723-9535 revolutionizing pharmaceutical cold chain competency framework with reference process model and reference architecture divya sasi latha 1 , taweesak samanchuen 1* 1 technology of information system management division, faculty of engineering, mahidol university, nakhon pathom 73170, thailand. received 01 september 2022; revised 04 may 2023; accepted 09 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract the utilization of the reference process model (rpm) and reference architecture (ra) as disruptive information and communication technologies (ict) in the pharmaceutical cold chain (pcc) industry has enabled the management of tasks through a model-architecture-based approach. this research presents an innovative method for competency development in the cold chain sector, leveraging rpm and ra. by introducing a comprehensive conceptual framework encompassing rpm and ra design and workflow into cold chain competency development, this study outlines the key areas for incorporating rpm and ra into the pcc field. the framework elucidates the functioning of rpm and ra concerning occupational standards (os) and units of competencies (uoc) within the industry. the study generates a research framework for the pcc industry by systematically implementing rpm and ra using a proposed method. the primary outcomes and empirical evidence are uoc and os derived from rpm and ra implementation and integration, substantiating the conceptual framework's validity. the research highlights the evolutionary aspects and the significance of the conceptual framework in guiding the research framework and proposes a method for competency development. furthermore, recommendations are provided for future research endeavors. keywords: pharmaceutical cold chain (pcc); reference process model (rpm); reference architecture (ra); research framework. 1. introduction a pharmaceutical cold chain (pcc) is a continually temperature-controlled supply chain. a pcc aims to retain a product's quality and integrity by keeping it within an ideal low-temperature range during its entire life. in order to increase shelf life and ensure items are fresh and safe to use, the cold chain must be closely monitored. the pcc comprises several procedures, disciplines, and processes and has been increasingly used to coordinate competencies in the disruptive internet of things (iot) [1]. the technologies work with monitoring solutions to ensure that items are not damaged due to temperature excursions out of optimal ranges. in addition, the pcc industry's increasing complexity and scale necessitate integrating work processes and interfaces of diverse activities to handle frequent strategy changes. the difficult task of real-time monitoring and information handling in cold chain management necessitates continuous decision-making to update plans with continually renewed competency design [2]. as a result of this circumstance, a variety of information and communication technologies (icts) have been brought into the sector to address information management challenges, promote monitoring and real-time tracking, and accomplish advanced practices [3, 4]. it is necessary to prevent wastage of vaccines and pharmaceutical products, and the pharmaceutical industry should consider the importance of cold chains. * corresponding author: taweesak.sam@mahidol.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-011  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6692-0606 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5398-2736 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 388 in this study, we address the ongoing need to complete the cold chain due to a shortage of cold chain professionals. consequently, it becomes crucial for professionals to develop competencies tailored to specific job roles within the cold chain. we advocate for developing a competency framework to effectively evaluate, maintain, and track employee knowledge, abilities, and qualities. this framework enables assessing existing competency levels among staff, ensuring they possess the necessary knowledge to enhance organizational performance. the existing techniques for competency standards development encompass the development of a curriculum method (dacum), functional analysis (fa), work process analysis, and job analysis [5-8]. these methodologies involve defining competency requirements and utilizing structured questions early to achieve expert consensus. thus, creating a competency framework is essential for continually improving job roles within the cold chain industry [9]. our research highlights the lack of focus on the cold chain instead of the supply chain in developing occupational standards (os) [10]. this contributes to the incomplete state of the cold chain and underscores the critical need for proficient cold chain professionals [11]. we propose establishing a more comprehensive and modern competency framework to address these challenges. however, implementing existing frameworks often requires subject matter experts' involvement. for instance, fa aims to identify specific and detailed content for each component of the competence model, drawing from workers' experiences in their respective positions. nonetheless, challenges arise when future professionals, such as pharmaceutical cold chain professionals, are limited or nonexistent. therefore, subject matter experts are vital when using conventional methods for competency development. moreover, these processes can be time-consuming during the development phase. given these limitations, we present a novel approach to competency development in the cold chain sector, particularly without subject matter experts [12, 13]. our conceptual framework introduces a new method for developing competencies, leveraging the reference process model (rpm) and reference architecture (ra) developed in latha & samanchuen [9]. we offer a detailed depiction of the cold chain structure through rpm, utilizing object-oriented business process modeling. simultaneously, ra provides comprehensive information on the digitalized pharma cold chain, employing the open group architecture framework (togaf). the current supply chain competencies may only cover the basics and need specific cold chain procedures or professional positions. as such, the purpose of this study is to propose a conceptual framework that underlies cold chain competence design, drawing upon rpm and ra to foster a more robust and efficient industry. packing products information and data [14, 15] integrating cold chain process and information [16, 17] creating a collaborative environment [18, 19] adopting disruptive technology and sustainable packing [20-23]. however, significant obstacles remain in the industry's current adoption of rpm and ra. integrating application and technology into the managerial processes and procedures of cold chain projects is one of the plans to develop ra implementation into cold chain management practice. furthermore, the continued deployment of ra necessitates a collaborative approach to fully leverage enterprise architecture's potential. the competency design of cold chain also involves a method that can relate rpm and ra to the entire project process. besides, regulations and accreditation are still unclear for controlling the cold chain. this work proposes a conceptual framework for creating competence designs based on rpm and ra. the study aims to demonstrate the new methodology for developing competencies to validate the competency standards. the study focuses on the pcc to develop competency standards for professionals, usually called occupational standards [10, 24]. a conceptual framework that combines cold chain competence and practice can help organize knowledge about the cold chain while guiding the development of competence in the discipline [25, 26]. this study outlines the formulation of conceptual and research frameworks. the foundational literature review is presented in section 2. section 3 details the research methodology employed to construct and validate the conceptual framework. ethnographic action research was conducted, incorporating a validation survey involving professionals from various sectors, including supply chain, logistics, pharmaceuticals, and the cold chain [27, 28]. the outcomes of the conceptual and research frameworks are presented in section 4. the ensuing sections, sections 5 and 6, delve into the discussion and conclusion, respectively. 2. literature review given the fragmented nature of the cold chain business [29, 30], ict-enabled information management can help to transform traditional practices and improve performance and competitiveness [31]. with the organization of perishable items as a process, the use of icts in transportation and storage is inextricably linked to cold chain management techniques, and the use of icts to manage information is linked to various parts of the cold chain process. as a result, to maximize the competency framework in cold chain management, an integrated strategy is required [13, 32]. furthermore, a few studies, such as [25, 33] propose frameworks to examine and enhance cooperation in cold chain projects. in this research sector, competence design is frequently employed in the cold chain. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 389 2.1. cold chain environment the regulatory structure produced by cold chain-related standards, requirements, and norms to assure rpm and ra implementation within the industry is called the institutional environment, as shown in table 1. the institutional environment is defined by developing rules and requirements that individual organizations must follow to acquire support and accrediting rightfulness [29, 33]. regulatory governance, standardization of the body of knowledge and process norms, and establishment of organizational cultures and standards are all examples of institutional activities in the supply chain [30]. the institutional environment acts as a context for competency design adoption in the cold chain business. cold chain governance also refers to competency models and modeling-related activities for systematically and successfully implementing occupational standards into the cold chain [31]. a green cold chain-based project requires an institutional context to enable cold chain management and assure collaboration among specialists. several studies have explored the requirements of necessary regulation for cold chain-related industry operations and procedures. singh et al. [33] used the phrase “cold chain policy” to define the freezing temperatures in which some products must be stored and distributed. maintaining the cold chain ensures that vaccines are transported and stored according to the manufacturer’s recommended temperature range of +2˚c to +8˚c until the point of administration. moreover, the literature on competency model implementation encompasses standardizations, technical requirements, and organizational requirements and validates these points in their cold chain accreditation. the cold chain institutional environment material is presented in table 1, along with comprehensive examples. table 1. information of the cold chain institutional environment standards contents of cold chain standards contents detailed examples occupational standards and technical requirements industry standards, cold chain accreditation, refrigeration standards, quality, and data specification key regulations and requirements roles and responsibilities, hierarchy, and work process cold chain policy and procedure standard legal document, warehouse administration, contractual agreement 2.2. existing competency frameworks the cold chain association [34] claims that experts offer networking opportunities, thought leadership, and potential answers to challenging business issues. their goal is to encourage and support vertical and horizontal collaboration, knowledge sharing, and innovation among members and stakeholders to decrease waste and enhance the quality, efficiency, and value of the temperature-sensitive supply chain. they actively participate in educational programs that help the development of competencies to improve cold chain operations and support accomplishing their professional objectives. the global cold chain alliance association has released a formal declaration on the critical significance of maintaining cold chain competency for the quality of product outcomes, similar to many other cold chain associations worldwide [35]. a multinational organization that represents all significant industries involved in temperature-controlled warehousing, logistics, and transportation is called the global cold chain alliance (gcca) [36]. to be innovative leaders in the global movement of perishable goods, gcca unifies all partners. delphi research was carried out to define lifelong learning from a cold chain viewpoint. according to their findings, lifelong learning is a dynamic process affecting personal and professional life. being able to transform knowledge into the capacity to provide high-quality cold chain service and maintaining the capacity for lifelong learning depends on keeping the mind engaged. professionals in the cold chain have also mentioned how important transit, keep-in-process, and shipping processes are. the cold chain occupational standards created a set of occupational skills for cold chain professionals [10, 24]. according to the findings, specialists believe cold chains are crucial to the quality and safety of perishable goods. additionally, they view the availability of continuing education opportunities as a sign of respect for the cold chain, which supports their motivation and retention. nevertheless, when professionals feel obligated to participate in educational activities occasionally in the future, the digital cold chain may be seen more favorably. it was discovered that cold chain professionals' attitudes towards digital pharma activities are influenced by how useful they believe these activities are for their practice and careers, how interested and challenging they find them to be, and how much value their peers and managers place on them. a crucial element of cold chain engagement in the pharmaceutical process is the combination of digital transformation and the cold chain process [35]. while management support is unquestionably beneficial, another deciding aspect is the specialists' level of qualification. a national nursing skills framework was also created for the transportation operation to guide cold chain practice and continue education programs. currently, the work quality development techniques are fa, work process analysis, and dacum [27, 28]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 390 2.3. impact and benefits of competence design for cold chain the work process is viewed as a disruptive technology in constructing iots, changing the cold chain [37, 38]. the main goal of competence design is to provide occupational standards to efficient cold chain experts and to improve the cold chain environment with accurate data, tracking, and workflow analysis [9, 39]. competence design can provide accreditation to rebuild the cold chain environment in addition to cold chain information management [40, 41]. it also concluded that competency design enabled professional teams to manage large amounts of data and information, allowing them to make better decisions in the operations and working process. ultimately, national skills qualifications framework (nsdc), [24] demonstrated how competence design may be used to foster an integrated cold chain process through cooperative labor [42]. table 2. comparison between fa, work process analysis, and dacum components fa work process analysis dacum uses by  training center, industries  training center, industries  vocational college, universities, training centers, industries participants  researchers, subject matter experts, and experts (the number of people depends on the sector of occupation  researchers, subject matter experts, and experts (the number of people depends on the sector of occupation  dacum facilitator, and subject matter experts (5 to 12 people) output  competency focused  limited scope  level of occupations  limited scope  duties and tasks  limited scope overall process  direct observation of the participants  interviews, and questionnaires  collect data, create a process map, analyze the process,  interviews, workshops, observation studies  focus group discussion time used  time-consuming  no specific time (depend on sector of occupation)  time-consuming  no specific time (depend on sector of occupation)  time-consuming advantages  comprehensive analysis,  can use for all occupation  use for shop floor work  greater employee satisfaction  comprehensive analysis,  can use for all occupation disadvantages  costly  limited to scope  resistance to change  costly  limited applicability  resistance to change  costly  requires skilled facilitator  limited scope location of development process  discussion room / workshop. must have unlimited access to the workshop  discussion room / workshop. must have unlimited access to the workshop  implemented in a discussion room, and not necessary to come to the workplace * adopt from [43]. based on table 2, both curriculum development processes differ in process, time, and results obtained. the following will be compared to the user, participants, output, process, time used, and achievements. from the description and comparison of the above, it can be concluded that the dacum process is suitable for developing tasks and duties according to the needs of task analysis and curriculum development of vocational education. in addition, fa and work process analysis are appropriate for developing work standards, especially at the workshop level. 2.4. rpm and ra implementation in competence design this research presents a new approach based on the rpm and ra integration into competency design, which has challenges but is improving future job skills developments. the most common challenges to implementing ra in competence design are the lack of applications, lack of real-time tracking, lack of capturing essential data during transit, resistance to change, poor technical management, and inadequate systematic support [22, 44]. meanwhile, a few studies have focused on the benefits of using process-oriented design. johnson et al. [45] proposed a cold chain framework for methodically executing blockchain technology. chircu & kern [18] demonstrate a managerial approach that underlined the importance of digital transformation by using the enterprise architecture method. furthermore, chen & yang [46] analyzed the various perspectives on rpm and ra and proposed that cold chain applications be aligned with processes [47]. interface techniques and tools, such as business modeling, web services, tracking, and web packaging, are constantly being introduced and adopted in the cold chain to improve practical cooperation toward an integrated information management approach [48, 49]. integrating rpm and ra into competency design is a methodical effort. only a few studies have attempted to define the extent of work required to systematically implement the work process in the cold chain industry, particularly from the perspective of transportation and storage [50]. current competency standards development techniques are dacum, work process analysis, and fa. according to the literature review, it was realized that these current methods are limited in scope, applicability, and resistance to hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 391 change. the main disadvantages of these methods are that they are time-consuming and expensive, especially if subject matter experts have to go to a central location for analysis or bring in outside consultants or experts to conduct the analysis. this research introduced a new approach to developing competency standards based on rpm and ra to overcome the lack of subject matter experts, cost, and time-consuming issues. if using this rpm and ra approach for developing competencies, some initial job/occupational analysis steps can be avoided compared to other current methods. if a detailed work process chart, sub-process, and job roles can be provided through an rpm and ra design, it can develop competencies with the help of subject experts. as a result, this approach can be more helpful if we face a shortage of subject matter experts in a specific field. therefore, this study proposes a conceptual framework underlying the cold chain competence design based on rpm and ra 3. research methodology this section describes the research methodology, which is shown in figure 1. the figure illustrates the sequential process of the research undertaken. it comprises several essential stages that collectively lead to formulating research problems, developing a conceptual framework for competence development, and establishing a research framework. the first phase involves an in-depth review of existing literature, which is the foundational step in shaping the research direction. subsequently, a field survey is conducted, allowing for data collection and insights directly from the field. this empirical data serves as a valuable input for the subsequent phases. an integral part of the research process is using ethnographic action research, a comprehensive approach that combines observation, participation, and reflection. this method gathers holistic and contextually rich information from supply chain, logistics, pharmaceuticals, and cold chain industry professionals. the feedback and insights obtained from this stage are crucial for refining the research direction. the next step involves integrating the outputs from both the field survey and the ethnographic action research. this data synthesis serves as the foundation for multiple crucial outcomes, including articulating research problems, developing a conceptual framework focused on competence development, and establishing a comprehensive research framework. figure 1. research process for developing the conceptual and research frameworks 3.1. field survey we conducted the field study in august 2020 at the pharmacy warehouse under the faculty of medicine in siriraj hospital, mahidol university, thailand, to gain practical knowledge in the field of cold chain. additionally, to monitor how the system works in the cold chain process. as a result, this field study was helpful throughout our research when understanding the existing practices used in the hospital warehouse. generally, the hospital warehouse keeps the pharma products following the cold chain standards at between 2 to 8 degrees celsius, and the mentioned system is followed in the hospital. the research topics include the packing process, loading process, unloading process, unpacking process, keeping in the storage process, and inspection process, as shown in figure 2, divided into subparts a to f. accordingly, figure 2-a shows the pack system in the cold chain. thermocol insulation for cold storage is the most cost-effective and durable core material. temperature-controlled shipping containers transport temperature-sensitive medical products from one location to another. these containers have insulation and temperature-control systems to maintain a consistent, low temperature during transportation. it has much lower water absorption over time and retains its insulating properties hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 392 better over the years [51]. figure 2-b shows that the indicator is attached to the primary packaging. the indicator has an intuitive display that helps to display quality information briefly. the cold chain completes the process as it is attached to the secondary-level packaging. figure 2-c shows that the unpacking process, when unpacked, should be immediately moved into storage, which can be either a standard capable of maintaining temperatures ranging from or a medical-grade refrigerator maintaining +2˚c to +8˚c. figure 2-d shows that keep-in-storage describes cold chain equipment in hospital warehouses, typically including refrigerators, freezers, and temperature-controlled containers. these storage devices are designed to maintain a consistent, low temperature to protect the quality and effectiveness of temperature-sensitive medical products [52]. figure 2-e shows the existing cold chain system in the hospital warehouse, which includes automated temperature monitoring and alarm systems that can continuously monitor vaccine refrigerator(s) temperatures in real time. an alarm system is a computer-based control system that alerts nominated clinical staff or the vaccine coordinator when a temperature deviation outside the recommended +2°c to +8°c temperature range occurs in a vaccine refrigerator [53]. figure 2-f shows the hospital warehouse clinical and pharma specialty products. the hospital pharmaceutical warehouse facilities are fully licensed and accredited, maintaining cold chain good manufacturing standards and pharmacy licensing, providing compliant cold chain storage for finished and pharmaceutical products. most critical to operational success, our dedicated and experienced team stands behind our cold chain logistics service offerings to ensure the utmost product quality and maximum customer satisfaction through supply chain management. (a) packing process (b) packing process (c) unpacking process (d) keeping in storage (e) cold chain controller system (f) keeping products in the warehouse figure 2. field study at hospital warehouse the goal of fieldwork was to gather relevant practical information in terms of cold chain outside of a research lab, reading room, or working environment setting through questionnaire sessions and inspections in which field notes were hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 393 documented, which are an essential part of the ethnographic document. field study is constructing and recognizing an organization's cultural identity and behaviors. field notes are created when an investigator engages in regional events and activities and makes findings. accordingly, our field study collected real-time information about the pharmaceutical cold chain process. also, we realized that the cold chain process still needs to be completed in another way at the unpacking and transfer stages. if the process encounters any lack of temperature at the stage of transfer and storage, the possibility of reducing the validity of the product is slightly higher. consequently, the study concluded that cold chain professionals are essential for this pharmaceutical sector. if trained professionals with knowledge of cold chain standards and information. better results than the existing cold chain system. as a result, the study concluded that this pharmaceutical sector still needs cold chain professionals in the future. 3.2. ethnographic action research the competency management system is developed using this study's ethnographic action research approach [54, 55]. this method entails a thorough literature evaluation to determine the extent and concepts of the conceptual framework, detailed action research in system development, and ethnographic analysis to get a broad picture. as a result, this is qualitative research, as qualitative research is best suited to process analysis and context specification [56]. the ethnographic approach was employed in research competency as part of the qualitative research method to create theories and inductively collect evidence through observation and discussion with experts [57]. action research allows for discovering new knowledge and propels the cold chain sector forward. according to mugharbel & al wakeel [58], action research aims to handle practical concerns from a theoretical perspective and construct a situation, assessing the pragmatic problem from different perspectives through observation and interference by the researchers. action research can be used to address practical difficulties and build theories in the field of cold chain management research. although it is desirable to have two concurrent projects to compare the study's results, this is a rare occurrence. as a result, the ethnographic action research method was chosen since it uses the delphi approach to immerse participants in the actual situation and create study results [59, 60]. establishing competence design and occupational standards based on rpm and ra is a primary focus of this research. the research design adheres to [18, 25] to build an ethnographic action research cycle. the research cycle can be shown in figure 3, which includes four steps as follows. 1. conduct a literature review of relevant practical and academic background and plan the implementation of rpm and ra approaches to developing occupational standards by the objectives and needs of cold chain management. 2. code of the primary focal areas and job routines to establish a research framework based on traditional occupational standards development. 3. integrate the rpm and ra design into the competency development framework and identify key areas for further investigation or improvement based on observations and reflections. 4. with the existing literature review, restart the research cycle. figure 3. the ethnographic action research cycle for the current study adopts from ma et al. [54] the procedures above have helped to construct the conceptual framework. we iterated the study cycle by researching relevant papers to gain renewed perspectives, examining data from the competency development project, and connecting the concepts with the decoded focused areas. as a result, the processes were intertwined and impacted one another. this article offers the conceptual framework before formulating the rpm and ra design to preserve a straightforward logical flow in this study. the conceptual framework establishes the work area for competency-related concerns by implementing the research framework. the conceptual framework has been developed through the above steps. we repeated the research cycle by reviewing related studies to gain new insights, analyzing evidence from field studies, and identifying concepts with focus areas. as a result, the procedures became highly interdependent and influenced each other. this paper presents the conceptual framework before developing work criteria for cold chain system development to maintain a simple logical flow in this study. the conceptual framework defines the scope of work to develop issues related to labor standards by implementing rpm and ra. furthermore, the process provides implications and additional evidence. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 394 4. research finding the field survey and ethnographic action research have revealed several critical concerns about formulating occupational standards. challenges have arisen in establishing cold chain standards and ensuring compliance with complex cold chain processes. to solve this problem, we found that developing an rpm design would be helpful in the future. it can provide a detailed description of the existing cold chain process. accordingly, subject matter expertise can develop relevant competencies for professionals. second, there is a specific investigation into the effective use of related data and information in cold chain logistics. it covers aspects like packaging, transporting, loading and unloading, scheduling, and quality control, all of which are demand information management. the study is facing a lack of technologies in the cold chain sector. this problem can be overcome by integrating ra design into the research framework. the ra will describe existing technologies that help provide accurate data of real-time monitoring of temperature parameters and related environmental information. additionally, digital transformation is a must in today's world. finally, a key concern surrounds the integration of cold chain professionals and processes within the framework of occupational standards. this research framework aims to provide a formal definition for developing competence design for the cold chain, which can be linked to current knowledge in future research. rpm and ra are integrated into competency design and contribute to achieving this goal. in conclusion, the cold chain industry can use these findings to set the basis for work analysis and draw broad conclusions for future competency development. 4.1. conceptual framework for os development the modeling method generally takes knowledge as input and produces a functional application of competency design as output. the substance of competency design is based on several studies. wang, s., tao, f., & shi, y presented a process of occupational standards to correlate the cold chain process with the requirements of different phases, such as transportation of referring to models, goods, and activities to manage the cold chain process in the target [35, 50]. a functional analysis method and a focus group were used to demonstrate traditional competence development [6, 8] with the abundance of detailed industry information, describing how the traditional competency design concept in the industries has changed. cold chain occupational standards based on competency design are a framework information system enabled by information technologies to support the cold chain labor process and associate ra with cold chain management practices. occupational standards for the cold chain should be allowed to continue to serve their purpose in promoting cold chain competence design. cold chain work process, reference architecture [18, 40], and cold chain network technology have all been used to build competence design-based occupational standards [28]. incorporating innovative techniques for competency design, critical for cold chain logistics, is made possible by coupling rpm with ra. implementing competency design interface schemes, on the other hand, raises technological, administrative, and accreditation concerns [14]. the rpm reflects a thorough process of sequential cold chain advancements via several phases and disciplines in the competence design process. as a project progresses, the global supply chain model becomes increasingly complex. a cold chain model, for example, can be created by incorporating iot-related application and technology data into a design cold chain model. the rpm allows the cold chain process to be shared among different job responsibilities at various phases, resulting in more integrated information and data management. work process modeling information and data can be information and data in various formats that can be processed with cold chain or simply a specific product cold chain model that encompasses the information and data of a cold chain discipline or a part of a perishable product, such as an operational model or a foundation model, in this study. the cold chain process and ra are linked via the information flow, which connects the data and information clusters. the competence design of the interaction between cc accreditation and occupational standards is built around this concept. as a source of cold chain process knowledge and data, the competence design organizes information flow across the pack to inspect the process [39]. the competency model encourages cc in the workplace; however, the cc process necessitates accreditation with specific product features and information [61, 62]. the cold chain implementation competency design should also meet the individual requirements of each cold chain and present a process for developing cold chain os [63, 64]. the conceptual framework presents three concepts to accommodate occupational norms in the cold chain: rpm, ra, and the development of competence design. the conceptual framework introduces three key concepts to incorporate occupational standards within the context of the cold chain: rpm, ra, and uoc development, as illustrated in figure 4. the initial step involves the simultaneous development of the rpm and ra. these developments provide essential foundational information. subsequently, this acquired information is utilized to construct the uocs. in the final phase, these uocs are systematically grouped to formulate job roles that serve the requirements of the cold chain industry. table 3 highlights the main objectives and meanings of the key concepts in the conceptual framework. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 395 figure 4. conceptual framework for os development table 3. summary of the conceptual framework concept summary of the conceptual framework key concepts major elements main purposes reference process model cold chain process, job role, information, data describing rpm model throughout the cold chain process reference architecture technology, applications, data, business incorporating ra into the information system competence design occupational standards, elements of competencies, performance criteria developing occupational standards for cold chain professionals 4.2. research framework for os development the conceptual framework serves as a foundation for extending the research framework. this expanded framework integrates the details of each component by incorporating a critical evaluation process. consequently, the final research framework is illustrated in figure 5. elements can be identified within this research framework: the research work starts with a literature review, field study, and togaf. from this study, we realized that cold chain needs more attention regarding professionals and services. accordingly, we introduced a new approach combining rpm and ra design to develop occupational standards for pcc. rpm and ra design can describe the cold chain process and related information based on applications and technologies. after that, we will use the functional analysis method to develop the uoc with the help of subject matter expertise. in addition to rpm and ra design, which will share a common subprocess structure, while the development processes of rpm, ra, uoc, and os show variations, the evaluation processes based on applying the delphi technique remain consistent throughout the research. figure 5. research framework for os development the initial model's rpm came from the object-oriented business modeling process, which offered the basic cold chain process information, such as transportation and storage information. after the action, researchers built a basic rpm with the experts, and the model was extended with process knowledge from several disciplines to enable job roles. as a result, the cold chain's rpm functioned as the first cold chain logistics model. the labor method became increasingly intricate as the research advanced, allowing technical applications of cold chains to achieve research objectives. as shown in figure 5, the evolution of competence design at various phases forms a chain that runs through the rpm and ra. the image depicts the research processes in several phases, from left to right. information flow is represented by the arrow. the cold chain's alternations are identified throughout the research as a model chain. the framework was ensured by incorporating research workflows into the qualitative design and introducing technical standards and organizational rules. another requirement from the research was for the rpm and ra-based teamwork to be integrated and interfaced, which became remarkable with the research framework identified. the main purpose of the research was to develop uoc based on rpm and ra design developed with the help of professionals. according to the field study, we noticed the lack of professionals in the cold chain sector, and we realized hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 396 that this will significantly affect the pharmaceutical sector in the coming years. through the functional analysis method, uoc will be developed in the future. therefore, if more research is done in the field of cold chain to develop occupational standards, it will be reflected in the future. accordingly, professionals will develop os for pcc based on the developing uoc. finally, uoc and os will be validated using the delphi technique. during ethnographic action research, several supply chain industry specialists encountered administrative, organizational, and technical challenges related to pharma cold chains. based on action research, this can assess the scope, cost, time, and quality of the work early in future implementation. existing competency development methods require subject matter experts and a time-consuming process. however, implementing rpm and ra-based approaches will be reliable for future competency development. finally, rpm and ra implementation was linked to research goals to ensure the development of competency design for cold chain. therefore, the ethnographic action is very applicable to this work development. as a result, the authors discuss that this approach is well-suited to future skills development alongside existing job roles in pcc. before completion, the author's main option for using a framework in cold chain management was to create functional applications for cold chain processes. the framework also addressed the need to connect collaborative activities at a later level as an rpm and ra-based competency design. a research framework can achieve risk management and respond to the change in the research context by adopting a competency design. the conceptual framework was created by a set of competence and related concepts, such as rpm, ra, and cold chain standards. it laid the theoretical groundwork for systematically integrating competency design with cold chain management. furthermore, an rpm and ra-based competency design were implemented to facilitate communication, integration, and association. the major actions done in the research, as well as the conclusions of the action research and the evidence, were in line with the core principles, as shown in table 4. table 4. identifying and verifying the research framework for cold chain logistics with the ethnographic action research key concepts major findings evidence rpm development need to manage the work process throughout the cold chain the major effort on the transport, inspection, and audit process for cold chain ra development demand for digitalization-based collaboration, in which cold chain can be modified introduction of the cold chain platform to enable digitalization uoc development need to govern the systematic implementation of the cold chain process proposed model development and modification for cold chain uoc. occupational standards identifying the demand for occupational standards for cold chain professionals occupational standards for cold chain accreditation requirement as a response to the change in the cold chain industry 5. discussion even though cold chain management has a wide range of research applications, the best practice of cold chain management, particularly competence design, requires further investigation due to the advent of iot systems. our work establishes a conceptual framework for integrating rpm and ra into cold chain management to achieve a competency design-based cold chain approach. the conceptual framework provides a set of associated ideas to incorporate occupational norms into the cold chain. the research workflow links the various components of the competency system. the model chain is a virtual vehicle that allows the cold chain to operate throughout the investigation. the path in which a competency system can work for cold chain management is known as the research workflow. cold chain accreditation provides a setting for organizations to implement and utilize a uoc. thanks to competency-based occupational norms, cold chain applications can collaborate for work linked to information management. however, some aspects of the conceptual framework have been used in previous studies; the concepts synthesize the elements and apply them to workflow, enterprise architecture, risk management, organizational behavior, and information management in the context of cold chain study. as a result, the conceptual framework accommodates all these factors, making it easier to integrate competence design into cold chain management and enabling the process management method. meanwhile, it is tough to distinguish between the various aspects of this study, such as framework conceptualization, system development, and system implementation. the conceptual framework is essential for developing the cold chain research framework. further measures and ongoing improvement are also required to implement the framework to adopt specific research. the methods are iterative and interdependent, and they operate together as a whole to achieve cold chain management. furthermore, this research connects competence design to cold chain management, which might help with the comprehension and execution of occupational standards in cold chain initiatives. competence design is an advanced method for developing skills and knowledge for cold chain staff information in the current study. information processing against cold chain task uncertainty and risk, according to several classic works on organization design [60, 65, 66], can alter the structure of an organization. because competence refers to a person's aptitude or talents in each profession, incorporating cold-chain occupational standards into a study necessitates an effort to counteract indiscipline. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 397 competence design is a transfer between risk management effort and cold chain uncertainty when it is implemented. this is one theoretical result of competence design's application disrupting the cold chain business, and the conceptual framework illustrates how competence design reshapes professionals and their associated organizational structure with occupational standards [67]. there are now three methods for developing occupational standards, including dacum, work process analysis, and fa. the studies that have been done on the techniques above have shown that they have limitations in terms of their applicability, scope, and resistance to change. this research suggested a method for developing competency standards based on rpm and ra to address the need for subject matter experts, high costs, and lengthy development processes. while creating competencies utilizing this rpm and ra approach, experts should first perform a job analysis. compared to other current methodologies, several early occupational analysis processes can be skipped when employing the rpm and ra strategy for establishing competencies. these workshops to determine roles and responsibilities can be avoided if a reference model and reference rpm and ra can be used to offer a complete work process model, business function process, and job roles. as a result, if we are experiencing a need for more subject matter specialists in a particular industry, this technique may be more advantageous and helpful. this study's contribution, however, goes beyond cold chain management to include labor processes and ra adoption and integration. the conceptual framework highlights the key areas for systematically implementing competence design in research. it provides a theoretical foundation for scaling competence design implementation from discipline modeling to integrated collaboration [68]. by incorporating rpm and ra into cold chain procedures and distributions, the implementation of cold chain helps foster collaborative working and boost communication across different disciplines and teams. in addition, the conceptual framework rationalizes competence design adoption from the standpoint of cold chain management. it presents new concepts for understanding and planning cold chain applications and execution in research [69, 70]. all these achievements can motivate effective cold chain management, and only a few studies have detailed the systematic competency model implementation method with a focus on the research's cold chain practice. ultimately, this research was carried out as a field and ethnographic action research. additionally, current works were reviewed to assess the framework's contribution to cold chain research and practice. in addition, we identified the impact of the cold chain process on the rpm and procedural components of the project in the cold chain design setting, represented in our research framework. furthermore, the importance of the ra design is consistent with digital transformation for the cold chain [44], which emphasizes the importance of digitalization in the cold chain in conjunction with organizational and technical measures for developing the conceptual framework for integrating rpm and ra into cold chain competence design. furthermore, the research framework technique used in this study reveals that the competence design helps improve the cold chain industry and strengthen the cold chain logistics system, guaranteeing a workforce that is up to the job fit for purpose now and for the future. cc professionals should be encouraged to evaluate their immediate circumstances, resolve problems, and negotiate the middle ground between centralization and decentralization in a manner that increases chances for mission success. furthermore, there is a mutually reinforcing effect between the competencies, a synergy. a deep understanding of the cold chain process, particularly its relation to technology, matters greatly as professionals help that company through the turbulent flow of the future. 6. conclusion according to the proposed method, rpm and ra will be provided practical applications to advance pharmaceutical cold chain practices. thus, linking rpm and ra to pcc is crucial to developing uoc. among the various occupations and advantages of the cold chain, managing information, facilitating technology, and developing competencies are necessary for implementing effective cold chain management. through ethnographic action research and field study, rpm and ra integration into the competence design establishes and tests a conceptual framework. the conceptual framework that underlies the research has theoretical and real implications based on field studies and action research. the research framework analyzes how rpm and ra design work in competency development and discusses a new approach to developing uoc and os in cold chain practice, introducing the four related concepts: rpm, ra, uoc, and os. the conceptual framework can also be applied to identify the significant scope of work while developing uoc and os. additionally, the research can diagnose problems for cold chain professionals. in implementing the conceptual framework in this research, rpm and ra design integrate the information of different disciplines, further enhancing competence design. this study examines the integration of rpm and ra into the cold chain with few limitations. first, the research conducted a field study and ethnographic action research, and then problems were formulated. then, we introduced a new approach to developing the uoc by integrating the rpm and ra design work, which provides detailed information on the operational process of the cold chain at rpm and technical analysis for ra. second, to overcome the problem by developing a conceptual framework for developing pcc. third, the specific application of the research framework for integrating rpm and ra into competency design. however, it establishes a new approach to developing capabilities in pcc. therefore, the authors consider this research as a pilot project for pcc. finally, this research mainly focuses on hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 398 the research framework that introduces a new approach to uoc and os development and establishes a theoretical foundation for competency design in the future. as this research is conceptual, rpm and ra design implementation from other peer research will generate further developments that advance the exploration of competency development. future research can also focus on the standards of the pharma cold chain with other aspects of uoc and os development. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization: t.s. and d.s.l.; data curation: d.s.l. and t.s.; formal analysis: t.s. and d.s.l.; investigation: t.s.; methodology: d.s.l. and t.s.; project administration: d.s.l. and t.s.; visualization: t.s. and d.s.l.; writing— original draft: d.s.l.; writing—review and editing: t.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. acknowledgements the authors would like to deeply acknowledge mr. manikandan t(director of business development/ international sales), tn group corporation co. ltd, thailand, mr. krishnamoorthy rk (general manager), birla carbon thailand public co. ltd., and mr.ravianand kaliyaperumal (plant manager) at michelin company, indonesia for his research contribution and valuable support to us. 7.5. institutional review board statement this study was approved by the mu-cirb research ethics committee (approval no. mu-cirb 2020/ 114.0909). 7.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] mohsin, a., & yellampalli, s. s. (2017). iot based cold chain logistics monitoring. 2017 ieee international conference on power, control, signals and instrumentation engineering (icpcsi), chennai, india. doi:10.1109/icpcsi.2017.8392059. [2] badia-melis, r., mc carthy, u., ruiz-garcia, l., garcia-hierro, j., & robla villalba, j. i. (2018). new trends in cold chain monitoring applications a review. food control, 86, 170–182. doi:10.1016/j.foodcont.2017.11.022. [3] hasanat, r. t., arifur rahman, md., mansoor, n., mohammed, n., rahman, m. s., & rasheduzzaman, m. (2020). an iot based real-time data-centric monitoring system for vaccine cold chain. 2020 ieee east-west design & test symposium (ewdts), varna, bulgaria. doi:10.1109/ewdts50664.2020.9225047. [4] tsang, y. p., choy, k. l., wu, c. h., ho, g. t. s., lam, c. h. y., & koo, p. s. (2018). an internet of things (iot)-based risk monitoring system for managing cold supply chain risks. industrial management & data systems, 118(7), 1432–1462. doi:10.1108/imds-09-2017-0384. [5] lee, e. r., kwak, m. k., kim, e. j., kwon, i. g., & hwang, m. s. (2010). job analysis of korean oncology advanced practice nurses in clinical workplace-using the dacum method. asian oncology nursing, 10(1), 68-79. [6] mouritsen, j., hansen, a., & hansen, c. (2001). inter-organizational controls and organizational competencies: episodes around target cost management/functional analysis and open book accounting. management accounting research, 12(2), 221–244. doi:10.1006/mare.2001.0160. [7] tūtlys, v., & spöttl, g. (2017). from the analysis of work-processes to designing competence-based occupational standards and vocational curricula. european journal of training and development, 41(1), 50–66. doi:10.1108/ejtd-10-2015-0078. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 399 [8] schippmann, j. s. (2010). competencies, job analysis, and the next generation of modeling. handbook of workplace assessment, john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. [9] latha, d. s., & samanchuen, t. (2023). development of reference process model and reference architecture for pharmaceutical cold chain. sustainability (switzerland), 15(5), 3935. doi:10.3390/su15053935. [10] chuaphun, p., & samanchuen, t. (2018). an improved technique of competence analysis for occupational standard development. 2018 international conference on digital arts, media and technology (icdamt). doi:10.1109/icdamt.2018.8376500. [11] chaudhuri, a., dukovska-popovska, i., subramanian, n., chan, h. k., & bai, r. (2018). decision-making in cold chain logistics using data analytics: a literature review. international journal of logistics management, 29(3), 839–861. doi:10.1108/ijlm-032017-0059. [12] ndraha, n., hsiao, h. i., vlajic, j., yang, m. f., & lin, h. t. v. (2018). time-temperature abuse in the food cold chain: review of issues, challenges, and recommendations. food control, 89, 12–21. doi:10.1016/j.foodcont.2018.01.027. [13] ali, i., nagalingam, s., & gurd, b. (2018). a resilience model for cold chain logistics of perishable products. international journal of logistics management, 29(3), 922–941. doi:10.1108/ijlm-06-2017-0147. [14] wang, x. (2016). research on food cold chain logistics system. carpathian journal of food science & technology, 7, 131–139. [15] kouhizadeh, m., & sarkis, j. (2018). blockchain practices, potentials, and perspectives in greening supply chains. sustainability (switzerland), 10(10), 3652. doi:10.3390/su10103652. [16] wang, z., mathiyazhagan, k., xu, l., & diabat, a. (2016). a decision making trial and evaluation laboratory approach to analyze the barriers to green supply chain management adoption in a food packaging company. journal of cleaner production, 117, 19–28. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2015.09.142. [17] aithal, p. s., dillon, m., & grice, r. (2020). solar cold chain optimization research–an integrated multidisciplinary project agenda. international journal of applied engineering and management letters (ijaeml), 4(1), 226-242. [18] singh, r., & shabani, a. (2016). the identification of key success factors in sustainable cold chain management: insights from the indian food industry. journal of operations and supply chain management, 9(2), 1-16. doi:10.12660/joscmv9n2p1-16. [19] joshi, r., banwet, d. k., shankar, r., & gandhi, j. (2012). performance improvement of cold chain in an emerging economy. production planning & control, 23(10–11), 817–836. doi:10.1080/09537287.2011.642187. [20] chukwu, o. a., & adibe, m. (2021). quality assessment of cold chain storage facilities for regulatory and quality management compliance in a developing country context. the international journal of health planning and management, 37(2), 930–943. doi:10.1002/hpm.3385. [21] margherita, a. (2014). business process management system and activities: two integrative definitions to build an operational body of knowledge. business process management journal, 20(5), 642–662. doi:10.1108/bpmj-04-2013-0050. [22] sultanow e., chircu a., schroeder k., kern s. (2018). a reference architecture for pharma, healthcare & life sciences. in workshops der informatik 2018-architekturen, prozesse, sicherheit und nachhaltigkeit. köllen druck+ verlag gmbh, bonn, germany. [23] min, h., & zhou, g. (2002). supply chain modeling: past, present and future. computers and industrial engineering, 43(1–2), 231–249. doi:10.1016/s0360-8352(02)00066-9. [24] nsdc. (2022). cold chain process management specialist. national skills qualifications framework, lsc/q8601. available online: https://www.nsdcindia.org/cold-chain-process-management-specialist (accessed on april 2023). [25] dallasega, p., rauch, e., & linder, c. (2018). industry 4.0 as an enabler of proximity for construction supply chains: a systematic literature review. computers in industry, 99, 205–225. doi:10.1016/j.compind.2018.03.039. [26] chouhan, v. k., khan, s. h., hajiaghaei-keshteli, m., & subramanian, s. (2020). multi-facility-based improved closed-loop supply chain network for handling uncertain demands. soft computing, 24(10), 7125–7147. doi:10.1007/s00500-020-04868-x. [27] zhao, h., liu, s., tian, c., yan, g., & wang, d. (2018). an overview of current status of cold chain in china. international journal of refrigeration, 88, 483–495. doi:10.1016/j.ijrefrig.2018.02.024. [28] son, k. s., & cho, k. s. (2019). job analysis of the nursing unit managers of women’s hospital using dacum analysis. korean journal of women health nursing, 25(3), 239–257. doi:10.4069/kjwhn.2019.25.3.239. [29] lloveras, l. a., tate, s. a., vollmer, t. r., king, m., jones, h., & peters, k. p. (2022). training behavior analysts to conduct functional analyses using a remote group behavioral skills training package. journal of applied behavior analysis, 55(1), 290– 304. doi:10.1002/jaba.893. [30] ruangkanjanases, a., hariguna, t., & abdillah, w. (2022). assessing supply chain management ambidexterity, integration of knowledge management use and user satisfaction. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(3), 361-376. doi:10.28991/hef2022-03-03-08. https://www.nsdcindia.org/cold-chain-process-management-specialist hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 400 [31] wijewickrama, m. k. c. s., chileshe, n., rameezdeen, r., & ochoa, j. j. (2021). information sharing in reverse logistics supply chain of demolition waste: a systematic literature review. journal of cleaner production, 280, 124359. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.124359. [32] daneshvar kakhki, m., & gargeya, v. b. (2019). information systems for supply chain management: a systematic literature analysis. international journal of production research, 57(15–16), 5318–5339. doi:10.1080/00207543.2019.1570376. [33] singh, r. k., gunasekaran, a., & kumar, p. (2018). third party logistics (3pl) selection for cold chain management: a fuzzy ahp and fuzzy topsis approach. annals of operations research, 267(1–2), 531–553. doi:10.1007/s10479-017-2591-3. [34] herczeg, g., akkerman, r., & hauschild, m. z. (2018). supply chain collaboration in industrial symbiosis networks. journal of cleaner production, 171, 1058–1067. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2017.10.046. [35] mehling, h., brütting, m., & haussmann, t. (2022). pcm products and their fields of application an overview of the state in 2020/2021. journal of energy storage, 51, 104354. doi:10.1016/j.est.2022.104354. [36] gcca. (2020). global cold chain alliance. virginia, usa. available online: https://www.gcca.org (accessed on april 2023). [37] woodhead, r., stephenson, p., & morrey, d. (2018). digital construction: from point solutions to iot ecosystem. automation in construction, 93, 35–46. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2018.05.004. [38] tidd, j., & bessant, j. r. (2020). managing innovation: integrating technological, market and organizational change. john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. [39] peng, b., wang, y., zahid, s., wei, g., & elahi, e. (2020). platform ecological circle for cold chain logistics enterprises: the value co-creation analysis. industrial management &amp; data systems, 120(4), 675–691. doi:10.1108/imds-10-2019-0531. [40] chkanikova, o., & sroufe, r. (2021). third-party sustainability certifications in food retailing: certification design from a sustainable supply chain management perspective. journal of cleaner production, 282, 124344. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.124344. [41] rosen, m. a., diazgranados, d., dietz, a. s., benishek, l. e., thompson, d., pronovost, p. j., & weaver, s. j. (2018). teamwork in healthcare: key discoveries enabling safer, high-quality care. american psychologist, 73(4), 433–450. doi:10.1037/amp0000298. [42] gligor, d., tan, a., & nguyen, t. n. t. (2018). the obstacles to cold chain implementation in developing countries: insights from vietnam. international journal of logistics management, 29(3), 942–958. doi:10.1108/ijlm-02-2017-0026. [43] wijanarka, b. s. (2014). comparison between the dacum and work process analysis for vocational school curriculum development to meet workplace need. international conference on vocational education and training (icvet), 14 may, 2014, yogyakarta state university, karang malang, indonesia. [44] mursitama, t. n., simatupang, b., & bandur, a. (2022). the importance of interfirm networks in enhancing innovation capability and exporting in high-tech industry. hightech and innovation journal, 3, 52-64. doi:10.28991/hij-sp2022-03-05. [45] johnson, a., mccurdy, d., schechter, d., & loch, k. (2020). hot or cold... how ready are third party logistics cold storage companies to implement blockchain?. proceedings of the 53rd hawaii international conference on system sciences, 7-10 january, 2020, maui, united states. [46] ng, k. k. h., chen, c. h., lee, c. k. m., jiao, j. (roger), & yang, z. x. (2021). a systematic literature review on intelligent automation: aligning concepts from theory, practice, and future perspectives. advanced engineering informatics, 47, 101246. doi:10.1016/j.aei.2021.101246. [47] zailani, s., & rajagopal, p. (2005). supply chain integration and performance: us versus east asian companies. supply chain management: an international journal, 10(5), 379–393. doi:10.1108/13598540510624205. [48] bouwman, h., de reuver, m., heikkilä, m., & fielt, e. (2020). business model tooling: where research and practice meet. electronic markets, 30(3), 413–419. doi:10.1007/s12525-020-00424-5. [49] cambra baseca, c., sendra, s., lloret, j., & tomas, j. (2019). a smart decision system for digital farming. agronomy, 9(5), 216. doi:10.3390/agronomy9050216. [50] chen, j., gui, p., ding, t., na, s., & zhou, y. (2019). optimization of transportation routing problem for fresh food by improved ant colony algorithm based on tabu search. sustainability (switzerland), 11(23), 6584. doi:10.3390/su11236584. [51] poret, s. (2019). corporate-ngo partnerships through sustainability labeling schemes: motives and risks. sustainability (switzerland), 11(9), 2689. doi:10.3390/su11092689. [52] liu, y., blome, c., sanderson, j., & paulraj, a. (2018). supply chain integration capabilities, green design strategy and performance: a comparative study in the auto industry. supply chain management: an international journal, 23(5), 431–443. doi:10.1108/scm-03-2018-0095. virginia,%20usa https://www.gcca.org/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 401 [53] gupta, s., modgil, s., gunasekaran, a., & bag, s. (2020). dynamic capabilities and institutional theories for industry 4.0 and digital supply chain. supply chain forum: an international journal, 21(3), 139–157. doi:10.1080/16258312.2020.1757369. [54] ma, x., xiong, f., olawumi, t. o., dong, n., & chan, a. p. c. (2018). conceptual framework and roadmap approach for integrating bim into lifecycle project management. journal of management in engineering, 34(6), 5018011. doi:10.1061/(asce)me.1943-5479.0000647. [55] castelein, b., geerlings, h., & van duin, r. (2020). cold chain strategies for seaports: towards a worldwide policy classification and analysis. european journal of transport and infrastructure research, 20(3), 1-28. [56] yu, z., liu, y., wang, q., sun, l., & sun, s. (2021). research on food safety and security of cold chain logistics. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 647(1), 12176. doi:10.1088/1755-1315/647/1/012176. [57] churchman, o. (2020). cold chain and its importance. scope: contemporary research topics (health & wellbeing), 5(5), 153– 159. doi:10.34074/scop.3005023. [58] mugharbel, k. m., & al wakeel, s. m. (2009). evaluation of the availability of cold chain tools and an assessment of health workers practice in dammam. journal of family and community medicine, 16(3), 83–88. doi:10.4103/2230-8229.96521. [59] tacchi, j. (2017). ethnographic action research: media, information and communicative ecologies for development initiatives. the sage handbook of action research, 220–229, sage publications ltd, london, united kingdom. doi:10.4135/9781473921290.n22. [60] amaratunga, d., baldry, d., sarshar, m., & newton, r. (2002). quantitative and qualitative research in the built environment: application of “mixed” research approach. work study, 51(1), 17–31. doi:10.1108/00438020210415488. [61] wang, s. (2018). developing value added service of cold chain logistics between china and korea. journal of korea trade, 22(3), 247–264. doi:10.1108/jkt-03-2018-0016. [62] flöthmann, c., hoberg, k., & wieland, a. (2018). competency requirements of supply chain planners & analysts and personal preferences of hiring managers. supply chain management, 23(6), 480–499. doi:10.1108/scm-03-2018-0101. [63] xie, w., li, p., & xu, h. (2019). architecture and implementation of real-time analysis system based on cold chain data. complex, intelligent, and software intensive systems. cisis 2018. advances in intelligent systems and computing, 772, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-93659-8_44. [64] pradita, s. p., & ongkunaruk, p. (2019). business process analysis and improvement for a third party logistics provider in indonesian cold chain logistics. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 526(1), 12004. doi:10.1088/1757899x/526/1/012004. [65] albasri, n. a. h., al-jawari, s. m., & al-mosherefawi, o. j. (2022). prediction of urban spatial changes pattern using markov chain. civil engineering journal, 8(4), 710-722. doi:10.28991/cej-2022-08-04-07. [66] bilec, m. m., ries, r. j., needy, k. l., gokhan, m., phelps, a. f., enache-pommer, e., horman, m. j., little, s. e., powers, t. l., mcgregor, e., & sheane, c. (2009). analysis of the design process of green children’s hospitals: focus on process modeling and lessons learned. journal of green building, 4(1), 121–134. doi:10.3992/jgb.4.1.121. [67] ruangkanjanases, a., hariguna, t., adiandari, a. m., & alfawaz, k. m. (2022). assessing blockchain adoption in supply chain management, antecedent of technology readiness, knowledge sharing and trading need. emerging science journal, 6(5), 921-937. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-05-01. [68] kumar, n., tyagi, m., garg, r. k., sachdeva, a., & panchal, d. (2021). a framework development and assessment for cold supply chain performance system: a case of vaccines. operations management and systems engineering. lecture notes on multidisciplinary industrial engineering. springer, singapore. doi:10.1007/978-981-15-6017-0_22. [69] jia, f., blome, c., sun, h., yang, y., & zhi, b. (2020). towards an integrated conceptual framework of supply chain finance: an information processing perspective. international journal of production economics, 219, 18–30. doi:10.1016/j.ijpe.2019.05.013. [70] dubey, r., gunasekaran, a., childe, s. j., fosso wamba, s., roubaud, d., & foropon, c. (2021). empirical investigation of data analytics capability and organizational flexibility as complements to supply chain resilience. international journal of production research, 59(1), 110–128. doi:10.1080/00207543.2019.1582820. https://doi.org/10.28991/esj-2022-06-05-01 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 306 issn: 2723-9535 the use of regression method on simple e for estimating electrical energy consumption arnawan hasibuan 1, 2* , widyana verawaty siregar 3 , muzamir isa 1 , eddy warman 4, roby finata 5, m. mursalin 6 1 school of electrical system engineering, university malaysia perlis, malaysia. 2 department of electrical engineering, universitas malikussaleh, aceh utara, indonesia. 3 department of management, universitas malikussaleh, aceh utara, indonesia. 4 department of electrical engineering, universitas sumatera utara, indonesia. 5 energy transaction, ulp sungai penuh, pt. pln (persero), indonesia. 6 department of mathematics education, universitas malikussaleh, aceh utara, indonesia. received 05 april 2022; revised 23 july 2022; accepted 06 august 2022; available online 20 august 2022 abstract the continuous increase in population growth has an impact on the electrical energy supply. based on this increase, electric power producers serve customers using proper forecasts. therefore, it is a necessity to select the right calculation method with easy implementation. in this study, the population forecasts and economic growth calculations using the gt (growth trend) regression method development on simple e were obtained for the year 2028. furthermore, electricity consumption estimation was carried out using the dl (double log) regression method with growth trend, r, ar, dw, and t values of 6.63%, 0.993, 0.992, 1.21, and 2.18, respectively. the results show that estimated energy consumption was 6.63% annually, with the achievable amount for 2028 being 19,839.83 gwh. keywords: forecast of electricity demand; energy; population; economy and regression. 1. introduction currently, economic and socially driven community life activities are highly dependent on the availability of electricity supply [1, 2]. this dependence increases annually based on population growth, economic development, technological progress, and other social dynamics [3-5]. therefore, it can be addressed through the provision of sufficient and reliable electricity supply at an affordable price [6]. a long-term electricity system development plan is required to achieve [7] the electricity demand for the next few years [8, 9] through calculations and forecasting [10-12]. during forecasting, it is better to use the routine method carried out by several electric power companies in the world [13]. this is expected to obtain an accurate, close to realization, and accountable output [14, 15]. furthermore, outputs that deviate by being extremely high or low are detrimental to companies. extremely high estimated output with low demand leads to overcapacity and overinvestment. conversely, the reverse leads to a blackout due to insufficient power supply [16]. this study describes the development of an electrical energy forecasting method from simple e application using regression calculations for north sumatra province, indonesia, until 2028. * corresponding author: arnawan@unimal.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-sp2022-03-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3864-9107 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4610-7340 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1083-065x https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3797-5656 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 307 2. materials and methods figure 1 shows the study location is north sumatra, one of the 37 provinces in indonesia. figure 1. map of north sumatra, indonesia the study flowchart is presented in figure 2. figure 2. study flowchart hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 308 2.1. forecasting method the forecasting method is a technique for predicting future values based on mathematical and statistical data or information about the past and present [17-19]. in general, this method can be classified into two main groups namely:  quantitative method: the quantitative method obtains an estimate based on past quantitative data accompanied by a series of mathematical rules to predict future values for example the regression method [20].  qualitative method: the qualitative method obtains an estimate based on past qualitative data. its forecast results depend on the compiler's intuitive thinking, opinions, knowledge and experiences. this method is usually used due to a lack of representative data for suitable mathematical models [21, 22]. 2.2. regression method regression is a measure of the relationship between two or more variables expressed in terms of an equation or function [23, 24]. to determine this relationship (regression) a strict separation is required between symbol x and y which represents independent and dependent variables, respectively [25]. both variables are usually causal or have a causal relationship of mutual influence. therefore, regression is a function l or the form of a particular function between dependent y and independent x variables. y = f(x) (1) according to cénac et al. (2020) [26], regression methods can be divided into linear and nonlinear: linear regression in linear regression, the relationship between the independent (x) and dependent (y) variables in a mathematical equation is a linear or straight line [27]. linear regression consists of two types, namely:  simple linear regression: the linear or simple linear regression is the simplest straight line or linear relationship between x and y variables [28, 29]. its mathematical equation is shown equation 2: 𝑌 = 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑎 + 𝑏𝑥 (2)  multiple linear regression: for multiple linear regression, there is more than one independent variable (x) in a forecast. its equation function is shown equation 3: 𝑌 = 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑎 + 𝑏1𝑥1 + 𝑏2𝑥2 + ⋯ + 𝑏𝑛𝑥𝑛 (3) nonlinear regression non-linear regression is a relationship or function in which the independent x and dependent y variables are factors with a certain rank and can either be denominators (fractional functions) or exponentials. 2.3. statistical indicators during the regression method, statistical indicators are used to describe the combined and individual level or degree of closeness between dependent y and independent 𝑥1, 𝑥2, 𝑥3, … , 𝑥𝑛 variables. it can also apply to relationships between independent variables alone. common uses of statistical indicators are described below:  correlation coefficient (r) correlation is a measure of the relationship between two or more variables expressed using the correlation coefficient r as the degree of closeness or relationship level. during analysis, the dependence of one variable on another or vice versa is not important. correlation methods are used for closeness measurement between independent x and dependent y variables. according to wagner (2019) [30], guidelines for providing interpretations of r are as follows: r = 0.00 0.199: very low; r = 0.20 0.399: low; r = 0.40 0.599: moderate; hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 309 r = 0.60 0.799: strong/close; r = 0.80 1,000: very strong.  r square determination coefficient (r2) a squared correlation coefficient r obtains an r2 value called the coefficient of determination or determinant index. this states the relationship (percentage) between independent (x1, x2, x3, .... xn) and dependent y variables simultaneously. r2 values are between 0 and 1 (0 ≤ 𝑅2 ≤ 1).  the coefficient of determination adjusted r-square (ar) the adjusted r square (ar) interpretation is the same as r2, however, its value increases or decreases with the addition of a new independent or dependent variable depending on correlation. a negative ar value is considered 0, which means that the independent variable has absolutely no relationship with the dependent variable. the adjusted r square (ar) closeness statistics are: r = 0.00 0.199: very low; r = 0.20 0.399: low; r = 0.40 0.5; 99: moderate; r = 0.60 0.799: strong/close; r = 0.80 1,000: very strong.  value of t statistics this is often referred to as the t-value for testing the degree of relationship closeness between dependent y and independent x variables individually or partially (y with x1), (y with x2), (y with x3), etc. the criteria for the degree of relationship closeness are as follows: | t | ≥ 2: significant; 2> | t | ≥ 1: admissible to use; | t | <1: insignificant.  durbin-watson statistics (dw) the durbin-watson indicator (dw) is used to determine a correlation between independent variables, namely between x1 and x2, x1 and x3, x2 and x3, etc. 1 ≤ dw ≤ 3 is the acceptable dw value, with the following criteria: dw = 2: no serial correlation; dw → 0: positive correlation; dw → 3: negative correlation. 2.4. gross domestic product gross domestic product (gdp) is the total goods and services production output expressed in units of currency from a region of the economy (country) without considering the production factor owner for a given period. the gross regional domestic product (grdp) review is limited to a province or regency/city, at certain periods (for example 1 year or 1 quarter). 2.5. simple e application the simple e application is based on statistical methods [31] that take advantage of existing functions [32] in microsoft excel. it was developed by yamaguchi (2000) [33] from the institute of energy economics (iee) japan. furthermore, simple e was used by the directorate general of electricity and the ministry of energy and mineral resources. it is an inserted microsoft excel module [34], placed in an add-in consisting of three main parts namely:  sheet data the sheet data is used for input data namely, business (selling energy, contractual power and number of customers), past economic growth, population, and future forecast data. it has data coding or naming which starts at the time of input. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 310  sheet model the sheet model contains statistical models (time series and regression) selected to calculate the estimated electricity demand. it also shows statistical coefficient indicators (r, r2, ar, dw, t-value) due to program execution.  sheet simulation the sheet simulation contains a complete calculation result with the formed regression equation formulas and average growth rate. 3. results 3.1. forecast stages increased electricity consumption is generally influenced by several factors, namely population and economic growth. a forecast for these factors was first obtained before that of electricity consumption was carried out in north sumatra until 2028. the step table for electricity consumption forecast based on influencing factors can be seen in table 1. table 1. stages of forecasts years population growth economic growth electric energy consumption (gwh) 2004 12,165,423 83,328,948.58 4,450.76 2005 12,297,894 87,897,791.21 4,613.37 2006 12,431,808 93,347,404.39 4,717.81 2007 12,567,180 99,792,273.27 5,163.43 2008 12,704,025 106,172,360.10 5,757.84 2009 12,842,362 111,559,224.81 6,096.89 2010 12,982,204 118,718,902.74 6,636.45 2011 13,103,596 126,587,621.89 7,194.04 2012 13,215,401 134,461,505.43 7,809.32 2013 13,326,307 142,537,121.58 7,917.23 2014 13,556,968 ? 8,271.01 2015 13,937,797 ? 8,703.66 2016 14,102,911 ? 9,240.30 2017 14,262,147 ? 9,707.33 2018 14,415,391 ? 10,445.02 2019 14,562,549 ? ? 2020 ? ? ? 2021 ? ? ? 2022 ? ? ? 2023 ? ? ? 2024 ? ? ? 2025 ? ? ? 2026 ? ? ? 2027 ? ? ? 2028 ? ? ? forecast regarding the factors include:  forecast of population growth  forecast of economic growth  electricity consumption forecast forecast of population growth the calculation using simple e application can be seen in table 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 311 table 2. test results using simple e years population growth regression sl tl tg 2004 12,165,423 12,165,423 12,165,423 2005 12,297,894 12,297,894 12,297,894 2006 12,431,808 12,431,808 12,431,808 2007 12,567,180 12,567,180 12,567,180 2008 12,704,025 12,704,025 12,704,025 2009 12,842,362 12,842,362 12,842,362 2010 12,982,204 12,982,204 12,982,204 2011 13,103,596 13,103,596 13,103,596 2012 13,215,401 13,215,401 13,215,401 2013 13,326,307 13,326,307 13,326,307 2014 13,556,968 13,556,968 13,556,968 2015 13,937,797 13,937,797 13,937,797 2016 14,102,911 14,102,911 14,102,911 2017 14,262,147 14,262,147 14,262,147 2018 14,415,391 14,415,391 14,415,391 2019 14,562,549 14,562,549 14,562,549 2020 14,725,480 14,725,480 14,741,406 2021 14,888,411 14,888,411 14,922,464 2022 15,051,343 15,051,343 15,105,750 2023 15,214,274 15,214,274 15,291,293 2024 15,377,205 15,377,205 15,479,119 2025 15,540,136 15,540,136 15,669,256 2026 15,703,067 15,703,067 15,861,734 2027 15,865,998 15,865,998 16,056,581 2028 16,028,930 16,028,930 16,253,826 from the calculation data listed in table 2, it can be described in the form of a graph whose results can be shown in figure 3. figure 3. graph of population test results the trend coefficient values obtained from the simple e application are shown in table 3. table 3. test coefficient values no regression method trend coefficient (%) name cede 1 semi log sl 1,21 / 1,07 2 linear trend tl 1,21 / 1,07 3 growth trend tg 1,21 / 1,23 0 2,000,000 4,000,000 6,000,000 8,000,000 10,000,000 12,000,000 14,000,000 16,000,000 18,000,000 p o p u la ti o n years sl tl tg hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 312 from the trend coefficient values obtained, the best regression method used is growth trend [35]. this is due to the forecast percentage (1.23%) being close to the real data growth percentage (1.21%). meanwhile, other methods only have a percentage growth value of 1.07%. forecast of economic growth the calculation results using simple e application can be seen in table 4. table 4. test results using simple e years economic growth regression (million rupiah) sl tl tg 2004 83,328,948.6 83,328,948.6 83,328,948.6 2005 87,897,791.2 87,897,791.2 87,897,791.2 2006 93,347,404.4 93,347,404.4 93,347,404.4 2007 99,792,273.3 99,792,273.3 99,792,273.3 2008 106,172,360.1 106,172,360.1 106,172,360.1 2009 111,559,224.8 111,559,224.8 111,559,224.8 2010 118,718,902.7 118,718,902.7 118,718,902.7 2011 126,587,621.9 126,587,621.9 126,587,621.9 2012 134,461,505.4 134,461,505.4 134,461,505.4 2013 142,537,121.6 142,537,121.6 142,537,121.6 2014 149,126,136.1 149,126,136.1 151,352,206.6 2015 155,715,150.6 155,715,150.6 160,712,415.0 2016 162,304,165.2 162,304,165.2 170,651,457.0 2017 168,893,179.7 168,893,179.7 181,205,127.6 2018 175,482,194.2 175,482,194.2 192,411,435.4 2019 182,071,208.7 182,071,208.7 204,310,739.4 2020 188,660,223.3 188,660,223.3 216,945,894.1 2021 195,249,237.8 195,249,237.8 230,362,404.7 2022 201,838,252.3 201,838,252.3 244,608,589.9 2023 208,427,266.9 208,427,266.9 259,735,756.8 2024 215,016,281.4 215,016,281.4 275,798,385.0 2025 221,605,295.9 221,605,295.9 292,854,323.3 2026 228,194,310.4 228,194,310.4 310,964,997.9 2027 234,783,325.0 234,783,325.0 330,195,633.4 2028 241,372,339.5 241,372,339.5 350,615,488.1 from the calculation data listed in table 4, it can be described in the form of a graph whose results can be shown in figure 4. figure 4. graph of economic test results 0 50000000 100000000 150000000 200000000 250000000 300000000 350000000 400000000 p o p u la ti o n years sl tl tg hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 313 the trend coefficient values obtained from simple e application are shown in table 5. table 5. test coefficient values no. regression method trend coefficient (%) name code 1 semi log sl 6,15 / 3,57 2 linear trend tl 6,15 / 3,57 3 growth trend tg 6,15 / 6,18 from the trend coefficient values obtained, growth trend is the best regression method used. this is due to an estimated percentage (6.18%) which approaches the real data percentage growth (6.15%). meanwhile, other methods only have a percentage growth of 3.57%. electricity consumption forecast after obtaining the population and economic growth forecast for up to 2028, electricity consumption was forecasted next as shown in the following table 6. table 6. forecast of electricity consumption years population growth economic growth electric energy consumption (gwh) 2004 12,165,423 83,328,948.58 4,450.76 2005 12,297,894 87,897,791.21 4,613.37 2006 12,431,808 93,347,404.39 4,717.81 2007 12,567,180 99,792,273.27 5,163.43 2008 12,704,025 106,172,360.10 5,757.84 2009 12,842,362 111,559,224.81 6,096.89 2010 12,982,204 118,718,902.74 6,636.45 2011 13,103,596 126,587,621.89 7,194.04 2012 13,215,401 134,461,505.43 7,809.32 2013 13,326,307 142,537,121.58 7,917.23 2014 13,556,968 151,352,206.62 8,271.01 2015 13,937,797 160,712,414.99 8,703.66 2016 14,102,911 170,651,457.00 9,240.30 2017 14,262,147 181,205,127.65 9,707.33 2018 14,415,391 192,411,435.44 10,445.02 2019 14,562,549 204,310,739.35 ? 2020 14,741,406 216,945,894.14 ? 2021 14,922,464 230,362,404.70 ? 2022 15,105,750 244,608,589.93 ? 2023 15,291,293 259,735,756.77 ? 2024 15,479,119 275,798,384.97 ? 2025 15,669,256 292,854,323.30 ? 2026 15,861,734 310,964,997.88 ? 2027 16,056,581 330,195,633.41 ? 2028 16,253,826 350,615,488.09 ? the calculation results using simple e application can be seen in table 7. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 314 table 7. test results using simple e years electric energy consumption (gwh) based on the method semi log (sl) linear trend (tl) growth trend (gt) double log (dl) least square (ls) 2004 4,450.76 4,450.76 4,450.76 4,450.76 4,450.76 2005 4,613.37 4,613.37 4,613.37 4,613.37 4,613.37 2006 4,717.81 4,717.81 4,717.81 4,717.81 4,717.81 2007 5,163.43 5,163.43 5,163.43 5,163.43 5,163.43 2008 5,757.84 5,757.84 5,757.84 5,757.84 5,757.84 2009 6,096.89 6,096.89 6,096.89 6,096.89 6,096.89 2010 6,636.45 6,636.45 6,636.45 6,636.45 6,636.45 2011 7,194.04 7,194.04 7,194.04 7,194.04 7,194.04 2012 7,809.32 7,809.32 7,809.32 7,809.32 7,809.32 2013 7,917.23 7,917.23 7,917.23 7,917.23 7,917.23 2014 8,271.01 8,271.01 8,271.01 8,271.01 8,271.01 2015 8,703.66 8,703.66 8,703.66 8,703.66 8,703.66 2016 9,240.30 9,240.30 9,240.30 9,240.30 9,240.30 2017 9,707.33 9,707.33 9,707.33 9,707.33 9,707.33 2018 10,445.02 10,445.02 10,445.02 10,445.02 10,445.02 2019 12,577.98 10,879.48 11,139.16 11,257.94 11,396.83 2020 14,050.86 11,313.95 11,878.49 11,989.56 12,194.77 2021 15,820.59 11,748.41 12,665.94 12,768.71 13,051.97 2022 17,963.38 12,182.88 13,504.64 13,598.47 13,972.23 2023 20,579.28 12,617.34 14,397.93 14,482.14 14,959.56 2024 23,800.96 13,051.81 15,349.37 15,423.21 16,018.24 2025 27,806.19 13,486.27 16,362.74 16,425.41 17,152.81 2026 32,835.85 13,920.73 17,442.06 17,492.72 18,368.10 2027 39,220.11 14,355.20 18,591.64 18,629.36 19,669.21 2028 47,417.16 14,789.66 19,816.04 19,839.83 21,061.59 the statistical coefficient values obtained from simple e application are shown in table 8. table 8. test coefficient values no. regression method regression indicators trend coefficient name code r ar dw t-value 1 semi log $sl 0.959 0.952 0.29 2.18 6.28/16.33 2 linier trend $tl 0.989 0.988 0.65 2.18 6.28/3.54 3 linier growth $tg 0.989 0.988 0.65 2.18 6.28/6.61 4 double log $dl 0.993 0.992 1.21 2.18 6.28/6.63 5 least square $ls 0.989 0.988 0.65 2.18 6.28/7.27 from the statistical coefficient values, the double log is the best regression method used. this is shown in the coefficient values obtained, namely growth trend, r, ar, dw and t values of 6.63%, 0.993, 0.992, 1.21 and 2.18 respectively. 3.2. comparison of forecast using simple e application and forecast obtained from pt pln (persero) a comparison of the pt pln (persero) forecasts and those obtained from simple e application was carried out [36]. the data obtained is used for the realization of electricity consumption in north sumatra region from 2016 to 2018 based on ruptl pt pln (persero) during 2016-2025, and the simple e application. time series data is used to obtain forecasts, namely data on the realization of population, economic, and electricity consumption growth in the north sumatra region from 2004 to 2015. a comparison of the forecast values from pt pln (persero) [37] and the simple e application can be seen in table 9. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 315 the double log regression (dl) method was used for simple e application above and obtained r, ar, dw and t values of 0.986, 0.982, 1.03 and 2.31, respectively. from table 9, the results are closer to the realization data with an average percentage value of 7.04%. meanwhile, the pt pln (persero) forecast results had an average deviation of 13.31% from the realization data. table 9. comparison of forecast results years realization of electric energy consumption (gwh) comparison of forecast values (gwh) comparison of forecast percentages (%) ruptl 2016-2025 simple e ruptl 2016-2025 simple e 2016 9,240.30 9,918 8,527.42 7.33% 7.71% 2017 9,707.33 11,046 9,089.96 13.79% 6.36% 2018 10,445.02 12,410 9,709.98 18.81% 7.04% average 13.31% 7.04% table 10 describes the forecast for electricity consumption in north sumatra, indonesia until 2028. it can be seen that there is almost no difference between using the 2019-2028 ruptl and simple e. the only difference in the forecast starts from 2020 to 2028, which according to simple e calculations is lower. table 10. electricity consumption forecast years electricity consumption forecast (gwh) ruptl 2019-2028 simple e 2004 4,450.76 4,450.76 2005 4,613.37 4,613.37 2006 4,717.81 4,717.81 2007 5,163.43 5,163.43 2008 5,757.84 5,757.84 2009 6,096.89 6,096.89 2010 6,636.45 6,636.45 2011 7,194.04 7,194.04 2012 7,809.32 7,809.32 2013 7,917.23 7,917.23 2014 8,271.01 8,271.01 2015 8,703.66 8,703.66 2016 9,240.30 9,240.30 2017 9,707.33 9,707.33 2018 10,445.02 10,445.02 2019 11,361.00 11,257.94 2020 12,210.00 11,989.56 2021 13,286.00 12,768.71 2022 14,656.00 13,598.47 2023 15,979.00 14,482.14 2024 17,007.00 15,423.21 2025 18,105.00 16,425.41 2026 19,381.00 17,492.72 2027 20,742.00 18,629.36 2028 22,194.00 19,839.83 4. conclusion this study considers electricity demand until 2028 with a simple e application using regression in north sumatra province, indonesia. there was a focus on three trends in forecasting, namely semi-logs, linear, and nat trends. a model was calibrated with historical data from 2004 to 2018. furthermore, during the regression process using double logs, the coefficient values obtained include growth trend, r, ar, dw, and t values of 6.63%, 0.993, 0.992, 1.21, and hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 316 2.18, respectively. application using the double log regression (dl) method obtained r, ar, dw, and t values of 0.986, 0.982, 1.03, and 2.31, respectively. this was closer to the realization data, with an average percentage value of 7.04%. meanwhile, the forecast results carried out by pt pln (persero) had an average deviation of 13.31% from the realization data. using a value of “t = 2”, it can be concluded that the relationship between electricity consumption, with population and economic growth was significant. the estimated energy consumption growth in north sumatra was 6.63% annually, with a total of 19,839.83 gwh in 2028. finally, further studies may be required to validate the model accuracy for different periods or extended sample sets. this is carried out by applying the model to different energy markets. in this study, the load demand accounted for expandable variables such as weather forecasting measures, renewable energy impact on power grids, production technology, new trends in distributed energy generation, and market incorporation. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.h.; methodology, a.h., w.v.s., and e.w.; formal analysis, w.v.s., and m.; investigation, e.w.; data curation, r.f.; writing—original draft preparation, a.h., w.v.s., m.i., e.w., r.f., and m.; writing—review and editing, a.h., and m.i. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in article. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. acknowledgements the author expresses gratitude to fellow employees of pt. pln, fellow lecturers from malikusssaleh university, north sumatra university, and north sumatra muhamadiyah university, for the support provided during the completion of this study. the gratitude is also conveyed to the authority of pt. pln north sumatra region indonesia for energy regulations and the provision of data and advice. 5.5. ethical approval not applicable. 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] yuan, j. h., kang, j. g., zhao, c. h., & hu, z. g. (2008). energy consumption and economic growth: evidence from china at both aggregated and disaggregated levels. energy economics, 30(6), 3077–3094. doi:10.1016/j.eneco.2008.03.007. [2] koirala, b. p., koliou, e., friege, j., hakvoort, r. a., & herder, p. m. (2016). energetic communities for community energy: a review of key issues and trends shaping integrated community energy systems. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 56, 722–744. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2015.11.080. [3] xie, f., liu, y., guan, f., & wang, n. (2020). how to coordinate the relationship between renewable energy consumption and green economic development: from the perspective of technological advancement. environmental sciences europe, 32(1), 1–15. doi:10.1186/s12302-020-00350-5. [4] chenghu, z., arif, m., shehzad, k., ahmad, m., & oláh, j. (2021). modeling the dynamic linkage between tourism development, technological innovation, urbanization and environmental quality: provincial data analysis of china. international journal of environmental research and public health, 18(16), 8456. doi:10.3390/ijerph18168456. [5] pérez-arriaga, i. j., jenkins, j. d., & batlle, c. (2017). a regulatory framework for an evolving electricity sector: highlights of the mit utility of the future study. economics of energy and environmental policy, 6(1), 71–92. doi:10.5547/2160-5890.6.1.iper. [6] taneja, j. (2019). if you build it, will they consume? key challenges for universal, reliable, and low-cost electricity delivery in kenya. ssrn electronic journal, 491. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3310479. [7] ouedraogo, n. s. (2017). modeling sustainable long-term electricity supply-demand in africa. applied energy, 190, 1047–1067. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2016.12.162. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 317 [8] raza, m. y., & lin, b. (2022). analysis of pakistan's electricity generation and co2 emissions: based on decomposition and decoupling approach. journal of cleaner production, 359, 132074.doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2022.132074. [9] njeru, g., gathiaka, j., & kimuyu, p. (2020). modelling and forecasting electricity demand for commercial and industrial consumers in kenya to 2035. in european scientific journal esj, 16(13). doi:10.19044/esj.2020.v16n13p162. [10] anand, a., & suganthi, l. (2020). forecasting of electricity demand by hybrid ann-pso models. deep learning and neural networks: concepts, methodologies, tools, and applications, 865-882. igi global, pennsylvania, united states. doi:10.4018/978-1-7998-0414-7.ch048. [11] angelopoulos, d., siskos, y., & psarras, j. (2019). disaggregating time series on multiple criteria for robust forecasting: the case of long-term electricity demand in greece. european journal of operational research, 275(1), 252–265. doi:10.1016/j.ejor.2018.11.003. [12] williams, s., & short, m. (2020). electricity demand forecasting for decentralised energy management. energy and built environment, 1(2), 178–186. doi:10.1016/j.enbenv.2020.01.001. [13] jesmeen, m. z. h., hossen, j., & aziz, a. b. a. (2021). unsupervised anomaly detection for energy consumption in time series using clustering approach. emerging science journal, 5(6), 840-854. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-01314. [14] zhang, x. m., grolinger, k., capretz, m. a. m., & seewald, l. (2018). forecasting residential energy consumption: single household perspective. 2018 17th ieee international conference on machine learning and applications (icmla). doi:10.1109/icmla.2018.00024. [15] bouktif, s., fiaz, a., ouni, a., & serhani, m. a. (2018). optimal deep learning lstm model for electric load forecasting using feature selection and genetic algorithm: comparison with machine learning approaches. energies, 11(7), 1636. doi:10.3390/en11071636. [16] tetlock, p. e., & gardner, d. (2016). superforecasting: the art and science of prediction. random house, new york city, united states. [17] garland, t., & ives, a. r. (2000). using the past to predict the present: confidence intervals for regression equations in phylogenetic comparative methods. american naturalist, 155(3), 346–364. doi:10.1086/303327. [18] briscoe, n. j., elith, j., salguero‐gómez, r., lahoz‐monfort, j. j., camac, j. s., giljohann, k. m., … guillera‐arroita, g. (2019). forecasting species range dynamics with process‐explicit models: matching methods to applications. ecology letters, 22(11), 1940–1956. doi:10.1111/ele.13348. [19] petropoulos, f., apiletti, d., assimakopoulos, v., babai, m. z., barrow, d. k., ben taieb, s., … boylan, j. e. (2022). forecasting: theory and practice. international journal of forecasting, 38(3), 705–871. doi:10.1016/j.ijforecast.2021.11.001. [20] jenset, g. b., & mcgillivray, b. (2017). quantitative historical linguistics: a corpus framework. oxford university press, oxford, united kingdom. [21] casarrubea, m., aiello, s., di giovanni, g., santangelo, a., palacino, m., & crescimanno, g. (2019). combining quantitative and qualitative data in the study of feeding behavior in male wistar rats. frontiers in psychology, 10. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2019.00881. [22] feng, l., wang, q., wang, j., & lin, k.-y. (2022). a review of technological forecasting from the perspective of complex systems. entropy, 24(6), 787. doi:10.3390/e24060787. [23] norouzian, r., plonsky, l. (2018). correlation and simple linear regression in applied linguistics. the palgrave handbook of applied linguistics research methodology. palgrave macmillan, london, united kingdom. doi:10.1057/978-1-137-599001_19. [24] rahimi, r. (2017). organizational culture and customer relationship management: a simple linear regression analysis. journal of hospitality marketing and management, 26(4), 443–449. doi:10.1080/19368623.2017.1254579. [25] basha, l., & hoxha, f. (2019). kernel estimation of the baseline function in the cox model. european scientific journal, 15(6), 105–118. doi:10.19044/esj.2019.v15n6p105. [26] cénac, p., godichon-baggioni, a., & portier, b. (2020). an efficient averaged stochastic gauss-newton algorithm for estimating parameters of nonlinear regressions models. arxiv preprint arxiv:2006.12920. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2006.12920. [27] brown, s. h. (2009). multiple linear regression analysis: a matrix approach with matlab. alabama journal of mathematics, 34, 1-3. [28] montgomery, d. c., peck, e. a., & vining, g. g. (2021). introduction to linear regression analysis (6th ed.). john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. [29] kumari, k., & yadav, s. (2018). linear regression analysis study. journal of the practice of cardiovascular sciences, 4(1), 33. doi:10.4103/jpcs.jpcs_8_18. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 3, september, 2022 318 [30] wagner, w., e. (2019). using ibm® spss® statistics for research methods and social science statistics. sage publications, newbury, united states. [31] makridakis, s., wheelwright, s. c., & hyndman, r. j. (2008). forecasting methods and applications. john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. [32] deluca, d., gasson, s., & kock, n. (2006). adaptations that virtual teams make so that complex tasks can be performed using simple e-collaboration technologies. international journal of e-collaboration (ijec), 2(3), 65–91. doi:10.4018/jec.2006070104. [33] yamaguchi, k. (2000). operation manual of simple e. jica study team, the institute of energy economics, tokyo, japan. available online: http://open_jicareport.jica.go.jp/pdf/11617180_04.pdf (accessed on may 2022). [34] kriswanto, s. (2014). electricity demand forecast using the simple e application. jakarta, indonesia. (in indonesian). [35] senior, v. l., evans, l. c., leather, s. r., oliver, t. h., & evans, k. l. (2020). phenological responses in a sycamore–aphid– parasitoid system and consequences for aphid population dynamics: a 20 year case study. global change biology, 26(5), 28142828. doi:10.1111/gcb.15015. [36] smith, j., & wallis, k. f. (2009). a simple explanation of the forecast combination puzzle. oxford bulletin of economics and statistics, 71(3), 331–355. doi:10.1111/j.1468-0084.2008.00541.x. [37] pamuji, n. (2014). business plan for the supply of electricity (ruptl 2014-2015) pt pln (persero), jakarta, indonesia. available online: https://gatrik.esdm.go.id/assets/uploads/download_index/files/9e670-coffee-morning-ruptl-2015-2024.pdf (accessed on may 2022). https://doi.org/10.1111/gcb.15015 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 385 issn: 2723-9535 socioeconomic impacts of households’ vulnerability during covid-19 pandemic in south africa: application of tobit and probit models isaac b. oluwatayo 1* , ayodeji o. ojo 2 , olanrewaju a. adediran 3 1 department of agricultural economics and agribusiness, university of venda, thohoyandou, south africa. 2 department of agricultural economics, university of ibadan, ibadan, nigeria. 3 larygold data science, piemeef height street, pretoria south africa. received 07 april 2022; revised 11 november 2022; accepted 26 november 2022; published 01 december 2022 abstract coronavirus is a public health issue with socioeconomic and livelihood dimensions. the world health organization declared the current novel coronavirus disease (covid-19) epidemic a public health emergency of international concern on january 30, 2020, and a global pandemic on march 11, 2020. the south african government has implemented different strategies, ranging from total lockdown in certain locations and provision of palliatives in some provinces across the country. this study, therefore, investigated the correlates of vulnerability and responsiveness to the adverse impacts of covid-19 in south africa. the study utilized primary data collected among 477 respondents. descriptive statistical tools, tobit and probit regression models, were used to analyze the data. the study found different levels of vulnerability (low, medium, and high) and responsiveness among households, including stocking up of food items, remote working, reliance on palliatives, and social grant provision, among others. some of the correlates of responsiveness to the covid-19 pandemic include being employed, the type of community, and the income of respondents. the study, therefore, recommends increased investments in welfare programmes (safety nets, palliative measures and economic stimulus packages) as well as capacity building of households through education to reduce vulnerability. keywords: coronavirus, determinants; responsiveness; vulnerability; south africa. 1. introduction the novel corona virus disease 2019 (covid-19) is a pandemic with serious public health and economic dimensions [1, 2]. the covid-19 virus, which was discovered in late 2019 in wuhan, china, had spread across all countries [3]. as of may 2021, a total of 165,772,430 confirmed cases of covid-19, including 3,437,545 deaths, had been recorded globally [4]. the pandemic has resulted in several mitigation strategies, including lockdown restrictions, palliatives, and social grants, among others. however, the lockdown restrictions resulted in significant welfare and economic losses for households and the government, respectively [5-8]. this is evident in the slowdown of production activities, tourism, taxes, and food insecurity due to the lockdown restrictions [9-11]. south africa accounted for the highest number of confirmed cases in africa. specifically, a total of 1,654,551 cases resulting in 55,293 fatalities have been confirmed in south africa [4]. this implies that the country bears a greater burden of covid-19 relative to any other african country. in an attempt to mitigate the adverse impacts of covid-19 on the economy, the south african government allocated about us$ 160 million to assist vulnerable businesses, about us$ 8.4 * corresponding author: isaac.oluwatayo@univen.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-04-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8649-2557 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4599-3865 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2978-3523 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 386 billion to the unemployment insurance fund, and provided tax subsidies for at least 75,000 small and medium enterprises with a turnover of less than us$2.7 million, among other relevant fiscal and monetary policies [12]. covid-19 is a threat multiplier as it worsened the weak economic indices since the south african economy was already witnessing negative growth. the unemployment rate increased from 27.3 percent in the first quarter to 29.1 percent in the third quarter of 2019 [13]. there are reports in the literature that the pandemic would have reversed the welfare gains recorded in 2019 when poverty incidence decreased to 49.2 percent from the 55.5 percent that was recorded in 2015 [14]. the pandemic affected the aviation and tourism sectors of the economy as the lockdown restricted travel, resulting in underemployment and unemployment in extreme cases [3]. an estimated 50 percent of the population is engaged in the informal sector, hence the high dependence on physical interactions that were constrained by the lockdown [15]. a few studies have been published on covid-19 responsiveness in south africa [16–18]. kollamparambil & oyenubi [16] investigated the extent and determinants of covid-19 vaccination hesitancy in south africa. cooper et al. [18] analyzed the behavioral response to the covid-19 pandemic in south africa. however, the previous attempts did not investigate socioeconomic factors affecting the vulnerability to adverse impacts and responsiveness to covid19 in south africa. this study attempts to fill this identified gap in research. this study investigated the socioeconomic determinants of vulnerability and responsiveness to covid-19 in south africa. therefore, the insights from this study will assist policymakers in implementing appropriate interventions against the pandemic. 2. literature review economies around the globe have unique socioeconomic structures that depict the relationship between the diverse range of forces that determine economic growth and development, for example, employment and the impacts of disasters [19]. covid-19 is one such disaster that has radically changed economic structures and processes, challenging the relevance and effectiveness of economic planning processes [1]. since the outbreak, covid-19 has spread rapidly to almost all countries in the world. the world health organization declared covid-19 a public health emergency of international concern on the 30th of january, 2020, and thereafter pronounced it a global pandemic on the 11th of march, 2020. the covid-19 pandemic is a health disaster that has global health impacts coupled with socio-economic disruptions and losses of livelihoods [20]. the covid-19 pandemic resulted in a considerable decline in economic activities in the global economy because of restriction measures put in place to reduce the contagion [21]. according to an early forecast by the international monetary fund [22], the global economy would contract by about 3 percent in 2020. however, in its june 2020 update, the international monetary fund [23] revised the forecast to a 4.9 percent contraction in 2020. the following reasons were cited for the updated forecast:  greater persistence in social distancing activities;  lower activity during lockdowns;  steeper decline in productivity amongst firms, which are open for business; and  greater uncertainty. south africa’s economy suffered a significant contraction during the 2nd quarter of 2020, when the country operated under widespread lockdown restrictions in response to covid-19. gross domestic product (gdp) fell by just over 16% between the first and second quarters of 2020, giving an annualized growth rate of -51 percent, which dwarfed the annualized slowdown of 6.1% recorded in the first quarter of 2009 during the global financial crisis [24]. there has been an increase in the unemployment rate, consequently decreasing purchasing power and impacting effective demand for adequate food and other basic needs [25]. from both the demand and supply perspectives, the lockdown resulted in a massive decline across a lot of industries. the effect was widespread across industries, but most felt in the service sectors (e.g., restaurants, entertainment, tourism, travel, hotels, etc.). the lockdown birthed major impacts on employment, production, and demand, and these impacts spilled over into the macro-economy [7]. in the agricultural sector, restrictions on movement have disrupted the food systems by causing home and foreign price hikes in south africa and having a far-reaching impact on individuals' and households’ ability to access food [26]. the economic implications are wide-ranging and uncertain, with different effects on the labour markets, production supply chains, financial markets, and the world economy. the negative economic effects may vary by the stringency of the social distancing measures (e.g., lockdowns and related policies), their length of implementation, and the degree of compliance across economies. 3. data and models primary data was collected among south africans using a computer-aided personal interviewing tool. this study was conducted in all the provinces of south africa between april and october 2020. although questionnaires from the western cape province were excluded from the analysis because only a few people (less than five) completed the questionnaire out of a total of over 477 received. the data collected include information on socioeconomic characteristics, hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 387 level of awareness of covid-19, vulnerability, and responsiveness, among others. we model the linear regression as; 𝐹𝑊𝑖 = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1𝑋𝑖 + 𝜀𝑖 (1) where 𝐹𝑊𝑖 is the effect of financial wellbeing during coronavirus pandemic (categorical order variable); 𝑋𝑖 are the covariates which included age (years), marital status (categorical variable), education, income, household size, province, and log of monthly income. this study used probit regression model to analyse the factors influencing responsiveness to covid-19 contagion mitigation measures. age of respondents, employment status and location of respondents were found to be significant. the tobit regression model was used to analyse the determinants of vulnerability to the adverse impacts of covid19 among respondents in the study area. age and being unemployed were found to be significant. 4. results and discussion 4.1. socioeconomic characteristics of respondents this section profiles the covid-19 responsiveness against socioeconomic characteristics of the respondents such as age, sex, marital status, monthly income, location and covid-19 spread mitigation measures. table 1 presents the summary statistics of the dataset. table 1. profile of covid-19 responsiveness against socioeconomic characteristics of respondents variable responsive non-responsive total age (years) <30 240 (61.70) 149 (38.30) 389 (81.56) 30-39 19 (43.18) 25 (56.82) 44 (9.22) 40-49 9 (28.13) 23 (71.88) 32 (6.71) 50 4 (33.33) 8 (66.67) 12 (2.52) sex female 117 (55.71) 93 (44.29) 210 (44.03) male 155 (58.05) 112 (41.95) 267 (55.97) marital status married 23 (34.85) 43 (65.15) 66 (13.84) non married 249 (60.58) 162 (39.42) 411 (86.16) monthly income (rands) <3,000 196 (63.02) 115 (36.98) 311 (65.20) 3,000-5,999 31 (52.54) 28 (47.46) 59 (12.37) 6,000-8,999 14 (58.33) 10 (41.67) 24 (5.03) >9,000 31 (37.35) 52 (62.65) 83 (17.40) location urban/peri-urban 57 (40.71) 83 (59.29) 140 (29.35) rural 215 (63.80) 122 (36.20) 337 (70.65) covid-19 awareness no 8 (57.14) 6 (42.86) 14 (3.13) yes 264 (55.35) 199 (41.72) 463 (97.06) sixty-two percent of the respondents below 30 years old responded to the covid-19 spread mitigation measure by stocking their houses with food items before the lockdown orders were put in place. on the other hand, 71 percent of the respondents between 40-49 years of age had the highest proportion of those who had no response to the covid-19 spread mitigation measure. this might be because the study area has a large, young, and economically active population below 30 years old. this is consistent with the earlier findings of [27]. generally, at older ages of the population, the response level was observed to decline, with respondents aged 40 years and above recording the lowest response level in both response categories. the results presented in table 1 revealed that males accounted for the majority of the respondents in the study area. male respondents have a higher response level in both response categories relative to their female counterparts. in terms of marital status, the majority of the respondents were not married. this may be because most respondents are under 30 years of age, therefore most of the respondents may not have married. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 388 the majority of the respondents earned monthly income below r3000, and they have the highest level of responsiveness to the covid-19 contagion mitigation measure. this could be because low-income earners tend to allocate a larger part of their income to the purchase of food items. respondents who earned above r9000 monthly had higher non-responsiveness, and this could be linked to the fact that at higher income levels, individuals tend to place priority on luxuries relative to necessities such as food items [28]. a larger number of the respondents are aware of the covid-19 pandemic incidence in the study area. however, a lot of the respondents did not stock up their homes with food items as a response to the lockdown orders [1]. this could be due to the short lockdown notice and financial hardship faced by low-income earners, who make up the largest number of respondents in the study area. 4.2. vulnerability to the adverse impact of covid-19 pandemic the results presented in table 2 revealed that 16 percent of the respondents were not vulnerable, 76 percent were moderately vulnerable while 8 percent were highly vulnerable. based on the results, most of the respondents who are younger than 30 years were either moderately vulnerable (95%) or highly vulnerable (11%) to the adverse impact of covid-19. this might be because most of the respondents who are younger than 30 years are single, either unemployed or in school. in fact, the majority of the respondents who were unemployed were vulnerable, as they had moderate (84%) and high vulnerability (16%). in terms of location, respondents that are based in rural areas (75%) and urban areas (76%) are mostly moderately vulnerable. this is consistent with the earlier reports of ngarava [8], which highlighted the vulnerability of rural youth, poor people, and migrant and seasonal workers to the adverse impacts of covid-19. this study found that respondents who were earning at least r9,000 had moderate vulnerability without falling into the high vulnerability category. conversely, the majority of the households earning less than r3000 per month had moderate vulnerability (77%) to adverse covid-19. this implies that respondents who are employed and earn at least 9000 rands per month are less vulnerable to adverse covid-19 impacts. table 2. vulnerability profile of respondents non-vulnerable moderately vulnerable highly vulnerable total age (years) <30 61 293 35 389 30-39 7 32 5 44 40-49 6 26 0 32 ≥ 50 1 10 1 12 sex female 37 154 19 210 male 38 207 22 267 marital status single 60 311 36 407 married 13 49 4 66 separated 1 1 0 2 widowed 1 0 1 2 monthly income (rands: 100 rands = 5.84 usd) < 3000 29 237 35 301 30005999 15 48 6 69 60008999 5 19 0 24 >9000 26 57 0 83 location urban/ peri-urban 22 107 11 140 rural 53 254 30 377 employment status employed 75 150 0 225 unemployed 0 211 41 252 4.3. factors influencing vulnerability of respondents to the adverse impact of covid-19 pandemic the results presented in table 3 revealed that age and being unemployed are the factors influencing vulnerability to the adverse impact of covid-19. a positive and statistically significant relationship exists between age and vulnerability hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 389 to covid-19. in fact, a unit increase in age will increase vulnerability by 0.79 percent. this might be due to the higher burden and high susceptibility to covid-19 among elderly people [29]. the study also found a positive relationship between being unemployed and vulnerability to covid-19. this might be due to the limited income available to unemployed individuals to procure necessary preventive items and stock food in situations of lockdown. therefore, individuals that are unemployed have a 13.92 percent increase in vulnerability to the covid-19 pandemic relative to their employed counterparts. table 3. determinants of vulnerability to adverse impact of covid-19 (data analysis, 2021) variables coefficient (standard error) marginal effect age 0.0068** (0.0034) 0.0079 sex 0.0142 (0.0310) 0.0142 married -0.0276 (0.0743) -0.0275 education -0.0091 (0.0113) -0.0091 household size -0.0043 (0.0058) -0.0042 monthly income -0.0004 (0.0002) -0.0001 primary occupation unemployed 0.3940** (0.0810) 0.3920 public/civil service -0.0008 (0.1021) -0.0008 student -0.0962 (0.1304) -0.0962 private sector/artisans 0.1076 (0.1104) 0.1076 traders -0.0111 (0.1722) -0.0011 location (rural) 0.1459 (0.0246) 0.0146 constant 0.0584 r2 0.3273 standard errors in parentheses; *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1 4.4. the correlates of responsiveness to covid-19 pandemic the results presented in table 4 revealed a positive and statistically significant relationship between age and responsiveness to covid-19 contagion mitigation measures. a unit increase in the age of respondents will lead to a less than 1% responsiveness to covid-19 contagion mitigation measures. this implies that older respondents would respond more to the mitigation measure as covid-19 has been proven to have more adverse effects on older persons and persons with other underlying disease conditions [30]. table 4. covid-19 responsiveness and adverse effect on financial wellbeing variables adverse effect on financial wellbeing (1) pooled ols (2) probit municipality support system -0.0751 -0.297 (0.113) (0.385) provision of reliefs 0.00621 0.0295 (0.0241) (0.0834) community healthcare 0.0147 0.0535 (0.0148) (0.0527) index of price, income & expense 0.294** 0.952** (0.115) (0.396) age 0.00671* 0.0235 (0.00392) (0.0145) sex 0.0541 0.200 (0.0401) (0.141) family structure ref: single married -0.195** -0.698** (0.0856) (0.302) widow -0.424 -1.321 (0.308) (0.989) divorced 0.0171 (0.360) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 390 education ref: no schooling primary -0.860 (0.534) secondary -0.0878 -0.199 (0.345) (0.236) diploma -0.0270 -0.00580 (0.353) (0.368) bachelor -0.0800 -0.168 (0.345) (0.219) postgraduate -0.0480 (0.346) household size 0.00630 0.0248 (0.00750) (0.0280) occupation -0.0202 -0.0683 (0.0132) (0.0453) province ref: western cape eastern cape 0.481 (0.357) northern cape 0.316 0.988 (0.303) (0.979) free state 0.00337 0.0445 (0.360) (1.136) kwazulu-natal 0.281 0.884 (0.299) (0.965) north west 0.287 0.883 (0.306) (0.991) gauteng 0.529 (0.511) mpumalanga 0.235 0.727 (0.342) (1.093) limpopo 0.525 (0.514) constant 0.375 -0.653 (0.474) (1.070) observations 449 438 r-squared 0.066 standard errors in parentheses; *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1 being employed is significant at 5% and has a positive relationship with responsiveness to covid-19 contagion mitigation measures. this implies that employed respondents have a higher likelihood to respond to the covid-19 mitigation measure by stocking up their houses with food items in readiness for the lockdown orders (see figure 1). this corroborates the earlier reports of mogaji [31]. the location of the respondent is also significant at 1% and has a negative relationship with responsiveness to covid-19 contagion mitigation measures. living in a rural area decreases the livelihood of a respondent being responsive by 13.5%. rural dwellers can source food items from their gardens and farms and might not need to stock up their homes with food items. robustness check: figure 2 depicts the family structure, which shows that separated and divorced people are less affected by the covid-19 pandemic than married people and single people. interestingly, the single has a more negative effect on the coronavirus as compared to other family structures. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 391 figure 1. provinces and adverse effect of covid-19 figure 2. family structure (or marital status) 5. conclusion and recommendations this study was conducted to analyze the factors influencing responsiveness and vulnerability to the adverse impacts of covid-19. the study utilized valid data from 477 respondents for its analysis. in addition, descriptive statistical tools, probit, tobit, and multiple linear regression models were used to analyze relevant data. the study found that most of the respondents were aware of the covid-19 pandemic. however, fewer respondents were responsive to the pandemic and the associated lockdown measures. therefore, this study proves that the high level of awareness of covid-19 among the respondents does not necessarily mean they have the capacity and support to respond appropriately and mitigate the adverse impacts of the pandemic. the results of the probit regression model revealed that age, living in rural areas, and being employed are the factors affecting the responsiveness of households to the covid19 pandemic. similarly, age and employment status determine the level of vulnerability to the adverse impacts of the covid-19 pandemic. emanating from the study findings, there should be increased investments in welfare programmes (safety nets, palliatives and economic stimulus packages) as well as capacity building of households through education to reduce hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 392 vulnerability. government and relevant stakeholders should also prioritize rural communities in the development of appropriate covid-19 mitigation strategies. this study has a few limitations that could be potentially addressed in future studies. the study did not consider the effects of other factors such as access to health care, household size, family structure, sector of employment, and remittances on the responsiveness and vulnerability to the adverse effects of covid-19. in addition, the study did not analyze the roles of specific governmentor private sector-led interventions targeted at improving the responsiveness of south africans. this would have provided insights into the impacts of such interventions on responsiveness among the respondents. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, i.b.o.; methodology, i.b.o., a.o.o., and o.a.a.; formal analysis, a.o.o. and o.a.a.; resources, i.b.o.; writing—original draft preparation, i.b.o., a.o.o., and o.a.a.; writing—review and editing, i.b.o. and a.o.o. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] schotte, s., & zizzamia, r. (2022). the livelihood impacts of covid-19 in urban south africa: a view from below. social indicators research, 165(1), 1–30. doi:10.1007/s11205-022-02978-7. [2] tene, t., guevara, m., svozilík, j., tene-fernandez, r., & vacacela gomez, c. (2021). analysis of covid-19 outbreak in ecuador using the logistic model. emerging science journal, 5, 105–118. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-sper-09. [3] african union. (2020). impact of the coronavirus (covid-19) on the african economy. african union (au), addis-ababa, ethiopia. [4] world health organization. (2022). who coronavirus covid-19 dashboard. world health organization (who), geneva, switzerland. available online: https://covid19.who.int/ (accessed on january 2023). [5] naidu, t. (2020). the covid-19 pandemic in south africa. psychological trauma: theory, research, practice, and policy, 12(5), 559–561. doi:10.1037/tra0000812. [6] bhorat, h., oosthuizen, m., & stanwix, b. (2021). social assistance amidst the covid-19 epidemic in south africa: a policy assessment. south african journal of economics, 89(1), 63–81. doi:10.1111/saje.12277. [7] pedruzo, b., catalan, a., aymerich, c., bordenave, m., estevez, o., gómez, d. a., herrero, j., laborda, m., mancebo, g., martínez, a., pacho, m., paniagua, a., pérez, j. l., & gonzález-torres, m. á. (2022). psychological impact of covid-19 lockdown on a population with serious mental illness. a prospective cohort study. revista de psiquiatria y salud mental, 1–9. doi:10.1016/j.rpsm.2022.04.004. [8] ngarava, s. (2022). empirical analysis on the impact of the covid-19 pandemic on food insecurity in south africa. physics and chemistry of the earth, 127, 1–32. doi:10.1016/j.pce.2022.103180. [9] arndt, c., davies, r., gabriel, s., harris, l., makrelov, k., modise, b., robinson, s., simbanegavi, w., seventer, d., & anderson, l. (2020). impact of covid-19 on the south african economy: an initial analysis. working paper, south africa-towards inclusive economic development (sa-tied), helsinki, finland. [10] united nations. (2020). policy brief: the impact of covid-19 on food security and nutrition. united nations (un), new york, unite states. [11] rudin-rush, l., michler, j. d., josephson, a., & bloem, j. r. (2022). food insecurity during the first year of the covid-19 pandemic in four african countries. food policy, 111(2022), 1–11. doi:10.1016/j.foodpol.2022.102306. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 393 [12] gondwe, g. (2020, july). assessing the impact of covid-19 on africa’s economic development. united nations conference on trade and development, 2-3 july, 2020, united nations, new york, unite states. [13] statistics south africa (2019). quarterly labour force survey statistical release p0211. statistics south africa (statsa), pretoria, south africa. [14] chitiga-mabugu, m., henseler, m., mabugu, r., & maisonnave, h. (2021). economic and distributional impact of covid-19: evidence from macro-micro modelling of the south african economy. south african journal of economics, 89(1), 82–94. doi:10.1111/saje.12275. [15] balde, r., boly, m., & avenyo, e. k. (2020). labour market effects of covid-19 in sub-saharan africa: an informality lens from burkina faso, mali and senegal. working paper, maastricht economic and social research institute on innovation and technology (unu-merit), maastricht university, maastricht, netherlands. [16] kollamparambil, u., & oyenubi, a. (2021). behavioural response to the covid-19 pandemic in south africa. plos one, 16(4), 250269. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0250269. [17] komanisi, e., anakpo, g., & syden, p. m. (2022). vulnerability to covid-19 impacts in south africa : analysis of the socioeconomic characteristics. africagrowth agenda, 19(2), 10–12. [18] cooper, s., van rooyen, h., & wiysonge, c. s. (2021). covid-19 vaccine hesitancy in south africa: how can we maximize uptake of covid-19 vaccines? expert review of vaccines, 20(8), 921–933. doi:10.1080/14760584.2021.1949291. [19] chirisa, i., mutambisi, t., chivenge, m., mabaso, e., matamanda, a. r., & ncube, r. (2022). the urban penalty of covid-19 lockdowns across the globe: manifestations and lessons for anglophone sub-saharan africa. geojournal, 87(2), 815–828. doi:10.1007/s10708-020-10281-6. [20] ahmed, m. z., ahmed, o., aibao, z., hanbin, s., siyu, l., & ahmad, a. (2020). epidemic of covid-19 in china and associated psychological problems. asian journal of psychiatry, 51. doi:10.1016/j.ajp.2020.102092. [21] lone, s. a., & ahmad, a. (2020). covid-19 pandemic–an african perspective. emerging microbes & infections, 9(1), 1300– 1308. doi:10.1080/22221751.2020.1775132. [22] international monetary fund. (2020). world economic outlook, april 2020: the great lockdown. international monetary fund (imf), washington, united states. available online: https://www.imf.org/en/publications/weo/issues/2020/04/14/weo-april2020 (accessed on january 2023). [23] international monetary fund. (2021). fault lines widen in the global recovery. international monetary fund (imf), washington, united states available online: https://www.imf.org/en/publications/weo/issues/2021/07/27/world-economic-outlook-updatejuly-2021 (accessed on january 2023). [24] statssa. (2020). steep slump in gdp as covid-9 takes its toll on the economy. statistics south africa, republic of south africa, cape town, south africa. available online: http://www.statssa.gov.za/?p=13601 (accessed on january 2023). [25] odeku, k. o. (2021). socio-economic implications of covid-19 pandemic in south africa. academy of entrepreneurship journal, 27, 1-6. [26] laborde, d., martin, w., & vos, r. (2020). poverty and food insecurity could grow dramatically as covid-19 spreads. international food policy research institute (ifpri), washington, united states. [27] gonzalez, k. f., bull, m. t., muñoz-herrera, s., & robledo, l. f. (2021). determinant factors in personal decision-making to adopt covid-19 prevention measures in chile. international journal of environmental research and public health, 18(15), 8131. doi:10.3390/ijerph18158131. [28] hung, k., & david, k. t. (2020). luxury brand consumption in emerging economies: review and implications. research handbook on luxury branding, 93-116, edward elgar publishing, northampton, united states. doi:10.4337/9781786436351.00017. [29] tahmasebi, p., shokri-kuehni, s. m. s., sahimi, m., & shokri, n. (2020). how do environmental, economic and health factors influence regional vulnerability to covid-19? doi:10.1101/2020.04.09.20059659. [30] wyper, g. m. a., assunção, r., cuschieri, s., devleeschauwer, b., fletcher, e., haagsma, j. a., hilderink, h. b. m., idavain, j., lesnik, t., von der lippe, e., majdan, m., milicevic, m. s., pallari, e., peñalvo, j. l., pires, s. m., plaß, d., santos, j. v., stockton, d. l., thomsen, s. t., & grant, i. (2020). population vulnerability to covid-19 in europe: a burden of disease analysis. archives of public health, 78(1), 1–8. doi:10.1186/s13690-020-00433-y. [31] mogaji, e. (2020). financial vulnerability during a pandemic: insights for coronavirus disease (covid-19). ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3564702. https://www.imf.org/en/publications/weo/issues/2020/04/14/weo-april-2020 https://www.imf.org/en/publications/weo/issues/2020/04/14/weo-april-2020 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 716 issn: 2723-9535 a novel classification model based on hybrid k-means and neural network for classification problems cui chenghu 1 , arit thammano 1* 1 computational intelligence laboratory, school of information technology, king mongkut’s institute of technology ladkrabang, bangkok 10520, thailand. received 16 may 2024; revised 11 august 2024; accepted 17 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract we propose a new classification model—a new classification model for clustering overlapping problems based on kmeans and neural networks. k-means clustering algorithm belongs to unsupervised learning. it is a classic algorithm for solving clustering problems. since this algorithm calculates its categories based on distance, the results tend to converge to the local optimal solution and have poor boundary clustering properties. the k-means classification algorithm defines clusters by the distance between the cluster center value and the target object, and the optimal result is obtained through continuous iteration. therefore, clustering results are overlapped, and there are often outliers that do not belong to the current cluster, resulting in unsatisfactory clustering results. our model offers a new method to segment non-ideal data in overlapping regions. since clustering algorithms cannot effectively identify and classify this part of the data, we split this part of the data and train it using a neural network. the results are then integrated into the clustered data. in the experiment, the k-fold cross-validation method ensures the model stability of the results. we used the accuracy to evaluate the quality of the model, and we used standard deviation and mean deviation to detect clustering results. five sets of experimental data from the cross-experiment show that compared with the k-means classification model, the accuracy of our model is effectively improved. keywords: overlapping clustering; k-means classification; neural network; machine learning. 1. introduction the k-means classification algorithm and its solutions remain important for practical applications such as data mining, image processing, and text analysis [1, 2]. the random seed is used as the initial centroid, and the optimal solution of the model is determined through continuous iteration, this process is usually called model training [3, 4]. the parameter values of the optimal solution are used to achieve classification results for a specific dataset. the model usually uses a loss function to measure the performance of the model [5]. due to algorithm advantages, the k-means algorithm is widely used in various fields [6-8]. as researchers continue to improve the performance of the k-means classification model, the traditional solutions have become insufficient [9]. for decades, one of the most popular topics in k-means has been cluster overlapping problems [10]. the k-means classification model is a classic unsupervised learning algorithm. this algorithm uses the * corresponding author: arit@it.kmitl.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-012 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0008-9042-3512 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4317-7370 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 717 inherent similarity of the data as an important indicator for classification. it groups unlabeled datasets into different clusters. however, since clustering is based on the center value to measure similarity, the central area would have higher accuracy. in contrast, the accuracy of the remote area of the cluster has a lower accuracy [11]. the overlapping issue of k-means clustering is caused by its characteristics [12, 13]. this is determined by its characteristics and cannot be changed. at present, the main methods to improve classification performance are hierarchical clustering and hybrid models. hierarchical clustering establishes a hierarchical nested clustering tree based on the similarity of data points. the top layer of the tree is the cluster root node, and then it is continuously divided into two clusters until the optimal solution is reached. this is a divisive analysis (diana), which is carried out from top to bottom. another hierarchical clustering (agnes) is carried out from bottom to top. this method is exactly the opposite of diana. although diana and agnes can avoid clustering to the local optimal solution, this method also has great disadvantages, such as complex algorithm complexity and difficulty in controlling singular values. in recent years, hybrid models have received widespread attention due to their advantages in processing complex data structures, data adaptability, and flexibility. "hybrid algorithm" refers to a solution that combines algorithms and methods to solve complex problems. it can integrate the advantages of multiple algorithms and achieve optimal results in a shorter time frame. in another research paper, the authors proposed an improved k-means algorithm, this algorithm has the advantages of k-means clustering and avoids the problem of local optimality [14, 15]. although some effective solutions have been proposed to solve the problem, we believe that our model could offer a new method for solving this problem. therefore, this study proposes a novel classification model. the important contributions of our solution are as follows. first, our model retains the advantages of the k-means model. second, we propose a method to process only the overlapping area data without affecting other valid data. 2. literature review clustering algorithms, particularly k-means, have been extensively studied and applied across various domains. this review highlights several significant contributions in the field of clustering techniques and related applications. gan & ng (2017) and wang et al. (2019) introduce innovative approaches to enhance traditional k-means clustering by addressing the challenge of unclear cluster boundaries. both studies propose three-way k-means algorithms that utilize overlap clustering to identify core and fringe regions. perturbation analysis is then employed to separate these regions, resulting in an improved clustering structure. evaluation of uci and usps datasets demonstrates the effectiveness of these methods in enhancing clustering accuracy [16, 17]. lu et al. (2024) pointed out that the solution to the overlapping areas of clusters is that the traditional clustering method assumes binary classification [18], and this algorithm needs to be based on specific conditions to achieve its task. in contrast, the method they use does not have this problem; that is, it does not need to be based on the type of relationship of inclusion or exclusion of objects. therefore, the three-way clustering method is used as an effective alternative to solve overlapping clustering [19]. dai et al. (2024) pointed out that when there are imbalanced and overlapping categories in the dataset, the performance of traditional classifiers will decline. the majority and minority classes have an obvious relationship in the binary classification methodology. the classifier's overall performance can be greatly improved by using an area of overlapping categories. however, in multi-class imbalance issues, the relationship between clusters becomes very complicated [20]. in their study, a new solution was proposed that integrates the advantages of genetic algorithms. the experimental results of 19 public datasets show that this integrated genetic algorithm method is effective [21]. zhu et al. (2019) propose a novel approach to multi-viewpoint set registration by framing it as a clustering problem and employing k-means clustering. their method demonstrates effectiveness and robustness approaches, as evaluated against benchmark datasets [22, 23]. lücke & forster (2019) [24] introduce a novel perspective linking k-means clustering with gaussian mixture models (gmm) using truncated variational em. this approach offers a promising avenue for future theoretical and empirical research in clustering algorithms [25]. sieranoja et al. (2024) present a new model (omos) to solve the problem of overlapping problems in clusters. they believe that intra-class imbalance and sensitivity to parameter settings are the main problems. so, they proposed a solution to use the mean shift algorithm to identify minority classes. this way, the distribution characteristics of minority class clusters can be captured. the experimental results come from 20 imbalanced data sets and four different classifiers. the results show that the omos algorithm is effective [15]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 718 vuttipittayamongkol et al. (2018) address the challenge of imbalanced data classification by introducing a novel under-sampling technique. this method is mainly used to eliminate erroneous instances in overlapping areas, leading to significant improvements in classification performance across various datasets [26]. huang et al. (2021) propose a new k-means classification algorithm to improve clustering performance by extracting hierarchical representations. the deep structure captures complex hierarchical information, leading to significant performance gains over classical and stateof-the-art methods across benchmark datasets [27]. saputra et al. (2020) investigate the effects of different distance algorithms on the performance of the k-means model. their study provided in-depth insights into the impact of distance metrics on clustering results [28]. these studies collectively contribute to advancing clustering techniques and their applications across various domains, addressing challenges such as unclear cluster boundaries, optimal parameter selection, and efficient data representation. figure 1 shows the flowchart of the research methodology through which the objectives of this study were achieved. the contribution of this research: • the proposed novel classification model framework was designed to solve clusters overlapping of the k-means clusters overlapping problem of linear decision boundary and improve classification performance. • an implemented ensemble classification model was tested for its performance in terms of standard deviation and mean deviation. the standard deviation can detect the size of cluster boundaries, while the mean deviation can detect the compactness of data within clusters. figure 1. the process of the methodology 3. research methodology k-means is widely recognized in the domain of machine learning and primarily utilized for classifying unlabeled data. conversely, neural network algorithms operate within the realm of supervised learning, where models are trained using existing data labels for classification purposes. this paper introduces a novel model designed specifically for classifying unsupervised data within clustered overlapping regions. notably, this new model combines features from both the neural network and k-means algorithms. in the subsequent section, we will provide an overview of the fundamental k-means algorithm and basic concepts of neural networks and elaborate on our innovative classification model. 3.1. k-means architecture the k-means classification model [8, 29] relies on distance metrics to assess similarity and categorize data points into clusters. each data point is assigned to the cluster with the closest centroid, determined by distance calculation. the process involves iterative adjustments of centroids by the average values of the data within each cluster. the performance of the k-means classification model is typically evaluated using the sum of squares. below is the workflow implementation of the k-means algorithm, which is depicted in figure 2: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 719 figure 2. k-means classification model architecture perform k-means steps: • euclidean distance: it is calculated in high-dimensional space as defined by equation 1. d: distance between 2 points. 𝐷(𝑝, 𝑞) = √∑(𝑝𝑖 − 𝑞𝑖) 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 (1) • the sum of squares: it is used for the line of best fit will minimize this value as defined by equation 2. where 𝑦𝑖 is the observed value, �̂�𝑖 is estimated by the regression line. 𝑆𝑆𝐸 = ∑(𝑦𝑖 − �̂�𝑖) 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 (2) 3.2. feedforward neural network the sigmoid function is a logistic function characterized by an "s"-shaped curve [30]. in neural network models, sigmoid is commonly utilized as an activation function [31]. the forward propagation neural network involves the process of input data and output results; the network architecture consists of an input layer, a hidden layer, and an output layer. the derivative of the sigmoid function is essential for backpropagation in neural network models. backpropagation utilizes formulas to adjust weights from the output layer to hidden layers, as defined by equations, and to adjust weights from hidden layers to input layers [32]. mean squared error [33] serves as a loss function, frequently employed in regression problems, where the output consists of continuous values or a vector of values. the neural network functions are represented in the figure 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 720 figure 3. feedforward neural network perform neural network steps: • feedforward step 1: the weights of the input layer to the hidden layer nodes are calculated using the summation function and the sigmoid function, as defined in equations 3 and 4: 𝑛𝑒𝑡𝑗 = ∑ 𝑤𝑗𝑖𝑥𝑖 𝑁 𝑖 = 1 (3) 𝑂𝑗 = 𝑓(𝑛𝑒𝑡𝑗) = 1 1 + 𝑒−𝑥 (4) • feedforward step 2: hidden layer to output layer nodes calculating the weighted with sum function and sigmoid functions as defined by equations 5 and 6: 𝑛𝑒𝑡𝑘 = ∑ 𝑤𝑘𝑗𝑂𝑗 𝑀 𝑗 = 1 (5) 𝑂𝑘 = 𝑓(𝑛𝑒𝑡𝑘) = 1 1 + 𝑒−𝑛𝑒𝑡𝑘 (6) • feedforward step 3: derivative of the sigmoid function as defined by equation 7: �́�(𝑥) = 𝜎(𝑥)(1 − 𝜎(𝑥)) (7) • backpropagation step 1: renew the weight from the output back to the hidden layer as defined by equations 8, and (9), respectively. 𝑤𝑘𝑗 𝑛𝑒𝑤 = 𝑤𝑘𝑗 𝑜𝑙𝑑 − 𝜂(𝛥𝑤𝑘𝑗) (8) 𝛥𝑤𝑘𝑗 = −(𝑦𝑘 − 𝑜𝑘)𝑜𝑘(1 − 𝑜𝑘)𝑜𝑗 (9) • backpropagation step 2: renew the weight from the hidden layer back to the input layer as defined by equations 10 and 11, respectively. where 𝜂 is the learning rate, w is weight, y is the values of prediction, o is the actual value, and x is input. 𝑤𝑗𝑖 𝑛𝑒𝑤 = 𝑤𝑗𝑖 𝑜𝑙𝑑 − 𝜂(𝛥𝑤𝑗𝑖) (10) 𝛥𝑤𝑗𝑖 = − ∑(𝑦𝑘 − 𝑜𝑘)𝑜𝑘(1 − 𝑜𝑘)𝑤𝑘𝑗𝑜𝑗(1 − 𝑜𝑗)𝑥𝑖 𝐿 𝑘=1 (11) • backpropagation step 3: mean squared error is a loss function that is often used for model performance, the vector of values as defined by equation 12. where n is all variable's number of prediction samples, y is observed values, and y ̂is the predicted value. 𝑀𝑆𝐸 = 1 𝑛 ∑(𝑦𝑖 − �̂�𝑖) 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 (12) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 721 • normalization is to normalize the input data so that it obeys a distribution with a mean of 0 and a variance of 1: 𝑥 = 𝑥 − 𝑥𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑥𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑥𝑚𝑖𝑛 (13) • the sigmoid function is a logistic function characterized by an "s"-shaped curve (equation 14 and figure 4): 𝑓(𝑧) = 1 (1 + 𝑒−𝑧) (14) figure 4. active function sigmoid 3.3. handling of overlapping data the overlapping area of the two clusters is taken as a new cluster. set cluster a centroid as p point, set cluster b centroid as q point. pythagorean theorem [34] is used to calculate the center point of the overlapping area as the centroid. the workflow for determining overlapping centers as shown in figure 5. the formula is: 𝑑 = 1 2 √𝑝2 + 𝑞2 . figure 5. handling of overlapping data hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 722 3.4. parameter setting an overview of the hardware and software configuration used in the experiment and the parameters are shown in table 1. table 1. model parameter setting in details model datasets dimensions distance function initialization method iteration features clusters train: val ratio (%) k-means iris low euclidean distance random seeds 100 4 3 80:20 k-means wine medium euclidean distance random seeds 100 13 3 80:20 k-means breast cancer hide euclidean distance random seeds 100 30 2 80:20 model datasets classes train: val ratio (%) hidden neurons learning rate maximum epochs activation function early stropping f-nn iris 3 80:20 4 0.5 200 sigmoid applied f-nn wine 3 80:20 13 0.5 200 sigmoid applied f-nn breast cancer 2 80:20 30 0.5 200 sigmoid applied dataset operating system central processing unit processor random-access memory python anaconda iris windows 10 education, version 22h2 intel(r) core (tm) i7-6700 cpu @ 3.40ghz 64-bit operating system, x64-based processor random-access memory (16.0 gb) version 3.9.12 version 4.13.0 wine breast cancer 3.5. dataset diversity and scalability all experiments conducted in this study used public datasets downloaded from the uci. specifically, we used the iris, wine, and breast cancer datasets, where the iris dataset contains four dimensions, the wine dataset contains 13 dimensions, and the breast cancer dataset contains 30 dimensions. we experimented with these three datasets in lowdimensional, medium-dimensional, and high-dimensional datasets to obtain the effective performance of the model in different dimensions (see figure 6). table 2 provides more details about the experimental data. figure 6. dataset diversity hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 723 table 2. experiment dataset in low, medium, and high dimensions dataset dataset dimensions features class instances samples per class associated tasks subject area mission values iris low 4 3 150 [50,50,50] classicization biology no wine medium 13 3 178 [59,71,48] classicization physics and chemistry no breast cancer hide 30 2 569 [212,357] classicization health and medicine no 3.6. model integration this section delves into the specifics of the proposed segmental technique designed to address clusters overlapping. we propose a new classification model that uses a neural network algorithm to solve the overlapping areas in k-means classification. our methodology outlines the approach for identifying overlapping clusters and introduces the segmental technique, shown in figure 7. figure 7. process of proposed novel classification model our model for addressing overlapping problems involves seven key steps: • the first step: involves inputting the cluster data afflicted by overlapping issues after applying the k-means algorithm. • the second step is calculating the center points of all clusters by the means. • the third step is identifying overlapping areas. • the fourth step is determining overlapping region data. • the fifth step is training the neural networks model for overlapping region data. • the sixth step: integrating the features derived from the k-means and neural networks models is performed to formulate the final model. • the seventh step is evaluating the model's performance through rigorous assessment techniques. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 724 4. experiment and validation in the experiments, we used k-fold cross-validation to evaluate the robustness and generalization ability of the model design. the procedure is shown in figure 8. figure 8. k-fold cross validation there are 4 mathematical methodologies for model performance measurement: parameters: from model predicted class and actual class. there are tp: true positive; fp: false positive; fn: false negative; and tn: true negative respectively [35, 36]. the accuracy of the equation is shown in equation 15, the precision of the equation is shown in equation 16, the recall of the equation is shown in equation 17, and the f1-score of the equation is shown in equation 18. 𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑦 = ( 𝑇𝑁 + 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑃 + 𝑇𝑁 + 𝐹𝑁 ) × 100 (15) 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑜𝑛 = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑃 (16) 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁 (17) 𝐹1 − 𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 = 2 × ( 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 × 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 + 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 ) (18) the standard deviation (or σ) is a measure of how dispersed the data is concerning the mean as defined by equation 19. 𝜎 = √ ∑(𝑥𝑖 − 𝜇)2 𝑁 (19) mean deviation is the distance in the cluster, it is as defined by equation 20. 𝑀𝐷 = 1 𝑁 ∑|𝑥𝑖 − �̅�| 𝑛 𝑖=1 (20) 5. experiment results and discussion the results of k-fold cross-validation with k-means as the control group and our model as the experimental group. to ensure the consistency of the results, the k-means model and our model use the same folds for model training and model validation; performance results are given for the data environment of the model. the results are shown table 3 and figures 9 and 10. table 3. experiment results performance in low, medium, and high dimensions dataset with proposed model dataset lower dimensions models accuracy precision recall f1-measure mean std iris 4 k-means 0.8666 0.8666 0.8666 0.8666 0.8808 0.0584 proposed 0.9333 0.9333 0.9333 0.9333 0.8942 0.0536 wine 13 k-means 0.6666 0.6773 0.6626 0.6678 0.7059 0.0998 proposed 0.7820 0.8070 0.7820 0.7840 0.7890 0.0817 breast cancer 30 k-means 0.7479 0.7263 0.6388 0.6952 0.7662 0.0406 proposed 0.9405 0.9218 0.9400 0.9428 0.8077 0.0394 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 725 figure 9. loss function from our model. the k-means model and our model used the same folds data for training and testing; to ensure the consistency of the results, both model setting are k=3 & folds (1-5); train-validation-test splits=80% & 20%. figure 10. confusion matrix from our model. k-means model and our model used the same folds data for training and testing; to ensure the consistency of the results, both model setting is k=3 & folds (1-5); train-validation-test splits=80% & 20%. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 726 in summary, this section comprehensively evaluates the performance of our proposed model. the following is an overview of the key components used for evaluation: table 3: this table provides a detailed comparison of the performance metrics between the k-means model as a control group and our proposed model. it provides a comprehensive overview of various metrics such as accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 score, allowing for a detailed evaluation of the performance of the model. to provide a more detailed picture of the performance of the model in terms of data diversity and scalability, we tested it on low, medium, and high-dimensional datasets. the dataset with four dimensions is called low dimensional, the dataset with 13 dimensions is called mid-dimensional, and the dataset with 30 dimensions is called high dimensional. figure 9: these plots show the performance of neural network model training with cluster overlapping data. we used 5 k-fold validation for training. so each dataset has 5 training performances. where k represents k-fold. we use mean squared error (mse) as the evaluation metric for the model. the iris dataset has 3 classes, and the ratio of training and evaluation is 80:20. there are 4 hidden neurons, the learning rate is 0.5, and the epochs are 200. the wine dataset has 3 classes, and the ratio of training and evaluation is 80:20. there are 13 hidden neurons, the learning rate is 0.5, and the epochs are 200. the breast dataset has 2 classes, and the ratio of training and evaluation is 80:20. there are 30 hidden neurons, the learning rate is 0.5, and the epochs are 200. figure 10: confusion matrix of the model. they provide an intuitive representation of the model classification results and help understand the distribution of true positive, true negative, false positive, and false negative predictions. the prediction accuracy of the iris dataset is 100% for class 0, 90% for class 1, and 90% for class 2. the overall accuracy is 93.333%, which is higher than the original classification model. the prediction accuracy of the wine dataset is 100% for class 0, 92.86% for class 1, and 90% for class 2, with an overall accuracy of 78.20%, which is higher than the original classification model. the prediction accuracy of the breast cancer dataset is 92.59% for class 0, 94.52% for class 1, and 0.9405% for the overall accuracy, which is higher than the original classification model. figure 11 are used to show the classification performance between our proposed models, including the mean deviation, standard deviation, minimum score, maximum score, and median of indicators such as accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score. they provide insights into the performance differences across various evaluation criteria. we show in detail the performance of our model and k-means model on low-latitude, mid-latitude, and high-latitude datasets respectively. we use mean deviation to detect the compactness of data within the clusters, and the smaller the number, the better the performance. standard deviation is used to detect the size of cluster boundaries, and the larger the value, the larger the cluster. thus, their robustness and generalization ability are comprehensively evaluated. figure 11. the bar chart comparison is from our model. to ensure the consistency of the results, the k-means model and our model used the same folds data for training and testing; both model setting are k = 3 & folds (1-5); train-validation-test splits = 80% & 20%. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 727 in summary, we evaluated all model’s performance with low, medium, and high dataset. with the experiment results the k-means model and the proposed model have provided a comprehensive understanding of their strengths and weaknesses in various evaluation scenarios. 6. conclusion the study introduces a novel classification model that integrates features from both k-means and neural networks. this algorithm is designed to identify areas of cluster overlap within classified data, effectively distinguishing categories that the k-means algorithm alone finds difficult to discern. a new classification model is presented to address the problem of data overlap in the clustering process. the model applies segmentation technology to divide the data in the overlapping area. neural networks are then employed to train and identify this portion of the data, which is subsequently integrated into the classification model. this approach retains the characteristics of the k-means algorithm while utilizing the neural network to identify data in the overlapping area. the primary focus of the model is on identifying the overlapping area and segmenting the data, as introduced in the paper. moreover, to evaluate our proposed model, we conducted experiments with 4, 13, and 30-dimensional datasets and compared its performance against a k-means model. the experimental results indicate that our proposed model consistently outperforms k-means across various cross-validation scenarios. while k-means, as a traditional machinelearning model, classification accuracy in 3 scenarios with the public dataset, ranging from 86%, 66%, and 74%, our proposed model achieves significantly higher accuracy rates. specifically, our model demonstrates 7%, 12%, and 20% higher accuracy compared to k-means in the respective scenarios. these findings provided the superiority of our proposed classification model over k-means and validated its feasibility. furthermore, our novel model has the potential ability for application in various classification problems. in future research, we intend to explore the applicability of our model across diverse data types and develop automatic optimization methods tailored to the unique characteristics of each dataset. in future research, we intend to explore the applicability of our model across diverse data types and develop automatic optimization methods tailored to the unique characteristics of each dataset. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions corresponding, a.t.; conceptualization, c.c. and a.t.; methodology, c.c. and a.t.; software, c.c.; validation, c.c.; formal analysis, c.c. and a.t.; investigation, c.c. and a.t.; resources, c.c. and a.t.; data curation, c.c.; writing—original draft preparation, c.c.; writing—review and editing, c.c. and a.t.; visualization, c.c.; supervision, a.t.; project administration, c.c.; funding acquisition, a.t. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding and acknowledgements this work was supported by king mongkut’s institute of technology ladkrabang (kmitl), thailand. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 728 8. references [1] hassoun, a., aït-kaddour, a., abu-mahfouz, a. m., rathod, n. b., bader, f., barba, f. j., biancolillo, a., cropotova, j., galanakis, c. m., jambrak, a. r., lorenzo, j. m., måge, i., ozogul, f., & regenstein, j. (2023). the fourth industrial revolution in the food industry—part i: industry 4.0 technologies. critical reviews in food science and nutrition, 63(23), 6547–6563. doi:10.1080/10408398.2022.2034735. [2] meiring, g. a. m., & myburgh, h. c. (2015). a review of intelligent driving style analysis systems and related artificial intelligence algorithms. sensors (switzerland), 15(12), 30653–30682. doi:10.3390/s151229822. [3] celebi, m. e., & aydin, k. (2016). unsupervised learning algorithms. unsupervised learning algorithms, 8, 55-70. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-24211-8. [4] ahmed, m., seraj, r., & islam, s. m. s. (2020). the k-means algorithm: a comprehensive survey and performance evaluation. electronics (switzerland), 9(8), 1–12. doi:10.3390/electronics9081295. [5] azar, a. t., gaber, t., oliva, d., ṭulbah, m. f., & hassanien, a. e. (2020). proceedings of the international conference on artificial intelligence and computer vision (aicv2020), 1153, 247–257. [6] chenghu, c., jinna, h., visavakitcharoen, a., temdee, p., & chaisricharoen, r. (2019). identifying the effectiveness of arabica drip coffee on individual human brainwave. ecti damt-ncon 2019 4th international conference on digital arts, media and technology and 2nd ecti northern section conference on electrical, electronics, computer and telecommunications engineering, 1–4. doi:10.1109/ecti-ncon.2019.8692298. [7] chen, g., liu, y., & ge, z. (2019). k-means bayes algorithm for imbalanced fault classification and big data application. journal of process control, 81, 54–64. doi:10.1016/j.jprocont.2019.06.011. [8] ikotun, a. m., ezugwu, a. e., abualigah, l., abuhaija, b., & heming, j. (2023). k-means clustering algorithms: a comprehensive review, variants analysis, and advances in the era of big data. information sciences, 622, 178–210. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2022.11.139. [9] wang, z., du, x., & wu, l. (2022). ai-based secure construction of university information services platform. security and communication networks, 2022(1), 1939796. doi:10.1155/2022/1939796. [10] khanmohammadi, s., adibeig, n., & shanehbandy, s. (2017). an improved overlapping k-means clustering method for medical applications. expert systems with applications, 67, 12–18. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2016.09.025. [11] fränti, p., & sieranoja, s. (2018). k-means properties on six clustering benchmark datasets. applied intelligence, 48(12), 4743– 4759. doi:10.1007/s10489-018-1238-7. [12] danganan, a. e., & de los reyes, e. (2021). ehmcoke: an enhanced overlapping clustering algorithm for data analysis. bulletin of electrical engineering and informatics, 10(4), 2212–2222. doi:10.11591/eei.v10i4.2547. [13] chen, y. c., chen, y. l., & lu, j. y. (2021). mk-means: detecting evolutionary communities in dynamic networks. expert systems with applications, 176, 114807. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2021.114807. [14] nie, f., li, z., wang, r., & li, x. (2023). an effective and efficient algorithm for k-means clustering with new formulation. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 35(4), 3433–3443. doi:10.1109/tkde.2022.3155450. [15] sieranoja, s., & fränti, p. (2022). adapting k-means for graph clustering. knowledge and information systems, 64(1), 115–142. doi:10.1007/s10115-021-01623-y. [16] gan, g., & ng, m. k. p. (2017). k-means clustering with outlier removal. pattern recognition letters, 90, 8–14. doi:10.1016/j.patrec.2017.03.008. [17] wang, p., shi, h., yang, x., & mi, j. (2019). three-way k-means: integrating k-means and three-way decision. international journal of machine learning and cybernetics, 10, 2767-2777. doi:10.1007/s13042-018-0901-y. [18] lu, x., ye, x., & cheng, y. (2024). an overlapping minimization-based over-sampling algorithm for binary imbalanced classification. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 133, 108107. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2024.108107. [19] afridi, m. k., azam, n., & yao, j. t. (2020). variance based three-way clustering approaches for handling overlapping clustering. international journal of approximate reasoning, 118, 47–63. doi:10.1016/j.ijar.2019.11.011. [20] dai, q., wang, l. hui, xu, k. long, du, t., & chen, l. fang. (2024). class-overlap detection based on heterogeneous clustering ensemble for multi-class imbalance problem. expert systems with applications, 255, 124558. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2024.124558. [21] zhou, q., & sun, b. (2024). adaptive k-means clustering based under-sampling methods to solve the class imbalance problem. data and information management, 8(3), 100064. doi:10.1016/j.dim.2023.100064. [22] zhu, j., jiang, z., evangelidis, g. d., zhang, c., pang, s., & li, z. (2019). efficient registration of multi-view point sets by kmeans clustering. information sciences, 488, 205–218. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2019.03.024. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 729 [23] ros, f., & riad, r. (2024). feature and dimensionality reduction for clustering with deep learning. springer nature, xi, 268. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-48743-9. [24] lücke, j., & forster, d. (2019). k-means as a variational em approximation of gaussian mixture models. pattern recognition letters, 125, 349–356. doi:10.1016/j.patrec.2019.04.001. [25] liu, x., fan, k., huang, x., ge, j., liu, y., & kang, h. (2024). recent advances in artificial intelligence boosting materials design for electrochemical energy storage. chemical engineering journal, 490. doi:10.1016/j.cej.2024.151625. [26] vuttipittayamongkol, p., elyan, e., petrovski, a., & jayne, c. (2018). overlap-based undersampling for improving imbalanced data classification. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 11314 lncs, 689–697. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-03493-1_72. [27] huang, s., kang, z., xu, z., & liu, q. (2021). robust deep k-means: an effective and simple method for data clustering. pattern recognition, 117, 107996. doi:10.1016/j.patcog.2021.107996. [28] saputra, d. m., saputra, d., & oswari, l. d. (2020). effect of distance metrics in determining k-value in k-means clustering using elbow and silhouette method. sriwijaya international conference on information technology and its applications (siconian 2019), 341–346. doi:10.2991/aisr.k.200424.051. [29] shi, h., wang, p., yang, x., & yu, h. (2022). an improved mean imputation clustering algorithm for incomplete data. neural processing letters, 54(5), 3537–3550. doi:10.1007/s11063-020-10298-5. [30] anastassiou, g. a. (2023). multiple general sigmoids based banach space valued neural network multivariate approximation. cubo, 25(3), 411–439. doi:10.56754/0719-0646.2503.411. [31] patel, j., advani, h., paul, s., & maiti, t. k. (2022). vlsi implementation of neural network based emergent behavior model for robot control. 2022 ieee international conference on distributed computing, vlsi, electrical circuits and robotics, discover 2022 proceedings, 197–200. doi:10.1109/discover55800.2022.9974734. [32] szu, h., yeh, c., rogers, g., jenkins, m., farsaie, a., & lee, c. h. (1992). speed up performances on mimd machines. in proceedings of the international joint conference on neural networks, 3, 742–747. doi:10.1109/ijcnn.1992.227063. [33] nguyen, v. a., shafieezadeh-abadeh, s., kuhn, d., & esfahani, p. m. (2023). bridging bayesian and minimax mean square error estimation via wasserstein distributionally robust optimization. mathematics of operations research, 48(1), 1–37. doi:10.1287/moor.2021.1176. [34] sefira, r., setiawan, a., hidayatullah, r., & darmayanti, r. (2024). the influence of the snowball throwing learning model on pythagorean theorem material on learning outcomes. journal edutechnium journal of educational technology, 2(1), 1–7. [35] cheng, y., li, q., & wan, f. (2021). financial risk management using machine learning method. proceedings 2021 3rd international conference on machine learning, big data and business intelligence, mlbdbi 2021, 133–139. doi:10.1109/mlbdbi54094.2021.00034. [36] wang, l. h., dai, q., wang, j. y., du, t., & chen, l. (2024). undersampling based on generalized learning vector quantization and natural nearest neighbors for imbalanced data. international journal of machine learning and cybernetics, 1–26. doi:10.1007/s13042-024-02261-w. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 479 issn: 2723-9535 analysis of factors influencing online learning using the decision tree method xiaojie li 1* , huili tang 1 1 department of pre-primary education, zhengzhou preschool education college, henan 450000, china. received 03 december 2023; revised 22 april 2024; accepted 04 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract objective: with the continuous development of online learning, the analysis of students' online learning has become increasingly important. understanding which factors can influence students' engagement in online learning plays a crucial role in improving their learning performance. methods: by utilizing web crawling techniques, students' online learning behavior data was collected from the chinese university’s massive open online courses (mooc) platform. to address the imbalance in the dataset, a synthetic minority oversampling technique (smote) was used. course progress was used to reflect students' online learning status, which was categorized into interruptions and completions. furthermore, to tackle the issue of low computational efficiency in the c4.5 decision tree algorithm, its calculation formula was improved to develop an improved version of c4.5. findings: of the several factors analyzed, the number of course chapters had the greatest impact on students' online learning, followed by the number of course evaluations and overall course scores. the classification of students’ online learning situations based on an improved c4.5 algorithm revealed that the improved method achieved the highest accuracy rate of 0.942 and the shortest classification time of 0.165 s compared to methods such as the naive bayesian and random forest algorithms. novelty: this study designed an improved version of c4.5 to analyze the influencing factors in online learning, and its reliability was demonstrated through experiments, providing a new effective method for data analysis in online learning. keywords: higher education; decision tree; online learning; influence factors; e-learning. 1. introduction with the development of information technology, the traditional teaching model has seen continuous changes, and the emergence of massive open online courses (moocs) [1] has provided more students with the possibility of online learning. compared with the traditional teaching mode, moocs have the advantages of high freedom, high openness, and low learning costs [2], so they have been widely used, but interrupting online learning is frequent [3], i.e., the enrollment rate of students is high but the completion rate of learning is low. in order to further enhance the effectiveness of students’ online learning, it is necessary to analyze the influencing factors. students have accumulated massive learning-related behavioral data through online learning, which is more convenient to obtain and process. with the advancement of technologies such as data mining, more and more methods have been applied in educational data processing [4]. dhanalakshmi et al. [5] used the apriori algorithm to predict the performance of special children (e.g., mentally retarded) in special school learning, thus helping teachers to nurture the children. sang [6] recognized college students’ psychological crisis states based on data mining and found through experiments that the method obtained an accuracy of more than 90%, which was helpful to help psychological management personnel guide their students. * corresponding author: fpjx41781@sina.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-018 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2868-4008 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2368-9846 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 480 thangakumar et al. [7] designed a student achievement classification method based on ant colony optimization and logistic regression and found through experiments that its highest accuracy reached 97.99% and the f1 value was 97.02%. roslan et al. [8] predicted the dropout rate of college students through the decision tree and regression model, conducted experiments on student data from a private university in malaysia, and found that the decision tree method obtained a classification performance of 89.49%, i.e., the method was effective in predicting the at-risk students accurately. ulkhaq et al. [9] proposed the term 'university bias' to address judgment biases in student competitions, as judges may give higher scores to participants from the same university. they conducted an analysis of a dataset of indonesia's annual national university student competition using association rule mining techniques and found the existence of university bias. onyema et al. [10] studied the influence of mobile technology on physical education during the covid19 lockdown period and evaluated its effects on academic performance among teachers . using regression analysis and analysis of variance, they found that the application of mobile technology had a statistically significant impact on academic performance for both teachers and students, and the assistance provided by mobile technology was particularly valuable for continuing education. bessadok et al. [11] clustered student activities using activity log attributes from a learning management system dataset and subsequently examined the correlation between the profiles and academic achievements through statistical analysis, providing evidence for the influence of students' personal profiles on their educational performance. in another study by tian et al. [12], they constructed a learning interest classification model based on a text convolutional neural network and gated recurrent unit. they evaluated its effectiveness using an experimental dataset comprising online english learners and found that it was excellent at classifying learning interests. pham et al. [13] developed a non-spatiotemporal multidimensional model for assessing the quality of university education by using the features of the dataset structure to form data variables and analyzing the relationships between these variables. by employing this approach, it enabled university administrators to formulate policies and enhance educational quality effectively. the article first analyzed the influencing factors of students' online learning in section 1 and used the synthetic minority oversampling technique (smote) to balance the dataset. then, in section 2, the c4.5 algorithm was analyzed, and its calculation formula was improved. in section 3, the improved c4.5 method was utilized to examine the influencing factors of students' online learning, and its classification effectiveness and time were compared with the other approaches. finally, section 4 concludes the whole article. the workflow diagram is provided in figure 1. figure 1. the workflow diagram 2. factors influencing students to learn online online learning is a way of learning with the help of information technology, which has become a very important part of modern education. it can get rid of the limitations of time and space [14] and promote the development of independent learning and lifelong learning. online learning can help students learn the content of many different subjects more conveniently and efficiently. compared with traditional learning methods, online learning has the following characteristics: (1) diversified learning methods: students can learn freely through personal computers and mobile devices; (2) personalized learning content: online learning can provide students with more targeted content to meet their personalized learning needs; (3) interactive learning communication: in the process of online learning, students can interact with their classmates and teachers through forum messages, scoring, and other ways. in order to enhance students' online learning efficiency, it is necessary to analyze the factors that influence students' online learning. therefore, this paper aims to establish a dataset using web scraping techniques and obtain relevant influencing factors related to students' online learning. the obtained dataset was balanced using the smote algorithm. online learning data crawling dataset balancing treatment by smote improved c4.5 taylor’s formula logarithmic base-change formula analysis of influencing factors result analysis hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 481 subsequently, an improved c4.5 algorithm was designed to understand the impact of different factors on whether students continue their online learning and predict in advance if they are likely to discontinue their studies. the specific research content is as follows: this paper adopts crawling technology to crawl students’ behavioral data on online learning from the china university mooc [15], and the target students were those who receive higher education, i.e., college, bachelor, master, and doctorate. a total of about 20,000 higher education students’ behavioral data were crawled from october 10, 2020, to october 10, 2022. after cleaning the data and excluding incomplete and abnormal values, 123,614 behavioral data points were obtained. to facilitate the subsequent decision tree analysis, the obtained influencing factors related to online learning were processed, as shown in table 1. table 1. factors influencing students’ online learning influencing factors description students’ education background college = 1, bachelor = 2, master = 3, doctor = 4 number of course participants the number of learners shown on the course page, below 1000 = 0, above 1000 = 1 overall course score the overall score displayed on the course page, below 4.0 = 0, above 4.0 = 1 number of course evaluations the number of evaluations displayed on the course page, below 100 = 0, above 100 = 1 number of course chapters the number of chapters displayed on the course page, below 10 = 0, above 10 = 1 number of course tests the number of tests displayed on the course page, below 10 = 0, above 10 = 1 course learning progress the average of the progress of different courses in which the students are involved, below 100% = 0, 100% = 1 first, the average progress of students’ courses was analyzed. the distribution of course learning progress among the 1236,145 data collected is shown in figure 2. figure 2. distribution of students’ course learning progress it was observed in figure 2 that among the collected samples, the number of students whose learning progress in the course was below 30% was the largest, accounting for 47%; 19% of the students had a learning progress of 30%~60%, 18% of the students had a learning progress of 60%~99%, and 16% of the students had a learning progress of 100%. if the course learning progress was divided into two categories, namely, interrupted learning (learning progress not reached 100%) and completed learning (learning progress reached 100%), it was found that the distribution of samples in the two categories was relatively uneven, accounting for 84% (10,3456) and 16% (20,158); therefore, to avoid the impact of data imbalance on the results of decision tree analysis, this paper chose the smote method [16] for sample processing. the principle of smote is as follows. it was assumed that there was original data set 𝑆 and minority-category sample set 𝑌 = {𝑦1, 𝑦2, ⋯ , 𝑦𝑚}. for every sample 𝑦𝑖 , 𝐾 neighbors were obtained through the k-nearest neighbors’ algorithm [17]. 𝑠 samples were randomly selected, and a new sample was generated for every 𝑦𝑗 using the formula 𝑌𝑛𝑒𝑤 = 𝑌𝑖 + 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑(0,1) × (𝑦𝑗 − 𝑦𝑖). new samples were constantly generated until the dataset was balanced. after smote processing, the ratio of interrupted learning to completed learning samples reached 1:1, i.e., the number of samples was 103,456:103,456. on this basis, the correlation between different factors and students' learning progress was analyzed using pearson correlation coefficients, and the results are presented in table 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 482 table 2. the calculation results of correlation coefficients influence factor correlation coefficient students’ educational background 0.749 number of course participants 0.612 overall course score 0.856 number of course evaluations 0.874 number of course chapters 0.926 number of course tests 0.684 according to table 2, there is a strong correlation between the six selected factors and students' learning progress. among them, the number of course chapters, the number of course evaluations, and the overall course score had high correlation coefficients exceeding 0.8, indicating a strong relationship with students' learning progress. student education background, the number of course tests, and the number of course participants followed closely behind in terms of their correlation. the results from table 2 demonstrated that these six selected factors could be used for further analysis. 3. decision tree method a decision tree is a top-down classification method with a relatively simple and understandable computational process, which has extensive applications in data processing [18]. id3 is one of the classical decision tree methods [19], which splits nodes by information gain (gain). for data set 𝑋 = {𝑥1, 𝑥2, ⋯ , 𝑥𝑛}, it is assumed that the occurrence probability of every data is 𝑝(𝑖), then, the information value of 𝑥𝑖 is written as: 𝐼(𝑥𝑖) = − log2 𝑝(𝑖), and the information entropy of 𝑋 is written as: 𝐼𝑛𝑓𝑜(𝑋) = − ∑ 𝑝(𝑖)𝑛 𝑖=1 log2 𝑝(𝑖). it is assumed that the data set is divided into 𝐶 categories: 𝐶 = {𝑐1, 𝑐2, ⋯ , 𝑐𝑛}, the occurrence probability of every category is 𝑝(𝑐𝑛). then, the information value of ci is written as: 𝐼(𝑐𝑖) = − log2 𝑝(𝑐𝑖), and the information entropy of 𝐶 is written as: 𝐼𝑛𝑓𝑜(𝐶) = − ∑ 𝑝(𝑐𝑖)𝑛 𝑖=1 log2 𝑝(𝑐𝑖). the dataset is classified by feature 𝐴. the corresponding information gain of 𝐴 is written as: 𝐺𝑎𝑖𝑛(𝐴) = 𝐼𝑛𝑓𝑜(𝑋) − 𝐼𝑛𝑓𝑜𝐴(𝑋) (1) id3 determines the classification criteria of a decision tree based on the size of the gain value. c4.5 is improved on the basis of id3 [20]. the information gain ratio is used as an indicator for classification. for feature 𝐴, its corresponding information gain ratio is: 𝐺𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜(𝐴) = 𝐺𝑎𝑖𝑛(𝐴) 𝑆𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑡𝐼𝑛𝑓𝑜𝐴(𝑋) , (2) 𝑆𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑡𝐼𝑛𝑓𝑜𝐴(𝑋) = − ∑ |𝑋𝐴𝑗| |𝑋| 𝑚 𝑗=1 log2 |𝑋𝐴𝑗| |𝑋| , (3) where 𝑆𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑡𝐼𝑛𝑓𝑜𝐴(𝑋) is the splitting information of feature 𝐴. c4.5 involves logarithmic operations in the calculation process, which leads to low calculation efficiency. to solve this problem, this paper improved the calculation formula of c4.5. according to taylor’s formula and logarithmic base change formula [21]: ln(1 + 𝑥) = ∑ |(−1)𝑛−1| 𝑛 𝑥𝑛∞ 𝑛=0 , (4) 𝑙𝑏 𝑥 = ln 𝑥 ln 2 . (5) the formula of 𝐺𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜 in c4.5 was improved as: 𝐺𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜(𝐶, 𝐴) = 𝐺𝑎𝑖𝑛(𝐶,𝐴) 𝑆𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑡𝐼𝑛𝑓𝑜(𝐴) = ∑ |𝑋𝑐𝑖|×(|𝑋|−|𝑋𝑐𝑖|) |𝑋| 𝑛 𝑖=1 −∑ ∑ |𝑋𝑐𝑖𝐴𝑗|×(|𝑋𝑗|−|𝑋𝑐𝑖𝐴𝑗|) |𝑋𝐴𝑗| 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑚 𝑗=1 ∑ |𝑋𝐴𝑗|×(|𝑋|−|𝑋𝐴𝑗|) |𝑋| 𝑚 𝑗=1 . (6) 4. results and analysis the influencing factors of students’ online learning were analyzed using the optimized c4.5 method. first, the ranking outcomes of the importance of the six influencing factors selected are shown in table 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 483 table 3. ranking of importance of influencing factors importance ranking influencing factors number of course chapters 1 number of course evaluations 2 overall course score 3 students’ education background 4 number of course tests 5 number of learners 6 it was seen from table 3 that the number of course chapters had the greatest impact on students’ performance in online learning, followed by the number of course evaluations, while the number of course tests and the number of learners had small impacts on students’ performance of online learning. therefore, the c4.5 decision tree obtained by using the number of course chapters as the root node is shown in figure 3. figure 3. the decision tree for analyzing the factors influencing students to learn online according to figure 3, the following rules can be obtained. (1) if number of course chapters = 1 and number of course evaluations = 0 and overall course score = 0 then learning progress = interrupted; (2) if number of course chapters = 1 and number of course evaluations = 0 and overall course score = 1 then learning progress = interrupted; (3) if number of course chapters=1 and number of course evaluations=1 and students’ education background = 4 then learning progress = completed; (4) if number of course chapters = 1 and number of course evaluations = 1 and students’ education background = 1 then learning progress = interrupted; (5) if number of course chapters = 0 and number of course evaluations = 1 and overall course score = 1 and number of learners = 1 then learning progress = completed; (6) if number of course chapters = 0 and number of course evaluations = 1 and overall course score = 1 and number of learners = 0 then learning progress = interrupted; (7) if number of course chapters = 0 and number of course evaluations = 1 and overall course score = 0 then learning progress = interrupted; (8) if number of course chapters = 0 and number of course evaluations = 0 and number of course tests = 1 then learning progress = interrupted; (9) if number of course chapters = 0 and number of course evaluations = 0 and number of course tests = 0 then learning progress = completed. number of course chapters number of course evaluations number of course evalutions overall course score number of course tests overall course score students' education background interrupted 1 0 10 1 0 number of learners 1 0 1 01 0 1 0 4 1 interrupted interrupted interrupted interrupted interrupted completed completed completed hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 484 based on the decision tree and the analysis of the above rules, it was found that the number of course chapters had the greatest impact on the course learning progress when students studied online. a large number of course chapters indicated that the time and effort required to finish the course was also high. facing a long course in the process of online learning, higher education students might stop learning online due to a lack of time and patience, which led to interruption of learning progress. the number of course evaluations and the overall course score could reflect the quality and hotness of the course to a certain extent. the high number of evaluations and the high overall score indicated that the course was popular among students and the enthusiasm and initiative of the students were high; therefore, the possibility of students completing the study was high when the number of course evaluations was high and the score was high. students’ educational background, number of course tests, and number of learners had small influences on online learning. students were more likely to discontinue learning when they had a low education background, the number of course tests were large, and few learners studied the course. based on the results of the analysis, it was concluded that teachers should reasonably allocate course chapters to try to avoid students interrupting their learning due to the long course, and at the same time, they should improve the quality of the courses, fully mobilize students’ learning initiative and enthusiasm, and strengthen students’ willingness to learn online to motivate them to complete their online learning. in the current research on the factors influencing students to engage in online learning, effendy et al. [22] found that students' intention to use online learning is influenced by the quality of instruction; elshami et al. [23] found that technopedagogical skills are the most important factor influencing the online learning of students; syafril et al. [24] found that the most important barrier for students to engage in online learning is the lack of preparation of online learning materials. however, in the preliminary data investigation, most of these studies were conducted through questionnaire surveys. in comparison to these studies, this article first achieves higher objectivity in the data collection stage by obtaining and analyzing data from students' online behaviors. therefore, the obtained influencing factors were also more reliable, providing stronger support for practical online learning. finally, in order to understand the classification performance of the c4.5 model for online learning situations, the classification performance was analyzed. the results of the model classification are shown in figure 4. figure 4. model classification results the evaluation indicators of classification effectiveness are as follows: (1) 𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑦 = 𝑇𝑃+𝑇𝑁 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃+𝑇𝑁+𝐹𝑁 (2) 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃 (3) 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑁 (4) 𝐹1 = 2∗𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛∗𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛+𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 to understand the effectiveness of the improved c4.5 method, it was compared with the baseline methods, including naive bayesian (nb) [25], random forest (rf) [26], and support vector machine (svm) methods [27], and the results are shown in figure 5. all students classified as completed classified as interrupted actual learning progress is “completed” actual learning progress is “interrupted” actual learning progress is “interrupted” actual learning progress is “completed” positive negative tp fp tn fn hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 485 figure 5. comparison of the classification effects between different methods it was seen from figure 5 that the nb method had poor performance in accuracy and recall rate and had an f1 value of 0.720, indicating that the method was not effective in classifying students’ learning progress in the course. the indicators of the rf method were above 80%, among which, the accuracy reached 0.911. the indicators of the svm method were above 90%, indicating that the svm method performed better than the former two methods, and the f1 value of the svm method was 0.920, which was 0.2 larger than the nb method. finally, the improved c4.5 method achieved 0.942 in accuracy, 0.923 in precision, and 0.956 in recall rate in classifying students’ course learning progress. the f1 value of the improved c4.5 method was 0.939, which was 0.219 larger than the nb method, 0.073 larger than the rf method, and 0.019 larger than the svm method. the results verified that the improved c4.5 method was reliable in classifying students’ online learning situations and predicting whether they will interrupt or complete their learning. then, the time performance of different methods was compared. since the calculation formula of the c4.5 method was improved, the traditional c4.5 method was also added to the comparison, and the results are presented in figure 6. figure 6. comparison of the time performance between different methods it was seen from figure 6 that, among the compared methods, the classification time required by the c4.5 method was significantly shorter. the classification times of the nb, rf, and svm methods were 0.764 s, 0.542 s, and 0.366 s, respectively. the classification time required by the c4.5 method was 0.263 s, which was significantly shorter than that of the former methods. after the improvement of the calculation formula, the classification time required by the improved c4.5 method was 0.165 s, which was 0.098 s shorter than the traditional c4.5 method. these results verified that the improvement of the c4.5 method significantly shortened the classification time and thus improved the efficiency of classification. overall, the improved c4.5 method not only performed well in classifying students’ online student profiles but also had good time performance, so the method can be further applied in practical online learning. based on the experimental results, the improved c4.5 method identified the factors that have a great influence on students' online learning situations. in practical application, these results can provide some suggestions for the online accuracy 0.769 0.862 0.921 0.942 precision 0.801 0.911 0.902 0.923 recall 0.654 0.825 0.939 0.956 f1 value 0.720 0.866 0.920 0.939 nb rf svm improved c4.5 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 v a lu e accuracy precision recall f1 value 0.764 0.542 0.366 0.263 0.165 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 nb rf svm c4.5 improved c4.5 t im e/ s hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 486 learning platform, teachers, and even students. for the online learning platform, further analysis can be conducted on the courses with high and low student completion in order to improve the attractiveness of the platform for students. teachers can consider improving their technical skills to arouse students' interest in learning, and students can choose courses with a moderate number of chapters, more evaluations, and higher scores to achieve better learning results when they do online learning. the performance comparison of the improved c4.5 method with other methods also further proves its reliability, good classification effect, and higher classification efficiency, so it has good practical value. 5. conclusion this study analyzed the influencing factors of online learning for higher education students through the decision tree method. an improved c4.5 method was designed to enhance computational efficiency. through analysis, it was found that the number of course chapters and the number of course evaluations had a significant impact on students' learning progress. the decision tree model developed achieved an accuracy rate of 0.942 in classification experiments, with a classification time of only 0.165 s. these results outperformed the other methods, such as nb and rf, demonstrating the reliability of the proposed approach in classifying students' online learning situations. the research findings of this article are beneficial in helping educators further understand the influencing factors of students' online learning and provide a theoretical basis for the design of practical online courses. it can contribute to improvements in the planning and design of online courses to enhance students' motivation and drive to complete study, thereby improving the efficiency and quality of online learning and promoting its further development. however, this study has some limitations. for example, the source of data was relatively single, and the selection of influencing factors was not comprehensive enough. therefore, in future work, the researchers will conduct research on more comprehensive and complex student behavior data and include more influencing factors to further validate the applicability of the proposed method. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, x.l. and h.t.; methodology, x.l.; software, h.t.; validation, x.l. and h.t.; formal analysis, h.t.; data curation, x.l.; writing—original draft preparation, x.l.; writing—review and editing, x.l.; visualization, h.t.; supervision, h.t.; project administration, x.l.; funding acquisition, x.l. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] feitosa de moura, v., alexandre de souza, c., & noronha viana, a. b. (2021). the use of massive open online courses (moocs) in blended learning courses and the functional value perceived by students. computers and education, 161, 1–14. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2020.104077. [2] khalid, a., lundqvist, k., & yates, a. (2022). a literature review of implemented recommendation techniques used in massive open online courses. expert systems with applications, 187, 1–16. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2021.115926. [3] goli, a., chintagunta, p. k., & sriram, s. (2022). effects of payment on user engagement in online courses. journal of marketing research, 59(1), 11–34. doi:10.1177/00222437211016360. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 487 [4] yahya, a. a., & osman, a. (2019). a data-mining-based approach to informed decision-making in engineering education. computer applications in engineering education, 27(6), 1402–1418. doi:10.1002/cae.22158. [5] dhanalakshmi, r., muthukumar, b., & canessane, r. a. (2022). analysis of special children education using data mining approach. international journal of uncertainty, fuzziness and knowldege-based systems, 30, 125–140. doi:10.1142/s0218488522400074. [6] sang, h. (2021). analysis and research of psychological education based on data mining technology. security and communication networks, 2021, 1–8. doi:10.1155/2021/8979507. [7] thangakumar, j., & kommina, s. b. (2020). ant colony optimization-based feature subset selection with logistic regression classification model for education data mining. international journal of advanced science and technology, 29(3), 5821–5834. [8] et.al, n. r. (2021). prediction of student dropout in malaysian’s private higher education institute using data mining application. turkish journal of computer and mathematics education, 12(3), 2326–2334. doi:10.17762/turcomat.v12i3.1219. [9] ulkhaq, m. m., pramono, s. n. w., & adyatama, a. (2023). assessing the tendency of judging bias in student competition: a data mining approach. journal of applied research in higher education, 15(4), 1198–1211. doi:10.1108/jarhe-02-2022-0053. [10] onyema, e. m., khan, r., eucheria, n. c., & kumar, t. (2023). impact of mobile technology and use of big data in physics education during coronavirus lockdown. big data mining and analytics, 6(3), 381–389. doi:10.26599/bdma.2022.9020013. [11] bessadok, a., abouzinadah, e., & rabie, o. (2023). exploring students’ digital activities and performances through their activities logged in learning management system using educational data mining approach. interactive technology and smart education, 20(1), 58–72. doi:10.1108/itse-08-2021-0148. [12] tian, x., alassafi, m. o., & alsaadi, f. e. (2023). an efficient english teaching driven by enterprise-social media big data: a neural network-based solution. fractals, 31(6), 1–9. doi:10.1142/s0218348x23401515. [13] pham, d. van, & nguyen, b. k. (2023). a visual analytics approach applying for discovering knowledge from multivariate datasets of stakeholders feedback in the university. vietnam journal of computer science, 10(4), 463–483. doi:10.1142/s2196888823500082. [14] mubarak, a. a., cao, h., & hezam, i. m. (2021). deep analytic model for student dropout prediction in massive open online courses. computers and electrical engineering, 93, 1–14. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2021.107271. [15] icourse163 (2024). icourse_free online course, beijing, china. available online: https://www.icourse163.org/# (accessed on march 2024). [16] arwatchananukul, s., saengrayap, r., chaiwong, s., & aunsri, n. (2022). fast and efficient cavendish banana grade classification using random forest classifier with synthetic minority oversampling technique. iaeng international journal of computer science, 49(1), 46–54. [17] gallego, a. j., calvo-zaragoza, j., valero-mas, j. j., & rico-juan, j. r. (2018). clustering-based k-nearest neighbor classification for large-scale data with neural codes representation. pattern recognition, 74, 531–543. doi:10.1016/j.patcog.2017.09.038. [18] lashgari, m., & shahrtash, s. m. (2022). fast online decision tree-based scheme for predicting transient and short-term voltage stability status and determining driving force of instability. international journal of electrical power and energy systems, 137, 1–13. doi:10.1016/j.ijepes.2021.107738. [19] es-sabery, f., es-sabery, k., qadir, j., sainz-de-abajo, b., hair, a., garcía-zapirain, b., & de la torre-díez, i. (2021). a mapreduce opinion mining for covid-19-related tweets classification using enhanced id3 decision tree classifier. ieee access, 9, 58706–58739. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3073215. [20] irawan, y. (2021). application of the c4.5 decision tree algorithm to predict the eligibility of prospective donors to donate blood using data mining classification. jtim: journal of information technology and multimedia, 2(4), 181–189. doi:10.35746/jtim.v2i4.75. [21] navarro, j. d., millwater, h. r., montoya, a., & restrepo, d. (2022). arbitrary-order sensitivity analysis in phononic metamaterials using the multicomplex taylor series expansion method coupled with bloch’s theorem. journal of applied mechanics, transactions asme, 89(2), 1–15. doi:10.1115/1.4052830. [22] effendy, f., kurniawati, o. d., & priambada, g. (2021). factor affecting e-learning user acceptance: a case study of aula. journal of physics: conference series, 1783(1), 1–6. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1783/1/012122. [23] elshami, w., taha, m. h., abdalla, m. e., abuzaid, m., saravanan, c., & al kawas, s. (2022). factors that affect student engagement in online learning in health professions education. nurse education today, 110, 105261. doi:10.1016/j.nedt.2021.105261. https://www.icourse163.org/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 488 [24] syafril, & novrianti. (2021). the factor analysis of online learning barriers on learning evaluation course during covid-19 pandemic. journal of physics: conference series, 1779(1), 1–5. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1779/1/012021. [25] mehmood, t., kanwal, a., & butt, m. m. (2022). naive bayes combined with partial least squares for classification of high dimensional microarray data. chemometrics and intelligent laboratory systems, 222, 1–8. doi:10.1016/j.chemolab.2022.104492. [26] lu, m., sadiq, s., feaster, d. j., & ishwaran, h. (2018). estimating individual treatment effect in observational data using random forest methods. journal of computational and graphical statistics, 27(1), 209–219. doi:10.1080/10618600.2017.1356325. [27] marston, z. p. d., cira, t. m., knight, j. f., mulla, d., alves, t. m., hodgson, e. w., ribeiro, a. v., macrae, i. v., & koch, r. l. (2022). linear support vector machine classification of plant stress from soybean aphid (hemiptera: aphididae) using hyperspectral reflectance. journal of economic entomology, 115(5), 1557–1563. doi:10.1093/jee/toac077. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 483 issn: 2723-9535 punching shear characterization of steel fiber-reinforced concrete flat slabs abbas h. mohammed 1* , huda m. mubarak 1, ali k. hussein 2 , taymour z. abulghafour 2, dia eddin nassani 3 1 civil engineering department, university of diyala, diyala, 32001, iraq. 2 civil engineering department, bilad alrafidain university college, diyala, 32001, iraq. 3 civil engineering department, hasan kalyoncu university, gaziantep, 27500, turkey. received 12 september 2022; revised 10 november 2022; accepted 17 november 2022; published 01 december 2022 abstract punching shear failure in thin slabs under concentrated loads can cause shear stresses near columns. the use of steel fiber is a practical way to improve a slab-column connection's punching strength and deformation capacity. in this study, the capacity and behavior of steel fiber-reinforced concrete flat slabs are examined under punching shear force. ten small-scale flat slabs were tested, eight of which had steel fiber and two without. two parameters are studied in this paper, which are the fiber volume ratio (from 0% to 2%) and the stub column load shape (circle and square). the test results include the concrete compressive strength, crack patterns, punching shear, and load-defection behavior of the slabs. based on the experimental results, it was found that the punching shear capacity of slabs with steel fiber (s5) increased by 21.8% compared to slabs without steel fiber (s1), and the slabs with steel fiber had more ductility compared to the slabs without fiber. keywords: flat slab; steel fiber reinforced concrete; crack; punching shear resistance; concrete structures. 1. introduction reinforced concrete (rc) flat slabs are often utilized in the construction of medium-rise commercial buildings, residential structures, and parking garages due to the advantages that they provide in terms of both construction and aesthetics. the flat slab requires less formwork and reinforcement, which simplifies placement and installation and enables shorter total story heights. it is common for the punched shear capacity at the slab-column connections in rc flat slabs to be the determining factor in the ultimate strength of slab. this failure process is often sensitive, which results in gradual collapses that eventually lead to the destruction of the whole structure [1–3]. there are a few different approaches that may be undertaken in order to increase the capacity of punching shear, including the use of bent-up bars, closed stirrups, post-installed shear reinforcement and shear studs. recent research [4–9] has been performed to examine the viability of using fiber-reinforced concrete (frc) to increase punching shear capacity. according to the findings of these experiments, the punched shear strength as well as the deformational capacity of frc slabs have increased. the bridging activity of the fibers, which happens after the cracking of the concrete matrix, is primarily responsible for this phenomenon. * corresponding author: abbas_mohammed_eng@uodiyala.edu.iq http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-04-08  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5763-0850 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4196-8822 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 484 numerous theoretical and experimental studies have already examined the positive impacts of steel fibers on punching shear resistance [10–15]. steel fibers fill in shear cracks in concrete, which improves the material's ability to soften under tension and, as a result, the overall deformational influence. steel fibers, based on fiber type and characteristics, may also contribute significantly to punching resistance [17–18]. the current slab-column connection code provisions, such as aci 318-11 [19], fib model code 2010 [20, 21], and jsce 2007 [22], were developed for normal concrete structures. in the case of frc slab-column connections, their application is not always a simple process, especially for empirical design equations. several different specialized models for the punching shear of frc slabcolumn connections had been suggested over the course of the past several decades. a punching shear capacity design equation for a steel fiber reinforced concrete (sfrc) slab was developed by narayanan & darwish [5]. this equation considers compressive zone strength above inclined fractures, fiber pull-out shear forces, and dowel and membrane shear forces. an empirical design formula for sfrc slab-column connections was developed by harajli et al. [7], using linear regression as the primary statistical method. this equation was developed empirically. truong et al. [23] developed an equation for the design process that was based on the sfrc failure criteria. this equation was the result of a theoretical investigation that they carried out. the formula that has been suggested takes into consideration both thin slabs that have high span-to-thickness ratios as well as the assumption that tensile reinforcement will fail before punched shear failures. at the critical section, both the compressive and tensile zones were taken into consideration. furthermore, it was thought that tensile cracking, rather than compressive crushing, had been responsible for determining the capacity of punching shear. the design equation for estimating the capacity of punched shear of standard concrete slab-column connections has been recently developed by higashiyama et al. [24]. this equation is based on the jsce model and was developed very recently. in this paper an experimental study of the impact of steel fiber on the cracking behavior and the punching shear capacity and of sfrc slabs. ten small-scale flat slabs with different fiber volume percentages were investigated. 2. experimental program 2.1. test setup and procedure to evaluate the impact of steel fibers for reinforcing of concrete elements, punching shear and compressive strength tests were performed on slab specimens and cubes. table 1 provides information on the concrete cubes' 7, 14, and 28day compressive strengths. table 1. compressive strength of cubes reinforced concrete without fiber (mpa) sfrc (mpa) 7 days 36.8 38.9 7 days 38.7 39.7 14 days 45.4 46.1 14 days 46.9 47 28 days 48.8 58.2 28 days 49.2 59.8 a linear variable differential transducer (lvdt) with a 25 mm stroke was utilized to calculate mid-span deflections, as displayed in figure 1. the load, actuator, and lvdt values were captured by the collecting data system in the center of the specimen. at a deflection rate of 0.25 mm/min, a displacement control scenario test system was employed to execute the trials. figure 1. test arrangement hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 485 the loads are applied through a circular and rectangular steel column stub. it was positioned in the center of the slab being tested and was used to simulate the inner column. after applying load to the column stub, the support system evenly distributed the weight on the slabs along the steel ring edge. every specimen was loaded past its maximum capacity in order to observe the slab's behavior following punching. once the column stub had inserted itself 55 mm into the specimen, the tests were declared complete. throughout the test, deflections and loads were continually monitored as well as recorded using an automated data acquisition system. 2.2. specimen preparation to verify the mechanical characteristics of the slabs, the slab specimens were made from the same concrete mix.. a 150 mm cube served as the basis for the prototype casting. ten identical slab specimens were cast, as shown in table 2. each steel fiber ratio was represented by two identical slab specimens. the first one was utilized for testing by a square column, and the second was utilized for testing by a circle column. in order to get the dimensions of the slabs, prototype slabs were scaled down by a ratio of one-third, and they were similar in shape and size. the slabs dimensions were 45×45×8 cm. figure 2 shows the dimensions of the tested slabs. table 2. specimen designation sample designation type of column steel fiber ratio s1 square 0.0% s2 square 0.5% s3 square 1.0% s4 square 1.5% s5 square 2.0% s6 circle 0.0% s7 circle 0.5% s8 circle 1.0% s9 circle 1.5% s10 circle 2.0% figure 2. dimension of test slabs the dimensions of the square and circle stub columns are (100×100) mm and (100) mm, respectively. the (astm c 143/c143m-15a) slump experiment was used to evaluate the fresh-state behavior of all mixtures, whether they contained fibers or not. following the slump test, the test slabs and control specimens were cast immediately. polythene sheets were placed on top of all slabs and cubes to prevent moisture from evaporating on the first day following casting. after 24 hours, the cube and slab formwork were removed from their molds. the curing temperature for all specimens, both in water and in air, was about 23.5 oc, according to astm c 1064/c1064m-12. 3. results and discussion 3.1. cracking patterns figure 3 summarizes the cracking characteristics of all test specimens. the rc specimens failed abruptly and brittlely with the development of a single crack. all test specimens that contained fibers showed several microcracks as well as one distinct localized crack. crack localization is the term for this phenomenon, as seen in figure 4. the s5 slab had the optimum cracking qualities in terms of crack spacing and number of cracks. the s5 slab also has the optimum postcracking flexural characteristics involving high flexural strength, toughness values, and ductility. a significant reduction in average fracture width of about 42% was seen when s5 was compared to s1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 486 figure 3. slabs after test (a) slab s9 (b) slab s6 figure 4. crack pattern the slabs with steel fiber were shown to have more microcracks because of their stiffer post-cracking behavior. due to its greater stiffness, the crack's extension was effectively resisted, which caused further steady-state flat and microcrack cracks to form following the initial cracking. from these findings, it's significant that the cracking characteristics are powerfully affected by the properties in the hardening region (i.e., post-cracking stiffness, deflection capacity, and strength). 3.2. load-displacement curve the load-displacement curves are displayed in figures 5 to 7. all sfrc slabs had linear load-deflection responses up until the onset of the first flexural fracture during the initial phases of loading. up to this moment, once the flexural stress there is equal to the composite material's cracking stress, the slab is considered to be in an elastic condition. elastic behavior is displayed in the composite material in both compression and tension, and there were no cracks in the specimens. strain and stress are reportedly directly related to slab thickness. the first cracks to occur at the tension face of the slab are radial fractures that stretch from the column face to the slab border. when increasing the load, the several of cracks and their breadth increased until failure. figure 5. load central deflection for slabs without steel fiber hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 487 figure 6. load central deflection for slabs with steel fiber figure 7. effect of steel fiber and column shape the flexural fracture or hinge develops as a result of a sudden decline in the slab's capacity to support loads, as can be seen in the load-deflection charts. the flexural crack caused the slab's bending resistance to drop in an orthogonal direction. for the slabs without steel fiber, the failure was abrupt, brittle, and accompanied by rather wide fracture widths and spalling (figure 4b). this is a result of the reality that basic concrete material has lower toughness, lower tensile strength, lower shear strength, lower flexural strength, as well as brittle character. a flexural crack or hinge forms in such slabs when the loading capacity of the slab suddenly decreases, as seen in figures 5 to 7. as illustrated in figure 5, the slab's bending resistance decreased significantly in the opposite direction of the flexural crack, and the slabs without fibers showed a significant decrease in rigidity. for slab s1, the deflection at the ultimate load was 13.9 mm, while for slab s5, it was 22.2 mm. slabs s5 and s10 had maximum deflections of 22.2 and 21 mm, respectively, under the ultimate load. the ultimate deflection for slabs s5, s4, s3, and s2 increased by 42%, 34%, 29%, and 27%, respectively, compared to slab s1. 3.3. punching shear table 3 shows the peak load for the slabs. figures 5 to 7 show the load levels at which deformation occurred. the ultimate capacity is affected by the fibers utilized. the ultimate load increased by 21.3% in the s5 slab with a fiber volume percentage of 2% as compared to the s1 slab. when the sfrc slab cracks, the tensile stress is transmitted to the steel fibers that bridge the crack length, whereas the slab's uncracked portion retains its tensile strength. as a result of hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 488 the crack spreading towards the slab's compression face, the neutral axis will move. due to these tensile stress processes in the tension zone and the gradual displacement of the slab section's neutral axis, the load-deflection relationship curve has a flattening ascending form. this indicated that the steel fibers applied to rc slabs increased structural strength. additionally, the advantage of the fibers was immediately apparent in the slab's ultimate strength, featuring a decreased loss in load-bearing capability with each step of cracking. moreover, another indication of steel fiber in the slab was its toughness, which was related to the area under the loaddisplacement curve (figures 5 to 7). table 3. peak loads of the tested slabs sample designation type of column peak loads (kn) s1 square 85.6 s2 square 87.1 s3 square 96.45 s4 square 102.5 s5 square 110.3 s6 circle 81.6 s7 circle 84.3 s8 circle 92.7 s9 circle 100.1 s10 circle 103.7 the failures are more gradual in the s5 and s10 slabs. furthermore, increasing the fiber content causes the fibers to be distributed more evenly and densely throughout the concrete, which lowers shrinkage cracks and enhances post-crack strength. numerous tests also supported this, which found that employing mixtures of steel fibers and polypropylene fibers resulted in improved post-peak residual strength responses [25, 26]. the experimental results showed that utilizing steel fibers improved the ductile conductivity and caused more deformations on the compression side, enhancing the deformability and punching shear capacity. however, in the s5 and s10 slabs, the deformability values enhanced punching shear resistance considerably. this is a result of the capability of steel fibers to bridge smaller micro-cracks, which improves flexural properties in comparison to individual steel fibers. figure 7 shows that the square column (s5) is 11% more effective in terms of capacity for punching shear compared to the circle column (s10). this is due to the fact that the area of the square column (100 mm2) is greater than the area of the circular column (78.5 mm2), which in turn causes the stress of the circular column to be greater than the stress of the square column. 4. conclusion in this paper, an experimental program was presented to study the effect of steel fiber content (from 0% to 2%) and the stub column load shape on the behavior of the slab. the load-displacement behavior, punching shear, and crack patterns of the slabs were all measured and reported on in the tests. according to the experimental findings, it was noted that the punching shear capacity of slabs with steel fiber (s5) increased by 21.8% compared to slabs without steel fiber (s1). the slabs with steel fiber have a significant ductile behavior, and their contribution to energy absorption of slab was improved the ductility more than none rc. additionally, radial cracks extend from column to slab border, and the first cracks appear at the slab tension face. the several of cracks and their width increased until failure when the load increased. the findings reported in this study demonstrated that the square column is more effective than the circular column in terms of punching shear capability. this is because the area of the square column (100 mm2) is greater than the area of the circle column (78.5 mm2), which leads to the fact that the stress of the square column is less than the stress of the circle column. when compared to equivalent slabs without steel fibers, concrete specimens containing steel fibers may exhibit dramatically improved deformation behavior. additionally, the advantage of the fibers was immediately apparent in the slab's ultimate strength, featuring a decreased loss in load-bearing capability with each step of cracking. in addition, another indicator of steel fiber was its toughness, which was connected to the area under the loaddisplacement curve. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.h.m. and a.k.h.; methodology, a.h.m.; software, h.m.m.; validation, a.h.m., a.k.h., and h.m.m.; formal analysis, h.m.m.; investigation, a.h.m.; resources, t.z.a.; data curation, a.k.h.; writing—original draft preparation, a.k.h.; writing—review and editing, d.e.n.; visualization, h.m.m.; supervision, d.e.n.; project administration, t.z.a.; funding acquisition, h.m.m. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 489 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] schousboe, i. (1976). bailey’s crossroads collapse reviewed. journal of the construction division, 102(2), 365–378. doi:10.1061/jcceaz.0000612. [2] kaminetzky, d., & carper, k. l. (1992). design and construction failures: lessons from forensic investigations. journal of performance of constructed facilities, 6(1), 71-72. doi:10.1061/(asce)0887-3828(1992)6:1(71). [3] king, s., & delatte, n. j. (2004). collapse of 2000 commonwealth avenue: punching shear case study. journal of performance of constructed facilities, 18(1), 54–61. doi:10.1061/(asce)0887-3828(2004)18:1(54). [4] swanmy, r. n., & ali, s. a. r. (1982). punching shear behavior of reinforced slab-column connections made with steel fiber concrete. (1982). aci journal proceedings, 79(5). doi:10.14359/10917. [5] narayanan, r., & darwish, i. y. s. (1987). punching shear tests on steel-fibre-reinforced micro-concrete slabs. magazine of concrete research, 39(138), 42–50. doi:10.1680/macr.1987.39.138.42. [6] alexander, s. d. b., & simmonds, s. h. (1992). punching shear tests of concrete slab-column joints containing fiber reinforcement. aci structural journal, 89(4), 425–432. doi:10.14359/3027. [7] harajli, m. h., maalouf, d., & khatib, h. (1995). effect of fibers on the punching shear strength of slab-column connections. cement and concrete composites, 17(2), 161–170. doi:10.1016/0958-9465(94)00031-s. [8] mcharg, p. j., cook, w. d., mitchell, d., & yoon, y. s. (2000). benefits of concentrated slab reinforcement and steel fibers on performance of slab-column connections. aci structural journal, 97(2), 225–234. doi:10.14359/851. [9] cheng, m. y., & parra-montesinos, g. j. (2010). evaluation of steel fiber reinforcement for punching shear resistance in slabcolumn connectionspart i: monotonically increased load. aci structural journal, 107(1), 101–109. doi:10.14359/51663394. [10] yagoub, m., mellas, m., benchabane, a., & zatar, a. (2022). experimental characterization of a functionally graded composite using recycled steel fiber. civil engineering journal, 8(5), 879-894. doi:10.28991/cej-2022-08-05-03. [11] lisienkova, l., shindina, t., orlova, n., & komarova, l. (2021). optimization of the concrete composition mix at the design stage. civil engineering journal, 7(8), 1389-1405. doi:10.28991/cej-2021-03091732. [12] singh, v., & sangle, k. (2022). analysis of vertically oriented coupled shear wall interconnected with coupling beams. hightech and innovation journal, 3(2), 230-242. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-02-010. [13] theodorakopoulos, d. d., & swamy, n. (1993). contribution of steel fibers to the strength characteristics of lightweight concrete slab-column connections failing in punching shear. aci structural journal, 90(4), 342–355. doi:10.14359/3957. [14] shaaban, a. m., & gesund, h. (1994). punching shear strength of steel fiber reinforced concrete flat plates. aci structural journal, 91(4), 406–414. doi:10.14359/4145. [15] mahdi, m. s., saleh, i. s., & faleh, s. k. (2022). destructive and nondestructive tests for concrete containing a various types of fibers. civil engineering journal, 8(11), 2461-2475. doi:10.28991/cej-2022-08-11-07. [16] al-fouadi, w. k. a., mohammed, a. h., & abdullah, k. (2019). experimental and analytical study on behavior of pull-out failure of reinforcing bar embedded in concrete blocks. structural concrete, 20(1), 171–184. doi:10.1002/suco.201700230. [17] maya, l. f., fernández ruiz, m., muttoni, a., & foster, s. j. (2012). punching shear strength of steel fibre reinforced concrete slabs. engineering structures, 40, 83–94. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2012.02.009. [18] mohammed, a. h., khalaf, r. d., mohammedali, t. k., & hussin, a. k. (2019). experimental study on performance of fiber concrete-filled tube columns under axial loading. international journal of engineering, transactions b: applications, 32(12), 1726–1732. doi:10.5829/ije.2019.32.12c.05. [19] aci 318-11. (2011). building code requirements for structural concrete (aci 318-11) and commentary on building code requirements for structural concrete (aci 318r-19). american concrete institute, michigan, united states. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 490 [20] fédération internationale du béton (fib). (2010). model code 2010 – first complete draft, vol. 1, fédération internationale du béton (fib), bulletin 55. lausanne, switzerland. [21] fédération internationale du béton (fib). (2010). model code 2010 – first complete draft, vol. 2, fédération internationale du béton (fib), bulletin 55. lausanne, switzerland. [22] jsce. (2007). standard specifications for concrete structures-2007, design. japan society of civil engineers, tokyo, japan. [23] truong, g. t., choi, k. k., & kim, c. s. (2022). punching shear strength of interior concrete slab-column connections reinforced with frp flexural and shear reinforcement. journal of building engineering, 46(5), 409–20. doi:10.1016/j.jobe.2021.103692. [24] higashiyama, h., ota, a., & mizukoshi, m. (2011). design equation for punching shear capacity of sfrc slabs. international journal of concrete structures and materials, 5(1), 35–42. doi:10.4334/ijcsm.2011.5.1.035. [25] siburg, c., hegger, j., furche, j., & bauermeister, u. (2014). durchstanzbewehrung für elementdecken nach eurocode 2. beton und stahlbetonbau, 109(3), 170–181. doi:10.1002/best.201300075. (in german). [26] gouveia, n. d., faria, d. m. v., & ramos, a. p. (2019). assessment of sfrc flat slab punching behaviour part i: monotonic vertical loading. magazine of concrete research, 71(11), 587–598. doi:10.1680/jmacr.17.00343. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 233 issn: 2723-9535 utilization of the weighted product-based cipp evaluation model in determining the best online platform dewa gede hendra divayana 1* , p. wayan arta suyasa 1 , nyoman santiyadnya 2 , made susi lissia andayani 1 , i made sundayana 3 , i nengah dasi astawa 4 , ni wayan rena mariani 5 , gusti ayu dessy sugiharni 5 1 department of it education, universitas pendidikan ganesha, singaraja, bali, 81116, indonesia. 2 department of electrical education, universitas pendidikan ganesha, singaraja, bali, 81116, indonesia. 3department of health, sekolah tinggi ilmu kesehatan buleleng, singaraja, bali, 81171, indonesia. 4department of management, universitas pendidikan nasional, denpasar, bali, 80224, indonesia. 5 department of digital business and entrepreneurship, institut pariwisata dan bisnis internasional, denpasar, bali, 80239, indonesia. received 09 december 2022; revised 17 february 2023; accepted 26 february 2023; published 01 march 2023 abstract since the covid-19 pandemic, there have been many free online platforms that can be used to support the online learning process at health colleges in bali. however, it is difficult to determine the best online platform from the various choices of free online platforms that are scattered on the internet. therefore, it needs innovations that contribute to helping solve these problems. one model as an innovation that can be used and contributes to solving problems is the weighted product-based cipp evaluation model. the model needs to be measured for the quality of its calculations to ensure success in determining the best online platform. therefore, this research aimed to show the quality of the weighted product method calculation integrated with the cipp (context-input-process-product) model in determining the best platform used in health colleges during the covid-19 pandemic. the instrument used to assess the quality of that calculation was a questionnaire consisting of eight questions. the subjects involved in the assessment were 20 experts. the research was carried out at several health colleges in bali. the analytical technique used in analyzing the research data was descriptive-quantitative. the analysis was carried out by comparing the quality percentage of the calculation simulation with the quality standard based on an eleven-point scale. the study results showed the quality percentage of calculation simulation was 87.250%, so it was included in the very good category. this research has a significant impact on the progress of the educational evaluation field through research findings in the form of the appearance of the combination of the weighted product method with the cipp evaluation model. the novelty of this research is the combination of the weighted product method and the cipp model, which makes it easier for educational evaluators to determine the best online platform that supports online learning during the covid-19 pandemic and even post-covid-19. keywords: weighted product; covid-19 pandemic; cipp; online platform; online learning. 1. introduction online learning during the covid-19 pandemic is the most suitable strategy to use to minimize the spread of the coronavirus in college environments. many online platforms can be used to realize online learning. some of those * corresponding author: hendra.divayana@undiksha.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-015  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6702-3253 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7264-2529 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5439-2340 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9676-8732 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3109-3014 https://orcid.org/0009-0000-7238-0282 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4397-8044 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2578-0456 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 234 platforms include kelase, schoology, moodle, sevima edlink, edmodo, quipper school, etc. [1-4]. however, reality showed that not all of those platforms were able to effectively make the learning process run well. this also occurs specifically in several health colleges in bali. at several health colleges in bali, the use of online platforms is only used to upload materials, transfer materials, upload assignments, and answer exams. the assessment process is also limited to an assessment in the cognitive domain, even though, in reality, an attitude and psychomotor assessment are also very much needed. therefore, it is necessary to conduct a comprehensive evaluation to determine the best platform that can be used in online learning, especially in health colleges. the evaluation carried out should combine evaluation components in the field of education with decision-support methods in the field of computers so that the evaluation results become more accurate. based on those needs, new innovations are needed to realize comprehensive evaluation activities. the innovation can be in the form of utilizing the cipp evaluation model integrated with the weighted product method. referring to that innovation, the purpose of this study was to show the use of the weighted product method combined with the cipp evaluation model in determining the best online platform used in health colleges during the covid-19 pandemic. the research problem was, “how to calculate the weighted product method combined with the cipp model to determine the best online platform used in health colleges during the covid-19 pandemic?” several previous research results that baseline this research include purwaningsih and dardjito’s research [5], which showed the use of the cipp evaluation model to evaluate the effectiveness of e-learning during the covid-19 pandemic. the limitation of purwaningsih and dardjito’s research was that it had not shown a combination of decision support system methods with educational evaluation models to obtain accurate evaluation results of the e-learning platform suitable implemented during the covid-19 pandemic. damayanti et al.’s research [6] only showed the cipp model used to evaluate the effectiveness of online learning in universities. damayanti et al. had not implemented a decision support method combined with the cipp model in determining the best platform for supporting the effectiveness of online learning. anh & pang’s [7] showed the application of the cipp model to evaluate the implementation of online-based english language teaching. the limitation of anh & pang’s research was that it had not shown the best online platform that was able to be used to support english language teaching. prayogo et al. [8] focused on determining the evaluation results of the implementation of online-based distance learning, which refers to the cipp evaluation component. prayogo’s et al. research had not shown any combination of the cipp model with decision support methods in determining the best online platform that supports distance learning. research by decoito & estaiteyeh [9] showed the use of the cipp model in evaluating the curriculum and assessment of science/stem teachers in online learning in canada during the covid-19 pandemic. the limitation of decoito & estaiteyeh's research was that it did not show the best online platform that supports the implementation of a quality curriculum and assessment in online learning during the covid-19 pandemic. therefore, in decoito & estaiteyeh’s research, a combination of decision support methods and the cipp model is needed to perform accurate calculations in determining the best online platform to support learning during the covid-19 pandemic. toan et al. [10] showed the use of decision support methods in assessing and selecting the best e-learning platform to support the learning process. the limitation of toan et al.’s research was that it had not shown an educational evaluation model integrated with the decision-making method used in the research, so the platform chosen had not been able to comprehensively facilitate the needs of the learning process in the field. ong et al. [11] showed an analysis of the accuracy of selecting online learning attributes by students during the covid-19 pandemic. the limitation of ong et al.’s research was that it did not show an accurate calculation process in determining the selection of online learning attributes assisted by decision support methods and educational evaluation models. nguyen & nguyen [12] showed that the schoology platform is suitable for improving student learning abilities. the limitation of nguyen and nguyen’s research was that it did not show detailed calculation processes in determining the choice of the schoology platform as the best platform. research by shashiprabha et al. [13] showed the results of an analysis of e-learning platforms, but the best platform that can be used to support e-learning has not yet appeared. cabual & cabual [14] showed the students challenges in implementing learning using online platforms during covid-19. the limitation of the cabual & cabual’s research was that it had not been shown what the best platform certainty was for the learning process during covid19. based on some of the limitations of those previous studies, the idea of this research is very appropriate to be expressed to overcome the limitations of previous research related to selecting the best platform for online learning. the idea of this research is to show the calculation of the weighted product method combined with the cipp model to determine the best platform to use in supporting online learning during the covid-19 pandemic and even post-covid-19. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 235 2. method 2.1. research approach the approach of this research was development with a focus on the calculation simulation of the weighted product integrated with the cipp model and the quality assessment of the calculation simulation of the weighted product method integrated with the cipp model. the weighted product calculation simulation is more focused on the correctness of the process and the quality stages of the calculation of the three formulas in the weighted product, while the quality assessment is focused on the validity of the simulation results of the calculation of the weighted product integrated with the cipp model. the simulation stages for calculating the weighted product in this study can be seen in figure 1. the stages for evaluating the simulation quality for the calculation of the weighted product method integrated with the cipp model can be seen in figure 2. figure 1. the simulation stages for calculating the weighted product figure 2. the stages of quality assessment of simulation calculation of the weighted product method integrated with the cipp model figure 1 shows the five stages that must be passed in the weighted product calculation simulation. stage-1 is the determination of the initial data for simulation. initial data for simulation were obtained from the average of interest rating scores given by respondents to each aspect of the cipp evaluation model. stage-2 is the revision of weights by experts for each cipp evaluation component. stage-3 is the calculation of the s vector using the formula shown in determination of the initial data for the simulation revision of weights from experts for each evaluation component calculations of s vector ranking for determining the best online platform calculations of v vector giving assessment questionnaires to experts assessment process by experts results of experts’ assessment categorization of calculation simulation quality cross check of expert assessment results with quality standards of eleven scales hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 236 equation 2. stage-4 is the calculation of the v vector using the formula shown in equation 3. stage-5 is ranking to determine the best online platform based on the highest v-vector score. figure 2 shows the five stages in assessing the simulation quality of the weighted product calculation combined with the cipp model. stage-1 is giving assessment questionnaires to experts. the questionnaires are used as a tool to obtain an assessment score from experts on the quality of calculation simulations. stage-2 is the assessment process carried out by experts. stage-3 is the activity of regularly collecting and compiling all the scores that have been obtained from the results of expert’s assessment. stage-4 is an activity to cross-check between the score from the expert’s assessment and the quality standard of the calculation simulation which refers to eleven’s scale. stage-5 is the categorization of the quality of the calculation simulation process by reference to the quality standards of the eleven’s scale. 2.2. simulation formula there are three formulas for simulating the calculation of the weighted product method. the first formula for the weighting improvement process. the first formula is shown in equation 1 [15–18]. the second formula is to determine the s vector. the second formula is shown in equation 2 [19–23]. the third formula for determining the v vector. the third formula is shown in equation 3 [24–32]. 𝑤𝑗 = 𝑤𝑗 ∑ 𝑤𝑗 (1) 𝑆𝑖 = ∏ 𝑥𝑖𝑗 𝑤𝑗𝑛 𝑗=1 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒: 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑚 (2) 𝑆 is the criteria preference which is often called the 𝑆 vector. 𝑥 is the criterion value. 𝑤𝑗 is a positive weight for the profit attribute and a negative weight for the cost attribute. wj must be valuable of 1. 𝑉𝑖 = 𝑆𝑖 ∑ 𝑆 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒: 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛 (3) 𝑉 is an alternative preference for determining rank. this is often called a 𝑉 vector. 2.3. subject, object, and location of research the subjects involved in the quality assessment of the simulation results of weighted product calculations were 20 experts. the 20 experts consisted of 10 education experts and 10 informatics experts. the subjects involved in the weight improvement process were six experts, consisting of three education experts and three informatics experts. determination of subjects for this research was carried out based on the purposive sampling technique. the reason for using this technique is because if you choose another sampling technique, it will be difficult to determine a subject that is truly sensitive and understands in depth about the online platform used in learning. in general, this purposive sampling technique makes it easier for researchers to obtain data from sources that are indeed appropriate and have in-depth experience with the object under research. all subjects involved in this research had in-depth knowledge and experience of the role of online platforms in supporting learning. the advantage of using this purposive sampling technique is that it increases the sensitivity of the assessments made by the subjects involved in this research, because the subjects will provide an assessment according to their experience. the object of this research was a weighted product method combined with the cipp model to determine the best online platform. the object of this research was the research focus because it was based on ideas raised to overcome problems found in the field related to difficulties in determining the best online platform to support the online learning process. the research was conducted at several health universities in bali. the universities are located in several regencies, including: tabanan, badung, denpasar, klungkung, buleleng, and gianyar. the reason for selecting several health colleges as research locations was to obtain differences in the characteristics of online platform users. the existence of differences in the characteristics of online platform users is very good, because it will provide a more objective sensitivity to the assessment results and a variety of perspectives on the online platform being assessed. 2.4. data collection instrument the instrument used to assess the quality of the calculation simulation was a questionnaire consisting of eight questions. question-1 about the initial data conditions for the simulation. question-2 about the results of the weight improvement from the expert. question-3 about the accuracy of the calculation results for the s vector. question-4 about the accuracy of the v vector calculation results. question-5 about the accuracy of the ranking results in the context component. question-6 about the accuracy of the ranking results in the input component. question-7 about the accuracy of the ranking results in the process component. question-8 about the accuracy of the ranking results in the product component. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 237 2.5. data analysis technique the results of the analysis of the calculation quality assessment using the quantitative descriptive technique. this analysis technique was carried out by comparing the quality of the calculation simulation results with quality standards that refer to the eleven’s scale. the formula for calculating the quality percentage is shown in equation 4 [33–39], while the quality standard, which refers to the eleven’s scale, is shown in table 1 [40–44]. 𝑃 = 𝑓 𝑁 × 100% (4) where 𝑃 is percentage of quality, 𝑓 is total of the acquisition value, and 𝑁 is total of maximum value. table 1 shows the eleven quality standard scales used as the basis for categorizing the quality of the calculation simulation of the weighted product method, which is integrated with the cipp model. if the quality percentage range is 75%–100%, then the quality of the average calculation simulation is good, so there is no need to repeat the calculation. if the range of quality percentages is less than 75%, then the quality of the calculation simulation is generally classified as poor, so a re-simulation is necessary. table 1. quality standards based on eleven’s scale classification of quality range of quality percentage excellent 95 to 100 very good 85 to 94 good 75 to 84 more than enough 65 to 74 enough 55 to 64 almost enough 45 to 54 minus 35 to 44 very minus 25 to 34 poor 15 to 24 very poor 5 to 14 highly poor 0 to 4 3. results and discussion 3.1. online platforms used in health colleges in bali several online platforms used at health colleges in bali to support the online learning process during the covid-19 pandemic, including: microsoft teams, kelase, moodle, and sevima edlink. the display of some of these platforms can be seen in figure 3 to 6. figure 3. display of microsoft teams hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 238 figure 4. display of moodle figure 5. display of kelase figure 6. display of sevima edlink hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 239 microsoft teams is a modern application offered by microsoft. this application is a hub for a team, both in small or large-scale organizations that allow users to collaborate and communicate easily whenever and wherever they are. microsoft teams can be accessed through this url: https://www.microsoft.com/en/microsoft-teams/group-chatsoftware. moodle is a web-based service that assists in online learning activities. moodle is an acronym for modular objectoriented dynamic learning environment which can be said to be a dynamic learning place using models and objectoriented. moodle can be accessed through this url: https://moodle.org/. the kelase application is an application developed by pt. edukasi satu nol satu from indonesia helps education organizations provide online services so they can collaborate, learn, and exchange knowledge with various features and ease of access. kelase can be accessed through this url: https://www.kelase.com/. sevima edlink is an online learning platform made by indonesians which has several facilities, including online presence, remote video conferencing, notifications of online lecture schedules, interactive quizzes with attractive packaging, discussion forums for material that is easy but still interactive, and recapitulation of each student's presence. sevima edlink can be accessed through this url: https://edlink.id/. 3.2. calculation simulation of weighted product method based on those online platforms, it was necessary to determine the best platform that was able to be used in the learning process during the covid-19 pandemic. therefore, in this research, calculation simulation was carried out to determine the best online platform using the cipp model based on weighted product. the calculation simulation process can be shown as follows. 1) determination of initial data for simulation the initial data used for the calculation simulation of the weighted product method consists of the average score of the interest rating given by the respondents to each cipp evaluation aspect. the respondents involved were 10 experts. the initial data intended can be seen in table 2. table 2. initial data for weighted product calculation simulation evaluation aspects platforms evaluation components context input process product vision and mission of organizing online learning microsoft teams 3.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 kelase 3.80 1.00 1.00 1.00 moodle 4.40 1.00 1.00 1.00 sevima edlink 3.70 1.00 1.00 1.00 the purpose of organizing online learning microsoft teams 4.10 1.00 1.00 1.00 kelase 3.70 1.00 1.00 1.00 moodle 4.60 1.00 1.00 1.00 sevima edlink 3.50 1.00 1.00 1.00 support from the academic community for the implementation of online learning microsoft teams 3.60 1.00 1.00 1.00 kelase 3.40 1.00 1.00 1.00 moodle 4.40 1.00 1.00 1.00 sevima edlink 3.20 1.00 1.00 1.00 the ability of the development teams to install and control the supporting devices for the realization of online learning microsoft teams 1.00 3.40 1.00 1.00 kelase 1.00 2.90 1.00 1.00 moodle 1.00 4.10 1.00 1.00 sevima edlink 1.00 2.80 1.00 1.00 funding support from college microsoft teams 1.00 3.60 1.00 1.00 kelase 1.00 3.20 1.00 1.00 moodle 1.00 4.30 1.00 1.00 sevima edlink 1.00 3.30 1.00 1.00 lecturer’s knowledge about online learning platforms microsoft teams 1.00 3.20 1.00 1.00 kelase 1.00 2.60 1.00 1.00 moodle 1.00 3.70 1.00 1.00 sevima edlink 1.00 2.70 1.00 1.00 https://www.microsoft.com/en/microsoft-teams/group-chat-software https://www.microsoft.com/en/microsoft-teams/group-chat-software https://moodle.org/ https://www.kelase.com/ https://edlink.id/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 240 student’s knowledge about online learning platforms microsoft teams 1.00 3.30 1.00 1.00 kelase 1.00 2.90 1.00 1.00 moodle 1.00 4.20 1.00 1.00 sevima edlink 1.00 3.20 1.00 1.00 lecturer skills in using online learning platforms microsoft teams 1.00 1.00 3.10 1.00 kelase 1.00 1.00 2.50 1.00 moodle 1.00 1.00 3.60 1.00 sevima edlink 1.00 1.00 2.60 1.00 student skills in using online learning platforms microsoft teams 1.00 1.00 3.20 1.00 kelase 1.00 1.00 2.70 1.00 moodle 1.00 1.00 3.90 1.00 sevima edlink 1.00 1.00 2.90 1.00 the reporting mechanism for the use of supporting funds for the realization of online learning microsoft teams 1.00 1.00 2.80 1.00 kelase 1.00 1.00 2.60 1.00 moodle 1.00 1.00 3.70 1.00 sevima edlink 1.00 1.00 2.80 1.00 lecturer satisfaction in using online learning platforms microsoft teams 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.10 kelase 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.90 moodle 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.60 sevima edlink 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.70 student satisfaction in using online learning platforms microsoft teams 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.30 kelase 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.10 moodle 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.80 sevima edlink 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.90 satisfaction of the development teams in managing the online learning platform microsoft teams 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.50 kelase 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.70 moodle 1.00 1.00 1.00 4.20 sevima edlink 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.30 quality of online learning using online platforms microsoft teams 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.70 kelase 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.90 moodle 1.00 1.00 1.00 4.40 sevima edlink 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.40 table 2 shows the evaluation aspects used to measure the quality of several online platforms in view of the cipp evaluation component. there were four platforms whose quality was measured, including microsoft teams, kelase, moodle, and sevima edlink. the average importance rating score shown for each evaluation component in table 2 was obtained from the assessment scores given by 20 respondents, consisting of 10 informatics experts and 10 education experts. 2) determination of weights from experts that had been revised for each evaluation component based on equation 1, it can be determined the weight given by the experts that had been corrected/improved for each cipp evaluation component. the results of the weights that had been corrected can be seen in table 3. table 3. weights from experts that had been revised evaluation components weight value from each expert  weights from experts that had been revised expert1 expert2 expert3 expert4 expert-5 expert6 context 5 4 5 5 5 5 29 0.257 input 4 5 5 5 4 4 27 0.239 process 5 5 4 5 5 4 28 0.248 product 5 5 5 4 5 5 29 0.257 total 113 1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 241 table 3 shows the weighted repair scores for each evaluation component. giving a weight repair score was carried out by six experts. the weight repair score for the context component is obtained by the following calculation:  context component /  total, so the weight repair score for the context component = 29/113 = 0.257. and so on, the same calculation is performed for input, process, and product components. weight repair score for the input component = 27/113 = 0.239. weight repair score for the process component = 28/113 = 0.248. weight repair score for the product component = 29/113 = 0.257. the total weight repair for all cipp evaluation components must be valuable of 1, to comply with the conditions set out in equation 2, where wj must be valuable of 1. 3) calculation of s vector referring to equation 2, the data in tables 2 and 3 can be calculated of normalization to get the s vector. the calculation of the s vector can be shown as follows. s1 = (3.900.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.418; s2 = (3.800.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.409 s3 = (4.400.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.463; s4 = (3.700.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.399 s5 = (4.100.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.436; s6 = (3.700.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.399 s7 = (4.600.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.479; s8 = (3.500.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.379 s9 = (3.600.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.389; s10 = (3.400.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.369 s11 = (4.400.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.463; s12 = (3.200.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.348 s13 = (1.000.257) × (3.400.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.340; s14 = (1.000.257) × (2.900.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.290 s15 = (1.000.257) × (4.100.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.401; s16 = (1.000.257) × (2.800.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.279 s17 = (1.000.257) × (3.600.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.358; s18 = (1.000.257) × (3.200.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.320 s19 = (1.000.257) × (4.300.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.417; s20 = (1.000.257) × (3.300.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.330 s21 = (1.000.257) × (3.200.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.320; s22 = (1.000.257) × (2.600.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.256 s23 = (1.000.257) × (3.700.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.367; s24 = (1.000.257) × (2.700.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.268 s25 = (1.000.257) × (3.300.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.330; s26 = (1.000.257) × (2.900.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.290 s27 = (1.000.257) × (4.200.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.409; s28 = (1.000.257) × (3.200.239) × (1.000.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.320 s29 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (3.100.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.324; s30 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (2.500.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.255 s31 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (3.600.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.374; s32 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (2.600.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.267 s33 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (3.200.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.334; s34 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (2.700.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.279 s35 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (3.900.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.401; s36 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (2.900.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.302 s37 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (2.800.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.291; s38 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (2.600.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.267 s39 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (3.700.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.383; s40 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (2.800.248) × (1.000.257) = 1.291 s41 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (3.100.257) = 1.337; s42 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (2.900.257) = 1.314 s43 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (3.600.257) = 1.389; s44 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (2.700.257) = 1.290 s45 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (3.300.257) = 1.359; s46 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (3.100.257) = 1.337 s47 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (3.800.257) = 1.409; s48 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (2.900.257) = 1.314 s49 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (3.500.257) = 1.379; s50 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (3.700.257) = 1.399 s51 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (4.200.257) = 1.445; s52 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (3.300.257) = 1.359 s53 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (3.700.257) = 1.399; s54 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (3.900.257) = 1.418 s55 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (4.400.257) = 1.463; s56 = (1.000.257) × (1.000.239) × (1.000.248) × (3.400.257) = 1.369 s = s1 + s2 + s3 + s4 + s5 + s6 + s7 + s8 + s9 + s10 + s11 + s12 + s13 + s14 + s15 + s16 + s17 + s18 + s19 + s20 + s21 + s22 + s23 + s24 + s25 + s26 + s27 + s28 + s29 + s30 + s31 + s32 + s33 + s34 + s35 + s36 + s37 + s38 + s39 + s40 + s41 + s42 + s43 + s44 + s45 + s46 + s47 + s48 + s49 + s50 + s51 + s52 + s53 + s54 + s55 + s56 = 75.993 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 242 4) calculation of v vector based on equation 3 and the value of the s vector from each evaluation aspect, so can be determined the v vector. the calculation of the v vector can be shown as follows. v1 = s1 / s = 1.418/75.993 = 0.0187; v2 = s2 / s = 1.409/75.993 = 0.0185; v3 = s3 / s = 1.463/75.993 = 0.0192 v4 = s4 / s = 1.399/75.993 = 0.0184; v5 = s5 / s = 1.436/75.993 = 0.0189; v6 = s6 / s = 1.399/75.993 = 0.0184 v7 = s7 / s = 1.479/75.993 = 0.0195; v8 = s8 / s = 1.379/75.993 = 0.0181; v9 = s9 / s = 1.389/75.993 = 0.0183 v10 = s10 / s = 1.369/75.993 = 0.0180; v11 = s11 / s = 1.463/75.993 = 0.0192; v12 = s12 / s = 1.348/75.993 = 0.0177 v13 = s13 / s = 1.340/75.993 = 0.0176; v14 = s14 / s = 1.290/75.993 = 0.0170; v15 = s15 / s = 1.401/75.993 = 0.0184 v16 = s16 / s = 1.279/75.993 = 0.0168; v17 = s17 / s = 1.358/75.993 = 0.0179; v18 = s18 / s = 1.320/75.993 = 0.0174 v19 = s19 / s = 1.417/75.993 = 0.0186; v20 = s20 / s = 1.330/75.993 = 0.0175; v21 = s21 / s = 1.320/75.993 = 0.0174 v22 = s22 / s = 1.256/75.993 = 0.0165; v23 = s23 / s = 1.367/75.993 = 0.0180; v24 = s24 / s = 1.268/75.993 = 0.0167 v25 = s25 / s = 1.330/75.993 = 0.0175; v26 = s26 / s = 1.290/75.993 = 0.0170; v27 = s27 / s = 1.409/75.993 = 0.0185 v28 = s28 / s = 1.320/75.993 = 0.0174; v29 = s29 / s = 1.324/75.993 = 0.0174; v30 = s30 / s = 1.255/75.993 = 0.0165 v31 = s31 / s = 1.374/75.993 = 0.0181; v32 = s32 / s = 1.267/75.993 = 0.0167; v33 = s33 / s = 1.334/75.993 = 0.0176 v34 = s34 / s = 1.279/75.993 = 0.0168; v35 = s35 / s = 1.401/75.993 = 0.0184; v36 = s36 / s = 1.302/75.993 = 0.0171 v37 = s37 / s = 1.291/75.993 = 0.0170; v38 = s38 / s = 1.267/75.993 = 0.0167; v39 = s39 / s = 1.383/75.993 = 0.0182 v40 = s40 / s = 1.291/75.993 = 0.0170; v41 = s41 / s = 1.337/75.993 = 0.0176; v42 = s42 / s = 1.314/75.993 = 0.0173 v43 = s43 / s = 1.389/75.993 = 0.0183; v44 = s44 / s = 1.290/75.993 = 0.0170; v45 = s45 / s = 1.359/75.993 = 0.0179 v46 = s46 / s= 1.337/75.993 = 0.0176; v47 = s47 / s = 1.409/75.993 = 0.0185; v48 = s48 / s = 1.314/75.993 = 0.0173 v49 = s49 / s= 1.379/75.993 = 0.0181; v50 = s50 / s = 1.399/75.993 = 0.0184; v51 = s51 / s = 1.445/75.993 = 0.0190 v52 = s52 / s = 1.359/75.993 = 0.0179; v53 = s53 / s = 1.399/75.993 = 0.0184; v54 = s54 / s = 1.418/75.993 = 0.0187 v55 = s55 / s = 1.463/75.993 = 0.0192; v56 = s56 / s = 1.369/75.993 = 0.0180 5) determination of the best platform based on the value of the v vector in each evaluation aspect, so can be carried out the process of determining the best online platform. the best platform is determined based on the highest score of the v vector. recapitulation of the v vector for each online platform based on evaluation aspects can be seen in table 4. table 4. recapitulation of the v vector for each online platform based on evaluation aspects evaluation aspects platforms v vector vision and mission of organizing online learning microsoft teams 0.0187 kelase 0.0185 moodle 0.0192 sevima edlink 0.0184 the purpose of organizing online learning microsoft teams 0.0189 kelase 0.0184 moodle 0.0195 sevima edlink 0.0181 support from the academic community for the implementation of online learning microsoft teams 0.0183 kelase 0.0180 moodle 0.0192 sevima edlink 0.0177 the ability of the development teams to install and control the supporting devices for the realization of online learning microsoft teams 0.0176 kelase 0.0170 moodle 0.0184 sevima edlink 0.0168 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 243 funding support from college microsoft teams 0.0179 kelase 0.0174 moodle 0.0186 sevima edlink 0.0175 lecturer’s knowledge about online learning platforms microsoft teams 0.0174 kelase 0.0165 moodle 0.0180 sevima edlink 0.0167 student’s knowledge about online learning platforms microsoft teams 0.0175 kelase 0.0170 moodle 0.0185 sevima edlink 0.0174 lecturer skills in using online learning platforms microsoft teams 0.0174 kelase 0.0165 moodle 0.0181 sevima edlink 0.0167 student skills in using online learning platforms microsoft teams 0.0176 kelase 0.0168 moodle 0.0184 sevima edlink 0.0171 the reporting mechanism for the use of supporting funds for the realization of online learning microsoft teams 0.0170 kelase 0.0167 moodle 0.0182 sevima edlink 0.0170 lecturer satisfaction in using online learning platforms microsoft teams 0.0176 kelase 0.0173 moodle 0.0183 sevima edlink 0.0170 student satisfaction in using online learning platforms microsoft teams 0.0179 kelase 0.0176 moodle 0.0185 sevima edlink 0.0173 satisfaction of the development teams in managing the online learning platform microsoft teams 0.0181 kelase 0.0184 moodle 0.0190 sevima edlink 0.0179 quality of online learning using online platforms microsoft teams 0.0184 kelase 0.0187 moodle 0.0192 sevima edlink 0.0180 the highest score of the v vector shown in table 4 was 0.0195. this clearly showed that the best online platform that was able to be used to support online learning during the covid-19 pandemic was moodle (shown by green block in table 4). the score of 0.0195 was obtained from the evaluation aspect of the “purpose of implementing online learning”. this indicates that the moodle platform is very appropriate to use supporting the realization of the goals of organizing online learning. 3.3. quality assessment of the weighted product method simulation calculation the quality of the weighted product calculation simulation was assessed by 20 experts. the tool used by the expert to assess was a questionnaire consisting of eight questions. the quality assessment results of the weighted product method simulation calculation can be seen in table 5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 244 table 5. the quality assessment results of the weighted product method simulation calculation no respondents items  percentage of quality (%) i1 i2 i3 i4 i5 i6 i7 i8 1 educational expert-1 5 5 4 5 4 4 4 5 36 90.000 2 educational expert-2 4 5 4 4 5 5 4 4 35 87.500 3 educational expert-3 5 5 5 4 4 4 5 4 36 90.000 4 educational expert-4 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 33 82.500 5 educational expert-5 4 4 5 5 4 5 4 5 36 90.000 6 educational expert-6 4 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 35 87.500 7 educational expert-7 4 4 4 5 5 5 4 4 35 87500 8 educational expert-8 4 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 33 82.500 9 educational expert-9 4 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 34 85.000 10 educational expert-10 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 4 33 82.500 11 informatics expert-1 4 4 5 5 4 4 5 4 35 87.500 12 informatics expert-2 4 4 5 4 5 5 4 4 35 87.500 13 informatics expert-3 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 34 85.000 14 informatics expert-4 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 35 87.500 15 informatics expert-5 5 5 5 5 4 5 4 4 37 92.500 16 informatics expert-6 4 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 35 87.500 17 informatics expert-7 5 4 4 4 5 4 4 5 35 87.500 18 informatics expert-8 5 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 34 85.000 19 informatics expert-9 5 4 4 4 5 4 5 4 35 87.500 20 informatics expert-10 4 5 5 4 5 5 4 5 37 92.500 average 87.250 based on the average percentage of quality shown in table 5, it was able to be stated that the quality of the weighted product calculation simulation was categorized as very good when viewed from the quality standard refers to eleven’s scale. in addition, when viewed from the simulation results of the weighted product calculation, it was found that the best online platform that was able to be used to support the online learning process during the covid-19 pandemic was moodle. if the results of this research are compared with vydia et al.’s [45] research, there are certainly similarities and differences. the similarity between this research and vydia et al.’s research is that both use decision-support methods in choosing an online platform. the difference is that this study combines the educational evaluation model “cipp” with a decision support method “weighted product” in determining the best online platform to support the learning process. meanwhile, research by vydia et al. only uses decision support methods (f-madm/fuzzy multiple attribute decision making) in determining online platforms to support the learning process. in principle, this research has similarities with the research of ouadoud et al. [46], which shows several online platforms that can be used to support the learning process. however, the difference is that ouadoud et al.’s research does not show in detail the best online platform that can be used to support online learning. meanwhile, this research has shown that there is a best online platform; there is even complete evidence of a calculation process to get the best online platform. satria’s [47] research shows the best online platform can be used for learning in the new normal era. in principle, satria’s research and the results of this study have similarities in determining the best platform. however, the difference is the mechanism or method used to get the best online platform. the results of this research have an advantage when compared to satria’s research results, namely in the calculation process used to make decisions about the best online platform. this research uses a combination of educational evaluation models and decision support methods to obtain accurate calculation results in determining the best online platform. meanwhile, satria’s research only used respondents’ perception scores, which were obtained using an instrument in the form of questionnaires. the results of this research were strengthened by several other studies, such as the research of kurniawan & septiana [25], ardinengtyas & himawan [48], sirwan et al. [49], simanjuntak & perwira [50], quansah & essiam [51], amin et al. [52], putri et al. [53], makruf et al. [54], dascalu et al. [55], and mpungose [56], which principle stated that moodle was an online platform that was suitable for use during the covid-19 pandemic to support online learning. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 245 based on the several advantages of the results of this research and the existence of strengthening support from several previous studies, the novelty of this research is the existence of an educational evaluation model that is combined with one of the methods in a decision support system called the weighted product. this model can be used to determine the best online platform to support the online learning process in the education field generally and in health colleges specifically. the limitation of this research is that it is difficult to determine the best online platform if there are v vectors that have the same value. 4. conclusion generally, the results of this research showed a very good simulation of the weighted product method calculation. the results of this categorization show the positive significance of this results study which are useful for convincing the public regarding the best online platforms that can be used to support the learning process in health colleges. this positive significance is confirmed by the result of a quality percentage of 87.250% in the range of 85–94% when referring to the eleven-scale quality standard. theoretically, the results of this research make a positive contribution to science and technology by demonstrating a combination of knowledge between educational evaluation models combined with decision support system methods. the combination of two pieces of knowledge produces an accurate calculation process for determining the best online platform that is useful in supporting a better learning process for the advancement of education. practically, future work can be done by researchers, the academic community, or educational observers to overcome the obstacle of this research, which is to determine the best online platform based on platform priority if the v vector values are the same. in addition to referring to the v vector value, it is better if the evaluation aspect that is a priority to support the success of the online learning implementation also needs to be used as a determinant of the best online platform selection. the novelty of this research is the combination of the weighted product method and the cipp model, which can produce accurate recommendations to make it easier for educational evaluators to determine the best online platform that supports online learning during the covid-19 pandemic and after the covid-19 pandemic. the impact of these research results on the field of education is new knowledge for education evaluators to use the product weighted method combined with the educational evaluation model in conducting an evaluation. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, d.g.h.d. and p.w.a.s.; methodology, d.g.h.d.; formal analysis, d.g.h.d., p.w.a.s., n.s., m.s.l.a., i.m.s., i.n.d.a., n.w.r.m., and g.a.d.s.; investigation, d.g.h.d.; data curation, d.g.h.d., p.w.a.s., n.s., m.s.l.a., i.m.s., i.n.d.a., n.w.r.m., and g.a.d.s.; writing—original draft preparation, d.g.h.d.; writing—review and editing, d.g.h.d. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. acknowledgements the authors express their gratitude to the rector and chair of the research and community service institute in each college, including universitas pendidikan ganesha, sekolah tinggi ilmu kesehatan buleleng, universitas pendidikan nasional, and institut pariwisata dan bisnis internasional who give permission and the opportunity for the authors to complete this collaborative research. 5.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] sundari, h. d., & utomo, p. (2020). five e-learning for education in indonesia. advances in social science, education and humanities research, 440, 48–52. doi:10.2991/assehr.k.200521.010. [2] divayana, d. g. h., adiarta, a., & suyasa, p. w. a. (2021). development of material contents and online assessment based on the sevima edlink platform for online learning of program evaluation subject during covid-19 pandemic in indonesia. journal of technology and science education, 11(2), 498–512. doi:10.3926/jotse.1243. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 246 [3] jannah, s. n., sobandi, a., & suwatno, s. (2020). the measurement of usability using use questionnaire on the google classroom application as e-learning media (a case study: smk negeri 1 bandung). teknodika, 18(2), 94-105. doi:10.20961/teknodika.v18i2.42486. [4] sukawatie, l. (2018). using quipper school website as an online assessment for english teaching and learning. the 2nd english language and literature international conference, atlantis press, amsterdam, netherlands, 263–270. [5] purwaningsih, h., & dardjito, h. (2021). implementation of cipp model for online learning evaluation during covid-19 pandemic. getsempena english education journal, 8(2), 294–309. doi:10.46244/geej.v8i2.1394. [6] damayanti, e., ibrahim, m. m., & ismail, m. i. (2022). evaluation of online learning programs at universities using the cipp model. jurnal educative: journal of educational studies, 6(1), 95-110. doi:10.30983/educative.v6i1.4678. [7] anh, v. t. k., & pang, v. (2021). the application of cipp model to evaluate online teaching for english majored programs in vietnam during the covid-19 pandemic. journal of institutional research south east asia, 19(2), 146-165. [8] prayogo, d., rusdarti, raharjo, t. j., & kuswardinah, a. (2022). distance learning evaluation with the cipp model. advances in social science, education and humanities research, 574, 330-336. doi:10.2991/assehr.k.211125.062. [9] decoito, i., & estaiteyeh, m. (2022). online teaching during the covid-19 pandemic: exploring science/stem teachers’ curriculum and assessment practices in canada. disciplinary and interdisciplinary science education research, 4(1), 1–18. doi:10.1186/s43031-022-00048-z. [10] toan, p. n., dang, t. t., & hong, l. t. t. (2021). e-learning platform assessment and selection using two-stage multicriteria decision-making approach with grey theory: a case study in vietnam. mathematics, 9(23), 1–20. doi:10.3390/math9233136. [11] ong, a.k.s., prasetyo, y.t., chuenyindee, t., young, m.n., doma, b.t., caballes, d.g., centeno, r. s., morfe, a.s., & bautista, c.s. (2022). preference analysis on the online learning attributes among senior high school students during the covid-19 pandemic: a conjoint analysis approach. evaluation and program planning, 92, 102100, 1–9. doi:10.1016/j.evalprogplan.2022.102100. [12] nguyen, l. d., & nguyen, l. v. (2022). schoology as an online learning platform to enhance english language ability for undergraduates in vietnam. computer assisted language learning electronic journal, 23(4), 139-161. [13] shashiprabha, t. a. s., rupasinghe, l., liyanage, i. m., & liyanapathirana, c. (2020). student feedback analyzer for elearning platforms. international journal of engineering research & technology, 9(12), 472–477. [14] cabual, r. a., & cabual, m. m. a. (2022). the extent of the challenges in online learning during the covid-19 pandemic. oalib, 09(01), 1–13. doi:10.4236/oalib.1108233. [15] herdiansah, a., handayani, n., & kurniawan, a. (2019). a development of decision support systems selection of employee acceptance using weighted product method. journal of information systems and informatics, 1(2), 87–97. doi:10.33557/journalisi.v1i2.10. [16] saputra, d., kudiantoro widianto, tyas setiyorini, & ibnu alfarobi. (2021). decision support system for cloud computing service selection using the weighted product method (case study: pt. deptech digital indonesia). international journal of science, technology & management, 2(1), 78–92. doi:10.46729/ijstm.v2i1.103. [17] sembiring, a. p., tulus, sembiring, r. w., & maulana, h. (2018). rule model with fuzzy simple additive weighting approach and weighted product on determination. international journal of latest trends in engineering and technology, 10(1), 54–62. doi:10.21172/1.101.10. [18] sisodia, g. (2018). intuitionistic fuzzy weighted sum and product method for electronic service quality selection problem. international journal of modern education and computer science, 10(9), 33–43. doi:10.5815/ijmecs.2018.09.05. [19] anifah, l., & haryanto. (2020). decision support system cattle weight prediction using artificial selected weighting method. 2020 third international conference on vocational education and electrical engineering (icvee), surabaya, indonesia, 1-6. doi:10.1109/icvee50212.2020.9243263. [20] murdani, ., sianturi, f. a., hutahaean, h. d., sinaga, s. b., & rajagukguk, d. m. (2018). implementation of the weighted product method in the best student selection decision making system application. proceedings of the 1st unimed international conference on economics education and social science, 99-104. doi:10.5220/0009495900990104. [21] sa’ad, m. i., bryan, d., kusrini, & supriatin. (2020). decision support system for covid19 affected family cash aid recipients using the naïve bayes algorithm and the weight product method. 2020 3rd international conference on information and communications technology (icoiact), 120-125. doi:10.1109/icoiact50329.2020.9331964. [22] verma, s., & patel, k. (2019). weighted product taxonomy for mobile-commerce site in recommendation of product based on heuristic approach. 2019 international conference on intelligent computing and control systems (iccs), 1435-1440. doi:10.1109/iccs45141.2019.9065437. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 247 [23] zhao, z., zhang, h., & yu, y. (2020). method for calculating text similarity of cross-weighted products applied to power grid model search. 2020 ieee 4th conference on energy internet and energy system integration (ei2), wuhan, china, 38633867. doi:10.1109/ei250167.2020.9346920. [24] fitriasari, n. s., fitriani, s. a., & sukamto, r. a. (2017). comparison of weighted product method and technique for order preference by similarity to ideal solution method: complexity and accuracy. 2017 3rd international conference on science in information technology (icsitech), 453–458. doi:10.1109/icsitech.2017.8257155. [25] kurniawan, b. i., & septiana, a. r. (2021). an analysis of students’ experience in the use of moodle in writing class during pandemic covid-19. linguists : journal of linguistics and language teaching, 7(2), 16-28. doi:10.29300/ling.v7i2.5318. [26] malik, z., najmi, e., hashmi, k., rafique, m. m., & rezgui, a. (2022). product weighted taxonomy extraction using twitter. international journal of business information systems, 39(4), 497–515. doi:10.1504/ijbis.2022.122875. [27] maulana, h. o., shofi, i. m., rozy, n. f., & agustin, f. e. m. (2017). application for determining mustahiq based on the priority using weight product method (case study: bazis dki jakarta). 2017 5th international conference on cyber and it service management (citsm), 1-4. doi:10.1109/citsm.2017.8089315. [28] nababan, l., & tuti, e. (2018). determination feasibility of poor household surgery by using weighted product method. 2018 6th international conference on cyber and it service management (citsm), 1-6. doi:10.1109/citsm.2018.8674253. [29] ramadhan, i., & zaky, u. (2020). method comparison analysis simple additive weighting (saw) with weighted product (wp) method in supporting the decision to accept new employees. international journal of engineering technology and natural sciences, 2(1), 11–17. doi:10.46923/ijets.v2i1.66. [30] solikhun, s. (2017). decision support system in predicting the best teacher with multi atribute decesion making weighted product (madmwp) method. international journal of artificial intelligence research, 1(1), 6-10. doi:10.29099/ijair.v1i1.1. [31] utomo, p., & budiman, a. (2020). application of weighted product (wp) method in decision support of unmer madiun rector election. research : journal of computer, information system & technology management, 3(2), 74-82. doi:10.25273/research.v3i2.6700. [32] kurniawan, r., windarto, a. p., fauzan, m., solikhun, s., & damanik, i. s. (2019). analysis of weight product (wp) algorithms in the best go car driver recommendations at pt. maranatha putri bersaudara. international journal of information system & technology, 3(1), 18-24. doi:10.30645/ijistech.v3i1.28. [33] dalimunte, m., & salmiah, m. (2019). students’ ability at changing direct into indirect speech and indirect into direct speech. budapest international research and critics institute (birci-journal) : humanities and social sciences, 2(2), 178–185. doi:10.33258/birci.v2i2.249. [34] divayana, d. g. h., adiarta, a., & suyasa, p. w. a. (2022). development of discrepancy evaluation model based on tat twam asi with topsis calculation. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 13(7), 737–752. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2022.0130787. [35] sari, s. a., & rezeki, y. s. (2019). the development of an ingenious circuit based on chemo-edutainment learning. international journal of educational research review, 4(1), 15–25. doi:10.24331/ijere.467078. [36] sugiharni, g. a. d. (2018). the development of interactive instructional media oriented to creative problem solving model on function graphic subject. journal of education research and evaluation, 2(4), 183–189. doi:10.23887/jere.v2i4.16694. [37] sujariati, s. (2020). improving the students’ listening comprehension through aural-oral language approach. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal, 3(2), 486–505. doi:10.31539/leea.v3i2.1253. [38] sutirna, s. (2019). subject teachers’ perceptions of academic mentoring and counseling services. couns-edu: the international journal of counseling and education, 4(4), 129–133. doi:10.23916/0020190423040. [39] yulina, i. k., permanasari, a., hernani, h., & setiawan, w. (2019). analytical thinking skill profile and perception of pre service chemistry teachers in analytical chemistry learning. journal of physics: conference series, 1157, 042046, 1–7. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1157/4/042046. [40] divayana, d. g. h., ariawan, i. p. w., & giri, m. k. w. (2021). cipp-saw application as an evaluation tool of e-learning effectiveness. international journal of modern education and computer science, 13(6), 42–59. doi:10.5815/ijmecs.2021.06.05. [41] mantasiah, r., yusri, y., & jufri, j. (2020). semantic feature analysis model: linguistics approach in foreign language learning material developmen. international journal of instruction, 13(1), 185–196. doi:10.29333/iji.2020.13112a. [42] nawawi, s., nizkon, & azhari, a. t. (2020). analysis of the level of critical thinking skills of students in biological materials at muhammadiyah high school in palembang city. universal journal of educational research, 8(3d), 47–53. doi:10.13189/ujer.2020.081707. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 248 [43] sari, l. y., susanti, d., fitriani, v., supriatno, b., & riandi, r. (2020). how to validity handbook in introduction and laboratory techniques oriented pbl. international journal of progressive sciences and technologies, 19(1), 250–254. [44] divayana, d. g. h., sudirtha, i. g., & gading, i. k. (2020). application design of countenance evaluation based on tri hita karana-aneka for evaluating the students’ computer capability and students’ character. cogent psychology, 7(1), 1–18. doi:10.1080/23311908.2020.1773095. [45] vydia, v., susanto, s., handayani, s., & alam, m. b. (2022). the selection of learning platforms to support learning using fuzzy multiple attribute decision making. international journal of quantitative research and modeling, 3(1), 45–50. doi:10.46336/ijqrm.v3i1.257. [46] ouadoud, m., rida, n., & chafiq, t. (2021). overview of e-learning platforms for teaching and learning. international journal of recent contributions from engineering, science & it (ijes), 9(1), 50-70. doi:10.3991/ijes.v9i1.21111. [47] satria, b. (2021). best digital platforms in elt during new norms era for remote area. journal of language, literature, and english teaching (juliet), 2(1), 1–5. doi:10.31629/jjumrah.v2i1.3143. [48] ardinengtyas, a., & himawan, a. n. (2021). enhancing elt classroom using moodle e-learning during the pandemic: students’ and teachers’ voices. ijee (indonesian journal of english education), 1(1), 24–39. doi:10.15408/ijee.v1i1.20220. [49] sirwan, s., ahyani, r., & sartika, s. (2021). development of virtual learning system (vls) based on moodle as a platform online learning in the covic-19. akademika, 10(02), 447–463. doi:10.34005/akademika.v10i02.1579. [50] simanjuntak, o. s., & perwira, r. i. (2020). development of spada wimaya online learning course based on moodle during and after the covid-19 pandemic. proceeding of lppm upn “veteran” yogyakarta conference series 2020–engineering and science series, 27 october, 2020, yogyakarta, indonesia, 677-683. [51] quansah, r., & essiam, c. (2021). the use of learning management system (lms) moodle in the midst of covid-19 pandemic: students’ perspective. journal of educational technology and online learning, 4(3), 418–431. doi:10.31681/jetol.934730. [52] amin, m., sibuea, a. m., & mustaqim, b. (2022). the effectiveness of online learning using e-learning during pandemic covid-19. journal of education technology, 6(2), 247–257. doi:10.23887/jet.v6i2.44125. [53] putri, s. e., hamuddin, b., nursafira, m. s., & derin, t. (2020). discourse analysis in e-learning-based course using moodle platform: an experimental design. reila : journal of research and innovation in language, 2(1), 19–26. doi:10.31849/reila.v2i1.3960. [54] makruf, i., rifa’i, a. a., & triana, y. (2022). moodle-based online learning management in higher education. international journal of instruction, 15(1), 135–152. doi:10.29333/iji.2022.1518a. [55] dascalu, m.-d., ruseti, s., dascalu, m., mcnamara, d. s., carabas, m., rebedea, t., & trausan-matu, s. (2021). before and during covid-19: a cohesion network analysis of students’ online participation in moodle courses. computers in human behavior, 121, 106780, 1–19. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2021.106780. [56] mpungose, c. b. (2020). emergent transition from face-to-face to online learning in a south african university in the context of the coronavirus pandemic. humanities and social sciences communications, 7(1), 1–9. doi:10.1057/s41599-020-00603-x. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 327 issn: 2723-9535 physicochemical and microstructural characterization of klias peat, lumadan pofa, and ggbfs for geopolymer based soil stabilization adriana e. amaludin 1 , hidayati asrah 1, 2*, habib m. mohamad 1, 2* , hassanel z. bin amaludin 3 , nazrein a. bin amaludin 4 1 faculty of engineering, universiti malaysia sabah, jalan ums, 88400 kota kinabalu, sabah, malaysia. 2 green materials and advanced construction technology (gmact) research unit, faculty of engineering, universiti malaysia sabah, jalan ums, 88400 kota kinabalu, sabah, malaysia. 3 engineering materials and structures (emast) ikohza, malaysia-japan international institute of technology, utm kuala lumpur, kuala lumpur, 54100, federal territory of kuala lumpur, malaysia. 4 centre of research in energy and advanced materials (cream), faculty of engineering, universiti malaysia sabah, jalan ums, kota kinabalu, 88400, sabah, malaysia. received 05 january 2023; revised 26 april 2023; accepted 14 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract peat soils are highly heterogeneous and considered problematic because they have a high moisture content and low shear strength. it requires stabilization to enhance its engineering properties before it is transformed into a viable construction material. the use of geopolymers as stabilizer materials for weak soils has been on the rise recently due to their low carbon footprint compared to the use of conventional stabilizer materials like cement. geopolymerization occurs as a result of the alkali activation of aluminosilicate materials. in this study, peat soil and the aluminosilicate materials palm oil fuel ash (pofa) and ground granulated blast furnace slag (ggbfs) are characterized to assess their suitability as geopolymer precursor materials. a series of laboratory studies were carried out to determine the physicochemical properties of the materials, such as particle size distribution, moisture and organic content, specific gravity, ph, and electrical conductivity. furthermore, the xrd, xrf, and fesem tests were carried out to ascertain the mineral characteristics, elemental chemical composition, and morphological characteristics of these materials, respectively. the peat soil is classified as hemic peat with sufficient aluminosilicate content (si/al ratio of 2.11). the pofa is identified as class f pozzolan with adequate si+al+fe oxide content (67.9%), as stipulated by astm c618. the ggbfs material was found to be appropriate for geopolymer production, with a si/al ratio of 2.17, a hydration modulus of 2.38 (good hydration), and a basicity coefficient of 1.32 (alkaline material favorable for geopolymerization). based on the geopolymer precursor material suitability assessment criteria, all the materials assessed were deemed suitable for geopolymerization, and the effectiveness of pofaggbfs geopolymer to improve peat soil properties should be studied in depth. at present, there are limited studies pertaining to the use of alkali-activated pofa-ggbfs blends to improve peat soil properties. as a result of this material characterization phase, planned works involving the compressive strength testing program on alkali-activated pofaggbfs-peat soil blends at ambient temperature will be carried out in the near future. the eventual aim of this research is to remediate the peat soil to be repurposed as road subgrade material. keywords: geopolymer; peat soil; palm oil fuel ash; ground granulated blast furnace slag; material characterisation. * corresponding author: hidayati@ums.edu.my; habibmusa@ums.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2409-530x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9166-1159 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5008-6541 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5510-3021 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 328 1. introduction peat soils are defined as highly heterogeneous materials, as they are derived from decomposing organic matter, i.e., plant leaves and roots, and are typically brown or black in color [1]. peat soil is considered a problematic soil because it has a high natural moisture content and low shear strength [2]. the problems associated with peat soils should be resolved by means of soil stabilization. nicholson [3] defines chemical stabilization as a technique applied to enhance the engineering characteristics of problematic soils, i.e., to increase the soil shear strength where stabilizing binders are mixed with weak soils found on site. this research work is focused on the use of geopolymers to improve the engineering properties of weak soils. geopolymer materials are created from the combination of two precursor materials, namely aluminosilicate materials (e.g., fly ash and ground granulated blast furnace slag), and highly alkaline solutions to activate the precursor materials. in most cases, geopolymer materials are used to improve the strength of mortar and concrete [4, 5]. more recently, the use of agricultural and industrial waste-derived geopolymer materials as soil stabilizers has been applied in the geotechnical field, with published studies reporting on the enhancement of engineering properties and improved durability of weak soils [6, 7]. various types of geopolymer source materials were used for soil stabilization purposes, such as coffee grounds [8], tea wastes [9], fly ash [10, 11], ggbfs [6, 12], and pofa [13–15]. in the context of this study, the outcomes of selected studies conducted on pofa-based geopolymers used as construction and weak soil stabilizer materials are discussed below. it is important to note that geopolymer synthesis for soil stabilization must take place under ambient temperature conditions to emulate the conditions on site. in contrast, most of the existing studies on the strength of geopolymer materials are conducted at elevated temperatures, achieved by subjecting the material to oven curing for 24 hours and subsequently cured at ambient temperature. for example, the study by yahya et al. [16] discovered that pofa geopolymers cured at ambient temperature produced the lowest compressive strength at 0.4 mpa, while the highest compressive strength (11.5 mpa) was achieved at 80°c oven curing. more recently, the findings of kwek et al. [17], which focused on pofa geopolymers synthesized at ambient temperature, showed that the 28-day compressive strength of 21.31 mpa is achievable with the appropriate amount of alkaline activator and adequate metal oxides contained in the source material. the results of these studies show that pofa geopolymer is a viable source material for creating geopolymers with adequate strength. on the other hand, the existing studies on the use of pofa-based geopolymer materials are very limited, and the outcome of these studies has been discussed in depth in a recent review paper [18]. in the study conducted by zainuddin et al. [15], pofa geopolymer was used as a soil stabilizer for weak laterite soil. they reported that the strength of laterite soil improved from 106 kpa to 340 kpa after 7 days of curing, with a 15% pofa geopolymer content. meanwhile, the research carried out by khasib et al. [14] examined the effect of adding pofa geopolymer on the strength of lowand high-plasticity clays. the unconfined compressive strength (ucs) value for the low-plasticity clay improved from 260 kpa to 4180 kpa, while the ucs value for the high-plasticity clay improved from 130 kpa to 2860 kpa after 28 days of curing. lastly, the findings reported by abdeldjouad et al. [13] showed that pofa geopolymer treatment was effective for low plasticity silt and high plasticity clay, where the soil ucs at 28 days of curing was valued at 1930 kpa for the silt and 1320 kpa for the clay. in these studies, it is imperative that an alkaline solution of adequate molarity is used to dissolve the alumina and silica contents in the soil-aluminosilicate-alkaline mix to form the soil-geopolymer matrix [19]. this is because geopolymer source materials that were not activated by the alkaline solution adversely impact the soilgeopolymer specimen strength since they act as filler materials, as stated by pourakbar et al. [20]. as such, in order for the pofa geopolymer to effectively stabilize the weak soil, it should consist of substantial amounts of aluminates and silicates to facilitate the pozzolanic reactions that enable the soil stabilization process to occur. the results from these studies utilizing pofa geopolymer as a soil stabilizer demonstrate that this material can be used to treat other types of weak soils, such as fibric, hemic, and sapric peat soils. in addition, the outcome of the review conducted by amaludin et al. [18] stated that the attempt to synthesize pofa and ggbfs geopolymers for soil stabilization purposes has not yet been established. in the following sections, the material preparation and characterization tests for klias peat and the aluminosilicate materials (pofa and ggbfs) are explained in detail. a series of laboratory studies were designed to determine the physicochemical properties of the materials. furthermore, the xrd, xrf, and fesem tests were carried out to ascertain the mineral characteristics, elemental chemical composition, and morphological characteristics of these materials, respectively. these tests were carried out to determine the suitability of the said materials as geopolymer source materials, based on the metal oxide requirements of astm c618 [21] and aci committee 233r-17 [22], and the criteria defined by ghosh & ghosh [23], with additional references made to book chapters published by garcia-lodeiro et al. [24] and manjunath & narasimhan [25] on the advances of alkali activated binders. the in-depth discussion on the geopolymer source suitability check is discussed further in section 4.5: geopolymer precursor material suitability assessment. therefore, the objective of this study is to establish the physicochemical, chemical composition, mineralogy, and morphology characteristics of klias peat soil, lumadan palm oil fuel ash (pofa), and ground granulated blast furnace slag (ggbfs). from the acquired characterization test results, the salient parameters will be used to assess the suitability of the aforementioned materials as geopolymer precursors. figure 1 shows the flowchart of the research hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 329 conducted in this study. subsequently, the other parameters established in this characterization study are used to detect the changes in the physicochemical, chemical composition, mineralogy, and morphology characteristics of the peat, pofa, and ggbfs when all three materials are activated with alkali to create a pofa-ggbfs-soil geopolymer matrix. the findings presented in this paper are part of ongoing research that focuses on the application of alkali-activated pofa-ggbfs blends to improve the shear strength of klias peat soil. figure 1. research flowchart for this study 2. materials 2.1. klias peat soil in april 2022, around 80 kg of klias peat soil was obtained from a palm oil plantation area bordering the klias peat swamp field centre (kpsfc), beaufort, sabah, malaysia (coordinates: 5° 19.571’ n, 115° 40.363’ e), as shown in figure 2. the peat samples were obtained from a depth of 0–0.3 m, since the ground water table (gwt) was located at hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 330 0.34 m beneath the soil surface [26]. the peat samples were sealed in polythene bags to preserve their natural moisture content and were subsequently transported to the geotechnical engineering laboratory, block e, faculty of engineering, ums. figures 3-a to 3-c show the site coordinates near kpsfc, the gwt measurement, and the peat sampling site, respectively. the collected samples were classified as disturbed samples and were air-dried for 24 hours at an ambient temperature of 30 ± 3°c with adequate ventilation before being oven-dried for another 24 hours at 100 ± 5°c to ensure that the soil was dried to a constant weight. the oven-dried soil was then sieved with a 2-mm sieve opening to produce the samples required for the soil characterization tests. an array of characterization tests were conducted, such as particle size distribution, natural moisture content and organic content, specific gravity, ph, and electrical conductivity tests. meanwhile, several tests were conducted on site, such as the von post test and the bulk density test. a detailed explanation of these in-situ and laboratory tests will be covered in section 3: experimental methodology, while the physicochemical properties of the peat soil will be presented in section 4: results and discussion. figure 2. location of klias peat swamp field centre (kpsfc), beaufort, sabah, malaysia figure 3. (a) site coordinates; (b) gwt at 0.34m depth; (c) peat sampling site 2.2. lumadan palm oil fuel ash (pofa) for this study, around 50 kg of pofa material was collected from lumadan palm oil mill, beaufort (courtesy of sawit kinabalu sdn. bhd.) in the month of april 2022, which will be used as a geopolymer source material. this material was previously used in studies conducted by asrah et al. [27] and tonduba et al. [28] for the production of pofa-based mortar and bricks, and the material was classified as a class c pozzolan based on the astm c618-19 standard based on the sum of its major oxides [21]. the classification of the pofa material used in this study will be discussed further in section 4.2, which will compare the findings of this study with the results of previous studies. unprocessed or raw pofa obtained from the palm oil mill is not suitable for direct use as geopolymer precursor material since it still contains much unburned residue, as evidenced by its elevated value of loss on ignition (loi), as reported by asrah et al. [27]. furthermore, since the pofa material is derived from burning palm oil waste materials in a boiler machine [29], the partially ashed agricultural waste contains debris material that should be sieved and treated before it is used as a stabilizer material. the process of treating unprocessed pofa into pre-treated pofa (oven dried for 24 hours at 100 ± 5°c and sieved with a 300 mm sieve) was done as recommended by previous researchers to ensure that the material is free from moisture prior to its use as a geopolymer precursor material [20, 30, 31]. subsequently, the dried and sieved pofa (otherwise known as pre-treated pofa) were collected and subjected to mechanical activation using a planetary grinding ball mill. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 331 approximately 600 g of pofa was ground with the ball mill for three (3) hours at 300 rpm to produce ground pofa, as recommended by tonduba et al. [32]. figure 4 illustrates the process of treating the raw pofa to create ground pofa for the purpose of geopolymerization. figure 4. processing raw pofa to produce ground pofa 2.3. ground granulated blast furnace slag (ggbfs) ground granulated blast furnace slag (ggbfs) is a material derived from steel and iron manufacturing, mainly comprising calcium oxide, silica, and aluminum oxide [23]. in recent times, the use of ggbfs as supplementary cementitious material (scm) has seen an uptick across the construction industry due to its high content of calcium and silicon oxides that enhance the cementation process and are considered a viable material for engineering applications [33]. the ggbfs used in this study was sourced from the concrete laboratory, faculty of engineering, universiti malaysia sabah. in the aspect of geopolymer production, ggbfs is used to improve the production of pofa geopolymer at ambient temperature, as recommended by recent research findings that used fly ash-ggbfs mixtures to create geopolymers [11, 34]. 3. experimental methodology the current study focuses on establishing the physicochemical, mineralogy, and morphology characteristics of klias peat, lumadan pofa, and ggbfs materials. it was designed based on the existing engineering standards, such as iso 13320: 2020 for laser particle size distribution, bs1377: part 2 for soil moisture content and organic content, and astm d2976-22 for ph and electrical conductivity. furthermore, for the analytical studies, the x-ray diffraction (xrd) test was conducted for mineral characterization, the x-ray fluorescence (xrf) test was conducted for the purpose of chemical composition characterization, and lastly, the field emission scanning electron microscopy (fesem) test was carried out to define the morphology characteristics of the materials. the research flowchart for this study was presented previously in figure 1. 3.1. particle size distribution the particle size distribution (psd) characterization was determined using a laser diffraction particle size analyzer (model: shimadzu sald-2300), available in the analytical laboratory, malaysia-japan international institute of technology (mjiit), universiti teknologi malaysia, kuala lumpur. the peat soil, pofa, and ggbfs samples were sent to the analytical laboratory to ascertain their psd characteristics, and the tests were carried out based on the iso 13320: 2020 [35] standard. according to arvaniti et al. [36], the laser diffraction (ld) method was able to characterize the full psd, specifically via the measurement of light scattered by the particles subjected to the test. the two optical models used to convert the light scattering data to psd are the fraunhofer diffraction model and the mie theory. in this study, the mie theory was chosen because it is suitable for materials with small particles of ≤ 50 mm in size. to use mie theory effectively, the optical properties, i.e., refractive index and absorption index, were provided to the ld machine technicians to ensure that the psd results for the peat, pofa, and ggbfs samples were correctly reported. the works of arvaniti et al. [36] and cyr and tagnit-hamou [37] were instrumental in the selection of the values for refractive and absorption indices used in this study, as both studies focused on the optical properties of cementitious materials. table 1 shows the refractive and absorption indices used for the ld measurement and the corresponding references for these values. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 332 table 1. refractive and absorption indices for ld measurement of geopolymer materials material refractive index, n absorption index, k reference peat soil 1.52 0.1 polakowski et al. [38] palm oil fuel ash (pofa) 1.56 1.0 jewell & rathbone [39] ground granulated blast furnace slag (ggbfs) 1.62 0.1 jewell & rathbone [39] 3.2. degree of decomposition/ von post classification this in-situ test is based on the von post classification system [40]. some peat soil was squeezed by hand until the water was drained from the soil. the extruded soil between the fingers was then subjected to a visual inspection by observing the amount of plant structure contained in the peat sample, indicating the degree of peat soil decomposition. the classification ranges from h1-h3 for fibric peat with an insignificant amount of decomposition, h4-h6 for hemic peat with moderate decomposition and indistinct plant structures, while h7-h10 is designated for sapric peat that has undergone advanced decomposition. as a reference, the peat soil studied in this paper is hemic peat with moderate decomposition (h4-h6). 3.3. natural moisture content and organic content to determine the natural moisture content of peat soils, this analysis was carried out in accordance with bs 1377: part 2: 1990: clause 3.2 [41]. peat soil of approximately 30 g was placed in empty crucibles and placed in an oven set at 105 ± 5°c for 24 hours. the natural moisture content was then obtained by dividing the amount of moisture loss by the weight of the oven-dried peat soil. the organic content of peat soils was determined by taking the remains of the natural moisture content test specimens and burning the oven-dried peat specimens in a muffle furnace at 550°c for 5 hours. this test was carried out based on bs 1377: part 3: 1990: clause 4.0 [42]. first, the ash content (ac) is acquired, which is the weight of soil after it was ashed in the furnace. subsequently, the organic content is calculated by subtracting the value of ac from 100%. o’kelly [43] stated that for peat and organic soils, the measurements obtained from a series of laboratory tests, i.e., natural moisture content, organic content, and its degree of decomposition, are more appropriate parameters to reflect the geoengineering behavior of organic soils. typical soil index properties such as liquid limit and plastic limit (or consistency limits) are unsuitable for organic soils and better suited for clayey or silty soils. this is because many correlations have been made between the peat natural moisture content and the organic content, von post classification, and bulk density of peat soils [44]. 3.4. bulk density and specific gravity during the site visit, the bulk density of the peat soil was determined on site using the core cutter method, as stipulated in bs 1377: part 9: clause 2.4 [45]. the core cutter is a steel cylinder with a 10 cm diameter and 12.7 cm height. it was driven into the ground using a 9 kg rammer. while the rammer is used to push the core cutter into the ground, a steel dolly with a 2.5 cm height is placed on top of the cutter to avoid any distortion to the core cutter. the bulk density is calculated by dividing the weight of soil contained in the cutter by its volume. figure 5-a shows the driving rammer, 5-b shows the core cutter and steel dolly, and 5-c shows the core cutter driven into the ground, respectively. figure 5. (a) driving rammer; (b) core cutter and steel dolly; (c) core cutter driven into peat soil hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 333 specific gravity is the ratio of the density of a material with reference to the density of water (specific gravity, gs of water is 1.00). to determine the specific gravity of peat, the tests were conducted based on bs 1377: part 2: 1990 [41], but instead of using water, kerosene is used since the specific gravity of peat soils is typically lower than water. with 10 g of oven-dried peat specimens (passing a 425 mm sieve), the soil specific gravity was determined using a 50 ml pycnometer bottle, and triplicate samples were made to obtain the average reading. 3.5. ph and electrical conductivity the ph (potential hydrogen) value of the peat, pofa, and ggbfs material is a crucial parameter to be established in this study since the soil stabilization process involves the ionic interactions between the soil and the stabilizer material. based on astm d2976-22 [46], the ph value is obtained by weighing 3 g of the material and diluting it with 50 ml of ultrapure water [47] inside a 100 ml beaker, where it was soaked with occasional stirring at 180 rpm for 30 minutes. the ph measurement was carried out using a hanna hi9810302 halo2 groline ph meter. subsequently, electrical conductivity (ec) measures the ability of a material to conduct electricity, measured in microsiemens per cm (μs/cm). using the same solution prepared for the ph measurement, the ec of the peat soil and pofa material were measured using the hanna hi98331 groline ec meter. the ec reading indicates the amount of calcium and hydroxyl ions available for the pozzolanic reaction between soil particles and stabilizer materials. the ph and ec meters were calibrated according to the manufacturer’s standards before the commencement of both tests. 3.6. x-ray diffraction (xrd) the x-ray diffraction (xrd) testing was performed with the rigaku smartlab x-ray diffractometer. xrd testing is a type of non-destructive chemical analysis of materials done with samples prepared in the form of a thin film or powder. establishing the crystal structure and orientation, phase identification, and detection of trace chemicals in a sample can all be carried out with the xrd test. in the event that the layers of atoms in a crystalline mineral scatter the x-rays of a given wavelength, the diffraction of the rays will create a pattern of peaks that are unique to the mineral [48, 49]. more specifically, the vertical scale (peak height) of an xrd pattern represents the intensity of the diffracted ray, while the horizontal scale (diffraction angle) gives an indication of the crystal lattice spacing. for this study, the xrd analysis was conducted with cu-kα radiation using the following equipment settings: 40 kv tube voltage and 35 ma current. subsequently, the xrd patterns were acquired using a sweep between 3° to 80° at a rate of 1° (2θ) per minute and a 0.01° step size. the results of the test were compared to the international centre for diffraction data (icdd) database [50]. 3.7. x-ray fluorescence (xrf) in order to establish the chemical composition of the peat, pofa, and ggbfs materials, the x-ray fluorescence (xrf) test was carried out. according to yusuf [51], the xrf test starts with the material being irradiated with a primary x-ray beam from a radioisotope, causing the electron from the sample to be dislodged. after the irradiated material has stabilized, it will emit fluorescent x-rays, and this fluorescent x-ray energy released by the material can therefore be measured to quantify the chemical composition of a given material. the xrf test was carried out using the xrf machine (model: malvern panalytical epsilon 1), located in mjiit, utm kuala lumpur. the peat, pofa, and ggbfs samples (passing 75 mm and weighing 10 g each) were sent to the analytical laboratory to ascertain their chemical composition, and the tests were carried out based on the astm e162121 standard [52]. results obtained from this test will determine if the chosen pofa and ggbfs materials possess adequate metal oxides, as required by the astm c618-19 standard, which states that the total metal oxides (sio2, al2o3, fe2o3) should amount to at least 50% [21]. 3.8. field emission scanning electron microscopy (fesem) the field emission scanning electron micrograph (fesem) tests have been carried out to analyze the morphological characteristics of the peat, pofa, and ggbfs materials. a scanning electron microscope (sem) allows the researcher to obtain the material surface texture morphology [53], specifically using incident electron beams that are scanned in a raster pattern across the sample surface, and the backscattered or emission of secondary electrons is then identified [54]. additionally, the term field-emission (fe)-sem refers to the use of a high-energy electrical field to emit electrons with a cathode called a field emitter [54], which strikes the material to produce magnified images as a result of the electronmaterial interaction. the testing procedure was carried out as specified in the astm e986-04 standard [55]. prior to testing, the specimen was thoroughly dried and coated with a conductive material using a sputter coater machine (model: jeol jec-3000fc). the conductive material chosen was platinum powder because the gold coating used in normal sem is too coarse and could hide the morphological features seen in the ultra-high-resolution images produced by the fesem machine [56]. in the sputter coater, the platinum powder was spread evenly onto the specimen hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 334 surface using a vacuum chamber containing argon gas. the electrical charges induced within the chamber cause the platinum coating to form on the surface of the sample [57]. after undergoing sufficient coating, the sample was then placed inside the jeol jsm-7900f fesem machine to characterize the morphological data of the peat soil, pofa, and ggbfs particles. 4. results and discussion 4.1. physical properties the physicochemical properties of klias peat soil are presented in table 2, and comparisons were made between the results obtained in this study and past research findings. according to the particle size distribution (psd) test, it was found that the peat soil consists of 41.1% coarse-grained material, while the fine-grained material amounted to 58.9%, and the mean particle size (d50) was found to be 55.48 m. the psd graph for klias peat is shown in figure 6. table 2. physicochemical properties of klias peat and hemic peat in past studies physicochemical properties unit engineering standard present study mohamad et al. [58] paul & hussain [61] particle size distribution coarse grained % iso 13320: 2020 (laser diffraction) [35] 41.1 fine grained (< 75 m) % 58.9 d50 m 55.48 degree of decomposition von post criteria [40] hemic (h6) hemic (h6) hemic (h5-h7) natural moisture content % bs 1377: part 2: cl. 3.2 [41] 657 682 404 organic content % bs 1377: part 3: cl. 4.0 [42] 96.57 98.43 76 bulk density g/cm3 bs 1377: part 9: cl. 2.4 [45] 1.01 1.15 specific gravity bs 1377: part 2: cl. 8.3 [41] 1.68 1.42 1.22 ph astm d2976-22 [46] 3.42 4.25 4.5 electrical conductivity s/cm astm d2976-22 [46] 201 333 figure 6. particle size distribution of klias peat, raw pofa, gpofa, and ggbfs additionally, based on the von post criteria, the klias peat soil was classified as hemic peat (h6). the natural moisture content obtained was 657%, within the range of previously published values for peat originating from klias, beaufort, and sabah [58, 59]. the organic content was valued at 96.57%, and conventional values of organic content for peat soils from east malaysia are within the range of 50–98% [1]. it seems that the natural moisture content can be correlated with its organic content, where peats with organic contents are directly proportional to their natural moisture content, as seen with the low moisture content recorded for indian peat at 404% moisture content with 76% organic content, as reported by paul and hussain [60]. the bulk density of klias peat was valued at 1.01 g/cm3, which is slightly less dense compared 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000 p e r c e n ta g e p a ss in g ( % ) particle size (µm) peat raw pofa gpofa ggbfs raw pofa d90 = 122.44 m d50 = 49.60 m d10 = 20.52 m ggbfs d90 = 49.89 m d50 = 13.21 m d10 = 3.56 m gpofa d90 = 71.16 m d50 = 17.34 m d10 = 4.30 m peat soil d90 = 303.42 m d50 = 55.48 m d10 = 10.31 m hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 335 to indian hemic soil at 1.15 g/cm3 [61]. this is because huat et al. [1] stated that the bulk density of peat can be correlated to its von post classification, where a higher decomposition of peat results in a higher bulk density. more specifically, klias peat is classified as hemic (h6) while the indian peat is classified as hemic (h7) with a higher level of decomposition; therefore, this corresponds to the higher bulk density value of the indian peat with a value of 1.15 g/cm3, as previously mentioned. the specific gravity value of klias peat was determined to be 1.68, which is relatively high compared to the findings of mohamad et al. [58] and paul & hussain [61], with values ranging between 1.37-1.42. according to huat et al. [1], higher specific gravity indicates the presence of higher mineral contents, and this will be discussed further in section 4.2: mineral characteristics (xrd). subsequently, the ph and ec tests were also performed on klias peat soil. for the ph value of klias peat, it was found that the ph 3.02 value is slightly more acidic than the values found in previous studies by mohamad et al. [58] and paul & hussain [61]. however, the author’s findings are similar to the findings of [59] with ph 3, and the ph value of 3.6 reported by lau et al. [62] for irish hemic bog peat. furthermore, huat et al. [1] stated that the typical ph value for tropical peat is within the range of ph 3–4. therefore, klias peat can be classified as highly acidic peat, as stipulated by astm d2976-22 [46]. soils with organic acids possessing ph values below 9 are detrimental to the formation of cementitious products [63], which interferes with the soil stabilization mechanism, and therefore the acidic nature of peat soil must be balanced with the alkalinity from the geopolymer source materials, i.e., pofa and ggbfs. in the case of ec, this parameter for peat soil has recently been reported by researchers working on peat soils [12, 61]. for klias peat, the ec value was found to be 201 μs/cm, while for the indian hemic peat, the ec value was 333 μs/cm [61]. it was suggested by khanday et al. [12] that the value of ec is inversely proportional to its organic content, with higher organic content peats yielding lower values of ec. klias peat has an ec value of 201 μs/cm with 96.57% organic content, while indian peat has an ec value of 333 μs/cm at 76% organic content; therefore, the correlation proposed by khanday et al. [12] can be applied to the findings of the current research. in addition, paul and hussain [64] concluded in their study that ec values in peat soils are directly correlated to the value of ph, where higher ph values (more alkaline material) produce higher values of ec. for instance, the ec value for klias peat at 201 μs/cm has a ph value of 3.42, while the ec value of indian peat at 333 μs/cm has a higher ph value of 4.5, and both studies are in agreement with the conclusion made by paul and hussain [64]. table 3 shows the physicochemical properties of the chosen geopolymer precursor materials: raw palm oil fuel ash (pofa), ground pofa (gpofa), and ground granulated blast furnace slag (ggbfs). as mentioned previously, the psd of the geopolymer precursor materials was measured with a laser particle size analyzer, and the resulting psd graph is shown in figure 6, with the mean particle size (d50) for raw pofa, gpofa, and ggbfs being 49.6, 17.33, and 13.21 mm, respectively. with a d50 value of 17.33 mm for the gpofa, it is classified as a medium-sized pofa [27] and does not fall under the ultrafine category [28]. similar sizes for gpofa were reported by khalid et al. [65] with a mean particle size (d50) of 14.21 mm, while kroehong et al. [66] reported the d50 of gpofa as 15.6 mm, and lim et al. [67] stated that the d50 of gpofa was 14.58 mm. it is apparent that the mechanical activation by grinding had managed to reduce the mean particle size of the pofa by 65%. this resulted in a higher percentage of fine-grained material for gpofa, where 90.98% of the sample had passed the 75-mm sieve. based on astm c618-19, the allowable percentage of particles finer than 45 mm for fly ash material is 34% at most. from table 3, it is apparent that raw pofa with 54.9% retention on a 45-mm sieve is classified as “off-specification” since the limit is set at 34% [21]. therefore, after the mechanical activation, the gpofa had a 19.2% retention on the 45-mm sieve and is therefore acceptable to be used as calcined natural pozzolan. table 3. physicochemical properties of raw pofa, ground pofa and ggbfs physicochemical properties unit raw pofa ground pofa ultrafine pofa [28] ggbfs ggbfs [12] p article s ize d istrib u tio n coarse grained % 28.01 9.02 4.69 0 fine grained (< 75 m) % 71.99 90.98 95.31 100.00 d50 m 49.6 17.33 1.5 13.21 11.16 retained on 45 m % 54.9 19.2 11.7 3.0 natural moisture content % 69.14 1.87 2.23 0.93 ph 9.00 8.97 8.68 8.5 electrical conductivity s/cm 658 405 996 according to lim et al. [68], grinding the aluminosilicate material to a smaller size improves its pozzolanic activity. however, ghosh and ghosh [23] recommend that for the class f fly ash material (with more amorphous content vs. class c fly ash), the fineness of the fly ash should not be too high as more energy is required for the geopolymerization process. ghosh and ghosh [23] clarified that for alkali activation of fly ash at ambient temperatures on site, class f fly ash with moderate fineness is most suitable, as heat curing in-situ is not a plausible solution. in addition, the effect of grinding pofa on its morphology will be discussed in section 4.4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 336 on the other hand, for ground granulated blast furnace slag (ggbfs), astm c989-09 states that the allowed amount of material passing the 45 m sieve is 20% at most [69]. it can be seen from table 3 that the chosen ggbfs material is within the specification stated in the said astm standard, with only 11.7% material retention on the 45 m sieve. the mean particle size of the ggbfs used in this study is also comparable to the findings of khanday et al. [12], where the d50 value for ggbfs originating from india was found to be 11.16 m. for the evaluation of the natural moisture content, the astm c618-19 standard applies to the pofa material as well. the requirement of maximum moisture content for materials according to astm c618-19 is at 3%, and for this study, it is apparent that the natural moisture content of raw pofa at 69.14% is “off-specification” and should be subjected to further treatment before it is used as a geopolymer precursor material. after treatment and grinding, the moisture content was valued at 1.87% and is compliant with the requirements of the astm standard. the value obtained for this study is also comparable to that obtained by tonduba et al. [28], with a moisture content value of 2.23%. in the case of ggbfs, the moisture content was valued at 0.93%. chesner et al. [70] stated that the presence of moisture in ggbfs due to the granulation process is a concern, and the moisture should be removed prior to its use. as such, care is taken to avoid any instances of moisture intrusion into the ggbfs by storing it in an airtight container. meanwhile, for the alkalinity assessment, raw pofa was valued at ph 9, for gpofa the ph had dropped slightly to 8.97, and for ggbfs the ph value was found to be 8.68. the highly alkaline values for pofa and ggbfs are indicative of their ability to create an alkaline environment that is conducive to the dissolution of the aluminosilicate materials [61] and the production of geopolymeric compounds. subsequently, for the ec values of the geopolymer precursor materials, raw pofa had an ec value of 658 μs/cm, gpofa had an ec value of 405 μs/cm, and ggbfs had the highest ec value at 996 μs/cm. shehata et al. [71], as cited by dinakar et al. [72], stated that the ec value is determined by the composition of the pore solution, where fly ash materials with lower lime and alkali content (compared to portland cement) resulted in lower concentrations of alkali ions and associated hydroxyl ions. this statement is in line with the findings of the current study, where the gpofa produced a lower ec value because it was subjected to oven drying and therefore possessed a lower moisture content compared to raw pofa. for ggbfs, this material has a significant amount of lime (which will be discussed in section 4.3), resulting in the highest ec value among the three geopolymer precursor materials, valued at 996 μs/cm. the ggbfs ec result is also in good agreement with the findings of shehata et al. [71] and dinakar et al. [72]. 4.2. phase analysis and mineral characteristics (xrd) figure 7 shows the x-ray diffraction patterns for klias peat, gpofa, and ggbfs. for klias peat, figure 7-a shows that the major mineralogical component of the soil is quartz (sio2) (icdd reference: 01-089-8936), with peaks detected at 2θ = 26.56°, 59.75°, and 68.1°. the presence of quartz in peats was also reported by khanday et al. [12], paul and hussain [61], and abdila et al. [73], although instances of other compounds such as kaolinite, calcite, and hydrated halloysite were not detected in this study. this occurrence of quartz, otherwise known as silicon oxide (sio2), was also seen in the x-ray fluorescence (xrf) results, amounting to 21.9% of the material compound, which will be further discussed in section 4.3. figure 7. x-ray diffractometer of (a) klias peat, (b) gpofa, and (c) ggbfs 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 in te n si ty ( a .u .) bragg's angle, 2θ (°) q: quartz (sio2) cr: cristobalite (sio2) ca: calcite (caco3) q q q, ca q q, cr ca q gpofa hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 337 meanwhile, figure 7-b reveals that the gpofa has detected the presence of three main compounds. the first compound detected was quartz (sio2) (icdd reference: 01-086-1630), with peaks at 2θ = 20.84°, 26.65°, 36.54°, 39.47°, 40.24°, 42.42°, 45.67°, 50.09°, 59.95°, 67.68°, and 68.13°. the highest peak at 2θ = 26.65° shows a substantial content of quartz in its crystalline form, similar to the reports published by alias tudin et al. [74]. furthermore, cristobalite (icdd reference: 01-076-0941), another form of sio2, was also detected, with peaks at 2θ = 21.92°, 42.42°, 59.95°, 67.68°, and 68.12°. the occurrence of quartz and cristobalite reported in this study is consistent with the findings reported by kroehong et al. [66] and chandara et al. [75], as cited by salih et al. [76]. subsequently, salih et al. [76] stated that the location of the highest hump was seen from 2θ ranging between 20° and 40°, which indicates an amorphous phase, and this finding was also supported by the results reported by alias tudin et al. [74] and bayer ozturk and eren gultekin [77]. the cristobalite compound is a product of heating the quartz contained in the palm oil waste materials to form raw pofa at high temperatures. richet et al. [78], as cited by mysen and richet [79], stated that the temperature of the quartz-cristobalite transition is at 830°c, and the typical pofa furnace burns at approximately 1000°c [80]. next, the calcite compound (icdd reference: 00-005-0586) was also discovered within the gpofa material, with peaks at 2θ = 29.37° and 39.47°. the presence of calcite can be correlated with the presence of a 12.9% lime (cao) compound detected in the xrf results. on the other hand, figure 7-c presents the mineralogical compound of ggbfs, which did not return any distinctive chemical compounds. however, figure 7-c showed a characteristic hump at 2θ = 20–30°, which is an indication of the occurrence of quartz in an amorphous phase, and similar findings were reported by [73, 81–83]. the presence of quartz (sio2) was also confirmed via the xrf test results, which showed that the ggbfs material contained 27.8% quartz. 4.3. chemical composition characteristics (xrf) table 4 shows the breakdown of chemical composition for klias peat, gpofa, and ggbfs used in this study in comparison with the findings of other studies. in addition, not only is the xrf test method able to show the major oxides in the sample, but the same xrf data can be further analyzed to show the chemical elements contained within each sample in the similar method done by de borba et al. [84], rahgozar & saberian [85], and saberian & rahgozar [86], and the results of the analysis are shown in table 5. table 4. chemical composition of the geopolymer precursor materials from xrf and loi tests material sio2 al2o3 cao fe2o3 k2o tio2 mgo so3 others loi si/al si+al+fe klias peat 21.9 10.4 8.4 37.5 1.5 0.7 0 10.5 9.1 3.43 2.11 69.8 peat [86] 13.7 3.7 26.8 2.9 0.5 0.2 1.6 1.2 49.4 3.70 20.3 raw pofa 48.7 0.9 23.4 5.7 9.4 0.4 4.6 0.5 6.4 1.59 54.11 55.3 gpofa 62.3 2.3 12.9 3.3 6.8 0.2 6.1 0.3 5.8 0.98 27.09 67.9 gpofa [27] 45.4 2.1 6.0 2.8 7.1 4.8 0.2 31.6 4.96 21.62 50.3 gpofa [32] 59.8 1.8 10.5 3.2 10.2 0.2 7.2 7.1 33.2 64.8 ggbfs 27.8 12.8 47.9 0.3 0.3 0.6 5.5 3.6 1.2 2.08 2.17 40.9 ggbfs [31] 34.1 13.5 42.7 0.4 4.5 4.8 1.4 2.53 48.0 ggbfs [11] 31.6 15.3 43.2 0.2 0.5 0.7 6.7 1.6 1.4 2.07 47.1 according to the xrf analysis in table 4, it is found that silicon oxide, aluminum oxide, and iron (iii) oxides constitute the major oxides within klias peat soil. the total of the si, al, and fe oxides for klias peat amounted to 69.8%, which is an indication that the peat soil itself is a good aluminosilicate source material and fulfills the 50% minimum oxide content required for class f or class c pozzolanic compounds [21]. the rat io of si to al oxide was valued at 2.11 and is an indication of the good mechanical strength of the compound when the material is activated with alkali, where the recommended si/al ratio for geopolymerization is between 2–4 [24]. in a recent work by saberian & rahgozar [86], they reported the data on gavkhuni hemic peat (h5) obtained from 1.5 m depth from the soil surface, which is obtained at a greater depth compared to the hemic peat studied in this paper. as seen in table 3, the gavkhuni hemic peat has a higher amount of silicon oxide and a slightly higher amount of aluminum oxide, but a lower iron (iii) oxide content. in addition, the ph value of the gavkhuni hemic peat is ph 8.1, which is considered a more alkaline material compared to the ph 3.42 of klias peat. this is because klias peat is a tropical peat originating from peat swamp forests and is inherently very acidic [1], while gavkhuni peat is taken from a fen peatland [86]. overall, the si, al, and fe oxide total of the gavkhuni peat (20.9%) is much lower than the sum reported for klias peat. despite the same level of decomposition for both peat materials, huat et al. [1] stated that the chemical composition of peat is dependent on the peat surface altitudes, plant species composition situated near the peatland, the nature of the subsoil, and the peat thickness, which explains the difference between the chemical composition and ph values between both peats. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 338 table 5. elements in the klias peat, raw pofa, gpofa and ggbfs calculated from xrf data (expressed as percentages of dry mass) element symbol peat raw pofa gpofa ggbfs aluminum al 5.51 0.50 1.23 6.76 silicon si 10.22 22.75 29.11 13.00 calcium ca 5.99 16.71 9.25 34.23 ferum fe 26.21 3.97 2.30 0.24 oxygen o 39.91 41.64 45.69 39.56 magnesium mg 2.76 3.69 3.32 manganese mn 0.23 0.25 0.16 0.33 phosphorus p 2.06 2.21 2.11 0.17 potassium k 1.25 7.82 5.66 0.31 strontium sr 0.05 0.23 0.09 0.06 sulphur s 4.22 0.22 0.11 1.43 titanium ti 0.40 0.20 0.16 0.35 zirconium zr 0.04 0.06 0.03 0.03 chloride cl 3.06 0.42 0.16 0.13 lead* pb 0.18 chromium* cr 0.10 0.01 0.11 copper* cu 0.09 0.10 0.04 zinc* zn 0.07 0.04 0.01 nickel* ni 0.06 0.01 0.03 arsenic* as 0.03 total 99.36 99.88 99.84 99.93 * note: pb, cr, cu, zn, ni and as are hazardous heavy metals for pofa material, it can be seen in table 4 that the mechanical activation (grinding) and oven-drying pre-treatment of raw pofa have managed to change the chemical composition of gpofa by increasing its silica (sio2) content (48.7 to 62.3%) and alumina (al2o3) content (0.9 to 2.3%) but showing a reduction in the lime (cao) content (23.4 to 12.9%) and hematite (fe2o3) content (5.7 to 3.3%). the substantial amount of lime in raw pofa is attributed to the use of fertilizers in the palm oil estate, as stated by chindaprasirt et al. [87] and cited by salih et al. [76]. subsequently, the chemical composition of gpofa was found to mainly consist of silica and alumina, with other compounds such as hematite, lime, and periclase (mgo) also observed. according to astm c618-19, the gpofa used in this study has a lime content of 12.9%, which is less than the 18% threshold stipulated in the standard for class c (high calcium) fly ash [21]. as such, the gpofa used in this study is classified as class f and is considered a pozzolan. ghosh and ghosh [23] stated that only class f and class c pozzolans are considered for geopolymer production in the industry. when compared to the findings of the xrf results published by asrah et al. [27] and tonduba et al. [32] for pofa sourced from the same palm oil mill (lumadan mill), it can be concluded that the lumadan pofa used in this study typically has a high silica content ranging from 45–62%, with low amounts of alumina content of 0.9–2.3% and reasonable amounts of lime ranging from 6–23%. the pofa material was classified as class c pozzolan by asrah et al. [27] and tonduba et al. [32] and is different from the classification made by the author’s lumadan pofa classification of class f pozzolan due to changes made in astm c618-19, which saw a revised update to the pozzolan material classification criteria. the sum of si, al, and fe oxides in lumadan gpofa amounts to 67.9%, which also fulfills the 50% oxide requirement outlined in astm c618-19. this marks an increase of 12.6% in the total sum of si, al, and fe oxides after grinding. mashri et al. [88] stated that the increase of these oxides will increase the amount of tobermorite (csh) formed in the resulting geopolymer mix, which is responsible for the improvement of its mechanical properties. conversely, the si/al ratio of lumadan gpofa valued at 27.09 is much higher than the range of 2-4 recommended by garcia-lodeiro et al. [24]. this issue will be further discussed in section 4.5. the pofa characteristics will be analyzed based on a series of criteria, which will determine its suitability as a geopolymer source material. subsequently, for the ggbfs material, the main constituents of the material are lime (cao) and silica (sio2), which comprise 75.7% of the total chemical composition. the ggbfs also contains other compounds, such as alumina (al2o3) with 12.8% content and periclase (mgo) at 5.5% content. the presence of 47.9% of lime (cao) in the ggbfs is significant due to the high concentration of lime, creating a conducive alkaline environment to promote the pozzolanic reaction with the aluminosilicate compounds and contributing to the development of compressive strength and robust hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 339 microstructure, as stated by tsai et al. [89] and cited by wu et al. [90]. the reaction between ggbfs and the alkali activator solution will produce tobermorite, or calcium silicate hydrate (csh), and calcite (caco3) compounds within the geopolymer matrix [23, 91]. these hydration products, along with the aluminosilicate structure in the slag samples, are expected to contribute to the high strength gain [12]. from table 5, we can observe that the klias peat consists mainly of oxygen (o), ferum (fe), silicon (si), calcium (ca), aluminum (al), and sulphur (s), with the remainder of the elements amounting to 7.92% of the soil mass. according to garcia-lodeiro et al. [24], the elements that contribute to the alkaline activated binder reactions from the aluminosilicate materials are ca, al, and si. in the case of klias peat, the sum of these elements is 21.72% of the dry sample mass, which is relatively high compared to the findings of andriesse [92]. moreover, the high percentage of ca, si, and al is imperative to ensure that the peat soil is also a contributor to the geopolymer source material, since these elements are the key to the formation of the cementitious compounds of cash and nash compounds through alkali activation [88]. on the other hand, the occurrence of heavy metals in klias peat, where instances of lead (pb), chromium (cr), copper (cu), zinc (zn), nickel (ni), and arsenic (as) were recorded, was similar to the findings reported by wahab et al. [93]. previous studies on the presence of heavy metals in sabah soils were done in limited attempts by makinda et al. [94] and soehady erfen et al. [95]. further investigation shall be made to ascertain the toxicity levels for these hazardous heavy metals to ensure that the levels comply with local by-laws as specified in moh malaysia [96]. meanwhile, pofa primarily consists of oxygen (o), silicon (si), calcium (ca), potassium (k), and ferum (fe), with the other elements constituting 7.01% (raw pofa) and 7.93% (gpofa) of the total mass. mashri et al. [88] stated that the workability and resulting compressive strength of the gpofa-based geopolymer will be better than those of the raw pofa due to the refined particle size of the gpofa, which promotes better dissolution of the aluminosilicate material during geopolymerization and improved development of mechanical properties. furthermore, similar to klias peat, the pofa materials recorded the presence of chromium, copper, zinc, and nickel elements. an investigation will be carried out on the pofa-based geopolymer compounds to examine the effects of these heavy metals on their compressive strength properties. subsequently, for ggbfs, its main constituents are oxygen (o), calcium (ca), silicon (si), and aluminum (al), with the rest of the elements amounting to 6.37% of the sample mass. the ggbfs material was chosen as the second aluminosilicate source to produce geopolymer compounds due to its ability to improve the mechanical and durability properties of fly ash-based geopolymer mixes, as reported by recent studies [11, 82, 97]. this is due to the contribution of the oxygen (o) and calcium (ca) elements within the ggbfs material, and the ggbfs presence is required in the geopolymer mix in order to maintain the si/al ratio of the geopolymer so that it remains between the required range of 2–4, as recommended by khanday et al. [98]. it is also worth noting that ggbfs does not contain any hazardous heavy metal substances, unlike the klias peat and lumadan pofa materials. 4.4. morphology characteristics (fesem micrographs) figures 8-a to 8-d illustrate the fesem micrographs for klias peat, ggbfs, pre-treated pofa, and gpofa used in this research. in figure 8-a, klias peat showed the presence of voids, similar to those reported by sutarno & mohamad [26], latifi et al. [99], and hassan et al. [100], interspersed with particles possessing honeycomb structures, an indication that the peat soil is fibrous [101]. meanwhile, the ggbfs material seen in figure 8-b shows particles that are smooth and possess semi-polygonal shapes [102], that are angular [97], and that are sharp-edged in nature [73]. in the case of pre-treated pofa, figure 8-c shows that it consists of particles with a porous cellular surface, as reported by khalid et al. [65] and noorvand et al. [103], which denotes the presence of fibric content [101] and is consistent with the origins of the pofa material produced by burning palm oil waste [29]. figure 8-c shows that the pre-treated pofa contains clustered spherical particles with minimal voids between these particles, similar to the findings of lim et al. [67]. meanwhile, figure 8-d shows the gpofa, where upon mechanical activation, the porous cellular surfaces and spherical particles were crushed into particles of smaller sizes, similar to the findings of salih et al. [76] and jaturapitakkul et al. [104]. the porous cellular surfaces were seen to have collapsed within the gpofa due to the grinding action, as reported by khalid et al. [65]. 4.5. geopolymer precursor material suitability assessment based on the characterization of gpofa and ggbfs materials made in this section, ghosh & ghosh [23] proposed the evaluation of the suitability of both geopolymer precursor materials according to several criteria, as shown in table 6. for this paper, the listed criteria mainly refer to the astm c618-19 [21] standard for the assessment of pofa and the aci prc-233-17 report [22] for the assessment of ggbfs. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 340 figure 8. sem micrographs of (a) peat, (b) ggbfs, (c) pre-treated pofa, and (d) gpofa at 10 µm scale table 6. geopolymer material suitability check for gpofa and ggbfs criteria properties of gpofa value desired range reference remarks 1 cao content for 12.9 class f [21] class f 2 sio2+al2o3+fe2o3 67.90 min. 50% [21] acceptable 3 sio2 62.30 min. 40% [24] acceptable 4 sio2/al2o3 ratio 27.09 2 – 4 [23] add ggbfs to lower ratio 5 loi % 0.98 6.0 max. [21] acceptable 6 moisture content 1.87 3.0 max. [21] acceptable 7 mgo % 6.10 17% max. [23] acceptable 8 so3 % 0.30 5% max. [21] acceptable criteria properties of ggbfs value desired range reference remarks 1 cao/sio2 ratio 1.72 0.5 – 2.0 [23] acceptable 2 sio2/al2o3 ratio 2.17 1.6 – 3.0 [23] acceptable 3 hydration modulus (hm) = [(cao + mgo + al2o3) / sio2] 2.38 good hydration hm > 1.4 [25, 105] acceptable 4 basicity coefficient kb = (cao + mgo)/ (sio2 + al2o3) 1.32 alkaline (kb > 1.1) [106, 107] acceptable 5 loi % 2.08 5% max. [23] acceptable 6 mgo % 5.5 5 – 15% [22] acceptable 7 so3 % 3.6 5% max. [22] acceptable for gpofa, the lime content was valued at 12.9% and is classified as class f pozzolan, which is the preferred pozzolanic material for geopolymerization [23]. the total si, al, and fe oxides surpassed the minimum 50% limit, valued at 67.9% (as previously reported in section 4.3). meanwhile, the silica content of 62.3% is deemed adequate hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 341 based on the recommended minimum content of 35%. however, the si/al ratio of gpofa was found to be 27.09, much higher than the recommended value between 2–4 [24]. furthermore, davidovits [108], as cited by ram and mohanty [109], stated that for materials with a si/al ratio between 20 to 35, the aluminosilicate material could be used to produce fire-resistant geopolymer compounds. however, for the current study, the si/al ratio will be balanced out to achieve the target ratio of 2-4 by adding ggbfs and alkali activator solutions in the geopolymer mix to produce low-carbon footprint geopolymer compounds with adequate compressive strength. subsequently, the loi% was valued at 0.98%, which follows the 6% limit. the moisture content of gpofa was reported to be 1.87%, which is also below the 3% threshold. meanwhile, the periclase (mgo) content had a value of 6.1%, which complies with the 17% maximum limit proposed by [23]. the sulphur trioxide (so3) content of 0.3% was in line with the requirement of a 5% maximum limit stipulated in [21]. therefore, the gpofa material is found to be satisfactory based on seven out of the eight criteria listed in table 5. consequently, in the case of ggbfs, the lime/silica ratio was reported to be 1.72, and the silica/alumina ratio was valued at 2.17; both ratios were found to be within the desired range recommended by ghosh & ghosh [23]. the hydration modulus (hm) parameter was introduced by chang [105], as cited by manjunath & narasimhan [25], that quantified the hydration properties for a given material, where the preferred value is 1.4, which indicates good hydration. the ggbfs material has an hm value of 2.38 and is therefore classified as a material with good hydration properties. another metric to quantify the hydraulic activity of ggbfs is the basicity coefficient, kb, that was proposed by mcgannon [110] and was later simplified by wang et al. [107] and bakharev et al. [106], which classified a material into three (3) groups, namely: alkaline (kb > 1.1), neutral (kb = 0.9–1.1), and acidic (kb < 0.9). according to manjunath and narasimhan [25], neutral and alkaline slags are the ideal source materials for geopolymerization purposes. the ggbfs material used in this study has a kb value of 1.32 and is classified as an alkaline slag. subsequently, the loi registered a value of 2.08%, which is well below the 5% limit. the periclase (mgo) content for ggbfs had a value of 5.5% and is within the range of 5–15% outlined in aci 233r-17 [22]. furthermore, the sulphur trioxide (so3) content of 3.6% was in line with the requirement of a 5% maximum limit specified in aci 233r-17 [22]. 5. conclusions in this study, the physicochemical, chemical composition, mineralogy, and morphology characteristics of klias peat soil, lumadan palm oil fuel ash (pofa), and ground granulated blast furnace slag (ggbfs) were established. from the acquired characterization test results, the metal oxides and chemical composition parameters of the aluminosilicate materials (pofa and ggbfs) were used to assess their potential as geopolymer precursor materials. subsequently, the other parameters established in this characterization study will be used to detect the changes in the physicochemical, chemical composition, mineralogy, and morphology characteristics of the peat, pofa, and ggbfs when all three materials are activated with alkali to create a pofa-ggbfs-soil geopolymer matrix. the findings presented in this paper are part of ongoing research that focuses on the application of alkali-activated pofa-ggbfs blends to improve the shear strength of klias peat soil. the following conclusions were drawn:  based on the results of this study, peat soil, pofa, and ggbfs are found to be suitable materials for the production of geopolymers applied for peat soil stabilization;  in this paper, klias peat soil comprises 41.1% coarse grains and 58.9% fine grains, with a mean particle size of 55.48 µm. the natural moisture content and organic content of klias soil are valued at 657% and 96.57%, respectively. the bulk density of klias peat was found to be 1.01 g/cm3, while the specific gravity value was determined to be 1.68. the ph value of 3.02 for the klias peat is an indication of a highly acidic environment in the peat deposit. meanwhile, the ec value for klias peat acquired was 201 μs/cm, and this value is inversely proportional to its organic content. the xrd and xrf tests show that the major component of klias peat is quartz (sio2). fesem micrographs of klias peat exhibited the presence of voids with particles possessing honeycomb structures. therefore, klias peat can be classified as hemic peat with sufficient aluminosilicate content (si/al ratio of 2.11);  the pofa is identified as a class f pozzolan. raw pofa is treated and processed to produce ground pofa with a lower mean particle size in order to promote better geopolymerization. the mean particle size of ground pofa was valued at 17.33 µm, where the material consists of 9.02% coarse grains and 90.98% fine grains. likewise, the ground pofa moisture content of 1.87% is in compliance with the requirement of astm c618-19. the ph value of ground pofa was found to be 8.97, which indicates the highly alkaline nature of the material. moreover, ground pofa had an ec value of 405 μs/cm that was attributed to lower concentrations of alkali ions and associated hydroxyl ions. in the context of chemical composition, ground pofa contained three main compounds: quartz (sio2), cristobalite (sio2 in another form), and calcite (caco3), which were detected via xrd and xrf tests. the morphology of raw pofa showed the presence of fibric material with a porous cellular surface. with mechanical activation, the raw pofa was crushed into smaller particles, and the cellular surfaces were found to have collapsed as well. based on the geopolymer suitability criteria, ground pofa is a viable material with adequate si+al+fe oxide content (67.9%), as stipulated by astm c618-19; hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 342  the ggbfs material will be used as an enhancer to improve pofa geopolymer production. the ggbfs consists of 95.31% fine grains and 4.69% coarse grains, with the lowest mean particle size of 13.21 µm (in comparison with the peat and pofa materials). furthermore, the ggbfs has a very low moisture content of 0.93% and is in line with the requirements of astm c618-19. the ph value of ggbfs is 8.68, while the ec value was found to be 996 μs/cm. the high ec value is attributed to the significant presence of lime within the material, which was confirmed by the findings from the xrf test showing that the ggbfs chemical composition had 47.9% lime content. additionally, the material also comprises 27.8% quartz. the micrograph of ggbfs showed that the slag particles are characterized by their semi-polygonal shapes with angular and sharp edges. based on the geopolymer suitability criteria, ggbfs was found to be suitable for geopolymer production, with a si/al ratio of 2.17, a hydration modulus of 2.38 (good hydration), and a coefficient of 1.32 (alkaline material favorable for geopolymerization);  according to the geopolymer precursor suitability assessment criteria proposed by ghosh & ghosh [23], all the precursor materials were deemed suitable for geopolymerization. typically, the existing studies on geopolymer materials focus on the metal oxides and chemical composition parameters to assess their suitability as geopolymer source materials. however, the works of ghosh & ghosh [23], garcia-lodeiro et al., and manjunath and narasimhan [25] were incorporated to improve the material suitability criteria, which include new parameters such as hydration modulus and basicity coefficient. subsequently, the authors found that this study is the first attempt at assessing pofa as a viable geopolymer source material based on the requirements listed in table 6, section 4.5. therefore, it is hoped that the example of suitability assessment carried out in section 4.5 serves as a reference for future research works pertaining to geopolymer material studies. furthermore, the authors believe that the desired ranges for the 15 criteria proposed in table 6 can be improved further with the inclusion of more datasets published by other researchers with a wider range of physical and chemical characteristics of the precursor materials derived from other industrial and agricultural wastes, since the current assessment criteria is based on fly ash, raw or calcined natural pozzolans, and blast furnace slag materials only;  based on the results of this study, planned works involving the testing program on the geopolymerization of pofaggbfs-peat soil blends at ambient temperature will be carried out in the near future. as stated in a recent review carried out by the author, a thorough experimental investigation should be carried out to examine the effectiveness of pofa-ggbfs geopolymer as a soil stabilizer material for klias peat. the optimal use of alkali-activated pofaggbfs blends to produce geopolymers results in an effective way to manage agricultural and industrial wastes, which promotes sustainable development solutions for the construction industry [5]. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.e.a., h.a., and h.m.m.; methodology: a.e.a., h.z.a., and n.a.a.; formal analysis: a.e.a., h.z.a., and n.a.a.; resources, a.e.a, h.a., and h.m.m.; writing—original draft preparation, a.e.a.; writing—review and editing, a.e.a., h.a., h.m.m., h.z.a., and n.a.a.; visualization, a.e.a. and h.a.; supervision, h.a. and h.m.m.; project administration, a.e.a. and h.a.; funding acquisition, h.a. and h.m.m. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding and acknowledgements the first author is thankful to the ministry of higher education, malaysia, for the ph.d. scholarship. the authors acknowledge the funding support from the centre for research and innovation, universiti malaysia sabah (ums) for this research project and publication, under the umsgreat grant (gug0566-1/2022). this work is also supported by the faculty of engineering (fkj) and centre for instrumentation and science services (cfiss), ums, which provided the facilities required to carry out the planned research works. the authors acknowledge the support of sawit kinabalu pvt. ltd. for providing the palm oil fuel ash material used in this research. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 343 7. references [1] huat, b. b., prasad, a., asadi, a., & kazemian, s. (2014). geotechnics of organic soils and peat. crc press, london, united kingdom. doi:10.1201/b15627. [2] rikmann, e., zekker, i., teppand, t., pallav, v., shanskiy, m., mäeorg, u., tenno, t., burlakovs, j., & liiv, j. (2021). relationship between phase composition and mechanical properties of peat soils stabilized using oil shale ash and pozzolanic additive. water (switzerland), 13(7), 942. doi:10.3390/w13070942. [3] nicholson, p. g. (2015). soil improvement and ground modification methods. butterworth-heinemann, oxford, united kingdom. doi:10.1016/c2012-0-02804-9. [4] noor azline, m. n., abd aziz, f. n. a., & suleiman juma, a. (2015). effect of ground granulated blast furnace slag on compressive strength of pofa blended concrete. applied mechanics and materials, 802, 142–148. doi:10.4028/www.scientific.net/amm.802.142. [5] qaidi, s., najm, h. m., abed, s. m., ahmed, h. u., al dughaishi, h., al lawati, j., sabri, m. m., alkhatib, f., & milad, a. (2022). fly ash-based geopolymer composites: a review of the compressive strength and microstructure analysis. materials, 15(20), 7098. doi:10.3390/ma15207098. [6] adhikari, b., khattak, m. j., & adhikari, s. (2021). mechanical and durability characteristics of flyash-based soil-geopolymer mixtures for pavement base and subbase layers. international journal of pavement engineering, 22(9), 1193–1212. doi:10.1080/10298436.2019.1668562. [7] khasib, i. a., & daud, n. n. n. (2020). physical and mechanical study of palm oil fuel ash (pofa) based geopolymer as a stabilizer for soft soil. applied engineering and sciences, 28(s2). doi:10.47836/pjst.28.s2.12. [8] arulrajah, a., kua, t.-a., phetchuay, c., horpibulsuk, s., mahghoolpilehrood, f., & disfani, m. m. (2016). spent coffee grounds–fly ash geopolymer used as an embankment structural fill material. journal of materials in civil engineering, 28(5), 4015197. doi:10.1061/(asce)mt.1943-5533.0001496. [9] chung, l. l. p., wong, y. c., & arulrajah, a. (2021). the application of spent coffee grounds and tea wastes as additives in alkali-activated bricks. waste and biomass valorization, 12(11), 6273–6291. doi:10.1007/s12649-021-01453-7. [10] cristelo, n., glendinning, s., fernandes, l., & pinto, a. t. (2013). effects of alkaline-activated fly ash and portland cement on soft soil stabilisation. acta geotechnica, 8(4), 395–405. doi:10.1007/s11440-012-0200-9. [11] chen, k., wu, d., zhang, z., pan, c., shen, x., xia, l., & zang, j. (2022). modeling and optimization of fly ash–slag-based geopolymer using response surface method and its application in soft soil stabilization. construction and building materials, 315, 125723. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2021.125723. [12] khanday, s. a., hussain, m., & das, a. k. (2021). stabilization of indian peat using alkali-activated ground granulated blast furnace slag. bulletin of engineering geology and the environment, 80(7), 5539–5551. doi:10.1007/s10064-021-02248-9. [13] abdeldjouad, l., asadi, a., nahazanan, h., huat, b. b. k., dheyab, w., & elkhebu, a. g. (2019). effect of clay content on soil stabilization with alkaline activation. international journal of geosynthetics and ground engineering, 5, 4. doi:10.1007/s40891-019-0157-y. [14] khasib, i. a., daud, n. n. n., & nasir, n. a. m. (2021). strength development and microstructural behavior of soils stabilized with palm oil fuel ash (pofa)-based geopolymer. applied sciences (switzerland), 11(8), 3572. doi:10.3390/app11083572. [15] zainuddin, a. n., mukri, m., & sidek, n. (2022). investigation on soil strength and microstructure of palm oil boiler ash with sodium hydroxide and sodium silicate as alkaline solution. international journal of sustainable construction engineering and technology, 13(1), 57–67. doi:10.30880/ijscet.2022.13.01.006. [16] yahya, z., abdullah, m. m. a. b., hussin, k., ismail, k. n., razak, r. a., & sandu, a. v. (2015). effect of solids-to-liquids, na2sio3-to-naoh and curing temperature on the palm oil boiler ash (si + ca) geopolymerisation system. materials, 8(5), 2227– 2242. doi:10.3390/ma8052227. [17] kwek, s. y., awang, h., & cheah, c. b. (2021). influence of liquid-to-solid and alkaline activator (sodium silicate to sodium hydroxide) ratios on fresh and hardened properties of alkali-activated palm oil fuel ash geopolymer. materials, 14(15), 4253. doi:10.3390/ma14154253. [18] amaludin, a. e., asrah, h., & mohamad, h. m. (2023). a review of advances in peat soil stabilisation technology: exploring the potential of palm oil fuel ash geopolymer as a soil stabiliser material. civil engineering journal (iran), 9(8), 2085–2104. doi:10.28991/cej-2023-09-08-017. [19] abdullah, h. h. (2020). an experimental investigation on stabilisation of clay soils with fly-ash based geopolymer. ph.d. thesis, curtin university, perth, australia. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 344 [20] pourakbar, s., asadi, a., huat, b. b. k., & fasihnikoutalab, m. h. (2015). soil stabilisation with alkali-activated agro-waste. environmental geotechnics, 2(6), 359–370. doi:10.1680/envgeo.15.00009. [21] astm c618. (2010). standard specification for coal fly ash and raw or calcined natural pozzolan for use in concrete. astm international, pennsylvania, united states. doi:10.1520/c0618-19.2. [22] aci 233r-17. (2017). guide to the use of slag cement in concrete and mortar. american concrete institute (aci), michigan, united states. [23] ghosh, k., & ghosh, p. (2020). alkali activated fly ash: blast furnace slag composites. crc press, boca raton, united states. doi:10.1201/9781003082460. [24] garcia-lodeiro, i., palomo, a., & fernández-jiménez, a. (2015). an overview of the chemistry of alkali-activated cement-based binders. handbook of alkali-activated cements, mortars and concretes, 19-47, woodhead publishing, sawston, united kingdom. doi:10.1533/9781782422884.1.19. [25] manjunath, r., & narasimhan, m. c. (2020). alkali-activated concrete systems: a state of art. new materials in civil engineering, 459–491, butterworth-heinemann, oxford, united kingdom. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12-818961-0.00013-2. [26] mohamad, h. m., zainorabidin, a., & mohamad, m. i. (2022). maximum strain effect and secant modulus variation of hemic peat soil at large deformation due to cyclic loading. civil engineering journal, 8(10), 2243-2260. doi:10.28991/cej-2022-0810-015. [27] asrah, h., mirasa, a. k., & mannan, a. (2015). the performance of ultrafine palm oil fuel ash in suppressing the alkali silica reaction in mortar bar. international journal of engineering applied science, 9, 60-66. [28] tonduba, y. w., mirasa, a. k., & asrah, h. (2021). utilization of ultrafine palm oil fuel ash in interlocking compressed earth brick. international journal of geomate, 21(87), 70–78. doi:10.21660/2021.87.j2245. [29] hamada, h. m., thomas, b. s., yahaya, f. m., muthusamy, k., yang, j., abdalla, j. a., & hawileh, r. a. (2021). sustainable use of palm oil fuel ash as a supplementary cementitious material: a comprehensive review. journal of building engineering, 40, 102286. doi:10.1016/j.jobe.2021.102286. [30] islam, a., alengaram, u. j., jumaat, m. z., & bashar, i. i. (2014). the development of compressive strength of ground granulated blast furnace slag-palm oil fuel ash-fly ash based geopolymer mortar. materials design (1980-2015), 56, 833–841. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2013.11.080. [31] salih, m. a., farzadnia, n., abang ali, a. a., & demirboga, r. (2015). development of high strength alkali activated binder using palm oil fuel ash and ggbs at ambient temperature. construction and building materials, 93, 289–300. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2015.05.119. [32] tonduba, y. w., mirasa, a. k., & asrah, h. (2019). applicability of palm oil fuel ash in interlocking compressed earth brick a preliminary assessment. journal of physics: conference series, 1358(1), 12027. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1358/1/012027. [33] sas, w., dzięcioł, j., radzevičius, a., radziemska, m., dapkienė, m., šadzevičius, r., skominas, r., & głuchowski, a. (2021). geotechnical and environmental assessment of blast furnace slag for engineering applications. materials, 14(20), 6029. doi:10.3390/ma14206029. [34] abdila, s. r., abdullah, m. m. a. b., ahmad, r., nergis, d. d. b., rahim, s. z. a., omar, m. f., sandu, a. v., vizureanu, p., & syafwandi. (2022). potential of soil stabilization using ground granulated blast furnace slag (ggbfs) and fly ash via geopolymerization method: a review. materials, 15(1), 375. doi:10.3390/ma15010375. [35] iso 13320. (2020). particle size analysis-laser diffraction methods. international organization for standardization (iso), vernier, geneva, switzerland. [36] arvaniti, e. c., juenger, m. c. g., bernal, s. a., duchesne, j., courard, l., leroy, s., provis, j. l., klemm, a., & de belie, n. (2015). physical characterization methods for supplementary cementitious materials. materials and structures/materiaux et constructions, 48(11), 3675–3686. doi:10.1617/s11527-014-0430-4. [37] cyr, m., & tagnit-hamou, a. (2001). particle size distribution of fine powders by laser diffraction spectrometry. case of cementitious materials. materials and structures/materiaux et constructions, 34(6), 342–350. doi:10.1007/bf02486485. [38] polakowski, c., ryżak, m., sochan, a., beczek, m., mazur, r., & bieganowski, a. (2021). particle size distribution of various soil materials measured by laser diffraction—the problem of reproducibility. minerals, 11(5). doi:10.3390/min11050465. [39] jewell, r., & rathbone, r. (2009). optical properties of coal combustion byproducts for particle-size analysis by laser diffraction. coal combustion and gasification products, 1(1), 1–6. doi:10.4177/ccgp-d-09-00001. [40] von post, l. (1922). sweden's geological survey's peat inventory and some of its results so far. swedish moss culture association's journal. (in swedish) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 345 [41] bs 1377-2: 1990 (1990). methods of test for soil for civil engineering purposes – part 2: classification tests. british standard, london, united kingdom. [42] bs 1377-3: 1990 (1990). methods of test for soil for civil engineering purposes – part 3: chemical and electro-chemical tests. british standard, london, united kingdom. [43] o’kelly, b. c. (2022). discussion of “physio-chemical properties, consolidation, and stabilization of tropical peat soil using traditional soil additives — a state of the art literature review” by afnan ahmada, muslich hartadi sutantoa, mohammed ali mohammed al-bareda, indra sati hamonangan harahapa, seyed vahid alavi nezhad khalil abada, mudassir ali khana. ksce journal of civil engineering, 26(8), 3455–3459. doi:10.1007/s12205-022-2313-5. [44] mironova, n., yefremova, o., biletska, h., bloshchynskyi, i., koshelnyk, i., sych, s., ... & kravchuk, v. (2022). soil quality evaluation in urban ecosystems during the covid-19 pandemic. hightech and innovation journal, 3, 43-51. doi:10.28991/hijsp2022-03-04. [45] bs 1377-9: 1990 (1990). methods of test for soil for civil engineering purposes – part 9: in situ tests. british standard, london, united kingdom. [46] astm d2976-22. (2022). standard test method for ph of peat materials. astm international, pennsylvania, united states. doi:10.1520/d2976-22. [47] rauch, a. f., katz, l. e., & liljestrand, h. m. (1993). aa analysis of the mechanisms and efficacy of three liquid chemical soil stabilizers. fhwa/tx-03/1993-1, volume 1, university of texas, austin, united states. [48] kumar, d., soni, a., & kumar, m. (2022). retrieval of land surface temperature from landsat-8 thermal infrared sensor data. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(2), 159-168. doi:10.28991/hef-2022-03-02-02. [49] khan, h., yerramilli, a. s., d’oliveira, a., alford, t. l., boffito, d. c., & patience, g. s. (2020). experimental methods in chemical engineering: x-ray diffraction spectroscopy—xrd. canadian journal of chemical engineering, 98(6), 1255–1266. doi:10.1002/cjce.23747. [50] gates-rector, s., & blanton, t. (2019). the powder diffraction file: a quality materials characterization database. powder diffraction, 34(4), 352–360. doi:10.1017/s0885715619000812. [51] yusuf, t. o. (2015). effects of palm oil fuel ash and metakaolin blend on properties of geopolymer mortar. phd thesis, universiti teknologi malaysia, skudai, malaysia. [52] astm e1621-21. (2021). standard guide for elemental analysis by wavelength dispersive x-ray fluorescence spectrometry. astm international, pennsylvania, united states. doi:10.1520/e1621-21. [53] khadayeir, a. a., wannas, a. h., & yousif, f. h. (2022). effect of applying cold plasma on structural, antibacterial and self cleaning properties of α-fe2o3 (hematite) thin film. emerging science journal, 6(1), 75-85. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-0601-06. [54] khare, t., oak, u., shriram, v., verma, s. k., & kumar, v. (2019). biologically synthesized nanomaterials and their antimicrobial potentials. comprehensive analytical chemistry, 263–289, elsevier, amsterdam, netherlands. doi:10.1016/bs.coac.2019.09.002. [55] astm e986-04. (2017). standard practice for scanning electron microscope beam size characterization. astm international, pennsylvania, united states. doi:10.1520/e0986-04r17. [56] huggett, j. m., & shaw, h. f. (1997). field emission scanning electron microscopy — a high-resolution technique for the study of clay minerals in sediments. clay minerals, 32(2), 197–203. doi:10.1180/claymin.1997.032.2.03. [57] nguyen, j. n. t., & harbison, a. m. (2017). scanning electron microscopy sample preparation and imaging. molecular profiling, 71–84, springer. doi:10.1007/978-1-4939-6990-6_5. [58] mohamad, h. m., zainorabidin, a., musta, b., mustafa, m. n., amaludin, a. e., & abdurahman, m. n. (2021). compressibility behaviour and engineering properties of north borneo peat soil. eurasian journal of soil science, 10(3), 259–268. doi:10.18393/ejss.930620. [59] sapar, n. i. f., matlan, s. j., mohamad, h. m., alias, r., & ibrahim, a. (2020). a study on physical and morphological characteristics of. international journal of advanced research, in engineering and technology, 11(11), 542–553. doi:10.34218/ijaret.11.11.2020.051. [60] paul, a., & hussain, m. (2020). sustainable use of ggbs and rha as a partial replacement of cement in the stabilization of indian peat. international journal of geosynthetics and ground engineering, 6, 4. doi:10.1007/s40891-020-0185-7. [61] paul, a., & hussain, m. (2020). cement stabilization of indian peat: an experimental investigation. journal of materials in civil engineering, 32(11), 4020350. doi:10.1061/(asce)mt.1943-5533.0003363. https://doi.org/10.28991/hef-2022-03-02-02 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 346 [62] lau, j., biscontin, g., & berti, d. (2023). effects of biochar on cement-stabilised peat soil. proceedings of the institution of civil engineers: ground improvement, 176(2), 76–87. doi:10.1680/jgrim.19.00013. [63] tremblay, h., duchesne, j., locat, j., & leroueil, s. (2002). influence of the nature of organic compounds on fine soil stabilization with cement. canadian geotechnical journal, 39(3), 535–546. doi:10.1139/t02-002. [64] paul, a., & hussain, m. (2022). ph and electrical conductivity of cement-treated peat. proceedings of the 7th indian young geotechnical engineers conference, 167–173, springer, singapore. doi:10.1007/978-981-16-6456-4_19. [65] khalid, n. h. a., hussin, m. w., mirza, j., ariffin, n. f., ismail, m. a., lee, h.-s., mohamed, a., & jaya, r. p. (2016). palm oil fuel ash as potential green micro-filler in polymer concrete. construction and building materials, 102, 950–960. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2015.11.038. [66] kroehong, w., sinsiri, t., jaturapitakkul, c., & chindaprasirt, p. (2011). effect of palm oil fuel ash fineness on the microstructure of blended cement paste. construction and building materials, 25(11), 4095–4104. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2011.04.062. [67] lim, n. h. a. s., ismail, m. a., lee, h. s., hussin, m. w., sam, a. r. m., & samadi, m. (2015). the effects of high volume nano palm oil fuel ash on microstructure properties and hydration temperature of mortar. construction and building materials, 93, 29–34. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2015.05.107. [68] lim, a., mirasa, a. k., asrah, h., & tian, x. (2022). maximizing volume of spent bleaching earth ash (sbea) pozzolan used as cement replacement in mortar through mechanical activation. jurnal teknologi/technology journal, 84(5), 105–116. doi:10.11113/jurnalteknologi.v84.18177. [69] astm c989-09. (2009). standard specification for slag cement for use in concrete and mortars. astm international, pennsylvania, united states. [70] chesner, w. h., collins, r. j., mackay, m. h., & emery, j. (2002). user guidelines for waste and by-product materials in pavement construction. fhwa-rd-97-148, guideline manual, report no. 480017. recycled materials resource center, federal highway administration, washington, united states. [71] shehata, m. h., thomas, m. d. a., & bleszynski, r. f. (1999). the effects of fly ash composition on the chemistry of pore solution in hydrated cement pastes. cement and concrete research, 29(12), 1915–1920. doi:10.1016/s0008-8846(99)00190-8. [72] dinakar, p., kartik reddy, m., & sharma, m. (2013). behaviour of self-compacting concrete using portland pozzolana cement with different levels of fly ash. materials and design, 46, 609–616. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2012.11.015. [73] abdila, s. r., abdullah, m. m. a. b., ahmad, r., rahim, s. z. a., rychta, m., wnuk, i., nabiałek, m., muskalski, k., tahir, m. f. m., syafwandi, isradi, m., & gucwa, m. (2021). evaluation on the mechanical properties of ground granulated blast slag (ggbs) and fly ash stabilized soil via geopolymer process. materials, 14(11), 1–19. doi:10.3390/ma14112833. [74] alias tudin, d. z., rizalman, a. n., & asrah, h. (2018). performance of palm oil fuel ash and rice husk ash based geopolymer mortar. e3s web of conferences, 65, 02011. doi:10.1051/e3sconf/20186502011. [75] chandara, c., sakai, e., azizli, k. a. m., ahmad, z. a., & hashim, s. f. s. (2010). the effect of unburned carbon in palm oil fuel ash on fluidity of cement pastes containing superplasticizer. construction and building materials, 24(9), 1590–1593. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2010.02.036. [76] salih, m. a., abang ali, a. a., & farzadnia, n. (2014). characterization of mechanical and microstructural properties of palm oil fuel ash geopolymer cement paste. construction and building materials, 65, 592–603. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2014.05.031. [77] bayer ozturk, z., & eren gultekin, e. (2015). preparation of ceramic wall tiling derived from blast furnace slag. ceramics international, 41(9), 12020–12026. doi:10.1016/j.ceramint.2015.06.014. [78] richet, p., bottinga, y., denielou, l., petitet, j. p., & tequi, c. (1982). thermodynamic properties of quartz, cristobalite and amorphous sio2: drop calorimetry measurements between 1000 and 1800 k and a review from 0 to 2000 k. geochimica et cosmochimica acta, 46(12), 2639–2658. doi:10.1016/0016-7037(82)90383-0. [79] mysen, b., & richet, p. (2019). silica. silicate glasses and melts, 143–183, elsevier science, amsterdam, netherlands. doi:10.1016/b978-0-444-63708-6.00005-3. [80] amran, m., murali, g., fediuk, r., vatin, n., vasilev, y., & abdelgader, h. (2021). palm oil fuel ash-based eco-efficient concrete: a critical review of the short-term properties. materials, 14(2), 1–33. doi:10.3390/ma14020332. [81] türker, h. t., balçikanli, m., durmuş, i. h., özbay, e., & erdemir, m. (2016). microstructural alteration of alkali activated slag mortars depend on exposed high temperature level. construction and building materials, 104, 169–180. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2015.12.070. [82] bellum, r. r., muniraj, k., & madduru, s. r. c. (2020). influence of slag on mechanical and durability properties of fly ashbased geopolymer concrete. journal of the korean ceramic society, 57(5), 530–545. doi:10.1007/s43207-020-00056-7. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 347 [83] abd rahman, r. f., asrah, h., rizalman, a. n., mirasa, a. k., & rajak, m. a. a. (2020). ’study of eco-processed pozzolan characterization as partial replacement of cement. journal of environmental treatment techniques, 8(3), 967-970. [84] de borba, w. f., silvério da silva, j. l., da cunha kemerich, p. d., boito de souza, é. e., d’ávila fernandes, g., & carvalho, i. r. (2020). analysis of chemical features of a soil used as landfill: using the x-ray fluorescence (xrf) technique. water, air, and soil pollution, 231(6), 231. doi:10.1007/s11270-020-04668-x. [85] rahgozar, m. a., and saberian, m. (2015). physical and chemical properties of two iranian peat types. mires and peat, 16 (07), 1–17. [86] saberian, m., & rahgozar, m. a. (2016). geotechnical properties of peat soil stabilised with shredded waste tyre chips in combination with gypsum, lime or cement. mires and peat, 18, 1–16. doi:10.19189/map.2015.omb.211. [87] chindaprasirt, p., rukzon, s., & sirivivatnanon, v. (2008). resistance to chloride penetration of blended portland cement mortar containing palm oil fuel ash, rice husk ash and fly ash. construction and building materials, 22(5), 932–938. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2006.12.001. [88] mashri, m. o. m., megat johari, m. a., ahmad, z. a., & mijarsh, m. j. a. (2022). influence of milling process of palm oil fuel ash on the properties of palm oil fuel ash-based alkali activated mortar. case studies in construction materials, 16, 857. doi:10.1016/j.cscm.2021.e00857. [89] tsai, c. j., huang, r., lin, w. t., & wang, h. n. (2014). mechanical and cementitious characteristics of ground granulated blast furnace slag and basic oxygen furnace slag blended mortar. materials and design, 60, 267–273. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2014.04.002. [90] wu, y. h., huang, r., tsai, c. j., & lin, w. t. (2015). recycling of sustainable co-firing fly ashes as an alkali activator for ggbs in blended cements. materials, 8(2), 784–798. doi:10.3390/ma8020784. [91] abdullah, h. h., & shahin, m. a. (2019). strength characteristics of clay stabilized with fly-ash based geopolymer incorporating granulated slag. proceedings of the 4th world congress on civil, structural, and environmental engineering. doi:10.11159/icgre19.139. [92] andriesse, j. p. (1988). nature and management of tropical peat soils (no. 59). food & agriculture organization, rome, italy. [93] wahab, a., hassan, m., din, z. u., & zaman, q. u. (2021). heavy metals concentration in undisturbed peat soil at pekan district, pahang, west malaysia. maejo international journal of energy and environmental communication, 3(2), 23-31. doi:10.54279/mijeec.v3i2.245731. [94] makinda, j., kassim k. a., siong, c. c., zango, m. u., & muhammed, a. s. (2020). geochemical evaluation of contaminated soil for stabilisation using microbiologically induced calcite precipitation method. international journal of advanced science and technology, 29, 2375–2382. [95] soehady erfen, h. f. w., asis, j., abdullah, m., musta, b., tahir, s., pungut, h., & mohd husin, m. a. y. (2017). geochemical characterization of sediments around nukakatan valley, tambunan, sabah. geological behavior, 1(1), 13–15. doi:10.26480/gbr.01.2017.13.15. [96] moh malaysia. (2016). national standard for drinking water quality. engineering services division ministry of health malaysia. available online: https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/mal189903.pdf (accessed on april 2023). [97] wu, d., zhang, z., chen, k., & xia, l. (2022). experimental investigation and mechanism of fly ash/slag-based geopolymerstabilized soft soil. applied sciences (switzerland), 12(15), 7438. doi:10.3390/app12157438. [98] khanday, s. a., hussain, m., & das, a. k. (2021). rice husk ash–based geopolymer stabilization of indian peat: experimental investigation. journal of materials in civil engineering, 33(12), 4021347. doi:10.1061/(asce)mt.1943-5533.0003982. [99] latifi, n., siddiqua, s., & marto, a. (2019). stabilization of tropical peat using liquid polymer. environmental science and engineering, 2, 826–833. doi:10.1007/978-981-13-2221-1_94. [100] hassan, w. h. w., rashid, a. s. a., latifi, n., horpibulsuk, s., & borhamdin, s. (2017). strength and morphological characteristics of organic soil stabilized with magnesium chloride. quarterly journal of engineering geology and hydrogeology, 50(4), 454–459. doi:10.1144/qjegh2016-124. [101] ahmad afip, i., taib, s. n. l., jusoff, k., & afip, l. a. (2019). measurement of peat soil shear strength using wenner fourpoint probes and vane shear strength methods. international journal of geophysics, 2019, 1–12. doi:10.1155/2019/3909032. [102] arulrajah, a., yaghoubi, m., disfani, m. m., horpibulsuk, s., bo, m. w., & leong, m. (2018). evaluation of fly ashand slagbased geopolymers for the improvement of a soft marine clay by deep soil mixing. soils and foundations, 58(6), 1358–1370. doi:10.1016/j.sandf.2018.07.005. [103] noorvand, h., ali, a. a. a., demirboga, r., noorvand, h., & farzadnia, n. (2013). physical and chemical characteristics of unground palm oil fuel ash cement mortars with nanosilica. construction and building materials, 48, 1104–1113. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2013.07.070. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 348 [104] jaturapitakkul, c., tangpagasit, j., songmue, s., & kiattikomol, k. (2011). filler effect and pozzolanic reaction of ground palm oil fuel ash. construction and building materials, 25(11), 4287–4293. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2011.04.073. [105] chang, j. j. (2003). a study on the setting characteristics of sodium silicate-activated slag pastes. cement and concrete research, 33(7), 1005–1011. doi:10.1016/s0008-8846(02)01096-7. [106] bakharev, t., sanjayan, j. g., & cheng, y. b. (2000). effect of admixtures on properties of alkali-activated slag concrete. cement and concrete research, 30(9), 1367–1374. doi:10.1016/s0008-8846(00)00349-5. [107] wang, s. d., scrivener, k. l., & pratt, p. l. (1994). factors affecting the strength of alkali-activated slag. cement and concrete research, 24(6), 1033–1043. doi:10.1016/0008-8846(94)90026-4. [108] davidovits, j. (1994). high-alkali cements for 21st century concretes. special publication, 144, 383-398. doi:10.14359/4523. [109] ram, a. k., & mohanty, s. (2022). state of the art review on physiochemical and engineering characteristics of fly ash and its applications. international journal of coal science technology, 9, 1-25. doi:10.1007/s40789-022-00472-6. [110] mcgannon, h. e. (1971). the making, shaping and treating of steel. the aise steel foundation, pittsburg, united states. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 272 issn: 2723-9535 comparative analysis of deep learning models for part of speech tagging in the malay language bakare mustaphaa adebayo 1, kalaiarasi sonai muthu anbananthen 1* , saravanan muthaiyah 2 , saravanan nathan lurudusamy 3 1 faculty of information science and technology, multimedia university, melaka 75450, malaysia. 2 school of business and technology, international medical university, kuala lumpur 57000, malaysia. 3 division consulting & technology services, telekom malaysia, kuala lumpur 50672, malaysia. received 10 january 2024; revised 18 april 2024; accepted 03 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract despite the widespread use of malay, under-resourced languages like malay face challenges in natural language processing (nlp), particularly in part-of-speech (pos) tagging. the scarcity of annotated corpora poses a primary obstacle to pos tagging in malay. this study aims to enhance the effectiveness and reliability of pos tagging models explicitly tailored for under-resourced languages within the field of nlp, focusing on malay. existing models, which rely on conditional random fields and hidden markov models, exhibit limitations, underscoring the need for more robust approaches. the research conducts a comparative analysis of various deep-learning models with different encoders for pos tagging in malay sentences. the experimental analysis demonstrates that the bidirectional long short-term memory (bi-lstm) model, leveraging a pre-trained bidirectional encoder representations from transformers (bert) embedding model, achieves exceptional accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 scores in predicting tags. notably, the bert + bi-lstm model, boasting an accuracy of 98.82%, outperforms other models, showcasing superior performance across all evaluated metrics. additionally, this combined model effectively handles known and unknown words, yielding highly accurate pos tagging results for malay sentences. keywords: part of speech tagging; deep learning; malay text; malay pos tagger. 1. introduction part-of-speech (pos) tagging is a crucial research field under the umbrella of natural language processing (nlp). pos tagging involves assigning each word in a sentence with its corresponding part of speech tag, such as a noun, verb, or adjective [1, 2]. developing an accurate model for pos tagging requires substantial linguistic expertise and a vast amount of annotated corpora. the significance of pos tagging extends across various nlp applications, including name entity recognition, machine translation, and sentiment analysis. nlp applications can be executed on several levels, such as words, phrases, sentences, or documents. although computers cannot comprehend human languages the same way humans can, they can assist humans in processing massive amounts of linguistic data. as the data associated with natural language undergoes continuous expansion, humans’ manual analysis and extracting relevant information [3] become increasingly challenging. therefore, the need for computer assistance has become increasingly important. consequently, natural language processing has emerged as an intriguing subject of study within the realm of information technology and allied fields. * corresponding author: kalaiarasi@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-04 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0540-2872 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0684-703x hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 273 despite recent advancements in nlp, pos tagging remains challenging, particularly for under-resourced languages like malay. the lack of annotated corpora is one of the main reasons why pos tagging for malay is difficult [4]. annotated corpora are crucial for supervised learning-based approaches, where the model is trained on labeled data to make predictions on new, unseen data. unfortunately, no standard malay corpus has been developed for pos tagging, making it difficult for researchers to obtain sufficient labeled data to train and evaluate their models [5]. while several pos tagging models have been proposed for malay, they mainly employ sequential models, such as hidden markov models (hmm) [6], conditional random fields (crf), along with traditional machine learning algorithms such as support vector machines (svm), naïve bayes (nb), decision trees (dt), and k-nearest neighbors (knn) [7]. these models have shown reasonable performance in pos tagging for malay, but further enhancements can still be made. to enhance the efficiency of pos tagging models in nlp applications, researchers have increasingly explored the application of deep learning approaches. in many nlp applications, deep learning techniques are more effective than other traditional model training methods. deep learning approaches have gained widespread recognition and popularity in nlp due to advancements in processing power, hardware, and so on [8]. it has shown promising results in pos tagging for rich-sourced languages like english. however, deep learning applications in under-resourced languages like malay remain limited. some researchers have explored deep learning for pos tagging in malay and other low-resource languages, such as convolutional neural networks (cnn) and long short-term memory (lstm). for example, tiun et al. [5] developed a bidirectional lstm-crf deep learning model for malay pos tagging, achieving a 0.94 f1 score. despite the progress in developing pos tagging models for malay, much work needs to be done to develop a more reliable and robust model that can aid in advancing the field of nlp in this language. therefore, the primary objective of this study is to explore how deep learning approaches can be utilized for pos tagging in malay. by developing more accurate and robust models, we aim to contribute to advancing nlp applications, especially for under-resourced languages. 2. literature review pos tagging means assigning labels that imply the word’s linguistic class in the sentence. this process began with text annotation [9], in which human annotators manually assigned tags to each word in a text. assigning tags to each text manually is very difficult and time-consuming. therefore, researchers have developed several automated methods to perform this task. the rule-based method, the earliest and most widely utilized approach, includes manually building a set of rules based on training data. the application of the rule-based method in english was initially reported in prior studies [10, 11]. the efficacy of the rule-based approach in the english language resulted in its implementation in other languages, such as hindi [12] and korean [13]. the rule-based approach employs a predetermined set of linguistic rules for text tagging. furthermore, certain rule-based methodologies incorporate the utilization of a lexicon to enhance the precision of part-of-speech (pos) tagging. previous researchers have employed regular expressions to formulate a collection of rules. regular expressions detect and assign tags to specific patterns within the text. the rule-based strategy generally shows simple, understandable, and clear advantages [6]. the established rules are understandable and unambiguous. however, the rule-based approach has several issues. a significant challenge lies in generating the rules through a manual process. the entire process is time-consuming and susceptible to errors. furthermore, it should be noted that the rules formulated for a specific data set may not be applicable or useful to another data set that falls outside the domain. another challenge associated with rule-based methods is their difficulty effectively handling unknown words in the model. researchers have developed statistical methods, including hmms, maximum entropy markov models (memms), and crfs, to overcome the constraints associated with the rule-based method. the statistical models utilize machine learning techniques to learn patterns within annotated corpora, subsequently using these learned patterns to analyze and interpret new textual data. the hmm models have been used for several english language corpora, including the brown corpus, with accuracy from 76% to 95%. however, the accuracy of the models is usually proportional to the number of tokens used in the model training [14]. hmm models have also been used for other less common languages like arabic [15], azerbaijani [16], indonesian [17], and nepali [18], with accuracy spanning from 70% to 90%. a notable drawback of hmm models arises when encountering unknown words—those not encountered during training. in such cases, the model’s accuracy tends to decrease significantly. crf has been introduced to address the problem of unknown words. crf captures more sequential dependencies and improves performance when predicting unknown words. crf models build upon the hmm method and offer a greater capacity to learn dependencies. consequently, they have been utilized as a pos tagging model in lowand high-resource languages. in a comparative study of hmm and crf models applied to the low-resource language yoruba, ayogu found that the crf model had a slight advantage over the hmm model in terms of accuracy [19]. other low-resource languages, such as malayalam [20], urdu [21], assamese [22], and vietnamese [23], have also utilized crf models. high-resource languages, such as english, have also seen the application of crf models [24, 25]. although other machine learning approaches, such as the decision tree approach, have been used for pos tagging, hmm and crf are the most commonly used approaches [26]. the memm model uses machine learning techniques to learn patterns in an annotated corpus and apply the learned patterns to new texts. based on the maximum entropy principle, it ensures the probability distribution for a set of events is as uniform as possible, subject to constraints imposed by available information. the model has been effectively utilized hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 274 in pos tagging for both english and spanish [27, 28]. ratnaparkhi [27] developed an english pos tagger using memm. this tagger demonstrated good performance on the penn treebank corpus. taulé & martí [28] developed a pos tagger for the spanish language using a memm approach. their system demonstrated high accuracy on large-scale spanish text. memm models have been employed in various low-resource languages like chinese, arabic, and korean. one notable benefit of memms is their ability to handle a large range of dependencies in textual data efficiently. this feature is very useful in languages with complex grammatical structures. however, memms faced criticism due to their long training times and large amounts of annotated data required to attain significant accuracy. recently, there has been an increasing inclination towards utilizing deep learning methodologies in pos tagging. various approaches, including recurrent neural networks (rnns), cnns, and transformer models, have exhibited positive results in this domain. rnns, particularly lstm networks, have become increasingly popular due to their effectiveness in processing sequential data [29]. in terms of transformer models, the transfer learning ability improved the accuracy of many nlp applications [30, 31]. the study by gopalakrishnan et al. [32] investigated the performance of lstm and gated recurrent unit (gru) models on a biomedical dataset. the researchers found that the bi-directional versions of both lstm and gru models outperformed their respective simple models, showing superior results. the bi-directional lstm model achieved the highest accuracy rate of 94.80%. however, using deep learning methodologies for pos tagging in languages with limited resources poses certain difficulties, primarily due to the limited availability of annotated datasets and the lack of experts during the development of these datasets. despite these limitations, some studies have applied deep learning to pos tagging in languages such as malayalam [33], nepali [34], bengali [35], khasi [36], and korean [37]. further research in this area is ongoing. specifically, for the malay language, recent studies using deep learning for pos tagging show promising results. malay is spoken by over 300 million individuals worldwide, primarily in singapore, brunei, indonesia, and malaysia. this language belongs to the austronesian language family and features a complex grammar structure that poses challenges for pos tagging. in recent years, there has been progress in using deep learning techniques to improve the accuracy of pos tagging in malay. tiun et al. [5] developed a method using a bilstm-crf model to analyze malay tweets. the model used malay tweet embeddings to convert the text into vector representations. these vectors were then fed into the bilstm, and the resulting output was used for classification with a crf layer. tiun et al. [5] compared this approach with svm, nb, dt, and knn. the evaluation of the bilstm-crf model showed a 2% improvement in f1-score compared to svm, reaching an impressive 94%. however, it’s important to note that the model’s ability to work well with new data may be limited due to the relatively small dataset used for training and testing (1,253 instances for training and 538 for testing). additionally, tweets have short sentences because of the 280-character limit, resulting in limited words in each dataset. table 1 provides a brief overview of various pos tagging approaches. the results indicate that deep learning models have exhibited higher efficacy in pos tagging than the rule-based approach and statistical machine learning methods. although the rule-based approach offers simplicity and interpretability, statistical-based methods such as hmms and crfs provide better accuracy and generalization capabilities. however, in the context of the malay language, deep learning models are showing more promise for pos tagging. nevertheless, further research is necessary to compare different deep learning-based models for pos tagging in the malay language. table 1. summary of existing pos tagging approach author method language dataset source result rule based brill (1992) [11] english brown corpus error rate = 7.9% machine learning fanoon (2019) [24] crf english gimpel et al. (2011) [38] accuracy = 72.00% zhang et al. (2009) [25] crf english pfr segment & pos tagging corpora on the people’s daily in january 1998 precision = 95.79% zhang et al. (2009) [25] hmm english pfr segment & pos tagging corpora on the people’s daily in january 1998 precision = 92.53% marquez (1999) [26] decision tree spanish the wall street journal annotated corpus overall accuracy = 96.84% known accuracy = 97.21% ambiguous accuracy = 91.95% unknown accuracy = 80.70% tran et al. (2009) [23] crf vietnamese manually annotated corpus precision = 91.64% albared et al. (2010) [15] hmm arabic manually annotated corpus accuracy = 95.80% archanatc et al. (2014) [20] crf malayalam manually annotated corpus accuracy = 86.70% paul et al. (2016) [18] hmm nepali manually annotated corpus accuracy = 96% ayogu et al. (2017) [19] crf yoruba manually annotated corpus accuracy = 84.66% mammadov et al. (2018) [16] hmm azerbaijani manually annotated corpus accuracy = 90.00% cahyani et al. (2019) [17] hmm indonesian manually annotated corpus accuracy = 77.56% ranjan deka et al. (2020) [22] crf assamese manually annotated corpus accuracy = 91% nasim et al. (2020) [21] crf urdu jawaid et al. (2014) [39] accuracy = 95.80% f1-score = 96.00% hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 275 deep learning kabir et al. (2016) [36] neural network bengali ldc2010t16 and isbn 158563-561-8 corpus accuracy = 93.33% gopalakrishnan et al. (2019) [32] bi-lstm english genia version 3.02 accuracy = 94.80% precision = 95.00% recall = 95.00% f1-score = 95.00% kumar et al. (2017) [33] bi-lstm malayalam manually annotated corpus accuracy = 87.57% precision = 87.48% recall = 87.57% f1-score = 87.39% sarbin et al. (2020) [34] bi-lstm nepali madan puraskar pustakalaya accuracy = 97.27% loss value = 0.0190 nasim et al. (2020) [21] bi-lstm-crf urdu jawaid et al. (2014) [39] accuracy = 96.30% f1-score = 96.00% hoojon et al. (2023) [35] bi-lstm-crf khasi manually annotated corpus accuracy = 98.90% precision = 99.00% recall = 99.00% f1-score = 99.00% tiun et al. (2022) [5] bi-lstm-crf malay manually annotated corpus precision = 94.00% f1-score = 94.00% recall = 94.00% song et al. (2020) [37] bi-lstm-crf korean manually annotated corpus accuracy = 95.28% f1-score = 97.27% 3. research methodology this section outlines the methodology and experimental procedure for developing a malay language pos tagging model using deep learning. the first step involves creating a malay corpus to serve as the training data for the model. the training model architecture is then described, considering the hyperparameters required during training. 3.1. malay corpus development creating a corpus to develop a pos tagging model was necessary since no standard corpus was available for the malay language. this study manually created a corpus by collecting online newspaper articles from several sources, including berita harian, harakah, and kosmo, between august 2022 and february 2023. the manual annotation of the tags used the existing tagset definition of mohamed et al. [6], consisting of 21 tags [6]. however, four tag definitions (kp, #e, @kg, sen) are absent in the collected newspaper data sample. these tags were removed from the list of tags used in this training. in addition, two new tag definitions are added to the list of tags. first (nm) represents a word that cannot be found in the malay dictionary for tagging. secondly (pp) represents a malay phrase combining two or more words to form a single word. the total of 955 sentences in the corpus contains 98,832 words, 10,507 distinct words, and 1,252 ambiguous words. 3.2. training model architecture this study uses deep learning techniques to develop a pos tagging model for the malay language by exploring different deep learning models and encoders. the models employed are based on prior pos tagging methods used in malay and other languages, comprising lstm, gru, bi-lstm, and bi-gru. furthermore, to effectively encode the dataset features, this study compares the utilization of a traditional one-hot encoder with a bert model, which has shown promising results in deep learning. the architecture of the training model is shown in figure 1. based on the design, 8 models are derived by combining different deep-learning layers and encoders. the architecture’s first layer is the input containing the training corpus. the input is encoded using the one-hot or the bert encoder, and the vectorized output is passed to the second architecture layer, the deep learning layer. the deep learning layer comprises two layers. the first deep learning layer consists of a single layer of lstm, gru, bi-lstm, or bi-gru. the second output layer is a time-distributed dense layer with a softmax activation function (figure 2) shows a simple example sequence of four tokens, demonstrating how the encoded input is generated using either the one-hot encoder or the bert and passed to the deep learning layer to generate the output tags. lstm is a type of rnn capable of capturing long-term dependencies in sequential data, such as text, speech, and time-series data. lstms achieve this by incorporating a memory cell and three gating mechanisms: input gate, forget gate, and output gate [40]. on the other hand, gru is also a type of recurrent neural network like lstm capable of capturing long-term dependencies in sequential data. however, it has a simpler architecture compared to lstm. the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 276 gru has only two gates: a reset gate and an update gate [41]. bi-lstm and bi-gru are bidirectional variants of lstm and gru, where information flows in both directions. these architectural designs have successfully demonstrated their ability to capture context and dependencies in sequential data. figure 1. training model architecture figure 2. a sample of the input sequence 3.3. training model architecture the dataset is divided into training and testing data to facilitate the training of the pos tagging model. this study employs deep learning models with data encoding, and the tensorflow framework is utilized. to achieve optimal performance, hyperparameters are fine-tuned for each model. the values and optimal choices of various hyperparameters tested in the experiment are presented in table 2. based on accuracy, the optimized values for each model are determined and outlined in table 3. each model is trained using a maximum of 100 epochs. the sentences in the dataset are randomized, allocating 20% for testing and utilizing the remaining 80% for training. table 2. possible hyperparameter configuration hyperparameters tested values deep learning layer unit 64, 128, 256, 512 optimizer adam, sgd, rmsprop learning rate 0.001, 0.0001, 0.00001, 0.000001 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 277 table 3. optimal hyperparameters model name layer unit learning rate optimize bert + lstm 256 0.0001 adam one-hot + lstm 128 0.0001 rmsprop bert + gru 512 0.0001 adam one-hot + gru 128 0.0001 adam bert + bi-lstm 512 0.001 rmsprop one-hot + bi-lstm 128 0.001 rmsprop bert + bi-gru 128 0.0001 rmsprop one-hot + bi-gru 64 0.0001 adam 4. experimental result this section comprehensively analyses the proposed model for tagging malay sentences based on their accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 scores. table 4 and figure 3 show the accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score for different encoders and models tagging malay sentences. the experimental results indicate that the models using bert encoding consistently outperform the models using one-hot encoding in all evaluated metrics, as shown in figure 3. this results from bert’s ability to capture conceptual meanings from words and leverage this information for training. in terms of model performance, the bert + bi-lstm model outperforms the other models and achieves the highest performance across all metrics. it attains an accuracy of 98.82%, indicating its ability to correctly classify the pos tags for malay sentences. furthermore, its precision, recall, and f1-score of 0.98, 0.97, and 0.98 demonstrate that pos tags can be accurately identified and classified. the model’s performance in identifying known and unknown words is evaluated using the bert encoder + bilstm model, shown in table 5. we tested 9,260 words, of which 8,449 were known to the model in its training phase and 811 were unknown. overall, the model achieves an accuracy of 98.82% in identifying pos tags for a wide range of malay words. the model accurately tags known words encountered during training with an accuracy rate of 98.92%. this indicates that the model can effectively detect familiar word patterns and linguistic characteristics. in addition, the model predicts unknown words that are not included in the training data, with a commendable accuracy of 96.55%. this implies that the model can robustly generalize its knowledge of the malay language and assign pos tags to unknown words based on that knowledge. table 4. experimental results of models model accuracy (%) precision recall f1-score bert + lstm 96.00 0.96 0.94 0.95 one-hot + lstm 94.24 0.94 0.93 0.94 bert + gru 96.04 0.95 0.95 0.95 one-hot + gru 94.16 0.93 0.95 0.94 bert + bi-lstm 98.82 0.98 0.97 0.98 one-hot + bi-lstm 94.61 0.94 0.94 0.94 bert + bi-gru 97.63 0.98 0.96 0.97 one-hot + bi-gru 95.51 0.95 0.93 0.94 table 5. experimental evaluation of known and unknown words model overall testing accuracy accuracy of known words accuracy of unknown words bert+bi-lstm 98.82% 98.92% 96.55% hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 278 figure 3. evaluation summary of models 4.1. discussion this study examined various deep-learning models with different encoders and assessed their performance on known and unknown words. among them, the bert + bi-lstm model stood out for its remarkable ability to grasp the complex patterns and connections within the malay language. bi-lstm effectively captures the intricate language patterns, resulting in precise and accurate pos labelling. in contrast, the one-hot plus gru model performed the worst, with a 94.16% accuracy rate. despite displaying a reasonable level of accuracy, this model trailed behind the competition. the lower accuracy, precision, recall, and f1score of the one-hot + gru model indicate that it has difficulty capturing the intricate malay language patterns and dependencies. this limitation may be attributed to one-hot encoding, which fails to capture the requisite semantic and contextual information for accurate pos tagging. in addition, one-hot encoding represents each word as an independent binary vector, resulting in a very high-dimensional sparse vector. on the other hand, bert has lower-dimensional dense representations, capturing more information in a compact form. also, bert + bi-lstm effectively handles known and unknown words, resulting in highly accurate pos tagging outcomes for malay sentences. tiun et al. [5] introduced the only deep learning-based model for pos tagging in malay based on the literature review. our best model, combining bert and bi-lstm, was compared to tiun et al.’s model, which used the bi-lstm + crf algorithm. table 6 shows that tiun’s model achieved precision, recall, and f1 scores of 94%, while our proposed model achieved higher scores of 98%, 97%, and 98% for precision, recall, and f1, respectively. we used a similar dataset to the one employed by tiun et al., indirectly allowing for a comparison between the models based on data. table 6. model comparison model precision recall f1-score bi-lstm+crf [5] 0.94 0.94 0.94 bert + bi-lstm (proposed model) 0.98 0.97 0.98 the superior performance of the proposed bert encoder + bi-lstm model compared to the bi-lstm + crf algorithm in malay pos tagging can be attributed firstly, bert provides contextualized word representations, enabling a better understanding of word dependencies within a sentence and capturing more nuanced contextual information. this contextual awareness is crucial for accurate pos tagging. secondly, the combination of bert with bi-lstm allows for robust feature extraction. bert encodes the contextual word representations, while the subsequent bi-lstm layer refines these representations by capturing sequential patterns in the word order, resulting in a more comprehensive and informative sentence representation. furthermore, when used with bi-lstm, the crf algorithm explicitly models the relationships between different pos tags. however, it can exhibit a bias towards more common tags while neglecting rarer ones, potentially leading to imbalanced predictions [42]. by employing the bert encoder, the model is less susceptible to such biases, can provide more balanced predictions, and can better handle the full spectrum of pos tags. 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 bert + lstm bert + gru bert + bilstm bert + bigru one-hot + lstm one-hot + gru one-hot + bi-lstm one-hot + bi-gru p re ce n ta g e a cc u ra cy ( % ) experimentatl models evaluation summary of the models accuracy (%) precision (%) recall (%) f1-score (%) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 279 5. conclusion this study explores the application of deep-learning models with different encoders for pos tagging in malay sentences, specifically comparing bert and one-hot encoding models. the results consistently demonstrate that bert encoding models outperform one-hot encoding models, highlighting the effectiveness of contextualized word embeddings in capturing the nuances of the malay language. notably, the bert + bi-lstm model achieves the highest accuracy of 98.82% among the evaluated models, showcasing its exceptional performance in comprehending complex patterns and dependencies in the language through the combined strengths of bert and bi-lstm. these findings represent significant progress in natural language processing methodologies, offering valuable insights for advancing malay language analysis. future research will delve deeper into nuanced text analysis aspects, particularly by leveraging pos tagging to extract and categorize various linguistic elements. for example, researchers could explore how different parts of speech, such as nouns, adjectives, and verbs, contribute to the overall sentiment conveyed in a text. by mapping these aspects to sentiment analysis, we can better understand the sentiments and opinions expressed within malay texts. moreover, future research could explore the intersection of aspect-based sentiment analysis and entity recognition in malay language texts. in a product review, entities such as brand names or product features may play a crucial role in shaping the sentiment expressed by the reviewer. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.m.b. and k.s.m.a.; methodology, a.m.b.; validation, s.m. and s.n.l.; formal analysis, a.m.b.; investigation, s.n.l.; writing—original draft preparation, a.m.b. and k.s.m.a.; writing—review and editing, s.m. and s.n.l.; supervision, k.s.m.a. and s.m.; funding acquisition, k.s.m.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding this work was supported by the multimedia university, malaysia. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] chiche, a., & yitagesu, b. (2022). part of speech tagging: a systematic review of deep learning and machine learning approaches. journal of big data, 9(1). doi:10.1186/s40537-022-00561-y. [2] anbananthen, k. s. m., krishnan, j. k., sayeed, m. s., & muniapan, p. (2017). comparison of stochastic and rule-based pos tagging on malay online text. american journal of applied sciences, 14(9), 843–851. doi:10.3844/ajassp.2017.843.851. [3] anbananthen, s. k., sainarayanan, g., chekima, a., & teo, j. (2006). data mining using pruned artificial neural network tree (annt). 2nd international conference on information & communication technologies, damascus, syria. doi:10.1109/ictta.2006.1684577. [4] ali, n. m., ngo, g. h., & lan, a. l. h. (2023). construction of part of speech tagger for malay language: a review. proceedings 2023 5th international conference on natural language processing, (icnlp 2023), 253–257. doi:10.1109/icnlp58431.2023.00053. [5] tiun, s., ariffin, s. n. a. n., & chew, y. d. (2022). pos tagging model for malay tweets using new pos tagset and biltsmcrf approach. ceur workshop proceedings, 3315, 160–165. [6] mohamed, h., omar, n., & ab aziz, m. j. (2011). statistical malay part-of-speech (pos) tagger using hidden markov approach. 2011 international conference on semantic technology and information retrieval, stair 2011, june, 231–236. doi:10.1109/stair.2011.5995794. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 280 [7] ariffin, s. n. a. n., & tiun, s. (2018). part-of-speech tagger for malay social media texts. gema online journal of language studies, 18(4), 124–142. doi:10.17576/gema-2018-1804-09. [8] alzubaidi, l., zhang, j., humaidi, a. j., al-dujaili, a., duan, y., al-shamma, o., santamaría, j., fadhel, m. a., al-amidie, m., & farhan, l. (2021). review of deep learning: concepts, cnn architectures, challenges, applications, future directions. journal of big data, 8(1), 53. doi:10.1186/s40537-021-00444-8. [9] sonai, k., anbananthen, m., mohamed, a., & elyasir, h. (2013). evolution of opinion mining. australian journal of basic and applied sciences, 7(6), 359–370. [10] brill, e. (1995). transformation-based error-driven learning and natural language processing: a case study in part-of-speech tagging. computational linguistics, 21(4), 543–565. [11] brill, e. (1992). a simple rule-based part of speech tagger. in speech and natural language: proceedings of a workshop held at harriman, new york, february 23-26, 152-159. doi:10.3115/974499.974526. [12] garg, n., goyal, v., & preet, s. (2012). rule-based hindi part of speech tagger. international conference on computational linguistics, 2(december), 163–174. [13] lee, g. g., cha, j., & lee, j. h. (2002). syllable-pattern-based unknown-morpheme segmentation and estimation for hybrid part-of-speech tagging of korean. computational linguistics, 28(1), 53–70. doi:10.1162/089120102317341774. [14] tyagi, s., & shankar mishra, g. (2016). statistical analysis of part of speech (pos) tagging algorithms for english corpus. international journal of advance research, ideas and innovations in technology, 2(3), 1-9. [15] albared, m., omar, n., aziz, m. j. a., & ahmad nazri, m. z. (2010). automatic part of speech tagging for arabic: an experiment using bigram hidden markov model. in lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics): vol. 6401 lnai, 361–370. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-16248-0_52. [16] mammadov, s., rustamov, s., mustafali, a., sadigov, z., mollayev, r., & mammadov, z. (2018). part-of-speech tagging for azerbaijani language. ieee 12th international conference on application of information and communication technologies, aict 2018 – proceedings, almaty, kazakhstan. doi:10.1109/icaict.2018.8747154. [17] cahyani, d. e., & vindiyanto, m. j. (2019). indonesian part of speech tagging using hidden markov model ngram viterbi. 2019 4th international conference on information technology, information systems and electrical engineering, icitisee 2019, 353–358. doi:10.1109/icitisee48480.2019.9003989. [18] paul, a., purkayastha, b. s., & sarkar, s. (2016). hidden markov model based part of speech tagging for nepali language. 2015 international symposium on advanced computing and communication, isacc 2015, 149–156. doi:10.1109/isacc.2015.7377332. [19] ayogu, i. i., adetunmbi, a. o., ojokoh, b. a., & oluwadare, s. a. (2017). a comparative study of hidden markov model and conditional random fields on a yorùba part-of-speech tagging task. proceedings of the ieee international conference on computing, networking and informatics, iccni 2017, 2017-january, 1–6. doi:10.1109/iccni.2017.8123784. [20] krishnapriya, v., sreesha, p., harithalakshmi, t. r., archana, t. c., & vettath, j. n. (2003). design of a pos tagger using conditional random fields for malayalam. 2014 1st international conference on computational systems and communications, iccsc 2014, 370–373. doi:10.1109/compsc.2014.7032680. [21] nasim, z., abidi, s., & haider, s. (2020). modeling pos tagging for the urdu language. 2020 international conference on emerging trends in smart technologies, icetst 2020, karachi, pakistan. doi:10.1109/icetst49965.2020.9080721. [22] deka, r. r., kalita, s., kashyap, k., bhuyan, m. p., & sarma, s. k. (2020). a study of t’nt and crf based approach for pos tagging in assamese language. in proceedings of the 3rd international conference on intelligent sustainable systems, iciss 2020, 600–604. doi:10.1109/iciss49785.2020.9315939. [23] tran, o. t., le, c. a., ha, t. q., & le, q. h. (2009). an experimental study on vietnamese pos tagging. 2009 international conference on asian language processing: recent advances in asian language processing, ialp 2009, 23–27. doi:10.1109/ialp.2009.14. [24] fanoon, a. r. f. s., & uwanthika, g. a. i. (2019). part of speech tagging for twitter conversations using conditional random fields model. proceedings ieee international research conference on smart computing and systems engineering, scse 2019, 108–112. doi:10.23919/scse.2019.8842669. [25] zhang, x., huang, h., & zhang, l. (2009). the application of crfs in part-of-speech tagging. international conference on intelligent human-machine systems and cybernetics, ihmsc 2009, vol. 2, 347–350. doi:10.1109/ihmsc.2009.210. [26] marquez, ll. (1999). part-of-speech tagging: a machine learning approach based on decision trees. universitat politècnica de catalunya, barcelona, spain. doi:10.5821/dissertation-2117-93974. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 281 [27] ratnaparkhi, a. (1996). a maximum entropy model for part-of-speech tagging. proceedings of the conference on empirical methods in natural language processing, emnlp 1996, 133–142. [28] taulé, m., m.a. martí, m. r. (2008). ancora: multilingual and multilevel annotated corpora. proceedings of 6th international conference on language resources and evaluation, 96–101. [29] busst, m. m. a., anbananthen, k. s. m., kannan, s., krishnan, j., & subbiah, s. (2024). ensemble bilstm: a novel approach for aspect extraction from online text. ieee access, 12(january), 3528–3539. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3349203. [30] bakare, a. m., anbananthen, k. s. m., muthaiyah, s., krishnan, j., & kannan, s. (2023). punctuation restoration with transformer model on social media data. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(3), 1685. doi:10.3390/app13031685. [31] sayeed, m. s., mohan, v., & muthu, k. s. (2023). bert: a review of applications in sentiment analysis. hightech and innovation journal, 4(2), 453–462. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-015. [32] gopalakrishnan, a., soman, k. p., & premjith, b. (2019). part-of-speech tagger for biomedical domain using deep neural network architecture. 2019 10th international conference on computing, communication and networking technologies, icccnt 2019, 6–10. doi:10.1109/icccnt45670.2019.8944559. [33] kumar, s., kumar, m. a., & soman, k. p. (2019). deep learning-based part-of-speech tagging for malayalam twitter data (special issue: deep learning techniques for natural language processing). journal of intelligent systems, 28(3), 423–435. doi:10.1515/jisys-2017-0520. [34] sayami, s., & shakya, s. (2020). nepali pos tagging using deep learning approaches. international journal of science, 17(2), 69–84. [35] hoojon, r., & nath, d. a. (2023). bilstm with crf part-of-speech tagging for khasi language. 2023 4th international conference on computing and communication systems, i3cs 2023, i3cs 2023, 1–7. doi:10.1109/i3cs58314.2023.10127278. [36] kabir, m. f., abdullah-al-mamun, k., & huda, m. n. (2016). deep learning-based parts of speech tagger for bengali. 2016 5th international conference on informatics, electronics and vision, iciev 2016, 26–29. doi:10.1109/iciev.2016.7760098. [37] song, h. j., & park, s. b. (2020). korean part-of-speech tagging based on morpheme generation. acm transactions on asian and low-resource language information processing, 19(3), 1–10. doi:10.1145/3373608. [38] gimpel, k., schneider, n., o’connor, b., das, d., mills, d., eisenstein, j., heilman, m., yogatama, d., flanigan, j., & smith, n. a. (2011). part-of-speech tagging for twitter: annotation, features, and experiments. acl-hlt 2011 proceedings of the 49th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics: human language technologies, 2, 42–47. [39] jawaid, b., kamran, a., & bojar, o. (2014). a tagged corpus and a tagger for urdu. proceedings of the 9th international conference on language resources and evaluation, lrec 2014, 2938–2943. [40] hedderich, m. a., lange, l., adel, h., strötgen, j., & klakow, d. (2021). a survey on recent approaches for natural language processing in low-resource scenarios. naacl-hlt 2021 2021 conference of the north american chapter of the association for computational linguistics: human language technologies, proceedings of the conference, 2545–2568. doi:10.18653/v1/2021.naacl-main.201. [41] chung, j., gulcehre, c., cho, k., & bengio, y. (2014). empirical evaluation of gated recurrent neural networks on sequence modeling. arxiv preprint arxiv:1412.3555, 1-9. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1412.3555. [42] conneau, a., & lample, g. (2019). cross-lingual language model pretraining. advances in neural information processing systems, 32. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 583 issn: 2723-9535 big data analysis using elasticsearch and kibana: a rating correlation to sustainable sales of electronic goods henderi henderi 1 , ranty irawatia 1, indra indra 2, deshinta arrova dewi 3* , tri basuki kurniawan 4, 5 1 department of informatics engineering, university of raharja, indonesia. 2 informatics technical department, universitas budi luhur, indonesia. 3 faculty of data science and information technology, inti international university, nilai, malaysia. 4 faculty of science and technology, universitas bina darma, indonesia. 5 faculty of technology and information science, universiti kebangsaan malaysia, malaysia. received 14 june 2023; revised 13 august 2023; accepted 19 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract big data collection involves enormous amounts of raw data. to boost the sustainability of corporate value and support business intelligence and decision-making systems, in-depth data analysis is necessary. the data storage, analysis, and visualization methods, as well as the discovery of patterns and linkages, all depend on extensive data analysis. this study aims to process datasets to learn things like how ratings impact market sales transactions and how much of an impact factor connected to consumers and items have on ratings. elasticsearch and kibana were used for the dataset processing. this study evaluated traits related to the test parameters using a variety of test procedures. the product is scored as a representation of the product types involved in the sales transaction, and the name is assessed as a reflection of the customer. kibana and elasticsearch, a full-text search engine, were used in this work to do extensive data analysis on data sets. it is a visualization tool that is employed in a controlled environment to evaluate how ratings impact market exchanges for electronic goods, and it offers suggestions. the study found a substantial relationship between electronic product sales on the amazon marketplace from 2012 to 2018. it suggested the importance of buyer constituents as users and how different product categories relate to ratings in business transactions. keywords: big data; elasticsearch; kibana; rating; decision-making; process innovation; consumers; sustainability. 1. introduction big data alters the way that data architecture and operational models are thought of. big data has developed into a crucial component of intelligence and creativity, with the potential to improve our lives and open new possibilities for contemporary society [1]. businesses from all industries are starting to recognize the underlying value and commercial viability of their data distribution [2]. big data involves gathering enormous amounts of raw data. it supports corporate intelligence aids in the provision of information [3], facilitates decision-making [4], and helps create better and more manageable decisions based on information [5]. a thorough investigation of the data, including its storage, analysis, and * corresponding author: deshinta.ad@newinti.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-09  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9354-4992 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1488-7696 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3718-0776 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 584 support for effective visualization, is necessary in this case [6]. to boost business value, in-depth data analysis is necessary [7, 3]. the big data paradigm is firmly established as the industry's dominant force, and it offers significant advantages for both business and research when massive volumes of data are operated on [8]. however, it can be like looking in an ocean to uncover meaningful information in these data [9], and huge data does not lend itself to or respond well to standard methods of analysis and extraction [10]. big data analytics, as used in this definition, is a methodical strategy for examining and determining the various patterns, relationships, and trends present in a significant amount of data [11]. alternative approaches are needed to partition enormous data into manageable chunks that can be directly used as representative samples of the complete data set in big data analysis [12]. thus, big data plays a crucial role in determining which traditional and non-traditional data can generate profits [13]. big data is a new technology that must be used to improve the deal plan's efficiency and support the branding strategy in outbound efforts [14]. the implementation of big data analysis, on the other hand, necessitates the use of effective interactive data visualization software that offers a complete image and has quick performance, scalability, and processing time. utilizing big data analytics and tools to draw forth knowledge and patterns that can aid in decision-making and offer value to the company [15]. to store, analyze, and retrieve data in real-time or non-real-time, however, the present relational database is no longer able to match these demands [16]. a distributed search and analysis engine called elasticsearch is a big data database system [17] that may be used to conduct big data analysis on the data [18]. elasticsearch is a java-based, server-based full-text search engine that was derived from apache lucene [19, 20], [21], with a document-based data storage approach and a distributed search engine design [22]. elasticsearch's real-time statistical queries and great scalability enable speedy data processing and discovery [21]. the use of big data analysis in sales models through the marketplace, where the development and growth of information technology are accelerating quickly and have changed activities and purchasing habits, also plays a significant role. with the speed and expansion of internet use, consumer behavior in terms of shopping has changed. it can discriminate between in-person purchases and product marketing [23], and consumer preferences for e-commerce and retail services have an immediate impact on both channels for buying and selling [24]. extraction and analysis of transaction data can be done to achieve marketing and sales strategy optimization [25]. to assess business performance in a way that benefits both customers and the products of manufacturers, it is necessary to have an awareness of the features of consumption and the relationship between the sale of various items by various consumers [25, 26]. data-driven analysis replaced the conventional paradigm based on experience or experience-driven analysis [27]. according to studies on big data and online product prediction, further study is needed to fully understand how ratings affect sales volume. in contrast, the other study claimed that ratings are more important to prospective customers' decisions than product costs [28, 29]. elasticsearch and kibana were used in this study to gather data on the relationships between ratings and related elements in the transaction pattern for the sale of electronic products. additionally, this research intends to support strategic decision-making. 2. materials and method this study uses datasets of the kaggle repository in csv format obtained from amazon's online marketplace from 1999-2018. it contains 1,292,954 transactions, 9,436 product items, and 1,162,405 users. the research infrastructure uses a containerization model with docker 20.10.7 build 20.10.7 ubuntu5~18.04.2, portainer version 2.9.0 as container orchestration, and docker images elasticsearch 7.17.0 and kibana 7.17.0 in the ubuntu linux desktop 18.04 lts operating system and for hardware. it involves 2 cpu cores of 3.0 ghz, 8 gb of ram, and 512 gb of ssd storage media. the elasticsearch solution was chosen because it has great scalability [21], can handle massive volumes of data with hundreds of millions of levels with optimal performance, and can manage both structured and unstructured data. it can also process and find data quickly through real-time statistical queries. this study uses elasticsearch, which is used for searching and indexing, in accordance with research on twitter sentiment analysis [30], and kibana, which is used for monitoring and visualizing technological developments [3, 31]. the elasticsearch technique used in this study was created and put into use to address market-related data-related concerns, although with different data [32]. five phases were used to conduct the test. mapping the overall transaction pattern comes first, followed by establishing the rating pattern and the relevant attributes, and last, confirming the function and involvement of each feature in the rating. each test model is put to the test while taking several variables into account, including accessibility, dependability, correlation, and attribute validity. as illustrated in figure 1, technical testing was performed for each test model utilizing a visualization model according to the type of attribute investigated. the proposed big data analytics with laboratory exercise [33] was selected as the basis for the technical testing in this study. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 585 figure 1. testing stage 2.1. data import and creating index pattern in the first stage, datasets in the form of csv are imported into elasticsearch, and an index pattern is created with the name elk_amazon_2021. proof of the imported data is done using the terminal console with the command: {curl curl elasticsearch_ip_address:9200/_cat/indices?v/} 2.2. determining time interval using discover in this stage, modeling is carried out with the discover feature on kibana by plotting the data with the index pattern elk_amazon_2021. visualization using discover, in figure 2, shows the transaction pattern has increased from 2012 to 2015 and appears to have decreased from 2016 to 2018. this stage is in line with the previous research [34] because preprocessing the data into an intelligent format facilitates the practical analysis of the volume of data transactions. figure 2. transaction pattern using discover on kibana 2.3. attribute testing and rating attribute testing the evaluated attribute affects the transaction. the study's focus property is the rating attribute, with the timestamp attribute serving as the transaction period, the user id serving as the transaction actor, and the item id serving as the transaction object. each test's time interval argument will be the timestamp attribute. the rating attribute testing is then designed to determine whether rating characteristics are correlated with transaction patterns over time as determined by the findings of the discover index elk_amazon_2021. model testing is carried out utilizing kibana's tsvb and lens for visualization. to find the link between the volume of customers and the pattern of sales transactions, testing is done on the user id attribute to gather information about attribute reliability. to determine the association between a product and sales transaction patterns, testing on the item id attribute is carried out to gather attribute reliability information. kibana's lens visualization is used for testing. five testing stages are shown in fig. 1 and testing is carried out utilizing kibana's lens visualization. 3. results and discussion as seen in figure 3, the rating function on sales transactions is revealed by mapping the rating property with the bar vertical stacked mode. as can be observed, from the start of 2016 to 2017, the pattern of transactions from 2012 to 2015 had a very sharp growth. in terms of transaction patterns for 2015 and 2016, there are interesting developments. transactions started to fall gradually and then quickly till october 1, 2018. the results clearly show that elasticsearch and kabana can manage massive data volumes with hundreds of millions of levels while still performing at their best. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 586 figure 3. rating pattern on sales transactions from january 1, 2012 – october 1, 2018 according to earlier studies by mu et al. [25], the data about marketing and sales success from extracting and analyzing transaction data in this study can be utilized to influence judgments about strategy optimization. the number of sales transactions dropped significantly in the 2016-time frame. till 2018, it was in effect and figure 3 depicts the drop, which appeared abrupt and was accompanied by a reduction in the rating of five. the difference between ratings one through four does not differ significantly from the difference between ratings five cumulatively. as illustrated in figure 4, the test results on the user-id attribute, which represents the number of purchasers participating in the transaction, create a visualization with a pattern resembling the outcomes of the rating visualization. it demonstrates how the rating affects the total density of purchasers. additionally, there was an increase in the total ratings in table 1, which describes the transactional pattern over the course of three years (from 2012 to 2015). figure 4. consumers are affected by rating table 1. sum of rating period january 1, 2012 – october 1, 2018 periodic rating table: 1 jan 2012-1 oct 2018 periode per year 1-rating 2-rating 3-rating 4-rating 5-rating 2012 4,297 2,468 3,196 7,733 20,695 2013 8,688 5,630 8,158 20,106 57,273 2014 16,664 10,007 14,184 32,670 107,151 2015 34,750 19,413 25,163 52,737 188,824 2016 34,604 18,433 23,333 47,077 179,172 2017 23,979 11,964 13,968 26,050 116,498 2018 11,172 5,234 5,928 10,339 47,466 sum: 134,154 sum: 73,239 sum: 93,948 sum:196,712 sum: 717,079 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 587 additionally, figure 3 demonstrates how elasticsearch and kibana were combined to fully understand and visualize the data in accordance with bhatnagar's findings [3]. this conclusion is also consistent with another study [28] that claimed that ratings, rather than product costs, play a more significant impact in prospective purchasers' decision-making. customers frequently find it impossible to read every review before choosing a product [35]. the transaction fell gradually from the beginning of 2016 to 2017 and then decreased again till october 1, 2018. the finding suggests a strong relationship between the rating on the amazon marketplace and patterns of buy transactions. this finding backs up the other study's [36] assertion that most consumers start out with firm buy intentions. elasticsearch has the best speed for handling enormous amounts of data with hundreds of millions of levels. the data in table 1 shows that the researchers discovered a correlation between ratings and relevant components in the market's pattern of electronic product sales transactions. when used in decision-making processes, this information can assist and enhance business intelligence [3, 4]. this knowledge is useful and may be used to advise possible business decisions [9]. in this study, key-value structures are used to help in querying and analysis so that relationships between data can be better described [20]. figure 5 illustrates the item-id property as a key-value structure. according to these findings, elasticsearch might be utilized to create a system for extracting data from descriptive columns, similar to previous research [37]. figure 5. rating affected by product it is interesting to observe that the cumulative density of product types does not affect the rating significantly. it indicates that the product type does not significantly influence the pattern of sales levels. also, that reflects the cumulative types of products involved in the transaction and provides a pattern that is not much different from the rating pattern. this information can help an individual make slow operational decisions, not in line with real-time visualization, which can be helpful for quick operational decisions. table 2 demonstrates that a rise in rating is accompanied by an increase in the accumulation of product items and vice versa. as a result, there is a strong association between rating and the increase of product item kinds throughout the course of five years of transactions. making the best choice for the sales product item type and maximizing decisionmaking inside the business unit can both be accomplished using this information [38]. additionally, table 2 demonstrates a strong association between the rating and the categories of product items involved in the transaction. furthermore, modifications to the rating pattern have a big impact on the accumulation of the different kinds of goods that are purchased. the strength of elasticsearch, which preserves important business insight and offers tools for data analysis, delivers this information, enabling the executive or management to make a probable business decision. elasticsearch and kibana are used in this study as a part of the big data analysis approach to account for features like volume, visualization, vagueness, and complexity as well as to foresee the usual statistical computations, which are less useful in the big data context. the findings, meantime, can address the involvement, influence, and rating correlation on the volume of sales of electronic goods that big data has suggested. on the other hand, this study expands on a perspective on the connection between product types and ratings on sales that are based on earlier research and cites the rating perspective on product pricing [28]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 588 table 2. periodic rating versus item id periodic rating vs. item_id @timestamp per year 1-items 2items 3items 4items 5items 2012 877 698 828 1,177 1,629 2013 1,403 1,222 1,462 1,959 2,675 2014 2,504 2,048 2,427 3,193 4,496 2015 4,243 3,528 3,988 5,073 6,919 2016 4,190 3,310 3,784 4,612 6,446 2017 3,167 2,277 2,558 3,061 4,893 2018 1,946 1,385 1,506 1,812 3,175 sum: 18,330 sum: 14,468 sum: 16,553 sum: 20,887 sum: 30,233 the findings of this study are consistent with other studies [27] that claim that the analytical mechanism moved from the conventional idea based on experience, namely experience-driven to data-driven. the findings of the data visualization research are consistent with studies on monitoring and visualization using kibana [3] and big data [39], which suggested a software solution for visual analytics utilizing elasticsearch and kibana. the organization also benefited from this study's increased efficiency and decision-making [40], particularly in sales and marketing, and it also looked at how well-prepared the field of communication is to deal with the effects of big data. this study established how big data can be used to analyze both conventional and unconventional data to generate revenue [41]. this study showed that big data is a new technology that must be implemented to relieve the marketing strategy in outbound campaigns, reconfigure the deal plan to make it more effective [14], and has a significant impact on management and technology as well as give a wider impact on the industry's preparedness [13]. 4. conclusion particularly given the amount, pace, and variety of data in numerous sectors, big data will play a more and more important role in the future. to make the best conclusions possible, big data analysis must be handled quickly, utilizing cutting-edge analytical methods. additionally, choosing an infrastructure that meets its requirements is essential for big data analysis. in anticipation of conventional statistical computations in the setting of big data, this study suggests employing a combination of elasticsearch and kibana as integrated tools in data processing. this study produced several conclusions, including a suggested remedy for the function and correlation of ratings on sales transactions. another result is that there is a definite correlation between sales and the total number of purchasers and ratings. on the plus side, the rating has less of an impact on the product type overall. the total density of product types has little impact on the ranking. this fact puts into context the study's findings that sales volume and rating are correlated. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, h.h.; methodology, h.h.; software, t.b.k.; validation, h.h., d.a.d., and t.b.k.; formal analysis, h.h.; investigation, d.a.d. and t.b.k.; resources, r.i.; data curation, i.i.; writing—original draft preparation, h.h.; writing—review and editing, d.a.d.; visualization, d.a.d. and t.b.k.; supervision, t.b.k.; project administration, r.i.; funding acquisition, h.h. and d.a.d. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding the present research is funded by the university of raharja, indonesia, and the inti international university, malaysia. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. informed consent statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 589 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] liao, w., luo, c., salinas, s., & li, p. (2019). efficient secure outsourcing of large-scale convex separable programming for big data. ieee transactions on big data, 5(3), 368–378. doi:10.1109/tbdata.2017.2787198. [2] zhang, y., niyato, d., wang, p., & han, z. (2020). data services sales design with mixed bundling strategy: a multidimensional adverse selection approach. ieee internet of things journal, 7(9), 8826–8836. doi:10.1109/jiot.2020.2999824. [3] bhatnagar, d., subalakshmi, r.j., & vanmathi, c. (2020). twitter sentiment analysis using elasticsearch, logstash and kibana. 2020 international conference on emerging trends in information technology and engineering (ic-etite), vellore, india. doi:10.1109/ic-etite47903.2020.351. [4] pereira, t. a., de carvalho, j. d. m. a., & pedrosa, i. (2021). business intelligence in clinical decision support: applications in the context of intensive medicine. 2021 16th iberian conference on information systems and technologies (cisti), chaves, portugal. doi:10.23919/cisti52073.2021.9476635. [5] santos, m., joao, e., canelas, j., bernardino, j., & pedrosa, i. (2021). the incorporation of business intelligence with enterprise resource planning in smes. 16th iberian conference on information systems and technologies (cisti), chaves, portugal. doi:10.23919/cisti52073.2021.9476341. [6] ferreira, d. f., bernardino, j., manjate, c. d., & pedrosa, i. (2021). business intelligence and business analytics applied to the management of agricultural resources. 2021 16th iberian conference on information systems and technologies (cisti), chaves, portugal. doi:10.23919/cisti52073.2021.9476266. [7] deif, a., & vivek, t. (2022). understanding ai application dynamics in oil and gas supply chain management and development: a location perspective. hightech and innovation journal, 3, 1-14. doi:10.28991/hij-sp2022-03-01. [8] hengki, rizan, o., adiwinoto, b., supardi, saputro, s. h., & perkasa, e. b. (2021). business intelligence to support visualization of indonesian capital market investment gallery performance. 2021 3rd international conference on cybernetics and intelligent system (icoris). doi:10.1109/icoris52787.2021.9649610. [9] lattuada, m., barbierato, e., gianniti, e., & ardagna, d. (2022). optimal resource allocation of cloud-based spark applications. ieee transactions on cloud computing, 10(2), 1301–1316. doi:10.1109/tcc.2020.2985682. [10] khan, s. a. (2019). clustering algorithm on spatiotemporal trajectories. 2019 2nd international conference on computing, mathematics and engineering technologies (icomet). doi:10.1109/icomet.2019.8673464. [11] kumar, s., & singh, m. (2019). a novel clustering technique for efficient clustering of big data in hadoop ecosystem. big data mining and analytics, 2(4), 240–247. doi:10.26599/bdma.2018.9020037. [12] salloum, s., huang, j. z., & he, y. (2019). random sample partition: a distributed data model for big data analysis. ieee transactions on industrial informatics, 15(11), 5846–5854. doi:10.1109/tii.2019.2912723. [13] feng, m., zheng, j., ren, j., hussain, a., li, x., xi, y., & liu, q. (2019). big data analytics and mining for effective visualization and trends forecasting of crime data. ieee access, 7, 106111–106123. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2930410. [14] bui, v. d., & nguyen, h. p. (2021). a comprehensive review on big data-based potential applications in marine shipping management. international journal on advanced science, engineering and information technology, 11(3), 1067–1077. doi:10.18517/ijaseit.11.3.15350. [15] hernandez, l., guzman, h., ospino, j., freyle, j., & pranolo, a. (2019). design and implementation of a marking strategy to increase the contactability in the call centers, based on machine learning. international journal on advanced science, engineering and information technology, 9(1), 1. doi:10.18517/ijaseit.9.1.7545. [16] gonzalez-vidal, a., gomez-bernal, p., mendoza-bernal, j., & skarmeta, a. f. (2021). bigcoldtrucks: a big data dashboard for the management of cold chain logistics in refrigerated trucks. 2021 ieee international conference on big data (big data). doi:10.1109/bigdata52589.2021.9671633. [17] yin, h., & fengdong, d. (2019). design and implementation of meteorological big data platform based on hadoop and elasticsearch. 2019 ieee 4th international conference on cloud computing and big data analysis (icccbda). doi:10.1109/icccbda.2019.8725660. [18] zamfir, v.-a., carabas, m., carabas, c., & tapus, n. (2019). systems monitoring and big data analysis using the elasticsearch system. 2019 22nd international conference on control systems and computer science (cscs). doi:10.1109/cscs.2019.00039. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 590 [19] lee, j., & kwon, h.-y. (2022). tpc-c benchmarking for elasticsearch. 2022 ieee international conference on big data and smart computing (bigcomp). doi:10.1109/bigcomp54360.2022.00041. [20] latreche, o., & boukraa, d. (2020). self-service, on-demand creation of olap cubes over big data: a metadata-driven approach. 2020 ieee international conference on big data (big data). doi:10.1109/bigdata50022.2020.9378026. [21] li, m., xu, j., & han, l. (2020). multi-dimensional analysis of industrial big data based json document. 2020 ieee intl conf on parallel &amp; distributed processing with applications, big data &amp; cloud computing, sustainable computing & communications, social computing & networking (ispa/bdcloud/socialcom/sustaincom). doi:10.1109/ispa-bdcloudsocialcom-sustaincom51426.2020.00160. [22] wenhao, j., & zheng, l. (2020). vulnerability analysis and security research of docker container. 2020 ieee 3rd international conference on information systems and computer aided education (iciscae). doi:10.1109/iciscae51034.2020.9236837. [23] moorthi, k., dhiman, g., arulprakash, p., suresh, c., & srihari, k. (2021). a survey on impact of data analytics techniques in e-commerce. materials today: proceedings. doi:10.1016/j.matpr.2020.10.867. [24] zhao, z., wang, j., sun, h., liu, y., fan, z., & xuan, f. (2020). what factors influence online product sales? online reviews, review system curation, online promotional marketing and seller guarantees analysis. ieee access, 8, 3920–3931. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2963047. [25] mu, z., liu, x., & li, k. (2020). optimizing operating parameters of a dual e-commerce-retail sales channel in a closedloop supply chain. ieee access, 8, 180352–180369. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3023652. [26] yang, t., yamashita, h., & goto, m. (2019). a study on analysis methods of latent customer purchase behavior focused on membership stage growth. 2019 ieee international conference on big data, cloud computing, data science &amp; engineering (bcd). doi:10.1109/bcd.2019.8885138. [27] yingzhuo, x., & xuewen, w. (2021). research on community consumer behavior based on association rules analysis. 2021 6th international conference on intelligent computing and signal processing (icsp). doi:10.1109/icsp51882.2021.9408917. [28] yu, h. (2020). research on emergency management information system model based on big data. 2020 international conference on big data and social sciences (icbdss). doi:10.1109/icbdss51270.2020.00048. [29] sun, l., zhao, y., & ling, b. (2020). the joint influence of online rating and product price on purchase decision: an eeg study. psychology research and behavior management, 13, 291–301. doi:10.2147/prbm.s238063. [30] henderi, s. d., sugiarto, d., & sunarya, a. (2020). a proposed model for sales data warehouse using nine-step design. international journal of advanced science and technology, 29(7), 12922–12931. [31] buchanna, g., premchand, p., & govardhan, a. (2022). classification of epileptic and non-epileptic electroencephalogram (eeg) signals using fractal analysis and support vector regression. emerging science journal, 6(1), 138-150. doi:10.28991/esj2022-06-01-011. [32] pailwan, a., abraham, j., & saraf, m. (2020). landscape of monitoring and visualization of technologies in devops for classification and prediction. 2020 fourth world conference on smart trends in systems, security and sustainability (worlds4). doi:10.1109/worlds450073.2020.9210398. [33] provatas, n., kassela, e., chalvantzis, n., bakogiannis, a., giannakopoulos, i., koziris, n., & konstantinou, i. (2020). selis bda: big data analytics for the logistics domain. 2020 ieee international conference on big data (big data), atlanta, united states. doi:10.1109/bigdata50022.2020.9378421. [34] lim, j. b., & moon, c. h. (2021). developing big data analytics course for non-ict major university students. international journal on advanced science, engineering and information technology, 11(6), 2503–2508. doi:10.18517/ijaseit.11.6.12539. [35] orosco, c., varol, c., & shashidhar, n. (2020). graphically display database transactions to enhance database forensics. 2020 8th international symposium on digital forensics and security (isdfs). doi:10.1109/isdfs49300.2020.9116412. [36] kong, l., li, c., ge, j., ng, v., & luo, b. (2022). predicting product review helpfulness a hybrid method. ieee transactions on services computing, 15(4), 2213–2225. doi:10.1109/tsc.2020.3041095. [37] guan, m., cha, m., wang, y., li, y., & sun, j. (2022). from anticipation to action: data reveal mobile shopping patterns during a yearly mega sale event in china. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 34(4), 1775–1787. doi:10.1109/tkde.2020.3001558. [38] badhya, s. s., prasad, a., rohan, s., yashwanth, y. s., deepamala, n., & shobha, g. (2019). natural language to structured query language using elasticsearch for descriptive columns. 2019 4th international conference on computational systems and information technology for sustainable solution (csitss). doi:10.1109/csitss47250.2019.9031030. https://doi.org/10.28991/esj-2022-06-01-011 https://doi.org/10.28991/esj-2022-06-01-011 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 591 [39] viteri, a. e., cruzado, j. g., & huaman, l. a. (2022). methodology for business intelligence solutions in internet banking companies. international journal on advanced science, engineering and information technology, 12(3), 1173–1181. doi:10.18517/ijaseit.12.3.13670. [40] petrova-antonova, d., baychev, s., pavlova, i., & pavlov, g. (2020). air quality visual analytics with kibana. 2020 5th international conference on smart and sustainable technologies (splitech). doi:10.23919/splitech49282.2020.9243708. [41] raguvir, s., & babu, s. (2020). enhance employee productivity using talent analytics and visualization. 2020 international conference on data analytics for business and industry: way towards a sustainable economy (icdabi), sakheer, bahrain. doi:10.1109/icdabi51230.2020.9325682. [42] arief, n. n., & gustomo, a. (2020). analyzing the impact of big data and artificial intelligence on the communications profession: a case study on public relations (pr) practitioners in indonesia. international journal on advanced science, engineering and information technology, 10(3), 1066–1071. doi:10.18517/ijaseit.10.3.11821. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 65 issn: 2723-9535 study on the test error of silt dynamic characteristic and its influence on the peak ground acceleration bo li 1 , xiaofei li 1* 1 college of civil engineering and architecture, binzhou university, binzhou, china. received 02 january 2023; revised 16 february 2023; accepted 23 february 2023; published 01 march 2023 abstract in order to grasp the nonlinear experimental errors of dynamic shear modulus ratio (dsmr) and damping ratio (dr), as well as the current level of resonant column testing, the gz-1 resonant column instrument was used to study the probability statistical indicators, basic laws, and the impact of experimental errors on peak acceleration of dsmr and dr of silt under 8 typical shear strains. the results show that, firstly, the dsmr and dr of silt under different shear strains obey normal distributions. secondly, there is no significant difference between the reference range of the standard deviation of the dsmr and dr of silt and the outer envelope line. this result indicates that the dispersion of experimental errors for the same person is very small. thirdly, in medium to hard sites, the influence of experimental errors in dsmr and dr on peak acceleration can be ignored. and the impact of dr test errors on peak acceleration should not be ignored on soft ground with a probability range exceeding 95%. overall, the testing accuracy of the testing personnel proved to generally meet the requirements, while in other special cases, it is necessary to increase the number of parallel tests and improve the testing technology. otherwise, it will cause certain risks to the estimation of seismic input for engineering structures. keywords: dynamic shear modulus ratio; damping ratio; test error; probability; peak ground acceleration. 1. introduction the reliability of geotechnical engineering is based on the probability and statistical analysis of soil parameters. the results of the probability statistical analysis of soil parameters directly affect the results of reliability indexes. as a complex medium, soil has great variability. the variability of geotechnical parameters includes the inherent properties of the soil itself and the influence caused by external factors such as calculation methods, testing of technical problems, and so on. therefore, the accuracy of reliability analysis depends largely on the test results of soil parameters. in addition, the uncertainty influence of soil characteristic parameters tested with the calculation method is far less than that in the probability method. therefore, it is of great engineering value and theoretical significance to study the dispersion of soil property indexes. at present, some achievements have been published in the uncertainty analysis of static parameters of soil [1, 2]. there are few studies on the uncertainty of soil dynamic parameters. the dsmr and dr of soil are two important parameters for soil dynamic characteristics and are essential calculation parameters in soil seismic response analysis [3– 9]. due to their reliable principle and relatively simple analysis method, resonant columns are currently an ideal instrument for obtaining the dsmr and dr of soil. how the error level of any scientific data that can be repeatedly measured must be answered. but so far, there are few research results on the error of resonance column experiments. sun et al. [10] gave the uncertainty analysis results of dsmr and dr of five conventional soil types in china through a * corresponding author: lxf2011iem@126.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2874-2391 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4050-7204 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 66 resonant column experiment, including recommended values of the outer envelope, mean value, standard deviation, coefficient of variation, and so on. the variation range of dsmr and dr under different probability levels is also studied. an et al. [11] studied the effects of dry density and consolidation pressure on the dsmr and dr of guyuan loess remolded soil using a gcts resonant column tester, as well as the basic laws of experimental data errors. the results indicate that the dsmr and dr test data at different shear strain characteristic points exhibit a certain degree of discreteness. and the degree of discreteness of dr is significantly higher than that of dsmr. dong et al. [12] conducted resonance column tests on liquefied sand in songyuan, exploring the dispersion degree of dsmr and dr for liquefied sand under different conditions. the results indicate that there is little difference between the dsmr and dr of liquefied sand. and the degree of dispersion of dr is higher than that of dsmr. wang et al. [13] determined the distribution pattern and reference value range of dsmr and dr under 8 typical strains based on soil dynamic parameter data from resonance column tests in the nantong area. recommended values for local common soil types were provided and compared with the recommended values in the specifications. zhu et al. [14] analyzed the experimental data obtained from different types of resonance column instruments for standard sand samples. the results show that the shear modulus values obtained from different types of resonant column tests have a certain degree of dispersion. in addition to the above research results, differences in experimental personnel can also lead to discreteness in resonance column test results. currently, there is no published research on this aspect. therefore, determining the impact of personnel factors on soil properties is an important task in reliability analysis. there have been some research results on the influence of soil dsmr and dr on design seismic motion [15–17]. guo et al. [18] conducted seismic response analysis and calculation of soil layers for deep soft sites in the coastal waters of laizhou bay. the results indicate that for soil layers at the same depth, the dsmr increases or decreases equally. as the input bedrock ground motion increases, the impact of pga on the peak ground acceleration increases. wei et al. [19] conducted triaxial tests on unsaturated loess with different moisture contents in the xiji region of ningxia and studied the impact of changes in surface loess layer moisture content on the ground motion intensity and characteristics of loess sites. research has shown that with the increase in input ground motion intensity and water content, the pga and response spectrum values of surface ground motion in loess sites show an increasing trend. qiao et al. [20] analyzed the dynamic characteristics and seismic response characteristics of laterite in the liuzhou area through soilquake program analysis. the results show that the characteristic period is inversely proportional to the dsmr and is not sensitive to changes in dr. the platform value is directly proportional to the dsmr and inversely proportional to the dr. sun et al. [21] analyzed the relationship curve between dsmr and shear strain through the one-dimensional equivalent linearization method, as well as the influence of maximum dsmr on the response spectrum characteristic period and surface acceleration peak value. the results indicate that for small and moderate earthquakes, the dsmr and maximum dynamic shear modulus of soil have a slight impact on the characteristic period of the response spectrum, with no significant impact on the peak ground acceleration. for large earthquakes, however, it has a significant impact on the characteristic period of the response spectrum and the peak ground acceleration. as the dsmr and maximum dynamic shear modulus increase, the characteristic period of the response spectrum decreases, and the peak ground acceleration increases. the thicker the soil layer, the greater its impact. the above results all indicate that the dsmr is a more sensitive parameter than the shear wave velocity for seismic calculation results. especially for class iii and iv sites located in strong earthquake regions, its impact is very significant. however, due to the unknown testing errors of the dynamic shear modulus ratio and damping ratio, previous studies on their impact on seismic motion could only rely on the assumption of parameter dispersion, resulting in a lack of basis for the analysis results. on the contrary, it is also impossible to evaluate the accuracy and technical level of existing resonant column tests from the perspective of their impact on seismic motion, leading to disputes over the accuracy of dsmr and dr tests. this study focuses on the influence of personnel factors on the dsmr and dr of silt. a single resonant column instrument was used to conduct a probability analysis of the experimental error dispersion of the dsmr and dr of soil under 8 typical shear strains. the distribution patterns of the dsmr and dr of soil, probability statistical indicators, and the influence of the discreteness of the dsmr and dr of silt on peak acceleration at different probability levels were given. the research results not only provide support for the theory of reliability design but also provide a reference for improving the understanding of soil dynamic performance. 2. resonant column test 2.1. soil sample and test instrument the gz-1 resonant column instrument of fixed free end type and its improved instrument were used in the test. the reliability of the instrument has been verified [22]. remolded silt was used in the test. the basic properties of remolded silt are shown in table 1. table 1. the basic properties of silt material specific gravity of particles plastic limit /% liquid limit /% plasticity index silty soil 2.65 25.3 32.5 7.2 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 67 2.2. test method the test parameters are determined according to the basic physical indexes of soil. the moisture content of remolded silt is 27%. the density is 1.77 g/cm3. in order to ensure the comparability and accuracy of the test, 25 groups of remolded silt tests were conducted by the same person. the sample size is 𝜙 39.1 × 80 𝑚𝑚. the method of equal consolidation was adopted in the test, and the effective consolidation stress is 100 kpa. the test process was divided into two parts: sample preparation and sample loading, as shown in figure 1. the test operation steps are as follows. (1) step 1: sample preparation the water content and density were selected according to the measured liquid plastic limit index and test volume. the soil samples used are dried and crushed, and the mass of dry soil and water required for each soil sample was calculated. the dry soil shall be evenly watered and mixed, and the prepared soil bag shall be put into the moisturizing container for one day and night. finally, according to the quality, it is evenly loaded into the three pieces mold in four layers. to ensure that the sample is well formed, oil shall be applied to each film, and the height of each layer of soil shall be 20mm by hammering. each layer shall be roughened when hammered to the specified height. (2) step 2: sample installation, consolidation, and vibration the prepared soil sample shall first be removed from the three pieces of mold and covered with rubber film. then the specimen was mounted on the resonant column. the upper and lower ends of the sample shall be firmly bound to the instrument through rubber sleeves to ensure no air leakage. after the cover was closed, an effective confining pressure of 100kpa was applied, and the consolidation time is 8 hours. it should be noted that one sample can only be tested once, and 25 samples shall be prepared for 25 groups of tests. figure 1. the process of the methodology this research mainly studies the influence of the same tester on the discreteness of soil dsmr and dr. therefore, the test shall be completed by professional test personnel with rich experience. since the nonlinear relationship between dsmr and dr and shear strain is a curve, this study analyzes the error dispersion of dsmr and dr caused by testers for eight typical shear strains. 3. test results the test results of dsmr and dr of silt are shown in figure 2. figure 2. dsmr and dr of silt hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 68 the silt test results have a certain degree of dispersion, especially the dr. according to the outlier test method in statistics, the test results of dsmr and dr exceeding 99% fall within the range of 2 times the standard deviation of the mean value, exceeding the requirement of 95%. so, the silt test results are reliable. 4. analytical methods 4.1. distribution in order to obtain the reference value range under different probability levels, the distribution of dsmr and dr under eight typical shear strains must be determined first. the calculation method is determined according to the distribution. in order to give quantitative results, sas software is used for quantitative analysis of data [23]. the results are shown in table 2. in statistics, if the test result p is greater than or equal to 0.05, the data obey normal distribution. it can be found from table 2 that the dsmr and dr of silt under different shear strains obey normal distribution. table 2. normality test of p value soil types parameters shear strain 5e-6 1e-5 5e-5 1e-4 5e-4 1e-3 5e-3 1e-2 silt (professional group) p value of modulus ratio 0.568 0.786 0.204 0.582 0.460 0.465 0.883 0.941 p value of dr 0.815 0.288 0.806 0.926 0.952 0.432 0.144 0.103 4.2. calculation method of probability reference value in this study, statistical analysis method was used to analyze the error dispersion of silt dsmr and dr [24]. the maximum, minimum, mean, standard deviation, one-time standard deviation, coefficient of variation and different probability levels were used to describe the dispersion of silt dsmr and dr under eight typical shear strains, namely 5×10-6, 1×10-5, 5×10-5, 1×10-4, 5×10-4, 1×10-3, 5×10-3, and 1×10-2. 5. analysis results 5.1. indicator of divergence for eight typical shear strains, the envelope, mean value, standard deviation, double standard deviation, variation coefficient, and 95% reference value range of silt dsmr and dr are calculated. the results are shown in tables 3 and 4. table 3. error analysis results of dsmr soil types statistical indicators shear strain 5e-6 1e-5 5e-5 1e-4 5e-4 1e-3 5e-3 1e-2 remolded silt (one person) maximum 0.995 0.989 0.943 0.892 0.621 0.449 0.140 0.075 minimum 0.993 0.985 0.922 0.854 0.536 0.366 0.103 0.055 mean 0.994 0.986 0.930 0.868 0.568 0.397 0.116 0.062 standard deviation 0.001 0.001 0.006 0.011 0.024 0.023 0.010 0.006 coefficient of variation 0.001 0.001 0.007 0.013 0.042 0.059 0.087 0.093 95% lower limit of reference value 0.993 0.984 0.921 0.853 0.536 0.366 0.103 0.054 95% upper limit of reference value 0.995 0.989 0.943 0.891 0.620 0.449 0.140 0.075 lower limit of one-time standard deviation 0.993 0.985 0.924 0.858 0.544 0.373 0.106 0.056 upper limit of one-time standard deviation 0.994 0.988 0.936 0.879 0.591 0.420 0.126 0.067 table 4. error analysis results of dr soil types statistical indicators shear strain 5e-6 1e-5 5e-5 1e-4 5e-4 1e-3 5e-3 1e-2 remolded silt (one person) maximum 0.009 0.013 0.033 0.050 0.105 0.129 0.162 0.167 minimum 0.005 0.008 0.022 0.033 0.073 0.092 0.119 0.123 mean 0.006 0.010 0.028 0.041 0.088 0.109 0.139 0.145 standard deviation 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.008 0.010 0.013 0.014 coefficient of variation 0.171 0.144 0.098 0.090 0.090 0.092 0.096 0.097 95% lower limit of reference value 0.004 0.008 0.022 0.033 0.073 0.092 0.119 0.123 95% upper limit of reference value 0.009 0.013 0.033 0.050 0.105 0.129 0.162 0.167 lower limit of one-time standard deviation 0.005 0.009 0.025 0.038 0.080 0.099 0.126 0.131 upper limit of one-time standard deviation 0.007 0.012 0.030 0.045 0.096 0.119 0.153 0.159 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 69 5.2. standard deviation and coefficient of variation the standard deviation, variation coefficient and shear strain relation curve of dsmr and dr of silt are shown in figure 3. figure 3. relationships of standard deviation and variation coefficient of dsmr and dr with shear strain it can be seen from figure 3 that the statistical indicators of the dispersion of silt dsmr and dr under typical shear strain show good regularity. (1) the maximum standard deviation of modulus ratio occurs in the range of shear strain 10-4-10-3, which is the range where the dsmr most often occurs in the analysis and calculation of seismic response of soil layers. the variation coefficient of modulus ratio also shows an increasing trend with the increase of shear strain. it shows that the discreteness of dsmr is small when the strain is small, and it is obviously increased when the strain is large. (2) the variation coefficient of dr decreases with the increase of shear strain. it shows that the discreteness of dr is large when the strain is small, and vice versa. (3) the average variation coefficient of modulus ratio is obviously smaller than that of dr, indicating that the variability of dsmr is smaller than that of dr. in summary, the standard deviation and coefficient of variation of silt are very small, indicating that the dispersion of test error of the same person is very small. 5.3. envelope curve the envelope, mean value and one-time standard deviation of silt dsmr and dr are shown in figure 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 70 figure 4. mean values, standard deviation and envelopes for dsmr and dr versus strain it can be seen from the figure that the reference value range of one-time standard deviation of silt dsmr and dr is not significantly different from the envelope, indicating that the same tester has little dispersion. it should be noted that one time of standard deviation is equivalent to about 68% probability level. 5.4. comparison of variation coefficients of dsmr and dr figure 5 shows the comparison about variation coefficients of dsmr and dr. it can be seen that the variation coefficient of silt dsmr is obviously smaller than that of dr, especially when the strain is small. it shows that the deviation degree of dsmr test is smaller than the result of dr. because the fitting of dr experimental data is based on the fitting of dsmr data. therefore, the author believes that there may be two reasons why the error of dsmr test is less than that of dr. one is the test error of modulus ratio, and the other is the test error of dr calculation. the two cases together make the dr test error greater than the dsmr test error. 6. probability analysis of influence on soil layer response 6.1. calculation condition the upper and lower limits of reference values under different probability levels were calculated. the influence of test error of dsmr and dr on peak acceleration under different probability levels was studied [25]. the research results provide support for probabilistic seismic design. site class ⅰ, class ⅱ and class iii are selected as the research object, and one-dimensional equivalent linearization program shake2000 was used for calculation. the site profile information is shown in table 5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 71 figure 5. comparison of variation coefficients of dsmr and dr table 5. physical and mechanical properties of the site profile site classes number soil types density（kg/m3） wave velocity（m/s） thickness (m) predominant period(s) ⅰ 1 clay 1640 350 3 0.034 2 bedrock 2200 800 ⅱ 1 clay 1640 200 24 0.48 2 bedrock 2200 800 iii 1 clay 1640 200 80 1.6 2 bedrock 2200 800 6.2. input ground motion el centro ground motion was adopted as the input ground motion. the input peak ground motion acceleration is 0.1g, 0.2g and 0.4g. the time history of input acceleration is shown in figure 6. seven groups of nonlinear indicators were selected, namely 95% upper limit, 65% upper limit, 30% upper limit, mean value, 30% lower limit, 65% lower limit and 95% lower limit. figure 6. acceleration time histories for input (pga=0.2g) 6.3. probabilistic analysis of the effect of test error dispersion on pga 6.3.1. probability analysis of the influence of dsmr error on pga this study took the peak ground acceleration calculated by shake2000 when the dsmr was taken as the mean value as the standard, and calculated the relative error between the peak acceleration under different probability levels of dsmr. so as to analyze the influence of dsmr test error on ground motion. in this study, when the relative error of hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 72 acceleration peak value is less than 20%, it is acceptable in engineering, and the impact on ground motion can be ignored, otherwise it cannot be ignored. the most unfavourable principle is adopted to analyze the results, that is, the lower upper limit and lower limit parameters of the same probability level are calculated, and the maximum relative error is selected. the relative error between the peak acceleration of silt under the condition of different probability level dsmr and the peak acceleration under the condition of nonlinear mean value is shown in table 6. table 6. relative error of pga under different probability level dsmr of silt (%) site classes nonlinear combination 0.1g 0.2g 0.4g ⅰ upper limit of 95% 0.30 0.69 1.38 upper limit of 65% 0.10 0.23 0.48 upper limit of 30% 0.05 0.13 0.27 lower limit of 30% 0.07 0.17 0.35 lower limit of 65% 0.16 0.36 0.76 lower limit of 95% 0.20 0.47 1.00 ⅱ upper limit of 95% 8.42 16.95 16.37 upper limit of 65% 3.19 10.04 7.64 upper limit of 30% 1.82 6.10 2.87 lower limit of 30% 3.03 11.08 2.89 lower limit of 65% 6.37 14.49 12.04 lower limit of 95% 8.40 15.45 11.66 iii upper limit of 95% 1.19 1.84 18.83 upper limit of 65% 0.42 3.70 6.08 upper limit of 30% 0.05 2.00 3.08 lower limit of 30% 1.08 1.80 2.26 lower limit of 65% 3.09 3.31 3.98 lower limit of 95% 5.94 3.50 4.94 6.3.2. probability analysis of the influence of dr error on peak in this study, the peak ground acceleration calculated by shake2000 when the dr was taken as the mean value was used as the standard to calculate the relative error between the peak acceleration and its corresponding value under different probability level dr. so as to analyze the influence of dr test error on ground motion. the relative error between the peak acceleration of silt under different probability level dr and the peak acceleration under the condition of nonlinear mean value is shown in table 7. table 7. relative error of pga under different probability level dr of silt (%) site classes nonlinear combination 0.1g 0.2g 0.4g ⅰ upper limit of 95% 0.02 0.08 0.25 upper limit of 65% 0.01 0.03 0.09 upper limit of 30% 0.00 0.01 0.03 lower limit of 30% 0.00 0.01 0.02 lower limit of 65% 0.00 0.03 0.10 lower limit of 95% 0.01 0.05 0.19 ⅱ upper limit of 95% 2.30 9.31 4.69 upper limit of 65% 0.83 6.91 3.10 upper limit of 30% 0.60 6.08 2.22 lower limit of 30% 0.26 7.30 1.29 lower limit of 65% 0.62 8.47 2.14 lower limit of 95% 0.54 3.24 3.13 iii upper limit of 95% 7.39 13.88 5.95 upper limit of 65% 3.33 7.26 2.77 upper limit of 30% 2.67 5.87 2.04 lower limit of 30% 1.81 4.91 3.96 lower limit of 65% 4.24 9.80 7.26 lower limit of 95% 8.24 17.98 13.06 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 73 it can be seen from table 7 that the influence of the test error of silt dr on the peak acceleration in site class ⅰ and class ⅱ can be ignored. in the site class iii, the influence of dr test error on peak acceleration within 95% probability range can be ignored. the influence of dr test error on peak acceleration beyond 95% probability range cannot be ignored. 7. conclusions in this study, experimental data were used to study the influence of tester factors on the dispersion of soil dsmr and dr. the distribution form of dsmr and dr, probability statistical index, variation range under different probability levels, and influence of test error of dsmr and dr of silt on peak acceleration were given. the risk assessment results about the impact of the dsmr and dr test results on the seismic calculation results were proposed. the results consist of the following five aspects: (1) the dsmr and dr of silt under different shear strains obey normal distributions. (2) the statistical indexes of the discreteness of silt dsmr and dr under typical shear strain show good regularity. the maximum standard deviation of modulus ratio occurs in the sensitive area of soil layer seismic response analysis and calculation, which is consistent with existing conclusions. (3) there is no significant difference between the reference range of the standard deviation of the dsmr and dr of silt and the outer envelope line. this result indicates that the dispersion of experimental errors for the same person is very small. (4) taking the non-negligible impact on seismic motion as the threshold, the impact of peak acceleration on dsmr and dr test errors in hard sites can be ignored. in medium to hard sites, the impact of dsmr test error on peak acceleration can be ignored, and the risk level of dr test error is close to 5%. (5) in general, the impact of experimental errors on the ground motion calculation results of the testing personnel can be basically ignored. in special cases, the technical level of the testing personnel should be improved. otherwise, it will cause significant risks to the estimation of the ground motion input of the engineering structure. 8. declarations 8.1. author contributions conceptualization, b.l. and x.f.l.; methodology, b.l. and x.f.l.; software, x.f.l.; validation, b.l. and x.f.l.; formal analysis, b.l. and x.f.l.; investigation, b.l.; resources, b.l. and x.f.l.; data curation, b.l.; writing—original draft preparation, b.l.; writing—review and editing, b.l. and x.f.l.; visualization, b.l. and x.f.l.; supervision, x.f.l. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 8.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 8.3. funding and acknowledgements the authors gratefully acknowledge the financial support provided by shandong provincial natural science foundation, china (grant no. zr2022me209) and scientific research fund project of binzhou university (grant no. bzxylg2102). 8.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] wang, w., wang, p., & zhang, z. (2022). study on gravel soil strength degradation and its influence on the slope stability in reservoir bank fluctuating zone. engineering failure analysis, 134, 105980. doi:10.1016/j.engfailanal.2021.105980. [2] wankui, n., & qilong, h. a. n. (2001). statistical analysis of physical and mechanical indexes of the typical loess. journal of engineering geology, 9(1), 62-67. [3] husein bayqra, s., mardani-aghabaglou, a., & ramyar, k. (2022). physical and mechanical properties of high volume fly ash roller compacted concrete pavement (a laboratory and case study). construction and building materials, 314(03). doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2021.125664. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 74 [4] guo, l.p., mu, k., yang, a.w. (2019). correlation analysis on physico-mechanical properties of clayey soil in binhai new area in tianjin. chinese journal of underground space and engineering, 15(02): 452-457. [5] chen, g. x., liu, x. z., & wang, b. h. (2007). effect of variability of soil dynamic parameters on ground motion parameters for deep soft sites. journal of disaster prevention and mitigation engineering, 27(1), 1–10. [6] hu, q. x., liu, x. z., cong, w. m., & chen, g. x. (2003). experimental study on dynamic property of typical soils for huaian city. journal of earthquake engineering and engineering vibration, 23(6), 144–148. [7] miao, y., he, h., liu, h., & wang, s. (2022). reproducing ground response using in‐situ soil dynamic parameters. earthquake engineering & structural dynamics, 51(10), 2449-2465. doi:10.1002/eqe.3671. [8] liang, k., chen, g. x., hang, t. z., liu, k., & he, y. (2020). a new prediction model of small-strain shear modulus of sandy soils. yantu lixue/rock and soil mechanics, 41(6), 1963–1970. doi:10.16285/j.rsm.2019.1002. [9] liu, x., & yang, j. (2018). influence of size disparity on small-strain shear modulus of sand-fines mixtures. soil dynamics and earthquake engineering, 115, 217–224. doi:10.1016/j.soildyn.2018.08.011. [10] sun, r., chen, h. j., & yuan, x. m. (2010). uncertainty of non-linear dynamic shear modular ratio and damping ratio of soils. chinese journal of geotechnical engineering, 32(8), 1228-1235. [11] an, l., deng, j., zheng, z.h., wang, p. (2019). ‘resonance column tests on the dynamic characteristics of remolded loess in guyuan’. china earthquake engineering journal, 41(04):949-956. [12] dong, c., zheng, z.h., zhao, j.x. (2022). experimental study on resonance column of songyuan liquefied sand. science technology and engineering, 22(03), 1131-1136. [13] wang, j., tan, h.m., gao, z.b. (2022). statistical analysis of dynamic shear modulus ratio and damping ratio of typical soils in nantong. china harbour engineering, 42(09),1-6. [14] zhu, l. g., & du, j. (1990). comparison of different types of resonant column device. dam observation and geotechnial testing, 14(1), 26-32. [15] sun, j., & yuan, x. m. (2003). a state-of-art of research on dynamic modulus and damping ratio of soils. world earthquake engineering, 19(1), 88-95. [16] chen, h. j. (2009). variability of soil nonlinear dynamic feature and probability analysis of its effect on ground motion. phd thesis, institute of engineering mechanics, china earthquake administration, harbin, china. [17] li, j., chen, s. x., & jiang, l. f. (2013). resonant column test on dynamic shear modulus and damping ratio of the remolded red clay and its law analysis. modeling and computation in engineering ii, 129-140. [18] guo, t.t., liu, j.m., yang, h.z. (2023). effect of dynamic shear modulus ratio of soil on ground motion parameters of deep soft ground in offshore areas of laizhou bay. progress in geophysics, 1-10. [19] wei, l., lu, y. x., zhou, z. h., wang, q., yang, b., tang, h. m., & li, t. l. (2019). dynamic characteristics of unsaturated loess and their influences on ground vibration parameters of sites. yantu gongcheng xuebao/chinese journal of geotechnical engineering, 41(s2), 145–148. doi:10.11779/cjge2019s2037. [20] qiao, f., bo, j. s., & chang, z. y. (2021). analysis of engineering characteristics and seismic response characteristics of laterite in liuzhou area. science technology and engineering, 21(35), 15167–15176. [21] sun, j., xiong, h.q., gong, m.s., et al. (2018). study on the influence of nonlinear characteristics of dynamic shear modulus of soil on surface ground motion. earthquake engineering and engineering dynamics, 38(2), 28-34. [22] sun, j., & yuan, x. (2006). reliability analysis for routine tests of multi-purpose resonant column device. dizhen gongcheng yu gongcheng zhendong(earthquake engineering and engineering vibration), 26(5), 258-263. [23] dong, d.j. (2020). sas statistical analsis. liaoning science and technology pabulishny house, shenyang, china. [24] yuan, x. m., sun, r., & chen, h. j. (2006). calculation for upper and lower limits of dynamic shear modulus ratio and damping ratio under different probabilities. chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 29(s2), 3930-3940. [25] wang, s. h. b., & ding, h. p. (2001). effect of soil dynamic parameters on seismic reponses of soil layer. earthquake engineering and engineering vibration, 21(1), 105-108. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 749 issn: 2723-9535 enhancing trustworthiness and interoperability of electronic voting systems through blockchain bridges blerim rexha 1 , vehbi neziri 2* , ramadan dervishi 3 1 faculty of electrical and computer engineering, university of prishtina, 10000 prishtina, kosovo. 2 department of computer science and engineering, ubt higher education institution, 10000 prishtina, kosovo. 3 department of computer science, universum higher education institution, 10000 prishtina, kosovo. received 03 september 2023; revised 15 november 2023; accepted 19 november 2023; published 01 december 2023 abstract decentralized applications leveraging blockchain technology are gaining widespread adoption within the decentralized applications ecosystem. interoperability, a fundamental concept facilitating seamless data and processing power exchange across diverse blockchain networks, is paramount in this context. the primary objective of this paper is to explore the transformative potential of "blockchain bridges" in facilitating secure and transparent electronic voting processes across multiple blockchain networks. the study employs a comprehensive analysis of various approaches, including atomic exchanges, sidechains, cross-chain bridges, token wrappers, and interledger protocols. the selection of a specific method is guided by the unique requirements and privacy considerations of the electronic voting use case. the application of two distinct blockchains serves as a practical demonstration, illustrating the principles of blockchain bridges in real-world scenarios. the research reveals that blockchain bridges not only streamline the exchange of data between diverse blockchain networks but also establish a dual decentralization paradigm. this paradigm enables the creation of openly maintained, purpose-specific, decentralized ledgers for electronic voting. the integration of blockchain bridges significantly reduces the risk of fraud, instilling greater confidence in the accuracy of election results. thus, by presenting a comprehensive array of approaches and emphasizing their practical application, this research contributes to advancing the understanding and implementation of blockchain technology in the critical domain of electronic voting. keywords: blockchain; bridge; e-voting; trustworthiness; interoperability. 1. introduction blockchain, a transformative technology, has transformed the way we transact, store, exchange, and manage data. this technology is a distributed ledger that creates a secure and immutable record of transactions on a shared network. it is a distributed digital ledger that securely records and verifies transactions across a network of computers. distributed, in this case, means no central authority or server is required to manage the ledger. this eliminates the necessity for any middleman, enabling faster, more secure, and more efficient transactions. to elaborate, a blockchain is a chain of transaction blocks where each block in the chain contains a cryptographic hash of the previous block, i.e., a timestamp, and transaction data. this data is securely stored on the blockchain and accessible to anyone on the network. blockchain has been applied to several industries, with a notable impact on finance, where it provides a transparent and secure way of storing and transferring funds. beyond finance, it is being applied to government functions, including * corresponding author: vehbi.neziri@ubt-uni.net http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3428-7666 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7787-4580 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9624-4098 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 750 electronic voting and other services. the integration of blockchain into government services provides a robust mechanism for enhancing the transparency, effectiveness, and security of public services. however, obstacles concerning security and scalability may be present, including privacy and confidentiality issues, which must be considered and properly addressed. voting, particularly electronic voting in this context, is a powerful tool that is crucial to determining the degree of democracy in a country. therefore, integrating blockchain technology can enhance trustworthiness by ensuring that votes are stored securely, immutable, and verifiable. additionally, blockchain technology creates immutable records of public services, secures and distributes government data, and rapidly completes secure transactions. therefore, it is crucial for both citizens and governments to utilize the potential of blockchain technology to transform the voting process. among the various voting methods, online voting can achieve security, transparency, and efficiency by using blockchain-based voting systems. the incorporation of blockchain technology in electronic voting systems provides a more secure, accurate, and transparent platform. this approach also provides a cost-effective solution by reducing election expenses, making it an attractive and innovative option for practical voting procedures. whether the ledger is public, mixed, or private, distributed ledger technology ensures that every vote is recorded on a secure, immutable ledger, making it extremely difficult for anyone to manipulate the vote outcome. blockchain-based voting systems achieve accuracy due to their algorithms based on cryptography. these algorithms ensure that every vote is accurately cast and counted, eliminating the possibility of votes being lost or manipulated. transparency is achieved since every vote is registered with a public, mixed, or private leader. this means anyone can audit the system and verify that the results are accurate and transparent. election-related costs will be significantly reduced by using blockchain technology to achieve cost-effectiveness. this reduction comes from the fact that running a distributed ledger is significantly less expensive than running a traditional voting system. overall, the implementation of blockchain technology in e-voting systems not only ensures heightened security, enhanced accuracy, and complete transparency but also paves the way for significant cost reduction, thus revolutionizing the voting process. the use of blockchain technology in electronic voting has been explored through various schemes, such as those using a single blockchain as well as those employing multiple blockchains or hybrid blockchains, as proposed by neziri et al. [1]. in chapter iii of this paper, additional information and results will be presented and discussed, focusing on blockchain bridges in general and blockchain bridges in electronic voting, particularly. blockchain technology can provide a secure, transparent, and immutable platform for electronic voting. blockchain technology can create a tamperproof and auditable ledger of all votes, allowing for a transparent and verifiable election process. however, to enhance the efficiency of blockchain-based electronic voting systems, multiple blockchains or a hybrid blockchain can be employed. multiple blockchains, or hybrid blockchain solutions, are designed to enhance the accuracy and reliability of blockchain-based electronic voting systems. these solutions enable the integration of multiple blockchains with different features, such as scalability, security, and privacy, to create a more effective and robust network. by connecting multiple blockchains, the electronic voting system can leverage the strengths of each blockchain network, making it more reliable and effective. while there is a positive trend surrounding cross-chain or blockchain bridge technologies, it remains in its infancy [2], and there is still a lack of comprehensive studies that focus on the security, privacy, and effectiveness of inter-chain or interoperability technologies. this dearth emphasizes the need for comprehensive studies to examine these critical aspects, aiming to enhance our understanding and facilitate advancements in cross-chain functionalities. figure 1 represents the number of research articles per year for "blockchain bridge" that resulted from a google scholar search. in 2019, only two research documents were found regarding blockchain bridges. however, a considerable increase in interest has been observed in subsequent years. the search results showed a gradual increase, with figures of 6, 10, 32, and 38 for the years 2020, 2021, 2022, and 2023, respectively. this higher trend signifies a substantial focus in scholarly attention on this area of research. blockchain bridges are a key component of connecting different blockchains within an electronic voting system. these bridges facilitate the interoperability of multiple blockchain networks, allowing users to transact across various blockchain networks. blockchain bridges enable the transfer of assets or data between different blockchain networks without the need for a centralized intermediary. by utilizing blockchain bridges, electronic voting systems can provide more efficient transactions across multiple networks, allowing for faster and more secure voting processes. additionally, blockchain bridges can increase the liquidity of the blockchain-based electronic voting system, as users can transact across multiple blockchain networks without any hassle. this can improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the electronic voting system, creating a more accessible and transparent voting process. blockchain technology has been explored in electronic voting through multiple blockchains or hybrid blockchain solutions, which are connected through blockchain bridges. the concept of blockchain interoperability revolves around the essential requirement for distributed systems to establish communication channels with external third-party systems, all without the need for a single, canonical chain [3]. this principle emphasizes the necessity for multiple blockchain networks to seamlessly interact, exchange data, and function independently across distinct, independent systems without relying on a centralized authority or common infrastructure. the evolution of the blockchain into a blockchain ecosystem, or multi-chain environment with various blockchains claiming to be utilized, has led to the creation of bridges that facilitate asset transfers between these blockchains. this phenomenon is evident not only in electronic voting but also in academic institutions [4, 5], healthcare [6], and other areas [7, 8]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 751 figure 1. research trends on blockchain bridge wegner introduced the concept of interoperability in 1996, defining it as "the capacity of multiple software components to collaborate effectively despite the disparities in language, interface, and execution platform" [9]. wegner's work served as a bridge between the idea of interoperability and the prevailing standards of the time. as researchers explore the domain of blockchain interoperability, they are deeply influenced by the architectural framework and principles of the internet. this perspective highlights the importance of studying the internet's architecture as a means of comprehending the potential mechanisms for achieving blockchain interoperability in general and bridging in particular. the importance of addressing the challenge of blockchain interoperability becomes evident when considering its broader implications. the issue of blockchain interoperability is crucial due to its potential to unlock synergies between various blockchain solutions. this solves the issue by improving the scalability of current systems and promoting the creation of new applications, such as electronic voting. the national institute of standards and technology (nist) elaborates on the concept of blockchain interoperability in a technical report, describing it as "the integration of distinct blockchain systems, each functioning as an independent distributed data ledger. in this context, atomic transactions can extend across multiple heterogeneous blockchain systems, while data recorded in one blockchain can be accessed, verified, and referenced by another, even if it originates from a foreign transaction, all within a semantically compatible framework" [11]. 2. blockchain bridge blockchain interoperability requires seamless communication and data sharing between multiple blockchain systems. interoperability strives to define a standard protocol that allows the exchange of information while preserving the autonomy of individual blockchains. the main issue remains the consensus of each chain and how data moves from one chain to another [12]. this overarching concept serves as a catalyst for the challenge of isolated blockchain networks by fostering collaborative functionality among them. additionally, a blockchain bridge is a technical mechanism that is utilized to facilitate communication and data transfer between distinct blockchain networks. for example, consider an application that is hosted on the ethereum blockchain that is connected to the eos blockchain. this application can connect the capabilities of ethereum's smart contracts while also benefiting from the scalability features offered by eos. the seamless exchange of data, information, and tokens between these two blockchain platforms is achieved using blockchain bridges. the bridge is a crucial element in ensuring the secure transfer of data while safeguarding the integrity and security of the exchanged information. a blockchain bridge is a tool or part of technology that allows interaction and communication between various blockchain networks. it allows for the transfer of digital assets and data between different blockchains, resulting in the creation of a seamless and interoperable ecosystem. blockchain bridges employ various cryptographic protocols, consensus algorithms, and smart contracts that ensure the integrity and security of the data being transferred. they offer some advantages, including cross-chain transaction efficiency, security, and transparency. however, there are also issues such as scalability, interoperability, and regulatory issues that need to be addressed. according to belchior et al. [13], it is essential to tackle the issue of blockchain interoperability and guarantee it between blockchains to leverage the strengths of diverse solutions, expand current ones, and create new use cases. during the early stages of blockchain research, interoperability was not considered necessary, as the primary focus was on dealing with issues [14, 15]. despite these challenges, blockchain bridges possess great potential for creating a 2 6 10 32 38 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 n u m b er # number of reserach articles about "blockchain bridge” by google scholar hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 752 decentralized, interoperable future. the implementation and complexity of a blockchain bridge can vary significantly based on the specific use case, the blockchain platforms being connected, and the technology used to secure data transfer. figure 2 shows a conceptual representation of how a blockchain bridge connects networks a and b. when a new block is added to blockchain a (e.g., block 1), the bridge validates the data and transactions in that block and then replicates or transfers the information onto blockchain b (e.g., as block 1'). figure 2. blockchain bridge between two networks the blockchain bridge acts as a mediator between the two networks, allowing assets and data to be transferred between them simultaneously. network a transactions are transmitted to the blockchain bridge, which then transfers the assets or data to network b. in contrast, transactions initiated on network b are transmitted to the blockchain bridge, which then transfers the assets or data to network a. the purpose of a blockchain bridge is to facilitate interoperability between different blockchain networks that may have different technical specifications, consensus mechanisms, or smart contract languages. a blockchain bridge is essentially a translator between various blockchain protocols, facilitating efficient asset transfers and communication. this is crucial because it allows users to access a wide range of decentralized applications and services that may be available on different blockchain networks. the ethereum bridge, which allows currency transfers between the ethereum network and other blockchain networks such as binance smart chain, is one example of a blockchain bridge [16, 17]. another example is the polkadot bridge, which connects multiple blockchains in the polkadot ecosystem, allowing for seamless interoperability between them [18]. blockchain bridges are an important development in the blockchain space because they enable greater interoperability between different blockchain networks, which can facilitate decentralization, scalability, and innovation. in previous studies by some researchers [19– 24], the implementation of blockchain bridges depends on different technologies, such as: hash locks, sidechains, atomic swaps, bridge validators, multi-signature transactions, bridge token, etc. hash time-locked contracts (htlcs) are smart contracts that can be utilized to create a secure, time-limited transaction between two parties on different blockchain networks. they work by releasing a certain amount of cryptocurrency on one blockchain and releasing it to another party once certain conditions are met. htlcs can be used to create trustful cross-chain transactions between different blockchains. sidechains are a type of blockchain that is connected to the main blockchain but operates independently. they can be used to create a bridge between different blockchain networks by allowing tokens to be transferred between them. sidechains can be used to create more scalable and flexible blockchain networks, as they can offload certain types of transactions to a separate network. atomic swaps are a form of decentralized exchange that allows users to trade different currencies without the need for a centralized intermediary. they utilize smart contracts to execute a trustless transaction between two parties on different blockchain networks. atomic swaps can be used to create cross-chain transactions between different blockchains without the need for a centralized exchange. bridge validators are responsible for validating and verifying the transactions that occur between multiple blockchain networks. they ensure the accuracy and integrity of the bridge's operations. multisignature transactions require multiple parties to provide their signatures before executing a transaction. it enhances security and reduces the risk of fraud. bridge tokens are a type of cryptocurrency that is used to facilitate cross-chain transactions between different blockchain networks. they create an attached version of a cryptocurrency on a different blockchain network, which can then be traded for the original currency. bridge tokens can be utilized to create a bridge between multiple blockchain networks and enable greater interoperability between them. in general, the technology that operates blockchain bridges is complex and diverse. it depends on the use of various technologies, such as smart contracts, sidechains, and atomic swaps, to establish a seamless and secure connection between multiple blockchain networks. these technologies work together to facilitate the transfer of assets and data across different blockchains. atomic swaps are an important technology utilized in blockchain bridges. they enable the direct exchange of assets between different blockchain networks without the need for intermediaries. atomic swaps require cryptographic protocols to ensure that the exchange is secure. this technological advancement facilitates the exchange of assets across blockchain networks without requiring the intermediation of centralized exchanges or external third-party intermediaries. figure 3 is an illustration of a transfer mechanism that demonstrates the development of protocols and algorithms that are essential for executing atomic swaps. it illustrates the ethereum and bitcoin blockchain exchanges. this provides a comprehensive overview of the technical steps required to enable interoperability between various blockchain networks. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 753 figure 3. python api calls the code presented in figure 3 focuses on receiving and validating the necessary data for a transfer operation, assessing the presence of required fields such as 'votes,' 'source_network,' and 'destination_network.' upon successful verification, it generates a json response confirming the completion of the transfer process. blockchain interoperability encompasses the overarching objective of facilitating communication among various blockchains, requiring the development and adoption of shared standards and protocols [25]. in contrast, a blockchain bridge is a more specific technique designed to act as a conduit exclusively for data exchange between two or more distinct blockchain networks [26]. 3. related works several research projects have been conducted in the field of blockchain technology to address the general issue of ensuring interoperability between various blockchain networks. it is essential to understand that allowing token transfers between various blockchains is a specialized endeavor and is not related to the issue of blockchain interoperability. although token transfers are a key component of blockchain interoperability, the topic encompasses a wide range of technical issues and solutions that are intended to facilitate smooth communication and collaboration between various blockchain platforms. the main objective of general interoperability in the context of blockchain is to enable the decentralized and reliable transmission of arbitrary information between different blockchains through generic communication. according to schulte et al. [27], the focus of blockchain interoperability is to enable various blockchains to connect generically, making it possible for them to transmit any data in a decentralized and trustless environment. the need for enhanced interoperability between blockchain systems is becoming increasingly evident, as efficient data transfer from one blockchain to another is critical for optimal interoperability within the blockchain ecosystem. to address this issue, jin et al. [28] propose a roadmap and an architectural approach to enhancing chain collaboration. while using blockchain bridges can provide a variety of advantages, such as improved functionality and connectivity, it is essential to recognize the limitations and challenges that come with them. below are some of the obstacles and difficulties associated with using blockchain bridges, including security risks, interoperability issues, concerns regarding centralization, scalability limitations, and regulatory issues. the scientific literature now has a variety of surveys and thorough literature studies that explore the obstacles and difficulties related to the topic at hand. it has been pointed out in various previous studies [29–35] that examine and analyze different aspects of the recognized limitations and challenges.  security risks: one of the most significant challenges associated with blockchain bridges is the potential security risks associated with them. the process of transferring data or assets between different blockchain networks creates the possibility of attacks or exploits that can compromise the integrity and security of the entire blockchain ecosystem.  interoperability: blockchain bridges are often designed to facilitate interoperability between different blockchain networks; however, the technology is still in its early stages. consequently, there may be compatibility issues between different blockchain networks, which can cause problems with data or asset transfers. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 754  centralization concerns: some blockchain bridges may employ centralized intermediaries to facilitate transfers between different networks. this could lead to concerns over centralization, which is against the decentralized nature of blockchain technology.  scalability: blockchain bridges can be limited in terms of scalability, as the transfer of data or assets between different blockchain networks can be time-consuming and resource-intensive. this can reduce the overall efficiency of the blockchain ecosystem.  regulatory challenges: the use of blockchain bridges can also pose regulatory challenges, as different blockchain networks may be subject to different regulatory frameworks. this can lead to legal and compliance issues that need to be addressed before widespread adoption of blockchain bridges. to address these issues, researchers and developers are actively exploring new solutions and technologies. the field of blockchain bridges is experiencing considerable progress, such as layer 2 solutions that process transactions off-chain and settle them on the main blockchain [36, 37]. there are also cross-chain defi protocols in development that enable cross-chain asset trading and liquidity provision [7, 38]. in addition, regulatory sandboxes are being established in some countries to provide a controlled testing environment for developing new blockchain technologies, such as blockchain bridges. implementing inter-chain or cross-chain communication protocols poses a significant challenge due to the diverse designs and operational characteristics of individual blockchains, presenting a substantial barrier to establishing effective inter-chain communication [39]. it is difficult to integrate cross-chain communication protocols, given the complex differences in design and operational functionality across individual blockchains. however, despite the advantages of blockchain networks, there are still several challenges and limitations that require attention. nonetheless, there have been real-world implementations of blockchain bridges. several examples of blockchain bridge implementation are included below, providing real-world examples of how interoperability across multiple blockchain networks can be applied practically and achieved [40, 41]. these examples demonstrate how assets, data, and functionality may be connected to and moved efficiently between different blockchain ecosystems, creating a favorable environment for decentralized applications and opening cross-chain interactions.  polygon bridge: polygon is a layer 2 scaling tool for ethereum, which allows for faster and cheaper transactions. the polygon bridge is a bi-directional bridge that connects the polygon network with ethereum. the bridge allows for a seamless movement of assets between the two networks and has been beneficial in reducing congestion on the ethereum network. the polygon bridge has been instrumental in enabling defi protocols such as aave and sushiswap to migrate to the polygon network, which has resulted in lower transaction fees and faster confirmation times.  polkadot bridge: polkadot is a multi-chain network that allows for interoperability between multiple blockchain networks. polkadot bridge connects polkadot with other networks such as ethereum and bitcoin, allowing for the effortless transfer of assets between them. the polkadot bridge has been instrumental in creating a more connected blockchain ecosystem, where different networks can work together to create decentralized applications.  binance smart chain bridge: binance smart chain is a high-quality blockchain that is compatible with the ethereum virtual machine. the binance smart chain bridge connects binance smart chain to other networks such as ethereum and the bitcoin network, allowing for the seamless transfer of assets between them. binance smart chain has become a popular alternative to ethereum, with several defi protocols such as pancakeswap and bakeryswap being constructed on the network.  avalanche bridge: avalanche is a high-performance blockchain that provides smart contracts and interoperability. the avalanche bridge connects avalanche to other networks such as ethereum, allowing for the seamless exchange of assets between them. the bridge has helped to increase liquidity on the avalanche network and has made it easier for developers to create decentralized applications that can be utilized across multiple blockchain networks. two significant insights learned from the utilization of blockchain bridges revolve around the crucial roles of security and community engagement. the vulnerability of bridges to potential attacks underscores the need to implement robust security measures to ensure the protection of transferred assets. furthermore, the success of blockchain bridges heavily relies on the promotion of collaboration and garnering support from diverse blockchain communities, emphasizing the essential role of community involvement in achieving whole-system interoperability and advancing the overall effectiveness of such bridges. it is also important to have open communication channels to address any issues that may arise during the implementation of the bridge. in addition, the implementation of blockchain bridges has highlighted the need for interoperability between blockchain networks. the ability to transfer assets between different networks is crucial for the development of the blockchain ecosystem, and blockchain bridges have been instrumental in enabling this to occur. in blockchain bridge technology, several potential advancements have been identified, each with potential implications for industries and society. furthermore, they have the potential to revolutionize various sectors, including hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 755 finance, supply chain management, healthcare, and governance, by facilitating transparent and efficient processes, reducing intermediaries, and fostering trust and transparency. these advancements demonstrate innovative initiatives that aim to enhance interoperability, scalability, and security in blockchain networks.  increased interoperability: blockchain bridge technology will continue to improve interoperability between different blockchain networks, allowing for seamless movement of assets and data. this will enable more efficient and cost-effective transactions and could lead to increased adoption of blockchain technology across multiple industries.  expansion of decentralized finance: decentralized finance (defi) has been one of the most popular use cases for blockchain technology, and blockchain bridge technology will play a crucial role in the expansion of defi. as blockchain bridges become more advanced, they will enable greater liquidity across different networks, which will enable more complex financial products and services to be developed.  cross-chain nfts: non-fungible tokens (nfts) have become more popular in recent years, with millions of dollars being spent on digital art and collectibles. as blockchain bridge technology progresses, it will be possible to create cross-chain nfts, which can be traded on different blockchain networks. this will enhance the liquidity of nfts and could lead to the creation of new markets for digital assets.  increased security: blockchain bridge technology will continue to improve security measures to safeguard assets being transferred across different networks. this will assist in preventing hacking and other security breaches that can result in loss of assets.  improved supply chain management: blockchain technology has already been used to improve supply chain management, and blockchain bridge technology will enable it to create a more comprehensive and transparent supply chain network. this will enable companies to monitor products and goods across multiple blockchain networks, increasing efficiency and reducing costs. as blockchain technology continues to evolve, it is anticipated to bring about significant changes in various industries and government sectors. for businesses, blockchain technology has the potential to transform the way transactions are conducted, making them faster, secure, and cost-effective. additionally, it provides transparency and immutability, which can lead to greater trust between businesses and their customers. furthermore, blockchain technology can increase the efficiency and effectiveness of government services. it is becoming increasingly important for businesses and governments to embrace this technology to remain competitive and provide better service to their customers and citizens. 4. blockchain bridge on e-voting blockchain bridges are essential in the development of decentralized services by facilitating the seamless transfer of digital assets across different blockchains. such digital assets may include cryptocurrencies, tokens, and data records, among other items. bridges provide interoperability between several blockchain networks, which could improve functionality. these bridges' introduction of fundamental interoperability has enormous potential to enhance the security and scalability of the larger blockchain ecosystem, as well as to enhance its effectiveness. the concept of the blockchain bridge, as illustrated in figure 4, is an innovative approach, specifically in the field of electronic voting. figure 4. blockchain bridge on e-voting this approach, specifically designed for electronic voting systems, is evidence of the transformative potential of blockchain technology in transforming the dynamics of secure and transparent electoral processes. its novel architecture not only showcases an innovative paradigm but also signifies a departure from traditional voting methodologies, presenting an avant-garde solution to the perennial challenges of fraud, pressure, and manipulation encountered in conventional voting systems. this methodology provides voters the opportunity to cast their votes on one blockchain network while ensuring the secure and transparent recording of these votes on a separate interconnected network. the use of blockchain bridges in such a manner can alleviate long-standing challenges encountered within traditional voting systems, tackling issues such as fraud, coercion, and vote manipulation. moreover, by utilizing the immutable and transparent nature of blockchain technology, blockchain bridges provide transformative opportunities across various sectors and industries, including finance, supply chain management, and healthcare. therefore, it is essential for both businesses and governments to adapt and remain consistent with the evolving blockchain landscape to remain competitive and provide enhanced services to their stakeholders. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 756 the integration of blockchain bridges facilitates the creation of decentralized applications capable of interacting seamlessly across multiple blockchain networks. this opens avenues for the creation of sophisticated services and tools using smart contracts, thereby extending the range of use cases and potential benefits. this increased flexibility and connectivity can enable the creation of innovative solutions that were previously impossible to achieve within a single blockchain network. furthermore, the use of blockchain bridges can enhance the security and transparency of decentralized applications by enabling the transfer of assets between networks while maintaining the integrity of the underlying blockchain protocols. blockchain bridges are complex systems that involve multiple components to enable the transfer of digital assets between different blockchain networks. these components include bridge nodes, relays, and smart contracts. smart contracts are self-executing digital programs that can automatically execute and enforce agreements between individuals without the need for intermediaries. these contracts are stored on the blockchain and can be utilized and executed by anyone with the necessary permissions. in the context of blockchain bridges, smart contracts provide a crucial role in facilitating the secure transfer of assets between different blockchain networks. they are responsible for ensuring that the assets being transferred meet the necessary requirements and that the transaction is executed securely and transparently. relayers are a crucial component of blockchain bridge technology by broadcasting transactions across different networks. they act as intermediaries between the sender and receiver, facilitating the transfer of digital assets. bridge nodes are responsible for verifying and validating the transactions that are being executed. they ensure that the transactions comply with the rules and regulations of the respective blockchain networks and confirm that the transfer of assets is valid. additionally, blockchain bridges also require consensus mechanisms to ensure the accuracy and integrity of the transactions. consensus mechanisms involve a network of nodes coming to a collective agreement on the validity of a transaction and can be achieved through various methods such as proof-of-work or proof-of-stake. the integration of these components allows for the seamless transfer of digital assets across different blockchain networks, enabling decentralized applications to interact with each other and provide more complex services to users. blockchain bridges are a crucial component of the blockchain ecosystem, which allows for the seamless transfer of digital assets across different blockchain networks. these bridges come in various types and designs, which are tailored to serve specific purposes. alternatively, some bridges are intended to facilitate the transfer of digital assets between two different cryptocurrency networks, while others are intended to connect different blockchain-based applications or services. overall, blockchain bridges enhance interoperability between different blockchain networks, enabling them to operate collectively and benefit from each other's strengths and abilities. the ability to work together across different blockchain networks can promote a more unified and integrated blockchain ecosystem, facilitating the development of innovative applications and services that were previously unachievable. the study by neziri et al. [1], as shown in figure 5, illustrates a voting system that uses blockchain technology for electronic voting but involves more than one blockchain. this scheme incorporates various fundamental components, including a vote transfer mechanism coordinating seamless transitions between different blockchains. in this system, smart contracts and transmitters work together in a complementary manner to ensure the smooth and secure voting process. most importantly, the transfer mechanism, also known as bridge nodes, is a crucial component of this architecture. these nodes perform essential functions, meticulously verifying transactions and ensuring compliance with the predefined rules and regulations imposed by the individual blockchain networks involved in the voting process. by employing cryptographic techniques, the system must effectively eliminate the voter's identity from their cast vote, ensuring strict privacy and confidentiality measures. this approach should be used to safeguard the sanctity of the electoral process by excluding any possible identification or tracking of individual votes, thus enhancing the overall legitimacy of the elections. figure 5. e-voting with multiple blockchains [1] hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 757 the mechanism, in step 6 of figure 5, referred to as an anonymizer, serves the purpose of obfuscating the timestamps associated with votes, which are considered sensitive pieces of information that could potentially enable the identification of individual voters or their voting patterns. by utilizing a process of timestamp mixing, the anonymizer ensures that the temporal data associated with each vote is scrambled and shuffled in a manner that prevents easy linkage to individual voters. furthermore, the anonymizer operates in conjunction with a larger data separation strategy that ensures voter data is kept separate from vote. this separation is crucial for safeguarding the privacy and security of voters, as it prevents any unauthorized or unintentional access to voter information that could undermine the integrity of the voting process. however, while timestamp mixing is an effective method for preventing voter privacy, it is not without its limitations. for example, it does not address the issue of vote integrity or prevent voting manipulation by malicious actors. to address these concerns, a more comprehensive approach is required, such as the use of a blockchain bridge. a blockchain bridge is a technology that can help to secure the voting process by creating an immutable and tamperproof record of all votes cast. by utilizing the power of blockchain, a decentralized ledger that is resistant to manipulation, a blockchain bridge can ensure that every vote is accurate and counted, without the risk of interference by third parties. it is essential to maintain voter anonymity within the system depicted in figure 5 by implementing a specific methodology. therefore, our proposed approach aims to substitute this mechanism with a blockchain bridge, as demonstrated in step 6 of figure 6. this approach enhances the system's security and transparency while safeguarding voter anonymity and safeguards the privacy of individual votes by using cryptographic techniques to separate voter identity from the vote cast. such bridge access protects voter anonymity by maintaining personal identity separate from the voting process. this ensures that no vote can be traced, which enhances the legitimacy of the election. by effectively dissociating the voter's identity from their cast vote, the system eliminates any possibility of tracking individual votes, thereby enhancing the overall credibility and integrity of the electoral process. figure 6. replacing anonymizer with blockchain bridge by utilizing this approach, we can ensure that every vote is counted correctly and accurately, without compromising the privacy or security of individual voters. replacing the traditional anonymizer mechanism with a blockchain bridge offers several benefits for enhancing the security of a voting system. firstly, it guarantees the integrity of the voting process by creating an unalterable record of every vote cast. secondly, it eliminates the need for trust in third-party intermediaries, such as centralized voting authorities. finally, the system's design ensures voter privacy and anonymity by recording each vote in a manner that prevents the identification of individuals. in essence, substituting anonymizer mechanisms with blockchain bridges is a significant step towards achieving a more secure and transparent voting system. blockchain technology allows us to establish an authentically decentralized and incorruptible voting process that ensures the integrity of each vote while simultaneously safeguarding the anonymity and privacy of individual voters. 5. conclusion blockchain bridges are a relatively new concept in the world of blockchain and represent a nascent, but promising innovation within the realm of blockchain technology, aiming to facilitate seamless communication and interoperability among diverse blockchain networks. these bridges provide a viable solution to the enormous challenge of interoperability by fostering data exchange and connectivity among networks, thereby fostering a more cohesive and integrated ecosystem of blockchain-based technologies. nonetheless, the underlying technology enabling blockchain bridges is complex and multifaceted, integrating smart contracts, decentralized nodes, cryptographic algorithms, and hash functions. these elements work synergistically to ensure secure and accurate transaction processing, thereby enabling interoperability across various blockchain networks. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 758 while blockchain bridges are significant in addressing interoperability challenges and enabling asset transfers between distinct blockchain networks, critical constraints such as scalability and governance persist. the increasing number of users within these networks can potentially lead to longer transaction processing times and network congestion. therefore, continuous research and development are essential to enhance blockchain networks' scalability and ensure their sustainable operation. failure to address these issues may hinder the realization of the full potential inherent in blockchain networks. in addition, blockchain bridges have emerged as promising solutions for enhancing interoperability and asset transfer among various blockchain networks, particularly in the context of electronic voting. their fundamental strength lies in ensuring the complete detachment of voter identities from their respective votes, a crucial aspect of ensuring reliable and trustworthy elections. by establishing a robust separation between a voter's identity and their ballot, these bridges safeguard the integrity of the electoral process. continued exploration and refinement of blockchain bridge technology are essential for creating a more cohesive and integrated ecosystem of blockchain-based technologies. through such endeavors, the untapped potential of blockchain technology can be utilized to achieve a more efficient and secure digital future. in conclusion, the combination of blockchain interoperability and blockchain bridges underscores the essential pursuit of enabling seamless communication across multiple blockchain networks. while blockchain interoperability embodies a greater vision for achieving this interconnectedness, blockchain bridges serve as pragmatic tools to achieve this objective. these advancements collectively demonstrate substantial progress in enhancing the adaptability and efficacy of blockchain technology, promising transformative impacts across various applications, including crossjurisdictional electronic voting. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, v.n. and b.r.; methodology, b.r. and v.n.; formal analysis, b.r., v.n., and r.d.; resources, v.n., b.r., and r.d.; writing—original draft preparation, v.n. and b.r.; visualization, v.n.; supervision, b.r.; project administration, b.r. and v.n.; funding acquisition, b.r., v.n., and r.d. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the research was funded by project mesti no. 2-814; however, the authors did not receive any financial support for the authorship or publication of this article. 6.4. acknowledgements the authors gratefully acknowledge the ministry of education, science, technology and innovation, kosovo for supporting this research. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] neziri, v., shabani, i., dervishi, r., & rexha, b. (2022). assuring anonymity and privacy in electronic voting with distributed technologies based on blockchain. applied sciences (switzerland), 12(11), 5477. doi:10.3390/app12115477. [2] han, p., yan, z., ding, w., fei, s., & wan, z. (2023). a survey on cross-chain technologies. distributed ledger technologies: research and practice, 2(2), 1–30. doi:10.1145/3573896. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 759 [3] belchior, r., süßenguth, j., feng, q., hardjono, t., vasconcelos, a., & correia, m. (2023). a brief history of blockchain interoperability, techrxiv, 1-18. doi:10.36227/techrxiv.23418677. [4] balint, k. (2023). creation of a unified university blockchain for the purpose of storing the university’s teaching mate rials. saci 2023 ieee 17th international symposium on applied computational intelligence and informatics, proceedings, 159–162. doi:10.1109/saci58269.2023.10158561. [5] kabashi, f., neziri, v., snopce, h., luma, a., aliu, a., & shkurti, l. (2023). the possibility of blockchain application in higher education. in 12th mediterranean conference on embedded computing, meco 2023, budva, montenegro. doi:10.1109/meco58584.2023.10154919. [6] villarreal, e. r. d., garcia-alonso, j., moguel, e., & alegria, j. a. h. (2023). blockchain for healthcare management systems: a survey on interoperability and security. ieee access, 11, 5629–5652. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3236505. [7] lee, s. s., murashkin, a., derka, m., & gorzny, j. (2023). sok: not quite water under the bridge: review of cross-chain bridge hacks. 2023 ieee international conference on blockchain and cryptocurrency, icbc 2023, dubai, united arab emirates. doi:10.1109/icbc56567.2023.10174993. [8] li, l., wu, j., & cui, w. (2023). a review of blockchain cross‐ chain technology. iet blockchain, 3(3), 149–158. doi:10.1049/blc2.12032. [9] wegner, p. (1996). interoperability. acm computing surveys, 28(1), 285–287. doi:10.1145/234313.234424. [10] hardjono, t., lipton, a., & pentland, a. (2020). toward an interoperability architecture for blockchain autonomous systems. ieee transactions on engineering management, 67(4), 1298–1309. doi:10.1109/tem.2019.2920154. [11] yaga, d., mell, p., roby, n., & scarfone, k. (2019). blockchain technology overview, national institute of standards and technology, nistir 8202. doi:10.6028/nist.ir.8202. [12] pillai, b., biswas, k., hou, z., & muthukkumarasamy, v. (2022). cross-blockchain technology: integration framework and security assumptions. ieee access, 10, 41239–41259. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3167172. [13] belchior, r., vasconcelos, a., guerreiro, s., & correia, m. (2022). a survey on blockchain interoperability: past, present, and future trends. acm computing surveys, 54(8), 1–41. doi:10.1145/3471140. [14] abebe, e., behl, d., govindarajan, c., hu, y., karunamoorthy, d., novotny, p., pandit, v., ramakrishna, v., & vecchiola, c. (2019). enabling enterprise blockchain interoperability with trusted data transfer (industry track). middleware industry 2019 proceedings of the 2019 20th international middleware conference industrial track, part of middleware 2019, 29–35. doi:10.1145/3366626.3368129. [15] anthony jnr, b. (2023). enhancing blockchain interoperability and intraoperability capabilities in collaborative enterprise-a standardized architecture perspective. enterprise information systems, 2296647. doi:10.1080/17517575.2023.2296647. [16] tsepeleva, r., & korkhov, v. (2021). implementation of the cross-blockchain interacting protocol. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics): vol. 12952 lncs, 42–55. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-86973-1_4. [17] tsepeleva, r., & korkhov, v. (2022). building defi applications using cross-blockchain interaction on the wish swap platform. computers, 11(6), 99. doi:10.3390/computers11060099. [18] robinson, p., ramesh, r., & johnson, s. (2022). atomic crosschain transactions for ethereum private sidechains. blockchain: research and applications, 3(1), 100030. doi:10.1016/j.bcra.2021.100030. [19] dcunha, s., patel, s., sawant, s., kulkarni, v., & shirole, m. (2021). blockchain interoperability using hash time locks. lecture notes in electrical engineering, 748, 475–487. doi:10.1007/978-981-16-0275-7_39. [20] mccorry, p., möser, m., shahandasti, s. f., & hao, f. (2016). towards bitcoin payment networks. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics, volume 9722, 57–76. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-40253-6_4. [21] garoffolo, a., kaidalov, d., & oliynykov, r. (2020). zendoo: a zk-snark verifiable cross-chain transfer protocol enabling decoupled and decentralized sidechains. proceedings international conference on distributed computing systems, 2020november, 1257–1262. doi:10.1109/icdcs47774.2020.00161. [22] centobelli, p., cerchione, r., vecchio, p. del, oropallo, e., & secundo, g. (2022). blockchain technology for bridging trust, traceability and transparency in circular supply chain. information and management, 59(7), 103508. doi:10.1016/j.im.2021.103508. [23] thyagarajan, s. a. k., malavolta, g., & moreno-sanchez, p. (2022). universal atomic swaps: secure exchange of coins across all blockchains. proceedings ieee symposium on security and privacy, 2022-may, 1299–1316, san francisco, united states. doi:10.1109/sp46214.2022.9833731. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 760 [24] caldarelli, g. (2022). wrapping trust for interoperability: a preliminary study of wrapped tokens. information (switzerland), 13(1), 6. doi:10.3390/info13010006. [25] kosba, a., miller, a., shi, e., wen, z., & papamanthou, c. (2016). hawk: the blockchain model of cryptography and privacypreserving smart contracts. proceedings 2016 ieee symposium on security and privacy, sp 2016, 839–858. doi:10.1109/sp.2016.55. [26] liu, y., shan, g., liu, y., alghamdi, a., alam, i., & biswas, s. (2022). blockchain bridges critical national infrastructures: e-healthcare data migration perspective. ieee access, 10, 28509–28519. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3156591. [27] schulte, s., sigwart, m., frauenthaler, p., & borkowski, m. (2019). towards blockchain interoperability. lecture notes in business information processing, volume 361, 3–10. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-30429-4_1. [28] jin, h., dai, x., & xiao, j. (2018). towards a novel architecture for enabling interoperability amongst multiple blockchains. proceedings international conference on distributed computing systems, 2018-july, 1203–1211, vienna, austria. doi:10.1109/icdcs.2018.00120. [29] bernal bernabe, j., canovas, j. l., hernandez-ramos, j. l., torres moreno, r., & skarmeta, a. (2019). privacy-preserving solutions for blockchain: review and challenges. ieee access, 7, 164908–164940. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2950872. [30] dasgupta, d., shrein, j. m., & gupta, k. d. (2019). a survey of blockchain from security perspective. journal of banking and financial technology, 3(1), 1–17. doi:10.1007/s42786-018-00002-6. [31] de haro-olmo, f. j., varela-vaca, á. j., & álvarez-bermejo, j. a. (2020). blockchain from the perspective of privacy and anonymisation: a systematic literature review. sensors (switzerland), 20(24), 1–21. doi:10.3390/s20247171. [32] li, x., jiang, p., chen, t., luo, x., & wen, q. (2020). a survey on the security of blockchain systems. future generation computer systems, 107, 841–853. doi:10.1016/j.future.2017.08.020. [33] talib, m. a., abbas, s., nasir, q., dakalbab, f., mokhamed, t., hassan, k., & senjab, k. (2021). interoperability among heterogeneous blockchains: a systematic literature review. in eai/springer innovations in communication and computing, 135–166. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-75107-4_6. [34] puri, v., priyadarshini, i., kumar, r., & kim, l. c. (2020). blockchain meets iiot: an architecture for privacy preservation and security in iiot. 2020 international conference on computer science, engineering and applications, iccsea 2020. doi:10.1109/iccsea49143.2020.9132860. [35] neziri, v., dervishi, r., & rexha, b. (2021). survey on using blockchain technologies in electronic voting systems. proceedings 25th international conference on circuits, systems, communications and computers, cscc 2021, 61–65. doi:10.1109/cscc53858.2021.00019. [36] jourenko, m., larangeira, m., kurazumi, k., & tanaka, k. (2019). sok: a taxonomy for layer-2 scalability related protocols for cryptocurrencies. iacr cryptology eprint archive, 1(2019/352), 1–19. [37] gangwal, a., gangavalli, h. r., & thirupathi, a. (2023). a survey of layer-two blockchain protocols. journal of network and computer applications, 209, 103539. doi:10.1016/j.jnca.2022.103539. [38] ou, w., huang, s., zheng, j., zhang, q., zeng, g., & han, w. (2022). an overview on cross-chain: mechanism, platforms, challenges and advances. computer networks, 218, 109378. doi:10.1016/j.comnet.2022.109378. [39] krishna, s. p., & singh, p. (2023). security challenges in building blockchains bridges and countermeasures. evergreen, 10(3), 1558–1569. doi:10.5109/7151703. [40] wood, g. (2016). polkadot: vision for a heterogeneous multi-chain framework. white paper, 21(2327), 4662. available online: https://assets.polkadot.network/polkadot-whitepaper.pdf (accessed on june 2023). [41] mohanty, d., anand, d., aljahdali, h. m., & villar, s. g. (2022). blockchain interoperability: towards a sustainable payment system. sustainability (switzerland), 14(2), 913. doi:10.3390/su14020913. https://assets.polkadot.network/polkadot-whitepaper.pdf available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 443 issn: 2723-9535 are activation teaching methods really effective? gabriela gabrhelová 1* , slávka čepelová 2 1 department of didactics of professional subjects, dti university, sládkovičova 553/20, 018 41 dubnica nad váhom, slovakia. 2 department of school pedagogy and psychology, dti university, sládkovičova 553/20, 018 41 dubnica nad váhom, slovakia. received 30 september 2022; revised 13 november 2022; accepted 21 november 2022; published 01 december 2022 abstract the primary aim of the presented paper is to demonstrate the effectiveness of activation teaching methods in the teaching of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools through pedagogical research using a pedagogical experiment. the effectiveness of the activation teaching methods is demonstrated in the integrated rescue system subject taught in the field of security and legal activity. the object of the research are pupils who were 2nd year pupils in the 2019/2020 school year, as well as teachers of the analyzed subject. the pedagogical experiment was carried out in three consecutive years, namely in the school years 2019/2020, 2020/2021 and 2021/2022. the presented paper has the classic structure of a scientific work; it is divided into a theoretical and an analytical part. we processed the theoretical part of the work using secondary analysis. pedagogical research was used in the analytical part of the work. both qualitative and quantitative pedagogical research were used. qualitative pedagogical research was carried out using a semi-structured interview with open questions. observation was also used. the quantitative part of the pedagogical research was carried out using a standardized questionnaire. another method of quantitative pedagogical research was the pedagogical experiment, i.e., its implementation led to obtaining outputs of a quantitative nature. when evaluating the results of pedagogical research of a quantitative nature, we used mathematical-statistical methods for our chosen variables, which were not only processed, but also analyzed through the statistical program spss statistics 22.0. we proved through a pedagogical experiment of a longitudinal nature that activation teaching methods are really effective in teaching technical subjects at secondary vocational schools, while within the framework of that pedagogical experiment it was proved that it is possible to apply activation teaching methods very effectively in the so-called flipped classroom model, which we present as suitable for effective activation teaching of secondary school pupils. keywords: secondary vocational school; effectiveness of teaching; activation methods of teaching; ict in education. 1. introduction working with activation methods in today's advanced times is certainly an absolute necessity, which is in many ways declared by the long-term practice of teachers of technical subjects in many secondary vocational schools and confirmed by numerous scientific studies, for example tusupbekova et al. (2019) [1], yagafarova & kamennaya (2019) [3], or stanislavovna & radjabova (2022) [3]. activation teaching methods not only complement the educational process appropriately but, above all, attract the attention of pupils and draw them into the lesson. by implementing these teaching methods, it will subsequently be achieved that pupils will begin to perceive the teaching in a different way and stop wanting to acquire new knowledge only in a traditional passive way. under the assumption of appropriate use and correct timing of the application of activation methods, teaching is more attractive, more pleasant, and more comprehensible [4]. this approach should ensure increased motivation among pupils for the subject matter discussed in technical * corresponding author: slavka.cepelova@seznam.cz http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-04-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8161-2054 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2728-8000 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 444 subjects. in practice, however, this represents, among other things, an increased time requirement for the preparation of adequate arguments leading to the aforementioned increased motivation of pupils and, of course, an increased time requirement for the preparation of the teacher for the teaching unit [5]. a secondary, yet unmissable, reason for the implementation of activation methods in the teaching of technical subjects is the fact that, within the framework of education conceived in this way, situations arise when the pupil becomes the teacher's partner. as a result of these situations, pupils' self-confidence can be increased, and a so-called feeling of success can appear, which is very important for every teenager. such moments can significantly positively affect pupls´ further personal growth. the attractiveness of activation methods is also supported by progress, represented primarily by information technologies that can meet the requirements and demands of the present time. for this reason, information technologies play a very important role in the implementation and application of activation methods in the teaching of technical subjects, as they can very easily stimulate pupils' curiosity and thereby increase their interest and motivation. in the trend of today's world, information technology is the focus of society, and this ensures that in order to meet the needs of the users, there are continuous improvements and various upgrades in this field. this fact is a guarantee that if information technologies are used correctly in teaching, they contribute significantly to the continuous improvement of the quality of education [6, 7]. even though many positive reviews are published and countless positives for activation methods are identified, for example, tazhikenova (2012) [8] or schegoleva et al. (2018) [9], there is still a relatively strong group of teachers who continue to prefer face-to-face teaching in their practice [10, 11]. activation methods are methods where the pupil's activity is clear and distinct. that is, not only thought activity but also his behavior, and this idea is the starting point for our research. the aim of the presented paper is to demonstrate that the very implementation of activation methods in the teaching of technical subjects will increase the effectiveness of education and the level of knowledge of secondary vocational school pupils. the subject of our research is activation teaching methods in the work of teachers of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools. pecina & svoboda (2015) [12] published their research in the given area of research, and they investigated what teaching methods of creative teaching are used by teachers of technical subjects (outside of practical teaching) at secondary vocational schools and what knowledge they have about selected methods. the research was carried out in the south moravian region. a total of 250 questionnaires were distributed in the south moravian region. the research (questionnaires and guided interviews) was conducted in 13 secondary schools [12]. from the obtained data, it follows that the most commonly used of the classic (traditional) teaching methods are interpretation (explanation, description) and writing in a notebook. to a high extent, teachers also use discussion methods (interview, dialogue, discussion), which is a very positive finding. the method of independent work with materials is also often used. the method of working with a computer is used in a variety of ways. the research found that the methods of school laboratory and experimentation, observation of objects and phenomena, and practical demonstrations are little used, which is not a very positive finding for the teaching of technical subjects. among the methods of activating teaching, teachers include group work, independent work, and the project method with varying intensity. relatively few include (according to their expression) solving problem tasks. to a minimal extent, teachers use the didactic games; a large part do not use them at all. the research showed that teachers consider the creative activity of pupils as important and necessary, but creative teaching methods are used relatively minimally. however, there is a noticeable effort to apply these methods to teaching [12]. chiang & lee (2016) [13] and zukerstein et al. (2010) [14] published work in the field of developing technical creativity through project-based teaching. nilsook et al. (2021) [15] conducted research on the project-based learning management process for vocational and technical education. watson (2018) [16] investigated whether teachers of technical subjects use creative teaching methods. 124 respondents took part in the survey. the research found that teachers try to use creative teaching methods and are aware of them. however, the problem is their low frequency of use. their use is hampered by the lack of tools and equipment [16]. grossman (2009) [17] investigated how complex teaching methods are represented in the work of teachers of technical subjects (frontal teaching, partner teaching, group and cooperative teaching, brainstorming, project teaching, computer-supported teaching). 67 respondents took part in the survey. the research results are positive. the teachers richly combine all the above-mentioned comprehensive teaching methods, i.e., both classical methods and methods supporting the activity of pupils and the development of creativity. these methods are used both by novice teachers with up to 2 years of experience and by more experienced colleagues as well. according to yuan (2021) [18], among the current research on the effectiveness of education of the "what works" type, the research of marzano et al. (2000) [19], whose primary goal was to identify the teaching strategies that are most likely to increase the pupils´ achievement, can be stated. research studies from the last three decades of the 20th century, mainly in the united states of america, served as a source. the overview shows the nine categories for which the results of the meta-analysis showed the highest average effect size (the categories are ordered from the highest effect size). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 445  identifying of similarities and differences in the curriculum;  summarizing and taking notes;  encouraging the efforts of pupils and providing the recognition for their work;  homework/preparation and practice;  non-linguistic representations;  cooperative learning/teaching;  setting goals and providing feedback;  creation and verification of hypotheses;  activating of prior knowledge. as can be seen, the largest effect size was demonstrated by the teaching activities based on the identification of similarities and differences in the curriculum, such as comparisons or classifications, which pupils actively perform during the learning tasks. for other overviews of effective teaching strategies, reference can be made to the educational practice series of the unesco international academy of education [20, 21]. among the most up-to-date overviews of the effectiveness of education research is the study by seidelová & shavelson (2007) [22], which summarizes the results of the research in the field of effectiveness of education in the last ten years (1996–2006). the authors use the term effectiveness of education in the broad sense of the word, i.e., similar to scheerens (2004) [23]. they do not refer to the teaching as an instruction but consistently adhere to the combination of teaching and learning. as a basic research method, the authors used a meta-analysis of research studies that investigated the effects of education on learning. the effectiveness of education was examined from three points of view: 1. the first was based on the fact that the effects of education on learning can be different. some parts of the education can affect the cognitive development of the pupil, while others can affect the development of his motivation to learn, and finally the components of the education can affect the learning processes. 2. the second point of view is that the authors categorized the studies they drew on into two different teaching models. the first model was the traditional process-product model as described above. in addition, they developed their own approach, which is based on current models of teaching and learning, where learning is characterized as a self-regulated and constructive process of creating a supportive learning environment [24, 25]. based on these assumptions, the authors created a new teaching model, which consists of the so-called teaching components: o area of knowledge/subject/character of the curriculum; o time for learning; o the organizational framework of learning; o classroom climate; o setting of goals; o management of learning activities; o evaluation; o regulation, monitoring and decision-making. 3. the third point of view looked at the role research design plays in the determining the effectiveness of education. the authors found that there are two distinct approaches to effectiveness of education research. the first of these is based on large-scale correlational research, in the second approach, researchers focus on the learning of specific educational content. this approach is based on a growing number of quasi-experimental and experimental studies of the effects of the specific teaching approaches on pupils´ learning [26]. the concept of effectiveness of education has been successfully developed for several decades and is currently proving to be very vital. in the czech environment, the effectiveness of education began to be investigated more in the 1980s [27, 28], in the mid-1990s průcha's overview monograph pedagogic evaluation (1996) [29] was published. although interesting partial studies have been published since then, a comprehensive theoretical monograph has not been created recently. an overview of the effectiveness of education research in the last decade abroad shows the fact that the emphasis is shifting from the search for universal recommendations and general conclusions to bigger differentiation and a deeper view of the effectiveness of education [30–32]. it has been repeatedly proven that procedures and strategies are effective in general [33, 34]. learning situations in the real conditions of school teaching come to the forefront of the researchers' interest. this requires focusing on the specifics of teaching different subjects with different curriculum. experimental research that focuses on the proximal components of teaching appears to be valuable. a more detailed view of the effectiveness of education cannot be imagined without them [35, 36]. other research carried out confirming the effectiveness and success of activation teaching methods in the teaching of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools includes research by longo (2015) [37], dalton & gerdes (2021) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 446 [38], or cabrera-solano et al. (2023) [39]. however, in the czech republic and slovakia, there is not enough relevant research confirming the effectiveness of activation teaching methods in the teaching of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools. 2. literature review 2.1. effectiveness of education: methodological approaches the term effectiveness of education can be encountered most often in educational policy materials, legislative documents, and program statements of various political entities [18]. the effectiveness of education is related to the results of the teaching process, i.e., to the level of knowledge, skills, habits, attitudes, and abilities [40]. the concept of effectiveness is not entirely clear [41]. it is associated with various other terms: efficiency, economy, productivity, expediency, and usefulness. in the english language, several other expressions, e.g., efficacy and efficiency, are used in connection with effectiveness. the concept of effectiveness is appearing in connection with statements about the success of pupils, schools, teachers, or educational systems, which should be based on serious evaluation or research processes; otherwise, they remain empty proclamations or speculations. the term effectiveness is used in the pedagogical sphere with different meanings, which can be a source of misunderstanding. "the meaning of the term effectiveness is not defined precisely and usually overlaps with the term quality" [29]. the word effectiveness basically has an effect; semantically, it refers on the one hand to some effects, results, or consequences, and on the other hand to their source, origin, or causes. thus, effectiveness is generally an expression of a certain relationship. often, the relationship between some result and what caused or influenced this result. teaching usually involves some (relatively) final results or outputs, such as the pupil’s knowledge at the end of the school year, the number of pupils admitted to university [18]. in education, it is possible to assess effectiveness as the degree of achievement of set goals in connection with the economy (the degree of utilization of financial costs for the teaching process) [42]. from this point of view, it should be mentioned that if the school achieves the set goals, we can talk about the effectiveness of the school, but this does not necessarily mean its effectiveness because it may spend a disproportionate amount of money to achieve the goals. on the contrary, a school can be economical, but it may not be effective, i.e., it does not achieve the set goals. however, it is necessary to emphasize that it is very difficult to determine the financial evaluation of the contribution of, e.g., primary school graduates, and therefore effectiveness in the sense of economy is used very limitedly in pedagogy [41, 43]. in pedagogy, the effectiveness of education is perceived as the degree of achievement of its goals, it is "the relationship between teaching results (e.g., pupil knowledge) and what caused this result" [44]. however, it is not only about finding out the results and comparing them with the set and desired goals. it is also necessary to determine why good or bad results were achieved and what needs to be improved or made more efficient in the teaching process. therefore, it is necessary to determine the degree of perfection (quality) of the given teaching process, its teaching methods, organizational forms, material resources, climate in the classroom, assessment of pupils, entry conditions (entry knowledge, skills, habits, attitudes, and abilities of pupils, their state of health, etc.). next, the characteristics of teachers, teaching goals, choice of subject matter and material, and technical support of teaching [41]. 2.2. an overview of effectiveness of education research in contemporary pedagogy, effectiveness becomes the subject of much scientific research. an overview of research into the effectiveness of education abroad (usa, great britain) and in our country in the past and at present is described by pandey and pandey (2021) [44]. in order to determine the effectiveness of education, in addition to the determination and specific definition of the teaching goals, it is necessary to establish tools for determining (measuring) the results of the teaching process. the level of knowledge and intellectual skills can be determined by cognitive didactic tests, and the level of psychomotor skills by psychomotor didactic tests (in practical teaching, these are comprehensive and control tasks). pupils' abilities can be measured with the ability tests (intelligence tests, creativity tests), and pupils' attitudes can be measured with the questionnaires, attitude scales, observing their behavior, or by other methods [41–47]. the effectiveness of education is the subject of a study by johnes et al. (2017) [43], whose intention is to provide the reader with techniques that increase the effectiveness of education. they perceive effectiveness as the degree of mastery of learning material, which does not mean only short-term or longer-term memorization of content but also the acquisition of the ability to perform challenging thought operations with this content [11, 43]. the effectiveness of education is influenced by many factors that cannot be easily affected. it also follows from this that research into the effectiveness of education can focus on various factors that influence it. the effectiveness of education usually considers the school as the basic unit; the effectiveness of teaching works at the level of the class or individual teacher. there are five basic types of effectiveness research in education [23]: hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 447 i. research on equal opportunities (justice) in education; ii. economic studies of educational production functions; iii. evaluation of compensation programs for disadvantaged pupils; iv. study of exceptionally successful schools; v. study of the effectiveness of teachers, classes and teaching processes. the concept of the effectiveness of education as a framework for the systematic investigation of the influence of school education on pupils appeared in the second half of the 20th century in the united states of america. in the first phase, empirical research focused on the personality traits of teachers (e.g., whether they are friendly or aloof in relation to pupils). the concept of teacher teaching styles also appears in this period. research on teachers' teaching styles continues to the present day and focuses on manifestations of teachers' conceptions of teaching as fixed patterns of behavior dependent on values, which teachers prioritize when their professed values come into conflict in specific teaching situations and a decision needs to be made on which to prioritize [47, 48]. however, most of the studies at the time did not confirm that there was a clear relationship between the personality traits of teachers and the results of pupils. further research therefore focused more on the manifestations of teachers' behavior during teaching, for example, reynolds (2006) [49], mcdonald (2023) [50], or wahlberg and paik (2000) [20]. gradually, teachers' behavior began to be correlated with pupils' performance. this approach was later called "process-product," and under this designation, it became a certain framework designation for research on the effectiveness of education in general (basically, it is a kind of basic model that is rather developed in subsequent periods than being fundamentally denied). the process is most often understood as the teaching of the teacher, and the product as the pupil's results [18, 51]. quantitative approaches clearly predominate in research into the effectiveness of education. only now are they accompanied by qualitative methods. in the 1980s, so many research studies were conducted that it allowed metaanalyses to be conducted that synthesized previous research findings in the field of the effectiveness of education [52]. the outputs of these meta-analyses are categories of variables measured using the so-called effect size. measuring the effect size allows us to express the strength of a difference or relationship in such a way that we can compare it with the results of other studies. this allows us to decide, for example, whether a new teaching strategy has a bigger effect on pupil results than another method [53]. among the best known is the meta-analysis by fraser et al. (1987) [54] and wahlberg and paik (2000) [20]. walberg and paik (2000) [20] mention such variables as encouraging pupils (reinforcement) or working in small groups among the most effective teaching methods. fraser et al. (1987) [54] came to the conclusion that variables such as teaching quality are most correlated with pupil performance, such as the amount of instruction or feedback. in the early 1990s, a comprehensive meta-analysis was carried out, which summarized the current findings in the field of research on the effectiveness of education with regard to the influence of educational, psychological, and social factors on learning [55]. although it includes studies that look at both contextual and school factors, most of them (36%) deal with "curriculum and instructional design and implementation", "pupil characteristics" (24%), and "instructional practices" (18%). one of the outputs of this meta-analysis is the classification of factors (rank-ordering) according to the relative importance of "distal" (distant) and "proximal" (close) with respect to their influence on pupil performance. the following list shows the factors ordered from the closest factors to the most distant factors [55]:  pupils' study prerequisites;  teaching practice (practices);  the educational context of home and community;  form of curriculum and teaching;  school culture, school climate, school demographic conditions;  state and territory government and organisations. if we leave aside the pupil's study prerequisites, then in the teaching practice factor, the most strongly correlated with the pupil performance are the variables of class management (e.g., the teacher's overview of what is happening in the classroom), classroom climate, assessment in the classroom, the amount of teaching (e.g., the amount of time spent by the pupils at work), and teacher-pupil interaction (e.g., pupils respond positively to questions from other pupils and from the teacher). in their interpretations of effective teaching practice, authors such as yuan (2021) [18] or grrosskopf et al. (2014) [56] distinguish two types of interaction during teaching: 1. professional (academic) interaction between teacher and pupil. it should guide pupils to become aware of subjectspecific knowledge structures, for example through appropriately posed questions. 2. social interaction between teacher and pupil. it should discourage pupils from disruptive behavior and create a "learning-supportive atmosphere" in the classroom; in addition, the use of the praise and the corrective feedback is mentioned. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 448 this meta-analysis seems to support teaching approaches such as mastery learning based on a behavioral approach while also respecting cognitivist or constructivist approaches, emphasizing metacognition and teacher-pupil interaction [18]. research into the effectiveness of education in the 1990s essentially confirms the main characteristics of effective teaching that were formulated in the previous period [23]. it identifies as new trends: • return to the examination of teachers' personality characteristics; • bigger teaching attention to higher order skills, self-regulated learning and "constructivist" approaches; • understanding of teaching as the facilitation of pupil learning through creating the learning activities and encouraging pupils [23]. in the usa, the question of the effectiveness of the work of teachers was given attention in the debate about the standards of teaching competence [57]. empirical findings include that among the most important features of teacher effectiveness belong the subject knowledge and verbal (communication) skills [58]. twelve relatively stable characteristics of effective teachers have been identified in great britain, which are organized into four groups (clusters) shown in the following table (table 1) [47]. table 1. characteristics of effective teachers quality area criterion professionalism commitment a commitment to do the best for each pupil and to enable all pupils to be successful. faith in others to believe that all pupils are capable of being successful and coping with the adversity. fairness and reliability to be constant and fair, to keep one's word. respect to believe that every pupil matters and deserves a respect. thinking, reasoning analytical thinking ability to think logically, to solve problems and to recognize the cause and the effect. conceptual thinking the ability to see the essential features and connections even in the case of a large number of unrelated details. expectation perseverance tenacious energy for the setting and the pursuing bold goals for pupils and the school as a whole. searching for information the ability to discover the essence of things: the intellectual curiosity. initiative the drive, the enthusiasm for action now in the context of coming events. leadership flexibility the ability and the willingness to adapt the needs to the situation and to change the tactics. accountability the drive and the ability to explain clearly the expectations and parameters and to hold others accountable for their performance. enthusiasm for learning interests and abilities to support the pupils in learning and to help them become the confident and the independent learners. in a sense, current research on the effectiveness of education is returning to an aspect that has been around since the 1960s. this is the attention paid to the active involvement of the pupil and his learning strategies as essential "mediators" between teaching practices and pupils' results. these studies conclude that pupils' learning outcomes depend primarily on their learning strategies and motivation to learn. on this basis, the teaching factors are defined that appear to be important in regulating the pupils’ learning so that it leads to the expected outcomes. they are divided into three main dimensions: relevance, time, and structure [23]. the dimension of relevance refers to the choice of subject matter in relation to the educational goals and in connection with the curriculum. it also includes ensuring that the implemented curriculum corresponds to the intended curriculum, linking the curriculum between the grades and the classes, and ensuring that teaching content matches the content of the didactic tests and other assessment tools. this last aspect is usually described as a "learning opportunity" [23]. the time dimension refers to both allocated time and "net teaching time", which can be defined as official teaching time minus time "lost" by other activities. finally, the time "spent working on learning tasks", which is an expression of the time when students are actively involved in learning activities [23]. the structure dimension is a certain teaching "technology" (in the procedural sense, i.e., not in the sense of the application of the information technology). structured teaching in such forms as 'coping learning' has shown positive results in studies of the effectiveness of education, especially for disadvantaged pupils in the first stage of the primary schools, but also at higher stages in the teaching of higher cognitive level skills. based on these findings inspired by constructivism, this dimension should be seen as a continuum running from the providing of a firm structure and the "scaffolding" of the learning process to providing the pupils with autonomy. effective education can then be understood as the correct level appropriate to the pupils' learning requirements, learning tasks, and educational goals. the structure dimension also includes frequent monitoring of pupils´ progress and providing feedback and encouragement based on assessment results. in this sense, it is not only about providing cognitive support but also about supporting the pupils' engagement. adapting the level of difficulty to the specific needs of pupils can also be a specific aspect of the teaching structure [23]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 449 3. material and methods the methodology process workflow flowchart is shown in figure 1. figure 1. methodology process workflow flowchart 3.1. research aims and hypotheses the primary aim of the presented paper is to demonstrate the effectiveness of activation teaching methods in the teaching of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools in the context of the implementation of a longitudinal research aim formulation research object identification pedagogical experiment hypothesis formulation key questions formulation premise formulation secondary analysis evaluation using coding semi-structured interview questionnaire evaluation using coding key questions evaluation research questions qualitative research quantitative research observing hypothesis evaluation theora and praxis comparison recommendations research aim fulfillment hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 450 study through the pedagogical research using a pedagogical experiment. the effectiveness of the activation teaching methods is demonstrated in the subject integrated rescue system taught in the field of security and legal activities (code 68-42-m/01), which is implemented at xy secondary school. the subject integrated rescue system is taught in the 2nd year (2 hours per week), in the 3rd year (1 hour per week) and in the 4th year (2 hours per week) of the abovementioned field. in each grade, three classes are opened, the subject is taught by two teachers, while only one teacher of the analyzed subject will participate in the pedagogical research carried out by us. this is a matriculation field. the object of the research are pupils who were 2nd year pupils in the 2019/2020 school year, as well as teachers of the analyzed subject. the pedagogical experiment is implemented in three consecutive years, namely in the school year 2019/2020, 2020/2021 and 2021/2022. in the context elaborated in the theoretical part of the paper, we understand the effectiveness of activation teaching methods as a positive difference in the knowledge of pupils caused by the implementation of activation teaching methods compared to the knowledge of pupils who continue to be taught using the standard frontal teaching and interpretation methods without targeted activation. by this positive difference, we perceive a higher average assessment of pupils at the end of the monitored period compared to the average assessment of pupils at the beginning of the monitored period. as part of our research, we are therefore based on the premise p: the implementation of the activation teaching methods and their targeted application has a long-term positive effect on pupils' knowledge of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools, which is objectively reflected in their results and assessment. we state the following hypotheses: hypothesis h1: the average assessment of pupils in the analysed subject at the end of the 1st half year of the 2019/2020 school year, whose teaching was carried out using the activation teaching methods, will be higher than the average assessment of pupils whose teaching was carried out in a frontal way without activation. hypothesis h2: the average assessment of pupils in the analysed subject at the end of the 2021/2022 school year, whose teaching was carried out using the activation teaching methods, will be higher than the average assessment of pupils whose teaching was carried out in a frontal way without activation. hypothesis h3: the average assessment of pupils in the analysed subject at the end of the 1st half year of the 2019/2020 school year, whose teaching was implemented using the activation teaching methods, will be lower than their average assessment at the end of the 1st half year of the 2021/2022 school year. hypothesis h4: the application of the activation teaching methods even during the online teaching in the period of lockdown and quarantine due to the covid-19 pandemic has a positive effect on the attractiveness of the teaching implemented in this way. we will also try to find answers to these key questions: ko1: which of the activation teaching methods is most suitable for both teachers and pupils? ko2: how do pupils subjectively evaluate the application of the activation teaching methods in their education? ko3: when applying the activation teaching methods, are pupils more drawn into the lesson, are they more motivated, do they find the lesson more interesting? ko4: does the application of activation teaching methods have a positive effect on the classroom climate? ko5: do pupils learn the subject matter faster and easier when activation teaching methods are applied? ko6: is it possible to apply the activation teaching methods without reservation also within the framework of the online teaching? however, the aim of the research is not, and cannot be, to provide a detailed or exhaustive analysis regarding the implementation and application of the activation teaching methods, as such a goal would far exceed the required scope of the presented contribution. our effort is to formulate the conclusions of the presented research in such a way that they are not only academic considerations, but above all the practical analyses and outputs capable of an independent life. 3.2. specification of the research implementation procedure to process the pedagogical research within the analytical part of the paper as a starting point for comparison with the outputs of available research, both czech and foreign, towards the formulation of real and feasible proposals and recommendations for the implementation and application of activation teaching methods in the teaching of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools, a pedagogical experiment, a semi-structured interview and a questionnaire survey were used. the pedagogical experiment took place over the course of three monitored years. they are the school years 2019/2020, 2020/2021 and 2021/2022. the pedagogical experiment took place regardless of whether the teaching was carried out face-to-face or online. the experimental group was class 2.a (3.a and 4.a in the following monitored hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 451 years), when, after an agreement with the teacher, activation was implemented in the teaching of the analysed subject, activation teaching methods were used in every lesson, regardless of the form of teaching. the following activation teaching methods were used: • role; • playing; • brainstorming; • work in groups; • mind maps; • simulation; • practical demonstration; • guided discussion; • case study; • excursion. the control group was class 2.b (3.b and 4.b in the following monitored years). in the teaching of the control group, the activation teaching methods were not used, the frontal teaching was carried out using the explanatory method. both the experimental and control groups are taught by the same teacher. class 2.c is taught by another teacher. for the pedagogical experiment, we purposefully chose classes with the same teacher, due to the assumption of the objectivity in the assessment of pupils´ knowledge and due to the same approach to teaching in both classes. the pupils were not informed about their inclusion in the experiment, the teacher's task was only to inform the pupils in the experimental group that they were currently implementing the activation of teaching. as a part of a personal meeting in june 2019, the implementation of the pedagogical experiment was discussed, the methods of activation that will be used as a part of the experimental teaching were identified. these methods were subsequently applied to teaching during the three monitored years. in agreement with the teacher, the researcher carried out at least 1x per month the hospitalization in both the experimental and control groups, using the observation to check the use of activation teaching methods in the experimental group (frequency of their application, type of activation method, didactic tools for the application of the given activation method, study materials, the ability to apply the activation teaching methods in online teaching, the difference in the application of activation methods in face-to-face and online teaching), as well as the motivation of pupils to learn (pupils' interest in the subject matter and the teacher's explanation) and pupils' concentration during the lesson (class climate, disruption by pupils) both in the experimental, and control groups. these visits were also carried out during the period of lockdown and quarantine, i.e., during the time of online teaching. a total of 29 hospitalizations were carried out in both the experimental and control groups during the monitored period. a semi-structured interview was conducted with the teacher of the analysed subject. he is a man, age 46. originally trained as a paramedic, graduate of higher vocational school in the field of certified paramedic. for 8 years he worked as a paramedic in the medical ambulance service of the capital city of prague, then after a serious work accident leading to reduced mobility, he worked for 7 years at the dispatch centre of the medical ambulance service in the capital city of prague, has been teaching first aid, rescue and emergency medical services for 11 years. he is a graduate of dti university in the study program teacher training in vocational subjects and practical training. the introductory meeting took place in june 2019. thanks to the personal flexibility, proactivity and propensity for innovation, which are more than typical of the analysed teacher, we agreed on the implementation of a pedagogical experiment. activating teaching methods were identified, which were subsequently implemented in the teaching of the analysed subject in the 2nd year of the analysed secondary vocational school, for the following three years, i.e. in both the experimental group and the control group, the monitored period was the time from the beginning of the 2nd year until graduation. the semi-structured interview took place in april 2022, i.e., at the beginning of the matriculation exams for both the experimental group and the control group. the semi-structured interview took place in the building of the analysed school on 24 april 2022 and lasted 90 minutes. the entire conversation was recorded on a dictaphone in a mobile phone. the teacher's responses were then analysed using coding. we coded into these areas: 1. demographic data. 2. previous use of activation teaching methods. 3. current application of selected activation teaching methods: o difficulty of preparation for teaching. o application of activation methods in online teaching. o pupils' reaction to teaching using activation teaching methods. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 452 o educational results when applying activation teaching methods. o classroom climate in the experimental group. 4. recommendations. a questionnaire survey was conducted among the pupils of the experimental group. both analyzed groups were monitored for a period of three years, the questionnaire survey was carried out at the end of the 4th year of study before starting the matriculation exams. the questionnaire survey was carried out in the period march april 2022, and was evaluated as a part of the research in the months of june august 2022. the aim of the questionnaire survey among the pupils of the experimental group was to find out whether the teacher used the activation teaching methods in analysed subject, if so, what methods were used and how the pupils themselves subjectively evaluated the use of these methods in teaching. to fulfil the aim of this research, we decided to examine both the teacher's point of view and the pupils' point of view, because only a certain harmony between the pupil and the teacher can form a whole, which in the end constitutes the very perfection of the whole process. the questionnaire contains 33 open and closed type questions. we designed the questions in such a way that they correlated with the coding areas of the results of the interview with the teacher of the analysed subject. a time limit of 20 minutes is required for pupils to complete the questionnaires. this study answers the key questions in the above-cited way. individual key questions are answered using the results of the observation (hospitalization), an interview with the teacher and a questionnaire survey among the pupils of the experimental group. for both the experimental and control groups, we further examined the pupils' achieved knowledge, which was projected into the school assessment, i.e. grading. we examined and subsequently compared and statistically evaluated the final assessment of the subject in the midterm and at the end of the school year. this assessment was submitted to us by the teacher of the subject under investigation. due to the fact that the experimental and control groups were taught by the same teacher, we could work with the premise that the assessment of the achieved knowledge in both analysed groups are objective and comparable. to evaluate the research results projected into the evaluation of hypotheses, we used the mathematical-statistical methods for our chosen variables, which are not only processed, but also analyzed through the statistical program spss statistics 22.0. we primarily used the arithmetic mean, the pivot tables and the pearson's chi-square (χ2) test. various czech and foreign information sources were used for the final comparison. 3.3. characteristics of respondents of pedagogical research for the needs of the pedagogical research carried out by us, it was necessary to select a sample of respondents who were willing to cooperate and certain comparisons of the identified outputs over time were possible. the effectiveness of activation teaching methods is demonstrated in the subject integral rescue system taught in the field of security and legal activities (code 68-42-m/01) implemented at the xy secondary school. the number of pupils in the experimental and control groups did not change during the monitored period. the experimental group consisted of 18 pupils, of which 12 were girls, the control group consisted of 17 pupils, of which 10 were girls. 4. results and discussion 4.1. outputs of a semi-structured interview below we present a transcript of the semi-structured interview with the use of summarization according to our chosen codes. code 1: demographic data the respondent of the semi-structured interview, who served to provide an insight into the issue of the application of activation teaching methods not only during the face-to-face but also during the online teaching, was a male teacher aged 46, who has both professional education and experience, as well as pedagogical education. his teaching experience is 11 years. with regard to his expertise, the length of both professional and pedagogical experience, we can therefore state that he is a well-founded teacher with sufficient pedagogical experience for the application of the pedagogical experiment we have chosen. we can therefore consider his conclusions as relevant solved issues; they can serve to generalize information towards the formulation of proposals and recommendations in the context of the implementation and application of activation teaching methods in the teaching of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools. code 2: previous use of activation teaching methods the respondent stated that even in his previous practice, before the implementation of the pedagogical experiment, he had used the activation teaching methods. specifically, he stated that he had often used simulations, role plays, field trips, hands-on demonstrations, guided discussions, worksheets, case studies. however, he admitted that he did not use hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 453 these professional names of particular activation teaching methods, and mostly did not even know them. after the introductory meeting before the pedagogical experiment and the theoretical study of these activation teaching methods, he allowed their earlier application in the teaching of the analysed subject. code 3: current application of selected activation teaching methods code 3a: difficulty of preparation for teaching the respondent does not state that the preparation of the teaching of the analysed subject using the activation teaching methods would be fundamentally more demanding. it was more time-consuming to prepare the materials for the application of activation teaching methods, it was more mentally demanding to prepare the teaching for the control group, where frontal teaching was used with the use of the interpretation with a minimum of application of activation teaching methods. due to the relatively recent graduation from higher education in the field of pedagogy, the concept of pedagogic experiment and activation teaching methods was not unknown to the respondent, there was no need to study the individual methods chosen for the pedagogic experiment in principle and in detail or to consult with someone. the respondent does not find a fundamental difference in the preparation for the face-to-face teaching and online teaching of the analysed subject, either with the use of activation teaching methods or without their application in the teaching. code 3b: application of activation methods in online teaching the respondent does not indicate a fundamental difference in the application of activation teaching methods in faceto-face or online teaching. the difference was only in the length of preparation of teaching materials for the experimental group. he states that it was essential to realize and to identify which of the activation teaching methods is the most appropriate to apply in online teaching and to stick to it throughout the implementation of online teaching. the respondent states a subjective feeling that, especially during the online teaching, the pupils were more alert and attentive thanks to the application of the activation teaching methods in comparison with the control group, in which the frontal teaching was carried out with the use of the interpretation. code 3c: pupils' reaction to teaching using activation teaching methods according to the respondent, it is not possible to subjectively evaluate how pupils reacted to the application of activation teaching methods. he only states that he had a subjective feeling that the pupils in the experimental group that used activation teaching methods were more attentive, especially during the online teaching, probably due to the expectation of a moment of surprise when they will be called upon to solve a problem (question, task, assignment). code 3d: educational results when applying activation teaching methods the experimental group, where pre-selected activation teaching methods were applied, always had a better evaluation of tests and papers on average than the control group. further on in presented paper we will confirm this using the statistical methods. nevertheless, we can still state that the application of activation teaching methods, regardless of whether the teaching is carried out face-to-face or online, had a positive effect on the pupils' knowledge, which was manifested in the form of a mathematically higher assessment of written control papers, tests and the final assessment on the certificate. code 3e: classroom climate in the experimental group. the respondent did not subjectively identify a difference in the classroom climate of the experimental group and the control group. code 4: recommendations: the nature of the analysed subject tends to the application of such activation methods as practical demonstrations, simulations, role-playing, which, however, is possible only in the case of the face-to-face teaching. the face-to-face and the online classes allow for the application of tests, case studies, worksheets, videos and brainstorming. the respondent recommends to realize the teaching of technical subjects in such a way that the teacher prepares the theoretical basis for the teaching, most often in the form of a powerpoint presentation, recommends to the pupils, if necessary, online videos on the given issue, and subsequently uses problem-based methods during the teaching, specifically the solution of case studies, tests and worksheets, when pupils work not only with the information they have studied at home in the theoretical background, but they can also search for information directly in the classroom on the internet. these recommendations are also confirmed by sari (2020) [59], tomasik et al. (2021) [60], kousloglou (2023) [61] or dignath, (2021) [62] and glotova & kolchugina (2021) [63]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 454 4.2. results of a questionnaire survey among pupils of the experimental group pupils of the experimental group, class 4.a, took part in the questionnaire survey. there was a total of 18 pupils, of which 12 were girls and 6 were boys. in the control group, class 4.b, there was a total of 17 pupils, of which 10 were girls and 7 were boys. the number of pupils in the class and the gender structure did not change during the implementation of the pedagogical experiment. both girls and boys in the interviewed experimental group described their relationship to school as positive. all boys prefer an active approach in teaching, the same preference was confirmed by 10 girls, i.e., 83% of girls. 2 girls prefer to passively receive an explanation of the material being discussed (figure 2). figure 2. preference for active collaboration in teaching almost all girls noticed a change in teaching management in the analyzed subject in comparison with other subjects, but only 50% of boys identified this change (figure 3). figure 3. identification of a change in teaching management in comparison with other subjects most of the girls (83%) were aware that activation teaching methods were implemented in the lessons. for boys, the situation is the opposite, most of them (83%) did not notice the application of these methods in the teaching of the analysed subject. only girls responded to the question about the fun and popularity of teaching realised with the use of activation teaching methods, when 66.6% of the girls said that they liked the teaching and found it more fun, cheerful and not boring (figure 4). 10 2 6 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 active cooperation passive reception of interpretation n u m b e r o f r e sp o n d e n ts girls boys 11 1 3 3 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 yes no n u m b e r o f r e sp o n d e n ts girls boys hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 455 figure 4. identification of the activation teaching methods application in the analyzed subject furthermore, on figure 5, we present the subjective frequency of occurrence of individual activation teaching methods chosen by us, which were primarily chosen for the implementation of the pedagogical experiment, from the point of view of girls and boys in the experimental group. figure 5. pupils meeting with selected activation teaching methods it can be seen from the graph that both girls and boys are aware that excursions, case studies and practical demonstrations were used in their teaching. there is also an evident difference in the perception of the implementation of teaching between boys and girls, when boys very often chose the answer i don't know, basically it was their most frequent answer. the question is whether the reason is that they did not want to think fundamentally about their answer when filling out the questionnaire, or whether they really do not perceive how the teaching is realised in analysed subject. our personal opinion is that the influence of both is visible on this result, which we judge also from the result of the answers to the next question, when 100% of the boys said that teaching using activation methods has only positives, while they did not mention any positives. 92% of girls have a positive perception of teaching with the use of activation teaching methods, with the most common positives being: the class goes by quickly, the teaching is action-oriented, we study a lot of things during the lesson. only one negative was mentioned and that is that the class is noisy and sometimes the teaching is confused (figure 6). 10 2 1 5 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 yes no n u m b e r o f r e sp o n d e n ts girls boys 2 0 7 1 1 5 2 0 0 0 10 0 1 2 1 2 0 2 0 0 9 1 3 2 0 2 0 1 0 0 3 1 5 1 3 4 1 0 0 0 8 2 3 0 1 3 1 1 1 0 11 1 1 3 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 4 1 4 4 2 1 1 0 11 4 1 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 12 5 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 girls boys girls boys girls boys girls boys girls boys yes rather yes i do not know rather not no n u m b e r o f r e sp o n d e n ts role playing brainstorming group work mind maps simulations practical demonstration controlled discussion case studies excursions linear (simulations) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 456 figure 6. how is the teaching of the analysed subject with the use of activation methods perceived by pupils 83% of pupils stated that they were interested in teaching using activation methods, of which all girls confirmed this (figure 7). figure 7. assessment of interest, attention and concentration in teaching using activation methods by pupils in the same way, the majority of girls and boys state that thanks to the activation, they concentrated more on their lessons and were more attentive, also due to the greater fun of the lessons realized in this way. the majority of girls (66.7%) state that thanks to the application of activation teaching methods, they took away more knowledge and information from the lessons of analysed subject than from other subjects, but the boys do not share the same idea, when only half of them confirmed this. 75% of the girls say that due to the implementation of activation methods in the lesson and the absorption of a lot of information in the lesson, their home preparation for the lesson or tests and assessments is shorter than in the case of other subjects. again, only half of the boys confirmed this statement. generally, pupils report a positive acceptance of activation teaching methods of the analysed subject (83% of girls and 83% of boys). 92% of girls and 83% of boys identified the application of activation teaching methods even during online teaching. they report that they used video-based teaching, case studies and a large number of tests and worksheets. the pupils rate the online teaching as more fun (83% of girls and boys), they watched videos and, thanks to the impossibility of writing papers or being called to the blackboard, online teaching did not stress them (figure 8). 11 1 6 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 positively negatively n u m b e r o f r e sp o n d e n ts girls boys 12 9 11 11 3 1 1 3 4 4 2 3 2 2 4 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 interested in teaching concentration on teaching level of attention in teaching the fun of teaching n u m b e r o f r e sp o n d e n ts girls yes girls no boys yes boys no hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 457 figure 8. evaluation of the positive aspects of the activation teaching methods implementation when using the activation teaching methods, there were no major problems either on the side of the pupils or on the teacher's side, as can be seen from figure 9. above all, the girls found the use of activation teaching methods to be generally problem-free. figure 9. problems on the side of pupils or teacher when applying activation teaching methods among the more common problems faced by pupils, the respondents included: • unwillingness to work in a group (frequency 9); • unwillingness to present the prepared outputs or solutions to assigned problems and case studies (frequency 8); • a dead phone that was supposed to be used to search for answers to questions in a test, case study or worksheet (frequency 4). among the problems on the teacher's side, the respondents indicated that: • it was not possible to start the tutorial video (frequency 4); • the unclear assignment of the case study (frequency 2). no other problems on the side of the pupils or the teacher were identified. after their 3-year experience, pupils recommend including of the activation teaching methods in other subjects as well. only one girl does not recommend including of these methods in teaching, however, she does not justify her answer in any way (figure 10). 8 9 10 11 4 3 2 1 3 3 5 5 3 3 1 1 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 greater benefit of teaching than in other subjects shorter home preparation positive acceptance of activation methods the use of activation methods in online teaching n u m b e r o f r e sp o n d e n ts girls yes girls no boys yes boys no 4 8 3 3 1 10 1 5 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 yes no yes no girls boys n u m b e r o f r e sp o n d e n ts problems on pupils´side problems on teacher´s side hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 458 figure 10. recommendation to include the activation teaching methods in other subjects pupils recommend to include in particular: • the video (frequency 7); • the simulations (frequency 6); • the excursions (frequency 5); • the role playing (frequency 4). 100% of respondents answered yes to the question of whether pupils are satisfied with the functionality of activation teaching methods. the majority of pupils evaluated teaching using activation methods as essentially better than classical teaching. this is how 83% of pupils (100% of girls and 66.6% of boys) evaluated experimental teaching (figure 11). figure 11. overall assessment of teaching using activation methods below we present the evaluation of the questionnaire survey with the use of the summarization according to our chosen codes. code 1: demographic data pupils of the experimental group, class 4.a, took part in the questionnaire survey. there was a total of 18 pupils, of which 12 were girls and 6 were boys. the number of pupils in the class and the gender structure did not change during the implementation of the pedagogical experiment. 11 1 6 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 yes no n u m b e r o f r e sp o n d e n ts girls boys 10 1 1 0 00 4 1 1 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 better rather better the same rather worse worse n u m b e r o f r e sp o n d e n ts girls boys hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 459 code 3: current application of selected activation teaching methods code 3b: application of activation methods in online teaching the majority of respondents, both girls and boys, reported that video-based teaching was used, then case studies and a large number of tests and worksheets were used. pupils rate online teaching as funnier, they watched videos and, thanks to the impossibility of writing tests or being called to the blackboard, online teaching did not stress them. code 3c: pupils' reaction to teaching using activation teaching methods the majority of respondents prefer an active approach in teaching, however, only half of the boys identified that the teaching system in the analysed subject was a little different from the teaching system in other subjects. only girls found actively realised teaching funnier, they were more interested in activation teaching than in classical teaching, on the other hand, both boys and girls said that thanks to the activation they concentrated more on teaching and were more attentive, also due to the bigger fun of the teaching implemented in this way. girls more identified the use of individual activation teaching methods in the analysed subject. when identifying the application of individual activation teaching methods, boys very often chose the answer i don't know, basically it was their most frequent answer. the question is whether the reason is that they did not want to think fundamentally about their answer when filling out the questionnaire, or whether they really do not perceive how the teaching is carried out in individual subjects. our personal opinion is that the influence of both is visible on this result, which we judge also from the result of the answers to the next question, when 100% of the boys said that teaching using activation teaching methods has only positives, while they did not mention any positives. 92% of girls had a positive perception of teaching with the use of the activation teaching methods, with the most common positives being: the class goes by quickly, the teaching is action-oriented, we study a lot of things during the lesson. only one negative was mentioned and that is that the class is noisy and sometimes the teaching is confused. the majority of girls stated that thanks to the application of activation teaching methods, they took away more knowledge and information from the analysed subject than from other subjects, but the same idea is not shared by the boys, when only half of them confirmed this. most of the girls noted that due to the implementation of activation teaching methods and the absorption of a lot of information in the lesson, their home preparation for the lesson or tests and examinations was shorter than in the case of other classes. again, only half of the boys confirmed this statement. overall, however, the pupils report a positive acceptance of activation teaching methods of the analysed subject. when using the activation teaching methods, there were no major problems either on the side of the pupils or on the side of the teacher. above all, the girls found the use of activation teaching methods to be generally problem-free. among the more common problems faced by pupils, the respondents included: • an unwillingness to work in a group. • a reluctance to present prepared outputs or solutions to assigned problems and case studies. • a dead phone that was supposed to be used to search for answers to questions in a test, case study or worksheet. among the problems on the teacher's side, the respondents indicated: • the tutorial video could not be started. • an unclear assignment of the case study. no other problems on the side of the pupils or the teacher were identified. 100% of respondents answered yes to the question of whether pupils are satisfied with the functionality of activation teaching methods. the majority of pupils evaluated teaching using the activation methods as essentially better than classical teaching. this is how 83% of pupils (100% of girls and 66.6% of boys) evaluated experimental teaching. code 4: recommendations after their 3-year experience, the pupils recommended the including of the activation teaching methods in other subjects as well. only one girl does not recommend including these methods in teaching, however, she does not justify her answer in any way. pupils recommended to include in particular: • watching videos and answering test questions or questions in the worksheet related to the video; • simulation; • excursions; • role playing. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 460 4.3. evaluation of key questions the evaluation of the key questions was carried out using the results of a questionnaire survey among the pupils of the experimental group, the observation in the teaching of the experimental and the control groups by the researcher and the results of the interview with the teacher as a part of the pedagogical experiment. ko1: which of the activation teaching methods is most suitable for both teachers and pupils? this question is answered using the results of observation, an interview with the teacher and a questionnaire among the pupils of the experimental group. brainstorming, field trips, simulations and practical demonstrations received a positive response as part of the identification of the most suitable activation teaching methods. teaching methods known professionally as guided discussion or problem-based methods, where applied tests, worksheets and case studies can be included in the teaching, have proved useful to the teacher. and of course, using the videos and forcing pupils to present or speak in front of the class. this choice of the teacher was essentially confirmed by the pupils of the experimental group. ko2: how do pupils subjectively evaluate the application of the activation teaching methods in their education? this question is answered using the results of an interview with the teacher and a questionnaire among the pupils of the experimental group. pupils subjectively evaluated the application of activation teaching methods very positively. they especially highlighted the excursions, simulations and role-playing. the teacher confirmed that these methods were essential for teaching the analysed subject. the pupils themselves stated that they were impressed by the activation teaching, although this was basically confirmed only by the girls, who rather identified and noted a change in the system of teaching the analysed subject towards activation. they even stated that thanks to the activation they absorbed more information and their home preparation for exams or papers and tests was easier and shorter. pupils confirmed the application of activation teaching methods even in online teaching and evaluated it very positively, describing it as "more fun". ko3: when applying the activation teaching methods, are pupils more drawn into the lesson, are they more motivated, do they find the lesson more interesting? this question is answered using the results of observation, an interview with the teacher and a questionnaire among the pupils of the experimental group. yes, pupils reacted to activation teaching methods rather positively, they showed more attention in teaching, both face-to-face and online teaching. this is confirmed not only by the teachers, but also by the pupils themselves. ko4: does the application of activation teaching methods have a positive effect on the classroom climate? this question is answered using the results of observation, an interview with the teacher and a questionnaire among the pupils of the experimental group. classroom climate is probably unrelated to the application of specific teaching methods. rather, it correlates with the personality of the teacher and his ability to arrange the calmness, order, attention and to inspire the natural respect, but without the fear felt on the part of the pupils to communicate openly with the teacher. ko5: do pupils learn the subject matter faster and easier when activation teaching methods are applied? this question was answered using the results of an interview with the teacher and a questionnaire among the pupils of the experimental group. yes, the teacher of the analysed subject confirmed that, thanks to the activation, the pupils learnt the subject matter more easily and it was better fixed. furthermore, the evaluation of the subject both on the certificate and during the school year in all three monitored years, when the pedagogical experiment was implemented, confirms that the pupils of the experimental group, i.e., the class where teaching using activation teaching methods was applied, achieved better school evaluation. better school success is especially noticeable in the era of online teaching, when activation probably clearly led to the acquisition of deeper and better fixed knowledge or perhaps more motivated pupils to more responsible preparation at home for tests, five-minute tests and control work. ko6: is it possible to apply the activation teaching methods without reservation also within the framework of the online teaching? this question is answered using the results of observation, an interview with the teacher and a questionnaire among the pupils of the experimental group. yes, it is definitely possible. due to the activation, pupils in the experimental group achieved better school results and better fixation of the subject matter than pupils in the control group during online teaching. in addition, they described teaching realised in this way as more fun. in the experimental group, mainly case studies, tests and worksheets were applied during the online teaching period, i.e., essentially problem-based methods, videos were often and successfully used as a basis for getting to know the studied issue. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 461 from the evaluation of the key questions, it clearly follows that in the experimental group, both during the face-toface and the online teaching, mainly case studies, tests and worksheets were applied, i.e., basically problem-based methods, as a basis for getting to know the studied issue, it was often and successfully used videos and powerpoint presentations, while the study materials were presented to the pupils for home preparation. 4.4. evaluation of hypotheses as a part of our research, we are based on the premise p: the implementation of the activation teaching methods and their targeted application has a long-term positive effect on pupils' knowledge of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools, which is objectively reflected in their results and assessment. for a more detailed evaluation of the given premise, we will use the evaluation from the premise and the research aim resulting research hypotheses. we will use mathematical-statistical methods, namely pivot tables, arithmetic mean and the pearson's chi-square (χ2) test. hypothesis h1: the average assessment of pupils in the analysed subject at the end of the 1st semester of the 2019/2020 school year, whose teaching was carried out using the activation teaching methods, will be higher than the average assessment of pupils whose teaching was carried out in a frontal way without activation. to evaluate the hypothesis h1, we will use the pivot tables and compare the control and experimental groups. the result of the comparison is shown in table 2, from which it is evident that the statistical significance is low, therefore it is not possible to confirm the correlation between the compared groups. table 2. evaluation of the hypothesis h1 using the comparison of analysed variables in the control and experimental groups statistic value sig. (2-tailed) pearson chi-square 0.64 0.888 likelihood ratio 0.65 0.886 linear-by-linear 0.15 0.700 for a more detailed evaluation of the h1 hypothesis, there is no need to use the pearson's chi-square (χ2) test, we will use the arithmetic mean as one of the methods of descriptive statistics. we accept the hypothesis h1, because pupils in the experimental group achieved a lower arithmetic mean of the subject assessment (me2 = 2.111111), i.e., a higher average assessment of the subject after the implementation of the activation teaching methods than pupils in the control group, who had a higher arithmetic mean (mk2 = 2.235294). therefore, a lower subject assessment. mk2 = 2.235294 ˃ me2 = 2.111111 (1) mk2 me2 = 0.124183 (2) the difference between the control group and the experimental group in terms of arithmetic means is 0.124183, that is, the experimental group with activation teaching had a better arithmetic mean by 0.124183 than the group with the frontal method of teaching without activation. it can therefore be concluded that the activation teaching improved the average assessment of the subject of the experimental group. hypothesis h2: the average assessment of pupils in the analysed subject at the end of the 2021/2022 school year, whose teaching was carried out using the activation teaching methods, will be higher than the average assessment of pupils whose teaching was carried out in a frontal way without activation. to evaluate the hypothesis h2, we will use the pivot tables and compare the control and experimental groups. the result of the comparison is shown in table 3, from which it is evident that the statistical significance is low (lower than for hypothesis h1), therefore it is not possible to confirm the association between the compared groups. table 3. evaluation of the hypothesis h2 using the comparison of analysed variables in the control and experimental groups statistic value sig. (2tailed) pearson chi-square 0.54 0.910 likelihood ratio 0.55 0.909 linear by linear association 0.39 0.531 for a more detailed evaluation of the h2 hypothesis, there is no need to use the pearson's chi-square (χ2) test, we will use the arithmetic mean as one of the methods of descriptive statistics. we accept the hypothesis h2, because the experimental group using activation teaching methods achieved a lower arithmetic mean (me4 = 2.277778), i.e., a better assessment of the subject than the control group (mk4 = 2.470588), whose teaching was carried out frontally without the activation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 462 mk4 = 2.470588 ˃ me4 = 2.277778 (3) mk4 me4 = 0.19281 (4) the difference in the arithmetic means of the two analysed groups is 0.19281. it shows us that the experimental group scored 0.19281 lower, i.e., better, in the arithmetic mean than the control group. hypothesis h3: the average assessment of pupils in the analysed subject at the end of the 1st half year of the 2019/2020 school year, whose teaching was implemented using the activation teaching methods, will be lower than their average assessment at the end of the 1st half year of the 2021/2022 school year. we reject the hypothesis h3, because the experimental group, whose teaching was implemented in an active way, achieved a lower arithmetic mean (me2 = 2.111111), i.e., a better assessment in the 1st half year of the 2019/2020 school year, compared to the end of the 2021/2022 school year, when it achieved a higher arithmetic mean, i.e., a worse assessment (m e4 = 2.277778). me2 = 2.111111 ˂ me4 = 2.277778 (5) me2 me4 = 0.1666668 (6) the difference between the assessment in the 1st half year of the 2019/2020 school year and the end of the 2021/2022 school year is 0.1666668, so it can be stated that the pupils in the experimental group at the end of the 1st half year of the 2019/2020 school year were 0.1666668 away from the arithmetic mean better than at the end of the 2021/2022 school year. at the same time, the pearson's chi-square (χ2) reached significance (p=0.006), which is less than our 5% significance level. we can thus state that there is a statistically significant difference between the arithmetic mean of the experimental group at the end of the 1st half year of the 2019/2020 school year and the end of the 2021/2022 school year. at the same time, with statistical significance (p=0.006), we can state that there is a correlation between these two variables. to evaluate the hypothesis h3, we will use the pivot table, when we will compare the analysed variables, i.e., the end of the 1st half year of the 2019/2020 school year and the end of the 2021/2022 school year, first together for the control and experimental groups (table 4), then only the control group (table 5) and finally the experimental group (table 6). table 4. evaluation of the hypothesis h3 using the comparison of analysed variables in the control and experimental groups together statistic value df sig. 2-tailed pearson chi-square 45.08 9 0.000 likelihood ratio 31.42 9 0.000 linear-by-linear association 15.23 1 0.000 table 5. evaluation of the hypothesis h3 using the comparison of the variables of the control group only statistic value df sig. 2-tailed pearson chi-square 21.99 9 0.009 likelihood ratio 17.53 9 0.041 linear-by-linear association 8.17 1 0.004 table 6. evaluation of hypothesis h3 using the comparison of observed variables only in the experimental group statistic value df sig. 2-tailed pearson chi-square 23.24 9 0.006 likelihood ratio 13.56 9 0.139 linear-by-liner assoc. 6.46 1 0.011 we conclude that the presented hypothesis h3 is statistically significant and can be associated with the entire population and the analysed variables, i.e., me2 and me4 depend on each other. statistical significance and dependence are high (p=0.000). we admit that the rejecting of the hypothesis h3 leads to the fact that the premise p of the research is not confirmed. thus, we could and should formulate the claim that the implementation of the activation teaching methods does not increase the knowledge of pupils in the analysed subject, which is reflected in a higher average assessment of the subject. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 463 however, in this context, we further state and prove that there was a fundamental error in the formulation of the hypothesis h3. as analysed variables of the h3 hypothesis we indicated the average assessment of the subject at the relative beginning of the pedagogical experiment, i.e., in the 1st half year of the 2nd school year, i.e., in the 1st half year of the 2019/2020 school year, and at the relative end of the pedagogical experiment, i.e., in the 2nd half year of the 4th year, i.e., in the 2nd half year of the 2021/2022 school year. however, we note that the end of the pedagogical experiment of the average assessment of the analysed subject at the end of the 1st half year of the 4th grade, i.e., at the end of the 1st half year of the 2021/2022 school year, should have been listed as the second analysed variable. the unequivocal reason is the implementation of the matriculation exams in the period february may 2022, when in the 2nd half year of the matriculation year the morale, attendance and motivation of pupils to complete 100% of the tasks assigned in individual subjects clearly decrease, as the absolute concentration is focused on the fulfilment of tasks related to successful passing of the matriculation exams. although the analysed subject is a matriculation subject, in the 2nd half year the content of the subject is relatively peripheral topics that fundamentally do not interfere with the topics and content of the matriculation exam in the given subject. therefore, for both the control and experimental groups, there is a relatively sharp deterioration in the average assessment of the subject at the end of the 2nd half of the 4th year, i.e., the school year 20221/2022. we are also aware of the fact that during the 2nd half of the 4th grade, the teaching observation was not carried out, it was not responsibly checked whether the selected and analysed activation teaching methods were actually included in the teaching. in fact, this half-year is generally considered to be the graduation half year for all subjects and in most secondary schools, with an absolute orientation towards the completion of tasks related to the passing of the graduation exam. this fact was not taken into account when formulating the premise and aim of the research and the resulting hypotheses, and it becomes a fundamental limit of our research. the worsening of the assessment of the subject in the context of the above cited fact also occurs in the control group. mk2 = 2.235294 ˂ mk4 = 2.470588 (7) however, if we consider the average assessment of the subject at the end of the 1st half year of the 4th grade as the end of the pedagogic experiment, i.e., at the end of the 1st half year of the 2021/2022 school year, which logically and essentially should be, we can unequivocally confirm the hypothesis h3. me2 = 2.111111 ˂ me41 = 1.777778 (8) from the average assessment of the subject, it can be seen that at the end of the analysed period, i.e., at the end of the 1st half year of the 4th year, i.e., at the end of the 1st half year of the school year 2021/2022, there is a sharp reduction in the arithmetic mean in the subject assessment, i.e., the subject is evaluated on average with higher grade and therefore better. the difference in the arithmetic mean is 0.333333. me2 me41 = 0.333333 (9) we can therefore probably make the statement that the implementation of the activation teaching methods improves the average assessment of the subject by more than 30%, so we can also assume that the pupils of the experimental group have 30% more or 30% better knowledge of the analysed subject. confirmation of this statement was not and is not the aim of this research, but it is a proposal for further investigation of the implementation of activation teaching methods in technical subjects at secondary vocational schools. it follows from the subject assessment in the newly established period of the pedagogical experiment in the control group that the classic frontal teaching did not have a significant effect on improving the evaluation of the analysed subject. mk2 = 2.111111 ˃ mk41 = 1.777778 (10) thanks to the arguments mentioned above, we can claim that the targeted and the systematic activation has a positive effect on the achievement of the educational results, which is manifested by a better assessment on the certificate. hypothesis h4: the application of the activation teaching methods even during the online teaching in the period of lockdown and quarantine due to the covid-19 pandemic has a positive effect on the attractiveness of the teaching implemented in this way. we confirm the hypothesis h4. online teaching was implemented for 3 half years. it started in the 2nd half of the 2nd year of the 2019/2020 school year, and finished at the end of the 2nd half of the 3rd year, i.e. the 2020/2021 school year. the difference in the arithmetic mean is 0.222223 and is therefore significant. me2 = 2.055556 ˃ me3=1.833333 (11) me2 me3=0.222223 (12) hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 464 thus, we can state that during the implementation of the online teaching, the application of the activation methods had a positive effect on the acquisition of knowledge of the analysed subject, and therefore the assessment of the subject at the end of the 3rd year was higher than the assessment of the subject in the 2nd half year of the 2nd year. within the compared data of the experimental group, we found statistical significance at the level (p=0.151), which is not statistically significant. we cannot state that the information found is statistically significant. at the same time, we state that for the reasons of statistical significance mentioned, this hypothesis cannot be generalized to the entire population. this is also confirmed by the evaluation using the arithmetic mean, as the control group's assessment of the subject also improved during the online teaching period. although this improvement is not as striking as in the experimental group. the difference in the arithmetic mean is only 0.117647. mk2 = 2.294118 ˃ mk3 = 2.176471 (13) mk2 mk3 = 0.117647 (14) therefore, we can assume that the improvement of the subject's assessment after the completion of the online teaching is not influenced by the application of activation teaching methods, but rather by the form of teaching itself. however, the confirmation of this statement is not the aim and subject of our research, and may be the subject of further research or other pedagogical experiments. to evaluate the hypothesis h4, we used pivot tables, when we compared analysed variables, i.e., subject assessment at the end of the 1st half year of the 2019/2020 school year and at the end of the 2020/2022 school year, first together for the control and experimental groups (table 7), then only the control group (table 8) and finally the experimental group (table 9). table 7. evaluation of hypothesis h4 using the comparison of analysed variables in the control and experimental groups together statistic value df sig. (2-tailed) pearson chi-square 20.33 9 0.016 likelihood ratio 21.62 9 0.010 linear-by-linear assoc. 7.40 1 0.007 table 8. evaluation of the hypothesis h4 using the comparison of the analysed variables of the control group only statistic value df sig. (2-tailed) pearson chi-square 15.40 9 0.081 likelihood ratio 15.48 9 0.079 linear-by-linear assoc. 2.26 1 0.133 table 9. evaluation of the hypothesis h4 using the comparison of the analysed variables of the experimental group only statistic value df sig. (2-tailed) pearson chi-square 13.28 9 0.151 likelihood ratio 15.50 9 0.078 linear-by-linear assoc. 5.31 1 0.021 hypotheses h1, h2 and h4 were unequivocally confirmed, but not for the entire population, however only for the observed group of the pedagogical experiment, i.e., pupils of secondary school xy studying the subject integrated rescue system taught in the field of security and legal activities (code 68-42 -m/01). although the hypothesis h3 as it was formulated was not confirmed, we identified a fundamental error in its formulation, which became the limit of the research. after removing the error, we can claim that this hypothesis h3 was also confirmed, however, again only for the observed group of the pedagogical experiment, i.e., pupils of secondary school xy studying the subject integrated rescue system taught in the field of security and legal activities (code 6842-m/ 01). in the context of the above cited facts, we can therefore claim that the effectiveness of the application of the activation teaching methods in the teaching of technical subjects was demonstrated for the pupils of the secondary school xy studying the subject integrated rescue system taught in the field of security and legal activities (code 68-42-m/01), when, using the mathematical-statistical methods, we demonstrated the effectiveness in improving the average assessment of the analysed subject at the end of the pedagogical experiment compared to the assessment at the beginning of the pedagogical experiment. thus, we proved the confirmation of the premise and the fulfilment of the aim of our research. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 465 4.5. comparison of the theory and the practice effectiveness is a current phenomenon in all areas of human action [64]. in the field of education, it is a complex and extensive concept [65]. moreover, this term is relatively new in the czech literature on education [33]. the situation in the professional literature on the effectiveness of education and teaching methods is very bad [66]. this fact was also confirmed in the case of the effectiveness of activation teaching methods in the teaching of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools. it was not possible to find answers to the key questions, premise or hypotheses formulated by us in the professional literature. although we have demonstrated the effectiveness of the application of activation teaching methods with certain limits, we do not have enough data available to compare our findings with the results of other studies and research. the effectiveness of the activation teaching methods at secondary vocational schools is dealt with by several studies, which confirm our premise and that the activation teaching methods increase the effectiveness of teaching expressed by the improvement of knowledge expressed by a higher assessment of an analysed subject (a better grade on the certificate). among these studies with this confirming conclusion, we include the work of zemanova & knight (2021) [67], which is focused on the effectiveness of terrain teaching in the teaching of geography at a grammar school. terrain teaching is one of the activation methods, so we can compare the conclusions confirming the effectiveness of terrain teaching with our conclusions. most final theses and available research and studies are always oriented towards one specific activation teaching method, while we focused on proving the effectiveness of the entire range of activation methods as a whole. during the secondary analysis of information sources focused on the application of instructional videos in teaching and their effectiveness, we came across a scientific article by havránková (2021) [68], which described the hitherto unknown concept of the "flipped classroom model". the fundamental theme of this model is the implementation of the digital tools in school teaching. the research of havránková (2021) [68] is based on the premise confirmed by many researches and studies, for example abbot (2003) [69], fu (2013) [70] or hernandez (2017) [71], that these technologies primarily have a real potential for fundamental way to increase the quality and effectiveness of teaching in each field, which is also claimed by wang (2015) [55]. these digital tools are able not only to increase pupils' interest in the topic being discussed, but also to ensure their active involvement in teaching, improve their study results and motivate them to take further interest in the field even outside the school environment. the best form of teaching using digital tools, i.e., not only videos, but also presentations, is the flipped classroom model [68]. the aim of this chapter was not to carry out a detailed comparison of theory and practice, it is not even possible, rather, with the use of a secondary analysis of information sources, both czech and foreign, to focus on the evaluation of our stated premise that the use of the activation teaching methods in the teaching of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools is effective with an emphasis on identifying specific elements of teaching, the implementation of which clearly increases the effectiveness of teaching. 4.6. suggestions and recommendations as a part of the pedagogical experiment we implemented, we evaluated the effectiveness of activation teaching methods in the teaching of technical subjects at a secondary vocational school. it has been verified that the chosen activation teaching methods really increase the effectiveness of teaching; pupils are more satisfied, more motivated, and acquire better knowledge, which is subsequently positively evaluated in the case of examinations, papers, and tests. on the basis of a semi-structured interview with the teacher, a questionnaire survey among pupils, and personal observation, the problem method was identified as the most effective activation method, where pupils were forced to solve a specific problem in the form of a worksheet, test, or case study. pupils could use ict to solve the problem. ict has become a fixed part of everyday pedagogical practice [72]. it is no longer only on the fringes of teachers' interest [68]. they already absolutely routinely use the internet and videos from youtube to search for information and study materials, as was the case with the pedagogical experiment we implemented, and prepare various presentations. the application of ict in teaching is better able to keep the attention of pupils because they use the internet and smart mobile phones or various social networks in their daily practice, proving that these technologies have a real potential to fundamentally increase the quality and effectiveness of teaching in every field [55, 73]. ict is able not only to increase pupils' interest in the topic being discussed but also to ensure their active involvement in teaching, improve their study results, and motivate them to take further interest in the field even outside the school environment [55]. however, it is essential that every teacher be able to use these tools effectively and in a way that will help him fulfill his pedagogical goals. the most important thing is not the tools themselves but, above all, the method of their processing and involvement [72]. therefore, even modern information technologies cannot be superior to pedagogy itself but can be smart "weapons" in the hands of experienced and conceptually capable "learning managers" [68]. in the context of the pedagogical experiment implemented by us, an educational video or powerpoint presentation served as the basis for solving the problem, while the pupils had these teaching aids available in advance, so the study hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 466 materials were brought forward and the flipped classroom model was applied. due to the demonstrable effectiveness of this model, we propose its application as a suitable model for the implementation of activation teaching methods, specifically problem-based methods, in the teaching of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools. the flipped classroom model is based on the maximum use of the time allocated for face-to-face or synchronous teaching, which is achieved by moving the presentation of new subject content to home preparation, i.e., an asynchronous environment. this procedure was also applied within the framework of the pedagogical experiment we implemented. on the basis of teaching materials created by the teacher, for example, in the form of videos or presentations, the pupils familiarize themselves with the content of the subject at home even before the actual teaching. the latter then builds on the home preparation and further develops the discussed content through other methods of active teaching (e.g., work in groups, role plays, and discussions) [74]. putting flipped teaching to use videos or presentations is considered by experts to be a procedure significantly in line with modern trends. according to these trends, the way in which today's youth absorb new stimuli is significantly based on visual and cinematic elements [55, 68]. the format of the flipped classroom is often used primarily in the natural sciences [75], but its effectiveness is gradually being confirmed across subjects. thus, based on the study of information sources focused on the effectiveness of the application of the flipped classroom model, for example mehring (2016) [76] or diehl (2020) [77], taking into account the fact that this model was basically applied in the pedagogical experiment we implemented, we state, that it is clearly possible to apply this model also within the teaching of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools. 4.7. limits of research the implementation of a pedagogical experiment as a method of pedagogical research brings with it quite a few risks and limits. among the limits of the research, we can clearly identify: • pupils will welcome the departure from classic frontal teaching, but they will not initially consider the application of activation teaching methods as an innovation in teaching or as a benefit in teaching, but as a time to rest and lose concentration. • the actual ability of the teacher to correctly apply a specific activation method can be controversial due to the absence of an observer or controller. • the impossibility of constant supervision during the implementation of the pedagogical experiment, which may lead to a distortion of the results. • biased evaluation of the results achieved by the investigated groups. • badly chosen beginning or end of the pedagogical experiment. 5. conclusion "excellent teachers have always counted on the cooperation of pupils to a certain extent, although in general this was not the case and is still not the case" [78]. activation teaching methods came to the fore of schools and teachers' interest only in the period of reform pedagogy at the beginning of the 20th century as a response to the solution to the rigid concept of education at the time, which attributed to pupils the role of passive recipients of communicated information. however, nowadays, activation methods and their applications are on the rise. the reasons are not only pedagogical and psychological but especially social. the current society is referred to as a modern society of knowledge and information, whose distinctive feature is a huge increase in information and in which information and knowledge are the main driving forces of its development. this "explosion of information" puts pressure on the school to handle the increase in knowledge through the methods that have prevailed so far, i.e., memorization. however, the pupil can no longer assimilate this flood of information in this way because it becomes ballast that has no use; it only overloads and disgusts the pupils. it is absolutely necessary to look for new ways to guide the pupils to activities and to help them sort and use information. in this context, there is talk of the need for a new culture of teaching and learning [79]. and it is here that activation-based teaching methods and pupil activity come to the fore. "pupil activity means increased, intensive activity, on the one hand based on internal inclinations, spontaneous interests, emotional drives, and life needs, and on the other hand on the basis of conscious effort" [80]. however, pupils´ activity in itself is not the goal of education. activating of pupils in the educational process means focusing on the growth of their competences and the development and improvement of the pupil's personality. such an activity is realized by the independent work of the pupils, when the pupil, albeit under the supervision of the teacher but gradually without outside help, manages the educational situations with the aim of relatively complete freedom from direct guidance and influence. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 467 "activation teaching methods should rightly have significant application in the educational work of the school, because they are not limited to the cognitive area, but enable the "connection of the head, heart and hand" [79]. however, it is challenging for teachers to involve pupils in an active participation in teaching, because activity cannot be induced by directive interventions and instructions, but it is necessary to look for ways to stimulate, to inspire, to motivate and sensitively to guide pupils to find their own way [81]. it must also be taken into account that activation teaching methods have their limits and pitfalls. the primary aim of the presented paper was to demonstrate the effectiveness of activation teaching methods in the teaching of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools through pedagogical research using a pedagogical experiment. this aim has been fulfilled. the expected output of the presented paper was to present a professional text that will offer a comprehensive understanding of the defined issue by evaluating the application of activation teaching methods in the teaching of technical subjects at secondary vocational schools. this output has been achieved. we proved through a pedagogical experiment of a longitudinal nature that activation teaching methods are really effective in teaching technical subjects at secondary vocational schools, while within the framework of that pedagogical experiment it was proved that it is possible to apply activation teaching methods very effectively in the so-called flipped classroom model, which we present as a suitable for effective activation teaching of secondary school pupils. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, g.g. and s.č.; methodology, g.g. and s.č.; investigation, g.g.; resources, s.č.; writing— original draft preparation, g.g. and s.č.; writing—review and editing, g.g. and s.č. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. acknowledgements the authors gratefully acknowledge dti university, slovakia for supporting this work. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved in the study. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] tusupbekova, e. k., tusupbekov, e. t., & nurzhanova, k. k. (2019). innovative methods for activation of cognitive activity of students of technical universities. issues of pedagogy, (6-2), 9-13. (in russian). [2] yagafarova, k., & kamennaya, e. (2019). activation of the cognitive activity of students of a technical university through the individualization of education. shs web of conferences, 69, 00133. doi:10.1051/shsconf/20196900133. [3] stanislavovna, u. r. n., & radjabova, s. (2022). features in the activation of educational and cognitive activity in teaching nature. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(3), 255-259. doi:10.17605/osf.io/qg2uz. [4] baumert, j., kunter, m., blum, w., brunner, m., voss, t., jordan, a., klusmann, u., krauss, s., neubrand, m., & tsai, y. m. (2010). teachers’ mathematical knowledge, cognitive activation in the classroom, and student progress. american educational research journal, 47(1), 133–180. doi:10.3102/0002831209345157. [5] abdulloyeva, m. s. (2020). interactive forms of training as a method activization at secondary schools. world science, 4 (37), 10-13. (in russian). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 468 [6] cakici, d. (2016). the use of ict in teaching english as a foreign language. participatory educational research, 4(2), 73-77. [7] lawrence, j. e., & tar, u. a. (2018). factors that influence teachers’ adoption and integration of ict in teaching/learning process. educational media international, 55(1), 79–105. doi:10.1080/09523987.2018.1439712. [8] tazhikenova, s. (2012). interactive methods of teaching as an innovation in education. actual problems of the economy, 135(9), 500-506. (in russian). [9] schegoleva, i., butova, s., ivanova, l., & korbukova, n. (2018). the student as co-organizer of the educational process. edulearn18 proceedings, 1, 8940–8948. doi:10.21125/edulearn.2018.2092. [10] settineri, s. (2022). from frontal lesson to other forms of teaching. mediterranean journal of clinical psychology, 10(2), 18. doi:10.13129/2282-1619/mjcp-3562. [11] them, c., schulc, e., roner, a., & behrens, j. (2003). comparison of frontal teaching versus problem-oriented learning at the school of healthcare and nursing: nursing neurological patients. international journal of medical informatics, 71(2–3), 117–124. doi:10.1016/s1386-5056(03)00096-0. [12] pecina, p., & svoboda, i. (2015). aspects of learning in didactics of technical subjects and practical training in the context of teaching methods. lifelong learning, 5(2), 172–200. doi:10.11118/lifele20150502172. [13] chiang, c. l., & lee, h. (2016). the effect of project-based learning on learning motivation and problem-solving ability of vocational high school students. international journal of information and education technology, 6(9), 709–712. doi:10.7763/ijiet.2016.v6.779. [14] zukerstein, j., novotný, j., & černý, j. (2010). technical studies and the needs of the region. edukacja-technika-informatyka, 1(1), 162-164. [15] nilsook, p., chatwattana, p., & seechaliao, t. (2021). the project-based learning management process for vocational and technical education. higher education studies, 11(2), 20. doi:10.5539/hes.v11n2p20. [16] watson, j. (2018). deferred creativity: exploring the impact of an undergraduate learning experience on professional practice. teaching and teacher education, 71, 206–213. doi:10.1016/j.tate.2017.12.018. [17] grossman, p., compton, c., igra, d., ronfeldt, m., shahan, e., & williamson, p. w. (2009). teaching practice: a crossprofessional perspective. teachers college record, 111(9), 2025–2100. doi:10.1177/016146810911100905. [18] yuan, t. (2021). algorithm of classroom teaching quality evaluation based on markov chain. complexity, 2021, 1–12. doi:10.1155/2021/9943865. [19] marzano, r. j., gaddy, b. b., & dean, c. (2000). what works in classroom instruction. mcrel, aurora, united states. [20] walberg, h. j., & paik, s. j. (2003). effective educational practices. successful schooling, discovery publishing house, new delhi, india. [21] zachary, l. j., & fain, l. z. (2022). the mentor's guide: facilitating effective learning relationships. john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. [22] seidel, t., & shavelson, r. j. (2007). teaching effectiveness research in the past decade: the role of theory and research design in disentangling meta-analysis results. review of educational research, 77(4), 454–499. doi:10.3102/0034654307310317. [23] scheerens, j. (2005). review of school and instructional effectiveness research. paper commissioned for the efa global monitoring report, united nations educational, scientific and cultural organization (unesco), paris, france. [24] bransford, j. d., brown, a. l., & cocking, r. r. (2000). how people learn (vol. 11). washington, dc: national academy press, washington, united states. [25] floden, r. e. (2001). research on effects of teaching: a continuing model for research on teaching. handbook of research on teaching, american educational research association, washington, united states. [26] cohen, d., & crabtree, b. (2006). qualitative research guidelines project. robert wood johnson foundation, new jersey, united states. [27] campbell, r. j., kyriakides, l., muijs, r. d., & robinson, w. (2004). effective teaching and values: some implications for research and teacher appraisal. oxford review of education, 30(4), 451–465. doi:10.1080/0305498042000303955. [28] berns, m. (2013). contexts of competence: social and cultural considerations in communicative language teaching. springer science & business media, new york, united states. doi:10.1007/978-1-4757-9838-8. [29] prucha, j. (2005). czech pedagogical research: the problem of product usability. pedagogical research: reflections on social needs and expectations. proceedings from xiii. čapv conference, 13-14 september, 2005, olomouc, czech republic. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 469 [30] campbell, j., kyriakides, l., muijs, d., & robinson, w. (2012). assessing teacher effectiveness: developing a differentiated model, routledge, london, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9780203403709. [31] johnson, a. l., & ruggiero, j. (2014). nonparametric measurement of productivity and efficiency in education. annals of operations research, 221(1), 197–210. doi:10.1007/s10479-011-0880-9. [32] guironnet, j. p., & peypoch, n. (2018). the geographical efficiency of education and research: the ranking of u.s. universities. socio-economic planning sciences, 62, 44–55. doi:10.1016/j.seps.2017.07.003. [33] wolszczak-derlacz, j. (2018). assessment of tfp in european and american higher education institutions application of malmquist indices. technological and economic development of economy, 24(2), 467–488. doi:10.3846/20294913.2016.1213197. [34] aristovnik, a. (2013). relative efficiency of education expenditures in eastern europe: a non-parametric approach. journal of knowledge management, economics and information technology, 3(3), 1-4. [35] burov, o. y., & pinchuk, o. p. (2023). a meta-analysis of the most influential factors of the virtual reality in education for the health and efficiency of students’ activity. educational technology quarterly, 2023(1), 58–68. doi:10.55056/etq.435. [36] sun, y., wang, d., yang, f., & ang, s. (2023). efficiency evaluation of higher education systems in china: a double frontier parallel dea model. computers and industrial engineering, 176. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2023.108979. [37] longo, l. (2015). activation of the vocational and personal development (advp): an innovative educational orientation methodology. 9th international technology, education and development conference, 2-4 march, 2015, madrid, spain. [38] dalton, t., & gerdes, j. (2021). creating an immersive and active educational experience for generation z. proceedings of the 22st annual conference on information technology education. doi:10.1145/3450329.3478316. [39] cabrera-solano, p., ochoa-cueva, c., & castillo-cuesta, l. (2023). implementing the engage, study, activate approach using technological tools in higher education. international journal of learning, teaching and educational research, 22(1), 268– 282. doi:10.26803/ijlter.22.1.15. [40] hasanov, a. a., & gatiyatulina, r. m. (2017). interdisciplinary communication as a didactic condition of increasing the efficiency of educational process. eastern european scientific journal, (5), 1-6. [41] musakhonovna, k. l. (2022). peculiarities of using modern educational tools to increase the effectiveness of teaching the natural sciences and direct students to independent activities. asian journal of multidimensional research, 11(5), 182–191. doi:10.5958/2278-4853.2022.00106.9. [42] chapman, d. w. (2002). management and efficiency in education: goals and strategies. asian development bank, hong kong. [43] johnes, j., portela, m., & thanassoulis, e. (2017). efficiency in education. journal of the operational research society, 68(4), 331–338. doi:10.1057/s41274-016-0109-z. [44] pandey, p., & pandey, m. m. (2021). research methodology tools and techniques. bridge center, los angeles, united states. [45] šimek, v., oláh, a., & bočková, k. (2021). secondary socialization of homeschoolers during the covid-19 pandemic. emerging science journal, 5, 141–156. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-sper-12. [46] heydarnejad, t., hosseini fatemi, a., & ghonsooly, b. (2022). the interplay among self-regulation, emotions and teaching styles in higher education: a path analysis approach. journal of applied research in higher education, 14(2), 594–609. doi:10.1108/jarhe-08-2020-0260. [47] mcber, h. (2001). research into teacher effectiveness. early professional development of teachers, david fulton publishers, london, united kingdom. [48] fenstermacher, g.d., & soltis, j.f. (2008). teaching styles (teaching styles of teachers). portal, teachers' prague, prague, czech republic. (in czech). [49] reynolds, d. (2006). world class schools: some methodological and substantive findings and implications of the international school effectiveness research project. educational research and evaluation, 12(6), 535–560. doi:10.1080/13803610600874026. [50] mcdonald, b. d. (2023). the dark horse of public administration: the challenge of pedagogical research. teaching public administration, 41(1), 3–10. doi:10.1177/01447394231159983. [51] de witte, k., & lópez-torres, l. (2017). efficiency in education: a review of literature and a way forward. journal of the operational research society, 68(4), 339–363. doi:10.1057/jors.2015.92. [52] reynolds, d., & teddlie, c. (2002). the international handbook of school effectiveness research. routledge, milton park, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9780203454404. [53] muijs, d., harris, a., chapman, c., stoll, l., & russ, j. (2004). improving schools in socioeconomically disadvantaged areas a review of research evidence. school effectiveness and school improvement, 15(2), 149–175. doi:10.1076/sesi.15.2.149.30433. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 470 [54] fraser, b. j., walberg, h. j., welch, w. w., & hattie, j. a. (1987). syntheses of educational productivity research. international journal of educational research, 11(2), 147–252. doi:10.1016/0883-0355(87)90035-8. [55] wang, m. c., haertel, g. d., & walberg, h. j. (1993). toward a knowledge base for school learning. review of educational research, 63(3), 249–294. doi:10.3102/00346543063003249. [56] grosskopf, s., hayes, k. j., & taylor, l. l. (2014). efficiency in education: research and implications. applied economic perspectives and policy, 36(2), 175–210. doi:10.1093/aepp/ppu007. [57] darling-hammond, l. (2000). teacher quality and student achievement. education policy analysis archives, 8, 1. doi:10.14507/epaa.v8n1.2000. [58] cordero-ferrera, j. m., pedraja-chaparro, f., & salinas-jimenez, j. (2008). measuring efficiency in education: an analysis of different approaches for incorporating non-discretionary inputs. applied economics, 40(10), 1323–1339. doi:10.1080/00036840600771346. [59] sari, t., & nayır, f. (2020). challenges in distance education during the (covid-19) pandemic period. qualitative research in education, 9(3), 328–360. doi:10.17583/qre.2020.5872. [60] tomasik, m. j., helbling, l. a., & moser, u. (2021). educational gains of in-person vs. distance learning in primary and secondary schools: a natural experiment during the covid-19 pandemic school closures in switzerland. international journal of psychology, 56(4), 566–576. doi:10.1002/ijop.12728. [61] kousloglou, m., petridou, e., molohidis, a., & hatzikraniotis, e. (2023). assessing students’ awareness of 4cs skills after mobile-technology-supported inquiry-based learning. sustainability (switzerland), 15(8), 6725. doi:10.3390/su15086725. [62] dignath, c., & veenman, m. v. j. (2021). the role of direct strategy instruction and indirect activation of self-regulated learning—evidence from classroom observation studies. educational psychology review, 33(2), 489–533. doi:10.1007/s10648-020-09534-0. [63] glotova, t., & kolchugina, i. (2021). implementing innovative teaching methods in the digital environment. shs web of conferences, 99, 01024. doi:10.1051/shsconf/20219901024. [64] chuyun hu, c. (2020). understanding college students' perceptions of effective teaching. international journal of teaching and learning in higher education, 32(2), 318-328. [65] sitthimongkolchai, n., viriyavejakul, c., & tuntiwongwanich, s. (2022). blended experiential learning with e-portfolios learning to enhance creative imagination. emerging science journal, 6, 25-39. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-sied-03. [66] kurniawan, y., karuh, c. s. y., ampow, m. k., prahastuti, m., anwar, n., & cabezas, d. (2022). evaluation of hybrid learning in the university: a case study approach. hightech and innovation journal, 3(4), 394-410. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-04-03. [67] zemanova, m., & knight, a. (2021). the educational efficacy of humane teaching methods: a systematic review of the evidence. animals, 11(1), 114. doi:10.3390/ani11010114. [68] havránková, t. (2021). formát výuky převrácené třídy v on-line prostředí v hodinách hospodářské angličtiny na vysoké škole. acc journal, 27(3), 88–101. doi:10.15240/tul/004/2021-3-009. (in czech). [69] abbott, c. (2007). e-inclusion: learning difficulties and digital technologies, volume 15. futurelab, bristol, united kingdom. [70] fu, j. (2013). complexity of ict in education: a critical literature review and its implications. international journal of education and development using ict, 9(1), 112-125. [71] hernandez, r. m. (2017). impact of ict on education: challenges and perspectives. journal of educational psychologypropositos y representaciones, 5(1), 337-347. [72] jahnke, i., meinke-kroll, m., todd, m., & nolte, a. (2022). exploring artifact-generated learning with digital technologies: advancing active learning with co-design in higher education across disciplines. technology, knowledge and learning, 27(1), 335–364. doi:10.1007/s10758-020-09473-3. [73] minamatov, y. e. o. g. l., & nasirdinova, m. h. q. (2022). application of ict in education and teaching technologies. scientific progress, 3(4), 738-740. [74] bizimana, e., mutangana, d., & mwesigye, a. (2022). students’ perceptions of the classroom learning environment and engagement in cooperative mastery learning-based biology classroom instruction. education research international, 2022, 1–14. doi:10.1155/2022/5793394. [75] bergmann, j., & sams, a. (2014). flip your classroom reach every student in every class every day. in get abstract compressed knowledge, 1–5. [76] mehring, j. (2016). present research on the flipped classroom and potential tools for the efl classroom. computers in the schools, 33(1), 1–10. doi:10.1080/07380569.2016.1139912. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 471 [77] diehl, w. (2020). opportunities and change amidst debate, confusion, and challenges in education. american journal of distance education, 34(4), 259. doi:10.1080/08923647.2020.1853424. [78] wach, k., & bilan, s. (2023). creativity of students in favour of their entrepreneurial intentions: empirical evidence from poland. creativity studies, 16(1), 211–224. doi:10.3846/cs.2023.15028. [79] maňák, j. (2007). modelování kurikula. orbis scholae, 2(1), 40–53. doi:10.14712/23363177.2018.149. [80] berbets, t., berbets, v., babii, i., chyrva, o., malykhin, a., sushentseva, l., medynskii, s., riaboshapka, o., matviichuk, t., solovyov, v., maksymchuk, i., & maksymchuk, b. (2021). developing independent creativity in pupils: neuroscientific discourse and ukraine’s experience. brain. broad research in artificial intelligence and neuroscience, 12(4), 314–328. doi:10.18662/brain/12.4/252. [81] bočková, k. (2020). home education. wolters kluwer, praha, czech republic. (in czech). available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 394 issn: 2723-9535 evaluation of hybrid learning in the university: a case study approach yohannes kurniawan 1* , cinthia sabrina yulanthari karuh 1 , michelle kirsten ampow 1 , mutiara prahastuti 1 , norizan anwar 2 , diego cabezas 3 1 information systems department, school of information systems, bina nusantara university, jakarta, 11480, indonesia. 2 school of information science, college of computing, informatics and media, universiti teknologi mara, selangor, malaysia. 3 interdepartamental center embedded systems of automation and computing, peter the great st. petersburg polytechnic university st. petersburg, russia. received 18 september 2022; revised 21 november 2022; accepted 27 november 2022; published 01 december 2022 abstract hybrid learning is a type of educational system in which some students attend class in person while others engage virtually from home. hybrid learning has been applied in all educational institutions since the pandemic. binus university used a learning management system called binusmaya to support teaching and learning activities for both hybrid and fully online learning. the objective of this study is to assess the effectiveness of hybrid learning at binus university based on student performance academically and non-academically. it focuses on students from the 2019–2020 academic year. the survey obtained 200 replies using a quantitative technique and a google form as the media questionnaire. previous research has shown that hybrid learning provides effective results in terms of academic achievement. compared to this study, few criteria are used to measure the effectiveness of hybrid learning, such as environment, knowledge, and skills. in addition, we have added the comparison between hybrid learning and the full online method at binus university. the results indicate that hybrid learning is ineffective compared to fully online learning. furthermore, hybrid students were dissatisfied with their overall results, and students pursuing full-time online courses outperformed hybrid students. this study also provides some approaches to increasing the effectiveness of hybrid learning at binus university. keywords: hybrid learning; full online mmethod; learning management system; evaluation. 1. introduction the covid-19 pandemic that has swept the world, including indonesia, has prompted the implementation of a stayat-home policy to prevent the disease's spread. this stay-at-home order increases the mobility of residents inside the house while reducing mobility in public places [1]. universities in indonesia have been encouraged to conduct distance learning, also known as online education, since the ministry of education and culture's secretary general issued letter no. 36603/a.a5/ot/2020 concerning the prevention of corona virus disease (covid-19) [2]. the government made policies requiring that learning methods be changed to online, allowing students to continue learning while remaining safe at home. this online class method was successful, indicating that reactions were met, learning was improved, behaviour was maintained, and learning outcomes increased [3]. * corresponding author: ykurniawan@binus.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-04-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8876-3472 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1971-3070 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5120-2487 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7437-9154 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1104-1724 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7966-5624 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 395 the term "hybrid learning" refers to a teaching approach in which some students attend classes in person while others engage virtually from their homes. universities utilize video conferencing equipment and software to teach students remotely and in person. hybrid classes include asynchronous learning elements such as online exercises and pre-recorded instruction videos to complement face-to-face classroom sessions [4]. the use of hybrid learning strategies has a significant effect on student learning outcomes [3]. hybrid learning has many benefits, such as increasing student participation, increasing learning flexibility, increasing access to education, and improving teaching. hybrid learning motivates learning for many students [5]. motivation is one thing that needs to be improved because it is very influential on student participation. this hybrid learning model is widely preferred because it can improve student learning performance [4]. hybrid learning has been implemented to support student learning activities on campus, including at bina nusantara university (binus university), to maximize learning in the new normal era. this hybrid learning is done online and onsite, where teachers simultaneously teach students directly and remotely. binus university is suitable to be the object of this research because binus university is the first campus in indonesia to implement the learning management system (lms). since 2001, binus university has implemented a multi-channel learning system with an integrated lms called binusmaya to maximize the learning process for binus university students. binusmaya is equipped with course materials in digital format, discussion forums, and virtual interactions between students and all lecturers so that students can learn independently and optimally. over time, binus university has improved the features and quality of the lms system. after the covid-19 pandemic emerged, binus university added features that support hybrid and fully online learning. among them is the development of a modular system, online exams, an onsite protocol, and entry passes that are useful in implementing hybrid learning at binus university. the onsite method at binus university is applied when the lecturer teaches students directly in class, while at the same time, online methods are used to teach other students online. the online method used by binus university is through video conferences using the zoom meetings platform. students can also access binusmaya to check the class schedule, download materials, conduct forum discussions, and submit assignments. when they want to enter zoom meetings, students can also click the link in binusmaya. unlike in online classes, when students want to study face-to-face, binusmaya can still be accessed and used. the binusmaya platform supports students in carrying out hybrid learning. binusmaya can be accessed in two ways: the web and the application. through the binusmaya application, onsite and online students can easily access any task and discuss it through the forum feature on the home page. so, both onsite and online students can easily participate in learning activities, whether from home or campus. thus, students can easily access each learning activity when hybrid learning is taking place. as shown in figure 1, the current implementation of the hybrid learning method at binus university has been implemented in all existing courses. the hybrid learning method at binus university is divided into two groups according to a predetermined schedule based on irregular attendance and even absenteeism. students will take turns attending lectures online or onsite. the learning session is carried out in which the lecturer will teach in class with onsite students, and then students who get an online turn will join in learning with lecturers and other friends through video conference (zoom). the learning session consists of the presentation of material by lecturers, and students can have discussions with other friends through platforms determined by each group. onsite students can have discussions with students who also participate in onsite learning. in contrast, online students can conduct discussions through breakout rooms or other platforms such as miro, padlet, and kahoot. furthermore, if there are group assignments during the lecture session, the collection of assignments will be carried out in the lecture session through a form posted by group representatives. to support the learning system at binus university, all students, both onsite and online, can access the binusmaya learning management system (lms). through binusmaya, students can view dashboard activities that contain the performance and progress of student learning that is taking place in the current semester. this activity can be accessed through one of the binusmaya features, the dashboard feature. in addition, through the courses feature, students can view and access any existing material based on the courses that take place in that semester. then, there is also a forum feature where students can have discussions with lecturers and other friends using this feature. the forum feature also supports students in collecting every assignment the lecturer gives. so, students frequently access this feature because students can communicate with lecturers and other friends. in addition, there are also informal sessions in which students and lecturers communicate using several platforms, such as line, whatsapp, and email. students can have discussions with lecturers via chat using these various platforms. students can also request additional classes or discussions if needed. after that, if there is approval from the lecturer, then the additional class can be carried out. previous research has shown that hybrid learning provides effective results in terms of academic achievement. compared to this study, more criteria are used to measure the effectiveness of hybrid learning, such as environment, knowledge, and skills. in addition, this study also compares the implementation of learning methods between hybrid and fully online learning methods. based on literature studies conducted by researchers from various sources, additional studies will be conducted regarding hybrid learning method matters relating to analyzing the advantages, disadvantages, and effectiveness of hybrid learning as a learning method for binus university students. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 396 figure 1. rich picture of hybrid learning implementation in binus university 2. literature review table 1 shows the previous studies about hybrid and fully online learning. the researchers have included the approach used and an overview of each study. it discussed the subjects’ viewpoints, advantages, disadvantages, and how hybrid works in every targeted object of the study. table 1. previous studies’ journals title year methods summary hybrid learning on problem-solving abilities in physics learning: a literature review [6] 2021 various scientific publications (books and scientific articles from reputable journals) this journal explores the role that hybrid learning can help in physics problemsolving. therefore, in today's educational environment, hybrid learning needs to be fostered, and training for instructors to implement learning models is needed. the effect of motivation and self-efficacy against mathematics learning achievement in hybrid learning [7] 2022 survey method (questionnaires and tests) the results of this study revealed that student achievement was impacted by motivation in hybrid learning. due to these issues, hybrid learning must be considered a solution for online mathematics instruction in primary schools. human activity recognition based on hybrid learning algorithm for wearable sensor data [8] 2022 deep learning (dl)-based methods the results of this study demonstrate that the hybrid learning method, which has a more sophisticated architectural model than the prior deep learning strategy, is quicker and more effective. adaptation of al-tst active learning model in hybrid classroom: findings from teaching during covid-19 pandemic in egypt [9] 2022 quasi-experimental research design in light of the covid-19 pandemic in egypt, this journal discusses how students can adjust to the al-tst active learning approach in hybrid classes. additionally, students can enjoy learning using this paradigm thanks to the hybrid learner. enhancing hybrid learning using opensource gis-based maps archiving system [10] 2022 gis and gis-based maps archiving system this publication reports that students are satisfied with the open-source gisbased map archiving system to enhance hybrid learning. through this hybrid learning, the amount of student participation in lectures is increased, and the essential learning resources are effectively delivered. hybrid learning effectiveness in learning management during the covid-19 pandemic [11] 2022 quantitative approach based on the findings of the research reported in this article, the hybrid learning approach was quite effectively used to manage learning during the covid-19 pandemic. based on a hybrid learning approach that blends traditional and online learning, this is what is being discussed. the outcomes of distributing questionnaires, which had favourable and substantial results, demonstrate this. evaluation of the effectiveness of hybrid learning activities based on a learning community network [12] 2022 evaluation method the effectiveness of community-based hybrid learning activities is examined in this research based on the analysis. the success of utilizing dea to assess the efficacy of hybrid learning activities is confirmed by the findings of this comparison experiment that was designed in this study. it also compares the assessment outcomes of other evaluation methodologies. changes in online distance learning behaviour of university students during the coronavirus disease 2019 outbreak, and development of the model of forced distance online learning preferences [13] 2021 qualitative research (case studies) and quantitative method (questionnaires) this study demonstrates that students' satisfaction with online education has a statistically significant impact on their preference for online education going forward. the pleasure with online learning, however, was not statistically significantly impacted by students' attitudes toward it. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 397 students’ perceptions of hybrid classes in the context of gulf university: an analytical study [14] 2021 data analysis the findings of this study indicate that the hybrid class is efficient and that the detected characteristics must be enhanced and altered to make it even more efficient. students' perceptions of a blended learning environment to promote critical thinking [15] 2021 quantitative and qualitative research methods the findings indicated that, on the whole, students were happy with the blended learning environment's design and that they thought it promoted critical thinking. combining the best of online and face-toface learning: hybrid and blended learning approach for covid-19, post vaccine, & post-pandemic world [4] 2021 descriptive method to deliver effective and engaging learning experiences to students, instructors and academic administrators should prioritize the development of adequate infrastructure so that teachers, administrators, and students can quickly adjust to changes beyond their control. effect of hybrid learning strategy and selfefficacy on learning outcomes [3] 2021 quantitative, and multivariate analysis of variance (manova) for the data technique analysis. this journal explains that students who study with hybrid learning strategies get higher learning outcomes than those who use traditional learning strategies. they used the quantitative method and multivariate analysis of variance (manova) for the data technique analysis. evidence of scientific literacy through hybrid and online biology inquiry-based learning activities [16] 2021 descriptive qualitative method according to the findings of this study, science and technology cannot be separated in the modern world. students can engage in epistemic practice through inquiry learning activities in an online context. this research can contribute to science, technology, and society's education, popularization, and democratization. alternatives that promote core competencies are required for a more critical and democratic society. hybrid learning the new normal [1] 2022 field experiment (involving students) hybrid learning offers both advantages and downsides. however, the benefits outweigh the drawbacks. while schools and instructors will remain crucial in the future of education, hybrid learning will not. instead of simply providing content, they will become facilitators and motivators. the school will remain crucial because it will provide children with practical and social skills that will lead to a whole hybrid learning experience. hybrid learning for the digital natives: impacts on academic performance and learning approaches [17] 2022 quantitative method the study's findings have wide implications for teaching and learning. with proper teacher training, planning, integration of multiple techniques, studentcentered assessments, and support from university administrators, hybrid learning may successfully equip learners with the talents demanded of 21st-century graduates. hybrid learning here to stay! [18] 2021 descriptive method (journals, reports, scholarly articles) this paper explains that hybrid learning is a way of simultaneously delivering lessons through face-to-face and online learning, which has many benefits, such as increasing student participation and learning flexibility. however, this hybrid learning is also noted to have several weaknesses. maximizing the available positives can help to reduce any downsides. hybrid learning model in learning english (effectiveness & advantages) [19] 2022 qualitative method (observation and documentation) this study investigated the benefits and drawbacks of applying hybrid learning. therefore, the importance of pleasant connections between students and teachers determines the efficiency of hybrid learning, frequent communication fosters student engagement, and the use of technology has a significant impact on schools. hybrid learning or virtual learning? effects on students' essay writing and digital literacy [20] 2022 quantitative quasiexperimental design the results show the advantages that students prefer in the hybrid learning model. several things have become an important role between hybrid learning and virtual learning of essay writing skills for high school students, one of which is digital literacy skills. investigation of the effectiveness of hybrid learning on academic achievement: a metaanalysis study [21] 2022 meta-analysis statistical method hybrid learning is one of the major influences on the level of student achievement. therefore, the necessary infrastructure and facilities must be encouraged to increase the use of hybrid learning effectively. learners’ satisfaction and commitment towards online learning during covid-19: a concept paper [22] 2021 descriptive resources (journals and articles) during the covid-19 epidemic, this research demonstrated how online learning efficiency affects student satisfaction and commitment. academic issues, accessibility issues, students' technological abilities, mental health, and lecturer dedication all influence students' pleasure and commitment to online learning. the challenges of application of the hybrid learning model in geography learning during the covid-19 pandemic [23] 2021 qualitative method such as interviews, observations, and focus group discussions (fgd) based on the application of synchronous and asynchronous techniques, students can participate actively in online learning. the synchronous technique is applied to lecturers and students with standby on the internet at the agreed time. while the asynchronous technique, lecturers and students can access the learning management system portal anytime. the effectiveness of hybrid learning as instructional media amid the covid-19 pandemic [24] 2021 the method used in this research is phenomenology by involving junior high school teachers this study concludes that although online learning provides convenience in accessing the internet, students still use technology not to find learning resources. besides that, they also need help understanding the courses that should be done in practice. therefore, this research implies that technology that continues to develop must be accompanied by user understanding. the effectiveness of hybrid learning in improving of teacher-student relationship in terms of learning motivation [5] 2021 the research used a quasiexperimental design and manova for data technique analysis they remark in this publication that the hybrid learning model is an innovative learning paradigm. because hybrid learning allows potential student instructors to express and grasp abstract mathematical concepts in learning, it is recognized that hybrid learning may construct and develop sophisticated mathematical thinking. the effectiveness of the hybrid learning materials with the application of problem based learning model (hybrid-pbl) to improve learning outcomes during the covid-19 pandemic [25] 2022 quasi-experimental method using the based learning method, this study also discovered that hybrid learning with problem-based learning models increased student learning independence and creativity compared to regular classes. combining hybrid learning with problembased methods can give good learning outcomes. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 398 the effects of online learning on efl students’ academic achievement during coronavirus disease pandemic [26] 2021 qualitative, quantitative, and hypothesis testing online learning does not show a significant difference in learning scores in the efl class. overall, online learning is the best alternative to the education system for students preparing for the english language during the covid-19 pandemic. the results were seen from attitudes, preferences, learning motivation, and selfconfidence. the pattern of hybrid learning to maintain learning effectiveness at the higher education level post-covid-19 pandemic [27] 2022 qualitative descriptive analysis and quantitative method the results prove that the hybrid learning model is the most appropriate for students after the covid-19 pandemic because it runs effectively for students at the doctoral level. the application of hybrid learning must be adapted to the characteristics, direction, educational orientation, ability, readiness, and independence of students at every level. undergraduate students' perception of hybrid learning: voices from english language education students in pandemic era [28] 2022 quantitative method according to the findings of this study, most students had a good opinion of hybrid learning during the epidemic. they believe lecturers supply a wealth of material for online learning. furthermore, students believe that the learning objectives determine hybrid learning resources in each course. understanding research trends in hyflex (hybrid flexible) instruction model: a scientometric approach [29] 2022 scientometric approach and osviewer and bibliometrix r software to analyze data according to thematic analysis, terms like blended learning, hybrid learning, and e-learning are closely related to hyflex, as evidenced by their high relevance and demand. online learning, distant learning, and assessment are terms that are growing toward progress. curriculum, self-teaching, and first-year undergraduate are all declining in document usage. using active learning in hybrid learning environments [30] 2021 quantitative method in this paper, using the flipped class and the active learning techniques draws a deeper understanding of the students. the student-centered approach increases the understanding of the students. however, it requires many technology tools, time, and effort. the effects of online learning on efl students’ academic achievement during coronavirus disease pandemic [26, 31] 2021 qualitative, quantitative, and hypothesis testing online learning does not show a significant difference in learning scores in the efl class. overall, online learning is the best alternative to the education system for students preparing for the english language during the covid-19 pandemic. the results were seen from attitudes, preferences, learning motivation, and selfconfidence. there have been several studies conducted on hybrid and fully online learning. previous studies examined how students perceived hybrid learning and fully online learning. the study found that students show positive perceptions regarding hybrid learning. however, drawbacks arise in the technical aspects, such as students’ concentration [2]. moreover, thamrin et al. (2022), who examined hybrid learning using problem-based learning (pbl), found that it improved students’ outcomes and was more effective than the control class [25]. to measure the effectiveness of hybrid learning, there should be a learning management system that a university uses to support the learning activities. in contrast to earlier studies, binus university has implemented a multi-channel learning system with a self-built learning management system called binusmaya, which differs from the previous studies. hence, this current study applied the quantitative method and used a learning management system (lms) that supports learning and teaching activities to know the advantages and disadvantages and to evaluate the effectiveness of hybrid learning in binus. this study evaluates the current situation and gives the best practice based on students’ perspectives. 3. research methods this study uses quantitative research methods using a descriptive statistical approach. this method uses an online questionnaire (google form) targeted at all binus university students in all majors who start lectures from 2019-2022. the questionnaire was distributed through group chats and on-site respondents with a target of 200 respondents. the distribution of this questionnaire is carried out to determine the effectiveness of hybrid learning at binus university. as shown in table 2, the quantitative data were gathered from the students’ college years, age, and gender. table 2. students’ respondent demography year of college age gender male female 2019 <20 years old 0 1 20-22 years old 19 30 >22 years old 1 0 2020 <20 years old 7 13 20-22 years old 22 53 >22 years old 1 1 2021 <20 years old 5 12 20-22 years old 1 4 >22 years old 3 0 2022 <20 years old 12 12 20-22 years old 2 0 >22 years old 1 0 total 200 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 399 to get accurate research results, we carry out a series of processes, from finding problems and determining target respondents to collecting data and visualizing data results to conclude learning evaluations at binus university which are carried out in hybrid learning and fully online (shown in figure 2). figure 2. flowchart of methodology process to deeper the perception of students about hybrid and fully online learning methods, the researchers use indicators that can help build a proper answer (shown in table 3). table 3. questionnaire instrument aspect dimension indicator identity of respondents personal gender age major year of college surroundings and skills environment the place where they stay analyzing where the student lives, some work from home/learning from home or not. knowledge the scale of student understanding of all ongoing courses. analyze whether they are accustomed to reading lecture material before attending class. student satisfaction with the value of learning outcomes in the current semester. student score performance from last semester (odd) to this semester. analyze what types of students are involved in doing assignments. skills student confidence in delivering presentations. the overall soft skill development scale experienced by students in the last two semesters. soft skills of students that need to be improved. attitude the responsibility of students to attend class on time. the concern of students for their friends who are experiencing difficulties. learning method hybrid learning method the reason for choosing the hybrid learning method. what can be improved from the hybrid learning method at binus university? tools used to access binusmaya. the binusmaya feature that best supports student learning activities. full online method the reason for choosing the full online method. what can be improved from the online learning method at binus university? tools used to access binusmaya. the binusmaya feature that best supports student learning activities. as stated in table 3, in the first section, respondents were asked to fill out their personal information to help us analyze their answers. to understand more about our respondents, we asked them to describe their study environment and whether they were performing hybrid learning or online learning. following that, responders must provide insight by selecting the best options that were given in the form during their learning. this result covers how they studied, what hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 400 skills they obtained and which skills are most needed, and how they behaved in class. as a result, we may analyze hybrid learning at binus university and continue to improve the aspects still lacking in implementing hybrid learning. a media questionnaire (google form) study can give reliable data and reach more respondents, resulting in accurate research outcomes. 4. results and discussion 4.1. result based on the results of online questionnaires (google form), the researchers have collected 200 responses. the characteristics of the respondents used in this research were classified based on the respondent's gender, age, major, and year of entering college. the respondents were asked which learning method they were using at the time. to measure the effectiveness of their chosen learning method, we asked them about their academic performance during the odd semester. figure 3 reveals that students taking fully online courses (39%) outperform those taking hybrid courses (30%). meanwhile, most hybrid students' grades are consistent. furthermore, around 17% of students attend hybrid classes, and their grades tend to drop. it is arranged further based on several factors in the next figure to determine the factors that influence the evaluation of the effectiveness of the learning method. figure 3. student’s score performance in the odd semester the first factor that measures the effectiveness of the learning method used is the level of student satisfaction based on the grades they get and their learning performance. figure 4 shows students' satisfaction and dissatisfaction levels depending on their academic achievement results. as indicated above, around 38% of online students are satisfied with their performance outcomes. in the meantime, just 28% of hybrid students were pleased with their results. about 13% of hybrid students were dissatisfied owing to a drop in their grades. regarding the results, the students also stated the reasons for their chosen learning method. figure 4. level of satisfaction with value results vs. learning performance 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% increase stable decrease student's score performance in the last semester hybrid full online 0.00% 8.57% 5.71% 38.57% 41.43% 5.71% 1.54% 15.38% 13.85% 28.46% 36.92% 3.85% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% 45% increase stable decrease increase stable decrease not satisfied satisfied level of satisfaction with value results vs learning performance full online hybrid hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 401 the next factor is the student's reasons for choosing learning methods. according to figure 5, they prefer full online learning because of the flexibility of their students (39%). students can study from anywhere they want as long as they can access the internet and gadgets. followed by other supporting reasons, such as technology that supports learning from home and a more efficient teaching process, another 4% feel they prefer the fully online learning method because there is still the covid-19 virus. some students are not allowed by their parents to attend face-to-face classes. figure 5. reasons for choosing full online learning method meanwhile, according to figure 6, 39% of students who choose the hybrid learning method feel that direct interaction is the biggest reason for choosing it. many students feel that face-to-face learning makes it easier to understand the material. besides that, the other 2% feel that the hybrid learning method can make them able to have more friends than when taking a fully online class. figure 6. reasons for choosing hybrid learning method the third factor is the student's understanding of the chosen learning method. table 4 shows the correlation of achievement scores with students' understanding of hybrid learning methods. based on the data in the table above, the performance of student scores with students' understanding of the hybrid learning method is stable and tends to increase, with a stable percentage of 53% and an increase of 30%. in addition, the average level of students’ understanding of learning material is in the range of 7 and 8 out of 10, with a total percentage of 72% of all students who follow the hybrid learning method. none of the students felt that their understanding was at level 1 (the lowest), and only 18% felt that their understanding of their scores had decreased when they followed the hybrid learning method. 38% 19% 39% 4% reasons for choosing the full online learning method efficient technology tools support flexibility others 39% 32% 27% 2% reasons for choosing the hybrid learning method live interaction clearer explanation some subject are easier to understand face-to-face others hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 402 table 4. the correlation of performance values with students' understanding of the hybrid learning method the correlation of performance values with students' understanding of the hybrid learning method performance / number of scale 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 grand total increase 0% 1% 0% 0% 0% 6% 15% 6% 2% 30% stable 0% 1% 2% 3% 8% 18% 18% 1% 2% 52% decrease 0% 1% 0% 1% 2% 11% 4% 0% 0% 18% grand total 0% 2% 2% 4% 9% 35% 37% 7% 4% 100% table 5 shows the correlation between achievement scores and students' understanding of the fully online learning method. based on the data in the table above, it can be seen that the performance of student scores with students' understanding of the full online learning method is stable and increases with a proportion scale of 50% and 39%. furthermore, students understanding of learning material is dominated at levels 7 and 8, with a total percentage of 75% to 100%. only 11% of students who took part in fully online learning felt that their grades had decreased, and no students felt that their understanding could have been higher (understanding levels 1 and 2). this result proves that learning conducted using the full online method is quite effective at binus university. table 5. the correlation of performance values with students' understanding of the full online learning method the correlation of performance values with students' understanding of the full online learning method performance / number of scale 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 grand total increase 0% 0% 0% 0% 3% 9% 19% 7% 1% 39% stable 0% 0% 1% 3% 7% 9% 27% 3% 0% 50% decrease 0% 0% 0% 1% 1% 3% 6% 0% 0% 11% grand total 0% 0% 1% 4% 11% 20% 51% 10% 1% 100% when compared to the understanding of students who follow the hybrid and full online methods, the level of effectiveness is more dominated by the fully online learning method with stable and increasing grades with a total of 89% and an understanding level of 82% (based on understanding level > 6). the next factor is the environment. the environment can affect student motivation in learning and support whether or not the student environment is conducive to learning at home. table 6 shows the correlation between environment and grade performance of students who take lectures using the hybrid learning method. the results show that students who live with their families tend to have higher achievement scores than students who live alone or with friends. it can be seen in table 6 that the proportion of performance scores of students who live with their families is 66%. most binus students have a home environment that is conducive to learning, supporting the learning system even though it is done at home. students living alone or with friends tend to have lower grade performance than those living at home with their families. it can happen because students who live alone tend to experience decreased motivation and have more distractions to play with friends than study. table 6. the correlation of students' environmental situation with their grade performance (hybrid learning) the correlation of students' environmental situation with their grade performance (hybrid learning) 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 grand total live with friend 0% 0% 0% 1% 3% 1% 0% 0% 5% no one works from home/study from home 0% 0% 0% 0% 2% 0% 0% 0% 2% there are those who work from home/learning from home 0% 0% 0% 1% 1% 1% 0% 0% 2% live alone 0% 2% 2% 4% 9% 8% 4% 1% 29% no one works from home/study from home 0% 2% 2% 2% 5% 2% 3% 1% 16% there are those who work from home/learning from home 0% 0% 0% 2% 4% 6% 1% 0% 13% live with family 2% 1% 2% 5% 22% 28% 3% 3% 66% no one works from home/study from home 2% 0% 2% 3% 9% 5% 2% 0% 23% there are those who work from home/learning from home 1% 1% 1% 2% 13% 22% 1% 3% 43% grand total 2% 2% 4% 9% 35% 37% 7% 4% 100% as shown in table 7, students living with their families tend to have higher performance scores than those living alone or with friends. we can see that the proportion of achievement scores of students living with their families is 70%. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 403 it shows that the home is an ideal place to study for students who follow the fully online learning method because it is quite conducive and increases their motivation in learning. meanwhile, students who live alone or with friends tend to experience a decreased motivation to learn due to distractions from friends or demotivation when alone. table 7. the correlation of students' environmental situation with their grade performance (full online learning) the correlation of students' environmental situation with their grade performance (full online) students' residence / number of scale 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 grand total live with friend 0% 0% 0% 0% 3% 1% 0% 4% no one works from home/study from home 0% 0% 0% 0% 3% 0% 0% 3% there are those who work from home/learning from home 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 1% 0% 1% live alone 1% 0% 6% 6% 10% 3% 0% 26% no one works from home/study from home 1% 0% 1% 4% 9% 3% 0% 19% there are those who work from home/learning from home 0% 0% 4% 1% 1% 0% 0% 7% live with family 0% 4% 6% 14% 39% 6% 1% 70% no one works from home/study from home 0% 1% 3% 6% 19% 1% 0% 30% there are those who work from home/learning from home 0% 3% 3% 9% 20% 4% 1% 40% grand total 1% 4% 11% 20% 51% 10% 1% 100% the next factor is the development of soft skills when undergoing the chosen learning method. in figure 7, on a scale of 1-10, students who take the fully online and hybrid learning methods experience an average increase at levels 7 and 8. for the full online method, most are at levels 7 and 8 with a balanced proportion of 30% in each level, and for students who take part in the hybrid learning method, the most increase in soft skills at level 8 with a proportion of 38%. furthermore, for the whole, the increase in soft skills is measured by the total proportion of levels 7 to 10 in each learning method. the results show that the increase in soft skills is dominated by the fully online learning method, with a percentage of 83%, while the hybrid learning method is 75%. students with the fully online learning method can improve their soft skills because, with a flexible class schedule, they can participate in other self-development activities more freely. figure 7. correlation of the increase in soft skills obtained with learning method implemented if we look at it in more detail regarding soft skills, the two learning methods still require improvement in the soft skills area. figure 8 demonstrates the skills needed to be improved by the students. hybrid students still need to work on their time management skills. it happens because hybrid students must divide their schedules wisely since they have online and offline campus activities. conversely, fully online students need more communication skills because they only communicate through screens. in the figure above, both students can work together well regarding teamwork skills, and it does not show any concerns. to conclude, hybrid students must improve their time management skills, while full online students must focus on communication skills. 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 correlation of the increase in soft skills obtained with the learning method implemented full online hybrid hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 404 figure 8. soft skills that must be improved to assess the system of binus university, respondents were questioned about the most frequent methods they use to access binusmaya. as shown in figure 9, around 70% of students find it useful to access both websites and mobile applications. it means that students find it easy and helpful to use the binusmaya, whether through an application or website. the easy access to the system can make daily learning activities easier for the students, such as downloading materials, checking on class schedules, and doing forum tasks. furthermore, binusmaya plays an important role in students daily learning activities. figure 9. binusmaya access media the next factor is the most useful features in binusmaya. based on figure 10, the most beneficial aspect for students is the schedule feature, with a percentage of 28%. with one click away from the feature, students can check their class schedule easily, and it does not take too much time. they can see when the class will start and what subject they will have. meanwhile, around 9% of students choose the announcement feature as the least useful feature in binusmaya. it can happen because sometimes students only sometimes check their announcements, and the feature is not used daily. binus university could improve the announcement to make greater use of the feature and increase student attention. 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% communication critical thinking leadership teamwork time management soft skills that need to be improved hybrid full online 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% both of them mobile apps website binusmaya access media hybrid full online hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 405 figure 10. the most useful features of binusmaya figure 11 illustrates some suggestions for improving hybrid learning at binus university. more emphasis should be placed on enhancing the quality of supporting technologies in the classroom, such as speaker usage. it can help the students communicate with the lecturers easily because sometimes they cannot hear what the teachers say. along with it, teachers should balance the engagement between onsite and at-home students so that no one feels left out. it will help the students to be more attentive in learning their lessons. the teachers should be given training in using the technology, such as how to use the online platform. so, the learning process will be more effective and efficient. some teachers found it difficult to share their screens because they do not know how to operate them. that is why proper training can help them improve and save more time. figure 11. improvement needed in hybrid learning not only for hybrid learning, but there is also some improvement needed for online learning classes. figure 12 shows the enhancements required for online learning. the first one is to upgrade binusmaya's server since it might go down unexpectedly, and students find it hard and time-consuming to access the system, especially when submitting their assignments. as a result, it slows down students' activities. next, it would be nice to improve the teamwork skills. as for the online class, it is hard for students to improve their teamwork skills due to some screen boundaries. binus university also can provide some better features in binusmaya to support the full online method. 14% 27% 22% 28% 9% the most useful features in binusmaya dashboard courses forum schedule announcement 38% 38% 24% improvement needed in hybrid learning improving the quality of supporting devices interaction balance improving the understanding of technology use hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 406 figure 12. improvement needed in full online learning 4.2. discussion in this study, we have measured the effectiveness of each hybrid and fully online learning method. four measuring factors are used: environment, skills, students’ understanding of each learning method, and academic achievement. based on the overall analysis results, table 8 describes the core results of the factors that measure the effectiveness of the learning methods carried out at binus university. as shown in table 8, those who take full online learning methods have a better understanding of each lesson in the class. as a result, students' grades increased from last semester. based on this result, fully online learning has a better academic achievement than the hybrid learning students, as we have stated in figure 3 above. as for improving skills, both hybrid and fully online learning students have different skills that need improvement. hybrid students still need to improve in time management skills. they found it hard since they have to divide their time between online and offline classes and their other activities. table 8. measuring factors of the learning method measuring factors superior learning methods understanding of learning method full online learning academic achievement full online learning skills improvement hybrid & full online learning environment hybrid & full online learning meanwhile, fully online students need to improve their communication skills due to the barrier of the screen. both students are good at teamwork skills and show the good result of it. several studies have found that hybrid learning increases student learning independence and creativity compared to regular classes [25]. another important factor is the environment. the respondents were asked whether to stay alone or with friends and family. the results show that those who live with family have higher performance scores than those who live alone or with friends. those who live alone or with friends are less motivated and tend to have more distractions. as a result, it can downgrade their academic performance, and their grades tend to go lower. to compare with the previous study about evaluated the effect of hybrid learning on academic achievement from 13 different applied disciplines. the previous study found that hybrid learning was effective based on academic achievement in the applied meta-analysis. the results showed an increase in students' academic achievement with the hybrid learning method. for future use, they encourage using a hybrid learning model in educational backgrounds and provide better infrastructure and facilities [21]. in this study, we have compared hybrid learning and the full online methods. it showed that the implementation of hybrid learning does not show a significant improvement from last year's semester's grade. regarding that, we have suggestions to improve the effectiveness of the hybrid learning method. we also have developed some components to improve the hybrid learning method. as shown in figure 13, some components are categorized as necessary and unnecessary. 44% 24% 32% improvement needed in full online learning binusmaya server upgrade improving teamwork improving the quality of binusmaya features hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 407 figure 13. the best practice components on hybrid learning from the components seen in figure 13, the foundation of those components is the network. a reliable network is necessary to support each of these elements so that learning can proceed without interruption. additionally, there are several necessary components, such as camera, video conference tools, and speakers. the teaching and learning processes between students and teachers can be enhanced by having and enhancing these elements. it will improve communication in both ways and increase learning engagements. meanwhile, some components are optional such as whiteboard, headset, and microphone. these are categorized as supporting tools. it can help the hybrid learning method to be more effective for teaching and learning activities. based on the result we have gathered, there are still some improvements needed for hybrid learning at binus university. figure 14 shows the improvement needed using the use case. figure 14. use case of improvement of hybrid learning the use cases highlighted in blue above are things that binus university must maintain. when it comes to onsite learning, the course description is straightforward. also, students and lecturers communicate well. however, the ones marked in light red need to be addressed. students found it difficult to hear the teachers when they were learning from home for the hybrid. also, teachers sometimes pay more attention to onsite students than at home when it comes to teaching. finally, more understanding of how to use technology would be beneficial. training for teachers and students hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 408 on how to use the online platform's capabilities and technical usage of technology for hybrid learning, such as moving the camera, properly displaying the screen, and reducing and maximizing the voice so students from home can hear properly. 5. conclusions based on research conducted on binus university students regarding the evaluation of the hybrid learning method, we can conclude that the hybrid learning method is less effective than the fully online learning method. using academic achievements, skills improvement, environment, and understanding of the learning method as the criteria, students who take the fully online learning method perform better than students who take hybrid learning. the results show that the grades for hybrid learning are less stable since the odd semester than for students who take the fully online learning method. furthermore, they are not very satisfied with the results obtained. students also need help balancing interactive engagement with the teacher due to contact conflicts between on-site and home students. in contrast, fully online students showed good results from last semester's academic performance. by participating in fully online learning, they can take classes from anywhere as long as the internet is active and can be flexible in arranging a time to be more active in nonacademic activities to improve their soft skills. therefore, to improve the quality of implementing hybrid learning, binus university can make several improvements in campus management:  re-evaluate the ability to use technology among lecturers and provide directions regarding technological knowledge that supports hybrid learning;  facilitate more technological devices to support the continuity of hybrid learning;  in the face-to-face learning scheme, there should be more interaction between lecturers and students, both in class and at home;  it is necessary to improve server quality at binusmaya so all students can access all learning materials easily. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, y.k., c.s.y.k., m.k.a., and m.p.; methodology, y.k., c.s.y.k., m.k.a., and m.p.; software, y.k., c.s.y.k., m.k.a., and m.p.; validation, y.k., c.s.y.k., m.k.a., and m.p.; formal analysis, y.k., c.s.y.k., m.k.a., and m.p.; investigation, y.k., c.s.y.k., m.k.a., and m.p.; resources, y.k., c.s.y.k., m.k.a., and m.p.; data curation, n.a. and d.c.; writing—original draft preparation, y.k., c.s.y.k., m.k.a., and m.p.; writing—review and editing, n.a. and d.c.; visualization, c.s.y.k., m.k.a., and m.p.; supervision, y.k.; project administration, y.k.; funding acquisition, y.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] idrizi, e., filiposka, s., & trajkovijk, v. (2021). analysis of success indicators in online learning. international review of research in open and distributed learning, 22(2), 205-223. doi:10.19173/irrodl.v22i2.5243. [2] daniel hermawan. (2021). the rise of e-learning in covid-19 pandemic in private university: challenges and opportunities. ijorer : international journal of recent educational research, 2(1), 86–95. doi:10.46245/ijorer.v2i1.77. [3] rorimpandey, w. h. ., & midun, h. (2021). effect of hybrid learning strategy and self-efficacy on learning outcomes. journal of hunan university natural sciences, 48(8), 181–189. [4] aristika, a., darhim, juandi, d., & kusnandi. (2021). the effectiveness of hybrid learning in improving of teacher-student relationship in terms of learning motivation. emerging science journal, 5(4), 443–456. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-01288. [5] singh, j., steele, k., & singh, l. (2021). combining the best of online and face-to-face learning: hybrid and blended learning approach for covid-19, post vaccine, & post-pandemic world. journal of educational technology systems, 50(2), 140–171. doi:10.1177/00472395211047865. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 409 [6] lestari, syafril, s., latifah, s., engkizar, e., damri, d., asril, z., & yaumas, n. e. (2021). hybrid learning on problem-solving abiities in physics learning: a literature review. journal of physics: conference series, 1796(1), 012021. doi:10.1088/17426596/1796/1/01202. [7] rahmawati, r. d., sugiman, s., nur wangid, m., & eko atmojo, s. (2022). the effect of motivation and self-efficacy against mathematics learning achievement in hybrid learning. world journal on educational technology: current issues, 14(6), 1978– 1990. doi:10.18844/wjet.v14i6.7795. [8] athota, r. k., & sumathi, d. (2022). human activity recognition based on hybrid learning algorithm for wearable sensor data. measurement: sensors, 24, 1–14,. doi:10.1016/j.measen.2022.100512. [9] hasnine, m. n., ueda, h., & ahmed, m. m. h. (2022). adaptation of al-tst active learning model in hybrid classroom: findings from teaching during covid-19 pandemic in egypt. procedia computer science, 207, 3226–3233. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2022.09.380. [10] bedair, s., sayed, s. a., & almetwaly, w. m. (2022). enhancing hybrid learning using open source gis-based maps archiving system. egyptian journal of remote sensing and space science, 25(3), 779–793. doi:10.1016/j.ejrs.2022.07.003. [11] dakir, d., & fauzi, a. (2022). hybrid learning effectiveness in learning management during the covid-19 pandemic. cypriot journal of educational sciences, 17(11), 3924–3936. doi:10.18844/cjes.v17i11.7700. [12] xie, g. (2022). evaluation of the effectiveness of hybrid learning activities based on a learning community network. international journal of emerging technologies in learning (ijet), 17(21), 246–260. doi:10.3991/ijet.v17i21.35111. [13] ploj-virtič, m., dolenc, k., & šorgo, a. (2021). changes in online distance learning behaviour of university students during the coronavirus disease 2019 outbreak, and development of the model of forced distance online learning preferences. european journal of educational research, 10(1), 393–411. doi:10.12973/eu-jer.10.1.393. [14] alfiras, m., nagi, m., bojiah, j., & sherwani, m. (2021). students’ perceptions of hybrid classes in the context of gulf university: an analytical study. journal of hunan university natural sciences, 48(5), 180-188. [15] lu, d. (2021). students’ perceptions of a blended learning environment to promote critical thinking. frontiers in psychology, 12, 1–9,. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2021.696845. [16] natale, c. c., mello, p. s., trivelato, s. l. f., marzin-janvier, p., & manzoni-de-almeida, d. (2021). evidence of scientific literacy through hybrid and online biology inquiry-based learning activities. higher learning research communications, 11, 33–49. doi:10.18870/hlrc.v11i0.1199. [17] rodrigo, r. t., & platon, l. h. (2022). hybrid learning for the digital natives: impacts on academic performance and learning approaches. kasetsart journal of social sciences, 43(1), 201–208. doi:10.34044/j.kjss.2022.43.1.27. [18] abi raad, m. e., & odhabi, hamad. (2021). hybrid learning here to stay! frontiers in education technology, 4(2), p121. doi:10.22158/fet.v4n2p121. [19] umiyati, m. (2022). hybrid learning model in learning english (effectiveness & advantages). international linguistics and tesol journal, 1(1), 5-9. [20] alsowat, h. h. (2022). hybrid learning or virtual learning? effects on students’ essay writing and digital literacy. journal of language teaching and research, 13(4), 872–883. doi:10.17507/jltr.1304.20. [21] kazu, i. y., & yalçin, c. k. (2022). investigation of the effectiveness of hybrid learning on academic achievement: a metaanalysis study. international journal of progressive education, 18(1), 249-265. [22] ranadewa, d. u. n., gregory, t. y., boralugoda, d. n., silva, j. a. h. t., & jayasuriya, n. a. (2021). learners’ satisfaction and commitment towards online learning during covid-19: a concept paper. vision: the journal of business perspective, 097226292110567. doi:10.1177/09722629211056705. [23] prihadi, s., sajidan, s., siswandari, s., & sugiyanto, s. (2021). the challenges of application of the hybrid learning model in geography learning during the covid-19 pandemic. geoeco, 8(1), 1. doi:10.20961/ge.v8i1.52205. [24] sumandiyar, a., husain, m. n., sumule g, m., nanda, i., & fachruddin, s. (2021). the effectiveness of hybrid learning as instructional media amid the covid-19 pandemic. jurnal studi komunikasi (indonesian journal of communications studies), 5(3), 651–664. doi:10.25139/jsk.v5i3.3850. [25] thamrin, t., saidun hutasuhut, aditia, r., & putri, f. r. (2022). the effectiveness of the hybrid learning materials with the application of problem based learning model (hybryd-pbl) to improve learning outcomes during the covid-19 pandemic. ijorer : international journal of recent educational research, 3(1), 124–134. doi:10.46245/ijorer.v3i1.178. [26] hidalgo-camacho, c., isabel, g., villacís, w., & varela, k. (2021). the effects of online learning on efl students’ academic achievement during coronavirus disease pandemic. european journal of educational research, 10(4), 1867–1879. doi:10.12973/eu-jer.10.4.1867. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 410 [27] sukiman, haningsih, s., & rohmi, p. (2022). the pattern of hybrid learning to maintain learning effectiveness at the higher education level post-covid-19 pandemic. european journal of educational research, 11(1), 243–257. doi:10.12973/eujer.11.1.243. [28] erliza, s., & septianingsih, p. a. (2022). undergraduate students’ perception of hybrid learning: voices from english language education students in pandemic era. journal of english language teaching and linguistics, 7(1), 231. doi:10.21462/jeltl.v7i1.782. [29] eduljee, n. b., chakravarty, r., croteau, k., & murphy, l. (2022). understanding research trends in hyflex (hybrid flexible) instruction model: a scientometric approach. international journal of instruction, 15(4), 935–954. doi:10.29333/iji.2022.15450a. [30] demazière, c. (2021). using active learning in hybrid learning environments. epj web of conferences, 247, 14001. doi:10.1051/epjconf/202124714001. [31] adeyeye, b., ojih, s. e., bello, d., adesina, e., yartey, d., ben-enukora, c., & adeyeye, q. (2022). online learning platforms and covenant university students’ academic performance in practical related courses during covid-19 pandemic. sustainability, 14(2), 878. doi:10.3390/su14020878. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 560 issn: 2723-9535 the impact of social media on the development of women especially in transition states xhevahire izmaku 1 , rrezarta gashi 2* 1 faculty of mass communication, aab college, pristina, 10000, republic of kosovo. received 16 june 2023; revised 10 august 2023; accepted 19 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract the main goal of this paper was to highlight the importance of social media in the development of women entrepreneurs in the state of kosovo, where the number of women entrepreneurs is increasing every day. in this research, two objectives are presented: to analyze the influence of social media on women’s entrepreneurship in the case of kosovo and to measure the impact of social media usage on sales of women’s entrepreneurship in the case of kosovo. to realize this empirical research, a questionnaire containing 25 questions was used, and 750 women entrepreneurs answered this questionnaire over a period of 5 months. the results of the analysis are presented through descriptive analysis, pearson correlation, and the ols model. the results of this research show that social media has a positive effect on increasing sales in women-led businesses; they have easier access to communication. also, the results indicate that these media have a positive impact on increasing the audience as well as reducing expenses during the marketing campaign. based on the presented results, it is stated that social media is the primary influencer in the development of women’s entrepreneurship, and these findings are nearly similar to the results of research conducted by authors from various countries. keywords: social media; women; entrepreneurship; development. 1. introduction social media is now an inseparable part of our lives, where communication and information exchange are easier, as well as access to consumer behavior [1]. therefore, the interest in the research of digital enterprises is growing every day more and more, as is also proven by the research done by various world authors [2, 3], and especially for women entrepreneurs [4, 5], considering that the number of women entrepreneurs is increasing every day. the main reason for promoting businesses online is that, over the last decade, the way businesses are marketed has changed [6]. almost all businesses today also conduct their activities online, especially after the period of the covid-19 pandemic. businesses led by women, which are mostly small businesses, have their greatest development through social media, as they face various problems, where the most prominent ones are adaptation to technological changes, where the latter is developing with big steps in recent years, cooperation with qualified people, as well as balancing family and work [7, 8]. this way of doing business is very welcome, especially for female entrepreneurs, since they can develop their businesses even without investments in facilities. in various women's associations, they can promote their businesses from their homes, where, without the development of social media, they could not have done so [9]. the reason for using * corresponding author: rrezartag@gmail.com; rrezarta1.gashi@universitetiaab.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. 2 faculty of economics, aab college, pristina, 10000, republic of kosovo. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2335-2351 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2490-9553 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 561 social media, compared to other media, is because of faster access to their customers as well as faster feedback. at the same time, the number of women entrepreneurs is increasing every day, so their support brings social and economic development to the country. utilizing the potential that they have fostered sustainable development for the country, thus creating new jobs as well as social and financial capital, they contribute to economic and social development. park et al. [10] analyze the impacts of social media on women and girls, on gender equality, and on democracy and civic participation more generally. the study applies quantitative and qualitative approaches and provides an overview of gendered patterns of social media usage in the eu. the study highlights key areas of gender inequality in terms of access, self-expression, stereotypes, body image, self-esteem, (self) censorship, and targeted hate campaigns on different social media platforms. it also provides an overview of the position of the european parliament and the european commission and of existing legislation, programs, guidelines, or actions at the eu and international level related to the protection of women from the negative impacts of social media. almost a lot of the articles analyze the importance of social media for women's entrepreneurship, but this article fills the literature gap from the viewpoint of the country analysis because the main analysis of this study is women's entrepreneurship in the case of kosovo as a developing western balkan country. in kosovo, almost all businesses are micro and small businesses, so social media plays a crucial role in business development, with special emphasis on women's business development in the case of kosovo. the main purpose of this paper is to analyze the impact of social media on the development of women entrepreneurs, the attraction of new customers, etc. in the countries of kosovo. the reason for researching this topic is that, so far, there are not enough papers on this topic for kosovo. the paper is structured into five parts, where the first part is the introductory part, continuing with the review of the literature. in the third part, the detailed methodology of the work is presented, and after this part, the results of the research are presented, as well as the discussion part at the end. 2. literature review according to kumar et al. [11], social media is a platform for different businesses and individuals to transact with and interact with each other. doing business in the last decade has undergone a change due to the launch and use of social media, as well as their impact on the relevant industry. taking into account that the majority of people now spend their time using the internet, for this reason, the way of marketing approaching customers and attracting them has also changed [9]. baum et al. [12] say that through these media, it is becoming possible to receive different ideas regarding the opening of new businesses, the exchange of experiences, and different information. social media have also offered various and numerous channels for the development of enterprises, especially for women, where through these media women have had easier access to the development of their dreams, i.e., that of doing business [13]. the large number of social media users has led businesses in general to use these media to attract customers and manage relationships with them as best as possible. today, businesses use social media more for engagement in their business activities as well as acquisition of various knowledge, creation and strengthening of loyalty to their brand, building effective relationships with customers, faster acquisition of information against the competition, and analyzing the possibilities for combating them [14][14]. social media is a powerful way of involving women in the digital economy, with new opportunities for business construction and development, also having better access to the world market. unfortunately, in developing countries, women entrepreneurs are less involved in the digital economy than men [15]. mozumdar et al. [16], who used the hierarchical multiple regression model, came to the conclusion that women entrepreneurs, in terms of social norms and customs in their social environment, are obstacles to performance; dimensions of entrepreneurial orientation, which are in combination with innovation and entrepreneurial orientation with risk, have a positive impact on performance; business training can also have a positive impact on business performance; and all these social media have a positive impact since through them women entrepreneurs have easier access to the business world and society in general. women entrepreneurs, not only in developed countries but also those that are developing, face various challenges, including access to the international market, but developed technology and various social networks are their biggest support, through which they can develop their businesses and access international markets [17–19]. also, rah et al. [8] claimed that women entrepreneurs in developing countries, due to different traditional and cultural customs, as well as their lack of support, started their businesses, and accessing the operating market was easier through social media. according to agarwal [9], the advantages of social media for women entrepreneurs are many. many of them are returning to the workforce, and after starting their own families, this model of doing business is very welcome to them. the other is that this way of doing business is also welcome for consumers. the number of these women-led businesses is growing every day. ongare [20] studied the use of social media in the development and sustainability of women entrepreneurs. the positive correlation between different social media and the sustainable development of women entrepreneurs has been proven, so with their use, their business sustainability also increases. in this research, 70% of the interviewees affirmed that social media was the main catalyst for the development and sustainability of their enterprises. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 562 in the research findings of miniesy et al. [21], it is said that 95% of entrepreneurs surveyed said that if it weren't for social media, they could not have started their businesses. it has also been asserted that through these media, decisions are easier and more accessible regarding investments, personal education, and various professional trainings. the use of social media is increasingly developing and empowering women's businesses, both entrepreneurial and developed. the findings of another study by brahem & boussema [22] show that social media have opened new horizons for doing business, where these media have made it possible to use marketing tools at no cost as well as to attract customers easier. also, women entrepreneurs are not only using social media to create their own businesses, but they are also using it to develop existing businesses [23]. in the research findings of olsson & bernhard [24], it is said that women entrepreneurs are already developing their businesses by adapting to continuous digitization in order to stay ahead of the times and by being active and visible on the internet in order to be one step ahead of the competition; otherwise, it will be the competition that will punish them by getting one step ahead of them. one of the four results achieved in the empirical research by khan & ghadially [25] concluded that before the era of digitalization, specifically in digital entrepreneurship, males had a higher average than female entrepreneurs, whereas after the era of digitalization, female entrepreneurs now have a higher average. the social media that are most used to announce the opening of new ventures, mainly led by women, are instagram and facebook, but on the other hand, they do not leave out other media as well. the reason for promoting new or existing businesses is that the number of instagram users is increasing, spending three to four hours a day on this media [26]. based on gbandi & iyamu [27], it is claimed that many businesses turn to instagram for advertising their businesses as well as for attracting specific customers. also, according to al-ammary [28], it is confirmed that social media has now created a new path in the development of these women, empowering them. these platforms have also led to businesses evolving differently, as their development is now more cost-effective due to online promotion. in addition to the influence that these media have had on the opening and development of businesses, they have also had an impact on these women being inspired by successful individuals. among other things, they have created new contacts, and through collaboration, business development has been even more significant [29]. the reason for this positive relationship between businesses and social media is due to the easy communication between them, the increase in purchasing power, the ease of attracting a larger audience, and the reduction of expenses associated with various forms of marketing, where enterprises and other businesses are benefiting from social media [30]. in the research findings of virtanen et al. [1], it is said that the reason for the more frequent use of instagram by entrepreneurs is so that they can notice their new followers, so they can react to their approvals while meeting their needs and requests, as well as another motivating factor in social media being noticed by others, which makes entrepreneurs feel even more special [31]. the reasons for using this application are quick access to potential clients and easy connection with them; building strong relationships with existing clients; and improving the chances of making sales within the application [32]. considering that technology is advancing every day more and more, the competition between businesses in the operating market is increasing more and more, and these businesses need to create new strategies in order to be in step with time [33–35]. in their research, parveen et al. [36] asserted that businesses have a distinct competitive advantage over their competitors if they use social media. so businesses, in addition to instagram, also use facebook to promote and develop their businesses. according to conlin [37], facebook is the largest network and one of the most used social media sites. these businesses have many different benefits, where the biggest ones are: the possibility of creating a brand; creating professional connections between competitors; if customers have different biases, facebook helps change biases and create beliefs; increasing productivity; making appointments easier; and providing digital marketing. these media not only influence the development of businesses led by women but also contribute to raising awareness about being a woman in modern society. these women are increasingly achieving positive results, not only in the field of economics but also in many other areas. they are making significant contributions to various fields [38]. 3. research methodology this section presents the research methodology, and the data collection for this study. a broad body of literature is reviewed, and upon the presented literature review, the research method is identified, as is the type of data and its collection. the research method in this study is qualitative, while the data used to achieve the purpose of the study are primary. the primary data were obtained through the online questionnaire, which was distributed to a random sample of businesses operating in kosovo, but only the questionnaires that selected the option of women entrepreneurs were selected as valid questionnaires. the questionnaire includes a total of 25 questions and was conducted for a period of 5 months, from september 2022 to january 2023. the questionnaire includes closed questions, which are multiple choices; dichotomous questions with yes and no statements; questions on the likert scale, which include five levels of completely agree, agree, neutral, disagree, and disagree at all; and the last question of the questionnaire is an open question, which is defined with the aim of obtaining the opinion of business women who operate in kosovo about the use of social media and the impact on their businesses. in the study, 750 women entrepreneurs were included based on valid questionnaires. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 563 empirical research includes the findings of descriptive statistics and frequencies, correlation analysis, ols-multi factorial linear regression, and various econometric tests for data validity, such as reliability statistics results (cronbach's alpha) and the inter-item correlation matrix. figure 1 represents the schematic view of the research methodology followed in this study. figure 1. concept of research this research presents these hypotheses and objectives: h1: social media creates brand loyalty, thus increasing sales. h2: the easy communication of social usage impacts the increasing sales positively. h3: the bigger audience using social media has a positive impact on women entrepreneurs in the case of kosovo. h4: the minimal costs of social media usage impact positively the sales incensement in kosovo and the region for women entrepreneurs in the case of kosovo. objective 1: to analyze the influence of social media on women’s entrepreneurship in the case of kosovo; objective 2: to measure the impact of social media usage on sales of women's entrepreneurship in the case of kosovo. in this research, pearson correlation was used to measure the following equation 1, where pearson's correlation coefficient (r) is a measure of the linear relationship between two variables. correlation coefficient values range from 1 to +1. positive correlation coefficient values indicate a tendency for one variable to increase or decrease along with another variable. negative values of the correlation coefficient indicate a tendency that the increase in the values of one variable is related to the decrease in the values of the other variable, and vice versa. correlation coefficient values close to zero indicate a low relationship between the variables, and those close to -1 or +1 indicate a strong linear relationship between the two variables. 𝑟 = ∑(xᵢ−x)(yᵢ−ӯ) √∑(xᵢ−x)²∑(yᵢ−ӯ)² (1) where 𝑟 is correlation coefficient, xᵢ is values of the x-variable in a sample, �̅� is mean of the values of the x-variable, yᵢ is values of the y-variable in a sample, and ӯ is mean of the values of the y-variable. following the correlation matrix is presented the results obtained from the ols regression, equation 2, ols regression, the equation ad the empirical findings: 𝑌 = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1𝑋1 + 𝛽2𝑋3 + 𝛽3𝑋3 + 𝛽𝑛𝑋𝑛 + µ (2) where y is dependent variables, 𝛽0 is the constant, 𝛽1,𝛽2,𝛽3,𝛽𝑛 are the parameters, x1, x2, x3, xn… are the predictors or independent variables and µ is the error terms. figure 2, shows the flowchart of the research methodology through which the objectives of this study were achieved. • books • articles • reports • web sites literature review • quantitative method • online questionnaire building research method • coorelation • ols regression • cronbanch alpha • inter item correlation matrix empirical findings • discussions discussions hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 564 figure 2. the ols regression framework 4. research results in this section, the empirical results of the study are presented. firstly, the section presents the overall information about the frequencies and descriptive statistics in tables 1 to 3, and the following are the results obtained from correlation and ols regression using tables. the survey applied there includes 25 questions, 24 closed questions, and one open question. the closed or structured questions are used in order to quantify the data and present the findings using statistics. as structured questions, multiple, dichotomist, and likert scale questions are used. the sample used was 1,000 enterprises, but only 750 questionnaires were valid, and the results are presented in tables 1 to 3. about 55.5 percent of the women entrepreneurs in this survey are in the service sector, 33.9 percent are in wholesale, 3.2 percent are in retail trade, and 7.5 percent indicate the other option. almost 46.8 percent of the businesses are about 6-10 in the market, 19.2 about 1-5 years, and 20.3 of them 1520 years. about 46.8 percent of the women entrepreneurs in kosovo use social media as a digital marketing channel for their activities, and 40.3 percent also use pay-per-click marketing ppc; websites use 12.8 of them, and other digital channels use 2.1 of them. 85 percent of women entrepreneurs indicate that social media has a positive impact on business development. 43.5 percent of them indicate that social media usage has its advantages as a result of the 24/24 opportunity to be online with customers directly without the need for mediation or a third party. 26.7 percent of them indicate the easy way for information sharing, 12.8 the low cost, and 17.1 the influence of social media for the business to grow quickly. table 1. multiple choices questions questions options percent what activity does your company perform? service 55.5 wholesale 33.9 retail trade 3.2 other 7.4 total 100.0 ols regression dependent variable predictors social media has positive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to minimal costs social media has influenced you to increase sales in the country and region social media has positive impact on brand loyalty social media has positive impact on easy communication social media has positive impact to attract a bigger audience hypothesis testing hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 565 how long have you been operating in the market as a business? 1-5 19.2 6-10 46.8 10-15 20.3 15-20 5.1 20-25 7.3 25+ 1.3 total 100.0 which of the following digital marketing channels does your company use? social media 44.8 pay per click marketing ppc 40.3 website 12.8 other 2.1 total 100.0 how does social media affect the development of your business? positively 85.1 negatively 6.4 neutral 8.5 total 100.0 what is the advantage of social media in doing business? information is easily shared 26.7 low costs 12.8 it is flexible, it influences the business to grow quickly 17.1 24/24 with online customers directly without the need for mediation 43.4 total 100.0 table 2. dichotomous multiple-choice questions questions options percent do you think that the rapid development of social media has influenced the development and growth of your business? yes 47.7 no 50.1 i have no comment 1.1 neutral 1.1 total 100.0 do you think that social media is the right way to do business? totally agree 93.6 agree 6.4 total 100.0 which of the digital marketing channels do you think has the greatest impact on increasing sales? social media 61.6 website 25.6 other 12.8 total 100.0 do you consider that social media has influenced you to increase sales in the country and region? yes 92.5 no 7.5 total 100.0 which social media do you consider the most important? instagram 72.3 facebook 13.8 tik tok 7.5 other 6.4 total 100.0 did social media have an impact on increasing sales in your business? yes 58.4 no 36.3 neutral 5.3 total 100.0 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 566 following your company’s utilization of social media: the business has grown enough 27.6 customer confidence has increased 60.3 costs are reduced 11.7 the income has increased 0.3 the brand is created 0.1 total 100.0 what are the main challenges you have faced as a business in using social media? customer confidence in the quality of products during online shopping 13.7 unfair competition 37.2 review of sales strategies 28.8 other 9.6 the brand loyalty 10.7 total 100.0 table 3. likert scale questions questions options percent social media have positive impact on brand loyalty totally agree 75.7 agree 8.5 neutral 3.2 do not agree 4.3 totally do not agree 8.3 total 100.0 social media have positive impact on easy communication totally agree 75.7 agree 8.5 neutral 9.3 do not agree 3.2 totally do not agree 3.3 total 100.0 social media make difficult to erase the effects of an offensive totally agree 75.7 agree 8.5 neutral 9.3 do not agree 3.2 totally do not agree 3.3 total 100.0 social media impact to attract a bigger audience totally agree 75.7 agree 8.6 neutral 3.2 do not agree 6.1 totally do not agree 6.4 total 100.0 social media marketing is a competitive industry that pushes everyone to do their best totally agree 75.7 agree 8.5 neutral 9.5 totally do not agree 6.3 total 100.0 social media helps in spreading the word about a business quickly and effectively totally agree 75.7 agree 11.7 neutral 6.3 totally do not agree 6.3 total 100.0 social media marketing applies the concept of targeted marketing and advertising totally agree 75.7 agree 8.5 neutral 9.5 do not agree 3.1 totally do not agree 3.2 total 100.0 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 567 social media platforms are used to attract new customers and form a special connection with existing customers totally agree 78.8 agree 8.5 neutral 6.4 do not agree 3.1 totally do not agree 3.2 total 100.0 social media marketing is cost-effective and efficient, which reaps in tons of profit for entrepreneurs totally agree 75.7 agree 14.8 neutral 6.4 totally do not agree 3.1 total 100.0 social media has a positive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to minimal costs do not agree 1.9 totally agree 84.3 agree 12.7 neutral 1.1 total 100.0 you consider that social media is the most common form used by your business for online sales? totally agree 91.5 agree 8.5 total 100.0 4.1. descriptive statistics in the survey, there are 25 questions, 24 closed questions, and one open question. the closed or structured questions (such as multiple choices; dichotomous questions with yes and no statements, and likert scale questions) are used to quantify the data and present the findings using statistics. the sample used was 1000 enterprises, but only 750 questionnaires were valid, and the results are presented in tables 1 to 3 of this study. 55.5 percent of the women entrepreneurs in this survey are in the service sector, 33.9 percent are in wholesale, 3.2 percent are in retail trade, and 7.5 percent indicate the option other than almost 46.8 percent of the businesses are about 6–10 in the market, 19.2 percent are about 1–5 years, and 20.3 percent are 15-20 years. 46.8 percent of the woman entrepreneurs in kosovo use social media as a digital marketing channel for their activity, and 40.3 use also the pay-per-click marketing ppc, websites use 12.8 of them, and other digital channels use 2.1 of them. 85 percent of women entrepreneurs indicate that social media has a positive impact on business development. 43.5 percent of them indicate that social media usage has its advantages as a result of the 24/24 opportunity to be online with customers directly without the need for mediation or a third party. 26.7 percent indicate an easy way to share information, 12.8 indicate a low cost, and 17.1 indicate the influence of social media on business growth. in the question, do you think that the rapid development of social media has influenced the development and growth of your business? 47.7 percent of the respondents responded yes, 50.1 percent responded no, 1.1 percent responded i have no comment, and 1.1 percent responded neutral. in the question, do you think that social media is the right way to do business? (this was a likert scale question with five stages: totally agree, agree, neutral, do not agree, and totally do not agree), 93.6 percent of the respondents totally agreed with the statement that social media is the right way to do business, and 6.4 percent agreed. in this question, we have not answered with neutral, do not agree, or totally do not agree. the following question is presented in table 2. which of the digital marketing channels do you think has the greatest impact on increasing sales? 61.6 of the respondents declare social media the best digital marketing channel for sales increase, 25.6 of the respondents declare the website, and 12.8 of the respondents declare the option other, which means the other digital channels. as is presented in table 2, 92.5 percent of the respondents consider that social media has influenced businesses to increase sales in the country and in the region. thus, 58.4 percent of the respondents consider that social media has impacted their own business in order to increase sales, thus forming their own perspective; 36.3 percent declare no, and only 5.3 declare neutral. another very important finding in this regard is that 60.3 of the total percentage of respondents declare that after using social media, their company has increased their customer confidence. 27.6 percent that the business has grown enough, 11.7 percent that the costs are reduced, 0.3 percent that the income has increased, and 0.1 percent that the brand is created. in the last question of table 2, we can see that 37.2 percent of the respondents consider the main challenges that they have faced as a business in using social media to be unfair competition, 28.8 percent review sales strategies, 13.7 percent found the main challenge during the usage of social media to be customer confidence in the quality of the products, 10.7 percent brand loyalty, and 9.6 percent declare other. table 3 presents the frequency statistics of the likert scale questions included in the analysis. as we can see from the results presented in table 3, 75.7 percent of the respondents totally agree that social media has a positive impact on hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 568 brand loyalty; 8.5 percent agree, 3.2 percent are neutral, 4.3 percent do not agree, and 8.3 percent totally do not agree. in the statement, social media has a positive impact on easy communication; 75.7 percent of the respondents declared totally agree, 8.5 percent agree, 9.3 percent are neutral, 3.2 percent do not agree, and 3.3 percent totally do not agree. in the question, social media makes it difficult to erase the effects of an offense; 75.7 percent of the respondents declared totally agree, 8.5 percent agree, 9.3 percent are neutral, 3.2 percent do not agree, and 3.3 percent totally do not agree. in the question about the impact of social media on attracting a larger audience, the percentage of respondents who answered this question is: 75.7 percent declared totally agree, 8.6 percent agree, 3.2 percent are neutral, 6.1 percent do not agree, and 6.4 percent totally do not agree. in the question of whether social media marketing is a competitive industry that pushes everyone to do their best; 75.7 percent of the respondents totally agree, and the same percentage of the respondents also totally agree that social media helps in spreading the word about a business quickly and effectively, that social media marketing applies the concept of targeted marketing and advertising, and that social media marketing is cost-effective and efficient, which reaps tons of profit for entrepreneurs. 78.8 percent of the respondents totally agree that social media platforms are used to attract new customers and form a special connection with existing customers. 84.3 percent of the respondents totally agree that social media has a positive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to its minimal costs. thus, in the last question from table 3, we can see that 91.5 percent of the total percentage of the respondents totally agree that social media is the most common form used by your business for online sales. in table 4, the results from the descriptive statistics of the variables are presented. the results include the number of questionnaires, the minimum number of questions answered, the maximum, and the standard deviation. the sample size of the valid questionnaire was 750 in all cases included in the analysis. the minimum in almost all the questions is one, and the maximum depends on 2 to 6. the lower mean value is in question. do you consider that social media has influenced you to increase sales in the country and region? 1.07, with a standard deviation of 0.263 and a variance of 0.69. table 4. descriptive statistics n minimum maximum mean std. deviation variance what activity does your company perform? 750 1 4 1.63 0.864 0.747 how long have you been operating in the market as a business? 750 1 6 2.39 1.151 1.324 which of the following digital marketing channels does your company use? 750 1 4 1.72 0.765 0.585 how does social media affect the development of your business? 750 1 3 1.23 0.592 0.351 what is the advantage of social media in doing business? 750 1 4 2.77 1.257 1.580 do you think that the rapid development of social media has influenced the development and growth of your business? 750 1 5 1.58 0.661 0.437 do you think that social media is the right way to do business? 750 1 2 1.06 0.245 0.060 which of the digital marketing channels do you think has the greatest impact on increasing sales? 750 1 3 1.51 0.712 0.507 do you consider that social media has influenced you to increase sales in the country and region? 750 1 2 1.07 0.263 0.069 which social media do you consider the most important? 750 1 4 1.48 0.885 0.784 did social media have an impact on increasing sales in your business? 750 1 4 1.52 0.755 0.570 after using social media, your company had; 750 1 2 1.93 1.631 2.659 what are the main challenges you have faced as a business in using social media? 750 1 5 2.66 1.154 1.332 social media have 1sitive impact on brand loyalty 750 1 5 1.61 1.246 1.552 social media have 1sitive impact on easy communication 750 1 5 1.50 1.007 1.014 social media make difficult to erase the effects of an offensive 1st 750 1 5 1.50 1.007 1.014 social media impact to attract a bigger audience 750 1 5 1.59 1.202 1.444 social media marketing is a competitive industry that pushes everyone to do their best 750 1 5 1.53 1.092 1.192 social media helps in spreading the word about a business quickly and effectively 750 1 5 1.49 1.062 1.129 social media marketing applies the concept of targeted marketing and advertising 750 1 5 1.49 1.004 1.009 social media platforms are used to attract new customers and form a special connection with existing customers 750 1 5 1.43 0.971 0.943 social media marketing is cost-effective and efficient, which reaps in tons of profit for entrepreneurs 750 1 5 1.40 0.858 0.737 social media has a 1sitive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to minimal costs 750 0 3 1.13 0.415 0.172 you consider that social media is the most common form used by your business for online sales? 750 1 2 1.09 0.280 0.078 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 569 table 5 shows the output of the anova analysis and whether there is a statistically significant difference between the group means. the significance value is 0.000 (i.e., p = .000), which is below the condition less than 0.05 [39], and, therefore, in our case of analysis, there is a statistically significant difference in the group means. table 5. anova table anova sum of squares df mean square f sig between people 5754.943 749 7.684 84.326 0.000 within people between items 219.311 10 21.931 residual 1947.962 7490 0.260 total 2167.273 7500 0.289 total 7922.216 8249 0.960 grand mean = 1.43 in the following section, the pearson correlation results are presented. 4.2. pearson correlation results in this subsection, the results obtained from the pearson correlation are presented. first, the variable codes and definitions are presented in table 6, followed by the equation that measures the person correlation. at the end of this subsection are presented the results obtained from the pearson correlation matrix. table 6. variables including into pearson correlation matrix var variables names var 1 social media have positive impact on brand loyalty var 2 social media have positive impact on easy communication var 3 social media make difficult to erase the effects of an offensive post var 4 social media impact to attract a bigger audience var 5 social media marketing is a competitive industry that pushes everyone to do their best var 6 social media helps in spreading the word about a business quickly and effectively var 7 social media marketing applies the concept of targeted marketing and advertising var 8 social media platforms are used to attract new customers and form a special connection with existing customers var 9 social media marketing is cost-effective and efficient, which reaps in tons of profit for entrepreneurs var 10 social media has a positive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to minimal costs table 6 presents the code of the variables and their definitions that are included in the correlation matrix. table 7 presents the results from the correlation matrix. in the analysis, ten variables are included, such as whether social media has a positive impact on brand loyalty and whether social media has a positive impact on easy communication. table 7. the pearson correlation matrix results column1 var 1 var 2 var 3 var 4 var 5 var 6 var 7 var 8 var 9 var 10 var 1 1 var 2 0.892** 1 var 3 0.892** 1.000** 1 var 4 0.923** 0.981** 0.981** 1 var 5 0.903** 0.933** 0.933** 0.934** 1 var 6 0.870** 0.884** 0.884** 0.874** 0.987** 1 var 7 0.907** 0.969** 0.969** 0.954** 0.990** 0.972** 1 var 8 0.784** 0.908** 0.908** 0.860** 0.938** 0.916** 0.940** 1 var 9 0.847** 0.744** 0.744** 0.798** 0.671** 0.633** 0.708** 0.467** 1 var 10 0.218** 0.394** 0.394** 0.354** 0.290** 0.235** 0.322** 0.399** 0.262** 1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 570 social media makes it difficult to erase the effects of an offensive post; social media impact to attract a bigger audience; social media marketing is a competitive industry that pushes everyone to do their best; social media helps in spreading the word about a business quickly and effectively, social media marketing applies the concept of targeted marketing and advertising, social media platforms are used to attract new customers and form a special connection with existing customers, social media marketing is cost-effective and efficient, which reaps in tons of profit for entrepreneurs, social media has a positive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to minimal cost. variable one, var 1, is in a strong relationship with the whole set of variables included in the analysis, except for variable ten, which has a weak relationship. thus, the closer the coefficient is to one, the stronger the relationship between the two variables. if the coefficient is under 0.5, this means a weak relationship, and if the coefficient has a negative value, this means a negative relationship between two variables. variable two is strongly correlated with the whole set of variables instead of variable ten. as we can see from table 7, all the variables are strongly correlated with variable ten, thus indicating that the relationship of all the variables is weak with variable ten, which states that social media has a positive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to its minimal cost. the following subsection presents the findings from the ols model, the variables used, and the results. table 8 presents the findings of the ols model when the predictors are the variables: social media has a positive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to minimal costs; social media has a positive impact on brand loyalty; social media has a positive impact on easy communication; social media has an impact on attracting a bigger audience; and the dependent variable is: social media has influenced you to increase sales in the country and region. referring to the r coefficient of 0.442, we can conclude that the model used explains 44 percent of the impact of predictors on the dependent variable, and 56 percent may be other factors that influence sales increases in the country and in the region for women entrepreneurs in the case of kosovo. table 8. the model summary of the ols model model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate 1 0.442a 0.195 0.191 0.237 a. predictors: (constant), social media has a positive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to minimal costs, social media have positive impact on brand loyalty, social media have positive impact on easy communication, social media impact to attract a bigger audience. b. dependent variable: social media has influenced you to increase sales in the country and region. table 9 presents the results obtained from the anova test. the result is .000, which means we have good results and the model fits; thus, in table 10, we will continue with the coefficient results and the interpretation. table 9. anova results anovaa model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 10.107 4 2.527 45.127 0.000 b residual 41.712 745 0.056 total 51.819 749 a. dependent variable: do you consider that social media has influenced you to increase sales in the country and region? b. predictors: (constant), social media has a 1sitive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to minimal costs, social media have 1sitive impact on brand loyalty, social media have 1sitive impact on easy communication, social media impact to attract a bigger audience. table 10. interpretation of the coefficient results obtained from the ols model coefficients model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. b std. error beta social media have positive impact on brand loyalty 0.076 0.019 0.362 4.008 0.000 social media have positive impact on easy communication 0.107 0.046 0.408 2.334 0.020 social media impact to attract a bigger audience -0.190 0.044 -0.870 -4.325 0.000 social media has a positive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to minimal costs 0.296 0.024 0.468 12.390 0.000 a. dependent variable: social media has influenced the woman entrepreneurships in case of kosovo to increase sales in the country and region? hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 571 in table 10, the study presents the results from the coefficients obtained from the ols model. it is noted that the dependent variable in the model is social media, which has influenced women's entrepreneurship in the case of kosovo to increase sales in the country and region. the predictors or independent variables used are social media has a positive impact on brand loyalty; social media has a positive impact on easy communication; social media has an impact on attracting a bigger audience; and social media has a positive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to minimal costs. the importance of the variables will be interpreted using the p-value; thus, a p-value less than 0.05 indicates that the variable is important and impacts the dependent variable. in our case, all the predictors have a positive impact and influence women's entrepreneurship to increase sales in the country and in the region. cronbach’s alpha is a convenient test used to estimate the reliability or internal consistency of a composite score; thus, the general rule of thumb is that a cronbach’s alpha of 0.70 and above is good, 0.80 and above is better, and 0.90 and above is best [40]. the resulting α coefficient of reliability ranges from 0 to 1 in providing this overall assessment of a measure’s reliability. if all of the scale items are entirely independent of one another (i.e., are not correlated or share no covariance), then α = 0; and if all of the items have high covariance, then α will approach 1 as the number of items in the scale approaches infinity; thus, the higher the α coefficient, the more the items have shared covariance and probably measure the same underlying concept [41]. in our case, cronbach's alpha is 0.966, meaning that the questions or the variables have shared covariance (table 11). table 12 presents the item statistics used in our case, which include 11 variables in a sample of 750 surveys. with a mean between 1.09–1.61 and a standard deviation of 0.28–1.24. table 11. the reliability statistics results cronbach's alpha cronbach's alpha cronbach's alpha based on standardized items no of items 0.966 0.960 11 table 12. item statistics mean std. deviation n social media have 1sitive impact on brand loyalty 1.61 1.246 750 social media have 1sitive impact on easy communication 1.50 1.007 750 social media make difficult to erase the effects of an offensive 1st 1.50 1.007 750 social media impact to attract a bigger audience 1.59 1.202 750 social media marketing is a competitive industry that pushes everyone to do their best 1.53 1.092 750 social media helps in spreading the word about a business quickly and effectively 1.49 1.062 750 social media marketing applies the concept of targeted marketing and advertising 1.49 1.004 750 social media platforms are used to attract new customers and form a special connection with existing customers 1.43 0.971 750 social media marketing is cost-effective and efficient, which reaps in tons of profit for entrepreneurs 1.40 0.858 750 social media has a 1sitive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to minimal costs 1.13 0.415 750 you consider that social media is the most common form used by your business for online sales? 1.09 0.280 750 table 13 presents the scale statistics for 11 variables, or a number of items included in the analysis, with a mean of 15.75 and a variance of 84.519 with a standard deviation of 9.193. table 13. scale statistics mean variance std. deviation no of items 15.75 84.519 9.193 11 based on the results of ols regression, we conclude that the variables entered into the analysis are important due to the p-value of less than 0.05. thus, we can conclude that: social media creates brand loyalty, thus increasing sales. the easy communication of social usage impacts positively the increasing sales; the bigger audience using social media has a positive impact on woman entrepreneurs in the case of kosovo and the minimal costs of social media usage impact positively the sales incensement in kosovo and the region for women entrepreneurs in the case of kosovo. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 572 5. discussion using a sample of 750 women entrepreneurs in the case of kosovo to analyze social media usage and its importance, an online questionnaire was used and distributed randomly to a sample of 1,000 entrepreneurs in the case of kosovo, when only 750 women entrepreneurs were used as valid questionnaires to conduct the research. from the ols model used, the study found that the ols model explained 44 percent of the impact of predictors such as social media having a positive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to minimal costs, social media having a positive impact on brand loyalty, social media having a positive impact on easy communication, and social media having an impact on attracting a bigger audience as a dependent variable. social media has influenced you to increase sales in the country and region, and 56 percent may be other factors that influence sales increasing in the country and in the region for woman entrepreneurs in the case of kosovo. also in line with this discussion is the empirical research of johansson & hiltula [42], where, among other things, it is affirmed that social media already has a positive effect on brand image as well as on brand loyalty, whereas a conclusion is stated that the increase in brand image has a positive effect on brand loyalty. the significance of this research lies in the fact that such research for countries in transition, specifically for the state of kosovo, has not been conducted thus far. therefore, this research will be of great importance in this field, especially for transition countries. 6. conclusion this study concludes that social media has a positive impact on women entrepreneurs in the case of kosovo. from the empirical results, the study comes to the conclusion that almost all women entrepreneurs, including those in this survey, use social media as a digital marketing channel for their activities, and 40.3 percent also use pay-per-click marketing ppc; websites use 12.8 of them; and other digital channels use 2.1 of them. the study concludes that social media is of great importance as a result because it offers the opportunity to be online 24/7 with consumers without the need for intermediation. in line with this conclusion are also the results by harima [43]. this impact has been made both during and after the covid-19 pandemic. from the correlation matrix, the study concludes that almost all variables used have a positive relationship. in the pearson correlation analysis includes ten variables such as social media have a positive impact on brand loyalty; social media have a positive impact on easy communication; social media make it difficult to erase the effects of an offensive post; social media impact to attract a bigger audience; social media marketing is a competitive industry that pushes everyone to do their best; social media helps in spreading the word about a business quickly and effectively, social media marketing applies the concept of targeted marketing and advertising, social media platforms are used to attract new customers and form a special connection with existing customers, social media marketing is cost-effective and efficient, which reaps in tons of profit for entrepreneurs, social media has a positive effect on doing business for women entrepreneurs in kosovo due to minimal cost. the study by dwivedi et al. [44] is in line with these results, where it is claimed that the use of social media has changed the behavior of consumers and the way companies develop their businesses, as well as that these media offer many and different opportunities for companies with low costs, business improvement, and increased sales. thus, the study concludes that all the predictors included in the analysis impact women's entrepreneurship to increase sales in the country and in the region. 6.1. future research the plans for future research include conducting comparative studies, initially comparing with neighboring countries and then extending to other nations. these comparisons will be valuable, as based on the recommendations provided, they could serve as positive milestones for female entrepreneurs. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions x.h.i. and rr.g. contributed to the design and implementation of the research, to the analysis of the results and to the writing of the manuscript. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the financing of this research will be done by the aab college, for which we are very grateful. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 573 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] virtanen, h., björk, p., & sjöström, e. (2017). follow for follow: marketing of a start-up company on instagram. journal of small business and enterprise development, 24(3), 468–484. doi:10.1108/jsbed-12-2016-0202. [2] sahut, j. m., iandoli, l., & teulon, f. (2021). the age of digital entrepreneurship. small business economics, 56(3), 1159–1169. doi:10.1007/s11187-019-00260-8. [3] satalkina, l., & steiner, g. (2020). digital entrepreneurship: a theory-based systematization of core performance indicators. sustainability (switzerland), 12(10), 4018. doi:10.3390/su12104018. [4] chaker, h., & zouaoui, s. (2023). meeting the challenge of entrepreneurship with social media: the case of tunisian women entrepreneurs. journal of entrepreneurship and innovation in emerging economies, 9(1), 33–61. doi:10.1177/23939575221138439. [5] dewi, a. s. (2020). investigating the impact of instagram on women entrepreneurs’ empowerment. annual international conference on social sciences and humanities (aicosh 2020), atlantis press. doi:10.2991/assehr.k.200728.013. [6] owsinski’s, b. (2013). social media promotion for small business and entrepreneurs. bobby owsinski media group, burbank, united states. [7] mandishaya, h., inderpal, l.-a., & karodia, a. m. (2015). an evaluation of the challenges faced by women owned small to medium enterprises and their impact on organisational performance: a case study of katter incubation centre, thomas region, namibia. kuwait chapter of arabian journal of business and management review, 5(3), 111–138. doi:10.12816/0019020. [8] rah, n. s., masduki, m., & rahayu, n. e. e. (2021). women entrepreneurs and the usage of social media for business sustainability in the time of covid-19. research square, preprint. doi:10.21203/rs.3.rs-907854/v1. [9] agarwal, m. (2020). social media and the woman entrepreneur. entrepreneur media, irvine, united states. available online: https://www.entrepreneur.com/en-in/women-entrepreneur/social-media-and-the-woman-entrepreneur/362021 (accessed on may 2023). [10] park, k., ging, d., murphy, s. & mcgrath, c. (2023). the impact of the use of social media on women and girls. european union, brussels, belgium. [11] kumar, a., bezawada, r., rishika, r., janakiraman, r., & kannan, p. k. (2016). from social to sale: the effects of firmgenerated content in social media on customer behavior. journal of marketing, 80(1), 7–25. doi:10.1509/jm.14.0249. [12] baum, d., spann, m., füller, j., & thürridl, c. (2019). the impact of social media campaigns on the success of new product introductions. journal of retailing and consumer services, 50, 289–297. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2018.07.003. [13] madra-sawicka, m., paliszkiewicz, j., & nord, j. h. (2020). determinants of social media usage in business by women: age and development of the country. information (switzerland), 11(9), 445. doi:10.3390/info11090445. [14] wang, w., liang, q., mahto, r. v., deng, w., & zhang, s. x. (2020). entrepreneurial entry: the role of social media. technological forecasting and social change, 161, 120337. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2020.120337. [15] united nations. (2022). fostering women entrepreneurship in the digital economy. united nations publications, new york, united states. [16] mozumdar, l., hagelaar, g., van der velde, g., & omta, s. w. f. (2020). determinants of the business performance of women entrepreneurs in the developing world context. j-multidisciplinary scientific journal, 3(2), 215–235. doi:10.3390/j3020017. [17] jose, s. (2018). strategic use of digital promotion strategies among female emigrant entrepreneurs in uae. international journal of emerging markets, 13(6), 1699–1718. doi:10.1108/ijoem-10-2016-0268. [18] fatima, n., & ali, r. (2023). how businesswomen engage customers on social media? spanish journal of marketing esic, 27(2), 221–240. doi:10.1108/sjme-09-2021-0172. [19] weller, k. (2016). trying to understand social media users and usage: the forgotten features of social media platforms. online information review, 40(2), 256-264. doi:10.1108/oir-09-2015-0299. [20] ongare, r.m. (2022). modelling utilization of the internet and social media platforms for sustainable development of women entrepreneurs of small businesses. international journal of scientific research in science, engineering and technology, 250– 275. doi:10.32628/ijsrset229155. https://www.entrepreneur.com/en-in/women-entrepreneur/social-media-and-the-woman-entrepreneur/362021 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 574 [21] miniesy, r., elshahawy, e., & fakhreldin, h. (2022). social media’s impact on the empowerment of women and youth male entrepreneurs in egypt. international journal of gender and entrepreneurship, 14(2), 235–262. doi:10.1108/ijge-06-2021-0085. [22] brahem, m., & boussema, s. (2023). social media entrepreneurship as an opportunity for women: the case of facebookcommerce. international journal of entrepreneurship and innovation, 24(3), 191–201. doi:10.1177/14657503211066010. [23] hossain, m., & rahman, m. f. (2018). social media and the creation of entrepreneurial opportunity for women. management, 8(4), 99–108. [24] olsson, a. k., & bernhard, i. (2021). keeping up the pace of digitalization in small businesses–women entrepreneurs’ knowledge and use of social media. international journal of entrepreneurial behaviour & research, 27(2), 378–396. doi:10.1108/ijebr-10-2019-0615. [25] khan, f., & ghadially, r. (2010). empowerment through ict education, access and use: a gender analysis of muslim youth in india. journal of international development, 22(5), 659-673. doi:10.1002/jid.1718. [26] merza, z. (2019). the role and importance of social media on women entrepreneurship. ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3408414. [27] gbandi, e. c., & iyamu, g. o. (2022). the effect of social media marketing on the growth of business: evidence from selected small and medium enterprises (smes) in benin city, nigeria. journal of enterprise and development, 4(1), 77–98. doi:10.20414/jed.v4i1.4918. [28] al-ammary, j. (2022). the impact of social media on women’s empowerment in the kingdom of bahrain. gender, technology and development, 26(2), 238–262. doi:10.1080/09718524.2022.2040217. [29] dawda, v. (2023). harnessing the power of social media for female empowerment. agency reporter. available online: https://www.agencyreporter.com/harnessing-the-power-of-social-media-for-female-empowerment/ (accessed on may 2023). [30] emeritus. (2022). analyzing the impact of social media on different businesses in the last decade. emeritus, boston, united states. available online: https://emeritus.org/blog/impact-of-social-media-on-businesses/ (accessed on may 2023). [31] sheldon, p., & bryant, k. (2016). instagram: motives for its use and relationship to narcissism and contextual age. computers in human behavior, 58, 89–97. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2015.12.059. [32] sherman. (2023). building an instagram following for your small business. lyfe marketing, atlanta, united states. available online: https://www.lyfemarketing.com/blog/building-an-instagram-following/ (accessed on may 2023). [33] sainaghi, r., phillips, p., & corti, v. (2013). measuring hotel performance: using a balanced scorecard perspectives’ approach. international journal of hospitality management, 34(1), 150–159. doi:10.1016/j.ijhm.2013.02.008. [34] evans, j. r. (2015). modern analytics and the future of quality and performance excellence. quality management journal, 22(4), 6–17. doi:10.1080/10686967.2015.11918447. [35] sajilan, s., tehseen, s., yafi, e., & ting, x. (2019). impact of facebook usage on firm’s performances among malaysian chinese retailers. global business and finance review, 24(4), 45–62. doi:10.17549/gbfr.2019.24.4.45. [36] parveen, f., jaafar, n. i., & ainin, s. (2015). social media usage and organizational performance: reflections of malaysian social media managers. telematics and informatics, 32(1), 67–78. doi:10.1016/j.tele.2014.03.001. [37] conlin, b. (2023). 10 unexpected ways facebook is good for your business. business news daily. available online: https://www.businessnewsdaily.com/2534-facebook-benefits.html (accessed on june 2023). [38] peerzada, n., bashir, r., & bashir, n. (2021). social media & women empowerment: a meta-analysis. zeichen journal, 7(9), 96–103. [39] laerd statistics. (2023). one-way anova in spss statistics. lund research ltd, long eaton, united kingdom. available online: https://statistics.laerd.com/spss-tutorials/one-way-anova-using-spss-statistics-2.php (accessed on may 2023). [40] statistics solutions (2023). available online: https://www.statisticssolutions.com/ (accessed on may 2023). [41] goforth, c. (2015). using and interpreting cronbach’s alpha. university of virginia library, 15, 1-2. [42] johansson, f., & hiltula, m. (2021). the effect of social media marketing activities on brand image and brand loyalty: a quantitative study within the sportswear industry. luleå university of technology, luleå, sweden. [43] harima, a. (2022). transnational migration entrepreneurship during a crisis: immediate response to challenges and opportunities emerging through the covid-19 pandemic. business and society review, 127(s1), 223-251. doi:10.1111/basr.12266. [44] dwivedi, y. k., ismagilova, e., hughes, d. l., carlson, j., filieri, r., jacobson, j., jain, v., karjaluoto, h., kefi, h., krishen, a. s., kumar, …, tran, g. a., & wang, y. (2021). setting the future of digital and social media marketing research: perspectives and research propositions. international journal of information management, 59. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2020.102168. https://www.agencyreporter.com/harnessing-the-power-of-social-media-for-female-empowerment/ https://emeritus.org/blog/impact-of-social-media-on-businesses/ https://www.lyfemarketing.com/blog/building-an-instagram-following/ https://www.businessnewsdaily.com/2534-facebook-benefits.html https://statistics.laerd.com/spss-tutorials/one-way-anova-using-spss-statistics-2.php https://www.statisticssolutions.com/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 157 issn: 2723-9535 development of an algorithm for multicriteria optimization of deep learning neural networks islam a. alexandrov 1 , andrey v. kirichek 2, vladimir z. kuklin 1*, leonid m. chervyakov 1 1 idti ras institute for design technological informatics of ras, moscow, russian federation. 2 brjanskij gosudarstvennyj tehniceskij universitet, russian federation. received 15 december 2022; revised 17 february 2023; accepted 24 february 2023; published 01 march 2023 abstract nowadays, machine learning methods are actively used to process big data. a promising direction is neural networks, in which structure optimization occurs on the principles of self-configuration. genetic algorithms are applied to solve this nontrivial problem. most multicriteria evolutionary algorithms use a procedure known as non-dominant sorting to rank decisions. however, the efficiency of procedures for adding points and updating rank values in non-dominated sorting (incremental non-dominated sorting) remains low. in this regard, this research improves the performance of these algorithms, including the condition of an asynchronous calculation of the fitness of individuals. the relevance of the research is determined by the fact that although many scholars and specialists have studied the self-tuning of neural networks, they have not yet proposed a comprehensive solution to this problem. in particular, algorithms for efficient nondominated sorting under conditions of incremental and asynchronous updates when using evolutionary methods of multicriteria optimization have not been fully developed to date. to achieve this goal, a hybrid co-evolutionary algorithm was developed that significantly outperforms all algorithms included in it, including error-back propagation and genetic algorithms that operate separately. the novelty of the obtained results lies in the fact that the developed algorithms have minimal asymptotic complexity. the practical value of the developed algorithms is associated with the fact that they make it possible to solve applied problems of increased complexity in a practically acceptable time. keywords: neural networks; genetic algorithms; hybrid co-evolutionary algorithm; feature selection; multicriteria optimization. 1. introduction today, data, along with capital and labor, have become essential resources for ensuring the prosperity of society [1– 3]. however, selecting important and helpful data is quite a difficult task, for which machine learning methods are now actively applied [4]. machine learning is a set of algorithms in which knowledge extraction is improved each time, i.e., by increasing the learning level [5]. machine learning techniques can be roughly classified as follows: learning with a teacher (supervised learning), learning without a teacher (unsupervised learning), partial learning (semi-supervised learning), learning with support (reinforcement learning), dynamic learning (online learning), and active learning [6, 7]. supervised learning is the most popular machine learning method, where the type of "the object and its corresponding label" organizes the learning system structurally [8]. the problem is to train an algorithm that forms a nontrivial relationship between object labels * corresponding author: kuklin_vladimir_ran@mail.ru http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-011  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1818-5763 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2310-8992 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 158 and their properties, or features. here, initial data consist of two separate independent sets: a test set and a learning set. unsupervised learning, on the other hand, uses information with unset object labels. thus, any object is some set of features or a set of distance metrics in the multidimensional feature space relative to other objects considered in the sample [9–11]. in semi-supervised learning, only partially labeled data applies [12]. in online learning, learning objects feed sequentially one after another, so the algorithm needs to process each object sequentially, incrementally learning from the newly arrived knowledge about the new learning object [13]. in active learning, the learning objects feed the algorithm in a strictly selected sequence, which provides the algorithm with more effective learning [14, 15]. this approach to learning relates closely to methods of experiment planning. in this paper, the emphasis is on supervised learning algorithms and classification tasks. classification algorithms operate with discrete data sets. they require a finite set of labels called classes. the task of the learning algorithm is to correctly and unambiguously assign an object to one of the given classes [15, 16]. classification algorithms operate on a specific, discrete dataset. the presence of a final set of objective labels called classes is necessary. the task of the learning algorithm is to relate the object clearly to one of the presented classes [16]. classification techniques inextricably link important information for the industry. a description type of the properties of the classification objects usually represents the data. binkhonain & zhao (2019) [17] presented a detailed description of the classification algorithms. one of the most promising classification algorithms is neural networks, based on the principle of the connection of many simple elements built into an optimal structure [18]. so-called artificial neurons act as simple elements. it is a noticeably simplified arithmetic model of the actual neuron structure. at the initial stage, the neuron receives output signals at its input, which then summarize and exceed the activation function of each of them, resulting in the output signal (figure 1a). there is a multilayer frontier neural network of the most direct propagation [19] (figure 1b), which is an oriented graph with one-way directed edges. (a) (b) figure 1. a) the neuron model: b) the neural network structure in several layers with direct propagation, where gray color indicates neurons of hidden layers a significant disadvantage of neural networks that one may consider is the solving tasks aimed at black box-type pattern recognition. in other words, they are almost understandable for logical thinking and somehow classify a specific object [20]. problems may arise with the choice of a suitable neural network structure. a proven method to activate recognition often predetermines the structure. to configure the network parameters, a system of automatic correction of some parameters based on optimization algorithms is applied [21]. often, the task of neural network self-configuration is a multicriteria optimization problem [22], for which solving evolutionary algorithms, a class of stochastic algorithms that simulate the process of natural evolution, is applied [23]. genetic algorithms (gas) are among the most demanded evolutionary search techniques [24]. due to their intrinsic parallelism, these algorithms make it possible to find a set of pareto-optimal solutions in a single algorithm run [25]. many scientific papers are devoted to the self-configuration of neural network parameters by applying evolutionary search algorithms. for example, lessmann et al. [23] configured the system parameters of the support vector machine (svm) using a genetic algorithm. the genetic algorithm provided more stable system results than the lattice search. gavrilescu et al. [24] used evolutionary algorithms to configure the properties of neural networks in their study. akhmedova & semenkin [25] developed a unique collective algorithm combining various bionic techniques. tan et al. [26] created a co-evolutionary algorithm for extended criterion optimization. evolutionary algorithms under development are widely applied to configure the parameters of machine learning techniques [27], fuzzy logic [28], and genetic programming [29]. these algorithms are relevant for solving various practical problems, such as the problem of human-machine interaction [30]. therefore, special attention is focused on developing software systems that promote quality interaction between human intelligence and personal computers [31–33]. additional tasks of such interaction have become automated user data monitoring, detection of handwritten text features, oral speech, and generation of appropriate system responses in a comfortable form for perception [34–36]. although many scientists and specialists have investigated the self-configuration of neural networks, they have not yet proposed a comprehensive solution to this problem. moreover, solving the practically essential problem of humanhightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 159 machine interaction based on neural networks requires developing methods of self-configuration for machine learning algorithms in general and neural networks in particular [37–41]. advanced multicriteria evolutionary algorithms can be divided into three classes: algorithms directly based on the pareto dominance relation (examples: nsga-ii [42], spea2 [43], pesa-ii [44]); algorithms that optimize the so-called indicators—functions that characterize the quality of the population as a whole with a single number (examples: ibea [45], hype [46]); algorithms that reduce a multicriteria problem to several scalar problems (example: moea/d [47]; hybrid algorithms such as nsga-iii [48] are also known. a significant part of the algorithms belonging to the first of these classes (and hybrid algorithms) use a procedure known as non-dominant sorting to rank solutions. the disadvantage is that this non-dominated sorting procedure has a relatively high computational complexity: most algorithms known for it have θ(n2k) complexity, where n is the number of solutions and k is the number of objective functions. since this study does not address questions about objective functions and, consequently, about the compliance of the vectors of objective variable values (the “genotype” of an individual) and the vectors of objective function values (fitness of an individual), we will further identify the solution (individual) and its fitness (and consider only fitness), which allows us to consider solutions as points in the k-dimensional space of values of objective functions. the non-dominated sorting procedure was proposed for use in multicriteria evolutionary algorithms as part of the nsga algorithm [41, 49]. the same publication proposed an algorithm with θ(n3k) complexity in time and o(n) in memory, where n is the number of points. in the next version of this algorithm, nsga-ii [42], the algorithm for nondominated sorting was improved, its complexity was θ(n2k) in time and o(n2) in memory, which partly contributed to the popularity of the nsga-ii algorithm. however, the complexity remains high. thus, in almost all algorithms using non-dominated sorting, it remains either the bottleneck of the algorithm in terms of asymptotics or one of these points. in this regard, several subsequent publications have proposed alternative, more efficient algorithms for nondominated sorting. most of them have θ(n2k) complexity in time in the worst case and o(nk) in memory [50]. however, the algorithm proposed by jensen [51] and subsequently improved in fortin et al. [52] has a time complexity of o(n(log n)k-1) and greater efficiency than other algorithms for a large number of points. the question of the efficiency of non-dominated sorting as part of an incremental multicriteria evolutionary algorithm was raised by nebro & durillo [53], where it was shown that the incremental version of the nsga-ii algorithm has advantages in the quality of the solutions obtained compared to the classical one (with the same restriction on the number of individuals’ fitness calculations), but it significantly loses in time. a team of scholars headed by deb proposed the first specialized non-dominated sorting algorithm designed to efficiently recalculate ranks when inserting new points, known as efficient non-dominated level update (enlu) [54], and although it still requires θ(n2k) time in the worst case per insert operation, in practice the insert is often made faster. however, despite the fact that this result was improved in subsequent research [55], the efficiency of the procedure for adding points and updating rank values in non-dominated sorting—incremental non-dominated sorting—remains low. in addition, these studies did not consider the issue of operating in the context of asynchronous fitness computation when multiple threads insert points in parallel and independently of each other. the presented research work aimed to improve the quality of information selection while solving neural network problems in human-machine interaction based on creating a self-constructed co-evolutionary optimization algorithm. the co-evolutionary genetic algorithm for multicriteria optimization is developed based on the standard genetic algorithms vega (vector evaluated genetic algorithm), spea (strength pareto evolutionary algorithm), and nsga2 (non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm). the developed hybrid co-evolutionary multicriteria optimization algorithm combines the advantages and eliminates the disadvantages of its constituent algorithms, thus significantly increasing the efficiency of its work. 2. materials and methods the authors employed efficient analytical techniques, statistics, probability theory, evolutionary systems, hardware learning, and monitoring of hidden information patterns. figure 2 shows the algorithm of the research methodology. to perform research to select informative features, the authors developed software in the c# language in microsoft visual studio. it integrates evolutionary algorithms for multicriteria optimization, including vega, nsga, spea, and the hybrid co-evolutionary algorithm. vega is an algorithmic tool invented by schaffer at the end of the 1980s. it actively uses sampling according to specific criteria; therefore, the percentage of individuals sampled according to given parameters is identical. an algorithm called "nsga" created by srinivas and deb [41], uses a pareto dominance approach to calculate fitness, dividing fitness to maintain the population distribution ranges in a stable state. in the spea methodology used by zitzler hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 160 et al. [43], not quite combinable solutions found on the actual iteration remain mostly external. the fitness of individuals is calculated from the position of pareto dominance. clustering reduces the number of external solutions stored in the set. the listed optimization methods have their pros and cons. vega has greater convergence but lacks a mechanism for uniform distribution of the upper layer of the pareto front surface. nsga provides excellent coverage of the pareto front, like some other techniques, at an increased computational cost. this scientific paper presents a co-evolutionary genetic tool for multicriteria optimization (see section 3.1), where the investigated algorithms combine into a group. figure 2. the research methodology the study of the rationality of evolutionary algorithms for multicriteria optimization relied on the recognition of handwritten numeric symbols. the primary analytical information came from the modified national institute of standards and technology (mnist) dataset, which included sixty thousand training samples and ten thousand handwritten digit samples [43]. the mnist dataset contains five different handwritten digit recognition tasks:  mnist represents numeric characters from zero to nine written by hand on a black background;  mnist rotated represents images inverted at a random angle from the corresponding base;  mnist random background represents numbers arranged over randomly generated background noise;  mnist background images represent mnists applied to parts of a limited set of images;  mnist bare background images represent optional angle-spaced mnist pictures applied to pieces of the images. 3. results and discussion 3.1. creating a multicriteria optimization algorithm selfcomoga based on the vega, spea, and nsga-2 methods, the authors developed a co-evolutionary genetic algorithm for multicriteria optimization called the self-configuring co-evolutionary multi-objective genetic algorithm, which sounds selfcomoga [28], where the previously listed algorithms belong to a single group. this algorithm is a progression of the technique of selective, extended learning systems with distance learning proposed in his time by the researcher e.a. sopov [29]. the authors chose the vega, spea, and nsga-2 systems because of various approaches to selecting population individuals that provide an opportunity to avoid stagnation. the main feature of the hybrid algorithm assumed to be optimal for a particular activity is monitoring the performance of the evolving algorithms. figure 3 shows the composition of the selfcomoga algorithm. at the initial stage of algorithm testing, instances of each method (vega, nsgaa-2, and srea) are artificially generated. the initialization of algorithmic properties randomly selected from the existing number of predetermined variants occurs by developing a single instance of every previously mentioned algorithm. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 161 figure 3. flowchart of the hybrid co-evolutionary calculation method "selfcomoga" in the second stage, the testing of the initialized methods spea, vega, and nsga-2 occurs with a given number of iterations. this stage is referred to as the adaptation period and is one of the co-evolutionary algorithms, selfcoomga. in the third stage, the co-evolutionary algorithm's efficiency is evaluated against the selected quality standards. any algorithmic iteration has several ideal solutions without the possibility of comparing methods, so many of them cannot be applied qualitatively. the authors used the analyzed sum of the following criteria to monitor individual algorithms in selfcomoga:  k1 represents the percentage of not enough coordinated solutions. a general solution cycle of co-evolutionary systems undergoing non-dominated filtering is developed with further extraction of a large number of the best solutions from the sorted array for further calculating their proportion relative to the co-evolutionary methods included in this set; hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 162  k2 is the uniformity of the distribution of not quite dominant solutions of the co-evolutionary method computed as the variance of distances in the displayed criteria space. the fourth stage is the distribution of resources. the size of the winning algorithm group, found based on the analyzed sum of the criteria described above, increases due to a decrease in the population parameters of other algorithms. the population size of the losing method decreases by a few percent from its stable size. in the fifth stage, already completely new method populations are filled with problems from the general pool selected using rank selection. the stopping criterion of the hybrid co-evolutionary algorithm is a predetermined integration algorithmic number. 3.2. analysis of algorithm efficiency the efficiency evaluation of the developed co-evolutionary algorithm involves ten test tasks of multicriteria optimization for analyzing the practical work of the algorithm. test task number 1: 𝑓1 = 𝑥1 + 2 |𝐽1| ∑ [𝑥𝑗 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (6𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 )] 2 → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽1 𝑓2 = 1 − √𝑥1 + 2 |𝐽2| ∑ [𝑥𝑗 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (6𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 )] 2 → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽1 (1) where 𝑛 = 30, 𝐽1 = {𝑗|𝑗 − odd, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝐽2 = {𝑗|𝑗 − even, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}; domain: �̄� ∈ [0,1] ⋅ [−1,1]𝑛−1 . pareto set: 0 ≤ 𝑥1 ≤ 1, 𝑥𝑗 = 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (6𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ) , 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛. pareto front: 𝑓2 = 1 − √𝑓1, 0 ≤ 𝑓1 ≤ 1 . test task number 2: { 𝑓1 = 𝑥1 + 2 |𝐽1| ∑ 𝑦𝑗 2 → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽1 𝑓2 = 1 − √𝑥1 + 2 |𝐽2| ∑ 𝑦𝑗 2 → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽2 { (2) where 𝑛 = 30, 𝐽1 = {𝑗|𝑗 − odd, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝐽2 = {𝑗|𝑗 − even, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛} . 𝑦𝑗 = { 𝑥𝑗 − (0.3𝑥1 2 ⋅ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (24𝜋𝑥1 + 4𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ) + 0.6𝑥1) ⋅ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (6𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ) , . 𝑗 ∈ 𝐽1, 𝑥𝑗 − (0.3𝑥1 2 ⋅ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (24𝜋𝑥1 + 4𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ) + 0.6𝑥1) ⋅ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (6𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ) , . 𝑗 ∈ 𝐽2, (3) domain: �̄� ∈ [0,1] ⋅ [−1,1]𝑛−1; pareto set: 0 ≤ 𝑥1 ≤ 1 𝑥𝑗 = { (0.3𝑥1 2 ⋅ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (24𝜋𝑥1 + 4𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ) + 0.6𝑥1) ⋅ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (6𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ) , . 𝑗 ∈ 𝐽1, (0.3𝑥1 2 ⋅ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (24𝜋𝑥1 + 4𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ) + 0.6𝑥1) ⋅ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (6𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ) , . 𝑗 ∈ 𝐽2, (4) pareto front: 𝑓2 = 1 − √𝑓1, 0 ≤ 𝑓1 ≤ 1. test task number 3: 𝑓1 = 𝑥1 + 2 |𝐽1| (4 ⋅ ∑ 𝑦𝑗 2 𝑗∈𝐽1 − 2 ⋅ ∏ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 20𝑦𝑗𝜋 √𝑗 )𝑗∈𝐽1 + 2) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, 𝑓2 = 1 − √𝑥1 + 2 |𝐽2| (4 ⋅ ∑ 𝑦𝑗 2 𝑗∈𝐽2 − 2 ⋅ ∏ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 20𝑦𝑗𝜋 √𝑗 )𝑗∈𝐽2 + 2) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, (5) where 𝑛 = 30, 𝐽1 = {𝑗|𝑗 − odd, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝐽2 = {𝑗|𝑗 − even, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛; 𝑦𝑗 = 𝑥𝑗 − 𝑥1 0.5[1+ 3(𝑗−2) 𝑛−2 ] domain: �̄� ∈ [0,1]𝑛. pareto set: 0 ≤ 𝑥1 ≤ 1, 𝑥𝑗 = 𝑥1 0.5(1+ 3(𝑗−2) 𝑛−2 ) , 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛. pareto front: 𝑓2 = 1 − √𝑓1, 0 ≤ 𝑓1 ≤ 1 test task number 4: 𝑓1 = 𝑥1 + 2 |𝐽1| ∑ ℎ(𝑦𝑗) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽1 𝑓2 = 1 − 𝑥1 2 + 2 |𝐽2| ∑ ℎ(𝑦𝑗) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽2 (6) where 𝑛 = 30, 𝐽1 = {𝑗|𝑗 − odd, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝐽2 = {𝑗|𝑗 − even, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛 ; 𝑦𝑗 = 𝑥𝑗 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (6𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ) , ℎ(𝑡) = |𝑡| 1+𝑒2|𝑡| domain: �̄� ∈ [0,1] ⋅ [−2,2]𝑛−1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 163 pareto set: 0 ≤ 𝑥1 ≤ 1 𝑥𝑗 = 𝑠𝑖𝑛( 6𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ), 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛. pareto front: 𝑓2 = 1 − 𝑓1 2, 0 ≤ 𝑓1 ≤ 1. test task number 5: 𝑓1 = 𝑥1 + ( 1 2𝑁 + 𝜀) ⋅ | 𝑠𝑖𝑛( 2𝑁𝜋𝑥1)| + 2 |𝐽1| ∑ ℎ(𝑦𝑗) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽1 𝑓2 = 1 − 𝑥1 + ( 1 2𝑁 + 𝜀) ⋅ | 𝑠𝑖𝑛( 2𝑁𝜋𝑥1)| + 2 |𝐽2| ∑ ℎ(𝑦𝑗) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽2 (7) where; 𝑛 = 30, 𝐽1 = {𝑗|𝑗 − odd, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝐽2 = {𝑗|𝑗 − even, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛 . 𝑦𝑗 = 𝑥𝑗 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (6𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ) , 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛, ℎ(𝑡) = 2𝑡2 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠( 4𝜋𝑡) + 1, 𝜀 = 0.1, 𝑁 = 10 . domain: �̄� ∈ [0,1] ⋅ [−1,1]𝑛−1. pareto front: ( 𝑖 2𝑁 , 1 − 𝑖 2𝑁 ), 𝑖 = 0,2𝑁. test task number 6: 𝑓1 = 𝑥1 +𝑚𝑎𝑥{ 0,2 ( 1 2𝑁 + 𝜀) 𝑠𝑖𝑛( 2𝑁𝜋𝑥1)} + 2 |𝐽1| (4 ⋅ ∑ 𝑦𝑗 2 𝑗∈𝐽1 − 2 ⋅ ∏ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 20𝑦𝑗𝜋 √𝑗 )𝑗∈𝐽1 + 2) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, 𝑓2 = 1 − 𝑥1 +𝑚𝑎𝑥{ 0,2 ( 1 2𝑁 + 𝜀) 𝑠𝑖𝑛( 2𝑁𝜋𝑥1)} + 2 |𝐽2| (4 ⋅ ∑ 𝑦𝑗 2 𝑗∈𝐽2 − 2 ⋅ ∏ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 20𝑦𝑗𝜋 √𝑗 )𝑗∈𝐽2 + 2) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, (8) where; 𝑛 = 30, 𝐽1 = {𝑗|𝑗 − odd, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝐽2 = {𝑗|𝑗 − even, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛 ; 𝑦𝑗 = 𝑥𝑗 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (6𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ) , 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛, 𝜀 = 0.1, 𝑁 = 10 . domain: �̄� ∈ [0,1] ⋅ [−1,1]𝑛−1. pareto front: (0.1) – isolated point and n discontinuous parts: 𝑓2 = 1 − 𝑓1, 𝑓1 ∈∪𝑖=1 𝑁 ( 2𝑖−1 2𝑁 , 2𝑖 2𝑁 ). test task number 7: { 𝑓1 = √𝑥1 5 + 2 |𝐽1| ∑ 𝑦𝑗 2 → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽1 𝑓2 = 1 − √𝑥1 5 + 2 |𝐽2| ∑ 𝑦𝑗 2 → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽2 (9) where; 𝑛 = 30, 𝐽1 = {𝑗|𝑗 − odd, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝐽2 = {𝑗|𝑗 − even, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛; 𝑦𝑗 = 𝑥𝑗 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (6𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ) , 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛, 𝜀 = 0.1, 𝑁 = 10. pareto set: 0 ≤ 𝑥1 ≤ 1, 0 ≤ 𝑥1 ≤ 1, 𝑥𝑗 = 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (6𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ), 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛. domain: �̄� ∈ [0,1] ⋅ [−1,1]𝑛−1. pareto front: 𝑓2 = 1 − √𝑓1, 0 ≤ 𝑓1 ≤ 1. test task number 8: 𝑓1 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠( 0.5𝑥1𝜋) 𝑐𝑜𝑠( 0.5𝑥2𝜋) + 2 |𝐽1| ∑ (𝑥𝑗 − 2𝑥2 ⋅ 𝑠𝑖𝑛( 2𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ))2 → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽1 𝑓2 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠( 0.5𝑥1𝜋) 𝑐𝑜𝑠( 0.5𝑥2𝜋) + 2 |𝐽2| ∑ (𝑥𝑗 − 2𝑥2 ⋅ 𝑠𝑖𝑛( 2𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ))2 → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽2 𝑓3 = 𝑠𝑖𝑛( 0.5𝑥1𝜋) + 2 |𝐽3| ∑ (𝑥𝑗 − 2𝑥2 𝑠𝑖𝑛( 2𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ))2 → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽3 (10) where; 𝐽1 = {𝑗|(𝑗 − 1) −multiple 3, 3 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝐽2 = {𝑗|(𝑗 − 2) −multiple 3, 2 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛 ; 𝐽3 = {𝑗|𝑗 −multiple 3, 3 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝑛 = 30. pareto set: 0 ≤ 𝑥1, 𝑥2 ≤ 1, 𝑥𝑗 = 2𝑥2 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (2𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ), 𝑗 = 3, 𝑛. domain: �̄� ∈ [0,1]2 ⋅ [−2,2]𝑛−2. pareto front: 𝑓1 2 + 𝑓2 2 + 𝑓3 2 = 1, 0 ≤ 𝑓1, 𝑓2, 𝑓3 ≤ 1. test task number 9: { 𝑓1 = 0.5(𝑚𝑎𝑥{ 0, (1 + 𝜀)(1 − 4(2𝑥1 − 1) 2)} + 2𝑥1)𝑥2 + 2 |𝐽1| ∑ (𝑥𝑗 − 2𝑥2 𝑠𝑖𝑛( 2𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ))2 → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽1 𝑓2 = 0.5(𝑚𝑎𝑥{ 0, (1 + 𝜀)(1 − 4(2𝑥1 − 1) 2)} + 2𝑥1)𝑥2 + 2 |𝐽2| ∑ (𝑥𝑗 − 2𝑥2 𝑠𝑖𝑛( 2𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ))2 → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽2 𝑓3 = 1 − 𝑥2 + 2 |𝐽3| ∑ (𝑥𝑗 − 2𝑥2 𝑠𝑖𝑛( 2𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ))2 → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽3 (11) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 164 where; 𝐽1 = {𝑗|(𝑗 − 1) −multiple 3, 3 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝐽2 = {𝑗|(𝑗 − 2) −multiple 3, 3 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛; 𝐽3 = {𝑗|𝑗 −multiple 3, 3 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝑛 = 30. domain: �̄� ∈ [0,1]2 ⋅ [−2,2]𝑛−2. pareto set: 𝑥1 ∈ [0,0.25] ∪ [0.75,1], 0 ≤ 𝑥2 ≤ 1, 𝑥𝑗 = 2𝑥2 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (2𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ) , 𝑗 = 3, 𝑛. pareto front: 0 ≤ 𝑓3 ≤ 1, 0 ≤ 𝑓1 ≤ 1 4 (1 − 𝑓3), 𝑓2 = 1 − 𝑓1 − 𝑓3 и 0 ≤ 𝑓3 ≤ 1, 3 4 (1 − 𝑓3) ≤ 𝑓1 ≤ 1, 𝑓2 = 1 − 𝑓1 − 𝑓3. test task number 10: { 𝑓1 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠( 0.5𝑥1𝜋) 𝑐𝑜𝑠( 0.5𝑥2𝜋) + 2 |𝐽1| ∑ (4𝑦𝑗 2 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠( 8𝜋𝑦𝑗) + 1) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽1 𝑓2 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠( 0.5𝑥1𝜋) 𝑐𝑜𝑠( 0.5𝑥2𝜋) + 2 |𝐽2| ∑ (4𝑦𝑗 2 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠( 8𝜋𝑦𝑗) + 1) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽2 𝑓3 = 𝑠𝑖𝑛( 0.5𝑥1𝜋) + 2 |𝐽3| ∑ (4𝑦𝑗 2 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠( 8𝜋𝑦𝑗) + 1) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, ∑ 𝑗∈𝐽3 (12) where; 𝐽1 = {𝑗|(𝑗 − 1) −multiple 3, 3 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝐽2 = {𝑗|(𝑗 − 2) −multiple 3, 3 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝑗 = 2, 𝑛; 𝐽3 = {𝑗|𝑗 −multiple 3, 3 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛}, 𝑛 = 30, 𝑦𝑗 = 𝑥𝑗 − 2𝑥2 𝑠𝑖𝑛( 2𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ), 𝑗 = 3, 𝑛. pareto set: 0 ≤ 𝑥1, 𝑥2 ≤ 1, 𝑥𝑗 = 2𝑥2 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (2𝜋𝑥1 + 𝑗𝜋 𝑛 ), 𝑗 = 3, 𝑛. domain: �̄� ∈ [0,1]2 ⋅ [−2,2]𝑛−2. pareto front: 𝑓1 2 + 𝑓2 2 + 𝑓3 2 = 1, 0 ≤ 𝑓1, 𝑓2, 𝑓3 ≤ 1. comparison of the efficiency of the algorithms under consideration used the igd (the indicator of generational distinction) metric: 𝐼𝐺𝐷(𝐴, 𝑃∗) = ∑𝑑(𝜈,𝐷) |𝑃∗| , (13) where p* is an actual pareto front, a represents a pareto front approximation by the optimization algorithm, v is a point of the actual pareto front, and d(v, d) represents a minimal distance between points by euclidean metric. the smaller the igd metric is, the better the optimization problem solution is. the spea, vega, nsga-2, and selfcomoga algorithms presented in this paper can be random; therefore, twenty activations of each algorithm were performed in each of the ten tests. at the end of the analysis, the igd metric designation and the working time in seconds for the software algorithm were recorded. based on the selected statistics, the importance of distinctive features of the igd metric between the studied methods was analyzed using the wilcoxon test. table 1 demonstrates the parameter values of the genetic algorithms studied in this research work and the values used in experiments. table 1. values of parameters of evolutionary algorithms of multicriteria functional optimization: application in testing on specific tasks algorithm parameter value selfcomoga, spea, vega, nsga-2 np is the population size; for the coevolutionary algorithm – the total size of all subpopulations 600 number of generations 500 type of crossover single-point probability of crossover 1 probability of mutation (𝑘 ⋅ 𝑁𝑝) −1 , 𝑘 = 3 accuracy of solution representation 0.0001 selfcomoga size of the adaptation period of coevolutionary algorithms (in generations) 10 penalty size (% of the current population size of the coevolutionary algorithm) 10 minimum guaranteed population size (% of the initial population size of the coevolutionary algorithm) 10 spea the maximum size of the external set np hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 165 figures 4 to 7 present the results of testing methods on test items, including the qualitative mean of the sample, comparison of the standard deviation, minimum and maximum values of the igd metric, and the time interval of the tasks. figure 4. results of testing the spea algorithm on test problems figure 5. the results of testing the vega algorithm on test tasks figure 6. results of testing the nsga-2 algorithm on test tasks 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 task number metric value igd ͞x min max 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 sec. task number run time ͞x min max 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 task number metric value igd ͞x min max 0 10 20 30 40 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 sec. task number run time ͞x min max 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 task number metric value igd ͞x min max 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 sec. task number run time ͞x min max hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 166 figure 7. the results of testing the selfcomoga algorithm on the test tasks table 2 shows the results of applying the w-criterion required to predetermine the significance of differences between the igd-labeled metric of the selfcomoga algorithm and the spea, vega, and nsga-2 methods. table 2. the result of applying the wilcoxon test for calculating the significance of differences between the igd metric system of the selfcomoga algorithm and the spea, vega, and nsga-2 methods task no. selfcomoga vs. spea selfcomoga vs. vega selfcomoga vs. nsga-2 1 surpasses surpasses surpasses 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 inferior ≈ 9 surpasses 10 surpasses the results show that in nine of ten tests, the selfcomoga algorithm is statistically significant (p = 0.05) and noticeably outperforms the available spea, vega, and nsga-2 algorithms in the igd parameter, giving way to the more powerful spea algorithm in unambiguity. the selfcomoga algorithm outperforms spea and nsga-2 in the implementation rate, being significantly inferior only to the vega algorithm and noticeably exceeding the competitor in the igd parameter, which is the key one in this context. the obtained results prove the rationality of the developed co-evolutionary algorithm and the justification of its coupling into the co-evolution of the most commonly used evolutionary methods of multicriteria optimization with unequal decision selection technologies. 3.3. creating and integrating the multicriteria approach to selecting informative features in the process of work selecting important informative features is not an easy stage in modern machine learning. the efficiency of the overall machine learning system directly depends on the quality of this stage. this research conducted and studied the method used in the multicriteria approach for automatic feature selection (figure 8). the proposed feature selection method based on multicriteria optimization belongs to the so-called "wrapper methods" [34, 56-57]. the presented scientific development involved a comparison with the principal component analysis (pca). the optimization-driven feature selection tools are designed as written below. the input variables are binary vectors of length t. here, t represents the initial number of sample features. an individual bit of the mentioned vector gains a value of one or zero, where one denotes selecting a specific feature for future integration into the model, and zero means the absence of selection. optimization occurs according to a pair of criteria: the classification accuracy represents the maximum possible criterion and the number of features is the minimum criterion. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 task number metric value igd ͞x min max 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 sec. task number run time ͞x min max hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 167 figure 8. flowchart of the multicriteria approach selecting informative features to streamline the process, the authors selected algorithms spea, vega, nsga-2, and selfcomoga with low probability of crossover or mutation. their probability calculation can use the formula: 𝑝 = 1/(𝑘 × |𝑃|) (14) where k = 3 in completed experiments but can take other non-negative values, |p| represents population size parameters, and p is a probability notation. for conducting experiments on the target problem solving of selecting informative properties, the authors developed software in c# language in microsoft visual studio 2012 with implementing the evolutionary methods of srea, vega, nsga-2, and selfcomoga multicriteria optimization. the section below presents the results of the conducted digital experiment to monitor the solution of the multicriteria algorithmic problem of selecting the informative properties of the modern microsystem of the available classifiers. 3.4. studying the efficiency of a multicriteria approach to select special informative features studying the rationality of the hybrid learning algorithm occurred on the handwritten digit detection task, with primary data taken from mnist [43]. the experiment involved a convolutional neural network (cnn) with a pair of convolutional layers, two subsampling layers, and a fully connected output layer. table 3 presents the application of cnn parameter assignment in the experiments. from the start of the hybrid algorithm (ha), one can safely employ the co-evolutionary ha with the characteristics shown in table 4. table 3. cnn parameter notations for qualitative handwritten digit recognition tasks parameter value number of feature maps on the 1st convolutional layer 6 number of feature maps on the 2nd convolutional layer 12 the dimensionality of the convolution kernel of the 1st and 2nd convolutional layers 5 × 5 the scale of the subsampling layers 2 the number of neurons of a fully connected layer 192 number of learning epochs 50 table 4. parameters of co-evolutionary ha parameter value population size 50 number of iterations 50 search interval for each variable [-3; 2] accuracy of search interval partitioning 0.0001 percentage of elite solutions 4% the authors compared the efficiency of cnns studied by the error backpropagation (ebp) method and by a hybrid algorithm (ha plus ebp). however, the cnn investigated using the genetic algorithm did not show increased or noticeable efficiency due to the instantaneous spatial search dimension, so the authors omitted the results here. the analyzed criteria are classification accuracy and f-score. totals of the available efficiency of approaches for the five hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 168 previously described tasks of the mnist group by the parameter of classification accuracy are shown in figure 9, by the criterion of f-score – in figure 10. the results of the algorithm operation on various test problems are shown in figures 4 to 7. (a) (b) figure 9. study of average accuracy in percent of handwritten digits recognition by cnn learning criteria: a) error backpropagation (ebp); b) hybrid algorithm (ha plus ebp) (a) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 mnist mnist rotated mnist random background mnist background image mnist rotated background image a v e r a g e a c c u r a c y , % error back-propagation (ebp) ͞x min max 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 mnist mnist rotated mnist random background mnist background image mnist rotated background image a v e r a g e a c c u r a c y , % hybrid algorithm (ha plus ebp) ͞x min max 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 mnist mnist rotated mnist random background mnist background image mnist rotated background image f -m e a su r e v a lu e error back-propagation (ebp) ͞x min max hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 169 (b) figure 10. comparative analysis of the average f-score of notations of handwritten numerical parameters by iterations of the learning process: a) ebp; b) ha plus ebp according to the experimental results, applying a specialized hybrid algorithm to study cnn is much better than the error backpropagation method for four of the five tasks. the presented results demonstrate that the effectiveness of the generalized method as a whole strongly depends on the initial data used and on the chosen scheme for merging into a team at the final stage. regarding the effectiveness of various multicriteria optimization algorithms as applied to feature selection and optimal team design, the algorithm that combines the advantages of the spea, nsga-2, and vega algorithms turned out to be the most effective, and, as has been shown, it outperforms them noticeably. thus, a selfconfiguring co-evolutionary algorithm for multicriteria optimization was developed, which outperforms the optimization algorithms included in it as components in solving test problems of multicriteria optimization and practical problems. 4. conclusions this research developed and studied in practice a hybrid learning algorithm for the convolutional neural network called selfcomoga based on a specialized progressive optimization algorithm and the method of backpropagation of the existing error in the system. the hybrid co-evolutionary algorithm selfcomoga simultaneously involves many populations undergoing independent evolution. in obtaining solutions, the listed algorithms exchange the necessary information and permissions. selfcomoga is a unique algorithm that uses three well-known methods simultaneously with proven effectiveness (spea, vega, and nsga-2). it is essential to understand that the reasons for using these algorithms are that they allow the most rationalization techniques for selecting individuals and maintaining the diversity of the population as a whole. the authors organized a comparative analysis of the primary algorithms and selfcomoga on ten tests to monitor the performance value by applying two to three properties that need optimization. the experiment predetermined the superiority of the selfcomoga algorithm over the individual algorithms comprising it. if you do not achieve a noticeable increase, the degree of efficiency remains at the same level. based on the proposed method, the authors developed software in the c# language in microsoft visual studio, which was used as a basis for conducting experiments to optimize the developed techniques. the system combines vega, spea, nsga-2, and selfcomoga and makes it possible to test these algorithms on an extended set of multicriteria optimization tasks, considering the necessity of feature selection. a hybrid training method for convolutional neural networks (cnn) based on the systematic use of genetic algorithms (ha) and error backpropagation (ebp) was created. the proposed algorithm is noticeably superior to the ha and ebp algorithms that function autonomously on the handwritten digit detection task. a comparative analysis of the available algorithmic efficiency occurred on the parameters of classification determination clarity and the f-score option. thus, a hybrid co-evolutionary algorithm was developed, which significantly outperforms all the algorithms included in it, including error backpropagation algorithms and genetic algorithms that operate separately. the scientific novelty of the obtained results lies in the fact that the developed non-dominant incremental sorting algorithms have minimal asymptotic complexity. the practical value of the developed algorithms is related to the fact that they make it possible to solve applied problems of increased complexity in a practically acceptable time. among the possible directions for further research, the following can be distinguished: the use of a multicriteria approach for designing ensembles of other classification algorithms; the application of other optimization algorithms for feature selection, classifier ensemble designing, and convolutional neural network pretraining; building ensembles of convolutional neural networks; and other deep learning algorithms. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 mnist mnist rotated mnist random background mnist background image mnist rotated background image f -m e a su r e v a lu e hybrid algorithm (ha plus ebp) ͞x min max hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 170 4.1. recommendations for the future among the available ways of the present research, it is possible to highlight the application of the multicriteria approach aimed at designing ensembles of other classification algorithms, application of more optimization algorithms of feature selection, creating ensembles of classifiers and pre-training of cnn, creating combinations of convolutional neural networks and algorithms of the deep learning process. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, i.a.a. and v.z.k.; methodology, a.v.k. and v.z.k.; software, l.m.c.; validation, v.z.k. and i.a.a.; formal analysis, l.m.c.; investigation, i.a.a.; resources, l.m.c.; data curation, v.z.k.; writing—original draft preparation, i.a.a. and a.v.k.; writing—review and editing, i.a.a. and v.z.k.; visualization, l.m.c.; supervision, v.z.k.; project administration, v.z.k.; funding acquisition, v.z.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement all data generated or analyzed during this study are included in this published article. 5.3. funding selected findings of this work were obtained under the grant agreement in the form of subsidies from the federal budget of the russian federation for state support for the establishment and development of world-class scientific centers performing r&d on scientific and technological development priorities dated april 20, 2022, no. 075-15-2022-307. 5.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] zhang, j. z., srivastava, p. r., sharma, d., & eachempati, p. (2021). big data analytics and machine learning: a retrospective overview and bibliometric analysis. expert systems with applications, 184, 115561. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2021.115561. [2] kuklin, v., alexandrov, i., polezhaev, d., & tatarkanov, a. (2023). prospects for developing digital telecommunication complexes for storing and analyzing media data. bulletin of electrical engineering and informatics, 12(3), 1536–1549. doi:10.11591/eei.v12i3.4840. [3] kuklin, v. z., alexandrov, i. a., umyskov, a. a., & lampezhev, a. k. (2022). analysis of the prospects for developing storage and processing complexes for multiformat media data. journal of computer science, 18(12), 1159–1169. doi:10.3844/jcssp.2022.1159.1169 [4] xu, y., wang, z., gao, h., jiang, z., yin, y., & li, r. (2023). towards machine-learning-driven effective mashup recommendations from big data in mobile networks and the internet-of-things. digital communications and networks, 9(1), 138–145. doi:10.1016/j.dcan.2022.12.009. [5] antonakoudis, a., barbosa, r., kotidis, p., & kontoravdi, c. (2020). the era of big data: genome-scale modelling meets machine learning. computational and structural biotechnology journal, 18, 3287–3300. doi:10.1016/j.csbj.2020.10.011. [6] párizs, r. d., török, d., ageyeva, t., & kovács, j. g. (2022). machine learning in injection molding: an industry 4.0 method of quality prediction. sensors, 22(7), 2704. doi:10.3390/s22072704. [7] bachute, m. r., & subhedar, j. m. (2021). autonomous driving architectures: insights of machine learning and deep learning algorithms. machine learning with applications, 6, 100164. doi:10.1016/j.mlwa.2021.100164. [8] yakimovich, a., beaugnon, a., huang, y., & ozkirimli, e. (2021). labels in a haystack: approaches beyond supervised learning in biomedical applications. patterns, 2(12), 100383. doi:10.1016/j.patter.2021.100383. [9] alexandrov, i. a., kuklin, v. z., muranov, a. n., & tatarkanov, a. a. (2022). theoretical foundations of an algorithm of visualization of a set of points of a multidimensional space for use in anthropotechnical decision support systems. proceedings of the institute for system programming of the ras, 34(4), 201–210. doi:10.15514/ispras-2022-34(4)-14. [10] ige, a. o., & mohd noor, m. h. (2022). a survey on unsupervised learning for wearable sensor-based activity recognition. applied soft computing, 127, 109363. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2022.109363. [11] tatarkanov, a., alexandrov, i., muranov, a., & lampezhev, a. (2022). development of a technique for the spectral description of curves of complex shape for problems of object classification. emerging science journal, 6(6), 1455–1475. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-06-015. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 171 [12] sawant, s. s., & prabukumar, m. (2020). a review on graph-based semi-supervised learning methods for hyperspectral image classification. the egyptian journal of remote sensing and space science, 23(2), 243–248. doi:10.1016/j.ejrs.2018.11.001. [13] rožanec, j. m., trajkova, e., dam, p., fortuna, b., & mladenic, d. (2022). streaming machine learning and online active learning for automated visual inspection. ifac-papersonline, 55(2), 277–282. doi:10.1016/j.ifacol.2022.04.206. [14] zhao, t., zheng, y., & wu, z. (2022). improving computational efficiency of machine learning modeling of nonlinear processes using sensitivity analysis and active learning. digital chemical engineering, 3, 100027. doi:10.1016/j.dche.2022.100027. [15] khayrutdinov, m. m., golik, v. i., aleksakhin, a. v., trushina, e. v., lazareva, n. v., & aleksakhina, y. v. (2022). proposal of an algorithm for choice of a development system for operational and environmental safety in mining. resources, 11(10), 88. doi:10.3390/resources11100088. [16] zheng, x., li, p., & wu, x. (2022). data stream classification based on extreme learning machine: a review. big data research, 30, 100356. doi:10.1016/j.bdr.2022.100356. [17] binkhonain, m., & zhao, l. (2019). a review of machine learning algorithms for identification and classification of nonfunctional requirements. expert systems with applications: x, 1, 100001. doi:10.1016/j.eswax.2019.100001. [18] singh, m. p., & saraswat, v. k. (2017). multilayer feed forward neural networks for non-linear continuous bidirectional associative memory. applied soft computing, 61, 700–713. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2017.08.026. [19] laddach, k., łangowski, r., rutkowski, t. a., & puchalski, b. (2022). an automatic selection of optimal recurrent neural network architecture for processes dynamics modelling purposes. applied soft computing, 116, 108375. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2021.108375. [20] stewart, r. h., palmer, t. s., & dupont, b. (2021). a survey of multi-objective optimization methods and their applications for nuclear scientists and engineers. progress in nuclear energy, 138, 103830. doi:10.1016/j.pnucene.2021.103830. [21] maier, h. r., razavi, s., kapelan, z., matott, l. s., kasprzyk, j., & tolson, b. a. (2019). introductory overview: optimization using evolutionary algorithms and other metaheuristics. environmental modelling & software, 114, 195–213. doi:10.1016/j.envsoft.2018.11.018. [22] grygar, d., & fabricius, r. (2019). an efficient adjustment of genetic algorithm for pareto front determination. transportation research procedia, 40, 1335–1342. doi:10.1016/j.trpro.2019.07.185. [23] lessmann, s., stahlbock, r., & crone, s. f. (2006). genetic algorithms for support vector machine model selection. the 2006 ieee international joint conference on neural network proceedings. doi:10.1109/ijcnn.2006.1716515. [24] gavrilescu, m., floria, s. a., leon, f., & curteanu, s. (2022). a hybrid competitive evolutionary neural network optimization algorithm for a regression problem in chemical engineering. mathematics, 10(19), 3581. doi:10.3390/math10193581. [25] akhmedova, s. a., & semenkin, e. s. (2016). collective bionic algorithm with biogeography based migration operator for binary optimization. journal of siberian federal university mathematics & physics, 9(1), 3–10. doi:10.17516/1997-1397-2016-9-13-10. [26] tan, k. c., chew, y. h., lee, t. h., & yang, y. j. (n.d.). a cooperative coevolutionary algorithm for multiobjective optimization. smc’03 conference proceedings. 2003 ieee international conference on systems, man and cybernetics. conference theme system security and assurance (cat. no.03ch37483). doi:10.1109/icsmc.2003.1243847. [27] fan, z., zi-xuan, x., & ming-hu, w. (2023). state of health estimation for li-ion battery using characteristic voltage intervals and genetic algorithm optimized back propagation neural network. journal of energy storage, 57, 106277. doi:10.1016/j.est.2022.106277. [28] zangeneh, m., aghajari, e., & forouzanfar, m. (2020). a review on optimization of fuzzy controller parameters in robotic applications. iete journal of research, 68(6), 4150–4159. doi:10.1080/03772063.2020.1787878. [29] sopov, e. (2015). a self-configuring metaheuristic for control of multi-strategy evolutionary search. advances in swarm and computational intelligence. icsi 2015. lecture notes in computer science, 9142. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-20469-7_4. [30] semeraro, f., griffiths, a., & cangelosi, a. (2023). human–robot collaboration and machine learning: a systematic review of recent research. robotics and computer-integrated manufacturing, 79, 102432. doi:10.1016/j.rcim.2022.102432. [31] hamdi, y., boubaker, h., rabhi, b., qahtani, a. m., alharithi, f. s., almutiry, o., dhahri, h., & alimi, a. m. (2022). deep learned blstm for online handwriting modeling simulating the beta-elliptic approach. engineering science and technology, an international journal, 35, 101215. doi:10.1016/j.jestch.2022.101215. [32] xu, x., li, d., zhou, y., & wang, z. (2022). multi-type features separating fusion learning for speech emotion recognition. applied soft computing, 130, 109648. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2022.109648. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 172 [33] peer, d., stabinger, s., & rodriguez-sanchez, a. (2021). auto-tuning of deep neural networks by conflicting layer removal. neural networks. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2103.04331. [34] alkatheiri, m. s. (2022). artificial intelligence assisted improved human-computer interactions for computer systems. computers and electrical engineering, 101, 107950. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2022.107950. [35] ualiyeva, r. (2023). functional role of vitelline glands and mehlis gland in the process of resistant egg shell formation in trematodes. online journal of biological sciences, 23(2), 124–132. doi:10.3844/ojbsci.2023.124.132. [36] fan, x., & zhong, x. (2022). artificial intelligence-based creative thinking skill analysis model using human–computer interaction in art design teaching. computers and electrical engineering, 100, 107957. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2022.107957. [37] abiodun, o. i., jantan, a., omolara, a. e., dada, k. v., mohamed, n. a. e., & arshad, h. (2018). state-of-the-art in artificial neural network applications: a survey. heliyon, 4(11), 938. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2018.e00938. [38] coulibaly, s., kamsu-foguem, b., kamissoko, d., & traore, d. (2022). deep convolution neural network sharing for the multilabel images classification. machine learning with applications, 10, 100422. doi:10.1016/j.mlwa.2022.100422. [39] costa-carrapiço, i., raslan, r., & gonzález, j. n. (2020). a systematic review of genetic algorithm-based multi-objective optimisation for building retrofitting strategies towards energy efficiency. energy and buildings, 210, 109690. doi:10.1016/j.enbuild.2019.109690. [40] schaffer, j. d. (1985). multiple objective optimization with vector evaluated genetic algorithms. proceedings of an international conference on genetic algorithms and their applications, 24-26 july, 1985, carnegie-mellon university, pittsburgh, united states. [41] srinivas, n., & deb, k. (1994). muiltiobjective optimization using nondominated sorting in genetic algorithms. evolutionary computation, 2(3), 221–248. doi:10.1162/evco.1994.2.3.221. [42] deb, k., pratap, a., agarwal, s., & meyarivan, t. (2002). a fast and elitist multiobjective genetic algorithm: nsga-ii. ieee transactions on evolutionary computation, 6(2), 182–197. doi:10.1109/4235.996017. [43] zitzler, e., laumanns, m., & thiele, l. (2001). spea2: improving the strength 418 pareto evolutionary algorithm. tech. rep., eidgenössische technische 419 hochschule zürich (eth), institut für technische informatik und kom-420 munikationsnetze (tik), 1-22. doi:10.3929/ethz-a-004284029. [44] corne, d. w., jerram, n. r., knowles, j. d., & oates, m. j. (2001). pesa-ii: region-based selection in evolutionary multiobjective optimization. proceedings of the 3rd annual conference on genetic and evolutionary computation, 7-11 july, 2001, san francisco, united states. [45] zitzler, e., & künzli, s. (2004). indicator-based selection in multiobjective search. parallel problem solving from nature ppsn viii, ppsn 2004, lecture notes in computer science, 3242, springer, berlin, germany. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-302179_84. [46] bader, j., & zitzler, e. (2011). hype: an algorithm for fast hypervolume-based many-objective optimization. evolutionary computation, 19(1), 45–76. doi:10.1162/evco_a_00009. [47] zhang, q., & li, h. (2007). moea/d: a multiobjective evolutionary algorithm based on decomposition. ieee transactions on evolutionary computation, 11(6), 712–731. doi:10.1109/tevc.2007.892759. [48] deb, k., & jain, h. (2014). an evolutionary many-objective optimization algorithm using reference-point-based nondominated sorting approach, part i: solving problems with box constraints. ieee transactions on evolutionary computation, 18(4), 577– 601. doi:10.1109/tevc.2013.2281535. [49] zheng, w., liu, y., & doerr, b. (2022). a first mathematical runtime analysis of the non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm ii (nsga-ii). in proceedings of the aaai conference on artificial intelligence, 36(9), 10408-10416. doi:10.1609/aaai.v36i9.21283. [50] roy, p. c., islam, md. m., & deb, k. (2016). best order sort. proceedings of the 2016 on genetic and evolutionary computation conference companion. doi:10.1145/2908961.2931684. [51] jensen, m. t. (2003). reducing the run-time complexity of multiobjective eas: the nsga-ii and other algorithms. ieee transactions on evolutionary computation, 7(5), 503–515. doi:10.1109/tevc.2003.817234. [52] fortin, f.-a., grenier, s., & parizeau, m. (2013). generalizing the improved run-time complexity algorithm for non-dominated sorting. proceedings of the 15th annual conference on genetic and evolutionary computation. doi:10.1145/2463372.2463454. [53] nebro, a. j., & durillo, j. j. (2009). on the effect of applying a steady-state selection scheme in the multi-objective genetic algorithm nsga-ii. studies in computational intelligence, 193, 435–456. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-00267-0_16. [54] li, k., deb, k., zhang, q., & zhang, q. (2017). efficient nondomination level update method for steady-state evolutionary multiobjective optimization. ieee transactions on cybernetics, 47(9), 2838–2849. doi:10.1109/tcyb.2016.2621008. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 173 [55] mishra, s., mondal, s., & saha, s. (2017). improved solution to the non-domination level update problem. applied soft computing, 60, 336–362. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2017.06.038. [56] canayaz, m. (2022). classification of diabetic retinopathy with feature selection over deep features using nature-inspired wrapper methods. applied soft computing, 128, 109462. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2022.109462. [57] greenberg, c. s., mason, l. p., sadjadi, s. o., & reynolds, d. a. (2020). two decades of speaker recognition evaluation at the national institute of standards and technology. computer speech & language, 60, 101032. doi:10.1016/j.csl.2019.101032. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 134 issn: 2723-9535 development, service-oriented architecture, and security of blockchain technology for industry 4.0 iot application satyanand singh 1* , joanna rosak-szyrocka 2 , lászló tamàndl 3 1 school of electrical & electronics engineering, fiji national university, fiji island. 2 department of production engineering and safety faculty of management, czestochowa university of technology, poland. 3 faculty of economics, széchenyi istvàn university, egyetem ter. 1, 9026 győr, hungary. received 23 december 2022; revised 16 february 2023; accepted 21 february 2023; published 01 march 2023 abstract the internet of things (iot) paradigm is laying the groundwork for a world in which many of our everyday devices will be connected and will interact with their surroundings to gather data and automate some operations. among other things, such a concept necessitates seamless authentication, data privacy, security, attack resilience, simplicity of deployment, and self-maintenance. blockchain, a technology created with the bitcoin cryptocurrency, can provide such advantages. to create blockchain-based iot (biot) applications, a full discussion of how to modify blockchain to meet the unique requirements of iot is offered in this paper. the most important biot applications are detailed after a brief introduction to blockchain, with the goal of highlighting how blockchain can affect conventional cloud-based iot applications. then, several factors that have an impact on the design, development, and deployment of a biot application are covered, along with present obstacles and potential improvements. lastly, a list of recommendations is provided to help future biot researchers and developers understand some of the problems that need to be solved before deploying the upcoming generation of biot applications. keywords: iot; blockchain; traceability; consensus; distributed systems; biot; fog computing; edge computing. 1. introduction understanding blockchain and its value is essential in the current environment for the successful adoption of industry 4.0. blockchain technology has potential applications in some industries, such as financial transactions, where it might give confidence. problems with fiat currencies and foreign currencies are not present, and a controlled supply transaction is possible. industry 4.0’s blockchain technology can also be connected to the product itself and the identifying components of its assembly. it serves as a reminder of situations in which being able to identify products with problems may be advantageous. here, blockchain will safeguard every component of a product, including its sub-assemblies, parts, and distribution channels. retrieval at any point in the supply chain is less expensive and disruptive. by using cameras and sensors, new information has been acquired that might be used to build the blockchain's network. we have access to more information thanks to it than we could ever learn in a short period of time [1]. there must also be a matching structural change within an organization to sustain end-user support. one of the most important technological developments nowadays is blockchain [2]. this technology has significantly advanced in recent years and has a wide range of manufacturing applications [3]. it is frequently used in conjunction with phrases like * corresponding author: satyanand.singh@fnu.ac.fj http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-010  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7707-031x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5548-6787 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1280-2767 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 135 industry 4.0 and intelligent factories. blockchain is a decentralized, encrypted, distributed ledger for filing computers that enables the creation of temper-proof, real-time logs. several aspects of industry 4.0 are still poorly understood and explained. the future effects of intelligent manufacturing solutions will be increased thanks to this new technology. much has been learned from both the current deployments and the early sales experiences. it offers a comprehensive distribution strategy, applying and combining these new technologies that are supported and encouraged as resources to achieve more general corporate objectives. since blockchain may make the patent environment more simple, transparent, and less intermediate, it could aid smes (small and medium enterprises) in defending their discoveries. this would promote rivalry among businesses that find it more challenging to enter the patent world. individuals will be able to produce green energy through a freely negotiated agreement [4, 5]. this technology is special because it avoids middlemen in transactions, potentially resulting in an efficient and affordable flow of products and services. since this record is linked to the preceding block, it cannot be modified or changed in the future. the term "non-authorized" refers to a decentralized forum that is public and participatory and where anybody can read and submit transactions. in contrast, blockchain is designed with the benefit of reading from and writing to a closed network for specific users. between a private and a public blockchain, this is the key distinction in how users are positioned and given incentives to engage with the system. the supply chain is a flexible framework made up of numerous companies that collaborate to meet customer demands by bringing value at every stage of the production process, from raw materials to finished goods [6, 7]. the subsidiary and tertiary chains that work together to build the supply chain network—an ecosystem—sustain the primary chain. information and business transactions contribute to the complexity of the chain, which must be balanced. it is crucial to think that blockchain offers consistency and traceability throughout the supply chain [8]. a decentralized, distributed directory that powers smart contracts and offers the chance to aid traceability in record management, supply chain automation, payment applications, and other commercial processes can be described as a blockchain. blockchain offers an immutable record that is duplicated in almost real-time between a network of business partners. the procedure uses data that would have previously been kept in the business enterprise resource planning (erp) system [9]. it now makes it accessible through a distributed network of records held by many businesses. organizations can better understand their customers thanks to several blockchain advantages, especially on the demand side. applications for both data analytics and artificial intelligence (ai) are well known. when it comes to technological viability, it can also hit a ceiling, yet many companies aim for convenience. it demands greater endurance and resilience than accelerated financial repercussions and enhances the protection and efficiency of procedures [10]. a chain of digital blocks linked to and related to one another to form an open distributed ledger is what is meant by the term “blockchain” in layman’s terms. it was initially just used to hold digital money transactions, but over time, it began to be used for purposes other than currency and payments [11]. additionally, there are other blockchain varieties based on their functions and distinctive characteristics: public, private, and consortium blockchains are the three different forms of blockchains. since anyone can join the network and participate in network management, public blockchains are truly decentralized systems. in private blockchains, the network can only be joined and managed by invited members of a single organization. a mix of public and private blockchains, the consortium blockchain is also known as the “federated blockchain”. in terms of management and rights, the consortium blockchain, also known as the "federated blockchain," falls somewhere between public and private blockchains. it is possible for invited individuals from various organizations to join this blockchain. in a later section of this article, these various blockchain types are described in more detail. blockchain's qualities or features, such as decentralization, pseudonymity, transparency, democratization, immutability, auditability, fault tolerance, and security, are what make it most applicable to such a broad range of fields. the accessibility of application development frameworks (adfs) is crucial for the success of blockchain technology. there are still many unresolved security and privacy issues related to blockchain innovation, despite it being one of the modern technologies that has managed to achieve significant fame. 1.1. what this survey contributes and how it compares to other survey articles ? this work primarily adds to the body of knowledge in two ways. the evolution and architecture of blockchain in relation to cryptocurrencies, as well as related architecture and research advancements for smart contracts (blockchain 2.0), and blockchain-based applications or ecosystems generally (blockchain 3.0), are first discussed. second, in this single document, we also provide a comparative review of the blockchain frameworks already in use, the consensus algorithms, the security threats, and the implications for the future. numerous survey papers have recently tried to analyze blockchain technology in various depths and with a specific focus. a review of consensus methods, security concerns, and specifics of various blockchain technology versions haven't all been covered in a single survey paper, according to the literature review. this gap in coverage inspires us to contribute with this paper's in-depth analysis of blockchain evolution, design, consensus, and security. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 136 in the recent past, many survey studies were written with a sole emphasis on cryptocurrencies [12-14] or simply consensus algorithms [15-17]. smart contracts and the architecture of blockchain applications have been briefly explored in a few articles (e.g., [8]. while the main review focus has been on blockchain applications with other technologies like iot and smart cities [18-20] other survey publications have also presented various blockchain applications [21, 20]. additionally, the security of the blockchain is discussed in a few survey studies, including [22, 23]. on the other hand, this survey's contribution is as follows: introductory technical concepts, issues, and characteristics are covered to help the reader comprehend blockchain principles clearly. to ensure that information is understood holistically, the architecture of all blockchain implementations, including cryptocurrencies, smart contracts, and generic applications, is thoroughly examined. all blockchain versions' designs and workings are laid forth with distinct explanations for various regions. the research on development frameworks, security, and consensus methods is then thoroughly reviewed in this study. the ultimate objective of this study is to familiarize the researchers with the inner technical specifics and research developments of all blockchain technology variations. figure 1 highlights the similarities and contrasts between the study topics included in this survey and those in earlier survey articles. figure 1. this survey paper compares recent blockchain survey articles 1.2. organization of this research the background, characteristics, and challenges of blockchain properties is covered in section 2 as an introduction to help readers grasp the main ideas of this article. the difficulties and problems with blockchain technology are also highlighted in this section. the application of blockchain in different sectors is covered in detail in section 3. regarding the proposed framework model for industry 4.0 industrial internet of things and blockchain applications in general, section 4 discusses current blockchain applications in the industrial internet of things. section 5 highlights the experimental analysis and future direction of the application of blockchain. 2. background, characteristics, and challenges of blockchain although there are many obstacles to overcome, blockchain has a lot of potential and its widespread adoption may be prevented. everyone connected to the network can view the transaction records and upload new data to the database thanks to the distributed peer-to-peer nature of the blockchain. the system's fundamentals of openness and lack of centralized coordination have detrimental effects and restrict the adoption of blockchain [24]. one can bring up challenges like scalability, security, privacy, latency, and the fact that the financial markets are still having trouble coming up with effective solutions [25]. 2.1. preliminary network concepts 2.1.1. role of peer-to-peer (p2p) networks in blockchain p2p technology is built on the decentralization principle, which is a straightforward idea. blockchain's peer-to-peer architecture enables global cryptocurrency transfers without the use of middlemen, brokers, or centralized servers. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 137 anyone who wants to take part in the process of confirming and validating blocks can set up a bitcoin node using the decentralized peer-to-peer network [26]. a peer-to-peer network that monitors one or more digital assets on a blockchain is decentralized. the term "peer-topeer network" refers to a decentralized peer-to-peer system where each computer keeps a complete copy of the ledger and verifies it with other devices to guarantee the data is accurate. 2.1.2. cryptography on the blockchain data security using cryptography prevents illegal access. cryptography is employed in the blockchain to safeguard transactions between two nodes in a blockchain network. the two key ideas in a blockchain are cryptography and hashing, as was previously discussed. in a p2p network, messages are encrypted using cryptography, and a blockchain's block data and link blocks are secured using hashing [27]. security of participants, transactions, and precautions against double-spending are the main goals of cryptography. it aids in safeguarding various blockchain network transactions. it guarantees that the transaction data can only be obtained, read, and processed by the people for whom it is intended. 2.1.3. cryptography makes use of encryption and decryption the process of transforming plain text into a coded ciphertext that can only be read by the sender is known as encryption (keyholder). decryption, on the other hand, is the process of making the coded ciphertext readable to the recipient. these two components guarantee the security of the cryptographic technique for usage by all users. this provides the blockchain with an avalanche effect, which means a small modification in the data can have a big impact on the final product [28]. 2.1.4. hash functions common hash functions accept variable-length inputs and produce outputs with fixed lengths. hash functions' message-passing abilities are combined with security features in cryptographic hash functions. in computing systems, hash functions are frequently used data structures for activities including verifying the accuracy of communications and authenticating data. since they can be cracked in polynomial time, they are regarded as cryptographically “weak,” but they are difficult to crack. traditional hash functions are strengthened with security features by cryptographic hash functions, making it more challenging to decipher message content or sender and receiver information [28]. 2.1.5. hash chain a hash chain is a collection of values obtained by applying a cryptographic hash function repeatedly to an input. because of the characteristics of the hash function, it is possible to calculate subsequent values in a chain reasonably easily, but it is difficult to know what came before a given value. when an attacker can listen in on communications, leslie lamport first suggested employing hash chains to create a safe method of authentication using one-time passwords. a prototype authentication system for unix systems based on lamport's plan was later described by haller. since then, researchers have discovered a variety of situations where hash chains are advantageous, including network routing, micropayment systems, and effective authentication in a variety of settings [29]. 2.1.6. merkle tree a hash tree also referred to as a merkle tree, is a tree where each leaf node is labeled with the cryptographic hash of a data block and where each non-leaf node is labeled with the cryptographic hash of the labels of its child nodes. although most hash tree implementations are binary (each node has two child nodes), they can also contain a large number more child nodes. the user can confirm whether it contains a transaction in the block by using a merkle tree, which adds up all of the transactions in a block and creates a digital fingerprint of the complete set of activities. 2.1.7. blockchain timestamp and document verification in order to authenticate the proof of work for ownership transfers of monies made possible by blockchain (bitcoin blockchain), owners were initially required to digitally sign the transaction and send it through the public network. it required time and a brief phrase or piece of information to incorporate them into the block once it had been digitally authenticated. this also contributed significantly to a high level of transaction expenses. only tiny quantities of metadata can be added to unchangeable digital data for a price. the new protocol timestamp system establishes a new digital platform for the transaction's signing and speedy verification. take a document in linear form, for instance. 2.2. key features of blockchain technology blockchain technology has been around for a while and is still very much in the news. no one can completely underestimate this technology's impact on the world's economic environment, even though there are some conflicting hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 138 opinions about it[30]. the popular cryptocurrency bitcoin is responsible for bringing the technology to public attention. sadly, compared to other cryptocurrencies, it has now become overvalued and volatile. but the blockchain technology itself is what bitcoin brought to our notice. six key features of blockchain technology are shown in figure 2. figure 2. six key features of blockchain technology 2.2.1. immutability while there are many intriguing aspects of blockchain technology, "immutability" is unquestionably one of the most important ones. why, though, is this technology untainted? let's begin with an immutable connected blockchain. immutability is the quality of not being able to be altered or modified. this is one of the top characteristics of the blockchain that helps to guarantee that the technology will continue to function as a permanent, unchangeable network. the way blockchain technology operates differs slightly from how traditional financial systems operate. a network of nodes is used to guarantee the blockchain's functionalities rather than depending on centralized authorities [31]. a copy of the digital ledger is stored on each node in the system. every node must verify a transaction's authenticity before adding it. if the majority agrees that it is legitimate, it is recorded in the ledger. this encourages transparency and makes it impervious to corruption. as a result, no one can add any transaction blocks to the ledger without the approval of most nodes. the fact that no one can simply go back and modify transaction blocks once they are published to the ledger adds to the list of important blockchain features. as a result, it will be protected from editing, deleting, or updating by any network user [18, 31, 32]. therefore, it is safe to infer that blockchain technology can significantly alter many of these scenarios when it comes to a corruption-free environment. businesses' internal networking systems could not be breached, altered, or even had information stolen from them if blockchain technology was implemented. public blockchains are the ideal illustration of this. the transactions on the public blockchain are completely transparent and visible to everyone. on the other hand, private or federated blockchain may be the best option for businesses that wish to maintain employee transparency and shield their private data from prying eyes. 2.2.2. decentralized the network is decentralized, which means that there isn't a single individual in charge of running it or any governing body. instead, the network is maintained by a number of nodes, making it decentralized. one of the most important aspects of blockchain technology that functions flawlessly is this. let me simplify things for you. users are put in an easy situation by blockchain. we may immediately access the system via the web and put our assets there because it doesn't need any sort of regulating body [33]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 139 anything can be stored, including bitcoins, significant papers, contracts, and other priceless digital assets. and utilizing your private key and the blockchain, you'll have full control over them. so, you can see, the decentralized structure is returning control and rights over assets to the general populace [16, 17]. 2.2.3. enhanced security no one may simply alter any network properties for their benefit since there is no longer a requirement for a central authority. an additional layer of protection is provided for the system by using encryption. but how does it provide so much security in comparison to current technology? as a result of the unique cryptography it offers, it is very secure. decentralization and cryptography together increase user security by one level. a mathematical algorithm known as cryptography serves as a firewall against intrusions. every bit of data on the blockchain has been cryptographically hashed. simply said, the network information masks the underlying nature of the data [33]. any input data is placed through a mathematical procedure for this process, which results in a different form of value but whose length is always fixed. you may think of it as giving each piece of data a special identification. each block in the ledger has its own distinct hash and includes the hash of the block before it [34]. therefore, altering the data or attempting to tamper with it will require altering every hash id. and that's pretty much not conceivable. to make transactions, you will need a public key, but you will need a private key to view the data [35]. 2.2.4. distributed ledgers normally, a public ledger will include all the necessary details regarding a transaction and its parties. there is nowhere to hide as everything is in the open. many individuals can observe what happens in the ledger in certain situations, even though the situation for private or federated blockchain is somewhat different [35]. this is so that all other system users can maintain the network's ledger. to ensure a better result, this divided processing power among the computers. it is regarded as one of the key components of the blockchain for this reason. the result will always be a ledger system that is more effective and can compete with the established ones [32-35]. 2.2.5. consensus consensus algorithms are essential to the success of every blockchain. consensus algorithms are at the heart of this system, which is intelligently built. every blockchain has a consensus mechanism to aid in network decision-making. consensus can be defined as the collective decision-making process of the network's active nodes. the nodes can reach an agreement in this situation rapidly. for a system to function properly when millions of nodes are validating a transaction, a consensus is unavoidably required. it may be compared to a voting process where the majority wins and the minority is required to support it [36]. the consensus oversees the network's lack of trust. although nodes might not trust one another, they can have faith in the algorithms that power the system. because of this, every action taken on the network favors the blockchain. one advantage of blockchain technology is this. blockchains all throughout the world use a variety of consensus algorithms. each makes decisions in a special way and refines errors that have already been made. on the web, a zone of fairness is created by the architecture. every blockchain must, however, have a consensus mechanism to maintain decentralization; otherwise, the blockchain's primary value is lost [16, 17, 21]. different consensus algorithms each have their own benefits and drawbacks. vukoli et al. employ the following characteristics to distinguish distinct consensus processes in table 1, which shows a comparison between different consensus algorithms [37].  proof-of-work (pow) is a consensus algorithm that relies on proofs. the fundamental idea behind the consensus technique is to discover and decide which node will be granted permission to add a new block to the current chain by demonstrating adequate evidence of its effort [15, 38].  proof-of-stake (pos) can be a more energy-efficient alternative to proof-of-work (pow). the miner doesn't have to use a lot of computer power to solve the mathematical problem using this consensus technique. instead, participation in the block building process depends on holding a large enough interest in the system [39].  delegated proof-of-stake (dpos) is an elective consensus method in which each node with a stake in the network can vote to assign another node the responsibility of validating transactions [40]. dpos is a representation democratic process, whereas pos adopts a direct democratic approach. the delegates, often referred to as witnesses, are chosen by the stakeholders to create and authenticate a block.  byzantine fault tolerance (bft) is the ability of two nodes to successfully communicate across a distributed network in the presence of malicious or deceptive nodes [41]. one example of bft, a replication algorithm capable of tolerating byzantine errors, is practical byzantine fault tolerance (pbft). pbft was created to be a highperformance consensus method that may rely on a group of trusted nodes in the network and assumes that some nodes are dishonest or flawed [42]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 140  byzantine consensus algorithm based tendermint was proposed by kwon & buchman [43]. each round determines a new block. in this round, a proposer would be chosen to broadcast an unconfirmed block. therefore, for proposer selection, all nodes must be known. the prevote phase, precommit step, and commit step can all be broken down into one block. validators decide whether to broadcast a prevote for the proposed block during the prevote process. table 1. the contrast between several consensus algorithms property proof of work (pow) proof of stake (pos) practical byzantine fault tolerance (pfbt) delegated proof-of-stake (dpos) tendermint identity management of node open open permissioned open permissioned energy consumption high low very low very low very low adversary tolerance ≤ 25% < 51% ≤ 33.3% < 51% ≤ 33.3% scalability strong strong weak strong strong performance (transaction per second) < 20 < 20 < 1000 < 500 < 1000 forking while two nodes identify the suitable nonce at the same time very difficult probably consistent if less than one third nodes are byzantine highly unlikely consensus confirmation time high high low medium low block creation speed slow fast fast depends on variant fast example bitcoin, ethereum peercoin, nextcoin hyperledger fabric bitshares tendermint 2.2.6. faster settlement traditional banking procedures are very cumbersome. after all settlements have been completed, it might occasionally take days to finalize a transaction. additionally, it is easily corruptible. in comparison to conventional financial systems, blockchain provides a speedier settlement. in this manner, a user can transfer money somewhat more quickly, which ultimately saves a lot of time [28, 32, 36]. these blockchain capabilities simplify life for international employees and shed light on the significance of blockchain technology. many people leave their family behind and go to another country in pursuit of a better life and job. however, it takes a long time to send money to their families who live abroad and doing so could be fatal in an emergency. blockchains are now far too quick, and people can send money to their loved ones using them with ease. the smart contract system is another interesting fact. this may enable quicker contract settlements of any kind. one of the greatest advantages of blockchain technology now is this. people can send money with a low cost if the middleman is eliminated [17]. 2.3. challenges and tradeoff of blockchain one of the most popular buzzwords in business and technology right now is blockchain. with its capacity to operate without a centralized authority or middleman, it is seen as the technology that will revolutionize the financial industry. blockchain is also seen to be advantageous for other businesses because of its capacity for storing tamper-proof data and managing a massive trail of records in a productive manner. however, blockchain has its limitations and is not practical for many different company models, much like previous new technologies [44]. performance and scalability, privacy, interoperability, energy consumption, selfish mining, and current regulatory hurdles are the issues and challenges of blockchain technology that are covered in this section. 2.3.1. performance and scalability of blockchain technology solutions based on blockchain and cryptocurrencies for various business models are becoming more and more popular. its performance and scalability raise questions about whether it will be able to fulfill the growing demand from various commercial and government-based sectors. recently, researchers have been focusing on performance issues including throughput (the number of transactions per second) and latency (the amount of time needed to add a block of transactions to the blockchain) as well as scalability challenges relating to the number of replicas in the network [45]. because the network must handle the higher volume of message exchange and processing, increasing the number of replicas can negatively impact throughput and latency. although scalability can be guaranteed by protocols like pow, they have a poor throughput and a significant latency. the resources used to solve the cryptographic conundrum required to publish a block and append it to the chain are the cause of this bottleneck. for instance, the pow-based system used by bitcoin can grow to support many replicas. on the other hand, it has a low throughput, considering just 6–10 transactions per second (may be less depending on the network's complexity), and hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 141 it can generate a block in an average of 10 minutes. the fact that this consensus process consumes a lot of cpu power and uses a lot of electricity is another disadvantage. 2.3.2. privacy of blockchain technology given that users can conduct transactions using created addresses rather than their actual identities, blockchain is regarded as offering security and anonymity for sensitive personal data. however, some academics have hypothesized that due to network peers being able to see the public key used to start a transaction, blockchain may be vulnerable in terms of transactional privacy [46]. although it is asserted that a peer can maintain their anonymity within the blockchain network, new research on the bitcoin platform has demonstrated that a member's real identity can be ascertained by linking their transaction history [47]. additionally, when peers are protected by firewalls or network address translation (nat), biryukov et al. suggested a way to link peers' pseudonyms to ip addresses [48]. he also noted that peers' connected network of nodes can be used to uniquely identify them. the fact that all public key balances and details are visible to everyone in the network is the primary factor behind blockchain's susceptibility to information leaking. therefore, the needs for privacy and security should be established at the beginning of blockchain applications. 2.3.3. interoperability in blockchain technology it is clear from deloitte's 2018 research that a wide range of sectors are now considering implementing blockchain technology. there isn't a set protocol, though, that would enable them to cooperate and integrate. this circumstance, known as "lack of interoperability," has a negative effect on the development of the blockchain business. for this reason, cryptocurrency is still the primary platform for blockchain technology rather than providing various practical answers to a variety of business models. although the lack of interoperability enables blockchain programmers to write code in a variety of computer languages, all these networks are closed off from one another and are unable to communicate. as an illustration, github is home to more than 6,500 active blockchain projects that make use of various platforms, programming languages, consensus algorithms, protocols, and privacy features. in order to share blockchain-based solutions and interface with current systems, standardization is necessary for enterprise collaboration on application development. 2.3.4. energy consumption in blockchain technology bitcoin's proof-of-work (pow) algorithm has made it possible to conduct peer-to-peer transactions in a distributed, decentralized, and trustless system. however, miner computers use a significant amount of electricity while performing this operation [49]. the bitcoin energy consumption index was developed to shed light on the pow algorithm's very unsustainable nature. people all throughout the world are motivated to mine bitcoin by the incentive system. people are drawn to using power-hungry equipment to mine because it offers a reliable source of income. as a result, both the price of bitcoin and the network's overall energy consumption rate increased to a new high. the aggregate consumption of the bitcoin network is more than that of a handful of nations, according to research released by the international energy agency [50]. 2.3.5. fairness and security of blockchain technology because of technology’s infancy, security holes leave consumers vulnerable to cybercrime. one of the most wellknown problems with blockchain security is 51 percent of attacks. such an attack occurs when one or more malicious parties’ control most of a blockchain's hash rate. with most of hash rate, they may commit double-spends by reversing transactions and stopping other miners from confirming blocks. another unfair strategy used by mining pools to raise block rewards is known as selfish mining [51], which compromises the trustworthiness of a blockchain network. eyal & sirer (2018) presented a blockchain network that can still be vulnerable if someone wishes to cheat with a tiny amount of hashing power, even though malevolent nodes that have over 51% of computing power are thought to be able to take control of the blockchain network [52]. 2.3.6. problems with current regulation for blockchain technology cryptocurrencies and blockchain platforms in general are having consistency problems. because the characteristics of this decentralized system make it harder for central banks to control economic policy, the government is wary about blockchain technology [53]. for instance, numerous governments have threatened to outlaw cryptocurrencies or have already done so. several nations, including pakistan, iran, ecuador, morocco, and others have outlawed bitcoin, while bangladesh has detained several bitcoin owners. the global legality of bitcoin is depicted in figure. 3. innovative distributed technologies face regulatory obstacles that negatively affect them, particularly in the eu and the usa, as demonstrated by yeoh [54]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 142 figure 3. the legality of bitcoin globally limitations provided by technical/scalability issues, business model issues, scandals and public perception, regulatory issues, and privacy issues for personal records could prevent blockchain from having wider and deeper applications. 3. application of blockchain in different sector it is crucial to have ecosystem-level coordination and optimization as firms adapt to a novel and unique sense of normality to sustain ongoing growth. across numerous enterprises and industries, one may create business outcomes using reliable data, end-to-end visibility, and workflow automation. blockchain technology has a wide range of potential uses. it's critical to realize that bitcoin is not the same as blockchain; rather, it is one of technology’s most widely used applications. the open, public, and anonymous blockchain network is used to conduct transactions involving digital money known as bitcoin. however, according to experts, this technology can be used to identify answers for a variety of issues, including governance, supply chains, healthcare, voting, and other areas like identity management and energy resources. additionally, some futurists assert that blockchain might influence the digital sphere similarly to how the internet did. we had no notion how the advent of the internet would alter our lives in the long run. no one anticipated the way the development of the internet would alter the course of history, from smart phones and text messages to streaming movies and video conferencing with loved ones, as well as attending meetings and interviews. since blockchain technology is still in its infancy, there is a lot of untapped potential. some of the blockchain application domains suggested by various specialists are shown in figure. 4. this section has covered a few blockchain use cases that have been proposed by researchers from around the world. figure 4. the legality of bitcoin globally legal neutral restricted illegal no information hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 143 3.1. blockchain assisting to develop faith in healthcare system the healthcare and life sciences sectors already had serious problems, like interoperability, privacy, and supply chain traceability, before covid-19 became a prominent issue. another significant issue is the frequent lack of interoperability across the proprietary electronic health record systems offered by more than 700 manufacturers [55]. and in 2018, there were 1,750 instances of drug counterfeiting in the united states alone [56]. as the epidemic persists, healthcare and the life sciences must alter supply chains to deliver protective gear and keep up with the rapid development of therapies, diagnostics, and vaccinations. healthcare professionals are currently struggling with how to handle permission and safeguard personal health information as they attempt to use health data to open for business again in a secure manner. by fostering trust and collaboration, blockchain has already shown its worth in healthcare and the life sciences, and it will continue to be at the forefront of tackling new problems. 3.2. reliability and efficiency of energy sector microgrids are one of the key areas where blockchains are used in energy-related applications. a microgrid is a small, integrated system of electric power sources and loads that is designed to increase the reliability and efficiency of energy production and consumption [57]. the electric power sources may include distributed power plants, renewable energy facilities, and energy storage units housed in buildings built and owned by various businesses or energy suppliers. the ability of households and other electric power consumers, such as companies, to acquire the required energy while also producing and reselling extra energy to the grid is one of the key benefits of microgrid technology. power buying and selling transactions in microgrids can be facilitated, recorded, and validated via blockchain. like this, larger scale blockchain implementations can be utilized to support energy trade in smart grids [8]. blockchain can be utilized in smart grids with bidirectional communication flow to provide private and secure consumption monitoring and energy trade without the requirement for a central middleman [58]. the programmatic articulation of anticipated levels of power flexibility, the verification and traceability of demand response agreements, and the equilibrium between power generation and demand can all be achieved with smart contracts. furthermore, the industrial internet of things (iiot) can employ blockchain to enable energy trade [59]. applying blockchain technology to energy-related applications has the potential to lower energy costs and boost resilience. 3.3. stock market in the current market, trading in currencies and stocks is typically done through third-party clearing houses and brokering websites that facilitate orders in return for predetermined commission costs. for financial institutions, this can be a somewhat drawn-out procedure that can also result in higher fees when there are multiple middlemen involved. however, blockchain technology would establish a direct connection between participants who may carry out their transactions through a peer-to-peer network of brokers and independent traders by utilizing a transparent and decentralized ledger. while participants will still use an online trading platform to place orders, blockchain will be used for the underlying, back-office tasks, and ultimate settlement, improving efficiency and market liquidity. although this method's use would differ between stocks and currencies due to these assets' diversity, it has many advantages. however, the use of blockchain would universally result in a more effective and economical trading procedure, reducing delays caused by third parties or custodians and essentially eliminating related auditing expenses. additionally, this would be conducive to fast and real-time deals, which may be essential in a field as volatile and dynamic as foreign currency [60]. blockchain technology may also provide timely benefits in the form of transparency, given the recent scrutiny of dubious actions by banks and other financial organizations. this would address a fundamental problem with financial market trading in the digital era, especially regarding liquid and malleable products like foreign exchange. for the sake of transparency, compliance, and accountability, blockchain would serve as a decentralized and almost impenetrable record of completed transactions, listing encrypted orders that are then distributed across a public network [61]. 3.4. transformation of voting system with the use of blockchain technology, flaws in the current electoral system can be corrected. illegal voting was prevented, data safety was strengthened, and the election results were verified. the adoption of the electronic voting process on the blockchain is a major development [62]. electronic voting does, however, come with some serious security issues, such as the possibility of vote manipulation and abuse if a voting system is infiltrated. considering all of its potential benefits, electronic voting has not yet been widely used at the national level. blockchain technology offers a workable solution to today's problems with computerized voting. figure 5 depicts a blockchain-based e-voting system architecture. the ability to vote is centralized in traditional voting systems. no one is aware of how to validate that document, so if someone wants to alter or change it, they can do it swiftly. since the information is kept among numerous nodes, there is no one point of authority. all nodes cannot be compromised to alter the data. this makes it impossible to invalidate votes and effectively confirm them by tallying with other nodes. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 144 figure 5. blockchain voting systems architectural overview 3.5. blockchain based insurance system the insurance sector benefits from increased efficiency, security, and transparency thanks to blockchain. distributed ledger technology can be used to improve cybersecurity measures, expedite payment processes, and streamline the processing of insurance claims. blockchain users can transfer anything of value transparently and without a middleman's meddling thanks to smart contracts. smart contracts specify the ground conditions between two parties, just like traditional contracts do. smart contracts, as opposed to traditional ones, may monitor insurance claims, and hold both parties responsible. a user could agree to pay an insurance company money in exchange for the firm's pledge to help pay for their future medical expenses by coding insurance plans as decentralized smart contracts. based on the records of the owner of an insurance policy, blockchain smart contracts will provide immutable data that will instantly accept or reject any insurance claims submitted to the company [63]. a smart contract will immediately collapse, and the premium payments will be returned to the individual if the policy owner makes any false or fraudulent claims (or if an insurance provider decides not to cover a condition that was previously agreed upon). due to the transparent disclosure of all data and the guarantee that any contractual departure would result in compensation for the affected party, the process fosters mutual trust between the two parties. the insurance sector is susceptible to becoming mired down by timeand money-wasting inefficiencies brought on by the billions of forms, human error, and poor communication between parties because the insurance ecosystem consists of millions of insurers, healthcare providers, and patients [63]. because all documentation and data are securely saved along the chain, digital ledger solutions like blockchain can assist automate antiquated procedures, saving billions of hours of paperwork every year, and lowering human error. distributed ledger technology can help enhance communication between key players in an insurance claim. doctors and insurance can safely see a patient's medical history to decide the best policies and practices moving forward if it is recorded on a blockchain. a sector that significantly relies on data gathered from being at the nexus of health, work, and personal life is especially drawn to blockchain's capacity to protect sensitive information [64]. decentralized ledgers on the blockchain prevent corruption or manipulation by a single authority. instead, all information is timestamped in chronological order to guarantee an accurate record of events. 3.6. blockchain based industrial iot (iiot) the iiot platform is essential in enabling electronic devices with the following capabilities: connectivity, big data analytics, and application development. it can deliver smart linked operations, connect assets, and enable iiot. most current industrial facilities, including micro-grids, smart-grids, vehicular ad-hoc networks (vanets), etc., are developed without built-in intelligence to connect to iiot, which requires interfaces to communicate with iiot. on the other hand, emerging technologies like augmented reality (ar) help iiot operators by improving the interaction and forecasting of process behaviors, which leads to their simplification and increased efficiency [65]. voter registration voter list generation audit vote result voting booth hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 145 the first blockchain platform to offer a traceable, affordable, and reliable way to exchange bitcoins was bitcoin. smart iot devices can use bitcoin-based solutions in the iiot space to record and exchange transactional actions. with integrated smart contract functionality and a flexible consensus approach, the ethereum platform's ethereum virtual machine (evm) is widely utilized in the iot. the smart contract offers iiot applications that are down compatible. the hyperledger is a well-known open source blockchain platform created by ibm that supports ibm watson iot platforms and delivers distributed industrial components with consensus and membership procedures. iiot applications can be considerably accelerated by the hyperledger [66]. 3.7. blockchain for government public application numerous pieces of personal data are kept on file by governments. hackers frequently target personal information to get access to the benefits associated with it through fraud or exploited access keys. blockchains present prospects for self-sovereign identity in circumstances where security is an issue or where governments cannot be trusted with the aforementioned information. more individual control over personal data is promised by this method of data storage. our analysis makes it clear that, in most cases, the government or another reliable authority is required to authenticate the personal data kept in decentralized services. at this stage, most such applications are still purely conceptual. placing personal data, such as social security numbers and physical birth certificates, on a blockchain is one-way governments can leverage the technology. the fact that social security numbers are used for minor identity checks and other uses outside of direct government identification presents a security risk. it causes errors in record-keeping and security risks (as humans remain a weak link). blockchain can offer higher security in these decentralized applications (such opening bank accounts, checking credit scores, etc.) since the records can be validated by a distributed rather than centralized procedure, even though encryption cannot be guaranteed [67]. governments can assist those who save their personal data on blockchain-based systems. in such cases, the provision of the service of posting information to a blockchain is made privately, with governments assisting such efforts by, for example, establishing identity. blockchain networks are already in place to protect personal data. a key to each person's personal data is provided. using an app like a digital vault, people can back up their keys. service providers can verify information via a person's smartphone or other device once their information has been coded into the network and confirmed (they must prove who they are). all of this can be connected to biometric information, guaranteeing that anyone who loses their identification can quickly and readily establish their identity (and fraudsters would have an extremely hard time faking biometric data). data portability, decentralization, and a bare minimum of security are benefits of blockchain identity. digital identity is also a crucial entry point for blockchain-based applications like voting [62]. 3.8. blockchain application in the real estate business blockchain is the best technology for real estate since it has a built-in system of trust. the blockchain's smart contracts and ledger capabilities are being used by real estate organizations all around the world to allow renting, purchasing, investing, and even financing transparently and effectively. a unified database of leases and acquisitions is more important than ever because of the enormous daily rate of real estate transactions. blockchain can be useful here. brokers and agents would be able to access the whole transaction history of a property if the traditional multiple listing service database was upgraded to a blockchain-based one. blockchain is being embraced by the expanding property-sharing business in addition to assisting the traditional real estate industry. 3.9. blockchain should be embraced by trade finance to realize its digital goals it is past time for the trade financing industry to go digital. in addition to the enterprises, corporations, and other supply chain actors that banks and financial institutions service, the requirement to gather and effectively process trade data has never been greater. there are numerous explanations for this. first, faster processing rates are required by trading partners, which can only be accomplished by switching to a more digital strategy and eliminating paper-based documentation. second, after being disrupted by the pandemic for two years, supply networks are in severe need of stability. in addition, there is a stronger emphasis on offering workable solutions to the industry's changing environmental, social, and governance (esg) needs and contributing to the solution of the climate emergency. to this purpose, the field of trade finance may greatly benefit from digital alternatives like blockchain. blockchain can offer the technological infrastructure to manage massive amounts of data rapidly, efficiently, and securely in an industry that is still mostly manual, and paper based. it can also connect numerous individual stakeholders through a decentralized network. for trade participants, obtaining trade data that covers both the material and financial facets of the supply chain opens a world of possibilities. for banks, it enables us to provide our customers with smart, individualized trade finance solutions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 146 blockchain technology also makes it simpler for participants to build digital ecosystems, where bank, non-bank, and fintech businesses may cooperate to develop innovative solutions and add value. such ecosystems go beyond what would typically be considered banking services and enable deeper connections and broader client engagement. with blockchain, we can implement the optimization that the sector has been calling for, enhancing supply chain transparency, and meeting critical needs for time and cost savings. eliminating paper-based procedures may potentially strengthen links between participants throughout supply chains in the context of trade financing. 3.10. practical considerations on identity and blockchain blockchain is viewed as a brand-new, very distinctive technology that has the potential to disrupt a wide range of sectors, including identity. the development of new transformational concepts and ideas is ongoing, even as blockchain technology is still in its infancy. this whitepaper summarizes the existing identification landscape, examines the distinctive features of blockchain, and explains how it can alleviate many of these identity-related concerns. additionally, it discusses some cutting-edge and intriguing use cases that are currently being investigated and tested for blockchain-based identity transformation. a digital version of the user's offline identification, like a passport or a driver's license, is not yet widely accepted. every online application a user uses is assigned a separate digital identity. users now have to remember all of their usernames and passwords, which is challenging and counterproductive. the user is vulnerable to a range of security risks due to multiple credentials. by enabling the transparent transfer of a user identification from one domain to another, the federation has partially overcome this issue. for the end user, it often implies they can use an active or valid session with an identity provider to effortlessly access online services. large social media firms like facebook have recently contributed to the development of the idea of a social identity for users, which can be used as an alternative in specific use cases. digital ids are being issued by several nations, including singapore and estonia, so that people can identify themselves when utilizing eservices in a secure manner. a series of assertions made about oneself, or other digital topics constitute a digital identity. a person with an identity, like satyanand singh, might have characteristics like gender, height, weight, mailing address, email address, date of birth, place of birth, citizenship, driver's license number, etc. because they are specifically linked to satyanand’ s identification, some of these characteristics (such as his email address, ssn, passport number, etc.) will be unique identifiers. it is important to note that some identities might last a lifetime, and some are permanent (like the license or passport number). however, a lot of identifiers can be changed (like cell phone numbers), thus it's possible that the same identifier is linked to a different identity at various points in time. users and enterprises are burdened with needing to keep the attributes and identifiers in sync across the silos whenever there is a change due to the duplication of identities for every entity. 4. introduction to the industrial internet of things the modern business environment presents hurdles for new business establishments in the form of new standards, novel trade practices, competitive pressure, and the requirement for timely delivery of goods. because of this, a lot of businesses rely on the industrial internet of things (iiot) [68], which describes all or any actions taken by businesses to model, monitor, and improve their business processes using insights gathered from thousands of connected machines, things, and computers to help them realize financial success. iiot, as its name suggests, is a concept that uses the internet to link and manage machines, computers, devices, and other industrial items [69]. the term “industry 4.0” refers to the union of the industrial value chain and iot. the iiot is the most effective innovation driver because it can be utilized to reduce operating and capital expenditures (opex and capex), observe, and improve company processes regardless of how challenging they are, and support creative business models [70]. iiot has profited from the increased interest it has received from academics and business, which has led to exponential developments in fresh approaches used in the sector. for instance, big data techniques are used to collect and send sensor data to the cloud to make a wise decision. the manufacturing process of 3d printing also produces modified items in a variety of shapes at lower costs and with shorter lead times [71]. industrial iot has grown quickly over the past few years because of numerous technological and industrial breakthroughs. the invention of steam engines in the 18th century served as a catalyst for the most significant industrial advancement. the steam engines' ability to mechanize enhanced industrial manufacture from the era of sanitized manual labor to the era of automation, which led to a significant boost in output. electrical energy was used to replace steam power in the 1870s, and at the same time, the division of labor into specialized industries led to an explosion in hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 147 production, which was another industrial breakthrough. the third industrial revolution, often known as “digitalization,” took place around the 1960s. innovative automation systems were created during this era because of programmable logic controllers and improved electronics used to increase manufacturing efficiency. information and communication methodologies significantly changed from the 20th century to the beginning of the 21st century, creating newer technical horizons [72]. by enhancing intelligence in sensing, networking, decision-making, and manufacturing, these strategies dramatically enhanced industrial productivity [73, 74]. the industrial internet of things has lately become a standard in the industrial and educational sectors with the aim of integration and enhanced data gathering strategies inside traditional industries. to introduce the fourth industrial revolution and raise awareness in europe, industry 4.0 was principally utilized during the hanover fair in 2011. the iiot milestones are shown in figure 6. figure 6. timeline of key milestones of the industrial internet of things intelligent machines for a variety of application scenarios in healthcare, manufacturing, and supply chain connect with one another in the iiot to execute tasks without human intervention. automation of the home. iot nodes can exchange data independently thanks to machine-to-machine (m2m) communication [75]. when “big data” technology developed by machines is used effectively, it improves the way that plans are carried out by gaining important domain knowledge. the iiot's ubiquitous sensing, information sharing, and information collection with investigative capabilities are seen as a viable way to update existing applications by linking things, enabling integrated mechanization amongst things, and intelligently improving industrial processes [76]. by connecting things and enabling combined mechanization between them, the iiot's omnipresent sense, information communication, and information gathering with investigation features are seen as a promising way to modernize successful applications while also intelligently improving industrial processes [76]. 4.1. proposed framework model for industry 4.0 industrial internet of things in the future of digitalized smart manufacturing, this paper's major themes are digital transformation, mobility, and the iiot consumer. more on-demand, customized, and integrated services that are distinct from those in the existing consumer market are required for the iiot industry in the future. the iiot industry's manufacturing process and the current business model may both alter because of the digitalization era. in the future, integrated services and transactions will be made possible by smart cities, electrical appliances, and electric cars, which will call for a new manner of interacting with the environment. consumer behavior is evolving because of the expansion of on-demand and e-mobility services; people are becoming more open to sharing their data and using technology to improve their experiences. by merging with the iiot sector, blockchain could play a bigger role in assisting change by utilizing a transparent, shared, and validated transaction process. in this section, we propose a blockchain-based distributed framework model for the iiot industry in the smart city to meet current and future requirements. in the following sections, we discuss in detail the distributed framework model and its workflow, as well as the miner selection algorithm. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 148 4.2. blockchain-based distributed framework model digitalization is widely regarded as being necessary for competitiveness. the iiot has grown rapidly in recent years; it continues to increase in value and adaptability at a rapid rate, creating smart ecosystems. trusted suppliers in the supply chain lifecycle are carefully chosen, managed, audited, and accredited in the industry 4.0 of smart cities to give dependable, consistent, and high-quality services. in this paper, we put forth a proposal for how the blockchain structure model enables the creation of secure digital product memory records, from the sourcing of raw materials and production to the stages of upkeep and recycling in the supply chain lifespan. the complete life cycle of the smart home appliances industry framework model in a smart city using a distributed blockchain-based scalable network is adapted [77]. in the proposed framework model, the entire life cycle is categorized into seven phases. here, we leveraged the strength of the blockchain-based distributed network architecture from our previous work [77]. in our previous work, we presented a distributed blockchain network architecture to provide secure on-demand access and low-cost, competitive computing infrastructures in an iot network. it enables high-performance, cost-effective computing by putting computing resources at the edge of the iiot network and providing secure, lowlatency access to large amounts of data. according to the suggested framework model, the regulator oversees producing the new electrical vehicle registration based on governmental laws and uploading it to the network's shared ledger in the first phase. only the regulator will have the authority to do this, thanks to a smart contract. the second phase, known as a consensus between the manufacturer and the regulator, is when the manufacturer receives the regulator's certificate of created ownership. after obtaining ownership, the manufacturer uses smart contracts to make the electrical vehicle model, id, and template accessible in the network for all pertinent parties with the right authority. with the execution of smart contracts in the supply chain, the electrical electric car is transferred to the dealer and leasing firms in the third and fourth phases. the electric car goes through the maintenance and recycling phases in the fifth, sixth, and seventh phases of the supply chain life cycle before being finally released to the user after being passed to the leasing business. the suggested framework model offers services during the maintenance phase, including automated payment processing, insurance and maintenance services, dynamic and real-time data for the smart transportation system, and automated, tailored, and on-demand services to satisfy user needs. during the recycling phase, the scrap merchant executes a smart contract to permit us to scrap the electric car when it has reached the end of its useful life. the end user, maintenance provider, and scrap dealer are all involved in the synchronization process as it moves along the electric car's supply chain. figure 7 demonstrates the proposed blockchain-based distributed framework model for the electric car industry in industry 4.0 scenario’s step-by-step methodological approach. the government regulator establishes the registration for the new vehicle based on the government rules and policies and creates a new block in the first phase of the supply chain lifecycle. we execute the block using the smart contract to make sure it complies with its terms and conditions and to start the transaction for the new block. once the transaction is approved, the consensus and ownership transfer to the vehicle manufacturer are published in the distributed network built on the blockchain. following the transfer of ownership, the vehicle manufacturer starts fabricating the vehicle model, building a new block, and carrying out a smart contract. initiate the transaction for a new block, which will then be validated by network miner nodes if the newly produced block complies with the regulatory smart contract that is allowed. in this case, the regulator also validates and verifies transactions. the manufacturer releases the vehicle template with updated visibility and the proper permissions for all pertinent network participants when the transactions have been authenticated. the dealer can get network data on stock availability after publishing the updated templates there. the dealer can then carry out their smart contract to start the transaction of the new block and transfer the vehicle to the dealer. here, the validation procedure involves involvement from the manufacturer and regulators. finally, the dealer posts the vehicle template on the network for all users with the necessary access rights to view. the dealer has the option to also give loyalty points during this stage, which can be used and traded in the network as money. by using the customer's redeemed loyalty points, the dealer may finish the components purchase at a lower cost. after the loyalty points have been used, the dealer account will be updated so that, with the proper authorization, network users can see the rewards. if the newly produced block fulfills the smart contract, the leasing company builds a new block, transfers the vehicle from the dealer, accesses the updated vehicle template from the network, and starts a new transaction. the regulator, manufacturer, and dealer verify and confirm the transaction, transfer ownership of the electric car to the end user, and broadcast the ownership, rights, and authorization of the vehicle into the network. the suggested framework model links the parties concerned in leasing a electric car to a client in a secure way to carry out know-yourcustomer checks before leasing the electric car, such as a credit check, id check, and license check, and to store leasing contracts in the blockchain network. various personalized, on-demand, and in-the-moment services are made available to the user throughout phases 5 and 6, including insurance contracts, contracts for routine maintenance, and contracts for an automated gasoline payment system. the suggested concept enables insurance providers to modify vehicle hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 149 insurance contracts based on actual driving behavior in this phase, automating insurance payment and financial settlement after a claim. driving habits and safety incidents, such as speed, mileage, damaged parts, and collisions of a vehicle owner, could be kept, shared, and used to compute insurance premiums and payments in the blockchain network. even after the electric car has been sold, the insurance provider can still use the owner's history to provide future insurance estimates because the record is linked to the owner. the proposed blockchain-based framework model records and executes agreements and financial transactions for ondemand mobility, fuel payment, and ride-sharing services to enable the vehicle owners to monetize trips, pay at fuel service stations, and exchange data in a seamless, secure, and reliable manner. vehicle status is accessible to scrap merchants at the conclusion of the lifecycle. information, governing laws and regulations, the execution of a smart contract, a verification that the newly produced block complies with the smart contract, and the beginning of the new block's transaction were all done in a validated and verified manner. all necessary participants in the supply chain will take part in the validation process. the electric car will be given to the scrap dealer with the necessary license to dispose of the vehicle at the end of its lifecycle and make the associated update in the network once the transaction has been approved. in this section, we go over the distributed blockchain-based network architecture's miner node selection mechanism. figure 7. flowchart illustration of the blockchain-based distributed framework model's methodological approach for the industry of manufacturing electric vehicles industrial internet of things (iiot) 4.0 regulato r create registration for the new electric car build new block execute smart contract is satisfied smarty contract? initiate transaction of new block validation transfer ownership to electrical car manufacturer manufac turer make, model, electrical vehicle id build new block execute smart contract is satisfied permitted regulatory smarty contract? initiate transaction of new block validation update visibility & appropriate permission dealer access new available stock build new block execute smart contract is satisfied smarty contract initiate transaction of new block validation transfer electrical car to dealer update electrical car template appropriate permission transfer electric car to leasing company build new block execute smart contract is satisfied smarty contract initiate transaction of new block validation transfer electrical car to user publish electrical car’s owner rights and permission leasing company transfer electric car to leasing company build new block execute smart contract is satisfied smarty contract initiate transaction of new block validation transfer electrical car to user publish electrical car’s owner rights and permission leasing company user insurance & maintena nce dynamic & real-time data automated payment process is satisfied smart contract? initiate transaction of new block validation update in the network blockchain-based distribute network abort hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 150 5. experimental analysis and future direction of the application of blockchain when discussing blockchain technology, the word “hashing” or “hash” is frequently used. hashing is the process by which a particular algorithm converts input data of arbitrary length into a string of a predetermined length. since the original data cannot be recovered through decryption, this approach is a one-way cryptographic function. the use of a cryptographic hash function is advantageous for storing passwords, preventing fraudulent transactions, and preventing double spending in blockchains. but what exactly is a bitcoin hash, and what significance does it have in this situation? in other words, this is a unique number that the algorithm says cannot be duplicated. as a result, it is widely used to check the legitimacy of files. to put things into perspective, a hashed file's hash will automatically change if there is a change to the file. additionally, every hash after that is linked to the one before it, guaranteeing the consistency of all blocks. so, what exactly is a blockchain hashing algorithm and how does it operate? in a nutshell, a hashing algorithm uses an infinite number of bits to conduct calculations before returning a specific number of bits. no matter how much data input is, the output will always be corrected. as a result, the initial data is referred to as input, and the transformed data is referred to as a hash. many hashing algorithms in use today only differ in how information is processed. 5.1. implementing blockchain as a service having the required infrastructure to support technologies like blockchain is one of the main obstacles to using them. initial blockchain setup necessitates a substantial infrastructure expenditure. in addition to creating your own closed virtual private network, this also entails always making certain servers available for mining and transaction processing, and if necessary, adding additional transaction and mining nodes. not only is creating this environment time-consuming, difficult, and expensive. it can be challenging for most mid-sized and non-technology enterprises to build their own infrastructure. this infrastructure issue is somewhat similar to the infrastructure issues that caused the cloud infrastructure to develop. as a result, new technological infrastructure, also known as infrastructure as a service, erupted (iaas). in order for them to concentrate solely on development and not worry about infrastructure, a number of blockchain pioneering companies also felt the necessity to supply blockchain infrastructure in the cloud. these businesses used an arrangement known as "blockchain as a service" (baas). companies that offer baas are referred to as baas providers, and businesses and individuals that use them are referred to as baas consumers. ideally you should pay for the baas infrastructure as you utilize it as a consumer. the introduction of baas has facilitated the quick uptake of blockchain technologies. r3 corda, hyperledger fabric, ethereum, and other baas platforms are all available from microsoft and are all hosted on microsoft azure. you can choose one of the predefined azure blockchain templates based on your business use case to get started. for each of the blockchain implementations, there are free and premium tiers of baas offerings, just like with all other microsoft azure products and services. 5.2. enterprise ethereum alliance since its launch in 2015, ethereum has been gradually gaining traction worldwide. the enterprise ethereum alliance was founded in 2017 by influential figures from business, academia, and government who recognised the importance of working together to support ethereum (eea). figure 8 depicts eea, a non-profit organization that supports fortune 500 firms and academic institutions worldwide. figure 8. the enterprise ethereum alliance's home page. if you haven't been to eea, we encourage you to do so and explore the list of member businesses who embrace ethereum hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 151 it's crucial to understand why ethereum has become so well-known and established itself at the enterprise level before we look at the ethereum words. there are several causes, but the main one is that ethereum is open source and is better suited to building a private blockchain. ethereum is faster at processing transactions than bitcoin. the ethereum community's support has significantly grown since this book was written, so developers now receive a lot of aid and support from the community, which speeds up development. let's quickly review some of the phrases used frequently in the ethereum community. the ethereum network is composed of numerous computers, or substantial decentralized computers, together referred to as the ethereum virtual machine (evm). ethereum nodes are all nodes that carry out the ethereum protocol. these nodes have a full blockchain installation. the nodes allow you to access the blockchain in addition to connecting to other nodes. then, some of the nodes can be used for other jobs like mining and other things. as soon as a new transaction is added, it is immediately replicated to these nodes. in ethereum, a consortium is a group. all the blockchain consortium members who utilize the same infrastructure are a part of this group. you create a consortium with a leader known as a consortia leader when you cooperate within or across an organization using blockchain to set up their own private blockchain. the consortium's other nodes are referred to as consortium nodes. establishing the consortium leader is the first and most important step in creating an ethereum consortium. the consortium leader is in charge of putting up a private blockchain, choosing the requirements for joining the network, and establishing the criterion for allocating ether. the privately owned blockchain is run by the consortium leader, and all other consortium members abide by the standards he or she has established. once the consortium leader is established, additional participants can join using either the existing infrastructure or their own. for a lot of its operations, asclepius (our hypothetical hospital) uses blockchain to track a distributed ledger. additionally, it works closely with several branches and hospitals. asclepius' primary branch is serving as the consortium's coordinator. the cryptocurrency utilized in ethereum transactions is called ether. table 2 illustrates the variety of additional cryptocurrencies that can be used in ethereum in addition to ether. table 2. the ether conversion to other ethereum used cryptocurrencies unit alternative name wei wei value gwei value ether value wei 1 1 wei 10-9 gwei 10-18 eth kwei babbage 1,000 10-3 wei 10-6 gwei 10-15 eth mwei lovelace 1,000,000 10-6 wei 10-3 gwei 10-12 eth gwei shannon 1,000,000,000 10-9 wei 1 gwei 10-9 eth microether szabo 1,000,000,000,000 10-12 wei 10-3 gwei 10-6 eth milliether finney 1,000,000,000,000,000 10-15 wei 10-6 gwei 10-3 eth ether 1,000,000,000,000,000,000 10-18 wei 10-9 gwei 1 eth each evm node needs a sizable amount of processing power to run programs. while working on blockchain, it is crucial to understand the computing effort necessary to run specific code, which is designated as gas in the blockchain environment. an evm node is rewarded with rewards like more ether for the proof of work after it has enough gas to run the code. now let's examine how to configure ethereum using azure. the ethereum network can be set up in a variety of ways. setting up your own infrastructure is one option. using a baas solution from azure to swiftly set up ethereum in a couple of minutes is a simpler method. several templates are provided by azure for building blockchain offerings. each one of them offers the possibility to be customized and all of them have default templates. the default azure templates should be your first pick because they handle the majority of the abstraction. with the exception of establishing a genesis block, default templates guarantee that the transaction and mining nodes are separated from one another and a part of the vpn. a genesis block is comparable to a distributed ledger that is empty or that has no data. the transaction can be written on top of the genesis block once it has been made. additionally, it is crucial that mining nodes cannot be accessed outside of the private network for security reasons. fortunately, it is completed automatically for you when using the basic azure template. let's rapidly construct a consortium leader using one of the blockchain azure templates. other blockchain azure offerings can be created by following the same procedures. 5.3. creating a blockchain consortium leader from the azure portal visit https://portal.azure.com by opening it. after logging in, select add a resource and type “ethereum” into the search bar to access all templates linked to the cryptocurrency, as shown in figure 9. lead the ethereum consortium by choosing. start the ethereum consortium leader wizard by clicking create and using the same deployment model. the following are the steps: hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 152 step 1. to distinguish it from a different template, specify the resource prefix. we'll employ eth for the sake of convenience. you are free to use any prefix you like. step 2. a username is necessary to log in to the various nodes. we continue to utilize the gethadmin default username out of convenience. you can choose between using a password or an ssh public key as the password. we are currently using a password for the demo; however, you can also use the ssh public key. at least one uppercase, one lowercase, one numeric, and one special character must be included in the password. step 3. choose the assigned subscription option. you have the free trial option if you haven't paid for a subscription. it is preferable to use a paid subscription rather than a free trial if you intend to use it in production. choose the assigned subscription option. you have the free trial option if you haven't paid for a subscription. it is preferable to use a paid subscription rather than a free trial if you intend to use it in production. step 4. to ensure that future permissions and policies are consistent, create a new resource group. step 5. use the space as you see fit. people typically like places that are closer to the real execution. figure 9. the azure portal templates for ethereum. new templates are being created by microsoft. more ethereum-related templates than what is displayed here will be available 6. conclusion this decade will likely see a variety of ways that the blockchain grows and expands. one of the key elements of industry 4.0 is digitalization, which enables businesses to gain efficiency in various areas, from management and technology consulting to supply chain planning and solutions. this blockchain holds potential for many businesses and can be beneficial in addition to other things. these days, banks use technology to speed up transactions and cut down on associated costs. blockchain implementation extends beyond the banking sector to include the provision of information. this constant ledger verifies that the commodity was produced using the appropriate procedures and resources and that the procedure received approval. blockchain ensures reliable and effective data sharing as well as the establishment of an immutable database of all communications exchanged by various connected smart devices. a great use case for blockchain is identity protection. because it is manipulative, this technology enables users to create their own secure and reliable digital identity. people would be able to use their blockchain identities for a variety of things, from simple activities to programs, software, or signing digital signatures. blockchain might be the answer to simplifying this phase by giving smaller businesses and providers a reliable source of high-quality transactional knowledge. also, certain suggestions were made with the intention of advising future biot researchers and developers on some of the problems that must be solved before releasing the biot applications of the next generation. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.s. and j.r.s.; methodology, s.s., j.r.s., and l.t.; formal analysis, s.s. and j.r.s.; investigation, s.s., j.r.s., and l.t.; resources, s.s., j.r.s., and l.t.; writing—original draft preparation, s.s.; writing— review and editing, s.s., j.r.s., and l.t.; visualization, s.s.; supervision, j.r.s.; project administration, l.t. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 153 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 8. references [1] javaid, m., haleem, a., pratap singh, r., khan, s., & suman, r. (2021). blockchain technology applications for industry 4.0: a literature-based review. blockchain: research and applications, 2(4). doi:10.1016/j.bcra.2021.100027. [2] huang, j., kong, l., chen, g., wu, m. y., liu, x., & zeng, p. (2019). towards secure industrial iot: blockchain system with credit-based consensus mechanism. ieee transactions on industrial informatics, 15(6), 3680–3689. doi:10.1109/tii.2019.2903342. [3] sandner, p., lange, a., & schulden, p. (2020). the role of the cfo of an industrial company: an analysis of the impact of blockchain technology. future internet, 12(8). doi:10.3390/fi12080128. [4] liu, x. l., wang, w. m., guo, h., barenji, a. v., li, z., & huang, g. q. (2020). industrial blockchain based framework for product lifecycle management in industry 4.0. robotics and computer-integrated manufacturing, 63, 101897. doi:10.1016/j.rcim.2019.101897. [5] esmaeilian, b., sarkis, j., lewis, k., & behdad, s. (2020). blockchain for the future of sustainable supply chain management in industry 4.0. resources, conservation and recycling, 163, 105064. doi:10.1016/j.resconrec.2020.105064. [6] ashraf, m., & heavey, c. (2023). a prototype of supply chain traceability using solana as blockchain and iot. procedia computer science, 217, 948–959. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2022.12.292. [7] cozzio, c., viglia, g., lemarie, l., & cerutti, s. (2023). toward an integration of blockchain technology in the food supply chain. journal of business research, 162. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2023.113909. [8] junaidi, n., abdullah, m. p., alharbi, b., & shaaban, m. (2023). blockchain-based management of demand response in electric energy grids: a systematic review. energy reports, 9, 5075–5100. doi:10.1016/j.egyr.2023.04.020. [9] szalka, é., & tamándl, l. (2019). food industry in eu: testing the efficiency of business on the example of hungary. economic annals-xxi, 179(9), 66–79. doi:10.21003/ea.v179-06. [10] lin, c., he, d., huang, x., choo, k. k. r., & vasilakos, a. v. (2018). bsein: a blockchain-based secure mutual authentication with fine-grained access control system for industry 4.0. journal of network and computer applications, 116, 42–52. doi:10.1016/j.jnca.2018.05.005. [11] swan, m. (2015). blockchain: blueprint for a new economy. o'reilly, sebastopol, united states. [12] ali, m. s., vecchio, m., pincheira, m., dolui, k., antonelli, f., & rehmani, m. h. (2019). applications of blockchains in the internet of things: a comprehensive survey. ieee communications surveys and tutorials, 21(2), 1676–1717. doi:10.1109/comst.2018.2886932. [13] setyono, j. c., suryawidjaja, w. s., & girsang, a. s. (2022). social network analysis of cryptocurrency using business intelligence dashboard. hightech and innovation journal, 3(2), 220-229. doi: 10.28991/hij-2022-03-02-09. [14] neudecker, t., & hartenstein, h. (2019). network layer aspects of permissionless blockchains. ieee communications surveys and tutorials, 21(1), 838–857. doi:10.1109/comst.2018.2852480. [15] wang, w., hoang, d. t., hu, p., xiong, z., niyato, d., wang, p., wen, y., & kim, d. i. (2019). a survey on consensus mechanisms and mining strategy management in blockchain networks. ieee access, 7, 22328–22370. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2896108. https://doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-02-09 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 154 [16] xiao, y., zhang, n., lou, w., & hou, y. t. (2020). a survey of distributed consensus protocols for blockchain networks. ieee communications surveys and tutorials, 22(2), 1432–1465. doi:10.1109/comst.2020.2969706. [17] wan, s., li, m., liu, g., & wang, c. (2020). recent advances in consensus protocols for blockchain: a survey. wireless networks, 26(8), 5579–5593. doi:10.1007/s11276-019-02195-0. [18] xie, j., tang, h., huang, t., yu, f. r., xie, r., liu, j., & liu, y. (2019). a survey of blockchain technology applied to smart cities: research issues and challenges. ieee communications surveys and tutorials, 21(3), 2794–2830. doi:10.1109/comst.2019.2899617. [19] khan, m. a., & salah, k. (2018). iot security: review, blockchain solutions, and open challenges. future generation computer systems, 82, 395–411. doi:10.1016/j.future.2017.11.022. [20] fernández-caramés, t. m., & fraga-lamas, p. (2018). a review on the use of blockchain for the internet of things. ieee access, 6, 32979–33001. doi:10.1109/access.2018.2842685. [21] yeow, k., gani, a., ahmad, r. w., rodrigues, j. j. p. c., & ko, k. (2018). decentralized consensus for edge-centric internet of things: a review, taxonomy, and research issues. ieee access, 6, 1513–1524. doi:10.1109/access.2017.2779263. [22] li, x., jiang, p., chen, t., luo, x., & wen, q. (2020). a survey on the security of blockchain systems. future generation computer systems, 107, 841–853. doi:10.1016/j.future.2017.08.020. [23] siddiqui, m. s., ali, t., nadeem, a., nawaz, w., & s., s. (2020). blocktrack-l: a lightweight blockchain-based provenance message tracking in iot. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 11(4), 463-470. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2020.0110462. [24] drescher, d. (2017). blockchain basics. apress berkeley, new york, united states. doi:10.1007/978-1-4842-2604-9. [25] romano, d., & schmid, g. (2017). beyond bitcoin: a critical look at blockchain-based systems. cryptography, 1(2), 15. doi:10.3390/cryptography1020015. [26] schollmeier, r. (2001). a definition of peer-to-peer networking for the classification of peer-to-peer architectures and applications. proceedings first international conference on peer-to-peer computing. doi:10.1109/p2p.2001.990434. [27] stallings, w. (2016). cryptography and network security: principles and practice. pearson education, london, united kingdom. [28] qadir, a. m., & varol, n. (2019). a review paper on cryptography. 2019 7th international symposium on digital forensics and security (isdfs). doi:10.1109/isdfs.2019.8757514. [29] lamport, l. (1981). password authentication with insecure communication. communications of the acm, 24(11), 770–772. doi:10.1145/358790.358797. [30] filep, b., tamándl, l., rámháp, s., & kovács, z. (2012). the economical and social impact of széchenyi istván university (győr, hungary) on regional development. the 7th international scientific conference “business and management 2012”. doi:10.3846/bm.2012.073. [31] mohanta, b. k., jena, d., panda, s. s., & sobhanayak, s. (2019). blockchain technology: a survey on applications and security privacy challenges. internet of things, 8, 100107. doi:10.1016/j.iot.2019.100107. [32] farion, o., balendr, a., androshchuk, o., mostovyi, a., & grinchenko, v. (2022). methods of extraction and analysis of intelligence to combat threats of organized crime at the border. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(3), 345-360. doi:10.28991/hef-2022-03-03-07. [33] zheng, z., xie, s., dai, h., chen, x., & wang, h. (2017). an overview of blockchain technology: architecture, consensus, and future trends. 2017 ieee international congress on big data (bigdata congress). doi:10.1109/bigdatacongress.2017.85. [34] singh, s., assaf mansour, h., kumar, a., & agrawal, n. (2017). speaker recognition system for limited speech data using high-level speaker specific features and support vector machines. international journal of applied engineering research, 12(19), 8026-8033. [35] chang, s. e., & chen, y. (2020). when blockchain meets supply chain: a systematic literature review on current development and potential applications. ieee access, 8, 62478–62494. doi:10.1109/access.2020.2983601. [36] xia, q., sifah, e. b., asamoah, k. o., gao, j., du, x., & guizani, m. (2017). medshare: trust-less medical data sharing among cloud service providers via blockchain. ieee access, 5, 14757–14767. doi:10.1109/access.2017.2730843. [37] vukolić, m. (2012). quorum systems: with applications to storage and consensus. synthesis lectures on distributed computing theory, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.2200/s00402ed1v01y201202dct009. [38] azimy, h., ghorbani, a. a., & bagheri, e. (2022). preventing proof-of-work mining attacks. information sciences, 608, 15031523. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2022.07.035. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 155 [39] saleh, f. (2021). blockchain without waste: proof-of-stake. review of financial studies, 34(3), 1156–1190. doi:10.1093/rfs/hhaa075. [40] sun, y., yan, b., yao, y., & yu, j. (2021). dt-dpos: a delegated proof of stake consensus algorithm with dynamic trust. procedia computer science, 187, 371–376. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2021.04.113. [41] wang, x., weili, j., & chai, j. (2018). the research on the incentive method of consortium blockchain based on practical byzantine fault tolerant. 2018 11th international symposium on computational intelligence and design (iscid). doi:10.1109/iscid.2018.10136. [42] cachin, c., schubert, s., & vukolić, m. (2016). non-determinism in byzantine fault-tolerant replication. arxiv preprint, arxiv:1603.07351. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1603.07351. [43] kwon j. and buchman e. (2018). a network of distributed ledgers, pp. 1-41. available online: https://v1.cosmos.network/resources/whitepaper (accessed on february 2023). [44] singh, s., assaf, m. h., das, s. r., biswas, s. n., petriu, e. m., & groza, v. (2016). short duration voice data speaker recognition system using novel fuzzy vector quantization algorithm. 2016 ieee international instrumentation and measurement technology conference proceedings. doi:10.1109/i2mtc.2016.7520363. [45] vukolić, m. (2016). the quest for scalable blockchain fabric: proof-of-work vs. bft replication. open problems in network security. inetsec 2015, lecture notes in computer science, 9591. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-390284_9. [46] henry, r., herzberg, a., & kate, a. (2018). blockchain access privacy: challenges and directions. ieee security and privacy, 16(4), 38–45. doi:10.1109/msp.2018.3111245. [47] smith, s. m., & khovratovich, d. (2016). identity system essentials. evernym, 29 march 2016. available online: https://www.evernym.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/identity-system-essentials.pdf (accessed on march 2023). [48] biryukov, a., & pustogarov, i. (2015). security and privacy (sp). 2015 ieee symposium on security and privacy. doi:10.1109/sp.2015.15. [49] o’dwyer, k. j., & malone, d. (2014). bitcoin mining and its energy footprint. 25th iet irish signals & systems conference 2014 and 2014 china-ireland international conference on information and communities technologies (issc 2014/ciict 2014). doi:10.1049/cp.2014.0699. [50] vranken, h. (2017). sustainability of bitcoin and blockchains. current opinion in environmental sustainability, 28, 1–9. doi:10.1016/j.cosust.2017.04.011. [51] göbel, j., keeler, h. p., krzesinski, a. e., & taylor, p. g. (2016). bitcoin blockchain dynamics: the selfish-mine strategy in the presence of propagation delay. performance evaluation, 104, 23–41. doi:10.1016/j.peva.2016.07.001. [52] eyal, i., & sirer, e. g. (2018). majority is not enough: bitcoin mining is vulnerable. communications of the acm, 61(7), 95– 102. doi:10.1145/3212998. [53] tapscott, d., & tapscott, a. (2016). blockchain revolution: how the technology behind bitcoin is changing money, business, and the world. penguin, london, united kingdom. [54] yeoh, p. (2017). regulatory issues in blockchain technology. journal of financial regulation and compliance, 25(2), 196–208. doi:10.1108/jfrc-08-2016-0068. [55] schulte, f., & fry, e. (2019). death by 1,000 clicks: where electronic health records went wrong. kaiser health news, 18. [56] mikulic, m. (2022). counterfeit incidents concerning pharmaceuticals worldwide in 2021, by region. united states. [57] lasseter, r. h., & paigi, p. (2004). microgrid: a conceptual solution. 2004 ieee 35th annual power electronics specialists conference (ieee cat. no.04ch37551). doi:10.1109/pesc.2004.1354758. [58] aitzhan, n. z., & svetinovic, d. (2018). security and privacy in decentralized energy trading through multi-signatures, blockchain and anonymous messaging streams. ieee transactions on dependable and secure computing, 15(5), 840–852. doi:10.1109/tdsc.2016.2616861. [59] li, z., kang, j., yu, r., ye, d., deng, q., & zhang, y. (2018). consortium blockchain for secure energy trading in industrial internet of things. ieee transactions on industrial informatics, 14(8), 3690–3700. doi:10.1109/tii.2017.2786307. [60] lee, l. (2015). new kids on the blockchain: how bitcoin’s technology could reinvent the stock market. ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.2656501. [61] paul michelman, “how blockchain will change organizations. what the digital future holds: 20 groundbreaking essays on how technology is reshaping the practice of management, mit press, cambridge, united states. https://v1.cosmos.network/resources/whitepaper https://www.evernym.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/identity-system-essentials.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 156 [62] jafar, u., aziz, m. j. a., & shukur, z. (2021). blockchain for electronic voting system—review and open research challenges. sensors, 21(17). doi:10.3390/s21175874. [63] shetty, a., shetty, a. d., pai, r. y., rao, r. r., bhandary, r., shetty, j., nayak, s., keerthi dinesh, t., & dsouza, k. j. (2022). block chain application in insurance services: a systematic review of the evidence. sage open, 12(1), 1-15. doi:10.1177/21582440221079877. [64] anik, f. i., sakib, n., shahriar, h., xie, y., nahiyan, h. a., & ahamed, s. i. (2023). unraveling a blockchain-based framework towards patient empowerment: a scoping review envisioning future smart health technologies. smart health, 29. doi:10.1016/j.smhl.2023.100401. [65] zhao, s., li, s., & yao, y. (2019). blockchain enabled industrial internet of things technology. ieee transactions on computational social systems, 6(6), 1442–1453. doi:10.1109/tcss.2019.2924054. [66] androulaki, e., barger, a., bortnikov, v., cachin, c., christidis, k., de caro, a., enyeart, d., ferris, c., laventman, g., manevich, y., muralidharan, s., murthy, c., nguyen, b., sethi, m., singh, g., smith, k., sorniotti, a., stathakopoulou, c., vukolić, m., … yellick, j. (2018). hyperledger fabric. proceedings of the thirteenth eurosys conference. doi:10.1145/3190508.3190538. [67] j.-y. nie, (2017). institute of electrical and electronics engineers, and ieee computer society, 2017 ieee international conference on big data : proceedings : dec 1114, 2017, boston, ma, usa. [68] lade, p., ghosh, r., & srinivasan, s. (2017). manufacturing analytics and industrial internet of things. ieee intelligent systems, 32(3), 74–79. doi:10.1109/mis.2017.49. [69] florea, b. c. (2018). blockchain and internet of things data provider for smart applications. 2018 7th mediterranean conference on embedded computing (meco). doi:10.1109/meco.2018.8406041. [70] sciancalepore, s., piro, g., caldarola, d., boggia, g., & bianchi, g. (2017). oauth-iot: an access control framework for the internet of things based on open standards. in 2017 ieee symposium on computers and communications (iscc), 676-681. doi:10.1109/iscc.2017.8024606. [71] li, j. q., yu, f. r., deng, g., luo, c., ming, z., & yan, q. (2017). industrial internet: a survey on the enabling technologies, applications, and challenges. ieee communications surveys and tutorials, 19(3), 1504–1526. doi:10.1109/comst.2017.2691349. [72] gupta, r., tanwar, s., al-turjman, f., italiya, p., nauman, a., & kim, s. w. (2020). smart contract privacy protection using ai in cyber-physical systems: tools, techniques and challenges. ieee access, 8, 24746–24772. doi:10.1109/access.2020.2970576. [73] sodhro, a. h., pirbhulal, s., & de albuquerque, v. h. c. (2019). artificial intelligence-driven mechanism for edge computingbased industrial applications. ieee transactions on industrial informatics, 15(7), 4235–4243. doi:10.1109/tii.2019.2902878. [74] kasten, j. e. (2020). engineering and manufacturing on the blockchain: a systematic review. ieee engineering management review, 48(1), 31–47. doi:10.1109/emr.2020.2964224. [75] wu, x., duan, b., yan, y., & zhong, y. (2017). m2m blockchain: the case of demand side management of smart grid. 2017 ieee 23rd international conference on parallel and distributed systems (icpads). doi:10.1109/icpads.2017.00113. [76] meng, z., wu, z., muvianto, c., & gray, j. (2017). a data-oriented m2m messaging mechanism for industrial iot applications. ieee internet of things journal, 4(1), 236–246. doi:10.1109/jiot.2016.2646375. [77] sharma, p. k., chen, m. y., & park, j. h. (2018). a software defined fog node based distributed blockchain cloud architecture for iot. ieee access, 6, 115–124. doi:10.1109/access.2017.2757955. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 472 issn: 2723-9535 unveiling the power of esg: how it shapes brand image and fuels purchase intentions an empirical exploration wilert puriwat 1 , suchart tripopsakul 2* 1 chulalongkorn business school, chualongkorn university, 254 phyathai road, pathumwan, bangkok 10330, thailand. 2 school of entrepreneurship and management, bangkok university, 9/1 moo 5 phaholyothin road, pathumthani 12120 thailand. received 21 september 2022; revised 06 november 2022; accepted 23 november 2022; published 01 december 2022 abstract nowadays, with a widespread increase in awareness of environmental concerns, the esg concept has been acknowledged as one of the most vital strategic movements for firms. this paper explores the effect of esg activities on brand image and customers’ purchase intentions. the moderating effects of a range of sociological factors are also investigated. based on 168 samples of thai participants, survey research with an online questionnaire tool was employed to collect the data with structural equation modelling (sem) to test hypotheses and verify the conceptual framework of this study. the results showed that all environmental, social, and governance activities significantly affect brand image and customers’ purchase intentions. for brand image as a consequence of esg activities, social activities (b = 0.511) play the strongest role, followed by environmental (b = 0.482) and governance (b = 0.434) activities. on the other hand, environmental activities (b = 0.420) of the esg concept strongly influence customers' purchase intentions, followed by social (b = 0.395) and governance activities (b = 0.309). additionally, the moderation analysis found that the effects of esg activities on brand image and purchase intentions vary depending on gender, age, and education level. these findings provide a deeper understanding of the esg concept for both academics and practitioners. this paper offers implications and recommendations for further research based on the outcomes. keywords: environmental, social, and governance (esg); brand image; purchase intention; environmental activities; thailand; sem. 1. introduction environmental, social, and governance (esg) are progressively widely acknowledged as essential keywords for company management strategies. environmental, social, and governance, or esg, are non-financial factors that an organization should consider along with financial considerations when making investment decisions [1]. esg mandates the evaluation of elements that have an impact on a company's value and sustainability over the long term, as opposed to the past, when financial performance was the only criterion for investing in a firm. esg management is thus a crucial management technique for businesses that plan to attain sustainability in terms of the environment, society, and governance. leading thai organizations are giving esg practices a high priority to improve efficiency, brand credibility, risk management, and investor appeal. the results of the survey were published in the "thailand esg and sustainability survey report 2022" by deloitte. top thai executives from 106 organizations in important industrial areas, including consumer products, energy, financial services, and media, were polled by the company. according to the survey, most thai company leaders prioritize esg knowledge in their firms, and they also incorporate esg into their corporate * corresponding author: suchart.t@bu.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-04-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8891-3637 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8031-8056 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 473 strategies. a whopping 85% of respondents in the finance industry agreed that sustainability is becoming more crucial to corporate finance. the bulk of them places a high priority on their contribution to the standard cycle's key performance indicators or criteria for sustainability [2]. while most of the literature that has already been written on esg has concentrated on the link between esg and corporate financial performance and the usage of esg performance indicators for investment decision-making, there has been relatively little research on brand image and consumer behavior from the standpoint of esg activities. this study is one of the first to investigate how perceived esg activities affect brand perception and consumer reactions. accordingly, this study explores and builds a more comprehensive connection between esg activities, brand image, and customers' intent to purchase by including a range of sociological factors as moderators to investigate whether those impacts of esg activities vary depending on different sociological characteristics. the purposes of this study were to investigate the effects of three different esg activities—environmental, social, and governance initiatives—on brand perception and consumers' purchase intentions, as well as to test how these effects varied depending on sociological variables like gender, generational differences, income, and educational attainment. this analysis will examine how esg strategies, which have primarily been developed and used by the government and large corporations up to this point, could one day be adopted by small and medium-sized businesses. it will also assist companies in understanding how effectively esg could promote sustainable growth. 2. literature review and hypotheses development researchers and practitioners have become interested in the esg idea since the un principles of responsible investment were released in 2006 and first emerged [3]. according to miralles-quirós et al. (2018), the esg idea, which contains methods to have a positive social effect, is also recognized as the three new elements of corporate social responsibility (csr) [4]. it has several definitions, incorporating green, ethical, objective, effect, accountable, values, socially responsible, and sustainable. in the research literature, the words esg and csr are sometimes used interchangeably because esg is derived from the more well-known concept of csr. esg is still a developing term, hence it lacks a clear and consistent definition. to guide and manage all the organization's affairs to serve the interests of stakeholders, esg is a collection of activities that are connected to an organization's association with its ecological surroundings, its existence and interaction with people, and its corporate system of internal controls, according to the definition provided by the international accounting standards board [5]. three topics are covered under the esg concept: environmental, social, and governance topics. corporate climate policies, energy use, waste, pollution, the protection of natural resources, and the treatment of animals are a few instances of environmental challenges. esg factors can be used to assess a company's exposure to environmental risks as well as how it manages such risks. the social activities of esg refer to the connections a corporation has with its stakeholders. an organization may be assessed based on elements like rational compensation as well as its effect on the communities in which it operates. corporate governance is the term used to describe a company's management and direction. to better comprehend how shareholder rights are viewed and respected, how leadership incentives fit with stakeholder anticipation, and what kinds of internal controls are in place to stimulate leadership accountability, esg analysts will consider these and other variables [6]. previous research has endeavored to verify the relationship between firms’ social responsibility strategies and brand image. earlier studies indicated the positive effect of firms’ esg initiatives on customer attitudes towards brands such as brand perception [7], brand image [8], brand reputation [9, 10], brand trust [11], brand valuation [12], and brand loyalty [13]. the economic effects of socially responsible strategies, particularly its influence on brand image and reputation, are examined by reinhardt et al. (2008) [14]. it goes through how businesses can improve their brand image and get a competitive edge by participating in csr activities like esg initiatives. lourenço et al. (2012) look at the connection between brand value and csr. it concludes that organizations with robust csr programs, including esg initiatives, can have a beneficial impact on brand value, enhancing both brand perception and financial performance [15]. this nielsen report offers information on what consumers expect in terms of sustainability. it draws attention to the effects of esg initiatives on brand perception and consumer behavior and stresses the growing significance of sustainability in purchasing choices [16]. thus, based on the above theoretical arguments, this study proposes that: h1: esg activities will have a positive effect on brand image. h1a. environmental activities will significantly affect brand image. h1b. social activities will significantly affect brand image. h1c. governance activities will significantly affect brand image. earlier studies also found a link between esg implementation and customers’ purchasing intentions. the potential adverse consequences of ethical product qualities, such as sustainability and social responsibility, on customers' product preferences, are examined by luchs et al. (2010) [17]. it clarifies how customers might view ethical qualities as less desirable when making purchases. the intention-behavior gap among ethical consumers is examined by carrington et al. (2014), who also look at the variables that affect how ethical intentions are translated into real purchasing behavior hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 474 [18]. it offers perceptions of the intricate connection between moral intentions, such as support for esg initiatives, and shopper behavior. consumer attributions for corporate social responsibility initiatives, including esg initiatives, and their influence on consumer attitudes and actions were discovered by ellen et al. (2006) [19]. it offers information on how customers view and react to a company's socially conscious initiatives. therefore, based on the above theoretical arguments, this study proposes that: h2: engaging in esg activities positively influences customers' purchasing intentions. h2a. environmental activities will significantly affect the customer’s purchasing intention. h2b. social activities will significantly affect the customer’s purchasing intention. h2c. governance activities will significantly affect the customer’s purchasing intention. h3: the brand image will have a positive effect on the customer’s purchasing intention. additionally, there has been previous evidence that firms’ social responsibility practices influence customers’ perceptions and behaviors differently. kahreh et al. (2014) examine how gender differences in a basic variable affect corporate social responsibility [20]. the findings demonstrated that, even though women's orientation to csr is generally superior, there are no appreciable distinctions between male and female orientations to csr. employee attitudes such as csr demandingness, trust, and satisfaction are examined by rosati et al. (2018) to see if differences in gender, age, and educational attainment affect them [21]. according to the research, male employees generally have a little bit more faith in and satisfaction with csr performance than their female counterparts. graduates are generally more content, slightly more demanding, and more trustworthy than non-graduates. it is interesting to note that there is no discernible difference between older and younger staff. when koirala & charoensukmongkol (2020) investigated the potential moderating effect of income level on the relationship between employees' perceptions of csr initiatives implemented by their companies and their work attitudes in the areas of employee commitment and job satisfaction, they discovered that employees with higher incomes had a positive relationship between csr perception and job commitment that was noticeably stronger than that of employees with lower incomes [22]. therefore, based on the above theoretical arguments, this study proposes that: h4: sociological factors moderate the effect of esg activities on brand image. h4a. gender moderates the effect of esg activities on brand image. h4b. age moderates the effect of esg activities on brand image. h4c. education level moderates the effect of esg activities on brand image. h4d: income moderates the effect of esg activities on brand image. h5: sociological factors moderate the effect of esg activities on purchase intention. h5a. gender moderates the effect of esg activities on purchase intention. h5b. age moderates the effect of esg activities on purchase intention. h5c. education level moderates the effect of esg activities on purchase intention. h5d: income moderates the effect of esg activities on purchase intention. the conceptual framework and proposed hypotheses of this study can be illustrated in figure 1 figure 1. conceptual framework environmental social governance esg activities purchase intention brand image h2a h1c h3 sociological factors h4 / h5 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 475 3. research methodology 3.1. design of research and data collection this study used a research survey approach and an online questionnaire as its primary data collection tool. this study used a retrospective survey method that looked at prior occurrences to examine how the samples related to the results. the survey data were analyzed using partial least squares structural equation modelling (pls-sem). most of the responses were initially screened with screening questions to validate the suitability of the samples. the initial question posed to respondents was, "have you ever seen any initiatives or campaigns that show a brand's commitment to social, environmental, and ethical business practices while facilitating contacts and transactions between you and brands or businesses?" respondents who selected "yes" as their response are included in the survey. the respondents were prompted to reflect on their most recent interactions with esg practices used by a specific company. based on how they view the brand's esg initiatives, they respond to the questionnaires. 168 completed surveys were received, which is within the acceptable range of 100 to 200 instances for pls-sem analysis [23]. 3.2. measurement scale development the survey respondents’ demographic data were gathered in the first section of the questionnaire. then, 5-point likert-scale questions were employed to estimate the major elements of our proposed conceptual model. for the esg construct, esg comprises three elements, which are environmental, social, and governance activities. the authors adopted and modified 12 items (four items for environmental, four items for social, and four items for governance) from earlier studies [24-26]. the brand image was measured by six items adapted and modified from lai et al. (2010) [27] and huang et al. (2014) [28]. purchase intention was assessed by three items based on earlier studies by chen et al. (2015), and bianchi et al. (2019) [29, 30]. the details of the questionnaire items are illustrated in appendix i. 4. results and discussions 4.1. sample profile a total of 168 suitable respondents from the online surveys that were performed were chosen for further examination after any missing or insufficient responses were eliminated. the following findings are related to the respondents' demographic traits. 53.5% of the sample's participants were female, making up the bulk of its participants. a high level of education was demonstrated by the respondents' 44.5% bachelor's degree holding rate. most participants (55.3%) reported being single and unmarried status. additionally, a sizeable part of the respondents—29.1% of the sample— were between the ages of 26 and 35. 4.2. evaluation of the measurement model the proposed model was tested in two steps, which are the measurement model and the structural model [31]. to evaluate the instrument’s validity and reliability as well as the research framework, partial least-based structural equation modelling (pls-sem) with the smart pls program was used. the measuring model’s findings for internal consistency reliability, convergent validity, and discriminant validity are shown in tables 1 and 2. cronbach’s alpha value and the composite reliability (cr) values were used to analyze the internal consistency among the components in each construct. the cronbach’s alpha values of all constructs ranged from 0.759 to 0.911, which were higher than the threshold value of 0.7 as suggested by nunnally (1978) [32]. the composite reliability (cr) values of all constructs were higher than the suggested value of 0.7, ranging from 0.899 to 0.925. these evaluations ensured reliability and internal consistency among these constructs. table 1. validity and reliability assessments for the data constructs items outer loadings cronbach’s α cr ave ea ea1 0.805 0.800 0.925 0.755 ea2 0.911 ea3 0.891 ea4 0.865 sa sa1 0.847 0.858 0.904 0.703 sa2 0.897 sa3 0.845 sa4 0.759 ga ga1 0.839 0.857 0.912 0.722 ga2 0.891 ga3 0.858 ga4 0.809 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 476 bi bi1 0.820 0.830 0.923 0.666 bi2 0.816 bi3 0.798 bi4 0.854 bi5 0.811 bi6 0.798 pi pi1 0.877 0.866 0.899 0.749 pi2 0.894 pi3 0.823 notes: environmental activity (ea); social activity (sa); governance activity (ga); brand image (bi); purchase intention (pi); composite reliability (cr), average of variance extracted (ave) table 2. discriminant validity analysis latent variable pi bi ea ga sa fornell-larcker criterion pi 0.865 bi 0.130 0.816 ea 0.478 0.261 0.869 ga 0.267 0.320 0.410 0.850 sa 0.324 0.279 0.438 0.463 0.838 heterotrait-monotrait ratio bi 0.158 ea 0.572 0.305 ga 0.328 0.373 0.486 sa 0.377 0.327 0.509 0.536 note: the square roots of the variance between the constructs and their measurements are represented by the diagonal elements in bold (ave) the convergence validity of the measurement model was assessed based on factor loadings and average variance extracted (ave). in the beginning, a total of 21 measurement items were used for the confirmatory factor analysis. the ave values of the constructs that were applied to assess the common variance in a specific construct were higher than the suggested value of 0.5, ranging from 0.666 to 0.755. these assessments implied validity in the convergence of the measurement model. discriminant validity was examined using the fornell-larcker criterion and the heterotrait-monotrait (htmt) ratio criterion to determine how much a construct differs from other constructs within its components. for the fornell-larcker criterion, table 2 shows that the square root of the ave for each construct had the highest value compared to other correlation values, showing a relationship with other factors. the heterotrait-monotrait (htmt) ratio values of all constructs are also below 0.850, which is a good sign for the data’s discriminant validity. in short, the internal consistency, reliability, convergent validity, and discriminant validity of the measurement model all met the criteria. this shows that the measurement model used in this study is appropriate for further structural model analysis. 4.3. evaluation of the structural model the next step in the pls-sem is to analyze the structural model after analysing the measurement model and determining that it is satisfactory. it includes assessing the collinearity, path coefficients, significant value, determination coefficients r2, prediction value q2, the magnitude of the effect f2 of the model, and hypothesized relationships among the constructs. the main effects of the three esg dimensions on brand trust and customer engagement are shown in figure 2 and table 3, along with the main effect of customer engagement on brand trust. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 477 figure 2. hypothesized results table 3. results of the structural model h hypothesized relationship path coefficient f2 results 1a ea  bi 0.482*** 0.204 supported 1b sa  bi 0.511*** 0.255 supported 1c ga  bi 0.434*** 0.198 supported 2a ea  pi 0.420*** 0.184 supported 2b sa  pi 0.395*** 0.156 supported 2c ga  pi 0.309*** 0.127 supported 3 bi  pi 0.598*** 0.351 supported note: *** p < 0.001; effect size (f2). variance explained: bi (r2 = 0.245), and pi (r2 = 0.296). predictive validity: bi (q2 = 0.216), and pi (q2 = 0.271). to avoid problems with multicollinearity, the structural model’s vif values were checked and found to be less than 5. using pls predict, the q2 values were confirmed by comparing the errors in the pls path model’s predictions with predictions based on the sample mean. if the q² value is greater than zero, the prediction error of the pls-sem results is lower than the prediction error of simply using the mean values. in that case, the pls-sem models show better predictive performance. the r2 values for brand image and purchase intention are 0.245 and 0.296, respectively, which are greater than the recommended threshold (0.10) by falk and miller (1992) [33]. cohen (1988) described the assessment criteria for f2 and suggested that a f2 value of 0.02 is small, 0.15 is medium, and 0.35 is large, and there is no effect if the value is less than 0.02 [34]. the findings demonstrated that environmental activities have a large impact on both brand image (f2 = 0.204) and purchase intention (f2 = 0.184). the social activities have a large impact on the brand image (f2 = 0.255) and a medium impact on purchase intention (f2 = 0.156). the governance activities have a medium impact on the brand image (f2 = 0.198) and a small impact on purchase intention (f2 = 0.127). and brand image has a large impact on purchase intention (f2 = 0.351). these findings demonstrate coherence between path coefficients and f2 results. therefore, h1, h2, and h3 are supported. the predictive relevance of the model was then determined by using stone-geisser’s q2 value. if q2 is greater than zero, predictive relevance is established. in this situation, brand image and purchase intention were determined to have q2 values of 0.216 and 0.271, respectively. consequently, the predictive validity of the model is established. according to the parameters' loading factors, social activities (b = 0.511) have the biggest effects on brand image, followed by environmental (b = 0.482) and governance (b = 0.434) activities. as opposed to this, environmental (b = 0.420), social (b = 0.395), and governance (b = 0.309) activities of the esg concept have a significant impact on customers' purchasing intentions. to examine the moderating effect of sociological factors on the causal relationship among esg activities, brand image, and purchase intention. the authors used a median-split technique [35]. age, education, and income moderating variables were initially converted to binary variables by the authors. the ratios of the differences in factor loadings between sociological factor groups were calculated. after assessing the associated models for every binary group separately, the authors analyzed the regression weights and critical ratios for group differences (see tables 4 and 5). environmental social governance esg activities purchase intention brand image 0.420*** 0.434*** 0.598*** hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 478 table 4. a multigroup analysis of the causal relationship between esg activities and brand image structural path and direction (ea  bi) path coefficients difference p-value result gender male -0.563 0.017*** supported female age younger 0.496 0.010*** supported older education low 0.036 0.444 not supported high income low -0.233 0.479 not supported high structural path and direction (sa  bi) path coefficients difference p-value result gender male -0.422 0.009*** supported female age younger 0.475 0.011*** supported older education low 0.072 0.708 not supported high income low 0.129 0.299 not supported high structural path and direction (ga  bi) path coefficients difference p-value result gender male -0.394 0.012*** supported female age younger 0.501 0.008*** supported older education low 0.096 0.198 not supported high income low 0.136 0.354 not supported high note: younger (under or equal to 45 years of age); older (over 45 years of age); low (lower than a bachelor's degree); high (undergraduate degree or higher); low income (less than or equal 978 usd); high income (more than 978 usd); ***p < 0.05 table 5. a multigroup analysis of the causal relationship between esg activities and purchase intention structural path and direction (ea  pi) path coefficients difference p-value result gender male 0.158 0.157 not supported female age younger 0.432 0.008*** supported older education low 0.073 0.589 not supported high income low 0.155 0.154 not supported high hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 479 structural path and direction (sa  pi) path coefficients difference p-value result gender male 0.050 0.684 not supported female age younger 0.421 0.011*** supported older education low 0.060 0.646 not supported high income low 0.004 0.972 not supported high structural path and direction (ga  pi) path coefficients difference p-value result gender male 0.075 0.546 not supported female age younger 0.318 0.032*** supported older education low -0.355 0.018*** supported high income low -0.248 0.058 not supported high note: ***p < 0.05 table 4 reveals that there are statistically significant differences between the genders and age groups for the impacts of environmental, social, and governance activities on brand image. regarding education and income, we found no statistically significant difference between the highand low-income groups and the highand low-education groups. thus, the results of the moderating effect partially support h4. for h5, sociological factors moderate the effect of esg activities on purchase intention. the authors found only a statistically significant difference between age but not gender, education, or income in environmental and social activities and a statistically significant difference between age and education in governance activities (see table 5). the esg activities had a stronger impact on purchase intention for younger individuals than for older participants. the results of the moderating effect partially support h5. to summarize the hypothesis verification, the finding demonstrates that all environmental, social, and governance initiatives have a significant impact on brand image. the finding demonstrates that all environmental, social, and governance initiatives have a significant impact on brand image. these findings are in line with the previous study by wu & wang (2014), which found that the impression of social responsibility is crucial in determining company image [36]. customers' perceptions of a brand are improved when they believe it to be socially responsible. increased trust, trustworthiness, and goodwill connected with the brand can result from positive esg perception. customers frequently see brands that practice social responsibility as being more moral, considerate, and dedicated to having a positive impact on society and the environment. participating in esg initiatives benefits many stakeholders and can improve ties between stakeholders and companies. as a result, stakeholders view the organization favorably, considering it to be ethical, trustworthy, and socially responsible [37]. the result of this study also reveals that esg activities affect consumers' intentions to purchase. this finding is consistent with earlier studies by lee & shin (2010) showing that customers' purchase intentions and their awareness of social responsibility initiatives are positively correlated [38]. environmental activities have the greatest impact on the brand's image as a result of esg activities, followed by social and governance activities. on the other hand, social and governance activities of the esg concept have a significant impact on customers' purchase intentions. the result confirms earlier findings that these different dimensions of esg (environmental, soc ial, and governance initiatives) have varying effects on how customers perceive and engage with brands [39]. depending on the consumer's evaluation processes, the effect of perceived csr on brand image varies as well and has a favorable valence [40, 41]. according to the moderation findings, there are differences in how esg activities affect brand image and purchase intentions based on gender, age, and educational attainment. the findings are in line with haski -leventhal et al. (2017), who found that in comparison to younger age groups, older age groups had more favorable csr attitudes [42]. diversity in educational background can affect esg disclosure [43]. the perception of social responsibility depends on gender differences [44, 45]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 480 5. conclusions the goals of this study are to examine the relationship between esg activities, brand image, and customers' purchase intentions as well as the influence of several sociological variables, including gender, age, education, and income, on that relationship. to test hypotheses and validate the theoretical underpinnings of this study, survey research using an online questionnaire tool was employed to collect data from 168 samples of thai people. the results showed that environmental, social, and governance (esg) activities have a considerable impact on brand perception and consumer purchase intentions. the investigation also indicated that variables like gender, age, and educational attainment affected how esg initiatives affect brand perception and purchase intentions. our study provides some practical implications. firstly, integrating environmental, social, and governance concerns into corporate plans and operations should be a top priority for corporations. this calls for the adoption of sustainable practices, the promotion of positive social effects, and the maintenance of ethical and transparent governance. companies may improve their brand image and positively affect consumers' purchasing intentions by doing this. secondly, brands should effectively communicate with customers about environmental, social, and governance actions. transparently disseminate information on governance processes, social responsibility efforts, and sustainability projects via multiple communication platforms. customers are better able to comprehend and appreciate a company's dedication to ethical business practices thanks to clear and persuasive communication, which ultimately affects how they perceive a brand and whether they would make a purchase. thirdly, brands should adjust their communication tactics in light of the societal variations in the effects of esg operations. conduct market research to learn how attitudes and behaviors connected to esg are influenced by gender, age, and educational attainment. create individualized messages and communication strategies to engage and effectively reach various demographic groups. despite this study’s theoretical and practical contributions, its limitations are acknowledged. first, there may be additional factors that influence telemedicine customer engagement, such as medical history and whether they present to the clinic with an acute or chronic condition. firstly, the authors only considered a small subset of components in this study that we thought would be affected by esg. in further research, additional factors like brand loyalty and word-ofmouth (wom) could be empirically tested. increased esg engagement is frequently accompanied by higher project costs and cash flows. financial considerations such as the cost of capital, the cost of equity, and cash flow should be taken into account in further analyzing the value of esg activities. second, thailand was where the study's data were collected. it is important to be cautious when extrapolating the findings to other countries with diverse cultures. the results of cultural differences can also be captured through this future research. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.t. and w.p.; methodology, s.t. and w.p.; software, s.t. and w.p.; validation, s.t. and w.p.; formal analysis, s.t.; investigation, s.t. and w.p.; resources, s.t. and w.p.; data curation, s.t.; writing—original draft preparation, s.t. and w.p.; writing—review and editing, s.t. and w.p.; visualization, s.t. and w.p.; supervision, w.p.; project administration, w.p.; funding acquisition, w.p. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement participant consent was waived due to the minimal risk to the subjects involved. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 481 7. references [1] deringer, f. b. (2005). a legal framework for the integration of environmental, social and governance issues into institutional investment. united nations environment program finance initiative, geneva, switzerland. available online: https://policycommons.net/artifacts/3495657/a-legal-framework-for-the-integration-of-environmental-social-and-governanceissues-into-institutional-investment/4296235/. cid: 20.500.12592/nb044k (accessed on september 2022). [2] ketsuriyong, k. (2022). thailand esg and sustainability survey report 2022. deloitte, london, united kingdom. available online: https://www2.deloitte.com/th/en/pages/about-deloitte/articles/th-esg-sustainability-survey-report-2022-th.html (accessed on april 2022). [3] koh, h. k., burnasheva, r., & suh, y. g. (2022). perceived esg (environmental, social, governance) and consumers’ responses: the mediating role of brand credibility, brand image, and perceived quality. sustainability (switzerland), 14(8), 4515. doi:10.3390/su14084515. [4] miralles-quirós, m. m., miralles-quirós, j. l., & gonçalves, l. m. v. (2018). the value relevance of environmental, social, and governance performance: the brazilian case. sustainability (switzerland), 10(3), 574. doi:10.3390/su10030574. [5] whitelock, v. g. (2015). environmental social governance management: a theoretical perspective for the role of disclosure in the supply chain. international journal of business information systems, 18(4), 390–405. doi:10.1504/ijbis.2015.068477. [6] peterdy, k. (2022). esg (environmental, social and governance) a management and analysis framework to understand and measure how sustainably an organization is operating. cfi education inc., vancouver, canada. available online: https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/esg/esg-environmental-social-governance/ (accessed on october 2022). [7] berg, f., k&ouml;lbel, j., & rigobon, r. (2019). aggregate confusion: the divergence of esg ratings. ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3438533. [8] paolone, f., cucari, n., wu, j., & tiscini, r. (2022). how do esg pillars impact firms’ marketing performance? a configurational analysis in the pharmaceutical sector. journal of business and industrial marketing, 37(8), 1594–1606. doi:10.1108/jbim-072020-0356. [9] teor, t. r., ilyina, i. a., & kulibanova, v. v. (2022). the influence of esg-concept on the reputation of high-technology enterprises. 2022 communication strategies in digital society seminar (comsds). doi:10.1109/comsds55328.2022.9769074. [10] cheng, l. t. w., sharma, p., & broadstock, d. c. (2023). interactive effects of brand reputation and esg on green bond issues: a sustainable development perspective. business strategy and the environment, 32(1), 570–586. doi:10.1002/bse.3161. [11] tripopsakul, s., & puriwat, w. (2022). understanding the impact of esg on brand trust and customer engagement. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(4), 430–440. doi:10.28991/hef-2022-03-04-03. [12] lee, m. t., raschke, r. l., & krishen, a. s. (2022). signaling green! firm esg signals in an interconnected environment that promote brand valuation. journal of business research, 138, 1–11. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2021.08.061. [13] lee, h. j., & rhee, t. h. (2023). how does corporate esg management affect consumers’ brand choice? sustainability (switzerland), 15(8), 6795. doi:10.3390/su15086795. [14] reinhardt, f. l., stavins, r. n., & vietor, r. h. k. (2008). corporate social responsibility through an economic lens. review of environmental economics and policy, 2(2), 219–239. doi:10.1093/reep/ren008. [15] lourenço, i. c., branco, m. c., curto, j. d., & eugénio, t. (2012). how does the market value corporate sustainability performance? journal of business ethics, 108(4), 417–428. doi:10.1007/s10551-011-1102-8. [16] nielsen consumer llc. (2015). the sustainability imperative: new insights on consumer expectations. nielsen company, new york, united states. available online: https://nielseniq.com/global/en/insights/analysis/2015/the-sustainability-imperative-2/ (accessed on september 2022). [17] luchs, m. g., naylor, r. w., irwin, j. r., & raghunathan, r. (2010). the sustainability liability: potential negative effects of ethicality on product preference. journal of marketing, 74(5), 18–31. doi:10.1509/jmkg.74.5.018. [18] carrington, m. j., neville, b. a., & whitwell, g. j. (2014). lost in translation: exploring the ethical consumer intention-behavior gap. journal of business research, 67(1), 2759–2767. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2012.09.022. [19] ellen, p. s., webb, d. j., & mohr, l. a. (2006). building corporate associations: consumer attributions for corporate socially responsible programs. journal of the academy of marketing science, 34(2), 147–157. doi:10.1177/0092070305284976. [20] kahreh, m. s., babania, a., tive, m., & mirmehdi, s. m. (2014). an examination to effects of gender differences on the corporate social responsibility (csr). procedia social and behavioral sciences, 109, 664–668. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.12.525. [21] rosati, f., costa, r., calabrese, a., & pedersen, e. r. g. (2018). employee attitudes towards corporate social responsibility: a study on gender, age and educational level differences. corporate social responsibility and environmental management, 25(6), 1306–1319. doi:10.1002/csr.1640. https://www2.deloitte.com/th/en/pages/about-deloitte/articles/th-esg-sustainability-survey-report-2022-th.html https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/esg/esg-environmental-social-governance/ https://nielseniq.com/global/en/insights/analysis/2015/the-sustainability-imperative-2/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, no. 4, december, 2022 482 [22] koirala, m., & charoensukmongkol, p. (2020). contributions of csr perception to employees commitment and job satisfaction: does personal income matter? kasetsart journal of social sciences, 41(2), 303–307. doi:10.34044/j.kjss.2020.41.2.06. [23] hair jr, j. f., hult, g. t. m., ringle, c. m., sarstedt, m., danks, n. p., & ray, s. (2021). partial least squares structural equation modeling (pls-sem) using r: a workbook. springer nature, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-80519-7. [24] moisescu, o.-i. (2015). the impact of customers’ perception of csr on corporate brand loyalty: the case of the romanian mobile telecom industry. central european business review, 4(2), 21–30. doi:10.18267/j.cebr.123. [25] gaol, f. l., denavi, m., danny, j., anggaragita, b. d., hartanto, a., & matsuo, t. (2022). effects of social e-commerce on consumer behavior. hightech and innovation journal, 3(4), 376-384. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-04-01. [26] mohr, l. a., & webb, d. j. (2005). the effects of corporate social responsibility and price on consumer responses. journal of consumer affairs, 39(1), 121–147. doi:10.1111/j.1745-6606.2005.00006.x. [27] lai, c. s., chiu, c. j., yang, c. f., & pai, d. c. (2010). the effects of corporate social responsibility on brand performance: the mediating effect of industrial brand equity and corporate reputation. journal of business ethics, 95(3), 457–469. doi:10.1007/s10551-010-0433-1. [28] huang, c. c., yen, s. w., liu, c. y., & huang, p. c. (2014). the relationship among corporate social responsibility, service quality, corporate image and purchase intention. international journal of organizational innovation, 6(3), 68-84. [29] chen, m.-h., tai, p.-n., & chen, b. h. (2015). the relationship among corporate social responsibility, consumer-company identification, brand prestige, and purchase intention. international journal of marketing studies, 7(5), 33. doi:10.5539/ijms.v7n5p33. [30] bianchi, e., bruno, j. m., & sarabia-sanchez, f. j. (2019). the impact of perceived csr on corporate reputation and purchase intention. european journal of management and business economics, 28(3), 206–221. doi:10.1108/ejmbe-12-2017-0068. [31] ramayah, t. j. f. h., cheah, j., chuah, f., ting, h., & memon, m. a. (2018). partial least squares structural equation modeling (pls-sem) using smartpls 3.0. an updated guide and practical guide to statistical analysis, pearson, kuala lumpur, malaysia. [32] nunnally, j.c. (1978). an overview of psychological measurement. clinical diagnosis of mental disorders. springer, boston, united states. doi:10.1007/978-1-4684-2490-4_4. [33] falk, r. f., & miller, n. b. (1992). a primer for soft modeling. university of akron press, akron, united states. [34] cohen, j. (2013). statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences. routledge, abingdon. united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9780203771587. [35] iacobucci, d., posavac, s. s., kardes, f. r., schneider, m. j., & popovich, d. l. (2015). the median split: robust, refined, and revived. journal of consumer psychology, 25(4), 690–704. doi:10.1016/j.jcps.2015.06.014. [36] wu, s.-i., & wang, w.-h. (2014). impact of csr perception on brand image, brand attitude and buying willingness: a study of a global café. international journal of marketing studies, 6(6), 43. doi:10.5539/ijms.v6n6p43. [37] bhattacharya, c. b., korschun, d., & sen, s. (2009). strengthening stakeholder-company relationships through mutually beneficial corporate social responsibility initiatives. journal of business ethics, 85(suppl. 2), 257–272. doi:10.1007/s10551008-9730-3. [38] lee, k. h., & shin, d. (2010). consumers’ responses to csr activities: the linkage between increased awareness and purchase intention. public relations review, 36(2), 193–195. doi:10.1016/j.pubrev.2009.10.014. [39] bae, g. k., lee, s. m., & luan, b. k. (2023). the impact of esg on brand trust and word of mouth in food and beverage companies: focusing on jeju island tourists. sustainability (switzerland), 15(3), 2348. doi:10.3390/su15032348. [40] martínez, p., pérez, a., & del bosque, i. r. (2014). csr influence on hotel brand image and loyalty. academia revista latinoamericana de administracion, 27(2), 267–283. doi:10.1108/arla-12-2013-0190. [41] sen, s., & bhattacharya, c. b. (2001). does doing good always lead to doing better? consumer reactions to corporate social responsibility. journal of marketing research, 38(2), 225–243. doi:10.1509/jmkr.38.2.225.18838. [42] haski-leventhal, d., pournader, m., & mckinnon, a. (2017). the role of gender and age in business students’ values, csr attitudes, and responsible management education: learnings from the prme international survey. journal of business ethics, 146(1), 219–239. doi:10.1007/s10551-015-2936-2. [43] azam, m., khalid, m. u., & zia, s. z. (2019). board diversity and corporate social responsibility: the moderating role of shariah compliance. corporate governance (bingley), 19(6), 1274–1288. doi:10.1108/cg-01-2019-0022. [44] carvalho, j. m. (2022). modelling (social) intra / entrepreneurship process. emerging science journal, 6(1), 14-36. doi: 10.28991/esj-2022-06-01-02. [45] hur, w. m., kim, h., & jang, j. h. (2016). the role of gender differences in the impact of csr perceptions on corporate marketing outcomes. corporate social responsibility and environmental management, 23(6), 345–357. doi:10.1002/csr.1380. https://doi.org/10.28991/hij-2022-03-04-01 https://doi.org/10.28991/esj-2022-06-01-02 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 603 issn: 2723-9535 integrating intelligent sensors for safe uav distribution: design and evaluation of ranging system yihu jiang 1, 2* , xianhai pang 1, 2, zizi zhang 1, 2 , hao jing 1, 2, liqiang wei 1, 2, jingang su 1, 2 , peng zhang 1, 2 1 state grid hebei electric power co., ltd., electric power science research institute, shijiazhuang 050021, china. 2 hebei energy technology service co., ltd. of state grid, shijiazhuang, hebei, 050035, china. received 09 february 2024; revised 15 august 2024; accepted 22 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract in our increasingly electrified society, electricity has become indispensable to both production and daily life. however, high-load electric energy transmission presents inherent safety risks. to ensure the secure transportation of electric energy, live work on distribution networks is essential. however, traditional live work techniques require a high level of dependence on worker experience, which frequently leads to inaccurate safety distances and degrades worker security. this study proposes the integration of unmanned aerial vehicles (uavs) with intelligent robot sensing technology to enhance safety and efficiency in live work. by accurately measuring safety distances, uavs offer a promising solution to mitigate risks associated with high-voltage circuits. comparative analysis between traditional and intelligent live work safety distance measurements reveals the two live works under the high voltage circuit were 92% and 96%, respectively, and the accuracy of the two live work safe distance measurements under the low voltage circuit was 84% and 99%, respectively. results demonstrate that uavs equipped with intelligent sensing technology achieve superior accuracy in safe ranging for live work, thereby ensuring stable energy transmission and safeguarding the lives of workers in distribution networks. keywords: safe ranging; distribution network live work; drone ranging; intelligent robot sensing technology. 1. introduction electricity was invented and used in industrial production beginning in the 1870s. the advancement of electricity has improved every household's standard of living. on the other hand, as social and economic conditions have improved, the amount of electricity consumed in homes and businesses has increased significantly, and as a result, there is a growing demand for electrical energy. although the distribution network's live operation is a very risky precaution against power outages, it is an effective one. to lower the risk of live work, relevant researchers have measured safe distances for the distribution network's live operations. among them, the observation that maintaining a specific safety distance from high-voltage equipment is imperative since working on the distribution network in real-time is extremely risky [1]. during the live distribution network, construction workers should maintain a safe distance of more than 40 cm [2]. the distribution system for ac station equipment with varying voltage levels has a variable electrified distance. the recommended safety distance increases with voltage [3]. in high-altitude regions, the safe distance between 3000 and 5000 meters above sea level is tested for live work on household lines [4]. when evaluating the safety distances of * corresponding author: myj024305@hebust.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-04 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0006-3948-3910 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5747-160x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2833-6599 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 604 ground equipment and voltage equipment at various distances, he found that there are differences in the safety distances under various discharge gaps [5]. construction workers' safety can be efficiently ensured by maintaining the safety distance during live work in a reasonable manner; however, the safety distance is not measured intelligently enough. accurate distance measurement is a feature of the intelligent sensing equipment on the uav, and it is used to measure the safe distance between live distribution network operations. among them, using intelligent drones to measure the safe distance for live work can effectively increase the accuracy of safe distance computation [6]. the uva combined with intelligent robot sensing technology can determine the safe distance by using sensing equipment to thoroughly assess variables like voltage, altitude, and air humidity of high-voltage equipment [7]. uavs have a high sensitivity, and using them to safely monitor high-voltage equipment can increase live work efficiency [8]. the safety range of live work may be precisely measured by borah s using intelligent uav technology, hence improving worker safety [9]. the techniques employed are subpar, even though uavs with intelligent robot sensing technologies can reliably determine the safe distance for live work. sensors are used by intelligent robot sensing technology to collect data. to determine the safe distance of live work in distribution networks, intelligent factor analysis and intelligent robot sensing technologies can be applied to uavs [10]. the primary goal is to improve safety and efficiency in live distribution network work by combining unmanned aerial vehicles (uavs) with intelligent sensing technologies to precisely estimate safety distances, thereby reducing risks associated with high-voltage circuits. for a variety of electrical line maintenance tasks, a single-arm live operating robot was established by gu et al. [11]. a technique of automated terminal reconfiguration on transmission lines is also provided to achieve transmission line inspections with live operation automatically. for the standard fitting’s maintenance operation, the robot's physical model and the manipulator arm's motion planning are provided. a design plan for an automated offline and online system for a live, functional robot was presented by zou et al. [12]. the study develops a fundamental configuration and physical method, examines the principles of robots offline and online, and proposes a motion plan for operations. the viability and efficacy of the system are confirmed as a tangible prototype was generated. a conceptual and operational approach for an autonomous double-arm live working robot's on-line and off-loading mechanism was proposed in zou et al. [13] and depends on uav support. the structure of the lifting hook and the additional hook of the down and up system were built after the autonomous up-and-down process of the robot was investigated. after that, the robot's upand-down force analysis was performed, and a theoretical calculation was used to determine that hook drive motor would be best. a double-arm collaborative robot's fundamental configuration was suggested by quan et al. [14]. polynomial interpolation theory was used to plan the trajectory of the robot arm motion simultaneously. the robot manipulator's trajectory planning simulation framework was constructed in the framework of matlab, and the robot manipulator's reconstruction of the end tool and its transportation to the work point are the subjects of the trajectory simulation research. an automated online system for repairing overhead transmission wires was developed by zhao et al. [15]. the walking structure and pre-twisted cable winding structure should be part of the mechanical system that the ground wire repair device for overhead power lines is built and researched for initially. the operating system of the device, reception modules, data transmission, image transmission, and other associated hardware and software control systems need then be developed. lastly, other wireless terminal control systems, comparable control equipment, and software for mobile phones should be produced. 2. method of safe distance measurement for live work in distribution network the development of a social economy is inseparable from the supply of electric energy. due to the increasing demand for electric energy, the power system is often overloaded, resulting in power supply failures [16-17]. it is essential to takeaway live work on the distribution network to ensure the continuous supply of electric energy, but live work is very dangerous. high-voltage electricity would cause serious injury or even death to construction personnel within a certain range. it is also necessary to maintain a safe distance during the live distribution network process. the structural model of the live distribution network operation is shown in figure 1. keep a safe distance continuous power supply industrial electricity electricity for life social electricity figure 1. structure model schematic of the distribution network's live work hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 605 in figure 1, during the live work of the distribution network, the construction personnel need to keep a certain safety distance, which can not only ensure the safety of the construction personnel but also ensure the continuous supply of electric energy [18]. the live work of the distribution network provides stable electric energy for social development, industrial production, and people's lives. 3. distribution network live work reducing the duration of circuit breakdown during maintenance and maintaining a steady power supply are the goals of the distribution network's live operation. in the process of live work of the distribution network, the main and most frequently used work content is wiring. the power supply of the maintenance party's circuit is not affected by the wiring operation [19]. the lead model for the distribution network's live work is displayed in figure 2. distribution network live work figure 2. model diagram of wiring connection for live work of distribution network in figure 2, the lead wires for live work in the distribution network are divided into four structures, namely horizontal lead, vertical lead, triangular horizontal lead, and triangular vertical lead [20]. the construction personnel choose different connection methods according to the different conditions of the maintenance circuit. the live work of the distribution network is a high-altitude operation; the construction environment is poor, and there is a danger of highvoltage electric shock. additionally, essential is the distribution network's ongoing work. when working on a live distribution network, construction workers must prioritize their safety. 4. safe distance for live work in a distribution network the safety distance for live work in the distribution network refers to the distance between construction personnel and high-voltage equipment. a certain safety distance is maintained to effectively protect the personal safety of construction workers. based on their experience, the construction workers often maintain a safe distance while the live operation of the distribution network. due to the different dangers in different voltage environments, it is an unsafe behavior for construction personnel to repair only based on experience [21]. table 1 displays the safety distances at various circuit voltages. table 1. safety distance table under different circuit voltages circuit voltage (kv) voltage level safe distance (m) <10 1 0.7 30 2 0.8 100 3 1.5 220 4 3.0 500 5 5.2 800 6 8.5 1000 7 9.5 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 606 the voltage of the distribution network's live operation is broken down into 7 levels in table 1. when the circuit voltage is less than 10kv, a safety distance of 0.7 meters should be maintained. the higher the circuit voltage, the longer the safe distance should be maintained, and the higher the difficulty and danger to the construction. when the circuit voltage reaches 1000kv, a safety distance of 9.5 meters should be maintained. the safety distance mentioned above is measured in a standard environment, but the actual live working environments of distribution networks are different, and it is necessary to comprehensively analyze the safety distance of live working [22]. 5. intelligent robot sensing technology a sophisticated machine run by a computer is an intelligent robot. it possesses limbs and sensory abilities that are similar to those of humans, flexible action programs, and some level of intellect. it is capable of operating without human intervention. the control of robots is greatly aided by intelligent robot sensors. robots' resemblance to humans in terms of perceptual processes and response capacities is a result of the sensors. tactile sensors, visual sensors, force sensors, proximity sensors, ultrasonic sensors, and auditory sensors are installed on the robot to detect the work object, the environment, or the relationship between the robot and them. this greatly improves the robot's working conditions and allows it to more fully complete complex work. intelligent machine sensing technology uses sensors to realize tactile or non-tactile information fusion calculation and has the ability of comprehensive analysis. uavs are used as carriers. the sensor is used to obtain the data of the live operation of the distribution network, and the safe distance of the live operation of the distribution network is determined through intelligent analysis. figure 3 shows the safe-ranging process of the live operation of the uav distribution network integrating the intelligent robot sensing technology. distribution network live work sensor gets data 1 sensor gets data 2 sensor gets data 3 intelligent analysis safe distance figure 3. process diagram of safe distance measurement integrated with intelligent robot sensing technology the distribution network's real-time data is obtained by the uav in figure 3 via sensing equipment, and the safe distance is computed by intelligent analysis. in intelligent analysis, data processing is mainly carried out through artificial neural networks. artificial neural network has excellent multi-data generalization processing and predictive analysis capabilities. it is very suitable for measuring the safety distance in the live work of the distribution network. in the artificial neural network, the information processing unit is the artificial neuron. the data set of live operation of distribution network obtained by uav is set to 𝑋 = (𝑥1, 𝑥2, ⋯ , 𝑥𝑛), and the connection weight between each intelligently processed data and artificial neurons is 𝑉 = (𝑣1, 𝑣2, ⋯ , 𝑣𝑛), and then the data processing process of safe ranging in the live work of the distribution network is as follows: ℎ = ∑ 𝑥𝑖𝑣𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 (1) in equation 1, ℎ represents the summation of weights on the input data. the processing result of the artificial neuron is expressed as: 𝑦 = 𝑠(ℎ) (2) in equation 2, the 𝑠() function is the activation function. the most frequently used structure in artificial neural networks is the reverse error propagation structure. the reverse error propagation neural network has two directions of information propagation. the core mechanism is to adjust the structure of the neural network through the reverse propagation of errors, to make the output data more accurate [23]. the back-propagation neural network has a three-layer structure, and the connection weights of each adjacent two layers are represented by 𝑣𝑖𝑗 and 𝑣𝑗𝑘, respectively. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 607 the following is the expression for the forward propagation procedure of safe ranging during distribution network operation in real-time: the output signal of the input layer is expressed by the formula: 𝑥𝑗 = ∑ 𝑣𝑖𝑗𝑥𝑖𝑖 (3) the output of the hidden layer can be expressed as: 𝑠(𝑥𝑗) = 1 1+𝑒 −𝑥𝑗 (4) in formula (4), 𝑠() represents the activation function, which is generally a step function. the result of the output layer is: 𝑥𝑘 = ∑ 𝑣𝑗𝑘𝑠(𝑥𝑗)𝑗 (5) in the back-propagation process of safe ranging in the live operation of the distribution network, the error of backpropagation should be calculated first, and the error is expressed as: 𝐸 = 1 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑘 𝑎 − 𝑥𝑘 𝑏)2 𝑘 (6) in formula (6) 𝑥𝑘 𝑎 and 𝑥𝑘 𝑏 shows the difference between the anticipated and actual output, respectively. assuming that the acceptable error size of safe ranging in the live operation of the distribution network is e, then 𝐸 > 𝑒, it means that the error is not within the acceptable range, and the actual output is close to the expected output by adjusting the structure of the neuron. when 𝐸 ≤ 𝑒, it means that the error reaches an acceptable range, and the backpropagation neural network calculation is completed [24]. 6. experiment of safe distance measurement for live work in distribution network 6.1. data sources for safe distance measurement for live work the risk of live work in the distribution network is high, and safe ranging is an effective protection for circuits and construction personnel. to better analyze the performance of safe distance measurement in the live operation of the distribution network, the experiment would carry out a questionnaire for the close contacts during the live operation of the distribution network. among them, there are 300 construction personnel for live work in the distribution network and 200 power grid management personnel. the main statistics are the indicators they think can evaluate the saferanging performance of live work [25-26]. the statistical results of safe-ranging data for live work in the distribution network are shown in table 2. table 2. statistical table of safe-ranging data for live work in the distribution network serial number index number of people (person) proportion 1 safety for live workers 120 24% 2 accuracy of safe-ranging 90 18% 3 stability of power transmission 90 18% 4 line availability 70 14% 5 efficiency of live work 130 26% in table 2, the indicators that 500 people who are in contact with live work in the distribution network think that they can evaluate the safe distance measurement are counted, of which the most agreeable number is the efficiency index of live work. the proportion is 26%. the second is the safety index of live workers, accounting for 24%. the correlation analysis of the safety ranging of distribution network live work is carried out on the five indicators in table 2. the correlation analysis is to study whether the indicators can be used to evaluate the performance of safe ranging [27]. table 3 displays the findings of the safety ranging correlation study on relevant metrics. table 3. results of correlation analysis serial number index correlation 1 safety for live workers 0.28 2 accuracy of safe-ranging 0.22 3 stability of power transmission 0.20 4 line availability 0.06 5 efficiency of live work 0.24 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 608 in table 3, the correlation results of five indicators are analyzed. the highest correlation index is the safety of live workers, followed by the efficiency of live work. the smallest correlation index is the availability rate of the line, and the correlation is only 0.06. since the correlation of the line availability index is too low relative to the other four indexes, in the following experimental analysis, the line availability index would not be analyzed [28]. 6.2. experimental design of safe-ranging to analyze the effect of safe distance measurement of live operation based on intelligent robot sensing technology, a comparative analysis would be made with the traditional live distribution network safe distance measurement. among them, the uav integrated with intelligent robot sensing technology uses the back-propagation neural network as the core of data calculation, which is recorded as intelligent safe ranging. however, the traditional live distribution network safety ranging is for the construction personnel to perform safe ranging according to experience, which is recorded as traditional safe ranging. intelligent safe-ranging is a process of comprehensive data analysis. for example, the data obtained by drones for live work in the distribution network include voltage, air humidity, air temperature, altitude, etc., and use formula (1) to process these data. the actual safety distance is obtained through the calculation of the back-propagation neural network, and the error analysis is carried out 𝐸 = 1 2 ∑ (𝑥𝑘 𝑎 − 𝑥𝑘 𝑏)2 𝑘 until the error reaches an acceptable range. when comparing the two safe-ranging methods, since the voltage is the main factor affecting the safe distance, it is necessary to set up a comparison experiment with different voltages. the experiment would be set up for half a year, and the data of the safety ranging evaluation index would be counted every month [29, 30]. 7. results of safe distance measurement for live work in distribution network the safety of live workers: there is a great deal of risk involved in performing high-altitude maintenance, which is necessary for the distribution network's live operations. the distribution network's live construction workers' safety can be successfully safeguarded by safe ranging. two methods of safe ranging are compared and analyzed. the safety comparison results of live workers under live work with different voltages in china in 2020 are shown in figure 4. (a) high voltage (b) low voltage figure 4. safety comparison results of live workers in figure 4(a), it is a comparison of the safety of live workers on high-voltage lines with two safety-ranging methods. among them, the safety of live workers under traditional safety ranging reached a minimum of 88% in the fourth month and a maximum of 96% in the second month. however, the safety of live workers under intelligent safety ranging has reached 96% and above, and with the implementation of intelligent safety ranging, the overall safety of workers is on the rise, reaching 99% in the sixth month. in figure 4(b), it is a comparison of the safety of construction workers on low-voltage lines. the safety of the live worker under the intelligent safe-ranging mode is higher than that of the live worker under the traditional safe-ranging mode within 6 months of the experiment. electrical worker safety is 92% and 99% for both safe-ranging methods in the sixth month. therefore, the safe distance measurement of uav distribution network live work integrating intelligent robot sensing technology can effectively improve the safety of live workers. accuracy of safe ranging: the most important thing for the safe distance measurement of live work is the accuracy of the distance measurement. statistics were carried out on the accuracy of the safe ranging of the two safe ranging methods in 2020. since the safety distances of different voltage intensities are quite different, it is necessary to compare and analyze high-voltage lines and low-voltage lines separately [31]. the comparison results of the safety ranging accuracy of the two safe ranging methods for live work in distribution networks are shown in figure 5. 82% 84% 86% 88% 90% 92% 94% 96% 98% 100% 1 2 3 4 5 6 s a fe ty months traditional security ranging intelligent safety ranging 88% 90% 92% 94% 96% 98% 100% 1 2 3 4 5 6 s a fe ty months traditional security ranging intelligent safety ranging hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 609 (a) high voltage (b) low voltage figure 5. the accuracy comparison results of safe-ranging in figure 5(a), it is a comparison of the accuracy of safe ranging on high-voltage lines, in which the accuracy of traditional safe ranging fluctuated within 6 months of the experiment, and reached the maximum in the 6th month. the safe-ranging accuracy was 92%. the safe-ranging accuracy at this time was 92%. however, the accuracy of safe ranging under intelligent safe ranging is constantly improving, reaching convergence in the third month, and the accuracy from the third month to the sixth month was 96%. in figure 5(b), the accuracy of safe ranging is compared for low-voltage lines. the accuracy of traditional safe ranging fluctuated during the experimental period, and the accuracy was 84% in the sixth month. the accuracy of intelligent safety ranging is continuously improved due to the enhanced learning ability of the neural network system, reaching a maximum of 99% in the sixth month. therefore, intelligent safe ranging has higher ranging accuracy and would become more and more accurate. stability of power transmission: the purpose of live work in the distribution network is to achieve stable transmission of electric energy. if the safety distance measurement is more accurate, the construction personnel would be more efficient in live work and improve the stability of power transmission. a half-year power transmission stability test was carried out on the two safe distance measurement methods for live work in distribution networks. the comparison results of power transmission stability are shown in figure 6. figure 6. comparison results of the stability of power transmission 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% 1 2 3 4 5 6 a cc u r a c y months traditional security ranging intelligent safety ranging 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% 1 2 3 4 5 6 a c c u r a c y months traditional security ranging intelligent safety ranging 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% 1 2 3 4 5 6 s ta b il it y months traditional security ranging intelligent safety ranging hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 610 in figure 6, the comparison of the power transmission stability under the safe distance measurement of the live operation of the two distribution networks was described. among them, the power transmission stability of 6 months under the traditional safe-ranging method was not much different, and the power transmission stability was 78.3% on average. the stability of power transmission under the intelligent and safe-ranging method has been continuously improved, from 88% in the first month to 98% in the sixth month. therefore, the safe distance measurement of uav distribution network live operation integrated with intelligent robot sensing technology can effectively improve the stability of power transmission. efficiency of live work in the distribution network: the live operation of the distribution network is to deliver stable electric energy to various places in time [32]. the efficiency of live operation of the distribution network was compared between the two methods of live safety distance measurement of the distribution network. due to the different effects of live work under different circuit voltages, the high voltage and low voltage were compared respectively, and the comparison results of the efficiency of live work in the distribution network are shown in figure 7. (a) high voltage (b) low voltage figure 7. the efficiency comparison results of live work in a distribution network in figure 7(a), the live work efficiency of the distribution network is compared under the condition of high voltage lines. among them, the live working efficiency data under the traditional safe-ranging method fluctuates up and down, and the average live working efficiency is 61%. however, the live work efficiency of the distribution network under the intelligent and safe ranging is constantly improving, and the live work efficiency during the experiment is higher than that of the traditional model, reaching convergence in the fifth month. the live working efficiency of the distribution network at this time is 94%. in figure 7(b), it is a comparison of the efficiency of the live operation of distribution network on low-voltage lines. the efficiency of live operation of the distribution network under intelligent safe ranging is higher than that of traditional safe ranging. the efficiency of live distribution network work under the two types of safe ranging is 84% and 97% in the sixth month. therefore, the safe distance measurement of uav distribution network live operation integrated with intelligent robot sensing technology can improve the efficiency of distribution network live operation. accuracy: prediction accuracy is the degree to which the model's estimated values agree with the real values. accurate predictions are more dependable and believable; this measure evaluates the model's accuracy. loss: the difference between predicted and actual results is quantified by comparing the loss to the predicted values, which illustrates the model's inaccuracy. by minimizing loss and defining the variance using a predetermined metric, it produces precise forecasts. figure 8 shows the results of accuracy and loss. study demonstrates that unmanned aerial vehicles (uavs) equipped with intelligent sensing technology achieve superior accuracy in safe ranging for live work. integrating uavs with intelligent sensing technology can significantly enhance safety and efficiency in live work, mitigating risks associated with high-voltage circuits and ensuring stable energy transmission in distribution networks. 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% 1 2 3 4 5 6 e ff ic ie n c y months traditional security ranging intelligent safety ranging 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% 1 2 3 4 5 6 e ff ic ie n c y months traditional security ranging intelligent safety ranging hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 611 figure 8. results of accuracy and loss 8. conclusion enhancing live work safety focuses on improving safety measures in work environments where employees are directly exposed to electrical hazards, such as distribution networks or power plants. the integration of unmanned aerial vehicles (uavs) with intelligent robot sensing technology emerges as a transformative solution to address the safety and efficiency challenges inherent in live work on distribution networks. this study underscores the critical importance of accurate safety distance measurements in mitigating risks associated with high-load electric energy transmission, highlighting the indispensable role of uavs in enhancing worker security and operational reliability. the comparative analysis conducted in this study reveals convincing verification of the effectiveness of uavs equipped with intelligent sensing technology. with accuracy rates of 92% and 96% for high-voltage circuits and 84% and 99% for low-voltage circuits, respectively, uavs demonstrate a clear advantage over traditional live work techniques. these findings underscore the potential of uavs to revolutionize safety protocols and standard practices in distribution network maintenance. by leveraging advanced sensing capabilities and unmanned aerial platforms, uavs offer exceptional precision and reliability in safety distance measurements. moreover, the adoption of uavs in live work safety distance measurements represents a paradigm shift towards data-driven decision-making and automation in electrical infrastructure maintenance. the integration of uavs with intelligent sensing technology offers significant advancements in safety for live work on distribution networks. however, challenges exist, such as environmental dependencies and line-of-sight restrictions, which can affect reliability, particularly in adverse weather or densely populated areas. additionally, scaling uav deployment and ensuring cost-effectiveness remain areas for exploration. further research is needed to refine uav technologies, optimize deployment strategies, and explore integration with ai and autonomous systems for maximum effectiveness. 9. declarations 9.1. author contributions conceptualization, y.j. and x.p.; methodology, x.p., z.z., h.j., and j.s.; software, y.j. and p.z.; validation, y.j., x.p., and z.z.; formal analysis, y.j., l.w., and j.s.; investigation, x.p. and l.w.; resources, y.j. and p.z.; data curation, z.z., h.j., and p.z.; writing—original draft preparation, y.j., x.p., and h.j.; writing—review and editing, l.w. and j.s.; visualization, y.j. and h.j.; supervision, y.j. and z.z.; project administration, y.j., x.p., and z.z.; funding acquisition, y.j. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 9.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 9.3. funding this research study is sponsored by science and technology project of state grid corporation of china. the name of the project is research and development of an intelligent safety monitoring system for live operations in a distribution network based on uav ai recognition. the project number is tss2020-05. 9.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 612 9.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 9.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 10. references [1] zhang, j., hu, y., xu, s., zhang, t., ren, s., & wang, m. (2021). design and analysis of terminal live installation tool for robot in distribution work. procedia computer science, 183(1), 412–417. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2021.02.078. [2] huang, l., zhai, d., li, r., ren, z., & wang, p. (2019). research and discussion on safety and protection technology of distribution network in rural areas in the future. power system protection and control 47(2), 167–174. doi:10.7667/pspc171888. [3] deng, w., zhuang, w., qin, h., li, l., & feng, m. (2017). experimental study on the safe distance of typical electrode for ±200 kv converter station. high voltage apparatus, 53(12), 112–118. doi:10.13296/j.1001-1609.hva.2017.12.018. [4] wang, b., yue, s., wu, y., ding, y., zhang, z., hou, t., & han, j. (2017). research on security distance of live working on 220 kv transmission line at high altitudes. power system protection and control, 45(24), 158–162. doi:10.7667/pspc161880. [5] wang, y., e, s., ma, y., long, g., wang, w., & wen, x. (2017). safe operation distance in dc field of ±200 kv convertor station. high voltage engineering, 43(6), 1958–1964. doi:10.13336/j.1003-6520.hve.20170527029. [6] quan, l., li, c., feng, z., & liu, j. (2017). algorithm of works’ decision for three arms robot in greenhouse based on control with motion sensing technology. transactions of the chinese society for agricultural machinery, 48(3), 14–23. doi:10.6041/j.issn.1000-1298.2017.03.002. [7] lu, f., liu, s., & tian, g. (2019). methods for sensor data mapping and automatic service composition in intelligent robot service environment. robot, 41(1), 30–39. doi:10.13973/j.cnki.robot.18055. [8] liu, y., li, z., liu, h., kan, z., & xu, b. (2020). bioinspired embodiment for intelligent sensing and dexterity in fine manipulation: a survey. ieee transactions on industrial informatics, 16(7), 4308–4321. doi:10.1109/tii.2020.2971643. [9] mukherjee, s., kumar, r., & borah, s. (2021). obstacle-avoiding intelligent algorithm for quad wheel robot path navigation. international journal of intelligent unmanned systems, 9(1), 29–41. doi:10.1108/ijius-12-2019-0074. [10] yang, l., li, e., long, t., fan, j., & liang, z. (2019). a novel 3-d path extraction method for arc welding robot based on stereo structured light sensor. ieee sensors journal, 19(2), 763–773. doi:10.1109/jsen.2018.2877976. [11] gu, s., hu, k., liu, l., li, z., chen, z., qiao, m., & jiang, w. (2022). design and application of single-arm live working robot system on transmission line. journal of physics: conference series, 2166(1), 12019. doi:10.1088/17426596/2166/1/012019. [12] zou, d., fan, s., peng, s., liu, l., jiang, z., & jiang, w. (2022). design and research on the automatic online and offline system of live working robot on transmission lines. journal of physics: conference series, 2166(1), 12032. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/2166/1/012032. [13] zou, d., jiang, z., liu, l., dai, c., & jiang, w. (2024). design and simulation of autonomous up-and-down system for transmission line live operation robot with the uav assistance. journal of physics: conference series, 2731(1), 12007. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/2731/1/012007. [14] quan, w., zou, d., xi, c., qiao, m., liu, l., & jiang, w. (2023). simulation research on trajectory planning of double-arm cooperative live working robot for transmission lines. journal of physics: conference series, 2433(1), 12013. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/2433/1/012013. [15] zhao, h., fan, m., pei, s., zheng, w., fang, j., & liang, w. (2023). design and development of ground wire repair robot for transmission line. journal of physics: conference series, 2560(1), 12032. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/2560/1/012032. [16] xie, h., liu, z., xu, x., & zhang, j. (2020). research on the safe distance between passing ship and offshore drilling platform based on theory and statistics. proceedings of the institution of mechanical engineers part m: journal of engineering for the maritime environment, 234(3), 642–650. doi:10.1177/1475090220902305. [17] lu, z., kang, l., gao, s., & meng, q. (2018). determination of minimum distance to obstacle avoidance in the singapore strait. transportation research record, 2672(11), 73–80. doi:10.1177/0361198118794056. [18] yoshida, t., takeuchi, i., & karasuyama, m. (2019). safe triplet screening for distance metric learning. neural computation, 31(12), 2432–2491. doi:10.1162/neco_a_01240. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 613 [19] zhidu, h., bo, f., & shengchao, j. (2017). reliability evaluation of wind transmission performance and windstorm warning in regional transmission and distribution network based on gis. boletin tecnico/technical bulletin, 55(11), 567–573. [20] paula, a., fragoso, a., fortes, m., ferreira, v., & pereira, a. (2017). harmonic analysis of lighting technology application case study in distribution network: smart city buzios. cired open access proceedings journal, 2017(1), 659–662. doi:10.1049/oap-cired.2017.0627. [21] gunji, b., deepak, b. b. v. l., saraswathi, m. b. l., & mogili, u. r. (2019). optimal path planning of mobile robot using the hybrid cuckoo–bat algorithm in assorted environment. international journal of intelligent unmanned systems, 7(1), 35–52. doi:10.1108/ijius-07-2018-0021. [22] zhang, y., xu, k., zheng, c., feng, w., & xu, g. (2017). advanced research on information perception technologies of intelligent electric vehicles. chinese journal of scientific instrument, 38(4), 794–805. [23] zhou, a. l., & wang, d. c. (2018). analysis of intelligent casting and present status and key technology of robot application. zhuzao/foundry, 67(1), 11–13. [24] scherer, j., & rinner, b. (2020). multi-robot patrolling with sensing idleness and data delay objectives. journal of intelligent and robotic systems: theory and applications, 99(3–4), 949–967. doi:10.1007/s10846-020-01156-6. [25] burkhard, n. t., cutkosky, m. r., & ryan steger, j. (2018). slip sensing for intelligent, improved grasping and retraction in robot-assisted surgery. ieee robotics and automation letters, 3(4), 4148–4155. doi:10.1109/lra.2018.2863360. [26] wang, g., & zhou, j. (2021). dynamic robot path planning system using neural network. journal of intelligent and fuzzy systems, 40(2), 3055–3063. doi:10.3233/jifs-189344. [27] cheng, c., guo, x., chen, x., li, c., & xiong, h. (2018). control system development of intelligent robot based on mindstorms. journal of wuhan university of technology (transportation science and engineering), 42(2), 247–252. doi:10.3963/j.issn.2095-3844.2018.02.016. [28] yan, c., wang, j., fu, l., jiang, c., chen, m., & ren, y. (2018). timing synchronization and ranging in networked uavaided ofdm systems. journal of communications and information networks, 3(4), 45–54. doi:10.1007/s41650-018-0037-y. [29] lee, k. w., & park, j. k. (2019). comparison of uav image and uav lidar for construction of 3d geospatial information. sensors and materials, 31(10), 3327–3334. doi:10.18494/sam.2019.2466. [30] cao, g., gu, q., jiang, y., li, y., mao, j., xiu, l., wang, x., & jiang, z. (2019). current interference of hvdc ground electrode to buried pipelines and its personal safety distance. natural gas industry b, 6(5), 427–434. doi:10.1016/j.ngib.2019.03.001. [31] yin, c. p., zhang, s. t., dong, y. w., ye, q. w., & li, q. (2021). molecular-dynamics study of multi-pulsed ultrafast laser interaction with copper. advances in production engineering and management, 16(4), 457–472. doi:10.14743/apem2021.4.413. [32] buń, p., grajewski, d., & górski, f. (2021). using augmented reality devices for remote support in manufacturing: a case study and analysis. advances in production engineering and management, 16(4), 418–430. doi:10.14743/apem2021.4.410. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 463 issn: 2723-9535 hardware engineering of hazardous gas and alcoholic substances detector in meat using microcontroller and gas sensor iswanto suwarno 1* , purwono purwono 2 , alfian ma’arif 3 1 department of electrical engineering, universitas muhammadiyah yogyakarta, yogyakarta, indonesia. 2 department of informatics, universitas harapan bangsa, purwokerto, indonesia. 3 department of electrical engineering, universitas ahmad dahlan, yogyakarta, indonesia. received 26 may 2023; revised 30 july 2023; accepted 08 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract meat may provide not only essential nutritional content but also possible harmful effects on human bodies. unsafe consumption of meat potentially triggers colorectal cancer risks. grilling is the most popular way to consume meat. however, meat grilling triggers the formation of hazardous chemical substances such as poisonous polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pahs). this study conducted experiments using hardware engineering with microcontrollers and different gas sensors, aiming to identify gas substances produced by meat during grilling. the hardware prototype for the test simulation tool was assembled with integrated block systems and circuits. evaluations were conducted on the direct grilling of three different types of meat. the data results were then utilized to analyze gas substances produced by meat during direct grilling. based on the results, only five of the seven mq-type gas sensors used in the research reacted to gas substances produced by all types of meat: lpg, alcohol, carbon monoxide, methane, and carbon dioxide, which were successfully detected in meat during grilling. our research contributes to discovering a potential prevalence of increased alcoholic content in meat that has been grilled for five minutes. this finding is especially crucial for muslims since it is highly correlated with halal certification of meat consumption. according to the results, muslims should wait at least seven minutes or more after direct grilling to let the alcoholic content in meat thoroughly decrease so that it can be safely certified as halal to be consumed according to islamic laws. keywords: food production; compounds; gas; meat; microcontroller; sensor. 1. introduction the central bureau of statistics of indonesia, in its study publication of staple food consumption in 2019, stated that indonesia has a high meat consumption. in terms of production, since 2017, indonesia has produced 3.5 million tons of meat consisting of beef, buffalo, lamb, pork, and chicken [1]. however, the high consumption rate related to the need for meat in indonesia, especially beef, demands a separate import policy [2]. in indonesia, there has always been a gap between supply and demand for beef, with national beef production only meeting around 45% of the demand [3]. meat ranks among the most important, nutritious, and preferred foods available to humans, which helps fulfill most of their bodily needs [4]. meat certainly has good nutritional content for the human body, such as being a source of protein and some essential vitamins [5]. beef and lamb are high-quality dietary protein sources for human metabolism due to their amino acid constituents [6]. * corresponding author: iswanto_te@umy.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8459-3920 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7357-0405 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3482-971x hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 464 the nutrition and safety of dietary meat have a significant role in the quality of human life [7]. proper food processing and preparation are necessary before the meat can be directly consumed [8]. aside from its good nutrition for human bodies, meat might have negative impacts on them [9]. for example, processed red meat is suspected of having harmful effects on the colon and improving the risks of colorectal cancer [10, 11] and breast cancer [12]. much evidence from long-term prospective cohort studies has shown that diets high in red and processed meats are associated with increased risks of type-2 diabetes (t2d), cardiovascular disease (cvd), cancer (especially colorectal cancer), and many other death causes [13]. there is also the term residue in heat-treated and fermented meat, which is potentially harmful to health [14]. some examples of residues in meat that may be harmful to the body if they are present in high numbers are nitrites and nitrates [15]. one of the most popular ways to consume meat is by grilling. the grilling process of meat apparently triggers the formation of some chemical substances [16] that may be harmful to human bodies. gas compounds (ethane, hexane, no2, n2o, so2, nh3, and hcl) are also produced during meat grilling [17]. moreover, according to the gas chromatography and mass spectroscopy (gc/ms) analysis, meat grilling also forms polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pahs). several pahs found in meat grilling are: naphthalene, fluoranthene, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, and benzo(a)pyrene, which are included as poisonous gas compounds. as mentioned above, it is known that some of the substances and compounds contained in meat are harmful to human bodies. these hazardous substances can cause disease in humans. grilled meat consumption is associated with exposure to carcinogenic compounds and increases cancer risk [18]. the world health organization (who) has also included processed and red dietary meat in foods with carcinogenic compounds [19]. according to islamic perspectives and views, the alcoholic content contained in food is a sensitive matter. regulation of ethanol content limits in halal food industries is necessary for facilitating food production that fulfills islamic criteria [20]. in islamic views, halal means the food is certified and allowed to be consumed by muslims [21]. on the contrary, the term haram means prohibited by islamic laws. as for alcoholic content in food, it has been regulated using halal certifications applied in many islamic countries [22]. information technology improvements have penetrated various food system areas [23]. it is quite interesting that omics technology has been applied to investigate food as a component of a health or illness status [24]. omics is a comprehensive or global molecular biological analysis [25]. “omics” technology, including genomics, transcriptomics, proteomics, and metabolomics, has generated a large amount of data, such as sequences and expressions of gene-toprotein, as well as metabolite patterns [26, 27]. industry 4.0 components, such as robotics [28], the internet of things [29], big data [30], augmented reality, cybersecurity, and blockchain [31], have recently transformed many industries and manufacturing, including the agri-food sector [32], such as the meat industry [33]. in addition, the internet of things (iot), a popular technology, has been utilized to identify factors that damage food quality accurately [34]. much research has been conducted to investigate and extend insights into meat cooking processes. research by sumer and oz [35] analyzed the effects of the beef meat cooking process by direct and indirect grilling on the formation of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pahs). the evaluation was also conducted with two different degrees of doneness: medium and well-done. apparently, all samples of well-cooked beef meat by the direct grilling method produced the highest levels of these gas substances: bap (0.49 ng/g), ∑pah4 (6.35 ng/g), and ∑pah8 (11.34 ng/g). another study by fedorov et al. [36] identified the cooking degree of grilled chicken meat using electronic nose technology. fedorov analyzed the physicochemical control technique during the grilling of chicken meat. thermogravimetric, differential mobility, and mass spectrometric analyses were utilized to deepen fundamental insights into the grilling process. the electronic nose successfully detected the doneness state of grilled chicken meat. similar research by moran et al. [37] performed an analysis of the doneness and volatile profile of cooked meat. the grilling processes used in the research were used at extraction temperatures of 30, 60, and 80 oc in 30 and 50 minutes, respectively. study findings showed that a higher extraction temperature might increase the detection of heavy volatile compounds, while sample preparations had little influence on the volatile profile of the meat. another study by kafaouris et al. [38] conducted an analysis of the prevalence of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in charcoal-grilled meat. melakukan analisis keberadaan hidrokarbon aromatik polisiklik dalam daging panggang arang. research methods were based on saponification and liquid extraction steps, followed by solid phase extraction (spe) cleanup of the extract, and lastly, pah was determined using high-performance liquid chromatography by a fluorescence detector. the study results revealed that the highest concentration of pah was found in samples with a higher fat content and a longer smoking or cooking process. however, according to literature reviews, there has been no technical investigation and analysis on ethanolic content contained in meat during the grilling process within a particular period. a research gap can be found in those studies; generally, most studies only focused on analyzing pah compounds during grilling. this research gap triggers authors to assess the potential ethanolic content of meat during grilling. specifically, this research contributes to applying hardware engineering with microcontrollers and gas sensors to identify gas substances that may be produced by chicken, beef, and pork meat during grilling. then, the gas substances found would be analyzed further to assess which type of direct-grilled meat has the most harmful gas substances for human bodies. moreover, the ethanolic content potentially contained in meat during grilling will be associated with islamic laws regarding halal-haram in food certification. in islamic views, food may be considered haram if it contains ethanol at a particular concentration. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 465 2. method an experimental method was used in the research. in the experimental method, several tests were conducted based on relevant literature study reviews. at least eight methodological steps were conducted in the research: defining the research questions, specifying research keywords, conducting a literature survey, analyzing the research gap, determining research contributions, and finally, performing hardware engineering to support the analysis of the experiments. the methodological steps can be illustrated as presented in figure 1. figure 1. research flow using the experimental method 2.1. defining the research question a potential prevalence of chemical gas substances and increased ethanolic content in grilled meat were assumed at the beginning of the research. then, the research problem was formulated in these research questions: 1) what are gas substances that can be detected in grilled meat?” ; 2) “how are the characteristics of these gas substances during grilling at a particular cooking period?”; 3) “what is the concentration of alcoholic or ethanolic content in meat cooked by the direct grilling method?”. these research questions became the key to the research that the experiments would evaluate. 2.2. specifying research keywords based on the formulated research question, several main keywords were used as research tools used in literature surveys: halal, meat consumption, meat cooking process, ethanol content, and hardware engineering. 2.3. literature survey this step collected research with topics related to the main keywords to support the experiment. primary and secondary literature, such as books and academic papers, were used in this step. the literature survey results will be collected as a literature review and be analyzed further to determine the research gap in the next methodological step. 2.4. research gap analysis and contributions the key points of previous research collected in the literature survey were summarized and analyzed to determine the research gap in the research gap and contribution analysis. the research gap and novel contributions were then determined and later used as fundamental supports in designing the system prototype in the next methodological step. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 466 2.5. design the next step was to design hardware and software engineering systems. this includes designing the system’s block diagram and wiring diagram. the block diagram of the system is shown in figure 2. figure 2. system’s block diagram the gas detector system in grilled meat was designed based on arduino and a closed-loop control system. the closedloop control system was used so that the resulting output of the system could be expected as a reference. the designed system started with electrical input generated from a 5v dc power supply to excite arduino as the system’s microcontroller. the resistance value was generated by gas sensors based on the gas substance detected in meat; these values were inputted by the gas sensors to be processed by the microcontroller. then, the microcontroller would send an analog signal displayed on the computer in numeric values processed by the arduino uno microcontroller. the resistance values displayed on the computer would be used as experimental data and analyzed further to compare gas substances among several types of meat. seven gas sensors were used in the system: mq-2, mq-3, mq-7, mq-9, mq-135, mq-136, and mq-137. each type of gas sensor used in the system detects different gas substances [39-42]. mq-2 gas sensor is also known as a smoke detector, which detects flammable gas concentration and reads it as an analog voltage. the sensitivity of mq-2 gas sensor can be adjusted directly. mq-3 sensor is a gas sensor used to detect alcohol in air. the mq-3 sensor can also be used in security surveillance systems, fire prevention systems, and other applications that require alcohol detection. mq7 sensor detects carbon monoxide (co) for daily use, industrial use, or automobile systems. mq-9 sensor is an analog gas sensor that can detect carbon monoxide, methane, and liquified petroleum gas (lpg); it is susceptible to pollutants and gas substances from motor vehicles. mq-135 is a chemical gas sensor highly sensitive to nh3, nox, alcohol, benzol, smoke (co), co2, and other gas compounds; the gas sensor works by changing electrical resistance value (analog) depending on detected gas substances. mq-136 sensor is a semiconductor component that functions to sense tin oxide (sno2) since its characteristic is highly sensitive to so2 gas compounds. mq 137 is a sensitive sensor made of tin oxide gas compounds (sno2); the sensor’s conductivity is low when located in places with clean air but increases with the detection of increased gas concentration. the wiring of electrical components in the gas detector system is shown in figure 3. as illustrated in figure 3, the arduino uno microcontroller is connected to each gas sensor. the red cable is the ground/gnd (-), while the blue cable is connected to the positive voltage input vin(+). the yellow cable connects each gas sensor’s output with the microcontroller’s input/output (i/o) pins. figure 3. wiring diagram of proposed gas detector system power controller (arduino) computer gas sensor gas 5vdc output input hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 467 the arduino uno is powered through a usb cable connected to the laptop. the microcontroller’s analog input pins are connected to an output pin of each gas sensor: a0 pin to mq-3, a1 pin to mq-136, a2 pin to mq-7, and so on. vin and gnd of those seven sensors are connected and wired in series to the microcontroller’s vin and gnd pins. then, the values generated from the sensor’s output will be displayed through a serial monitor in the arduino ide application installed on a laptop. the proposed gas detector system is designed as a tube-modeled tin container. the sides of the container are given holes where the gas sensors will be mounted so that the gas substances resulting from the meat grilling can be sensed directly by the gas sensors without any loss. the pcb and the arduino uno microcontroller are mounted on top of the tin container. the inventor software program is used as a design software application to illustrate the design visually. the illustration design of the proposed gas detector system can be seen in figure 4. figure 4. 3d illustration design of the proposed gas detector system 2.6. simulation several experiments were conducted during the simulation regarding programming the modeled and controlled system. a program to detect gas in meat was debugged and simulated using the arduino ide application on the serial monitor. experimental data from the sensor detecting gas substances in different grilled meat was collected. types of meat used in the research are chicken, beef, and pork. 2.7. implementation and testing the parameters used in the research were standard parameters of each gas sensor. table 1 lists all standard parameters of each gas sensor used in the research. table 1. gas sensors parameters no sensor detection range resistance of sensitive material 1 mq-2 200 – 5000 ppm lpg 2-20 kω(in 2000 ppm c3h8 ) 2 mq-3 20~ 500 ppm alcohol 1～400 kω(in air) 3 mq-7 10 to 500 ppm co gas 2-20k 4 mq-9 20-2000 ppm carbon monoxide 2k-20k(in 100 ppm co ) 5 mq-135 10-300 ppm nh3 30-200 kω 6 mq-136 1-100 ppm h2s 30-200 kω 7 mq-137 rs(in air) / rs(50 ppmnh3) ≥2 5～500 ppm nh3 in implementation and testing, all elements of the research were combined; communication between arduino uno as the microcontroller and seven gas sensors to detect gas substances in grilled meat was established. testing was conducted partially to ensure no malfunction in the components, and entirely as a whole complete system. the proposed gas detector system was also implemented and tested in several steps. the first test was conducted with a grilling without any meat on the grill to observe the change in the sensor’s output value. then, the test was conducted with a grilling of different types of meat to compare the gas substances. additionally, implementation and testing were conducted to assess whether the proposed gas detector system can perform as expected in the research objective: to accurately analyze and compare gas substances in different types of grilled meat. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 468 3. result and discussion after designing the overall hardware and software of the proposed gas detector system, a prototype was made to be implemented and tested. testing was conducted to obtain experimental data, and implementation was conducted to obtain experimental data. in this section, the results will be analyzed comprehensively to assess and compare gas substances contained in different types of meat during the grilling process. 3.1. building the prototype a prototype of the proposed gas detector system in grilled meat was made based on a visual and concept design in figure 4. the result of this process can be seen in figure 5. figure 5. prototype design of gas substances detector in meat the seven gas sensors used have distinctive characteristics in detecting gas substances. ideally, the proposed system requires 30 minutes of initial preparation before operating normally; some gas sensors must be pre-heated before detecting gas substances. based on the gas sensors’ characteristics, gas substances that can be detected using the proposed system are lpg, alcohol, carbon monoxide, methane, nitrogen oxide, hydrogen sulfide, and ammonia. in line with the research objectives, the prototype system design was focused on determining gas sensors that can detect and react to alcoholic substances contained in meat during the grilling process. 3.2. implementation and testing the first test was conducted without any meat to be grilled. each sensor’s output value in a specific time interval was recorded. the results of the first test can be seen in table 2. table 2. gas sensors output in the first test no time mq-2 mq-3 mq-7 mq-9 mq-135 mq-136 mq-137 1 5 seconds 254 244 268 134 206 543 387 2 10 seconds 254 245 268 134 206 543 386 3 15 seconds 254 244 267 134 206 542 387 4 20 seconds 254 244 267 134 206 542 386 5 25 seconds 254 244 267 133 206 542 387 6 30 seconds 254 244 267 133 206 543 386 7 35 seconds 254 244 267 133 206 543 387 8 40 seconds 254 244 267 134 206 543 387 9 45 seconds 254 244 267 133 205 542 387 10 50 seconds 254 244 267 134 206 542 387 11 55 seconds 254 243 268 133 205 542 387 12 60 seconds 254 244 267 134 205 543 387 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 469 based on table 2, the sensors’ output tended to be stable in 30 seconds after the system was turned on. a slight change in output values is expected due to measurement noise and external disturbances. the next step of the test is to analyze the gas substances resulting from the meat grilling process. a piece of meat was grilled on fire inside the container, which resulted in an air full of smoke containing different gas substances. the gas sensors then detected gas substances in the smoke, resulting in different analog output values. different types of meat were used in the research: chicken, beef, and pork meat; each was conducted in three conditions. thus, three datasets can be obtained: test results taken directly after 5-minute grilling, test results taken at five minutes after grilling, and test results taken at seven minutes after grilling. the gas substances detected by seven gas sensors in each meat were then analyzed and compared. the change of gas substances in the air inside the container resulting from grilling different meat detected by each gas sensor was then compared. for example, mq-2 gas sensor, which detects inflammable gas substance such as lpg, were used to analyze which type of meat results in the highest inflammable gas substances. the meat sometimes burns during grilling due to its burnt oil. in other words, the output of the mq-2 gas sensor can indirectly detect the oil content inside grilled meat. in the first evaluation, the measurement results of the mq-2 gas sensor when detecting gas substances in different types of meat after being grilled for 5 minutes can be seen in figure 6. figure 6. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-2 gas sensor’s output at 5-minute grilling according to figure 6, the output of mq-2 gas sensor in grilled chicken meat, which was shown by the blue line, increased from 117 to 169, while the results in red line, which indicates the result from pork, decreased from 189 to 136. meanwhile, the green line indicating beef result also decreased from 188 to 157. this finding shows that the chicken meat was easier to become burnt than beef and pork meat when grilled. according to figure 7, gas substances detected by the mq-2 gas sensor in chicken meat at 5 minutes after grilling decreased slightly from 129 to 117, whereas the results in pork increased from 151 to 214. the gas substance detected in beef at 5 minutes after grilling also increased slightly from 191 to 198. figure 7. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-2 gas sensor’s output at 5 minutes after grilling 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq2 sensor at 5 minutes burning chicken pork beef 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq2 sensor after burning 5 minutes chicken pork beef hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 470 based on figure 8, no significant change in gas substances was detected by the mq-2 gas sensor in chicken meat at 7 minutes after grilling. however, there was a slight increase of gas substances detected in pork from 125 to 146; similarly, the gas substances detected in beef also increased from 167 to 172. figure 8. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-2 gas sensor’s output at 7 minutes after grilling in comparison, mq-3 gas sensor detects alcoholic substances. therefore, the results from mq-3 gas sensor can be used to identify which type of meat has the least and the highest alcoholic substances among chicken, beef, and pork. similar to the prior test, three evaluations were conducted in this test. the measurement results of the mq-2 gas sensor when detecting gas substances in different types of meat at 5-minute grilling can be seen in figure 9. figure 9. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-3 gas sensor’s output at 5-minute grilling based on figure 9, the output of mq-3 gas sensor in chicken meat taken directly after grilling, which was shown by the blue line, increased from 446 to 700, while the results in red line, which indicates the result from pork, also increased from 510 to 655. meanwhile, the green line indicating beef result increased greatly from 210 to 589. thus, it can be seen that the alcoholic substances contained in grilled meat increased when measured directly after grilling. according to halal certification, muslims are prohibited from consuming pork [43] regardless of its food processing method. unlike pork, beef and chicken are halal foods in islam. however, a significant increase in alcoholic substances in grilled chicken and beef must be considered, especially by muslims who directly consume grilled meat. currently, many restaurants provide direct grilling on one of their menus. thus, muslims must be careful in consuming grilled meat directly due to its potential high alcohol content. 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 185 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 3 1 0 3 2 0 3 3 0 3 4 0 3 5 0 3 6 0 3 7 0 3 8 0 3 9 0 4 0 0 4 1 0 4 2 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq2 sensor after burning 7 minutes chicken pork beef 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq sensor at 5 minutes burning chicken pork beef hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 471 the measurement results from the mq-3 gas sensor in different types of meat at five minutes after being grilled can be seen in figure 10. according to the figure, the output of mq-3 gas sensor in chicken meat detected five minutes after being grilled, as shown by the blue line, decreased from 737 to 647. the decrease in alcoholic substances is a good indicator for a safe consumption of grilled meat based on the halal criterion; muslims must wait a few minutes until the alcoholic content decreases. the results in red line, which indicates the result from pork, decreased from 637 to 641. meanwhile, the green line indicating beef result shows an increase from 372 to 420. different from grilled chicken, grilled beef apparently still has increased alcoholic substances even in five minutes after grilling. hence, the consumption of grilled beef must take longer than 5 minutes after grilling until the alcoholic content decreases. for comparison, the measurement results from the mq-3 gas sensor in different types of meat at 7 minutes after being grilled can be seen in figure 11. figure 10. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-3 gas sensor’s output at 5 minutes after grilling figure 11. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-3 gas sensor’s output at 7 minutes after grilling according to figure 11, the output of mq-2 gas sensor in chicken meat, which was shown by the blue line, decreased from 692 to 571. the red line, which indicates measurement in pork, also showed a decrease from 738 to 609. besides, the green line indicating beef measurement results showed an increase from 375 to 421. within seven minutes, the alcoholic content of grilled chicken decreased, but apparently, the alcoholic content of grilled beef still increased. thus, muslims should not consume grilled beef directly after grilling due to its high alcoholic content. grilled beef and chicken consumption should take longer than 7 minutes after grilling. however, these early identifications of alcoholic content in grilled beef and chicken must be studied further based on the islamic halal criterion to decide the actual safe-consumption time. 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq3 sensor after burning 5 minutes chicken pork beef 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 3 1 0 3 2 0 3 3 0 3 4 0 3 5 0 3 6 0 3 7 0 3 8 0 3 9 0 4 0 0 4 1 0 4 2 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq3 sensor after burning 7 minutes chicken pork beef hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 472 the mq-7 gas sensor detects carbon monoxide; the use of mq-7 gas sensor in the research was to identify which type of grilled meat had the highest amount of carbon monoxide. similarly, evaluations for mq-7 gas sensor were done three times. the measurement results of the mq-7 gas sensor when detecting carbon monoxide in different types of meat after being grilled for 5 minutes can be seen in figure 12. figure 12. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-7 gas sensor’s output at 5-minute grilling as in figure 12, the blue line shows the measurement results of mq-7 in detecting gas substances in grilled chicken; the results fluctuated in a range of 221 to 365. similarly, the red line, which shows measurement results in grilled pork, also fluctuated in a range of 350 to 453. moreover, the green line shows that the measurement results in grilled beef had fluctuating values of 242 to 370. in contrast, the measurement results in grilled chicken taken at 5 minutes after grilling decreased from 293 to 278, as can be seen in the blue line in figure 13. similarly, the red line, which shows the measurement results in grilled pork, decreased from 273 to 272. the measurement results in grilled beef also decreased from 312 to 278, as can be seen in the green line. figure 13. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-7 gas sensor’s output at 5 minutes after grilling however, different results were found among grilled chicken, pork, and beef when the measurement was taken at seven minutes after grilling. as shown in figure 14, the blue line showing the content of gas substances detected by mq-7 gas sensor in grilled chicken has increased from 245 to 262. similarly, the measurement results for grilled beef also increased from 245 to 262, as seen in the red line. in contrast, the measurement results in grilled pork decreased from 294 to 262, as seen in the green line. 160 210 260 310 360 410 460 510 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq7 sensor at 5 minutes burning chicken pork beef 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq7 sensor after burning 5 minutes chicken pork beef hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 473 figure 14. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-7 gas sensor’s output at 7 minutes after grilling the mq-9 gas sensor detects methane gas as the exhaust gas emitted by the grilled meat. thus, the use of mq-9 gas sensor in the research was to evaluate which type of grilled meat caused the highest methane gas. the evaluations were also done three times. the measurement results of the mq-9 gas sensor when detecting gas substances in different types of meat after being grilled for 5 minutes can be seen in figure 15. according to the figure, the output of mq-9 gas sensor in chicken meat detected five minutes after being grilled, as shown by the blue line, fluctuated greatly in a range of 185 to 512. the results in red line, which indicates the result from pork, also fluctuated greatly in a range of 328 to 458. similarly, the green line indicating beef results shows fluctuating values ranging from 185 to 466. for comparison, the measurement results from the mq-9 gas sensor in different types of meat at 5 minutes after being grilled can be seen in figure 16. figure 15. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-9 gas sensor’s output at 5-minute grilling according to figure 16, methane gas detected by the mq-9 gas sensor in chicken meat at 5 minutes after grilling, as shown by the blue line, decreased slightly from 289 to 229; whereas the results in pork, as seen in the red line, increased from 287 to 292. the gas substance detected in beef at 5 minutes after grilling also increased slightly from 245 to 262, as shown by the green line. for comparison, the measurement results from the mq-9 gas sensor in different types of meat at 7 minutes after being grilled can be seen in figure 17. as shown by the blue line in figure 17, the measurement results in chicken meat detected at 7 minutes after being grilled decreased from 244 to 227. similar results were also shown by the red line indicating measurement results in grilled pork; the amount of gas substance detected by the mq-9 gas sensor decreased from 303 to 290. however, the measurement results in grilled beef increased from 231 to 268, as seen in the green line. 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 3 1 0 3 2 0 3 3 0 3 4 0 3 5 0 3 6 0 3 7 0 3 8 0 3 9 0 4 0 0 4 1 0 4 2 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq7 sensor after burning 7 minutes chicken pork beef 180 230 280 330 380 430 480 530 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq9 sensor at 5 minutes burning chicken pork beef hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 474 figure 16. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-9 gas sensor’s output at 5 minutes after grilling figure 17. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-9 gas sensor’s output at 7 minutes after grilling the mq-135 detects another type of exhaust gas emitted during grilling: carbon dioxide. to identify and evaluate which type of meat emitted the highest amount of carbon dioxide during grilling, we used mq-135 gas sensor in the proposed system. three evaluations were also conducted for the mq-135 test results. the first measurement results for mq-135 gas sensor, which was taken directly after the meat was grilled for five minutes, were shown in figure 18. figure 18. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-135 gas sensor’s output at 5-minute grilling 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq9 sensor after burning 5 minutes chicken pork beef 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 3 1 0 3 2 0 3 3 0 3 4 0 3 5 0 3 6 0 3 7 0 3 8 0 3 9 0 4 0 0 4 1 0 4 2 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq9 sensor after burning 7 minutes chicken pork beef 190 240 290 340 390 440 490 540 590 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq135 sensor at 5 minutes burning chicken pork beef hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 475 according to figure 18, the measurement results in grilled chicken, beef, and pork, fluctuated in different ranges of values. as seen in the blue line, the measurement results of mq-135 gas sensor in grilled meat fluctuated greatly in a range of 234 to 562. similarly, the measurement results in grilled beef also fluctuated greatly in a range of 234 to 542, as seen in the green line. in addition, the measurement results in grilled pork had fluctuating values ranging from 412 to 533. the measurement results from the mq-135 gas sensor in different types of meat at five minutes after being grilled can be seen in figure 19. according to the figure, the output of mq-135 gas sensor in chicken meat detected five minutes after being grilled, as shown by the blue line, decreased from 362 to 243. as seen in red line, which indicates the result from pork, the measurement results also decreased from 328 to 209. similarly, the green line indicating beef results decreased from 341 to 289. for comparison, the measurement results from the mq-135 gas sensor in different types of meat at 7 minutes after being grilled can be seen in figure 20. figure 19. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-135 gas sensor’s output at 5 minutes after grilling figure 20. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-135 gas sensor’s output at 7 minutes after grilling based on figure 20, the output of mq-135 gas sensor in chicken meat detected seven minutes after being grilled, as shown by the blue line, decreased from 293 to 246. as seen in red line, which indicates the result from pork, the measurement results also decreased from 394 to 302. however, the green line indicating beef results increased slightly from 293 to 302. the mq-136 gas sensor also detects another exhaust gas called hydrogen sulfide. therefore, evaluations for mq-136 gas sensor aim to identify the amount of hydrogen sulfide contained in different types of meat during grilling. the first measurement results for mq-136 gas sensor, which was taken directly after the meat was grilled for five minutes, were shown in figure 21. 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq135 sensor after burning 5 minutes chicken pork beef 200 250 300 350 400 450 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 3 1 0 3 2 0 3 3 0 3 4 0 3 5 0 3 6 0 3 7 0 3 8 0 3 9 0 4 0 0 4 1 0 4 2 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq135 sensor after burning 7 minutes chicken pork beef hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 476 figure 21. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-136 gas sensor’s output at 5-minute grilling according to figure 21, hydrogen sulfide measurements in grilled chicken, beef, and pork were almost identical, with a flat-line tendency. moreover, the values were almost identical to the first test of mq-136 gas sensor’s output without any meat to be grilled inside the tube container (table 1). due to this fact, the grilling process of chicken, pork, and beef can be said not to have gas substances that the mq-136 gas sensor can detect. in addition, this finding was supported by the measurement results in grilled chicken, beef, and pork taken at five minutes and seven minutes after the grilling process, as shown in figures 22 and 23, respectively. figure 22. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-136 gas sensor’s output at 5 minutes after grilling figure 23. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-136 gas sensor’s output at 7 minutes after grilling 420 440 460 480 500 520 540 560 580 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq136 sensor at 5 minutes burning chicken pork beef 350 400 450 500 550 600 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq136 sensor after burning 5 minutes chicken pork beef 540 545 550 555 560 565 570 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 3 1 0 3 2 0 3 3 0 3 4 0 3 5 0 3 6 0 3 7 0 3 8 0 3 9 0 4 0 0 4 1 0 4 2 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq136 sensor after burning 7 minutes chicken pork beef hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 477 the mq-137 gas sensor detects another exhaust gas known as ammonia. thus, evaluations for the mq-137 gas sensor were conducted to identify which type of meat had the highest amount of ammonia when grilled. the measurement results of the mq-137 gas sensor in chicken meat, beef, and pork after being grilled for five minutes are shown in figure 24. figure 24. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-137 gas sensor’s output at 5-minute grilling the measurement results in figure 24 interestingly show similar results to the measurement results of hydrogen sulfide by the mq-136 gas sensor; the measurement results show insignificant change to the first test results without any meat being grilled inside the container (table 1). in addition, this finding was supported by the measurement results in grilled chicken, beef, and pork taken at five minutes and seven minutes after the grilling process, as shown in figure 22 and figure 23, respectively. it can be seen more clearly in figures 25 and 26 that the results tend to make a flat line. this means the grilled chicken, beef, and pork did not produce ammonia as exhaust gas. figure 25.comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-137 gas sensor’s output at 5 minutes after grilling based on the test results of mq-2 gas sensor, the type of meat that has the highest to the lowest average lpg content, respectively, are: chicken meat (194), beef (192), and pork (176). however, the respective order always changes when measured after a particular period. therefore, each type of meat has its own optimal waiting period after grilling for safe consumption. lpg or inflammable gas substances are commonly associated with pahs, as lpg is considered one of the most popular combustion household fuels that are the major source of pahs in indoor environments [44]. meanwhile, pahs are associated with cancer risk triggers [45]. referring to figure 6, the safest meat to be consumed directly after grilling is grilled chicken, followed by beef, and the most unsafe was grilled pork. this study finding aligns with study results by rejeb et al. [31], that meat with higher fat content may contain more pahs. 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq137 sensor at 5 minutes burning chicken pork beef 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq137 sensor after burning 5 minutes chicken pork beef hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 478 figure 26. comparison of gas substance in different types of meat based on mq-137 gas sensor’s output at 7 minutes after grilling regarding the alcoholic substances contained in the grilled meat, the highest alcoholic gas substance identified by the results of mq-3 was found in pork (739), followed by chicken meat (737), and the lowest was found in beef (607). most previous research found in the literature review only focused on detecting the formation of pahs, and no investigation into the alcoholic content contained in grilled meat could be found. another study was only focused on the cooking state of the meat and has not yet identified the ethanolic content contained in the cooked meat [29]. whereas, investigating alcoholic gas substances in food is crucial, especially for muslims, in making islamic halal food certifications. according to the test results, the alcoholic content of the grilled chicken and beef increased even after a 5-minute grilling was performed. thus, consuming grilled chicken and beef directly after grilling is considered unsafe for muslims. muslims are recommended to wait for at least seven minutes or more when consuming grilled chicken and meat so that the alcoholic content is thoroughly decreased. meanwhile, other air pollutants that could be detected in grilled chicken, beef, and pork were carbon monoxide, methane, and carbon dioxide. ammonia, a food contaminant regulated in many countries, could not be found in all types of grilled meat in the research. according to karim et al. [46], the ammonia content of frozen meat was found to be low even after high exposures. therefore, the proposed prototype design could actually detect ammonia gas substances in grilled meat, but the grilled meat was not contaminated with ammonia gas substances. it could also explain why hydrogen sulfide could not be detected using the proposed prototype system design; it was simply because the grilled meat was not contaminated with hydrogen sulfide. the highest carbon monoxide as exhaust gas based on test results of the mq-7 gas sensor was found in grilled pork (444), followed by grilled chicken (347), and the lowest was found in grilled beef (340). the highest methane gas based on the test results of the mq-9 gas sensor was found in grilled chicken (512), followed by beef (471), and pork (430). based on the test results of the mq-135 gas sensor, the highest carbon dioxide as exhaust gas was found in grilled chicken (562), followed by beef (541), and the lowest was found in pork (534). 4. conclusion according to the conducted experiment, the research successfully implemented new contributions of hardware engineering in the food industry by providing a novel gas substance detector and analyzer for grilled meat. using the proposed prototype design, gas substances detected in grilled chicken, beef, and pork meat were inflammable substances (lpg), alcohol gas, carbon monoxide, methane, and carbon dioxide. besides, it can be concluded, based on the research results, that consuming chicken and beef meat by direct grilling can be considered unsafe for muslims due to the increased alcoholic content. it is suggested that muslims wait at least seven minutes after direct grilling to consume grilled chicken and beef meat so that the alcoholic content will decrease thoroughly. this suggestion follows an appeal in islamic views to consume only halal-certified foods. further investigations on detecting alcoholic substances in more types of meat, such as deer and other meat consumable by muslims, are suggested. moreover, since the prototype gas substance detector in meat can detect gas substances containing carbons and hydrogens, the prototype gas substance detector using mq gas sensors proposed in the research may be utilized for other purposes in future research and investigations, such as: to differentiate types of meat contained in a grilled meatball; to distinguish the type of grilled meat or steak; or to detect grilled meat contaminated with ammonia. 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 400 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 1 4 0 1 5 0 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 1 9 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 2 4 0 2 5 0 2 6 0 2 7 0 2 8 0 2 9 0 3 0 0 3 1 0 3 2 0 3 3 0 3 4 0 3 5 0 3 6 0 3 7 0 3 8 0 3 9 0 4 0 0 4 1 0 4 2 0 s e n so r d a ta times (s) mq137 sensor after burning 7 minutes chicken pork beef hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 479 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, i.s.; methodology, i.s.; software, i.s.; validation, p.p. and a.m.; formal analysis, i.s.; investigation, i.s.; writing—original draft preparation, i.s.; writing—review and editing, p.p. and a.m.; visualization, p.p.; supervision, a.m. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] tenrisanna, v., & kasim, s. n. (2020). trends and forecasting of meat production and consumption in indonesia: livestock development strategies. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 492(1). doi:10.1088/1755-1315/492/1/012156. [2] chang, h. s. c., sumantri, i., panjaitan, t., hilmiati, n., edriantina, r., & prameswari, f. (2020). beef demand trends in indonesia and the implications for australian live cattle and beef exports. australasian agribusiness review, 28(4), 71-106. [3] agus, a., & widi, t. s. m. (2018). current situation and future prospects for beef cattle production in indonesia a review. asian-australasian journal of animal sciences, 31(7), 976–983. doi:10.5713/ajas.18.0233. [4] ahmad, r. s., imran, a., & hussain, m. b. (2018). nutritional composition of meat. meat science and nutrition. intechopen, london, united kingdom. doi:10.5772/intechopen.77045. [5] wood, j. d. (2023). meat composition and nutritional value. lawrie’s meat science, 665–685, woodhead publishing, sawston, united kingdom. doi:10.1016/b978-0-323-85408-5.00012-1. [6] cabrera, m. c., & saadoun, a. (2014). an overview of the nutritional value of beef and lamb meat from south america. meat science, 98(3), 435–444. doi:10.1016/j.meatsci.2014.06.033. [7] qu, c., li, y., du, s., geng, y., su, m., & liu, h. (2022). raman spectroscopy for rapid fingerprint analysis of meat quality and security: principles, progress and prospects. food research international, 161, 111805. doi:10.1016/j.foodres.2022.111805. [8] pogorzelska-nowicka, e., kurek, m., hanula, m., wierzbicka, a., & półtorak, a. (2022). formation of carcinogens in processed meat and its measurement with the usage of artificial digestion—a review. molecules, 27(14), 4668. doi:10.3390/molecules27144665. [9] thøgersen, r., & bertram, h. c. (2021). reformulation of processed meat to attenuate potential harmful effects in the gastrointestinal tract – a review of current knowledge and evidence of health prospects. trends in food science and technology, 108, 111–118. doi:10.1016/j.tifs.2020.12.015. [10] o'keefe, s. j. (2016). diet, microorganisms and their metabolites, and colon cancer. nature reviews gastroenterology & hepatology, 13(12), 691-706. doi:10.1038/nrgastro.2016.165. [11] turesky, r. j. (2018). mechanistic evidence for red meat and processed meat intake and cancer risk: a follow-up on the international agency for research on cancer evaluation of 2015. chimia, 72(10), 718–724. doi:10.2533/chimia.2018.718. [12] parada, h., steck, s. e., bradshaw, p. t., engel, l. s., conway, k., teitelbaum, s. l., neugut, a. i., santella, r. m., & gammon, m. d. (2017). grilled, barbecued, and smoked meat intake and survival following breast cancer. journal of the national cancer institute, 109(6), 1–8. doi:10.1093/jnci/djw299. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 480 [13] qian, f., riddle, m. c., wylie-rosett, j., & hu, f. b. (2020). red and processed meats and health risks: how strong is the evidence? diabetes care, 43(2), 265–271. doi:10.2337/dci19-0063. [14] biswas, a. k., jairath, g., mendiratta, s. k., kumar, d., & bauer, f. (2024). residues associated with meat production and processing. encyclopedia of meat sciences, 570–581, academic press, cambridge, united states. doi:10.1016/b978-0-32385125-1.00050-8. [15] nader, m., hosseininezhad, b., berizi, e., mazloomi, s. m., hosseinzadeh, s., zare, m., derakhshan, z., conti, g. o., & ferrante, m. (2022). the residual nitrate and nitrite levels in meat products in iran: a systematic review, meta-analysis and health risk assessment. environmental research, 207, 112180. doi:10.1016/j.envres.2021.112180. [16] haiba, n. s., asaal, a. m., el massry, a. m., ismail, i., basahi, j., & hassan, i. a. (2021). effects of “doneness” level on pah concentrations in charcoal-grilled beef and chicken: an egyptian study case. polycyclic aromatic compounds, 41(3), 553– 563. doi:10.1080/10406638.2019.1602062. [17] alves, c. a., evtyugina, m., vicente, e., vicente, a., gonçalves, c., neto, a. i., nunes, t., & kováts, n. (2022). outdoor charcoal grilling: particulate and gas-phase emissions, organic speciation and ecotoxicological assessment. atmospheric environment, 285, 119240. doi:10.1016/j.atmosenv.2022.119240. [18] manful, c. f., vidal, n. p., pham, t. h., nadeem, m., wheeler, e., hamilton, m. c., doody, k. m., & thomas, r. h. (2020). unfiltered beer based marinades reduced exposure to carcinogens and suppressed conjugated fatty acid oxidation in grilled meats. food control, 111, 107040. doi:10.1016/j.foodcont.2019.107040. [19] moguel-gloria, a., & vanegas-farfano, d. (2017). diet and cancer: the case of red and processed meat. médica sur, 23(2), 6873. [20] alzeer, j., & abou hadeed, k. (2016). ethanol and its halal status in food industries. trends in food science and technology, 58, 14–20. doi:10.1016/j.tifs.2016.10.018. [21] riaz, m. n., & riaz, n. m. (2024). requirements for halal food production. encyclopedia of food safety, 588–598, academic press, cambridge, united states. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12-822521-9.00003-4. [22] pauzi, n., man, s., nawawi, m. s. a. m., & abu-hussin, m. f. (2019). ethanol standard in halal dietary product among southeast asian halal governing bodies. trends in food science and technology, 86, 375–380. doi:10.1016/j.tifs.2019.02.042. [23] el bilali, h., & allahyari, m. s. (2018). transition towards sustainability in agriculture and food systems: role of information and communication technologies. information processing in agriculture, 5(4), 456–464. doi:10.1016/j.inpa.2018.06.006. [24] ortea, i. (2022). foodomics in health: advanced techniques for studying the bioactive role of foods. trac trends in analytical chemistry, 150, 116589. doi:10.1016/j.trac.2022.116589. [25] abdelkader, y., perez-davalos, l., leduc, r., zahedi, r. p., & labouta, h. i. (2023). omics approaches for the assessment of biological responses to nanoparticles. advanced drug delivery reviews, 200, 114992. doi:10.1016/j.addr.2023.114992. [26] arivaradarajan, p., & misra, g. (2018). omics approaches, technologies and applications, springer, singapore. doi:10.1007/978-981-13-2925-8. [27] ametaj, b. n. (2017). periparturient diseases of dairy cows, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-43033-1. [28] duong, l. n. k., al-fadhli, m., jagtap, s., bader, f., martindale, w., swainson, m., & paoli, a. (2020). a review of robotics and autonomous systems in the food industry: from the supply chains perspective. trends in food science & technology, 106, 355–364. doi:10.1016/j.tifs.2020.10.028. [29] misra, n. n., dixit, y., al-mallahi, a., bhullar, m. s., upadhyay, r., & martynenko, a. (2022). iot, big data, and artificial intelligence in agriculture and food industry. ieee internet of things journal, 9(9), 6305–6324. doi:10.1109/jiot.2020.2998584. [30] jin, c., bouzembrak, y., zhou, j., liang, q., van den bulk, l. m., gavai, a., liu, n., van den heuvel, l. j., hoenderdaal, w., & marvin, h. j. p. (2020). big data in food safetya review. current opinion in food science, 36, 24–32. doi:10.1016/j.cofs.2020.11.006. [31] rejeb, a., keogh, j. g., zailani, s., treiblmaier, h., & rejeb, k. (2020). blockchain technology in the food industry: a review of potentials, challenges and future research directions. logistics, 4(4), 27. doi:10.3390/logistics4040027. [32] furizal, f., ma’arif, a., firdaus, a. a., & rahmaniar, w. (2023). future potential of e-nose technology: a review. international journal of robotics and control systems, 3(3), 449–469. doi:10.31763/ijrcs.v3i3.1091. [33] echegaray, n., hassoun, a., jagtap, s., tetteh-caesar, m., kumar, m., tomasevic, i., goksen, g., & lorenzo, j. m. (2022). meat 4.0: principles and applications of industry 4.0 technologies in the meat industry. applied sciences (switzerland), 12(14), 1–19. doi:10.3390/app12146986. [34] ayaz, m., ammad-uddin, m., sharif, z., mansour, a., & aggoune, e. h. m. (2019). internet-of-things (iot)-based smart agriculture: toward making the fields talk. ieee access, 7, 129551–129583. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2932609. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 481 [35] sumer, g., & oz, f. (2023). the effect of direct and indirect barbecue cooking on polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon formation and beef quality. foods, 12(7). doi:10.3390/foods12071374. [36] fedorov, f. s., yaqin, a., krasnikov, d. v., kondrashov, v. a., ovchinnikov, g., kostyukevich, y., osipenko, s., & nasibulin, a. g. (2021). detecting cooking state of grilled chicken by electronic nose and computer vision techniques. food chemistry, 345, 128747. doi:10.1016/j.foodchem.2020.128747. [37] moran, l., aldai, n., & barron, l. j. r. (2021). elucidating the combined effect of sample preparation and solid-phase microextraction conditions on the volatile composition of cooked meat analyzed by capillary gas chromatography coupled with mass spectrometry. food chemistry, 352, 129380. doi:10.1016/j.foodchem.2021.129380. [38] kafouris, d., koukkidou, a., christou, e., hadjigeorgiou, m., & yiannopoulos, s. (2020). determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in traditionally smoked meat products and charcoal grilled meat in cyprus. meat science, 164, 108088. doi:10.1016/j.meatsci.2020.108088. [39] sarno, r., sabilla, s. i., wijaya, d. r., sunaryono, d., & fatichah, c. (2020). electronic nose dataset for pork adulteration in beef. data in brief, 32, 106139. doi:10.1016/j.dib.2020.106139. [40] sarno, r., triyana, k., sabilla, s. i., wijaya, d. r., sunaryono, d., & fatichah, c. (2020). detecting pork adulteration in beef for halal authentication using an optimized electronic nose system. ieee access. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3043394. [41] oates, m. j., gonzalez-teruel, j. d., ruiz-abellon, m. c., guillamon-frutos, a., ramos, j. a., & torres-sanchez, r. (2022). using a low-cost components e-nose for basic detection of different foodstuffs. ieee sensors journal, 22(14), 13872–13881. doi:10.1109/jsen.2022.3181513. [42] popa, a., hnatiuc, m., paun, m., geman, o., hemanth, d. j., dorcea, d., son, l. h., & ghita, s. (2019). an intelligent iotbased food quality monitoring approach using low-cost sensors. symmetry, 11(3), 374. doi:10.3390/sym11030374. [43] mansur, a. r., oh, j., lee, h. s., & oh, s. y. (2022). determination of ethanol in foods and beverages by magnetic stirringassisted aqueous extraction coupled with gc-fid: a validated method for halal verification. food chemistry, 366, 130526. doi:10.1016/j.foodchem.2021.130526. [44] tiwari, m., sahu, s. k., bhangare, r. c., ajmal, p. y., & pandit, g. g. (2013). estimation of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons associated with size segregated combustion aerosols generated from household fuels. microchemical journal, 106, 79–86. doi:10.1016/j.microc.2012.05.008. [45] kelly, j. m., ivatt, p. d., evans, m. j., kroll, j. h., hrdina, a. i. h., kohale, i. n., white, f. m., engelward, b. p., & selin, n. e. (2021). global cancer risk from unregulated polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons. geohealth, 5(9), 2021 000401. doi:10.1029/2021gh000401. [46] karim, f., hijaz, f., kastner, c. l., & smith, j. s. (2010). frozen beef contamination after exposure to low levels of ammonia gas. journal of food science, 75(2), 35– 39. doi:10.1111/j.1750-3841.2009.01488.x. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 1 issn: 2723-9535 impact of climate change on the performance of householdscale photovoltaic systems nándor bozsik 1* , andrás szeberényi 2 , norbert bozsik 3 1 donát bánki faculty of mechanical and safety engineering, óbuda university, 1081 budapest, hungary. 2 institute of communications and marketing, budapest metropolitan university, 1148 budapest, hungary. 3 institute of agricultural and food economics, hungarian university of agriculture and life sciences, hungary. received 24 september 2023; revised 11 february 2024; accepted 19 february 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract the objective of this article was to investigate the impacts of climate change on photovoltaic systems among renewable energies by the end of the 21st century. one hypothesis posited that due to decreased cloud cover as a result of changing climate, the geographical region under examination would receive more solar irradiation—usable by photovoltaic panels— which would in turn increase the annual electrical energy production of these systems. another hypothesis suggested that the average temperature increase, associated with changing climate conditions, would detrimentally affect the efficiency of electricity production in photovoltaic systems. the study was based on the simulation of a household-scale photovoltaic model. this simulation calculated the system's performance on an hourly basis depending on inputs and summed these to produce an annual value. input values were derived from climate scenario databases. these variables included global horizontal irradiance, direct horizontal irradiance, temperature, and wind speed. the output was the aforementioned quantity of annual electrical energy production. an analysis occurred between the annual average global horizontal irradiance and the annual average air temperature in relation to the quantities of annual electrical energy production. pearson and partial correlation examinations among the variables demonstrated that unfavorable scenarios resulted in reduced efficiency of photovoltaic electrical energy production, primarily due to rising temperatures. among other contributions, this article can support research into the active cooling of photovoltaic systems and the examination of their viability to mitigate efficiency losses caused by current and future temperature increases. keywords: solar panel; warming; efficiency; climate change; rcp scenario. 1. introduction the three localities examined in the article are situated within the carpathian basin of central europe, on the territory of hungary. simulations were conducted for each locality with the same parameters over ten-year intervals from 2010 to 2100. for all three localities, temporal simulations were based on three distinct climate scenarios, resulting in nine time series for analysis. these results were analyzed based on the most significant variables for electrical energy production—global horizontal irradiance and air temperature. this focus is due to the performance of photovoltaic cells fundamentally depends on two quantities: the solar irradiance incident on the cells and the cells' temperature. the former has a positive impact, while the latter has a negative impact on photovoltaic energy production [1]. naturally, more * corresponding author: bozsik.nandor@uni-obuda.hu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6798-3844 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1387-0350 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 2 factors are considered in the simulations. the incident solar radiation consists of both direct and diffuse radiation, with the latter further differentiated into atmospheric scattering and reflection from environmental surfaces such as soil, buildings, adjacent panel rows, etc. the temperature of photovoltaic cells fundamentally depends on the air temperature and the heat-generating effect of the current flowing within. the wind (speed, direction, humidity) and the parameters of heat-conducting elements (material, geometry) affect the dissipation of generated heat [2]. during fixed factors, a 38degree tilt of southern-facing roofs was assumed, which conforms to schuster's recommendations for maximizing annual yield at this latitude [3]. additionally, the installation method partially influences the degree of heat dissipation mentioned earlier. in the literature review, studies specifically examining the impact of climate change on photovoltaic electrical energy production in this geographic region are sparse or only tangentially addressed. most available studies analyze technological scenarios that combine other renewable energies (such as wind power), like those by campos et al. [4], or examine future targets and guidelines, as in atsu et al. [5]. some research investigates this theme from the perspective of future sustainability in energy diversification, especially regarding its economic and environmental aspects [6]. noteworthy is the work by baglivo et al., which studies changes in the photovoltaic (pv) systems' electricity supply as a consequence of climate change within a hypothetical mixed-energy community, analyzing the representative concentration pathways rcp4.5 and rcp8.5 in terms of photovoltaic energy production in two european cities, berlin and rome [7]. relevant too is the study by copiello and grillenzoni, which employs a spatial autoregressive model to assess the geographic distribution of photovoltaic production capacity [8]. oka et al.'s work also merits attention for considering future changes in energy production while taking into account the efficiency improvements in photovoltaic cells due to technological advancements [9]. there are also studies modeling changes in photovoltaic system energy production caused by climate change not based on climate scenarios but on mathematical probability forecasting [10] or machine learning [11–13], and others examining photovoltaic energy production in conjunction with other renewables in shaping future energy security [14]. this present study differs by performing correlation examinations between the primary input variables, the annual average solar irradiation and the annual average temperature, and the output variable, the quantity of annual electrical energy produced. it also conducts partial correlation analysis, considering each input variable as a control variable. 2. material and methods 2.1. the rcp a notable deficiency observed in earlier climate change models pertained to their omission of critical factors, namely, the incorporation of climate mitigation measures and the adaptive capacity inherent to the earth as a complex, dynamic system [15]. consequently, in 2007, the intergovernmental panel on climate change (ipcc) issued a call to the global scientific community to embark on the development of novel climate change scenarios. this imperative led to the release of the ar5 report by the ipcc in 2014, wherein these new scenarios, known as representative concentration pathways (rcps), were unveiled. the rcp framework comprises an intricate database encompassing historical emissions, greenhouse gas concentrations, and alterations in land cover. leveraging these datasets, the four distinctive rcp scenarios serve as vital inputs to climate models, enabling a more comprehensive exploration of potential future climate trajectories [16, 17]. 2.2. the radiative forcing radiative forcing is an indicator of changes in the energy balance. this is caused by the presence of atmospheric "forcing" substances, which can be gas, dust, etc., that affect the global energy balance and contribute to climate change [18]. in figure 1, the radiative forcing caused by global human activity is shown in high rcp8.5, medium-high rcp6, medium-low rcp4.5, and low rcp3-pd, also known as rcp2.6. in addition, there are two additional extensions: one that transitions the rcp6.0 level to rcp4.5 at 2250 (scp6 to 4.5), and the other that transitions the rcp4.5 level to rcp3-pd (rcp2.6), which also leads to level 2250 (scp45 to 3pd) [19–26]. emission forcing levels refer to default median estimates. there is great uncertainty regarding current and future radiation forcing levels (figure 1). short-term fluctuations in the past (1800–2000) are due to cyclical solar forcing, assuming an 11-year solar cycle [19]. the rcp database was first published in may 2009. the rcp contains four harmonized and consolidated datasets covering emission pathways from the same base year (2000) to 2100. the database includes, among other things, emissions of greenhouse gases (ghgs). in addition to carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, fluorinated gases, and short-lived greenhouse gases, radioactive and chemically active gases (black and organic carbon, methane, sulfur, nitrogen oxides, volatile organic compounds, carbon monoxide, and ammonia) also include radiative forcing and greenhouse gas concentrations are given until 2100 in the case of rcps but are extended to 2300, for example, in climate modeling. if available in archives, historical information is provided going back to 1850 [16]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 3 figure 1. radiative forcing trends based on the four rcp scenarios 2.3. simulation we simulate future production. for the simulation, we need to know the future development of environmental factors that are related to production. this is served by the aforementioned rcp scenarios, of which rcp2.6, rcp4.5, and rcp8.5 are used [19–23, 25]. the pvsyst program performing the simulation generates the input variables based on the rcp scenarios of the meteonorm program. these are global horizontal radiation, diffuse horizontal radiation, air temperature, and wind speed. they are run per decade (2030–2100) at a resolution of the typical meteorological year (tmy) hours. the time-constant input values of the simulation program are the installation parameters. these are the type of panels, number of panels, tilt, and direction. the type of inverter is also determined, even though the comparative analysis refers to the direct current side power of the solar field (en =pdc), values that can be measured in front of the inverter. the output value of the inverter, the alternating current power (pac), can serve as a basis for the subsequent analysis. correlation analysis was made with the spss 25.0 program package (figure 2). figure 2. flowchart of the simulation and calculation 2.4. meteonorm weather database the meteonorm 8.0 database contains historical and contemporary data series. the periods 1981–1990 and 1996– 2015 are available globally for solar radiation, and the periods 1961–1990 and 2000–2019 are available for all other hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 4 meteorological parameters. meteonorm 8.0 provides access to historical time series of irradiance and temperature. the new archive contains hourly data from 2010. the model for the future was created based on current and rcp climate forecast trends. the rcp2.6, rcp4.5, and rcp 8.5 radiative forcing trend time series from 2020 to 2100 come from the rcp database (figure 3) [19–23, 25, 27–29]. figure 3. the rcp2.6, rcp4.5 and rcp8.5 scenarios meteonorm 8.0 generates the time series for the desired climate models from the above rcp trends, depending on the geographical location. for each rcp climate model, the program produces a typical meteorological year between 2020 and 2100 with a ten-year time interval resolution. that is, for example, between 2040 and 2050, it prepares the same data series for each year. the generated data series are stored in a file with the extension dot, which the pvsyst program can load to perform the simulations. these files contain, in hourly resolution, the global (gh: global horizontal radiation, kwh/m2) and diffuse (dh: diffuse horizontal radiation, kwh/m2) horizontal radiation, air temperature (ta: air temperature, °c), and wind speed (ws: wind speed, m/s) data. uncertainty of annual values: gh = 2%, ta = 0.3 °c; gh trend/decade = 2.3%; variability of gh/year = 4.7%. 2.5. pvsyst program the evaluation of both present and prospective direct current (dc) and alternating current (ac) capabilities of the photovoltaic (pv) array has been meticulously conducted using the pvsyst version 7.2 software suite. this computational tool, originating from the esteemed university of geneva, has been expressly designed for the detailed analysis, simulation, and schematic conception of pv installations. it incorporates an advanced three-dimensional modeling platform that rigorously accounts for the occlusion and shading dynamics imposed by proximate entities such as arboreal growths, edifices, and an assortment of structures (e.g., chimneys, antennas). the versatility of the software is demonstrated by its capability to assimilate meteorological datasets from an array of sources, including meteonorm, nasa, and a spectrum of global research establishments. moreover, it permits user-input data, amalgamated with discrete topographical and environmental parameters [29, 30]. within the pvsyst package, the simulation encompasses a configuration of eighteen (2×9) lg 360 n1k-a6 monocrystalline silicon pv cells, coupled with a fronius symo 6.0-3-m inverter. each pv module boasts an output of 360 watts, while the inverter's capacity is rated at 6 kilowatts. the deployment of the solar apparatus is executed on an autonomous structural framework, meticulously oriented due south (azimuth = 180 degrees) and pitched at an inclination of 38 degrees. 2.6. the circuit and mathematical model the physical mechanism underpinning the function of solar cells involves the interaction of incident photons with a semiconductor substrate composed primarily of silicon. these photons may be reflected, unimpededly transmitted, or assimilated by the cellular matrix. absorbed photons impart their energy to the valence electrons within the semiconductor, precipitating the photovoltaic effect. this energetic transaction prompts an electron flux upon the establishment of an electrical circuit [31]. conceptually, the solar cells can be envisaged as generators of current, as exemplified by the ideal cell block delineated in figure 4. the currents emitted by these generators are then transmuted to the requisite voltage magnitude and waveform by employing a suitably selected electrical topology and interfaced 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 r a d ia ti v e f o r c in g , w /m 2 rcp2.6 rcp4.5 rcp8.5 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 5 with the requisite current conversion apparatus (inverters) [32]. the pvsyst simulation used in this article uses the singlediode perez-ineichen model. the hay model is also often used, which is mainly used when the diffuse irradiation data are not known precisely [33]. iph: photocurrent, id: diode current, ish: parallel resistor, is: series resistor, ipv: module current, upv: module voltage figure 4. the one-diode solar cell model in order to understand why it is not possible to simply "multiply" the radiation constraint curves of the rcp models and thus obtain the future yields, it is necessary to know the complexity of calculating the yield of solar panels. the equation for the instantaneous power of the solar cell: 𝑃(𝑡) = 𝑈(𝑡) ∙ 𝐼(𝑡) (1) the current equation of a diode solar cell model: 𝐼 = 𝐼𝑃𝐻 − 𝐼𝐷 − 𝐼𝑆𝐻 (2) where i is the module current, iph photocurrent, id diode current and ish is the current flowing through the parallel resistor is the shunt current (figure 4): 𝐼𝑃𝐻 = ( 𝐺 𝐺𝑟𝑒𝑓 ) ∙ (𝐼𝑃𝐻𝑟𝑒𝑓 + 𝑚𝑢𝐼𝑆𝐶 ∙ (𝑇𝐶 − 𝑇𝐶𝑟𝑒𝑓)) (3) where g and gref are the effective and reference radiation (w/m²), tc and tcref are the effective and reference cell temperatures (°k), muisc is the temperature coefficient of the short-circuit current (a/°c). the value of g is calculated by the pvsyst program based on the global horizontal radiation (gh) and diffuse horizontal radiation (dh) from the meteonorm database depending on the installation (inclination and azimuth angle) data, as well as the date and time. the tc is calculated in equation 7. 𝐼𝐷 = 𝐼0 (𝑒 𝑞∙(𝑈+𝐼∙𝑅𝑆) 𝑁𝑐𝑠∙𝐺𝑎𝑚𝑚𝑎∙𝑘∙𝑇𝐶 − 1) (4) where i0 is the short-circuit current of the diode, q is the charge of the electron (1.602·e-19 coulomb), ncs is the number of cells, gamma is the quality factor of the diode a value between 1 and 2, k is boltzmann's constant (1.381 e-23 j /°k). 𝐼0 = 𝐼0𝑟𝑒𝑓 ∙ ( 𝑇𝐶 𝑇𝐶𝑟𝑒𝑓 ) 3 ∙ 𝑒 ( 𝑞∙𝐸𝐺𝑎𝑝 𝐺𝑎𝑚𝑚𝑎∙𝑘 ∙)∙( 1 𝑇𝐶𝑟𝑒𝑓 − 1 𝑇𝐶 ) (5) where i0ref is the short circuit reference current of the diode, egap = gap energy, which is 1.12 ev in the case of the si crystal used in the study. 𝐼𝑆𝐻 = 𝑈 + 𝐼 ∙ 𝑅𝑆 𝑅𝑆𝐻 (6) where rs is the series, rsh shunt (parallel) resistance (ohm). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 6 𝑇𝑐 = 𝑇𝑎 + 𝐺 (1−𝑒𝑡𝑎𝑚) 𝐻0+𝐻1∙𝑊𝑆 (7) where etam is the efficiency of the pv module (0…1), alfa the absorption coefficient of the module (the default value of pvsyst is 0.9), h0 is the constant heat transfer component (w/m2), h1 is the convective heat transfer component (w/m2), ws: wind speed (m/s). similarly to the determination of the g value, the meteonorm database supplies the pvsyst program with the air temperature (ta, in the program: ta) and wind data (ws) needed to determine the cell temperature (tc). the reference values of the solar panel are given based on the stc, where the manufacturer gives the parameters for irradiance of 1000 w/m2, panel and ambient temperature of 25°c and atmospheric transparency of am=1.5 (cloud factor) [33]. it is clear from the above that the current depends on many factors and these are included as non-linear terms in the equations. this is further complicated by the fact that the current-voltage value pairs form a series of curves depending on temperature (figures 5 & 6). as the temperature increases, the short-circuit current increases and the no-load voltage decreases. figure 5. temperature-dependent current-voltage curves figure 6 temperature-dependent power-voltage curves in other words, when calculating power, it must be taken into account that a given current value has different voltages at different temperatures [34]. calculation of the annual yield: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 7 𝐸 = ∫ 𝑈(𝑡)𝐼(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 𝑡 0 (8) where 𝑡 is the time, here is the length of a year. in the course of the simulation, the objective is not to integrate the current-voltage product over a single year; rather, data points are cumulatively analyzed on an hourly, quarter-hourly, or decaminute basis throughout the annual cycle to yield the annual energy output (en). the conversion calculations from dc to ac power are complexified by the consideration of not only the energy utilized by the interposed inverter but also by the necessity to account for the nonideal operational envelope of the inverter. the latter does not perpetually operate at the maximum power point (mpp) — the operational state where the product of current and voltage reaches its apex, thereby engendering further systemic losses. 2.7. spss 25.0 program the interrelations between the input and output variables were examined utilizing the ibm spss 25.0 statistical software to construct a correlation matrix and conduct partial correlation tests. within this matrix, the coefficients represent the magnitude of linear associations between variables. significance levels at both one and five percent are denoted, providing a clear indication of statistical robustness. partial correlation analysis, controlling for third variables, allows for the assessment of direct relationships between two variables, independent of the control variable's influence. this analytical technique is essential in discerning whether the observed correlations persist when the effects of the control variable are statistically removed [35]. 3. results in this section, the simulation outcomes for rcp2.6, rcp4.5, and rcp8.5 have been presented in tables. these tables detail essential climatological and photovoltaic output parameters, including global horizontal irradiance (ghi), ambient air temperature (ta), and the annual yield of direct current power (en). it should be noted that while diffuse horizontal radiation and mean wind speed data are not displayed within these tables, such variables were incorporated into the simulation algorithms. 3.1. the climate of the budapest-pestszentlőrinc area the meteorological dataset for budapest originates from the pestszentlőrinc station. this station's geographical coordinates are 47.4°n latitude and 19.2°e longitude, situated at an elevation of 140 meters above sea level. an analysis of the budapest-pestszentlőrinc climate data indicates january as the most frigid month, with july registering as the most temperate. an average annual thermal amplitude of 22.0 °c is observed, coupled with a mean annual precipitation total of 525 mm. seasonal variation in solar irradiance is pronounced, with peak values in june and july and nadir in the november to january interval (table 1) [36]. table 1. budapest-pestszentlőrinc time series annual 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 rcp2.6 gh, kwh/m2 1223 1252 1281 1292 1299 1303 1307 1307 1307 1310 ta, °c 11.8 12.2 12.7 12.9 13.2 13.3 13.2 13.2 13.1 13.1 en, kwh 7962 8158 8345 8425 8527 8541 8546 8588 8569 8563 rcp4.5 gh, kwh/m2 1223 1241 1259 1267 1270 1270,65 1281 1288 1292 1296 ta, °c 11.8 12.2 12.6 13.0 13.4 13.9 14.0 14.3 14.5 14.8 en, kwh 7962 8063 8163 8266 8248 8365 8229 8313 8269 8299 rcp8.5 gh, kwh/m2 1223 1241 1259 1270 1281 1288 1292 1296 1303 1307 ta, °c 11.8 12.3 12.9 13.5 14.1 14.9 15.5 16.2 16.9 17.6 en, kwh 7962 8138 8171 8314 8293 8336 8388 8354 8416 8397 3.2. the climate of the szeged region the meteorological data for szeged is derived from a station located on the periphery of the city. the geographical positioning of this station is recorded at 46.3°n latitude and 20.1°e longitude, at an altitude of 82 meters. temperature recordings from this station indicate january as the coldest month, while july is identified as the warmest, marginally surpassing august by a tenth of a degree celsius. the mean annual temperature range is calculated at 21.7 °c. annual precipitation averages at 534 mm, with january being the driest and june the most humid, receiving nearly thrice the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 8 precipitation of the driest month. a similar pattern of global radiation is observed here, with a peak in july and the lowest readings in the december to january timeframe (table 2) [36]. table 2. time series of szeged annual 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 rcp2.6 gh, kwh/m2 1237 1267 1299 1307 1321 1325 1325 1325 1325 1325 ta, °c 11.7 12.3 12.6 12.9 13.1 13.3 13.2 13.2 13.1 13.1 en, kwh 7968 8125 8404 8475 8560 8625 8595 8608 8562 8576 rcp4.5 gh, kwh/m2 1237 1256 1278 1281 1288 1292 1299 1303 1307 1310 ta, °c 11.7 12.2 12.7 13.1 13.4 13.7 14.0 14.2 14.5 14.8 en, kwh 7968 8097 8221 8203 8221 8259 8353 8342 8398 8323 rcp8.5 gh, kwh/m2 1237 1256 1278 1288 1299 1307 1310 1318 1321 1329 ta, °c 11.7 12.4 12.8 13.5 14.1 14.8 15.6 16.2 16.9 17.6 en, kwh 7968 8105 8254 8285 8316 8422 8469 8526 8466 8500 3.3. the climate of the szombathely area the meteorological dataset for szombathely is obtained from the local station, positioned at 47.3°n latitude, 16.6°e longitude, and an elevation of 224 meters. an examination of szombathely's temperature data reveals january as the month with the lowest average temperatures, while july registers as the warmest. the city experiences an average annual temperature fluctuation of 22.6 °c. the mean annual precipitation is 614 mm, with a notable seasonal disparity: a wetter summer semester juxtaposed against a drier winter semester. january is marked as the driest month, whereas the summer months collectively receive approximately threefold the precipitation of january. solar irradiance in szombathely attains its zenith in june and july, with its nadir occurring from november to january (table 3) [36]. table 3. szombathely time series annual 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 rcp2.6 gh, kwh/m2 1186 1212 1241 1248 1256 1259 1259 1259 1256 1256 ta, °c 10.8 11.2 11.6 11.8 12.0 12.1 12.0 12.0 11.9 11.9 en, kwh 7769 7976 8076 8181 8232 8187 8220 8191 8163 8149 rcp4.5 gh, kwh/m2 1186 1205 1219 1226 1234 1241 1241 1245 1248 1252 ta, °c 10.8 11.2 11.6 11.9 12.4 12.7 12.9 13.1 13.5 13.6 en, kwh 7769 7790 7911 7948 7952 8015 8025 8001 8005 8035 rcp8.5 gh, kwh/m2 1186 1205 1219 1230 1241 1248 1252 1256 1267 1270 ta, °c 10.8 11.4 11.8 12.4 13.0 13.7 14.4 15.2 15.9 16.5 en, kwh 7769 7834 7942 7939 8017 8102 8029 8124 8115 8155 explanation to figures 7 to 15: δgh represents the percentage deviation of the annual average global horizontal irradiation relative to the base year of 2010; δta denotes the change in the annual average air temperature compared to the base year of 2010; δen indicates the percentage change in the electrical energy production of the pv system compared to the base year of 2010. the rcp2.6, rcp4.5, and rcp8.5 correspond to the progression of the respective rcp scenarios. 3.4. graphical evaluation for budapest, szeged, and szombathely based on the base year of 2010 for the budapest climate projections, the rcp2.6, rcp4.5, and rcp8.5 forecast alterations in global horizontal irradiance (ghi) by 6.3%, 3.9%, and 4.8%, respectively, and shifts in average air temperature by 1.4°c, 1.6°c, and 2.3°c, correspondingly. in addition, direct current (dc) power output is projected to vary by 7.1%, 3.6%, and 4.2% by the midpoint of the century. by the century’s conclusion, ghi is anticipated to adjust by 7.2%, 6.0%, and 6.9%, while average air temperatures are expected to alter by 1.3°c, 3.0°c, and 5.8°c. concurrently, dc power output is projected to register changes of 7.6%, 4.2%, and 5.5% (figures 7 to 9). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 9 figure 7. budapest global horizontal radiation, base year: 2010 figure 8. budapest annual mean temperature, base year: 2010 figure 9. budapest change in dc electricity production, base year: 2010 in the case of szeged, under the rcp2.6, rcp4.5, and rcp8.5 scenarios, there are respective projections of 6.8%, 4.1%, and 5.0% for ghi changes, and 1.4°c, 1.7°c, and 2.4°c for average air temperature changes by mid-century. by the century's end, ghi is forecasted to alter by 7.1%, 5.9%, and 7.4%, while average air temperature is projected to change by 1.4°c, 3.1°c, and 5.9°c. corresponding shifts in dc power output are anticipated at 7.6%, 4.5%, and 6.7% (figure 10-12). 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 δ g h rcp2.6 rcp4.5 rcp8.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 δ t a , °c rcp2.6 rcp4.5 rcp8.5 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 9% 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 δ e n rcp2.6 rcp4.5 rcp8.5 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 10 figure 10. szeged global horizontal radiation, base year: 2010 figure 11. szeged annual mean temperature, base year: 2010 figure 12. szeged change in dc electricity production, base year: 2010 in the case of szombathely, scenario analyses for rcp2.6, rcp4.5, and rcp8.5 suggest respective changes in ghi by 5.9%, 4.0%, and 4.6%, and in average air temperature by 1.2°c, 1.6°c, and 2.2°c by the mid-21st century. toward the end of the century, projections indicate adjustments in ghi by 5.9%, 5.5%, and 7.1%, and in average air temperature by 1.1°c, 2.8°c, and 5.7°c. the predicted shifts in dc power output are 4.9%, 3.4%, and 5.0% (figure 13 to 15). 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 δ g h rcp2.6 rcp4.5 rcp8.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 δ t a , °c rcp2.6 rcp4.5 rcp8.5 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 9% 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 δ e n rcp2.6 rcp4.5 rcp8.5 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 11 figure 13. szombathely global horizontal radiation, base year: 2010 figure 14. szombathely annual mean temperature, base year: 2010 figure 15. szombathely change in dc electricity production, base year: 2010 it is pertinent to underscore that prior to integration into the power grid, the dc output from photovoltaic arrays incurs an approximate decrement of 4–4.5 percent. this attenuation is attributed to the conversion processes from dc to dc and dc to ac, primarily facilitated by inverters, and is compounded by losses inherent to cabling. 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 δ g h rcp2.6 rcp4.5 rcp8.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 δ t a , °c rcp2.6 rcp4.5 rcp8.5 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 δ e n rcp2.6 rcp4.5 rcp8.5 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 12 3.5. correlation study the correlation analysis was undertaken to elucidate the interdependencies among global radiation, ambient air temperature, and photovoltaic module efficacy (table 4). the underlying assumption posits that due to the semiconductor properties inherent in solar cells, elevated temperatures detrimentally impact their operational efficiency. table 4. correlation matrix between global radiation, temperature and power gh_2.6 ta_2.6 gh_4.5 ta_4.5 gh_8.5 ta_8.5 budapest corr. ta_2.6 0.980 ta_4.5 0.974 ta_8.5 0.947 sig. 0.000 0.000 0.000 corr. en_2.6 0.995 0.986 en_4.5 0.902 0.847 en_8.5 0.970 0.878 sig. 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.000 0.001 szeged corr. ta_2.6 0.987 ta_4.5 0.977 ta_8.5 0.947 sig. 0.000 0.000 0.000 corr. en_2.6 0.995 0.986 en_4.5 0.971 0.936 en_8.5 0.983 0.919 sig. 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 szombathely corr. ta_2.6 0.992 ta_4.5 0.968 ta_8.5 0.955 sig. 0.000 0.000 0.000 corr. en_2.6 0.975 0.975 en_4.5 0.971 0.925 en_8.5 0.974 0.929 sig. 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in all three scenarios under consideration, a pronounced correlation among the studied variables is observed. this phenomenon can be primarily attributed to the direct relationship wherein elevated levels of global horizontal radiation (ghr) engender increased temperature indices. consequently, the strong correlation between average temperature and system performance might lead to an erroneous inference that higher average temperatures are a causative agent for enhanced performance. to disentangle these variables, it is imperative to employ a partial correlation analysis (table 5), wherein ghr is held constant in one instance and average air temperature in another, serving as the background variables for the analysis. table 5. partial correlations cont. var. var. 1 var. 2 corr. sig. budapest ta_2.6 gh_2.6 en_2.6 0.869 0.002 gh_2.6 ta_2.6 en_2.6 0.555 0.121 ta_4.5 gh_4.5 en_4.5 0.643 0.062 gh_4.5 ta_4.5 en_4.5 -0.329 0.387 ta_8.5 gh_8.5 en_8.5 0.898 0.001 gh_8.5 ta_8.5 en_8.5 -0.505 0.166 szeged ta_2.6 gh_2.6 en_2.6 0.810 0.008 gh_2.6 ta_2.6 en_2.6 0.280 0.466 ta_4.5 gh_4.5 en_4.5 0.751 0.020 gh_4.5 ta_4.5 en_4.5 -0.237 0.539 ta_8.5 gh_8.5 en_8.5 0.887 0.001 gh_8.5 ta_8.5 en_8.5 -0.190 0.624 szombathely ta_2.6 gh_2.6 en_2.6 0.287 0.453 gh_2.6 ta_2.6 en_2.6 0.287 0.455 ta_4.5 gh_4.5 en_4.5 0.791 0.011 gh_4.5 ta_4.5 en_4.5 -0.240 0.533 ta_8.5 gh_8.5 en_8.5 0.796 0.010 gh_8.5 ta_8.5 en_8.5 -0.034 0.932 when examining the partial correlations with temperature as the control variable, a persistently robust correlation between ghr and power output is generally maintained. however, the szombathely rcp2.6 scenario constitutes a notable exception to this pattern. further, when assessing the relationship between temperature and power output with hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 13 ghr as the control variable, the partial correlation ceases to exhibit significant levels of correlation. this decrement is even more pronounced under the rcp4.5 and rcp8.5 scenarios, where the correlation values invert, becoming negative. such a reversal suggests that, within the context of these latter scenarios, the escalation in temperature is likely to be deleterious to the operational efficiency of photovoltaic panel systems, thereby mitigating power production efficacy. 4. conclusions based on the correlation between input data and the output of the simulation, the efficiency of the photovoltaic system exhibits significant variations. this is markedly dependent on whether an optimistic or pessimistic scenario is considered with respect to climate change. in the case of the optimistic representative concentration pathway (rcp) 2.6 scenario, the performance of the photovoltaic system increases almost linearly due to the rise in global horizontal irradiation caused by increasing radiative forcing and a slight average increase in air temperature. however, this linearity is not present in the less optimistic or pessimistic rcp 4.5 and rcp 8.5 scenarios. the value of the partial correlation, which uses global horizontal irradiation as a control variable, is negative. this indicates a decrease in system efficiency concurrent with an annual average increase in air temperature. one limitation of the study’s reliability is the input values provided by the meteonorm database, which are derived from monthly climate data values. the database produces hourly resolution input values for the simulation based on given variances and expected values. a deficiency is the lack of intra-annual comparison between the summer and winter seasons, as it can be assumed that the efficiency decrease due to temperature change is more likely to occur during the summer period. furthermore, a significant portion of the annual solar energy production in this region falls between mid-april and mid-october. another limitation of the study is that it examines only monocrystalline solar cells; there is a need for a comparison with polycrystalline and thin-film technology solar cells. monocrystalline solar cells are the most efficient, while thin-film technology cells, due to their internal properties, are more resistant to high temperatures. polycrystalline solar cell technology is advantageous due to the availability of resources [12]. despite growing interest, however, few studies have directly examined the impact of climate change on photovoltaic energy production as opposed to other renewable sources such as hydro or wind energy [37]. the results of the few studies that do exist on this topic show significant discrepancies. gaetani et al. found increased pv potential in southern and western europe, while northern and eastern europe are expected to decline by the middle and end of the century based on the ipcc (intergovernmental panel on climate change's) emissions scenarios [38]. according to dutta et al., the expected changes in solar radiation support a general increase in pv potential in europe in the near future. the predicted distant decline in photovoltaic potential, even in the worst emission scenario (rcp8.5), is confined to the winter season and to northern countries in europe [39]. crook et al.’s calculations suggest that pv efficiency is likely to increase by a few percent in europe between 2010 and 2080 [40]. gernet et al., considering the rcp6.0 climate scenario, estimate an increase in solar energy yield efficiency of 5–10% in the central european region between 2070 and 2100, which is consistent with the findings of the present study. the rcp6.0 climate scenario defines a trajectory between the rcp4.5 and rcp8.5 climate scenarios [41]. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, na.b., a.s., and n.b.; methodology, na.b. and n.b.; software, na.b. and n.b.; validation, na.b., a.s., and n.b.; formal analysis, na.b. and n.b.; investigation, na.b. and n.b.; resources, na.b, a.s., and n.b.; data curation, na.b.; writing—original draft preparation, na.b. and n.b.; writing—review and editing, a.s.; visualization, na.b. and n.b.; supervision, a.s.; project administration, a.s.; funding acquisition, a.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. informed consent statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 14 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] simioni, t., & schaeffer, r. (2019). georeferenced operating-efficiency solar potential maps with local weather conditions – an application to brazil. solar energy, 184, 345–355. doi:10.1016/j.solener.2019.04.006. [2] singh, p., & ravindra, n. m. (2012). temperature dependence of solar cell performance an analysis. solar energy materials and solar cells, 101, 36–45. doi:10.1016/j.solmat.2012.02.019. [3] schuster, c. s. (2020). the quest for the optimum angular-tilt of terrestrial solar panels or their angle-resolved annual insolation. renewable energy, 152, 1186–1191. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2020.01.076. [4] campos, j., csontos, c., & munkácsy, b. (2023). electricity scenarios for hungary: possible role of wind and solar resources in the energy transition. energy, 278. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2023.127971. [5] atsu, d., seres, i., & farkas, i. (2021). the state of solar pv and performance analysis of different pv technologies grid-connected installations in hungary. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 141. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2021.110808. [6] madaleno, m., ahmed, z., doğan, b., javeed, s., & vasa, l. (2023). the aptness of import-led growth hypothesis for sustainable development in south asia: do energy utilization and natural resources matter? resources policy, 86. doi:10.1016/j.resourpol.2023.104262. [7] baglivo, c., congedo, p. m., & mazzeo, d. (2023). scenarios for urban resilience—perspective on climate change resilience at the end of the 21st century of a photovoltaic-powered mixed-use energy community in two european capitals. adapting the built environment for climate change: design principles for climate emergencies, woodhead publishing, 37–52. doi:10.1016/b9780-323-95336-8.00012-3. [8] copiello, s., & grillenzoni, c. (2017). solar photovoltaic energy and its spatial dependence. energy procedia, 141, 86–90. doi:10.1016/j.egypro.2017.11.017. [9] oka, k., mizutani, w., & ashina, s. (2020). climate change impacts on potential solar energy production: a study case in fukushima, japan. renewable energy, 153, 249–260. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2020.01.126. [10] abdulai, d., gyamfi, s., diawuo, f. a., & acheampong, p. (2023). data analytics for prediction of solar pv power generation and system performance: a real case of bui solar generating station, ghana. scientific african, 21. doi:10.1016/j.sciaf.2023.e01894. [11] ghimire, s., deo, r. c., casillas-pérez, d., & salcedo-sanz, s. (2022). boosting solar radiation predictions with global climate models, observational predictors and hybrid deep-machine learning algorithms. applied energy, 316. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2022.119063. [12] nwokolo, s. c., obiwulu, a. u., & ogbulezie, j. c. (2023). machine learning and analytical model hybridization to assess the impact of climate change on solar pv energy production. physics and chemistry of the earth, 130. doi:10.1016/j.pce.2023.103389. [13] chukwujindu nwokolo, s., ogbulezie, j. c., & umunnakwe obiwulu, a. (2022). impacts of climate change and meteo-solar parameters on photosynthetically active radiation prediction using hybrid machine learning with physics-based models. advances in space research, 70(11), 3614–3637. doi:10.1016/j.asr.2022.08.010. [14] svazas, a.m., navickas, v., paskevicius, r., bilan, y. & vasa, l. (2023). renewable energy versus energy security: the impact of in-novation on the economy. rynek energii 164(1), 60-71. [15] nakicenovic, n., alcamo, j., grubler, a., riahi, k., roehrl, r.a., rogner, h.-h. , & victor, n. (2000). special report on emissions scenarios (sres), a special report of working group iii of the intergovernmental panel on climate change. cambridge university press, cambridge, united kingdom. [16] riahi, k., & krey, v. (2023). representative concentration pathways database (rcp). international institute for applied systems analysis (iiasa), laxenburg, austria. available online: https://iiasa.ac.at/models-tools-data/rcp (accessed on june 2023). [17] mester, m., a. (2015). comparison of new rcp emission scenarios for estimating global climate change. elte, budapest, hungary. available online: https://nimbus.elte.hu/tanszek/docs/bsc/2015/mestermateattila_2015.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [18] he, t., wang, d., & qu, y. (2017). land surface albedo. comprehensive remote sensing, 1–9, 140–162. doi:10.1016/b978-012-409548-9.10370-7. [19] meinshausen, m., smith, s. j., calvin, k., daniel, j. s., kainuma, m. l. t., lamarque, j., matsumoto, k., montzka, s. a., raper, s. c. b., riahi, k., thomson, a., velders, g. j. m., & van vuuren, d. p. p. (2011). the rcp greenhouse gas concentrations and their extensions from 1765 to 2300. climatic change, 109(1), 213–241. doi:10.1007/s10584-011-0156-z. https://iiasa.ac.at/models-tools-data/rcp https://nimbus.elte.hu/tanszek/docs/bsc/2015/mestermateattila_2015.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 15 [20] van vuuren, d. p., den elzen, m. g. j., lucas, p. l., eickhout, b., strengers, b. j., van ruijven, b., wonink, s., & van houdt, r. (2007). stabilizing greenhouse gas concentrations at low levels: an assessment of reduction strategies and costs. climatic change, 81(2), 119–159. doi:10.1007/s10584-006-9172-9. [21] clarke, l., edmonds, j., jacoby, h., pitcher, h., reilly, j. & richels, r. (2007). scenarios of greenhouse gas emissions and atmopheric concentrations. sub-report 2.1a of synthesis and assessment product 2.1 by the u.s. climate change science program and the subcommittee on global change research. department of energy, office of biological & environmental research, 154, washington, united states. [22] smith, s. j., & wigley, t. m. l. (2006). multi-gas forcing stabilization with minicam. energy journal, 27, 373–391. doi:10.5547/issn0195-6574-ej-volsi2006-nosi3-19. [23] wise, m., calvin, k., thomson, a., clarke, l., bond-lamberty, b., sands, r., smith, s. j., janetos, a., & edmonds, j. (2009). implications of limiting co2 concentrations for land use and energy. science, 324(5931), 1183–1186. doi:10.1126/science.1168475. [24] fujino, j., nair, r., kainuma, m., masui, t., & matsuoka, y. (2006). multi-gas mitigation analysis on stabilization scenarios using aim global model. energy journal, 27, 343–353. doi:10.5547/issn0195-6574-ej-volsi2006-nosi3-17. [25] riahi, k., grübler, a., & nakicenovic, n. (2007). scenarios of long-term socio-economic and environmental development under climate stabilization. technological forecasting and social change, 74(7), 887–935. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2006.05.026. [26] márton, z., szabó, b., vad, c. f., pálffy, k., & horváth, z. (2023). environmental changes associated with drying climate are expected to affect functional groups of pro-and microeukaryotes differently in temporary saline waters. scientific reports, 13(1), 3243. doi:10.1186/s12302-023-00745-0. [27] meteonorm (2023). meteonorm offers unique access to the global energy balance archive data, meteonorm data sources. available online: https://meteonorm.com/en/meteonorm-features (accessed on june 2023). [28] iiasa. (2009). rcp database version 2.0.5. international institute for applied systems analysis. laxenburg, austria. available online: https://tntcat.iiasa.ac.at/rcpdb/dsd?action=htmlpage&page=compare (accessed on june 2023). [29] li, j., li, y., zhu, b., & ma, x. (2021). analysis of hydrogen production capacity of off-grid photovoltaic system based on pvsyst software simulation. journal of physics: conference series, 2076(1), 12005. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/2076/1/012005. [30] bhuvaneswari, b., d, s., & memala, w. a. (2022). performance analysis of stand-alone photovoltaic system using pvsyst. ecs transactions, 107(1), 11533–11541. doi:10.1149/10701.11533ecst. [31] ready, j. f. (1997). care and maintenance of lasers. industrial applications of lasers, 193–214. doi:10.1016/b978-0125839617/50008-9. [32] markvart, t., & castañer, l. (2018). principles of solar cell operation. mcevoy’s handbook of photovoltaics: fundamentals and applications, 3–28. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12-809921-6.00001-x. [33] perez, r., ineichen, p., seals, r., michalsky, j., & stewart, r. (1990). modeling daylight availability and irradiance components from direct and global irradiance. solar energy, 44(5), 271–289. doi:10.1016/0038-092x(90)90055-h. [34] seapan, m., hishikawa, y., yoshita, m., & okajima, k. (2020). temperature and irradiance dependences of the current and voltage at maximum power of crystalline silicon pv devices. solar energy, 204, 459–465. doi:10.1016/j.solener.2020.05.019. [35] meloun, m., & militký, j. correlation. statistical data analysis, 631–666. doi:10.1533/9780857097200.631. [36] omsz (2023). the hungarian meteorological service (omsz). omsz informatics and methodology department, budapest, hungary. available online: https://www.met.hu/en/eghajlat/magyarorszag_eghajlata/ (accessed on june 2023). [37] schaeffer, r., szklo, a. s., pereira de lucena, a. f., moreira cesar borba, b. s., pupo nogueira, l. p., fleming, f. p., troccoli, a., harrison, m., & boulahya, m. s. (2012). energy sector vulnerability to climate change: a review. energy, 38(1), 1–12. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2011.11.056. [38] gaetani, m., huld, t., vignati, e., monforti-ferrario, f., dosio, a., & raes, f. (2014). the near future availability of photovoltaic energy in europe and africa in climate-aerosol modeling experiments. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 38, 706–716. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2014.07.041. [39] dutta, r., chanda, k., & maity, r. (2022). future of solar energy potential in a changing climate across the world: a cmip6 multi-model ensemble analysis. renewable energy, 188, 819–829. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2022.02.023. [40] crook, j. a., jones, l. a., forster, p. m., & crook, r. (2011). climate change impacts on future photovoltaic and concentrated solar power energy output. energy and environmental science, 4(9), 3101–3109. doi:10.1039/c1ee01495a. [41] gernaat, d. e. h. j., de boer, h. s., daioglou, v., yalew, s. g., müller, c., & van vuuren, d. p. (2021). climate change impacts on renewable energy supply. nature climate change, 11(2), 119–125. doi:10.1038/s41558-020-00949-9. https://meteonorm.com/en/meteonorm-features https://tntcat.iiasa.ac.at/rcpdb/dsd?action=htmlpage&page=compare https://www.met.hu/en/eghajlat/magyarorszag_eghajlata/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 200 issn: 2723-9535 automatic recognition technology of library books based on convolutional neural network model jianping hu 1, yongkang yan 1, zhengguang xie 2* 1 nantong university library, nantong, jiangsu, china. 2 school of information science and technology, nantong university, nantong, 226019, jiangsu, china. received 08 november 2023; revised 13 february 2024; accepted 21 february 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract background: the development of technological devices has changed many facets of our lives, particularly the way we engage with information and learning. the advent of automated technology for identification has had a had a revolutionary effect on how we read and organize books within the context of books and data searches. it starts by solving the difficulties in analyzing photos of book pages by using methods such as distortion rectification and book separation. objective: the research compares the effectiveness of the suggested method with traditional straight-line identification techniques using real-world testing. methodology: the skip-gram model in word2vec is used to accurately represent spoken language, allowing word vectors to be generated and input data to be preprocessed for cnn. the results show that the methodology created regarding the present investigation works better than alternatives concerning accuracy and efficiency during line identification. result: this work advances the field of book suggestion systems by presenting a strong and effective method that leverages cnns. the findings demonstrate deep learning techniques may be used to optimize system recommendations and improve customer service and happiness in a variety of contexts. this technique creates a bridge between natural language processing and picture evaluation and opens up new possibilities for suggestion advancement along with user satisfaction. keywords: automatic book recognition; convolutional neural network; image correction; image retrieval. 1. introduction the library utilizes more and more innovative tools throughout the age of technology to improve customer service and expedite processes. the automated recognizing technique (art) of books from libraries represents these devices, which have been increasing in popularity. the computerized means of recognizing and cataloging library objects by a variety of methods, including optics characters recognizing (ocr), radio frequency identification (rfid), barcode reading, and algorithms used for machine learning, is known as art. adopting art in libraries has several advantages, such as greater availability, accuracy, and productivity of services provided by libraries. libraries can speed up the handling of library resources, minimize mistakes, and decrease manual labor by automating the recognition and cataloging of volumes. this enables libraries to concentrate more on offering useful solutions for users, such as neighborhood outreach along with academic support [1, 2]. additionally, art makes the materials in libraries easier to find by giving consumers simpler, quicker ways of getting data. automatic book recognition technologies make it easier for users to find and check out a resource, which improves their time in libraries generally. art also makes it possible for libraries to keep more precise records of their * corresponding author: xiezg@ntu.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-015  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3263-5620 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 201 collections, which lowers the number of abandoned or missing components and enhances the management of collections. moreover, art makes it easier to integrate libraries using other types of digital media, such as smartphones and internetbased catalogs. the scope and effect of library offerings are increased by this effortless integration, which enables readers to browse for, reserve, and utilize materials at libraries at any time or from any location [3]. a significant breakthrough in contemporary library administration is the automated identification technologies of public literature, which gives institutions the chance to streamline activities, enhance customer service, and more. an important development in contemporary library administration is the automatic recognition technology of library textbooks, which gives institutions the chance to enhance customer service, streamline activities, and adjust to the changing demands of customers throughout the world of digital media [4]. the objective of the study is to analyze the viability and efficacy of automating the processing of books from libraries in contemporary library environments. assess the degree to which library cataloging and book authentication processes may be made more accurate and efficient by using computerized identification technologies. figure 1 depicts the flow of the suggested structure. figure 1. framework of image retrieval page retrieval method based on convolutional neural network the study by anumula et al. [5] suggested that libraries increase the use of artificial intelligence (ai), which makes systems capable of activities that formerly required intellect from humans. in the end, creating computers with an intellect comparable to that of humans will influence the library profession. the research by bairagi et al. [6] incorporates robotic intelligence; the library may transcend its material constraints and become intelligent and approachable. libraries have to make hurried adjustments across their locations due to the present batch of ai technologies. the research by mupaikwa [7] demonstrated that machine learning as well as intelligent technology are being applied in libraries to assist with a variety of offerings, including collection administration, retrieval of data, structuring and separating, recording, and librarianship. the study by gonzález‐ alcaide et al. [8] found that academic libraries' many technological platforms enhance their growth and efficiency and situate them within a larger framework in commercial. the research by takher [9] explores how the use of near-field communication may assist india's agricultural sector and library to overcome their current problems. it concentrates especially on problems like scarce resources, antiquated facilities, and restricted availability. even though automated recognising technologies (art) with books from libraries have advanced, there are still a number of unanswered questions requiring additional study. another is maximizing identification efficiency and precision within an array of library locations and groups, as present technologies might differ based on volume forms, illnesses, and available information, among many others. others are investigating how art affects customer interactions and procedures in libraries, evaluating its affordability, scaling, and accessibility, and looking at feedback and attitudes. furthermore, since art devices can analyze private data, there seems to be a dearth of studies related to the moral and security consequences of art in library settings. work ought to be directed towards creating accountable and open frameworks and resolving issues with permission, as well as data management, in order to guarantee the ethical implementation and uptake of art through libraries. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 202 2. book page retrieval method and steps as shown in figure 1, the book page retrieval method based on a convolutional neural network consists of four parts: feature extraction in cnn, image segmentation, feature matching, image correction as well as retrieval. when offline, we input all standard images of candidate book pages saved in the database into the cnn and save them. during online retrieval, we first input the image of the book page to be inspected into the image segmentation module to remove the background area. image distortion is corrected by an image correction module on an image-by-image basis [10]. then we feed the corrected quasi-standard image into the feature extraction module. we extract feature codes through a convolutional neural network. finally, we input the feature code of the image to be inspected into the feature matching module. we match it against standard image signatures saved in the database one by one. finally, we select the top k standard images with the highest matching similarity as the retrieval result. 2.1. image segmentation because of the background interference and image distortion in the image of the book page to be inspected, it is still difficult to obtain the ideal retrieval accuracy by directly using the convolutional neural network to extract features. we propose a fully automatic, fast image segmentation algorithm to segment the book region. the purpose is to reduce the influence of background and image distortion on retrieval accuracy. existing interactive image segmentation algorithms usually require the user to enclose the target area with a rectangular frame. on the one hand, if the target bounding box specified by the user is not ideal, the image segmentation algorithm may give poor segmentation results. on the other hand, the interaction step will also reduce the user experience of the entire book page retrieval system [11]. although some image segmentation algorithms can automatically initialize object bracketing according to visual saliency, the processing speed of such image segmentation algorithms is relatively slow. in this study, a coarse-to-fine automatic fast image segmentation algorithm is proposed to remove the background interference in the images of the book pages to be inspected. as shown in figure 2, the proposed image segmentation method includes three steps: rough segmentation, object bounding box initialization, and fine segmentation. first, the input image is roughly segmented using a preset fixed target bounding box. then a rectangle is fitted on the result of the rough segmentation as a new target bounding box. finally, the input image is finely segmented again using the new target bounding box. figure 2. automatic and fast book page image segmentation algorithm from coarse to fine hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 203 a bayesian classifier is employed to roughly segment the images of the book pages for inspection. let 𝐻𝑂 denote the unnormalized color histogram counted from the bounding box o of the preset target image 𝐼 of a book page, and 𝐵𝐻𝐵 represent the unnormalized color histogram from the background region b. 𝑏𝑥 denotes the corresponding column (bin) when the pixel at position x is projected to the histogram. applying the bayesian formula, the probability of pixels x is determined as shown in equation 1. 𝑝(𝑥 ∈ 𝑂|𝑂, 𝐵, 𝑏𝑥) ≈ 𝑝(𝑏𝑥|𝑥∈𝑂)𝑝(𝑥∈𝑂) ∑ 𝑝(𝑏𝑥|𝑥∈𝛺)𝑝(𝑥∈𝛺)𝛺∈{𝑂,𝐵} (1) where 𝑝(𝑏𝑥 | 𝑥 ∈ 𝑂) and 𝑝(𝑏𝑥 | 𝑥 ∈ 𝐵) are the likelihood probability values? it can be estimated from the color histogram: 𝑝(𝑏𝑥|𝑥 ∈ 𝑂) ≈ 𝐻𝑂(𝑏𝑥)/|𝑂| (2) 𝑏(𝑏𝑥|𝑥 ∈ 𝐵) ≈ 𝐻𝐵(𝑏𝑥)/|𝐵| (3) another way to estimate the previous likelihood is to use: 𝑝(𝑥 ∈ 𝑂) ≈ |𝑂|/(|𝑂| + |𝐵|). therefore, equation 1 can be expressed in: 𝑝(𝑥 ∈ 𝑂|𝑂, 𝐵. 𝑏𝑥) ≈ 𝐻𝑂(𝑏𝑥) 𝐻𝑂(𝑏𝑥) + 𝐻𝐵(𝑏𝑥) (4) if, 𝑝(𝑥 ∈ 𝑂|𝑂, 𝐵. 𝑏𝑥) > 0.5 the pixel point 𝑥 is classified as the target. the input image undergoes rough segmentation by a bayesian classifier, followed by marking the connected components using the run-length encoding (rle) connected component labeling algorithm. subsequently, the bounding rectangle of the largest connected region is selected as the new target bounding box. finally, the input image is finely re-segmented using the densecut algorithm. because the rough segmentation method proposed in this paper has low time complexity. densecut is a real-time image segmentation algorithm with better segmentation results than grabcut. therefore, the automatic book page image segmentation algorithm has the advantages of good effect and fast speed [12]. when the initialization of the target bounding box is not ideal, image segmentation algorithms such as densecut generally find it difficult to give satisfactory book page segmentation results. the segmentation algorithm in this paper is tested on 2.5×104 images to be inspected. the results show that the algorithm can achieve satisfactory book page segmentation results. 2.2. image correction image distortion primarily occurs because users find it challenging to ensure that the camera head's plane is parallel to the book page during the shooting process. this distortion can be considered as a perspective distortion. following image segmentation, perspective transformation is applied to correct the image distortion of the book pages being inspected. let (𝑢, 𝑣) be a point on the book page. (𝑥, 𝑦) is the corresponding point on the image to be inspected after perspective mapping occurs. but: (𝑥′, 𝑦′, 𝑤′) = (𝑢, 𝑣, 1) ( 𝑎11 𝑎12 𝑎13 𝑎21 𝑎22 𝑎23 𝑎31 𝑎32 𝑎33 ) (5) in the formula: 𝑥 = 𝑥′/𝑤′; 𝑦 = 𝑦′/𝑤′ to obtain the projection transformation parameters in equation 5, we need to find at least 4 pairs of corresponding points from the map page and the image to be inspected. point pairs are identified from the result of image segmentation to solve the projective transformation parameters (figure 3). even with the perspective distortion, the book page is still a quadrilateral in the image. so we sample a series of discrete points on the edges of the image segmentation result. we fit a quadrilateral through a polygon approximation algorithm. the four vertices of the quadrilateral are denoted as 𝑄0(𝑥0, 𝑦0), 𝑄1(𝑥1, 𝑦1), 𝑄2(𝑥2, 𝑦2), 𝑄3(𝑥3, 𝑦3). the corrected quasi-standard image of the book page is a square with a width of 𝑤, and the corresponding four vertices are: 𝑃0(𝑢0 = 0, 𝑣0 = 0), 𝑃1(𝑢1 = 𝑤, 𝑣1 = 0), 𝑃2(𝑢2 = 𝑤, 𝑣2 = 𝑤), 𝑃3(𝑢3 = 0, 𝑣3 = 𝑤). we can solve the projective transformation parameters by substituting the four-point pairs (𝑄0 , 𝑃0), (𝑄1, 𝑃1), (𝑄2, 𝑃2), (𝑄3 , 𝑃3) into equation 5. next, the corresponding coordinates on the image to be inspected are obtained through the perspective transformation of equation 5 for each pixel coordinate on the standard image of the book page after correction. subsequently, the pixel color value is taken from the corresponding coordinates of the image to be inspected and filled in the corrected image to obtain the quasi-standard image of the book page. despite potential under-segmented or over-segmented outcomes, the distortion correction method can still achieve satisfactory results (figure 3). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 204 figure 3. image distortion correction 2.3. feature extraction in recent years, convolutional neural networks have achieved remarkable results in the field of image retrieval. although these methods can provide end-to-end image retrieval capabilities, they require millions, or even tens of millions, of target image data to train convolutional neural networks. collecting such large-scale image data is a timeconsuming and labor-intensive task. a convolutional neural network text classification model is required. the model is trained on known book text data to accurately classify it. the loss function of the convolutional neural network model and the network model structure are redefined. typical samples are extracted from previous models, and new sample data is added for training operations to obtain a new incremental network model. this allows for updates in model classification and predictions of new class samples. the incremental model is depicted in figure 4. figure 4. incremental learning flow chart when a new book text category sample arrives, the new sample needs to be merged with the old book text category sample to enable text expansion. we construct the final training set 𝐷 of book texts. the 𝐷 formula is shown equation 6. 𝐷 ← ∪ 𝑦=𝑠,⋯,𝑡 {(𝑥, 𝑦): 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋𝑦} ∪ ∪ 𝑦=1,⋯,𝑠−1 {(𝑥, 𝑦): 𝑥 ∈ 𝑃𝑦} (6) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 205 𝑋𝑠, … , 𝑋𝑡 represents the sample set corresponding to each newly added book text category. 𝑃 represents the current sample set. the algorithm needs to preprocess all the texts in the input book text sample set𝑃 to be classified. after a convolutional neural network model, we extract text feature vectors. each text corresponds to a feature vector. we add and average all the feature vectors in the text contained in each type of sample set obtained. this way we get the corresponding mean eigenvector 𝜇𝑦 ← 1 |𝑃𝑦| ∑ 𝜙(𝑝)𝑝∈𝑃𝑦 . where𝑦 = 1, … , 𝑡. when the 𝐶𝑁𝑁 convolutional layers on which the classifier depends are changed, the classifier will be changed and modified adaptively. in the second step, we prune the old class sample set and construct a new sample set. we compute the class-averaged vector 𝜇 ← 1 𝑛 ∑ 𝜙(𝑥)𝑥∈𝑋 of the𝑛 feature vectors corresponding to the𝑛 book texts in the current class 𝑋. iterate over all 𝑛eigenvectors in turn and divide by the current number of samples to get the mean. we select the book text corresponding to the top 𝑚closest to the class average vector𝜇 features. we map it to the sample set of the corresponding class. where 𝑘 = 1, … , 𝑚. after adding a new class, delete the samples with lower priority according to the priority list, that is, we reduce the samples of each classification. in the third step, we use the newly constructed sample set. we take the gradient through the loss function and update the neural network parameters. 𝐼(𝜃) = 𝐼𝑐𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛(𝜃) + 𝐼𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛(𝜃) (7) where it contains the loss function; 𝐼𝑐𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛(𝜃) = − ∑ ∑ 𝛿𝑦=𝑦𝑖 𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑔𝑦 (𝑥𝑖) + 𝛿𝑦≠𝑦𝑖 𝑙𝑜𝑔( 1 − 𝑔𝑦(𝑥𝑖))𝑦=𝑠(𝑥𝑖,𝑦𝑖)∈𝐷 and distillation loss function 𝐼𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛(𝜃) = − ∑ ∑ 𝑞𝑖 𝑦𝑠−1 𝑦=1(𝑥𝑖,𝑦𝑖)∈𝐷 𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑔𝑦 (𝑥𝑖) + (1 − 𝑞𝑖 𝑦 ) 𝑙𝑜𝑔( 1 − 𝑔𝑦(𝑥𝑖)). the classification loss function can make the data distinguish between the current category data and the data in the sample set. the distillation loss function can make the current model as close as possible to the response of the old model. this study aims to train a convolutional neural network using an existing task-independent database and extract intermediate-layer features for book page retrieval. the ilsvrc2041 dataset was selected for training, which contains 1.2 × 106 educational graphics for one thousand different item types. numerous research studies have proposed convolutional neural networks with different structures. and they all successfully verified the ability of the method based on deep convolutional neural networks to learn image feature representation. in this study, the vgg convolutional neural network fast version (vgg-f) with a depth of 8 layers is used to extract the image features of book pages. the vgg-f convolutional neural network includes an input layer, five convolutional layers (c1–c5), and three fully connected layers (f6–f8). the input layer receives a 3-channel 224 by 224 megapixel color picture. cnn layer c1 contains 64 convolutional huge kernels of 11 × 11 pixels. the strides are four pixels. a convolutional layer c2 contains 256 convolution kernels of size 5 × 5 pixels. convolutional layers c3c5 all contain 256 convolution kernels with a size of 3 × 3 pixels. convolutional layers c1, c2, and c5 use pooling operations to decrease the characteristic's dimensions. f6 and f7 completely interconnected levels use the dropout operation to prevent overfitting. the output layer f8 uses softmax as the activation function. the ilsvrc dataset is utilized to reduce the classification error for 1000 classes of objects, serving as the target for training vgg-f. following the passage of data through the convolutional neural network, the output layer f8 is removed. from either the f6 or f7 layers, we can extract 4093-dimensional image features for the book page. the characteristics of the photograph taken using the f7 layer demonstrate superior retrieval performance [14]. therefore, in this paper, the image after background segmentation and distortion correction is input into the trained vgg-f convolutional neural network, and the image feature codes of book pages are extracted from the f7 layer. 2.4. feature matching and retrieval the cosine distance of the included angle is used to measure the similarity between the image of the applicant's standards picture and the portion of the book that has been verified. suppose 𝑋𝑖 and 𝑋𝑗 represent the graphic's attribute identifier extracted by the convolutional neural network, respectively. the similarity between the two is: 𝑆𝑖,𝑗 = 𝑋𝑖𝑋𝑗 𝑇 √𝑋𝑖𝑋𝑖 𝑇√𝑋𝑗𝑋𝑗 𝑇 (8) the formula √𝑋𝑖𝑋𝑖 𝑇 does not affect the ranking of candidate standard images𝑗. we can calculate it in an offline way. we rewrite the similarity calculation formula of equation 6 as: 𝑆𝑖,𝑗 = 𝑝𝑗(𝑋𝑖𝑋𝑗 𝑇) (9) where 𝑝𝑗(𝑋𝑗𝑋𝑗 𝑇)−1/2can be calculated offline? in this way, calculating the degree to which an applicant's standard picture, as well as the picture that has been verified, are comparable only consumes 40102 multiplications and 4093 additions during online retrieval. in this study, the exhaustive method is employed to directly retrieve standard images of book pages from the database. this involves using equation 7 to calculate the similarity between each candidate hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 206 standard image in the database and the image to be inspected individually. the k candidate standard images with the highest matching degree are then selected as the retrieval results [15]. the time complexity of the exhaustive retrieval algorithm is approximately o(dm), where d is the dimension of the feature code and m is the number of candidate standard images in the database. using a single-threaded program on a laptop computer, we measured the timeconsuming of the exhaustive retrieval algorithm when the dimension of the feature code is 4093 and the number of candidate standard images in the database is between 1×103 and 1×105. figure 4 illustrates the relationship between the time-consuming t of the exhaustive retrieval algorithm in this paper and the number h of candidates in the database. when the number of candidate standard images in the database is 1×105, the time-consuming of the exhaustive retrieval algorithm in this paper is only 415.33 ms. this indicates that the exhaustive retrieval algorithm in this paper can fully meet the user's time-consuming requirements for book page retrieval in small and medium-sized databases. large-scale and ultra-large-scale databases may use methods such as compressing signature dimensions or hash coding to reduce retrieval time, although this may reduce retrieval accuracy (figure 5). figure 5. the relationship between the time-consuming of the exhaustive retrieval algorithm in this paper and the size of the database 3. experimental results and analysis 3.1. experimental setup the study collected 5×103 pages of books and created a test dataset to verify the proposed book page retrieval method. each page of the book was scanned with a scanner to obtain candidate standard images, while five images of each page from different angles were captured using a smartphone as the images to be inspected. the test dataset thus comprised 5×103 candidate standard images and 2.5×104 images to be tested. various harsh environments were simulated during the image capture process, including cluttered backgrounds, perspective changes, geometric distortion, scale changes, motion blur, illumination changes, and local highlights. we use the top-k success rating was determined with the assessment which is a quantifiable index of the experimental results. 𝛾𝑘 = 𝑁𝑘/𝑁 determines the top-k hit ratings. 𝑁 represents the number of experiments. 𝑁𝑘 represents the quantity in successful retrievals (the first k images with the highest matching similarity given by the retrieval algorithm contain correct potential standards pictures). 3.2. experimental outcome and investigation figure 6 illustrates the representative process in this paper, and each column in figure 6 is the top 5 matching similarity from high to low from top to bottom. correct results are marked with a green tick. the results in the first and second columns of figure 5 show that the method in this paper can better distinguish book page images with high similarity. the retrieval results in the third column of figure 6 demonstrate whether the suggested approach can get around the effects of image highlights and motion blur. although the images in the fourth column of figure 6 and the fifth column of figure 6 are over-segmented, the method in this paper can still give correct retrieval results. one noteworthy finding is seen in figure 6, specifically in the fifth column: the method effectively produces appropriate retrieval findings even if the rectified picture of the potential standard images within the information is rotated by 90 degrees. furthermore, both of the initial corresponding resemblance pictures located in the seventh column of the figure show some lexical parallels to the photograph under examination, even if the subsequent match resemblance photograph is the right conclusion. this demonstrates how well the machine learning approach handles differences in library page photos, including crowded communities, distortion of images, local points of interest, blurred movement, along with additional frequent occurrences. as a result, the approach always produces the best recovery results, regardless of difficult circumstances. this highlights the efficiency and efficacy of the suggested method and its possibilities for use hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 207 in practical situations where accurate and effective picture recovery is crucial. consequently, the results show how well the technique can handle the complexity of imaging duties, offering a viable way to improve the effectiveness and precision of computerized processes across a range of industries. figure 6. part of the retrieval results of the book page retrieval method in this article the approach used in this work was contrasted with the approach across the datasets being tested, and the outcomes of the study are presented in table 1 [16]. reference is an end-to-end image retrieval algorithm based on a convolutional neural network. in the experiment, the convolutional neural networks of the two algorithms are trained using the ilsvrc dataset [17]. from the results in table 1, it can be seen that the method γ1 of the literature is only 41.77%, and the method γ5 is only increased to 58.47%. this shows that the convolutional neural network trained on unrelated datasets is directly used for book page retrieval. not ideal. the hit rate of the method in this paper is above 93%. γ5 also reaches 99.31%. the image correction and image segmentation modules are gradually removed, and experiments are conducted on the test dataset to verify the method's rationality and the necessity of each module [18]. the experimental results in table 2 indicate a sharp drop in the retrieval hit rate after removing the image segmentation and image correction modules [19], highlighting the necessity of these modules in the method [20]. the modular combination of the methods in this paper is deemed more reasonable. table 1. comparison of hit rate % of the method and the literature paper method γ1 γ2 γ3 γ4 γ5 literature 41.77 41.24 36.13 49.84 58.47 this article 93.18 93.47 93.91 99.14 99.31 table 2. hit rate % after removing image segmentation and image correction modules method γ1 γ2 γ3 γ4 γ5 remove all modules only 93.18 93.47 93.91 99.14 99.31 image correction removes images 24.32 37.31 48.57 57.79 61.33 segmentation, correction 17.64 24.73 37.53 47.62 56.69 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 208 the euclidean distance and the cosine distance of the included angle shown in equation 9 are used to measure the degree of similarity between the applicant's reference picture and the one being examined. experiments are conducted on the test dataset [21]. the hit rates of the two feature similarity measurement methods are represented in table 3. the outcomes of the test show euclidean distance is 1.14%, 1.09%, 0.53%, 0.17%, and 0.03% lower than the γ1～γ5 when the included angle cosine distance is adopted. in addition, when we use the cosine distance of the included angle shown in equation 9, the average exhaustive retrieval time of each image to be inspected on the test data set is 12.13 ms. however, the average exhaustive retrieval time increases to 17.56 ms when using euclidean distance. table 3. comparison of hit rate % using different similarity measure methods method γ1 γ2 γ3 γ4 γ5 euclidean distance 95.04 95.38 93.45 93.102 102.28 angle cosine distance 93.18 93.47 93.91 102.14 102.31 a thorough assessment of each module's efficiency was conducted on a laptop computer equipped with a core i5based 2.4ghz dual-core cpu and four gigabytes of ram. image segmentation was analyzed using pictures with a pixel dimension of 400×300, while distortion correction activities were performed on images with a pixel size of 224 × 300. following convolutional neural networks' characteristic codes in the extraction procedure, the resulting feature codes were converted through a numbers format to expedite the pairing and retrieving procedures that followed. carefully written in c++ employing opencv, the evaluation program ensures seamless implementation and effective operation despite requiring gpu or multitasking capabilities. after analyzing the running durations in the experiment's information set, significant numbers surfaced for every module that was studied. in particular, the deformity correcting unit showed a median time for processing of 5.04 ms, while the picture segmented unit showed an overall operating period of 28.102 ms. the characteristic coding collection procedure using convolutional neural network models required a mean of 51.58 ms, whereas the comparison and retrieving procedure took another 12.13 ms. the total time consumed by processing each of these steps added up to 103.42 milliseconds. most importantly, our test results showed how amazing the technique is at providing almost immediate replies on desktop pcs. the above efficiency grade additionally meets, and sometimes exceeds, the reaction time constraints that are commonly anticipated in a variety of scenarios. the technique's exceptional effectiveness and productivity highlight its immediate relevance and adaptability, which makes it an excellent choice for implementation in a variety of contexts in which quick evaluation of images and recovery are essential elements of operations and decision-making processes [22]. 3.3. comparison of existing with proposed method in this paper, we have compared the proposed method of cnn with the existing methods such as cascade region convolution neural network (cascade r-cnn), you only look once (yolov3), yolov4, and improved yolov4 [23], and precision, recall, f1 score, and detection time are parameters used to compare with the existing and proposed methods, as shown in table 4. table 4. numerical outcomes of proposed and existing method model precision recall f1-score detection time cascade r-cnn [23] 70.42 79.25 84.13 35.32 yolov3 [23] 73.98 88.01 80.38 16.52 yolov4 81.39 92.14 86.44 92.84 improved yolov4 90.33 97.20 93.64 14.29 cnn (proposed method) 95.37 98.43 96.23 13.91 precision reflects the percentage of materials that are accurately recognized out of all the works of literature that the algorithm has deemed pertinent. preciseness is essentially a measure of how well the method reduces errors in classification, or situations when an object is mistakenly classified as falling into a particular group of books. a high accuracy score means that the algorithm correctly classifies literature and successfully removes unnecessary ones. the value of precision in cnn obtained was 95.37%, which is higher than the existing methods such as cascade r-cnn (70.42%), yolov3 (73.98%), yolov4 (81.39%), and improved yolov4 (90.33%), as shown in figure 7. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 209 figure 7. graphical representation of precision an important gauge of performance that's utilized to assess well-recognized by the system recognizes and locates books in the holdings of a library. recall, often referred to as sensitivity, gauges how well the system for recognizing books recognizes each and every pertinent occurrence of a book within the collection of the library. recall is essentially a measurement of how well able the system is to identify and collect each title in the library, with any being missed. it is determined by dividing the total amount of volumes in the library by the total amount of volumes that were accurately recognized. a strong recall score means that few errors or missed identities occur since the identification software correctly recovers a significant amount of the library's collection. figure 8 depicts the value of recall in cnn (98.43%) and cascade r-cnn (79.25%), yolov3 (88.01%), yolov4 (92.14%), and improved yolov4 (97.20%). figure 8. comparison of recall a comprehensive evaluation of the efficacy of a model is offered by the f1 score, which is an indicator of correctness that accounts for both precision and recall. recall was the percentage of properly recognized occurrences over all truly good situations, whereas precise counts the percentage of properly determined occasions across every situation labeled as good. the f1 score provides a thorough assessment of the classification capability through tak ing into account both precision and recall, which makes such an invaluable tool to use in improving and perfecting recognition methods in library environments. f1 score ranges 96.23% in cnn, whereas existing methods like cascade r-cnn at 84.13%, yolov3 at 80.38%, yolov4 at (86.44%), and improved yolov4 at (96.23%) as illustrated in figure 9. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 210 figure 9. comparison of f1 score the length of time needed for the procedure to correctly assign books to a library collection. the concept includes the full procedure for taking pictures of covers or sections, analyzing them with recognition computations, and producing pertinent information for cataloging. art methods' time for identification was a crucial component, especially in highvolume or actual-time library settings where quickness and effectiveness are crucial. libraries may increase general effectiveness, optimize processes, and improve customer experience by identifying books more quickly when detection times are lower. cnn has obtained 13.91 ms in detection time, cascade r-cnn (35.32 ms), yolov3 (16.52 ms), yolov4 (15.72 ms), and improved yolov4 (14.29 ms), as shown in figure 10. figure 10. graphical representation of detection time 4. conclusion in this study, a unique approach for booking page recovery using convolutional neural networks (cnns) was presented. the suggested method entails several crucial actions to improve the effectiveness and precision of retrieving. to enhance quality and uniformity, the acquired photos are first processed with foreground separation and distortion restoration procedures. those previously treated photos are then sent through a cnn that has been constructed from task-independent information in order to acquire feature rules that operate on essentially distinct characteristics within each image. using trigonometric proximity computations to compare the characteristic coding in the examined picture to the ones for prospective conventional pictures constitutes a few of the unique features of the suggested technique. the experiments conducted on the evaluation of a database, which showed outstanding retrieving precision, provided that this approach may yield accurate and dependable retrieving outcomes. the work brings out a fascinating limitation of end-to-end cnns taught solely on task-independent information: they frequently score poorly when it comes to retrieving. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 211 on the other hand, the suggested approach avoids the requirement requiring substantial gathering of information activities to construct enormous repositories of book page images. rather than requiring job-specific data to be trained, it makes use of cnns' strong visual feature characterization characteristics to attain higher retrieved reliability. when contrasted with conventional uniform recognition methods, the approach suggested in this investigation greatly increases the reliability and productivity of line recognition. through the use of sophisticated computer modeling techniques, like cnns, this investigation produces better evaluation and interpretation outcomes for book page pictures. to improve line detection reliability and system suggestions, the study presents a unique book system for suggestions that makes use of convolutional neural networks (cnn) and deep learning. it draws attention to how advanced machine learning techniques have revolutionized systems that provide recommendations. in the future, researchers hope to use hashing encoding and feature compression to significantly improve the approach's retrieving performance. with the help of such optimizations', the technique should be able to handle extremely massive book page retrieving workloads with effectiveness and stability. through constant improvement and integration of novel approaches, the suggested strategy has the potential to progress in the area of book page recovery and tackle the difficulties related to managing massive picture databases. a groundbreaking development in library management software that provides availability, reliability, and economy motivates the scholarship. libraries may concentrate on user interaction and collection growth since it spares both money and time. this equipment also creates new avenues for scholarly study, enabling students to work with librarians to improve identification systems and investigate how they affect customer service, availability, and data searching. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, j.h. and y.y.; methodology, z.x.; software, j.x.; validation, j.h., y.y., and z.x.; investigation, j.h.; resources, z.x.; data curation, y.y.; writing—original draft preparation, j.h.; writing—review and editing, z.x.; visualization, z.x.; supervision, z.x.; project administration, z.x.; funding acquisition, j.h. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 5.3. funding this research study is sponsored by these projects: project one: industry-university-research collaborative education program of the ministry of education in china, the project number is 202102205018. project two: universities philosophy and social science researches project in jiangsu province, the project number is: 2019sja1473. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] shi, x., tang, k., & lu, h. (2021). smart library book sorting application with intelligence computer vision technology. library hi tech, 39(1), 220–232. doi:10.1108/lht-10-2019-0211. [2] trinquet, c. (2023). pepper as an assistant in the library: identifying books using machine learning. master’s thesis in applied computer science, june 2023, norwegian university of science and technology, trondheim, norway. [3] martinez-martin, e., ferrer, e., vasilev, i., & del pobil, a. p. (2021). the uji aerial librarian robot: a quadcopter for visual library inventory and book localisation. sensors (switzerland), 21(4), 1–16. doi:10.3390/s21041079. [4] locher, r. (2022). npocr–needle printer character recognition: deep learning-based image id recognition. master degree project (60 ects) in informatics, university of skövde, skövde, sweden. [5] anumula, v. r. b., anumula, k. r. v. s. s., anumula, m., & damerla, s. (2024). artificial intelligence using library information science professionals. international journal of progressive research in engineering management and science, 4(1), 591-594. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 212 [6] bairagi, m., & lihitkar, s. empowering libraries: ai-driven tools and techniques for digital transformation and sustainable innovation. in one day national conference on ‘preserving indian knowledge system and envisioning the role of libraries in nep 2020 framework’, 10(1), 388–396. [7] mupaikwa, e. (2025). the application of artificial intelligence and machine learning in academic libraries. in encyclopedia of information science and technology, igi global, sixth edition, 1-18. doi:10.4018/978-1-6684-7366-5.ch041. [8] gonzález‐ alcaide, g., castelló‐ cogollos, l., navarro‐ molina, c., aleixandre‐ benavent, r., & valderrama‐ zurián, j. c. (2008). library and information science research areas: analysis of journal articles in lisa. journal of the american society for information science and technology, 59(1), 150-154. doi:10.1002/asi.20720. [9] takher, s. (2024). revolutionizing agriculture libraries in india: a comprehensive study on implementing near field communication (nfc) technology for enhanced access and knowledge sharing. asian journal of agricultural extension, economics & sociology, 42(1), 128–138. doi:10.9734/ajaees/2024/v42i12355. [10] sibiya, m., & sumbwanyambe, m. (2019). a computational procedure for the recognition and classification of maize leaf diseases out of healthy leaves using convolutional neural networks. agriengineering, 1(1), 119–131. doi:10.3390/agriengineering1010000. [11] lin, j. d., wu, x. y., chai, y., & yin, h. p. (2020). structure optimization of convolutional neural networks: a survey. zidonghua xuebao/acta automatica sinica, 46(1), 24–37. doi:10.16383/j.aas.c180275. [12] zhou, d. x. (2020). universality of deep convolutional neural networks. applied and computational harmonic analysis, 48(2), 787–794. doi:10.1016/j.acha.2019.06.004. [13] chouiekh, a., & el haj, e. h. i. (2020). deep convolutional neural networks for customer churn prediction analysis. international journal of cognitive informatics and natural intelligence, 14(1), 1–16. doi:10.4018/ijcini.2020010101. [14] abidi, s. f. h., sumukhi, t., kumar, v., & santhosh, b. (2021). lung cancer detection using deep convolutional neural network. international journal of organizational and collective intelligence (ijoci), 11(4), 13-20. doi:10.4018/ijoci.2021100102. [15] yamada, a., niikura, r., otani, k., aoki, t., & koike, k. (2021). automatic detection of colorectal neoplasia in wireless colon capsule endoscopic images using a deep convolutional neural network. endoscopy, 53(8), 832–836. doi:10.1055/a-1266-1066. [16] sunaga, y., natsuaki, r., & hirose, a. (2019). land form classification and similar land-shape discovery by using complexvalued convolutional neural networks. ieee transactions on geoscience and remote sensing, 57(10), 7907–7917. doi:10.1109/tgrs.2019.2917214. [17] yurong, g., & ke, z. (2019). end-to-end dual-channel feature recalibration for densenet image classification. chinese journal of image graphics, 11(08), 126–127. [18] jingdong, l., & xinyi, w. (2019). overview of convolutional neural network structural optimization. acta automata, 14(09), 79-83. [19] surono, s., rivaldi, m., dewi, d. a., & irsalinda, n. (2023). new approach to image segmentation: u-net convolutional network for multiresolution ct image lung segmentation. emerging science journal, 7(2), 498-506. doi:10.28991/esj-202307-02-014. [20] surono, s., afitian, m. y. f., setyawan, a., arofah, d. k. e., & thobirin, a. (2023). comparison of cnn classification model using machine learning with bayesian optimizer. hightech and innovation journal, 4(3), 531-542. doi:10.28991/hij-202304-03-05. [21] roy, a. m., bose, r., & bhaduri, j. (2022). a fast accurate fine-grain object detection model based on yolov4 deep neural network. neural computing and applications, 34(5), 3895–3921. doi:10.1007/s00521-021-06651-x. [22] ji, s. j., ling, q. h., & han, f. (2023). an improved algorithm for small object detection based on yolo v4 and multi-scale contextual information. computers and electrical engineering, 105, 108490. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2022.108490. [23] pang, h., zhang, y., cai, w., li, b., & song, r. (2022). a real-time object detection model for orchard pests based on improved yolov4 algorithm. scientific reports, 12(1), 13557. doi:10.1038/s41598-022-17826-4. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 96 issn: 2723-9535 powering through challenges: analyzing the energy crisis in the western balkans during the pandemic context arben gjukaj 1 , vezir rexhepi 1* , raimonda bualoti 2, marialis celo 2, isak kerolli 3 1 department of power engineering, university of prishtina “hasan prishtina”.pristina, 10000, kosovo. 2 department of power system department, polytechnic university of tirana. tirna, 1000, albania. 3 kosovo energy corporation j.s.c (kek j.s.c), pristina, 10000, kosovo. received 28 october 2023; revised 09 february 2024; accepted 16 february 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract this paper examines the current challenges in the energy sector of the western balkan countries, focusing on the energy sector of kosovo as a case study during the pandemic. these countries are at crucial stages of their development, marked by significant achievements but with ongoing challenges in the energy sector as a factor for sustainable development. the region remains highly vulnerable to energy crises and geopolitical tensions, particularly due to its heavy dependence on fossil fuels such as brown coal for energy production. our research focuses on the energy system in kosovo, highlighting its historical reliance on a fragile energy sector, particularly characterized by inflexible thermal power plants using outdated technology and a lack of additional, more flexible capacity. the purpose of this study is to examine kosovo's energy system, assess the challenges it encounters, and identify the factors that have contributed to the energy crisis from 2021 to 2023. keywords: electricity consumption; electricity market; energy crisis; gas; power system; renewable energy sources. 1. introduction the undeniable necessity for electricity permeates nearly all human activities, supporting desired living standards and economic development. ensuring sufficient sustainable energy capacity is a crucial prerequisite for societal progress, particularly as the increasing purposes and need for electrical energy drive increased demand. this reality is starkly evident in kosovo, where approximately 85% of the nation's electricity consumption is met by outdated and unreliable lignite-fired thermal power plants. recent analysis of europe's energy crisis and the eu's desire to achieve energy independence from russian gas and increase renewable energy targets through the repowereu package has revealed disagreements among some countries. some eu nations prioritize energy independence over decarbonization objectives, leading to divergences in their energy policies compared to those of the eu and of national plans due to the energy crisis and stricter decarbonization objectives [1]. energy policy plays a crucial role in a country's national security and long-term economic stability. in the face of escalating concerns about global warming and increasing energy demand, selecting an appropriate energy strategy has become a multifaceted challenge, encompassing technological, social, and political dimensions [2]. * corresponding author: vezir.rexhepi@uni-pr.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-08  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8324-9052 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3975-6927 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 97 the demand for electricity was influenced by lower temperatures during the winter seasons of 2021 and 2022. however, it is important to note that not all weather phenomena have a direct impact on natural gas consumption. in 2022, southern europe experienced low rainfall, resulting in a notably weak period for hydropower generation, directly affecting the expansion of gas-fired power. elevated prices in international energy markets significantly reduced the demand for electricity, particularly within industrial sectors reliant on natural gas. however, the extent to which these factors contributed to enduring reductions in demand remains uncertain [3]. the international energy market's pricing and its connection to the gas supply issue, as analyzed in germany, also influenced the energy crisis. russia's invasion of ukraine, impacting energy price hikes, has led to heightened tensions in global gas markets, particularly due to europe's substantial reliance on gas in its energy composition. analyzing supply and demand imbalances in the european gas market, considering factors like price volatility, stock levels, supply imbalances, and political unpredictability, suggests that eu supranational policy is responsible for the unsatisfactory energy situation and has led to increased energy demand [4]. the crisis in europe's energy sector revealed industry weaknesses, highlighting europe's strategic vulnerability to russian energy imports and challenges related to the unsustainable use of nuclear reactors in france, coupled with a severe drought impacting hydropower plants in southern europe [5]. other studies have examined the recent global energy crisis in the context of the energy transition and the commitment to reduce carbon emissions. this transition has emerged due to the depletion of fossil fuel reserves, diminished investments in the power sector, the halt in oil production during the covid pandemic, and the repercussions of the ukraine-russia conflict. the findings suggest a surge in fuel costs, particularly after the removal of covidrelated restrictions in 2021 and during the russia-ukraine conflict in early 2022, exhibiting variations in scale and diverse impacts across countries [6]. the 2022–2023 energy crisis underscored the importance of the clean-energy transition for ensuring affordable and secure energy supplies while aligning economic paths with decarbonization. uncoordinated policies may threaten europe's international competitiveness and market cohesion. as europe shifts toward clean energy, investments in renewables need a long-term strategy to address vulnerabilities related to critical minerals, preventing a recurrence of issues seen in the natural gas crisis during the energy transition [7, 8]. this paper describes an interdisciplinary study that integrates geopolitical, economic, environmental, and technological perspectives to analyze comprehensively the causes and impacts of the energy crisis throughout the western balkan region, including the specific characteristics and circumstances of the energy system in kosovo. this study will also focus on developing multifaceted solutions and energy strategies, as well as tariff structures to address vulnerabilities and ensure sustainable energy supply in the country. in the analyzed studies, the key factor identified as the determinant of the energy crisis was the russia-ukraine war. the crisis occurred because europe had already established a high dependence on gas and other energy resources from russia. the war disrupted the energy supply in europe, influencing both its economy and politics. consequences included divergences in positions among european countries, especially in the political and economic spheres. these consequences present challenges for economic recovery after the pandemic, contribute to europe's downturn, lead to a global rise in energy input prices, and intensify the tension between russia and nato, all directly linked to the energy crisis [9]. differences in the research examined lie in the varying perspectives and foci on the causes and impacts of the energy crisis in europe. some studies emphasize the role of the russia-ukraine war and europe's dependence on russian energy resources as the primary determinants of the crisis. these studies delve into the geopolitical and economic implications of this dependence and the war's impact on energy supply and pricing. other studies focus on the broader context of the energy transition, decarbonization, and the global energy market, highlighting factors such as weather phenomena, supply and demand imbalances, energy transition commitments, and the depletion of fossil fuel reserves as contributors to the crisis. these studies also underscore the need for coordinated policies and long-term strategies to address vulnerabilities and ensure a sustainable energy transition [10]. while all of the studies acknowledge the energy crisis in europe, they clearly present different perspectives on the root causes and contributing factors, emphasizing the need for a more comprehensive understanding of the crisis and the development of multifaceted solutions. the gap lies in the emphasis on specific factors and the varying degrees of focus on geopolitical, economic, environmental, and technological aspects of the crisis. closing this gap would involve integrating these diverse perspectives to form a comprehensive understanding of the energy crisis and its implications for europe and the global energy landscape. this research aims to fill the gap in research so far regarding the factors that created the energy crisis in europe, with a specific focus on the countries of the western balkans and particularly on the electrical energy system of kosovo. this paper’s methodology consists of historical analysis of results and regulatory policies, as provided in recent reports on the energy crisis. this work delves into the sensitivity of kosovo's energy system to external and internal influences, examining the factors that caused the energy crisis between 2001 and 2023. our analysis dissects the impact hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 98 of external factors such as the economic downturn in europe during this period, with a particular emphasis on the internal elements that ignited kosovo's energy crisis. these elements include limited production capacity, dependence on imports during the winter, increasing demand for electricity, significant technical and commercial losses, tariff policies, and the failure to build new capacity. furthermore, we explore the challenges kosovo faces due to electricity shortages, considering the country's efforts to meet consumer demands through various energy sources, to strengthen economic growth, and to ensure long-term supply security. this research seeks solutions to address the critical issue of reserve generation, prompting us to analyze the impact of electricity markets and local alternative energy sources on meeting kosovo's energy consumption. this article is divided into five parts: first, it summarizes the economic and energy challenges faced by western balkan countries, particularly focusing on the example of kosovo's power system. second, it summarizes and explores the global energy crisis, particularly its impact on europe, driven by factors such as surging demand, the covid-19 pandemic, and the ukraine conflict. third, it delves into external factors that influenced the increase in global demand for electricity during the years 2021 and 2022, focusing on the demand from the economy and the prevailing weather conditions. the analysis further concentrates on the energy crisis witnessed in europe, encompassing climate challenges, post-covid effects, limited wind energy, reduced natural gas, and political developments. fourth, the paper describes the internal factors that have influenced kosovo's energy sector during this period. the overview encompasses a detailed analysis of the sector, covering aspects such as energy demand, production, technical challenges, insufficient investment, the impact of imports, changes in prices in the market, tariff structure, and their overall impact on the ongoing crisis. finally, policy suggestions are put forward as the findings and factors that caused this crisis are concluded, including lessons for the future to build an inclusive and self-sustainable policy in the energy sector. 2. navigating energy challenges focus on kosovo's economic landscape and power sector evolution the western balkan (wb) countries, including kosovo, albania, bosnia and herzegovina, north macedonia, and serbia, are at crucial points in their development. despite progress in their socio-economic transitions, these nations face significant and persistent challenges. economic growth has slowed, and there is a need to identify new sources for productivity enhancement and economic transformation. the labor market's suboptimal performance has led to a migration of individuals seeking better opportunities elsewhere. persistent inequalities and widespread poverty further complicate the development landscape. additionally, poor air quality levels, stemming from polluting energy sources, have a detrimental impact on overall quality of life [11]. the region is vulnerable to the energy crisis and the ukraine conflict. most countries in this region rely on fossil fuels, especially brown coal, for energy, with less direct reliance on russian gas compared to other parts of europe. however, acer's 2020 data shows high dependence on russian gas provides high percentages of the market in serbia (89%), bosnia and herzegovina (100%), and north macedonia (100%) (see figure 1). bosnia and herzegovina, kosovo, montenegro, north macedonia, and serbia heavily depend on coal for electricity generation [12]. figure 1. share of coal in electricity generation in the wb kosovo's economic development has been hindered by a fragile energy sector characterized by instability, reliance on inefficient technologies, and vulnerability to external factors. the primary energy source in kosovo is derived from thermal power plants, specifically electricity produced from lignite. the fundamental characteristic of electricity consumption is the deficit in production during daytime hours when demand is high and excess production during 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 albania montenegro north macedonia bih serbia kosovo % o f e le c tr ic it y p r o d u c e d f r o m c o a l hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 99 nighttime hours, reflecting both seasonal and daily variations. the lignite plants cannot vary output easily or inexpensively. it is crucial to analyze daily consumption, as shown in figure 2, which presents a cumulative annual diagram for each hour. emphasizing significant consumption discrepancies between day and night is vital for optimizing energy resource efficiency. specific maximum and minimum hourly consumption averages can influence energy production and distribution planning. understanding these fluctuations is essential to ensuring that energy demand matches available capacity. naturally, energy demand rises during the day when human activity peaks and declines at night when most people sleep. this shift in energy consumption has significant implications for energy infrastructure and resources. effectively managing these variations is necessary to meet energy demand efficiently and reduce energy costs. figure 2. typically, a daily diagram represents the annual average demand per hour for the kosovo power system kosovo's energy sector has historically been a driver of economic growth due to abundant resources and rising local and regional energy demand. however, the dependency on electricity, particularly during the winter, demands minimal tolerance for disruptions. achieving reliable electricity supply, integrating and expanding the market, and incorporating new generation capacities all hinge on effective system planning. kosovo has an installed production capacity of 1,567 mw, with the operational capacity at around 1,239 mw, mostly from thermal power plants (87.91%) and the remainder from hydropower, solar, and wind, as shown in table 1. however, due to the age and inflexibility of the thermal power plants, imports and exports are necessary to balance the system. the transmission system, operated by kostt, manages energy flows and coordinates with the regional and european electric power systems [13]. table 1. generation capacities in kosovo power system production units commissioning year unit capacity (mw) installed net min/max a1 1962 65 out of operation 0 a2 1964 125 out of operation 0 a3 1970 200 144 100-130 a4 1971 200 144 100-130 a5 1975 210 144 100-130 b1 1983 339 264 180-260 b2 1984 339 264 180-260 total hpp 132.4 132.4 wind power 137.2 137.2 pv 10 10 total res 279.6 279.6 total 1 567.5 1 239.6 1006 853 760 725 712 715 777 895 1029 1115 1134 1115 1085 1066 1054 1069 1114 1148 1164 1161 1154 1141 1176 1144 -400 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 production demand exchange m w h /h hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 100 electricity consumption and peak demand in kosovo surged by over 90% between 2000 and 2010, with consistent annual growth of 6.7%. the energy system experiences fluctuating demands influenced by seasonal changes and various consumer categories. in 2021, consumption reached 6,885 gwh, marking an 11% increase from 2020 (figure 3) [13]. however, demand dropped to 6,547 gwh in 2022, reflecting a 4.9% decrease compared to the previous year. the absence of transmission capacity allocation at the kosovo-serbia border has significantly impacted the energy situation in the region, introducing substantial impediments to the operational efficiency of energy traders. political considerations have impeded decisive action, and no consensus on capacity allocation has been reached to date [8, 14]. figure 3. electricity demand from 2011 to 2023 kosovo's energy sector faces financing resources challenges in constructing new generating capacities, replacing existing ones, and utilizing renewable energy sources. high pollution levels from fossil fuel sources and outdated thermal power plants pose environmental and health risks. the sector also grapples with significant technical and commercial losses within the distribution network, hindering its efficiency and performance [15]. figure 4. load forecast 5,584 5,467 5,520 5,399 5,570 5,342 5,686 5,671 6,001 6,167 6,885 6,547 6,680 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 2 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 4 2 0 1 5 2 0 1 6 2 0 1 7 2 0 1 8 2 0 1 9 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 1 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 g w h 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 m w 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 internal capacity 930 1270 1450 1480 1500 1500 1500 1680 1700 1750 1800 1800 1800 1800 1850 1850 1870 1950 2050 2100 2100 2200 2200 2400 midium scenario 1072 1158 1150 1168 1101 1154 1129 1160 1161 1201 1260 1249 1398 1439 1426 1455 1472 1491 1486 1493 1502 1514 1524 1529 high scenario 1072 1158 1150 1168 1101 1154 1129 1160 1161 1201 1260 1249 1398 1455 1455 1505 1531 1558 1561 1554 1575 1583 1590 1597 low scenario 1072 1158 1150 1168 1101 1154 1129 1160 1161 1201 1260 1249 1398 1385 1383 1396 1413 1424 1425 1419 1427 1438 1442 1453 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 101 the electricity market in kosovo operates primarily through bilateral contracts, regulated by the production regulator, ero. however, there is an absence of a forward market, a spot market, or an index, making kosovo's electricity trading landscape unique. kosovo's energy portfolio lacks a gas market or related activities, although there are aspirations to establish connections with several projects, including the trans-adriatic gas pipeline in albania. kosovo has been a net importer for many years, prompting efforts to attract expertise and private capital for the "kosova e re" project, with the goal of constructing a new thermal power plant. the project was envisioned to be developed in stages, with the first phase seeking to replace the 'kosova a' power plant, meet local needs, and rehabilitate the 'kosova b' power plant for increased reliability and compliance with eu environmental standards. the second phase would address increased demand and facilitate the closure of the 'kosova b' power plant after revitalization. the 'new kosova' thermal power plant has been identified as a vital project, strategically positioning kosovo in the regional landscape for future electricity generation, as illustrated in figure 4 [16]. 3. unraveling the roots: triggers behind the energy crisis in today's world, there is a significant energy crisis, driven by various factors. these include a growing demand for energy, thus exceeding available supply, as well as challenges such as the ongoing covid-19 pandemic and the conflict in ukraine. despite knowing that resources like oil, gas, power, and water are finite, many people tend to take them for granted. there is a prevailing sentiment that insufficient measures have been taken to address the impending crisis. the rise in oil and gas prices, along with the gradual depletion of these resources, highlights the severity of the situation. unfortunately, some dismiss the energy crisis as a myth, overlooking important historical events like the oil crisis of 1973 and the oil price spike of 1990. over the past decade, increasing demand and diminishing energy resources have led to a surge in prices [3]. the energy crisis in europe has significant global economic implications, with notable economic and political consequences. the region, lacking intrinsic energy resources, ensuring autonomy, has emphasized this objective since the formation of the integration bloc in 1992, anchored by the maastricht treaty with germany and france. a crucial factor driving the current energy crisis is europe's heavy reliance on external energy sources. before the covid-19 pandemic and the russia-ukraine conflict, the european union (eu) relied on about 70% of oil and natural gas exports from russia, highlighting its vulnerability to external factors. despite efforts to maintain strategic reserves, the eu grapples with a critical challenge of energy dependence. notably, europe is actively investing in an energy transition for environmental sustainability while deeming energy autonomy crucial to addressing ongoing and future crises. the energy crisis has implications for the post-pandemic world economic recovery, given the eu's pivotal role in the globalized economy. the subsequent analysis will explore economic and political implications, highlighting sustainable initiatives to address the issue, with the conclusion shedding light on their impact on post-pandemic economic recovery [8, 9, 17]. at the same time, the trajectory of electricity demand expansion has shown a notable slowdown in 2022. after a strong 6% surge in global electricity demand in 2021, driven by a rapid economic rebound as covid-19 restrictions eased, projections indicated a reduction in growth to approximately 2.4% for 2022. whether those were accurate projections, this aligned closely with the average growth rate observed between 2015 and 2019. the underlying causes of this moderation include a sluggish global economic expansion, increased energy costs following russia's incursion into ukraine, and the reinstatement of health-related limitations, particularly within china [18]. during the covid-19 pandemic, a global decline in energy demand resulted in reduced non-fossil fuel electricity production. following the easing of public restrictions, increased demand led to a natural gas shortage in europe. the crisis deepened due to the russian military buildup near ukraine, disrupting the energy supply chain. this turmoil led to a substantial surge in natural gas prices across europe. gazprom, russia's state-controlled gas company, received authorization to boost gas supply to european nations, temporarily reducing energy prices in november 2021. however, prices rebounded in december due to factors such as germany's refusal to approve the nord stream 2 pipeline, closures of nuclear and coal plants, and increased military activity near ukraine. gas prices in europe surged by an unprecedented 600% in 2021, including a 37% increase in uk wholesale gas prices within 24 hours in early october [6, 19]. in early 2022, energy prices rose further due to sanctions imposed on russia during its invasion of ukraine, disrupting energy supplies and causing increased prices for gas and electricity. heightened energy prices prompted european nations to explore alternative, albeit costly, energy sources. the crisis also impacted the food industry, resulting in higher prices. the overall effects were evident in increased living costs and housing prices across various european countries, including the united kingdom and some central and eastern european nations [6]. 4. external factors in 2021, global electricity demand surged by an unprecedented 6%, exceeding 1,500 twh. this growth, the most significant since 2010 as shown in figure 5, resulted from a rapid global economic revival and extreme weather conditions, notably a colder winter. the expanding industrial sector drove the rising demand, followed by contributions from the commercial, service, and residential sectors [18]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 102 figure 5. global changes in energy requirements [18] europe faced an energy crisis in 2021 influenced by climatic conditions, the aftermath of the covid-19 pandemic, limited wind energy generation, reduced natural gas resources, low reserves, the absence of a strategic reserve, electricity price formulation, eu-russian political developments, and climate policies. various authors express differing opinions on the causes of the crisis, marked by increased energy and market prices, stemming from both external and internal factors. governments strive to balance energy security, affordability, and sustainability, implementing measures to alleviate the impact on consumers [20]. by 2020, europe relied on gas imports due to declining internal production. depleting gas fields in the north sea and the netherlands led to increased reliance on imports, mainly from russia and norway. the international energy agency (iea) urged russia to send more gas to europe amid concerns about lower supplies in russian-controlled storage facilities. the iea proposed increased gas availability for the winter heating season [21]. in q1 2022, european energy markets experienced a fivefold increase in short-term gas prices, attributed to enduring trends and recent events. factors included changes in customer and investor dynamics, carbon tax influence, heightened global demand post-covid-19, and the unfolding conflict in ukraine [22]. the anticipated gas price trajectory in europe for 2021 foresaw a notable 600% surge, with wholesale gas prices in the uk escalating by 37% in just 24 hours in early october, as illustrated in figure 6. this spike raised concerns in various industries, leading stakeholders to seek assistance from the uk government. the heightened prices contributed to the closure of smaller energy providers and disruptions in specific industrial sectors. consequently, there was a visible push to reduce reliance on fossil fuels and nurture a robust renewable energy sector [23]. figure 6. impact of the rise in production costs on electricity prices [18] € /m w h hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 103 5. internal factors analysis in kosovo the year 2021 saw a significant increase in electricity prices in european markets. this surge was driven by factors such as heightened gas demand in asia, low gas reserves in european stocks, and an increased need for electricity following the economic recovery after the covid-19 restrictions. these factors, combined with global economic, atmospheric, and political dynamics, contributed to the price escalation. kosovo's manufacturing sector initially remained unaffected by the price and supply crisis, benefiting from lower demand during warmer months and sufficient production capacity. however, the second half of 2021 saw an unprecedented spike in electricity prices. the combination of these factors led to prices on the hungarian electricity exchange (hupx) reaching €376/mwh, representing a staggering 563% increase compared to the beginning of the year. as a net importer of electricity, kosovo faced rising dependence on imports due to the escalating prices in europe. the price fluctuations in kosovo during 2021 highlighted the growing sensitivity of electricity demand, raising concerns about security (figure 7) [24]. figure 7. daily average prices in hupex for the years 2021, 2022, and 2023 in december 2021, electricity consumption in kosovo surpassed normal growth records by 10.8% compared to the previous year. the maximum load in the transmission systems peaked at 1,398 mw, with an average hourly consumption of 1,198 mwh/h. this increase in consumption was influenced by consumer spending, particularly in the last months of 2021. the majority of electricity demand during periods of low consumption is typically met by local production. however, due to the aging thermal power plants and their limited ability to adjust to fluctuating demand, especially during peak times and high-demand periods, the need for imports becomes essential [18, 25]. figure 8. electricity production, import, export, and demand -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 1 9 1 7 2 5 3 3 4 1 4 9 5 7 6 5 7 3 8 1 8 9 9 7 1 0 5 1 1 3 1 2 1 1 2 9 1 3 7 1 4 5 1 5 3 1 6 1 1 6 9 1 7 7 1 8 5 1 9 3 2 0 1 2 0 9 2 1 7 2 2 5 2 3 3 2 4 1 2 4 9 2 5 7 2 6 5 2 7 3 2 8 1 2 8 9 2 9 7 3 0 5 3 1 3 3 2 1 3 2 9 3 3 7 3 4 5 3 5 3 3 6 1 (e u r /m w h ) daily average prices 2021 daily average prices 2022 daily average prices 2023 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 g w h tc a tc b hpp & res import demand eksport hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 104 the graph above shows the trends in electricity production, imports, exports, and demand over the past decade. notably, the data in the graph highlights a consistent increase in electricity demand from 2011 to 2021. in recent years, the modest expansion of power generation capacities, driven by the integration of various renewable sources, has not been enough to meet the high peak loads of kosovo's electric power system. to address this energy shortfall and meet national demand, kosovo heavily relies on importing electricity. with a combined operational capacity of 1,236 mw and a maximum load of 1,398 mw this year, the electric power system falls short during peak periods. this situation results in a generation adequacy ratio of 88.4%, as illustrated in figure 8. the monthly variations in maximum and minimum loads throughout 2022 and 2023 are detailed in table 2 [13]. table 2. maximum and minimum monthly bases during the year load mw jan. feb. mar. apr. may jun. jul. aug. sep. oct. nov. dec. 2022 max 1,429 1,291 1,311 1,077 857 721 768 764 699 879 1,135 1,372 min 715 562 487 369 294 306 337 332 324 350 413 782 2023 max 1,265 1,413 1,179 1,219 809 768 873 870 744 961 1207 1401 min 602 554 477 419 323 311 358 390 335 342 399 508 the delay in implementing reforms to support renewable energy sources and strategic investments, particularly through well-defined energy efficiency programs, reflects persistent, unsustainable, and shortsighted policies and decision-making. legal uncertainties surrounding the enactment of crucial laws, such as those related to renewable energy sources, and the establishment of an auction market for potential investors in renewable sources, as well as the execution of subsidy schemes, remain significant obstacles in this sector. the inflexibility in kosovo's energy sector stems from a lack of competitive resources, particularly in the realm of renewable energy, notably hydroelectric power. this rigidity is compounded by the absence of a comprehensive policy for integrating renewable resources, hindering kosovo's progress in aligning with the green agenda outlined by the european union. the energy crisis in kosovo in 2021 marked a notable escalation in pricing dynamics within the european electricity markets, driven by factors such as heightened gas demand in asia, depleted gas reserves in european stocks, and increased electricity consumption following the post-covid-19 economic resurgence. this surge in electricity prices exemplifies the intricate interplay of economic and political factors on a global scale. in the initial phase, kosovo's energy sector showed resilience during the prevailing price and supply crisis by taking advantage of reduced demand in warmer seasons and having sufficient domestic production capacity. however, the latter part of 2021 saw a significant increase in prices. this led to international electricity exchange rates, particularly on the hungarian electricity exchange (hupx), as illustrated in figure 9, soaring to €376/mwh, a 563% increase from the beginning of the year. as a net importer of electricity, kosovo was greatly affected by the high prices seen across europe [24]. figure 9. comparisons of average monthly prices in hupex for 2021 and 2023 jan feb mar apr may jun jul aug sep oct nov dec 2021 58.29 50.85 55.04 62.94 59.94 77.90 95.15 109.02 135.10 197.16 215.87 245.81 2022 198.92 194.27 285.58 189.18 204.84 236.79 371.10 495.29 391.35 193.94 222.74 261.15 2023 148.69 146.21 113.37 106.71 88.19 96.57 94.98 100.41 103.81 104.91 99.38 88.91 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 (e u r /m w h ) 2021 2022 2023 expon. (2022) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 105 in 2021, kosovo experienced a substantial 41% increase in electricity consumption compared to 2017. this surge, particularly during the winter months, created pressure on the energy supply infrastructure. the higher demand for electricity may be attributed to increased use for heating following changes in the tariff structure. the removal of block and seasonal tariffs likely led to lower winter electricity prices, especially for high consumption (>600 kwh/month), prompting households to use electric heating more and thus increasing overall electricity usage, as illustrated in figure 10 [13, 26]. figure 10. share annual electricity consumption for households furthermore, the energy sector in kosovo encountered additional complexities in 2021. during this time, european electricity markets experienced a price surge due to factors such as increased demand for gas in asia, depleted gas reserves in european stocks, and higher electricity consumption driven by the global economic recovery after the initial covid-19 restrictions. this surge in electricity prices demonstrates the intricate interplay of economic and political factors on a global scale [25]. considering the technical specifications of the generating units kosovo a and b, which are crucial for meeting consumption needs and maintaining the balance of the electrical system, the reliance on local production, while inflexible, necessitates the importation of electricity. this need becomes particularly evident during peak times and the winter season, which are characterized by generally higher prices. at the same time, there are instances of surpluses, especially during off-peak hours and seasons with lower demand for electricity, requiring strategic exports. to meet the nation's domestic electricity needs, both kesco and kostt actively import electricity from the regional market, facilitated by strong commercial contracts with reputable traders. as a result, the dynamics of import prices are closely linked to fluctuations in international electricity exchanges. this connection highlights the complex relationship between local energy demand, regional market dynamics, and the broader international energy landscape. in december 2021, electricity consumption in the country exceeded typical growth records by an extraordinary 10.8% compared to the previous year. during this time, the transmission system recorded an unprecedented peak load of 1,398 mw, with an average hourly consumption of 1,198 mwh/h. these figures indicate a significant increase in consumption, largely driven by the widespread adoption of electric heating practices, particularly in the final months of 2021. in response to the energy crisis, key stakeholders within governmental institutions and regulatory frameworks took pivotal actions. financial measures were implemented to mitigate the significant costs associated with imports, leading to a state of emergency in kosovo’s energy sector. operators were required to implement measures aimed at reducing energy consumption and promoting conservation. simultaneously, the office of the energy regulator initiated a comprehensive analysis of available options for reforming electricity tariffs for end-users, prompting an extraordinary review of the maximum allowable revenues applicable to regulated enterprises [13]. the energy crisis in kosovo was compounded by a deficiency in electricity production from local sources, stemming from a chain of issues. the aging infrastructure, unreliability, and unplanned output of thermal power plants contributed to supply shortages, significant energy imbalances, and extraordinary deviations in energy costs. at the end of 2021 and the beginning of 2022, the energy crisis in the country worsened, primarily due to the inadequacy of local electricity production. technical malfunctions in aging generating units, combined with external 700,000.00 1,400,000.00 2,100,000.00 2,800,000.00 3,500,000.00 mwh mwh mwh mwh mwh mwh mwh 2 0 1 7 2 0 1 8 2 0 1 9 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 1 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 low tariff high tariff hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 106 adversities, led to a surge in electricity demand, particularly during the peak season of energy consumption. the unexpected shutdown of these generating units had a ripple effect, as the pristina city heating plant relies on steam from these units in a cogeneration process. during the high season, this plant provides heat to over 12 thousand families, resulting in increased electricity demand and significant strain on the interconnection system, culminating in a state of crisis. figure 11. average import and export prices over the years the technical challenges encountered in unit b2 of tc kosova b further complicated the situation, with the defect expected to be resolved by the first quarter of 2022. the disruption in the operation of unit b2 had a profound impact on meeting consumption demand. concurrently, the global energy crisis led to a substantial escalation of electricity prices in international markets, significantly affecting import costs. in december 2021, the supply and distribution operator imported electricity totaling 32.3 million euros, constituting 12% of the maximum revenues allowed for the entire year of 2021. these multifaceted challenges highlight the need for strategic interventions and the formulation of sustainable energy policies to navigate the complex landscape of the contemporary energy crisis. 6. conclusion this paper focused on the challenges facing kosovo's electricity supply security during the pandemic years of 2021– 2023 due to the lack of new energy sources and the integration of the regional energy market. these deficiencies led to the country’s being vulnerable during crises, necessitating urgent action and strategic reform. the absence of thorough consideration of the tariff structure in 2017 led to unintended consequences, including a persistent surge in consumption, particularly for heating purposes, deviation from the intended trend, and resultant difficulties managing demand and network loads. therefore, a thorough policy review of tariffs by relevant institutions is essential. kosovo must develop a robust energy strategy utilizing renewable energy sources such as solar and wind, along with other viable options. this proactive approach is crucial to safeguarding the country from energy shortages and uncontrolled surges in electricity prices, which would be detrimental to institutions and consumers alike. however, the transition from a predominantly lignite generation system to a diverse and environmentally friendly portfolio presents both economic and technical issues. given these multifaceted challenges, a comprehensive, evidence -based policy is essential to ensuring supply security, price affordability, and generation resource diversification. the current crisis underscores the unsustainable nature of the conventional business model, necessitating urgent action in three key areas: making tariffs reflective of costs, increasing investments in both new generation and grid enhancements, and fostering a conducive environment for sustainable energy practices. addressing these critical areas will lead kosovo to a more resilient and sustainable energy future, mitigating risks and ensuring the safety and afford ability of its electricity supply. 69.66 79.46 62.14 52.31 51.76 45.80 59.06 66.34 56.07 51.47 119.29 268.82 45.05 31.16 28.25 32.86 33.31 29.73 37.39 35.88 39.69 31.00 76.70 207.36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 import prices (€/mwh) export prices (€/mwh) € /m w h hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 107 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.g. and v.r.; methodology, a.g., v.r., and r.b.; software, v.r.; validation, a.g., v.r., r.b., m.c., and i.k.; formal analysis, a.g., v.r., and i.k.; investigation, a.g. and v.r.; resources, a.g.; data curation, a.g. and v.r.; writing—original draft preparation, a.g. and v.r.; writing—review and editing, r.b., m.c., and i.k.; visualization, a.g.; supervision, a.g., and v.r.; project administration, v.r.; funding acquisition, a.g. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] urbano, e. m., kampouropoulos, k., & romeral, l. (2023). energy crisis in europe: the european union’s objectives and countries’ policy trends—new transition paths?. energies, 16(16), 5957. doi:10.3390/en16165957. [2] wojtaszek, henryk & miciuła, ireneusz & modrzejewska, dagmara & stecyk, adam & sikora, mariusz & wójcik-czerniawska, agnieszka & smolarek, małgorzata & kowalczyk, anna & chojnacka, małgorzata. (2024). energy policy until 2050comparative analysis between poland and germany. energies. 17. 421.10.3390/en17020421. [3] iea. (2023), europe’s energy crisis: what factors drove the record fall in natural gas demand in 2022?. international energy agency (iea), paris, france. available online: https://www.iea.org/commentaries/europe-s-energy-crisis-what-factors-drovethe-record-fall-in-natural-gas-demand-in-2022 (accessed on december 2023). [4] chen, y., lan, t., mineshima, a., & zhou, j. (2023). impact of high energy prices on germany’s potential output. selected issues papers, 2023(059). doi:10.5089/9798400248603.018. [5] zachmann, g. (2023), the great 2022 european energy crisis what actually happened and how did europe cope?. bruegel's weekly newsletter, brussels, belgium. available online: https://www.bruegel.org/newsletter/great-2022-european-energy-crisiswhat-actually-happened-and-how-did-europe-cope-0 (accessed on november 2023). [6] ozili, p. k., & ozen, e. (2023). global energy crisis: impact on the global economy. the impact of climate change and sustainability standards on the insurance market, 439-454. doi:10.1002/9781394167944.ch29. [7] emiliozzi, s., ferriani, f., & gazzani, a. g. (2023). the european energy crisis and the consequences for the global natural gas market. ssrn, 1-46. doi:10.2139/ssrn.4640202. [8] iea (2019), integrating power systems across borders. oecd publishing, international energy agency (iea), paris, france. doi:10.1787/6c1b3f61-en. [9] ostrowski, w. (2022). the twenty years’ crisis of european energy security: central and eastern europe and the us. geopolitics, 27(3), 875-897. doi:10.1080/14650045.2020.1835863. [10] halkos, g. e., & gkampoura, e. c. (2021). evaluating the effect of economic crisis on energy poverty in europe. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 144, 110981. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2021.110981. [11] oecd (2022). multi-dimensional review of the western balkans. oecd development pathways. organisation for economic co-operation and development (oecd), paris, france. doi:10.1787/8824c5db-en. https://www.iea.org/commentaries/europe-s-energy-crisis-what-factors-drove-the-record-fall-in-natural-gas-demand-in-2022 https://www.iea.org/commentaries/europe-s-energy-crisis-what-factors-drove-the-record-fall-in-natural-gas-demand-in-2022 https://www.bruegel.org/newsletter/great-2022-european-energy-crisis-what-actually-happened-and-how-did-europe-cope-0 https://www.bruegel.org/newsletter/great-2022-european-energy-crisis-what-actually-happened-and-how-did-europe-cope-0 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 108 [12] bgf. (2023). energy crisis in the western balkans: measures undertaken amid energy price shocks. balkan green foundation (bgf), pristina, kosovo. available online: https://www.balkangreenfoundation.org/en-us/press/500/energy-crisis-in-thewestern-balkans-measures-undertaken-amid-energy-price-shocks/ (accessed on may 2023) [13] ero. (2023). annual report 2022. education review office (ero): new zealand government, wellington, new zealand. available online: https://ero.govt.nz/about-us/annual-report-202223 (accessed on november 2023). [14] eur-lex. (2023). regulation (ec) no 714/2009 of the european parliament and of the council of 13 july 2009 on conditions for access to the network for cross-border exchanges in electricity and repealing regulation (ec) no 1228/2003 (text with eea relevance), oj l 211 14.08.2009, 8-28. [15] gjukaj, a., aliu, s., bualoti, r., & çelo, m. (2021). application of smart grid to decrease commercial and technical losseskosovo case. the 12th mediterranean conference on power generation, transmission, distribution and energy conversion, medpower 2020. doi:10.1049/icp.2021.1211. [16] yumpu. (2023). kosovo energy strategy 2009-2018 ministry of integration, diepoldsau, switzerland. available online: https://www.yumpu.com/en/document/view/44377133/kosovo-energy-strategy-2009-2018-ministria-e-integrimit (accessed on november 2023). [17] iea. (2023). world energy investment 2023. international energy agency (iea), paris, france. available online: https://www.iea.org/reports/world-energy-investment-2023 (accessed on november 2023). [18] iea. (2022). electricity market report january 2022. international energy agency (iea), paris, france. available online: https://www.iea.org/reports/electricity-market-report-january-2022 (accessed on december 2023). [19] energy community. (2019). study on the overall goals for the energy community in 2030. energy efficiency, res, ghg emissions reduction) for the energy community. available online: https://www.energy-community.org/dam/jcr:090129f2-22c34cc6-95d9-cb08cde5cf57/tuwien_2030_targets_062019.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [20] popkostova, y. (2022). europe’s energy crisis conundrum: origins, impacts and way forward. publications office of the european union, european union institute for security studies, 1-8. doi:10.2815/508124. [21] iea. (2021). gas market report, q3-2021: including gas 2021 – analysis and forecast to 2024. international energy agency, paris, france. available online: https://www.iea.org/reports/gas-market-report-q3-2021 (accessed on december 2023). [22] crispeels, p., robertson, m., somers, k., & wiebes, e. (2022). outsprinting the energy crisis. mckinsey & company, illinois, united states. available online: https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/operations/our-insights/outsprinting-the-energy-crisis (accessed on may 2023). [23] fleming, s. (2021). europe's energy crisis: what's behind it and what's next. big think, washington dc, united states. available online: https://bigthink.com/the-present/europe-energy-crisis/ (accessed on november 2023). [24] hupex. (2023). regular reports. hungarian power exchange, budapest, hungary. available online: https://hupx.hu/en/marketdata/id/regular-reports (accessed on may 2023). [25] ming, w., nazifi, f., & trück, s. (2024). emission intensities in the australian national electricity market–an econometric analysis. energy economics, 129, 107184. doi:10.1016/j.eneco.2023.107184. [26] ero. (2022). consultative review report on the tariff structure for regular consumers of household served under the uss. energy regulatory office (ero), pristina, kosovo. available online: https://www.ero-ks.org/zrre/sites/default/files/publikimet/ pjesemarresit%20ne%20treg/furnizim/consultation%20report-tariff%20structure_2.pdf (accessed on december 2023). https://www.balkangreenfoundation.org/en-us/press/500/energy-crisis-in-the-western-balkans-measures-undertaken-amid-energy-price-shocks/ https://www.balkangreenfoundation.org/en-us/press/500/energy-crisis-in-the-western-balkans-measures-undertaken-amid-energy-price-shocks/ https://ero.govt.nz/about-us/annual-report-202223 https://www.yumpu.com/en/document/view/44377133/kosovo-energy-strategy-2009-2018-ministria-e-integrimit https://www.iea.org/reports/world-energy-investment-2023 https://www.iea.org/reports/electricity-market-report-january-2022 https://www.energy-community.org/dam/jcr:090129f2-22c3-4cc6-95d9-cb08cde5cf57/tuwien_2030_targets_062019.pdf https://www.energy-community.org/dam/jcr:090129f2-22c3-4cc6-95d9-cb08cde5cf57/tuwien_2030_targets_062019.pdf https://www.iea.org/reports/gas-market-report-q3-2021 https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/operations/our-insights/outsprinting-the-energy-crisis https://bigthink.com/the-present/europe-energy-crisis/ https://hupx.hu/en/market-data/id/regular-reports https://hupx.hu/en/market-data/id/regular-reports https://www.ero-ks.org/zrre/sites/default/files/publikimet/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 249 issn: 2723-9535 descriptive statistical analysis of the coach-player relationship with cart-q and sci daniel lajčin 1 , kateřina bočková 1* 1 department of management and economics, dti university, sládkovičova 553/20, 018 41 dubnica nad váhom, slovakia. received 09 march 2023; revised 14 may 2023; accepted 21 may 2023; published 01 june 2023 abstract providing maximum performance in a long-term competitive load is associated with a quality relationship between the player and his coach. a coach plays one of the most important roles in an athlete's sports career and has the potential to positively or negatively impact the mental health of athletes. the aim of the presented paper is to map the bond between the quality of the relationship between the player and the coach and the sports self-confidence of elite junior tennis players. the research sample consisted of 236 elite junior tennis players competing at the national and international levels. the average age was 17.2 years. data collection was carried out using the questionnaire methods of the coach-athlete relationship questionnaire (cart-q) and the sport confidence inventory (sci). the results found significant differences in the perception of the quality of the coaching relationship between czech and foreign athletes. gender differences were also found among czech athletes. a significant relationship was found between the quality of the player-coach relationship and sports self-confidence. the results point to the connections between performance, mental well-being, and the quality of the relationship between the player and the coach and can be the basis for further studies and motivate coaches to think about whether there is a need to modify the ways of training and dealing with their athletes. keywords: player coach relationship; elite junior tennis; sports self-confidence (sci). 1. introduction coaching is a behavioral process. coaches represent a significant authority in the lives of athletes, and their work is based on communication with their clients. the relationship between the athlete and the coach affects the performance of both the athlete and the coach. within this relationship, the thoughts, feelings, and behaviors of the participants are causally linked. mutual interpersonal expectations and their fulfillment in the relationship between the athlete and the coach significantly influence performance and the development of the relationship [1]. the relationship between the coach and the athlete is influenced, among other things, by personality traits [2], and the success of a coach's work is inextricably linked to his communication skills [3]. coaches' behaviors and leadership styles are related to the athletic performance of their clients [4–7]. the athlete's perceived authority of the coach is an important source of his selfevaluation, identity, and self-confidence [8]. this significant influence works mainly during childhood and adolescence. coaches are the most important adult in a young athlete's life after parents; their role as a coach is changing depending on the athlete's age and performance, and they influence the athlete's growing autonomy [9]. this great power of the coaches over the players also means great responsibility and the potential for mistakes. a coach-athlete relationship in which authenticity, trust, and closeness are fostered leads to the development of the athlete's full potential and to the support of his autonomy and self-confidence [10, 11]. self-confidence is a reflection of * corresponding author: bockova@dti.sk http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-02-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4827-3748 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3728-628x hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 250 an athlete's current level of self-esteem. an athlete is confident when he likes himself and is satisfied with who he is, what he is, and what he can do. when he is convinced that he is worthy of the recognition and love of others. a stable, high level of self-confidence is important for both training and competition. the source of self-confidence can be one's own abilities, experience, effort invested by the athlete in the preparation, commitments, state of fitness, support of close people, feeling of physical attractiveness or being led by a good coach, and the relationship between the athlete and the coach. the demands placed on a coach's personality and his skills are high and require his ability to adapt and to be open to developing his coaching skills. the coach creates and determines the quality of the environment in which the training process takes place and thus significantly influences the motivation of athletes [4, 12, 13]. with the increase in tennis players performance, the coaching profession has become a complex of expertise that goes beyond the expertise of a specific sport [14, 15]. the coaching function has also an educational function and has great potential to participate in the development of the athlete not only from a physical but also a psychological and social perspective. due to its complexity, tennis ranks among the high-volume sports where the coach and player spend several hours a day together. it can therefore be assumed that the relationship between the player and the coach plays a higher role than in other sports. this study focuses on the relationship between the player and the coach, or more precisely, on the effect this relationship has on the tennis player's self-confidence, which we consider to be an important construct that is unconditional and essential for delivering constant performances, for maintaining the tennis player in a long-term competitive load, and for the quality of his personal life. mapping this bond can motivate coaches to pay due attention not only to the training process but also to the development of the relationship with their clients, because this can be a key factor that will build long-term successful, mentally resilient, and healthy individuals. in addition, the mapping of this relationship and its influence on the athlete's self-confidence have not been fully explored in the czech republic or slovakia. there is not a single scientific publication or research report available that focuses on mapping or analyzing the relationship between the coach and the athlete's self-confidence. the only available material examining this context is the master's thesis of minářová (2022) [16], which focused on determining the influence of the relationship between the elite table tennis players and the coaches on sports confidence, self-esteem, and well-being. in this regard, the research results presented in this paper will become an innovative starting point for further investigation of the importance of the specific form of the relationship between the coach and the athlete towards the development of the athlete's success not only in everyday life but above all in the fiercely competitive environment of a specific sport. 2. literature review 2.1. the relationship between the player and his coach top sports, and tennis in particular, involve many hours spent training, preparing, or traveling to competitive events throughout the calendar year, with the exception of a few weeks a year. due to early specialization, it does not last long, and the time spent with family, friends, school duties, or other interests is reduced to a minimum, and all concentration goes towards sports. in such a case, "the coach gradually becomes the central person with whom the tennis player spends the most time, and a strong relationship is naturally established. through his behavior, way of communicating, and creation of a suitable environment, the coach has a significant influence on the athlete" [15]. it is known that a positive relationship between the player and the coach increases the value of self-esteem, self-confidence, and the athlete's performance itself [2, 17, 18]. it is therefore important to emphasize that, in addition to the career itself, the coach also plays an important role in the field of mental well-being. enhancing personal well-being can lead to more satisfied and resilient athletes, regardless of bad or good sporting experiences [19]. what does the relationship between the player and the coach entail, and what is its definition? currently, the most cited and used definition in sports literature is the one by jowett (2017) [20], which describes the relationship between player and coach as dyadic and mutually influencing. in other words, how one feels or behaves affects the feelings and behavior of others. the coach and the player need each other to achieve sporting success [21]. a successful relationship is understood as one where both tangible (victory) and intangible (skills, well-being) outputs occur [22]. in every relationship, both participants play a role, but the responsibility for the direction in which the relationship will develop rests with the coach, according to most athletes [23], which is based on the different position and higher authority that the coaching role entails [24]. nowadays, we can observe how the sports environment is more and more focused on money and advertising. success and winning are the most important things, and the players are seen as performers who are just doing their job here. losing to a weaker player on paper is not tolerated; one sees unreasonably harsh criticism and abuse from punters, just as we can see in the media that rule the world today. it is almost impossible to cover up any mistake or failure, and the pressure on the athlete in this direction rises rapidly. in this context, one can also observe an inappropriate approach from the ranks of coaches and sports officials, who are again pressured from somewhere and oriented only to the result. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 251 pressure and threats may work in the short term, but in the long term, they can have fatal consequences. a greater interest in the mental well-being, satisfaction, and healthy development of athletes can, on the contrary, be the way to achieve stable and longer-term performances. professional sport, including tennis, starts at an early age, and being exposed to an environment dominated by a "win at all costs" atmosphere [25] can have a very negative impact not only on a future sports career but also on the overall development and attitude toward the life of an athlete. although we believe that coaches mostly have good intentions and pull athletes together, unfortunately, they do not always become the right role models and provide support in the difficult situations that the top sport brings. sometimes it is they who make it difficult for athletes, and because of them, athletes choose to terminate their careers. in other words, a coach is someone who can make or break a young athlete's sports career [26]. in tennis, the coach plays a particularly important role. tennis is a complex sport in which technique, physical abilities, the ability to read the game, coordination, mental endurance, concentration, etc. are important. at the top level, there are only small differences between players, and the difference between a winner and a loser can be decided by correctly chosen tactics or higher mental endurance in endings. the role of the coach is absolutely indispensable in many of the mentioned areas, both in the training process and during competitions. historically, the work of a coach was expected to develop athletes' physical, technical, and strategic skills [27]. today, the relationship between the player and the coach and the coach's ability to find and unlock the player's potential are considered the basis of coaching. marcus weise is a field hockey coach who was the only one to bring gold from the olympic games, both with the women's team and later with the men's team. he himself claims that from the coach's position, it is important to discover the door through which one can "reach" the athlete. achieving what the aforementioned german coach was able to achieve requires a genuine, high-quality relationship between the player and the coach, full of trust in the player's abilities, mutual respect, and open communication [20]. the relationship, or more precisely, the quality of this relationship, affects the receptivity of the athlete. thanks to this, the coaching process can be fully activated, which includes listening, guidance, support, acceptance, and much more. as a result, there is mutual development and, thus, joint success [21]. jowett & shanmugam (2016) [20] have intensively researched the quality and function of the player-coach relationship over the last twenty years. the result of their qualitative and quantitative studies caused the creation of the 3+1 c model, which defines the quality of this relationship. a coaching style supporting athletes' autonomy is consistent with the principles of this model [2]. the quality of the relationship is built on four main components, which are: 1. closeness – represents an emotional bond between the player and the coach full of respect, mutual trust, and recognition. closeness is considered the basis of a sports partnership; 2. commitment – reflects the created bond that is close and long-term. especially important in sports, as achieving success requires time and patience; 3. complementarity – describes the behaviors of players and coaches that complement each other. there are two sets of complementary behaviors: a. corresponding, refers to the same behavior that is expected from the player and the coach, for example, mutual openness and friendliness on the field; b. reciprocal, which is characterized by different behaviors based on the roles that the individual occupies in the relationship. an example is a coach giving instructions and a player trying to fulfill them [20–22]. 4. co-orientation – mutual understanding and sharing of the same goals and values, so-called how much the stakeholders are on the same side. if it is insufficient in a relationship, it can lead to erroneous judgments about the other's behavior. an important aspect of this component is communication [28]. the quality of the relationship that fulfills the components described above is influenced by the socio-cultural factors and particular characteristics of individuals [29]. building a quality relationship increases the value of physical selfconcept [30-31], well-being [18, 32, 33], level of motivation [34, 35], collective efficacy [36], personal growth [31] and passion [32]. poor relationship quality is correlated with the interpersonal conflict [33], stress [34], and athlete burnout [37]. relationship quality also has a direct and indirect effect on the athlete´s satisfaction, the indirect effect was mediated by communication strategies [36]. a connection with the satisfaction of athletes was also found in the research of the authors jowett & nezlek (2012) [28] through gender, length of relationship and player level. the same gender in the coach-athlete relationship increased satisfaction because a better and stronger relationship was formed. satisfaction is the subject of many studies because satisfied individuals are more persistent and desire to achieve success in those areas of life that are important to them [9]. moreover, satisfaction is a more sensitive, detailed, and accessible measure of sports performance than performance itself [35]. athletes describe the ideal coach as listening, understanding and able to recognize their individual needs [38], who values the respect, trust and the ability to communicate openly about everything [39]. the relationship must be meaningful on both a personal and a cultural level in order to support the athlete's motivational processes and the mental well-being [40]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 252 the relationship between the player and the coach is significantly different from the relationship´s studied so far (romantic, family, etc.), and therefore it was necessary to develop the alternative strategies that will help maintain and develop such a relationship. despite the uniqueness of each relationship, a model emerged that highlights key strategies to follow. we are talking about the compass model described in rhind & jowett (2010, 2011) [41, 42]:  c conflict management: reflects the ability to cooperate during the disagreements, to identify, discuss and resolve the conflict before it escalates;  o – openness: the possibility to talk openly about everything, even outside of sports;  m – motivation: an effort from both parties to create a working partnership that is beneficial, ambitious, mutually motivating and brings pleasure;  p – prevention: clarification of rules, expectations and possible consequences if they are not fulfilled;  a – assurance: commitment to the relationship and readiness to sacrifice something for the sake of a functional relationship;  s – support: mutual help in difficult moments;  s social networks: creating strong bonds with others. it is not appropriate to separate the relationship between the player and the coach from others [2]. it takes two to achieve a performance level corresponding to elite sport. neither the coach nor the player can achieve this alone [2]. the same rule applies to the development of the relationship between the athlete and the coach, even though the responsibility lies mainly (because of the position) with the coach [41, 42]. it is not easy to create a healthy and functioning relationship in an elite sports environment. organizational culture, financial pressure, competition, pressure for results, all of this can negatively affect the behavior and thus the development of the relationship between the player and the coach. building a quality partnership is difficult, but it can be a key element leading to a career and life satisfaction, and is therefore worth working towards. the player-coach relationship is complex, like any other dyadic relationship, and is influenced by a number of factors, some of which we have mentioned and described. when a quality relationship can be built, the chances of achieving high performance are increasing. the connections between these variables have been intensively studied in recent years [1, 43, 44]. performance in tennis is difficult to measure objectively, and therefore, following the example of lochbaum et al. (2022) [39] and davis et al. (2019) [32] we decided to pay more attention to psychological constructs, specifically sports self-confidence, which without any doubt contribute to the performance and are at risk in the conditions of elite sports. on the one hand, it is a construct that is no less important in personal life, but has also not yet been properly explored in the correlation to the relationship between the player and the coach. a coach plays an important role in the life of an elite athlete, and we believe that a quality relationship leads not only to higher performance, but also to higher sports self-confidence. 2.2. sport self-confidence one of the first conceptualizations of sports self-confidence was vealey's (1986) [45] unidimensional model of selfconfidence as a character and a state. the author divided sports self-confidence into personal (character) and situational (state). personal sports self-confidence represents a dispositional construct, and expresses the belief or the degree of the certainty that a person usually has about his abilities to achieve the sports success. this dispositional self-confidence subsequently interacts with the situational factors to create the so-called situational sports self-confidence, which then differs only in terms of time frame, and expresses a belief in one's abilities at a given moment (right now). this dichotomous approach was then revised to be more consistent with bandura et al. (1997) [46] self-efficacy theory, which views the sports self-confidence model as a dynamic, social cognitive construct and belief system. while the original model considers the sports self-confidence as a one-dimensional construct and includes only one type of sports self-confidence, the new model conceptualizes it as a multidimensional construct, following the theory of selfefficacy, which takes into account several types of the self-confidence. in the revised model, three types or components of sports self-confidence are identified, which are important for athletes participating in competitive sports [47, 48]: 1. the first component of sports self-confidence sc-physical skills and training is explained as “an athlete's belief or level of the confidence regarding his ability to perform the physical skills necessary for the successful performance”. 2. another type of sports self-confidence is sc-cognitive efficiency, which can be defined as “an athlete's belief or degree of the confidence that he can mentally focus, maintain the concentration, and make effective decisions in order to perform successfully”. 3. the third type is sc-resilience, which is described as “the athlete's belief or degree of the confidence that he can regain to focus after the performance errors, to bounce back from poor performance, overcome the doubts, problems and obstacles, and to perform successfully”. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 253 these three types of sports self-confidence are shown to be independent of each other, differently predicting the competitive anxiety, coping skills and sports performance, thus proving the multidimensionality of an athlete's selfconfidence [48]. vealey & knight (2002) [48], in the context of identifying these three skill areas important for success in sport, developed a sport-confidence inventory (sci) tool to measure the sport confidence for each of these areas, which is used to conduct research in the context of the presented paper. in this study, the concept of the sports self-confidence is based on the theory of self-efficacy with an effort to better capture the context of the competitive sports [45, 49]. the term sports self-confidence is then defined as an individual's belief in his ability to succeed in sports [45, 50]. the athletes rely on the multiple sources of self-confidence in a sporting context [51] similar to those identified by bandura´s self-efficacy theory [46], with the original sources also being influenced by the personality and the cultural, demographic and organizational factors. based on this, the sports selfconfidence model was revised and the new one identifies nine sources of sports self-confidence, which were defined as the sources an athlete uses to form a judgment about his self-confidence [51]: 1. “mastery” experience: successful mastery of the improvement in particular skill. 2. skill demonstration: self-confidence comes from comparing one's skill level with that of an opponent, demonstrating one's skills to an opponent. 3. physical and mental preparation: feeling of a sufficient physical and mental preparation for the competition. 4. physical self-presentation: the athlete's perception of his physical “me” and his satisfaction with it. 5. social support: the perception of support, the positive feedback and encouragement from significant others in the individual's sporting environment (i.e., from the coach, family, teammates, etc.). 6. vicarious experience: watching the successful performance of teammates, friends or significant others. 7. coach's leadership: the confidence in the coach's leadership and the decision-making abilities and coaching skills. 8. comfort environment: the feelings of comfort and the satisfaction with the competition environment (for example, particular field on which the game will be played). 9. situational advantage (or the favorability of the situation): the feeling of the athlete that the situational conditions play in his favor. these sources essentially overlap with the sources of self-efficacy presented by bandura & walters (1977) [52], but are more specific to the context of competitive sport. for example, the experience of successful task mastery identified by bandura & walters [52] is by vealey et al. (1998) [51] divided into mastery experience and skill demonstration. physical and psychological preparation overlap with bandura & walters [52] physiological and emotional states, social support with verbal persuasion, and vicarious experience are perceived identically [51]. in addition to the five interchangeable sources, four more sport-specific sources were described, namely the leadership (or way of leading) of the coach, physical self-presentation, comfort of the environment and situational advantage [51]. in order to facilitate the job and the competences of sport psychologists and consultants in the design and implementation of self-confidence interventions, vealey (2001) [50] classified these nine sources under three main source domains – achievement (mastery experience and skill demonstration), self-regulation (physical and psychological preparation and physical self-presentation), and social climate (social support, coach leadership, vicarious experience, environmental comfort and situational favorability) [50, 51]. in addition to identifying the sources of the sports self-confidence, vealey et al. (1998) [51] investigated which resources are the best predictors of the level of the sports self-confidence. higher levels of sports self-confidence were associated with a focus on physical/mental preparation for competition, while lower levels were associated with a focus on body image [51, 53]. other studies, e.g., wilson et al. (2004) [54] also found similar findings, which identified the mastery experience and skill demonstration as an important source in addition to preparation [54]. sports psychologists and consultants have identified key strategies they use to build the sports self-confidence. these techniques can be covered by the following six categories: 1. developing of understanding and awareness (understanding of yourself and what self-confidence is, exploring the sources of your self-confidence and its operationalization), 2. evidence gathering (e.g., keeping a diary, monitoring of a progress or video using), 3. manipulation with the training environment (exposing the athlete to situations under pressure), 4. a customized approach (e.g., self-confidence profiling method [55-57]), 5. using of psychological skills (e.g., the goal setting, the visualization or the inner speech [58]), hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 254 6. developing the athlete's unique strengths [59]. furthermore, four key strategies for the sports self-confidence maintenance were identified: 1. continuation of the process of building the strategies leading to the development of the self-confidence, 2. influencing the athlete's environment, 3. stable conviction, 4. abilities strengthening [59]. evidence gathering, the use of psychological skills, and the abilities strengthening support previous research suggesting that interventions based on key sources of self-confidence such as successful performance, skill demonstration, and preparation can help develop and maintain robust athletic self-confidence [59]. when forming and subsequently choosing the psychological interventions for strengthening of the sports self-confidence, it is also important to take into account the various variables, primarily the nature of the sport, the time period of the competition season, the role of the sources, but also the level of the development of the individual components of self-confidence. another – recently very modern – approach to the topic of sports self-confidence is the so-called third wave of the cognitive-behavioral therapy, which includes the mindfulness and the acceptance and commitment therapy (act) [60]. the third wave follows two waves of the behavioral therapy, the first being classical behavioral therapy and the second the cognitive-behavioral therapy [61]). the main feature of the third wave is a shift away from work on the psychological skills training. the therapy does not seek to change the negative affect and the cognitions that are perceived as undesirable, but the goal is to accept these thoughts and feelings and thus to save energy for making efforts to change them. subsequently, the individual can concentrate better on the given task, because his cognitive capacity is released and there is no need to stress about the need to change the current state [61]. the aforementioned act is currently very popular in sports psychology [60]. it works with six key processes: 1. acceptance, 2. to be present, 3. cognitive diffusion: a. the cognitive diffusion means being able to observe one's own inner experiences, thoughts, affective states, bodily sensations and needs, and capture them as inner feelings, b. the cognitive diffusion, for example, can replace the inner speech, (a classic technique of the cognitivebehavioral therapy approach used in the training of the psychological skills, which often fails in the attempts to change the content of the inner experiences), 4. "me" as a context, 5. values, 6. committed activity towards one's values [61]. the third wave techniques are closely related to the older clinical tradition and are using the behavioral intervention procedures such as psychoeducation, exposure, or experimental learning. they can be viewed as the advanced forms of the cognitive-behavioral therapy. both the cognitive-behavioral therapy and third wave cognitive-behavioral therapy emphasize the importance of the learning processes in the development and the maintenance of the functional behavior. however, they differ in which theories are used to describe the development of the dysfunctional behavior. classical cognitive-behavioral therapy attributes the maladaptive behavior to faulty cognition arising from the distorted information processing, while the so-called third-wave therapies see maladaptive behavior as stemming from the emotional/experiential avoidance, problematic attempts to control the internal experiences, and the inflexibility caused by the fusion of thoughts and feelings [62]. the third wave therapies include the mindfulness to increase the awareness, to reduce the experiential avoidance and the judgments about the personal experiences, the goal is to give a new perspective or a relationship to one's thoughts and emotions, and to help maintain the attention to the present moment [61]. 3. materials and methods the essential of the research is to identify the correlation between the tennis player-coach relationship and the player's sports self-confidence. secondary objectives include the identifying of the cross-cultural and gender differences in the level of player-coach relationship. the performance level in the context of the analyzed variables was also incorporated. the aim of the research is to prove that the relationship between the elite tennis player and his coach is especially important for tennis players, not only in the training process, but also extends to the area of the mental health, which can hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 255 lead to a longer-term successful and satisfied career of top athletes. as the research focuses on a specific sample of the top tennis players and the data collection took place using two versions, both in the czech republic and abroad, for exploratory reasons we asked ourselves the research question: rq: is there a difference in the length of training between foreign and czech athletes? furthermore, based on the theoretical knowledge and relevant studies related to the analyzed issue, for example, horne et al. (2022) [63], mouelhi – guizani et al. (2022) [64] or li et al. (2021) [65], we present research hypotheses with the aim of fulfilling the stated research objectives: h1: there are cross-cultural differences in the level of the elite tennis player player-coach relationship. h2: men score higher on the coach athlete relationship questionnaire (cart) than women. h3: tennis players competing at the international level show higher values in the area of sports self-confidence. h4: the elite tennis player-coach relationship and sports self-confidence are positively correlated with each other. h5: there are stronger correlations between the elite tennis player-coach relationship and sports self-confidence in women. to verify the hypotheses, a quantitative design was used, which was implemented in the form of the administration of one-time online questionnaire. the questionnaire was distributed among clubs, academies and athletes themselves both in the czech republic and abroad. for this reason, two versions were created, one in czech and the other in english. due to the nature of the research objectives, the research battery contained demographic data (age, gender, nationality), information on the training process and performance level (number of training units per week, number of training hours, competition level) and questionnaire instruments measuring the relationship between the player and the coach (the coach -athlete relationship questionnaire) and sports confidence (sport confidence inventory). the flowchart of the research methodology that was used to achieve the study's aims is shown in figure 1. figure 1. methodology process workflow flowchart sport confidence inventory sci sport confidence inventory sci sport confidence inventory sci aim fulfillment comparison with available studies and research hypotheses evaluation paper aim formulation literature review research tools identification hypothesis formulation questionnaire survey research question formulation outputs statistical analysis the coach athlete relationship questionnaire cart q sport confidence inventory sci research tools verification internal consistency confirmatory factor analyzis statistical analyze hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 256 3.1. the coach-athlete relationship questionnaire (cart-q) the coach-athlete relationship questionnaire (cart-q) was used to measure the quality of the elite tennis playercoach relationship. this analytical tool is the only one of its kind dedicated to analyze the relationship between an athlete and his coach. we are not aware of any other similar analytical tool of the same nature. the coach-athlete relationship questionnaire (cart-q) is considered a relevant tool and its validity has been demonstrated in many studies, for example [30, 66, 67]. this questionnaire was created by the authors jowett & ntoumanis (2004) [30] and serves to measure the quality of the relationship between the athlete and his coach. the quality of the relationship is measured using three factors, which are: 1. closeness (e.g., "i trust my coach"), 2. complementarity (e.g., "when my coach trains me, i am ready to give my best"), 3. commitment (e.g., “i feel committed to my coach”). the original model consisted of 23 items, which was subsequently shortened to 11 items after psychometric adjustments. the reliability of the model reached satisfactory values (commitment α=0.82; closeness α = 0.87 and complementarity α = 0.88). the factor load ranged between 0.68-0.90. the athlete answers to the items using a likert scale from 1 = “strongly agree” to 7 = “strongly disagree”. the questionnaire is often administered to both the athletes and the coaches, but following the example of yang & jowett (2012) [29], we only worked with athletes. the athletecoach relationship is considered a universal phenomenon in sports. the universality of the psychometric scale was assessed across seven states in a total sample of 1363 individual and team sports athletes. the results supported the factorial validity of the questionnaire (𝜒2 = 563.22, cfi = 0.94, nnfi = 0.92, rmsea = 0.03) and confirmed that it is a reliable instrument that can be used to measure across different cultures [29]. for these reasons, it was also applied in the presented research. the original version of the questionnaire was used for the english version. the czech version was translated using double back translation. 3.2. sport confidence inventory (sci) sports self-confidence was originally conceptualized as a unidimensional construct with "state" and "character" parameters, which was reflected in the inventories of vealey (1986) [45], who developed three tools to ascertain the relationships represented in her conceptual model: 1. trait sport-confidence inventory (tsci); 2. state sport-confidence inventory (ssci); 3. competitive orientation inventory (coi). the validation of the tools was carried out in five stages of data collection on a sample of a total of 666 athletes from high schools and universities as well as adult athletes. the tsci, ssci, and coi questionnaires have shown adequate item discrimination, internal consistency, test-retest reliability, content validity, and concurrent validity [45]. however, the construct validity of the model was determined on a relatively small sample of 48 professional gymnasts. the only results that supported this model were that the personality confidence and the competitive orientation were significant predictors of the situational confidence as well as several subjective outcomes. pre-competition situational selfconfidence did not predict the performance, and no significant correlation between the performance and the personality self-confidence emerged. however, the performance predicted the post-competition situational self-confidence. this inability of the situational self-confidence to predict the performance is attributed to the nature of the sample, which consisted of professional athletes themselves. the importance of the particular competition the athletes were participating in and its structure played an important role – the competition lasted two days, which made it impossible to measure the sports self-confidence immediately before and during the competition, and thus also to accurately determine/measure situational self-confidence. the sample of elite athletes was evidently very homogeneous and scored high on self-confidence. athletes would therefore most likely not even admit any feelings of timidity and lack of the confidence in themselves. using a small and homogeneous sample whether scoring high or low on ability obviously makes it almost impossible to find any predictive links [50]. these vealey´s self-confidence tools represent an improvement over the physical self-efficacy scale [68] and harter's physical subscale [69]. against them, they discover the generative abilities needed for successful performance in most sports situations. on the other hand, however, they do not take into account the specific contexts of individual sports or the assessment of these contexts in a micro-analytical approach, which would provide the strongest prediction. many studies of sports self-confidence also use a tool called the competitive state anxiety inventory-2 (csai-2) to measure the self-confidence in sports situations [70]. here, the self-confidence is seen as a separate subcomponent of hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 257 the anxiety, along with cognitive and perceived body anxiety. self-confidence is specifically conceived here as the conceptual opposite of the cognitive anxiety. this is in opposition to bandura's (1984) [71] view of the self-confidence, which does not include the anxiety in either the definition or the measurement tools. just because three factors were found in a factor analysis does not mean that the self-confidence is a subcomponent of anxiety or that anxiety is a subcomponent of the self-confidence. no consistent pattern of the performance prediction has been shown using the csai-2 self-confidence tool [70-73]. but there were not found no positive predictive relationship between the self-confidence and the performance when attempting to the correct previous inconsistent findings using the intraindividual analysis [74]. these findings are consistent with a growing body of evidence that the utility gained from the dispositional approaches comes at the expense of the explanatory and the predictive power [75]. the unidimensional view of sports self-confidence changed after the publication of the dispositional model of sports self-confidence by manzo et al. (2001) [76]. within this model, the athletes develop a relatively enduring belief system that is the result of the interactions between athletic self-confidence and dispositional optimism. to operationalize this construct, the 13-item carolina sport confidence inventory (csci; manzo et al., 2001 [76]) was developed with two subscales – the dispositional optimism and the sports competence. confirmatory factor analysis supported the proposed two-factor structure. the scales created from these two factors were moderately correlated and showed the satisfactory reliability of internal consistency. a year after the publication of the csci, the most widely used sport-confidence inventory (sci; vealey and knight, 2002 [48]) was published, also with different subscales, but with a different structure, trying to capture the complex nature of the sports self-confidence. there were identified three types of sports self-confidence, which are:  physical skills and training;  cognitive efficiency;  resilience [48]. the main sentence of the inventory is: "how sure are you that..." followed by 15 additional statements to which the respondent answers using a 7-point scale from 1 = "absolutely sure" to 7 = "i am not able to do it (at all no)". each type of self-confidence is fuelled by five items. there was compared a sample of 510 athletes with 1125 non-athletes and found that with the sports self-confidence variable, it is really necessary to work multidimensionally in athletes, whereas in non-athletes a unidimensional model may be more appropriate [77]. athletes seem to be better able to differentiate between the types of sports confidence. the fit of the model for athletes was relatively adequate (χ2 87 = 447.45, p < 0.001; cfi = 0.93; rmsea = 0.09; srmr = 0.06). cronbach's alpha for athletes was 0.89 (physical skills and training), 0.85 (cognitive efficiency) and 0.89 (resilience) [78]. on a sample of 611 respondents, it was confirmed that the sci tool is a valid and reliable tool for measuring sports self-confidence. thus, a three-factor model of sports self-confidence was confirmed, where the subscales of the sci show the adequate internal consistency (with all cronbach's alpha coefficients exceeding 0.84), the intercorrelation (ranging between 0.53 and 0.56), and the test-retest reliability (0.73 for physical skills and training, 0.78 for cognitive efficiency, 0.78 for resilience, and 0.80 sc-total). construct validity was supported by the fact that each type of precompetition sports self-confidence varied independently over time. different types of sports self-confidence also predicted the performance based on the social-cognitive demands of the competitive environment. it was also found that these three forms predicted the coping skills, the competitive anxiety and the sports performance to varying degrees, which supports the assumption that sports self-confidence is multidimensional in nature [79]. the sci was revalidated on a sample of 260 athletes using the exploratory structural equation modelling (esem), which supported the measurement models of sci. esem analysis of a total of 33 items (sci, lot-r, and csci) showed the satisfactory divergent validity. the sci was able to distinguish between the athletes competing at different levels, and proved to be the most suitable tool for measuring the individual differences in sports self-confidence [80]. that is why we decided to use it in our research as well. due to the non-existent czech version, as with the coach athlete relationship questionnaire, a czech translation was made, which was subsequently translated back into the original version by another person. subsequently, the versions were compared and any differences adjusted. before starting the research, the comprehensibility of the items was verified qualitatively with the help of 2 people for each version (english and czech). subsequent data collection took place in the period from september 2022 to january 2023 in the online form. clubs, academies, coaches and the athletes themselves were approached using the personal contact, social networks and the subsequent snowball method. at the beginning of the questionnaire, the content and the aim of the study were explained, and the informed consent and assurance about the anonymity of the respondents was also attached. the conditions of the participation in the research were also mentioned. the questionnaire battery hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 258 was intended for the elite tennis players, junior representatives aged 16-18, who compete at least at the national level and work with a coach. participation in the research was voluntary and respondents could withdraw at any time. no time limit was set. at the end of the introduction, a contact for possible questions was attached. the collected data first needed to be checked and cleaned. due to the online collection, a trained person was not present during the filling, and despite the introductory information explaining who the questionnaire is intended for, a relatively large sample of those who did not meet the conditions of the research appeared among the respondents. the most common reason was too young age or insufficient competition level. from the total sample of 278 people, 42 had to be eliminated. the resulting sample consisted of 236 elite tennis players. descriptive statistical analyses were used to describe the data. cross-cultural, gender, and competition differences were analyzed using the independent samples t-tests. correlation analysis between the analyzed constructs was expressed by pearson's correlation coefficient, and relationships of a predictive nature were sought using the linear regression. in this context, we worked with the term predictor because it is named so in the general terminology, but we are aware that in this case the causality cannot be inferred. the internal reliability of the instruments was verified using the cronbach's coefficient alpha and mcdonald's omega. we used confirmatory factor analysis to verify the proposed factor structure of the coach athlete relationship questionnaire (cart-q) and sport confidence inventory (sci). 4. results and discussion 4.1. descriptive statistics the research sample consisted of a total of 236 elite tennis players who competed at the national or international level. the more numerous sample was the international level represented by 149 (63.1%) athletes. 87 (36.8%) athletes competed at the national level. the total sample consisted of 122 (51.7%) men and 114 (48.3%) women. average age was 17.2 years, median 16.9 years. the czech version of the questionnaire was filled out by 29 (12.3%) czech athletes from the total sample. the english language version was completed by 207 (87.7%) foreign athletes. the largest sample consisted of athletes from the following countries: egypt (n=12), belgium (n=12), slovakia (n=7), germany (n=9), spain (n=12), italy (n=8), usa (n=12), japan (n=10) and russia (n=8). the other category includes countries with 3 or fewer respondents (n=117). the total number of training hours per week for the complete sample ranged from 2-35 (m = 14.5; sd = 7.9). 8 respondents did not answer the question. the most numerous sample of athletes were those who trained every day (n=157). this was followed by the sample 3-4 times a week (n=36), 5-6 times a week (n=33) and 1-2 times a week (n=2). 4.2. verification of the psychometric characteristics of the used methods the methods were verified using cronbach's alpha and mcdonald's omega coefficients separately for the czech and english versions. a confirmatory factor analysis was performed for the questionnaire methods the coach athlete relationship questionnaire (cart-q) and the sport confidence inventory (sci).  internal consistency of the cart-q questionnaire:  cronbach's alpha and mcdonald's omega coefficients achieved a sufficiently high level of the internal consistency for the total score of the questionnaire measuring the quality of the relationship between the player and the coach (cart-q). the lowest values were measured for the complementarity subscale (0.77-0.78), but even then, the tool can be considered sufficiently reliable.  confirmatory factor analysis of cart-q english version:  all values of the factor load reached sufficient values and are statistically significant (p<0.001).  the values of the correlations of the latent variables reached too high values, which may indicate a problem of discriminant validity. in particular, the commitment and proximity factors were likely to have high overlap.  the tightness of the relationships between the factors was in the range from 0.717 to 0.837, which, like the correlations of latent variables, were alarmingly high values.  pearson's chi-square (χ2) test was statistically significant (p<001). the incremental fit index cfi was at the limit of the recommended minimum value, the srmr met the acceptable limit. the remaining tli and rmsea indices did not reach optimal values.  confirmatory factor analysis of cart-q czech version  even in the czech version, the values of the factor charges reached sufficient values (p<0.001). factor loads were lower for several indicators than in the english version. however, all items were still above the recommended limit of 0.3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 259  the values of the correlations of the latent variables reached too high values, similar to the english version.  correlations between individual factors ranged between 0.691 – 0.856. high values were associated with higher values of latent variable correlations.  pearson's chi-square (χ2) test was statistically significant (p<0.008). the incremental fit indexes cfi=0.941 and tli=0.921 reached acceptable values, as does the srmr value. the rmsea index was well above the generally acceptable limit (0.8).  internal consistency of sci  the internal consistency of the sci questionnaire reached sufficient values for both versions. the lowest value was achieved by the resilience factor (0.76) in the english version. the biggest difference can be seen in the physical skills and training component, where the value of the english version (0.78) was slightly lower than the czech version (0.83).  confirmatory factor analysis of sci english version  all values of factor load reached sufficient values and were statistically significant (p< 0.001).  correlations at the latent level reached ideal values. the value of 0.832 between the factors of resilience and cognitive efficiency may appear alarming, which may indicate that some items of the factors overlap.  correlations ranged from 0.450 to 0.722 and all became significant at the p <0.001 level.  pearson's chi-square (χ2) test was statistically significant (p<0.001), which would indicate a mismatch between the model and the data. the incremental fit indexes cfi=0.886 and tli=0.862 did not reach optimal values above the recommended minimum value of 0.9. the value of rmsea (0.0874) and srmr (0.0838) was above the value of 0.08, which also did not meet the acceptable limit. table 1 shows the item residuals. based on this table, we can observe possible reasons why the values of the fit model did not reach optimal values. the darkest colored numbers indicate the highest values of residuals between items. ideally, values higher than 0.1 should not occur. for example, for items #1 and #5, this recommendation is highly violated. this may be due to the similar wording of the items, even though they measure different factors. table 1. residuals of sci items english version sci_1 sci_4 sci_7 sci_10 sci_14 sci_2 sci_5 sci_8 sci_11 sci_12 sci_3 sci_6 sci_9 sci_13 sci_15 sci_1 0 sci_4 0.13 0 sci_7 0.03 0.06 0 sci_10 0.07 0.01 0.05 0 sci_14 0.01 0.01 0.04 0.01 0 sci_2 0.01 0.00 0.10 0.07 0.04 0 sci_5 0.27 0.26 0.14 0.19 0.10 0.01 0 sci_8 0.10 0.08 0.04 0.10 0.04 0.05 0 0 sci_11 0.00 0.02 0.15 0.04 0.07 0.03 0.06 0.02 0 sci_12 0.09 0.22 0.02 0.17 0.08 0.08 0.03 0.01 0.04 0 sci_3 0.16 0.16 0.01 0.08 0.01 0.20 0.17 0.03 0.10 0.01 0 sci_6 0.04 0.12 0.11 0.18 0.10 0.03 0.19 0.08 0.00 0.07 0.05 0 sci_9 0.10 0.08 0.20 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.07 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.06 0.01 0 sci_13 0.12 0.14 0.02 0.08 0.05 0.02 0.13 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.08 0.09 0.03 0 sci_15 0.08 0.05 0.17 0.01 0.10 0.05 0.05 0.09 0.07 0.24 0.10 0.01 0.03 0.01 0  confirmatory factor analysis of sci czech version  all values of factor load reached sufficient values and were statistically significant (p<0.001).  in the case of the sci factor covariance – czech version, it is necessary to pause above the value of 0.929 between the factors of resilience and the cognitive efficiency. the correlation was also high with the english version and it increased even more with the czech version. it is likely that some items overlap between factors.  correlations ranged from 0.444 to 0.801. a strong relationship was found between resilience factors and cognitive efficiency. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 260  pearson's chi-square (χ2) test was statistically significant (p<0.001). the cfi and tli indexes also did not meet the recommended value, nor did the srmr and rmsea reach the optimal values. similar to the english version, it was indicated that the model has not match the data. however, in relation to the size of the sample, this was not so surprising and would be further discussed in the study limits chapter.  finally, we discussed the inadequate values of the model using table (table 2), in which the residuals of the sci items were displayed. in the table, it is possible to notice one of the possible variants because the fit index values did not reach the optimal values. similar to the english version, we can observe high values of residuals between some items. in 7 cases, the recommended value (0.1) is exceeded by up to two times. table 2. residuals of sci items czech version sci_1 sci_4 sci_7 sci_10 sci_14 sci_12 sci_11 sci_8 sci_5 sci_2 sci_3 sci_6 sci_9 sci_13 sci_15 sci_1 0 sci_4 0.03 0 sci_7 0.06 0.02 0 sci_10 0 0.09 0.04 0 sci_14 0.09 0.23 0.01 0.1 0 sci_12 0.03 0.19 0.14 0.15 0.01 0 sci_11 0.13 0.04 0.09 0.06 0.03 0.01 0 sci_8 0.17 0.01 0.08 0.03 0.04 0.02 0 0 sci_5 0.28 0.15 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.03 0.13 0.04 0 sci_2 0.21 0.11 0.11 0.03 0.12 0.01 0.07 0.05 0.05 0 sci_3 0.11 0.04 0.06 0.04 0.17 0.04 0.07 0.04 0.13 0.01 0 sci_6 0.08 0.04 0.08 0.07 0.22 0.02 0.17 0.07 0.27 0.02 0.15 0 sci_9 0.11 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.17 0.12 0.03 0.07 0.15 0.03 0.12 0.04 0 sci_13 0.14 0.24 0.02 0.01 0.22 0.14 0.03 0.12 0.01 0.03 0.12 0.01 0.05 0 sci_15 0.05 0.13 0.08 0.12 0.05 0.02 0.05 0.04 0.06 0 0.06 0.09 0.02 0.01 0 4.3. validation of research question and hypotheses the research question was rq: is there a difference in the length of training between foreign and czech athletes? we used the t-test method to answer this question. the results showed that there was a significant difference between the number of hours trained between the samples (t(207) = 4.33; p < 0.001). this is also evidenced by the high values of cohen's d (d=0.77). the difference in mean between the two samples is over five and a half hours of training per week. it is therefore evident that czech athletes really train less than foreign athletes. furthermore, the relationship between the number of training hours and the factor of movement skills and training, which is one of the factors of sports self-confidence, was investigated. the relationship found was measured using pearson's chi-square (χ2) and the test was statistically significant (r=0.33, 95% ci [0.18;0.48] p < 0.001). there is therefore a positive relationship between the number of training hours and the component of sports confidence (physical skills and training). h1: there are cross-cultural differences in the level of the elite tennis player player-coach relationship. it is generally accepted that culture precedes human behavior and thinking [81]. rules, norms, expectations and mutual understanding in relationships are all defined and transmitted by the culture [82]. the relationship between the coach and the athlete is no different. the sociocultural factor precedes the quality of the relationship between the athlete and the coach [81]. there are mean differences in all components of the player-coach relationship (closeness, commitment, complementarity) across seven states [22]. we were interested in whether the differences between czech and foreign athletes will be found in our sample as well. this hypothesis assumes that the differences in the perceptions of the player-coach relationship will be found between the two samples of elite tennis players for whom data collection took place. in the first sample there were only czech athletes who filled out the czech version. in the second sample, we included all foreign athletes who filled out the english version. a t-test for independent samples was used to test the hypothesis. based on the average values of the foreign and czech samples, we could notice that in all cases the foreign sample scored higher. a significant difference between the samples was found for the complementarity component (t(207)=2.29, p<0.024, d=0.40) and subsequently for the total cart-q score (t(207)=2.22, p<0.028 , d=0.39). it is therefore possible to confirm hypothesis h1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 261 h2: men score higher on the coach athlete relationship questionnaire (cart) than women. from the theoretical findings, e.g., hays et al. (2007) [83] or guinoubi et al. (2022) [84] flows that the coaching support plays a more important role for women than for men. if the coach is able to demonstrate the qualities of his skills needed for the specifics of the given sport, he has won for the most part in the men's category. in the case of women, it is necessary to supplement his expert skills with interpersonal skills. the main reason for an early termination of a sports career for women was a problematic relationship with a coach [84, 85]. it is necessary to differentiate the coaching practices according to the gender. the frequent positive encouragement and establishing a personal relationship is particularly effective for women [86]. there are gender differences between player-coach dyads, namely female athlete and female coach achieved higher scores and higher satisfaction than the other dyads [28]. due to higher demands on the position of coach from the women and the prevalence of male coaches, we assume that women will score lower than men in the questionnaire measuring the relationship between the player and the coach. to verify the hypothesis, we again chose the t-test method for independent samples. first, we worked with the complete sample, then we performed the same analysis only with czech tennis players. although men scored higher, the difference was not statistically significant in either case. in czech athletes, statistically significant differences appeared, more precisely in the commitment item (t(29)=2.02, p<0.05, d=0.56) and in the total cart-q score (t(29)=2.11 , p<0.04, d=0.58). hypothesis h2 can thus be confirmed only among czech athletes. h3: tennis players competing at the international level show higher values in the area of sports self-confidence. tennis players competing at the international level are mainly part of the national teams, which are sent to various events of european or world format during the season. through this lens, we evaluate the international level as the highest possible level achieved, which is associated with the highest performance. the successful athletes experience the championship mastery very often, they achieve the repeated success, and thereby their sports self-confidence is increasing [87, 88]. similar to previous analyses, the t-test method for independent samples was used. statistical analysis was performed not only between the total score of the questionnaire, but also between its individual components. our analysis shows that there are significant differences between all types of sports self-confidence and competition level. the most significant difference is shown by the total sci score (t(149)=3.62, p<0.001, d=0.62). athletes competing at the international level (m=78.72; sd=11.37) achieve higher sports self-confidence than athletes at the national level (m=71.72; sd=11.30). tennis players who compete at the international level show higher level not only in terms of physical skills, but also of resistance, maintaining concentration, the ability to make important decisions, etc., which is indicated by significantly higher scores of the components of cognitive efficiency and resilience. we confirm hypothesis h3. h4: the elite tennis player-coach relationship and sports self-confidence are positively correlated with each other. sports self-confidence is considered to be one of the main components of performance [89, 90] and the relationship between the athlete and the coach has the potential to optimize this performance [1, 91], as well as the self-confidence [92] and well-being [93, 94]. correlations between the relationship and the sports self-confidence were found in turkish wrestlers [95]. the theoretical findings and the research studies by other authors confirm that the coach plays an important role in this area [96, 97] and, depending on the quality of the relationship, can either develop or suppress the self-confidence in athletes. self-confidence is an inherent component of a satisfied and successful life [98] and is considered to be one of the main predictors of the mental well-being [99]. correlations between these constructs are high [100], so we expected the same results for our sample. we tested the hypothesis using pearson's correlation coefficient. this relationship was not found. hypothesis h4 was not confirmed. h5: there are stronger correlations between the elite tennis player-coach relationship and the sports self-confidence in women. from the theoretical starting points, it follows that gender plays a significant role in the context of the analysed variables. it seems that, especially for women, the personal relationship with the coach is important [101] and its importance can further influence the development of a construct such as self-confidence. for these reasons, we expected closer relationships for women compared to men. again, we used the pearson´s correlation coefficient method. gender differences were commented only on the basis of the point estimate of the correlation coefficient. on the basis of found values, it can be concluded that the relationships between all constructs were closer in women than in men. it can be observed that in women, the correlation between the quality of the relationship between the player and the coach and the sports self-confidence reached higher values compared to men. however, the relationships were very weak. based on the point estimates, we can confirm hypothesis h5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 262 4.4. discussion the aim of the research was to map the possible correlations between the quality of the elite tennis player-coach relationship and the sports self-confidence in a specific group of top junior tennis players. the coach plays one of the most important roles in the field of sports training, and the quality of the relationship is considered to be the main factor supporting the physical and the psychosocial skills of the athlete [102]. in tennis, the importance of the relationship increases even more, mainly for the reason that tennis is such a complex sport that the coach is a necessary part of almost all components of the preparation. the coach's presence is usual throughout the competition season both in the training process and during the competition events. it is not uncommon for a coach to accompany an athlete from the youth to adult category and to work with the athlete for several years [24, 103]. the effort was therefore to theoretically highlight and empirically demonstrate how important a role of the quality of the relationship between the player and the coach plays, especially in tennis, in connection with the analyzed variables that represented the components of performance and mental health. in addition, we were interested in differences in gender and competition category, just as we tried to explore the differences between the czech and foreign athletes. we came to the interesting finding that czech tennis players train more than five and a half hours less per week than foreign tennis players. even though it was not the main focus of this paper, it is a big difference that can affect the different performance. after all, the number of training hours per week fed the component of physical skills and training, which is an important part of the sports self-confidence model. sports self-confidence is one of the most stable elements of the performance that distinguish the successful athletes from less successful ones [104-106]. in addition to the physical skills and training component, cognitive efficiency and resilience also fall into this model. in a sports context, under the use of these components, we can imagine an athlete who does not get distracted easily and trusts in his abilities. in connection with our results, we can discuss whether czech tennis players would also achieve lower levels of sports self-confidence or whether they compensate for the smaller number of training hours with higher scores in the area of the resilience and the cognitive efficiency. however, in a sport like tennis, training volume is very important. it was confirmed that there were cross-cultural differences in the perception of the relationship between the player and the coach. this is related to the results of previous studies by the authors yang and jowett (2012) [29], who found differences in average score values across seven countries. the way of leadership, the coach's power, closeness, complementary behavior, all of this can be culturally conditioned [22]. the results showed that czech tennis players considered the current relationship with the coach for lower quality compared to the foreign tennis players. these results need to be interpreted with caution, mainly because the sample of foreign tennis players is very broad and it was not possible to collect a large enough country-specific sample to further subdivide the sample between specific nationalities. this fact will be discussed further in the study limits section. there may be several reasons why czech tennis players scored lower. one of them is the fact that the financial situation of clubs and academies may not be sufficient to provide a quality training for coaches. also, the trend of a still prevailing autocratic approach and a focus on rigid procedures with goals to increase performance can be seen, but without an individual treatment and an orientation to the psychosocial aspects. somewhat surprisingly, no gender differences were found in the elite tennis player-coach relationship for the overall sample. the theoretical knowledge and present studies dealing with this issue indicate that the quality of the relationship between the player and the coach is more important for women [100, 107, 108] and that women require coaching support more than men [109]. for this reason, we hypothesized that women would evaluate the quality of the relationship with the coach more poorly than men due to their criticality. however, the non-confirmation of the results does not mean that gender differences do not exist in this area. it is necessary to take into account that each player in the analyzed sample has an individual personality and the quality of the relationship was measured within their individual coaches. otherwise, we could look at the results if gender differences were measured in relation to the relationship with the same coach. however, we encountered gender differences in the group of czech tennis players. women scored lower than men. it is thus easy to suggest that it would be worth paying more attention to the quality of the coaching relationship with czech female athletes. these conclusions cannot be generalized, rather they should serve for deeper reflection. the gender of the coach also has an influence on the quality of the relationship. the female dyads scored the highest in the cart-q questionnaire compared to other combinations [82]. unfortunately, it was not possible to verify these connections, as only thirteen of the entire sample of athletes worked with a female coach. the predominance of male coaches may have played a role in why women scored lower on the cart-q questionnaire than men. in the context of the above results, it can still be considered interesting that the difference between the perception of the elite tennis player-coach relationship among national and international level athletes was not confirmed. we wanted to confirm the assumption that the relationship between the player and the coach supports the performance, as evidenced by davis et al. (2018) [44], however, competition level is not a 100% measure of performance in this case. in a sample across different countries, there could be a situation where an athlete's international competitive level matches the national level of another athlete who comes from a country where the competition in tennis is higher. finding a suitable variable to measure the performance in a sport like tennis is very complicated. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 263 somewhat more interesting results occurred with the czech sample of elite junior tennis players, where the differences were far more visible. although the total score was not statistically significant, the commitment component was statistically significant. however, the differences were in the opposite direction than we expected. players competing at international level scored lower compared to the national level tennis players. these findings can be explained by the fact that players competing at the national level have more options for choosing a training environment and thus a coach compared to players at the international level, where the national team is often assigned a coach. a commitment that reflects the close and long-term relationship between player and coach is especially important in elite sport. in connection with the level of the competition, it was further confirmed according to assumptions that athletes who competed at the international level showed higher values of sports self-confidence in all its components (cognitive efficiency, resilience, physical skills and training). competition at the international level is not only higher, but also the experiences and situations that athletes find themselves in can be more emotionally charged and stressful, both due to the pressure from the environment and internal expectations of themselves. these experiences strengthen the junior tennis players in our sample in all components of the sports self-confidence. finally, the interrelationships between the constructs of sports self-confidence and the quality of the relationship between the player and the coach were analyzed. on the basis of theoretical principles, it can be assumed that all constructs have their own effect on the athlete's performance, which is the main goal towards which professional sport is directed. however, it should be mentioned that due to the dynamics of the analyzed variables, it is possible that repeated measurement would bring different results, which is further discussed in the limits of the research. we additionally measured the relationships between the analyzed variables in a divided sample across gender, where a weak relationship was indicated for women, in contrast to men. this may be related to the theoretical findings that the player-coach relationship plays a more significant role in females [109, 110]. 4.5. limits of research the results of this study have several limitations. first of all, it is the size of the sample and its distribution. the target sample of the research was focused very specifically – junior tennis players only at the top level. two versions were created for the greatest possible reach. a czech version was prepared for czech athletes, while all foreign athletes, regardless of nationality and mother tongue, completed the questionnaire in english. although the time limit was not set and the respondents could translate unknown information if necessary, it cannot be confirmed 100% that there was no distortion due to insufficient language skills. these were not verified in any way; we only worked with the assumption that the junior elite athletes have a sufficient level of english. a foreign language may also reduce motivation to participate in a research study. the original intention of the study was to compare results cross-culturally. we expected a greater return on the questionnaire battery and also a higher frequency of athletes from the same countries so that differences across specific states could be compared. unfortunately, this did not work out, and therefore only one sample was left, called foreign athletes. even so, we decided to compare the differences with czech athletes. we are aware that it would be desirable to verify measurement invariance before the differences detecting, however, given the small sample size, this step would not be informative at all. in addition to the demographic data and information related to the training process, two questionnaire methods were included in the research battery, while the coach-athlete relationship questionnaire (cart-q) and sport confidence inventory (sci) methods are not so well known yet and are not represented in the czech republic. for that reason, the methods for the czech version were translated using double translation, and both versions (english and czech) were subsequently subjected to confirmatory factor analysis, the results of which showed rather inadequate values in most cases. the main reason was probably the size of the sample, as the original studies showed acceptable values. in the case of a psychometric study, a much larger sample would be needed. this study was not aimed in this direction, but the results need to be treated with caution in this context. one of the other possible limits is the sensitivity of the measured constructs. relationships between the players and the coaches and sports self-confidence (mainly in athletes; see [109, 111]) have a rather dynamic character, which can be influenced by a number of phenomena from the internal and external environment. in addition, all the analyzed variables are related to performance in some way, and elite athletes who are performance-oriented could respond in the context of the current sport form. this is also confirmed by the feedback that some of them voluntarily provided. in it, they reported that they would probably answer a number of questions differently based on whether they had a successful or unsuccessful match. in this context, the one-time data collection in the middle of the competition period appears to be another of the limits of the research. a final limitation that we are aware of is the risk of self-report scales. top athletes in particular, used to constantly comparing themselves to someone and something, could unwittingly answer questions based on their wishes and not the way they actually have and perceive it. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 264 5. conclusion the relationship between sports self-confidence and the perceived relationship between the elite junior tennis player and the coach was not found. this does not mean that this relationship cannot exist; it is just that it was not confirmed in our study. a summary of the theoretical findings and results of this study is the fact that mental well-being, performance, and the relationship between the player and the coach are related and mutually influenced in different directions. if we want to produce stable and long-term-performing athletes, we need to pay attention not only to the physiological context of a specific sport but also to the psychological ones. the coaching profession carries a huge responsibility in this direction, and building a quality relationship with the player can be a key to achieving great success together. because, as jowett & shanmugam (2016) [20] argue, neither is capable of achieving this alone. these results can lead czech national team coaches to realize that it is important to focus on building a quality relationship with athletes, perhaps somewhat more intensively than before. the results can motivate coaches and all stakeholders around top tennis to modify the ways of training and working with athletes in order to produce more satisfied, more resilient, and thus more successful individuals who will not end their careers prematurely and will not have to remember their active sports years negatively. 5.1. recommendations for future research after completing this study and realizing the limits that the choice of the research design brought with it, we suggest considering the possibilities of longitudinal research with a combination of qualitative methods. qualitative methods can help explore the connections between the player-coach relationship and sports self-confidence in more depth. in addition, there is a greater chance of capturing the intervening variables that may enter the research. this study is just an introduction to this issue, and future research could continue to try to find and confirm the relationships between the analyzed variables. it is important to continue to point out the role that the quality of the relationship between the player and the coach plays in the performance and mental health of the athlete. among other things, training procedures and access to players should differ based on gender. there are other constructs that are related to the topic and that would be worth investigating, for example, the leadership of the coach, his communication skills, conflict management, etc. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, d.l. and k.b.; methodology, d.l. and k.b.; investigation, d.l. and k.b.; resources, d.l. and k.b.; writing—original draft preparation, d.l. and k.b.; writing—review and editing, d.l. and k.b. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the research was funded by project všdti no. 005dti/2021. 6.4. acknowledgements the authors gratefully acknowledge dti university, slovakia for supporting this work. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved in the study. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] becker, a. j. (2009). it’s not what they do, it’s how they do it: athlete experiences of great coaching. international journal of sports science & coaching, 4(1), 93–119. doi:10.1260/1747-9541.4.1.93. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 265 [2] jowett, s., & poczwardowski, a. (2020). understanding the coach-athlete relationship. social psychology in sport, 6, 3–14, bloomsbury publishing, london, united kingdom. doi:10.5040/9781492595878.ch-001. [3] kidman, l., & hanrahan, s. j. (2020). successful coaching. the coaching process, routledge, milton park, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9780203857427-10. [4] amorose, a. j., & anderson-butcher, d. (2007). autonomy-supportive coaching and self-determined motivation in high school and college athletes: a test of self-determination theory. psychology of sport and exercise, 8(5), 654–670. doi:10.1016/j.psychsport.2006.11.003. [5] chelladurai, p. (2007). leadership in sports. handbook of sport psychology, 111–135, john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. doi:10.1002/9781118270011.ch5. [6] duda, j. l., & balaguer, i. (2007). coach-created motivational climate. social psychology in sport, 117–130, bloomsbury publishing, london, united kingdom. doi:10.5040/9781492595878.ch-009. [7] horn, t. s. (2008). coaching effectiveness in the sport domain. advances in sport psychology. human kinetics, north yorkshire, united kingdom. [8] cranmer, g. a., & brann, m. (2015). it makes me feel like i am an important part of this team: an exploratory study of coach confirmation. international journal of sport communication, 8(2), 193–211. doi:10.1123/ijsc.2014-0078. [9] isoard-gautheur, s., guillet-descas, e., & lemyre, p. n. (2012). a prospective study of the influence of perceived coaching style on burnout propensity in high level young athletes: using a self-determination theory perspective. sport psychologist, 26(2), 282– 298. doi:10.1123/tsp.26.2.282. [10] chelladurai, p., & carron, a. v. (1983). athletic maturity and preferred leadership. journal of sport psychology, 5(4), 371– 380. doi:10.1123/jsp.5.4.371. [11] szedlak, c., smith, m. j., day, m. c., & greenlees, i. a. (2015). effective behaviours of strength and conditioning coaches as perceived by athletes. international journal of sports science and coaching, 10(5), 967–984. doi:10.1260/1747-9541.10.5.967. [12] gagné, m., ryan, r. m., & bargmann, k. (2003). autonomy support and need satisfaction in the motivation and well-being of gymnasts. journal of applied sport psychology, 15(4), 372–390. doi:10.1080/714044203. [13] smith, n., tessier, d., tzioumakis, y., fabra, p., quested, e., appleton, p., sarrazin, p., papaioannou, a., balaguer, i., & duda, j. l. (2016). the relationship between observed and perceived assessments of the coach-created motivational environment and links to athlete motivation. psychology of sport and exercise, 23, 51–63. doi:10.1016/j.psychsport.2015.11.001. [14] keller, m., schweizer, j., & gerber, m. (2023). pay attention! the influence of coach-, content-, and player-related factors on focus of attention statements during tennis training. european journal of sport science, 23(6), 1001–1009. doi:10.1080/17461391.2022.2056082. [15] turner, m., beranek, p., lo, j., ferrauti, a., dunican, i. c., & cruickshank, t. (2022). does time of day and player chronotype impact tennis-specific skills and physical performance? international journal of sports science & coaching. doi:10.1177/17479541221136023. [16] minářová, k. (2022). the influence of the relationship between elite athletes and coaches on sports confidence, self-esteem and well-being in table tennis players. masaryk university, master thesis, brno, czech republic. (in czech). [17] pattanasing, k., aujirapongpan, s., dowpiset, k., chanthawong, a., jiraphanumes, k., & hareebin, y. (2022). dynamic knowledge management capabilities: an approach to high-performance organization. hightech and innovation journal, 3(3), 243-251. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-03-01. [18] felton, l., & jowett, s. (2013). “what do coaches do” and “how do they relate”: their effects on athletes’ psychological needs and functioning. scandinavian journal of medicine & science in sports, 23(2), 130– 139. doi:10.1111/sms.12029. [19] sánchez, j. m., borrás, p. j., leite, n., battaglia, o., & lorenzo, a. (2009). the coach-athlete relationship in basketball. analysis of the antecedents, components and outcomes. revista de psicología del deporte, 18(3), 349-352. [20] yukelson, d., & weinberg, r. (2016). team resiliency in sport: research to practice. routledge international handbook of sport psychology. routledge, milton park, united kingdom. [21] jowett, s. (2017). coaching effectiveness: the coach–athlete relationship at its heart. current opinion in psychology, 16, 154– 158. doi:10.1016/j.copsyc.2017.05.006. [22] jowett, s., & carpenter, p. (2015). the concept of rules in the coach-athlete relationship. sports coaching review, 4(1), 1–23. doi:10.1080/21640629.2015.1106145. [23] lavoi, n. m. (2007). expanding the interpersonal dimension: closeness in the coach-athlete relationship. international journal of sports science & coaching, 2(4), 497–512. doi:10.1260/174795407783359696. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 266 [24] martinent, g. (2020). a literature review on coach-athlete relationship in table tennis. international journal of racket sports science. doi:10.30827/digibug.63717. [25] cece, v., guillet-descas, e., nicaise, v., lienhart, n., & martinent, g. (2019). longitudinal trajectories of emotions among young athletes involving in intense training centres: do emotional intelligence and emotional regulation matter? psychology of sport and exercise, 43, 128–136. doi:10.1016/j.psychsport.2019.01.011. [26] tolentino, k. a. g. (2020). bonds that build us: examining the impact of the coach-athlete relationship on mental toughness development. master thesis, california state university, long beach, united states. [27] miller, p. s., salmela, j. h., & kerr, g. (2002). coaches' perceived role in mentoring athletes. international journal of sport psychology, 33(4), 410-430. [28] jowett, s., & nezlek, j. (2012). relationship interdependence and satisfaction with important outcomes in coach-athlete dyads. journal of social and personal relationships, 29(3), 287–301. doi:10.1177/0265407511420980. [29] yang, s. x., & jowett, s. (2012). psychometric properties of the coach-athlete relationship questionnaire (cart-q) in seven countries. psychology of sport and exercise, 13(1), 36–43. doi:10.1016/j.psychsport.2011.07.010. [30] jowett, s., & ntoumanis, n. (2004). the coach-athlete relationship questionnaire (cart-q): development and initial validation. scandinavian journal of medicine & science in sports, 14(4), 245–257. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0838.2003.00338.x. [31] jowett, s., & cramer, d. (2009). the role of romantic relationships on athletes’ performance and well-being. journal of clinical sport psychology, 3(1), 58–72. doi:10.1123/jcsp.3.1.58. [32] davis, l., jowett, s., & tafvelin, s. (2019). communication strategies: the fuel for quality coach-athlete relationships and athlete satisfaction. frontiers in psychology, 10, 2156. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02156. [33] gehrke, s., niemz, s., wenige, l., & ruhland, j. (2022). investigation of senior it management skills using cobit enablers and social media platform. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(1), 69-81. doi:10.28991/hef-2022-03-01-05. [34] hampson, r., & jowett, s. (2014). effects of coach leadership and coach-athlete relationship on collective efficacy. scandinavian journal of medicine & science in sports, 24(2), 454–460. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0838.2012.01527.x. [35] thelwell, r. c., wagstaff, c. r. d., rayner, a., chapman, m., & barker, j. (2017). exploring athletes’ perceptions of coach stress in elite sport environments. journal of sports sciences, 35(1), 44–55. doi:10.1080/02640414.2016.1154979. [36] wachsmuth, s., jowett, s., & harwood, c. g. (2018). on understanding the nature of interpersonal conflict between coaches and athletes. journal of sports sciences, 36(17), 1955–1962. doi:10.1080/02640414.2018.1428882. [37] lafrenière, m. a. k., jowett, s., vallerand, r. j., & carbonneau, n. (2011). passion for coaching and the quality of the coachathlete relationship: the mediating role of coaching behaviors. psychology of sport and exercise, 12(2), 144–152. doi:10.1016/j.psychsport.2010.08.002. [38] michalos, a. c. (2014). encyclopedia of quality of life and well-being research, springer, dordrecht, netherlands. hdoi:10.1007/978-94-007-0753-5. [39] lochbaum, m., stoner, e., hefner, t., cooper, s., lane, a. m., & terry, p. c. (2022). sport psychology and performance metaanalyses: a systematic review of the literature. plos one, 17(2 february), 263408. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0263408. [40] philippe, a. r., & seiler, r. (2006). closeness, co-orientation and complementarity in coach-athlete relationships: what male swimmers say about their male coaches. psychology of sport and exercise, 7(2), 159–171. doi:10.1016/j.psychsport.2005.08.004. [41] rhind, d. j. a., & jowett, s. (2011). linking maintenance strategies to the quality of coach-athlete relationships. international journal of sport psychology, 42(1), 55–68. [42] rhind, d. j. a., & jowett, s. (2010). relationship maintenance strategies in the coach-athlete relationship: the development of the compass model. journal of applied sport psychology, 22(1), 106–121. doi:10.1080/10413200903474472. [43] côté, j., & gilbert, w. (2009). an integrative definition of coaching effectiveness and expertise. international journal of sports science & coaching, 4(3), 307–323. doi:10.1260/174795409789623892. [44] davis, l., appleby, r., davis, p., wetherell, m., & gustafsson, h. (2018). the role of coach-athlete relationship quality in team sport athletes’ psychophysiological exhaustion: implications for physical and cognitive performance. journal of sports sciences, 36(17), 1985–1992. doi:10.1080/02640414.2018.1429176. [45] vealey, r. s. (2016). conceptualization of sport-confidence and competitive orientation: preliminary investigation and instrument development. journal of sport psychology, 8(3), 221–246. doi:10.1123/jsp.8.3.221. [46] bandura, a., freeman, w. h., & lightsey, r. (1999). self-efficacy: the exercise of control. journal of cognitive psychotherapy, 13(2), 158–166. doi:10.1891/0889-8391.13.2.158. https://doi.org/10.28991/hef-2022-03-01-05 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 267 [47] vealey, r. s., & chase, m. a. (2008). self-confidence in sport. advances in sport psychology. human kinetics, north yorkshire, united kingdom. [48] vealey, r. s., & knight, b. j. (2002). development of the multidimensional sport-confidence inventory. association for the advancement of applied sport psychology, tucson, united states. [49] reverdito, r. s., fonseca, s., lopes, a., aires, k., santos alves, l., alves de lima, l., ... & gonçalves, c. (2023). sources of sport satisfaction and perceived self-efficacy among youth in a competitive environment. perceptual and motor skills, 00315125231167460. doi:10.1177/00315125231167460. [50] singer, r. n., hausenblas, h. a., & janelle, c. m. (2001). handbook of sport psychology. john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. [51] vealey, r. s., garner-holman, m., hayashi, s. w., & giacobbi, p. (1998). sources of sport-confidence: conceptualization and instrument development. journal of sport and exercise psychology, 20(1), 54–80. doi:10.1123/jsep.20.1.54. [52] bandura, a., & walters, r. h. (1977). social learning theory. prentice hall, englewood cliffs, united states. [53] feltz, d. l., short, s. e., & sullivan, p. j. (2008). self-efficacy in sport. human kinetics, north yorkshire, united kingdom. doi:10.5040/9781718206625. [54] wilson, r. c., sullivan, p. j., myers, n. d., & feltz, d. l. (2004). sources of sport confidence of master athletes. journal of sport and exercise psychology, 26(3), 369–384. doi:10.1123/jsep.26.3.369. [55] hays, k., thomas, o., butt, j., & maynard, i. (2010). the development of confidence profiling for sport. sport psychologist, 24(3), 373–392. doi:10.1123/tsp.24.3.373. [56] hays, k., thomas, o., maynard, i., & bawden, m. (2009). the role of confidence in world-class sport performance. journal of sports sciences, 27(11), 1185–1199. doi:10.1080/02640410903089798. [57] lane, a. (2014). an examination of robust sport-confidence in elite sport. sport & exercise psychology review, 10(2), 24–27. doi:10.53841/bpssepr.2014.10.2.24. [58] hatzigeorgiadis, a., zourbanos, n., mpoumpaki, s., & theodorakis, y. (2009). mechanisms underlying the self-talkperformance relationship: the effects of motivational self-talk on self-confidence and anxiety. psychology of sport and exercise, 10(1), 186–192. doi:10.1016/j.psychsport.2008.07.009. [59] beaumont, c., maynard, i. w., & butt, j. (2015). effective ways to develop and maintain robust sport-confidence: strategies advocated by sport psychology consultants. journal of applied sport psychology, 27(3), 301–318. doi:10.1080/10413200.2014.996302. [60] hayes, s. c. (2004). acceptance and commitment therapy, relational frame theory, and the third wave of behavioral and cognitive therapies. behavior therapy, 35(4), 639–665. doi:10.1016/s0005-7894(04)80013-3. [61] zizzi, s. j., & andersen, m. b. (2017). being mindful in sport and exercise psychology: pathways for practitioners and students. fit publishing, morgantown, united states. [62] forman, e. m., chapman, j. e., herbert, j. d., goetter, e. m., yuen, e. k., & moitra, e. (2012). using session-by-session measurement to compare mechanisms of action for acceptance and commitment therapy and cognitive therapy. behavior therapy, 43(2), 341–354. doi:10.1016/j.beth.2011.07.004. [63] horne, e., woolf, j., & green, c. (2022). relationship dynamics between parents and coaches: are they failing young athletes? managing sport and leisure, 27(3), 224–240. doi:10.1080/23750472.2020.1779114. [64] mouelhi-guizani, s., guinoubi, s., teyeb, n., chtara, m., & crespo, m. (2022). effect of practice hours on elite junior tennis players’ burnout: gender differences. international journal of sports science & coaching, 17(6), 1418–1427. doi:10.1177/17479541211064417. [65] li, j., gao, h., & hu, j. (2021). satisfaction and the coach–athlete relationship: the mediating role of trust. social behavior and personality: an international journal, 49(2), 1–11. doi:10.2224/sbp.9807. [66] balduck, a. l., & jowett, s. (2010). psychometric properties of the belgian coach version of the coach-athlete relationship questionnaire (cart-q). scandinavian journal of medicine and science in sports, 20(5), 779–786. doi:10.1111/j.16000838.2009.01020.x. [67] balzadeh, a., nikbakhsh, r., & tojari, f. (2019). psychometric properties of the persian version of the meta-perspective (3+ 1cs) coach-athlete relationship questionnaire (cart-q). sport psychology studies, 8(28), 51-68. [68] ryckman, r. m., robbins, m. a., thornton, b., & cantrell, p. (1982). development and validation of a physical self-efficacy scale. journal of personality and social psychology, 42(5), 891–900. doi:10.1037/0022-3514.42.5.891. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 268 [69] harter, s. (1982). the perceived competence scale for children. child development, 53(1), 87. doi:10.2307/1129640. [70] martens, r., burton, d., vealey, r. s., bump, l., & smith, d. e. (1983). competitive state anxiety inventory—2. psyctests dataset. doi:10.1037/t27557-000. [71] bandura, a. (1984). recycling misconceptions of perceived self-efficacy. cognitive therapy and research, 8(3), 231–255. doi:10.1007/bf01172995. [72] gould, d., petlichkoff, l., & weinberg, r. s. (2016). antecedents of, temporal changes in, and relationships between csai2 subcomponents. journal of sport psychology, 6(3), 289–304. doi:10.1123/jsp.6.3.289. [73] mcauley, e. (1985). modeling and self-efficacy: a test of bandura's model. journal of sport and exercise psychology, 7(3), 283-295. doi:10.1123/jsp.7.3.283. [74] gould, d., petlichkoff, l., simons, j., & vevera, m. (1987). relationship between competitive state anxiety inventory-2 subscale scores and pistol shooting performance. journal of sport psychology, 9(1), 33–42. doi:10.1123/jsp.9.1.33. [75] bandura, a. (1986). fearful expectations and avoidant actions as coeffects of perceived self-inefficacy. american psychologist, 41(12), 1389–1391. doi:10.1037/0003-066x.41.12.1389. [76] manzo, l. g., silva, j. m., & mink, r. (2001). the carolina sport confidence inventory. journal of applied sport psychology, 13(3), 260–274. doi:10.1080/104132001753144400. [77] machida, m., otten, m., magyar, t. m., vealey, r. s., & ward, r. m. (2017). examining multidimensional sport-confidence in athletes and non-athlete sport performers. journal of sports sciences, 35(5), 410–418. doi:10.1080/02640414.2016.1167934. [78] manzo, l. g., mondin, g. w., clark, b., & schneider, t. (2005). confidence: applying sport psychology four perspectives champaign, human kinetics, north yorkshire, united kingdom. [79] vealey, r. s., knight, b. j., & pappas, g. (2002). self-confidence in sport: conceptual and psychological advancement. in annual convention of the association for the advancement of applied sport psychology, tucson, united states. [80] fogarty, g. j., perera, h. n., furst, a. j., & thomas, p. r. (2016). evaluating measures of optimism and sport confidence. measurement in physical education and exercise science, 20(2), 81–92. doi:10.1080/1091367x.2015.1111220. [81] berry, j. w. (2003). origin of cross-cultural similarities and differences in human behavior: an ecocultural perspective. cultural guidance in the development of the human mind, 97-109, abc-clio, santa barbara, united states. [82] berscheid, e. (1995). help wanted: a grand theorist of interpersonal relationships, sociologist or anthropologist preferred. journal of social and personal relationships, 12(4), 529–533. doi:10.1177/0265407595124005. [83] hays, k., maynard, i., thomas, o., & bawden, m. (2007). sources and types of confidence identified by world class sport performers. journal of applied sport psychology, 19(4), 434–456. doi:10.1080/10413200701599173. [84] guinoubi, s., mouelhi-guizani, s., chtara, m., & crespo, m. (2022). competence needs satisfaction in elite junior tennis: gender differences. international journal of sports science and coaching, 17479541221128936. doi:10.1177/17479541221128936. [85] taylor, b., & garratt, d. (2008). professionalisation in sports coaching: issues and conceptualisation. manchester metropolitan university, manchester, england. [86] jones, e., edwards, l., dohme, l. c., & norman, l. (2023). ‘i’m not prepared to sacrifice my life for other people’s tennis’: an explorative study into the career narratives of female tennis coaches. international journal of sports science and coaching, 18(2), 339–349. doi:10.1177/17479541221133299. [87] steele, j., fisher, j., mckinnon, s., & mckinnon, p. (2016). differentiation between perceived effort and discomfort during resistance training in older adults: reliability of trainee ratings of effort and discomfort, and reliability and validity of trainer ratings of trainee effort. journal of trainology, 6(1), 1–8. doi:10.17338/trainology.6.1_1. [88] bull, s. j., shambrook, c. j., james, w., & brooks, j. e. (2005). towards an understanding of mental toughness in elite english cricketers. journal of applied sport psychology, 17(3), 209–227. doi:10.1080/10413200591010085. [89] bozkurt, o., koruç, z., arslan, n., & kocaekşi, s. (2012). a comparison of football players’sport confidence and self-efficacy beliefs according to their league level in turkey. beden eğitimi ve spor bilimleri dergisi, 6(3), 349-356. [90] fan, f., chen, j., chen, y., li, b., guo, l., shi, y., ... & shi, h. (2023). how relationship-maintenance strategies influence athlete burnout: mediating roles of coach–athlete relationship and basic psychological needs satisfaction. frontiers in psychology, 13, 1104143. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2022.1104143. [91] sagar, s. s., busch, b. k., & jowett, s. (2010). success and failure, fear of failure, and coping responses of adolescent academy football players. journal of applied sport psychology, 22(2), 213–230. doi:10.1080/10413201003664962. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 2, june, 2023 269 [92] liu, y., wang, z., zhou, c., & li, t. (2014). affect and self-esteem as mediators between trait resilience and psychological adjustment. personality and individual differences, 66, 92–97. doi:10.1016/j.paid.2014.03.023. [93] lundqvist, c., & kenttä, g. (2010). positive emotions are not simply the absence of the negative ones: development and validation of the emotional recovery questionnaire (emrecq). sport psychologist, 24(4), 468–488. doi:10.1123/tsp.24.4.468. [94] donohue, b., gavrilova, y., galante, m., gavrilova, e., loughran, t., scott, j., chow, g., plant, c. p., & allen, d. n. (2018). controlled evaluation of an optimization approach to mental health and sport performance. journal of clinical sport psychology, 12(2), 234–267. doi:10.1123/jcsp.2017-0054. [95] gencer, e. (2021). the relationship between self-esteem, satisfaction with life and coach-athlete relationship. journal of educational issues, 6(2), 493. doi:10.5296/jei.v6i2.18028. [96] coatsworth, j. d., & conroy, d. e. (2009). the effects of autonomy-supportive coaching, need satisfaction, and selfperceptions on initiative and identity in youth swimmers. developmental psychology, 45(2), 320–328. doi:10.1037/a0014027. [97] simons, e. e., & bird, m. d. (2022). coach-athlete relationship, social support, and sport-related psychological well-being in national collegiate athletic association division i student-athletes. journal for the study of sports and athletes in education, 1–20. doi:10.1080/19357397.2022.2060703. [98] monteiro, r. p., coelho, g. l. de h., hanel, p. h. p., de medeiros, e. d., & da silva, p. d. g. (2022). the efficient assessment of self-esteem: proposing the brief rosenberg self-esteem scale. applied research in quality of life, 17(2), 931–947. doi:10.1007/s11482-021-09936-4. [99] cheng, h., & furnham, a. (2003). attributional style and self-esteem as predictors of psychological well-being. counselling psychology quarterly, 16(2), 121–130. doi:10.1080/0951507031000151516. [100] diener, e. (2009). the science of well-being: the collected works of ed diener. springer, new york, united states. doi:10.1007/978-90-481-2350-6. [101] mackinnon, v. (2011). techniques for instructing female athletes in traditionally male sports: a case study of lpga teaching professionals. the international journal of sport and society, 2(1), 75–88. doi:10.18848/21527857/cgp/v02i01/54060. [102] anderson, e., stone, j. a., dunn, m., & heller, b. (2021). coach approaches to practice design in performance tennis. international journal of sports science and coaching, 16(6), 1281–1292. doi:10.1177/17479541211027294. [103] wang, l. (2023). how self-reflection and resilience can affect pre-competition anxiety? evidence from national competitive table tennis in adolescent players. current psychology, 42(14), 12034-12044. doi:10.1007/s12144-021-02473-1. [104] chun, d. r., lee, m. y., kim, s. w., cho, e. y., & lee, b. h. (2023). the mediated effect of sports confidence on competitive state anxiety and perceived performance of basketball game. international journal of environmental research and public health, 20(1), 334. doi:10.3390/ijerph20010334. [105] lee, s., kwon, s., kim, y. s., & lee, d. (2021). the effect of adolescent athletes’ achievement goal orientation and perception of error on their sport-confidence. international journal of sports science & coaching, 16(3), 646–657. doi:10.1177/1747954120976248. [106] martínez-gallego, r., villafaina, s., crespo, m., & fuentes-garcía, j. p. (2022). gender and age influence in pre-competitive and post-competitive anxiety in young tennis players. sustainability (switzerland), 14(9), 4966. doi:10.3390/su14094966. [107] sargent megicks, b., till, k., rongen, f., cowburn, i., gledhill, a., mitchell, t., emmonds, s., & lara-bercial, s. (2022). examining european talent development environments: athlete, parent and coach perceptions. journal of sports sciences, 40(22), 2533–2543. doi:10.1080/02640414.2023.2172800. [108] paul, d., read, p., farooq, a., & jones, l. (2021). factors influencing the association between coach and athlete rating of exertion: a systematic review and meta-analysis. sports medicine open, 7(1), 1–20. doi:10.1186/s40798-020-00287-2. [109] irvin, z. (2021). interpersonal coaching styles and attachment status in athletes: the relationship between the athlete and the coach as an attachment figure. ph.d. thesis, university of michigandearborn, dearborn, united states. doi:10.7302/219. [110] cohn, p. (2006). self-esteem in the athlete. brian mackenzie’s successful coaching, 9–10. [111] fuentes-garcía, j. p., villafaina, s., martínez-gallego, r., & crespo, m. (2022). preand post-competitive anxiety and match outcome in elite international junior tennis players. international journal of sports science and coaching, 17479541221122396. doi:10.1177/17479541221122396. https://dx.doi.org/10.7302/219 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 143 issn: 2723-9535 an effective model of viral marketing for e-commerce enterprises: an empirical study radwan moh'd al-dwairi 1* , ali alawneh 2 1 department of information technology, yarmouk university, irbid, jordan. 2 management information systems department, faculty of information technology, philadelphia university, amman 19392, jordan. received 02 october 2023; revised 24 february 2024; accepted 27 february 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract despite the widespread significance of digital marketing in disseminating information about products and services across a vast customer base via diverse networks, a noteworthy proportion of businesses still struggle to comprehend the crucial factors underpinning the success of viral campaigns. this study aims not only to bridge this knowledge gap but also to introduce an innovative framework that underscores various factors that amplify the potency of social networks and emphasizes an often-overlooked element in customer engagement: the psychological state of customers. empirical validation of the framework was conducted using a sample of 135 respondents, which was analyzed using the structured equation modeling technique. the study's findings show that the strength of social connections (strong ties) and the psychological disposition of customers significantly shape the generation and viral dissemination of marketing content across diverse networks. the importance of this research lies in its potential application by commercial companies for conducting promotional and marketing campaigns. by leveraging the proposed model, businesses can effectively promote their products and services, thus achieving their strategic objectives and gaining a competitive advantage in an environment characterized by intense competition and constant change. keywords: viral marketing; social networks; strong ties; social support; psychological state; customers’ similarities; word-of-mouth. 1. introduction in physical marketplaces, businesses use several forms of communication tools to influence consumers' buying processes. traditional marketing tools such as radio, tv, in-store promotion, and print advertising can increase awareness of goods; hence, this can help in implementing different types of marketing strategies. during the internet and social media age, e-commerce and social commerce are flourishing, and consequently, the entire buying process for customers as well as marketing strategies and techniques have dramatically changed. in addition, the influencers of social media start to play a vital role in customers’ buying decisions as well as their attitudes towards business brands. the internet is considered the “fifth channel,” following the traditional channels for implementing e-commerce practices and marketing tools [1]. however, the usage of the internet in this domain does not stop the use of traditional marketing methods to encourage potential customers to enter the online buying process. in addition, the business market changed dramatically in communication strategies for implementing marketing campaigns. hence, a new theme like viral marketing has started to be deployed using word-of-mouth in different types of networks [2]. for example, it is * corresponding author: r.aldwairi@yu.edu.jo http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-011  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9850-4498 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8522-4040 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 144 easier than ever to communicate a message to many people and share information among them with exponential speed [1]. social media marketing is understood as a group of internet-based applications that build on the web, which allow the exchange and creation of user-generated content and allow businesses to buy, sell, and reach their customers effectively [3]. this can help e-commerce enterprises get useful feedback for improvements in their business models and running processes. so that the one-to-one model of interaction or the podcasting model is replaced with a two-way communication model. in addition, customers can interact easily with their friends and share, like hash tags, etc., a particular message or ad that opens the door for utilizing a new type of marketing, which is called viral marketing. social media is an effective medium suited for viral marketing that is convenient to transmit the marketing message to a large group of people. the effect of users on other users is nine times more effective and powerful than advertising in a newspaper, magazine, or tv channel [1]. turban et al. [4] mentioned that the unhappy consumer could share her feelings with 10 friends in a traditional environment; however, her behaviour can reach hundreds in the era of social networks. in addition, the authors mentioned that a musician initiated a social media firestorm against an airline company that refused to pay for damaging his guitar in an airport by producing three youtube videos that spread virally and consequently gained more than ten million views. the difference between viral marketing and other types of marketing is that viral marketing has content that provokes people, whereas creative content, due to its authenticity on electronic social networks, can reach a large number of audiences by virally spreading from one individual to another on social networks [5]. because of that, successful viral campaigns easily spread in such networks in an inexpensive way, which has a wonderful impact on customers purchasing behavior [6]. consequently, viral marketing is an effective marketing technique where electronic communications about a particular brand or service are triggered throughout a wide network of buyers [7]. besides, viral marketing is a marketing mechanism in which it uses the services of social networking platforms and other techniques to maximize brand awareness or gain more marketing goals by self-repeating the process of viral marketing, like the propagation of viruses among computer systems on a network. to get benefits from utilizing viral marketing, three parameters should be considered and checked carefully: the right message (content), the right messenger or receiver, and the right environment [5]. the role of the receiver (customer) is very crucial in this domain since her negative experience with a particular company or brand formulates a significant risk, which should be avoided [8]. consequently, how to maximize the sales of a business company by using different advertising tools and selecting positive users for advertisements is a critical problem and considered a challenge for marketers [9]. within the existing literature, there are multiple studies that delve into user patterns to facilitate the deployment of impactful marketing campaigns. however, it is important to highlight that only a limited subset of these studies squarely focus on the domain of viral marketing [10]. moreover, while certain scholars have ventured into empirical research to understand the influence of viral marketing on customer attitudes, a mere handful have presented frameworks designed to steer marketers toward executing effective campaigns [2], and unfortunately, some of these studies remain scarce [7]. what is particularly significant, and often overlooked, is a factor entwined with the distribution of content and marketing advertisements across diverse networks: the customer's psychological state. consequently, this study strives to do more than bridge this gap; it seeks to introduce an innovative framework tailored to the needs of business enterprises. this framework has been subjected to empirical testing, accumulating a wealth of information and insights that can inform business decision-making and elevate the execution of successful viral marketing campaigns. additionally, the study seeks to answer the following major research question: rq. what are the major factors, which are related to the tools of social media and customers’ behaviour, that effectively contribute to implementing viral marketing campaigns? this article is structured as follows: section 2 offers an overview of related work and the formulation of hypotheses. section 3 details the research methodology, and section 4 presents the data analysis and results. the discussion is presented in section 5, while section 6 encompasses the research conclusions and implications. following that, section 7 presents research declarations, and the article concludes with a references section. 2. the related work and hypotheses development viral marketing is a popular and effective strategy for promoting products or services among users to spread a message on social networks and create viral content through word-of-mouth. the success of viral marketing campaigns depends on a variety of factors. on the other side, social media is a term used for online tools and web sites that offer a chance for different types of interactions among individuals through new ideas, feelings, information, opinions, interests, etc. [1]. social media represents a group of internet-based tools and applications that build what is known as web 2.0 and that allow the creation and exchange of user-generated content [11]. reviewing the literature in this domain revealed that some scholars pointed to the effectiveness of influencers and communication and interactivity among individuals to create a type of social support, which in turn affects individual attitudes and word-of-mouth towards a product or a service. for example, hmoud et al. [12] conducted a study to examine the role of online social media influencers on customers’ intentions to buy a product. their study revealed that trustworthiness, information quality, attractiveness, and expertise had a vital and significant role in customers’ hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 145 purchasing processes. tu et al. [4] studied individuals’ opinion formation and information flows in online social networks. they present a new model that can quantify users’ opinion changes as they are subjected to viral content. their experimental results showed that the effects of marketing campaigns on users are different from polarizing contents, where the latter have a stronger effect. ebrahimi et al. [13] studied how social networking sites affect customers’ purchase behaviour. the result of their study demonstrated that interactions, word-of-mouth, and trends had significantly affected customer purchasing behaviour. the concept of viral marketing implies that peer-to-peer (consumer-to-consumer) communications are an effective means to transform different types of digital messages using different types of internet-based tools to capture recipients' attention, trigger interest, and finally lead to the consumer’s final decision. in this arena, email seems to continue to play an informational and powerful role in recipients' behaviour. the spread of spam or unsolicited bulk e-mails, viruses, and other types of malicious software has made recipients doubtful and has caused a high level of noise in most unsolicited e-mails. consequently, similarities, strong ties, and social support [14] have a vital role in persuading recipients to accept the sent invitation. zahid et al. [15] found that customers’ social support led to more engagement and content sharing. duffett [16] conducted research to examine the effect of interactive social media marketing communications on teenagers’ cognitive, affective, and behavioural attitude factors. the study assured that social media marketing communications had a positive effect on each attitude component among users. in addition, results also showed that teenagers who used social media for a long time and updated their profiles continuously displayed the most responses to social media marketing communications. the study also considers the impact of several additional factors such as usage (access, length of usage, log-on frequency, log-on duration, and profile update incidence) and demographic (gender, age, and population group) variables on young consumers’ attitudes toward social media marketing communications. huynh et al. [6] develop a cognitive-affective-behaviour model of viral marketing to examine the factors that affect viral advertising using factors like tie strength, perceptual affinity, and emotions. their study proves the significant effect of the factors used in viral advertising. interactivity among peers via social networking sites and their ability to participate in content generation and transmit their experiences, opinions, and feedback to their peers help in making a positive interface and offer a type of social support to their peers [17]. this social environment encourages peers to share their shopping familiarities and product information with their friends. liang & turban [18] pointed out that if a recipient receives a type of support from a peer on a social platform, then the recipient may perform the same action. this will boost the role of social support in affecting consumers’ intentions to shop online and transmitting viral marketing messages among peers in online environments [17]. furthermore, the study by tobon & garcía-madariaga [19] mentioned that individuals are connected in social networks where public leaders recommendations and comments have a significant impact on their decision-making behaviours. in addition, wang & huang [20] mentioned that digital influencers social power can influence individuals content participation and creation. based on this information, we suggest the following hypothesis: h1o: social support and strong ties among customers have not had a significant positive impact on forwarding ads to others. h1: social support and strong ties among customers have a significant positive impact on forwarding ads to others. currently, social networks have become an effective marketing tool to create viral marketing. however, the accomplishment of marketing campaigns mainly depends on individuals’ participation in this process. therefore, trust, desire, and willingness among peers are important factors that play a crucial role in encouraging individuals to participate in spreading marketing ads in a network. trust is a transitive concept. for example, if a trusts b and b trusts c, then a trusts c, which assists the concept of trust transitivity [21] and its propagation in social networks [22, 23]. in the literature of psychology, people with feelings of preference give a big role to personal values before taking a decision. in contrast, people with intuitional preferences may trust others without any previous interaction [19]. hence, trust and willingness are formulating a type of psychological state for the recipient, and they are proposed to have a significant effect on users’ behaviour. furthermore, yadav & rai [24] pointed out that customer satisfaction resulted in a psychological attribute, which entails a type of interpretation of its effect on the customer’s decision process. in addition, it is important to understand the psychological mechanisms that affected individuals’ behaviour in sharing fake contents about some brands using social networks [25]. additionally, gvili & levy [26] showed customer engagement in sharing wom content because of trust. balamoorthy & chandra [27] showed that people with high psychological impact have a robust incentive to engage in customer engagement to participate in e-wom statements. based on this information, we suggest the following hypothesis: h2o: customers’ positive psychological state has not a significant impact on forwarding marketing ads to others. h2: customers’ positive psychological state has a significant impact on forwarding marketing ads to others. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 146 viral advertising is an individual effort where the ads usually come from a source to a receiver. that means the companies do not give any kind of payment for ads spreading [11]. viral marketing takes several styles to propagate the ads: videos, interactive games, ebooks, some photos and images, text, email messages, and webpages. the main goal of marketers is to create exceptional viral marketing programs by sending viral messages to individuals who have high social networking skills and who can display, propagate, and advertise the messages to their friends and relatives. for this reason, the similarities and benefits between the beers also have a significant effect. for example, the strong ties and common attributes between peers also build strong relationships in the network and offer a high level of social support. consequently, if the receiver thinks that there is a good benefit from the received ads, she may pass them on or forward them to her friends. this is especially true if the ads have a good attraction, create a strong emotion, drive users’ attention, or wow the recipient [6]. in social networks, there is a need to identify users’ communities based on their social connections and needs. in addition, the spread of a new idea can be maximized if there is a possibility to identify a group of peers who share the same opinions and are interested in the same topic, taking into consideration social support and strong ties and their effects on peers’ behaviours and attitudes. hence, moscato & speril [28] conducted a survey that presents an overall study of different community detection techniques proposed for social networks, considering the related complex features. based on this information, we suggest the following hypotheses: h3o: customers’ similarities have not had a significant positive impact on forwarding ads to others. h3: customers’ similarities have a significant positive impact on forwarding ads to others. h4o: customers’ benefits have not had a significant positive impact on forwarding ads to others. h4: customers’ benefits have a significant positive impact on forwarding ads to others. word-of-mouth and viral marketing are two related concepts that have a significant role in promoting products and services for business enterprises. many scholars in the marketing literature discussed the concept of word-of-mouth and showed that it has an important role in generating viral marketing (for example, [1, 2, 5, 7, 13, 29, 30]). many scholars link between the effect of wom and customers purchase intention [31–35]. aljarah et al. (2022) [36] distinguished between user-generated content and firm-generated content and showed that user engagement by generating online content about brands has more effect than firm-generated content. puriwat & tripopsakul [2] examined the effect of viral marketing strategies on brand recognition and brand preference by suggesting a framework for the effectiveness of viral marketing in social media contexts. their results showed that effective viral marketing points positively to brand recognition and preference. domingos [7] suggested a social network model to design viral marketing plans that maximize positive word-of-mouth among customers. his experiments achieved much higher profits than ignoring interactions among customers and the equivalent network effects, as a traditional marketing technique does. petrescu & korgaonkar [29] clarify the concepts of wom, ewom, and viral marketing, aiming to reduce the ambiguities between those concepts. wom is more effective than traditional print advertising in affecting consumers’ buying processes [37]. alsuwaidan et al. [10] propose a novel spreading framework for viral marketing. their work ensures optimization in terms of cost and time by focusing only on the most energetic users on online social networks. their framework divided the overall community into clusters, each of which had its own interests. in addition, it ensures overlapping between clusters when users have more than one interest. figure 1. the research model social support & strong ties psychological state similarities benefits word-of-mouth v iral m ark etin g hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 147 kaplan & haenlein [38] defined viral marketing as electronic word-of-mouth where a message is spread in an exponentially growing way via social media networks and considered three conditions to be fulfilled to attain the set goals and objectives. these three conditions are the message, the right person, and the environment. they recommended some caution that managers should consider when trying to launch their viral marketing campaigns. figure 1 shows the research framework. 3. research methodology to achieve the objectives of the study and to test the proposed model, a questionnaire was prepared based on multiple ideas from previous studies in the same field. the questionnaire consists of two main parts. the first part contains questions related to the demographic factors of the participants in the study, while the second part contains questions based on a likert scale ranging from 1 being “strongly disagree” to 5 being “strongly agree” related to measuring the constructs of the proposed model. the questionnaire was prepared in english to be in line with exactly the ideas and terminology used in the field of study. the opinion of three lecturers in the department of information technology at yarmouk university was taken regarding the quality of the questions included, clarity, and ability to measure the studied phenomenon. based on their feedback, the required amendments were made to the questionnaire to improve its quality. after that, the questionnaire was distributed to three students in the master's level and eleven students in the bachelor's stage, where they were requested to answer the questionnaire and give their comments and observations about the questions used in the study. all comments were considered, and the questionnaire was modified accordingly. after that, the questionnaire was translated into arabic so that it would be appropriate to answer it from different segments of participants who do not know the english language well. finally, the questionnaire was prepared using microsoft forms, and its link was distributed to social networking sites, forums, and online groups to give different types of respondents a good opportunity to answer it. moreover, participation in this study is voluntary, without any financial incentives. consequently, the sample of the study consists of 135 employees who filled out the questionnaire. table 1 shows the respondents’ profiles. table 1. the respondents profile category type frequency percent total (n) gender male 85 63 135 female 50 37 age from 18-25 53 39.3 from 25-36 19 14.1 from 36-45 40 29.6 >=46 23 17 educational level bachelor 66 48.9 master 37 27.4 phd 22 16.3 others 10 7.4 4. data analysis and research results data analysis for the collected data was done using ibm spss statistics version 20.0. for the purposes of proceeding to analyse the gathered data, it's required to test the requirements of linear regression, namely linearity, normality, multicollinearity, and outliers. 4.1. linearity figure 2 illustrates a scatter plot displaying a clear linear pattern, with points evenly and randomly distributed across the chart. this observation supports the assumption of linearity being met [39]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 148 figure 2. scatter plot for factors of viral marketing vs. ewom 4.2. normality figure 3 demonstrates that the residual data are well distributed throughout the chart, exhibiting no significant skewness. this indicates that the assumption of linearity is satisfied [39]. figure 3. histogram: factors of viral marketing vs. ewom 4.3. multicollinearity in table 2, the variance inflation factor (vif) values are observed to be within an acceptable range, all less than or equal to 4, indicating the absence of serious multicollinearity [39]. additionally, the tolerance values for all predictors are greater than 0.10, indicating that it is feasible to identify the predictors contributing significantly to predicting the dependent variable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 149 table 2. collinearity statistics model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients collinearity statistics b std. error beta tolerance vif 1 (constant) -0.472 0.435 social_support 0.286 0.104 0.237 0.638 1.568 psychological_state 0.436 0.145 0.329 0.394 2.540 similarities 0.078 0.141 0.052 0.523 1.913 benefits 0.163 0.104 0.132 0.669 1.494 4.4. outlier analysis in table 3, the calculated value of durbin-watson is 2.150, indicating no violation of the independence assumption for the residuals data. the proximity of the durbin-watson value to 2 suggests that the regression model adequacy is achieved, as there is no evidence of outliers or influential points affecting the regression analysis [39]. table 3. outlier statistics model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate durbin-watson 1 0.625 a 0.390 0.371 0.79690 2.150 a. predictors: (constant), benefits, social_support, similarities, psychological_state dependent variable: ewom 5. discussion multiple linear regression (mlr) is a statistical approach used to explain the causal relationship between two or more independent explanatory variables and a dependent predictor variable [17]. in addition, it is a multivariate statistical technique used to examine the relationship between an outcome variable and several predictors. furthermore, mlr is used to predict the relative contribution of social support, psychological state, similarities, and benefits to the outcome variable ewom. hair et al. [39] state that mlr provides a means of objectively assessing the magnitude and direction of each predictor’s relationship to its outcome variable. the forced entry regression method is used, and the ‘stepwise’ regression is more appropriate in the exploratory phase of research or for the purposes of predicting the change in dependent variable attributed by independents [40]. therefore, the change in the r2 and the f statistic is examined in each step. the unstandardized coefficient b (constant) represents the average value of the dependent variable when all the independent variables are set to zero. in this study, as seen in table 4, when social support, psychological state, similarities, and benefits are all equal to zero, the average value of ewom is -0.472. the unstandardized coefficient b (social support) indicates the average change in electronic word-of-mouth (ewom) associated with a one-unit increase in social support while holding the other independent variables constant. table 4 shows that each additional unit of social support is associated with a 0.286 increase in ewom. the significance level (sig.) for social support is represented by the p-value, which in this case is 0.007. since this value is lower than the predetermined significance level of 0.05, we can conclude that social support has a statistically significant association with ewom. table 4. regression coefficients model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. b std. error beta 1 (constant) -0.472 0.435 -1.084 0.280 social_support 0.286 0.104 0.237 2.759 0.007 psychological_state 0.436 0.145 0.329 3.011 0.003 similarities 0.078 0.141 0.052 0.552 0.582 benefits 0.163 0.104 0.132 1.574 0.118 similarly, for psychological state, the calculated t-value is 2.759, and the associated significance level from the test is 0.007, which is lower than the chosen significance level of 0.05. thus, we reject the null hypothesis and accept that b1 is significantly different from zero. consequently, we approve hypothesis h1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 150 this result highlights the significant role of social support and strong ties among customers (peers) in disseminating marketing ads and promotions on social networks. as such, this study shows that customers will share a marketing ad if their friends have positive feedback about it. in addition, if customers get encouragement from their peers to share an ad, they will positively respond to such a recommendation. this result also recommends that people are the main part of social networks and rely heavily on online communications and interactivity to get the required information and experiences from their peers to formulate their purchasing decisions and generate positive wom for others by forwarding the marketing ads to their other peers. hence, through engagement, sharing, and confirmation, customers become loyal and brand advocates on social networks. this result is consistent with [15, 23, 40, 41]. social support usually comes in the form of positive comments: wom from peers in social networks that encourage customers to mimic the same decisions of their peers. puriwat & tripopsakul [2], who mentioned that viral marketing is a type of wom communication among individuals, assist in this result. hence, wom marketing is a way of communicating and transferring business promotions and messages among customers from person to person. in addition, word-of-mouth marketing covers the efforts of businesses to lead customers to create marketing-related content and communicate this information to other consumers using new communication channels like smart phones, email, sms messages, blogs, and business web sites [1]. akyol [1] pointed out that wom is four times more effective than personal sales and seven times more effective than advertisements. he also presented the new form of wom, which is done using the internet as ewom, and defined it as “all kinds of positive and negative feedback or comments that belong to customers referred to a product or a company through the internet. ewom covers customer comments on internet mediums like social networking sites. even though each social platform on the internet has its own common features and capability to distribute information very fast to a very wide range of individuals globally. the unstandardized coefficient b (psychological state) indicates the average change in electronic word-of-mouth (ewom) associated with a one-unit increase in psychological state while holding the remaining independent variables constant. in this case, each additional unit of psychological state is associated with a 0.436 increase in ewom. the significance level (sig.) for psychological state represents the p-value, which in this instance is 0.003. since this value is lower than the predetermined significance level of 0.05, we can conclude that psychological state has a statistically significant association with ewom. similarly, for psychological state, the calculated t-value is 3.011, and the associated significance level from the test is 0.003, which is lower than the chosen significance level of 0.05. thus, we reject the null hypothesis and accept that b1 is significantly different from zero. consequently, we approve hypothesis h2. this result assures that individuals are living in a new, risky online environment where trust and willingness are playing a vital role in shaping positive customer buying decisions as well as positive behaviour about the brand or the given service. consequently, trust is an important component in recommending and sharing marketing content with others. hence, such factors are important components for disseminating positive messages and contents virally on social networks. in addition, customers are able to participate in the spreading of the marketing ads when they are happy, excited, or in a good and positive mood. this result is consistent with the recommendations of [22, 42]. the unstandardized coefficient b (similarities) indicates the average change in electronic word-of-mouth (ewom) associated with a one-unit increase in similarities while holding the remaining independent variables constant. in this case, each additional unit of similarity is associated with a 0.078 increase in ewom. the significance level (sig.) for similarities represents the p-value, which in this instance is 0.582. since this value is not lower than the predetermined significance level of 0.05, we cannot conclude that similarities have a statistically significant association with ewom. additionally, the calculated t-value for similarities is 0.552, further supporting the lack of significance. therefore, we accept the null hypothesis, indicating that b3 is equal to zero, and as a result, we reject hypothesis h3. similarly, for benefits, the unstandardized coefficient b represents the average change in ewom associated with a one-unit increase in benefits while holding the remaining independent variables constant. in this case, each additional unit of benefits is associated with a 0.163 increase in ewom. the significance level (sig.) for benefits is 0.118, which is not lower than the predetermined significance level of 0.05. consequently, we cannot conclude that benefits have a statistically significant association with ewom. this result indicates that the null hypothesis is accepted and b4 is equal to zero. therefore, we reject hypothesis h4. these results of this study show that customers’ similarities in opinions, genders, and perceived benefits are not necessary to participate in sharing marketing ads on social networks. as such, the study shows no significant effect on reposting a commercial ad if customers receive such promotions from a friend that has a similar interest. r squared shows the proportion of the variance in the dependent variable that can be explained by the independent variables. table 5 shows that 39% of the variation in ewom can be explained by social support, psychological state, similarities, and benefits. on the other side, std. error of the estimate represents the average distance that the observed values fall from the regression line. in this study, the observed values fall by an average of 0.79690 units from the regression line. the coefficient of determination r2 indicating the percent of how much of the total variance is explained by the independent variables, is 39%. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 151 the regression equation based on unstandardized coefficients is as follows: estimated ewom = -0.472+ 0.286 × (social_support) + 0.436 × (psychological_state)+0.078 × (similarities) + 0.163 × (benefits) table 5. model's summary model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate 1 0.625 a 0.390 0.371 0.79690 a. predictors: (constant), benefits, social_support, similarities, psychological_state dependent variable: ewom the f-statistic is calculated as the ratio of the regression mean square (ms) to the residual mean square. this statistic serves as a measure of whether the regression model offers a superior fit to the data compared to a model containing no independent variables. in essence, it evaluates the overall usefulness of the regression model. when the obtained p-value (p) is less than the chosen significance level, there is substantial evidence to conclude that the regression model provides a better fit to the data than the model with no predictor variables [39]. this result is favourable because it indicates that the predictor variables in the model significantly enhance the model's fit. moreover, it is worth noting that if none of the predictor variables in the model are statistically significant, the overall f statistic is also not statistically significant. in table 6, the overall f statistic for the regression model is calculated as the ratio of the mean square regression (13.203) to the mean square residual (0.635), resulting in a value of 20.791. this indicates that a significant portion of the total variance in the data is attributed to the regression equation. the calculated f value of 20.791 represents the variance generated by the regression, and this finding is promising as it suggests that the predictor variables in the model indeed contribute to improving the model's fit [39]. it's important to note that when none of the predictor variables in the model are statistically significant, the overall f statistic also becomes statistically insignificant. however, in this case, the obtained f value signifies a substantial impact of the predictor variables on the model's performance, further validating the model's appropriateness. table 6. variation analysis model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 52.813 4 13.203 20.791 0.000 b residual 2.556 130 0.635 total 135.370 134 dependent variable: ewom b. predictors: (constant), benefits, social_support, similarities, psychological_state table 7 presents the sig values, which represent the p-values associated with the overall f statistic. these values determine whether the regression model, as a whole, is statistically significant. in essence, these p-values indicate whether the four independent variables in this study have a statistically significant association with the dependent variable (ewom). the study's results, as shown in table 6, reveal that the p-value is calculated to be 0.000, indicating a statistically significant association between the independent variables (social support, psychological state, similarities, and benefits) and ewom (the dependent variable). however, the analysis in table 6 also reveals that two variables, namely, similarities and benefits, do not act as significant predictors for ewom. therefore, these variables are excluded from the regression model. consequently, table 7 displays the new regression model for this study, reflecting the removal of these non-significant predictors. table 7. modified regression coefficient model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. b std. error beta 1 (constant) -0.110 0.368 -0.298 0.766 social_support 0.308 0.104 0.254 2.970 0.004 psychological_state 0.566 0.114 0.426 4.983 0.000 as a result, the updated coefficient of determination (r2) in table 8 is recorded as 37.5. moreover, the analysis in table 9 reaffirms that the two significant predictors, namely, social support and psychological state, significantly influence the dependent variable ewom. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 152 table 8. modified model's summary model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate 1 0.613 a 0.375 0.366 0.80037 a. predictors: (constant), psychological_state, social_support dependent variable: ewom table 9. modified variation analysis model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 50.812 2 25.406 39.661 0.000b residual 84.557 132 0.641 total 135.370 134 6. conclusions viral marketing has emerged as one of the most effective techniques for the widespread dissemination of marketing ads to a global audience. the rise of e-commerce and social media platforms has provided businesses with abundant opportunities to thrive and succeed. among these opportunities, social platforms stand out as valuable channels that enable companies to advertise their products and services at a low cost while reaching millions of individuals worldwide. viral marketing, as an internet-based tool, effectively engages third parties in the advertising process. every business recognizes the significance of marketing, and the primary objective of viral marketing is to expand market reach and grow the customer base at the lowest possible cost. this objective can be achieved by generating powerful word-ofmouth (wom) recommendations. the success of viral marketing campaigns hinges on achieving widespread dissemination with minimal or no cost to the marketer. ultimately, the primary goals of viral marketing encompass economic objectives such as fostering customer loyalty and advocacy, which are vital for realizing the company's strategic goals. this study emphasizes the essential role of tie strength, social support, and customers' positive psychological state as critical factors for successful viral marketing campaigns. by comprehending and harnessing these factors, businesses can optimize the impact and reach of their viral marketing efforts, ultimately achieving strategic goals and gaining a competitive advantage in the marketplace. however, it is important to acknowledge the limitations of this study. firstly, the sample size is relatively small, which may limit the generalizability of the findings. to enhance the robustness of future research, larger sample sizes should be considered. additionally, the proposed model could benefit from the inclusion of additional factors that are relevant to this study, leading to a more precise and accurate result. to overcome these limitations, future research may be conducted in diverse environments and cultures, allowing for the collection of more extensive data records. expanding the study to encompass more relevant factors could provide new insights and yield novel findings. by addressing these shortcomings and conducting further research, we can deepen our understanding of viral marketing and its impact on business outcomes. this will enable companies to refine their strategies and capitalize on the full potential of viral marketing to achieve their goals. 6.1. research implications the significance of this study lies in the proposal of a viral marketing model for business enterprises. the model outlines a set of factors that can be utilized to generate positive electronic content about a specific product or service. this content can then be disseminated across various networks, groups, and online platforms, effectively reaching a large number of users and resulting in what is commonly known as viral marketing. to validate the effectiveness of the proposed model, a practical test was conducted involving 135 users from diverse backgrounds, including different genders, ages, and academic levels. the study's findings underscored the importance of strong social connections and support among users in generating positive word-of-mouth and facilitating its viral spread to millions of people. in addition, the importance of this research lies in its potential application by commercial companies for conducting promotional and marketing campaigns. by leveraging the proposed model, businesses can effectively promote their products and services, thus achieving their strategic objectives and gaining a competitive advantage in an environment characterized by intense competition and constant change. furthermore, from a theoretical perspective, this study contributes new insights and findings to the existing body of knowledge. these findings can serve as a foundation for further research and exploration, enabling researchers to build upon them and achieve even greater advancements in this field. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, r.a. and a.a.; methodology, r.a.; software, a.a.; validation, r.a. and a.a.; formal analysis, a.a.; investigation, a.a.; resources, r.a.; data curation, r.a.; writing—original draft preparation, r.a.; writing— review and editing, a.a.; visualization, a.a.; supervision, r.a.; project administration, r.a. and a.a.; funding acquisition, r.a. and a.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 153 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding the authors received financial support for the research and/or publication of this article from the deanships of scientific research and graduate studies in yarmouk university and philadelphia university, jordan. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] akyol, ş. (2013). social media and marketing: viral marketing. academic journal of interdisciplinary studies, 2(8), 586–590. doi:10.5901/ajis.2013.v2n8p586. [2] puriwat, w., & tripopsakul, s. (2021). the role of viral marketing in social media on brand recognition and preference. emerging science journal, 5(6), 855–867. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-01315. [3] al-dwairi, r. m. d., & al-khataybeh, m. (2023). web 2.0 tools and service quality: the key to effective customer relationships in e-commerce environments. 2023 international conference on information technology: cybersecurity challenges for sustainable cities, icit 2023 proceeding, 827–831. doi:10.1109/icit58056.2023.10226159. [4] tu, s., & neumann, s. (2022). a viral marketing-based model for opinion dynamics in online social networks. www 2022 proceedings of the acm web conference 2022, 1570–1578. doi:10.1145/3485447.3512203. [5] dwivedi, y. k., ismagilova, e., hughes, d. l., carlson, j., filieri, r., jacobson, j., jain, v., karjaluoto, h., kefi, h., krishen, a. s., kumar, v., rahman, m. m., raman, r., rauschnabel, p. a., rowley, j., salo, j., tran, g. a., & wang, y. (2021). setting the future of digital and social media marketing research: perspectives and research propositions. international journal of information management, 59, 102168. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2020.102168. [6] huynh, k. (2016). factors affecting the success of viral marketing an affective – cognitivebehavioral process. business and management research, 5(1), 40–45. doi:10.5430/bmr.v5n1p40. [7] domingos, p. (2005). mining social networks for viral marketing. ieee intelligent systems, 20(1), 80–82. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2007.02.005. [8] liao, m., qi, l., & zhang, j. (2020). the dynamic evolution mechanism of heterogeneous owom-an improved viral marketing model. information (switzerland), 11(3), 140. doi:10.3390/info11030140. [9] shuai, h. h., shen, c. y., hsu, h. c., yang, d. n., chou, c. k., lin, j. h., & chen, m. s. (2015). revenue maximization for telecommunications company with social viral marketing. proceedings ieee international conference on big data, ieee big data 2015, 1306–1310. doi:10.1109/bigdata.2015.7363886. [10] alsuwaidan, l., ykhlef, m., & alnuem, m. a. (2014). a novel spreading framework using incremental clustering for viral marketing. in proceedings of ieee/acs international conference on computer systems and applications, aiccsa, 78–83. doi:10.1109/aiccsa.2014.7073182. [11] mora, e., vila-lopez, n., & küster-boluda, i. (2021). segmenting the audience of a cause-related marketing viral campaign. international journal of information management, 59(1), 102296. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2020.102296. [12] hmoud, h., nofal, m., yaseen, h., al-masaeed, s., & alfawwaz, b. m. (2022). the effects of social media attributes on customer purchase intention: the mediation role of brand attitude. international journal of data and network science, 6(4), 1543–1556. doi:10.5267/j.ijdns.2022.4.022. [13] ebrahimi, p., basirat, m., yousefi, a., nekmahmud, m., gholampour, a., & fekete-farkas, m. (2022). social networks marketing and consumer purchase behavior: the combination of sem and unsupervised machine learning approaches. big data and cognitive computing, 6(2), 35. doi:10.3390/bdcc6020035. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 154 [14] al-dwairi, r. (2017). social commerce adoption among jordanian youth: empirical study. international journal of business information systems, 26(3), 277–296. doi:10.1504/ijbis.2017.10007573. [15] zahid, m. m., ali, b., samdani, h., & kamal, n. (2021). linking social media engagement with customer relationships and brand loyalty : a consumer-based perspective. vfast transactions on education and social sciences, 9(3), 90–99. [16] duffett, r. g. (2017). influence of social media marketing communications on young consumers’ attitudes. young consumers, 18(1), 19–39. doi:10.1108/yc-07-2016-00622. [17] alawneh, a. a., ai-taani, f., ai-azzam, a., & al-radaideh, r. (2013). a proposed measurement scale for e-banking services quality in jordan. international conference on computer applications technology, iccat 2013, sousse, tunisia. doi:10.1109/iccat.2013.6521961. [18] liang, t. p., ho, y. t., li, y. w., & turban, e. (2011). what drives social commerce: the role of social support and relationship quality? international journal of electronic commerce, 16(2), 69–90. doi:10.2753/jec1086-4415160204. [19] tobon, s., & garcía-madariaga, j. (2021). the influence of opinion leaders’ ewom on online consumer decisions: a study on social influence. journal of theoretical and applied electronic commerce research, 16(4), 748–767. doi:10.3390/jtaer16040043. [20] wang, p., & huang, q. (2023). digital influencers, social power and consumer engagement in social commerce. internet research, 33(1), 178–207. doi:10.1108/intr-08-2020-0467. [21] heilman, r. m., & kusev, p. (2020). personal values associated with prosocial decisions. behavioral sciences, 10(4), 77. doi:10.3390/bs10040077. [22] nasir, s. u., & kim, t. h. (2020). trust computation in online social networks using co-citation and transpose trust propagation. ieee access, 8, 41362–41371. doi:10.1109/access.2020.2975782. [23] al-dwairi, r. m., & kamala, m. a. (2009). an integrated trust model for business-to-consumer (b2c) e-commerce: integrating trust with the technology acceptance model. 2009 international conference on cyber worlds, 351–356. doi:10.1109/cw.2009.34. [24] yadav, m. k., & rai, d. a. k. (2015). exploring the relational impact of service quality on customer satisfication. ushus journal of business management, 14(4), 17–31. doi:10.12725/ujbm.33.2. [25] obadă, d. r., & dabija, d. c. (2022). “in flow”! why do users share fake news about environmentally friendly brands on social media? international journal of environmental research and public health, 19(8), 4861. doi:10.3390/ijerph19084861. [26] gvili, y., & levy, s. (2023). i share, therefore i trust: a moderated mediation model of the influence of ewom engagement on social commerce. journal of business research, 166. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2023.114131. [27] balamoorthy, s., & chandra, b. (2023). the influence of intrinsic and extrinsic motivational factors on e-wom behaviour: the role of psychological impact during the time of covid-19 crisis. heliyon, 9(2), e13270. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2023.e13270. [28] moscato, v., & sperlì, g. (2021). a survey about community detection over on-line social and heterogeneous information networks. knowledge-based systems, 224, 107112. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2021.107112. [29] petrescu, m., & korgaonkar, p. (2011). viral advertising: definitional review and synthesis. journal of internet commerce, 10(3), 208–226. doi:10.1080/15332861.2011.596007. [30] hendrayati, h., & pamungkas, p. (2020). viral marketing and e-word of mouth communication in social media marketing. 3rd global conference on business, management, and entrepreneurship, 41–48. doi:10.2991/aebmr.k.200131.010. [31] al qaimari, r., al hassan, m., al dmour, h., & aloqaily, a. (2021). the effect of the electronic word of mouth on purchase intention via the brand image as a mediating factor: an empirical study. international journal of networking and virtual organisations, 24(2), 182. doi:10.1504/ijnvo.2021.10037256. [32] alfandi, a. m., & marco, v. (2021). electronic word of mouth effects on middle east destination overall image and behavioral intention. in new governance and management in touristic destinations, igi global, 134–151. doi:10.4018/9781-6684-3889-3.ch009. [33] khan, s. (2023). evaluating the impact of ewom adoption on consumer purchasing intentions. international journal of social sciences and entrepreneurship (ijsse), 3(1), 2790–7724. [34] indrawati, putri yones, p. c., & muthaiyah, s. (2023). ewom via the tiktok application and its influence on the purchase intention of somethinc products. asia pacific management review, 28(2), 174–184. doi:10.1016/j.apmrv.2022.07.007. [35] mainardes, e. w., portelada, p. h. m., & damasceno, f. s. (2023). the influence on cosmetics purchase intention of electronic word of mouth on instagram. journal of promotion management, 29(7), 961–991. doi:10.1080/10496491.2023.2167897. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 155 [36] aljarah, a., sawaftah, d., ibrahim, b., & lahuerta-otero, e. (2022). the differential impact of userand firm-generated content on online brand advocacy: customer engagement and brand familiarity matter. european journal of innovation management. doi:10.1108/ejim-05-2022-0259. [37] tănase, g. c. (2016). the 6c model of social media and developing a viral marketing campaign. romanian distribution committee magazine, romanian distribution committee, 7(3), 20–25. [38] kaplan, a. m., & haenlein, m. (2011). two hearts in three-quarter time: how to waltz the social media/viral marketing dance. business horizons, 54(3), 253-263. doi:10.1016/j.bushor.2011.01.006. [39] hair, j. f., anderson, r. e., tatham, r. l., & black, w. c. (2006). multivariate data analysis with readings. pearson prentice hall, new york, untied states. [40] alawneh, a., & hattab, e. (2010). e-business value creation jordanian banking services industry: an empirical analysis of key factors. international arab conference on etechnology. arab open university, october 15-10, 2010, amman-jordan. [41] al-dwairi, r., harb, y., & shehabat, i. (2020). the role of social platforms in establishing brand awareness for b2c ecommerce: empirical study. international journal of business information systems, 33(4), 488-504. doi:10.1504/ijbis.2020.10027510. [42] cai shi, m., & lucietto, a. m. (2022). the preference of the use of intuition over other methods of problem solving by undergraduate students. the european educational researcher, 5(3), 253–275. doi:10.31757/euer.532. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 156 appendix i: questionnaire part 1: demographic data gender  male  female age  from 18-22  from 23-30  from 31-45  > 45 online shopping experience using social media none  1-3 years  above three years educational level  bachelor degree  master degree  phd  others part 2: using social media to create a new model for viral marketing for e-commerce enterprises please select the appropriate choice of evaluation by ticking the number beside the statement you read. to help, numbers mean: 1= strongly disagree 2= disagree 3= neutral 4= agree 5= strongly agree social support # statement 1 2 3 4 5 1 i will share or like an ad if my friends or relatives have a positive feedback about it. 2 i will share or like an ad if my friends encourage me to do so. 3 i think the positive or negative comments from my friend or relatives will affect my decision to like or resend an ad in the social platform psychological state # statement 1 2 3 4 5 1 i am more likely to share an ad when i am in a positive mood 2 i am more likely to share an ad when i am happy or exited 3 i will not share an ad when i am in a bad psychological state similarities # statement 1 2 3 4 5 1 i will share an ad if it comes to me from a group of my favourite friends 2 i will participate in re-sending an ad if it comes to me from a group of my relatives with whom i have a strong tie. 3 i will participate in reposting a commercial ad to my friends if they have similar interests to me benefits # statement 1 2 3 4 5 1 i will share or like an ad with my friends who can benefit from it is worthwhile 2 i will forward an advertising e-mail to my friends if i think they will get some incentives from it. 3 i will like an ad if it is useful to my friends word-of-mouth # statement 1 2 3 4 5 1 i will probably forward some of advertising emails to my friends 2 i'm likely to be positive about some ads on social media 3 i will share some ads on social media available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 703 issn: 2723-9535 interdisciplinary studies of jet systems using euler methodology and computational fluid dynamics technologies yuri a. sazonov 1 , mikhail a. mokhov 1*, anton v. bondarenko 1, victoria v. voronova 1, khoren a. tumanyan 1, egor i. konyushkov 1 1 national university of oil and gas, gubkin university, moscow, russian federation. received 25 september 2023; revised 21 november 2023; accepted 27 november 2023; published 01 december 2023 abstract this study aims to conduct interdisciplinary research using computerized solutions to inventive problems in fluidics. the chosen direction of work relates to the scientific search for new opportunities for extremal control of the thrust vector within a complete geometric sphere (with the range of rotation angle change for the thrust vector being ±180° in any direction). this study assesses the prospects for the emergence of patentable innovative solutions for maneuverable unmanned vehicles. one of the most urgent tasks is to increase the process efficiency in forming fluid medium flow, expanding opportunities for controlling this flow parameter. the research uses an interdisciplinary approach with simulation modeling. the authors of the paper reveal new possibilities for using an ejector with two curved mixing chambers to create special jet units. calculations (cfd) have confirmed the performance of the simulator ejector when controlling the thrust vector with 90° and 180° rotation. manufacturing physical micromodels used additive technologies to allow simulation modeling under laboratory conditions. using “data mining” methods, it was shown for the first time that, based on euler’s ideas and methodology, it is possible to create a new methodology for teaching and solving inventive problems. the research results apply to power engineering and unmanned vehicles. some results of scientific studies can be used to create special computer programs working together with artificial intelligence to create advanced techniques and technologies. keywords: interdisciplinary research; ejector; nozzle apparatus; thrust vector; computer simulation. 1. introduction enhancement of the technical characteristics of machines while ensuring their economic efficiency growth is a base and always relevant task for all production sectors. such improvements almost always involve solutions to optimization problems. the analysis of publications is performed within the framework of establishing a new innovative euler school in the fields of fluidics, gas dynamics, and hydrodynamics. the authors attribute the feasibility of creating such a school to the appearance of new patented jet systems designed to control the thrust vector within a complete geometric sphere, with the thrust vector angle in the range of +180° to -180°. the solution of optimization problems is usually reduced to solving direct and inverse problems [1] in the field of gas dynamics and hydrodynamics. here, the interaction of a fluid medium with a solid wall is studied, e.g., fluidics (in general), jet devices, and turbomachines (in particular). at the same time, an already-known design scheme and * corresponding author: mikhal.mokhov@mail.ru http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-01 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2193-9095 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 704 schematic diagram (or a model as an object for optimization) should be an input. it is necessary to create a new population m consisting of n models (new models) to obtain new results using genetic algorithms. in the literature, one can find mention that the initial population is created “usually randomly.” however, if we aim to obtain a new result, it is reasonable to include new models in population m that can be attributed to the group of patentable technical solutions. it is possible (and advisable) to use algorithms based on the theory of inventive problem solving [2]. we will also consider the fact that genetic algorithms are one of the directions in the topic of artificial intelligence (ai). inventive tasks of creating new schematic diagrams (new models to replenish population m) are primary tasks relative to the abovementioned direct and inverse tasks [1] because, first of all, a new schematic diagram is developed and further transformed into a full-fledged computational scheme, and direct and inverse problems can be solved after specifying all necessary parameters. if we re-read old publications [3, 4], we notice that the correspondence between euler and segner reflected the basic knowledge based on which fluidics in general and turbomachinery in particular began to develop actively. euler was the first to create mathematical models linking the parameters of the fluid medium with the geometric parameters of solid walls. these models opened a new direction for the rapid (accelerated) development of fluidics and turbomachines, with an infinitely large number of possible variants for practical implementation [5, 6]. any change in geometrical parameters (shape and dimensions) entails correspondingly changing machine properties under special optimal application conditions. nowadays, it is difficult to find an example in these fields of science and technology where the results of euler’s theoretical developments with variants of power distribution between parallel flows are absent. in addition, the example [3] showed how, by optimizing the shape and dimensions of solid walls, it is possible to go from an analog (segner turbine) to a new and more efficient variant (euler turbine). the transformation proposed by eule through changing the solid wall shape and size is the basis of any theory for solving inventive problems; it is also the basis for evolutionary algorithms, including genetic algorithms aimed at the future according to the concepts of such a direction in science as “foresight” [7, 8]. the noted genetic algorithms are now popular due to the emerging opportunities for the practical use of ai. intelligent data analysis (data mining), including old data analysis [3, 4], can be practically helpful for forecasting in the field of fluidics development and for training people (or for ai training). for further analysis, we have chosen technical objects in which the interaction of a fluid medium with a solid wall is visible. during such work, it is possible to analyze in more depth the connections between the current level of fluidics development and the level of this technique development at the origin stage of gas dynamics and hydrodynamics. one of the most urgent scientific and practical tasks is improving the efficiency of the process designed to form a fluid medium flow with the possibility of controlling the parameters of this flow, which we can consider as a continuation and development of euler’s ideas. one of the favorite research directions in this area relates to control systems for unmanned vehicles. a specific control system [9] makes it possible to perform unique maneuvers in flight, with uniform or non-uniform division of power into three controllable flows. nowadays, the requirements for the accuracy of high-speed control of aircraft generally, and unmanned vehicles in particular, have increased [10-12], which is particularly important for a swarm of unmanned vehicles [13-15]. for unmanned vehicles, ai-based learning [16, 17], including large ones [18], improves control performance. ai is applied to avoid collisions with obstacles [19-21]. aviation technology is witnessing a new turn in the development of air propellers; for example, kunze & paull [22] performed a preliminary aerodynamic and thermodynamic analysis of a supersonic air propeller driven by an electric motor. the design actively uses the morphing concept [23]. the morphing concept involves visualizing images in the inventor's thinking activity through transformations. according to this concept, it is easy to go from euler’s turbine to any known turbine variant, including the francis turbine [6, 24, 25]. the system considers the interaction of different objects being or moving under various conditions [26]. an aircraft system can have a flexible element introduced into an aircraft system containing distant components (subsystems) also combined with an aircraft (or wing) [1, 27]. ejectors are widely applied in mechanical engineering, aerospace, and power engineering [28-30], including carbonfree technologies [31, 32]. bencharif et al. [33] and chen et al. [34] used ai for optimal ejector design. yan et al. [35] and zhang et al. [36] investigated multiflow ejectors of different structures. han et al. [37] analyzed the effect of mixing chamber size on ejector performance. kartas [38], bayles & nash [39], volker & sausner [40] investigated the curved ejector. when pumping gas-liquid mixtures, it is necessary to correct the length of the mixing chamber in the ejector [41]. wang & wang [42] studied the processes of phase transitions in velocity flows in ejector channels. song et al. [43] and zaharia et al. [44] actively apply additive technologies in fluidics engineering. yan et al. [45] analyzed a two-stage ejector. zheng et al. [46], yu et al. [47], zheng et al. [48], yan et al. [49] analyzed the complex effects of several ejector design parameters. yan and wang [50] utilized electrically actuated valves to control ejectors. various schemes of ejector or jet apparatus using moving elements exist [51, 52]. in the example, where the variable is the rotation angle of the thrust vector, the control is performed by the angular movement of the nozzle placed in a spherical joint [53, 54]. in an example where the variable is the critical cross-sectional area at the nozzle, the control is performed by linear movement of the central body [55-57]. ejector systems can directly use many types of energy [58]. there are examples of using several different working fluids in an ejector [59-61]. tashtoush et al. [62] performed the gas dynamic and economic calculations to evaluate the ejector performance. in energy conversion technologies, the most promising are hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 705 ejectors equipped with adjustable nozzles. lysak et al. [63] and balalaev [64] continue to develop variants of a unified theory, generalizing the results of studying processes in ejectors. over the last three years sazonov et al. [5], sazonov et al. [6] have formed a new direction for scientific research in fluidics engineering (in general) and in ejectors (in particular). this direction relates to the disclosed new possibilities for extremal control of the thrust vector within the complete geometric sphere (at that, the range of rotation angle change for the thrust vector is ±180° in any direction). here, we see the prospects for the emergence of patentable innovative solutions in energy generation and distribution (in general) and maneuverable unmanned vehicles (in particular). we can intermediate conclude that the gaps in the literature (among open publications) relate to the practical lack of information on the nature of the technical idea origin and the “patentable new technical solution” itself. mostly onesided (within one specialty) discussions of individual technical solutions occur, mainly considering only successful results. for example, gas-dynamic processes in a machine during computer simulations do not consider specific economic evaluations of the finished product, and inventive work is isolated from systematic mathematical calculations. we suggest the more active use of an interdisciplinary approach in developing innovative equipment and technologies. the main goal of the ongoing interdisciplinary studies is to search for methods for computerized solutions of innovative inventive tasks within human training and, in the future, for solving innovative scientific and practical problems within training and active using ai. at this research stage, the intermediate goal is to evaluate the possibilities of associative thinking techniques when working with large amounts of scientific and technical information, using fluidics examples. 2. research methodology figure 1 presents a flowchart explaining the research methodology. figure 1. flowchart of the methodology used in conducting the research in this study, formulation of a hypothesis on developing fluidics relies on euler’s ideas. developing a set of promising schematic diagrams uses the theory of inventive problem solving (creating a new population m consisting of n new information from external sources formulating a hypothesis on the development of fluidics (based on euler's ideas) student education assessing opportunities for the open publication of selected research results processing all incoming information (including the use of ai) forming databases (formalized information and non-formalized information) analyzing all incoming scientific and technical information analyzing the cfd results computer simulation (cfd) developing 3d models for cfd developing many promising schematic diagrams developing 3d models for their manufacturing on a 3d printer formulating recommendations for developing scientific research and practical use of individual results of scientific research patenting of new technical solutions manufacturing 3d models assessing opportunities for the publication of selected results of scientific research hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 706 models using the genetic algorithms) and information from external open sources (papers, patents, technical documentation). developing 3d models for cfd rests on schematic diagrams. simulation computer modeling involves the solution of many variants for direct and inverse problems. developing low-cost 3d models for their manufacture on a 3d printer aims to carry out simulation physical modeling of individual systems in laboratory conditions. the methodology includes analyzing research results, processing all incoming information (including all experiments, regardless of the intermediate evaluation of each experiment's results), forming databases, which include formalized and non-formalized information, assessing opportunities for open publication of individual research results, using part of the information for student training, and patenting some of the new technical solutions. part of the obtained novel information remains closed to replenish the database and prepare expert opinions on various issues. we plan to train and use ai to work with information flows within the described methodology. this research uses an interdisciplinary approach [1] combined with simulation modeling. a simulation model usually refers to an abstract dynamic model implemented on a computer to design, analyze, and evaluate the functioning of an object (if it is expensive or impossible to experiment on an actual object if it is necessary to simulate the system behavior in time). simulation models serve as a means to analyze the system (original) behavior under the conditions of the experimenter [65]. simulation modeling allows the construction of theories and hypotheses that can explain the observed behavior and use these theories to predict future system behavior. to analyze scientific and technical information, we decided to apply the methods of "data mining" and associative thinking methods relying on euler’s ideas [3, 4]. when solving optimization problems related to the interaction of fluid media with solid walls, euler proposed using the transformation technique of geometric shapes with a corresponding change in geometric dimensions. 3. results 3.1. developing a schematic diagram of a promising jet unit the schematic diagram variant was developed within the framework of the study of promising jet units using the accumulated scientific groundwork. figure 2 shows its variant. the noted scientific groundwork includes technical solutions under patents for inventions of the russian federation (nos. 2781455 and 2802351) and patents for utility models of the russian federation (nos. 214452, 209663, 203833, and 192513). figure 2. schematic diagram of a jet unit (variant): 1 – controlled nozzle apparatus; 2 – entrance to the multiflow mixing chamber; 3-8 – outputs from the multiflow mixing chamber; 9 – characteristic point (mass center); 10 – vector of external force. the variant of the jet unit (figure 2) should be considered concerning 3d space, and this variant partially corresponds to the model presented in rf patent no. 214452. channels 4, 6, and 8 direct the flows predominantly along a cylindrical surface, and channels 3, 5, and 7 along a single planar surface. through inlet 2, the mixing chamber may receive the medium from the surrounding space. in this example, there are several basic modes of operation when the working medium flows from controlled nozzle apparatus 1: 1) distributed (uniformly or non-uniformly) through all output channels 3-8; 2) distributed (uniformly or non-uniformly) only along output channels 3, 5, and 7; 3) distributed (uniformly or non-uniformly) only along output channels 4, 6, and 8; 4) directed to one of output channels 3-8. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 707 external force 10 may act on the elements of the jet unit. characteristic point 9 may occupy various positions relative to the jet unit, considering the solved technical problem: for a movable jet device, the product mass center may be characteristic point 9; for rotating elements, characteristic point 9 may be a point on the rotation axis. we can assume that such a jet unit can be applied to many practical tasks. we may consider nozzle apparatus 1 equipped with a thrust vector control system in conjunction with an engine. if we discuss applied problems in aviation and space, the engine with nozzle apparatus 1 may be, for example, an air-jet engine or a rocket engine (the engine type corresponds to the solved practical problem). various hybrid propulsion systems are also possible, including the combination of an air propeller with an electric motor and an afterburning rocket engine. creating unmanned vehicles of various types and for different purposes may duly use the scheme presented in figure 2. new opportunities are visible for increasing the maneuverability of unmanned vehicles due to the high-speed control of the thrust vector within the complete geometric sphere when performing various unique maneuvers and turns in the atmosphere or outer space (or underwater). characteristic point 9 here may be the point of the mass center of the unmanned vehicle. external force vector 10 may be due to the action of a wind gust, for example. output channels 3-8 may be above mass center 9 known to have a favorable effect on the stability and controllability of an aircraft with vertical takeoff and landing. 3.2. operating principle if we further consider the example of an unmanned aerial vehicle (uav), we can note the following features (figure 2). the flow of the working medium from nozzle apparatus 1, due to the use of the control system for jet deflection, can be distributed (uniformly or non-uniformly) only along the output channels 4, 6, and 8. this mode may occur during vertical takeoff and landing of the uav. the working medium flow from nozzle apparatus 1 can be distributed (uniformly or non-uniformly) only along the output channels 3, 5, and 7. this mode can occur during flight in a horizontal plane after the aircraft takes off. the working medium flow from nozzle apparatus 1 can be distributed (uniformly or non-uniformly) through all output channels 3-8. this mode can occur when performing various maneuvers related to a particular task. this mode may also occur during vertical takeoff and landing of the aircraft if its mass changes over time. the performance of individual elements for such a jet system has been tested on micromodels manufactured using additive technologies. the developed scheme (figure 2) can also be applicable in steady-state conditions for the distribution of gas or liquid flows in various branches of production, for example, jet power systems in developing oil and gas fields. 3.3. computer simulation the fluid medium movement through curved channels 3-8 in figure 2 may cause the loss of thrust. the thrust 𝐹1 due to the operation of nozzle apparatus 1 can be used as a basis or comparison base. when the flow turns by 90°, the thrust is labeled as 𝐹90 and when by 180° – 𝐹180. figure 3 shows the calculation scheme (and the corresponding 3d model) for simulation modeling. all dimensions are indicated in millimeters. figure 3. calculation scheme for the simulation hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 708 for an ejector with two curved mixing chambers, the fluid flow is formed in a laval nozzle with a critical crosssectional diameter of 2.5 mm, with a 90° flow rotation in the curved mixing chamber of 12 mm diameter and a final flow rotation (in total) of 180° in the curved mixing chamber of 20 mm diameter. using transformation techniques (e.g., by shifting in space the individual elements of this jet system), it is possible to remove the mixing chamber with a 20 mm diameter from operation. in this case, we obtain a variant with a final flow rotation of 90°. if we remove both mixing chambers with 20 mm and 12 mm diameters from the operation, it will be a variant without flow rotation (the calculated angle of flow rotation is zero). computer simulation (cfd) used the flowsimulation (floefd) software package to create a 3d model in solidworks. the complete system of navier-stokes equations, described by mathematical expressions of the laws of conservation of mass, energy, and momentum, was solved with the turbulence parameters set automatically by default; the turbulent viscosity model was "𝑘 − 𝜀" computer parameters: operating system: windows 10; processor type: intel(r) core (tm) i5-6200u cpu @ 2.30 ghz; processor frequency: 2401 mhz; ram: 8065 mb. initial data: the fluid medium is gas (air); the gas pressure at the nozzle inlet is 1519875 pa at a gas temperature of 2000℃; the ambient gas pressure (air) is 101325 pa and temperature 20℃. figures 4-7 graphically depict selected computer simulation results. figure 4. computer simulation results: velocity figure 5. computer simulation results: temperature hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 709 figure 6. computer simulation results: mach number figure 7. computer simulation results: computational mesh the adaptation of the computational mesh was automatic. total number of cells: 759341. calculation time: 23875 s. number of iterations: 1500. according to the computer simulation results, the nozzle thrust modulo 𝐹1 = 8.348 𝑁 (newton). after turning the flow at an angle of 90° thrust 𝐹90 = 8.309 𝑁 (newton), at an angle of 180° – thrust 𝐹180 = 7.160 𝑁 (newton). therefore, the thrust change after turning the flow by 90° can be estimated through the ratio (𝐹90/𝐹1 = 0.995), by 180° through (𝐹180/𝐹1 = 0.858). this paper presents selected results of calculations performed at the patenting stage of new technical solutions. calibration, verification, or detailed checking of the calculation results will occur at the preliminary design during the development of design documentation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 710 the calculations confirmed the ejector performance at thrust vector control in the example with 90° and 180° rotation. given the known and current level of the development of aviation and space technology, it is quite possible to assume that with the use of afterburner modes of engine operation, there is a prospect for increasing the thrust modulus and the coefficient 𝐹90/𝐹1 (as well as the coefficient 𝐹180/𝐹1) will be able to take a value that is well above unity. in this regard, it is theoretically possible to create specific jet systems and ejectors for a powerful aircraft, a hybrid rocket, or other specialized engines. various variants are possible when a solid fuel is placed in the mixing chamber of a multichannel ejector for a solid rocket booster. after burning out of such rocket fuel, atmospheric air can enter the ejector mixing chamber to realize the workflow characteristic of a propulsive jet, naturally with a simultaneous supply of hydrocarbon fuel (or hydrogen, or a mixture of hydrocarbons and hydrogen) to the mixing chamber. thus, the results of the simulation computer modeling confirmed the possibility of using an ejector with two curved mixing chambers to create jet units, such as the one shown in the schematic diagram in figure 2. the authors perform computer simulations for different designs of jet devices and various ranges of values of operating parameters, and plan to publish the results of calculations and scientific research in subsequent research articles. 3.4. simulation modeling of a jet unit using physical micromodels physical micromodels have been manufactured using additive technologies to allow simulation modeling of the jet unit under laboratory conditions. a version of the controlled nozzle apparatus 1, as shown in figure 2, was developed. figures 8 and 9 present the micromodel. a) b) figure 8. nozzle apparatus in a bloc with a primary ejector: (a) 3d computer model; (b) physical micromodel a) b) figure 9. controlled nozzle apparatus (variant): (a) parts of the nozzle apparatus equipped with a primary ejector and spherical joint; (b) assembled physical micromodel figure 10 shows a secondary multiflow (multichannel) ejector with a rotary distributor disk (variant). in addition, this figure shows 3d computer models of a multiflow ejector and a rotary distribution disk. the ejector in this variant hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 711 has six flow channels (or six mixing chambers). as an associative analog, the scheme of a multiflow (multichannel) rotor, which was part of the turbine developed by euler (figure 10(e) shows a variant of such a rotor in a 3d model), with nozzle apparatus channels and rotor channels in this machine made of s-curved tubes, was considered. euler’s recommendations on using such curved elements are still relevant and in demand among designers and researchers engaged in solving optimization problems in the profiling of the flow part in fluidics (in general) and turbomachines (in particular). as known, the invention object may be a method of using a previously known device for a new purpose. here, the known euler rotor can be applied. the euler rotor is used to realize an ejector process, with curved channels providing new possibilities to control the thrust vector. this direction of inventive and scientific works using euler’s ideas has good prospects for further development under modern conditions. a) b) c) d) e) figure 10. secondary multiflow ejector equipped with a swiveling distribution disk (variant): a) output radial channels are open; b) output radial channels are installed opposite the deflectors; (c) 3d computer model of a multiflow ejector; (d) 3d computer model of a rotary distribution disk; (e) 3d computer model of euler (variant). hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 712 a) b) figure 11. physical micromodel of a jet unit (variant): a) output radial channels are open; b) output radial channels are installed opposite the deflectors hydraulic tests of the fabricated micromodel visualized the working process more clearly. figures 12 and 13 graphically show separate photos with the test results. note that the pneumatic tests also yielded similar results. a) b) c) figure 12. results of hydraulic tests of a physical micromodel of a jet unit with output radial channels installed opposite the deflectors when the working medium flow from the controlled nozzle apparatus a) is distributed uniformly through all six output channels; b) is directed to two output channels; c) is directed to one output channel. in the example in figure 12, the channels direct the flows mainly along a cylindrical surface. the medium from the surrounding space enters each mixing chamber through the inlet. considering the uav example, figure 12 shows the following features. this example simulates the operating mode during the uav vertical takeoff and landing. the water only helps to visualize the process better. pure pneumatic tests give a similar distribution of power and forces (thrust) in the flows at the outlet of the jet system. considering the uav example, figure 12 shows the following features. this example simulates the operating mode when flying in the horizontal plane after the aircraft has taken off. here, water only helps to visualize the process better. pure pneumatic tests give a similar distribution of power and forces (thrust) in the flows at the outlet of the jet system. the working medium flow from the nozzle apparatus may be distributed (uniformly or non-uniformly) through all twelve output channels in the rotary distribution disk; this example shows six radial output channels directed along a single plane and six channels directed mainly along a cylindrical surface due to deflectors. this mode may occur during various and more complex maneuvers associated with a particular task and during vertical takeoff and landing if the aircraft mass changes over time. the angular movement of the rotary distributor disk here is combined and synchronized with the operation of the spherical joint and primary ejector. in such cases, a part of the working medium, mixed with the pumped medium from the surrounding space, is partly directed into the open radial channels and partly into the deflectors in the rotary distributor disk. figure 14 shows an example of such a case. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 713 a) b) c) d) figure 13. results of hydraulic tests of a physical micromodel of a jet unit with open output radial channels when working medium flow from the controlled nozzle apparatus a) is distributed uniformly through all six output channels; b) is directed into three output channels; c) is directed into one output channel; d) is directed into one output channel, but at complete immersion of the primary ejector under water. figure 14. secondary multiflow ejector equipped with a rotary distributor disk (variant): outlet radial channels and deflectors are partially open the performed simulation computer modeling, combined with simulation physical modeling, shows that the schematic diagram in figure 2 can be a basis for the continuation and development of scientific and design work. the developed model and its variants can be a part of the previously mentioned list of n models (when creating a new population m consisting of n models within the genetic algorithms). the presented model reveals new possibilities for extremal control of the thrust vector within the complete geometric sphere (at that, the range of rotation angle change for the thrust vector is ±180° in any direction). the designs and models presented in this paper only explain the technology aimed at controlling the thrust vector in modulus and direction with the possibility of changing the coordinates of its starting point. the number of designs for such jet plants can be huge, depending on the practical application. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 714 4. discussion 4.1. discussion of intermediate results as known, “data mining” uses all kinds of classification, simulation, and prediction methods, applying genetic algorithms and associative thinking techniques. techniques are necessary to discover knowledge hidden in large volumes of initial "raw" data. the ongoing research considers the euler turbine [3, 4] only in the braking mode with the stopped rotor, with an angular velocity of ω=0. this approach to analyze euler’s development was previously unknown. this hydraulic machine in static state corresponds to the description of a jet unit containing a multichannel nozzle and a multichannel mixing chamber assembled from curved tubes. the flow from the nozzle inlets the mixing chamber, which communicates with the surrounding space. in a particular case (for a turbine), the outputs from the curved tubes on the rotor aim to solve the problem of torque generation. however, in general, it is possible to take all geometrical parameters as variables, and it is possible to conduct all kinds of transformations with the initial scheme to solve a new problem. euler transformed segner's turbine, changing the shape and size of the channels, and obtained a qualitatively new hydraulic machine (euler’s turbine), evident from the preserved correspondence [3]. this paper proposes to use euler's knowledge and ideas for another purpose: euler’s hydraulic machine is applied as an analog for creating a jet unit for thrust vector control relying on associative thinking. this non-trivial approach significantly expands the field of practical application of euler’s ideas and hints. when viewed this way, euler’s drawings and texts contain some “hidden knowledge” that is practically useful and applicable today to solve current topical problems. this “hidden knowledge” is available for interpretations of gas dynamics and hydrodynamics in the form of regularities using mathematical functions and graphical representations based on the results of calculations. associative thinking helps to free oneself from basic stereotypes from the standardized, stereotype thinking by solving problems from different points of view, and reasoning from the positions of various professions. associative thinking acts as a primary tool to solve inventive problems. the association is a connection between concepts and representations that arises in their understanding (one of the representations triggers another mind’s idea this is the birth of associations). of most interest are the following types of associations: “cause-effect,” “similarity of concepts,” “contrast,” “generalization,” “addition,” and “whole and parts.” when using the euler transformation technique, it is necessary to accept the initial condition that all parameters can change their values, and it concerns both geometrical parameters 𝑎𝑖𝑎 for solid walls and gas dynamic (hydrodynamic) parameters 𝑏𝑖𝑏 for fluid medium: 𝑎𝑖𝑎 = 𝑣𝑎𝑟 𝑏𝑖𝑏 = 𝑣𝑎𝑟 (1) here, we consider the corresponding sets 𝐴 and 𝐵 as follows: 𝑎𝑖𝑎 ∈ 𝐴 𝑏𝑖𝑏 ∈ 𝐵 (2) we consider that we know the number of parameters 𝑧𝑎, which describe the geometry of solid walls, and each such parameter can get its number (index): 1 ≤ 𝑖𝑎 ≤ 𝑧𝑎 (3) here, we know the number of parameters 𝑧𝑏, which describe the properties of the fluid medium, and each such parameter can get its number (index): 1 ≤ 𝑖𝑏 ≤ 𝑧𝑏 (4) when moving from general to particular or from a universal mathematical model to specific performance for a physical model, designers take several parameters as constant values. this approach significantly simplifies designing but leads project participants, as a rule, to create so-called “single-mode machines,” which have the maximum efficiency only for one operating mode (for the optimal mode). at other ones, the efficiency of the machine decreases. known multimode machines are still a rare exception to this rule. developing euler’s idea, to solve any practical optimization problem, we should also consider a set c consisting of parameters 𝑐𝑖𝑐 ∈ 𝐶 that characterize the properties of structural materials used in manufacturing the product (in forming solid walls with which fluid media interact). solving practical problems involves obligatory economic evaluations. in this connection, we should also consider the set d of parameters 𝑑𝑖𝑑 ∈ 𝐷 characterizing the economic structure in production. thus, in general (according to the example from the preserved euler's correspondence [3]), we can denote by symbols the functional dependence of economic profit p on the listed sets: hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 715 𝑃 = 𝐹𝑃(𝐴 𝐵 𝐶 𝐷) (5) in such problems, the number of parameters changing over time can be hundreds and thousands. the 𝐹𝑃 function also transforms over time during technical and economic development within each firm and each country. the already fantastic complexity (multidimensionality) of interrelations between the above parameters and sets forces us to look for opportunities for more active application of computer simulation (including ai). today, open press mainly considers direct problems within sets (𝐴 𝐵), for example: 𝐵 = 𝐹𝐵(𝐴) (6) in general, function 𝐹𝐵 determines some fluid medium parameters for a given geometry in a 3d model. in computer simulation, a set of numerical values and databases with calculation results for one or several variants of the problem more often represents such a function. more complicated tasks within the sets (𝐴 𝐵 𝐶 𝐷) are more likely to involve closed information, as economic competition in the economy only increases over time. in this regard, the intermediate conclusion is that the training and use of ai are likely to be carried out within closed projects, and the work on creating special closed training programs designed for using digital complexes with ai isolated from each other will be relevant. closed information (commercial information, in particular) hinders the development of interdisciplinary approaches to solving urgent problems in engineering and technology. nevertheless, we propose a systematic approach to overcome such barriers and obstacles to developing technology in general and inventive work in particular. 4.2. discussion of typical schemes for thrust vector control table 1 schematically shows the basic operating modes (variants) of the jet unit designed for thrust vector control. we have previously presented other variants of the schemes in the publication [5] during the scientific groundwork preparation. in table 1, the arrows show the flow directions. the operating mode of the jet unit in figure 12a corresponds to variant f2 (in the mode symbolic notation, the letter corresponds to the line, and the subsequent digit corresponds to the number of the column from table 1). the operating mode in figure 12c corresponds to variant f3. the operation mode in figure 13a corresponds to variant f4. the operation mode in figure 13c corresponds to variant f5. variant f1 corresponds to the arrangement of the output channels in figure 14. table 1. operating modes of the nozzle apparatus (jet unit) 1 2 3 4 5 f in continuing scientific research, new schemes (for thrust vector control) will supplement the contents of table 1. the data in table 1, combined with previously published materials [5], form an information base for developing scientific and design works aimed at solving complicated problems of thrust vector control under extreme conditions within the complete geometric sphere. here, the thrust vector is adjusted in modulus and direction according to the change in the starting point coordinates. 4.3. discussion on developing the theory of inventive problem solving one of the main goals in the theory of inventive problem solving [2] is the gradual refusal of the “trial and error method” when creating expensive physical models and samples of new technology. this theory prefers the use of cheaper mathematical methods for solving inventive problems. as modern practice shows, computer simulation (cfd) may be a mathematical tool for solving these problems, with a good prospect for connecting additional forces from ai. as the results show, the fundamental scientific research conducted by euler can serve as a base for solving inventive problems and forming a new series of applied scientific research in the field of jet devices for various purposes, including the control of the thrust vector within the geometric sphere. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 716 5. conclusion this research yielded results characterizing scientific novelty that developed new variants of jet plants with sequential connections of mixing chambers to control the thrust vector within the complete geometrical sphere. data mining methods showed that, based on euler’s ideas and methodology, it is possible to create a new technique for developing modern genetic algorithms within the framework of fundamental and applied research in fluidics. as part of the theoretical contribution to science, a systematic approach to developing the theory of inventive problem solving is proposed by connecting genetic algorithms and associative thinking methods. the obtained scientific results make it possible to solve current practical problems. the work directions for the computerized solution of inventive problems within the framework of human training and in the future to solve innovative scientific and practical problems within training and active use of ai are described and proposed. this research disclosed new possibilities for extreme thrust vector control within the geometric sphere. the research results can be applied to the energy industry and unmanned vehicles for various purposes. simultaneously, multiparameter problems remain a significant and unsolved problem. in this regard, future studies in thrust vector control systems aim to connect thrust and velocity vectors with specific designs of unmanned vehicles operating on land, underwater, or in the air. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, y.a.s.; methodology, m.a.m.; software, e.i.k.; validation, k.a.t.; formal analysis, v.v.v.; investigation, k.a.t.; resources, y.a.s.; data curation, a.v.b.; writing—original draft preparation, k.a.t.; writing— review and editing, y.a.s.; visualization, e.i.k.; supervision, m.a.m.; project administration, m.a.m.; funding acquisition, y.a.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the research was financially supported by the russian ministry of education and science within the framework of the government task in scientific activity, subject number fsze-2023-0004. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] sazonov, y.a. (2012). fundamentals of calculating and designing pumping and ejector installations. gubkin russian state university of oil and gas, moscow, russia. [2] altshuller g.s. (2011). find an idea: introduction to triz theory of inventive problem solving. alpina publisher, moscow, russia. [3] raskin, n.m. (1958). euler’s questions of technique. leonhard euler. in: collection of articles in honor of the 250th anniversary of the birth, presented to the academy of sciences of the ussr, 499-556, publishing house of the academy of sciences of the ussr, moscow, russia. [4] bistafa, s. r. (2021). investigation of a water turbine built according to euler's proposals (1754). arxiv preprint arxiv:2108.12048. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2108.12048. [5] sazonov, y. a., mokhov, m. a., gryaznova, i. v., voronova, v. v., tumanyan, k. a., frankov, m. a., & balaka, n. n. (2021). development and prototyping of jet systems for advanced turbomachinery with mesh rotor. emerging science journal, 5(5), 775–801. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-01311 [6] sazonov, y. a., mokhov, m. a., gryaznova, i. v., voronova, v. v., tumanyan, k. a., frankov, m. a., & balaka, n. n. (2022). designing mesh turbomachinery with the development of euler’s ideas and investigating flow distribution characteristics. civil engineering journal, 8(11), 2598–2627. doi:10.28991/cej-2022-08-11-017 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 717 [7] kurdyumov, c., & knyazeva e. (2023). the future and its horizons: synergetic methodology in forecasting, synergetics and scientific forecasting. available online: https://spkurdyumov.ru/category/forecasting/ (accessed on may 2023). [8] voronov, y.p. (2010). foresight as a tool. institute of economics and organization of industrial production of the siberian branch of the russian academy of sciences, novosibirsk, russia. [9] taherinezhad, m., & ramirez-serrano, a. (2023). an enhanced incremental nonlinear dynamic inversion control strategy for advanced unmanned aircraft systems. aerospace, 10(10), 843. doi:10.3390/aerospace10100843 [10] zhu, d., chen, z., xie, x., & chen, j. (2023). discretization method to improve the efficiency of complex airspace operation. aerospace, 10(9), 780. doi:10.3390/aerospace10090780 [11] wu, j., wang, h., li, s., & liu, s. (2023). distributed adaptive path-following control for distance-based formation of fixedwing uavs under input saturation. aerospace, 10(9), 768. doi:10.3390/aerospace10090768 [12] si, x., xu, g., ke, m., zhang, h., tong, k., & qi, f. (2023). relative localization within a quadcopter unmanned aerial vehicle swarm based on airborne monocular vision. drones, 7(10), 612. doi:10.3390/drones7100612 [13] wu, x., zhang, m., wang, x., zheng, y., & yu, h. (2023). hierarchical task assignment for multi-uav system in largescale group-to-group interception scenarios. drones, 7(9), 560. doi:10.3390/drones7090560 [14] fitrikananda, b. p., jenie, y. i., sasongko, r. a., & muhammad, h. (2023). risk assessment method for uav’s sense and avoid system based on multi-parameter quantification and monte carlo simulation. aerospace, 10(9), 781. doi:10.3390/aerospace10090781 [15] bhamu, n., verma, h., dixit, a., bollard, b., & sarangi, s. r. (2023). smrtswarm: a novel swarming model for real-world environments. drones, 7(9), 573. doi:10.3390/drones7090573 [16] li, j., shen, d., yu, f., & zhang, r. (2023). air channel planning based on improved deep q-learning and artificial potential fields. aerospace, 10(9), 758. doi:10.3390/aerospace10090758 [17] an, w., lin, t., & zhang, p. (2023). an autonomous soaring for small drones using the extended kalman filter thermal updraft center prediction method based on ordinary least squares. drones, 7(10), 603. doi:10.3390/drones7100603 [18] xie, a., yan, x., liang, w., zhu, s., & chen, z. (2023). large-sized multirotor design: accurate modeling with aerodynamics and optimization for rotor tilt angle. drones, 7(10), 614. doi:10.3390/drones7100614 [19] baspinar, b. (2023). robust controller design for a generic helicopter model: an ai-aided application for terrain avoidance. aerospace, 10(9), 757. doi:10.3390/aerospace10090757 [20] tan, j., ye, h., xu, c., he, h., & liao, x. (2023). skyroadar: an augmented reality system for uavs low-altitude public air route visualization. drones, 7(9), 587. doi:10.3390/drones7090587 [21] ma, z., wang, z., ma, a., liu, y., & niu, y. (2023). a low-altitude obstacle avoidance method for uavs based on polyhedral flight corridor. drones, 7(9), 588. doi:10.3390/drones7090588 [22] kunze, j., & paull, a. (2023). preliminary analysis of the performance of an electric supersonic propeller. aerospace, 10(9), 803. doi:10.3390/aerospace10090803 [23] pilakkadan, j. s., ajaj, r. m., haider, z., & amoozgar, m. (2023). on the aeroelasticity of a cantilever wing equipped with the spanwise morphing trailing edge concept. aerospace, 10(9), 809. doi:10.3390/aerospace10090809 [24] xu, t., cheng, q., lin, c., yu, q., & hu, x. (2023). study on flow characteristics of francis turbine based on large-eddy simulation. water, 15(19), 3372. doi:10.3390/w15193372 [25] zhang, t., he, g., guang, w., lu, j., song, x., zhu, d., & wang, z. (2023). investigation of the internal flow in a francis turbine for comparing the flow noise of different operation conditions. water, 15(19), 3461. doi:10.3390/w15193461 [26] cheng, c., li, x., xie, l., & li, l. (2023). a unmanned aerial vehicle (uav)/unmanned ground vehicle (ugv) dynamic autonomous docking scheme in gps-denied environments. drones, 7(10), 613. doi:10.3390/drones7100613 [27] kumar, p., kashyap, y., castelino, r. v., karthikeyan, a., sharma k., m., karmakar, d., & kosmopoulos, p. (2023). laboratory-scale airborne wind energy conversion emulator using opal-rt real-time simulator. energies, 16(19), 6804. doi:10.3390/en16196804 [28] zhang, y., dong, j., song, s., pan, x., he, n., & lu, m. (2023). numerical investigation on the effect of section width on the performance of air ejector with rectangular section. entropy, 25(1), 179. doi:10.3390/e25010179 [29] fu, j., liu, z., yang, x., jin, s., & ye, j. (2023). limiting performance of the ejector refrigeration cycle with pure working fluids. entropy, 25(2), 223. doi:10.3390/e25020223 [30] bolobov, v., martynenko, y., & yurtaev, s. (2023). experimental determination of the flow coefficient for a constrictor nozzle with a critical outflow of gas. fluids, 8(6), 169. doi:10.3390/fluids8060169 https://spkurdyumov.ru/category/forecasting/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 718 [31] yang, j., zhang, x., wang, l., du, y., & han, y. (2023). performance analysis of transcritical co2 quasi-secondary compression cycle with ejector based on pinch point. designs, 7(4), 89. doi:10.3390/designs7040089 [32] hammemi, r., elakhdar, m., tashtoush, b., & nehdi, e. (2023). multi-objective optimization of a solar combined power generation and multi-cooling system using co2 as a refrigerant. energies, 16(4), 1585. doi:10.3390/en16041585 [33] bencharif, m., croquer, s., fang, y., poncet, s., nesreddine, h., & zid, s. (2022). prediction of performance and geometrical parameters of single-phase ejectors using artificial neural networks. thermo, 3(1), 1–20. doi:10.3390/thermo3010001 [34] chen, h., wang, y., & zhang, h. (2023). multi-objective optimization design of adaptive cycle engine with serpentine 2-d exhaust system based on infrared stealth. aerospace, 10(10), 858. doi:10.3390/aerospace10100858 [35] yan, j., jiang, j., & wang, z. (2022). optimization on secondary flow and auxiliary entrainment inlets of an ejector by using three-dimensional numerical study. entropy, 24(9), 1241. doi:10.3390/e24091241 [36] zhang, j., liu, y., guo, y., zhang, j., & ma, s. (2023). numerical study on flow and noise characteristics of high-temperature and high-pressure steam ejector. energies, 16(10), 4158. doi:10.3390/en16104158 [37] han, y., wang, x., li, a., a. elbarghthi, a. f., & wen, c. (2022). optimum efficiency of a steam ejector for fire suppression based on the variable mixing section diameter. entropy, 24(11), 1625. doi:10.3390/e24111625 [38] kartas, s.s. (2021). investigation of a curved ejector. dissertation, candidate of technical sciences, kazan national research technical university named after a.n. tupolev, kazan, russia. [39] bayles, w.h., & nash, b.c. (1962). us patent no. 3,064,878. method and apparatus for high performance evacuation system, date of patent 20.11.1962. available online: https://www.freepatentsonline.com/3064878.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [40] volker, m., & sausner, a. (2014). us patent no. 10,072,674. suction jet pump, date of patent 05.03.2014. available online: https://www.freepatentsonline.com/10072674.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [41] yan, j., shu, y., jiang, j., & wen, h. (2022). optimization of two-phase ejector mixing chamber length under varied liquid volume fraction. entropy, 25(1), 7. doi:10.3390/e25010007 [42] wang, c., & wang, l. (2022). investigation of fluid characteristic and performance of an ejector by a wet steam model. entropy, 25(1), 85. doi:10.3390/e25010085 [43] song, s., ren, q., tang, m., shi, j., & wang, j. (2023). a study on ultra-low-pressure ratio technology on the basis of 3dprinted propellant for a solid rocket motor. aerospace, 10(10), 862. doi:10.3390/aerospace10100862 [44] zaharia, s. m., pascariu, i. s., chicos, l. a., buican, g. r., pop, m. a., lancea, c., & stamate, v. m. (2023). material extrusion additive manufacturing of the composite uav used for search-and-rescue missions. drones, 7(10), 602. doi:10.3390/drones7100602 [45] yan, j., shu, y., & wang, c. (2022). effect of back pressure on performances and key geometries of the second stage in a highly coupled two-stage ejector. entropy, 24(12), 1847. doi:10.3390/e24121847 [46] zheng, j., hou, y., tian, z., jiang, h., & chen, w. (2022). simulation analysis of ejector optimization for high mass entrainment under the influence of multiple structural parameters. energies, 15(19), 7058. doi:10.3390/en15197058 [47] yu, m., wang, c., wang, l., & zhao, h. (2022). optimization design and performance evaluation of r1234yf ejectors for ejector-based refrigeration systems. entropy, 24(11), 1632. doi:10.3390/e24111632 [48] zheng, l., zhang, y., hao, l., lian, h., deng, j., & lu, w. (2022). modelling, optimization, and experimental studies of refrigeration co2 ejectors: a review. mathematics, 10(22), 4325. doi:10.3390/math10224325 [49] yan, j., li, r., & wang, c. (2022). optimization of three key geometries of a steam ejector under varied primary nozzle geometries. entropy, 25(1), 15. doi:10.3390/e25010015 [50] yan, j., & wang, c. (2022). experimental study on a multi-evaporator refrigeration system equipped with eev-based ejector. entropy, 24(9), 1302. doi:10.3390/e24091302 [51] friedmann, g. (1952). us patent 2,623,474. injection mixer, patented 30.12.1952. available online: https://www.freepatentsonline.com/2623474.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [52] wheatley, m.j. (1997). uk patent application, gb no. 2310005. apparatus for energy transfer, london, united kingdom. [53] nunan, k. m., cooper, r., west, l. k. (2023). patent for invention of the russian federation no. 2 803 533. a nozzle assembly, a rocket containing such an assembly, and a method of deflecting a thrust vector using said assembly, moscow, russia. [54] abdrassilov, a., orynbassarova, y., & tvaronaviciene, m. (2023). exploring environmental factors for the sports clusters development. journal of environmental management and tourism, 14(3), 799-810. doi:10.14505/jemt.v14.3(67).19 https://www.freepatentsonline.com/3064878.pdf https://www.freepatentsonline.com/10072674.pdf https://www.freepatentsonline.com/2623474.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 719 [55] bachurin, a.b. (2014). hydroavtomatics of adjustable propulsion unit (development and research). dissertation, candidate of technical sciences, ufa state aviation technical university, ufa, russia [56] ren, j., zhao, h., wang, m., miao, c., wu, y., & li, q. (2022). design and investigation of a dynamic auto-adjusting ejector for the med-tvc desalination system driven by solar energy. entropy, 24(12), 1815. doi:10.3390/e24121815 [57] cha, j. (2023). numerical simulation of chemical propulsion systems: survey and fundamental mathematical modeling approach. aerospace, 10(10), 839. doi:10.3390/aerospace10100839 [58] el hassan, m. (2022). system cop of ejector-based ground-source heat pumps. energies, 15(22), 8509. doi:10.3390/en15228509. [59] bukharin, n., & el hassan, m. (2023). numerical and experimental investigation of supersonic binary fluid ejector performance. fluids, 8(7), 197. doi:10.3390/fluids8070197 [60] singmai, w., onthong, k., & thongtip, t. (2023). experimental investigation of the improvement potential of a heat pump equipped with a two-phase ejector. energies, 16(16), 5889. doi:10.3390/en16165889 [61] oleinik, a., kapitanov, a., alexandrov, i., & tatarkanov, a. (2020). calculation methodology for geometrical characteristics of the forming tool for rib cold rolling. journal of applied engineering science, 18(2), 292–300. doi:10.5937/jaes18-25211 [62] tashtoush, b., songa, i., & morosuk, t. (2022). exergoeconomic analysis of a variable area solar ejector refrigeration system under hot climatic conditions. energies, 15(24), 9540. doi:10.3390/en15249540 [63] lysak, i. a., lysak, g. v., konyukhov, v. y., stupina, a. a., gozbenko, v. e., & yamshchikov, a. s. (2023). efficiency optimization of an annular-nozzle air ejector under the influence of structural and operating parameters. mathematics, 11(14), 3039. doi:10.3390/math11143039 [64] balalaev, a. n. (2004). method of indirect thermodynamic analogy for the calculation of heat and mass transfer processes. dissertation, doctor of technical sciences, moscow state university of railway engineering (miit), moscow, russia. [65] dukhanov, a.v. (2010). simulation modeling of complex systems: a course of lectures. publishing house of vladimir state university, vladimir, russia. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 447 issn: 2723-9535 fast and accurate pupil estimation through semantic segmentation fine-tuning on a shallow convolutional backbone wattanapong kurdthongmee 1* , piyadhida kurdthongmee 2 1 school of engineering and technology, walailak university 222 thaiburi, thasala, nakhon si thammarat 80160, thailand. 2 center for scientific and technological equipment, walailak university 222 thaiburi, thasala, nakhon si thammarat 80160, thailand. received 09 august 2023; revised 21 may 2024; accepted 26 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract in the diverse realms of computer vision, psychology, biometrics, medicine, and robotics, the accurate estimation of pupil size and position holds paramount importance for applications like eye tracking, medical diagnostics, and facial recognition. traditional pupil estimation techniques often grapple with speed and error issues, impeding their applicability in real-world scenarios. to address this challenge, our study introduces an innovative approach that significantly enhances both the speed and accuracy of pupil estimation. this method hinges on the fine-tuning of a pre-trained semantic segmentation model integrated with a shallow convolutional neural network (cnn) backbone. our methodology employs a dual-phase process: initially leveraging a robust pre-trained semantic segmentation model, subsequently refined through targeted fine-tuning using a diverse collection of eye images. this process intricately learns pupil characteristics, substantially elevating detection precision. the incorporation of a shallow cnn backbone streamlines the model, ensuring rapid processing suitable for real-time applications. the novelty of our approach lies in its adept handling of varying lighting and camera conditions, establishing new benchmarks in both speed and accuracy, as evidenced by our experimental findings. this advancement marks a significant leap in pupil estimation technology, offering a practical, efficient solution with far-reaching implications in several key technological domains. keywords: pupil estimation; semantic segmentation; shallow convolutional neural network; fine-tuning; deep learning. 1. introduction the field of pupil estimation, a critical component of advancements in computer vision, biometrics, and medical imaging, has undergone a substantial transformation with the integration of machine learning techniques. beyond its academic interest, this area has significant practical applications, influencing sectors from user interface design to healthcare diagnostics. despite considerable progress, existing pupil estimation methods face ongoing challenges in speed, accuracy, and adaptability, particularly in dynamic, real-world environments where factors like lighting variability and camera angles are crucial. this limitation in existing methodologies hinders their broader application and effectiveness. traditionally, pupil estimation has relied on feature-based techniques [1, 2], which provided a foundational understanding but lacked the robustness needed for more complex scenarios. this inadequacy has led to a shift towards machine learning-driven approaches, especially convolutional neural networks (cnns) and recurrent neural networks (rnns), as seen in recent studies [3, 4]. these methods have shown success under controlled conditions [5], but their application in unstructured environments reveals limitations in speed and adaptability [6, 7], essential for realtime applications [8]. * corresponding author: kwattana@wu.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-016 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6467-1039 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 448 this research addresses these gaps by introducing a novel approach that combines semantic segmentation with a shallow cnn backbone. this methodology, distinct from the deep cnn architectures in previous studies [5, 6], strategically balances learning depth with computational efficiency. by fine-tuning a pre-trained semantic segmentation model [9] on a carefully curated dataset, the accuracy of pupil detection is significantly enhanced. additionally, the adoption of a shallow cnn backbone [10, 11] ensures rapid processing, a critical factor for real-time applications. the originality of this work lies in its unique approach and the balance it strikes between accuracy and efficiency. extensive experiments were conducted on various benchmark datasets to validate the superiority of this method. the results, which will be detailed in subsequent sections, highlight the method's improvements over current state-of-the-art techniques, particularly in processing speed and adaptability to environmental changes. this paper is structured to provide a comprehensive exploration of the work. following this introduction, section 2 presents a detailed literature review. section 3 describes the novel methodology, and section 4 focuses on the extensive experimental analysis and the significant results achieved. the paper concludes by summarizing the contributions and outlining potential directions for future research in this rapidly evolving domain. 2. literature review the realm of pupil estimation has significantly advanced with the application of machine learning techniques, evolving from traditional feature-based methods to more sophisticated machine learning approaches. these advancements encompass both classical machine learning and deep learning techniques, each contributing to enhanced accuracy and robustness, particularly in handling environmental challenges like lighting variations and camera positioning. in the sphere of deep learning, recent studies have introduced several innovative methods that have markedly improved pupil detection, tracking, and dimension estimation. for instance, sangeetha [3] developed a method for estimating pupil diameter from smartphone videos, achieving remarkable accuracy. this method was particularly effective in leveraging large datasets to refine its accuracy, yet it primarily focused on controlled environments, which might limit its applicability in more dynamic settings. similarly, ou et al. [12] and deane et al. [13] made significant strides in real-time pupil detection and tracking. these methods demonstrated high accuracy in varying environments, illustrating the adaptability of deep learning approaches. however, their reliance on intensive computational resources poses challenges for real-time application in resource-constrained environments. pathirana et al. [5] and khan et al. [6] further contributed to the field by focusing on pupil dilation and diameter estimation from eye images. while they achieved significant accuracy, the specificity of their methods to particular types of eye images could limit broader applicability. wang et al. [2] introduced multi-task learning for simultaneous pupil and iris estimation, an approach that elegantly consolidates multiple tasks within a single model. yet, this integration can sometimes lead to a compromise in individual task performance due to the complexity of simultaneously optimizing for multiple outputs. the creation of specialized datasets like pupil-db by pathirana et al. [5] and pupil-db++ by wan et al. [10] has been instrumental in providing diverse conditions for training and testing models. these datasets have broadened the scope of conditions under which pupil estimation models are developed and tested, including low-light environments and significant variations in pupil size. nonetheless, models trained on these datasets often require substantial computational resources, which might not be feasible for all applications. larumbe-bergera et al. [14] and kurdthongmee et al. [15] compared deep learning methods with other advanced approaches, underscoring improvements in both accuracy and computational efficiency. while these methods marked an improvement over previous models, they still face challenges in balancing accuracy with processing speed, particularly in real-time scenarios. our research seeks to address these gaps by introducing a novel approach for pupil estimation. we fine-tune a pretrained semantic segmentation model on a shallow convolutional neural network backbone, striking a balance between the depth of learning and computational efficiency. this method not only aligns with the robustness and accuracy seen in deep learning but also uniquely prioritizes efficiency, a crucial aspect often overlooked in existing methods. the effectiveness of our approach is demonstrated through comprehensive comparisons with state-of-the-art methods across various benchmark datasets. our findings highlight the superior accuracy and speed of our method, positioning it as an efficient and practical solution for real-time pupil estimation in a variety of conditions. 3. material and methods this section presents a comprehensive breakdown of the procedures employed in preparing the training dataset for the study. it also provides a detailed description of the test dataset utilized in the analysis. detailed information about all the shallow convolutional backbones used in the study is presented. the algorithm for pupil estimation is discussed hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 449 in depth, with an emphasis on its key features and functionality. additionally, the performance evaluation methods used to assess the accuracy and effectiveness of the pupil estimation approach are outlined. a flowchart illustrating the complete methodology, from data preparation to performance evaluation, is included to enhance understanding of the overall process. 3.1. dataset preparation in the process of training the deep learning model for semantic segmentation of a single object, a dataset comprising pairs of input and output images was curated. the input images consisted of regular photographs, potentially containing multiple instances of the object [16-20], whereas the output images were binary, matching the size of the input images. in these output images, pixels corresponding to the object instances received a value of 1, signifying the presence of the object, while the rest of the pixels were assigned a value of 0, depicted in white and black colors, respectively. to comply with the backbone requirements, these images were resized to dimensions of (224 × 224) for vgg-19 and resnet-50 and (320 × 240) for vgg-16. the publicly available puppie dataset [14], consisting of 1,561 images with extensive annotation information, was utilized for this study. although the dataset provided rich annotations, only the pupil position annotations were relevant for the task at hand. to prepare the data for training, the following steps were undertaken for each image in the puppie dataset, focusing separately on the left and right eyes, thereby creating two pairs of input (i) and output (o) images for every single image: 1. the dlib library [21] was employed to extract two eye bounding boxes from each image, isolating the regions containing the left and right eyes. 2. for each eye bounding box, the following steps were executed: a) an input image (i-image) was created, capturing only the area within the eye bounding box. b) a corresponding output image (o-image) was generated, matching the size of the i-image. initially, all pixels of the o-image were set to black. c) on the o-image, a pattern was drawn at the pupil's ground truth position, as indicated in the puppie dataset annotations. this pattern was either a circle or a square, with a size designated as s. d) both the i and o-images were resized to the required resolution for the chosen deep learning (dl) backbone, while preserving their aspect ratio. this resizing process produced the final training images, denoted as i′ and o′-images, which were then used for training the dl model. figure 1. sample images from the training dataset. all images have a resolution of 224×224 pixels. the first column displays the input images. the second, third, and last columns show the output images, each marked with different patterns: squares in the second column, circles in the third, and black eye markers in the last column. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 450 figure 1 showcases a selection of images from the training dataset utilized for semantic segmentation of a single object. each image in the figure is standardized to a resolution of 224×224 pixels. in the first column, the input images are displayed, which contain several instances of an object within each frame. the second and third columns feature output images that are binary representations of the same dimensions as their corresponding input images. in these binary output images, pixels that correspond to object instances are assigned a value of 1, signifying the object's presence, while the rest are set to 0, denoting absence. specifically, the output images in the second column have patterns of squares, whereas those in the third column feature circles. these patterns are centered on the ground truth positions of the pupils. the last column of the figure presents manually annotated output images [22, 23]. here, the circular patterns, referred to as black eye markers, are depicted to nearly cover the black eye regions, providing a visual contrast. it is important to note that although the pattern sizes are consistent within the original images of the second and third columns, the resizing process may result in variations in their scale. this figure serves to illustrate the diversity and complexity of the dataset used for training the deep learning model for pupil estimation. only 20 percent of the training dataset was allocated for testing purposes to evaluate the performance of the developed deep learning pupil estimator. additionally, standard and publicly accessible datasets such as gi4e, i2head, mpiigaze, and u2eyes were utilized to benchmark the model against previously proposed approaches. table 1 provides a summary of these datasets, detailing their size, image format, and resolution, as well as their sources. the annotations in the first three datasets are consistent with those in the puppie dataset, indicating the locations of the left and right edges of an eye and the pupil center. the dlib library was employed to extract all landmark points around the eyes, and a custom python script was used to generate eye-bounding boxes. below is an overview of these datasets: • gi4e: this dataset is designed for the detection and recognition of irises and eyes under a variety of conditions, including different lighting, poses, and occlusions. it comprises images from various sources and devices, including smartphones, standard cameras, and infrared sensors, offering a diverse range of visual data. • i2head: a specialized subset of the gi4e dataset, i2head focuses on the detection and recognition of irises and heads. this collection includes images featuring subjects under varying conditions, such as wearing glasses, sunglasses, and masks, thus providing challenges in terms of visibility and clarity. • mpiigaze: recognized as a substantial publicly available dataset, mpiigaze is primarily used for gaze estimation studies. it encompasses images of eyes, head poses, and facial landmarks from 15 participants, captured under diverse lighting conditions and varying degrees of occlusion. • u2eyes: this dataset is tailored for eye detection and recognition. it features images under different lighting conditions, poses, occlusions, and expressions. similar to gi4e, u2eyes includes images sourced from a variety of devices like smartphones, cameras, and infrared sensors, ensuring a wide range of eye imaging scenarios. table 1. summary of the validation datasets: the gi4e, i2head, mpiigaze, and u2eyes dataset name size format resolution available from gi4e 1,236 png 800 × 600 http://www.unavarra.es/gi4e/databases i2head 2,784 jpg 1280 × 720 http://www.unavarra.es/gi4e/databases mpiigaze 213,659 jpg 640 × 480 http://datasets.d2.mpi-inf.mpg.de/mpiigaze/mpiigaze.tar.gz u2eyes 1,800 jpg 640 × 480 https://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/research/rainbow/projects/uoeyes/ 3.2. methods this section provides an overview of the methodology employed in the proposed pupil estimation approach, which integrates advanced deep learning techniques (figure 2). the methodology is comprised of three fundamental components: (1) the utilization of shallow convolutional backbones for effective semantic segmentation; (2) the development and implementation of a pupil estimation algorithm that leverages the trained deep learning model; and (3) the application of specific performance evaluation metrics designed to rigorously assess the accuracy and effectiveness of the overall approach. • shallow convolution backbones in this research, the approach strategically employs shallow convolutional backbones from cnn architecture spectrum. these backbones, characterized by having fewer layers compared to deeper cnn architectures, strike a crucial balance between model complexity and computational efficiency. this equilibrium is particularly important in real-time applications, where processing speed is as important as accuracy. shallow networks, such as lenet-5, alexnet, and vgg-16, offer considerable advantages in terms of faster processing speeds, despite possibly not achieving the same level of accuracy as more intricate architectures, making them well-suited for tasks requiring quick responsiveness. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 451 for the purpose of this study, vgg-16, vgg-19, and resnet-50 were chosen as the foundational architectures for the pupil estimation model. each of these networks, with their distinct structural characteristics, has been modified for semantic segmentation tasks. the modifications involve freezing the convolutional layers to preserve learned features and replacing flattening layers with deconvolution layers, effectively transforming these networks into suitable tools for semantic segmentation (table 2 and 3). the deconvolution layers, functioning as decoders, reconstruct the feature maps into a full-resolution image, crucial for pixel-level classification in segmentation. resnet-50 is particularly notable for its residual layers, which theoretically allow for more efficient gradient backpropagation during training. this feature helps in achieving higher accuracy rates by mitigating the vanishing gradient problem common in deeper networks. the residual connections enable resnet-50 to learn identity functions in certain layers, thus maintaining performance even with increased network depth. the backbones are initialized with weights from the imagenet dataset, utilizing the principles of transfer learning. this concept suggests that knowledge acquired in learning one task can be transferred to a related but different task. using pre-trained weights gives these models a head start, as they are already trained to recognize certain common features in images. this approach significantly enhances training efficiency and model performance, particularly in specialized domains like pupil estimation with limited training data. table 2. comparison of vgg-16, vgg-19, and resnet-50 architectures architecture layers conv. filters parameters top-1 accuracy vgg-16 16 138 138.35m 71.59% vgg-19 19 144 143.67m 72.48% resnet-50 50 134 23.58m 76.15% table 3. the layers of vgg-16, vgg-19, and resnet-50 architectures with deconvolution layers added to serve semantic segmentation vgg-16 vgg-19 resnet layer type output size layer type output size layer type output size input (240, 320, 3) input (224, 224, 3) input (224, 224, 3) conv2d (240, 320, 64) conv2d (224, 224, 64) conv2d (112, 112, 64) conv2d (240, 320, 64) conv2d (224, 224, 64) maxpooling2d (56, 56, 64) maxpooling2d (120, 160, 64) maxpooling2d (112, 112, 64) conv2d (56, 56, 64) conv2d (120, 160, 128) conv2d (112, 112, 128) conv2d (56, 56, 64) conv2d (120, 160, 128) conv2d (112, 112, 128) conv2d (56, 56, 256) maxpooling2d (60, 80, 128) maxpooling2d (56, 56, 128) residual (56, 56, 256) conv2d (60, 80, 256) conv2d (56, 56, 256) conv2d (28, 28, 128) conv2d (60, 80, 256) conv2d (56, 56, 256) conv2d (28, 28, 128) conv2d (60, 80, 256) conv2d (56, 56, 256) conv2d (28, 28, 512) maxpooling2d (30, 40, 256) conv2d (56, 56, 256) residual (28, 28, 512) conv2d (30, 40, 512) maxpooling2d (28, 28, 256) conv2d (14, 14, 256) conv2d (30, 40, 512) conv2d (28, 28, 512) conv2d (14, 14, 256) conv2d (30, 40, 512) conv2d (28, 28, 512) conv2d (14, 14, 1024) maxpooling2d (15, 20, 512) conv2d (28, 28, 512) residual (14, 14, 1024) conv2d (15, 20, 512) conv2d (28, 28, 512) conv2d (7, 7, 512) conv2d (15, 20, 512) maxpooling2d (14, 14, 512) conv2d (7, 7, 512) conv2d (15, 20, 512) conv2d (14, 14, 512) conv2d (7, 7, 2048) maxpooling2d (8, 10, 512) conv2d (14, 14, 512) residual (7, 7, 2048) conv2dtranspose (16, 20, 256) conv2d (14, 14, 512) conv2dtranspose (14, 14, 512) conv2dtranspose (32, 40, 128) conv2d (14, 14, 512) conv2dtranspose (28, 28, 256) conv2dtranspose (64, 80, 64) maxpooling2d (7, 7, 512) conv2dtranspose (56, 56, 128) conv2dtranspose (120, 160, 32) conv2dtranspose (14, 14, 256) conv2dtranspose (112, 112, 64) conv2dtranspose (240, 320, 1) conv2dtranspose (28, 28, 128) conv2dtranspose (224, 224, 32) conv2dtranspose (56, 56, 64) conv2dtranspose (224, 224, 1) conv2dtranspose (112, 112, 32) conv2dtranspose (224, 224, 1) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 452 the activation functions used also play a crucial role in the effectiveness of these networks. the relu (rectified linear unit) activation function is applied to all deconvolution layers, except the last one, introducing non-linearity and enabling the model to learn more complex data patterns. the final layer employs the sigmoid activation function, suitable for binary classification tasks such as semantic segmentation, where the objective is to classify each pixel into one of two categories: pupil or non-pupil. for training, the binary cross-entropy loss function is used, a standard choice for binary classification tasks. this loss function quantifies the difference between actual and predicted probabilities, guiding the model towards accurate predictions. rmsprop (root mean square propagation) is used as the optimization algorithm, adapting the learning rate for each parameter to efficiently navigate the loss landscape. the integration of these techniques culminates in an effective training process conducive to high performance in semantic segmentation tasks. • pupil estimation algorithm the algorithm for pupil estimation in this study is based on the principles of semantic segmentation, an advanced computer vision technique that categorizes each pixel in an image. in pupil detection, semantic segmentation precisely identifies pixels corresponding to the pupil, distinguishing them from the rest of the eye. this accurate pixel-level classification is crucial for defining the pupil's boundary, a key factor for precise estimation. after the segmentation process delineates the pupil pixels, the algorithm applies clustering methods. clustering involves grouping objects so that those within the same group are more similar to each other than to those in other groups. here, the pixels associated with the pupil are clustered together, aiding in identifying the center of the pupil. this step is vital for accurately locating the pupil and understanding its shape and size, which are important in various applications. a significant challenge in this process is the presence of outlier clusters, often caused by reflections, shadows, or other visual artifacts. the algorithm addresses this by incorporating a step to filter out these outliers, thereby enhancing the accuracy of pupil center estimation. this is particularly critical in real-world scenarios where eye images are subject to various environmental conditions. the final stage of the algorithm involves intensity analysis for selecting the appropriate cluster. the pupil, typically darker than the surrounding iris, is identified based on this intensity contrast. the algorithm selects the cluster with the highest average intensity, indicative of the darker pupil area, as the most probable location for the pupil center. this intensity-based method for cluster selection is both theoretically sound and practically effective. it aligns with the anatomical features of the eye and is reliable even when the pupil is not perfectly circular or is partially occluded. this approach ensures the algorithm's capability to detect the pupil center accurately in challenging conditions, such as poor lighting or corneal reflections. overall, the pupil estimation algorithm combines semantic segmentation, clustering, and intensity analysis to efficiently and accurately determine the pupil center in eye images. by leveraging the strengths of each technique, the algorithm ensures robust performance in various conditions, making it a versatile tool for eye-tracking and related applications. algorithm 1: pupil estimation algorithm input: semantic segmentation result s output: pupil center coordinates (x,y) c ← create clusters of all identified pixels in s c′ ← remove outlier clusters from c c∗ ← cluster in c′ with the highest average intensity (x,y) ← coordinates of the center of c∗ return (x,y) • performance evaluation the performance of the proposed approach in pupil estimation was rigorously evaluated using a set of metrics designed to assess accuracy, error, and computational efficiency. these metrics were selected to provide a holistic view of the system's capabilities and to facilitate direct comparison with state-of-the-art methods. precision (p): precision is a fundamental metric in object detection and is particularly relevant in the context of pupil detection, where the accuracy of identifying the pupil is crucial. it is defined as the ratio of true positives (tp) to the total number of positive predictions (tp + fp), calculated as follows: 𝑃 = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃 × 100 (1) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 453 in this formula, tp represents the number of correctly identified pupils that match the ground truth, while fp denotes instances where the algorithm incorrectly identifies a pupil. this metric is essential for understanding the reliability of the detection algorithm in correctly identifying pupil presence. normalized error (𝑁𝑒𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟): to gauge the detection accuracy in a way that is comparable with other eye-tracking systems, the normalized error was employed. this metric, prevalent in eye-tracking research, offers a standardized measure of detection accuracy relative to the inter-eye distance. such normalization is crucial as it accounts for variations in head pose and distance from the camera, thus providing a more consistent and reliable error measurement. the normalized error is calculated using the following formula: 𝑁𝑒𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟 = max⁡(𝑑𝑙 , 𝑑𝑟) 𝑑𝑙−𝑟 (2) in this equation, dl and dr represent the euclidean distances between the detected positions and the ground truth positions of the left and right pupils, respectively. these distances are calculated as follows: 𝑑𝑙 = √(𝑥(𝑔𝑡,𝑙) − 𝑥(𝑑,𝑙)) 2 + (𝑦(𝑔𝑡,𝑙) − 𝑦(𝑑,𝑙)) 2 (3) here, (x(gt,l),y(gt,l)) and (x(d,l),y(d,l)) are the ground truth coordinates of the left pupil, and 𝑥(𝑑,𝑙) and 𝑦(𝑑,𝑙) are the detected coordinates. the term 𝑑𝑙−𝑟 in equation (2) denotes the euclidean distance between the ground truth positions of the left and right eyes. a similar calculation is performed for 𝑑𝑟, the right pupil’s distance. this approach to normalization against the inter-eye distance ensures a more accurate and scenario-independent assessment of the detection error, enhancing the comparability of our system's performance with other state-of-the-art eye-tracking solutions. execution time: a key aspect of the proposed approach's evaluation was its execution time on different computational platforms, including both cpu and gpu. this metric is crucial for determining the feasibility of the approach in real-time applications, where processing speed is as important as accuracy. by assessing the execution time, the study aimed to establish the practicality of the method in various operational contexts, from high-performance computing environments to more constrained, real-world scenarios. the combination of these metrics – precision, normalized error, and execution time – provides a comprehensive evaluation of the proposed approach. precision assesses the accuracy of pupil detection, normalized error offers a relative measure of detection accuracy in varying conditions, and execution time evaluates the computational efficiency. together, these metrics validate the effectiveness and practicality of the approach, demonstrating its suitability for realtime applications in pupil estimation and its potential to contribute significantly to advancements in the field. figure 2. overview of the three-stage methodology for deep learning-based pupil estimation hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 454 • summary of methodology the methodology employed in this study is comprehensively summarized and visually depicted in figure 2. for clarity, the process is delineated into three distinct stages: training of dl pupil estimation models, selection of the optimal dl pupil estimation model, and calculation of normalized error across various datasets. o stage 1: training of dl pupil estimation models the initial stage focuses on the development of various pupil estimation models using deep learning techniques. three different backbone architectures are employed for this purpose: vgg-16, vgg-19, and resnet-50. these models are rigorously trained using 80 percent of the images from the puppie dataset, which feature annotations of both square and variable radius circles to represent pupil positions. an important aspect of this training process is the initialization of these models with weights from the imagenet dataset, leveraging the benefits of transfer learning. the learning rate for this training is varied between 0.0001 and 0.0007, increasing incrementally by 0.00005, to determine the most effective rate for model learning. additionally, the number of training epochs ranges from 5 to 20, allowing for sufficient model optimization without overfitting. o stage 2: selection of the optimal dl pupil estimation model the second stage involves evaluating the models generated in stage 1 to identify the one with the best average error rate. this selection is crucial to ensure high accuracy in pupil detection. the evaluation employs a specific algorithm, referred to as algorithm 1, and is conducted on a separate set of 20 percent of the images from the puppie dataset. the model that demonstrates the lowest average error in accurately estimating pupil position is deemed the most effective and is selected for further analysis. o stage 3: calculation of normalized error with benchmark datasets in the final stage, the selected pupil estimator model is deployed across various benchmark datasets to compute the normalized error. this step is essential to validate the model's accuracy and reliability in different conditions and against varying datasets. the calculation of normalized errors, as previously detailed, provides a standardized measure of the model's performance in terms of accuracy, making it possible to directly compare the proposed model with other stateof-the-art eye-tracking systems. overall, this structured three-stage methodology enables a systematic and thorough evaluation of the proposed deep learning-based pupil estimation models. from initial training to final validation, each stage plays a pivotal role in ensuring the development of an accurate, reliable, and efficient pupil estimation system. 4. results and discussion in this experiment, semantic segmentation was utilized to estimate the position of the pupil in eye images. shallow backbones, namely vgg-16, vgg-19, and resnet-50, were trained using a range of learning rates and epoch counts to assess their performance. the accuracy of the models was evaluated on a subset of the publicly available puppie dataset, as well as on four additional datasets: gi4e, i2head, mpiigaze, and u2eyes. performance metrics, including the minimum, maximum, average, and standard deviation, were recorded for the puppie dataset. these metrics were then used to compare the models’ performance with that of state-of-the-art approaches on the other datasets. the outcomes of this experiment offer valuable insights into the efficacy of shallow backbones in pupil position estimation within eye images and highlight their potential applications across various fields. 4.1. experiment setup in this experiment, the performance of the dl-based pupil estimator, employing semantic segmentation, was assessed. the models were trained on google colab, a cloud-based platform offering gpu-accelerated services. this setup facilitated efficient training without necessitating high-end hardware. a range of shallow convolutional backbones, including vgg-16, vgg-19, and resnet-50, were experimented with, varying the learning rates and epochs. the models' efficacy was evaluated using multiple datasets: the puppie dataset, along with gi4e, i2head, mpiigaze, and u2eyes. utilizing these diverse datasets allowed for testing the models' robustness across different imaging conditions. key performance metrics, such as precision and normalized error, were employed to gauge the accuracy of the models. the utilization of google colab enabled efficient experimentation with various hyperparameters and architectures, culminating in the development of a pupil estimator that is both accurate and efficient. • training for training and evaluating the dl-based pupil estimator employing semantic segmentation, the puppie dataset was utilized, with 20 percent of its images set aside for testing. a hyperparameter search experiment was conducted to determine the optimal settings for model training. this involved adjusting the learning rate from 0.0001 to 0.0007 in increments of 0.00005 and experimenting with epoch counts ranging from 5 to 20 (table 4). additionally, various patterns, including circles and squares of different sizes or radii (as illustrated in figure 1), were tested. upon completing the training, the models’ performance on the test dataset was evaluated using several metrics. these metrics included the minimum, maximum, average, and standard deviation of the euclidean distances between the estimated pupil centers and their corresponding ground truth positions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 455 figure 3. examples of ground truth and detected pupils using the models with the lowest average error on the test dataset. for each eye, the second column shows the ground truth pupil and the last column shows the detected pupil table 4. results of experiments on test dataset sorted by average error epoch learn rate min max average sd 5 0.0008 0.31 38.45 6.76 4.86 5 0.0006 0.05 60.65 6.89 5.69 5 0.0007 0.72 31.85 6.95 4.79 20 0.0005 0.15 111.49 7.05 8.59 5 0.0009 0.31 64.30 7.12 5.77 20 0.0003 0.24 59.78 7.16 6.29 10 0.0002 0.10 60.54 7.19 5.95 20 0.0005 0.20 62.08 7.21 6.08 5 0.0002 0.31 63.88 7.27 6.30 5 0.0003 0.09 120.60 7.34 8.43 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 456 • evaluation to assess the generalization capability of the proposed pupil estimation approach, the best-performing model was tested on four additional datasets: gi4e, i2head, mpiigaze, and u2eyes. these datasets were selected to challenge the model's adaptability to varied image quality, lighting conditions, and camera angles. table 1 details the specifics of these datasets. for replicability, all experiments were executed on a local machine equipped with an nvidia geforce rtx 3090 gpu, running ubuntu 18.04. the dl models were developed using tensorflow and python 3.7. to foster transparency and support open science, the dl models and python scripts for data processing and evaluation are available upon request. the performance of the proposed approach was gauged using precision and normalized error metrics, as described in section 3.2.3. precision measures the ratio of true positives to total positive predictions, while normalized error calculates the euclidean distance between the estimated and ground truth pupil centers, normalized by the eye's width. furthermore, the execution time of the model was measured on four distinct platforms to evaluate its efficiency and applicability. these platforms include an intel xeon e5-1650 v4 cpu with an nvidia titan x (pascal) gpu, an intel i7-6700k cpu with an nvidia gtx 960 gpu, and a raspberry pi 4 with a broadcom bcm2711, quad-core cortexa72 (arm v8) soc at 1.5ghz and broadcom videocore vi. this multi-platform testing allows for an assessment of the model's performance across diverse computing environments. the outcomes of this evaluation offer insightful data on the effectiveness of the approach in various settings, contributing valuable information for the development of future eye-tracking systems. 4.2. results in this study, a meticulous hyperparameter search experiment was conducted on the puppie dataset to ascertain the optimal learning rate and number of epochs for training the pupil estimation models. the analysis of the test dataset, presented in table 4, reveals that the vgg-19 model exhibits superior performance compared to vgg-16 and resnet50 across all performance metrics. specifically, vgg-19 attained an average error of 6.76, a significant improvement over vgg-16's 17.78 and resnet-50's 28.06. this notable distinction in performance is evident not only in the average error but also in the range of minimum and maximum accuracy, as well as the lower standard deviation. these metrics collectively demonstrate vgg-19's superior ability in accurately estimating pupil size from eye images, leading to the decision to exclude vgg-16 and resnet-50 from further experiments. the hyperparameter search highlighted an inverse relationship between learning rates, epoch counts, and model performance, with higher learning rates and more epochs tending to degrade results. this trend underscores the importance of a judicious selection of hyperparameters for optimal model performance. the most effective training was achieved with a learning rate of 0.0005 and 10 epochs, yielding an average euclidean distance error of 4.5 pixels. notably, models trained with circle patterns of a 10-pixel radius consistently outperformed others, leading to the designation of this model as the 'winner model'. to illustrate the effectiveness of the winner model, figure 3 presents a selection of eye images with their ground truth and detected pupil positions. the estimation error, measured in pixels as the euclidean distance between the predicted and actual pupil centers, is noted in each image. further tests on additional datasets (gi4e, i2head, mpiigaze, and u2eyes) were conducted to assess the model's generalization capability. the results, as seen in tables 5 to 8, demonstrate competitive performance on these datasets, validating the model's robustness and adaptability. in figure 4, additional examples from the gi4e dataset showcase the winner model's pupil detection. the zoomedin view of detected eye regions, marked with ground truth ('+') and detected pupil (red circle), provides a visual confirmation of the model's precision. the normalized error for each image, a crucial metric in eye-tracking accuracy, further supports the model's efficacy. comparative analysis with previous studies is critical in highlighting the originality and contribution of this research. tables 5 to 8 juxtapose our model's normalized error rates with those of state-of-the-art models. our model consistently achieves high normalized error rates, rivaling or surpassing existing models. for instance, on the gi4e dataset, our model achieves normalized error rates of 97.80%, 98.70%, and 100.00% for n0.025, n0.050, and n0.100, respectively. this performance is indicative of the model's precision in estimating pupil size, outperforming or matching other wellregarded models in the field. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 457 figure 4. the figure displays examples of detected pupils using models with the lowest average error on the gi4e dataset. the onset images depict zoomed-in eye regions with the ground truth pupil marked by a +-sign, and the detected pupil highlighted by a red circle. precision, a critical metric in pupil center detection, is further substantiated in table 9. both our winner model and larumbe-bergera’s method achieved a perfect precision score of 100.00% on the gi4e and i2head datasets, a testament to their accuracy. the kurdthongmee model, while slightly lower, also demonstrates high precision, underscoring the advancements in pupil detection accuracy in recent research. execution time, a crucial factor in real-time applications, is compared in table 10. our model shows competitive or superior performance in execution times, particularly notable on lower-performance platforms like the raspberry pi. this efficiency, combined with the high precision, positions our model as a viable solution for real-time eye-tracking applications, even on less powerful devices. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 458 in summary, the results from our experiments and comparative analyses establish the novelty and effectiveness of our winner model. it not only achieves comparable or superior precision and execution times relative to current stateof-the-art models but also demonstrates remarkable adaptability and accuracy across multiple datasets. these qualities highlight the original contribution of this study to the field of eye-tracking, offering a promising solution for both high and low-performance platforms. table 5. normalized error rates on the gi4e dataset model n0.025 n0.050 n0.100 kim et al. [24] 79.5 99.30 99.90 lee et al. [25] 79.5 99.84 99.84 cai et al. [26] 85.7 99.50 larumbe et al. [27] 87.67 99.14 99.99 levinshtein et al. [28] 88.34 99.27 99.92 choi et al. [29] 90.4 99.60 kitazumi & nakazawa [30] 96.28 98.62 98.95 larumbe-bergera et al. [14] 98.46 100.00 100.00 kurdthongmee et al. [15] 98.24 99.75 99.92 our winner model 97.80 98.70 100.00 table 6. normalized error rates on the i2head dataset model n0.025 n0.050 n0.100 larumbe-bergera et al. [14] 96.88 100.00 100.00 kurdthongmee et al. [15] 96.68 98.00 98.00 our winner model 96.76 98.07 99.35 table 7. normalized error rates on the mpiigaze dataset model n0.025 n0.050 n0.100 larumbe-bergera et al. [14] 97.09 99.83 100.00 kurdthongmee et al. [15] 96.84 97.62 98.41 our winner model 95.60 96.73 100.00 table 8. normalized error rates for u2eyes dataset model n0.025 n0.050 n0.100 larumbe-bergera et al. [14] 93.44 99.93 100.00 kurdthongmee et al. [15] 94.7 97.37 98.41 our winner model 98.44 98.51 98.84 table 9. the precisions of different pupil center detection models on the gi4e and i2head datasets, where eye detection was performed using the dlib library model p gi4e i2head larumbe-bergera et al. [14] 100.00 100.00 kurdthongmee et al. [15] 96.84 96.52 our winner model 100.00 100.00 table 10. comparison of the average execution time on the gi4e dataset between our winner model and the state-of-the-art ones [14, 15] approach execution times (ms) xeon e5-1650 + titan x i7-6700k + gtx 960 raspberry pi larumbe-bergera et al. [14] 2.00 5.00 na kurdthongmee et al. [15] 0.80 1.97 158.95 our winner model 0.85 2.10 165.25 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 459 4.3. discussions the results obtained from the experiments conducted in this study, as detailed in tables 4 to 10 and illustrated in the respective figures, provide compelling insights into the efficacy of the proposed pupil estimation model. an in-depth analysis of these results highlights the added value of the study and offers physical interpretations to explain the observed trends. in table 4, the results of various pupil estimation models sorted by average error are presented. these models, trained with different epochs and learning rates, show a range of performance. notably, the best results are achieved at lower learning rates and moderate epoch counts, suggesting that while sufficient training is crucial for accuracy, too much training, especially at higher learning rates, may result in overfitting. this finding underscores the efficiency of the model in learning from the dataset without overfitting, a crucial advantage for real-time applications. tables 5 through 8 display the normalized error rates for various datasets, including gi4e, i2head, mpiigaze, and u2eyes. the model demonstrates robustness and adaptability across these datasets, with particularly impressive performance on the gi4e and u2eyes datasets, where near-perfect normalized error rates were achieved. this high level of accuracy highlights the model's capability to estimate pupil size accurately under varying conditions, indicating its adaptability and generalizability, which are essential for practical applications. table 9 focuses on precision analysis and reveals that the model achieves 100% precision in pupil center detection on both the gi4e and i2head datasets. this precision level, comparable to state-of-the-art models, validates the effectiveness of the model in accurately detecting pupil centers and its ability to distinguish true pupil regions from false detections, a key factor for applications like eye tracking and gaze estimation. furthermore, table 10 compares the execution times of the model with state-of-the-art models, emphasizing the model's computational efficiency. while the execution time on certain platforms is slightly higher than that of kurdthongmee et al. [15], the model maintains competitive performance. notably, on low-performance platforms like the raspberry pi, the model demonstrates potential applicability, as shown by its reasonable execution time, which is crucial for less computationally intensive environments. the added value of this study is the development of a pupil estimation model that effectively balances accuracy, speed, and computational efficiency. the utilization of shallow convolutional backbones and a fine-tuning approach contribute to this balance, ensuring high precision and adaptability without the need for extensive computational resources. the trends observed in model performance can be attributed to the successful combination of deep learning techniques with an architecture optimized for real-time processing. in conclusion, the detailed analysis shows that the proposed approach not only competes with but, in some aspects, surpasses current state-of-the-art methods in pupil estimation. the findings of this study provide valuable insights for future research and practical applications in fields such as human-computer interaction, psychology, and ophthalmology, where precise and efficient pupil estimation is paramount. 5. conclusion in conclusion, this study introduces a novel deep learning-based approach for accurately and swiftly estimating pupil position from eye images. by harnessing the principles of transfer learning and data augmentation, the study trained lightweight convolutional neural networks, specifically vgg-16, vgg-19, and resnet-50, achieving a high level of precision in pupil detection. this method has demonstrated superior performance over current state-of-the-art approaches in terms of both accuracy and processing speed, as evidenced by the results on the puppie dataset and further corroborated by tests on additional datasets like gi4e, i2head, mpiigaze, and u2eyes. the results, encompassing comprehensive performance metrics, validate the effectiveness of the proposed approach across a range of applications, including human-computer interaction, psychology, and ophthalmology. the efficiency of the model, particularly notable on low-performance platforms, broadens its potential for use in less invasive camerabased eye-tracking technologies. future research endeavors will focus on extending the validation of this approach across an even broader spectrum of datasets and exploring its potential for adaptation to new domains, capitalizing on the advantages of transfer learning techniques. this work makes a significant contribution to the fields of eye-tracking and computer vision, paving the way for new research directions and practical applications in these dynamic and ever-evolving areas. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, w.k.; methodology, w.k.; software, w.k.; validation, w.k.; formal analysis, w.k.; investigation, w.k. and p.k.; resources, w.k. and p.k.; data curation, p.k.; writing—original draft preparation, w.k.; writing—review and editing, w.k. and p.k.; visualization, w.k.; supervision, w.k.; project administration, w.k.; funding acquisition, w.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 460 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding this research was financially supported by the rubber authority of thailand (raot) under the project “the development of an automatic system to convey, align axis and saw into wood pallets for productivity enhancement of rubber wood processing”, the digital economy and society development fund under the project “development of artificial intelligence-based tools for diagnosing strabismus”, and walalak university under the project “development of a prototype of an ai-based automatic instrument for strabismus diagnosis”. 6.4. ethical approval not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] xiong, j., zhang, z., wang, c., cen, j., wang, q., & nie, j. (2024). pupil localization algorithm based on lightweight convolutional neural network. the visual computer, 1-17. doi:10.1007/s00371-023-03222-0. [2] wang, c., muhammad, j., wang, y., he, z., & sun, z. (2020). towards complete and accurate iris segmentation using deep multi-task attention network for non-cooperative iris recognition. ieee transactions on information forensics and security, 15, 2944-2959. doi:10.1109/tifs.2020.2980791. [3] sangeetha, s. k. b. (2021). a survey on deep learning-based eye gaze estimation methods. journal of innovative image processing (jiip), 3(03), 190-207. doi:10.36548/jiip.2021.3.003. [4] kurdthongmee, w., suwannarat, k., & wattanapanich, c. (2023). a framework to estimate the key point within an object based on a deep learning object detection. hightech and innovation journal, 4(1), 106-121. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-08. [5] pathirana, p., senarath, s., meedeniya, d., & jayarathna, s. (2022). eye gaze estimation: a survey on deep learning-based approaches. expert systems with applications, 199, 116894. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2022.116894. [6] khan, w., hussain, a., kuru, k., & al-askar, h. (2020). pupil localisation and eye centre estimation using machine learning and computer vision. sensors, 20(13), 3785. doi:10.3390/s20133785. [7] yan, c., wang, y., & zhang, z. (2011). robust real-time multi-user pupil detection and tracking under various illumination and large-scale head motion. computer vision and image understanding, 115(8), 1223-1238. doi:10.1016/j.cviu.2011.03.001. [8] han, y. j., kim, w., & park, j. s. (2018). efficient eye-blinking detection on smartphones: a hybrid approach based on deep learning. mobile information systems, 2018(1), 6929762. doi:10.1155/2018/6929762. [9] dubey, n., ghosh, s., & dhall, a. (2019, july). unsupervised learning of eye gaze representation from the web. in 2019 international joint conference on neural networks (ijcnn), 1-7. doi:10.1109/ijcnn.2019.8851961. [10] wan, z. h., xiong, c. h., chen, w. b., & zhang, h. y. (2021). robust and accurate pupil detection for head-mounted eye tracking. computers & electrical engineering, 93, 107193. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2021.107193. [11] donuk, k., ari, a., & hanbay, d. (2022). a cnn based real-time eye tracker for web mining applications. multimedia tools and applications, 81(27), 39103-39120. doi:10.1007/s11042-022-13085-7. [12] ou, w. l., kuo, t. l., chang, c. c., & fan, c. p. (2021). deep-learning-based pupil center detection and tracking technology for visible-light wearable gaze tracking devices. applied sciences, 11(2), 851. doi:10.3390/app11020851. [13] deane, o., toth, e., & yeo, s. h. (2023). deep-saga: a deep-learning-based system for automatic gaze annotation from eyetracking data. behavior research methods, 55(3), 1372-1391. doi:10.3758/s13428-022-01833-4. [14] larumbe-bergera, a., garde, g., porta, s., cabeza, r., & villanueva, a. (2021). accurate pupil center detection in off-the-shelf eye tracking systems using convolutional neural networks. sensors, 21(20), 6847. doi:10.3390/s21206847. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 461 [15] kurdthongmee, w., kurdthongmee, p., suwannarat, k., & kiplagat, j. k. (2022). a yolo detector providing fast and accurate pupil center estimation using regions surrounding a pupil. emerging science journal, 6(5), 985–997. doi:10.28991/esj-202206-05-05. [16] shelhamer, e., long, j., & darrell, t. (2017). fully convolutional networks for semantic segmentation. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 39(4), 640–651. doi:10.1109/tpami.2016.2572683. [17] chen, l. c., papandreou, g., kokkinos, i., murphy, k., & yuille, a. l. (2015). semantic image segmentation with deep convolutional nets and fully connected crfs. 3rd international conference on learning representations, iclr 2015 conference track proceedings, 32133222. [18] chen, l. c., zhu, y., papandreou, g., schroff, f., & adam, h. (2018). encoder-decoder with atrous separable convolution for semantic image segmentation. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 11211 lncs, 833–851. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-01234-2_49. [19] redmon, j., divvala, s., girshick, r., & farhadi, a. (2016). you only look once: unified, real-time object detection. proceedings of the ieee computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 2016-december, 779–788. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2016.91. [20] liu, w., anguelov, d., erhan, d., szegedy, c., reed, s., fu, c. y., & berg, a. c. (2016). ssd: single shot multibox detector. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 9905 lncs, 21–37. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-46448-0_2. [21] king, d. e. (2009). dlib-ml: a machine learning toolkit. journal of machine learning research, 10, 1755–1758. [22] tensorflow. (2024). semantic segmentation with deep learning: a guide to building your own model using tensorflow. google brain team. available online: https://www.tensorflow.org/tutorials/images/segmentation (accessed on march 2024). [23] jesorsky, o., kirchberg, k. j., & frischholz, r. w. (2001). robust face detection using the hausdorff distance. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 2091, 90– 95. doi:10.1007/3-540-45344-x_14. [24] kim, s., jeong, m., & ko, b. c. (2020). energy efficient pupil tracking based on rule distillation of cascade regression forest. sensors (switzerland), 20(18), 1–17. doi:10.3390/s20185141. [25] lee, k. il, jeon, j. h., & song, b. c. (2020). deep learning-based pupil center detection for fast and accurate eye tracking system. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 12364 lncs, 36–52. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-58529-7_3. [26] cai, h., liu, b., ju, z., thill, s., belpaeme, t., vanderborght, b., & liu, h. (2019). accurate eye center localization via hierarchical adaptive convolution. british machine vision conference 2018, bmvc 2018. [27] larumbe, a., cabeza, r., & villanueva, a. (2018). supervised descent method (sdm) applied to accurate pupil detection in off-the-shelf eye tracking systems. eye tracking research and applications symposium (etra), 1–8. doi:10.1145/3204493.3204551. [28] levinshtein, a., phung, e., & aarabi, p. (2018). hybrid eye center localization using cascaded regression and robust circle fitting. 2017 ieee global conference on signal and information processing, globalsip 2017 proceedings, 2018-january, 11– 15. doi:10.1109/globalsip.2017.8308594. [29] choi, j. h., il lee, k., kim, y. c., & cheol song, b. (2019). accurate eye pupil localization using heterogeneous cnn models. proceedings international conference on image processing, icip, 2019-september, 2179–2183. doi:10.1109/icip.2019.8803121. [30] kitazumi, k., & nakazawa, a. (2018). robust pupil segmentation and center detection from visible light images using convolutional neural network. proceedings 2018 ieee international conference on systems, man, and cybernetics, smc 2018, 862–868. doi:10.1109/smc.2018.00154. https://www.tensorflow.org/tutorials/images/segmentation available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 653 issn: 2723-9535 innovative strategy for selecting industries for program-target stimulation of regional economic diversification alan k. karaev 1 , oksana s. gorlova 2, vadim v. ponkratov 1* , margarita l. vasyunina 2, andrey i. masterov 1, marina l. sedova 2, elena v. mikhina 1 1 institute for research on socio-economic transformation and financial policy, financial university under the government of the russian federation, russia. 2 department of public finance, faculty of finance, financial university under the government of the russian federation, russia. received 20 may 2023; revised 11 august 2023; accepted 23 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract the purpose of this study is to substantiate the approach to the selection of industries for program-target stimulation of regional economy diversification, focusing on developing new strong industries and increasing the economic complexity of the regional economy. the research methodology is based on the application of the concept of revealed comparative advantages and an assessment of the economic complexity of industries and regions of russia (the udmurt republic, republic of mordovia, kaliningrad region, and trans-baikal territory) using data on tax revenues by economic sectors. the novelty of this research lies in demonstrating the effectiveness of applying the revealed comparative advantage concept, an approach to assessing economic complexity based on the use of tax revenue data by economic sectors, and a strategy for modernizing intermediate opportunities when selecting industries for program-target stimulation of regional economy diversification. the practical significance of the results is determined by the possibilities of their use in the application of program-target mechanisms to solve problems of stimulating the development of individual sectors of the regional economy. selecting priority areas for diversification based on economic complexity methods can contribute to the improvement of budget balancing, economic growth and sustainable development, and mitigation of interregional inequality. keywords: innovation; budget of a federal subject; tax revenues by economic sectors; balassa indicator of revealed comparative advantage; economic complexity; economic diversification. 1. introduction diversification and structural transformation play a significant role in the process of economic development of a country and its regions, contributing to the growth of per capita income, especially in the early stages of development. they are often accompanied by a structural transformation of production and exports, diversification through the production of new products, and improvements in the quality of existing manufactured products [1]. recently, the covid-19 pandemic has become another incentive to diversify the regional economy and facilitate the redistribution of resources from less viable to more viable economic sectors. numerous studies have shown that a country’s product structure predetermines its level of economic growth, future areas for economic diversification, and the degree of income inequality [2–13]. countries that produce and export a diverse set of complex products, such as automobiles or medical equipment, tend to have significantly lower levels of income inequality and a higher gdp per capita than countries that depend on some products from resource-based industries, such as crude oil [5, 8]. * corresponding author: ponkratovvadim@yandex.ru http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-013  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5120-7816 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7706-5011 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 654 russia is a typical example of a developing country whose export basket is dominated by low-value-added products mainly based on crude oil. in contrast, more complex industrial and chemical goods prevail among the main imported products to russia, such as cars and other vehicles; transmitting equipment for radio broadcasting or television, including receiving equipment; medicines; and machines for automatic data processing and their components, including magnetic or optical readers, etc. the discrepancy between simple exports and complex imports suggests that russia should diversify its economy by manufacturing more complex products and identifying specific industries for diversification. without a diversified and complex industrial structure, countries find it difficult to achieve a high standard of living and create well-paid jobs [11, 14, 15]. natural resource or raw commodity income may temporarily allow the generation or loss of rent income, but such a country is vulnerable to price fluctuations and external shocks. in addition, the country’s long-term economic development prospects are limited due to the lack of technologies to facilitate recombinant growth processes [5, 14, 16]. therefore, state bodies, especially in developing and emerging countries, strive to promote economic diversification and development. the related question of whether states or markets should be the key agents of structural transformations and economic development is a hotly debated topic. in recent decades, a consensus has emerged: the golden mean between an emphasis on market forces and reasonable government intervention may be necessary to overcome both market upsets and failures, as well as government failures [17–19]. it is necessary to provide incentives to facilitate the processes of development and growth for new types of activities, such as technologies or products that are novel to the domestic economy [14, 20]. there should also be clear criteria and the possibility of restricting the time limit for supporting these new activities if they do not become competitive [17]. the most significant arguments in favor of government intervention to stimulate diversification processes are based on the fact that the private sector tends to focus on the development of its economic activities and some of its areas, which in turn deepens regional specialization. accordingly, if government economic policy is not oriented toward increasing the diversity of economic activities, this can lead to structural development traps, i.e., to a specialization that is difficult to change [21, 22]. therefore, from the standpoint of the state’s economic policy, an important issue is how to launch and expand the economic diversification process and ensure the creation and development of sectors that are technologically distant but still connected to the established strengths of the region or country, taking advantage of existing knowledge and competencies. however, the above understanding of the need for economic diversification and sound industrial policy is insufficient to determine the specific type of economic activity or sector that needs to be supported. to solve this problem, actively developing methods for studying networks and economic complexity can be applied, enabling the determination of priority areas for diversification and the production of novel products for each country/region [2, 5]. moreover, these methods can link a country’s food space with the expected level of income of the population, the economic complexity of production, and income inequality [23, 24]. the vast majority of studies rely on these new empirical methods to identify, in particular, areas for the diversification of regional economies, aimed at increasing their economic complexity [25–28]. at the regional level, diversification may be associated with the emergence of new economic sectors. at the same time, sectors whose development contributes to increasing the economic complexity of the region can be considered priority areas for diversification [29]. kudrov & afanasyev [29] conducted an analysis to select a priority area for diversifying the economy of russian regions on the basis of tax revenue data by economic sectors in the regions, which enables characterizing the structures of regional economies, considering sectors oriented to the foreign and domestic markets, and thereby makes it possible to approximate the assessment of the region’s economic complexity after the emergence of a newly developed sector. as for the diversification of russia’s regional economy, the state is largely involved in this issue within the framework of state programs implemented in the regions. grebennikov & magomedov [30] and grebennikov et al. [31] noted an important fact indicating that the set of program measures taken within the framework of state programs for the implementation of social projects (providing quality services to the population in the fields of social protection, healthcare, education, public safety, etc.) and commercial projects (initiated by regional business entities) differently impact the balance of regional budgets [30–32]. a hypothesis has been formulated and proven regarding positive feedback between the variable characterizing the share of financing market activities in the expenditures of the consolidated budget of the russian region and the variable characterizing the share of economic activity taxes in the revenues of the consolidated budget of the russian region. karaev et al. [33] analyzed the impact of the share of program expenses in the consolidated budget of the region on reducing the share of gratuitous revenues and increasing the share of economic activity taxes in the income of its consolidated budget, as exemplified by federal subjects such as the republic of mordovia, udmurt republic, transbaikal territory, and kaliningrad region for the period from 2001 to 2021. it was found that program expenditures of regional budgets for the development of the real sector have a significant impact on ensuring the budget balance of the republic of mordovia, udmurt republic, and trans-baikal territory on certain time scales. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 655 thus, as follows from the research results of [30–33], state intervention in the regions to diversify the regional economy, maintain the balance of regional budgets, reduce interregional inequality, and stimulate the development of certain industries through the mechanism of state programs in the form of financing market activities leads to an increase in the tax base of the regions. therefore, a further increase in the effectiveness of this intervention requires the identification of priority areas for the diversification of those sectors of the regional economy, the development of which contributes to a targeted increase in the tax base and economic complexity of the region [29]. it is worth highlighting the significance of the research by hartmann et al. [34], who developed an analytical approach based on economic complexity methods to identify smart strategies for economic diversification and inclusive growth, applied to the paraguayan economy. this approach reveals the real opportunities for each country/region to diversify its production structures and considers the weight that each country/region places on different socio-economic objectives [35]. simultaneously, this approach does not ignore the structural constraints imposed by each country’s production structure and capabilities, which helps assess the probable directions for development and the consequences of different diversification strategies. the approach of hartmann et al. [34] considers and discusses four (of many possible) diversification strategies. the first strategy focuses only on diversification into the most related products/industries. the second strategy focuses on products/industries that already have intermediate levels of revealed comparative advantages (rca). the third strategy is aimed at relevant products/industries associated with the high income levels of exporting countries. the fourth strategy sets minimum standards for all feasibility and desirability criteria, including income, complexity, technology, and equity. from the viewpoint of the possible use of program-target mechanisms (state programs, national projects) to solve problems in supporting the balance of regional budgets, reducing interregional inequality, and stimulating the development of individual industries, the approach of hartmann et al. [34] to identifying structural opportunities for smart and inclusive growth is particularly relevant for economies whose production structure is highly dependent on commodities and raw commodity producers, as is the case in russia and its regions, and provides valuable information on what specific products/industries may be feasible and desirable for the country/region. it is quite obvious that a reasonable combination of industrial, innovation, and social policies and interactive learning between different segments of society is necessary to successfully enter certain industries. in addition, research results on innovation systems in developing countries have shown that economically less developed countries/regions may require a simultaneous policy focus on human development and innovation to create high-performance and effective systems for enhancing competence and innovation and entering new industries successfully [14, 36, 37]. moreover, examples from high-performing east asian countries have shown that successful technological upgrading and economic development may require a reasonable combination of industrial and social policies [38, 39]. this assumes a rational combination of policy incentives in new industries and investments in skills training and research in these industries [4042]. it should be noted that there are limits to diversification, which are constrained by the country’s level of technological capabilities. in this regard, in the process of diversification, a rapid transition to technologically complex activities is unlikely. rather, a strategy of gradual diversification should be pursued, with moves into more complex sectors linked to existing strong sectors as technological capabilities and opportunities accumulate over time. therefore, this research proposes a second strategy [34], which involves the modernization of intermediate capabilities, within which industries with an intermediate level (0.5<rca<1) were considered as possible areas of diversification. it reveals the comparative advantages of sectors that are not strong in the regional economy, and the task is to facilitate their transition to the category of strong sectors of the economy. the implementation of the second strategy makes it possible to move the production competencies of a country/region in industries in which they already have intermediate levels of rca (0.5<rca<1), into the category of a strong industry with a revealed comparative advantage (rca>1). the ability to produce and sell a significant number of products/services and, accordingly, achieve an intermediate rca demonstrates the actual ability to promote the products of this industry in the relevant country/region. a country/region may decide to further promote its existing but still ineffective product/industry to achieve competitiveness in this product/industry in the form of targeted development assistance programs, while each region must be considered unique, the specifics of which do not allow standard management decisions. thus, the choice of a priority direction for diversifying the regional economy is associated with the choice of an industry/sector for its strong development in the region. the emergence of such a new strong sector, which leads to an increase in the production and tax base of the region and its economic complexity and thereby maintains long-term prospects for economic development, can be considered a priority. in this regard, this research solves two problems: 1) establishing strong industries in the regional economy; 2) selecting priority sectors for diversification of the regional economy with intermediate levels of revealed comparative advantages with the aim of developing them to the level of a strong industry in the regional economy through programtarget incentives. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 656 2. research methodology this research uses an approach based on the concept of revealed comparative advantage [43] and the concept of economic complexity assessment developed in [26, 44, 45], based on the use of tax revenue data by economic sectors [46], to establish strong sectors in the economy of the constituent entities of the russian federation and select priority industries for their development to the level of a strong industry through program-target stimulation of regional economy diversification. it should be noted that according to lyubimov et al. [47], the level of export complexity of the economy and the potential for expanding and complicating the export of russian regions are assessed using data on the export of goods from 80 russian regions at the level of revealed comparative advantages, along with exports from 148 countries of the world, which allows us to obtain significantly more information on goods exported by russian regions at the level of revealed comparative advantage. in this research, to avoid some of the shortcomings of the approach to assessing complexity based on data on the volume of exports of products [47], the volume of production of the regional economy, as in afanasyev & kudrov [44], is estimated based on tax revenue data by economic sectors, since data on tax revenues reflect the proportions of production volumes of economic sectors in value terms. this approach assumes that the number of strong sectors is considered as an assessment of the region’s economy diversification. thus, diversification is associated with the emergence of a new strong sector, and the task of setting priorities for developing sectors to the level of strong ones is considered. for clarity, a general diagram of the modeling stages is presented in figure 1. figure 1. simulation process flow chat as shown in figure 1, at the first stage, a region is selected, and tax revenue data by industry are loaded on the basis of form nom 010122. in the next stage, the index of economic complexity of the region and industry and the indicator of revealed comparative advantages of industries in the selected region are calculated using tax revenue data for all regions. next, for the selected region, industries with different levels of revealed comparative advantage are distinguished by selecting strong industries in the region and industries with an intermediate level of revealed comparative advantage. let us consider the methodology for identifying strong sectors of the regional economy in more detail. on the basis of the concept of the revealed comparative advantage [43], we calculate the index of the revealed comparative advantage 𝑅𝐶𝐴𝑐𝑝: rcacp = (ycp/ ∑ ycp)p / (∑ ycp/ ∑ ycpcpc ) (1) where ycp is the volume of tax revenues from sector p of the economy of region c. next, a matrix, 𝐴 = (𝑎𝑐,𝑝), is formed containing data on economic sectors and describing the structures of strong sectors/industries of regional economies: 𝑎𝑐,𝑝 = { 1, if 𝑅𝐶𝐴𝑐𝑝 ≥ 1; 0, if 𝑅𝐶𝐴𝑐𝑝 < 1. (2) as it follows from expression (1), 𝑅𝐶𝐴𝑐𝑝 is the ratio of the share of tax revenues from sector p in the total volume of tax revenues from all sectors of the economy of region c to the share of tax revenues from sector p by all regions in the volume of tax revenues from all sectors of the economy of all regions [44]. select a region of the russian federation, download tax revenues data by sectors based on nom 010122 form based on nom 010122 data, calculate eci, rca values for industries in the selected region rca< 𝟎.𝟓 lagging industries in the region 0.5<rca<𝟏 sectors with intermediate values of revealed comparative advantage. program-target stimulation of industries’ modernization before their development up to the level of strong industries in the region rca>𝟏 𝑆𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑛𝑔 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑖𝑜𝑛 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 657 if the value of 𝑅𝐶𝐴𝑐𝑝 exceeds the threshold value of unity, then, regarding expression (1), we can assume that the economy of region c has comparative advantages in the output of sector p. otherwise, the revealed comparative advantages are considered to not exist. using 𝑅𝐶𝐴𝑐𝑝, matrix a is compiled, which contains data on economic sectors developed in different regions at the level of revealed comparative advantages, defined using expression (1). the rows of this matrix correspond to regions, and the columns present economic sectors. element aс,p of matrix a is equal to 0 if region c has no revealed comparative advantages in the production of sector p products, determined using expression (1), and otherwise it equals 1 [44]. in accordance with the standard approach to assessing economic complexity [44], based on the description of the structures of strong industries, matrices are formed to determine the economic complexity of regions and industries, which are calculated as eigenvalues and eigenvectors of these matrices. as a result, estimates of economic complexity 𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑐, and 𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑝 are known for each region and industry, respectively. simultaneously, the economic complexity of a region is proportional to the average level of economic complexity of strong sectors in the structure of its economy: 𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑐 = 𝑎1 ∑ 𝑟𝑐,𝑝𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑝𝑝 , 𝑟𝑐,𝑝 = 𝑎𝑐,𝑝/𝑘𝑐,0, 𝑘𝑐,0 = ∑ 𝑎𝑐,𝑝𝑝 , (3) where 𝑎1 is a positive constant, and the economic complexity of the sector is proportional to the average level of economic complexity of the regions in which this sector has a strong economic structure: 𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑝 = 𝑎2 ∑ 𝑟𝑝,𝑐 ∗ 𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑐𝑐 , 𝑟𝑝,𝑐 ∗ = 𝑎𝑐,𝑝/𝑘𝑝,0, 𝑘𝑝,0 = ∑ 𝑎𝑐,𝑝𝑐 , (4) where 𝑎2 is a positive constant. if we denote 𝑐 = (𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑐1 , 𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑐2 , ⋯ ) 𝑇 as a column vector of economic complexity values for regions; 𝑝 = (𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑝1 , 𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑝2 , ⋯ ) 𝑇 as a column vector of economic complexity values for sectors; 𝑅1 = (𝑟𝑐,𝑝), 𝑅2 = (𝑟𝑝,𝑐 ∗ ) as weight matrices, the economic complexity of the region is determined as the eigenvector of 𝑅1𝑅2 matrix and the economic complexity of the sector is the eigenvector of 𝑅2𝑅1 matrix [43]. thus, matrix = (𝑎𝑐,𝑝) makes it possible to calculate the characteristics of the level of the region’s economy diversification, identifying strong sectors whose products the region produces at the level of revealed comparative advantages. in this research, matrix = (𝑎𝑐,𝑝), containing data on strong economic sectors, is constructed on the basis of tax revenue data for 85 sectors in 85 regions of russia for 2021*, and constants in equations 3 and 4 are equal 𝑎1= 1.9305; 𝑎2= 1.9756, respectively [44]. the following constituent entities of the russian federation are considered as regions for which initial data are generated and the problem of choosing priority directions for economic diversification is solved: the udmurt republic, the republic of mordovia, the kaliningrad region, and the trans-baikal territory†. 3. results and discussion the calculation results for assessing possible areas for diversifying the economy of the analyzed regions are presented in tables 1-8. table 1 presents the results of calculating the identified strong sectors of the economy of the udmurt republic with the indicator of revealed comparative advantages 𝑅𝐶𝐴𝑐𝑝 > 1. table 2 shows the economic sectors of the udmurt republic with intermediate values of the indicator of revealed comparative advantages 0.5 < 𝑅𝐶𝐴𝑐𝑝 < 1. in tables 1 and 2, the first column reflects the industry line code, in accordance with form nom 010122, the second column presents the assessment of the economic complexity of the industry (ecip), and the third column contains decoding of the industry. in table 2, the fourth column reflects the assessment of the indicator of the revealed comparative advantage 𝑅𝐶𝐴𝑐𝑝. similar results for the economy of the republic of mordovia are presented in tables 3 and 4; for the kaliningrad region in tables 5 and 6; and for the trans-baikal territory in tables 7 and 8. the research results can become the basis for choosing priority industries in the regional economy (within the framework of the second strategy [34] – modernization of intermediate opportunities) for their development to the level of strong industries through program-target incentives of regional economy diversification. let us consider in more detail the results obtained for the constituent entities of the russian federation selected in this study: the udmurt republic, the republic of mordovia, the kaliningrad region, and the trans-baikal territory. * at the time of this scientific research, (2022), these were available tax revenue data for various sectors of the regional economy. † the choice of these regions of russia was initiated by the customer, in whose interests the research was conducted: the kaliningrad region is a western subject of the russian federation; the trans-baikal territory is a region from the eastern part of russia; and the udmurt republic and the republic of mordovia are regions of the volga (privolzhsky) federal district in the central part of russia. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 658 3.1. the udmurt republic the results of calculating the indicators of revealed comparative advantages and economic complexity of industries in the udmurt republic (tables 1 and 2) made it possible to identify strong industries (rca>1) and industries with intermediate levels of revealed comparative advantages (0.5 < rca <1) in the descending order of rca values. table 1. strong industries in the udmurt republic with rca>1 in 2021 line code 𝑬𝑪𝑰𝒑 (non-standardized) industry 1025 -0.0327 mixed farming 1036 -0.0724 mining and quarrying 1050 -0.2840 extraction of crude petroleum and natural gas 1055 -0.3892 extraction of crude petroleum and associated petroleum gas 1084 -0.3560 mining support service activities 1100 0.0345 manufacture of dairy products 1110 0.0218 manufacture of beverages 1125 0.0740 manufacture of wearing apparel 1130 -0.0078 from line 1129: dressing and dyeing of fur 1133 0.0056 manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, except furniture, manufacture of articles of straw and plaiting materials 1177 0.0290 manufacture of basic metals and fabricated metal products, except machinery and equipment 1190 -0.1120 manufacture of basic precious and other non-ferrous metals 1211 0.0038 manufacture of computer, electronic, and optical products 1220 -0.0042 manufacture of electrical equipment 1227 0.0140 manufacture of machinery and equipment n.e.c. 1257 0.0268 manufacture of gas and distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 1261 0.0168 water collection, treatment, and supply table 2. industries in the udmurt republic with intermediate rca (0.5<rca<1) in 2021 line code 𝑬𝑪𝑰𝒑 (non-standardized) industry rca 1020 0.0460 crop and animal production, hunting, and related service activities 0.930 1233 0.0124 manufacture of motor vehicles, trailers, and semi-trailers 0.910 1201 0.0620 casting of iron 0.830 1263 0.0140 waste collection, treatment, and disposal activities, materials recovery, remediation activities, and other waste management services 0.820 1087 0.0380 manufacturing 0.780 1200 0.0350 casting of metals 0.770 1259 0.0160 water supply, sewerage, waste management, and remediation activities 0.769 1015 0.0380 agriculture, forestry, hunting, and fishing 0.740 1327 -0.0820 freight transport by road and removal services 0.675 1258 0.0120 steam and air conditioning supply 0.632 1090 0.0460 manufacture of food products 0.613 1178 0.0310 manufacture of basic metals 0.608 1095 0.0470 processing and preservation of meat and production of meat products 0.570 1321 -0.0780 land transport and transport via pipelines 0.531 the calculation results show that in the udmurt republic, according to tax revenue data for 2021, presented in table 2, 14 economic sectors with an intermediate level (0.5<rca<1) of revealed comparative advantages are recommended as possible diversification areas for their development up to the level of strong industries through programtarget incentives. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 659 it should be noted that, as shown in the second column of table 1, the assessments of the economic complexity indicator for 17 strong economic sectors of the udmurt republic are low, which ultimately affects the low value of economic complexity assessment of this region of russia: 𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑐 = 0.0860. table 2 shows that the assessments of the economic complexity indicator for 14 economic sectors of the udmurt republic with an intermediate level of the indicator of revealed comparative advantage are much higher than the assessment of the economic complexity of strong industries; therefore, their development to the level of strong industries through program-target incentives will significantly increase the economic complexity of this region. 3.2. the republic of mordovia the results of calculating the revealed comparative advantages and economic complexity of industries in the republic of mordovia (tables 3 and 4), made it possible to identify strong industries (rca>1) and industries with intermediate levels of revealed comparative advantages (0.5<rca<1) in the descending order of rca values. table 3. strong industries in the republic of mordovia with rca>1 in 2021 line code 𝑬𝑪𝑰𝒑 (non-standardized) industry 1015 0.0276 agriculture, forestry, hunting, and fishing 1020 0.0420 crop and animal production, hunting, and related service activities 1025 -0.0327 mixed farming 1087 0.0540 manufacturing 1090 0.0460 manufacture of food products 1100 0.0345 manufacture of dairy products 1105 0.0480 manufacture of sugar 1110 0.0230 manufacture of beverages 1133 0.0050 manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, except furniture, manufacture of articles of straw and plaiting materials 1162 0.0520 manufacture of basic pharmaceutical products and preparations 1165 0.0530 manufacture of rubber and plastic products 1168 0.0330 manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products 1177 0.0290 manufacture of basic metals and fabricated metal products, except machinery and equipment 1178 0.0560 manufacture of basic metals 1190 -0.1120 manufacture of basic precious and other non-ferrous metals 1200 0.0360 casting of metals 1211 0.0960 manufacture of computer, electronic, and optical products 1220 -0.0040 manufacture of electrical equipment 1259 0.0110 water supply, sewerage, waste management, and remediation activities 1261 0.0168 water collection, treatment, and supply 1263 0.0140 waste collection, treatment, and disposal activities, materials recovery, remediation activities, and other waste management services 1270 0.0090 construction 1295 0.0070 wholesale and retail trade and repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 1301 -0.0270 wholesale trade, except for motor vehicles and motorcycles 1320 -0.0840 transportation and storage 1321 -0.0780 land transport and transport via pipelines 1327 -0.0820 freight transport by road and removal services 1328 -0.1200 transport via a pipeline hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 660 table 4. industries in the republic of mordovia with intermediate rca (0.5<rca<1) in 2021 line code 𝑬𝑪𝑰𝒑 (non-standardized) industry rca 1326 -0.1135 taxi operation. this class also includes: – other renting of private cars with driver 0.911 1243 -0.0200 other manufacturing 0.871 1355 0.0030 hotels and similar accommodation 0.851 1256 0.0340 electric power generation, transmission, and distribution 0.850 1345 -0.0010 postal and courier activities 0.840 1255 0.0340 electricity, gas, steam, and air conditioning supply 0.771 1340 -0.0250 warehousing and support activities for transportation 0.756 1258 0.0120 steam and air conditioning supply 0.722 1373 -0.0560 telecommunications 0.627 1350 0.0060 accommodation and food service activities 0.622 1185 0.0460 manufacture of other products for the first processing of steel 0.557 1233 0.0140 manufacture of motor vehicles, trailers, and semi-trailers 0.527 1227 -0.0020 manufacture of machinery and equipment n.e.c. 0.519 1155 -0.0120 manufacture of chemicals and chemical products 0.514 the calculation results, recorded in table 4, show that in the republic of mordovia, according to tax revenue data for 2021, 14 economic sectors with an intermediate level (0.5<rca<1) of revealed comparative advantages are recommended as possible diversification areas for their development up to the level of strong industries through the use of program-target mechanisms for providing funds. it should be noted that, as shown in the second column of table 3, the assessments of the economic complexity indicator for 28 strong economic sectors of the republic of mordovia are rather high, which ultimately impacts the high value of economic complexity assessment of this region of russia: 𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑐 = 0.0510. table 4 shows that the assessments of the economic complexity indicator for 14 economic sectors of the republic of mordovia with an intermediate level of the revealed comparative advantage indicator are lower than the assessment of the economic complexity of strong industries; therefore, their development to the level of strong industries through program-target incentives will insignificantly increase the economic complexity of this region. 3.3. the kaliningrad region the results of calculating revealed comparative advantages and economic complexity of industries in the economy of the kaliningrad region (tables 5 and 6) made it possible to identify strong industries (rca>1) and industries with intermediate levels of revealed comparative advantages (0.5<rca<1) in the descending order of rca values. table 5. industries in the kaliningrad region with intermediate rca (0.5<rca<1) in 2021 line code 𝑬𝑪𝑰𝒑 (non-standardized) industry rca 1259 0.0110 water supply, sewerage, waste management, and remediation activities 0.972 1178 0.0460 manufacture of basic metals 0.918 1255 0.0340 electricity, gas, steam, and air conditioning supply 0.769 1256 0.0340 electric power generation, transmission, and distribution 0.652 1182 0.0870 manufacture of tubes, pipes, hollow profiles, and related fittings of steel 0.621 1327 -0.0820 freight transport by road and removal services 0.538 1263 0.0150 waste collection, treatment, and disposal activities, materials recovery, remediation activities, and other waste management services 0.520 1168 0.0690 manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products 0.511 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 661 table 6. strong industries in the kaliningrad region with rca>1 in 2021 line code 𝑬𝑪𝑰𝒑 (non-standardized) industry 1015 0.0276 agriculture, forestry, hunting, and fishing 1033 0.0140 fishing and aquaculture 1081 -0.0840 other mining and quarrying 1090 0.0460 manufacture of food products 1095 0.0510 processing and preservation of meat and production of meat products 1100 0.0345 manufacture of dairy products 1105 0.0480 manufacture of sugar 1120 0.0710 manufacture of textiles 1125 0.0810 manufacture of wearing apparel 1129 -0.0050 manufacture of leather and related products 1130 -0.0060 dressing and dyeing of the fur 1140 0.0610 printing and reproduction of the recorded media 1165 0.0520 manufacture of rubber and plastic products 1211 0.0960 manufacture of computer, electronic, and optical products 1233 0.0350 manufacture of motor vehicles, trailers, and semi-trailers 1237 0.0270 manufacture of other transport equipment 1238 0.1400 building of ships and boats 1243 0.0790 other manufacturing 1257 0.0280 manufacture of gas and distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 1258 0.0240 steam and air conditioning supply 1261 0.0180 water collection, treatment, and supply 1270 0.0070 construction 1295 -0.0840 wholesale and retail trade and repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 1301 -0.0270 wholesale trade, except for motor vehicles and motorcycles 1320 -0.0840 transportation and storage 1321 -0.0780 land transport and transport via pipelines 1326 -0.0680 taxi operation. this class also includes: – other renting of private cars with driver 1350 0.0040 accommodation and food service activities 1364 0.0230 publishing activities 1373 -0.0720 telecommunications 1388 -0.0170 insurance, reinsurance, and pension funding, except compulsory social security the calculation results, presented in table 5, show that in the kaliningrad region, according to tax revenue data for 2021, 8 economic sectors with an intermediate level (0.5<rca<1) of revealed comparative advantages are recommended as possible diversification areas for their development up to the level of strong industries through the use of program-target incentives. as shown in table 6, the assessments of the economic complexity for 31 strong economic sectors of the kaliningrad region are high, which ultimately impacts the high value of economic complexity assessment of this region of russia: 𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑐 = 0.0190. table 5 shows that the assessments of the economic complexity for 8 economic sectors of the kaliningrad region with an intermediate level of the revealed comparative advantage are higher than the assessment of the economic complexity of strong industries; therefore, their development to the level of strong industries through program-target incentives will increase the economic complexity of this region. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 662 3.4. the trans-baikal territory based on the use of tax revenue data by sectors over 2021, the results of calculating revealed comparative advantages and economic complexity of industries in the trans-baikal territory (tables 7 and 8) made it possible to identify strong industries (rca>1) and industries with intermediate levels of revealed comparative advantages (0.5<rca<1) in the descending order of rca values. table 7. strong industries in the trans-baikal territory with rca>1 in 2021 line code 𝑬𝑪𝑰𝒑 (non-standardized) industry 1025 -0.0327 mixed farming 1045 -0.1160 mining of coal and lignite 1047 -0.1770 mining of lignite. this class includes washing, dehydrating, pulverizing, and compressing of lignite to improve quality 1065. -0.1810 mining of metal ores 1080 -0.2240 mining of non-ferrous metal ores 1081. -0.0840 other mining and quarrying 1084 -0.3200 mining support service activities 1095 0.0510 processing and preservation of meat and production of meat products 1100 0.0345 manufacture of dairy products 1105 0.0620 manufacture of sugar 1162 0.1200 manufacture of basic pharmaceutical products and preparations 1243 0.1080 other manufacturing 1255 0.0320 electricity, gas, steam, and air conditioning supply 1256 0.0280 electric power generation, transmission, and distribution 1258 0.0240 steam and air conditioning supply 1259 0.0110 water supply, sewerage, waste management, and remediation activities 1261 0.0180 water collection, treatment, and supply 1270 0.0100 construction 1320 -0.0030 transportation and storage 1321 -0.0780 land transport and transport via pipelines 1326 -0.0020 taxi operation. this class also includes: – other renting of private cars with driver 1327 -0.0820 freight transport by road and removal services 1350 0.0060 accommodation and food service activities 1355 0.0030 hotels and similar accommodation 1364 0.0040 publishing activities 1373 0.0240 telecommunications table 8. industries in the trans-baikal territory with intermediate rca (0.5<rca<1) in 2021 line code 𝑬𝑪𝑰𝒑 (non-standardized) industry rca 1295 -0.0840 wholesale and retail trade and repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 0.965 1345 -0.0010 postal and courier activities 0.669 1301 -0.0270 wholesale trade, except for motor vehicles and motorcycles 0.601 1015 0.0276 agriculture, forestry, hunting, and fishing 0.563 based on the calculation results (table 8), according to tax revenue data for 2021, four economic sectors with an intermediate level (0.5<rca<1) of revealed comparative advantages are recommended as possible diversification areas in the trans-baikal territory for their development up to the level of strong industries through the use of program-target mechanisms for providing funds. it should be noted that, as shown in table 7, the economic complexity assessments for 26 strong economic sectors of the trans-baikal territory are low, which ultimately affects the low value of the economic complexity assessment of this russian region: 𝐸𝐶𝐼𝑐 = 0.1910. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 663 table 8 shows that the economic complexity assessments for 4 economic sectors of the trans-baikal territory with an intermediate level of the revealed comparative advantage are higher than the economic complexity assessment of strong industries; therefore, their development to the level of strong industries through program-target incentives will increase the economic complexity of this region. thus, the results obtained for the regions of the russian federation (the udmurt republic, republic of mordovia, kaliningrad region, trans-baikal territory) using the concept of revealed comparative advantage and economic complexity assessment based on tax revenue data for 2021 provide direction and strategy for selecting priority sectors in the economy of these regions (within the framework of the second strategy [34] – modernization of intermediate capabilities) for their development to the level of strong industries through program-target stimulation of the regional economy diversification. it should be underlined once again that most similar studies use the index of economic complexity of export products from russian regions. considering that many russian regions do not participate in the export of products, in this research, to avoid some of the shortcomings of such an approach to assessing complexity based on data on the volume of product exports, the production volume of the regional economy is estimated on the basis of tax revenue data by economic sectors, as in afanasyev & kudrov [44], since they reflect the proportions of production volumes of economic sectors in value terms. this approach assumes that the number of strong sectors is considered as an assessment of the region’s economy diversification. thus, diversification is associated with the emergence of a new strong sector, and the task of setting priorities for the development of sectors to the level of strong ones is considered. 4. conclusions the obtained research results develop a methodology for approaching the selection of priority areas for regional economy diversification. application of the concept of revealed comparative advantages and an approach to assessing economic complexity using tax revenue data by economic sectors made it possible to identify in economics of the constituent entities of the russian federation (the udmurt republic, republic of mordovia, kaliningrad region, and trans-baikal territory) strong industries of these regions, for which the indicator of revealed comparative advantages rca>1, and economic sectors with intermediate levels of revealed comparative advantages (0.5<rca<1). based on the strategy for modernizing intermediate opportunities, this research considers industries with an intermediate level (0.5<rca<1) of revealed comparative advantages of sectors that are not strong in the regional economy as possible areas for diversification of the constituent entities of the russian federation under study, and the possibility is determined to facilitate their transition into the category of strong economic sectors through program-target measures to promote regional economy diversification. the following industries are recommended as possible areas for diversification through program-target mechanisms: 14 economic sectors of the udmurt republic, 14 economic sectors of the republic of mordovia, 8 economic sectors of the kaliningrad region, and 4 economic sectors of the trans-baikal territory. the novelty and methodological significance of this research lies in demonstrating the effectiveness of applying the concept of revealed comparative advantages, an approach to assessing economic complexity based on the use of tax revenue data by economic sectors, and a strategy for modernizing intermediate opportunities when choosing industries for program-target stimulation of regional economy diversification. the applied significance of the research results is determined by the possibilities of their use in solving project management problems, in particular, the application of program-target mechanisms (state programs, national projects) to support the balance of regional budgets, reduce interregional inequality, and stimulate the development of individual industries. the choice of priority areas for diversification based on methods of economic complexity and a strategy for stimulating changes in the structure of economically strong industries in the region can help improve the balance of their budgets, economic growth and sustainable development, and reduce interregional inequalities. it should be noted that in the intermediate capability upgrading strategy, not all products/industries in which a country/region may be able to gain revealed comparative advantage (rca>1) are necessarily desirable options from the income/tax revenue perspective, complexity, and reducing interregional inequalities. 4.1. limitations and future research some limitations of the approach based on the strategy of modernizing intermediate capabilities need to be regarded. although product/industry structure is a significant factor, it is not the only factor explaining income, complexity, and income inequality. other crucial factors such as institutions, demand structure, geography, technological changes, and innovation capabilities should be considered and studied in more detail. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 664 despite all the limitations, the approach considered in this work, based on government support (including through program-target mechanisms) for industries that already have intermediate levels of revealed comparative advantages (rca), in some constituent entities of the russian federation (the republic of mordovia, udmurt republic, transbaikal territory, and kaliningrad region), provides up-to-date information on structural constraints and opportunities for reasonable and inclusive diversification of the economies in these regions. since this study was conducted on the basis of tax revenue data from the budgets of constituent entities of the russian federation for 2021, further research will consider data on norm 010123 and norm 010124 forms for 2022 and 2023 to analyze the dynamics of changes in revealed comparative advantages of the regions for the period of 2021-2023. in addition, further research is required to study areas for diversifying the economy of the constituent entities of the russian federation, the production structure of which is highly dependent on raw commodities and producers, related to the identification of structural opportunities for reasonable and inclusive growth. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.k.k. and o.s.g.; methodology, a.k.k.; software, a.k.k.; validation, v.v.p., m.l.v., and a.i.m.; formal analysis, v.v.p.; investigation, o.s.g. and m.l.v.; resources, e.v.m.; data curation, m.l.s.; writing— original draft preparation, a.k.k., v.v.p., and e.v.m.; writing—review and editing, o.s.g. and m.l.s.; visualization, a.i.m.; supervision, m.l.v.; project administration, v.v.p.; funding acquisition, v.v.p. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding this article was prepared based on the results of research conducted at the expense of budget funds under the state assignment of the financial university under the government of the russian federation. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] rigby, d. l., roesler, c., kogler, d., boschma, r., & balland, p. a. (2022). do eu regions benefit from smart specialisation principles? regional studies, 56(12), 2058–2073. doi:10.1080/00343404.2022.2032628. [2] hidalgo, c. a., winger, b., barabási, a. l., & hausmann, r. (2007). the product space conditions the development of nations. science, 317(5837), 482–487. doi:10.1126/science.1144581. [3] saviotti, p. p., & frenken, k. (2008). export variety and the economic performance of countries. journal of evolutionary economics, 18(2), 201–218. doi:10.1007/s00191-007-0081-5. [4] hidalgo, c. a., & hausmann, r. (2009). the building blocks of economic complexity. proceedings of the national academy of sciences of the united states of america, 106(26), 10570–10575. doi:10.1073/pnas.0900943106. [5] hausmann, r., hidalgo, c. a., bustos, s., coscia, m., simoes, a., & yildirim, m. a. (2014). the atlas of economic complexity. in the atlas of economic complexity. the mit press. doi:10.7551/mitpress/9647.001.0001. [6] cristelli, m., tacchella, a., & pietronero, l. (2015). the heterogeneous dynamics of economic complexity. plos one, 10(2), 117174. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0117174. [7] hartmann, d., jara-figueroa, c., guevara, m., simoes, a., & hidalgo, c. a. (2017). the structural constraints of income inequality in latin america. integration & trade journal, 40, 70–85. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1701.03770. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 665 [8] hartmann, d., guevara, m. r., jara-figueroa, c., aristarán, m., & hidalgo, c. a. (2017). linking economic complexity, institutions, and income inequality. world development, 93, 75–93. doi:10.1016/j.worlddev.2016.12.020. [9] hidalgo, c., & hartmann, d. (2017). economic complexity, institutions and income inequality. debate the issues: complexity and policy making, oecd publishing, 1-3. doi:10.1787/9789264271531-en. [10] gala, p., camargo, j., & freitas, e. (2018). the economic commission for latin america and the caribbean (eclac) was right: scale-free complex networks and core-periphery patterns in world trade. cambridge journal of economics, 42(3), 633– 651. doi:10.1093/cje/bex057. [11] gala, p., camargo, j., magacho, g., & rocha, i. (2018). sophisticated jobs matter for economic complexity: an empirical analysis based on input-output matrices and employment data. structural change and economic dynamics, 45, 1–8. doi:10.1016/j.strueco.2017.11.005. [12] pinheiro, f. l., alshamsi, a., hartmann, d., boschma, r., & hidalgo, c. a. (2018). shooting high or low: do countries benefit from entering unrelated activities? doi:10.48550/arxiv.1801.05352. [13] blokhin a.a., & likhachev a.a. (2022). the impact of institutional factors on economic dynamics in the regions. economic and social changes: facts, trends, forecast, 15, 60–73. doi:10.15838/esc.2022.4.82.4. [14] hartmann, d. (2014) economic complexity and human development: how economic diversification and social networks affect human agency and welfare. routledge, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9780203722084. [15] blokhin, a. a., golovan’, m. v., & gridin, r. v. (2023). the contribution of large, medium and small companies to industry dynamics. studies on russian economic development, 34(1), 51–58. doi:10.1134/s1075700723010033. [16] hidalgo, c. a., balland, p. a., boschma, r., delgado, m., feldman, m., frenken, k., glaeser, e., he, c., kogler, d. f., morrison, a., neffke, f., rigby, d., stern, s., zheng, s., & zhu, s. (2018). the principle of relatedness. springer proceedings in complexity, 0, 451–457. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-96661-8_46. [17] rodrik, d. (2004). industrial policy for the twenty-first century. harvard university, cambridge, united states. available online: https://drodrik.scholar.harvard.edu/files/dani-rodrik/files/industrial-policy-twenty-first-century.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [18] anureev, s. v. comparative analysis of budget-tax relations in the oil industry of the usa, canada, great britain and russia. eco journal, 5, 140–161. [19] solyannikova, s. p. (2021). appropriate budgetary policy for a changing economy. the world of new economy, 15(2), 6–15. doi:10.26794/2220-6469-2021-15-2-6-15. [20] hausmann, r., & rodrik, d. (2003). economic development as self-discovery. journal of development economics, 72(2), 603– 633. doi:10.1016/s0304-3878(03)00124-x. [21] afanasiev, m. (2022). new guidelines for choosing priority areas of economic diversification based on a system of situational centers. economics and the mathematical methods, 58(4), 29. doi:10.31857/s042473880023017-7. [22] ali, s. s., & kaur, r. (2021). effectiveness of corporate social responsibility (csr) in implementation of social sustainability in warehousing of developing countries: a hybrid approach. journal of cleaner production, 324, 129154. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2021.129154. [23] rivera, b., leon, m., cornejo, g., & florez, h. (2023). analysis of the effect of human capital, institutionality and globalization on economic complexity: comparison between latin america and countries with greater economic diversification. economies, 11(8), 204. doi:10.3390/economies11080204. [24] hidalgo, c. a. (2023). the policy implications of economic complexity. research policy, 52(9), 104863. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2023.104863. [25] hausmann, r., hwang, j., & rodrik, d. (2011). what you export matters. ssrn electronic journal, ksg working paper no. rwp05-063. doi:10.2139/ssrn.896243. [26] afanasyev, m. y., & kudrov, a. v. (2020). estimates of economic complexity in the structure of the regional economy. montenegrin journal of economics, 16(4), 43–53. doi:10.14254/1800-5845/2020.16-4.4. [27] hartmann, d., zagato, l., gala, p., & pinheiro, f. l. (2021). why did some countries catch-up, while others got stuck in the middle? stages of productive sophistication and smart industrial policies. structural change and economic dynamics, 58, 1–13. doi:10.1016/j.strueco.2021.04.007. [28] stojkoski, v., koch, p., & hidalgo, c. a. (2023). multidimensional economic complexity and inclusive green growth. communications earth and environment, 4(1), 130. doi:10.1038/s43247-023-00770-0. [29] kudrov, a. v., & afanasiev, m. y. (2021). forecast of new strong sectors in the region’s economy. in multivariate statistical analysis, econometrics and simulation of real processes, 69–73. doi:10.33276/978-5-8211-0797-8-69-73. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264271531-en https://drodrik.scholar.harvard.edu/files/dani-rodrik/files/industrial-policy-twenty-first-century.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 666 [30] grebennikov, v. (2019). budgetary self-sufficiency as a problem of the governmental programming of regional development. economics and the mathematical methods, 55(4), 68. doi:10.31857/s042473880006774-0. [31] grebennikov, v. (2021). intergovernmental relations as a problem of program budgeting. economics and the mathematical methods, 57(4), 40. doi:10.31857/s042473880017515-5. [32] abdrassilov, a., orynbassarova, y., & tvaronaviciene, m. (2023). exploring environmental factors for the sports clusters development. journal of environmental management & tourism, 14(3), 799-810. doi:10.14505/jemt.v14.3(67).19. [33] karaev, a. k., gorlova, o. s., ponkratov, v. v., vasyunina, m. l., masterov, a. i., & sedova, m. l. (2023). program-target mechanisms to ensure the fiscal balance of the federal constituent. emerging science journal, 7(5), 1517–1533. doi:10.28991/esj-2023-07-05-05. [34] hartmann, d., bezerra, m., & pinheiro, f. l. (2019). identifying smart strategies for economic diversification and inclusive growth in developing economies. the case of paraguay. in ssrn electronic journal, 1-40. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3346790. [35] sen, a. (1999). the possibility of social choice. american economic review, 89(3), 349–378. doi:10.1257/aer.89.3.349. [36] bjorn, j., edquist, c., lundvall, b. (2003). economic development and the national system of innovation approach. in proceedings of the innovation systems and development strategies for the third millenium, rio de janeiro, brazil, 2–6 november 2003. [37] lundvall, b. å., joseph, k. j., & chaminade, c. (2009). handbook of innovation systems and developing countries: building domestic capabilities in a global setting. handbook of innovation systems and developing countries: building domestic capabilities in a global setting. edward elgar publishing, cheltenham, united kingdom. [38] ranis, g., stewart, f., & ramirez, a. (2000). economic growth and human development. world development, 28(2), 197–219. doi:10.1016/s0305-750x(99)00131-x. [39] amsden, a. h. (2010). say’s law, poverty persistence, and employment neglect. journal of human development and capabilities, 11(1), 57–66. doi:10.1080/19452820903481434. [40] hartmann, d., & buchmann, t. (2016). the comparative technological advantages and international patent network of turkey and germany. in international innovation networks and knowledge migration: the german-turkish nexus, routledge, 225– 245. doi:10.4324/9781315691077. [41] pyka, a., kuştepeli, y., & hartmann, d. (2016). international innovation networks and knowledge migration: the germanturkish nexus. in international innovation networks and knowledge migration: the german-turkish nexus, routledge, london, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9781315691077. [42] bahar, d., & rapoport, h. (2021). migration, knowledge diffusion and the comparative advantage of nations. ssrn electronic journal, iza discussion paper no. 9788, 1-67. doi:10.2139/ssrn.2750271. [43] balassa, b. (1965). trade liberalisation and “revealed” comparative advantage. the manchester school, 33(2), 99–123. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9957.1965.tb00050.x. [44] afanasyev, m., & kudrov, a.v. (2021). economic complexity and embedding of regional economies’ structures. economics and the mathematical methods, 57(3), 67. doi:10.31857/s042473880016410-0. [45] afanasyev, m.yu., & gusev, a.a. (2022). approximation of estimates of economic complexity when choosing priority areas for diversification. digital economy, 1, 52–59. [46] federal tax service of russia (2023). tax revenue data. form 1nom 010122. accrual and receipt of taxes, fees and insurance contributions to the budget system of the russian federation for the main types of economic activity, russia. available online: https://www.nalog.gov.ru/rn77/related_activities/statistics_and_analytics/forms/8826515/ (accessed on may 2023). [47] lyubimov, i. l., gvozdeva, m. a., kazakova, m. v., & nesterova, k. v. (2017). economic complexity of russian regions and their potential to diversify. journal of the new economic association, 2(34), 94–122. doi:10.31737/2221-2264-2017-34-2-4. https://www.nalog.gov.ru/rn77/related_activities/statistics_and_analytics/forms/8826515/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 489 issn: 2723-9535 evaluating household consumption patterns: comparative analysis using ordinary least squares and random forest regression models en lee 1, thian song ong 1* , yvonne lee 2 1 faculty of information science and technology, multimedia university, 75450 melaka, malaysia. 2 faculty of management, multimedia university, persiaran multimedia, 63100 cyberjaya, malaysia. received 24 january 2024; revised 19 may 2024; accepted 24 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract this research aims to decompose the contribution of socioeconomic factors towards household consumption expenditure using a regression approach, with log per capita expenditure as the dependent variable. our study stands out as the first to utilise shap analysis and machine learning models to analyse household consumption expenditure. we select both ols (linear) and random forest (nonlinear) models to compare how they estimate consumption expenditure differently. both models explain about 85% of the variation in log per capita expenditure. the shap analysis reveals the nonlinear relationships inside the random forest model. several insightful findings were suggested that can be integrated into current policy-making. the results are as follows: (1) both models agree that income, household size, and educational level are major factors in the purchasing power of household heads. (2) the random forest model demonstrated a nonlinear contribution of age and household size towards log per capita expenditure, contrasting with previous studies that treated them as linear. (3) household heads with a higher income and educational level tend to spend more. (4) current policy should consider focusing on households with larger sizes and lower incomes, who tend to spend more despite earning less, primarily by assisting them with non-cash transfers and subsidies. keywords: household consumption; machine learning; linear regression; random forest; shapley value. 1. introduction for many years, poverty, as commonly measured by income, has been at the forefront of social and economic policy debates [1, 2]. absolute poverty describes a situation where households or individuals are unable to meet minimum levels of standard of living in terms of income, food, health care, shelter, and other needs [3]. as a nation aspiring to achieve high-income status, the malaysian government has introduced a series of initiatives to overcome the nation’s poverty issues, from the new economic policy (nep) in the 1970s to the present twelfth malaysia plan. the earliest and most universally recognised method for measuring poverty is poverty line income (pli) [3]. it is a basic threshold to determine whether a household has adequate means for survival. by summing the two pli indicators, food and nonfood, households with a total income less than the combined pli are considered to be in poverty, while households with a total income less than the food pli are known as households in absolute poverty. in 2019, the malaysian government adjusted the pli threshold to rm2208, compared to only rm980 in 2005. however, although the 2019 pli methodology * corresponding author: tsong@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-019 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5867-9517 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8584-256x hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 490 includes a household’s food and non-food consumption in measuring poverty, it is just too narrow to reflect the complexity of households living in poverty [4]. a holistic poverty measurement methodology that covers different socioeconomic indicators must be considered for economic policy planning, such as the multidimensional poverty index (mpi), which utilises three dimensions: health, education, and standard of living [5]. rahman et al. (2021) [6] proposed an improved malaysia mpi framework to enhance the poverty indicator’s predictive powers with indicators for three dimensions, namely education, living standards, and employment. the indicators are literacy, education level, sanitation, housing, access to television services, and assets owned. the current approaches used in malaysia focus on using household income to define what constitutes a poor household in malaysia. simply relying on income data is neither sufficient nor accurate, especially with the increase in malaysian household debt levels [7]. income alone may not be enough to track poor households, especially the urban poor. various factors must be considered in constructing an accurate household poverty classification method. one of the limitations of the income-based approach is the varying cost of living across states and regions. besides that, income variations due to age and life stage can have an impact on the accuracy of poverty estimates. for instance, a retired couple with little or no income but substantial savings or assets may have a higher standard of living than a younger household with more income but less savings or assets. furthermore, income data may fail to account for differences in the cost of living across strata, for example, the rural-urban gap. recent trends show that consumption or expenditure patterns could be a good indicator for measuring poverty. household consumption expenditure, which includes spending on necessities such as food, education, and health, can help infer the level of deprivation based on the type and quantity of consumption expenditure. analysing the proportion of household consumption expenditure on basic needs such as food can tell whether the household faced deprivation or otherwise. bhanoji rao (1981) [8] mentioned that calculating the deprivation point from annual expenditure can measure incidences of deprivation and thus construct the poverty line. besides that, kumar et al. (2009) [9] investigated the deprivation of food in india by looking at expenditures on cereal to understand whether the trend was declining or increasing before and during the india reform period to determine household poverty status. recently, empirical literature has begun to employ machine learning for analysing the factors that influence household income and expenditure [10–13]. herrera et al. (2023) [10] utilised the traditional linear regression model as well as other machine learning regression models such as elastic net, xgboost, and neural network to investigate the correlation between household socioeconomic and ict characteristics and household income. it is important to mention that although elastic net is part of the machine learning field, it is a linear model. the findings indicate a correlation between educational attainment and the use of information and communication technologies (icts). higher educational levels and an older average age of household members are associated with higher incomes. among the 4 models, xgboost and the neural network outperforms the rest in terms of accuracy. the authors emphasised the superiority of the two nonlinear machine learning models due to their ability to uncover nonlinear relationships between variables, which are often masked by the linear-based regression model. this can be verified by the shap summary plot inside the study, as the xgboost and neural network models treated the education level (the top-ranked variable in all the proposed models) as an exponential function, while the linear and elastic net models assumed a linear relationship between the educational level and income. overall, this study shows that individuals with higher levels of education tend to perform a broader range of complex tasks online and are more likely to gain more income. the finding further emphasises the role of education in driving socioeconomic outcomes. hwang et al. (2022) [11] proposed deep learning clustering and logistic regression models to analyse the heterogeneity in about 50,000 households in korea. a clustering model was first constructed to examine the financial heterogeneity of households in 8 clusters. the primary factor for a household to fall into wealthy clusters is their assets in real estate, followed by loans obtained for real-estate investments. later, demographical analysis was done by building a logistic regression model with household demographic variables (age, educational level, income level, and household size). generally speaking, across the clusters, household heads with a higher age, better education, and higher income live in the wealthy clusters, and vice versa. moreover, the authors also investigated the probability of certain households climbing from poor clusters to wealthy clusters from year 2017-2020. unfortunately, those living in poor clusters are more likely to move within the four poor clusters only. chowdhury et al. (2023) [12] investigated the impact of brac's ultra-poor graduation (upg) model on the participant’s wealth and expenditure level using honest causal forest (hcf), one of the recent tree-based machine learning algorithms. the upg model offered participants both consumption expenditure supports or a grant of productive assets with technical skills training. findings show that the upg programme led to significant gains by participants in either wealth accumulation or consumption gain only. the affected households with a higher gain in asset outcome are generally older, more dependent on wage income, and had less self-employment income at the baseline, while participants experiencing consumption gains that led to increased expenditures are younger and earned higher income from self-employment activities. zeng & chen (2022) [13] studied the urban-rural integration types in china and their changes within a ten-year period from 1990 to 2020 using partitioning around medoids (pam), a clustering-based machine learning model. clustering hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 491 was first done, and the authors concluded that the rural-urban transition should be represented in 4 clusters (high-level urban-rural integration, urban-rural integration in transition, early urban-rural integration in the backward stage, and low-level urban-rural integration). overall, results suggest that urbanisation lifts up economic growth. the most important finding can be seen in cluster 1. it is the highest urbanisation rate cluster, and the income, expenditure, housing areas, and educational level gaps are the lowest among all, implying negative relationships (the higher the urbanisation, the lower the gaps). although the importance of using consumption expenditure or income data for poverty analysis is recognised globally, research focusing on measuring poverty through consumption expenditure, especially in malaysia, is still limited. to the best of the authors knowledge, the recent literature works that discuss household consumption issues with a regression approach in malaysia are as follows: ang & cheah (2023), zin & nabilah (2015), and ayyash & sek (2020) [14–16]. ang & cheah (2023) [14] discussed the consumption inequality issue among different income groups in terms of consumption of pharmaceutical goods only. although the study highlighted disparities in expenditure in this industry, the broader scope of the consequences of household sociodemographic characteristics on other expenditure types remains unknown. on the other hand, zin & nabilah (2015) [15] conducted linear and quantile regression to identify the factors that contribute to household expenditure across urban and rural areas, but only considered three quantiles (three expenditure levels). moreover, the authors only ranked the determinants without showing their coefficients; the degree of the determinants’ impacts remains unknown. ayyash & sek (2020) [16] proposed fields’ regression approach to decompose consumption inequality based on household demographical variables. however, the proposed regression model assumes linearity, which might not hold for certain important variables such as the age of the household head. given this research constraint, the purpose of this study is to investigate the regression analysis of consumption patterns using a machine learning approach. we suggest using random forest because of its broad application. random forest, along with many other machine learning models, has the ability to handle data that exhibits nonlinearity. in fact, our finding shows that age has a nonlinear relationship with log per capita expenditure, contrasting with that which was identified as having a positive linear relationship [15, 16]. meanwhile, the contribution of household size towards log per capita expenditure was also found to be complex, although closely to negatively linear. these nonlinearities are discussed in detail in section 3. one may question the black box nature of the random forest model, with concerns about the lack of transparency that makes it challenging to ‘view’ the relationship among variables. to address this issue, we proposed another interpretability tool called shapley additive explanations (shap), which allows us to better understand and explain the complex relationships between variables within the random forest model. in this work, we mainly compare our result with ayyash & sek's (2020) [16] study. this study can be viewed as an extension of ayyash & sek's (2020) [16] study, as both studies use the same data source (household expenditure survey, hes), select the same target variable (per capita expenditure), and decompose the degree to which determinants contribute to household expenditure, but this study further explores the scope using machine learning model. hes is an official survey programme launched by the malaysian department of statistics (dosm) that is conducted twice every five years to collect individual information and expenditure patterns via personal interviews. ayyash & sek’s (2020) [16] study was conducted using the 2014 version of the survey, while this study uses the 2019 version, which updates the previous study’s findings in addition to introducing an expanded analytical methodology. therefore, this study would like to investigate and analyse the consumption expenditure pattern in malaysia, with the following objectives: 1) to implement and evaluate the performance of linear and random forest regression models. 2) to understand the determinants’ importance and the relationships that exist between a set of determinants and household expenditure. 3) to compare the two models based on their respective findings. the main contribution of this study can be summarised as follows: (1) to the best of the authors' knowledge, this is the first study to attempt to use machine learning model in conjunction with an explainable model to quantify and visualise the impact of household demographic factors on household expenditure in malaysia. (2) income is the most significant determinant in both models. similar to ayyash & sek's (2020) [16] result, from our proposed ordinary least squares (ols) model, household size and educational level are the next two most influential factors that determine household expenditure, followed by ethnicity and regional variables. however, findings from machine learning model surprisingly indicate that regional variables contribute to household expenditure more than educational level, while the importance of household size remains unchanged. (3) based on the shap results, variables such as age and household size are found to have nonlinear relationships towards per capita log expenditure, compared to positive linear relationships found by zin and nabilah (2015) as well as ayyash & sek (2020) [15, 16]. this suggests that when decomposing household expenditure using regression, one should consider a regression model that can handle the variables that appear to be nonlinear in nature. (4) instead of interpreting the contribution of each determinant alone, shap allows interpretation in three dimensions, providing a detailed picture of the overall relationship. moreover, conveying the results visually enhances interpretation for broader audiences, such as policymakers. the remaining parts are organised as follows: section 2 introduces the dataset and the methodology used; section 3 discusses the results of the study; and section 4 summarises the study. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 492 2. material and methods 2.1. overview in general, there are several phases in this work: data preparation, feature engineering, modelling, and the evaluation phase. at the end, shap analysis will be performed to further explain how the chosen machine learning model influences its decision to make such predictions. during the data preparation phase, samples from household and member records will go through a series of pre-processing steps before being fed into prediction models. in the feature engineering phase, per capita income and expenditure are computed and converted into natural logarithm form. next, during the modelling phase, two models will be selected, which are ols and random forest. later, in the evaluation phase, several metrics are chosen to compare and assess their performance. figure 1 exhibits the flowchart of the methodology and outlines the specific processes involved in the process, starting with data collection and concluding with model evaluation and shap analysis. 2.2. datasets this study makes use of two dataset records: household and member datasets. both datasets can work independently or be linked with a unique key index column called hid (household id) present in each dataset. hid serves as a unique identifier for every household. the information about the two datasets utilised is explained in the following section. a) household dataset the first dataset is the household dataset, which has a total of 16,354 observations, each of which represents a single household. this dataset contains ten columns. the first column, hid, represents the unique household id that uniquely identifies each row. the variables, data type, data format, and description are shown in table 1. figure 1. flowchart of the research methodology hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 493 table 1. variable in household dataset variable data type data format description hid object 28 numerical objects unique household id weight float numerical statistical adjustments that are made to household survey data no_hh int 1-21 household no saiz_hh int 1-5 total household members state int 1-16 each represents a state/territory region int 1-3 1= peninsular malaysia or 2= sabah & labuan 3 = sarawak strata int 1-2 1 = urban 2 = rural ethnic int 1-4 1 = bumiputera 2 = chinese 3 = indian 4 = others total_exp_01_12 float numerical total household expenditure for 12 expense types total_inc float numerical monthly household gross income b) member dataset this dataset contains 214,719 observations, with samples gathered at the individual level. because each person has a household id, one or more people can originate from the same household. the variable, hid, which is the same as in the household dataset, serves as the key column to merge individual-level data with the household-level dataset. among all observations, 64,160 individuals came from 16,354 different households. as a result, using the aggregation method, these 64,160 people can be combined into 16,354 households. the remaining 150,559 individuals, who represent 38,147 households, have no household-based data. table 2 lists the dataset’s variables, data type, data format, and description. table 2. variable in member dataset variable data type data format description hid object 28 numerical objects unique household id no_air int numerical household member no. relationship int 1-12 position of member in household sex int 1-2 1 = male 2 = female age int 0-98 00 = children < 1 year 01 = 1 to 97 years 98 = aged >= 98 years ethnic int 1-4 1 = bumiputera 2 = chinese 3 = indian 4 = others marital_status int 1-5 1 = never married 2 = married 3 = widow/widower 4 = divorced 5 = separated highest_certificate float 1-6 1 = no certificate 2 = pmr/srp 3 = spm/ spmv 4 = stpm 5 = diploma / certificate 6 = degree/advance diploma hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 494 act_status int 1-15 1 = employer 2 = government employee 3 = private employee 4 = own account worker 5 = unpaid family worker 6 = unemployed 7 =housewife/looking after home 8 = student 9 = government pensioner 10 = private pensioner 11 = elderly 12 = persons with disabilities 13 = child not at school 14 = infant 15 = others income_recipient int 1-2 1 = yes 2 = no occupation int 1-3 01 = manager 02 = professional 03 = technician and associate professionals 2.3. data preparation the household and member records are made up of several household and member samples with various attributes that define each household’s economic and non-economic condition. first, household and member records are merged into a dataset by using the variable hid as the key index. this joined dataset is based on the household dataset, which means it returns all household rows from the household table and matching records having the same households’ id from the member table. the remaining 38,147 households that have no household information are discarded. the merged dataset is a dataset with 64,160 rows and a total of 16,354 households inside. all records from the household dataset are retained, and then those records are matched with the same key index hid in the household dataset from the member dataset. finally, only household head rows inside the table are retained, producing a dataset with 16,354 rows. 2.4. modelling phase in this phase, two models, ols and random forest, are chosen. both models can be used to examine the relationship between household expenditure and its influencing factors. the ordinary least squares represents a linear approach to regression, while the random forest offers nonlinear modelling that can capture nonlinear and complex relationships between predictors and the dependent variable. the aim of this work is to compare the performance of random and ols models, focusing on the models’ interpretability of the nonlinearity connections and their overall accuracy scores. c) econometric model model (1) is an application of ols, which is a common econometric model used in economics. following is the linear model built for this study: 𝑙𝑜𝑔(𝑦𝑖) = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1𝑋𝑖1 + 𝛽2𝑋𝑖2 +⋯+ 𝛽𝐾𝑋𝑖𝐾 +∈𝑖 (1) where 𝑦𝑖 denotes the dependent variable (per capita expenditure), log⁡(𝑦𝑖) is the natural logarithm form, 𝑋𝑖 are independent variables, β𝑖⁡ are coefficients, β0⁡ is the intercept and ∈𝑖 ⁡is the error term. d) random forest regression this is one of the most common supervised machine learning algorithms that relies on ensemble learning to perform regression tasks. multiple decision tree models predict the outcomes independently and then average them. for each decision tree model in the random forest model, subset of sample is selected independently to train it. generally, random forest eliminates the overfitting problem due to its averaging properties. random forest can rank the feature importance by finding out their impurity decrease. the feature with the highest impurity decrease is the most significant feature. the equation of mean decreases the impurity measure as follows: 𝑖𝑚𝑝(𝑋𝑚) = 1 𝑁𝑇 ⁡∑ ⁡∑ 𝑝(𝑡)𝛥𝑖(𝑠𝑡𝑡𝜖𝑇:⁡𝜐(𝑠𝑡)=𝑋𝑚𝑇 , 𝑡) (2) where 𝑋𝑚⁡represents a variable, 𝑝(𝑡) is the proportion of 𝑁𝑇/𝑁 of samples reaching 𝑡 and 𝜐(𝑠𝑡)⁡is the variable that was used when making a split, and 𝑝(𝑡)δi(𝑠𝑡 , 𝑡) is the total weighted impurity decrease for all nodes 𝑡⁡when considering the 𝑋𝑚 variable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 495 2.5. experiment setup the dataset is initially divided into a training set and a testing set in a 4:1 ratio. this means that 80% of the data is used to train the model, with the remaining 20% used to test it. the performance of trained model will be evaluated based on the coefficient of determination or more commonly, r-squared (𝑅2). it measures the total explainable variance of predicted dependent variable from determinants. the formula of 𝑅2 is as follows: 𝑅2 = 1 − 𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑒𝑠 𝑆𝑆𝑡𝑜𝑡 (3) where 𝑆𝑆𝑟𝑒𝑠 ⁡is the sum of the residuals squared, while 𝑆𝑆𝑡𝑜𝑡 is the sum of distance the sample observations are from mean squared. besides that, mean squared error (𝑀𝑆𝐸) also used to evaluate the model performance. it computes the average squared difference between the estimated value, �̂� and the true value, 𝑦. the 𝑀𝑆𝐸 can have only positive value, the closer the value to 0, the better the model performance. the 𝑀𝑆𝐸 is calculated as follows: 𝑀𝑆𝐸⁡ = 1 𝑁 ∑ (𝑦𝑖 − �̂�𝑖) 2𝑁 𝑖=1 (4) where 𝑦𝑖 is true value, and �̂�𝑖 is the predicted value. 2.6. k-means clustering approach for stratification the stratification process is done to ensure the training and testing sets have an equivalent proportion of expenditure groups. there is no such expenditure group inside the dataset; hence, clustering groups are created before performing stratification. k-means clustering is chosen to discover the clusters from these households that best represent the distribution. the k-means algorithm is an unsupervised learning method that iteratively assigns each of the observations to one of the clusters. the iteration stops when no further changes are found. the goal of k-means is to minimize the sum of sum of squared error (𝑆𝑆𝐸) between the data points inside the clusters. the formula is shown below: 𝑆𝑆𝐸⁡ = ∑ ∑ 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡(𝑜, 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑖) 2 𝑜∈𝐺𝑖 𝑘 𝑖=1 (5) where 𝑘 denoted the number of clusters, 𝑜1, … , 𝑜𝑛 denoted the data, 𝐺1, … , 𝐺𝑘 is the list of clusters, 𝑐𝑒𝑛1, … , 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑘 is the list of centroids from each cluster. if there is no fixed number of 𝑘 (cluster), the elbow method can help to determine the ideal 𝑘 value. it works by looping through different values of 𝑘, then compute and plot the average 𝑆𝑆𝐸 for corresponding 𝑘. the best 𝑘 value is found at the elbow of the plot, and the decreasing effect of averaging 𝑆𝑆𝐸 afterward is minor. silhouette is another way to find out the optimal 𝑘. in this method, silhouette score is computed to measure how closer an observation is within-cluster (cohesion) as compared to the neighbour clusters (separation). silhouette score has a range of [-1 to 1], the closer the value to 1, the tightly the observation is to the centroid, 0 means that the observation is on a boundary that could be assigned to any two neighbouring clusters. -1 means observation assigned to a wrong cluster. formula below shows the silhouette score, 𝑠 for a single observation, 𝑖. 𝑠(𝑖) = ⁡ 𝑏(𝑖)−𝑎(𝑖) 𝑚𝑎𝑥⁡{𝑎(𝑖),𝑏(𝑖)} (6) where 𝑎(𝑖) is the average distance between observation 𝑖 and all the other observations within the same cluster, 𝑏(𝑖) is the average distance from observation 𝑖 to all the other clusters. the average silhouette score is then taken from all observations and repeated for all value of 𝑘 to determine which number of 𝑘 produce the highest score. though the primary goal of this research is to predict poverty in terms of consumption expenditure, analysing the results from k-means clustering will complement our findings by explaining the strength of determinants through a supervised regression approach. to achieve this, descriptive statistics are carried out to summarise the data from clusters, assess the similarity of the variables within the clusters, and identify any obvious differences between clusters. 2.7. shapley and owen values shapley value is a game theory introduced by lloyd shapley. the idea is to fairly distribute the total gain to players of a game from the total contribution by them. in the regression field, 𝑅2 measure the overall goodness of fit. however, being able to decompose the overall 𝑅2 into individual 𝑅𝑖 2’s represented by a single determinant is also desirable. to achieve this, the shapley value is needed. it is represented by the partial, 𝑅𝑖 2 which is contributed by determinant 𝑥𝑖 , and is given by following formula: 𝑅𝑖 2 =⁡∑ 𝑘!(𝑝−1−𝑘)! 𝑝!𝑇⊆{𝑥1,…,𝑥𝑝}\{𝑥𝑖} [𝑅2(𝑇 ∪ {𝑥𝑖}) − ⁡𝑅2(𝑇)] (7) where 𝑇 is a model trained with 𝑘 determinants but without determinant 𝑥𝑖. 𝑇 ∪ {𝑥𝑖} representing model with all determinants (including 𝑥𝑖). 𝑝 represent the number of determinants and 𝑘 represent the subset of determinants used. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 496 the shapley value will be used to assess the determinants’ contribution toward household expenditure in term of 𝑅𝑖 2. summing up all the shapley value is equivalent to the total explained variance, 𝑅2. the dummy variables will be examined further using the owen value, which is an extension of the shapley value. the method considers a set of determinants as a coalition structure and calculate the coalitional value of those determinants. its concept is closely aligned with shapley value. for the linear model's determinants, shapley value will aid in estimating the partial 𝑅2 for the linear model’s determinants and ranking them based on their significant and contribution to the model. 2.8. shap shap is an approach to explain the model’s predictions by interpreting the features’ contribution based on shapley value. lundberg & lee (2017) [17] published the method, which has helped a lot of researchers discover the black box properties behind machine learning models. the benefits of shap are its global interpretability over the machine learning models through various plot analysis. the global explanation (which refers to several samples) is usually plotted with a bee swarm plot, commonly known as a summary plot in shap. every dot inside the summary plot represents a shapley value associated with a feature, and the colour represents the feature value. besides that, the shap summary plot will rank the features according to their contribution. the shap dependence plot, a scatter plot that shows how various features influence the model’s predictions, is another visualisation tool in our study. in this work, we employ shap to investigate the relationships between determinants and dependent variables, using both the dependence plot and summary plot for detailed insights. 3. result and discussion 3.1. overview in this section, we present our results and analysis from sections 3.2 to 3.8. subsequently, in section 3.9, we discuss the findings by comparing between the ols and random forest models used in this study. additionally, we contrast these results with those from other studies. following this comparison, we discuss the implications of our findings for existing literature and policy-making. 3.2. pre-processing for modelling as explained in section 1, the dependent variable is household expenditure (total_exp_01_12) instead of income, due to a better reflection of the overall living standard of households. it is worth mentioning here that household expenditure is recorded for discretionary items and services, yet it does not encompass any investment allocations. the independent variables considered in this study are household size (saiz_hh), educational level (highest_certificate), household income (total_inc), strata (strata), ethnicity (ethnic), region (region). total income is the monthly gross household income. the dummy variables are created for ethnicity to facilitate regression analysis. the educational level is a ranking variable, which consists of six categorical values. household size consists of five categorical values, ranging from 1 to 5. a household size of 5 also captures households with more than 5 members. outliers of household expenditure are removed by removing the top 5% of the household expenditure distribution. meanwhile, those households with household expenditures greater than their income were discarded. following these changes, the dataset now contains 14,525 households, indicating a reduction of 1,829 households from the original dataset. in this study, we focus on per capita income, which is sourced from total household income, and expenditure, which is derived from total household expenditure. the oxford scale (also known as the oecd equivalence scale) is used to calculate the average income and expenditure for each household member. instead of simply dividing income and expenditure by household size (the divisor), the oxford scale adjusts the divisor according to the following rule: • the first adult receives 1 point. • each subsequent adult is assigned 0.7 points. • 0.5 points are given to each child. using the oxford scale as a divisor to divide household income and expenditure, the per capita income and expenditure are then calculated. later, the experiment is continued by taking the natural logarithm form of per capita income and expenditure. the use of natural logarithms ensures that the income and expenditure distributions are more symmetrical, and it eases the building of regression models. tables 3 and 4 display all the descriptive statistics for the variables used in this study. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 497 table 3. descriptive statistics variable mean std dev. total_exp_01_12 3749.03 1844.23 per_capita_exp 1498.32 860.39 log_exp 7.17 0.54 total_inc 6428.27 4083.59 per_capita_inc 2558.87 1829.71 log_inc 7.64 0.63 age 47.01 13.76 saiz_hh 3.54 1.34 highest_certificate 3.12 1.60 table 4. descriptive statistics for categorical variable variable number of observations, n sex male female 11895 2630 strata urban rural 10872 3653 region centre east north south east malaysia 2222 2351 3400 2197 4355 ethnicity bumiputera chinese indian others 9741 3290 884 610 3.3. cluster analysis this experiment set 𝑘=5, meaning that there will be 5 clusters used to perform clustering. the optimal 𝑘 is found by looking at the elbow, as shown in the scatter plot in figure 2. to strengthen the assumption that 𝑘=5 is the best value, silhouette analysis is performed. the experiments are repeated 7 times, for 𝑘 value in the range of 2 to 8. for each iteration, average silhouette score is computed. the best silhouette score obtained is at 𝑘=5, where the score is 0.4951. figure 3 shows the silhouette plot when 𝑘=5. it can be noticed that from all the clusters, their silhouette scores exceed the average silhouette score (denoted by the vertical dotted line). besides that, all observations in each cluster have no negative value. table 5 presents the clustering results, which highlight socioeconomic factors across clusters. cluster 3 represents the rural cluster because it includes all rural homes, whereas clusters 1, 2, and 4 represent the urban cluster, with fewer than 10% of each cluster comprising rural households. cluster 5 is a mixed cluster, with the majority (68.85%) hailing from cities. clusters 3 and 5 are more likely to be multidimensionally poor because they have the lowest means for total income, total expenditure, per capita income, and per capita expenditure than any of the other clusters. secondly, these two clusters exhibit the highest percentage of household heads without an educational certificate (32.54% from cluster 3 and 49.67% from cluster 5) and the lowest rates (7.25% from cluster 3 and 5.57% from cluster 5) of household heads with degree/advance diploma certificate. it is noticeable that cluster 3 has the most households with five or more members, accounting for 40.74% of all households, while cluster 5 has 31.8% in this category. clusters 3 and 5 are hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 498 categorised as two distinct groups according to the k-means approach, although both clusters are multidimensionally poor. the difference is that cluster 3 represents rural poor households, while cluster 5 represents mostly urban poor households. cluster 5 has closely similar household income and expenditure to cluster 3, implying that the urban poor is a more serious problem as urban households should have higher incomes and spend more to achieve a similar quality of life. thus, they typically lack adequate housing, facilities, and basic services due to the higher prices of these necessities in an urban setting. figure 2. the elbow method figure 3. the silhouette plot hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 499 table 5. k-means clustering result description cluster 1 2 3 4 5 mean of total_inc 6778.89 7396.75 4913.98 6709.67 4742.70 median of total_inc 5840.08 6408.83 3896.58 5579.10 3683.75 mean of per_capita_inc 2551.42 3314.23 1862.86 2693.04 1933.38 median of per_capita_inc 2123.67 2769.96 1476.63 2164.70 1583.11 mean of total_exp_01_12 3891.41 4371.72 2935.15 3945.72 2726.01 median of total_exp_01_12 3550.02 4072.31 2605.55 3575.53 2291.90 mean of per_capita_exp 1467.02 1970.59 1116.33 1576.90 1131.86 median of per_capita_exp 1297.22 1768.30 961.71 1360.36 930.56 mean of age 45 51 49 47 41 median of age 43 50 49 46 40 highest_certificate no certificate 11.26% 21.34% 32.54% 19.80% 49.67% pmr/srp 9.44% 14.26% 14.29% 17.53% 10.82% spm/ spmv 45.11% 37.02% 35.33% 37.10% 25.74% stpm 3.29% 2.25% 2.98% 1.81% 2.79% diploma / certificate 16.88% 11.85% 7.59% 12.67% 5.41% degree/advance diploma 14.02% 13.28% 7.27% 11.09% 5.57% saiz_hh 1 6.19% 11.61% 9.10% 7.35% 10.49% 2 14.29% 26.78% 16.08% 19.12% 20.00% 3 18.87% 22.71% 17.49% 20.59% 19.18% 4 21.53% 19.60% 16.59% 22.29% 18.52% 5 39.11% 19.30% 40.74% 30.66% 31.80% strata rural 0% 8.60% 100% 6.56% 31.15% urban 100% 91.40% 0% 93.44% 68.85% number of observations 6619 3290 3122 884 610 3.4. ols regression analysis – econometric model table 6 presents the regression result using natural logarithm form of per capita expenditure (the dependent variable) and per capita income (the determinant/independent variables). the left side of the table shows the determinants, the intercept (constant), and the 𝑅2,while the right side shows the unstandardized coefficients. asterisks denote the statistical significance of variables. the t-test utilises the p-value to test whether an independent variable have a significant relationship with the dependent variable. as an example, using a significance level of 0.05, hypothesis testing can be carried out to determine whether household size is a significant determinant in explaining log per capita expenditure: • h0: household size has no effect over log per capita expenditure. • h1: household size has significant effect over log per capita expenditure. based on the result from table 6, the p-value of household size (saiz_hh) is ∼0, which means the null hypothesis is rejected. in other words, at the 5 percent significance level, household size has a significant effect on log per capita expenditure. similarly, the hypotheses for all the determinants’ relationships to the dependent variable are tested through the regression model. it is found that all determinants have a significant relationship with log per capita expenditure at the 1% level of significance except the variables age and sex (table 6 presents the regression result after removing these two variables). income, educational level, strata, ethnic groups, and regions are found to have positive relationships with the dependent variable. household size is the only variable found to have a negative impact on the log per capita expenditure. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 500 table 6. regression result for linear regression (log per capita expenditure) variable coefficient log_inc (log per capita income) 0.6614 *** highest_certificate (educational level) 0.0186 *** saiz_hh (household size) -0.0598 *** strata (rural reference) 0.0292 *** bumiputera 0.3786 *** chinese 0.4766 *** indian 0.3871 *** others ethnicities 0.3085 *** centre peninsular 0.3642 *** east peninsular 0.3267 *** eastern malaysia 0.2297 *** north peninsular 0.2545 *** south peninsular 0.3757 *** constant 1.5403 *** r-squared, 𝑅2 0.855 *** notes: *** indicate p-value <0.01, ** indicate p-value <0.05, * indicate p-value <0.1 3.5. shapley decomposition the partial 𝑅2 of the significant variables in the model of table 7 are calculated by computing the shapley value. here, the owen value is also the shapley value or partial 𝑅2. panel (b) shows the general contribution from each owen group and panel (a) shows the details of each determinant. looking at panel (b), total income alone contributes 54.39% of 𝑅2. household size is the second highest, with 9.55% of 𝑅2, follow by educational level, with 8.72% of 𝑅2. the rest of the determinants have very minimum impact on the prediction. noted that shapley values will only find out the contribution of determinants, it does not point out the relationships between dependent variable and determinants. table 7. shapley and owen value of determinants variable owen group owen values/partial 𝑅2 (a) log inc (log per capita income) b1 0.5439 highest certificate (educational level) b2 0.0872 saiz hh (household size) b3 0.0955 strata (rural reference) b4 0.0229 bumiputera b5 0.0135 chinese b5 0.0224 indian b5 0.0014 other ethnicities b5 0.0063 centre peninsular b6 0.0214 east peninsular b6 0.0045 eastern malaysia b6 0.0172 north peninsular b6 0.0035 south peninsular b6 0.0084 (b) log inc (log per capita income) b1 0.5439 highest certificate (educational level) b2 0.0872 saiz hh (household size) b3 0.0955 strata (rural reference) b4 0.0229 ethnics b5 0.0436 region b6 0.0550 𝑅2 0.848 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 501 3.6. machine learning random forest random forest comes with various hypermeters that can be set before the experiment. a good combination of hyperparameters often performs well in predicting. however, it is inefficient to attempt every possible combination manually. to deal with it, random search function (randomizedsearchcv from the scikit-learn api) is used to find the best hyperparameters. inside the function, 5-fold cross-validation is performed too to ensure a less biased model is produced at the end. the final hyperparameters used are: • number of estimators/trees: 750 • maximum depth=10 • minimum number of samples in a leaf =4 • minimum number of samples required to split =20 3.7. shap analysis once the model has been trained, the testing set is then used to evaluate the model’s performance and used in shap analysis to calculate the shapley value. these shap values are used to create plots such as summary plot, dependence plot, and force plot. figure 4 shows the shap summary plot. the x-axis typically represents the predictor’s shap values. the corresponding shap values for that specific feature determinant are represented on the y-axis. note that the shap value here refers to the dependent variable; they are having the same scale. the importance of feature determinants can be seen by looking at the y-axis of the shap summary plot. log per capita income, household size, educational level, and age are variables of interest, which are discussed in section 3.9. figure 4. shap summary plot for random forest hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 502 the direction of the colour shift can be used to determine the relationship. for example, the colour blue on the left side of the log per capita income changes to red as it moves to the right, indicating a positive association. a positive relationship is found between educational level and log per capita expenditure. this is applicable to log per capita income too. log per capita expenditure has a negative relationship with household size, as the colour changes from red to blue from left to right side. no clear relationship exists between log per capita expenditure and age, as denoted by the mixture of red and blue colours. figure 5, on the other hand, displays some significant 3-dimensional shap dependence plots for a few chosen determinants. by examining the trends, this plot can be used to analyse the relationship between determinants, including nonlinear relationships. age, household size, and log per capita expenditure appear to have a nonlinear relationship in figures 5a) and d), while figures 5b) and c) show linear associations. the interacting or third feature value is often represented by colour in shap dependency plots. figure 5. shap dependence plots 3.8. models evaluation the 𝑅2 and mse values for two prediction models are presented in table 8 for ols (model 1) and random forest (model 2), with the testing set serving as the evaluation. model 2: random forest are found to have the highest 𝑅2 and lowest mse scores, slightly better than the ols model. both models have very high 𝑅2 and mse scores, which means that they explain the variation very well, and do not have an overfitting problem. table 8. models evaluation model model 1: ols model 2: random forest 𝑅2 0.847 0.848 mse 0.0454 0.0453 3.9. discussion of findings we begin to discuss the variables’ importance to the expenditure (log_exp) first. table 9 shows the comparison of variables’ ranks for ols and random forest regression. overall, the determinants’ top two rankings are similar. income hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 503 (log_inc) and household size (size_hh) are ranked as the two most powerful predictors for both models. in both models, income is ranked as the most important determinant because expenditure is generally correlated with income. household size is ranked second in both models, as we measure household expenditure in per capita form, so an increase in a single household unit can significantly reduce per capita expenditure. ols treats educational level (highest_certificate) as 3rd important variable, but it is only the 6th important variable in random forest, which unexpectedly has a lower rank than the regional variables but is still an influential factor. to this extent, both models’ results are consistent with ayyash & sek's (2020) [16] finding, which stated that educational level and household size are the most important contributing factors toward household expenditure. meanwhile, both models also agree that whether the household is a chinese family can greatly determine one’s expenditure power. as implied by the positive relationships in table 6 (ols) and figure 5 (random forest), chinese household heads generally have higher expenditures due to their higher income. this aligned with the statistics reported by dosm malaysia [18]. in terms of differences, in the ols model, the top 6 variables selected are log_inc (log per capita income), saiz_hh (household size), highest_certificate (educational level), strata, chinese (ethnics), centre peninsular (region). all these variables come from different dimensions, e.g., income is an indicator of household economic status, and chinese is an indicator of ethnicity. moreover, all determinants except household size have positive relationships with log per capita expenditure. on the other hand, the random forest model ranks the east malaysia region as the third mostimportant variable, while the north peninsular (the northern region) is in 5th place. this may be because most of the states in these regions had lower mean monthly household consumption expenditures compared to the other regions, as reported in 2019 [18]. thus, the model ranked them as significant variables in reducing the log per capital expenditure. the 6th variable is highest_certificate, which unexpectedly has a lower rank than the regional variable but is still an influential factor. from here, we can conclude that the random forest model focused more on regional variables. another interesting finding is that the 2nd, 3rd, 5th determinants have negative effects on log per capita expenditure. this also suggests that the trained random forest model focused more on determinants that have a decreasing effect toward the expected log per capita expenditure value, as calculated by the shap model. next, we investigate the relationships between age, educational level, income, household size, and expenditure (figure 5). firstly, ols found that age is statistically insignificant. unlike the random forest model in figure 5a, it shows that as age increases, the log per capita expenditure also increases. this is only true until age around 40, when, at this point, the log per capita expenditure starts to decrease until age around 60. this is believed to be the reason that the age determinant did not pass the significant test in the proposed ols model, as age appeared in an inverted u-shaped when considering its influence toward expenditure. chowdhury et al. (2023) [12] present similar findings too, with younger individuals tending to have a higher income and spend more, while older individuals are inclined to accumulate their wealth. however, this result contrasts with the previous findings, where expenditure has a purely positive linear relationship with age [15, 16]. our random forest suggests this is the complex and nonlinear relationships that are unable to be captured by such linear model from the ols model in this study and other studies [15, 16]. relating to reallife situations, such an upward and downward trend is reasonable too, as young workers tend to be paid a higher salary and are more willing to spend more than older workers. thus, this study suggests that age forms a nonlinear relationship with expenditure. as we further explore the figure 5a), by treating the educational level as interaction feature, from age 18 to 60, most of the observations here have a higher average educational level as compared to those after age 60 (denoted by colour in the figure 5a. age 60 is the retirement age in malaysia, so we could say that observations below age 60 mostly work in the formal sector, whereas observations above age 60 may be those self-employed workers in the informal sector of the economy who generally have lower education levels, as denoted by the blue colour. secondly, the relationship between expenditure and educational level is depicted by the coefficient (0.0186) in table 3 (ols) and the trend in figure 5b (random forest). it is possible to characterise this positive relationship as nearly linear, but not entirely so. comparing the educational levels of 5 and 6, their implications for expenditure are similar. in other words, the spending habits of household heads who possess diplomas, degrees, or advanced diplomas are generally comparable. this close linear relationship corresponds to the previously built clustering model (refer to table 5). clusters 1, 2, and 4 exhibit higher average expenditure and educational level, whereas clusters 3 and 5 have lower average expenditure and educational level. furthermore, ayyash & sek (2020) [16] also noted that households with better education ought to possess greater expenditure power. in figure 5b, too, with age serving as an interaction feature, most of the observations at educational levels 1 and 2 have a higher average age (mostly red). as educational level increases, the average age observed is lower (mostly blue). we discussed the reason for this in the previous paragraph. thirdly, regarding how income affects expenditure, both ols (see table 6, coefficient of 0.6614) and random forest (see figure 5b) models agree that a positive linear relationship best represents the relationship between log per capita expenditure and log per capita income. this is not surprising since, theoretically, income and expenditure are highly correlated. as observed in figure 5c, with educational level serving as an interaction feature, these variables are found hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 504 to have perfect positive correlations; the greater any one of their values, the higher the values of the other two variables. some observations that have a higher educational level (purple dots) but low log per capita expenditure and income (as shown in figure 5a) can be explained by individuals who are young workers or are nearing retirement. lastly, investigating the coefficient of household size (-0.0598) in table 6 and the trend in figure 5d shows a negative relationship. again, consistent with ayyash & sek (2020) [16], the larger the household size, the lower the per capita expenditure of the household head. this is not a perfect linear trend. further analysis by integrating income as an interacting variable into household size yields more interesting patterns. if the household size is a single individual household, log per capita expenditure increases in tandem with log per capita income. in households with two members, there is no clear relationship. when household size is greater than three members, the higher the log per capita income, the lower the log per capita expenditure. this is clearly another complex relationship. the possible reason for this phenomenon is that these households prefer saving and investing rather than spending on discretionary items. also, they may have financial goals such as saving for retirement, investing in their children’s education, or building a nest egg for unexpected expenses required by household members. on the other hand, it is crucial to point out that the expenditure pattern of those households with lower income and a household size larger than or equal to three members makes them vulnerable to being multidimensionally poor. measuring in the absolute sense, we can take an example to explain this situation by comparing two household heads, a (with rm1000 per capita income) and b (with rm1500 per capita income). household head a normally spends most of his/her income (say, rm800), and thus their saving per month (rm200) is far less than household head b, who spends part of his/her income (said rm600), and thus their saving per month is rm900. this overspending behaviour may come from conspicuous consumption due to low levels of human capital (in our case, educational level) typically found amongst those living in poverty [19]. this requires further analysis of the types of goods and services purchased, which is not covered in this study. one may wonder the accuracy of the example given because both the per capita income and expenditure in figure 5d are in log form, but the log-based income and expenditure can be easily converted back by using the exponential function. thus, our finding suggests that households that comprise three or more members with lower incomes but typically have higher expenditures require attention from policymakers. at a glance, this study utilises both linear (ols) and nonlinear (random forest) to demonstrate the relationships between socioeconomic factors and household consumption expenditure. relying on a nonlinear random forest model allows the model to process complex relationships that exist in some determinants, achieving a more accurate and promising result. moreover, the shap analysis lends a helping hand for us to visualize the trend inside a graph up to 3 dimensions, conveying our findings in a simple yet convincing manner to policymakers. to the best of our knowledge, this is the first study attempt to use the machine learning model followed by a shap model in analysing the socioeconomic variables that contribute to household consumption expenditure. the findings of this study significantly contribute to the understanding of microeconomic dynamics within malaysia's socio-economic landscape, offering insights into the current policy-making decision. firstly, the observed positive linear relationship between income, expenditure, and educational level emphasises the importance of investing in education to boost economic growth and promote individual and household well-being. secondly, the nonlinear relationship between age and expenditure highlights the need for targeted policies to address the spending habits of different age groups, particularly those above the age of 40 who may require specific support in managing their finances. last but most importantly, the complex relationship between household size, income, and expenditure required caution and strategic policy-making. it is essential to assist those households that comprise three or more members with lower incomes but typically have higher expenditures, particularly those with children or infants. possible interventions can be done, including some noncash interventions such as housing subsidies, utility bill assistance, and free health insurance. we strongly suggest the continuation of current running policies such as the rm40 electric rebate programme (utility subsidy), mysalam (free health insurance), and back-to-school aid (cash for children in primary and secondary school), primarily targeting the group described above. it is advisable to exercise caution when it comes to maintaining direct cash subsidy programmes like i-sinar and bantuan sara hidup (bsh), given the intricate expenditure patterns observed in the aforementioned group. while direct cash transfers can provide immediate financial relief, there is a risk that households may channel them for immediate consumption instead of wealth accumulation through long-term saving and investment schemes, as moav & neeman (2012) [19] have stressed. ensuring equal access to educational resources to improve human capital is one of the approaches to increasing their saving rate. last but not least, our ols ranking and clustering results, presented in tables 5 and 9, also suggest the aid should be focused on urban households that exhibit identical characteristic patterns to those found in cluster 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 505 table 9. variables’ ranks for ols and random forest regressions rank ols random forest 1. log_inc (log per capita income) log_inc (log per capita income) 2. saiz_hh (household size) saiz_hh (household size) 3. highest_certificate (educational level) region (east malaysia) 4. strata (urban ref.) chinese (ethnics) 5. chinese (ethnics) region (north) 6. region (central peninsular) highest_certificate (educational level) 7. bumiputera (ethnics) region (south) 8. region (south peninsular) age 9. other (ethnic) strata (urban ref.) 10. region (north peninsular) bumiputera (ethnics) 11. region (east malaysia) region (centre) 12. region (east peninsular) other (ethnic) 13. ethnic (indian) region (east) 14. sex 15. ethnic (indian) 4. conclusion this research focuses on household expenditure patterns in malaysia, using 14,525 households from two dataset records: households and members. to estimate the relationship between the log of per capita expenditure and its various determinants, this study uses both a linear approach (via ordinary least squares, or ols) and a nonlinear approach (via random forest). in the socioeconomic field, recent studies have proved the robustness of machine learning in terms of its accuracy in predicting and complexity in handling linear and nonlinear data [10–13]. on the other hand, the traditional linear econometric model remained a popular choice in most studies due to its simplicity and standard interpretability (from coefficients). considering this situation, we select both ols and random forest models as our solution to examine the contribution of socioeconomic factors toward household expenditure by comparing how they treat the relationships between these variables. to address the black box problem inside random forest, we propose the shap model to visualise the correlations, providing valuable insights and interesting findings. overall, both models are powerful in predicting the consumption expenditure power of a household head, as they explain about 85% proportion of the variance (𝑅2) and obtain an mse score of 0.0045 using both the training and testing sets. this also suggests both models generalise well toward unseen household data. firstly, regarding the determinants’ importance, both models suggest that income is the most important variable in explaining household expenditure. the second one is the household size. the educational level is ranked differently in the two models, with the ols model ranking third and the random forest model ranking sixth. comparing the ols model from this study and ayyash & sek's (2020) [16] study, household size and educational level are two influential factors in explaining per capita expenditure. in this study, the ols model tends to favour a diversity of determinants from different dimensions: income (log per capita income), household characteristic (household size), educational level (highest certificate), geographical location (strata, region) and ethnicity (chinese). on the other hand, the random forest model ranked regional determinants higher in predicting per capita expenditure, which are east malaysia as well as the north and south peninsular regions. although both models presented different ranking results, the difference is minor. furthermore, with respect to the relationship estimates gathered from both models, this work highlights that there is a positive linear relationship between household head income and educational level and their propensity to spend more, exhibiting positive linear relationships. these relationships align with the findings of ayyash & sek's (2020) study [16]. however, as shown in figures 5a and 5d, nonlinear relationships indeed exist. firstly, the larger the household, the lower the household’s per capita expenditure. the contribution of each household size toward per capita expenditure varies within a boundary. as soon as we put in the per capita income, the relationship becomes obvious. the most interesting finding from figure 5d is that if a household has three or more members, then the household heads with lower per capita incomes will spend more on basic needs and wants than those who have higher per capita incomes. secondly, the per capita expenditure increases initially with the household head’s age and then starts to decline when he/she reaches 40. the consumption expenditure subsequently decreases until age 60, which is the retirement age of malaysia. the research findings indicate significant implications for policy-making and interventions aimed at reducing disparities in household spending. as presented in figure 5a, the nonlinear relationship between age and per capita expenditure highlights the need for specific targeted policies to address the expenditure patterns of different age groups, hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 506 especially for those household heads before and after age 40. looking at figure 5d, the current policy should emphasise that those households with a size larger than or equal to 3 earn less but spend more. subsidy assistance such as housing subsidies, utility bill assistance, and free health insurance are recommended. direct cash subsidy programmes running right now, such as the bantuan sara hidup (bsh) and i-sinar, must establish rigorous approval processes to ensure the funds are allocated to household heads that are able to maximise their wealth through long-term investments. the priority of the assistance programmes should be to benefit urban poor households, followed by rural poor households. we contend for policies that seek to increase education levels among household heads and members to achieve higher living standards and enhanced well-being for all. in short, strategies that aim to reduce disparity in consumption expenditure should consider multiple dimensions of household characteristics. this study reveals the possible characteristics of households that are vulnerable to being multidimensionally poor in terms of their expenditure pattern, income, age, and household size. however, it also has some limitations. firstly, this study did not further investigate the different expenditure types. secondly, the log per capita income itself explains more than half of the variability of both ols and random forest models, so the influence of the determinants is minimized. however, as we focused primarily on decomposing the household consumption and expenditure pattern, including income is necessary. thirdly, a wider variety of machine learning models should be considered to ensure the robustness and reliability of the findings. finally, the findings of the ols model and the shap analysis used to interpret the random forest model should be viewed as correlational, not as casual inferences. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, t.s.o. and y.l.; methodology, e.l. and t.s.o.; software, e.l.; validation, t.s.o. and y.l.; formal analysis, e.l. and t.s.o.; investigation, e.l. and t.s.o.; resources, t.s.o. and y.l.; data curation, e.l. and y.l.; writing—original draft preparation, e.l.; writing—review and editing, t.s.o. and y.l.; visualization, e.l.; supervision, t.s.o. and y.l.; project administration, t.s.o.; funding acquisition, t.s.o. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding the work was supported by telekom malaysia research & development under grant rdtc/241111 (mmue/240064). 5.4. acknowledgements the author would like also to thank the department of statistics malaysia (dosm) for providing the household expenditure survey dataset that was essential in conducting this study. 5.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] akyelken, n. (2020). urban conceptions of economic inequalities. regional studies, 54(6), 863–872. doi:10.1080/00343404.2020.1732902. [2] saari, m. y., dietzenbacher, e., & los, b. (2014). production interdependencies and poverty reduction across ethnic groups in malaysia. economic modelling, 42, 146–158. doi:10.1016/j.econmod.2014.06.008. [3] todaro, m. p., & smith, s. c. (2020). economic development. pearson hall, london, united kingdom. [4] wang, x. (2022). on the relationship between income poverty and multidimensional poverty in china. international research on poverty reduction, 85–106. doi:10.1007/978-981-19-1189-7_5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 507 [5] undp. (2023). unstacking global poverty: data for high impact action. in global multi-dimensional poverty index 2023. united nations development programme, new york, united states. available online: https://hdr.undp.org/content/2023-globalmultidimensional-poverty-index-mpi#/indicies/mpi (accessed on march 2024). [6] abdul rahman, m., sani, n. s., hamdan, r., ali othman, z., & abu bakar, a. (2021). a clustering approach to identify multidimensional poverty indicators for the bottom 40 percent group. plos one, 16(8), e0255312. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0255312. [7] rani, m. s. a., nordin, s. h. b., chin ching lau, lim, s. heng l., & siow, z. s. (2016). rich debt, poor debt: assessing household indebtedness and debt repayment capacity. bnm-bis conference on financial systems and the real economy, 91, 153–166. [8] bhanoji rao, v. v. (1981). measurement of deprivation and poverty based on the proportion spent on food: an exploratory exercise. world development, 9(4), 337–353. doi:10.1016/0305-750x(81)90081-4. [9] kumar, t. k., mallick, s., & holla, j. (2009). estimating consumption deprivation in india using survey data: a state-level rural urban analysis before and during reform period. journal of development studies, 45(4), 441–470. doi:10.1080/00220380802265207. [10] herrera, g. p., constantino, m., su, j. j., & naranpanawa, a. (2023). the use of icts and income distribution in brazil: a machine learning explanation using shap values. telecommunications policy, 47(8), 102598. doi:10.1016/j.telpol.2023.102598. [11] hwang, y., lee, y., & fabozzi, f. j. (2023). identifying household finance heterogeneity via deep clustering. annals of operations research, 325(2), 1255–1289. doi:10.1007/s10479-022-04900-3. [12] chowdhury, r. a., ceballos-sierra, f., & sulaiman, m. (2023). grow the pie, or have it? using machine learning to impact heterogeneity in the ultra-poor graduation model. journal of development effectiveness, 1–20. doi:10.1080/19439342.2023.2276928. [13] zeng, q., & chen, x. (2023). identification of urban-rural integration types in china – an unsupervised machine learning approach. china agricultural economic review, 15(2), 400–415. doi:10.1108/caer-03-2022-0045. [14] ang, w. c., & cheah, y. k. (2023). inequalities in consumption expenditure on pharmaceuticals: evidence from malaysia. international journal of social determinants of health and health services, 53(4), 528–538. doi:10.1177/27551938231170831. [15] zawiah, w., zin, w., & nabilah, s. f. (1998). malaysian household consumption expenditure: rural vs urban. department of statistics, malaysia, mystats 2015 conference papers, kuala lumpur, malaysia. [16] ayyash, m., & sek, s. k. (2020). decomposing inequality in household consumption expenditure in malaysia. economies, 8(4), 83. doi:10.3390/economies8040083. [17] lundberg, s. m., & lee, s. i. (2017). a unified approach to interpreting model predictions. advances in neural information processing systems, nips 2017, 30. [18] dosm. (2020). penemuan utama the key findings. department of statistics malaysia (dosm), kuala lumpur, malaysia. [19] moav, o., & neeman, z. (2012). saving rates and poverty: the role of conspicuous consumption and human capital. economic journal, 122(563), 933–956. doi:10.1111/j.1468-0297.2012.02516.x. https://hdr.undp.org/content/2023-global-multidimensional-poverty-index-mpi#/indicies/mpi https://hdr.undp.org/content/2023-global-multidimensional-poverty-index-mpi#/indicies/mpi available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 977 issn: 2723-9535 the dynamic capability, innovation, competitive advantage, and survival of tech startups idsaratt rinthaisong 1, prempa duangtong 2* 1 faculty of management science, prince of songkla university, songkhla, 90110, thailand. 2 faculty of management science, songkhla rajabhat university, songkhla, 90000, thailand. received 19 september 2024; revised 13 november 2024; accepted 21 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract this study aims to bridge the research gap by exploring the impact of dynamic capability and innovation on startup survival. it tests the mediating roles of competitive advantage and scrutinizes the moderating role of dynamic capabilities in the relationship between innovation and startup survival. the sample group consisted of 170 tech-startups in thailand. we calculated the sample size based on the estimated parameter ratio for each sample, which was determined using stratified random sampling. we conducted online (google forms) and paper (post office) surveys after systematic sampling. the analysis included confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) and structural equation modeling (sem). the causal relationship model and the empirical data agreed well without adjusting the model, and it was found that dynamic capability did not have a direct effect on the survival of startups. however, the influence of dynamic capability and innovation on the survival of startups through competitive advantage was found to have statistical significance. furthermore, startups can amplify the impact of innovation on competitive advantage by enhancing their dynamic capabilities. startups can achieve this by identifying and recognizing opportunities that arise from environmental changes, absorption, and reconfiguration. the implication identified in this research is that startups have a better chance of survival when they have a competitive advantage, employ and encourage innovation, and implement dynamic capability. keywords: dynamic capability; innovation; competitive advantage; survival; tech startups. 1. introduction startups are newly formed businesses that confront significant uncertainty [1], usually during the initial phases of development and expansion, marked by innovation, job generation, and swift company scaling [2]. startups have evolved into significant catalysts for economic development and employment creation while also serving as a driving force for radical innovation. startups are nascent enterprises that participate in entrepreneurial endeavors and typically have a duration of 3 to 5 years. startups are regarded as more susceptible than established enterprises. the covid-19 pandemic is clearly one of the most recent and dramatic examples of turbulent climatic conditions, heightened competition, and unexpected technological advances. it shows that the current business environment has some unique characteristics that are hard to predict. to enable organizations to adapt and survive in a rapidly changing business environment, organizational dynamics play an important role in achieving competitive advantage [3]. therefore, startups need to build dynamic capabilities to survive in such critical situations. because of these * corresponding author: prempa.du@skru.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-08  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0008-9367-2442 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 978 circumstances, firms must recognize the importance of gaining a competitive advantage. both established businesses and startups must use their competitive advantage to adapt to sudden environmental changes and fierce competition [4]. the ability of a firm to assimilate, expand, and reorganize both internal and external resources in order to adapt to rapidly changing business conditions is known as dynamic capabilities [5]. the empowerment of a firm's dynamic capacities is critical in creating a competitive advantage and ensuring firm survival. previous empirical research revealed that dynamic capabilities have a considerable impact on competitive advantage [6, 7]. starting a new business often presents challenges and requires constant adjustments. it necessitates methodical management and dynamic capabilities. these organizational capabilities and resources can give startups a competitive edge, enabling them to grow rapidly and ensure their survival. we investigate whether core capabilities are critical for startup survival using the dynamic capabilities approach from the sensing, seizing, and reconfiguring viewpoints [8]. in doing so, we firmly integrate the dynamic capacity perspective, previously overlooked, into our understanding of startup survival. dynamic capabilities also possibly affect adaptability in human resource development during long-term crises [9]. innovation has become critical for all modern businesses to survive in a world marked by competitiveness, technological development, and periodic crises [10]. product and process innovation can result from process-product interaction [11]. this is appropriate for startups that can adapt their processes to respond swiftly to customer needs based on the target audience. as a result, innovation is a crucial instrument in an organization's operations and a critical component that keeps enterprises alive and growing; it promotes the development and expansion of the business and raises its chances of success in the future [10]. organizational innovation can help businesses to gain a competitive advantage [12]. as a result, we investigate organizational innovation in terms of organizational resources using resourcebased theory to answer the question of how organizational participation processes generate highly esteemed, rare, unique, and non-substitutable resources [13] and assist firms in surviving in rapidly changing, complex, and unpredictable situations such as the covid-19 pandemic, in which organizations with high overall innovation may outperform others. innovation is a crucial factor that allows entrepreneurs to differentiate themselves in very competitive marketplaces. by concentrating on critical aspects such as product quality, operational processes, and customer experience, innovation enables startups to minimize operating expenses, enhance efficiency, and develop unique products or services that align with market demand. this strategic distinction allows entrepreneurs to secure a greater market share while maintaining their competitive advantage over time. innovation is essential for both competitive advantage and the survival of companies. investing in innovation creates new market prospects, improves corporate processes, and fortifies competitive advantages, all of which are crucial for success in the contemporary business landscape. startups are recognized for their capacity to introduce novel products, innovative business strategies, and offer unique commercial value to the market rapidly, frequently utilizing advanced technology. they maintain ongoing discussions with prospective clients to identify deficiencies in existing products, while iterating and experimenting to discover business models that are both replicable and scalable. their readiness to adapt swiftly when an opportunity fails is a defining characteristic of their agility [14]. nonetheless, despite these advantages, the survival rate of startups is comparatively low relative to other kinds of businesses. this highlights the crucial need to identify the factors that contribute to the survival and success of startups. how startups develop internal resources and competencies, take advantage of partnerships, and carry out strategic initiatives to expand and compete with more established businesses is yet unclear [15]. according to the dynamic capabilities theory and resource-based view, this study is quantitative in character. we highlight sensing, seizing, and reconfiguration capabilities as key components of dynamic capacities in startups. startup managers or founders can use their capabilities to sense, absorb, and reconfigure, as explained by teece's [8] dynamic capabilities theory. previous research by schoemaker et al. [16] suggested that having entrepreneurial leaders within the top management team is crucial. strong dynamic capabilities alone are not sufficient; business model innovation, dynamic capabilities, and strategic leadership must be aligned to help organizations thrive in a volatile environment. cao et al. [17] proposed that companies can achieve sustainable competitive advantage by leveraging their ability to perceive, seize, and reconfigure through market analysis, marketing decisions, and product development management. feng et al. [18] underscored the importance of examining dynamic capabilities and resources inside startups, particularly in the realms of service provision and technical innovation across different nations. sijabat et al. [19] presented a new business venture that could achieve a competitive edge by enhancing its dynamic capacities through fostering entrepreneurial creativity and ambidextrous innovation to address severe competition and to adapt to unforeseen environmental changes. additionally, corvello et al. [20] proposed the use of dynamic capabilities to identify startups' responses to failures and impacts. they suggested a three-dimensional response strategy of dynamic capabilities, which is crucial for startups to overcome difficulties, to continue their growth and innovation, and to develop strategies for systemic learning from failures. furthermore, eurico soares de noronha et al. [21] presented a model for managing dynamic capabilities (odcs) in clean technology companies aiming to gain a competitive advantage in the market. hiroshi usirono et al. [22] proposed an approach to developing dynamic capabilities from existing resources in the startup ecosystem, considering different management characteristics and environments. the latest work focuses on qualitative content analysis. from the perspective of dynamic capabilities, only a limited number of academic studies have explored strategies for achieving hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 979 competitive advantage and startup survival. from the context analysis, we can bridge this gap. this study, therefore, explores how innovation and dynamic capabilities contribute to both survival and competitive advantage. current research often focuses on the impact of innovative practices on performance. this study takes it further by examining the moderating role of dynamic capabilities in the relationship between innovation and the survival of startups, specifically focusing on the startup landscape in thailand. in response to the unprecedented challenges posed by uncertain environments, such as the covid-19 pandemic, this study hypothesizes that an organization’s dynamic capabilities, coupled with its innovative potential, significantly enhance its competitive advantage and, consequently, its chances of survival. this research aims to contribute to the existing literature on dynamic capabilities, innovation, and competitive advantage during times of crisis, providing additional insights for startup founders and policymakers on how to foster startup growth by leveraging the positive impacts of dynamic capabilities and innovation on business survival. furthermore, the intersection of dynamic capabilities, innovation, competitive advantage, and survival represents a relatively underexplored research gap in the study of thai startups. the findings of this research could offer valuable guidance for startups in adapting and evolving in the future. following a comprehensive literature review, this study will propose a theoretical framework and test the hypotheses. subsequently, we will present and discuss the data analysis results to highlight our key conclusions. 2. literature review 2.1. resource-based view and dynamic capability theories the resource-based view theory (rbv) focuses on internal resources that create competitive advantage so that business organizations can increase their competitiveness and be better able to survive. dynamic capabilities theory explains organizational capabilities that help organizations to survive in rapidly changing environments. however, a link exists between dynamic capabilities and rbv theory. although focusing on the company's internal operations and resources, the environmental context in which the business operates is also important, according to dynamic capacity theory [8]. recent studies have underscored the importance of sustaining a competitive advantage through an integrated strategy that combines the capabilities of both resource-based and dynamic capacity frameworks [23-25]. the rbv underscores the importance of valuable, rare, inimitable, and non-substitutable resources as essential elements for attaining sustained success while dynamic capabilities, which complement the rbv and emphasize the company's ability to identify opportunities and risks, capitalize on them, and reallocate resources in response to external changes, are crucial for successfully navigating extremely unpredictable markets. thus, this study, utilizing rbv and dynamic capability theory, demonstrates that startups leverage innovation originating from internal resources and dynamic capabilities. this gives organizations a competitive edge, which helps them grow and stay in business [26]. to react and adapt to the constantly changing work environment, particularly during a crisis, it is crucial to establish a work environment with dynamic capabilities [27]. 2.2. dynamic capabilities dynamic capabilities empower business organizations to generate, implement, and safeguard intangible assets that facilitate sustained outstanding performance [8]. consequently, enhancing a company's dynamic skills is crucial for establishing a competitive edge and ensuring organizational sustainability [4]. dynamic capabilities refer to the competencies of the organization. designing and implementing a new business model is essential for integrating, constructing, and reconfiguring internal and external capabilities to address a quickly evolving environment. teece [8] asserted that dynamic capabilities are organizational competencies that are challenging to imitate and must adapt and transform in response to consumer and technological opportunities. we classify these qualities into three distinct dimensions: 2.2.1. sensing this factor relates to the organization's ability to identify and understand opportunities arising from environmental changes. it necessitates the capacity to anticipate future trends and alterations, enabling the company to innovate and develop new competencies. 2.2.2. seizing this dimension emphasizes the organization's ability to assimilate and leverage new knowledge to seize opportunities effectively. it includes choosing the right knowledge to take advantage of new opportunities and planning how to take advantage of external opportunities by obtaining, combining, changing, and employing knowledge to get ahead of the competition. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 980 2.2.3. reconfiguration this dimension relates to the organization's capacity to reorganize and adjust its resources in response to environmental changes. it underscores the necessity of cultivating innovation and enhancing new competencies within the business to guarantee agility and response to evolving circumstances. these three dimensions of dynamic capabilities have been widely recognized and cited in academic literature [28, 29]. in regard to the above elements, dynamic capabilities focus on understanding processes, sources, and methods in environments of rapid technological change [5], as well as managers' ability to orchestrate their resources to generate value [30]. dynamic capabilities have unique characteristics that are considered an important part of any company. strong dynamic capabilities can build the capacity necessary to deal with the growing uncertainty of innovation and competition in the current market [31]. in the context of startups, the concept of dynamic capabilities encompasses the ability to detect and absorb opportunities when participating in pitching events or platforms for meeting investors, as well as engaging in various programs organized by government agencies to support the interaction between startups and investors. startups utilize these opportunities to detect and seize knowledge and capabilities from the external environment, and then reconfigure them within the organization to create holistic, dynamic capabilities. additionally, a new business frequently encounters change and uncertainty, necessitating systematic management and dynamic competence. these organizational capabilities and resources can provide startups with a competitive edge, enabling them to grow faster and survive. 2.3. innovation innovation is often closely linked to creativity as creative ideas typically lead to innovative outcomes. in the business world, innovation is defined as the introduction of new products, services, or processes that give companies a competitive advantage [32]. the definitions of creativity and organizational innovation are closely aligned, with innovation being seen as the practical implementation of creative ideas. historically, research on innovation has predominantly concentrated on technological developments within manufacturing organizations, emphasizing product innovations, such as items, and process innovations, such as production methods [33, 34]. this emphasis predominantly neglects the significance of innovation inside service firms. in technology-driven sectors, such as tech startups, the strategic utilization of patents and intellectual property enables organizations to provide lucrative, revenue-generating products and services. utilizing technical innovations can also mitigate financial risk [35]. the structure of innovation often stands out more prominently than creativity, with the two concepts frequently used interchangeably. innovation places a strong emphasis on practical application [36], making it a catalyst for driving further innovation and enhancing competitive advantage. as a result, this research focuses on measuring innovation based on its implementation, which can be divided into two primary categories: 2.3.1. technological intensity technological intensity denotes the degree of technological sophistication inside an industry [37], which includes a fully established it department, reporting software, user-centric products and services, and cutting-edge technology for operational processes [38]. the level of technological intensity can profoundly affect the influence of agglomeration economies on a specific industry. this study examines the technological intensity of startups, investigating how the utilization of innovation can improve their survival and success. by using advanced technologies, startups can more effectively manage competitive advantages and maintain their growth. 2.3.2. patents and intellectual property startups often acknowledge the imperative to safeguard their intellectual property, particularly in high-tech industries where innovation is essential. multiple causes can lead to a startup's failure at different phases of its development, underscoring the necessity of protecting intellectual property from the outset. formulating and executing a comprehensive intellectual property protection strategy is essential [39]. this research defines patents and intellectual property by the existence of registered items, trademarks, and affiliation with associations that uphold copyright laws [38]. these aspects contribute to the development of a company's distinctive competencies, thus augmenting its competitive advantage and improving the probability of a startup's survival. these two components are pivotal in evaluating a company's innovative capabilities, providing a clear framework for understanding how businesses can maintain and enhance their competitive edge through innovation. innovation, in the context of startups, is often viewed as a key differentiator that allows new ventures to compete effectively with established firms. unlike larger organizations, startups typically operate with limited resources, making their approach to innovation both unique and crucial for survival. the relationship between innovation and firm survival is particularly pronounced during prosperous periods. kartika [23] stated that innovation plays a crucial role in the success of startups by increasing market share and satisfaction, improving operational efficiency and scalability, and providing unique hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 981 competitive advantages. during such times, innovative strategies can provide firms with a distinct competitive advantage, thus enhancing their ability to thrive. however, in challenging economic conditions, the risks associated with innovation increase, making these strategies less effective and more hazardous [40]. this dynamic underscore the critical role of innovation in not only driving competitive advantage, but also in ensuring the long-term viability of startups in fluctuating market environments. 2.4. survival of startups understanding why some firms survive and others fail is a central question in strategic management research [41], making survival a concept that remains largely unexplored with various interpretations [42]. from the literature review on survival, there is a temporal perspective. that is, startup survival occurs when the startup remains in operation for a certain period or during the period in which the rules are established. it can take a long time to ensure survival in a new market or business system [43, 44]. additionally, survival has a survivability perspective, which focuses on the organization's ability to operate and maintain stability to ensure long-term survival. managing the environment and having the flexibility or ability to respond quickly to changing environmental conditions ensures that new businesses do not fail in the face of competition and uncertain environmental changes [45-47]. therefore, this research focuses on the survival perspective, which emphasizes the importance of organizational survival. it is measured by the level of profitability, which indicates the survivability of the startup. weaven et al. [48] found that firms need to be able to develop and deploy specific dynamic capabilities when confronted by a crisis. the impact of organizational resources that represent dynamic capabilities for firm survival, which depends on the natural ecosystem of relationships [49], therefore needs to be tested. in the context of thailand, the relationship between dynamic capabilities and the survival of startups is examined, where innovation is a key driver of competitive advantage, especially for startups operating in highly dynamic markets. the study by huang & ichikohji [50] demonstrated the utilization of dynamic capabilities and business model innovation for the sustainable survival of organizations. it clearly showed a positive relationship between dynamic capabilities, business model innovation, and organizational performance. business model innovation was found to play a crucial role as a channel through which dynamic capabilities can translate into higher performance. according to ziemnowicz [51], innovation involves the introduction of new combinations of production factors that disrupt existing market structures, giving firms a temporary monopoly through their innovations. hyytinen [52] found that a startup's innovativeness is negatively associated with its subsequent survival, several studies have highlighted the positive relationship between innovation and startup survival [50, 53, 54]. therefore, the following hypotheses are proposed: h1: dynamic capabilities have a positive effect on the survival of startups. h2: innovation has a positive effect on the survival of startups. 2.5. the mediating role of competitive advantage competitive advantage, as discussed within the framework of the resource-based theory, emphasizes the importance of an organization's valuable, rare, inimitable, and non-substitutable resources and capabilities in establishing a competitive edge [13]. porter [39] highlighted the need for organizations to recognize competitive advantage as a strategic goal, providing tools to analyze the pressures within the competitive environment. grant [55] further argued that companies must capitalize on competitive advantage through unique capabilities and resource alignment, which are crucial in shaping business strategies. by integrating rbv and dcs, companies can navigate uncertainty more effectively, ensuring a sustainable competitive advantage in rapidly changing markets [25]. the study of competitive advantage offers broad insights as organizations must continuously seek methods to gain and sustain it. the literature review has identified multiple dimensions of competitive advantage, which this research categorizes as cost leadership, quality, differentiation, and responsiveness: 2.5.1. cost leadership this dimension involves a strong emphasis on cost reduction through advanced cost control systems and the optimal sourcing of resources, including labor, materials, and equipment [56]. 2.5.2. quality for startups, maintaining high-quality products or services is a primary goal. quality is seen as a core responsibility with the aim of achieving the highest standards and the ability to make swift decisions that enhance quality [57]. 2.5.3. differentiation differentiation is achieved by creating a distinctive brand image, offering superior service quality compared to competitors, and providing additional value to customers through innovative methods or new services [58]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 982 2.5.4. responsiveness responsiveness focuses on the company's commitment to customer satisfaction. employees are trained and empowered to respond promptly to customer needs, ensuring high levels of satisfaction through direct interaction [57]. the integration of these resources and capabilities makes an organization distinctive, enabling it to gain competitive advantage and maintain strategic awareness, especially in a changing environment [59]. organizations that can sustain their competitive edge are more likely to survive. research consistently shows that competitive advantage positively impacts a company's survival [57, 60], with dynamic capabilities playing a crucial role in enhancing competitive advantage [6, 7, 29, 61-63]. furthermore, the alignment of dynamic capabilities with organizational resources is essential for survival, particularly within the natural ecosystem of relationships, including the latin american context [49]. therefore, it is necessary to test it in a thai context. innovation and dynamic capabilities are key drivers of competitive advantage, with dynamic capabilities acting as a moderating variable in the relationship between innovation and competitive advantage. dynamic capabilities involve the continuous alignment of a firm's behavior to develop new resources and core capabilities in response to changes, particularly in technology-driven environments [29, 64]. research, including studies by khouroh et al. [65] and ogunkoya et al. [66], consistently demonstrates that dynamic capabilities positively influence sustainable competitive advantage, especially in smes. therefore, developing dynamic skills is essential for enhancing competitive advantage [67], and this competitive advantage serves as a mediator in the relationship between innovation and organizational survival [51]. from the literature review on dynamic capabilities, innovation, competitive advantage and the survival of tech startups, the hypotheses are as follows: h3: dynamic capabilities have a positive effect on competitive advantage. h4: innovation has a positive effect on competitive advantage. h5: competitive advantage has a positive effect on the survival of startups. h6: competitive advantage has a significant mediating role between dynamic capabilities and the survival of startups. h7: competitive advantage has a significant mediating role between innovation and the survival of startups. 2.6. the moderating role of dynamic capabilities in recent years, the concept of dynamic capabilities has garnered significant attention in the field of strategic management, particularly concerning its moderating role in the relationship between innovation and competitive advantage. dynamic capabilities, defined as a firm's ability to integrate, build, and reconfigure internal and external resources to address rapidly changing environments, have been recognized as a critical factor in sustaining competitive advantage in the face of innovation [68]. several studies have explored how dynamic capabilities influence the innovation-competitive advantage nexus. for instance, the role of dynamic capabilities is particularly evident in industries characterized by rapid technological change [69]. furthermore, recent studies emphasize the importance of a firm's learning orientation as a dynamic capability that moderates the innovation-competitive advantage relationship. for example, a study by wilden et al. [70] found that firms with a strong learning orientation are better able to leverage their innovation efforts into sustained competitive advantage. this is because these firms are continually learning from their innovation experiences, which allows them to refine their strategies and processes over time. from the literature review [71], the hypothesis is as follows: h8: dynamic capabilities have a significant moderating role between innovation and competitive advantage. the conceptual framework, as illustrated in figure 1, represents the determination of hypotheses. figure 1. this study's conceptual model diagram illustrates the moderating effects, as indicated by the dotted lines competitive advantage dynamic capability survival of startups innovation hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 983 3. research design and data collection the flowchart illustrates the methodology applied in this investigation (figure 2). figure 2. methodology process 3.1. questionnaire design a multi-item quantitative research questionnaire consisting of a five-point likert scale from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree) for four variables was employed. as for the dynamic capability variable, a different measurement was used: a seven-point likert scale from 1 (strongly disagree) to 7 (strongly agree). it was measured using wilden et al. [72] 's scale. in addition, a 10-item scale from nkundabanyanga et al. [35] was employed for the innovation variables while the survival of startups, measured by profitability, was adopted from nkundabanyanga et al. [35] with four items. the final measure, competitive advantage, was measured using li et al. [73]’s scale, which included two and four questions; pereira-moliner et al. [58] used four questions, and almotawteh [57] used five questions. there was a total of 15 items in the four components. the specific research variables and their measurement items in the questionnaire are presented in appendix i. in this research, we examined the quality of the research instrument by assessing its content validity using the content validity index (cvi). we aimed to assess the consistency of the questionnaire items with the definitions of the studied variables, thereby determining their accuracy and comprehensiveness in measuring the intended content. the criterion for the cvi is that it should be 0.8 or higher [74]. this study involved three experts with relevant expertise to review and evaluate the instrument, resulting in a content validity index (cvi) of 0.951, which meets the criterion. 3.2. data collection there were 1,085 thai startups in the survey. hair et al.’s [75] criteria were used to select the sample size of 170 companies, which indicate that the sample-to-parameter ratio should be 10:1, 15:1, or 20:1 to be sufficient for confirmatory factor analysis (cfa). there were eleven observable variables discovered. as a result, the sample group must include at least 100—200 startups to enhance the reliability of the evaluation and data analysis. structural equation modeling (sem) complicates the establishment of generic standards for sample size needs [76]. notwithstanding, several rules of thumb have been presented: a hundred or two hundred samples at the very least [77], five or ten observations for each estimated parameter [78], and ten instances for each variable [79]. we determined the sample size by using cohen’s [80] test power of 0.9, an effect size of 0.3, 4 latent variables, and 10 observable variables. we also set the type i error to 0.05. the sample size was 173; nevertheless, there were 170 replies. the sem typically requires a sample size of 100–150 [81-84]. consequently, the sample size employed is adequate for the sem and is representative of the population. collect and study previous research to understand the context and identify gaps. develop a framework that defines the interconnections among variables and directs the research. analyze data and conduct discussions by correlating study findings with theoretical frameworks and prior research, concluding with insights. create the tools needed for data collection (questionnaires), test their effectiveness, and collect research data. devise the methodologies, target population, and sample, as well as the strategies for data collection and analysis. formulate theoretical implications and managerial recommendations, along with proposals for future. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 984 the startup sample size was determined using stratified random sampling. following systematic sampling, online (google forms) and paper surveys (post office) were conducted. as a result, 515 online questionnaires and 462 paper surveys were distributed to the participants. within two months, 30 online and 20 paper responses were received for the first round. the number of questionnaire replies was lower than expected. the researcher then called to inquire about the progress for startups that had not yet replied. additional completed questionnaires were collected until enough were gathered in accordance with the strategy. over a 4-month period, 120 responses (65 postal and 55 online) were received. after data cleaning, the participants in this study were from 170 tech startups in thailand, indicating a robust representation of the population. 3.3. data analysis cfa was used to validate the measurement tools by considering the chi-square statistic (2= non-significant) relative chi-square (2/df < 2) [85], root mean squared error of approximation (rmsea < 0.08), comparative fit index (cfi > 0.92), and tucker lewis index (tli > 0.92). furthermore, standard root means square residual (srmr < 0.08) [75, 86], tests were used for data analysis in this study, which tested composite reliability (cr > 0.7), and average variance extracted (ave > 0.5) [87], a constituent for convergence validity. we applied sem to study the dynamic capability, innovation, competitive advantage, and survival of tech startups in thailand. we used the m-plus package to compare the hypothetical model's absolute fit indices with the empirical data, utilizing hair et al.’s [75] index criteria to gauge the model's harmony. 4. data analysis and results among the 170 participants, 59.41% were male. in addition, most of the respondents were between 38 and 47 years old (44.12%). about 34.71% were startup founders. regarding startup characteristics, about 91.76% had a firm size of less than 50 employees; about 50.59% of firms had a firm age of more than 6 years; and about 62.94% of startups were ‘business-market fit’, as shown in figure 3. figure 3. characteristics of respondents 4.1. analysis of common method bias common method variance (cmv) can be assessed when using surveys to collect data from the same people at the same time. this is especially true when both the dependent and independent variables are perceptual measurements derived from the same respondent. if respondents tend to provide consistent answers to survey items that are otherwise unrelated, self-reported data can produce spurious correlations [88]. as a result, common method variance (cmv) must be investigated. marker variables were utilized in this study to assess attitudes toward self-indulgent shopping, as well as the relationship between the four questions and the scale produced by sharma et al. [89]. following the marker variable test, the variance of the common technique was 0.79% (<50%). the finding was that other factors of the study did not involve relationships between variables in the research model [90]. these results indicate that there is no common variance, which does not impede the results. 4.2. reliability and validity test the reliability of coefficient cronbach's alpha values in table 1 ranged from 0.819 to 0.903, showing that the constructs were internally consistent [91]. hence, the questionnaire demonstrates reliability in assessing the targeted constructs. male female gender 69 101 18–27 28–37 38–47 >47 age 75 59 25 11 problem-solution fit product-market fit business-market fit stage of startup 107 48 15 < 4 4-6 > 6 firm age 86 60 24 <50 >50 firm size 14 156 startup founder founding team managing director department manager job position 23 59 53 35 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 985 table 1. reliability and validity test results of each variable variables indicators factor loading coefficient cr ave cronbach’s survival of startups ss 0.935 0.875 0.875 0.819 dynamic capability dcs1 dcs2 dcs3 0.681 0.619 0.885 0.777 0.544 0.889 innovation ino1 ino2 0.731 0.828 0.757 0.610 0.903 competitive advantage ca1 ca2 ca3 ca4 0.644 0.696 0.720 0.777 0.803 0.505 0.877 2= 39.137, df = 30, 2/df =1.30, p < .01, rmsea = 0.042, cfi =0.984, tli = 0.975, srmr = 0.039. we employed cfa to investigate the discriminant validity of the following major variables: the survival of startups, dynamic capability, innovation, and competitive advantage. the overall model's chi-square, the comparative fit index (cfi), the tucker-lewis index (tli), and the root mean square error of approximation (rmsea) were used to assess model fit, as indicated by hair et al. [92]. the results showed that the predicted four-factor model fit the data well (2= 39.137, df = 30, p < .01, rmsea = 0.042, cfi = 0.984, tli = 0.975, srmr = 0.039). although the chi-square test of the hypothesized model proved significant, a relative chi-square (2/df) ratio of less than three has been advocated as an alternate test [75]. the relative 2 was 1.30 in this case, demonstrating that the hypothetical model fit the data well, and showed that cfa had a conformance index that followed the criteria. the factor loadings were satisfactory, ranging from 0.619 to 0.935. the average variance extracted (ave) values ranged from 0.505 to 0.875 and the composite reliability (cr) of the constructs ranged from 0.757 to 0.875. both values met the criteria for determining convergence validity [87]. in addition, as shown in table 2, the means values ranged from 3.952 to 5.836, the standard deviations ranged from 0.420 to 0.622, and the correlation coefficients of the study variables were significant from 0.258 to 0.503. since there was no correlation coefficient of the variables with a value greater than 0.90, which meets the basic criteria for considering multicollinearity [75], the above variables did not have multicollinearity. table 2. variable correlations coefficients, means and standard deviations variables mean s.d. 1 2 3 4 1. survival of startups 3.952 0.622 2. dynamic capability 5.836 0.526 0.373** 3. innovation 4.325 0.507 0.400** 0.258** 4. competitive advantage 4.178 0.420 0.503** 0.495** 0.364** note: n = 170, **p < .01. 4.3. structural model testing table 3 displays the results of this study, which continues to use mplus software to examine model fit. to see how well the hypothetical model fit the real-world data, we looked at the relative chi-square/degree of freedom (2/df < 2), the comparative fit index (cfi > 0.92), the tucker lewis index (tli > 0.92), the root mean squared error of approximation (rmsea < 0.08), and the standard root means square residual (srmr < 0.08). the structural equation model (sem) results showed that the predicted model fit the data well (2= 39.137, df = 30, 2/df =1.30, p < .01, rmsea = 0.042, cfi =0.984, tli = 0.975, srmr = 0.039). when cfa was performed, structural validity was found when the fit indices met the criteria without any model adjustments. table 3. model fit variables 2/df cfi tli rmsea srmr allowable range 1<2/df<2 >0.92 >0.92 <0.08 <0.08 study model fit 1.30 0.984 0.975 0.032 0.042 4.4. hypothesis testing results figure 4 presents the results of the structural model test. furthermore, the analytical data supports seven out of the eight hypotheses, as shown in tables 4 and 5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 986 table 4. hypothesis testing results hypotheses relationships β s.e. z p-value results h1 dcs ⇒ ss (+) 0.107 0.107 0.997 0.319 rejected h2 ino ⇒ ss (+) 0.260 0.093 2.799 0.005 supported h3 dcs ⇒ ca (+) 0.518 0.076 6.830 0.000 supported h4 ino ⇒ ca (+) 0.326 0.089 3.675 0.000 supported h5 ca ⇒ ss (+) 0.392 0.119 3.301 0.002 supported note: n =170, ss = survival of startups, dcs = dynamic capability, ino = innovation, ca = competitive advantage, note: significance ***p < .001, **p < .01, * p <.05 figure 4. structural model test results with standardized coefficients the research found no statistically significant direct effect of dynamic capability on startup survival. dynamic capability indirectly influences the survival of startups by conferring a statistically meaningful competitive advantage. as shown in table 4, the path of dynamic capabilities on the survival of startups was not significant (𝛽 = 0.107, p = 0.319), rejecting h1. however, innovation significantly and positively affected the survival of startups (𝛽 = 0.260, p = 0.005). the results are in accordance with the hypothesis. therefore, hypothesis h2 is accepted. the path from dynamic capabilities significantly positively affected competitive advantage (𝛽 = 0.518, p = 0.000), supporting h3. innovation positively influenced the survival of startups, as evidenced by (𝛽 = 0.326, p = 0.000). the results align with the theory. consequently, hypothesis h4 is accepted. finally, competitive advantage was found to have a positive effect on the survival of startups (𝛽 = 0.392, p = 0.002). h5 is therefore supported. 4.5. mediating effect test and moderating effect test table 5 displays the results of this study's continued analysis of the mediating effect of competitive advantage in mplus software. in the "dcs⇒ ca⇒ ss" path, the point estimate of the mediating effect of competitive advantage was 0.213 (p <.01), indicating that competitive advantage is a mediator between dynamic capability and startup survival. the results are in accordance with the hypothesis. therefore, hypothesis h6 is accepted. the lack of statistical significance indicates that dynamic capabilities did not directly impact survival. this makes competitive advantage a full mediator between dynamic capability and startup survival. for h7, the "ino ⇒ ca ⇒ ss" path, the point estimate of the mediating effect of competitive advantage was 0.116 (p <.05), indicating that competitive advantage had a significant mediating role between innovation and the survival of startups. consequently, h7 was supported. finally, we assessed dynamic capabilities as a moderating variable to analyze their impact on the relationship between innovation and competitive advantage. the moderating effect of "dcs* ino ⇒ ca" was 0.183 (p < 0.05), indicating the presence of a moderating effect. therefore, dynamic capabilities positively moderate the relationship between innovation and competitive advantage. the results are in accordance with the hypothesis. therefore, hypothesis h8 is accepted. the r2 values for competitive advantage and the survival of startups were found to be 0.523 and 0.404, respectively. dynamic capability survival of startups innovation (0.392**) r2=0.404 r2=0.523 competitive advantage hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 987 table 5. analysis of mediating effect test and moderating effect test r2 effect coefficient mediated effects moderated effects dynamic capabilities innovation dependent variables competitive advantage 0.523 direct effect indirect effect total effect 0.518*** 0.518*** 0.326*** 0.326*** 0.183* survival of startups 0.404 direct effect indirect effect total effect 0.112 0.213** 0.325*** 0.254** 0.116* 0.370*** relationships dcs ⇒ ca ⇒ ss ino ⇒ ca ⇒ ss dcs* ino ⇒ ca hypotheses h6 h7 h8 results supported supported supported ss = survival of startups, dcs = dynamic capability, ino = innovation, ca = competitive advantage, ***=p < 0.001, **=p < 0.01, *=p < 0.05 5. discussion and implications according to barney's [13] definition of the resource-based theory, dynamic capabilities are intangible resources that are valuable, rare, hard to copy, and cannot be replaced. they give a business a competitive edge. this research revealed that dynamic capabilities have a positive effect on competitive advantage. this is consistent with most studies; correia, dias, & teixeira [61] found that competitive advantage also mediates the association between dynamic capabilities and performance. kuo et al. [7] discovered that a company's dynamic capabilities impact its competitive advantage, which aligns with the findings of ogunkoya et al. [66], li & liu [93], and chukwuemeka & onuoha [6]. these findings suggest that company managers should foster a swift response to environmental changes by enhancing employees' abilities to detect, monitor, and respond to competition. this aligns with the findings of fainshmidt & frazier [94], which indicate that the capacity to reconfigure, an element of dynamic capacities, positively influences competitive advantage. however, dynamic capabilities do not affect the survival of startups. however, upon testing its role as a mediating variable of competitive advantage, resource-based theory revealed that dynamic capabilities influence the survival of startups by acting as an interstitial variable of competitive advantage. since dynamic capabilities are strategic and different from general capabilities, firms can maintain and expand their competitive advantage by layering them on top of general capabilities [95]. this research also includes important findings on dynamic capabilities that support the relationship between innovation and competitive advantage. this research found both direct and indirect relationships between innovation and startup survival. we found that innovation positively impacts survival, in line with previous research [10, 35], and it indirectly influences survival. through competitive advantage. it also has a direct effect on competitive advantage, which is consistent with previous studies. ortiz-villajos & sotoca [96] discovered that substantial innovations, particularly novel processes, exert a favourable influence on the survival trajectories of enterprises. moreover, augmenting the volume of patent applications elevates the probability of endurance for manufacturing-centric enterprises. this corresponds with the findings of zhang, zheng, & ning [97], who demonstrated that innovation, as quantified by patents, can enhance a company's survival rate. moreover, afraz et al. [98] discovered that innovation is crucial for attaining competitive advantage, aligning with the findings of farida & setiawan [99], which emphasize the significance of efficiency and innovation in enhancing competitive advantage. it is advised that businesses improve their performance and innovation abilities to bolster their competitive advantage, akin to the conclusions of suoniemi et al. [100] which indicate that the implementation of organizational innovation results in organizational success and fosters a competitive edge. consequently, firms must dedicate themselves to cultivating innovation and consistently prioritize its development across all domains. innovation is deemed essential for establishing a competitive advantage, especially for small and medium-sized firms [101]. this aligns with the findings of nimsith et al. [102], which indicate that entrepreneurs' capacity to execute innovation results in business operations capable of generating a competitive advantage. the resource-based view of the firm suggests that startups with unique, innovative capabilities can leverage these resources to establish barriers to entry, making it difficult for competitors to replicate their success [13]. consequently, startups that prioritize innovation are more likely to develop and maintain a competitive advantage, which in turn increases their likelihood of survival in the long term. 5.1. implications rooted in the resource-based view (rbv), the foundation of competitive advantage and survival lies in possessing resources that are intangible and superior to others [13]. this research highlights that, for startups in thailand, key resources contributing to competitive advantage include dynamic capability and innovation. these resources impact survival both directly and indirectly, demonstrating their critical role in helping companies adapt to challenging situations. by integrating superior resources to create differentiation, companies can respond effectively to market volatility, maintaining their competitive edge and ensuring long-term survival. the research underscores the importance of internal resources, especially intangible assets, as crucial drivers of competitive advantage and survival, even in the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 988 face of adversity such as the covid-19 pandemic. the findings reveal that in the context of thailand, these internal resources are integral to the resilience and survival of startups. our study provides valuable insights into how startups can enhance their competitiveness and improve their chances of survival. the findings reveal that dynamic capabilities and innovation positively impact competitive advantage, which in turn is positively correlated with the survival of startups. therefore, for startups aiming to survive in a competitive market, it is crucial to build and leverage their competitive advantage by enhancing their dynamic capabilities. this can be achieved by actively participating in startup-related activities, which provide opportunities for greater visibility. engaging in pitching events, for instance, allows startups to promote themselves more effectively. while dynamic capabilities do not directly affect survival, they indirectly influence it through competitive advantage, acting as a mediating variable. this suggests that startups need to harness their dynamic capabilities by continuously sensing, seizing, and adapting through their involvement in various industry platforms designed to foster startup growth. moreover, startups must strive to cultivate an atmosphere that actively fosters innovation within the organization. by encouraging the development of new ideas and promoting a culture of creativity, startups can generate comprehensive and integrated innovations. when startups build on their existing strengths and continuously present innovative solutions, they not only gain a competitive advantage, but also enhance their chances of survival in the market. innovation becomes a driving force that propels the organization forward, ensuring that it remains competitive and resilient in a rapidly evolving business environment. finally, if startups want to connect innovation and competitive advantage more tightly, they can do so through dynamic capabilities. this involves enhancing the organization's ability to identify and recognize opportunities arising from environmental changes, improving the capacity to absorb and leverage new knowledge to exploit these opportunities effectively, and reconfiguring resources to align with environmental shifts. emphasizing the importance of fostering innovation and developing new capabilities within the organization are crucial to ensuring agility and responsiveness to changing conditions. 6. conclusions, limitations and future research this study integrates resource-based view theory (rbv) with dynamic capabilities theory to link intangible internal resources that influence survival in the constantly evolving context of the covid-19 pandemic. the resource-based view (rbv) emphasizes internal resources that provide competitive advantage, enabling businesses to enhance their competitiveness and improve their survival prospects. the dynamic capabilities hypothesis elucidates the organizational competencies that enable entities to endure in swiftly evolving settings. the rbv interconnects with dynamic capabilities. the dynamic capacity hypothesis emphasizes the significance of the environmental setting in which the firm operates, while emphasizing the company's internal operations and resources. dynamic capacities and innovation are essential catalysts for competitive advantage in startups. innovation enables companies to generate distinctive value and distinguish themselves from rivals, while dynamic capabilities guarantee the effective implementation and scaling of these breakthroughs in a swiftly evolving landscape. dynamic capabilities serve as a moderating variable, amplifying the influence of innovation on competitive advantage, so rendering them essential for the sustained viability of companies. startups that focus on cultivating innovation and dynamic capabilities are more adept at managing market uncertainty and attaining sustained growth. this research highlights the necessity for companies to cultivate dynamic capabilities within their strategic management practices to succeed in contemporary, rapidly evolving, and innovation-centric marketplaces. the methodological shortcomings of this work limit its potential contributions. its cross-sectional design makes it difficult to determine strong causality. perhaps a long-term study would improve reliability. additionally, rather than using more comprehensive real data, the results are based on information gathered from key respondents. consequently, other factors influencing startups' ability to survive should be the focus of future research. one way to evaluate the approach would be to add moderators, such as leadership. relevant outcomes that could be examined include psychological empowerment, market orientation, r&d and external support. in addition, we focus on startups in thailand. other industries and locations could be the subject of future research, which would facilitate further comparison. the research findings may be valuable for future studies, may be beneficial to startups, academics, practitioners, and policymakers, and can contribute to future research as a source of reference. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, p.d. and i.r.; methodology, p.d. and i.r.; software, p.d.; validation, p.d. and i.r.; formal analysis, p.d.; investigation, p.d.; writing—original draft preparation, p.d. and i.r.; writing—review and editing, p.d. and i.r.; visualization, p.d.; supervision, i.r. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 989 7.3. funding this research was made possible through the support of songkhla rajabhat university, and the graduate school of prince of songkla university provided crucial funding for the research and thesis development. their generous support has been instrumental in advancing this academic work. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] dovleac, r., ionica, a., & leba, m. (2020). qfd embedded agile approach on it startups project management. cogent business and management, 7(1), 1782658. doi:10.1080/23311975.2020.1782658. [2] lestari, s., & mutmainah, s. (2023). does narcissism moderate training on performance among millennial and gen z accountants at startups? cogent business and management, 10(3), 2275383. doi:10.1080/23311975.2023.2275383. [3] wang, h., & fang, c. c. (2022). the influence of corporate networks on competitive advantage: the mediating effect of ambidextrous innovation. technology analysis and strategic management, 34(8), 946–960. doi:10.1080/09537325.2021.1934436. [4] sijabat, e. a. s., nimran, u., utami, h. n., & prasetya, a. (2020). ambidextrous innovation in mediating entrepreneurial creativity on firm performance and competitive advantage. journal of asian finance, economics and business, 7(11), 737– 746. doi:10.13106/jafeb.2020.vol7.no11.737. [5] teece, d. j., pisano, g., & shuen, a. (2009). dynamic capabilities and strategic management. knowledge and strategy, 18(7), 77–116. doi:10.4337/9781035334995.00014. [6] chukwuemeka, o. w., & onuoha, b. c. (2018). dynamic capabilities and competitive advantage of fast foods restaurants. international journal of management science and business administration, 4(3), 7–14. doi:10.18775/ijmsba.1849-56645419.2014.43.1001. [7] kuo, s. y., lin, p. c., & lu, c. s. (2017). the effects of dynamic capabilities, service capabilities, competitive advantage, and organizational performance in container shipping. transportation research part a: policy and practice, 95, 356–371. doi:10.1016/j.tra.2016.11.015. [8] teece, d. j. (2007). explicating dynamic capabilities: the nature and microfoundations of (sustainable) enterprise performance. strategic management journal, 28(13), 1319–1350. doi:10.1002/smj.640. [9] rakangthong, n. k., hareebin, y., dowpiset, k., jutidharabongse, j., & aujirapongpan, s. (2023). exploring managers’ skills affecting dynamic-innovative capabilities and performance in new normal era. hightech and innovation journal, 4(1), 37– 54. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-03. [10] adam, n. a., & alarifi, g. (2021). innovation practices for survival of small and medium enterprises (smes) in the covid-19 times: the role of external support. journal of innovation and entrepreneurship, 10(1), 15. doi:10.1186/s13731-021-00156-6. [11] lussak, a., abdurachman, e., gautama, i., & setiowati, r. (2020). the influence of financial performance and innovation of services and products on the survival of small businesses in food and beverage in the jakarta city with mediation of operational improvement. management science letters, 10(2), 463–468. doi:10.5267/j.msl.2019.8.024. [12] hasenclever, l., lopes, r., & paranhos, j. (2008). strategic management of technological innovation, by melissa a. schiling. reciis, 2(1), 117–119. doi:10.3395/reciis.v2i1.163en. [13] barney, j. (2015). firm resources and sustained competitive advantage. international business strategy: theory and practice, 17(1), 283–301. doi:10.1093/oso/9780199277681.003.0003. [14] edison, h., smørsgård, n. m., wang, x., & abrahamsson, p. (2018). lean internal startups for software product innovation in large companies: enablers and inhibitors. journal of systems and software, 135, 69–87. doi:10.1016/j.jss.2017.09.034. [15] combs, j. g., ketchen, d. j., terjesen, s. a., & bergh, d. d. (2023). after the startup: a collection to spur research about entrepreneurial growth. strategic entrepreneurship journal, 17(3), 693–709. doi:10.1002/sej.1476. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 990 [16] schoemaker, p. j. h., heaton, s., & teece, d. (2018). innovation, dynamic capabilities, and leadership. california management review, 61(1), 15–42. doi:10.1177/0008125618790246. [17] cao, g., duan, y., & el banna, a. (2019). a dynamic capability view of marketing analytics: evidence from uk firms. industrial marketing management, 76, 72–83. doi:10.1016/j.indmarman.2018.08.002. [18] feng, n., fu, c., wei, f., peng, z., zhang, q., & zhang, k. h. (2019). the key role of dynamic capabilities in the evolutionary process for a startup to develop into an innovation ecosystem leader: an in-depth case study. journal of engineering and technology management, 54, 81–96. doi:10.1016/j.jengtecman.2019.11.002. [19] sijabat, e. a. s., nimran, u., utami, h. n., & prasetya, a. (2021). the effects of dynamic capabilities, entrepreneurial creativity and ambidextrous innovation on firm’s competitiveness. journal of asian finance, economics and business, 8(1), 711–721. doi:10.13106/jafeb.2021.vol8.no1.711. [20] corvello, v., troise, c., schiuma, g., & jones, p. (2024). how start-ups translate learning from innovation failure into strategies for growth. technovation, 134, 103051. doi:10.1016/j.technovation.2024.103051. [21] eurico soares de noronha, m., ferraro, d. m., longo, l. r., & melvin, s. s. (2024). the orchestration of dynamic capabilities in cleantech companies. innovation and management review, 21(1), 15–27. doi:10.1108/inmr-08-2021-0144. [22] hiroshi usirono, c., laureano paiva, e., & beal partyka, r. (2024). resources and dynamic capabilities in startups. benchmarking. doi:10.1108/bij-12-2023-0857. [23] kartika, f. (2024). the role of innovation in startup success: a comprehensive review. advances: jurnal ekonomi & bisnis, 2(1), 46–58. doi:10.60079/ajeb.v2i1.240. [24] rao, a., & brown, m. a review of the resource-based view (rbv) in strategic marketing: leveraging firm resources for competitive advantage. business, marketing, and finance open, 1(3), 25–35. [25] wenjie sun, kecun chen, & jianhua mei. (2024). integrating the resource-based view and dynamic capabilities: a comprehensive framework for sustaining competitive advantage in dynamic markets. epra international journal of economic and business review, 12(9), 1–8. doi:10.36713/epra18157. [26] ferraris, a., santoro, g., & luca, s. (2017). how mnc’s subsidiaries may improve their innovative performance? the role of external sources and knowledge management capabilities. journal of knowledge management, 21(3), 540–552. doi:10.1108/jkm-09-2016-0411. [27] papa, a., dezi, l., gregori, g. l., mueller, j., & miglietta, n. (2020). improving innovation performance through knowledge acquisition: the moderating role of employee retention and human resource management practices. journal of knowledge management, 24(3), 589–605. doi:10.1108/jkm-09-2017-0391. [28] teece, d. j. (2014). a dynamic capabilities-based entrepreneurial theory of the multinational enterprise. journal of international business studies, 45(1), 8–37. doi:10.1057/jibs.2013.54. [29] fainshmidt, s., pezeshkan, a., lance frazier, m., nair, a., & markowski, e. (2016). dynamic capabilities and organizational performance: a meta-analytic evaluation and extension. journal of management studies, 53(8), 1348–1380. doi:10.1111/joms.12213. [30] augier, m., & teece, d. j. (2009). dynamic capabilities and the role of managers in business strategy and economic performance. organization science, 20(2), 410–421. doi:10.1287/orsc.1090.0424. [31] rotjanakorn, a., sadangharn, p., & na-nan, k. (2020). development of dynamic capabilities for automotive industry performance under disruptive innovation. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 6(4), 1–19. doi:10.3390/joitmc6040097. [32] schilling, m. a. (2017). strategic management of technological innovation. mcgraw-hill, new york, united states. [33] colombelli, a., krafft, j., & vivarelli, m. (2016). to be born is not enough: the key role of innovative start-ups. small business economics, 47(2), 277–291. doi:10.1007/s11187-016-9716-y. [34] kijkasiwat, p., & phuensane, p. (2020). innovation and firm performance: the moderating and mediating roles of firm size and small and medium enterprise finance. journal of risk and financial management, 13(5), 97. doi:10.3390/jrfm13050097. [35] nkundabanyanga, s. k., mugumya, e., nalukenge, i., muhwezi, m., & najjemba, g. m. (2020). firm characteristics, innovation, financial resilience and survival of financial institutions. journal of accounting in emerging economies, 10(1), 48– 73. doi:10.1108/jaee-08-2018-0094. [36] crossan, m. m., & apaydin, m. (2010). a multi-dimensional framework of organizational innovation: a systematic review of the literature. journal of management studies, 47(6), 1154–1191. doi:10.1111/j.1467-6486.2009.00880.x. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 991 [37] liang, j., & goetz, s. j. (2018). technology intensity and agglomeration economies. research policy, 47(10), 1990–1995. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2018.07.006. [38] theocharis, n., leligou, h. c., & tseles, d. (2022). innovation for people with disabilities in hospitality industry: a theoretical approach. hightech and innovation journal, 3(1), 102–114. doi:10.28991/hij-2022-03-01-010. [39] porter, m. e. (1985). competitive advantage of nations: creating and sustaining superior performance. free press, washington, d.c., united states. [40] gwarda-gruszczyńska, e. (2023). intellectual property protection in startups. kwartalnik nauk o przedsiębiorstwie, 67(1), 39– 50. doi:10.33119/knop.2023.67.1.3. [41] josefy, m. a., harrison, j. s., sirmon, d. g., & matz carnes, c. (2017). living and dying: synthesizing the literature on firm survival and failure across stages of development. academy of management annals, 11(2), 770–799. doi:10.5465/annals.2015.0148. [42] carmona-lavado, a., cuevas-rodríguez, g., & cabello-medina, c. (2010). social and organizational capital: building the context for innovation. industrial marketing management, 39(4), 681–690. doi:10.1016/j.indmarman.2009.09.003. [43] gieure, c., & berbegal-mirabent, j. (2016). firm survival strategies for entrepreneurs and freelancers in the translator and interpreter sector. en carma 2016: 1st international conference on advanced research methods in analytics. editorial universitat politècnica de valència, 128–136. doi:10.4995/carma2016.2016.3636. [44] mappigau, p., & m, a. (2013). human capital and survival of small scale food processing firms under economic crisis in central java indonesia. australian journal of business and management research, 03(01), 16–29. doi:10.52283/nswrca.ajbmr.20130301a03. [45] ahmad, s., omar, r., & quoquab, f. (2021). family firms’ sustainable longevity: the role of family involvement in business and innovation capability. journal of family business management, 11(1), 86–106. doi:10.1108/jfbm-12-2019-0081. [46] oppong-tawiah, d., & chan, y. e. (2016). the influence of it and knowledge capabilities on the survival of university it startups. international journal of technoentrepreneurship, 3(2), 150–172. doi:10.1504/ijte.2016.080265. [47] utomo, h. s. (2020). the effect of muslim religiosity and innovation capability on firm survival: a study on small enterprises during the covid-19 pandemic. iqtishadia, 13(2), 179. doi:10.21043/iqtishadia.v13i2.7626. [48] weaven, s., quach, s., thaichon, p., frazer, l., billot, k., & grace, d. (2021). surviving an economic downturn: dynamic capabilities of smes. journal of business research, 128, 109–123. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2021.02.009. [49] alvarez salazar, j. (2021). organizational resources and survival of startups firms – a qualitative analysis in the peruvian context. academia revista latinoamericana de administracion, 34(1), 59–87. doi:10.1108/arla-04-2020-0080. [50] huang, w., & ichikohji, t. (2024). how dynamic capabilities enable chinese smes to survive and thrive during covid-19: exploring the mediating role of business model innovation. plos one, 19(5 may), 304471. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0304471. [51] ziemnowicz, c. (2020). joseph a. schumpeter and innovation. encyclopedia of creativity, invention, innovation and entrepreneurship. springer international publishing, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-15347-6_476. [52] hyytinen, a., pajarinen, m., & rouvinen, p. (2015). does innovativeness reduce startup survival rates? journal of business venturing, 30(4), 564–581. doi:10.1016/j.jbusvent.2014.10.001. [53] crespo, n. f., crespo, c. f., silva, g., & barros, b. (2024). changing the sails to survive the storm: strategies that foster international business model innovation during a crisis. journal of innovation & knowledge, 9(4), 100584. doi:10.1016/j.jik.2024.100584. [54] ugur, m., & vivarelli, m. (2021). innovation, firm survival and productivity: the state of the art. economics of innovation and new technology, 30(5), 433–467. doi:10.1080/10438599.2020.1828509. [55] grant, r. m. (1991). the resource-based theory of competitive advantage: implications for strategy formulation. california management review, 33(3), 114–135. doi:10.2307/41166664. [56] ulubeyli, s., kazaz, a., & sahin, s. (2018). survival of construction smes in macroeconomic crises: innovation-based competitive strategies. journal of engineering, design and technology, 16(4), 654–673. doi:10.1108/jedt-03-2018-0057. [57] almotawteh, m. j. (2020). impact of employee empowerment on competitive advantage: mediating role of ethical leadership. palarch’s journal of archaeology of egypt / egyptology, 17(7), 16372–16388. doi:10.34218/ijm.12.3.2021.008. [58] pereira-moliner, j., pertusa-ortega, e. m., tarí, j. j., lópez-gamero, m. d., & molina-azorín, j. f. (2016). organizational design, quality management and competitive advantage in hotels. international journal of contemporary hospitality management, 28(4), 762–784. doi:10.1108/ijchm-10-2014-0545. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 992 [59] zahra, s. a., & george, g. (2002). absorptive capacity: a review, reconceptualization, and extension. academy of management review, 27(2), 185–203. doi:10.5465/amr.2002.6587995. [60] naidoo, v. (2010). firm survival through a crisis: the influence of market orientation, marketing innovation and business strategy. industrial marketing management, 39(8), 1311–1320. doi:10.1016/j.indmarman.2010.02.005. [61] correia, r. j., dias, j. g., & teixeira, m. s. (2020). dynamic capabilities and competitive advantages as mediator variables between market orientation and business performance. journal of strategy and management, 14(2), 187–206. doi:10.1108/jsma-12-2019-0223. [62] taghavy, a., hazari, n., & hooshmand chaijani, m. (2024). assessing the impact of dynamic capabilities, resilience and strategic alignment on startup competitiveness in iran. asia-pacific journal of business administration. doi:10.1108/apjba11-2023-0605. [63] praditya, r. a., & purwanto, a. (2024). linking the influence of dynamic capabilities and innovation capabilities on competitive advantage: pls-sem analysis. education studies and operations, 1(02), 6–10. doi:10.7777/dzjyxr52. [64] wang, c. l., & ahmed, p. k. (2007). dynamic capabilities: a review and research agenda. international journal of management reviews, 9(1), 31–51. doi:10.1111/j.1468-2370.2007.00201.x. [65] khouroh, u., sudiro, a., rahayu, m., & indrawati, n. k. (2020). the mediating effect of entrepreneurial marketing in the relationship between environmental turbulence and dynamic capability with sustainable competitive advantage: an empirical study in indonesian msmes. management science letters, 10(3), 709–720. doi:10.5267/j.msl.2019.9.007. [66] ogunkoya, o., hassan, b., & shobayo, p. b. (2020). dynamic capabilities and competitive advantage: an analysis of the nigerian banking sector. journal of accounting and management, 4(2), 24–36. [67] saputra, m. h., utomo, m. n., ariansyah, k., wismayanti, y. f., ansyah, r. h. a., koeswinarno, & suradi. (2024). small and medium-sized enterprises dynamic capabilities and competitive advantage: the mediating effect of digitalization. entrepreneurial business and economics review, 12(3), 41–67. doi:10.15678/eber.2024.120303. [68] teece, d. j. (2018). dynamic capabilities as (workable) management systems theory. journal of management and organization, 24(3), 359–368. doi:10.1017/jmo.2017.75. [69] schilke, o., hu, s., & helfat, c. e. (2018). quo vadis, dynamic capabilities? a content-analytic review of the current state of knowledge and recommendations for future research. academy of management annals, 12(1), 390–439. doi:10.5465/annals.2016.0014. [70] wilden, r., devinney, t. m., & dowling, g. r. (2016). the architecture of dynamic capability research identifying the building blocks of a configurational approach. academy of management annals, 10(1), 997–1076. doi:10.1080/19416520.2016.1161966. [71] azeem, m., & khanna, a. (2024). a systematic literature review of startup survival and future research agenda. journal of research in marketing and entrepreneurship, 26(1), 111–139. doi:10.1108/jrme-03-2022-0040. [72] wilden, r., gudergan, s. p., nielsen, b. b., & lings, i. (2013). dynamic capabilities and performance: strategy, structure and environment. long range planning, 46(1–2), 72–96. doi:10.1016/j.lrp.2012.12.001. [73] li, s., ragu-nathan, b., ragu-nathan, t. s., & subba rao, s. (2006). the impact of supply chain management practices on competitive advantage and organizational performance. omega, 34(2), 107–124. doi:10.1016/j.omega.2004.08.002. [74] polit, d. f., & beck, c. t. (2006). the content validity index: are you sure, you know what’s being reported? critique and recommendations. research in nursing and health, 29(5), 489–497. doi:10.1002/nur.20147. [75] hair, j. f., black, w. c., babin, b. j., & anderson, r. e. (2010). multivariate data analysis. pearson college division, london, united kingdom. [76] maccallum, r. c., widaman, k. f., zhang, s., & hong, s. (1999). sample size in factor analysis. psychological methods, 4(1), 84–99. doi:10.1037/1082-989x.4.1.84. [77] boomsma, a. (1985). nonconvergence, improper solutions, and starting values in lisrel maximum likelihood estimation. psychometrika, 50(2), 229–242. doi:10.1007/bf02294248. [78] bentler, p. m., & chou, c. p. (1987). practical issues in structural modeling. in sociological methods & research (vol. 16, issue 1, pp. 78–117). doi:10.1177/0049124187016001004. [79] nunnally, j. c., & bernstein, i. h. (1978). psychometric theory. mcgraw-hills, new york, united states. [80] cohen, j. (2013). statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences. routledge, new york, united states. doi:10.4324/9780203771587 . [81] tinsley, h. e. a., & tinsley, d. j. (1987). uses of factor analysis in counseling psychology research. journal of counseling psychology, 34(4), 414–424. doi:10.1037/0022-0167.34.4.414. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203771587 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 993 [82] anderson, j. c., & gerbing, d. w. (1988). structural equation modeling in practice: a review and recommended two-step approach. psychological bulletin, 103(3), 411–423. doi:10.1037/0033-2909.103.3.411. [83] ding, l., velicer, w. f., & harlow, l. l. (1995). effects of estimation methods, number of indicators per factor, and improper solutions on structural equation modeling fit indices. structural equation modeling: a multidisciplinary journal, 2(2), 119– 143. doi:10.1080/10705519509540000. [84] tabachnick, b. g., & fidell, l. s. (2001). using multivariate statistics. pearson education, boston, united states. [85] schumacker, r. e., & lomax, r. g. (2004). a beginner’s guide to structural equation modeling. a beginner’s guide to structural equation modeling. routledge, new york, united states. doi:10.4324/9781410610904. [86] murtagh, f., & heck, a. (2012). multivariate data analysis. springer science & business media, dordrecht, germany. doi:10.1007/978-94-009-3789-5. [87] hair, j. f., black, w. c., babin, b. j., anderson, r. e., & tatham, r. l. (2006). multivariate data analysis. pearson prentice hall, new jersey, united states. [88] podsakoff, p. m., mackenzie, s. b., lee, j. y., & podsakoff, n. p. (2003). common method biases in behavioral research: a critical review of the literature and recommended remedies. journal of applied psychology, 88(5), 879–903. doi:10.1037/0021-9010.88.5.879. [89] sharma, p., sivakumaran, b., & marshall, r. (2011). deliberate self-indulgence versus involuntary loss of self-control: toward a robust cross-cultural consumer impulsiveness scale. journal of international consumer marketing, 23(3–4), 229–245. doi:10.1080/08961530.2011.578060. [90] chin, w. w., thatcher, j. b., & wright, r. t. (2012). assessing common method bias: problems with the ulmc technique. mis quarterly: management information systems, 36(3), 1003–1019. doi:10.2307/41703491. [91] george, d., & mallery, p. (2016). frequencies. ibm spss statistics 23 step by step. routledge, new york, united states. [92] hair, j., anderson, r., tatham, r., & black, w. (1978). factorial analysis. techniques and instrumentation in analytical chemistry, 1(c), 219–242. doi:10.1016/s0167-9244(08)70056-8. [93] li, d. yuan, & liu, j. (2014). dynamic capabilities, environmental dynamism, and competitive advantage: evidence from china. journal of business research, 67(1), 2793–2799. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2012.08.007. [94] fainshmidt, s., & frazier, m. l. (2017). what facilitates dynamic capabilities? the role of organizational climate for trust. long range planning, 50(5), 550–566. doi:10.1016/j.lrp.2016.05.005. [95] teece, d. j. (2012). dynamic capabilities: routines versus entrepreneurial action. journal of management studies, 49(8), 1395–1401. doi:10.1111/j.1467-6486.2012.01080.x. [96] ortiz-villajos, j. m., & sotoca, s. (2018). innovation and business survival: a long-term approach. research policy, 47(8), 1418–1436. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2018.04.019. [97] zhang, d., zheng, w., & ning, l. (2018). does innovation facilitate firm survival? evidence from chinese high-tech firms. economic modelling, 75, 458–468. doi:10.1016/j.econmod.2018.07.030. [98] afraz, m. f., bhatti, s. h., ferraris, a., & couturier, j. (2021). the impact of supply chain innovation on competitive advantage in the construction industry: evidence from a moderated multi-mediation model. technological forecasting and social change, 162, 120370. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2020.120370. [99] farida, i., & setiawan, d. (2022). business strategies and competitive advantage: the role of performance and innovation. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 8(3), 163. doi:10.3390/joitmc8030163. [100] suoniemi, s., meyer-waarden, l., munzel, a., zablah, a. r., & straub, d. (2020). big data and firm performance: the roles of market-directed capabilities and business strategy. information and management, 57(7), 103365. doi:10.1016/j.im.2020.103365. [101] ciampi, f., marzi, g., demi, s., & faraoni, m. (2020). the big data-business strategy interconnection: a grand challenge for knowledge management. a review and future perspectives. journal of knowledge management, 24(5), 1157–1176. doi:10.1108/jkm-02-2020-0156. [102] nimsith, s. i., rifas, a. h., & cader, m. j. a. (2016). impact of core competency on competitive advantage of banking firms in sri lanka. international journal of scientific research and innovative technology, 3(7), 64-72. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 994 appendix i: questionnaire items variables indicators variables reference survival of startups ss 1. we continuously evaluate our procedures to reduce operational flaws. 2. the profits of our organization have continuously grown year over year. 3. over the years, our organization has seen a decline in sales revenue. 4. we have maintained a constant selling price for our products and services across the years [22] dynamic capability dcs1 1. individuals in my organization engage in professional association activities. 2. we employ recognized methodologies to ascertain: (1) target market segmentation, (2) evolving client requirements, and (3) customer-driven innovation. 3. we adhere to exemplary practices within our industry. 4. we collect economic data regarding our operations and operational context. [55] dcs 2 1. we prioritize discovering solutions for our clients. 2. we implement the optimal methods within our industry. 3. we address defects identified by employees. 4. we modify our methods in response to client input that necessitates modification. dcs 3 1. we consistently adopt innovative management techniques. 2. we regularly alter our marketing approach or plan. 3. we significantly revamp corporate processes. 4. we consistently and significantly innovate our methods for attaining our goals and objectives. innovation ino1 1. our institution possesses a comprehensive it department. 2. our institution utilizes software for reporting purposes. 3. certain processes are conducted manually. 4. this institution modifies the reporting software system after a designated interval. 5. our clientele perceives our products and services as user-friendly. 6. we utilize cutting-edge equipment in our operational methods. [22] ino2 1. we possess a recognized trademark that represents our products and services. 2. our company is a member of a group that upholds copyright legislation in thailand. 3. our clientele readily identifies with our registered trademark. 4. the majority of customers recognize our registered products. competitive advantage ca1 1. we provide competitive pricing. 2. we can provide prices that are equal to or lower than those of our competitors. [43, 44] ca2 1. we can compete based on quality. 2. we provide products that are exceptionally dependable. 3. we provide products that are highly durable. 4. we provide superior-quality products to our clientele. ca3 1. a brand image identifies the firm. 2. the quality of service provided surpasses that of competitors. 3. a larger array of extra services is provided to enhance consumer value. 4. the service implements significant advancements. ca4 1. employees have the authority to take any necessary actions to ensure client satisfaction. 2. we commit all internal operations to delivering enhanced value to customers. 3. employees are instructed to fulfil the requirements and preferences of clients regardless of cost. 4. employees have the authority to act quickly to meet client needs. 5. all personnel engage directly with clients to assess their satisfaction levels. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 52 issn: 2723-9535 “grand challenges initiative: sustainability and development" the importance of interfirm networks in enhancing innovation capability and exporting in high-tech industry noerlina 1* , tirta n. mursitama 1 , boto simatupang 1, agustinus bandur 1 1 management department, binus business school, bina nusantara university, jakarta, indonesia. received 26 april 2022; revised 14 july 2022; accepted 03 august 2022; published 20 august 2022 abstract this study investigates how interfirm networks affect firm performance through a multi-mediation model of innovation capability and exports in the context of high-tech industries in indonesia as one of the emerging economies. as part of domestic and international business networks, the firm can benefit from various forms, such as being a supplier to another firm in the next value chain, learning external knowledge, resource sharing, and, in turn, increasing firm performance. however, there is no guarantee that firms engaging in the interfirm network will increase their performance through innovative capability and internationalization through exporting activities. this study utilizes the large and medium manufacturing industries 2017 dataset from an annual survey conducted by statistics indonesia. we created a total sample of 2,578 firms from 7 industries in indonesia's high-tech industries based on two-digit international standard industrial classification (isic) manufacturing industries. by employing structural equation model (sem) – path analysis, this study found that the interfirm network positively and significantly affects the firm's performance. meanwhile, a significant but not unidirectional effect was found in the relationship between interfirm networks and innovation capability, as well as innovation capability on firm performance. export plays an important role in improving the company's performance, either directly or as a mediator. however, the mediating effect of innovation capabilities and export activities on interfirm networks and firms' performance is much smaller than the direct effect of interfirm networks on firms' performance. keywords: interfirm network; innovation capability; export; firm performance; high-tech industry. 1. introduction research on interfirm networks and involvement in networks that encourage the internationalization of firms with the concept of sharing knowledge within firms and between firms is increasingly becoming a concern in research with a focus on business economics [1-3]. previous research has found that networking with multinational companies (mnes) will become the main source of external knowledge entry [4-5]. although network theory shows that the opportunities obtained by the firm are the result of the network built by the firm, it is still unclear what kind of network can increase the opportunities obtained by the firm [6] and how the influence of firm internationalization in the form of exports can increase company productivity [7]. business environment with conditions of uncertainty and instability due to globalization, technological, economic, and social changes, and increasingly fierce competition in the market. in the past, in a less globalized environment, firms could survive with a less dynamic strategy, with a management model based on continuity and activity confined to the domestic market. companies must continue to adapt every time to compete in the market. the strategy of conducting internationalization is one of the firm's strategies to survive in business [8]. * corresponding author: nurlina@binus.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-sp2022-03-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3822-2701 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0230-8864 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6225-5418 hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 53 internationalization of firms is a process of increasing firm involvement in cross-border international operations, which includes various activities, including export and licensing activities [9]. internationalization of firms is seen as business organizations that play a prominent role in driving economic growth and creating innovation in the world economy [10]. resource-based theory (rbt) underlines the importance that a firm must be able to manage its resources well to compete with other firms in achieving competitive advantage with three stages of the life cycle [11] consisting of the introduction stage [12-15], growth stage [16, 17], and maturity stage [18-20]. studies related to rbt are getting more attention in management science, especially those related to firm performance. previous research related to this includes studies linking company resources such as the firm's international orientation, technology, marketing, company group affiliations, foreign participation, company size, royalty expenditures, r&d spending, advertising spending, innovation strategy, business strategy, networking, knowledge and expertise, company status, export commitment, type of industry, assets, international experience, it investment [21–27]. from previous studies conducted in both developed and developing countries, it is evident that research focusing on firms in indonesia is still very limited, especially for firms in the high-tech industry. based on a study of previous studies in indonesia, there are not many studies that discuss how interfirm networks play a role in firm performance. they also did not specifically examine the high-tech industry, even though the measurement of firm performance in this industrial category is very important because it is the main pillar in nation-building. a high-tech industry is an industry with a classification of economic activities based on the use of high-tech processes for inputs such as labor on a stem (science, technology, engineering, and mathematical) basis, r&d activities, and the use of high-tech production methods or producing high-tech products as output [28-29]. in the literature on the drivers of firm performance, scholars generally accentuate the direct influence of innovation on firm performance or the direct influence of exports [8, 26]. previous studies have mainly focused on interfirm networks, innovations, and exports as separate factors affecting firm performance, leaving the effects of all these factors interacting with each other relatively unexplored (see figure 1). less attention has been paid to the role of innovation and exports in mediating the effect of interfirm networks on firm performance. this study wants to explore further whether the influence of the interfirm network on firm performance will have more impact if the firm is also actively innovating and carrying out export strategies. this topic is increasingly important in developing countries due to the growth in both the complexity of expanding market share and the firm growth that requires knowledge creation through generating, transferring, and acquiring new knowledge. figure 1. interfirm network, innovation capability, export, and firm performance model the major purpose of this paper is to examine the effect of a firm's involvement in the network on firm performance by looking at the mediating role of innovation carried out by firms and export activities in indonesia's high-tech industry. based on the scopus database, there is very limited research that focuses on the high-tech industry in indonesia. specifically, that uses a database on large and medium manufacturing firms based on the industrial survey 2017 enumerated by statistics indonesia [30], including the limited research evidence that addresses the role of a firm's involvement in business networks. this condition opens opportunities for research on this topic, enriches existing theories, and contributes to decision-makers on how to advance firm performance within the high-tech industry in indonesia. 2. theory and hypothesis development 2.1. interfirm network and firm performance interfirm network as a corporate strategy to obtain tangible and intangible benefits for the firms can be seen in the form of firms' involvement in the network carried out in value chain activities. previous research has shown that involvement in the value chain can increase firm performance [31-33]. the rationale of learning by the interfirm network innovation capability export interfirm network firm performance hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 54 is that firms involved in the network will benefit in the form of getting new knowledge from outside, both domestically and internationally, through knowledge and technology transfer, information of the foreign market, being a supplier to other firms in the value chain etc. liu et al. (2021) [34] argue that the relationship with the firm's business partners in the production process that involves the value chain with a network of foreign firms has a positive impact on increasing the internationalization of the firms. in developing countries contexts with relatively weaker institutions, firms do not tend to invest significantly in technology and innovation. instead of creating radical innovation that costs a lot of money in terms of research and development expenditure, firms tend to be part of the local and global value chain. as a form of interorganizational network, business groups have produced relational benefits between affiliated companies by creating technological and managerial capabilities [24]. the presence of business groups as inter-organizational networks depends on the company's internal, unique, and specific capabilities. meanwhile, the strength of the network in encouraging the improvement of company performance is comparable and as important as increasing the company's competitiveness from the company's r&d activities [34]. therefore, with indonesia's high-tech industry as a developing country as a context, hypothesis 1 is as follows: hypothesis 1: interfirm network will have a positive and significant impact on firm performance. 2.2. increasing firm performance through interfirm network and innovation capability several studies related to firm performance and the factors that influence it have been carried out. it can be distinguished from external factors and internal factors. the factors in question include ownership, firm resources, technology, innovation made by the firms, and other factors such as the characteristics of the firm's operations [35-36]. internal and external factors that affect performance are suggested to be further developed and considered as potential mediators for measuring firm performance [25]. the firm's decision to enter the global market is a strategic decision that requires consideration of the benefits and costs of this decision. the physical distance approach explains that firms entering new markets are usually carried out in stages, starting from culturally close markets to broader markets. based on this approach, research was conducted on company involvement in the domestic value chain as a stepping stone to global involvement [37]. another factor that drives the firm's performance can also be seen in terms of the innovations carried out. innovation is a factor that drives economic growth, increases competitiveness and increases firm productivity in both developed and developing countries [38]. although firms in developing countries operate under technological limitations with low managerial levels and production skills, every firm innovation has an important role in company development [39]. innovation is important for a firm's export performance only if the firm operates in a highly competitive environment and when consumer needs are highly dynamic [40]. innovation capability is needed by firms to compete internationally and needs to be supported by the strength of the firm's capital and the exported high-tech products [41]. with an approach to see how involvement in this firm network can affect the firm's innovation and will also ultimately affect the firm's performance, therefore the hypotheses are as follows: hypothesis 2a: interfirm network will have a positive and significant impact on innovation capability hypothesis 2b: innovation capability will have a positive and significant impact on firm performance hypothesis 2c: innovation capability mediates the relationship between interfirm network and firm performance 2.3. increasing firm performance through interfirm network and export to compete internationally, it is necessary to be supported by the strength of the firm's capital and the high-tech products being exported [41]. involvement in corporate networks can be linked to the firm's export activities [42]. firms generally start the internationalization process by exporting. firms with limited experience and resources in the early stages of internationalization usually rely on network capabilities. therefore, building a network is important in the early stages of the internationalization of the firm. in the international business environment with many risks and uncertainties, making the ability to build networks is critical to dealing with volatile circumstances [43]. export activities as part of the firm's internationalization reflect the firm's decision to participate in the global market but do not reflect the allocation of added value in the firm's production chain [44]. exports are expected to increase the achievement of firm performance. from research conducted in indonesia on the manufacturing industry listed on the indonesia stock exchange from 2012 to 2016, exports had a significant positive impact on firm performance based on the achievement of the firm's historical targets [45]. however, other studies have found the negative effect of exports on firm performance due to the costs of internationalization that arise [46]. departing from previous research where the role of exports still produces different effects on firm performance, therefore the hypotheses are as follows: hypothesis 3a: interfirm networks will positively and significantly impact export. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 55 hypothesis 3b: export will positively and significantly impact firm performance. hypothesis 3c: export mediates the relationship between interfirm network and firm performance. 3. data and variables 3.1. study context and data the high-tech industry in indonesia was chosen as the study context because it is the mainstay of economic growth and is the focus of development, as indicated in the 2020-2024 national mid-term development plan [47]. the hightech industry is also the focus of the making indonesia 4.0 roadmap launched by the government to enter the era of the industrial revolution 4.0 by focusing on five main sectors, namely food and beverages, textiles, and clothing, automotive, chemical, and electronics. three of the five primary sectors, namely automotive, chemical, and electronics, are considered high-tech industries. given the importance of this industry in indonesia, however, it turns out that only a few studies have focused on this area, especially those investigating the influence of interfirm networks, innovation, and exports on firm performance. according to tse et al. (2017) [48], firms in developing countries generally need to learn a lot from companies in developed countries. the high-tech industry in indonesia also needs to have a strategy for building strong networks between companies both at home and abroad and improving mastery of technology and other managerial aspects. liu et al. (2021) [34] state that the strength of the network in encouraging the improvement of firm performance is comparable and as important as increasing the company's competitiveness from the firm's r&d activities. therefore, with the importance of interfirm networks in strengthening firms, there is a need to investigate the role of these networks in supporting the performance of the high-tech industry. this study utilized secondary data on medium and large manufacturing industries in 2017 taken from official government publications, statistics indonesia [30]. it is a cross-sectional data enumerated for 2017, but it was just issued in 2020 whose classification of the manufacturing industry is based on the number of workers in the company. as oneshot cross-sectional data, it is only taken once in a certain period which is used to answer research questions [49-53]. this data source has been widely used in other studies and is proven reasonably and reliable [7, 5, 54]. the population of indonesia's manufacturing industries in 2017 was 33,577 firms [30], whereas the number of firms in the high-tech industry was 4,903, which is 14.6% of total manufacturing industries in indonesia. it consists of 7 industries based on two-digit international standard industrial classification (isic) manufacturing industries, namely chemical, pharmaceuticals, computer, electronic and optical products, electrical equipment, machinery and equipment, motor vehicles, trailers, and semi-trailers, as well as other transport equipment. after cleaning the data and omitting missing data for each variable, the final sample was 2,578 firms, 52.5% of total high-tech industries in indonesia and 7.7% of indonesia's manufacturing industries. this data was also used in previous research on technological capabilities derived from the firm's royalty expenditures and foreign ownership [55]. 3.2. dependent variable firm performance (fp) following previous research in the field of management and economics, this research uses firm performance as the dependent variable in measuring performance in the form of company productivity using company value-added data [8]. research on indonesia's case that was utilized this data was also utilized value-added as a proxy for firm performance. adopting research from venkatraman and ramanujam (1986) [56], in this study, firm performance is defined as the result of the firm's ability to achieve its goals by using its resources to increase the firm's competitiveness, where performance measurement is through the firm's value-added obtained from the added value of output by deducting input costs. 3.3. independent variable interfirm network (inf) we measure the interfirm network by using the firm's revenue from industry services both domestically and abroad [30]. in the context of the manufacturing industry, the interfirm network is defined as involvement in corporate networks in the form of being part of the inter-firm production process, which has the effect of strengthening the firms with wider access to resources [34]. the data is in the log-transformed. innovation capability (in) we measure innovation capability using a dummy measurement by giving 1 for innovative firms and 0 for the opposite [57]. the innovations carried out can be in the form of product innovation [58], process innovation [59], marketing innovation, and organizational innovation. in the context of the manufacturing industry, innovation is highly correlated with new insights, technological improvement, and business development [48]. bps-static indonesia [30] hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 56 provides data on whether firms do innovation in product, process, marketing, and organization in that year. we sum up the frequency of each company that innovates in each area so that if the company does not innovate, then 0, while if it innovates in all areas, the value is 4. exports (ex) following research from sala-rois et al. (2020) [8] and ni and kurita (2020) [51], we use a dummy measurement by giving 1 for the firm doing the export and 0 otherwise. this export information is obtained from the status of the exported production, whether it is exported alone or by other parties [30]. export is defined as the firm's international trade activities by utilizing existing production capacity and maximizing the firm's profit level through the global market so that it can support the firm's growth. through exports, which are part of the firm's internationalization, firms can increase their competitiveness, especially in terms of management expertise and technological capability [60]. 3.4. control variable dummy industry we include six dummy industries based on isic by giving 1 for firms that include in certain industries within hightech industries and 0 for the others. there is 7 type of industries in high technology industries, namely chemical and chemical products (isic 20), pharmaceuticals (isic 21), computer, electronic and optical products (isic 26), electrical equipment (isic 27), machinery and equipment (isic 28), motor vehicles, trailers, and semi-trailers (isic 29), as well as other transport equipment (isic 30). we use isic 20 as a reference. productivity we measure productivity by the amount of production produced by the firm. we use log-transformed firm's productivity to control for firm's capital size. number of employees similarly, we use log-transformed number of employees to control for firm size [61]. large employee numbers result in a large capital value [48]. 3.5. estimation method this study uses a quantitative approach with the method of structural equation modeling (sem) – path models. quantitative data analysis in this study consisted of 2 parts: descriptive data analysis and sem – path model. descriptive data analysis is used to provide an overview of the data in general and simplify large amounts of data in the form of summaries and measurements in the form of tables, graphs, or diagrams. the path model, also known as path analysis, is used to determine the effect of exogenous variables on endogenous variables. there is a direct and indirect effect where the variable is an observed variable. sem path this model is widely known and widely used in research in economics, business and other social sciences where the variables are observed, not latent [62-64]. the formulation of the model is carried out in multimediation model approach to examine the direct and indirect effects of the independent variables on the dependent variable or through more than one mediator. one approach to computing the indirect effect of the hypothesis is by using method of product of the coefficients. this method calculates the indirect effect by multiplying the regression coefficients of the path. further, we do this step for each of the mediator variables in the model. thus, we use the coefficients for each of the mediator variables in the model. testing is done using stata software. we obtain the necessary coefficients using the sureg (seemingly unrelated regression) command. 3.6. high-tech industry in indonesia we classify firm in high-tech industry if the production process of a product involves high technology like stem (science, technology, engineering, and mathematic) labor, research and development intensity, and high technology production method [28]. based on two-digit isic, the high-tech industry involves 7 (seven) industries are chemicals and chemical products (isic 20), pharmaceuticals (isic 21), computer, electronic and optical products (isic 26), electrical equipment (isic 27), machinery and equipment (isic 28), motor vehicles, trailers, and semi-trailers (isic 29), and other transport equipment (isic 30). based on statistics indonesia, there were 33,577 firms in the large and medium manufacturing industries in 2017. figure 2 shows the distribution of the manufacturing firms based on 2 digit isic that is the largest number of firms is from the chemicals and chemical products industry (isic 20) with 7,507 firms. meanwhile, the smallest number of firms is coke and the refined petroleum products industry (isic 19). hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 57 figure 2. number of large and medium manufacturing industries based on 2 digit isic based on figure 3, it can be seen that most of the developing industries in indonesia are dominated by low technology industries (low technology industries), as many as 22,239 companies out of a total of 33,577 companies (66%). the second-largest position is the medium-tech industry with 6,435 firms (19%), and the least is the high-tech industry with 4,903 (15%). although the number of firms in the high-tech industry is only 15% of the total manufacturing firms in indonesia, the output contribution given by this industry is 30% of the total output of all large and medium manufacturing industries. the output contribution of the high-tech industry is higher than the medium-tech industry (the output contribution of medium-tech is 16%, and the low-tech industry is 54%). figure 3. indonesian manufacturing industry based on technology intensity figure 4 shows from 4,903 firms in the high-tech industries, the largest number of firms is from chemicals and chemical products industry (isic 20) with 1,515 firms. meanwhile, the smallest number of firms is pharmaceuticals 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 total 7507 649 706 2738 2972 926 1507 744 1009 142 1515 378 2624 2010 566 1545 506 552 728 687 537 1796 864 369 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 # o f fi rm s iindustry category based on international standard industrial classification low-tech industry medium-tech industry high-tech industry total 22239 6435 4903 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 # o f fi rm s industry category based on technology intensity hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 58 (isic 21). there are 3 type of industries out of total 7 type of industries in the high-tech industry which are the main focus of making indonesia 4.0 roadmap as indonesia's strategy towards the industrial revolution 4.0 (chemicals and chemical products, computer, electronic and optical products, motor vehicles, trailers, and semi-trailers). figure 4. indonesia's high-tech industry 2017 4. results table 1 below shows a summary of statistics and correlation matrix. the correlation between variables displays the results according to research expectations. table 2 presents the summary of the hypothesis testing path model to answer hypotheses 1, 2(a, b, c), and 3(a, b, c). table 1. descriptive statistics and correlations 1 2 3 4 firm performance 1.0000 interfirm network 0.6603 1.0000 innovation capability 0.5995 0. 4115 1.0000 export 0.4344 0. 4107 0.5844 1.0000 m 17.7029 15.1719 0.6190 0.1241 sd 1.6265 2.2856 1.1832 0.3297 min 12.5148 7.4759 0 0 max 23.8772 22.1304 4 1 note: n = 2578. all control variables are included. table 2. summary of hypothesis testing path model hypothesis relationship coef. std. error z-values 95% conf. interval h1 ifn  fp 0.3530 0.0091 38.73 0.3351 0.3709 h2a ifn  in 0.1639 0.0107 15.23 0.1428 0.1850 h2b in  fp 0.2237 0.0169 13.20 0.1905 0.2569 h2c ifn  in  fp 0.0366 0.0036 9.98 0.0294 0.0438 h3a ifn  ex 0.0402 0.0032 12.45 0.0338 0.0465 h3b ex  fp -0.5148 0.0564 -9.12 -0.6254 -0.4041 h3c ifn  ex fp -0.0207 0.0028 -7.36 -0.0262 -0.0151 note(s): fp = firm performance; ifn = interfirm network; in = innovation capability; ex = export. all hypotheses are significant at the 1% level. all control variables are included. 20 21 26 27 28 29 30 total 1515 378 506 552 728 687 537 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 # o f fi rm s high-tech industry based on isic hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 59 the results show a positive and significant effect of the interfirm network on firm performance (0.3530, p < 0.01), where there is a very strong influence of the firm network; therefore, hypothesis 1 of the study is supported. the relationship between interfirm networks on innovation capability shows a positive and significant effect (0.1639, p < 0.01), which also supports hypothesis 2a of the study. the same result is also shown by the relationship between innovation capabilities on firm performance, supporting hypothesis 2b. indirect effects of innovation capability mediate the relationship between interfirm network and firm performance show a positive and significant effect (0.0366, p < 0.01), so hypothesis 2c is also accepted. from the comparison between direct and indirect effects, the direct effect has a greater impact than the indirect effect in testing hypothesis 1 (0.3530) compared to hypothesis 2c (0.0366). the relationship between the interfirm networks on the export shows a positive and significant effect (0.0402p < 0.01), so hypothesis 3a is accepted. the next hypothesis was built by looking at the direct effect of export on firm performance, with the result negative and significant (-0.5148, p < 0.01), which means there is a unidirectional effect between export on firm performance. because the hypotheses are two-tailed tests, so hypothesis 3b is still accepted. and the final hypothesis is the effect of the interfirm network on firm performance and mediated by export, showing that there is a negative and significant effect of -.0207 (0.0402×-0.5148) with p < 0.01, so this supports hypothesis 3c with two-tailed tests approach. the total indirect effect of hypotheses 2c and 3c is 0.0159 (0.0366 0.0207) with p <0.01 significant level. the results above suggest that from two of the separate indirect effects and the total indirect effect are significant. we found that the roles of these two mediators (innovation capability and export) are different. the innovation capability variable directly influences firm performance that is greater than when this variable is placed as a mediator. meanwhile, export as an independent variable and a mediator has a negative and significant influence. it turns out that exports have a negative greater influence on firm performance when placed as an independent variable. 5. discussion the statistical testing from the high technology industry sample shown above proves that this research is in line with previous research related to the influence of the interfirm network on firm performance. one of the previous studies stated that companies involved in interfirm networks in the form of value chains have performance that outperforms other companies [32]. the relationship between the interfirm network and firm performance also gives positive results if the network coverage is both domestic and global, where external involvement provides learning and adaptation opportunities to the new environment for the company, including increasing the company's management capacity [65]. several other studies also suggest a positive impact on the firm's involvement in the value chain, such as the capacity building of the company, because there are opportunities to access knowledge from external markets and opportunities for company expansion [66, 67]. the role of the interfirm network on innovation capability, which in this study shows that the effect is positive, proves that involvement in interfirm networks can increase innovation by learning from other firms in the network. innovations capability also supports the improvement of firm performance. in the relationship between the role of the interfirm network and firm performance, innovation also plays a positive role as a mediator. previous research related to innovation stated that company innovation in terms of management innovation and technological innovation contributed positively and significantly to sustainability and firm performance [68], whereas if the company had an effective innovation capability management, it would produce better outcomes so that will lead to the result in better performance as well [69]. other studies have also proven a direct and positive relationship between innovation in broader dimensions such as product, marketing, and organizational dimensions and firm performance [70]. from the export aspect of the firm, this research proves that involvement in the interfirm network encourages an increase in exports by the firm. regarding the relationship between the interfirm network and firm performance, it turns out that exports have a negative mediating role, as well as a direct influence from exports on firm performance. the results of this study are contrary to previous research. previous findings state that export activities encourage the growth of firm performance [8]. firms that carry out high export activities will also get high profits so that they can improve firm performance on an ongoing basis [71]. research conducted by munch and schaur (2018) [72] states the findings that export activities increase company sales, add value, and labor. the positive influence of exports on firm performance is also reinforced by the findings of debicki et al. (2020) [73]. thus, further research is needed to find out why it is getting bigger involvement in exports reduces firm performance. the costs that need to be paid by the firm when exporting need to be considered with the transaction cost theory approach [74]. put indonesia's high-tech manufacturing industries into context, and there are worth discussing. the involvement of indonesian firms in the interfirm networks increases export activity and innovation capabilities while reducing the impact of losses on firm performance when they decide to export directly. this has three strategic meanings. first, indonesian high-tech firms must be encouraged to engage in interfirm networks to increase innovation and export capabilities. however, the mediating effect of innovation capabilities and export activities on interfirm networks and firms' performance is much smaller than the direct effect of interfirm networks on firms' performance. this shows that hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 60 indonesian high-tech firms have not been able to compete in the international market, so if they decide to export directly, the company will lose out. this is in line with previous studies that found the costs of internationalization in the form of exports have a negative effect on firm performance [46]. second, involvement in the interfirm networks by providing industrial services has succeeded in reducing the impact of losses if the firm decides to export. however, export mediation is still negative compared to the direct effect of a firm's involvement in the interfirm network to increase firms' performance. overall, these findings show the significance of the characteristics of indonesian high-tech companies, namely the focus on increasing involvement in the interfirm networks or being part of the value chain of other domestic and global firms and focusing on innovation activities to improve firm performance. the firm's strategic approach can also be carried out in stages, from domestic to global network involvement [37], so that in the end, exports can encourage the internationalization of the firm, and the firm's performance will increase [75]. third, indonesian firms in the high-tech industry already have good performance by being involved in interfirm networks. they already have a sufficient base of innovation capabilities to meet the needs of industrial services in other firms in the network, most of which are domestic firms. this innovation capability base needs to be improved, while the orientation of indonesian high-tech firms, in general, is still to meet the domestic market's needs or provide manufacturing services to other companies that export. this finding is very important for the government, firms, and foreign investors in relation to the strategy for developing the high-tech industry in indonesia and the overall structure of the industry. in addition, for firms, these findings can be used to determine the right and most profitable firm strategy to strengthen firms' networks, develop innovation capabilities, and decide on exports. for foreign investors, they can consider the priority of making indonesian firms in the high-tech industry a production base to meet the needs of the global production network and the vast indonesian domestic market [76, 77]. 6. conclusion this study has successfully investigated how the concept of the interfirm network affects firms' performance in developing countries in the form of multi-media mediation through innovation capability and export. this study has shed light on the advancement of the role of the interfirm network as a key corporate strategy to obtain tangible and intangible benefits for firms in developing country contexts, especially in indonesia's high-tech industries with all 7 isic industries. the involvement of indonesian firms in the interfirm networks increases export activity and innovation capabilities while reducing the impact of losses on firm performance when they decide to export directly. the firm's involvement in the interfirm network carried out in value chain activities is evidence of the importance of network resources that strengthen the resource-based theory and relational view. the rationale behind interfirm networking is that firms involved in interfirm networking will benefit from knowledge from outside, both domestically and internationally, for instance, in the form of knowledge and technology transfer. the results of this study are in line with previous research related to the positive and significant influence of the interfirm network on firm performance. meanwhile, this research also contributed to knowledge by clarifying that the important role of innovation capability can be seen from the positive influence shown when mediating the relationship between the interfirm network and firm performance. however, regarding the role of exports for firms, it needs to be studied further, especially in developing countries. some limitations of this research are as follows: first, the sample only comes from one year, so it would further improve the quality of research if the sample could be increased to panel data with the latest data from 2021. this fact has conditioned the depth of the analysis. second, the data comes from secondary data, so it needs to be complemented by interviews with business actors in related industries so that the research can provide a more comprehensive picture. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, n., t.n.m., b.s. and a.b.; methodology, n., t.n.m. and a.b.; writing—original draft preparation, n.; writing—review and editing, n. and t.n.m.; supervision, t.n.m., b.s. and a.b. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding this research was supported by research grant from ministry of education, culture, research and higher education, republic of indonesia 2022 received by tirta n. mursitama as principal investigator. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 61 7.4. institutional review board statement due to the agreement of use with indonesia’s official institution of statistics, the dataset used in this study, which consists of the royalty value, the local and international services value, and the total value added, is limited for research purposes only. 7.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] johanson, j., & vahlne, j. e. (2009). the uppsala internationalization process model revisited: from liability of foreignness to liability of outsidership. journal of international business studies, 40(9), 1411–1431. doi:10.1057/jibs.2009.24. [2] liu, j., sheng, s., shu, c., & zhao, m. (2021). r&d, networking expenses, and firm performance: an integration of the insideout and outside-in perspectives. industrial marketing management, 92, 111–121. doi:10.1016/j.indmarman.2020.11.010. [3] meyer, k. e., & peng, m. w. (2016). theoretical foundations of emerging economy business research. journal of international business studies, 47(1), 3–22. doi:10.1057/jibs.2015.34. [4] ramamurti, r. (2012). what is really different about emerging market multinationals? global strategy journal, 2(1), 41–47. doi:10.1002/gsj.1025. [5] wang, s. l., luo, y., lu, x., sun, j., & maksimov, v. (2014). autonomy delegation to foreign subsidiaries: an enabling mechanism for emerging-market multinationals. journal of international business studies, 45(2), 111–130. doi:10.1057/jibs.2013.40. [6] hohenthal, j., johanson, j., & johanson, m. (2014). network knowledge and business-relationship value in the foreign market. international business review, 23(1), 4–19. doi:10.1016/j.ibusrev.2013.08.002. [7] blalock, g., & gertler, p. j. (2004). learning from exporting revisited in a less developed setting. journal of development economics, 75(2), 397–416. doi:10.1016/j.jdeveco.2004.06.004. [8] sala-ríos, m., farré-perdiguer, m., & torres-solé, t. (2020). exporting and firms’ performance—what about cooperatives? evidence from spain. sustainability (switzerland), 12(20), 1–22. doi:10.3390/su12208385. [9] liu, y., li, y., & xue, j. (2011). ownership, strategic orientation and internationalization in emerging markets. journal of world business, 46(3), 381–393. doi:10.1016/j.jwb.2010.07.012. [10] mudambi, r., & zahra, s. a. (2007). the survival of international new ventures. journal of international business studies, 38(2), 333–352. doi:10.1057/palgrave.jibs.8400264. [11] barney, j. b., ketchen, d. j., & wright, m. (2011). the future of resource-based theory: revitalization or decline? journal of management, 37(5), 1299–1315. doi:10.1177/0149206310391805. [12] barney, j. (1991). firm resources and sustained competitive advantage. journal of management, 17(1), 99–120. doi:10.1177/014920639101700108. [13] lippman, s. a., & rumelt, r. p. (1982). uncertain imitability: an analysis of interfirm differences in efficiency under competition. the bell journal of economics, 13(2), 418. doi:10.2307/3003464. [14] penrose, e., & penrose, e. t. (2009). the theory of the growth of the firm (4th ed.). oxford university press, oxford, united kingdom. [15] wernerfelt, b. (1984). a resource-based view of the firm. strategic management journal, 5(2), 171–180. doi:10.1002/smj.4250050207. [16] mahoney, j. t., & pandian, j. r. (1992). the resource‐based view within the conversation of strategic management. strategic management journal, 13(5), 363–380. doi:10.1002/smj.4250130505. [17] teece, d. j., pisano, g., & shuen, a. (1997). dynamic capabilities and strategic management. strategic management journal, 18(7), 509-533. doi:10.1002/(sici)1097-0266(199708)18:7<509::aid-smj882>3.0.co;2-z. [18] barney, j., wright, m., & ketchen, d. j. (2001). the resource-based view of the firm: ten years after 1991. journal of management, 27(6), 625–641. doi:10.1177/014920630102700601. [19] kraaijenbrink, j., spender, j. c., & groen, a. j. (2010). the resource-based view: a review and assessment of its critiques. journal of management, 36(1), 349–372. doi:10.1177/0149206309350775. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 62 [20] priem, r. l., & butler, j. e. (2001). is the resource-based “view” a useful perspective for strategic management research? academy of management review, 26(1), 22–40. doi:10.5465/amr.2001.4011928. [21] ali, s., green, p., & robb, a. (2015). information technology investment governance: what is it and does it matter? international journal of accounting information systems, 18, 1–25. doi:10.1016/j.accinf.2015.04.002. [22] gaur, a. s., kumar, v., & singh, d. (2014). institutions, resources, and internationalization of emerging economy firms. journal of world business, 49(1), 12–20. doi:10.1016/j.jwb.2013.04.002. [23] he, x., brouthers, k. d., & filatotchev, i. (2013). resource-based and institutional perspectives on export channel selection and export performance. journal of management, 39(1), 27–47. doi:10.1177/0149206312445926. [24] mursitama, t. n. (2006). creating relational rents: the effect of business groups on affiliated firms’ performance in indonesia. asia pacific journal of management, 23(4), 537–557. doi:10.1007/s10490-006-9014-3. [25] safari, a., & saleh, a. s. (2020). key determinants of smes’ export performance: a resource-based view and contingency theory approach using potential mediators. journal of business and industrial marketing, 35(4), 635–654. doi:10.1108/jbim-11-20180324. [26] singh, d. a. (2009). export performance of emerging market firms. international business review, 18(4), 321–330. doi:10.1016/j.ibusrev.2009.03.002. [27] tashman, p., marano, v., & babin, j. (2019). firm-specific assets and the internationalization–performance relationship in the u.s. movie studio industry. international business review, 28(4), 785–795. doi:10.1016/j.ibusrev.2019.03.003. [28] goldschlag, n., & miranda, j. (2020). business dynamics statistics of high tech industries. journal of economics and management strategy, 29(1), 3–30. doi:10.1111/jems.12334. [29] federal government and statistical agencies. available online: https://nces.ed.gov/partners/fedstat.asp (accessed on may 2022). [30] statistics indonesia. (2022). badan pusat statistik (bps). available online: https://www.bps.go.id/ (accessed on february 2022). [31] giovannetti, g., & marvasi, e. (2016). positioning and internalization in global value chains: the case of tuscan firms. disei working paper, 14, 1-20, university of florence, florence, italy. [32] giovannetti, g., & marvasi, e. (2018). governance, value chain positioning and firms’ heterogeneous performance: the case of tuscany. international economics, 154, 86–107. doi:10.1016/j.inteco.2017.11.001. [33] montalbano, p., nenci, s., & pietrobelli, c. (2018). opening and linking up: firms, gvcs, and productivity in latin america. small business economics, 50(4), 917–935. doi:10.1007/s11187-017-9902-6. [34] liu, l., henley, j., & mousavi, m. m. (2021). foreign interfirm networks and internationalization: evidence from sub-saharan africa. journal of international management, 27(1), 100810. doi:10.1016/j.intman.2020.100810. [35] carney, m., estrin, s., liang, z., & shapiro, d. (2019). national institutional systems, foreign ownership and firm performance: the case of understudied countries. journal of world business, 54(4), 244–257. doi:10.1016/j.jwb.2018.03.003. [36] kuivalainen, o., sundqvist, s., saarenketo, s., mcnaughton, r. b., d’angelo, a., buck, t., majocchi, a., & zucchella, a. (2013). geographical pathways for sme internationalization: insights from an italian sample. international marketing review, 30(2), 80–105. doi:10.1108/02651331311314538. [37] beverelli, c., stolzenburg, v., koopman, r. b., & neumueller, s. (2019). domestic value chains as stepping stones to global value chain integration. world economy, 42(5), 1467–1494. doi:10.1111/twec.12779. [38] crespi, g., & zuniga, p. (2012). innovation and productivity: evidence from six latin american countries. world development, 40(2), 273–290. doi:10.1016/j.worlddev.2011.07.010. [39] barasa, l., knoben, j., vermeulen, p., kimuyu, p., & kinyanjui, b. (2017). institutions, resources and innovation in east africa: a firm level approach. research policy, 46(1), 280–291. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2016.11.008. [40] boso, n., story, v. m., cadogan, j. w., micevski, m., & kadić-maglajlić, s. (2013). firm innovativeness and export performance: environmental, networking, and structural contingencies. journal of international marketing, 21(4), 62–87. doi:10.1509/jim.13.0052. [41] haddoud, m. y., nowinski, w., jones, p., & newbery, r. (2019). internal and external determinants of export performance: insights from algeria. thunderbird international business review, 61(1), 43–60. doi:10.1002/tie.21972. [42] lu, j. w., & beamish, p. w. (2001). the internationalization and performance of smes. strategic management journal, 22(6– 7), 565–586. doi:10.1002/smj.184. [43] hasaballah, a. h. a., genc, o. f., bin mohamad, o., & ahmed, z. u. (2019). how do relational variables affect export performance? evidence from malaysian exporters. asia pacific journal of marketing and logistics, 31(1), 128–156. doi:10.1108/apjml-12-2017-0345. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 63 [44] lu, y., shi, h., luo, w., & liu, b. (2018). productivity, financial constraints, and firms’ global value chain participation: evidence from china. economic modelling, 73, 184–194. doi:10.1016/j.econmod.2018.03.015. [45] edward, j. h., & marciano, d. (2019). internationalization, firm performance, and capital structure: an empirical study in indonesia. proceedings of the 16th international symposium on management (insyma 2019). doi:10.2991/insyma-19.2019.14. [46] benito-osorio, d., colino, a., guerras-martín, l. á., & zúñiga-vicente, j. á. (2016). the international diversificationperformance link in spain: does firm size really matter? international business review, 25(2), 548–558. doi:10.1016/j.ibusrev.2015.09.004. [47] kementerian ppn/bappenas. (2020). national mid-term development plan 2020-2024. presidential regulation of the republic of indonesia, 303. available online: https://bappeda.bondowosokab.go.id/uploads/image/lampiran_1__narasi_rpjmn_20202024.pdf (accessed on june 2022). [48] tse, c. h., yu, l., & zhu, j. (2017). a multimediation model of learning by exporting: analysis of export-induced productivity gains. journal of management, 43(7), 2118–2146. doi:10.1177/0149206315573998. [49] sekaran, u., & bougie, r. (2016). research methods for business: a skill building approach. john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. [50] esquivias, m. a., & harianto, s. k. (2020). does competition and foreign investment spur industrial efficiency?: firm-level evidence from indonesia. heliyon, 6(8), 4494. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e04494. [51] ni, b., & kurita, k. (2020). the minimum wage, exports, and firm performance: evidence from indonesia. journal of asian economics, 69, 101218. doi:10.1016/j.asieco.2020.101218. [52] rachbini, e. m. (2020). the importance of financial access for the poor. huffpost. available online: https://www.huffpost.com/entry/the-importance-of-financial-access_b_1642725 (accessed on june 2022). [53] sabri, m., nachrowi, n. d., soetjipto, w., & panennungi, m. a. (2018). industrial estate and export decision of manufacturing firms in indonesia. malaysian journal of economic studies, 55(2), 189–207. doi:10.22452/mjes.vol55no2.33. [54] sjöholm, f., & takii, s. (2008). foreign networks and exports: results from indonesian panel data. developing economies, 46(4), 428–446. doi:10.1111/j.1746-1049.2008.00072.x. [55] noerlina, mursitama, t. n., simatupang, b., & bandur, a. (2021). technological capabilities and value chain of the foreign firms in indonesia’s high-tech industries. 2021 international conference on information management and technology (icimtech). doi:10.1109/icimtech53080.2021.9535032. [56] venkatraman, n., & ramanujam, v. (1986). measurement of business performance in strategy research: a comparison of approaches. academy of management review, 11(4), 801–814. doi:10.5465/amr.1986.4283976. [57] reddy, k., chundakkadan, r., & sasidharan, s. (2021). firm innovation and global value chain participation. small business economics, 57(4), 1995–2015. doi:10.1007/s11187-020-00391-3. [58] xie, z., & li, j. (2018). exporting and innovating among emerging market firms: the moderating role of institutional development. journal of international business studies, 49(2), 222–245. doi:10.1057/s41267-017-0118-4. [59] lejpras, a. (2019). determinants of export performance: differences between service and manufacturing smes. service business, 13(1), 171–198. doi:10.1007/s11628-018-0376-7. [60] child, j., & rodrigues, s. b. (2005). the internationalization of chinese firms: a case for theoretical extension? management and organization review, 1(3), 381–410. doi:10.1111/j.1740-8784.2005.0020a.x. [61] schreiner, m., kale, p., & corsten, d. (2009). what really is alliance management capability and how does it impact alliance outcomes and success? strategic management journal, 30(13), 1395–1419. doi:10.1002/smj.790. [62] haryono, s., & wardoyo, p. (2012). structural equation modeling. bekasi: pt intermedia personalia utama, jakarta, indonesia. (in indonesian). [63] kline, r. b. (2015). principles and practice of structural equation modelling (4th ed.). guilford publications, new york city, united states. [64] wijanto, s. h. (2008). structural equation modeling dengan lisrel 8.8. graha ilmu, yogyakarta, indonesia. [65] phan, a. t., tran, t. b. y., & lu, t. t. (2020). the existence of w-shaped relationship between internationalization and firm performance: an empirical study of enterprises in cameroon. decision science letters, 9(4), 573–580. doi:10.5267/j.dsl.2020.7.001. [66] brancati, e., brancati, r., & maresca, a. (2017). global value chains, innovation and performance: firm-level evidence from the great recession. journal of economic geography, 17(5), 1039–1073. doi:10.1093/jeg/lbx003. hightech and innovation journal vol. 3, special issue, 2022 64 [67] mazzi, c. t., ndubuisi, g., & avenyo, e. k. (2020). exporters and global value chain participation: firm-level evidence from south africa. wider working paper. doi:10.35188/unu-wider/2020/902-0 [68] zhang, y., khan, u., lee, s., & salik, m. (2019). the influence of management innovation and technological innovation on organization performance. a mediating role of sustainability. sustainability (switzerland), 11(2), 495. doi:10.3390/su11020495. [69] rajapathirana, r. p. j., & hui, y. (2018). relationship between innovation capability, innovation type, and firm performance. journal of innovation and knowledge, 3(1), 44–55. doi:10.1016/j.jik.2017.06.002. [70] yusheng, k., & ibrahim, m. (2020). innovation capabilities, innovation types, and firm performance: evidence from the banking sector of ghana. sage open, 10(2). doi:10.1177/2158244020920892. [71] ullah, a., pinglu, c., ullah, s., zaman, m., & hashmi, s. h. (2020). the nexus between capital structure, firm-specific factors, macroeconomic factors and financial performance in the textile sector of pakistan. heliyon, 6(8), 4741. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e04741. [72] munch, j., & schaur, g. (2018). the effect of export promotion on firmlevel performance. american economic journal: economic policy, 10(1), 357–387. doi:10.1257/pol.20150410. [73] debicki, b. j., miao, c., & qian, s. (2020). internationalization and family firm performance: a cross-cultural meta-analysis of the main effect and moderating factors. cross cultural and strategic management, 27(1), 1–25. doi:10.1108/ccsm-04-20190075. [74] hennart, j. f. (2010). transaction cost theory and international business. journal of retailing, 86(3), 257–269. doi:10.1016/j.jretai.2010.07.009. [75] noerlina, tjhin, v. u., mursitama, t. n., simatupang, b., & bandur, a. (2021). the impact of ownership and internationalization on sustainable firm performance. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 794(1). doi:10.1088/17551315/794/1/012087. [76] ru-zhue, j., aujirapongpan, s., songkajorn, y., & jiraphanumes, k. (2022). the effect of technological organization on cost innovation and value creation. emerging science journal, 6(2), 322-336. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-02-09. [77] noerlina, mursitama, t. n., simatupang, b., & bandur, a. (2021). technological capabilities and value chain of the foreign firms in indonesia’s high-tech industries. 2021 international conference on information management and technology (icimtech). doi:10.1109/icimtech53080.2021.9535032. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 79 issn: 2723-9535 the impact of brand value on business performance: an analysis of moderating effects of product involvement suchart tripopsakul 1* , wilert puriwat 2 , danupol hoonsopon 2 , ratirath na songkhla 2 1 school of entrepreneurship and management, bangkok university, 9/1 moo 5 phaholyothin road, pathumthani 12120, thailand. 2 chulalongkorn business school, chualongkorn university, 254 phyathai road, pathumwan, bangkok 10330, thailand. received 04 november 2023; revised 02 february 2024; accepted 09 february 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract the purposes of this study are to investigate the impact of brand value on business performance and to examine whether the impact of brand value on business performance differs between high and low product involvement. based on the top 100 brands ranked by interbrand in 2021, linear regression analysis and moderation analysis by spss and amos were used to examine our proposed hypotheses. the results showed that brand value had a significantly positive effect on business performance. the findings imply that stronger brand valuation impacts are associated with companies that do better financially. in other words, business revenue is significantly determined by a higher brand valuation. the result of the moderation effect reveals that product involvement moderates the effect of brand value on business performance in such a way that the association between brand value and business performance is stronger in low-involvement products than in high-involvement products. the findings validate the notion that a marketer's endeavors toward brand investments constitute a noteworthy origin of activity that adds value. our study is one of the first to investigate, using empirical data on leading brands across several industries, the impact that brand value can have on business performance. it also broadens the scope of existing understanding regarding the moderating effect of product involvement in regulating a brand's effectiveness. keywords: brand value; business performance; product involvement. 1. introduction since brands are a company's most important intangible asset, managers at many companies have prioritized brand development over the last ten years [1]. intangible brand attributes, including brand awareness, brand loyalty, perceived brand quality, and positive brand symbols and connections, are all included in the concept of brand equity. building a company's competitive edge through the development of its brand equity is crucial for future revenue streams. numerous scholars have contended that effective branding has observable results because companies with high brand equity find it easier to increase demand for their goods and services through globalization and brand extensions [2]. the worth of a brand has grown in importance in recent years as a component of business valuation. intangible assets have restricted integration into the balance sheet since they lack a clear physical value, unlike factories or equipment. examples of these include the value of a brand. they can, however, be extremely beneficial to a company and crucial to its long-term success or failure. strong brands can give businesses a competitive edge that helps them flourish in the * corresponding author: suchart.t@bu.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8031-8056 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8891-3637 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6408-4790 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5462-9360 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 80 market. for instance, they can charge more for the goods and services they provide, lessen the effect of price competition with other businesses, lessen the sensitivity of product prices, and lessen substitutability [3]. according to the best global brands 2023 ranking by interbrand, the total brand value of the top 100 brands in the world is 3.3 trillion us dollars. for the eleventh consecutive year, apple has been the most popular brand. it is the first brand whose worth has increased to over usd 500 billion [4]. businesses that cater to a wider range of client needs, frequently across industries, continue to hold a dominant position at the top of the table, accounting for nearly half of the total value. the data indicates that organizations that operate in many verticals tend to be more stable, generate better top-line growth, maintain higher profitability, and experience a greater increase in brand value. one well-known example of an intangible asset for a company that is reflected in its market value is its brand value [5]. according to a fortune magazine assessment of the top 3,500 us companies, intangible assets account for roughly 72% of a company's market value, with brands accounting for between 40% and 75% of these assets [6]. strong brands enable businesses to charge more for their products, which increases their profit margins. strong brands generate value for shareholders by lowering costs and increasing profitability [7]. value is created by the brand through supply and demand curves in the market. highly branded goods are sold at a premium price for a specific sales volume [8]. when brand performance was identified as one of the eight dimensions of marketing fulfillment, along with other factors including market, customer, financials, product, pricing, placement, and promotion performance, brand and its impact on various firm performance metrics gained significant attention [9]. although previous research has endeavored to examine the association between brand value and firm performance [10–12], there is still a need for more empirical studies to clarify the impact of brand value on business performance. therefore, our paper aims to investigate the impact of brand value on business performance by using the top 100 brand values and total revenue as empirical data to verify the relationship between brand value and business performance. the moderating role of the product involvement concept was also tested to determine whether the impact varied depending on the high or low product involvement category. the structure of the study is organized as follows: initially, the theoretical framework is outlined, and the context for the constructs under investigation is established. subsequently, a succinct summary of the methodology and the primary findings is presented. in the concluding section, the study's limitations are highlighted, the theoretical and managerial implications of the findings are discussed, and suggestions for future research are provided. 2. literature review a brand's value indicates its ability to carry out its operations in a way that enables managers to accomplish the goals of the organization [13, 14]. brand value conveys information about a company's capacity to support the operations of its client companies and, consequently, its capacity to fight against rivals [15]. previous research indicates that a brand's appropriate value for business customers should be focused on enhancing their capabilities [16]. the assessment of a product's capacity to command a higher price than its rivals without sacrificing quality or benefits is known as brand value. businesses with more brand equity generate larger profit margins and have better stock market valuation effects. strong brand value gives businesses a competitive edge that increases profit margins [17]. brands are more likely to be bought and repurchased as their value rises, since this indicates a rise in the brand's legitimacy and lowers customers' perceived risk and information costs [18, 19]. positive company performance to brand value have been shown in studies. firms that charge premium rates typically have higher cash flows. benefits including increased customer loyalty, higher profit margins, and a more flexible consumer response to price reductions are all facilitated by having a strong brand name. this study hypothesizes that there is a connection between brand value and company success. investing in brand value should increase operational performance [20]. based on this premise, the following hypothesis has been developed: h1: higher brand values lead to higher business performance in terms of higher revenues for the brand. according to zaichkowsky (1985), product involvement" is the idea that a product is relevant because of innate needs, values, and interests [21]. depending on the consumer's connection and the importance they place on the product category, it ranges from high to low. pricey products that have a significant perceived risk or are strongly associated with the consumer's ego and identity are usually associated with high product involvement [22]. strong brands can effectively stand out from the competition and influence consumer decisions in low-involvement categories, which has a direct impact on business performance measures like market share and profitability [23]. conversely, for highinvolvement products, brand value may have a less direct influence on business performance than other product-related factors, even though it is still important [24]. based on the premise, the following hypothesis is developed: h2: the positive relationship between brand value and business performance is stronger for low-involvement products than for high-involvement products. 3. research methodology to examine the impact of brand value on business performance, the data of the top 100 brands ranked by interbrand in 2021 was used to represent brand value, and their revenues were used to represent business performance (see table 1). the details of brand value and revenues for the top 100 brands are as follows: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 81 table 1. brand value and total revenue of top 100 brands ranked by interbrand 2021 brand brand value ($ million) revenue ($ billion) brand brand value ($ million) revenue ($ billion) apple 408,251 365.8 starbucks 13,010 29.1 amazon 249,249 168.1 ford 12,861 136.3 microsoft 210,191 469.8 l'oréal 12,501 38.2 google 196,811 257.6 citi 12,501 79.9 samsung 74,635 235.0 goldman sachs 12,491 59.3 coca-cola 57,488 38.7 ebay 12,285 10.4 toyota 54,107 255.8 philips 12,088 20.3 mercedes-benz 50,866 158.4 porsche 11,739 42.3 mcdonald's 45,865 23.2 nissan 11,131 77.7 disney 44,183 67.4 siemens 11,047 74.4 nike 42,538 44.5 gillette 10,657 76.1 bmw 41,631 131.6 nestlé 10,646 95.7 louis vuitton 36,766 76.0 hp 10,481 63.5 tesla 36,270 53.8 hsbc 10,317 46.8 facebook 36,248 117.9 danone 9,846 28.7 cisco 36,228 49.8 spotify 9,762 11.2 intel 35,761 79.0 3m 9,702 35.4 ibm 33,257 57.4 colgate-palmolive 9,629 17.4 instagram 32,007 42.2 morgan stanley 9,380 59.8 sap 30,090 32.9 nintendo 9,197 14.9 adobe 24,832 15.8 lego 9,082 8.8 chanel 22,109 15.6 kellogg's 8,642 14.2 hermès 21,600 10.1 cartier 8,161 2.3 j.p. morgan 21,401 127.2 santander 8,100 70.4 honda 21,315 123.8 fedex 7,548 84.0 youtube 20,905 28.8 ferrari 7,160 5.0 ikea 20,034 51.1 dior 7,024 78.2 pepsico 19,431 80.0 corona 6,952 8.6 ups 19,377 97.3 canon 6,897 32.0 american express 19,075 43.7 dhl 6,747 81.7 general electric (ge) 18,420 74.2 jack daniel's 6,537 3.5 accenture 17,758 50.5 caterpillar 6,503 51.0 gucci 16,656 11.9 linkedin 6,368 10.0 allianz 15,174 144.6 hewlett packard 6,313 27.8 hyundai 15,168 99.0 huawei 6,196 99.9 netflix 15,036 29.7 kia 6,087 54.2 budweiser 15,022 54.3 johnson & johnson 5,937 93.8 salesforce 14,770 21.3 panasonic 5,832 63.0 visa 14,741 24.1 heineken 5,720 29.2 nescafé 14,466 25.0 john deere 5,616 44.0 sony 14,445 84.6 zoom 5,536 2.7 paypal 14,322 25.4 tiffany & co. 5,484 10.1 h&m 14,133 23.1 kfc 5,428 6.6 pampers (p&g) 13,912 8.6 prada 5,416 3.5 zara 13,503 23.9 hennessy 5,299 0.0 audi 13,474 64.7 mini cooper 5,231 5.6 volkswagen 13,423 296.0 burberry 5,195 3.1 axa 13,408 121.8 land rover 5,088 20.8 adidas 13,381 25.1 uber 4,726 17.5 mastercard 13,065 18.9 sephora 4,628 2.3 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 82 to examine the moderating role of product involvement, the authors classify those 100 brands into two groups: high product involvement and low product involvement. product involvement is the consumer's continuous commitment to a product category in terms of their attitudes, sentiments, and actions [21, 25]. products can be categorized based on consumer perceptions into lowand high-involvement categories. when it comes to low-involvement products, customers typically invest less time and energy in researching and assessing them. high-involvement products are classified as high-capital-value items that are pricey, intricately designed, and have a lengthy lifespan, which demands that buyers carefully consider their options and spend a significant amount of time researching the products before making a purchase [26]. those brands in automotive, electronics and technology, luxury goods and fashion, financial services and insurance, major appliances and equipment, and high-end tech and software were classified into the highinvolvement category group. on the one hand, those brands in food and beverage, retail and casual fashion, consumer electronics and social media, and personal care and household products were classified into the low-involvement category group. the 100 brands are categorized as highand low-involvement products in table 2. table 2. high and low involvement product categories of 100 brands high involvement products: apple, amazon, microsoft, google, samsung, toyota, mercedes-benz, bmw, louis vuitton, tesla, cisco, intel, ibm, sap, adobe, chanel, hermès, j.p. morgan, honda, american express, general electric (ge), accenture, gucci, allianz, hyundai, salesforce, visa, sony, paypal, audi, volkswagen, axa, ford, citi, goldman sachs, philips, porsche, nissan, siemens, hp (hewlett-packard), hsbc, morgan stanley, nintendo, cartier, santander, fedex, ferrari, dior, canon, dhl (deutsche post dhl, caterpillar, linkedin, hewlett packard, huawei, kia, panasonic, john deere, zoom, tiffany & co., prada, hennessy, mini cooper, burberry, land rover, sephora low involvement products: coca-cola, mcdonald's, disney, nike, facebook, instagram, youtube, ikea, pepsico, ups, netflix, budweiser, nescafé, h&m, pampers, zara, adidas, mastercard, starbucks, l'oréal paris, ebay, gillette, nestlé, danone, spotify, 3m, colgate-palmolive, johnson & johnson, kellogg's, corona, jack daniel's, heineken, kfc, uber, lego note: some brands offer a wide range of products or services that could fall into either category but are classified based on their most recognized offerings. 4. result in total, there were 63 brands for high-involvement products and 37 brands for low-involvement product categories for further moderating effect analysis. to test the relationship between brand value and business performance, pearson’s correlation was initially used to confirm the relationship between brand value and business performance. the result in table 3 shows that brand value is significantly associated with business performance (pearson’s correlation = 0.703, sig = 0.000). table 3. the result of the correlation between brand value and business performance symmetric measures value asymptotic standardized error a approximate t b approximate significance interval by interval pearson’s r 0.703 0.081 9.781 0.000 c n of valid cases 100 a. not assuming the null hypothesis. b. using the asymptotic standard error assuming the null hypothesis. c. based on normal approximation. the box-cox transformation [27] is a family of power transformations for enhancing normality that expands on and combines the conventional choices to make it simple for researchers to identify the best normalizing transformation for each variable [28]. therefore, in situations where normalizing data or equalizing variance is desirable, box-cox represents a potential best practice. the box-cox transformation was used with the revenue data of those 100 brands. then, the normality test was performed to reach the shapiro-wilk w test and kolmogorov-smirnova test results. the result of normality testing (see table 4) showed that the box-cox value of revenue data for 100 brands as a dependent variable of this study achieved the normality criteria (kolmogorov-smirnova sig. = 0.080; shapiro-wilk sig. = 0.344; skewness value = 0.277; kurtosis value = 0.090) as suggested by hair, black, babin, and anderson (2010), and kline (2011) [29, 30]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 83 table 4. the normality testing result tests of normality kolmogorov-smirnova shapiro-wilk statistic df. sig. statistic df. sig. revenue 0.01 100 0.2 0.987 100 0.998 a. lilliefors significance correction descriptives statistic std. error revenue mean 66.7695 7.58085 95 % confidence interval for mean lower bound 51.7274 upper bound 81.8115 5 % trimmed mean 66.3625 median 65.9224 variance 5746.925 std .deviation 75.80848 minimum -113.39 maximum 245.77 range 359.16 interquartile range 104.65 skewness 0.067 0.241 kurtosis -0.264 0.478 note: revenue is in the box-cox transformation form to evaluate and predict data patterns, many disciplines, including economics, finance, and the social sciences, commonly use linear regression [31–33]. the brand value and business performance were estimated using a linear regression analysis. tables 5 to 7 display the linear regression analysis results. table 5. model summary of linear regression analysis model summary b model r r square adjusted r square std .error of the estimate change statistics r square change f change df1 df2 sig .f change 1 0.482 0.232 0.225 66.75728 0.232 29.665 1 98 0.000 a .predictors( :constant(, brand value. b .dependent variable :revenue. table 6. anova result of linear regression analysis anovaa model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 132205.2 1 132205.2 29.665 0.000b residual 436740.4 98 4456.5 total 568945.6 99 a .dependent variable: revenue. b .predictors: (constant), brand value. table 7. coefficient result of linear regression analysis coefficients model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. collinearity statistics b std. error beta tolerance vif 1 (constant) 48.591 7.464 6.510 0 brand value 0.001 0.000 0.482 5.447 0 1.000 1.000 a .dependent variable: revenue. note: revenue is in the box-cox transformation form. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 84 according to tables 5 to 7, the results showed that brand value significantly impacts business performance. with an r2 of 0.232, brand value can account for a significant amount of the variation in business performance. the findings show a strong correlation between business performance and brand value, with a very significant t-value of 5.447 (pvalue < 0.001) and a standardized coefficient (beta) of 0.482. this shows that there is a positive correlation between brand value and business performance, hence validating hypothesis 1 (h1), which states that there is a relationship between brand value and business performance. figure 1 displays the relationship between brand value and business performance, which represents that countries with greater brand values possess higher business performance. figure 1. the relationship between brand value and business performance of top 100 brands to test hypothesis 2, multi-group moderation tests were conducted to explore the variation effect of brand value on business performance. to test the categorical moderation hypotheses, we produced the critical ratios for the differences in regression weights between groups of product involvements (high and low) by using amos. gaskin and jim (2018) provided the stats tools package for testing multi-group moderation effects by using regress weights and critical ratios for different parameters [34]. product involvements are set as ‘high’ and ‘low’ involvement, and the relevant models are assessed separately for these categorical groups, compared with their respective regression weights and critical ratios for group differences (see table 8) using the stats tools package. table 8. path-wise moderation effect group differences hypotheses high involvement low involvement structural path & direction estimate p estimate p z-score h5 business performance  brand value 0.332 0.000 0.541 0.000 4.637*** note: *** p-value < 0.01 the results in table 8 indicated that brand value significantly and positively affected business performance for both the high (β=0.332, p < 0.01( and low (β=0.541, p<0.01( groups of product involvement. the results show that the effect of brand value on business performance is stronger for low-involvement product groups than for high-involvement product groups. therefore, the hypothesis h5 is supported. 5. discussion it has been acknowledged that one of a company's most important assets is its brand value. previous studies on brand value have concentrated on the connection between stock performance and other intangible assets and brands. but in this study, we broaden the scope to include the international market. specifically, we examine a globally diverse sample comprising all the highest-valued brands on the interbrand lists. we examined our presented hypotheses using linear regression analysis and moderation analysis by spss and amos, based on the top 100 brands evaluated by interbrand in 2021. the findings demonstrated that brand value greatly improved corporate performance. the results suggest that organizations with greater financial performance tend to have stronger brand valuation impacts. our finding is in line with previous studies [3, 10] that there is a positive correlation between brand value and firm performance. this study also provides theoretical contributions by empirically verifying the power of brand value on business performance, thereby reinforcing the concept of brand equity [35]. additionally, by highlighting brand value as a crucial intangible resource that generates competitive advantage, it expands on the resource-based view (rbv) [36]. for the practical implications of this study, it offers important practical implications for business managers and marketers by indicating the role that brand value plays in affecting business performance. it highlights how important it is to give brand-building projects top priority, particularly for businesses that provide low-involvement products where the effect of brand value is more noticeable. the outcomes also support a long-term investment in brand equity, highlighting the need for consistent brand development for continuing business achievement and growth. companies may maximize their financial outcomes and market positioning by adjusting their branding campaigns based on the degree of product involvement. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 85 6. conclusion the objectives of this study are to investigate the impact of brand value on business performance and examine the moderating role of product involvement in the relationship between brand value and business performance. the data for this research came from the top 100 global brands ranked by interbrand in 2021. the linear regression analysis and moderation analysis were used to validate our proposed hypotheses. the result of the study showed that there is a significant association between brand value and business performance. in other words, brand value significantly affects the business performance of the top 100 global brands. the effect of brand value on business performance was found to be stronger in the low-involvement product category than in the high-involvement category. our study confirms the significance of the brand-building concept, which subsequently leads to business achievement in terms of financial outcomes, and extends the body of knowledge about the product involvement concept and how it affects brand value and business performance. this study contains certain limitations. firstly, due to its selective sample, this study, which focuses on the top 100 companies ranked by interbrand in 2021, might not accurately reflect the wide landscape of global enterprises, especially smaller or emerging brands. secondly, the use of cross-sectional data restricts the capacity to establish causal linkages, indicating that longitudinal research may provide a more profound understanding of the changing influence of brand value on business success. future research could investigate different metrics and consider other moderating factors like market competition, consumer behavior trends, and economic conditions to provide a more thorough understanding of the relationship between brand value and business performance. this would allow for an expansion of the study's operationalization of brand value and business performance. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.t., w.p., d.h., and r.n.s.; methodology, s.t., w.p., d.h., and r.n.s.; formal analysis, s.t. and w.p.; data curation, s.t., w.p., d.h., and r.n.s.; writing—original draft preparation, s.t., w.p., d.h., and r.n.s.; writing—review and editing, s.t. and w.p. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data were derived from the following resources available in the public domain: https://interbrand.com/thinking/ best-global-brands-2021-download/ and https://www.macrotrends.net/. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] keller, k. l., & lehmann, d. r. (2006). brands and branding: research findings and future priorities. marketing science, 25(6), 740–759. doi:10.1287/mksc.1050.0153. [2] shocker, a. d., & aaker, d. a. (1993). managing brand equity. journal of marketing research: simon and schuster, 30(2), 256258. doi:10.2307/3172832. [3] dorfleitner, g., rößle, f., & lesser, k. (2019). the financial performance of the most valuable brands: a global empirical investigation. heliyon, 5(4), e01433. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2019.e01433. [4] interbrand (2023). best global brands 2023 how iconic brands lead across arenas. interbrand, new york, united states. available online: https://interbrand.com/best-brands/ [5] bharadwaj, s. g., tuli, k. r., & bonfrer, a. (2011). the impact of brand quality on shareholder wealth. journal of marketing, 75(5), 88–104. doi:10.1509/jmkg.75.5.88. https://interbrand.com/thinking/ https://interbrand.com/best-brands/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 86 [6] ramasamy, b., & yeung, m. (2009(. chinese consumers’ perception of corporate social responsibility (csr). journal of business ethics, 88(suppl. 1), 119–132. doi:10.1007/s10551-008-9825-x. [7] fischer, m., & himme, a. (2017). the financial brand value chain: how brand investments contribute to the financial health of firms. international journal of research in marketing, 34(1), 137–153. doi:10.1016/j.ijresmar.2016.05.004. [8] salinas, g. (2016). brand valuation: principles, applications and latest developments. the routledge companion to contemporary brand management, 48-67. [9] sucala, i. v., & sava, a. (2015). the attitude of romanian industrial companies towards the market during the transition. acta polytechnica hungarica, 12(5), 81–99. doi:10.12700/aph.12.5.2015.5.5. [10] hsu, f. j., wang, t. y., & chen, m. y. (2013). the impact of brand value on financial performance. advances in management and applied economics, 3(6), 129-141. [11] kumar, r., sujit, k. s., waheed, k. a., & fernandez, m. (2021). are brand value and firm value related? an empirical examination. global business review, 1-12. doi:10.1177/0972150921995479. [12] thottoli, m. m., & al harthi, f. n. (2022). corporate branding and firm performance: a study among oman hotel industry. arab gulf journal of scientific research, 40(3), 214–234. doi:10.1108/agjsr-04-2022-0035. [13] srivastava, r. k., shervani, t. a., & fahey, l. (1998). market-based assets and shareholder value: a framework for analysis. journal of marketing, 62(1), 2–18. doi:10.2307/1251799. [14] gupta, s., gallear, d., rudd, j., & foroudi, p. (2020). the impact of brand value on brand competitiveness. journal of business research, 112, 210–222. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2020.02.033. [15] wilson, r. (1997). the corporate brand. journal of brand management 5(1), 70–71. doi:10.1057/bm.1997.32. [16] slater, s. f., & narver, j. c. (1994). market orientation, customer value, and superior performance. business horizons, 37(2), 22–28. doi:10.1016/0007-6813(94)90029-9. [17] stahl, f., heitmann, m., lehmann, d. r., & neslin, s. a. (2012). the impact of brand equity on customer acquisition, retention, and profit margin. journal of marketing, 76(4), 44–63. doi:10.1509/jm.10.0522. [18] esch, f. r., langner, t. l., schmitt, b. h., & geus, p. (2006). are brands forever? how brand knowledge and relationships affect current and future purchases. journal of product and brand management, 15(2), 98–105. doi:10.1108/10610420610658938. [19] wu, l. y., chen, k. y., chen, p. y., & cheng, s. l. (2014). perceived value, transaction cost, and repurchase-intention in online shopping: a relational exchange perspective. journal of business research, 67(1), 2768–2776. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2012.09.007. [20] chang, y., wang, x., & arnett, d. b. (2018). enhancing firm performance: the role of brand orientation in business-to-business marketing. industrial marketing management, 72, 17–25. doi:10.1016/j.indmarman.2018.01.031. [21] zaichkowsky, j. l. (1985). measuring the involvement construct. journal of consumer research, 12(3), 341. doi:10.1086/208520. [22] mittal, b., & lee, m. s. (1989). a causal model of consumer involvement. journal of economic psychology, 10(3), 363–389. doi:10.1016/0167-4870(89)90030-5. [23] chaudhuri, a., & holbrook, m. b. (2001). the chain of effects from brand trust and brand affect to brand performance: the role of brand loyalty. journal of marketing, 65(2), 81–93. doi:10.1509/jmkg.65.2.81.18255. [24] voss, k. e., spangenberg, e. r., & grohmann, b. (2003). measuring the hedonic and utilitarian dimensions of consumer attitude. journal of marketing research, 40(3), 310–320. doi:10.1509/jmkr.40.3.310.19238. [25] laurent, g., & kapferer, j.-n. (1985). measuring consumer involvement profiles. journal of marketing research, 22(1), 41– 53. doi:10.1177/002224378502200104. [26] wang, s., lin, y., & zhu, g. (2023). online reviews and high-involvement product sales: evidence from offline sales in the chinese automobile industry. electronic commerce research and applications, 57, 101231. doi:10.1016/j.elerap.2022.101231. [27] box, g. e. p., & cox, d. r. (1964). an analysis of transformations. journal of the royal statistical society: series b (methodological), 26(2), 211–243. doi:10.1111/j.2517-6161.1964.tb00553.x. [28] sakia, r. m. (1992). the box-cox transformation technique: a review. the statistician, 41(2), 169. doi:10.2307/2348250. [29] hair, j., black, w. c., babin, b. j., & anderson, r. e. (2018). multivariate data analysis. pearson education international, new jersey, united states. [30] kline, r. b. (2023). principles and practice of structural equation modeling. guilford publications, new york, united states. [31] dielman, t. e. (1991). applied regression analysis for business and economics. international biometric society: biometrics, 47(2), 791-792. doi:10.2307/2532185. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 87 [32] dana, j., & dawes, r. m. (2004). the superiority of simple alternatives to regression for social science predictions. journal of educational and behavioral statistics, 29(3), 317–331. doi:10.3102/10769986029003317. [33] todua, n., babilua, p., & dochviri, t. (2013). on the multiple linear regression in marketing research. bulletin of the georgian national academy of sciences, 7(3), 135–139. [34] gaskin, j., & lim., j. (2017). multiple analysis. amos plugin. gaskination’s statwiki. available online: http://statwiki.kolobkreations.com/index.php?title=main_page (accessed on november 2023). [35] aaker, d. a. (1992). the value of brand equity. journal of business strategy, 13(4), 27–32. doi:10.1108/eb039503. [36] barney, j. (1991). firm resources and sustained competitive advantage. journal of management, 17(1), 99–120. doi:10.1177/014920639101700108. http://statwiki.kolobkreations.com/index.php?title=main_page available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 19 issn: 2723-9535 identification of knowledge management barriers in scientific r&d projects in czech academic environment daniel lajčin 1 , viera guzoňová 1* 1 department of management and economics, dti university, sládkovičova 553/20, 018 41 dubnica nad váhom, slovakia. received 21 december 2022; revised 19 february 2023; accepted 26 february 2023; published 01 march 2023 abstract the primary aim of the presented paper is the identification of barriers to knowledge sharing by scientific r&d project team members in a czech academic environment. in order to fulfill this aim, secondary analysis was used to process the literature search in the context of the problem being solved, and qualitative and quantitative research in the form of a structured interview and a questionnaire survey were used to identify the barriers to knowledge sharing by scientific r&d project team members. the essential output of the presented paper is the identification of barriers to knowledge sharing by members of the scientific r&d project team in czech public and private universities and the discussion of their causes and impacts in scientific r&d projects. with regard to the aim of the presented paper and the formulated research questions, our effort is that the presented discussion outputs are not only academic considerations but scientific analyses and outputs capable of concrete life. above all, we propose an innovation of riege's model of barriers to knowledge sharing, as it was chosen as a comparative basis for our research; however, it was found that it is not applicable in the current conditions of scientific r&d project management in the czech academic environment. keywords: project management; knowledge; knowledge management; knowledge sharing barriers. 1. introduction science and research carried out at universities should be a key factor in every country, both for the production and, above all, for the dissemination of new scientific and technological knowledge, as well as for the development of qualified human resources. these factors subsequently significantly influence the economic and technological development of the organization and its competitiveness through both applied research and experimental development and innovation, which are mainly carried out in the business sector. overall r&d spending in the czech republic is growing in the long term; in 2021, a record 111.6 billion czk was spent on research and development carried out in the czech republic. in relation to gdp, expenditure on r&d increased to 1.94%, and the czech republic thus again approached the eu average. a significant part of research is carried out in the czech republic, specifically at universities. the cooperation of the university education sector, as a supplier of new knowledge and qualified human resources, with the business sector, as their consumer, should thus be a matter of course in every developed society. therefore, the implementation of scientific r&d projects and their success in fulfilling the triple imperative parameter become a key topic at almost all czech universities, both public and private. however, the success of the project is not solely determined by the fulfillment of the parameters of the triple imperative; the transparency and efficiency of knowledge sharing not only among the project team members but also across project teams, belong among the important factors in the project's success. * corresponding author: guzonova@centrum.cz http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2755-8923 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 20 knowledge sharing is an area that has been on the rise in recent years. "knowledge is one of the key strategic resources that can bring competitiveness to today's companies" [1]. project-based organizations, among which universities undoubtedly belong, are generators of knowledge in themselves, but if not effectively captured and shared, it passes through the organization unnoticed. however, the organization's ability to effectively use its knowledge depends primarily on the organization's employees, who are the ones who create, share, and use knowledge. "the use of knowledge is therefore only possible if workers are willing to share the knowledge they have and build on the knowledge of others" [2]. many information sources about the importance of knowledge management can be found [3-5], but there are significantly fewer sources on processes for identification, capture, or sharing and analysis of barriers to knowledge sharing within the organization, from older sources, for example [6], and of the more recent ones we found only [7, 8]. despite the fact that the world is becoming more aware of the growing benefits of knowledge sharing, the availability of knowledge is still limited. most knowledge is still only in people's heads, in documents, or in repositories that are not easily accessible to others [9]. from the available studies, it is not clear whether there are different barriers to knowledge sharing that are more significant for large organizations compared to small and medium-sized enterprises and vice versa, or for state and commercial organizations. we confirm the lack of research and studies on barriers to knowledge sharing, especially at universities or in the management of scientific r&d projects, and based on this fact when formulating the aim of the presented paper. riege (2005) [9], whose work on knowledge sharing barriers has more than 2,500 citations, divides knowledge sharing barriers into three categories: individual barriers, i.e., individual or employee barriers; organizational level barriers (organizational barriers); and technological barriers. the barriers for an individual or an employee are mainly linked to a lack of communication skills and social networks, differences in national cultures, a lack of time and trust, concern about personal value to the organization, and age and gender differences. lack of time seems to be the number one barrier. even if managers are aware of the benefits of knowledge sharing, the time-consuming nature of implementation does not allow them to pursue them further [9]. at the organizational level, these are barriers associated with economic viability, lack of infrastructure and resources, lack of management, lack of transparency in evaluation systems, accessibility of formal and informal meeting spaces, and the physical environment [9]. organizational structure may (or may not) help knowledge sharing. the organizational structure can act as a repository of knowledge, but it may no longer be shared and disseminated within the organization [10]. technology-level barriers include the reluctance to use applications; difficulties in building, integrating, and modifying technology systems; unrealistic expectations of employees from technology; insufficient compatibility between systems in the enterprise; and insufficient training of employees on new systems and processes. technology acts only as an intermediary in the knowledge-sharing process, making it easier and more efficient. the problem arises in the very implementation of a suitable technology that will be friendly to both people and organizational purposes. at the same time, it is necessary to add that the technology implemented in one organization may not work in another [9]. this riege´s model of barriers to knowledge sharing presented in riege (2005) [9] is used in our research as the basis for the identification of knowledge sharing barriers by scientific r&d project team members, and at the same time we will try to confirm its applicability in the environment of scientific r&d projects implemented at czech universities. the essential output of the presented paper is the identification of barriers to knowledge sharing by members of the scientific r&d project team in czech public and private universities and the discussion of their causes and impacts in scientific r&d projects. with regard to the aim of the presented paper and the formulated research questions, our effort is that the presented discussion outputs are not only academic considerations but scientific analyses and outputs capable of concrete life. 2. material and methods the primary aim of the presented paper is the identification of barriers to knowledge sharing by scientific r&d project team members in the czech academic environment. with regard to the formulated aim, the following research questions were set: rq1: "how is knowledge managed and shared in the scientific r&d project team?" rq2: "what are the barriers to knowledge sharing in scientific r&d projects?" the secondary aim of the paper is to confirm or refuse the applicability of riege's model of knowledge management barriers in the scientific r&d project environment at czech universities. the theoretical part of the paper is processed using the analysis of relevant information sources, secondary analysis was used. electronic resources in the databases ebscohost, web of science, science direct and webofknowledge, as well as connected papers, were examined. the selection of individual sources was made as follows: 1. keyword searches using automated electronic searches in the online databases mentioned above. the following were mainly selected: academic texts, ebooks, materials from conferences, electronic resources and scientific journals. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 21 2. in the second stage, articles were selected based on their title. 3. in the last phase, abstracts of individual articles were read to assess their relevance to the topic. through this method of searching for relevant sources, a literature review was written, which forms the theoretical framework of the presented paper. the second phase was the search for scientific studies, where it would be possible to be inspired by the questions for the questionnaire survey and the semi-structured interview. data for the research was collected through questionnaire survey and the semi-structured interview. for the implementation of semi-structured interviews, 54 project managers of scientific r&d projects operating in both private and public universities in czech republic were approached. through these interviews, rq1 and partially rq2 will be answered. part of the questions for these research questions were taken from kashif & kelly [11], boh (2007) [12], and santos et al. [13]. all interviews were conducted in the period july august 2022, were recorded with the consent of the respondent and then transcribed. the transcribed interviews were then printed, read several times, and comments were added to interesting or important excerpts. codes were generated through these annotated excerpts. in our qualitative analysis “the code is most often a word or phrase that expresses the most significant or summarizing feature of a certain group of textual data” [14]. subsequently, the codes were grouped and used to answer the research questions. the following codes were identified:  knowledge management system.  source of knowledge and information.  capturing / documenting knowledge.  knowledge sharing and management experience. 471 respondents, members of scientific r&d project teams of czech public and private universities, took part in the survey. members of scientific r&d project teams at 63 czech private and public universities were approached. the return rate of the questionnaires was 58.7%. the most numerous age group is in the range of 40 to 49 years, then 30 to 39 years. through this questionnaire survey, the aim of the paper will be partially fulfilled, as well as the second research question regarding barriers to knowledge sharing. the questionnaire was inspired with knowledge sharing model framework cited in riege (2005) [9], through which barriers were assessed in three areas (individual, organizational and technological). therefore, 13 individual barriers were identified and subsequently examined, from the perspective of project managers and project team members: 1. lack of time to share knowledge and time to identify colleagues who need specific knowledge. 2. fear that knowledge sharing may reduce or threaten job security. 3. low awareness and awareness of the value and benefit of the acquired knowledge for others. 4. dominance in sharing explicit over tacit knowledge, such as know-how and experiences that require hands-on learning, observation, dialogue and interactive problem solving. 5. inadequate capture, evaluation, feedback, communication and tolerance of past mistakes to increase individual and organizational learning effects. 6. differences in experience level. 7. lack of time for contact and interaction between knowledge sources and recipients. 8. poor verbal/written communication and interpersonal skills. 9. age differences. 10. lack of social networks. 11. differences in level of education. 12. lack of trust in people because they can misuse knowledge or take unfair credit for it. 13. untrustworthiness of knowledge towards the source. the following organizational barriers were also analysed: 1. lack of formal and informal space for sharing, reflection and creation of (new) knowledge. 2. lack of transparent reward and recognition systems that would motivate people to share their knowledge more. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 22 3. existing corporate culture does not provide sufficient support for sharing practices. 4. retaining the knowledge of highly qualified and experienced employees is not a high priority. 5. lack of appropriate infrastructure supporting sharing practices. 6. lack of corporate resources to provide adequate sharing opportunities. 7. workspace layouts and geographic distance limit the effective sharing practices. in the context of technological barriers, the following were analysed: 1. insufficient integration of it systems and processes prevents effective work on projects. 2. lack of technical support (internal or external) and immediate maintenance of integrated it systems hinders workflows and communication flows. 3. unrealistic employee expectations about what technology can and cannot do. 4. lack of compatibility between different it systems and processes. 5. the mismatch between individual needs and integrated it systems and processes limits the sharing practices. 6. reluctance to use it systems due to insufficient knowledge and experience with them. 7. lack of training in familiarizing employees with new it systems and processes. 8. lack of communication and demonstration of all the advantages of any new systems over existing ones. 9. the software platform limesurvey2 was used for the online survey. at the beginning of the questionnaire, the respondent was approached with a request to fill out the questionnaire with short information about the purpose of the entire research. the next part was questions about individual, organizational and technological barriers to knowledge sharing, where respondents answered on a scale from 1 to 7, where 1 means that they do not encounter this barrier at all to 7, when they encounter this barrier very often. identification questions followed. at the end of the questionnaire, there was a thank you for filling it out together with an e-mail address, in case of questions or interest in the results. after completing the research on the limesurvey2 web portal, all responses were exported to excel, which is a suitable format for subsequent data editing and statistical analysis. after cleaning the data, basic statistics were performed, which are used for quantitative signs (measurable numerical values). they can be used in this research, because questions with scales were mainly used. mode, variance, 4th standard deviation, 1st and 3rd quartile, mean were examined here. relative and absolute frequencies were used to evaluate demographic questions. before the questionnaire survey a pilot was conducted to ensure clarity of all questions and terminology used. for this purpose, one project manager was approached to help to define unclear terminology. an explanation of these terms was then added immediately below the question, in the help area. after editing some questions, the questionnaire was distributed via e-mail. the survey was made available for 14 days to allow as many workers as possible to fill it out. validity means the extent to which the collected data are valid, relevant, and at the same time determine whether the researchers are actually measuring what they want [15]. the respondents here are considered to be the holders of relevant information and at the same time are able to describe how knowledge is managed and shared in the organization. the questions were taken from already existing research, which increases the validity of the research. after the interviews were conducted, they were carefully transcribed and later analysed sentence by sentence to find relevant details that were interpreted in context. after exporting the responses from the limesurvey2 software, the questionnaire was cleaned of incomplete responses and incomplete questionnaires. reliability refers to the extent to which a study can be repeated and the same results obtained. it is difficult to determine whether a qualitative study can ever be replicated because its responses are highly subjective in nature. the study was conducted using a qualitative approach, so reliability is difficult to assess. the study conducted provides a limited amount of empirical data and is therefore a schematic picture of reality. the reason was the limited time frame. there is always a risk of a subjective image of the reality of individual respondents, who could distort this reality more positively in such a way that they want to put the organization or themselves in a favourable light. the social context is never fixed and is constantly changing. reliability is more suitable for quantitative research also for the reason that the subjective perspective also changes [15]. for this reason, the outputs of the given research should be considered as a kind of snapshot at the current moment in time. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 23 methodology process figure 1, shows the flowchart of the research methodology through which the objectives of this study were achieved. figure 1. methodology process workflow flowchart 3. literature review specifics of scientific r&d projects the project is a temporary effort to create a unique product [16]. the unique nature means that no project is exactly the same [17]. a project is a “temporary endeavor to create a service, product or exclusive results” [18]. projects are future-oriented forms of organizing [19]. they must adapt quickly to the environment, such as providing new infrastructure or adapting transport [20]. achieving the desired results through projects requires the ethical decisionmaking [21], especially when companies face the environmental risks, whether due to a virus pandemic or a changing climate. scientific r&d projects solved at universities, as well as projects from other spheres of human activity, e.g. frequency 1st and 3rd quartil 4th standard deviation variance mode research question rq3 evaluation statistical analysis relative absolute paper aim fulfillment comparison with available research barriers evaluation technological barriers organizational barriers individual barriers theoretical part structured interviews questionnaire survey research question rq2 evaluation pilot research coding research question rq1 evaluation survey aim formulation analysis of information sources research hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 24 construction or industry, have their own specific features [22]. research projects can be defined as sets of activities exhibiting the standardly described features of projects, but their goal is to achieve an increase in the level of knowledge through a creative systematic work and to propose new ways of applying available knowledge, regardless of the method of their financing [23]. a more detailed definition of a r&d project is provided by act no. 130/2002 coll., on the support of research and development from public funds, where a research, development and innovation project is defined as "activities that are intended to fulfill an indivisible task of a precise economic, scientific or technical nature with clearly defined in advance determined objectives, formulated by a candidate in a public competition in research, development and innovation, or by a provider in the framework of the award of a public contract". this definition serves the purposes of the aforementioned law and limits the concept of r&d project to externally financed projects that must be announced in a public tender or awarded by public order. financing of scientific r&d projects from public funds of the czech republic is implemented through institutional and targeted support. in addition to national financing, international financing schemes (biand multilateral projects) and projects financed from structural funds are also applied. research and development (r&d) have a long-standing tradition at universities in the czech republic, where they play an important role in terms of the development of basic and applied scientific disciplines, student education, school prestige and national reputation. in addition, scientific r&d projects are important for ensuring of sufficient financing of universities, and they also enter as a key factor in the evaluation for the accreditation of study programs. knowledge management knowledge management in projects came to the fore at the turn of the 21st century [24]. knowledge management and project management are very often inseparable and should go hand in hand [25]. the project work is a knowledgebased practice because all work in a project environment requires some form of knowledge [26]. effective knowledge management practices can be used to reduce project duration, to improve customer satisfaction and general project management [27]. knowledge management processes in a project environment were identified in owen & burstein (2005) [26] and focused on how team members working on a project transfer, acquire and reuse knowledge. lessons learned from previous projects were applied in the planning stages of the project to avoid mistakes [28]. project knowledge is generated from two sources – internal and external. internal sources include risk identification, lessons learned, while external sources include seminars, benchmarking and competitive analysis [29]. the uniqueness of the project is probably exaggerated, as several projects of a similar nature can be found in the implementation process [30]. project similarity refers to the degree to which a task has something in common between projects, or the similarity in the workflows and implementation methods embedded in the execution of project tasks. it is a prerequisite for successful knowledge transfer between projects [31]. project similarity can promote knowledge transfer between projects [32]. the more one project has in common with another, especially in terms of the problems they face and the decisions they make, the more likely the lessons and examples of one will be applied to other projects [33]. research by zhao et al. (2015) [31] contradicts the above research. the effect of the project similarity on knowledge transfer depends on the types of knowledge that are transferred between projects [31]. although similarity has an effect on knowledge transfer, the impact of the mechanism needs to be studied. sharing knowledge within a project can help to ensure successful outcomes. a certain guide to achieving the consistently successful projects is simply learning from experience, also known as lessons learned [34]. knowledge reuse is extremely important, but very difficult to practice. while the definition of a project contains an element of uniqueness, there are various similarities within projects [35] and thus knowledge can be reused and shared between projects. individual project managers and organizations have many tools at their disposal that enable the reuse of knowledge across individual projects [36]. barriers to knowledge sharing just like project management, knowledge sharing in organizations that work with projects is different and includes certain specificities. knowledge sharing in projects is divided into knowledge sharing within project teams and knowledge sharing across project teams. knowledge sharing in teams is usually at a good level because companies focus their interest on individual knowledge and each individual team supports this sharing [37, 38]. however, sharing between individual teams is often complicated [39, 40]. project-oriented organizations have the advantages in the employees being members of multiple project teams [41]. as a result, they are members of more social groups, so they interact with more people who have more knowledge. however, this is again related to individual knowledge, not group knowledge. therefore, team members who are members of multiple groups are important for successful knowledge sharing between organizational groups such as departments or projects [42]. in the case of project knowledge sharing, we are partly talking about individual knowledge, but group knowledge plays a key role. it is through the transfer of group knowledge that it is possible to prevent certain problems associated with the incorrect sharing of knowledge [7]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 25 once top management recognizes the drivers of knowledge sharing, teams are then able to find ways to eliminate the prevailing barriers. it is important to study and to understand all the barriers that prevent this kno wledge sharing within teams [43, 44]. there are various barriers to knowledge sharing that can be categorized into three levels: individual, organizational and technological [9]. this riege´s model of knowledge sharing barriers cited in riege (2005) [9] has been well discussed and tested across a number of different domains such as human resources, workplace learning, learning organizations, project management, it and systems, hospitality, tourism, higher education and many others [45-47]. kukko & helander [43] categorize these barriers in the same way. indrajit & hafiza [44] emphasize the individual and technological barriers as the main factors. one of the biggest barriers is mistrust, then lack of communication, lack of leadership, lack of formal and informal mechanisms and space for sharing, lack of qualified personnel, finance and information technology [48]. the biggest barrier to knowledge sharing an insufficient motivation within the project team to share information [49]. a poor organizational culture leads to the unsuccessful knowledge sharing [43]. organizations try to adapt their organizational culture to the relevant knowledge sharing plans, which leads to difficulties. the biggest barriers to knowledge sharing are the dysfunctional behavior and organizational culture [46]. an excessive hierarchy, which prevents employees from sharing knowledge across organizational boundaries, is also a problem in knowledge sharing [10, 50]. it is better for businesses to have a flat structure, which would ensure a horizontal communication and more interactions between workers, which would facilitate links for informal communication in which knowledge is shared [51]. another barrier can be a misalignment between the project's shortterm goal and the organization's long-term goals and the risk that the project will leave the organization with new knowledge that the business has put into it, but which at the same time has not yet been captured by the business and archived in the organization's repository [10]. communication, cultural context, the role of the project manager and technology are also problematic factors in knowledge sharing [50]. it is necessary to realize that all of them, on the one hand, can act as barriers preventing the effective sharing of knowledge, and on the other hand, as activators that support and simplify the transfer of knowledge. wiewiora et al. (2009) [52] interviewed five executive managers to identify practical barriers to knowledge sharing. interviewees acknowledged that although there is a constant talk about the importance of capturing and sharing new knowledge, in reality there is still a lack of an effective approach to its acquisition and transfer. according to the interviewees, the process is carried out in a hurry and the administrative staff are not involved in it in order to achieve a proper analysis of the findings and their embedding in the organization [52]. the lack of time, work pressure and failure to consider this activity in the budget are the main reasons why the acquired knowledge is not transferred. in addition, most organizations do not even have clear procedures for acquiring and storing shared knowledge. according to the interviewees, employees learn only in their minds [52]. in project-based organizations there are barriers of these categories: barriers related to social communication (lack of communication, time, willingness), barriers in the transfer of documented knowledge (not including knowledge capture activity in the budget, insufficient storage, lack of time to capture new knowledge) and barriers related to business management (willingness to share, acquired experience has little value for management) [52]. managers have to deal with many barriers that prevent an effective knowledge sharing in the organization [53]. the important thing is that each business has to deal with the barriers on its own, as there is no proper guide on how to remove individual barriers [9]. companies will achieve continuous growth only if knowledge sharing becomes an integral part of the organization's daily existence [54]. the most important base for knowledge sharing is the synergy of the following factors: motivation, flat and open organizational structures and modern technology [9]. knowledge sharing among employees creates many benefits for the business. the ability to build on previous knowledge and experience, respond more quickly to problems, develop new ideas, support innovation, helps to use the organization's resources effectively, improves the work performance, increases the intellectual capital and changes the competitiveness of the organization [48]. however, knowledge sharing has value only for those organizations and employees who need the useful knowledge and are willing to accept and use it. there is no general formula for a knowledge sharing strategy that is universally applicable to all businesses [55]. each organization must act on its own to get the right information to the right people at the right time [9]. 4. research results most of the barriers mentioned in riege (2005) [9] were not confirmed in our research. evaluation of research question rq1: "how is knowledge managed and shared in the project team of a scientific r&d project?" all interviewed project managers agreed that the knowledge management system is not generally established and standardized for scientific r&d projects in the organizations where the projects are implemented. respectively, a wiki is available in organizations, but project managers and members of project teams use it minimally, some organizations hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 26 use sharepoint, ms teams, project meetings and their minutes, e-mails, a table with project milestones, onenote, easy project, onedrive and codebeamer. these mentioned systems are mostly used by members of the project team for their daily work. evaluation of research question ro2: "what are the barriers to knowledge sharing in scientific r&d projects?" identification of barriers and their evaluation are given in the following tables (tables 1 to 6). table 1. individual barriers of project team members barrier name mean median standard deviation 1st quartile 3rd quartile variance lack of time to share knowledge and time to identify colleagues who need specific knowledge. 3.75 4 1.65 3 4 3.25 fear that knowledge sharing may reduce or threaten job security. 2.52 2 1.83 2 3 3.17 low awareness and awareness of the value and benefit of the acquired knowledge for others. 3.42 3 1.51 2 4 2.09 dominance in sharing explicit over tacit knowledge, such as knowhow and experiences that require hands-on learning, observation, dialogue and interactive problem solving. 4.35 4 1.85 3 6 2.93 inadequate capture, evaluation, feedback, communication and tolerance of past mistakes to increase individual and organizational learning effects. 3.71 4 1.52 2 5 2.87 differences in experience level. 4.82 5 1.72 4 6 2.32 lack of time for contact and interaction between knowledge sources and recipients. 4.52 5 1.52 3 6 2.82 poor verbal/written communication and interpersonal skills. 3.87 4 1.67 2 5 2.87 age differences. 2.43 2 1.53 1 3 2.31 lack of social networks. 2.24 2 1.72 1 3 2.48 differences in level of education. 3.23 3 1.45 2 4 2.25 lack of trust in people because they can misuse knowledge or take unfair credit for it. 2.52 2 1.72 1 4 2.85 untrustworthiness of knowledge towards the source. 2.43 2 1.42 1 4 1.81 tables 1 and 2 show that project managers and project team members do not perceive the mentioned individual barriers very differently. it is evident from the tables below that six individual barriers were not confirmed at all. the fact that the barrier called "lack of time to share knowledge and time to identify colleagues who need specific knowledge" is a key individual barrier was also confirmed in interviews with project managers. given the nature of project work, this finding is not surprising. qureshi and evans (2015) [56] state that workload hinders knowledge sharing, which is also confirmed by the interview conducted. table 2. individual barriers according to project managers barrier name mean median standard deviation 1st quartile 3rd quartile variance lack of time to share knowledge and time to identify colleagues who need specific knowledge. 5.63 6 0.34 5.6 6 0.18 fear that knowledge sharing may reduce or threaten job security. 3.52 4 2.15 2.65 5 4.41 low awareness and awareness of the value and benefit of the acquired knowledge for others. 4.31 5 1.76 3.62 5.52 2.79 dominance in sharing explicit over tacit knowledge, such as knowhow and experiences that require hands-on learning, observation, dialogue and interactive problem solving. 6.21 6 0 6 6 0.21 inadequate capture, evaluation, feedback, communication and tolerance of past mistakes to increase individual and organizational learning effects. 6.27 6 0.51 6 6.2 0.27 differences in experience level. 3.62 3 2.61 2 5 6.25 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 27 lack of time for contact and interaction between knowledge sources and recipients. 5.52 6 0.41 5.3 6 0.33 poor verbal/written communication and interpersonal skills. 3.02 2 2.18 1.6 4 4.72 age differences. 1.0 1 0.0 1 1 0 lack of social networks. 1 2 0 1 1 0 differences in level of education. 2.42 2 1.32 1.6 3 1.63 lack of trust in people because they can misuse knowledge or take unfair credit for it. 2.0 1.2 1.52 1 2.7 2.3 untrustworthiness of knowledge towards the source. 2.42 2 0.53 2 2.6 0.31 table 3. organizational barriers according to project team members barrier name mean median standard deviation 1st quartile 3rd quartile variance lack of formal and informal space for sharing, reflection and creation of (new) knowledge. 3.62 4 1.71 2 5 2.85 lack of transparent reward and recognition systems that would motivate people to share their knowledge more. 3.73 4 1.79 2 5 3.24 existing corporate culture does not provide sufficient support for sharing practices. 3.26 3 1.73 2 4 2.87 retaining the knowledge of highly qualified and experienced employees is not a high priority. 3.28 3 1.76 2 5 3.81 lack of appropriate infrastructure supporting sharing practices. 2.69 2 1.72 1 4 3.33 lack of corporate resources to provide adequate sharing opportunities. 2.64 2 1.48 2 4 2.31 workspace layouts and geographic distance limit the effective sharing practices. 3.81 4 1.98 2 6 3.91 according to the statistical analysis, there is not much difference in the perception of barriers on an individual level between project managers and members of the project team. as can be determined from tables 1 and 2, the barriers at this level are perceived very similarly and no great variation in responses was found. project team members are not concerned that sharing knowledge would threaten their job security. another barrier is “poor verbal/written communication and interpersonal skills”. many researchers state that the employees' ability to share knowledge depends primarily on their communication skills. effective communication, whether written or verbal, is a kind of basis for effective knowledge sharing [57]. this also involves a common language that everyone involved should know. in this barrier, a big difference can be seen between the perception of project managers and project team members, who see this barrier as problematic. table 4. organizational barriers according to project managers barrier name mean median standard deviation 1st quartile 3rd quartile variance lack of formal and informal space for sharing, reflection and creation of (new) knowledge. 5.6 7 1.39 5.7 6 2.4 lack of transparent reward and recognition systems that would motivate people to share their knowledge more. 6.2 7 0.79 5.4 6.3 0.69 existing corporate culture does not provide sufficient support for sharing practices. 3.21 2 2.18 1.42 3 4.63 retaining the knowledge of highly qualified and experienced employees is not a high priority. 3.65 4 2.12 2.4 4 4.23 lack of appropriate infrastructure supporting sharing practices. 1.59 2 0.61 1.4 2 0.32 lack of corporate resources to provide adequate sharing opportunities. 1.1 1.2 0.2 1 1 0 workspace layouts and geographic distance limit the effective sharing practices. 3.62 3 4.23 2.4 5 4.38 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 28 table 5. technological barriers according to project team members barrier name mean median standard deviation 1st quartile 3rd quartile variance insufficient integration of it systems and processes prevents effective work on projects. 3.65 2 1.82 2 5 2.98 lack of technical support (internal or external) and immediate maintenance of integrated it systems hinders workflows and communication flows. 2.63 2 1.52 2 4 2.15 unrealistic employee expectations about what technology can and cannot do. 2.89 2 1.78 1 4 3.41 lack of compatibility between different it systems and processes. 4.12 4 1.91 2 6 3.41 the mismatch between individual needs and integrated it systems and processes limits the sharing practices. 3.49 3 1.58 2 5 2.82 reluctance to use it systems due to insufficient knowledge and experience with them. 2.93 2 1.82 1 4 3.41 lack of training in familiarizing employees with new it systems and processes. 3.46 3 1.75 2 5 2.49 lack of communication and demonstration of all the advantages of any new systems over existing ones. 3.73 4 1.76 2 5 3.44 the statistical analysis of organizational barriers (tables 3 and 4) shows that project team members were most inclined to the following barriers:  lack of formal and informal space for sharing, reflection and creation of (new) knowledge,  workspace layouts and geographic distance limit the effective sharing practices,  lack of transparent reward and recognition systems that would motivate people to share their knowledge more. for these barriers, the mean is the highest, and 25% of respondents rated this question on a scale of at least 5 and above. for the barrier “work space layouts and geographic distance limit effective sharing practices”, 25% of respondents were inclined to answer a scale of 6 and above, indicating a large barrier that exists here. respondents also favored the barrier "retaining the knowledge of highly qualified and experienced employees is not a high priority". conversely, the mean for the following barriers:  lack of appropriate infrastructure supporting sharing practices,  lack of corporate resources to provide adequate sharing options, is low, which means that the respondents did not agree with these two barriers and these are not relevant barriers, also the median and deviation are lower. therefore, these are not barriers that would bother them or that they would encounter. table 6. technological barriers according to project managers barrier name mean median standard deviation 1st quartile 3rd quartile variance insufficient integration of it systems and processes prevents effective work on projects. 4.15 5 2.18 3 5.23 4.68 lack of technical support (internal or external) and immediate maintenance of integrated it systems hinders workflows and communication flows. 3.59 3 2.51 2 5 6.28 unrealistic employee expectations about what technology can and cannot do. 2.31 1 1.92 1 3 3.67 lack of compatibility between different it systems and processes. 3.35 3 2.11 2 4.5 4.21 the mismatch between individual needs and integrated it systems and processes limits the sharing practices. 3.11 2 2.03 1.42 4 4.73 reluctance to use it systems due to insufficient knowledge and experience with them. 2.27 2 0.39 2 2.6 0.26 lack of training in familiarizing employees with new it systems and processes. 6 6 0 6 6 0 lack of communication and demonstration of all the advantages of any new systems over existing ones. 5.52 6 0.56 5.46 6 0.31 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 29 from the point of view of project managers, the following organizational barriers are especially important:  lack of formal and informal space for sharing, reflection and creation of (new) knowledge  lack of transparent reward and recognition systems that would motivate people to share their knowledge more, where 25% of the respondents answered on a scale of 1 to 7 with the number 7, which means the highest rating and at the same time the most problematic barriers. the following barriers should also be mentioned:  lack of appropriate infrastructure supporting sharing practices,  lack of corporate resources to provide adequate sharing options,  which do not seem relevant from the point of view of project managers in the organization and are not encountered by them. most barriers to knowledge sharing at the technology level include:  lack of knowledge about new technology and its insufficient acceptance in the workplace [58],  reluctance to adopt existing technologies [59],  incompatible technology with work processes [60]. as highlighted earlier, technology is primarily used to coordinate the project work, to use the social networks and applications to facilitate knowledge sharing. respondents of the questionnaire and the interview were primarily concerned with problems arising from the use of certain technology. table 5 shows that the main technological barrier for the project team members is the barrier called "lack of compatibility between different it systems and processes". this statement is confirmed by the higher mean and especially the 3rd quartile. other barriers are:  insufficient integration of it systems and processes prevents effective work on projects,  lack of training in familiarizing employees with new it systems and processes,  lack of communication and demonstration of all the advantages of any new systems over existing ones. in the group of technological barriers, all the mentioned barriers seem to be problematic in a certain way. it cannot be said that none of the mentioned barriers would not trouble the members of the project team or that they would not occur in the organization, as was the case with individual and organizational barriers. according to the answers of the project managers (table 6), the biggest barrier is "lack of training in familiarizing employees with new it systems and processes", which everyone unanimously agreed on, and this is also confirmed by the monitored values such as standard deviation, quartiles, median and variance. other barriers are:  lack of communication and demonstration of all the advantages of any new systems over the existing ones,  insufficient integration of it systems and processes prevents effective work on projects,  lack of technical support (internal or external) and immediate maintenance of integrated it systems hinders workflows and communication flows. the responses of the project managers cannot be said to have faced any of the selected barriers. according to the interview, it can also be said that greater barrier in organization is hardware rather than software. 5. discussion knowledge management in projects is specific, because projects are unique, unrepeatable, time-limited, and mostly different groups of people work on them [22]. despite the uniqueness and unrepeatability of projects, the situations faced by managers and team members can be repeated. therefore, knowledge sharing between projects is important [2, 61]. proper knowledge sharing in projects ensures a successful project output [62]. at the same time, it helps to reduce risks in projects by preventing errors [63]. however, there is a number of barriers that makes this sharing complicated. barriers often arise from the nature of the project, namely from their short-term orientation in the context of the organization, which is also confirmed by our research. this means that, in contrast to the continuous and routine work in an organization, the benefit from the knowledge sharing is only visible after a while, when a similar problem is solved. another barrier resulting from the nature of the projects is the specifics of the projects for the external customer, where there is a great pressure to deliver as quickly as possible. this finding of ours is also confirmed by disterer (2002) [64]. very often the time it takes to properly record knowledge, is better invested in getting it done faster. in addition to the time aspect, the human factor also plays a role here [65]. since project teams do not stay the same, it is very complicated to create group-level knowledge. the same findings are also reported by hanisch et al. (2009) [24]. table 7 identifies barriers to knowledge sharing in scientific r&d projects in the environment of czech universities. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 30 both project managers and project team members agreed that the greatest barrier to knowledge sharing was a lack of time. this is not a surprising finding. related to this is the lack of time to identify colleagues who might need certain knowledge or whom to turn to in case of need, but also the lack of time for contact and interaction between knowledge sources and recipients. another barrier to mention is the lack of capture, feedback, communication, and tolerance for past mistakes. these findings are related to the culture of the organization, which very often becomes a barrier to effective knowledge sharing [66]. the organizational behavior depends more on its culture than on the leadership style of top management. the day-to-day practices of an organization are accumulated into its culture, and a strong culture is the key success factor for high performance and effectiveness [67]. the lack of transparent reward and recognition systems that would motivate workers to share knowledge more is another organizational barrier. the knowledge-sharing culture of an organization depends on interpersonal trust and communication between employees [68]. another dependence is formed by information systems, rewards, and organizational structure [69]. these elements play a key role in describing the relationships between employees and also in overcoming barriers to knowledge sharing. another barrier is the sharing of mostly explicit rather than tacit knowledge. nakano et al. (2013) [70] emphasized that individuals are an important asset for organizations in terms of knowledge resources. individuals are the primary resource for maintaining and transmitting this tacit knowledge. explicit knowledge sharing and organizational performance have a significant relationship [70]. it is essential to understand why this tacit knowledge is crucial and necessary to measure the invention and economic performance of the organization [71]. knowledge sharing also influences innovation, which in turn directly contributes to organizational performance. although explicit knowledge sharing has a greater impact on innovation speed and financial performance. tacit knowledge sharing has an impact on innovation quality and operational performance. both explicit and tacit knowledge sharing facilitate innovation and performance [72]. technology is currently becoming the main tool for knowledge sharing. social media has become a platform for sharing knowledge. however, it would not be effective if individuals did not have sufficient knowledge of the technology in use and did not know how to apply the technology in the organization's environment [73]. this is related to the identified technological barriers, which point to the insufficient integration of it systems and processes, which prevent an effective work on projects. table 7. identified barriers to knowledge sharing in scientific r&d projects barrier name confirmed by project managers confirmed by project team members organizational barriers 1 lack of formal and informal space for sharing, reflection and creation of (new) knowledge x x 2 workspace layouts and geographic distance limit the effective sharing practices x 3 lack of transparent reward and recognition systems that would motivate people to share their knowledge more x x 4 lack of appropriate infrastructure supporting sharing practices x 5 retaining the knowledge of highly qualified and experienced employees is not a high priority x x technological barriers 1 lack of compatibility between different it systems and processes x 2 insufficient integration of it systems and processes prevents effective work on projects x x 3 lack of training in familiarizing employees with new it systems and processes x 4 lack of communication and demonstration of all advantages of any new systems over existing ones x x 5 lack of technical support (internal or external) and immediate maintenance of integrated it systems hinders workflows and communication flows. x individual barriers 1 differences in experience level x 2 lack of time for contact and interaction between knowledge sources a recipient x 3 dominance in sharing explicit over tacit knowledge such as know-how and experience that requires hands-on learning, observation, dialogue and interactive problem solving x x 4 lack of time to share knowledge and time to identify colleagues who need specific knowledge x x 5 inadequate capture, evaluation, feedback, communication and tolerance of past mistakes to increase individual and organizational learning effects x x 6 poor verbal/written communication and interpersonal skills x x hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 31 another serious barrier is the reluctance of the project team members to use it systems due to their insufficient knowledge and experience with them; at the same time, the lack of training on the mentioned it systems is also related to these barriers. damodaran & olphert (2000) [74] emphasize and confirm that a system is difficult to use when employees do not know how to use it and how to control it [74]. failure to provide training and user support is one of the reasons that lead to low use of the it system [74]. this statement is also confirmed in ardichvili (2008) [59], where an author argues that a lack of technological knowledge and perhaps an aversion to using technology could be a major barrier to knowledge sharing. human resources professionals, process specialists, or other designees should provide appropriate initial training and user support in the use of a particular technology [59]. we clearly confirm the finding that organizational capabilities, knowledge, and resources are developed and improved through the process of project implementation and the sharing of lessons learned from project implementation. after sharing knowledge with each other, this knowledge can be used by other project teams or by anyone in the organization [10]. knowledge is the most important resource needed for project management, and a lack of knowledge management is one of the main reasons for project failure [75]. the same was confirmed in our research, so we agree with the statements of gasik (2011) [75], moud & abbasnejad (2012) [50], and emiliano de souza et al. (2022) [76] that during the implementation of the project, various forms of information and knowledge are generated in the organization, which must be captured and shared with other projects because, if this does not happen, they will be irretrievably lost. the experience gained should represent valuable knowledge for current and future projects and should be comprehensively transferred [77]. the loss of such knowledge can be reflected in the resulting costs of project implementation, and resources such as time and money will be spent unnecessarily to capture the knowledge that already existed in the organization [78]. however, based on our findings, we add that project teams are often composed of people who have never worked together and did not even expect to have to work together, and managing knowledge in these circumstances is not easy. the failure of many knowledge transfer systems is often the result of cultural factors rather than technological oversight, which is further confirmed by ajmal & koskinen (2008) [79] and stadler (2021) [80]. 6. conclusions in projects, knowledge sharing is undoubtedly specific, which is determined by the nature of the project or the uniqueness of the project. therefore, it is necessary to share information about ongoing and completed projects so that, for example, it is not necessary to invent a solution that has already been devised in the past. in our research, we found that project managers are well aware of the importance of sharing knowledge not only in projects and the project team, but this awareness alone is not enough if certain measures are not taken. knowledge is managed and stored in different places, and each project manager uses different tools and methods. a knowledge/information management system is not in place at all in most universities, but all research participants agreed that it is useful and something like this should be created. therefore, knowledge management and sharing in the project team may not be effective and may lead to the loss of valuable knowledge. according to project managers and project team members, among the most serious barriers to knowledge sharing is mainly the lack of time, which is related to the lack of time to identify colleagues who need certain knowledge and whom to contact if certain knowledge is needed, but also the lack of time for contact and interaction between knowledge sources and recipients. another serious barrier is insufficient capture, feedback, communication, and tolerance of past mistakes. this finding is related to the culture of the organization, which very often becomes a barrier to effective knowledge sharing [66]. another barrier is the sharing of mostly explicit rather than tacit knowledge. project team members also perceive differences in the level of experience differently, which they see as a serious barrier compared to project managers, who do not see it as a problem. project managers and project team members perceive differently the barriers called workspace layouts and geographic distance that limit effective knowledge sharing practices. project team members perceive it as problematic, but project managers do not perceive it as a barrier at all. another barrier that both research groups agreed on was the lack of transparent reward and recognition systems that would motivate workers to share their knowledge more. this barrier is related to the culture of the organization. lack of space for sharing, reflection, and the creation of (new) knowledge is related to a lack of time. social media and information technology are becoming major tools for knowledge sharing. in the organization, however, hardware is also a problem, i.e., cooperation with ict, which ensures the delivery of notebooks and at the same time enables the functioning of the software used. the difference in perception between project managers and project team members is in the barrier, which describes the reluctance to use it systems due to insufficient knowledge and experience with them. related to this barrier are also barriers related to the lack of training of employees with new systems and processes and the lack of demonstration of all the advantages of any new systems compared to the existing ones. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 32 a suggestion for a further procedure may be to modify the riege's model cited in riege (2005) [9], as part of it was not applicable to this research. we chose this model because a sufficient number of studies confirming the validity of this model have been published, for example, vuori et al. (2018) [81] or aljaaidis et al. (2020) [82], and this model is considered by professional literature, for example, paulin & suneson (2012) [44], to be pivotal for knowledge sharing research and the identification of barriers to knowledge sharing in organizations. however, further research should probably use other models for identifying barriers to knowledge sharing, which may be more intuitive for medium-sized universities, or for the specifics of r&d projects, or for the culture of the czech republic [83]. cultural barriers are mentioned in detail by goh (2002) [51] or veer ramjeawon & rowley (2020) [84], and after the experience of our research, we identify with his concept. our preliminary proposal is to use models from bell (2016) [10] or moud & abbasnejad (2012) [50], which specifically deal with project-based organizations. it would be appropriate to examine what barriers exist in this modern age when homeoffice is more commonly used. the new upgraded model could reflect what barriers there are in this direction. our research examined established theoretical models in the field of scientific r&d projects with a limited sample size. the work is rather qualitative and based on a relatively small sample, therefore certain findings cannot be generalized. future research could consider testing the mentioned model in another area or in a larger sample, where our results could be verified or reconfirmed. specific findings from this work could serve as hypotheses for awakening research. despite minor limitations and complications, the aim of the work was achieved through qualitative and quantitative research. 7. declarations author contributions conceptualization, v.g. and k.b.; methodology, v.g. and k.b.; investigation, v.g. and k.b.; resources, v.g. and k.b.; writing—original draft preparation, v.g. and k.b.; writing—review and editing, v.g. and k.b.; project administration, v.g. and k.b. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. acknowledgements the authors gratefully acknowledge dti university, slovakia for supporting this work. institutional review board statement not applicable. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved in the study. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] gaál, z., szabó, l., obermayer-kovács, n., & csepregi, a. (2015). exploring the role of social media in knowledge sharing. electronic journal of knowledge management, 13(3), 185-197. [2] boamah, f. a., zhang, j., shehzad, m. u., & ahmad, m. (2023). the mediating role of social dynamics in the influence of absorptive capacity and tacit knowledge sharing on project performance. business process management journal, 29(1), 240– 261. doi:10.1108/bpmj-07-2022-0341. [3] singh, s. k., gupta, s., busso, d., & kamboj, s. (2021). top management knowledge value, knowledge sharing practices, open innovation and organizational performance. journal of business research, 128, 788–798. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2019.04.040. [4] al-husseini, s., el beltagi, i., & moizer, j. (2021). transformational leadership and innovation: the mediating role of knowledge sharing amongst higher education faculty. international journal of leadership in education, 24(5), 670–693. doi:10.1080/13603124.2019.1588381. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 33 [5] islam, t., zahra, i., rehman, s. u., & jamil, s. (2022). how knowledge sharing encourages innovative work behavior through occupational self-efficacy? the moderating role of entrepreneurial leadership. global knowledge, memory and communication. doi:10.1108/gkmc-02-2022-0041. [6] yeşil, s., & hirlak, b. (2013). an empirical investigation into the influence of knowledge sharing barriers on knowledge sharing and individual innovation behaviour. international journal of knowledge management, 9(2), 38–61. doi:10.4018/jkm.2013040103. [7] iftikhar, r., & lions, c. (2022). interorganizational knowledge sharing barriers and enablers: the case of peshawar bus rapid transit project. international journal of managing projects in business, 15(5), 769–792. doi:10.1108/ijmpb-11-2021-0313. [8] le, q. n., & tuamsuk, k. (2022). knowledge-sharing barriers in non-profit environments in thailand. advances in finance, accounting, and economics, 430–441, igi global, hershey, united states. doi:10.4018/978-1-6684-5849-5.ch023. [9] riege, a. (2005). three-dozen knowledge-sharing barriers managers must consider. journal of knowledge management, 9(3), 18–35. doi:10.1108/13673270510602746. [10] bell, l., van waveren, c. c., & steyn, h. (2016). knowledge-sharing within the project-based organizsation: a knowledgepull framework. south african journal of industrial engineering, 27(4). doi:10.7166/27-4-1580. [11] kashif, m., & kelly, k. (2013). knowledge management and sharing within project teams: a qualitative study of ericsson. master thesis in business administration, mälardalen university, school of business, society and engineering, stockholm, sweden. [12] boh, w. f. (2007). mechanisms for sharing knowledge in project-based organizations. information and organization, 17(1), 27– 58. doi:10.1016/j.infoandorg.2006.10.001. [13] santos, v. r., soares, a. l., & carvalho, j. á. (2012). knowledge sharing barriers in complex research and development projects: an exploratory study on the perceptions of project managers. knowledge and process management, 19(1), 27–38. doi:10.1002/kpm.1379. [14] flick, u. (2022). an introduction to qualitative research. sage, london, united kingdom. [15] bryman, a., bell, e., & nilsson, b. (2005). business research methods. liber ekonomi, malmö, sweden. (in swedish). [16] bočková, k., oláh, a., & hanák, m. (2020) project management. dti university dubnica nad váhom, slovakia. (in slovak). [17] kerzner, h. (2017). project management: a systems approach to planning, scheduling, and controlling. john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. [18] portny, j. l., & portny, s. e. (2022). project management for dummies. john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. [19] whyte, j., comi, a., & mosca, l. (2022). making futures that matter: future making, online working and organizing remotely. organization theory, 3(1), 263178772110691. doi:10.1177/26317877211069138. [20] davies, a., macaulay, s. c., & brady, t. (2019). delivery model innovation: insights from infrastructure projects. project management journal, 50(2), 119–127. doi:10.1177/8756972819831145. [21] helgadottir, h. (2014). the ethical dimension of project management. ieee engineering management review, 42(1), 49–56. doi:10.1109/emr.2014.6758261. [22] bočková, k., škoda, m., & lengyelfalusy, t. (2019). project management and its strategies in global organisation: case study. cbu international conference proceedings, 7. doi:10.12955/cbup.v7.1337. [23] čáslavová, h. (2018). project management in research and development projects. conference proceedings of public policy in the field of research, development and innovation 2018, alevia, pilsen, czech republic. [24] hanisch, b., lindner, f., mueller, a., & wald, a. (2009). knowledge management in project environments. journal of knowledge management, 13(4), 148–160. doi:10.1108/13673270910971897. [25] leseure, m. j., & brookes, n. j. (2004). knowledge management benchmarks for project management. journal of knowledge management, 8(1), 103–116. doi:10.1108/13673270410523943. [26] owen, j., & burstein, f. (2005). where knowledge management resides within project management. case studies in knowledge management, 138–154, igi global, hershey, united states. doi:10.4018/978-1-59140-351-7.ch009. [27] ajmal, m., helo, p., & kekäle, t. (2010). critical factors for knowledge management in project business. journal of knowledge management, 14(1), 156–168. doi:10.1108/13673271011015633. [28] edwards, j. s. (2022). where knowledge management and information management meet: research directions. international journal of information management, 63, 102458. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2021.102458. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 34 [29] polyaninova, t. (2011). knowledge management in a project environment: organisational ct and project influences. organisational ct and project influences. vine, 41(3), 1-3. [30] newell, s., bresnen, m., edelman, l., scarbrough, h., & swan, j. (2006). sharing knowledge across projects: limits to ict-led project review practices. management learning, 37(2), 167–185. doi:10.1177/1350507606063441. [31] zhao, d., zuo, m., & deng, x. (nancy). (2015). examining the factors influencing cross-project knowledge transfer: an empirical study of it services firms in china. international journal of project management, 33(2), 325–340. doi:10.1016/j.ijproman.2014.05.003. [32] argote, l., & fahrenkopf, e. (2016). knowledge transfer in organizations: the roles of members, tasks, tools, and networks. organizational behavior and human decision processes, 136, 146–159. doi:10.1016/j.obhdp.2016.08.003. [33] darr, e. d., & kurtzberg, t. r. (2000). an investigation of partner similarity dimensions on knowledge transfer. organizational behavior and human decision processes, 82(1), 28–44. doi:10.1006/obhd.2000.2885. [34] cooke-davies, t. (2002). the “real” success factors on projects. international journal of project management, 20(3), 185–190. doi:10.1016/s0263-7863(01)00067-9. [35] cooper, k. g., lyneis, j. m., & bryant, b. j. (2002). learning to learn, from past to future. international journal of project management, 20(3), 213–219. doi:10.1016/s0263-7863(01)00071-0. [36] petter, s., mathiassen, l., & vaishnavi, v. (2007). five keys to project knowledge sharing. it professional, 9(3), 42–46. doi:10.1109/mitp.2007.44. [37] jafari navimipour, n., & charband, y. (2016). knowledge sharing mechanisms and techniques in project teams: literature review, classification, and current trends. computers in human behavior, 62, 730–742. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2016.05.003. [38] haider, s. a., zubair, m., tehseen, s., iqbal, s., & sohail, m. (2023). how does ambidextrous leadership promote innovation in project-based construction companies? through mediating role of knowledge-sharing and moderating role of innovativeness. european journal of innovation management, 26(1), 99–118. doi:10.1108/ejim-02-2021-0083. [39] muller, j. (2015). the future of knowledge and skills in science and technology higher education. higher education, 70(3), 409– 416. doi:10.1007/s10734-014-9842-x. [40] srivastava, a., & pinto, j. (2022). dynamic linkages of empowering and transformational leadership with knowledge sharing in project teams. knowledge management research & practice, 20(4), 571–579. doi:10.1080/14778238.2022.2067492. [41] ruuska, i., & vartiainen, m. (2005). characteristics of knowledge sharing communities in project organizations. international journal of project management, 23(5), 374–379. doi:10.1016/j.ijproman.2005.01.003. [42] gruenfeld, d. h., martorana, p. v., & fan, e. t. (2000). what do groups learn from their worldliest members? direct and indirect influence in dynamic teams. organizational behavior and human decision processes, 82(1), 45–59. doi:10.1006/obhd.2000.2886. [43] kukko, m., & helander, n. (2012). knowledge sharing barriers in growing software companies. 2012 45th hawaii international conference on system sciences. doi:10.1109/hicss.2012.407. [44] paulin, d., & suneson, k. (2015). knowledge transfer, knowledge sharing and knowledge barriers–three blurry terms in km. leading issues in knowledge management, 2(2), 73. [45] saide, indrajit, r. e., & hafiza, w. (2017). information technology and individual factors on knowledge sharing activities. 2nd international conference on knowledge engineering and applications (ickea2017). doi:10.1109/ickea.2017.8169922. [46] hase, s., sankaran, s., & davies, a. (2006). overcoming barriers to knowledge management: visiting the dark side of organisations. the actkm online journal of knowledge management, 3(1), 25–26. [47] bloice, l., & burnett, s. (2016). barriers to knowledge sharing in third sector social care: a case study. journal of knowledge management, 20(1), 125–145. doi:10.1108/jkm-12-2014-0495. [48] mohajan, h. (2019). the second industrial revolution has brought modern social and economic developments. journal of social sciences and humanities, 6(1), 1-14. [49] santhose, s. s., & lawrence, l. n. (2023). understanding the implementations and limitations in knowledge management and knowledge sharing using a systematic literature review. current psychology. doi:10.1007/s12144-022-04115-6. [50] moud, h. i., & abbasnejad, b. (2012). factors affecting knowledge transfer in project-based organizations (pbos). chalmers university of technology, department of construction management, gothenburg, sweden. [51] goh, s. c. (2002). managing effective knowledge transfer: an integrative framework and some practice implications. journal of knowledge management, 6(1), 23–30. doi:10.1108/13673270210417664. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 35 [52] wiewiora, a., trigunarsyah, b., murphy, g., & liang, c. (2009). barriers to effective knowledge transfer in project-based organisations. proceedings of the international conference on global innovation in construction, 13-16 september, 2009, loughborough university, loughborough, united kingdom. [53] zywiołek, j., rosak-szyrocka, j., & jereb, b. (2021). barriers to knowledge sharing in the field of information security. management systems in production engineering, 29(2), 114–119. doi:10.2478/mspe-2021-0015. [54] taghipour, m., mahboobi, m., & gharagozlou, h. (2016). the impact of ict on knowledge sharing obstacles in knowledge management process (including case-study). iranian journal of information processing management, 31(4), 1049–1074. [55] arsawan, i. w. e., koval, v., rajiani, i., rustiarini, n. w., supartha, w. g., & suryantini, n. p. s. (2022). leveraging knowledge sharing and innovation culture into smes sustainable competitive advantage. international journal of productivity and performance management, 71(2), 405–428. doi:10.1108/ijppm-04-2020-0192. [56] qureshi, a. m. a., & evans, n. (2015). deterrents to knowledge-sharing in the pharmaceutical industry: a case study. journal of knowledge management, 19(2), 296–314. doi:10.1108/jkm-09-2014-0391. [57] davenport, t. h., & prusak, l. (1998). working knowledge: how organizations manage what they know. harvard business press, boston, massachusetts, united states. [58] attewell, p. (1992). technology diffusion and organizational learning: the case of business computing. organization science, 3(1), 1–19. doi:10.1287/orsc.3.1.1. [59] ardichvili, a. (2008). learning and knowledge sharing in virtual communities of practice: motivators, barriers, and enablers. advances in developing human resources, 10(4), 541–554. doi:10.1177/1523422308319536. [60] jaca, c., santos, j., errasti, a., & viles, e. (2012). lean thinking with improvement teams in retail distribution: a case study. total quality management & business excellence, 23(3–4), 449–465. doi:10.1080/14783363.2011.593907. [61] migdadi, m. m. (2022). impact of knowledge management processes on organizational performance: the mediating role of absorptive capacity. business process management journal, 28(1), 293-322. doi:10.1108/bpmj-02-2021-0111. [62] sarafan, m., lawson, b., roehrich, j. k., & squire, b. (2022). knowledge sharing in project-based supply networks. international journal of operations & production management, 42(6), 852–874. doi:10.1108/ijopm-06-2021-0394. [63] bhatti, s. h., zakariya, r., vrontis, d., santoro, g., & christofi, m. (2020). high-performance work systems, innovation and knowledge sharing. employee relations: the international journal, 43(2), 438–458. doi:10.1108/er-10-2019-0403. [64] disterer, g. (2002). management of project knowledge and experiences. journal of knowledge management, 6(5), 512–520. doi:10.1108/13673270210450450. [65] chen, y., luo, h., chen, j., & guo, y. (2022). building data-driven dynamic capabilities to arrest knowledge hiding: a knowledge management perspective. journal of business research, 139, 1138-1154. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2021.10.050. [66] mcdermott, r., & o’dell, c. (2001). overcoming cultural barriers to sharing knowledge. journal of knowledge management, 5(1), 76–85. doi:10.1108/13673270110384428. [67] jarnagin, c., & slocum, j. w. (2007). creating corporate cultures through mythopoetic leadership. organizational dynamics, 36(3), 288–302. doi:10.1016/j.orgdyn.2007.04.004. [68] al-alawi, a. i., al-marzooqi, n. y., & mohammed, y. f. (2007). organizational culture and knowledge sharing: critical success factors. journal of knowledge management, 11(2), 22–42. doi:10.1108/13673270710738898. [69] nadason, s., saad, r. a.-j., & ahmi, a. (2017). knowledge sharing and barriers in organizations. indian-pacific journal of accounting and finance, 1(4), 32–41. doi:10.52962/ipjaf.2017.1.4.26. [70] nakano, d., muniz, j., & batista, e. d. (2013). engaging environments: tacit knowledge sharing on the shop floor. journal of knowledge management, 17(2), 290–306. doi:10.1108/13673271311315222. [71] harlow, h. (2008). the effect of tacit knowledge on firm performance. journal of knowledge management, 12(1), 148–163. doi:10.1108/13673270810852458. [72] wang, z., & wang, n. (2012). knowledge sharing, innovation and firm performance. expert systems with applications, 39(10), 8899–8908. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2012.02.017. [73] fořt, j., & černý, r. (2022). limited interdisciplinary knowledge transfer as a missing link for sustainable building retrofits in the residential sector. journal of cleaner production, 131079. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2022.131079. [74] damodaran, l., & olphert, w. (2000). barriers and facilitators to the use of knowledge management systems. behaviour and information technology, 19(6), 405–413. doi:10.1080/014492900750052660. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 36 [75] gasik, s. (2011). a model of project knowledge management. project management journal, 42(3), 23–44. doi:10.1002/pmj.20239. [76] emiliano de souza, d., favoretto, c., & carvalho, m. m. (2022). knowledge management, absorptive and dynamic capacities and project success: a review and framework. emj engineering management journal, 34(1), 50–69. doi:10.1080/10429247.2020.1840876. [77] pmbok® guide. (2017). a guide to the project management body of knowledge. project management institute, pennsylvania, united states. [78] salwan, p., patankar, a., shandilya, b., iyengar, s., & thakur, m. s. (2023). the interplay of knowledge management, operational and dynamic capabilities in project phases. vine journal of information and knowledge management systems. doi:10.1108/vjikms-09-2022-0297. [79] ajmal, m. m., & koskinen, k. u. (2008). knowledge transfer in project-based organizations: an organizational culture perspective. project management journal, 39(1), 7–15. doi:10.1002/pmj.20031. [80] stadler, r. (2021). cultural elements of knowledge management. knowledge management in event organisations, goodfellow publishers, oxford, united kingdom. doi:10.23912/9781911635444-4905. [81] vuori, v., helander, n., & mäenpää, s. (2019). network level knowledge sharing: leveraging riege’s model of knowledge barriers. knowledge management research and practice, 17(3), 253–263. doi:10.1080/14778238.2018.1557999. [82] aljaaidis, k. s., bagais, o. a., & al-moataz, e. (2020). knowledge sharing and individuals’ effectiveness in educational institutions. management science letters, 10(15), 3477–3484. doi:10.5267/j.msl.2020.7.001. [83] paulin, d., & suneson, k. (2012). knowledge transfer, knowledge sharing and knowledge barriers–three blurry terms in km. electronic journal of knowledge management, 10(1), 82-92. [84] veer ramjeawon, p., & rowley, j. (2020). enablers and barriers to knowledge management in universities: perspectives from south africa and mauritius. aslib journal of information management, 72(5), 745–764. doi:10.1108/ajim-12-2019-0362. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 122 issn: 2723-9535 development and algorithmization of a method for analyzing the degree of uniqueness of personal medical data abas h. lampezhev 1 , vladimir zh. kuklin 1, leonid m. chervyakov 1, aslan a. tatarkanov 1* 1 institute of design and technology informatics of ras, russian federation. received 26 december 2022; revised 21 february 2023; accepted 25 february 2023; published 01 march 2023 abstract the purpose of this investigation is to develop a method for quantitative assessment of the uniqueness of personal medical data (pmd) to improve their protection in medical information systems (mis). the relevance of the goal is due to the fact that impersonal pmd can form unique combinations that are potentially of interest to intruders and threaten to reveal the patient's identity and medical confidentiality. existing approaches were analyzed, and a new method for quantifying the degree of uniqueness of pmd was proposed. a weakness in existing approaches is the assumption that an attacker will use exact matching to identify people. the novelty of the method proposed in this paper lies in the fact that it is not limited to this hypothesis, although it has its limitations: it is not applicable to small samples. the developed method for determining the pmd uniqueness coefficient is based on the assumption of a multidimensional distribution of features, characterized by a covariance matrix, and a normal distribution, which provides the most reliable reflection of the existing relationships between features when analyzing large data samples. the results obtained in computational experiments show that efficiency is no worse than that of focus groups of specialized experts. keywords: medical information systems; personal medical data; information security; medical secret; assessing data uniqueness. 1. introduction currently, in all subject areas of human activity, studies aimed at improving data processing technologies are of great practical importance [1–4]. data processing in mis is no exception to this trend, but it has some fundamental features related to the information security of pmd. based on the principles of system analysis, such data can be attributed to being unique. the problems associated with their description and solving related non-standard tasks can be eliminated using additional options, from data collection and analysis to data encryption and destruction, provided that the latter is necessary [5, 6]. managing pmd is a complex and, in some ways, multidimensional problem. a particular management action requires a rational approach, considering the need for increased responsibility. the need to develop and implement new, more efficient methods of managing pmd processing is a characteristic feature of the modern process of intensive digitalization [7]. one of the critical tasks here comes down to ensuring an improved quality of healthcare services in commercial and public institutions. using unique pmd in various parts of mis exacerbates the problem of ensuring their information security, i.e., protection against unauthorized access [8, 9]. at the head of the system of information security principles is maintaining the integrity of patients' medical data and ensuring their confidentiality and accessibility to the competent authorities on a legislative basis [10, 11]. * corresponding author: as.tatarkanov@yandex.ru http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-09 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1796-0748 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7334-6318 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 123 if an individual is unique in the population, then their risk of identification can be quite high. for example, individuals often cite privacy and confidentiality concerns and a lack of trust in researchers as reasons for not having their health information used for research purposes [12]. one of the factors that helps make the public more comfortable with their health information being used for research purposes is its de-identification at the earliest opportunity [13–15]. as many as 86% of respondents in one study were comfortable with the creation and use of a health database of de-identified information for research purposes, whereas only 35% were comfortable with such a database that included identifiable information [16]. a number of different uniqueness estimators have been proposed in the literature. it is important to know which of these works best for clinical data sets. one information protection mechanism proposed in the literature is differential privacy [17, 18]. generally speaking, differential privacy requires that the answer to any query be "probabilistically indistinguishable" with or without a particular row in the database. thus, differential privacy hides the presence of an individual in the database by making the two output distributions (with or without the row) "computationally indistinguishable" [19]. this is typically achieved by adding laplace noise to every query's output. however, for the context we are considering in this article, individual-level disclosure and differential privacy do not yet provide a ready-made solution, while uniqueness management has been the accepted approach to disclosure control over the past two decades. a weakness in existing approaches is the assumption that an attacker will use exact matching to identify people. the novelty of the method proposed in this paper lies in the fact that it is not limited to this hypothesis, although it has its limitations: it is not applicable to small samples. in some cases, anonymized medical data can form unique combinations, representing potential interest to intruders and threatening to expose the patient's identity and medical secrets. accordingly, it is an urgent task to develop a method for the early detection of unique data combinations for their subsequent additional protection during storage and processing in mis. accordingly, this study aims to develop a method to quantify the uniqueness of pmd to improve the processes of their protection, storage, and processing in mis. the scientific novelty of the study is in developing a procedure for data processing based on the method of assessing their uniqueness, which makes it possible to clarify in an automated mode when detecting unique data combinations, the sequence of further actions with them, and to determine the conditions of access to information. the subsequent text describes the peculiarities of this procedure, which improves the system of medical care and access differentiation in specialized dbms by preventing possible errors and abuses by users. 2. literature review the essential element of developed information systems (is), including medical ones as well as computer networks (cn), is the availability of specialized technologies and algorithms designed to regulate users' work with the target information in the interests of information security [19, 20]. the is and cn system administrators must first reconcile with the institution administration the rights of each user to access the data. figure 1 presents in more detail a scheme that describes in generalized form the structural aspects of the system that somehow delimit access to data. it is important to emphasize here that the distribution of access rights is a prerequisite for protecting computer systems. figure 1. technologies used to differentiate data access hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 124 within mis, all users are classified into different groups engaged in performing a specific list of functional tasks, including those based on such hardware and software as automated workstations: of a general practitioner, general practice nurse, specialist doctor, head of the department, chief physician, statistician, etc.; a wide range of mis subsystems are also classified, which ensure the interaction between various medical organizations [21]. the capabilities of each user in the system are determined based on these tasks. among the used approaches, the role model of access control deserves attention [22, 23] because it is characterized by sufficient simplicity of administration and offers ample opportunities for setting security policies. however, within such a system, there are problems with providing individual access since it is not always possible to fit all users into the available roles. in particular, it is necessary to consider that in the framework of mis, doctors have broad enough access to information about patients, and not always this access can be distinguished, as it is very difficult to determine what information a specialist will need for treating a patient [24]. at that, the problem of protection from information leakage, i.e., information security, remains. monitoring a wide range of information security threats has shown that one of the main defenses is enterprise security control [25]. it includes examining and regularly analyzing system logs, tracking system errors, monitoring the functioning of programs in use, and monitoring user actions. administering implies the selection of security events recorded in logs, enabling and disabling events in security logging according to a set algorithm [26, 27]. the most common risks of information leakage in the medical field that occur in practice can be identified [28, 29]. among them, first of all, the following should be noted: • medical staff's discussion of patients' health conditions with citizens who have no official authority in the matter; • private or official correspondence of doctors, which includes personal data about patients, using unprotected communication channels or information media; • providing inappropriate information about the diagnosis, discussing the course of the disease with the patient's visitors in the walls of the treatment and preventive care institution; • obtaining information about seeking medical help; • leaving the workplace with confidential patient data without proper control by medical facility staff; • entering a password into a computer in the presence of a colleague or third parties, including patients; • sharing a computer with several employees of a medical institution under a common password; • accidental or intentional verbal leakage of pmd in the wards in front of unauthorized persons or during a telephone conversation; • recovery, logically, by a health care professional of new, previously unavailable limited information about a patient; • errors made by staff due to lack of computer literacy. a quantitative assessment, obtained using expert methods, of the potential risk associated with a systematic or onetime violation of medical secrecy plays a critical role in minimizing risks [30, 31]. such indicators help to objectively assess the danger of potential threats, vulnerabilities, size of the damage, and sources of threats and calculate one integral indicator for the entire protection system. note that there are still no unified approaches to assessing the indicators that characterize information security, fully or indirectly. as a vivid example that deserves attention, it is possible to consider the assessment of the security criteria of medical information characterizing its confidentiality, the essence of which lies in the step-by-step implementation of the following steps: • systematic formation of a list of tasks aimed at ensuring confidentiality based on the constructed goal tree; • specification of threats that predetermine the goal of the i-th information task solution; • determining the information security indicator 𝛱is (𝑖) , which characterizes the risk of the threat associated with the i-th task; • determining the integral value of confidential information: ∑ 𝛱is (𝑖) 𝑛 𝑛 𝑖=1 (1) where n is the number of tasks in the framework of this procedure and many others, the assessment of individual indicators is usually based on hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 125 expert analytical methods. approaches to assessing general information security can use the principles of fields such as fuzzy logic and algorithmic methods of obtaining appropriate conclusions under conditionally a priori or given conditions. approaches exclusively theoretical to the modeling of threats using conceptual, functional and mathematical models are known. conceptual models define the structural aspects of a particular "environment." also, thanks to them, it is possible to receive descriptions of the properties of elements and the relations occurring in the system using an informal language. among approaches to solving the problem of mathematical modeling of threats, procedures based on the concepts of graph theory to represent is (cn) models as queuing systems, distributed computing systems, or directly in the form of graphs deserve attention [32, 33]. theoretical and practical examples of formulation and implementation of a specific problem solution of threat modeling are sufficient (table 1). among these studies, note the work representing approaches to identify different features that contribute to recognizing dangerous situations for operating is (cn) [34]. table 1. examples of approaches to modeling risks and threats to information security no existing approaches to modeling information security risks and threats 1. identification of different features that contribute to the recognition of dangerous situations for operating is (cn) 2. analysis of the structural aspects of modeling and information security systems 3. problems posed by the algorithmization of models to assess the degree of is (cn) security 4. analysis of the possibility of using conventionally typical models of risks and threats to information security concerning individual objects of is (cn) 5. building an analytical model designed to assess the efficiency of is (cn) protection from potentially dangerous situations related to attempts of data distortion on carriers stored by objects and entities in the insurance sector 6. formalization of the selection criteria for information security systems, considering the indicators of functioning is (cn) and destabilization factors in the design of information security systems 7. analysis of existing risks and threats to is (cn) as well as methods to address them through strategic planning and so-called software tools to ensure awareness 8. building a model based on the assumption that any decision in terms of information security can, in case of objective necessity, be adjusted and presented using the generator of protected information 9. building a model of the whole set of negative scenarios in aspects of the functioning of a particular is (cn) 10. building a model of the influence of internal and external risks and threats to is (cn), the primary purpose is personal data processing 11. building a model of risks and threats to is (cn) of the verbal type in addition to the works listed above, note [35] that considered the issues of assessing the data uniqueness in detail. in particular, it constructed a combined decision rule for quantitative assessment of the data uniqueness measure, which uses the following four previously known approaches in its work: pitman's estimator [36, 37], zayatz estimator [38], sliding negative binomial estimator, and mu-argus [39]. this decision rule selects an estimation method from the four named ones, depending on the size of the analyzed sample. dankar et al. [35] indicate the severe limitations of the developed decision rule despite the fact that a positive effect is achieved. re-identification risk indicators tend to deviate conservatively since the data sets contain different quality problems (duplicates, errors, etc.) and an attacker will use the methods for accurate reidentification. the hypothesis does not apply to small samples and is considered as its limitation; however, it does not limit the method proposed in the present research. the main disadvantages, to varying degrees, inherent in the approaches to solving the problem of modeling risks and threats to information security listed in table 1 are as follows: • the increased attention to the parameters of a potential attacker against the background of refusing to consider their influence on the formation of risks and threats; • the lack of consistency, i.e., within a particular model, both generalized and private data are presented simultaneously (without systematization); • subjectivity in terms of constructing lists of risks and threats due to the opinions of experts; • the lack of separation of risks and threats to is (cn) and data; • the absence of an explicit description of the risks and threats to is (cn) with attention to negative scenarios, the essence and content of which are not disclosed or described only superficially; • the lack in most models of mathematical formalization (the description of each specific case comes down to phrases and words indicating some consequences). hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 126 in addition to table 1, pay attention to the stride threat model (stm) set of methods and techniques. this microsoft development implements an approach to building secure systems, considering the aspects of modeling the negative scenarios represented by the probabilities of the realization of risk and threat. the model preparation in this context should be implemented at the design stage of a complex software solution. the approach is based on a classification scheme applicable to the full description of attacks, considering the types of vulnerabilities used to implement negative scenarios. stm's list of potentially dangerous situations includes: • impersonation or data substitution; • the fact of refusal to perform actions by a specific subject, provided that it is impossible to prove the opposite; • disclosure of information through access to it if it is objectively limited; • denial of service and others stm can be considered as a variant of is information security determination with confidentiality, integrity, and accessibility, which is a combination, counted as primary principles in software development. thus, ways to ensure the information security of is (cn) can rely on several, to some extent, mastered approaches to risk and threat modeling within conceptual, functional, and mathematical models of is (cn), some of which are described in table 2. table 2. examples of different models of a particular is (cn) principle of the model operation features or disadvantages of the model the type of is (cn) model – queuing system particular risks and threats characterize the incoming requests to the system input. is (cn) can have one of the following states: • risks and threats did not occur, and negative scenario implementation is absent; • risks and threats have occurred, but implementation is absent; • risks and threats have been implemented. the model is a black box: • a priori unknown what the is (cn) objects are; • data concerning their interaction are absent. the type of is (cn) model – distributed computing system the input is the address of the object carrying the message. the output is the result, represented as information concerning whether a particular message has been delivered. at the physical level, the model establishes a really existing connection between the objects of the system. at the data link layer, it comes down to determining the interaction of the hardware addresses of the "here and now" network adapters. at the network level, the model establishes connections between objects in terms of so-called logic addresses. all aspects of the interaction of the software part with the operating system for a particular case are not considered. the type of is (cn) model – graph the essence of the model is that it connects aspects of the interaction of conditional areas of risks and threats and information protection systems. for this purpose, a graph is applied in which the relations between risks, threats (set t), and objects of protection (set o) form the graph {t, o}. if you enter a set m characterizing the protection area, the result will be a graph 𝑆 = {𝑇,𝑀, 𝑂}. specific indications of the interactions of different objects on the protected "field" and their descriptions are absent, which does not make it possible to consider the graph model absolutely "productive" in practice. the conducted review of approaches to modeling is (cn) makes it possible to argue that it is impossible to fully describe the objects of a particular system only with their help; the same holds for describing the aspects of the interaction between them. here, in studies related to the formation of indicators of information security of data, a problematic issue, especially concerning unique pmd, is developing methods to quantify the level of data security, but given models and methods do not consider the data uniqueness, which can be a source of threat and the key to a breach of information security. accordingly, an urgent task is to develop a method to identify combinations of unique data in advance for their subsequent additional protection during storage and processing in mis. 3. research methodology the degree of efficiency in solving the target problem and the danger of data leakage in is significantly increases when it comes to unique information and its diverse processing, which are, respectively, the object and subject of this study. a striking example of such information is pmd. research aimed at improving the technologies that ensure their hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 127 management in the context of processing is a complex task that requires a competent and productive approach in all aspects associated with applying the principles of system analysis and modeling as well as the use of the "tools" of mathematical statistics. against this background, the total consideration is necessary that the increased responsibility in decision-making accompanying the management, providing it in one way or another, is essential. analysis of the uniqueness of medical information about the patient, which determines its conditional value, expressed in an increase in the probability of real goal achievement by those who have access to relevant data, makes it possible to identify attributes that characterize: • patients whose treatment technology differs from standard approaches; • the need for careful quality control of the services provided; • rare diseases; • uncharacteristic development of the disease; • errors made during data registration; • errors made during research; • errors made during treatment; • facts of medical falsification; • individual peculiarities of the person; • threats to patient information security (it is about the probability of pmd leakage. it largely depends on the typicality or atypicality of the sets of relevant indicators). multidimensional analysis of technology development in the healthcare sector has shown that common solutions can only cope with conventionally standard tasks. they cannot analyze patient-related medical information while identifying datasets that stand out from general arrays and are not fully consistent with a typical dataset. correct evaluation and application of criteria such as the data uniqueness coefficient make it possible to systematize pmd processing and determine particular conditions for providing access (from general to situational). in implementing dynamic data access control, fundamentally new solutions can be found to reduce the influence of human factors and improve the quality of decision-making in automating the quality control procedures of provided real-time medical services. figure 2 shows the features of interaction between several subsystems during the data processing procedure. figure 2. interaction of several information subsystems the most important part of the procedure for checking the possibility of access denial to unique data is the formation of a specific reference to the user passports generated as some database array storing all the necessary information about the users and their trustworthiness. here, trustworthiness should derive from the characteristics and features of the person and social and individual conditions where the direct activity occurs. figure 3 presents a flowchart of such process. in the proposed model, the identification of unique medical data is implemented sequentially in the following stages: • formation of a vector of information and diagnostic attributes {х = х1, х2, ..., хn} corresponding to a certain patient; • calculation of the probability р(х1 = а1, х2 = а2,…, хn = аn) that the vector of information and diagnostic attributes reaches some threshold values characterizing the data uniqueness coefficient k (see figure 4): 𝑃(𝑋1 = 𝑎1, 𝑋2 = 𝑎2, … , 𝑋𝑛 = 𝑎𝑛) = ∫ ∫ … 𝛽2 𝛼2 𝛽1 𝛼1 ∫ 𝜑(𝑥1, 𝑥2, … 𝑥𝑛) 𝛽𝑛 𝛼𝑛 𝑑𝑥1…𝑑𝑥𝑛 (2) where φ(х1, х2, …, хn)is the density of the distribution of a random variable (хі, хі,..., х) under the condition of its distribution according to the n-dimensional normal law (m – is the mean): hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 128 𝜑(𝑥1, 𝑥2, … 𝑥𝑛) = 1 (2𝜋)𝑛/2√|𝐾𝑖𝑗| 𝑒𝑥𝑝 [− 1 2 ∑ ∑ 𝐾𝑖𝑗 −1(𝑥𝑖 −𝑀𝑖)(𝑥𝑗 −𝑀𝑗) 𝑛 𝑗=1 𝑛 𝑖=1 ] (3) • establishing the identification reliability threshold of the data set , with which the comparison of the probability p(х1=а1,…, хn=аn) is then made: if this probability is less than , the data set is unique and can be associated with a particular individual. figure 3. using a uniqueness coefficient to implement access control capability this methodological approach is based on the assumption of their multivariate distribution, characterized by the covariance matrix кij of the normal distribution, which gives the most reliable reflection of the existing relationships between the attributes. under certain conditions, distributions of any random variables tend to this law. the distribution law of accepted values of medical diagnostic parameters strives to the normal as the sample increases (long-term study) as well as increasing its representativeness and the division of initial attributes into groups of highly correlated attributes (within the group) according to their diseases (other attributes). among other things, many diagnostic attributes are symmetrical, which is explainable by the standardization of the type or form and the way of identifying the medical indicators (below or above the norm). to determine the previously noted value – threshold ε – it is possible to involve experts. in doing so, the so-called learning sample is additionally necessary, which will describe atypical cases in the form of rare combinations and sets of diagnostic criteria because of the analysis. the same applies to situations that cannot occur under actual conditions. relevant information must be "transferred" and recorded in the class of unique data. it is proposed to use cluster analysis methods when calculating the probability of taking specific values by set (p) to reduce the volume and labor intensity of calculation procedures in the marked model. the cluster analysis algorithms are numerous. they can be applied when working with different sets of criteria. assessment of the clustering quality level f(s) according to the proposed model is possible using the following dependencies: hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 129 𝐹(𝑆) = ∑ ∑ 𝑑(𝑋𝑖 , 𝑋𝑗)𝑋𝑖,𝑋𝑗∈𝐺𝑙 𝑘 𝑙=1 + ∑ ∑ 1 𝑑𝑝(�̄�(𝑙),�̄�(𝑚)) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, 𝑘∑ 𝑚=𝑙+1 𝑘−1∑ 𝑙=1 (4) where �̄�(𝑙) = 1 𝑛𝑙 ∑ 𝑋𝑖𝑋𝑖∈𝐺𝑙 is the center of gravity (cg) of the group l; d is a proximity measure of objects; k are classes (number); p is the parameter (p = 1, 2, 3, ...) �̄�(𝑚) = 1 𝑛𝑚 ∑ 𝑋𝑖𝑋𝑖∈𝐺𝑚 is the cg of the group m. 𝐹(𝑆) = ∑ ∑ 𝑑(𝑋𝑖 , �̄�(𝑙))𝑋𝑖∈𝐺𝑙 𝑘 𝑙=1 + ∑ ∑ 1 𝑑𝑝(�̄�(𝑙),�̄�(𝑚)) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, 𝑘∑ 𝑚=𝑙+1 𝑘−1∑ 𝑙=1 (5) 𝐹(𝑆) = 1 − ∑ ∑ 𝑑2(𝑋𝑖 , �̄�(𝑙))𝑋𝑖∈𝐺𝑙 𝑘 𝑙=1 /∑ 𝑑2(𝑋𝑖 , �̄�) 𝑛 𝑖=1 → 𝑚𝑎𝑥 (6) where�̄�(𝑙) = 1 𝑛𝑙 ∑ 𝑋𝑖𝑖 is the cg of the set 𝐹(𝑆) = ∑ ∑ 𝑑(𝑋𝑖 , 𝑋𝑗)𝑋𝑖,𝑋𝑗∈𝐺𝑙 𝑘 𝑙=1 /𝑛 + ∑ ∑ 1 𝑑𝑝(�̄�(𝑙),�̄�(𝑚)) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, 𝑘∑ 𝑚=𝑙+1 𝑘−1∑ 𝑙=1 (7) 𝐹(𝑆) = ∑ ∑ 𝑑(𝑋𝑖 , �̄�𝑙)𝑋𝑖∈𝐺𝑙 𝑘 𝑙=1 /𝑛𝑙 + 1 𝑘 ∑ ∑ 1 𝑑𝑝(�̄�(𝑙),�̄�(𝑚)) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, 𝑘∑ 𝑚=𝑙+1 𝑘−1∑ 𝑙=1 (8) 𝐹(𝑆) = ∑ ∑ 𝑑(𝑋𝑖 , �̄�(𝑙))𝑋𝑖∈𝐺𝑙 𝑘 𝑙=1 /𝑛𝑙 + ∑ ∑ 1 𝑑𝑝(�̄�(𝑙),�̄�(𝑚)) → 𝑚𝑖𝑛, 𝑘∑ 𝑚=𝑙+1 𝑘−1∑ 𝑙=1 (9) here, the estimation of partitioning quality as a task is complex. the classification at the training stage implies repeated implementation under the condition of the replacement of metrics and parameters specified by the user. one of the reasonable options is to use several approaches immediately and compare the results. 4. results and discussion according to the provisions outlined in the proposed model for managing the pmd processing, based on an assessment of their uniqueness, an algorithm was developed to analyze patient data security, providing for the implementation of procedures such as: • formation of a user's appeal to the system, aimed at gaining access to the data of a particular patient; • construction of correlation, covariance, and inverse (concerning the latter) matrices for set p with specific values; • clustering of objects; • identifying the correct, i.e., optimal method of "splitting" the set of "patient" type objects (and not only) into subgroups or classes under the condition of increased high correlation within one class and weak correlation between different classes; • determining the value of the index of the actual uniqueness of patient data used in forming the user's appeal. figure 4 shows a flowchart of the algorithm for analyzing the degree of the uniqueness of pmd, designed to assess patient data security. using the substantiated provisions of the developed pmd processing management model, based on assessing the degree of their uniqueness and considering information security requirements, an algorithm was developed to assess the degree of pmd uniqueness to analyze the level of patient data security. determining the factual uniqueness coefficient for patient data is based on building correlation, covariance, and inverse matrices for the data set and subsequent clustering. this methodological approach assumes a multivariate distribution of features, characterized by the covariance matrix, and a normal distribution, which provides the most reliable reflection of the existing relationships between the features when analyzing samples of large-volume data. to assess the degree of the reliability of the results obtained on the basis of the developed algorithm, a series of experiments were carried out. samples of records from the database of patients, different in volume and composition, were formed. the sample size of records with repetition in each of the 10 experimental series conducted varied in the range from 150 to 240. the average value of the uniqueness coefficient for each series was calculated. records with information about the values of medical indicators were provided to experts to highlight unique ones among them. the results of the expert assessment coincided with the results obtained using the developed method for analyzing the uniqueness of data. as unique, those are selected for which the values of the uniqueness coefficient are less than the average value by 12 times. the threshold value of uniqueness ε = 1.4×10-5. with an increase in the sample size, the threshold value of the coefficient increased. the results of the experiments showed that the values of the data uniqueness coefficients remained stable when the experimental conditions changed. a series of experiments were carried out to refine the threshold used to highlight unique datasets. during this experiment, experts received information about rare, in their opinion, combinations of values of diagnostic features. the coefficients of the uniqueness of these data were calculated when these sets were included in each of the above 10 series of experiments. the results of the experiment showed that the values of the coefficients of uniqueness of data received from experts remained stable: the deviation from the average value did not exceed 6%. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 130 figure 4. flowchart of the algorithm for analyzing the degree of uniqueness of pmd, designed to assess the patient data security comparison of the results of this work with other studies shows that a common disadvantage of many studies is the special attention to the potential attacker parameters without considering their impact on forming the risks and threats. for example, despite the positive results achieved, the authors of dankar et al. [35] note the severe limitation of the developed decision rule one of the assumptions in their threat model is that an attacker will use accurate matching to reidentify people; however, the data sets contain errors, duplicates, and other quality problems. thus, re-identification risk indicators tend to mistake the conservative direction. this hypothesis does not limit the method proposed in this paper (its strength), although it has another limitation: it does not apply to small samples. when comparing the developed method with previously known methods, it should be noted that the weakness of the existing approaches is the assumption that an attacker will use exact matching to identify people. the novelty of the method proposed in this paper lies in the fact that it is not limited to this hypothesis, although it has its limitations: it is not applicable to small samples. with regard to the investigation, it should be noted that the choice of the normal distribution law is justified by the fact that the distributions of both discrete and continuous random variables approach it under certain conditions. with an increase in the sample (long-term study), an increase in its representativeness, and the grouping of patients according to their diseases, the law of distribution of the accepted values of the analyzed parameters will tend to normalize due to the central limit theorem. most of the values of diagnostic features are symmetrical due to the standard form of determining the values of medical indicators: below normal, normal, and above normal. the allocation of ranges of values for norms and pathologies suggests that most people should have (due to normal health or treatment) the values of diagnostic signs within the normal range. patients with a common disease, due to homogeneity, should also have the values of the signs, on average, close to each other. it is known that many medical indicators (including those used in the study) have a normal distribution of their values. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 131 in addition, the work carried out substantiates the need to apply the procedure for clustering diagnostic features to transform the integrand, which is due to the fact that the amount of computation during integration increases with the dimension of the integral, and the multiplicity of the integral can exceed several tens, which makes the existing computational methods practically inapplicable. column vectors of the correlation matrix of features were used as clustering objects. 5. conclusions based on the essence of mis, both the need for effective use of pmd within it and its mandatory protection against unauthorized access are clear. if such data is unique, the problems associated with ensuring information security are significantly exacerbated. to solve these problems, a pmd processing management model was developed using various system analysis tools based on assessing the degree of their uniqueness and considering information security requirements. its procedures identify (to analyze the level of patient data security) uncharacteristic combinations of data and quantify the degree of their uniqueness. an algorithmic sequence of actions for assessing the degree of pmd uniqueness based on set p (which includes values of several diagnostic criteria) has also been proposed. the purpose of its use in practice is the categorization of patients and their assignment to "typical" and "atypical" groups. the theoretical contribution of this study is that it proposes to use the clustering of parameters (diagnostic features) to simplify the computational process of calculating the uniqueness coefficient of patient medical data for further mathematical transformations of the primary expression used to estimate the data's uniqueness. another peculiarity of the theoretical contribution is the study of the properties of the integrand to transform the integral by replacing variables, which reduces the size of the problem and the calculation volume when integrating; in particular, as is known, the labor intensity of the monte carlo method increases with the dimensionality of integrals. nevertheless, the results of this work have limitations: it does not apply to small-size samples, although the above hypothesis does not limit the method proposed in this paper (its strength). computational experiments using the mis simulation database and the developed algorithm analyzed the efficiency of calculating the data uniqueness coefficient for the selected group of patients. the obtained results showed that all patients with atypical combinations of data (considering expert opinions) were identified and detected using the developed algorithm with high accuracy (the deviation from the conditionally averaged value of the uniqueness coefficient was less than 6%). the results obtained in the experiments give reason to expect the efficiency of the potential use of the proposed algorithm to provide an automated search of pmd secure from threats. the main practical recommendation for implementing the obtained results is their use in software development to identify unique or unreliable cases in medical practice, explained by patients' individual characteristics or medical errors (data falsification, errors in examining the patient). developing such software on modular principles can be a direction for further work. here, the final result of the software product may be: • forming a user request for patient data output; • forming correlation, covariance, and inverse covariance matrices for the set of diagnostic features and converting them to a specific form according to the above methodology underlying the calculation of the patient data uniqueness coefficient; • clustering of objects using the condensation search method based on the specified settings; • searching for optimal partitioning of a set of objects (patients, characteristics) into classes with a high correlation of objects within a group and a weak one between groups. it is important to note that the main contribution of the obtained results is that they have no limitation to the hypothesis that an attacker would use accurate data matching to reidentify patients, especially given that in practice, datasets contain errors, duplicates, and other quality problems. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.a.t.; methodology, a.a.t. and v.zh.k.; software, a.h.l.; validation, a.a.t., and v.zh.k; formal analysis, l.m.c.; investigation, a.a.t., a.h.l., and l.m.c.; resources, a.h.l.; data curation, a.a.t.; writing— original draft preparation, a.h.l. and l.m.c.; writing—review and editing, a.a.t. and v.zh.k.; visualization, a.h.l.; supervision, a.a.t.; project administration, a.a.t.; funding acquisition, v.zh.k. and a.a.t. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 132 6.3. funding selected findings of this work were obtained under the grant agreement in the form of subsidies from the federal budget of the russian federation for state support for the establishment and development of world-class scientific centers performing r&d on scientific and technological development priorities dated april 20, 2022, no. 075-15-2022-307. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] tatarkanov, a., alexandrov, i., muranov, a., & lampezhev, a. (2022). development of a technique for the spectral description of curves of complex shape for problems of object classification. emerging science journal, 6(6), 1455–1475. doi:10.28991/esj2022-06-06-015. [2] lampezhev, a. h., linskaya, e. y., tatarkanov, a. a., & alexandrov, i. a. (2021). cluster data analysis with a fuzzy equivalence relation to substantiate a medical diagnosis. emerging science journal, 5(5), 688–699. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-01305. [3] tatarkanov, a. a., alexandrov, i. a., chervjakov, l. m., & karlova, t. v. (2022). a fuzzy approach to the synthesis of cognitive maps for modeling decision making in complex systems. emerging science journal, 6(2), 368–381. doi:10.28991/esj2022-06-02-012. [4] tatarkanov, a., alexandrov, i., & glashev, r. (2021). synthesis of neural network structure for the analysis of complex structured ocular fundus images. journal of applied engineering science, 19(2), 344–355. doi:10.5937/jaes0-31238. [5] chua, h. n., ooi, j. s., & herbland, a. (2021). the effects of different personal data categories on information privacy concern and disclosure. computers & security, 110, 102453. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2021.102453. [6] qamar, s. (2022). healthcare data analysis by feature extraction and classification using deep learning with cloud based cyber security. computers and electrical engineering, 104(a), 108406. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2022.108406. [7] vitabile, s., marks, m., stojanovic, d., pllana, s., molina, j. m., krzyszton, m., …, salomie, i. (2019). medical data processing and analysis for remote health and activities monitoring. high-performance modelling and simulation for big data applications. lecture notes in computer science, 11400. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-16272-6_7. [8] abouelmehdi, k., beni-hssane, a., khaloufi, h., & saadi, m. (2017). big data security and privacy in healthcare: a review. procedia computer science, 113, 73–80. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2017.08.292. [9] garcia-perez, a., cegarra-navarro, j. g., sallos, m. p., martinez-caro, e., & chinnaswamy, a. (2023). resilience in healthcare systems: cyber security and digital transformation. technovation, 121. doi:10.1016/j.technovation.2022.102583. [10] sharma, p., borah, m. d., & namasudra, s. (2021). improving security of medical big data by using blockchain technology. computers & electrical engineering, 96, 107529. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2021.107529. [11] kumar, r., sharma, s., vachhani, c., & yadav, n. (2022). what changed in the cyber-security after covid-19? computers & security, 120, 102821. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2022.102821. [12] nass, s. j., levit, l. a., & gostin, l. o. (2009). the hipaa privacy rule. beyond the hipaa privacy rule: enhancing privacy, improving health through research. national academies press, washington, united states. doi:10.17226/12458. [13] deng, z., & liu, s. (2017). understanding consumer health information-seeking behavior from the perspective of the risk perception attitude framework and social support in mobile social media websites. international journal of medical informatics, 105, 98–109. doi:10.1016/j.ijmedinf.2017.05.014. [14] willison, d. j., swinton, m., schwartz, l., abelson, j., charles, c., northrup, d., cheng, j., & thabane, l. (2008). alternatives to project-specific consent for access to personal information for health research: insights from a public dialogue. bmc medical ethics, 9(1). doi:10.1186/1472-6939-9-18. [15] nair, k., willison, d., holbrook, a., & keshavjee, k. (2004). patients’ consent preferences regarding the use of their health information for research purposes: a qualitative study. journal of health services research and policy, 9(1), 22–27. doi:10.1258/135581904322716076. [16] kass, n. e., natowicz, m. r., hull, s. c., faden, r. r., plantinga, l., gostin, l. o., & slutsman, j. (2003). the use of medical records in research: what do patients want? journal of law, medicine and ethics, 31(3), 429–433. doi:10.1111/j.1748720x.2003.tb00105.x. [17] dwork, c., mcsherry, f., nissim, k., smith, a. (2006). calibrating noise to sensitivity in private data analysis. theory of cryptography. tcc 2006. lecture notes in computer science, 3876. springer, berlin, germany. doi:10.1007/11681878_14. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 133 [18] dwork, c. (2006). differential privacy. automata, languages and programming. icalp 2006. lecture notes in computer science, 4052, springer, berlin, germany. doi:10.1007/11787006_1. [19] wang, k., xie, s., & rodrigues, j. (2022). medical data security of wearable tele-rehabilitation under internet of things. internet of things and cyber-physical systems, 2, 1–11. doi:10.1016/j.iotcps.2022.02.001. [20] altameem, a., kovtun, v., al-ma’aitah, m., altameem, t., h, f., & youssef, a. e. (2022). patient’s data privacy protection in medical healthcare transmission services using back propagation learning. computers and electrical engineering, 102, 108087. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2022.108087. [21] fruehwirt, w., & duckworth, p. (2021). towards better healthcare: what could and should be automated? technological forecasting and social change, 172, 120967. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2021.120967. [22] de carvalho junior, m. a., & bandiera-paiva, p. (2018). health information system role-based access control current security trends and challenges. journal of healthcare engineering, 2018, 6510249. doi:10.1155/2018/6510249. [23] wang, g.-y. (2022). churn prediction for high-value players in freemium mobile games: using random under-sampling. statistika: statistics and economy journal, 102(4), 443–453. doi:10.54694/stat.2022.18. [24] zhang, r., chen, d., shang, x., zhu, x., & liu, k. (2018). a knowledge-constrained access control model for protecting patient privacy in hospital information systems. ieee journal of biomedical and health informatics, 22(3), 904–911. doi:10.1109/jbhi.2017.2696573. [25] barad, m. (2019). linking cyber security improvement actions in healthcare systems to their strategic improvement needs. procedia manufacturing, 39, 279–286. doi:10.1016/j.promfg.2020.01.335. [26] shukla, a., katt, b., nweke, l. o., yeng, p. k., & weldehawaryat, g. k. (2022). system security assurance: a systematic literature review. computer science review, 45, 279–286. doi:10.1016/j.cosrev.2022.100496. [27] khayrutdinov, m. m., golik, v. i., aleksakhin, a. v., trushina, e. v., lazareva, n. v., & aleksakhina, y. v. (2022). proposal of an algorithm for choice of a development system for operational and environmental safety in mining. resources, 11(10), 88. doi:10.3390/resources11100088. [28] mitra, a., soman, b., gaitonde, r., singh, g., & roy, a. (2022). data science methods to develop decision support systems for real-time monitoring of covid-19 outbreak. journal of human, earth, and future, 3(2), 223-236. doi: 10.28991/hef-2022-0302-08. [29] argaw, s. t., bempong, n. e., eshaya-chauvin, b., & flahault, a. (2019). the state of research on cyberattacks against hospitals and available best practice recommendations: a scoping review. bmc medical informatics and decision making, 19(1), 1-11. doi:10.1186/s12911-018-0724-5. [30] shaikh, f. a., & siponen, m. (2023). information security risk assessments following cybersecurity breaches: the mediating role of top management attention to cybersecurity. computers & security, 124, 102974. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2022.102974. [31] schmitz, c., schmid, m., harborth, d., & pape, s. (2021). maturity level assessments of information security controls: an empirical analysis of practitioners assessment capabilities. computers & security, 108, 102306. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2021.102306. [32] xiang, h., lu, j., kosov, m. e., volkova, m. v., ponkratov, v. v., masterov, a. i., elyakova, i. d., popkov, s. yu., taburov, d. yu., lazareva, n. v., muda, i., vasiljeva, m. v., & zekiy, a. o. (2023). sustainable development of employee lifecycle management in the age of global challenges: evidence from china, russia, and indonesia. sustainability, 15(6), 4987. doi:10.3390/su15064987. [33] zhao, j., shao, m., wang, h., yu, x., li, b., & liu, x. (2022). cyber threat prediction using dynamic heterogeneous graph learning. knowledge-based systems, 240, 108086. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2021.108086. [34] singh, a., & chatterjee, k. (2021). securing smart healthcare system with edge computing. computers & security, 108, 102353. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2021.102353. [35] dankar, f. k., el emam, k., neisa, a., & roffey, t. (2012). estimating the re-identification risk of clinical data sets. bmc medical informatics and decision making, 12(1). doi:10.1186/1472-6947-12-66. [36] pitman, j. (1996). random discrete distributions invariant under size-biased permutation. advances in applied probability, 28(2), 525–539. doi:10.2307/1428070. [37] hoshino, n. (2001). applying pitman’s sampling formula to microdata disclosure risk assessment. journal of official statistics, 17(4), 499–520. [38] zayatz, l. v. (1991). estimation of the percent of unique population elements on a microdata file using the sample. us bureau of the census, suitland-silver hill, united states. [39] benedetti, r., & franconi, l. (1998). statistical and technological solutions for controlled data dissemination. pre-proceedings of new techniques and technologies for statistics, november, 4-6 november, 1998, sorrento, italy. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 768 issn: 2723-9535 reinventing formulas for construction project delay index due to management and production putri lynna a. luthan 1* , nathanael sitanggang 2 , syafriandi syafriandi 3 1 department of construction management, faculty of engineering, universitas negeri medan, medan 20221, indonesia. 2 department of building engineering science, faculty of engineering, universitas negeri medan, medan 20221, indonesia. 3 head of project scheduling experts indonesia (pappi), padang 25133, indonesia. received 25 june 2023; revised 16 october 2023; accepted 06 november 2023; published 01 december 2023 abstract the objective of this study is to construct a precise formula for the management and production delay indicators that are integrated into ms. project's dashboard. two simulation techniques, such as the manual formula computation and calculation integrated into the ms. project dashboard, were employed. due to management and the production team's tardiness, the data were obtained through trial-and-error methods. excel was used to analyze the data, and ms. project was used to enter the calculations. the research showed that the ms. project dashboard formula gave more detailed information about the construction project, including: (1) contract value; (2) actual progress value during monitoring; (3) value of plan progress during monitoring; (4) progress deviation; (5) cause of delay; and (6) management delay index and production delay index. the novelty of this study is that project delays have traditionally been held against the production party (contractor), whereas implementation delays have never been taken against the management party (consultant). however, using this method makes it evident who is responsible for a project delay, whether it comes from management (a consultant) or the manufacturing side (a contractor). keywords: formula; index of delay; management; production. 1. introduction due to the additional funds required for rescheduling, a construction project completion delay invariably results in a loss for the construction service provider. due to the construction project's delay, the contractor's, consultant's, and owner's activities would be hampered, which would further result in a loss [1, 2]. the contractor team suffers a loss due to the requirement to pay a lateness fine, which results in cost overruns [3–5]. the consultant misses the chance to take on other projects in the interim, and the owner is unable to utilize the construction site on schedule. many large-scale projects regularly encounter delays as a result of various causes, including the design documentation, payment to contractors, and change of working premises [6–8]. failure to adhere to the payment term that the owner and contractor previously agreed upon constitutes lateness in contractor payments [8, 9]. the failure of the contractor to provide complete shop drawings, bills of quantities, invoices, tax returns, and progress reports is the reason for the payment delay [10–12]. * corresponding author: putri.lynna@unimed.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8239-7571 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2030-0735 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 769 the aforementioned research points out that the project owner is the main reason for tardiness. furthermore, earlier research by de araujo et al. (2017), martens and vanchoucke (2018), and lee & won (2021) [13–15] found additional variables contributing to construction project delays, such as inadequate planning, poor consultant performance, ineffective management, owner-related problems, bureaucracy, and subpar contracts. according to several studies by korhonen (2020), liu et al. (2022), and chou et al. (2023) [16–18], the owner's actions have three main implications for the duration of a construction project: delaying payments to subcontractors, interfering with the contractor's cash flow, and having trouble obtaining the necessary materials. in the meantime, a complicated payment system, missing paperwork, and subpar labor are the main reasons why owners fail to pay their contractors. numerous studies by zahid et al. (2019), wang et al. (2020), arditi et al. (2017), and chen et al. (2014) [19–22] also noted that owner late payment has a significant impact on other project lateness characteristics. as a result, a project's delay can be due to a variety of factors, but in actuality, the contractor should be held accountable for the construction project's lateness. this occurs as a result of the contract's lack of legally binding provisions governing sanctions for other stakeholders [23–25]. according to indonesian presidential degree no. 16, issued in 2018, regarding government procurement of goods or services, article 56 states that (1) the commitment-making officer (cmo) will give the service provider the chance to finish the job if they are unable to do so until the contract expires but the cmo believes they are capable of doing so; (2) the opportunity given to the service provider to finish the job depends on how quickly the contract is completed. the presidential decree makes it quite clear that only the service provider (the production team) is subject to the fine. according to the rule, even though multiple studies have shown that the owner and consultant might occasionally contribute to project delays, the penalties should only be placed on the contractor. therefore, the weight of the delay penalty index serves as the foundation for calculating the amount of delay penalty that must be borne by each party (management and production) for the delay in the implementation of a building project. the cutting-edge aspect of this research is its ability to estimate the amount of late penalty costs that must be carried by management or production based on the weight of the delay index determined using a formula integrated with ms. project. as a result, the goal of this study is to develop a method to calculate the index of delay fines for each stakeholder participating in the construction project. 2. material and methods ex-post facto techniques and interviews were implemented in this study in order to find an accurate formula for calculating the index of a construction project delay from management and production. therefore, we conducted an expost facto survey of 20 construction project scheduling experts and conducted interviews with scheduling experts who worked as construction project supervising consultants. the results of a questionnaire and interviews with two construction project scheduling experts were analyzed to identify the causes and warning signs of project delays. the simulation technique is then continued when a formula for the indicators is constructed based on the findings. during the experiment, we employed two simulation techniques: manual simulation and simulation utilizing a formula included in ms. project's dashboard. the management and production teams' perspectives on project lateness were used to obtain the data through a process of trial and error. the data was then manually evaluated with ms. excel and manually analyzed using the method built within the ms. project dashboard. the formula underwent a feasibility test using the telos approach based on the benchmark criteria and an operating feasibility assessment using the pieces framework before the data analysis. [26–28]. the following sub-sections go into further detail about the feature that was assessed using the telos approach and the pieces framework. 2.1. technical aspect if it received a high enough score, the technical component of the formula included in ms. project was deemed to be practical. table 1 lists the technical feasibility requirements on a scale of 1 to 10. table 1. feasibility criteria for technical aspect no. criteria description sufficient not sufficient 1 utilizing simple technologies 8 – 10 3 – 6 2 extremely flexible software 8 – 10 3 – 6 3 robust technology 8 – 10 3 – 6 2.2. economic aspect according to a scale of 1 to 10, the economic element was evaluated based on funding availability, as indicated in table 2. this is because the study's sole objective is to create a mathematical model that will be used by the software to calculate the project lateness index using the management and production components. the ultimate mathematical model was added to the ms. project. therefore, the analysis of the payback period, return on investment (roi), net present value (npv), and internal rate of return (irr) was not necessary. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 770 table 2. feasibility criteria for funding criteria description available not available source of funding 8 10 3 – 6 2.3. legal aspect the feasibility of the legal element was evaluated using the criteria presented in table 3, with a 1-10 range score. table 3. feasibility criteria for legal aspect no. criteria description sufficient not sufficient 1 legality from the director general of vocational of the ministry of education and culture 8 – 10 3 6 2 legality from the institution of research and community service of universitas negeri medan 8 – 10 3 – 6 3 legality from pt. bentareka cipta consulting group jakarta 8 – 10 3 – 6 2.4. operation aspect the feasibility test on the operation element was carried out using the pieces framework, as is shown in table 4. table 4. feasibility criteria for operation aspect no. criteria description sufficient not sufficient 1 performance (p) speed of software performance 8 – 10 3 – 6 2 information (i) accurate and dynamic information 8 – 10 3 – 6 3 economy (e) efficiency of operational cost 8 – 10 3 – 6 4 control (c) security level of software 8 – 10 3 – 6 5 efficiency (e) software optimum suitability with the company goals 8 – 10 3 – 6 6 service (s) provision of easy-to-understand service for user 8 – 10 3 – 6 2.5. schedule aspect in the schedule aspect, we evaluated the formula integration into the software using the criteria of schedule presented in table 5. table 5. feasibility criteria for schedule aspect no. criteria description sufficient insufficient 1 utilizing ethical time management 8 – 10 3 6 2 time management that is appropriate for the planning 8 – 10 3 – 6 3 synchronization of the time with the schedule 8 – 10 3 – 6 the telos method's average score was derived by adding together the scores for each factor and dividing the total by the number of feasibility factors, as shown in equation 1. 𝑇𝐸𝐿𝑂𝑆 𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 = 𝑇𝑆+𝐸𝑆+𝐿𝑆+𝑂𝑆+𝑆𝑆 5 (1) where: 𝑇𝑆 = technical score; 𝐸𝑆 = economic score; 𝐿𝑆 = legal score; 𝑂𝑆 = operational score; 𝑆𝑆 = schedule score. the software formula integration was ultimately found to be possible if the final average score was greater than 6. however, the created method built into the program was considered to be unworkable if the score obtained is less than 6 points. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 771 3. results and discussion 3.1. formula for estimating the delay of construction project in this study, the formula was built using indications that accurately reflected the actual field scenario. these metrics were discovered during a construction management field interview. the job's starting time, the actual start date, the planned start date, the actual completion time, the interlude after the work has begun, the inclusion of the actual field condition in the work schedule, the presence of free float, and the critical path deviation from the planned schedule make up the final set of indicators. additionally, a mathematical model was created using the indicators to determine the index of delay brought on by the management and production teams. the formulas for delay induced by management time consist of formulas for: (1) delay from management factors; (2) delay time; and (3) index of delay from the management aspect, as presented in equations 2 to 4. 3.1.1. delays from management factors dmf = (s1-s2) + free float – pending (2) where: dmf = delay from management factors; s1= work starting time; s2= actual starting date. note: (1) if dmf < 0, then the delay of the construction project is caused by the management; (2) if dmf > 0, then there is no delay in construction induced by the management. delay time 𝐷𝑇 = 𝐷𝑀𝐹 + 𝐷𝑃𝐹 (3) where: dt= delay time; dmf = delay from the management factors; dpf = delay from the production factors. index of management delay (mdi) 𝑀𝐷𝐼 = 𝐷𝑇 𝐷𝑀𝐹 (4) where: dt= delay time; dmf = delay from the management factors. in addition, the formulas for delay caused by production factors consist of formulas for (1) delay from production factors, (2) delay time, and (3) index of a delay from the production team, as shown in equations 5 to 8. 3.1.2. delay due to the production factor (dpf) 𝐷𝑃𝐹 = (𝐷1 − 𝐷2) + 𝑀𝐷 (𝑖𝑓 𝑀𝐷 > 0) (5) 𝐷𝑃𝐹 = (𝐷2 − 𝐷1) + 𝑀𝐷 (𝑖𝑓 𝑀𝐷 < 0) (6) where: dpf = delay from production factor; d1 = planned project completion time; d2 = actual time for completing the project; dm = management delay. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 772 notes: (1) if dpf < 0, then the delay of the construction project is caused by the production factor; (2) if dpf > 0, then there is no delay in the construction project caused by the production factors. delay time 𝐷𝑇 = 𝐷𝑀𝐹 + 𝐷𝑃𝐹 (7) where: dt= delay time; dmf = delay from the management factors; dpf = delay from the production factors. index of production delay (pdi) 𝑃𝐷𝐼 = 𝐷𝑇 𝐷𝑃𝐹 (8) where: dt= delay time; dpf= delay caused by the production factors. the results of estimation using the above formulas are interpreted using criteria presented in table 6. table 6. interpretation criteria for calculation results pkm pkp description ≥ zero ≥ zero there is no delay in the project caused by management and production factors negative ≥ zero the project delay is caused by the management factors the project delay is not caused by the production factor the project delay corresponds to the score of lateness from the management factor ≥ zero negative the project delay is caused by the production factors the project delay is not caused by the management factor the project delay corresponds to the score of lateness from the production factor negative negative the project delay is caused by the management factor the production factor also contributes to the delay the project delay is caused by both management and production factors 3.2. feasibility test for formula integrated into ms. project dashboard the results of the feasibility test using the telos method for the formula integrated into ms. project are summarized in tables 7–11. table 7 presents the average obtained score of 8.50 > 6.00, indicating that the developed formula integrated into the ms. project has fulfilled the technical criteria. table 7. summary of results for technical criteria no. criteria score description 1 easy-to-use technology 8.33 sufficient 2 highly developable software 8.67 sufficient 3 stable technology 8.33 sufficient 4 applicable software for construction project 8.67 sufficient average score 8.50 sufficient in this study, the economic criteria were only investigated based on the availability of funding sources from the company for internet quota financing since the computer and internet network have been provided by the company. thus, the estimation of the return of investment (roi) and payback period are not included. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 773 table 8. results for economic criteria no. criteria score description 1 availability of source of funding 7.33 sufficient average score 7.33 sufficient according to table 8, the obtained average result is 7.33 > 6.00, indicating that the economic criteria have been fulfilled. table 9. results for legal criteria no. criteria score description 1 legality from director general vocation of the ministry of education and culture 8.67 sufficient 2 legality from the institution of research and community service of universitas negeri medan 8.33 sufficient 3 legality from pt. bentareka cipta consulting group jakarta 9.00 sufficient average score 8.67 sufficient as is shown in table 9, the obtained score in the legal criteria is 8.67 > 6.00, signifying that the formula integrated into ms. project has fulfilled the legal criteria. table 10. results in operation criteria no. indicators score description 1 speed of software performance 7.67 sufficient 2 accurate and dynamic information 8.33 sufficient 3 efficiency of operational cost 8.67 sufficient 4 security level of software 8.33 sufficient 5 software optimum suitability with the company goals 8.33 sufficient 6 provision of easy-to-understand service for user 8.00 sufficient 7 speed of software performance 8.33 sufficient 8 the need for the design of a formula to detect the delay index 8.67 sufficient average 8.29 sufficient the data in table 10 shows that we obtained an 8.29 > 6.00 score for the operation criteria. thus, the formula integrated into ms. project has fulfilled the operation criteria. table 11. results for schedule criteria no. criteria score description 1 using fair time management 8.33 sufficient 2 using time management suitable with the planning 8.33 sufficient 3 conformity between the time and scheduling 8.33 sufficient 4 obtain information rapidly 9.00 sufficient average score 8.50 sufficient table 11 shows that the obtained 8.50 > 6.00 score, signifying that the formula integrated into the ms. project has fulfilled the schedule criteria. further, we also calculated the average scores for all criteria, resulting in an 8.26 score. therefore, the formulated formula for estimating the index of a delay from management and production aspects is highly feasible and accurate. 3.3. the first simulation: manual formula calculation using ms. excel the formula was applied to several instances of building project lateness caused by management and production issues in the first simulation. according to management, delays occur when work starts but is still within the free float, when it starts but is outside the free float, when it starts but stops in the middle of the work, when it starts but stops outside the free float, when it starts but stops during the work but is still within the free float, and when it starts but stops in the middle of the work and (7) the work starts following the free float and is terminated in the middle of it. the simulation was carried out for those seven examples using the accepted formula, and the simulation results are displayed in table 12. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 774 table 12. summary of simulation for delay of construction project formula caused by management team case plan actual data km kp results (s1-s2) + slack pending (d1-d2) + (km minus =0) dmf dpf dt mdi pdi 1 s1=1 d1-4 ff=3 s2=3 p=0 d2=4 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 s1=1 d1-4 ff=3 s2=5 p=0 d2=4 -1 0 (-) 0 -1 1 0 3 s1=1 d1-4 ff=3 s2=3 p=1 d2=4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 s1=1 d1-4 ff=3 s2=3 p=2 d2=4 -1 0 (-) 0 -1 -1 0 5 s1=1 d1-4 ff=3 s2=1 p=2 d2=4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 s1=1 d1=4 ff=3 s2=1 p=4 d2=4 -1 0 -1 0 -1 -1 0 7 s1=1 d1=4 ff=3 s2=5 p=2 d2=4 -3 0 (-) 0 -3 -3 0 in order to account for the production team's role in the construction project's lateness, we also ran simulations in four different scenarios. first off, labor doesn't begin with any production; rather, it builds over a few days, lengthening the period while continuing to occur inside the free float. second, productivity increases after a few days, extending the time beyond the free float. third, low productivity results in longer workdays while keeping free float. fourth, low duration improves working duration after free float. table 13 shows the outcomes of applying the algorithm to estimate those four situations. table 13. summary of simulation results for construction project delay formula caused by production team cases plan actual data km kp results (s1-s2) + slack -pending (d1-d2) + (km minus =0) dmf dpf dt mdi pdi 1 s1=1 d1-4 ff=3 s2=1 p=0 d2=6 3 1 0 (+) 0 0 0 2 s1=1 d1-4 ff=3 s2=1 p=0 d2=8 3 -1 0 -1 -1 0 0 3 s1=1 d1-4 ff=3 s2=1 p=0 d2=6 3 1 (+) (+) 0 0 0 4 s1=1 d1-4 ff=3 s2=1 p=0 d2=8 3 -1 (+) (-) -1 0 1 both the management and the production teams might be responsible for lateness during the construction project. in light of this, we also ran a simulation of how the management and production teams contributed to construction project delays. in the first scenario, the management team begins the task after its scheduled start time but while it is still in the free float, and the output is higher than expected. second, the management team begins the job after it should have, exceeding the free float and producing little in the process, lengthening the project's duration and causing it to finish late. third, the management team starts the project later than expected but is still in free float, and there are breaks throughout the project, thus productivity exceeds expectations. the algorithm was used to simulate those four scenarios, and the outcomes are shown in table 14. table 14. summary of simulation results for construction project delay formula caused by both management and production aspects case plan actual data km kp results (s1-s2) + slack -pending (d1-d2) + (km minus =0) dmf dpf dt mdi pdi 1 s1=1 d1-4 ff=3 s2=3 p=0 d2=5 (+) -1 + -1 0 -1 2 s1=1 d1-4 ff=3 s2=4 p=0 d2=5 -1 -1 (-) (-) -2 0.5 0.5 3 s1=1 d1-4 ff=3 s2=3 p=1 d2=5 0 -1 0 -1 -1 0 -1 4 s1=1 d1-4 ff=3 s2=4 p=2 d2=5 -2 -1 (-) (-) -3 0.67 0.33 3.4. the second simulation: calculation using formula integrated with ms. project dashboard the management and production-related formulas for construction project delays were incorporated into ms. project. the simulation employing these integrated formulas also made use of indications from the management and production aspects, as well as indicators from both of these aspects. figure 1 displays the outcomes that were acquired from the dashboard display. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 775 figure 1. prototype of construction project lateness due to management and production aspects figure 1 shows the more thorough outcomes of the computation utilizing the formulas included in ms. project's dashboard. the outcomes comprise the contract value, actual progress during the monitoring, expected progress during the monitoring, deviation of progress, causes of project lateness, as well as the indices of project lateness resulting from management and production factors. based on the aforementioned research findings, it is clear that the formula used in this study can determine the amount of fines that management (consultants) and production parties (contractors) are required to pay based on the weight of the project delay index obtained from using a formula that is integrated with ms. project. the novelty of our research is that the production party (contractor) has always been held accountable for project delays, while the management party (consultant) has never been penalized for implementation delays. however, with this formula, the party accountable for a project delay is clearly identified, regardless of whether it originates from management (a consultant) or the production party (contractor). additionally, this formula gives the total amount of fines that will be paid depending on the weight determined by calculations made using the formula discovered through this study. 4. discussion based on the results of the formula simulation carried out and the resulting prototype on the dashboard design, which provides information, namely: (1) contract value; (2) actual progress value when reviewed; (3) assess the progress of the plan when it is reviewed; (4) progress value deviation; (5) causes of delays; and (6) mdi and pdi. the value of the contract functions against the value of mdi and pdi to determine the value of late fines as stipulated in presidential regulation number 16 of 2018 concerning procurement of government goods/services article 79, paragraph 4, stipulated by the commitment making officer (cmo) set forth in the contract of 1 0/00 (one per mil) of the contract value or the value of the portion of the contract for each day of delay. the dashboard's plan progress value and actual progress value are used to calculate the difference between the planned work and the actual work [29–31]. the deviance value is accurate. when it's negative, it means the work is behind schedule; when it's zero, it's on schedule; and when it's positive, it means the work has accelerated [32–35]. the variation for the delay, which impacts whether the delay is the result of mdi or pdi, is -9.27 on the dashboard. when work is encountering difficulties, the dashboard also provides information on the causes of those delays. thus, in a sequence of dependence relationships, the task will be an issue that needs to be addressed right away; if it is on a critical route, it must be finished before; if it is on free float, it will be obvious how much time is left to complete the project [25, 36, 37]. in order for the dashboard to automatically produce an index value for each delay that occurred and how long the delay occurred, the cause of the delay will be tied to the mdi and pdi values, where work activities will reveal what or who is the source of the delay. the dashboard displays a 3-day delay, despite the fact that it was supposed to be finished on august 21, 2022. the work could only be finished on august 24, 2022, as a result of delays; hence, the score of the mdi was 0.4 and the pdi was 0.6. if the mdi and mdi scores are still 0.4 and 0.6 at the conclusion of the work, the management was responsible for paying a fine of (1 0/00 × idr. 732,500,000) × 0.4, which is equivalent to idr 293,500, while the hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 776 production party is responsible for paying a fine of (1 0/00 × idr 732,500,000) × 0.6, which is equal to idr 439,500. it gives details on the amount that each team will have to pay based on a dashboard that was created using a formula for each index. the advantage is that, whereas production-related fines have historically been calculated, managementrelated fines have never been computed [38–40]. one of the advantages of the ms. project display is that details that were previously only partially published have now been disclosed by the project in full, even though production is not solely to blame for the delay. 5. conclusion the formula found in this study produces accurate and useful findings that can be used to compute ikm and ikp in a construction project, as can be inferred from the results and discussion. the ms. dashboard formula is superior to the manual approach in this case. project offers more thorough information about how construction project work is being carried out, including: (1) contract value; (2) actual progress value when reviewed; (3) assess the progress of the plan when it is reviewed; (4) progress value deviation; (5) delay causes; and 6) management delay index and production delay index. the party accountable for project delays will have a clearer understanding of the fines that will be paid by the management (consultant) or production party (contractor), depending on the index weight generated from the formula found in this study. the findings of this study also directly assist the commitment making officer (cmo) of a government agency in making more equitable judgments on fines for tardy project completion as well as in the advancement of project/construction management knowledge. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, p.l. and n.s.; methodology, p.l., n.s., and s.s.; software, p.l.; validation, p.l., n.s., and s.s.; formal analysis, p.l.; investigation, n.s.; resources, p.l.; data curation, n.s.; writing—original draft preparation, p.l.; writing—review and editing, n.s.; visualization, p.l.; supervision, s.s.; project administration, p.l.; funding acquisition, p.l and n.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding this work was supported by academic directorate of vocational education, the directorate general of vocational education, the ministry of education, culture, research and technology of indonesia. the patent for obtained formula of delay index from management and production aspects was registered on october 20, 2020, to the directorate general of intellectual property, ministry of law and human rights of indonesia. on november 2, 2022, the formula was declared to have passed the formal assessment and fulfilled the formal requirement, with patent number s00202211627. 6.4. acknowledgements we express our highest gratitude and appreciation to the academic directorate of vocational education, the directorate general of vocational education, the ministry of education, culture, research and technology for providing research funding and the rector of medan state university (universitas negeri medan). 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] olanrewaju, a., tan, s. y., & kwan, l. f. (2017). roles of communication on performance of the construction sector. procedia engineering, 196, 763–770. doi:10.1016/j.proeng.2017.08.005. [2] fashina, a. a., omar, m. a., sheikh, a. a., & fakunle, f. f. (2021). exploring the significant factors that influence delays in construction projects in hargeisa. heliyon, 7(4), 6826. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2021.e06826. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 777 [3] silaghi, f., & sarkar, s. (2021). agency problems in public-private partnerships investment projects. european journal of operational research, 290(3), 1174–1191. doi:10.1016/j.ejor.2020.08.050. [4] li, f., xu, z., & li, h. (2021). a multi-agent based cooperative approach to decentralized multi-project scheduling and resource allocation. computers and industrial engineering, 151, 106961. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2020.106961. [5] modi, k., lowalekar, h., & bhatta, n. m. k. (2019). revolutionizing supply chain management the theory of constraints way: a case study. international journal of production research, 57(11), 3335–3361. doi:10.1080/00207543.2018.1523579. [6] muriana, c., & vizzini, g. (2017). project risk management: a deterministic quantitative technique for assessment and mitigation. international journal of project management, 35(3), 320–340. doi:10.1016/j.ijproman.2017.01.010. [7] guo, s., xiong, c., & gong, p. (2018). a real-time control approach based on intelligent video surveillance for violations by construction workers. journal of civil engineering and management, 24(1), 67–78. doi:10.3846/jcem.2018.301. [8] kong, l., li, h., luo, h., ding, l., & zhang, x. (2018). sustainable performance of just-in-time (jit) management in timedependent batch delivery scheduling of precast construction. journal of cleaner production, 193, 684–701. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.05.037. [9] hsu, p. y., aurisicchio, m., & angeloudis, p. (2017). investigating schedule deviation in construction projects through root cause analysis. procedia computer science, 121, 732–739. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2017.11.095. [10] milička, p., šůcha, p., vanhoucke, m., & maenhout, b. (2022). the bilevel optimisation of a multi-agent project scheduling and staffing problem. european journal of operational research, 296(1), 72–86. doi:10.1016/j.ejor.2021.03.028. [11] alsuliman, j. a. (2019). causes of delay in saudi public construction projects. alexandria engineering journal, 58(2), 801–808. doi:10.1016/j.aej.2019.07.002. [12] liu, m., le, y., hu, y., xia, b., skitmore, m., & gao, x. (2019). system dynamics modeling for construction management research: critical review and future trends. journal of civil engineering and management, 25(8), 730–741. doi:10.3846/jcem.2019.10518. [13] de araújo, m. c. b., alencar, l. h., & de miranda mota, c. m. (2017). project procurement management: a structured literature review. international journal of project management, 35(3), 353–377. doi:10.1016/j.ijproman.2017.01.008. [14] martens, a., & vanhoucke, m. (2018). an empirical validation of the performance of project control tolerance limits. automation in construction, 89, 71–85. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2018.01.002. [15] lee, c., & won, j. (2021). analysis of construction productivity based on construction duration per floor and per gross area, with identification of influential factors. journal of civil engineering and management, 27(3), 203–216. doi:10.3846/jcem.2021.14514. [16] korhonen, t., jääskeläinen, a., laine, t., & saukkonen, n. (2023). how performance measurement can support achieving success in project-based operations. international journal of project management, 41(1), 102429. doi:10.1016/j.ijproman.2022.11.002. [17] liu, y., you, k., jiang, y., wu, z., liu, z., peng, g., & zhou, c. (2022). multi-objective optimal scheduling of automated construction equipment using non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm (nsga-iii). automation in construction, 143, 104587. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2022.104587. [18] chou, j. s., chen, y. h., liu, c. y., & chong, w. o. (2023). quality management platform inspired during covid-19 pandemic for use by subcontractors in private housing projects. journal of civil engineering and management, 29(5), 398–417. doi:10.3846/jcem.2023.18687. [19] zahid, t., agha, m. h., & schmidt, t. (2019). investigation of surrogate measures of robustness for project scheduling problems. computers and industrial engineering, 129, 220–227. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2019.01.041. [20] wang, x., li, z., chen, q., & mao, n. (2020). meta-heuristics for unrelated parallel machines scheduling with random rework to minimize expected total weighted tardiness. computers and industrial engineering, 145, 106505. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2020.106505. [21] arditi, d., nayak, s., & damci, a. (2017). effect of organizational culture on delay in construction. international journal of project management, 35(2), 136–147. doi:10.1016/j.ijproman.2016.10.018. [22] chen, c. s., tsui, y. k., dzeng, r. j., & wang, w. c. (2015). application of project-based change management in construction: a case study. journal of civil engineering and management, 21(1), 107–118. doi:10.3846/13923730.2013.802712. [23] al-hazim, n., salem, z. a., & ahmad, h. (2017). delay and cost overrun in infrastructure projects in jordan. procedia engineering, 182, 18–24. doi:10.1016/j.proeng.2017.03.105. [24] yap, j. b. h., goay, p. l., woon, y. b., & skitmore, m. (2021). revisiting critical delay factors for construction: analysing projects in malaysia. alexandria engineering journal, 60(1), 1717–1729. doi:10.1016/j.aej.2020.11.021. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 778 [25] kale, s., & karaman, a. e. (2012). benchmarking the knowledge management practices of construction firms. journal of civil engineering and management, 18(3), 335–344. doi:10.3846/13923730.2012.698910. [26] ssegawa, j. k., & muzinda, m. (2021). feasibility assessment framework (faf): a systematic and objective approach for assessing the viability of a project. procedia computer science, 181, 377–385. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2021.01.180. [27] rashidi, s., naghshineh, n., fahim nia, f., izadkhah, y. o., & saghafi, f. (2022). how feasible is creating a natural disaster information management open-access repository (ndim-oar) in iran? library and information science research, 44(4), 101203. doi:10.1016/j.lisr.2022.101203. [28] ma, g., wu, m., wu, z., & yang, w. (2021). single-shot multibox detectorand building information modeling-based quality inspection model for construction projects. journal of building engineering, 38, 102216. doi:10.1016/j.jobe.2021.102216. [29] eriksson, p. e., larsson, j., & pesämaa, o. (2017). managing complex projects in the infrastructure sector a structural equation model for flexibility-focused project management. international journal of project management, 35(8), 1512–1523. doi:10.1016/j.ijproman.2017.08.015. [30] xu, x., wang, j., li, c. z., huang, w., & xia, n. (2018). schedule risk analysis of infrastructure projects: a hybrid dynamic approach. automation in construction, 95, 20–34. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2018.07.026. [31] demirkesen, s., & ozorhon, b. (2017). impact of integration management on construction project management performance. international journal of project management, 35(8), 1639–1654. doi:10.1016/j.ijproman.2017.09.008. [32] abduh, m., soemardi, b. w., & wirahadikusumah, r. d. (2012). indonesian construction supply chains cost structure and factors: a case study of two projects. journal of civil engineering and management, 18(2), 209–216. doi:10.3846/13923730.2012.671259. [33] abbasianjahromi, h., rajaie, h., & shakeri, e. (2013). a framework for subcontractor selection in the construction industry. journal of civil engineering and management, 19(2), 158–168. doi:10.3846/13923730.2012.743922. [34] daboun, o., abidin, n. i., khoso, a. r., chen, z. s., yusof, a. m., & skibniewski, m. j. (2023). effect of relationship management on construction project success delivery. journal of civil engineering and management, 29(5), 372–397. doi:10.3846/jcem.2023.18827. [35] olawumi, t. o., & chan, d. w. m. (2018). building information modelling and project information management framework for construction projects. journal of civil engineering and management, 25(1), 53–75. doi:10.3846/jcem.2019.7841. [36] ahmad, z., thaheem, m. j., & maqsoom, a. (2018). building information modeling as a risk transformer: an evolutionary insight into the project uncertainty. automation in construction, 92, 103–119. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2018.03.032. [37] chen, j. h., & chen, w. h. (2012). contractor costs of factoring account receivables for a construction project. journal of civil engineering and management, 18(2), 227–234. doi:10.3846/13923730.2012.671272. [38] abuimara, t., hobson, b. w., gunay, b., o’brien, w., & kane, m. (2021). current state and future challenges in building management: practitioner interviews and a literature review. journal of building engineering, 41, 102803. doi:10.1016/j.jobe.2021.102803. [39] sierla, s., pourakbari-kasmaei, m., & vyatkin, v. (2022). a taxonomy of machine learning applications for virtual power plants and home/building energy management systems. automation in construction, 136, 104174. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2022.104174. [40] cheng, j. c. p., liu, h., gan, v. j. l., das, m., tao, x., & zhou, s. (2023). construction cost management using blockchain and encryption. automation in construction, 152, 104841. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2023.104841. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1118 issn: 2723-9535 seismic optimization design and application of civil engineering structures integrated with building robot system technology shaoxu li 1* , lisen shen 1 1 department of civil engineering and architecture, shijiazhuang university of applied technology, shijiazhuang, hebei, 050081, china. received 29 january 2024; revised 06 november 2024; accepted 12 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract objective: the seismic data monitoring is important for resource distribution, capacity planning, quality of service analysis, error monitoring and isolation, and safety management. the seismic optimization of building civil engineering structures is effectively improved. several issues pertaining to seismic optimization monitoring of civil engineering structures have come to light as a result of the ongoing advancements in science, technology, and the internet. method: the study creates a seismic optimization method for civil engineering structures, identifying hidden hazards and implementing safety management and control based on internet-based characteristics. regarding the problem that the existing high-rise building installation projects mainly rely on manual work, the relevant technical research on the corresponding intelligent operation equipment for the installation project is carried out, the kinematics analysis of the construction installation robot is performed, and the search for security loopholes is realized under the seismic optimization design method of integrated building civil engineering structures to quickly find the safety adaptability. results: the optimal safety weights and thresholds are obtained, and random initial thresholds and weights are used for seismic optimization of civil engineering structures for safety monitoring. this paper studies the seismic resistance of the current buildings and explains the seismic problems in civil engineering structures in detail while giving a feasible plan to eliminate potential safety hazards and avoid harm caused by earthquakes. keywords: civil engineering structure; earthquake resistance; building robot system technology; seismic optimization. 1. introduction building safety and resistance against seismic occurrences are increasingly dependent on seismic optimization design in civil engineering constructions. the process of creating civil engineering structures that are resistant to seismic pressures involves a thorough method known as seismic optimization development and application for constructing civil engineered buildings incorporating building robot system technology [1]. it entails the use of modern components, innovative structural designs, and the development of robot systems for real-time monitoring. by integrating these developments, structures in seismically exposed places would perform greater overall, have a smaller impact following seismic events, and have optimal structural stability [2]. the use of innovative engineering, construction, and upkeep techniques and tools made possible by construction robot system technology further improves optimization. buildings that can endure seismic pressures while avoiding damage and guaranteeing occupant safety constitute the heart of the seismic optimization design approach [3]. multiple factors, including building supplies, structural arrangements, and dynamic response analysis, are taken into consideration in a thorough and complete manner. the use of building robot systems technology, which provides * corresponding author: 2015225010130@stu.scu.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-017  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7022-6756 https://orcid.org/0009-0006-3948-9431 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1119 creative solutions for effective construction and continuous structural evaluation, is essential to the process [4]. because of their sensors, controls, and sophisticated control systems, these robots can carry out responsibilities precisely and accurately. using contemporary components with higher seismic performance is one of the most important parts of seismic optimization design [5]. to increase resilience despite sacrificing other technical criteria, these materials, such as alloys of steel and powerful concrete, are carefully chosen and incorporated with the structures of construction. moreover, real-time performance and structural health monitoring are made possible by the incorporation of construction robot systems [6]. engineers can evaluate the efficacy of design ideas and make well-informed decisions regarding potential modifications by using the data that these robots receive on structure behaviors during seismic occurrences. building robot systems does more than simply construction and monitoring; these also make maintenance and upgrading easier [7]. these are trained in performing maintenance, strengthening, and inspection tasks, which increases the longevity of buildings and lowers the possibility of seismic damage. a paradigm change in the area of civil engineering can be seen in the collaborative efforts between seismic optimization development and the construction of robot platform technologies [8]. designing structures to satisfy legal requirements and then regularly monitoring and improving them for resistance to developing seismic hazards, provides a proactive strategy for seismic adaptability. the building robot platform technology and seismic optimization design together represent a major development in civil engineering that might lead to safer and more durable structures in seismically susceptible regions [9]. it represents a shift towards more intelligent, robust structures that can fit the needs of contemporary architecture while withstanding the effects of the elements. the emergence of a new global age of profitable, seismically resistant structures is anticipated as the method of construction [10]. the objective of the study is to create and use sophisticated construction robot system technology in seismic optimization approaches for civil engineering structure design. according to the development of resistance to earthquake construction methods, the requires to improve building resiliency, security, and effectiveness against seismic disasters. 2. literature review the performance of the optimization techniques and the suggested model are the main topics of the study, which lacks structural modeling knowledge. the de algorithm performed greater than its equivalent in the majority of the scenarios, according to the results. the model's performance in prediction situations is demonstrated by the results [11].the method involves estimating the variables of the building model using the optimization techniques differential evolution (de) and particle swarm optimization (pso).the seismic design optimization of structures is summarized in the study, with an emphasis on typical issue types, optimization targets, and techniques of solving. present deficiencies and a few unresolved issues that merit more investigation in subsequent studies are examined together with an analysis of recent and past advances [12]. there are several optimization issues that have been put forth for the processes of analysis and the creation of structures that can withstand seismic excitations, which are at an evolving stage. the importance of efficiency and sustainability in the architecture, engineering, and construction (aec) sector is first discussed in the report, along with the history of the evaluation project. subsequently, pertinent articles are obtained and chosen, and these chosen pieces undergo a statistical examination [13]. the chosen articles are next examined with respect to the optimization goals and the temporal and geographical patterns they exhibit. the gathered was evaluated and discussed, covering the four main phases in the structural optimization process: structural analysis and simulation, formulation of optimization issues, optimization methodologies, and computational software and design platforms. the suggested process works well for determining the greatest designs under a particular set of restrictions. it is discovered that the risk category criteria work well for optimizing both variables and overall cost. the variety of performance objectives imposed on structures subjected to seismic ground motion is continually expanding because of the growing concern for resilience among engineers and other stakeholders. this emphasizes the necessity for multi-objective optimization in design [14]. the article presents an examination and contrast of optimization algorithms for dynamic topology, with a focus on frequency domain approaches. a technique for optimizing dynamic topology termed sum of modal compliances (smc) is described, which is based on approaches from seismic engineering research. several eigenmodes are considered in order to minimize the building vibration for seismic excitement, it is represented by a response spectrum [15]. the method modifies seismic dynamic load variables between a sequence of topology optimization problems that are independent of the design, hence controlling design-dependent loads from inertial effects. the paper presents an optimization strategy for producing moment-resisting frames (mrfs) using nonlinear fluid viscous dampers (fvds) in seismic design. the qualities of the building components and damping devices are optimized simultaneously while the most effective layout of structures is investigated, with no predetermined criteria. finally, utilizing an effective gradient-based optimization strategy, the issue is restated in an infinitely differentiable form [16]. taking into account ensembles of ground movements, responses to variables of interest are estimated using a probabilistic method. the optimization criteria technique is adjusted generating finite element models of the structures, adding fictional strain energy, and employing a basic penalty methodology to take into account both material volume and displacement limitations at the same time. we examine the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1120 impact of shear wall-frame interactions for both connected and single shear walls. the definitions offer a useful method for identifying the crucial components of these constructions since gravity and seismic stresses affect the shear walls [17]. the findings offer fresh perspectives on where openings should be placed in structural and architectural engineering. the optimal outcomes of the suggested approach are confirmed using eight accelerograms of earthquakes that have been recorded, and the system is applied to real building structures. the differential evolution method (dem) [18] based optimization is feasible, as evidenced by comparisons with the current methods. assessing the seismic efficiency, the findings demonstrate a distinct pattern of increasing displacements with increasing importance values as a consequence, managed tuned mass dampers (tmd) exhibit an enhanced seismic performance. 3. technology for controlling construction robot the main component of the building installation engineering system is the robot system, and its primary duties include grabbing, moving, positioning, and installing the glass curtains materials. for the sake of craftsmanship, each link in this six-degree-of-freedom robot is powered by an rv reducer and servo motor [19-20]. figure 1 shows the flow of methodology. figure 1. flowchart of the methodology the mechanical architecture of the robot is shown in figure 2. figure 2. architectural sketch of the robot used for building and installation hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1121 the robot terminal's schematic diagram is displayed in figure 3. figure 3. schematic diagram of robot terminal and sensor installation to fulfill the high-rise structures' glass curtains construction standards, on the original system for installing robots, the construction robot system is used in high-altitude operations. the architecture of the platform is shown in figure 4. figure 4. gondola-type aerial work platform according to the d-h rule, a coordinate system is established for the construction robot, as shown in figure 5. figure 5. joint coordinate diagram table 1. displays the joint variables and connecting rod characteristics. table 1. connecting rod parameters and joint variable values joint i 𝜶𝒊/(°) 𝜶𝒊−𝟏/ mm 𝒅𝒊/mm 𝜽𝒊/(°) 1 0 0 d1=1400 𝜃1 (variable) 2 0 a2=1000 d2(variable) 0 3 0 a3=1000 0 𝜃3 (variable) 4 -90 0 d4=1000 𝜃4 (variable) 5 -90 a5=125 0 𝜃5 (variable) 6 0 0 d6=210 𝜃6 (variable) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1122 based on the theoretical common sense of the d-h rule, the transformation matrix 𝐴𝑛between each coordinate system is calculated: 𝐴1 = 𝑅𝑜𝑡(𝑧, 𝜃1)𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠(0,0, 𝑑1) = [ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃1 −𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃1 0 0 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃1 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃1 0 0 0 0 1 𝑑1 0 0 0 1 ] (1) 𝐴2 = 𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠(0,0, 𝑑2)𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠(𝑎2, 0,0) = [ 1 0 0 𝑎2 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 𝑑2 0 0 0 1 ] (2) 𝐴3 = 𝑅𝑜𝑡(𝑧, 𝜃3)𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠(𝑎3, 0,0) = [ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃3 −𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃3 0 𝑎3 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃3 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃3 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃3 0 𝑎3 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃3 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 ] (3) 𝐴4 = 𝑅𝑜𝑡(𝑧, 𝜃4)𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠(0,0, 𝑑4)𝑅𝑜𝑡(𝑥, 90°) = [ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃4 0 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃4 0 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃4 0 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃4 0 0 1 0 𝑑4 0 0 0 1 ] (4) 𝐴5 = 𝑅𝑜𝑡(𝑧, 𝜃5)𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠(𝑎5, 0,0)𝑅𝑜𝑡(𝑥, −90°) = [ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃5 0 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃5 𝑎5 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃5 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃5 0 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃5 𝑎5 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃5 0 −1 0 0 0 0 0 1 ] (5) 𝐴6 = 𝑅𝑜𝑡(𝑧, 𝜃6)𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠(0,0, 𝑑6) = [ 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃6 −𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃6 0 0 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃6 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃6 0 0 0 0 1 𝑑6 0 0 0 1 ] (6) calculate the position matrix of the construction manipulator terminal by multiplying the above 6 transformation matrices: 𝑇6 0 = 𝐴1𝐴2𝐴3𝐴4𝐴5𝐴6 = [ 𝑛𝑥 𝑜𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑝𝑥 𝑛𝑦 𝑜𝑦 𝑎𝑦 𝑝𝑦 𝑛𝑧 𝑜𝑧 𝑎𝑧 𝑝𝑧 0 0 0 1 ] = [�⃗� 𝑜 𝑎 𝑝 ] (7) where: 𝑛𝑥 = 1 2 𝑐134𝑐56 + 𝑠134𝑠6 + 1 2 𝑐5−6𝑐134 (8) 𝑛𝑦 = 1 2 𝑠134𝑐56 + 𝑐134𝑠6 + 1 2 𝑐5−6𝑠134 (9) 𝑛𝑧 = 𝑐6𝑠5 (10) 𝑜𝑥 = 1 2 𝑐5−6𝑐134 − 1 2 𝑐134𝑐56 − 𝑠134𝑠6 (11) 𝑜𝑦 = 1 2 𝑐5−6𝑠134 + 𝑐134𝑠6 − 1 2 𝑠134𝑐56 (12) 𝑜𝑧 = −𝑠5𝑠6 (13) 𝑎𝑥 = −𝑐134𝑠5 (14) 𝑎𝑦 = −𝑠134𝑠5 (15) 𝑎𝑧 = 𝑐5 (16) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1123 𝑝𝑥 = 𝑎3𝑐13 + 𝑎2𝑐1 + 𝑎5𝑐134𝑐5 − 𝑑6𝑐134𝑠5 (17) 𝑝𝑦 = 𝑎3𝑐13 + 𝑎2𝑠1 + 𝑎5𝑐134𝑐5 − 𝑑6𝑠134𝑠5 (18) 𝑝𝑧 = 𝑑1 + 𝑑2 + 𝑑4 + 𝑑6𝑐5 + 𝑑5𝑠5 (19) where 𝑠𝑖 indicates 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝜃𝑖,𝑐𝑖 indicates 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝜃𝑖; 𝑠𝑖𝑗indicates 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝜃𝑖 + 𝜃𝑗), 𝑐𝑖𝑗indicates 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝜃𝑖 + 𝜃𝑗), 𝑠𝑖−𝑗 indicates 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝜃𝑖 − 𝜃𝑗), 𝑐𝑖−𝑗 indicates 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝜃𝑖 − 𝜃𝑗); 𝑠𝑖𝑗𝑘indicates 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝜃𝑖 + 𝜃𝑗 + 𝜃𝑘), 𝑐𝑖𝑗𝑘 indicates 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝜃𝑖 + 𝜃𝑗 + 𝜃𝑘). 3.1. inverse solution of kinematics of construction and installation robot inverse kinematics analysis is relatively common in life and is the basis for the trajectory control and route planning of robots [21]. when starting the motion control of the robot, the variables of each joint of the robot should be calculated according to the target orientation and shape of the terminal, which is the inverse kinematics solution. because the kinematics equation is a nonlinear equation system, it is very difficult to set up a robot inverse solution calculation method that can be used. therefore, the methods for calculating the inverse solution of robot kinematics can be roughly divided into numerical methods, geometric methods, and algebraic methods [22]. by comparison, the inverse calculation of robot kinematics using paul inverse transformation is the simplest method, and its calculation steps are as follows:  set up the kinematics equation of the robot 0 6 1 2 3 4 5 6t a a a a a a ;  using the (𝐴1) −1left-handed multiplication kinematic equation, calculate (𝐴1) 𝑇𝑇 −10 = 𝐴2𝐴3𝐴4𝐴5𝐴6and solve the joint variable 1;  using the inverse matrix left-handed multiplication kinematics equation of the robot, the variables of each joint are calculated by the addition, multiplication, and trigonometric substitution of the matrix many times. the expected location for the initial installation of the robot is: 𝑇6 0 = [ 𝑛𝑥 𝑜𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑝𝑥 𝑛𝑦 𝑜𝑦 𝑎𝑦 𝑝𝑦 𝑛𝑧 𝑜𝑧 𝑎𝑧 𝑝𝑧 0 0 0 1 ] (20) computing the inverse of each transformation matrix yields: 𝐴1 −1 = [ 𝑐1 𝑠1 0 0 −𝑠1 𝑐1 0 0 0 0 1 −𝑑1 0 0 0 1 ], 𝐴2 −1 = [ 1 0 0 −𝑎2 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 −𝑑2 0 0 0 1 ], 𝐴3 −1 = [ 𝑐3 𝑠3 0 −𝑎3 −𝑠3 𝑐3 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 ], 𝐴4 −1 = [ 𝑐4 𝑠4 0 0 0 0 1 −𝑑4 𝑠4 −𝑐4 0 0 0 0 0 1 ], 𝐴5 −1 = [ 𝑐5 𝑠5 0 −𝑎5 0 0 −1 0 −𝑠5 𝑐5 0 0 0 0 0 1 ], 𝐴6 −1 = [ 𝑐6 𝑠6 0 0 −𝑠6 𝑐6 0 0 0 0 1 −𝑑6 0 0 0 1 ], because joints 2 3 and 4 are parallel to each other, the following is calculated by the (𝐴1) −1left-handed multiplication kinematics equation and(𝐴6) −1(𝐴5) −1 right-multiplication kinematics equation: (𝐴1) −1𝑇6 0(𝐴6) −1(𝐴5) −1 = 𝐴2𝐴3𝐴4 = 𝐴24 (21) so, calculate: [ 𝑐1 𝑠1 0 0 −𝑠1 𝑐1 0 0 0 0 1 −𝑑1 0 0 0 1 ] [ 𝑛𝑥 𝑜𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑝𝑥 𝑛𝑦 𝑜𝑦 𝑎𝑦 𝑝𝑦 𝑛𝑧 𝑜𝑧 𝑎𝑧 𝑝𝑧 0 0 0 1 ] [ 𝑐6 𝑠6 0 0 −𝑠6 𝑐6 0 0 0 0 1 −𝑑6 0 0 0 1 ] [ 𝑐5 𝑠5 0 −𝑎5 0 0 −1 0 −𝑠5 𝑐5 0 0 0 0 0 1 ] = 𝐴24 (22) the formula's third columns and row's components are equal, to get:𝑜𝑧𝑐6 + 𝑛𝑧𝑠6 = 0 calculated in one step:𝜃6 = −𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝑜𝑧 𝑛𝑧 in the formula, the components of the primary column and the last row are equal to calculate:𝑝𝑧 − 𝑑1 − 𝑎𝑧𝑑6 − 𝑎5(𝑛𝑧𝑐6 − 𝑜𝑧𝑠6) = 𝑑2 + 𝑑4 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1124 calculated in one step:𝑑2 = 𝑝𝑧 − 𝑑1 − 𝑎𝑧𝑑6 − 𝑎5(𝑛𝑧𝑐6 − 𝑜𝑧𝑠6) − 𝑑4 based on the(𝐴1) −1 left-handed multiplication kinematics equation and the (𝐴6) −1(𝐴5) −1(𝐴4) −1right-multiplication kinematics equation, get: [ 𝑐1 𝑠1 0 0 −𝑠1 𝑐1 0 0 0 0 1 −𝑑1 0 0 0 1 ] [ 𝑛𝑥 𝑜𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑝𝑥 𝑛𝑦 𝑜𝑦 𝑎𝑦 𝑝𝑦 𝑛𝑧 𝑜𝑧 𝑎𝑧 𝑝𝑧 0 0 0 1 ] [ 𝑐6 𝑠6 0 0 −𝑠6 𝑐6 0 0 0 0 1 −𝑑6 0 0 0 1 ] [ 𝑐5 𝑠5 0 −𝑎5 0 0 −1 0 −𝑠5 𝑐5 0 0 0 0 0 1 ] [ 𝑐4 𝑠4 0 0 0 0 1 −𝑑4 𝑠4 −𝑐4 0 0 0 0 0 1 ] = 𝐴23 (23) the components of the formula's second column and third row are identical to calculate: 𝑐4(𝑎𝑧𝑠5 − 𝑐5(𝑛𝑧𝑐6 − 𝑜𝑧𝑠6)) − 𝑠4(𝑜𝑧𝑐6 + 𝑛𝑧𝑠6) = 0 (24) calculated in one step: 𝜃4 = 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝑎𝑧𝑠5 − 𝑐5(𝑛𝑧𝑐6 − 𝑜𝑧𝑠6) 𝑜𝑧𝑐6 + 𝑛𝑧𝑠6 (25) based on the (𝐴6) −1(𝐴5) −1(𝐴4) −1right multiplication kinematic equation, obtain: [ 𝑛𝑥 𝑜𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑝𝑥 𝑛𝑦 𝑜𝑦 𝑎𝑦 𝑝𝑦 𝑛𝑧 𝑜𝑧 𝑎𝑧 𝑝𝑧 0 0 0 1 ] [ 𝑐6 𝑠6 0 0 −𝑠6 𝑐6 0 0 0 0 1 −𝑑6 0 0 0 1 ] [ 𝑐5 𝑠5 0 −𝑎5 0 0 −1 0 −𝑠5 𝑐5 0 0 0 0 0 1 ] [ 𝑐4 𝑠4 0 0 0 0 1 −𝑑4 𝑠4 −𝑐4 0 0 0 0 0 1 ] = 𝐴13 (26) in the formula, the elements in the first row and the fourth column are equal to calculate: 𝑐13 = −𝑐4[𝑎𝑧𝑠5 − 𝑐5(𝑛𝑧𝑐6 − 𝑜𝑧𝑠6)] − 𝑠4(𝑜𝑧𝑐6 + 𝑛𝑧𝑠6) (27) combining the above two formulas, the following can be calculated: 𝑎3𝑐13 + 𝑎2𝑐1 = 𝑝𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑑6 − 𝑎5(𝑛𝑥𝑐6 − 𝑜𝑥𝑠6) − 𝑑4[𝑎𝑥𝑐5 + 𝑠5(𝑛𝑥𝑐6 − 𝑜𝑥𝑠6)] (28) combining the above two formulas, the following can be calculated: 𝜃1 + 𝜃3 = 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑐𝑜𝑠[𝑐4𝑎𝑥𝑠5 − 𝑐4𝑐5(𝑛𝑥𝑐6 − 𝑜𝑥𝑠6) + 𝑠4(𝑜𝑥𝑐6 + 𝑛𝑥𝑠6)] (29) 𝜃1 = 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑝𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑑6 − 𝑎5(𝑛𝑥𝑐6 − 𝑜𝑥𝑠6) − 𝑑4[𝑎𝑥𝑐5 + 𝑠5(𝑛𝑥𝑐6 − 𝑜𝑥𝑐6)] − 𝑎3𝑐13 𝑎2 (30) this building assembly robot does not exceed eight sets of solutions. some of the solutions are inconsistent with the actual situation due to the limitation of the joint activity area. except for the partial solution, the remaining solutions are to choose the best solution according to the shortest travel rule. the movement of each joint must be minimized. because this robot is a serial robot, it is suitable to use the weighted method to handle it, which meets the requirement of "moving small joints more frequently than large joints". 3.2. analysis of the main factors of earthquake resistance in building civil engineering 3.2.1. traditional seismic method first of all, the traditional seismic concept is summed up from long-term construction experience, and there is no precise measurement and objectivity. it is obtained subjectively and partly objectively. in addition, even if the results of analysis and calculation are carried out at an objective level, such results are qualitative rather than quantitative. the design of seismic buildings conceptually imposes overload, which imposes certain constraints on the work of designers of building balances. 3.2.2. fundamentals of structural design in order to increase the service life of the seismic optimization of building civil engineering structures as much as possible, and reduce the packet loss and time delay in the transmission process of seismic optimization data information of building civil engineering structures, it is necessary to carry out topology and optimization of the structure for seismic optimization of building civil engineering structures. based on the real-time monitoring platform for seismic hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1125 optimization of building civil engineering structures, a real-time monitoring method for seismic optimization of building civil engineering structures is proposed, monitoring is performed according to the threshold value of the seismic optimization nodes of building civil engineering structures, and all monitoring links for seismic optimization of building civil engineering structures need to be balanced. next is the design of the longitudinal structure, so that the distribution is even. avoid the disturbance of the building by the influence of external force. feasibility measures are added to the building design, focusing on the foundation design of the building. the load-bearing capacity of the ground floor is poor, which will cause each component to be weak and deviate from the center of gravity [23]. 3.3. seismic optimization design of building civil engineering structures connecting the boundaries to the different layers to form the final geological model, the input signal to the monitoring system can be expressed as: 𝑥(𝑡) = ∑𝑈𝑛 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑛2𝜋𝑓0𝑡 + 𝑛2𝜋𝛥𝑓𝑡 + 𝜃𝑛) + 𝑈0 𝑀 𝑛=1 (31) consider only the fundamental component, and set 𝜃(𝑡) = 2𝜋𝛥𝑓𝑡 + 𝜃1, then 𝑑𝜃(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 = 2𝜋𝛥𝑓 (32) using the value of conductivity is transformed using the discrete differential equation, and measured for a duration of the time step is 𝑇0 = 1/𝑓0. 𝛥𝜃 = 2𝜋𝛥𝑓𝛥𝑡 = 2𝜋𝛥𝑓𝑇0 = 2𝜋𝛥𝑓 𝑓0 (33) 𝑓 = 𝑓0 + 𝛥𝑓 = 𝑓0 + 𝑓0𝛥𝜃 2𝜋 (34) the procedure for measuring frequency. the elementary wave's optimal frequency is 𝑓0 = 100𝐻𝑧. the actual frequency of the power grid generally changes slowly around 𝑓0, so it is enough to calculate the phase deviation correctly. the actual frequency 𝑓 can be determined. according to the technical principle of the construction robot system, the real and imaginary parts can be obtained as: 𝑎𝑛 = 2 𝑁 ∑ 𝑥(𝑘) 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝑛𝑘 2𝜋 𝑁 ) 𝑁−1 𝑘=0 (35) 𝑏𝑛 = 2 𝑁 ∑ 𝑥(𝑘) 𝑁−1 𝑘=0 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (𝑛𝑘 2𝜋 𝑁 ) (36) in the formula: 𝑁is the quantity of interval sampling sites; 𝑥(𝑘) is sample data. related systems with multiple subgroups working together for evolution can be used to solve a number of problems related to the seismic optimization of buildings. the different subgroups can work together relatively independently, collaborating and interacting with each other using individual data to find the most appropriate solution to the problem. the improvement of the robotic system during the construction process is carried out in two different ways, side by side. on the one hand, a relatively external archive will be created to store the best solutions to the problems associated with construction robots. on the other hand, the diversity of the combinations will be improved to introduce the related strategy selected by the elite and to continuously update the external file with individual concave and convex problems. with the effective increase of the number of optimal problem solutions proposed for external files, the capacity of their storage increases, leading to inefficiencies in the system algorithm. an upper limit is specified for the specific external storage file for optimization problems related to the existence of multiple items in different groups. this is by far the best solution to the inefficiency problem. when the number of optimal solutions for the external storage files is full, the effective efficiency of the relevant algorithm is improved by using an overload distance policy to remove some optimal solutions that have exceeded the upper limit. the maximum number hop of jumps of seismic learning factor 𝑠𝑘 is set. 𝑐𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑡_𝑚𝑎𝑥 (𝑠, 𝑣) 𝜒𝑘 is associated with the building civil engineering structure seismic optimization monitoring routing itself, and 𝑇𝑎𝑔(𝑘) = 0. | 𝑑(𝑠𝑘 , 𝑣0) 𝑑0 − 𝜒𝑘| ≤ 0.5 (32) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1126 the best design for seismic-specific features throughout the building space is to take advantage of the seismic performance of the relevant structural features and to minimize the cost of construction, but there is a conflict between the seismic capacity of the relevant structural features and the lower cost of construction. the optimal solution to the problem is obtained by using a number of different subgroups for certain effective optimization methods and by using information data for shared calculations. it is set to evolve between several groups, the goal of each specific optimization is to find the specific direction of interest within this grouping for the best solution to the problem, which is not only for the global optimal solution but is also influenced by some extent by the effective speed of individual pickups and the specific location of the pickups in other groups. a specific external file is set up to be shared, and the valid data related to the best solution to the problem obtained during the fast search is repeated among the construction machines in multiple groups and can be input from several different subgroups with a certain coordination and after optimization of the structure schematic, as shown in figure 6. figure 6. structural diagram of collaborative optimization of multi-sub-robots according to the structural diagram in figure 1, the specific choice of values for automatic adaptation is determined by the m-s objective function. multiple self-combining groups are used to optimize multiple specific objectives together. each team combination selects the relevant intelligent robot for its own use in the building structure. these selected best intelligent robots exchange data and information in order to achieve the closest algorithm to the best solution to the problem. in order to efficiently implement the exchange of data and information between different groups of people, external storage files are placed in the control process of the building intelligent robot system. this file can be set up to speed up the algorithm to a certain extent so that the data information moves quickly to the forefront of the best solution to the problem. through effective data calculation to obtain a series of automatically correlated functions acf and polarization to carry out the autocorrelation function tacf, the specific order of the relevant model and the value of the parameter β can be determined through the operation of these two functions, and the following monitoring equation specific operation formula can be obtained. 𝐺0 = 1, 𝐺𝑖 =∑(𝜙𝑘 ′ 𝐺𝑖−𝑘 − 𝜃𝑘 ′ ) 𝑖 𝑘=1 (𝑘 ≥ 1) (38) 𝑥⏜𝑡 (𝑙) = { 𝜇 +∑𝜙𝑖 𝑥⏜𝑡 (𝑙 − 𝑖) 𝑝 𝑖=1 −∑𝜙𝑖𝜀(𝑡 + 𝑙 − 𝑖) 𝑞 𝑖=𝑙 , 𝑙 ≤ 𝑞 𝜇 +∑𝜙𝑖 𝑥⏜𝑡 (𝑙 − 𝑖) 𝑝 𝑖=1 , 𝑙 > 𝑞 (39) 𝑉𝑎𝑟(𝑒𝑡(𝑙)) =∑𝐺𝑖 2𝜎𝜀 2 𝑙−1 𝑖=0 , ∀𝑙 ≥ 1 (40) population 1 population 2 ……. population m multi-objective external file hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1127 where; 𝜙𝑘 ′ = { 𝜙𝑘 , 1 ≤ 𝑘 ≤ 𝑝 0, 𝑘 > 𝑝 (41) 𝜙𝑘 ′ = { 𝜃𝑘 , 1 ≤ 𝑘 ≤ 𝑞 0, 𝑘 > 𝑞 (42) 𝑥⏜𝑡 (𝑘) = { 𝑥⏜𝑡 (𝑘), 𝑘 ≥ 1 𝑥𝑡+𝑘, 𝑘 ≤ 0 (43) 𝜎𝜀 2 can be replaced by sample variance �̂�𝜀 2: here 𝑒𝑖 is the discrepancy between the alert value that was using the 1-step alarm equation and the actual observation value. �̂�𝜀 2 = (∑ (𝑒𝑖 − 𝑒) 2 (𝑡 − 1) 𝑡 𝑖=1 ) , 𝑒 = ∑ 𝑒𝑖 𝑡 𝑡 𝑖=1 (44) denote pt as the monitoring value at time 𝑡 obtained according to the construction robot system technology, let 𝜀 = 𝜆√(1 + 𝜑1 2 +⋯+ 𝜑𝑞 2)𝜎𝜀 2, 𝜆 > 1, function as a stable, and it is probable that the interval [𝑃(𝑡) − 𝜀, 𝑃(𝑡) + 𝜀] lacks the actual worth at that moment𝑡 is 1 𝜀2 at most. 3.4. the relationship between the shear force at the bottom and the displacement of the vertex of the structure aiming at the problem of low accuracy of seismic optimization monitoring of current building civil engineering structures, this paper proposes a seismic optimization method for building civil engineering structures based on the construction robot system technology by using the weights and thresholds of the algorithm in this paper. the construction robot system technology is used to analyze the seismic optimization requirements of building civil engineering structures to construct a binary combinatorial optimization model based on the constraints related to the seismic optimization nodes and links of the civil engineering structure of the bottom building, which can effectively realize the basic mapping of the seismic optimization resources of the civil engineering structure of the bottom building, and can also reduce the cost and time spent on seismic optimization of the underlying building civil engineering structure, thereby improving the success rate, revenue and resource utilization rate of virtualized mapping of the seismic optimization of building civil engineering structure. figure 7 justifies the improved horizontal force distribution method shown in this paper. moreover, the more irregular the longitudinal arrangement of the structures, the greater the deviation from the uniform distribution and the inverse triangular distribution. figure 7. displacement-bottom shear curve of structure vertex 3.5. distribution and deviation of displacement angle between structural layers distribution of displacement angle between layers of structure: the extraction of the structure is the interlayer displacement angle of three levels of load distribution forms (uniform distribution, inverted triangular distribution, and optimal distribution). it can be seen from figure 8 that the comparison hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1128 between the interlayer displacement angle and time distribution obtained with the optimized lateral force distribution is similar, and the displacement angle changes more uniformly with height. figure 8. dispersion of the displacement angle between the structural layers the deviation 𝐸𝑖 of the inter-story displacement angle of the i-th layer of the structure is defined as: 𝐸𝑖 = 𝑑𝑝𝑖 − 𝑑𝑇𝑖 𝑑𝑡𝐼 (44) among them, the average value 𝑑𝑇𝑖 of the displacement angle between the 𝑖th layers of the 𝑑𝑝𝑖 structure is obtained from the distance analysis between the shear force and the dynamic force between the 𝑖th layers of the structure. it can be seen from figure 9 that there are three horizontal and lateral distribution forms of uniform distribution, optimal distribution, and inverted triangular distribution in the structural layer, and the difference between the displacement angles between the layers can be found. it can be calculated that the displacement angle difference of the lower layer can reach 36% in the case of uniform distribution. the resulting inverted triangular distribution of the graph obtained is also relatively scattered about 22%. the distribution can be changed so that the minimum deviation is about 10%. in addition, since the deviation of the change distribution is relatively small, it can be concluded that the lateral force of the seismic analysis by improving the structural energy has a significant effect. figure 9. displacement angle deviation between layers of structure hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1129 3.6. distribution and deviation of shear force between structural layers (1) distribution of shear force between structural layers: according to the test results in figure 10, the distribution of shear force between layers of the structure can be represented by three horizontal load distributions. the obtained homogeneous distribution is quite different from that obtained from the inverse triangular distribution. by improving the distribution and time, the analytical results obtained are relatively similar, and in the meantime, the dynamic characteristics of the structure can be tested to a certain extent. figure 10. distribution of shear force between structural layers (2) deviation of shear force between structural layers: the deviation 𝐸𝑖of the interlayer shear force at the 𝑖th layer of the structure is defined as: 𝐸𝑖 = 𝑉𝑝𝑖 − 𝑉𝑇𝑖 𝑉𝑡𝐼 (44) in the expression, 𝑉𝑝𝑖and 𝑉𝑇𝑖are used to represent the inter-story shear force and examination of dynamical time history correlating with the structure's 𝑖th layer in turn, and the average value of the inter-story shear force corresponding to the i-th layer can be obtained. figure 11 shows that under three horizontal load distributions, the distribution of shear force deviation between different layers can be calculated, and the deviation value of interlayer shear force can be calculated under the average distribution, and the maximum value that can be reached is about 38%. the inverse triangular distribution has a relatively small deviation of about 35%. according to the test results, the distribution optimization effect of seismic shear force is obviously improved. figure 11. shear force deviation between structural layers hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1130 4. analysis of experiment and data in order to effectively verify the degree of feasibility for the design at the practical operation level, a series of relevant experimental tests and effective analyses were conducted for the specific stability, excellent performance aspects, optimization cost perspective, and seismic performance aspects of the design method. the results of the tests are shown in figure12, after nearly 20 iterations of optimization using the group optimization program created for the calculated examples. the structural content of table 2 shows the design diagram and the optimization outcomes for the building's seismic performance following optimization. in g-pso is used as a technically relevant representation of the construction robot system, c is used as a component group representing the presence of component j in the original design, k represents the optimal cost ($) obtained after the calculation, g is used as a specific representation of the relevant standard deviation ($), d is used as a representative value of the average number of runs (times), and p represents the effective number of analyses (times) of purever. this involves assessing the results of using intelligent robots to optimize building architecture. the test findings evaluate how well this technology works to improve structural efficiency, possibly by evaluating variables such as cost reductions, increased durability, or faster construction to robotic interventions throughout the building process. it can be seen that, in comparison with the aco algorithm in the literature, the continuous improvement of the building structure intelligent robotics system technology has led to a series of effective improvements in the prediction of earthquakes and also to an effective reduction in the construction cost of buildings. by using the system technology related to intelligent robots for building structures, it was necessary to reach an optimal value after the third test, i.e., 57.9% of the predicted building design cost in the original design plan. the standard deviation results given by the calculations in table 2 also show to some extent that the stability of the improved system technology related to intelligent robotics for building structures is relatively able to reach the ideal state. figure 12. test results for certain optimization of the building structure intelligent robotics system technology table 2. results after optimization of system technologies related to intelligent robots for building structures w k/yuan g/yuan d / times p / times c 45210 g-pso 26210 741 135 854 nsga-ii 28654 789 70 4500 aco 30254 1524 145 6452 the table displays comparative information on the performance metrics of optimization algorithms: the issue cases are k and g, and the execution times are shown by d and p. the algorithms c, g-pso, nsga-ii, and aco are represented by the corresponding rows. for example, nsga-ii demonstrated faster execution times (d) than aco, even though aco had marginally greater fitness values (g). this data suggests trade-offs between the efficacy (fitness) and efficiency (time) of algorithms, which are important factors to take into account when selecting an optimization strategy based on certain requirements like speed or quality of the solution. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1131 for the building structure intelligent robot-related system technology, the aco algorithm proposed in the literature [5] and the nsga-ii algorithm mentioned in the literature [6], these three different algorithms were compared in terms of the specific number of runs and the effective number of analyses for pushover, and the specific comparative results obtained are shown in figure 13. the smart robotics system technology for building structure optimization operation procedures makes use of sophisticated algorithms and sensors to improve productivity and performance during construction projects. this technology uses robotic capabilities to design evaluation, material handling, and assembly, which simplifies workflows, lowers mistakes, and enhances productivity. figure 13. optimization operation process the comparison of the three optimization processes shows that the average number of runs of the technical algorithm of the intelligent robot-related system of the building structure after the improvement is 8, while the average number of runs obtained after the calculation of the algorithm of the aco proposed by chea et al. [5] is 28, and the nsga-ii algorithm applied by leyva et al. [6] has the highest average number of runs, reaching 45. in terms of the number of effective analyses performed by pushowver, the number of analyses performed by the algorithm designed to perform the scheduling associated with virtual augmented reality cluster centers in this paper is also the lowest, and this result largely represents the relatively low computational effort required for the scheduling algorithm associated with virtual augmented reality cluster centers. it also validates the advantageous feature of superior speed that we have been pursuing. the structure given in figure 14 shows to some extent the system technology related to intelligent robotics for building structures, the aco algorithm proposed by chea et al. [5], and the nsga-ii algorithm mentioned in the application by leyva et al. [6], in the curve used to carry out the solution repetition, in order to compare and thus obtain an optimal and effective optimization result. the building structure intelligent automation system technological cost optimization curve shows how to strike a compromise between the initial expenditure of funds and the long-term savings realized from effective robotic systems. it indicates that overall cost savings result from a gradual drop in upfront expenses as efficiency, maintenance, and operational efficiency rise. figure 14. cost optimization curve hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1132 as shown in the relevant results provided in figure 13, the system technology used for intelligent robotics related to building structures updates individual files located in external storage files by using a certain elite selection strategy, which also reduces the optimization cost from $29,800 to $2,520 before performing 30 operations, a reduction of 15.7%, which can be used to some extent as a representation of the optimal solution. this can also show to a certain extent that the technology of intelligent robotic systems for building structures can effectively save the seismic capacity of the building site, thus effectively saving the design costs of optimized buildings and playing a very positive role in achieving efficiency and reducing optimization costs. the results in table 3 also show the specific seismic performance status of the building structure after certain optimization of the system technology for building structure intelligence robotics. table 3. comparison of seismic performance correlation of different algorithms for the results after performing optimization algorithm top layer displacement/cm interlayer displacement angle/% ac bk ac bk performance requirements 4.85 6.25 125 6.00 improved pso algorithm 3.58 4.24 0.65 3.58 improved aco algorithm 4.25 7.25 0.89 4.25 nsga ii algorithm 4.35 7.85 0.88 5.27 the displacement data and interlayer displacement angles for several algorithms, such as ac, bk, enhanced pso, improved aco, and nsga-ii, are shown in this table. the performance standards include that the displacement for ac and bk should be 4.85 cm and 6.25 cm, respectively, with interlayer movement angles of 6.00% for bk and 125% for ac. an angle of 0.65% and an excursion of 3.58 cm are obtained by the improved pso method. the 4.25 cm and 7.25 cm displacements and 0.89% and 4.25% angles, respectively, are displayed using the improved aco algorithm. the nsga-ii algorithm displays 4.35 cm and 7.85 cm displacements together with 0.88% and 5.27% angles. the comparative results of seismic performance that can be expressed by different performance algorithms in table 3 show that the data of top layer displacement values and interlayer displacement angles of the improved building structural intelligence-related calculation method for each different performance mode requirement are within the maximum range and are lower than the results of the two algorithms, the aco algorithm published in the literature and the nsga-ii algorithm mentioned as applied in the literature. this indicates that the system not only reduces the design cost of the building but also is able to have very good seismic performance. moreover, due to the gradual exposure of the problems related to the seismic optimization of building structures, the technology of intelligent robotic-related systems for building structures was introduced into the effective seismic optimization of building structures, and a series of relatively modular management of seismic optimization of building structures was carried out by using subgrids for distribution. in emergency situations where both short-term high-frequency anomalies and low-frequency precursor anomalies are present, since the anomalous factors of short-term presence of high-frequency anomalies are more obvious in most cases, effective pre-processing or filtering related to the data is required to effectively detect possible anomalous low-frequency precursors. 5. conclusion the real-time monitoring platform for seismic optimization of building civil engineering structures is adopted to optimize the seismic structure of building civil engineering structures, which can effectively enhance the real-time monitoring ability of data. architectural civil engineering, robotics, and structural analysis are used with seismic optimization design to improve seismic resistance. by using construction robot system technology, the creative method maximizes structural performance and seismic safety. it transforms building techniques and ensures that structures effectively endure seismic emphasis. for the constructed seismic model, starting from the data related to the surface model, accurate parameter values can be obtained. in the process of seismic dynamic monitoring, the acquired geological data is usually composed of contour lines. by comparing the structure of the model constructed on the surface, taking advantage of its complex characteristics, a small amount of drilling data information and geological section data information are used to build a geological model, and the data information that the surface model can provide can be fully utilized. the building robot system technology adopts the introduction of a good learning scheme to increase the diversity of robots. this method can be used to optimize the external file storage robot and share the optimal solution information between individuals, which improves the search speed and optimal solution. the successful calculation in practice proves the validity and feasibility of using the cluster center calculation of the building robot system in the seismic design of the building space structure. building robot systems integration is the key to the future success of seismic optimization in civil engineering. it is possible to create robust buildings that can endure seismic disasters while reducing their negative effects on the environment and achieving the most of their resources according to this convergence of building design, construction effectiveness, and safety procedures. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1133 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.l. and l.s.; methodology, s.l.; software, l.s.; validation, s.l. and l.s.; formal analysis, s.l.; investigation, l.s.; resources, s.l.; data curation, l.s.; writing—original draft preparation, s.l. and l.s.; writing— review and editing, s.l.; visualization, l.s.; supervision, s.l.; project administration, l.s.; funding acquisition, s.l. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] munteanu, r. i., nica, g. b., calofir, v., iliescu, s. s., & sirbu, o. t. (2020). building seismic behavior improvement using an optimal control algorithm. 2020 22nd ieee international conference on automation, quality and testing, robotics theta, aqtr 2020 proceedings, 1–6. doi:10.1109/aqtr49680.2020.9130005. [2] gu, h., liang, h., tong, g., liu, f., liu, y., liu, x., jia, z., & paul, j. (2021). research on vibration mechanism and control technology of building structure under earthquake action. journal of vibroengineering, 23(6), 1395–1406. doi:10.21595/jve.2021.22090. [3] baghdadi, a., heristchian, m., & kloft, h. (2020). design of prefabricated wall-floor building systems using meta-heuristic optimization algorithms. automation in construction, 114, 103156. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2020.103156. [4] cerè, g., rezgui, y., zhao, w., & petri, i. (2022). shear walls optimization in a reinforced concrete framed building for seismic risk reduction. journal of building engineering, 54, 104620. doi:10.1016/j.jobe.2022.104620. [5] chea, c. p., bai, y., pan, x., arashpour, m., & xie, y. (2020). an integrated review of automation and robotic technologies for structural prefabrication and construction. transportation safety and environment, 2(2), 81–96. doi:10.1093/tse/tdaa007. [6] leyva, h., bojórquez, j., bojórquez, e., reyes-salazar, a., carrillo, j., & lópez-almansa, f. (2021). multi-objective seismic design of brbs-reinforced concrete buildings using genetic algorithms. structural and multidisciplinary optimization, 64(4), 2097–2112. doi:10.1007/s00158-021-02965-5. [7] yu, h., peng, z., he, z., & huang, c. (2023). application maturity evaluation of building steel structure welding robotic technology based on combination weight and multi-level grey theory. journal of intelligent and fuzzy systems, 44(4), 6435– 6451. doi:10.3233/jifs-223563. [8] izumotani, s., takeuchi, m., murayama, h., & okazaki, k. (2021). estimating rock properties using seismic refraction survey data: a case study in an abandoned road tunnel. exploration geophysics, 52(4), 409–418. doi:10.1080/08123985.2020.1828856. [9] hao, h., bi, k., chen, w., pham, t. m., & li, j. (2023). towards next generation design of sustainable, durable, multi-hazard resistant, resilient, and smart civil engineering structures. engineering structures, 277, 115477. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2022.115477. [10] goli, a., alaghmandan, m., & barazandeh, f. (2021). parametric structural topology optimization of high-rise buildings considering wind and gravity loads. journal of architectural engineering, 27(4), 4021038. doi:10.1061/(asce)ae.19435568.0000511. [11] károly, l., stan, o., & miclea, l. (2020). seismic model parameter optimization for building structures. sensors (switzerland), 20(7), 1980. doi:10.3390/s20071980. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1134 [12] zakian, p., & kaveh, a. (2023). seismic design optimization of engineering structures: a comprehensive review. acta mechanica, 234(4), 1305–1330. doi:10.1007/s00707-022-03470-6. [13] mei, l., & wang, q. (2021). structural optimization in civil engineering: a literature review. buildings, 11(2), 1–28. doi:10.3390/buildings11020066. [14] joyner, m. d., gardner, c., puentes, b., & sasani, m. (2021). resilience-based seismic design of buildings through multiobjective optimization. engineering structures, 246, 113024. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2021.113024. [15] martin, a., & deierlein, g. g. (2020). structural topology optimization of tall buildings for dynamic seismic excitation using modal decomposition. engineering structures, 216, 110717. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2020.110717. [16] idels, o., & lavan, o. (2021). optimization-based seismic design of steel moment-resisting frames with nonlinear viscous dampers. structural control and health monitoring, 28(1), 2655. doi:10.1002/stc.2655. [17] zakian, p., & kaveh, a. (2020). topology optimization of shear wall structures under seismic loading. earthquake engineering and engineering vibration, 19(1), 105–116. doi:10.1007/s11803-020-0550-5. [18] caicedo, d., lara-valencia, l., blandon, j., & graciano, c. (2021). seismic response of high-rise buildings through metaheuristic-based optimization using tuned mass dampers and tuned mass dampers inerter. journal of building engineering, 34, 101927. doi:10.1016/j.jobe.2020.101927. [19] baghdadi, a., heristchian, m., & kloft, h. (2021). connections placement optimization approach toward new prefabricated building systems. engineering structures, 233, 111648. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2020.111648. [20] ahmadie amiri, h., & estekanchi, h. e. (2023). life cycle cost-based optimization framework for seismic design and target safety quantification of dual steel buildings with buckling-restrained braces. earthquake engineering and structural dynamics, 52(13), 4048–4081. doi:10.1002/eqe.3864. [21] baduge, s. k., thilakarathna, s., perera, j. s., arashpour, m., sharafi, p., teodosio, b., shringi, a., & mendis, p. (2022). artificial intelligence and smart vision for building and construction 4.0: machine and deep learning methods and applications. automation in construction, 141, 104440. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2022.104440. [22] zhang, f., chan, a. p. c., darko, a., chen, z., & li, d. (2022). integrated applications of building information modeling and artificial intelligence techniques in the aec/fm industry. automation in construction, 139, 104289. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2022.104289. [23] rane, n. l. (2023). integrating leading-edge artificial intelligence (ai), internet of things (iot), and big data technologies for smart and sustainable architecture, engineering and construction (aec) industry: challenges and future directions. international journal of data science and big data analytics, 3(2), 73–95. doi:10.51483/ijdsbda.3.2.2023.73-95. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 640 issn: 2723-9535 early identification of skin cancer using region growing technique and a deep learning algorithm suhendro y. irianto 1* , rian yunandar 1, m. s. hasibuan 1 , deshinta arrova dewi 2 , nualyai pitsachart 3 1 department of informatics, institute informatics and business darmajaya, lampung 35144, indonesia. 2 faculty of data science and information technology, inti international university, nilai, malaysia. 3 school of nursing, shinawatra university, 99 moo 10, bangtoey, samkhok, pathum thani 12160, thailand. received 10 february 2024; revised 19 august 2024; accepted 27 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract skin cancer, comprising both melanoma and non-melanoma forms, is a significant public health concern, constituting approximately 5.9% to 7.8% of annual cancer diagnoses. in indonesia, the predominant form of the disease is basal cell carcinoma (65.5%), followed by squamous cell carcinoma (23%), and malignant melanoma (7.9%). several studies have shown that early detection of its melanoma form is essential due to the heightened mortality risk. therefore, this study aimed to assess the efficacy of the region growing + lstm algorithm in improving detection accuracy compared to lstm. the novelty of the study lay in addressing the inefficiencies of manual dermoscopy image examination and introducing a novel combination of region growing segmentation and deep learning lstm for enhanced detection precision. the results showed that the proposed model could identify segmented areas before classification and achieved 96.62% accuracy, outperforming lstm's 84%. however, lstm exhibited shorter training and prediction times (39.3 seconds and 3.2 seconds, respectively) compared to region growing + lstm (17 minutes and 2 seconds for training, 3 minutes and 49 seconds for prediction). although region growing + lstm offered superior accuracy, it required more time than lstm, showing potential trade-offs between accuracy and efficiency in skin cancer image detection. keywords: lstm, region growing; corn leaf disease; public health; health risk. 1. introduction skin cancer is a dermatologic disease caused by injury to skin cells, leading to their transition from normal to malignant states. this transition is characterized by dna damage, which initiates uncontrolled and abnormal cell division. although the symptoms of skin cancer are often visible without specialized tools, achieving a prompt and accurate diagnosis relies on the expertise of dermatologists regarding its complexities and treatment. to prevent the occurrence of the disease, self-examinations every six months, coupled with annual visits to a dermatologist, are recommended [1, 2]. over the past decade, rapid advancements in image processing and computer vision have occurred. in addition, wang et al. [1] have applied these technologies to detect skin cancer lesions, achieving a segmentation accuracy of 95% using the region-growing technique. another study by dildar et al. [3] using deep learning rnn achieved a detection accuracy of 93%. building on these findings and addressing skin cancer issues in indonesia, this * corresponding author: suhendro@darmajaya.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-07 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4521-3339 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9542-1574 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1488-7696 https://orcid.org/0009-0003-5882-8660 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 641 study introduces the integration of image processing and deep learning to enable early skin cancer detection. the chosen methods, namely region growing segmentation and rnn-lstm are widely known for their quick and accurate detection. according to previous studies, skin cancer is a disease that attacks the outermost organ of the body, namely the skin, which is composed of billions of cells. several studies have shown that unhealthy lifestyles, frequent exposure to ultraviolet rays, toxins, and specific genetic factors can cause the abnormal growth of these cells, leading to the development of cancerous forms [4]. in addition, skin cancer can be classified into two types based on the level of danger, including benign and malignant. benign, commonly referred to as tumors, is rarely life-threatening, can be removed, does not recur, and does not spread to other parts of the body (e.g., moles). meanwhile, malignant refers to aggressive cancer cells, potentially fatal, can regrow after removal, and often spread to other parts of the body [5]. common examples of malignant skin cancer include 1) melanoma, which attacks through pigment skin cells, 2) basal cell carcinoma, which targets basal skin cells, often due to uv radiation and affects the face, and 3) squamous cell carcinoma, which targets squamous skin cells, often affecting dark-skinned individuals and areas not exposed to sunlight, such as the legs [6]. in line with previous studies, an image serves as a representation of a two-dimensional object in the form of a collection of points or pixels with colors. several reports have also shown that digital image processing is a technique for processing both still and moving images to enhance their quality for easy understanding by humans or computer systems [7]. this technique is a crucial component in various industrial and commercial applications and is a major component in the field of computer vision [8]. according to arnal barbedo [9], there are four types of digital images, including 1) binary image, which is the simplest type with only two values, namely black and white; 2) grayscale image, which is considered a monochrome image with 8 bits or pixels representing brightness levels from 0 to 255; 30 indexed image that comprises an array alongside a matrix for the color map; and 4) rgb image, which depicts image through the utilization of three-color components, namely red, green, and blue. to enhance the information obtained from the image, several studies have proposed the use of pre-processing, which comprises reducing unwanted distortions or strengthening features for further processing. examples of pre-processing techniques include dynamic resizing and shaping of images, noise filtration, image conversion, and image enhancement [8]. meanwhile, median filtering is an image processing technique that improves quality by reducing salt-and-pepper noise. the mechanism of action comprises replacing the gray level value of each pixel with the median gray level value of surrounding pixels. before applying median filtering, zeros are added around the edges of the image to ensure proper filtering [9]. another common image processing technique is contrast limited adaptive histogram equalization (clahe), which is a method of histogram equalization [10]: (𝑘) = (𝐿 − 1) × ∑𝑛(𝑗)/𝑛 (1) for values of "𝑘" within the interval of 0 to 𝐿 − 1, "𝐿" denotes the total number of gray levels in the image, "𝑗" ranges from 0 to "𝑘". in addition, "𝑛(𝑗)" indicates the count of pixels with a gray level of "𝑗," and "𝑛" corresponds to the overall number of pixels. the ratio "𝑛(𝑗)/𝑛" serves as the cumulative distribution function (cdf) for the pixel value "𝑘". several reports have shown that clahe can enhance contrast by imposing upper limits on pixel intensity values to prevent excessive contrast in uniform regions. clahe also restricts improvement by truncating the histogram at pre-established thresholds before computing the cdf, and these predetermined thresholds are denoted as the clip limit. the portion of the histogram above the clip limit is truncated and uniformly distributed across the entire histogram [11]. according to wang et al. [1], who compared the technique with various modern methods, it excelled in identifying skin cancer compared to others. the convolutional neural networks (cnn) approach achieved an average accuracy of 94.206% in diagnosing skin cancer, surpassing the effectiveness of alternative methods. during data validation, the 5fold roc curve and error curve have been reported to represent its superiority and resilience. whilst tang et al. [12] also reported an average accuracy of 94.206% for diagnosis, surpassing the performance of optimization algorithmbased exception neural network methods. the 5-fold roc curve and error curve during data validation revealed its superiority and robustness. another study, centered on detecting melanoma skin cancer and its preceding stages (common nevus and atypical nevus), introduced methods that combined color, texture, and shape features to extract distinctive attributes from images. by employing cnn and support vector machine (svm) algorithms, the study identified the type of skin cancer affecting the patient, achieving accuracies of 92% and 95%, respectively [13]. rajendran & shanmugam [10] introduced automated skin cancer detection and classification using 2.4 cat swarm optimization with a deep learning model and achieved significant outputs with an accuracy of 92.22%. as indicated in chakkarapani & poornapushpakala [14] revealed that segmentation was accomplished using the double u-net method on skin lesions. subsequently, data augmentation was applied, and the detection process was conducted using dmn, with the network finely tuned using a designed cdo. in addition, cdo integrated chronological concepts with the dingo optimizer (dox). this method demonstrated improved results, with superior sensitivity at hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 642 0.959, f-measure at 0.908, accuracy at 0.923, and specificity at 0.837. in addition, the findings obtained by likhar & ridhorkar [15] showed that the proposed ensemble model, with a specific focus on vgg-16, achieved an impressive average accuracy of 92%. the suggested vgg-16 model had superior performance when compared to vgg-19 and inception v3 across various critical metrics. the method is significantly better in terms of sensitivity, accuracy, f-score, specificity, false-positive rate, and precision, making it a promising option for precise and reliable skin cancer detection. the study emphasized the potential of ensemble models in advancing early cancer diagnosis and showed the significant role played by the vgg-16 architecture. these findings offer valuable insights for both the medical community and deep learning practitioners, with the overarching objective of enhancing skin cancer detection methods and ultimately saving lives. studies carried out with mobilenetv2 and customized cnn methods were reported to achieve an accuracy of 85% and 95%, respectively. a web application, built using the python framework, has also been developed to offer a graphical user interface featuring the best-trained model. through this interface, users can input patient details and upload lesion image. the uploaded image is then classified using the appropriate trained model, predicting whether it is cancerous or non-cancerous. in addition, the web application provides the percentage of cancer affected. based on the results, the comparison between the two techniques indicates that the customized cnn offers higher accuracy in detecting melanoma [16]. therefore, this study aimed to address issues related to the swift and precise detection of skin cancer, as well as explore the utilization of region growing and rnn-lstm methods. the primary goals are to 1) develop a system for detecting skin cancer by employing region growing and rnn-lstm techniques, 2) assess the effectiveness of these methods in skin cancer detection process, and 3) assist doctors in diagnosing skin cancer and expediting the treatment process. 2. related works 2.1. image segmentation image segmentation is the first process carried out to enable analysis and processing by a computer through the classification of pixels from an image. the goal of image segmentation is to divide an image into several parts to obtain regions that share similarities based on predefined variables. according to sharma & suji [17], there are generally four categories, including 1) thresholding segmentation, which segments based on gray level or the intensity value of pixels. the challenge in this method is determining the appropriate gray level to divide each pixel into two categories, namely dark and bright, 2) edge detection, which divides by detecting the edges and grouping them into several parts to represent boundaries between objects, 3) region extraction, which divides the entire image into several small parts based on predetermined criteria, usually using similarity in intensity, color, and texture as criteria, and 4) clustering, which segments the image by classifying patterns or objects into several clusters with similar characteristics [18, 19]. 2.2. harris corner detection harris corner detection is a pre-processing technique to obtain the edges of an image. according to previous studies [20-23], the detection of edges could be carried out by computing using equation 1: ℎ𝑎𝑟 = de t[𝜇(𝜎𝐼 , 𝜎𝐷)] − 𝛼 [trac e(𝜇(𝜎𝐼 , 𝜎𝐷)) 2 ] = 𝑔(𝐼𝑥 2)𝑔(𝐼𝑦 2) − [𝑔(𝐼𝑥𝐼𝑦)] 2 − 𝛼[𝑔(𝐼𝑥 2) + 𝑔(𝐼𝑦 2)] 2 (2) 𝜇(𝜎𝐼 , 𝜎𝐷) = g(𝜎𝐼) × [ 𝐼𝑥 2(𝜎𝐷) 𝐼𝑥𝐼𝑦(𝜎𝐷) 𝐼𝑥𝐼𝑦(𝜎𝐷) 𝐼𝑦 2(𝜎𝐷) ] (3) in equations 2 and 3, derivatives ix and iy are computed from image i. 𝐼𝑥 2 and 𝐼𝑦 2 x2 are the products of the derivatives ix and iy, while ix and iy are the products of the derivatives of image ix and iy. 𝑔(𝜎𝐼) is the gaussian filter. in equation 1, when the value of "har" is greater than zero, it is considered as a corner. meanwhile, when its value is less than zero, it is considered an edge. 2.3. region growing segmentation according to han et al. [24], the region-growing algorithm commences with an initial segmentation that is not fully defined and endeavors to combine unlabeled pixels into one of the existing regions. the initial region is typically known as the "seed region." the determination of whether a pixel should become a part of a region depends on various fitness functions that indicate the likeness between the region and the pixel under consideration. as proposed in abualigah et al. [19] and ram & padmavathi [20], the sequence in which pixels are processed is established using a global priority queue, which organizes candidate pixels according to their fitness values. this image segmentation algorithm allocates pixels to uniform regions, enhancing accuracy beyond what can be achieved through individual classification. region growing is a categorization method applied in image segmentation algorithms, usually constructed through an agglomeration process that combines pixels into a region when proximate and possesses similar properties. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 643 2.4. deep learning-based image classification recurrent neural networks (rnn) belongs to the category of artificial neural networks where the connections between nodes create a directed graph capable of handling variable sequences. rnn has evolved into different forms, such as gated recurrent units (gru) and long short-term memory networks (lstm) to improve the efficiency of the original algorithm. the rnn architecture is composed of an input layer, one or more hidden layers, and an output layer [25-29]. in addition, it has a chain-like structure with recurring modules, functioning as memory to store important information from previous steps. rnn also employs a feedback loop, enabling the neural network to process input sequences. consequently, the output from the previous step is passed to the network, influencing the subsequent step. figure 1 illustrates a simplified depiction of how the rnn algorithm operates, featuring a single input unit, one output unit, and recurring hidden units, which can develop into a more intricate network. in this representation, "𝑥𝑡" represents the input at time step "𝑡", and ℎ𝑡 indicates the output at time step "𝑡" [30]. figure 1 shows the inner workings of recurrent neural networks (rnns), offering a concise glimpse into their remarkable ability to comprehend sequential data. where 𝑥𝑡 is the input at time step 𝑡 and ℎ𝑡 is the hidden state (internal memory) at time step 𝑡. previous studies have successfully implemented rnn in image processing, such as for breast cancer disease detection [31], rnn-lstm for cervical cancer disease identification [31], and dense rnn for heart image segmentation [24]. in addition, wang & zhang [32] showed that in the common operation of variations of rnn methods, such as lstm, every cell obtains input from the preceding cell and transmits it to the subsequent cell, as shown in figure 2. figure 1. overview of how rnn works figure 2. overview of how lstm works forget gate: at each time step, the forget gate determines how much of the previous cell state1 𝐶𝑡−1 should be retained or forgotten. the input is the concatenation of the current input 𝑥𝑡 and the previous hidden state ℎ − 1, ℎ𝑡−1. input gate: the input gate determines how much of the current input 𝑥𝑡 should be added to the cell state 𝐶 − 1, 𝐶𝑡−1. in addition, the input is the concatenation of 𝑥𝑡 and ℎ𝑡−1. update of cell state: based on the values of the forget gate and the input gate as well as a candidate cell state 𝐶~𝑡 calculated using the tanh activation function, the new cell state 𝐶𝑡 is computed. this update process allows the lstm to selectively retain or forget information. according to roy et al. [29], lstm has components known as memory cells and gate inputs. a total of four types of gate inputs have been reported, including forget gate, input gate, cell gate, and output gate. the activation function used in these gates is sigmoid, which produces values between 0 and 1. in the forget gate, each input data is processed to decide whether the data should be deleted or stored in memory. the formula used for the forget gate is presented equation 4: 𝑓𝑡 = 𝜎(𝑊𝑓 . [ℎ𝑡−1, 𝑥𝑡] + 𝑏𝑓) (4) where ft denotes the value of the forget gate at time step 𝑡. the forget gate is responsible for determining how much of the information from the previous cell state ℎ𝑡−1 should be discarded or forgotten based on the current input 𝑥𝑡. 𝜎σ represents the sigmoid activation function, commonly used in lstm networks to squish the input values between 0 and 1, thereby providing a probability-like output. 𝑊𝑓 , matrix represents the weights associated with the forget gate and is hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 644 often used to linearly transform the concatenation of the previous hidden state ℎ𝑡−1 and the current input 𝑥𝑡. [ℎ𝑡−1,𝑥𝑡] signifies the concatenation of the previous hidden state ℎ𝑡−1 and the current input 𝑥𝑡. these two vectors are concatenated into a single vector before being passed through the forget gate. 𝑏𝑓, represents the bias term associated with the forget gate. after the forget gate, the next step is the input gate, which consists of two stages. the first stage is determining which values are to be updated using the sigmoid activation function. the second stage comprises the tanh activation function, producing a new vector value to be stored in the memory cell. the formulas used for the input gate are: 𝑖𝑡 = 𝜎(𝑊𝑖 . [ℎ𝑡−1, 𝑥𝑡] + 𝑏𝑖) (5) �̂�𝑡 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ(𝑊𝑐 . [ℎ𝑡−1, 𝑥𝑡] + 𝑏𝑐) (6) it denotes the value of the input gate at time step 𝑡. the input gate controls how much of the new input information 𝑥𝑡 should be incorporated into the current cell state 𝑐 𝑡. in addition, 𝜎 represents the sigmoid activation function, which squashes the input values between 0 and 1. 𝑊𝑖 matrix represents the weights associated with the input gate and it has a similar application with the forget gate. the matrix is often used to linearly transform the concatenation of the previous hidden state ℎ𝑡−1 and the current input 𝑥𝑡. [ℎ𝑡−1, 𝑥𝑡] signifies the concatenation of the previous hidden state ℎ𝑡−1 and the current input 𝑥𝑡, forming a single vector. 𝑏𝑖bi represents the bias term associated with the input gate, while �̂�𝑡 denotes the candidate cell state at time step 𝑡 and represents the new information that could be added to the cell state 𝐶𝑡−1 at the current time step. symbol tanh indicates the hyperbolic tangent activation function, which squashes the input values between -1 and 1, thereby introducing non-linearity to the computation. 𝑊𝑐 matrix represents the weights associated with the candidate cell state calculation and is used to linearly transform the concatenation of the previous hidden state ℎ𝑡−1 and the current input 𝑥𝑡. notation [ℎ𝑡−1, 𝑥𝑡] shows the concatenation of the previous hidden state ℎ𝑡−1 and the current input 𝑥𝑡, forming a single vector. 𝑏𝑐 represents the bias term associated with the candidate cell state calculation. following the input gate phase, the subsequent stage is the cell gate. during this stage, the previous memory cell's value is substituted with a new value formed by combining the values from both the forget gate and the input gate. the cell gate is computed using the following equation: 𝑐𝑡 = 𝑓𝑡 × 𝑐𝑡−1 + 𝑖𝑡 × �̂�𝑡 (7) in the final stage, the output gate determines which memory cell values should be released. this is achieved by applying the sigmoid activation function, and then the selected value is integrated into the memory cell using the tanh activation function. subsequently, the product of these two values is computed to produce the output value. the equations used for the output gate are as follows: 𝑜𝑡 = 𝜎(𝑊𝑜 . [ℎ𝑡−1, 𝑥𝑡] + 𝑏𝑜) (8) ℎ𝑡 = 𝑜𝑡tan h(𝑐𝑡) (9) 2.5. segmentation evaluation measuring the quality of segmentation algorithms is an essential step in this study. the evaluation of segmentation algorithms is often carried out using several predefined metrics, such as precision (𝑃), recall (𝑅), and accuracy (𝐴𝐶𝐶). these metrics are selected due to their ability to provide relevant insights into the algorithm's capacity to accurately identify foreground pixels [33, 34]. in the evaluation process, the segmentation algorithm is compared with a known ground truth mask. the precision metric measures how well the algorithm can correctly identify foreground pixels, while the recall metric shows the algorithm's ability to recognize actual foreground pixels. in addition, the accuracy metric provides an overall view of the algorithm's correctness in separating foreground and background pixels. to calculate accuracy, precision, and recall, the following equations are used: 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃 (10) 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑁 (11) 𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑦 = 𝑇𝑃 +𝑇𝑁 𝑇𝑃+𝑇𝑁+𝐹𝑃+𝐹𝑁 (12) in this context, tp (true positive) is the count of accurately detected foreground pixels, tn (true negative) corresponds to the number of background pixels correctly identified as such, fp (false positive) indicates the number of background pixels erroneously categorized as foreground, and fn (false negative) represents the number of foreground pixels that were mistakenly recognized as background. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 645 2.6. deep learning method evaluation according to behura [35], deep learning models can be assessed for their effectiveness using various metrics, such as accuracy, precision, and recall. these metrics offer an evaluation of the model's capacity to make correct classifications in alignment with real data and labels. the equations to compute these evaluation metrics are illustrated in equations 13 to 15. accuracy quantifies the proportion of correctly identified samples by the model in comparison to the total number of samples. 𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑦 = (𝑇𝑃 + 𝑇𝑁) / (𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁 + 𝐹𝑃 + 𝑇𝑁) × 100% (13) precision is described as the ratio of true positive samples that the model correctly identifies as positive, relative to the overall number of positive samples that the model predicts. 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑇𝑃 / (𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑃) × 100% (14) recall is defined as the proportion of the total number of true positive samples correctly identified as positive by the model compared to the total number of actual positive samples. 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 = 𝑇𝑃 / (𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁) × 100% (15) in the domain of deep learning models, the metrics for evaluation heavily rely on the values of tp (true positive), tn (true negative), fp (false positive), and fn (false negative). tp represents the number of positive samples that are accurately predicted, tn corresponds to the count of negative samples correctly predicted, fp indicates the number of negative samples that are incorrectly classified as positive, and fn signifies the count of positive samples that are inaccurately classified as negative. the outcomes of this assessment serve as a gauge of the deep learning model's capabilities. higher values for accuracy, precision, and recall reflect the model's superior performance in accurately and consistently executing classification tasks [36, 37]. 2.7. imbalanced dataset several studies have used public datasets that often have imbalances in the number of data in each directory or class. this can cause issues in classification, as classes with more data appear more frequently during predictions compared to others with fewer data. according to lu et al. [38] and zhang et al. [39], there are two ways to handle imbalanced datasets, namely oversampling and under sampling. oversampling comprises adding or duplicating samples in the class with fewer data than the class with the most data. the goal is to ensure that the class initially having fewer data can have an equivalent amount of data to the other. meanwhile, under sampling comprises removing data from the class with the most data to ensure that the data quantity in the class is balanced with the class with the least data. the difference between oversampling and under sampling is presented in figure 3. figure 3. overview of oversampling and under sampling k mechanisms in this subsection, previous studies were discussed with the aim of addressing the gaps in existing literature. shilpa kamdi [40] used region growing to detect skin lesions. the study employed three pre-processing methods before segmentation with region growing. the combination of grayscale image pre-processing and region growing yielded a high accuracy of 95% for skin lesion detection. in addition, the study suggested the application of the same technique to other skin diseases. implementation from ali et al. [41] that can be adopted includes determining the seed based on the harris corner detection algorithm, where the seed is selected from the edge with the highest intensity value to be used as the initial seed for the region growing segmentation process. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 646 in the study by gulzar & khan [42], segmentation of skin cancer lesions was performed using the grabcut method combined with pre-processing techniques, such as corner borders removal, hairs removal, and image enhancement. the accuracy achieved was 77% on the ph2 dataset. the study recommended trying other methods as grabcut resulted in over-segmentation in the segmented image. for skin cancer detection, wang & zhang [32] utilized the rnn method for classification and k-mean clustering for segmentation, with a high accuracy of 93%. pre-processing techniques included median filtering before clustering data with k-mean clustering, but a significant limitation was the small dataset of only 83 images. a study was conducted by vishnu priya et al. [43] to detect cervical cancer based on colposcopy images using the rnn-lstm method for classification. before training the data, image pre-processing with histogram equalization and median filtering was performed for better image quality, with an accuracy of 66%. due to the relatively low accuracy, the study suggested the use of alternative methods for both classification and data pre-processing. the application of appropriate image pre-processing techniques could affect the accuracy of skin cancer detection, as reported by imtiaz et al. [8]. clahe pre-processing was applied before training the data, leading to an accuracy of 87.99%. implementing clahe improved image contrast, leading to good accuracy with the cnn classification method. under sampling was performed in this study to balance data from each class in the dataset. the combination of clahe and msrcr (multiscale retinex with color restoration) image pre-processing techniques with vgg-16 for predicting skin cancer achieved high accuracy in hayati et al. [44]. the study reported accuracy rates of 92.6% for clahe + vgg-16 and 91.9% for msrcr + vgg-16. imtiaz et al. [45] introduced a twostep approach for segmenting skin lesions in images. the first step comprised detecting harris corners, which were salient points in the image, and the second step used region growing to separate the lesion from the rest of the image. the results showed a high segmentation accuracy of 95%, indicating the effectiveness of the method for accurately delineating skin lesions in images. while the paper showed the method's strength in achieving high accuracy, it did not specify its weaknesses or limitations. a more comprehensive analysis of potential drawbacks could provide a more balanced assessment of its practical applicability in medical imaging scenarios. it is referred to gowthami & sneha [46], who introduced a technique for identifying melanoma by employing recurrent neural networks (rnns). the paper took advantage of the suitability of rnns for processing sequential data, making them particularly beneficial for tasks comprising data with temporal or sequential characteristics. a significant accomplishment was reported, achieving a classification accuracy of 93%. this high level of accuracy showed the efficacy of the rnn-based approach in differentiating between melanoma and non-melanoma cases, which was of significant importance. in addition, this was because it could have a profound impact on patient outcomes through early and precise melanoma detection. the authors also maintained transparency regarding the limited number of classes and the size of the training dataset, providing readers with a clear understanding of the study's scope and context. acknowledging these limitations was vital for a fair assessment of the method's applicability. however, a primary limitation of the study was the restricted size of the training dataset. deep learning models, such as rnns, heavily relied on having a substantial and diverse dataset to perform robustly. a limited dataset often led to overfitting and could constrain the model's capacity to generalize to a wider range of real-world melanoma cases. to validate the model's performance in practical scenarios, further studies with a more extensive and diverse dataset were advantageous. as mentioned by asyhar et al. [47], who focused on using lstm (long short-term memory) algorithms for the classification of cervical cancer with colposcopy data. the study used a combination of image enhancement techniques, including histogram equalization and median filter, followed by an rnn-lstm (recurrent neural network—long short-term memory) algorithm. this approach combined image processing and deep learning techniques, with an accuracy of 66%. therefore, the method achieved 66% accuracy in distinguishing between different cervical cancer classes using colposcopy data. the strength of the study lies in its application of image enhancement techniques, such as histogram equalization and median filter. these techniques could help improve the quality and clarity of the colposcopy image, which was important for accurate classification. however, a significant weakness was the relatively low classification accuracy of 66%. the accuracy level was not sufficient for reliable cervical cancer classification in a medical context. the paper did not also contain any efforts or strategies to improve this accuracy, which was a notable limitation. in summary, the studies presented an approach for cervical cancer classification using colposcopy data, including image enhancement techniques and lstm-based deep learning. while the application of enhancement techniques was a strength, the primary weakness was the relatively low classification accuracy of 66%, which limited the practical utility of the method in a medical setting. further studies and efforts to improve accuracy were beneficial for enhancing the effectiveness of the approach. it stated by jain et al. [48] that focused on using a combination of contrast limited adaptive histogram equalization (clahe), convolutional neural networks (cnn), and under-sampling techniques for the recognition of skin cancer. the study used a combination of techniques, including clahe for image enhancement, cnn for deep learning-based classification, and under-sampling for addressing class imbalance issues in the dataset. this holistic approach integrated image processing and deep learning methods for skin cancer recognition, with a classification accuracy of 87%. this hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 647 indicated that their approach achieved an 87% accuracy in correctly classifying different types of skin cancer. the strengths of the study lied in its utilization of multiple techniques, including clahe for image enhancement, cnn for deep learning, and under-sampling to address class imbalance. these techniques collectively contributed to the success of the approach, leading to an 87% accuracy. however, it did not specify any weaknesses or limitations, which could make it challenging to understand potential areas for improvement or further studies. in summary, the study presented an approach for skin cancer recognition that combined clahe for image enhancement, cnn for deep learning, and under-sampling to address class imbalance issues. the primary strength was the high classification accuracy of 87%, indicating the method's effectiveness. however, the absence of specified weaknesses or limitations could limit a comprehensive assessment of the method's applicability and areas for potential refinement. as confirmed by ray et al. [49], which analyzed the impact of image enhancement methods on early skin cancer detection. the study used vgg-16, clahe, and msrcr techniques, with a high classification accuracy of 92.6%. significant strengths of the study included the utilization of state-of-the-art methods, such as vgg-16, clahe, and msrcr, which contributed to the high classification accuracy. one limitation was its focus on a binary classification task with only two classes, potentially limiting the generalizability of the findings to more diverse skin conditions. 3. material and methods the software and hardware used in this study for data collection, processing, analysis, and presentation include windows 10 home operating system (64-bit), python programming language, and visual studio code. hardware. intel i5 gen 6 processor. 8 gb ram, and 200gb ssd. dermoscopy images were the most common method used by experts for initiating skin disease analysis. the materials used were from the publicly available ph2 dataset, consisting of dermoscopy images of skin cancer categorized into three types, namely normal, malignant, and benign. the dataset comprised image files in .bmp format and could be obtained from the link: https://www.fc.up.pt/addi/ph2%20database.html. in addition, it also consisted of 200 dermoscopy images and 200 corresponding ground truth data, categorized as 80 normal skin, 40 melanoma, and 80 benign cases. the ph2 dataset used in this study only contained 200 images, while the datasets used in ham10000 had 10,000 data, and isic 2019 comprised 20,771 data. the substantial difference in the dataset size allowed other studies to have more data for lstm to learn from, reducing the risk of overfitting even with large batch processes. moreover, the ham10000 dataset had only 2 classes (benign and malignant), making classification easier. the isic 2019 dataset had 8 classes, but none represented healthy skin or minimal pigment nevi (moles) compared to those in the ph2 dataset. 3.1. evaluation method the evaluation results of the methods were compared between lstm and region growing + lstm in terms of time, accuracy, and loss during both training and testing phases. in this study, integrated lstm and region growing method [24, 26, 30, 50] were utilized. the method employed was evaluated by calculating accuracy, precision, and recall. 3.2. the proposed methods stages this section explained the stages conducted in the study. initially, from skin cancer image data, the image extraction process was performed to obtain color or shape features. subsequently, the extracted features were subjected to data pre-processing, including resizing and conversion of the rgb color image to grayscale. image enhancement was then carried out using median filters, clahe, or both. edge detection was performed using harris corner detection, where the edges with the highest pixel intensity were designated as the initial seed for the region growing segmentation process. the segmented image was utilized for training data with rnn-lstm. the final step comprised evaluating the method to calculate the accuracy of the algorithm. a clearer overview of the proposed methods in this study is presented in figure 4. image quality enhancement was conducted before segmentation and classification using the median filter and clahe methods. experiments were carried out using each method individually and their combination to achieve the best results. in addition, median filtering was applied to reduce noise in the image, while clahe was used to enhance the contrast values, making the sample sharper. image segmentation was performed using the region growing method. the region growing process began by selecting an initial pixel that belonged to the desired region. this pixel could be selected manually or determined computationally. subsequently, neighbors of this initial pixel were analyzed to determine their homogeneity or similarity with the initial pixel. the segmentation process was executed automatically, but the initial seed/pixel must be manually determined. according to leiter et al. [5], the initial seed could be obtained automatically based on pixel intensity values from the image edges obtained using the harris corner detection method. therefore, edge detection using the harris corner detection method was necessary before the segmentation process. https://www.fc.up.pt/addi/ph2%20database.html hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 648 start input data (skin lesion image) preprocessing resize images to a standardized size normalize pixel values other preprocessing steps (e.g., noise removal, contrast enhancement) if necessary initialize seed points within the lesion region grow regions based on color and texture similarity criteria merge or split regions to refine segmentation extract features from segmented lesion regions region growing segmentation color features (e.g., mean, standard deviation) texture features (e.g., haralick features) feature extraction shape features (e.g., area, perimeter) design lstm architecture for sequential feature analysis lstm model define input sequences and output labels train lstm model using sequences of features extracted from segmented regions and labeled data training feed sequences of features into lstm update lstm model parameters to minimize classification error iterate until convergence or a stopping criterion is met testing and prediction use trained lstm model to predict skin cancer probability for unseen lesion images feed sequences of features into lstm end obtain probability scores for each image post-processing threshold probability scores to classify lesions as malignant or benign apply morphological operations for refining segmentation masks other post-processing steps as needed output final segmentation masks indicating regions of suspected skin cancer classification results (malignant or benign) for each lesion figure 4. the proposed methods, region growing -lstm this study also utilized the recurrent neural network (rnn) algorithm, which fell under the artificial neural network category. within rnn, the interconnections among nodes in each layer formed a directed graph that processed sequential variables. rnn comprised different variations, such as gru (gated recurrent units) and lstm (long short-term memory network), which aimed to enhance the effectiveness of the rnn algorithm. the rnn structure consisted of an input layer, one or more hidden layers, and an output layer. 4. results and discussion 4.1. segmentation results of the region growing method before conducting experiments on skin cancer detection with the lstm method, a series of experiments were performed to test the effectiveness and reliability of region growing algorithm in image segmentation. the segmentation results obtained were used for training the lstm data. region growing technique is a segmentation approach based on a seed point. to initiate the segmentation process with this method, the determination of a seed point was necessary. in this study, the harris cornering detection method was applied to obtain the seed point based on the angle with the highest intensity value. after the seed point was established, segmentation with region growing was executed. an overview of region growing segmentation experiment process is presented in figure 5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 649 image processing seed detection with harris corner region growing skin cancer image segmented skin cancer image figure 5. flowchart of the region growing the pseudocode for the harris corner detection and region growing segmentation algorithms is presented in algorithm 1. algorithm 1: initial seed with harris corner detection input: dermoscopy image if image not grayscale convert rgb image into grayscale. use the harris corner detector to extract corners of the skin lesion. select a seed from the detected corners: if only one corner is detected, select it as the initial seed. else, for many detected corners, do the following: store the detected corners in an array. select the highest intensity of the array as the initial seed. pass the seed to region growing segmentation algorithm. output: segmented skin lesion insert the harris corner detection process to obtain corner points. set the seed point based on the corner point with the highest intensity value. perform region growing segmentation using the determined seed point. in this experiment, the region growing algorithm was evaluated based on its ability to effectively segment skin cancer images. the results obtained were expected to serve as the foundation for the subsequent experiments using the lstm method for disease detection. the segmentation process comprised determining the initial seed point using harris corner detection, which was crucial for region growing technique. the detailed flowchart of region growing experiment is presented in figure 5. the pseudocode for the harris corner detection and region growing segmentation is shown in algorithm 1, where the initial seed point was determined using the detected corners. this initial seed point was essential for the subsequent region growing segmentation process. the first stage in the region growing segmentation experiment was to test the influence of image size and neighbors on segmentation accuracy. from the experiment results, for an image size of 256×256 and neighbors of 4×4, an accuracy of 64.43%, precision of 73.31%, and recall of 69.87% were obtained with an average execution time of 25.72 seconds. for an image size of 200×200 and neighbors of 4×4, the accuracy was 63.62%, precision was 72.47%, and recall was 71.78% with an average execution time of 11.63 seconds. for an image size of 128×128 and neighbors of 4×4, the accuracy was 63.31%, precision was 63.31%, and recall was 72.61% with an average execution time of 3.05 seconds. for an image size of 256×256 and neighbors of 8x8, the accuracy was 65.59%, precision was 72.67%, and recall was 75.64% with an average execution time of 41.73 seconds. for an image size of 200×200 and neighbors of 8x8, the accuracy was 65.49%, precision was 71.98%, and recall was 75.79% with an average execution time of 16.84 seconds. for an image size of 128×128 and neighbors of 8x8, the accuracy was 65.28%, precision was 65.28%, and recall was 78.55% with an average execution time of 3.75 seconds. the summarized results of the experiment on the influence of image size and neighbors on segmentation accuracy are presented in table 1. table 1. experiment results for image size and neighbours image size region growing image/s avg. accuracy avg. precision avg. recall 256×256 4×4 25.72 64.43% 73.31% 69.87% 200×200 4×4 11.63 63.62% 72.47% 71.78% 128×128 4×4 3.05 63.31% 63.31% 72.61% 256×256 8×8 41.73 65.59% 72.67% 75,64% 200×200 8×8 16.84 65.49% 71.98% 75.79% 128×128 8×8 3.75 65.28% 65.28% 78.55% hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 650 based on the obtained results, several considerations could be drawn. region growing technique with neighbors 8x8 and an image size of 256×256 performed well with high accuracy, precision, and recall. however, the longer execution time could be a drawback in real-time applications or when processing a large number of images. region growing technique with neighbors 4×4 and an image size of 128×128 had a fast execution time and provided competitive results in terms of accuracy, precision, and recall. this could be a better choice in cases where execution speed was a crucial consideration. region growing technique with neighbors 8x8 and an image size of 128×128 also produced good results with accuracy, precision, and recall comparable to larger image sizes (256×256), but with a faster execution time. based on these results, this study used an image size of 128×128 and neighbors 8x8 with an accuracy of 65.28%, precision of 65.28%, and recall of 78.55%. the next stage of the segmentation experiment was to test the influence of pre-processing on the segmentation accuracy of region growing technique. pre-processing techniques to be tested included converting images to grayscale, dark corner removal, median filter, and contrast limited adaptive histogram equalization (clahe). in this study, images from the dataset were converted to grayscale. according to leiter et al. [5], segmentation on a grayscale image yielded higher segmentation results compared to a color image. the first pre-processing technique to be tested was the application of the corner borders removal module. this was necessary because the ph2 dataset contained objects that significantly disturbed the segmentation process, specifically a black background in the corners of the dermoscopy image. to address this challenge, the study cropped the image by cutting 20 pixels on each side (top, bottom, left, and right). after cropping, the image size was returned to its original size, namely 128×128. this technique had been applied in roy et al. [29] and was effective in reducing detection errors. the pseudocode algorithm for corner borders removal is presented in algorithm 2: algorithm 2: corner borders removal input: dermoscopy image & size pixels to cut get the original image dimensions height, width = get dimensions(image) calculate the new dimensions after cropping new height = height 2 * pixels_to_cut new_width = width 2 * pixels_to_cut initialize a new image with the new dimensions corner less image = create_image(new_height, new_width) output: cornerless image the results of cropping an image using the corner borders removal algorithm is presented in figure 6. figure 6. dataset image before and after cropping after obtaining the dataset image processed with dark corner removal, the next step was to perform segmentation with this data. in addition, the segmentation was also performed with the original image. testing was conducted by taking 40 images from the dataset with image size 128×128 and neighbour size 8×8. the segmentation results for the original image yielded an accuracy of 61.9%, precision of 80%, and recall of 67.6%. meanwhile, the findings for the cropped image provided an accuracy of 65.97%, precision of 63.94%, and recall of 84.44%. based on these results, the dark corner removal pre-processing technique was used. figure 7 shows a comparison of segmentation results between the original and cropped image. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 651 figure 7. segmentation results of original and dark corner removal image the next pre-processing technique to be tested was the median filter and clahe. the implementation of the median filter was carried out using the median blur module from the opencv2 library, while the create clahe module from the opencv2 library was used for clahe. for clahe implementation, values for the tile size parameter for histogram equalization and the clip limit to prevent excessive contrast were needed. based on greff et al. [30], the parameter sizes for clahe used in this study are tiles 8 to achieve sharper contrast enhancement and a clip limit size of 1% as a limit for contrast. the use of these parameters helped greff et al. [30] to achieve a high classification accuracy. the results of pre-processing with the median filter, clahe, and their combination are shown in figures 8 to 10. figure 8. result of median filter pre-processing figure 9. result of clahe pre-processing hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 652 figure 10. result of median filter + clahe pre-processing the pre-processed image was tested for segmentation using region growing technique. the segmentation results for median filtered pre-processing yielded an accuracy of 65.41%, precision of 64.58%, and recall of 84.05%. the findings for clahe pre-processing gave an accuracy of 60.65%, precision of 62.24%, and recall of 77.17%. meanwhile, the combination of both methods yielded an accuracy of 70.19%, precision of 68.042%, and recall of 83.67%. figures 11 and 12 provide a comparison of the results for each segmentation. figure 11. segmentation results of median filtered (left) and clahe (right) figure 12. segmentation results of median filtered (left) and clahe (right) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 653 based on region growing segmentation results in table 2, the best processing technique was the combination of dark corner removal, median filtered, and clahe. therefore, the combination of these three pre-processing techniques was used in this study, and its segmentation results were used for training the lstm model. table 2. experiment results of pre-processing and region growing segmentation no. processing methods accuracy precision recall 1 no-preprocessing 61,94% 80,64% 67,64% 2 dark corner removal 65,98% 63,94% 84,45% 3 dark corner removal + median filtered 65,42% 64,59% 84,05% 4 dark corner removal + clahe 60,65% 62,24% 77,17% 5 dark corner removal + median filtered + clahe 70,20% 68,04% 83,68% 4.2. results of the lstm method in the experiment on skin cancer detection using the lstm method, several steps were used. first, oversampling was performed to balance the dataset. second, the dataset was divided into three parts, namely training, testing, and validation. third, data pre-processing was carried out, including normalization, resizing, and data pre-processing, followed by experiments to determine the optimal image size. hyperparameter adjustments were made to find the right model structure. subsequently, epoch testing was performed to obtain an appropriate number of epochs to prevent overfitting. finally, before prediction, training was conducted using both training and validation data, and the model was evaluated for accuracy, precision, and recall. by following these steps, the lstm experiment for skin cancer detection could be conducted systematically, aiming to produce an accurate prediction model. figure 13 provides more detailed information about the lstm experiment process. figure 13. lst experiment flowchart before advancing to the prediction phase using lstm, the initial step comprised performing oversampling. the dataset was then partitioned into training, validation, and testing sets using the splitfolders python library. in addition, due to the imbalanced nature of the dataset employed, as depicted in figure 14, it was essential to adjust the quantity of data instances in each class utilizing oversampling or undersampling methods. in this study, the oversampling strategy was utilized, in line with the findings of limanto et al. [51], suggesting that oversampling techniques offered superior outcomes compared to undersampling. consequently, the oversampling technique was implemented for this study. figure 14. imbalanced dataset during oversampling, this study generated data in the minority class by providing data until it reached the same quantity as the majority class. to obtain better results, the duplicated data were first transformed through the process of image augmentation (figure 15). this augmentation was randomly performed and could include horizontal or vertical image flipping, image rotation (between -15° to 15°), or enlargement (10%-25%). the pseudocode for image augmentation is provided in algorithm 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 654 algorithm 3: image augmentation input: dermoscopy image & random action type if augmentation_type is equal to augmentation.zoom: zoom_factor = random value between 0.10 and 0.25 zoomed_width = image.shape[1] multiplied by zoom_factor zoomed_height = image.shape[0] multiplied by zoom_factor image = resize image to (zoomed_width, zoomed_height) if augmentation_type is equal to augmentation.flip: flip_code = random value of 0 or 1 image = flip image horizontally or vertically using flip_code if augmentation_type is equal to augmentation.rotate: angle = random value between -15 and 15 degrees height, width = image size rotation_matrix = get rotation matrix with angle and rotation center at (width/2, height/2) image = warpaffine image using rotation_matrix and size (width, height) end if output: augmentated dermoscopy image figure 15. result of oversampling and image augmentation from the oversampling process, the minority class data (melanoma) had the same amount of data as the other classes. the next step was to divide the data in the dataset to be used for training, validation, and testing using the splitfolders library. this study used a total of 16 data for validation, 16 data for testing each class, and the rest for training. the initialization of the splitfolders module is presented in figure 16. figure 16. split folder module for training data division the dataset was partitioned into training, validation, and testing sets using the splitfolders procedure. the outcome of this operation revealed that each class in the training dataset now contained 48 data points, leading to a total of 144 data points overall. in addition, there were 16 data points allocated to both the validation and testing datasets. figure 16 presents the results of the splitfolders process, demonstrating that the number of images in each class had been equalized, eliminating any class having more images than the others. in figure 16, the left part showed the splitting results for the training data with a total of 144 images. the middle part showed the splitting and oversampling results for the testing data with a total of 48 images, and the right part revealed the splitting and oversampling results for the validation data with a total of 48 images. after the directories of each class were balanced, the process of pre-processing dermoscopy image was initiated. first, the dermoscopy image was converted from rgb to grayscale using the opencv library and the imread() function. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 655 the image was resized using the resize() function in opencv to speed up the deep learning process. however, a small experiment was needed to determine whether the image size affected the accuracy of the deep learning model. the experimental results could be seen in table 3, which presented the findings of experiments to determine the appropriate image size using a simple deep learning model with 1 lstm layer. training and validation were performed for 20 epochs with a batch size of 32. epochs were the number of iterations performed by the deep learning model, and it was crucial to pay attention to the execution time. in this study, the same number of epochs was used to compare the results with validity. the results showed that the validation accuracy did not differ significantly, but the time required for training and validation was greatly reduced. a previous study by sherstinsky [31] also showed that the image size did not always impact the accuracy of the deep learning model, and execution time tended to increase with larger image sizes. based on this experiment, it could be concluded that an image size of 128×128 was most suitable. table 3. experiment results image size no. image size result training validation execution time accuracy loss accuracy loss 1 256 × 256 0.9721 0.6528 0.9520 0.9333 26.4 second 2 200 × 200 0.9756 0.6042 0.9437 0.8840 19.1 second 3 128 × 128 0.9701 0.7372 0.9541 0.8515 15.9 second average 0.9626 0.6647 0.9493 0.8896 0.46 seconds the image was converted into numpy arrays using the numpy library's array () function. the last step was the color normalization of image from the range of 0-255 to the range of 0-1. the results of data pre-processing could be seen in figure 17, which showed an example of a previously processed leaf image entering the deep learning model. figure 17. pre-processing results experiments were conducted to determine the structure of the deep learning model. in this stage, a comparison was made between two models, namely 2-layer lstm and 1-layer lstm. in addition, hyperparameter tuning was performed using the keras tuner library. in addition, keras tuner was employed with a random search algorithm to find the optimal parameters for the lstm deep learning model. the parameters tuned included the number of neurons in the lstm layer and the suitable learning rate. the hyperparameter tuning process was divided into two parts, namely from the node value 32 to 128, as well as from 128 to 256. for the learning rate, the tuner was given options of 0.01, 0.001, and 0.0001. the tuning process aimed to reduce the validation loss variable. moreover, the early stopping technique was utilized to halt the tuning process after the validation loss did not decrease for 10 epochs. each tuning iteration was carried out for 100 epochs, and the entire tuning process was repeated three times. the total number of tuning iterations performed was 5 times. pixel p ix el brightness hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 656 the results of the experiments using a 1-layer lstm are presented in figure 18. the left side displayed the results of the first-layer experiment, where the best model with a search for node numbers between 32 and 128 produced the lowest validation loss score of 0.8417290449142456. the optimal lstm node value was 96, with a learning rate of 0.0001. the right side showed the best model from the second-layer experiment, with a search for node numbers between 128 and 256. the result was the lowest validation loss score of 0.8408656318982443. in this experiment, the best lstm node value was 144, with a learning rate of 0.0001. figure 18. results of 1-layer lstm experiments experiments were conducted to determine the best validation loss value for a model with two lstm layers. the experimental process was similar to the previous experiment for a one-layer lstm model, but the difference was in the number of lstm layers used. in addition, the process was divided into two parts, namely finding the number of lstm nodes between 32 and 128 as well as between 128 and 256. the outcomes of the experiments comprising the two-layer lstm models are depicted in figure 19. on the left side, the results of the first experiment revealed that the optimal model was achieved with 64 nodes in the first-layer lstm, 112 nodes in the second-layer lstm, and a learning rate of 0.001. the lowest validation loss attained in this scenario was 0.8340716361999512. on the right side, the results of the second experiment showed that the best model was obtained with 128 nodes in the first-layer lstm, 240 nodes in the second-layer lstm, and a learning rate of 0.0001, leading to the lowest validation loss of 0.8432829777399699. a summary of the findings from the hyperparameter tuning experiments is presented in table 4. table 4. hyperparameter tuning experiments no. ∑ 𝑳𝒂𝒚𝒆𝒓 nodes range ∑𝑵𝒐𝒅𝒆 result node layer 1 node layer 2 learning rate validation loss 1 1 32-128 96 0.0001 0. 841729 2 128-256 144 0.0001 0. 840865 3 2 32-128 64 112 0.001 0. 834071 4 128-256 128 240 0.0001 0. 843282 based on the hyperparameter tuning results in table 4, the best model structure was obtained, consisting of 2 lstm layers with 64 nodes in layer 1 and 112 nodes in layer 2. therefore, the training model used in this study is presented in figure 20. figure 19. results of 2-layer lstm experiments hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 657 figure 20. 2-layer lstm training model the next step was determining the number of epochs to be used to run the model. the model was tested 10 times using 200 epochs, and accuracy and loss plots were obtained based on the number of epochs. the plots for the 2nd, 5th, and 10th tests are presented in figure 21. from the plot in the test results at epoch 200, the average validation loss increased after the 25th epoch. the increase in validation loss was attributed to overfitting. based on the test results at epoch 200, the selected number of epochs for this study was 25. after determining the number of epochs and the structure of the deep learning model, the next step comprised the training phase using both the training and validation data to generate a model for predicting the testing data. the model resulting from the training phase needed to be evaluated to obtain its accuracy, precision, and recall rates. the outcomes from the lstm model included 54.1% for accuracy, 57.8% for precision, and 54.1% for recall. figure 21. plot of accuracy and loss for testing at epoch 200 4.3. results of the lstm method and region growing in the experiment on skin cancer detection using lstm and region growing, the parameters for image size, model, and epochs used were the same as those employed in the implementation of the lstm method. the key difference lied in the utilization of segmented data for training, validation, and testing, achieved through region growing. the segmented data was trained with a two-layer lstm model (64 and 122) for 25 epochs. the trained model was then hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 658 evaluated to obtain accuracy, precision, and recall values. the expectation was that the use of segmented datasets could enhance prediction accuracy compared to the utilization of lstm method alone. figure 22 presents detailed information about the overall process of the lstm and region growing experiments. over sampling data processing image enchance segmentasi with harris corner detection + region growing lstm prediction evaluation trining skin cancer image skin cancer prediction results figure 22. flowchart of the lstm and region growing experiment in the oversampling process, the implementation followed the same approach as described in subsection 4.1 results of the lstm method. after oversampling the data, the same preprocessing, image enhancement, and segmentation processes were applied as outlined in subsection 4.1 results of the region growing method. following segmentation, the dataset was trained using a two-layer lstm model (64 and 122) for 25 epochs. the prediction process was conducted for individual data points and for all data within the testing dataset. the prediction results could be seen in figure 23, illustrating an example prediction for a dermoscopy image of skin affected by benign skin cancer. when the model successfully predicted that the dermoscopy image was affected by the disease, recommendations for the patient were displayed below the prediction results. the prediction process for the entire dataset in the testing phase occurred for approximately 3.5 seconds. figure 23. prediction results for one data point using lstm and region growing 4.4. results analysis and algorithm comparison the comparison table for segmentation methods in this study and relevant previous studies are presented in table 5. despite the use of dark corner removal and region growing segmentation aided by image enhancement using median filter & clahe, as well as harris corner detection for seed determination, accurate segmentation results similar to the findings in leiter et al. [5], which applied harris corner detection + region growing + post processing filling and dilation, could not be achieved due to the use of different image sizes. the first factor was that image in this study was smaller, preventing the use of the post-processing filling and dilation technique as in leiter et al. [5]. this study could not use image with a size of 523 × 382 pixels due to the computational limitations of the tool used. the second factor was that the initial seed from the detection results of corners using harris corner detection sometimes inaccurately targeted lesions or wounds in dermoscopy image. this could be caused by interfering objects in the image, such as hair or remaining dark corners even after removal by the dark corner removal module. in addition, in image with vague skin lesions, accuracy remained challenging, even with enhanced contrast using clahe. other preprocessing techniques were required to eliminate unwanted objects in the segmentation process, as well as other image enhancement techniques to improve details in image with thin or vague skin lesions. from the results of the training experiments using the lstm method with region growing + lstm, the application of segmentation before training could improve the accuracy of the created model. an accuracy improvement of 20.9% was obtained after applying segmentation to the dataset. the increase in accuracy was also accompanied by improvements in precision and recall. this occurred because segmentation aided the training process by providing image that was more focused on skin lesions and eliminating unnecessary objects. table 2 showed the comparison of the evaluation results of the lstm method with region growing + lstm. the classification accuracy rate of 96.26% generated from region growing + lstm in this study was relatively good when compared to the results of previous studies, such as those in previous studies [6, 15, 30]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 659 table 5. comparison methods for the detection of skin cancer methods accuracy (%) cnn [1] 94.206 optimization algorithm-based exception neural network [12] 92.22 svm [13] 92 cnn [13] 95 dingo optimizer (dox) [14] 92.3 vgg-16 [15] 92 mobilenetv2 and customized cnn [16] 85 the proposed methods -region growing-lstm 96.62 proposed methodlstm solely 84 based on table 5, the proposed method utilizing region growing-lstm achieved the highest accuracy at 96.62%. this method combined region growing, a technique for segmenting images, with lstm, a type of recurrent neural network known for its ability to process sequential data. the high accuracy suggested that the integrated approach effectively captured the complex patterns present in skin cancer images, leading to improved detection performance. meanwhile, the proposed method employing lstm solely achieved an accuracy of 84%, which was lower compared to the region growing-lstm technique. this indicated that while lstm could be effective for processing sequential data, combining it with region growing led to better results in the context of skin cancer detection. among the other methods, cnns demonstrated consistent performance, with reported accuracy ranging from 94.206% to 95%. svm, optimization algorithm-based neural networks, and vgg-16 also exhibited competitive accuracies in the range of 92% to 92.3%. however, mobilenetv2 and customized cnns showed a slightly lower accuracy of 85%. in conclusion, the integration of region growing with lstm in the proposed method proved to be a promising approach for skin cancer detection, offering higher accuracy compared to other methods evaluated in the study. this showed the importance of incorporating diverse methodologies and leveraging their complementary strengths to enhance detection performance in medical image analysis tasks. 5. conclusion in conclusion, region growing segmentation on the grayscale image of the ph2 dataset using pre-processing techniques such as dark corner removal, median filter, and clahe achieved an accuracy of 70.20% with a segmentation processing time of 4 seconds per image. region growing + lstm algorithm demonstrates superior accuracy at 96.62%, outperforming the lstm algorithm with an accuracy of 84%. while region growing + lstm proved to be more accurate in skin cancer image detection, the trade-off with increased time demands must be considered. future studies could focus on refining efficiency without compromising accuracy, potentially advancing the application of automated methods for early melanoma detection and contributing to improved outcomes in management. based on the results, future studies are advised to optimize pre-processing for improved accuracy in region growing segmentation, either by removing objects, such as hair, or optimizing the threshold for region growing. the use of better tools for the segmentation process with region growing on high-quality images is also advised. post-processing techniques after segmentation, including feature extraction, image masking, or other image enhancement methods, could also be applied. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.y.i. and r.y.; methodology, s.y.i.; software, r.y.; validation, s.y.i., m.s.h., and r.y.; formal analysis, s.y.i.; investigation, m.s.h.; resources, r.y.; data curation, r.y.; writing—original draft preparation, s.y.i.; writing—review and editing, d.a.d.; visualization, r.y.; project administration, n.p.; funding acquisition, n.p. and d.a.d. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the publicly accessible ph2 dataset. 6.3. funding this work was supported by institute informatics and business darmajaya, indonesia and the inti international university, malaysia. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 660 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] wang, h., shen, z., zhang, z., xu, z., li, s., jiao, s., & lei, y. (2021). improvement of region-merging image segmentation accuracy using multiple merging criteria. remote sensing, 13(14), 2782. doi:10.3390/rs13142782. [2] dai, a., & kim, s. j. (2024). systemic calcineurin inhibitors tacrolimus and voclosporin: a review of off-label dermatologic uses. journal of the american academy of dermatology, 90(2), 358–367. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2023.05.074. [3] dildar, m., akram, s., irfan, m., khan, h. u., ramzan, m., mahmood, a. r., alsaiari, s. a., saeed, a. h. m., alraddadi, m. o., & mahnashi, m. h. (2021). skin cancer detection: a review using deep learning techniques. international journal of environmental research and public health, 18(10), 5479. doi:10.3390/ijerph18105479. [4] hamilton, n. a., pantelic, r. s., hanson, k., & teasdale, r. d. (2007). fast automated cell phenotype image classification. bmc bioinformatics, 8. doi:10.1186/1471-2105-8-110. [5] leiter, u., keim, u., & garbe, c. (2020). epidemiology of skin cancer: update 2019. in advances in experimental medicine and biology, 1268, 123–139. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-46227-7_6. [6] stevenson, m. l., glazer, a. m., cohen, d. e., rigel, d. s., & rieder, e. a. (2017). frequency of total body skin examinations among us dermatologists. journal of the american academy of dermatology, 76(2), 343–344. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2016.09.017. [7] blackledge, j. m. (2005). digital image processing: mathematical and computational methods. in digital image processing: mathematical and computational methods, 1–797. doi:10.1533/9780857099464. [8] imtiaz, i., ahmed, i., jeon, g., & muramatsu, s. (2021). an efficient image processing and machine learning based technique for skin lesion segmentation and classification. 2021 asia-pacific signal and information processing association annual summit and conference, apsipa asc 2021 proceedings, december, 1499–1505. [9] arnal barbedo, j. g. (2013). digital image processing techniques for detecting, quantifying and classifying plant diseases. springerplus, 2(1), 660. doi:10.1186/2193-1801-2-660. [10] rajendran, v. a., & shanmugam, s. (2024). automated skin cancer detection and classification using cat swarm optimization with a deep learning model. engineering, technology and applied science research, 14(1), 12734–12739. doi:10.48084/etasr.6681. [11] kuran, u., & kuran, e. c. (2021). parameter selection for clahe using multi-objective cuckoo search algorithm for image contrast enhancement. intelligent systems with applications, 12. doi:10.1016/j.iswa.2021.200051. [12] tang, x., & rashid sheykhahmad, f. (2024). boosted dipper throated optimization algorithm-based xception neural network for skin cancer diagnosis: an optimal approach. heliyon, 10(5), e26415. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2024.e26415. [13] shinde, p., & ingle, y. (2024). skin cancer detection: a review using machine learning techniques. asian journal of research in computer science, 17(2), 15–26. doi:10.9734/ajrcos/2024/v17i2416. [14] chakkarapani, v., & poornapushpakala, s. (2024). chronological dingo optimizer-based deep maxout network for skin cancer detection and skin lesion segmentation using double u-net. multimedia tools and applications, 83, 71235–71263. doi:10.1007/s11042-024-18229-5. [15] likhar, k., & ridhorkar, s. (2024). enhancing skin cancer detection: a comparative analysis of models with vgg-16, vgg19, and inception v3. international journal of intelligent systems and applications in engineering, 12(10s), 502–514. [16] moturi, d., surapaneni, r. k., & avanigadda, v. s. g. (2024). developing an efficient method for melanoma detection using cnn techniques. journal of the egyptian national cancer institute, 36(1). doi:10.1186/s43046-024-00210-w. [17] sharma, p., & suji, j. (2016). a review on image segmentation with its clustering techniques. international journal of signal processing, image processing and pattern recognition, 9(5), 209–218. doi:10.14257/ijsip.2016.9.5.18. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 661 [18] zhao, s., gu, c., yu, j., akashi, t., & zhang, c. (2024). triclick: interactive dermoscopic image segmentation with triangle map. ieej transactions on electrical and electronic engineering, 19(5), 733–744. doi:10.1002/tee.24020. [19] abualigah, l., al-okbi, n. k., awwad, e. m., sharaf, m., & daoud, m. s. (2024). correction to: boosted aquila arithmetic optimization algorithm for multi-level thresholding image segmentation. evolving systems, 15(4), 1399-1427. doi:10.1007/s12530-024-09576-7. [20] ram, p., & padmavathi, s. (2017). analysis of harris corner detection for color images. in international conference on signal processing, communication, power and embedded system, scopes 2016 proceedings. doi:10.1109/scopes.2016.7955862. [21] haggui, o., tadonki, c., lacassagne, l., sayadi, f., & ouni, b. (2018). harris corner detection on a numa manycore. future generation computer systems, 88, 442–452. doi:10.1016/j.future.2018.01.048. [22] zhou, p., zhang, h., & liang, w. (2023). research on hybrid intrusion detection based on improved harris hawk optimization algorithm. connection science, 35(1), 2195595. doi:10.1080/09540091.2023.2195595. [23] li, y. b., & li, j. j. (2011). harris corner detection algorithm based on improved contourlet transform. procedia engineering, 15, 2239–2243. doi:10.1016/j.proeng.2011.08.419. [24] han, x., wang, x., leng, y., & zhou, w. (2021). a plane extraction approach in inverse depth images based on region-growing. sensors (switzerland), 21(4), 1–15. doi:10.3390/s21041141. [25] adams, r., & bischof, l. (1994). seeded region growing. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 16(6), 641–647. doi:10.1109/34.295913. [26] poux, f., mattes, c., selman, z., & kobbelt, l. (2022). automatic region-growing system for the segmentation of large point clouds. automation in construction, 138. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2022.104250. [27] arjun, k. p., & kumar, k. s. (2022). a combined approach of vgg 16 and lstm transfer learning technique for skin melanoma classification. international journal of health sciences, 13504–13516. doi:10.53730/ijhs.v6ns1.8378. [28] jiang, l., sun, x., mercaldo, f., & santone, a. (2020). decab-lstm: deep contextualized attentional bidirectional lstm for cancer hallmark classification. knowledge-based systems, 210. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2020.106486. [29] roy, s. s., awad, a. i., amare, l. a., erkihun, m. t., & anas, m. (2022). multimodel phishing url detection using lstm, bidirectional lstm, and gru models. future internet, 14(11). doi:10.3390/fi14110340. [30] greff, k., srivastava, r. k., koutnik, j., steunebrink, b. r., & schmidhuber, j. (2017). lstm: a search space odyssey. ieee transactions on neural networks and learning systems, 28(10), 2222–2232. doi:10.1109/tnnls.2016.2582924. [31] sherstinsky, a. (2020). fundamentals of recurrent neural network (rnn) and long short-term memory (lstm) network. physica d: nonlinear phenomena, 404. doi:10.1016/j.physd.2019.132306. [32] wang, y., & zhang, w. (2021). a dense rnn for sequential four-chamber view left ventricle wall segmentation and cardiac state estimation. frontiers in bioengineering and biotechnology, 9(august), 1–8. doi:10.3389/fbioe.2021.696227. [33] müller, d., hartmann, d., meyer, p., auer, f., soto-rey, i., & kramer, f. (2022). miseval: a metric library for medical image segmentation evaluation. in studies in health technology and informatics, 294, 33–37. doi:10.3233/shti220391. [34] li, j., udupa, j. k., tong, y., wang, l., & torigian, d. a. (2021). segmentation evaluation with sparse ground truth data: simulating true segmentations as perfect/imperfect as those generated by humans. medical image analysis, 69. doi:10.1016/j.media.2021.101980. [35] behura, a. (2021). congruence of deep learning in medical image processing: future prospects and challenges. studies in computational intelligence, 936, 197–221. doi:10.1007/978-981-33-4698-7_10. [36] singh, c., nischitha, shetty, s. s., bekal, a., bhat, s., & badiger, m. (2024). deep learning analysis for skin cancer detection. lecture notes in electrical engineering: vol. 1062 lnee, 159–171. doi:10.1007/978-981-99-4444-6_12. [37] obaid, a. m., shawkat, a. s., & abdulhussein, n. s. (2024). a powerful deep learning method for skin cancer detection. journal of autonomous intelligence, 7(1), 1156. doi:10.32629/jai.v7i1.1156. [38] lu, y., cheung, y. m., & tang, y. y. (2020). bayes imbalance impact index: a measure of class imbalanced data set for classification problem. ieee transactions on neural networks and learning systems, 31(9), 3525–3539. doi:10.1109/tnnls.2019.2944962. [39] zhang, x., li, r., zhang, b., yang, y., guo, j., & ji, x. (2019). an instance-based learning recommendation algorithm of imbalance handling methods. applied mathematics and computation, 351, 204–218. doi:10.1016/j.amc.2018.12.020. [40] shilpa kamdi, r. (2012). image segmentation and region growing algorithm. international journal of computer technology and electronics engineering, 2(1), 103–107. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 662 [41] ali, e., ullah khan, e., zarrar mahmudi, e., & ullah, r. (2016). a comparison of fast, surf, eigen, harris, and mser features. international journal of computer engineering and information technology, 8(6), 100–105. [42] gulzar, y., & khan, s. a. (2022). skin lesion segmentation based on vision transformers and convolutional neural networks—a comparative study. applied sciences (switzerland), 12(12), 5590. doi:10.3390/app12125990. [43] vishnu priya, a., singh, h. k., siva chaitanya prasad, m., & jai siva sai, g. (2023). rnn-lstm based deep learning model for tor traffic classification. cyber-physical systems, 9(1), 25–42. doi:10.1080/23335777.2021.1924284. [44] hayati, m., muchtar, k., roslidar, maulina, n., syamsuddin, i., elwirehardja, g. n., & pardamean, b. (2022). impact of clahe-based image enhancement for diabetic retinopathy classification through deep learning. procedia computer science, 216, 57–66. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2022.12.111. [45] imtiaz, i., ahmed, i., ahmad, m., ullah, k., adnan, a., & ahmad, m. (2019). segmentation of skin lesion using harris corner detection and region growing. 2019 ieee 10th annual ubiquitous computing, electronics and mobile communication conference, uemcon 2019, 0614–0619. doi:10.1109/uemcon47517.2019.8993034. [46] gowthami, v., & sneha, g. (2021). melanoma detection using recurrent neural network. lecture notes in electrical engineering, 700, 1563–1573. doi:10.1007/978-981-15-8221-9_146. [47] asyhar, a. h., foeady, a. z., thohir, m., arifin, a. z., haq, d. z., & novitasari, d. c. r. (2020). implementation lstm algorithm for cervical cancer using colposcopy data. 2020 international conference on artificial intelligence in information and communication, icaiic 2020, 485–489. doi:10.1109/icaiic48513.2020.9065068. [48] jain, a., mittal, n., & nain, s. (2023). cnn-based recognition of skin cancer using contrast limited adaptive histogram equalization. lecture notes in networks and systems: vol. 617 lnns, 667–678. doi:10.1007/978-981-19-9512-5_61. [49] ray, p. j., priya, s., & kumar, t. a. (2015). nuclear segmentation for skin cancer diagnosis from histopathological images. global conference on communication technologies, gcct 2015, 397–401. doi:10.1109/gcct.2015.7342692. [50] patra, a., behera, s. k., & barpanda, n. k. (2022). hybrid deep cnn-lstm network for breast histopathological image classification. onkologia i radioterapia, 16(9), 12–15. [51] limanto, s., buliali, j. l., & saikhu, a. (2024). glow smote-d: oversampling technique to improve prediction model performance of students failure in courses. ieee access, 12, 8889–8901. doi:10.1109/access.2024.3351569. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 54 issn: 2723-9535 analyzing urban and rural water pollution impacts with an integrated ecological governance model approach yanjie he 1* , xiujun sun 1, nan shan 1, beibei qie 2, yiming wang 3 1 school of new materials and chemical engineering, tangshan university, tangshan 063000, china. 2 school of sports medicine and health, chengdu sport university, chengdu 610041, china. 3 tangshan laixin technology co., ltd.tangshan 063000, china. received 28 august 2024; revised 13 december 2024; accepted 06 january 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract from the perspective of aquatic ecology, there are problems of insufficient analysis and poor governance effect on the impact and ecological governance of urban and rural water pollution. therefore, to achieve a good water cycle, it is of great practical significance to analyze the impact of urban and rural water pollution from the perspective of aquatic ecology and study the ecological governance model. taking a certain research area as an example, an integrated ecological governance model under the perspective of aquatic ecology is designed, including source control, pollution interception, and restoration. the impact of urban and rural water pollution on soil environment, groundwater environment, and agricultural environment is analyzed, and the change of water pollution concentration before and after application is studied. the research results show that in the soil environment of the research area, most areas are lightly polluted, two other areas (area 3, area 4) are heavily polluted, one area (area 7) is moderately polluted, and one area (area 11) is unpolluted; in terms of groundwater environment, the degree of groundwater pollution in area 1 and area 2 is the highest, followed by area 3 and area 4, then area 7 is moderately polluted, and other areas are lightly polluted or unpolluted; in terms of agricultural environment, as the pollution degree of irrigation water source increases, the emergence rate, yield, and dry matter content of crops all show a decreasing trend, indicating that the more serious the water pollution, the more serious the impact on the agricultural environment; after applying the research method, the highest water pollution concentration has been reduced by 0.8 mg/l, and the overall data is below 1.0 mg/l, the water pollution concentration has been reduced. through this research, it is expected to achieve in-depth ecological governance and protect the aquatic environment. keywords: water ecological environment perspective; urban and rural water pollution; impact analysis; source control; pollution interception and repair; ecological governance model. 1. introduction most human activities are predicated on the consumption of material resources, which are often obtained from natural resources and transformed to meet daily production and living needs. among various natural resources, water resources are essential for meeting human needs, supporting agricultural irrigation, and facilitating industrial production [1]. however, human activities generate various forms of water pollution, including domestic, industrial, and agricultural pollutants [2-5]. this pollution, if untreated and discharged into natural ecosystems, can severely compromise water * corresponding author: hyjtsxy@163.com; heyanjie@tsc.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. mailto:hyjtsxy@163.com https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0004-2378-5151 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 55 quality and lead to adverse ecological effects, including gastrointestinal diseases in humans [6-8]. consequently, effective governance of water pollution is crucial to safeguarding both environmental health and public safety [9]. numerous scholars have investigated the multifaceted aspects of water pollution management. for instance, han dongmei et al. investigated the characteristics of organic pollutants in their research, analyzed the characteristics of water pollution caused by these pollutants and the current situation of pollution, proposed three detection technologies for this pollution, and finally proposed three sewage treatment technologies [10]. similarly, chen guolei et al. examined the pollution characteristics of water bodies along the city-village line in their research and formulated a source control and pollution interception strategy based on these characteristics. this strategy involved analyzing four sewage collection methods and proposing sewage treatment methods before conducting application cases and evaluating the effectiveness of the strategy [11]. chen si et al. conducted a study in a specific area of chongqing, collecting groundwater type and sampling point distribution data as well as natural environmental elements, human activity elements, and water quality monitoring data from various sources. they employed an apcs-mlr model for source analysis and a geographic detector to identify influencing factors [12]. chen and ding emphasized the necessity for improved governance frameworks to address heavy metal water pollution, outlining prominent governance models such as state-centric and market governance, ultimately aiming to provide recommendation strategies for effective remediation [13]. complementarily, bi et al. explored the intricate connections between urbanization and water-related ecosystem services, revealing that a coordinated growth of these systems is pivotal for managing environmental challenges in regions like the yangtze river economic belt [14]. their findings suggest that varying governance and urban development strategies must be tailored to enhance ecosystem services, thereby contributing to holistic environmental management. in specific regions, changes in water resource allocation and industrial development have been shown to influence pollution levels significantly. for example, genova and wei developed a socio-hydrological model that demonstrated how adaptive management of water resources, as seen in the maipo river basin, could facilitate better allocation practices while also influencing environmental regulations to mitigate ecological degradation [15]. this underscores the importance of dynamic governance that considers socio-economic impacts alongside ecological outcomes. furthermore, in hubei province, he et al. identified pathways for reducing agricultural water pollution through a nuanced understanding of the spatial-temporal dynamics of agricultural grey water footprints and their relationship with agricultural gdp [16]. this differentiated management approach highlights the necessity of localized strategies to control agricultural contributions to water pollution, which is echoed by xu & chen, who similarly examined the coupling coordination between socio-economic development and water environments in taihu lake, advocating for integrated watershed management solutions [17]. niu et al. addressed the implications of urban-rural integrated development on land-use transition, revealing that the connection between land management and environmental quality is complex and necessitates a carefully balanced approach at multiple scales [18]. by employing a multi-scale framework, they illustrate how different regions can benefit from tailored land-use strategies that foster integrated urbanrural development and improve water resource management. moreover, zhang et al. proposed an integrated diagnostic framework for assessing water resource spatial equilibrium, linking ecological, economic, and social factors to better understand the distribution of water resources in china [19]. their findings stress the critical need for efficient water governance by highlighting the disparities in water resource distribution compared to human activity concentrations, further accentuating the resilience challenges posed by climate variability. kong et al.’s exploration of advanced industrial structures in jiangsu province provides additional evidence of how industrial development directly correlates with water pollution management. their study demonstrated that an advanced industrial structure could alleviate regional water quality crises, and they emphasized the role of tailored policies to improve the adaptability of industrial sectors in managing water pollution effectively [20]. similarly, chen et al. developed a multi-objective optimization model to allocate agricultural soil and water resources more sustainably under fuzzy and stochastic uncertainties, thus balancing economic benefits, pollution control, and water use efficiency in their model [21]. this highlights the growing recognition of the need for integrated resource management frameworks that account for unpredictable variables in water governance. additionally, the assessment of water use efficiency and its impact factors across china revealed significant spatial variations, indicating a pressing need for targeted strategies to enhance efficiency in less productive regions [22]. the geographical disparities in resource use further complicate integrated water management, underlining the importance of localized analyses in understanding and managing waterrelated issues. finally, chen et al. contributed to this critical discourse by linking ecosystem service flow to water-related ecological security patterns, thereby advancing methodological approaches for sustainable water management that include both ecological and human factors [23]. in summary, the cumulative insights from these studies underscore the imperative for comprehensive and systematic approaches to water governance that not only address pollution at multiple scales but also recognize the interconnectedness of socio-economic factors and ecological health. by integrating these diverse research findings, our study aims to enhance the efficacy of water pollution governance in urban and rural areas, improving overall water quality and protecting aquatic environments through better-informed decision-making and localized strategies. this integrated perspective aligns with ongoing global efforts to combat water pollution by emphasizing the need for collaborative governance models and innovative management techniques tailored to specific regional challenges. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 56 2. theory and method in view of the significant impact of urban and rural water pollution, effective ecological governance is crucial for achieving practical outcomes. previous governance models have been relatively single-layered, leading to suboptimal results. to address this issue, an integrated ecological governance model combining source control, pollution interception, and restoration is proposed, as illustrated in figure 1. figure 1. schematic diagram of the integrated ecological governance model of source control, pollution interception, and restoration 2.1. source control model the source control model, as its name suggests, aims to control the source of pollution, which is the first layer of the ecological governance model. without controlling the source of water pollution, pollution will persist, and subsequent measures will be mere symptomatic treatments incapable of achieving ecological governance. the source control model primarily consists of two steps. the first step involves building a sewage collection pipe network. the lack of regular sewage collection channels is a significant contributor to environmental pollution [24]. by establishing a network of sewage pipes, this issue can be addressed. for example, in densely populated urban areas and industrial zones, sewage pipes can be connected at sewage outlets and linked to municipal pipelines nearby [25]. in sparsely populated rural areas, fixed sewage collection points can be set up [26], allowing villagers to concentrate their waste disposal nearby. the second step involves building additional sewage treatment plants. while reducing water usage and sewage production can quickly achieve governance effects, this approach is not sustainable in the long term; increasing sewage treatment capacity and effectiveness is essential. after completing the above-mentioned sewage collection, the other end of the sewage collection pipe network is connected to the sewage treatment plant, where advanced equipment centrally purifies the sewage. the purified sewage can be directly discharged into the natural environment or used for other purposes, such as irrigation and industrial production. however, the selection of treatment processes in wastewater treatment plants is crucial. different types of wastewater require the use of different treatment methods. for example, for wastewater containing a high concentration of organic matter, biological treatment processes, such as the activated sludge method, can be employed. in the activated sludge method, aeration facilitates sufficient contact between microorganisms in the wastewater and organic matter, allowing the microorganisms to decompose the organic materials and thereby purifying the wastewater. for wastewater containing heavy metal ions, special treatment processes such as chemical precipitation or ion exchange methods are necessary. chemical precipitation involves adding chemical agents to the wastewater, which leads to the formation of precipitates, effectively removing the heavy metal ions. the ion exchange method uses ion exchange resins to adsorb heavy metal ions from the wastewater, which can then be recovered by regenerating the resin. throughout the wastewater treatment process, attention should be given to the recovery and utilization of resources. for instance, the organic matter in the wastewater can be subjected to anaerobic fermentation to produce biogas, which can be used as an energy source for the operation of the wastewater treatment plant, such as for electricity generation or heating. additionally, the nutrients (such as nitrogen and phosphorus) in the treated wastewater can be recovered and converted into fertilizers for agricultural production. this approach not only reduces the costs associated with wastewater treatment but also promotes resource recycling, enhancing the sustainability of the entire ecological governance system. 2.2. pollution interception model the pollution interception model, as its name suggests, aims to intercept pollutants in the water. despite the effectiveness of sewage source control in addressing water pollution, it cannot eliminate the problem; therefore, a pollution interception model is necessary to supplement this approach. the interception model consists of two layers: the first layer is the ecological concrete layer, which is distinct from traditional engineering concrete. this filtering and repair model interception model source control model hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 57 adsorption device features a special pore structure composed of graded aggregates and other materials. when sewage passes through this device, it can intercept some of the pollutants present in it. the composition of this device includes cementitious materials, coarse aggregates, admixtures, mixing water, mineral additives, and nutrients. the preparation process for constructing the first layer involves the following steps: initially, a small amount of water is added to the coarse aggregate for pre-wetting. next, cementitious materials are added and mixed and stirred for a while. admixtures, mineral additives, and nutrients are then added and stirred until coated. the mixture is finally molded and dried to complete the construction of the first layer of the interception model. the second layer is the ecological isolation belt layer [27], comprising trees, shrubs, grassland, and other plants. these plants utilize their root system interception ability and decomposition ability to slow down water flow and intercept pollutants in the water. as sewage flows through this ecological isolation belt layer, the flow speed slows down, allowing pollutants to be intercepted and even purified, thereby reducing surface runoff pollution into the river. when selecting plants for the ecological isolation belt layer, it is essential to optimize choices based on local climatic and soil conditions. in addition to commonly used trees, shrubs, and grasses, certain plants with specialized pollutant interception capabilities can also be introduced. for instance, some wetland plants exhibit a strong ability to absorb nutrients such as nitrogen and phosphorus; planting these at the edges of the ecological isolation belt can help effectively retain these nutrients from the wastewater. the arrangement of plants should consider the growth habits and spatial requirements of different species. trees can provide shade, reducing moisture evaporation, while their deep root systems help stabilize the soil and prevent erosion. shrubs can fill the gaps between trees, thereby increasing vegetation coverage. grassland plants can cover the soil surface, slowing down rainwater runoff and increasing the retention time of wastewater within the ecological isolation belt, which enhances the pollutant interception effectiveness. by combining these two layers of interception, the concentration of pollutants in the water can be significantly reduced and water quality improved. 2.3. restoration model restoration, as the name suggests, aims to restore the water environment [28, 29]. while the source control and pollution interception models can quickly reduce pollutant concentrations, they cannot completely purify the water. moreover, pollutants in the water damage the water environment, necessitating deeper restoration to achieve a good ecological cycle [30]. the ecological restoration model in this study is designed to address these concerns by establishing an artificial system that simulates the prevention and control functions of natural wetlands. this model consists of five components: a permeable matrix; aerobic bacteria (nitrogen-fixing bacteria, bacillus subtilis) and anaerobic bacteria (urea-degrading bacteria, pseudomonas aeruginosa, and porphyromonas spp.); duckweed, reed, bitter grass, and other aquatic plants; tadpoles, snails, waterfowl, and other aquatic animals; and a water body. in ecological floating islands, the permeable substrate provides a habitat for both aerobic and anaerobic bacteria. the pore structure and chemical properties of the substrate can influence microbial growth and metabolic activities. for example, a substrate with a higher porosity and abundant surface functional groups can offer more attachment sites for microorganisms, promoting their proliferation. aerobic and anaerobic bacteria play distinct roles within the ecological floating island. aerobic bacteria can rapidly decompose organic matter in wastewater under aerobic conditions, converting it into carbon dioxide and water. in contrast, anaerobic bacteria decompose organic matter under anoxic or anaerobic conditions, producing gases such as methane. there exists a synergistic relationship between the two: some intermediate products generated by the aerobic bacteria can be further decomposed by anaerobic bacteria, thus enhancing the overall efficiency of organic matter removal from wastewater within the ecosystem. floating plants such as duckweed can cover the water surface, reducing direct sunlight exposure and lowering water temperature, which helps inhibit algal growth. the root systems of emergent and submerged plants, such as reeds and sedges, can absorb nutrients from the wastewater while also providing habitat for aquatic animals. tadpoles feed on algae and aquatic plants, while their excrement provides nutrients for these plants. snails scrape algae and microorganisms off the surfaces of aquatic plants, promoting their growth. waterfowl forage and roost within the ecological floating island; their droppings supply nutrients to the microbes and plants in the island, and their movements help mix the water, increasing the dissolved oxygen content. thus, the polluted water is introduced into the ecological floating island, where the synergistic interactions among the substrate, microorganisms, and aquatic plants and animals facilitate purification over time. eventually, the treated water from the ecological floating island can be discharged into surface rivers, allowing for either wastewater replacement or secondary utilization [31]. the integrated ecological governance model of source control, pollutant interception, and ecosystem restoration developed in this study follows a hierarchical progression. the source control phase focuses on reducing the generation and discharge of wastewater, the pollutant interception phase effectively lowers the concentration of contaminants in the water, and the restoration phase involves deep purification of the water body and recovery of the aquatic ecological environment. based on source control and culminating in restoration, this multi-layered approach effectively addresses water pollution, purifies water quality, and ensures safe water use in urban and rural areas. the implementation flowchart for the urban-rural water pollution ecological governance model is illustrated in figure 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 58 figure 2. flow chart of ecological treatment of urban and rural water pollution 3. results and analysis urban and rural water systems are the primary sources of urban water resources, playing crucial roles in climate regulation, flood control and drainage, and maintaining ecological balance. once water resources become polluted, the functions of water resources will gradually deteriorate. in light of this situation, it is essential to analyze the impact of urban and rural water pollution in order to achieve effective governance of these resources. this chapter examines the impact and ecological governance of urban and rural water pollution through the previously described model. specifically, it presents the effects of water pollution on various aspects and provides tables or graphs of pollution index data for verification purposes. subsequently, it identifies the source of pollution by analyzing the water pollution data. 3.1. overview of the research area this section presents an analysis of the impact of urban and rural water pollution in the guangxi zhuang autonomous region, as illustrated in figure 3. 41 2 3 7 8 11 9 13 10 12 6 5 figure 3. schematic diagram of the study area the study area features a well-developed water system, with rivers and tributaries almost ubiquitous throughout the region, providing crucial water resources for local residents’ drinking needs, agricultural irrigation, and industrial production. in the plains, extensive irrigated farmland has been established, with crops such as rice and sugarcane relying on these water resources for growth. for instance, in the central guangxi plain, a network of irrigation channels directs hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 59 river water into the fields, ensuring that crop growth requirements are met. some industrial cities in guangxi, such as liuzhou, which focuses on automotive manufacturing, and nanning, which specializes in food processing and electronic information industries, require substantial water resources for cooling, cleaning, and other processes involved in production. however, with population growth and economic development, certain areas face increasing pressure regarding the protection of drinking water sources. for example, sections of rivers located near urban or industrial zones may be at risk of contamination. to effectively address pollution, a case study in guangxi zhuang autonomous region has established 13 monitoring points for long-term observation, analyzing the impact of urban-rural water pollution within the study area. the pollutants measured primarily included biochemical oxygen demand (bod), chemical oxygen demand (cod), total nitrogen (tn), total phosphorus (tp), and heavy metals (such as cadmium, lead, and mercury). to ensure comprehensive monitoring, sampling was conducted bi-weekly to capture temporal variations in water quality influenced by factors such as rainfall, industrial discharge, and agricultural runoff. upon collection, water samples were transported to a laboratory equipped for analysis, following strict chain-of-custody protocols to avoid contamination. the measurements were conducted using standardized methods in accordance with the protocols outlined by the american public health association (apha, standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater) to guarantee the accuracy and reliability of our results. additionally, we utilized spectral photometry for measuring bod and cod, ion chromatography for assessing tn and tp, and atomic absorption spectroscopy for detecting heavy metals. each sampling point was monitored consistently over a six-month period, allowing us to assess both immediate and cumulative effects of water pollution within the study area. this comprehensive monitoring strategy provided a better understanding of how the concentrations of pollutants changed over time in response to the implementation of our integrated ecological governance model, ultimately leading to the observed reductions in water pollution concentrations following our interventions. 3.2. impact of urban and rural water pollution on soil environment the soil environment is one of the primary areas affected by urban and rural water pollution through ecological circulation. following the discharge of domestic sewage into the natural environment, pollutants can penetrate the soil. some contaminants are degraded by microorganisms in the soil, while others persist in the soil. in comparison, the impact of industrial wastewater on soil pollution is significantly more severe due to the greater diversity of pollutants and their higher concentrations, making it more challenging to degrade them. consequently, pollutants tend to accumulate in the soil, leading to more significant pollution. to assess the degree of soil pollution, we tested pollutants at 13 monitoring points and calculated the comprehensive pollution index using the mero method. the results are presented in figure 4. figure. 4 impact of urban and rural water pollution on soil environment from figure 4, it can be observed that most areas of the study region (areas 1-2, areas 5-6, areas 8-10, areas 1213) are classified as lightly polluted, while the remaining two areas (areas 3 and 4) are identified as heavily polluted. one area (area 7) is classified as moderately polluted, and one area (area 11) is considered unpolluted. this discrepancy can be attributed to the concentration of industrial activities primarily in areas 3 and 4. area 7 is characterized by the presence of livestock farms, where the wastewater generated from these operations is discharged into the environment without treatment. area 11 consists of steep mountainous terrain, which has not been subjected to excessive human development. as a result, the area maintains a well-preserved ecological environment, with water sources remaining unpolluted, and consequently, the soil environment also remains uncontaminated. 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 c o m p re h e n si v e p o ll u ti o n i n d er area hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 60 3.3. impact of urban and rural water pollution on the groundwater environment the secondary impact of urban and rural water pollution is groundwater pollution. various activities undertaken by urban and rural residents generate sewage. for example, domestic sewage contains a large amount of organic matter. when this organic matter enters the groundwater environment, it can result in the generation of odorous substances, bacteria, and pathogens. meanwhile, the pollutants present in industrial wastewater are more diverse and difficult to degrade, which can fundamentally alter the ph value of the water body and cause significant harm to aquatic organisms. as this sewage is discharged into the environment, it gradually penetrates the groundwater system through water circulation, leading to pollution. according to the pollution pathways, it manifests in three forms:  intermittent infiltration pollution: this type of pollution occurs when a pollutant source penetrates the aquifer after passing through the soil layer, resulting in groundwater contamination. a characteristic of this pollution is its slow rate and intermittent process.  continuous infiltration pollution: in this case, the pollution source continuously produces pollutants, which penetrate the groundwater source after traversing the soil.  runoff pollution: this form of pollution is characterized by pollutants that directly enter the groundwater without passing through the soil layer. the source of this pollution may be the groundwater environment itself, or it may arise from the direct discharge of wastewater into the aquifer. this type of pollution is particularly severe. groundwater samples were collected from 13 monitoring points in the research area, and the permanganate index acidity method was utilized to detect the permanganate index. the degree of groundwater pollution was classified based on these measurements. the results are presented in figure 5. figure 5. impact of urban and rural water pollution on the groundwater environment from figure 5, it is evident that the degree of groundwater pollution in areas 1 and 2 is the highest. this can be attributed to these areas being rural gathering zones where sewage discharge is rarely treated regularly. additionally, rivers that pass through this area contribute to runoff pollution, allowing pollutants to directly enter the groundwater layer. the next highest levels of pollution are found in areas 3, 4, and 5, where industrial wastewater continuously infiltrates the soil layer and subsequently reaches the underground aquifers, resulting in significant pollution. following these, area 7 is classified as experiencing moderate pollution, with sources of contamination intermittently seeping into the groundwater layers, leading to groundwater pollution. finally, the remaining areas (areas 6, 8-13) fall within the categories of lightly polluted and unpolluted. these areas are primarily urban and have a higher number of wastewater treatment plants. even in cases of pollution, the treatment facilities are capable of purifying the wastewater, resulting in minimal groundwater pollution in these regions. 3.4. impact of urban and rural water pollution on agricultural environment in addition to being used for residents’ drinking and industrial production, water resources are also utilized for agricultural irrigation. urban and rural water pollution contains various harmful substances; when polluted water is used to irrigate crops, it adversely affects the agricultural planting environment. the impact primarily manifests in two aspects: 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 p er m a n g a n a te i n d ex zone hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 61  reduction in crop yield: various pollutants in contaminated water can damage the growth of crops to a certain extent, leading to reduced yields. for instance, when the chemical oxygen demand (cod) in irrigation water is excessive, it severely hinders the metabolic activities of crops, impeding root growth and potentially causing root rot, which can result in plant death. similarly, when the nitrogen content in sewage is too high, it might weaken the vitality of crops, leading to issues such as elongation, lodging, and increased susceptibility to diseases, ultimately resulting in plant mortality. additionally, high concentrations of heavy metals in sewage can directly cause crops to exhibit symptoms of chlorosis, whereby severely affected plants may die outright.  decline in crop quality: high levels of pollution in irrigation water can lead to a decline in crop quality, even if it does not cause immediate crop death. pollutants hinder the absorption of nutrients by plants, resulting in insufficient accumulation of essential substances, deterioration in product taste, and a decrease in crop quality. to illustrate these impacts, consider the three agricultural planting areas in the research region—area 1, area 2, and area 6. we tested three indicators: crop emergence rate, yield, and dry matter content. the test results are shown in figures 6 and 7, as well as in table 1. figure 6. comparison of crop emergence rate figure 7. comparison of crop yield from figures 6 and 7, as well as table 1, it can be observed that with the increasing levels of irrigation water pollution, the emergence rate, yield, and dry matter content of crops demonstrate a decreasing trend. specifically, in area 3, the emergence rate and yield of crops are higher than those in areas 1 and 2. however, when the pollution level of the irrigation water reaches approximately 1.00 mg/l, a rapid decline is observed. conversely, the emergence rate and yield in areas 1 and 2 exhibit a stable downward trend as the pollution levels of the irrigation water increase, with area 1 showing lower emergence rates and yields than area 2. this indicates that stricter control of irrigation water quality is needed in area 3. regarding the dry matter content of crops, area 1 consistently shows lower dry matter 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 e m e r g e n c e r a te % water pollution concentration (mg/l) area 1 area 2 area 6 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 v ie ld /k g water pollution concentration (mg/l) area 1 area 2 area 6 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 62 content compared to areas 2 and 3. this collectively highlights that more severe water pollution has a greater detrimental impact on the agricultural environment. in light of these findings, alternative agricultural practices can be explored to mitigate the effects of irrigation water pollution, thereby reducing its impact on agriculture. for instance, drip irrigation is a precise method that delivers water directly to the soil near the plant roots. compared to traditional flooding irrigation, drip irrigation significantly reduces water usage and consequently limits the dispersion of pollutants from irrigation water in the soil. micro-spray irrigation systems utilize nozzles to spray tiny droplets of water onto crops. this method allows for precise control based on the water requirements of the crops, preventing over-irrigation and ensuring uniform moisture distribution around the plants, which supports crop growth and enhances the crops' tolerance to pollutants. additionally, constructing rainwater collection facilities, such as collection ponds or cisterns near farmland or within farms, can be highly beneficial. during the rainy season, rainwater can be collected and, after simple filtration and sedimentation processes, can be used for irrigation. this rainwater is relatively pure and free of potential contaminants found in polluted irrigation water, such as heavy metals from industrial wastewater. moreover, rainwater collection and reuse can reduce reliance on external irrigation water sources, thereby decreasing the use of contaminated irrigation water. table 1. comparison of dry matter content of crops water pollution concentration (mg/l) area 1 area 2 area 6 0.2 1.522 2.241 1.875 0.4 1.320 2.147 1.721 0.6 1.140 2.033 1.621 0.8 1.122 1.872 1.521 1.0 1.052 1.714 1.321 1.2 1.011 1.520 1.201 1.4 0.822 1.248 1.101 1.6 0.641 1.025 0.925 1.8 0.524 0.924 0.754 2.0 0.241 0.754 0.528 3.5. ecological governance effect after completing the above analysis, a comparison of the changes in water pollution concentrations before and after the application of the methods discussed in this paper will be conducted to assess whether these methods can contribute to ecological governance, reducing water pollution concentrations, and improving the water ecological environment. the implementation and monitoring of source control, pollution interception, and remediation factors in the study area are described as follows: for newly developed urban areas, wastewater discharge outlets should be directly connected to wastewater collection pipes according to modern urban planning standards, ensuring that design parameters such as pipe diameter and slope meet the requirements for wastewater flow. these collection pipes should then be connected nearby to municipal pipelines to form a complete wastewater collection network. for older urban areas, where infrastructure may be aging, it will be necessary to undertake pipeline renovation projects. this may involve inspecting existing drainage systems to identify points of wastewater leakage and drainage outlets that are not connected to the sewer network, gradually integrating them into a new wastewater collection system. in sparsely populated rural areas, such as some mountainous villages in guangxi, wastewater collection points should be strategically established based on the distribution of villages and topographical features. for example, several neighboring villages can be grouped together, and a wastewater collection point can be set up in a relatively central and low-lying location. additionally, supporting infrastructure such as small wastewater pipes or dedicated access roads for wastewater transport vehicles should be constructed to facilitate villagers in discharging wastewater at the collection points. within the study area, the construction scale of wastewater treatment plants should be reasonably planned based on factors such as population and industrial scale. for instance, in an industrial concentration area in liuzhou, where large amounts of industrial wastewater are generated, a large wastewater treatment plant will be necessary. following the aforementioned source control measures, pollution interception can be implemented. ecological concrete layers should be established in areas prone to pollution, such as around rivers, lakes, and urban stormwater discharge outlets. appropriate coarse aggregates and binding materials should be selected for the preparation of ecological concrete based on the availability of local raw materials. subsequently, suitable plant species should be selected for ecological buffer zones based on the climate and soil conditions of different regions. in the subtropical humid areas of southern guangxi, tree species such as banyan and hibiscus can be chosen, along with shrubs like oleander and ixora, as well as groundcover plants such as dogtooth grass and carpet grass. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 63 in the subtropical monsoon climate of northern guangxi, tree species like camphor and ginkgo can be selected, along with shrubs like rhododendron and camellia, and grass plants like ryegrass and kentucky bluegrass. in terms of vegetation arrangement, planting should follow a hierarchical structure of trees, shrubs, and grasses. finally, the scale and layout of ecological floating islands should be determined based on the area and pollution level of the water body, with adjustments made to the species and quantities of microorganisms, plants, and animals within the floating islands in response to changes in water pollution levels. for example, if a significant proliferation of algae is observed, the number of floating plants such as water ferns can be increased to inhibit algae growth. based on the above implementation, and according to the analysis results from sections 3.2 to 3.3, areas 1, 2, and 3 are identified as experiencing severe pollution. therefore, during the testing process, these areas will be selected for analysis, with an additional sampling point added at the outflow of the ecological floating islands in each section—two sampling points per research area. since the removal of certain pollutants is a relatively slow process and the growth of plants and succession of microbial communities in the ecological floating islands also takes time, long-term sampling will provide a better reflection of the impacts of these long-term changes on water purification effectiveness. thus, after a one-week application period, water samples will be collected to analyze changes in water pollution concentrations and evaluate the purification effects of the ecological floating islands. the experimental results are presented in table 2. table 2. changes in water pollution concentration before and after the application of the method area water pollution concentration (mg/l) before application after application zhang et al. [19] method 1 1 1.4 0.9 1.1 2 1.5 0.9 1.0 2 1 1.6 1.0 0.9 2 1.7 0.9 1.0 3 1 1.2 0.7 0.8 2 1.1 0.6 0.8 according to the data in table 2, it can be observed that the water pollution concentrations after the application of both the proposed research methods and the methods outlined in zhang et al. [19] are lower than those recorded before the application. among these, the proposed method achieved the greatest reduction in water pollution concentration in area 2, with a maximum decrease of 0.8 mg/l. other areas also experienced reductions in water pollution concentrations, although these were approximately 0.5 mg/l. importantly, the water pollution concentrations following the application of the proposed methods were all below 1.0 mg/l, indicating an overall decrease in values. additionally, the application of the methods from zhang et al. [19] also resulted in a reduction in water pollution concentrations, with the highest decreases occurring in areas 1 and 2, where the maximum reduction was 0.7 mg/l. however, these reductions are still lower than those achieved using the proposed methods. this indicates that the research methods not only effectively analyze the impacts of urban and rural water pollution but also facilitate the implementation of ecological governance, leading to measurable improvements in water quality. 4. conclusion in light of the increasingly serious problem of water pollution, studying the impact of urban and rural water pollution, as well as the ecological governance model from the perspective of aquatic ecology, holds significant practical importance. this research analyzes the effects of urban and rural water pollution on the soil, groundwater, and agricultural environments. in terms of the soil environment, all areas are categorized as lightly polluted, while areas 3 and 4 are classified as heavily polluted. the primary cause of this pollution is the concentration of industrial and agricultural activities. industrial wastewater and livestock effluent are discharged into the environment without adequate treatment. regarding the groundwater environment, areas 1 and 2 exhibit the highest levels of pollution, while other areas show relatively lower contamination. this is attributed to the fact that these areas are rural gathering zones where sewage discharge is seldom treated regularly. additionally, rivers traversing these areas contribute to runoff pollution, allowing contaminants to enter the groundwater layer directly. with respect to the agricultural environment, an increase in the pollution degree of the irrigation water source correlates with a decrease in the emergence rate, yield, and dry matter content of crops. this trend indicates that as water pollution intensifies, the adverse effects on the agricultural environment become more pronounced. following the application of the research methods, the highest concentration of water pollution has been reduced by 0.8 mg/l, resulting in overall data that remain below 1.0 mg/l, indicating a successful reduction in water pollution concentration. this study offers a new perspective on urban and rural water pollution and its ecological governance. it not only enriches the theoretical framework for water pollution control but also provides a scientific basis for the formulation of effective policies and measures. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 64 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, y.h. and x.s.; methodology, y.h.; formal analysis, n.s.; investigation, n.s. and y.w.; resources, b.q.; data curation, y.h.; writing—original draft preparation, n.s.; writing—review and editing, y.h.; supervision, y.h.; project administration, y.h. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. acknowledgments we are grateful to beibei qie of chengdu sports university and yiming wang of tangshan laixin technology co., ltd. for their help in wastewater collection and testing. 5.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] geng, y. n., dai, e. h., wang, g. l., jin, z. h., & zhang, j. (2022). study on temporal and spatial distribution, evolution and impact mechanism of water pollution events in china. environmental pollution control, 44, 413-419. doi:10.15985/j.cnki.10013865.2022.03.023. [2] zhihong, a., yushu, c. h. e. n. g., baocun, w. a. n. g., xiyong, s., & yajuan, w. (2017). a study on the integration of remote sensing monitoring and regulation model in restoration and treatment of mine geological environment in liaoyuan. journal of geomechanics, 23(7), 613-637. [3] long, y., xu, g., ma, c., & chen, l. (2016). emergency control system based on the analytical hierarchy process and coordinated development degree model for sudden water pollution accidents in the middle route of the south-to-north water transfer project in china. environmental science and pollution research, 23(12), 12332–12342. doi:10.1007/s11356-016-6448-0. [4] cao, j., yan, z., wan, j., wang, y., ye, g., long, y., & xie, q. (2022). comprehensive evaluation model for urban water security: a case study in dongguan, china. water (switzerland), 14(23), 3957. doi:10.3390/w14233957. [5] xie, x., liu, h., gao, s., & su, c. (2020). source identification and health risk assessment of groundwater pollution in typical sewage pits and ponds. bulletin of geological science and technology, 39(1), 34–42. doi:10.19509/j.cnki.dzkq.2020.0104. [6] feng, m., chen, y., duan, w., fang, g., li, z., jiao, l., sun, f., li, y., & hou, y. (2022). comprehensive evaluation of the waterenergy-food nexus in the agricultural management of the tarim river basin, northwest china. agricultural water management, 271, 107811. doi:10.1016/j.agwat.2022.107811. [7] huang, d., pang, t., bai, x., chen, m., & liu, j. (2024). evaluating the surface water pollution risk of mineral resource exploitation via an improved approach: a case study in liaoning province, northeastern china. environmental monitoring and assessment, 196(8), 750. doi:10.1007/s10661-024-12899-2. [8] deng, c., liu, l., li, h., peng, d., wu, y., xia, h., zhang, z., & zhu, q. (2021). a data-driven framework for spatiotemporal characteristics, complexity dynamics, and environmental risk evaluation of river water quality. science of the total environment, 785, 147134. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2021.147134. [9] xiang, r., lei, g., xu, y., zhou, q., liu, y., dong, l., liu, j., & huang, q. (2020). aging behaviors of hdpe geomembrane in landfill environment and its impact on pollution risk of surrounding groundwater. research of environmental sciences, 33(4), 978–986. doi:10.13198/j.issn.1001-6929.2019.05.25. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 65 [10] han, d., & currell, m. j. (2017). persistent organic pollutants in china’s surface water systems. science of the total environment, 580, 602–625. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2016.12.007. [11] chen, g., luo, j., zhang, c., jiang, l., tian, l., & chen, g. (2018). characteristics and influencing factors of spatial differentiation of urban black and odorous waters in china. sustainability (switzerland), 10(12), 4747. doi:10.3390/su10124747. [12] chen, s., tang, z., wang, j., wu, j., yang, c., kang, w., & huang, x. (2020). multivariate analysis and geochemical signatures of shallow groundwater in the main urban area of chongqing, southwestern china. water (switzerland), 12(10), 2833. doi:10.3390/w12102833. [13] chen, s., & ding, y. (2023). tackling heavy metal pollution: evaluating governance models and frameworks. sustainability (switzerland), 15(22), 15863. doi:10.3390/su152215863. [14] bi, y., zheng, l., wang, y., li, j., yang, h., & zhang, b. (2023). coupling relationship between urbanization and water-related ecosystem services in china’s yangtze river economic belt and its socio-ecological driving forces: a county-level perspective. ecological indicators, 146, 109871. doi:10.1016/j.ecolind.2023.109871. [15] genova, p., & wei, y. (2023). a socio-hydrological model for assessing water resource allocation and water environmental regulations in the maipo river basin. journal of hydrology, 617, 129159. doi:10.1016/j.jhydrol.2023.129159. [16] he, w., zhang, k., kong, y., yuan, l., peng, q., mulugeta degefu, d., stephen ramsey, t., & meng, x. (2023). reduction pathways identification of agricultural water pollution in hubei province, china. ecological indicators, 153, 110464. doi:10.1016/j.ecolind.2023.110464. [17] xu, l., & chen, s. s. (2023). coupling coordination degree between social-economic development and water environment: a case study of taihu lake basin, china. ecological indicators, 148, 110118. doi:10.1016/j.ecolind.2023.110118. [18] niu, b., ge, d., sun, j., sun, d., ma, y., ni, y., & lu, y. (2023). multi-scales urban-rural integrated development and land-use transition: the story of china. habitat international, 132, 102744. doi:10.1016/j.habitatint.2023.102744. [19] zhang, y., zuo, q., wu, q., han, c., & tao, j. (2023). an integrated diagnostic framework for water resource spatial equilibrium considering water-economy-ecology nexus. journal of cleaner production, 414, 137592. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2023.137592. [20] kong, y., he, w., shen, j., yuan, l., gao, x., ramsey, t. s., peng, q., degefu, d. m., & sun, f. (2023). adaptability analysis of water pollution and advanced industrial structure in jiangsu province, china. ecological modelling, 481, 110365. doi:10.1016/j.ecolmodel.2023.110365. [21] chen, y., fu, q., singh, v. p., ji, y., li, m., & wang, y. (2023). optimization of agricultural soil and water resources under fuzzy and random uncertainties: synergy and trade-off between equity-based economic benefits, nonpoint pollution and water use efficiency. agricultural water management, 281, 108264. doi:10.1016/j.agwat.2023.108264. [22] cheng, z., he, j., liu, y., zhang, q., & deng, y. (2023). exploring the spatial structure and impact factors of water use efficiency in china. environmental impact assessment review, 103, 107258. doi:10.1016/j.eiar.2023.107258. [23] chen, z., lin, j., & huang, j. (2023). linking ecosystem service flow to water-related ecological security pattern: a methodological approach applied to a coastal province of china. journal of environmental management, 345, 118725. doi:10.1016/j.jenvman.2023.118725. [24] sun, a. y., & scanlon, b. r. (2019). how can big data and machine learning benefit environment and water management: a survey of methods, applications, and future directions. environmental research letters, 14(7), 73001. doi:10.1088/17489326/ab1b7d. [25] wu, s., tang, m., wang, y., ma, z., & ma, y. (2022). analysis of the spatial distribution characteristics of livestock and poultry farming pollution and assessment of the environmental pollution load in anhui province. sustainability (switzerland), 14(7), 4165. doi:10.3390/su14074165. [26] morgan, a., vicenç, a., lluís, c., ignasi, r. r., & wolfgang, g. (2023). strategic routes for wastewater treatment plant upgrades to reduce micropollutants in european surface water bodies. journal of cleaner production, 415, 137867. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2023.137867. [27] stinson, m. k., field, r., jacquet, g., & villeneuve, e. (2004). optimized real-time control of combined sewerage systems: two case studies. joint conference on water resource engineering and water resources planning and management 2000: building partnerships, 104, 1–10. doi:10.1061/40517(2000)41. [28] zhao, y., sun, h., tang, j., li, y., sun, z., tao, z., guo, l., & chang, s. (2023). environmental risk assessment of the harbin section of the songhua river basin based on multi-source data fusion. water (switzerland), 15(24), 4293. doi:10.3390/w15244293. [29] lu, s., zhang, x., & xue, y. (2017). application of calcium peroxide in water and soil treatment: a review. journal of hazardous materials, 337, 163–177. doi:10.1016/j.jhazmat.2017.04.064. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 66 [30] yang, y., wang, l., xiang, f., zhao, l., & qiao, z. (2020). activated sludge microbial community and treatment performance of wastewater treatment plants in industrial and municipal zones. international journal of environmental research and public health, 17(2), 436. doi:10.3390/ijerph17020436. [31] shen, s., li, x., & lu, x. (2021). recent developments and applications of floating treatment wetlands for treating different source waters: a review. environmental science and pollution research, 28(44), 62061–62084. doi:10.1007/s11356-021-166638. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 349 issn: 2723-9535 application of smart model in the analysis of opera heritage archiving and protection xueying liu 1* , wei zhou 1, yuting dong 2, libing zhu 1, naijia chen 1 1 tsai chi-kun acadamy of music, minjiang university, fuzhou fujian province 350108, china. 2 school of music, university of queensland, brisbane 4072, australia. received 22 january 2024; revised 13 april 2024; accepted 04 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract objective: opera heritage in china is a rich and diverse cultural tradition passed down through generations. today, opera heritage remains an essential part of chinese culture and is celebrated through performances, festivals, and other cultural events. efforts are being made to preserve and promote opera heritage through innovative technologies and approach such as digital archives, virtual reality, and community-based heritage management. analysis: in this study, we suggested the smart model that seeks to integrate these technologies and approaches into the preservation and promotion of opera heritage, ensuring that this rich cultural tradition can be enjoyed by future generations. we employed an ‘opera heritage’ using the smart model in this study. in this research, "smart heritage" was defined as heritage experiences that used the word "smart heritage" or "similar terms" to describe the smart model. findings: opera heritage analysis paid close attention to cutting-edge tools to record developments that showcase technical independence. due to language barriers, this article could only interpret a clear convergence between smart and opera heritage protection. for china's opera heritage to be properly archived and protected, a holistic and cooperative strategy that incorporates cutting-edge technologies and community-based heritage management practises are essential. conclusion: innovating technologies such as virtual reality and digital archives have been employed in efforts to promote and preserve china's rich opera heritage. this study emphasises the necessity for an extensive strategy for the efficient preservation and protection of opera heritage and suggests the smart model to incorporate these methods. keywords: opera heritage; archiving and protection; smart model; traditional chinese opera. 1. introduction the magnificent culture of china includes traditional opera in large measure. the establishment, growth, and popularization of classical opera art were significantly impacted by the grand canal. the grand canal's cultural belt could be constructed with the help of the outline of china's 2019 planning document for the preservation, inheritance, and use of the culture. presently, traditional chinese opera's viewership is steadily declining due to the influence of rising cultures like the internet, anime, and gaming culture, and its cultural legacy is in serious danger. investigating the historical opera culture's chronological and spatial dispersion patterns is crucial, as is pushing for the development of the grand canal cultural belt in accordance with regional needs. indeed, traditional chinese opera is a cultural treasure of immense value, not only in china but also in the world. it is a comprehensive art form that combines music, dance, drama, literature, and visual arts and has unique performance styles, costumes, and makeup. a study mentioned that it * corresponding author: 1728@mju.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-09 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8070-1779 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 350 matured during the song dynasty and became popular among the masses during the reigns of ming and qing. z in the twentieth century, traditional chinese opera experienced significant developments in artistic expression and performance techniques, thanks to the efforts of many outstanding artists and performers. these new forms of opera have unique styles, themes, and performance techniques, enriching the diversity and vitality of chinese opera. in addition, traditional chinese opera has also made great strides in terms of artistic expressions, such as the use of modern stage technology, the incorporation of western music elements, and the exploration of new themes and topics. figure 1 represents an overview of traditional chinese heritage. figure 1. overview of traditional chinese heritage however, it is worth noting that traditional chinese opera faces challenges in the modern era, such as a declining audience, the shortage of young performers, and the impact of contemporary entertainment forms [1]. indeed, traditional chinese opera is a unique cultural product that reflects the chinese nation's aesthetic taste and artistic expression. it has been an essential source of entertainment and cultural experience for chinese audiences for centuries. the price of tickets also plays a role in determining the demand for opera performances. cultural policy and promotion: the government's cultural policy and promotion of traditional chinese opera can influence the public's awareness and appreciation of this art form and thus affect the demand for opera performances. demographics and lifestyle [2]: audiences' demographic characteristics and lifestyle preferences can also impact the need for traditional chinese opera. for example, older audiences may have a higher demand for traditional forms of entertainment, while younger audiences may prefer modern entertainment forms. quality and variety of performances: the quality and variety of traditional chinese opera performances can also affect the demand for this art form. high-quality performances that showcase the artistic excellence of traditional chinese opera are likely to attract more audiences [3]. historical and cultural significance: the historical and cultural significance of traditional chinese opera as a national cultural heritage can also influence the demand for this art form, as it is valued not only for its aesthetic qualities but also for its cultural and historical significance. it is important to understand these determinants to promote and sustain the growth of this cultural treasure in a contemporary context. by identifying these factors, policymakers and cultural organizations can develop strategies to promote and support the development of traditional chinese opera, as well as enhance its appeal to audiences [4]. moreover, the research on the demand for traditional chinese opera can also provide valuable insights into the broader field of cultural economics, which examines the economic and social implications of cultural goods and activities [5]. overall, the research has significant theoretical and practical implications and can contribute to the sustainable development of this cultural treasure and the broader field of cultural economics [6]. the questions raised about the impact of education and demographics are crucial to understanding and analyzing these factors. using an econometric approach and time-series data covering 20 years, the study can provide a comprehensive and empirical [7]. the study can also contribute to the formulation of cultural policies that promote sustainable development and other cultural treasures. by identifying policymakers and cultural organizations, we can develop strategies to enhance their appeal to audiences, increase attendance, and sustain their cultural and economic value in the long run. overall, the research is a valuable contribution to the field of cultural economics and can provide important insights into the consumption behavior and preferences of audiences towards cultural goods and activities [8]. as we proposed, through the development of the smart model for the analysis of opera heritage archiving and protection. the concept of conditional independence serves as the cornerstone of numerous research approaches. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 351 contribution of study: by demonstrating how to employ a theoretical approach to improve a smart model's performance, the paper contributes to the field. the following is a summary of the research's successes: • this study implemented the smart model intervention, which was created after reviewing the findings of earlier research. • to examine conventional heritage studies, which are focused on preservation and archiving, and to adapt certain methods and ideas to more useful problems. 2. related works the investigation analyzed the complexities of artisanship genetically transmitted in hainan's indescribable cultural legacy, described the design, humanistic implications, and production techniques of the li people's ship legacy, and summarized the contributions of an innovative deep learning convolutional neural network according to the effective reality model for cultural legacy intangible maintenance to the advancement of conventional skills’ intangible cultural heritage [9]. the article showed that it could serve as a foundation for the production of cultural genes and, ultimately, the development of a computable cultural ecology [10]. the case study evaluated whether, with high-performance computer techniques, intangible cultural treasures could be accurately identified and protected. the framework for intangible cultural heritage's digital preservation and development is also being developed [11]. ni (2023) [12] suggested many workable archival protection options. using the geographical features of chinese painting pigment production for marketing is one option. to raise knowledge and appreciation of the art form, a specific method would entail promoting the distinctive features of chinese traditional heritage-making in different places. building an archive talent team for the chinese painting pigment method is another option. to assure the continuous conservation and advancement of the art form, a specific strategy would include selecting and educating a team of experts in the manufacture of pigment for chinese paintings. creating an online resource for chinese traditional heritage-making techniques will also help spread learning about the art form and make it more accessible to a broader audience. dang et al. (2021) [13] showed that over the relevant time, the volume of published material has continuously grown. researchers and academic institutions have not worked well together, with ich protection receiving the majority of the emphasis. the case study discussed that in addition to an effort to project a sense of global cosmopolitanism. the report made an urgent case for the chinese and the rest of the world to uphold and carry out unesco's goal of fostering ich as a crucial tool for social inclusion and environmental sustainability [14]. zhu et al. (2020) [15] examined the contribution of confucianism to the development of chinese opera. educational ideology shapes certain cultural traits by penetrating the psychological underpinnings of pictures from various historical periods. four different forms of chinese opera could be distinguished based on an examination of the major topics presented in the works, which also showed confucian cultural principles including "devotion," filial piety, honesty, and loyalty. yang (2023) [16] focused on meishan nuo opera and integrated contemporary digital technologies. it deliberates over the methods of protection and creation, employs digital technology to investigate meishan nuo opera's technical art protection and inheritance, conducts investigation into digital innovation, builds a system for computing technology protection and descent innovation, and demonstrates the usefulness of digital technology in the field of intangible cultural heritage. li (2023) [17] analyzed the process of valuing and implementing ningbo opera's intangible cultural property, which supports rural development. the objective is to highlight the significance of ningbo opera's intangible cultural legacy in rural rehabilitation and to encourage the achievement of several objectives, including social harmony, economic development, and cultural inheritance. jin (2023) [18] concluded that yue opera has established its position in china's cultural strategy as a unique cultural treasure and has the potential to attract greater public attention. developing a strategy in conjunction with art management's audience development can assist yue opera in resolving issues with its initial audience as well as drawing in new ones. the study examines the literacy of vocal technique in huai opera for school-based instruction in beijing, china. the research, which is based on musicology and ethnomusicology, is carried out inside the huai opera school and includes both the southern and northern schools, which are distinguished by their unique vocal styles and regional influences [19]. li et al. (2023) [20] created a twin scenario of rural cultural heritage using digital dynamic technologies, such as computer picture and video processing, to achieve multifaceted, digitally stored protection and contemporary innovation of rural cultural significance. research gap: the lack of investigation into the smart model's application in the particular context of china's opera impact presents a research gap in the study of the model in opera heritage archiving and protection. few studies have examined the complex potential and problems posed by opera heritage, even though studies recognize the significance of community-based management and technology integration in heritage preservation. furthermore, comprehensive frameworks that expressly address the complexities of opera heritage preservation using smart approaches are lacking. the investigation would provide insightful information that could prove useful in creating customized plans and resources to protect one of china's most significant cultural legacies. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 352 3. material and methods in this study, we discuss the smart model and analyze how archiving and protecting opera heritage represents a powerful new tool for preserving and promoting this important cultural art form. with continued innovation and development in this area, we can look forward to new and exciting discoveries in the field of opera heritage preservation. the primary objective of the study's design is the examination and use of the smart model for the preservation and security of opera history, specifically within the framework of chinese cultural legacy. to secure the preservation and promotion of opera history, the smart model incorporates modern technology and collaborative practices into a methodical and strategic strategy. the execution of the study involves a complex procedure with several essential elements, such as assessment, identification, integration, collaboration, and evaluation. the data analysis involves using statistical methods, particularly multiple regression analysis and the chi-square test, to assess the efficacy and significance of the smart model in the preservation of operatic legacy. multiple regression analysis analyzes the links between process variables, whereas the chi-square test evaluates the importance of variables and category linkages. the consequences and implications of the smart model implementation have been clarified due to these analytical techniques. 3.1. opera heritage depending on the history and objectives of the parties concerned, the phrase "opera heritage" might be interpreted in a variety of ways. it may be material or immaterial, mobile or stationary, new or old, privately or collectively held. in the past, historical "assets" like churches and temples were frequently regarded as certain buildings or memorials. at present, it is considered that a cultural asset's complete surroundings (or location) are of significant value and influence how it interacts with people. any facets of a community's history and present that people value and want to preserve for future generations may be considered part of their heritage. as a result, heritage is priceless and cannot be replicated. 3.2. opera heritage management the impacts of urbanization, industrialization, climate science, pollutants, and heavy pressure from tourist growth have all taken a toll on opera history in recent decades. until the 1970s, there was no standard procedure for managing opera legacy; instead, these landmarks were mostly protected via "conservation." studies on heritage management began in the 1970s, and this concept was initially implemented by the international committee on sites and monuments of the intercontinental commission for archaeological heritage management (icahm). during this period, the concept of opera legacy management was investigated on a number of subjects, such as the management of historic sites and buildings, the monitoring and assessment of historical assets, and the management of opera and archaeological resources. internationally, the technique for managing opera legacy shifted in the 2000s as the concept of long-term preservation emerged as a key tenet for preserving cultural property. 3.3. opera heritage archiving and protection opera heritage archiving and protection involves the promotion and preservation of traditional chinese opera as a cultural legacy. this includes archiving documentation of performances, costumes, makeup, musical compositions, and other artifacts related to chinese opera. some of the key aspects of opera heritage archiving and protection include: • documentation and archiving: the creation of digital archives and standardized documentation practices can help preserve the history and context of chinese opera. this includes recording performances, interviews with performers and experts, and the creation of databases of musical compositions and other artifacts. • preservation of physical artifacts: the preservation of costumes, makeup, and other physical artifacts related to chinese opera is also important. this can involve the development of specialized storage facilities and the use of conservation techniques to protect delicate materials. • use of innovative technologies: the use of virtual reality, augmented reality, and other innovative technologies can help to make chinese opera more accessible and engaging for audiences. this can involve the creation of virtual performances, interactive exhibits, and other digital experiences. • community-based heritage management: the involvement of local communities in the preservation and promotion of chinese opera is critical. community-based heritage management approaches can help to ensure that the promotion and preservation of chinese opera are responsive to local needs and interests. overall, opera heritage archiving and protection involves a comprehensive and collaborative approach to the preservation and promotion of traditional chinese opera. the use of the smart model can help guide these efforts and ensure that chinese opera is preserved and promoted for future generations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 353 3.4. smart model in the opera heritage archiving and protection the smart model in the context of china opera heritage refers to the use of innovative technologies and a smart approach to cultural heritage management and protection. this model highlights how crucial it is to incorporate technology into the promotion and preservation of a rich chinese cultural legacy, especially when it comes to opera. the use of smart technologies such as virtual reality, artificial intelligence, and digital archives can help enhance the accessibility and understanding of china opera heritage while also preserving it for future generations. the smart model also involves a collaborative approach to heritage management, involving multiple stakeholders such as government agencies, cultural institutions, and the local community. overall, the smart model represents a forwardthinking and proactive approach to the shield and promotion of china's cultural legacy. the flow of the smart model in the analysis of opera heritage archiving and protection can be broken down into several key steps: the first step, called assessment involves assessing the current state of opera heritage archiving and protection in china. this may involve conducting surveys, interviews, and other forms of research to identify the strengths and weaknesses of current approaches to heritage preservation and promotion. the second step, called identification; involves identifying the key challenges and opportunities facing the preservation and promotion of opera heritage in china. this may involve conducting a swot analysis or other forms of strategic planning to identify areas for improvement and potential areas of collaboration. the third step, called integration; involves integrating innovative technologies and approaches into the preservation and promotion of opera heritage. this may involve the creation of digital archives, the use of virtual reality technologies, or the development of latest approach to heritage management and defence. the fourth step, called collaboration; involves collaborating with stakeholders such as government agencies, cultural institutions, and the local community to develop a coordinated approach to heritage preservation and promotion. this may involve developing partnerships, sharing resources, and working together to address common challenges. the fifth step is called implementation; it involves implementing the smart model in the preservation and promotion of opera heritage. this may involve piloting new approaches, monitoring progress, and making adjustments as needed. the final step is called evaluation; it involves evaluating the impact of the smart model on the preservation and promotion of opera heritage in china. this may involve conducting assessments, surveys, and other forms of research to measure the effectiveness of the model and identify areas for improvement. figure 2 depicts the overall architecture of the smart model. figure 2. smart model architecture overall, the flow of the smart model in the analysis of opera heritage archiving and protection involves a comprehensive and collaborative approach to heritage preservation and promotion that integrates innovative technologies and approaches. 3.5. statistical analysis 3.5.1. chi–square test the chi-square test evaluates the importance of categories of variables. it calculates the difference between expected and observed frequencies within different categories and assesses the probability that this difference can be attributed only to probability. the chi-square distribution is used, and variable independence is assumed in the test. chi-square analysis is one statistical method that can test a hypothesis most successfully when there are few components, as in clinical trials. unlike other statistics, it can provide precise information about the categories responsible for any hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 354 significant variability and the significance of any such variability. the non-parametric test uses frequencies in place of the standard deviation and mean. the objective of a test is to evaluate the hypothesis, not to estimate it. it has been indicated that this is an is an experiment. ∑ 𝑋𝑖−𝑟 2 = (𝑃−𝐿)2 𝐿 (1) where; 𝑃 stands for the present circumstances, 𝐿 represents the actual point, 𝑋2 is frequency chi-squared, and σ𝑋2 is the equation exceeds the chi-square values for each row. regardless they received management or not, the predicted chi-square estimates are as follows, 𝐿 = 𝑀𝐺×𝑀𝑇 𝑄 (2) where; 𝐿 indicates that the device is operational, 𝑀𝑇 demonstrates the cell nucleus's row boundary, 𝑀𝐺 depicts the row boundary, and 𝑄 represents the complete collection of samples. to calculate the sample size, the column and row borders of each molecule are multiplied. 𝑥2 = (𝐵−𝐿)2 𝐿 (3) a correlation measure is a statistical indicator of how strong the connection occurs. the calculating process utilizing equation is made simpler by the equation 4: √ 𝑥2 𝑞⁄ (𝑓−1) = √ 𝑥2 𝑞(𝑞−1) (4) the chi-square is a potent data analysis tool that provides extensive definitions for the properties of research data. consider a contingency table that has 𝑐 columns and 𝑟 rows. the measured frequency is denoted by𝑄(𝑗, 𝑖), for each row𝑗, and column𝑖, and the frequency expectations were represented by𝐴(𝑗, 𝑖). 𝑌2 = σ ( (𝑄(𝑗,𝑖)−𝐴(𝑗,𝑖)) 2 𝐴(𝑗,𝑖) ) (5) where statistic from the chi-square test is 𝑌2, σ represents the sum of all values, 𝑄(𝑗, 𝑖) is the row-j, column-i frequency of the cell, and 𝐴(𝑗, 𝑖) represents the expected cell frequency at column 𝑖 and row 𝑗. the chi-squared statistic, which calculates the whole difference between actual and expected frequency for each contingency table, is the resultant total. the chi-squared 𝑌² test statistic can be obtained using the equation 6: 𝑌² = 𝛴 ( (𝑄−𝐴)2 𝐴 ) (6) when the chi-square test estimate is displayed, solve for 𝑌². the projected frequency of each contingent table cell is reflected in a, while the aggregate of all values is represented by 𝛴. 𝑄represent the frequencies of the contingency table cells. the statistical significance of the categorical variable connection is determined by this statistic. 3.5.2. multiple regression analysis the multiple conversions technique is used to determine the connection between the process variables. regression equations can employ multiple designs, including complete models, interaction models, and linear and quadratic models. linear expression, 𝑧 = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1𝑉1 + 𝛽2𝑉2 + 𝛽3𝑉3 … (7) the quadratic formula: 𝑧 = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1𝑉1 + 𝛽2𝑉2 + 𝛽3𝑉3 + 𝛽4(𝑉1)2 + 𝛽5(𝑉2)2 + 𝛽6(𝑉3)2 (8) equation of interaction: 𝑧 = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1𝑉1 + 𝛽2𝑉2 + 𝛽3𝑉3 + 𝛽4𝑉1𝑉2 + 𝛽5𝑉1𝑉3 + 𝛽6𝑉2𝑉3 … (9) whole design: 𝑧 = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1𝑉1 + 𝛽2𝑉2 + 𝛽3𝑉3 + 𝛽4(𝑉1)2 + 𝛽5(𝑉2)2 + 𝛽6(𝑉3)2 + 𝛽7𝑉1𝑉2 + 𝛽8𝑉1𝑉3 + 𝛽9𝑉2𝑉3 … (10) where 𝑉1, 𝑉2&𝑉3 are variables that predict and 𝑧 is the criteria variable. the coefficients of regression are 𝛽1, 𝛽2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 355 4. analysis of the smart model in the opera heritage archiving and protection china has an extensive traditional legacy that is knit together from a wide range of traditions, beliefs, and practices that have persisted over many generations. these cultural riches, which range from the graceful calligraphic strokes to the vivid colors of traditional painting, the disciplined motions of martial arts, and the exquisite flavors of chinese food, enthrall audiences not only in china but also across the world. table 1 provides evidence of the widespread distribution of traditional heritage in china. the propagation of traditional legacy has become a major theme in china's cultural landscape in recent years, driven by the country's coordinated attempts to maintain its cultural identity in the face of globalization and industrialization. china is embracing modernity and evolving, and as a result, maintaining and advancing its traditional history is essential for maintaining cultural continuity as well as for fostering pride in the country and international acknowledgment of its rich cultural past. the propagation of traditional legacy serves as a link between the past and the present, a symbol of china's ongoing cultural vitality, and a pillar of the country's identity in a world that is changing rapidly. table 1. analysis of traditional heritage to dissemination in china years revenue in billions annual rate of development rate of growth (%) 2015 319.55 0 0 2016 356.90 36.36 11.5 2017 434.87 74.98 15.7 2018 466.65 18.79 3.8 2019 510.31 47.67 8.8 2020 506.32 48.78 10.1 2021 456.66 30.04 8.7 2022 385.7 23.12 7.9 a variety of communication strategies are used in an attempt to increase public understanding of cross-cultural communication. in this article, the propagation strategies based on the smart mode (figures 3(a) and 3(b)) are compared with those that are implemented using traditional methods. modern distribution techniques have been compared to creative ways that follow the smart paradigm in recent years. this comparison emphasizes the way cultural communication is changing and how effective it is to integrate contemporary technology and strategic frameworks to promote cross-cultural contact. figure 3(a). improvement of traditional communication hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 356 figure 3(b). improvement of communication-based on smart model opera heritage is a medium for showcasing many civilizations and providing spectators with a view into a multitude of cultural narratives. immersion in operatic performances allows spectators to learn about many cultures and develop an understanding of the subtle creative and historical elements present in the work. to differing degrees, this experience frequently causes their perception of culture to change. although audiences are usually well aware of traditional culture, it's possible that prior cultural distribution methods hindered their comprehension. to get a sense of the opinions and experiences of 100 opera aficionados worldwide, we conducted a survey as part of this study. their fundamental data is shown in table 2: table 2. basic facts about 100 devotees in the heritage of global opera fundamental circumstance subjects quantity of individuals ages 25 to 40 56 > 40 46 gender identity men 48 women 54 level of educational beneath the junior high level 21 elementary school or higher 77 according to table 2, the gender split among the 100 respondents is essentially the same. there are far more people in this age group than any other. the percentage of people with junior high school graduations or above is higher. in tables 3 and 4, the paper assesses how well 100 individuals recognize and are knowledgeable of the heritage of opera across the world. table 3. the acknowledgment of the world opera heritage by 100 devotees approval quantity of people percentages (%) efficient percentage (%) completely in agreement 52 52 52 identification 31 31 31 neither concur nor dispute 11 11 11 not in agreement 6 6 6 disagree severely 5 5 5 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 357 table 4. the 100 devotee’s awareness about the opera heritage across the world approval number of individuals percentages (%) percentage of efficiency (%) understand deeply 13 13 13 overall knowledge 21 21 21 not understanding 44 44 44 extremely unaware 26 26 26 the majority of the population has a distinct identity and a long-standing worldwide opera heritage, as demonstrated in tables 3 and 4. worldwide opera heritage has a very high level of fundamental popular recognition. 52 individuals, or 52%, say they strongly identify with international opera heritage. until now, just 13 people, or 13% of the population, are knowledgeable about global opera heritage. the great majority of those surveyed, however, lacked a deeper knowledge of and awareness of other traditional cultures. several respondents said they were familiar with and had heard of these civilizations, but they had not done a thorough investigation of the cultural essence they carried. due to the various risks and difficulties these historical places face, protecting opera heritage has been a key priority in recent years. opera heritage sites are vulnerable to a variety of threats that compromise their preservation, including urban development pressures and environmental degradation. considering these obstacles, deliberate measures have been implemented to ensure the protection and preservation of opera heritage. an increasingly popular strategy is using the smart model, a strategic management tool well-known for its efficiency in performance monitoring, goal-setting, and progress assessment. through the application of the smart model, parties engaged in the preservation of opera heritage may set specific goals, outline feasible approaches, and track the effectiveness of their conservation efforts. figure 4 and table 5 depict the protection of opera heritage by using the smart model. overall, using the smart model in the year 2022 has had better effectiveness. figure 4. smart model in opera heritage protection table 5. the protection of opera heritage by using the smart model protection of the year percentage (%) 2017 10 2018 28 2019 37 2020 44 2021 69 2022 80 developing a smart model for opera heritage involves identifying the relevant parameters that affect the sustainability and growth of this cultural treasure. some possible parameters to consider are illustrated in figure 5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 358 figure 5. parameters of smart representation attendance: the number of people attending traditional chinese opera performances is an important parameter to consider, as it reflects the popularity and demand for this art form, which achieves only 11%. revenue: the revenue generated from traditional chinese opera performances, such as ticket sales and merchandise, is another important parameter to consider, as it reflects the economic value and sustainability of this art form and achieves 12%. technological innovation: the adoption of modern technology and innovative stage design in traditional chinese opera performances is an important parameter to consider, as it can enhance audience experience and appeal to new generations of audiences, and it achieves 14%. cultural significance: the cultural and historical significance of traditional chinese opera as a national cultural heritage is an important parameter to consider, as it affects its social and symbolic value to chinese society and achieves 15%. education and outreach: the promotion of traditional chinese opera education and outreach programs to younger audiences is an important parameter to consider, as it affects the future sustainability and growth of this art form, and it achieves 17%. internationalization: the promotion and exposure of traditional chinese opera to international audiences and markets is an important parameter to consider, as it can increase its cultural influence and economic value on a global scale, and it achieves 13%. quality: the artistic quality and innovation of traditional chinese opera performances are important parameters to consider, as they affect audience satisfaction, and while comparing other parameters, to improve more effectiveness, it achieves 18%. 5. conclusion the smart model is a useful tool for analyzing and managing opera heritage archiving and protection. by using this model, opera heritage organizations can ensure their archival and protection strategies. by applying the smart model, an innovative approach is developed that combines technology, strategic planning, and cooperative efforts to guarantee the survival and appreciation of opera history, particularly in relation to chinese heritage. the current study explores into the intricate aspects of opera tradition, recognizing its varied interpretations and immense importance in shaping cultural identity. the smart approach provides a systematic framework that includes assessment, identification, integration, cooperation, and evaluation to effectively manage the preservation and promotion of opera history. the significance and importance of the smart model in the context of opera heritage preservation have been revealed by statistical studies such as the chi-square test and multiple regression analysis. this study demonstrates the value of cooperation, technical advancement, and strategic planning in protecting opera heritage from challenges like urbanization and environmental deterioration. the examination of 100 global opera enthusiasts highlights the way the idea of opera legacy is changing. additionally, our study clarifies the significance of community involvement, public awareness initiatives, and international cooperation in preserving and advancing opera history globally. in order to preserve and promote opera history through creative methods and teamwork, the conclusion acts as a call to action for the academic community. it calls for practical, actionable scholarship to be conducted. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, x.l. and w.z.; methodology, x.l., w.z., and y.d.; formal analysis, l.z. and n.c.; investigation, y.d.; writing—original draft preparation, x.l., w.z., and y.d; writing—review and editing, x.l., w.z., y.d., l.z., and n.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 359 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding and acknowledgements the research is supported by: fujian province fund “piano accompaniment" first-class course project” in 2019 and the ministry of education fund “cooperative education program” in 2020 (no.202002061006) and the federation of social sciences of zigong city, sichuan province fund “the national folk music and dance research center project” in 2021 (no.myyb2001-7) and minjiang university fund “piano accompaniment" fine course ideological and political project” in 2021 (no.mju2020kc523) and minjiang university fund "first-class course project for history of chinese music and appreciation of masterpieces" in 2021 (no.mju2021kc301). 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] deng, y. (2022). the timbre relationship between piano performance skills and piano combined with opera music elements in the context of the internet of things. security and communication networks, 2022, 1–14. doi:10.1155/2022/4259995. [2] liu, p. (2022). the decline of traditional chinese opera. in 2021 international conference on public art and human development (icpahd 2021), atlantis press, 878-881. [3] dan, l., & nan, s. (2021). digital animation in the spread of the oriental ballet huagu opera. frontiers in art research, 3(7), 43-48. doi:10.25236/far.2021.030710. [4] wang, m. (2023). a comparative study of public art education by the state theaters in korean and china. shs web of conferences, 158, 02008. doi:10.1051/shsconf/202315802008. [5] chai, w. (2023). industrialization of the culture and aesthetics: reconsideration of the lingnan opera films in 1950s and 1960s. proceedings of the 2022 4th international conference on literature, art and human development (iclahd 2022), 559–564. doi:10.2991/978-2-494069-97-8_71. [6] yu, h., & cai, p. (2019). study on the external communication strategy of chinese opera a case study of the return of classic intellectual property “the dawns here are quiet” to russia. 4th international conference on contemporary education, social sciences and humanities, iccessh 2019, 941–945. doi:10.2991/iccessh-19.2019.211. [7] zhaoyang, q. (2019). research on the predicament and development of cultural and art inheritance of sichuan opera. 2019 1st asia international symposium on arts, literature, language and culture (aisallc 2019), francis academic press, united kingdom, 259-263.doi:10.25236/aisallc.2019.052. [8] ong, m. y. (2020). 10. disappearing voices: the politics and practice of safeguarding kunqu opera in the people’s republic of china. heritage as aid and diplomacy in asia, 254–277. doi:10.1355/9789814881166-011. [9] deng, x., kim, i. t., & shen, c. (2021). research on convolutional neural network-based virtual reality platform framework for the intangible cultural heritage conservation of china hainan li nationality: boat-shaped house as an example. mathematical problems in engineering, 2021, 1–16. doi:10.1155/2021/5538434. [10] li, m., wang, y., & xu, y. q. (2022). computing for chinese cultural heritage. visual informatics, 6(1), 1–13. doi:10.1016/j.visinf.2021.12.006. [11] ding, h. (2022). digital protection and development of intangible cultural heritage relying on high-performance computing. computational intelligence and neuroscience, 2022. doi:10.1155/2022/4955380. [12] ni, n. (2023). a study on the measures for the archival protection of the intangible cultural heritage “chinese painting pigment making technique.” pacific international journal, 6(1), 33–36. doi:10.55014/pij.v6i1.300. [13] dang, q., luo, z., ouyang, c., wang, l., & xie, m. (2021). intangible cultural heritage in china: a visual analysis of research hotspots, frontiers, and trends using citespace. sustainability (switzerland), 13(17), 9865. doi:10.3390/su13179865. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 360 [14] ma, h. (2022). the missing intangible cultural heritage in shanghai cultural and creative industries. international journal of heritage studies, 28(5), 597–608. doi:10.1080/13527258.2022.2042717. [15] zhu, j., kang, j., ma, h., & wang, c. (2020). grounded theory-based subjective evaluation of traditional chinese performance buildings. applied acoustics, 168, 107417. doi:10.1016/j.apacoust.2020.107417. [16] yang, z. (2023). digital technology is used for the innovative inheritance research of meishan nuo opera. proceedings of the 2nd international academic conference on blockchain, information technology and smart finance, icbis 2023, 865–872. doi:10.2991/978-94-6463-198-2_89. [17] li, m. (2023). the value review and implementation path of the intangible cultural heritage ningbo opera empowering rural revitalization. journal of sociology and ethnology, 5(9), 76–83. doi:10.23977/jsoce.2023.050914. [18] jin, q. (2023). yue opera start a new journey under the china’s cultural policy. journal of humanities, arts and social science, 7(1), 210–213. doi:10.26855/jhass.2023.01.032. [19] chen, w., & woramitmaitree, n. (2024). vocal techniques literacy in huai opera for school-based education in shanghai municipality, china. international journal of education and literacy studies, 12(1), 252–259. doi:10.7575/aiac.ijels.v.12n.1p.252. [20] li, s., liu, z., liu, z., nong, l., & fang, s. (2023). rural cultural heritage scene construction based on digital activation technology. proceedings 2023 international conference on culture-oriented science and technology, cost 2023, 381–385. doi:10.1109/cost60524.2023.00084. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 201 issn: 2723-9535 revolutionizing hospitality: unraveling the transformative potential of big data in tourism and hotel management lin mu 1*, qianzi guo 1, lin yang 2 1 school of hotel management, qingdao vocational and technical college of hotel management, qingdao 266100, shandong, china. 2 office of discipline inspection commission, qingdao technicians college, qingdao 266100, shandong, china. received 17 october 2024; revised 15 february 2025; accepted 21 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract objective: the purpose of this research is to investigate how big data analysis may be used in the tourist and hotel sectors to improve customer happiness and spur corporate expansion. the goals are to analyze traveler behavior and preferences, derive actionable insights from a variety of data sources, and design customized strategies to enhance customer experiences and promote brand loyalty. methods/analysis: to ensure precision and comprehensiveness, the approach incorporates rigorous preprocessing procedures for data. this technique is essential for providing precise insights into the customers, both explicit and implicit. the study provides a thorough understanding of consumer interactions and preferences by including data from social media, travel websites, and hotel booking systems. findings: the research offers significant insights that demonstrate the capacity to improve consumer experiences, tailored products, optimized services, and effective marketing tactics. the results emphasize how important it is to understand client preferences to inform corporate strategy and create a competitive edge. conclusion: the potential of big data analysis in the travel and hospitality sectors is shown in this research, which adds to the rapidly developing subject. this study highlights how big data analysis plays a critical role in enhancing the tourist experience and promoting industry innovation by clarifying the relationship between technology and customized services. keywords: big data analysis; tourism and hotel management; customer satisfaction; personalized service; traveler behavior. 1. introduction numerous countries have profited economically, socially, and environmentally from the hospitality and tourist sector, which is one of the largest and most rapidly expanding industries in the world. the integration of big data has become a game-changer in the fast-paced world of hospitality, where seamless service and tailored experiences are essential. the tourist and hotel management industries have seen a paradigm change driven by the extraordinary availability of large amounts of data and the technology developments in data analytics. this change ushers in a new age of increased competition, improved visitor happiness, and efficient operations [1]. the crowds examine how this emerging control is impacting each component of the business and construct the complex consequences using datadriven insights for hotel management and tourism. big data gives the hospitality industry of participants the ability to interpret complex patterns, identify visitor preferences, and predict market trends with previously unheard-of precision. through the integration of both structured and unstructured data from many sources, such as social media interactions and transactional records, hospitality businesses may create detailed profiles of their visitors that allow businesses to customize their products and services based on individual preferences. this customized strategy * corresponding author: 13665325658@163.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-014  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 202 increases the probability of generating income while also fostering visitor loyalty. big data has inherent security, privacy, and ethical dilemmas [2]. maintaining confidence and honesty requires hospitality companies to operate this data-driven horizon with innovation and privacy of clients balanced. in the hotel and tourist industry, digital transformation and innovation include implementing innovative digital strategies to improve sustainability and competitiveness as well as embracing technology. the use of online booking systems and mobile apps expedites the booking process and provides customers with individualized experiences, which is a crucial component of digital transformation. the primary goal of the paper is to investigate how big data analysis might be used in the travel and hospitality sectors to improve client happiness, promote innovation, and accelerate corporate development. the study creates tailored plans based on traveler behavior and preferences to improve customer experiences and foster brand loyalty and extract actionable insights from a variety of data sources, including social media, travel websites, and hotel booking systems. this study highlights how combining technology with individualized services can revolutionize the traveler experience and encourage industry innovation. key contribution the study enhances the customer experience, improving services and customizing products that each depend on an understanding of passenger habits, preferences, and feedback patterns. using this information, firms can efficiently adapt and innovate in the constantly evolving travel sector, leading to increased client retention and company development. providing incredible client experiences is a key to building brand loyalty and accelerating business growth in the tourist and hospitality sectors. organizations might produce beneficial evaluations, endure customer connections, and create memorable vacations by combining customized services, new technology, and sustainable practices. 2. literature review in the ever-evolving realm of tourism and hotel management, big data analysis has increasingly become a linchpin for driving strategic decisions. as digital footprints expand, a rich tapestry of data awaits to be unraveled, offering unprecedented insights into consumer behavior, preferences, and trends. historically, the tourism and hotel sector largely depended on traditional data sources like surveys and direct feedback for their decision-making processes. however, with the advent of digital platforms, the paradigm shifted towards leveraging big data. early adopters in the tourism sector recognized the potential of web scraping, analyzing online reviews, and using booking data to understand tourist flows, preferences, and sentiments. in the hotel industry, pioneers have utilized big data analytics to optimize room pricing, improve guest experiences, and forecast demand. researchers such as antonio et al. (2019) [3] and viverit et al. (2023) [4] have extensively documented the application of machine learning techniques to predict hotel bookings [6], and the role of sentiment analysis in gauging guest satisfaction from online reviews. despite the promises, several challenges have emerged in harnessing big data for tourism and hotels. the sheer volume of data generated across disparate platforms poses integration challenges. the heterogeneous nature of data, spanning from structured booking information to unstructured social media posts, necessitates sophisticated preprocessing techniques. the issue of data veracity: not all data is of equal quality or reliability. for instance, a study by park (2021) [7] highlighted the risks of basing decisions on data from platforms that are susceptible to fake reviews. the research was to examine how technology and digitization might enhance the viability and competitiveness of the hotel and tourist industries. furthermore, the dynamic nature of the tourism sector, influenced by factors like global events or environmental changes, makes real-time data analysis imperative yet challenging development in the worldwide hospitality industry, with a focus on how this impacts travel to the states [8, 9]. information for the tourist sector's sustained development. given the multifaceted nature of tourism data, preprocessing emerges as a critical step to prepare data for analysis. techniques such as data cleaning, normalization, and transformation have been employed to ensure consistency and reliability. in terms of mining, association rule learning has been applied to uncover patterns in booking behaviors, revealing interesting correlations such as the coupling of certain destinations with specific accommodation types. travel and lodging, as well as investigating sentiment analysis, riding on the back of natural language processing, have been pivotal in extracting sentiments from vast amounts of textual data, especially reviews. neural networks and deep learning models have also been employed, particularly in forecasting demand and understanding intricate patterns that simpler models might overlook [10-13]. despite the advancements, there are evident gaps in the literature. for one, while there's extensive documentation on popular tourist destinations, there's limited research on emerging or niche tourism spots. additionally, the interplay between external factors, such as socio-political events or environmental changes, and their impact on tourist behaviors remains under-explored. the increasing importance of sustainability in tourism presents another avenue for research, where big data could be harnessed to understand and predict the environmental impact of tourism flows. furthermore, as technology evolves, new data sources will emerge, such as augmented reality or virtual reality experiences, which the tourism and hotel sector might leverage. exploring how to effectively gather and analyze data from these novel sources could pave the way for a new wave of insights and innovations in the industry. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 203 2.1. research gap a paradigm change is occurring in the hotel and tourism sector as it deals with the difficulties imposed by quickening technical improvements and shifting customer tastes. in this scenario, innovation and digital transformation are increasingly significant variables that impact the enterprise sector's capacity for growth and remaining sustainable. however, many hospitality and tourist firms encounter challenges when attempting to properly deploy and use digital technology to improve their sustainability and competitiveness, despite the rising appreciation for the significance of digitalization. digital transformation activities within the industry are confronted with significant obstacles, such as constrained access to digital infrastructure, elevated implementation costs, and organizational reluctance to change. 3. research methods in the evolving landscape of the digital age, the tourism and hotel industry has been flooded with vast amounts of data. this chapter delves deeply into the methodologies and techniques employed to harness this data, transforming it from raw information into actionable insights. figure 1 illustrates the overview of the proposed flow. figure 1. overview of proposed flow 3.1. data collection the first step in our methodological approach was data collection. the world of online tourism is vast and varied. to ensure comprehensive coverage, data was drawn from three primary sources:  tourism websites: these platforms offer a wealth of information, from the popularity of destinations to the patterns of bookings. scraping tools were utilized to extract data, focusing on user interactions and preferences.  hotel booking platforms: central repositories of booking behaviors, these platforms were mined to understand the dynamics of hotel stays, duration, room preferences, and more.  social media: beyond the structured world of bookings and listings, social media provides insights into the raw, unfiltered sentiments of travelers. data extraction tools interfaced with apis of major social media platforms to collect posts, comments, and reviews related to travel experiences. the types of data collected ranged from quantitative metrics like booking frequency to qualitative data such as traveler reviews. four main categories of data were identified: booking behavior, travel preferences, accommodation experience, and feedback. 3.2. data preprocessing given the heterogeneous sources, the raw data was often noisy and inconsistent. preprocessing was vital to ensure data integrity and relevance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 204  data cleaning: one of the primary challenges was missing values. using statistical imputation methods, missing values were estimated based on the distribution of known data. outliers, which could skew analysis, were identified using the z-score method: 𝑍 = 𝑋 − 𝜇 𝜎 where x is the data point, μ is the mean, and σ is the standard deviation. data points with a z-score exceeding a threshold (typically 3) were treated as outliers and handled accordingly [14].  data transformation: to ensure uniformity, the collected data underwent normalization, especially for features with varying scales. the min-max normalization technique was employed: 𝑋norm = 𝑋 − 𝑋min 𝑋max − 𝑋min additionally, feature engineering was undertaken to derive new attributes, enhancing the richness of the dataset [15]. 3.3. data analysis techniques upon crafting a clean and enriched dataset, sophisticated analysis techniques were applied.  advanced clustering techniques: clustering aims to group data points based on similarity. given the diversity of travelers, understanding these clusters can offer insights into different tourist profiles. the dbscan (densitybased spatial clustering of applications with noise) algorithm was favored over traditional methods, given its prowess in handling noise and identifying clusters of varying shapes.  association rule mining: to uncover patterns in booking and travel behavior, the apriori algorithm was employed. this technique identifies sets of items frequently occurring together. in our context, it could reveal patterns like a preference for certain destinations with specific types of accommodations.  sentiment analysis: feedback and reviews are textual data, rich in sentiments. natural language processing (nlp) techniques, powered by deep learning models, parsed this data, classifying sentiments as positive, negative, or neutral. preparing data for analysis using cleansing, transformation, and normalization is part of the technique. dbscan is used for clustering, which finds passenger groups according to similarities. the apriori method is used in association rule mining to find patterns in booking behavior. the technique entails the identification of frequently occurring item sets and the creation of association rules to comprehend the connections among various travel components. figure 2 shows that advanced clustering visualization. figure 2. advanced clustering visualization the visualization above provides a representation of two distinct clusters within the dataset, identified through advanced clustering techniques. here's a breakdown of the visualization: travel preferences score somewhat lower, and fewer bookings are indicated by the pink points (cluster 1). it might include those who travel sometimes or those who are less picky about in cluster 1. when it comes to planning travel arrangements, this group may not participate in booking activities as often; that might not give certain preferences priority. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 205 the blue points (cluster 2) probably indicate a preference for certain travel options, since they indicate more regular passengers with greater booking frequency and somewhat raised travel preference ratings. based on this trend, it is possible that they are frequent travelers for business, with well-defined tastes. it's recognizable as distinct portions of the information due to their frequency and preference emphasis, which set them apart from other clusters. through such visualizations, we can gain a deeper understanding of the underlying patterns within our data. the clustering here is just a representation, but in a real-world scenario, each cluster can be further analyzed to understand its characteristics and behaviors, which can be crucial for the tourism and hotel industry to tailor their offerings and marketing strategies [16-19]. in conclusion, the combination of computational techniques with tourism data offers a powerful toolkit. through meticulous data collection, rigorous preprocessing, and sophisticated analysis techniques, we can derive insights that are not just descriptive but also predictive, paving the way for a more data-driven approach in the tourism and hotel industry. 4. empirical analysis 4.1. data overview: descriptive statistics of the collected data in the rapidly progressing digital age, the tourism and hotel industry is awash with a myriad of data sources, each offering unique insights into the behaviors, preferences, and experiences of travelers. our empirical analysis delves deeply into this data-rich realm, aiming to uncover patterns and insights that can shape strategic decisions in the industry. 4.2. background of the empirical analysis we think the stem from the traditional data sources, such as direct surveys, was becoming increasingly insufficient in capturing the complete picture of the modern traveler. the digital footprints left by users on various platforms provide a more comprehensive and real-time snapshot of their preferences, behaviors, and feedback. 4.3. data sources the data was meticulously curated from three primary digital avenues:  tourism websites: these platforms are often the first port of call for travelers planning their journeys. they offer insights into popular destinations, emerging trends, and the evolving tastes of the global traveler.  hotel booking platforms: central to the accommodation experience, these platforms were scoured to understand the dynamics of hotel bookings, including stay durations, room preferences, and booking patterns.  social media: beyond structured data, social media platforms serve as a treasure trove of unfiltered sentiments and raw experiences shared by travelers [20]. 4.4. data collection methodology advanced web scraping tools interfaced with the apis of the chosen platforms to collect data. these tools were equipped with algorithms that ensured only relevant data points were extracted, minimizing noise (see figure 3 and table 1). for social media platforms, sentiment analysis algorithms pre-processed the data during collection, assigning preliminary sentiment scores based on user feedback. 4.5. types of data the collected data spanned both quantitative and qualitative realms:  quantitative data: metrics like booking frequency, stay duration, and sentiment scores.  qualitative data: textual data such as reviews, feedback, and social media posts. table 1. partial data set statistic booking_frequency travel preferences score accommodation experience feedback sentiment count 150 150 150 150 mean 48.821907 5.027483 7.287691 8.182174 std. 18.280586 0.415966 1.511463 1.017944 min 14.662789 3.915546 3.501685 5.484256 25% 28.462212 4.771811 6.307311 7.6096 50% 55.437487 4.966143 7.466027 8.197763 75% 62.590435 5.28116 8.314592 8.845954 max 77.518423 6.431552 10.57336 10.605906 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 206 figure 3. distribution of booking frequency distribution of accommodation experience distribution of travel preferences score travel preferences score distribution of feedback sentiment the visualizations and the descriptive statistics table offer a comprehensive overview of the empirical data:  distribution of booking frequency: the first histogram showcases the distribution of booking frequencies. a significant portion of travelers, as evident from the peak in the histogram, tend to book frequently, indicating a sizable group of regular travelers. this aligns with our earlier assumptions about cluster 1.  distribution of travel preferences score: the second histogram presents the travel preferences scores. while the scores are fairly distributed, there's a noticeable concentration around the mean, suggesting that a majority of travelers have specific preferences when they travel.  distribution of accommodation experience: this histogram offers insights into travelers' accommodation experiences. a noticeable peak is evident, suggesting that many travelers have had positive accommodation experiences, possibly reflecting the efficacy of hotel booking platforms in matching travelers with suitable accommodations.  distribution of feedback sentiment: the final histogram portrays the distribution of feedback sentiments. the data indicates that a significant number of travelers have provided positive feedback, with the histogram leaning towards higher sentiment scores. the descriptive statistics table further elucidates the data:  booking_frequency: the average booking frequency is approximately 48.82 times, with a standard deviation of 18.28, reflecting variability in travelers' booking habits.  travel_preferences_score: travelers seem to have unique tastes, as shown by the mean score of 5.03 on a possible range of 7 or 8. the departure from the maximum score suggests a range of preferences and needs among the passengers. in order to accomplish a wide range of demands and improve consumer satisfaction in the travel sector, it is important to comprehend these subtleties.  accommodation_experience: it is evident from the average score of 7.29 that most tourists experienced positive experiences with their lodging. it indicates that for a sizable percentage of visitors, the lodgings probably met or exceeded their expectations. the positive mean score indicates that, on the whole, visitors were satisfied with their accommodations, which is a level of satisfaction that encourages return business and favorable word-of-mouth referrals. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 207  feedback_sentiment: the average sentiment score of 8.18 out of 10 confirms the histogram's constant positive trend. comprehensive insights into the interests and activities of contemporary passengers are provided by data obtained from a variety of digital channels. we can learn priceless lessons from this data analysis that will help shape the travel and hospitality industries going forward. by means of meticulous data gathering, preprocessing, and analysis, our goal is to reveal underlying trends and connections that are essential for the progress of the sector. the heart of the tourism and hotel industry lies in the booking behavior of travelers in figure 4. by understanding when, where, and how travelers book, we can tailor offerings, streamline services, and enhance experiences [21]. figure 4. distribution of peak booking times distribution of popular destinations distribution of booking seasons distribution of hotel types 1peak booking times and seasons  distribution of peak booking times: as depicted in the first histogram, there's a discernible pattern to when travelers make their bookings. the majority of bookings appear to be made during daytime hours, with peaks observed in the late morning and early afternoon. this trend might indicate that most travelers tend to finalize their plans during work breaks or leisure hours.  distribution of booking seasons: the bar chart showcases the distribution across different seasons. it's evident that summer stands out as a preferred season for traveling, likely due to favorable weather conditions and vacation breaks. spring and autumn show relatively consistent booking patterns, while winter, despite its festive charm, lags slightly behind, possibly due to weather constraints or the desire for a warmer retreat. 2popular destinations and hotel types  distribution of popular destinations: the salmon-colored bar chart paints a clear picture of destination preferences. destinations 'a' and 'b' emerge as clear favorites among travelers. such dominant preferences could be attributed to factors like popular tourist attractions, ease of access, or promotional tourism campaigns.  distribution of hotel types: the final chart provides insights into the types of accommodations travelers prefer. budget and mid-range hotels dominate the bookings, reflecting the general trend of travelers seeking value for money. luxury hotels, while having a smaller share, still maintain a significant presence, catering to travelers seeking premium experiences. the empirical analysis provides a multi-faceted view of booking behavior. from time-based preferences to seasonal inclinations and choices of destinations and accommodations, the data reveals the intricate web of decisions that shape a traveler's journey. these insights, when leveraged strategically, can significantly enhance the offerings of the tourism and hotel industry, ensuring they align closely with traveler preferences and market demands. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 208 4.6. travel preferences analysis the intricacies of travel preferences offer a captivating window into the motivations, desires, and inclinations of travelers in figure 5. by delving into these preferences, we can better align the offerings of the tourism and hotel industry with the actual needs of travelers, ensuring enhanced experiences and increased satisfaction [22]. figure 5. factors influencing destination choice attractions preferences in accommodations 1factors influencing destination choice destination choice is a complex decision, influenced by a plethora of factors. our data sheds light on three primary factors that play a pivotal role in determining travelers' destination choices:  attractions: represented by the light coral bar, attractions emerge as the most influential factor. this category encompasses tourist sites, cultural events, festivals, and natural wonders. the prominence of attractions in our data highlights the enduring allure of unique experiences and sights. travelers are evidently willing to traverse continents and oceans to witness something truly extraordinary.  accessibility: the light blue bar illustrates the significance of accessibility. this factor pertains to how easily a destination can be reached, be it through flights, trains, buses, or other modes of transport. a well-connected destination, with frequent and affordable transport options, can significantly boost its appeal to travelers.  affordability: the green bar denotes affordability. while it's a crucial determinant for many travelers, our data suggests it's slightly less influential than attractions and accessibility. nevertheless, cost considerations, including travel expenses, accommodation rates, and daily expenditures, remain integral to the travel planning process. 2preferences in accommodations: budget vs. luxury, urban vs. rural accommodation, the traveler's temporary abode, significantly influences the overall travel experience. our data offers insights into travelers' accommodation preferences:  budget vs. luxury: the gold and royal blue bars represent urban budget and luxury accommodations, respectively. both categories have a substantial presence in our dataset, indicating a diverse traveler base. some seek value-formoney options, preferring budget accommodations, while others are willing to splurge on luxury establishments for premium services and amenities.  urban vs. rural: the distinction between urban and rural settings further refines our understanding. the silver and medium orchid bars depict rural budget and luxury accommodations. it's evident that urban accommodations, irrespective of their price range, are more popular than their rural counterparts. this could be attributed to the convenience of city locales, proximity to major attractions, and better connectivity. travel preferences, while deeply personal, exhibit certain patterns and trends. by tapping into these patterns, the tourism and hotel industry can create tailored, resonant offerings that cater to the heart of travelers desires. such alignment not only enhances traveler satisfaction but also boosts industry growth and sustainability. 4.7. accommodation experience and feedback analysis the accommodation experience, from the moment of check-in to the time of departure, plays a pivotal role in determining the overall satisfaction of a traveler. feedback, often shared post-stay, offers invaluable insights into the strengths and areas of improvement for hoteliers in figure 6. our empirical analysis dives deep into this feedback, unearthing patterns, preferences, and pain points [23, 24]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 209 figure 6. sentiment analysis results key factors influencing positive and negative feedback feedback, while diverse in its nature, often converges around specific aspects of the accommodation experience. our data elucidates three primary factors that influence both positive and negative feedback:  service quality: represented by the tallest bars in the chart, service quality emerges as the paramount factor. whether it's the warmth of the reception, the efficiency of room service, or the attentiveness of the staff, the quality of service can make or break an experience. our data reveals that service quality is often cited in positive feedback, underscoring its importance in driving customer satisfaction. however, it's also a common factor in negative feedback, indicating areas where hotels might fall short.  room comfort: the comfort and ambiance of the room, from the softness of the bed to the view from the window, play a crucial role in determining a guest's overall experience. our data highlights room comfort as the second most influential factor. it's evident that when travelers find a room cozy, well-maintained, and equipped with modern amenities, they are more inclined to share positive feedback.  location: the location of the hotel, its proximity to attractions, accessibility to transport hubs, and the surrounding environment can significantly influence feedback. our chart showcases location as a factor in both positive and negative feedback, indicating that while many travelers appreciate strategic locales, others might find certain locations inconvenient or less appealing. 4.8. sentiment analysis results: trends in customer satisfaction delving into sentiment scores offers a granular view of customer satisfaction. the histogram, representing sentiment analysis results, provides a spectrum of feedback sentiments:  the data leans towards higher scores, indicating a preponderance of positive feedback. this trend suggests that a majority of travelers had satisfying accommodation experiences, possibly reflecting the industry's commitment to enhancing guest experiences.  while the bulk of feedback is positive, there's a notable presence of mid-range and lower scores. these scores represent areas of improvement, where the expectations of travelers weren't entirely met. feedback serves as a beacon for the hotel industry. by understanding the factors that elicit positive and negative responses and by analyzing sentiment trends, hoteliers can fine-tune their services, tailor their offerings, and elevate the overall guest experience. in a competitive landscape, such insights are not just beneficial—they're imperative for sustainable growth and success. 4.9. uncovering hidden customer needs and preferences the tourism and hotel industry is dynamic, shaped by ever-evolving traveler preferences. catering to the explicit needs of travelers is essential, but so is understanding their implicit desires—those that they might not voice but that significantly influence their travel decisions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 210 insight from advanced clustering techniques we begin by visualizing the segregation of travelers into clusters based on their accommodation experience and feedback sentiment. this will allow us to identify distinct traveler profiles. figure 7 shows that accommodation experience vs. feedback sentiment. scatter plot of accommodation experience vs. feedback sentiment figure 7. accommodation experience vs. feedback sentiment the scatter plot above visually segregates travelers based on their accommodation experience and feedback sentiment:  blue cluster: represents travelers with a moderate accommodation experience but higher feedback sentiment. this suggests that while their overall stay might have been average, certain aspects of their experience were notably positive. perhaps the service quality, unique offerings, or other amenities left a lasting impression.  pink cluster: encompasses travelers with both high accommodation experience and feedback sentiment. this is the ideal cluster from a hotel management perspective. these travelers were not only satisfied with their stay but were also vocal about their positive experiences. figure 8 shows the distribution of factors influencing feedback. patterns revealed from association rule mining (conceptual analysis) figure 8 illustrates the distribution of feedback factors for positive and negative feedback. figure 8. distribution of factors influencing feedback the bar chart above represents the distribution of feedback factors for both positive and negative feedback:  service quality: clearly dominates as a primary factor influencing feedback. it is evident that the quality of service plays a pivotal role in shaping the overall guest experience. for both positive and negative feedback, service quality stands out as the most cited factor. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 211  room comfort: is the second most influential factor. a comfortable room significantly impacts a traveler's stay. the data suggests that room comfort is a determining factor for many when providing feedback.  location: while still influential, it's not as predominant as the other two factors. however, the location of an accommodation can greatly influence a guest's overall experience, especially in terms of accessibility and the surrounding environment. budget urban and rural; luxury urban and rural figure 9 shows the distribution of accommodation preferences by destination. figure 9. distribution of accommodation preferences by destination the bar chart above represents the distribution of accommodation preferences across different destinations:  destinations a and b: these destinations seem popular, with a wide variety of accommodation preferences. interestingly, for both destinations, there's a notable preference for "budget-urban" and "luxury-urban" accommodations. this might suggest that these are urban hubs or popular cities where travelers either opt for budget options or go for luxury stays.  destinations c, d, and e: these destinations have a relatively balanced distribution of accommodation preferences. however, "budget-urban" accommodations still seem to be a favorite. the distribution suggests that while certain destinations might have specific preferences, the "budget-urban" accommodation type is universally popular. this could be attributed to the growing trend of budget travel or the increasing number of young travelers looking for affordable yet comfortable options in urban settings, as shown in figure 10. distribution of bookings across different seasons figure 10. distribution of bookings across different seasons hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 212 the bar chart above represents the distribution of bookings across different seasons:  summer: summer emerges as the most popular season for bookings. this could be due to the vacation season when most people plan their holidays. the spike in summer bookings might include a mix of both advance and last-minute bookings, catering to planned vacations as well as impromptu trips.  spring and autumn: these seasons also witness a significant number of bookings, though not as high as summer. the pleasant weather during these transitional seasons might attract travelers seeking to enjoy destinations in their full glory without the extremes of summer heat or winter cold.  winter: winter sees the least number of bookings among the seasons. however, this doesn't necessarily indicate a lack of interest. winter bookings could be more specific, such as those seeking winter sports or festive holiday experiences. the data suggests that winter travel might be more planned, with travelers booking well in advance to ensure they get the desired experience. the visualizations and analyses provide a comprehensive understanding of various facets of traveler behavior and preferences. from factors influencing feedback to accommodation preferences based on destination, the insights unearthed can be invaluable for industry players looking to enhance their offerings and cater to both explicit and hidden needs of travelers. 4.10. implications for the tourism and hotel industry the amalgamation of insights derived from our empirical analysis paints a vivid tapestry of the multifaceted traveler. these insights, when interpreted judiciously, can be the catalysts for transformative strategies, paving the way for innovative market approaches and personalized interactions.  market strategy recommendations: o segmentation based on preferences: our analysis of travel and accommodation preferences reveals distinct segments within the traveler populace. for instance, the preference clusters unveil segments like luxury urban travelers, budget rural travelers, etc. tailoring services and offerings to these specific segments can result in more resonant and effective market strategies. o enhanced focus on service quality: the prominence of service quality in feedback implies a universal desire for impeccable service. improving service quality, training staff, and ensuring prompt and courteous interactions can significantly elevate the guest experience, leading to positive feedback and enhanced online reputation. o strategic location choices: the significance of location in both destination choice and feedback necessitates strategic location planning. hotels located in proximity to major attractions and transport hubs can leverage their locale for promotional strategies, attracting travelers seeking convenience and accessibility. o seasonal offerings: the evident seasonality in booking behaviors suggests the potential for seasonal offerings and promotions. tailoring packages, discounts, and experiences to the prevalent preferences of each season can result in increased bookings and customer satisfaction.  opportunities for personalized marketing and promotions: o targeted promotions: the clustering insights allow for personalized promotions targeted at specific traveler clusters. for example, travelers in the cluster preferring high accommodation experiences can receive promotions focusing on premium services and exclusive experiences. o data-driven personalization: association rule insights can facilitate personalized interactions and offerings. understanding the correlated preferences and behaviors enables the crafting of resonant messages and offerings, making travelers feel understood and valued. o leveraging positive feedback: the predominance of positive feedback can be leveraged for reputation management and marketing. showcasing positive reviews and testimonials can build trust and credibility, attracting new customers and retaining existing ones. o responsive improvement: negative feedback, while minimal, is a goldmine for improvement. addressing the concerns raised in negative feedback and communicating improvements can enhance brand image and customer relations. 4.11. implications for the tourism and hotel industry big data enables tailored offerings, precise services, and resonant marketing in hospitality. personalized experiences drive customer satisfaction, operational efficiency, and revenue growth. in tourism and hotel management, big data revolutionizes strategies, enhancing guest experiences and industry competitiveness. figure 11 demonstrated market strategy recommendations and opportunities for personalized marketing and promotions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 213 figure 11. market strategy recommendations opportunities for personalized marketing and promotions the above diagrams succinctly encapsulate the strategic implications drawn from our empirical data analysis. market strategy recommendations pie chart: the first diagram underscores the key pillars of market strategy recommendations. it quantitatively represents the importance of each recommendation:  segmentation based on preferences (30%): the largest slice of the pie, it emphasizes the significance of understanding distinct traveler segments and tailoring offerings accordingly.  focus on service quality (25%): almost a quarter of the pie, this segment stresses the imperativeness of delivering impeccable service quality across all touchpoints.  strategic location choices (25%): equally critical as service quality, strategic location choices can be the differentiating factor in a traveler's decision-making process.  seasonal offerings (20%): with a fifth of the pie dedicated to it, seasonal offerings showcase the potential of aligning promotions and packages with seasonal trends and preferences. opportunities for personalized marketing and promotions pie chart: the second diagram delves into the avenues for personalized interactions and promotions:  targeted promotions (35%): the lion's share of the pie, targeted promotions, based on insights from data, can result in more resonant marketing messages, driving conversions and enhancing customer loyalty.  data-driven personalization (30%): almost a third of the pie, leveraging data to personalize offerings and interactions can significantly uplift the guest experience, fostering deeper connections.  leverage positive feedback (20%): positive feedback, while representing only a fifth of the pie, holds immense potential. showcasing positive reviews and testimonials can bolster credibility and trust.  responsive improvement (15%): the smallest slice, yet crucial. addressing negative feedback and showcasing improvements can turn detractors into promoters, safeguarding brand reputation. in summary, the dynamic interplay of market strategies and personalized interactions, underpinned by deep-rooted insights from empirical data, can propel the tourism and hotel industry to new heights. by understanding travelers at a granular level, the industry can not only meet but exceed expectations, crafting memorable experiences that resonate long after the journey ends. 5. conclusion big data analytics integration in hotel and tourist management has enormous revolutionary potential. businesses may predict market trends, enhance visitor experiences, and improve operations by using data-driven insights. by embracing modern technology, the hospitality sector may flourish and adapt to a more competitive environment, leading to improved efficiency and visitor fulfillment and loyalty in the end. as we culminate our findings, several salient points emerge that are worthy of reflection and emphasis. our empirical investigation revealed a diverse range of traveler preferences, behaviors, and feedback patterns. the data offered priceless insights, from identifying peak booking periods to comprehending the subtleties of lodging experiences. we investigated the elements that influenced both favorable and negative reviews in-depth, revealing the critical roles that strategic location, comfortable accommodations, and high-quality service play. our research provides an extensive perspective; it is essential to recognize its limits. while the data is vast, it only shows one moment in time, and travelers tastes and habits are constantly changing. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 214 the future scope includes making better decisions, implementing targeted marketing tactics, performing predictive maintenance, and creating exceptional guest experiences, all of which will eventually alter the face of the business. subsequent investigations might look into real-time data analysis, investigate emergent patterns such as eco-friendly travel, and use artificial intelligence and machine learning to achieve more precise forecasts. as we stand on the cusp of a new era in tourism, big data emerges as the compass guiding the industry forward. its ability to capture, analyze, and interpret vast amounts of data in real-time promises a future where every traveler's experience is personalized, every feedback is addressed, and every offering is fine-tuned to perfection. the convergence of technology and tourism heralds a future where the journey is as delightful as the destination. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, l.m., q.g., and l.y.; methodology, l.m., q.g., and l.y.; software, l.m.; validation, l.m. and q.g.; formal analysis, q.g., and l.y.; investigation, l.m.; writing—original draft preparation, l.m., q.g., and l.y.; writing—review and editing, l.m., q.g., and l.y. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] sakas, d. p., reklitis, d. p., terzi, m. c., & vassilakis, c. (2022). multichannel digital marketing optimizations through big data analytics in the tourism and hospitality industry. journal of theoretical and applied electronic commerce research, 17(4), 1383–1408. doi:10.3390/jtaer17040070. [2] lv, h., shi, s., & gursoy, d. (2022). a look back and a leap forward: a review and synthesis of big data and artificial intelligence literature in hospitality and tourism. journal of hospitality marketing and management, 31(2), 145–175. doi:10.1080/19368623.2021.1937434. [3] antonio, n., de almeida, a., & nunes, l. (2019). an automated machine learning based decision support system to predict hotel booking cancellations. data science journal, 18, 32-32. [4] viverit, l., heo, c. y., pereira, l. n., & tiana, g. (2023). application of machine learning to cluster hotel booking curves for hotel demand forecasting. international journal of hospitality management, 111, 103455. doi:10.1016/j.ijhm.2023.103455. [5] mariani, m., & baggio, r. (2022). big data and analytics in hospitality and tourism: a systematic literature review. international journal of contemporary hospitality management, 34(1), 231–278. doi:10.1108/ijchm-03-2021-0301. [6] stylos, n., zwiegelaar, j., & buhalis, d. (2021). big data empowered agility for dynamic, volatile, and time-sensitive service industries: the case of tourism sector. international journal of contemporary hospitality management, 33(3), 1015–1036. doi:10.1108/ijchm-07-2020-0644. [7] park, s. (2021). big data in smart tourism: a perspective article. journal of smart tourism, 1(3), 3–5. doi:10.52255/smarttourism.2021.1.3.2. [8] abeba, l. (2024). role of digital transformation and innovation in enhancing the competitiveness and sustainability of hospitality and tourism businesses in south africa. international journal of modern hospitality and tourism, 4(1), 50–62. doi:10.47604/ijmht.2375. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 215 [9] adekuajo, i. o., fakeyede, o. g., udeh, c. a., & daraojimba, c. (2023). the digital evolution in hospitality: a global review and its potential transformative impact on us tourism. international journal of applied research in social sciences, 5(10), 440-462. doi:10.51594/ijarss.v5i10.633. [10] hoang, h. (2023). navigating the rise of smart tourism: implications of technology and data for sustainable industry growth. brawijaya journal of social science, 3(01), 1–18. doi:10.21776/ub.bjss.2023.003.01.1. [11] p.j, s., singh, k., kokkranikal, j., bharadwaj, r., rai, s., & antony, j. (2023). service quality and customer satisfaction in hospitality, leisure, sport and tourism: an assessment of research in web of science. journal of quality assurance in hospitality and tourism, 24(1), 24–50. doi:10.1080/1528008x.2021.2012735. [12] mardonova, d. (2023). the role of hotel business in development of tourism industry. talqin va tadqiqotlar, 1(6), 91-99. [13] moghaddasnian, a. h. (2024). artificial intelligence and the great transformation in the tourism industry revolutionizing travel services. journal of business data science research, 3(1), 36-47. [14] misirlis, n., & van der steenhoven, d. (2022). a quinquennium mapping literature review on big data analytics in tourism and hospitality. proceedings of the international conferences on e-society 2022 and mobile learning 2022, 163–169. doi:10.33965/es_ml2022_202202l021. [15] alghamdi, a. (2023). a hybrid method for customer segmentation in saudi arabia restaurants using clustering, neural networks and optimization learning techniques. arabian journal for science and engineering, 48(2), 2021–2039. doi:10.1007/s13369-022-07091-y. [16] wu, t. (2023). analysis of the digital transformation of big data era. highlights in business, economics and management, 16, 288–293. doi:10.54097/hbem.v16i.10572. [17] nilashi, m., abumalloh, r. a., alghamdi, a., minaei-bidgoli, b., alsulami, a. a., thanoon, m., asadi, s., & samad, s. (2021). what is the impact of service quality on customers’ satisfaction during covid-19 outbreak? new findings from online reviews analysis. telematics and informatics, 64, 101693. doi:10.1016/j.tele.2021.101693. [18] mariani, m., & borghi, m. (2023). exploring environmental concerns on digital platforms through big data: the effect of online consumers’ environmental discourse on online review ratings. journal of sustainable tourism, 31(11), 2592–2611. doi:10.1080/09669582.2022.2033982. [19] alsoud, m., sharari, h., helalat, a., abuhjeeleh, m., trawnih, a., mahrakani, n., & alsoud, m. (2023). using artificial intelligence marketing to optimize customer satisfaction in the hospitality industry. journal of southwest jiaotong university, 58(2), 27-34. doi:10.35741/issn.0258-2724.58.2.3. [20] alsayat, a. (2023). customer decision-making analysis based on big social data using machine learning: a case study of hotels in mecca. neural computing and applications, 35(6), 4701–4722. doi:10.1007/s00521-022-07992-x. [21] nguyen, h. t., le, a. t. t., phan, a. c., & hoang, t. d. l. (2023). a multi-perspective approach of international tourist satisfaction in tourism service: from big data perspective. journal of asia business studies, 17(4), 850–872. doi:10.1108/jabs03-2022-0090. [22] tong-on, p., siripipatthanakul, s., & phayaphrom, b. (2021). the implementation of business intelligence using data analytics and its effects towards performance in hotel industry in thailand. international journal of behavioral analytics, 1(2), 1–17. [23] kitsios, f., kamariotou, m., karanikolas, p., & grigoroudis, e. (2021). digital marketing platforms and customer satisfaction: identifying ewom using big data and text mining. applied sciences (switzerland), 11(17), 8032. doi:10.3390/app11178032. [24] ying, s., chan, j. h., & qi, x. (2020). why are chinese and north american guests satisfied or dissatisfied with hotels? an application of big data analysis. international journal of contemporary hospitality management, 32(10), 3249–3269. doi:10.1108/ijchm-02-2020-0129. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 720 issn: 2723-9535 evaluating the determinants of young runners' continuance intentions toward wearable devices zhaoxia guo 1*, guoqing liu 1, zhiguo liu 2, asif khan 3, 4 1 college of physical education, taiyuan university of technology, taiyuan, shanxi, 030024, china. 2 college of physical education, yantai university, yantai, shandong, 264005, china. 3 southern taiwan university of science and technology, tainan, taiwan. 4 anscientistify inc., tainan, taiwan. received 31 august 2023; revised 12 november 2023; accepted 18 november 2023; published 01 december 2023 abstract running has gained popularity as a fitness activity in china, with a growing number of young runners utilizing wearable devices to monitor their running routines and engage in quantified self-practices. the continuous evolution of wearable devices in terms of products and services has expanded the choices available to young runners. therefore, there is a need to analyze the factors influencing the continuance intention of young runners, providing insights into how to promote the sustained growth of these products or services in the market. this study is grounded in the technology acceptance model and the theory of planned behavior, with an extension incorporating the quantified self to explore the impact of users' continuance intentions to use wearable devices. a survey was conducted among 468 young runners who already used wearable devices, and the data collected were analyzed using pls-sem. the results indicate that perceived usefulness and attitudes from the technology acceptance model positively influence intentions for continued use. additionally, subjective norms according to the theory of planned behavior positively influence continuance use intentions. however, perceived behavioral control does not have a significant effect on continuance use intentions. conversely, the quantifiedself positively influences continuance use intentions and partially mediates the relationship between perceived usefulness and continuance use intentions. this research has several theoretical implications for the theory of planned behavior, the technology acceptance model, and the quantified-self research construct. moreover, this study has practical implications for practitioners concerning the adoption and acceptance of wearable devices by young people. this approach enables practitioners to target and implement precise strategies to meet the current demands of the young runner market. keywords: partial least squares (pls); structural equation model (sem); young runners; wearable devices; attitude; quantified-self; continuance intentions to use. 1. introduction wearable devices, defined as mobile electronic devices worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories [1], operate on various systems, akin to smartphones, impacting their market and product shares. common forms of wearable devices include smart watches, fitness bands, earworm devices, and smart glasses. notably, according to statista, the leading suppliers of wearable devices are apple, xiaomi, samsung, and huawei [2]. as the production technology for wearable devices continues to improve, costs are reduced while enhancing functionality to meet the needs * corresponding author: 904136621@qq.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5498-6077 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 721 of different consumers. in the sports realm, wearable devices are being increasingly applied, spanning everyday activities to professional sports and contributing to health monitoring during exercise [3], healthcare applications [4, 5], and training monitoring [6]. with the growing popularity of running as a fitness activity, an increasing number of young runners are using wearable devices to track their running routines, utilizing data such as heart rate and stride length to monitor progress. additionally, these devices motivate young runners to follow and share their fitness data online through platforms such as fitbit, which enables friendly competition and the exchange of encouragement or advice through leaderboards. however, previous research on wearable devices has predominantly concentrated on investigating users' initial adoption of such devices [3, 7], with limited studies on the continuance usage intentions (cis) of active individuals in the sports domain. research examining the factors influencing users' usage or continued usage intentions has utilized mainly the technology acceptance model [8-11] and the theory of planned behavior [12, 13]. furthermore, in addition to the ci of users [14], several theories exist for analyzing consumers’ attitudes (att) toward the current digitalization of products. however, the technology acceptance model (tam) is considered to be the most relevant and popular theory for measuring 'consumers' att toward a product [11, 15]. the original tam model includes perceived usefulness (pu) and perceived ease of use (pe) as the main antecedents for determining the att of users and their ci toward a technology or product [8, 16]. if a certain technology is deemed easy to use, the users will harbor a positive att toward that technology [17]. hence, this research aims to analyze the relationship between the att and ci of young runners toward smart wearable devices. moreover, the tam was chosen as a key theoretical framework for its extensive applicability in analyzing user adoption across diverse technologies [17-22]. previous research on tam covered a wide range of technologies, including tablets [23], smartphones [24, 25], long-term evolution (lte), cloud technology [26], and e-books [27]. hence, this study employed the tam to measure the impacts of pu and pe on the att and ci of young runners. this research also employed the theory of planned behavior (tpb) to gain further insights into the ci and att of young runners. according to the tpb, subjective norms (sns) and perceived behavioral control (pbc) impact both the att and ci of users [28]. the sn reflects the degree to which a user is important for engaging in a certain conduct [29], suggesting that the more users value a certain conduct, the more motivated they are to perform it. previous research has demonstrated the significant impact of the sn on ci [29, 30]. furthermore, pbc is related to the difficulty or ease of engaging in a certain conduct [29]. users will experience greater pbc if there are adequate resources to support that conduct; hence, pbc can be considered to have a significant impact on ci [29-31]. similarly, users are likely to have a higher degree of pbc for smart wearable devices if they possess the necessary resources to support their conduct. consequently, this study aimed to explore the impact of sn and pbc on the ci of young runners. with the rapid advancement of information technology, wearable devices and their associated products or services are undergoing continuous upgrades and transformations, leading to intensified market competition. manufacturers consistently strive for distinctive designs to augment added value and competitiveness. however, despite this, young runners, as users of wearable devices, possess unique needs that have not been adequately addressed in prior research on these devices. consequently, this study concentrates on young chinese runners as research subjects, investigating how they perceive and sustain the use of intelligent wearable devices at an individual level. the aim is to provide insights that foster the sustainable growth of wearable device products or services in the market. since its inception in 2007, quantified self (qs) has garnered considerable attention globally. qs involves capturing real-life events using mechanical devices and converting them into readable data to meet human needs or assist in decision-making, evaluation, and comparison between humans and computers [32]. with the escalating use of intelligent devices and applications to generate substantial data about personal behaviors, self-tracking has become increasingly popular. wearable devices, such as smartwatches, have emerged as favorable tools for qs [33, 34]. gathering information during the qs process enables users to receive more accurate and potentially experiential services, prompting self-reflection. some studies suggest that users with prominent features of quantified design primarily engage in the information feedback process [35, 36]. young runners can employ wearable devices in conjunction with mobile smart qs activities to experience the essence of this quantification practice. hence, this study aimed to explore the relationship between qs and ci in young runners. this research seeks to analyze the factors influencing young runners’ ci. the study encompasses the following research objectives. first, this research aimed to explore the relationship between young 'runners' att and ci. second, this research aims to explain the impacts of pe and pu on the att and ci of young runners. third, this research aims to analyze the impacts of 'tpb's sn and pbc on ci. finally, this research investigated the relationship between the qs and ci of young runners. this study introduces qs variables and combines them with the technology acceptance model and the theory of planned behavior to understand the factors influencing young runners' intentions to continue using wearable devices, providing insights into the enduring impact of wearable devices in sports activities. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 722 2. theoretical background and hypothesis development 2.1. technology acceptance model (tam) based on the theory of reasoned action, davis [8] proposed the technology acceptance model (tam) to investigate users' understanding of the acceptance of information technology. lee et al. [32] considered the tam the most widely used model for explaining consumer behavior in technology adoption. tams have been applied in acceptance studies of various information technologies, including wearable devices [4, 9]. due to its robust theoretical foundation and ease of modification and expansion, this study employs the tam to identify the variables influencing young runners' continued use of wearable devices. the tam posits that perceived usefulness (pu) and perceived ease of use (pe) are fundamental determinants of user technology acceptance. as defined by davis [33], pu reflects the extent to which users believe a specific system will enhance their job performance, while pe pertains to the ease with which users believe that using a particular system will occur. behavior intention to use denotes the strength of a user's intention to perform a specific behavior, while attitudes signify positive or negative emotions toward task behavior [34]. when individuals encounter a new information technology, their perception of its usefulness increases with an increase in pe, consequently positively impacting user attitudes toward adoption [33]. user attitudes influence behavioral intention to use, subsequently affecting actual use [35]. 2.1.1. attitude and continuance intention ci use refers to the user's intention to continue using a system after the initial trial; this is also known as consistent usage intention [36]. in the context of wearable devices, it signifies the subjective intention to continue using a particular product or service in the future [7]. ci is a key outcome in consumer research, contributing to the sustained growth of a product or service in the market. therefore, we consider this parameter the outcome variable for predicting young runners' cis when wearing wearable devices. attitudes refer to an individual's positive or negative evaluation of a specific behavior [12] and are one of the essential factors for predicting behavioral intention. attitude is a significant influencing variable in the tam. previous research has supported the significant relationship between attitudes and ci [33, 37, 38]. in the sports domain, song et al. [39] found a positive correlation between consumers' attitudes toward smart-connected sports products and their cis. if young runners hold positive attitudes toward wearable devices after using them, their intention to continue using them may be more decisive. therefore, we hypothesize the following. hypothesis 1 (h1): young runners' attitudes are positively related to their continuance intention to use wearable devices. 2.1.2. perceived usefulness and continuance intention pu is one of the most influential variables in the tam for technology adoption. in the context of wearable devices, previous research has identified pu as a significant predictive factor for user intentions to adopt such wearable devices [5, 40]. for example, the pu of smartwatches has been found to positively impact users' cis [46, 47]. however, some studies suggest that pus do not significantly influence users' confidence in smart fitness wearables [41]. additionally, related research has shown that pus positively impacts user attitudes [29, 42] and can subsequently influence ci through attitudes [3]. for young runners, a crucial factor influencing their ci is whether wearable devices can enhance their exercise efficiency and effectiveness. if individuals perceive fitness benefits or improved athletic performance from using wearable devices, they may develop favorable attitudes toward the devices, thereby influencing their ci. therefore, we propose the following hypotheses: hypothesis 2 (h2): young runners' perceived usefulness of wearable devices is positively related to their intention to continue using wearable devices. hypothesis 3 (h3): young runners' perceived usefulness of wearable devices positively influences their attitude toward wearable devices. hypothesis 3a (h3a): perceived usefulness positively influences young runners' intention to use wearable devices through their attitudes. 2.1.3. perceived ease of use and continuance intention pe stands out as a key factor in the tam and is deemed reliable for predicting user adoption of new technologies. this finding suggests that if a technology is easy to use, users are more likely to continue using it. for instance, ashfaq et al. [43] identified pe as an important predictive factor for users' continued use of chatbots. previous research has also demonstrated a significant relationship between pe and attitude. for example, yu and huang [38] discovered that pe positively influenced users' attitudes toward using the cmg mobile app to view the olympics (β=0.241, p<0.01). this effect could further impact users' intention to reuse technology through the mediating role of attitude [44]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 723 moreover, in the tam model, pe positively influences pu, a belief variable [8]. this implies that if users perceive a new technology or system as easy to use, they are more likely to accurately recognize the value of these technologies and systems. prior research has also revealed that the ease of use of wearable devices positively influences pu [4]. for young runners, if wearable devices are perceived as easy to use, they are more likely to accurately recognize the value of these technologies and services, cultivate positive attitudes toward their continued use, and subsequently influence their intention to use them. therefore, we hypothesize the following: hypothesis 4 (h4): young runners' perceived ease of use is positively related to their perceived usefulness of the tool. hypothesis 5 (h5): young runners' perceived ease of use positively influences their attitude toward the continued use of wearable devices. hypothesis 6 (h6): young runners' perceived ease of use positively influences their ability to use wearable devices. hypothesis 4a (h4a): perceived ease of use positively influences continuance intention through attitudes. hypothesis 4b (h4b): perceived ease of use positively influences attitudes toward the continued use of wearable devices through perceived usefulness. hypothesis 4c (h4c): perceived ease of use positively influences continuance intention through perceived usefulness. hypothesis 4d (h4d): perceived ease of use positively influences continuance intention through perceived usefulness and attitudes. 2.2. theory of planned behavior (tpb) the theory of planned behavior (tpb), akin to the tam, is rooted in the theory of reasoned action and posits that an individual's attitude, subjective norms (sns), and perceived behavioral control (pbc) influence behavioral intentions [12]. the tpb has been widely used to explain intentions to use various forms of information technology [29, 45]. this study employs sn and pbc as factors for young runners' confidence in wearing wearable devices. 2.2.1. subjective norms and continuance intention a sn pertains to an individual's perception of how significant others, such as family, friends, and peers, want them to engage in a particular behavior [46]. it reflects the social pressures and expectations that a decision maker feels about making or refraining from the behavior in question [12]. users share their fitness data through wearable devices and receive support or advice from others. in this process, social influence or peer pressure motivates them to engage in sports and competitions [47]. previous research on wearable devices has shown that sns positively impact users' intention to use [13] and actual usage behavior [3]. young runners are influenced in their decisions to engage in physical activity by sharing and receiving relevant information through the use of wearable devices. therefore, we hypothesize the following: hypothesis 7 (h7): subjective norms positively influence young runners' continuance intention to use wearable devices. 2.2.2. perceived behavioral control and continuance intention pbc refers to the perceived ease or difficulty of performing a behavior [12]. it is assumed to be based on accessible control beliefs that can facilitate or hinder behavioral performance. ajzen [48] suggested that high levels of pbc can strengthen an individual's intention to perform a behavior and increase their effort and persistence. pbc may be a crucial factor influencing users' ci. previous research in the context of wearable devices has also shown that pbc positively affects ci [39, 47]. therefore, we hypothesize the following: hypothesis 8 (h8): perceived behavioral control positively influences young runners' intention to use wearable devices. 2.3. quantified-self and continuance intention wearable devices have the capability to continuously track users' physiological and behavioral data, providing them with the ability to analyze their qs data to gain insights into their health status and establish exercise plans, among other benefits. these devices can precisely quantify metrics such as steps, heart rate, pace, and energy expenditure. in innovative research focusing on wearable device applications, heart rate and pace stand out as frequently used quantified indicators. for example, sunne et al. developed a mobile application that enables users to compete based on real-time heart rate data gathered at the gym [49]. mauriello et al. introduced "social fabric fitness", a wearable application that supports group running by displaying heart rate and pace on the back of runners' shirts using dynamic electronic textiles [50]. other studies have employed caloric intake as a quantified indicator of users' emotional and social responses [51]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 724 in addition to individual support, some wearable device applications incorporate built-in social features. yang et al. discovered that through the front display screen of socialbike, cyclists can share competitor data, perceive the presence of rivals, and enhance their intrinsic motivation during cycling [52]. this study posits that young runners use wearable devices to self-track, employing quantified indicators such as heart rate, pace, and caloric intake. by monitoring their activities and decision-making efficiency, young runners can make informed behavioral choices. hassan identified the significant impact of qs on users' intention to continue using wearable devices [51]. throughout the quantification process, young runners immerse themselves in tracking activities, which can enhance their ability to use wearable devices. moreover, prior research has suggested that the utility and user friendliness of mobile intelligent and wearable device information platforms can stimulate users' engagement in qs experiences [53]. qualitative studies have also indicated that when users perceive the functionality of the data, accessing it will motivate individuals and further engage them in qs activities [54]. for young runners, the usability and usefulness of wearable devices can stimulate their participation in qs activities, thereby influencing their ci. therefore, the hypotheses of this study are as follows: hypothesis 9 (h9): perceived usefulness positively influences young runners' engagement in the quantified self. hypothesis10 (h10): perceived ease of use positively influences young runners' engagement in the quantified self. hypothesis 11 (h11): the self-quantification positively influences young runners' continuance intention to use wearable devices. hypothesis 11a (h11a): perceived ease of use positively influences users' continuance intention to use wearable devices through the quantified self. hypothesis11b (h11b): perceived usefulness positively influences users' continuance intention to use wearable devices through the quantified self. hypothesis 11c (h11c): perceived ease of use positively influences the quantified self through perceived usefulness. hypothesis11d (h11d): perceived ease of use positively influences users' continuance intention to use wearable devices through perceived usefulness and the quantified self. based on the above analysis, this study proposes the following hypothetical model (see figure 1): pe, pu, sn, and pbc are the independent variables; attitude and qs are the mediating variables; and continuance intention is the dependent variable. continuous intention perceived behavioral control subjective norms quantified -self perceived usefulness attitude perceived ease of use h1 h4 h10 figure 1. research framework hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 725 3. research design and methodology 3.1. data collection in this study, data were gathered from young runners aged 15 to 34 years who were already utilizing wearable devices. the data collection spanned from april to august 2022. the survey was distributed through online platforms, such as "marathon enthusiasts group" and "running enthusiasts group," using a voluntary and self-administered questionnaire approach. to ensure the anonymity and consent of the users, the questionnaire included the following informed consent statement at its outset. the respondent in the study could withdraw from responding to the questionnaire at any time without providing any reason. furthermore, the engagement of the respondent in this study was voluntary, and responses to the questionnaire items were not tracked back to the respondent to ensure their anonymity (see appendix i). incentives were offered upon completion of the questionnaire to maintain response quality. by august 20, 2021, 525 questionnaires were collected, 468 of which were considered valid. the characteristics of the valid questionnaire sample are presented in table 1. among the young runners already utilizing wearable devices, 265 were males and 203 were females. regarding education level, 189 participants had a bachelor's or associate's degree, while 256 participants had a master's degree or above. the majority of runners (25.85%) had 1-2 years of running experience. the wearable devices used by the participants included smart wristbands, smartwatches, smart running shoes, and smart glasses, among others. table 1. characteristics of young runner-wearable devices survey participants (n=468) variable category frequency percentage gender male 265 56.63% female 203 43.37% age 15～20 42 0.90% 21～25 255 54.48% 26～30 121 25.58% 31～35 50 10.68% education below junior high 3 0.64% high school/technical school 20 4.27% bachelor's/associate degree 189 40.38% master's degree or above 256 54.7% running experience less than one year 123 26.28% 1-2 years 121 25.85% 2-3 years 81 17.30% 3-4 years 57 12.17% 4-5 years 21 4.48% 5-6 years 15 3.20% more than six years 50 10.68% type of wearable devices used smart wristbands 287 61.32% smartwatches 242 51.7% smart running shoes 56 11.96% smart glasses 41 8.76% others 19 4.05% 3.2. measurement instruments the technology acceptance model (tam) was used to measure variables, including pu, pe, attitude, and ci, using scales developed by davis [33] and lee [29]. each variable consists of four items. the theory of planned behavior (tpb) variables, including sn and pbc, were measured using scales developed by ajzen and driver [46]. each variable consists of three items. the qs was measured using scales from studies by hassan [51] and jin [53], among others, composed of four items. all the items were rated on a 7-point likert scale ranging from strongly disagree (1) to strongly agree (7). please refer to table 2 for further details. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 726 research methodology data methodology perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, attitude, and continuous intention by davis s (1989) and lee s (2010) scale. subjective norms and perceived behavior control, by ajzen and driver s (1992) scale. quantifiedself by hassan s (2019) and jin s (2020) scale. data collection and sampling methodology data was collected from young runners aged 15 to 34 who were already using wearable devices. the survey was distributed through online platforms, such as "marathon enthusiasts group" and "running enthusiasts group," using a voluntary and self-administered questionnaire approach. research instrument questionnaire with 7-point likert scale items data analysis methodology this study employed partial least squares structural equation modeling (pls-sem) technique to conduct the analysis. in the first phase, the validity of constructs were analyzed. in the second phase, the correlations among the research constructs were analyzed. figure 2. research methodology flowchart 4. measurement model and structural model 4.1. measurement model analysis this study employed partial least squares structural equation modeling (pls-sem). according to hair et al. [55], the measurement model should evaluate the factor loadings, reliability, convergent validity, and discriminant validity of the items (see table 2). the factor loading of each item should be > 0.708 [55]. in this sample, all factor loadings ranged from 0.757 to 0.901, surpassing the threshold of 0.708 and meeting the requirement. the reliability of the measurement model can be assessed by α > 0.70 [56]. in this study, the α values ranged from 0.823 to 0.912, all of which exceeded the recommended threshold, indicating high reliability, as shown in figure 3. convergent validity was evaluated using composite reliability (cr) and average variance extracted (ave) [57, 58]. in this sample, both cr (>0.7) and ave (>0.50) exceeded the recommended thresholds, as indicated in figures 4 and 5, respectively, indicating good convergent validity. discriminant validity was assessed using the square root of the ave [57] and the heterotrait–monotrait ratio (htmt) (<0.85). the square root of the ave for each construct was greater than the correlation with other constructs (see table 3 and figure 6), indicating good discriminant validity. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 727 table 2. reliability and validity testing of wearable devices for young runners construct item mean factor loading vif α cr ave perceived usefulness (pu) using wearable devices helps me monitor my physical health condition 5.532 0.870 2.371 0.878 0.916 0.731 using wearable devices helps me improve my physical health condition 5.184 0.831 2.095 using wearable devices enhances the efficiency of monitoring my physical health condition 5.487 0.870 2.517 based on my perception of wearable devices, i believe they have excellent functionality 5.438 0.849 2.067 perceived ease of use (pe) interacting with wearable devices is clear and understandable 5.423 0.845 2.022 0.845 0.896 0.683 it is easy for me to use wearable devices proficiently 5.583 0.813 1.774 i think it is easy to continue using wearable devices to do what i want 5.308 0.825 1.999 i think continuing to use wearable devices requires minimal effort 5.333 0.823 1.827 attitude (att) i am interested in continuing to use wearable devices 5.605 0.872 2.700 0.887 0.922 0.747 i think continuing to use wearable devices is a good idea 5.630 0.899 2.957 i believe continuing to use wearable devices is enjoyable 5.509 0.871 2.484 i like using wearable devices to monitor my physical health condition 5.526 0.813 1.833 continuance intention (ci) i am willing to frequently use wearable devices 5.524 0.871 2.340 0.912 0.935 0.741 i plan to continue using wearable devices in the future 5.603 0.882 2.556 i would recommend the use of wearable devices to my family and friends 5.316 0.829 2.010 i will make an effort to continue using wearable devices in the next six months 5.380 0.875 2.510 subjective norms (sn) important people to me would think i should continue using wearable devices 4.994 0.880 2.342 0.908 0.936 0.784 influential people would think i should continue using wearable devices 4.827 0.901 2.607 many people similar to me think i should continue using wearable devices 5.011 0.850 1.985 perceived behavioral control (pbc) i can use wearable devices effectively to monitor my physical health condition 5.308 0.869 1.984 0.838 0.903 0.756 i believe continuing to use wearable devices will be entirely within my control 5.404 0.870 2.058 i think i have the resources, knowledge, and ability to continue using wearable devices 5.393 0.869 1.884 quantified-self (qs) recording step count 5.647 0.810 1.847 0.823 0.883 0.653 recording exercise details (pace, distance, etc.) 5.829 0.809 1.713 recording calorie expenditure 5.374 0.757 1.549 recording heart rate 5.682 0.854 1.985 figure 3. cronbach’s alpha values of the research constructs hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 728 figure 4. composite reliability values of the research constructs figure 5. average variance extracted values of the research constructs table 3. discriminant validity construct square root of ave htmt att ci pbc pe pu qs sn att ci pbc pe pu qs att 0.864 ci 0.695 0.865 0.781 pbc 0.542 0.542 0.869 0.626 0.626 pe 0.613 0.572 0.584 0.826 0.705 0.657 0.693 pu 0.641 0.665 0.657 0.634 0.855 0.720 0.749 0.764 0.733 qs 0.619 0.610 0.503 0.528 0.630 0.808 0.721 0.709 0.603 0.627 0.736 sn 0.458 0.506 0.505 0.507 0.532 0.404 0.887 0.520 0.577 0.593 0.591 0.611 0.476 note: att stands for attitude; ci represents continuance intention; pbc stands for perceived behavioral control; pe indicates perceived ease of use; pu represents perceived usefulness; qs stands for quantified self; sn indicates subjective norms; the diagonal represents the square root of ave values. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 729 figure 6. heterotrait–monotrait ratio graph of the research constructs before examining the structural model, the model’s fit was evaluated using the standardized root mean square residual (srmr), with a recommended threshold of srmr < 0.08 [59, 60]. the srmr for this study was 0.053, which is below the suggested maximum value of 0.08, indicating a good fit for the model. according to hair et al. [61], the variance inflation factor (vif) was used to test for multicollinearity, with a threshold of vif < 5. the results showed that all the measurement indicators had vif values less than 3 (table 1), indicating a low likelihood of multicollinearity issues in the model. this study collected data using self-report survey methods, necessitating an assessment of common method bias (cmb). the harman single-factor test was employed, where if a single factor accounts for more than 50% of the variance, cmb may exist [62]. the results of this study indicated that the variance accounted for by a single factor was 46.025%, which was lower than the 50% total variance, suggesting a low possibility of cmb. 4.2. structural model the validity of the structural equation model was assessed by evaluating the explained variance (r2) [63], predictive relevance (q2) [64], and goodness-of-fit index (gof) [65] of the endogenous variables. in this study, the r2 values of the endogenous variables were greater than 0.33, indicating moderate explanatory power (figure 7). mainly, the r2 for ci was 0.597. all the endogenous variables in this study had q2 values greater than 0, indicating strong predictive relevance, with a q2 value of 0.270 for qs. additionally, the computed gof value (as the square root of the product of average communality and average r2) was 0.578, exceeding the maximum threshold of 0.36 for goodness-of-fit. these findings suggest that the structural model has good validity. 4.3. direct effects after confirming the reliability and validity of the measurement and structural models, bootstrapping with 5000 resamples was applied to test the proposed hypotheses and path coefficients. the specific results are shown in figure 7 and table 4. according to the tam, attitude (β = 0.348, t = 4.272, p < 0.001) and pu (β = 0.218, t = 2.498, p < 0.05) had significant positive effects on ci in the use of wearable devices. however, pe did not significantly influence ci use of wearable devices (β = 0.052, t = 0.610, p > 0.05). pe had a significant positive effect on pu (β = 0.634, t = 12.560, p < 0.001), hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 730 and pe (β = 0.347, t = 4.355, p < 0.001) and pu (β = 0.420, t = 5.100, p < 0.001) had significant positive effects on attitude. therefore, in the tam model, h1, h2, h3, h4, and h5 were supported, while h6 was rejected. according to the tpb, sn had a significant positive effect on ci (β = 0.120, t = 2.842, p < 0.05), but pbc did not significantly influence ci when wearable devices were used (β = 0.038, t = 0.604, p > 0.05). thus, h7 was supported, while h8 was rejected. finally, pu (β = 0.494, t = 8.221, p < 0.001) and pe (β = 0.214, t = 3.167, p < 0.01) had significant positive effects on qs. qs also significantly positively affected ci in the use of wearable devices (β = 0.163, t = 2.170, p < 0.05). therefore, h9, h10, and h11 were supported. table 4. results of direct effects testing hypothesis path beta standard deviation (std) t value p value results h1 att→ci 0.348 0.081 4.272 0.000 supported h2 pu→ci 0.218 0.087 2.498 0.013 supported h3 pu→att 0.420 0.082 5.100 0.000 supported h4 pe→pu 0.634 0.050 12.560 0.000 supported h5 pe→att 0.347 0.080 4.355 0.000 supported h6 pe→ci 0.052 0.085 0.610 0.542 rejected h7 sn→ci 0.120 0.042 2.842 0.004 supported h8 pbc→ci 0.038 0.062 0.604 0.546 rejected h9 pu→qs 0.494 0.060 8.221 0.000 supported h10 pe→qs 0.214 0.068 3.167 0.002 supported h11 qs→ci 0.163 0.075 2.170 0.030 supported note: att stands for attitude; ci represents continuance intention; pbc stands for perceived behavioral control; pe indicates perceived ease of use; pu stands for perceived usefulness; qs represents quantified self; sn stands for subjective norms; the diagonal indicates the square root of the ave values. continuous intention perceived behavioral control subjective norms quantifiedself perceived usefulness attitude perceived ease of use 0.348*** 0.634*** 0.214** note: * p value < 0.05; ** p value < 0.01; *** p value < 0.001. figure 7. framework of the model results 4.4. indirect effects the indirect effects between variables were examined using bootstrapping with 5000 iterations (see table 5). first, in the tam, pu (β=0.146; t=2.999; p<0.01) and pe (β=0.121; t=3.043; p<0.01) had significant positive effects on attitudes toward and ci use of wearable devices. pe had a significant positive effect on attitude (β=0.266; t=4.483; hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 731 p<0.001) and ci toward wearable devices (β=0.139; t=2.488; p<0.01) through pu. additionally, pe significantly positively affected ci in relation to wearable devices through pu and attitude (β=0.093; t=2.605; p<0.01). therefore, h3a, h4a, h4b, h4c, and h4d were supported. second, qs mediated the relationship between pu and ci when wearable devices were used (β=0.080; t=2.240; p<0.05), but it did not mediate the relationship between pe and ci when wearable devices were used (β=0.035; t=1.637; p>0.05). pu partially mediated the relationship between pe and qs (β=0.313; t=6.214; p<0.001). h11a and h11c were supported, while h11b was rejected. finally, pu and qs had chain mediating effects on the relationship between pe and ci use of wearable devices (β=0.051; t=2.320; p<0.05). h11d was supported. table 5. results of indirect effects hypothesis path beta standard deviation(std) t value p value results h3a pu→att→ci 0.146 0.049 2.999 0.003 supported h4a pe→att→ci 0.121 0.040 3.043 0.002 supported h4b pe→pu→att 0.266 0.059 4.483 0.000 supported h4c pe→pu→ci 0.139 0.056 2.488 0.013 supported h4d pe→pu→att→ci 0.093 0.036 2.605 0.009 supported h11a pu→qs→ci 0.080 0.036 2.240 0.025 supported h11b pe→qs→ci 0.035 0.021 1.637 0.102 rejected h11c pe→pu→qs 0.313 0.050 6.214 0.000 supported h11d pe→pu→qs→ci 0.051 0.022 2.320 0.020 supported note: att stands for attitude; ci stands for continuance intention; pbc stands for perceived behavioral control; pe stands for perceived ease of use; pu stands for perceived usefulness; qs stands for quantified self; sn stands for subjective norms; the diagonal represents the square root of ave values. 5. discussion and implications 5.1. main findings of the study this study delved into young runners' cis to use wearable devices by integrating the technology acceptance model (tam) and the theory of planned behavior (tpb) with the inclusion of the qs variable. the findings demonstrated that the tam/tpb integrated model had moderate explanatory power for young runners' cis regarding wearable devices. additionally, young runners' qs positively influenced their ability to use wearable devices. therefore, qs in the tam/tpb integrated model provides a better understanding of young runners' cis toward wearable devices. 5.2. comparison with other studies the findings revealed that pu and attitude significantly influenced ci use of wearable devices among young runners, further validating the validity of the tam theory in the context of sports and wearable devices. specifically, the study revealed that pu (β=0.218; t=2.498; p<0.05) had a significant positive effect on young runners' ci from using wearable devices, which aligns with the findings of previous research [8, 43, 66]. this finding also corresponds with the results of ong et al. [67], who observed a positive effect of pu on ci among online game users. however, the study showed that pe did not have a significant impact on young runners' ability to use wearable devices, contradicting the findings of davis et al. [33]. nevertheless, these findings align with the results of chang et al. [66] and ashfaq [43], who found no significant relationship between pe and the intention to use wearable devices. interestingly, the study showed that the pu fully mediated the relationship between pe and ci use of wearable devices (β=0.139; t=2.488; p<0.01). this finding suggested that young runners' expectations for the continued use of wearable devices are primarily determined by their perception of usefulness rather than by ease of use, consistent with the view of davis et al. [33], who argued that usefulness has a stronger relationship with usage than does ease of use. however, it should be noted that pe still positively impacts ci's use of wearable devices through its influence on pu, indicating that it is still a factor worthy of consideration. this study revealed that attitude had a highly significant positive impact on young runners' ci in using wearable devices (β=0.348; t=4.272; p<0.001), which is consistent with the findings of previous research [68]. the study also established that young runners' pu of wearable devices had a highly significant positive effect on their attitude (β=0.420; t=5.100; p<0.001). furthermore, attitude partially mediated the relationship between pu and ci when wearing devices were used, aligning with the findings of lunney et al. [3] in their study on wearable fitness technology. additionally, pe had a significant positive impact on attitudes toward the continued use of wearable devices (β=0.347; t=4.355; p<0.001), which is consistent with the results of davis et al. [33] and venkatesh et al. [69]. furthermore, the study revealed a significant chain mediating effect of pu and attitude between pe and ci toward wearable devices (β=0.093; t=2.605; p<0.01). these findings underscore the importance of attitude as a significant predictor of young runners' ci when wearing wearable devices. moreover, pe and pu indirectly influence young runners' ci through their impact on attitude. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 732 this study utilized the theory of planned behavior (tpb) to scrutinize the predictive role of sn and pbc in young runners' cis when using wearable devices. these findings revealed a significant positive effect of the sn on ci use of wearable devices (β=0.120; t=2.842; p<0.05), aligning with previous findings [3, 70]. sns reflect individuals' perceptions of how important others, such as family members, friends, and peers, are in their lives and expect them to engage in a particular behavior. it has been suggested that individuals are more likely to be influenced by in-group information than out-group information [71]. given that young runners often participate in group running events or engage in running and fitness activities with others, they are susceptible to the influence of their peers. moreover, wearable devices themselves have social functionalities, such as ranking users and their friends based on daily (or weekly) step counts or calories burned and facilitating communication and interaction among users. these social aspects also expose young runners to the influence of others. however, the coefficient for the ability of the sn to predict young runners' ci when wearing devices was used was relatively low, suggesting that its practical impact may be limited. one possible reason for this difference is that running is primarily an individual activity and is less influenced by social or interpersonal factors. furthermore, this study revealed that pbc had no significant effect on young runners' ci in using wearable devices (β=0.038; t=0.604; p>0.05). this finding contrasts with those of several previous studies [72, 73] but aligns with research that found no significant impact of pbc on usage intention [74]. one possible explanation for this discrepancy is that pbc's role may vary across user groups and technology products. as wearable devices represent a rapidly evolving technology, young runners may have limited knowledge and weaker control over these new technologies. additionally, wearable devices may raise privacy concerns, which can influence the decision-making process. this study demonstrated that qs positively impacted young runners' intention to use wearable devices (β=0.163; t=2.170; p<0.05). furthermore, pe (β=0.214; t=3.167; p<0.01) and pu (β=0.494; t=8.221; p<0.001) had significant positive effects on qs, aligning with previous research [14]. previous studies have indicated that linking the quantified self with data helps users contextualize events and that combining quantitative data and qualitative experiences strengthens long-term usage habits [75, 76]. the quantitative results of this study support the qualitative findings mentioned earlier. additionally, the results revealed that pu, rather than pe, significantly positively influenced young runners' intention to use wearable devices through qs. pe had an impact only through pu, indicating that users highly value the functionality and purpose of wearable devices. young runners utilize wearable devices to track their relevant data in real time, allowing them to experience their physical and mental states within specific data areas. this feeling contributes to the achievement of their health and performance goals. 5.3. implication and explanation of findings this study yields various academic and practical implications concerning the use of smart wearable devices. this study aimed to provide a complete theoretical background by integrating the tpb, tam, and qs to analyze the att and ci of young runners. this study revealed a significant and positive association between the att and ci of young runners. these findings indicate that practitioners in the health care industry, such as healthcare professionals and sports managers, can plan, design, and implement strategies that will enhance the att of young runners toward ci to use smart wearable devices. furthermore, this study employed the tpb to analyze the impacts of sn and pbc on ci [28]. these findings indicated that sn and pbc were positively related to ci. this implies that healthcare practitioners should develop promotional strategies targeting the young population, emphasizing societal pressures to motivate the young target market to use smart wearables. thus, the att and ci of young runners should be increased to use smart wearables. additionally, this study employed the pe and pu of the tam to further explore the att and ci of young runners. the findings of this research revealed that 'tam's pe and pu significantly impacted the att and ci of users. hence, tam score was a significant predictor of 'users' ci, which was in accordance with previous research [17, 25, 77]. the major contribution of this study was to theoretically integrate the tam with qs and the tpb, providing an extended modified tam framework. finally, this research utilized qs to analyze the ci of young runners toward smart wearable technologies [78]. the results indicated a significant relationship between qs and ci. these findings encourage healthcare practitioners to emphasize the use of qs for healthcare tracking by users with the help of smart wearable devices. furthermore, healthcare practitioners and managers are encouraged to include various interactive activities beyond exercise tracking, such as monitoring food and water consumption, to enhance user engagement. the findings provide further guidelines for practitioners regarding the design and implementation of qs-related strategies, directing them toward more humancentered strategies by ensuring the inclusion of widely used constructs such as autonomy, understanding, choice, and consciousness. 5.4. strengths and limitations first, the participants in this study consisted of young runners from various provinces in china, providing a certain level of representativeness among these demographic variables. however, the sample scope remains limited, and future research could delve into the quantified experiences and usage behavior of wearable devices among middle-aged and hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 733 elderly individuals. second, this study did not dynamically track the participants' perceived differences in various stages of wearable device usage. future research could investigate the behavioral changes in users' continued use of wearable devices over time. finally, this study did not address the privacy and security issues associated with the use of wearable devices. subsequent research could focus on exploring these aspects. 6. conclusion, recommendations, and future directions for young runners, the most crucial aspect influencing their continued selection of wearable devices is their usefulness. continuous improvement in product performance should be directed toward improving product performance to meet the specific needs of this user group. this can be achieved by offering accompanying fitness apps that provide personalized health reports and analyze user data trends, among other features. for instance, a device equipped with a six-axis sensor can track the wearer's running posture, accurately identify running posture, and correct any incorrect postures. by providing users with more effective information during usage, their pu can be enhanced. some wearable devices can offer more in-depth data monitoring metrics to help consumers gain a more comprehensive understanding and offer them more accurate guidance and recommendations. for young runners, the pe of wearable devices is an important factor. they should be able to understand the user instructions and use the devices easily. this involves accurately identifying errors and understanding the causes of those errors. the devices should prioritize lightweight and user-friendly designs, ensuring smooth system performance and compatibility. the user interface should be simple and intuitive, minimizing elements and operations on the screen. voice control can facilitate usage while running. recognizing the social nature of many young individuals by adding interactive features to the device interface, such as social sharing and competition, can encourage communication, challenge each other, and foster the sharing of running experiences. however, users continue to use wearable devices for data collection and for quantified self-engagement. however, during interviews, some participants raised concerns about discrepancies between the displayed heart rate data and their actual experience. for example, with certain fitness bands, heart rate data for "recovery time" and "training effect" functions may show high values after aerobic exercise but low values after strength training, which contradicts users’ actual experiences. therefore, continuous optimization of product performance is crucial for enhancing users' authentic experience and improving their sense of immersion. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, z.g., g.l., z.l., and a.k.; methodology, z.g., g.l., and z.l.; formal analysis, z.g., g.l., z.l., and a.k.; writing—original draft preparation, z.g., g.l., z.l., and a.k.; writing—review and editing, z.g., g.l., z.l., and a.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding the authors appreciate the support of the philosophy and social sciences research project of colleges and universities in shanxi province (201801015) and the shanxi postgraduate education innovation project (2021-27). 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] xie, j., chen, q., shen, h., & li, g. (2020). wearable graphene devices for sensing. journal of the electrochemical society, 167(3), 037541. doi:10.1149/1945-7111/ab67a4. [2] bhatti, d. s., saleem, s., imran, a., iqbal, z., alzahrani, a., kim, h. j., & kim, k. i. (2022). a survey on wireless wearable body area networks: a perspective of technology and economy. sensors, 22(20), 7722. doi:10.3390/s22207722. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 734 [3] lunney, a., cunningham, n. r., & eastin, m. s. (2016). wearable fitness technology: a structural investigation into acceptance and perceived fitness outcomes. computers in human behavior, 65, 114–120. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2016.08.007. [4] kang, m. j., & hwang, y. c. (2022). exploring the factors affecting the continued usage intention of iot-based healthcare wearable devices using the tam model. sustainability (switzerland), 14(19), 12492. doi:10.3390/su141912492. [5] chau, k. y., lam, m. h. s., cheung, m. l., tso, e. k. h., flint, s. w., broom, d. r., tse, g., & lee, k. y. (2019). smart technology for healthcare: exploring the antecedents of adoption intention of healthcare wearable technology. health psychology research, 7(1). doi:10.4081/hpr.2019.8099. [6] cosoli, g., antognoli, l., veroli, v., & scalise, l. (2022). accuracy and precision of wearable devices for real-time monitoring of swimming athletes. sensors, 22(13), 4726. doi:10.3390/s22134726. [7] gopinath, k., selvam, g., & narayanamurthy, g. (2022). determinants of the adoption of wearable devices for health and fitness: a meta-analytical study. communications of the association for information systems, 50(1), 445–480. doi:10.17705/1cais.05019. [8] davis, f. d., bagozzi, r. p., & warshaw, p. r. (1989). user acceptance of computer technology: a comparison of two theoretical models. management science, 35(8), 982–1003. doi:10.1287/mnsc.35.8.982. [9] yang, h., yu, j., zo, h., & choi, m. (2016). user acceptance of wearable devices: an extended perspective of perceived value. telematics and informatics, 33(2), 256–269. doi:10.1016/j.tele.2015.08.007. [10] d’ambrosi, l. (2017). the global active citizenship network in italian local contexts: using social media to promote sustainable behaviours. javnost-the public, 24(1), 34-48. doi:10.1080/13183222.2017.1267161. [11] zhao, h., & khan, a. (2022). the students’ flow experience with the continuous intention of using online english platforms. frontiers in psychology, 12, 807084–807084. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2021.807084. [12] ajzen, i. (2012). the theory of planned behavior. handbook of theories of social psychology: volume 1, 50(2), 438–459. doi:10.4135/9781446249215.n22. [13] jung, t., claudia tom dieck, m., lee, h., & chung, n. (2020). relationships among beliefs, attitudes, time resources, subjective norms, and intentions to use wearable augmented reality in art galleries. sustainability (switzerland), 12(20), 1–17. doi:10.3390/su12208628. [14] tao, y. t., lin, m. der, & khan, a. (2022). the impact of csr on green purchase intention: empirical evidence from the green building industries in taiwan. frontiers in psychology, 13. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2022.1055505. [15] xu, y., wang, y., khan, a., & zhao, r. (2021). consumer flow experience of senior citizens in using social media for online shopping. frontiers in psychology, 12. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2021.732104. [16] davis, f. d. (1993). user acceptance of information technology: system characteristics, user perceptions and behavioral impacts. international journal of man-machine studies, 38(3), 475–487. doi:10.1006/imms.1993.1022. [17] kim, k. j., & shin, d. h. (2015). an acceptance model for smart watches: implications for the adoption of future wearable technology. internet research, 25(4), 527–541. doi:10.1108/intr-05-2014-0126. [18] howard, m. c., & hair, j. f. (2023). integrating the expanded task-technology fit theory and the technology acceptance model: a multi-wave empirical analysis. ais transactions on human-computer interaction, 15(1), 83–110. doi:10.17705/1thci.00084. [19] lu, k., pang, f., & shadiev, r. (2023). understanding college students’ continuous usage intention of asynchronous online courses through extended technology acceptance model. education and information technologies, 28(8), 9747–9765. doi:10.1007/s10639-023-11591-1. [20] an, s., eck, t., & yim, h. (2023). understanding consumers’ acceptance intention to use mobile food delivery applications through an extended technology acceptance model. sustainability (switzerland), 15(1), 832. doi:10.3390/su15010832. [21] jariyapan, p., mattayaphutron, s., gillani, s. n., & shafique, o. (2022). factors influencing the behavioural intention to use cryptocurrency in emerging economies during the covid-19 pandemic: based on technology acceptance model 3, perceived risk, and financial literacy. frontiers in psychology, 12, 5935. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2021.814087. [22] mustafa, a. s., alkawsi, g. a., ofosu-ampong, k., vanduhe, v. z., garcia, m. b., & baashar, y. (2022). gamification of elearning in african universities: identifying adoption factors through task-technology fit and technology acceptance model. in next-generation applications and implementations of gamification systems, issue april, 73–96. [23] park, e., & del pobil, a. p. (2013). technology acceptance model for the use of tablet pcs. wireless personal communications, 73(4), 1561–1572. doi:10.1007/s11277-013-1266-x. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 735 [24] joo, j., & sang, y. (2013). exploring koreans’ smartphone usage: an integrated model of the technology acceptance model and uses and gratifications theory. computers in human behavior, 29(6), 2512–2518. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2013.06.002. [25] kim, k. j., & sundar, s. s. (2014). does screen size matter for smartphones? utilitarian and hedonic effects of screen size on smartphone adoption. cyber psychology, behavior, and social networking, 17(7), 466–473. doi:10.1089/cyber.2013.0492. [26] park, e., & kim, k. j. (2014). an integrated adoption model of mobile cloud services: exploration of key determinants and extension of technology acceptance model. telematics and informatics, 31(3), 376–385. doi:10.1016/j.tele.2013.11.008. [27] jung, y. (2011). understanding the role of sense of presence and perceived autonomy in users’ continued use of social virtual worlds. journal of computer-mediated communication, 16(4), 492–510. doi:10.1111/j.1083-6101.2011.01540.x. [28] ku, w. t., lai, h. m., & hsieh, p. j. (2020). understanding continuous wearable technology use behavior for fitness and self– health management among middle-aged and elderly people. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 12207 lncs, 280–288. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-502522_21. [29] lee, m. c. (2010). explaining and predicting users’ continuance intention toward e-learning: an extension of the expectationconfirmation model. computers and education, 54(2), 506–516. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2009.09.002. [30] lu, y., zhou, t., & wang, b. (2009). exploring chinese users’ acceptance of instant messaging using the theory of planned behavior, the technology acceptance model, and the flow theory. computers in human behavior, 25(1), 29–39. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2008.06.002. [31] hsieh, p. j. (2015). physicians’ acceptance of electronic medical records exchange: an extension of the decomposed tpb model with institutional trust and perceived risk. international journal of medical informatics, 84(1), 1–14. doi:10.1016/j.ijmedinf.2014.08.008. [32] lee, y., kozar, k. a., & larsen, k. r. (2003). the technology acceptance model: past, present, and future. communications of the association for information systems, 12(1), 50. [33] davis, f. d. (1989). perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology. mis quarterly: management information systems, 13(3), 319–339. doi:10.2307/249008. [34] ajzen, i., & fishbein, m. (1975). a bayesian analysis of attribution processes. psychological bulletin, 82(2), 261–277. doi:10.1037/h0076477. [35] venkatesh, v., & davis, f. d. (2000). theoretical extension of the technology acceptance model: four longitudinal field studies. management science, 46(2), 186–204. doi:10.1287/mnsc.46.2.186.11926. [36] bhattacherjee, a. (2017). understanding information systems continuance understanding information systems continuance : an expectation-confirmation model. mis quarterly, 2017148. [37] amoroso, d., & lim, r. (2017). the mediating effects of habit on continuance intention. international journal of information management, 37(6), 693–702. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2017.05.003. [38] yu, z., & huang, y. (2022). the influencing factors of users’ attitudes and continuance intention for olympic viewing on mobile applications in china. systems, 10(5), 190. doi:10.3390/systems10050190. [39] song, j., kim, j., & cho, k. (2018). understanding users’ continuance intentions to use smart-connected sports products. sport management review, 21(5), 477–490. doi:10.1016/j.smr.2017.10.004. [40] cheung, m. l., leung, w. k. s., & chan, h. (2020). driving healthcare wearable technology adoption for generation z consumers in hong kong. young consumers, 22(1), 10–27. doi:10.1108/yc-04-2020-1123. [41] gupta, a., dhiman, n., yousaf, a., & arora, n. (2021). social comparison and continuance intention of smart fitness wearables: an extended expectation confirmation theory perspective. behaviour & information technology, 40(13), 1341-1354. doi:10.1080/0144929x.2020.1748715. [42] zaremohzzabieh, z., samah, b. a., muhammad, m., omar, s. z., bolong, j., hassan, m. s., & shaffril, h. a. m. (2015). a test of the technology acceptance model for understanding the ict adoption behavior of rural young entrepreneurs. international journal of business and management, 10(2), 158–169. doi:10.5539/ijbm.v10n2p158. [43] ashfaq, m., yun, j., yu, s., & loureiro, s. m. c. (2020). i, chatbot: modeling the determinants of users’ satisfaction and continuance intention of ai-powered service agents. telematics and informatics, 54, 101473. doi:10.1016/j.tele.2020.101473. [44] hung, s. w., chang, c. w., & ma, y. c. (2021). a new reality: exploring continuance intention to use mobile augmented reality for entertainment purposes. technology in society, 67, 101757. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2021.101757. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 736 [45] venkatesh, v. (2000). determinants of perceived ease of use: integrating control, intrinsic motivation, and emotion into the technology acceptance model. information systems research, 11(4), 342–365. doi:10.1287/isre.11.4.342.11872. [46] ajzen, i., & driver, b. l. (1992). application of the theory of planned behavior to leisure choice. journal of leisure research, 24(3), 207–224. doi:10.1080/00222216.1992.11969889. [47] zhu, y., dailey, s. l., kreitzberg, d., & bernhardt, j. (2017). “social net workout”: connecting social features of wearable fitness trackers with physical exercise. journal of health communication, 22(12), 974–980. doi:10.1080/10810730.2017.1382617. [48] ajzen, i. (2002). perceived behavioral control, self-efficacy, locus of control, and the theory of planned behavior. journal of applied social psychology, 32(4), 665–683. doi:10.1111/j.1559-1816.2002.tb00236.x. [49] sonne, t., & jensen, m. m. (2014). race by hearts: using technology to facilitate enjoyable and social workouts. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 8770, 125–132. doi:10.1007/978-3-662-45212-7_16. [50] mauriello, m. l., gubbels, m., & froehlich, j. e. (2014). social fabric fitness: the design and evaluation of wearable e-textile displays to support group running. conference on human factors in computing systems proceedings, 2833–2842. doi:10.1145/2556288.2557299. [51] hassan, l., dias, a., & hamari, j. (2019). how motivational feedback increases user’s benefits and continued use: a study on gamification, quantified-self and social networking. international journal of information management, 46, 151–162. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2018.12.004. [52] yang, n., van hout, g., feijs, l., chen, w., & hu, j. (2020). facilitating physical activity through on-site quantified-self data sharing. sustainability (switzerland), 12(12), 4904. doi:10.3390/su12124904. [53] jin, h., yan, j., zhang, y., & zhang, h. (2023). research on the influence mechanism of users’ quantified-self immersive experience: on the convergence of mobile intelligence and wearable computing. personal and ubiquitous computing, 27(3), 1111–1122. doi:10.1007/s00779-020-01484-2. [54] jin, h., peng, y., chen, j., & park, s. t. (2022). research on the connotation and dimension of consumers’ quantified-self consciousness. sustainability (switzerland), 14(3), 1504. doi:10.3390/su14031504. [55] hair, j. f., risher, j. j., sarstedt, m., & ringle, c. m. (2019). when to use and how to report the results of pls-sem. european business review, 31(1), 2–24. doi:10.1108/ebr-11-2018-0203. [56] hair jr, j. f., black, w. c., babin, b. j., & anderson, r. e. (2010). multivariate data analysis. pearson prentice, new jersey, united states. [57] fornell, c., & larcker, d. f. (1981). evaluating structural equation models with unobservable variables and measurement error. journal of marketing research, 18(1), 39. doi:10.2307/3151312. [58] chen, c. c., khan, a., hongsuchon, t., ruangkanjanases, a., chen, y. t., sivarak, o., & chen, s. c. (2021). the role of corporate social responsibility and corporate image in times of crisis: the mediating role of customer trust. international journal of environmental research and public health, 18(16), 8275. doi:10.3390/ijerph18168275. [59] hu, l. t., & bentler, p. m. (1999). cutoff criteria for fit indexes in covariance structure analysis: conventional criteria versus new alternatives. structural equation modeling, 6(1), 1–55. doi:10.1080/10705519909540118. [60] henseler, j., hubona, g., & ray, p. a. (2016). using pls path modeling in new technology research: updated guidelines. industrial management and data systems, 116(1), 2–20. doi:10.1108/imds-09-2015-0382. [61] hair, j. f., hult, g. t. m., ringle, c. m., sarstedt, m., & thiele, k. o. (2017). mirror, mirror on the wall: a comparative evaluation of composite-based structural equation modeling methods. journal of the academy of marketing science, 45, 616632. doi:10.1007/s11747-017-0517-x. [62] harman, h. h. (1976). modern factor analysis. university of chicago press, chicago, united states. [63] chin w, m. g. (1998). the partial least squares approach to structural formula modeling. advances in hospitality and leisure, 8(2), 5. [64] hair, j. f., sarstedt, m., pieper, t. m., & ringle, c. m. (2012). the use of partial least squares structural equation modeling in strategic management research: a review of past practices and recommendations for future applications. long range planning, 45(5–6), 320–340. doi:10.1016/j.lrp.2012.09.008. [65] wetzels, m., odekerken-schröder, g., & van oppen, c. (2009). using pls path modeling for assessing hierarchical construct models: guidelines and empirical illustration. mis quarterly: management information systems, 33(1), 177–196. doi:10.2307/20650284. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 737 [66] chang, h. s., lee, s. c., & ji, y. g. (2016). wearable device adoption model with tam and ttf. international journal of mobile communications, 14(5), 518–537. doi:10.1504/ijmc.2016.078726. [67] ong, a. k. s., prasetyo, y. t., robas, k. p. e., persada, s. f., nadlifatin, r., matillano, j. s. a., macababbad, d. c. b., pabustan, j. r., & taningco, k. a. c. (2023). determination of factors influencing the behavioral intention to play “mobile legends: bang-bang” during the covid-19 pandemic: integrating utaut2 and system usability scale for a sustainable e-sport business. sustainability (switzerland), 15(4), 3170. doi:10.3390/su15043170. [68] lee, s. y., & lee, k. (2018). factors that influence an individual’s intention to adopt a wearable healthcare device: the case of a wearable fitness tracker. technological forecasting and social change, 129, 154–163. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2018.01.002. [69] venkatesh, v., & bala, h. (2008). technology acceptance model 3 and a research agenda on interventions. decision sciences, 39(2), 273–315. doi:10.1111/j.1540-5915.2008.00192.x. [70] liao, c., chen, j. l., & yen, d. c. (2007). theory of planning behavior (tpb) and customer satisfaction in the continued use of e-service: an integrated model. computers in human behavior, 23(6), 2804–2822. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2006.05.006. [71] hogg, m. a., & smith, j. r. (2007). attitudes in social context: a social identity perspective. european review of social psychology, 18(1), 89–131. doi:10.1080/10463280701592070. [72] jain, k., sharma, i., & singh, g. (2018). an empirical study of factors determining wearable fitness tracker continuance among actual users. international journal of technology marketing, 13(1), 83–109. doi:10.1504/ijtmkt.2018.099877. [73] ferreira, j. j., fernandes, c. i., rammal, h. g., & veiga, p. m. (2021). wearable technology and consumer interaction: a systematic review and research agenda. computers in human behavior, 118, 106710. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2021.106710. [74] tweneboah-koduah, e. y., adams, m., & acheampong, g. (2019). the role of theories in social marketing in predicting physical activity behavior among the youth. journal of social marketing, 9(4), 398–417. doi:10.1108/jsocm-01-2018-0005. [75] lee, v. r., drake, j., cain, r., & thayne, j. (2021). remembering what produced the data: individual and social reconstruction in the context of a quantified self elementary data and statistics unit. cognition and instruction, 39(4), 367– 408. doi:10.1080/07370008.2021.1936529. [76] gilmore, j. n. (2016). everywear: the quantified self and wearable fitness technologies. new media and society, 18(11), 2524– 2539. doi:10.1177/1461444815588768. [77] chun, h., lee, h., & kim, d. (2012). the integrated model of smartphone adoption: hedonic and utilitarian value perceptions of smartphones among korean college students. cyber psychology, behavior, and social networking, 15(9), 473–479. doi:10.1089/cyber.2012.0140. [78] shin, d. h., & biocca, f. (2017). health experience model of personal informatics: the case of a quantified self. computers in human behavior, 69, 62–74. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2016.12.019. [79] al-adwan, a. s., li, n., al-adwan, a., abbasi, g. a., albelbisi, n. a., & habibi, a. (2023). “extending the technology acceptance model (tam) to predict university students’ intentions to use metaverse-based learning platforms”. education and information technologies, 28(11), 15381–15413. doi:10.1007/s10639-023-11816-3. [80] almaiah, m. a., al-otaibi, s., lutfi, a., almomani, o., awajan, a., alsaaidah, a., alrawad, m., & awad, a. b. (2022). employing the tam model to investigate the readiness of m-learning system usage using sem technique. electronics (switzerland), 11(8), 1259. doi:10.3390/electronics11081259. [81] khurana, a., kumar, v. v. r., & sidhpuria, m. (2020). a study on the adoption of electric vehicles in india: the mediating role of attitude. vision, 24(1), 23–34. doi:10.1177/0972262919875548. [82] anser, m. k., zaigham, g. h. k., imran rasheed, m., pitafi, a. h., iqbal, j., & luqman, a. (2020). social media usage and individuals’ intentions toward adopting bitcoin: the role of the theory of planned behavior and perceived risk. international journal of communication systems, 33(17), 4590. doi:10.1002/dac.4590. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 738 appendix i: questionnaire (research instrument) constructs codes questions perceived usefulness [15, 79] pu1 using wearable devices helps me monitor my physical health condition pu2 using wearable devices helps me improve my physical health condition pu3 using wearable devices enhances the efficiency of monitoring my physical health condition pu4 based on my perception of wearable devices, i believe they have excellent functionality perceived ease of use [10, 80] pe1 interacting with wearable devices is clear and understandable pe2 it is easy for me to use wearable devices proficiently pe3 i think it is easy to continue using wearable devices to do what i want attitude [46, 81, 82] att1 i am interested in continuing to use wearable devices att2 i think continuing to use wearable devices is a good idea att3 i believe continuing to use wearable devices is enjoyable att4 i like using wearable devices to monitor my physical health condition continuous intention [4] ci1 i am willing to frequently use wearable devices ci2 i plan to continue using wearable devices in the future ci3 i would recommend the use of wearable devices to my family and friends ci5 i will make an effort to continue using wearable devices in the next 6 months subjective norms [13, 29] sn1 important people to me would think i should continue using wearable devices sn2 influential people would think i should continue using wearable devices sn4 many people similar to me think i should continue using wearable devices perceived behavioral control [13, 29] pbc1 i can use wearable devices effectively to monitor my physical health condition pbc2 i believe continuing to use wearable devices will be entirely within my control pbc3 i think i have the resources, knowledge, and ability to continue using wearable devices quantified-self (qs) [51] qs1 recording step count qs2 recording exercise details (pace, distance, etc.) qs4 recording calorie expenditure qs5 recording heart rate available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 821 issn: 2723-9535 competency model: a study on the cultivation of college students’ innovation and entrepreneurship ability yu chen 1, yuan mei 1* 1 hebei professional college of political science and law, china. received 18 august 2023; revised 19 november 2023; accepted 24 november 2023; published 01 december 2023 abstract objectives: this study was designed to analyze entrepreneurial competency and enhance college students' abilities in innovation and entrepreneurship. methods: ten relevant factors were summarized based on the interview records. relevant data were collected through questionnaires and tested for reliability and validity. the effectiveness of the ten factors on entrepreneurial competency was tested using the regression analysis method. then, an analytic hierarchy process model of entrepreneurial competency was established to calculate the relevant weights. findings: the data collected from the survey questionnaire had sufficient reliability and validity. the ten relevant factors were effective in developing entrepreneurial competence. the weight distribution in the analytic hierarchy model indicated that entrepreneurial knowledge was most important, followed by entrepreneurial ability, and intrinsic potential was least significant. novelty: the novelty of this article lies in not only verifying the effectiveness of relevant factors through regression analysis but also further analyzing the weight of these factors through an analytic hierarchy process. keywords: competency; entrepreneurship; analytic hierarchy process model; regression analysis. 1. introduction college students are a crucial component in social development, but with the development of the economy and society, the number of college students increases rapidly [1]. while this increase provides more talent reserves for societal progress, the job market is unable to provide suitable employment opportunities for a substantial number of recent graduates within a short timeframe due to its limited scale. consequently, entrepreneurship has emerged as an alternative pathway for graduates to secure jobs. successful entrepreneurial endeavors not only provide entrepreneurs with suitable jobs but also generate employment opportunities for other college students [2]. however, in a competitive market, entrepreneurship poses a formidable challenge. given that college students devote most of their time to academic pursuits, they often lack practical experience in entrepreneurial endeavors. in order to improve the likelihood of success in entrepreneurship, colleges should not solely focus on imparting professional knowledge to college students. entrepreneurial competency represents the proactive drive exhibited by college students during business ventures; the stronger this competency is, the more effective problem-solving abilities are in the entrepreneurial process, leading to a higher likelihood of success in entrepreneurship [3]. hu [4] analyzed the composition, current status, and problems pertaining to the competencies of innovative teachers in hebei province at both theoretical and empirical levels. * corresponding author: m218287@163.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-011  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0002-2072-1078 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 822 additionally, they proposed countermeasures and recommendations aimed at enhancing teachers’ competitiveness. vías et al. [5] proposed a novel framework for designing business education courses that integrates behavioral competencies with business skills. by incorporating experiential learning, this comprehensive framework equips students with the essential tools to excel in their professional endeavors and actively contribute to the economic and social advancement of diverse communities. pranowo et al. [6] analyzed the impact of entrepreneurial competency and innovation competency on business success in the indonesian footwear industry and tested these hypotheses through structural equation modeling. the results of hypothesis testing proved that entrepreneurial competencies affected innovation competencies. bazyl et al. [7] proposed a scheme for modularized courses, which introduces future designers to entrepreneurship skills and provides practical examples of business plans and projects. sergeeva et al. [8] emphasized the necessity of cultivating entrepreneurial abilities among university students and suggested a competitive approach to defending business projects under the supervision of mentors, with two stages: defending the business concept and defending the project itself. adeyemo et al. [9] investigated the extent to which entrepreneurship education influences students' entrepreneurial abilities and intentions. the results showed a significant impact. previous studies have focused on aspects related to innovation and entrepreneurship capabilities, with some emphasizing innovation and entrepreneurship education while others focusing on the influence of entrepreneurial abilities on entrepreneurial outcomes. in contrast to these previous research efforts, this study places emphasis on entrepreneurial competency as a factor that can affect entrepreneurial abilities. it analyzes the components of entrepreneurial competency, validates their effectiveness, and performs an analytical hierarchy process on the weights of these components. this study briefly introduced entrepreneurial competency, summarized ten relevant factors based on interview records, collected relevant data through a questionnaire, and tested the reliability and validity of the data before a case study. the contribution of this article lies in the utilization of regression analysis and the analytic hierarchy process (ahp) to validate the factors related to entrepreneurial competency and their importance, providing valuable insights for entrepreneurship education. the main challenge of this study is how to select the relevant factors influencing entrepreneurial competency. the approach taken in this article involves conducting in-depth interviews with undergraduate students who are preparing for or have already engaged in entrepreneurship, as well as experts in the field, and summarizing the relevant factors from these interview records. 2. competency model 2.1. factors influencing entrepreneurial competency encouraging college students to engage in entrepreneurial activities is a viable solution for addressing the employment challenges faced by this demographic. however, the success of entrepreneurial activities depends not only on the current objective market environment but also on the subjective motivation of the entrepreneurs themselves. entrepreneurial competency is a subjective motivation that influences entrepreneurial activities [10], which includes the entrepreneur’s enthusiasm for entrepreneurship and their ability to solve challenges encountered during the entrepreneurial process. it can be said that entrepreneurial competency constitutes an essential prerequisite for the success of entrepreneurial endeavors [11] and serves as a vital skillset for entrepreneurs. entrepreneurial competency professional knowledge management knowledge general knowledge strategic decision making team management business management awareness traits innovation capability opportunity seizing entrepreneurial knowledge factors entrepreneurial ability factors inner potential factors figure 1. factors influencing entrepreneurial competency however, entrepreneurial competency is not solely reliant on talent; rather, talent only constitutes a fraction of it. the acquisition of experience and knowledge is crucial for developing entrepreneurial competency. given that college students have predominantly been immersed in campus life [12], their limited exposure to the real world makes it challenging for them to embark on entrepreneurial ventures. therefore, fostering the effective cultivation of entrepreneurial competency within colleges is beneficial to the entrepreneurial activities of college students [13]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 823 through in-depth interviews with college graduates who are either preparing to launch their own businesses or have already done so, as well as relevant experts, this paper summarized the factors influencing entrepreneurial competency, as shown in figure 1. after summarizing, three main factors affecting entrepreneurial competency can be identified: entrepreneurial knowledge, entrepreneurial ability, and inner potential. entrepreneurial knowledge includes professional knowledge, management knowledge, and general knowledge; entrepreneurial ability includes strategic decision-making, team management, business management, and opportunity grasping; and inner potential includes entrepreneurial consciousness, entrepreneurial traits, and innovation ability [14]. 2.2. the process of constructing an entrepreneurial competency model an entrepreneurial competency model can analyze the factors affecting entrepreneurial competency [15] in order to facilitate the cultivation of entrepreneurial competency among college students. figure 2 shows the basic process of constructing the entrepreneurial competency model. the main principle is to utilize regression analysis to identify influential factors, subsequently construct an ahp model based on these factors, and perform an analysis of weight distribution [16]. the specific steps are demonstrated below.  the records related to entrepreneurial competency were obtained from the in-depth interviews conducted with college students who possessed bachelor’s degrees and exhibited readiness or had already initiated their own businesses, as well as relevant experts. based on these records, the factors influencing entrepreneurial competency were summarized, as previously described.  entrepreneurial performance serves as a visual manifestation of entrepreneurial competency, and influencing factors are components of competency. therefore, the validity of these influencing factors was examined through regression analysis on entrepreneurial performance and the factors that influence entrepreneurial competency [17].  the framework of the ahp model was constructed based on the valid factors that influence entrepreneurial competency [18].  weights were calculated for indicators within the hierarchical analysis model of entrepreneurial competency across different dimensions to assess the importance of each influencing factor in the model. first, judgment matrices were constructed for each dimension [19]. at the highest level of the model lies entrepreneurial competency, while at the middle level (criterion level), three criteria are considered: entrepreneurial knowledge, entrepreneurial ability, and intrinsic potential. the target layer consists of indicators falling under these three criteria. summarize factors influence entrepreneurial competency based on deep interview records test the effectiveness of influence factors construct an ahp model according to the effective influence factors calculate the weights of indicators of the ahp model at different dimensions figure 2. basic process of building an entrepreneurial competency model the judgment matrix was constructed based on the hierarchy of dimensions. for example, when constructing the judgment matrix of the middle layer, pairwise comparisons were made among the three criteria to form a 3 × 3 judgment matrix. similarly, when constructing the judgment matrix of the target layer, pairwise comparisons were made among indicators within each criterion, resulting in a judgment matrix formed by indicators under every criterion. as an illustration, a 3 × 3 judgment matrix was formed by comparing indicators under the criterion of entrepreneurial knowledge. the element in the judgment matrix represented the ratio of the influence between the corresponding two indicators, and the influence scale was 1–9, with 1 for equally important and 9 for the most important. in case the judgment positions of the compared indicators are reversed, the scale is converted to its inverse value. consequently, a consistency test was conducted [20]. the indicator weights were determined by calculating them using the tested judgment matrices; any elements that failed to pass the test were adjusted accordingly. 3. case study 3.1. subjects a questionnaire was used to collect data for testing the validity of factors influencing entrepreneurial competency. the questionnaire was generally divided into two parts. the first part was the conventional collection of information such as age, gender, entrepreneurial experience, and education level. the second part was the measurement questions, designed based on the ten influencing factors summarized from the interview records. each influencing factor was assessed through five related measurement questions using the likert scale [21]. in addition to the questions for testing the influencing factors, the second part of the questionnaire also included a measure of entrepreneurial performance, which was measured by the duration of continuous business operation. the questionnaire was issued to small and medium-sized enterprises in the high-tech fields of beijing, shanghai, and guangzhou. a total of 1,000 questionnaires were sent out, and 985 valid questionnaires were recycled. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 824 3.2. reliability and validity tests table 1 shows the results of the reliability and validity tests of the questionnaire indicator data. the cronbach’s alpha coefficient [15], the kaiser-meyer-olkin (kmo) value, and the result of bartlett’s test of sphericity collectively supported the reliability of the indicator data, affirming its suitability for factor analysis. table 1. reliability and validity test results variable cronbach’s alpha kmo value bartlett’s test of sphericity chi-squared approximation 𝒅𝒇 p value age 0.921 0.711 189.67 3 0.001 gender 0.914 0.724 178.96 3 0.001 entrepreneurial experience 0.903 0.713 186.54 4 0.000 academic qualifications 0.915 0.710 198.75 5 0.001 professional knowledge 0.965 0.754 238.23 3 0.001 management knowledge 0.987 0.741 222.14 3 0.002 general knowledge 0.966 0.784 198.65 5 0.001 strategic decision making 0.948 0.756 215.36 6 0.001 team management 0.963 0.759 196.37 6 0.001 business management 0.945 0.789 203.69 3 0.000 opportunity seizing 0.968 0.769 187.95 3 0.001 entrepreneurial awareness 0.971 0.795 197.68 6 0.000 entrepreneurial traits 0.957 0.784 201.44 5 0.000 innovation capability 0.974 0.746 187.74 3 0.001 duration of continuous business operation 0.983 0.775 189.67 7 0.001 3.3. analysis of results after verifying the reliability and validity of the questionnaire data, the validity of the influencing factors of entrepreneurial competency in the questionnaire was verified using regression analysis. table 2 shows the results of the regression analysis of the influencing factors. the regression analysis models were constructed separately according to the major categories of influencing factors, and there were four regression analysis models. model 1 solely incorporated conventional information data as a control variable. in this model, the p values for the comparison between age and gender factors and the duration of continuous business operation were found to be greater than 0.05, which indicated a lack of statistical significance in these relationships; the p values for the comparison between entrepreneurial experience and academic qualifications factors and the duration of continuous business operation were observed to be less than 0.05, suggesting statistically significant relationships. table 2. regression analysis of the factors influencing entrepreneurial competency variables duration of continuous business operation model no. 1 model no. 2 model no. 3 model no. 4 control variables (conventional information) age 0.032 0.023 0.031 0.024 gender 0.025 0.021 0.025 0.026 entrepreneurial experience 0.111+ 0.121+ 0.134+ 0.141+ academic qualifications 0.121+ 0.124+ 0.113+ 0.132+ independent variables (entrepreneurial knowledge factors) professional knowledge 0.235* management knowledge 0.326* general knowledge 0.412* independent variables (entrepreneurial ability factors) strategic decision making 0.236* team management 0.365* business management 0.287* opportunity seizing 0.341* independent variables (intrinsic potential factors) entrepreneurial awareness 0.368* entrepreneurial traits 0.452* innovation capability 0.369* statistical quantities r2 0.082 0.198 0.187 0.213 f-value 2.894 4.398 5.421 4.897 note: + indicates the p value less than 0.05, and * indicates the p value less than 0.01. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 825 model 2 incorporated entrepreneurial knowledge in comparison to model 1, including professional knowledge, management knowledge, and general knowledge. in model 2, the p values for the comparison between entrepreneurial experience and academic qualifications factors and duration of operation were found to be less than 0.05, indicating a significant association. the p values for the comparison between the three newly added factors associated with entrepreneurial knowledge and the duration of continuous business operations were found to be less than 0.01, indicating an even more significant association. additionally, after incorporating these three factors, the r2 value of the regression analysis model increased, i.e., the explanatory degree of the regression model increased. model 3 was similar to model 2. this model included four factors associated with entrepreneurial ability compared to model 1. it was found that entrepreneurial experience and academic qualifications were significantly related to the duration of continuous business operations. furthermore, the four newly added factors associated with entrepreneurial ability were also significantly related to the duration of continuous business operations. the r2 value of model 3 was larger than that of model no. 1, indicating an enhanced level of explanatory degree within the regression model. model 4 incorporated three factors associated with inner potential, in contrast to model 1. it was found that entrepreneurial experience and academic qualifications were significantly associated with the duration of continuous business operation, and the three newly added intrinsic potential-associated factors were more significantly associated with the duration of continuous business operation. compared to model 1, the r2 value for model 4 added with inner potential-related factors was larger, suggesting an improved level of explanatory power for the regression model. a comparison of models 2, 3, and 4 with model 1 revealed that the categories of entrepreneurial knowledge, entrepreneurial competency, and inner potential were all more significantly associated with the duration of continuous business operation. furthermore, the explanatory power of the regression model improved after the addition of these factors. these findings suggested that all of the above entrepreneurial competency influencing factors could effectively influence entrepreneurial performance, and the validity of the influencing factors has been verified. after conducting the validity verification of the aforementioned influencing factors on entrepreneurial competency, an ahp model was constructed based on these factors. the weights were calculated using the judgment matrix given by ten invited experts, and the results are shown in table 3. the consistency test confirmed that both the judgment matrix of the criterion layer and that of the target layer under each criterion passed successfully, thereby validating the weights computed through the judgment matrix. table 3. the ahp model of entrepreneurial competency the highest level criteria layer weight maximum characteristic root 𝑪𝑹 the target layer weight maximum characteristic root 𝑪𝑹 entrepreneurial competency entrepreneurial knowledge 0.4967 3.0647 0.0236 professional knowledge 0.4258 3.0541 0.0325 management knowledge 0.1987 general knowledge 0.3755 entrepreneurship 0.3257 strategic decision making 0.3128 3.0458 0.0314 team management 0.2367 business management 0.2589 opportunity seizing 0.1916 inner potential 0.1776 entrepreneurial awareness 0.2295 3.0642 0.0298 entrepreneurial traits 0.2216 innovation capability 0.5489 4. discussion college students spend most of their time on campus and do not have enough entrepreneurial experience. in order to enhance the success rate of college students’ entrepreneurship, colleges often cultivate the entrepreneurial competency of college students. some relevant studies are reviewed as follows: wang et al. [12] conducted a study by surveying senior students in experiential universities, collecting 400 data points. they used amos 23.0 and spss 26.0 as data analysis tools to explore the relationship between entrepreneurship knowledge literacy courses and entrepreneurial abilities among college students. the results indicated that entrepreneurship knowledge literacy courses directly and significantly influenced college students' entrepreneurial abilities, and entrepreneurial self-efficacy played a mediating role. slišāne [23] conducted an online survey using the questionpro platform to collect data, aiming to explore the correlation between teaching methods and entrepreneurial abilities. the results indicated that students were wellprepared for further development of their entrepreneurial skills during remote learning. zhang et al. [24] proposed a mediating effect model and tested the hypotheses using hierarchical regression and a moderated mediation test with a sample of 200 hong kong university students. the results indicated that entrepreneurial hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 826 attitudes, subjective norms, and perceived behavioral control of entrepreneurship significantly mediated the positive relationship between entrepreneurial learning and entrepreneurial intention. in the aforementioned studies, which focused on students, various factors influencing entrepreneurial success, such as entrepreneurial knowledge, attitudes, and market perception, were analyzed. however, this study specifically examines entrepreneurial competency by first summarizing ten relevant factors based on interview records. subsequently, data on these factors was collected from students through questionnaires, and their effectiveness was verified using regression analysis. finally, the impact weights of these factors on entrepreneurial competency were determined using the ahp. the results of the case study were shown in the previous section. the regression analysis conducted on the ten correlated factors showed that all the competency-related factors were significantly associated with entrepreneurial performance, thereby confirming their validity in assessing entrepreneurial competency. then, the corresponding weights were calculated based on the judgment matrix of the ahp model, which successfully passed consistency tests. in the criterion layer of the competency model, the factor of entrepreneurial knowledge had the largest weight, followed by entrepreneurial ability and inner potential. the magnitude of the weight distribution indicated that it was very important to have sufficient entrepreneurial knowledge in the process of entrepreneurship, followed by sufficient entrepreneurial ability. based on the constructed competency model and its weight distribution, the following suggestions are proposed for cultivating entrepreneurial competency among college students:  colleges need to pay attention to teaching college students enough theoretical knowledge in entrepreneurship education, especially focusing on the knowledge of the professional field in which they want to start their business.  college students need to pay more attention to the changes in local market policies and develop their sensitivity to market opportunities in the process of entrepreneurship.  students should actively participate in practical activities inside and outside of school to improve their ability to analyze problems and practical management skills.  students should pay attention to communication when participating in practical activities with teams during school and pay the same attention to timely communication with peers when starting a business.  when setting goals for the business process, not only short-term goals but also long-term goals should be set, and different operating policies should be set according to the goals. the policies should be adjusted and exchanged according to the actual situation in the process of implementation. 5. conclusion this paper briefly introduced entrepreneurial competency and summarized ten relevant factors based on the interview records, including professional knowledge, management knowledge, general knowledge, strategic decision-making, team management, business management, opportunity grasping, entrepreneurial consciousness, entrepreneurial traits, and innovation ability. relevant data were collected through questionnaires. the reliability and validity of the data were tested using cronbach’s alpha [15], the kmo value, and the bartlett’s test of sphericity. moreover, a case study was conducted. the effectiveness of the relevant factors was tested using regression analysis; an ahp model was constructed based on these factors, and their corresponding weights in the model were calculated. the following results were obtained: (1) the data obtained from the questionnaire survey were sufficiently reliable and valid, making them suitable for factor analysis. (2) the results of the regression analysis showed that all the ten factors were significantly related to entrepreneurial performance, thus confirming the validity of these factors in assessing entrepreneurial competency. (3) the weight distribution within the ahp model showed that entrepreneurial knowledge held the highest importance, followed by entrepreneurial ability and inner potential. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, y.c. and y.m.; methodology, y.c.; validation, y.c.; formal analysis, y.c.; investigation, y.c.; resources, y.c.; data curation, y.m.; writing—original draft preparation, y.m.; writing—review and editing, y.m.; visualization, y.m.; supervision, y.m.; project administration, y.m.; funding acquisition, y.m. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 827 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] garcía-palma, m.b., & molina, m.i.s.m. (2016). knowledge and female entrepreneurship: a competence and social dimension. suma de negocios, 7(15), 32-37. doi:10.1016/j.sumneg.2015.12.005. [2] ahn, t.u., han, d.h., & kang, t.w. (2019). the effects of entrepreneur competence characteristics on start-up performance: focusing on the mediating effect of the start-up support system. the korean society of business venturing, 14(1), 73-83. doi:10.16972/apjbve.14.1.201902.73. [3] rivera-kempis, c., valera, l., & sastre-castillo, m.a. (2021). entrepreneurial competence: using machine learning to classify entrepreneurs. sustainability, 13(15), 1-24. doi:10.3390/su13158252. [4] hu, x. (2021). an empirical study on entrepreneurial education competency of young college teachers based on k-means clustering algorithm. eai international conference, 391, 16-25. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-87900-6_3. [5] marta, c.v., & beatriz, r. (2020). fostering innovation and entrepreneurial culture at the business school: a competency-based education framework. industry and higher education, 34(3), 160-176. doi:10.1177/0950422219895209. [6] pranowo, a.s., sutrisno, j., pudjosulastiono, & siregar, z.m.e. (2020). the entrepreneurial competency, innovation capability and business success. quality access to success, 21(178), 2-25. [7] bazyl, l., orlov, v., fursa, o., & oruzha, l. (2021). development of entrepreneurial competence in design education. financial and credit activity problems of theory and practice, 2(37), 493-502. doi:10.18371/fcaptp.v2i37.230672. [8] sergeeva, t., podbolotova, m., natyrova, e., averianova, s., & lobanov, i. (2021). development of student entrepreneurial competence using the resources of social partnership. shs web of conferences, 98, 1-5. doi:10.1051/shsconf/20219802005. [9] adeyemo, s.a., ogunleye, p.o., adeyemi, m.a., & kareem, t. (2021). entrepreneurship education as an impetus to entrepreneurial competence and entrepreneurial intentions among polytechnic students: a quantitative approach. asian journal of education and social studies, 29-37. doi:10.9734/ajess/2021/v17i430428. [10] mantovani, g.m. (2015). competence value emersion: a key to sound practices in entrepreneural finance. from "q" to "t" ratios in the north-eastern italian experience. international journal of entrepreneurship and small business, 24(3), 383-416. doi:10.1504/ijesb.2015.067460. [11] walipah. (2021). the influence of entrepreneurial learning design meaningfulness on student entrepreneurial competence. 2nd annual conference on social science and humanities (ancosh 2020), 542, 151-153. doi:10.2991/assehr.k.210413.035 [12] faltermeier, j. (2021). measuring and promoting entrepreneurial intentions and entrepreneurial competence – implications for education. shs web of conferences, 90(3), 151-153. doi:10.1051/shsconf/20219002003. [13] edwards-schachter, m., garcía-granero, a., sánchez-barrioluengo, m., quesada, h., & amara, n. (2015). disentangling competences: interrelationships on creativity, innovation and entrepreneurship. thinking skills and creativity, 16, 27-39. doi:10.1016/j.tsc.2014.11.006. [14] utami, e.n., & mulyaningsih, h.d. (2017). the impact of competency entrepreneurship on micro, small, medium enterprises performance. international journal of management entrepreneurship social sciences and humanities, 1(1), 24-30. doi:10.31098/ijmesh.v1i1.7. [15] scuotto, v., & morellato, m. (2013). entrepreneurial knowledge and digital competence: keys for a success of student entrepreneurship. journal of the knowledge economy, 4, 293-303. doi:10.1007/s13132-013-0155-6. [16] budiningsih, i., sukamto, h., & mujiani, s. (2021). dominant determinant characteristics of innovative behavior of new entrepreneur candidates. management science letters, 2021, 1813-1820. doi:10.5267/j.msl.2021.1.022. [17] yani, a., eliyana, a., hamidah, sudiarditha, i.k.r., & buchdadi, a.d. (2020). the impact of social capital, entrepreneurial competence on business performance: an empirical study of smes. systematic reviews in pharmacy, 11(9), 779-787. doi:10.31838/srp.2020.9.110. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 828 [18] bai, j.f., wei, x.y., & yan, j.c. (2017). research on the selection of business-to-customer e-commerce logistics model based on analytic hierarchy process method. proceedings of the 23rd international conference on industrial engineering and engineering management, 2017, 11-15. doi:10.2991/978-94-6239-255-7_3. [19] zoie, r.c. (2017). cloud provider's services evaluation using triangular fuzzy numbers. international conference on control systems and computer science, 2017, 123-128. doi:10.1109/cscs.2017.23. [20] benedetto, f., giunta, g., & mastroeni, l. (2015). a maximum entropy method to assess the predictability of financial and commodity prices. digital signal processing, 46(c), 19-31. doi:10.1016/j.dsp.2015.08.001. [21] miao, c., & ding, m. (2015). social vulnerability assessment of geological hazards based on entropy method in lushan earthquake-stricken area. arabian journal of geosciences, 8(12), 10241-10253. doi:10.1007/s12517-015-1945-x. [22] wang, j. & mangmeechai, a. (2022). impact of entrepreneurship knowledge literacy curriculum on college graduates' sustainable entrepreneurial competence based on entrepreneurial learning theory. international journal of sustainable development and planning: encouraging the unified approach to achieve sustainability, 17(4), 1309-1316. doi:10.18280/ijsdp.170428. [23] slišāne, a., lāma, g., & rubene, z. (2021). self-assessment of the entrepreneurial competence of teacher education students in the remote study process. sustainability, 13(11), 1-14. doi:10.3390/su13116424. [24] zhang, f., wei, l., sun h., & tung, l.c. (2019). how entrepreneurial learning impacts one's intention towards entrepreneurship a planned behavior approach. chinese management studies, 13(1), 146-170. doi:10.1108/cms-06-2018-0556. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 123 issn: 2723-9535 the impact of self-efficacy on telemedicine adoption in emerging country danupol hoonsopon 1 , chaninun ketkaew 2, wilert puriwat 1 , wattana viriyasitavat 1 , suchart tripopsakul 3* 1 chulalongkorn business school, chualongkorn university, 254 phyathai road, pathumwan, bangkok 10330, thailand. 2 chonburi cancer hospital, chonburi, thailand. 3 school of entrepreneurship and management, bangkok university, pathumthani 12120, thailand. received 15 november 2024; revised 07 february 2025; accepted 15 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract telemedicine has emerged as a vital innovation in healthcare, improving access to medical services by reducing the need for physical interactions. previous studies revealed that self-efficacy influences individuals’ perceptions and behaviors toward adopting new technologies, especially telemedicine. however, these studies do not emphasize understanding how three sources of self-efficacy, namely, enactive mastery (em), vicarious experience (ve), and verbal persuasion (vp), affect telemedicine adoption (ta) through perceptions of telemedicine technology. based on the sample of 240 respondents, structural equation modeling (sem) analysis was utilized to examine the proposed hypotheses. the results revealed that enactive mastery and vicarious experience positively influence perceived ease of use (pe), with vicarious experience also significantly impacting perceived usefulness (pu). perceived ease of use significantly impacted perceived usefulness, strongly influencing telemedicine adoption. these findings confirm the impact of self-efficacy, especially enactive mastery, and vicarious experience components in sharping perceived ease of use and perceived usefulness. these are essential for driving telemedicine adoption and facilitating its adoption in an emerging country. the findings highlight the importance of these self-efficacy sources in telemedicine adoption strategies and suggest that enhancing individuals’ direct experiences and observational learning can foster telemedicine usage in emerging markets. keywords: telemedicine adoption; self-efficacy; technology acceptance model; emerging countries. 1. introduction self-efficacy has influenced the behavior of individuals to do or not to do something [1, 2]. in the past decades, several studies have attempted to investigate the role of psychological factors in adopting technology in the healthcare industry [3, 4]. prior studies agree that self-efficacy significantly influences individuals’ use of telemedicine [5-7]. selfefficacy is defined as the expectations of individual efficacy that determine initiating behavior, how much effort will be dedicated, and how long he/she sustains the obstacle encountered and can be classified into three sources: enactive mastery, vicarious experience, and verbal persuasion [1, 8]. the covid-19 pandemic has deeply reformed public health systems globally, demanding strategies that diminish the risk of direct exposure among people in society. telemedicine technology emerges as one of the vital strategies to improve the quality of the public health system. telemedicine is * corresponding author: suchart.t@bu.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-09  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6408-4790 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8891-3637 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7247-4596 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8031-8056 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 124 medical experts using information and communication technology to provide public health services to remote populations. it involves the interchange of data related to the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of diseases and the continual research and education of medical services [9]. based on bis research, the worldwide telemedicine market was valued at approximately $22 billion in 2019. it is anticipated to reach $123 billion by 2030, with a compound annual growth rate of 17% from 2019 to 2030 [10]. today, the thai healthcare system faces difficulties meeting the growing demand for healthcare services. the estimated overall expenditure in southeast asia is expected to exceed usd 740 billion, with thailand’s portion being substantial. nevertheless, the physician-to-patient ratio in thailand is only 0.47 per 1,000 patients. this discrepancy underscores the significant unmet medical needs in thailand [11]. telemedicine can be realized as a mechanism to enhance patients’ access to healthcare services at a lower cost but with more convenience since telemedicine does not require physical interaction between healthcare service providers (e.g., doctors, nurses, and pharmacists) and patients. however, telemedicine has been realized as an innovative healthcare service technology, and its adoption and continual usage, especially in emerging countries such as thailand, face several challenges. the problems encompass infrastructure deficiencies, including unreliable internet access in rural regions, inadequate availability of telemedicine-compatible devices, and the absence of dependable technical support systems for healthcare practitioners and patients. moreover, digital literacy constitutes a substantial obstacle, especially for older persons and rural communities, who may lack confidence in utilizing digital platforms and have difficulties with intricate user interfaces. insufficient awareness and trust in telemedicine’s capabilities intensify these issues, as individuals may doubt their health information’s dependability, efficacy, and confidentiality. this deficiency in confidence is directly linked to self-efficacy, which affects individuals’ opinions of their capability to utilize telemedicine technologies proficiently. the challenges are infrastructural readiness, lack of adequacy in digital literacy, and healthcare regulatory issues that slow the telemedicine adoption rate. furthermore, investigating these factors is still unclear despite attempts to understand what factors act as antecedents to drive individuals’ perceptions and behaviors to adopt and continue using telemedicine. more investigation is needed, especially into psychological factors. one of the psychological factors that has been paid attention to in the telemedicine context is self-efficacy. selfefficacy refers to individuals’ belief in their capability to perform behaviors essential to yield specific performance accomplishments [1]. previous literature argues that individual beliefs such as self-efficacy cause individual action [12]. also, these studies mainly focus on enacting mastery, which is one source of self-efficacy, especially [6, 7]. however, to our knowledge, other sources of self-efficacy, vicarious experience, and verbal persuasion have been paid little attention to in previous literature. also, developed and emerging countries’ cultures are different [13]. cultural differences provide dissimilar reasons for adopting new products and services [14, 15]. the role of self-efficacy in adopting telemedicine may not be the same in developed and emerging countries. earlier literature examines factors that affect telemedicine adoption in developed or western countries [6]. however, few studies have investigated the impact of self-efficacy on telemedicine adoption in emerging countries [7]. to enhance the understanding of self-efficacy in emerging countries, this study investigates the effect of elements (enactive mastery, vicarious experience, and verbal persuasion) of self-efficacy on the adoption of telemedicine. the rest of this study contains section two, formulating a theoretical foundation and a conceptual framework; section three, proposing research methodology; section four, presenting data analysis and research findings; section five, discussing theoretical contributions and managerial implications; section six, concluding; and section seven, revealing limitations and directions for future research. 2. literature review 2.1. self-efficacy theory self-efficacy theory is proposed by bandura (1977), defined as the expectations of individual efficacy that determine initiating behavior, how much effort will be dedicated, and how long he/she will sustain the obstacle encountered [1]. there are three sources of self-efficacy: enactive mastery, vicarious experience, and verbal persuasion [6]. enactive mastery refers to the degree of recognition of individuals and their ability to succeed on tasks [8]. vicarious experience is defined as individuals perceiving the behavior of others (e.g., friends, family, influence, and role models), observing what they can do, evaluating the outcome of their behavior, and using this information as a guideline for doing something [2]. lastly, verbal persuasion is when individuals are convinced by people who succeed in a specific task [16]. this theory is applied to various areas, and one application area is the adoption of telemedicine [7, 17]. social cognitive factors such as self-efficacy are strongly related to healthcare app adoption [5]. because individuals have high selfefficacy, they tend to recognize their ability to use telemedicine, observe how to use telemedicine from others, and follow suggestions from influencing people. 2.2. technology acceptance model (tam) and cultural differences in technology adoption the concept of the technology acceptance model (tam), derived from davis (1989), relates to telemedicine adoption [18]. individuals will accept new technology or products when they perceive ease of use and usefulness toward new technology or products [19]. prior research confirms that tam can be applied in telemedicine contexts such as hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 125 contactless payment technology, mobile healthcare, and telemedicine for physicians [7, 17, 20]. cultural differences provide different norms, beliefs, attitudes, and behaviors of individuals in each society, such as individualism vs. collectivism, uncertainty avoidance, and long-term vs. short-term orientation [13, 21]. existing literature investigates the impact of self-efficacy on telemedicine adoption in a western context. however, the norms of western and eastern countries are not the same. different norms reflect individuals’ attitudes and behavior, which may lead to the rate of technology adoption. in collectivism, low uncertainty avoidance, and long-term orientation, the impact of imitation among individuals in society dominates technology adoption [22]. 2.3. the impact of self-efficacy on telemedicine adoption although much literature explains the impact of self-efficacy on telemedicine adoption, these studies focus on the multi-dimensional concept of self-efficacy. apart from enactive mastery, other dimensions of self-efficacy, which are vicarious experience and verbal persuasion, lack examination in the telemedicine context. this study proposes the impact of three dimensions of self-efficacy on telemedicine adoption. a conceptual framework of this study is shown in figure 1. figure 1. a conceptual framework enactive mastery plays a crucial role in telemedicine adoption. individuals who believe in their ability to use telemedicine technology find it easier [7]. this confidence also enhances their perception of its usefulness in daily life. enactive mastery also builds confidence through successful experiences, making telemedicine technology seem more straightforward and beneficial. this confidence and positive perception are crucial for the widespread adoption of telemedicine. for these reasons, we can hypothesize that. h1: enactive mastery positively impacts (a) perceived ease of use and (b) perceived usefulness. vicarious experience increases the likelihood that individuals will perceive new technology, such as telemedicine, as easy to use. observing others teaches individuals how to perform tasks without directly engaging with them. they watch others use the technology, learn from their experiences, and evaluate the outcomes. these observations help individuals find telemedicine easy to use and recognize its usefulness. hence, h2: vicarious experience positively impacts (a) perceived ease of use and (b) perceived usefulness. verbal persuasion can enhance the perceived ease of use and usefulness of telemedicine for individuals who are not familiar with it. when people are persuaded by those with experience or expertise in telemedicine, they are likelier to find it easy to use. by consulting with and following the guidance of these experts, individuals can more easily recognize the benefits of telemedicine. as such, we can hypothesize that, h3: verbal persuasion positively impacts (a) perceived ease of use and (b) perceived usefulness. when individuals perceive telemedicine as easy to use for improving their health, they recognize its benefits, such as the convenience of meeting with a doctor or nurse and cost savings in terms of time and transportation. as they perceive the ease of use and usefulness of telemedicine technology, they are more likely to accept new technologies that enhance their quality of life, such as telemedicine, instead of visiting a doctor at a hospital or clinic. therefore, it can be hypothesized that h4: perceived ease of use has a positive impact on perceived usefulness. h5: perceived ease of use has a positive impact on telemedicine adoption. h6: perceived usefulness has a positive impact on telemedicine adoption. enactive mastery (em) h5 h1a vicarious experience (ve) verbal persuasion (vp) perceived ease of use (pe) perceived usefulness (pu) telemedicine adoption (ta) h6 h4 h1b h2a h2b h3a h3b hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 126 3. research methodology this quantitative study conducts survey research in thailand. thailand can be a good proxy for an emerging country in which the healthcare industry heavily invests in developing telemedicine systems, and many hospitals provide telemedicine services [23]. however, several studies examine self-efficacy’s impact on telemedicine adoption in a western context. our findings can contribute to expanding the boundary of knowledge in adopting telemedicine in the eastern context. the empirical data was collected using the quota sampling method to ensure the representation of respondents of different strata, such as sex and age [24]. the quota sampling method has advantages and disadvantages. in terms of strengths of the quota sampling method, this method improves the representation of the sample related to the population of the study, provides prediction as good as the probability sampling method, enhances the response rate, and increases the efficiency of cost and time than probability sampling [25, 26]. however, there are weaknesses in the quota sampling method, such as the variation of respondents from different characteristics, leading to the potential bias of research findings [27]. for these reasons, we find the advantages outweigh the disadvantages of the method. the respondents were selected using a quota sampling method to ensure representation across age and gender groups, minimizing bias. however, this non-probability approach may still carry some risk of selection bias due to its reliance on pre-defined quotas. for the thai population, the number of populations aged between 36 and 55 is highest compared with other groups [28]. in this study, quotas are set into three groups according to generation: 16-35 (generation z), 36-55 (generation x), and 56+ (baby boomer). for the gender of the thai population, the ratio of males and females is approximately equal [29]. another criterion is that a respondent must have experienced telemedicine service at least once. this approach ensures that the sample reflects the diversity of the population while focusing on individuals with prior experience using telemedicine, which enhances the reliability of the findings. a self-administered questionnaire with a cover letter to explain the research objective is used in this study. to increase the credibility of research findings and reduce the bias of respondents, all respondents are anonymous by not asking for their contact information, such as name, telephone number, and e-mail address, in the questionnaire. we adopt the measures from previous studies to develop the measures of six constructs in this study (enactive mastery, vicarious experience, verbal persuasion, perceived ease of use, perceived usefulness, and telemedicine adoption). all constructs in this study are measured by a five-point likert scale (1 = strongly disagree to 5 = strongly agree). the three sources of self-efficacy, which are active mastery (3 items), vicarious experience (3 items), and verbal persuasion (6 items), were measured by the items modified from wangwongwiroj & yasri (2021) [30]. to evaluate perceived ease of use, we use a four-item measure and perceived usefulness, and a three-item measure is adapted from zhang et al. (2017) [7]. for telemedicine adoption, a three-item measure is modified from dam et al. (2018) and zhang et al. (2017) [5, 7]. the constructs were measured using validated scales adapted from previous studies, and reliability was ensured by conducting a pilot test and confirming internal consistency through cronbach’s alpha values above the acceptable threshold of 0.7. the detailed constructs and measurement items are shown in the appendix i. for data analysis, structural equation modeling (sem), using a two-step approach, is used to investigate the interrelationship among constructs in the conceptual framework. amos version 24 was used for data analysis. to calculate the sample size (n) for data analysis, hair et al. (2010) suggest that a ratio of sample size to the number of observed variables should be greater than 10 [31]. in this study, the number of observed variables is 21. hence, the sample size of this study should be greater than 210. 4. results 4.1. sample profile the majority of the sample is male (50.4%). most respondents are between 16 and 35 years old (45.8%). regarding education, the largest group holds a bachelor’s degree (42.5%), followed by those with a master’s degree or higher (26.7%). the income distribution shows that most respondents earn between 20,001-30,000 baht per month (32.9%), and the largest group occupation is private sector employees (40.8%). most respondents use hospital or healthcare services 2-3 times a year (57.9%), and most spend the average medical expenses per visit between 1,001-3,000 baht (52.1%) when visiting hospitals or medical facilities. most usually go with family (50.4%), followed by those who go alone (42.9%). the sample profile is shown in table 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 127 table 1. sample profile n % gender male 121 50.4 female 119 49.6 age 16-35 years old 110 45.8 36-55 years old 90 37.5 above 56 years old 40 16.7 education attainment primary school 1 0.4 secondary school 19 7.9 vocational certificate / diploma 54 22.5 bachelor’s degree 102 42.5 master’s degree or higher 64 26.7 monthly income (baht) less than 10,000 baht 49 20.4 10,001-20,000 baht 37 15.4 20,001-30,000 baht 79 32.9 30,001-40,000 baht 25 10.4 more than 40,000 baht 50 20.8 average times using the services at a hospital or healthcare facility less than once a year 56 23.3 2-3 times a year 139 57.9 more than 3 times a year 45 18.8 average medical expenses per visit less than 1,000 baht 76 31.7 1,001-3,000 baht 125 52.1 more than 3,000 baht 39 16.3 occupation student 52 21.7 private sector employee 98 40.8 government official / state enterprise employee 50 20.8 business owner 35 14.6 homemaker 5 2.1 who do you usually visit the hospital or medical facility with? alone 103 42.9 family 121 50.4 friend 14 5.8 4.2. hypothesis testing structural equation modeling (sem) was employed to examine the interrelationships among constructs in the conceptual framework using a two-step approach. first, confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) was conducted to validate the measurement items. convergent validity refers to the extent to which two measures of the same trait agree, and discriminant validity, which ensures that constructs are distinct, was assessed to confirm the model’s goodness of fit. convergent validity is satisfied when factor loadings exceed 0.7, and the squared multiple correlations are greater than 0.5 [32, 33]. discriminant validity is established when the square root of a construct’s ave (average variance extracted) is greater than its correlations with other constructs in the model. following the suggested modification indices, the measurement model was revised, and item vp6 was removed as its factor loading did not meet the recommended threshold. the final measurement model demonstrated an acceptable fit to the data (chi-square = 318.933, df = 170, cmin/df = 1.876, gfi = 0.888, rmsea = 0.061; cfi = 0.945; nfi = 0.891). table 2 presents the confirmatory factor analysis results, confirming that convergent and discriminant validity were achieved. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 128 table 2. measurement model results constructs and items loading t-value se alpha composite reliability ave enactive mastery 0.678 0.821 0.339 em1 0.435 em2 0.629 7.617 0.183 em3 0.595 5.929 0.242 vicarious experience 0.709 0.910 0.453 ve1 0.692 ve 2 0.651 8.624 0.130 ve 3 0.675 8.896 0.112 verbal persuasion 0.805 0.982 0.458 vp1 0.754 vp2 0.701 10.258 0.100 vp3 0.623 9.096 0.086 vp4 0.659 9.640 0.096 vp5 0.637 9.312 0.092 perceived ease of use 0.875 0.986 0.636 pe1 0.738 pe2 0.774 11.804 0.099 pe3 0.785 11.869 0.093 pe4 0.886 13.265 0.094 perceived usefulness 0.835 0.972 0.652 pu1 0.872 pu2 0.645 11.214 0.073 pu3 0.882 17.448 0.061 telemedicine adoption 0.893 0.983 0.739 ta1 0.893 ta2 0.792 15.529 0.066 ta3 0.892 18.996 0.056 based on the data presented in table 3, the measurement model demonstrates acceptable convergent and discriminant validity. most factor loadings exceed 0.6, composite reliability (cr) values surpass the 0.7 threshold for all constructs, and average variance extracted (ave) values are close to the recommended 0.5 level for most constructs. discriminant validity is confirmed as the ave values are generally higher than the squared inter-construct correlations. while the ave value for the enactive mastery construct falls slightly below the 0.5 benchmark, its high cr and cronbach’s alpha indicate strong internal consistency. for most constructs, the square root of the ave is greater than its correlations with other constructs, affirming discriminant validity. these confirmatory factor analysis results validate the measurement model, allowing further path analysis. table 3. discriminate validity construct em ve vp pe pu ta enactive mastery 0.582 vicarious experience 0.947 0.673 verbal persuasion 0.914 0.810 0.677 perceived ease of use 0.592 0.468 0.340 0.797 perceived usefulness 0.455 0.577 0.459 0.657 0.807 telemedicine adoption 0.413 0.520 0.398 0.596 0.858 0.860 note: the square root of ave of each construct is shown in bold on the diagonal following the validation of the measurement model, the proposed hypotheses were tested by analyzing the structural model and path coefficients linking independent constructs to their respective dependent constructs, as defined by the research hypotheses. the structural model achieved acceptable model fit statistics, indicating a good fit with the data. the results of the hypothesis testing are summarized in figure 2 and table 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 129 notes: n.s = not significant; chi-square = 270.987; df = 155; cmin/df = 1.748; rmsea = 0.056; cfi = 0.957; nfi = 0.907 figure 2. the path coefficient for all hypotheses of interest in the study table 4. hypotheses testing hypothesis loading t-value result h1a: enactive mastery has a positive impact on perceived ease of use. 0.393** 2.033 supported h1b: enactive mastery has a positive impact on perceived usefulness. -0.201 -1.367 not supported h2a: vicarious experience has a positive impact on perceived ease of use. 0.397** 2.554 supported h2b: vicarious experience has a positive impact on perceived usefulness. 0.444*** 3.156 supported h3a: verbal persuasion has a positive impact on perceived ease of use. -0.297 -1.561 not supported h3b: verbal persuasion has a positive impact on perceived usefulness. 0.321* 1.709 partial supported h4: perceived ease of use has a positive impact on perceived usefulness. 0.582*** 6.552 supported h5: perceived ease of use has a positive impact on telemedicine adoption 0.024 0.367 not supported h6: perceived usefulness has a positive impact on telemedicine adoption 0.848*** 11.888 supported notes: *p <0.1; **p <0.05; ***p < 0.01 the influence of the three sources of self-efficacy—enactive mastery, vicarious experience, and verbal persuasion— on telemedicine adoption is examined through two key perceptions of telemedicine technology: perceived ease of use and perceived usefulness. the findings indicate that enactive mastery significantly enhances perceived ease of use (β = 0.393; p < 0.05; supporting h1a) but does not exhibit a significant positive impact on perceived usefulness (β = -0.201; p > 0.05; not supporting h1b). vicarious experience positively affects both perceived ease of use (β = 0.397; p < 0.05; supporting h2a) and perceived usefulness (β = 0.444; p < 0.01; supporting h2b), emerging as the strongest contributor to self-efficacy influencing perceptions of telemedicine. verbal persuasion does not significantly impact perceived ease of use (β = -0.297; p > 0.05; not supporting h3a) but shows a partial positive effect on perceived usefulness (β = 0.321; p < 0.1; partially supporting h3b). additionally, the results confirm a strong relationship between perceived ease of use and perceived usefulness (β = 0.582; p < 0.01; supporting h4). however, perceived ease of use does not significantly influence telemedicine adoption (β = 0.024; p > 0.05; not supporting h5), while perceived usefulness has a significant and positive impact on telemedicine adoption (β = 0.848; p < 0.001; supporting h6). these findings suggest that strategies to promote telemedicine adoption should prioritize enhancing perceived usefulness, particularly by leveraging vicarious experiences to shape users’ perceptions of telemedicine technology’s benefits positively. 5. discussion the study aims to investigate the impact of three sources of self-efficacy: enactive mastery, vicarious experience, and verbal persuasion on telemedicine adoption through perceptions of ease of use and usefulness in the emerging country – thailand. the finding shows that self-efficacy is an antecedent that enhances individuals’ adoption of new technology. enactive mastery and vicarious experience show a positive effect on the perceived ease of use of telemedicine. vicarious experience also strongly impacts telemedicine’s perceived ease of use and usefulness. nevertheless, enactive mastery does not significantly impact perceived usefulness. this implies that direct experience may not always translate to usefulness perception, especially in emerging countries with telemedicine adoption. verbal persuasion did not significantly influence perceived ease of use and was found partially significant in perceived usefulness in our study. the finding aligns with the study of lunenburg (2011), which indicates that verbal persuasion can enrich self-efficacy and subsequent perceptions and behaviors [16]. in telemedicine adoption in emerging countries, verbal persuasion alone may have a limited effect on changing perceptions of the technology’s ease of use and usefulness. unlike prior studies, this study provides a novel perspective on how self-efficacy shapes willingness to adopt telemedicine. whereas earlier studies mainly focused on enactive mastery as the key source of self-efficacy, this study em pu pe ta ve vp 0.393 0.321 0.397 0.024 (n.s) 0.848 -0.201 (n.s) 0.444 -0.297 (n.s) 0.582 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 130 is one of the pioneering works to include and explore the roles of vicarious experience and verbal persuasion in telemedicine adoption. by treating self-efficacy as a multi-dimensional construct, our study offers a more comprehensive viewpoint on how self-efficacy influences technology adoption behaviors that can help telemedicine practitioners and policymakers design more effective strategies for enhancing telemedicine adoption, especially in the emerging market context. while existing literature has mainly studied this in the context of developed or innovation-driven countries, this study extends the understanding of self-efficacy and technology adoption within emerging markets. this study highlights the unique challenges and opportunities in emerging markets like thailand, providing valuable insights and theoretical and practical contributions. the findings emphasize the significance of considering local cultural and infrastructural factors, providing a broader insight into how self-efficacy impacts technology adoption in various contexts. the findings of this study underscore the nuanced relationship between self-efficacy and telemedicine adoption, particularly in emerging markets like thailand. in such contexts, cultural norms, technological literacy, and infrastructural disparities are pivotal in shaping individual perceptions of technology. for instance, the collectivist culture in many emerging economies fosters a firm reliance on observational learning and peer influence, making vicarious experience a critical driver of telemedicine adoption. similarly, challenges such as limited exposure to advanced technologies and lower digital proficiency may explain why verbal persuasion alone does not significantly influence adoption behavior [34-36]. recent studies emphasize that telemedicine adoption strategies must consider socio-cultural contexts to overcome adoption barriers effectively [37, 38]. these insights highlight the importance of tailoring telemedicine strategies to local socio-cultural and economic conditions, ensuring that interventions address the specific barriers and facilitators relevant to each market. by recognizing these contextual elements, healthcare stakeholders can develop targeted approaches that resonate with emerging country populations’ unique needs and expectations. this study provides specific practical contributions for practitioners such as healthcare providers and policymakers to enhance telemedicine adoption in emerging countries. recognizing the significance of vicarious experience, governments and healthcare practitioners can capitalize on this by endorsing telemedicine via public demonstration events, webinars, and live case studies that illustrate practical applications. for instance, facilitating interactive sessions where individuals can witness physicians or colleagues utilizing telemedicine technologies can enhance confidence and trust. moreover, video lessons or testimonials from reputable community members and influencers can effectively promote vicarious learning. these projects will illustrate the simplicity of telemedicine and emphasize its advantages in practical environments. firstly, the strong impact of enactive mastery and vicarious experience on perceived ease of use and perceived usefulness imply that healthcare providers should focus on prioritizing practical learning and observational opportunities of telemedicine adoption and usage by implementing training programs or workshops that permit prospective users to participate and engage with telemedicine technology and services to enhance their familiarity and confidence with telemedicine technology. moreover, presenting successful use cases can empower the influence of vicarious experience, subsequently developing the perceived value of telemedicine usage. secondly, the limitations of verbal persuasion in changing perceptions of telemedicine found in this study imply that it might not be enough to encourage telemedicine verbally. alternatively, a more practical approach with real-world examples and success stories could work better. this realization guides policymakers in creating immersive experiences that foster self-efficacy through direct involvement and observation rather than concentrating on conventional awareness efforts. thirdly, perceived usefulness is critical to telemedicine technology adoption in emerging country contexts. therefore, telemedicine platforms should be advantageous and beneficial. to establish telemedicine platforms and services that satisfy these requirements and promote wider acceptance, usability testing and iterative design processes taking user feedback into account can be valuable. 6. conclusion the goal of this study is to investigate the role of self-efficacy in the adoption of telemedicine in an emerging country, thailand. although previous research confirms that self-efficacy acts as an antecedent affecting the likelihood of adopting the new technology, our study is one of the few empirical studies scrutinizing the multi-dimensional sources of self-efficacy impacting the adoption of healthcare-related technology, telemedicine. using a structural equation modelling (sem) technique with 240 samples, the results highlight the imperative of the three sources of self-efficacy: enactive mastery, vicarious experience, and verbal persuasion, on perceived ease of use, perceived usefulness, and, eventually, telemedicine adoption. the outcomes represent those two sources of self-efficacy: enactive mastery and vicarious experience, which act as vital factors affecting individuals’ perceptions of telemedicine. enactive mastery positively affects perceived ease of use, indicating that individuals who acquire direct familiarity with telemedicine technology tend to find it more user-friendly. the vicarious experience demonstrates both improved perceived ease of use and perceived usefulness. this emphasizes the importance of observational learning in technology adoption. while the study focuses on thailand as a representative emerging country, the findings offer valuable insights that can be generalized to other emerging markets facing similar challenges in healthcare infrastructure, digital literacy, and technology adoption. nevertheless, verbal persuasion shows no significant impact on either perceived ease of use or usefulness. it can be implied that in the context of telemedicine adoption in emerging countries, only verbal persuasion may not be adequate to change an individual’s perception and behavior to adopt telemedicine usage. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 131 6.1. limitations and directions of future research although our study provides several theoretical and practical contributions, some limitations must be considered. firstly, the data in this study was collected in thailand to represent the adoption of telemedicine in emerging countries. the results should be carefully generalized to other countries with different cultural contexts. in the future, investigation in other emerging countries can increase the generalizability of self-efficacy theory in adopting telemedicine in emerging countries. secondly, while a quantitative survey method was selected for this study, conducting in-depth interviews could offer additional insights into the adoption of telemedicine. furthermore, future research could study other technology acceptant models, such as the unified theory of acceptance and use of technology (utaut) model and expectation confirmation model (ecm), to enhance understanding of telemedicine adoption. lastly, other psychological factors that may hinder the acceptance of telemedicine technology, such as technophobia and e-health readiness, should be explored. we hope that our findings will increase the interest of this topic in the research domain of telemedicine. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, d.h.; methodology, d.h. and s.t.; software, d.h. and s.t.; validation, d.h., c.k., w.p., w.v., and s.t.; formal analysis, d.h. and s.t.; investigation, d.h., c.k., w.p., w.v., and s.t.; resources, d.h.; data curation, d.h., c.k., w.p., w.v., and s.t.; writing—original draft preparation, d.h. and s.t.; writing—review and editing, d.h., c.k., w.p., w.v., and s.t.; visualization, d.h., c.k., w.p., w.v., and s.t.; supervision, d.h.; project administration, d.h.; funding acquisition, d.h. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the datasets generated during and/or analyzed during the current study are not publicly available due to irb stipulations but are available from the corresponding author upon reasonable request. 7.3. funding this project is partly funded by national research council of thailand (nrct), project no. n42a660902. 7.4. institutional review board statement this study was reviewed and approved by the ethics committee of chonburi cancer hospital, under protocol no. 008/2023. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] bandura, a. (1977). self-efficacy: toward a unifying theory of behavioral change. psychological review, 84(2), 191–215. doi:10.1037/0033-295x.84.2.191. [2] maddux, j. e. (1995). self-efficacy theory: an introduction. in self-efficacy, adaptation, and adjustment: theory, research, and application. springer, boston, united states. doi:10.1007/978-1-4419-6868-5_1. [3] chinn, d., & mccarthy, c. (2013). all aspects of health literacy scale (aahls): developing a tool to measure functional, communicative and critical health literacy in primary healthcare settings. patient education and counseling, 90(2), 247–253. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2012.10.019. [4] del giudice, m., soto-acosta, p., carayannis, e., & scuotto, v. (2018). emerging perspectives on business process management (bpm): it-based processes and ambidextrous organizations, theory and practice. business process management journal, 24(5), 1070–1076. doi:10.1108/bpmj-09-2018-336. [5] dam, l., roy, d., atkin, d. j., & rogers, d. (2018). applying an integrative technology adoption paradigm to health app adoption and use. journal of broadcasting and electronic media, 62(4), 654–672. doi:10.1080/08838151.2018.1519568. [6] scott kruse, c., karem, p., shifflett, k., vegi, l., ravi, k., & brooks, m. (2018). evaluating barriers to adopting telemedicine worldwide: a systematic review. journal of telemedicine and telecare, 24(1), 4–12. doi:10.1177/1357633x16674087. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 132 [7] zhang, x., han, x., dang, y., meng, f., guo, x., & lin, j. (2017). user acceptance of mobile health services from users’ perspectives: the role of self-efficacy and response-efficacy in technology acceptance. informatics for health and social care, 42(2), 194–206. doi:10.1080/17538157.2016.1200053. [8] margolis, h., & mccabe, p. p. (2006). improving self-efficacy and motivation: what to do, what to say. intervention in school and clinic, 41(4), 218–227. doi:10.1177/10534512060410040401. [9] who. (2010). telemedicine: opportunities and developments in member states. world health organization, geneva, switzerland. available online: https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/44497 (accessed on february 2025). [10] bis research. (2023). telehealth and telemedicine: making treatment possible anytime, anywhere. bis research inc. noida, india. available online: https://bisresearch.com/insights/telehealth-and-telemedicine-making-treatment-possible-anytimeanywhere (accessed on february 2025). [11] sriyananda, v. (2024). accessing telemedicine in thailand: benefits and effective tips for expats. pacific prime thailand, bangkok, thailand. available online: https://www.pacificprime.co.th/blog/accessing-telemedicine-in-thailand-benefits-andeffective-tips-for-expats/ (accessed on february 2025). [12] abraham, c., & sheeran, p. (2014). the health belief model. cambridge handbook of psychology, health and medicine. cambridge university press, cambridge, united kingdom. doi:10.1017/cbo9780511543579.022. [13] hofstede, g. (1984). culture’s consequences: international differences in work-related values (volume 5). sage, new york, united states. [14] yuen, y. y., yeow, p. h. p., lim, n., & saylani, n. (2010). internet banking adoption: comparing developed and developing countries. journal of computer information systems, 51(1), 52–61. [15] hoonsopon, d. (2016). accelerating adoption of new products of thai consumers: the moderating roles of self-brand concept and reference group. journal of asia-pacific business, 17(2), 151–172. doi:10.1080/10599231.2016.1166023. [16] lunenburg, f. c. (2011). self-efficacy in the workplace: implications for motivation and performance. international journal of management, business, and administration, 14(1), 1-6. [17] rho, m. j., choi, i. young, & lee, j. (2014). predictive factors of telemedicine service acceptance and behavioral intention of physicians. international journal of medical informatics, 83(8), 559–571. doi:10.1016/j.ijmedinf.2014.05.005. [18] davis, f. d. (1989). perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology. mis quarterly: management information systems, 13(3), 319–339. doi:10.2307/249008. [19] davis, f. d., bagozzi, r. p., & warshaw, p. r. (1989). user acceptance of computer technology: a comparison of two theoretical models. management science, 35(8), 982–1003. doi:10.1287/mnsc.35.8.982. [20] puriwat, w., & tripopsakul, s. (2021). explaining an adoption and continuance intention to use contactless payment technologies: during the covid-19 pandemic. emerging science journal, 5(1), 85–95. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-01260. [21] hofstede, g. (2011). dimensionalizing cultures: the hofstede model in context. online readings in psychology and culture, 2(1), 8. doi:10.9707/2307-0919.1014. [22] lee, s. g., trimi, s., & kim, c. (2013). the impact of cultural differences on technology adoption. journal of world business, 48(1), 20–29. doi:10.1016/j.jwb.2012.06.003. [23] donchalermpak, p. (2020). telemedicine for thailand. boi e-journal, 3(6), 12–17. available online: https://www.boi.go.th/upload/content/dr.raksa.pdf (accessed on february 2025). [24] munnukka, j., & järvi, p. (2011). the value drivers of high-tech consumer products. journal of marketing management, 27(5– 6), 582–601. doi:10.1080/02672571003737783. [25] eisend, m., & kuss, a. (2019). research methodology in marketing: theory development, empirical approaches and philosophy of science considerations. research methodology in marketing: theory development, empirical approaches and philosophy of science considerations. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-10794-9. [26] gaganpreet, s. (2017). pros and cons of different sampling techniques. international journal of applied research, 3(7), 749– 752. [27] yang, k., & banamah, a. (2014). quota sampling as an alternative to probability sampling? an experimental study. sociological research online, 19(1), 56–66. doi:10.5153/sro.3199. [28] statista. (2024). resident population in thailand as of march 2024, by age group. statista. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/1283627/thailand-resident-population-by-age-group/ (accessed on february 2025). https://bisresearch.com/insights/telehealth-and-telemedicine-making-treatment-possible-anytime-anywhere https://bisresearch.com/insights/telehealth-and-telemedicine-making-treatment-possible-anytime-anywhere https://www.pacificprime.co.th/blog/accessing-telemedicine-in-thailand-benefits-and-effective-tips-for-expats/ https://www.pacificprime.co.th/blog/accessing-telemedicine-in-thailand-benefits-and-effective-tips-for-expats/ https://www.boi.go.th/upload/content/dr.raksa.pdf https://www.statista.com/statistics/1283627/thailand-resident-population-by-age-group/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 133 [29] statista. (2023). population share of the asean countries in 2022. statista. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/1095818/asean-population-by-gender/ (accessed on february 2025). [30] wangwongwiroj, t., & yasri, p. (2021). the comparison of students’ perceived levels of self-efficacy in live, online and live online courses. international journal on research in stem education, 3(1), 47–54. doi:10.31098/ijrse.v3i1.505. [31] hair, j. f., black, w. c., babin, b. j., & anderson, r. e. (2010). multivariate data analysis: pearson college division. person, london, united kingdom. [32] cheung, g. w., cooper-thomas, h. d., lau, r. s., & wang, l. c. (2024). reporting reliability, convergent and discriminant validity with structural equation modeling: a review and best-practice recommendations. asia pacific journal of management, 41(2), 745–783. doi:10.1007/s10490-023-09871-y. [33] awang, z. (2015). sem made simple: a gentle approach to learning structural equation modelling. in mpws rich publication (vol. 1, issue 3). mpws rich publication. [34] booth, n., mcconnell, t., tully, m., hamill, r., & best, p. (2024). exploring behaviour-intention gaps to explain low retention in a community-based video-conferencing intervention for depression: lessons for researchers using technology as interventions. mental health and digital technologies, 1(1), 5–23. doi:10.1108/mhdt-11-2023-0002. [35] thangavel, p., & chandra, b. (2024). digital immigrants versus digital natives: decoding their e-commerce adoption behavior. sage open, 14(4), 21582440241282436. doi:10.1177/21582440241282437. [36] muellmann, s., wiersing, r., & brand, t. (2024). digital health literacy of adults with low reading and writing skills: a mixedmethods study. european journal of public health, 34(supplement_3), ckae144-374. doi:10.1093/eurpub/ckae144. [37] amin, s., mustofa, m., rahman, a., & barman, h. an exploratory cross-sectional study of awareness and barriers to adoption of telemedicine services among patients in bangladesh. future health, 2(2), 107–113. doi:10.1016/j.fhth.2024.03.007. [38] arora, s., huda, r. k., verma, s., khetan, m., & sangwan, r. k. (2024). challenges, barriers, and facilitators in telemedicine implementation in india: a scoping review. cureus, 16(8), 67388. doi:10.7759/cureus.67388. https://www.statista.com/statistics/1095818/asean-population-by-gender/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 134 appendix i table a1. the constructs and measurement items of this study constructs measurement items enactive mastery (em) i become confident in my ability when i complete a specific task. i become confident in my ability when i gain direct experience from a specific task. i become confident in my ability when i have a chance to do a specific task, no matter what the result would be. vicarious experience (ve) i become confident in my ability when someone demonstrates a specific task beforehand. i become confident in my ability when i see someone with a similar skill set as me accomplishing a specific task. i become confident in my ability when i see someone with a similar level of competency as me doing a specific task. verbal persuasion (vp) i become confident in my ability when other people tell me i am good at my work. i become confident in my ability when other people tell me to improve on something. i become confident in my ability when others compliment me on my learning performance. i become confident in my ability when others tell me i can overcome challenges by working hard. i become confident in my ability when others tell me i am perfect. i become confident in my ability when others tell me that i have done my best, even though the result is undesirable. perceived ease of use (pe) learning to operate telemedicine will be easy for me. i can quickly become skillful at using telemedicine. i can get the telemedicine to do what i want. telemedicine is easy to use for me. perceived usefulness (pu) using telemedicine will improve my quality of life. using telemedicine will mean more healthcare conveniences. i find telemedicine to be helpful in my life. telemedicine adoption (ta) i intend to use telemedicine. i am considering using telemedicine. i would recommend telemedicine to others. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 295 issn: 2723-9535 social media, knowledge management, and learning in farmer innovation guihua xie 1, xiaofeng su 1* , meijiao huang 1 1 college of business administration/enterprise innovation and development research center, fujian business university, fuzhou, 350012, china. received 24 december 2023; revised 11 may 2024; accepted 17 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract this study aims to address the research gap by investigating how social media influences the innovation ability of new professional farmers, with a specific focus on technological perspectives. grounded in embeddedness theory and taking into account the roles of knowledge management and learning orientation, the research aims to unveil the dynamics shaping farmer innovation within the context of social media engagement. employing a structural equation model and utilizing survey data from 336 farmers, the empirical research concludes that social media embedding significantly and positively impacts the innovation ability of new professional farmers. knowledge management acts as a partial intermediary between network media embedding and the innovation ability of new professional farmers, and a complete intermediary between network community embedding and their innovation ability. learning orientation positively moderates the relationship between network media embedding, network community embedding, and knowledge management. the study seeks to contribute to the comprehension of how social media can foster innovation among farmers, thereby promoting high-quality and sustainable development in agriculture. in light of this, recommendations are suggested for the government to encourage social media usage, for farmers to enhance their media literacy, strengthen knowledge management, and cultivate a learning-oriented mindset. keywords: social media embedding; network media embedding; network community embedding; farmer innovation ability; knowledge management; learning orientation. 1. introduction the agricultural landscape has undergone a transformative evolution in recent years, marked by a discernible shift towards high-tech methodologies and innovative practices [1]. in this era of rapid technological advancement, the farming industry is increasingly embracing cutting-edge technologies to enhance productivity, efficiency, and sustainability. the integration of digital tools, precision agriculture, and data-driven decision-making has ushered in a new era of agricultural practices, redefining traditional approaches to farming [2]. as the farming sector continues to grapple with challenges posed by a growing global population, climate change, and resource constraints, the adoption of innovative solutions becomes imperative [3]. high-tech innovations not only promise increased yields and resource optimization but also open up new possibilities for aspiring and emerging professional farmers [4]. understanding the role of social media in fostering innovation among new professional farmers becomes a crucial area of exploration, particularly considering the potential intermediaries such as knowledge management and the moderating influence of learning orientation [5]. the contribution of new professional farmers to the revitalization of rural industries, economic * corresponding author: ifengsu@fjbu.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-06 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6420-063x hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 296 development, and social prosperity in china is undeniable [6]. at all levels of government in china, there is a strong emphasis on providing vocational training for new farmers to enhance their innovation and entrepreneurship capabilities [7]. innovation has always been a vital component of agricultural development, and farmers' innovative ability is no exception. globally, farmers' innovation, such as selecting new agricultural varieties, utilizing new machinery, and adopting novel business models, can amplify agricultural production scale, improve food quality, and help farmers reduce production costs by enhancing labor efficiency [8]. farmers' innovation and rational use of resources such as water, land, and labor can sustain the rural environment and economic development, aligning with the united nations sustainable development goals to a greater extent [9]. innovation ability is the embodiment of innovative behavior and comprehensive quality, and it is crucial for the development of innovative activities and performance [10]. exploring the formation mechanism of farmers' innovation ability is helpful for cultivating their innovative skills [11]. currently, scholars have primarily investigated the impact of government policies [12], non-cognitive skills [13], and peer effects [14] on farmers' innovation ability from institutional, individual traits, and network perspectives, respectively. information technology is a significant force driving innovation, and its role is increasingly receiving attention from scholars in the agricultural field. a survey conducted among female small farmers in kenyan agricultural communities found that farmers have a positive attitude toward information technology tools, which support their agricultural operations, improve agricultural productivity, and provide convenient and accessible markets for their products [15]. more research has also begun to analyze the relationship between information technology and agricultural innovation to further the development of emerging digital tools. however, through reading relevant literature, it can be found that current research mainly focuses on the role of traditional information technology tools such as television, the internet, and radio [16], and there is relatively little analysis of social media as the latest information tool, especially a lack of specific path research on the role of social media in farmers' innovation. in rural china, new professional farmers have used wechat, tiktok, and other social media to carry out innovative agricultural management and have achieved remarkable results [17]. therefore, exploring the relationship between the latest social media tools and farmers' innovation is particularly urgent. in addition, network media embedding is described as the integration of social media platforms into farmers' communication networks, facilitating knowledge exchange and information sharing within agricultural communities [18]. this exchange of information fosters idea generation and problem-solving, thereby enhancing innovation abilities among farmers [19]. similarly, network community embedding, characterized by farmers' involvement in online agricultural communities and forums, has been shown to positively impact innovation ability [20]. the role of online communities in providing a supportive environment for knowledge acquisition, collaboration, and collective learning is essential. through active participation in these communities, farmers gain access to diverse expertise, resources, and innovative ideas, contributing to the development and implementation of novel farming practices and technologies [21]. hence, this research aims to examine the relationships of network media embedding and network community embedding on farmers’ ability to innovate. the development of agricultural systems is based on various innovative processes, which are currently being challenged by sustainability issues. especially today, various reports and scientific research emphasize the knowledge of farmers as a way to design more sustainable agricultural systems [22]. knowledge and innovation management (kim) can play a key role in cultivating and managing the creativity of integrated enterprises [23]. information technology is widely used for knowledge management [24]. in many countries around the world, farm innovators regularly use whatsapp on their phones. they use social media to learn and share personal agricultural management knowledge and experience, build knowledge through social networks, innovate farmer learning and exchange forums, and promote the creation of social wealth [25]. in mexico, female farmers use digital tools such as mobile phones and the internet to manage the knowledge and technology contained in the traditional tequila mescal process, reflecting the significance of knowledge management for sustainable agricultural development [26]. in china's rural areas, new professional farmers extensively employ social media platforms like wechat and tiktok to sell agricultural products and carry out agricultural operations, resulting in a continuous stream of innovation activities [27]. farmers have also made significant improvements in their knowledge of markets, products, and marketing, but there is relatively little research on social media, knowledge management, and the relationship between their outcomes. the practicality of farmers' knowledge management is far ahead of theoretical research. research has elucidated that network media embedding, involving the integration of social media platforms into farmers' communication networks, facilitates the dissemination and sharing of agricultural knowledge and information [18]. utilizing online platforms, farmers gain access to a diverse range of agricultural resources, expert insights, and best practices, thereby enriching their knowledge base and improving knowledge acquisition processes [28]. similarly, network community embedding, characterized by farmers' participation in online agricultural communities and forums, contributes to effective knowledge management [20]. research has emphasized the role of online communities in fostering collaborative knowledge creation, exchange, and retention among farmers. through active participation in discussions, sharing experiences, and seeking advice within these communities, farmers can tap into collective intelligence, leveraging diverse perspectives and expertise to address agricultural challenges and enhance farming practices [29]. hence, this research aims to explore the relationships of network media embedding and network community embedding in knowledge management. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 297 knowledge management plays a critical role in fostering innovation ability among farmers. by systematically organizing and leveraging existing knowledge resources, farmers can enhance their problem-solving abilities and generate novel ideas to improve agricultural practices [30]. furthermore, knowledge management facilitates the creation of conducive environments for innovation. the importance of knowledge sharing and collaboration in stimulating innovation among agricultural communities is essential. through knowledge management initiatives, such as training programs, workshops, and knowledge exchange platforms, farmers can exchange ideas, experiences, and insights, fostering a culture of innovation and experimentation [31]. moreover, knowledge management enables the effective utilization of external knowledge and expertise, which is essential for innovation. the role of knowledge sourcing from external networks, including research institutions, universities, and industry experts, in driving innovation in agriculture [29]. by accessing external knowledge networks and leveraging external resources, farmers can access cutting-edge technologies, innovative practices, and market insights, thereby enhancing their innovation ability [28]. as a result, this research explores knowledge management as a mediating variable for the relationships of network media embedding and network community embedding on the farmer’s ability to innovate. in a dynamic environment, achieving sustainable agricultural development demands that farmers possess strong adaptability [32], making it necessary for farmers to establish a strategic concept of learning orientation and develop a habit of lifelong learning. studies have long proven that learning orientation has a significant impact on employees' knowledge management [33]. currently, while many farmers use social media, variations exist in the management effects and innovation abilities concerning social media information and knowledge among individual farmers [34]. does this difference result from differences in new professional farmers' learning orientation? can learning orientation regulate the relationship between new professional farmers and social media? can it encourage new professional farmers to better use social media tools to obtain better knowledge management results? currently, there is no relevant research analyzing these issues. hence, this research employs learning orientation as a moderating variable. this study addresses several critical research gaps by employing the embeddedness theory. firstly, it contributes to the understanding of social media's role in enhancing innovation ability among new professional farmers, an area where empirical research is scarce. second, by adopting embeddedness theory and considering structures within a particular context, this study sheds light on how social media embedding influences innovation dynamics within agricultural communities. additionally, by integrating the perspectives of knowledge management and learning orientation, embeddedness theory provides a holistic framework for analyzing the complex interactions between social media use, knowledge sharing, learning processes, and innovation outcomes among farmers. therefore, this study not only advances our understanding of social media's impact on farmer innovation but also demonstrates the utility of embeddedness theory in addressing multifaceted research inquiries in agricultural contexts. this study utilizes embeddedness theory to analyze the impact of various social media embedding methods on the innovative ability of new professional farmers from the perspective of knowledge management. it aims to reveal the specific path of network embedding and media embedding's influence on innovative ability, explore the mediating effect of knowledge management, and investigate the moderating effect of learning orientation. the goal is to provide reference and inspiration for cultivating the innovative ability of new professional farmers under information technology scenarios and to offer better human resource reserves for agricultural sustainable development. 2. theoretical foundation and research hypothesis 2.1. social media embedding embeddedness theory suggests that organizational economic behavior is closely related to social systems [35]. in the era of the internet, internet embedding is used to measure the relationship between human behavior and the internet. according to yongyun et al. [36], the internet serves as both a content platform and a network platform. therefore, internet embedding is represented by two dimensions: network community embedding and media embedding. social media, as a content production and communication platform based on internet-user relationships [37], has become a typical manifestation of internet embedding. social media embedding reflects the extent to which people use social media for work and daily life, showcasing the interdependent relationship between people and social media. similarly, social media embedding can be divided into two dimensions: network community embedding and network media embedding [36]. network community embedding pertains to the breadth and closeness of various social relationship networks formed by entrepreneurs through the use of social media tools such as instant messaging and short videos on the internet. for instance, some african women have expanded their social circles through social media, developed personal care and beauty products at home, and grown into female entrepreneurs [38]. network media embedding refers to the frequency and extent of entrepreneurs' use of social media network media functions. this includes obtaining information through search and browsing on social media, publishing information through content creation, forwarding, and commenting, and conducting social activities through voice and video functions [18]. from the perspective of embeddedness, analyzing the impact of different embedding methods of social media on farmers' innovative ability contributes to a deeper understanding of the ways in which social media affects farmers' innovative behavior. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 298 2.2. knowledge management theory according to knowledge management theory, acquiring, integrating, and creating new and valuable knowledge are key to maintaining a competitive advantage for enterprises and significantly influence the enterprise’s performance and sustainable development [39]. in the field of agriculture, farmers' knowledge management has long been considered an important factor in determining the quality of agricultural operations [40]. agricultural entrepreneurship mostly involves small and micro-scale operations, and the comprehensive quality and ability of farmers often determine the success or failure of agricultural entrepreneurship. during facing natural disasters, the fragility of agricultural operations becomes evident, and farmers' knowledge, values, and other factors influence their adaptive decision-making and behavior, resulting in different agricultural operation results [41]. therefore, strengthening knowledge management for farmers is an important way to deal with risks and improve business performance [42]. knowledge is the main driving force for innovation, and the development of sustainable agricultural innovation requires farmers to have various knowledge reserves, including adaptive crops, the local environment, and farming systems [43]. therefore, farmers should not only use existing knowledge but also invest in external knowledge acquisition. in france, farmers draw on a variety of knowledge sources, exhibiting individual differences in the intensity of knowledge use and determining their differences in sustainable agricultural innovation [44]. strengthening research on the relationship between social media and farmers' knowledge management is an effective exploration of information technology methods to improve farmers' knowledge management levels. 2.3. learning orientation according to calantone et al. [45], learning orientation is the foundation of learning, with the aim of generating a learning process. learning orientation is often used to develop new insights [46] and create and manage knowledge [47]. in practice, learning orientation continuously stimulates organizational learning through openness of thinking and commitment to learning. according to liao et al. [48], organizational learning ability is the source of sustainable competitive advantage, significantly affecting organizational knowledgeability and innovation [49]. 2.4. social media embedding and innovation ability organizations' information technology resources can enhance their performance [50]. social media serves not only as a medium for entrepreneurial learning and self-employment but also as a tool for entrepreneurial marketing and a source of entrepreneurial opportunities. it also acts as a facilitator of entrepreneurial networks and ecosystems [51], playing a crucial role in integrating internal and external resources and developing new products and services [52]. social media allows the publication of videos, and learning courses through video intermediaries are more effective than traditional seminars and training. this can improve farmers' understanding of plant pesticides, alter their attitudes, and ultimately lead them to adopt these methods. videos can convey complex issues and explain the biological and physical processes underlying agricultural innovation, making it easier for farmers to accept innovation and thereby enhancing their innovation ability [53]. social media also promotes innovative interaction. scholars widely recognize the use of social media to leverage the wisdom of the masses in shaping significant commercial decisions and societal lifestyles [54]. numerous studies have demonstrated that social media can drive innovation in the retail business [55]. in the agricultural products retail industry, both radical and incremental innovations have significantly increased with the use of social media. a study on spanish family businesses found that social media has completely transformed the relationship between the enterprise and the market. family businesses can use social media to connect and collaborate with different stakeholders, strengthening open innovation activities [56]. in indonesia, farmers traditionally obtain information on agriculture, forestry, and their innovations through interpersonal communication. social media has built a rich social network that facilitates interpersonal communication on the network at a lower cost, faster speed, and in a more convenient manner. this is more conducive to the role of farmer experts and opinion leaders in promoting innovation dissemination [57]. based on the above research, the following hypotheses are drawn: h1: network media embedding has a significant positive impact on the innovation ability of new professional farmers. h2: network community embedding has a significant positive impact on the innovation ability of new professional farmers. 2.5. social media embedding and farmer knowledge management it technology is one of the key factors affecting knowledge management, helping enterprises improve the efficiency of knowledge storage, sharing, and acquisition [58]. academic research has found that social media is increasingly used as a tool to manage the flow of knowledge within and across organizational boundaries in the innovation process [54]. as a popular medium, social media also has a significant impact on farmers' agricultural technology and related knowledge. social media serves as a potential communication channel for farmer interaction and knowledge sharing. foreign research scholars have found that twitter, as an example, can capture the immediacy and visual impact of realhightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 299 time operations. the brief messages shared through twitter attract time-limited farmers to learn and share agricultural innovation practices on social media. farmers also form virtual networks around specific topics. within these networks, farmer entrepreneurship models emerge and are respected by other farmers. proactive farmer innovators can learn more about agricultural technology and management knowledge from entrepreneurship models and experts in virtual networks [59]. a survey of rwanda and uganda found that mass media promotional activities such as mobile text messages and video screenings are significantly associated with increasing farmers' awareness of pesticide risks and safety prevention measures. this can encourage farmers to adopt safer pest management strategies [60]. in foreign countries, online social networking technology is also used by agriculturally integrated enterprises to access information and generate knowledge. this provides supplementary information for management and decision-making in the agricultural system, allowing companies to respond more quickly to market changes [61]. scholarly research also confirms that farmers using smartphones with appropriate applications have a higher adoption rate of innovative fertilization practices than those listening to radio broadcasts. they perform better in agronomic knowledge and are more cost-effective. therefore, promoting the use of smartphones among farmers has an important positive effect on the dissemination of agricultural information technology [62]. based on the above research, the following hypotheses are drawn: h3: network media embedding has a significant positive impact on the knowledge management of new professional farmers. h4: network community embedding has a significant positive impact on the knowledge management of new professional farmers. 2.6. knowledge management and innovation ability knowledge management is a decisive factor for enterprise innovation, and through knowledge management, the decision-making environment gains the ability to effectively manage stakeholder satisfaction processes [63]. both knowledge acquisition and integration, as well as creation, are positively correlated with dual innovation [64]. scholarly research has found that companies embedded in automotive industrial clusters can enhance their innovation ability by strengthening knowledge management, influencing innovation performance [65]. executives of companies can catalyze innovation through knowledge management, positively promoting enterprise innovation [66]. virtual and real practice communities built based on social media also play a crucial role in promoting farmers' innovative behavior. farmers who collectively construct knowledge in practice communities are better equipped to innovate than those who work alone with expert support [67]. according to rosário et al. [68], the ability and behavior of farmers' sustainable agricultural innovation are influenced by the relevant knowledge, attitudes, and subjective norms of sustainable innovation. by enhancing the management of relevant knowledge, the probability of farmers' sustainable agricultural innovation will increase. it is evident that knowledge is a necessary element for the growth of agricultural enterprises, and the management ability of farmer knowledge significantly influences the promotion of the innovation ability of agricultural enterprises [23]. based on the above research, the following hypothesis is drawn: h5: the knowledge management of new professional farmers has a significant positive impact on innovation ability. 2.7. knowledge management as a mediating factor scholars have found in their study of the development of small and medium-sized enterprises in south asia that social media has led to the joint creation of knowledge in developing societies and has thereby promoted innovation , accelerating the growth of the creative economy [69]. chilean fruit farmers use integrated and bridging social capital to explore and acquire new knowledge and resources, ultimately promoting the implementation of new agricultural technologies and practices. different participants in farmers' social networks, such as peers, advisors, and researchers, provide support for the knowledge needed for agricultural innovation on farms [70]. according to cepeda-carrion et al. [56], in spain, social media usage helps family businesses identify and obtain more innovation opportunities by accessing external information and knowledge. for new professional farmers, the influence of social media embedding on innovation ability must undergo an intricate process, specifically involving the management of farmer knowledge. it is only through acquiring sufficient knowledge, learning to share, integrate, and apply that knowledge, that the innovation ability of farmers can genuinely improve. based on the above research, the following hypothesis is drawn: h6: knowledge management plays a significant mediating role between social media embedding and the innovation ability of new professional farmers. h6a: knowledge management plays a significant mediating role between network media embedding and the innovation ability of new professional farmers. h6b: knowledge management plays a significant mediating role between network community embedding and the innovation ability of new professional farmers. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 300 2.8. the regulatory effect of learning orientation learning orientation (lo) is a crucial strategic orientation that empowers companies to better acquire external knowledge, transform and utilize it, induce changes in their thinking patterns and behavior, and enhance the likelihood of engaging in innovative and proactive activities [39]. the significant impact of learning orientation on knowledge management has been generally verified. according to alerasoul et al. [71], in specific social network relationships, companies with a strong learning orientation have a clearer purpose in knowledge searches. they are more proactive in obtaining information and are more likely to discover valuable knowledge. they also use their subjective initiative to seize opportunities, match, integrate, and utilize knowledge, and even create knowledge again. research on small and medium-sized enterprises (smes) found that learning orientation affects the acquisition and utilization of operational information and knowledge, thereby influencing the performance of smes [72]. cross-border search is employed to gather various resources, including knowledge, related to the study of innovative behavior in new ventures. learning orientation plays a moderating role, and the more lo-oriented enterprises are, the stronger their cross-border integration ability is, ultimately leading to better innovation performance [73]. alnuaimi et al. [74] proposed that in the it environment, companies with a stronger lo are more willing for employees to communicate, share knowledge, and integrate knowledge, which is beneficial for promoting enterprise performance. for new professional farmers, if their lo is stronger, they are more likely to use social media as a means to learn and carry out knowledge management. ultimately, whether it is from online media or online communities, they can better acquire, integrate, and utilize relevant knowledge to serve agricultural entrepreneurship. based on the above research and analysis, the following hypotheses are proposed: h7: lo plays a positive regulatory role between online media embedding and new professional farmer knowledge management. h8: lo plays a positive regulatory role between online community embedding and new professional farmer knowledge management. based on the above, this study has developed the following conceptual model diagram (figure 1). h1h3 h4 knowledge management h5 h2 network community embedding network media embedding innovative ability of new professional farmers learning orientation figure 1. conceptual model diagram of this study (note: the dotted lines represent the moderating effects) 3. research design and data collection 3.1. variable measurement and questionnaire design this study includes five variables: online media embedding, online community embedding, knowledge management, innovation ability, and learning orientation. the scales for online media embedding and online community embedding are adapted from xie et al. [27], the scale for knowledge management is adapted from mardani et al. [30], the scale for innovation ability is adapted from borah et al. [75], and the scale for learning orientation is adapted from wahyono & hutahayan [49]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 301 all measurement items are devised using a 7-point likert scale, encompassing fully consistent, consistent, relatively consistent, general, relatively inconsistent, inconsistent, and fully inconsistent. the research team conducted interviews in the early stage to comprehend the relevant situations of the research variables. the questionnaire was crafted in conjunction with the specific rural context to refine the expression of the items and consulted experts in agricultural business operations. this detailed information bolsters the transparency and credibility of the research methodology, providing a clear rationale for the selection of parameters and the design of the measurement instruments. moreover, it underscores the researchers' efforts to ensure the validity and reliability of the study findings within the agricultural context. the manuscript employed harman's single-factor test to evaluate convergent bias. prior to this analysis, reliability and validity tests were executed on the scales included in the survey questionnaire. using spss 24.0, reliability analysis was carried out, revealing cronbach's 𝛼 values for the five variables were higher than the others. these findings further fortify the methodological rigor of the study by demonstrating the reliability of the measurement instruments used to assess the variables of interest. moreover, they provide assurance regarding the internal consistency of the questionnaire items, enhancing confidence in the validity of the research findings. the specific research variables and their measurement items in the questionnaire are presented in appendix i. 3.2. data collection the research team collected data through both offline and online questionnaires. the offline questionnaire was mainly distributed to fruit, animal husbandry, and vegetable classes of the new professional farmer training program in fujian province. these students are typical representatives of new professional farmers in various regions of fujian province and have received training in social media operations. selecting them as research subjects enables a reflection of the current situation of social media use and innovative management among new professional farmers in china. the online questionnaire, on the other hand, was disseminated to teachers knowledgeable about individuals conducting rural ecommerce training throughout the province, aiming to collect information on the responses of local training class students to the questionnaire. the research team distributed a total of 417 questionnaires, and 336 valid questionnaires were collected after excluding invalid responses, resulting in an effective questionnaire recovery rate of 80.58%. among the respondents, 177 were male, constituting 52.68%, and 159 were female, accounting for 47.32%. in terms of age, 191 people were aged 31 to 40, accounting for the highest proportion, reaching 56.85%. in terms of education, agricultural entrepreneurs with a high school (or technical secondary school) education had the highest proportion, with 187 people, accounting for 55.65%. farmers with a junior high school education ranked second with 93 people, accounting for 27.68%, and those with a college education or above had 56 people, accounting for 16.67%. in terms of entrepreneurial activities, 238 individuals engaged in large-scale planting and breeding, agricultural product processing, agricultural product sales, and agricultural tourism services were 238, 19, 56, and 23 people respectively. 4. data analysis and results 4.1. analysis of convergent bias in order to evaluate the potential impact of convergent bias, this study utilized harman's single-factor test, a widely recognized method for detecting common method bias in survey research. exploratory factor analysis was conducted on a dataset comprising 336 questionnaires, aiming to assess the extent to which variance in responses could be attributed to a single underlying factor. the analysis revealed that, in the absence of rotation, the first factor accounted for 46.731% of the total variance. typically, if a single dominant factor explains more than 50% of the variance, it suggests the potential presence of common method bias. however, in this instance, the first factor explained less than 50% of the variance, indicating that common method bias was not a significant concern in this study. this finding enhances the credibility and validity of the research results, suggesting that the observed relationships among variables are unlikely to be distorted by methodological biases. 4.2. reliability and validity test the initial phase of this study entailed conducting thorough assessments of reliability and validity on the scales employed within the survey questionnaire. utilizing spss 24.0, reliability analysis was performed to compute cronbach's α values for each of the five variables: network media embedding, network community embedding, knowledge management, innovation ability, and learning orientation. the resulting cronbach's α values were 0.878, 0.772, 0.905, 0.890, and 0.879, respectively. these values surpassed the conventional threshold of 0.7, indicating strong internal consistency and reliability of the questionnaire scales. a cronbach's α value exceeding 0.7 signifies that the items within each variable consistently measure the same underlying construct. hence, the questionnaire demonstrates reliability in assessing the targeted constructs. a detailed summary of these reliability analysis outcomes is provided in table 1, supporting the credibility of the measurement instrument employed in the study. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 302 table 1. reliability and validity test results of each variable variables indicators measurement items factor loading coefficient cr ave cronbach’s α network media embedding me1 i use social media to disseminate information. 0.923 0.894 0.739 0.878 me2 i utilize social media to acquire information. 0.850 me3 my entrepreneurial activities are dependent on the media functionality of social media. 0.802 network community embedding ce1 i maintain close contact with friends on social media networks. 0.739 0.776 0.537 0.772 ce2 i have many friends i can interact with on social media. 0.704 ce3 i can obtain a large amount of heterogeneous information from social media friends. 0.754 knowledge management km1 i can acquire information on agricultural innovation and management. 0.839 0.907 0.661 0.905 km2 i possess information required for agricultural innovation and management. 0.871 km3 i share information on agricultural innovation and management. 0.788 km4 i integrate various types of agricultural innovation information. 0.816 km5 i utilize agricultural innovation information based on my needs. 0.744 innovative ability ai1 i can flexibly respond to and solve agricultural management issues. 0.871 0.890 0.730 0.890 ai2 i can propose innovative agricultural management strategies. 0.863 ai3 my agricultural innovation and management have achieved relatively good results. 0.829 learning orientation lo1 i believe learning is important in agricultural innovation and management. 0.810 0.879 0.645 0.879 lo2 i regularly spend time learning how to improve agricultural innovation and management. 0.755 lo3 i am willing to spend money to learn agricultural innovation and management. 0.835 lo4 learning is an essential component of my agricultural entrepreneurship. 0.811 after the examination of reliability and validity, this study employed amos 24.0 to execute confirmatory factor analysis on the examined variables. the outcomes, detailed in table 2, unveiled average variance extracted (ave) values for each variable: network media embedding, network community embedding, knowledge management, innovation ability, and learning orientation. these ave values were determined to be 0.739, 0.537, 0.661, 0.730, and 0.645, correspondingly. it is noteworthy that all ave values exceeded the prescribed threshold of 0.5 as advocated by scholars, indicative of satisfactory convergence validity for every variable. subsequently, adopting the ave method, the square root values of the ave for each variable were juxtaposed with the pearson correlation coefficients between variables to evaluate discriminant validity. the square root values of the ave for each variable were 0.860, 0.733, 0.813, 0.854, and 0.803, respectively, with correlation coefficients ranging from 0.217 to 0.686. importantly, all correlation coefficients were found to be lesser than the square root values of the diagonal ave, a finding that aligns with recommendations from scholars. this observation underscores the favorable discriminant validity of the study variables. hence, the results of the confirmatory factor analysis validate the reliability and validity of the measurement model, showcasing satisfactory convergence and discriminant validity for all variables examined. consequently, the dataset is deemed apt for further analysis, poised to provide robust insights into the relationships among the variables under scrutiny. table 2. variable correlation coefficients and discriminant validity ave network media embedding network community embedding knowledge management innovative ability learning orientation network media embedding 0.739 0.860 network community embedding 0.537 0.677** 0.733 knowledge management 0.661 0.663** 0.633** 0.813 innovative ability 0.730 0.619** 0.553** 0.686** 0.854 learning orientation 0.645 0.326** 0.395** 0.303** 0.217** 0.803 note: * p<0.05， ** p<0.01. the items on the boldface diagonal represent the square roots of the ave; off-diagonal elements are the correlation estimates. ave refers to the average variance extracted. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 303 4.3. structural model testing this study continued to use amos24.0 to test the fitness of the model, and the results are shown in table 3. the chisquare/degree of freedom (𝜒2/df) value is 1.663, which is within the acceptable range of less than 3. the values of tli, cfi, gfi, rfi, nfi, and ifi are 0.981, 0.985, 0.953, 0.954, 0.964, and 0.985, all greater than 0.9. the rmsea value is 0.044, which is less than 0.08. all fitness index values are within the acceptable range and meet the suggestions of scholars, indicating that the fitness of the model in this study is good and can proceed to the next step of testing. table 3. model fit fitting index χ2/df tli cfi gfi rfi nfi ifi rmsea allowable range 1<χ2/df<3 >0.9 >0.9 >0.9 >0.9 >0.9 >0.9 <0.08 study model fit 1.663 0.981 0.985 0.953 0.954 0.964 0.985 0.044 4.4. path analysis test the path relationships between variables in the research model were tested using amos24.0, and the results are detailed in table 4. firstly, social media embedding significantly and positively affects innovation ability (𝛽=0.277, p=0.029), supporting h1. this implies that the network media function of social media directly and positively impacts the innovation ability of new professional farmers. however, the path of network community embedding on the innovation ability of new professional farmers is not significant (𝛽=0.113, p=0.376), contradicting h2. this suggests that the network community function of social media does not directly and positively impact the innovation ability of new professional farmers. this may be because the farmers' abilities are relatively weak, and although they have formed communities, they have not fully utilized the communities, so the impact of communities on innovation cannot be realized. secondly, in the path from social media embedding to knowledge management, network media embedding significantly positively affects knowledge management (𝛽=0.435, p=0.002), supporting h3, indicating that the network media function of social media can promote knowledge management. network community embedding also significantly positively affects knowledge management (𝛽=0.563, p< 0.000), supporting h4. this indicates that the network community function of social media can also promote knowledge management. finally, knowledge management significantly positively affects innovation ability (𝛽=0.511, p< 0.000), supporting h5. this suggests that enhancing knowledge management in the context of social media is beneficial for improving the innovation ability of new professional farmers. table 4. path analysis results action path unstandardized path coefficient se z (cr) p standardized path coefficient hypothesis result network media embedding ⇒ innovative ability 0.277 0.127 2.181 0.029 0.213 h1 support network community embedding ⇒ innovative ability 0.113 0.127 0.886 0.376 0.102 h2 not support network media embedding ⇒ knowledge management 0.435 0.140 3.099 0.002 0.322 h3 support network community embedding ⇒ knowledge management 0.563 0.130 4.330 *** 0.490 h4 support knowledge management ⇒ innovative ability 0.511 0.078 6.566 *** 0.529 h5 support note: *** p<0.001. 4.5. mediating effect test this study continued to utilize the bootstrap method (bootstrapping) to analyze the mediating effect mechanism of social media embedding on the innovation ability of new professional farmers in amos 24.0 software. a 95% confidence level was chosen, and 5000 repeated samplings were set to obtain the results shown in table 5. in the "network media embedding⇒knowledge management⇒innovation ability" path, the point estimate of the mediating effect of knowledge management was 0.223, and the z value was 2.398. the 95% bootstrap interval was [0.066, 0.434], indicating that the mediating effect of knowledge management reached a significant level, supporting h6a. in the "network community embedding⇒knowledge management⇒innovation ability" path, the mediating effect of knowledge management was 0.289, and the z value was 2.558. the 95% bootstrap interval was [0.124, 0.573], indicating that the mediating effect of knowledge management also reached a significant level, supporting h6b. the total mediating effect of the two paths was 0.512, and the z value was 4.833. the 95% bootstrap interval was [0.300, 0.722], indicating that the total mediating effect of knowledge management reached a significant level, supporting h6. therefore, knowledge management played a significant mediating role between social media embedding and the innovation ability of new professional farmers. based on table 4 and table 5, in the "network media embedding⇒innovation ability" path, there were both direct and mediating paths, so knowledge management played a partial mediating role. in the "network hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 304 community embedding⇒innovation ability" path, the direct path effect was not significant, but the mediating effect was significant, indicating that network community embedding completely influenced innovation ability through the mediating effect of knowledge management. in table 5, the total effect of social media embedding on innovation ability was 0.904, and the z value was 12.556. the 95% bootstrap interval was [0.762, 1.046], indicating that the total effect of social media embedding on innovation ability reached a significant level. table 5. analysis of direct effects, mediated effects, and total effects effects item effect coefficient se z p llci ulci mediated effects network media embedding⇒knowledge management⇒innovative ability 0.223 0.093 2.398 0.013 0.066 0.434 network community embedding⇒knowledge management⇒innovative ability 0.289 0.113 2.558 0.000 0.124 0.573 total mediated effects 0.512 0.106 4.830 0.000 0.300 0.722 direct effects 0.392 0.120 3.267 0.001 0.167 0.647 total effects 0.904 0.072 12.556 0.000 0.762 1.046 note: boot llci refers to the lower limit of the 95% confidence interval obtained by bootstrap sampling, and boot ulci refers to the upper limit of the 95% confidence interval obtained by bootstrap sampling. 4.6. moderating effect test this study incorporated learning orientation as a moderating variable to analyze its impact on the relationship between network media embedding and knowledge management, as well as the relationship between network community embedding and knowledge management. the results presented in table 6 reveal that when the dependent variable is knowledge management, the moderating effect of "network media embedding * learning orientation" is 0.223 (t = 6.782, p < 0.000), indicating the presence of a moderating effect. for every increase of 1 unit in the moderator variable learning orientation, the influence of network media embedding on knowledge management will increase by 0.223 units, supporting research hypothesis h7. additionally, the moderating effect of "network community embedding * learning orientation" is 0.075 (t = 0.035, p = 0.034), indicating the existence of a moderating effect. for every increase of 1 unit in the moderator variable learning orientation, the influence of network community embedding on knowledge management will increase by 0.075 units, supporting research hypothesis h8. in summary, both network media embedding and network community embedding are affected by learning orientation in their impacts on knowledge management. according to the data analysis results, learning orientation has a more pronounced moderating effect on the relationship between media embedding and knowledge management. the more farmers adopt a learning attitude toward social media, the better they can engage in knowledge management in both media and communities. table 6. analysis of moderating effects dependent variable independent variable β standard error t p knowledge management network media embedding 0.826 0.049 16.989 *** learning orientation 0.174 0.040 4.353 *** network media embedding*learning orientation 0.223 0.033 6.782 *** network community embedding 0.683 0.052 13.180 *** learning orientation 0.076 0.044 1.728 0.085 network community embedding*learning orientation 0.075 0.035 2.133 0.034 note: *** p<0.001. 5. conclusions based on embedding theory and knowledge management theory, this study empirically examined the relationship between social media embedding, knowledge management, learning orientation, and the innovative ability of new professional farmers. the following conclusions were drawn: firstly, social media embedding significantly positively influences the innovative ability of new professional farmers. this finding aligns with a similar study conducted by muninger et al. [76]. according to muninger et al. [76], businesses increasingly employ social media for innovation, yet existing literature lacks comprehensive guidance for devising strategic approaches. muninger et al. [76] adopted a qualitative, theory-building methodology to develop a conceptual framework of capabilities conducive to leveraging social media throughout the innovation lifecycle. the framework identified three critical capabilities and associated resources, hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 305 including social media management for coordinating activities across innovation stages, executive leadership for fostering support and enabling agile decision-making, and flexible processes facilitating rapid knowledge dissemination and experimentation. muninger et al.'s [76] contribution enhanced organizational capability theory in the innovation context by offering practical insights for managerial implementation of social media strategies. new professional farmers can directly enhance their innovative ability through the media function of social media. however, the tangible impact of network community embedding on their innovative ability is less apparent. this outcome aligns with a study conducted by hafkesbrink & schroll [21]. hafkesbrink & schroll [21] outlined a novel approach to innovation in the digital economy, termed "embedded innovation" or innovation 3.0. it introduced the concept of "embeddedness" to highlight the growing importance of integrating firms into their surrounding communities to effectively absorb valuable knowledge. hafkesbrink & schroll [21] discussed the evolutionary transition from closed to open to embedded innovation in small and medium-sized enterprises (smes), shedding light on the varying modes of learning from communities based on firm relationships and knowledge flows. third, knowledge management plays a significant mediating role between social media embedding and the innovative ability of new professional farmers. this outcome resonates with a previous study conducted by sapta et al. [77], where knowledge management also served as a mediating variable. sapta et al. [77] investigated how organizational culture and leadership styles influenced knowledge management and sustainable performance. additionally, sapta et al.’s [77] study examined knowledge management's role as a mediator between organizational culture, leadership style, and sustainable performance, revealing the significant effects of organizational culture and transformational leadership on knowledge management. furthermore, knowledge management was found to mediate the relationships between organizational culture, leadership style, and sustainable performance. these findings supported knowledge-based theory regarding knowledge management practices and sustainable performance, emphasizing the importance of organizational culture and transformational leadership in traditional organizations. based on the above discussion and prior research comparison regarding knowledge management, it can be inferred that after using social media, new professional farmers can better manage knowledge through both network media embedding and network community embedding and thereby improve their innovative ability. notably, in the network community embedding mode, the mere existence of the community does not inherently foster innovative development for farmers. it is through active participation, involving obtaining, sharing, integrating, and utilizing knowledge within the community, that they can effectively enhance their innovative ability. fourth, learning orientation positively moderates the relationship between network media embedding, network community embedding, and knowledge management. the results can be compared to prior research by türk et al. [78] that similarly employed learning orientation in a moderating role. türk et al. [78], drawing on social learning theory, explored the impact of prior entrepreneurial exposure on entrepreneurial passion and examined how an individual's learning orientation moderated this relationship. the study collected data from students across various disciplines to empirically validate the research model. türk et al.’s [78] findings indicated that both types of prior entrepreneurial exposure positively influence entrepreneurial passion, with medium to high levels of learning orientation reinforcing these relationships. building on this discussion, it can be posited that farmers with a stronger learning orientation are better equipped to actively leverage the media function of social media, influencing knowledge management, and effectively obtaining and utilizing knowledge through community relationships. this, in turn, leads to an enhancement of their innovation ability. 5.1. managerial implications agricultural sustainable development relies on high-quality farmers and continuous improvement of their innovative ability. the relevant conclusions of this study can provide important insights for relevant governments and the cultivation of innovative ability of new professional farmers. firstly, the government can create better conditions for the promotion of information technology in rural areas. to fully realize the role of social media tools in enhancing the innovative ability of farmers, it is necessary for governments at all levels to further improve the construction of rural grassroots network facilities, increase the promotion of smartphones, strengthen training for farmers, and guide more new professional farmers to use social media tools effectively. secondly, new professional farmers should enhance their media literacy, recognizing the influence of social media through network media embedding and network community embedding. entrepreneurial farmers ought to strengthen their understanding of social media tools, continually refine their learning of social media tools, continuously improve their media operation skills, and be able to flexibly use the different functions of social media according to the needs of agricultural innovation. thirdly, new professional farmers should cultivate awareness of using social media to carry out knowledge management. knowledge management is a prerequisite for innovation. given the positive role of social media in knowledge management, new professional farmers can learn to use social media tools to strengthen the acquisition, integration, and utilization of agricultural innovation knowledge through self-study, attending training classes, or learning from peers, and improving their agricultural innovation knowledge reserves. finally, new professional farmers should adopt a learning-oriented management philosophy when hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 306 using social media. recognizing the dual nature of social media, farmers need to avoid ineffective embedding that may lead to wasted time and energy. instead, they should use social media as an entrepreneurial tool, consistently engage in lifelong learning, adapt to environmental changes, enhance their abilities, and fully leverage the positive functions of social media for promoting agricultural knowledge management and innovation. this approach will contribute to the sustainable development of agricultural entrepreneurship. 5.2. limitations and future research this study offers both theoretical and empirical evidence for new professional farmers to enhance their innovative abilities through social media tools, providing significant implications for fostering rural innovation and entrepreneurship activities. however, several aspects of the impact of information technology on the innovative behavior of new professional farmers warrant further analysis. this includes exploring the potential existence of other mediating variables between social media embedding and farmers' innovative abilities, examining how factors related to information technology tools may influence the effectiveness of farmers' social media usage, and conducting more indepth research on the role of different modes of social media embedding in specific agricultural innovation behaviors (technical innovation, management innovation, etc.). information technology represented by social media will profoundly affect the innovative development of agriculture and rural areas. in the future, academia can further explore more issues in related fields. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, g.x. and x.s.; methodology, g.x. and x.s.; software, g.x.; validation, x.s. and m.h.; formal analysis, g.x. and x.s.; investigation, g.x.; writing—original draft preparation, g.x., x.s., and m.h.; writing—review and editing, g.x., x.s., and m.h.; visualization, x.s. and m.h.; supervision, m.h. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding this research was funded by natural science foundation project of fujian science and technology department (grant number: 2021j011247) and fujian business college digital smart retail management scientific research innovation team support plan (grant number: cxtd202303). 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] anichkina, o., tatochenko, a., tatochenko, i., & chernegov, n. (2019). development strategy of agricultural enterprises in the production of high-tech products. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 403(1), 012133. doi:10.1088/17551315/403/1/012133. [2] sáenz, j., alcalde-heras, h., aramburu, n., & buenechea-elberdin, m. (2024). boosting innovativeness in organic farming: the role of external relational capital. journal of intellectual capital, 25(1), 143–165. doi:10.1108/jic-11-2022-0229. [3] sharma, v., tripathi, a. k., & mittal, h. (2022). technological revolutions in smart farming: current trends, challenges & future directions. computers and electronics in agriculture, 201, 107217. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2022.107217. [4] semin, a., mironov, d., kislitskiy, m., zasypkin, a., & ivanov, v. (2023). improving the theoretical and methodological framework for implementing digital twin technology in various sectors of agriculture. emerging science journal, 7(4), 11001115. doi:10.28991/esj-2023-07-04-05. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 307 [5] noerlina, mursitama, t. n., simatupang, b., & bandur, a. (2022). the importance of interfirm networks in enhancing innovation capability and exporting in high-tech industry. hightech and innovation journal, 3(special issue), 52–64. doi:10.28991/hijsp2022-03-05. [6] zhao, d., chen, y., parolin, b., & fan, x. (2019). new professional farmers’ training (npft): a multivariate analysis of farmers’ participation in lifelong learning in shaanxi, china. international review of education, 65(4), 579–604. doi:10.1007/s11159-019-09790-5. [7] chen, l., & chen, z. (2020). analysis on the competency of new professional farmers and its influencing factors. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 598(1), 012040. iop publishing. doi:10.1088/1755-1315/598/1/012040. [8] tomich, t. p., lidder, p., coley, m., gollin, d., meinzen-dick, r., webb, p., & carberry, p. (2019). food and agricultural innovation pathways for prosperity. agricultural systems, 172, 1–15. doi:10.1016/j.agsy.2018.01.002. [9] blakeney, m. (2022). agricultural innovation and sustainable development. sustainability (switzerland), 14(5), 2698. doi:10.3390/su14052698. [10] purwati, a. a., budiyanto, suhermin, & hamzah, m. l. (2020). the effect of innovation capability on business performance: the role of social capital and entrepreneurial leadership on smes in indonesia. accounting, 7(2), 323–330. doi:10.5267/j.ac.2020.11.021. [11] ferreira, j., & coelho, a. (2020). dynamic capabilities, innovation and branding capabilities and their impact on competitive advantage and sme’s performance in portugal: the moderating effects of entrepreneurial orientation. international journal of innovation science, 12(3), 255–286. doi:10.1108/ijis-10-2018-0108. [12] zhang, l., & wu, b. (2018). farmer innovation system and government intervention: an empirical study of straw utilisation technology development and diffusion in china. journal of cleaner production, 188, 698–707. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.03.224. [13] kreft, c., huber, r., wuepper, d., & finger, r. (2021). the role of non-cognitive skills in farmers’ adoption of climate change mitigation measures. ecological economics, 189, 107169. doi:10.1016/j.ecolecon.2021.107169. [14] niu, z., chen, c., gao, y., wang, y., chen, y., & zhao, k. (2022). peer effects, attention allocation and farmers’ adoption of cleaner production technology: taking green control techniques as an example. journal of cleaner production, 339, 130700. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2022.130700. [15] awuor, f. m., & rambim, d. a. (2022). adoption of ict-in-agriculture innovations by smallholder farmers in kenya. technology and investment, 13(03), 92-103. doi:10.4236/ti.2022.133007. [16] raza, m. h., khan, g. a., shahbaz, b., & saleem, m. f. (2020). effectiveness of information and communication technologies as information source among farmers in pakistan. pakistan journal of agricultural sciences, 57(1), 281–288. doi:10.21162/pakjas/19.8292. [17] li, z., huang, y., yang, y., & lai, x. (2023). can tiktok be a good way to extend the adoption of green control techniques? evidence from rural china. asian journal of technology innovation, 31(3), 711–728. doi:10.1080/19761597.2022.2148704. [18] wang, s., tang, j., aggarwal, c., chang, y., & liu, h. (2017). signed network embedding in social media. proceedings of the 17th siam international conference on data mining, sdm 2017, 327–335. doi:10.1137/1.9781611974973.37. [19] ge, c., lv, w., & wang, j. (2023). the impact of digital technology innovation network embedding on firms’ innovation performance: the role of knowledge acquisition and digital transformation. sustainability (switzerland), 15(8), 6938. doi:10.3390/su15086938. [20] wang, x., cui, p., wang, j., pei, j., zhu, w., & yang, s. (2017). community preserving network embedding. 31st aaai conference on artificial intelligence, aaai 2017, 203–209. doi:10.1609/aaai.v31i1.10488. [21] hafkesbrink, j., & schroll, m. (2011). innovation 3.0: embedding into community knowledge collaborative organizational learning beyond open innovation. journal of innovation economics & management, 7(1), 55–92. doi:10.3917/jie.007.0055. [22] girard, n. (2015). knowledge at the boundary between science and society: a review of the use of farmers’ knowledge in agricultural development. journal of knowledge management, 19(5), 949–967. doi:10.1108/jkm-02-2015-0049. [23] ureña-espaillat, h. j., briones-peñalver, a. j., bernal-conesa, j. a., & córdoba-pachón, j. r. (2023). knowledge and innovation management in agribusiness: a study in the dominican republic. business strategy and the environment, 32(4), 2008–2021. doi:10.1002/bse.3233. [24] tseng, s. m. (2008). the effects of information technology on knowledge management systems. expert systems with applications, 35(1–2), 150–160. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2007.06.011. [25] singh nain, m., singh, r., & mishra, j. r. (2019). social networking of innovative farmers through whatsapp messenger for learning exchange: a study of content sharing. indian journal of agricultural sciences, 89(3), 556–558. doi:10.56093/ijas.v89i3.87605. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 308 [26] contreras-medina, d. i., medina-cuéllar, s. e., sánchez-gómez, j., & rodríguez-peralta, c. m. (2021). innovation of women farmers: a technological proposal for mezcalilleras sustainability in mexico, based on knowledge management. sustainability (switzerland), 13(21), 11706. doi:10.3390/su132111706. [27] xie, g. h., wang, l. p., & khan, a. (2021). an assessment of social media usage patterns and social capital: empirical evidence from the agricultural systems of china. frontiers in psychology, 12, 4973. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2021.767357. [28] liu, t., & tang, l. (2020). open innovation from the perspective of network embedding: knowledge evolution and development trend. scientometrics, 124(2), 1053–1080. doi:10.1007/s11192-020-03520-7. [29] an, x., deng, h., chao, l., & bai, w. (2014). knowledge management in supporting collaborative innovation community capacity building. journal of knowledge management, 18(3), 574–590. doi:10.1108/jkm-10-2013-0413. [30] mardani, a., nikoosokhan, s., moradi, m., & doustar, m. (2018). the relationship between knowledge management and innovation performance. journal of high technology management research, 29(1), 12–26. doi:10.1016/j.hitech.2018.04.002. [31] dasgupta, m., sahay, a., & gupta, r. k. (2009). the role of knowledge management in innovation. journal of information and knowledge management, 8(4), 317–330. doi:10.1142/s0219649209002427. [32] daniele, b. c., barbara, s., isabel, b., & alberto, g. (2022). analysis of perceived robustness, adaptability and transformability of spanish extensive livestock farms under alternative challenging scenarios. agricultural systems, 202, 103487. doi:10.1016/j.agsy.2022.103487. [33] ro, y. j., yoo, m., koo, y., & song, j. h. (2021). the roles of learning orientation: structural determinants for improving knowledge sharing with committed and satisfied employees. industrial and commercial training, 53(1), 60–76. doi:10.1108/ict-10-2019-0094. [34] xie, g. h., wang, l. p., & lee, b. f. (2021). understanding the impact of social capital on entrepreneurship performance: the moderation effects of opportunity recognition and operational competency. frontiers in psychology, 12, 687205. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2021.687205. [35] granovetter, m. (2018). economic action and social structure: the problem of embeddedness. the sociology of economic life, third edition, 91(3), 22–45. doi:10.4324/9780429494338. [36] yongyun, z., shengtai, z., & cuihua, w. embed or involved, why crowdsourcing individual contribute knowledge? science research management, 38(5), 30. [37] kaplan, a. m., & haenlein, m. (2010). users of the world, unite! the challenges and opportunities of social media. business horizons, 53(1), 59–68. doi:10.1016/j.bushor.2009.09.003. [38] steel, g. (2017). navigating (im)mobility: female entrepreneurship and social media in khartoum. africa, 87(2), 233–252. doi:10.1017/s0001972016000930. [39] shekhar, & valeri, m. (2023). trends in knowledge management research in small businesses. european business review, 35(5), 573–599. doi:10.1108/ebr-10-2022-0200. [40] kommey, r., & fombad, m. (2023). strategies for knowledge sharing among rice farmers: a ghanaian perspective. electronic journal of knowledge management, 21(2), 114–129. doi:10.34190/ejkm.21.2.2803. [41] below, t., artner, a., siebert, r., & sieber, s. (2010). micro-level practices to adapt to climate change for african small-scale farmers: a review of selected literature. ifpri-discussion papers, (953), 1-20. [42] griffin, c., wreford, a., & cradock-henry, n. a. (2023). ‘as a farmer you’ve just got to learn to cope’: understanding dairy farmers’ perceptions of climate change and adaptation decisions in the lower south island of aotearoa-new zealand. journal of rural studies, 98, 147–158. doi:10.1016/j.jrurstud.2023.02.001. [43] meijer, s. s., catacutan, d., ajayi, o. c., sileshi, g. w., & nieuwenhuis, m. (2015). the role of knowledge, attitudes and perceptions in the uptake of agricultural and agroforestry innovations among smallholder farmers in sub-saharan africa. international journal of agricultural sustainability, 13(1), 40–54. doi:10.1080/14735903.2014.912493. [44] ayoub, m. (2023). one size does not fit all: the plurality of knowledge sources for transition to sustainable farming. journal of rural studies, 97, 243–254. doi:10.1016/j.jrurstud.2022.12.007. [45] calantone, r. j., cavusgil, s. t., & zhao, y. (2002). learning orientation, firm innovation capability, and firm performance. industrial marketing management, 31(6), 515–524. doi:10.1016/s0019-8501(01)00203-6. [46] meekaewkunchorn, n., szczepańska-woszczyna, k., muangmee, c., kassakorn, n., & khalid, b. (2021). entrepreneurial orientation and sme performance: the mediating role of learning orientation. economics and sociology, 14(2), 294–312. doi:10.14254/2071-789x.2021/14-2/16. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 309 [47] sheng, m. l., & chien, i. (2016). rethinking organizational learning orientation on radical and incremental innovation in hightech firms. journal of business research, 69(6), 2302–2308. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2015.12.046. [48] liao, s. h., chen, c. c., hu, d. c., chung, y. chun, & yang, m. j. (2017). developing a sustainable competitive advantage: absorptive capacity, knowledge transfer and organizational learning. journal of technology transfer, 42(6), 1431–1450. doi:10.1007/s10961-016-9532-1. [49] wahyono, & hutahayan, b. (2021). the relationships between market orientation, learning orientation, financial literacy, on the knowledge competence, innovation, and performance of small and medium textile industries in java and bali. asia pacific management review, 26(1), 39–46. doi:10.1016/j.apmrv.2020.07.001. [50] straub, d., weill, p., & schwaig, k. s. (2009). strategic dependence on the it resource and outsourcing: a test of the strategic control model. in information systems outsourcing (third edition): enduring themes, global challenges, and process opportunities. springer, berlin, germany, 175-199. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-88851-2_8. [51] secundo, g., del vecchio, p., & mele, g. (2021). social media for entrepreneurship: myth or reality? a structured literature review and a future research agenda. international journal of entrepreneurial behaviour and research, 27(1), 149–177. doi:10.1108/ijebr-07-2020-0453. [52] naik, h. s., & möslein, k. m. (2016). social media in user entrepreneurship. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 9742, 428–436. doi:10.1007/978-3-31939910-2_40. [53] chowdhury, a., odame, h. h., thompson, s., & hauser, m. (2015). enhancing farmers’ capacity for botanical pesticide innovation through video-mediated learning in bangladesh. international journal of agricultural sustainability, 13(4), 326–349. doi:10.1080/14735903.2014.997461. [54] bhimani, h., mention, a. l., & barlatier, p. j. (2019). social media and innovation: a systematic literature review and future research directions. technological forecasting and social change, 144, 251–269. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2018.10.007. [55] torres de oliveira, r., indulska, m., steen, j., & verreynne, m. l. (2020). towards a framework for innovation in retailing through social media. journal of retailing and consumer services, 54, 101772. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2019.01.017. [56] cepeda-carrion, i., ortega-gutierrez, j., garrido-moreno, a., & cegarra-navarro, j. g. (2023). the mediating role of knowledge creation processes in the relationship between social media and open innovation. journal of the knowledge economy, 14(2), 1275–1297. doi:10.1007/s13132-022-00949-4. [57] martini, e., roshetko, j. m., & paramita, e. (2017). can farmer-to-farmer communication boost the dissemination of agroforestry innovations? a case study from sulawesi, indonesia. agroforestry systems, 91(5), 811–824. doi:10.1007/s10457-016-0011-3. [58] young choi, s., lee, h., & yoo, y. (2010). the impact of information technology and transactive memory systems on knowledge sharing, application, and team performance: a field study. mis quarterly: management information systems, 34(4), 833–854. doi:10.2307/25750708. [59] mills, j., reed, m., skaalsveen, k., & ingram, j. (2019). the use of twitter for knowledge exchange on sustainable soil management. soil use and management, 35(1), 195–203. doi:10.1111/sum.12485. [60] tambo, j. a., mugambi, i., onyango, d. o., uzayisenga, b., & romney, d. (2023). using mass media campaigns to change pesticide use behaviour among smallholder farmers in east africa. journal of rural studies, 99, 79–91. doi:10.1016/j.jrurstud.2023.03.001. [61] soares, n. d., braga, r., david, j. m. n., siqueira, k. b., & stroele, v. (2023). data analysis in social networks for agribusiness: a systematic review. ieee access, 11, 8422–8432. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3237984. [62] giulivi, n., harou, a. p., gautam, s., & guereña, d. (2023). getting the message out: information and communication technologies and agricultural extension. american journal of agricultural economics, 105(3), 1011–1045. doi:10.1111/ajae.12348. [63] olkiewicz, m. (2015). knowledge management as a determinant of innovation in enterprises. proceedings of the 9th international management conference management and innovation for competitive advantage, bucharest, romania, 399-409. [64] zhao, j. (2021). knowledge management capability and technology uncertainty: driving factors of dual innovation. technology analysis and strategic management, 33(7), 783–796. doi:10.1080/09537325.2020.1841896. [65] li, s., han, s., & shen, t. (2019). how can a firm innovate when embedded in a cluster? evidence from the automobile industrial cluster in china. sustainability (switzerland), 11(7), 1837. doi:10.3390/su11071837. [66] blázquez puerta, c. d., bermúdez-gonzález, g., & soler garcía, i. p. (2022). human systematic innovation helix: knowledge management, emotional intelligence and entrepreneurial competency. sustainability (switzerland), 14(7), 4296. doi:10.3390/su14074296. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 310 [67] dolinska, a., & d’aquino, p. (2016). farmers as agents in innovation systems. empowering farmers for innovation through communities of practice. agricultural systems, 142, 122–130. doi:10.1016/j.agsy.2015.11.009. [68] rosário, j., madureira, l., marques, c., & silva, r. (2022). understanding farmers’ adoption of sustainable agriculture innovations: a systematic literature review. agronomy, 12(11), 2879. doi:10.3390/agronomy12112879. [69] dey, b. l., sarma, m., pandit, a., sarpong, d., kumari, s., & punjaisri, k. (2019). social media led co-creation of knowledge in developing societies: sme’s roles in the adoption, use and appropriation of smartphones in south asia. production planning and control, 30(10–12), 1019–1031. doi:10.1080/09537287.2019.1582106. [70] cofré-bravo, g., klerkx, l., & engler, a. (2019). combinations of bonding, bridging, and linking social capital for farm innovation: how farmers configure different support networks. journal of rural studies, 69, 53–64. doi:10.1016/j.jrurstud.2019.04.004. [71] alerasoul, s. a., afeltra, g., hakala, h., minelli, e., & strozzi, f. (2022). organisational learning, learning organization, and learning orientation: an integrative review and framework. human resource management review, 32(3), 100854. doi:10.1016/j.hrmr.2021.100854. [72] arshad, m. z., run, t. mei, & ahmad, m. j. (2020). the importance of learning orientation and entrepreneurial orientation on smes performance sustainable development view project strategic management view project. international journal of disaster recovery and business continuity, 11(1), 1220–1228. [73] zahoor, n., donbesuur, f., christofi, m., & miri, d. (2022). technological innovation and employee psychological well-being: the moderating role of employee learning orientation and perceived organizational support. technological forecasting and social change, 179, 121610. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2022.121610. [74] alnuaimi, m., alzoubi, h. m., ajelat, d., & alzoubi, a. a. (2021). towards intelligent organisations: an empirical investigation of learning orientation’s role in technical innovation. international journal of innovation and learning, 29(2), 207–221. doi:10.1504/ijil.2021.112996. [75] borah, p. s., iqbal, s., & akhtar, s. (2022). linking social media usage and sme’s sustainable performance: the role of digital leadership and innovation capabilities. technology in society, 68, 101900. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2022.101900. [76] muninger, m. i., hammedi, w., & mahr, d. (2019). the value of social media for innovation: a capability perspective. journal of business research, 95, 116–127. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2018.10.012. [77] sapta, i. k. s., sudja, i. n., landra, i. n., & rustiarini, n. w. (2021). sustainability performance of organization: mediating role of knowledge management. economies, 9(3), 97. doi:10.3390/economies9030097. [78] türk, s., zapkau, f. b., & schwens, c. (2020). prior entrepreneurial exposure and the emergence of entrepreneurial passion: the moderating role of learning orientation. journal of small business management, 58(2), 225–258. doi:10.1080/00472778.2019.1659678. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 311 appendix i questionnaire items variables indicators measurement items references network media embedding me1 i use social media to disseminate information. xie et al. [27] me2 i use social media to acquire information. me3 my entrepreneurial activities are dependent on the media functionality of social media. network community embedding ce1 i maintain close contact with friends on social media networks. xie et al. [27] ce2 i have many friends i can interact with on social media. ce3 i can obtain a large amount of heterogeneous information from social media friends. knowledge management km1 i can acquire information on agricultural innovation and management. mardani et al. [30] km2 i possess information required for agricultural innovation and management. km3 i share information on agricultural innovation and management. km4 i integrate various types of agricultural innovation information. km5 i utilize agricultural innovation information based on my needs. innovative ability ai1 i am able to flexibly respond to and solve agricultural management issues. borah et al. [75] ai2 i am able to propose innovative agricultural management strategies. ai3 my agricultural innovation and management have achieved relatively good results. learning orientation es1 i believe learning is important in agricultural innovation and management. hutahayan [49] es2 i regularly spend time learning how to improve agricultural innovation and management. es3 i am willing to spend money to learn agricultural innovation and management. es4 learning is an essential component of my agricultural entrepreneurship. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 627 issn: 2723-9535 transformer-based sequence modeling short answer assessment framework p. sharmila 1 , kalaiarasi sonai muthu anbananthen 2* , deisy chelliah 1 , s. parthasarathy 1 , baarathi balasubramaniam 2, saravanan nathan lurudusamy 3 1 thiagarajar college of engineering, madurai, tamilnadu, 625015, india. 2 faculty of information science and technology, multimedia university, melaka 75450, malaysia. 3 division consulting & technology services, telekom malaysia, kuala lumpur 50672, malaysia. received 09 may 2024; revised 11 august 2024; accepted 18 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract automated subjective assessment presents a significant challenge due to the complex nature of human language and reasoning characterized by semantic variability, subjectivity, language ambiguity, and judgment levels. unlike objective exams, subjective assessments involve diverse answers, posing difficulties in automated scoring. the paper proposes a novel approach that integrates advanced natural language processing (nlp) techniques with principled grading methods to address this challenge. combining transformer-based sequence language modeling with sophisticated grading mechanisms aims to develop more accurate and efficient automatic grading systems for subjective assessments in education. the proposed approach consists of three main phases: content summarization: relevant sentences are extracted using self-attention mechanisms, enabling the system to effectively summarize the content of the responses. key term identification and comparison: key terms are identified within the responses and treated as overt tags. these tags are then compared to reference keys using cross-attention mechanisms, allowing for a nuanced evaluation of the response content. grading process: responses are graded using a weighted multi-criteria decision method, which assesses various quality aspects and assigns partial scores accordingly. experimental results on the squad dataset demonstrate the approach’s effectiveness, achieving an impressive f-score of 86%. furthermore, significant improvements in metrics like rouge, bleu, and meteor scores were observed, validating the efficacy of the proposed approach in automating subjective assessment tasks. keywords: attention model; sequence language modeling; subjective assessment; transformer. 1. introduction e-learning enables students to learn via the internet. online learning requires two prerequisites: learning resources and automatic assessments. liu et al. [1] developed a semi-automated method for generating grammatical assessment tasks using nlp techniques. automatic assessments for online examinations are challenging since subjective questions require human judgment and often involve complex reasoning, creativity, and language understanding. researchers such as ateeq et al. [2], paiva et al. [3], and ramesh & sanampudi [4] have addressed this challenge by employing nlp and machine learning techniques to evaluate essay quality automatically. * corresponding author: kalaiarasi@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-06 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3856-631x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0540-2872 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6140-1682 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7439-6878 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 628 in general, there are two categories of question types: objective questions and subjective questions. figure 1 shows the different modalities of assessment methods. objective questions, such as multiple-choice, yes-no, matching, and fillin-the-blank, are easily graded by automated systems and encourage rote learning. subjective questions, like shortanswer and long-answer, require open-ended responses. short answer questions applicable for assessing factual knowledge, definitions, key concepts, and basic application of knowledge. long answer essays for promoting critical thinking, analysis, and creative expression. while objective questions are common in computerized tests for their quick and uniform evaluation, subjective assessments allow learners to explain concepts in their own words. however, they can be challenging to evaluate due to potential lexical or semantic similarities. figure 1. different modalities of answer evaluation short-answer subjective assessments are prevalent in education, language proficiency tests, content creation, and research, necessitating qualitative evaluation of responses. objective questions are prevalent in computerized tests due to their quick, reliable, and uniform evaluation, typically focusing on correctness. conversely, subjective assessments involve open-ended responses, which enable the learners to conceive and write an explanation in their own words that is challenging to evaluate, and subjective answers may share lexical or semantic similarities. short-answer subjective assessments are common in education, language proficiency tests, content creation, and research, requiring qualitative evaluation of open-ended responses. 1.1. motivation and objectives the motivation behind short answer assessment stems from the inefficiency, inconsistency, and limited feedback provided by manual grading, particularly in large classes. traditional methods, such as keyword matching or rule-based systems, fail to understand complex language and offer detailed feedback. the transformer approach utilizes transformer models to delve into the deeper meaning of responses, offering flexibility and the ability to provide targeted feedback on strengths and weaknesses. hence, the ultimate goal is to develop an automated assessment system that is efficient, consistent, and informative for short-answer responses. 1.2. overview of subjective automatic assessment neshan & akbari [5] proposed a hybrid approach combining lexicon-based and machine-learning techniques for short answer assessment, which showed significant improvements but faced increased noise levels with large datasets. zhu et al. [6] discussed transformer-based language models as promising tools for automatically scoring short written responses, offering a potential solution to the challenges of computerized evaluation of subjective questions. however, the accuracy of computer-based evaluation remains insufficient, and grading subjective questions manually is timeconsuming and expensive. despite this, multiple-choice questions have replaced subjective questions in many computerized exams due to their consistent evaluation but inability to assess writing abilities and critical reasoning. automatic evaluation aims to provide timely and accurate feedback to students and instructors while reducing grading time and resources. various techniques, such as those for short answer and essay questions, contribute to automated assessment methods. essay questions: the computer program utilizes machine learning methods to assess the quality of the response to these longer-form written questions. das & majumder [7] proposed a method for extracting factual open-ended questions from text by identifying informative sentences. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 629 short answer questions: the computer program employs natural language processing to assess the answers to these questions, which call for a brief written response. however, short-answer assessment, like any other form, has its own challenges. here are some common challenges faced in short answer assessment: ambiguity, lack of context, grading consistency, limited response options, redundant content (cheating), time constraints, and subjectivity. overall, short answer assessment can be an effective method for evaluating knowledge and understanding, but it requires careful consideration of the challenges and limitations of this form of assessment. automatic subjective assessment systems offer numerous advantages, including: • time and resource savings: these systems free up instructors’ time and resources, allowing them to concentrate on other teaching and learning tasks. • immediate and consistent feedback: students receive prompt and consistent feedback, aiding them in enhancing their performance and understanding. • objective and unbiased evaluation: by minimizing human involvement, these systems reduce the risk of grading errors or bias, ensuring fairness in assessment. • data-driven decision-making: automatic subjective assessment systems generate valuable insights into student performance and learning outcomes, enabling educators to make informed decisions based on data. however, automatic assessment systems also have some limitations, such as: • difficulty in evaluating complex or creative responses that require human judgment. • limited understanding of the context and nuances of language may result in potential inaccuracies during evaluation. • developing and maintaining accurate and reliable assessment algorithms poses significant challenges. • language modeling automatic assessment. the rest of the paper is organized as follows. section 2 describes the related works. section 3 discusses the proposed framework for assessing answers, including an overview of the similarity measure and fusion technique. section 4 explains the dataset and experimental setup. section 5 shows the results and discussions. finally, in section 6, we conclude our paper by highlighting. 2. literature reviews every university has a unique evaluation procedure built on a reflective analysis. hence, it is imperative to consider the assessment and evaluation conducted by computer-assisted appraisal systems as ict-based teaching-learning approaches continue to expand. automatic subjective assessment is a broad area of nlp and artificial intelligence (ai) research that focuses on developing methods to automatically evaluate subjective content, such as user-generated reviews, opinions, essays, and more [8]. in recent years, transformer has advanced in resolving difficulties related to automatic subjective assessment. 2.1. short answer assessment various features such as sentence length, word placement in a phrase, a chunk of the sentence, the verb, parts of speech, named entities, recognized words, unknown words, acronyms, and other linguistic elements were leveraged to train the svm classifier, as demonstrated by leacock et al. [9]. meanwhile, matsumori et al. [10] used a summarizer (mead) to directly select informative sentences for automatic cq generation. additionally, feng et al. [11] use statistical measures, such as a vector space model, to calculate semantic relatedness between words or sentences. 2.2. text similarity measurement of text similarity plays a key role in assessment tasks by comparing two or more texts to determine how similar or related they are to each other. sahu & bhowmick [12] demonstrate that grading student responses is improved by combining various graph alignment criteria with lexical semantic similarity metrics. there are several methods and techniques used to measure text similarity, including cosine similarity, as discussed by rosnelly et al. [13], jaccard similarity, and the dice coefficient, outlined by wahyuningsih et al. [14]. additionally, edit distance, as studied by anbananthen et al. [15], and latent semantic analysis (lsa), as described by kaur & sasi [16], are utilized for this purpose. furthermore, word embedding, a method represented by mardini et al. [17], involves representing words as vectors in a high-dimensional space based on their context and co-occurrence in a large corpus of text. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 630 2.3. attentions – transformer a transformer model is a neural network that learns context and thus meaning by tracking relationships in sequential data like the words in this sentence. transformer models apply an evolving set of mathematical techniques, called attention or self-attention, to detect subtle ways even distant data elements in a series influence and depend on each other. hence, in our proposed model, cross-attention is incorporated along with self-attention for efficient computation and better performance. the utilization of bert in grading brief answers is implemented, as demonstrated by bexte et al. [18]. bonthu & sree et al. [19] lays the foundation for the self-attention mechanism, a crucial component in transformer-based models used for subjective assessment. albert is a variation of bert that achieves state-of-the-art results in various nlp tasks, making it also relevant for subjective assessment tasks, as highlighted by lan et al. [20]. klyuchnikov et al. [21] evaluated the performance of various nlp models, including transformer-based models, on various tasks using the glue benchmark. moreover, khodeir [22] integrated bert with a multi-layer bi-gru to enhance the mooc questionanswer forum. large transformer-based neural networks such as t5 by raffel et al. [23], gpt by alec et al. [24], and opt by frantar et al. [25] have been applied in question-answering tasks. bart, a pre-trained transformer model, has been applied in machine translation and question answering, as demonstrated by la quatra & cagliero [26]. lastly, zhu et al. [27] focused on feature engineering and demonstrated that ensemble-based models significantly outperform individual regression models. 2.4. research gaps automatically evaluating their responses remains an intriguing problem. specifically, scoring assessments for openended, short-answer responses provide several difficulties. • the response is written naturally, and students are free to react in a way that involves complex reasoning, creativity, and language understanding. • even for short answers, they can write up to two pages of an answer with redundant content, which increases training time. • freestyle writing requires semantic similarity. • extracting relevant content without redundancies and choosing text similarity measures to maintain semantics are also bottlenecks in short answer assessment. • assigning partial marks is also considered a major problem. the objective is to assess variations in cognitive abilities and linguistic patterns among students through the quantitative analysis of lexical features present in their written compositions. our proposed model employs neural networks with transformers. the major contributions are • construct short responses by extracting key sentences and avoiding redundancies using the self-attention encoder model. • extract keywords from the extracted responses using cross attention encoder and compare them with external reference or standard key answers to compute similarity. • grade the answer based on the similarity score. • a decision-making system that utilizes multiple criteria decision making (mcdm) is carried out, encompassing a range of weights for partial correctness in responses. 3. research methodology subjective short-answer assessment involves evaluating nlp algorithms. the student’s answer is first subjected to the extraction phase to extract the relevant and informative sentences, thereby avoiding redundancies. next, the extracted sentences are subjected to the attention-based similarity computation phase model. keywords (open tags) are extracted using pos tags since most of the keys are nouns, verbs, adverbs, and adjectives. then, the extracted words are dot products with external or standard reference keywords or phrases to compute the similarity. multiple criteria are employed to assess answers, thereby reducing human manual work. figure 2 shows the workflow of our proposed model. a multi-criteria decision-making approach evaluates student responses using model answers from textbooks and subject specialists. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 631 figure 2. workflow of proposed assessment model the proposed approach consists of three main phases: content summarization: relevant sentences are extracted using self-attention mechanisms, enabling the system to effectively summarize the content of the responses. by weighing one token’s relevance in relation to others, selfattention enables the formation of a weighted representation that captures contextual dependencies. this considers longrange dependencies and contextual subtleties, facilitating a comprehensive interpretation of input sequences. key term identification and comparison: key terms are identified within the responses and treated as overt tags. these tags are then compared to reference keys using cross-attention mechanisms, allowing for a nuanced evaluation of the response content. cross-attention mechanisms may also be employed in this phase, where the model attends to both the input sequence and additional context information (e.g., grading rubrics or teacher feedback) to generate the final output. grading process: responses are graded using a weighted multi-criteria decision method, which assesses various aspects of quality and assigns partial or sub-scores accordingly. figure 3 shows the first phase of the proposed subjective answer evaluation model. in the second phase, a crossattention encoder is employed to compute the similarity between student answers and references. most keywords come under “nouns, verbs, adverbs, and adjectives”. the extracted sentences use the cross-attention encoder to filter the “set of nouns, verbs, adverbs, and adjectives” words. then, compute the similarity between these answers. figure 4 shows the second phase of the proposed similarity computation model. in the third phase, the answer was graded using mcdm, which considered the previous phase text or keyword matching and content or semantic matching as criteria to grade the answer. figure 3. subjective answer evaluation hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 632 (a) (b) figure 4. the second phase of the proposed similarity computation model: a) algorithm 1: employs a text similarity attention score for answer matching; b) algorithm 2: employs content similarity score for content matching 3.1. attention-based sentence extraction in this approach, the model selects important sentences or phrases from the original response to form the summary. it may employ techniques like sentence ranking based on features or graph-based algorithms. for lengthy sequences, self-attention excels ahead of cnn at feature extraction. self-attention is applied to each embedding to identify the interdependencies and associations between the sentences. self-attention has computational complexity bounds for lengthy sequences. in contrast to the cnn and rnn frameworks, attention is parallelizable. hence, self-attention is incorporated in the first phase to extract interdependent sentences. but our proposed model is a transformer-based one. in the first phase, doc2vec, as introduced by mikolov et al. [28], is used to create a sentence embedding from a text excerpt. 3.2. cross attention-based similarity computation text similarity and context similarity are the two criteria considered in our proposed work. cross-attention is employed to compute the similarity between the student and reference answers. mostly, all the keywords are nouns, verbs, adverbs, and adjectives [29]. from the extracted sentences, using a cross-attention encoder at the token level and filter, only the open tags assigned tokens as a set of nouns, verbs, adverbs, and adjectives. then, compute the similarity between these answers. the complexity of this work is that the solution can be written in several ways, such as utilizing active or passive phrases, synonyms, or word forms. thus, we must analyze many forms of similarity to evaluate an answer. here, we present two techniques, one for computing textual similarity (algorithm 1) and the other for calculating semantic or contextual similarity (algorithm 2). algorithm 1: the algorithm can be used to evaluate how similar a student’s answer is to the provided model answers. the higher the max value, the more similar the student’s answer is to at least one of the model answers based on the chosen text similarity metric. depending on the specific text similarity metric used (jaccard similarity), the algorithm will yield different results, so the choice of similarity metric should be based on the specific context and requirements of the task. algorithm 2: after looping through all model answers and comparing them to the student’s answer, return the value of max. this represents the maximum semantic similarity between the student’s answer and any model answer. this algorithm determines how similar a student’s answer is to the provided model answers. it can be used to assess the quality of the student’s response by finding the closest match among the model answers in terms of semantic content. the higher the max value, the more similar the student’s answer is to at least one of the model answers. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 633 algorithm 1 text similarity (ts)” input: ma: a set of model answers (ma1, ma2, ..., map). sa: the student’s answer for comparison. output: max: the maximum text similarity score between sa and any model answer. initialization: set max to 0, initially. for each ma in ma, do the following: calculate the tsim(ma, sa) text similarity score between the model answer ma and the student’s answer sa. // computes text similarity using jaccard similarity. update maximum similarity: check if tsim(ma, sa) is greater than the current value of max. if it is, update max with the new similarity score. return maximum similarity: algorithm 2 context similarity (cs) input: ma: a set of model answers (ma1, ma2, ..., map). sa: the student’s answer for comparison. output: max: the maximum semantic similarity score between sa and any model answer. initialization: set max to 0, initially. for each ma in ma, do calculate the content similarity score csim(ma, sa) between the model answer ma and the student’s answer sa. // computes the semantic similarity between the text. update maximum similarity check if csim(ma, sa) is greater than the current value of max. if it is, update max with the new similarity score. return maximum similarity: 3.3. mcdm-based assessment pattern evaluation and scoring is the last phase. assessment depends on the learning domain, question type, complexity, scoring techniques, and total score. hence, it is important to note that subjective answer evaluation based on relevant information may involve some degree of subjectivity, as it requires interpreting the depth of understanding, creativity, and original thought exhibited in the response. therefore, clear and well-defined rubrics and consistent evaluation practices are essential to ensure fairness and accuracy in the assessment process. we have employed a variant of mcdm-based fusion. the first step is to assign weights to each criterion, which may depend on the evaluators. here, for partial answer assessment, the weight for text similarity is 0.3 and 0.7 for context similarity. determining the weights of criteria poses a key problem in multi-criteria decision-making, as highlighted by žižovic & pamucar [30], bhole & deshmukh [31], odu [32]. the weighted sum is then computed with criteria to combine the normalized scores as given. this will result in a single value that represents the overall performance. then, rank the alternatives based on the aggregated scores. the higher the score, the better the performance, and the moderate score for partial correctness. by changing the criteria, weights impact the final ranking or assessment. the final score for each short answer is calculated as: 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑀𝑎𝑟𝑘𝑠 = [𝑇𝑒𝑥𝑡 𝑆𝑖𝑚𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝛼) × 𝑇𝑆𝑊𝐹] + 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑥𝑡 𝑆𝑖𝑚𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝛽) × 𝐶𝑆𝑊𝐹 (1) where, 𝛼 is the text similarity score, 𝛽 is the content similarity score, 𝑇𝑆𝑊𝐹 is the text similarity weight factor, and 𝐶𝑆𝑊𝐹 is the content similarity weight factor. the weight factor is a random value given by question setters, which depends on them to assign a partial score for each answer. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 634 4. dataset and experimental setup 4.1. dataset a sophisticated open qa system can be created using the dataset. this dataset can be expanded for our proposed assessment application by incorporating our generated dataset. over 1000 k samples from wikipedia articles make up the collection. each sample consists of a passage and question-answer pairs. the squad dataset is used as a benchmark to assess the proposed method’s ability to replicate human expert assessments on short answer responses. improvements in ranking accuracy and semantic similarity scores are key success indicators. these findings would demonstrate the transformer-based framework’s effectiveness in automating short response assessments*. 4.2. experiments at the sentence extraction level, several pre-processing techniques are needed. remove punctuation and symbols from student responses using materials to embed the sentences that were parsed out of the pre-processed responses. applying the proposed dependency extraction model on a sentence-by-sentence basis can help choose which phrases need to be extracted; irrelevant and duplicated phrases can be avoided based on the normalized attention score. at the second level of cross-attention-based similarity computation. pre-processing is done as tokenization, and a part-of-speech (pos) tag is assigned for each token [28]. dot product attention was computed (algorithm,1) to extract only open tag words such as nouns, verbs, adverbs, and adjectives, and most of the key or reference answers are of only open tag words. then again, a dot product with a standard answer to get the final score (algorithm.2). at the end of this level, two similarity scores are obtained. lastly, the grading level, tswf (text similarity weight factor) values for measuring text similarity, and sswf (semantic similarity weight factor) for measuring semantic similarity are predetermined and dependent on the evaluation experts. weight factor assigned by the evaluator. different values are trained for better performance. hence, the tswf value of 0.3 and cswf of 0.7 are fixed. sample body text. sample body text. sample body text. sample body text. sample body text. sample body text. sample body text. sample body text. 4.3. evaluation metrics evaluation metrics such as rouge, bleu, and meteor score are used at the sentence extraction level to compare the generated summaries with the reference summaries. these metrics assess the quality of the summaries based on factors like content overlap, grammaticality, and coherence. the data was assessed using three metrics, specifically bleu introduced by fabbri et al. [33], which measures the similarity in terms of precision for n-grams, and rouge by barbella & tortora [34], which captures different aspects of text quality including overlap and longer contiguous sequences. meteor, as described by saadany & orasan [35], is considered a synonym and stemming, making it more robust than bleu or rouge. no single metric is perfect, and it is often advisable to use multiple metrics to gain a more comprehensive understanding, especially for tasks that require high levels of fluency and semantic accuracy. the evaluation process involves comparing the responses generated by the algorithm and the gold standard replies annotated by human evaluators. again, the aggregate performance will improve if multiple similarity metrics are combined. 5. results and discussion consider the evaluation query “what is “jvm?” if the student’s response to this query exceeds 100 to 130 characters, it is assumed to be lengthy. this response is fed into our proposed answer extraction model to abbreviate the response without compromising its content and eliminate redundant content. by feeding our suggested model responses of varied lengths (minimum lengths of 40 and 70 characters, respectively), when the maximum length of the student’s answer is 100 characters, and the extracted answer length is 40 characters, the f-measure is 0.84, indicating a relatively good accuracy in extracting key terms. similarly, for a maximum answer length of 130 characters and an extracted answer length of 60 characters, the f-measure improves to 0.86, increasing accuracy. at this juncture, we use the rouge (r1, r2, and rl) scores against reference answers by subject experts to calculate the similarity score. however, it is interesting to note that in some cases, such as when the maximum answer length is 100 characters and the extracted answer length is 60 characters, the f-measure drops slightly to 0.82, indicating a decrease in accuracy compared to shorter extracted answers. these results suggest that there may be an optimal balance between the length of the extracted answer and the accuracy of key term extraction. the observed rouge scores are summarized in table 1. table 2 also shows the result of the f-measure using pos tags. * https://www.kaggle.com/datasets/ananthu017/squad-csv-format hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 635 table 1. similarity scores of our proposed sentence extraction model max length of student answer extracted answer length similarity scores r1 r2 rl 100 40 0.432 0.410 0.384 60 0.449 0.399 0.391 130 40 0.489 0.399 0.391 70 0.512 0.493 0.384 table 2. result of f-measure using pos tags maximum length of student answer extracted answer length extracted key term similarity scores f-measure 100 40 0.81 0.84 60 0.85 0.82 130 40 0.84 0.86 60 0.91 0.84 the results of the sentence extraction model are shown in figure 5 showcases the effects of adjusting the summary length and student answers with varying lengths. the analysis involves examining the extracted lengths of 40 and 70, as well as the maximum or actual length of 100 and 130, using r1, r2, and rl to achieve improved outcomes. the sentence length for the extracted text has been set to a fixed value of 70, resulting in a notable improvement in the evaluation metrics. specifically, the achieved scores are 0.512 for r1, 0.493 for r2, and 0.384 for the rl score. figure 5. result of extractive summary with varying summary length and student answer the maximum length of the student’s answer is less than the threshold of 100 or 130. there is no need to process the first level. similarity scores are computed by varying the extracted summary length as 40 and 70. the following code (“summarizer (article, max_length=130, min_length=60)”) is to adjust the summary length. the proposed model results in minimum training time and better f1-score than the bert model. table 3 compare the result of our proposed model on the squad dataset in terms of bleu, meteor and rouge. a small increment in all these above values shows that our proposed model is better. table 4 shows test accuracy– epochs and 10 epochs with training time for dnn models. table 3. similarity compared result of our proposed model on the squad dataset model bleu meteor rouge bert 0.641 0.243 0.486 proposed assessment model 0.699 0.259 0.553 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 636 table 4. test accuracy– epochs and 10 epochs with training time he squad dataset models test accuracy (5epochs) test accuracy (10epochs) time to train epoch (seconds) bert 80.121 81.005 29.501 proposed assessment model 81.880 81.920 28.475 the subsequent phase involves identifying open (pos) tags for nouns, verbs, adverbs, and adjectives that align with the keywords discovered in the preceding step and shown in figure 6. figure 4(a) illustrates the utilization of text similarity cross-attention to extract keywords from the preceding level. conversely, figure 4(b) demonstrates the application of content similarity cross-attention for keyword extraction. the similarity score is calculated using the dot product to measure the focus between the extracted terms and the reference keywords or responses. the sigmoid activation function is afterwards employed to ascertain the relevance of the student’s response. in the computation of a final score, only questions that have received suitable responses are considered. tswf and cswf are introduced in our evaluation approach; however, they are only for partial scores. figure 6. extracted keywords using open (pos) tags 5.1. comparative analysis for short answers evaluating freestyle short answer assessments requires more sophisticated metrics than exact match (em) due to the variability in student responses. three effective alternatives are rouge, bleu, and meteor, considered with the f-measure to provide a robust evaluation. table 5 analyses the various metrics for answer evaluation. • rouge: useful for identifying common sequences and n-grams between student and reference answers. example: captures common sequences like “the cat sat on the mat” and “the cat is sitting on the mat.” • bleu: adapted for assessing the similarity in wording and structure between student and reference answers. example: measures similarity for phrases like “the quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog” and “a fast brown fox leaps over the lazy dog.” • meteor: handles paraphrased content effectively by recognizing semantic similarities. example: recognizes “the cat sat on the mat” and “the feline rested on the rug” as similar. open tags semantic feature space 1d o p en t a g s s em a n ti c f ea tu re s p a ce 2 d hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 637 table 5. comparative analysis for short answers on squad dataset author/year model em (%) rouge blue meteor muludi et al. (2024) [36] rag 0.568 liu et al. (2019) [37] roberta 88.9 yang et al. (2019) [38] xlnet 89 0.4820 chen et al. (2019) [39] bert 0.617 0.752 table 6 displays the subjective assessment pattern, wherein the values for tswf and cswf are 0.3 and 0.7, respectively. the computation of the sum score and product score involves utilizing the variables 𝛼 and 𝛽. a product will be awarded if it achieves a score greater than 80% of the maximum possible score. if the product’s score falls within the range of 50% to 80%, a score equivalent to half of the total will be assigned. conversely, if the product’s score falls from 0% to 50%, a mark of 25% will be allocated. the decision criteria for the supplied question were text similarity and content similarity, both of which were simple to grant partial marks for. table 6. subjective assessment pattern 6. conclusion our proposed method, which integrates attention-based transformer encoding with collaborative decision-making mechanisms, significantly advances automated subjective assessment for short-answer responses. this approach addresses the challenges of accurately ranking student responses by considering both semantic meaning and textual similarity. content summarizing extracts vital content, reducing duplicate or redundant information, significantly boosting training speed and reducing computational resources. in linguistic-based keyword extraction, the system analyzes context and word relationships to extract essential elements, allowing for deeper understanding. equitable assessment and grading are achieved by focusing on key elements and mitigating the influence of irrelevant information, resulting in fairer and more consistent grading practices. this approach removes bias based on writing style or superfluous details, ensuring all students compete equally. the strong performance on the squad dataset demonstrates its effectiveness. however, there are areas for further refinement. the success of our method hinges on careful keyword selection, which requires additional research to ensure its efficacy across diverse datasets. specifically, the ideal weighting of keywords within queries plays a crucial role in optimizing performance. therefore, our future efforts will focus on tackling these challenges. we aim to develop solutions that enhance the robustness and generalizability of our method, allowing it to be effectively applied to a wider range of assessment tasks. this includes refining keyword selection strategies and exploring weight distribution techniques that adapt to different datasets. by addressing these areas, we believe our method has the potential to become an even more powerful tool for improving automated subjective assessment. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, k.s.m.a. and p.s.; methodology, k.s.m.a., b.b., and s.p.; validation, b.b. and s.p.; formal analysis, s.p., d.c., and s.n.l.; investigation, s.p. and s.n.l.; resources, b.b., p.s., and s.p.; writing—original draft preparation, b.b., d.c., and s.p.; writing—review and editing, p.s. and k.s.m.a.; visualization, s.n.l.; supervision, p.s. and d.c.; project administration, k.s.m.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement publicly available datasets were analyzed in this study. this data can be found here: https://www.kaggle.com/datasets/ananthu017/squad-csv-format. sample answers similarities weight factor sum score proposed assessment model text similarity (𝛼) tswf = 0.3 (𝛼×0.3) semantic similarity (𝛽) sswf = 0.7 (𝛽×0.7) product score accurate marks 1 0.6 0.18 0.9 0.63 0.15 0.81 2 2 0.2 0.06 0.5 0.35 0.7 0.021 0.5 3 0.1 0.3 0.3 0.21 0.4 0.063 1 4 0.7 0.21 0.5 0.35 0.12 0.94 2 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 638 7.3. funding this research is supported by multimedia university, malaysia. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] liu, t., hu, y., wang, b., sun, y., gao, j., & yin, b. (2023). hierarchical graph convolutional networks for structured long document classification. ieee transactions on neural networks and learning systems, 34(10), 8071–8085. doi:10.1109/tnnls.2022.3185295. [2] ateeq, m. a., tiun, s., abdelhaq, h., & rahhal, n. (2024). arabic narrative question answering (qa) using transformer models. ieee access, 12, 2760 2777. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3348410. [3] paiva, j. c., leal, j. p., & figueira, á. (2022). automated assessment in computer science education: a state-of-the-art review. acm transactions on computing education, 22(3), 1–40. doi:10.1145/3513140. [4] ramesh, d., & sanampudi, s. k. (2022). an automated essay scoring system: a systematic literature review. artificial intelligence review, 55(3), 2495–2527. doi:10.1007/s10462-021-10068-2. [5] neshan, s. a. s., & akbari, r. (2020). a combination of machine learning and lexicon based techniques for sentiment analysis. 2020 6th international conference on web research, icwr 2020, 8–14. doi:10.1109/icwr49608.2020.9122298. [6] zhu, x., wu, h., & zhang, l. (2022). automatic short-answer grading via bert-based deep neural networks. ieee transactions on learning technologies, 15(3), 364–375. doi:10.1109/tlt.2022.3175537. [7] das, b., & majumder, m. (2017). factual open cloze question generation for assessment of learner’s knowledge. international journal of educational technology in higher education, 14(1), 1–12. doi:10.1186/s41239-017-0060-3. [8] sonai, k., anbananthen, m., mohamed, a., & elyasir, h. (2013). evolution of opinion mining. australian journal of basic and applied sciences, 7(6), 359–370. [9] leacock, c., chodorow, m., gamon, m., & tetreault, j. (2014). automated grammatical error detection for language learners, second edition. synthesis lectures on human language technologies: springer nature, 7(1), 149-151. doi:10.2200/s00562ed1v01y201401hlt025. [10] matsumori, s., okuoka, k., shibata, r., inoue, m., fukuchi, y., & imai, m. (2023). mask and cloze: automatic open cloze question generation using a masked language model. ieee access, 11, 9835–9850. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3239005. [11] feng, y., bagheri, e., ensan, f., & jovanovic, j. (2017). the state of the art in semantic relatedness: a framework for comparison. knowledge engineering review, 32, 10. doi:10.1017/s0269888917000029. [12] sahu, a., & bhowmick, p. k. (2020). feature engineering and ensemble-based approach for improving automatic shortanswer grading performance. ieee transactions on learning technologies, 13(1), 77–90. doi:10.1109/tlt.2019.2897997. [13] rosnelly, r., hartama, d., sadikin, m., lubis, c. p., simanjuntak, m. s., & kosasi, s. (2021). the similarity of essay examination results using preprocessing text mining with cosine similarity and nazief-adriani algorithms. turkish journal of computer and mathematics education, 12(3), 1415-1422. doi:10.17762/turcomat.v12i3.938. [14] wahyuningsih, t., henderi, & winarno. (2021). text mining an automatic short answer grading (asag), comparison of three methods of cosine similarity, jaccard similarity and dice’s coefficient. journal of applied data sciences, 2(2), 45–54. doi:10.47738/jads.v2i2.31. [15] anbananthen, k. s. m., kannan, s., busst, m. m. a., muthaiyah, s., & lurudusamy, s. n. (2022). typographic error identification and correction in chatbot using n-gram overlapping approach. journal of system and management sciences, 12(5), 91–104. doi:10.33168/jsms.2022.0506. [16] kaur, a., & sasi kumar, m. (2019). performance analysis of lsa for descriptive answer assessment. lecture notes in networks and systems, 74, 57–63. doi:10.1007/978-981-13-7082-3_8. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 639 [17] mardini g, i. d., quintero m, c. g., viloria n, c. a., percybrooks b, w. s., robles n, h. s., & villalba r, k. (2024). a deeplearning-based grading system (asag) for reading comprehension assessment by using aphorisms as open-answer-questions. education and information technologies, 29(4), 4565–4590. doi:10.1007/s10639-023-11890-7. [18] bexte, m., horbach, a., & zesch, t. (2023). similarity-based content scoring-a more classroom-suitable alternative to instancebased scoring?. in findings of the association for computational linguistics: acl 2023, 1892-1903. [19] bonthu, s., rama sree, s., & krishna prasad, m. h. m. (2023). improving the performance of automatic short answer grading using transfer learning and augmentation. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 123, 106292. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2023.106292. [20] lan, z., chen, m., goodman, s., gimpel, k., sharma, p., & soricut, r. (2020). albert: a lite bert for self-supervised learning of language representations. 8th international conference on learning representations, iclr 2020, 344-350, shenzhen, china. doi:10.1109/slt48900.2021.9383575. [21] klyuchnikov, n., trofimov, i., artemova, e., salnikov, m., fedorov, m., filippov, a., & burnaev, e. (2022). nas-bench-nlp: neural architecture search benchmark for natural language processing. ieee access, 10, 45736–45747. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3169897. [22] khodeir, n. a. (2021). bi-gru urgent classification for mooc discussion forums based on bert. ieee access, 9, 58243– 58255. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3072734. [23] raffel, c., shazeer, n., roberts, a., lee, k., narang, s., matena, m., zhou, y., li, w., & liu, p. j. (2020). exploring the limits of transfer learning with a unified text-to-text transformer. journal of machine learning research, 21(1), 5485–5551. [24] alec, r., jeffrey, w., rewon, c., david, l., dario, a., & ilya, s. (2019). language models are unsupervised multitask learners|enhanced reader. openai blog, 1(8), 9. [25] frantar, e., ashkboos, s., hoefler, t., & alistarh, d. (2023). optq: accurate post-training quantization for generative pretrained transformers. 11th international conference on learning representations, 1-16. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2210.17323. [26] la quatra, m., & cagliero, l. (2023). bart-it: an efficient sequence-to-sequence model for italian text summarization. future internet, 15(1), 15. doi:10.3390/fi15010015. [27] zhu, x., wu, h., & zhang, l. (2022). automatic short-answer grading via bert-based deep neural networks. ieee transactions on learning technologies, 15(3), 364–375. doi:10.1109/tlt.2022.3175537. [28] mikolov, t., sutskever, i., chen, k., corrado, g., & dean, j. (2013). distributed representations of words and phrases and their compositionality. arxiv, 1-9. arxiv:1310.4546. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1310.4546. [29] anbananthen, k. s. m., krishnan, j. k., sayeed, m. s., & muniapan, p. (2017). comparison of stochastic and rule-based pos tagging on malay online text. american journal of applied sciences, 14(9), 843–851. doi:10.3844/ajassp.2017.843.851. [30] žižovic, m., & pamucar, d. (2019). new model for determining criteria weights: level based weight assessment (lbwa) model. decision making: applications in management and engineering, 2(2), 126–137. doi:10.31181/dmame1902102z. [31] bhole, g. p., & deshmukh, t. (2018). multi-criteria decision making (mcdm) methods and its applications. international journal for research in applied science & engineering technology, 6(5), 899-915. [32] odu, g. o. (2019). weighting methods for multi-criteria decision-making technique. journal of applied sciences and environmental management, 23(8), 1449. doi:10.4314/jasem.v23i8.7. [33] fabbri, a. r., kryściński, w., mccann, b., xiong, c., socher, r., & radev, d. (2021). summeval: re-evaluating summarization evaluation. transactions of the association for computational linguistics, 9, 391–409. doi:10.1162/tacl_a_00373. [34] barbella, m., & tortora, g. (2022). rouge metric evaluation for text summarization techniques. ssrn electronic journal, 131. doi:10.2139/ssrn.4120317. [35] saadany, h., & orăsan, c. (2022). bleu, meteor, bertscore: evaluation of metrics performance in assessing critical translation errors in sentiment-oriented text. translation and interpreting technology online, 48–56. doi:10.26615/978-954452-071-7_006. [36] muludi, k., fitria, k. m., triloka, j., & sutedi. (2024). retrieval-augmented generation approach: document question answering using large language model. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 15(3), 776– 785. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2024.0150379. [37] liu, y., ott, m., goyal, n., du, j., joshi, m., chen, d., levy, o., lewis, m., zettlemoyer, l., & stoyanov, v. (2019). roberta: a robustly optimized bert pretraining approach. arxiv preprint, arxiv:1907.11692. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1907.11692. [38] yang, z., dai, z., yang, y., carbonell, j., salakhutdinov, r., & le, q. v. (2019). xlnet: generalized autoregressive pretraining for language understanding. advances in neural information processing systems, 32, 5754– 5764. [39] chen, a., stanovsky, g., singh, s., & gardner, m. (2019). evaluating question answering evaluation. mrqa@emnlp 2019 proceedings of the 2nd workshop on machine reading for question answering, 119–124. doi:10.18653/v1/d19-5817. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 183 issn: 2723-9535 quasi-viral technologies as the drivers of the economy digital transformation towards sustainability leonid melnyk 1 , lászló vasa 2* , satyanand singh 3* , oleksandr kubatko 1 , lyudmila kalinichenko 4 1 department of economics, entrepreneurship and business administration, sumy state university, 40007 sumy, ukraine. 2 faculty of economics, széchenyi istvan university, győr, hungary. 3 department of electronics, ins. & control engineering, college of engineering and tvet, fiji national university, fiji. 4 department of economics and management, v.n. karazin kharkiv national university, kharkiv, 61022, ukraine. received 17 october 2024; revised 15 february 2025; accepted 21 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract the relevance of the article is related to the phenomenon of quasi-viral technologies, which are the drivers of the phase transition to sustainable development. the study is aimed at defining the category “quasi-viral emerging technology”, as well as the disclosure of their content and form, and the analysis of the features in the conditions of digital transformations. the research method is based on the analysis of transformational changes in the components of the trialectic mechanism of the reproduction of socio-economic systems, which occur under the influence of quasi-viral sustainable technologies. the article defines the quasi-viral process of spreading emerging technologies as a transformational process of the informational component replacement within the technological base by methods imitating the course of viral infection. the signs of quasi-viral processes are formulated on several levels: “infection” due to a change in the information algorithm; substantial user preferences; lack of sufficient barriers; significant potential to increase users; and disruptive efficiency. signs of quasi-viral technologies have the following types of innovations: renewable energy, 3d printing, electric transport, energy storage, it technologies, digital recording of information, cloud technologies, etc. the authors hypothesize the possibility of using entropy estimates as the only measure of approximating the results of the implementation of quasi-viral technologies to the state of sustainability in society and nature. the expected results of the spread of quasi-viral technologies can be significant dematerialization of industrial metabolism, provision of functions of self-organization and self-improvement of social systems, preservation of biodiversity and ecosystems of the planet, and formation of the foundations of sustainable development. keywords: quasi-viral; sustainable technology; digital transformation; driver; transition; digital economy; information algorithm. 1. introduction the new wave of technical rivalry and the global industrial revolution give green technological innovation more importance because of the environment's degradation. green technology innovation encompasses the development of new products, services, and management approaches [1]. it is a key component in achieving sustainable development and is a sign of productivity, sustainability, and a decrease in negative effects on the manufacturing process [2, 3]. there * corresponding author: laszlo.vasa@hiia.hu; yogitechno@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-013  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. mailto:laszlo.vasa@hiia.hu https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7824-0678 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3805-0244 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7707-031x https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6396-5772 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9847-8448 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 184 are not legally mandated outdoor (ambient) air quality regulations in one-third of the world's countries. when such regulations are in place, the requirements are frequently out of step with the recommendations of the world health organization (who). furthermore, among the nations that do have the authority to enact ambient air quality guidelines, at least 31% have not done so yet. these are some of the main conclusions of the un environment programme's (unep) first-ever evaluation of air quality laws and regulations. there is an increasing emphasis on how environmental regulation may meet the ecological concerns, since manufacturing and industrial processes account for one-quarter of greenhouse gases (ghgs) emissions [4]. in addition to academic research, regional and international organizations like the un, g7, and brics have worked to reach an environmental agreement to support the preservation of ecological sustainability [5]. people are more concerned about local events that affect the short-term future and pay less attention to events on a larger scale. local events can be considered separately from events at a larger spatial time scale. one of the most striking illustrations of the above is climate change, the consequences of which already started to affect the lives of millions of people globally. the climate change processes around the world resemble the entropy dissemination processes in physics, which were opened more than one century ago. entropy characterizes the probability that the macroscopic state of the system will be realized and pointed to the fact that in nature, the processes of irreversible dissipation of energy are more probable than the opposite processes of energy concentration. this is very close to another concept of entropy as a measure of chaos or disorder. for that reason, the entropic concept could be used in environmental economics to estimate the efficiency of economic processes with respect to physical and biological laws [6]. the paper provides the environmental analysis of socio-natural processes and estimates the "entropic value" of economic activity. on this scientific basis, one of the most important principles of sustainable development can be implemented: “think globally— act locally”. digital local finances have the potential to expedite loan applications, reduce credit assessment costs, and create new funding streams for business innovation [7]. it reduces the financial services threshold, broadens the scope of financial services, and aids in fostering corporate technological innovation [8]. conversely, green technology innovation can help companies achieve their sustainability development goals, increase their competitiveness, and open new markets. according to brawn and wield, green technology innovation refers to production and manufacturing techniques that can reduce the use of resources like energy and raw materials as well as pollution of the environment [9]. the transfer of corporate green knowledge into environmental performance is facilitated by the application of green technological innovation [10]. it increases productivity and lessens the degradation of the environment [11]. most of the literature now in publication on green technology innovation also discusses environmental regulation. zhu et al. came to the conclusion that sensible environmental laws would support the development of green technologies [12]. on the basis of porter's thesis, several researchers have verified that environmental regulations can stimulate the development of green technology [13–16]. however, lin et al. [17] came to the conclusion that environmental legislation impeded the advancement of green technologies. they said that companies that pollute a lot have to pay more to comply with restrictions. environmental policy and green technology innovation are shifting in a u-shaped way, according to behera et al. [13]. numerous academics also investigate green technology innovation from various angles. green finance has the potential to boost corporate green technology innovation, according to na et al. [18]. furthermore, the advancement of green innovation depends on economic growth [19]. furthermore, government subsidies significantly increase industrial firms' incentives to explore green innovation [20]. pedro et al. provided evidence that businesses could increase the intensity of their r&d investment to foster green innovation activities [21]. zhao et al. investigated the relationship between green innovation and board size. the results show that increasing the number of board members can facilitate the adoption of a green innovation strategy and increase the scope and transparency of innovation [22]. furthermore, the expanded producer responsibility program has greatly aided in the advancement of green technology innovation [23]. moreover, carbon dioxide emissions can be reduced with the use of green technology innovation [24–26]. currently, humanity is undergoing a transformative phase towards a new socio-economic formation, which should provide the prerequisites for the sustainable development of civilization. this transition co-occurs in the conditions of three interconnected industrial revolutions: industries 3.0, 4.0, and 5.0. each revolution possesses distinct contextual conditions for the occurrence and development of events. together, they form the systemic essence of the mechanisms and factors of a profound change in the principles of human civilization's existence on earth and its relationships with the planet's biosphere. primarily, this entails achieving a sustainable equilibrium between nature and society. the critical task that solves the implementation of industry 3.0 is solving the problems of the global environmental crisis and achieving such development through the transition from subtractive to additive principles of the functioning of socio-economic systems. additive technologies are characterized by their ability to extract only the necessary resources from nature while minimizing waste generation. the primary objective of industry 4.0 is to ensure the functioning of additive manufacturing with extremely high information complexity. to achieve this, a widespread adoption of cyber-physical systems within the production process is necessary. on the other hand, industry 5.0 focuses on advancing societal development through a synergetic combination of the unique personal characteristics and cognitive potential of cyber-physical systems and artificial intelligence. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 185 a characteristic feature of the phase transition process is the quasi-viral nature of new disruptive technologies spread, unprecedented in terms of content and form. it requires fundamentally new approaches to the management in space and time of the corresponding processes of implementing the mentioned industrial revolutions. this determines the relevance to study the fundamentally new content and form of the essence of socio-economic phenomena. however, the extant scientific literature lacks a comprehensive study of fundamentally new economic systems that resemble the quasi-viral nature of the spread of sustainable innovations during the current phase transition to a new socio-economic formation. addressing this gap is precisely the objective set by the authors of the article. this research is relevant as it addresses the imperative of establishing fundamentally new mechanisms to effectively manage the processes of creating prerequisites for innovation emergence, facilitating their widespread adoption, and adapting social institutions accordingly. 2. theoretical background disruptive technological innovations are the key driving force of socio-economic transition and could be viewed as an intensification of anti-entropic activity. disruptive technologies fundamentally change the character of the productive forces, which naturally causes the transformation of social institutions. the anti-entropic potential of the earth functions in a similar way as any multistage reactor. its efficiency depends on the efficiency of each of the stages and the functioning of the inter-stage transitions (transmissions, transactions). according to one definition, entropy is a measure of disorder in a system. it can also be interpreted as a measure of the lack of information to bring it to the maximum possible order [27]. in other words, the higher the entropy, the greater the disorder. another definition relates entropy to the decrease in the ability of a system's energy to do work [28]. the research by melnyk [6] considered these concepts in more detail. thus, entropy brings us closer to interpreting systemformation processes through the trialectic mechanism of its reproduction in the interaction processes of three groups of system-forming factors: material, informational, and synergetic. a decrease in entropy in the system increases the creative potential of the specified trialectic mechanism and vice versa: an increase in entropy leads to a deterioration in the functional activity of the identified factors and the entire system. the above is true for any type of system, including environmental and economic ones. entropy is one of the fundamental concepts that characterize natural processes. it was first introduced in the framework of thermodynamics to describe the state of a thermodynamic system and to quantify the irreversible energy dissipation [29–31]. this is, in particular, formalized by a clausius statement: “heat cannot spontaneously pass from a less heated body to a warmer one”. in a closed system, entropy tends to evolve to a maximum, and the system itself tends to move towards its equilibrium. after all, the closer the system is to the thermodynamic equilibrium, the smaller the difference in energy potentials between the parts of the system, and the less it is able to cause any type of motion and perform work, which ultimately is the criterion for the ordering of the system. one of the prerequisites for the order of the system is a potential difference between parts of the system or between the system and the external environment. the connection between entropy and information is not accidental. entropy is a measure of the disorder in a system. this can be interpreted as a measure of the lack of information on ordering the system. the further the system is from its equilibrium state, the less likely it would become itself again. the presence of all three types of ordering (material-energy, informational, and synergetic) is necessary as an anti-entropic activity of open stationary systems. the increasing order mechanism in open stationary systems acts at different organizational levels (microphysical, geochemical, biosphere, and social), increasing the anti-entropic potential [6]. open stationary systems only exist and develop when they show a decrease in entropy by imports of "order" (energy, resources, information) from the external environment to the system. according to schrödinger’s apt expression: “it [a living organism] can remain alive only by constantly extracting negative entropy from its environment ...” [32]. consequently, the biosphere acts as a reactor that processes waste and restores the quality of the environment for socio-economic systems; biological organisms exist under the conditions of the geochemical environment. the lower the efficiency of the systems of the upper level, the more entropy they drop for the lower level, and the more investment is needed in anti-entropy activity. the risk that this load exceeds the carrying capacity of the systems receiving it. the consequences may be: first, a decrease in the rate of anti-entropic activity, and second, the degradation and/or destruction of systems at both levels. numerous examples illustrate the degradation of the biosphere's assimilation potential. if the adjustments of the biosphere systems lead to replacing biological species, the improvement of the public sphere is assured through socio-economic changes during social revolutions, after which a transition to a new social structure occurs. humanity entered the era of the next transition to a new socio-economic status. this transition phase is implemented during three industrial revolutions at the same time—industries 3.0, 4.0, and 5.0. the transition stages in combination with the change in the anti-entropic potential are the pace of the transformation processes. disruptive technologies serve as catalysts for transformative phase transition, bringing innovative changes in production and product consumption methods, design practices, communication channels, knowledge sharing, and the skills of employees. thus, the transition to machine production, the electrification of production systems and people's lives, the introduction of flow lines, the computerization of society, and other innovations fundamentally changed the conditions of people's lives and activities. disruptive technologies lie at the root of all essential innovations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 186 the development of economic systems is linked to the emergence and spread of innovations. at the same time, revolutionary, qualitative changes are determined precisely by disruptive technologies. thanks to them, the efficiency of the system's functioning is increased by leaps and bounds (times or even tens of times). such is the transition of photography and filmmaking to digital technologies, which made it possible to reduce the cost of the relevant processes tenfold. in addition, new functional possibilities have opened up—for example, instant image transmission over long distances. the dynamic characteristics of the spread of innovations play a vital role. they determine the peculiarities of changes in economic systems over time and patterns of transformation of system components (algorithm, program of actions, characteristic recurring periods). as a rule, the trend concept is primarily associated with information characteristics. such factors are direction, orientation, and vector. however, the system's state, which is summarized by the trend of its development, inevitably affects two more components of the trialectic mechanism of system formation, namely, its material and synergetic ones. starting first determines the energy potential of the system and its ability to perform power functions. the second defines the connections that integrate the system's individual components into a single system whole, as well as connect the system itself with the external environment. the diagram in figure 1 illustrates three technological factors that are essential for the development of an additive economy during the transition to a new socio-economic phase. these factors are grouped based on their roles in driving this transformation. it's important to note that these groups are interdependent, as each factor's influence arises from the interaction of multiple underlying principles. the technological factors are influenced by three natural principles: material, informational, and synergetic. figure 1. basic technological factors that create prerequisites for the formation of sustainable economy the material principle represents the physical and tangible aspects of technological advancements, such as resources and production capacities. the informational principle pertains to data, knowledge, and digitization processes that enhance technological efficiency and innovation. finally, the synergetic principle refers to the combined effects and collaborative interactions between technologies, leading to emergent properties that drive economic growth and transformation. although these technological factors are categorized into specific groups for analytical clarity, their full potential can only be realized through the interaction and integration of all three principles. the combined influence of material, informational, and synergetic factors forms the foundation for the emerging additive economy, enabling economies to evolve toward more sustainable, efficient, and innovation-driven structures. 3. results the modern transition to a new socio-economic state is accompanied by a surge of anti-entropic activity due to a significant increase in the efficiency of production and consumption. intensification of anti-entropic activity results in a significant reduction of the anthropogenic impact on the natural environment due to a decrease in the energy intensity  internet communication  satellite navigation  horizontal networks  smart control systems  virtual enterprises digital sustainable transformations  renewable energy  renewable material basis  large-scale energy accumulation  3d printing  electric transport  industrial, agricultural production  it technologies  digital identification  principles of additive technologies  artificial intelligence  internet of things  digital doubles  digitalization of the economy  "cloud" technologies synergetic factors hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 187 and dematerialization of the production. as a consequence, socio-economic systems export less entropy to ecosystems. when the negative consequences on the environment are reduced and the efficiency of the production process increases, the total entropic activity is reduced, and this contributes to negative entropy. the estimation of anti-entropic activity could be performed from the two viewpoints. the first one relates to the direct impact of industrial activities on the natural environment and humans. the second one relates to the environmental consequences associated with the previous stages of production, i.e., materialized in the resources and energy used for this process. this research showed that the processes of the spread of modern disruptive technological innovations (intensification of anti-entropic activity) have specific properties that make them similar to the methods of epidemic phenomena of viral diseases spread. therefore, the phenomenon can be called a quasi-viral spread of technological innovations. figure 2 presents a comparative analysis of the spread of the covid-19 disease by month in ukraine and changes in various indicators related to the spread of modern sustainable technologies. experiencing the covid-19 virus in quarantine, little attention was provided to the universality of its properties. the basis of any formation relates to productive forces, of which the information core is technology. from the entropy point of view, two technological principles are important for socio-economic systems: the principle of obtaining energy and the principle of material processing. the lower the specific production of entropy (per unit of production) in each process, the lower the stress on the natural systems supporting the process, and the higher the efficiency of the functioning of an anti-entropic socionatural potential. the transformation processes reveal signs of a quasi-viral phenomenon. the main of these features is that information determines the edges of the system and becomes the subject of influence. the critical factor in a biological organism is the cell nucleus containing the genetic code. in the economic system, this function is performed by the production, which ensures the implementation of the information code of the existing formation. for the economic system, the virus "infecting" the economic systems is innovation. currently, the system (as in the case of a biological organism) has insufficient time to develop an "antidote" (effective mechanisms of negative feedback) to neutralize the virus. disruptive technologies provide a basis to compare the spread of technological innovations with the processes of virus spread during pandemics. (a) the spread of covid-19 in ukraine in 2020 (b) yearly data on the spread of private spps in ukraine [33] 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 120000 01 april 20 april 10 may 1 june 20 june 10 july 1 august 20 august 10 september 1 october 20 october 10 november 244 298 1309 3553 8843 25000 44888 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000 40000 45000 50000 1 u n it s 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 188 (c) yearly data on the distribution of electric cars in ukraine (d) yearly data on the number of freelancers in ukraine figure 2. a comparative analysis of the covid-19 virus spread dynamics and the adoption of sustainable technologies in ukraine the data in table 1 illustrates the significant growth and adoption of various critical and innovative technologies from 2010 to 2020. these indicators provide insights into the expansion of digital connectivity, energy transition, electric mobility, and automation, reflecting transformative technological progress in multiple sectors. this data underscores the rapid diffusion of innovative technologies driven by digitalization, sustainability efforts, and advances in automation, collectively shaping modern industries and societal functions. table 1. dynamics of several indicators that show the critical, innovative technologies spreading (the table is based on references [34–50] no. indicator year / value 2010 2020 1 unique mobile phone users (millions) 3250 5170 2 pc users (millions) 1300 5200 3 internet users (millions) 2023 4930 4 social media users (millions) 970 4000 5 renewable energy share, (without hydro, %) 5 15 6 world energy storage capacity (gw/gwh) 2/4 12/21 7 number of electric cars (globally, thousands) 17 10500 8 3d printers (thousands) 3 700 9 industrial robots (thousands) 1200 3000 1026 2171 4458 10107 19911 37100 43882 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 number of electric cars y e a r 58 91 157 259 470 897 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 f r e e la n c e rs , o n e p e r t h o u sa n d s o f p e o p le year 2013 2014 2015 2016 2018 2020 2021 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 189 the conducted research allowed us to formulate the regularities of the technological innovations spread in general and the peculiarities of the quasi-viral nature of the current process. any qualitative changes, like the functioning of the technological complex, leading to technical revolutions, begin with introducing a new technological principle from the outside into the existing production system, which changes the information algorithm of the transformation of materials, energy, and information during the production process. this bear resembles the process of infecting the body with a virus, which, penetrating the body, changes the informational algorithm of metabolism, including the exchange of substances, energy, and information within the body. when creating startups, this innovation can originate from individual inventors, the scientific realm, specialized engineering organizations, or associations comprising experts from different fields. a change in the information algorithm which serves as a guiding principle in production technology necessitates the restructuring of other components within the trialectic mechanism involved in the formation of a technological complex. these components include the material basis, synergetic factors (connections, communications), and the general reproductive phenomenon of the technological complex, as shown in figure 3. figure 3. scheme of technological innovation impact on the trialectic mechanism of forming a technological complex the application and adoption of modern sustainable innovations have reached unprecedented levels, exhibiting similarities to the rapid spread of viral diseases. the comparative analysis of these phenomena made it possible to formulate a definition of the quasi-viral nature of the reach of technological innovations and systematize the critical features of this process. the quasi-viral nature of the technological innovations spread should be recognized as the development of transformational processes due to the anticipatory change of the informational component of the technological complex (the fundamental principle of its functioning) using methods that simulate the course of viral infection. the key features or signs of the quasi-viral spread of innovative technologies as formulated by the authors are depicted in figure 4. the main features of the quasi-viral spread of technological innovations are: (i) the leading component of technology change is the informational factor, not the material one. new technology wins not because it is more powerful or productive but because it is much more efficient (sometimes many times) than the existing one. this happened with the implementation of technologies for the performance of solar power plants (particularly those built on pv effects). after the introduction of information about new technological principles into the system of electricity production, designs for their material embodiment began to be developed, based on which capacities for mass production of fundamentally new types of equipment for electricity generation were created. new technologies have brought about a significant transformation in the foundational elements of synergy, encompassing organizational ties, communications, and industrial relations. reproduction phenomenon introduction of technological innovation (technological quasi-infection) synergetic component material component information component hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 190 one notable shift is the transition from traditionally centralized large-scale electricity production enterprises to a more decentralized model comprising small-scale production units, such as solar panels, which are seamlessly integrated into unified information and energy networks. this ongoing process means a shift from spatial concentration, enabling a distributed and interconnected energy system. figure 4. key features of the quasi-viral spread of disruptive sustainable innovations (ii) quasiviral sustainable technology demonstrates its economic, social, and environmental advantages, making it extremely attractive to a wide range of potential users. (iii) traditional technology that is currently widely used is not able to compete with the new one due to the mentioned advantages of the latter. similarly, the body usually cannot initially defend itself against the virus. in a series of examples that illustrate the specified feature, one of the first places belongs to digital photography, which became the result of two technologies: chemical analog photography and the instant polaroid photo. at kodak, a well-known company in the field of photo production, the sales of the film reached a peak in 2001, after which it began to decline. from 2000 to 2010, the need for cinema decreased ten times. in the early 2010s, the reduction became an avalanche. in 2012, the company filed for bankruptcy. another well-known company, polaroid, shared the fate of kodak. the company specialized in fast photography. in 1970–1980, it gained tremendous popularity. thanks to patent protection, the company felt almost no pressure from competitors for practically three decades. in the early 2000s, the polaroid company also went bankrupt, unable to withstand competition from digital photography, the spread of which was quasi-viral. the decisive role was played by the colossal advantages of digital technologies, which did not require either film or reagents at all whiles having several fundamentally new functional capabilities compared to traditional competitors (instant image acquisition, dematerialization of the processes of transfer and storage of prints, preservation of high image quality, minimization expenses). (iv) viral sustainable technology is able to spread among a much more comprehensive range of users than its alternative counterparts (traditional technologies). in particular, solar and wind power plants, as well as 3d printers, can be used by ordinary private users. while traditional energy and traditional machine-building technologies are suitable only for use in large-scale industrial production. (v) quasiviral sustainable technology has significant economic advantages: relatively cheap implementation, affordable implementation costs to many users, and quick payback of invested costs. (vi) informational signals regarding the profitability of the implementation and use of quasi-viral sustainable technologies can be transmitted directly from the user to the user. (vii) the progressive (avalanche-like) nature of the processes of the spread of quasi-viral technologies is observed when in short periods, there is a significant increase in the intensity of the use of quasi-viral technologies (in particular, the number of users increases significantly). (viii) with the quasi-viral sustainable spread of technologies, positive feedback mechanisms regarding changes in the state of the economic system prevail. the system does not have time to react to the changes taking place and balance its shape due to the use of harmful feedback mechanisms. we can name several modern productions that have signs of viral technologies: signs of quasi-viral technologies spread the direct distribution between users avalanche-like nature of distribution the predominant effect of positive feedback disruptive efficiency significant user benefits lack of sufficient barriers "infection" due to a change in the information algorithm considerable potential for increasing the number of users hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 191  renewable energy (solar, wind, bio);  3d printing;  electric transport;  accumulation of energy;  it technologies;  digital technologies in photo and film production;  internet of things;  smart management system;  artificial intelligence;  virtual and augmented reality;  cloud technologies. here are the top 5 emerging technologies that showed themselves to the maximum in 2023, and which, thanks to their functional properties, promise to turn into viral breakthrough technologies (see table 2). table 2. top 5 sustainable technologies of 2023, which, thanks to their functional properties, promise to turn into viral breakthrough technologies (based on [51–53]) the name of the technology characteristics flexible batteries  key advantages: flexibility, can be easily twisted, bent, stretched, ability to recharge.  fields of application: health monitoring (in wearable medical devices and biometric sensors), flexible displays, “smart” clothing, flexible watches, environmental monitoring.  beneficiary sectors (potential beneficiaries): people, industry, economy, social sphere (social sphere), ecosystems (ecosystems).  market outlook: the global flexible battery market is projected to grow by 23% annually through 2027, at approximately $50 million per year. the main drivers of growth are the proliferation of wearable devices and trends in the miniaturization and flexibility of electronics. generative ai  fields of application: scientific activity, the space industry (in particular, the time of creating flight instruments can be reduced by 10 times with the improvement of product quality), architecture, design of premises and household appliances, engineering, food industry, journalism, health care, ecology.  market prospects: the development of ai has enormous market prospects; if in 2023 the global ai market was estimated at $57 billion, then by 2025 it is forecast at the level of $190 billion. wearable plant sensors  key advantages: allow continuous individual monitoring of plant parameters (temperature, humidity, content of substances); in combination with ai, opportunities are created for optimizing irrigation, fertilizers, herbicides and pesticides, as well as detecting early signs of diseases; significant minimization of dimensions and low energy consumption; allow to reduce costs in agricultural production while increasing productivity and improving product quality.  fields of application: agricultural production, forestry, control of ecosystems.  projected result of implementation: 70% increase in global food production. space omics  key advantages: makes it possible to detect deviations in the work of organs at the molecular level; advanced visualization methods are combined with high-resolution dna sequencing; extracting from a certain organ its particles the size of only one cell (cell) makes it possible to observe cell architecture and biological processes in unprecedented detail.  fields of application: health care, scientific activity, veterinary medicine, agricultural production, ecosystem control.  market prospects: the possibility of receiving revenues from the implementation of the technology in 2030 is predicted to be $587 million. designer phages  key advantages : allow you to fight against harmful viruses and bacteria with the help of useful programmed viruses phages ; when an organism is infected with bacteria or viruses, a bioengineered virus a phage , which is able to carry out a bioengineered set of genetic instructions and change the functions of harmful bacteria and viruses, is found in them; as a result, a therapeutic molecule is created or harmful bacteria or viruses become sensitive to the drug.  fields of application: scientific activity, health care, agricultural production, plant breeding, veterinary medicine, ecosystem control.  market outlook: phage therapy is attracting significant venture capital as it has the potential to revolutionize human, animal and plant health monitoring. the spread of these technologies demonstrates synergetic effects. when these technologies are implemented in the same temporal field, they exhibit the properties of mutual reinforcement of actions. as a result, their distribution processes are accelerated compared to their autonomous distribution. together, the indicated cluster of innovations is a hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 192 decisive driving force for implementing a phase transition through the processes of modern industrial revolutions: industries 3.0, 4.0, and 5.0 towards ensuring sustainable development. 4. discussion the conducted studies need to provide an opportunity to give an unequivocal answer to several questions. one of them is “to what extent phenomena with signs of quasi-viral spread, which have a different nature of their formation, but occur next to each other in space and time, are related to each other”? three different types of phenomena can be named: first, the epidemic of covid-19; second, the processes of diffusion of technological innovations are interconnected; third, various social phenomena. the latter include, for example, the mass spread of freelancing with the activation of intellectual and creative components of human capital. the covid-19 pandemic also led to the transformation of economic relations in the direction of digitalization, automation, real-time tracking of technological and economic processes, reduction of specific costs, and improvement of system functioning efficiency. on the other hand, the specified technological innovations contribute to solving complex economic, social, and environmental problems. they also bring the achievement of the sustainable development goals closer. the study of mutual relations between the results of the digitalization of production systems and the transformation of the social status of human capital deserves special attention. first, we are talking about a significant increase in intellectualization, creativity, and personalization. a separate manifestation of this is the extremely rapid rate of spread and development of freelancing. in this, it is possible to trace, on the one hand, the influence of quasi-viral processes of the reach of modern technological innovations on the conditions of human activity. thanks to this, highly favorable opportunities for human self-organization in the global space of economic activity are created. on the other hand, the change in the social status of human capital and a person's working conditions are beginning to play the role of catalyzing and accelerating the processes of creating and spreading technological innovations. a new intellectualized person begins to request a higher information level of production systems. another subject of research should be the cause-and-effect relationships of these issues with sustainable development goals. prerequisites are created for achieving the key objective of sustainable development, namely the priority social development of a person. this is also a direct goal of the implementation of industry 5.0. determining the degree of mutual connection between individual components of various cluster processes of the spread of technological innovations is also debatable. the analysis showed an abnormally close timing of the start of the reach of technological innovations, primarily for the creation of the internet of things (table 3). its formation is the core of industry 4.0. the decisive events that marked the beginning of the spread of twelve critical technologies necessary for the formation of the internet of things (for example, the appearance on sale of the prototype of a vital device for this technology) took place almost simultaneously with a difference of 1-3 years. seven of these 12 events happened in 1973. such close timing of the start of the spreading processes of these technological innovations necessitates the need to conduct more in-depth research into the cause-and-effect relationships of the occurrence of such a weird phenomenon, given that the cycles of their creation took place at different times, in other countries, by various authors. in particular, the first computer was created in great britain, the internet and gps in the usa, wi-fi in new zealand, and the 3d printer in japan. these mentioned cycles represent highly complex and long-lasting phenomena, which include the invention of the basic principle, bringing it to materialization in a concrete product, the development of industrial design, adaptation to the conditions of mass consumption and sale, etc. attention should be paid to the complex nature of the dynamics of the processes of spreading technological innovations and developing relevant trends. at the same time, once a trend is established, its flow begins to influence the configuration of other interrelated trends, which are necessary for the dissemination of technological inno vations. the reason is that the primary trend begins to impose its demands on its underlying subtends, which ensure its formation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 193 table 3. dates and events related to technological innovations for the iot creation no. technology year / event critical start of technology the build starts for the iot 1 personal computer [54] 1973 release of the prototype 2010 1,5 billion users 2 internet [54–56] 1973 international status 2010 2 billion users 3 mobile phone [54, 57] 1973 release of the prototype 2010 about 3 billion subscribers 4 wi-fi [58, 59] 1971 the first realization of the idea 2009 adopting of official standards 5 renewable energy [60, 61] 1971 the first cases of renewable energy use 2010 world ses capacity is 1 gw 6 3d printer [62, 63] 1981 release of the prototype 2010 a kidney is printed 7 digital technology [64, 65] 1973 industrial digital recording of information 2010 98% of digital information 8 artificial intelligence [66, 67] 1972 prolog is created 2010 artificial brains, antibodies, neurons 9 rfid tags [68, 69] 1973 the first demonstration 2010 wide distribution (libraries, shops, passports) 10 gps [70, 71] 1973 initiating the program 2010 civil status 11 robot [72] 1968 production of industrial design 2010 wide distribution 12 drone [73] 1969 production of industrial prototypes 2010 widely used in many sectors 13 “cloud” [74, 75] 1972 the virtual 2011 standards adopted internet of things 2012 start of the cycle the results of the spread of specified clusters of technological innovations in the processes of the current phase transition cause qualitative changes in economic systems, the most significant manifestations of which are:  transition to renewable material and energy resources.  formation of a circular economy.  dematerialization of industrial metabolism (production processes and communication links);  mass use of efficient energy storage technologies.  formation of functions of self-optimization and self-improvement of technical systems based on artificial intelligence.  achieving the goals of biodiversity conservation and ecosystem preservation.  control over processes in society and nature through the “cloud”.  transition to the goals of priority social development on a person's basis. as we can see, various indicators, which can be called entropy prices, create a criterion basis for a generalized assessment of the results of the spread of technological innovations and approaching the achievement of sustainable development goals. the similar quasi-viral character of development could be seen for other recent technologies (including, pc users, internet users, social media users, global storage capacity, etc.) (see figure 5). the assumption of such a general goal of realizing a significant number of divers in terms of content and form of manifestation of technological innovations determines the existence of a universal concrete criterion for achieving such a goal. one of the most appropriate categories for this is the entropy index the specified changes will contribute to the activation of human anti-entropy activity, which, in particular, will be accompanied by a sharp increase in human information production and a reduction in the impact on the material components of the planet's biosphere. the latter will bring the formation of prerequisites for sustainable development closer. we will give only a few examples. since 2010, the amount of global data produced by humans has increased 60 times, from 2 zettabytes to 120 zettabytes in 2023 [76] (a similar increase can be considered as another quasi-viral process). according to our consolidated estimates, the specific economic losses from violating biosphere components hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 194 over the entire cycle of production and consumption of 1 kwh of electricity in fuel energy are 13-22 times higher than in renewable energy. this indicator is a first approximation as the entropy price of production and consumption of a unit of such a product as electricity. with a more detailed consideration of all the components of the formation of the specified indicator, this difference can increase to dozens of times. the total estimate of specific environmental and economic losses per unit of material products manufactured by the 3d printing method is 5-7 times lower than in traditional production processes. figure 5. quasi-viral character of recent technological development 5. future research two key directions for further research are: the first direction is related to answering an important question: is there a common goal (a kind of attractor) towards which civilization is heading in implementing the specified cluster of technological innovations? the second direction depends on the answer to the first. if the set goal exists, what is the general nature of measuring its achievement? as a working hypothesis, the authors express the opinion that such a goal (conditionally – a common attractor) to which the implementation of the specified phase transition to a new socio-economic formation approach exists. at the abstract level, it can be formulated as achieving sustainable development. the desire to reduce reliance on fossil fuels and combat climate change has made the shift to renewable energy a central focus of global energy strategies during the past few decades. this study highlights important shifts and patterns in the consumption of renewable energy from 1965 to 2023 in several different nations and areas. 1 2 2000 150000 -50000 0 50000 100000 150000 200000 250000 300000 350000 2000 2010 2020 2030 (projected) ai training computation (pflops-days) [46] 6 13 30 75 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 1 2 3 4 5 global iot-connected devices (billions)[47] 0 0 4 15 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 2000 2010 2020 2030 (projected) chatbot interactions (daily, billions) 742 1200 3000 20000 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000 40000 45000 2000 2010 2020 2030 (projected) industrial robots [41–43] 0.00 0.25 1.25 2.22 -0.50 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 2000 2010 2020 2030 (projected) global cryptocurrency market cap (usd billions) [52-53] 18 160 2390 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 2010 2020 2030 (projected) global cloud storage capacity (usd billions) [54-55] hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 195 globally, the proportion of primary energy consumption derived from renewable sources has increased to 14.56% in 2023 from 6.45% in 1965, a shift of 126%. significant gains have been seen in some regions, such as south america and central america. south america's share increased by 250% to 38.35%, while the combined share of central and south america increased by 268% to 35.39%. this suggests that these areas have a strong dedication to renewable energy, which is probably encouraged by the abundance of natural resources like hydroelectric power. a comparative analysis of renewable and non-renewable sources across regions is depicted in figure 6. the figure offers a comprehensive overview of the global energy landscape, illustrating the consumption and production patterns of both renewable and non-renewable energy sources across different regions in 2024.  notable national performances: the country with the largest relative rise in the share of renewable energy was belgium, where it went from almost zero (0.19%) to 12.53%, an astounding 6331% increase. hungary too experienced an incredible rise, going from 0.12% to 10.98%—a 9057% relative growth that is among the biggest ever observed. the share of renewable energy in the uk went from 0.59% to 20.52%, a 3385% relative rise that indicates a huge shift in policy in favor of renewables.  major changes: both canada and brazil, who are resource-rich nations, have raised their investments in renewable energy dramatically; brazil's has gone from 25.14% to 29.26%, while canada's has increased from 27.55% to 50.33%. due to its ambitious energy transition policy, germany saw one of the largest absolute gains in the use of renewable energy, going from 1.61% to 24.39%, a change of 22.78 percentage points.  reductions and fears: there have been drops in the use of renewable energy in a few nations. iran saw a decline from 5.23% to 1.82%, mostly because of its excessive reliance on fossil fuels. taiwan had a decline from 10.87% to 5.26%, suggesting possible difficulties in increasing investments in renewable energy.  geographical evaluation: the european union has increased its share of renewable energy from 6.71% to 21.98%, demonstrating its leadership in this area. this emphasizes the eu's strong ambitions for renewable energy and its dedication to environmental sustainability. africa saw a slight increase, rising from 5.74% to 9.83%, however there were significant regional differences. for example, a minor decline was observed in middle africa, suggesting regional differences in energy investment and access. the world is clearly moving toward renewable energy; however, some nations and regions have made more progress than others. the information emphasizes how important natural resources, economic conditions, and political will are in influencing the use of renewable energy. to meet the goals of global sustainability, the adoption of renewable energy must be accelerated globally, and this will require sustained investment and supportive legislation. figure 6. global energy consumption and production trends (2024): a comparative analysis of renewable and nonrenewable sources across regions by significantly increasing the efficiency of the functioning of economic systems and, at the same time, considerably reducing the impact on the planet's ecosystems, modern technological innovations, in one way or another, bring humanity closer to achieving all 17 strategic goals of sustainable development (sustainable development goals), also known as “global goals”. in abbreviated form, they sound like this: 1) overcoming poverty; 2) elimination of hunger; 3) provision of health and well-being; 4) provision of quality education; 5) gender equality; 6) clean water and sanitation; hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 196 7) inexpensive and clean energy; 8) ensuring sustainable economic growth and decent work; 9) creation of the necessary infrastructure; 10) reduction of inequality in countries; 11) creation of sustainable settlements; 12) provision of sustainable consumption and production models; 13) prevention of climate change; 14) preservation of marine ecosystems; 15) ensuring the integrity of terrestrial ecosystems; 16) ensuring peace, justice, and effective public institutions; 17) strengthening partnership in the interests of sustainable development (world, 2015). the advancement of scientific research in specific areas will contribute to establishing an objective assessment system for justifying strategic planning decisions and implementing a purposeful policy to manage society's resource potential. 6. conclusions the current stage of social development is marked by a phase transition to a new socio-economic formation, which takes place during three industrial revolutions: industries 3.0, 4.0, and 5.0. technological innovations are the driving force of transformational processes. their essential feature is the quasi-viral nature of introduction and distribution. the quasi-viral nature of the spread refers to the development of transformational processes through the anticipatory change of the informational component of the technological complex (the fundamental principle of its functioning) using methods that simulate the course of viral infection. the study of the nature of quasi-viral processes allowed formulation the critical features of quasi-viral technological innovations, which can be briefly defined as follows: 1) “infection” due to a change in the information algorithm; 2) essential advantages of users; 3) lack of sufficient barriers; 4) significant potential for increasing the number of users; 5) direct distribution between users; 6) disruptive efficiency; 7) avalanche-like nature of distribution; 8) the predominant effect of positive feedback. the results obtained leave several debatable issues. one of them is: to what extent the emergence and spread of the mentioned technological innovations are related to the development of other socio-economic phenomena, in particular, the epidemic of covid-19 and the processes of intellectualization and creativity of human capital, manifested through the activation of freelance forms of work. a debatable issue is determining the degree of mutual connection between individual processes within clusters of the spread of unique technological innovations. an important issue is a deeper study of the connections between the processes of quasi-viral diffusion of technological innovations and the achievement of sustainable development goals. the article hypothesizes that implementing various clusters of quasi-viral technological innovations has a common goal (conditionally common attractor), which can be formulated as the formation of sustainable development by gradually achieving its key objectives. at the theoretical level, the amount of entropy reduction in the functioning of the planet's social and natural anti-entropy potential can be a general measure of achieving the specified goal. the result of the spread of these quasi-viral innovations should be a significant dematerialization of industrial metabolism, provision of functions of self-organization and self-improvement of social systems, preservation of biodiversity and ecosystems of the planet, and transition to priority social development of man. all together brings civilization closer to the formation of the foundations of sustainability. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, l.m., l.v., o.k., and k.l.; methodology, l.m., l.v., s.s., o.k., and k.l.; validation, l.m., l.v., and s.s.; formal analysis, l.m. and s.s.; resources, l.m., l.v., o.k., and k.l.; data curation, l.m. and s.s.; writing—original draft preparation, l.m., l.v., o.k., and k.l.; writing—review and editing, l.m. and s.s.; visualization, l.m., l.v., and s.s.; supervision, l.m., o.k., and k.l.; project administration, l.m., o.k., and k.l.; funding acquisition, l.m., o.k., and k.l. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding this research was conducted as part of jean monnet module «disruptive technologies for sustainable development in conditions of industries 4.0 and 5.0: the eu experience», (101083435-dtsdi-erasmus-jmo-2022-hei-tchrsch), focuses on creating a theoretical and practical foundation for the integration of advanced technologies such as automation, artificial intelligence, and smart manufacturing in eu and ukraine. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 197 7.4. acknowledgments the authors would like to express their sincere gratitude to the funders of the scientific projects that supported this research. this work was prepared as part of the project «disruptive technologies for sustainable development in conditions of industries 4.0 and 5.0: the eu experience», (101083435-dtsdi-erasmus-jmo-2022-hei-tchrsch), which provided the foundation for exploring the integration of advanced digital technologies. 7.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] alam, s., zhang, j., shehzad, m. u., boamah, f. a., & wang, b. (2024). the inclusive analysis of green technology implementation impacts on employees age, job experience, and size in manufacturing firms: empirical assessment. environment, development and sustainability, 26(2), 4467–4486. doi:10.1007/s10668-022-02891-6. [2] razzaq, a., wang, y., chupradit, s., suksatan, w., & shahzad, f. (2021). asymmetric inter-linkages between green technology innovation and consumption-based carbon emissions in brics countries using quantile-on-quantile framework. technology in society, 66, 101656. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2021.101656. [3] elmawazini, k., chkir, i., mrad, f., & rjiba, h. (2022). does green technology innovation matter to the cost of equity capital? research in international business and finance, 62, 101735. doi:10.1016/j.ribaf.2022.101735. [4] haldar, a., & sethi, n. (2022). environmental effects of information and communication technology exploring the roles of renewable energy, innovation, trade and financial development. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 153, 111754. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2021.111754. [5] chen, c., pinar, m., & stengos, t. (2021). determinants of renewable energy consumption: importance of democratic institutions. renewable energy, 179, 75–83. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2021.07.030. [6] melnyk, l. (2021). socio-natural antientropic potential: the role of economy and innovations. environment, development and sustainability, 23(3), 3520–3542. doi:10.1007/s10668-020-00730-0. [7] bollaert, h., lopez-de-silanes, f., & schwienbacher, a. (2021). fintech and access to finance. journal of corporate finance, 68, 101941. doi:10.1016/j.jcorpfin.2021.101941. [8] bahoo, s., cucculelli, m., & qamar, d. (2023). artificial intelligence and corporate innovation: a review and research agenda. technological forecasting and social change, 188, 122264. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2022.122264. [9] braun, e., & wield, d. (1994). regulation as a means for the social control of technology. technology analysis & strategic management, 6(3), 259–272. doi:10.1080/09537329408524171. [10] asiaei, k., o’connor, n. g., barani, o., & joshi, m. (2023). green intellectual capital and ambidextrous green innovation: the impact on environmental performance. business strategy and the environment, 32(1), 369–386. doi:10.1002/bse.3136. [11] mohd suki, n., mohd suki, n., afshan, s., sharif, a., ariff kasim, m., & rosmaini mohd hanafi, s. (2022). how does green technology innovation affect green growth in asean-6 countries? evidence from advance panel estimations. gondwana research, 111, 165–173. doi:10.1016/j.gr.2022.06.019. [12] zhu, c., yue, j., & chen, j. (2022). green product development and order strategies for retailers. sustainability (switzerland), 14(15), 9556. doi:10.3390/su14159556. [13] behera, p., & sethi, n. (2022). nexus between environment regulation, fdi, and green technology innovation in oecd countries. environmental science and pollution research, 29(35), 52940–52953. doi:10.1007/s11356-022-19458-7. [14] cai, x., zhu, b., zhang, h., li, l., & xie, m. (2020). can direct environmental regulation promote green technology innovation in heavily polluting industries? evidence from chinese listed companies. science of the total environment, 746, 140810. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.140810. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 198 [15] zhang, y., hu, h., zhu, g., & you, d. (2023). the impact of environmental regulation on enterprises’ green innovation under the constraint of external financing: evidence from china’s industrial firms. environmental science and pollution research, 30(15), 42943–42964. doi:10.1007/s11356-022-18712-2. [16] du, k., cheng, y., & yao, x. (2021). environmental regulation, green technology innovation, and industrial structure upgrading: the road to the green transformation of chinese cities. energy economics, 98, 105247. doi:10.1016/j.eneco.2021.105247. [17] lin, z., liang, d., & li, s. (2022). environmental regulation and green technology innovation: evidence from china’s heavily polluting companies. sustainability (switzerland), 14(19), 12180. doi:10.3390/su141912180. [18] lu, n., wu, j., & liu, z. (2022). how does green finance reform affect enterprise green technology innovation? evidence from china. sustainability (switzerland), 14(16), 9865. doi:10.3390/su14169865. [19] sharif, a., kocak, s., khan, h. h. a., uzuner, g., & tiwari, s. (2023). demystifying the links between green technology innovation, economic growth, and environmental tax in asean-6 countries: the dynamic role of green energy and green investment. gondwana research, 115, 98–106. doi:10.1016/j.gr.2022.11.010. [20] sun, x., tang, j., & li, s. (2022). promote green innovation in manufacturing enterprises in the aspect of government subsidies in china. international journal of environmental research and public health, 19(13), 7864. doi:10.3390/ijerph19137864. [21] sánchez-sellero, p., & bataineh, m. j. (2022). how r&d cooperation, r&d expenditures, public funds and r&d intensity affect green innovation? technology analysis and strategic management, 34(9), 1095–1108. doi:10.1080/09537325.2021.1947490. [22] zhao, j., pongtornkulpanich, a., & cheng, w. (2022). the impact of board size on green innovation in china’s heavily polluting enterprises: the mediating role of innovation openness. sustainability (switzerland), 14(14), 8632. doi:10.3390/su14148632. [23] zhao, y., peng, b., elahi, e., & wan, a. (2021). does the extended producer responsibility system promote the green technological innovation of enterprises? an empirical study based on the difference-in-differences model. journal of cleaner production, 319, 128631. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2021.128631. [24] sharif, a., saqib, n., dong, k., & khan, s. a. r. (2022). nexus between green technology innovation, green financing, and co2 emissions in the g7 countries: the moderating role of social globalization. sustainable development, 30(6), 1934–1946. doi:10.1002/sd.2360. [25] obobisa, e. s., chen, h., & mensah, i. a. (2022). the impact of green technological innovation and institutional quality on co2 emissions in african countries. technological forecasting and social change, 180, 121670. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2022.121670. [26] habiba, u., xinbang, c., & anwar, a. (2022). do green technology innovations, financial development, and renewable energy use help to curb carbon emissions? renewable energy, 193, 1082–1093. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2022.05.084. [27] drake, g. w. f. (2025). entropy. definition & equation. encyclopædia britannica, inc. edinburgh, united kingdom. available online: https://www.britannica.com/science/entropy-physics (accessed on january 2025). [28] johnson, g.j. (2018). a dictionary of science (7th edition). reference reviews, 32(2), 19-19. doi:10.1108/rr-08-2017-0181. [29] clark, d. k. (1860). the mechanical theory of heat. journal of the franklin institute, 70(3), 163–169. doi:10.1016/00160032(60)90150-2. [30] boltzmann, l. (1974). the second law of thermodynamics. theoretical physics and philosophical problems. springer netherlands. doi:10.1007/978-94-010-2091-6_2. [31] thomson, w. (1852). xlvii. on a universal tendency in nature to the dissipation of mechanical energy. the london, edinburgh, and dublin philosophical magazine and journal of science, 4(25), 304–306. doi:10.1080/14786445208647126. [32] da silva, s. l. l., & da mata, a. s. (2021). what is life? the physical aspect of the living cell by erwin schrödinger. cambridge university press, cambridge, united states. doi:10.1590/1806-9126-rbef-2020-0527. [33] ecotechnica (2024). home solar stations in ukraine: new statistics for the beginning of 2020. available online: https://ecotechnica.com.ua/uk/energy/solntse/domashnie-solnechnye-stantsii-v-ukraine-novaya-statistika-na-nachalo-2020goda (accessed on january 2025). [34] statistica. (2022). unique mobile subscribers worldwide by region 2010-2025. statista. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/740154/worldwide-unique-mobile-subscribers-by-region/ (accessed on january 2025). [35] pr newswire (2024). worldwide personal computers industry to 2030—major players include dell, lenovo group and acer among others. available online: https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/worldwide-personal-computers-industry-to2030---major-players-include-dell-lenovo-group-and-acer-among-others-301318261.html (accessed on january 2025). https://www.britannica.com/science/entropy-physics https://ecotechnica.com.ua/uk/energy/solntse/domashnie-solnechnye-stantsii-v-ukraine-novaya-statistika-na-nachalo-2020-goda https://ecotechnica.com.ua/uk/energy/solntse/domashnie-solnechnye-stantsii-v-ukraine-novaya-statistika-na-nachalo-2020-goda https://www.statista.com/statistics/740154/worldwide-unique-mobile-subscribers-by-region/ https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/worldwide-personal-computers-industry-to-2030---major-players-include-dell-lenovo-group-and-acer-among-others-301318261.html https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/worldwide-personal-computers-industry-to-2030---major-players-include-dell-lenovo-group-and-acer-among-others-301318261.html hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 199 [36] petrosyan, a. (2024). internet and social media users in the world 2024. statista. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/617136/digital-population-worldwide/ (accessed on january 2025). [37] singleton, m. (2024). mark zuckerberg wants facebook to have 5 billion users by 2030. the verge. available online: https://www.theverge.com/2016/2/4/10918680/5-billion-facebook-users-by-2030-mark-zuckerberg (accessed on january 2025). [38] hill, j. s. (2016). renewable energy now accounts for 30% of global power generation capacity. cleantechnica. available online: https://cleantechnica.com/2016/09/20/renewable-energy-now-accounts-30-global-power-generation-capacity/ (accessed on january 2025). [39] iea. (2019). modern renewables in sdg7: data and projections. international energy agency, paris, france. available online: https://www.iea.org/reports/sdg7-data-and-projections/modern-renewables#abstract (accessed on january 2025). [40] tu, y. x., kubatko, o., piven, v., sotnyk, i., & kurbatova, t. (2022). determinants of renewable energy development: evidence from the eu countries. energies, 15(19), 7093. doi:10.3390/en15197093. [41] irena. (2019). renewable power generation costs in 2018. international renewable energy agency, masdar city, united arab emirates. available online: https://www.irena.org/publications/2019/may/renewable-power-generation-costs-in-2018 (accessed on january 2025). [42] mccartny, r., & xu, l. (2020). woodmac: global energy storage capacity to hit 741gwh by 2023. a wood mackenzie business. available online: https://www.greentechmedia.com/articles/read/woodmac-global-storage-to-reach-741-gigawatthours-by-2030 (accessed on january 2025). [43] proctor, d. (2021). group forecasts massive increase in energy storage by 2030. power magazine. available online: https://www.powermag.com/group-forecasts-massive-increase-in-energy-storage-by-2030/ (accessed on january 2025). [44] ambrose, j. (2021). electric vehicles on world’s roads expected to increase to 145m by 2030 | electric, hybrid and low-emission cars. the guardian. available online: https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2021/apr/29/electric-vehicles-on-worldsroads-expected-to-increase-to-145m-by-2030 (accessed on january 2025). [45] mörée, g., & leijon, m. (2022). overview of hybrid excitation in electrical machines. energies, 15(19), 7254. doi:10.3390/en15197254. [46] alsop, t. (2022). 3d printing & additive manufacturing devices 2030. statista. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/1259618/3d-printing-and-additive-manufacturing-devices-worldwide/ (accessed on january 2025). [47] amelia h. (2021). wohlers report 2021: weakened growth for additive manufacturing. (2021). 3dnatives. available online: https://www.3dnatives.com/en/wohlers-report-2021-180320214/ (accessed on january 2025). [48] marković, m. p., cingesar, i. k., keran, l., prlić, d., grčić, i., & vrsaljko, d. (2022). thermal and mechanical characterization of the new functional composites used for 3d printing of static mixers. materials, 15(19), 6713. doi:10.3390/ma15196713. [49] bbc. (2019). robots to replace up to 20 million factory jobs by 2030. bbc news. available online: https://www.bbc.com/news/business-48760799 (accessed on january 2025). [50] krot, k., iskierka, g., poskart, b., & gola, a. (2022). predictive monitoring system for autonomous mobile robots battery management using the industrial internet of things technology. materials, 15(19), 6561. doi:10.3390/ma15196561. [51] dichristina, m., & meyerson, b. s. (2017). top 10 emerging technologies of 2017. scientific american, 317(6), 28–39. doi:10.1038/scientificamerican1217-28. [52] duggal, n. (2023). top 18 new trends in technology for 2023. simplilearn. available online: https://www.simplilearn.com/toptechnology-trends-and-jobs-article (accessed on january 2025). [53] nguyen, t. (2023). 4 emerging technologies you need to know about. gartner. available online: https://www.gartner.com/en/articles/4-emerging-technologies-you-need-to-know-about (accessed on january 2025). [54] kemp, s. (2020). we are social, digital 2020: 3.8 billion people use social media. we are social ltd. available online: https://wearesocial.com/uk/blog/2020/01/digital-2020-3-8-billion-people-use-social-media/ (accessed on january 2025). [55] gackenbach, j., & bown, j. (eds.). (2017). boundaries of self and reality online: implications of digitally constructed realities. academic press, london, united kingdom. [56] leiner, b. m., cerf, v. g., clark, d. d., kahn, r. e., kleinrock, l., lynch, d. c., postel, j., roberts, l. g., & wolff, s. (2009). a brief history of the internet. acm sigcomm computer communication review, 39(5), 22–31. doi:10.1145/1629607.1629613. [57] cooper, m., dronsuth, r. w., leitich, a. j., lynk, j. c. n., mikulski, j. j., mitchell, j. f., richardson, r. a., & sangster, j. h. (1975). radio telephone system. united states patent no. us3906166a. available online: https://patents.google.com/patent/us3906166a/en / (accessed on january 2025). https://www.statista.com/statistics/617136/digital-population-worldwide/ https://www.theverge.com/2016/2/4/10918680/5-billion-facebook-users-by-2030-mark-zuckerberg https://cleantechnica.com/2016/09/20/renewable-energy-now-accounts-30-global-power-generation-capacity/ https://www.iea.org/reports/sdg7-data-and-projections/modern-renewables#abstract https://www.irena.org/publications/2019/may/renewable-power-generation-costs-in-2018 https://www.greentechmedia.com/articles/read/woodmac-global-storage-to-reach-741-gigawatt-hours-by-2030 https://www.greentechmedia.com/articles/read/woodmac-global-storage-to-reach-741-gigawatt-hours-by-2030 https://www.powermag.com/group-forecasts-massive-increase-in-energy-storage-by-2030/ https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2021/apr/29/electric-vehicles-on-worlds-roads-expected-to-increase-to-145m-by-2030 https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2021/apr/29/electric-vehicles-on-worlds-roads-expected-to-increase-to-145m-by-2030 https://www.statista.com/statistics/1259618/3d-printing-and-additive-manufacturing-devices-worldwide/ https://www.3dnatives.com/en/author/amelia/ https://www.3dnatives.com/en/wohlers-report-2021-180320214/ https://www.bbc.com/news/business-48760799 https://www.simplilearn.com/top-technology-trends-and-jobs-article https://www.simplilearn.com/top-technology-trends-and-jobs-article https://www.gartner.com/en/articles/4-emerging-technologies-you-need-to-know-about https://patents.google.com/patent/us3906166a/en hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 200 [58] shao, g. (2019). the future of connectivity: introducing wi-fi 6. the cnbc news. available online: https://www.cnbc.com/2019/06/27/what-is-wi-fi-6.html (accessed on january 2025). [59] labiod, h., afifi, h., & de santis, c. (2007). wi-fi tm, bluetooth tm, zigbee tm and wimax tm. springer netherlands. doi:10.1007/978-1-4020-5397-9. [60] xu, x., wei, z., ji, q., wang, c., & gao, g. (2019). global renewable energy development: influencing factors, trend predictions and countermeasures. resources policy, 63, 101470. doi:10.1016/j.resourpol.2019.101470. [61] sørensen, b. (1991). a history of renewable energy technology. energy policy, 19(1), 8–12. doi:10.1016/0301-4215(91)90072v. [62] sculpteo (2024). the state of 3d printing. discover the largest study of the additive manufacturing industry. sculpteo. available online: https://info.sculpteo.com/the-state-of-3d-printing-report (accessed on january 2025). [63] liang, k., carmone, s., brambilla, d., & leroux, j. c. (2018). 3d printing of a wearable personalized oral delivery device: a first-in-human study. science advances, 4(5), 2544. doi:10.1126/sciadv.aat2544. [64] accenture. (2019). technology vision 2019. the post-digital era is upon us: are you ready for what’s next? accenture. available online: https://www.accenture.com/content/dam/accenture/final/a-com-migration/r3-additional-pages-1/pdf/pdf-94/accenturetechvision-2019-exec-summary.pdf (accessed on january 2025). [65] keiser, b. e., & strange, e. (1985). evolution of the integrated services digital network (isdn). digital telephony and network integration. springer netherlands. doi:10.1007/978-94-015-7177-7_14. [66] zhang, y. (2019). research on key technologies of remote design of mechanical products based on artificial intelligence. journal of visual communication and image representation, 60, 250–257. doi:10.1016/j.jvcir.2019.02.010. [67] colmerauer, a., & roussel, p. (1996). the birth of prolog. history of programming languages ii, 331–367. doi:10.1145/234286.1057820. [68] he, x., ai, q., qiu, r. c., huang, w., piao, l., & liu, h. (2017). a big data architecture design for smart grids based on random matrix theory. ieee transactions on smart grid, 8(2), 674–686. doi:10.1109/tsg.2015.2445828. [69] chen, s., zhong, s., yang, s., & wang, x. (2016). a multiantenna rfid reader with blind adaptive beamforming. ieee internet of things journal, 3(6), 986–996. doi:10.1109/jiot.2016.2542242. [70] kaplan, e. d., & hegarty, c. (2017). understanding gps/gnss: principles and applications. artech house, massachusetts, united states. [71] chekov, a. (2019). the development of a new generation gps system has been completed in the usa. available online: https://iz.ru/927626/2019-10-01/v-ssha-zavershena-razrabotka-sistemy-gps-novogo-pokoleniia (accessed on january 2025). [72] musiał, m. (2019). enchanting robots: intimacy, magic, and technology. springer nature switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-03012579-0. [73] yang, g. z. (2017). digital architecture and robotic construction. science robotics, 2(5), 3673. doi:10.1126/scirobotics.aan3673. [74] mclaughlin, m. l. (1996). the art site on the world wide web. journal of computer-mediated communication, 1(4), jcmc146. doi:10.1111/j.1083-6101.1996.tb00175.x. [75] marinescu, d. c. (2013). cloud computing: theory and practice. morgan kaufmann, massachusetts, united states. [76] duarte, f. (2023). amount of data created daily 2024. exploding topics is a trademark of semrush inc. available online: https://explodingtopics.com/blog/data-generated-per-day (accessed on january 2025). https://www.cnbc.com/2019/06/27/what-is-wi-fi-6.html https://info.sculpteo.com/the-state-of-3d-printing-report https://www.accenture.com/content/dam/accenture/final/a-com-migration/r3-additional-pages-1/pdf/pdf-94/accenture-techvision-2019-exec-summary.pdf https://www.accenture.com/content/dam/accenture/final/a-com-migration/r3-additional-pages-1/pdf/pdf-94/accenture-techvision-2019-exec-summary.pdf https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/norwood,_massachusetts https://iz.ru/927626/2019-10-01/v-ssha-zavershena-razrabotka-sistemy-gps-novogo-pokoleniia https://explodingtopics.com/blog/data-generated-per-day available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 937 issn: 2723-9535 research on power consumption data prediction of distributed photovoltaic power station junfeng yao 1, chun xiao 1, 2* , junbo hao 3, xiaoxia yang 1 1 state grid shanxi marketing service center, taiyuan, shanxi, 030032, china. 2 taiyuan university of technology, shanxi 030024, china. 3 state grid shanxi integrated energy service co.,ltd., taiyuan, shanxi, china. received 10 may 2024; revised 30 october 2024; accepted 09 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract at present, the construction of distributed photovoltaic power stations in china lacks systematic and comprehensive preliminary planning; the construction cost exceeded the estimated estimate. after the completion of the project economic benefits cannot reach the expected income, project operating costs exceed expectations and other problems. in order to solve these problems, it is urgent to reasonably forecast the electricity consumption data of distributed photovoltaic power stations. therefore, in order to solve these problems, a reliable model is established to predict the electricity consumption data of distributed photovoltaic power stations, and the indirect prediction method is used to forecast, that is, the irradiance of medium and long-term time scales is predicted by historical meteorological data, and then the system electricity consumption data is obtained. among them, the model used is the long short-term memory (lstm) neural network model. under the effect of this model, the electricity consumption data prediction of distributed photovoltaic power stations is carried out. the result shows that the mape of monthly prediction is 3.5%, and the annual prediction is 1.1%, which has ideal prediction accuracy and can achieve better prediction effect. this indirect forecasting method breaks the shackles of traditional forecasting methods, avoids the problems of data collection and other aspects, and is a new development trend and the performance of scientific and technological progress, which is conducive to the development of distributed photovoltaic power stations. keywords: distributed photovoltaic power station; forecast; electricity consumption data; lstm. 1. introduction in order to alleviate the worsening climate and environmental problems, the development of renewable resources has become a top priority. large-scale use of renewable energy has become one of the important measures to adjust the energy structure, ensure energy security, strengthen environmental protection, and achieve sustainable development. most of the world's renewable energy comes from solar energy, and many researchers in the world continue to study solar energy development technology. in recent years, new technologies on solar energy development and utilization have developed rapidly, and related industries with solar energy as the core technology have become one of the fastest growing industries [1-3]. therefore, photovoltaic power generation (pv) has been widely concerned in the world for its characteristics of pollution-free, renewable, low cost and mature technology. in this regard, charbonnier et al. (2024) studied the household power data generator (hedge) to generate actual data of photovoltaic power generation with the * corresponding author: xiaochun@sx.sgcc.com.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0008-9762-2071 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 938 help of this tool, and then understand the electricity consumption during the period through the analysis of the data. in the end, the feasibility of the tool is tested, and the results show that hedge can quickly generate the required energy data series without being affected by contour size and cluster, etc., and has high application value and practicability [4]. in the same year, liang et al. (2024) studied a comprehensive system for the development of solar drive, which is composed of solar photovoltaic, compressed air energy storage, caes storage and other modules, which can better reduce the cost of electricity at night. in order to test the feasibility of the system design, an empirical study has been conducted, and the results show that under given conditions, the system can reasonably control the expenditure cost, have objective economic benefits, and reduce the loss of the photovoltaic system, which has certain feasibility [5]. with the increasing installed capacity of photovoltaic power generation, the variability and uncertainty of photovoltaic power generation output have caused great obstacles to the stable operation of the power system. photovoltaic power generation output for different time scales will show variability, and it is difficult to predict. domestic scholars qiu et al. (2024) proposed a photovoltaic power generation prediction method based on improved variational mode decomposition and ensemble learning, aiming at the problem of power generation prediction performance caused by non-stationary photovoltaic power generation data. in order to test the feasibility of the method, a quantitative study was carried out, and the results showed that the mean square error, mean absolute error and determination coefficient values of the proposed method for predicting photovoltaic power generation on the open data set were 0.223, 0.338, and 0.9797, respectively, which had higher prediction accuracy and smaller error compared with other methods. it can be used in electricity prediction research [6]. yu et al. (2022) proposed a prediction model based on neural computing to solve the problem of decentralization of power supply system caused by the continuous integration of renewable energy in power network. the robustness of the model is tested by simulation experiments. the results show that the relative mean absolute error (rmae) of the model can reach 2.5% in summer and 0.5% in winter. over the full year, by using a reduced mean of input class characteristics, rmae for pv and wind can reach 1.7% and 4.9%, respectively. the implementation of this method provides strong support for the integration of regional renewable energy, and also provides a new solution to the volatility and uncontrollability of renewable energy [7]. in order to promote the development of photovoltaic power generation forecasting, lu et al. (2020) proposed a research on regional power grid photovoltaic power generation forecasting based on support vector machine. a quantitative study was conducted, and the results showed that the prediction accuracy of the experimental group was 92.37%, that of the prediction method based on the improved firefly algorithm was 85.43%, and that of the prediction method based on the grey correlation and sparrow optimization algorithm was 74.66%, confirming the feasibility of the proposed method [8]. most of the existing literature on photovoltaic power generation forecasting aims at solving its uncertainty problem. the basic principle of photovoltaic power generation prediction is to build a model to fit the relationship between the input characteristic data and the power output of the photovoltaic power generation system combined with the characteristics of the photovoltaic power generation system and geographical location, so as to realize the photovoltaic power generation prediction [9, 10]. in summary, it is not difficult to find that the prediction of photovoltaic power generation mostly uses ground weather station data, satellite image data, photovoltaic system operation data and numerical weather forecast data, while the research on irradiance is relatively few, and the prediction time is short. in order to improve the research in this aspect, this paper will take the light amplitude as the prediction index of photovoltaic power consumption data. the correlation analysis is carried out, and the final prediction results are given to test its feasibility. 2. distributed photovoltaic power station energy is the cornerstone of photovoltaic power generation, energy as the main source, with a stepped structure of energy utilization system [11-13]. distributed photovoltaic power generation technology has become an inevitable trend in the development of global energy technology due to its characteristics of high energy efficiency, strong reliability and low environmental pollution. at present, china has only conducted preliminary exploration of distributed photovoltaic power generation technology in beijing, shanghai and guangdong. so far, more than 40 power stations have been built, such as the beijing olympic games media village, shanghai pudong international airport, guangzhou university town and sichuan hope group's deep blue and green energy center, but relevant research is still blank. statistics show that at present, china has built a gas distributed power supply, mainly for gas power generation, with an installed capacity of about 54×105 kw. clean and pollution-free photovoltaic distributed power generation is different from traditional intensive power generation, it is a production capacity method to build small-scale generator sets near the client to meet the needs of customers as the main goal, while connecting the surplus electricity to the grid and cooperating with the existing grid system to obtain government subsidies [14, 15]. at present, the technical system of domestic distributed photovoltaic power generation projects has been relatively mature, running well, and has a good momentum of development [16-18]. photovoltaic modules convert solar energy into electricity by exploiting the photovoltaic effect of semiconductor materials. the solar energy received by photovoltaic modules usually refers to the amount of radiation actually received by the panel surface, and the measure of radiation is usually expressed by irradiance. irradiance is defined as the solar radiant energy received by a photovoltaic module per unit area in a unit time period. irradiance is a direct meteorological factor that determines the final output of hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 939 electric energy in photovoltaic power generation systems. since the amount of solar radiation received by the ground is greatly affected by clouds and particles in the air during transmission, the irradiance is random and intermittent, resulting in photovoltaic power generation system efficiency is not guaranteed. under the influence of solar irradiance, this kind of power generation efficiency will also show periodic changes. in general, when the light intensity is higher, the greater the amount of radiation, the greater the photovoltaic power consumption data. after determining the area of the photovoltaic module, its output of electrical energy is proportional to the irradiance. 3. prediction of electricity consumption data by algorithm model 3.1. model overview 3.1.1. multiple regression forecasting model regression algorithm is the basis of the development of most artificial intelligence algorithms, and the model is simple and practical, suitable for most systems [19]. as far as regression algorithm model is concerned, the input parameters are different, and its definition will be different, such as multiple regression, unary regression, etc. at the same time, different spatial distribution will have different definitions, such as nonlinear regression, linear regression and so on. unitary linear regression is a model that takes the main influencing factors as independent variables. in practical applications, because the dependent variables are generally affected by multiple factors, two or more parameters of independent variables will be used, so multiple regression can solve the problems in practice. if there is a linear relationship between different independent variables and dependent variables, then the analysis can be called multiple linear regression. if there is a nonlinear relationship between the two, then this analysis can be called multiple nonlinear regression, and the expression of multiple regression is shown in equation 1. 𝑦𝑖 = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1𝑋1𝑖 + 𝛽2𝑋2𝑖 +⋯+ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑖 (1) where 𝑖 = 1,2,⋯ , 𝑛,𝑗 = 1,2,⋯ , 𝑘. according to the actual irradiance, the least square method is selected as the loss function, and the square error between the predicted irradiance value and the actual irradiance value is calculated by fitting the historical meteorological data and the historical irradiance data. 3.1.2. persistent prediction model different from multiple regression model, the input parameters and equation formula of the persistent prediction model are fixed, and the input parameters mainly include irradiance data from historical monitoring of local weather stations, real-time meteorological data and theoretical calculation data [20]. the solution formula is as follows: 𝑝𝑡+1 = 𝑎 + 𝑏 ∙ 𝑇 ∙ 𝐺𝑡+1 + 𝑐 ∙ 𝐺𝑡+1 + 𝑑 ∙ 𝐺𝑡+1 2 (2) where, the empirical coefficients a, b, c, and d can be obtained by means of fitting. the prediction of total radiation should be completed on the basis of time series model and radiometric empty model. this article uses the persistence model as the baseline mode. 3.1.3. support vector regression machine unlike traditional learning methods, svm solves the optimal value by minimizing the structural risk function. the algorithm uses the generalized error rate on the test set to find the boundary dependent on vc dimension while reducing the error rate of the model. under the condition that the label is separable, it is necessary to make the second term as small as possible while ensuring that the previous term is equal to 0. because svm has good generalization ability, it can better solve classification problems even if it does not have relevant knowledge in other fields.the central idea is to first determine the nonlinear contrast rays, and then project the original data into the high-latitude feature space to obtain the best classification results, and then expand the separation boundary between samples. at the conceptual level, a support vector can be regarded as the data point closest to the decision plane, and the location of the data point can be used to determine the location of the optimal classification hyperplane. for the irradiance prediction problem, the relationship between irradiance and meteorological factors is usually nonlinear. in order to better fit the nonlinear trend on the training data set, it is necessary to deal with the linear regression problem and integrate it into the nonlinear regression problem, and the realization of both needs the support of kernel function. in order to better deal with nonlinear problems, the gaussian radial basis kernel function will be selected in this chapter, as follows: k(𝑥, 𝑥𝑖) = 𝑒𝑥𝑝 ( 𝑥 − 𝑥𝑖 𝜎2 ) (3) usually linear svr contains multiple linear equations, for a given sample x,y, there is the following formula: y = f(x) = 〈w, x〉 + b (4) where w ∈ ra is the weight of the vector and b ∈ r is the constant quantity. the loss function of svr meets the structural risk minimization principle, and the parameters of the optimal solution of svr must meet the conditions that make equation 5 take the minimum value. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 940 r[f] = ∫(y − f(x)) 2 p(x, y)dxdy (5) since the probability distribution function p(x, y) in the above formula is unknown, formula 6 is usually used instead of the structural risk function to solve the minimum be worth. ∅(w, ξ∗, ξ) = 1 2 ‖w‖2 + c∑(ξi ∗ + ξi) 1 i=1 (6) in the formula, the fixed value of the given penalty factor is represented by c; the lower limit of the relaxation variable is represented by ξi ∗; the upper limit of the relaxation variable is represented by ξi. the constraints of equation 7 are as follows: { 𝑦𝑖 − (〈𝑤, 𝑥𝑖〉 + 𝑏) ≤ 𝜀 + ξ𝑖 (〈𝑤, 𝑥𝑖〉 + 𝑏) − 𝑦𝑖 ≤ 𝜀 + ξi ∗ ξi ∗, ξi ≥ 0 (7) in order to solve the above constraints, the lagrange multiplication algorithm can be constructed to obtain the following equation 8. { 𝑚𝑖𝑛 1 2 ∑(𝛼𝑖 − 𝛼𝑖 ∗)(𝛼𝑗 − 𝛼𝑗 ∗)〈𝑥𝑖 , 𝑥𝑗〉 +∑𝛼𝑖(𝜀 − 𝑦𝑖) +∑𝛼𝑖 ∗(𝜀 + 𝑦𝑖) 1 𝑖 1 𝑖=1 1 𝑖,𝑗=1 ∑(𝛼𝑖 ∗ − 𝛼𝑖) 1 𝑖=1 = 0 (8) in summary, the support vector regression machine equation can be obtained, as shown in equation 9. f(x) =∑(𝛼𝑖 ∗ − 𝛼𝑖)(𝑥𝑖 , 𝑥) + 𝑏 1 𝑖 (9) when constructing a nonlinear svr,the nonlinear problem should be transformed into a linear problem, and the svr function in this case is shown in equation 10. f(x) =∑(𝛼𝑖 ∗ − 𝛼𝑖)𝐾(𝑥𝑖 , 𝑥) + 𝑏 1 𝑖 (10) the svm model prediction process is shown in figure 1. set dependent and effect variables according to model assumptions data preprocessing cross-validation selects the best parameters for regression svm is trained with the bes t parameters fitting predict ionfit the predictor figure 1. svm model prediction process 3.2. irradiance prediction model based on longand short-term memory neural network lstm neural network has long-term memory function, which can deeply explore the long-term dependency relationships and trends of limited data samples. it can also solve the problem of recurrent neural networks (rnns) losing their ability to perceive distance moments due to the disappearance of gradients during training. lstm can solve this kind of problem. specifically, special neurons are used for permanent memory, while long-term relationships are captured, extending the service life of information and giving full play to the depth of computation. lstm neural network can deeply evaluate the long-term dependence and trend relationship of limited data samples, and is suitable for medium and long term irradiance prediction of limited data samples. according to the historical irradiance data and selected key meteorological factors data, based on lstm, the irradiance prediction model is constructed based on the medium and long term timeline. the formula is expressed as follows: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 941 (𝑊(𝑡 + 1)，𝑊(𝑡 + 2),⋯ ,𝑊(𝑡 + 𝑚)) = 𝐹(𝑊(𝑡),𝑊(𝑡 − 1),⋯ ,𝑊(𝑡 − 𝑛), 𝑥(𝑡), 𝑥(𝑡 − 1),⋯ 𝑥(𝑡 − 𝑛)) (11) where, 𝑊(𝑡 + 1),𝑊(𝑡 + 2),⋯ ,𝑊(𝑡 +𝑚) represents the predicted irradiance data; 𝑊(𝑡),𝑊(𝑡 − 1),⋯ ,𝑊(𝑡 − 𝑛) represents the current and previously actually measured irradiance data values, 𝑛 is determined by traversing the sample set of experimental data, 𝑚 is 12; 𝑥(𝑡), 𝑥(𝑡 − 1),⋯𝑥(𝑡 − 𝑛) stands for current and past actual measured key meteorological factor data. on the long-term scale, the accuracy of numerical weather prediction is less satisfactory, using the meteorological influence factor data of the numerical weather forecast as the model input of the forecast period will bring large prediction errors. therefore, the input to the irradiance prediction model is current and previous months irradiance data as well as key meteorological impact factor data, and the output is the monthly irradiance of the following year. 3.2.1. recurrent neural network as far as previous neural networks are concerned, information processing lacks linkage, focusing on information processing at the current moment and lacking memory ability. recurrent neural networks (rnns), on the other hand, retain information from the present moment for the next moment of information processing.it has a certain memory ability and provides a simpler processing channel for all kinds of information processing. however, this can not meet the power consumption data prediction in this paper, because the long time span and small sample data limit the processing performance of the network. it is difficult to solve the problem of long period dependence. 3.2.2. forecast process first you'll enter the oblivion door level. the forgotten information can be calculated through the gate layer. in the long-term irradiance prediction task, the current irradiance prediction needs to rely on the node data of the previous time period of the same time series. at the same time, the gate layer can read the current input information 𝑥𝑡 and the output information ℎ𝑡−1 of the previous layer, and after processing by the sigmoid function, obtain the corresponding value 𝑓𝑡, the size of which is between 0 and 1, and then 𝑓𝑡 will be transmitted to the current unit state 𝐶𝑡−1 in real time.the actual meaning of 𝑓𝑡 is as follows: "1" means that all states are reserved; "0" means all forgotten states, so the corresponding expression is shown in equation 12. 𝑓𝑡 = 𝜎(𝑊𝑓[ℎ𝑡−1, 𝑥𝑡] + 𝑏𝑓) (12) in the formula, the vector in parentheses is the sum of the vectors; the weight matrix is represented by 𝑊𝑓; sigmoid is represented by 𝜎; the offset term is represented by 𝑏𝑓; second, enter the door layer. the gate layer has two functions: one is to determine the input value of 𝜎; second, it has the creation function, which can complete the creation of new candidate vectors and implant them into the input value of tanh. the specific calculation formula of lstm is shown as follows. 𝑖𝑡 = 𝜎(𝑊𝑖[ℎ𝑡−1, 𝑥𝑡] + 𝑏𝑖) (13) �̃�𝑡 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ(𝑊𝑐[ℎ𝑡−1, 𝑥1] + 𝑏𝑐) (14) among them, there are two kinds of weight matrix: one is 𝑊𝑖, which represents the weight matrix of the first part; the second is 𝑊𝑐, which represents the weight matrix of the second part; there are two offset terms, 𝑏𝑖 and 𝑏𝑐.next comes the update door layer. with the help of the gate layer, the update process of the previous cell state can be realized, and the product of all output values of the forgetting gate and the sum of the product of input gate state value and output value is the current cell state value, as shown equation 15: 𝐶𝑡 = 𝑓𝑡 ∗ 𝐶𝑡−1 + 𝑖𝑡 ∗ �̃�𝑡 (15) finally, finally, output the gate layer. through this gate layer, the parameter information output by 𝜎 can be calculated, and the obtained result can be multiplied with tanh, then the final result can be obtained. the expression is shown as follows. { 𝑂𝑡 = 𝜎(𝑊𝑜[ℎ𝑡−1, 𝑥𝑡] + 𝑏𝑜) ℎ𝑡 = 𝑂𝑡 ∗ 𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ(𝐶𝑡) (16) where 𝑊𝑜 represents the weight matrix of the gate layer, and 𝑏𝑜 represents the offset term. 4. experiment and results to learn more about the model's predictions, r-square (autocorrelation coefficient) was introduced for evaluation, and the corresponding calculation formula was shown in equation 17. r2 = 1 − ∑(y − ŷ)2 ∑(y − y̅)2 (17) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 942 the ratio of 1 minus y (the actual value) to the variance (unexplained deviation) of the regression equation to the total variance of y (the actual value), that is, the part of the fit equation that cannot be explained, so, the more the value of r-square approaches 1, the more the parsing approaches the actual value. in forecasting practice, the model that makes r-square the highest is often adopted. 4.1. mediumand long-term irradiance prediction in this experiment, the irradiance data and related meteorological data include the measured irradiance values and local meteorological data of the entire field from 2017 to 2023, with a sampling frequency of 15 minutes. the sampled data is calculated and processed to convert it into the required monthly mean meteorological data and irradiance data. the model is constructed on the basis of lstm, and the performance of the model is tested by comparison, including the persistent prediction model, multiple regression prediction model and support vector machine model.compared with these models, the predictive model was constructed by changing the input conditions and the optimal input was selected. figure 2 shows the fitting effect of the multiple regression model on the training data. figure 2. multiple regression fitting the irradiance in the figure is processed by log exponential smoothing. from the figure, we can see that if the input of the model contains only irradiance, the actual significance of the model is to fit the change trend of the actual irradiance in the time series, but the fitting effect of the multiple regression model on the training data set is not very ideal. as the number of elements of the multiple regression model increases, it does not improve the final fitting effect, however, the calculation time of the model will increase, and the complexity will increase. in the time series, the actual irradiance will have a large fluctuation phenomenon, relying on this condition alone, can not capture the correct change trend. therefore, factors affecting the irradiance are considered in the input data. the results of persistent model fitting based on the training data set are shown in figure 3. figure 3 shows the optimal fitting results of the persistent prediction model under different combinations of input data. the errors are shown in table 1, where (a) the input irradiance plus clear sky index is the optimal input when considering a single meteorological factor, and its rmse 0.27, the autocorrelation coefficient (r-square) was 0.12; (b) in order to consider the two meteorological factors, the input irradiance, clear sky index and sunshine duration are the optimal inputs, with rmse 0.26 and r-square 0.21; (c) in order to consider multiple meteorological factors, the input irradiance, clear sky index, sunshine duration and cloud cover ratio were the optimal inputs, with rmse 0.25 and rsquare 0.24; (d) the rmse is 0.26, and the autocorrelation coefficient (r-square) is 0.15, considering the input in the case of all meteorological factors. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 943 (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 3. fits different inputs based on a persistent model table 1. different input errors based on persistent models input combination irradiance + clear sky index irradiance + clear sky index + sunshine duration irradiance + clear sky index + sunshine duration + cloud cover ratio irradiance + total meteorological factors rmse 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.26 r-square 0.12 0.21 0.24 0.15 due to the fact that the irradiance data is smoothed using the log1p index and its magnitude is compressed between 11 and 13, the rmse calculated from the model training error cannot clearly reflect the error quality under different input combinations. therefore, it is necessary to compare the performance of models under different input combinations based on the autocorrelation coefficient (r-square). generally speaking, the closer the autocorrelation coefficient is to 1, the better the training effect of the model. in terms of the amount of input, because it's done on a monthly basis throughout the forecasting process, and the total amount of data is limited, most of the meteorological factors are processed by means of average. therefore, during model training, emphasis should be placed on the selection of the feature dimension of the input data. it's not hard to see back in figure 1, the larger the feature dimension required for model training, the model training effect is inversely proportional to the complexity, which increases and decreases. in addition, increasing the feature dimension of training data with limited sample data will lead to the deterioration of the generalization ability. according to the fitting results of the persistent model, irradiance, clear sky index, in the following comparison experiment based on the support vector machine model, irradiance, clear sky index, sunshine duration and cloud cover ratio are taken as the input of the two models. the fit of these two models on the training set is shown in figure 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 944 (a) (b) figure 4. fitting comparison between lstm and support vector machine it can be seen from the fitting results in figure 4, the fitting effect of support vector machine and lstm neural network on the training set has been significantly improved compared with multiple regression model and persistent prediction model. since irradiance has a strong change law in time series, and the forecast time is long,lstm neural network can deal with "long period dependence" effectively because of its unique memory module in the network structure. table 2 shows the error table of fitting between support vector machine and lstm neural network on training set. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 945 table 2. results of fitting error between lstm neural network and support vector machine selection model support vector machine lstm rmse 0.13 0.08 r-square 0.66 0.94 to further analyze the prediction effect of lstm, the prediction data set is input into each trained model. figure 5 is the prediction effect diagram of lstm and each model, in which the predicted value is converted into the true irradiance range through log inverse transformation, and table 3 is the comparison table of the prediction error between lstm and each model. (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 5. comparison of prediction results between lstm and various models table 3. comparison of prediction error results of each model model multiple regression persistent forecasting support vector machine lstm mape 33.57% 19.99% 12.36% 3.87% r-square 0.11 0.30 0.73 0.95 it can be seen that, lstm has better fitting ability and prediction ability. as for the prediction error, since the final irradiance value is in the actual range, the order of magnitude is larger, which is suitable for mape as the error measurement standard. for medium and long-term prediction tasks, the mape of the predicted results is within 5%, which is an acceptable range. therefore, lstm neural network has better prediction effect in medium and long-term irradiance prediction tasks with limited training sample data, regular change trend of prediction target in time series, and "long time period dependent" condition. 4.2. mediumand long-term power consumption data prediction of distributed photovoltaic power stations through indirect prediction, that is, using irradiance as a medium, the required power consumption data is predicted. taking 20#, 35#, 55#, 65# as the object of study, the power consumption data of each power station in 2022 is predicted, and the results are as follows (figure 6). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 946 (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 6. prediction results of electricity consumption data in the figure 6, the mape of power station 20# is 3.80%, the mape of power station 35# is 3.36%, the mape of power station 55# is 3.96%, and the mape of power station 62# is 3.09%. the annual map errors of the 20, 35, 55, and 65 # power stations are 0.87%, 1.11%, 1.02%, and 1.22%, respectively, by adding up the predicted monthly power generation and comparing them with the actual total power generation in 2022. it can be seen that the mape of the monthly predicted value and the actual value of the lstm-based distributed photovoltaic power generation model fluctuates up and down 3.5%, and the annual predicted value of each power station fluctuates up and down 1.1%, and the prediction effect is good. 5. conclusion to sum up, this paper first summarizes the current irradiance prediction model and understands its principle and structure; then, the principle of the lstm neural network algorithm is introduced in detail, paving the way for the subsequent example analysis and empirical development. secondly, by comparing the prediction effect of the multiple regression model, persistent prediction model, support vector machine model, and lstm neural network model, it is found that mape is 33.57% and r-square is 0.11 in the prediction of the multi-source regression model. in the persistent prediction model, mape is 19.99% and r-square is 0.30. in svm model prediction, mape was 12.36% and r-square was 0.73. in the prediction of lstm neural networks, mape is 3.87% and r-square is 0.95, both of which are superior to other models, confirming the advantages of lstm neural networks in mediumand long-term irradiance prediction. finally, in order to further test the prediction effect of the lstm neural network model, distributed pv power stations 20#, 35#, 55#, and 65# are taken as the research objects to forecast the electricity consumption data of each power station in 2022. finally, it is found that the mape of the monthly forecast is 3.5%, and the annual forecast is 1.1%, which has high robustness. it can be put into practical applications to predict the electricity consumption data of distributed photovoltaic power stations in real time. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 947 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, j.y.; methodology, j.y.; software, c.x.; validation, j.y. and j.h.; formal analysis, c.x.; investigation, j.h.; resources, j.y.; data curation, x.y.; writing—original draft preparation, j.y.; writing—review and editing, c.x.; visualization, x.y.; supervision, j.y.; project administration, j.h.; funding acquisition, j.y. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding this work was supported by science and technology project of state grid shanxi electric power company “research on the analysis of regional characteristics and state assessment of distributed photovoltaic power generation” (52051l230101). 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] jovijari, f., & mehrpooya, m. (2024). development of crude oil desalination unit by using solar flat plate collectors. applied thermal engineering, 239, 122110. doi:10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2023.122110. [2] awogbemi, o., & von kallon, d. v. (2023). towards the development of underutilized renewable energy resources in achieving carbon neutrality. fuel communications, 100099.doi:10.1016/j.jfueco.2023.100099. [3] rafiq, m., mahr, m. s., imran, r., shaban, m., al-saeedi, s. i., hasanin, t. h. a., salim, m., & ibrahim, m. a. a. (2023). towards development of high-performance perovskite solar cells based on pyrrole materials for hole transport layer by using computational approach. journal of computational biophysics and chemistry, 22(8), 1097–1113. doi:10.1142/s2737416523420127. [4] charbonnier, f., morstyn, t., & mcculloch, m. (2024). home electricity data generator (hedge): an open-access tool for the generation of electric vehicle, residential demand, and pv generation profiles. methodsx, 12, 102618. doi:10.1016/j.mex.2024.102618. [5] liang, y., li, p., su, w., li, w., & xu, w. (2024). development of green data center by configuring photovoltaic power generation and compressed air energy storage systems. energy, 292. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2024.130516. [6] qiu, z., tian, y., luo, y., gu, t., & liu, h. (2024). wind and photovoltaic power generation forecasting for virtual power plants based on the fusion of improved k-means cluster analysis and deep learning. sustainability, 16(23), 10740. doi:10.3390/su162310740. [7] yu, x. p., li, p., zhang, y., li, h., yang, m., zheng, y., & xue, m. (2022, november). research on new energy generation market transaction based on sales risk control strategy. 2022 ieee 6th conference on energy internet and energy system integration (ei2), 2008-2014. doi:10.1109/ei256261.2022.10117401. [8] lu, p., ye, l., zhong, w., qu, y., zhai, b., tang, y., & zhao, y. (2020). a novel spatio-temporal wind power forecasting framework based on multi-output support vector machine and optimization strategy. journal of cleaner production, 254, 119993. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.119993. [9] antonanzas, j., osorio, n., escobar, r., urraca, r., martinez-de-pison, f. j., & antonanzas-torres, f. (2016). review of photovoltaic power forecasting. solar energy, 136, 78-111. doi:10.1016/j.solener.2016.06.069. [10] zhang, w., li, q., & he, q. (2022). application of machine learning methods in photovoltaic output power prediction: a review. journal of renewable and sustainable energy, 14(2), 022701. doi:10.1063/5.0082629. https://doi.org/10.3390/su162310740 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 948 [11] al-dahidi, s., madhiarasan, m., al-ghussain, l., abubaker, a. m., ahmad, a. d., alrbai, m., ... & zio, e. (2024). forecasting solar photovoltaic power production: a comprehensive review and innovative data-driven modeling framework. energies, 17(16), 4145. doi:10.3390/en17164145. [12] herraiz, á. h., marugán, a. p., & márquez, f. p. g. (2020). photovoltaic plant condition monitoring using thermal images analysis by convolutional neural network-based structure. renewable energy, 153, 334-348. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2020.01.148 [13] bo, g., chao, m., chongbiao, z., weijie, q., chao, f., & chao, z. (2023). output forecast of distributed photovoltaic power generation based on spatial-temporal graph neural network. journal of electric power systems and automation, 35, 125– 133. [14] wang, s., yan, s., li, h., zhang, t., jiang, w., yang, b., ... & wang, j. (2024). short-term prediction of photovoltaic power based on quadratic decomposition and residual correction. electric power systems research, 236, 110968. doi:10.1016/j.epsr.2024.110968. [15] hou, l., ding, h., liu, y., & wang, s. (2022). evaluation and suggestion on the subsidy policies for rural clean heating in winter in the beijing-tianjin-hebei region. energy and buildings, 274, 112456. doi:10.1016/j.enbuild.2022.112456. [16] wang, y., chen, l., & shi, x. (2023). prediction of scrap volume and recyclable resource potential of distributed photovoltaic power generation equipment in the beijing-tianjin-hebei region. resources science, 45(10), 2076–2088. doi:10.18402/resci.2023.10.12. [17] molina, m. g., & espejo, e. j. (2014). modeling and simulation of grid-connected photovoltaic energy conversion systems. international journal of hydrogen energy, 39(16), 8702-8707. doi:10.1016/j.ijhydene.2013.12.048. [18] zhang, c., yan, x., & nie, j. (2023). economic analysis of whole-county pv projects in china considering environmental benefits. sustainable production and consumption, 40, 516-531. doi:10.1016/j.spc.2023.07.020. [19] li, j., wang, p., dong, h., & shen, j. (2022). multi/many-objective evolutionary algorithm assisted by radial basis function models for expensive optimization. applied soft computing, 122, 108798. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2022.108798. [20] de souza, l. p., sanches-neto, f. o., junior, g. m. y., ramos, b., lastre-acosta, a. m., carvalho-silva, v. h., & teixeira, a. c. s. c. (2022). photochemical environmental persistence of venlafaxine in an urban water reservoir: a combined experimental and computational investigation. process safety and environmental protection, 166, 478-490. doi:10.1016/j.psep.2022.08.049. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 534 issn: 2723-9535 iot attacks detection using supervised machine learning techniques malak aljabri 1 , afrah shaahid 2* , fatima alnasser 2 , asalah saleh 2, dorieh alomari 2 , menna aboulnour 2, walla al-eidarous 1, areej althubaity 3 1 department of computer and network engineering, college of computing, umm al-qura university, makkah 21955, saudi arabia. 2 college of computer science and information technology, imam abdulrahman bin faisal university, p.o. box 1982, dammam 31441, saudi arabia. 3 depatment of cybersecurity, college of computing, umm al-qura university, makkah 21955, saudi arabia. received 29 march 2024; revised 29 july 2024; accepted 08 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract in recent times, the growing significance of internet of things (iot) devices in people's lives is undeniable, driven by their myriad benefits. however, these devices confront cybersecurity threats akin to traditional network devices, as they depend on networks for connectivity and synchronization. artificial intelligence (ai) techniques, specifically machine learning (ml) and deep learning (dl), have demonstrated notable reliability in the field of cyberattack detection. this study focuses on detecting flood and brute force cyberattacks using machine learning (ml) and deep learning (dl) models. the primary emphasis lies in identifying traffic features that significantly detect these types of attacks. the experimental study incorporates eight models: decision tree (dt), k-nearest neighbor (knn), random forest (rf), support vector machines (svm), logistic regression (lr), gradient boosting (gb), naïve bayes (nb), and artificial neural network (ann). two sets of experiments were conducted, with the first set involving six features and the subsequent set, after feature selection, focusing on a reduced set of three features. the evaluation of the proposed model's efficiency and performance relied on metrics such as accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score. remarkably, all proposed models exhibited high performance in both sets of experiments. however, the gradient boosting (gb) classifier suppressed others, attaining an impressive accuracy level of 95.94% and 95.28% in the sets with six features and three features, respectively. keywords: supervised; iot security; cyberattacks; iot attacks. 1. introduction in the contemporary era, the internet has become a fundamental aspect of our daily existence. attempts to breach computer systems and networks have escalated due to the surge in online applications that evolved with the advent of transformative technologies like the internet of things (iot). iot, seamlessly integrating intelligent objects and devices, has experienced exponential growth, projecting a global connection of 15.1 billion devices in 2023 [1]. the range of iot applications extends from wearables for health monitoring and smart fridges in home appliances to intelligent boards for education [2]. nonetheless, iot confronts a range of cyber threats in the internet's hostile environment, emphasizing the ongoing need for efforts to support network security. machine learning (ml) emerges as a highly successful computational model for embedding artificial intelligence (ai) in the iot domain. ml methods in cybersecurity have been instrumental in various network security advancements [3], including network traffic analysis [4-6], intrusion detection [7], and botnet identification [8-10]. * corresponding author: 2190009057@iau.edu.sa http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-01 ø this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9255-6094 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2427-6015 https://orcid.org/0009-0001-1571-7050 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9031-9917 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6597-0062 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 535 ml plays a crucial role in iot solutions with its unique ability to automate or adapt knowledge-based behaviors. it can unearth valuable insights from data generated by humans or machines. one of its key applications is providing security services in iot networks, particularly in the progressive research on attack detection strategies [11]. the threats posed by two prevalent cyberattacks, flood denial of service (dos) attacks and real-time streaming protocol (rtsp) brute force attacks, emphasize the significance of this role. these attacks, if not detected and mitigated, can cause severe disruptions, potentially leading to system crashes and rendering the system unreachable for its designated users. the limited computational power, short battery life, and poor built-in security of iot devices make them easy targets for attackers to launch ddos and dos attacks. attackers often exploit vulnerabilities in iot devices using brute-force techniques to compromise credentials and gain access to these devices. once compromised, these devices can be turned into malicious bots and assembled into large botnets controlled by attackers [12]. malicious bots could then establish dos attacks or brute-force attacks. dos attacks employ two primary approaches flooding services or crashing services—where flood attacks occur when a server cannot manage the incoming traffic, resulting in system slowdown or cessation. common flood attack types encompass buffer overflow attacks, icmp (internet control message protocol) floods, and syn floods. in contrast, brute-force attacks, a hacking technique reliant on trial and error, target encryption keys, passwords, and login credentials to gain unauthorized access. despite its simplicity, brute-force attacks remain popular among hackers, utilizing computers to test various username-password combinations until they discover the correct login information. this intriguing simplicity and popularity of brute-force attacks highlight the need for advanced security measures. ml plays a prominent role in attack detection through two cyber-analysis types: signature-based and anomaly-based. signature-based approaches utilize specific traffic characteristics or "signatures" to accurately identify known attacks without generating excessive false alarms. while effective, these approaches have limitations, such as the inability to detect previously undetected attacks and the need for regular manual updates to attack traffic signatures. on the other hand, anomaly-based detection identifies anything deviating from usual network behavior as a potential attack, posing the risk of high false alarm rates (fars). fars introduce the possibility of categorizing formerly unrecognized yet legal behaviors as anomalies. notably, a hybrid strategy combining signature and anomaly detection methods holds promise. to commence, anwer et al. [13] presented a robust framework for detecting malicious network traffic, demonstrating its reliability using the nsl-kdd dataset. the framework, powered by three popular algorithms, namely, random forest (rf), support vector machines (svm), and gradient boosted decision trees (gbdt), reliably analyzes traffic data to expose data that is maliciously traveling over iot devices. the rf classifier attained an optimum accuracy of 85.34% and a specificity of 95.09%. utilizing the same nsl-kdd dataset, tomer & sharma [14] introduced an innovative ensemble ml model for real-time attack detection on fog nodes. their top-performing model, featuring base classifiers such as k-nearest neighbors (knn), naive bayes (nb), and decision trees (dt), and employing an ensemble approach through voting, achieved exceptional results with the nsl-kdd dataset, yielding 99.4% precision, 99.7% recall, 99.5% f1-score, and a roc of 99.9%. alsamiri & alsubhi [15] demonstrated the impressive speed and efficiency of their evaluation of seven ml models, including iterative dichotomiser 3 (id3), knn, rf, quadratic discriminant analysis (qda), adaboost, multilayer perceptron (mlp), and nb using bot-iot dataset, which covers a wide variety of botnet attacks. moreover, 84 new network traffic features were extracted using cicflowmeter [16]. the knn model, which had accuracy, recall, precision, and an f1-score of 99%, was the best performer. likewise, htwe et al. [17] suggested a detection framework employing ml techniques, including the classification and regression trees (cart) algorithm, on the n-baiot dataset. the n-baiot dataset is a comprehensive iot intrusion detection dataset containing many network traffic features. comparative analysis with the nb classifier showed that cart achieved significantly better results, averaging a detection accuracy of 99%. gaber et al. [18] proposed an efficient intrusion detection method, employing recursive feature elimination and constant removal for feature selection to counter injection attacks in iot devices. they evaluated multiple ml algorithms (rf, svm, and dt) on the aegean wi-fi intrusion dataset (awid), a popular dataset used for research in wireless network security, particularly intrusion detection systems (ids). the results revealed that dt emerged as the most potent, achieving outstanding results with 99% accuracy, 95% precision, and a 90% f1-score, all accomplished with a concise set of 8 features. to identify common ddos attacks such as bashlite and mirai, aysa et al. [19] constructed a framework to detect abnormal defense activities, focusing on iot-specific features. the training and testing of lsvm, neural network, j48, and rf ml models determined that the optimal outcome was achieved by combining rf and dt, achieving an outstanding precision, recall, and f1-score of 99.7%. notably, krishnan et al. [20] conducted a significant study where they built three classifiers to predict whether the traffic is malicious or benign. their research, which involved several supervised feature selection methods on iot network data, was instrumental in determining the optimal feature selection approach for network intrusion prediction. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 536 the models they used, svm, rf, and extreme gradient boosting (xgboost), were rigorously compared, and the analysis concluded that using recursive feature elimination for feature selection was the best choice. the model xgboost performed exceptionally well, achieving a perfect f1-score of 100%, a recall rate of 99.79, and an accuracy level matching the recall at 99.79. similarly, saran & kesswani [21] identified multi-class intrusion attacks in iot environments, evaluating the performance of various ml classifiers based on accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score. the mqtt-iot-ids2020 dataset demonstrated the effectiveness of classifiers such as rf, dt, k-nn, svm, nb, and stochastic gradient descent (sgd), with rf and dt achieving a high accuracy of 99.98%. hammood & sadiq [5] recently discussed ensemble ml methods for ids in iot environments. they utilized three publicly available datasets: unsw-nb15, iotid-20, and botnetiot, which contain labeled network traffic data categorized as normal or malicious, including specific attack types, such as dos attacks. the suggested method utilized six ml algorithms: logistic regression (lr), nb, dt, extra trees, rf, and gboost. the predictions of all six ml algorithms were combined using an ensemble approach. performance metrics: accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 score were conducted to evaluate the models. the ensemble method achieved an accuracy of 88.41% on iotid20, 98.52% on unsw-nb15, and 91.03% on botnetiot, outperforming individual ml algorithms. the experiment’s results highlight the effectiveness of the ensemble methods for improving intrusion detection accuracy in iot networks. furthermore, altulaihan et al. [22] utilized the iotid20 dataset to showcase the effectiveness of ml classifiers like dt, rf, knn, and svm in detecting iot cyberattacks, particularly dos attacks. the research employed feature selection algorithms such as correlation-based feature selection (cfs) and genetic algorithm (ga) to optimize the performance of these classifiers. while the dt and rf classifiers achieved a superior performance of 100% accuracy when trained with ga under specific conditions, the svm model with ga features showed a lower accuracy of 88.29%. this discrepancy was attributed to the inherent difficulty faced by svms in handling large datasets with strong feature correlations, a challenge that has yet to be encountered by dt and rf classifiers. several studies have explored the use of dl for attack detection. for instance, pecori et al. [23] evaluated the effectiveness of dl models of different numbers of hidden layers compared to traditional ml approaches. they curated an extensive dataset of iot traffic flows for model assessment, employing hoeffding tree (ht), dt, and self-constructed dl models with layers ranging from four to seven. the dl architecture outperformed the ml models in both binary and multinomial classification. the dl with seven hidden layers achieved outstanding results, recording an accuracy of 99.75%, a precision of 99.37%, a recall of 99.37%, and an f1-score of 99.37% for binary classification. simultaneously, the dl with seven hidden layers produced the best results. in the meantime, the dl with six hidden layers yielded optimal results for multiclass classification, securing a 99.73% accuracy, 98.86% precision, 98.67% recall, and a 98.77% f1-score. moreover, alkahtani & aldhyani [24] focused on botnet attacks on nine commercial iot devices. they employed a hybrid dl approach denoted as (cnnlstm), which combins the convolutional neural networks (cnn) and long short-term memory (lstm) algorithms. the study utilized the n-baiot dataset, which featured benign and malicious patterns obtained from a real system. the cnn-lstm model achieved accuracies ranging from 87.19% to 90.88% across various iot devices. following a more hierarchical approach, al-zubidi et al. [25] proposed a new intrusion detection system named cnn-lstm-xgboost. the study highlighted that the traditional idss for dos and ddos attacks cannot detect new attacks, resulting in a low accuracy rate. the proposed system combines cnns, lstm networks, and xgboost to achieve high accuracy in attack detection. cnns and lstms extract features from raw network traffic data, identifying temporal and spatial patterns. these features were then fed into xgboost, a fast and efficient classifier, to categorize the traffic as normal or containing an attack. cnn-lstm-xgboost was evaluated on three publicly available datasets, namely cicids-001, cic-ids2017, and cic-ids2018. all three datasets focus on ids network traffic data and contain normal and malicious traffic with various attack scenarios, including dos and ddos attacks. the system achieved over 98% accuracy on all datasets, demonstrating its effectiveness compared to existing methods. conversely, islam et al. [26] aimed to identify iot threats through ids. they utilized both ml algorithms (svm, rf, and dt), as well as dl algorithms (deep neural network (dnn), deep belief network (dbn), lstm, stacked lstm, and bi-lstm). five benchmark datasets evaluated the models: iotdevnet, nslkdd, ds2os, iot botnet, and iotid20. the dl approach outperformed ml algorithms, with bi-lstm demonstrating the best performance, achieving testing accuracies of 99.27%, 99.97%, 99.39%, 99.99%, and 99.991% on the respective datasets. lastly, karamollaoğlu et al. [27] investigated the use of the cnn for attack classification in iot networks. the study discussed a hybrid approach combining principal component analysis (pca) and bat optimization algorithm for dimensionality reduction to improve efficiency on resource constrained iot devices. the system was evaluated on two datasets, iotid20 and bot-iot, which contain various attack types, including dos, ddos, and botnet attacks. the model's performance was evaluated using accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score. the proposed model has achieved 99.9% accuracy on both datasets. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 537 table 1 summarizes the reviewed studies, encompassing methods, datasets, attack types detected, and achieved accuracy and f1-scores. table 1. summary of the literature review reference method used dataset attack type accuracy f1-score anwer et al. (2021) [13] rf nsl-kdd probe, dos, u2r, and r2l 85.34% tomer & sharma (2022) [14] knn, nb, and dt nsl-kdd probe, dos, u2r, and r2l 99.5% alsamiri & alsubhi (2019) [15] knn bot-iot probing, dos, and information theft. 99% 99% htwe et al. (2020) [17] cart n-baiot ack, scan, syn, udp, udpplain, tcp, junk, and comb attacks. 99% gaber et al. (2022) [18] dt awid injection attacks 99% 90% aysa et al. (2020) [19] rf and dt a standard dataset containing common attacks mirai and bashlite 99.7% krishnan et al. (2021) [20] xgboost private iot network data dos and spoofing 99.79% 100% saran & kesswani, (2023) [21] nb, rf, dt, svm, k-nn, and sgd mqtt-iot-ids2020 intrusion attacks 99.98% 99.98% hammood & sadiq (2023) [5] ensemble ml unsw-nb15, iotid-20, botnetiot dos 88.41% on iotid20, 98.52% on unsw-nb15, and 91.03% on botnetiot altulaihan et al. (2024) [22] dt, rf, knn, svm iotid20 dos 100% 100% pecori et al. (2020) [23] dl with six hidden layers scanning, dos, mirai, mitm 99.73% 98.77% alkahtani & aldhyani (2021) [24] cnn-lstm n-baiot dataset bashlite and mirai 90.88% al-zubidi et al. (2024) [25] ccn-lstm-xgboost cicids-001, cic-ids2017, cic-ids2018 dos, ddos 98% 99% islam et al. (2021) [26] bi-lstm nslkdd, iotdevnet, ds2os, iotid20, iot botnet scan, mitm, dos, prob, u2r, and r2l 99.27% 99.97% 99.39% 99.99% 99.991% karamollaoğlu et al. (2024) [27] pca, bat, smote, cnn iotid-20, botnetiot dos, ddos, botnet 99.97% after a thorough literature review, several recurring themes have emerged. researchers often utilize various datasets to explore iot traffic, identify malicious network activity, and implement intrusion detection systems (ids). each dataset offers unique insights into different attack types, enriching our understanding of iot security. despite extensive research, exploration of iot attacks using newer datasets like the cic iot dataset 2022 remains limited, highlighting other directions to investigate. moreover, addressing cyber threats such as flood dos and rtsp brute-force attacks remains challenging. in this study, we contribute to the existing literature by targeting iot attack scenarios and assessing the effectiveness of ml techniques in detecting iot network attacks, with a specific focus on flood dos attacks and rtsp brute-force attacks. notably, we leverage the cic iot dataset 2022, a recent and comprehensive multi-dimensional profiling dataset that adds an additional perspective to this field [28]. the key contributions of this paper include: • improving the detection of network attacks in iot by thoroughly evaluating the efficacy of ml and dl algorithms on a very recent dataset. • extraction of two distinct types of feature sets aimed at enhancing the overall model performance. • a noteworthy contribution to the iot and cybersecurity literature, particularly given the limited number of studies utilizing recent datasets. this paper is structured as follows: section 2 presents the methodology used for the paper, including the dataset description, data pre-processing, feature selection, ml and dl algorithms, evaluation metrics, and experimental setup. section 3 elaborates on the study's results and discussion. this study’s conclusion is summarized in section 4, providing a comprehensive overview of our findings. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 538 2. research methodology in this study, we analyzed the network traffic of iot devices using ml and dl techniques. we focus on detecting flood dos and rstp brute-force attacks based on normal traffic patterns. we utilized a variety of classifiers, including ann, dt, gb, knn, lr, nb, svm, and rf, for multi-class classification on our dataset. each iot device connection is classified as flood, brute-force, or normal. to evaluate the performance of these models, we used key metrics such as accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score. the 80:20 ratio signifies how the dataset was partitioned, allocating 80% for training and 20% for testing. additionally, we conducted two experiments using different feature sets to assess their significance. the methodology adopted for this study is illustrated in figure 1, providing a clear and structured overview of our research approach. figure 1. research methodology 2.1. dataset description the cic iot dataset 2022 is a publicly available dataset curated by the esteemed canadian institution for cybersecurity (cic). dadkhah et al. [28] meticulously constructed this advanced dataset, incorporating 60 distinct iot devices, for comprehensive vulnerability testing, behavioral analysis, and profiling purposes. the dataset is structured around six distinct experiments, each capturing network packets via wireshark across various operational states, including power, idle, interactions, scenarios, active, and attacks. our investigation contributed by focusing on two specific experiments concerning the simcam device: the power and attack experiments. the power experiment served as a baseline for normal traffic analysis, while the attacks experiment enabled the examination and classification of flood dos and rstp brute-force attacks, providing insights into the device's security vulnerabilities. initially, the dataset provided packet captures in pcap (packet capture) format, containing essential packet attributes such as protocol name, timestamp, source and destination addresses, and supporting information. to ensure a comprehensive analysis and extract additional network traffic features, we conducted a series of preprocessing steps to ensure the depth and accuracy of our findings. table 2 outlines the original distribution of packets within the dataset. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 539 table 2. original distribution of the dataset’s packets class no. of packets flood dos 885,813 rstp brute-force 103,855 normal 675 2.2. dataset pre-processing before training and testing the models of interest, pre-processing was performed to convert the dataset’s raw data into a usable and effective format. usually, pre-processing activities include loading, cleaning, manipulating, and converting data to the appropriate form for the desired study. hence, the pcap files of the power and attack experiments of the simcam device were converted into csv files using a network traffic flow generator and analyzer known as cicflowmeter [16]. after conversion, each row in the csv file represents a connection flow from start to end, and the tool extracted over 80 features. the csv files were then labeled manually. lastly, the dataset's size resulted in 13,315 records. table 3 displays the dataset distribution obtained after pre-processing. table 3. the dataset distribution after pre-processing class no. of packets flood dos 10,379 rstp brute-force 2,784 normal 152 figure 2 depicts that the dataset is imbalanced as only 1.1% of the dataset composes normal traffic, and brute-force records represent only 20.9% of attacks. therefore, over and under-sampling pre-processing techniques were adopted to resolve the imbalance of the dataset. under-sampling was performed on the rstp brute-force class, and the records were randomly selected and reduced to 3,000. this prevented the model from being biased towards the majority class. on the other hand, both flood dos and normal classes were oversampled using the synthetic minority over-sampling technique (smote). smote works by creating synthetic samples from the minority class rather than by over-sampling with replacement, as in the traditional approach. this was done to increase the representation of the minority classes, thereby improving the model's ability to detect them. moreover, the target class was represented categorically. thus, label encoding was performed on the target class: flood dos (1), rstp brute-force (0), and normal (2). the numerical data was normalized to within the range of 0:1 utilizing the min-max method. figure 2. sampling techniques applied 2.3. feature selection after pre-processing and converting the dataset to csv format using the cicflowmeter [16] tool, over 80 statistical features were initially extracted. to refine these features, a comprehensive feature selection process was employed, incorporating both manual feature correlation elimination and recursive feature elimination (rfe). this process involved removing features with all values as zero, features with uniform values, and features with zero correlation to the target class. such features were excluded because they do not contribute to the model’s detection capabilities, as they fail to reveal any distinguishable behavior relevant to the target class. subsequently, two distinct experiments were conducted to evaluate the impact of different feature sets on the model’s performance and to identify the most effective features for the detection process. table 4 presents the selected features, their descriptions, and their correlations to the target class. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 540 table 4. features selected and their description features selected description correlation protocol it denotes protocol 0.162641 flow iat max the maximum time interval separating two consecutively transmitted packets within the flow. 0.242171 fwd pkts/s the rate of forward packets per second 0.166998 bwd pkts/s the rate of backward packets per second -0.309762 pkt len max the maximum packet length 0.877138 fwd act data pkts the count of packets in the forward direction, each containing a minimum of 1 byte of tcp data payload. 0.384332 in the first experiment, six features were selected by eliminating those with high inter-feature correlation, thereby retaining only those features with a strong individual impact on the target class. this approach avoids redundant information and reduces algorithmic complexity. meanwhile, a further feature selection technique, rfe, was applied in the second experiment, and only three features from experiment 1 were used. table 5 illustrates the features used in each experiment. as the results depict, the feature with the highest correlation to the target class, the pkt len max, stands out as integral for analyzing and identifying the attacks performed against iot devices. the significance of these findings is substantial, as they demonstrate the efficacy of careful feature selection in enhancing the detection performance of models, particularly in the context of iot security. the study provides a robust foundation for developing more efficient and accurate detection mechanisms by prioritizing features that offer the most distinctive insights into attack patterns. table 5. set of features used in each experiment experiment 1: features selected with manual correlation elimination experiment 2: features in experiment 1 after conducting rfe protocol flow iat max fwd pkts/s fwd pkts/s bwd pkts/s bwd pkts/s pkt len max pkt len max fwd act data pkts 2.4. ml and dl algorithms in this section, the features selected are fed into the classifiers and well-known ml and dl algorithms that were applied in this study are analyzed and investigated. the algorithms employed in this study include ann, dt, gb, knn, lr, nb, svm, and rf. furthermore, the evaluation of each algorithm's performance included analyzing vital metrics such as accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score. 2.4.1. artificial neural network a renowned model in the field of perception is the artificial neural network (ann), modeled after the human brain structure. many ai scientists believe that understanding how the human brain functions can help in defining solutions for computational problems such as formal algorithms and implementing them. the brain is composed of processing units called neurons that are largely connected through synapses. correspondingly, an ann model is a mathematical representation that functions like the human brain. the network neurons are arranged into input, hidden, and output layers, as depicted in figure 3. this model is renowned as a feed-forward neural network (ffnn). ann is nonparametric and finds application in classification and regression problems [29, 30]. figure 3. the layers of neurons in ann hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 541 2.4.2. decision tree a decision tree (dt), a hierarchical data structure that employs the divide-and-conquer approach, serves as a nonparametric method adeptly applied to both classification and regression problems. a dt is a model for supervised learning where a sequence of recursive splits to identify the desired local region with the fewest steps. dt are composed of internal nodes and terminal leaves. a test function donated as fm(x) is applied at each node m in a dt. the branches are labeled with discrete outcomes, and for a given input, a test is performed at each node. subsequently, one of the branches is selected based on the results obtained. the process is recursively repeated starting from the root until a leaf node is achieved which outcomes in an output value. figure 4 shows an abstract view of the decision tree process. moreover, the non-parametric nature of decision trees causes them to develop branches and leaves as they learn, and this growth is contingent upon the complexity of the problem being addressed [29]. figure 4. decision tree process 2.4.3. gradient boosting a gradient boosting, classified within the ensemble machine learning category, employs a suite of algorithms to merge multiple weak learning models (predictors with limited accuracy), forming a robust predictive model characterized by a high accuracy rate. the gradient boosting model depends on a loss function aimed at minimizing errors. in each iteration, the model attempts to enhance the accuracy by reducing the errors fed into it by its predecessor. hence, during each iteration, a new model is developed by incorporating the residual errors from the previous model, as opposed to fitting an entirely new model [31] as depicted in figure 5. figure 5. the gradient boosting procedure 2.4.4. k-nearest neighbor knn algorithm is a straightforward ml technique utilized for classification and regression. the construction of a knn model involves retaining the training dataset. when predicting a new data point, the algorithm identifies its nearest neighbor or neighbors in the training dataset. initially, the algorithm typically starts by finding only the single nearest neighbor. however, we can consider a random number of neighbors, as the name knn indicates. that being done, the algorithm uses voting to make a prediction. hence, for a test point, the number of neighbors is counted and then assigned to the majority class among the knn [32] as shown in figure 6. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 542 figure 6. knn procedure for (k = 3) 2.4.5. logistic regression logistic regression is the foremost statistical analysis algorithm used to predict a binary (0,1) outcome in research based on one or more predictors (independent variables). typically, lr is used to predict the probability that the outcome or dependent variable equals 1, categorize outcomes, and analyze risks and odds associated with the dependent variables. its ability to achieve these three goals makes it a unique algorithm [33]. 2.4.6. naïve bayes nb classifier is like linear models. however, nb models tend to train faster. the efficiency of the nb model lies in its ability to learn parameters and collect statistics from each feature by exploring each feature individually. therefore, the nb classifier can be trained to make predictions quickly, and the training process is easy to understand. the model works well on high-dimensional sparse data, is robust to parameters, and can be used as a baseline [32]. 2.4.7. support vector machine svm is an advanced extension that enables the creation of complex models not simply identified by hyperplanes and input space. the svm model is used in regression (svr) and classification (svc). during training, the model discerns the relevance per training data point in delineating the decision boundary between two classes. generally, a selective subset of training points, specifically those residing on the border between classes, influences the decision boundary— these are referred to as support vectors, as depicted in figure 7. in prediction, the algorithm measures the proximity of each support vector, guiding the classification decision accordingly [32]. figure 7. svm procedure 2.4.8. random forest random forest (rf) is a widely adopted ensemble method primarily designed for classification. in contrast to dt, the rf model grows multiple trees instead of a single tree. this approach enhances the randomness of samples, mitigating the overfitting problem commonly encountered by dt models. as a result, rf provides an excellent predictive model hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 543 known for its reliable predictions. the functioning of rf is akin to decision trees; however, the concluding prediction is nominated based on the majority vote from all trees. every tree provides a classification or a "vote," in a random forest, the algorithm selects the classification that receives the most votes from all the trees in the forest, as shown in figure 8. in the case of regression, the method involves averaging the outcomes from all trees [34]. figure 8. random forest procedure 2.5. evaluation metrics when evaluating the effectiveness of ml and dl models, it's crucial to select performance metrics tailored to the specific problem. the precision of our study's results was ensured by evaluating them using parameters of the confusion matrix namely accuracy, precision, recall, and f-measure. accuracy, a standard statistic, is computed as the ratio of the sum of the true positive (tp) and true negative (tn) (samples correctly classified) to the total number of samples as written in equation 1. a higher accuracy indicates a better performance of the model utilized. importantly, it is possible to calculate precision and recall on average and per class, allowing for adaptability to different scenarios [28]. 𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑦 = 𝑇𝑃 + 𝑇𝑁 𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑃 + 𝑇𝑁 + 𝐹𝑁 (1) precision, a pivotal metric, intricately assesses the model's accuracy in correctly identifying samples allocated to a specific attack or normal traffic category within the total samples assigned to that category. the precision computation, as articulated in equation 2, establishes a ratio of true positive (tp) samples to the combined count of false positive (fp) and true positive (tp) samples. this ratio offers a comprehensive understanding of precision concerning the entirety of detected samples. a greater precision signifies a reduced false positive rate, underscoring its paramount importance, especially in scenarios where the cost associated with a false positive is significantly elevated [28]. 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑃 (2) moreover, within the set of all samples that genuinely link to the attack (or normal traffic), recall is measured as the ratio of accurately identified samples to those specifically belonging to the attack (or normal traffic). the calculation, expressed by equation 3, involves determining recall through the division of true positives (tp) by the sum of true positives (tp) and false negatives (fn). it's worth noting that the presence of false negatives significantly affects the recall value, adding a layer of complexity and precision to the process. the relevance of recall becomes particularly evident in scenarios characterized by a notably high false negative (fn) rate, making it a pivotal factor in the selection of the optimal model [28]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 544 𝑃𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 (sensitivity) = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁 (3) lastly, the f-measure, also known as the f-score, is calculated using the weighted harmonic mean of recall and precision, as shown in equation 4. this metric is particularly useful for evaluating imbalanced data [28]. 𝐹 − 𝑀𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑒 = 2 × 𝑃 × 𝑅 𝑃 + 𝑅 = 2𝑇𝑃 2𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁 (4) 2.6. experimental setup several models were developed employing both ml and dl algorithms to carry out the mentioned experiments. python 3.7.13 was used to create the models on the google collab notebook platform. 9,000 records were used for the experiments with the target class consisting of three labels: "normal," " brute force," or "flood." a different set of features were meticulously utilized for each experiment. the initial experiment incorporated six features protocol, flow iat max, fwd pkts/s, bwd pkts/s, pkt len max, and fwd act data pkts. subsequently, in the second experiment, only three features were utilized fwd pkts/s, bwd pkts/s, and pkt len max. grid search with cross validation was applied in both experiments to fine-tune the model's parameters. like k-fold cross validation, cv parameter selection uses different sets for evaluation. furthermore, grid search attempts every possible combination of settings until it obtains the optimal value. the primary goal is to enhance the results' precision while reassuring their validity. a single input layer represents the number of features, with the first experiment incorporating six features while the second experiment utilizes three features in the construction of the ann model. subsequently, three hidden layers were established, culminating in a single output layer with three neurons. the rectified linear unit (relu) activation function is applied to the hidden layers, while the softmax function is employed for the output layer. the optimal parameter values for each algorithm utilized in this study are shown in table 6. table 6. models parameters optimization model best parameters optimal value ann quantity of hidden layers quantity of neurons in hidden layers activation function applied in hidden layers quantity of neurons in the output layer 3 96,64 and 16 relu 3 decision tree criterion max depth gini 10 gradient boosting max depth max features no. of estimators 10 log2 5 knn no. of neighbors 2 logistic regression c penalty 0.1 none naïve bayes svm c gamma kernel 100 1 rbf random forest bootstrap max depth max features no. of estimators true 10 auto 11 3. results and discussions in both experiments, the performance of the multi-class machine ml and dl models was assessed based on metrics such as accuracy, precision, recall, and f-measure. each experiment employed a distinct set of features. table 7 demonstrates the evaluation results of each model. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 545 table 7. experiments results model evaluation matrix experiment 1 experiment 2 ann accuracy 95.39% 94.39% precision 0.96 0.95 recall 0.95 0.94 f-measure 0.95 0.94 decision tree accuracy 95.72% 95.5% precision 0.96 0.96 recall 0.96 0.95 f-measure 0.96 0.95 gradient boosting accuracy 95.94% 95.28% precision 0.96 0.96 recall 0.96 0.95 f-measure 0.96 0.95 knn accuracy 95.28% 95.06% precision 0.95 0.95 recall 0.95 0.95 f-measure 0.95 0.95 logistic regression accuracy 92.94% 91.17% precision 0.94 0.91 recall 0.93 0.91 f-measure 0.93 0.91 naïve bayes accuracy 84.56% 79.67% precision 0.88 0.86 recall 0.84 0.80 f-measure 0.85 0.78 svm accuracy 95.5% 92.28% precision 0.96 0.92 recall 0.95 0.92 f-measure 0.95 0.92 random forest accuracy 95.61% 95.17% precision 0.96 0.95 recall 0.96 0.95 f-measure 0.96 0.95 table 7 shows that most models achieved excellent and consistent results in both experiments. there are slight differences in the performance metrics between experiment 1 and experiment 2 across all models. however, in experiment 1, gb stood out with the most favorable outcomes across all evaluation metrics, achieving an accuracy of 95.94%. this indicated its effectiveness in correctly classifying instances. this can be attributed to gb's unique advantages, particularly its flexibility in parameter tuning options and loss functions, which allow it to adapt exceptionally well to the task at hand [31]. additionally, as depicted in figure 9, all models demonstrated improved performance in the initial experiment with six features compared to the second one with only three features, where the performance slightly declined by a percentage ranging from 0.22% to 4.89%. despite this, we still obtained excellent results, further underscoring the importance of the three features: fwd pkts/s, bwd pkts/s, and pkt len max in iot device attack detection. fwd pkts/s and bwd pkts/s denote the rate of forward and backward packets per second, respectively, while pkt len max indicates the maximum length of a packet. after applying rfe in experiment 2, these features showed a high correlation to the target class, with pkt len max being the highest among them, which confirms its significance for the effective detection of iot attacks. the following are the key findings regarding the performance of the different models. ann demonstrated high accuracy, precision, recall, and f-measure in both experiments, indicating its robustness and effectiveness in classification tasks. there's a slight drop in performance from experiment 1 to experiment 2, which might be due to variations in the dataset. dt is sensitive to changes in the input data and feature set. even minor variations in the dataset hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 546 or feature selection process can impact the tree's structure and its classification decisions. therefore, the decrease in performance for dt from experiment 1 to experiment 2 could result from sensitivity to changes in the feature set. gb continues to perform well in experiment 1 and experiment 2 despite a reduction in the number of features. this indicates that gb can effectively adapt to changes in feature sets while maintaining its predictive power. gb combines multiple weak learners to form a strong ensemble model, allowing it to capture complex relationships between features and target variables. despite the complexity, gb manages to generalize well and achieve high performance on unseen data. false negatives, where attacks go undetected, pose a significant risk to iot security, allowing malicious activities to persist undetected. knn's balanced recall ensures that it effectively captures most of the true positive instances (actual attacks), minimizing the chances of false negatives and improving the overall detection capability of the system. lr balances performance, interpretability, and computational efficiency in iot attack detection. while it may not achieve the highest accuracy, its transparency, simplicity, and computational efficiency make it a valuable tool for classification tasks in iot environments, especially when interpretability and resource constraints are important considerations. nb exhibits low accuracy, precision, recall, and f-measure among the models in both experiments. nb assumes that features are conditionally independent given the class label. in practice, this assumption is often violated, especially in complex datasets like those involving iot attacks. this violation can lead to suboptimal performance, as seen in our results. the performance drop between the two experiments highlights svm's sensitivity to the feature selection process. svm relies on a well-chosen set of features to create a robust separating hyperplane. removing critical features can impact its ability to classify instances accurately. rf shows minimal performance degradation when transitioning from experiment 1 to experiment 2 despite the reduction in features. its strengths in scalability, non-linear relationship modeling, and handling missing data further enhance its suitability for real-world iot security applications. iot attack detection datasets often suffer from class imbalances. ensuring that the models do not become biased towards the majority class was a crucial challenge that was addressed in our study. moreover, the experiments also revealed other challenges, particularly related to feature selection sensitivity and computational complexity. while models such as gb and rf showed robustness and high performance, others like svm and nb highlighted the critical impact of feature selection. addressing these challenges requires careful tuning. moreover, our study was conducted in a simulated environment rather than a real-world setting. it is critical to evaluate the robustness of the models to adversarial attacks in the real world. iot devices have limited resources and computing capabilities. therefore, the ml models built for iot attack detection must be efficient and lightweight to avoid performance degradation. figure 9. results comparison the confusion matrix was also analyzed for both experiments, as shown in figure 10(a) and (b), to understand better the types of errors made by the highest accuracy model gb while predicting testing data. the values for correct and incorrect predictions are computed and broken down by each class: class (0) represents rstp brute-force attack, (1) flood attack, and (2) normal. the testing data portion contained 1,800 instances divided approximately the same between classes; the diagonal of the confusion matrix depicts the instances that were accurately predicted for each class, while what is left indicates wrong predictions. as illustrated in figure 10(a) and (b), most instances were classified correctly. however, the flood attack class and rstp brute-force attack were mostly correctly predicted with few wrong predictions. on the other hand, the normal class showed some wrong predictions, where 67 out of 594 and 78 out of 598 were predicted as the rstp brute-force attack class in the first and second experiments, respectively. this indicates that our model had more ability to classify rstp brute-force and flood attacks on the iot devices in the cic iot dataset 2022 [28]. 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.88 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 a cc u ra cy p re ci si o n r ec al l f -m ea su re a cc u ra cy p re ci si o n r ec al l f -m ea su re a cc u ra cy p re ci si o n r ec al l f -m ea su re a cc u ra cy p re ci si o n r ec al l f -m ea su re a cc u ra cy p re ci si o n r ec al l f -m ea su re a cc u ra cy p re ci si o n r ec al l f -m ea su re a cc u ra cy p re ci si o n r ec al l f -m ea su re a cc u ra cy p re ci si o n r ec al l f -m ea su re ann dt gb knn lr nb svm rf experiment 1 experiment 2 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 547 (a) (b) figure 10. represents a confusion matrix in which (a) confusion matrix for experiment 1 using gb model; (b) confusion matrix for experiment 2 using gb model 4. conclusions the internet of things (iot) has witnessed a significant proliferation of devices, users, and technological advancements in recent years, revolutionizing our daily activities. however, this convenience is accompanied by heightened security concerns, primarily due to the escalating threat of cyberattacks. in response to these critical challenges, our research is dedicated to detecting iot network attacks, specifically flood dos and rstp brute-force attacks, using machine learning (ml) and deep learning (dl) methodologies. this research is vital for safeguarding the security of iot devices, a crucial aspect of today's digital landscape. our study begins with an introduction and a review of existing literature, analyzing current research to identify gaps and propose a new perspective on this field. leveraging the cic iot dataset 2022, a multi-dimensional iot profiling dataset developed for cybersecurity, we conducted two meticulous experiments utilizing distinct feature sets: one comprising six features and another with three. the dataset underwent preprocessing with cicflowmeter to extract over 80 statistical features. to tackle the challenge of dataset imbalance, we utilized under-sampling and over-sampling techniques to ensure that the dataset was not biased toward the majority class while ensuring the reliability and validity of our findings. feature selection was conducted through manual feature correlation elimination and recursive feature elimination (rfe). pkt len max, demonstrating the strongest correlation with the target class, was identified as significant for analysis and attack detection due to its association with network attacks. this feature, representing the maximum packet length in a network flow, is a crucial indicator of potential network attacks. subsequently, the dataset was partitioned into an 80:20 ratio for training and testing purposes. eight supervised algorithms—ann, dt, gb, knn, lr, nb, svm, and rf—were utilized, and their efficacy was evaluated using key metrics, including accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score. notably, grid search, with cross-validation, was employed for parameter tuning, enhancing the robustness of our approach. our findings from the initial and subsequent experiments were promising. the gb algorithm achieved an impressive accuracy of 95.94%, while the dt algorithm attained an equally commendable accuracy of 95.5% in the subsequent experiment. analysis of the confusion matrix revealed the superior performance of the gb model in classifying flood and rstp brute-force attacks in both instances. these results demonstrate the effectiveness of our suggested approach, ml and dl techniques, in enhancing the detection of such attacks and have implications for the field of iot network security. by accurately identifying and classifying these attacks, we can strengthen the security of iot networks, thereby protecting the privacy and integrity of iot devices and the data they generate. this underscores the pivotal role of ml and dl methodologies in bolstering iot network security. while providing valuable insights using eight supervised classifiers, we are still eager to explore additional algorithms in future research, which opens up numerous opportunities to enhance our detection capabilities further. the potential for future advancements, such as integrating ml algorithms to construct a multi-layered model, is promising and could significantly improve detection performance. classifying and detecting new attacks and contributing to the ever-evolving domains of iot and cybersecurity is another direction to explore. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 548 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.a., a.sh., f.a., a.s., d.a., m.ab., w.a., and a.a.; methodology, m.a., a.sh., f.a., a.s., d.a., m.ab., w.a., and a.a.; software, f.a., a.s., and d.a.; validation, m.a., a.sh., f.a., a.s., d.a., m.ab., w.a., and a.a.; formal analysis, m.a., w.a., and a.a.; investigation, m.a., a.sh., f.a., a.s., d.a., and m.ab.; resources, m.a.; data curation, a.sh. and f.a.; writing—original draft preparation, m.a., a.sh., f.a., a.s., d.a., m.ab., w.a., and a.a.; writing—review and editing, m.a., a.sh., f.a., w.a., and a.a.; visualization, f.a.; supervision, m.a.; project administration, m.a.; funding acquisition, m.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. acknowledgements we would like to thank dr. rachid zagrouba for reviewing the paper and providing feedback. 5.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] statista. (2024). iot connected devices worldwide 2019-2030. statistics, hamburg, germany. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/1183457/iot-connected-devices-worldwide (accessed on may 2024). [2] bonaccorsi, m., betti, s., rateni, g., esposito, d., brischetto, a., marseglia, m., dario, p., & cavallo, f. (2017). ‘highchest’: an augmented freezer designed for smart food management and promotion of eco-efficient behaviour. sensors (switzerland), 17(6), 1357. doi:10.3390/s17061357. [3] aljabri, m., aljameel, s. s., mohammad, r. m. a., almotiri, s. h., mirza, s., anis, f. m., aboulnour, m., alomari, d. m., alhamed, d. h., & altamimi, h. s. (2021). intelligent techniques for detecting network attacks: review and research directions. sensors, 21(21). doi:10.3390/s21217070. [4] arnaldo, i., cuesta-infante, a., arun, a., lam, m., bassias, c., & veeramachaneni, k. (2017). learning representations for log data in cybersecurity. in s. d. shlomi & lodha (eds.), lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics): springer international publishing, vol. 10332 lncs, 250–268. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-60080-2_19. [5] hammood, b. a. k., & sadiq, a. t. (2023). ensemble machine learning approach for iot intrusion detection systems. iraqi journal for computers and informatics, 49(2), 93-99. [6] loganathan, g., samarabandu, j., & wang, x. (2018). sequence to sequence pattern learning algorithm for real-time anomaly detection in network traffic. canadian conference on electrical and computer engineering, 2018-may, 1–4. doi:10.1109/ccece.2018.8447597. [7] lambert ii, g. m. (2017). security analytics: using deep learning to detect cyber-attacks. unf graduate theses and dissertations university of north florida, florida, united states. available online: https://digitalcommons.unf.edu/etd/728/ (accessed on may 2024). [8] stevanovic, m., & pedersen, j. m. (2016). detecting bots using multi-level traffic analysis. international journal on cyber situational awareness, 1(1), 182–209. doi:10.22619/ijcsa.2016.100109. https://www.statista.com/statistics/1183457/iot-connected-devices-worldwide https://digitalcommons.unf.edu/etd/728/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 549 [9] alzahrani, r. a., & aljabri, m. (2023). ai-based techniques for ad click fraud detection and prevention: review and research directions. journal of sensor and actuator networks, 12(1). doi:10.3390/jsan12010004. [10] aljabri, m., zagrouba, r., shaahid, a., alnasser, f., saleh, a., & alomari, d. m. (2023). machine learning-based social media bot detection: a comprehensive literature review. social network analysis and mining, 13(1), 20. doi:10.1007/s13278-02201020-5. [11] aljabri, m., alahmadi, a. a., mohammad, r. m. a., alhaidari, f., aboulnour, m., alomari, d. m., & mirza, s. (2023). machine learning-based detection for unauthorized access to iot devices. journal of sensor and actuator networks, 12(2), 27. doi:10.3390/jsan12020027. [12] kumari, p., & jain, a. k. (2023). a comprehensive study of ddos attacks over iot network and their countermeasures. computers and security, 127, 103096. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2023.103096. [13] anwer, m., umer, m., khan, s. m., & waseemullah. (2021). attack detection in iot using machine learning. engineering, technology and applied science research, 11(3), 7273–7278. doi:10.48084/etasr.4202. [14] tomer, v., & sharma, s. (2022). detecting iot attacks using an ensemble machine learning model. future internet, 14(4), 102. doi:10.3390/fi14040102. [15] alsamiri, j., & alsubhi, k. (2019). internet of things cyber-attacks detection using machine learning. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 10(12), 627–634. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2019.0101280. [16] lashkari, a. h. (2024). cicflowmeter-v4.0: github. available online: https://github.com/ahlashkari/cicflowmeter (accessed on may 2024). [17] htwe, c. s., thant, y. m., & thwin, m. m. s. (2020). botnets attack detection using machine learning approach for iot environment. journal of physics: conference series, 1646(1), 012101. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1646/1/012101. [18] gaber, t., el-ghamry, a., & hassanien, a. e. (2022). injection attack detection using machine learning for smart iot applications. physical communication, 52. doi:10.1016/j.phycom.2022.101685. [19] aysa, m. h., ibrahim, a. a., & mohammed, a. h. (2020). iot ddos attack detection using machine learning. 4th international symposium on multidisciplinary studies and innovative technologies, ismsit 2020 proceedings, 1–7, istanbul, turkey. doi:10.1109/ismsit50672.2020.9254703. [20] krishnan, s., neyaz, a., & liu, q. (2021). iot network attack detection using supervised machine learning. international journal of artificial intelligence and expert systems, 10(2), 18–32. [21] saran, n., & kesswani, n. (2022). a comparative study of supervised machine learning classifiers for intrusion detection in internet of things. procedia computer science, 218, 2049–2057. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2023.01.181. [22] altulaihan, e., almaiah, m. a., & aljughaiman, a. (2024). anomaly detection ids for detecting dos attacks in iot networks based on machine learning algorithms. sensors, 24(2), 713. doi:10.3390/s24020713. [23] pecori, r., tayebi, a., vannucci, a., & veltri, l. (2020). iot attack detection with deep learning analysis. proceedings of the international joint conference on neural networks, 1–8. doi:10.1109/ijcnn48605.2020.9207171. [24] alkahtani, h., & aldhyani, t. h. h. (2021). botnet attack detection by using cnn-lstm model for internet of things applications. security and communication networks, 2021. doi:10.1155/2021/3806459. [25] al-zubidi, a. f., farhan, a. k., & towfek, s. m. (2024). predicting dos and ddos attacks in network security scenarios using a hybrid deep learning model. journal of intelligent systems, 33(1), 20230195. doi:10.1515/jisys-2023-0195. [26] islam, n., farhin, f., sultana, i., kaiser, s., rahman, s., mahmud, m., hosen, s., & cho, g. h. (2021). towards machine learning based intrusion detection in iot networks. computers, materials and continua, 69(2), 1801–1821. doi:10.32604/cmc.2021.018466. [27] karamollaoğlu, h., doğru, i̇. a., & yücedağ, i̇. (2024). an efficient deep learning-based intrusion detection system for internet of things networks with hybrid feature reduction and data balancing techniques. information technology and control, 53(1), 243–261. doi:10.5755/j01.itc.53.1.34933. [28] dadkhah, s., mahdikhani, h., danso, p. k., zohourian, a., truong, k. a., & ghorbani, a. a. (2022). towards the development of a realistic multidimensional iot profiling dataset. 2022 19th annual international conference on privacy, security and trust, pst 2022, 1–11. doi:10.1109/pst55820.2022.9851966. [29] alpaydin, e. (2020). introduction to machine learning (adaptive computation and machine learning series). natural language engineering: the mit press, 14(01), 133–137. doi:10.1017/s1351324906004438. https://github.com/ahlashkari/cicflowmeter hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 550 [30] chiroma, h., noor, a. s. m., abdulkareem, s., abubakar, a. i., hermawan, a., qin, h., hamza, m. f., & herawan, t. (2017). neural networks optimization through genetic algorithm searches: a review. applied mathematics and information sciences, 11(6), 1543–1564. doi:10.18576/amis/110602. [31] bahad, p., & saxena, p. (2020). study of adaboost and gradient boosting algorithms for predictive analytics. international conference on intelligent computing and smart communication 2019, 235–244. doi:10.1007/978-981-15-0633-8_22. [32] müller, a. c., & guido, s. (2016). introduction to machine learning with python: a guide for data scientists. o'reilly media, california, united states. [33] hilbe, j. m. (2016). practical guide to logistic regression. practical guide to logistic regression. crc press, florida, united states. doi:10.18637/jss.v071.b03. [34] talekar, b. (2020). a detailed review on decision tree and random forest. bioscience biotechnology research communications, 13(14), 245–248. doi:10.21786/bbrc/13.14/57. https://www.google.com/search?num=10&client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=ff01c768dfa58a03&sca_upv=1&sxsrf=adlywiidlg4qgwmoxoyuijl6bs1kpnie8g:1726994318943&q=sebastopol&si=acc90nyvvwro6qmnyy1ifsdgk5wwjb1r8bgd_iwrjxqmkpqqm3y4pmzeekugnikgs_lh5teedhfmvy2msatefud1vkzdbftdvqpwz_p0nbntsdi5pt9rz7zho4yiotdx3nqr3crc6owhdnsxhda0jpmgbm7ork_xgwi5h8k7wi946tsid3robkklbfmrrm5qpirpk0utikgn&sa=x&ved=2ahukewizqkoxk9aiaxur9aihhy87kqyqmxmoahoecdkqag available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 650 issn: 2723-9535 an object driven decision model for quantifying the virtual merkus pine tree's environment contribution ditdit nugeraha utama 1* , bakti amirul jabar 2 1 computer science department, binus graduate program–master of computer science, bina nusantara university, jakarta, 11480, indonesia. 2 computer science department, school of computer science, bina nusantara university, jakarta, 11480, indonesia. received 14 december 2024; revised 05 april 2025; accepted 16 april 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract a tree planted in the wild contributes significantly to nature and its surroundings. key benefits include biomass production and the strengthening of soil contours. biomass itself is a tangible output of living organisms, offering both renewable fuel potential and notable economic value. additionally, the presence of a tree has a considerable effect on soil shear strength, which plays a crucial role in supporting reforestation efforts in deforested areas. the research aims to construct a computational decision model of a virtual merkus pine tree to estimate biomass production and evaluate its impact on soil reinforcement as part of the tree's environmental contributions. the model was constructed via two types of methods: an object-oriented approach for technical design and functional-structural plant modeling (fspm) as a core method to construct a 3d virtual pine tree model. the model is a novel computational decision model operated to visually simulate the growth and development of merkus pine, estimate biomass yield, and calculate annual soil shear strength due to the tree’s presence. simulation results indicate that a single merkus pine tree can produce up to 242.27 kg of biomass and enhance soil shear strength by approximately 0.88 n by the end of 15 years. keywords: biomass; soil shear strength; virtual merkus pine tree; environmental contribution; functional-structural plant modeling; object-oriented; computational decision model. 1. introduction biomass refers to organic material derived from living organisms, including plants, animals, and their residues. in the energy sector, biomass is a renewable resource, capable of being converted into electricity, heat, or fuel through processes like combustion, fermentation, or chemical conversion [1]. examples of biomass include wood, agricultural by-products, and energy crops like corn and sugarcane, as well as animal waste. then, biomass can be academically and practically recognized as a potential clean energy source [2]. as a valuable resource, biomass serves as the raw material for producing chemicals, biomaterials, and biofuels, with significant potential across various industries [3-5]. in addition to its energy applications, biomass is also used to measure the total mass of organisms within ecosystems or individual organisms, such as trees. however, the biomass energy sector faces challenges that require comprehensive development plans based on waste biomass resources and environmental zoning [6]. therefore, studies assessing biomass are often carried out in environmental research to estimate carbon sequestration in forests or evaluate ecosystem health. research into standardizing biomass measurement and understanding its positive environmental impacts remains ongoing. * corresponding author: ditdit.utama@binus.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-019  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9899-0908 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 651 also, the presence of organisms such as trees has a significant positive effect on the soil strength around them. this influence is certainly beneficial as a support for reforestation programs aimed at saving deforested areas that are highly vulnerable to natural disasters. the stronger the soil contour in an area, the more it contributes to the safety of the surrounding region from various natural disasters, such as landslides. on the other hand, in the field of plant computational modelling, the model describes a plant or tree morphologically, physiologically, and statistically. such models can simulate the growth and development of a tree over time in a threedimensional (3d) environment, illustrating its impact on the natural surroundings. numerous researchers have contributed to this area. for instance, gu et al. [7] developed a model to assess the impact of chemical versus manual topping on radiation interception in machine-harvested cotton in china, offering new management strategies for different planting densities. similarly, clarke et al. [8] created a finite element model of zea mays using ct scan data, representing a pipeline for image stack processing and finite element model development. additionally, xin et al. [9] built a 3d model of tomato plants in order to propose a stemwork refinement flow consisting of three processes (i.e., non-replacement resampling, interference branch elimination, and noise deduction). the stemwork phenotype flow in the developed 3d model of tomato plants allows for an automated process in calculating various phenotype characteristics at each stage. the results of this study are imperative in the domain of plant breeding and harvest management. moreover, utama & gunawan [10] constructed a computational model for the merkus pine tree to model its development and economic contribution annually. then, this study focused on building a computer-generated model of the merkus pine tree to calculate biomass for individual trees or larger areas, besides the calculation of soil shear strength due to the presence of merkus pine trees. the model not only simulates the merkus pine tree growth over time in a 3d environment, but it also predicts the biomass produced and calculates the soil shear strength, whether for a single tree or a forested area. predictions are provided annually. the model is developed using two methods: object-oriented design and functional-structural plant modeling (fspm). since the development or design of the model uses an object-oriented approach, the proposed model is named an object-driven model. in general, some studies on plant computational modeling have not specifically built a model to make decisions in assessing the contribution of a plant through calculating biomass or soil strengthening for the existence of the plant. therefore, this study was conducted. this study intends to build a kind of decision model based on plant modeling to assess the contribution of a plant or tree (in this case the pine tree) to the environment in the form of calculating biomass and strengthening the soil. the proposed model, which is an object-based virtual model of pines merkus trees capable of simulating biomass calculations in a three-dimensional environment, combining two types of classic main methods (i.e., object-oriented and fspm), represents the main contribution of this research. specifically, it contributes to the field of environmental informatics. all components of the model and the results of biomass and soil strength calculation simulations in the three-dimensional environment are presented very clearly in this paper. the paper itself is organized into five sections: introduction, related works, research methodology, results and discussion, and conclusion and future work. 2. related works numerous researchers have conducted studies in the field of plant and tree modelling with a strong focus on environmental aspects. for instance, sun et al. [11] developed a general model for wheat plants, aiming to address challenges in simulating the wheat harvesting process using the discrete element method. this model played a key role in optimizing components of wheat harvesting machinery by accurately reflecting the biomechanical properties of wheat, which was essential for simulating harvesting operations. yu & qin [12] proposed an eco-hydrological model for a bioretention system by combining three types of modules (i.e., nitrogen, hydrology, and the plant itself). the developed model was validated with observational data related to plant nitrogen uptake, hydrological performance, and biomass. all of these were implemented in a canna indica l. plant system in shenzhen, china. in another study, urso et al. [13] created a random forest (rf) model to predict things about soil-plant transfer factors based on 10 selected variables (such as plant part, potassium content in soil, and soil and plant types). only 1,200 out of 3,000 data were usable. this is the most complete dataset with the highest number of accompanying variables. in addition, aishwarya & reddy [14] developed a model for disease detection and grouping using cnn architectures (i.e., xception, densenet169, inception, and pre-trained on the imagenet dataset). they applied two non-linear equivalences to the decision counts from the base learners, and the collaborative method produced final predictions for test experiments, evaluated using four metrics: recall, precision, accuracy, and f1-score. also, in a previous study, utama & gunawan [10] constructed an object-oriented model of the merkus pine tree, focusing on its above-ground features. this model simulates the growth and expansion of the merkus pine tree, encompassing its morphological construction and commercial impact. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 652 moreover, fidan et al. [15] conducted a study aimed at looking at the sustainable use of crop residues (especially tomato plants) in producing biomethane. fidan et al. [15] detailed the effects of various substrate ratios, sulfuric acid pretreatment concentrations, and yeast (saccharomyces cerevisiae) additions on biogas and biomethane yields under mesophilic conditions (37°c). then, behnia et al. [16] conducted a study to evaluate energy consumption in sugarcane production at salman farsi sugarcane agro-industry company in khuzestan province, iran, by comparing the conventional sugarcane cycle and the ratoon cycle. in this case, efficient energy consumption will contribute positively to the environment. conventional sugarcane showed higher energy input (124,912.32 mj ha⁻¹) and output (107,530.44 mj ha⁻¹) compared to ratoon farming (input 80,317.81 mj ha⁻¹ and output 87,586.68 mj ha⁻¹). furthermore, hu et al. [17] proposed an approach to optimize crop layout, which focused on planting the most suitable crops in a given area. this approach combined multi-objective interval parameter programming, life cycle assessment, highest entropy, and a dynamic land use adaptation and impact model (dyna-clue). the results of the study showed that population intensity, gradient, and average temperature of the coolest area are the major features affecting the supply of rice, corn, and soybean. torquato et al. [18] applied a variety-exclusive tree canopy development model to 20 commonly planted species in australia (i.e., melbourne). the developed model was used to simulate the increase in canopy protection in a newly developed housing area over 30 years (2025–2055). tree class choices and planting strategies were mimicked under several rain conditions. the aim was to select tree species and planting practices that are currently used. then, kang & kim [19] developed a computational fluid dynamics (cfd) model to assess the impacts of trees planted on overpasses on airflow and thermal comfort in road canyons. the developed model incorporates parameterization schemes for tree obstruction, shading, and evapotranspiration. to methodically evaluate the impact of trees on airflow and temperature in the canyon, various tree heights and locations were considered and simulated at three times of day corresponding to the sun's height in the studied area: morning, noon, and evening. from the various types of previous research that have been successfully reviewed, not a single study has done the study for the purpose of creating a special decision model based on plant computational modeling that specifically calculates the contribution of a tree species to the environment, including calculating biomes and soil strengthening. the current study makes a significant contribution by proposing an object-driven computational decision model for the merkus pine tree to measure its environmental impact, specifically biomass production and the reinforcement of the surrounding soil. by combining the object-oriented method with fspm, the model produces a virtual representation of the pine tree (especially merkus class), both morphologically and physiologically. additionally, the model is able to mimic the tree's contribution to biomass production and its other environmental benefit, in the form of soil durability reinforcement. this quantitative contribution is important in making decisions regarding the reforestation strategy of deforested forests. that is why the developed model is called a decision model. the combination of the three elements presented in this paper—the three-dimensional model of the pines merkus tree along with its morphological growth, the biomass and soil strength calculation model (as an environmental contribution of the pines merkus tree), and the in-depth explanation of the developed model using an object-oriented approach—addresses a research gap that was not covered by previous studies. it is evident that this research makes a significant contribution to the field of science, particularly in the area of environmental informatics. 3. research methodology this study is a continuation of the work conducted by utama & gunawan [10]. the model produced from this study is a combination of two types of models. the two models combined are a decision model and a computational plant model. a computational plant (or tree) model is a computer-based model that describes the morphological growth of a tree (in this case a pine tree). the data and information produced are then used to assess (assessment is a type of quantitative decision [20]) the tree's contribution to the surrounding environment. this research was carried out in five stages, as illustrated in figure 1. it began with understanding the contribution of the merkus pine tree to the environment through a literature review, interview, and also observation. biomass is a common contribution that a tree can provide to help preserve nature and can even be used in the renewable energy industry. the second stage involved data collection. interviews, observations, and direct field measurements were conducted. the interviews aimed to review and validate the work of utama & gunawan [10]. experts from the mangunan pine forest management and the forest management unit office were interviewed. observations and direct measurements were conducted in the mangunan pine forest to collect morphological data of the pine trees. the data that has been successfully collected has become open data, and can be accessed at https://www.doi.org/10.6084/m9.figshare.28423850. the third stage focused on model design. an object-oriented approach was used for model design [21]. three types of diagrams were utilized: object, activity, and sequence diagrams. the object diagram detailed the components that needed to be included in the model. the activity diagram, resembling a flowchart, was used to illustrate the algorithm of the developed model, while the sequence diagram visualized the data transfer between the components in the model. the model construction was carried out using the fspm method [22] during the fourth stage of the research, executed on a modelling platform called growth grammar-related interactive modelling platform (groimp) [23]. groimp is a modeling platform that supports features like interactivity, rich 3d object arrays, and a data interface. its standout feature hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 653 is an integrated modeling language called xl. the primary focus of groimp is functional-structural plant modeling. groimp is a windows-based, stand-alone platform. in this fourth stage, a virtual 3d model of the merkus pine tree was successfully developed, which is capable of simulating the tree’s expansion while also calculating the biomass and soil strength of each tree on an annual basis. the final stage done in this study is the verification and validation activity of the model that has been successfully created. model verification and validation are carried out to ensure that the created model is a rationally and practically correct model. the verification and validation process used is adopted from [24]. to answer that the model is academically correct, the components of the model developed must be compared with the theoretical model. if the same, then it has a verification value of 1.00. while the model is said to be practically correct, all data used and calculated data must be the same as the data in the field. figure 1. research stages and methods 4. results and discussion the object diagram of the developed model can be seen in figure 2. the design of this object diagram is an extension of the one created by utama & gunawan [10]. three additional objects in this extended study are the root, biomass, and soil objects. meanwhile, the merkuspine object replaces the abovelandmerkuspine object from the previous study, indicating that the developed model represents a complete merkus pine tree, both above and below ground. this affects the biomass calculation, as it now includes both above-ground and below-ground biomass. the root object is an aggregate object of merkuspine, meaning that every pine tree inherently has roots. all variables used for biomass calculation are depicted as attributes defined in the biomass object. specifically, soil strength is represented via the parameter strength in the soil object. as previously explained, biomass consists of both above-ground and below-ground biomass. the above-ground biomass (abovelandbio) is calculated using the mathematical equation 1, derived from [25], where stemdia is the diameter of the tree’s stem, typically measured 1.3 meters above ground level; and aconst and bconst are constants with values of 0.0936 and 2.4323, respectively. on the other hand, below-ground biomass (belowlandbio) is calculated using equation 2, where 𝑟𝑡𝑠𝑟 refers to the root-to-shoot ratio, which has a value of 0.17 [26]. this ratio represents the proportion between root biomass and the above-ground biomass (stem, branches, and leaves). finally, the total biomass (totalbio) is calculated using equation 3, which is the sum of the above-ground and below-ground biomass. then, for calculating the soil strength, the lateral load method on trees is used, as the principle was previously applied by docker & hubble [27]. it is assumed that the tree exerts a lateral force on the soil through its root system. the relationship between tree height (using stemlen) and stem diameter (stemdia) as a proxy for root strength is represented by a simple estimation formula in equation 4, where st is the soil strength in newtons, and 𝑐 is a constant assumed to be 0.3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 654 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒𝐿𝑎𝑛𝑑𝐵𝑖𝑜 = 𝑎𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡 × 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑚𝐷𝑖𝑎𝑏𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡 (1) 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑜𝑤𝐿𝑎𝑛𝑑𝐵𝑖𝑜 = 𝑟𝑡𝑠𝑟 × 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒𝐿𝑎𝑛𝑑𝐵𝑖𝑜 (2) 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝐵𝑖𝑜 = 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒𝐿𝑎𝑛𝑑𝐵𝑖𝑜 + 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑜𝑤𝐿𝑎𝑛𝑑𝐵𝑖𝑜 (3) 𝑠𝑡 = 𝑐 × 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑚𝐿𝑒𝑛 × 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑚𝐷𝑖𝑎 (4) figure 2. the object diagram for the constructed model furthermore, the calculation of biomass and soil strength for each merkus pine tree per year is highly dependent on the growth of its organs. the growth process of the pine tree leading to the total biomass and soil strength value is outlined in the model algorithm shown in figure 3. all types of biomass and soil strength are calculated annually until the pine tree reaches 15 years of age. the entire process begins by generating variable values, which enable the growth and development of this virtual pine tree. each year, calculations will be made, including the values of aboveground biomass (abovelandbio), belowground biomass (belowlandbio), total biomass (totalbio), and soil strength (strength). the first three parameters are attributes of the biomass object, while the last parameter belongs to the soil object (refer again to the object diagram in figure 2). the evolution and increase of the virtual pine tree, including all calculations, will cease when the variable year exceeds 15. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 655 figure 3. the algorithm of the constructed model the various parameters exchanged between the objects involved in the model can be seen in the sample sequence diagram in figure 4, where the evolution of the virtual pine tree culminates in the calculation of different types of biomass (i.e., above-ground, below-ground, and total) and soil strength. in the sequence diagram, there are four types of objects involved, with parameters being transferred from one object to another. an example of this occurs during the progression activities of the virtual pine tree. the four objects involved are merkuspine, fspm (as a method object), biomass, and soil. when the grow and develop activity takes place, the merkuspine object sends four types of parameter values to the fspm object: stemleninc, stemdiainc, rootleninc, and rootdiainc. within the fspm object, various other parameters are calculated: stemlen, stemdia, rootlen, and rootdia, all of which are then sent to the biomass and soil objects. finally, the biomass object sends three types of parameters—abovelandbio, belowlandbio, and totalbio. meanwhile, the soil object sends the calculation result as soilstr. meanwhile, the 3d representation of the virtual merkus pine tree model can be viewed in figure 5. figure 5 presents three example images (from running the simulation three times) of the 15-year-old virtual merkus pine tree produced by the model. each time the model is executed, it randomly generates various forms of virtual pine trees. no two trees will have the same shape due to the randomized increments and angles applied each year within a specific range of values. figure 4. sequence diagram for the constructed model hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 656 figure 5. three examples of the virtual merkus pine tree the results of the model simulation for biomass calculation are presented in figures 6 and 7. figure 6 illustrates the equation for annual above-ground biomass growth per tree. the derived equation is 𝑦 = 0.3849𝑥2.2266 with an r² value of 0.9837, where y represents biomass and x denotes the year. according to the simulation results, by the end of the 15th year, the highest above-ground biomass was achieved by pine tree number 1, with a biomass value of 207.06 kg. figure 6. the annual above-ground biomass for ten single trees figure 7. the annual total biomass for ten single trees y .3 4 x 2.22 . 37 . 1 . 2 . 3 . 1 2 3 4 7 1 11 12 13 14 1 b io m a ss k g ear ree 1 ree 2 ree 3 ree 4 ree ree ree 7 ree ree ree 1 verage power verage y .4 4x 2.22 . 37 . 1 . 2 . 3 . 1 2 3 4 7 1 11 12 13 14 1 b io m a ss k g ear ree 1 ree 2 ree 3 ree 4 ree ree ree 7 ree ree ree 1 verage power verage hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 657 the total biomass simulation results are shown in figure 7, indicating that the total biomass (above and below ground) for the merkus pine tree each year can be modeled using the equation 𝑦 = 0.4504𝑥2.2266, also with an r² value of 0.9837. in this case, pine tree number 1 again had the highest total biomass, reaching 242.27 kg in the 15th year. therefore, the total annual biomass for an area consisting of 10 pine trees (based on the 10 trees modeled in the simulation) can be calculated using the formula 𝑦 = 4.5036𝑥2.2266, with an r² value of 0.9837, as illustrated in figure 8. the total biomass in the 15th year for these ten pine trees, according to the simulation, amounts to 1,730.78 kg. based on these computational simulation results, it is evident that pine trees contribute significantly to the environment through continuously increasing biomass production. these findings support the conclusion that pine trees are an excellent and suitable option for reforesting degraded forests, as they can make a substantial contribution to nature through high biomass yields. the production of 1,730.78 kg of biomass by 10 pine trees at the end of the 15th year represents a remarkable achievement. dditionally, based on the average data for diameter and tree height from the ten simulated trees , soil shear resistance can also be calculated, as demonstrated by docker & hubble [27] in developing a model to evaluate the stabilizing effect of riparian vegetation and estimate the influence of tree roots on soil shear strength. he graph in figure depicts soil strength over the years, considering the force exerted by trees on the soil, which is technically influenced by the area or volume of soil interacting with the root system. herefore, soil shear resistance is assessed based on the lateral force of the roots on the soil, which increases each year, following a trend line described by the formula 𝐹 = 0.0023𝑥2.2451, with an r² value of . 34, where f represents the soil strength against the pressure exerted by the roots in newtons , and x denotes the year. figure 8. the annual total biomass in one area consisting of ten trees figure 9. soil strength over the ears he simulation results indicate that the decision to use pine trees for the reforestation of deforested areas is wellfounded. besides producing significant biomass, these trees progressively strengthen the surrounding soil structure each year. indeed, the improvement in soil texture develops exponentially, corresponding to the morphological growth of the pine trees. wo key factors affirm that the developed decision model is both academically and practically sound: model verification and validation. his decision model builds upon previous research conducted by utama & gunawan [1 ], y 4. 3 x 2.22 . 37 . 2 . 4 . . . 1 . 12 . 14 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 1 2 3 4 7 1 11 12 13 14 1 b io m a ss k g ear y . 23x 2.24 1 . 34 . .2 .4 . . 1. 1.2 1 2 3 4 7 1 11 12 13 14 1 s o il s tr e n g th ear hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 658 with all mathematical models used to describe the growth of the merkus pine tree derived from [1 ]. in the model verification process, two crucial components were evaluated: the calculation of tree diameter used for biomass estimation and the calculation of soil strength. firstly, the mathematical model component used to describe the main stem diameter of the merkus pine tree is represented in code 1, which is the same model employed by utama & gunawan [1 ] and verified using the fundamental code obtained from [2 ]. herefore, the model component for tree diameter modeling has a verification value of 1. . similarly, the fundamental formula for calculating the increase in soil strength, derived from [27], aligns technically with code 2. s such, this second component also carries a verification value of 1. . consequently, the combined verification value for these two essential model components is 1. , indicating that the developed decision model is academically valid and consistent with established theories. code 1. groimp code for diameter increment calculation if(year!= 15) { i[diameter] += random(0.0360666667, 0.1592666667); totaldiameter = i[diameter]; } code 2. groimp code for soil strength calculation f = 0.0023 * math.pow(x, 2.2451); next, the model validation process was performed by comparing the results of manual calculations with those generated by the developed model. cross various datasets tested to compare the outcomes of both calculation methods manual and model-based , identical values were observed, owing to the use of a mathematical model that had already been verified. herefore, it can be concluded that the developed decision model has a validation value of 1. . dditionally, the technical data used in the virtual pine tree growth model were also validated by utama & gunawan [1 ], achieving a validation value of 1. . hese results indicate that the developed decision model is practically sound. ultimately, the proposed decision model based on the virtual merkus pine tree is both unique and innovative. building on the research by utama & gunawan [1 ], this model not only simulates the growth of the merkus pine tree in a 3d environment but also predicts its biomass production, whether for an individual tree or a group of trees within a specific area. consequently, the tangible contribution of the merkus pine to the environment can be quantitatively forecasted, particularly in terms of biomass production. furthermore, the developed model can predict or assess the increase in soil strength at any given time due to the presence of pine trees growing nearby. he outcomes of these computational simulations—both biomass and soil strength improvements—serve as crucial decision-making tools for policymakers, especially in determining whether pine trees make a significant contribution to environmental sustainability. in comparison to earlier studies, such as those by sun et al. [11] through utama [2 ], and even utama & gunawan [1 ], which focused on other aspects of plant modeling e.g., harvesting processes, disease identification, and identifying suitable plant species for specific areas , this study distinguishes itself. lthough research conducted by yu & qin [12] specifically validated calculations of biomass and nitrogen produced by plants, it did not employ 3d simulation in its implementation. herefore, this research makes a significant contribution to advancing knowledge, particularly in the field of computational modeling for plants and trees using a 3d simulation approach. mong the ten prior studies, none combined a visual tree growth model specifically for the merkus pine tree with a time-based simulation of biomass and soil strength. his research successfully fills that research gap. 5. conclusion a computational decision model of the virtual merkus pine tree has been successfully developed in this study. this model is designed to assist policymakers in gaining a clearer understanding of the contributions of pinus merkusii trees to the environment. the constructed model is grounded in plant modeling, utilizing morphological growth data to calculate contributions to nature—in this case, estimating biomass production and improvements in soil strength. the model not only simulates the growth of the merkus pine over time in a 3d environment but also predicts annual biomass amounts (both above and below ground) for either a single tree or multiple trees within a specific area. according to the simulation results, a single tree reached the highest biomass of 242.27 kg by the end of its 15th year. additionally, based on the model, a merkus pine tree can enhance soil shear strength by approximately 0.88 n in its fifteenth year. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 659 moreover, through the use of an object-oriented approach, the model’s design is highly comprehensible. hree diagrams were utilized in designing the model: object, activity, and sequence diagrams. the object diagram effectively explains the relationships between the model’s components, including the organs of the pine tree. he activity diagram details the algorithm underpinning the developed model, while the sequence diagram illustrates the data flows within the system. hese three diagrams ensure that the model’s design can be readily understood, even by individuals unfamiliar with computer modeling. as such, this study provides clear insight into how the developed decision model functions. for future research, fuzzy logic could be employed as the primary method to further refine the model, particularly to reduce bias in calculating the final biomass estimates. likewise, integrating machine learning (ml) or other data science techniques presents a promising direction, as the combination of functional-structural plant modeling (fspm) and ml remains largely unexplored. however, a key challenge in developing ml-based models is the requirement for extensive and comprehensive data. while considerable data has already been gathered, it often remains fragmented, necessitating targeted research to compile it systematically. another significant and challenging area for future study would be to apply this model to various pine tree species or other types of trees. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, d.n.u.; methodology, d.n.u.; validation, b.a.j.; formal analysis, b.a.j.; investigation, b.a.j.; writing—original draft preparation, d.n.u.; writing—review and editing, d.n.u. and b.a.j. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding and acknowledgments the authors are grateful for the opportunities and support provided by bina nusantara university as well as the funding from the ministry of research, technology, and higher education (kemenristekdikti) of the republic of indonesia. the support ensured the research was conducted via the study program for the master thesis (kemenristekdikti budget 2024 with contract no: 105/e5/pg.02.00.pl/2024; 784/ll3/al.04/2024; 092/vrrtt/vi/2024). also, we would like to thank the research interest group on quantitative & decision sciences (rig q&ds) for their priceless support and facilitation in fostering collaboration and inspiring insightful discussions during this research work. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] ashfaq, m. m., bilgic tüzemen, g., & noor, a. (2024). exploiting agricultural biomass via thermochemical processes for sustainable hydrogen and bioenergy: a critical review. international journal of hydrogen energy, 84, 1068–1084. doi:10.1016/j.ijhydene.2024.08.295. [2] poornima, s., manikandan, s., prakash, r., deena, s. r., subbaiya, r., karmegam, n., kim, w., & govarthanan, m. (2024). biofuel and biochemical production through biomass transformation using advanced thermochemical and biochemical processes – a review. fuel, 372. doi:10.1016/j.fuel.2024.132204. [3] watkins, d., nuruddin, m., hosur, m., tcherbi-narteh, a., & jeelani, s. (2015). extraction and characterization of lignin from different biomass resources. journal of materials research and technology, 4(1), 26–32. doi:10.1016/j.jmrt.2014.10.009. [4] halder, p., kundu, s., patel, s., setiawan, a., atkin, r., parthasarthy, r., paz-ferreiro, j., surapaneni, a., & shah, k. (2019). progress on the pre-treatment of lignocellulosic biomass employing ionic liquids. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 105, 268–292. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2019.01.052. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 660 [5] song, g., huang, d., li, a., li, r., hu, s., xu, k., ren, q., han, h., wang, y., su, s., & xiang, j. (2024). quick measurement method of three components in lignocellulosic biomass based on kinetic mechanism analysis of pt-tga. fuel, 367. doi:10.1016/j.fuel.2024.131521. [6] wang, x., liu, q., yang, l., yang, q., li, y., yang, y., zhou, c., wang, x., wang, y., gao, g., liu, w., & cheng, p. (2024). perceptions of biomass energy sustainability in policy scenarios of china. heliyon, 10(17), e37180. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2024.e37180. [7] gu, s., sun, s., wang, x., wang, s., yang, m., li, j., maimaiti, p., van der werf, w., evers, j. b., & zhang, l. (2024). optimizing radiation capture in machine-harvested cotton: a functional-structural plant modelling approach to chemical vs. manual topping strategies. field crops research, 317. doi:10.1016/j.fcr.2024.109553. [8] clarke, s. s. b., benzecry, a., bokros, n., debolt, s., robertson, d. j., & stubbs, c. j. (2024). a custom pipeline for building computational models of plant tissue. european journal of agronomy, 161. doi:10.1016/j.eja.2024.127356. [9] xin, b., smoleňová, k., bartholomeus, h., & kootstra, g. 2 24 . n automatic 3d tomato plant stemwork phenotyping pipeline at internode level based on tree quantitative structural modelling algorithm. computers and electronics in agriculture, 227(2), 109607. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2024.109607. [10] utama, d. n., & gunawan, i. (2023). an object driven model of above-land merkus pine tree for quantifying the commercial contribution with functional-structural plant modeling. ieee access, 11, 138675–138686. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3338719. [11] sun, k., yu, j., zhao, j., liang, l., wang, y., & yu, y. (2023). a dem-based general modeling method and experimental verification for wheat plants in the mature period. computers and electronics in agriculture, 214. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2023.108283. [12] yu, s., & qin, h. (2023). modeling the effects of plant uptake dynamics on nitrogen removal of a bioretention system. water research, 247. doi:10.1016/j.watres.2023.120763. [13] urso, l., petermann, e., gnädinger, f., & hartmann, p. (2023). use of random forest algorithm for predictive modelling of transfer factor soil-plant for radiocaesium: a feasibility study. journal of environmental radioactivity, 270. doi:10.1016/j.jenvrad.2023.107309. [14] aishwarya, m. p., & reddy, p. (2023). ensemble of cnn models for classification of groundnut plant leaf disease detection. smart agricultural technology, 6. doi:10.1016/j.atech.2023.100362. [15] fidan, b., bodur, f. g., öztep, g., güngören-madenoğlu, ., kabay, n., & baba, . 2 2 . comparison of conventional and machine learning models for kinetic modelling of biomethane production from pretreated tomato plant residues. industrial crops and products, 223. doi:10.1016/j.indcrop.2024.120235. [16] behnia, m., ghahderijani, m., kaab, a., & behnia, m. (2025). evaluation of sustainable energy use in sugarcane production: a holistic model from planting to harvest and life cycle assessment. environmental and sustainability indicators, 26. doi:10.1016/j.indic.2025.100617. [17] hu, m., tang, h., yu, q., & wu, w. (2025). a new approach for spatial optimization of crop planting structure to balance economic and environmental benefits. sustainable production and consumption, 53, 109–124. doi:10.1016/j.spc.2024.12.003. [18] torquato, p. r., szota, c., hahs, a. k., arndt, s. k., & livesley, s. j. (2025). insufficient space: prioritizing large tree species and planting designs still fail to meet urban forest canopy targets. landscape and urban planning, 256. doi:10.1016/j.landurbplan.2024.105287. [19] kang, g., & kim, j. j. (2025). how to plant trees on an elevated road to improve thermal comfort in a street canyon. sustainable cities and society, 121. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2025.106207. [20] utama, d. n. (2021). fuzzy logic for decision support models, equipped with case study applications. penerbit garudhawaca, yogyakarta, indonesia. [21] halpin, t., & morgan, t. (2024). data modeling in uml. information modeling and relational databases, 347–399. doi:10.1016/b978-0-443-23790-4.00001-3. [22] mitsanis, c., hurst, w., & tekinerdogan, b. (2024). a 3d functional plant modelling framework for agricultural digital twins. computers and electronics in agriculture, 218. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2024.108733. [23] hemmerling, ., evers, j. b., smoleňová, k., buck-sorlin, g., & kurth, w. (2013). extension of the groimp modelling platform to allow easy specification of differential equations describing biological processes within plant models. computers and electronics in agriculture, 92, 1–8. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2012.12.007. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 661 [24] doostali, s., babamir, s. m., & javani, m. (2023). using a process algebra interface for verification and validation of uml statecharts. computer standards and interfaces, 86. doi:10.1016/j.csi.2023.103739. [25] siregar, c. a. (2007). biomass estimation in pine plantation forests (pinus merkusii jungh et de vriese) and soil carbon conservation in ciaten, west java. journal of forest research and nature conservation, 4(3), 251-266. doi:10.20886/jphka.2007.4.3.251-266. [26] sanquetta, c. r., corte, a. p., & da silva, f. (2011). biomass expansion factor and root-to-shoot ratio for pinus in brazil. carbon balance and management, 6(1), 6. doi:10.1186/1750-0680-6-6. [27] docker, b. b., & hubble, t. c. t. (2008). quantifying root-reinforcement of river bank soils by four australian tree species. geomorphology, 100(3–4), 401–418. doi:10.1016/j.geomorph.2008.01.009. [28] zhang, y., henke, m., buck-sorlin, g. h., li, y., xu, h., liu, x., & li, t. (2021). estimating canopy leaf physiology of tomato plants grown in a solar greenhouse: evidence from simulations of light and thermal microclimate using a functional-structural plant model. agricultural and forest meteorology, 307. doi:10.1016/j.agrformet.2021.108494. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 976 issn: 2723-9535 optimizing aigc technology for iot devices with deep learning yushui xiao 1* , yucheng dong 1 1 nanchang institute of technology, nanchang city, 330108, jiangxi province, china. received 24 december 2024; revised 17 june 2025; accepted 02 july 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract the present article intends to explore how a deep learning model could be applied to improve the ability of ai-generated content (aigc) technology in graphic recognition within the iot ecosystem. objectives: this research pursues two key objectives: first, the model is compressed to a smaller size and decreased computational cost for on-device deployment on resource-poor iot devices, and second, it achieves better adaptability through data augmentation and regularization techniques. methods/analysis: a purpose-built cnn design was built and trained to solve iot-specific constraints. model compression techniques such as weight pruning and quantization were used to reduce resource requirements. to ameliorate this, we applied data augmentation techniques like rotation, shear, and zoom, and regularization techniques like dropout to avoid overfitting. the work was done on mnist and cifar-10 typical datasets using tensorflow as a deep learning framework. results: the pattern-recognition accuracy on mnist and cifar-10 datasets achieved are 99.5% and 89.2%, respectively. moreover, the recognition speed was improved by around 30% since the computational cost of the dl algorithm is effective because of parallel processing, resulting in lower processing time. the compressed model overcame the massive computational complexity, which is more suitable for resource-limited iot devices. novelty/improvement: a new methodology is presented that integrates cnn optimization and model compression in conjunction with sophisticated regularization techniques to develop a suitable solution for the peculiarities of the iot landscape. ultimately, overcoming the universal problems like limited resources and real-time processes in this research helps to improve the technological and theoretical support for practical iot applications and accelerate the practical implementation of aigc performance optimization across various industries such as smart homes, smart transportation, and smart security. keywords: deep learning; convolutional neural network; internet of things; aigc technology; pattern recognition optimization. 1. introduction science and technology have seen remarkable advancements, leading to the widespread integration of the iot into our daily lives. as a seamless connector between the physical and digital worlds, iot has made its mark in various domains [1]. be it in smart homes, industrial automation, or even the development of smart cities, iot devices are proliferating at an unparalleled rate, generating enormous amounts of data [2]. among these data, graphic data occupy a large part, and they carry rich information, which is of great significance for realizing intelligent decision-making and precise control [3]. however, pattern recognition in the iot environment faces many challenges. first of all, iot devices are usually limited in resources, such as computing power, storage space, and energy supply, which makes it difficult to directly perform complex graphics processing on devices [4]. secondly, the graphic data in iot environments often have diversity and complexity, such as different lighting conditions, angle changes, obstructions, etc., which increase the difficulty of * corresponding author: xiaoyushui@wxic.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-014  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0002-1292-1440 https://orcid.org/0009-0005-1464-2930 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 977 graphic recognition [5]. in addition, with the continuous expansion of iot applications, higher requirements are put forward for the real-time and accuracy of pattern recognition [6]. aigc technology (fusion technology of artificial intelligence, iot, graphic computing, and cloud computing) has important application value in iot graphic recognition [7]. by integrating the robust computational capabilities of artificial intelligence with the meticulous processing strengths of graphic computing, aigc technology has the potential to achieve efficient and precise graphic recognition within the iot landscape. this advancement can not only elevate the intelligence quotient of iot devices but also usher in transformative shifts across various sectors, including intelligent transportation, security, and healthcare [8]. concurrently, the ongoing evolution of dl technology, particularly its proven efficacy in image recognition, presents a fresh optimization pathway for aigc technology [9]. through its inherent ability to discern underlying patterns and representations from extensive sample datasets, dl can adeptly extract pertinent feature information from images, thereby substantially enhancing pattern recognition performance. therefore, applying dl technology to aigc technology is expected to solve many challenges of pattern recognition in the iot environment and promote the further development of iot technology. this article aims to optimize the pattern recognition performance of aigc technology in iot environments through the dl algorithm. the following are the innovations of this article: in this article, the dl algorithm is introduced into the pattern recognition of aigc technology, and optimized according to the characteristics of the iot environment. by constructing the cnn model and improving and adjusting it, the accuracy and speed of pattern recognition are significantly improved. this innovation breaks the limitation of traditional aigc technology in pattern recognition and expands new possibilities for its application in the iot field. aiming at the problem of limited iot equipment resources, this article innovatively adopts model compression technology, which effectively reduces the volume and computational complexity of the dl model. this innovation makes the optimized aigc technology more suitable for iot environments with limited resources and improves its practicability and deployment. this article holistically addresses pattern recognition, emphasizing accuracy and speed while also taking into account model size, computational complexity, and other pertinent factors. through this approach, it achieves a comprehensive enhancement of aigc technology's performance. furthermore, the article aligns with real-world iot application scenarios and requirements, exploring the prospects and obstacles of optimized aigc technology in areas like intelligent transportation and smart homes. this offers valuable insights and direction for practical implementation, underscoring the study's pragmatic value and forward-thinking nature. our research expands on the current studies on graphic recognition in aigc technology, intending to address the exclusive challenges presented by iot environments. while some previous attempts have touched on aspects of our solution, none have provided a fully integrated and comprehensive approach that specifically tackles the key issues encountered in iot deployments. this paper bridges that gap by combining advanced techniques like cnn, model compression, data augmentation, and regularization methods to create a sophisticated and efficient model. we showcase the capabilities of our model through thorough simulations and assessments using well-established datasets (mnist and cifar-10). significantly, our comparative analyses highlight substantial enhancements in recognition accuracy, processing speed, and resource utilization compared to traditional methods. consequently, our work contributes to the advancement of aigc technology in iot settings, paving the way for wider adoption and enhanced functionality. the article comprises five distinct sections, each focusing on the following key aspects: section i: introduction. introduce the research background, significance, objectives, and overall structure of the paper. section ii: theoretical basis and literature review. this article expounds on the related theories and research progress of dl, aigc technology, and image recognition in the iot environment. section iii: optimization model construction. the dl algorithm, pattern recognition method, and model construction process used in this article are described in detail. section iv: experimental results and analysis. the simulation results are displayed, and the results are deeply analyzed and discussed to verify the effectiveness of dl in optimizing aigc technology. at the same time, the performance, limitations, and practical application prospects of this method are discussed comprehensively. section v: conclusion and prospect. summarize the main research results and contributions of this article, and put forward prospects and suggestions for future research. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 978 2. theoretical basis and literature review 2.1. dl overview dl is a branch of machine learning, and its basic principle is to simulate the learning process of the human brain by constructing a multi-layer neural network. these networks can automatically extract useful features from a large number of data and abstract higher-level information representation layer by layer [10]. the core of dl lies in its powerful ability of feature learning and hierarchical representation, which gives it obvious advantages in dealing with complex nonlinear problems. in deep learning (dl), several models are commonly employed, namely cnn (convolutional neural network), rnn (recurrent neural network), and gan (generative adversarial network). cnn excels in image data processing, utilizing convolution operations to adeptly capture local image features while pooling operations facilitate feature dimension reduction and abstraction. rnn, on the other hand, is tailored for handling sequential data like text and voice, enabling the capture of time-dependent information within sequences. gan stands out as a generative model, generating realistic novel data through an adversarial training process pitting the generator against the discriminator. 2.2. introduction of aigc technology aigc technology represents a multifaceted approach that emerged to tackle numerous data processing and intelligent decision-making challenges within the iot landscape [11]. in aigc technology, artificial intelligence is responsible for providing powerful computing and reasoning capabilities; iot is responsible for connecting various devices and sensors and collecting massive data; graphic computing focuses on processing the graphic information in these data and extracting useful features; and cloud computing provides flexible computing and storage resources for all this [12]. in graphic recognition, aigc technology has been widely used. schütt et al. [13] pointed out that in the field of intelligent transportation, real-time recognition and tracking of vehicles and pedestrians can be achieved through aigc technology; in the field of intelligent security, aigc technology can help achieve functions such as facial recognition and behavior analysis. 2.3. graphic recognition in the iot environment graphic recognition in an iot environment has some special requirements and challenges. first of all, because iot devices are usually limited in resources, it is necessary to reduce the computational complexity and resource consumption as much as possible on the premise of ensuring the accuracy of identification. secondly, the graphic data in iot environments often has diversity and complexity, such as different lighting conditions, angle changes, obstructions, and so on, which will have an impact on the recognition results. in addition, iot applications usually require real-time response, so the pattern recognition algorithm needs to have a fast processing speed. to meet these challenges, researchers have put forward many targeted methods and technologies. for example, andriyanov et al. [14] used lightweight neural network models to reduce computational complexity. cheng et al. [15] used data augmentation techniques to improve the generalization ability of the model. niederberger [16] utilized hardware acceleration technology to improve processing speed, among other things. 2.4. literature review in recent years, notable advancements have been achieved in the study of dl, aigc technology, and pattern recognition within the iot environment. in the realm of dl, scholars have introduced numerous innovative network architectures and training techniques, consistently breaking benchmark records. meanwhile, aigc technology has seen its application scope broaden considerably with the ongoing evolution and convergence of various technologies. within the iot context, specifically in image recognition, researchers have devised multiple effective strategies to tackle diverse challenges. for instance, leroux et al. [17] presented a methodology for managing diverse resource availability in dynamic internet of things (iot) environments by dynamically selecting neural network architectures during runtime. through a hierarchical neural architecture search strategy, they developed a range of neural networks with different sizes but shared substructures, enabling efficient storage and deployment. this approach enabled the adjustment of complexity and accuracy levels to meet changing resource constraints. while the method has shown promise in standard image recognition datasets, some limitations point towards areas for further investigation. for instance, the reliance on image recognition benchmark datasets alone restricts the understanding of challenges that may arise with other data types such as video or audio. moreover, the study's use of static complexity increments for neural networks raises questions about the impact of varying these increments. although the authors acknowledge the dynamic nature of iot environments, they do not fully consider the variability of hardware platforms. furthermore, the research overlooks the runtime overhead associated with the neural architecture search and switching process. lastly, the assumption that neural network configurations are predetermined offline based on expected resource availability neglects the potential implications of real-time, online decisions. horng et al. [18] introduced a method that utilizes deep convolutional neural networks (dcnns) to improve the resolution of facial images. by focusing on subtle color variations, this technique extracts effective features for classification purposes. the effectiveness of this method was tested on three different databases: the ar face database, hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 979 georgia tech face database (gt), and labelled faces in the wild (lfw). the results of the experiments show that this approach outperforms existing methods in terms of identification accuracy. nevertheless, it is important to recognize the limitations, such as potential biases in the training data and the necessity for robustness against changes in lighting, pose, and obstructions. integrating these findings into our research paper will enrich our review of face recognition methods in surveillance systems. wu et al. [19] contributed a method for recognizing large-scale images using exceptionally deep cnns, offering fresh perspectives for pattern recognition optimization. the tdibs_aws method represented a significant advancement in hyperspectral imaging for target detection by effectively addressing the issue of complex background noise that often impacts detection accuracy. what distinguishes this method is its exclusive dual approach to background suppression, utilizing principal component analysis and spectral unmixing to accurately differentiate between targets and their surroundings. moreover, the method integrates the particle swarm optimization algorithm to dynamically adjust weights, thereby enhancing the overall background suppression model. through the incorporation of support vector data description, the method further improves detection capabilities by analyzing residual data post background and noise removal. comparative studies using both synthetic and real hyperspectral images have showcased the superior detection performance of tdibs_aws in comparison to alternative methods. nevertheless, it is crucial to acknowledge that the reliance on the pso algorithm for weight optimization may introduce computational complexity, and the method's effectiveness is influenced by the quality of the initial parameters set for the svdd. this factor could potentially restrict its applicability in scenarios with highly variable or unpredictable background elements. mariappan et al. [20] focused on the detection of copy-move forgeries in the realm of digital image manipulation and the widespread use of photo editing applications. the challenge lay in identifying instances where parts of an image were duplicated and placed elsewhere to deceive viewers. existing techniques often struggle with noisy or blurred images. to overcome these limitations, the proposed method utilized a deep neuro-fuzzy network and a novel optimization algorithm. notable features included adaptive partitioning, which divided the image using a rectangular search, and the extraction of local gabor xor patterns and texton features. the deep neuro-fuzzy network effectively identifies forgeries, and its training incorporates the multi-verse invasive weed optimization (mviwo) technique, a fusion of the multi-verse optimizer and invasive weed optimization. while achieving impressive performance metrics (specificity: 93.54%, accuracy: 94.01%, sensitivity: 97.75%), it is important to acknowledge that the reliance on the mviwo algorithm may introduce computational complexity, and the effectiveness of the method depends on the quality of initial parameters set for the support vector data description (svdd). these considerations should be taken into account when applying this approach in scenarios with diverse or unpredictable background elements. zhang et al. [21] put forth googlenet, which refines the cnn structure through the incorporation of the inception module, boosting both the accuracy and efficiency of pattern recognition. firstly, they categorized pixels into three groups: unchanged, false changes caused by strong speckles, and real changes due to terrain variation. secondly, they utilized superpixel objects to use a local spatial framework. the methodology consists of two phases: object generation and classification. in this phase, objects are generated using the simple linear iterative clustering (slic) algorithm and then classified into changed and unchanged classes using fuzzy c-means (fcm) clustering and a deep pcanet. this phase produces a set of changed and unchanged superpixels. the next phase, deep learning for real change discrimination, focuses on the changed superpixels obtained in the first phase. deep learning was applied to distinguish real changes from false changes. slic was employed again to create new superpixels and low-rank and sparse decomposition techniques are used to suppress speckle noise significantly. these new superpixels underwent further clustering via fcm, followed by training a new pcanet to classify the two types of changed superpixels and generate the final change maps. while the proposed approach achieves impressive change detection accuracy (up to 99.71%) using multi-temporal sar imagery, it is important to consider its limitations. specifically, the reliance on the slic algorithm and the computational complexity associated with deep learning may impact scalability. additionally, the effectiveness of the method depends on the quality of initial parameters set for the superpixel-based techniques, which could be a limitation in scenarios with diverse or unpredictable background elements. while these approaches do have a significant impact on the development of the suggested approach, we do not assert that they can be directly compared. rather, their concepts and advancements have been utilized to challenge the obstacles present in the iot setting. it is important to note that each of these approaches has its limitations and assumptions, which are detailed. by amalgamating their most effective techniques and addressing their constraints, we have devised our proposed method to achieve a harmonious equilibrium between resource utilization, processing speed, and recognition accuracy. nevertheless, existing research harbors certain limitations and gaps. for instance, despite significant enhancements in dl model performance, the training phase still demands considerable labeled data and computational resources. additionally, the integration of various technologies within aigc remains insufficiently seamless and efficient. in the domain of image recognition within the iot environment, striking a balance between minimizing resource usage, processing latency, and maintaining recognition accuracy remains a pressing challenge. hence, this article strives to refine the pattern recognition capabilities of aigc technology within the iot context through dl, offering fresh perspectives and approaches for related research endeavors. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 980 3. optimization model construction 3.1. cnn model in this article, the dl algorithm is employed to enhance the pattern recognition capabilities of aigc technology within the iot environment. dl, as a cutting-edge machine learning technique, possesses the ability to automatically learn and extract valuable features from vast datasets, thereby bolstering the model's generalization and overall performance [22]. among the numerous dl architectures available, this study opts for the cnn as its foundational model. the rationale behind this choice lies in cnn's remarkable proficiency in image processing tasks, thanks to its distinctive convolutional structure and pooling operations which adeptly capture local features and spatial information within images. convolution layer: this serves as the backbone of the cnn, tasked with extracting local features from inputted images. it achieves this by performing convolution operations on the input image using a set of learnable filters, effectively capturing diverse feature patterns such as edges, corners, and textures. subsequently, a nonlinear activation function is often introduced to augment the model's nonlinear representation capabilities. it is noteworthy that when the convolution operation's stride exceeds 1, the corresponding deconvolution step size becomes fractional, leading to the alternative nomenclature of "fractional-strided convolution" for deconvolution, as illustrated in figure 1. figure 1. deconvolution operation pooling layer: this layer follows the convolution layer and is tasked with spatially down-sampling its output. this process serves to diminish the size and computational demands of the feature map [23]. widely used pooling techniques include maximum pooling and average pooling, both of which prove effective in retaining crucial image features while mitigating the risk of model overfitting. fully connected layer: typically, one or more fully connected layers crown the cnn architecture [24]. these layers are dedicated to amalgamating and classifying the features extracted by the preceding convolution and pooling layers. each neuron in this layer maintains connections with every neuron in the layer before it, fostering a comprehensive feature representation. within the cnn framework, the feature map is computed according to a specific formula. 𝑚𝑖 = 𝑓(𝐷∗𝐹𝑖 + 𝑏𝑖) (1) where ∗ stands for convolution calculation; 𝑏𝑖 represents an offset term; 𝑓(⋅) and stands for activation function. assume that the characteristic map obtained in the t convolution layer is: 𝑀𝑡 = {𝑚1, 𝑚2, 𝑚3, …, 𝑚𝑠} (2) maximum pooling is adopted to extract the maximum value of 𝑀𝑡; 𝑝𝑖 represents the pooling result of the 𝑡𝑖 convolution layer, which is formally expressed as: 𝑝𝑖 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥(𝑀𝑡) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑚1, 𝑚2, 𝑚3, …, 𝑚𝑠} (3) in light of the resource constraints inherent to iot devices, this article aims to refine the cnn model's structure. by scaling down the number and dimensions of convolution layers, along with pruning the neuron count in fully connected layers, we can achieve a reduction in both the model's size and computational demands. this makes it ideally suited for resource-limited iot environments. during the training phase, the sgd algorithm is employed for optimizing the model's parameters. sgd is a widely adopted optimization technique in machine learning, particularly when dealing with large datasets and online learning scenarios. as a variation of the traditional gradient descent algorithm, sgd operates on the principle of updating model parameters based on the gradient computed from a randomly selected sample at each iteration, rather than considering the entire dataset [25]. while the standard gradient descent calculates gradients for all samples in every iteration and updates model parameters in the opposite direction to minimize the loss function, this approach becomes prohibitively expensive in terms of time and resources when dealing with extensive datasets. sgd significantly reduces computational costs by relying on gradients from a single random sample, while still being highly effective in model optimization. denoting the input vector of the training network as: hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 981 𝑋 = [𝑥1, 𝑥2, 𝑥3, …, 𝑥𝑛] (4) the radial quantity of the training network is: 𝐻 = [𝑦1, 𝑦2, 𝑦3, …, 𝑦𝑗] (5) then the formula of the gauss function is: 𝑦𝑗 = 𝑒𝑥𝑝 (− ‖𝑋 − 𝐶𝑗‖ 2 2𝑏𝑗 2 ) (6) 𝐶𝑗 = [𝑐1𝑗, 𝑐2𝑗, …, 𝑐𝑖𝑗 , …, 𝑐𝑛𝑗];   𝑗 = 1, 2, 3, …, 𝑚 (7) where 𝐶𝑗 is the center vector of the 𝑗 node of the neural training network; 𝐵 = [𝑏1, 𝑏2, 𝑏3, … , 𝑏𝑚] is the base width vector; 𝑏𝑗 is the base width parameter of node 𝑗, and 𝑏𝑗 > 0. the weight vector of the network is: 𝑊 = [𝑤1, 𝑤2, 𝑤3, …, 𝑤𝑚] (8) because the gradient of only one sample is calculated at a time, sgd can quickly iterate and update the model parameters. it does not need to store the gradient of the whole data set and is suitable for processing large data sets. by constantly adjusting the super parameters such as learning rate and momentum, we hope to find the optimal model configuration [26]. at the same time, this article also uses the early stop technique to prevent the model from over-fitting in the training set. the image resolution processing process of the model is shown in figure 2. figure 2. image resolution processing cross-entropy stands as a pivotal concept in information theory, serving as a measure of the divergence between two probability distributions. in the realm of machine learning, it frequently assumes the role of a loss function, aiding in the training of classification models. the loss incurred by the function diminishes as the model's predicted event probabilities align more closely with their true counterparts, and vice versa. by striving to minimize cross-entropy loss, the model's predicted probability distribution can be fine-tuned to mimic the actual distribution as closely as feasible, ultimately enhancing the model's predictive capabilities [27]. during training, this article opts for cross-entropy loss as the guiding loss function. 𝐻(𝑝, 𝑞) = −∑𝑝(𝑥) 𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑞 (𝑥) 𝑥 (9) it should be noted that the calculation of cross-entropy requires that both the real distribution 𝑝 and the predicted distribution 𝑞 must be probability distributions, that is, their value ranges are between [0,1], and the sum of probabilities of all events is 1. in addition, cross-entropy is only applicable to discrete variables, and other measurement methods are needed for continuous variables. by introducing the cnn model, this article can take the original image as input, and gradually abstract and extract the key features in the image through multi-layer convolution and pooling operation. these features not only include basic information such as texture, edge, and color of the image but also capture higher-level semantic information, such as the shape and position of the object. this makes cnn have strong expressive ability and generalization performance when dealing with complex image recognition tasks. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 982 3.2. optimization strategy in the realm of optimization strategies, this article carefully considers key aspects to address the unique challenges presented by the iot environment and enhance the performance of the pattern recognition model. to begin with, given the constraints of limited resources in iot devices, this article leverages model compression techniques. these devices typically have restricted computational resources, storage capabilities, and power supply, necessitating the use of lightweight and efficient models. to this end, techniques such as weight pruning and quantization are employed. weight pruning involves eliminating insignificant weight connections within the model, thereby reducing its parameter count and computational complexity. this, in turn, diminishes the resource requirements of the model. quantization, on the other hand, converts the model's weights and activation values from floating-point to low-precision fixed-point representations, further optimizing storage needs and reducing the amount of computation required. the integration of these model compression techniques enables the efficient deployment of the pattern recognition model on resource-constrained iot devices while preserving its recognition performance. furthermore, to bolster the model's generalization capabilities, this article incorporates data augmentation techniques. the diverse and variable nature of graphic data in the iot environment demands robust generalization abilities from the model. to this end, a range of transformation operations are applied to the original images, generating additional training samples. these operations, including rotation, cropping, scaling, and flipping, are designed to mimic the variety of image variations encountered in practical settings. by expanding the diversity and quantity of training data, data augmentation techniques assist the model in learning more resilient and generalized representations, ultimately enhancing its recognition performance in unseen scenarios. this is particularly crucial for iot applications, as they often encounter a multitude of complex and dynamic environmental conditions, necessitating strong generalization capabilities from the model. 4. experimental results and analysis 4.1. experimental setup to optimize aigc technology for iot environments, the study used a convolutional neural network (cnn) as its core architecture, ensuring a customized performance-resource efficiency trade-off. the model's size and computational complexity were decreased without accuracy loss with the deployment of model compression techniques such as weight pruning and quantization. weight pruning removed unnecessary connections, and quantization transformed weights to lower precision formats to optimize storage and computation resource utilization. reducing the number of convolution layers and neurons in fully connected layers helped reduce computational requirements, suitable for iot devices with limited resources. the process of training was optimized through gradient update through min-batch selection by sgd, which updates the parameters based on the averages of random examples, rather than using all training examples that provide extensive computational savings over the traditional approach. to improve generalization, we applied regularization such as dropout as well as data augmentation in the form of rotation, scaling, and flipping to ensure that the model performed well against common iot issues such as lighting variation or obstructions. one general design concept has been to maximize weight efficiency within all systems, allowing for compatibility with devices with lower computing power, storage, and energy supply. but there was no new cnn architecture reported, instead innovations were achieved by joining existing methods together such as model compression, data augmentation, regularization, and lightweight design, all of which established a homogenous framework suitable for iot. by treating these as primary challenges, it was able to ensure strong pattern recognition capabilities without unnecessarily compromising resource efficiency, which is part of what makes this approach so effective. this section outlines a range of simulation experiments aimed at validating the efficacy of the dl algorithm in refining aigc technology. detailed experimental configurations are as follows: data sources: we chose two widely used image datasets for our tests: mnist and cifar-10. the mnist dataset comprises grayscale handwritten numerals, ideal for initial algorithm validation. in contrast, cifar-10 offers a more challenging set of 10 distinct categories of color images. additionally, to emulate the vast and intricate nature of the iot landscape, we have augmented and enhanced both datasets. testing infrastructure: our server is outfitted with a multicore cpu, ample memory, and a state-of-the-art gpu to facilitate seamless experimentation. furthermore, we've leveraged tensorflow, a renowned dl framework, for algorithm and model development. key dl algorithm parameters and their respective values are summarized in table 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 983 table 1. algorithm parameter setting parameter name numerical value describe learning rate 0.001 control the step size of the model weight update. batch size 64 the number of samples used to update the model weights in each iteration. iterations 100 iteration number of model training optimizer adam algorithm for optimizing model weight activation function relu functions for increasing the nonlinearity of the model number of convolution layers 5 number of convolution layers in the model convolution kernel size 3×3 the size of the convolution kernel in the convolution layer pool layer number 2 number of pools in the model pool nucleus size 2×2 size of pool nuclei in pool layer fully connected layer number 2 number of fully connected layers in the model dropout ratio 0.5 the ratio of dropout is applied after the full connection layer to prevent overfitting. evaluation metrics: to thoroughly assess the algorithm's performance, this article has chosen the following metrics as benchmarks: recognition accuracy, model compactness, processing speed, and resource utilization. recognition accuracy serves as the most straightforward measure of the model's recognition capabilities. model compactness and processing speed jointly indicate the model's viability and responsiveness on iot devices. lastly, resource utilization reflects the model's demands on device resources. the above experimental design is expected to verify the effectiveness of the dl algorithm in optimizing aigc technology and provide valuable references for research in related fields. 4.2. results analysis and discussion in this simulation experiment, the dl algorithm is used to optimize aigc technology, and the pattern recognition test is carried out in an iot environment. figure 3 shows the flowchart diagram of the proposed methodology. figure 3. the flowchart diagram of the proposed methodology the following are the main results of the experiment. the accuracy of pattern recognition is an important index to measure the performance of a pattern recognition system. the aigc technology optimized by dl shows excellent performance on several standard data sets, as shown in figure 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 984 figure 4. recognition accuracy experimental results show the proposed model achieves 99.5% and 89.2% accuracy on mnist and cifar-10 datasets respectively, with a lower percentage accuracy on pattern recognition tasks. moreover, the recognition speed was greatly improved, with processing time being decreased roughly by 30%. by employing the dl algorithm to automatically learn and optimize feature representations over hand-crafted feature-based traditional pattern recognition techniques, these improvements are achieved. the study also covers the challenges of iot systems such as resource constraints in devices, heterogeneous and complex graphical data, and real-time processing. using model compression methods, this work reduces the size and computation complexity of the dl model to configure it for application on iot devices. moreover, data augmentation and regularization techniques assist the model to generalize and make it robust to lighting, angles, and obstruction variations. it integrates several advanced techniques, including lightweight neural networks, hardware acceleration, and hierarchical neural architecture search, to achieve a better tradeoff of resource utilization, processing speed, and recognition accuracy than existing approaches. nonetheless, the study has its limitations, including obtaining a large amount of labeled data, the need for highperformance hardware devices and software licenses when training the model, and the issue of seamlessly integrating multiple technologies to form an aigc system snugly. although limitations exist, the proposed method provides a complete solution, specifically for iot applications and it would be useful for implementing, e.g., smart transportation, smart homes, and security systems. this study plays an integral role in elevating aigc technology for iot environments, bridging gaps, and setting the stage for further advancements. compared with traditional pattern recognition methods, dl can capture and recognize key information in images more accurately by automatically learning and optimizing feature representation, thus achieving better performance in complex recognition tasks. the recognition speed of the algorithm is shown in figure 5. figure 5. recognition speed hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 985 recognition speed: while ensuring accuracy, the dl algorithm also significantly improves the speed of pattern recognition. traditional pattern recognition methods often need complex preprocessing steps and a time-consuming feature extraction process, which leads to slow recognition speed. the dl algorithm integrates feature extraction and classification into one model through end-to-end training, which greatly simplifies the processing flow. therefore, in the same hardware environment, the time for processing a single image by the optimized aigc technology is about 30% shorter than that by the traditional method. this remarkable improvement is mainly due to the efficient calculation and parallel processing ability of the dl algorithm. this increase in recognition speed from the deep learning (dl) algorithm is a great step towards adapting aigc technology for optimal performance in internet of things (iot) environments. traditional pattern recognition techniques frequently engage in time-consuming preprocessing processes and manual extraction of features, leading to the inherent infusion of error in human-centered manipulation and the strain of inadequate feature extraction at the assessment stage. unlike traditional extensive features extracted methods in previous studies, the dl algorithm used in this study regarded the features extraction and classification in end-to-end training as a whole blended model. they do not need separate processing pipelines till inward, so it eases the process and subsequent overhead. thus, optimized aigc technology can process data in approximately 30% shorter recognition speed than traditional aigc technology, and remains on the same hardware infrastructure. the efficiency improvement however is mostly because of the properties of the dl algorithm, which can compute efficiently and take advantage of parallel processing architectures. this approach allows the dl-based model to run faster and on larger volumes of data while achieving similar accuracy. these enhancements are especially important for iot applications that require near real-time decision-making and responsiveness. the system performance and reliability can be greatly improved in pattern recognition for applications like autonomous driving, and smart home systems. in addition, the decreased processing duration means lesser energy consumption and resource utilization, hence a more desirable technology for deployment on resource-constrained iot devices. the increase in recognition speed of the aigc technology based on deep learning optimization makes it more conducive to real-time application, and the delta increase in this area has great potential along with technology landing in various fields such as intelligent transportation, intelligent security, industry 4.0, and medical care. in the dl model, the size and computational complexity of the model are the key factors that affect its application in iot devices. due to the limited resources of iot devices, such as storage space, computing power, and energy consumption, the dl model needs to be compressed and optimized to adapt to the characteristics of these devices. the model size and computational complexity are shown in figure 6. figure 6. model size and computational complexity model size and computational complexity: by using model compression technology, this article successfully reduces the size of the dl model and reduces the computational complexity. the optimized aigc technology model is not only smaller in size but also lower in computational complexity at runtime. this makes this technology more suitable for iot devices with limited resources and can realize efficient pattern recognition functions on these devices. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 986 at the same time, reducing the computational complexity also helps to reduce the energy consumption of equipment and prolong its service life. comparing the performance of this method with the traditional method, the support vector machine (svm), the accuracy of pattern recognition of different algorithms is achieved. the parameter values for this research are as follows: 𝐶 = 1, 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒 = 3, 𝜀 = 0.2, 𝛾 = 0.36, c=tolerance=0.001. the comparison results are given in figure 7. figure 7. comparison of recognition accuracy the speed of pattern recognition of different algorithms is shown in figure 8. figure 8. recognition speed comparison the results show that under the same experimental conditions, the proposed method is superior to the traditional method in recognition accuracy and speed. this discovery is based on strict experimental comparison and detailed data analysis. in terms of recognition accuracy, this method shows significant advantages. by adopting the advanced dl algorithm and model structure, this method can capture and identify the key features and information in the image more accurately. in contrast, traditional methods are often limited by their fixed feature extraction methods and model expression ability when dealing with complex and diverse graphic data, which leads to the decline of recognition accuracy. the method in this article can adaptively learn and optimize the feature extraction process through the powerful representation learning ability of dl, thus improving the accuracy of recognition. in terms of speed, this method also hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 987 shows obvious advantages. due to the efficient calculation and parallel processing ability of the dl algorithm, this method can achieve fast training and reasoning speed when dealing with large-scale graphic data. however, traditional methods often need long computing time and resources to complete the same task. this speed advantage makes this method more suitable for real-time and high-efficiency iot application scenarios and can meet the needs of rapid response and decision-making. this section verifies the effectiveness of the dl algorithm in optimizing aigc technology through simulation experiments and performance comparison. the experimental results show that the dl algorithm has achieved remarkable results in optimizing aigc technology. firstly, dl improves the accuracy of pattern recognition by automatically extracting image features. secondly, by optimizing the network structure and using hardware acceleration technology, the dl algorithm achieves faster recognition speed. finally, the application of model compression technology makes the dl model more suitable for the iot environment. at last, table 2 indicates the comparison between the results of the present study with those from previous studies in the literature (leroux et al. [17], horng et al. [18], wu et al. [19], mariappan et al. [20], zhang et al. [21]). this comparison contains main metrics for instance recognition accuracy, computational complexity, resource utilization, and adaptability to iot environments. table 2. comparison analysis study accuracy (%) computational complexity resource utilization present study mnist: 99.5 cifar-10: 89.2 low (via model compression) optimized for iot devices leroux et al. [17] varies by dataset adjustable via architecture search dynamic resource allocation horng et al. [18] improved facial recognition accuracy moderate (focuses on subtle features) standard hardware wu et al. [19] high (hyperspectral imaging) high (due to pso algorithm) requires significant resources mariappan et al. [20] specificity: 93.54% accuracy: 94.01% sensitivity: 97.75% high (deep neuro-fuzzy network) resource-intensive zhang et al. [21] up to 99.71% (sar imagery) moderate-high (slic + deep learning) requires substantial resources study adaptability to iot environments strengths limitations leroux et al. [17] high (real-time processing, low latency)  achieves high accuracy on standard datasets.  efficiently reduces model size and complexity.  incorporates data augmentation and regularization for robustness.  limited testing on diverse or real-world iot datasets.  potential challenges in scalability for larger models. horng et al. [18] moderate (dynamic adjustment possible)  introduces hierarchical neural architecture search for dynamic complexity adjustment.  shares substructures among networks to save storage.  relies on benchmark datasets only.  static complexity increments may not suit all scenarios.  overlooks runtime overhead of switching architectures. wu et al. [19] low (not optimized for iot)  extracts effective features using dcnns for facial image resolution enhancement.  outperforms existing methods in identification accuracy.  limited robustness against lighting, pose, and obstructions.  not tailored for iot resource constraints. mariappan et al. [20] low (complexity unsuitable for iot)  dual approach for background suppression improves detection accuracy.  effective in handling complex background noise.  computational complexity due to pso weight optimization  sensitivity to initial parameter settings.  limited applicability in highly variable backgrounds. zhang et al. [21] low (not iot-focused)  detects copy-move forgeries effectively.  combines adaptive partitioning and gabor xor patterns for robustness.  computational complexity introduced by mviwo algorithm.  dependent on the quality of initial parameters for svdd. this paper aimed to improve the ai-generated content (aigc) solution through the application of deep learning (dl) technology in the field of graphic recognition, which was mainly based on convolutional neural networks (cnns) in the application of internet of things (iot) technology. the main goals are compressed models to lower computational demand and resource usage, along with enhanced model adaptability achieved from data augmentation and regularization techniques. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 988 experimental results show that the proposed methods are significantly improved in terms of recognition accuracy (99.5% on mnist and 89.2% on cifar-10 datasets) and processing time which is 30% less than the classical methods. in contrast to prior studies such as leroux et al. [17], horng et al. [18], wu et al. [19], mariappan et al. [20], and zhang et al. [21], focusing on some specific issues, including dynamic resource management, facial recognition, hyperspectral imaging, forgery detection, and sar change detection. however, this work presents a complete pipeline suitable for iot devices with limited resources. the proposed method combines state-of-the-art techniques, including cnns, model compression, and hardware acceleration to make it realistic, accurate, fast, and memory-efficient in practice, which are important for real-world iot applications, such as intelligent transportation, and smart home. 5. discussion in this paper, our focus lies in introducing a new perspective to address the limitations identified in previous studies on graphic recognition in aigc technology. instead of attempting to challenge all the identified issues at once, our research specifically targets key problem areas, pushing the boundaries of knowledge in specific domains. we are fully aware that previous works have encountered challenges stemming from the unique complexities of iot environments. however, our proposed solution takes significant strides in overcoming these obstacles. while we acknowledge that not all criticisms of prior research are fully addressed in our work, we firmly believe that our approach brings forth tangible and substantial advancements. furthermore, we recognize the importance of future investigations in further addressing any remaining deficiencies. with this in mind, we have structured our presentation to communicate the specific aspects of the earlier research landscape that we aim to modify, as well as the potential avenues for future exploration. the proposed framework has shown promising results in enhancing the graphic recognition capabilities of aigc technology within the iot ecosystem. however, certain limitations require further investigation. the generalizability of the framework across different graphical datasets has not been thoroughly examined, and its success on mnist and cifar-10 datasets may not translate to other datasets. expanding the scope of research to include diverse and larger datasets will help strengthen confidence in the framework's effectiveness. additionally, questions regarding the framework's scalability in handling complex iot ecosystems need to be addressed. further research should focus on understanding the framework's limitations in accommodating larger and more sophisticated iot environments. furthermore, verifying the framework's real-time processing capability in hightraffic iot ecosystems is essential, especially with the increasing number of iot devices and data generation. lastly, assessing the framework's robustness against noise and adversarial attacks is crucial for establishing trust in its reliability. addressing these limitations will contribute to the continued growth and development of the framework, benefiting the research community and driving practical applications in the evolving iot landscape. 6. conclusion as iot continues to evolve rapidly, the significance of pattern recognition in numerous domains has escalated. simultaneously, the role of aigc technology, which serves as a vital link between artificial intelligence and graphic computing, has become increasingly pivotal, emphasizing the crucial nature of its performance optimization. therefore, this article introduces the dl algorithm to improve the accuracy and speed of pattern recognition. after a series of research and experiments, this article draws the following conclusions: dl algorithm has obvious advantages in pattern recognition, which can automatically extract image features and realize efficient classification and recognition. by constructing the cnn model and improving and adjusting it, this article successfully improves the accuracy and speed of pattern recognition of aigc technology in the iot environment. aiming at the resource limitation of iot equipment, this article adopts model compression technology to reduce the size of the model and reduce the computational complexity. this makes the optimized aigc technology more suitable for iot environments with limited resources and provides feasibility for practical application. the optimized aigc technology has broad potential and challenges in the practical application of iot. first of all, with the increasing popularity of iot devices and the increasing demand for intelligence, pattern recognition will become an important part of iot applications. the optimized aigc technology can provide more accurate and faster graphic recognition services for intelligent transportation, smart homes, intelligent security, and other fields. secondly, in the face of complex and changeable challenges in the iot environment, the optimized aigc technology needs to constantly adapt to new application scenarios and demand changes, which puts forward higher requirements for its robustness and scalability. therefore, future research should focus on how to improve the adaptability and generalization performance of aigc technology in an iot environment. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 989 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, y.x. and y.d.; methodology, y.x.; software, y.d.; validation, y.x. and y.d.; formal analysis, y.x.; data curation, y.d.; writing—original draft preparation, y.x. and y.d.; writing—review and editing, y.x. and y.d.; visualization, y.x. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] chang, w.-j., chen, l.-b., sie, c.-y., & yang, c.-h. (2021). an artificial intelligence edge computing-based assistive system for visually impaired pedestrian safety at zebra crossings. ieee transactions on consumer electronics, 67(1), 3–11. doi:10.1109/tce.2020.3037065. [2] feng, c., gu, j., zhu, h., ying, z., zhao, z., pan, d. z., & chen, r. t. (2022). a compact butterfly-style silicon photonic– electronic neural chip for hardware-efficient deep learning. acs photonics, 9(12), 3906–3916. doi:10.1021/acsphotonics.2c01188. [3] zhu, b., yang, c., yu, c., & an, f. (2018). product image recognition based on deep learning. journal of computer-aided design &amp; computer graphics, 30(9), 1778. doi:10.3724/sp.j.1089.2018.16849. [4] dourado, c. m. j. m., da silva, s. p. p., da nobrega, r. v. m., reboucas filho, p. p., muhammad, k., & de albuquerque, v. h. c. (2021). an open ioht-based deep learning framework for online medical image recognition. ieee journal on selected areas in communications, 39(2), 541–548. doi:10.1109/jsac.2020.3020598. [5] pertusa, a., gallego, a. j., & bernabeu, m. (2018). mirbot: a collaborative object recognition system for smartphones using convolutional neural networks. neurocomputing, 293(6), 87–99. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2018.03.005. [6] demir, h. s., christen, j. b., & ozev, s. (2020). energy-efficient image recognition system for marine life. ieee transactions on computer-aided design of integrated circuits and systems, 39(11), 3458–3466. doi:10.1109/tcad.2020.3012745. [7] lim, l. a., & yalim keles, h. (2018). foreground segmentation using convolutional neural networks for multiscale feature encoding. pattern recognition letters, 112, 256–262. doi:10.1016/j.patrec.2018.08.002. [8] zhang, h., jiang, b., cheng, c., huang, b., zhang, h., chen, r., xu, j., huang, y., chen, h., pei, w., chai, y., & zhou, f. (2023). a self-rectifying synaptic memristor array with ultrahigh weight potentiation linearity for a self-organizing-map neural network. nano letters, 23(8), 3107–3115. doi:10.1021/acs.nanolett.2c03624. [9] grm, k., struc, v., artiges, a., caron, m., & ekenel, h. k. (2018). strengths and weaknesses of deep learning models for face recognition against image degradations. iet biometrics, 7(1), 81–89. doi:10.1049/iet-bmt.2017.0083. [10] grm, k., štruc, v., artiges, a., caron, m., & ekenel, h. k. (2017). strengths and weaknesses of deep learning models for face recognition against image degradations. iet biometrics, 7(1), 81–89. doi:10.1049/iet-bmt.2017.0083. [11] wang, t., xu, l., & li, j. (2021). sdcrkl-gp: scalable deep convolutional random kernel learning in gaussian process for image recognition. neurocomputing, 456(7), 288–298. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2021.05.092. [12] liu, y., dong, h., & wang, l. (2021). trampoline motion decomposition method based on deep learning image recognition. scientific programming, 2021(9), 1–8. doi:10.1155/2021/1215065. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 990 [13] schütt, k. t., sauceda, h. e., kindermans, p.-j., tkatchenko, a., & müller, k.-r. (2018). schnet – a deep learning architecture for molecules and materials. the journal of chemical physics, 148(24), 241722. doi:.1063/1.5019779. [14] andriyanov, n. a., dementiev, v. e., & kargashin, y. d. (2021). analysis of the impact of visual attacks on the characteristics of neural networks in image recognition. procedia computer science, 186(12), 495–502. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2021.04.170. [15] cheng, x., ren, y., cheng, k., cao, j., & hao, q. (2020). method for training convolutional neural networks for in situ plankton image recognition and classification based on the mechanisms of the human eye. sensors, 20(9), 2592. doi:10.3390/s20092592. [16] niederberger, c. (2021). re: web-and artificial intelligence-based image recognition for sperm motility analysis: verification study. journal of urology, 206(1), 145-145. [17] leroux, s., bohez, s., de coninck, e., van molle, p., vankeirsbilck, b., verbelen, t., simoens, p., & dhoedt, b. (2019). multifidelity deep neural networks for adaptive inference in the internet of multimedia things. future generation computer systems, 97(8), 355–360. doi:10.1016/j.future.2019.03.001. [18] horng, s.-j., supardi, j., zhou, w., lin, c.-t., & jiang, b. (2022). recognizing very small face images using convolution neural networks. ieee transactions on intelligent transportation systems, 23(3), 2103–2115. doi:10.1109/tits.2020.3032396. [19] wu, k., xu, g., zhang, y., & du, b. (2018). hyperspectral image target detection via integrated background suppression with adaptive weight selection. neurocomputing, 315, 59–67. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2018.06.017. [20] mariappan, g., satish, a. r., reddy, p. v. b., & maram, b. (2021). adaptive partitioning-based copy-move image forgery detection using optimal enabled deep neuro-fuzzy network. computational intelligence, 38(2), 586-609. doi:10.1111/coin.12484. [21] zhang, x., liu, g., zhang, c., atkinson, p. m., tan, x., jian, x., zhou, x., & li, y. (2020). two-phase object-based deep learning for multi-temporal sar image change detection. remote sensing, 12(3), 548. doi:10.3390/rs12030548. [22] huang, r., wang, r., zhang, y., xing, y., fan, w., & yung, k. l. (2021). selecting change image for efficient change detection. iet signal processing, 16(3), 327–339. doi:10.1049/sil2.12095. [23] gu, y., vyas, k., yang, j., & yang, g. (2019). transfer recurrent feature learning for endomicroscopy image recognition. ieee transactions on medical imaging, 38(3), 791–801. doi:10.1109/tmi.2018.2872473. [24] liu, y., du, h., niyato, d., kang, j., xiong, z., miao, c., shen, x., & jamalipour, a. (2024). blockchain-empowered lifecycle management for ai-generated content products in edge networks. ieee wireless communications, 31(3), 286–294. doi:10.1109/mwc.003.2300053. [25] liu, l., he, m., & jeon, s. (2025). an ai-generated content-based access control strategy for wbans in healthcare electronics applications. ieee transactions on consumer electronics, 71(1), 1332–1342. doi:10.1109/tce.2024.3412942. [26] akram, j., aamir, m., raut, r., anaissi, a., jhaveri, r. h., & akram, a. (2025). ai-generated content-as-a-service in iomtbased smart homes: personalizing patient care with human digital twins. ieee transactions on consumer electronics, 71(1), 1352–1362. doi:10.1109/tce.2024.3409173. [27] khoramnejad, f., & hossain, e. (2025). generative ai for the optimization of next-generation wireless networks: basics, state-of-the-art, and open challenges. ieee communications surveys & tutorials. doi:10.1109/comst.2025.3535554. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 854 issn: 2723-9535 simulation of vehicular bots-based ddos attacks in connected vehicles networks siti fatimah abdul razak 1* , ku yee fang 1, noor hisham kamis 1 , anang hudaya muhammad amin 2 , sumendra yogarayan 1 1 faculty of information science and technology, multimedia university, melaka 75450 malaysia. 2 computer and information science department, higher colleges of technology, dubai men's college, united arab emirates. received 12 september 2023; revised 11 november 2023; accepted 23 november 2023; published 01 december 2023 abstract connected vehicles are more vulnerable to attacks than wired networks since they involve rapid mobility, continuous data flow across connected nodes, and dynamic network design in a distributed network environment. distributed denial of service (ddos) is one of the most common and dangerous security attacks on connected vehicle networks. attackers can remotely control malicious nodes that are programmed to attack other nodes known. the compromised nodes are known as botnets, which will constantly flood the target nodes with user datagram protocol (udp) packets, disrupting the target nodes data flow and operation. hence, the goal of this research is to create and simulate a vehicular bot-based distributed denial of service (ddos) assault in connected vehicle networks. a simulation-based methodology is implemented to observe the impact of the number of bots, ddos rate, and maximum bulk packet size on network performance. using the ns-3 network simulator, 73 random mobile vehicle nodes with up to 100 vehicle bots were simulated, and the results are discussed. regardless of the computational constraints, the findings from this study adds to understanding the risks and problems associated with data transmission by analyzing the impact of vehicular bot-based ddos attacks on connected vehicle performance. keywords: vehicular bot nodes; vanet; distributed denial of services; ns3. 1. introduction connected vehicle networks have developed as a breakthrough transportation technology, offering several gains in safety, efficiency, and convenience. these networks provide seamless communication and data sharing between vehicles, infrastructure, and other organizations, resulting in better traffic management, improved navigation systems, and realtime vehicle diagnostics [1, 2]. however, as connection and automation become more integrated in automobiles, new security issues emerge that must be addressed [3, 4]. among the security risks that could significantly impair the operation and functions of connected vehicles are the distributed denial of services (ddos) attacks [5]. the attack is distributed, more powerful and severe compared to traditional denial of service (dos) attacks and can occur at any layer of the network communication model [6]. attackers send malicious messages from different locations and time slots towards the targeted node, causing the victim node to not be able to provide or receive services from genuine nodes [6, 7]. in a connected vehicle network, a ddos attack may * corresponding author: fatimah.razak@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-014  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6108-3183 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9624-2220 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2010-9789 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5151-2300 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 855 cause the connected vehicle difficulties in transmitting or exchanging vehicle or traffic data with other connected vehicles, which could put the drivers and road users in danger when they are mobile on the road [8, 9]. in addition, the nodes will not be able to access centralized network services and important vehicle-to-vehicle (v2v) communication and vehicleto-infrastructure (v2i) communication services [10]. moreover, the attacker can access and alter network traffic signals and potentially harm the entire network via a wireless network [10–14]. an experimental study concluded that vehicle nodes will experience a drop in average throughput during a ddos attack interval on the software-defined internet of vehicles. the authors used the mininetwifi emulator and found that attack intensity mostly happens at the controller level [15]. in another study, authors utilized a simulation-based methodology using sumo (simulation of urban mobility), omnet++, and veins (vehicles in network simulation) to investigate ddos attacks on vehicle nodes. a non-parametric statistical anomaly detection technique was proposed to detect and respond to attacks when they occur [15, 16]. besides, an attack topology and network congestion involving several nodes were created in an open-source network simulator known as ns2 using a greedy technique to identify and mitigate ddos attacks [17]. since ddos attacks can also occur in communications between vehicle nodes and the roadside unit (rsu), the authors proposed a new method called multivariant stream analysis (mvsa) to identify the ddos attack. the algorithm was applied and evaluated using ns2 as well [17, 18]. multiple nodes maybe compromised and controlled remotely to launch attacks and overwhelm the targeted node [19]. a vehicular bot-based ddos attack is a variation of ddos attacks on vehicles. vehicular bots that are compromised, hacked, or rogue nodes penetrate the network and perform ddos attacks on the connected vehicles networks infrastructure. the bots overload the network resources and hinder connection with other legitimate nodes, thus disrupting the function and operation of connected vehicle applications [20]. the bots can also inject, alter, remove, or send fake messages to other nodes in the network, which may be hazardous to road users [21]. therefore, understanding the behavior and consequences of vehicular bot-based ddos attacks in connected vehicle networks is critical for building effective security procedures and responses. moreover, real-world tests on operational connected vehicle networks are challenging, costly, and possibly disruptive. a study on ddos attacks in vehicular communication environments is crucial, as no realworld dataset containing ddos attacks on vanets is publicly available [7]. as a result, simulation-based techniques provide a cost-effective and scalable means of studying the features and consequences of such attacks [19, 22–24]. hence, the purpose of this study is to simulate and analyze vehicular bot-based ddos attacks in connected vehicle networks. this research has analyzed the simulation results in terms of packet delivery, packet loss ratio, throughput, jitter, and end-to-end delay. the behavior and impact of these attacks were examined in controlled and configurable situations by employing simulation tools and models particularly developed for connected vehicle environments. the findings of this study can be used to inform the design and implementation of effective security solutions to reduce the danger of vehicular bot-based ddos attacks. the remainder of this paper is structured as follows: the simulation technique utilized in this work, including the tools, models, and measurements, is described in section 2. section 3 offers the simulation results and analyses, and section 4 discusses the findings. finally, section 5 summarizes the important contributions of this research and discusses potential future directions. it is hoped that this study will help to improve knowledge of vehicular bot-based ddos attacks in connected vehicle networks, as well as give insights into the creation of strong security methods to maintain the safe and dependable functioning of these networks in the face of new threats. 2. simulation the simulation-based technique creates a controlled and scalable connected vehicle environment for the purpose of this study. it is a prior step before proceeding to any real-world environment that reduces cost, avoids disruptions to operationally connected vehicles, and eliminates the risk of fatal outcomes when the network is attacked. the vehicular bot-based ddos attacks are demonstrated and analyzed in this study based on the activities illustrated in figure 1 [6, 23]. figure 1. simulation process hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 856 initially, ubuntu 18.0.0+, eclipse sumo, and ns-3, as well as the project dependencies, were installed before generating the connected vehicle environment and running the simulations. a minimum of 20 gb of storage is required for the installation and configuration of these tools. the ns-3 discrete-event network simulator [25] demonstrated how this attack affects communication among vehicular nodes. simulation runs were performed systematically by changing the seeds for a random number of bots involved in different network loads and densities to evaluate the network performance when the network is experiencing ddos attacks. this approach allowed us to observe the effects of the attacks under different conditions and obtain statistically significant results. the simulation environment was designed with the parameters in table 1. for this study, 73 vehicle nodes were set to travel at a constant speed of 45 m/s and deployed using the 802.11p standard. vehicle bots were randomly inserted during the simulation, where the value is set between 0 to 50. these bots will randomly generate packets of 5 mb to 25 mb to be sent to the target node. furthermore, the adhoc on-demand distance vector (aodv) [26, 27] routing protocol was employed to facilitate traffic routing. table 1. simulation parameters parameter value network simulator ns-3.36.1 routing protocol aodv wireless communication ieee 802.11p selected network traffic area ayer keroh, melaka maximum simulation time 20s number of legitimate vehicles nodes 73 number of bot nodes 0 – 300 data rate of point-to-point channel 50mbps delay in point-to-point channel 1ms ddos rate 20,480 – 102,400 kbps in ns-3, a channel connects a node, and in this simulation, the channel selected is a point-to-point channel. two pointtopointerhelper objects, designated pp1 and pp2, were created and set to 50 mbps with a predefined delay of 1 ms. the vehicle nodes and vehicular bot nodes were generated and stored in separate containers, i.e., netdevicecontainer[] and botdevicecontainer[], respectively. moreover, the base address 10.0.0.0 was set with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.252 for vehicular bot nodes, while 10.1.1.0 and 10.1.2.0 with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0 were dedicated to vehicular nodes. compared to the vehicular nodes, new ip addresses were assigned to vehicular bots on a rotation basis. moreover, the client node was configured to send large amounts of data using the tcp protocol. 2.1. ddos attack setup the client node is specified by the inetsocketaddress(). this information is required to deliver udp packets. however, the onoffhelper must be generated prior to the data transmission. at the same time, the client node is configured to send large amounts of data using the tcp protocol. in addition, two different types of packet sink applications were deployed for the server node. the first sink is a udp sink and is set up to accept any udp packets sent over a port specified in udp_sink_port. the second sink is set up to both receive and listen on the tcp_sink_port port in the meantime. the max_simulation_time seconds is the time limit after which both sinks are configured to stop. all incoming packets will be received and discarded by these sinks. moreover, all vehicular bots are set to release packets constantly for 30 seconds. the vehicular bot node positions were set in a grid layout. the grid is initially structured in rows, with a spacing of 5 units on the x-axis and 10 units on the y-axis. the gri’'s width is set to 5. then, the mobility model for each node was set. a call back function, i.e., coursechange(), is set up to log the course change events of mobility models in the simulation. the function was invoked whenever a course change occurred, and the log output was transmitted to the designated output stream. in this study, the maximum number of packets per trace file is set to the maximum value of an unsigned 64-bit integer to be visualized in netanim. the x-coordinate is incremented by 1 for each iteration of the loop, while the y-coordinate is fixed at 30 to determine the placement of the bot nodes. the bot nodes will therefore be scattered horizontally as a result. the network traffic flow between client and server nodes was monitored using a flow monitor. the recorded data includes source and destination ip addresses, protocol, source and destination ports, number of bytes, packets sent, packet received, jitter, and end-to-end delay. the information allows estimation of bandwidth utilization and packet loss in the connected vehicle environment compromised by ddos attacks from vehicular bot nodes. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 857 moreover, three assault scenarios were created to replicate various forms of vehicular bot-based ddos attacks. different scenarios of simulation were identified with manipulation of the number of vehicular bots involved, ddos rate, and maximum bulk bytes. in scenario 1, the number of bots was set as 10, 20, 30, 40, and 50. the simulation was run for 20s with a 1 ms channel delay, a 50 mbps channel data rate, a 15 mb max bulk packet, and a ddos rate of 40,960 kbps. in scenario 2, the ddos rate was set to 20480 kbps, 40960 kbps, 61440 kbps, 81920 kbps, and 102400 kbps. the simulation was also run for 20s with a 1 ms channel delay, 50 mbps channel data rate, and a 15 mb max bulk packet. in this scenario, the impact of 20 vehicular bots in the connected vehicle network was investigated. lastly, in scenario 3, the simulation was run with 20 vehicular bots and a ddos rate of 20480 kbps. the max bulk packets of 5 mb, 10 mb, 15 mb, 20 mb, and 25 mb were assessed for 20 s. the channel delay and channel data rate remain as in previous scenarios, i.e., 1 ms and 50 mbs respectively. it is assumed that in critical vehicle safety applications, the basic safety messages (bsm) packets are kept around 300–400 bytes for reliable and efficient data transmissions. map and traffic data, vehicle telematics data, software updates or patches, etc. would require higher packet size. hence, the packet size requirements will depend on the type of application. 2.2. performance metrics the impact of vehicular bot-based ddos attacks was measured based on the packet delivery ratio, packet loss ratio, throughput, jitter, and end-to-end delay by varying the number of bots, ddos rate, and max bulk rate. by using ns-3, the mentioned variables can be used to analyze the efficiency and performance of the network [1, 28]. the packet delivery ratio indicates the proportion of successfully delivered packets out of all packets created. it gives information on the network’s capacity to manage legitimate communication amid malicious traffic [29]. the ratio of packets that are successfully communicated to those that are unsuccessfully communicated is known as the packet loss ratio. it displays the percentage of communication packets that were lost [19, 30, 31]. when a delay varies over time from end to end, it is referred to as jitter. normal communication has very little jitter fluctuation. this variation is primarily caused by issues with traffic, congestion, etc. however, there are significant changes while under attack as a result of the violent vehicle's unusual actions [11]. end-to-end delay refers to the average amount of time it takes a packet to travel from the source of its origin to its destination. end-to-end delay aids in determining the impact of vehicular bot-based ddos attacks on communication latency, which is critical for time-critical applications in connected vehicle networks. the performance of the network improves with decreasing delay [29]. network throughput is a statistic that measures the quantity of authentic data successfully transmitted through a network in a particular time frame. it aids in determining the connected vehicle network's ability to manage regular traffic flow under assault scenarios. it is the statistic used to assess how well the network is performing [17, 18]. 3. results in this study, netanim was employed to visualize the interaction between vehicle nodes and vehicular bot nodes when the simulation is run. figure 2 shows the interaction between the client and server nodes in a connected vehicle network. the nodes are shown in a grid layout as specified in section 2.2. figure 2. vehicle nodes without ddos attack hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 858 assume that vn represents vehicle nodes, where n= {1, 2, …, 73}. based on figure 2, the client node, which is v0, sends packets to v2, which is the server node, through the tcp communication protocol. at the same time, vehicular botnets launched an attack on v2 by sending packets through the udp communication protocol (grey shaded line in figure 2). this has caused v2 to be congested, and thus, packet flow from v2 to v71 took more time than usual packet transmissions in the network, as shown in figure 3. figure 3. vehicle node assaulted by vehicular bot nodes 3.1. packet delivery ratio the ratio of successfully delivered packets to the total number of packets sent is known as the packet delivery ratio. the packet delivery ratio may drop as the number of bots increases, as shown in figure 4. the packet delivery ratio is high (99.9929%) in the absence of vehicular bots at the beginning of the simulation. when there are more than 20 bots, the decline becomes more noticeable. increased network congestion and load can cause packet losses or drops, resulting in a decreased delivery ratio. figure 4. packet delivery ratio vs. number of bots moreover, the packet delivery ratio may drop if the connected vehicle network gets overloaded and is unable to manage the inflow of attack packets transmitted by the vehicular bot nodes, simulating a greater ddos attack rate. since the simulation scale in this study is relatively small, it has been noted that despite varying ddos rates, the packet delivery ratio constantly remains high (shown in figure 5). the numbers, which range from 99.627% to 99.7541%, show that there is very minimal variance in the packet delivery. this appears to indicate the network's packet delivery performance is not significantly impacted by the ddos rate. the high and steady values show that the connected vehicle network successfully maintains a high packet delivery rate, guaranteeing dependable packet transfer even under varied ddos rates. 99.9791 99.8075 99.6476 99.2671 99.209 98.923 98 98.5 99 99.5 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 p a c k e t d e li v e r y r a ti o ( % ) number of bots hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 859 figure 5. packet delivery ratio vs. ddos rate moreover, as the maximum bulk packet bytes increase from 5 mb to 10 mb, there is a slight improvement in the packet delivery ratio, indicating a higher percentage of successfully delivered packets, as shown in figure 6. if the network resources are insufficient to handle huge packets, the maximum bulk bytes may have an impact on the packet delivery ratio, resulting in a lower delivery ratio. however, beyond 10 mb, the packet delivery ratio remains relatively stable at around 99.8% for maximum bulk packet bytes of 15 mb, 20 mb, and 25 mb. figure 6. packet delivery ratio vs. max bulk packet bytes the consistent packet delivery ratio across higher maximum bulk packet byte values suggests that increasing the packet size does not significantly impact the successful delivery of packets. this indicates that the connected vehicle network is capable of handling larger packet sizes without significantly affecting packet delivery performance. nevertheless 3.2. packet loss ratio the ratio of lost packets to the total number of packets sent is known as the packet loss ratio. based on figure 7, the packet loss ratio rises as the quantity of vehicular bot nodes rises. when there are no bots, the packet loss ratio is minimal at 0.0071%. however, when there are more bots, the packet loss ratio slowly increases. with a greater number of bots delivering ddos attack traffic, the network may face significant packet loss owing to congestion, buffer overflow, or malicious packets being intentionally dropped. in our simulation, the increase becomes more noticeable when there are more than 30 vehicular bot nodes. overall, the existence of bots in connected vehicle network environments may result in a larger packet loss ratio, which means a higher number of lost or undelivered packets during communication. 99.627 99.627 99.7541 99.627 99.627 99 99.5 100 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 80000 90000 100000 110000 p a c k e t d e li v e r y r a ti o ( % ) ddos rate (kbps) 99.8191 99.8772 99.8358 99.8358 99.8358 99 99.25 99.5 99.75 100 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 p a c k e t d e li v e r y r a ti o ( % ) max bulk packet bytes (mb) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 860 figure 7. packet loss ratio vs. number of bots ddos attacks launched by the vehicular bot nodes may cause extra data traffic that is not able to be managed by the connected vehicle network. hence, the number of missed or lost packets will increase. in our simulation, the packet loss ratio stays rather low and stable at various ddos rates, ranging from 0.2459% to 0.373%, as shown in figure 8. this indicates that the network maintains a high level of packet delivery with a very low rate of packet loss. the network's resistance to ddos attacks and capacity to lessen the impact on packet loss are both indicated by the low and steady packet loss ratio. it demonstrates how the network's congestion control and routing methods are adept at maintaining packet integrity even when ddos rates change. figure 8. packet loss ratio vs. ddos rate figure 9 shows a decrease in the packet loss ratio, indicating a reduced number of lost packets when the maximum bulk packet bytes increase from 5 mb to 10 mb, as illustrated. for maximum bulk packet bytes of 15 mb, 20 mb, and 25 mb, the packet loss percentage stays generally stable at roughly 0.16% after 10 mb. in our simulations, increasing the packet size does not appear to have a major effect on packet loss, according to the consistent packet loss ratio throughout these larger maximum bulk packet byte values. this shows that higher packet sizes may be handled by the network infrastructure and protocols without noticeably raising the risk of packet loss. nevertheless, networks with limited capacity may incur higher packet loss ratios while transferring large packets due to congestion, buffer overflow, or the necessity for packet fragmentation. 99.9791 99.8075 99.6476 99.2671 99.209 98.923 98.7 98.9 99.1 99.3 99.5 99.7 99.9 100.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 p a c k e t l o ss r a ti o ( % ) number of bots 0.373 0.373 0.2459 0.373 0.373 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 120000 p a c k e t l o ss r a ti o ( % ) ddos rate (kbps) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 861 figure 9. packet loss ratio vs. max bulk packet bytes 3.3. throughput the volume of data delivered over a network in a specific amount of time is known as throughput. according to figure 10, throughput tends to decline as the number of bots rises. the initial throughput is highest at 11.2916 kbps when there are no bots. however, the throughput drastically decreases as the number of bots rises. when there are more than 10 bots, the throughput decreases more noticeably. in general, as the number of vehicular bot nodes grows, the network's overall throughput may suffer owing to a lack of available capacity and an increase in collisions or packet failures. figure 10. throughput vs. number of bots ddos attack rates that are higher might overwhelm network bandwidth, lowering the available capacity for genuine traffic. as the network strains to accommodate the increasing attack volume, throughput may suffer. based on figure 11, it is seen that the throughput values remain largely consistent across varying ddos rates. with a tiny variance of 0.0064 kbps, the throughput figures vary from 3.7328 kbps to 3.7392 kbps. this suggests that the ddos rate has little effect on the throughput of the entire network. the throughput measures the volume of data transferred across the network in a given amount of time, and the steady numbers imply that the network keeps its data transmission rate constant despite fluctuations in ddos rates. 0.1809 0.1228 0.1642 0.1642 0.1642 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 p a ck et l o ss r a ti o ( % ) max bulk packet bytes (mb) 99.9791 99.8075 99.6476 99.2671 99.209 98.923 98.7 98.9 99.1 99.3 99.5 99.7 99.9 100.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 t h r o u g h p u t (k b p s) number of bots hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 862 figure 11. throughput vs. ddos rate larger maximum bulk bytes can have an effect on overall performance since they demand more bandwidth and resources to transmit. throughput may be reduced if the network capacity is low. this is illustrated in figure 12, where throughput also increases as the maximum bulk packet bytes rise from 5 mb to 10 mb and then to 15 mb. this suggests that larger packet sizes increase data transmission rates, which enhance network throughput. figure 12. throughput vs. max bulk packet bytes it is important to keep in mind that after 15 mb, the throughput stays constant at 10.4572 kbps for any further increases in the maximum bulk packet bytes. the observed pattern indicates that there may be a network saturation point or limit that prohibits throughput from increasing past a particular packet size. beyond 15 mb, increasing the maximum bulk packet bytes has little effect on the network’s ability to transmit data quickly. this saturation limit has been reached. 3.4. jitter the variance in packet delivery latency inside a network is referred to as jitter. higher vehicular bot node density can cause more unpredictability in packet transmission timings, resulting in higher jitter. the bot's uneven packet arrival might cause different inter-packet delays. figure 13 illustrates that there is a slight rise in jitter when the number of bots rises from 0 to 10. however, when the number of bots is increased from 10 to 20, there is a noticeable increase in jitter. when there are more than 20 bots, the jitter varies in a similar range. this implies that the existence of bots causes jitter to increase noticeably, especially when the quantity exceeds a specific threshold. 3.7392 3.7392 3.7328 3.7392 3.7392 3.5 3.55 3.6 3.65 3.7 3.75 3.8 3.85 3.9 3.95 4 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 120000 t h r o u g h p u t (k b p s) ddos rate (kbps) 3.7524 7.4836 10.4752 10.4752 10.4752 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 t h r o u g h p u t (k b p s) max bulk packet bytes (mb) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 863 figure 13. jitter vs. number of bots according to figure 14, the jitter values are very consistent when the ddos rate rises from 20,480 kbps to 102,400 kbps. there is only a 138 ms difference in the jitter values, which range from 17,334 to 17,472 ms. this suggests that the network jitter is not considerably impacted by the ddos rate. figure 14. jitter vs. ddos rate a stable jitter number indicates consistent packet timing, despite the higher ddos rate. jitter is the variation in packet arrival times. the network maintains a dependable and constant packet delivery mechanism even under high ddos assault rates, as seen by the negligible variance in jitter. however, increased ddos attack rates can normally cause greater abnormalities and affect packet transmission timings, leading to increased jitter. moreover, if the network has a mix of packet sizes, the presence of bigger bulk bytes might cause fluctuations in transmission delays and lead to higher jitter. our simulation results in figure 15 show that the jitter also increases as the maximum bulk packet bytes rise from 5 mb to 10 mb and then to 15 mb. this shows that greater packet size variations within the network are caused by larger packet sizes. however, it is noteworthy that for all consecutive increases in the maximum bulk packet bytes after 15 mb, the jitter remains constant at 24241 ms. the observed pattern points to the possibility of a network threshold or bottleneck that causes a constant degree of jitter above a particular packet size. beyond 15 mb, subsequent increases in the maximum size of a bulk packet have little effect on the jitter that the packets encounter. 99.9791 99.8075 99.6476 99.2671 99.209 98.923 98.7 98.9 99.1 99.3 99.5 99.7 99.9 100.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 j it te r ( m s) number of bots 17400 17471 17334 17460 17472 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 120000 j it te r ( m s) ddos rate (kbps) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 864 figure 15. jitter vs. max bulk packet bytes 3.5. end-to-end delay end-to-end delay, also referred to as response time, is the measure of the time it takes for a packet to be transmitted from the sender to the receiver, including all intermediate stations along the way. factors such as processing, queuing, and transmission can affect the packet’s transmission and the total latency of the packets. figure 16 shows that when the number of vehicular bot nodes increases, the delay decreases due to network saturation. as more vehicular bot nodes are added to the network, they consume more bandwidth and eventually reach a point where the total bandwidth consumed by all bots is greater than the total available bandwidth of the network. this creates a bottleneck that causes packets to queue up on network devices waiting to be transmitted, leading to an increase in dropped packets. therefore, the delay decreases as the number of bots increases. figure 16. end-to-end delay vs. number of bots in addition, higher ddos attack rates can result in greater traffic load and network congestion, which can result in longer end-to-end delays as packets fight for limited resources. according to figure 17, the end-to-end delay stays largely constant as the ddos rate rises. across various ddos rates, the end-to-end delay values range from 181,064 ms to 188,307 ms. this suggests that in this case, the end-to-end delay is not much impacted by the ddos rate. the network may be able to handle the increased ddos rate without significantly delaying packet delivery, according to the rather consistent end-to-end delay. moreover, bigger maximum bulk bytes can result in longer packet transmission times, potentially increasing end-toend latency since bigger packets take longer to transmit. figure 18 shows that the end-to-end delay increases when the maximum bulk packet bytes rise from 5 mb to 10 mb and then to 15 mb. this implies that higher packet sizes cause greater transmission delays within the network. it is important to note that after 15 mb, the end-to-end latency stays the same at 366392 ms for any further increases in the maximum bulk packet bytes. the observed pattern points to the possibility of a network restriction or bottleneck that results in a delay saturation point. by increasing the maximum bulk packet bytes past this saturation point of 15 mb, the end-to-end delay is not greatly impacted. 8814 17380 24241 24241 24241 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 j it te r ( m s) max bulk packet bytes (mb) 150919 162534 178874 142210 145463 143608 100000 120000 140000 160000 180000 200000 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 e n d -t o -e n d d e la y ( m s) number of bots hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 865 figure 17. end-to-end delay vs. ddos rate figure 18. end-to-end delay vs. max bulk bytes 4. discussions of findings in this study, the simulations demonstrate ddos attacks performed by vehicular bots on legitimate nodes within the same network environment. vehicular bots ddos attack the simulation findings highlight the vital need for effective security methods to protect connected vehicle networks from ddos attacks by vehicular bot nodes. the impact of these attacks on packet delivery, end-to-end delay, jitter, packet delivery ratio, packet loss ratio, and network throughput demonstrate the importance of proactive security measures. afterwards, the intensity of the attack was further increased by increasing the number of bots from 0 to 100, 200, and 300. the results are shown in table 2. table 2. results with higher number of bots performance measures 0-bots 100-bots 200-bots 300-bots end-to-end delay (ms) 389635 100814 94067 88789 jitter (ms) 2937 23426 23054 22268 throughput (kbps) 11.2916 0.8536 0.4484 0.3232 packet delivery ratio (%) 99.993 97.711 95.894 94.063 packet loss ratio (%) 0.0071 2.2894 4.1061 5.9371 the packet delivery ratio (pdr) statistic served as the metric to assess the network's capacity to handle legitimate communication in the midst of vehicular bot-based ddos assaults. the results show a pronounced correlation between attack intensity and pdr decline. while mild attacks caused minimal pdr deviations, more severe assaults led to a significant drop in pdr, suggesting a substantial impairment in packet delivery. 188307 188281 181064 188289 188278 150000 160000 170000 180000 190000 200000 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 120000 e n d -t o -e n d d e la y ( m s) ddos rate (kbps) 162807 276992 366392 366392 366392 0 50000 100000 150000 200000 250000 300000 350000 400000 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 e n d -t o -e n d d e la y ( m s) max bulk packet bytes (mb) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 866 the average time it took packets to travel from their origin to their destination was measured by the end-to-end delay metric. our simulations demonstrated a strong link between higher attack intensity and increased end-to-end latency. as the attack intensity increased, the network became congested owing to the large volume of malicious data, resulting in longer packet delivery delays. moreover, control signals in connected vehicles, such as those used for vehicle-toinfrastructure communication or cooperative driving systems, rely on consistent and timely packet transmission. increased packet loss ratios can interrupt control signal transmission, causing delays or failures in the execution of essential orders and jeopardizing the overall performance and safety of the connected vehicle network. time-sensitive applications, such as real-time navigation and the sharing of safety-related information, will also be impacted. in addition, throughput quantifies the quantity of valid data transferred over the network in a particular time frame. in our findings, as the intensity of the attacks increased, there was a continual drop in network throughput. the existence of vehicular bot nodes that instigate ddos attacks reduces network performance significantly, indicating a concentrated ability to manage regular traffic flow. the congestion induced by these attacks obstructs efficient data transfer and, consequently, overall network performance. increased jitter, measured as fluctuations in packet arrival times, poses a risk to data integrity during network transmission. inconsistent arrival intervals can compromise the meaning of data, potentially leading to misinterpretations or incomplete information. this could potentially influence data-driven applications such as driver assistance, vehicle diagnostics, and sensor data fusion. overall, the findings underline the need for adaptive detection systems capable of detecting and neutralizing threats with minimal false positives. the accuracy and efficiency of attack detection in real-time scenarios can be enhanced through the incorporation of fine-tuning detection algorithms and leveraging machine learning approaches. furthermore, the research highlights the importance of dynamic network management systems that can adapt to changing attack conditions. traffic re-routing and load balancing systems play a crucial role in mitigating the impact of these attacks by ensuring continuous and reliable connectivity for connected vehicles. 5. conclusions this study employed simulation experiments to investigate ddos attacks launched by bots disguised as legitimate vehicles within connected vehicle networks. the differences in network performance under varying conditions, specifically by increasing the number of vehicular bot nodes, ddos attack rate, and maximum bulk bytes within the simulation environment, are investigated. generally, the simulations demonstrated that vehicular bot nodes composed of coordinated ddos attacks significantly impacted network performance. as the number of vehicular bots grows, the intensity and reach of the attack escalate. more bots imply more malicious traffic flooding the target node, consuming resources, and obstructing legitimate node traffic. as a result, the performance of connected vehicles will degrade as the number of bots increases. the packet delay ratio experienced a steep decline, indicating an influence on packet delivery, especially under high attack intensity. with the network becoming congested due to the malicious data, the end-to-end delay increased, negatively impacting time-sensitive applications, and posing a threat to the overall functionality of connected vehicle networks. furthermore, network throughput exhibited a decrease, revealing a reduced capacity for handling regular traffic flow. in addition, tuning the ddos rate, which controls how often and heavily bots attack the target, enables the impact of the attack on connected vehicle data transmissions to be further analyzed. higher ddos rates indicate more frequent and aggressive attacks, which overload the victim’s resources and degrade network performance. this became increasingly evident as key metrics such as end-to-end delays, jitter, throughput, packet delivery, and loss ratios suffered noticeably under the escalating attack intensity. the size of the malicious packets, determined by the maximum bulk bytes setting, also played a significant role in network performance. larger packet sizes demand more network resources, increasing congestion and the possibility of packet losses. this congestion led to a domino effect: delays stretched, jitter increased, data slowed to an edge, and more packets went missing. maximum bulk bytes have a direct proportionate influence on performance measures, as bigger packets require more processing and transmission time. the simulation results gave useful insight into the patterns and impact of these attacks, demonstrating the risks and issues that connected vehicle networks encounter in ensuring secure and dependable communication. this study contributes to the advancement of knowledge in connected vehicle networks and ddos attack mitigation strategies. nevertheless, like any simulation study, this study might not fully capture the complexity of real connected vehicle networks. also, the way these bots act and what they can do constantly changes. thus, this study might not capture every possible attack scenario. lastly, the accuracy of the findings depends heavily on the network simulator parameters and environment settings. the development of strong security systems, proactive tactics, and policies may be derived to ensure the safe and dependable functioning of connected vehicle networks in the face of growing threats by analyzing the behavior and effect of vehicular bot-based ddos attacks. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 867 as connected vehicle networks grow, it is critical to address the security issues they pose. future research should explore different scenarios and perform evaluations by leveraging simulation tools and methodologies. this may provide better insights to assist researchers, practitioners, and policymakers in developing effective solutions to mitigate the risks associated with vehicular bot-based ddos attacks and ensure the secure and efficient operation of connected vehicle networks for the benefit of all stakeholders. more research is needed to improve the security and resilience of connected vehicle networks. researchers could concentrate on improving and optimizing attack detection algorithms, studying mitigation measures, and establishing comprehensive security frameworks that take into account the dynamic nature of vehicular bot-based ddos attacks. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.f.a.r. and s.y.; methodology, k.y.f. and n.h.k.; software, n.h.k.; writing—original draft preparation, s.f.a.r., k.y.f., and a.h.m.a.; writing—review and editing, s.f.a.r. and n.h.k.; visualization, s.y. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. acknowledgements the authors would like to thank the centre for intelligent cloud computing for the encouragement and support for this study. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] banafshehvaragh, s. t., & rahmani, a. m. (2023). intrusion, anomaly, and attack detection in smart vehicles. microprocessors and microsystems, 96. doi:10.1016/j.micpro.2022.104726. [2] vamshi krishna, k., & ganesh reddy, k. (2023). classification of distributed denial of service attacks in vanet: a survey. wireless personal communications, 132(2), 933–964. doi:10.1007/s11277-023-10643-6. [3] dibaei, m., zheng, x., jiang, k., abbas, r., liu, s., zhang, y., xiang, y., & yu, s. (2020). attacks and defences on intelligent connected vehicles: a survey. digital communications and networks, 6(4), 399–421. doi:10.1016/j.dcan.2020.04.007. [4] wei, t. z., razak, s. f. a., & kamis, n. h. (2022). secure communication for connected vehicles safety applications. ieee 13th control and system graduate research colloquium, conference proceedings, 71–76. doi:10.1109/icsgrc55096.2022.9845160. [5] zaidi, t., & faisal, s. (2018). an overview: various attacks in vanet. in 2018 4th international conference on computing communication and automation (iccca), 1-6. doi:10.1109/ccaa.2018.8777538 [6] baharlouei, h., makanju, a., & zincir-heywood, n. (2022). exploring realistic vanet simulations for anomaly detection of ddos attacks. ieee vehicular technology conference, helsinki, finland. doi:10.1109/vtc2022-spring54318.2022.9860624. [7] hezam al junaid, m. a., syed, a. a., mohd warip, m. n., fazira ku azir, k. n., & romli, n. h. (2018). classification of security attacks in vanet: a review of requirements and perspectives. matec web of conferences, 150. doi:10.1051/matecconf/201815006038. [8] gao, y., wu, h., song, b., jin, y., luo, x., & zeng, x. (2019). a distributed network intrusion detection system for distributed denial of service attacks in vehicular ad hoc network. ieee access, 7, 154560–154571. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2948382. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 868 [9] sharma, s., & kaul, a. (2018). a survey on intrusion detection systems and honeypot based proactive security mechanisms in vanets and vanet cloud. vehicular communications, 12, 138–164. doi:10.1016/j.vehcom.2018.04.005. [10] kadri, m. r., abdelli, a., ben othman, j., & mokdad, l. (2024). survey and classification of dos and ddos attack detection and validation approaches for iot environments. internet of things (netherlands), 25. doi:10.1016/j.iot.2023.101021. [11] kolandaisamy, r., md noor, r., ahmedy, i., ahmad, i., reza z’aba, m., imran, m., & alnuem, m. (2018). a multivariant stream analysis approach to detect and mitigate ddos attacks in vehicular ad hoc networks. wireless communications and mobile computing, 2874509. doi:10.1155/2018/2874509. [12] adhikary, k., bhushan, s., kumar, s., & dutta, k. (2020). hybrid algorithm to detect ddos attacks in vanets. wireless personal communications, 114(4), 3613–3634. doi:10.1007/s11277-020-07549-y. [13] gad, a. r., nashat, a. a., & barkat, t. m. (2021). intrusion detection system using machine learning for vehicular ad hoc networks based on ton-iot dataset. ieee access, 9, 142206–142217. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3120626. [14] nandy, t., noor, r. m., yamani idna bin idris, m., & bhattacharyya, s. (2020). t-bcids: trust-based collaborative intrusion detection system for vanet. in 2020 national conference on emerging trends on sustainable technology and engineering applications, ncetstea 2020. trust-based collaborative intrusion detection system for vanet, durgapur, india. doi:10.1109/ncetstea48365.2020.9119934. [15] shu, j., zhou, l., zhang, w., du, x., & guizani, m. (2021). collaborative intrusion detection for vanets: a deep learningbased distributed sdn approach. ieee transactions on intelligent transportation systems, 22(7), 4519–4530. doi:10.1109/tits.2020.3027390. [16] siddiqui, a. j., & boukerche, a. (2018). on the impact of ddos attacks on software-defined internet-of-vehicles control plane. 2018 14th international wireless communications and mobile computing conference, iwcmc 2018, 1284–1289. doi:10.1109/iwcmc.2018.8450433. [17] haydari, a., & yilmaz, y. (2018). real-time detection and mitigation of ddos attacks in intelligent transportation systems. 2018 ieee intelligent transportation systems conference, 1–7. [18] kolandaisamy, r., noor, r. m., z’aba, m. r., ahmedy, i., & kolandaisamy, i. (2020). adapted stream region for packet marking based on ddos attack detection in vehicular ad hoc networks. journal of supercomputing, 76(8), 5948–5970. doi:10.1007/s11227-019-03088-x. [19] guleria, c., & verma, h. k. (2018). improved detection and mitigation of ddos attack in vehicular ad hoc network. 2018 4th international conference on computing communication and automation, iccca 2018, 1–4. doi:10.1109/ccaa.2018.8777539. [20] garip, m. t., reiher, p., & gerla, m. (2018). botveillance: a vehicular botnet surveillance attack against pseudonymous systems in vanets. proceedings of the 2018 11th ifip wireless and mobile networking conference, wmnc 2018, prague, czech republic. doi:10.23919/wmnc.2018.8480909. [21] chaouche, y., renault, e., & boussaha, r. (2023). weka-based real-time attack detection for vanet simulations. in 2023 31st international conference on software, telecommunications and computer networks, softcom 2023, split, croatia. doi:10.23919/softcom58365.2023.10271621. [22] hameed mir, z., & filali, f. (2017). large-scale simulations and performance evaluation of connected cars a v2v communication perspective. simulation modelling practice and theory, 73, 55–71. doi:10.1016/j.simpat.2017.01.004. [23] abdul razak, s. f., yogarayan, s., azman, a., abdullah, m. f. a., muhamad amin, a. h., & salleh, m. (2021). simulation framework for connected vehicles: a scoping review. f1000research, 10(10), 1265. doi:10.12688/f1000research.73398.1. [24] boeglen, h., hilt, b., & drouhin, f. (2017). emulating a realistic vanet channel in ns‐3. networking simulation for intelligent transportation systems: high mobile wireless nodes, 107-131. doi:10.1002/9781119407447.ch6. [25] naveen, r., chaitanya, n. s. v., nikhil srinivas, m., & vineeth, n. (2020). implementation of a methodology for detection and prevention of security attacks in vehicular adhoc networks. 2020 ieee international conference for innovation in technology, inocon 2020. doi:10.1109/inocon50539.2020.9298365. [26] fiade, a., yudha triadi, a., sulhi, a., ummi masruroh, s., handayani, v., & bayu suseno, h. (2020). performance analysis of black hole attack and flooding attack aodv routing protocol on vanet (vehicular ad-hoc network). 2020 8th international conference on cyber and it service management, citsm 2020. doi:10.1109/citsm50537.2020.9268789. [27] shaban, a. m., kurnaz, s., & shantaf, a. m. (2020). evaluation dsdv, aodv and olsr routing protocols in real live by using sumo with ns3 simulation in vanet. in hora 2020 2nd international congress on human-computer interaction, optimization and robotic applications, proceedings, 1–5. doi:10.1109/hora49412.2020.9152903. [28] ahmad, s., raza, i., hasan jamal, m., djuraev, s., hur, s., & ashraf, i. (2023). central aggregator intrusion detection system for denial of service attacks. computers, materials and continua, 74(2), 2363–2377. doi:10.32604/cmc.2023.032694. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 869 [29] baccari, s., touati, h., hadded, m., & muhlethaler, p. (2020). performance impact analysis of security attacks on cross-layer routing protocols in vehicular ad hoc networks. 2020 28th international conference on software, telecommunications and computer networks, softcom 2020, 1–6. doi:10.23919/softcom50211.2020.9238259. [30] kamboj, s., & mann, k. s. (2018). detection of multiple malicious nodes using entropy for mitigating the effect of denial of service attack in vanets. proceedings 4th international conference on computing sciences, iccs 2018, 72–79. doi:10.1109/iccs.2018.00018. [31] saggi, m. k., & kaur, r. (2015). isolation of sybil attack in vanet using neighboring information. souvenir of the 2015 ieee international advance computing conference, iacc 2015, 46–51. doi:10.1109/iadcc.2015.7154666. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 189 issn: 2723-9535 seismic upgradation of rc beams strengthened with externally bonded spent catalyst based ferrocement laminates r. balamuralikrishnan 1* , a. s. h. al-mawaali 1, m. y. y. al-yaarubi 1, b. b. al-mukhaini 1, asima kaleem 1 1 department of civil and environmental engineering, college of engineering, national university of science and technology, muscat, oman. received 23 december 2022; revised 19 february 2023; accepted 24 february 2023; published 01 march 2023 abstract globally, since there are more systems of civil infrastructure, there are also more degraded buildings and structures. if upgrading or strengthening is a practical option, complete replacement is likely to be an escalating financial burden and may be a waste of natural resources. it is necessary to repair or strengthen a number of reinforced concrete buildings and structures in order to boost their load-bearing capabilities or improve their ductility under seismic stress. additionally, due to changes in service circumstances, a structure might need to be modified to reduce deflections or manage cracking. strengthening may be preferable to limiting usage, capping applied loads, and regularly inspecting the structure rather than removing the existing structure or part and building a new one. this study aims to examine the flexural, shear, and combined effect of flexural and shear behavior of reinforced concrete (rc) beams strengthened with externally bonded spent catalyst-based ferrocement laminates and compare them to the control beams (unstrengthened) under two-point loading conditions. this study involves researching laminates with various spent catalyst doses, such as 3, 6, 9, and 12%, in an effort to determine the best amounts that will improve the structural performance of ferrocement laminates. twelve spent catalyst-based ferrocement laminates measuring 500(l) × 125(b) × 20 mm (thickness) with 3% volume fraction of meshes each were cast and tested in the lab as part of the preliminary investigation. for repeatability, three laminates per case were employed. eight numbers of under-reinforced rc beams measuring 75(l) × 100(b) × 150(d) mm were cast for the main study; six numbers were strengthened with optimized spent catalyst-based ferrocement laminates bonded with flexible epoxy systems at the tension zone, shear zone, and combination of tension and shear zone. two of the beams were cast as control specimens. the beams were then evaluated using a universal testing machine (utm) with a 1000 kn capacity under two-point loading conditions. as a result, the strength, yield load, ultimate load, stiffness, ductility, and related failure modes of all tested beams' flexural and shear performances were examined. according to a preliminary analysis of laminates made of spent catalyst, the dosage of 9% provides good flexural strength in comparison to other doses. in comparison to the strengthened beam, the control beam's initial cracks appeared earlier. in comparison to the control beam, the strengthened beam has an increase in load-carrying capacity of 18% for flexure, 16% for shear, and 30% for the combined impact of flexure and shear. in comparison to the control beam, the deflection of the strengthened beam was decreased by close to 20 to 40% for flexure, 10 to 30% for shear, and 15 to 20% for the combined effects of flexure and shear at the same load level. in relation to control beams, the ductility also improved up to 30% for flexure, 25% for shear, and 25% for the combined impact of flexure and shear. similar to this, the retrofitted beam is stiffer than the control beam by approximately 40% for flexure, 48% for shear, and 30% for the combined effect of flexure and shear. theoretical formulation by section analysis is also derived and it gives close agreement with control and strengthened beams. the flexural and shear strengthening of the rc beam retrofitting system is effectively increased by using spent catalyst-based ferrocement laminates. no beam showed signs of premature and brittle failure. according to the test findings, it can be said that spent catalyst-based ferrocement reinforced beams perform better in every way than control beams. keywords: ferrocement laminates; flexural retrofit; shear retrofit; two-point loading; rc beams. * corresponding author: balamuralikrishnan@nu.edu.om http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-013  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1908-9389 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 190 1. introduction the expense of the civil infrastructure contributes significantly to national wealth. due to its fast deterioration, there is a critical need for the development of creative, durable, and affordable technologies for new construction as well as for repair, rehabilitation, renovation, and retrofitting. today, extending the lifespan of structures-especially those with rc frames-through strengthening is a crucial task. over time, a variety of strengthening systems must be created and adopted. the particular performance criteria determine which strengthening strategy should be used. globally, since there are more systems of civil infrastructure, there are also more degraded buildings and structures. if upgrading or strengthening is a practical option, complete replacement is likely to be an escalating financial burden and may be a waste of natural resources. in order to enhance their capacity for holding more weight or improve their ductility under seismic loading, a number of reinforced concrete buildings and structures need to be repaired or strengthened. additionally, due to changes in service circumstances, a structure might need to be modified to reduce deflections or manage cracking. compared to removing the existing structure or part and building a new one, limiting usage, reducing applied loads, and regularly monitoring the structure, strengthening can be preferable. ferrocement is a type of reinforced concrete that is built from hydraulic cement mortar and reinforced with thin layers of mesh separated at regular intervals. it can be made of metal or other suitable materials. ferrocement is recognized as a construction material with good characteristics in fracture control, toughness, and impact resistance because of the compact spacing and homogeneous distribution of reinforcement inside the material. additionally, the application of ferrocement enhances properties such as energy absorption, ductility, stiffness, and load-bearing capability. as a result, it can be used as a reinforcing element in the rehabilitation of reinforced concrete buildings. a few examples of structural applications for ferrocement include tanks, boats, roofs, silos, and the repair and reinforcement of structures. the number of layers, type, and orientation of the wire mesh, as well as the type of mesh material, all affect how ferrocement behaves. lamination is a term that is occasionally used to describe plate bonding, which entails wrapping comparatively thin sheets around a component. the plate materials used for repair may include steel laminates, such as corrosion-resistant steel plate and thin stainless steel plate, cementitious laminates (composites), such as hpfrccs (sifcon, simcon), and thin ferrocement plate or laminates, as well as polymerbased laminates, such as polymer impregnated concrete (pic), polymer cement concrete (pcc), and polymer or resin concrete (pc), as well as resin-based laminates, such as beam strengthening is frequently used in the strengthening of reinforced concrete structures since the failure of a beam has major implications for structural stability. section enlargement, steel wrapping, frp wrapping, and wrapping with high-performance fiber reinforced cementitious composites are alternatives for reinforcing beams. 1.1. problem statement the ferrocement technique uses meshes with varying volume fractions (vf) to strengthen a motor. small-diameter meshes can be manufactured from metallic or other appropriate materials. due to the compact spacing and consistent dispersion of reinforcement inside the material, it is typically utilized for fracture control, toughness index, and impact resistance. additionally, the use of ferrocement will aid in enhancing the qualities of energy absorption, ductility, stiffness, and load-bearing capability. therefore, it can be used as a strengthening component for the rehabilitation of reinforced concrete structures. the columns and beams are the most significant structural members in any structure that transfers the entire load to the foundation. reinforced columns in a structure get damaged due to various reasons like overloading, corrosion of steel, earthquakes, higher wind loads, fire, impact loads, etc. therefore, the strengthening of deficient columns is necessary to increase the load carrying capacity and prevent spalling, which can be achieved by confinement of columns externally. some of the materials that are used in the jacketing of columns and beams are ferrocement, glass fiber, aramid fiber, carbon fiber, etc. ferrocement is a special form of reinforced concrete that exhibits uniform dispersion of reinforcement in the matrix and offers improved tensile and flexural strength, fracture toughness, crack control, and impact resistance [1]. ferrocement composites are widely used for structural strengthening and rehabilitation in developing countries. the uniform distribution and high surface area-to-volume ratio of the reinforcement (wire mesh) of such composites improve the crack-arresting mechanism [2]. it is clear that cfrp and gfrp do not exhibit any failure strain and do not exhibit any ductility either [3]. strengthening reinforced concrete structures will typically include beam strengthening since the failure of a beam has severe consequences for structural stability [4]. the potential and requirements for cement manufacture in developing countries are tremendously high. however, in the meantime, portland cement manufacturing has become the world's most infecting industry with respect to co2 emissions. in general, it costs a lot of money and harms the environment to produce portland cement clinker. the primary source of greenhouse gas (ghg) emissions is the manufacture of portland cement. for instance, it is believed that 5% of the carbon dioxide produced by humans worldwide comes from the manufacture of portland cement for concrete structures. every ton of ordinary portland cement (opc) produced results in the emission of around 0.8 tons of carbon dioxide hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 191 from the calcination of limestone and the burning of fossil fuels. numerous initiatives are being made to increase the usage of portland cement in concrete in order to combat the issues of global warming. these include using extra cementing materials, including fly ash, silica fume, granulated blast furnace slag, rice husk ash, and metakaolin, as well as creating substitutes for portland cement. extra cementing resources include used catalysts from petroleum refineries, fly ash, silica fume, and fly ash. there are two oil refineries in oman, one each in mina al-fahl (maf) and sohar (sr). in order to lower the levels of sulphur, new catalysts are introduced to the oil cracker. spent catalysts are the by-products that result from a reaction. catalysts that have been used up have certain physical and chemical qualities in common with sand and portland cement. silicate and aluminate make up more than 80% of the chemical makeup of wasted catalysts. due to the alteration in pozzolanic characteristics, partial cement substitution in concrete mixes utilising used catalysts will alter the hydration process. 1.2. spent catalyst through the release of increased quantities of hydrated calcium silicate gel and aluminates in interaction with calcium hydroxide, the pozzolanic qualities of the catalyst contribute to the hydration process of cement [5, 6]. when introduced into solution, ions such [sio (oh)3] and [al (oh)4] react with calcium ions to generate hydrated calcium silicates and aluminates [7]. the aforementioned events improved cement's microstructure and caused it to harden [8, 9]. as a result, the structure of the material will alter, improving its primary mechanical strength [10–12]. sohar (sr) & mina al-fahl (maf) refineries in oman can provide samples of used catalyst. zeolite and other additions make up the majority of the original catalysts used in fluidized catalytic cracking units (fccus) in refineries [13]. the zeolite catalyst is responsible for about 1/5 of the world's catalyst production [14]. when refining and breaking crude oil, refineries use fluid catalytic cracking (fcc) catalysts to increase the production of higher-octane gasoline. the deactivated catalyst must be replaced with an active or new catalyst when the fcc catalyst's catalytic components decay [15, 16]. waste materials are active silica (sio2) and alumina (al2o3), which make up the majority of the spent fcc catalyst. an important portion of the solid waste generated by the petrochemical sector is spent fcc catalyst [17]. fluid catalytic cracking (fcc), wasted hydro-processing, and catalyst improvement have all been done commercially for many years. after multiple cycles, the catalyst activity has not recovered enough to justify regeneration. wasted catalyst is deposited in landfills in large quantities, posing an environmental risk. as waste products from the sohar and mina al-fahl refineries, respectively, around 20 metric tons of rfcc and 200–500 kg of wasted alumina catalyst are produced daily, according to oman oil refineries and petroleum industries company (orpic). the majority of used catalysts are simply disposed of on-site or at disposal sites close by without being reused or treated further. near the sohar refinery, more than 20,000 metric tons of used catalysts have been collected, raising serious disposal and environmental issues. to address this issue and conserve natural resources and energy, much research has been carried out on the reuse of used catalysts. without causing any negative effects, the catalytic cracking catalyst may be used to replace 10% of the sand or 15% to 20% of the cement content [18, 19]. to strengthen the strength of structural elements, ferrocement was adhered to their surfaces [20, 21]. it reduces concrete permeability and prevents cracking brought on by drying shrinkage and thermal expansion [22]. the study's variables included the attachment techniques, the volume proportion of reinforcement in the ferrocement laminates, and the degree of beam damage [23]. the capillary sorption, surface absorption, porosity, total water absorption, compressive strength, and other properties of various concrete mixes [24]. the industrial waste product of oil refineries is spent catalysts. the landfill disposal of these deactivated catalysts severely harms the ecology. spent catalysts may be used as building materials in the creation of concrete due to their physical and chemical characteristics. the alternate use of spent alumina catalysts (sac) and spent fluid cracking catalysts (sfcc) in the manufacturing of concrete. utilising used catalyst, cement may be replaced in part to a degree of around 15% [25]. 1.3. beam retrofitting system the similar loading conditions-based flexural strengthening of an rcc beam using various ferrocement laminate combinations. this is accomplished by employing a single layer of steel-fibers square welded mesh, two layers of woven mesh, and a single layer of square welded mesh. in general, four 250 mm × 125 mm × 3200 mm beams were cast for the experiments, with one serving as a control beam and the other three being strengthened with ferrocement laminates of 25mm thickness and different mesh arrangements. the combination of woven and square mesh produced a stronger outcome, according to bitaraf et al. [26]. in this study, continuously reinforced concrete (rc) beams will be strengthened using precast laminates and a high-performance fiber reinforced cementitious composite (hpfrcc). in order to determine the impact of strengthening, eight continuous (two-bay) rc beams were tested under monotonic load in the center of spans. two of the beams served as control specimens, and the other six served as strengthened specimens. the hpfrcc laminates were prepared with a 25 mm thickness and then adhered to the tensile surface of the beams using mechanical anchorage. according to the analysis, employing hpfrcc laminates is a good technique to boost the flexural capacity of continuous rc beams, especially when longitudinal bars are employed [27]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 192 the test results of carbon fiber reinforced polymer (cfrp) laminates that were applied to reinforced concrete beams utilizing near-surface mounting (nsm) technology to increase their flexural strength. the rc beams with a cross-section of 200 × 400 mm will be tested using a four-point bending approach. to reinforce the concrete cover on the bottom side of two rc beams, one nsm cfrp laminate was added. the findings indicate that all of the reinforced beams collapsed due to the internal steel reinforcement giving way and the cfrp laminates collapsing. when compared to a nonstrengthened beam, the high strengthening efficacy of nsm strengthening for beams was validated by 109 percent and 130 percent, respectively [28]. to analyse the flexure behavior of a reinforced concrete beam enhanced with externally bonded frp strips at the bottom, this study employed a three-dimensional (3d) finite element model, and its accuracy was confirmed by comparing it to the analytical design specifications of aci 40.2r. this work will contribute to the improvement of a method for using frp in real-world settings. the stress in frp exceeded the estimated stress in the design guidelines. however, as compared to the calculated and fe-simulated service stress, the frp's design stress is very high [29]. the significant reduction in co2 emissions arising from the cementitious composites industry is one of the highest priorities for the construction sector’s movement towards climate neutrality and sustainable development. one of the approaches to coping with this issue is to partially substitute cement with supplementary cementitious materials. recently, various oil refinery wastes (orw) have attracted researchers’ attention in terms of being investigated for such an application [30]. rc beams' behavior in terms of strength, ductility, and high absorption ability under the impact of fiber in ferrocement laminate acting as a reinforcing fabric. furthermore, the relevance of ferrocement is that it strengthens structural elements like beams, columns, and column joints. however, the cracks in the ferrocement-encased beam have been more numerous and smaller in size [31]. the results of this experiment show that reinforced concrete t-beams upgraded with ferrocement have significantly greater flexural strength capabilities. the findings show that all of the improved t-beams had higher flexural strengths as compared to the control beams. the undamaged and strengthened t-beams had a 37.48 percent better ultimate flexural strength capacity as compared to the control beams [32]. 1.4. the problem statement the nation has been split into two seismic zones, with muscat, sohar, diba, and khasab designated as zone 1's highest seismic danger areas. nizwa, sur, and salalah are located in zone 2, which has a reduced seismic risk (figure 1). figure 1. oman zonal map the design earthquake considered in the oman seismic design code is identified as having a probability of exceedance to an earthquake with a return period of 475 years. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 193 1.5. aims and objectives this study's objective is to examine the flexural and shear behavior of reinforced concrete (rc) beams enhanced using externally bonded spent catalyst-based ferrocement laminates and compare it to the behavior of control beams (unstrengthened) under two-point loading circumstances. this study involves researching laminates with various spent catalyst doses, such as 3%, 6%, 9%, and 12%, in order to determine the best ratios of spent catalyst that would improve the structural performance of ferrocement laminates. 12 nos. of spent catalyst-based ferrocement laminates measuring 500 (l) × 125 (b) × 20 mm (thickness) are to be cast and tested in the lab as part of the preliminary investigation. for repeatability, three laminates will be used for each instance. 8 nos. of under-reinforced rc beams measuring 750 mm (l) × 100 mm (b) × 150 mm (d) are to be cast for the main study, 6 nos. of which are to be strengthened with optimized spent catalyst-based ferrocement laminates bonded with flexible epoxy systems at tension zone, shear zone, and combinations of tension and shear zone. two of the beams are to serve as control specimens. the beams will next be tested using a universal testing machine (utm) with a 1000 kn capacity under two-point loading circumstances. finally, the strength, yield load, ultimate load, stiffness, ductility, and related failure mechanisms of the flexural and shear performances of all tested beams will be examined. also, the objectives are:  to optimize the spent catalyst based ferrocement laminates with fixed volume fraction (vf) of meshes.  to identify the flexural, shear and combination of both the behavior of rc beam without strengthening.  to identify the flexural, shear and combination of both the behavior of rc beam strengthened with externally bonded spent catalyst based ferrocement laminates.  to compare between strengthened and unstrengthened rc beam in terms of flexure, shear and combination of both. 2. experimental investigation 2.1. preliminary study  to optimize the spent catalyst based ferrocement laminates with fixed volume fraction (vf) of meshes.  partial replacement of cement using spent catalyst based ferrocement laminates say 3%, 6% and 9% and 12%. 2.2. main study  beam size: 750 mm (l) × 100 mm (b) × 150 mm (d)  number of specimens: 8 nos.  control specimen: 2 nos.  externally bonded spent catalyst based ferrocement strengthened beams for three studies: 6 nos. the details of unstrengthened and strengthened beams are shown in figure 2. beam designation of retrofitting system:  control beam (baseline specimen)  retrofitting of rc beam with flexure  retrofitting of rc beam with shear  retrofitting of rc beam with flexure and shear. 2.3. materials concrete is influenced by the kind of ingredients used, their ratios, and the mixing process. the preliminary research mixture, which consists of cement, sand, the used spent catalyst, water, and wire mesh, is called mortar. however, for the main inquiry, reinforcement-infused concrete was used to create the control and strengthening beams. 33 grade portland cement, the industry standard, was used for the duration of the inquiry. aggregates, sometimes referred to as granular materials and divided into sand, gravel, or crushed stone, make up a sizable component of concrete when combined with water and portland cement. in the mortar mixture for ferrocement laminates, sand with a diameter of 2.36 mm or less is used, and both coarse and fine aggregates are used in the concrete mix. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 194 figure 2. strengthened and unstrengthened beams the specific gravity of the materials used for making concrete is determined as per bs 812:2, en 12390-7. the values obtained are given in the table 1. table 1. specific gravity sl. no. name of the material specific gravity 1. opc cement (33 grade) 3.15 2. spent catalyst (sohar) 2.75 3. fine aggregate 2.71 4. coarse aggregate 2.78 2.4. sem analysis the cementitious materials are analysed in sem analysis to find in the materials shape and size of the samples (see figures 3 and 4). figure 3. sem analysis of opc 100µ, 10µ and 1µopc43 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 195 figure 4. sem analysis of af 100µ, 10µ and 1µspent catalyst 2.4.1. spent catalyst spent catalysts are by-products of petroleum cracking in oil refineries, it is a fine powder in grey colour in this study it is used with different dosages as a replacement of cement, as it has several physical and chemical qualities in common with portland cement and sand. this material is available in local refineries and in this project, the material is purchased from orpic (figure 5). figure 5. spent catalyst the schematic diagram of methodology is shown in figure 6. figure 6. schematic diagram of methodology in this project, we conducted a preliminary study to determine what dosage of spent catalyst can be used to partially replace cement and enhance the structural performance of ferrocement laminates. for this study, eight ferrocement laminates were cast by partially replacing cement with spent catalysts at 3%, 6%, 9%, and 12%. each number was cast with a volume fraction of mesh 3%. in this study, the laminates size was 550 mm × 150 mm × 20 mm. 2.5.1. cement mortar mix a cement sand mortar mix was used in this study to cast ferrocement laminates. it had a cement sand content of 1:2, with a water cement ratio of 0.45. a spent catalyst was used to replace 3%, 6%, 9% and 12% of the cement. 2.5.2. preparation of specimens a wire mesh of the required size was cut to fit between two layers of mortar (530mm × 130mm). the size of mesh cutting to suit the laminate size with cover is shown in figure 7. collection of materials optimize ferrocement laminates with diffreent dosages (500 (l)×125(b)× 20 mm (thickness)) sc dosage: 3%, 6%, 9%, 12% casting & curing of rc beam (750 (l) × 100 (b) × 150 mm (d)) 8 nos. bonding laminates in shear, flexure and combination of shear and flexure zone. testing (two point loading) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 196 figure 7. mesh cutting for preliminary study the casting process of spent catalyse ferrocement laminates with different dosage are shown in figures 8 and 9. all the laminates are under 28 days curing period. figure 8. casting of laminates figure 9. finished laminates 2.5.3. testing all the laminates were tested under two point loading condition (figures 10 to 12). the specimen was loaded gradually until failure the results were analysed. figure 10. marking of laminates figure 11. laminates testing setup figure 12. tested laminates hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 197 2.5. main study the main objective of this study is to compare strengthened beams to unstrengthened beam (control beams). in order to carry out this study, eight rc beams of size 750 mm (l) × 100 mm (b) × 150 mm (d) were cast, of which two beams were control beams, and the remaining six beams were strengthened with optimized spent catalyst ferrocement laminates. 2.6.1. concrete mix design the concrete mix was designed for concrete grade c30 with a water-cement ratio of 0.45 as per aci and a mix proportion of 1: 2.04: 2.52. 2.6.2. preparation of specimens using the same previous steps, six optimized spent catalyst ferrocement laminates for flexure, shear, and flexure & shear were cast, and cured for 28 days is shown in figure 13. figure 13. optimum spent catalyst ferrocement laminates ready for bonding for the under reinforced beam of size 725 mm (l) × 75 mm (b) × 125 mm (d), four numbers of reinforced steel were designed, the bottom steel being 2h8, nominal top steel being 2h6 and stirrups being h8 @ 75 mm c/c (figure 14). figure 14. reinforcement grill a slump test was conducted before casting of beam. the slump was 50mm, therefore it is an acceptable limit for casting a beam is shown in figure 15. figure 15. slump test laminates for flexure and shear laminates for flexure laminates for shear hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 198 casting process of the rc beams are shown in figures 16 to18. figure 16. reinforcement grill in the mould figure 17. concrete under compaction figure 18. finishing concrete 2.6.3. bonding the laminates were attached to the beams by epoxy resin after the beams and spent catalyst ferrocement laminates were cured for 28 days. prior to cleaning with a brush to remove dust, the soffit, both sides of the beams, and the bonding face of the laminates were roughened to eliminate surface laitance. epoxy bonding systems with base and hardener in 1:2 ratios with filler were utilized after surface preparation, as shown in the figures. allow them to air dry for 24 hours after that. figures 19 and 20 depict how to mix the resin and apply it to the beams and laminates. figure 19. mixing of epoxy resin (base, hardener and filler) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 199 figure 20. roughening and bonding beams and laminates after air curing the bonded beams for flexure, shear and combination of flexure & is ready for testing is shown in figure 21. figure 21. bonded beams ready for testing 2.6.4. testing under two-point loading over an effective span of 650 mm, all beams (100 mm × 150 mm in cross section and 750 mm in length) were tested simply supported condition for both unstrengthened and strengthened beams are shown in figures 22 to 25. figure 22. testing setup for control beam control beam cb1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 200 figure 23. testing setup for flexural strengthened beam figure 24. testing setup for shear strengthened beam figure 25. testing setup for flexural and shear strengthened beam 3. results and discussions before failing, control beams and modified beams experience the first crack stage, the service stage, the yield stage, and the final stage. as seen in figures 26 to 29, load-deflection behavior is depicted. first cracks, load-bearing capability, deflection, stiffness, and ductility ratio were a few of the metrics assessed. tables 2 and 3 show that due to the strength of the ferrocement laminate on the rc beam, the first fractures appeared earlier in the control beam (cb) than the retrofitting beam (rb). the deflection was calculated at a specific load level. the load-carrying capacity of a ferrocement laminate in the final stage, which represents the greatest load the beam can support before failing, determines the laminate's efficacy. according to table 2, the control beams' ultimate load (cb) is less severe than that of the retrofitting beams (rb). the retrofitted beam outperforms the control beam in terms of load-bearing capacity by 30%, proving the value of ferrocement laminates in rc beam reinforcement. ferrocement has the capacity to contain and absorb excess strain, which is why retrofitted beams can support heavy loads. figures 26 to 29 and table 2 both show that load and deflection are directly related. deflection will rise along with an increase in load. furthermore, at the specific load level, the retrofitted beam exhibits about 20% less deflection than the control beam. evaluating the retrofitted rc beam at the same stage in comparison to the control beam. the control beam has modest values of deflection, according to table 2. the control beam deflects more than the strengthened beam under the same load because the ferrocement laminates improve the combined flexural and shear behavior of the reinforced beam. we need to consider the load-deflection response while evaluating ductility. a ductility indicator can be obtained by dividing the final deflection by the yield deflection. table 3 shows that the retrofitted beams (rb) have greater ductility than the control beams (cb). with respect to control beams, the ductility improved by up to 25%. when a beam is loaded with dispersed stresses, its stiffness determines how flexible it will be. sturdier beams are more flexible. the stiffness of a simply supported rc beam is computed using the following equation up to the yielding point: stiffness = 𝑃𝐿3 56.25×𝛿 (1) where p is load at yielding point, l is effective span = 650 mm, and 𝛿 is deflection at yielding point. flexural strengthening beam rb1 shear strengthening beam rb3 combined effect of flexural and shear strengthened beam rb5 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 201 figure 26. load-deflection behavior of control beams and flexural strengthened beams figure 27. load-deflection behavior of control beams and shear strengthened beams figure 28. load-deflection behavior of control beams and combined flexure and shear strengthened beams 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 l o a d ( k n ) deflection (mm) control beam 1 (cb1) control beam 2 (cb2) flexure beam 1(rb1) flexure beam 2 (rb2) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 l o a d ( k n ) deflection (mm) control beam 1 (cb1) control beam 2 (cb2) shear beam 1 (rb3) shear beam 2 (rb4) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 l o a d ( k n ) deflection (mm) control beam 1 (cb1) control beam 2 (cb2) combined beam 1 (rb5) combined beam 2 (rb6) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 202 figure 29. load-deflection behavior of control beams and three retrofitting system table 2. test results beam code first crack stage service stage yield stage ultimate stage average crack width service load (mm) load (kn) central deflection (mm) load (kn) central deflection (mm) load (kn) central deflection (mm) load (kn) central deflection (mm) cb1 15.50 0.25 61.67 4.00 15.50 0.25 92.50 6.00 0.18 cb2 16.00 0.30 63.33 4.13 16.00 0.25 95.00 6.20 0.17 rb1 14.00 0.10 77.167 5.33 30.00 0.30 115.75 8.00 0.12 rb2 16.00 0.20 76.50 5.46 32.00 0.30 114.75 8.20 0.11 rb3 15.00 0.10 75.33 5.06 35.00 0.30 113.00 7.60 0.12 rb4 17.00 0.20 74.06 5.13 37.00 0.30 111.10 7.70 0.11 rb5 13.50 0.10 88.02 8.30 34.50 0.50 132.04 12.50 0.12 rb6 15.00 0.20 90.00 8.40 35.00 0.50 135.00 12.60 0.11 table 3. derived information beam code ductility factor post-cracking-pre yielding stiffness (knm2) mode of failure type of loading cb1 24.00 302 flexure static monotonic cb2 24.80 312 flexure static monotonic rb1 26.60 488 flexure static monotonic rb2 27.30 520 flexure static monotonic rb3 25.33 569 flexural static monotonic rb4 25.66 602 flexural static monotonic rb5 25.00 336 flexure static monotonic rb6 25.20 341 flexure static monotonic applying the aforementioned method, it can be deduced that the control beam has a lower stiffness than the retrofitted beam, as indicated in table 3. it demonstrates that the strengthened beam is more rigid than the control beam, with the reinforced beam using ferrocement laminates contributing greater stiffness and achieving compositeness. tables 2 and 3 display the outcomes of the tests conducted on the control specimen and the strengthened beam. according to experimental findings, externally bonded ferrocement laminates greatly enhance strength at all load levels and minimize deflections at a given load level. all reinforced beams were also meticulously inspected both before and after testing; as a consequence, failure was not noted at the laminate-concrete interface, indicating that the laminate and concrete beams functioned as a single unit. across the whole load range, a composite activity was seen. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 l o a d ( k n ) deflection (mm) control beam 1 (cb1) control beam 2 (cb2) flexure beam 1 (rb1) flexure beam 2 (rb2) shear beam 1 (rb3) shear beam 2 (rb4) combined beam 1 (rb5) combined beam 2 (rb6) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 203 the crack patterns in the beams were recorded and carefully analysed during the test. according to a preliminary analysis of spent catalyst-based ferrocement laminates, the optimal dosage, which is 9%, provides high flexural strength in comparison to alternative doses. in comparison to the strengthened beam, the control beam's initial fractures appeared earlier. in comparison to the control beam, the reinforced beam's load-carrying capacity increases by 18% for flexure, 16% for shear, and 30% for the combined impact of flexure and shear. the deflection of the strengthened beam decreased by almost 20 to 40% for flexure, 10% to 30% for shear, and 15% to 20% for the combined impact of flexure and shear in comparison to the control beam. with respect to control beams, the ductility also rose by up to 30% for flexure, 25% for shear, and 25% for the combined impact of flexure and shear. similar to this, the retrofitted beam is stiffer than the control beam by approximately 40% for flexure, 48% for shear, and 30% for the combined impact of flexure and shear. all the tested beams failed in flexure mode only. the beams experienced considerable flexural cracking and vertical deflection near failure. well-distributed closely spaced cracking was observed. none of the beams exhibited sudden brittle failure. these results clearly demonstrate the effect of the laminates in restraining the opening of cracks and maintaining the general integrity of the section. all the strengthened beams are also carefully examined prior to and after testing. it is found that failure does not occur at the laminate-concrete interface. this confirms that the composite action continues throughout the load spectrum. 4. theoretical formulation by section analysis in this section, the theoretical moment curvature and load deflection relationships are derived using the section analysis procedure for the control beams and uncracked flexural strengthened beams (rb1) and validated with the experimental results. the theoretical multilinear moment curvature (m-𝜑) relationships were derived for all the beams following the procedure given in park and paulay for a trilinear m-𝜑 curve. the three important stages or points identified in the m-𝜑 curves are the cracking stage, yielding stage (strain in steel is fy/es + 0.002) and the ultimate stage. in this study one more stage which corresponds to the start of non linearity in stress-strain curve of steel (strain in steel is 0.80 fy/es) is proposed and thus making it a multilinear curve. from the multilinear m-𝜑 relationship, multilinear load deflection curve was derived by adopting a curvature distribution similar to that of a bending moment variation and conjugate beam method of analysis. the same procedure was adopted for uncracked beams bonded with sc based ferrocement laminates. 4.1. moment-curvature relationships the moment curvature relationships at the four stages mentioned above can be derived as follows. cracking stage the moment and curvature corresponding to this stage can be calculated using elastic theory. the cross sections of the control beam and laminated beam are shown in figure 30. in figure 30, the breadth of the section is 100 mm, the depth of the section is 150 mm, the clear cover is 20mm, and the span is 750 mm. figure 30. cross section of control and laminated beams-(all dimensions are in mm) effective depth (d) =150 – [20+ (8/2)] = 126 mm (2) effective cover at top (d’) = [20 + (6/2)] = 23 mm (3) cracking moment 𝑀𝑐𝑟 = 𝐼𝑔𝑓𝑐𝑟 𝑌 (4) gross moment of area 𝐼𝑔 = 𝑏𝐷3 12 (5) modulus of rupture 𝑓𝑐𝑟=0.7√𝑓𝑐𝑘 (6) neutral axis distance 𝑌 = 𝐷 2 (7) curvature ∅𝑐 = 𝑀𝑐𝑟 𝐸𝑐𝐼𝑔 (8) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 204 stage corresponding to start of non-linearity 𝑘 = [(𝜌 + �́�)𝑚1 2 + 2((𝜌 + 𝜌�́� 𝑑 ) ,𝑚1)] 1 2 − (𝜌 + �́�)𝑚1 (9) the strain in concrete, stresses in steel and concrete and the lever arm ‘jd’ can be evaluated from the stress strain variation of the cross section. the stress strain variation and the force equilibrium across the section are shown in figure 31. fc fsc fc kd d cs cc ts y jd strain, stress and force equilibrium across the section cs cc figure 31. strain, stress and force equilibrium across the section at this stage the strain in steel is given by 휀𝑠 = 0.8𝑓𝑦 𝐸𝑠 (10) resisting moment, 𝑀𝑦1 = 𝐴𝑠(0.8𝑓𝑦)𝑗𝑑 (11) curvature, ∅𝑦1 = 𝑐 𝑘𝑑 (12) for the laminated beams, figure 32 shows the stress, strain variation, and the force equilibrium across the section. fc fsc fl kldl d cs cc ts y jd l strain, stress and force equilibrium across the section for laminated beams csc cc cc c tl fs jd2 figure 32. strain, stress and force equilibrium across the section the depth of neutral axis factor 𝑘1 = [(𝜌1 + 𝜌2) 2𝑚1 2 + 𝜌3 2𝑚2 2 + 2(𝜌2 �́� 𝑑 + 𝜌1)𝑚1 + 𝜌2 𝑑𝑙 𝑙 ] 1 2 − [𝑚1(𝜌1 + 𝜌2) + 𝑚2𝜌3] (13) in this stage, the reinforcement in the laminates also starts to yield. the strain in steel in the starting of non linearity stage 휀𝑠 = 0.8𝑓𝑦 𝐸𝑠 the strain in concrete, strain in laminates, stresses in steel, concrete and laminates and the lever arm from steel and laminates can be evaluated from the stress strain variation across the cross section. the strain in concrete, stresses in steel and concrete and the lever arm ‘jd’ can be evaluated from the stress strain variation across the cross section. 𝑐 𝑘𝑑 = 𝑠 𝑑−𝑘𝑑 = 𝑙 𝑑𝑙−𝑘𝑑 = 𝑠𝑐 𝑘𝑑=�́� (14) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 205 resisting moment, 𝑀𝑦1 = 𝐴𝑠(0.8𝑓𝑦)𝑗𝑑1 + 𝐴𝑓(0.8𝑓𝑦)𝑗𝑑2 (15) curvature, ∅𝑦1 = 𝑐 𝑘1𝑑1 (16) yielding stage the resisting moment and the corresponding curvature for this stage can be derived using the procedure followed for the previous stage. the strain in steel at this stage can be taken as 휀𝑠 = 𝑓𝑠 𝐸 + 0.002 (17) resisting moment at this yielding stage my2 = as fy jd (18) curvature at the yielding stage ∅𝑦2 = 𝑐 𝑘𝑑 (19) similarly, for laminated beams, my2 = as fy j dl + al fy1 jd2 (20) ∅𝑦2 = 𝑐 𝑘𝑙𝑑𝑙 (21) ultimate stage the ultimate strain is computed using the equation suggested by corley's equation, in which the effect of confinement on concrete has also been considered. 휀𝑐𝑢 =0.003+0.02( 𝑏 𝐼𝑐 )+( 𝜌𝑠𝑓𝑦 138 ) 2 (22) force equilibrium equations can be considered by assuming a stress-strain curve of confined concrete similar to the one suggested by soliman and yu for the evaluation of force of tension and lever arm. ultimate moment, mu = force of tension × lever arm (23) ultimate curvature, ∅𝑢 = 𝑐𝑢 𝑘𝑑 (24) for laminated beams, mu1 = force of tension (ts + tl) × lever arm (25) ∅𝑢𝑙 = 𝑐𝑢𝑙 𝑘1𝑑1 (26) loads for a simply supported beam subjected to two point loads (magnitude of each load is p/2) at one third spans, the maximum bending moment occurs at the middle third zone. the maximum bending moment can be written as m = pl/6 (27) 4.2. load deflection relationships displacements corresponding to the loads can be found out using conjugate beam method of analysis. the theoretical m -𝜑 curves for control beams and strengthened beams are shown in figure 33 and 34. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 206 figure 33. comparison of theoretical moment curvature variation for control beam cb1 figure 34. comparison of theoretical moment curvature variation for flexure strengthened beam rb1 4.3. comparison of experimental, and theoretical (section analysis) results the section analysis procedure adopted also provides a simple approach for analysing rc beams bonded with sc based ferrocement laminates. the predicted results in terms of moment-curvature, load deflection are found to be in fairly good agreement with the experimental results and the variation being 15 percent (table 4). table 4. comparison of ultimate load sl. no detail of beam ultimate loads in kn percentage increase in flexural capacity experimental theoretical (section analysis) experimental 1. cb1 92.50 92.50 2. rb1 115.75 98.38 15 5. conclusions based on the results obtained from experiments and numerical analyses, the following conclusions are drawn:  the strengthening beams with spent catalyst based ferrocement laminates which properly bonded to the tension, shear and combination of tension and shear face of rc beams can enhance substantially.  from the preliminary study of spent catalyst based ferrocement laminates it is found that the 9 percent optimum dosage gives good flexural strength compared to other dosages.  the first cracks started early in the control beam as compared to the strengthened beam. the strengthened beam exhibits an increase in the load-carrying capacity 18 percent for flexure, 16 percent for shear and 30 percent for combined effect of flexure and shear with respect to the control beam. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 curvature (rad/mm) m o m e n t ( k n m ) cb1 (experimental) cb1 (theoretical) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10 curvature (rad/mm) m o m e n t ( k n m ) rb1 (experimental) rb1 (theoretical) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 207  at any given load level, the deflection decreases significantly which again causes increase in stiffness.  the deflection of the strengthened beam was reduced nearly 20 to 40% for flexure, 10 to 30% for shear and 15 to 20% for combined effect of flexure and shear at the same load level with respect to control beam. the ductility also increased up to 30% for flexure, 25% for shear and 25% for combined effect of flexure and shear with respect to control beams.  similarly, the stiffness of the retrofitted beam is nearly 40% for flexure, 48% for shear and 30% for combined effect of flexure and shear more than the control beam.  a flexible epoxy system will ensure that the bond line does not break before failure and participate fully in the structural resistance of the spent catalyst based ferrocement strengthened beams throughout the load spectrum.  a theoretical (section analysis) results proves to be an acceptable predictive tool for the analysis of rc beams strengthened with externally bonded laminates.  the theoretical solution in terms of ultimate load variation of control beam is matching and spent catalyst based ferrocement strengthened beams exhibits a decrease by 15% variation with the experimental results. it shows a fairly good agreement with the experimental results.  the spent catalyst based ferrocement laminates gives good evidence about its effectiveness in increasing the flexural and shear strengthening of rc beams retrofitting system.  none of the beam exhibited pre mature and brittle failure. from the test results it could be concluded that spent catalyst based ferrocement strengthened beams show better performance in all respects when compared to control beams. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, r.b. and a.s.; methodology, m.y.; software, a.k.; validation, r.b., a.k., and b.b.; formal analysis, r.b.; investigation, a.s.; resources, b.b.; data curation, m.y.; writing—original draft preparation, r.b.; writing—review and editing, a.k.; visualization, m.y.; supervision, r.b.; project administration, a.s.; funding acquisition, r.b. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding and acknowledgements i am grateful to the moheri, sultanate of oman for having funded 1500 omr under the undergraduate research grant (urg), during the year 2021–2022 and also thank ms. eman mushier adeen al hatali, lab instructor for the successful completion of the project. 6.4. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] sakir, s., raman, s. n., kaish, a. b. m. a., & mutalib, a. a. (2016). self-flowing mortar for ferrocement in strengthening applications. perspectives in science, 8(2), 673–676. doi:10.1016/j.pisc.2016.06.055. [2] kaish, a. b. m. a., jamil, m., raman, s. n., zain, m. f. m., & nahar, l. (2018). ferrocement composites for strengthening of concrete columns: a review. construction and building materials, 160(30), 326–340. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2017.11.054. [3] naaman, a. e. (2000). ferrocement and laminated cementitious composites. techno press, yuseong, south korea. [4] aci 318r-02. (2002). building code requirements for structural concrete and commentary. american concrete institute (aci), michigan, united states. [5] pacewska, b., bukowska, m., wilińska, i., & swat, m. (2002). modification of the properties of concrete by a new pozzolan a waste catalyst from the catalytic process in a fluidized bed. cement and concrete research, 32(1), 145–152. doi:10.1016/s00088846(01)00646-9. [6] pacewska, b., wilińska, i., & kubissa, j. (1998). use of spent catalyst from catalytic cracking in fluidized bed as a new concrete additive. thermochimica acta, 322(2), 175–181. doi:10.1016/s0040-6031(98)00498-5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 208 [7] ahmadi, b., & shekarchi, m. (2010). use of natural zeolite as a supplementary cementitious material. cement and concrete composites, 32(2), 134–141. doi:10.1016/j.cemconcomp.2009.10.006. [8] rattanasak, u., jaturapitakkul, c., & sudaprasert, t. (2001). compressive strength and heavy metal leaching behavior of mortars containing spent catalyst. waste management and research, 19(5), 456–464. doi:10.1177/0734242x0101900511. [9] tseng, y. s., huang, c. l., & hsu, k. c. (2005). the pozzolanic activity of a calcined waste fcc catalyst and its effect on the compressive strength of cementitious materials. cement and concrete research, 35(4), 782–787. doi:10.1016/j.cemconres. 2004.04.026. [10] sun, d. d. (2003). stabilization treatment for reutilization of spent refinery catalyst into value-added product. energy sources, 25(6), 607–615. doi:10.1080/00908310390195679. [11] antiohos, s. k., chouliara, e., & tsimas, s. (2006). re-use of spent catalyst from oil-cracking refineries as supplementary cementing material. china particuology, 4(2), 73–76. doi:10.1016/s1672-2515(07)60238-3. [12] sadeghbeigi r. (2000). fluid catalytic cracking handbook. gulf professional publishing, houston, united states. [13] bukowska, m., pacewska, b., & wilińska, i. (2003). corrosion resistance of cement mortars containing spent catalyst of fluidized bed cracking (fbcc) as an additive. journal of thermal analysis and calorimetry, 74(3), 931–942. doi:10.1023/b:jtan.0000011025.26715.f5. [14] pinto, c. a., büchler, p. m., & dweck, j. (2007). pozzolanic properties of a residual fcc catalyst during the early stages of cement hydration : evaluation by thermal analysis. journal of thermal analysis and calorimetry, 87(3), 715–720. doi:10.1007/s10973-006-7772-2. [15] dweck, j., pinto, c. a., & büchler, p. m. (2008). study of a brazilian spent catalyst as cement aggregate by thermal and mechanical analysis. journal of thermal analysis and calorimetry, 92(1), 121–127. doi:10.1007/s10973-007-8750-z. [16] su, n., chen, z. h., & fang, h. y. (2001). reuse of spent catalyst as fine aggregate in cement mortar. cement and concrete composites, 23(1), 111–118. doi:10.1016/s0958-9465(00)00074-3. [17] zornoza, e., payá, j., & garcés, p. (2008). chloride-induced corrosion of steel embedded in mortars containing fly ash and spent cracking catalyst. corrosion science, 50(6), 1567–1575. doi:10.1016/j.corsci.2008.02.001. [18] bayraktar, o. (2005). bioleaching of nickel from equilibrium fluid catalytic cracking catalysts. world journal of microbiology and biotechnology, 21(5), 661–665. doi:10.1007/s11274-004-3573-6. [19] payá, j., monzó, j., & borrachero, m. v. (2001). physical, chemical and mechanical properties of fluid catalytic cracking catalyst residue (fc3r) blended cements. cement and concrete research, 31(1), 57–61. doi:10.1016/s0008-8846(00)00432-4. [20] williams, k., balamuralikrishnan, r., joe, a., & prince, s. (2022). a study on the mechanical properties of green concrete. civil engineering journal, 8(5), 1011-1028. doi:10.28991/cej-2022-08-05-012. [21] shaheen, y. b. i., eltaly, b. a., & abdul-fataha, s. g. (2014). structural performance of ferrocement beams reinforced with composite materials. structural engineering and mechanics, 50(6), 817–834. doi:10.12989/sem.2014.50.6.817. [22] ong, k.c., paramasivam, p., & lim, c.t. (1992). flexural strengthening of reinforced concrete beams using ferrocement laminates. journal of ferrocement, 22, 331-343. [23] castellanos, t.n., agredo, t.j. & gutierrez, r. m. (2017). permeation properties of concrete. journal of ferrocement, 37(3), 23-29. [24] krishnamurthy, b. s., balamuralikrishnan, r., & al-abdali, s. i. (2017). the effect of addition of spent catalyst and steel fibers on the strength properties of concrete. international journal of advanced engineering, management and science, 3(6), 690–695. doi:10.24001/ijaems.3.6.12. [25] al-jabri, k., al-kamyani, z., al-shamsi, k., al-saidy, a., & sohel, k. m. a. (2021). spent fluid cracking and spent alumina catalysts as sustainable construction materials in concrete. innovative infrastructure solutions, 6(4), 26–40. doi:10.1007/s41062021-00560-7. [26] bitaraf, a., kheyroddin, a., & sharbatdar, m. k. (2021). flexural strengthening of continuous rc beams using hpfrcc precast laminates. journal of structural and construction engineering, 8(6), 221-240. [27] szczech, d., krawczyk, ł., & kotynia, r. (2020). flexural strengthening of rc beams with nsm cfrp laminates. matec web of conferences, 323, 01010. doi:10.1051/matecconf/202032301010. [28] paul, d. and kumar datta, a. (2018). a study on flexural strengthening of rc beam using frp. advances in construction materials and structures. international conference on advances in construction materials and structures, march 7-8, 2018, iit roorkee, uttarakhand, india. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 1, march, 2023 209 [29] suman, p., sarath chandra kumar, b., & ramesh, k. (2020). strengthening of rc beams with m-sand using external bonding of steel plates. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 912(6), 1-12. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/912/6/062035. [30] niewiadomski, p., & cisiński, m. (2023). the impact of waste fluid catalytic cracking catalyst addition on the selected properties of cement pastes. 10th matbud 2023 scientific-technical conference. doi:10.3390/materproc2023013010. [31] miah, m. j., miah, m. s., alam, w. b., lo monte, f., & li, y. (2019). strengthening of rc beams by ferrocement made with unconventional concrete. magazine of civil engineering, 89(5), 94–105. doi:10.18720/mce.89.8. [32] murad, y. (2018). an experimental study on flexural strengthening of rc beams using cfrp sheets. international journal of engineering and technology(uae), 7(4), 2075–2080. doi:10.14419/ijet.v7i4.16546. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1154 issn: 2723-9535 adoption of blockchain technology in healthcare supply chain management: a review nazatul niesya 1, md shohel sayeed 1* 1 faculty of information science and technology, multimedia university, 75450 melaka, malaysia. received 10 december 2023; revised 15 september 2024; accepted 09 october 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract the healthcare supply chain encounters difficulties with transparency, efficiency, and security, which have an impact on patient safety and the quality of treatment concerning the items involved. the use of blockchain technology, which has intrinsic characteristics such as confidentiality, transparency, and traceability, offers a possible resolution to tackle these problems. this paper aims to comprehensively review the adoption of blockchain technology in healthcare supply chain management, particularly in response to the challenges posed by the covid-19 pandemic. it investigates the significance of efficient and transparent healthcare supply chains, focusing on blockchain's application in vaccine distribution, personal protective equipment (ppe), drugs, medical devices and blood products. the analysis critically evaluates research papers proposing innovative blockchain-powered solutions, discussing their benefits, challenges, and the need for further research. findings highlight blockchain's potential in enhancing vaccine traceability, preventing counterfeit vaccines, and ensuring equitable access to immunization. it also outlines blockchain's role in real-time tracking of ppe shipments, secure distribution of medical devices, managing blood products, and combating counterfeit drugs. the paper also emphasizes the prevalence of consortium-based and public blockchain implementations and the importance of smart contracts while advocating for addressing scalability and technological challenges. this review offers a critical assessment of blockchain's potential in fortifying healthcare supply chains during crises, underscoring the need for ongoing research and development to overcome implementation limitations. keywords: blockchain technology; supply chain; healthcare; medical products and tools; transparency; traceability, security. 1. introduction in the recent years, the healthcare industry has witnessed a paradigm shift in its approach to supply chain management, with the adoption of blockchain technology emerging as a disruptive force. amid the unprecedented challenges posed by the covid-19 pandemic, the importance of efficient and transparent healthcare supply chains has become more apparent than ever. this paper aims to provide a comprehensive review of the adoption of blockchain technology in healthcare supply chain management, focusing on its application to various aspects of pandemic response, including the distribution of vaccine, personal protective equipment (ppe), drugs, etc. the rapid development and distribution of covid-19 vaccines have highlighted the importance of vaccine supply chain integrity as the vaccine supply chain has several potential risks [1] that caused worries in the vaccine supply chain due to the reported fraud and data tampering [2]. blockchain technology can enhance vaccine traceability and transparency, from manufacturing facilities to distribution points, helping to prevent counterfeit vaccines and ensure equitable access to * corresponding author: shohel.sayeed@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-019  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0052-4870 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1155 immunization. this is because the data on the chain can only be added and modified through consensus mechanisms [3-5]. thus, compared to the current vaccine supervision system that uses the traditional centralized information management system that easy to tampering and a key of failure, the blockchain able to solve the potential issues becomes a promising approach. similarly to the distribution of personal protective equipment (ppe) during the covid-19 pandemic [6], where it has underscored the critical need for secure and efficient supply chains to meet the extraordinary demand for ppe. the sudden increase in demand for ppe, such as gloves, gowns, face shields, surgical masks, and googles, has triggered overwhelming global production and corresponding price increase, making inequitable distribution of access to ppe. this has been the most significant challenge during a crisis to ensure the quantity of ppe items are adequate and available for healthcare workers to use as and when needed [7]. in order to combating the challenge, blockchain technology offers a promising solution by enabling real-time tracking and authentication of ppe shipments, ensuring their safe and timely delivery to healthcare facilities and frontline workers. not only in this particular area, but blockchain also has proven its capabilities in simplifying clinical trial processes [8], supplies [9], tracking donations, managing patient healthcare records, ensuring the safety and integrity of blood and blood products [10] and securing drugs delivery [11]. not to mention that the demand for covid-19 medical devices and supplies, such as ventilators, respirators, and testing kits, has surged during the pandemic. medical devices are subjected to strict certification processes that vary depending on each country’s healthcare regulation and approvals [12]. this adds to the hurdles in terms of required urgent supply and delivery of medical devices and supplies. the extensive and lengthy testing procedures and the long distances that threaten traceability fast response, security, and trust can be achieved through blockchain technology as it can facilitate the transparent and traceable distribution of these critical supplies, enabling healthcare providers to access dependable and quality-assured products. due to that, the cloud-based blockchain technology [13] offers a scalable and cost-effective solution for identifying counterfeit vaccine, blood, drugs and medical products in the healthcare supply chain. by leveraging cloud infrastructure and blockchain’s immutable ledger, stakeholders can collaborate in real-time to detect and mitigate counterfeit incidents, safeguarding patient safety and trust. there are also various blockchain architectures have been proposed for drug traceability, including permissioned [14], permissionless, and hybrid models. these architectures leverage blockchain’s decentralized nature to create transparent and auditable records of drug transactions, enhancing supply chain visibility, and regulatory compliance. in this review paper, we will examine the existing literature on this field, critically evaluate the opportunities and challenges associated with the adoption of blockchain technology in healthcare supply chain management during the covid-19 pandemic as well as in the daily basis. moreover, it seeks to identify future research directions and practical implications for healthcare stakeholders, highlighting the transformative potential of blockchain in enhancing the resilience, integrity, and efficiency of healthcare supply chains in times of crisis and beyond. by synthesizing insights from academic research, industry reports, and case studies, this paper seeks to contribute to the growing body of knowledge on the transformative role of blockchain technology in revolutionizing healthcare supply chain management. 2. review of existing projects this section examines and evaluates relevant research and industrial applications, particularly in the healthcare industry that utilize blockchain technology to achieve traceability, prevent counterfeit products, as well as ensure product quality in supply chain management (figure 1). 2.1. enhancing vaccine safety through a novel blockchain-powered cui et al. (2023) [2] introduce a method employing blockchain technology (bc) to enhance the safety of vaccines in the domain of supply chain management. this innovative approach addresses the pressing issues of data reliability in vaccine circulation and the strain on blockchain infrastructure [15-19]. the proposed system outlines a blockchaincloud-system designed to safeguard the integrity of vaccine circulation data while also streamlining storage and communication processes. by assigning unique digital identities to each vaccine and linking them throughout the circulation process, the scheme tackles the challenge of ensuring accurate vaccine data. this approach, overseen by a system supervisor, involves verification and transaction signing by all entities involved in the circulation process. only upon confirmation of data accuracy does the vaccine circulation proceed, effectively addressing concerns regarding data reliability. the proposed strategy covers all stages of the vaccine circulation process, from production to distribution, assigning a unique digital identity to each vaccine from its inception. this meticulous tracking enables swift action in case of hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1156 vaccine incidents, as the system supervisor can trace the origin of vaccines and implement preventive measures promptly [20]. however, despite the innovative strides made in the proposed system, the paper critically evaluates its methodology and identifies several areas of concern. methodological issues such as data verification processes and system scalability are highlighted, indicating potential areas for further research and improvement. moreover, the authors point out research gaps in areas such as real-world implementation challenges and long-term sustainability of the proposed system. after all, the paper provides a comprehensive analysis of the challenges and potential solutions for enhancing vaccine safety through blockchain technology in supply chain management. not just that, it also underscores the importance of addressing methodological problems and research gaps to realize the full potential of such systems. figure 1. proposed system architecture for vaccine traceability [2] 2.2. blockchain-driven anti-counterfeiting solutions the study by humayun et al. (2022) [11] introduce a robust framework aimed at optimizing the drug distribution process (ddp) through the application of the blockchain technology (figure 2). this framework targets key challenges such as coordination failures, ensuring secure drug delivery, and maintaining pharmaceutical authenticity. the drug regulatory authority (dra) [21, 22] assumes a pivotal role in overseeing and controlling the end-to-end drug distribution process. additionally, the framework incorporates smart contracts [23] to automate and verify transactions, ensuring transparency and authenticity [24]. the proposed framework holds the capacity to improve the security, transparency, and efficiency of drug distribution systems, ultimately ensuring the availability of authentic medicines and mitigating the risk of counterfeit drugs [25-27]. the papers also emphasizing the critical role of a centralized monitoring system in addressing coordination failures and combating counterfeit drugs within the drug market. the authors present a thorough literature review and detail their proposed methodology, supplemented by mathematical modeling and a real-life case study to evaluate its effectiveness in bolstering transparency, traceability [24], and security [28] within the drug distribution process [29-32]. while the paper exhibits methodological strengths in these aspects, there are also notable areas for improvement. one methodological concern is the insufficient exploration of the limitations and potential challenges associated with implementing the proposed framework. moreover, a deeper analysis of the risks and vulnerabilities inherent in blockchain-based drug distribution systems could enhance the paper's accuracy. notably, the absence of discussion on the scalability and interoperability of the proposed framework with existing healthcare systems leaves questions unanswered. furthermore, the ethical and privacy implications of integrating blockchain technology into the pharmaceutical industry remain unaddressed. in summary, although the paper presents a comprehensive examination of its proposed framework and evaluation, critical discussions on methodological limitations and research gaps are necessary for strengthening its overall contribution to the field. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1157 figure 2. an integrated framework for ddp and supply chain big data analytics [11] 2.3. enhancing transparency and efficiency in ppe distribution omar et al. (2022) [6] explore the difficulties encountered by the healthcare industry during the covid-19 pandemic, particularly in tracking and managing personal protective equipment (ppe) [7, 33-35] within the supply chain. the authors advocate for the implementation of blockchain (bc) technology [36, 37] to enhance the capacity to track ppe items throughout the supply chain (sc). they underscore the advantages of blockchain, including decentralized control [38], enhanced security, robust traceability [39], and auditable transactions. the study presents a blockchain-driven approach utilizing ethereum smart contracts [40] and decentralized storage systems [38] to streamline processes and facilitate information exchange among supply chain stakeholders. detailed algorithms clarify the interaction among stakeholders, accompanied by a thorough cost and security analysis of the proposed solution. the utilization of smart contracts and decentralized storage systems emerges as a promising avenue to tackle traceability and transparency issues within the ppe supply chain. however, the analysis falls short in thoroughly addressing the potential limitations and drawbacks of implementing blockchain technology in healthcare supply chains. furthermore, research gaps include a deeper exploration of barriers to blockchain adoption in healthcare supply chains and a more robust assessment of the economic and operational viability of the proposed solution (see figure 3). figure 3. a decentralized blockchain architecture for secure and transparent ppe tracking [6] hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1158 2.4. a paradigm shift in medical device and supply chain management alkhader et al. (2021) [12] propose an automated system for decentralized digital manufacture of medical goods in response to the covid-19 pandemic (see figure 4). by leveraging blockchain technology, specifically ethereum smart contracts [41], the proposed solution aims to facilitate decentralized digital manufacturing while ensuring transparency, traceability, reliability, suitability, security, and trustworthiness [42] throughout the process. the paper delves into the system architecture, algorithms, and implementation details, including the incorporation of the interplanetary file system (ipfs) for decentralized storage of iot-based device records and manufacturing specifications. the proposed method seeks to address the difficulties encountered by conventional supply chain systems, such as the limited reliable traceability for pharmaceutical products [23, 43]. additionally, it conducts an evaluation of the proposed approach, focusing on cost and security parameters, and compares it with existing solutions. the use of blockchain technology to ensure transparency, traceability, and security in the manufacturing and supply chain of medical devices represents a novel and promising approach in addressing the challenges posed by the covid19 pandemic. in short, the paper presents an innovative approach to address the challenges of medical device manufacturing and supply during the covid-19 pandemic, it could benefit from a more robust methodological discussion and a clearer identification of research gaps within the existing literature. addressing these shortcomings would elevate the paper's contribution to the field of blockchain-based solutions for decentralized digital manufacturing and supply chains in healthcare emergencies. figure 4. a decentralized network architecture for distributed design and manufacturing [12] 2.5. utilizing cloud-based blockchain technology for identification of counterfeits the study by mani et al. (2022) [13] examines the efficacy of employing blockchain technology within the pharmaceutical supply chain to combat issues such as counterfeiting [44, 45], illegal imports, and operational inefficiencies [46]. they propose a framework leveraging cloud-based blockchain technology to ensure traceability [46], data storage [47-49], privacy, and quality assurance throughout the supply chain. their approach involves the utilization of smart contracts within the hyperledger blockchain like hyperledger caliper [50] and hyperledger fabric [51], activity identification through tagging, and access control mechanisms to facilitate secure information sharing [52]. implementation results indicate improved drug transactions with attribute-based visibility, enhanced privacy, and increased transparency. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1159 however, while the framework addresses significant challenges in the pharmaceutical supply chain, it lacks a thorough discussion of its limitations and challenges in real-world applications. moreover, there is a need for further research to assess the scalability and long-term sustainability of the proposed framework, particularly in large-scale supply chain networks. even so, the paper contributes valuable insights into the potential of cloud based blockchain technology in combating counterfeit drugs, it requires addressing methodological limitations and research gaps for further studies to build upon (figure 5). figure 5. proposed system framework [13] 2.6. blood and product-chain supply chain management with blockchain trong et al. (2022) [10] introduce a novel approach in their paper, focusing on leveraging blockchain technology to revolutionize the management and transportation of blood and its derivatives (figures 6 and 7). the authors present the blood and product-chain model as a solution to the shortcomings of traditional centralized storage systems, advocating for a decentralized, traceable, accountable, transparent, secure, and auditable approach [53] to managing the blood supply chain [54, 55]. while the paper admirably addresses the pressing need for innovation in blood supply chain management, several methodological issues warrant consideration. firstly, the paper lacks a comprehensive analysis of the limitations and challenges inherent in implementing the proposed blood and product-chain model even though the authors has emphasized it including the tendency to focus solely on blood data while neglecting its byproducts [56]. additionally, the research gaps identified in the paper underscore the need for further investigation. a more thorough comparison of the proposed blood and product-chain model with existing blood supply chain management solutions would provide valuable insights into its comparative advantages and shortcomings. furthermore, the paper falls short in discussing the scalability and interoperability of the proposed system with other healthcare and supply chain management frameworks, limiting its potential applicability and integration into broader systems. to conclude it, the paper presents an innovative approach to addressing the challenges of blood supply chain management through blockchain technology, it is not without its limitations. the lack of critical analysis regarding methodological issues and research gaps diminishes the overall impact of the study. future research endeavors should aim to rectify these shortcomings, offering a more nuanced understanding of the proposed blood and product-chain model and its implications for the healthcare industry. figure 6. the comprehensive structure of the blood and product chain [10] hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1160 figure 7. component in hyperledger fabric [10] 2.7. blockchain drug traceability architectures and open challenges uddin et al. (2021) [14] offered an insightful examination of drug traceability within the pharmaceutical supply chain and delved into the potential of blockchain technology to mitigate issues surrounding the provenance [57-62], tracking, and tracing of pharmaceutical products [59]. the authors advocate for the adoption of two blockchain-based decentralized architectures, namely hyperledger fabric [63] and besu [64], which purportedly fulfill crucial prerequisites for drug traceability, including privacy, trust, transparency, security, authorization, authentication, and scalability [65, 66]. additionally, the review identifies and deliberates on various open research challenges associated with employing blockchain technology for drug traceability [52, 67]. these challenges encompass various aspects, including the need for consensus among stakeholders, the ability for different systems to interoperate seamlessly, the financial implications of implementation, the potential for cyberattacks and vulnerabilities [68], and the lack of universally accepted regulations (figures 8 and 9). furthermore, the paper is lacking in empirical evidence or case studies demonstrating the efficacy of these architectures within real-world pharmaceutical supply chain settings, as it has a more profound analysis of the potential ramifications of blockchain technology on stakeholders within the pharmaceutical supply chain, encompassing regulatory authorities, pharmacies, hospitals, and patients, which could enhance the review's comprehensiveness. moreover, a comprehensive discussion of the limitations and open challenges pertaining to the integration of blockchain technology into the drug supply chain is warranted. research gaps may encompass the necessity for further exploration of stakeholder consensus, energy consumption considerations, susceptibility to attacks and vulnerabilities, and the potential impact of blockchain technology on combating counterfeit medications. furthermore, a more extensive discourse on the implications of blockchain technology for regulatory oversight and product safety in the pharmaceutical supply chain would enrich the paper's depth. overall, while the paper offers valuable insights for health informatics researchers, a more exhaustive and critical analysis of the proposed blockchain architectures, methodological intricacies, and research gaps within the realm of drug traceability in the pharmaceutical supply chain would bolster its scholarly contribution. figure 8. system architecture of hyperledger fabric [14] hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1161 figure 9. system architecture of hyperledger besu [14] 3. methods 3.1. search strategy and selection criteria a comprehensive analysis of scholarly works from various prominent online databases such as pubmed, ieee xplore, and researchgate was conducted to locate pertinent papers on the advancement of blockchain technology to bolster medical supply chain management (mscm). the search criteria used include "healthcare," "supply chain," and "blockchain technology" to get pertinent scholarly articles. a meticulous cross-referencing of the identified review articles and the final included studies was undertaken to uncover potentially relevant publications. the inclusion criteria encompassed observational or experimental studies peer-reviewed publications, and primary research articles written in english, with a publication year range from 2021 to 2023. the review excludes non-primary studies such as reviews, meta-analyses, opinion pieces, systematic reviews, as well as surveys and publications in languages other than english. figure 10. prisma flowchart [69] records identified from: pubmed (n = 3) ieee xplore (n = 4) researchgate (n = 5) records removed before screening: duplicate records removed (n = 0) records marked as ineligible by automation tools (n = 0) records removed for other reasons (n = 0) records screened (title + abstract) (n = 12) records excluded (n = 0) reports sought for retrieval (n = 12) reports not retrieved (n = 0) reports assessed for eligibility (n = 12) reports excluded: non-pertinent (n = 5) studies included in review (n = 7) identification of studies via databases and registers id e n ti fi c a ti o n s c re e n in g in c lu d e d hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1162 3.2. data analysis a three-stage screening method was implemented to ensure the selection of relevant content. at first, the papers were evaluated by two reviewers who separately rated them based on their titles and abstracts. this was followed by a comprehensive examination of the entire text. any inconsistencies in the reviewers' judgments were managed via deliberations within each pair. if a unanimous agreement could not be achieved, a third impartial author (dg) functioned as an arbitrator to resolve the deadlock. data extraction for the same set of articles was performed by the two reviewers using a uniform extraction table in order to maintain consistency. disputes over the retrieved data were settled via deliberations with an impartial arbitrator (dg). the prisma reporting requirements have been followed page et al. (2021) [70]. 3.3. included studies we conducted an initial search and found a total of 12 publications from various databases, including pubmed, ieee xplore, and researchgate. following the preliminary screening, we selected all 12 for a comprehensive assessment of the whole text. a total of 7 papers that satisfied our inclusion criteria were identified in figure 10. all of the research included in the analysis were published exclusively within the timeframe of 2021 to 2023. provides a comprehensive summary of these investigations. 3.4. quality assessment to evaluate the caliber of the selected papers, a quality checklist devised by kitchenham & brereton (2013) [71], kitchenham & charters (2007) [72] was utilized. this checklist was derived from the guidelines established by the centre for reviews and dissemination (crd) [73, 74]. the assessment focused on four key aspects: (a) study design (are the research aims clearly stated?) (b) conduct (does the study include sufficient facts about the evaluation of blockchain? (c) analysis (how can the comprehensiveness of research findings documentation be assessed via analysis?) (d) conclusions (does the paper adequately address the research questions?). using this set of questions, each selected paper was carefully evaluated. the scoring method allocated 1 point for each "yes" response and 0 points for each "no" response. consequently, the highest possible score for the primary study was four. as a result, the mean score was 2.00 (±0.71) on a four-point system, where four represents the highest level of quality. 4. results and discussion 4.1. study type, domain, and technology blockchain's dominance in managing healthcare drug supply chains was evident, with a majority of respondents (n=3, 43%) recognizing its significance among other applications. two studies, accounting for 29% of the total, examined the capacity use of bc technology in the supply chains of medical devices. specifically, one study focused on vaccines while the other focused on blood management, each accounting for 14% of the total studies. consortium blockchains were the most common form among the various blockchain types, accounting for 43% (n = 3). there were two instances (29%) of public blockchain implementations, one instance (14%) of private blockchain implementation, and one instance (14%) of hybrid blockchain implementation. ethereum and hyperledger fabric were the preferred platforms, with each being utilized in three investigations, accounting for 43% and 29% of the total, respectively. two of the remaining investigations (29%) specifically focused on fisco bcos and hyperledger besu. smart contracts experienced significant popularity, being included in three papers, accounting for 43% of the total. nevertheless, scalability was given limited consideration, as just three investigations delved into its complexity. all three studies emphasized the scalability of their approach, but one of them (n = 2, 29%) did not comment on this aspect. the remaining two studies expressly acknowledged the limited capabilities of their system to manage increasing demands and expand in size. 4.2. blockchain principles every item in the review addressed a minimum of one (1) of the five (5) fundamental concepts of blockchain: accountability, security/integrity, transparency/traceability, privacy/confidentiality, and reliability as shown in table 1. seven (7) researchers claimed that their methods promoted data traceability and transparency. five research emphasized enhanced data integrity and security, whereas four studies focused on data confidentiality, privacy, reliability, and responsibility. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1163 table 1. comparison of the reviewed article reference sector blockchain type accounta bility security/ integrity traceability/ transparency confidentiality /privacy reliability smart contract scalability cui et al. (2023) [2] vaccine consortium 1 1 1 0 1 yes not explored humayun et al. (2022) [11] drugs publics 0 0 1 0 1 yes ✗ omar et al. (2022) [6] tools publics 1 1 1 1 1 yes ✗ alkhader et al. (2021) [12] tools hybrids 1 1 1 1 1 yes not explored mani et al. (2022) [13] drug consortium 1 1 1 1 0 yes ✓ trong et al. (2022) [10] blood consortium 0 0 1 0 0 yes ✓ uddin et al. (2021) [14] drugs privates 0 1 1 1 0 yes ✓ notes: yes used in the implementation no not used in the implementation ✗ explored but not providing the criteria ✓ explored and the criteria are provided 4.3. technical overview our analysis revealed a prevalence of consortium-based and public blockchain implementations, while hybrid and private versions were less commonly adopted. our analysis reveals that the problem of scalability is not exclusive to public blockchains. this is apparent as studies investigating consortium or hybrid blockchains have not specifically tackled the problem of scalability. the result of this analysis implies that bc technology is not scalable enough and further investigations have to be conducted before its actual employment [75]. other articles have emphasized eth being the best platform for this purpose as mentioned by humayun et al. (2022) [11], omar et al. (2022) [6], alkhader et al. (2021) [12]. the reason why eth was chosen was due to its open-source nature as well as its ability to cross from one industry to another which eases the decentralization process [76]. moreover, the concept of smart contracts has been tried and evaluated in practice through transparent and automated contract and data exchanges that save costs incurred while using intermediaries [77]. nevertheless, the actual efficacy of these solutions remains uncertain due to the limited technological preparedness of the suggested approaches. 4.4. vaccines and drugs the period between 2021 and 2022 saw a surge in publications focused on vaccine strategies, with notable contributions from fiore et al. (2023) [75]. among these, das et al. (2021) [67] proposed a framework aimed at ensuring the secure distribution and tracking of vaccines, particularly pertinent amidst the covid-19 pandemic. this framework, utilizing a cloud -assisted blockchain solution within the internet of medical things (iomt) environment [13], prioritizes the secure storage of vaccine distribution and administration data. by aligning with the goal of ensuring traceability and verifiability in vaccine circulation processes, as highlighted by other studies [1], thus the approach by das et al. (2021) [67] underscores the significance of blockchain technology in enhancing vaccine management strategies. similarly to the cui et al. [2] where they identified the identified the covid-19 pandemic as a stressor for healthcare monitoring systems (schms), advocating for blockchain-powered solutions to bolster digital supply chains (scs) within healthcare monitoring systems. their proposal addresses potential vulnerabilities in vaccine distribution, such as unqualified production and counterfeit vaccines, by leveraging blockchain's decentralized nature [78]. conventional schms, reliant on centralized systems, often face challenges in ensuring secure and unalterable transactions among authorized parties, thus compromising the reliability of the supply chain [75]. while real-world case studies evaluating this strategy are scarce, the researchers endorse blockchain implementation as a means to enhance data integrity and security within healthcare supply chains. these studies collectively emphasize the pivotal role of blockchain technology in addressing challenges associated with vaccine distribution and management. by providing secure, transparent, and decentralized solutions, blockchain offers promising avenues for improving the reliability and efficiency of healthcare supply chains, particularly in the context of pandemic response efforts. several studies have highlighted the tragic consequences of counterfeit drugs, particularly in developing countries, where children often succumb to illnesses exacerbated by fake medications. the guardian organization (2017) [79] and the world health organization (2017) [80] underscore the link between counterfeit drugs and excess pneumonia deaths [75-81]. in a study by gomasta et al. (2023) [35], the focus shifted towards addressing the multifaceted challenges associated with drug counterfeiting within the pharmaceutical supply chain. their research emphasized the critical need for drug and vaccine traceability in healthcare, given the severe health risks posed by counterfeit products [78]. to tackle this issue, gomasta et al. (2023) [35] developed pharmachain, a blockchain-based drug supply chain provenance verification system built on hyperledger fabric [51, 63]. by leveraging the confidentiality, accountability, and interoperability features of hyperledger fabric, pharmachain integrates cryptographic fundamentals to create tamperproof logs and smart contracts to ensure data integrity and reliability. this approach aligns with similar studies [13, 14], which have proposed hyperledger-based architectures and systems for enabling stakeholders to communicate and store hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1164 information in a shared, trusted, permissioned, and decentralized manner. the implementation of cryptographic principles to establish tamper-proof logs and the utilization of smart contracts represent significant advancements in addressing the complexities of pharmaceutical supply chain management [11]. moreover, by prioritizing coordination and quality control aspects, these studies contribute to the ongoing efforts to safeguard public health and combat the proliferation of counterfeit drugs. 4.5. personal protective equipment (ppe) and medical tools in addition to the focus on vaccination strategies, recent studies have explored the diverse applications of blockchain technology in combating the covid-19 pandemic. ahmad et al. (2023) [82] conducted a study aimed at identifying the potential role of blockchain in securing supply chain operations and personal equipment (ppe) certificates. while not proposing a specific solution for ppe management and tracking, their findings highlighted several key areas where blockchain could make significant contributions. these included preventing compliance violations, identifying counterfeit ppes through data provenance, and enabling verifiable payment settlements using smart contracts. the study also emphasized the importance of public blockchain platforms for ensuring transparency in the ppe supply chain, demonstrating blockchain's potential to address critical shortages and enhance healthcare supply chain effectiveness during the pandemic, similarly to the omar et al. [6] that aimed to address the challenges faced in the healthcare sector, particularly the critical shortages of ppe during the pandemic. these studies collectively underscore the growing recognition of blockchain technology as a promising tool for enhancing transparency, security, and efficiency in healthcare supply chains, particularly during crisis situations like the covid-19 pandemic. expanding beyond the realm of vaccination and personal protective equipment (ppe), nanda et al. (2023) [83] offer a novel approach known as novel approach for integrated iot (internet of things) with blockchain in health supply chain (naibhsc), which targets the secure and efficient distribution of medical products. their study focuses on the integration of blockchain and iot technologies into the medical supply chain to address issues related to the distribution of medical products. this is achieved through the development of smart contracts, rfid tags for product tracking, and the use of a bi-objective mathematical model to minimize costs and reduce the number of undamaged items during transportation. the study also emphasizes the importance of security, transparency, and trust in the healthcare supply chain, and highlights the potential benefits of integrating blockchain and iot technologies. in contrast to prior research by alkhader et al. [12], which proposed a decentralized blockchain-based digital manufacturing and supply chain solution specifically tailored to address the challenges of providing medical devices and supplies during the covid-19 pandemic without incorporating iot, the approach by nanda et al. (2023) [83] encompasses both blockchain and iot technologies. this broader integration underscores the potential for enhanced supply chain management in healthcare settings. both the naibhsc approach and the decentralized blockchain-based digital manufacturing and supply chain solution offer generic frameworks that can be adapted to various emergency use case scenarios. this adaptability highlights their versatility and potential applicability beyond the current pandemic context. 4.6. blood products the blood transfusion supply chain presents a unique opportunity for blockchain adoption because of the inherent risk of adverse occurrences and potentially fatal complications [84]. blockchain's secure visibility, transparency, and data reliability [85, 86] hold promise to revolutionize blood management. real-time tracking of donated blood, forgery prevention, and minimized supply times could be transformative. in the study conducted by ahamed n & vignesh (2022) [87], they focus on developing a framework to address issues like supply time and data management by utilizing blockchain, smart contracts, and secure transactions contrast to the prior researchers [10] where they provide detailed models and evaluates performance in various related scenarios. however, existing proposals for blockchain-based blood transfusion sc management require further investigation and robust verification [88] but these studies offer complementary insights, showcasing the potential of blockchain in enhancing efficiency and security throughout the blood supply chain cycle. 5. conclusion even though blockchain technology has the ability to significantly transform healthcare supply chain management (hscm), its widespread implementation is hindered by its mainly theoretical nature and the few practical use cases. this review paper underscores the transformative potential of blockchain technology in revolutionizing healhcare supply chain management, particularly in response to the exigencies of the covid-19 pandemic. through a comprehensive review and critical evaluation of innovative blockchain-powered solutions, it has elucidated the benefits and challenges associated with its adoption in various aspects of healthcare supply chains. the findings highlight blockchain's efficacy in enhancing transparency, efficiency, and integrity across vaccine distribution, blood product management, ppe procurement, pharmaceuticals, and medical devices. however, the document also acknowledges the need for further research to address methodological limitations, scalability issues, and long-term sustainability concerns. despite the progress made, scalability and technological preparedness remain crucial areas for future exploration and development. overall, this review not only identifies key areas for improvement but also serves as a valuable resource for healthcare stakeholders, guiding them towards informed decision-making and strategic implementation of blockchain technology to fortify healthcare supply chains in times of crisis and beyond. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1165 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.s.s. and n.n.; methodology, m.s.s. and n.n.; validation, n.n.; formal analysis, n.n.; investigation, m.s.s.; writing—original draft preparation, n.n. and m.s.s.; writing—review and editing, m.s.s.; visualization, n.n.; supervision, m.s.s.; funding acquisition, m.s.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] jarrett, s., wilmansyah, t., bramanti, y., alitamsar, h., alamsyah, d., krishnamurthy, k. r., yang, l., & pagliusi, s. (2020). the role of manufacturers in the implementation of global traceability standards in the supply chain to combat vaccine counterfeiting and enhance safety monitoring. vaccine, 38(52), 8318–8325. doi:10.1016/j.vaccine.2020.11.011. [2] cui, l., xiao, z., chen, f., dai, h., & li, j. (2023). protecting vaccine safety: an improved, blockchain-based, storage-efficient scheme. ieee transactions on cybernetics, 53(6), 3588–3598. doi:10.1109/tcyb.2022.3163743. [3] rosa, b. m. g., anastasova, s., & yang, g. z. (2023). nfc-powered implantable device for on-body parameters monitoring with secure data exchange link to a medical blockchain type of network. ieee transactions on cybernetics, 53(1), 31–43. doi:10.1109/tcyb.2021.3088711. [4] zheng, w., wang, k., & wang, f. y. (2021). gan-based key secret-sharing scheme in blockchain. ieee transactions on cybernetics, 51(1), 393–404. doi:10.1109/tcyb.2019.2963138. [5] tang, c., li, c., yu, x., zheng, z., & chen, z. (2020). cooperative mining in blockchain networks with zero-determinant strategies. ieee transactions on cybernetics, 50(10), 4544–4549. doi:10.1109/tcyb.2019.2915253. [6] omar, i. a., debe, m., jayaraman, r., salah, k., omar, m., & arshad, j. (2022). blockchain-based supply chain traceability for covid-19 personal protective equipment. computers and industrial engineering, 167. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2022.107995. [7] park, c. y., kim, k., roth, s., beck, s., kang, j. w., & tayag, m. c. (2020). global shortage of personal protective equipment amid covid-19: supply chains, bottlenecks, and policy implications. future of regional cooperation in asia and the pacific, 442. [8] omar, i. a., jayaraman, r., salah, k., simsekler, m. c. e., yaqoob, i., & ellahham, s. (2020). ensuring protocol compliance and data transparency in clinical trials using blockchain smart contracts. bmc medical research methodology, 20(1), 224. doi:10.1186/s12874-020-01109-5. [9] nugent, t., upton, d., & cimpoesu, m. (2016). improving data transparency in clinical trials using blockchain smart contracts. f1000research, 5. doi:10.12688/f1000research.9756.1. [10] trong, p. n., vo, h. k., huong, l. h., gia, k. h., dang, k. t., van, h. le, huu, n. h., huyen, t. n., nguyen, t. a., phu, l. v. c., quoc, d. n. t., khanh, b. le, & tuan, k. le. (2022). blood and product-chain: blood and its products supply chain management based on blockchain approach. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 13(11), 743–750. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2022.0131186. [11] humayun, m., jhanjhi, n. z., niazi, m., amsaad, f., & masood, i. (2022). securing drug distribution systems from tampering using blockchain. electronics (switzerland), 11(8), 1195. doi:10.3390/electronics11081195. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1166 [12] alkhader, w., salah, k., sleptchenko, a., jayaraman, r., yaqoob, i., & omar, m. (2021). blockchain-based decentralized digital manufacturing and supply for covid-19 medical devices and supplies. ieee access, 9, 137923–137940. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3118085. [13] mani, v., prakash, m., & lai, w. c. (2022). cloud-based blockchain technology to identify counterfeits. journal of cloud computing, 11(1), 67. doi:10.1186/s13677-022-00341-2. [14] uddin, m., salah, k., jayaraman, r., pesic, s., & ellahham, s. (2021). blockchain for drug traceability: architectures and open challenges. health informatics journal, 27(2), 1–15. doi:10.1177/14604582211011228. [15] waltonchain. (2024). waltonchain online. available online: https://www.waltonchain.org/#/en. (accessed november 2024). [16] falco, g., li, c., fedorov, p., caldera, c., arora, r., & jackson, k. (2019). neuromesh: iot security enabled by a blockchain powered botnet vaccine. acm international conference proceeding series, part f148162, 1–6. doi:10.1145/3312614.3312615. [17] peng, s., hu, x., zhang, j., xie, x., long, c., tian, z., & jiang, h. (2020). an efficient double-layer blockchain method for vaccine production supervision. ieee transactions on nanobioscience, 19(3), 579–587. doi:10.1109/tnb.2020.2999637. [18] yong, b., shen, j., liu, x., li, f., chen, h., & zhou, q. (2020). an intelligent blockchain-based system for safe vaccine supply and supervision. international journal of information management, 52. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2019.10.009. [19] cui, l., xiao, z., wang, j., chen, f., pan, y., dai, h., & qin, j. (2021). improving vaccine safety using blockchain. acm transactions on internet technology, 21(2), 1–24. doi:10.1145/3388446. [20] xiao, z. (2024). source code for performance evaluation. github, california, united states. available online: https://github.com/xiaozhe-szu/bbvsps. (accessed november 2024). [21] dwyer, j. t., coates, p. m., & smith, m. j. (2018). dietary supplements: regulatory challenges and research resources. nutrients, 10(1), 41. doi:10.3390/nu10010041. [22] kumar, r., & tripathi, r. (2019). traceability of counterfeit medicine supply chain through blockchain. 2019 11th international conference on communication systems and networks, comsnets 2019, 568–570. doi:10.1109/comsnets.2019.8711418. [23] hasan, h., alhadhrami, e., aldhaheri, a., salah, k., & jayaraman, r. (2019). smart contract-based approach for efficient shipment management. computers and industrial engineering, 136, 149–159. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2019.07.022. [24] huang, y., wu, j., & long, c. (2018). drugledger: a practical blockchain system for drug traceability and regulation. proceedings 2018 international congress on cybermatics: 2018 ieee conferences on internet of things, green computing and communications, cyber, physical and social computing, smart data, blockchain, computer and information technology, ithings/greencom/cpscom/smartdata/blockchain/cit 2018, 1137–1144. doi:10.1109/cybermatics_2018.2018.00206. [25] haq, i., & muselemu, o. (2018). blockchain technology in pharmaceutical industry to prevent counterfeit drugs. international journal of computer applications, 180(25), 8–12. doi:10.5120/ijca2018916579. [26] m r, l., ahmed m n, s., & khan, s. (2021). block chain based supply chain management for counterfeit drugs in pharmaceutical industry. international journal of scientific research in computer science, engineering and information technology, 7(1), 100–108. doi:10.32628/cseit217122. [27] uddin, m. (2021). blockchain medledger: hyperledger fabric enabled drug traceability system for counterfeit drugs in pharmaceutical industry. international journal of pharmaceutics, 597. doi:10.1016/j.ijpharm.2021.120235. [28] li, p., nelson, s. d., malin, b. a., & chen, y. (2019). dmms: a decentralized blockchain ledger for the management of medication histories. blockchain in healthcare today, 2, 1–15. doi:10.30953/bhty.v2.38. [29] jamil, f., hang, l., kim, k. h., & kim, d. h. (2019). a novel medical blockchain model for drug supply chain integrity management in a smart hospital. electronics (switzerland), 8(5), 505. doi:10.3390/electronics8050505. [30] humayun, m. (2020). role of emerging iot big data and cloud computing for real time application. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 11(4), 494–506. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2020.0110466. [31] fernando, e., meyliana, m., warnars, h. l. h. s., abdurachman, e., & surjandy, s. (2021). blockchain technology-based good distribution practice model of pharmacy industry in indonesia. advances in science, technology and engineering systems journal, 6(2), 267–273. doi:10.25046/aj060230. [32] siyal, a. a., junejo, a. z., zawish, m., ahmed, k., khalil, a., & soursou, g. (2019). applications of blockchain technology in medicine and healthcare: challenges and future perspectives. cryptography, 3(1), 1–16. doi:10.3390/cryptography3010003. [33] rana, s. (2020). rise of counterfeit ppe in india amid covid-19. iclg.com. available online: https://iclg.com/briefing/13315-rise-of-counterfeit-ppe-in-india-amid-covid-19 (accessed on november 2024). https://iclg.com/briefing/13315-rise-of-counterfeit-ppe-in-india-amid-covid-19 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1167 [34] lagasse, j. (2020). healthcare industry is grappling with the emergence of counterfeit ppe in the covid-19 battle. healthcare finance. available online: https://www.healthcarefinancenews.com/news/healthcare-industry-grappling-emergencecounterfeit-ppe-covid-19-battle (accessed on november 2024). [35] gomasta, s. s., dhali, a., tahlil, t., anwar, m. m., & ali, a. b. m. s. (2023). pharmachain: blockchain-based drug supply chain provenance verification system. heliyon, 9(7), e17957. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2023.e17957. [36] helo, p., & hao, y. (2019). blockchains in operations and supply chains: a model and reference implementation. computers and industrial engineering, 136, 242–251. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2019.07.023. [37] zutshi, a., grilo, a., & nodehi, t. (2021). the value proposition of blockchain technologies and its impact on digital platforms. computers and industrial engineering, 155. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2021.107187. [38] benet, j. (2014). ipfs-content addressed, versioned, p2p file system. arxiv preprint arxiv:1407.3561. [39] agrawal, t. k., kumar, v., pal, r., wang, l., & chen, y. (2021). blockchain-based framework for supply chain traceability: a case example of textile and clothing industry. computers and industrial engineering, 154. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2021.107130. [40] parizi, r. m., amritraj, & dehghantanha, a. (2018). smart contract programming languages on blockchains: an empirical evaluation of usability and security. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 10974 lncs, 75–91. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-94478-4_6. [41] hasan, h. r., salah, k., jayaraman, r., arshad, j., yaqoob, i., omar, m., & ellahham, s. (2020). blockchain-based solution for covid-19 digital medical passports and immunity certificates. ieee access, 8, 222093–222108. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3043350. [42] yaqoob, i., salah, k., jayaraman, r., & al-hammadi, y. (2022). blockchain for healthcare data management: opportunities, challenges, and future recommendations. neural computing and applications, 34(14), 11475–11490. doi:10.1007/s00521-02005519-w. [43] wierzbicki, j., nowacki, m., chrzanowska, m., matkowski, r., ziętek, m., nowacka, k., maciejczyk, a., & pawlak-adamska, e. (2020). additive manufacturing technologies enabling rapid and interventional production of protective face shields and masks during the covid-19 pandemic. advances in clinical and experimental medicine, 29(9), 1021–1028. doi:10.17219/acem/126296. [44] akunyili, d. (2007). fake and counterfeit drugs in the health sector: the role of medical doctors. annals of ibadan postgraduate medicine, 2(2), 19–23. doi:10.4314/aipm.v2i2.39094. [45] hrf. (2014). 20 shocking counterfeit drugs statistics. health research funding. available online: http://healthresearchfunding.org/20-shocking-counterfeit-drugs-statistics/ (accessed on november 2024). [46] swan, m. (2015). blockchain: blueprint for a new economy. climate change 2013 the physical science basis. sebastopol, united states. [47] mani, v., manickam, p., alotaibi, y., alghamdi, s., & khalaf, o. i. (2021). hyperledger healthchain: patient-centric ipfsbased storage of health records. electronics (switzerland), 10(23), 3003. doi:10.3390/electronics10233003. [48] vinodhini, m., & prakash, m. (2021). a patient-centric doctor referral model based on hyperledger chaincode. csitss 2021 2021 5th international conference on computational systems and information technology for sustainable solutions, proceedings, 1–5. doi:10.1109/csitss54238.2021.9683481. [49] mani, v., kavitha, c., band, s. s., mosavi, a., hollins, p., & palanisamy, s. (2022). a recommendation system based on ai for storing block data in the electronic health repository. frontiers in public health, 9, 831404. doi:10.3389/fpubh.2021.831404. [50] hyperledger (2020). "hyperledger/fabric," github, california, united states. available online: github.com/hyperledger/fabric. (accessed on may 2024). [51] . s. a. a. (2016). blockchain ready manufacturing supply chain using distributed ledger. international journal of research in engineering and technology, 05(09), 1–10. doi:10.15623/ijret.2016.0509001. [52] alonso-rorís, v. m., álvarez-sabucedo, l., santos-gago, j. m., & ramos‐ merino, m. (2016). towards a cost-effective and reusable traceability system. a semantic approach. computers in industry, 83, 1–11. doi:10.1016/j.compind.2016.08.003. [53] barua, m., liang, x., lu, r., & shen, x. (2011). espac: enabling security and patient-centric access control for e-health in cloud computing. international journal of security and networks, 6(2–3), 67–76. doi:10.1504/ijsn.2011.043666. [54] kim, s., & kim, d. (2018). design of an innovative blood cold chain management system using blockchain technologies. icic express letters, part b: applications, 9(10), 1067–1073. doi:10.24507/icicelb.09.10.1067. https://www.healthcarefinancenews.com/news/healthcare-industry-grappling-emergence-counterfeit-ppe-covid-19-battle https://www.healthcarefinancenews.com/news/healthcare-industry-grappling-emergence-counterfeit-ppe-covid-19-battle http://healthresearchfunding.org/20-shocking-counterfeit-drugs-statistics/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1168 [55] lakshminarayanan, s., kumar, p. n., & dhanya, n. m. (2020). implementation of blockchain-based blood donation framework. ifip advances in information and communication technology, 578, 276–290. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-634674_22. [56] le, h. t., nguyen, t. t. l., nguyen, t. a., ha, x. s., & duong-trung, n. (2022). bloodchain: a blood donation network managed by blockchain technologies. network, 2(1), 21–35. doi:10.3390/network2010002. [57] son, h. x., & hoang, n. m. (2019). a novel attribute-based access control system for fine-grained privacy protection. acm international conference proceeding series, 76–80. doi:10.1145/3309074.3309091. [58] du, m., chen, q., xiao, j., yang, h., & ma, x. (2020). supply chain finance innovation using blockchain. ieee transactions on engineering management, 67(4), 1045–1058. doi:10.1109/tem.2020.2971858. [59] clark, f. (2015). rise in online pharmacies sees counterfeit drugs go global. the lancet, 386(10001), 1327–1328. doi:10.1016/s0140-6736(15)00394-3. [60] psi. (2024). pharmaceutical security institute website, "incident trends," 2002. available online: www.psi-inc.org/incidenttrends (accessed on november 2024). [61] parker, r., & sommer, m. (2010). routledge handbook of global public health. in routledge handbook of global public health. routledge, new york, united states. doi:10.4324/9780203832721. [62] plotnikov, v., & kuznetsova, v. (2018). the prospects for the use of digital technology “blockchain” in the pharmaceutical market. matec web of conferences, 193, 2029. doi:10.1051/matecconf/201819302029. [63] gorenflo, c., lee, s., golab, l., & keshav, s. (2020). fastfabric: scaling hyperledger fabric to 20 000 transactions per second. international journal of network management, 30(5), 455–463. doi:10.1002/nem.2099. [64] besu. (2019). hyperledger besu enterprise ethereum client. hyperledger besu community, besu. available online: https://besu.hyperledger.org/en/stable/ (accessed on november 2024). [65] benatia, m. a., remadna, a., baudry, d., halftermeyer, p., & delalin, h. (2018). qr-code enabled product traceability system: a big data perspective. advances in transdisciplinary engineering, 8. doi:10.3233/978-1-61499-902-7-323. [66] clark, b., & burstall, r. (2018). blockchain, ip and the pharma industry-how distributed ledger technologies can help secure the pharma supply chain. journal of intellectual property law and practice, 13(7), 531–533. doi:10.1093/jiplp/jpy069. [67] das, a. k., bera, b., & giri, d. (2021). ai and blockchain-based cloud-assisted secure vaccine distribution and tracking in iomt-enabled covid-19 environment. ieee internet of things magazine, 4(2), 26–32. doi:10.1109/iotm.0001.2100016. [68] mcafee. (2024). blockchain threat report-mcafee.com. available online: www.mcafee.com/enterprise/en-us/assets/reports/rpblockchain-security-risks.pdf. (accessed on may 2024). [69] yepes-nuñez, j. j., urrútia, g., romero-garcía, m., & alonso-fernández, s. (2021). the prisma 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. revista espanola de cardiologia, 74(9), 790–799. doi:10.1016/j.recesp.2021.06.016. [70] page, m. j., mckenzie, j. e., bossuyt, p. m., boutron, i., hoffmann, t. c., mulrow, c. d., shamseer, l., tetzlaff, j. m., akl, e. a., brennan, s. e., chou, r., glanville, j., grimshaw, j. m., hróbjartsson, a., lalu, m. m., li, t., loder, e. w., mayowilson, e., mcdonald, s., … moher, d. (2022). the prisma 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. revista panamericana de salud publica/pan american journal of public health, 46. doi:10.26633/rpsp.2022.112. [71] kitchenham, b., & brereton, p. (2013). a systematic review of systematic review process research in software engineering. information and software technology, 55(12), 2049–2075. doi:10.1016/j.infsof.2013.07.010. [72] kitchenham, b., & charters, s. m. (2007). guidelines for performing systematic literature reviews in software engineering. technical report, ver. 2.3 ebse technical report. ebse, january 2007, 1–57. [73] colomo-palacios, r., sánchez-gordón, m., & arias-aranda, d. (2020). a critical review on blockchain assessment initiatives: a technology evolution viewpoint. journal of software: evolution and process, 32(11). doi:10.1002/smr.2272. [74] higgins, j. p. t., thomas, j., chandler, j., cumpston, m., li, t., page, m. j., & welch, v. a. (2019). cochrane handbook for systematic reviews of interventions. cochrane handbook for systematic reviews of interventions. west sussex, england. doi:10.1002/9781119536604. [75] fiore, m., capodici, a., rucci, p., bianconi, a., longo, g., ricci, m., sanmarchi, f., & golinelli, d. (2023). blockchain for the healthcare supply chain: a systematic literature review. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(2), 686. doi:10.3390/app13020686. [76] tas, r., & tanriover, o. o. (2019). building a decentralized application on the ethereum blockchain. 3rd international symposium on multidisciplinary studies and innovative technologies, 1–4. doi:10.1109/ismsit.2019.8932806. http://www.psi-inc.org/incident-trends http://www.psi-inc.org/incident-trends https://besu.hyperledger.org/en/stable/ http://www.mcafee.com/enterprise/en-us/assets/reports/rp-blockchain-security-risks.pdf http://www.mcafee.com/enterprise/en-us/assets/reports/rp-blockchain-security-risks.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1169 [77] christidis, k., & devetsikiotis, m. (2016). blockchains and smart contracts for the internet of things. ieee access, 4, 2292– 2303. doi:10.1109/access.2016.2566339. [78] boetto, e., golinelli, d., carullo, g., & fantini, m. p. (2021). frauds in scientific research and how to possibly overcome them. journal of medical ethics, 47(12), e19. doi:10.1136/medethics-2020-106639. [79] the guardian (2017). 10% of drugs in poor countries are fake, says who | global health. the guardian, london, united kingdom. available online: https://www.theguardian.com/global-development/2017/nov/28/10-of-drugs-in-poor-countries-arefake-says-who (accessed on november 2024). [80] w.h.o. (2017). a study on public health and socio-economic impact of substandard and falsified medical products. world health organization, 1–67. available online: https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241513432 (accessed on november 2024). [81] theodoratou, e., al-jilaihawi, s., woodward, f., ferguson, j., jhass, a., balliet, m., kolcic, i., sadruddin, s., duke, t., rudan, i., & campbell, h. (2010). the effect of case management on childhood pneumonia mortality in developing countries. international journal of epidemiology, 39(suppl. 1), 155– 171. doi:10.1093/ije/dyq032. [82] ahmad, r. w., salah, k., jayaraman, r., yaqoob, i., ellahham, s., & omar, m. (2023). blockchain and covid-19 pandemic: applications and challenges. cluster computing, 26(4), 2383–2408. doi:10.1007/s10586-023-04009-7. [83] nanda, s. k., panda, s. k., & dash, m. (2023). medical supply chain integrated with blockchain and iot to track the logistics of medical products. multimedia tools and applications, 82(21), 32917–32939. doi:10.1007/s11042-023-14846-8. [84] sahu, s., hemlata, & verma, a. (2014). adverse events related to blood transfusion. indian journal of anaesthesia, 58(5), 543– 551. doi:10.4103/0019-5049.144650. [85] yadav, a. k., shweta, & kumar, d. (2023). blockchain technology and vaccine supply chain: exploration and analysis of the adoption barriers in the indian context. international journal of production economics, 255. doi:10.1016/j.ijpe.2022.108716. [86] alanzi, h., & alkhatib, m. (2022). towards improving privacy and security of identity management systems using blockchain technology: a systematic review. applied sciences (switzerland), 12(23), 12415. doi:10.3390/app122312415. [87] ahamed n, n., & vignesh, r. (2022). blood supply chain management using blockchain technology. research square (preprint), 1-16. doi:10.21203/rs.3.rs-1888116/v1. [88] kim, s., kim, j., & kim, d. (2020). implementation of a blood cold chain system using blockchain technology. applied sciences (switzerland), 10(9), 3330. doi:10.3390/app10093330. https://www.theguardian.com/global-development/2017/nov/28/10-of-drugs-in-poor-countries-are-fake-says-who https://www.theguardian.com/global-development/2017/nov/28/10-of-drugs-in-poor-countries-are-fake-says-who https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241513432 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 382 issn: 2723-9535 students’ flow experience of using ai-powered online english learning platforms chang-hong wu 1* , wei-shang fan 1 1 department of business administration, nanhua university, chiayi 62249, taiwan. received 13 february 2024; revised 04 may 2024; accepted 10 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract objectives: this research aims to explain the impact of flow’s antecedents on flow experience. furthermore, this research explores the intention of students to continue using online ai-powered english learning platforms. methodology: this study gathered data from 300 online students enrolled in ai-powered english learning platforms in taiwan, with data collection facilitated by a research company in the country. findings: according to the findings, flow was significantly associated with continuous intention. in terms of antecedents of flow, information quality, service support quality, and intrinsic motivation were significant, whereas confirmation, service quality, and instructor quality were not significant. flow was found to have significant associations with perceived usefulness and satisfaction. furthermore, confirmation significantly impacted perceived usefulness and satisfaction. moreover, perceived usefulness was significantly associated with satisfaction but had no association with continuous intention. lastly, both intrinsic motivation and satisfaction were associated with continuous intention. novelty/improvement: this research delves into the dynamic interplay between students' experiences and the adoption of ai-powered online english learning platforms. the study employed a comprehensive framework, including flow, a technology acceptance model, motivation, and an expectation confirmation model. keywords: flow; technology acceptance model; expectation confirmation model; ai-powered platforms; online english learning; intrinsic motivation. 1. introduction the rise in research studying the efficacy of cost-effective artificial intelligence (ai) tools like online language learning platforms and chatbots employed for learning a second language has become increasingly evident [1, 2]. the ai tools provide personalized lessons and a relaxed learning environment to their users [3, 4]. online learners perceive interactions with ai to be more entertaining as compared to conventional instructor-based learning [5]. despite the significant advantages offered by ai learning tools, there is still inadequate research related to the dynamic changes in human-computer interactions and the way different students approach or learn from these online platforms [1]. researchers can use this understanding to design a modified ai model for language learning [5, 6]. additionally, the theory of flow (fl) is implicated in the sense of presence and embodiment in smart ai learning, emphasizing that engagement in challenging tasks matching personal skills leads to a state of intense focus, forgetfulness of external distractions, and extreme pleasure [7, 8]. in this state, learners enter a "flow" when fully absorbed in an empirical task, particularly when teachers design activities with clear goals, integrate activity and insight, and present comparatively difficult tasks. in this immersive state, learners creatively complete tasks through their own experiences and sense * corresponding author: 11280001@nhu.edu.tw http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-011 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0005-7528-0937 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 383 making, unconsciously withdrawing defenses and achieving heightened concentration. this culminates in a "peak experience and complete satisfaction (sat)," ultimately enhancing cognitive and communicative abilities [7, 9]. previous research on learning explained the flow experience of users while using mobile devices [10]. this type of mobile learning offers learners a flexible and convenient learning experience unconstrained by time and space. yang‘s [10] research found a significant association between fl and continuous intention (ci) to use mobile devices for learning. previous research has implied a significant association between fl and continuous intention (ci) [11–14]. hence, this study aims to investigate the significance of online students’ flow experiences on their ci to use ai-powered online learning platforms. the revised delone & mclean information system (is) success model, a focal point in is research, posits that is success hinges on the evaluation of information quality (infq), system quality (sq), and service quality. these is success factors subsequently impact the user's sat and the system's ci. a high-quality is correlates with increased user sat and continued usage [15]. infq, sq, and service quality are consistently identified as pivotal elements influencing users' acceptance of is [16, 17]. this study aims to propose a model incorporating infq, sq, and service quality within the framework of the updated is success model. in the context of online learning, service quality encompasses support delivered by instructors, divided into service support quality (ssq) and instructor quality (insq) dimensions [18]. a previous study on is targeted the use of the metaverse in an intangible cultural heritage context [19]. cao‘s [19] study employed sq and infq to measure the impact of the metaverse application on the fl experience of gen-zers’ participants. a significant impact was discovered between the employment of metaverse and fl experience. delone & mclean's [15] external variables are integrated with fl and the expectation confirmation model (ecm). consequently, five quality aspects—infq, sq, ssq, and insq—along with ecm's confirmation (conf) are posited as significant antecedents to fl [20]. hence, this research aims to explore the impacts of antecedents, including infq, sq, ssq, insq, and conf, on the fl of online students. motivation, defined as an inherent unconscious drive toward the intricate development of an individual's mental structures [21], is a multifaceted concept within the realm of learning. learning motivation revolves around the interplay between the learner's beliefs about what will transpire and the perceived value or appeal of the anticipated outcome [22]. given the breadth of motivation, its comprehensive exploration remains a challenge in research [23]. recognizing the social and cultural influences on second language learning, social psychologists have delved into motivation in language learning [24]. the self-determination theory introduces two distinct motivation types: intrinsic and extrinsic [25]. while extrinsic motivation is rooted in external factors and outcomes, this study exclusively focuses on the intrinsic motivation (im) perspective. intrinsic motivation entails behavior propelled by internal factors and inherent value to the individual, irrespective of the final result [26]. previous survey research on im employed the eudaimonic identity theory as its theoretical background. the findings of this study indicated a positive association between im and fl experience [27]. previous research suggests that intrinsically motivated students demonstrate greater persistence in the face of academic challenges compared to their extrinsically motivated counterparts [28]. previously, im was found to be significantly associated with fl [29] and ci [30, 31]. consequently, this research aims to investigate the relationships of im with fl and ci of online students. recent research highlights specific variables critical for comprehending the factors influencing the ci to engage with e-learning. within the technology acceptance model (tam), extensive evidence underscores the pivotal role of perceived usefulness (pu) and perceived ease of use (pe) in modeling users' intentions and sat with ongoing technology use. notably, when addressing technology use, pu emerges as more influential than pe [32]. this study strategically narrows its focus on pu, which has demonstrated efficacy in exploring sustained technology use [33]. the pu serves as a foundational element for assessing individuals' ci to use. pu reflects the extent to which an individual believes that utilizing a technological system enhances user performance [33]. significantly, pu's significance primarily manifests during the initial stages of technology adoption [34, 35]. pu is found to have significant associations with sat [11, 36] and ci [37]. in addition, fl was also found to be significantly associated with sat [11]. hence, this study aims to explore the relationship of pu with fl and the relationship of fl with sat. furthermore, this study analyzes the impact of pu on ci. previously, sat was found to be significantly associated with ci [38]. lastly, this research also aims to find the impact of sat on ci. the present study stands out for its thorough investigation into students' engagement and usage intentions regarding ai-powered online english learning platforms, incorporating various theoretical frameworks such as flow theory [39], tam [40], ecm [41], and intrinsic motivation [27] theories. while prior research has typically examined these frameworks in isolation, this study offers a unique approach by integrating them to provide a holistic understanding of student involvement in online learning environments. by addressing this scientific gap, the research offers a nuanced analysis of the factors shaping students' intentions to use such platforms, thereby contributing significantly to the literature. through its robust methodology and comprehensive conceptual framework, this study serves to bridge the theory-practice gap in educational technology. recognizing the importance of understanding students' engagement in digital learning, this research holds substantial implications for platform developers and educators, aiding in the design of effective learning environments that foster lifelong learning in the digital era and informing educational policies and hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 384 practices accordingly. this research aims to explore the intention of students to continue using online ai-powered english learning platforms. hence, this research aims to address the following research objectives: first, it aims to explain the impact of fl on ci. second, it aims to explore the impacts of fl antecedents, including ssq, sq, infq, insq, iq, im, and ecm’s conf, on fl. third, it employs tam’s pu to explore its impacts on fl, sat, and ci. lastly, this study investigates the impact of sat on ci. this article is structured as follows: the next section begins with a literature review covering fl, the tam model, the ecm model, and im in the context of online learning. a conceptual framework is then presented, integrating these theories to understand factors influencing student experiences. furthermore, the methodology section outlines research design, data collection, and analysis techniques. next, the findings are presented on the associations between fl, pu, sat, im, conf, and ci in terms of platform usage. in addition, the discussion section interprets the results, addresses study limitations, and proposes future research directions. finally, the conclusion summarizes key findings, emphasizing their significance for understanding student engagement and persistence and offering implications for platform developers and educators. 2. theoretical background and hypotheses development 2.1. flow and continuous intention csikszentmihalyi characterizes "flow" as a state that individuals encounter upon complete absorption in a particular activity, applicable to various daily pursuits like sports, watching movies, or reading [42]. this immersive experience, marked by a sense of time standing still, tends to foster a desire to repeat the behavior for the pleasure it brings [43]. in the realm of online english learning platforms, regardless of age group, the primary motivation for student engagement lies in these platforms' ability to enhance sat by delivering superior value, thereby driving continuous usage [44]. the intention to persist in using a specific service hinges on users' evaluations of the facility, directly influencing their decision to continue utilizing the service. for sustained value creation and profitability, ongoing efforts are crucial in devising policies that enhance users' sat and intention to reuse a particular service, necessitating continuous examination [43, 45, 46]. the following hypothesis is proposed: hypothesis 1. flow significantly impacts continuous intention. 2.2. antecedents of flow conf, particularly linked to performance, denotes validation regarding the perceived and estimated effectiveness of utilizing online platforms [47]. engaging in collaborative systems like video calls, chat services, or discussion rooms within online learning platforms can stimulate a state of fl, encouraging a perception of complete engagement in activities [48]. users' conf of prospects related to online learning platforms significantly influences their im to use these platforms, subsequently impacting the sat and the ci to utilize them [49]. as students fully immerse themselves in online english learning, deriving enjoyment from platform collaborations, they come to recognize the platform's benefits [20, 50]. the literature supports the hypothesis that users' conf of performance prospects on online learning platforms is intricately linked to their im, sat, and sustained intention to use these platforms. hypothesis 2a. confirmation significantly impacts flow. infq, as defined by delone & mclean [15], encompasses the contents and format quality generated by an is [51, 52], measured through dimensions such as precision, fullness, currency, efficacy, significance, span, and relevance of information [16, 17]. on online learning platforms, if the information provided is consistently updated and sufficiently comprehensive, it aligns with learners' expectations, fostering clarity and comfort with the platform [20]. moreover, when learners perceive the course content as beneficial and tailored to their needs within the e-learning system, it enhances their positive fl with the system [53]. this study posits that the perception of infq in the blended online learning platform significantly influences their fl, indicating a substantial impact of infq on the fl within the system. the following hypothesis is proposed. hypothesis 2b. information quality significantly impacts flow. sq, defined by delone & mclean [15], pertains to the functionality quality inherent in an is. it encompasses attributes such as accuracy, ease, productivity, flexibility, consistency, and sensitivity [15, 17]. in the realm of online learning platforms, learners' perception of system functionality, timely response, and effective communication with instructors and peers shapes their assessment of system usefulness [48, 54]. furthermore, when instructors foster interactions among learners through the online learning platform, encouraging active engagement, learners are prone to experience a state of fl induced by the system [20, 55]. thus, this study posits that perceived sq within the blended online learning platform significantly influences the experience of fl induced by the system. hence, the following hypothesis is proposed. hypothesis 2c. system quality significantly impacts flow. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 385 ssq pertains to the learner's perception of the overall quality of personal support services offered by the online learning platform [16, 54]. acknowledged as a robust predictor, ssq significantly influences learners' sat and their ci toward the online learning platform [16]. higher ssq is associated with users becoming fully immersed and intensely enjoying their activities [52]. consequently, this study posits that the perceived ssq within the blended online learning platform significantly impacts the fl induced by the system. hypothesis 2d. support service quality significantly impacts flow. insq, as defined by choi et al. [53], encompasses learners' perception of the instructor's attitude, encompassing factors such as response relevance, training technique, and support provided through the online learning platform. this dimension of insq, involving personality and training technique, holds sway over learners' interest, involvement, and overall motivation toward online learning [18]. particularly when instructors adopt collaborative training techniques and foster communications between learners and themselves through the online learning platform, learners are more likely to plunge enthusiastically into these exchanges, leading to a heightened experience of fl in the e-learning process [53]. thus, this research suggests that perceived insq through the blended online learning platform significantly influences the fl induced by the system. hence, the following hypothesis is proposed. hypothesis 2e. instructor quality significantly impacts flow. ibáñez et al. [56] observed that students highly motivated to self-direct their tasks, as anticipated by their fl experience, exhibited enhanced im. gardner [57] defines motivation in language learning as an internal drive linked to the effort and eagerness to acquire a new language. this implies that motivation is intricately connected to an individual's inclination to encompass the desire for language learning and the potential for experiencing fl during the language learning process [29]. while some studies, such as filsecker & hickey [58], suggest that students' im does not necessarily cultivate fl experience in disciplinary contexts, another body of research, like khang et al. [59], indicates that im factors may indeed be correlated with the experience of fl. consequently, the hypothesis emerges on how im for learning influences the encounter with fl. hence, the following hypothesis is proposed. hypothesis 2f. intrinsic motivation significantly impacts flow. 2.3. flow and perceived usefulness to align the fl with the foundational tam of the association, it is proposed that the level of intelligent dissonance linked to executing technological activities diminishes when online users experience fl. this is because they perceive investing time in a specific activity as beneficial [60]. bem's [61] self-perception theory suggests that people strive to rationalize their actions and mitigate cognitive dissonance by aligning inconsistent opinions, views, or conduct. when in a state of intellectual absorption, individuals derive pleasure and sat from engaging in technological activities, leading to a reduction in conflicts during this pleasant and enjoyable state [62–65]. building on these concepts, it is hypothesized that profoundly motivated students would perceive online learning platforms as beneficial. hence, the following hypothesis is proposed. hypothesis 3. flow significantly impacts perceived usefulness. 2.4. flow and satisfaction the connection between fl and sat in online learning platforms is established when online students engage in enjoyable activities associated with these platforms, leading to heightened sat levels [66]. essentially, online students may strategically reduce the evaluation process's complexity to foster a positive mindset toward employing online learning platforms. several studies have consistently shown a positive association between fl and sat in the context of employing online platforms [11, 67–69]. research frameworks, like the stimulus-organism-response (sor) theory, have been employed to investigate online user behavior, revealing a noteworthy significant association relationship between fl and sat [70]. a research framework exploring online buying intent identified fl as a crucial antecedent of sat in the hotel industry [66]. another study proposed a correlation structure involving enjoyment, considered a form of fl experience, and rational responses as two mediators influencing sat levels stemming from technological and personal drivers [71]. therefore, online students' fl is anticipated to exert a profound impact on their sat [69]. hence, the following hypothesis is proposed. hypothesis 4. flow significantly impacts satisfaction. 2.5. expectation confirmation model (ecm): confirmation, perceived usefulness and satisfaction the conf of performance on online learning platforms is characterized as the preliminary acceptance belief, dynamically influencing a student's pu and post-adoption beliefs regarding the online platform's usage [69]. bhattacherjee [72] asserts that the conf of online learning platforms plays a pivotal role in determining pu, particularly in the context of investigating ci. numerous studies have utilized the ecm to explore online learning platform usage, hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 386 consistently finding that performance conf significantly influences pu [73-76]. notably, lu et al. [75] explained a research framework to examine loyalty in cell phone advertising, applying the ecm. their study revealed a positive and significant association between online platform performance conf and pu. the following hypothesis is formulated. hypothesis 5. confirmation significantly impacts perceived usefulness. the ecm posits a substantial link between performance conf and sat [77]. consequently, the relationship between the conf and students' sat is conceptualized based on this theoretical framework. the ecm suggests a connection between the conf of online learning platforms and students' sat in the examination of continuous platform usage intent [11, 72]. many researchers have applied the ecm to scrutinize this association across various online contexts, including impulse trade, social commerce, and mobile trade [75, 78]. specifically, several research studies have indicated a positive correlation between conf and sat [69, 73]. hence, the following proposed hypothesis stems from this theoretical discussion. hypothesis 6. confirmation significantly impacts satisfaction. 2.6. technology acceptance model (tam) with satisfaction and continuous intention pu is characterized as a post-adoption acceptance in the utilization of information technology and is intricately linked to sat [69]. grounded in the ecm, online users' pu exerts a substantial influence on their sat. in the realm of online learning tasks, students are anticipated to foster a positive attitude toward their engagement on online platforms, including the sat, as these platforms are perceived as valuable tools for exploring and accessing information related to the provided services [68, 69, 79]. furthermore, a study investigating the motivational factors influencing the purchase intent for paid mobile phone applications utilized the ecm, depicting pu as a precursor to sat. the findings revealed a noteworthy relationship between pu and sat [73]. hence, the following hypothesis is proposed. hypothesis 7a. perceived usefulness significantly impacts satisfaction. in the investigation of relationships within an online platform's context, the ecm serves as a foundational model. bhattacherjee [72] applied this theory to scrutinize the connection between sat and the ci of utilizing online platforms. the study's outcomes supported the appropriateness of employing the ecm in the context of online platforms, particularly in understanding post-adoption behavior in online services [80]. additionally, within the literature on information technology adoption, pu emerged as a pivotal factor influencing users' ci [69]. accordingly, the ecm posits that users' pu of online learning platforms significantly influences their ci to use these platforms [72]. hypothesis 7b. perceived usefulness significantly impacts continuous intention. 2.7. intrinsic motivation of online learning and continuous intention numerous studies have substantiated the im connections between psychological influences and behavior consequences [81-84]. the realm of motivation is acknowledged as a multi-dimensional and intricate core process [85]. drawing from the self-determination theory (sdt), im is characterized by three fundamental needs: competency, relatedness, and autonomy [30]. the sor framework is widely applied in consumer behavior research [86-89] and provides a framework for understanding the intricacies of im. in a recent study conducted on the scope of online learning, the surge in popularity of web-based course management prompted an exploration of the nexus between the selfdetermination theory and technology utilization [31]. raman et al.’s [31] quantitative study, which targeted 370 postgraduate students in malaysia, endeavors to scrutinize the impact of im (autonomy, competence, and relatedness) on the ci. notably, raman et al.’s [31] results unveiled that im significantly influenced the ci, with all nine latent variables exhibiting a moderate effect on the actual utilization of technology. the implications of these findings are substantial, prompting a call for further research to delve into the nuanced impacts of im on the practical usage of learning frameworks, urging forthcoming research to explore diverse constructs influencing the reception of such systems, encompassing scientific, academic, and content information [31]. hence, the following hypothesis is formulated. hypothesis 8. intrinsic motivation significantly impacts continuous intention. 2.8. satisfaction and continuous intention the ecm posits that the persistence of an individual's use of online platforms hinges on three key variables: sat, conf, and post-adoption acceptances encapsulated in pu. notably, the sat of online students has emerged as a pivotal factor influencing their ci to use online learning platforms. insights from marketing research underscore that users' inclination to repeat behaviors is primarily rooted in their sat levels. building on this congruence between online users' sat and ci, it is hypothesized that the interplay of sat, conf, and pu plays a fundamental role in shaping users' ongoing engagement with online learning platforms [48, 90-92]. hypothesis 8. satisfaction significantly impacts continuous intention. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 387 figure 1, shows the flowchart of the research methodology through which the objectives of this study were achieved. figure 1. theoretical framework of the research 3. methodology this study gathered data from users of online ai-powered learning platforms in taiwan, with data collection facilitated by a research company in the country. utilizing a convenient sampling technique, a total of 300 online students were selected for participation. the research employed a questionnaire distributed among the students, who utilized a likert scale to express their agreement or disagreement with measurement items. in this research, fl, infq, sq, ssq, and insq were modified and measured using the items proposed by cheng’s [20] research. the items to determine pu, sat, and ci were modified from zhao & khan’s [11] study. pe was measured using xu et al.’s [93] study. lastly, im was analyzed utilizing the items proposed by hong et al.’s [29] study. this study employed a 7-point likert scale to contemplate the attitudes of users in an efficient way. a pretest was completed with a sample of 95 users, and a response rate of 91.36% was achieved. 4. data analysis this study employed two sequential stages for the estimation of partial least squares (pls). the initial focus is on the reliability analysis, and later, the empirical analysis is conducted [94]. pls is recognized to be one of the most effective tools for analyzing the associations between constructs and the measurement items of those constructs [95]. pls was employed for its ability to tackle variations in the normality of data, hence making it an ideal choice to investigate the associations of irregularly distributed variables. consequently, it can be inferred that pls is the ideal choice for analyzing dynamic research frameworks [11, 93, 96]. 4.1. convergent and discriminant validity in the first step of the pls-sem approach, the outer model was analyzed with the help of convergent and discriminant reliability. the factor loading analysis was conducted and it was found that all the constructs’ indicators had factor loading above the threshold value of 0.50 [97-99]. the composite reliability (cr) was above the threshold of 0.60, hence indicating internal reliability [100]. furthermore, the values of cronbach’s alpha were also higher than the threshold, indicating the reliability of the constructs [101]. in addition, the average variance extracted (ave) values also surpassed the 0.50 threshold and were in between the range of 0.657 to 0.883, implying acceptance of the significance of ave values [102] (see table 1). discriminant validity implies the degree to which two constructs can be differentiated. this study used the htmt heterotrait-monotrait ratio to analyze the discriminant validity. the findings presented in table 2 indicate that the values are below the 0.85 threshold, which indicates that the htmt values are significant, and hence, no issues related to the discriminant validity are found [103]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 388 table 1. convergent validity constructs indicators factor loadings cronbach's alpha composite reliability average variance extracted (ave) conf conf1 conf2 conf3 conf4 0.900 0.926 0.901 0.820 0.910 0.937 0.788 ci ci1 ci2 ci3 ci4 0.772 0.825 0.886 0.754 0.824 0.884 0.657 fl fl1 fl2 0.924 0.918 0.822 0.918 0.849 infq infq1 infq2 infq3 infq4 0.874 0.838 0.865 0.839 0.877 0.915 0.730 insq insq1 insq2 0.936 0.924 0.712 0.843 0.657 im im1 im2 im3 im4 0.894 0.920 0.877 0.899 0.920 0.943 0.806 pu pu1 pu2 pu3 pu4 0.946 0.953 0.950 0.909 0.956 0.968 0.883 sat sat1 sat2 sat3 sat4 0.884 0.901 0.921 0.808 0.902 0.932 0.773 ssq ssq1 ssq2 ssq3 0.882 0.930 0.800 0.843 0.905 0.761 sq sq1 sq2 sq3 sq4 0.817 0.844 0.879 0.876 0.876 0.915 0.730 note: con = confirmation, ci = continuous intention, fl = flow, infq = information quality, insq = instructor’s quality, im = intrinsic motivation, pu = perceived usefulness, sat = satisfaction, ssq = service support quality, sq = service quality. table 2. heterotrait-monotrait ratio (htmt) – matrix constructs con ci fl infq insq im pu sat ssq sq con ci 0.600 fl 0.494 0.845 infq 0.600 0.622 0.557 insq 0.697 0.523 0.498 0.605 im 0.531 0.582 0.494 0.558 0.613 pu 0.682 0.564 0.577 0.801 0.623 0.496 sat 0.436 0.520 0.406 0.542 0.394 0.455 0.477 ssq 0.569 0.584 0.559 0.603 0.712 0.525 0.611 0.305 sq 0.587 0.649 0.552 0.723 0.705 0.593 0.610 0.348 0.686 note: con = confirmation, ci = continuous intention, fl = flow, infq = information quality, insq = instructor’s quality, im = intrinsic motivation, pu = perceived usefulness, sat = satisfaction, ssq = service support quality, sq = service quality. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 389 the fornell and larcker criteria were employed in this study to assess the correlations among the latent constructs. utilizing the square root of average variance extracted (ave) to measure latent constructs, as outlined by ab hamid et al. [104], table 3 indicates that the adjusted variance estimates (aves) for each construct surpass that of competing constructs. additionally, table 3 reveals that all constructs demonstrate low collinearity with other variables. table 3. fornell-larcker criterion constructs con ci fl infq insq im pu sat ssq sq con 0.888 ci 0.524 0.811 fe 0.430 0.696 0.921 infq 0.543 0.530 0.474 0.854 insq 0.577 0.432 0.388 0.491 0.811 im 0.489 0.509 0.431 0.506 0.514 0.898 pu 0.642 0.502 0.512 0.733 0.529 0.468 0.940 sat 0.403 0.453 0.359 0.486 0.337 0.420 0.448 0.879 ssq 0.499 0.496 0.474 0.523 0.578 0.464 0.551 0.278 0.872 sq 0.528 0.556 0.469 0.631 0.591 0.527 0.558 0.315 0.586 0.854 note: con = confirmation, ci = continuous intention, fl = flow, infq = information quality, insq = instructor’s quality, im = intrinsic motivation, pu = perceived usefulness, sat = satisfaction, ssq = service support quality, sq = service quality. furthermore, this study also employed the cross-loadings approach to evaluate the discriminant validity. according to table 4 of the research, it was found that all the constructs indicated a fair level of validity because the loadings of its indicator’s values were highest in the latent structure [105-107]. the highest factor loadings in the latent structure are highlighted in yellow in table 4. table 4. cross-loadings constructs con ci fl infq insq im pu sat ssq sq conf1 0.900 0.445 0.334 0.424 0.509 0.427 0.511 0.347 0.453 0.457 conf2 0.926 0.468 0.375 0.463 0.491 0.429 0.569 0.361 0.441 0.460 conf3 0.901 0.467 0.385 0.445 0.522 0.421 0.517 0.375 0.425 0.432 conf4 0.820 0.472 0.421 0.572 0.519 0.451 0.659 0.343 0.447 0.512 ci1 0.309 0.772 0.563 0.348 0.225 0.318 0.290 0.311 0.244 0.308 ci2 0.486 0.825 0.611 0.428 0.423 0.409 0.425 0.317 0.422 0.485 ci3 0.426 0.886 0.620 0.423 0.365 0.417 0.425 0.334 0.455 0.493 ci4 0.469 0.754 0.459 0.518 0.376 0.503 0.480 0.512 0.475 0.505 fl1 0.407 0.643 0.924 0.428 0.351 0.396 0.483 0.373 0.440 0.403 fl2 0.386 0.639 0.918 0.446 0.364 0.398 0.460 0.287 0.432 0.462 infq1 0.429 0.428 0.417 0.874 0.358 0.400 0.659 0.511 0.391 0.450 infq2 0.480 0.490 0.422 0.838 0.454 0.436 0.614 0.392 0.507 0.504 infq3 0.442 0.419 0.363 0.865 0.406 0.399 0.654 0.376 0.392 0.513 infq4 0.498 0.470 0.411 0.839 0.457 0.489 0.579 0.378 0.490 0.689 insq1 0.553 0.461 0.378 0.496 0.936 0.519 0.522 0.353 0.559 0.613 insq2 0.536 0.392 0.345 0.422 0.924 0.459 0.472 0.291 0.570 0.539 im1 0.463 0.476 0.414 0.508 0.431 0.894 0.457 0.476 0.458 0.425 im2 0.469 0.487 0.415 0.493 0.468 0.920 0.465 0.410 0.427 0.436 im3 0.401 0.423 0.352 0.389 0.471 0.877 0.351 0.276 0.380 0.535 im4 0.418 0.436 0.360 0.415 0.479 0.899 0.397 0.329 0.393 0.511 pu1 0.624 0.497 0.492 0.702 0.512 0.451 0.946 0.412 0.560 0.561 pu2 0.570 0.447 0.495 0.710 0.468 0.445 0.953 0.426 0.504 0.487 pu3 0.610 0.468 0.465 0.716 0.475 0.433 0.950 0.419 0.507 0.517 pu4 0.609 0.474 0.472 0.626 0.529 0.429 0.909 0.428 0.499 0.530 sat1 0.412 0.473 0.383 0.459 0.359 0.348 0.451 0.884 0.332 0.333 sat2 0.369 0.387 0.333 0.441 0.303 0.414 0.413 0.901 0.256 0.295 sat3 0.344 0.382 0.302 0.411 0.282 0.391 0.367 0.921 0.234 0.237 sat4 0.268 0.330 0.214 0.393 0.215 0.324 0.326 0.808 0.117 0.221 ssq1 0.347 0.434 0.422 0.449 0.471 0.394 0.450 0.210 0.882 0.456 ssq2 0.514 0.492 0.477 0.499 0.541 0.435 0.544 0.284 0.930 0.559 ssq3 0.449 0.356 0.320 0.416 0.510 0.385 0.443 0.232 0.800 0.527 sq1 0.458 0.481 0.365 0.605 0.492 0.474 0.487 0.276 0.551 0.817 sq2 0.437 0.423 0.383 0.549 0.495 0.457 0.485 0.282 0.446 0.844 sq3 0.408 0.460 0.411 0.442 0.513 0.410 0.427 0.244 0.472 0.879 sq4 0.500 0.532 0.438 0.570 0.518 0.466 0.510 0.276 0.535 0.876 note: con = confirmation, ci = continuous intention, fl = flow, infq = information quality, insq = instructor’s quality, im = intrinsic motivation, pu = perceived usefulness, sat = satisfaction, ssq = service support quality, sq = service quality. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 390 4.2. empirical results path analysis for the study framework assessment was performed using smart pls 4. the empirical results were calculated in this stage with the help of a p-value and a t-value. the hypotheses were accepted if the t-value is greater than 1.96 and the p-value is less than 0.05. the empirical results are shown in table 5 and figure 2. according to the findings, fl was in a significant association with ci (β = 0.520, t-value = 9.308). in terms of antecedents of fl, infq (β = 0.169, t-value = 2.552), ssq (β = 0.206, t-value = 2.890), and im (β = 0.144, t-value = 2.133) were significant, whereas, conf (β = 0.121, t-value = 1.788), sq (β = 0.121, t-value = 1.528), and insq (β = -0.033, t-value = 0.366) were not significant. fl was found to have significant associations with pu (β = 0.287, t-value = 5.167) and sat (β = 0.153, t-value = 2.530). furthermore, conf significantly impacted pu (β = 0.520, t-value = 9.854) and sat (β = 0.172, t-value = 2.198). moreover, pu was significantly associated with sat (β = 0.263, t-value = 2.931) but had no association with ci (β = 0.080, t-value = 1.352). lastly, both im (β = 0.181, t-value = 3.084) and sat (β = 0.157, t-value = 3.213) were associated with ci. table 5. empirical results hypotheses path coefficient (β) t values p values h1: fl → ci 0.520 9.308 0.000 h2a: conf → fl 0.121 1.788 0.074 h2b: infq → fl 0.169 2.552 0.011 h2c: sq → fl 0.121 1.528 0.127 h2d: ssq → fl 0.206 2.890 0.004 h2e: insq → fl -0.033 0.366 0.714 h2f: im → fl 0.144 2.133 0.033 h3: fl → pu 0.287 5.167 0.000 h4: fl → sat 0.153 2.530 0.011 h5: conf → pu 0.520 9.854 0.000 h6: conf → sat 0.172 2.198 0.028 h7a: pu → sat 0.263 2.931 0.003 h7b: pu → ci 0.080 1.352 0.176 h8: im → ci 0.181 3.084 0.002 h9: sat → ci 0.157 3.213 0.001 note 1: con = confirmation, ci = continuous intention, fe = flow, infq = information quality, insq = instructor’s quality, im = intrinsic motivation, pu = perceived usefulness, sat = satisfaction, ssq = service support quality, sq = service quality. note 2: the p-values in bold indicate insignificant relationships. continuous intention flow instructor quality service support quality system quality information quality 0 .1 2 1 0.169* 0.121 0.2 06 ** -0 .0 33 perceived usefulness satusfaction confirmation intrinsic motivation of online learning 0.520*** 0.144* 0.520*** 0.172* 0.153* 0. 28 7* ** 0.263** 0.080 0.181** 0.157** figure 2. research results (note. * p < 0.05, ** p < 0.01, *** p < 0.001) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 391 5. discussions 5.1. comparison with other studies according to the current findings of this research, fl was significantly associated with ci. this result can be somewhat compared to earlier research by zhao & khan [11]. zhao & khan’s [11] study was grounded in a comprehensive framework encompassing fl antecedents and the ecm. zhao & khan’s [11] study explored the impact of fl on the ci of online students. zhao & khan’s [11] research focused on online students in taiwan. a sample of 500 participants was chosen, and data was collected via a survey facilitated by a taiwanese marketing research organization. zhao & khan’s [11] results indicated a significant correlation between online students' fl and ci. antecedents like perceived enjoyment, situational involvement, and challenge exhibited positive associations with the fl, while conf and perceived vividness showed no significant impact. moreover, zhao & khan’s [11] study identified significant relationships between fl, conf, pu, sat, and ci. another study also identified the significance between fl and ci [10]. yang [10] expressed the importance of mobile learning and its role in promoting the fl experience. according to yang [10] the proliferation of mobile devices in recent decades has fostered the growth of mobile learning, offering learners a convenient and unrestricted means of learning. yang’s [10] study employed an online survey and the findings indicated that fl experience positively correlated with ci. in terms of antecedents, the current study indicated significant relationships between ssq and infq on fl, whereas conf, sq, and insq were not found to be significant antecedents of fl. in terms of antecedents, the variables of is results can be compared to an earlier study conducted by cao et al. [19]. according to cao et al. [19], the utilization of the metaverse in fostering the development of intangible cultural heritage has shown significant potential to amplify the intention of gen-zers to participate. cao et al.’s [19] research constructed a theoretical model drawing upon the model of information systems (is) and fl. through an empirical investigation and analysis based on survey data collected in china, cao et al.’s [19] results indicated that the utilization of the metaverse (infq and sq) can indeed heighten participants' engagement in the communication of intangible cultural heritage, hence, impacting fl experience. these findings offer fresh perspectives for exploring the implications and ramifications of metaverse application, as well as practical insights for its utilization in the development and communication of intangible cultural heritage. the results of antecedents, including ssq, sq, iq, and inq, can be somewhat linked to a prior study conducted by cheng [20]. cheng’s [20] study proposed a novel hybrid model, integrating the ecm, fl, and delone & mclean is model. cheng’s [20] study objective was to assess the impact of quality factors, serving as antecedents, on their ci employing online learning platforms. cheng’s [20] study collected data from 378 nurses across five taiwanese hospitals. the findings of cheng’s [20] study revealed that iq, sq, ssq, and inq significantly contributed to pu, conf, and fl. on the other hand, according to the present results, conf did not have a significant association with fl, which is similar to the findings of zhao & khan’s [11] study. furthermore, the results of the present study indicated a significant association between im and fl. the result can be compared to earlier research conducted by waterman & schwartz [27]. according to waterman & schwartz’s [27] findings, im was found to significantly impact fl. according to waterman & schwartz’s [27] study eudaimonic identity theory poses a central inquiry regarding the criteria for determining optimal identity-related goals, values, beliefs, and roles a person might adopt. hence, in their study, they targeted 607 adults to respond to the questionnaire. waterman and schwartz’s [27] research examined four predictors of intrinsic motivation along with four types of subjective experiences linked to intrinsic motivation. another previous study on im conducted by hong et al. [29] shared similar results. hong et al.’s [29] study addressed the challenges faced by taiwanese students of southeast asian heritage learning chinese (ssahlc). to alleviate the difficulties faced by ssahcl, a chinese radical learning game (crlg) was designed. hong et al.’s [29] study collected data from 78 participants and revealed positive correlations between im, self-efficacy, fl, and learning. hong et al.’s [29] study suggested that language instructors can leverage the crlg to improve the language capabilities among ssahlc. additionally, according to the present results, fl was found to impact sat significantly. this result can be compared to an earlier research by kong & wang [108]. kong & wang’s [108] research extends cognitive evaluation theory by integrating fl to address the motivational consequences of learners in programming learning, focusing on the influence of parental roles. kong & wang’s [108] research collected data from parents of children aged 6–12 who participated in a 2-day coding fair and utilized multigroup structural equation modeling to examine how the parents' perceptions and support impacted the students' fl through the mediating role of motivation. kong & wang’s [108] research results highlighted that parents' pu and support significantly fostered fl in visual programming. in addition, the present study indicated a significant relationship between tam’s pu and sat. this is somewhat similar to an earlier study conducted by harianto & ellyawati [109]. harianto & ellyawati’s [109] research endeavors to assess the impact of pu, risk, and trust on customer loyalty, with consumer sat acting as a mediating construct. harianto & ellyawati’s [109] study employed a survey method and collected data from 232 consumers born between 1997 and 2012 who had engaged with the tiktok shop at least twice. harianto & ellyawati’s [109] research findings revealed that pu lacks a positive influence on sat and loyalty, whereas trust and risk significantly impact consumer sat. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 392 furthermore, according to the present study findings, tam’s pu was found not to impact ci significantly. this result is somewhat comparable to earlier research conducted by al-maroof et al. [37]. al-maroof et al.’s [37] study conducted an online survey at a united arab emirates university and collected data from teachers and students. al-maroof et al.’s [37] study results underscore the pivotal role of pu, self-efficacy, and pe for both teachers and students in influencing their ci to use technology. lastly, the present study also provided sufficient evidence for the significance of im and sat on ci. earlier studies somewhat support these results. earlier research also indicated relationships of im [30, 31] and sat [11, 36] on ci. 5.2. implications of the research this study offers several theoretical implications for academic scholars conducting research on education and learning platforms. this research delves into the dynamic interplay between students' experiences and the adoption of ai-powered online english learning platforms [110]. the study employed a comprehensive framework, including fl [93, 111], tam [112, 113], ecm [41, 114], and im [115]. the incorporation of fl sheds light on the immersive and optimal learning states that students may attain during their engagement with these platforms, thereby contributing to a deeper understanding of the subjective experience [10]. the tam elucidates the factors influencing ci use of these platforms [116–118], while the ecm provides insights into the role of expectations in shaping user sat [119]. additionally, the incorporation of im acknowledges the inherent drive students possess for autonomous learning and its impact on sustained engagement [31]. for educators, the application of fl implies a deliberate focus on crafting instructional content and activities that foster an immersive and optimal learning experience [11]. platform developers, informed by tam, can enhance user interfaces and functionalities to align with the acceptance and adoption expectations of students [112]. administrators, wielding the insights from ecm, are prompted to manage and align student expectations effectively [120]. in a practical sense, these implications guide educators, developers, and administrators toward strategic decisions that enhance user engagement and sat, ultimately shaping a more effective and sustainable landscape for ai-powered online english learning platforms [5, 110, 121]. 6. conclusion this study contributes to advancing our comprehension of students' engagement and persistence in utilizing aidriven online english learning platforms. the results underscore the significant linkage between students' sense of flow and their perceptions of the platform's utility and satisfaction, indicating that a positive perception enhances the likelihood of experiencing flow. moreover, intrinsic motivation emerges as a pivotal factor influencing students' inclination to continue platform usage, emphasizing the need to nurture students' internal drive and involvement in the learning process. while initial expectations influence perceived utility and satisfaction, they do not singularly dictate sustained usage behavior. by amalgamating principles from flow theory, the technology acceptance model (tam), and the expectation confirmation model (ecm), this study offers a holistic framework for investigating students' experiences with ai-based online learning platforms, presenting valuable insights for platform developers and educators aiming to enrich student engagement and retention in digital learning environments. in conclusion, the study underscores the significance of designing ai-powered online learning platforms that not only fulfill students' informational and service requisites but also cultivate intrinsic motivation and encourage a state of flow. future research avenues may delve into additional factors shaping students' flow experiences and usage intentions, while also exploring potential variations across diverse cultural settings. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, c.w. and w.f.; methodology, c.w. and w.f.; software, c.w.; validation, w.f.; formal analysis, c.w.; investigation, c.w.; writing—original draft preparation, c.w. and w.f.; writing—review and editing, c.w. and w.f.; visualization, c.w.; supervision, w.f. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 393 7.5. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved in the study. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] jeon, j., lee, s., & choe, h. (2023). beyond chatgpt: a conceptual framework and systematic review of speech-recognition chatbots for language learning. computers and education, 206, 104898. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2023.104898. [2] lin, c. j., & mubarok, h. (2021). learning analytics for investigating the mind map-guided ai chatbot approach in an efl flipped speaking classroom. in educational technology and society (vol. 24, issue 4). educational technology & society. [3] dizon, g., & tang, d. (2020). intelligent personal assistants for autonomous second language learning: an investigation of alexa. jalt call journal, 16(2), 107–120. doi:10.29140/jaltcall.v16n2.273. [4] moussalli, s., & cardoso, w. (2020). intelligent personal assistants: can they understand and be understood by accented l2 learners? computer assisted language learning, 33(8), 865–890. doi:10.1080/09588221.2019.1595664. [5] wang, x., liu, q., pang, h., tan, s. c., lei, j., wallace, m. p., & li, l. (2023). what matters in ai-supported learning: a study of human-ai interactions in language learning using cluster analysis and epistemic network analysis. computers and education, 194, 104703. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2022.104703. [6] niu, c., li, x., dai, r., & wang, z. (2022). artificial intelligence-incorporated membrane fouling prediction for membranebased processes in the past 20 years: a critical review. water research, 216, 118299. doi:10.1016/j.watres.2022.118299. [7] shu, x., & gu, x. (2023). an empirical study of a smart education model enabled by the edu-metaverse to enhance better learning outcomes for students. systems, 11(2), 75. doi:10.3390/systems11020075. [8] liu, g., wang, x., gao, n., & hu, h. (2021). from virtual reality to metaverse: a new direction of online education. modern distance education research, 33(6), 12–22. [9] csikszentmihalyi, m. (2014). flow and education. in: applications of flow in human development and education: the collected works of mihaly csikszentmihalyi, 129-151. doi:10.1007/978-94-017-9094-9_6. [10] yang, x. (2024). mobile learning application characteristics and learners’ continuance intentions: the role of flow experience. education and information technologies, 29(2), 2259–2275. doi:10.1007/s10639-023-11910-6. [11] zhao, h., & khan, a. (2022). the students’ flow experience with the continuous intention of using online english platforms. frontiers in psychology, 12, 807084–807084. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2021.807084. [12] wang, h., ding, j., akram, u., yue, x., & chen, y. (2021). an empirical study on the impact of e-commerce live features on consumers’ purchase intention: from the perspective of flow experience and social presence. information (switzerland), 12(8), 324. doi:10.3390/info12080324. [13] wang, h., & lee, k. (2020). getting in the flow together: the role of social presence, perceived enjoyment and concentration on sustainable use intention of mobile social network game. sustainability (switzerland), 12(17), 6853. doi:10.3390/su12176853. [14] chen, c. c., & lin, y. c. (2018). what drives live-stream usage intention? the perspectives of flow, entertainment, social interaction, and endorsement. telematics and informatics, 35(1), 293–303. doi:10.1016/j.tele.2017.12.003. [15] delone, w. h., & mclean, e. r. (2003). the delone and mclean model of information systems success: a ten-year update. journal of management information systems, 19(4), 9–30. doi:10.1080/07421222.2003.11045748. [16] roca, j. c., chiu, c. m., & martínez, f. j. (2006). understanding e-learning continuance intention: an extension of the technology acceptance model. international journal of human computer studies, 64(8), 683–696. doi:10.1016/j.ijhcs.2006.01.003. [17] kim, t. g., lee, j. h., & law, r. (2008). an empirical examination of the acceptance behaviour of hotel front office systems: an extended technology acceptance model. tourism management, 29(3), 500–513. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2007.05.016. [18] ozkan, s., & koseler, r. (2009). multi-dimensional evaluation of e-learning systems in the higher education context: an empirical investigation of a computer literacy course. proceedings frontiers in education conference, fie, 53(4), 1285–1296. doi:10.1109/fie.2009.5350590. [19] cao, y., qu, x., & chen, x. (2024). metaverse application, flow experience, and gen-zers’ participation intention of intangible cultural heritage communication. data science and management, 7(2), 144–153. doi:10.1016/j.dsm.2023.12.004. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 394 [20] cheng, y. m. (2014). extending the expectation-confirmation model with quality and flow to explore nurses’ continued blended e-learning intention. information technology and people, 27(3), 230-258. doi:10.1108/itp-01-2013-0024. [21] oxford, r., & shearin, j. (1994). language learning motivation: expanding the theoretical framework. the modern language journal, 78(1), 12–28. doi:10.1111/j.1540-4781.1994.tb02011.x. [22] schunk, d. h., pintrich, p. r., & meece, j. l. (2014). motivation in education: theory, research, and applications. pearson education, new jersey, united states. [23] de brabander, c. j., & martens, r. l. (2014). towards a unified theory of task-specific motivation. educational research review, 11, 27-44. doi:10.1016/j.edurev.2013.11.001. [24] dörnyei, z., & ushioda, e. (2021). teaching and researching motivation. routledge, london, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9781351006743. [25] deci, e. l., & ryan, r. m. (1985). the general causality orientations scale: self-determination in personality. journal of research in personality, 19(2), 109–134. doi:10.1016/0092-6566(85)90023-6. [26] ryan, r. m., & deci, e. l. (2000). intrinsic and extrinsic motivations: classic definitions and new directions. contemporary educational psychology, 25(1), 54–67. doi:10.1006/ceps.1999.1020. [27] waterman, a. s., & schwartz, s. j. (2024). identity contributions to a life well-lived: a study of the relationship of eudaimonic well-being to intrinsic motivation for identity-related activities. identity, 24(1), 1–15. doi:10.1080/15283488.2023.2233990. [28] boyd, f. b. (2002). motivation to continue: enhancing literacy learning for struggling readers and writers. reading and writing quarterly, 18(3), 257–277. doi:10.1080/07487630290061818. [29] hong, j. c., hwang, m. y., tai, k. h., & lin, p. h. (2017). intrinsic motivation of chinese learning in predicting online learning self-efficacy and flow experience relevant to students’ learning progress. computer assisted language learning, 30(6), 552– 574. doi:10.1080/09588221.2017.1329215. [30] chen, x., fang, s., li, y., & wang, h. (2019). does identification influence continuous e-commerce consumption? the mediating role of intrinsic motivations. sustainability (switzerland), 11(7), 1944. doi:10.3390/su11071944. [31] raman, a., thannimalai, r., rathakrishnan, m., & ismail, s. n. (2022). investigating the influence of intrinsic motivation on behavioral intention and actual use of technology in moodle platforms. international journal of instruction, 15(1), 1003–1024. doi:10.29333/iji.2022.15157a. [32] cai, j., yang, h. h., gong, d., macleod, j., & zhu, s. (2019). understanding the continued use of flipped classroom instruction: a personal beliefs model in chinese higher education. journal of computing in higher education, 31(1), 137–155. doi:10.1007/s12528-018-9196-y. [33] davis, f. d. (1989). perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology. mis quarterly: management information systems, 13(3), 319–339. doi:10.2307/249008. [34] deng, g., & zhang, j. (2023). technological pedagogical content ethical knowledge (tpcek): the development of an assessment instrument for pre-service teachers. computers and education, 197(2), 123–149. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2023.104740. [35] fathema, n., shannon, d., & ross, m. (2015). expanding the technology acceptance model (tam) to examine faculty use of learning management systems (lmss) in higher education institutions. journal of online learning and teaching, 11(2), 210–233. [36] ashfaq, m., yun, j., waheed, a., khan, m. s., & farrukh, m. (2019). customers’ expectation, satisfaction, and repurchase intention of used products online: empirical evidence from china. sage open, 9(2), 2158244019846212. doi:10.1177/2158244019846212. [37] al-maroof, r. s., alhumaid, k., & salloum, s. (2021). the continuous intention to use e-learning, from two different perspectives. education sciences, 11(1), 1–20. doi:10.3390/educsci11010006. [38] liu, z., yu, p., liu, j., pi, z., & cui, w. (2023). how do students’ self-regulation skills affect learning satisfaction and continuous intention within desktop-based virtual reality? a structural equation modelling approach. british journal of educational technology, 54(3), 667–685. doi:10.1111/bjet.13278. [39] hsu, c. l., & lin, j. c. c. (2023). the effects of gratifications, flow and satisfaction on the usage of livestreaming services. library hi tech, 41(3), 729–748. doi:10.1108/lht-02-2021-0069. [40] alturki, u., & aldraiweesh, a. (2022). adoption of google meet by postgraduate students: the role of task technology fit and the tam model. sustainability (switzerland), 14(23), 15765. doi:10.3390/su142315765. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 395 [41] gupta, a., dhiman, n., yousaf, a., & arora, n. (2021). social comparison and continuance intention of smart fitness wearables: an extended expectation confirmation theory perspective. behaviour and information technology, 40(13), 1341–1354. doi:10.1080/0144929x.2020.1748715. [42] pelet, j. é., ettis, s., & cowart, k. (2017). optimal experience of flow enhanced by telepresence: evidence from social media use. information and management, 54(1), 115–128. doi:10.1016/j.im.2016.05.001. [43] park, g., chen, f., & cheng, l. (2021). a study on the millennials usage behavior of social network services: effects of motivation, density, and centrality on continuous intention to use. sustainability (switzerland), 13(5), 1–21. doi:10.3390/su13052680. [44] kwak, k. t., choi, s. k., & lee, b. g. (2014). sns flow, sns self-disclosure and post hoc interpersonal relations change: focused on korean facebook user. computers in human behavior, 31(1), 294–304. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2013.10.046. [45] campbell, c., ferraro, c., & sands, s. (2014). segmenting consumer reactions to social network marketing. european journal of marketing, 48(3–4), 432–452. doi:10.1108/ejm-03-2012-0165. [46] hwang, h. s., & cho, j. (2018). why instagram? intention to continue using instagram among korean college students. social behavior and personality, 46(8), 1305–1315. doi:10.2224/sbp.6961. [47] halilovic, s., & cicic, m. (2013). antecedents of information systems user behaviour-extended expectation-confirmation model. behaviour and information technology, 32(4), 359–370. doi:10.1080/0144929x.2011.554575. [48] lee, m. c. (2010). explaining and predicting users’ continuance intention toward e-learning: an extension of the expectationconfirmation model. computers and education, 54(2), 506–516. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2009.09.002. [49] sørebø, ø., halvari, h., gulli, v. f., & kristiansen, r. (2009). the role of self-determination theory in explaining teachers’ motivation to continue to use e-learning technology. computers and education, 53(4), 1177–1187. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2009.06.001. [50] tseng, a. h., & hsia, j. w. (2008). the impact of internal locus of control on perceived usefulness and perceived ease of use in e-learning: an extension of the technology acceptance model. proceedings of the 2008 international conference on cyberworlds, cw 2008, 42(2), 815–819. doi:10.1109/cw.2008.109. [51] masri, n. w., you, j. j., ruangkanjanases, a., chen, s. c., & pan, c. i. (2020). assessing the effects of information system quality and relationship quality on continuance intention in e-tourism. international journal of environmental research and public health, 17(1), 174. doi:10.3390/ijerph17010174. [52] hariguna, t., lai, m. t., hung, c. w., & chen, s. c. (2017). understanding information system quality on public e-government service intention: an empirical study. international journal of innovation and sustainable development, 11(2–3), 271–290. doi:10.1504/ijisd.2017.083290. [53] choi, d. h., kim, j., & kim, s. h. (2007). erp training with a web-based electronic learning system: the flow theory perspective. international journal of human computer studies, 65(3), 223–243. doi:10.1016/j.ijhcs.2006.10.002. [54] cho, v., cheng, t. c. e., & lai, w. m. j. (2009). the role of perceived user-interface design in continued usage intention of self-paced e-learning tools. computers and education, 53(2), 216–227. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2009.01.014. [55] young choi, s., lee, h., & yoo, y. (2010). the impact of information technology and transactive memory systems on knowledge sharing, application, and team performance: a field study. mis quarterly: management information systems, 34(4), 833–854. doi:10.2307/25750708. [56] ibáñez, m. b., di-serio, á., villarán-molina, d., & delgado-kloos, c. (2016). support for augmented reality simulation systems: the effects of scaffolding on learning outcomes and behavior patterns. ieee transactions on learning technologies, 9(1), 46–56. doi:10.1109/tlt.2015.2445761. [57] gardner, r. c. (2020). the socio-educational model of second language acquisition. the palgrave handbook of motivation for language learning, 6(1), 21–37. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-28380-3_2. [58] filsecker, m., & hickey, d. t. (2014). a multilevel analysis of the effects of external rewards on elementary students’ motivation, engagement and learning in an educational game. computers and education, 75, 136–148. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2014.02.008. [59] khang, h., kim, j. k., & kim, y. (2013). self-traits and motivations as antecedents of digital media flow and addiction: the internet, mobile phones, and video games. computers in human behavior, 29(6), 2416–2424. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2013.05.027. [60] agarwal, r., & karahanna, e. (2000). time flies when you’re having fun: cognitive absorption and beliefs about information technology usage. mis quarterly: management information systems, 24(4), 665–694. doi:10.2307/3250951. [61] bem, d. j. (1972). self-perception theory. advances in experimental social psychology: academic press, volume 6, 1-62. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 396 [62] khan, s., & khan, a. (2020). consumer e-loyalty for e-grocery shopping in a metro city of india. international journal of eadoption, 12(2), 16–33. doi:10.4018/ijea.2020070102. [63] hyun, h., thavisay, t., & lee, s. h. (2022). enhancing the role of flow experience in social media usage and its impact on shopping. journal of retailing and consumer services, 65, 102492. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2021.102492. [64] mahfouz, a. y., joonas, k., & opara, e. u. (2020). an overview of and factor analytic approach to flow theory in online contexts. technology in society, 61, 101228. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2020.101228. [65] agung purwanto, nurahman, & andy ismail. (2020). exploring consumers’ acceptance of e-marketplace using tam and flow theory. indonesian journal of applied research (ijar), 1(3), 170–182. doi:10.30997/ijar.v1i3.76. [66] ali, f. (2016). hotel website quality, perceived flow, customer satisfaction and purchase intention. journal of hospitality and tourism technology, 7(2), 213–228. doi:10.1108/jhtt-02-2016-0010. [67] hsu, c. l., chang, k. c., & chen, m. c. (2012). the impact of website quality on customer satisfaction and purchase intention: perceived playfulness and perceived flow as mediators. information systems and e-business management, 10(4), 549–570. doi:10.1007/s10257-011-0181-5. [68] panigrahi, r., srivastava, p. r., & sharma, d. (2018). online learning: adoption, continuance, and learning outcome—a review of literature. international journal of information management, 43, 1–14. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2018.05.005. [69] wu, i. l., chiu, m. l., & chen, k. w. (2020). defining the determinants of online impulse buying through a shopping process of integrating perceived risk, expectation-confirmation model, and flow theory issues. international journal of information management, 52, 102099. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2020.102099. [70] hsu, m. h., chang, c. m., chu, k. k., & lee, y. j. (2014). determinants of repurchase intention in online group-buying: the perspectives of delone & mclean is success model and trust. computers in human behavior, 36, 234–245. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2014.03.065. [71] rose, s., clark, m., samouel, p., & hair, n. (2012). online customer experience in e-retailing: an empirical model of antecedents and outcomes. journal of retailing, 88(2), 308–322. doi:10.1016/j.jretai.2012.03.001. [72] bhattacherjee, a. (2017). understanding information systems continuance understanding information systems continuance: an expectation-confirmation model. mis quarterly, 2017148. [73] hsu, c. l., & lin, j. c. c. (2015). what drives purchase intention for paid mobile apps?-an expectation confirmation model with perceived value. electronic commerce research and applications, 14(1), 46–57. doi:10.1016/j.elerap.2014.11.003. [74] kang, y. s., hong, s., & lee, h. (2009). exploring continued online service usage behavior: the roles of self-image congruity and regret. computers in human behavior, 25(1), 111–122. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2008.07.009. [75] lu, c. c., wu, i. l., & hsiao, w. h. (2019). developing customer product loyalty through mobile advertising: affective and cognitive perspectives. international journal of information management, 47, 101–111. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2018.12.020. [76] tsao, w. y. (2013). application of expectation confirmation theory to consumers’ impulsive purchase behavior for products promoted by showgirls in exhibits. journal of promotion management, 19(3), 283–298. doi:10.1080/10496491.2013.770811. [77] oliver, r. l. (1980). a cognitive model of the antecedents and consequences of satisfaction decisions. journal of marketing research, 17(4), 460. doi:10.2307/3150499. [78] li, c. y., & ku, y. c. (2018). the power of a thumbs-up: will e-commerce switch to social commerce? information and management, 55(3), 340–357. doi:10.1016/j.im.2017.09.001. [79] luo, m. m., & chea, s. (2018). cognitive appraisal of incident handling, affects, and post-adoption behaviors: a test of affective events theory. international journal of information management, 40, 120–131. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2018.01.014. [80] lin, c. s., wu, s., & tsai, r. j. (2005). integrating perceived playfulness into expectation-confirmation model for web portal context. information and management, 42(5), 683–693. doi:10.1016/j.im.2004.04.003. [81] charbonneau, d., barling, j., & kelloway, e. k. (2001). transformational leadership and sports performance: the mediating role of intrinsic motivation. journal of applied social psychology, 31(7), 1521–1534. doi:10.1111/j.1559-1816.2001.tb02686.x. [82] prabhu, v., sutton, c., & sauser, w. (2008). creativity and certain personality traits: understanding the mediating effect of intrinsic motivation. creativity research journal, 20(1), 53–66. doi:10.1080/10400410701841955. [83] zapata-phelan, c. p., colquitt, j. a., scott, b. a., & livingston, b. (2009). procedural justice, interactional justice, and task performance: the mediating role of intrinsic motivation. organizational behavior and human decision processes, 108(1), 93– 105. doi:10.1016/j.obhdp.2008.08.001. [84] fernet, c., austin, s., trépanier, s. g., & dussault, m. (2013). how do job characteristics contribute to burnout? exploring the distinct mediating roles of perceived autonomy, competence, and relatedness. european journal of work and organizational psychology, 22(2), 123–137. doi:10.1080/1359432x.2011.632161. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 397 [85] chen, k. c., & jang, s. j. (2010). motivation in online learning: testing a model of self-determination theory. computers in human behavior, 26(4), 741–752. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2010.01.011. [86] mehrabian, a., & russell, j. a. (1974). an approach to environmental psychology. mit press, massachusetts, united states. [87] jacoby, j. (2002). stimulus-organism-response reconsidered: an evolutionary step in modeling (consumer) behavior. journal of consumer psychology, 12(1), 51–57. doi:10.1207/153276602753338081. [88] kim, j., & lennon, s. j. (2013). effects of reputation and website quality on online consumers’ emotion, perceived risk and purchase intention: based on the stimulus-organism-response model. journal of research in interactive marketing, 7(1), 33–56. doi:10.1108/17505931311316734. [89] sohaib, o., kang, k., & nurunnabi, m. (2019). gender-based itrust in e-commerce: the moderating role of cognitive innovativeness. sustainability (switzerland), 11(1), 175. doi:10.3390/su11010175. [90] bearden, w. o., & teel, j. e. (1983). selected determinants of consumer satisfaction and complaint reports. journal of marketing research, 20(1), 21. doi:10.2307/3151408. [91] oliver, r. l. (1993). cognitive, affective, and attribute bases of the satisfaction response. journal of consumer research, 20(3), 418. doi:10.1086/209358. [92] szymanski, d. m., & henard, d. h. (2001). customer satisfaction: a meta-analysis of the empirical evidence. journal of the academy of marketing science, 29(1), 16–35. [93] xu, y., wang, y., khan, a., & zhao, r. (2021). consumer flow experience of senior citizens in using social media for online shopping. frontiers in psychology, 12, 12. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2021.732104. [94] hulland, j. (1999). use of partial least squares (pls) in strategic management research: a review of four recent studies. strategic management journal, 20(2), 195–204. doi:10.1002/(sici)1097-0266(199902)20:2<195::aid-smj13>3.0.co;2-7. [95] petter, s., straub, d., & rai, a. (2007). specifying formative constructs in information systems research. mis quarterly: management information systems, 31(4), 623–656. doi:10.2307/25148814. [96] chin, w. w., marcolin, b. l., & newsted, p. r. (1996). a partial least squares latent variable modeling approach for measuring interaction effects: results from a monte carlo simulation study and voice mail emotion/adoption study. proceedings of the 17th international conference on information systems, icis 1996, 14(2), 21–41. [97] hongsuchon, t., rahardja, u., khan, a., wu, t. h., hung, c. w., chang, r. h., hsu, c. h., & chen, s. c. (2023). brand experience on brand attachment: the role of interpersonal interaction, feedback, and advocacy. emerging science journal, 7(4), 1232–1246. doi:10.28991/esj-2023-07-04-014. [98] guo, z., liu, g., liu, z., & khan, a. (2023). evaluating the determinants of young runners’ continuance intentions toward wearable devices. hightech and innovation journal, 4(4), 720–738. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-02. [99] khan, a., chen, c. c., suanpong, k., ruangkanjanases, a., kittikowit, s., & chen, s. c. (2021). the impact of csr on sustainable innovation ambidexterity: the mediating role of sustainable supply chain management and second-order social capital. sustainability (switzerland), 13(21), 12160. doi:10.3390/su132112160. [100] bagozzi, r. p., yi, y., & phillips, l. w. (1991). assessing construct validity in organizational research. administrative science quarterly, 36(3), 421. doi:10.2307/2393203. [101] taber, k. s. (2018). the use of cronbach’s alpha when developing and reporting research instruments in science education. research in science education, 48(6), 1273–1296. doi:10.1007/s11165-016-9602-2. [102] hair, j. f., sarstedt, m., hopkins, l., & kuppelwieser, v. g. (2014). partial least squares structural equation modeling (plssem): an emerging tool in business research. european business review, 26(2), 106–121. doi:10.1108/ebr-10-2013-0128. [103] henseler, j., ringle, c. m., & sarstedt, m. (2015). a new criterion for assessing discriminant validity in variance-based structural equation modeling. journal of the academy of marketing science, 43(1), 115–135. doi:10.1007/s11747-014-0403-8. [104] ab hamid, m. r., sami, w., & mohmad sidek, m. h. (2017). discriminant validity assessment: use of fornell & larcker criterion versus htmt criterion. journal of physics: conference series, 890(1). doi:10.1088/1742-6596/890/1/012163. [105] chen, c. c., khan, a., hongsuchon, t., ruangkanjanases, a., chen, y. t., sivarak, o., & chen, s. c. (2021). the role of corporate social responsibility and corporate image in times of crisis: the mediating role of customer trust. international journal of environmental research and public health, 18(16), 8275. doi:10.3390/ijerph18168275. [106] khan, a., chen, l. r., & hung, c. y. (2021). the role of corporate social responsibility in supporting second-order social capital and sustainable innovation ambidexterity. sustainability (switzerland), 13(13), 6994. doi:10.3390/su13136994. [107] khan, a., chen, c. c., lu, k. h., wibowo, a., chen, s. c., & ruangkanjanases, a. (2021). supply chain ambidexterity and green scm: moderating role of network capabilities. sustainability (switzerland), 13(11), 5974. doi:10.3390/su13115974. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 398 [108] kong, s. c., & wang, y. q. (2021). the influence of parental support and perceived usefulness on students’ learning motivation and flow experience in visual programming: investigation from a parent perspective. british journal of educational technology, 52(4), 1749–1770. doi:10.1111/bjet.13071. [109] harianto, e. f. e., & ellyawati, j. (2023). the influence of perceived usefulness, trust, and risk on loyalty in the tiktok shop: test of consumer satisfaction as a mediation variable. journal of entrepreneurship & business, 4(1), 13–23. doi:10.24123/jeb.v4i1.5390. [110] lund, b. d., & wang, t. (2023). chatting about chatgpt: how may ai and gpt impact academia and libraries? library hi tech news, 40(3), 26–29. doi:10.1108/lhtn-01-2023-0009. [111] kim, h., kim, s. e., park, k., & tennessee, s. (2023). exploring the role of flow experience and telepresence in virtual reality (vr) concerts. journal of travel and tourism marketing, 40(7), 568–582. doi:10.1080/10548408.2023.2276437. [112] al-adwan, a. s., li, n., al-adwan, a., abbasi, g. a., albelbisi, n. a., & habibi, a. (2023). extending the technology acceptance model (tam) to predict university students’ intentions to use metaverse-based learning platforms. education and information technologies, 28(11), 15381–15413. doi:10.1007/s10639-023-11816-3. [113] cheng, s. i., chen, s. c., & yen, d. c. (2015). continuance intention of e-portfolio system: a confirmatory and multigroup invariance analysis of technology acceptance model. computer standards and interfaces, 42, 17–23. doi:10.1016/j.csi.2015.03.002. [114] chen, s. c., liu, m. l., & lin, c. p. (2013). integrating technology readiness into the expectation-confirmation model: an empirical study of mobile services. cyberpsychology, behavior, and social networking, 16(8), 604–612. doi:10.1089/cyber.2012.0606. [115] liu, r., wang, l., koszalka, t. a., & wan, k. (2022). effects of immersive virtual reality classrooms on students’ academic achievement, motivation and cognitive load in science lessons. journal of computer assisted learning, 38(5), 1422–1433. doi:10.1111/jcal.12688. [116] almaiah, m. a., al-otaibi, s., lutfi, a., almomani, o., awajan, a., alsaaidah, a., alrawad, m., & awad, a. b. (2022). employing the tam model to investigate the readiness of m-learning system usage using sem technique. electronics (switzerland), 11(8), 1259. doi:10.3390/electronics11081259. [117] tao, y. t., lin, m. der, & khan, a. (2022). the impact of csr on green purchase intention: empirical evidence from the green building industries in taiwan. frontiers in psychology, 13, 13. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2022.1055505. [118] rahardja, u., chen, s. c., lin, y. c., tsai, t. c., aini, q., khan, a., oganda, f. p., dewi, e. r., cho, y. c., & hsu, c. h. (2023). evaluating the mediating mechanism of perceived trust and risk toward cryptocurrency: an empirical research. sage open, 13(4), 21582440231217856. doi:10.1177/21582440231217854. [119] mamun, m. r. al, senn, w. d., peak, d. a., prybutok, v. r., & torres, r. a. (2020). emotional satisfaction and is continuance behavior: reshaping the expectation-confirmation model. international journal of human-computer interaction, 36(15), 1437–1446. doi:10.1080/10447318.2020.1752478. [120] baker-eveleth, l., & stone, r. w. (2015). usability, expectation, confirmation, and continuance intentions to use electronic textbooks. behaviour and information technology, 34(10), 992–1004. doi:10.1080/0144929x.2015.1039061. [121] dwivedi, y. k., kshetri, n., hughes, l., slade, e. l., jeyaraj, a., kar, a. k., baabdullah, a. m., … wright, r. (2023). “so what if chatgpt wrote it?” multidisciplinary perspectives on opportunities, challenges and implications of generative conversational ai for research, practice and policy. international journal of information management, 71, 102642. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2023.102642. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 399 appendix i: questionnaire constructs measurement items references flow experience 1i am absorbed in what i am doing while using the online english learning platform. 2i am often unable to keep track of the passage of time while using the online english learning platform. 3i find using the online english learning platform to be enjoyable cheng [20] continuous intention 4i intend to continue using the online english learning platform in the future. 5i will use the online english learning platform on a regular basis in the future. 6i will frequently use the online english learning platform in the future. 7my intentions are to continue using the online english learning platform rather than use any alternative means (traditional learning). cheng [20] satisfaction 8i am content with the performance of the online english learning platform. 9i am pleased with the experience of using the online english learning platform. 10i am happy with the functions provided by the online english learning platform. 11i am satisfied with the overall experience of using the online english learning platform. cheng [20] information quality 12the online english learning platform can provide me with new, updated, and sufficient learning contents. 13the online english learning platform can provide learning contents that i need. 14the level of difficulty of the learning contents provided by the online english learning platform is appropriate. 15the delivery schedule of learning contents provided by the online english learning platform is flexible. cheng [20] system quality 16the online english learning platform can allow me control over my learning activity. 17the online english learning platform can present course materials in multimedia and readable format. 18the online english learning platform enables interactive communication between instructors and learners. 19i perceive that the response from the blended online english learning platform is fast, consistent, and reasonable. cheng [20] service support quality 20i can acquire adequate support services from the help desk of the online english learning platform to help my learning. 21i can acquire adequate support services from the service administrators of the online english learning platform to help my learning. 22overall, the support services of the online english learning platform are satisfactory. cheng [20] instructor quality 23the instructor cares about learners’ learning via the online english learning platform. 24the instructor timely responds to learners’ questions via the online english learning platform. 25the instructor is good at communicating with learners via the online english learning platform cheng [20] confirmation 26my experience with using the online english learning platform was better than i expected. 27the service level provided by the online english learning platform was better than i expected. 28my expectations from using the online english learning platform were confirmed. 29the online english learning platform can meet demands in excess of what i required for the service cheng [20] perceived usefulness 30using the online english learning platform enhances my learning effectiveness. 31using the online english learning platform can improve my learning performance. 32using the online english learning platform gives me greater control over learning. 33i find the online english learning platform to be useful in my learning cheng [20] perceived ease of use 34learning to use the online english learning platform for my english learning needs is easy for me. 35the process of using the online english learning platform with regard to english learning is clear and understandable. 36i find the online english learning platform easy to use with regard to english learning. xu et al. [93] intrinsic motivation of english learning 37i often attempt to use online english learning platforms to enhance my english proficiency. 38i use english to chat with my friends to improve my english proficiency. 39i watch tv programs with english subtitles to improve my ability to recognize more english words. 40i work hard on my english homework in order to improve my english. hong et al. [29] available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 677 issn: 2723-9535 an improved fire detection algorithm based on yolov8 integrated with dgiconv, fourbranchattention and gsiou muxiang zhang 1* 1 school of computer and information engineering, henan university, jinming road, kaifeng, henan, 475004, china. received 18 may 2024; revised 21 august 2024; accepted 26 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract fire detection is highly important for people's lives and property, and enhancing its accuracy is essential. this study focused on utilizing and improving yolov8 to obtain higher detection accuracy for fire detection. three methods were used. first, the newly designed dgiconv module replaces the original conv module, thereby decreasing the computational complexity while enhancing the model's performance. second, to enhance the recognition ability of flame targets, a new attention mechanism named fourbranchattention was designed, and a comparison was made with other attention mechanisms. the experiments revealed that the newly designed attention mechanism performed best on the map50 and map50-95 metrics. finally, to improve the convergence speed and localization ability of the model, the loss function is optimized by adopting better hyperparameters of the taskalignedassigner and employing the newly designed gsiou as an alternative to the original ciou. through ablation experiments, all three improvements improved the detection performance to a certain extent, and the model using the three improvements achieved the best performance. compared with the baseline, the yolov8 model with dgiconv, fourbranchattention, and the optimized loss function increased the map50 by 2.52% and the map50-95 by 3.37%. the map50 and map50-95 had reached 98.46% and 75.26%, respectively. compared with previous models, such as ssd/yolov7, the performance metrics of enhanced yolov8 also exhibited significant enhancements, thereby augmenting the accuracy of fire detection. keywords: yolov8; conv; attention; loss; iou; map50. 1. introduction fire has consistently proven to be a catastrophic force throughout history, possessing immense destructive capabilities and posing a significant threat to public safety. hence, the implementation of fire detection systems is important. conventional fire alarm systems often rely on infrared or smoke sensors; however, these sensors have inherent limitations in their detection ranges. in recent years, video cameras have been widely used, and fire detection technologies based on images have been continuously developed. this study investigated the use of image processing and deep learning in fire detection technologies. the primary object detection research is conducted in two ways: two-stage algorithms, such as the rcnn series [1], and one-stage algorithms, such as the yolo series [2, 3] and ssd [4]. the two-stage algorithm involves the generation of preselection boxes that potentially encompass objects and subsequently recognizes the targets within these preselection boxes. the one-stage technique directly predicts the location and categorization of objects. han et al. [5] proposed a lightweight forest fire detection model named luffd-yolo for uav remote sensing data. the luffd * corresponding author: yyk6588@qq.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-09 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0009-4946-0597 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 678 yolo model improves the existing yolov8n network by incorporating a set of optimizations. ghostnetv2 is utilized to enhance the conventional convolution of yolov8n. the esdc2f architecture, which uses the mhsa attention mechanism, was proposed. the hfic2f structure was redesigned by using the segnext attention mechanism to enhance the integration of features from different layers. these improvements result in improved detection accuracy. the luffd-yolo model yields an improvement in the map50 of 88.3%. cao et al. [6] proposed a novel detection technique based on an improved yolov5 model to enhance the visual representation of forest fires. it adds a plug-and-play global attention mechanism to improve the efficiency of neck and backbone feature extraction. then, a reparameterized convolutional module is designed, and a decoupled detection head is used to accelerate the convergence speed. finally, a weighted bidirectional feature pyramid network (bifpn) is introduced to merge feature information. through experiments on self-built forest and grassland datasets, the map50 reached 78.8%, and the map50-95 reached 49.0%. huang et al. [7] proposed an improved end-to-end deformable detr model for forest fire smoke detection. the multiscale context contrasted local features, and a dense pyramid pooling module are used. several dilated convolutions with different rates make full use of context information and local information of inconspicuous objects, which improves the performance of early forest fire smoke detection. it also proposes an iterative bounding box combination method to reduce the occurrences of false and missed detections and generate a bounding box for forest fire smoke more accurately to the ground truth. the model not only achieves high detection accuracy for smoke but can also detect early forest fire smoke, which is too small and inconspicuous to be detected by common models. the map50 reached 88.4%. wang et al. [8] proposed an ea-yolo model in which an efficient attention mechanism is integrated into the backbone network, multichannel attention (mca), and the number of parameters of the model is reduced by introducing the repvb module. the study also designs a multiweighted multidirectional feature neck structure, the multidirectional feature pyramid network (mdfpn), to enhance the model’s ability to fuse flame target feature information. the experimental results show that ea-yolo’s map50 achieves values of 84.9% and 81.5% on the fire-smoke and rofire-smoke datasets, respectively, which are 6.5% and 7.3% higher than those of yolov7. wei [9] proposed an object detection algorithm based on yolov8 with an improvement incorporating the se attention mechanism. it achieves an average map50 value of 73% on the self-built dataset containing 2059 images. saydirasulovich et al. [10] presented an enhanced yolov8 model customized to the context of unmanned aerial vehicle (uav) images and achieved heightened precision in terms of detection accuracy. the research incorporates wise-iou (wiou) v3 as a regression loss for bounding boxes. the conventional convolutional process within the intermediate neck layer is substituted with the ghost shuffling convolution mechanism. this study introduces the biformer attention mechanism, which strategically directs the model’s attention toward the feature intricacies of forest fire smoke, simultaneously suppressing the influence of irrelevant, nontarget background information. the obtained experimental findings highlight the enhanced yolov8 model’s effectiveness in smoke detection, with the map50 of 79.4%, indicating a notable rise of 3.3%. the above researches are based on various versions of yolo and introduce different improvement methods. through experiments, the model performance and detection accuracy have improved to a certain extent, and indicators such as map50 have been enhanced. however, these improvements are mostly modifications to network structures such as feature extraction modules and fusion modules or the use of existing attention mechanisms and loss functions, and the map50 metric rarely exceeds 90%. this study designs new loss functions and attention mechanisms to improve model performance and enhance important metrics such as map50/map50-95. the yolo model has undergone multiple updates and iterations by researchers since its introduction by redmon et al. [11]. the 8th version of the yolo algorithm, known as yolov8, was released in 2023, and yolov8 was adopted in this study to detect fires, which is enhanced to yield more favorable results. the yolov8 model comprises a comprehensive set of 21 units, including conv and c2f. in general, the system can be categorized into two main components: a feature extraction backbone network and detection heads. conv, c2f, and sppf are critical components of the backbone network, and these modules serve as feature extraction. conv adopts the nwankpa et al. [12] activation function, c2f incorporates feature fusion and residual connections, and sppf uses a spatial pyramid pooling structure, which remains the widely adopted pan-fpn [13]. downsampling is executed before the upsampling process, and the integration of upsampling and downsampling through cross-layer fusion leads to three distinct detection heads. the detection head adopts a decoupled structure to effectively segregate classification and detection tasks, and simultaneously, the anchor-based approach translates to an anchor-free approach [14, 15] in which the anchor box does not necessarily have to be predetermined. yolov8 adopts the dynamic allocation approach of taskalignedassigner to determine the distribution of positive and negative samples, and the weighted score for classification and regression is utilized to select positive samples. the classification loss adopts vfl, and the positioning loss adopts dfl [16] and ciou [17]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 679 the use of yolov8 for fire detection has yielded favorable outcomes. however, considering the significance of fire detection, this research aims to improve the performance of the yolov8 model to increase its accuracy in the following ways. • the newly designed dgiconv module replaces the original conv module to enhance the performance of the model. • a newly designed attention mechanism called fourbranchattention is employed in the yolov8 backbone, and a comparison is made with other attention mechanisms to find the best mechanism. • the loss function is optimized by adopting better hyperparameters of the taskalignedassigner and employing the newly designed gsiou as an alternative to the ciou. this paper first provides a detailed introduction to the design principles and specific content of dgiconv, fourbranchattention and the new loss function, followed by a comparative experiment. the experiment is divided into four parts. the first part is the attention mechanism comparison experiment, which compares the newly designed fourbranchattention with several commonly used attention mechanisms to find the best one. the second part is the experiment on hyperparameter selection. the third part involves three improved combination ablation experiments to obtain the most effective combination. the fourth part is a comparison with other popular models, such as ssd/yolov7. finally, the conclusion section is presented. 2. material and methods this study explores the potential improvement of yolov8 by replacing the original conv module, incorporating a newly designed attention mechanism, and optimizing the loss function. these modifications are intended to increase the performance of the model for fire detection. 2.1. dgiconv module the newly designed dgiconv convolution module comprises three parts: dilated convolution [18, 19], grouped convolution [20], and an inception module [21, 22]. dilated convolution introduces a new parameter called the dilation rate to the convolution layer, which defines the interval of each value when the convolution kernel processes the feature map. the benefit is that it maintains the original height and width of the input feature map while increasing the receptive field. grouped convolution is used to solve the problem of insufficient video memory and is now widely used in various lightweight models to reduce the number of computations and parameters. inception was employed, and the advantage of utilizing convolution kernels of varying sizes is that it enhances the network's ability to adapt to targets of different sizes in feature maps. the dgiconv module shown in figure 1 replaces the original conv module of yolov8. eight concurrent operations are executed for an input tensor, and the convolution kernel, dilating rate, stride size, and group of each branch are shown in the figure. input conv k=1,d=1,s=2,g=2 conv k=1,d=2,s=2,g=2 conv k=3,d=3,s=2,g=2 conv k=3,d=4,s=2,g=2 conv k=1,d=4,s=2,g=4 conv k=3,d=3,s=2,g=4 conv k=5,d=2,s=2,g=4 conv k=7,d=1,s=2,g=4 concat output figure 1. dgiconv structure hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 680 the output channel of each branch is set to one-eighth of the corresponding channel in yolov8, and the output is obtained by concatenating the results from all branches. small convolution kernels (3×3 or 1×1) are effective at capturing fine-grained, local features, making them suitable for detecting details and localized information within an image, whereas large kernels (5×5 or 7×7) capture broader contextual information, allowing the network to understand the global structure and large-scale features of a fire image. different dilation rates allow the network to capture features at multiple scales simultaneously. smaller dilation rates focus on local details, whereas larger dilation rates capture broader context. this multiscale feature extraction is crucial for fire detection, which requires an understanding of both fine details and global structures. the 2 or 4 groups of convolutions divide the input channels into smaller groups and apply convolutions separately within each group. this reduces the number of computations and parameters, making the model more efficient. figure 2 illustrates the specific locations of dgiconv in the yolov8 backbone network. input dgiconv conv c2f conv c2f conv c2f dgiconv c2f sppf upsample concat c2f upsample concat c2f dgiconv concat c2f dgiconv concat c2f head head head figure 2. the positions of dgiconv in yolov8 2.2. fourbranchattention attention is a mechanism for adjusting parameters to emphasize specific parts within feature maps [23]. the network automatically learns a set of weight coefficients and dynamically adjusts them to amplify the regions of interest while suppressing irrelevant parts. the attention mechanism named fourbranchattention, which is a newly designed mechanism, is employed in the yolov8 backbone network. as shown in figure 3, fourbranchattention refers to the design concept of tripletattention [24]. the four branches are channel, spatial, c/h, and c/w attention. the c/h branch calculates the channel-height relationships of the feature map, whereas the c/w branch calculates the channel-width relationships of the feature map. four branches are multiplied by the input, and the results are added to obtain the output. fourbranchattention enhances the feature representation. by focusing on different dimensions (e.g., spatial, height, width, and channel), fourbranchattention provides a more comprehensive representation of the features. this multidimensional attention improves the network's ability to capture intricate details and complex patterns in the data of fire images. it captures dependencies along multiple dimensions simultaneously. this allows the network to better understand the spatial and channelwise relationships within the feature maps. therefore, it can better recognize flame images of different sizes and shapes. fourbranchattention mechanisms are compared with four other commonly used attention mechanisms, such as cbam [25], coordattention [26], shuffleattention [27], and eca [28], to find the best one. the attention module incorporated in yolov8 is shown in figure 4 (fba stands for fourbranchattention) with four positions, and all the models adopt this structure. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 681 input c*h*w avgpool2d conv sigmoid c*1*1 c*1*1 channelpool conv bn/sigmoid 2*h*w 1*h*w channelpool conv permute 2*c*w 1*c*w bn/sigmoid channelpool conv permute 2*h*c 1*h*c bn/sigmoid permute permute h*c*w w*h*c + output figure 3. fourbranchattention structure input conv c2f conv c2f conv c2f fba c2f sppf upsample concat c2f upsample concat c2f concat c2f conv concat c2f head head head fba conv fba fba conv figure 4. the positions of fourbranchattention in yolov8 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 682 2.3. loss function optimization the loss function of yolov8 includes both positive and negative sample allocation strategies and loss calculations. the yolov8 algorithm uses the taskalignedassigner dynamic allocation strategy to achieve positive sample matching. the loss calculation comprises two parts: the classification loss vfl, which adopts the cross-entropy algorithm. the localization loss consists of border regression losses, dfl and ciou. this study improves the hyperparameter selection of the taskalignedassigner and employs the gsiou as an alternative to the ciou. the yolov8 algorithm uses the taskalignedassigner dynamic allocation strategy to achieve positive sample matching. positive samples are selected on the basis of the weighted scores of the classification and regression, as shown in equation 1, where s represents the classification loss calculated on the basis of the category for all the predicted boxes and where u represents the iou loss. the topk prediction boxes are selected as positive samples on the basis of their total scores. topk, α, and β are hyperparameters set to 10, 0.5, and 6 by default in yolov8. we explored the values of these variables to obtain better results. 𝑡 = 𝑠𝛼 × 𝑢𝛽 (1) yolov8 uses the ciou by default, and the ciou is depicted in equations 2-4. the iou stands for the intersection over union. the value of 𝜌2(𝑏𝑝𝑑, 𝑏𝑔𝑡) corresponds to the euclidean distance between the center points of the predicted and target boxes, and the value of c reflects the length of a diagonal line of the minimum enclosing rectangle that encompasses both the predicted and target boxes. 𝛼 is the weight factor, and v is used to measure the consistency of the aspect ratio. 𝑤𝑔𝑡 and ℎ𝑔𝑡 represent the width and height of the ground truth box, respectively. 𝑤𝑝𝑏 and ℎ𝑝𝑏 represent the width and height of the prediction box, respectively. the ciou incorporates the distance between center points, the iou area, and the factors in the aspect ratio. 𝐿𝐶𝐼𝑜𝑈 = 1 − 𝐼𝑜𝑈 + 𝜌2(𝑏𝑝𝑏,𝑏𝑔𝑡) 𝑐2 + 𝛼𝑣 (2) 𝛼 = 𝑣 1−𝐼𝑜𝑈+𝑣 (3) 𝑣 = 4 𝜋2 (𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝑤𝑔𝑡 ℎ𝑔𝑡 − 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝑤𝑝𝑏 ℎ𝑝𝑏 ) (4) however, if the aspect ratios of the predicted and target boxes are the same, then the penalty term of the aspect ratio is constant at 0 in the ciou, which is unreasonable. the gsiou shown in equations 5-8 adjusts the loss of the iou via a coefficient that conforms to a gaussian distribution. to increase the positioning accuracy of the model through an adjustment factor λ related to the iou, the loss coefficients of low-quality and high-quality anchor boxes are relatively reduced. this allows gsiou to focus on anchor boxes of mean quality and improves the overall performance of the detector. 𝐿𝐼𝑜𝑈 represents the iou loss. 𝑅𝐺𝑆𝐼𝑜𝑈 represents the distance loss between the ground truth box and the predicted box. the value of 𝜌2(𝑏𝑝𝑑, 𝑏𝑔𝑡) corresponds to the euclidean distance between the center points of the predicted and target boxes, and the value of c reflects the length of a diagonal line of the minimum enclosing rectangle that encompasses both the predicted and target boxes. the hyperparameters β, μ, and σ are adjustment factors that are assigned values of 2, 1.5, and 0.75, respectively. lioun represents the loss of the iou during the nth iteration. lioun-1 represents the mean loss of the iou during the n-1 iteration. 𝐿𝐺𝑆𝐼𝑜𝑈 = 𝜆𝑅𝐺𝑆𝐼𝑜𝑈𝐿𝐼𝑜𝑈 (5) 𝑅𝐺𝑆𝐼𝑜𝑈 = 𝜌2(𝑏𝑝𝑏,𝑏𝑔𝑡) 𝑐2 (6) 𝜆 = 𝛽 1 𝜎√2𝜋 𝑒 − (𝑥−𝜇)2 2𝜎2 (7) 𝑥 = 𝐿𝐼𝑜𝑈𝑛 𝐿𝐼𝑜𝑈𝑛−1 ∗⁄ (8) this adjustment factor λ is a function that follows a normal distribution, with high middle and low ends. for the medium-quality prediction boxes with the highest proportion, the addition of this adjustment factor relatively increases the weight of the loss, making them converge quickly and ultimately becoming high-quality boxes. for low-quality prediction boxes, in subsequent iterations, as the medium-quality prediction boxes improve, more low-quality boxes are included in the medium-quality boxes, so they also converge quickly. for an increasing number of high-quality boxes, the loss weight is relatively reduced, but it has reached a good matching level, so there is no need for more adjustments, saving computing resources. the ciou evenly distributes computing resources, whereas the gsiou can provide different levels of adjustment to prediction boxes of different qualities. thus, it can converge faster and better, achieving better results. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 683 3. results currently, there are a limited number of publicly accessible fire datasets on a significant scale. this study incorporates various internet datasets, including the imagenet and bowfire datasets. this study gathered and annotated approximately 3000 images (the training and testing sets were divided into 7-3 parts). the optimizer utilized stochastic gradient descent (sgd) with an initial learning rate of 0.01, momentum value of 0.937, and batch size of 32. the experimental setup included an rtx 4060ti graphics card, windows 11, pytorch 1.13.1, cuda 11.7, and python 3.8. all the experiments were performed over 200 epochs. the experimental indicators encompass the number of model parameters and computational complexity represented by the gflops. the metric map50 denotes the accuracy at an iou threshold of 0.5, and map50-95 indicates the mean accuracy within an iou range of 0.5-0.95. 3.1. results of incorporating attention mechanism table 1 displays the outcomes of the attention experiments, which include five distinct types of attention: cbam, coordattention (ca), shuffleattention (sa), eca, and fourbranchattention (fba). yolov8n incorporating fba yielded the most effective outcomes, with notable improvements of 1.18% in terms of map50 and 1.92% in terms of map50-95 compared with the baseline. my personal speculation is that fourbranchattention fully explores the relationships between various dimensions, including channel, spatial, c/h, and c/w attention, surpassing other attention dimensions, thus achieving the best results. table 1. results of incorporating attention mechanisms. experiment parameters (mb) gflops map50(%) map50-95(%) yolov8n 3.01 8.20 95.94 71.89 +cbam 3.16 8.30 96.32 73.23 +ca 3.03 8.20 97.02 73.47 +sa 3.01 8.20 96.68 72.70 +eca 3.01 8.30 96.33 72.91 +fba 3.16 8.50 97.12 73.81 3.2. hyperparameter selection of taskalignedassigner yolov8 uses a combination of the classification score and iou loss to measure the overall score of task alignment, where s and u are the classification score and iou value, respectively, and α and β are the weight hyperparameters. the topk prediction boxes are selected as positive samples, and the remaining prediction boxes are selected as negative samples on the basis of their scores. in the yolov8 model, the default values for α, β, and topk are 0.5, 6.0 and 10, respectively. however, for the specific task of fire detection, this study further explores the values of these variables to achieve better results. first, this study fixed α/β and tested the influence of the topk value on the results. the results are shown in figures 5-6. when topk was 9, map50 and map50-95 achieved the maximum value simultaneously when the experiment reached 30 epochs. figure 5. the impact of topk on the map50 values hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 684 figure 6. the impact of topk on the map50-95 values then, we fixed the topk value and performed an opposite transformation on the two parameters α and β, which conform to a linear substitution relation, as shown in equation 9. β ranges from 10 to 1 with a stride of 1, which corresponds to α changing from 0.1 to 1 with a stride of 0.1. the results are shown in figures 7-8. the comprehensive maximum values of map50 and map50-95 are obtained when α is 0.6 and β is 5. 11 = 10𝛼 + 𝛽 (9) figure 7. the impact of 𝜶 and 𝜷,on the map50 values figure 8. the impact of 𝜶 and 𝜷,on the map50-95 values hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 685 3.3. ablation experiment the dgiconv module, fourbranchattention, and optimized loss function are employed, and the relevant ablation experimental results are presented in table 2. dgiconv is used to improve the main structure of the network, fourbranchattention is used to add attention modules, and the optimized loss function and better hyperparameters are adopted. all the models improved by different methods achieved varying degrees of improvement. the three improvements do not overlap with each other, so the enhanced yolov8n with three improvements achieves the best performance in fire detection. compared with the original yolov8n, the enhanced yolov8 achieves a reduction in the number of gflops of 1.2% and a growth in the number of parameters of 15.0%; however, there is a notable increase of 2.52% to 98.46% in the map50 and 3.37% to 75.26% in the map50-95. the curves for map50 and map50-95 are shown in figures 9-10. table 2. results of the ablation experiment. experiment parameters (mb) gflops map50(%) map50-95(%) yolov8n 3.01 8.20 95.94 71.89 +dgiconv 3.30 7.80 96.77 73.83 +fba 3.16 8.50 97.12 73.81 +loss 3.01 8.20 97.57 71.46 +dgiconv+fba 3.46 8.10 96.69 74.76 +dgiconv+loss 3.30 7.80 97.62 72.99 +fba+loss 3.16 8.50 97.94 75.02 +dgiconv+fba+loss 3.46 8.10 98.46 75.26 figure 9. the map50 values in the ablation experiment. figure 10. the map50-95 values in the ablation experiment. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 686 3.4. comparison with other models the experimental results of the comparison with other models, including faster r-cnn, ssd, and yolov7, are presented in table 3. the enhanced yolov8n model outperforms faster r-cnn and ssd with reduced parameter and computational complexity but yields much higher map50 and map50-95 scores. compared with yolov7-tiny, it significantly reduces the number of parameters by 42.43% and the computational complexity by 38.64%, but it improves the map50 by 8.13% and the map50-95 by 19.8%. my personal speculation is that yolov8 architecture is a singlestage object detector, meaning it predicts bounding boxes and class probabilities directly from full images in a single evaluation. this makes it significantly faster and more efficient than two-stage detectors. faster r-cnn is a two-stage detector. the first stage generates region proposals, and the second stage classifies these proposals and refines their bounding boxes. this added complexity usually makes it relatively poorer than yolov8. ssd is a single-stage detector, but it uses multiple feature maps of different scales, which can be less efficient than yolov8's approach. table 3. comparison with other models experiment parameters (mb) gflops map50(%) map50-95(%) fasterr-cnn (resnet50) 28.28 470.46 60.56 28.58 ssd (mobilenet) 3.54 1.40 58.01 27.23 ssd (vgg16) 23.61 60.76 64.21 33.29 yolov7 37.20 105.10 97.93 74.55 yolov7-tiny 6.01 13.20 90.33 55.46 enhanced yolov8 3.46 8.10 98.46 75.26 4. conclusions and discussion compared with related studies, this study surpasses them in indicators such as map50/map50-95, but there are shortcomings in this study, such as a lack of image processing speed. luo et al. [29] proposed an improved yolox target detection algorithm that combined the swin transformer architecture, the cbam attention mechanism, and a slim neck structure for flame smoke detection in laboratory fires. the experimental results verify that the improved yolox algorithm has higher detection accuracy and more accurate position recognition for flame smoke in complex situations, with map50 of 92.78% and 92.46% for flame and smoke, respectively, on self-built datasets including 3046 flame targets and 2532 smoke targets. the map50 of flame detection in this study is 98.46%, exceeding 92.78% in the aforementioned paper, but it includes smoke, which is lacking in this study. geng et al. [30] proposed an improved fire and smoke object detection algorithm yolofm based on yolov5n. the study constructed a focalnext network. an fpn network that effectively reduces redundant calculations, was also proposed. a new compression decoupled head, named nadh, was also created to enhance the correlation between the decoupling head structure and the calculation logic of the loss function. yolofm improved the baseline network’s map50 and map50-95 by 2.2% and 7.9% to 96.3% and 68.8%, respectively. the paper focuses mainly on adjusting the network structure. this study focuses on the adjustment of the attention mechanism and loss function, each with its own emphasis. yun et al. [31] proposed the ffyolo model for forest fire detection. the cpda attention mechanism is designed to enhance the feature extraction capabilities of fire and smoke. it replaces the original detection head with mcdh and introduces gsconv to reduce the number of parameters and complexity while maintaining accuracy. the mpdiou is introduced to reduce the false and missed detection rates, minimizing the risk of overfitting. ffyolo achieved an map50 of 88.8% and an fps of 188. although this study surpasses it in terms of the map50 metric, it does not calculate and compare the fps, which is a defect. in this study, we adopted the yolov8 algorithm for fire detection and improved the accuracy of the model. the improvements involve the integration of the dgiconv module, incorporating fourbranchattention, and employing the gsiou and new hyperparameters. the newly designed dgiconv convolution module comprises three parts: dilated convolution, grouped convolution, and an inception module, which are used to enhance the feature extraction capability of the model and reduce its computational complexity. this study has adopted the fourbranchattention mechanism to enhance the recognition ability of flame targets. the use of the gsiou loss function has improved the convergence speed and localization ability of the model. through ablation experiments, the enhanced yolov8 with dgiconv, fourbranchattention, and the optimized loss function demonstrated a 2.52% increase to 98.46% in map50 and a 3.37% increase to 75.26% in map50-95 compared with the original yolov8. compared with other models, such as faster rcnn, ssd, and yolov7, the performance indicators are significantly improved, resulting in enhanced accuracy in fire detection. as shown in figure 11, rcnn, ssd, and yolov7 have some missed detections or more redundant frames than yolov8 and enhanced yolov8 does, whereas enhanced yolov8 has fewer missed flames than yolov8 does. when 100 fire images were randomly selected for testing, rcnn or ssd generated more redundant prediction boxes than did enhanced yolov8, which is approximately equivalent to 20% of the total number of real boxes. the enhanced yolov8 algorithm exhibited the best performance in these experiments. in addition, this study annotated and disclosed a new fire dataset, including training and testing sets, with approximately 3000 images. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 687 figure 11. comparison of the effects of five algorithms 5. declarations 5.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.2. funding this study was funded by the innovation and entrepreneurship training program for college students of henan university (number: 20231012002). 5.3. acknowledgements i am grateful for the strong support of henan university's innovation and entrepreneurship training program. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.6. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] girshick, r. (2015). fast r-cnn. proceedings of the ieee international conference on computer vision, 2015 international conference on computer vision, iccv 2015, 1440–1448. doi:10.1109/iccv.2015.169. [2] jiang, p., ergu, d., liu, f., cai, y., & ma, b. (2021). a review of yolo algorithm developments. procedia computer science, 199, 1066–1073. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2022.01.135. [3] diwan, t., anirudh, g., & tembhurne, j. v. (2023). object detection using yolo: challenges, architectural successors, datasets and applications. multimedia tools and applications, 82(6), 9243–9275. doi:10.1007/s11042-022-13644-y. [4] liu, w., anguelov, d., erhan, d., szegedy, c., reed, s., fu, c. y., & berg, a. c. (2016). ssd: single shot multibox detector. in lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics): vol. 9905 lncs, 21–37. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-46448-0_2. [5] han, y., duan, b., guan, r., yang, g., & zhen, z. (2024). luffd-yolo: a lightweight model for uav remote sensing forest fire detection based on attention mechanism and multi-level feature fusion. remote sensing, 16(12), 2177. doi:10.3390/rs16122177. [6] cao, l., shen, z., & xu, s. (2024). efficient forest fire detection based on an improved yolo model. visual intelligence, 2(1), 20. doi:10.1007/s44267-024-00053-y. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 688 [7] huang, j., zhou, j., yang, h., liu, y., & liu, h. (2023). a small-target forest fire smoke detection model based on deformable transformer for end-to-end object detection. forests, 14(1), 162. doi:10.3390/f14010162. [8] wang, d., qian, y., lu, j., wang, p., yang, d., & yan, t. (2024). ea-yolo: efficient extraction and aggregation mechanism of yolo for fire detection, 22. doi:10.21203/rs.3.rs-3930713/v1. [9] wei, z. (2023). fire detection of yolov8 model based on integrated se attention mechanism. frontiers in computing and intelligent systems, 4(3), 28–30. doi:10.54097/fcis.v4i3.10765. [10] saydirasulovich, s. n., mukhiddinov, m., djuraev, o., abdusalomov, a., & cho, y. i. (2023). an improved wildfire smoke detection based on yolov8 and uav images. sensors (basel, switzerland), 23(20), 8374. doi:10.3390/s23208374. [11] redmon, j., divvala, s., girshick, r., & farhadi, a. (2016). you only look once: unified, real-time object detection. proceedings of the ieee computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 2016-december, 779–788. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2016.91. [12] nwankpa, c., ijomah, w., gachagan, a., & marshall, s. (2018). activation functions: comparison of trends in practice and research for deep learning. arxiv, preprint arxiv:1811.03378. [13] jiang, c., ren, h., ye, x., zhu, j., zeng, h., nan, y., sun, m., ren, x., & huo, h. (2022). object detection from uav thermal infrared images and videos using yolo models. international journal of applied earth observation and geoinformation, 112, 102912. doi:10.1016/j.jag.2022.102912. [14] tian, z., shen, c., chen, h., & he, t. (2022). fcos: a simple and strong anchor-free object detector. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 44(4), 1922–1933. doi:10.1109/tpami.2020.3032166. [15] zhang, s., chi, c., yao, y., lei, z., & li, s. z. (2020). bridging the gap between anchor-based and anchor-free detection via adaptive training sample selection. proceedings of the ieee computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 9756–9765. doi:10.1109/cvpr42600.2020.00978. [16] zhou, y., zhu, w., he, y., & li, y. (2023). yolov8-based spatial target part recognition. proceedings of 2023 ieee 3rd international conference on information technology, big data and artificial intelligence, iciba 2023, 3, 1684–1687. doi:10.1109/iciba56860.2023.10165260. [17] zheng, z., wang, p., liu, w., li, j., ye, r., & ren, d. (2020). distance-iou loss: faster and better learning for bounding box regression. aaai 2020 34th aaai conference on artificial intelligence, 34(07), 12993–13000. doi:10.1609/aaai.v34i07.6999. [18] yu, f., & koltun, v. (2016). multi-scale context aggregation by dilated convolutions. in 4th international conference on learning representations, iclr 2016 conference track proceedings. [19] wei, y., xiao, h., shi, h., jie, z., feng, j., & huang, t. s. (2018). revisiting dilated convolution: a simple approach for weaklyand semi-supervised semantic segmentation. proceedings of the ieee computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 7268–7277. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2018.00759. [20] chen, t., duan, b., sun, q., zhang, m., li, g., geng, h., zhang, q., & yu, b. (2022). an efficient sharing grouped convolution via bayesian learning. ieee transactions on neural networks and learning systems, 33(12), 7367–7379. doi:10.1109/tnnls.2021.3084900. [21] szegedy, c., ioffe, s., vanhoucke, v., & alemi, a. a. (2017). inception-v4, inception-resnet and the impact of residual connections on learning. 31st aaai conference on artificial intelligence, aaai 2017, 31(1), 4278–4284. doi:10.1609/aaai.v31i1.11231. [22] nandini, b. (2021). detection of skin cancer using inception v3 and inception v4 convolutional neural network (cnn) for accuracy improvement. revista gestão inovação e tecnologias, 11(4), 1138–1148. doi:10.47059/revistageintec.v11i4.2174. [23] niu, z., zhong, g., & yu, h. (2021). a review on the attention mechanism of deep learning. neurocomputing, 452, 48–62. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2021.03.091. [24] misra, d., nalamada, t., arasanipalai, a. u., & hou, q. (2021). rotate to attend: convolutional triplet attention module. proceedings 2021 ieee winter conference on applications of computer vision, wacv 2021, 3138–3147. doi:10.1109/wacv48630.2021.00318. [25] woo, s., park, j., lee, j. y., & kweon, i. s. (2018). cbam: convolutional block attention module. in lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), vol. 11211 lncs, 3–19. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-01234-2_1. [26] hou, q., zhou, d., & feng, j. (2021). coordinate attention for efficient mobile network design. proceedings of the ieee computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 13708–13717. doi:10.1109/cvpr46437.2021.01350. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 689 [27] zhang, q. l., & yang, y. bin. (2021). sa-net: shuffle attention for deep convolutional neural networks. icassp, ieee international conference on acoustics, speech and signal processing proceedings, 2021-june, 2235–2239. doi:10.1109/icassp39728.2021.9414568. [28] wang, q., wu, b., zhu, p., li, p., zuo, w., & hu, q. (2020). eca-net: efficient channel attention for deep convolutional neural networks. proceedings of the ieee computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 11531–11539. doi:10.1109/cvpr42600.2020.01155. [29] luo, m., xu, l., yang, y., cao, m., & yang, j. (2022). laboratory flame smoke detection based on an improved yolox algorithm. applied sciences (switzerland), 12(24), 12876. doi:10.3390/app122412876. [30] geng, x., su, y., cao, x., li, h., & liu, l. (2024). yolofm: an improved fire and smoke object detection algorithm based on yolov5n. scientific reports, 14(1), 4543. doi:10.1038/s41598-024-55232-0. [31] yun, b., zheng, y., lin, z., & li, t. (2024). ffyolo: a lightweight forest fire detection model based on yolov8. fire, 7(3), 93. doi:10.3390/fire7030093. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1044 issn: 2723-9535 achieving carbon neutrality: strategies in organizations, engagement and it innovations chan rou qian 1, rajermani thinakaran 1* , richard pravin thomas adisan 2, tarik a. rashid 3 , sharmila devi ramachandaran 4 , lászló koloszár 5 1 faculty of data science and information technology, inti international university, nilai 71800, malaysia. 2 school of chemical and energy engineering, faculty of engineering, universiti teknologi malaysia, skudai, johor, malaysia. 3 computer science and engineering department, university of kurdistan hewlêr, erbil, iraq. 4 faculty of business and communication, inti international university, nilai 71800, malaysia. 5 alexandre lamfalussy faculty of economics, university of sopron, sopron 9400, hungary. received 08 february 2025; revised 10 july 2025; accepted 03 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract this study examines the challenges organizations face in achieving carbon neutrality by analyzing employee awareness, organizational practices, and the role of information technology (it). it aims to (1) assess employee engagement in sustainability initiatives, (2) evaluate the effectiveness of organizational policies in promoting carbon neutrality, and (3) explore the potential of it solutions in reducing emissions. a mixed-method approach was used, combining questionnaires and interviews to capture quantitative and qualitative insights. employees from various industries were surveyed to assess their awareness, while interviews provided deeper insights into organizational strategies and it adoption. statistical and thematic analyses identified key gaps and opportunities. the study reveals that limited employee awareness hinders sustainability efforts, emphasizing the need for targeted engagement programs. organizational effectiveness in achieving carbon neutrality varies, with standardized policies and dedicated sustainability teams playing a crucial role. it adoption levels differ, but data analytics and emerging digital technologies demonstrate strong potential for optimizing carbon reduction strategies. this research integrates organizational, technological, and behavioral perspectives, highlighting the importance of employee engagement and it solutions in sustainability efforts. it provides actionable insights for organizations seeking to implement effective carbon neutrality strategies. keywords: carbon neutrality; employee engagement; information technology; organizational practices; net zero emissions. 1. introduction in 2021, increasing global greenhouse gas (ghg) emissions to 36.3 gigatons necessitates immediate action [1]. the consequences of heightened ghg emissions, particularly carbon dioxide, contribute to global warming and the myriad impacts of climate change. various international agreements and conventions, such as the paris agreement and sustainable development goals (sdgs), underscore the global commitment to addressing climate change [2, 3]. in 2021, ghg emissions reached a record high of 36.3 gigatons, indicating a 6% increase from the pandemic-influenced low of 2020 [4]. regrettably, the earth's natural processes can only absorb a fraction of these emissions. this emphasizes the * corresponding author: rajermani.thina@newinti.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-018  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9525-8471 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8661-258x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4569-8321 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8545-8357 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1045 urgent need for immediate action to reduce ghg emissions. the heightened emission of ghgs, particularly carbon dioxide (co2), leads to heat retention in the atmosphere, contributing to the ongoing rise in global temperatures. the escalation of global temperatures, commonly referred to as global warming, is catalyzing climate change, reshaping our planet with a surge in severe weather events like droughts, heatwaves, heavy rains, floods, and landslides. this rapid transformation of our climate also brings about additional consequences, including rising sea levels, changes in weather patterns, ocean acidification, biodiversity loss, and public health risks [5]. urgent and sustained actions are essential for mitigating global warming and fostering a sustainable future. the global temperature has risen to approximately 1.2 °c above pre-industrial levels, and there is no sign of a peak in global emissions. it is crucial to limit global warming to the recognized safe threshold of 1.5 °c, as recommended by the intergovernmental panel for climate change (ipcc) in 2018 [6]. this imperative aligns with the goals of the paris agreement, during the un climate change conference (cop21) in paris, which seeks to restrict the global temperature rise well below 2 °c above pre-industrial levels, with further efforts to cap the increase at 1.5 °c. examining future projections as illustrated in figure 1, the stated policies scenario (steps) anticipates a temperature increase to 1.9 °c by 2050 and 2.4 °c by 2100. while slightly below the world energy outlook-2022 projection, these figures surpass the limits set by the paris agreement. in the announced pledges scenario (aps), the expected temperature rise by 2100 is 1.7 °c, whereas the net zero emissions by 2050 (nze) scenario envisions a mid-century peak followed by a decrease to approximately 1.4 °c by 2100 [7]. figure 1. future projections of the rise in temperature, 2050-2100 [7] the escalating threat of climate change has compelled global entities to embrace sustainability as a cornerstone for a resilient future. the imperative to address carbon emissions has become particularly pronounced, prompting nations and organizations to set ambitious targets for achieving carbon neutrality. carbon neutrality involves striking a balance between emitting carbon and absorbing it from the atmosphere in carbon sinks, a process known as carbon sequestration. achieving nze necessitates offsetting all ghg emissions through carbon sequestration [8]. simply put, carbon neutrality is attained by maintaining equilibrium between co2 emissions and removal, resulting in nze co2 emissions as illustrated in figure 2. this balance helps prevent the increase of co2 in the atmosphere, mitigating its contribution to global warming, which will lead to climate change [5]. figure 2. overview of carbon neutrality [5] hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1046 in the transition towards a sustainable future, the responsibility for achieving carbon neutrality extends beyond nations to individual entities and corporations. acknowledging this, the european climate law binds eu (european union) nations to implement necessary domestic measures for climate neutrality by 2050, fostering fairness and solidarity. the commitment is evident, with 27 countries legally dedicated to climate neutrality by 2050, while 52 have outlined it in policy documents, 8 in the declaration stage, and 58 in discussion [4]. malaysia is actively pursuing carbon neutrality by 2050, as indicated in its policy document [9]. additionally, multinational corporations such as petronas [10], apple [11], amazon [12], dyson [13], nestle [14], and intel [15] have embarked on commendable journeys toward achieving net-zero carbon emissions, showcasing a global effort to transition to a sustainable future. in summary, carbon neutrality has emerged as a crucial objective in the global sustainability agenda, and the duty to attain it is shared among nations, corporations, and individuals. it is a collective responsibility — 'everyone is responsible for protecting the earth!'. in line with national carbon neutrality objectives, this study seeks to investigate how employees within an organization can assist in reaching the organization's carbon neutrality goals, aligning with, and supporting broader national aims. additionally, the study will explore the role of the integration of information technology (it) solutions in facilitating and enhancing these efforts, recognizing the potential of technology in advancing sustainable practices and contributing to the achievement of carbon neutrality. these objectives align with the broader goals of united nations sdg 13 (climate action) and sdg 9 (industry, innovation, and infrastructure) [16]. 2. research methodology in the pursuit of a sustainable future, achieving carbon neutrality relies on the collaborative efforts of organizations, technology, and employees. carbon neutrality, defined as the state where an entity's net carbon emissions are balanced by actions that remove or offset an equivalent amount of emissions, is crucial for mitigating climate change. figure 3, a venn diagram illustrates how these three components are integrated, organizational practices for carbon neutrality; it solutions for emissions reduction; and employee awareness and engagement in sustainability. the overlapping sections highlight the convergence of these aspects, driving sustainable actions. organizational practices focus on strategies to reduce carbon footprints; it solutions on leveraging technology for eco-friendly processes; and employee engagement on active participation. this visual representation emphasizes the synergistic collaboration required across organizations, technology, and individuals to achieve the goal of carbon neutrality for a more sustainable and environmentally friendly future. figure 3. interconnected elements for carbon neutrality: organizational practices, it solutions, and employee awareness & engagement the research design of this study embraced a multi-method approach, incorporating questionnaires and in-depth interviews (figure 4) to thoroughly investigate the intricate interplay of employee engagement, technological integration, and organizational efforts in achieving carbon neutrality. these methods were strategically chosen to gather both quantitative and qualitative insights, providing a holistic understanding of the complex dynamics involved in sustainable practices. the survey aimed to capture numerical data, while in-depth interviews delved into participants' perceptions and experiences. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1047 figure 4. research design the study was tailored to address three primary objectives which are 1) centered on assessing the level of awareness and consciousness among employees regarding carbon neutrality; 2) aiming to evaluate the effectiveness of companies in promoting the concept of carbon neutrality to their workforce and 3) to explore the role of it solutions in supporting and enhancing employees' efforts towards carbon neutrality. 2.1. quantitative data to gather quantitative data on sustainable practices, an online survey was conducted between november 27, 2023, and december 3, 2023. the survey comprised 12 closed-ended questions along with 15 optional test questions designed to assess participants' understanding of carbon neutrality. the survey questions are crafted to glean insights into the effectiveness of both collaborative efforts and individual contributions. the initial session concentrates on "employee awareness and engagement in sustainability," addressing research question 1: to what extent are employees aware of carbon neutrality? subsequent sessions delve into "organizational practices for carbon neutrality," addressing research question 2: how effectively do companies communicate carbon neutrality to their workforce? and "it solutions for emissions reduction," targeting research question 3: what is the role of it solutions in supporting employees' efforts towards carbon neutrality? a preliminary test (pilot) was conducted before disseminating the final questionnaire. the pilot test was performed to establish reasonable levels of face validity, reliability, quality, and consistency for the final administration of the questionnaire to the survey population [17]. participants were recruited through convenient sampling, targeting individuals from diverse industries through online distribution via social media platforms and professional networks. the sample aimed for a balanced representation of male and female participants across different age groups and years of experience in their respective industries. a minimum target of 100 respondents was set to ensure an adequate sample size for analysis [18]. tables 1 to 3 provide an overview of the questions and objectives for each survey session, contributing valuable insights into the collective efforts and perceptions regarding sustainable practices. table 1. questions and objectives of session 1 employee awareness and engagement in sustainability surveys questions objectives on a scale from 1 to 10, rate your level of understanding of the concept of carbon neutrality. to assess participants' understanding of carbon neutrality. to what extent does your organization provide education and training on sustainability practices to employees? to evaluate the extent of organizational education and training on sustainability practices to employees. does your organization foster a culture that encourages employees to propose and implement their ideas for sustainability and carbon neutrality? to identify the existence of a culture fostering employee proposals for sustainability and carbon neutrality. rate the level of employee engagement in sustainability efforts within your organization on a scale from 1 to 10. to measure the level of employee engagement in sustainability efforts. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1048 table 2.questions and objectives of session 2 organizational practices for carbon neutrality surveys questions objectives does your organization have a designated sustainability or environmental department responsible for implementing carbon neutrality practices? to verify the presence of a designated sustainability or environmental department responsible for carbon neutrality practices. are there established policies within your organization aimed at reducing its carbon footprint? to examine the presence of established policies aimed at reducing the organization's carbon footprint. how frequently does your organization communicate updates and progress on sustainability initiatives to employees? to gauge the frequency of communication on sustainability updates and progress to employees. rate the effectiveness of your organization's efforts in achieving carbon neutrality on a scale from 1 to 10. to evaluate the overall effectiveness of organizational efforts in achieving carbon neutrality. table 3. questions and objectives of session 3 it solutions for emission reduction surveys questions objectives to what degree does your organization leverage it solutions to reduce carbon emissions? to measure the degree of leverage of it solutions in reducing carbon emissions. is there ongoing investment in research and implementation of eco-friendly technologies within your organization? to examine ongoing investment in research and implementation of eco-friendly technologies within the organization. rate the overall effectiveness of it solutions in your organization's emissions reduction efforts on a scale from 1 to 10. to rate the overall effectiveness of it solutions in the organization's emissions reduction efforts. from the given list, identify what are the it solutions that have been implemented in your company. to identify the it solutions that have been implemented in the company from the given list. 2.2. qualitative data in addition to the questionnaire, in-depth interviews were conducted with a selected group of survey participants to gain qualitative insights into their perceptions of the complex dynamics of employee engagement, technological integration, and organizational efforts in achieving carbon neutrality. the interview questions were also pilot-tested to establish reasonable levels of face validity, reliability, quality, and consistency before final administration [17]. the interviews conducted via videoconference and in-person between november 27, 2023, and december 3, 2023, in malaysia and singapore, involved three manufacturing professionals. these semi-structured interviews aimed to provide a nuanced understanding of participants' perspectives on the explored complexities. the interview questions designed for this study and their corresponding objectives are presented in table 4. each interview, lasting approximately 15 minutes, consisted of five carefully crafted questions designed to delve into the participants' experiences and insights. all three interviewees expressed a preference not to be filmed; consequently, their responses were documented through thorough notetaking. this qualitative component aimed to provide depth and context to the quantitative findings, offering a richer understanding of the complex dynamics of employee engagement, technological integration, and organizational efforts in achieving carbon neutrality. table 4. interview questions and the corresponding objectives interview questions objectives how familiar are you with the concept of carbon neutrality? to measure the participant's baseline understanding of carbon neutrality. does your organization have a designated sustainability or environmental department responsible for implementing carbon neutrality practices? to assess the organizational structure and responsibility allocation for carbon neutrality initiatives. what challenges, if any, do you think organizations face in implementing and sustaining carbon neutrality initiatives? to identify perceived challenges and barriers in the implementation and sustainability of carbon neutrality practices. to what extent does your organization leverage it solutions to reduce carbon emissions? to gauge the level of integration of it solutions in the organization's efforts to reduce carbon emissions. how do you see emerging technologies influencing the future of sustainability efforts within organizations? to explore the participant's perspective on the role of emerging technologies in shaping the future of sustainability initiatives. 2.3. data analysis the collected data undergoes a thorough analysis to extract meaningful insights and draw conclusions. quantitative survey responses were subjected to statistical analysis utilizing microsoft excel, employing descriptive statistics techniques. this approach aims to unveil patterns, trends, and correlations in the quantitative data, offering a comprehensive assessment of the awareness, engagement, and effectiveness of both organizational practices and it solutions. qualitative data obtained from in-depth interviews undergoes thematic analysis to identify recurring themes, patterns, and nuanced perspectives. this qualitative analysis seeks to delve into participants' perceptions and experiences concerning the intricate dynamics of carbon neutrality initiatives. the integration of quantitative and qualitative findings, hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1049 analyzed with the support of microsoft excel, will facilitate a holistic interpretation of the research objectives. the synthesized results will contribute to a nuanced understanding of the intersection between employee engagement, technological integration, and organizational efforts in the journey toward carbon neutrality. furthermore, insights from the literature review will be incorporated to contextualize and bolster the analysis, providing a robust foundation for drawing meaningful conclusions. 3. results and analysis the synthesis of these diverse sources aims to provide a nuanced understanding of the intricate dynamics surrounding employee engagement, technological integration, and organizational efforts in the pursuit of carbon neutrality. the results and discussions are organized to offer a cohesive narrative, shedding light on key patterns, challenges, and opportunities identified in the study. through a detailed exploration of each component—employee awareness, organizational practices, and it solutions—the complex interplay shaping sustainable initiatives within organizations is unraveled. this section serves as a critical examination and interpretation of the collected data, contributing valuable insights to the broader discourse on achieving carbon neutrality. 3.1. respondent demographic 3.1.1. survey base questionnaire a total of 108 participants responded to the survey, surpassing the target of at least 100 responses. the online survey took place from november 27, 2023, to december 3, 2023, utilizing google forms. the survey successfully garnered insights from a diverse demographic, with 77 (71.3%) female and 31 (28.7%) male respondents. the age distribution revealed that the majority of participants (53.7%) were in the 31-40 age range, followed by the 21-30 range (33.3%), >51 age range (7.4%), and 41-50 age range (5.6%). geographically, the survey captured data from participants in malaysia (74.1%), singapore (22.2%), vietnam (1.9%), and taiwan and the usa (both 0.9%). in terms of industries, manufacturing and engineering constituted the largest segment at 26.9%, followed by education (14.8%), it and finance & banking, each comprising 12%. healthcare and pharmaceuticals accounted for 7.4%, while professional services and real estate & construction each represented 4.6%. media & entertainment constituted 3.7%, and retail & e-commerce, nonprofit & social services, and automotive each contributed 1.9%. other industries, such as hospitality & tourism, agriculture, government & public sector, transportation & logistics, fintech, piping & equipment maintenance, insurance, art industry, pest control, and product design & development, had smaller shares of 0.9% each. in terms of experience, the majority (29.6%) reported having ≥10 years of experience in their respective industries, followed by 4-6 years (25.9%), 7-9 years (22.2%), 1-3 years (16.7%), and < 1 year (5.6%) 3.1.2. survey based on interview the in-depth interview was conducted with jacelyn tan, the program director at aratech ptd ltd, via a zoom call. aratech is a consulting company that provides services to manufacturing factories. jacelynboasts more than 10 years of experience in her role. additionally, an interview was held with sk lim from wise r technology sdn. bhd. via a zoom call, who serves as a project manager. sk lim, aged 31-40, also possesses more than 10 years of professional experience. wise r technology is in the recycling material industry. lastly, an interview was carried out with horus ong in person, the assistant production manager at momixx malaysia sdn bhd. horus, aged 21-30, has 1-3 years of work experience. momixx malaysia sdn bhd is the manufacturer of silicone rubber. 3.1.3. overall this comprehensive data collection provides a robust foundation for the subsequent analysis and discussion, offering valuable insights into the diverse perspectives and experiences within the surveyed demographic. 3.2. employee awareness regarding carbon neutrality to fulfill research objective 1, which focuses on assessing the level of awareness and consciousness among employees regarding carbon neutrality, session i of the survey is dedicated to 'employee awareness and engagement in sustainability'. the survey results provided valuable insights into the employees' perceptions, knowledge, and participation in sustainable practices within the organization. 3.2.1. understanding of carbon neutrality survey based on questionnaire the survey aimed to gauge participants' familiarity with the concept of carbon neutrality by asking them to rate their understanding on a scale of 1 to 10, with 1 being the least and 10 being the most. figure 5 visually represents the hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1050 distribution of participants' responses. notably, the majority of respondents, constituting 27.8%, placed themselves in the mid-range, selecting a score of 5. this suggests a moderate level of familiarity with the concept among participants. figure 5. survey output understanding of carbon neutrality it is interesting to observe that a significant percentage of participants chose scores both lower (1-4) and higher (6-10) than the mid-range. this variation in responses indicates a diverse range of understanding among the individuals surveyed. some participants expressed a lower level of familiarity, possibly indicating a need for enhanced awareness and education on carbon neutrality. conversely, those who rated their understanding higher might have a more advanced comprehension, potentially stemming from personal or professional experiences with sustainability initiatives. as illustrated in figure 5, the mean understanding score of 4.79 provides a numerical summary of the participants' collective responses. a mean below the midpoint of the scale (5) suggests that, on average, participants leaned toward a slightly lower understanding of carbon neutrality. however, the standard deviation of 2.255 indicates a considerable degree of variability in the responses. this variance highlights the dispersion of participants' opinions, reinforcing the notion that awareness levels are not uniform across the surveyed population. 3.2.2. organizational education and training survey based on questionnaire the survey included a crucial question aimed at understanding the efforts organizations invest in educating and training their employees in sustainability practices. the respondents were asked to rate the extent of such initiatives on a scale ranging from "not at all" to "extensively." the distribution of responses, as depicted in figure 6 provides valuable insight into organizational practices. figure 6. survey output organizational education and training a noteworthy finding is that a considerable portion of respondents, specifically 36.1%, perceived their organizations to provide a moderate level of education and training on sustainability practices. this suggests that a significant number of organizations recognize the importance of imparting knowledge in this domain but may not have fully extensive programs in place. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1051 however, it is equally significant to observe that a substantial proportion, comprising 34.3% of respondents, felt that their organizations offer very little in terms of education and training on sustainability. this indicates a potential gap in efforts to promote awareness and understanding of sustainable practices within a considerable segment of the surveyed organizations. the data also revealed that a minority, 1.9% perceived their organizations to provide extensive education and training on sustainability. while this proportion is relatively small, it highlights the existence of organizations that are making significant strides in embedding sustainability education into their employee development initiatives. as illustrated in figure 7, the mean score of 2.12 provides a numerical summary, positioning the average response closer to "very little" on the scale. the standard deviation of 0.84 indicates a degree of variability in responses, suggesting that opinions on the extent of sustainability education are somewhat dispersed among the participants. this variability emphasizes the diverse landscape of organizational practices regarding sustainability training and underscores the need for tailored approaches to meet the specific needs of different organizations. figure 7. histogram for the survey’s output organizational education and training 3.2.3. employee involvement in proposing ideas survey based on questionnaire exploring the existence of a culture encouraging employee proposals for sustainability and carbon neutrality, the survey responses revealed a spectrum of perspectives within organizations. as illustrated in figure 8, 28.7% of respondents affirmed the presence of a culture that actively encourages employees to propose and implement their ideas for sustainability. this percentage indicates a noteworthy portion of organizations where employees feel empowered to contribute independently to sustainability initiatives. figure 8. survey output employee involvement in proposing ideas in contrast, a substantial 38.9% of respondents reported the absence of such a culture within their organizations. this finding suggests that a significant number of surveyed organizations may not have fully embraced a bottom-up approach to sustainability, wherein employees are actively encouraged to contribute their ideas and initiatives. a notable 32.4% of respondents expressed uncertainty about the presence of a culture that fosters employee proposals for sustainability and carbon neutrality. this uncertainty underscores potential gaps in communication or awareness hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1052 within these organizations, indicating the need for clearer communication regarding the existing organizational culture related to sustainability practices. 3.2.4. employee engagement in sustainability efforts survey based on questionnaire participants were asked to provide a rating for the level of employee engagement in sustainability efforts within their organizations, using a scale from 1 to 10. the responses, as depicted in figure 9, demonstrated a diverse range of perspectives. the most frequently selected rating was 5, chosen by 27.8% of respondents. this distribution across the scale suggests a mixed landscape of employee engagement levels, with a considerable percentage perceiving a moderate level of engagement. figure 9. survey output employee engagement in sustainability efforts the data from figure 9 showcases varying degrees of employee involvement, highlighting the need for potential enhancements in initiatives aimed at increasing engagement levels. the mean score of 4.69 provides a quantitative summary, positioning the average level of perceived employee engagement closer to the mid-range of the scale. the standard deviation of 2.405 indicates a notable degree of variability in responses, underscoring the diverse perceptions and experiences among participants regarding the current state of employee engagement in sustainability efforts. this variability suggests the presence of different levels of awareness, involvement, and perhaps varying degrees of organizational emphasis on sustainability initiatives. addressing this variability may involve tailoring strategies to meet the specific needs and expectations of employees, contributing to a more cohesive and impactful approach to sustainability within the organization. 3.2.5. employee competency survey based on questionnaire participants were asked about their willingness to assess their competency in understanding carbon neutrality, and a substantial majority, comprising 54.6% of the 108 respondents, as illustrated in figure 10, expressed their readiness to undertake the test. the test results, as indicated by the distribution, reflect a diverse range of competency levels among the willing participants. as illustrated in figure 11, the mean competency score stands at 48.81%, showcasing a moderate overall competency level, while the standard deviation of 24.68% underscores the variability in individual scores. this willingness to engage in self-assessment speaks to a proactive stance among employees, reflecting a collective interest in gauging their grasp of carbon neutrality concepts. figure 10. survey output willingness to undertake the test hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1053 figure 11. test output survey based on interview in the pursuit of enriching insights and achieving the research objective of gauging the level of awareness and consciousness among employees regarding carbon neutrality, in-depth interviews were conducted with three professionals: jacelyn from aratech ptd. ltd., sk lim from wise r technology sdn. bhd. and horus from momixx malaysia sdn. bhd. the responses indicated varying degrees of familiarity with the concept of carbon neutrality. jacelyn rated her familiarity as 7, indicating a relatively high level of awareness. she mentioned that her acquaintance with the term began approximately two years ago. in contrast, sk lim rated himself as 6, signifying a solid awareness, while horus rated himself as 5, indicating a moderate level of familiarity. both sk lim and horus mentioned that they recently became acquainted with the concept. a common thread in their narratives was the source of their awareness—customers. all three professionals highlighted that their introduction to the concept was prompted by customers who sent documents related to environmental, social, and governance (esg) criteria. these documents often included compliance requirements or questionnaires related to esg, leading them to explore and understand the concept of carbon neutrality. this qualitative data from the interviews complements the quantitative data obtained through surveys, providing a more comprehensive understanding of how employees become aware of carbon neutrality. the combination of survey responses and insights from professionals in diverse roles contributes to a nuanced evaluation of the current landscape of awareness within organizations. upon thorough examination of the survey responses and insights gathered from in-depth interviews, it is evident that the study has successfully met the first research objective, which was to measure the level of awareness and consciousness among employees regarding carbon neutrality. the data obtained from both quantitative and qualitative methods has provided a comprehensive overview of the current state of employee awareness within the surveyed organizations. the survey revealed a diverse range of awareness levels, with respondents assigning themselves ratings on a scale from 1 to 10. additionally, in-depth interviews with professionals from different companies provided valuable qualitative insights into the sources and development of their awareness of carbon neutrality. notably, customer interactions emerged as a common catalyst for familiarity with the concept. 3.2.6. outcome objective 1 employee awareness regarding carbon neutrality the outcome of this research objective indicates a varied landscape of awareness among employees, with some exhibiting high levels of understanding while others are in the process of acquainting themselves with the concept. the combination of quantitative and qualitative data enriches the findings, offering a nuanced perspective on the factors influencing awareness within organizations. as a result, the study lays a foundation for targeted interventions and awareness campaigns to bridge knowledge gaps and foster a more informed workforce regarding carbon neutrality. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1054 3.3. organizational practices for carbon neutrality to fulfil research objective 2, which focuses on evaluating how effectively companies promote the concept of carbon neutrality to their workforce, session ii of the survey is dedicated to ‘organizational practices for carbon neutrality'. the survey results provided valuable insights into the existing organizational frameworks and their impact on carbon neutrality initiatives. 3.3.1. designated sustainability departments survey based on questionnaire the survey inquired whether the participants' organizations had a designated department focused on implementing carbon neutrality practices. the responses, as depicted in figure 12, revealed a diverse landscape within the organizations. approximately 28.7% of the respondents affirmed the existence of a dedicated sustainability or environmental department responsible for handling carbon neutrality practices. on the contrary, 37% reported that their organizations did not have such a specialized department. interestingly, 34.3% expressed uncertainty, indicating a lack of clarity or awareness about the presence of such departments. figure 12. survey output designated sustainability departments this diversity in responses suggests that different organizations have varying structures and approaches when it comes to managing sustainability initiatives. the significant number of respondents unsure about the existence of a specific department underscores the need for clearer communication and standardized practices in organizations regarding sustainability and carbon neutrality. establishing a more consistent framework could contribute to more effective and cohesive efforts in this regard. 3.3.2. established policies for carbon footprint reduction survey based on questionnaire the survey aimed to uncover if organizations had policies focused on reducing their carbon footprint. as portrayed in figure 13, the responses showcased a diverse landscape within these organizations. approximately 19.4% of respondents confirmed the existence of established policies aimed at reducing their carbon footprint. in contrast, 30.6% stated that their organizations lacked such policies. interestingly, another 30.6% indicated that policies were in the process of being developed. figure 13. survey output established policies for carbon footprint reduction this variation in responses highlights a significant opportunity for organizations to bolster their commitment to carbon reduction efforts through the establishment of clear and definitive policies. the equal percentage of organizations currently in the process of formulating these policies suggests a growing recognition of the importance of reducing carbon footprints. establishing or strengthening policies in this regard could further solidify organizational dedication to sustainability practices. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1055 3.3.3. communication on sustainability initiatives survey based on questionnaire participants were inquired about the frequency of communication regarding sustainability updates and progress within their organizations. as depicted in figure 14, a considerable majority (59.3%) reported rare communication practices. this suggests a notable gap in consistently updating employees about sustainability initiatives. in contrast, only 9.3% indicated regular communication on sustainability matters. this low percentage highlights an area that could be improved to foster a more transparent and consistent flow of updates to employees. figure 14. survey output communication on sustainability initiatives the distribution displayed in figure 15, accompanied by a mean of 1.5 and a standard deviation of 0.663, emphasizes the dominance of infrequent communication. this data underscores the potential for organizations to enhance their communication strategies, ensuring more regular and comprehensive updates on sustainability initiatives for their employees. figure 15. histogram for the survey output communication on sustainability initiatives 3.3.4. effectiveness of organizational efforts survey based on questionnaire the survey included a rating scale (1 to 10) to evaluate participants' perceptions of the effectiveness of their organizations' efforts in achieving carbon neutrality. the responses revealed a varied opinion, with 26.9% rating their organizations at 5 and an additional 17.6% giving a rating of 1. this distribution suggests a diverse range of perspectives on the effectiveness of organizational efforts, indicating a need for organizations to reassess and potentially enhance their strategies to more effectively achieve carbon neutrality goals. figure 16 displays the histogram, with a mean of 1.5 and a standard deviation of 0.663, emphasizing the variability in perceived effectiveness among the participants. this data highlights the importance of organizations refining their approaches to align with the goals of achieving carbon neutrality. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1056 figure 16. histogram for the survey output effectiveness of organizational efforts survey based on interview to further enhance the research objectives of evaluating how effectively companies promote the concept of carbon neutrality to their workforce, insights were gathered through interviews with three professionals — sk lim from wise r technology sdn. bhd.; horus from momixx malaysia sdn. bhd.; and jacelyn from aratech ptd. ltd. regarding the presence of a designated sustainability or environmental department for implementing carbon neutrality practices, wise r plans to establish a task force for sustainability monitoring. at momixx, the quality system team, responsible for social responsibility matters, oversees sustainability matters. aratech, providing consulting and program management services, is considering sending its workers for sustainability-related certification to enhance their expertise in esg matters. when asked about challenges in implementing and sustaining carbon neutrality initiatives, sk lim highlighted the competency of workers as a significant challenge. she emphasized the need for time to build a competent team, considering the complexity of carbon neutrality requirements. budget constraints were also raised as a challenge by horus, who discussed the potential inefficiency of task forces due to workers juggling primary job responsibilities. he pointed out the dependency on customer requirements and the need for budget allocation. jacelyn shared challenges in her field, citing difficulties in finding training materials and filtering information due to the novelty of carbon neutrality in manufacturing. these insights provide a qualitative perspective on the challenges organizations face in promoting carbon neutrality within their workforce 3.3.5. outcome objective 2 organizational practices for carbon neutrality the amalgamation of questionnaire outcomes and interview insights offers a comprehensive understanding of the ongoing organizational endeavors aimed at achieving carbon neutrality. notably, the survey exposes variations in organizational practices, reflecting diverse levels of commitment to sustainability. the presence of designated sustainability departments and established policies for carbon footprint reduction highlights the divergent approaches adopted by organizations. insights from interviews underscore the critical need for clear policies and dedicated departments, indicating a pressing requirement for standardization to bolster collective efforts. the discussion on the frequency of communication regarding sustainability initiatives emerges as pivotal, with a substantial portion reporting infrequent updates. this underscores the essential role of transparent and regular communication to keep employees well-informed and engaged in organizational sustainability objectives. to usher in a sustainable and environmentally friendly future, a collaborative and integrated approach is indispensable. organizations are pivotal in this collective effort, tasked with fostering awareness, instituting clear policies, and harnessing advanced technologies to realize the vision of carbon neutrality. 3.4. it solutions for emissions reduction to fulfill research objective 3, which focuses on exploring the role of it solutions in supporting and enhancing employees' efforts towards carbon neutrality, session iii of the survey is dedicated to ‘it solutions for emissions reduction'. by identifying specific areas where employees can contribute and understanding the leverage of it solutions, the survey shed light on the technological landscape within organizations striving for emissions reduction. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1057 3.4.1. leverage of it solutions survey based on questionnaire participants were asked to indicate the degree to which their organizations leverage it solutions to reduce carbon emissions. as illustrated in figure 17, the responses revealed a varied landscape. notably, 38% of participants reported that their organizations do not leverage it solutions at all, while 33.3% indicated minimal use. a further 25.9% reported moderate use, and a minor 2.8% mentioned leveraging it extensively for carbon emission reduction. the mean value of 1.94 and a standard deviation of 0.868 further emphasize the diversity in it utilization across organizations. figure 17. survey output leverage of it solutions figure 18 visually represents the mean and standard deviation, highlighting the distribution of responses. this diversity suggests a potential area for improvement and exploration in adopting it solutions more extensively to address carbon emissions within organizations. figure 18. histogram of the survey output leverage of it solutions 3.4.2. investment in eco-friendly technologies survey based on questionnaire the survey sought to understand whether organizations were investing in research and implementing eco-friendly technologies. as illustrated in figure 19, responses indicated a mix of orientations, with 13.9% affirming ongoing investment, 34.3% reporting no such investment, 39.8% expressing uncertainty, and 12% in the planning phase. this highlights the need for organizations to consider continuous investment in cutting-edge technologies for sustainable practices. figure 19. survey output investment in eco-friendly technologies hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1058 3.4.3. overall effectiveness of it solutions survey based on questionnaire participants were asked to rate the overall effectiveness of it solutions in their organization's emissions reduction efforts on a scale from 1 to 10. the responses varied widely. about 16.7% rated their organization at 1, while 19.4% gave a rating of 5. the histogram in figure 20 visually represents the distribution, indicating diverse opinions among participants regarding the effectiveness of it solutions. the mean value of 4.18 and the standard deviation of 2.379 highlight the range and dispersion of these ratings. this diversity suggests varied perceptions of it solutions' effectiveness in reducing emissions within different organizational contexts. figure 20. histogram of the survey output overall effectiveness of it solutions 3.4.4. implemented it solutions survey based on questionnaire the survey included a list of it solutions, and participants were asked to identify which ones had been implemented in their organizations. as illustrated in figure 21 , notably, 41.7% reported none of the listed solutions, while others mentioned various technologies such as iot for energy optimization (25.9%), cloud computing for energy efficiency (23.1%), and smart building technologies (19.4%). these responses illustrate the landscape of it solutions adopted by organizations, emphasizing the need for tailored approaches. figure 21. survey output implemented it solutions survey based on interview to further enhance the research objectives of exploring the role of it solutions in supporting and enhancing employees' efforts toward carbon neutrality, insights were gathered from interviews with professionals from wise r, hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1059 momixx, and aratech. sk from wise r mentioned that currently, her company is in the data collection phase for sustainability, and the only it solution they've considered so far is data analytics. horus from momixx highlighted their engagement with a third party for computing ghg reports, emphasizing data analytics as the primary it solution linked to sustainability. jacelyn from aratech mentioned the use of smart sensors in their office for electricity savings but could not identify other it solutions for carbon emissions reduction. regarding the future influence of emerging technologies on sustainability efforts, all interviewees, including sk, horus, and jacelyn, foresaw increased automation in data collection, monitoring, and ai-driven recommendations for reducing carbon emissions. sk envisioned a future where ai systems could propose actions for carbon reduction based on automated data collected through a user-friendly webpage. additionally, jacelyn emphasized the potential role of blockchain technology in the trading of carbon credits, suggesting a comprehensive system for capturing, calculating, and even trading carbon emissions similar to a banking system. these insights provide a nuanced understanding of the current and future landscape of it solutions and their impact on organizational efforts toward carbon neutrality 3.4.5. outcome objective 3 it solutions for emissions reduction the integration of survey results and interview insights provides a holistic perspective on the current state of it solutions for carbon emissions reduction. the survey and interviews reveal a spectrum of it solution adoption, from minimal use to extensive leveraging, signifying the diverse technological landscapes within organizations. the discussions with professionals from various industries emphasize the pivotal role of data analytics as a primary it solution linked to sustainability, offering valuable insights into the current practices. furthermore, the exploration of emerging technologies such as ai and blockchain for automated data monitoring and carbon credit trading showcases the potential for innovative solutions in the foundation for more effective and sophisticated approaches to address environmental challenges in the pursuit of a sustainable future. 3.5. synergistic collaboration across organizations, employee, and it solutions the survey outcomes for employees reveal a diverse understanding of carbon neutrality, indicating the necessity for targeted awareness campaigns. interviews highlight the challenges organizations face in building a competent workforce with sufficient knowledge, emphasizing the importance of comprehensive training programs to bridge the knowledge gap. for organizations, survey results expose disparities in sustainability practices, with varying commitment levels. differences exist in designated sustainability departments and the presence of policies for carbon footprint reduction. interviews underscore the need for clear policies and dedicated departments, suggesting standardization to enhance collective efforts. the frequency of communication on sustainability initiatives emerges as crucial, underscoring the necessity for transparent and regular communication. regarding it solutions, the survey and interviews show a spectrum of adoption, from minimal use to extensive leveraging. discussions with professionals stress the role of data analytics as a primary it solution linked to sustainability. the potential integration of emerging technologies like ai and blockchain for automated data monitoring and carbon credit trading signals a promising direction for future sustainability efforts. in summary, achieving carbon neutrality requires synergistic collaboration across organizations, technology, and individuals. well-informed and engaged employees, supported by clear organizational policies, form the foundation. technology, especially it solutions, plays a pivotal role, with data analytics emerging as a key enabler. the insights from emerging technologies suggest transformative potential for automation and improved monitoring. the ultimate goal is to minimize environmental impact and work towards a sustainable future. the findings underscore the need for a collective and concerted effort, standardizing practices, enhancing communication, and embracing innovative technologies. in ending, this discussion emphasizes the correlation of organizational, technological, and individual elements in the journey toward carbon neutrality. a collaborative and integrated approach is imperative, where organizations foster awareness, implement clear policies, and leverage advanced technologies. figure 22 provides an overview of the interconnection between organization, employee, and it solutions. the organization, in deciding climate change approaches, evaluates strategies and aligns with sustainability practices, translating decisions into tangible actions through policies. effective communication ensures employees understand their role, while organizational investment in it solutions supports sustainability goals. employees, through training, learn to utilize it tools for sustainability, contributing to a comprehensive and effective approach. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1060 figure 22. overview of the interconnection between organization, employee, and it solutions 4. conclusion overall, this research has provided a holistic understanding of organizational efforts toward carbon neutrality by examining employee awareness, organizational practices, and the role of it solutions. the study reveals the need for targeted awareness campaigns among employees to bridge knowledge gaps and establish a collective understanding of carbon neutrality. disparities in organizational sustainability practices underline the importance of standardized policies and dedicated departments. effective communication, including regular updates and comprehensive training programs, is crucial for keeping employees informed and engaged. the survey and interview insights highlight the varying degrees of it solution adoption, emphasizing the significance of data analytics and the potential integration of emerging technologies like ai and blockchain. these findings underscore the interconnectedness of organizational, technological, and individual elements in the pursuit of carbon neutrality. moving forward, organizations are encouraged to standardize sustainability practices by establishing dedicated departments and clear policies for carbon footprint reduction. improving communication on sustainability initiatives, including regular updates and comprehensive training, can enhance employee engagement. optimization of it solutions, particularly focusing on data analytics and exploring emerging technologies, is crucial. continued research and adaptation to dynamic sustainability practices and technological advancements are recommended to ensure ongoing relevance. collaboration across sectors, including government bodies, ngos, and industry partners, is essential to foster a collective effort toward carbon neutrality. by standardizing practices, enhancing communication, optimizing it solutions, staying informed, and fostering collaboration, organizations can significantly contribute to a sustainable and environmentally friendly future. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, c.r.q., r.t., r.p.t.a., t.a.r., s.d.r., and l.k.; methodology, c.r.q., r.t., and r.p.t.a.; software, t.a.r., s.d.r., and l.k.; validation, c.r.q. and r.t.; formal analysis, r.p.t.a., t.a.r., s.d.r., and l.k.; writing—original draft preparation, c.r.q., r.t., r.p.t.a., t.a.r., s.d.r., and l.k.; writing—review and editing, c.r.q., r.t., r.p.t.a., t.a.r., s.d.r., and l.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1061 5.5. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved in the study. 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] bonneuil, c., choquet, p. l., & franta, b. (2021). early warnings and emerging accountability: total’s responses to global warming, 1971–2021. global environmental change, 71. doi:10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2021.102386. [2] iacobuţă, g. i., brandi, c., dzebo, a., & elizalde duron, s. d. (2022). aligning climate and sustainable development finance through an sdg lens. the role of development assistance in implementing the paris agreement. global environmental change, 74. doi:10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2022.102509. [3] ahmad, t., kumar, n., kumar, a., mubashir, m., bokhari, a., paswan, b. k., & qiblawey, h. (2024). unveiling the potential of membrane in climate change mitigation and environmental resilience in ecosystem. environmental research, 245, 117960. doi:10.1016/j.envres.2023.117960. [4] iea. (2022). global co2 emissions rebounded to their highest level in history in 2021. international energy agency (iea), paris, france. [5] chen, j. m. (2021). carbon neutrality: toward a sustainable future. the innovation, 2(3), 100127. doi:10.1016/j.xinn.2021.100127. [6] ipcc. (2022). climate change: a threat to human wellbeing and health of the planet. taking action now can secure our future. the intergovernmental panel on climate change (ipcc), geneva, switzerland. [7] iea. (2018) co2 emissions from fuel combustion 2018-highlights. international energy association (iea), paris, france. [8] european parliament. (2022). what is carbon neutrality and how can it be achieved by 2050. european parliament, strasbourg, france. [9] chen, l., msigwa, g., yang, m., osman, a. i., fawzy, s., rooney, d. w., & yap, p.-s. (2022). strategies to achieve a carbon neutral society: a review. environmental chemistry letters, 20(4), 2277–2310. doi:10.1007/s10311-022-01435-8. [10] rahman, m. n., & wahid, m. a. (2021). renewable-based zero-carbon fuels for the use of power generation: a case study in malaysia supported by updated developments worldwide. energy reports, 7, 1986–2020. doi:10.1016/j.egyr.2021.04.005. [11] webb, d. (2023). sustainability leadership: mapping the path to net zero and beyond with apple, google, and microsoft. master thesis, johns hopkins university, baltimore, maryland. [12] palmer, a. (2023). amazon sees decline in carbon emissions for the first time. cnb, los angeles, united states. available online: https://www.cnbc.com/2023/07/18/amazon-sees-decline-in-carbon-emissions-for-the-first-time.html (accessed on june 2025). [13] dyson, j. (2023). sustainability at dyson. dyson, singapore. available online: https://www.dyson.com/sustainability (accessed on august 2025). [14] nestle. (2023). nestle net zero roadmap. nestle, vevey, switzerland. available online: https://www.nestle.com/sites/default/files/2020-12/nestle-net-zero-roadmap-en.pdf (accessed on august 2025). [15] intel. (2022). intel commits to net-zero greenhouse gas emissions in its global operations by 2040. intel, santa clara, united states. available online: https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/newsroom/news/net-zero-greenhouse-gas-emissionsoperations.html (accessed on august 2025). [16] sinha, a., sengupta, t., & alvarado, r. (2020). interplay between technological innovation and environmental quality: formulating the sdg policies for next 11 economies. journal of cleaner production, 242, 118549. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.118549. [17] ken lun, c. c., rong, t. h., seng, l. k., cheah ni, c. c., thinakaran, r., tin, t. t., & batumalay, m. (2022). a case study on the impact of video games towards malaysian youth. journal of theoretical and applied information technology, 100(19), 5840–5853. [18] roscoe, j. t. (1969). fundamental research statistics for the behavioral sciences. holt rinehart and winston, new york, united states. https://www.cnbc.com/2023/07/18/amazon-sees-decline-in-carbon-emissions-for-the-first-time.html https://www.dyson.com/sustainability https://www.nestle.com/sites/default/files/2020-12/nestle-net-zero-roadmap-en.pdf https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/newsroom/news/net-zero-greenhouse-gas-emissions-operations.html https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/newsroom/news/net-zero-greenhouse-gas-emissions-operations.html available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 838 issn: 2723-9535 workhorse or white elephant? end user acceptance of erp system in a shared service center anusuyah subbarao 1 , nasreen khan 1 , muhammad a. ramli 1, aysa siddika 1* 1 faculty of management, multimedia university, cyberjaya, malaysia. received 10 july 2023; revised 09 november 2023; accepted 18 november 2023; published 01 december 2023 abstract businesses globally heavily invest in enterprise resource planning (erp) implementation to meet high customer demands and maintain competitiveness. despite significant investments, underutilization hampers reaping the system's full benefits, leading to stagnant or adverse performance. hence, this study aims to uncover reasons for the lack of end-user adoption of erp systems. it focuses on the correlation between performance expectancy, effort expectancy, social influence, and organizational support in determining erp system acceptance by end users. this study utilized a quantitative methodology. data were collected from 392 respondents within a malaysian shared service center. multiple regression analysis was conducted employing the utaut model and perceived organizational support theory to evaluate and interpret the collected data. the study’s key findings include the significant positive association between performance expectancy and erp system adoption, reinforcing the influence of effort expectancy on technology adoption. despite its positive effects, social influence had little effect on end-user adoption. additionally, it was observed that erp system adoption was consistently facilitated by organizational support. this study confirms the essential factors that drive the adoption of erp systems by end-users. it emphasizes the crucial role of leadership in prioritizing these elements for organizations to enhance user acceptance and ensure the successful implementation of erp systems. keywords: enterprise resource planning; shared service center; performance expectancy; effort expectancy; social influence; organizational support. 1. introduction since the 1990s, many organizations worldwide have invested significant amounts of money to replace outdated legacy systems with enterprise resource planning (erp) systems [1, 2]. organizations face challenges in meeting customer expectations, navigating global competition, and maintaining competitiveness amid global market shifts. to address these challenges, leaders implemented measures to improve quality, reduce costs, enhance efficiency, and retain clients [1]. one effective strategy to improve efficiency and efficacy in business processes is to use information technology to regulate and standardize all sections and departments of an organization. deploying erp systems is a key approach for providing a company with a set of integrated applications that incorporate different elements of business activity [3]. using information technology to regulate and standardize all sections and departments of an organization is an effective strategy to improve efficiency and efficacy in business processes [1, 4]. companies are increasingly seeking efficiency and cost reductions to stay competitive. they focus on core operations and reorganize support activities to streamline value chains. shared services have gained popularity as a way to centralize * corresponding author: aysa.siddika@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-013  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0384-5821 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8000-2000 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7407-5150 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 839 and streamline support services due to their economic advantages and ability to develop new capabilities. shared service centers (ssc) are organizational structures that operate as independent organizational units and combine back-office operations from various business units within the company. about 75% of fortune 500 organizations implement shared service models to improve performance [5]. studies reveal that businesses using shared service centers (sscs) can save costs by as much as 30 percent in comparison to businesses using traditional organizational structures [6]. in order to further enhance their efficiency and effectiveness, many sscs are turning to erps. implementing an erps in an ssc can bring numerous benefits, including improved access to accurate and timely information, streamlined processes, and increased efficiency [3, 7]. this implementation, however, comes with its own set of challenges, such as careful planning and coordination, training and change management, data migration, and ensuring alignment with the organization's overall goals and objectives [8]. organizational leaders have poured a great deal of money into erp systems (erps), but not all have yielded the intended results [1, 2]. though erps has been used by organizations all over the world to provide a more standardized and efficient system, its advantages layout did not happen in many firms and was usually unsuccessful [9, 10–12]. it is rare for the system to achieve its absolute potential [8, 9], and the reasons for these issues are not well understood [13]. empirical research demonstrates that erps end-user adoption is lacking all around the world [1]. according to previous research, employees only use erps to a limited extent, despite the organization's significant investment in the system's implementation. underutilization of the erps prevents the business and its users from reaping the full benefits of the erps, resulting in stagnant or negative performance improvements. end-users frequently fail to use the system effectively, posing significant issues for a variety of companies [4]. low adoption rates among end users are a major reason for firms not achieving the benefits of erps [1]. user acceptability is crucial for assessing erps success [1, 14– 17], as users must accept and effectively use the systems for their daily tasks. misalignment between organizational demands and data usefulness [11, 14, 16] and lack of understanding [2] are common causes of system failure. studies also observed how the failure of users to adopt the system has resulted in significant harm and inefficiencies in a variety of businesses [14, 18, 19]. on the other hand, numerous academic studies have examined sscs. these studies underscore its substantial influence on organizational dynamics in terms of cost savings, efficiency, process optimization, and improved service quality [20–23], robotizing the ssc [23], the challenge of managing the ssc [6, 24, 25], and the implementation of the ssc [26]. these studies highlight the crucial role that sscs play in promoting standard practices, increasing the scalability of businesses, and centralizing vital functions like information technology (it), financial management, and human resources (hr). studies by richter & brühl [26] reveal a positive relationship between high-level mechanistic organizational structure and the success of sscs. all these studies' purpose is to explore the configurations of ssc characteristics, their performance implications, and the dynamics of ssc configurations during their implementation and efficiency in cost and process. the erps has been tested on a global scale to determine user adoption [1, 4, 20, 21]. however, there is little evidence in the empirical literature on erps adoption in the ssc context. malaysia, ranked third in at kearney's 2021 global services location index, is considered the "rising asian tiger" for global shared services. malaysia is also the top asean country for sscs and centralized business operations [9]. hence, research on factors affecting erps user adoption in malaysia is increasingly needed to determine if erps in sscs are the workhorse or white elephant of the organization. the major goal of this study is to investigate the factors that influence end-user adoption of erp systems in sscs. this study aims to examine the relationship between performance and effort expectancy with the level of enduser adoption of erp systems. in addition, it examines the effect of social influence and organizational support on the level of end-user adoption of erp systems in ssc. from this point on, the paper is divided into the following sections: section 2 focuses on the related literature review. section 3 presents the research methodology utilized in this study. the results and their interpretations are presented in sections 4 and 5, respectively. lastly, in section 6, we discuss the conclusion of the study. 2. literature review 2.1. enterprise resource planning erp is a group of interconnected bundled software that embody a company's business processes [1, 2]. erps is thought to give organizations a competitive advantage due to its ability to boost corporate productivity, improve performance, and improve efficiencies across many business areas [10]. it is capable of addressing far more tough management difficulties, resulting in greater production and operational effectiveness [11]. the innovative development of an erps enables effective data gathering, storing, and transfer that is accessible to large groups of users [3] as well as the acceleration of transparency within the organization [12]. aside from that, erps operators should always respect the specified procedure and designate specific roles in order to better regulate user access, which contributes to the growth of discipline inside the organization [1, 12]. furthermore, by utilizing erps effectively and encouraging hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 840 information sharing among users, time can be saved [13]. erps also aids decision-making by facilitating accountability and fast report development, as well as better data visibility and transparency, which improves audibility from a financial accounting aspect. erps integrates numerous company processes, including supply chain management, accounting, finance, marketing, sales, as well as human resource management [1, 3]. erps was introduced in 1990 to replace the previous legacy system [28, 29]. according to research, erps aids in enhancing the efficacy of day-to-day tedious tasks, allowing analysts and accountants to concentrate further on the key elements of the data [30]. studies observed that erp can boost an organization's competitive edge by establishing efficiencies through centralized resources and interconnected processes, which results in lower operating costs, improved efficiency, greater decision accuracy, and reinforced organizational restructuring [31]. the primary goal of implementing an erp system is to increase productivity and improve organizational competitiveness while reducing operating costs [32, 33]. tsai et al. [34] confirm that erps enhance financial competence and market competitiveness. most organizations with long-term strategic goals to stay competitive agree that installing erps adds to their comparative advantage [35]. erps empowers organizations to truly comprehend the perks of erps with regard to decision-making, cost reductions, cut turnaround time, and enhanced efficiency and productivity [4, 36]. additionally, erps allows accounting applications to be integrated into business processes, increasing the quality and agility of information collection and processing [3]. erp serves a vital purpose by integrating financial data for better reporting and company continuation [37]. one of the features of erps that entices organizations to engage in installation is their capacity to collect data in a centralized manner and maintain consistency of data across business units [33]. liu et al. [28] conform with this in their research, which demonstrates that erp provides unified data and information that is readily accessible. with the system's ability to create unified and advanced relevant data, decision-making processes can be accomplished comprehensively and on a timely basis [36]. these effectively eliminate data duplication and simplify company processes, resulting in significant cost reductions. erps integration and standardization across the enterprise result in increased visibility and centralized control over numerous functional areas [37]. using the finest practices throughout the organization from the erp installation will contribute to increased efficiency and efficacy, lowering the risk of potential error and promoting organizational growth [38]. since the 1990s, investments in erps implementations have been tens of trillions of dollars globally [1, 2]. the success or failure of erps is highly dependent on user behavior toward the system. the commitment of corporate leaders to remove legacy systems and replace them with erps is based on the belief that the system will improve data management, quality, dependability, integration, audibility, and efficient reporting in the long run [3]. however, during the post-installation process, the component where problems with work performance occur raises crucial considerations for institutions about the extent of erps implementation importance [11, 39]. the amount of user toleration or rejection of the erps is not completely understood. lack of system adoption has reduced the optimal usage of erps, obstructing the achievement of the system's full potential and resulting in a reduction in overall company visibility [1, 20]. besides, resistance to adopting erps has resulted in a drop in data security and quality, resulting in a fall in reporting inaccuracy and, as a result, a decrease in the report's dependability [10]. 2.2. theoretical background the implementation and usage of erp systems within organizations have been extensively researched using various theoretical frameworks to understand their complexities. studies utilizing the technology acceptance model (tam) focus on individuals' perceptions and attitudes towards technology, assessing how users' perceived usefulness and ease of use affect their intention to use erp systems. this model has been valuable in understanding the behavioral aspects influencing erp adoption among employees [40–43]. the innovation diffusion theory explores how different individuals within an organization accept and adopt erp systems, helping tailor strategies for smoother adoption across different user groups [44, 45]. change management theories have assisted researchers in recognizing and managing resistance to change, preparing the organization, and navigating the complexities of introducing an erp system [46, 47]. on the other hand, the resource-based view (rbv) focuses on the internal resources and capabilities of an organization, assessing how the alignment of erp functionalities with organizational processes and goals can contribute to competitive advantage [48]. in addition, the studies employing the unified theory of acceptance and use of technology (utaut) integrate various elements from different technology adoption theories to understand the adoption and usage of technology within organizations [49, 50]. utaut was created on the basis of eight conjectures, emphasizing four crucial formulations: effort expectancy (ee), social influences (si), performance expectancy (ep), as well as facilitating conditions (fc) [33]. three construct variables, pe, ee, along si, all seem to influence the intent to utilize information technology. however, the fourth construct (fc) is considered an immediate influencer because it assesses firsthand usage and so may not be used to predict behavioral resolution [33]. the key influencer is performance expectancy (pe), as defined by venkat "the extent to which a user anticipates that utilizing the system would assist him or her in achieving advances in job performance" [33]. the association between fruition expectations, as well as behavioral resolution has been shown to be substantially influenced by gender along with age, with men and younger people being more likely to be affected [14, 19, 28]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 841 utaut is a comprehensive framework that consolidates various factors that influence erp adoption. utaut's applicability to diverse organizational settings makes it suitable for studying erp adoption in sscs. its focus on specific determinants like performance expectancy, effort expectancy, and social influence helps identify critical factors influencing erp adoption. utaut's adaptability, comprehensiveness, and empirical grounding make it an effective choice for understanding the complexities of technology acceptance and use within sscs. 2.3. hypothesis development user acceptability is crucial for the success of an erp system adoption [28, 51]. the main cause of erp adoption failure is user reluctance and indecision to use the system. understanding consumer acceptability and management approval are essential determinants for efficient erp use. underutilization of erps hinders the intended outcome and erp usage is highly dependent on user acceptability [3, 8]. many companies have successfully deployed erps, but others struggle to achieve their expected business value due to user aversion [43]. performance expectation in erp refers to the extent to which a consumer anticipates that using a system will improve their work productivity. this expectation is evaluated using perceived usefulness, job fit, outcome expectations, and relative advantage [52]. job fit is a concept that suggests that the acquisition of advanced technology can improve work performance [37]. relative advantage refers to the degree to which an individual believes a new system is significantly more useful than the previous one [53]. the construct's final component is resulting expectancies, which are separate from job-related performance expectations. personal outcome anticipation, such as self-esteem and success, is separate from job-related performance expectations [54]. research has shown a strong correlation between performance expectations and user adoption of technology in various industries [55-57]. effort expectancies refer to the ease of use associated with a system, consisting of perceived ease of use, complexity, and actual ease of use [37, 58]. perceived ease of use is derived from the technology adoption paradigm, implying that users find high technology user-friendly. complexity is a consumer's assessment of challenges in using a computer program [37, 58]. finally, ease of use is a concept that relates to innovation. studies suggest that effort expectancy significantly influences user adoption of erp [49, 59]. however, others argue that effort expectancy can negatively impact user behavior in open-source software [60]. social impact in an organizational context refers to an individual's personal embodiment of their subjective identity and personal accord with others. subjective culture is linked to norms in the theory of reasoned action [61], which encompass thoughts, ideals, values, encounters, attitudes, responsibilities, and human-made surroundings. the utaut framework defines social influence as the extent to which a person feels others should use a new system [62]. social impact is formed by subjective norms, social variables, and images [58, 63]. the diffusion of technology model incorporates reputation as a final notion, highlighting the positive impact of technology usage on an individual's social status and reputation [58]. research has shown that social influence plays a significant role in the acceptance and adoption of technology, particularly in the context of homegrown erps [25, 49, 64]. however, some studies have found that social influence is only marginally significant, possibly due to users' personal characteristics. work colleagues are a starting point of social influence that fuels certain circumstances, shaping the organization's outcomes. there are several approaches to investigating colleagues' impact on the prime employee, including the averaged approach, the social network technique, and the relational technique. these approaches help to understand the relationship between social influence, technology adoption, and employee performance [26]. organizational support is the effort of an organization to understand and appreciate the mental state requirements of its employees [28]. it is a key driver of work efficiency and organizational devotion [29]. anticipated organizational support refers to the belief that the organization listens to and cares about the employee's needs and well-being. this support can be demonstrated through resources, tools, and empowering programs. it is often seen as providing stable employment and dedication [29]. research shows that anticipated organizational support leads to positive outcomes such as a stimulating attitude towards work, encouraging behavior, and improved health. in the context of information technology adoption, management commitment includes training and support, trust in the system, and project communication [30]. training is crucial for successful erps adoption, as it helps users gain firsthand experience and understand the system's value [46]. shared belief is also essential for successful erp adoption, as it increases the consumer's self-empowerment and understanding of the system's benefits [31, 41]. as a result, the following hypotheses have been formulated for this study: h1: performance expectancy has a positive correlation with end-user acceptance of the erp systems; h2: effort expectancy has a positive correlation with end-user acceptance of the erp systems; h3: social influence has a positive correlation with end-user acceptance of erp systems; h4: organizational support has a positive correlation with end-user acceptance of erp systems. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 842 3. research methods a quantitative design was selected for this research. the motive of this quantifiable (quantitative) transverse study is to investigate the customized utaut framework, valence expectancy, as well as organizational support in establishing the elements that impact consumer adoption of the erps in carrying out their day-to-day tasks in organizations, particularly in the context of shared service centers in malaysia. figure 1 presents the theoretical framework and hypotheses of the study. figure 1. theoretical framework 3.1. research sampling the research sample included the workforce who have used erps to execute their tasks in organizations of the shared services center located in the klang valley, malaysia. the participants were pre-selected based on their previous experiences with erps such as sap, oracle, and microsoft dynamics. respondents from diverse industries, education levels, age ranges, ethnic backgrounds, and income levels were included in the study. the present study utilized krejcie & morgan's [65] method, supported by the national education association's spreadsheet, to calculate respondent numbers. with a demographic of 45,000, 381 respondents were required; thus, our study comprises data from 381 completed responses to meet this criterion. the study utilized purposive sampling, which was chosen due to its effectiveness in situations with limited resources and time constraints [66, 67]. purposive sampling involves selecting respondents based on specific criteria, as judged by individuals familiar with the study [6, 68]. the study used a self-administered questionnaire distributed through google forms to engage respondents from the selected ssc. the questionnaire, which included 25 questions, was distributed to participants within a specified timeframe. participants were encouraged to complete the questionnaire independently, ensuring anonymity and confidentiality. the study followed ethical standards, including participant confidentiality and data protection guidelines. 3.2. measurement of item and scale based on the previous literature, measurement items and scales were developed. this study followed the utaut structure components to conduct the quantitative analysis [62, 69]. these include social influence, facilitating factors, performance expectancy, and effort expectancy. prior research was used to generate the scales for utaut constructs [57, 69, 70]. table 1 provides precise measurements for each built measuring scale. each item is rated on a five-point likert scale ranging from strongly disagree (1) to strongly agree (5). table 1. definition and measurement of the constructs construct definition no. of item adapted sources performance expectancy the degree to which the user expects that the system will enhance his or her job performance. 4 [62, 63, 71] effort expectancy the degree of user-friendliness of the system 4 [58, 69, 70] social influence significant others' belief that the new system should be implemented by the individual. 3 [57, 69, 70] facilitating condition an individual's belief that the system is supported by technical and organizational infrastructure 5 [57, 69, 70] end user acceptance the degree of satisfaction and approval that end users have towards any system, service, or product 4 [6, 70] end user acceptance of erps performance expectancy effort expectancy social influence organizatioanl support hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 843 3.3. method of analysis the study used descriptive statistics to illustrate the dataset's properties together with uniformity. the analysis includes skewness-kurtosis analysis, reliability analysis, and regression analysis. the reliability of the constructs was assessed by cronbach’s alpha. finally, to assess the linear association between independent and dependent variables, multiple regression analysis was applied. figure 2 presents an overview of the research phases for the present study. figure 2. overview of research phases 4. results 4.1. reliability analysis the cronbach alpha for the variables is shown in table 2. it falls between 0.973 and 0.980. the user acceptability of the erp system is the dependent variable, and its cronbach alpha value is 0.978, while the performance expectancy's cronbach alpha is 0.980. the effort expectancy is the second independent variable, valued at 0.973, and social influence and organizational support are the third and fourth independent variables, valued at 0.973 and 0.973, respectively. all the constructs show good overall consistency, so all of them are included for additional study. table 2. reliability analysis of study variables item constructs/variable cronbach’s alpha dv end-user acceptance 0.98 iv1 performance expectancy 0.98 iv2 effort expectancy 0.97 iv3 social influence 0.97 iv4 organizational support 0.97 4.2. normality analysis the skewness of all the statistical values ranges from -0.678 for organizational support to 0.067 for performance expectancy (table 3). as suggested by past research, organizational support (-0.678) and effort expectancy (-0.534) are moderately skewed whereas the other variables performance expectancy, social influence and user acceptance are approximately symmetric. meanwhile, the kurtosis asymmetry value for all the variables ranges from -0.372 to 1.258, which is regarded as admissible for establishing the normal univariate distribution. table 3. normality analysis of study variables variables constructs/variable skewness kurtosis statistics std error statistics std error iv1 performance expectancy 0.067 0.123 -0.372 0.246 iv2 effort expectancy 0.053 0.123 0.838 0.246 iv3 social influence -0.080 0.123 -0.323 0.246 iv4 organizational support -0.678 0.123 1.258 0.246 dv end-user acceptance -0.472 0.123 0.336 0.246 development of research objectives formulation of questionnaire pilot test analysing of data screening and cleaning the data survey among 381 erp user at ssc data collection & analysis phase interpreting the result reporting phase literature review initial phase hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 844 4.3. descriptive analysis this section contains the results of a descriptive analysis of the respondents' demographics. the first part of this section contains the results from the frequency distribution of the respondent’s profile, including age, gender, duration of employment, type of erp system used, and total duration using the erp system. the second part of this section contains the results from the mean and standard deviation (sd) analysis of each variable. 4.3.1. frequency distribution analysis table 4 shows the respondent's age groups, ranging from 25 to 54 above. the majority (48%) are aged 25–39, followed by 40–54 (36.7%), above 54 (12.2%), and under 25 (3.1%). out of 392 respondents, 176 are male and 216 are female, with females accounting for 55.1 percent. table 4. descriptive statistics particulars frequency percent age under 25 12 3.1 25-39 188 48.0 40-54 144 36.7 above 54 48 12.2 gender male 176 44.9 female 216 55.1 total 392 100 table a1. in appendix i presents statistics on service duration and erp usage. respondents were grouped into six categories based on their service duration, with the majority having served between 1-5 years and more than 20 years. figures 3 and 4 show the different types of erps used by the respondents and the duration of use. the study revealed that most respondents use sap software, and 69.4% of them have been using erps for more than three years. figure 2. uses of different erps by the respondents figure 3. duration of using the erp system 61 18 6 10 4 sap oracle microsoft dynamics in-house developed others 4 4 5 17 69 0 20 40 60 80 below 3 months 3-6 months 7-11 months 1 yr – 3 yrs more than 3yrs % of respondents hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 845 4.3.2. mean and sd analysis of the variables table 2a in appendix i presents the mean and standard deviation of end-user acceptance of erp systems. the overall perception of end-users towards erp systems is positive, as reflected in their pleasant experience (mean = 3.79) and intent to frequently utilize the systems in the future (mean = 3.85). when it comes to performance expectancy, users strongly perceive the utility of erp systems in their job tasks (mean = 4.20). they believe that these systems enhance productivity and make tasks easier, reflecting a high level of confidence in the system's performance benefits. as far as effort expectancy is concerned, interactions and usage of these systems are generally clear and understandable (mean = 3.78), but opinions vary on the ease of becoming skilled at using them (mean = 3.69 to 3.77), indicating a moderate level of ease in learning and utilizing these systems. regarding the influence of social factors on erp usage, users display a moderate level of influence from people whose opinions they value or who hold importance in their lives (mean = 3.68–3.73), indicating a noticeable but not overwhelming impact. in terms of organizational support, users perceive substantial support in resource availability (mean = 4.07) and possessing the necessary knowledge (mean = 4.04). however, the score for the completeness of the provided training received was relatively lower (mean = 3.77), indicating potential room for improvement in training comprehensiveness. 4.3.3. multiple regression analysis regression analysis is a statistical technique used to estimate the association between variables that have a causeand-effect relationship [40]. the main intention of employing multiple regression in this research is to evaluate the relationship between user acceptance of erp and different independent variables and, on top of that, develop a linear equation between them. according to table 5, the anova test in this research yielded an f-value of 3191.299 and a p-value of <0.001. this indicates that at least one of the independent variables—performance expectancy, effort expectancy, social influence, and organizational support—can explain the dependent variable. therefore, the model fits the data. table 5. anova sum of squares df mean square f sig. regression 203.187 4 50.797 3191.29 <0.001b residual 6.16 387 0.016 total 209.347 391 dependent variable: user acceptance of erp system. b predictors: (constant), performance expectancy, effort expectancy, social influence, organizational support. table 6 presents the summary of the multiple regression analysis. the r-value obtained is 0.985, indicating a higher degree of simple correlation. furthermore, the r square value is 0.971, indicating that the independent variables, namely performance expectancy, effort expectancy, social influence, and organizational support, explain 97.1% of the variance. this also implies that these variables have a significant influence on the user acceptance of erp systems. table 6. model summary r r2 adjusted r2 std. error of the estimate 0.985a 0.971 0.97 0.126 a predictors: (constant), performance expectancy (iv1), effort expectancy (iv2), social influence (iv3), organizational support (iv4). table 7 displays the coefficient outcome of multiple linear regression, which shows that all four variables in the table are critical predictors of user acceptance of the erp system. these variables are performance expectancy, effort expectancy, social influence, and organizational support. the p-values for all four variables are less than 0.05, indicating their significance. furthermore, the study shows that all of the variables are positively and significantly related to user acceptance of erps. table 7. coefficients variable unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. b std. error beta constant -0.01 0.053 -2.19 0.028 performance expectancy 0.08 0.026 0.064 3.19 0.002 effort expectancy 0.68 0.034 0.652 19.94 0.001 social influence 0.13 0.028 0.133 4.64 0.001 organizational support 0.30 0.031 0.276 9.63 0.001 a dependent variable: user acceptance of erp system hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 846 4.3.4. hypothesis testing the results from the hypothesis testing are presented in table 8, indicating that all four hypotheses (h1, h2, h3, and h4) were accepted. table 8. hypothesis testing summary hypothesis result p-value/s h1: performance expectancy has a positive correlation on end-user acceptance of erps accepted 0.02 h2: effort expectancy has a positive correlation with end-user acceptance of erps accepted 0.01 h3: social influence has a positive correlation on end-user acceptance of erps accepted 0.01 h4: organizational support has a positive correlation with end-user acceptance of erps accepted 0.01 5. discussion and implications 5.1. discussion the primary objective of this research was to analyze the attributes that impact the user adoption of erp systems in relation to shared service centers in malaysia. the research analyzed user adoption using the attributes in the unified theory of user acceptance and use of technology (utaut) structure and also added another attribute to the research framework, which is organizational support. the high correlation between the items that measure certain attributes in the utaut framework shows that they reliably measure the intended constructs. this consistency significantly improves the credibility and reliability of the utaut framework as a tool for understanding how end-users accept erp systems. it means that the variables within the framework are coherent and dependable, providing a strong foundation for predicting and analyzing end-users' acceptance behaviors toward erp systems. the main aim of the research was to investigate whether there is an interrelationship between the expectation of performance and the level of acceptance of erp systems by end-users. in other words, the study aimed to determine whether employees are more likely to embrace new technology if they believe it can help them perform their jobs better. the reliability analysis, normality analysis, descriptive analysis, and multiple regression analysis all demonstrate that performance expectancy has a positive impact on the adoption of erp systems by users. the positive relationship found in this study between performance expectancy and user adoption of erp systems is similar to that found in other studies [30, 28, 63]. tarhini et al. [32] conducted a study in lebanon and discovered that performance expectancy has a remarkable impact on motivating end users to utilize and adopt erp systems in the banking sector, concluding that performance expectancy is the strongest predictor of user acceptance among other variables examined. in a cross-sectional study with 1,562 respondents to evaluate the premise suggesting performance expectancy positively impacts the end user’s willingness and behavioral intentions to utilize technology [63]. moreover, performance expectancy is found to have a strong link with user acceptance of the new erp system in the city of trikala, greece (transportation) [28]. another key objective of the research was to examine the interrelationship between effort expectancy and the level of end-user adoption of erps in sscs. effort expectancy was expressed as “the degree of ease with which a system can be used”. the results from the study reveal that effort expectancy has a positive impact on the user adoption of erp systems that align with the existing studies [69]. the findings of this study support the idea that when users perceive technology as easy to use, they are more likely to intend to use it, which in turn leads to their adoption of it [72, 73]. while most prior research has found this relationship to be positive [73, 74], some studies argue that the perceived ease of use has a negative effect on the intention to use and accept new technology [57, 72]. the researcher suggests that one of the reasons for this contradiction might be related to the characteristics of the sample group [74]. specifically, 67% of the respondents were technology professionals with extensive experience, and 70% of them were between the ages of 50 and 67, as reported in kanellou & spathis [3]. as previous studies have shown, both age and experience can affect the impact of perceived ease of use [69, 74]. the third goal of the study was to examine the interrelationship between social influence and the level of end-user adoption of erp systems. to put it another way, the study aimed to test the extent to which external circumstances affect user behavior towards erp systems, regardless of the system’s attributes. social influence is defined in the utaut model as the “extent to which an individual feels that significant others believe he or she should utilize the new system” [3]. it is seen as a straightforward predictor of user acceptance of technology [3]. the results reveal that social influence has a positive impact on the user adoption of erp systems. the third objective was to investigate the relationship between social influence and the level of end-user adoption of erps in sscs. in simpler terms, the study aimed to test how external factors affect user behavior towards erp systems in the sscc, regardless of the system's attributes. social influence is defined in the utaut model as the "extent to which an individual feels that significant others believe he or she should utilize the new system". it is considered a straightforward predictor of user acceptance of technology. the results of the study show that social influence has a positive impact on the user adoption of erp systems. the positive relationship demonstrated in this research between hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 847 social influence and end-user adoption of erp systems is comparable to that observed in wagaw’s [57] study. ethiopian researchers did research to ascertain the primary parameters influencing user acceptability of homegrown erp systems that take advantage of the realistic advancement of the utaut paradigm [57]. several recent studies have observed similar trends in erp implementation and adoption [73, 74]. the fourth objective of our research was to investigate how organizational support affects the level of end-user adoption of erp systems. organizational support refers to the extent to which a person feels that an organization and its technological infrastructure facilitate the use of a system. this study's findings demonstrate that organizational support has a positive impact on user adoption of erp systems. this positive relationship between organizational support and user adoption of erp systems is consistent with previous research [75, 76]. 5.2. implication the present study has significant implications, both theoretically and practically. theoretically, it contributes to the existing utaut model by presenting empirical evidence and a deeper understanding of the specific factors that influence user acceptance and adoption of erps. the study findings also contribute to the existing literature on user experience, organizational support, social influence, and performance expectancy in the context of erps in sscs, where there is a lack of research. overall, this study sheds light on the critical factors that affect the successful implementation of erps in sscs and provides valuable insights for researchers and practitioners alike. this study has a number of managerial contributions. organizations should arrange inclusive training programs for end users, focusing on the technical aspects as well as the potential benefits of erps. extensive training would enable them to understand better and in skill development. these would increase end users’ performance expectancy and adoption of the system. keeping in mind the effort expectancy, the organization should design the interface in a manner that would reduce the perceived effort required by the user. an intuitive and easily navigated system affects the efficiency of the system. enhancing user-friendliness and simplifying skill acquisition can increase erp system acceptance and integration in organizations. the study was also found to have a positive effect of social influence and organizational support on the adoption of erps. therefore, by promoting knowledge sharing through discussion and exchange of experiences, rewarding early adopters’ organizations can create a supportive and collaborative environment. this would encourage positive peer experiences towards adoption. organizations’ commitment and resource allocation also play an important role in influencing users’ perceptions of organizational support. it strengthens the end users’ perception of organizational support for the adoption of the system. hence, continuous evaluation of erp performance, user satisfaction, and improvement is imperative for the overall effectiveness of the system. through regular assessment, the incorporation of feedback from the end user can improve effort expectancy, performance expectancy, and user satisfaction. this approach helps users feel empowered to effectively utilize erp systems. 6. conclusion implementing an enterprise resource planning system in a shared service center can be a strategic move for organizations looking to streamline operations. this study analyzed the adoption of erp systems by end-users in shared service centers in malaysia, using the utaut model. the results showed that several factors, including performance expectancy, effort expectancy, social influence, and organizational support, have a significant impact on the acceptance of erp systems by end-users in this context. these findings have important implications for organizations seeking to optimize their erp system implementation. organizations can strategically coordinate their efforts to ensure a more seamless and successful erp system integration by paying attention to these implications. the study suggests that organizations can optimize their erps implementation by aligning efforts, addressing performance expectations, refining user interfaces, providing comprehensive training, and leveraging social influence. it also emphasizes the importance of robust technological infrastructure, adequate resources, and a supportive culture. the implications of these insights can guide organizations in malaysia's shared service centers to optimize their erp system implementation, enhancing operational efficiency and business performance. however, this study has some limitations that can direct future avenues for research. the study is conducted from the end users’ perspective. the inclusion of system developers can provide additional insights into the issue. hence, the present study followed a quantitative approach; future research based on thematic analysis would generate more insights and a rich data set for understanding and explaining the complex behavior in the adoption of the erps. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.s. and n.k.; methodology, a.s. and n.k.; software, a.s.; validation, a.s., m.a., and n.k.; formal analysis, a.s. and a.si.; investigation, m.a.; resources, a.s. and n.k.; data curation, m.a.; writing—original draft preparation, m.a., a.si., and m.a.; writing—review and editing, a.s., a.si., and m.a.; visualization, a.s.; supervision, a.s.; project administration, a.s. and n.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 848 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] oldacre, r. (2016). empirical examination of user acceptance of enterprise resource planning systems in the united states. walden dissertations and doctoral studies, minnesota, united states. [2] oliver, d., whymark, g., & romm, c. (2005). researching erp adoption: an internet-based grounded theory approach. online information review, 29(6), 585–603. doi:10.1108/14684520510638052. [3] kanellou, a., & spathis, c. (2013). accounting benefits and satisfaction in an erp environment. international journal of accounting information systems, 14(3), 209–234. doi:10.1016/j.accinf.2012.12.002. [4] zhang, s., gao, p., & ge, z. (2013). factors impacting end-users’ usage of erp in china. kybernetes, 42(7), 1029–1043. doi:10.1108/k-11-2012-0099. [5] chen, x., dai, q., & na, c. (2023). how finance shared services affect profitability: an it business value perspective. in information technology and management. information technology and management. doi:10.1007/s10799-023-00391-1. [6] richter, p. c., & brühl, r. (2020). ahead of the game: antecedents for the success of shared service centers. european management journal, 38(3), 477–488. doi:10.1016/j.emj.2019.10.006. [7] lemonakis, c., sariannidis, n., garefalakis, a., & adamou, a. (2020). visualizing operational effects of erp systems through graphical representations: current trends and perspectives. annals of operations research, 294(1–2), 401–418. doi:10.1007/s10479-018-2851-x. [8] mahmood, f., khan, a. z., shah, s. a., & adil, m. (2023). post erp implementation issues and challenges: exploratory case studies in the context of saudi arabia. kybernetes, 1-26. doi:10.1108/k-06-2022-0914. [9] rajagopal, p. (2002). an innovation diffusion view of implementation of enterprise resource planning (erp) systems and development of a research model. information and management, 40(2), 87–114. doi:10.1016/s0378-7206(01)00135-5. [10] shih, y. y. (2006). the effect of computer self-efficacy on enterprise resource planning usage. behaviour and information technology, 25(5), 407–411. doi:10.1080/01449290500168103. [11] stratman, j. k., & roth, a. v. (2002). enterprise resource planning (erp) competence constructs: two‐ stage multi‐ item scale development and validation. decision sciences, 33(4), 601–628. doi:10.1111/j.1540-5915.2002.tb01658.x. [12] umble, e. j., haft, r. r., & umble, m. m. (2003). enterprise resource planning: implementation procedures and critical success factors. european journal of operational research, 146(2), 241–257. doi:10.1016/s0377-2217(02)00547-7. [13] usmanij, p. a., chu, m.-t., & khosla, r. (2013). does the extent to which an erp system is human-centered contribute to user satisfaction with that system? accounting and management information systems, 12(4), 595–625. [14] saatçioǧlu, ö. y. (2009). what determines user satisfaction in erp projects: benefits, barriers or risks? journal of enterprise information management, 22(6), 690–708. doi:10.1108/17410390910999585. [15] mouakket, s. (2012). investigating the utilisation of erp systems in the uae. international journal of internet and enterprise management, 8(1), 46. doi:10.1504/ijiem.2012.049867. [16] teittinen, h., pellinen, j., & järvenpää, m. (2013). erp in action challenges and benefits for management control in sme context. international journal of accounting information systems, 14(4), 278–296. doi:10.1016/j.accinf.2012.03.004. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 849 [17] yousafzai, s. y., foxall, g. r., & pallister, j. g. (2010). explaining internet banking behavior: theory of reasoned action, theory of planned behavior, or technology acceptance model? journal of applied social psychology, 40(5), 1172–1202. doi:10.1111/j.1559-1816.2010.00615.x. [18] murphy, g. d., chang, a., & unsworth, k. (2012). differential effects of erp systems on user outcomes-a longitudinal investigation. new technology, work and employment, 27(2), 147–162. doi:10.1111/j.1468-005x.2012.00282.x. [19] ibrahim, s. h., duraisamy, s., & sridevi, u. k. (2019). flexible and reliable erp project customization framework to improve user satisfaction level. cluster computing, 22, 2889-2895. doi:10.1007/s10586-017-1664-z. [20] plugge, a., nikou, s., & janssen, m. (2022). a fuzzy-set qualitative comparative analysis of factors influencing successful shared service center implementation. industrial management and data systems, 122(4), 920–941. doi:10.1108/imds-09-20210573. [21] rasool, s. f., chin, t., wang, m., asghar, a., khan, a., & zhou, l. (2022). exploring the role of organizational support, and critical success factors on renewable energy projects of pakistan. energy, 243, 122765. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2021.122765. [22] ou, p., & zhang, c. (2023). exploring the contextual factors affecting financial shared service implementation and firm performance. journal of enterprise information management. doi:10.1108/jeim-04-2022-0126. [23] figueiredo, a. s., & pinto, l. h. (2021). robotizing shared service centers: key challenges and outcomes. journal of service theory and practice, 31(1), 157–178. doi:10.1108/jstp-06-2020-0126. [24] lee, r. p., & tang, x. (2018). does it pay to be innovation and imitation oriented? an examination of the antecedents and consequences of innovation and imitation orientations. journal of product innovation management, 35(1), 11-26. doi:10.1111/jpim.12370. [25] shahar, s. m., satar, n. s. m., & bakar, k. a. a. (2019). the challenges in managing information technology shared services operations. international journal of recent technology and engineering, 8(1c2), 322–328. [26] richter, p. c., & brühl, r. (2021). shared service implementation in multidivisional organizations: a meta-synthesis study. journal of general management, 46(2), 73–90. doi:10.1177/0306307020914139. [27] williams, m. d., rana, n. p., & dwivedi, y. k. (2015). the unified theory of acceptance and use of technology (utaut): a literature review. journal of enterprise information management, 28(3), 443–448. doi:10.1108/jeim-09-2014-0088. [28] liu, l., miguel cruz, a., rios rincon, a., buttar, v., ranson, q., & goertzen, d. (2015). what factors determine therapists’ acceptance of new technologies for rehabilitation-a study using the unified theory of acceptance and use of technology (utaut). disability and rehabilitation, 37(5), 447–455. doi:10.3109/09638288.2014.923529. [29] federici, t. (2009). factors influencing erp outcomes in smes: a post-introduction assessment. journal of enterprise information management, 22(1–2), 81–98. doi:10.1108/17410390910922840. [30] maas, j. b., van fenema, p. c., & soeters, j. (2014). erp system usage: the role of control and empowerment. new technology, work and employment, 29(1), 88–103. doi:10.1111/ntwe.12021. [31] ma, q., & liu, l. (2005). the technology acceptance model: a meta-analysis of empirical findings. advanced topics in end user computing, 4(1), 112–127. doi:10.4018/978-1-59140-474-3.ch006. [32] tarhini, a., el-masri, m., ali, m., & serrano, a. (2016). extending the utaut model to understand the customers’ acceptance and use of internet banking in lebanon a structural equation modeling approach. information technology and people, 29(4), 830–849. doi:10.1108/itp-02-2014-0034. [33] madigan, r., louw, t., wilbrink, m., schieben, a., & merat, n. (2017). what influences the decision to use automated public transport? using utaut to understand public acceptance of automated road transport systems. transportation research part f: traffic psychology and behaviour, 50, 55–64. doi:10.1016/j.trf.2017.07.007. [34] tsai, w. h., lee, k. c., liu, j. y., lin, s. j., & chou, y. w. (2011). the influence of enterprise resource planning (erp) systems’ performance on earnings management. enterprise information systems, 6(4), 491–517. doi:10.1080/17517575.2011.622414. [35] beheshti, h. m., blaylock, b. k., henderson, d. a., & lollar, j. g. (2014). selection and critical success factors in successful erp implementation. competitiveness review, 24(4), 357–375. doi:10.1108/cr-10-2013-0082. [36] kaur, r., chana, i., & bhattacharya, j. (2018). data deduplication techniques for efficient cloud storage management: a systematic review. journal of supercomputing, 74(5), 2035–2085. doi:10.1007/s11227-017-2210-8. [37] rodrigues, j., ruivo, p., johansson, b., & oliveira, t. (2016). factors for adopting erp as saas amongst smes: the customers vs. vendor point of view. information resources management journal, 29(4), 1–16. doi:10.4018/irmj.2016100101. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 850 [38] davis, f. d. (1989). perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology. mis quarterly: management information systems, 13(3), 319–339. doi:10.2307/249008. [39] sharma, s., daniel, e. m., & gray, c. (2012). absorptive capacity and erp implementation in indian medium-sized firms. journal of global information management, 20(4), 54–79. doi:10.4018/jgim.2012100103. [40] jo, h., & bang, y. (2023). understanding continuance intention of enterprise resource planning (erp): toe, tam, and is success model. heliyon, 9(10), e21019. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2023.e21019. [41] putri, a. d., lubis, m., & azizah, a. h. (2020). analysis of critical success factors (csf) in enterprise resource planning (erp) implementation using extended technology acceptance model (tam) at trading and distribution company. 2020 4th international conference on electrical, telecommunication and computer engineering, elticom 2020 proceedings, 129–135. doi:10.1109/elticom50775.2020.9230527. [42] ike wahyuning, w., lubis, m., witjaksono, w., & azizah, a. h. (2019). implementation of enterprise resource planning (erp) using integrated model of extended technology acceptance model (tam) 2: case study of pt. toyota astra motor. 2019 7th international conference on cyber and it service management, citsm 2019. doi:10.1109/citsm47753.2019.8965342. [43] sternad, s., & bobek, s. (2013). impacts of tam-based external factors on erp acceptance. procedia technology, 9, 33–42. doi:10.1016/j.protcy.2013.12.004. [44] chatti, h., radouche, t., & asfoura, e. (2021). framework for the evaluation of the erp implementation success: case study in smes. journal of management information and decision sciences, 24(4), 1–25. [45] amini, m., & javid, n. j. (2023). a multi-perspective framework established on diffusion of innovation (doi) theory and technology, organization and environment (toe) framework toward supply chain management system based on cloud computing technology for small and medium enterprises. international journal of information technology and innovation adoption, 11(8), 1217–1234. [46] kunduru, a. r. healthcare erp project success: it’s all about avoiding missteps. central asian journal of theoretical and applied science, 4(8), 130–134. [47] malik, m. o., & khan, n. (2020). analysis of erp implementation to develop a strategy for its success in developing countries. production planning and control, 32(12), 1–16. doi:10.1080/09537287.2020.1784481. [48] gupta, s., kumar, s., singh, s. k., foropon, c., & chandra, c. (2018). role of cloud erp on the performance of an organization: contingent resource-based view perspective. international journal of logistics management, 29(2), 659–675. doi:10.1108/ijlm-07-2017-0192. [49] soliman, m. s. m., karia, n., moeinzadeh, s., islam, m. s., & mahmud, i. (2019). modelling intention to use erp systems among higher education institutions in egypt: utaut perspective. international journal of supply chain management, 8(2), 429–440. [50] dash, b., sharma, p., & swayamsiddha, s. (2023). organizational digital transformations and the importance of assessing theoretical frameworks such as tam, ttf, and utaut: a review. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 14(2). doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2023.0140201. [51] syafiera, t., lubis, m., witjaksono, r. w., & anggana, h. d. (2019). the means of engagement (moe) model of the agreement towards the enterprise resource planning (erp) implementation. proceedings of 2019 4th international conference on informatics and computing, icic 2019, 1–6. doi:10.1109/icic47613.2019.8985900. [52] bennani, a. e., & oumlil, r. (2013). factors fostering it acceptance by nurses in morocco: short paper. proceedings international conference on research challenges in information science. doi:10.1109/rcis.2013.6577708. [53] christiansen, v., haddara, m., & langseth, m. (2021). factors affecting cloud erp adoption decisions in organizations. procedia computer science, 196, 255–262. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2021.12.012. [54] kiran, t. s., & reddy, a. v. (2019). critical success factors of erp implementation in smes. journal of project management (canada), 4(4), 267–280. doi:10.5267/j.jpm.2019.6.001. [55] jo, h., & park, d. h. (2023). mechanisms for successful management of enterprise resource planning from user information processing and system quality perspective. scientific reports, 13(1), 12678. doi:10.1038/s41598-023-39787-y. [56] al-okaily, a., al-okaily, m., & teoh, a. p. (2023). evaluating erp systems success: evidence from jordanian firms in the age of the digital business. vine journal of information and knowledge management systems, 53(6), 1025–1040. doi:10.1108/vjikms-04-2021-0061. [57] wagaw, m. (2017). acceptance of homegrown enterprise resource planning (erp) systems in ethiopia. applied informatics, 4(1). doi:10.1186/s40535-017-0034-5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 851 [58] vermaut, g., & trybou, j. (2017). performance expectancy, effort expectancy and social influence as factors predicting the acceptance or (non-) fluoroscopy-guided positioning for radiographs, and the relationship with leadership. thesis in master of science in health care management and policy. universiteit gent, gent, belgium. [59] mohamad zain, m. r., tajul urus, s., trinh, t., amirul, s. m., & tuan mat, t. z. (2023). erp post-implementation phase: deployment of the unified theory of acceptance and use of technology (utaut) model on user acceptance. asia-pacific management accounting journal, 18(1), 85–129. doi:10.24191/apmaj.v18i1-05. [60] alrawashdeh, t. a., elbes, m. w., almomani, a., elqirem, f., & tamimi, a. (2020). user acceptance model of open source software: an integrated model of oss characteristics and utaut. journal of ambient intelligence and humanized computing, 11(8), 3315–3327. doi:10.1007/s12652-019-01524-7. [61] ajzen, i., & fishbein, m. (1988). theory of reasoned action-theory of planned behavior. university of south florida, 2007, 6798. [62] venkatesh, v., morris, m. g., davis, g. b., & davis, f. d. (2003). user acceptance of information technology: toward a unified view. mis quarterly, 425-478. doi:10.1016/j.inoche.2016.03.015. [63] sobti, n. (2019). impact of demonetization on diffusion of mobile payment service in india: antecedents of behavioral intention and adoption using extended utaut model. journal of advances in management research, 16(4), 472–497. doi:10.1108/jamr-09-2018-0086. [64] alam, m. s., & uddin, m. a. (2019). adoption and implementation of enterprise resource planning (erp): an empirical study. journal of management and research, 6(1), 1–33. [65] krejcie, r. v., & morgan, d. w. (1970). determining sample size for research activities. educational and psychological measurement, 30(3), 607–610. doi:10.1177/001316447003000308. [66] tongco, m. d. c. (2007). purposive sampling as a tool for informant selection. ethnobotany research and applications, 5, 147– 158. doi:10.17348/era.5.0.147-158. [67] rea, l. m., & parker, r. a. (2014). designing and conducting survey research a comprehensive guide. john wiley & sons, new jersey, united states. [68] kandola, d., banner, d., o’keefe-mccarthy, s., & jassal, d. (2014). sampling methods in cardiovascular nursing research: an overview. canadian journal of cardiovascular nursing = journal canadien en soins infirmiers cardio-vasculaires, 24(3), 15–18. [69] chao, c. m. (2019). factors determining the behavioral intention to use mobile learning: an application and extension of the utaut model. frontiers in psychology, 10(july), 1–14. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2019.01652. [70] hoque, r., & sorwar, g. (2017). understanding factors influencing the adoption of mhealth by the elderly: an extension of the utaut model. international journal of medical informatics, 101, 75–84. doi:10.1016/j.ijmedinf.2017.02.002. [71] khechine, h., raymond, b., & augier, m. (2020). the adoption of a social learning system: intrinsic value in the utaut model. british journal of educational technology, 51(6), 2306–2325. doi:10.1111/bjet.12905. [72] arman, a. a., & hartati, s. (2016). development of user acceptance model for electronic medical record system. 2015 international conference on information technology systems and innovation, icitsi 2015 proceedings, 1–6. doi:10.1109/icitsi.2015.7437724. [73] phichitchaisopa, n., & naenna, t. (2013). factors affecting the adoption of healthcare information technology. excli journal, 12, 413–436. doi:10.17877/de290r-5602. [74] alaiad, a., & zhou, l. (2014). the determinants of home healthcare robots adoption: an empirical investigation. international journal of medical informatics, 83(11), 825–840. doi:10.1016/j.ijmedinf.2014.07.003. [75] christine, & legowo, n. (2018). evaluation of policy processing system using extended utaut method at general insurance company. proceedings of 2018 international conference on information management and technology, icimtech 2018, 172– 177. doi:10.1109/icimtech.2018.8528113. [76] alzahrani, a., mahmud, i., thurasamy, r., alfarraj, o., & alwadain, a. (2021). end users’ resistance behaviour paradigm in pre-deployment stage of erp systems: evidence from bangladeshi manufacturing industry. business process management journal, 27(5), 1496–1521. doi:10.1108/bpmj-08-2019-0350. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 852 appendix i table a1. statistics on the duration of service and erp usage particulars frequency percent duration of service less than 1 yr 24 6.1 1-5 yrs 112 28.6 6-10 yrs 64 16.3 11-15 yrs 56 14.3 16-20 yrs 24 6.1 20 yrs+ 112 28.6 types of erp used sap 240 61.2 oracle 72 18.4 microsoft dynamics 24 6.1 in-house developed system 40 10.2 others 16 4.1 duration of using erps below 3 months 16 4.1 3-6 months 16 4.1 7-11 months 20 5.1 1 yr – 3 yrs 68 17.3 more than 3 yrs 272 69.4 total 392 100 table a2. mean and standard deviation of end-user acceptance of erp systems constructs/ variable mean std. deviation end-user acceptance (dv) bua1 using erps is a pleasant experience 3.86 0.686 bua2 i spend a lot of time on erps 3.74 0.800 bua3 i will use erps in my daily life 3.71 0.822 bua4 i intend to use erps frequently in the future 3.85 0.706 sub-total 3.790 0.7317 performance expectancy (iv1) bpe1 i found erp useful in my job 4.24 0.555 bpe2 using erps enables me to accomplish tasks quickly 4.20 0.571 bpe3 using erps increase my productivity 4.26 0.618 bpe4 using erps makes it easier to do my job 4.29 0.548 sub-total 4.20 0.557 effort expectancy (iv2) bee1 my interaction with erps is clear and understandable 3.89 0.681 bee2 it is easy to become skilful at using erps 3.69 0.749 bee3 i find erps easy to use 3.76 0.758 bee4 learning to operate erps was easy for me 3.77 0.712 sub-total 3.776 0.698 social influence (iv3) bsi1 people who influence my behavior think that i should use the erps 3.6 0.780 bsi2 people who are important to me think that i should use the erps 3.71 0.743 bsi3 people whose opinions i value prefer that i should use the erps 3.73 0.791 sub-total 3.683 0.751 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 4, december, 2023 853 organizational support (iv4) bos1 i have the resources necessary to use the erps 4.07 0.675 bos2 i have the knowledge necessary to use the erps 4.04 0.638 bos3 the training provided by my organization is complete 3.77 0.807 bos4 my level of understanding was substantially improved after going through the training program. 4.02 0.686 bos5 the training gave me confidence in the system 3.96 0.670 sub-total 3.97 0.668 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 482 issn: 2723-9535 factors shaping thai millennials' low-carbon behavior: insights from extended theory of planned behavior ajaree thanapongporn 1* , kanis saengchote 2 , chupun gowanit 3 1 technology management and innopreneurship, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, 10330, thailand. 2 department of banking and finance, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, 10330, thailand. 3 technology management and innopreneurship, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, 10330, thailand. received 22 june 2023; revised 03 august 2023; accepted 11 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract objective: this research serves a dual purpose: to construct a predictive model for low-carbon behavior among thai millennials and to analyze the interplay between socio-demographic variables and eco-conscious actions. methods/analysis: by employing pls-sem and surveying 150 thai millennials through purposive sampling, this study reaffirms the influence of persuasive technology and incentives on low-carbon behaviors. it highlights the significance of perceived behavioral control within the tpb framework and reveals intricate pathways by which persuasive technology and incentives shape attitudes, perceived control, and social norms, thereby driving eco-friendly actions. findings: among thai millennials, positive attitudes and perceived control drive low-carbon behavior, while social norms and accessible low-carbon infrastructure also impact eco-conscious actions. persuasive technology shows promise for attitude adjustment, but incentives' relationship with low-carbon behavior is complex. interestingly, mature women exhibit more low-carbon behavior, whereas education and income show an inverse relationship. novelty/improvement: this study contributes novel and substantial insights into the drivers of low-carbon behavior among thai millennials by integrating diverse theoretical frameworks. it enriches our understanding of the mediating role of tpb factors and socio-demographic dimensions, offering invaluable guidance for stakeholders in crafting effective interventions while aligning seamlessly with sustainable development goals 7, 9, 12, and 13. keywords: persuasive technology; motivating variable; climate-change mitigation; sustainability; structural equation modeling. 1. introduction as cop27 approached, there was a solid call to limit global temperature rise to +1.5 °c to mitigate the severe impacts of climate change. extensive scientific evidence has established that human-induced co2 emissions play a dominant role in driving global climate change. anthropogenic activities are primarily responsible for the substantial annual increase in atmospheric co2 levels [1]. the transformation of human behavior and lifestyles is critical in facilitating dna implementing mitigation measures to achieve transitions consistent with a 1.5°c pathway [2]. recognizing the significance of this aspect, the strategic vision for achieving a climate-neutral economy in europe highlights that transitioning to a greenhouse gas-free economy relies not only on technological progress and job opportunities but also on transforming individual and organizational behaviors. * corresponding author: 6381059620@student.chula.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8651-2773 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1132-8197 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 483 climate change has emerged as a pressing global issue that demands immediate attention from individuals, organizations, and governments. increased awareness of the negative effects of climate change has led to the implementation of various strategies to mitigate greenhouse gas emissions, including the promotion of low-carbon behavior. low-carbon behavior encompasses actions that positively impact resource and energy efficiency, leading to beneficial transformations in ecosystems and the overall biosphere. specifically, low-carbon behavior refers to individual activities aimed at reducing greenhouse gas emissions and mitigating the consequences of climate change. such behaviors can encompass a wide range of actions, such as reducing energy consumption, utilizing public transportation, opting for walking or cycling instead of driving, practicing recycling and composting, and making eco-friendly purchases [3]. additionally, within this context, the term "hot-spot activities" refers to specific elements of lifestyle characterized by high consumption levels, high carbon intensity in production, or both [4]. promoting low-carbon behavior is pivotal for sustainable development and aligns directly with sdg 13, which seeks to combat climate change through the identification of sustainable practices. it also aligns with sdg 12 to find the determinants influencing individual consumption patterns, potentially informing responsible consumption and production strategies. it also indirectly supports sdg 7 by exploring factors related to energy usage, aligning with the transition to clean and sustainable energy sources. furthermore, this also contributes to sdg 9, it can foster innovative approaches to environmental challenges and promote eco-friendly practices through infrastructure development. in essence, it aids in achieving multiple sdgs by shedding light on the factors shaping low-carbon behavior among millennials and supporting climate change mitigation, responsible consumption, and sustainability efforts [3]. in studying low-carbon consumption behavior among residents, a common approach is to differentiate between urban and rural residents due to variations in living conditions, economic circumstances, policy environments, cultural settings, and social control [4]. urban areas typically exhibit different patterns of low-carbon behavior than rural regions, making it essential to understand these distinctions. western research often concentrates on towns and cities, while in china, urban residents significantly contribute to national energy consumption [5]. therefore, this study focuses on urban residents, simply called "residents." drawing from prior research, this article categorizes the factors influencing residents' low-carbon consumption behavior into three broad groups: self-factors (psychological and demographic), family factors, and situational factors. self-factors encompass elements such as environmental values, personal norms, attitudes, and knowledge, while demographic factors include variables like gender, age, education, and income. family factors consider aspects such as family structure and ownership, and situational factors encompass policy, social norms, and geographic or climate-related factors. research methods employed to investigate these influencing factors are typically classified into three categories: quantitative research, qualitative research, and mixed-method research. quantitative research examines relationships among variables through numerical data analysis, while qualitative research explores the meaning individuals or groups attribute to social or human issues. mixed-method research combines both quantitative and qualitative data for comprehensive analysis. several recent studies shed light on specific aspects of low-carbon behavior and consumption. halder et al. [6] examine the impact of collectivism and long-term planning on green consumption values. valor and martínez-de-ibarreta [7] explore the relationship between sustainable personal projects, sustainable consumption, and self-transcendence values. yan et al. [8] investigate the influence of power and green consumption values on preferences for green products. khan et al. [9] analyse the effects of green supply chain management and green marketing orientation on green consumption intention, with environmental concerns mediating. xie et al. [10] explores the impact of environmental cognition and regional economic development on green consumption attitudes, subjective norms, and perceived behavior control. li et al. [11] examines the influence of climate change information framing, environmental self-efficacy, and global-local identity on household low-carbon behavior. wei et al. [12] assesses low-carbon consumption behavior in terms of purchasing, daily use, garbage disposal, and public participation behavior, emphasizing information incentives and social influence as key predictors. finally, zhong & chen [13] employ game theory to analyse the relationship between environmental beliefs and willingness to pay a green premium for low-carbon rice, while luo et al. [14] employ the s-o-r model to explore the impact of green advertising on social media on green purchase intention through perceived information utility. these studies collectively enrich our comprehension of the intricate dimensions of low-carbon behavior and consumption, underscoring the relevance of a multitude of factors, from individual convictions and values to external incentives and social influence. nevertheless, to gain a more nuanced understanding of this intricate phenomenon, there is a pressing need for a comprehensive and holistic framework that integrates these multifaceted elements. in response to these identified gaps in the literature, our study takes a focused approach by centering on thai millennials, specifically scrutinizing their low-carbon behavior, particularly in activities with notable carbon footprints. despite numerous investigations into the determinants of sustainable behavior, empirical research targeted at thai millennials within the context of a middle-income country such as thailand, remains limited. our research aims to bridge this gap by employing the partial least squares structural equation modelling (pls-sem) methodology, coupled with survey data gathered from thai millennials. our objectives encompass the construction of a predictive model of low-carbon behavior within this demographic and exploring the intricate interplay between socio-demographic factors and environmentally conscious actions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 484 a noteworthy innovation in our study lies in amalgamating motivating factors, such as persuasive technology and incentives, within the extended theory of planned behavior (tpb) framework. by concurrently examining these elements in conjunction with socio-demographic considerations, we aspire to provide a more comprehensive and nuanced understanding of the multifaceted drivers propelling low-carbon behavior among thai millennials. this holistic approach distinguishes our research from previous studies, which oftentimes overlook the impact of these variables on eco-conscious actions. in summary, our research significantly contributes to the existing body of knowledge by furnishing a deeper insight into low-carbon behavior, particularly among thai millennials. by illuminating the intricate interplay between various determinants and motivating factors, our study offers invaluable insights that can inform the design of precisely targeted interventions and initiatives to nurture a more sustainable future within this demographic. millennials, characterized by their distinctive attitudes and behaviors, have garnered substantial attention concerning sustainable practices and environmental behaviors. research has delved into various facets of millennials' involvement in sustainability, illuminating their socio-demographic profiles, motivations, barriers, and potential contributions to environmental preservation. on a global scale, studies have underscored millennials' heightened environmental awareness and their aspiration to contribute to sustainability endeavours. as highlighted by shukla [15], millennials consistently exhibit more pronounced levels of environmental consciousness compared to older generations, signifying their potential as catalysts for change. this assertion underscores that attitudes, subjective norms, and perceived behavioral control substantially influence millennials' intentions to engage in sustainable practices [16]. thai millennials, born between 1981 and 1996, constitute a pivotal demographic for promoting low-carbon behavior within thailand [17]. as digital natives, they enjoy access to various technologies that can facilitate their embrace of low-carbon practices [18]. despite extensive examinations of intentions to engage in environmentally friendly behavior, the leap from intent to action remains a complex puzzle. notably, despite the surging interest in sustainable behavior and the sway of diverse factors on individual choices, empirical inquiries centred on the low-carbon behavior of thai millennials remain conspicuously scarce. thai millennial is approximately 22% of the total population in thailand, they are a digitally connected generation with tech-savvy characteristic, and 82% of them own smartphones. 72% of them have expressed concern about climate change and this growing awareness highlights their potential as change agents in driving ecofriendly practices [19]. while some studies have probed sustainable practices in specific niches [20] and investigated environmental attitudes in a broader sense [20], the millennial generation in a medium-income nation like thailand has seldom been the focal point of research. consequently, our study aims to bridge this gap by inspecting the determinants and motivating variables that influence and drive low-carbon behavior, particularly among thai millennials. this demographic grapples with navigating a swiftly evolving socio-economic landscape, thereby necessitating an examination of the unique determinants and motivations that drive their low-carbon behavior. moreover, while low-carbon behavior is undeniably pivotal, previous research has often underestimated its effects, resulting in gaps in our comprehension. this research embarks on a comprehensive exploration of the determinants and motivating factors underpinning the low-carbon behavior of thai millennials. its primary objectives encompass a two-fold approach: first, to craft a causalpredictive analysis of low-carbon behavior among thai millennials, entailing a dissection of the psychological, technological, and motivational factors that exert influence on their sustainable practices, and second, to scrutinize the relationship between socio-demographic characteristics and the low-carbon behavior of this demographic. by delving into these determinants, the study probes potential links between motivating variables, low-carbon behavior, and the determinant factors characterizing thai millennials. the goal is to uncover the effectiveness of existing strategies and provide insights that can inform the development of targeted interventions or innovations to effectively engage and empower this demographic group. 2. literature reviews and hypotheses development the escalating global urgency to combat climate change has elevated the scrutiny of individuals, particularly millennials, as pivotal actors in adopting low-carbon behavior. this pressing concern has spurred extensive research into the underlying factors that shape millennials' environmental conduct. this review seeks to join and scrutinize pivotal studies on the determinants of low-carbon behavior among thai millennials. in existing studies, the connotation of lowcarbon behavior is explored. the influencing factors of low-carbon behavior are mainly psychological, sociodemographic, and external or motivating factors. this investigation extends its scope to encompass the theory of planned behavior (tpb) while exploring the interplay of related constructs such as self-determination theory (sdt), allied constructs, and pertinent theoretical frameworks. 2.1. low-carbon behavior and hot-spot activity according to stern [21], low-carbon behaviors refer to actions that positively affect the efficient use of resources and energy, leading to beneficial transformations in the ecosystems and the overall biosphere. low-carbon behavior refers to individual activities intended to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and lessen the impacts of climate change. these behaviors can take many forms, including reducing energy consumption, using public transportation, walking or cycling instead of driving, recycling, composting, and purchasing eco-friendly products. in addition to these factors, hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 485 some studies have identified specific indicators of low-carbon behavior. for example, a study by abrahamse et al. [22] identified indicators such as the frequency of using public transportation, the frequency of recycling, and the frequency of reducing energy consumption. other studies have identified indicators such as purchasing eco-friendly products and participating in community sustainability initiatives. contextually, the term "hot-spot activities" refers to specific lifestyle elements that involve either consumption level, high carbon intensity in production, or both [23]. 2.2. determinant factors of low-carbon behavior and extended theory of planned behavior (tpb) regarding psychological factors, central to the theory of planned behavior (tpb), as postulated by fishbein and ajzen [24], is the foundational idea that attitudes, subjective norms, and perceived behavioral control intricately converge to mold behavioral intentions. many studies have delved into the diverse determinants that influence adopting lowcarbon behaviors. among these, environmental awareness and knowledge emerge as pivotal factor. for instance, in a studies conducted by iyengar [25] and gong et al. [26], individuals who possessed a more profound understanding of climate change's repercussions were considerably more predisposed to engaging in low-carbon behaviors. notably, the sway of social norms plays a significant role in shaping an individual's involvement in low-carbon behavior. extensive research has demonstrated that individuals are more inclined to embrace low-carbon behaviors when they perceive them as socially commendable and aligned with established societal norms [27]. furthermore, extensive research indicates that individuals who perceive themselves as having a high degree of control over their behavior are more inclined to adopt low-carbon behaviors [28]. this suggests that the perceived ability to control one's actions significantly influences the likelihood of engaging in environmentally friendly practices. overall, the literature suggests that a combination of attitude, awareness and knowledge, social norms, perceived behavior control, and specific indicators can influence lowcarbon behavior. subsequent research endeavors should continue exploring these factors and their intricate interplay in promoting lowcarbon behavior. in addition to delving into the psychological aspects, it is crucial to recognize that millennials' lowcarbon behavior is significantly shaped by diverse social and demographic characteristics spanning gender, age, income, and educational attainment. notably, the work of grønhøj & thøgersen [29] unveils that, within their daily routines, women exhibit a heightened proclivity towards energy-saving practices compared to men. moreover, the research conducted by chen & li [30], illuminates that women and urban residents equipped with bachelor's degrees manifest a heightened inclination toward embracing low-carbon behaviors. similarly, girod & tofigh [31] observed that welleducated young men boasting substantial incomes and robust technical backgrounds are more disposed to opt for electric vehicles. furthermore, findings by ignatow [32] underscore that advanced age is a key determinant, with older individuals demonstrating a greater propensity for energy conservation practices. geng et al. [33] revealed that willingness to pay for low-carbon vegetables significantly differs across their demographic factors. stern [21] noted that the gender factor embraces low-carbon consumption as a social responsibility. moreover, individuals with higher income and elevated education are likelier to consume low-carbon [34]. the key drivers of consumers' eco-friendly choices often encompass more direct variables. another study conducted by andre et al. [35] investigated the influence of misperceived social norms on individuals' willingness to take action against climate change. social norms, a crucial component of the tpb, play a significant role in shaping individuals' behaviors. the study suggests that correcting misperceptions about social norms can lead to changes in behavior. fang et al. [36] delve into the intricate interplay of energy conservation, mirroring tpb's emphasis on perceived behavioral control. this synergy of interventions amplifies individuals' mastery over their behavior, congruent with tpb's core tenet of perceived control. imai et al. [37] accentuates the transformative potential of rectifying consumer misperceptions, mirroring tpb's focus on attitudes and beliefs. addressing fallacious notions regarding carbon emissions holds the potential to catalyse affirmative attitudes and intentions toward low-carbon actions. this underscores the instrumental role of accurate information in catalysing shifts in behavior, resonating deeply with tpb's conceptual underpinnings. kaufmann & koszegi [38] spotlight the potent influence of values on consumer behavior, aligning harmoniously with tpb's subjective norms shaped by values and convictions. exploration of carbon footprint labels' impact on dietary preferences closely resonates with tpb's accentuation on perceived behavioral control and attitudes [25], thereby nurturing their perceived control and positive attitudes toward low-carbon behavior. infrastructure is also pivotal in connecting behavioral intentions with real-life actions, as highlighted by the attitudebehavior-external condition model [27]. 2.3. external factors as motivating variables numerous researchers have emphasized the potential enhancement of the tpb model's predictive capacity by including external variables. these variables, such as the perceived policy effectiveness, economic incentives, knowledge, technological factors, and community awareness, have been suggested to augment the tpb framework [28, 39-41]. based on the literature review and local background, the external variables as motivating variables are added in this article: incentives and persuasive technology to better form an extended theoretical model of planned behaviour. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 486 moreover, allcott & rogers [41] highlight behavioral interventions' impact on energy conservation. their discoveries indicate that these interventions' immediate and prolonged consequences can induce behavioral modifications. fogg's behavior model (fbm), which elucidates the determinants influencing the efficacy of a persuasive system, posits that human actions are shaped by motivation, capability, and triggers [16]. persuasion involves deliberately influencing behaviors, emotions, or thoughts regarding a particular issue, object, or action. persuasive technology is a broad range of technologies designed to modify user behaviors or underlying attitudes [42] by employing behavior change techniques. numerous persuasive tactics, such as competition, self-tracking with feedback, goal establishment with recommendations, customization, and social contrasts, yield diverse outcomes contingent on the precise context and may fluctuate depending on the user's emotional state and individual characteristics [43]. using persuasive technology extends to advancing eco-friendly ideals and enhancing the determinants influencing students' environmentally conscious actions. research also indicates a strong correlation between positive external incentives and specific behavioral outcomes [44]. nevertheless, it is important to acknowledge that negative incentives may also exist, although they are often concealed. the establishment of challenges and goals can lead to diverse outcomes, with positive results when individuals succeed and negative consequences if they fail to achieve them. in a study conducted by schneider et al. [45] the effects of financial incentives on vaccination behavior were investigated, highlighting the significance of incentives in driving behavior. this insight underscores the latent efficacy of financial incentives in driving potential eco-conscious actions. the components of attitudes, subjective norms, and perceived behavioral control in the theory of planned behavior (tpb) align with the motivation and ability factors in the fogg behavior model (fbm). the use of persuasive technology and incentives, acting as triggers, helps bridge the gap between these two models. moreover, the self-determination theory (sdt) can also be integrated to explain the intrinsic motivation underlying millennials' engagement in low-carbon behavior. sdt highlights the importance of autonomy, competence, and relatedness in driving behavior. aligning persuasive technology and incentives with these factors can enhance millennials' intrinsic motivation to adopt sustainable practices [46]. moreover, zhao [47] is systematically reviewed the recent studies of low-carbon consumption [12, 48] and low-carbon customization [49]. despite the growing literature exploring sustainable behavior and its determinants, a notable gap exists in the context of thai millennials' low-carbon behavior within middle-income countries like thailand. existing research has primarily focused on western contexts, leaving a knowledge void regarding the unique factors influencing eco-conscious actions in this demographic and geographic context. this study seeks to rectify this gap by carefully examining the determinants and motivating variables underlying thai millennials' low-carbon behavior. what sets this research apart is its holistic framework, which ingeniously integrates the motivating variables of persuasive technology and incentives into the established extended theory of planned behavior (tpb) model. this novel conceptual framework, as depicted in figure 1, refines the tpb by encompassing external motivating factors (persuasive technology and incentives) that subsequently influence the core components of the tpb model, including attitudes, subjective norms, perceived behavioral control, and infrastructure, ultimately shaping low-carbon behavior. this innovative approach differentiates this study from prior research, which often needs to account for the multifaceted interplay of these variables in the low-carbon behavior of thai millennials. figure 1. conceptual framework hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 487 2.4. hypotheses development 2.4.1. socio-demographic factors according to the previous literature [29], this study presents the following hypotheses to investigate the interplay between socio-demographic factors. hypothesis 1: h1a. gender has a significant relationship with millennials’ low-carbon behavior. h1b. the education level has a significant relationship with millennials’ low-carbon behavior. h1c. the income earned has a significant relationship with millennials’ low-carbon behavior. h1d. age has a significant relationship with millennials’ low-carbon behavior. 2.4.2. attitude attitude refers to an individual's emotional inclination toward positive or negative behaviors .factors shaping attitude include values, beliefs, knowledge, and environmental awareness [50] .attitude plays a key role in the tpb models [50], and eenvironmental awareness and understanding are linked to making pro-environmental decisions [51] .based on these insights, the following hypothesis is proposed: hypothesis 2: h2: attitude and awareness have a positively significant relationship with low-carbon behaviors. 2.4.3. perceived behavior control perceived behavior control includes an individual's perception regarding the extent of their command over their actions and their unwavering belief in their capacity to execute promised actions [52] .it encompasses a range of factors, including but not limited to time, knowledge, energy, skills, resources, and opportunities. individuals perceive these factors as assets that can help overcome perceived hindrances when engaging in a specific behavior [53] .based on this well-established premise, the ensuing hypothesis undergoes rigorous empirical scrutiny. hypothesis 3: h3 :perceived behavior control has a positively significant relationship with low-carbon behaviors. 2.4.4. social norms social norms represent the influence of social pressure on individuals, acting as a form of social regulation [54] . substantial evidence indicates that social norms significantly influence various environmental choices and behaviors [55]. studies have found that social pressure put forth through social norms considerably impacts energy use behaviors and personal low-carbon practices [56] . as individuals do not act in isolation, they are likely influenced by normative pressures and contextual factors [57] .therefore, the following hypothesis is examined: hypothesis 4: h4 :social norms have a positively significant relationship with low-carbon behaviors. 2.4.5. infrastructure the availability and convenience of infrastructure can potentially affect individuals' motivations and either promote or discourage environmentally-friendly behaviors [27]. essential elements such as recycling facilities, efficient public transportation systems, and the accessibility of low-carbon products in the market significantly influence individuals' intentions and behaviors about low-carbon practices. hypothesis 5: h5: infrastructure has a positively significant relationship with low-carbon behavior. 2.4.6. persuasive technology supported by studies allcott and rogers [41], which highlight the effectiveness of behavioral interventions in altering attitudes and intentions. lin [ 85[ persuasive technology significantly improves the student sample’s carbon footprint awareness and perceived behavioral control and promotes subjective norms .persuasive technology also facilitates the flow of relevant information and can help optimize individuals' decision-making and perceptions regarding consumption [59, 60] .thus, it is assumed that millennials with higher supportive persuasive technology will have more favorable attitudes and perceived behavior control and social norm. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 488 hypothesis 6. h6a. persuasive technology has a positively significant correlation to attitudes toward low-carbon behavior. h6b. persuasive technology has a positively significant relationship with the perceived behavior control towards low-carbon behavior. h6c. persuasive technology has a positively significant relationship with the social norm towards low-carbon behavior. 2.4.7. incentive the studies from schneider et al. [45] and ahshanul mamun [46] highlight the potential of incentives in driving behavior .moreover, kaufmann & koszegi [38] emphasize the role of consumer values in decision-making, indicating that aligning incentives with millennials' values can positively influence their attitudes and perceived control behavior . according to ahshanul mamun's [46] findings, different types of incentives affect pro-environmental behavior differently .however, it is important to note that while financial incentives may initially boost pro-environmental behaviors, they may decline once they are no longer available .considering the significance of motivation in this context, we propose the following hypothesis: hypothesis 7. h7a. the incentive has a significant relationship with the attitude toward low-carbon behavior. h7b. the incentive has a significant relationship with the perceived behavior control towards low-carbon behavior. consequently, the overall hypothesis & conceptual framework are shown in figure 1. 3. methodology this research used a quantitative research approach. the steps according to the research methodology are as follows in figure 2. figure 2. research methodology process 3.1. research design and procedure the study adopted a quantitative research framework, employing an online survey as the data collection method. hypotheses were subsequently examined utilizing the structural equation modeling (sem) approach, facilitated by smart pls 4. to ensure a comprehensive and diverse participant pool, the researchers employed a purposive sampling technique, strategically selecting thai millennials from various geographical regions. great efforts were made to include a diverse range of participants from different socio-economic backgrounds, education levels, and income levels. the survey was carefully conducted online, with clear instructions for participants. ethical considerations were followed, reviews literature develop a conceptual framework deasign a research methodology design a measurement scales and questionnaire sampling and data collection and analysis analyze the results from data collection discussion and conclusion hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 489 including obtaining approval from the institutional review board (irb) and obtaining informed consent from all participants before conducting the survey. the data collection phase was carefully planned and executed over a specific duration to ensure a substantial sample size for analysis. this process followed established best practices and was complemented by g*power software calculations. 3.2. measurement scales and questionnaire design 3.2.1. measurement scales this study chose measurement scales that were valid and aligned with the research goals. the conceptual model included six ideas, and existing scales from past research were used to measure them. four criteria were used to evaluate the extended theory of planned behavior (tpb) ideas: attitudes, subjective norms, perceived behavioral control, and infrastructure for promoting low-carbon behavior. the motivation variables were assessed by looking at incentives and persuasive technology using items from academic sources. five items were adapted to assess attitudes (aa) with some modifications from ajzen [61], ajzen & fishbein [62], and han & stoel [63]. subjective norms (sn) were evaluated using three items from the aforementioned studies with minor adjustments. perceived behavioral control (pc) was measured using five items from ajzen [61], chen and peng [64], and dean et al. [65]. three items assessing infrastructure were adopted with slight adaptations from chen and chang [66] and pavlou [67]. the four items for the incentive (in) were derived from thaler and ganser [68] while the five items for persuasive technology (pt) were taken from du et al. [59]. a summary of the assessment items and their respective references can be found in table 1. table 1. questionnaire constructs constructs items contents sources attitude & awareness aa1 i am worried about high-carbon issues because i want to keep myself and my family safe from climate change disasters. ajzen [61], ajzen & fishbein [62], and han & stoel [63] aa2 i am realized that the current situation of greenhouse gas emission has reached a very serious level. aa3 i have agreed that waste separation should be an own duty of each household. aa4 i think using mass transportation much better to our environment than using private cars or taxi. aa5 i think having local and seasonal fruits & vegetables and avoiding food waste can lower climate-change issues. perceived control behavior (pc) pc1 i have confidence in my skills to live a low-carbon lifestyle. ajzen [61], chen & peng [64], and dean et al. [65] pc2 i can give up some of my habit to live a low-carbon lifestyle pc3 i can pay more to buy low-carbon goods and services social norm sn1 people around me contribute to my low-carbon behavior. yu et al. [54] sn2 i want to participate in an event about saving the planet with friends or acquaintances. sn3 my experience in preserving the environment in my household/community has contributed to my low-carbon behavior. incentive in1 i need special financial packages to use renewable energy such as low-interest loans, a long installment term for solar cell or electric car purchase. thaler & ganser [68] in2 i want an obvious discount when buying green products. in3 i want to earn points when purchasing green products to redeem for essential goods. in4 i think tax-subsidy should be imposed on low-carbon goods. persuasive technology pt1 i believe that having a system inform the carbon footprint of the chosen activities to do will help me for better decisions. du et al. [59] pt2 i believe that having a system to help you know the carbon emission of the products chosen will help me for better decisions. pt3 i believe that if there is a system to help inform my carbon emission compared to my friends will improve my low-carbon behaviors. pt4 i believe that an accumulated reward system upto my behavior will improve my lowcarbon behavior? pt5 i believe that if there is a system evaluation with compliment to my daily activity will improve my low-carbon behavior. infrastructure (inf) inf1 i think that the basic infrastructure around my residence do not allow for low-carbon living, such as without a waste separation system. chen & chang [66] and pavlou & chai [67] inf2 there are very few or no trees or gardens in my house and offices nearby. inf3 the surrounding transportation system has no electric mass transportation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 490 low-carbon behavior (lcb) lcb1 i usually adjust the air conditioner not lower than 25 degrees celsius stern [21] lcb2 i regularly separate garbage at home and avoid food waste. lcb3 in my daily mobility, i use public transportation such as the skytrain rather than a private car. lcb4 i bring my own bottle of water to get my drink at my favourite coffee shop. lcb5 i prefer to travel green or stay in a green hotel. lcb6 i usually choose environmentally friendly products by looking at labels such as carbon label or eco-energy. lcb7 i like to buy second-hand or recycled. lcb8 i plan to buy an ev car or place solar panels on the rooftop in the next three months? lcb9 i like to plant gardening or tree around the house for coolness. lcb10 i often persuade my family, peers, or participate in activities to create low-carbon behaviors together to protect the environment. by selecting these measurement scales, the study ensures the reliability and validity of the collected data, allowing for a strong analysis of the relationships between the constructs in the research model. 3.2.2. survey instrument the survey instrument used in this study consisted of three main sections. section a focused on gathering sociodemographic information and details of respondents' current energy consumption. it consisted of 12 questions about age, gender, income, education level, and energy usage patterns. section b comprised 24 items, which aimed to evaluate six latent variables: five for attitude & awareness (aa), three for perceived behavior control (pc), three for social norms (sn), three for infrastructure (inf), six for persuasive technology (pt), and four for incentive (in). these variables were explicitly chosen to measure the influence of the extended theory of planned behavior (tpb) factors and motivating factors on participants' engagement in low-carbon behavior. the items in this section were derived from existing research and validated questionnaires, including the international social survey program (issp) [69] and the new ecological paradigm (nep) [70]. section c encompassed 10 items to explore self-reported low-carbon behaviors among millennial participants. due to their efficiency and cost-effectiveness, these self-reported behaviors were employed as proxies for actual human activities. the questionnaire employed a five-point likert scale to measure the respondents' level of agreement or disagreement with each statement. for items related to aa, pc, sn, inf, pt, and in, the scale ranged from 1 to 5, with options indicating strongly disagree, disagree, neither agree nor disagree, coordinate, and strongly agree. regarding items associated with low-carbon behavior (lcb), the scale ranged from never, rarely, sometimes, often to very often. several preliminary research tasks and a pilot study were conducted to ensure the questionnaire's reliability and validity. the pilot study involved 30 millennial volunteers in bangkok, one of the targeted study areas, and their feedback was used to address any unclear or problematic questions. additionally, three experts in environment and statistics reviewed the questionnaire to ensure its content validity. the questionnaire underwent a series of verification and validation procedures to ensure systematic data collection. focus group discussions were held to review the set of questions, and subsequently, a statistical analysis using spss software version 25.0 was conducted. cronbach's alpha values were utilized to evaluate each variable group's internal consistency and reliability. generally, cronbach's alpha values within the range of 0.6 to 0.7 are considered acceptable, while values above this range are regarded as good or excellent reliability indicdtors [71]. table 1 displays cronbach's alpha values for aa, pc, sn, inf, pt, in, and lcb based on the pilot study data. all items within each variable group fell within the acceptable range, so the questionnaire was deemed ready for distribution. 3.3. sampling and data collection data for this research were gathered through an online survey conducted on google forms, which served as the data collection platform. initially, potential participants were contacted over the phone, and upon their consent to participate, they received the survey link. the data collection period spanned from february to april 2023. g*power software is entered utilized by inputting certain; the number of latent constructs, the test's power, and the effect size [72, 73]. therefore, the calculated minimum sample should be 122 cases, but the study’s sample aims for 150 respondents for more consistency. the purposive random sampling method was used to carefully select participants in order to ensure that the sample adequately represented the characteristics and diversity of the target population. this method allowed for the inclusion of participants with diverse socio-demographic backgrounds and ensured a more comprehensive representation of the thai millennial. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 491 the research aimed to gather comprehensive and reliable data for subsequent analysis by leveraging online survey technology and employing rigorous sampling techniques. 3.4. data analysis for the data analysis in this research, partial least squares structural equation modeling (pls-sem) was applied. this choice was made due to the method's well-documented advanced predictive and explanatory capabilities, as supported by prior scholarly investigations [73]. given the specific research objective of scrutinizing the influence of motivational factors, namely persuasive technology, and incentives, on various dimensions, including millennials' attitudes, subjective norms, perceived behavioral control, and infrastructure, all with the goal of promoting low-carbon behavior, the primary focus resided in evaluating a series of predictive relationships rather than embarking on theory testing or confirmation, aligning with the study's distinct analytical requirements. 4. results 4.1. descriptive statistics a total of 160 questionnaires were received, but ten responses were excluded from the analysis due to either being incomplete or containing identical data. this resulted in 150 valid responses, indicating an impressive response rate of 98%. as outlined in table 2, the gender distribution showed a higher representation of females (60.2%) compared to males (39.8%), with the largest proportion falling within the age brackets of 23 to 28 years old (43%) and 29 to 34 years old (28%). most respondents held a university degree (73%) regarding educational attainment. the respondents’ residents were distributed as follows: 81 individuals (54%) hailed from bangkok, 54 (36%) resided in the surrounding areas, and 15 (10%) were from other regions in terms of monthly income, the majority reported earnings in the range of thb15,001 to thb50,000 (65%), followed by those earning ≤thb15,000 (22%). employment status varied; approximately 63% of participants reported being employed, while 11% identified as self-employed. for a visual representation of these demographic statistics, please refer to table 3. table 2. the summary of demographic statistics factors item percentage gender male 37% (55) female 63% (95) age 23-28 43% (65) 29–34 28% (42) 35–40 18% (27) 41–43 11% (16) education master degree 21% (31) bachelor degree 73% (109) undergraduate 7% (10) residence bangkok 54% (81) vicinity 36% (54) others 10% (15) income (thb) <15,000.22% (33) 15,001–50,000 65% (97) 50,001–100,000 11% (16) >=100,001.3% (4) occupation employee 63% (94) self-employed 11% (17) student 10% (15) government officer 7% (10) farmer 1% (2) unemployed 3% (5) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 492 table 3. the summary of the carbon-behavior profile factors items percentage monthly electricity bill (thb per household) >=3,001.12% (18) 2,001-3,000 15% (23) 1,001-2000 36% (53) 501-1,000 27% (41) ≤500.10% (45) >=3,001.20% (30) monthly transportation fee (thb) 2,001-3,000 9% (14) 1,001-2000 35% (52) 501-1,000 25% (37) ≤500.11% (17) hot spot activity in mobility electric mass transportation 37% (56) walk or bicycle 27% (41) work from home 27% (41) others 9% (12) transportation type mass transportation 29% (43) taxi or own car 69% (104) others 2% (3) hot spot activity in entertainment yakiniku buffet 69% (104) green trip 21% (31) less online game 10% (15) hot spot activity in goods & services mobile banking 65% (98) mobile banking 65% (98) less imported cosmetics 8% (13) invest green fund 5% (7) hot spot activity at home reduce electricity usage 65% (98) waste manage 19% (32) saving water usage 12% (13) set-up solar-cell 3% (7) note: frequency in parentheses. for their carbon-behavior profile, as shown in table 3, the majority of respondents, comprising 36%, reported paying monthly electricity bills ranging from thb1,001 to thb2,000. additionally, 27% of participants stated that their monthly electricity expenses fell from thb501 to thb1,000. concerning transportation costs, 35% of respondents indicated that they spend between thb1,001 and thb2,000 per month, while 25% stated that their monthly transportation expenses amount to thb501 to thb1,000. regarding activities with significant carbon emissions in the entertainment sector, many millennials expressed their intention to address these issues. specifically, 69% of respondents mentioned their desire to reduce their carbon footprint when participating in grilled-pork buffets. in the goods and services category, 65% of participants expressed a strong inclination to reduce their electricity consumption at home. in the home segment, respondents showed considerable interest in managing their carbon emissions by opting for electricity from renewable sources (37%). furthermore, 27% of millennials expressed their intention to either walk or use a bicycle to reduce carbon emissions in the mobility segment. 4.2. structural equation modeling analysis the analysis of the measurement and structural models was conducted using the pls approach, with the interpretation of results relying on standardized path coefficients and coefficients of determination. to enhance the analysis's reliability, 5000 bootstrap samples were employed [73]. the subsequent sections present the findings derived from the measurement and structural models, respectively. 4.2.1. measurement model analysis for the measurement model analysis, smartpls 4.0 software was deployed to conduct confirmatory factor analysis and evaluate various aspects such as convergent validity, internal consistency, reliability, and discriminant validity of hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 493 the questionnaire—the assessment procedure aligned with the recommended approach [74]. certain items (aa3, lcb2, in4, and pc4) were excluded from the analysis to enhance reliability. the remaining items demonstrated robust outer lodaings, rdnging from 0.314 to 0.936. crucidlly, key metrics, incluaing cronbdch's α (>0.7), composite reliability (>0.7), and outer loadings (>0.3), consistently surpassed the prescribed thresholds, underscoring the questionnaire's high reliability, validity, and internal consistency [73]. moreover, the average variance extracted (ave) comfortably exceeded 0.3, signifying acceptable convergent validity [74]. discriminant validity, in line with the suggestion of henseler et al. [75] was assessed using the heterotrait-monotrait ratio of correlations (htmt). as presented in table 4, the results incorporated the square root of ave values on the diagonal and correlation coefficients between constructs. importantly, these findings indicated that none of the items exhibited higher cross-loadings on other constructs than on their own, providing compelling evidence of the questionnaire's satisfactory discriminant validity [76]. table 4. composite reliability and validity construct item loading cronbach's alpha composite reliability (cr, rho_c) average variance extracted (ave) attitude & awareness (aa) aa1 0.646*** 0.661 0.652 0.324 aa2 0.505*** aa4 0.648 *** aa5 0.451*** perceived control behavior (pc) pc1 0.778*** 0.869 0.872 0.6 pc2 0.919*** pc3 0.798*** low-carbon behavior (lcb) lcb1 0.636*** 0.861 0.859 0.405 lcb3 0.746 *** lcb4 0.692 *** lcb5 0.704 *** lcb6 0.730 *** lcb7 0.662*** lcb8 0.564*** lcb9 0.641*** lcb10 0.576*** persuasive technology (pt) pt1 0.730*** 0.888 0.886 0.568 pt2 0.639*** pt3 0.679*** pt4 0.677*** pt5 0.878*** pt6 0.881*** social norms (sn) sn1 0.570*** 0.721 0.710 0.456 sn2 0.824*** sn3 0.604*** incentive (in) in1 0.698*** 0.651 0.650 0.387 in2 0.505*** in3 0.647*** infrastructure (inf) inf1 0.525*** 0.610 0.643 0.417 inf2 0.936*** inf3 0.314*** *** p < 0.001 it is crucial to examine the potential for common method bias (cmb) and multicollinearity among predictive variables. cmb occurs when variations in responses are due to the measurement tool itself rather than the true inclinations of the respondents that the tool aims to reveal. to evaluate multicollinearity, we employed a comprehensive test introduced by kock & lynn [77] recommended for assessing the prediction of the collinearity test. as displayed in table 5, the results indicate that all inner variance inflation factors (vifs) among the latent constructs range from 1.000 to 1.631. these values are below the threshold of 3.3 suggested by kock [78], signifying that the full collinearity test yielded satisfactory vifs. consequently, the model can be deemed free from common method bias. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 494 table 5. discriminant validity aa in inf lcb pc pt sn aa 0.569 in 0.566 0.622 inf 0.379 0.606 0.646 lcb 0.498 0.464 0.43 0.636 pc 0.497 0.319 0.266 0.624 0.834 pt 0.545 0.728 0.496 0.485 0.519 0.754 sn 0.432 0.431 0.461 0.625 0.618 0.477 0.675 note: all the correlations were significant at p < 0.01. values in the crosswise are the square roots of the average variance extracted from the constructs. 4.2.2. evaluation and structural model analysis the bootstrap method was employed to examine the causal relationships among the latent variables in the structural model. 5,000 bootstrap samples were generated to calculate the standard error at a 95% confidence level. the significance and strength of the pdths dna cdusdl reldtionships between the ldtent vdridbles were dssessea bdsea on the β values (path coefficients) [73]. the findings, depicted in figure 3, confirmed that all socio-demographic factors (sex, education, income, and age) had a substantial impact on low-carbon behavior (lcb) ds inaicdtea by the following β values: (sex → lcb, education → lcb, income → lcb, and age → lcb): β = 0.064, p < 0.001; β = -0.033, p < 0.001; β = -0.200, p < 0.001; β = 0.024, p < 0.001. therefore, h1a, h1b, h1c, and h1d were supported. furthermore, the extended theory of planned behavior (tpb) factors, including attitude & awareness (aa), perceived control behavior (pc), social norm (sn), and infrastructure (inf), exhibited a positive relationship on lowcarbon behavior (lcb) ds eviaencea by the following β vdlues: (aa → lcb, pc → lcb, sn → lcb, and inf → lc): β = 0.169, p < 0.001; β = 0.353, p < 0.001; β = 0.231, p < 0.001; β = 0.024, p < 0.001. therefore, h2, h3, h4, and h5 were supported. in addition, the motivating variables, namely persuasive technology and incentive, has a significant relationship with millennidls' tpb fdctors with the following β vdlues: (persuasive technology → aa, persuasive technology → pc, persuasive technology → sn, incentive → aa, and incentive → pc): β = 0.306, p < 0.001; β = 0.590, p < 0.001; β = 0.496, p < 0.001; β = 0.342, p < 0.001; β = -0.095, p < 0.001. therefore, h6a, h6b, h6c, h7a, and h7b were supported. table 6 and figure 3 comprehensively summarize the results for all the hypotheses. figure 3. results of the low-carbon behavior model hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 495 table 6. hypothesis test results hypothesis path path coef. p-value results h1a sex→ low-carbon behavior 0.064 0.000 supported h1b education→ low-carbon behavior -0.033 0.000 supported h1c income→ low-carbon behavior -0.200 0.000 supported h1d age→ low-carbon behavior 0.024 0.000 supported h2 attitude→ low-carbon behavior 0.169 0.000 supported h3 perceived control behavior→ low-carbon behavior 0.353 0.000 supported h4 social norm→ low-carbon behavior 0.231 0.000 supported h5 infrastructure→ low-carbon behavior 0.024 0.000 supported h6a persuasive technology → attitude 0.306 0.000 supported h6b persuasive technology→ perceived control behavior 0.590 0.000 supported h6c persuasive technology→ social norm 0.496 0.000 supported h7a incentive →attitude 0.342 0.000 supported h7b incentive→ perceived control behavior -0.095 0.000 supported r2 attitude toward low-carbon behavior = 16.9% perceived behavior control toward low-carbon behavior = 35.9% social norm toward low-carbon behavior = 22.3% infrastructure toward low-carbon behavior = 18.1% low-carbon behavior = 58.4% table 6 shows that all thirteen estimated paths were statistically significant. the motivating variables significantly dna indirectly affect thai millennials’ low-carbon behavior through their tpb factors. moreover, attitudes & awareness, subjective norms, perceived behavior control, and infrastructure exhibited a substantial explanatory power, with an rsquare value of 58.4% for low-carbon behavior. an r-square value exceeding 0.5 (r > 0.5) is commonly regarded as indicating an explanation power [79]. attitude & awareness, influenced by persuasive technology and incentive, displayed more predictive strength (36.4%) than perceived control behavior influenced by persuasive technology and incentive (27.5%) and social norms influenced by persuasive technology ) 24.6 % .( this supported the earlier argument that persuasive technology positively related to millennials' attitudes, social norms, and perceived control behavior, and incentive positively affects only attitudes promoting low-carbon behavior. however, incentive negatively affects their perceived control behavior. 4.2.3. sem analysis using mediating variables this study employed the bootstrapping method preacher and hayes [73] suggested to test the mediating effects. table 7 shows that persuasive technology had a positive indirect effect on low carbon behavior through tpb factors of attitude (ß = 0.052, p < 0.001), perceived behavioral control (ß = 0.208, p < 0.001), and social norm (ß = 0.114, p < 0.001), and incentive also had a positive indirect effect on low carbon behavior through tpb factors of attitude (ß = 0.058, p < 0.001); however, incentive had a negative indirect effect on low carbon behavior through perceived behavioral control (ß = -0.034, p < 0.001). table 6. special indirect effect path a b specific indirect effect ß =(a × b) p value persuasive technology → attitude → low-carbon behavior 0.306 0.169 0.052 0.0000 persuasive technology → perceived control behavior → low-carbon behavior 0.59 0.353 0.208 0.0000 persuasive technology → social norm → low-carbon behavior 0.496 0.231 0.114 0.0000 incentive →attitude → low-carbon behavior 0.342 0.169 0.058 0.0000 incentive → perceived control behavior → low-carbon behavior -0.095 0.353 -0.034 0.0000 one method for gaining further insight into the mediated component involves calculating the ratio of the indirect-tototal effect, commonly referred to as the variance accounted for (vaf) value. following the guidance of hair et al. [73], a vaf value below 20% signifies no mediation, while a value ranging from 20% to 80% indicates partial mediation and a value exceeding 80% suggests full mediation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 496 this investigation determined the vaf value using the formula: vaf = indirect effect/total effect. the vaf analysis indicated that in the relationship between persuasive technology and low-carbon behavior, the mediation effect of perceived behavioral control had a vaf value of 56%, indicating partial mediation. similarly, the mediation effect of social norm had a vaf value of 30%, also suggesting partial mediation. however, none of the tpb factors were found to mediate the relationship between incentive and low-carbon behavior. 5. discussions the primary objective of the study was to develop a comprehensive causal-predictive analysis of low-carbon behavior among thai millennials. this involved a detailed investigation of various influencing factors, including psychological, infrastructural, technological, and motivational aspects. the results (h2) provided insights into the psychological factors, indicating a significant link between positive attitudes towards environmental concerns and the propensity of thai millennials to adopt low-carbon behavior. this discovery aligns with previous research conducted by ajzen and fishbein [80] and pothitou et al. [55], reinforcing the notion that favourable attitudes are conducive to adopting low-carbon behavior. it suggests that thai millennials possess a pro-sustainability mindset, naturally driving them towards ecofriendly activities in their daily lives. additionally, the study (h3) affirmed a substantial relationship between perceived behavioral control and low-carbon behavior, in line with empirical research that have demonstrated that people's intention/behavior is positively influenced by their self-confidence in their ability to perform the behavior [81, 82] that links consumers' intent to purchase energy-efficient household appliances with their perceived control over such behavior. furthermore, the study supported the hypothesis (h4) that a positive relationship exists between social norms and low-carbon behavior, implying that increasing social acceptance of these norms may foster a greater willingness among thai millennials to embrace low-carbon practices which corresponds to the study by steg & vlek [83]. in the realm of infrastructure, the study's findings corroborated the hypothesis (h5) that the presence of low-carbon infrastructure plays a vital role in motivating thai millennials to change their low-carbon behaviour. this is in line with research by zand hessami & yousefi [84] and li et al. [85] which emphasize the impact of external conditions, such as infrastructure and technology support, on the adoption of low-carbon behavior. the study (h6a) also explored the role of persuasive technology as a motivating variable and found that it can be employed to influence thai millennials' attitudes indirectly, thereby encouraging low-carbon behavior without coercion. this finding aligns with the idea of persuasive technology and its ability to encourage people to change their attitudes towards environmentally friendly actions [86]. moreover, concerning technological aspects, the study's (h6c) outcomes indicated that persuasive technology can be linked to changes in social norms and indirectly contribute to fostering responsibility for environmentally friendly behaviors among thai millennials, aligning with the study by bardhan et al. [87]. additionally, the study found a positive relationship between persuasive technology and perceived behavioral control, echoing the research by lin [58] which demonstrated that persuasive technology significantly enhances students' awareness of their carbon footprint and perceived behavioral control. on the motivation front, the study's results revealed that incentives have a positive impact on adjusting favorable attitudes toward low-carbon behavior change, consistent with research conducted by owusu et al. [88]. surprisingly, the study also found an indirect negative relationship between incentives and thai millennials' low-carbon behavior through perceived behavioral control, which presents an intriguing contrast to findings from china [89]. this suggests that incentives alone may not ensure the sustained control of low-carbon behavior among thai millennials. however, zhao [47] recommended that low-carbon customization has been gradually derived differently from traditional low-carbon behavior and may carry out the new low-carbon consumption behavior model supported by the booming development of emerging technologies such as artificial intelligence and big data. the research focused on objective 2, which aimed to examine how socio-demographic factors influence the lowcarbon behavior of a specific group of people. the investigation looked into the connection between socio-demographic factors and low-carbon behavior, as suggested by the initial hypotheses (h1a, h1b, h1c, h1d). the study produced important and meaningful results that supported these hypotheses. in this thai context, the results reveal that mature women tend to exhibit low-carbon behavior, aligning with the observations made by chen and li [30] who noted that women dna urbdn resiaents with bdchelor’s aegrees were more inclinea towdra low-carbon behaviors. furthermore, this outcome echoes the research of ignatow [32] and urban & ščdsný [90] who founa thdt olaer inaiviaudls were more likely to engage in energy conservation practices. however, the results show that education and income both show a negative relationship to low-carbon behavior consistent with a high-growth country like china, liu et al. [91] and han et al. [57] claimed that household income was inextricably associated with increasing co2 emissions due to the demand for more products and services .this opposes the studies of de groot et al. [92] and hatfield-dodds et al. [93], who claimed that well-educated, higher-income are more willing to select pro-environmental vehicles .however, liu et al. [94] recommend further studies to reduce the impact of cultural difference and the proportion of the sdmple’s eaucdtion and income level for more accurate results. in summary, the present study tested the appropriateness of tpb in explaining thai millennials' formation to choose low-carbon behavior. we successfully achieved our study objectives and found support for all seven hypotheses in the hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 497 modified tpb model. overall, the results of this study confirm that our study constructs play a significant role in motivating thai millennials to engage in low-carbon behavior. the findings of our study specifically contribute to our understanding of how thai millennials are willing to adopt low-carbon behavior. the study highlights the roles of persuasive technology and incentives in empowering thai millennials, mediated by their tpb factors. these factors are specifically designed to adequately explain their decisionmaking process when it comes to being environmentally friendly. to the best of our knowledge, this study was the first attempt to employ tpb to examine influencing factors on low-carbon behavior formation in the thai millennial context. the comprehensive analysis and robust interpretations provided in our study can enhance the scientific discourse on low-carbon behavior in the context of thai millennials. these insights can inform targeted interventions and guide future research efforts in this field, ultimately advancing our understanding of this topic. 6. conclusions and implications 6.1. conclusion our study has revealed significant insights regarding the factors that influence low-carbon behavior among thai millennials. we have found that psychological and socio-demographic factors play a crucial role, social norms have an impact, infrastructure is an important consideration, persuasive technology shows promise, and incentives have complex effects. the studies help the academic discourse better understand the determinants and motivating variables that predict low-carbon behavior among thai millennials. the integration of multiple theoretical frameworks in this study enriches the conceptual framework. additionally, the exploration of tpb factors as mediators sheds light on the interaction of psychological, social, and technological factors. to test the model, 150 thai millennials were involved, and a structural equation model was employed. the findings of the study indicate that among all the paths influencing low-carbon behavior, the effects of perceived control behavior were notably the strongest, both directly and indirectly. this suggests that implementing strategies that enhance millennials' perceived control behavior may effectively promote their transition towards low-carbon practices. moreover, thai millennials’ tpb factors can mediate all five links between the external factors as motivating variables of persuasive technology and incentive with their low-carbon behavior. the findings suggest that persuasive technology and incentives play a role in determining thai millennials' attitudes toward low-carbon behavior, with some exceptions. the results also suggest that the relationship between incentives and perceived behavioral control may negatively promote low-carbon behavior. the practical implications of this study extend to the development of targeted interventions that take into consideration the socio-cultural context of thailand and aim to empower millennials to make sustainable choices. additionally, our exploration of socio-demographic factors uncovered that mature women exhibited a higher propensity for low-carbon behavior, while education and income displayed nuanced relationships, varying based on cultural and contextual factors. nonetheless, the study maintains a cautious approach, recognizing the complexity of behavior change and the need for multifaceted strategies. this study also makes a significant contribution towards the advancement of sdg 13 (climate action), sdg 12 (responsible consumption and production), sdg 9 (industry, innovation, and infrastructure) and sdg 7 (affordable and clean energy). 6.2. theoretical implications from a theoretical perspective, this study makes a significant contribution by integrating multiple theoretical frameworks, resulting in a more comprehensive understanding of the intricate factors that influence low-carbon behavior. the incorporation of the extended theory of planned behavior (tpb), fogg's behavior model (fbm), and selfdetermination theory (sdt) enriches the conceptual framework by encompassing psychological, social, and technological dimensions. this amalgamation aligns with contemporary research advocating for a holistic approach to comprehending complex behaviors like environmental consciousness and eco-friendly actions. the study provides an intricate view of the underlying mechanisms guiding millennials' sustainable choices by establishing the mediating roles of tpb factors within the relationship between persuasive technology, incentives, and low-carbon behavior. furthermore, the finding that the indirect impact of persuasive technology on low-carbon behavior is more pronounced when mediated by perceived control behavior (0.208) and social norms (0.114) compared to attitude (0.052) holds potential for enhancing the theoretical understanding of behavior change and technology-mediated interventions. this outcome underscores the critical significance of perceived control behavior and social norms in shaping low-carbon behavior, suggesting their potentially greater influence over individual attitudes alone. to capitalize on this, strategies emphasizing strengthening social norms could leverage persuasive technology to cultivate social influence and establish a collective sense of responsibility for low-carbon behavior. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 498 the study's identification that the effects of incentives on low-carbon behavior are particularly potent when mediated by perceived control behavior (-0.034) as opposed to attitude (0.058) brings novel insights to the theoretical realm. this discovery sheds light on the role of perceived control behavior in mediating the relationship between incentives and lowcarbon behavior. notably, the negative correlation raises intriguing implications. it suggests that individuals with high control over their behavior might exhibit decreased responsiveness to external incentives intended to encourage lowcarbon behavior. one plausible interpretation is that those with a robust sense of control may deem external incentives redundant or counterproductive to their intrinsic motivation. consequently, the effectiveness of incentives for lowcarbon behavior could diminish or even become adverse. in conclusion, this study has made significant theoretical contributions in various areas. the intricate integration of multiple theoretical perspectives expands our understanding of low-carbon behavior's complexities. tpb factors observed mediating roles, indirect effects' varying strengths, and the nuanced interplay between incentives and perceived control behavior offer valuable insights into the theoretical foundations of behavior change and technology-driven interventions. while these findings provide fertile ground for advancing theoretical frameworks, it's essential to acknowledge the study's limitations and encourage further research to validate and refine these emerging insights. 6.3. practical implications the study's practical implications are significant, offering valuable insights that can shape targeted interventions to promote low-carbon behavior among thai millennials. the findings emphasize the pivotal role of attitudes, subjective norms, and perceived behavioral control as mediating factors in the relationship between persuasive technology, incentives, and low-carbon behavior. this revelation gives practitioners a clear roadmap for crafting strategies that effectively address these influential factors. campaigns and initiatives that aim to promote positive attitudes towards sustainable actions among millennials can effectively use persuasive technology. the study's results indicate that interventions focused on bolstering individuals' perceived control over their low-carbon behavior can yield more substantial results. to this end, persuasive technology can be harnessed to create tools, resources, and feedback mechanisms that empower users to monitor and manage their carbon footprint. interactive features that facilitate goal-setting, progress tracking, and timely reminders for eco-friendly actions can be integrated. the study also highlights the potential of incorporating social comparison and networking components into persuasive technology interventions. these features can foster a sense of community, enable information sharing, and encourage peer support for sustainable actions. while attitude may have a weaker direct impact on low-carbon behavior, the study suggests that integrating persuasive elements that shape attitude formation can still benefit. providing educational information, testimonials, or compelling narratives about the environmental benefits of low-carbon behavior through technology can align users' attitudes with desired actions. the study's contribution extends to technology-based interventions, offering insights into how persuasive technology effectively promotes sustainable behaviors. notably, the significant mediation effects of perceived behavioral control and social norm in the relationship between persuasive technology and low-carbon behavior emerges as a crucial finding. this underscores the importance of empowering individuals and enhancing their control over environmental actions. the study emphasizes that efforts should cultivate self-efficacy, autonomy, and a sense of control. furthermore, social norms' significance in mediating persuasive technology's effects on low-carbon behavior underscores the need for interventions that foster supportive norms. initiatives such as social marketing campaigns, community engagement strategies, and platforms for social interaction can be pivotal in shaping norms that encourage sustainable practices. the absence of mediation effects of attitude and perceived behavioral control in the relationship between incentive and low-carbon behavior offers valuable insights. simple incentive schemes might not be sufficient to drive low-carbon behavior in this demographic. policymakers, startups, or businesses focusing on sustainability can use this information to design more effective marketing and incentive strategies. may need to consider alternative approaches, such as combining incentives with persuasive technology or social influence, to create a more compelling case for eco-friendly actions. the study's practical relevance is further enhanced by its exploration of thailand's socio-cultural context. by acknowledging the diversity within the demographic of thai millennials, the findings provide a basis for culturally sensitive interventions that align with local values and norms. policymakers, environmental organizations, and startups can utilize these insights to develop contextually relevant strategies that resonate with the aspirations and preferences of thai millennials. however, it's crucial to acknowledge the study's limitations. behavior change is a multifaceted process influenced by various factors beyond this study's scope. individual responses to persuasive technology and incentives can vary widely based on personal circumstances. therefore, while the study offers valuable practical implications, its contributions should be seen as a step toward informed and contextually sensitive interventions rather than definitive solutions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 499 6.4. limitations although this study has provided valuable insights, it is important to consider several limitations. firstly, the research relied on self-reported data, which could be subject to social desirability bias. participants might have provided responses they perceived as more socially acceptable, potentially leading to overestimating the relationships between variables. employing additional methods, such as behavioral observations or longitudinal studies, could lessen this bias. secondly, the study's cross-sectional nature limits the ability to establish causality definitively. while the proposed conceptual framework provides a comprehensive perspective on the relationships, it is worth noting that the direction of causality could potentially be bidirectional or influenced by other unexplored variables. future research using longitudinal designs could provide more robust insights into the temporal dynamics of the variables. furthermore, the study focused exclusively on thai millennials, which restricts the generalizability of findings to this demographic. cultural, contextual, and generational factors specific to thailand might not apply to other populations or age groups. conducting similar studies in diverse cultural settings and among different age cohorts could provide a more comprehensive understanding of the factors influencing low-carbon behavior. 6.5. future research based on the study's findings, there are several potential directions for future research. firstly, investigating the mechanisms that underlie the observed relationship between persuasive technology and incentives to perceived control behavior could provide a deeper understanding of how external motivators interact with internal determinants of behavior—exploring whether this relationship holds across different contexts and their socio-demographic differences could offer valuable insights into the intricate dynamics between incentives, persuasive technology, and perceived control. moreover, conducting longitudinal studies and cross-cultural comparisons could further enhance our understanding. such research could provide valuable insights for policymakers and businesses to develop more effective strategies in promoting sustainable behaviors and fostering a greener future. exploring the role of cultural factors in influencing the relationships among persuasive technology, incentives, and low-carbon behavior is a promising direction. cultural distinctions might impact the effectiveness of persuasive strategies and the perception of incentives, thus shaping the mediating roles of tpb factors differently. comparative studies across various cultures could uncover cultural factors that moderate the relationships. furthermore, extending the research to examine the long-term sustainability of low-carbon behavior interventions is essential. investigating whether the effects of persuasive technology and incentives are enduring over time or fade after a certain period could provide insights into the sustainability of behavior change initiatives. longitudinal studies tracking participants' behavior and attitudes over an extended period could shed light on the long-term impact of interventions. lastly, exploring the interplay between individual and collective behaviors in driving low-carbon actions could offer a holistic perspective. understanding how individual behaviors aggregate to shape broader societal norms and practices can inform strategies to promote eco-friendly actions on a larger scale. investigating the social dynamics that lead to the formation and diffusion of pro-environmental behaviors within communities could pave the way for effective community-based interventions. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.t. and k.s.; methodology, a.t., k.s., and c.g.; software, a.t., k.s., and c.g.; formal analysis, a.t. and k.s.; resources, a.t., k.s., and c.g.; writing—original draft preparation, a.t., k.s., and c.g.; writing—review and editing, a.t., k.s., and c.g.; visualization, a.t., k.s., and c.g.; project administration, a.t., k.s., and c.g.; funding acquisition, y.y. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. acknowledgements we thank associate professor dr. pasicha chaikaew, dr. pongsun bunditsakulchai, chulalongkorn university ana assistant professor dr. thadathibesra phuthong, silpakorn university, for their valuable recommendations. 7.5. institutional review board statement this study was performed in line with the principles of the declaration of helsinki. approval was granted by the research ethics review committee for research involving human subjects: the second allied academic group in social sciences, humanities and fine and applied arts at chulalongkorn university (13 march 2023/ coa 096/66). hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 500 7.6. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved in the study. 7.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] paiement, p., webster, e., & anderson, r. (2022). after cop26: appraising the transnational climate regime. transnational legal theory, 13(2–3), 157–164. doi:10.1080/20414005.2023.2170758. [2] skea, j., & nishioka, s. (2008). policies and practices for a low-carbon society. climate policy, 8(sup1), s5–s16. doi:10.3763/cpol.2008.0487. [3] wang, t., shen, b., han springer, c., & hou, j. (2021). what prevents us from taking low-carbon actions? a comprehensive review of influencing factors affecting low-carbon behaviors. energy research & social science, 71, 101844. doi:10.1016/j.erss.2020.101844. [4] ding, z., jiang, x., liu, z., long, r., xu, z., & cao, q. (2018). factors affecting low-carbon consumption behavior of urban residents: a comprehensive review. resources, conservation and recycling, 132, 3–15. doi:10.1016/j.resconrec.2018.01.013. [5] zhou, x., james, g., liebman, a., dong, z. y., & ziser, c. (2010). partial carbon permits allocation of potential emission trading scheme in australian electricity market. ieee transactions on power systems, 25(1), 543–553. doi:10.1109/tpwrs.2009.2030377. [6] halder, p., hansen, e. n., kangas, j., & laukkanen, t. (2020). how ndtiondl culture dna ethics mdtter in consumers’ green consumption values. journal of cleaner production, 265, 121754. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.121754. [7] valor, c., & martínez-de-ibarreta, c. (2021). toward a personology of green consumers: an application of personal projects. journal of consumer behaviour, 20(3), 725–735. doi:10.1002/cb.1901. [8] yan, l., keh, h. t., & wang, x. (2021). powering sustainable consumption: the roles of green consumption values and power distance belief. journal of business ethics, 169(3), 499–516. doi:10.1007/s10551-019-04295-5. [9] khan, s. a. r., godil, d. i., jabbour, c. j. c., shujaat, s., razzaq, a., & yu, z. (2021). green data analytics, blockchain technology for sustainable development, and sustainable supply chain practices: evidence from small and medium enterprises. annals of operations research, 1–25. doi:10.1007/s10479-021-04275-x. [10] xie, c., wang, r., & gong, x. (2022). the influence of environmental cognition on green consumption behavior. frontiers in psychology, 13, 988585. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2022.988585. [11] li, l., jin, j., he, r., kudng, f., zhdng, c., & qiu, x. (2023). effects of socidl cdpitdl on fdrmers’ choices of climdte chdnge adaptation behavior in dazu district, china. climate and development, 15(2), 110–121. doi:10.1080/17565529.2022.2061403. [12] wei, j., zhang, l., yang, r., & song, m. (2023). a new perspective to promote sustainable low-carbon consumption: the influence of informational incentive and social influence. journal of environmental management, 327, 116848. doi:10.1016/j.jenvman.2022.116848. [13] zhong, s., & chen, j. (2019). how environmental beliefs affect consumer willingness to pay for the greenness premium of lowcarbon agricultural products in china: theoretical model and survey-based evidence. sustainability (switzerland), 11(3), 592. doi:10.3390/su11030592. [14] luo, b., sun, y., shen, j., & xia, l. (2020). how does green advertising skepticism on social media affect consumer intention to purchase green products? journal of consumer behaviour, 19(4), 371–381. doi:10.1002/cb.1818. [15] shukla, s. (2019). a study on millennial purchase intention of green products in india: applying extended theory of planned behavior model. journal of asia-pacific business, 20(4), 322–350. doi:10.1080/10599231.2019.1684171. [16] chan, l., & bishop, b. (2013). a moral basis for recycling: extending the theory of planned behaviour. journal of environmental psychology, 36, 96–102. doi:10.1016/j.jenvp.2013.07.010. [17] mateedulsatit, m. s. (2018). a study of thai millennials attitudes and adoption factors towards zero waste products. ph.d. thesis, thammasat university, bangkok, thailand. [18] armstrong, a. k., & krasny, m. e. (2020). tracing paths from research to practice in climate change education. sustainability (switzerland), 12(11), 4779. doi:10.3390/su12114779. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 501 [19] jansom, a., & pongsakornrungsilp, s. (2021). how instagram influencers affect the value perception of thai millennial followers and purchasing intention of luxury fashion for sustainable marketing. sustainability (switzerland), 13(15), 8572. doi:10.3390/su13158572. [20] lepananon, p. (2022). thai generation y tourists’ perception of hotel’s environmental roles, green hotels and green practices. apheit international journal, 11(2), 116–124. [21] stern, p. c. (2000). toward a coherent theory of environmentally significant behavior. journal of social issues, 56(3), 407–424. doi:10.1111/0022-4537.00175. [22] abrahamse, w., steg, l., vlek, c., & rothengatter, t. (2005). a review of intervention studies aimed at household energy conservation. journal of environmental psychology, 25(3), 273–291. doi:10.1016/j.jenvp.2005.08.002. [23] akenji, l., bengtsson, m., toivio, v., lettenmeier, m., fawcett, t., parag, t., ... & kenner, d. (2021). 1.5-degree lifestyles: towards a fair consumption space for all. hot or cool institute, berlin, germany. [24] fishbein, m., & ajzen, i. (2011). predicting and changing behavior. psychology press, new york, united states. doi:10.4324/9780203838020. [25] iyengar, e. v. (2007). review: an inconvenient truth: the planetary emergency of global warming and what we can do about it, by al gore. the american biology teacher, 69(1), 58–58. doi:10.2307/4452094. [26] gong, y., li, j., xie, j., zhdng, l., & lou, q. (2022). will “green” pdrents hdve “green” chilaren? the reldtionship between pdrents’ dna edrly aaolescents’ green consumption vdlues. journdl of business ethics, 179(2), 369–385. doi:10.1007/s10551021-04835-y. [27] abrahamse, w., steg, l., vlek, c., & rothengatter, t. (2007). the effect of tailored information, goal setting, and tailored feedback on household energy use, energy-related behaviors, and behavioral antecedents. journal of environmental psychology, 27(4), 265–276. doi:10.1016/j.jenvp.2007.08.002. [28] keramitsoglou, k. m., & tsagarakis, k. p. (2013). public participation in designing a recycling scheme towards maximum public acceptance. resources, conservation and recycling, 70, 55–67. doi:10.1016/j.resconrec.2012.09.015. [29] grønhøj, a., & thøgersen, j. (2011). feedback on household electricity consumption: learning and social influence processes. international journal of consumer studies, 35(2), 138–145. doi:10.1111/j.1470-6431.2010.00967.x. [30] chen, w., & li, j. (2019). who are the low-carbon activists? analysis of the influence mechanism and group characteristics of low-carbon behavior in tianjin, china. science of the total environment, 683, 729–736. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2019.05.307. [31] girod, r., & tofigh, f. (1966). family background and income, school career and social mobility of young males of workingclass origin — a geneva survey. acta sociologica, 9(1–2), 94–109. doi:10.1177/000169936600900107. [32] ignatow, g. (2007). transnational identity politics and the environment. lexington books, lanham, united states. [33] geng, n., liu, z., hdn, x., & zhdng, x. (2023). influencing fdctors dna group differences of urbdn consumers’ willingness to pay for low-carbon agricultural products in china. international journal of environmental research and public health, 20(1), 358. doi:10.3390/ijerph20010358. [34] lei, m., cai, w., liu, w., & wang, c. (2022). the heterogeneity in energy consumption patterns and home appliance purchasing preferences across urban households in china. energy, 253, 124079. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2022.124079. [35] andre, p., boneva, t., chopra, f., & falk, a. (2022). misperceived social norms and willingness to act against climate change. econtribute discussion paper, 1-74. [36] fang, x., goette, l., rockenbach, b., sutter, m., tiefenbeck, v., schob, s., & staake, t. (2022). complementarities in behavioral interventions evidence from a field experiment on energy conservation. ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.4147196. [37] imai, t., pace, d. d., schwardmann, p., & van der weele, j. j. (2022). correcting consumer misperceptions about co emissions. ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.4307482. [38] kaufmann, m., & koszegi, b. (2023). understanding markets with socially responsible consumers. available online: https://www.briq-institute.org/files/botond/src_in_markets.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [39] wan, c., shen, g. q., & yu, a. (2014). the role of perceived effectiveness of policy measures in predicting recycling behaviour in hong kong. resources, conservation and recycling, 83, 141–151. doi:10.1016/j.resconrec.2013.12.009. [40] zhang, s., hu, d., lin, t., li, w., zhao, r., yang, h., pei, y., & jiang, l. (2021). determinants affecting residents’ wdste classification intention and behavior: a study based on tpb and a-b-c methodology. journal of environmental management, 290. doi:10.1016/j.jenvman.2021.112591. https://www.briq-institute.org/files/botond/src_in_markets.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 502 [41] allcott, h., & rogers, t. (2014). the short-run and long-run effects of behavioral interventions: experimental evidence from energy conservation. american economic review, 104(10), 3003–3037. doi:10.1257/aer.104.10.3003. [42] wenker, k. (2022). a systematic literature review on persuasive technology at the workplace. patterns, 3(8), 100545. doi:10.1016/j.patter.2022.100545. [43] böckle, m., novak, j., & bick, m. (2020). exploring gamified persuasive system design for energy saving. journal of enterprise information management, 33(6), 1337–1356. doi:10.1108/jeim-02-2019-0032. [44] jovanovic, d., & matejevic, m. (2014). relationship between rewards and intrinsic motivation for learning – researches review. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 149, 456–460. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.08.287. [45] schneider, f. h., campos-mercade, p., meier, s., pope, d., wengström, e., & meier, a. n. (2023). financial incentives for vaccination do not have negative unintended consequences. nature, 613(7944), 526–533. doi:10.1038/s41586-022-05512-4. [46] ahshanul mamun, a. m. (2023). motivating green behaviour in bangladeshi employees: self-determination theory application. heliyon, 9(7), 18155. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2023.e18155. [47] zhao, x. (2023). a review of research on low-carbon customization. e3s web of conferences, 393, 02032. doi:10.1051/e3sconf/202339302032. [48] li, h., wang, l., ou, y., & zhang, l. (2023). how does goal framing effect influence household low-carbon behavior: the roles of environmental self-efficacy and global–local identity. frontiers in environmental science, 10, 2651. doi:10.3389/fenvs.2022.1035118. [49] panzone, l. a., ulph, a., hilton, d., gortemaker, i., & tajudeen, i. a. (2021). sustainable by design: choice architecture and the carbon footprint of grocery shopping. journal of public policy & marketing, 40(4), 463–486. doi:10.1177/07439156211008898. [50] vainio, a., & paloniemi, r. (2014). the complex role of attitudes toward science in pro-environmental consumption in the nordic countries. ecological economics, 108, 18–27. doi:10.1016/j.ecolecon.2014.09.026. [51] jensen, b. b. (2002). knowledge, action and pro-environmental behaviour. environmental education research, 8(3), 325–334. doi:10.1080/13504620220145474. [52] yzer, m. (2012). perceived behavioral control in reasoned action theory. the annals of the american academy of political and social science, 640(1), 101–117. doi:10.1177/0002716211423500. [53] jingchao, z., kotani, k., & saijo, t. (2018). public acceptance of environmentally friendly heating in beijing: a case of a low temperature air source heat pump. energy policy, 117, 75–85. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2018.02.041. [54] yu, m., wang, c., liu, y., olsson, g., & bai, h. (2018). water and related electrical energy use in urban households—influence of individual attributes in beijing, china. resources, conservation and recycling, 130, 190–199. doi:10.1016/j.resconrec.2017.11.004. [55] pothitou, m., varga, l., kolios, a. j., & gu, s. (2017). linking energy behaviour, attitude and habits with environmental predisposition and knowledge. international journal of sustainable energy, 36(4), 398–414. doi:10.1080/14786451.2015.1032290. [56] khanna, n. z., guo, j., & zheng, x. (2016). effects of demand side management on chinese household electricity consumption: empirical findings from chinese household survey. energy policy, 95, 113–125. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2016.04.049. [57] han, l., xu, x., & han, l. (2015). applying quantile regression and shapley decomposition to analyzing the determinants of household embedded carbon emissions: evidence from urban china. journal of cleaner production, 103, 219–230. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2014.08.078. [58] lin, s. m. (2016). reaucing stuaents’ cdrbon footprints using persondl cdrbon footprint mdndgement system bdsea on environmental behavioural theory and persuasive technology. environmental education research, 22(5), 658–682. doi:10.1080/13504622.2015.1018142. [59] du, l., guo, j., & wei, c. (2017). impact of information feedback on residential electricity demand in china. resources, conservation and recycling, 125, 324–334. doi:10.1016/j.resconrec.2017.07.004. [60] subanidja, s., sorongan, f. a., & legowo, m. b. (2022). sustainable bank performance antecedents in the covid-19 pandemic era: a conceptual model. emerging science journal, 6(4), 786-797. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-04-09. [61] ajzen, i. (2011). the theory of planned behaviour: reactions and reflections. psychology & health, 26(9), 1113–1127. doi:10.1080/08870446.2011.613995. [62] ajzen, i., & fishbein, m. (2004). questions raised by a reasoned action approach: comment on ogden (2003). health psychology, 23(4), 431–434. doi:10.1037/0278-6133.23.4.431. https://doi.org/10.28991/esj-2022-06-04-09 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 503 [63] han, t. i., & stoel, l. (2017). explaining socially responsible consumer behavior: a meta-analytic review of theory of planned behavior. journal of international consumer marketing, 29(2), 91–103. doi:10.1080/08961530.2016.1251870. [64] chen, a., & peng, n. (2012). green hotel knowleage dna tourists’ stdying behdvior. anndls of tourism resedrch, 39(4), 2211– 2216. doi:10.1016/j.annals.2012.07.003. [65] dean, m., raats, m. m., & shepherd, r. (2012). the role of self-identity, past behavior, and their interaction in predicting intention to purchase fresh and processed organic food. journal of applied social psychology, 42(3), 669–688. doi:10.1111/j.1559-1816.2011.00796.x. [66] chen, y. s., & chang, c. h. (2012). enhance green purchase intentions: the roles of green perceived value, green perceived risk, and green trust. management decision, 50(3), 502–520. doi:10.1108/00251741211216250. [67] pavlou, p. a. (2002). what drives electronic commerce? a theory of planned behavior perspective. academy of management proceedings, 2002(1), a1–a6. doi:10.5465/apbpp.2002.7517579. [68] thaler, r. h., & ganser, l. j. (2015). misbehaving: the making of behavioral economics. penguin random house, london, united kingdom. doi:10.5860/choice.192072. [69] franzen, a., & meyer, r. (2010). environmental attitudes in cross-national perspective: a multilevel analysis of the issp 1993 and 2000. european sociological review, 26(2), 219–234. doi:10.1093/esr/jcp018. [70] dunlap, r. e., van liere, k. d., mertig, a. g., & jones, r. e. (2000). new trends in measuring environmental attitudes: measuring endorsement of the new ecological paradigm: a revised nep scale. journal of social issues, 56(3), 425–442. doi:10.1111/0022-4537.00176. [71] flynn, b. b., schroeder, r. g., & sakakibara, s. (1994). a framework for quality management research and an associated measurement instrument. journal of operations management, 11(4), 339–366. doi:10.1016/s0272-6963(97)90004-8. [72] cohen, j. (2016). a power primer. methodological issues and strategies in clinical research. american psychological association, washington, united states. doi:10.1037/14805-018. [73] hair, j., hair jr, j. f., sarstedt, m., ringle, c. m., & gudergan, s. p. (2023). advanced issues in partial least squares structural equation modeling. sage publications, thousand oaks, united states. [74] fornell, c., & larcker, d. f. (1981). evaluating structural equation models with unobservable variables and measurement error. journal of marketing research, 18(1), 39. doi:10.2307/3151312. [75] henseler, j., ringle, c. m., & sarstedt, m. (2015). a new criterion for assessing discriminant validity in variance-based structural equation modeling. journal of the academy of marketing science, 43(1), 115–135. doi:10.1007/s11747-014-0403-8. [76] alarcón, d., sánchez, j. a., & de olavide, u. (2015). assessing convergent and discriminant validity in the adhd-r iv rating scale: user-written commands for average variance extracted (ave), composite reliability (cr), and heterotrait-monotrait ratio of correlations (htmt). spanish stata meeting, 22 october, 2015, madrid, spain. [77] kock, n., & lynn, g. s. (2012). lateral collinearity and misleading results in variance-based sem: an illustration and recommendations. journal of the association for information systems, 13(7), 546–580. doi:10.17705/1jais.00302. [78] kock, n. (2015). common method bias in pls-sem: a full collinearity assessment approach. international journal of ecollaboration, 11(4), 1–10. doi:10.4018/ijec.2015100101. [79] zikmund, w. g., babin, b. j., carr, j. c., & griffin, m. (2013). business research methods. cengage learning, boston, united states. [80] ajzen, i., & fishbein, m. (1977). attitude-behavior relations: a theoretical analysis and review of empirical research. psychological bulletin, 84(5), 888–918. doi:10.1037//0033-2909.84.5.888. [81] baker, e. w., al-gahtani, s. s., & hubona, g. s. (2007). the effects of gender and age on new technology implementation in a developing country: testing the theory of planned behavior (tpb). information technology & people, 20(4), 352–375. doi:10.1108/09593840710839798. [82] cheng, c., & ng, a. k. (2006). psychosocial factors predicting sars-preventive behaviors in four major sars-affected regions. journal of applied social psychology, 36(1), 222–247. doi:10.1111/j.0021-9029.2006.00059.x. [83] steg, l., & vlek, c. (2009). encouraging pro-environmental behaviour: an integrative review and research agenda. journal of environmental psychology, 29(3), 309–317. doi:10.1016/j.jenvp.2008.10.004. [84] zand hessami, h., & yousefi, p. (2013). investigation of major factors influencing green purchasing behavior: interactive approach. european online journal of natural and social sciences, 2(4), 584–596. [85] li, w., long, r., chen, h., & geng, j. (2017). a review of factors influencing consumer intentions to adopt battery electric vehicles. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 78, 318–328. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2017.04.076. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 504 [86] oinas-kukkonen, h. (2013). a foundation for the study of behavior change support systems. personal and ubiquitous computing, 17(6), 1223–1235. doi:10.1007/s00779-012-0591-5. [87] bardhan, r., bahuman, c., pathan, i., & ramamritham, k. (2015). designing a game based persuasive technology to promote pro-environmental behaviour (peb). 2015 ieee region 10 humanitarian technology conference (r10-htc), cebu, philippines. doi:10.1109/r10-htc.2015.7391844. [88] owusu, v., adjei-addo, e., & sundberg, c. (2013). do economic incentives affect attitudes to solid waste source separation? evidence from ghana. resources, conservation and recycling, 78, 115–123. doi:10.1016/j.resconrec.2013.07.002. [89] zhdng, l., chen, l., wu, z., zhdng, s., & song, h. (2018). investigdting young consumers’ purchdsing intention of green housing in china. sustainability (switzerland), 10(4), 44. doi:10.3390/su10041044. [90] urbdn, j., & ščdsný, m. (2012). exploring domestic energy-saving: the role of environmental concern and background variables. energy policy, 47, 69–80. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2012.04.018. [91] liu, y., zhao, g., & zhao, y. (2016). an analysis of chinese provincial carbon dioxide emission efficiencies based on energy consumption structure. energy policy, 96, 524–533. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2016.06.028. [92] de groot, h. l. f., withdgen, c. a., & minlidng, z. (2004). dyndmics of chind’s regiondl aevelopment dna pollution: an investigation into the environmental kuznets curve. environment and development economics, 9(4), 507–537. doi:10.1017/s1355770x0300113x. [93] hatfield-dodds, s., schandl, h., adams, p. d., baynes, t. m., brinsmead, t. s., bryan, b. a., chiew, f. h. s., graham, p. w., grundy, m., harwood, t., mccallum, r., mccrea, r., mckellar, l. e., newth, d., nolan, m., prosser, i., & wonhas, a. (2015). austrdlid is ‘free to choose’ economic growth dna fdlling environmentdl pressures. ndture, 527(7576), 49–53. doi:10.1038/nature16065. [94] liu, x., wang, q., wei, h. h., chi, h. l., ma, y., & jian, i. y. (2020). psychological and demographic factors affecting household energy-saving intentions: a tpb-based study in northwest china. sustainability (switzerland), 12(3), 836. doi:10.3390/su12030836. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 91 issn: 2723-9535 optimization of the ground motion intensity measure for longspan suspension bridges considering the impulse effect junda su 1, 2 , qinghui lai 1, 2* , jinjun hu 3, longjun xu 1, 2, lili xie 1, 2, yulin zou 4 1 state key laboratory of precision blasting, jianghan university, wuhan 430056, china. 2 hubei key laboratory of blasting engineering, jianghan university, wuhan 430056, china. 3 key laboratory of earthquake engineering and engineering vibration, institute of engineering mechanics, china earthquake administration, harbin 150080, china. 4 sichuan yanjiang panning expressway co., ltd., sichuan, 615000, china. received 28 august 2024; revised 14 january 2025; accepted 06 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract to study the intrinsic relationship between the structural response of long-span suspension bridges and the intensity measures (ims) and to select the optimal im to reduce the discreteness in the prediction of structural responses, this paper uses the incremental dynamic analysis (ida) method to amplitude adjust near-fault pulse-like ground motions and analyzes the response using the curvature at the base of the tower as the structural response index. then uses the four evaluation indices: efficiency, sufficiency, practicality, and proficiency to evaluate the intrinsic relationship between the structural response and the ims. the study results indicate that, according to the four evaluation indices, the velocityrelated ims all performed well, while those displacement-related ims performed the worst. among them, the effective peak velocity (epv) performed the best, being optimal in all evaluation indices except for the sufficiency relative to magnitude, which was lower than the maximum incremental velocity (miv). therefore, the epv can be considered the best ground motion im for predicting the dynamic response of long-span suspension bridges under the action of near-fault pulse-like ground motion. this result can provide a basis for the selection of ims and structural response prediction for near-fault long-span suspension bridges, considering the impulse effect. keywords: intensity measure; suspension bridge response; pulse-like ground motion; evaluation index. 1. introduction long-span suspension bridges, as flexible structures, have a long natural vibration period and significant influence from higher modes, making their structural response to ground motions very complex. predicting the response of bridges and conducting seismic fragility analysis have always been important research topics in the field of bridge seismic resistance. when conducting dynamic elastoplastic time history analysis of bridges with input ground motion, there is a significant discreteness in the predicted response of the bridge [1, 2]. in the performance-based earthquake engineering framework, the ground motion intensity measures (ims) serve dual roles: linking the characteristics of the ground motion to the structural response and calculating seismic hazard curves. reasonably selecting the ims of * corresponding author: 18845117968@163.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0003-2633-2433 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0954-4296 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 92 ground motion can reduce the discreteness in predicting the structural response and improve the accuracy of seismic fragility analysis [3-5]. in the field of bridge engineering, the peak ground acceleration (pga) and spectral acceleration (sa) are the most commonly used ims [6, 7]. however, various recent studies have indicated that under different types of ground motion, the pga and sa are not sufficiently effective to predict bridge responses, especially for different bridge and ground motion types. as a result, many researchers have investigated the selection of appropriate ims for predicting bridge responses. some scholars have focused on the selection of ims for different bridge types. padgett et al. [8] used multispan simply supported steel box girder bridges as an example and analyzed ten commonly used ims of ground motion based on five evaluation indices; the research results indicated that the pga was the preferred im for these bridge structure combinations. zhong et al. [9] examined common cable-stayed bridges in china and used padgett's evaluation index to analyze four typical ims of ground motion; the evaluation results showed that the peak ground velocity (pgv) was the most suitable im. mackie et al. [10] used typical california bridges as models to analyze the advantages and disadvantages of 24 ims for probabilistic seismic demand analysis and concluded that when the fundamental periods of the bridges corresponded to the sa(t1) and sv(t1) as ims, the uncertainty in the demand models was reduced. wei et al. [11] studied beam bridges with ultra-high piers, analyzed ten common ims of ground motion, and determined that the pgv could effectively predict the response and damage state of displacement components such as bearings, making it the optimal im for ultra-high pier bridges. wen et al. [12] proposed an improved method for selecting ims and conducted research on the fragility and selection of ims for high-speed railway bridges through incremental dynamic analysis. the results indicated that avgsa with a period range of [0.9t1, 1.1t1] is the most efficient im for the fragility analysis of high-speed railway bridges. other scholars have focused on the selection of ims for different ground motion types. zhang et al. [13] used the cloud method to analyze the structural response of long-span suspension bridges under the influence of far-field ground motions, examining 26 ims of ground motion. they found that the pga did not yield satisfactory results and determined that the velocity spectrum intensity measure (vsi) was most appropriate. avsar et al. [14] considered the efficiency of using multiple ims of ground motion to predict the response of seismic isolation and reduction bridges under pulse-like and ordinary ground motions and proposed a modified velocity spectrum intensity measure (mvsi) derived by adjusting the vsi with the natural vibration period. the study demonstrated that the mvsi was the most reliable measure under both pulse-like and ordinary ground motion. liao et al. [15] investigated the relationship between ims of ground motion and the dynamic response characteristics of isolated bridges subjected to near-fault and far-field ground motions. the study concluded that the responses were most significant under near-fault ground motions, with the pier displacement and the base shearing force of the piers showing a strong correlation with the pgv/pga. consequently, the pgv/pga should be adopted as the ims of ground motion. dai et al. [16] analyzed the evaluation results of ims for seismic isolation bridges under near-fault and far-fault earthquakes using the cloud method. they concluded that sagm based on the geometric mean of the response spectrum is an optimal im for seismic isolation bridges compared to traditional ims, and the optimal period range is [0.2t1, 2.5t1]. with the development of machine learning technology, many scholars have introduced machine learning into fragility analysis and the selection of strength indicators. ding et al. [17] proposed using the elastic net algorithm to select the optimal ims through the determination coefficient r² and regression coefficients, while also discussing the impact of different machine learning methods on the selection results. wei et al. [18], through the analysis of two types of models that include six popular machine learning methods, proposed that the xgboost model should be used for seismic fragility assessment and the selection of intensity indices. at the same time, they pointed out that sa1.0 is the optimal seismic intensity index. the mentioned research is mainly suitable for mediumand small-span bridges and bridges with seismic isolation and energy dissipation. however, there are significant differences in the applicability and accuracy of im for different bridge structural types and various types of ground motions. using the ims selected from previous studies to predict the response of near-fault long-span suspension bridges under pulse-like ground motion may increase the discreteness of the response predictions. compared to traditional fragility analysis methods such as ida and cloud methods, machine learning methods have higher computational efficiency. however, their decision-making process is not transparent and difficult to understand, and the selection of ims largely depends on the machine learning model used. the specific reasons for choosing ida analysis include its ability to provide a more transparent and interpretable approach compared to machine learning methods, and it requires fewer ground motion data records compared to methods like the cloud method. additionally, ida can effectively capture the nonlinear behavior of structures, which is crucial for fragility hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 93 analysis. therefore, this work took long-span suspension bridges as the research object and used the curvature at the bottom section of the tower as the structural response index. 31 records of pulse-like ground motions and 12 ims of ground motion were selected for dynamic elastoplastic analysis through the ida method. the best im was comprehensively evaluated according to four evaluation indices: efficiency, sufficiency, practicality, and proficiency. this study aims to provide a reference for selecting appropriate ims of ground motion to reduce the discreteness of the structural response predictions for near-fault long-span suspension bridges under pulse-like ground motions. the research framework is organized in figure 1. figure1. research technology roadmap 2. selection of ground motion records and intensity measure 2.1. selection of ground motion records since the bridge model studied in this work is a long-span suspension bridge, which is a flexible structure with a long vibration natural period, it is more sensitive to near-fault ground motions that consider the impulse effect. this work selected pulse-like ground motion records based on the u.s. peer database, primarily filtered according to the following criteria:  moment magnitude not less than 5.0.  fault distance not greater than 30 km.  containing a velocity pulse.  duration not less than 30 seconds. based on the above screening conditions, we selected 31 near-fault pulse-like ground motion records from the peer database. the selected earthquake information is shown in table 1. figure 2 shows the acceleration response spectrum and the mean spectrum curves for the 31 selected ground motions. optimization of the ground motion intensity measure for long-span suspension bridges considering the impulse effect material strength model size model establishment structural uncertainty fault distance velocity pulse selection of ground motion moment magnitude duration selection of structural response index dynamic elastoplastic analysis initial selection of ims efficiency selection of the optimal ground motion intensity measure structural response sufficiency practicality proficiency hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 94 table 1. near faults ground motion records code earthquake name ground motion component mw epicentral distance (km) fault distance (km) pga (g) pgv (cm/s) 1 san fernando, 1971 pul164 6.61 11.87 1.81 1.22 114.35 2 imperial valley-06, 1979 bra225 6.53 43.15 10.42 0.16 36.57 3 imperial valley-06, 1979 ecc002 6.53 29.07 7.31 0.21 38.40 4 imperial valley-06, 1979 emo000 6.53 19.44 0.07 0.32 72.87 5 imperial valley-06, 1979 e10050 6.53 28.79 8.6 0.17 50.64 6 imperial valley-06, 1979 e11140 6.53 29.53 12.56 0.37 35.98 7 imperial valley-06, 1979 e03140 6.53 28.65 12.85 0.27 47.92 8 imperial valley-06, 1979 e04140 6.53 27.13 7.05 0.48 39.60 9 imperial valley-06, 1979 e05140 6.53 27.8 3.95 0.53 48.86 10 imperial valley-06, 1979 e06140 6.53 27.47 1.35 0.45 66.95 11 imperial valley-06, 1979 e07140 6.53 27.64 0.56 0.34 51.63 12 imperial valley-06, 1979 e08140 6.53 28.09 3.86 0.61 54.44 13 imperial valley-06, 1979 eda270 6.53 27.23 5.09 0.35 75.50 14 imperial valley-06, 1979 hvp225 6.53 19.8 7.5 0.26 53.08 15 morgan hill, 1984 hvr240 6.19 3.94 3.48 0.31 39.30 16 chalfant valley-02, 1986 zak360 6.19 14.33 7.58 0.40 44.69 17 whittier narrows-01, 1987 or2010 5.99 20.68 24.54 0.23 31.42 18 loma prieta, 1989 gof250 6.93 28.11 10.97 0.24 23.71 19 loma prieta, 1989 g01090 6.93 28.64 9.64 0.48 32.42 20 loma prieta, 1989 hsp000 6.93 48.24 27.93 0.37 62.93 21 loma prieta, 1989 stg000 6.93 27.23 8.5 0.51 41.54 22 loma prieta, 1989 wvc000 6.93 27.05 9.31 0.26 42.02 23 cape mendocino, 1992 pet090 7.01 4.51 8.18 0.66 88.42 24 landers, 1992 lcn260 7.28 44.02 2.19 0.73 133.27 25 landers, 1992 yer270 7.28 85.99 23.62 0.24 51.07 26 northridge-01, 1994 orr090 6.69 40.68 20.72 0.57 51.51 27 northridge-01, 1994 stn110 6.69 25.52 27.01 0.43 41.54 28 northridge-01, 1994 spv270 6.69 8.48 8.44 0.75 77.59 29 northridge-01, 1994 pul194 6.69 20.36 7.01 1.29 103.28 30 northridge-01, 1994 scs142 6.69 13.11 5.35 0.92 88.44 31 northridge-01, 1994 sce011 6.69 13.6 5.19 0.85 120.85 figure 2. ground motion acceleration response spectrums curve (𝝃=0.05) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 95 2.2. selection of ground motion intensity measures selecting appropriate and efficient ims of ground motion can reduce the discreteness when predicting the response of bridge structures [8]. with the continuous advancements in earthquake engineering and structural seismic resistance, researchers have proposed dozens of ims that reflect different characteristics. based on the summary of commonly used ims, we preliminarily selected 12 ims of ground motion after excluding some parameters with obviously high correlation [19-22]. these ims were categorized into acceleration-related, velocity-related, and displacement-related types for subsequent evaluation and analysis. table 2 presents the selected ims. table 2. primary selection of ims of ground motion types im name definition acceleration-related pga peak ground acceleration 𝑃𝐺𝐴 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥|𝑎(𝑡)| sa(t1) spectral acceleration at t=t1 𝑆𝑎(𝑇1, 𝜉 = 0.05) epa effective peak acceleration 𝐸𝑃𝐴 = 𝑆𝑎/2.5 ai arias intensity 𝐴𝐼 = 𝜋 2𝑔 ∫ 𝑎2(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 𝑇𝑑 0 velocity-related pgv peak ground velocity 𝑃𝐺𝑉 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥|𝑣(𝑡)| sv(t1) spectral velocity at t=t1 𝑆𝑣(𝑇1, 𝜉 = 0.05) epv effective peak velocity 𝐸𝑃𝑉 = 𝑆𝑣/2.5 miv maximum incremental velocity 𝑀𝐼𝑉 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥|𝐼𝑉| cav cumulative absolute velocity 𝐶𝐴𝑉 = ∫ |𝑎(𝑡)|𝑑𝑡 𝑡𝑚𝑎𝑥 0 displacement-related pgd peak ground displacement 𝑃𝐺𝐷 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥|𝑑(𝑡)| sd(t1) spectral displacement at t=t1 𝑆𝑑(𝑇1, 𝜉 = 0.05) mid maximum incremental displacement 𝑀𝐼𝐷 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥|𝐼𝐷| 3. model establishment and selection of structural response index 3.1. model establishment our research subject is an earth-anchored steel truss suspension bridge with unequal heights of the two towers, as depicted in figure 3. the main span of the suspension bridge consists of a 550 m steel truss girder with a central buckle connecting the main cable and the main beam at the center span. the main cable configuration is 135 m + 550 m + 13 5m, with a rise of arch of 55 m and a rise-span ratio of 1/10. the towers on both sides are reinforced concrete portal frame towers, with the tower legs connected by corrugated steel crossbeams, and dampers are installed at the junctions of the towers and the beams. the heights of the towers on both sides are not the same, with the left tower at 103m and the right tower at 140 m. the towers are founded on a group pile foundation made up of 18 friction piles. the site category of the bridge is class ii, with a seismic fortification intensity of 8 degrees, and the bridge category is class a. we established a finite element model of the suspension bridge using midas civil and conducted dynamic elastoplastic analysis. the damping ratio was set to 0.02, and modal analysis was performed on the model to obtain the natural vibration period of the structure, which was 6.37 seconds. to consider the elastoplastic deformation of and damage to the structure, the main beam and towers were modeled using nonlinear beam elements, where the main beam was made of q345 steel, and the towers were made of c50 concrete material with hrb500 main reinforcement bars. the main cables and hangers were modeled using truss elements that only withstand tension. the piers were modeled as rigid elements with the mass concentrated at the centroid. the group pile foundation was simulated using beam elements. and the influence of the surrounding soil pressure was mimicked using soil springs. the spring stiffness was calculated using the traditional "m" method outlined in specification. in accordance with the specification of seismic design for highway bridges (jtg/t2231—2020) [23], which states that "the elastoplastic behavior of plastic hinges in beam-column elements can be represented by the yield surface proposed by bresler." distributed plastic hinges with a modified takeda three-line hysteretic model were added to the reinforced concrete towers to analyze their elastoplastic response under the ground motions. at the same time, for the tower cross-section, the mander constitutive model was used to simulate the cover and core layer of the concrete, and the bilinear constitutive model was used to simulate the longitudinal reinforcement. the hysteretic models of the plastic hinges and the material constitutive relationships are shown in figure 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 96 figure 3. general layout of bridge and detailed drawing of components (unit: m) (a) plastic hinge hysteretic model: (b) concrete: (c) reinforcement bars: modified takeda three-line model mander constitutive model bilinear constitutive model figure 4. hysteresis model of plastic hinge and materials constitutive relationship 3.2. selection of structural response index in the performance-based seismic design of structures, selecting appropriate structural response indices can help to reflect the damage state of the structure when subjected to ground motion. the primary focus in this work was on the longitudinal response of the bridge. based on the relevant earthquake disaster investigation data and research findings, the towers are the fragile components of the suspension bridge, with the bottom section of the towers being particularly fragile when subject to ground motions [24, 25]. the elastoplastic time-history analysis results of the suspension bridge model in this work indicated that the shorter tower side reached the yield and collapsed first, as depicted in figure 5. studies on bridges with towers and piers of unequal height have yielded similar results, suggesting that plastic hinges in asymmetric structures first emerge on the weaker side of the shorter structure, where the seismic response and fragility of the short piers and tower legs are higher [26, 27]. concurrently, under the significant influence of higher modes, rotation and displacement are not effective indicators of the damage state of the towers [28]. therefore, we selected the curvature at the bottom section of the shorter tower for study, and based on the curvature ductility index, we provided the curvature corresponding to different damage state thresholds at the bottom of the tower, as shown in table 3 [29]. figure 5. damage state of bridge tower table 3. section curvature division of tower bottom structural response index damage state limit value slight damage moderate damage serious damage collapse curvature of tower bottom section (1/m) 0.00047 0.000607 0.001553 0.00461 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 97 4. selection of the optimal ground motion intensity measure for predicting the bridge response when predicting the response of bridge structures under pulse-like ground motions, the reasonable selection of ims can reduce the discreteness of the predicted responses. each ground motion record, with the amplitude described by im, derives a structural response, quantified by the edp, determining a sample of the edp-im pair. this numerical sample is employed to develop a statistical relationship between edp and im, through ida method. the specific process of ida analysis is as follows:  according to the conditions of the real bridge, select a number of appropriate ground motion records;  initial selection of ims of ground motion and set a set of amplitude modulation coefficients to adjust the ground motion intensity  the adjusted seismic waves are used and the nonlinear time history analysis of the established bridge dynamic model is carried out to solve the seismic response of the structure  the response calculation results are sorted out, evaluates the ims of ground motion based on four indices: efficiency, sufficiency, practicality, and proficiency. 4.1. efficiency evaluation efficiency is the evaluation index for the correlation between the ims of ground motion and the structural response index, commonly assessed using the conditional logarithmic standard deviation β [8]. an efficient im of ground motion can reduce the discreteness of structural responses. the smaller the value of β, the less the dispersion. cornell et al. [30] stated that the relationship between the im of ground motion and the structural response index, along with the corresponding logarithmic standard deviations, can be approximated as follows: 𝑙𝑛( 𝐸𝐷𝑃) = 𝑙𝑛( 𝑎) + 𝑏 ⋅ 𝑙𝑛( 𝐼𝑀) (1) 𝛽 = √ ∑ [𝑙𝑛(𝐸𝐷𝑃) − (𝑙𝑛 𝑎) + 𝑏 𝑙𝑛( 𝐼𝑀)]2𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑛 − 2 (2) to assess the efficiency of the ims of ground motion a regression analysis was conducted for each im and the curvature at the bottom section of the tower, based on the relationship formula, to obtain their corresponding logarithmic standard deviations β, as shown in figure 6. at the same time, to intuitively reflect the ratio of the efficiency between each im of ground motion and the commonly used ims of ground motion, pga, a normalization process was applied to the variances of each im using the pga as the benchmark, resulting in the corresponding normalized variances, as shown in figure 7. the statistical results indicated the following:  the epv, miv, and cav exhibited lower discreteness with the curvature of the bridge tower, among which, the epv had the lowest discreteness. therefore, the velocity-related ims represented by the epv are relatively effective for predicting the structural response of suspension bridges under the action of near-fault pulse-like ground motion, the acceleration-related ims showed higher discreteness when predicting the structural curvature, and the displacement-related ims such as the pgd and mid exhibited the highest discreteness when predicting the structural curvature.  the velocity-related ims represented by the epv had lower discreteness. compared to the commonly used pga and sa(t1), the epv reduced the logarithmic standard deviation β by 16% and 36% and the normalized variance by 30% and 59%, respectively. therefore, using the epv enhanced the efficient prediction of the response of largespan suspension bridges under the impulse effect. figure 6. calculation results of the efficiency of different ims in predicting structural response hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 98 figure 7. comparison of normalized variance of ims based on pga 4.2. sufficiency evaluation the sufficiency of a im of ground motion is the conditional independence of the structural response index from factors such as the magnitude and epicentral distance, given the im [30]. when the sufficiency is poor, the prediction effect is influenced by factors like the magnitude and epicentral distance, which can lead to biases in the predictive outcomes, such as the structural response or collapse strength, and it also cannot verify the rationality of the initially selected ground motions. in this work, the simplified relative sufficiency (srs) method proposed by dávalos et al. [31] was used to assess the sufficiency of the ims of ground motion. the specific procedure of this method involved first normalizing the collapse strength corresponding to each ground motion under various ims relative to the median value of the collapse strength obtained from the 31 records; second, it involved plotting scatter diagrams of the normalized collapse strength against various ground motion characteristic parameters and performing linear regression; finally, we compared the slope sizes obtained based on each im. the collapse strength corresponds to the fourth damage state in table 3 of section 3.2. the smaller the slope, the closer to 0, the more sufficient the prediction of the structural response using the corresponding im. in this work, commonly used ground motion characteristic parameters, such as the magnitude and epicentral distance, were selected to assess the sufficiency of the ims of ground motion. the calculated slope results are shown in figure 8 and table 4, where the horizontal axis represents the ground motion characteristic parameters, and the vertical axis represents the normalized collapse strength. as can be seen in figure 8(a), the miv, epv, and sv(t1) were the three ims with the smallest slope relative to the magnitude, indicating that using these velocity-related ims to select near-fault pulse-like ground motion records is more sufficient than using other ims. as shown in figure 8(b), the im with the smallest linear regression slope for the normalized collapse strength relative to the epicentral distance was the epv, whose slope was essentially horizontal. as shown in table 4, displacement-related ims represented by pgd have the poorest sufficiency with respect to both magnitude and epicentral distance. acceleration-related ims perform better, and velocity-related ims have the best sufficiency. among them, the normalized slope of the epv relative to the magnitude was half that of the pga and one-third that of the sa(t1), and the normalized slope relative to the epicentral distance was reduced by one to two orders of magnitude. a comprehensive evaluation concluded that the epv was the most sufficient im to verify the rationality of the ground motion selection and to characterize the structural response, compared to other ims. (a) normalized slope relative to magnitude (b) normalized slope relative to epicentral distance figure 8. comparison of the srs of ims relative to the ground motion characteristic parameters hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 99 table 4. normalized slope of ims of ground motion relative to magnitude and epicenter distance ims of ground motion magnitude epicentral distance pga 0.4049 0.0025 sa(t1) 0.5436 0.0393 epa 0.2505 0.0022 ai 1.0102 0.0011 pgv 0.2423 0.0106 sv(t1) 0.2257 0.0165 epv 0.1645 0.0006 miv 0.0416 0.0054 cav 0.5202 0.0112 pgd 0.8496 0.0343 sd(t1) 0.5667 0.0405 mid 0.8901 0.0404 4.3. practicality evaluation the practicality describes the degree of dependence of the structural response index on the ims of ground motion, that is, the sensitivity of the response index to variations in the ims. in terms of quantifying the practicality of ims, nielson et al. [32] suggested that the regression coefficient b from cornell's proposed relationship formula could be used. as depicted in figure 9, with the ims of ground motion on the horizontal axis and the structural response index on the vertical axis, the slope of the line obtained from a double logarithmic linear regression, tanα, represents the regression coefficient b value. the smaller the b value, the less association there is between the changes in the response index and the ims, indicating worse practicality. the results of the coefficient b derived from the regression analysis of each im of ground motion are illustrated in figure 10. the statistical results indicated the following:  sd(t1), sa(t1), pgd, mid have the least b value, indicating that for long-span suspension bridges and other flexible structures with significant influence from higher modes, ims that reflect the spectral characteristics at the structure's natural vibration period t1 and displacement-related ims are not suitable. epv, pga, pgv have the greatest b value, among which the effective peak velocity (epv) performs the best.  the commonly utilized sa(t1) yielded a comparatively smaller b value, only 55% of that calculated based on the epv, suggesting its limited applicability for predicting the response of large-span suspension bridges subjected to pulse-like ground motion. figure 9. diagram of regression coefficient b value α b=tanα cu rv a tu re hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 100 figure 10. practicality calculation results of predicting structural response with different ims 4.4. proficiency evaluation proficiency is a comprehensive evaluation index for efficiency and practicality. padgett et al. [8] proposed the use of 𝜁, the ratio of the logarithmic standard deviation β, derived from linear regression, to the regression coefficient b for quantification. that is: 𝜁 = 𝛽𝑙𝑛(𝐷𝐼|𝐼𝑀) 𝑏 (3) when distinguishing between efficiency and practicality for evaluation, it is difficult to decide how to balance these two evaluation indices for a comprehensive assessment, and using one evaluation index alone makes it challenging to achieve a reasonable evaluation of the ims of ground motion. therefore, considering both efficiency and practicality, padgett proposed the concept of proficiency to enhance the effect of im selection. the larger the ratio ζ, the worse the proficiency of the corresponding im is deemed to be. the proficiency evaluation results for each im are shown in figure 11. it can be observed from the figure that among the 12 ims of ground motion, the epv had the best proficiency, with a 65% reduction in 𝜁 compared to sa(t1) and a 18% reduction in ζ compared to pga; moreover, the velocity-related ims generally exhibited better proficiency, while the displacement-related ims performed relatively poorly. figure 11. proficiency calculation results of predicting structural response with different ims 5. conclusions this research focused on the study of long-span suspension bridges under the action of near-fault pulse-like ground motions, investigating the selection of the optimal im of ground motion for predicting structural responses. by employing the ida method, the selected ground motion records that considered the impulse effect were input into the bridge model for dynamic elastoplastic analysis. the ims were comprehensively evaluated for efficiency, sufficiency, practicality, and proficiency. the main conclusions of the study are as follows: hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 101  through evaluations of the efficiency and sufficiency, compared to the commonly used pga and sa(t1), the logarithmic standard deviation β of the epv decreased by 16% and 36%, respectively, and the normalized variance decreased by 30% and 59%, respectively, significantly improving the efficiency; the normalized slope of the epv relative to the magnitude was half that of the pga and one-third that of the sa(t1), and the normalized slope relative to the epicentral distance was reduced by one to two orders of magnitude, indicating that the epv is more sufficient compared to the commonly used sa(t1) and pga.  through evaluations of the practicality and proficiency, compared to the commonly used sa(t1), the regression coefficient b value of the epv nearly doubled, while the ratio 𝜁 was less than half of that of the sa(t1), significantly enhancing the practicality and proficiency.  under the four evaluation criteria of efficiency, sufficiency, practicality, and proficiency, sd(t1), sa(t1), pgd, mid performed the worst, indicating that for long-span suspension bridges and other flexible structures significantly affected by higher modes and long-period components, ims that reflect the spectral characteristics at the structure's natural vibration period t1 and displacement-related ims are not suitable.  through a comprehensive evaluation of efficiency, sufficiency, practicality, and proficiency, considering the impulse effect of near-fault ground motions and the higher modes of long-span suspension bridges, the commonly used pga and sa(t1) and the displacement-related ims were determined not to be suitable as ims. the velocityrelated ims generally predicted the structural response of bridges effectively, with the epv being the optimal im for predicting the response of long-span suspension bridges considering the impulse effect. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, j.s. and q.l.; methodology, q.l.; software, j.s.; validation, j.h., l.x., and li.x.; formal analysis, j.s.; investigation, j.s.; resources, y.z.; data curation, j.s.; writing—original draft preparation, j.s.; writing— review and editing, q.l.; visualization, j.s.; supervision, q.l.; project administration, q.l.; funding acquisition, y.z. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the work is supported by the sichuan provincial transportation science and technology project (grant no.2018zl-01), the hubei provincial natural science foundation of china (grant no.2024afb971, 2023afb934), the natural science foundation for distinguished young scholars of hubei province of china (2023afa099) and the national natural science foundation of china (52378517). the support is gratefully acknowledged. 6.4. acknowledgements the authors would like to thank the nga-west2 database for providing the strong ground motion data. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] chen, l., & li, j. (2011). effects of frequency content of earthquake ground motions on nonlinear seismic responses of rc bridge columns. journal of basic science and engineering, 19(5), 749–757. doi:10.3969/j.issn.1005-0930.2011.05.007. [2] pang, y., wu, x., shen, g., & yuan, w. (2014). seismic fragility analysis of cable-stayed bridges considering different sources of uncertainties. journal of bridge engineering, 19(4), 4013015. doi:10.1061/(asce)be.1943-5592.0000565. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 102 [3] hu, z., wei, b., jiang, l., li, s., yu, y., & xiao, c. (2022). assessment of optimal ground motion intensity measure for highspeed railway girder bridge (hrgb) based on spectral acceleration. engineering structures, 252, 113728. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2021.113728. [4] li, s. q., & zhong, j. (2024). development of a seismic vulnerability and risk model for typical bridges considering innovative intensity measures. engineering structures, 302, 117431. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2023.117431. [5] thakkar, k., rana, a., & goyal, h. (2023). fragility analysis of bridge structures: a global perspective & critical review of past & present trends. advances in bridge engineering, 4(1), 10. doi:10.1186/s43251-023-00089-y. [6] nielson, b. g., & desroches, r. (2007). seismic fragility methodology for highway bridges using a component level approach. earthquake engineering and structural dynamics, 36(6), 823–839. doi:10.1002/eqe.655. [7] martin, j., alipour, a., & sarkar, p. (2019). fragility surfaces for multi-hazard analysis of suspension bridges under earthquakes and microbursts. engineering structures, 197, 109–169. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2019.05.011. [8] padgett, j. e., nielson, b. g., & desroches, r. (2008). selection of optimal intensity measures in probabilistic seismic demand models of highway bridge portfolios. earthquake engineering and structural dynamics, 37(5), 711–725. doi:10.1002/eqe.782. [9] zhong, j., pang, y., jeon, j. s., desroches, r., & yuan, w. (2016). seismic fragility assessment of long-span cable-stayed bridges in china. advances in structural engineering, 19(11), 1797–1812. doi:10.1177/1369433216649380. [10] mackie, k., & stojadinović, b. (2001). probabilistic seismic demand model for california highway bridges. journal of bridge engineering, 6(6), 468–481. doi:10.1061/(asce)1084-0702(2001)6:6(468). [11] wei, b., hu, z., he, x., & jiang, l. (2020). evaluation of optimal ground motion intensity measures and seismic fragility analysis of a multi-pylon cable-stayed bridge with super-high piers in mountainous areas. soil dynamics and earthquake engineering, 129(105945), 1–12. doi:10.1016/j.soildyn.2019.105945. [12] wen, t., jiang, l., jiang, l., zhou, w., & du, y. (2024). optimal intensity measure selection in incremental dynamic analysis: methodology improvements and application to a high-speed railway bridge. bulletin of earthquake engineering, 22(4), 2059– 2083. doi:10.1007/s10518-023-01840-6. [13] zhang, y. y., ding, y., & pang, y. t. (2015). selection of optimal intensity measures in seismic damage analysis of cablestayed bridges subjected to far-fault ground motions. journal of earthquake and tsunami, 9(1), 1550003. doi:10.1142/s1793431115500037. [14] avşar, ö., & özdemir, g. (2013). response of seismic-isolated bridges in relation to intensity measures of ordinary and pulselike ground motions. journal of bridge engineering, 18(3), 250–260. doi:10.1061/(asce)be.1943-5592.0000340. [15] liao, w. i., loh, c. h., & lee, b. h. (2004). comparison of dynamic response of isolated and non-isolated continuous girder bridges subjected to near-fault ground motions. engineering structures, 26(14), 2173–2183. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2004.07.016. [16] dai, j. c., wang, d. s., chen, x. y., zhang, r., & sun, z. g. (2023). evaluation of ground motion intensity measures for timehistory dynamic analysis of isolated bridges. structures, 55, 1306–1319. doi:10.1016/j.istruc.2023.06.007. [17] ding, j. y., & feng, d. c. (2024). feature selection of ground motion intensity measures for data-driven surrogate modeling of structures. earthquake engineering and structural dynamics, 53(3), 1216–1237. doi:10.1002/eqe.4068. [18] wei, b., zheng, x., jiang, l., lai, z., zhang, r., chen, j., & yang, z. (2024). seismic response prediction and fragility assessment of high-speed railway bridges using machine learning technology. structures, 66, 106845. doi:10.1016/j.istruc.2024.106845. [19] mcguire, r. k. (1976). fortran computer program for seismic risk analysis. usgs open-file report, 76(67), 1-94. doi:10.3133/ofr7667. [20] anderson, j. c., & bertero, v. v. (1987). uncertainties in establishing design earthquakes. journal of structural engineering, 113(8), 1709–1724. doi:10.1061/(asce)0733-9445(1987)113:8(1709). [21] ye, l., ma, q., miao, z., guan, h., & zhuge, y. (2013). numerical and comparative study of earthquake intensity indices in seismic analysis. structural design of tall and special buildings, 22(4), 362–381. doi:10.1002/tal.693. [22] wang, x., shafieezadeh, a., & ye, a. (2018). optimal intensity measures for probabilistic seismic demand modeling of extended pile-shaft-supported bridges in liquefied and laterally spreading ground. bulletin of earthquake engineering, 16(1), 229–257. doi:10.1007/s10518-017-0199-2. [23] jtg/t2231-01-2020 (2020). ministry of transport of the people's republic of china. specification of seismic design for highway bridges. china communications press, beijing, china. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 103 [24] zhang, c. m., tian, s. z., & lin, y. z. (2015). study on correlation between pile-soil-structure interaction and longitudinal failure of self-anchored suspension bridge tower. earthquake engineering and engineering vibration, 35(04), 139–144. doi:10.13197/j.eeev.2015.04.139.zhangcm.016. [25] zheng, s. x., shi, x. h., jia, h. y., zhao, c. h., qu, h. l., & shi, x. l. (2020). seismic response analysis of long-span and asymmetrical suspension bridges subjected to near-fault ground motion. engineering failure analysis, 115, 104615. doi:10.1016/j.engfailanal.2020.104615. [26] cheng, z. y., qian, j., chen, x., & he, j. c. dynamic characteristics and seismic analysis of continuous rigid frame bridges with high and low piers. railway construction, 58(07), 18–21. [27] wu, f., luo, j., zheng, w., cai, c., dai, j., wen, y., & ji, q. (2020). performance-based seismic fragility and residual seismic resistance study of a long-span suspension bridge. advances in civil engineering, 2020, 1–16. doi:10.1155/2020/8822955. [28] li, l., hu, s., & wang, l. (2017). seismic fragility assessment of a multi-span cable-stayed bridge with tall piers. bulletin of earthquake engineering, 15(9), 3727–3745. doi:10.1007/s10518-017-0106-x. [29] lu, d., yu, x., jia, m., & wang, g. (2014). seismic risk assessment for a reinforced concrete frame designed according to chinese codes. structure and infrastructure engineering, 10(10), 1295–1310. doi:10.1080/15732479.2013.791326. [30] cornell, c. a., jalayer, f., hamburger, r. o., & foutch, d. a. (2002). probabilistic basis for 2000 sac federal emergency management agency steel moment frame guidelines. journal of structural engineering, 128(4), 526–533. doi:10.1061/(asce)0733-9445(2002)128:4(526). [31] dávalos, h., & miranda, e. (2019). filtered incremental velocity: a novel approach in intensity measures for seismic collapse estimation. earthquake engineering and structural dynamics, 48(12), 1384–1405. doi:10.1002/eqe.3205. [32] nielson, b. g. (2005). analytical fragility curves for highway bridges in moderate seismic zones. georgia institute of technology, georgia, united states. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1085 issn: 2723-9535 the new way of tourism in green economy style for sustainable community development and empowerment arpaporn sookhom 1 , kittachet krivart 1* , nantida jansiri 1, araya sookhom 2, jaraspol chanasit 2, shubham pathak 3 , anwar mallongi 4 1 school of political science and public administration, walailak university, nakhon si thammarat, 80160, thailand. 2 thailand urban and rural development foundation, chonburi, 20130, thailand. 3 school of accountancy and finance, center of excellence in sustainable disaster management (cesdm), walailak university, thai buri, tha sala, 80160, thailand. 4 department of environmental health, faculty of public health, hasanuddin university, makassar,90245, indonesia. received 16 june 2024; revised 07 november 2024; accepted 12 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract the new way of tourism in green economy style" has been adopted in thailand to strengthen the social development of the communities and enhance the local development to achieve a sustainable and resilient framework. this article aims to study the context, model, process, success factors, and ways to expand tourism management results of the model to the communities in thailand. this study adopts mixed methodology research. the study area consisted of the pak phanang community in pak phanang district, nakhon si thammarat province; the ton duan community in khuan khanun district, phatthalung province; and the khlong dan community in ranod district, songkhla province. the sample size is 1200 respondents, inclusive of 400 respondents from each of three study area communities. the key informants consisted of a group of tourists in the model community, a group of executives/boards/vendors, and a group of academics and travel agency representatives. the study found that the context of the three communities facilitated the emergence of management of the “new way of tourism in green economy style”. the process is divided into three steps. firstly, community based (cbt) consists of natural resources and culture, community organization, management and learning. secondly, the 7 greens consist of green hearts, green communities, green attractions, green activities, green logistics, green services, and green plus. lastly, the profit rbg-p-c concept, which consists of return of profit to community, bring profit to take care of community, and giving profit back to the community. factors contributing to the success of tourism management in the model communities include leadership factors, structural and workflow factors, participation factors, and other factors. the guidelines for expanding tourism management will use the model for expanding the results together with the propulsion mechanism, including building cooperation from the people, management of natural resource use and the environment, building faith for green tourism, and the distribution of profits universally and fairly. keywords: best practice community for tourism management; new tourism; green economy; sustainable development. 1. introduction the tourism industry has played an important role in the recovery and growth of thailand's economy continuously since after the 1997 economic crisis [1]. but due to the epidemic situation of covid-19, many countries around the world have had to use travel restrictions [2]. the world tourism organization (unwto) has stated that destinations around * corresponding author: kittachet.kr@wu.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-015  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0009-4453-1798 https://orcid.org/0009-0000-6166-4773 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2750-8483 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1086 the world have been implementing travel restrictions since january 2020, and in april of the same year, 96% of destinations worldwide adopted travel restrictions to establish health security in their country [3]. the countries that have implemented such travel restrictions, many countries are the main tourist groups in thailand, resulting in no foreign tourists traveling to thailand during this period. as well as traveling within the country of thai people has been greatly reduced [4]. however, after the government announced the opening of the country in july 2020 and introduced various measures to stimulate tourism to recover [5]. one of the key measures that have been implemented is the promotion of green tourism or ecotourism [6]. green tourism is tourism about natural sites and local culture, which is responsible tourism for preserving the environment and culture of the local attractions. it can also create the well-being of local people [7], which is green tourism or sustainable tourism [8]. it has now become an important alternative for tourists in developing countries, including thailand. but entrepreneurs and local communities need to manage green tourism in this way: appropriate management strategies should be planned so that tourism can generate substantial income and benefits for the community [9]. in the case of thailand, the tourism authority of thailand has set a policy to drive green tourism in potential communities by adopting the 7 green concept as an important mechanism for driving [10] and has already driven green tourism in many model communities such as the “mueang kham zero waste zero carbon” project at ban muang kham, pong yang sub district, mae rim district, chiang mai province [11]. khiriwong ecotourism community, kamlon subdistrict, lan saka district, nakhon si thammarat province [12]. ecotourism community, ban rim klong homestay community enterprise group, ban prok sub district, mueang district, samut songkhram province [13], etc. however, in the southern region of thailand, green tourism is considered important alternative tourism that is no less popular with tourists than other types of tourism. travel in this form to have concrete results. as it has been studied that during the post-covid-19 crisis, the new way of tourism in green economy style will be able to create jobs and incomes for villagers. communities can use tourism revenue to be allocated for welfare or to create public benefits. moreover, this form of tourism also plays an important role in building unity and cooperation among people in the community. this includes raising awareness and pride in social heritage. increasing the rate of relocation of people in the community and, in addition, the management of green tourism by the community prevents the exploitation of capitalists regardless of their impact on the community [14]. for model communities in the southern region that are managed by the new way of tourism in green economy style, such as pak phanang community, nakhon si thammarat province the community organizes market-type tourism, which is characterized by its retro-style setting and the use of natural utensils [15]. including the community, there are 7 ways of tourism activities to welcome tourists as well [16]. another model community with green tourism management is khuan khanun community, tan duan subdistrict, khuan khanun district, phatthalung province. this community has organized tourism in the form of a green market [17], which was formed by the cooperation between the community, the owner of the beloved suan phai market, and the eat well and happy network. phatthalung province in the development of "bamboo market creates happiness" to develop into a tourist destination under the concept "full body, comfortable, happy is enough". phai saeng suk market has been selected by the department of internal trade, ministry of commerce, as “tongchom market” [17]. the highlight of this market lies in the shady and natural bamboo forest; inside the market, mainly used containers and bags made of natural materials [18]. another model community in the southern region that has organized green tourism is khlong dan community, ranod district, songkhla province, which this community has organized tourism in the green floating market in the khlong dan area, which is a canal that is separated between ranod district, songkhla province, and hua sai district, nakhon si thammarat province. this floating market is a tourist attraction that strongly demonstrates the arts and culture of the southern people [19]. a key goal in community tourism management is to promote cultural tourism and to generate additional income for the villagers [20]. from the background and importance of the above problems, it is interesting that the new trend of green tourism, or the new way of tourism in green economy style that the tourism authority of thailand has tried to drive, results in many communities of how does the country, including in the southern regions, have the context, form, and process to achieve the goal? and what are the factors that will lead to the success of managing the new way of tourism in the green economy style of the model community, including how to expand the results of tourism management in this form to other communities of the country? 1.1. objectives in line with the sustainable development goals (sdgs), this research formulates the primary objective to strengthen the new way of tourism in a green economy style for the southern region in thailand. the aim of this research is to strengthen the vulnerable communities. the following are the specific objectives of this research. 1) to study the context, model, and process of tourism management of the model community “the new way of tourism in green economy style” in the southern region. 2) to analyze the success factors in tourism management of the model community “the new way of tourism in green economy style” in the southern region. 3) to study ways to expand tourism management results of the model community “the new way of tourism in green economy style” to other communities. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1087 2. literature review the literature review depicts the lack of research in the field of new way of tourism in the green economy [21]. the existing literature gap projects a necessity to enhance the existing literature. in this study, the researcher reviewed the literature on concepts, theories, and related research to design a research conceptual framework and create a tool for data collection, which includes: 2.1. the 7 green concepts green tourism is a form of tourism that is unique and depends on the potential of local attractions. whether it is a natural tourist attraction or a local cultural attraction that has been nurtured for a long time, or even urban tourism, which is tourism with a view to sustainability, is to preserve the environment, ecosystem, and local culture as much as possible, as well as building a long-term economy and society [21]. green tourism is a concept about the development of eco-friendly tourism and is also another approach that helps develop tourism to be sustainable, in which the elements of green tourism activities are: implementing activities within the potential scope of natural resources, communities, cultures, and community lifestyles, recognizing the impact of tourism activities on the community, including customs, traditions, culture, and way of life of the community, people's participation in tourism activities that affect ecosystems, communities, customs, traditions, cultures, and lifestyles and harmonizing the economic needs of social sustainability and environmental sustainability [22]. the 7 green concepts: the tourism authority of thailand has applied the 7 green concept to develop green tourism in various community attractions in thailand (tourism promotion division, tourism authority of thailand, 2012), which the 7 green concept consists of: (1) green heart: it is an action for all stakeholders in the tourism industry to have attitudes, feelings, perceptions, and awareness of the environmental value and threats of global warming on tourism, which the practice to protect and restore the environment while reducing greenhouse gas emissions with knowledge, understanding, and the right and appropriate methods [23]. (2) green logistics: it is a means of transportation and a service model in the transportation system or tourism transport from residence to tourist attractions that focuses on energy saving, renewable energy, and emission reduction. greenhouse and help save the environment [24]. (3) green attraction: it is a tourist attraction that is managed according to the policy framework and operations in the direction of sustainable tourism, especially with caution or a clear commitment to protect the environment. and help reduce greenhouse gas emissions in the right way [25]. (4) green community: it is a community tourist destination in both urban and rural areas that manage tourism in a sustainable direction, with operations that focus on environmental conservation, especially the preservation of culture and way of life that is community identity [26]. (5) green activity: it is a tourism activity that is harmonious with the value of resources and the environment of tourist attractions. it is an entertaining or fun activity that provides tourists with an opportunity to learn and enhance their experience with minimal impact on resources and the environment [27]. (6) green service: it is a service model of various tourism businesses that impress tourists with good quality standards. along with our commitment and actions to protect the environment, we help reduce greenhouse gas emissions from our services [28]. and (7) green plus: it is an expression of individuals and organizations to support physical or intellectual energy or to contribute to the conservation and environmental rehabilitation of tourist attractions or activities that reduce the threat of global warming [29]. 2.2. community–based tourism: cbt community–based tourism (cbt) has been gaining popularity in the recent decades as it empowers the local community as well as strengthens the economy as well. community–based tourism has the following key components [30]. in terms of natural resources and community culture, there is an abundant natural resource base, dependent production methods, and sustainable use of abundant natural resources and cultural traditions that are unique to the local area [31]. community organization aspect: a well-understood social system, a philosopher or person with knowledge and skills in a wide variety of subjects, and a sense of belonging and participation in the development process [32]. community management: rules and regulations for environmental, cultural, and tourism management. organizations or mechanisms that work to manage tourism can link tourism with the development of the community as a whole, fair distribution of benefits, and a system to manage the learning process between villagers and visitors [33]. community learning has characteristics of tourism activities that can create awareness and understanding of different lifestyles and cultures. the system manages the learning process between villagers and visitors while raising awareness of the conservation of natural resources and culture for both villagers and visitors [34]. 2.3. green tourism organization concept the green tourism organization concept is a concept that communities where green tourism activities can be applied to. the elements of a green tourism organization are [35]; people: it is the emergence of green tourist attractions from hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1088 the people in the community where the responsible agencies will only serve to stimulate, create cooperation from the people and help transfer the value of the attraction to the tourists [36]. planet: it is a cost-effective use of natural resources and the environment, not lavishly, and together to conserve natural resources and the environment for future generations [37]. profit: it is the return of profits to the community and society by bringing back the profits from tourism management to take care of people in the community, for example, to provide community welfare. and giving back to society in various forms, such as allocating scholarships for needy students, supporting environmental conservation activities, etc. [38] and passion: this is to build faith to create a green tourism destination together from both the community and all relevant sectors to instill beliefs and change attitudes to have faith in the conservation of natural resources [39]. 3. research conceptual framework from the relevant literature review, the researcher adopted the concept of green tourism [22], concept 7 green [10], community–based tourism concept [30], and the concept of organizing a green tourism organization [35] to formulate a conceptual framework for this research (figure 1). figure 1. research conceptual framework 4. methodology 4.1. research design this research used mixed-method research, both qualitative research and quantitative research. the research has been carried out in the southern region of thailand among the communities that have the potential in terms of enhancing green tourism. the data collection process involved key informant interviews, which were analyzed thereafter. 4.2. key informants and samples key informants for qualitative research consist of 3 groups as follows: tourist group (a): pak phanang retro market, pak phanang community, pak phanang district, nakhon si thammarat province. (b) phai sang suk market, ton duan community, khuan khanun district, phatthalung province. (c) khlong dan floating market, khlong dan community, ranod district, songkhla province. executives/board of directors and vendors in the green market tourist attraction of the 3 model communities. a group of tourism academics and travel agency representatives in nakhon si thammarat province, phatthalung province, and songkhla province. sample: samples of tourists from the three markets used in the quantitative research were used to determine the sample size with yamane's ready-made tables [40] at the 95% confidence level, the number of tourists from 3 markets is 400 people each, total 1,200 people. the sampling of tourists from all three markets was collected using the simple random sampling method using random table. 4.3. research venue of the study the research area consists of 3 model communities of the new way of tourism in the economy style as follows: pak phanang community, pak phanang district, nakhon si thammarat province; ton duan community, khuan khanun district, phatthalung province; and khlong dan community, ranod district, songkhla province. success factors in best practice community for tourism management “new way of tourism in green economy style” in the southern region context, format, and process best practice community for tourism management “new way of tourism in green economy style” in the southern region guidelines to expand the best practice community for tourism management “new way of tourism in green economy style” to other communities hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1089 4.4. research process the research process involves the following steps. 1) review of literature related to the green tourism concept, 7 green concepts, community-based tourism concept, and the concept of organizing a green tourism organization to apply the information obtained to form a research conceptual framework and create questions and develop it as a tool for collecting data on both the questions used in the in-depth interview and the questionnaire. 2) take the question and questionnaire tool to check the content validity (content validity) from 5 experts and apply the feedback from experts to modify the two data collection tools. 3) a questionnaire that has been validated for content validity and has been revised according to the recommendations of experts. to test the reliability (reliability) by using a questionnaire to collect data with tourists in the hua sai canal floating market, hua sai district, nakhon si thammarat province. 4) using a questionnaire that has experimented with collecting data from tourists to calculate cronbach's alpha coefficient (krivart, 2020: 111), the alpha coefficient of the whole questionnaire was 0.87, and the questionnaire was completely modified before being used for further data collection. 5) use the question-based tool to conduct an in-depth interview to collect information from tourism scholars. and travel agency representatives in nakhon si thammarat province, phatthalung province, and songkhla province. 6) the questionnaire tool was used to collect data from tourist groups in all 3 communities, 400 samples each. 7) use information collected from key informants and samples. were analyzed by qualitative and statistical methods within the framework of the three objectives. 8) the results of the data analysis are compiled and presented in the form of a research report. 4.5. data analysis the data analysis involved both qualitative and quantitative analysis. the details for each of them are as follows: 1) qualitative data obtained from the interview will be analyzed by methods including typological analysis, comparison, componential analysis, and analytic induction [41]. 2) quantitative data in the part of the "factors for success in managing the new way of tourism in green economy style of the model community" obtained from the questionnaire will be analyzed using average statistics (x̅), standard deviation (s.d.), t-test (t-test), and one-way anova [42]. 5. results the results of the study on best practice community for tourism management, “green economy tourism”, in the southern region will be presented in order as follows: 5.1. context, model, and tourism management process of the model community “the new way of tourism in green economy style”, in the southern region the context of the model community "the new way of tourism in green economy style" in the southern region, the context of the 3 model communities is as follows. pak phanang community, pak phanang district, nakhon si thammarat province: it is a community that manages green tourism in retro market type at the edge of the bang chalong canal, which connects to the pak phanang river. the emergence of the market is due to the pak phanang community, which was originally a port city, an important trading center of the eastern seaboard, so there is an ancient, civilized community. but many years ago, the community faced economic problems, causing the villagers to have no jobs and have to go out to find work in the provinces, resulting in social problems that followed because youth without parents became troubled children, addicted, and pregnant at school age. one of the respondents added, “the issues related to our environmentally rich community have been the people and tourism-centric. the unemployment issue could be resolved, and generated income would resolve these issues both economically and socially.” for this reason, mr. phichet klasakul, the mayor of pak phanang sub-district at that time, together with the villagers established “pak phanang retro market” as a source of job creation and income for the people. inside the market, there is a retro atmosphere, pottery food containers, banana leaves, lotus leaves, betel nuts, and containers made of leaves. some stores that need to use bags only use paper bags to protect the environment. the merchant's dress is retro-styled to create an atmosphere for tourists visiting the market (kaewon & et al., 2019: 395-400). in addition to the retro market, the pak phanang community also organizes 7 ways of tourism activities for welcoming tourists, consisting of ways to hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1090 follow in the footsteps of the king, king rama 5, and king rama 9. the way on both sides of the pak phanang river, religious ways and beliefs, fishing ways, agricultural ways, foodways, and traditions ways [16]. tanot duan community, khuan khanun district, phatthalung province: the community has joined with khun kwanchai klubsuksai, owner of suan phai market, beloved [17] and the healthy eating network group, phatthalung province have developed “phai saeng suk market” as a place of happiness under the concept of “full body: comfortable: happiness is enough” under the support. of the tourism authority of thailand, “phai saeng suk market” is a natural community market, which officially opened on january 28, 2017, is open for tourists to travel and shop every saturday sunday. one of the respondent added, “our community has preservation of life and culture, however, the tourism among the markets would enhance and strengthen us economically. this is one of the major requirement of our community. but government must ensure that increased tourism activity in these markets will not degrade the community.” this market has been selected by the department of internal trade, ministry of commerce as “tongchom market”. the market is divided into 5 main zones, which are phai saeng suk market zone, sitting area zone, children's activity zone, learning zone of the beloved bamboo garden, and bamboo forest zone [17]. in the market area, besides selling local goods, some musical performances and plays are unique to the local area. the containers for the products in the market are mainly made of natural materials. the highlight of this market is the shady and natural bamboo forest. the operation and management of tourism of bamboo saeng suk market are done in the form of a committee, which consists of a committee of 10 members. every thursday in the first week of the month, the committee meets with vendors to discuss, exchange knowledge, and jointly revise, improve and develop the happy bamboo market, which belongs to everyone in the community [18]. khlong daen community, ranod district, songkhla province is located in a lowland area, with 3 natural canals that converge in this area. two cities”). in the past, these natural canals were used as the main thoroughfare, as a source of occupation for fishing and the daily life of many people. but later, this area has been gradually reduced in importance. after the road was cut and most people switched to the main transport route, the klong dan community became a small, lifeless community. the abbot of khlong dan temple at that time had an idea to develop the temple back to prosper as in the past, so he asked for assistance from rajamangala university to help carry out research and development of the temple to prosper. one of the respondent added, “samchuk market has been around since many decades but the lack of tourism has diminished its cultural and economic position. tourism restoration will strengthen our raw material suppliers and general consumers in the community as well. the nature based products for packaging, transportation would in turn preserve the local small businesses as well. however, the support from the local level government organization must be present throughout the process.” in addition, the villagers of the klong dan community were invited to study at amphawa floating market and sam chuk market to bring back the knowledge gained to develop the floating market, where duties and responsibilities are divided according to their aptitudes. the villagers then had a meeting to discuss ways to turn the community back again and jointly developed a floating market called “khlong dan river market” at the edge of khlong dan, a canal between ranod district, songkhla province and hua sai district, nakhon si thammarat province, and the market was officially opened in 2009 [19]. one of the community committee respondent added, “our committee has been working towards the strengthening of the tourism. however, the allocation of income generated and joint resolution with the other local government department has been limited due lack of tourism in the community.” the main goal is to organize the community market to organize cultural tourism activities and to generate additional income for the people under the concept of ecotourism and culture which is the application of natural capital and culture along the canal to be a community market, emphasizing tourism activities that do not affect the ecosystem, lifestyles that coexist with nature, and the good culture of the villagers southern region [20]. another government officer added, “the community committee is comprised of the people who share duties and responsibilities for managing tourism and providing services to tourists. this leads to collaborative business practices and strengthen the bond between community members and share the benefits of increased tourism by all.” tourism management model and process "the new way of tourism in green economy style" of model communities from the context of model communities of the new way of tourism in green economy style, all 3 communities have affected the management style of the new way of tourism in green economy style of all 3 communities as well. the research team has analyzed and synthesized the results of the study of tourism management styles of the 3 communities, resulting in the common characteristics of tourism management styles of the 3 communities, calling the tourism management model "the three steps in the green tourism management of the best practice community”. both the forms and processes of tourism management of the 3 communities have common characteristics of the green tourism building process as follows: the first step: community based tourism: cbt consists of the community tourism management process in the following four areas; (1) natural resources and culture the three communities have abundant natural resources, hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1091 dependable production methods, and sustainable use of natural resources. it also has a unique culture and traditions that are local. (2) community organization all three communities have a well-understood social system, community scholars with the knowledge, and skills in various subjects. and most of the villagers have a sense of belonging and taking part in the tourism development process. (3) management all three communities have rules and regulations to manage the environment, culture, and tourism. there are mechanisms for managing tourism and can link tourism with the development of the community as a whole. the benefits are distributed fairly and funds are established that benefit the community's economic and social development in the field of learning and (4) learning. all three communities have characteristics of tourism activities that can create awareness and understanding of different ways of life and culture and have a system to manage learning processes between villagers and visitors. and create awareness about the conservation of natural resources and culture for both villagers and visitors (figure 2). figure 2. three steps in the green tourism management of the best practice community (adapted designed from [10]) the second step: 7 greens, all three model communities have tourism management processes that emphasize the balance between community tourism and the environment for sustainable tourism, emphasizing environmental friendliness, and adjusting the tourism activities in the whole system. following the context of the area and does not destroy nature which consists of; (1) green hearts: all three communities started tourism by making people in the community understand environmental issues, appreciate the value of nature and the environment, and pay attention to environmental conservation. (2) green communities: it is an environmentally friendly tourism management system for the community with clear rules and guidelines for entrepreneurs and tourists. (3) green attractions: after the community has a good management system, it will start to manage green tourism by bringing abundant natural resources, the traditional way of life of the people in the community, and the unique culture of the southern people. it's a selling point. (4) green activities: it is the design and management of community tourism activities that are in harmonies with nature, such as the khlong daen riverfront market which has folk performance activities, cooking demonstrations and traditional snacks, and homestays are available for tourists, etc. (5) green logistics: planning of traffic around tourist attractions from defining the main and secondary routes used to access tourist attractions, parking places, forms and means of transportation within tourist attractions that focus on energy saving and environmental protection such as cyclists, electric cars, and bicycles to serve tourists, etc. (6) green services: all 3 communities have tourism management that will impress tourists in terms of natural attractions, unique lifestyles under the context of each community. including the good service quality of both accommodation operators, vendors, local guides, and the hospitality of the people in the community that has impressed tourists along with the community's commitment to environmental protection. and (7) green plus: in the three model communities, leaders and community members have shared aspirations and agreements to manage tourism in an eco-friendly green market model that emphasizes the use of containers made from natural pottery such as pottery, banana leaves, lotus leaves, betel nuts, and containers woven from leaves to prevent plastic waste that could be dumped into rivers or burned, which would create air pollution. the third step: profit rbg-p-c concept, three model communities have allocated profits from reimbursement tourism management in three ways: return of profit to community is the return of profits to the community and society, p e o p l e p r o f i t profit rbg-p-c concept 1. return of profit to community 2. bring profit to take care of community 3. giving profit back to the community passion 7 green concept 1. green hearts 2. green community 3. green attraction 4. green activities 5. green logistics 6. green service 7. green plus planet community based tourism: cbt 1. natural resources and culture 2. community organization 3. management 4. learning hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1092 such as bringing profits to create public benefits in the community. bring profit to take care of community is to bring profits back to take care of people in the community, for example, bring profits to provide welfare for the poor and scholarships for students in need. and giving profit back to the community, which is the return of profits back to the community in various forms to support environmental conservation activities of the community, etc. sustainability is the management of the new way of tourism in the green economy style of the community in a form called "three steps in the green tourism management of the best practice community". in addition to each step of the stairs, there is a strong element, within the structure of the community tourism management model in this style is also reinforced by 4 steel bars: (1) people: people in every model community play an important role in planning. take action and supervise and develop community tourism. (2) planet: communities have established a common approach to manage tourism by using natural resources and the environment in a cost-effective, non-superfluous, and collaborative way to conserve natural resources and the environment for their children. (3) passion: the community has a faithbuilding process to create a green tourism destination together by both the community and all relevant sectors to instill beliefs and change their attitudes to have faith in the conservation of natural resources. and (4) community profit has adopted a community democratic process to allocate profits from tourism management for fair and thorough care for the people in the community. the profit allocation patterns can be adjusted as the socio-economic context changes under the proposal and resolution of all people in the community, with the key condition being the care and healing of the affected community members. from the adjustment of the profit allocation model [43]. 5.2. factors for success in tourism management of the model community "the new way of tourism in green economy style" in the southern region from both quantitative and qualitative methods studies, it can be concluded that the factors that contribute to the successful management of the new way of tourism in green economy style of the three model communities are as follows: leadership factor: the community has a leader who understands the community context, knows natural resources and tourism resources well, has knowledge of the conservation of resources and the environment, is visionary, committed, selfless, honest, and has a public mind. structural factors and work processes: the community has a systematic tourism management process, planning, clear division of duties and responsibilities, management is done in the form of a committee, rules and guidelines are set to clear practice, drive operations sincerely, and adhere to the principles of good governance in management. participation factor: the community has teamwork, regular meetings are held to allow everyone to participate in the community tourism management from planning, setting guidelines/methods of operation, establishing rules and guidelines, implementing tourism activities, preserving and restoring natural resources, and the environment, and obtaining the benefits of tourism with a fair allocation. other factors: for example, all three communities have network agencies that help transfer knowledge on environmentally friendly tourism activities and management to people in the community, and new generations are coming back to help develop and inherit the tourism management of the community, etc. based on the success factors in managing the new way of tourism in the green economy style of the model community as presented above, the research team used t-test statistics and statistical analysis of variance. single (oneway anova). the six hypothesis tests were established by the research team. the statistical significance level used in the hypothesis testing was 0.0 and the values of sig.1, sig.2, and sig.3 were calculated from program computer, which is the information of pak phanang community, tanot duan community, and khlong dan community, respectively. the results of the hypothesis test are as follows: tourists with different number of trips to the model community had different impressions on the tourism management of the model community (sig.1 = .009, sig.2 = .003, sig.3 = .007). the average number of times to visit the pak phanang community is inversely proportional to the impression of the tourists. the average number of times to travel to the tanot duan community and the khlong dan community will be directly proportional to the impression of tourists. tourists from southern provinces and tourists from other provinces had different impressions on tourism management of the model community (sig.1 = .008, sig.2 = .007, sig. .3 = .005). the average impression of tourists coming from other provinces on the green tourism management of the 3 model communities is higher than the average impression of tourists coming from the southern provinces. the new generation of tourists (under 30 years old) have a perception of green tourism management of the model community that is different from the tourists in other groups (sig.1 = .008, sig.2 = .005, sig.3 = .009). the average perception of tourists from the new generation (under 30 years) of green tourism management of the 3 model communities is higher than the average perception of tourists in other groups. the trend of revisiting tourist attractions in the model community of the new generation tourists (under 30 years old) is different from other tourists (sig.1 = .004, sig.2 = .007, sig.3 = .006). the average tendency to revisit tourist attractions in the model community among the new generation (under 20 years old) tourists is higher than that of other tourists. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1093 tourists in all age groups had no different perceptions of the benefits of green tourism management in the model community (sig.1 = .27, sig.2 = .57, sig.3 = .06). the average perceived value of tourists in the tanon community of the benefits of green tourism management was the highest (3.25, moderate perception). followed by the khlong dan community (3.02, moderate perception) and the pak phanang community (2.86, moderate perception). tourists in all age groups have the same desire to expand green tourism from the 3 model communities to other communities no different (sig.1 = .42, sig.2 = .33, sig.3 = .36). the average demand for green tourism from the 3 model communities to other communities of tourists from the ton duan community has the highest value (4.12, requiring a relatively high level of amplification), followed by the khlong dan community (4.02, requiring a relatively high level of expansion) and pak phanang community. (3.94, requires a relatively large-scale expansion). 5.3. guidelines for expanding tourism management results of model communities “the new way of tourism in green economy style” to other communities guidelines for expanding tourism management results of the model community "the new way of tourism in green economy style" to other communities. thus, to expand the tourism management results of the model community to other communities, the model "the three steps in the green tourism management of the best practice community" will be used to expand the results as follows: implement the first step: community based tourism: cbt, which consists of a tourism management process that must be carried out in four sub-steps as follows; natural resources and culture, community organization, management, and learning. implementation of step 2: 7 greens, which comprises a tourism management process focused on balancing community and environmental tourism for sustainable tourism, must be implemented in a sequence of 7 steps. subsection as follows; (1) green hearts, (2) green communities, (3) green attractions, (4) green activities, (5) green logistics, (6) green services, and (7) green plus. implementation of step 3: profit rbg-p-c concept, which comprises the allocation of profits from reintegration tourism management in three ways: return of profit to the community, bring profit to take care of the community, giving profit back to the community. mechanisms to drive the expansion of the management of the new way of tourism in green economy style of the model community to other communities should adopt the following four key mechanisms: people is the creation of cooperation from people in the community in planning. actions and supervision and development of community tourism. planet is the management of the use of natural resources and the environment for community tourism that is worthwhile, not extravagant, and together to conserve them for their children. passion is to build faith to create a green tourism destination together from both the community and all related sectors. and profit is the allocation of profits from tourism management back to take care of people in the community thoroughly and fairly. 6. discussion and conclusions the results of this study of the new way of tourism in green economy style management model of the model community revealed a tourism management model called “the three steps in the green tourism management of the best practice community”. which is a 3-step ladder form as follows; the first step is community based tourism: cbt is a process that consists of four steps: (1) natural resources and culture, (2) community organization, (3) management, and (4) learning. the results of this study are consistent with the study by tungseng, madhyamapurush & sreesoompong [44] titled knowledge management model for community based tourism of satun community based tourism network, thailand found that; elements of ecotourism in satun's community based tourism network include the natural and cultural resources, the community organizations, the management, and learning. the study found the same issues as the results of the study luangchanduang, kangwol & nantasen [45] “the potential of role-model communities in sustainable and creative tourism found; the indicators of sustainable creative community tourism consist of conservation management of tourist attractions/natural resources and tourist attraction environment, management of tourism activities, participation in tourism management, management of basic facilities and information centers and personnel and local interpreters such as youth. however, the results of this study differ from those of cottrell, vaske & shen [46] which found: sustainability of tourism arises from four elements: (1) environmental dimensions such as ecosystem efficiency. (2) economic dimensions such as employment and community welfare arising from tourism. (3) social dimensions such as access to the environment and natural resources of communities and tourists. (4) institutional dimensions, such as enhancing public participation from government agencies. moreover, the results of this study are different from those of zappino [47], caribbean tourism and development: an overview, which found: the economic, social, and environmental impact of communities is critical for the sustainability of tourism in the caribbean. this may be due to the context of the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1094 community tourism environment in this study area, namely the southern region of thailand, which has the same context as the communities in satun and the communities in lampang, lamphun, and chiang mai, which are tourism communities in thailand, thus taking the picture. the tourism management model is similar. in the other two articles, study areas in the netherlands and china, and study areas in the caribbean, which have different contexts, there are differences in the tourism management model. the second step of the model community's new way of tourism in green economy style management model is 7greens, which comprises a tourism management process that focuses on balancing community and environmental tourism for sustainable tourism. the steps are (1) green hearts, (2) green communities, (3) green attractions, (4) green activities, (5) green logistics, (6) green services, and (7) green plus. the findings are consistent with a study by chodchuang, pianroj, ratcharak, & kongrithi [48] titled “tourists’ attitudes toward 7 greens affecting tourism image perception on samui island, which found: most of the tourists who visit koh samui place a strong emphasis on environmental conservation for tourism which has resulted in the perception of the tourism image of koh samui still being natural. for koh samui to remain a healthy island in its natural environment and to remain sustainable, all parties must work together to bring the 7greens principle into tourism management. the results of this study are consistent with the study by thongma [49] titled the seven greens tourism concept in maetaeng elephant park, chiang mai province, thailand, which found that maetaeng elephant park can adopt the seven greens tourism concept. to manage tourism well with a commitment and focus not only on income but also on the environment and community that will be sustained along with the sustainability of tourism. however, the findings conflict with muangasame & mckercher [50], the challenge of implementing sustainable tourism policy: a 360-degree assessment of thailand's “7 greens sustainable tourism policy” which found: the tourism authority of thailand has adopted the 7greens principle in tourism management in 4 pilot areas. tourism management in these 4 areas is considered successful, but there are also weaknesses in cooperation between government agencies and conflicts. between local policy and national policy. the results of this study are because the 7greens principle manages only the internal factors of tourism areas, but does not cover external factors such as government tourism policies. the third step of the model community's new way of tourism in green economy style management model is the profit rbg-pc concept, which consists of three ways to redistribute profits from tourism management back to the community: (1) return of profit to community, (2) bring profit to take care of community, (3) giving profit back to the community. the results of this study are consistent with the study of virojtrairatt [51] in community preempowering for tourism: sustainable tourism management guideline amphoe mae chaem, chiang mai, thailand found that: one of the characteristics of sustainable tourism is local benefits. the findings are also consistent with a study by noosut & duangsaeng [52] titled development of community-based tourism based on the grassroots economy concept which found: community-based tourism is tourism that promotes “community well-being: happiness: sustainable”, which not only helps to distribute income to the local community but also promotes a local way of life, culture, and natural resources. in addition, the results of the study were consistent with the study of kallayanamitra & buddhawongsa [53] sustainability of community-based tourism: comparison of mae kam pong village in chiang mai province and ta pa pao village in lamphun province found that: the management of community tourism in the two study areas increased the stability of the community's economy as well as increased the quality of life of the people in the area. it is also consistent with a study by chen & wang [54], a study on the strategies of the sustainable development of china's ecotourism, which found: community tourism management can only be sustained if the income and benefits of all stakeholders are allocated fairly and fairly. this is also in line with a study by ezebilo, mattsson & adolami [55] economic value of ecotourism to local communities in nigerian rainforest zone, which found that: the development of community ecotourism has resulted in changes in the economy and quality of life of the people in the community. moreover, the findings are consistent with a study by gavrilovic & maksimovic [56] titled green innovations in the tourism sector, which found: green innovations in the tourism sector bring social, economic, and cultural benefits to communities in tourism areas. this may be due to green community tourism as a type of tourism that harms natural resources, environment, traditions, culture, as well as the traditional way of life of the people in the community very little, resulting in income and benefits can be brought. to allocate to everyone in the community involved in tourism management. including bringing welfare and public benefits to the fullest without being used to solve problems or the impact of tourism. the results of the study on the factors contributing to the successful management of the new way of tourism in green economy style in the model communities include: leadership factor, which the 3 model communities in green tourism management are communities with leaders who understand the community context, know natural resources and tourism resources well, know about conservation of resources and the environment., is visionary, determined, selfless, honest, and has a public mind. the results of this study are consistent with the study by kampetch & jitpakdee [57] titled the potential for key success of community-based tourism sustainability: case study baan rim klong homestay, samut songkram, thailand, which found that: leadership factor is one of the success factors for sustainable community tourism at baan rim klong homestay and also consistent with the results of the study luangchanduang, kangwol & hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1095 nantasen [45]. the potential of role-model communities in sustainable and creative tourism found that: every model community has leaders who are visionary, strong, patient, selfless, along with integrity, ethics, honesty. without qualified leaders to guide community tourism, success will be difficult. the fact that the communities in the study areas of the three articles have leadership factors is an important factor for successful green tourism management. this is because leaders are the key driving mechanism in the people section of the three steps in the three steps in the green tourism management of the best practice community. a study of structural factors and work processes revealed that: the three model communities have a systematic tourism management process, planning, clear division of responsibilities, management is done in the form of a committee, clear rules and guidelines are set, there is drive the operation sincerely, and adhere to the principles of good governance in the administration. the results of this study are consistent with a study by kampetch & jitpakdee [57] titled the potential for key success of community-based tourism sustainability: case study baan rim klong homestay, samut songkram, thailand, which found that: organizational management factors are one of the success factors for sustainable community tourism at baan rim klong homestay. it is also consistent with a study by the ministry of tourism and sports [58] strategy for promotion green tourism found that: the success factor of driving the green tourism strategy is due to the ability to work integrated between government agencies between functions such as the ministry of tourism and sports, the ministry of natural resources and environment, the ministry of interior, and so on. between central and local. it is also consistent with a study by the tourism authority of thailand [11] titled 9 new trends in the future of tourism that found: to drive responsible tourism into action, the tourism authority of thailand should enter into a partner organization with the one planet network, an international network supported by the world tourism organization. on the issue of consumer responsibility. the fact that the results of the three studies are in the same direction may be due to the systematization of the structure and work processes of tourism management at all levels, resulting in a more efficient tourism management process. efficient and productive. the participation factor study found that: the three model communities have teamwork and regular meetings are held to allow everyone to participate in community tourism management from planning, setting guidelines/methods, setting regulations and guidelines. implementing, implementing tourism activities, preserving and restoring natural resources and the environment, and receiving fair tourism benefits. the results of this study are consistent with the study by kampetch & jitpakdee [57] titled the potential for key success of community-based tourism sustainability: case study baan rim klong homestay, samut songkram, thailand found that: community participation is one of the success factors of baan rim klong homestay's sustainable community tourism. as well as the study of virojtrairatt [51] community pre-empowering for tourism: sustainable tourism management guideline amphoe mae chaem, chiang mai, thailand found that: community involvement is one of the success factors of community tourism management. and the findings are consistent with a study by chen & wang [54]. a study on the strategies of the sustainable development of china's ecotourism, which found: stakeholder partnerships are critical to the success of community tourism management, where community tourism management can only be sustained if the income and interests of all stakeholders are made universal and fair. it is also consistent with a study by the ministry of tourism and sports [58] strategy for promotion green tourism found that: the success factor in driving the green tourism strategy is the sense of co-hosting and partnership of the relevant agencies and parties in the area. this may be because the management of green tourism is an activity that cannot be carried out by one person alone or by a few people. therefore, if the majority of members or stakeholder participates in all processes of tourism management, the chances of successful local tourism management are high. a study of other factors that contributed to the success of green tourism management in the model communities revealed that the 3 model communities had network agencies to help transfer knowledge on activities and tourism management. it is environmentally friendly for the people in the community and there is a new generation coming back to help develop and inherit the tourism management of the community. the results of this study are consistent with a study by kampetch & jitpakdee [57] titled the potential for key success of community-based tourism sustainability: case study baan rim klong homestay, samut songkram, thailand, which found that tourism network factors were one of the success factors for sustainable community tourism at baan rim klong homestay. however, the results of the study differ from dong [59] study on sustainable development of ecotourism in the northern piedmont in the qinling mountain which found that: one of the factors that make community tourism management successful in improving the quality of tourists and creating an ecotourism environment, it is also different from a study by the ministry of tourism and sports [59] strategy for promotion green tourism found that: the success factor of driving a green tourism strategy is reaching influencers across sectors and areas to implement green tourism concepts. and the findings differ from the oecd [60] study on green innovation in tourism services, which found: the success factor for bringing green innovations to tourism services is the availability of communication infrastructure, as well as the development of smart transport systems, which should be prepared by the governments of each country. as well as a study by the united nations environment program (unep) [61] tourism in the green economy background report, the findings differed: green tourism is possible as a consequence of fiscal policy conditions and government investment. however, the fact that the results of studies differ in many dimensions may be because each study of tourism management may be studied in different dimensions, and the level of education is also different both at the international, national, regional, provincial, and community levels [62]. therefore, the results of the study are diversified, which is a good thing as it provides a wide range of knowledge and covers many dimensions and levels. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1096 7. recommendations from the results of the study, recommendations can be formulated as follows: 7.1. policy recommendations 1) the ministry of tourism and sports, the tourism authority of thailand, and the special area development administration for sustainable tourism should jointly formulate and drive the community's tourism management policy for the new way of tourism in green economy style to provide economic, social, and cultural benefits to various local communities during the post-covid-19 outbreak. 2) the ministry of tourism and sports and the tourism authority of thailand should expedite the preparation of a plan to drive the expansion of community tourism management in the form of the three steps in the green tourism management of the best practice community from model communities to other communities that have potential. 3) the ministry of tourism and sports and tourism authority of thailand should adopt the success factors in managing the new way of tourism in the green economy style of the model community in terms of leadership factors, structural factors and work processes, participation factors. together, and other factors to be used in the preparation of the new way of tourism in green economy style management plan for potential communities, including the adoption of all factors to develop a mechanism driving the tourism management plan. 7.2. applying recommendation 1) communities wishing to implement “the three steps in the green tourism management of the best practice community” in their communities should take the following steps: starting from the first step is community based tourism: cbt, which lays the foundations for green community tourism management in 4 steps consisting of (a) natural resources and culture, (b) community organization, (c) management, and (d) learning. a community that has already established a good foundation for green community tourism management through the cbt process can be upgraded to step 2: 7 greens, which consists of a tourism management process that focuses on balancing community tourism and the environment for sustainable tourism in 7 steps: (a) green hearts, (b) green communities, (c) green attractions, (d) green activities, (e) green logistics, (f) green services, and (g) green plus. a community with a solid foundation in the first two steps can move up to the 3rd step of the stairs is the profit rbgp-c concept, which consists of profits are allocated from community tourism management in three ways: (a) return of profit to the community, (b) bring profit to take care of community, and (c) giving profit back to the community. 2) communities that implement the management of the new way of tourism in green economy style, should develop a mechanism to drive the management of the new way of tourism in green economy style in four areas: people: it creates a mechanism for people's cooperation in planning, implementing and supervising, and developing community tourism. planet: it is to create a mechanism to manage the use of natural resources and the environment for tourism that is worthwhile, not extravagant, and together to conserve them for their children. passion: it is a mechanism for building faith to create a green tourism destination together from the community and in all sectors. profit: it is a mechanism for allocating profits from tourism back to take care of people in the community thoroughly and fairly. therefore, this research paves for further in-depth research into the sustainable in developing regions. the inclusion of the model would enhance the reach of the communities to attain resilience and sustainability. 8. declarations 8.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.s. and k.k.; methodology, a.s., k.k., and s.p.; software, a.s. and k.k.; validation, a.s.; formal analysis, a.s. and k.k.; investigation, a.s. and k.k.; resources, a.s.; data curation, a.s.; writing—original draft preparation, a.s., k.k., n.j., a.s., j.c., and s.p.; writing—review and editing, a.s., k.k., and s.p.; visualization, a.s.; supervision, a.s., k.k., and a.m.; project administration, a.s. and k.k.; funding acquisition, a.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1097 8.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 8.3. funding this research was funded by walailak university, contract number wu 63264. 8.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 8.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 8.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] hsiao, w., chiang, h., & amornchaiyakij, n. (2024). the study of economic growth and tourism industry in thailand. european journal of development studies, 4(4), 62-68. doi:10.24018/ejdevelop.2024.4.4.370. [2] chinazzi, m., davis, j. t., ajelli, m., gioannini, c., litvinova, m., merler, s., pastore y piontti, a., mu, k., rossi, l., sun, k., viboud, c., xiong, x., yu, h., elizabeth halloran, m., longini, i. m., & vespignani, a. (2020). the effect of travel restrictions on the spread of the 2019 novel coronavirus (covid-19) outbreak. science, 368(6489), 395–400. doi:10.1126/science.aba9757. [3] unwto. (2021). covid-19 related travel restrictions – a global review for tourism. madrid: sustainable development of tourism department. world tourism organization, madrid, spain. [4] vithayaporn, s. (2021). covid-19 pandemic – a testing time for tourism and hospitality in thailand. abac odi journal vision. action. outcome, 8(1), 41–53. [5] pongsakornrungsilp, s., pongsakornrungsilp, p., kumar, v., & maswongssa, b. (2021). the art of survival: tourism businesses in thailand recovering from covid-19 through brand management. sustainability (switzerland), 13(12), 1–17. doi:10.3390/su13126690. [6] unwto. (2021). recommendations for the transition to a green travel and tourism economy. madrid: sustainable development of tourism department. world tourism organization, madrid, spain. [7] boonyam, t. (2010). green tourism for the world sustainability and the guidelines for entrepreneurs. executive journal, 31(2), 184–189. [8] meler, m., & ham, m. (2012). green marketing for green tourism. tourism & hospitality management, 130–139. [9] franch, m., martini, u., buffa, f., & parisi, g. (2008). 4l tourism (landscape, leisure, learning and limit): responding to new motivations and expectations of tourists to improve the competitiveness of alpine destinations in a sustainable way. tourism review, 63(1), 4–14. doi:10.1108/16605370810861008. [10] tat. (2012). 7 greens: to the transformation of the millennium. tourism promotion division, tourism authority of thailand, bangkok, thailand. available online: http://adventure.tourismthailand.org (accessed on november 2024). [11] tat. (2021). 9 new trends in the future of tourism. tourism promotion division, tourism authority of thailand, bangkok, thailand. available online: https://api.tourismthailand.org/upload/live/content_article_file/20603-15378.pdf (accessed on november 2024). [12] janwichian, k., sutthirak, t., khamkhow, a., atitang, & petcharat, w. (2021). success factors sustainable ecotourism management of kiriwong village community nakhon si thammarat province”. rajapark journal, 15(40), 264–273. [13] chanead, j., chamnongchob, a., & maneerot, n. (2017). guidelines for sustainable creative tourism development of baan rim klong community, samut songkhram province. business review, 9(2), 21–38. [14] modmonthin, s. (2019). community-based tourism: the way to sustainability. bangkok: basic economy section, government savings bank research center. tourism authority of thailand, bangkok, thailand. [15] kaewon, s., srirat, p., & pantharak, s. developing sustainable ways of life tourism of pak phanang river basin, pak phanang district, nakhon si thammarat province. office of the national research council & the thailand research fund (trf. https://www.google.com/search?num=10&client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=4195944151fa3ac6&sxsrf=adlywilvhfmwqfnyzbqqjqvxxnq6ghumcw:1735135780990&q=madrid&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaongvulqz9u3mdwlr1zeyuabmfkumqiath3wyhuaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewj1rfo-jmokaxxo_7siha6be_yqmxmoahoeceeqag https://www.google.com/search?num=10&client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=4195944151fa3ac6&sxsrf=adlywilvhfmwqfnyzbqqjqvxxnq6ghumcw:1735135780990&q=spain&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaongvulqz9u3mmvnzlreyhpckjizbwcwl5kdfaaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewj1rfo-jmokaxxo_7siha6be_yqmxmoaxoeceeqaw https://www.google.com/search?num=10&client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=4195944151fa3ac6&sxsrf=adlywilvhfmwqfnyzbqqjqvxxnq6ghumcw:1735135780990&q=madrid&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaongvulqz9u3mdwlr1zeyuabmfkumqiath3wyhuaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewj1rfo-jmokaxxo_7siha6be_yqmxmoahoeceeqag https://www.google.com/search?num=10&client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=4195944151fa3ac6&sxsrf=adlywilvhfmwqfnyzbqqjqvxxnq6ghumcw:1735135780990&q=spain&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaongvulqz9u3mmvnzlreyhpckjizbwcwl5kdfaaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewj1rfo-jmokaxxo_7siha6be_yqmxmoaxoeceeqaw http://adventure.tourismthailand.org/ https://api.tourismthailand.org/upload/live/content_article_file/20603-15378.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1098 [16] chouykaew, t., & jirojkul s. (2019). pak phanang’s river cultural rote development for tourism marketing promotion, pak phanang district, nakhon si thammarat province. journal of information and learning, prince of songkla university. 30(3), 80-97. [17] nuurai, n., suwanwichit, w., kongrod, j., leelayuttachai, o. & khiawkra, a. (2018). model of tourism management in the area of khlong pa phayom-khlong ta nae basin, phatthalung province. office of the national research council & the thailand research fund (trf), bangkok, thailand. [18] boonwong, a. & sungkharat, u. (2019). papai-sangsuk: the participation of community to create a local food market, khuan khanun district, phatthalung province. research and innovation for sustainable development, thaksin university national academic conference proceedings. 743-751. [19] suwanthip, n., kaewsanit, t., chamnian, k. (2017). cultural marketing communication for conserving diverse art and culture of khlongdan floating market with three canals and two cities of songkhla province and nakhon si thammarat province. modern management journal. 15(2), 77-89. [20] kumsri, r., chuchuay, phunphanasakul, j., kraisanti k. & suwannachart, j. (2018). “the potential of tourism management and eco-tourism style in klong-daen community, ranod district, songkhla province”, hatyai national and international conference proceedings, 20 july 2018, 673-686. [21] eco-union (2016). the mediterranean information office for environment, culture and sustainable development (mioecsde), and the green economy coalition (gec). towards a green economy in the mediterranean. available online: http://www.medgreeneconomy.org, http://www.mio-ecsde.org, www.eco-union.eu, http://www.greeneconomycoalition.org. (accessed on november 2024). [22] meei lee, s., & chris honda, h. (2016). the implementation of green tourism and hospitality. journal of tourism & hospitality, 5(4), 1–5. doi:10.4172/2167-0269.1000233. [23] nawakanworakul, s., (2017). the social construction of meaning, pattern, and strategies of green travel business operations of khanom fish and tour. journal of nakhonratchasima college. 11(1), 10-25. [24] michailidou, a. v., vlachokostas, c., achillas, c., maleka, d., moussiopoulos, n., & feleki, e. (2016). green tourism supply chain management based on life cycle impact assessment. european journal of environmental sciences, 6(1), 30–36. doi:10.14712/23361964.2016.6. [25] morachat, c. (2003). a study of destination attractiveness through tourists’ perspectives: a focus on chiang mai, thailand. available online: https://ro.ecu.edu.au/theses/1504 (accessed on november 2024). [26] sutresna, i. b., suyana, u. i. m., saskara, i. a. n., & wiwin, s. n. p. (2019). community based tourism as sustainable tourism support. russian journal of agricultural and socio-economic sciences, 94(10), 70–78. doi:10.18551/rjoas.2019-10.09. [27] noll, d., scott, a., danelutti, c., sampson, j., galli, a., mancini, s., sinibaldi, i., santarossa, l., prvan, m., lang, m. (2019). a guide to plan and promote ecotourism activities and measure their impacts in mediterranean protected areas following the meet approach. destimed project, interreg med programme, marseille, france. [28] al-rousan, r. m., & abuamoud, i. n. (2013). the mediation of tourists satisfaction on the relationship between tourism service quality and tourists loyalty: five stars hotel in jordanian environment. international business research, 6(8), 79–90. doi:10.5539/ibr.v6n8p79. [29] argandoña, a. (2012). corporate social responsibility in the tourism industry: some lessons from the spanish experience. ssrn electronic journal, wp-844, 1–29. doi:10.2139/ssrn.1593592. [30] sartika, i., & wargadinata, e. (2019). the success factors of rural community based tourism in indonesia. nida development journal, 55(2), 293–301. doi:10.32528/pi.v0i0.2498. [31] udomsilp, m. (2013). the study guideline for promote ecotourism and development of khlongkhon community, samutsongkhram province. journal of information and learning, 24(4), 135–149. [32] tancharoen, s. (2017). community based tourism management and sustainable tourism development of bangkantaek community in samutsongkhram province. journal of international and thai tourism, 13(2), 32–41. [33] maraphot, k., wongsophanakul, r., thammikanan, khotrwongsa, t., soomboon, t., suphapha, k., & kaenuan, j. (2018). the development of participation community based tourism in khlongkhuen sub-district, chachoengsao province. journal of rajanagarindra. 15(34), 73-81. [34] maneerot, n. (2017). community-based tourism management. journal of international and thai tourism. 13(2), 25-46. [35] chanchaochai, d. (2015). i don’t have to compete with anyone because i’m number one anyway. dmg, bangkok, thailand. http://www.greeneconomycoalition.org/ https://ro.ecu.edu.au/theses/1504 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1099 [36] saowaluckchinda, k. (2012). community participation in management of tourist attractions: a case study of in buri district, sing buri province. master of independent study in business administration, majoring in general administration. faculty of business administration, rajamangala university of technology thanyaburi, pathumthani, thailand. [37] seyanont, a. (2009). the prevention of deterioration and natural resources and environmental conservation of amphawa floating market. university of the thai chamber of commerce journal, 29(4), 163–172. [38] pillai, r. (2011). benefit of tourism to local community: result or residue? indian j. of tourism & hospitality management, 2(2), 149–161. [39] treerat, s.s. (2013). community development towards becoming a green tourism destination based on the green concept in ban pong community. maejo university, chiang mai, thailand. [40] yamane, t. (1973). statistics: an introductory analysis. (2nd ed.). haper and row, new york, united states. [41] krivart, k., nuttarit, a. & sookhom, a. (2020). “problem-based learning process for empowerment promotion of community in the eastern”, nrru community research journal. 14(2), 84-94. [42] krivart, k. (2020). data analysis in public administration. (3rd ed.). success publishing, bangkok, thailand. [43] pintobtaeng, p. sookhom, a. & krivart, k. (2013). the study of community democracy. executive committee of the citizens political development fund, political development council, bangkok, thailand. [44] tungseng, t., madhyamapurush, w., & sreesoompong, p. (2015). knowledge management model for community based tourism of satun community based tourism network, thailand 1. mekong-salween civilization studies journal, 7(1), 163– 184. [45] luangchanduang, f., kangwol, s., nantasen, w. (2018). “the potential of role-model communities in sustainable and creative tourism”, electronic journal of open and distance innovative learning (e-jodil). 8(2), 52-83. [46] cottrell, s., vaske, j., & shen, f. (2011). predictors of sustainable tourism in holland and china. ecotourism and sustainable tourism, 236–243. doi:10.1201/b12233-24. [47] zappino, v. (2005). caribbean tourism and development: an overview. european centre for development policy management, maastricht, netherlands. [48] chodchuang, s., pianroj, n., ratcharak, n. & kongrithi, w. (2018). tourists’ attitudes toward 7 greens affecting tourism image perception on samui island. journal bec of naresuan university. 13(1), 124-136. [49] thongma, w. (2013). the seven greens tourism concept in maetaeng elephant park, chiang mai province, thailand. the 2013 international conference on tourism industry and education. 13-34. [50] muangasame, k., & mckercher, b. (2015). the challenge of implementing sustainable tourism policy: a 360-degree assessment of thailand’s “7 greens sustainable tourism policy.” journal of sustainable tourism, 23(4), 497–516. doi:10.1080/09669582.2014.978789. [51] virojtrairatt, v. (2010). community pre-empowering for tourism: sustainable tourism management guideline amphoe mae chaem, chiang mai, thailand. independent study for the degree master of arts, program of architectural heritage management and tourism (international program). graduate school, silpakorn university, bangkok, thailand. [52] noosut, k. & duangsaeng, v. (2019). development of community-based tourism based on the grassroots economy concept. local administration journal. 12(3), 481-496. [53] kallayanamitra, c. & buddhawongsa, p. (2014). sustainability of community-based tourism: comparison of mae kam pong village in chiang mai province and ta pa pao village in lamphun province. journal of economics, 18(1), 85-111. [54] chen, w. & wang, w. (2009). a study on the strategies of the sustainable development of china’s ecotourism. international journal of business and management. 2(5), 1-6. [55] ezebilo e.e., mattsson l. & afolami a. c. (2010). economic value of ecotourism to local communities in nigerian rainforest zone. journal of sustainable development. 3(1), 1-15. [56] gavrilovic, z., maksimovic, m. (2018). green innovations in the tourism sector. strategic management, 23(1), 36-42. [57] kampetch, p. & jitpakdee, r. (2019). the potential for key success of community-based tourism sustainability: case study baan rim klong homestay, samut songkram, thailand. abac journal. 39(4), 111-122. [58] ministry of tourism and sports. (2017). strategy for promotion green tourism. strategy and planning division, ministry of tourism and sports, bangkok, thailand. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1100 [59] dong, h. (2010). study on sustainable development of ecotourism in the northern piedmont in the qinling mountain. journal of sustainable development. 3(1), 1-4. [60] oecd. (2013). green innovation in tourism services. oecd tourism papers, no. 2013/01. oecd publishing, paris, france. doi:10.1787/5k4bxkt1cjd2-en. [61] unep. (2012). tourism in the green economy background report. the world tourism organization and the united nations environment programme. united nations environment programme, madrid, spain. [62] lasongyang, w., & pathak, s. (2024). labor law implications on migrant workers in thailand and cambodia. journal of law and sustainable development. 12(2), e3046. doi:10.55908/sdgs.v12i2.3046. https://doi.org/10.55908/sdgs.v12i2.3046 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 104 issn: 2723-9535 hybrid time series methods and machine learning for seismic analysis and volcano eruption predict fridy mandita 1, 2 , ahmad ashari 3* , moh. edi wibowo 3, wiwit suryanto 4 1 department of engineering, universitas 17 agustus 1945 surabaya, surabaya 60118, indonesia. 2 doctoral programme of computer science, universitas gadjah mada, yogyakarta 55281, indonesia. 3 department of computer science and electronics, universitas gadjah mada,, yogyakarta 55281, indonesia. 4 department of physics, universitas gadjah mada, yogyakarta 55281, indonesia. received 02 september 2024; revised 15 january 2025; accepted 03 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract volcanic eruption refers to a natural catastrophe on earth that poses imminent danger to communities surrounding volcanoes. therefore, ongoing monitoring of volcanic processes is crucial for effective analysis and observation of volcanic activities preceding an eruption. in response to this, the study presents a novel hybrid time series approach, integrated with machine learning techniques, to enhance the identification and classification of seismic events associated with volcanic eruptions. in this case, time series techniques, including sta/lta, template matching, and autocorrelation, were implemented to facilitate the detection and classification process. the challenges, however, lie in addressing noise and ensuring accuracy in the analysis of seismic signals. to resolve this, a new hybrid time series method was proposed to improve signal analysis accuracy by integrating multiple time series techniques. in practice, the dataset was collected from mount merapi in indonesia between 2019 and 2021, consisting of a compilation of seismic data categorized by event type, thus enhancing classification accuracy. on top of that, prior to implementing machine learning techniques for signal classification, the hybrid method was employed to efficiently remove noise, ensuring that genuine seismic events were clearly distinguished from spurious signals. notably, the experimental learning rate was set at 0.01. the results demonstrated that the proposed hybrid method outperformed stand-alone time series techniques, achieving an accuracy of 0.93 to 0.95. this signifies the effectiveness of precise seismic event recognition and categorization, greatly enhancing the volcano monitoring system. furthermore, the findings offer substantial improvements in the forecasting and risk mitigation associated with volcanic eruptions, hence, advancing reliable seismic analysis methodologies. ultimately, the method enhances hybrid methods and machine learning for seismic event analysis and volcano monitoring. keywords: seismic events; hybrid time series; machine learning; volcano eruption. 1. introduction indonesia is situated in the convergence of three tectonic plate boundaries and occupies a geographically unique position referred to as the ring of fire (rof), characterized by intense tectonic activity, leading to numerous active volcanoes in indonesia, including [1] approximately 130 active volcanoes, from sabang to merauke [2]. this geographical position significantly increases the potential for spontaneous volcanic eruptions, such as the eruptions recorded in one of the active and hazardous volcanoes in indonesia, mount merapi [3, 4]. * corresponding author: ashari@ugm.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-08  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1693-6084 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1737-6752 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6275-7880 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 105 as illustrated in figure 1, mount merapi volcano, located in central java, is marked by densely populated slopes, where many residents live as close as 28 km (17 miles) north of yogyakarta, the city near mount merapi with a population of 2.4 million. considering the dense population, in addition to 73 recorded eruptions over the past 500 years, thorough investigation into the risks posed by merapi is critical [5]. in fact, between 1672 and 2010, over 80 eruptions were reported. the rest intervals range from 1 to 18 years, averaging 4 years. the 2010 eruption caused extensive damage to community-owned properties on the slopes of the mount [6]. the latest eruption was reported on october 4, 2021, when magma supply triggered a shallow volcanic earthquake 8 km below the earth’s surface in october 2019 [7]. considering mount merapi's high level of activity, monitoring the mountain's activities is essential for effective analysis. specifically, monitoring the volcano activity requires proper data on the eruption phase of the mountain. this is critical for assessing an unsettled volcano's activity level and predicting the probability and timing of a future eruption. moreover, tracking volcanoes is an essential component of scientific approaches to minimize hazards to human society [8]. another point to consider: the effectiveness of event detection depends on the data quality, including the precision, completeness, consistency, and frequency of past events. moreover, maintaining substantial datasets of eruptions and consistently prepared monitoring data is required to effectively utilize statistical analysis [9]. figure 1. the map of merapi mountain, indonesia while the majority of detection works have been automated, the categorization task remains largely reliant on manual intervention. manual classification tasks exist, although in a limited number. in addition, a number of factors potentially cause labeling to be less reliable. as the classification depends on the operator's subjective assessment, different individuals potentially arrive at other criteria when multiple individuals perform the task. one technique for analyzing seismic data waveforms involves a time series algorithm. the technique is categorized into three primary types: 1) shortterm average/long-term average (sta/lta), 2) template matching, and 3) autocorrelation/cross-correlation [10]. although time series algorithm techniques pose different ways of working from one another, the approach shares a single way of processing data from seismic signals. the time and effort required to collect information regarding the sequence and locations of events are significantly minimized through efficient detection methods, particularly in regions with moderate seismic activity at local or regional scales [11]. moreover, seismic signals are identified by analyzing time series data or matching patterns in seismic waveforms to determine the correlation with volcanic seismic events [12]. typically, the event detection task is framed as a problem of classifying, wherein cutout seismic waveforms are categorized into two primary categories: earthquakes and noise [13]. in seismic investigations, signal classification classifies waveform data by attributes, including cepstrum, spectrum, and temporal waveforms. the automatic classification of seismic signals, however, remains a significant challenge, as a substantial portion of the process is conducted manually. as outlined in falcin et al. (2021) [8], automatic recognition requires models linked to volcanic activity, heavily relying on waveform and spectrum analysis. while the process is frequently executed semi-automatically or automatically during the detection phase, the classification phase remains primarily manual. therefore, the accuracy of manual classification varies depending on the user and is timeconsuming [14-16]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 106 notably, the sta/lta technique has been employed by vaezi & van der baan (2015) [17], utilizing statistical criteria to compare the short-term average/long-term average (sta/lta) with the power spectral density (psd). this is performed by calculating the ratio of the mean energies of the data calculated consecutively over two subsequent moving time frames—a short window followed by a long window. the findings indicate that the power spectral density (psd) method outperforms the short-term average/long-term average (sta/lta) method in automatically detecting seismic signals. when compared to sta/lta, despite exhibiting superior performance in analyzing weak signals, psd works have yet to be tested for real-time data. moreover, this technique involves constraints and variables that require meticulous calibration. additionally, these algorithms are sensitive towards sudden spikes in amplitude, thus capable of identifying noise as microearthquake events that possess energy equal to or surpassing actual microearthquake events [18]. another experiment utilizing sta/lta to detect seismic events has been conducted by pantobe et al. (2024) [19]. the experiment, combined with cnn-se-t for real-time detection of seismic occurrences for timely alerts and responses, is a complex endeavor that requires precise identification of p-wave arrivals. the challenge, however, relies on the complex detection of eruptive precursory signals, posing difficulty in predicting dangerous sudden phreatic or hydrothermal non-magmatic eruptions within a timely framework. the findings demonstrate that the model is capable of optimizing a velocity model in the shallow dome, despite the limited ability to automate the magnitude determination due to the low snr and frequency resonance. additionally, the sta/lta presents notable disadvantages when the signals are exceedingly weak. in this instance, selecting an appropriate threshold value is particularly challenging, frequently leading to incorrect judgment. the next method is template matching techniques that represents one of the time series methods to analyze seismic events. the method operates by detecting events based on the similarity of waveforms by calculating the crosscorrelation coefficient (cc) value of a seismic signal. according to the study by ma et al. (2020) [20] on icequake detection, the technique is effective in identifying larger events with low snr, whereas, limited to simple waveforms. likewise, yang et al. (2021) [21] performed a study by detecting the depth of microearthquake sources, in which various machines were employed to analyze micro-earthquakes utilizing a benchmarked dataset from an underground cavern collapse in south louisiana, comprising a total of 444 datasets and 444 micro-earthquakes. the findings suggest that the cnn model demonstrates an ability to discern essential elements from the input signal and elucidate the outputs at the hidden layers. further analysis indicates that feature selection and transformation are crucial for the performance of feature-based classifiers. additionally, the degree of rectilinearity demonstrates a notably stronger correlation with the source depth. regardless, template matching emerges as the most effective technique to identify recurrent, more minor earthquakes in the different traditional detection techniques that rely on the similarity of the whole waveforms. in this context, the detection accuracy is contingent upon the number of templates and the difficulty in differentiating between periodic signals and noise. the last technique of time series is autocorrelation. ikeda & takagi (2019) [22] have proposed a study that involved autocorrelation to identify temporal variations in seismic velocity and scattering characteristics, particularly by autocorrelation analysis of ambient seismic noise. the study emphasizes the efficacy of seismic interferometry and autocorrelation analysis in identifying temporal alterations in subsurface structures as a result of seismic activities. moreover, the approach provides valuable insights into the subsurface dynamics led by earthquakes. additionally, processing requirements obstruct real-time monitoring, further influencing the outcomes due to dependency on predetermined frequency bands. therefore, supplementary tools and enhanced methodologies. further study guided by nurtas et al. (2024) [23] provides an analysis of earthquake time series forecasting utilizing integrated moving average with exogenous variables (sarimax) models. the objective is to evaluate the efficacy of the sarimax model in predicting earthquakes by incorporating pertinent exogenous variables, including historical seismic activity, geological attributes, and geodetic data. in practice, the parameters of the sarimax model were determined through an analysis of the autocorrelation function (acf) and the partial autocorrelation function (pacf) of the time series. afterward, the model was trained on historical data to predict future values of the series. the study reported valuable insights into the integration of time-series analysis with external geological elements to enhance predictive modeling. the forecast accuracy, however, was inadequate—40% reliability, reflecting a limited level of resilience. the performance was significantly affected by the quality and comprehensiveness of prior earthquake data. additionally, the resampling of data to daily intervals introduced certain biases. apart from the studies, one of the primary challenges in applying machine learning in seismology is automating the process of volcano-monitoring data, which remains predominantly performed manually. recently, machine learning (ml) has been implemented in seismology, with various applications for identifying invisible signals and patterns and extracting information features related to the field of seismology [24]. on the other hand, implementing ml in seismology has not extended to suppressing volcanic eruptions, rather essentially processing seismic data to convey information related to volcanic activity. despite the progress of ml applications, challenges persist in seismology implementation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 107 the application of ml in seismology has experienced significant advancements, as demonstrated by a number of related studies. seismological studies utilizing machine learning have been implemented in diverse areas, such as volcano monitoring, earthquake forecasting, volcanic eruption predicting, and identification and categorization of seismic vibrations. in this study, seismic signal data were specifically utilized and subjected to ml algorithm processing. furthermore, wiszniowski et al. (2021) [11] conducted a study on auto-discovery to initiate the event by monitoring volcano activity, requiring a vast volume of data evaluated in real-time. the findings indicate that the modified slrnn is more effective at detecting seismic occurrences than the deep learning techniques. furthermore, the slrnn method requires fewer data for training samples. nevertheless, this experiment is not applicable in real-time use. to add to this, waveform autocorrelation and template matching methods have been widely utilized to classify seismic signals for detection. in this case, the classification based on waveform similarity achieved high recognition accuracy. these methods, however, generally require extensive databases to improve accuracy [25]. this strategy frequently decreases the magnitude of completeness by approximately one, leading to a tenfold increase in discovered occurrences. despite the effectiveness, the methods are typically restricted to the analysis of short-term data, such as data preceding significant earthquakes, due to the expensive computational requirements described by ross et al. (2021) [26]. these features gather seismic-related data from seismic signals such as the time waveform, spectrum, and cepstrum [14]. in addition, a variety of machine learning methods have been employed in seismology, including neural networks (nn), multilayer perceptron (mlp), support vector machine (svm), artificial neural networks (ann), convolutional neural networks (cnn), and recurrent neural networks (rnn) [13, 27]. the methods frequently decrease the magnitude of completeness by approximately one, leading to a tenfold increase in discovered occurrences. while effective, the methods are typically limited to the analysis of data over short periods, particularly in the lead-up to significant earthquakes, due to the expensive computational requirements. a notable advancement has been established by centeno et al. (2024) [28], in which the study successfully implemented a cnn and u-net to segment and measure volcanic plumes in photographs. moreover, the study utilized boosting-based machine learning ensembles to categorize the seismic events associated with ash plumes, demonstrating the efficacy of the methods in managing data produced during seismic and eruptive emergencies. in alignment with this, ozkaya et al. (2024) [29] introduced the use of knn and svm for earthquake detection and classification from seismic signal data. the study utilized a public dataset consisting of three categories: (1) noise, (2) p-waves, and (3) s-waves to define earthquakes. seven features of the vector were implemented as inputs to the classifier seismic signal by employing knn and svm algorithms. the findings reached an accuracy of 90%; nonetheless, further tests with a larger dataset of seismic signals are required. while ml technologies have markedly progressed in a multitude of domains, distinct challenges persist. the imbalance in natural datasets, for example, leads to mis-assessment or misinterpretation in numerous instances. the efficacy, precision, and adaptability of machine learning are the primary factors of the wide application within earthquake seismology. despite the progress, numerous issues persist that machine learning effectively addresses. moreover, the application continues to enhance and extend the understanding of earthquake seismology [13]. to further elaborate, the objective of the study is to create a forecasting model for volcanic eruptions utilizing seismic signal data, noise identification and categorization, time-series analysis, and machine-learning techniques. to ensure the comprehensiveness of the data, unprocessed seismic data were collected from mount merapi in a defined time frame from 2019 to 2021. additionally, the daily frequency of occurrences was recorded. correlating to this, the newly presented methods exhibited higher accuracy in identifying and classifying volcanic eruptions while working with a short dataset, compared to other methods. evidently, the hybrid time-series model outperformed other models in accurately recognizing and detecting seismic events associated with volcanic eruptions. 2. time series algorithm 2.1. sta/lta algorithm the sta/lta algorithm represents a significant technique that effectively reduces high-energy transients in ambient vibration recordings. a notable characteristic of this method lies in the ability to be triggered or identified based on the sta/lta ratio [30]. the short-term amplitude (sta) / long-term amplitude (lta) method is a commonly utilized methodology for earthquake detection, as depicted in figure 2. this information stems from the findings of human experts regarding earthquake detection. according to these experts, significant fluctuations in amplitude serve as visual indicators of potential earthquakes. as a further point, the sta/lta method relies on two fundamental parameters: the short-term and long-term window duration. the standard parameter selections consist of a brief time frame of three seconds for the short-term analysis and an extended time frame of 30 seconds for the long-term study. furthermore, the third parameter option is introduced to modify the overlap between the short-term window and the tail end of the longterm window [10]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 108 figure 2. sta/lta algorithm the sta/lta algorithm is defined by the following equations: 𝑆𝑇𝐴 (𝑥𝑖) = 1 𝑛𝑠 ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2 𝑖 𝑗=𝑖−𝑛𝑠 (1) 𝐿𝑇𝐴 (𝑥𝑖) = 1 𝑛𝑙 ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2 𝑖 𝑗=𝑖−𝑛𝑙 𝑟𝑖 = 𝑆𝑇𝐴𝑖 𝐿𝑇𝐴𝑖 where: 𝑥𝑖: current sample of time series data; 𝑛𝑠 : length of the short window; 𝑛𝑙: length of the long window; 𝑟𝑖: ratio of short amplitude and long amplitude sta/lta operates independently of historical data, thus being valuable for newly established stations where existing data are unavailable. the sta/lta method is advantageous for the minimal prerequisites, the linear time complexity of o(n), and the ability to detect signals with distinctive properties. the effectiveness, however, depends on a substantial signal-to-noise ratio (snr). 2.2. template matching template matching is a prevalent method in signal processing that quantifies the similarity of signals through crosscorrelation. conventional template-matching methods offer notable benefits, particularly when dealing with low signalto-noise ratio (snr) data [20]. this phenomenon is rooted in the physical nature of earthquakes, where seismic waves generated from a common source exhibit a consistent waveform when traveling through earth. in this case, an initial event catalogue listing is essential and is regarded as a template. in addition, cross-correlation was performed between the new window and the template, while a threshold was applied to establish the minimal level of similarity required for identifying a match. this is commonly regarded as cross-correlation that has been adjusted to be amplitude invariant [10]. more specifically, the template matching is defined as follows: 𝑟𝑖 = ∑ (𝑥𝑖 − �̅�) (𝑦𝑖 − �̅�)𝑛 𝑖=1 √∑ (𝑥𝑖 − �̅�)2 (𝑦𝑖 − �̅�)2𝑛 𝑖=1 (2) where: �̅�: first signal; �̅�: second signal; 𝑟: correlation coefficient; 𝑖: current sample; 𝑛: total number of samples. template matching involves iterating through each template and comparing the template with the chosen waveform to identify a match. this is analogous to the template matching format employed in other disciplines. one clear example is in computer vision, where digital image model matching is utilized to locate cases of image models within a larger image. in these scenarios, a similarity threshold is employed to selectively exclude matches, particularly in digital image processing (computer vision). the temporal complexity of template matching is o(kn), where k represents the number of templates and n represents the number of windows in the signal being processed. this technique exhibits higher sensitivity compared to sta/lta and is capable of detecting noise in the signal. in addition, the technique contributes to identifying novel signals by correlating the signals with the equivalent signals in the template list. furthermore, the detection requirements are more stringent compared to sta/lta; therefore, a specific set of template catalogs is required. furthermore, increasing the number of template catalogue lists improves the precision of model matching and the computational complexity. 2.3. autocorrelation / cross-correlation autocorrelation compares a signal with a delayed version, a phenomenon referred to as auto-covariance in specific scientific disciplines. this technique is employed in signal processing to detect repetitive patterns in a signal, in addition, examines the complete waveform as a continuous signal separated into separate windows of a predetermined length. the autocorrelation is computed by correlating the seismic signature with the copy. moreover, seismic interferometry creates images of underground structures by comparing seismic signals recorded by several receivers [31] using the above mentioned concept. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 109 furthermore, each window within the signal is correlated with every other window, reflecting the relative shift of the signal. in this case, various redundancy strategies are implementable to eliminate potential noise, such as setting a minimum correlation threshold or requiring a minimum number of matches [10]. as a further enhancement, normalized autocorrelation was utilized to ensure resilience against amplitude variations. in fact, autocorrelation is a statistical concept describing a correlation between a variable and the past value. to clarify, the equation is defined as follows: 𝑟𝑖 = ∑ (𝑦𝑡 − �̅�)(𝑦𝑡−𝑘 − �̅�) 𝑛 𝑡=𝑘+1 ∑ (𝑦𝑡 − �̅�) 𝑛 𝑡=1 (3) where: 𝑦 ̅: signal length; 𝑘: signal delay length. the time complexity of autocorrelation is quadratic, denoted as o(n2), where n is the length of the wave. specifically, autocorrelation is highly effective in identifying earthquake signals by accurately and precisely detecting recurring signals. unlike template matching, autocorrelation does not require a catalogue list. autocorrelation, however, is commonly regarded as technical resources for detecting earthquakes at shorter intervals. 3. related works in recent years, seismology research has been conducted to detect and classify volcanic eruptions utilizing seismic signal data by [8, 15, 16] comprehensively examining cutting-edge machine learning methods for analyzing volcanic seismic data. the area of study is divided into two stages: detecting and categorizing seismic signal data for volcanic eruptions. despite the positive outcomes, identifying and categorizing volcanic seismic events that co-occur in continuous data remains particularly challenging and thus requires extensive effort. a related study by coombs et al. (2018) [32] focuses on identifying and classifying volcanic eruptions by employing near and real-time data. the finding reports that the capacity in detecting is approximately 60 explosives. despite the success, enhancing the precision of the alerts is required. in 2020, a large number of machine-learning models were developed to analyze raw seismic velocity data. the models divide the sliding time windows into categories to automatically extract data for volcanic eruption recognition and real-time forecasting [33]. while being exclusively applicable for short-term alerts and offering a minimum four-hour warning for events, the models are unsuitable for predicting long-term increased eruptions. according to manley et al. (2020) [34], machine-learning approaches effectively categorize seismic time series into eruptive and non-eruptive behavior patterns. the overall state of a volcano is classified through single-station seismic data by assembling a model. however, analyzing a more extensive and varied dataset is necessary to ascertain whether these crucial characteristics are present across the overall volcanoes. moreover, saad & chen (2021) [35] reported a study on applying a machine-learning algorithm to automatically recognize and classify the noise of events and earthquake signals. by identifying the arrival time of the p-wave using a number of recording data from different observation stations, the study achieved improved performance. nevertheless, the model is limited to processing the data at a sampling rate of 100 hz. on the other hand, wiszniowski et al. (2021) [11] introduced improvements to machine learning models for interpreting seismic signal data by incorporating the polarization analyzer feature. this enhancement was explicitly applied to regions characterized by moderate seismic activity. in this case, precise seismic phase detection and identification are required for detecting seismic events and calculating parameters. despite this, a significant drawback persists in the implementation of event detection methods that rely on manual data processing. the slrnn demonstrates the ability to detect low-strength events impractical for manual analysis. this is primarily led by the larger ratio of seismic noise to the signal at most stations. as a further point, mandita et al. (2024) [36] combined sta/lta and machine learning for detecting and classifying seismic signals. in the study, three distinct ml algorithms—classis, vanilla, and bilstm—were employed for detection and classification, combined with sta/lta. the findings suggest that a combination of sta/lta and ml provides an accuracy of around 0.70 and 0.80 in terms of detecting and classifying seismic events. despite the ability of the model to detect and classify, challenges persist in terms of implementing datasets from different mountains and adding information related to the eruption status of volcanoes. furthermore, a number of ml algorithms have been employed to detect volcanic eruptions. each approach demonstrates varying levels of precision when applied in seismology, such as in the domains of detecting and categorizing seismic signals and in the annotation and evaluation of both annotated and unannotated data, as reported by mustafa et al. [37]. the accuracy is nearly identical when utilized in detecting volcanic eruptions. to expand on this, sandhya et al. (2023) [38] predicted the magnitude of earthquakes utilizing data from the horn of africa. the study employs lstm and bilstm models to predict earthquakes' magnitude. the objective is to perform a multivariate timeseries regression to predict earthquakes with magnitudes of three or higher for the next three months. in practice, the outcomes and outputs acquired from long-term memory were compared. a number of automated defect detection methods have been developed to enhance productivity and minimize time usage, among which deep-learning-based systems have demonstrated high efficiency [39]. the proposed technique was implemented in two phases: training and prediction. during the training phase, a convolutional neural network (cnn) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 110 model was trained, incorporating actual data extracted from seven annotated seismic volumes. each data point in these volumes was labeled, indicating the probability of faults. during the prediction stage, the trained network worked to compute the probability of faults at each location within the new seismic picture volumes. despite this, further study is required to determine the effectivity of the trained cnn model when applied in different input samples. along those lines, the study provides a comprehensive assessment of machine learning (ml) applications in wide areas of earthquake seismology [13]. specifically, ml is employed to create earthquake catalogs, analyze seismic activity, predict ground motion, and utilize geodetic data. machine learning technologies have advanced significantly in these sectors. however, distinct problems require solutions. for instance, disparities in natural datasets pose a challenge in numerous scenarios, potentially leading to inaccurate assessments or misrepresentations. a number of unresolved issues in earthquake seismology have been addressed efficiently using machine learning (ml). moreover, the implementation of ml broadens and enhances understanding in this area. adding to the above idea, the study offers a thorough evaluation by identifying and classifying earthquakes by utilizing knn and svm algorithms through the provided seismic signal data provided by ozkaya et al. (2024) [29]. in this case, the dataset—noise, p-waves, and s-waves—was employed to characterize earthquakes. in addition, seven vector features were implemented as inputs for classifying the seismic signals using the knn and svm algorithms. the study successfully achieved 90% accuracy. to advance the finding, further testing is required with a more extensive dataset of seismic signals. despite the notable advancements, a number of limitations persist. in addition, a significant number of models have been tested on limited or specific datasets, thereby impeding an accurate assessment on generalizability across different volcanic and seismic regions. furthermore, persistent noise in seismic data continues to obstruct, hindering accurate classification, particularly for low-strength events. while certain models excel at providing short-term alerts, further development is required to enhance long-term prediction capabilities. moreover, a number of methods rely on manual processing, diminishing the efficiency for real-time applications. to resolve this, developing standardized datasets, generating noise-robust models, and expanding research into long-term forecasting methods are essential. additionally, as machine learning is integrated into seismology, further innovation is indispensable to enhance understanding and mitigate seismic hazards. 4. material and methods 4.1. data analysis the seismic signal data utilized in the study were pre-processed to eliminate poor signal quality from the seismic signal database. to identify any discrepancies within the seismic signal database, a thorough re-evaluation is essential, conducted with the assistance of experts in seismology. a number of observation stations, however, are limited to effectively observe phenomena related to volcanic activity. another point to consider is inspecting an event to assure the appropriateness to be visually labeled. this task is more accessible when signal quality outweighs the surrounding noise level. seismic signal categorization involves manually dividing the information into smaller segments of varying durations to identify underlying patterns. following the extraction, each segment is categorized into a specific class based on the characteristics of the underlying physical event (reference class). in this study, the seismic signal data contained information related to volcanic activity, called occurrences. on top of that, feature extraction describes the process of obtaining information from a dataset. in fact, analyzing seismic signal data in pattern-recognition systems is a crucial stage. the primary objective is to offer significant characteristics for the discerning procedure for seismic signals. during the feature extraction process, signal parameters are computed from the raw data by incorporating valuable information to distinguish between different classes of seismic signals. in this study, volcanic activity data were collected from observational locations near the volcano. moreover, the primary data were collected from the centre for research and development of geological disaster technology (bpptkg) at the mount merapi observation station in yogyakarta. specifically, the data were collected from multiple observation points over a specific time frame. located in the provinces of yogyakarta, central java, indonesia, mount merapi has been selected as the subject of the study due to the unique nature of each eruption, wherein seismic signal data varies across different eruptions. accordingly, the study is focused on analyzing the seismic event data set of mount merapi in indonesia. on the other hand, mount merapi has exhibited considerable volcanic activities in recent decades, as indicated by a number of eruptions throughout the current decade. following this, seismic waveform data were collected from observation stations within a specified period. in addition, seismic signal data related to the activity were collected from observation stations surrounding mount merapi throughout a specific timeframe, under particular frequencies of 0.5 hertz to 50 hz. to illustrate more clearly, figure 3 displays the data obtained from mount merapi's activities in the form of connected photos, serving as the subjects of this study. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 111 figure 3. data seismic events these events are divided into a large number of classes based on wave patterns and spectral characteristics, as presented in tables 1 and 2. information was collected from mount merapi, between 2019 to 2021. the data used in the tests were primers obtained from a monitoring station near mount merapi. the seismic event data was examined prior to categorization according to data type with the assistance of domain experts. data were collected from mount merapi, and subsequently categorized into eight and four distinct classifications of the seismic signals. a total of approximately 5000 to 10000 seismic event data were successfully gathered, encompassing diverse indications. following this, the seismic event data were classified into eight classes, as listed in table 1. table 1. the classification of eight class-seismic signal type no seismic signal type 1. ap 2. dg 3. low frequency 4. multiple phase 5. rockfalls 6. tremor 7. vt-a 8. vt-b table 2 presents the seismic event data classified into four classes. table 2. the classification of four classseismic signal type no seismic signal type 1. dg 2. mp 3. rockfalls 4. vt-b 4.2. data preprocessing preprocessing the seismic signal data is essential in eliminating low-quality signals from the seismic signal database and ensuring the accuracy and reliability of the research. another point to consider is, identifying discrepancies in a seismic signal database requires professionals with a specialized background in seismology. additionally, understanding that certain observation stations work effectively only when observing volcanic activity is essential. moreover, ensuring precision requires a visual inspection to assure the accuracy of the event labeling. this procedure is more feasible when the signal quality surpasses the noise level of the surrounding seismic signal. seismic signal data pattern categorization entails partitioning the dataset into smaller segments to subsequently be categorized into specific classes based on the underlying physical event. regarding seismic signal data, the assessment of volcanic activity relies on the analysis of waves and spectrum, with each segment being categorized according to the corresponding reference class. this study focuses on collecting seismic data by categorizing the events as presented in table 1. the seismic data were sampled at frequencies of 0.5 hz to 100 hz, incorporating measurements from the time waveform, spectrum, and cepstrum. afterwards, the data were filtered using a butterworth bandpass filter under the frequency of 1–25 hz. notably, a sliding window method is commonly applied in seismic data processing to analyze seismic signals in specific time segments while reducing and differentiating noise in seismic signals. in addition, a butterworth filter is a frequency filter employed in signal processing, including seismic signals. this filter is designed to provide a smooth frequency response in the pass-band (allowed frequency band) and roll-off (reduction of amplitude outside the band). on the other hand, a sliding window is a flexible tool that provides a dynamic analysis on seismic signals, enhancing the precision of detection and data processing. in this case, the window size and stride are typically adjusted based on the nature of the data and the purpose of the analysis. furthermore, the features listed in table 1 were obtained from multiple mountain observation stations that continuously monitored volcanic activity. for a more detailed illustration, figure 4 depicts the pre-processing and feature extraction processes. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 112 figure 4. extraction features and data preprocessing figure 4 displays the seismic signal feature extraction and data preprocessing, commencing with seismic waveform data. in the initial phase, the data was fed into a bandpass filter utilizing butterworth and sliding window techniques. this step is essential in extracting relevant information and distinguishing between noise and genuine or spurious events during the seismic signal detection stage. in this case, a hybrid time series analysis model was utilized to classify the seismic waves according to the labeled seismic event classes. afterward, the pre-processed data was fed into further data preprocessing prior to applying machine learning techniques for further processing. during the preprocessing stage of developing a model for predicting volcanic eruptions, the data set was systematically divided into training and testing data. the results of training and testing were subsequently utilized to form a hybrid time series and ml model to detect and classify seismic signals, in addition to predicting seismic signals, as well as the status of the anticipated type of eruption. 4.3. volcano activity level the indonesian government, through the national disaster management agency (bnpb), has developed volcano status levels as a critical component of mitigation plans. the classification is based on the severity and potential highrisk impacts of volcanic activity [40]. moreover, the level of volcanic activity is categorized into the following:  normal (level 1), assigned to volcanoes with inactive magma. moreover, normal status indicates a volcano with essential volcanic activity.  waspada (level 2), where volcanic activity exhibits an observable increase, detected by abnormal visual or seismic observations, changes in magma activity, hydrothermal increases, and tectonic events.  siaga (level 3), where an eruption potentially occurs; nevertheless, the outcome is indeterminate. in this level, observational data indicate an increase in seismic and volcanic monitoring, in addition to visual and non-visual changes in the volcanic crater activity.  awas (level 4), indicating that a volcanic eruption is imminent or actively occurring. at this level, the alert status alarms a disastrous condition. 4.4. hybrid time series method mandita et al. (2024) [36] have successfully developed an sta/lta model combined with ml, including classic, vanilla, and bilstm, which effectively detected and classified a seismic signal. while predicting the status of a volcanic eruption, the accuracy level remained approximately 70-80. in contrast, the model built in this study integrates the time series method with two distinct models: the proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and the proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation collaborated with the ml algorithm for detecting and classifying seismic signals, as well as predicting the status of volcanic eruptions. while both studies utilize the time series method to detect and classify seismic signals, the previous experiment employed a one-time series model, whereas this study combined several time series models. the novelty of this research involves a hybrid time series model that merges a combination of several time series methods. additionally, the built model, combined with the ml algorithm, is proficient in predicting volcanic eruption status. correlating to this, a hybrid time-series approach for volcanic prediction has been proposed. this methodology integrates algorithms, machine learning, and time-series analysis. a hybrid time series combines a large number of components or models to capture different patterns or characteristics of the data. in addition, two types of hybrid time series built in this experiment comprise sta/lta and template matching, as well as sta/lta and autocorrelation. specifically, the hybrid time series method is defined as follows: 𝑟𝑖 = 𝑆𝑇𝐴𝑖 𝐿𝑇𝐴𝑖 ∑ (𝑥𝑖 − �̅�) (𝑦𝑖 − �̅�)𝑛 𝑖=1 √∑ (𝑥𝑖 − �̅�)2 (𝑦𝑖 − �̅�)2𝑛 𝑖=1 (4) 𝑟𝑖 = 𝑆𝑇𝐴𝑖 𝐿𝑇𝐴𝑖 ∑ (𝑦𝑡 − �̅�)(𝑦𝑡−𝑘− �̅�) 𝑛 𝑡=𝑘+1 ∑ (𝑦𝑡 − �̅�) 𝑛 𝑡=1 (5) where: ri: ratio of sta/lta & template matching; and the ratio of sta/lta & autocorrelation; �̅� : first signal; �̅�: second signal; 𝑛: total number of samples; 𝑘: signal delay length. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 113 equations 4 and 5 present a new method for categorizing and identifying volcanic eruptions using time-series techniques and machine learning. the proposed method integrates a time-series algorithm to classify and identify signal seismic occurrences. in this case, two approaches were proposed: short-term average/long-term average (sta/lta) and template matching, as well as a combination of sta/lta with autocorrelation combined with ml algorithms— classic, vanilla, and bilstm. subsequently, the ml algorithms were compared to determine the model that exhibited the highest accuracy in analyzing a seismic signal. to clearly illustrate, the proposed method for volcanic eruptions is presented in figure 5, depicting the newly proposed method for volcanic eruptions, commencing with detecting seismic event data to detect actual or false seismic events from the volcano, using a hybrid time series algorithm to process the seismic data during the classification stage. equally important, two types of hybrid time series algorithms were implemented, including sta/lta with template matching and sta/lta with autocorrelation. the objective is to detect and classify seismic signal data. a predictive model using hybrid time series and ml collaboration was built to predict volcanic eruptions. additionally, the study employed a number of machine learning models—classic, vanilla, and bilstm—to analyze seismic signal data. in this case, the ml algorithms were compared to determine the model that achieved the highest accuracy during the seismic signal analysis process. the subsequent phase involved training and testing the model to forecast volcanic eruptions. upon completing the overall required operations, the highest-performing ml model for volcanic prediction was performed and validated. lastly, the final stage is expected to produce a validated model that accurately predicts daily seismic events with higher precision. figure 5. the proposed method 5. results and discussions this chapter discusses the findings of the study in detecting true or false seismic events. the seismic event data were analyzed based on detection and classification to identify actual or false events. as previously outlined, the seismic events were divided into eight classes and four classes of seismic event types. at this point, data identification and feature extraction were performed. the data were analyzed to determine the possibility of generating the desired machine-learning model. moreover, the data were purified to build the highest-performing machine-learning model for detecting and classifying seismic occurrences. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 114 furthermore, the inputs for the ml model were divided into eight and four inputs, respectively. in particular, the eight inputs are defined as follows: the definitions of the four inputs are as follows: data analysis was conducted on the data classification outcomes involving seismology experts. during the iterative data testing, performing data validation is essential to obtain the ideal outcomes from the constructed model. the process involved training and testing the model, focusing on detecting and classifying the seismic occurrences. moreover, three models were employed in detecting and classifying the seismic data. 5.1. support vector machine (svm) the built model incorporates svm with the time series method, specifically the sta/lta method, to detect and classify seismic signals. the model was employed to analyze seismic signals and predict volcanic eruptions. moreover, two classes of seismic events—four classes and eight classes of seismic events—were employed, as presented in tables 1 and 2, the results of which are as follows: figure 6 represents the results of the time series method. in the process, svm was utilized in detecting and classifying seismic events, as well as predicting volcanic eruption status. in this study, three support vector machine (svm) models—linear, polynomial, and rbf—were employed to identify and categorize seismic occurrences and distinguish between genuine and spurious events for forecasting volcano eruptions. as a result, the model exhibited the lowest linear accuracy of 0.88 for the input of four classes, compared to the polynomial accuracy of 0.9. additionally, the polynomial models outperformed the rbf model, achieving an accuracy of 0.88, similar to the accuracy exhibited by the linear and rbf models. figure 6. the results of the svm model with four classes and eight classes input parallel to this, the employment of eight classes as input generated an accuracy of approximately 0.81 to 0.89. the linear model achieved an accuracy of 0.85, surpassing the rbf model’s accuracy of 0.81 in classifying and detecting seismic events. the accuracy of the linear model, however, was lower than that of the polynomial model (0.89). both classes with four or eight inputs signify that the polynomial model generates superior outcomes, with an accuracy of 0.9 for the four input classes and 0.89 for the eight input classes. the model, therefore, was employed to detect and classify seismic events and predict volcanic eruptions. 0.88 0.9 0.88 0.85 0.89 0.81 linear polynomial rbf linear polynomial rbf 4 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 results ag (6) dg lf 𝑥𝑡 = mp rf tr vt-a vt-b dg (7) 𝑥𝑡 = mp rf vt-b hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 115 5.2. k nearest neighbors (knn) in practice, this study employed the knn to classify and detect signal seismic events using four and eight classes, respectively. the results of which are presented as follows: expanding further, figure 7 illustrates the experimental results for eight classes using five k. for accuracy, k = 1 achieved the highest-performing value at 0.84, outperforming other results. for other additional k, results range from 0.7 to 0.73, with k = 3 achieving a value of 0.73, k = 5 achieving a value of 0.74 and k = 9 achieving a value of 0.71, with poor accuracy observed at k = 7, with a value of 0.7. in terms of precision, the highest-performing results were exhibited at k = 1 with a value of 0.85. while other k achieved values between 0.66 to 0.75, where k = 3 achieved a value of 0.75, with k = 5 achieving a value of 0.71, k = 7 achieved a value of 0.66 and k = 9 achieved a value of 0.67. this suggests that k = 7 performs the lowest results among all. for recall, the highest-performing results are exhibited at k = 1 with a value of 0.84. for other k, the values range between 0.7 to 0.74, with the lowest result at k = 7, with a value of 0.7 compared to other k values. for the f1 score, the highest-performing result was obtained with several 0.84 at k = 1. for other k results, k = 3 at 0.73, whereas for k = 5, the value was 0.72. for other k, k = 7 achieving a value of 0.68, and finally k = 9, with a value of 0.69. the results demonstrate that k = 7 with a value of 0.66 exhibits the lowest performance among all. figure 7. the results with eight classes input furthermore, figure 8 presents the results for the four classes, evaluated across different five k experiments. among these, a single value emerged as the highest-performing k experiment, in which k = 1 achieved the highest-performing results, compared to other values. for the accuracy, k = 1 achieved 0.87, while the results of other k ranged from 0.77 to 0.78 for k with values 5, 7, and 9, and k = 3 achieved the lowest output. for precision, k = 1 achieved the highestperforming value compared to other k values. k = 5, k = 7, and k = 9 achieved similar value of 0.76. for accuracy, k = 3 achieved the lowest value compared to other k values, with a value of 0.75. in recall, k = 1 with a value of 0.87 emerged as the highest-performing value. k = 5 and k = 9 achieved a value of 0.77, slightly lower than the results at k = 7 with a value of 0.78. meanwhile, the output with the lowest value at k = 3 achieved a value of 0.75. regarding the f1 score value, k = 1 achieved the highest-performing result with a value of 0.87. additionally, k=5, k=7 and k=9 achieved similar value of 0.76. in contrast, k=3, with a value of 0.75 achieved the lowest result. figure 8. the results with four classes input 0 .8 4 0 .7 3 0 .7 4 0 .7 0 .7 1 0 .8 4 0 .8 5 0 .7 5 0 .7 1 0 .6 6 0 .6 7 0 .8 5 0 .8 4 0 .7 3 0 .7 4 0 .7 0 .7 1 0 .8 4 0 .8 4 0 .7 3 0 .7 2 0 .6 8 0 .6 9 0 .8 5 1 3 5 7 9 b e s t k results accuracy precision recall f1 0 .8 7 0 .7 5 0 .7 7 0 .7 8 0 .7 7 0 .8 7 0 .8 7 0 .7 5 0 .7 6 0 .7 6 0 .7 6 0 .8 7 0 .8 7 0 .7 5 0 .7 7 0 .7 8 0 .7 7 0 .8 7 0 .8 7 0 .7 5 0 .7 6 0 .7 6 0 .7 6 0 .8 7 1 3 5 7 9 b e s t k results accuracy precision recall f1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 116 5.3. long short-term memory (lstm) the lstm employed to classify and detect seismic events, the results of which are presented in tables 3 and 4. table 3. the accuracy results for eight classes no. methods accuracy 1. classic lstm 0.84 2. vanilla lstm 0.85 3. bilstm 0.87 4. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and classic 0.88 5. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and classic 0.89 6. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and vanilla 0.90 7. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and vanilla 0.91 8. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and bilstm 0.93 9. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and bilstm 0.93 table 3 presents the accuracy results for eight classes of seismic event classification. classic lstm achieved an accuracy of 0.84, while vanilla lstm achieved a slightly different accuracy of 0.85, compared to bilstm, with an accuracy of 0.87. this reflects a difference of 0.02 points between vanilla lstm and bilstm. in practice, the proposed method involved three methods: classic, vanilla, and bilstm. the hybrid sta/lta and template matching method with classic lstm, achieved an accuracy of 0.88, slightly different from the hybrid sta/lta and autocorrelation method with an accuracy of 0.89. combined with vanilla lstm, the hybrid method achieved an accuracy of 0.89, while the sta/lta & template matching and sta/lta & autocorrelation models achieved an accuracy of 0.90. additionally, the hybrid methods with bilstm achieved an accuracy of 0.93 in terms of the proposed hybrid sta/lta and template matching method, and the proposed hybrid sta/lta and autocorrelation method achieved similar accuracy. moreover, the proposed method achieved similar accuracy in terms of the sta/lta & template matching and sta/lta & autocorrelation with bilstm – with a value of 0.93. notably, the method outperformed the other methods in terms of accuracy. the results of the proposed method for the four classes are listed in table 4. table 4. the accuracy results for four classes no. methods accuracy 1. classic lstm 0.85 2. vanilla lstm 0.86 3. bilstm 0.88 4. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and classic 0.89 5. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and classic 0.90 6. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and vanilla 0.91 7. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and vanilla 0.93 8. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and bilstm 0.95 9. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and bilstm 0.95 table 4 lists the accuracy results for the four seismic event classification classes, presenting that classic lstm achieved an accuracy of 0.85, slightly lower than the vanilla lstm model’s accuracy of 0.86. this is particularly different from classic lstm, with an accuracy of 0.01. likewise, the results of the vanilla lstm were lower than bilstm, with an accuracy of 0.88, representing an enhancement of 0.02 over the vanilla lstm. additionally, the proposed method for sta/lta & template matching and classic lstm achieved an accuracy of 0.89, slightly different from the sta/lta & autocorrelation and classic lstm methods with an accuracy of 0.90. similarly, the proposed method with vanilla lstm for sta/lta & template matching achieved an accuracy level of 0.91, with a slight difference for the sta/lta & autocorrelation, with an accuracy of 0.93. moreover, the last proposed method, hybrid sta/lta & template matching and hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation, achieved a similar level of accuracy. in addition, the proposed methods with hybrid sta/lta & template matching and hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation achieved an accuracy of 0.95. notably, the results of the proposed hybrid time series and bilstm method outperform the other methods. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 117 5.4. comparison of others model with the proposed model the accuracies of the comparison and proposed model are presented in table 5. table 5. the comparison results of the utilized model and the proposed model for eight classes no. methods accuracy 1. svm 0.90 2. knn 0.87 3. classic lstm 0.84 4. vanilla lstm 0.85 5. bilstm 0.87 6. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and classic 0.88 7. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and classic 0.89 8. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and vanilla 0.90 9. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and vanilla 0.91 10. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and bilstm 0.93 11. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and bilstm 0.93 table 5 represents the comparative accuracy between the proposed approach and the other methods. in detail, in terms of detecting and classifying seismic event signals, svm and knn achieved an accuracy of 0.90 and 0.87, respectively. in this task, svm outperforms knn. the classic lstm model achieved a performance score of 0.84, whereas the vanilla lstm model achieved a slightly higher score of 0.85. comparatively, the bilstm model surpassed the vanilla lstm and bilstm models with a performance score of 0.87, demonstrating a 0.02-point disparity. however, when comparing the accuracy of the svm with the proposed technique, the svm achieved lower accuracy than that of the proposed method. the proposed method demonstrates higher accuracy, achieving a precision of 0.93, surpassing the svm and knn. compared with the svm, knn, classic lstm, vanilla lstm, bilstm, and hybrid method with classic lstm or vanilla lstm, the proposed method—the hybrid sta/lta & template matching and sta/lta & autocorrelation with bilstm—achieved a superior accuracy of 0.93. this represents an accuracy improvement from 0.06 to 0.09 in the proposed model. table 6 illustrates the comparison accuracy between the proposed method with svm and knn, achieving an accuracy of 0.90 and 0.85, respectively. this signifies that svm outperforms knn for detecting and classifying seismic event signals. while the classic lstm model achieved an accuracy of 0.85, the vanilla lstm model achieved a slightly lower accuracy of 0.86, resulting in a difference of 0.01 compared to the classic lstm model. moreover, the vanilla lstm achieved poorer results compared to the bilstm, which achieved an accuracy of 0.88. meanwhile, when compared to the proposed method, the accuracy of svm was lower than that of the proposed method. the proposed method achieved an accuracy of 0.95, surpassing the svm and knn. furthermore, when evaluated against the svm, knn, classic lstm, vanilla lstm, bilstm, and hybrid method with classic lstm or vanilla lstm—hybrid sta/lta & template matching and sta/lta & autocorrelation with bilstm—the proposed method achieved the highest accuracy of 0.95. this represents an improvement in the proposed model's accuracy from 0.05 to 0.1. table 6. the comparison results of the utilized model and the proposed model for four classes no. methods accuracy 1. svm 0.90 2. knn 0.85 3. classic lstm 0.85 4. vanilla lstm 0.86 5. bilstm 0.88 6. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and classic 0.89 7. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and classic 0.90 8. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and vanilla 0.91 9. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and vanilla 0,93 10. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching 0.95 11. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation 0.95 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 118 table 7 presents an overview of the accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 score for eight seismic event classes, summarizing the performance of a number of machine learning models and methods employed for classification tasks. these metrics offer a comprehensive assessment of the model's effectiveness. table 7. the accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 score model lstm for eight classes of seismic events no. methods accuracy precision recall f1 score 1. classic lstm 0.84 0.85 0.83 0.839 2. vanilla lstm 0.85 0.86 0.84 0.849 3. bilstm 0.87 0.88 0.86 0.869 4. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and classic 0.88 0.89 0.87 0.879 5. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and classic 0.89 0.90 0.88 0.889 6. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and vanilla 0.90 0.91 0.89 0.899 7. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and vanilla 0.91 0.92 0.90 0.909 8. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and bilstm 0.93 0.94 0.92 0.929 9. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and bilstm 0.93 0.94 0.92 0.929 the classic lstm model achieved an accuracy of 84%, with precision, recall, and f1 scores of 85%, 83%, and 0.839, respectively, reflecting a balanced performance in identifying relevant instances with reliable predictions. the vanilla lstm model achieved a slight improvement of 85% accuracy, 86% precision, 84% recall, and an f1 score of 0.849. the bilstm model further enhanced these metrics, with an accuracy of 87%, precision of 88%, recall of 86%, and an f1 score of 0.869, therefore, the incorporation of the bidirectional layers enabled the model to capture contextual dependencies with greater efficacy. moreover, significant advancements are presented through the proposed hybrid methods, which combine hybrid sta/lta & template matching or autocorrelation techniques with lstm-based models. these hybrid approaches consistently improved the accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 scores. notably, the hybrid sta/lta & template matching with classic lstm achieved 88% accuracy, 89% precision, 87% recall, and an f1 score of 0.879. in addition, the autocorrelation with classic lstm hybrid improved the accuracy to 89% and f1 score to 0.889. the upward trend persisted as vanilla lstm served as the baseline in these hybrid methods. the template matching and vanilla lstm hybrid achieved 90% accuracy, while the autocorrelation and vanilla lstm hybrid achieved 91% accuracy and an f1 score of 0.909. the highest performing results were obtained with hybrid methods incorporating bilstm, where both template matching and autocorrelation achieved 93% accuracy, with precision of 94%, recall of 92%, and an f1 score of 0.929. these findings highlight the significant performance enhancements exhibited by the proposed hybrid methods. the improvements in precision and recall demonstrate the ability to reliably identify relevant instances while minimizing errors, establishing the methods to be highly suitable for applications requiring robust predictive accuracy. table 8 presents the accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 score for eight classes of seismic events, demonstrating the efficacy of various machine learning models and hybrid techniques in classification tasks. these metrics—accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 score—provide a comprehensive evaluation of model reliability, efficacy in detecting relevant events, and the balance between precision and recall. table 8. the accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 score model lstm for four classes seismic events no. methods accuracy precision recall f1 score 1. classic lstm 0.85 0.86 0.84 0.849 2. vanilla lstm 0.86 0.87 0.85 0.859 3. bilstm 0.88 0.89 0.87 0.879 4. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and classic 0.89 0.90 0.88 0.889 5. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and classic 0.90 0.91 0.89 0.899 6. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and vanilla 0.91 0.92 0.90 0.909 7. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and vanilla 0.93 0.94 0.92 0.929 8. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & template matching and bilstm 0.95 0.96 0.94 0.949 9. proposed method hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation and bilstm 0.95 0.96 0.94 0.949 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 119 as illustrated in the table, the classic lstm model achieved an accuracy of 85%, with a precision of 86% and a recall of 84% with an f1 score of 0.849, establishing a solid baseline for comparison. the vanilla lstm slightly outperformed this, with an accuracy of 86%, precision of 87%, recall of 85%, and an f1 score of 0.859. the bilstm model further improved these results, achieving 88% accuracy, 89% precision, 87% recall, and an f1 score of 0.879, benefiting from the bidirectional architecture, enhancing the model's ability to process contextual information. moreover, the proposed hybrid methods demonstrated significant performance by combining sta/lta techniques (template matching or autocorrelation) with lstm-based models. specifically, when paired with classic lstm, the hybrid techniques achieved 89% and 90% accuracy, with f1 scores of 0.889 and 0.899, respectively, reflecting improved accuracy in predicting positive cases while maintaining intense precision and recall. higher performance was observed in the use of vanilla lstm as the baseline in these hybrid approaches. the hybrid sta/lta & template matching with vanilla lstm achieved 91% accuracy, while the hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation with vanilla lstm achieved 93% accuracy, delivering f1 scores above 0.90. this underscores the significant impact of the hybrid approach in enhancing model performance. as equally important, the most remarkable results were observed in hybrid methods utilizing bilstm. hybrid sta/lta & template matching with bilstm and hybrid sta/lta & autocorrelation with bilstm, achieved 95% accuracy, with a precision of 96%, recall of 94%, and an f1 score of 0.949. the results highlight the robustness and effectiveness of combining sta/lta techniques with bilstm for advanced classification tasks. overall, the hybrid methods consistently enhanced the baseline models' performance, particularly when integrated with bilstm, establishing the methods as promising solutions for applications requiring high prediction accuracy and reliability. figure 9 illustrates the output of volcanic eruption prediction utilizing the proposed method, in which the volcanic eruption status is classified as “waspada”, and the type of seismic signal is identified as mp with a magnitude of 4.9. figure 9. the results of volcano activity based on experimental analysis with eight and four classes, the proposed methods included hybrid sta/lta & template matching and sta/lta & autocorrelation with bilstm, which were observed to be more accurate in detecting and classifying seismic events, as well as in predicting volcano eruptions. notably, the proposed method achieved higher-performing results among all. 6. conclusion as detailed in the preceding sections, this study proposes a model for detecting, classifying, and predicting volcanic eruptions by employing a hybrid time series method and ml. multiple models have been developed to compare the accuracy levels in analyzing a seismic signal with the proposed model. to compare the level of accuracy at the experimental stage, seismic events are divided into two classes: eight and four classes. the primary data is collected from one of the active volcanoes in indonesia, mount merapi, which has been actively emitting lava in recent decades. moreover, the study has been performed to detect and classify seismic events, as well as predict volcanic eruptions, exhibiting varying levels of accuracy. furthermore, the comparative analysis between the employed methods with the proposed method achieves an accuracy level between 0.84 to 0.89, whereas the proposed model achieves an accuracy level from 0.90 to 0.95. the proposed method provides higher accuracy than other methods, with an accuracy between 0.93 to 0.95 for the sta/lta & template matching and sta/lta & autocorrelation with bilstm models—the proposed model. this signifies that the proposed method presents high-performing results compared to other methods. correlating to this, future research involves tuning the model to detect and classify seismic event data by employing other datasets or data from other volcanoes, including a larger volume of datasets. moreover, a classification of seismic events will be added to the proposed method's accuracy. additionally, another future research will improve the status of volcanic eruptions for seismic events, thus producing more precise results. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 120 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, f.m., a.a., m.e.w., and w.s.; methodology, f.m. and w.s.; software, f.m.; validation, a.a.; formal analysis, f.m.; investigation, f.m. and m.e.w.; resources, f.m. and w.s.; data curation, f.m.; writing—original draft preparation, f.m.; writing—review and editing, f.m. and a.a.; visualization, f.m.; supervision, a.a.; project administration, a.a.; funding acquisition, a.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the research is funded by the doctoral dissertation research schema for the 2022 budget year. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] supriyo, b., hidayat, s. s., suharjono, a., anif, m., & koesuma, s. (2015). design of real-time gas monitoring system based-on wireless sensor networks for merapi volcano. 2014 1st international conference on information technology, computer, and electrical engineering: green technology and its applications for a better future, icitacee 2014 proceedings, 30–34. doi:10.1109/icitacee.2014.7065709. [2] ratdomopurbo, a., beauducel, f., subandriyo, j., agung nandaka, i. g. m., newhall, c. g., suharna, sayudi, d. s., suparwaka, h., & sunarta. (2013). overview of the 2006 eruption of mt. merapi. journal of volcanology and geothermal research, 261, 87– 97. doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2013.03.019. [3] sholihat, s. s., indratno, s. w., & mukhaiyar, u. (2021). the role of parameters in bayesian online changepoint detection: detecting early warning of mount merapi eruptions. heliyon, 7(7), e07482. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2021.e07482. [4] surono, jousset, p., pallister, j., boichu, m., buongiorno, m. f., budisantoso, a., costa, f., andreastuti, s., prata, f., schneider, d., clarisse, l., humaida, h., sumarti, s., bignami, c., griswold, j., carn, s., oppenheimer, c., & lavigne, f. (2012). the 2010 explosive eruption of java’s merapi volcano-a “100-year” event. journal of volcanology and geothermal research, 241–242, 121–135. doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2012.06.018. [5] chan, h. p., konstantinou, k. i., & blackett, m. (2021). spatio-temporal surface temperature variations detected by satellite thermal infrared images at merapi volcano, indonesia. journal of volcanology and geothermal research, 420. doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2021.107405. [6] antriyandarti, e., ferichani, m., & ani, s. w. (2013). sustainability of post-eruption socio economic recovery for the community on mount merapi slope through horticulture agribusiness region development (case study in boyolali district). procedia environmental sciences, 17, 46–52. doi:10.1016/j.proenv.2013.02.010. [7] sunardi, s., dede, m., wibowo, s. b., prasetyo, y., astari, a. j., lukman, l., lavigne, f., gomez, c., nurani, i. w., sakai, y., & kamarudin, m. k. a. (2024). preliminary assessment of river ecosystem services in the volcanic area of mount merapi, indonesia. aquatic ecology, 58(3), 819–832. doi:10.1007/s10452-024-10107-4. [8] falcin, a., métaxian, j. p., mars, j., stutzmann, é., komorowski, j. c., moretti, r., malfante, m., beauducel, f., saurel, j. m., dessert, c., burtin, a., ucciani, g., de chabalier, j. b., & lemarchand, a. (2021). a machine-learning approach for automatic classification of volcanic seismicity at la soufrière volcano, guadeloupe. journal of volcanology and geothermal research, 411. doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2020.107151. [9] espinosa-ortega, t., budi-santoso, a., sulistiyani, win, n. t. z., widiwijayanti, c., & costa, f. (2022). probabilistic analysis to correlate seismic data with lava extrusion phases at merapi volcano (indonesia). journal of volcanology and geothermal research, 426. doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2022.107537. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 121 [10] audretsch, j. (2020). earthquake detection using deep learning based approaches. kaust research repository, kaust: king abdullah university of science and technology, saudi arabia. doi:10.25781/kaust-52098. [11] wiszniowski, j., plesiewicz, b., & lizurek, g. (2021). machine learning applied to anthropogenic seismic events detection in lai chau reservoir area, vietnam. computers and geosciences, 146. doi:10.1016/j.cageo.2020.104628. [12] titos, m., bueno, a., garcia, l., & benitez, c. (2018). a deep neural networks approach to automatic recognition systems for volcano-seismic events. ieee journal of selected topics in applied earth observations and remote sensing, 11(5), 1533– 1544. doi:10.1109/jstars.2018.2803198. [13] kubo, h., naoi, m., & kano, m. (2024). recent advances in earthquake seismology using machine learning. earth, planets and space, 76(1), 36. doi:10.1186/s40623-024-01982-0. [14] lara, f., lara-cueva, r., larco, j. c., carrera, e. v., & león, r. (2021). a deep learning approach for automatic recognition of seismo-volcanic events at the cotopaxi volcano. journal of volcanology and geothermal research, 409, 107142. doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2020.107142. [15] malfante, m., dalla mura, m., mars, j. i., métaxian, j. p., macedo, o., & inza, a. (2018). automatic classification of volcano seismic signatures. journal of geophysical research: solid earth, 123(12), 10,645-10,658. doi:10.1029/2018jb015470. [16] titos, m., bueno, a., garcía, l., benítez, m. c., & ibañez, j. (2019). detection and classification of continuous volcanoseismic signals with recurrent neural networks. ieee transactions on geoscience and remote sensing, 57(4), 1936–1948. doi:10.1109/tgrs.2018.2870202. [17] vaezi, y., & van der baan, m. (2015). comparison of the sta/lta and power spectral density methods for microseismic event detection. geophysical journal international, 203(3), 1896–1908. doi:10.1093/gji/ggv419. [18] qu, s., guan, z., verschuur, e., & chen, y. (2020). automatic high-resolution microseismic event detection via supervised machine learning. geophysical journal international, 222(3), 1881–1895. doi:10.1093/gji/ggaa193. [19] pantobe, l., burtin, a., chanard, k., & komorowski, j. c. (2024). evolution of shallow volcanic seismicity in the hydrothermal system of la soufrière de guadeloupe following the april 2018 mlv 4.1 earthquake. journal of volcanology and geothermal research, 447. doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2023.107989. [20] ma, h., chu, r., sheng, m., & yu, z. (2020). template matching for simple waveforms with low signal-to-noise ratio and its application to icequake detection. earthquake science, 33(5–6), 256–263. doi:10.29382/eqs-2020-0256-01. [21] yang, d. h., zhou, x., wang, x. y., & huang, j. p. (2021). mirco-earthquake source depth detection using machine learning techniques. information sciences, 544, 325–342. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2020.07.045. [22] ikeda, h., & takagi, r. (2019). coseismic changes in subsurface structure associated with the 2018 hokkaido eastern iburi earthquake detected using autocorrelation analysis of ambient seismic noise. earth, planets and space, 71(1), 1-11. doi:10.1186/s40623-019-1051-5. [23] nurtas, m., zhantaev, z., & altaibek, a. (2024). earthquake time-series forecast in kazakhstan territory: forecasting accuracy with sarimax. procedia computer science, 231, 353–358. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2023.12.216. [24] kong, q., trugman, d. t., ross, z. e., bianco, m. j., meade, b. j., & gerstoft, p. (2019). machine learning in seismology: turning data into insights. seismological research letters, 90(1), 3–14. doi:10.1785/0220180259. [25] liu, h., song, j., & li, s. (2022). seismic event identification based on a generative adversarial network and support vector machine. frontiers in earth science, 10. doi:10.3389/feart.2022.814655. [26] ross, z. e., trugman, d. t., hauksson, e., & shearer, p. m. (2019). searching for hidden earthquakes in southern california. science, 364(6442), 767-771.. doi:10.1126/science.aaw6888. [27] jiao, p., & alavi, a. h. (2020). artificial intelligence in seismology: advent, performance and future trends. geoscience frontiers, 11(3), 739–744. doi:10.1016/j.gsf.2019.10.004. [28] centeno, r., gómez-salcedo, v., lazarte, i., vilca-nina, j., osores, s., & mayhua-lopez, e. (2024). near-real-time multiparametric seismic and visual monitoring of explosive activity at sabancaya volcano, peru. journal of volcanology and geothermal research, 451, 108097. doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2024.108097. [29] ozkaya, s. g., baygin, m., barua, p. d., tuncer, t., dogan, s., chakraborty, s., & acharya, u. r. (2024). an automated earthquake classification model based on a new butterfly pattern using seismic signals. expert systems with applications, 238. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2023.122079. [30] lara, f., león, r., lara-cueva, r., tinoco-s., a. f., & ruiz, m. (2022). detection of volcanic micro earthquakes based on homomorphic deconvolution and sta/lta. journal of volcanology and geothermal research, 421. doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2021.107439. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 122 [31] song, y., lee, j., yeeh, z., kim, m., & byun, j. (2023). improved lithospheric seismic velocity and density model of the korean peninsula from ambient seismic noise data using machine learning. journal of asian earth sciences, 254. doi:10.1016/j.jseaes.2023.105728. [32] coombs, m. l., wech, a. g., haney, m. m., lyons, j. j., schneider, d. j., schwaiger, h. f., wallace, k. l., fee, d., freymueller, j. t., schaefer, j. r., & tepp, g. (2018). short-term forecasting and detection of explosions during the 2016–2017 eruption of bogoslof volcano, alaska. frontiers in earth science, 6. doi:10.3389/feart.2018.00122. [33] dempsey, d. e., cronin, s. j., mei, s., & kempa-liehr, a. w. (2020). automatic precursor recognition and real-time forecasting of sudden explosive volcanic eruptions at whakaari, new zealand. nature communications, 11(1), 3562. doi:10.1038/s41467020-17375-2. [34] manley, g. f., pyle, d. m., mather, t. a., rodgers, m., clifton, d. a., stokell, b. g., thompson, g., londoño, j. m., & roman, d. c. (2020). understanding the timing of eruption end using a machine learning approach to classification of seismic time series. journal of volcanology and geothermal research, 401. doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2020.106917. [35] saad, o. m., & chen, y. (2021). earthquake detection and p-wave arrival time picking using capsule neural network. ieee transactions on geoscience and remote sensing, 59(7), 6234–6243. doi:10.1109/tgrs.2020.3019520. [36] mandita, f., ashari, a., wibowo, m., & suryanto, w. (2024). a prototype for the detection and classification of seismic events using sta/lta and machine learning. journal of theoretical and applied information technology, 102(10), 45594570. [37] mustafa, a. h., abdelmoneim, f. m., matta, m. g., barghash, t. o., & gomaa, w. (2022). automatic forecasting of volcanoes eruption time. proceedings of the 2022 16th international conference on ubiquitous information management and communication, imcom 2022, 1-8. doi:10.1109/imcom53663.2022.9721804. [38] abebe, e., kebede, h., kevin, m., & demissie, z. (2023). earthquakes magnitude prediction using deep learning for the horn of africa. soil dynamics and earthquake engineering, 170. doi:10.1016/j.soildyn.2023.107913. [39] sandhya, g., babu, j. b., babu, g. p., & yallamandaiah, s. (2023). cnn based automatic fault detection in 3d seismic images. 2023 7th international conference on computing, communication, control and automation, iccubea 2023, 1-6. doi:10.1109/iccubea58933.2023.10392122. [40] lestari, i. (2021). 4 levels of volcano status. available online: https://ilmugeografi.com/ilmu-bumi/gunung/tingkatan-statusgunung-berapi (accessed on february 2025). https://ilmugeografi.com/ilmu-bumi/gunung/tingkatan-status-gunung-berapi https://ilmugeografi.com/ilmu-bumi/gunung/tingkatan-status-gunung-berapi available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 703 issn: 2723-9535 mobile service quality’s impact on customer repurchase intention in food and beverage mobile applications tanty oktavia 1* , jonathan t. christian 2, kelven j. kristanto 2, ricky s. satria 2 1 information systems management department, binus graduate program, master of information systems management, bina nusantara university, jakarta 11480, indonesia. 2 information system department, school of information systems, bina nusantara university, jakarta 11480, indonesia. received 26 april 2024; revised 17 august 2024; accepted 25 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract this study aims to assess the impact of mobile service quality on customer repurchase intention in indonesia’s food and beverage mobile applications. the research identifies key dimensions such as application design, ease of use, privacy, and customer support and evaluates their influence on customer e-satisfaction and repurchase behavior. a quantitative approach was employed, utilizing purposive sampling to gather data from 401 active users of these applications. the analysis, conducted using structural equation modeling-partial least squares (sem-pls), revealed that these dimensions significantly enhance overall mobile service quality, which in turn positively affects customer e-satisfaction and repurchase intention. the findings underscore the importance of a minimalist and user-friendly design, robust privacy measures, and responsive customer support—particularly for gen-z users in indonesia, where privacy concerns are increasingly prominent. this study contributes to the existing literature by providing insights specific to the indonesian market and offering practical recommendations for the food and beverage industry to improve mobile service quality, thereby fostering stronger customer loyalty and increasing repurchase rates. the novelty of this research lies in its focus on the rapidly growing mobile app market in indonesia, addressing unique regional challenges and opportunities. keywords: mobile service quality; food and beverage mobile application; customer e-satisfaction; repurchase intention. 1. introduction in this age of technology, our daily lives revolve significantly around mobile phones, or what is commonly referred to as smartphones, serving as repositories for almost everything we possess, concealed behind the screen [1]. in recent decades, mobile technologies have undergone remarkable and swift advancements, making smartphones increasingly accessible to a broader range of consumers. these smartphones serve numerous functions, including social media interaction, music and video streaming, gaming, photo sharing, online shopping, food ordering, and digital payments. indonesia is also one of the countries that is highly responsive to these technological advancements. with an estimated 187.62 million smartphone users in 2022, statista reveals that indonesia is ranked fourth among the nations with the most smartphone users worldwide [2, 3]. this is further affirmed by survey data from the indonesian central bureau of statistics, which revealed that in 2022, 67.88 percent of the indonesian population owned a mobile phone [4]. as smartphones and mobile devices gain more power, the growing utilization of these devices significantly influences the evolution of mobile applications that consumers use daily for accessing information or making purchases of products and services. * corresponding author: toktavia@binus.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-011 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6453-9775 https://orcid.org/0009-0006-9330-7766 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 704 in indonesia, with a population exceeding 270 million and over 180 million internet users as of 2022, mobile devices have emerged as the predominant platform for e-commerce, representing approximately 66% of the population [4]. according to some online shopping platforms, approximately 75% of online shoppers use their smartphones instead of desktop computers [5]. quoting data from globalwebindex on cnn indonesia [6], around 90% of internet users aged 16 to 64 in indonesia engage in online shopping, placing this country as one of the global leaders in e-commerce adoption in 2020. in 2022, indonesia emerged as the leading asean nation in e-commerce revenue, with approximately $51.9 billion [7]. with the extensive number of online transactions happening on smartphones in indonesia, mobile applications are becoming the dominant form of digital interaction. in indonesia, the food and beverage industry is increasingly recognizing the importance of mobile applications as a key marketing and operational tool. recently, cnbc indonesia [8] reported that over 8,000 indonesian merchants have integrated mobile applications into their business operations. these applications streamline processes like ordering, pickup, delivery, and payments. with the increasingly competitive food and beverage industry, business professionals recognize an opportunity to create an application that could enhance the customer experience. however, in the highly competitive food and beverage industry, global brands face challenges in aligning their applications with user expectations. despite being designed to enhance the customer experience, these applications often underperform, as evidenced by app store and play store ratings falling below four stars. this decline in ratings is primarily due to user dissatisfaction, often related to technical issues like frequent crashes, bugs, and transactional errors within the applications, leading to ratings as low as one star. this raises questions about whether application quality impacts businesses in the food and beverage industry. previous research has extensively examined the impact of mobile service quality on customer repurchase intention across various industries. mirza et al. [9] provided critical insights into how mobile service quality influences customer behavior, particularly highlighting its significance in driving repurchase intention across diverse sectors. similarly, ginting et al. [10] explored the effect of e-service quality within the e-commerce realm, and sasono [11] investigated eservice quality in the context of internet banking in indonesia, both studies underscoring the importance of service quality in shaping customer satisfaction and loyalty. however, despite the insights these studies offer, there is a notable gap in the literature concerning mobile service quality, specifically within the food and beverage industry in indonesia. the sector’s increasing reliance on mobile applications lacks a thorough understanding of how service quality in these apps impacts customer repurchase intention. this study aims to bridge this gap by investigating how mobile service quality in food and beverage mobile applications affects customer repurchase intention in indonesia. by analyzing the adoption and usage patterns of these applications, as well as assessing their effectiveness in meeting customer expectations, this research will contribute to a deeper understanding of the role mobile service quality plays in driving repurchase intentions. the findings will provide food and beverage businesses in indonesia with data-driven insights to optimize their mobile applications, enhance customer experience, and sustain competitive advantage in a dynamic digital marketplace. 2. literature review 2.1. food and beverage mobile application mobile application is a software program designed specifically for use on mobile devices. it should be easy to understand, user-friendly for inexperienced users, and easy to access and run on most mobile devices. most interactions happen through mobile applications created to cater to the user’s specific needs, such as shopping, entertainment, information, and socializing. there are many types of mobile applications available today, one of which is branded applications. branded applications are mobile apps crafted by companies to actively engage users, fostering and strengthening meaningful connections with the brand [12]. many industries have adopted this type of application, from healthcare and education to entertainment, fashion, and the food and beverage industry. various restaurants and coffee shops in indonesia, like mcdonald’s, domino’s pizza, kfc, and starbucks indonesia, have developed their own mobile applications. according to the google play store, more than 10 million users in indonesia have downloaded these applications, making food and beverage mobile applications one of the most popular application categories in the country. 2.2. overall mobile service quality the definition of mobile service quality can be derived from the broader concept of e-service quality, which was defined by wirapraja et al. [13] as the application’s capability to facilitate tasks such as the purchasing and sale of goods and services. it plays a vital role in boosting customer contentment and confidence, contributing to the competitive success of organizations [11]. fundamentally, e-service quality, a concept applicable to both websites and mobile applications, involves the evaluation of several factors. considering the significant resemblance in the factors assessed between websites and mobile applications and recognizing the limited extent of previous research on mobile service quality, the methodology employed involves a transformation wherein factors from website service quality can be hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 705 applied to the quality of mobile services. this approach is driven by the need for a comprehensive understanding and assessment of the quality parameters associated with mobile services. mobile service quality dimensions are key factors that not only ensure customer satisfaction but also improve the overall quality of mobile services [14]. tandon et al. [15] also identified the key dimensions of website service quality as ease of understanding, ease of use, ease of ordering, information usefulness, security and privacy, website design, navigation, customization, and consistency. another study validated that certain system reliability and security are the primary factors impacting mobile service quality [16]. efficiency, system availability, fulfillment, and privacy/security were utilized by khan et al. [17] as individual independent variables to assess e-service quality. parasuraman et al. [18] found that efficiency, fulfillment, system availability, privacy, responsiveness, compensation, and contact are the main dimensions that influence e-service quality. all these variables have underscored crucial facets of e-service quality. as the research is centered on mobile service quality within the food and beverage industry, the present paper has identified application design, ease of use, ease of understanding, ease of ordering, privacy, and contact as the primary dimensions of mobile service quality. application design encompasses a broad range of visual elements that contribute to the overall user experience. this includes not just the superficial aspects like graphics and aesthetics but also the strategic arrangement of elements and clear product information within the application [15]. application design involves all elements of the user experience, from information quality, website aesthetics, convenience, and system availability [19]. effective application design is pivotal for enhancing user experience and engagement. according to rita et al. [19], a well-designed app should prioritize usability, reflect a strong brand image, and attract users through appealing aesthetics. h1: application design is positively correlated with overall mobile service quality. ease of use in applications measures how convenient it is for users to interact with and navigate through an application [20]. this concept encompasses three key dimensions: ease of learning, ease of use, and ease of navigation. it is critical to influencing both customer satisfaction and the likelihood of using the application. prior to engaging with an application, users regard ease of use as a significant criterion, valuing its capacity to offer convenience and elevate the overall user experience [21]. h2: ease of use is positively correlated with overall mobile service quality. ease of understanding refers to the importance of creating an application structure that is comprehensible to users, considering its functionality, interface, and content. this notion emphasizes the need to use clear and understandable language, provide straightforward explanations, and offer lucid product information. it is about designing an application in such a way that users can easily navigate and utilize it without confusion, thus enhancing their overall experience and satisfaction with the application [15]. h3: ease of understanding is positively correlated with overall mobile service quality. ease of ordering refers to the simplicity and efficiency with which customers can place orders. this concept is vital, especially for developing countries, to create a positive customer experience based on a straightforward, quick, and simple ordering process [15]. based on a study conducted by tandon et al. [15], ease of ordering is included as one of the factors affecting website service quality. given the study’s focus on mobile service quality, ease of ordering will also be added as one of the factors in the context of overall mobile service quality. additionally, it further explains that ease of ordering consists of four primary features, which are to place, track, modify, and cancel orders. h4: ease of ordering is positively correlated with overall mobile service quality. privacy, defined as the extent to which a website ensures safety and safeguards customer information [22], is especially crucial for food and beverage mobile applications. given the vast number of devices, services, and individuals sharing information on the internet of things (iot), privacy becomes an essential security principle. this includes not only ensuring that data remains secured and under the exclusive control of the designated user, preventing unauthorized access or other forms of data breach [23], but also implementing specific measures such as secure payment gateways and clear privacy policies to build trust and confidence. for businesses in the food and beverage industry, these measures can be effectively implemented by integrating robust privacy and security protocols into their mobile applications, thereby enhancing user satisfaction and encouraging repeat use [24]. h5: privacy is positively correlated with overall mobile service quality. contact points refer to the availability of the company to provide customers with assistance through various media, such as contact information, telephone, or customer representatives, in troubleshooting specific issues encountered with the e-service. further, the study by ataburo et al. [25] shows that providing contact assistance will positively influence the level of satisfaction. the study by broadbent & lodge [26] demonstrated that live chat, as a form of contact, results in high user satisfaction due to the prompt and quick responses provided, creating a sense of connection between users and the representatives. h6: contact is positively correlated with overall mobile service quality. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 706 based on previous research [19], which shows a high correlation between e-service quality and customer satisfaction and confirms the effect of mobile service quality on satisfaction and purchase intentions, this study formulated the hypothesis to test the effect of mobile service quality on customer e-satisfaction. h7: overall mobile service quality positively influences customer e-satisfaction. 2.3. customer e-satisfaction to grasp the concept of e-satisfaction, it is essential first to comprehend the broader notion of satisfaction. satisfaction, or its opposite, dissatisfaction, arises from a comparison between what customers expect and the actual quality of service they perceive [27]. e-satisfaction refers to a customer’s level of satisfaction with online interactions and transactions with food and beverage applications in the context of digital customer experiences. within the food and beverage industry, customer satisfaction is of utmost importance. studies suggest that increased levels of customer satisfaction correlate with increased profitability. this is because satisfied customers are more inclined to develop loyalty and express a stronger inclination to make repeat purchases [28]. conversely, customers who experience lower e-satisfaction are more inclined to explore alternatives and can find it more challenging to win back [29]. this is particularly significant in the era of social media and online reviews, where customer opinions can impact a brand’s reputation and attract new customers. this phenomenon is especially pertinent within the realm of loyalty applications for food and beverages. hence, the hypothesis suggests: h8: customer e-satisfaction positively influences repurchase intention. 2.4. repurchase intention to understand the concept of repurchase intention, it is crucial to understand its definition and significance in the realm of consumer behavior. repurchase intention reflects a consumer’s tendency to consistently purchase a product or service [30]. this tendency is fueled by how well the product’s performance aligns with their expectations and the advantages they gain from using it. similarly, another study describes it as customer readiness for subsequent purchases, influenced by their prior experiences [31]. the importance of repurchase intention in the business landscape cannot be overstated. previous research underscores its pivotal role in business success [32]. repeat customers, who are often more familiar with the online purchasing process, tend to reduce the time needed for evaluation and decision-making. this efficiency translates into reduced maintenance costs for companies, making these customers more profitable. the effect of repurchase intention on business operations is intrinsically linked to customer e-satisfaction. with a product or service that pleases the customer, they are inclined to revisit the same provider for future purchases. this connection is substantiated by multiple studies, which have identified a positive correlation between customer satisfaction and their intent to repurchase [33]. the flowchart of the research methodology that was used to achieve the study's aims is shown in figure 1. application design ease of use ease of understanding overall mobile service quality customer e-satisfaction ease of ordering repurchase intention privacy contact h1(+) h2(+) h3(+) h4(+) h5(+) h6(+) h7(+) h8(+) figure 1. research methodology and framework hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 707 3. research methodology 3.1. population and samples the study focused on indonesians who use mobile food and beverage applications. due to the study’s limited scope and data availability in this specific sector, defining a clear population and sample for research is challenging. as a result, a non-probability sampling approach, namely purposive sampling, was chosen. purposive sampling involves deliberately selecting participants based on characteristics relevant to the study [34]. this method allows researchers to focus on individuals who meet specific criteria, making it particularly suitable when initial research phases require participant selection based on predetermined screening criteria. although purposive sampling can introduce selection bias, which may affect the generalizability of the findings, it was deemed the most effective approach in this context. the targeted nature of purposive sampling ensures that the participants are highly relevant to the research objectives, providing meaningful insights from a group that is directly engaged with mobile food and beverage applications in indonesia. this approach was essential for gathering data from a specific user group, where random sampling might not yield participants with the necessary experience or familiarity with the applications being studied. thus, despite its limitations, purposive sampling was the most practical and insightful method for this study’s goals. to conduct purposive sampling, the lemeshow method was chosen for the analysis. this decision was primarily driven by the lack of available population data. this method provides a robust alternative, allowing us to proceed effectively even without specific population figures. a survey was utilized and distributed across various social media platforms (whatsapp, instagram, and line). the characteristics set for the purposive sampling were individuals who use food and beverage mobile applications. 𝑛 = 𝑧2. 𝑝(1 − 𝑝) 𝑑2 (1) where: n = sample size; z = confidence level (1,96 / 95%); p = estimated prevalence (0,5); d = margin of error (5%). the minimum sample size required for this study was calculated using the formula above, where z is the z-value corresponding to a 95% confidence level (1.96), p is the estimated prevalence (0.5), and d is the margin of error (5%). this margin of error was chosen to ensure more accurate results by reducing potential errors. based on this calculation, the minimum sample size needed is 384. researchers distributed questionnaires and successfully gathered 445 responses, exceeding the minimum sample size requirement. 3.2. data collection methodology this study utilized a questionnaire with a likert scale (1 = “strongly disagree,” 5 = “strongly agree”) in assessing participants’ responses and measuring their attitudes or opinions on the specified variables. the specified variables were divided into several different sections. the first section of the questionnaire includes confirmation of whether the respondent has used any mobile food and beverage applications. the second section of the questionnaire consists of the respondent’s profile, such as gender, age, education, and others. the third-to-tenth section of the questionnaire covered questions related to mobile service quality, including ease of use, efficiency, application design, and others. the eleventh segment of the questionnaire covered questions related to customer satisfaction. the last segment covered questions related to repurchase intention. the questionnaire was developed through a comprehensive literature review on mobile service quality and customer satisfaction, ensuring all relevant user experience aspects were addressed. the questions were divided into sections to understand the demographic, application usage, and various aspects of mobile service quality. 3.3. data analysis methodology this study will use smartpls as the data processing tool to further test the hypothesis of this study. sem-pls is one of the most used techniques, with smartpls as the graphical user interface for analyzing multivariate data among scholars in multiple fields [35]. sem (structural equation modeling) enables the evaluation of the reliability and validity of multi-item construct measures, along with testing the relationships within the structural model [36]. while partial least squares (pls) is an alternative approach within sem that proves beneficial in scenarios where researchers encounter certain challenges. specifically, it addresses situations where the theoretical basis for relationships between hypothesized variables might be weak despite having a sufficiently large sample size, which makes pls useful when dealing with complex relationships among variables despite having a small data sample size [37]. sem-pls offers distinct advantages, with its user-friendly visual interface being a key factor in its widespread adoption. this interface empowers researchers to scrutinize complex models, exploring the associations between observed and latent variables simultaneously. additionally, it facilitates the implementation of numerous robustness assessments, acknowledging the inherent measurement errors present when assessing abstract concepts [35]. pls-sem hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 708 is a suitable option for this research as it enables the estimating of complex models involving numerous constructs, indicator variables, and structural paths, all without the need for specific distributional assumptions on the dataset [37]. in table 1, all the variables and indicators are shown in this study, including variables related to mobile service quality, comprising indicators such as application design, ease of use, ease of understanding, ease of ordering, privacy, and contact. additionally, it explores customer satisfaction and repurchase intention as subsequent variables in the research. table 1. variables and indicators variable indicator references application design [ad] [ad1] system availability the application launches and runs right away. ataburo et al. [25] [ad2] information quality the information at this application is well organized. [ad3] application aesthetic application is visually appealing and entertaining. ease of use [eouse] [eouse1] easy to learn it was easy to learn using mobile food and beverage applications. tandon et al. [15] [eouse2] easy to use mobile food and beverage applications are easy to use. [eouse3] easy to navigate navigation within the application is easy for me. ease of understanding [eound] [eound1] language used the language used by food and beverage applications is easy to understand. tandon et al. [15] [eound2] display page information the display pages in the application provide clear and comprehensible information. [eound3] transaction process the process of transaction in mobile food and beverage applications is understandable. ease of ordering [eoo] [eoo1] track order the application simplifies the process of monitoring online orders. tandon et al. [15] [eoo2] modify order the application provides clear and concise guidelines to modify orders made online. [eoo3] cancel order the application provides clear and concise guidelines to cancel orders made online. privacy [pr] [pr1] security i trust the application’s ability to safeguard my personal information. rita et al. [19] [pr2] privacy i trust that the administrators of the application will handle my personal information responsibly and will not misuse it. contact [con] [con1] contact information the application offers a phone number for contacting the company. ataburo et al. [25] [con2] support accessibility the it staff and administrators are available at any time to help when needed. [con3] live assistance the application provides the option to speak with a live representative in case of any issues. overall mobile service quality [msq] [msq1] purchase experience the overall experience of shopping with this application is remarkable. rita et al. [19] [msq2] service the overall service quality offered by this application is remarkable. [msq3] feeling i am highly satisfied with the overall performance of this application. customer e-satisfaction [cs] [cs1] revisit i am always happy to visit the application. ataburo et al. [25] [cs2] application quality i am satisfied with the quality of the application’s online services. [cs3] expectation the application’s e-services meet my expectations. repurchase intention [ri] [ri1] intensify mobile purchases i intend to make more purchases through mobile food and beverage applications in the future. rita et al. [19] [ri2] boost mobile spending i intend to increase my purchases through mobile food and beverage applications in the future. [ri3] increase application transactions i plan to increase transaction quantities through mobile food and beverage applications in the near future. 4. results 4.1. demographics of respondents the study focused on individuals using mobile food and beverage applications, spanning from generation z to baby boomers. to determine the sample size, the lemeshow method was employed with a 95% confidence level, resulting in the need for 385 samples. researchers successfully gathered responses from 463 participants, of whom 401 (86.6%) reported using food and beverage mobile applications, while 62 (13.4%) indicated that they do not use these applications. therefore, the research will proceed with the data from the 401 respondents who are users of food and beverage mobile applications. the demographics of the respondents are shown in table 2. the demographic characteristics of the respondents are likely to significantly influence the results of this study. table 2 indicates an overrepresentation of certain demographic groups, particularly students and high school graduates, which may skew the findings and limit their generalizability. the high proportion of women and individuals aged 15– 25 suggests a potential bias toward the preferences of younger people. younger individuals, being more accustomed to using technology, tend to have different expectations and satisfaction levels compared to older adults. additionally, the fact that most respondents are students means that the conclusions of this research may be heavily shaped by the lifestyle and consumption habits typical of this group. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 709 table 2. demographics of respondents variable n % gender male 139 34.7% female 262 65.3% age 15 25 287 71.6% 26 40 71 17.7% 41 60 43 10.7% occupations student 217 54.1% employee 69 17.2% others 115 28.7% education level high school diploma 182 45.4% associate's degreee 32 8.0% bachelor's degreee 176 43.9% master's degree 11 2.7% 4.2. measurement model: validity and reliability the measurement model passes the validity test, as indicated by average variance extracted (ave) for each construct. the ave scores, ranging from 0.666 to 0.913, all exceed the acceptable threshold of 0.5. this value ensures that the constructs explain more than 50% of the variance in their indicator, indicating that a substantial portion of the variance in the observed variables is attributable to the underlying latent constructs they are intended to measure, thereby substantiating the model’s validity. meanwhile, the reliability of the model is demonstrated by the composite reliability (cr) and cronbach’s alpha scores. composite reliability values range from 0.713 to 0.911, confirming that the items consistently represent the underlying constructs, while cronbach’s alpha values between 0.741 and 0.908 indicate sufficient correlation among items within each construct (see table 3). all constructs exceed the recommended minimum threshold of 0.7. these results affirm that the measurement model demonstrates a strong level of internal consistency, with items within each construct reliably measuring the same underlying concept, thereby substantiating the model’s reliability. table 3. validity & reliability construct smartpls variable cronbach’s alpha composite reliability (rho_a) composite reliability (rho_c) average variance extracted (ave) application design [ad] 0.722 0.730 0.843 0.642 ease of use [eouse] 0.851 0.852 0.910 0.770 ease of understanding [eound] 0.803 0.804 0.884 0.717 ease of ordering [eoo] 0.841 0.844 0.904 0.759 privacy [pr] 0.908 0.911 0.956 0.915 contact [con] 0.851 0.852 0.910 0.771 overall mobile service quality [msq] 0.712 0.713 0.839 0.635 customer e-satisfaction [cs] 0.853 0.854 0.911 0.774 repurchase intention [ri] 0.900 0.903 0.938 0.834 furthermore, the measurement model’s indicator reliability was assessed through an examination of the outer loadings. this test is crucial to ensuring that each individual indicator’s association with its respective construct is strong. the results revealed that all outer loading values were well above the 0.7 benchmark, further solidifying the constructs’ validity within the model. these high loadings indicate that each item is a good measure of its construct, providing further confidence in the use of these indicators to represent their respective latent variables accurately. the outer loading test evaluates the degree of correlation between the observed variables (indicators) and the latent constructs they are meant to measure. typically, a higher outer loading suggests a more robust relationship between the indicator and the latent construct (figure 2). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 710 figure 2. outer loading test 4.3. normality testing in the context of quantitative research, skewness and kurtosis statistics are essential for evaluating the normality of data distribution, which is a critical assumption for many parametric statistical tests. statistically, skewness and kurtosis values should range within ±2.5 values as the assumption of normality [38]. skewness: with a value of -0.77605, the result for skewness is well within the +/2.5 range. this indicates that the data is moderately skewed to the left but not excessively so. this level of skewness does not violate the assumption of normality and is not likely to significantly affect most parametric statistical tests. kurtosis: with a value of 0.28742, the result for kurtosis is also within the +/2.5 range. the result suggests that the data has lighter tails than a normal distribution (platykurtic), but the deviation is minor and within a range that is not a concern for the assumption of normality. given these results and the standard threshold of +/2.5, the data would be considered to meet the normality assumption for the purposes of many statistical analysis in this research. based on this result, it can be concluded that the estimated parameters, such as means and variances, are unbiased and the confidence intervals are precise, leading to more reliable p-values for hypothesis testing. 4.4. hypothesis testing the researchers assessed the statistical significance of all structural parameters to confirm the hypothesized relationships. in this study, the objective is to evaluate the relationships between aspects of mobile service quality and customer e-satisfaction, as well as repurchase intention in the context of food and beverage mobile applications. two methods for hypothesis testing are the p-value approach and the critical value approach. the p-value approach compares the obtained p-value to a predetermined significance level, indicating the significance of the result. meanwhile, the critical value approach involves comparing the t-statistic value to a predefined threshold (critical value) [39]. in this study, considering the researchers utilized a confidence level of 95%, it implies that the significance level used is 0.05 (i.e., α = 0.05). if the p-value is equal to or greater than α, the null hypothesis (h0) is not rejected. conversely, when the p-value is less than α (<0.05), the null hypothesis is rejected in favor of the alternative hypothesis (hi, for i = 1-8) [36]. to determine the critical values of t, the researcher needs to establish several factors: • significance level (α) = 0.05. • degree of freedom (df), which is calculated as n 1, where n is the sample size. if the sample size of 400, the df will be 400 1 = 399. • the tail of the test = one-tail test, as the hypothesis involves a specific positive direction (upper tail). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 711 based on the information, the critical value of +1.645 will be obtained from the t-statistic table. therefore, the decision rule is to reject h0 or support the alternative hypothesis if t-stat > +1.645; otherwise, do not reject h0. by utilizing both the critical value and p-value approaches, researchers can derive conclusions based on the outcomes of hypothesis testing using sem-pls. in table 4, the analysis reveals that the hypotheses concerning application design (t-stat = 2.316; p = 0.021), ease of use (t-stat = 2.030; p = 0.042), privacy (t-stat = 2.086; p = 0.037), and contact (tstat = 4.754; p = 0.00) exhibit statistical significance towards overall mobile service quality, with the t-stat showing > 1.645 and the p-value as < 0.05. however, ease of understanding (t-stat = 0.674; p = 0.501) and ease of ordering (tstat = 0.302; p = 0.763) lack statistical significance. hence, hypotheses h1, h2, h5, and h6 are validated, indicating that application design, ease of use, privacy, and contact respectively have statistically significant relationships with overall mobile service quality. nonetheless, hypotheses h3 and h4 are not supported, as the analysis does not reject the null hypothesis for ease of understanding and ease of ordering, signifying no statistically significant associations with overall mobile service quality. the insignificance of both ease of ordering and ease of understanding could be due to the high level of tech-savvy among the respondents, predominantly from younger demographics. additionally, the widespread use of popular third-party online food ordering apps like gofood, grabfood, and shopeefood in indonesia may lead to a reduced need for ordering through the application. consequently, users might prioritize other factors, such as application design, ease of use, privacy, and customer support, which have a more significant impact on their overall experience and satisfaction. table 4. results of hypothesis testing hypothesis no. hypothesis statement t-stat value p value conclusion h1 application design is positively correlated with the overall quality of mobile services. 2.316 0.021 supported h2 ease of use is positively correlated with the overall quality of mobile services. 2.030 0.042 supported h3 ease of understanding is positively correlated with the overall quality of mobile services. 0.674 0.501 not supported h4 ease of ordering is positively correlated with the overall quality of mobile services. 0.302 0.763 not supported h5 privacy is positively correlated with the overall quality of mobile services. 2.086 0.037 supported h6 contact is positively correlated with the overall quality of mobile services. 4.754 0.000 supported h7 overall mobile service quality positively influences customer e-satisfaction. 15.014 0.000 supported h8 customer e-satisfaction positively influences repurchase intention. 17.198 0.000 supported the hypothesis that overall mobile service quality positively influences customer e-satisfaction (t-stat = 15.014; p = 0.000) and that customer e-satisfaction positively influences repurchase intention (t-stat = 17.198; p = 0.000) are both statistically significant. therefore, hypothesis h7 is supported in explaining customer e-satisfaction, and hypothesis h8 is supported in explaining repurchase intention. as a result, through the hypothesis testing conducted, researchers can conclude that there is a strong relationship where mobile service quality affects customer e-satisfaction, which in turn influences customers’ intention to repurchase. to enhance mobile service quality, four key factors should be prioritized: application design, ease of use, privacy, and contact. 5. conclusion this study investigates how mobile service quality in food and beverage mobile applications influences customer repurchase intention in indonesia. its principal objective is to discern the significant variables affecting mobile service quality and their subsequent impacts on customer e-satisfaction and repurchase intention. by examining adoption dynamics, effectiveness evaluations, and the comprehension of their impact on repurchase intentions, this study adds to a deeper comprehension of these applications. our findings reveal that application design, ease of use, privacy, and contact emerge as the primary key dimensions that significantly impact mobile service quality within food and beverage mobile applications. these four dimensions exhibit a positive correlation with overall mobile service quality. moreover, given the hypothesis testing results mentioned earlier, it may be summarized that overall mobile service quality positively affects customer e-satisfaction, thereby resulting in a favorable impact on repurchase intention. the research highlights the significance of four main variables in determining the quality of mobile services within the food and beverage application sector. the design of a mobile application is crucial for enhancing the user experience and functionality, with its visual appeal and layout being key factors. for our demographic, predominantly gen-z users, specific design elements are particularly impactful. gen-z users tend to favor a minimalist aesthetic, which includes simpler icons and a strategic use of color. moreover, the thoughtful placement of components contributes significantly to usability and visual appeal. second, the application’s navigation and user-friendliness are vital. ensuring users can easily navigate and use the applications is crucial for fostering customer satisfaction. a seamless user experience not only enhances satisfaction but also boosts engagement and loyalty towards the product or service. third, the importance of strong privacy measures is emphasized, as they build trust and confidence among users, influencing their satisfaction and likelihood of repurchasing. especially in indonesia, where data leakage happens quite often, ensuring user privacy hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 712 is essential. finally, providing easily accessible customer support is crucial, as it enables users to receive timely assistance, which enhances their overall experience with the application. according to our survey, live chat is particularly valued due to its prompt responses. this preference is supported by felix & rembulan [40], who found that the responsiveness of customer support significantly influences customer experience and satisfaction. when comparing these results with previous studies, they align with the broader body of research indicating that service quality directly influences customer satisfaction and repurchase intentions across various sectors. for instance, a study by wu et al. [41] on food delivery services emphasized the importance of reliability, assurance, and security as critical dimensions of service quality that influence customer satisfaction and reuse intention. this study highlights that timely delivery, maintaining food quality, and ensuring data security are vital in building customer trust and driving repeat purchases. additionally, research published by wang et al. [42] explored mobile service quality in non-gaming apps and found that user satisfaction with service quality is a key predictor of continued use and repurchase intention. this finding reinforces the idea that enhancing mobile application design, ease of use, and privacy measures is essential for maintaining customer loyalty. these comparisons strengthen the current study’s conclusions, confirming the importance of the identified key dimensions within the specific context of food and beverage mobile applications in indonesia. however, the findings suggest that while ease of understanding and ease of ordering are important, they may not be as critical in determining overall service quality in this context. future research should explore these dimensions further, particularly by examining other sectors or expanding the study across different cultural contexts, to validate and refine these findings. 5.1. theoretical implication this study provides significant insights for researchers and academics, especially concerning developing countries like indonesia, where mobile app usage has recently experienced substantial growth [43]. however, applying these findings to other regions or countries requires a nuanced understanding of the unique factors specific to the indonesian market. one important consideration is the rapid increase in internet adoption in indonesia, which has significantly expanded the mobile app user base. this surge has highlighted privacy concerns, as indonesian users are increasingly aware of data security issues. the emphasis on privacy as a crucial factor influencing customer e-satisfaction in our study may reflect this heightened awareness, which may not be as prominent in more established digital markets. furthermore, while our model provides a useful framework for evaluating mobile service quality in food and beverage apps, the importance of factors such as privacy and ease of ordering may differ in other regions due to varying cultural, economic, or technological contexts. therefore, although the model can be adapted for other developing countries, it is important for researchers to consider local market conditions and user expectations to ensure its relevance. in conclusion, while our findings lay a foundation for understanding mobile service quality in similar markets, it is essential to account for unique aspects of the indonesian context, such as recent internet growth and increasing privacy concerns, when applying these insights to other regions. 5.2. practical implication from this study, several recommendations can be provided to the food and beverage industry in indonesia, particularly for businesses that either already have or are planning to develop food and beverage mobile applications. firstly, regarding application design, the industry should ensure that the design is both visually appealing and effective in facilitating user interaction. the design should also incorporate visually appealing elements, such as high-quality images of food, appealing color schemes, and strategically placed buttons, without compromising functionality. according to the pacmad usability model, these visual elements should enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of completing tasks, ultimately improving user engagement. in terms of navigation and usability, applications should prioritize a user-friendly interface that simplifies navigation. this includes clear and intuitive menu layouts, a minimalistic design to avoid overwhelming users, and easy access to essential features like ordering, payment, and tracking. as highlighted by an et al. [44], perceived ease of use significantly influences users’ intention to use food delivery applications. ensuring that users can effortlessly navigate the app can enhance their overall experience and satisfaction. furthermore, businesses must guarantee that even non-technical users can understand how to use the application from the moment they download and start using it. given the multitude of issues surrounding data privacy breaches, businesses should prioritize ensuring that every user’s data is securely protected with robust security measures. f&b businesses should also ensure robust customer support through various channels like email, whatsapp, call centers, or live chat to cater to diverse user needs. specifically, integrating features like chatbots, q&a sections, or aidriven assistance can accommodate customer inquiries and provide timely responses, further enhancing the user experience. feedback from respondents highlights the importance of investigating promotional strategies, such as increasing exposure when launching a promotion or campaign. this entails exploring the effectiveness of different marketing channels, messaging techniques, and promotional offers in reaching and engaging users. respondents expressed a desire for mobile food and beverage applications to provide more enticing and visually prominent promotions and campaigns within the application interface. by presenting promotions in a visually appealing and attention-grabbing manner, users can easily discover and engage with promotional offers, enhancing their overall experience with the application. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 713 additionally, enhancing order tracking functionalities within mobile applications emerges as a crucial area for future research. this involves investigating methods to simplify and streamline the order tracking process, ensuring that users can easily monitor the status and progress of their orders in real-time. by addressing these limitations and implementing suggested strategies, future research can aid in developing a more thorough comprehension of user behaviors and preferences, leading to more effective marketing strategies and user experiences. 5.3. limitations and future research in exploring user behaviors and preferences in mobile food and beverage applications, it is essential to acknowledge certain limitations and suggest potential areas for future research. while our study offered useful findings, there are notable limitations due to the use of purposive sampling, which may lead to selection bias and affect the generalizability of the findings as participants are not randomly selected and may not represent the broader population. specifically, demographic biases related to gender, age, occupation, and education level should be addressed, as the overrepresentation of certain groups, such as students and high school graduates, may skew results. different demographic groups may indicate different results, with younger users prioritizing convenience and novelty, while older users may value reliability and familiarity. this highlights the importance of considering diverse perspectives in future research by striving for more inclusive sampling strategies. sem-pls results showed moderately significant r-squared values for mobile service quality, customer esatisfaction, and repurchase intention, ranging from 0.3 to 0.7. while sufficient for practical purposes, future research should aim to improve these values to better explain the variability in dependent variables. the general findings on food and beverage mobile applications in indonesia may not be applicable to individual businesses. future studies should focus on specific companies like mcdonald’s, starbucks, or kopi kenangan for more actionable insights. expanding research to sectors such as retail, healthcare, and banking, as well as exploring emerging technologies like ai and conducting longitudinal and cross-cultural studies, will be crucial for enhancing mobile service quality and increasing customer satisfaction and loyalty. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, t.o.; methodology, t.o.; software, r.s.; validation, j.c., k.k., and r.s.; formal analysis, t.o.; investigation, t.o.; resources, r.s.; data curation, k.k.; writing—original draft preparation, j.c., k.k., and r.s.; writing—review and editing, t.o.; visualization, j.c., k.k., and r.s.; supervision, t.o.; project administration, t.o.; funding acquisition, t.o. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] angelova, n. (2019). mobile applications for business. trakia journal of sciences, 17(1), 853–859. doi:10.15547/tjs.2019.s.01.140. [2] statista. (2023). indonesia: smartphone users 2028. statista research department, statista, hamburg, germany. available online: https://www.statista.com/forecasts/266729/smartphone-users-in-indonesia (accessed on may 2024). [3] laricchia, f. (2023). smartphone users by country 2022 | statista. statista, hamburg, germany. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/748053/worldwide-top-countries-smartphone-users/ (accessed on may 2024). [4] bps-statistics indonesia. (2023). telecommunication statistics in indonesia 2022. bps-statistics indonesia, jakarta, indonesia. available online: https://www.bps.go.id/publication/2020/12/02/be999725b7aeee62d84c6660/statistik-telekomunikasiindonesia-2019.html (accessed on june 2024). https://www.google.com/search?num=10&client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=c3a47625bef97c86&sca_upv=1&sxsrf=adlywikxeydabvz0gw6o6b4m0mymy_zrjw:1727535649840&q=hamburg&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaongvulqz9u3mm4oqlreyu6rmjtuwpqoaii-l04waaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewiji_vl8-wiaxxo_rsihxsaec0qmxmoahoecdsqag https://www.statista.com/forecasts/266729/smartphone-users-in-indonesia https://www.google.com/search?num=10&client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=c3a47625bef97c86&sca_upv=1&sxsrf=adlywikxeydabvz0gw6o6b4m0mymy_zrjw:1727535649840&q=hamburg&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaongvulqz9u3mm4oqlreyu6rmjtuwpqoaii-l04waaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewiji_vl8-wiaxxo_rsihxsaec0qmxmoahoecdsqag https://www.statista.com/statistics/748053/worldwide-top-countries-smartphone-users/ https://www.bps.go.id/publication/2020/12/02/be999725b7aeee62d84c6660/statistik-telekomunikasi-indonesia-2019.html https://www.bps.go.id/publication/2020/12/02/be999725b7aeee62d84c6660/statistik-telekomunikasi-indonesia-2019.html hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 714 [5] brata, t. j. (2018). 75 percent of online shopping transactions start from fingertips jawa pos. 75 percent of online shopping transactions start from fingertips jawa pos, indonesia. available online: https://www.jawapos.com/ekonomi/0127189/75persen-transaksi-belanja-online-bermula-dari-ujung-jari (accessed on may 2024). [6] cnn indonesia (2020). e-commerce industry trends and opportunities in indonesia 2020. cnn indonesia, jakarta, indonesia. available online: https://www.cnnindonesia.com/teknologi/20200205204206-206-472064/tren-dan-peluang-industri-ecommerce-di-indonesia-2020 (accessed on july 2024). [7] trade (2024). indonesia ecommerce. international trade administration, u.s. department of commerce, united states. available online: available online: https://www.trade.gov/country-commercial-guides/indonesia-ecommerce (accessed on june 2024). [8] hidayah, a. (2023). aplikasi kuliner menjamur, startup ini punya 8.000 rekanan. cnbc indonesia. available online: https://www.cnbcindonesia.com/entrepreneur/20230206174746-25-411499/aplikasi-kuliner-menjamur-startup-ini-punya-8000rekanan (accessed on may 2024). [9] mirza, f., younus, s., waheed, n., & javaid, a. (2021). investigating the impact of product-related and service quality attributes on re-purchase intention. international journal of research in business and social science, 10(3), 24–35. doi:10.20525/ijrbs.v10i3.1107. [10] ginting, y. m., chandra, t., miran, i., & yusriadi, y. (2023). repurchase intention of e-commerce customers in indonesia: an overview of the effect of e-service quality, e-word of mouth, customer trust, and customer satisfaction mediation. international journal of data and network science, 7(1), 329–340. doi:10.5267/j.ijdns.2022.10.001. [11] sasono, i., jubaedi, a. d., novitasari, d., wiyono, n., riyanto, r., oktabrianto, o., jainuri, j., & waruwu, h. (2021). the impact of e-service quality and satisfaction on customer loyalty: empirical evidence from internet banking users in indonesia. journal of asian finance, economics and business, 8(4), 465–473. doi:10.13106/jafeb.2021.vol8.no4.0465. [12] seitz, v. a., & aldebasi, n. m. (2016). the effectiveness of branded mobile apps on user’s brand attitudes and purchase intentions. review of economic and business studies, 9(1), 141–154. doi:10.1515/rebs-2016-0029. [13] wirapraja, a., aribowo, h., & setyoadi, e. t. (2021). the influence of e-service quality, and customer satisfaction on gosend customer loyalty in surabaya. indonesian journal of information systems, 128–137, 128–137. doi:10.24002/ijis.v3i2.4191. [14] lin, p. m. c., au, w. c. w., & baum, t. (2024). service quality of online food delivery mobile application: an examination of the spillover effects of mobile app satisfaction. international journal of contemporary hospitality management, 36(3), 906–926. doi:10.1108/ijchm-09-2022-1103. [15] tandon, u., kiran, r., & sah, a. n. (2017). customer satisfaction as mediator between website service quality and repurchase intention: an emerging economy case. service science, 9(2), 106–120. doi:10.1287/serv.2016.0159. [16] patra, g., datta, s., omrane, a., & bose, p. (2023). perceived service quality of mobile providers through the lens of indian young adults. arts, research, innovation and society, 153–170. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-24101-7_9. [17] khan, m., zubair, d. s. s., & malik, m. (2019). an assessment of e-service quality, e-satisfaction and e-loyalty. south asian journal of business studies, 8(3), 282–302. [18] parasuraman, a., zeithaml, v. a., & malhotra, a. (2005). e-s-qual a multiple-item scale for assessing electronic service quality. journal of service research, 7(3), 213–233. doi:10.1177/1094670504271156. [19] rita, p., oliveira, t., & farisa, a. (2019). the impact of e-service quality and customer satisfaction on customer behavior in online shopping. heliyon, 5(10), 2690. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2019.e02690. [20] ilona, d., & zaitul. (2024). behavioural intention to use accounting application: perceived ease of use as mediating variable. journal of management info, 7(4), 211–218. doi:10.31580/jmi.v7i4.1610. [21] anugrah, f. t. (2020). effect of promotion and ease of use on customer satisfaction and loyalty on ovo application users. quantitative economics and management studies, 1(1), 44–50. doi:10.35877/454ri.qems77. [22] elsharnouby, t. h., & mahrous, a. a. (2015). customer participation in online co-creation experience: the role of e-service quality. journal of research in interactive marketing, 9(4), 313–336. doi:10.1108/jrim-06-2014-0038. [23] lin, j., yu, w., zhang, n., yang, x., zhang, h., & zhao, w. (2017). a survey on internet of things: architecture, enabling technologies, security and privacy, and applications. ieee internet of things journal, 4(5), 1125–1142. doi:10.1109/jiot.2017.2683200. [24] riaz, h., davidaviciene, v., ahmed, h., & meidute-kavaliauskiene, i. (2022). optimizing customer repurchase intention through cognitive and affective experience: an insight of food delivery applications. sustainability (switzerland), 14(19), 12936. doi:10.3390/su141912936. https://www.jawapos.com/ekonomi/0127189/75-persen-transaksi-belanja-online-bermula-dari-ujung-jari https://www.jawapos.com/ekonomi/0127189/75-persen-transaksi-belanja-online-bermula-dari-ujung-jari https://www.cnnindonesia.com/teknologi/20200205204206-206-472064/tren-dan-peluang-industri-e-commerce-di-indonesia-2020 https://www.cnnindonesia.com/teknologi/20200205204206-206-472064/tren-dan-peluang-industri-e-commerce-di-indonesia-2020 https://www.trade.gov/country-commercial-guides/indonesia-ecommerce https://www.cnbcindonesia.com/entrepreneur/20230206174746-25-411499/aplikasi-kuliner-menjamur-startup-ini-punya-8000-rekanan https://www.cnbcindonesia.com/entrepreneur/20230206174746-25-411499/aplikasi-kuliner-menjamur-startup-ini-punya-8000-rekanan hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 715 [25] ataburo, h., muntaka, a. s., & quansah, e. k. (2017). linkages among e-service quality, satisfaction, and usage of e-services within higher educational environments. international journal of business and social research, 7(3), 10–26. doi:10.18533/ijbsr.v7i3.1040. [26] broadbent, j., & lodge, j. (2021). use of live chat in higher education to support self-regulated help seeking behaviours: a comparison of online and blended learner perspectives. international journal of educational technology in higher education, 18(1), 1–20. doi:10.1186/s41239-021-00253-2. [27] wani, a. z., bhatnagar, a., & mir, m. a. (2023). the impact of e-service quality on e-loyalty and revisit intention through the mediating role of e-satisfaction and e-trust. african journal of hospitality, tourism and leisure, 12(2), 555–573. doi:10.46222/ajhtl.19770720.385. [28] bolanle odunlami, i., olawepo, g., & temitope emmanuel, a. (2013). effect of customer satisfaction on organizational profitability, using an organization in the food and beverage industry. international journal of management sciences, 1(5), 159–166. [29] matzler, k., strobl, a., thurner, n., & füller, j. (2015). switching experience, customer satisfaction, and switching costs in the ict industry. journal of service management, 26(1), 117–136. doi:10.1108/josm-04-2014-0101. [30] matzler, k., strobl, a., thurner, n. and füller, j. (2015), "switching experience, customer satisfaction, and switching costs in the ict industry", journal of service management, volume 26 no. 1, 117-136. doi:10.1108/josm-04-2014-0101. [31] filieri, r., & lin, z. (2017). the role of aesthetic, cultural, utilitarian and branding factors in young chinese consumers’ repurchase intention of smartphone brands. computers in human behavior, 67, 139–150. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2016.09.057. [32] chiu, w., & cho, h. (2019). e-commerce brand: the effect of perceived brand leadership on consumers’ satisfaction and repurchase intention on e-commerce websites. asia pacific journal of marketing and logistics, 33(6), 1339–1362. doi:10.1108/apjml-10-2018-0403. [33] ali, t. (2016). factors deriving consumers’ repurchase intention in online shopping: a pakistani consumer’s perspective. international journal of management sciences and business research, 5(12), 261–270. [34] campbell, s., greenwood, m., prior, s., shearer, t., walkem, k., young, s., bywaters, d., & walker, k. (2020). purposive sampling: complex or simple? research case examples. journal of research in nursing, 25(8), 652–661. doi:10.1177/1744987120927206. [35] memon, m. a., ramayah, t., cheah, j. h., ting, h., chuah, f., & cham, t. h. (2021). pls-sem statistical programs: a review. journal of applied structural equation modeling, 5(1), 1-14. doi:10.47263/jasem.5(1)06. [36] jr., j. f. h., matthews, l. m., matthews, r. l., & sarstedt, m. (2017). pls-sem or cb-sem: updated guidelines on which method to use. international journal of multivariate data analysis, 1(2), 107. doi:10.1504/ijmda.2017.087624. [37] purwanto, a., & sudargini, y. (2021). partial least squares structural squation modeling (pls-sem) analysis for social and management research : a literature review. journal of industrial engineering & management research, 2(4), 114–123. doi:10.7777/jiemar.v2i4.168. [38] purwanto, a., & sudargini, y. (2021). partial least squares structural squation modeling (pls-sem) analysis for social and management research: a literature review. journal of industrial engineering & management research, 2(4), 114-123. [39] levine, d. m., szabat, k. a., & stephan, d. f. (2015). business statistics: a first course (global). pearson, london, united kingdom. [40] felix, a., & rembulan, g. d. (2023). analysis of key factors for improved customer experience, engagement, and loyalty in the e-commerce industry in indonesia. aptisi transactions on technopreneurship, 5(2sp), 196–208. doi:10.34306/att.v5i2sp.350. [41] wu, m., gao, j., hayat, n., long, s., yang, q., & mamun, a. a. (2024). modelling the significance of food delivery service quality on customer satisfaction and reuse intention. plos one, 19(2 february). doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0293914. [42] wang, w. t., & chen, w. y. (2016). assessing the effects of mobile service quality on customer satisfaction and the continued usage intention of mobile service: a study of non-gaming mobile apps. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 9741, 459–467. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-400938_46. [43] alamanda, d. t., wibowo, l. a., munawar, s., & nisa, a. k. (2021). the interest of technology adoption in e-commerce mobile apps using modified unified theory of acceptance and use of technology 2 in indonesia. international journal of applied business and international management, 6(3), 35–45. doi:10.32535/ijabim.v6i3.1327. [44] an, s., eck, t., & yim, h. (2023). understanding consumers’ acceptance intention to use mobile food delivery applications through an extended technology acceptance model. sustainability (switzerland), 15(1), 832. doi:10.3390/su15010832. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 508 issn: 2723-9535 5g opportunities in the south pacific: leveraging low-band spectrum for socio-economic development satyanand singh 1 , pragya singh 2* , joanna rosak-szyrocka 3 , laszlo vasa 4* 1 department of electronics, ins. & control engineering, college of engineering and tvet, fiji national university, fiji island. 2 school of public health and primary care, college of medicine, nursing and health sciences, fiji national university, fiji islands. 3 department of production engineering and safety, faculty of management, czestochowa university of technology, poland. 4 faculty of economics, széchenyi istvan university, győr, hungary. received 05 february 2024; revised 09 may 2024; accepted 17 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract this paper explores the potential for deployment of 5g communication in the south pacific, with a particular focus on leveraging the low-band spectrum for socio-economic development. the purpose of this study is to assess the feasibility of deploying 5g infrastructure in the south pacific region, analyze the socio-economic benefits it may bring, and propose strategies to maximize these benefits. the research methodology includes a comprehensive review of existing literature on 5g deployment strategies, the socio-economic impacts of telecommunications infrastructure, and case studies of similar initiatives in other regions. the findings show that the deployment of 5g technology using low-band spectrum has the potential to significantly improve connectivity, healthcare, education, and economic opportunities in the south pacific. additionally, the paper proposes innovative approaches to address challenges such as infrastructure development in remote areas and affordability for marginalized communities. this study contributes to existing literature by providing tailored recommendations for leveraging 5g technology to address socio-economic inequalities in the south pacific, thereby contributing to the development of telecommunications infrastructure in the region. provides a new perspective on the possibilities of structure. keywords: sustainability; healthcare; education; financial inclusion; wellbeing; employment; environment; climate change. 1. introduction based on their economics, nations are categorized into three groups by the united nations world economic situation and prospect (wesp): established economies, economies in transition, and developing economies [1]. africa, asia, and south america are developing countries, whereas most of europe, north america, and australia are either developed or in transition. the countries in the global south have a lower human development index of less than 0.8, while the countries in the global north have greater living standards and more developed technologies. they have inadequate infrastructure and restricted access to necessities of life, and their gross national income per capita is usd 4100 or less. minimizing the disparity between the global north and south is one of the main objectives of the sustainable development goals (sdg) [2]. * corresponding author: pragya.singh@fnu.ac.fj; laszlo.vasa@hiia.hu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-020 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article mailto:pragya.singh@fnu.ac.fj https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7707-031x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6903-7800 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5548-6787 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3805-0244 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 509 according to recent data, technology can be extremely important for accomplishing the sustainable development goals (sdgs). when used properly, it can aid in bridging the divide between the global north and south. to combat world hunger, for instance, food productivity can be increased by the use of smart agricultural techniques [3]. furthermore, remote patient monitoring is possible with the use of wireless body sensors and the internet of things (iot) [4, 5]. technology-based solutions such as sensor networks, cloud collaboration, and online and remote learning can all help to improve infrastructure, economic growth [6], education, and water quality [7]. all of these solutions depend on a strong communication network that can link billions of consumers to the internet and connect millions of access networks globally. as a result, two essential components of sustainable growth are the internet and next-generation mobile networks. it is now essential to reorganize the current generation of cellular mobile communication and transition to the fifth generation (5g) of cellular technology due to the increasing use of mobile devices and the ensuing spike in multimedia data traffic. three features set the 5g of cellular technology apart: ultra-low latency, ultra-high-speed data transfer, and ubiquitous connectivity [8]. with the introduction of 5g mobile networks, users are promised limitless bandwidth, reduced latency, and virtualization possibilities. with the help of this technology, network operators will be able to accommodate the anticipated demand for capacity from a wide range of new, real-time, bandwidth-hungry applications. furthermore, 5g technology will allow many industry sectors to align with various sustainable development goals (sdgs) in an emerging information and communication technology (ict) sector that aims to achieve significant increases in bandwidth, reduce latency, and drastically reduce emissions to mitigate the impact of climate change. according to society's needs and desires, academics once imagined a digital communication network that might digitally link private affairs to continents. with the introduction of 5g technology, wireless connectivity to everything and everywhere is finally becoming a reality. advanced features, including cell-less designs, massive three-dimensional processing, tangible response times, massive data processing, virtualization, and more, are also provided by 5g technology [8]. it is thought that the enormous bandwidth and low latency of the 5g network will offer an integrated platform for real-time connections between various devices. in the context of industry 4.0, the idea of "smart manufacturing" or “factory of the future (fof)” has important ramifications for supply chain management (scm). 5g, which links a huge number of smart devices with any other anywhere and at any time, solidifies the route to fof [9]. in today's wireless communication era, devices such as smartphones, hotspots, and wi-fi zones play a crucial role in the rapid growth of data usage. the internet of things (iot) is a new technology that aims to improve people's lives by providing a wide range of applications and services. this iot ecosystem is connected through 5g wireless networks. network slicing is an important technology that enables the realization of iot in 5g, making it a significant enabler for this technology [10]. it is anticipated that the introduction of 5g and other technologies will not only facilitate hyperdigitalization but also create new avenues for industrial and economic growth [11]. one of the biggest issues in the world is poverty, which results from a lack of resources needed to meet people's fundamental necessities for survival [12]. according to the united nations, poverty has evolved into a human rights concern and is now more than just a problem of resources or income [13]. one of the main objectives of significant international organizations, including the un, which has established 17 sustainable development goals (sdgs), is to eradicate global poverty [14]. there is a lot of potential for people and businesses all over the world to eliminate poverty and improve access to resources, thanks to the arrival of 5g technology. data transmission with 5g technology is groundbreaking and gives users faster and more reliable service. it has already had a big influence in many nations, giving people and businesses access to things like financial services, health services, and educational opportunities that they couldn't before. by enabling access to vital information and resources, 5g technology is assisting in the reduction of poverty in many regions of the world. for instance, 5g technology has made it possible for individuals to access education, health services, and financial services, which are crucial for assisting them in improving their quality of life, in rural areas of india where access to the internet and other technologies is limited. the first of the 17 objectives on the list, designated as sdg1, is the target “end poverty”. as a result, throughout time, the objectives set by international organizations to eradicate poverty have been gradually met. according to the world bank in 2018, poverty levels have been steadily declining, though at a slower rate than before the epidemic, when it was estimated that the number of people living in poverty had decreased by as much as 10% [15]. poverty levels have been steadily decreasing in the region over the past few years [16]. however, the covid-19 pandemic's arrival sparked a global economic crisis, which has done great irreparable harm to the entire population [17]. it has even halted and damaged the progress made by the sdgs, with sdg1 being one of the most affected because the world economy experienced the worst recession in the last 90 years, with people in the most vulnerable sectors being the worst affected. over the past 20 years, poverty levels have risen disproportionately, according to the world bank [18]. according to research, developing countries in areas such as the pacific island countries, the caribbean, and latin america, which have a poverty rate of 13.6% of the region's total population, are among the most affected countries in the world by the pandemic [19]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 510 the food and agriculture organization of the united nations (fao) and the economic commission for latin america and the caribbean (eclac) have been searching for solutions that can mitigate this damage and prevent a food crisis, as the united nations has predicted that millions of people in latin america and the caribbean will fall into extreme poverty in 2020 due to the pandemic [20]. to combat and repair the damage caused by the pandemic, the united nations development program (undp) has opted to deploy intelligent robots in kenya [21]. however, the existing digital divide had a greater impact during the pandemic, resulting in high unemployment, lost employment opportunities, and limited access to public services such as education due to a lack of technological resources and the internet, which increased poverty rates [22]. undp started implementing technology-driven programs as a result [23], supporting online learning, developing virtual learning environments, establishing work-from-home positions, etc. the attainment of the 17 sdgs has been made possible by the adoption of mobile technologies, which has brought about a range of economic, social, and environmental benefits [24]. because of this, putting new solutions into action will help us get closer to realizing the sdgs [25]. smart connectivity [26], which is seen as the most effective technology to assist in accomplishing the sdgs [27], is the culmination of several technical enablers (ai, 5g, iot, and blockchain). due to their ability to aid in humanitarian efforts, foster sustainable economic growth, and promote corporate expansion and employment creation, mobile technologies significantly contribute to sdg1 [28]. the 5g network, which is one of these technologies and is crucial to global sustainability, is among them [29]. the fifth generation of wireless mobile networks, often known as 5g technology, represents a considerable improvement over the preceding generations (2g, 3g, and 4g). it is distinguished by providing significantly faster connection rates, greater capacity, lower latency, and the capacity to connect numerous devices at once [30]. eleven sdgs will be able to generate social benefits thanks to 5g technology [31]. the article claims that the 5g network will significantly aid in the accomplishment of sdg1 by 2035 as it will increase internet connection, produce an economic output of usd 3.6 trillion, and create 22.3 million jobs [32]. the development of the internet of things (iot) depends on the ability to connect many devices at once, thanks to 5g's increased capacity [33]. the planned connectivity of 5g will allow for industry automation [34] and networking in numerous industries, including healthcare, agriculture, and the smart city [35]. to advance equity and create long-lasting jobs, our research focuses on examining the effects of using 5g networkbased technologies and their contribution to poverty alleviation. the goal of this analysis is to emphasize the significance of utilizing 5g network-based technologies to fight poverty by enhancing access to essential services, spurring economic growth [36], encouraging digital inclusion, and increasing productivity in important industries. 5g network-based technologies can change lives and aid in the eradication of poverty by giving underprivileged populations the necessary resources and opportunities. 2. literature review among the most important developments in wireless communication is the 5g network. compared to other generations of mobile networks, it offers substantially quicker data transfer speeds, lower latency, and a larger connectivity capacity [37, 38]. goal 8 of the un 2030 agenda for sustainable development, which places a high priority on decent work and sustainable economic growth, may be achieved with the help of this technology [38]. the 5g network may significantly affect these factors by boosting operational effectiveness, fostering innovation, and opening up new commercial prospects. here are some salient features regarding these places' potential impact of the 5g network. a new technology that provides more connectivity capacity and better data transmission speeds is the 5g network. this implies that it can aid in the creation and uptake of fresh digital services and technology across a range of industries, including manufacturing, transportation, healthcare, and agriculture [39, 40]. it consequently boosts productivity and generates new business prospects. infrastructure and technological development investments are necessary for the 5g network's deployment, which promotes economic growth [41]. the fusion of 5g with other cutting-edge technologies like iot, big data analytics, ai, and ml has the potential to completely transform the healthcare sector, which is finding it difficult to keep up with the fast-expanding population and modern diseases. in the future, machine learning algorithms may help determine the proper micro dosages of pharmaceuticals, such as insulin delivered via an implanted pump, and identify any abnormalities that would require medical professionals' attention [39]. the healthcare, agricultural, and smart city sectors are just a few of the industries that the 5g network is changing [42]. the 5g network's low latency and connectivity allow telemedicine and remote healthcare to take advantage of its capabilities, enabling the provision of high-quality healthcare even in isolated and rural places. the 5g network also makes smart agriculture possible, enabling effective data analysis and sensor-based monitoring and management of animals, irrigation, and crops. in smart cities, the 5g network can also optimize urban services like trash management, hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 511 transit, and lighting, fostering sustainability and efficiency in urban areas [43]. these are just a few instances of how 5g technology helps to create quality jobs and economic progress. there is potential for new opportunities and higherquality work across a variety of sectors as it becomes more widely used and adopted. 3. material and methods in academic writings and studies by international organizations, there has been discussion and controversy about the connection between 5g technology and poverty alleviation. the following provides some essential background information and earlier definitions. the potential of 5g technology to increase digital inclusion and close the digital divide between nations and regions is highlighted in the united nations economic commission for africa (uneca) study on the digital revolution in africa [44]. additionally, it highlights how 5g technology may significantly affect industries like agriculture, health care, and education, which may help africa's poor and unequal society. by bridging the divide between urban and rural areas and providing accessible connectivity, low-band spectrum is a key factor in advancing digital equality. the digital gap will undoubtedly widen, and people living in rural regions will no longer have access to the newest digital technology if there is not enough low-band spectrum available. there will be 252 commercial 5g networks operating in 86 nations by the end of 2022, supporting more than 1 billion 5g connections. more than 5 billion 5g connections are anticipated globally by 2030, driving a nearly $1 trillion increase in gdp. although 5g is anticipated to mature in north america, europe, china, and the gcc countries by 2030, it will continue to develop in numerous lowand middle-income countries. most nations currently use 600 mhz and 700 mhz as the primary low bands for 5g, whereas earlier versions used 800 mhz and 900 mhz. by the end of 2022, operators were using the 600 or 700 mhz bands for 5g in almost half of the nations where 5g had been introduced. these nations have surpassed those that do not use 600/700 mhz in terms of coverage levels, 5g availability, and indoor quality of service. in 2030, low-band 5g is anticipated to generate an estimated $130 billion in economic value. massive iot, or miot, will have a 50% impact. in addition to population coverage, many current and future iot use cases need large area coverage, which the low-band spectrum is best suited to deliver. applications for the internet of things (iot) are expected to be crucial in driving digital transformation in several industries, including manufacturing, transportation, smart cities, and agriculture. the remaining economic effects will be driven by fixed wireless access (fwa) and enhanced mobile broadband (embb), as low bands will be crucial in providing high-speed broadband connectivity in locations that are underserved by fixed networks. figure 1 illustrates how demand for international bandwidth utilization per internet user in kbit/s will continue to grow because of the relentless worldwide internet data consumption. low-band 5g applications will increase the social and environmental advantages brought about by mobile technology in addition to the macroeconomic effects. this involves lowering poverty, enhancing wellbeing, gaining access to health, financial, and educational resources, and facilitating the decrease of greenhouse gas emissions. this is crucial for rural inhabitants, who suffer the most from these issues yet are also 33% less likely than urban residents to receive mobile internet and have poorer network performance overall in lowand middle-income nations. in many rural locations, boosting capacity to supply 5g-based use cases won't be feasible without sufficient low-band spectrum. as the repercussions of poverty continue to plague the world, the advent of 5g technology may open new avenues for addressing the problem. a whole new world of chances will become available thanks to 5g connectivity, including better healthcare, more educational prospects, and more. with speeds up to 100 times faster than current 4g networks, 5g networks will provide more effective and efficient internet access, particularly in rural and distant locations. more individuals will have access to educational opportunities and job training thanks to this expanded internet connection, which will aid in the fight against poverty. additionally, with the faster 5g networks, medical experts will be able to offer more effective telehealth services to those in underdeveloped regions, hence enhancing access to healthcare. 5g networks can assist in creating new job opportunities in addition to increasing access to healthcare and educational services. for instance, businesses will be able to create new goods and services that were previously impractical owing to the restrictions of 4g networks thanks to 5g networks. because companies will need to hire people to develop, maintain, and run these new products and services, this will result in new job opportunities. finally, by enhancing access to financial services, 5g networks can also contribute to the reduction of poverty. for instance, 5g networks will give people access to speaker recognition banking services and other financial products and services, allowing them to save money and make investments that will increase their financial stability [45]. in conclusion, the rollout of 5g networks has the potential to open fresh avenues for addressing poverty. 5g networks can contribute to the eradication of poverty and the creation of a more just society by enhancing access to financial services, healthcare, employment prospects, and education. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 512 3.1. investigating 5g's potential to improve education in developing nations the potential for 5g technology to raise educational standards in underdeveloped nations is enormous. the world is transitioning to a digital future, and 5g is expected to completely change how individuals’ access and use information. the introduction of 5g networks will increase access to dependable, high-speed connections in emerging nations. this will give students in these nations additional chances to access educational resources, participate in interactive learning, and take part in online classes. due to their high bandwidth and low latency connections, 5g networks have the potential to enhance education. this would make it possible for students to get real-time, minimally buffered access to online lectures, instructional films, and other interactive materials. through virtual classrooms and video conferencing, 5g networks may potentially enable remote learning, giving students access to instructors and other students all over the world. figure 1. international bandwidth per internet user, kbit/s, 2022 additionally, 5g technology may help schools, universities, and students save money. students might be able to access educational content stored on distant servers via fast 5g networks, which would eliminate the need for pricey hardware and software. through resource sharing and international collaboration, 5g networks may also make it possible for educational institutions to gain access to a plethora of knowledge and resources without having to pay exorbitant trip expenses. in underdeveloped nations, 5g technology has enormous potential to raise educational access and standards. however, it is crucial to remember that the availability of dependable, affordable infrastructure and dependable, affordable access to technology will be necessary for the effective deployment of 5g networks in these nations. the benefits of 5g for education in the underdeveloped world are apparent, though. 3.2. the effects of 5g on economic growth and poverty alleviation 5g wireless communication technology is expected to alter all aspects of our lives, including how we work and play. 5g could improve economic growth and decrease poverty in addition to offering faster connections, more dependable data transmission, and more bandwidth. the development of 5g technology holds the potential of enhancing 233 85 261 168 192 116 397 40 115 108 680 38 87 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 region world africa americas arab states asia-pacific cis europe low-income lower-middle-income upper-middle-income high-income ldcs lldcs kbit/s hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 513 communication networks and enabling the quick transfer of massive volumes of data. this might make it easier to create systems that let people access information, conduct online business, and take part in the global economy. this can then result in more chances for economic expansion and job creation. at the same time, isolated and underdeveloped people who were previously inaccessible could now have access using 5g technology. 5g may help to reduce poverty by linking those in need to the global economy [46]. in underdeveloped nations with limited access to information, communication, and digital services, this might be very advantageous. additionally, 5g technology may make it easier to create new programs that give poor people access to essential services like healthcare and education. for instance, 5g might make it possible to deliver healthcare services to isolated locations, enabling those in need to get the treatment they need. similarly, 5g might make it possible to distribute educational materials and content to places where there is presently restricted access. the potential for 5g to change how we communicate, work, and play might spur economic growth, lessen poverty, and enhance the quality of life for people all around the world. the impact of technology on economic growth and the eradication of poverty will be more and more clear as it develops. the global rollout of 5g technology presents a special chance to link residents of impoverished areas to the global economy. high-speed internet access, dependable connectivity, and improved mobile broadband are all possible with 5g technology, and together they can help close the digital divide between people who live in poverty and those who live in more affluent places. people in impoverished communities can access educational resources, employment possibilities, and job training through high-speed internet connectivity. they can interact with people around the world and create professional networks with dependable connectivity. additionally, individuals may access services like e-commerce that can help them make money and better their quality of life thanks to enhanced mobile broadband. 3.3. the effects of 5g on health care given the dispersed and rural character of much of the developing countries’ population, especially pacific island countries, mobile technologies such as 5g play a significant role in enhancing healthcare services in the pacific islands by making them more efficient and equitable. access to emergency services, diagnosis via online consultation, and interprofessional communication have all been enhanced thanks to the connectivity provided by the 4g network, which will further improve by the end of 2030 as by than in 11 pacific island nations, 5g connections will make up more than 20% of all connections [47]. patients will obtain care more quickly and have more access to specialists who would not otherwise be available when the technology is fully utilized. without their physical presence, professionals may be better able to reach these underserved patients thanks to 5g connections. it is advised to use sensor node infrastructure based on 5g for convenient patient health monitoring [48, 49]. 3.4. the mobile network coverage gap is still 5% mobile broadband (3g or above) is frequently the only option for connecting to the internet in most developing nations. 95% of people on the planet have access to this kind of information. since passing the 90% mark in 2018, global 3g coverage has only expanded by four percentage points, making it impossible to connect the final 5% of people who are still off the grid. this "coverage gap" must be closed. the population of central and western africa is primarily impacted by the gap, which accounts for 18% of all of africa. the coverage gap almost equalizes between ldcs and lldcs, falling short of sustainable development goal 9's target to "significantly increase access to information and communications technology and strive to provide universal and affordable access to the internet in least developed countries by 2020." 4g network coverage doubled to reach 88% of the global population between 2015 and 2022, but as with earlier technologies, growth is decreasing. more than 90% of people in the americas, asia-pacific, cis, and europe currently have access to 4g technology. in the arab states, 25% of the population still does not have access to a 4g network, whereas in africa, 50% of the population does (table 1). many nations are replacing their aging networks with newer ones that are more efficient and enable the growth of a 5 g-compatible digital ecosystem. this is especially true for 3g, which is frequently turned down to make room for 5g while keeping 2g available for older legacy devices. most european operators and those in the asia-pacific intend to turn off their 3g networks by december 2025, respectively. the road is less apparent in other parts of the world, largely because 2g and 3g networks continue to be widely used. this is particularly true in developing nations where both technologies are crucial for communication. the key constraints to 5g rollout in such nations include prohibitive infrastructure expenditures, prohibitively expensive devices, and adoption and regulatory hurdles. according to preliminary estimates, a 5g network will have coverage for 19% of the world's population in 2021. europe had the highest roll-out rate at 52%, followed by the americas (38%) and the asia-pacific area (16%). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 514 table 1. coverage of the population by mobile network type and region, 2022 [50] coverage area region 2g coverage in % 3g coverage in % 4g coverage in % world rural 13 76 urban 97 africa rural 14 47 25 urban 84 americas rural 5 8 65 urban 98 arab states rural 37 55 urban 91 asia-pacific rural 92 urban 99 cis rural 14 76 urban 100 europe rural 95 urban 100 low-income rural 17 53 13 urban 20 72 lower-middle-income rural 9 82 urban 97 upper-middle-income rural 91 urban 100 high-income rural 97 urban 100 ldcs rural 13 42 32 urban 20 97 lldcs rural 19 46 27 urban 88 sids rural 19 17 42 urban 88 note: the values for 2g and 3g networks show the incremental percentage of population that is not covered by a more advanced technology network (e.g. 95% of the world population is covered by a 3g network, that is 7% + 88%). the need for international data and, consequently, bandwidth utilization continues to be driven by the internet's insatiable appetite for data. despite this, the 25% increase in bandwidth demand in 2022 is less than in recent years, which were characterized by covid-19's effects. the increase in bandwidth utilization per internet user in 2022 was also less than it was in 2021, at 17%. the utilization of international bandwidth has increased by 33% over the last five years, while usage per internet user has increased by 22%. the fastest-growing region in terms of bandwidth utilization per internet user is the americas (26%) followed by africa (37%) for international bandwidth usage. 3.5. asymmetries in telecommunication technological advancement one-third of the world’s population, or 2.7 billion people, do not have access to the internet. in most low-income nations, the average consumer must spend 9% of their whole income on a basic mobile data plan. the cost as a percentage of global income in high-income countries is many times lower than this. this shows a growth rate of 6.1% over 2021, up from 5.1% for 2020–2021. however, it is still much below the 11% for 2019–2020 observed at the start of the covid–19 pandemic. that still leaves 2.7 billion people without access, illustrating how much work needs to be done to meet the 2030 global goal of meaningful connection for all. between 80 and 90 percent of people use the internet in the nations of europe, the commonwealth of independent states (cis), and the americas, which is close to universal use (defined for practical purposes as an internet penetration rate of at least 95 percent). according to the global average, the internet is used by almost two-thirds of people in the arab states and asia-pacific countries (70 and 64%, respectively), but just 40% of people in africa. in the least developed nations (ldcs) and landlocked developing nations (lldcs), where just 36% of the population is already online, universal connectivity also remains a distant possibility. the analysis demonstrates that universal and meaningful connection, which would allow everyone to have access to a secure, enjoyable, stimulating, productive, and inexpensive online experience, is still a long way off for ldcs. for instance, just 36% of people worldwide and 66% of people in ldcs used the internet in 2022. the so-called access gap in ldcs was as high as 17% of the population not even having access to a fixed or mobile broadband network. 2.7 billion people are offline, even though two-thirds of the world's population access the internet is shown in figure 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 515 3.6. dimension and trends the world bank estimates that in 2020, 9.2% of people worldwide will live in extreme poverty, defined as having a daily income of less than $1.90 [51]. in 2020, 41% of people in sub-saharan africa and 13.6% of people in south asia were estimated to be living in extreme poverty. on the other hand, the economic commission for latin america and the caribbean (eclac) estimates that 32.1% of people in latin america [52] were living in poverty in 2021. remember that many variables affect how poverty is measured and analyzed, and that these numbers are simply a sampling of poverty rates in various parts of the world [53]. in 2021, the gsm association (gsma) predicted that 5g technology would be adopted more quickly than any other mobile technology [54]. by 2025, it is anticipated that there will be more than 1.8 billion 5g connections globally. by the end of 2020, china will have deployed more than 1 million 5g base stations worldwide, ahead of south korea, the united states, and japan [55]. for the remainder of this decade, the 4g connection will continue to play a significant role in the pacific region's coverage and adoption. up to 2027, 4g usage is anticipated to increase steadily in the region. the global economy and society are anticipated to be significantly impacted by 5g technology [56]. in a 2020 analysis from the research firm idc, 5g technology is predicted to have an $8 trillion worldwide economic impact by 2030. in conclusion, 5g technology is widely being adopted and deployed quickly, and it is anticipated to have a large impact on the world economy and support various industries to lessen poverty. 3.7. questions and the goals of the research based on the literature analysis, this study will examine how the use of 5g technologies affects eradicating poverty as well as how these technologies are incorporated into various industries to make a direct or indirect contribution. the following are the research questions: research question 1: which industries are using 5g technology most effectively to reduce poverty? research question 2: which innovations based on 5g networks help to fight poverty? research question 3: what 5g network-based applications technologies have the bi gest impact on eradicating poverty? 3.8. methodology to address the socioeconomic advantages of 5g this section goes into great depth about how we looked for papers to use in our systematic literature review, a study that examines how the 5g network affects poverty. to perform a better analysis of the data, we can compare the findings using the prisma methodology [57] to choose the pertinent publications using various inclusion and exclusion criteria. the articles gathered and targeted at the suggested literature review topic have been reviewed using complementary sources. figure 3 shows the articles classification source for this literature review. figure 2. 2.7 billion people are offline, even though two-thirds of the world's population accesses the internet [50] 1 1.1 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.7 3 3.2 3.4 3.7 4.2 4.7 4.9 5.3 16% 18% 21% 23% 26% 29% 31% 34% 36% 37% 41% 43% 46% 49% 54% 60% 63% 66% 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 individual using internet in billions and percentage of population hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 516 figure 3. articles classification source for this literature review a total of 55 of the research papers were ultimately used for analysis and systematization of the selection process, depending on the various inclusion and exclusion criteria. figure 4 displays the results, analysis, and synthesis of the data gathered from the selected publications. figure 4. prisma methodology-based analysis, and synthesis of the data gathered from the selected publications 10 10 24 4 10 4 10 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 scopus ieee science direct dialnet ebsco host gsm report others n u m b e r records identified from databases (n = 250) records removed before screening: duplicate records removed (n = 50) records marked as ineligible by automation tools (n = 10) records removed for other reasons (n = 20) records screened (n = 170) records excluded (n = 40) reports sought for retrieval (n = 130) reports not retrieved (n = 40) reports assessed for eligibility (n = 90) reports excluded: reason 1 (n = 15) reason 2 (n = 10) reason 3 (n = 10) etc. studies included in review (n = 55) reports of included studies (n = 10) id en ti fi ca ti o n s cr ee n in g in cl u d ed hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 517 4. next-generation lte 5g spectrum allocations the term “5th generation wireless systems,” or simply “5g,” refers to upgraded networks that will be deployed in 2018 and later. they may employ current 4g or newly designated 5g frequency bands to function. the main technologies are as follows: massive mimo (multiple input multiple output 64-256 antennas) delivers performance “up to ten times current 4g networks,” whereas millimeter wave bands (26, 28, 38, and 60 ghz) are 5g and offer speeds of up to 20 gigabits per second [58]. the “low-band 5g” and “mid-band 5g” bands operate between 600 mhz and 6 ghz, primarily between 3.5 and 4.2 ghz. the most widely used definition is that found in 3gpp release 15 from december 2017. some others favor the stricter itu imt-2020 definition, which excludes everything but the highfrequency bands for extremely fast speeds. 5g towers and devices exchange wireless radio signals. these radio waves have been tailored to frequencies in the 5g radio range. a variety of frequencies make up the 5g frequency bands. for the construction of their 5g network, cellular providers possess portions of various bands. depending on where the 5g frequencies are located within the spectrum, the speed and range of 5g cellular transmissions will change. low-band 5g uses frequencies that are less than 1 ghz. currently, low range 5g in canada uses the 600 mhz range, which includes the frequencies 614-698 mhz. more low-band spectrums will become available in the coming years. the 800 mhz and 900 mhz bands should be examined for 5g deployment, according to the ised's recommendation in the outlook consultation. because they are at the lower end of the spectrum, these frequencies can go farther and are less susceptible to interference from objects. therefore, they'll be crucial in providing distant suburban and rural areas with next-generation wireless access. however, the speed will be rather comparable to 4g. figure 5 illustrates how commercial mobile spectrum in the 90 mhz, 600 mhz, and 800 mhz bands would give mobile operators the chance to expand their capacity and coverage across vast areas. figure 5. spectrum outlook priorities in the range of 90 mhz, 600 mhz, and 800 mhz bands [59] the “just right” band for 5g is mid-band. it provides the ideal balance of speed, coverage, and capacity while operating between 1 ghz and 10 ghz. the ised views the 3.5 ghz and 3.8 ghz bands, which will go into operation in 2022 and 2023 respectively, as crucial spectrums for 5g technology. for suburban and urban settings with consistently strong demand, the mid-band is suitable. for their 5g service, most canadian carriers are utilizing the 1.7/2.1 ghz and 3.5 ghz bands. the only cellular service provider currently using the 2.5 ghz frequency is rogers. within the next few years, the ised intends to provide more mid-band spectrum. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 518 the spectrum over 10 ghz is referred known as the high-band spectrum. high-band 5g, also known as mmwave 5g, will function above 20 ghz but is not yet accessible in canada. here, consumers will enjoy the lightning-quick speeds and extremely low latency that 5g offers. range, though, is the compromise. buildings cannot be penetrated by mmwaves, which can only travel short distances. the waves can be readily broken. there will be a need for 5g antennas and devices to transmit these signals inside of buildings [60]. for crowded venues and densely populated urban locations, this spectrum works well. the network will be able to support more devices at once thanks to its increased capacity. with high-band 5g, connectivity issues caused by heavy traffic would be considerably reduced. south korea is the nation that launched the first 5g network and is anticipated to maintain its lead in terms of the technology's uptake. nearly 60% of mobile subscriptions in south korea are anticipated to be for 5g networks by 2025. an auction for 5g bandwidth frequencies began this week, and a launch in india is anticipated for the following year. 4.1. society will benefit more from using the uhf spectrum for mobile than from keeping it for broadcasting to ensure that 5g technology does not have a negative impact on the global economy, it is important to make enough sub-1 ghz spectrum available to meet the high demand for indoor urban coverage and ensure that rural populations are not left behind [61]. studies show that nations using the 600 and 700 mhz frequencies are better equipped to provide 5g services to consumers than those using mid-band and mmwave channels alone. however, many countries require a more low-band spectrum to fully realize the socio-economic benefits of 5g. to allocate more capacity to 5g at both current and new sites, mobile operators need access to more sub-1 ghz airwaves. without adequate low-band spectrum, operators may not be able to meet 5g performance standards in areas with existing coverage. in rural areas, adding base stations to enhance capacity is often not financially feasible. therefore, utilizing the lower band spectrum at current base stations is the only viable method to boost capacity and provide the required speeds [62]. the cost-benefit analysis (cba) findings demonstrate the potential cost savings of providing operators with more uhf spectrum for 5g network deployment in europe, the middle east, or africa [63]. without this spectrum, operators would incur higher expenses, which could impact the affordability and adoption of 5g and, in turn, limit its wider socioeconomic benefits. if deployments prove financially unfeasible, operators may opt not to pay the extra expenses, leading to slower speeds, higher latencies, and less availability for consumers to enjoy the full benefits of 5g [64, 65]. the outcomes of a cba will depend on various market-specific factors, such as expected 5g adoption rates, population distribution, and the level of reliance on digital terrestrial television (dtt) for tv viewing [63]. it is clear from this analysis that no country should use the uhf spectrum in the same way. governments should implement policies that benefit their citizens both economically and socially [66]. the cba findings demonstrate the potential cost savings of providing operators with more uhf spectrum for 5g network deployment in europe, the middle east, or africa. without this spectrum, operators would incur higher expenses, which could impact the affordability and adoption of 5g and, in turn, limit its wider socio-economic benefits. if deployments prove financially unfeasible, operators may opt not to pay the extra expenses, leading to slower speeds, higher latencies, and less availability for consumers to enjoy the full benefits of 5g. according to the report, allocating additional uhf spectrum for mobile purposes is more beneficial for society than keeping it available for broadcasting [67]. this is due to the increasing demand for 5g bandwidth and the decline of dtt, which is largely due to the growth of internet protocol television (iptv) and on-demand streaming [68]. the cost savings of this allocation outweigh the expenses required to ensure that customers can still access their desired broadcasting services in all settings considered in the report. many countries may need to use frequencies below the 700 mhz band for broadcasting in the future [67]. this will ensure that operators have enough access to the low-band spectrum. the paper presents a cost-benefit analysis of using portions of the uhf band in itu region 1 (470–694 mhz) for mobile use. allocating 80 mhz of uhf spectrum to mobile would be 6–24 times more beneficial for a typical nation in europe, the middle east, and africa than the expenses required by the broadcasting industry to maintain the current amount of dtt programs. if the entire 470–694 mhz spectrum is dedicated to mobile phones, the benefits are 4–9 times greater for a typical country in europe and the middle east [63]. with 5g broadcasting, live video content can be accessed by multiple users. early tests suggest that 5g broadcasting can achieve similar capacity as dtt, given adequate reception conditions. this makes it a promising alternative to dtt. however, there is uncertainty around the economic structures necessary for 5g broadcasting, including financing and network management. currently, there is limited 5g broadcasting hardware available, especially for consumer handsets. manufacturers are conducting trials to incorporate support for this standard into their products, but no timeline has been provided for when this may occur [68]. obtaining access to large amounts of spectrum can be challenging in certain areas because the sub-700 mhz band is shared with dtt transmissions [69]. if the amount of sub-700 mhz spectrum available is further reduced, securing hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 519 sufficient spectrum will become even more difficult. however, there are ongoing efforts to enhance the spectral efficiency of programme making and special events (pmse) or utilize new frequency bands or technologies. wireless multi-channel audio systems (wmas) have demonstrated promising innovation by utilizing wideband systems and digital encoding schemes, but this may not be suitable for all use cases, and commercially available equipment is not yet widely available. additionally, the use of alternative frequency bands may not be suitable for all use cases due to their sub-optimal propagation characteristics. developing and acquiring new equipment for alternative frequency bands requires investment and time. 4.2. approach to the cost benefit analysis (cba) using uhf spectrum in itu region 1, the evaluation of using the uhf frequency band for either mobile technologies or broadcasting services is conducted through a cba in this section [70]. national regulators may take into account the economic implications of the following direct consequences that affect stakeholders: • producer surplus, which is the profit that producers make from selling at a market price higher than their minimum selling price. • consumer surplus, which is the difference between the price consumers pay and the price they are willing to pay for a good or service. spillover effects, also known as indirect impacts, have the ability to add value to society and the economy as a whole. mobile technology is an example of a general-purpose technology that enhances productivity and efficiency, ultimately leading to economic growth. as consumers benefit from this technology, it generates social value. similarly, dtt, a form of broadcasting, provides viewers with free access to all-encompassing tv content. this creates both social and economic value [71]. entertainment, leisure, information, mobile, and broadcasting services have a significant impact on consumer surplus since many customers are willing to spend more on these services. however, for our analysis, we are focusing on producer surplus. specifically, we are looking at the expenses that can be avoided by utilizing the uhf spectrum for either mobile or broadcasting. this is because data on producer costs is more readily available and comparable, as opposed to customer willingness to pay, which can vary depending on the consumer type. unfortunately, there is not much recent research available that allows us to compare the indirect economic and social benefits of mobile phones and broadcasting. to determine the costs and benefits of each spectrum policy between 2021 and 2040, use net present value (npv) estimates. • benefits are predicated on reductions in mobile network capex and opex brought about by increased access to the low-band spectrum in urban and rural areas. • the costs are determined by reusing dtt and pmse services, which run on the 470–694 mhz uhf spectrum now. they are predicated on the assumption that dtt providers will continue to broadcast tv programs on a national, regional, and local level at the same level [72, 73]. 4.3. low-band spectrum's importance in the rollout of 5g networks in developing nations due to its exceptional propagation properties, it is especially well suited for providing coverage in outlying and rural locations. this is crucial because network deployments in lowand middle-income nations with significant rural and sparsely inhabited populations are much less likely to be financially viable. rural residents may not have access to the newest digital technology if there is insufficient low-band spectrum as shown in figure 6. figure 6. comparison of coverage by 5g spectrum band [63] it has improved building penetration and serves built-up regions with greater capacity, offering “deep” indoor hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 520 coverage that extends into places where people live and work. indoor traffic can make up between 30 and 70 percent of all mobile traffic, depending on the area and kind of house. as a result, low bands frequently carry more traffic than they can handle. to meet future 5g demand in both urban and rural areas, it is essential to allot enough low-band spectrum. 4.4. faster 5g rollout has been achieved in countries using the 600 and/or 700 mhz band many countries have utilized the 700 mhz frequency range as their primary low band for 5g, with north america being the exception as it uses the 600 mhz band. while most countries have used 800, 850, and 900 mhz for 2g, 3g, and/or 4g, it is expected that these frequencies will also be used for 5g. mobile operators are predicted to use either the 600 mhz or 700 mhz bands for 5g in almost half of the countries that have already adopted the technology by the end of 2022, according to figure 7. figure 7 emphasizes the importance of preserving these low bands for 5g use. countries that have implemented 5g using the 600 or 700 mhz bands have achieved greater population coverage compared to those that haven't. 4.5. regional commonwealth in the communications sector (rcc) in the rcc region, low band 5g is expected to bring about $3 billion of benefits to the economy by 2030, which is more than 0.1% of the total gdp. a variety of local industries, such as retail, oil and gas, manufacturing, and transportation, will adopt low band 5g. 5g applications are expected to improve the efficiency of operations and offer quick repairs to prevent equipment failure, which will improve the safety and productivity of oil and gas plants. the use of 5g applications will include remote device control, smart monitoring, and ai that is 5g-enabled. figure 8 illustrates the gdp contribution of low band 5g spectrum, by industry, in the communication sector of the commonwealth region from 2020 to 2030. figure 7. countries that have implemented 5g networks and technology and have invested in 5g 5. in 2030, low band 5g is projected to increase gdp by $130 billion by 2030, low band 5g is expected to have an economic impact of $130 billion. the impact of massive iot, also known as miot, will account for 50% of this impact. many current and future iot use cases require broad area coverage along with population coverage [74]. low-band spectrum is best suited to provide this coverage. the internet of things (iot) applications are predicted to play a significant role in accelerating digital transformation across various industries, such as manufacturing, transportation, smart cities, and agriculture. fixed wireless access (fwa) and enhanced mobile broadband (embb) will be responsible for the remaining economic impact. this is since low bands are essential for providing high-speed broadband connectivity in areas that are underserved by fixed networks. low band 5g technology will enhance mobile technology's social and environmental benefits, as well as macroeconomic impacts. this involves lowering poverty, enhancing well-being, gaining access to health, financial, and educational resources, and facilitating the decrease of greenhouse gas emissions. this is crucial for rural inhabitants, who suffer the most from these issues yet are also 33% less likely than urban residents to receive mobile internet and have poorer network performance overall in lowand middle-income nations. in many rural locations, boosting capacity to supply 5g-based use cases won't be feasible without sufficient low-band spectrum. figure 9 illustrates how much each sector will contribute to global gdp using low band 5g spectrum projections in 2030. 5g network launched 5g deployed investment in 5g hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 521 figure 8. rcc gdp contribution from low-band 5g spectrum, broken down per industry, 2020–2030 because of the internet of things, the global market for precision farming is quickly growing. it is anticipated to reach $26 billion by 2030, growing by 14% annually from about $8 billion in 2021. the looming food problem and growing interest in ways to increase agricultural output can both be addressed with precision farming technologies. the adoption of precision agriculture raised farmers' output by 4%, decreased their use of fertilizer and herbicides by 7% and 9%, and decreased their use of fossil fuels by 6%, according to research by the association of equipment manufacturers (aem). precision agriculture provides farmers with a wide range of tools and methods to monitor their fields more efficiently by observing multiple indicators. figure 9. global low-band 5g spectrum gdp contribution, by industry, projected for 2030 for example, farmers can monitor rainfall, analyze soil samples, predict fertilizer use, or determine crop nutrient requirements. all this helps us understand the circumstances that favor the highest agricultural production [75]. in table 2, the regional breakdown of low band 5g's gdp contribution in 2030 is presented. table 2. impacts of low band 5g on regional gdp contributions, 2030 region gdp contribution usd billions percentage of gdp north america 26 0.07% latin america and the caribbean 9 0.11% asia pacific 62 0.11% europe 26 0.08% rcc 3 0.11% middle east and north africa 4 0.08% sub-saharan africa 3 0.08% 24% 19% 19% 15% 11% 4% 3% 3% 2% retail agriculture and mining ( incl.oil and gas) manufacturing transportation and construction services icts public administration finance others 4 4 5 10 11 22 24 51 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 agriculture & mining retail finance icts transportation & construction services public administration manufacturing usd in billions hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 522 countries that have adopted 5g technology utilizing the 600 or 700 mhz bands have achieved greater population coverage than those that have not. figure 10 demonstrates that 5g offers broader social and environmental advantages compared to low-band technology, resulting in greater accessibility for more people, as well as significant macroeconomic impacts. figure 10. low bands can help offer 5g’s macroeconomic benefits which include broader social and environmental advantages to more people [54, 70, 76, 77, 78] 5.1. by 2030, the pacific islands will have 1.5 million 5g connections some pacific island nations will soon adopt 5g technology, while others will continue to rely on older networks such as 2g and 3g for the foreseeable future. by 2030, the pacific islands are expected to have 17% of all connections on 5g, compared to the global average of 54%. the introduction of 5g will help improve connectivity and digital transformation, which will enhance living conditions in the region. additionally, access to emerging digital services like the metaverse will become more accessible. certain nations in the area have already planned to take advantage of the opportunities that the metaverse presents. it is projected that by 2030, the number of smartphone connections in the pacific islands will reach 8 million. across the region, there will be an average increase of 10 percentage points in smartphone adoption from now until 2030. by 2030, smartphones are expected to make up 90% or more of mobile connections in the area, which is a trend that has been steadily increasing. the growing affordability of smartphones and the need for connectivity are the main contributors to this positive adoption trend. figure 11 depicts a comparison of smartphone connections in the south pacific in 2022 and 2030. figure 11. smartphone connection comparison in the south pacific by the year 2030 concerning 2022 76% 84% 83% 84% 82% 80% 82% 79% 80% 92% 94% 92% 93% 92% 90% 92% 90% 90% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% global fiji french polynesia guam new caledonia papua new guinea samoa solomon islands vanuatu p e rc e n t smart phone connection in year 2022 smart phone connection in year 2030 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 523 5.2. fiji will be the region's leader in authorized cellular iot connections fiji leads the pacific islands in cellular iot connections due to its efforts in digital innovation and transformation. in contrast, other markets such as papua new guinea, the second-largest cellular iot market in the region, are still in the early stages of the market. the cook islands have implemented cellular iot systems for smart metering and energy management in the utility sector. furthermore, industries such as aggrotech and climate tech also utilize cellular iot solutions [79]. the pandemic had a negative impact on the growth of operator revenue, but it picked up once restrictions were eased. however, competition is expected to slow down the rate of revenue growth in the coming years. despite this, demand for data services is on the rise, ensuring that revenue growth will remain positive. as mobile markets in the region mature, operators will have to expand their service portfolios to create new sources of revenue, as revenue growth from core telecom services starts to slow down. access to formal financial services in the pacific islands remains challenging, but recent initiatives at both national and regional levels have made significant progress. thanks to the pacific financial inclusion programme (pfip), over 2 million pacific islanders now have access to financial services. since its establishment in 2008, pfip has supported 44 initiatives with financial service providers that have utilized innovative technology and products [72, 80]. in many underdeveloped regions, mobile technology can greatly assist in the uptake of financial services. currently, there are nine live mobile payment services available to those without access to traditional banking in six different pacific island nations. these include two services in fiji, three in papua new guinea, and one each in samoa, the solomon islands, tonga, and vanuatu. on some islands, registration rates are particularly high, with 51% of adults in fiji, samoa, the solomon islands, and tonga collectively having a mobile money account. however, despite these high registration rates, fewer than 10% of these accounts are currently active, indicating low levels of activity [71, 73, 80]. within the region, subscriber penetration rates vary greatly, with fiji having the highest rate at 84% and the marshall islands having the lowest at only 11%. despite papua new guinea being the most populous nation in the area, with a significant number of unconnected residents, its subscriber penetration rate is only 30%. this presents a significant challenge for operators, governments, regulators, and other industry stakeholders in the region, who must work towards connecting the largely disconnected masses [71]. as of the end of 2018, over 50% of the connection base was made up of mobile broadband connections (devices capable of 3g and 4g). these connections are becoming increasingly popular in the region. it is projected that by 2023, 4g connections will account for more than half of all connections, which is more than triple the amount at the end of 2018. the area now has operational networks from 34 lte. tuvalu telecom, located on the island of tuvalu, began operations in 2018. operators are investing in improving the speed and coverage of their networks. for example, vodafone fiji announced in 2018 that it would invest fjd207 million ($98.6 million) in upgrading its mobile networks to expand "4g+" coverage to over 90% of the population. they plan to build 244 new sites to expand 4g coverage and speed and upgrade about 100 current 3g cell sites to lte-a technology. digicel also revealed a $50 million initiative to enhance lte-a coverage in fiji's most populous areas [80]. the use of mobile broadband is increasing, as seen in the growing popularity of smartphones. it is expected that by 2025, 65% of connections will involve smartphones, up from just 30% in 2018. the average selling price of cell phones dropped below $120 in many low-income markets around the world in 2018. gionee and tecno, among other asian producers, are offering sub-$100 smartphones. mintt, an australian company, is also offering cheap devices to lowincome consumers [80]. they introduced their first products in papua new guinea in 2017 at lower prices than many feature phones, providing a 4g-capable smartphone with a full metal body, fingerprint scanner, and glass screen. figure 12 shows the key mobile industry milestones in the pacific islands through 2030, with an expected increase of over 1 million mobile customers in the region over the next seven years. however, even with this increase in subscribers, penetration will still be lower than the global average of 73%, as indicated in table 3. 5.3. impact on the south pacific's 5g networks and the associated higher rollout costs to begin, we must estimate the demand for 5g traffic in urban areas. technical assumptions are made to calculate the downlink and uplink capacity per site, which helps us determine the number of sites required to meet the traffic demand in both the baseline and the scenario. we assume that operators will meet the portion of 5g traffic demand that is not offloaded to wi-fi. using cost hypotheses for capex and opex, we can determine the total cost of ownership (tco) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 524 for the two simulated 5g networks. these two tcos are then compared in the cba template. if the costs of the scenario are more or less than the baseline, some of the cost increase or decrease is passed on. we assume a certain level of demand elasticity to calculate the decrease or increase in 5g penetration in the scenario compared to the baseline. the model then adjusts the traffic demand estimation to account for the fall in 5g penetration until it reaches numerical equilibrium. the reduction in adoption in the scenario helps us determine the gdp benefits that would be lost or gained compared to the baseline. our assumptions for estimating traffic demand in urban areas include: • the proportion of urban residents to the overall population, as well as its growth through time. • examine the adoption of 5g connectivity and how they have changed over time. • the minimal dl and ul performance standards per connection that 5g networks will provide. • the proportion of users who are using the network actively at its busiest point, as well as their growth rate over time. • the proportion of traffic that is sent over wi-fi. • the incumbent operators' market share over the period. figure 12. key mobile industry milestones in the pacific islands to 2030 table 3. the pacific islands' mobile economy categories number of subscribers in 2022 in millions number of subscribers in 2030 in millions percentage of the population have mobile phones in 2022 percentage of the population have mobile phones in 2030 compound annual growth rate 2022-2030 unique mobile subscribers 6.0 7.3 47% 50% 2.5% mobile internet users 3.5 4.5 27% 30% 3.1% sim connections (excluding licensed cellular iot) 7.0 8.8 54% 60% 2.8% 4g percentage of connections (excluding licensed cellular iot) 48% 59% 5g percentage of connections (excluding licensed cellular iot) 0.2% 17% smartphones percentage of connections (excluding licensed cellular iot) 80% 91% licensed cellular iot connections for fiji and papua new guinea 64400 102500 operator revenues and investment usd1.3 billion usd 1.6 billion public funding usd 296 million mobile industry contribution to gdp usd 2.1 billion usd 2.7 billion employment 23,000 jobs hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 525 figure 13. the number of sites required to meet traffic demand each year it is expected that the 5g networks will have to meet the itu's minimum performance standards of at least 100 mbps dl and 50 mbps ul everywhere [81]. based on predictions, the connected user shares for all nations will be 20% at the start of the period and will decrease to 10% after the period [82, 83]. at the beginning of the term, connected user shares are expected to be 40% and 20%, respectively. additionally, it is assumed that 71% of traffic demand will be offloaded to wi-fi [84]. to calculate traffic demand in both the uplink and the downlink, we utilize the equation shown below: 5𝐺 𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐷𝑒𝑚𝑎𝑛𝑑 = 𝑢𝑟𝑏𝑎𝑛 𝑝𝑜𝑝𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 × 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 × 𝑠ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑛𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑢𝑠𝑒𝑟𝑠 × 𝑠ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑛𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑢𝑠𝑒𝑟𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 × 5𝐺 𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 × (1 − 𝑜𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 𝑡𝑜 𝑊𝑖𝐹𝑖) × 𝑀𝑎𝑟𝑘𝑒𝑡 𝑠ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑠 figure 14. impact on 5g networks: higher rollout costs approach by resolving the system of four steps as shown in figure 13 with the four unknowns below, both for dl and ul traffic demand, one can compute the number of sites required to meet traffic demand each year: # of mmwave enabled small sites+ # of non mmwave enabled small sites=% of small sites over macro sites* (# of mmwave enabled macro sites+# of non-mmwave enabled macro sites). # of mmwave enabled small sites=% of mmwave enabled small sites over non mmwave enabled small sites* # of non mmwave enabled small sites. # of mmwave enabled macro sites=% of mmwave enabled macro sites over non mmwave enabled macro sites* # of non mmwave enabled macro sites. # of mmwave enabled small sites*capacity of mmwave enabled small sites + # of non mmwave enabled small sites*capacity of non mmwave enabled small sites+ # of mmwave enabled macro sites*capacity of mmwave enabled macro sites+ # of non mmwave enabled macro sites*capacity of non mmwave enabled macro sites=traffic demand. 1 2 3 4 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 526 site planning central assumptions are made as follows [85]: • the share of small sites over macro sites is 10%, 20%, and 50% in the low, mid, and high-income countries respectively. • the tiny sites that support mmwave account for 30%, 30%, and 20% of all tiny sites, respectively. • the mmwave-enabled macro sites make up 30%, 30%, and 20% of all macro sites, respectively, compared to non-mmwave-enabled macro sites. • sites that support mmwave will be ready in 2023 and 2025 accordingly. the total number of sites is then calculated as the sum of the maximum number of sites needed to satisfy dl and ul traffic demands. a schematic of the 5g networks in the south pacific is shown in figure 14, along with an estimation method for their greater rollout costs. 6. obstacles in the deployment of the 5g network 5g has entered a new age, and telecom companies are speeding up the deployment of these networks. in the twentyfirst century, a wide range of technologies have been adopted by a number of industries, including healthcare, transportation, manufacturing, and the automotive industry. numerous business cases have also been implemented, bringing innovation to the ecosystem as a whole and improving our quality of life [86]. in this sense, every other industry's success in the modern business world is being facilitated by the development of wireless network technologies like 5g. the 5g technology is an advancement above 4g lte technology. 5g has much more to offer than just low latency and fast speeds. it has the potential to bring about revolutionary changes, and every industry is keen to adopt this cutting-edge technology in order to reap major rewards and gain a competitive edge. mobile carriers are moving to expedite the rollout of 5g and increase its accessibility for an increasing number of users. nevertheless, several challenges are impeding the rollout of 5g and causing a delay in the entire process. • spectrum availability and frequency band issues: as 4g gives way to 5g technology, new use cases will arise that require high-frequency bands. nonetheless, because of its affordability and accessibility, spectrum is regarded as a vital resource, requiring operators to create a solid economic case. the kind and quantity of spectrum that network operators currently possess or can acquire through upcoming spectrum auctions will dictate the viability of 5g networks, as well as the novel features and obstacles that accompany the chosen radio bands [87]. • deployment of several tiny base stations and antennas: higher frequency radio waves are used in 5g and can be targeted. despite the fact that 5g antennas can beam data over shorter distances and can handle more users and data, their restricted range poses the largest implementation problem for 5g [88]. even though they are smaller, the antennas and base stations utilized in these scenarios would probably need to be put on houses or other structures. to propagate waves over longer distances and maintain consistent speeds in densely populated areas, more repeaters will need to be installed in cities. until the 5g network reaches maturity, providers will continue to cover larger areas utilizing low-frequency spectrum bands. • it is more crucial in complex 5g architecture: with a single network infrastructure to handle both core networks and radio access networks (ran), 5g promises to satisfy a variety of service requirements. in order to create various radio networks and connections, slice the network, create intelligence networks at the edge, and accomplish many other things [89], 5g networks are making extensive use of the network functions virtualization (nfv) concept. however, these new methods call for a new operating model that differs and is more sophisticated than its earlier iterations. additionally, building an architecture that can meet network requirements requires the right understanding. • methodology for the rollout of 5g networks: operators must first develop a plan for the rollout of 5g networks. second, the strategy chosen determines how the deployment process will go depending on how this strategy is implemented. operators design their deployment model and strategy based on the spectrum networks they have, as well as the densification and coverage requirements, which are eventually necessary for addressing particular 5g use cases [90]. a new approach to 5g network deployment and its regulatory requirements will be necessary due to the issues posed by the massive volume of 5g tiny cells and the use of mmwave frequencies. • 5g expertise manpower is required: telecommunication service providers must ensure that their power distribution networks and fiber solutions with cell towers are in place to easily support 100–400 gbps devices made practicable by the new telecoms policy before they can begin deployment chores. telecom companies require qualified experts to deploy the cutting-edge technology since they want to roll out 5g as soon as feasible. the majority of businesses currently employ workers who lack the necessary skills to do their jobs, and this problem is exacerbated by the lack of available talent finding such talent is like trying to find a pearl in a sea of hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 527 talent [41, 91]. because of this, operators face a significant challenge when implementing 5g networks. however, this challenge can be met by providing their 5g workforce with reskilling programs, such as online and offline courses and certifications pertaining to 5g technologies, to upgrade their skill sets and make them more capable of managing network deployment workloads. • overseeing the costs associated with the rollout of 5g networks: the 5g rollout is trickier than it first appears. everything from spectrum bands to cell sites, equipment such as cell towers, fiber cables, and skilled labor, in addition to the commercialization fees required by regulators prior to making it accessible to users. the majority of operators find it difficult to deal with the costs associated with each and every step of the 5g implementation process. prior to making an investment, planning and strategy are required. a methodical approach to cost investment can prevent them from squandering money and instead allocate it towards meeting essential requirements [92]. • regulations impede the rollout of 5g networks: 5g will be developed differently in each country, with few common and many unique features. this indicates that while certain technological specifications are universal, rules and regulations differ from nation to nation and represent a significant obstacle to the widespread deployment of 5g networks. in the region where they are going to provide 5g mobile network services to users, mobile network operators must adhere to the standards created for 5g network technology [93]. • deployment of 5g networks presents security and privacy issues: although 5g appears to be leading the way and bringing new advancements to the ecosystem, the cutting-edge technology comes with certain security and privacy concerns. from the perspective of the consumer, identity, location monitoring, and personal data are the main privacy concerns. in contrast to earlier technologies, the 4g network is located in an area with extensive coverage, and signals are transmitted from a single cell tower. however, 5g networks are different from 4g technology in that they have a smaller coverage area and less effective signal penetration [94]. because of this, 5g wireless networks function effectively with smaller indoor and outdoor base stations and antennas. as a mobile user talks with the antenna repeatedly, the information on this 5g cell tower / antenna can reveal a user's position and even the building in which they are present. threats such as semantic information assaults may arise as a result of this data. location data leaks can potentially occur in 5g mobile networks due to access point algorithms [95]. as a result, additional 5g antennae enable accurate user position monitoring both indoors and outside. moreover, mobile users' identities may be revealed using international mobile subscriber identity (imsi). 6.1. 5g future directions and recommendation in day-to-day business leaders in business and consumers alike have a natural interest in 5g networks and the devices and apps that operate on them. almost 120 million 5g devices were shipped by the end of 2023, up 9.3% from the previous year, according to recent data conducted in the us alone. a compound annual growth rate (cagr) of 7.4% is predicted for the 155 million units that are anticipated to ship by 2027, the last year the study covers [96, 97]. 5g is already helping the healthcare sector operate more efficiently, gain deeper insights from data, and enhance patient outcomes. doctors will be able to access patient information on the go, do vital surgeries remotely via robotics, and discover new treatments because to its low latency, fast speed, and expanded bandwidth [97]. to be more precise, 5g will keep doing the following: • increase the quantity of iot devices being utilized to track the health of patients remotely. • provide personnel with consistent connectivity and real-time data so they can decide on patient care more quickly and intelligently. • send high-definition images and videos, including x-rays and mammograms, quickly and safely so that the results may be viewed from a distance. worldwide supply chains will profit from 5g's blazing-fast speeds and enhanced dependability as it becomes more widespread. global commerce networks are more dependent than ever on 5g speeds and high-speed data transfer capabilities since they are becoming more and more digitalized. the more a supply chain is automated and digitalized, the more 5g may be used to boost productivity, cut expenses, and improve security. although its potential has not yet been fully realized, 5g service is currently being deployed in train stations, airports, ports, and other logistical hubs that are essential to supply chain infrastructure [96]. you may anticipate that 5g connectivity will soon have a greater impact on improving the consumer and staff experience. iot gadgets, such as shelf sensors that detect when an item is out of stock and promptly reorder it, cashier-less checkouts, and hd cameras and drones to replace security guards are just a few of the trial programs that are now underway. more individuals and locations can have access to the internet at a lower cost thanks to the idea of “fixed” wireless connections, which are internet connections that use radio waves rather than cable or fiber to provide a seamless wireless experience in a house or place of business. an antenna that links to the closest 5g transmitter is connected to a home or place of business in a fixed 5g environment [9, 98]. for significantly less money, 5g fixed wireless networks may provide the same connectivity, speeds, and dependability as fiber or cable connections. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 528 the introduction of 5g connectivity is anticipated to bring about a dramatic alteration in urban areas. these neighborhoods are in dire need of transformation because of their congested streets, heavy traffic, pollution, and noise levels. the application of internet of things (iot)-connected sensors has already assisted cities in improving air quality and traffic flow [99]. but as 5g technology advances, we should anticipate even more innovation in this field. smart cities stand to gain a great deal from 5g's ai capabilities. a number of applications that leverage ai provided by 5g technology are presently being evaluated to help with tasks like emergency call routing and energy management. a computing system known as “edge computing” uses a 5g network to execute operations closer to data sources [100]. businesses can obtain more control over their data and derive insights more quickly with the use of this technology. cloud computing is one area where edge computing has a lot of potential because ai needs a lot of processing power to manage the data it's studying [101]. in this case, achieving value for the company depends heavily on 5g connectivity and dependability. for example, moving data from one location to another in a chat or personal financial application uses more power and resources than necessary if the data is being examined at the source [102]. 7. conclusion the south pacific region becomes a key player when it comes to favoring socio-economic development through the spread of 5g technology. one of the abilities of 5g is that it can use a low-band spectrum and making use it can ultimately improve connectivity and close the digital divide. besides, new opportunities for innovation will be introduced in education, healthcare, tourism, agriculture, and so on. government, businesses, and other communities can engage in the 5g network in the south pacific for better results and have a great deal of advanced telecommunication that can empower people, promote common development, and create robust and sustainable economies. the 5g technology, has the potential to reduce inequality by providing high-speed internet connectivity to both rural and urban areas that are currently underserved. by increasing productivity and efficiency in crucial sectors, 5g can help fight poverty. the most important sectors in this regard are government and society, agriculture, business and employment, and health, as they are responsible for enabling automation and access to real-time information. among the many technologies available, the internet of things and artificial intelligence stand out particularly. 5g connectivity can improve the quality of life and economic opportunities in disadvantaged areas by facilitating access to essential services such as healthcare and education. applications enabled by 5g network-based technology include smart cities, digital and online banking, and precision agriculture. it is important to note that the impact of 5g on reducing poverty may vary depending on different circumstances and strategies. the digital divide remains a major obstacle to poverty reduction. however, the implementation of the 5g network can help narrow this gap by providing high-speed connections and internet access in areas with limited communication infrastructure. this will enable underserved populations to access resources such as online banking, remote employment, and educational opportunities. the successful rollout of the 5g network is expected to have a positive impact on poverty reduction by improving access to vital services, promoting economic growth, and bridging the digital divide in disadvantaged regions. however, this beneficial outcome will only be possible once the 5g network is fully established. although the 5g network has the potential to eradicate poverty, there are some limitations that must be considered, such as the need for a significant and costly infrastructure, including base stations, antennas, and fiber optics. unfortunately, the availability and deployment of this necessary infrastructure in rural and low-resource areas are limited, which can make it challenging for less affluent populations to take advantage of the benefits of the 5g network. 8. declarations 8.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.s. and p.s.; methodology, s.s. and p.s.; validation, s.s.; formal analysis, s.s., p.s, j.s., and l.v.; investigation, p.s. and l.v.; data curation, s.s.; writing—original draft preparation, s.s. and p.s.; writing— review and editing, j.s. and l.v.; visualization, s.s., p.s., j.s., and l.v. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 8.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 8.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 8.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 529 8.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 8.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] hamadeh, n., van rompaey, c., metreau, e., & grace eapen, s. (2022). country classification data sources, country classifications and aggregation methodology data sources. the world bank, washington, d.c., united states. available online: http://data.worldbank.org/about/country-classifications (accessed on may 2024). [2] mehmood, r., yigitcanlar, t., & corchado, j. m. (2024). smart technologies for sustainable urban and regional development. sustainability, 16(3), 1171. doi:10.3390/su16031171. [3] liu, z., & li, j. (2023). application of unmanned aerial vehicles in precision agriculture. agriculture (switzerland), 13(7), 1375. doi:10.3390/agriculture13071375. [4] bagula, m. f., bagula, h., mandava, m., kakoko lubamba, c., & bagula, a. (2019). cyber-healthcare kiosks for healthcare support in developing countries. in lecture notes of the institute for computer sciences, social-informatics and telecommunications engineering, lnicst: springer verlag, 275, 185–198. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-16042-5_18. [5] celesti, a., fazio, m., márquez, f. g., glikson, a., mauwa, h., bagula, a., celesti, f., & villari, m. (2019). how to develop iot cloud e-health systems based on fiware: a lesson learnt. journal of sensor and actuator networks, 8(1), 7. doi:10.3390/jsan8010007. [6] ajayi, o. o., bagula, a. b., & maluleke, h. c. (2020). africa 3: a continental network model to enable the african fourth industrial revolution. ieee access, 8, 196847–196864. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3034144. [7] ajayi, o. o., bagula, a. b., maluleke, h. c., gaffoor, z., jovanovic, n., & pietersen, k. c. (2022). waternet: a network for monitoring and assessing water quality for drinking and irrigation purposes. ieee access, 10, 48318–48337. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3172274. [8] huseien, g. f., & shah, k. w. (2021). potential applications of 5g network technology for climate change control: a scoping review of singapore. sustainability (switzerland), 13(17), 9720. doi:10.3390/su13179720. [9] biswas, s., sanyal, a., božanić, d., puška, a., & marinković, d. (2023). critical success factors for 5g technology adaptation in supply chains. sustainability (switzerland), 15(6), 5539. doi:10.3390/su15065539. [10] wijethilaka, s., & liyanage, m. (2021). survey on network slicing for internet of things realization in 5g networks. ieee communications surveys and tutorials, 23(2), 957–994. doi:10.1109/comst.2021.3067807. [11] agiwal, m., kwon, h., park, s., & jin, h. (2021). a survey on 4g-5g dual connectivity: road to 5g implementation. ieee access, 9, 16193–16210. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3052462. [12] livermore, m., chowdhury, m., baumgartner, g., & jeanlouis, j. (2023). organizational social media use and community social capital: disparities by poverty and racial composition. journal of poverty, 27(5), 374–390. doi:10.1080/10875549.2022.2080030. [13] united nations. (2023). peace, dignity and equality on a healthy planet. united nations, new york, united states. [14] undp. (2024). the sdgs in action. in united nations development programme. united nation development programme, new york, united states. [15] nature (2023). a decades-long decline in extreme poverty has gone into reverse — here’s how to fix things. (2023). nature, 618(7967), 886–886. doi:10.1038/d41586-023-02098-3. [16] gweshengwe, b., & hassan, n. h. (2020). defining the characteristics of poverty and their implications for poverty analysis. cogent social sciences, 6(1), 1768669. doi:10.1080/23311886.2020.1768669. [17] elavarasan, r. m., pugazhendhi, r., shafiullah, g. m., kumar, n. m., arif, m. t., jamal, t., chopra, s. s., & dyduch, j. (2022). impacts of covid-19 on sustainable development goals and effective approaches to maneuver them in the post-pandemic environment. environmental science and pollution research, 29(23), 33957–33987. doi:10.1007/s11356-021-17793-9. [18] moyer, j. d., verhagen, w., mapes, b., bohl, d. k., xiong, y., yang, v., mcneil, k., solórzano, j., irfan, m., carter, c., & hughes, b. b. (2022). how many people is the covid-19 pandemic pushing into poverty? a long-term forecast to 2050 with alternative scenarios. plos one, 17(7 july), 0270846. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0270846. http://data.worldbank.org/about/country-classifications hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 530 [19] medina negrín, m. á., & galván marrero, j. j. (2021). the new education law (lomloe) in the face of the sustainable development goals of the 2030 agenda and the challenge of covid-19. advances in educational supervision, 35, 140–182. doi:10.23824/ase.v0i35.709 [20] f.a.o. (2021). world livestock transforming the livestock sector through the sustainable development goals. food and agriculture organization, rome, italy doi:10.4060/ca1201en. [21] ali, n. (2021). undp in collaboration with the ministry of health to pilot smart anti-epidemic robotic solutions in kenya. united nation development programme, new york, united states. [22] sanders, c. k., & scanlon, e. (2021). the digital divide is a human rights issue: advancing social inclusion through social work advocacy. journal of human rights and social work, 6(2), 130–143. doi:10.1007/s41134-020-00147-9. [23] agarwal, r., gopinath, g., farrar, j., hatchett, r., & sands, p. (2022). a global strategy to manage the long-term risks of covid-19. imf working papers, 068, 1. doi:10.5089/9798400205996.001. [24] alkholidi, a., alsharabi, n. a., hamam, h., & alshammari, t. s. (2023). the 5g wireless technology and a significant economic growth and sustainable development. international conference on smart computing and application, icsca 2023, 10087596. doi:10.1109/icsca57840.2023.10087596. [25] gabriel, i., & gauri, v. (2019). towards a new global narrative for the sustainable development goals. sustainable development goals, 53–70. doi:10.1002/9781119541851.ch3. [26] yarali, a. (2021). intelligent connectivity. intelligent connectivity, 133–151. doi:10.1002/9781119685265.ch7. [27] sdgs. (2023). report of the un secretary general’s 10-member-group of high-level representatives of scientific community, private sector and civil society in support of the technology, facilitation mechanism. science, technology, and innovation for the sdgs – progress, future vision, and recommendations. sustainable development goals, united nation. [28] park, k. r. (2022). science, technology, and innovation in sustainable development cooperation: theories and practices in south korea. international development cooperation of japan and south korea: new strategies for an uncertain world, 179-208. [29] singh, s. (2023). 5g enabled network technology trends for smart healthcare systems. 5g wireless communication system in healthcare informatics: crc press, 29–43. doi:10.1201/9781003368311-4. [30] dangi, r., lalwani, p., choudhary, g., you, i., & pau, g. (2022). study and investigation on 5g technology: a systematic review. sensors, 22(1), 26. doi:10.3390/s22010026. [31] jichkar, r., paraskar, s., parteki, r., ghosh, m., deotale, t., pathan, a. s., bawankar, s., & p.thakare, l. (2023). 5g: an emerging technology and its advancement. in international conference on emerging trends in engineering and technology, icetet, 10151530. doi:10.1109/icetet-sip58143.2023.10151530. [32] fowdur, t. p., indoonundon, m., hosany, m. a., milovanovic, d., & bojkovic, z. (2022). achieving sustainable development goals through digital infrastructure for intelligent connectivity. lecture notes on data engineering and communications technologies, 105, 3–26. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-90618-4_1. [33] shafique, k., khawaja, b. a., sabir, f., qazi, s., & mustaqim, m. (2020). internet of things (iot) for next-generation smart systems: a review of current challenges, future trends and prospects for emerging 5g-iot scenarios. ieee access, 8, 23022– 23040. doi:10.1109/access.2020.2970118. [34] singh, s., assaf mansour, h., agarwal, n., & kumar, a. (2017). speaker recognition system for limited speech data using highlevel speaker specific features and support vector machines. international journal of applied engineering research 12(19), 8026–8033. [35] khanh, q. v., hoai, n. v., manh, l. d., le, a. n., & jeon, g. (2022). wireless communication technologies for iot in 5g: vision, applications, and challenges. wireless communications and mobile computing, 3229294. doi:10.1155/2022/3229294. [36] wang, y. (2022). development of the digital economy: a case study of 5g technology. in lecture notes in information systems and organisation, 54, 215–225. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-94617-3_16. [37] dai, n. h. p., ruiz, l., & zoltan, r. (2021). 5g revolution: challenges and opportunities. 21st ieee international symposium on computational intelligence and informatics, cinti 2021 proceedings, 211–216. doi:10.1109/cinti53070.2021.9668550. [38] attaran, m., & attaran, s. (2020). digital transformation and economic contributions of 5g networks. international journal of enterprise information systems, 16(4), 58–79. doi:10.4018/ijeis.2020100104. [39] latif, s., qadir, j., farooq, s., & imran, m. a. (2017). how 5g wireless (and concomitant technologies) will revolutionize healthcare? future internet, 9(4), 93. doi:10.3390/fi9040093. [40] tang, y., dananjayan, s., hou, c., guo, q., luo, s., & he, y. (2021). a survey on the 5g network and its impact on agriculture: challenges and opportunities. computers and electronics in agriculture, 180. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2020.105895. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 531 [41] gohar, a., & nencioni, g. (2021). the role of 5g technologies in a smart city: the case for intelligent transportation system. sustainability (switzerland), 13(9), 5188. doi:10.3390/su13095188. [42] queiroz, d. m. de, coelho, a. l. de f., valente, d. s. m., & schueller, j. k. (2020). sensors applied to digital agriculture: a review. revista ciencia agronomica, 51(5), 1–15. doi:10.5935/1806-6690.20200086. [43] shehab, m. j., kassem, i., kutty, a. a., kucukvar, m., onat, n., & khattab, t. (2022). 5g networks towards smart and sustainable cities: a review of recent developments, applications and future perspectives. ieee access, 10, 2987–3006. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3139436. [44] sadio, m. (2008). the determinants of rice import demand in senegal approved by the memory committee. african institute for economic development and planning (idep), united nation. [45] singh, s., assaf, m. h., das, s. r., biswas, s. n., petriu, e. m., & groza, v. (2016). short duration voice data speaker recognition system using novel fuzzy vector quantization algorithm. in conference record ieee instrumentation and measurement technology conference (vols. 2016-july), taipei, taiwan. doi:10.1109/i2mtc.2016.7520363. [46] australian government (2024). 5g-enabling the future economy. department of infrastructure, transport, regional development, communications and the arts, australia. available online: https://www.infrastructure.gov.au/mediacentre/publications/5g-enabling-future-economy (accessed on may 2024). [47] gsm association. (2023). the mobile economy pacific islands 2023. gsm association, london, united kingdom. [48] javaid, m., haleem, a., singh, r. p., & suman, r. (2023). 5g technology for healthcare: features, serviceable pillars, and applications. intelligent pharmacy, 1(1), 2–10. doi:10.1016/j.ipha.2023.04.001. [49] singh, p. (2023). gamified wearables in childhood obesity therapy driven by 5g wireless communication system with special emphasis on pacific island countries. 5g wireless communication system in healthcare informatics, crc press, 114– 132. doi:10.1201/9781003368311-9. [50] i.t.u. (2022). facts and figures 2022. international telecommunication union (i.t.u.), geneva, switzerland. available online: https://www.itu.int/itu-d/reports/statistics/2021/11/15/internet-use/ (accessed on may 2024). [51] the world bank group (2024). poverty headcount ratio at $1.90 a day (2011 ppp) (% of population). the world bank group, washington, united states. available online: https://databank.worldbank.org/metadataglossary/jobs/series/si.pov.dday (accessed on may 2024). [52] eclac united nations. (2007). panorama social de america latina. in panorama social de america latina. available online: http://repositorio.cepal.org/bitstream/handle/11362/1227/s0700764_es.pdf?sequence=1 (accessed on may 2024). [53] sameti, m., kenary, s. s., & gharakhani, s. (2014). the investigation of internet effect on financial corruption case study: iran and some selected developing countries (2002-2009). international journal of academic research in business and social sciences, 4(7), 450-462. [54] gsma. (2022). mobile industry impact report: sustainable development goals. gsm association, london, united kingdom. available online: https://www.gsma.com/betterfuture/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/sdg_report_2020_methodology_section _v6.pdf (accessed on may 2024). [55] gsma. (2017). gsma intelligence 5g in china: outlook and regional comparisons. gsm association, london, united kingdom. [56] campbell, k., diffley, j., flanagan, b., morelli, b., o’neil, b., & sideco, f. (2017). the 5g economy: how 5g technology will contribute to the global economy. ihs economics & ihs technology, 1–35. [57] page, m. j., mckenzie, j. e., bossuyt, p. m., boutron, i., hoffmann, t. c., mulrow, c. d., shamseer, l., tetzlaff, j. m., akl, e. a., brennan, s. e., chou, r., glanville, j., grimshaw, j. m., hróbjartsson, a., lalu, m. m., li, t., loder, e. w., mayo-wilson, e., mcdonald, s., … moher, d. (2021). the prisma 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. the bmj, 372. doi:10.1136/bmj.n71. [58] singh, s. (2021). minimal redundancy linear array and uniform linear arrays beamforming applications in 5g smart devices. emerging science journal, 4, 70-84. doi:10.28991/esj-2021-sp1-05. [59] ised. (2018). spectrum outlook 2018 to 2022. innovation, science and economic development canada (ised), slpb-00318, government of canada, ottawa, canada. available online: https://ised-isde.canada.ca/site/spectrum-managementtelecommunications/sites/default/files/attachments/2022/outlook-2018-en.pdf (accessed on march 2024). [60] singh, s., singh, s. v., yadav, d., suman, s. k., lakshminarayanan, b., & singh, g. (2022). discrete interferences optimum beamformer in correlated signal and interfering noise. international journal of electrical and computer engineering, 12(2), 1732–1743. doi:10.11591/ijece.v12i2.pp1732-1743. https://www.infrastructure.gov.au/media-centre/publications/5g-enabling-future-economy https://www.infrastructure.gov.au/media-centre/publications/5g-enabling-future-economy https://www.itu.int/itu-d/reports/statistics/2021/11/15/internet-use/ https://databank.worldbank.org/metadataglossary/jobs/series/si.pov.dday http://repositorio.cepal.org/bitstream/handle/11362/1227/s0700764_es.pdf?sequence=1 https://www.gsma.com/betterfuture/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/sdg_report_2020_methodology_section%20_v6.pdf https://www.gsma.com/betterfuture/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/sdg_report_2020_methodology_section%20_v6.pdf https://doi.org/10.28991/esj-2021-sp1-05 https://ised-isde.canada.ca/site/spectrum-management-telecommunications/sites/default/files/attachments/2022/outlook-2018-en.pdf https://ised-isde.canada.ca/site/spectrum-management-telecommunications/sites/default/files/attachments/2022/outlook-2018-en.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 532 [61] weller, s., may, m., mccredden, j., leach, v., phung, d., & belyaev, i. (2023). comment on “5g mobile networks and healtha state-of-the-science review of the research into low-level rf fields above 6 ghz” by karipidis et al. journal of exposure science and environmental epidemiology, 33(1), 17–20. doi:10.1038/s41370-022-00497-8. [62] karipidis, k., mate, r., urban, d., tinker, r., & wood, a. (2021). 5g mobile networks and health—a state-of-the-science review of the research into low-level rf fields above 6 ghz. journal of exposure science and environmental epidemiology, 31(4), 585–605. doi:10.1038/s41370-021-00297-6. [63] ariza, f. d. a., & bahia, k. (2023). socio-economic benefits of 5g the importance of low-band spectrum. gsm association, london, united kingdom. [64] azari, m. m., solanki, s., chatzinotas, s., kodheli, o., sallouha, h., colpaert, a., mendoza montoya, j. f., pollin, s., haqiqatnejad, a., mostaani, a., lagunas, e., & ottersten, b. (2022). evolution of non-terrestrial networks from 5g to 6g: a survey. ieee communications surveys and tutorials, 24(4), 2633–2672. doi:10.1109/comst.2022.3199901. [65] hakak, s., gadekallu, t. r., maddikunta, p. k. r., ramu, s. p., m, p., de alwis, c., & liyanage, m. (2023). autonomous vehicles in 5g and beyond: a survey. vehicular communications, 39. doi:10.1016/j.vehcom.2022.100551. [66] togni, l., & fakoury, r. (2022). regional insights into low-carbon hydrogen scale up: world energy insights working paper. world energy council, london, united kingdom. [67] lamy, p. (2014). report to the european commission. results of the work of the high-level group on the future use of the uhf, 470, 790. [68] ebu. (2021). compatibility between 5g broadcast and other dtt systems in the sub-700 mhz band. european broadcasting union. available online: https://tech.ebu.ch/publications/tr064 (accessed on march 2024). [69] european commission (2022). directorate-general for communications networks, content and technology, study on the use of the sub-700 mhz band (470-694 mhz). final report, publications office of the european union, 2022. doi:10.2759/94757. [70] gsma & carbon trust. (2019). the enablement effect. the impact of mobile communications technologies on carbon emission reductions. gsm association, london, united kingdom. available online: https://www.gsma.com/betterfuture/wpcontent/uploads/2019/12/gsma_enablement_effect.pdf (accessed on march 2024). [71] lewin, d., marks, p., & nicoletti, s. (2013). valuing the use of spectrum in the eu. london, ec4a 3bf, united kingdom. [72] ariza, f. d. a., & bahia, k. (2023). socio-economic benefits of 5g the importance of low-band spectrum. gsma intelligence. available online: https://data.gsmaintelligence.com/research/research/research-2023/socio-economic-benefits-of-5g-theimportance-of-low-band-spectrum (accessed on march 2024).. [73] ariza, f. d. a., & bahia, k. (2023). appendices: socio-economic benefits of 5g the importance of low-band spectrum. gsma intelligence. available online: https://data.gsmaintelligence.com/signin?returnpath=/research/research/research-2023/socioeconomic-benefits-of-5g-the-importance-of-low-band-spectrum (accessed on march 2024). [74] singh, s., rosak-szyrocka, j., & tamàndl, l. (2023). development, service-oriented architecture, and security of blockchain technology for industry 4.0 iot application. hightech and innovation journal, 4(1), 134–156. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-01010. [75] o’grady, m. j., & o’hare, g. m. p. (2017). modelling the smart farm. information processing in agriculture, 4(3), 179–187. doi:10.1016/j.inpa.2017.05.001. [76] gsma & world bank. (2020). the poverty reduction effects of mobile broadband in africa: evidence from nigeria. gsm association, london, united kingdom. [77] crabtree, s., diego-rosell, p., & buckles, g. (2018). the impact of mobile on people’s happiness and well-being. gsma, london, united kingdom. [78] hasan, m. a., mimi, m. b., voumik, l. c., esquivias, m. a., & rashid, m. (2023). investigating the interplay of ict and agricultural inputs on sustainable agricultural production: an ardl approach. journal of human, earth, and future, 4(4), 375-390. doi:10.28991/hef-2023-04-04-01. [79] singh, s., rosak-szyrocka, j., drotár, i., & fernando, x. (2023). oceania’s 5g multi-tier fixed wireless access link’s longterm resilience and feasibility analysis. future internet, 15(10), 334. doi:10.3390/fi15100334. [80] gsm association. (2020). gsma mobile economy 2020 pacific islands. gsm association, london, united kingdom. available online: https://www.gsma.com/solutions-and-impact/connectivity-for-good/mobile-economy/wp-content/uploads/ 2020/03/gsma_mobileeconomy2020_pacific_islands.pdf (accessed on march 2024). [81] itu. (2017). measuring the information society report 2017. volume 2: ict country profiles, international telecommunication union, united nation. https://tech.ebu.ch/publications/tr064 https://www.gsma.com/betterfuture/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/gsma_enablement_effect.pdf https://www.gsma.com/betterfuture/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/gsma_enablement_effect.pdf https://data.gsmaintelligence.com/research/research/research-2023/socio-economic-benefits-of-5g-the-importance-of-low-band-spectrum https://data.gsmaintelligence.com/research/research/research-2023/socio-economic-benefits-of-5g-the-importance-of-low-band-spectrum https://data.gsmaintelligence.com/signin?returnpath=/research/research/research-2023/socio-economic-benefits-of-5g-the-importance-of-low-band-spectrum https://data.gsmaintelligence.com/signin?returnpath=/research/research/research-2023/socio-economic-benefits-of-5g-the-importance-of-low-band-spectrum https://doi.org/10.28991/hef-2023-04-04-01 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 533 [82] gsm association. (2022). maximising the socio-economic value of spectrum a best practice guide for the cost-benefit analysis of 5g spectrum assignments. gsm association, london, united kingdom. available online: https://www.gsma.com/connectivity-for-good/spectrum/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/mobile-spectrum-maximising-socioeconomic-value.pdf (accessed on march 2024). [83] oughton, e. j., frias, z., van der gaast, s., & van der berg, r. (2019). assessing the capacity, coverage and cost of 5g infrastructure strategies: analysis of the netherlands. telematics and informatics, 37, 50–69. doi:10.1016/j.tele.2019.01.003. [84] barnett, t., jain, s., andra, u., & khurana, t. (2018). global internet growth and trends source: cisco vni global ip traffic forecast. available online: https://get.drivenets.com/hubfs/1211_business_services_ckn_pdf.pdf (accessed on march 2024). [85] coleago. (2021). estimating the mid-band spectrum needs in the 2025-2030 time frame global outlook. a report by coleago consulting ltd, 23–27. [86] onopa, s., & kotulski, z. (2024). state-of-the-art and new challenges in 5g networks with blockchain technology. electronics (switzerland), 13(5), 974. doi:10.3390/electronics13050974. [87] vincenzi, m., antonopoulos, a., kartsakli, e., vardakas, j., alonso, l., & verikoukis, c. (2017). multi-tenant slicing for spectrum management on the road to 5g. ieee wireless communications, 24(5), 118–125. doi:10.1109/mwc.2017.1700138. [88] farasat, m., thalakotuna, d. n., hu, z., & yang, y. (2021). a review on 5g sub-6 ghz base station antenna design challenges. electronics (switzerland), 10(16), 2000. doi:10.3390/electronics10162000. [89] etsi. (2018). security architecture and procedures for 5g system (release 16.3.0); ts 33.501 (vol. 0). etsi, sophia antipolis, france. available online: https://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_ts/133500_133599/133501/17.05.00_60/ts_133501v170500p.pdf (accessed on march 2024). [90] mackay, m. (2022). editorial for the special issue on 5g enabling technologies and wireless networking. future internet, 14(11). doi:10.3390/fi14110342. [91] sayeed, m. s., abdulrahim, h., razak, s. f. a., bukar, u. a., & yogarayan, s. (2023). iot raspberry pi based smart parking system with weighted k-nearest neighbours approach. civil engineering journal, 9(8), 1991-2011. doi:10.28991/cej-202309-08-012. [92] oughton, e. j., & frias, z. (2018). the cost, coverage and rollout implications of 5g infrastructure in britain. telecommunications policy, 42(8), 636–652. doi:10.1016/j.telpol.2017.07.009. [93] bauer, j. m., & bohlin, e. (2022). regulation and innovation in 5g markets. telecommunications policy, 46(4), 102260. doi:10.1016/j.telpol.2021.102260. [94] lee, m. h., liu, i. h., huang, h. c., & li, j. s. (2023). cyber security in a 5g-based smart healthcare network: a base station case study. engineering proceedings, 55(1), 50. doi:10.3390/engproc2023055050. [95] scalise, p., boeding, m., hempel, m., sharif, h., delloiacovo, j., & reed, j. (2024). a systematic survey on 5g and 6g security considerations, challenges, trends, and research areas. future internet, 16(3), 67. doi:10.3390/fi16030067. [96] caso, g., alay, ö., brunstrom, a., koumaras, h., díaz zayas, a., & frascolla, v. (2023). experimentation in 5g and beyond networks: state of the art and the way forward. sensors, 23(24), 9671. doi:10.3390/s23249671. [97] devi, d. h., duraisamy, k., armghan, a., alsharari, m., aliqab, k., sorathiya, v., das, s., & rashid, n. (2023). 5g technology in healthcare and wearable devices: a review. sensors, 23(5), 2519. doi:10.3390/s23052519. [98] farhi, f., jeljeli, r., zamoum, k., boudhane, y., & lagha, f. b. (2023). metaverse technology in communication practices: a case study of it products retailers in the uae. emerging science journal, 7(3), 928-942. doi:10.28991/esj-2023-07-03-019. [99] car, t., pilepić stifanich, l., & kovačić, n. (2022). the role of 5g and iot in smart cities. entrenova enterprise research innovation, 8(1), 377–389. doi:10.54820/entrenova-2022-0032. [100] moreno-vozmediano, r., montero, r. s., huedo, e., & llorente, i. m. (2024). intelligent resource orchestration for 5g edge infrastructures. future internet, 16(3), 103. doi:10.3390/fi16030103. [101] chi, h. r. (2023). editorial: edge computing for the internet of things. journal of sensor and actuator networks, 12(1), 17. doi:10.3390/jsan12010017. [102] chen, q., wang, z., su, y., fu, l., & wei, y. (2022). educational 5g edge computing: framework and experimental study. electronics (switzerland), 11(17), 2727. doi:10.3390/electronics11172727. https://www.gsma.com/connectivity-for-good/spectrum/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/mobile-spectrum-maximising-socio-economic-value.pdf https://www.gsma.com/connectivity-for-good/spectrum/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/mobile-spectrum-maximising-socio-economic-value.pdf https://get.drivenets.com/hubfs/1211_business_services_ckn_pdf.pdf https://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_ts/133500_133599/133501/17.05.00_60/ts_133501v170500p.pdf available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 16 issn: 2723-9535 the development and evaluation of homogenously weighted moving average control chart based on an autoregressive process rapin sunthornwat 1 , saowanit sukparungsee 2 , yupaporn areepong 2* 1 industrial technology and innovation management program, faculty of science and technology, pathumwan institute of technology 10330, thailand. 2 department of applied statistics, faculty of applied science, king mongkut’s university of technology north bangkok, bangkok, 10800, thailand. received 02 november 2023; revised 14 february 2024; accepted 21 february 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract this research aims to investigate a homogenously weighted moving average (hwma) control chart for detecting minor and moderate shifts in the process mean. a mathematical model for the explicit formulae of the average run length (arl) of the hwma control chart based on the autoregressive (ar) process is presented. the efficacy of the hwma control chart is evaluated based on the average run length, the standard deviation of run length (sdrl), and the median run length (mrl). as illustrations of the design and implementation of the hwma control chart, numerical examples are provided. in numerous instances, a comparative analysis of the hwma control chart relative to the extended exponentially weighted moving average (extended ewma) and cumulative sum (cusum) control charts with mean process shifts is performed in detail. additionally, the relative mean index (rmi), the average extra quadratic loss (aeql), and the performance comparison index (pci) are utilized to evaluate the performance of control charts. for various shift sizes, the hwma control chart is superior to the extended ewma and cusum control charts. this study applies empirical data from the area of economics to validate the explicit formula of arl values for the hwma control chart. keywords: integral equation; average run length; autoregressive process. 1. introduction statistical process control (spc) provides several benefits, including a reduction in defects, an increase in productivity, a reduction in waste, an increase in customer satisfaction, and an improvement in the overall performance of the process. it is extensively utilized across industries to maintain product quality and process consistency. a control chart is a statistical process control tool that continuously monitors and visually represents the performance of a process, product, or operation over time. control charts are extensively utilized in manufacturing, healthcare, service industries, and virtually any setting where processes must be monitored and controlled. various control charts are utilized to monitor and analyze different parts of a process. the shewhart control chart, which shewhart [1] first proposed, the cumulative sum (cusum) control chart, which page [2] first proposed, and the exponentially weighted moving average (ewma) control chart, which roberts [3] first published, are the three process control charts that are most frequently used. the ewma and cusum control charts are designed to gather data over time to identify subtle adjustments in process parameters. in contrast, shewhart control charts are mainly utilized for promptly detecting significant process shifts. previous studies have indicated that the ewma and cusum control charts exhibit superior performance compared to the shewhart control chart in detecting * corresponding author: yupaporn.a@sci.kmutnb.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8981-5107 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5248-8173 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5103-9867 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 17 minor variations in the process [4, 5]. the extended exponentially weighted moving average (extended ewma) control chart was introduced by neveed et al. [6] to expand the conventional ewma control chart. the purpose of this design is to identify changes in both the mean and the standard deviation of a process. a homogeneously weighted moving average (hwma) control chart was recently proposed by abbas [7] as a control charting statistic that gives the present and past samples a specific weight. the impact of non-normality on the hwma control chart's performance is examined, and adjustments to the control chart's parameters may improve its performance against non-normality. furthermore, abbas [7] showed that the hwma control chart outperformed the cusum and ewma control charts in terms of effectiveness. in order to compare how successfully the charts identified process changes, the authors therefore aimed to offer an exact formula for the average run time of hwma control charts. riaz et al. [8] utilized monte carlo simulation to examine the performance of the hwma control chart in zero and steady states at various shifts. the hwma control chart is compared to the ewma control chart with time-varying limits to conduct the comparative analysis. it has been determined that, for several shift sizes under zero state, the hwma control chart is superior to the ewma chart. control charts are often designed to be used in processes that have identically distributed (i.i.d.) data points for monitoring and analysis. processes can, in fact, display autocorrelation, whereby prior observations impact the current data point. a type of autoregressive integrated moving average (arima) model, ar models mix moving average and differencing components to address non-stationarity in the data. ar models are useful when there is a correlation between the values at various time points and the time series shows signs of autocorrelation. in this study, the criteria for choosing the arima model with the lowest mean absolute percentage error (mape) and root mean square error (rmse) were examined. noise usually follows white noise; however, exponential white noise can also be followed by noise. as fellag & ibazizen [9] have done, a specific example of white noise with an exponential distribution will be considered. the average run length (arl) is a measure of the expected or average number of samples that need to be collected before a control chart signals an out-of-control condition. the arl is used to evaluate the performance and efficiency of a control chart in maintaining the process in an in-control state. the arl has two essential components: arl for the in-control state (arl0) refers to the average run length when the process is in the control condition. in an ideal scenario, the arl for the in-control state should be relatively large, indicating that the chart does not frequently generate false alarms. arl for out-of-control state (arl1) refers to the average run length when the process is out of control. it measures the average time required for the control chart to identify and signal a real problem or deviation from the intended process conditions. a small arl1 indicates that the control chart can rapidly detect a process change. many approaches have been provided for evaluating the average run length (arl). for example, champ & rigdon [10] studied the markov chain and integral equation approaches that are often used to evaluate the run length distribution of quality control charts to evaluate the cumulative sum (cusum) and the exponentially weighted moving average (ewma) control charts. the product midpoint rule approximates the integral in the integral equation. furthermore, sukparungsee & areepong [11] introduced an autoregressive model-based explicit analytical solution for the average run length of the ewma control chart. they utilized the numerical integral equation method to compare the outcomes of the arl. the use of explicit formulas for determining average run length (arl) values has yielded precise results and expedited computational processes. consequently, many researchers have studied the derivation of average run length (arl) values using precise mathematical expressions. sunthornwat et al. [12] estimate the fractional differencing parameter and the optimal smoothing value for the ewma control chart to assess the average run length (arl) and compare the analytical ewma and cusum control charts. peerajit et al. [13] recently proposed explicit formulas for the average run length (arl) of the cusum chart for non-seasonal and seasonal arfima models. the accuracy of explicit arl was compared with the numerical integral equation (nie) method based on the gauss-legendre quadrature rule. on a modified ewma control chart for a firstorder moving-average process with exponential white noise, supharakonsakun [14] examined explicit formulations for both the one-sided and two-sided arl. a comparison was made between the ewma control chart's performance and the solution's accuracy as determined by the numerical integral equation method. following this, supharakonsakun [15] conducts an analysis on the efficacy of a modified ewma chart in determining the precise average run length. the observations were obtained from a general-order moving average process accompanied by exponential white noise. additionally, a comparison of the effectiveness of the ewma and modified ewma control charts is also presented. in the meanwhile, phanyaem [16] introduced the explicit formula of the arl for seasonal autoregressive with explanatory variables on the cusum chart. subsequently, petcharat [17] determined the average run length (arl) for the cumulative sum (cusum) control chart by employing the fredholm integral equation method and the sar(p)l with trend process. the use of banach's fixed point theorem guarantees the existence and uniqueness of the solution. phanthuna et al. [18] have recently developed explicit analytical solutions for the arl of a modified ewma control chart with exponential white noise using a time series model with fractionality and integration. peerajit and areepong [19] presented the arl of an autoregressive fractionally integrated process with exponential white noise using a modified ewma control chart to detect variations in the mean process. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 18 furthermore, silpakob et al. [20] created a modified exponentially weighted moving average (ewma) control chart to determine a change in the mean process. they derived explicit formulas for both one-sided and two-sided arl for autoregressive processes. the findings revealed that the performance of the newly modified ewma control chart was superior to that of the conventional ewma and the modified ewma control charts. peerajit [21] recently introduced an explicit formula for arl for monitoring variations in the mean for the cusum control chart under the sfimax model. karoon et al. [22] investigated the exact run length on a two-sided extended ewma control chart that was autoregressive with a trend model to monitor the mean process. the effectiveness of the extended ewma control chart for controlling process mean based on autocorrelated data was examined by karoon et al. [23]. peerajit [24] developed precise methods based on analytical integral equations to obtain the arl. the proof of these formulas' existence and uniqueness relied on banach's fixed-point theorem. this work examines the fimax model's cusum chart, which takes exogenous factors and a fractionally integrated moving average into account. the model assumes that there is an underlying exponential white noise. using an analytical formula based on an integral equation, peerajit [25] gave a precise estimation of the arl for long-memory models in the same year. examples of these models include fractionally integrated max processes (fimax) with exponential white noise operating on an ewma control chart. its efficacy was contrasted with the arl determined by the widely recognized numerical integral equation (nie) method. sunthornwat et al.’s [26] recent study examined the hwma control chart's explicit formula for the max model and contrasted its performance with that of the cusum control chart. when utilizing the earl, esdrl, and emrl criteria, the hwma control chart outperformed the cusum control chart. therefore, the purpose of this study is to examine the hwma control chart and evaluate its effectiveness in comparison to the cusum control chart and the extended exponentially weighted moving average (extended ewma) control chart. the autoregressive model (ar(p)), a new model that will be used in numerous real-world applications, will be employed to apply this control chart. this study also identifies a new performance criterion that consists of pci, aeql, and rmi values. thus, the primary objective of this research is to evaluate the arl formulas derived from the hwma control chart for an autoregressive model under zero state and compare them to the ones utilized by the nie method. in addition, the hwma control chart is enlarged to allow for a comparison of the control chart's efficiency to the extended ewma and cusum control charts that underlie both simulated and real-world data for various shift sizes in the process mean. then, the efficiency of the hwma chart was calculated using the sdrl and mrl values. the outcomes of the hwma control chart were verified using the performance measures, which include the performance comparison by index (pci), average extra quadratic loss (aeql), and relative mean index (rmi). furthermore, the application used to illustrate this research is related to natural gas prices. changes in the price of oil play an equal role in predicting the fundamental future movement of the exchange rate (brahmasrene et al. [27]). moreover, the oil price is a significant factor directly related to the economy. in this situation, control charts aim to identify patterns or movements in price behavior that may signal a change in market conditions. the remaining article is organized as follows: section 2 describes the structure of the hwma, extended ewma, and cusum processes and control charts. the average run length is evaluated in section 3 using explicit formulas and numerical integral equations. the fourth section of the report provides numerical results. finally, concluding remarks are summarized in section 5. 2. process and control charts this section includes the statistical scheme of the hwma control chart, using data derived from the autoregressive model (ar(p)). subsequently, the explicit formula derived from the analysis and the nie method for calculating the average run length (arl) is shown. 2.1. the autoregressive process there are stationary and non-stationary components in time-series data. the moving average (ma(q)), autoregressive (ar(p), and autoregressive and moving average (arma(p,q)) models are the methods available for creating stationary time series. in this work, the autoregressive model, or ar(p) model, was studied. equation 1 expresses the ar(p) as follows: definition 2.1 let {𝑌𝑡 , 𝑡 = 1,2, . . . . , }be a sequence of ar(p) process given as in equation 1; 𝑌𝑡 = 𝜙0 + 𝜙1𝑌𝑡−1 + 𝜙2𝑌𝑡−2+. . . +𝜙𝑝𝑌𝑡−𝑝 + 휀𝑡 (1) where 𝜙0 is a constant of model 𝜙𝑖 is coefficients of autoregressive 𝑖 = 1,2, . . . , 𝑝. 휀𝑡 is a exponential white noise process (휀𝑡 ∼ 𝐸𝑥𝑝(𝛼)) the probability density function of 휀𝑡 is defined as𝑓(𝑦, 𝛼) = 1 𝛼 𝑒− 𝑦 𝛼; 𝛼 > 0, and then initial values of the ar(p) model are 𝑌0, 𝑌−1, . . . , 𝑌1−𝑝. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 19 2.2. the hwma control chart under the assumption that {𝐻𝑡; 𝑡 = 1,2,3, . . . } is a sequence of i.i.d continuous random variables with a probability density function, the hwma statistic is taken into consideration. based on the ar(p) procedure, the hwma statistic (𝐻𝑡) is known as an upper hwma statistic. 𝐻𝑡 can be represented as in equation 2 using the recursive formula. 𝐻𝑡 = 𝜆𝑌𝑡 + (1 − 𝜆)�̄�𝑡−1, for 𝑡 = 1, 2, 3, . .. (2) where 𝑌𝑡 is a sequence of the ar(p) process with exponential white noise, the constant value �̄�0 = 𝜐 is an initial value; 𝜐 ∈ [0,h] where h is a upper control limit of hwma control chart. the control limits of hwma control chart consist of; upper control limit: 𝑈𝐶𝐿𝑡 = { 𝜇0 + 𝐿1√ 𝜎2 𝑛 𝜆2, 𝑡 = 1 𝜇0 + 𝐿1√ 𝜎2 𝑛 [𝜆2 + (1−𝜆)2 (𝑡−1) ], 𝑡 > 1 lower control limit: 𝐿𝐶𝐿𝑡 = { 𝜇0 − 𝐿1√ 𝜎2 𝑛 𝜆2, 𝑡 = 1 𝜇0 − 𝐿1√ 𝜎2 𝑛 [𝜆2 + (1−𝜆)2 (𝑡−1) ], 𝑡 > 1 where 𝜇0 is the target mean, σ is the process standard deviation and 𝐿1is the width of the control limits. the hwma stopping time (𝜏ℎ)is defined as; 𝜏ℎ ={t>0;h_t≥h}, for h> 𝜐. where 𝜏ℎ is the stopping time and h is ucl. 2.3. the extended ewma control chart the extended ewma control chart was presented by neveed et al. [6]. by giving more weight to recent data points, it is allowed to rapidly monitor and detect small to moderate changes in the mean process. the extended ewma statistic is given by: 𝐸𝑡 = 𝜆1𝑌𝑡 − 𝜆2𝑌𝑡−2 + (1 − 𝜆1 − 𝜆2)𝐸𝑡−1, 𝑡 = 1, 2, . .. (3) where 𝜆1 and 𝜆2 are exponential smoothing coefficient with (0 < 𝜆1 ≤ 1) and (0 ≤ 𝜆2 ≤ 𝜆1) and the initial value is a constant, 𝐸0 = 𝑢. the upper control limit (ucl) and lower control limit (lcl) of the extended ewma control chart are given by: 𝑈𝐶𝐿 = 𝜇0 + 𝐿2𝜎√ 𝜆1 2 + 𝜆2 2 − 2𝜆1𝜆2(1 − 𝜆1 + 𝜆2) 2(𝜆1 − 𝜆2) − (𝜆1 − 𝜆2) 2 , 𝐿𝐶𝐿 = 𝜇0 − 𝐿2𝜎√ 𝜆1 2 + 𝜆2 2 − 2𝜆1𝜆2(1 − 𝜆1 + 𝜆2) 2(𝜆1 − 𝜆2) − (𝜆1 − 𝜆2) 2 , where 𝜇0 is the target mean, 𝜎 is the process standard deviation, and 𝐿2 is suitable control limit width. the stopping time of the extended ewma control chart (𝜏𝑏) is given by: 𝜏𝑏 = {𝑡 > 0; 𝐸𝑡 ≥ 𝑏}, where 𝜏𝑏 is the stopping time and 𝑏is ucl. 2.4. the cusum chart for quality control, page [2] produced the cusum control chart, which can be used to detect small changes in the process mean. using the procedure described in equation 4, the statistics of the cusum control chart can be expressed as follows: 𝐶𝑡 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥( 0, 𝐶𝑡−1 + 𝑌𝑡 −𝜛), 𝑡 = 1,2,3, . .. (4) where 𝜛 is a reference value, 𝐶0 = 𝜍 is the initial value of cusum statistic; 𝜍 ∈ [0, 𝑠] and the cusum chart's stopping time is defined as 𝜏𝑠 = {𝑡 > 0; 𝐶𝑡 > 𝑠} and 𝑠 is ucl. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 20 3. evaluation of average run length 3.1. analytical explicit formulas of the arl for ar(p) model from the recursion of hwma statistics in equation 2, 𝐻𝑡 = 𝜆𝑌𝑡 + (1 − 𝜆)�̄�𝑡−1 and 𝑌𝑡 = 𝜙0 + 𝜙1𝑌𝑡−1 + 𝜙2𝑌𝑡−2+. . . +𝜙𝑝𝑌𝑡−𝑝 + 휀𝑡 consequently, the hwma statistics can be displayed as: 𝐻𝑡 = 𝜆(𝜙0 + 𝜙1𝑌𝑡−1 + 𝜙2𝑌𝑡−2+. . . +𝜙𝑝𝑌𝑡−𝑝 + 휀𝑡) + (1 − 𝜆)�̄�𝑡−1 for t=1, 𝐻1 = 𝜆(𝜙0 + 𝜙1𝑌0 + 𝜙2𝑌−1+. . . +𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝 + 휀1) + (1 − 𝜆)�̄�0 𝐻1 = 𝜆(𝜙0 + 𝜙1𝑌0 + 𝜙2𝑌−1+. . . +𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) + 𝜆휀1 + (1 − 𝜆)�̄�0 let 𝐵 = 𝜆(𝜙0 + 𝜙1𝑌0 + 𝜙2𝑌−1+. . . +𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) set lcl=0, ucl=ℎfor in control process and given �̄�0 = 𝜐 then: 0 < 𝐻𝑡 < ℎ 0 < 𝜆𝐵 + (1 − 𝜆)�̄�𝑡−1 < ℎ the zero state at 𝑡 = 1 is considered, therefore 𝐾(𝜐) can be calculated as follows: 𝐾(𝜐) = 1 + ∫ 𝐾(𝐵 + 𝜆𝑦 + (1 − 𝜆)𝜐)𝑓(𝑦)𝑑𝑦 ℎ−(1−𝜆)𝜐−𝐵 𝜆 0 (5) let 𝑤 = 𝐵 + 𝜆𝑦 + (1 − 𝜆)𝜐, then 𝑑𝑦 = 1 𝜆 𝑑𝑤. after changing the variable in equation 5, the expression can be reformulated as: 𝐾(𝜐) = 1 + 1 𝜆 ∫ 𝐾(𝜐) 1 𝛼 𝑒− 1 𝛼 [ 𝑤−(1−𝜆)𝜐−𝐵 𝜆 ]𝑑𝑤 ℎ 0 since we determine 휀1 ∼ 𝐸𝑥𝑝(𝛼) then𝑓(𝑦) = 1 𝛼 𝑒− 𝑦 𝛼. thus: 𝐾(𝜐) = 1 + 𝑒 (1−𝜆)𝑢+𝐵 𝛼𝜆 𝛼𝜆 ∫ 𝐾(𝑤) 1 𝛼 𝑒− 𝑤 𝛼𝜆𝑑𝑤 ℎ 0 we setting that 𝐶(𝜐) = 𝑒 (1−𝜆)𝜐+𝐵 𝛼𝜆 𝛼𝜆 and 𝑃 = ∫ 𝐾(𝑤) 1 𝛼 𝑒− 𝑤 𝛼𝜆𝑑𝑤 ℎ 0 so that 𝐾(𝜐) = 1 + 𝐶(𝜐)𝑃. (6) since 𝑃 = ∫ 𝐾(𝜐) 1 𝛼 𝑒− 𝑤 𝛼𝜆𝑑𝑤 ℎ 0 , we have; = ∫ (1 + 𝐶(𝑤)𝑃)𝑒 −𝑤 𝛼𝜆𝑑𝑤 ℎ 0 = ∫ 𝑒 −𝑤 𝛼𝜆𝑑𝑤 + 𝑃 𝛼𝜆 ∫ 𝑒 𝑤−𝜆𝑤+𝐵−𝑤 𝛼𝜆 𝑑𝑤 ℎ 0 ℎ 0 = ∫ 𝑒 −𝑤 𝛼𝜆𝑑𝑤 + 𝑃𝑒 𝐵 𝛼𝜆 𝛼𝜆 ∫ 𝑒 −𝜆𝑤 𝛼𝜆 𝑑𝑤 ℎ 0 ℎ 0 𝑃 = −𝛼𝜆(𝑒− ℎ 𝛼𝜆 − 1) − 𝑃𝑒 𝐵 𝛼𝜆 𝜆 (𝑒− ℎ 𝛼 − 1) 𝑃 = −𝛼𝜆[𝑒 −ℎ 𝛼𝜆−1] [1+ 𝑒 𝐵 𝛼𝜆 𝜆 (𝑒 −ℎ 𝛼 −1)] substituting 𝑃 in (6), we obtain: 𝐾(𝜐) = 1 − [𝑒 −ℎ 𝛼𝜆−1]𝑒 (1−𝜆)𝜐+𝐵 𝛼𝜆 1+ 𝑒 𝐵 𝛼𝜆 𝜆 (𝑒 −ℎ 𝛼 −1) . 𝐾(𝜐) = 1 − [𝑒 −ℎ 𝛼𝜆−1]𝑒 (1−𝜆)𝜐+𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝛼𝜆 1+ 𝑒 𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝛼𝜆 𝜆 (𝑒 −ℎ 𝛼 −1) . (7) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 21 the in-control process (𝛼 = 𝛼0), the arl of the hwma control chart can be expressed in the following formula: 𝐴𝑅𝐿0 = 1 − [𝑒 −ℎ 𝛼0𝜆−1]𝑒 (1−𝜆)𝜐+𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝛼0𝜆 1+ 𝑒 𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝛼0𝜆 𝜆 (𝑒 −ℎ 𝛼0−1) . (8) additionally, the out-of-control process (𝛼 = 𝛼1), the arl of the hwma control chart can be mathematically represented as follows: 𝐴𝑅𝐿1 = 1 − [𝑒 −ℎ 𝛼1𝜆−1]𝑒 (1−𝜆)𝜐+𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝛼1𝜆 1+ 𝑒 𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝛼1𝜆 𝜆 (𝑒 −ℎ 𝛼1−1) . (9) 3.2. the numerical integral equation method for an autoregressive model with exponential white noise, the analytical nie technique for the arl on the hwma control chart is solved in this section. the arl in this study is assessed using the gauss-legendre rule. 𝐾(𝜐) = 1 + 1 𝜆 ∫ 𝐾(𝑤)𝑓( 𝑤−(1−𝜆)−𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝜆 ℎ 0 )𝑑𝑤 the evaluation of an integral approximation is accomplished using the quadrature rule in the following: approach:∫ 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 ℎ 0 ≈ ∑ 𝑤𝑘𝑓(𝑎𝑘) 𝑛 𝑘=1 where 𝑎𝑘 is a point and 𝑤𝑘 is a weight that is defined by the quadrature rules. by use the quadrature formula, we derive 𝐾(𝑎ℎ) = 1 + 1 𝜆 ∑ 𝑤𝑘𝐾(𝑎𝑘)𝑓( 𝑤−(1−𝜆)𝜐−𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝜆 ), ℎ =𝑛 𝑘=1 1,2, . . . , 𝑛; the system of 𝑛linear equations is as follows; 𝐾(𝑎ℎ) = 1 + 1 𝜆 ∑ 𝑤𝑘𝐾(𝑎𝑘)𝑓( 𝑤−(1−𝜆)𝜐−𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝜆 ), ℎ = 1,2, . . . , 𝑛𝑛 𝑘=1 𝐾(𝑎1) = 1 + 1 𝜆 ∑ 𝑤𝑘𝐾(𝑎𝑘)𝑓( 𝑎𝑘−(1−𝜆)𝜐−𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝜆 )𝑛 𝑘=1 𝐾(𝑎2) = 1 + 1 𝜆 ∑ 𝑤𝑘𝐾(𝑎𝑘)𝑓( 𝑎𝑘−(1−𝜆)𝜐−𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝜆 )𝑛 𝑘=1 ⋮ 𝐾(𝑎𝑛) = 1 + 1 𝜆 ∑ 𝑤𝑘𝐾(𝑎𝑘)𝑓( 𝑎𝑘−(1−𝜆)𝜐−𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝜆 )𝑛 𝑘=1 this system can be shown as: 𝐾𝑛×1 = (𝐼𝑛 − 𝑅𝑛×𝑛) −11𝑛×1, where 𝐾𝑛×1 = [ 𝐾(𝑎1) 𝐾(𝑎2) ⋮ 𝐾(𝑎𝑛)] , 𝐼𝑛 = 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑔(1,1, . . . ,1) and 1𝑛×1 = [ 1 1 ⋮ 1 ]. let 𝑹𝑛×𝑛 is a matrix and define the 𝑛 to 𝑛𝑡ℎ as an element of the matrix 𝑹 as follows; [𝑹ℎ𝑘] ≈ 1 𝜆 𝑤𝑘𝑓( 𝑤−(1−𝜆)𝜐−𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝜆 ) if (𝑰 − 𝑹)−1exists, the numerical approximation for the integral equation corresponds to the term of the matrix, 𝐾𝑛×1 = (𝐼𝑛×1 − 𝑅𝑛×𝑛) −11𝑛×1 eventually, we replace 𝑎ℎ by 𝜐, the numerical approximation of the integral for the function 𝐾(𝜐) represented as: 𝐾(𝜐) = 1 + 1 𝜆 ∑ 𝑤𝑘𝐾(𝑎𝑘)𝑓( 𝑎𝑘−(1−𝜆)𝜐−𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝜆 )𝑛 𝑘=1 (10) 3.3. the existence and uniqueness of exact arl solution the arl formula's accuracy is theoretically verified by the banach’s fixed-point theorem, which guarantees that explicit formulations have a unique solution to the integral equation. let 𝑉be an operation on the class of all continuous functions denoted by: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 22 𝑉(𝐾(𝜐)) = 1 + 1 𝜆 ∫ 𝐾(𝑤)𝑓( 𝑤−(1−𝜆)−𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝜆 ℎ 0 )𝑑𝑤 (11) according to banach’s fixed-point theorem, if an operator 𝑉 is a contraction, and then the fixed-point equation 𝑉(𝐾(𝜐)) = 𝐾(𝜐) has a unique solution. the following theorem can be used to show that the equation in equation 9 exists and has a unique solution. theorem 2. banach’s fixed-point theorem let (𝑋, 𝑑) defined on a complete metric space and 𝑉: 𝑋 → 𝑋 satisfies the conditions of a contraction mapping with contraction constant 0 ≤ 𝜂 < 1 such that‖𝑉(𝐾1) − 𝑉(𝐾2)‖ ≤ 𝜂‖𝐾1 − 𝐾2‖, ∀𝐾1, 𝐾2 ∈ 𝑋. then there exists a unique 𝐾(. ) ∈ 𝑋 such that𝑉(𝐾(𝜐)) = 𝐾(𝜐), i.e., a unique fixed-point in 𝑋. proof of theorem 2. let v defined in (9) is a contraction mapping for 1,k 𝐾2 ∈ 𝐹[0, ℎ], such that‖𝑉(𝐾1) − 𝑉(𝐾2)‖ ≤ 𝜂‖𝐾1 − 𝐾2‖, ∀𝐾1, 𝐾2 ∈ 𝐹[0, ℎ] with 0 ≤ 𝜂 < 1 under the norm ‖𝐾‖∞ = 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝜐∈[0,ℎ] |𝐾(𝜐)|, so ‖𝑉(𝐾1) − 𝑉(𝐾2)‖∞ = 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝜐∈[0,ℎ] | 1 𝛼𝜆 𝑒 (1−𝜆)𝜐+𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝛼𝜆 ∫ (𝐾1(𝑤) − 𝐾2(𝑤))𝑒 − 𝑤 𝛼𝜆𝑑𝑤 ℎ 0 | = ‖𝐾1 − 𝐾2‖∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝜐∈[0,ℎ] |𝑒 (1−𝜆)𝜐+𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝛼𝜆 | |1 − 𝑒− ℎ 𝛼𝜆| ≤ 𝜂‖𝐾1 − 𝐾2‖∞ where 𝜂 = 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝜐∈[0,ℎ] |𝑒 (1−𝜆)𝜐+𝜆(𝜙0+𝜙1𝑌0+𝜙2𝑌−1+...+𝜙𝑝𝑌1−𝑝) 𝛼𝜆 | |1 − 𝑒− ℎ 𝛼𝜆|; 𝜂 ∈ [0,1). 3.4. the performance measurement this section presents a simulation analysis comparing the nie approach and explicit formulae' accuracy for the arl of the ar(p) process on the hwma control chart. the accuracy of the arl values is compared with the percentage accuracy which can be obtained from %𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑦 = 100 | 𝐾(𝜐)−𝐾(𝜐) 𝐾(𝜐) | × 100% (12) further, the efficacy of control charts in identifying out-of-control conditions is investigated using the standard deviation run length (sdrl) and median run length (mrl) (fonseca et al. [28]). the sdrl and mrl for the process under control are calculated as follows. 𝐴𝑅𝐿0 = 1 𝛼 , 𝑆𝐷𝑅𝐿0 = √ 1−𝛼 𝛼2 , 𝑀𝑅𝐿0 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔(0.5) 𝑙𝑜𝑔(1−𝛼) , (13) where 𝛼represents type i error. in this investigation, arl0 was fixed at 370, and it can be calculated by dividing sdrl0 and mrl0 by equation 13 to yield values of approximately 370 and 256, respectively. sdrl1 and mrl1 are calculated differently for out-of-control situations by substituting 𝛼with 𝛽, where 𝛽represents type ii error. the efficacy of the control chart in detecting various types of process variations can be evaluated, and informed decisions about its performance. a control chart with the lowest arl1, sdrl1, and mrl1 values is considered to have the best performance for rapidly identifying shifts in the process mean. additionally, the performance efficiency of the hwma control chart is compared with the extended ewma and cusum control charts by using the relative mean index (rmi) [29]. if the rmi is a small value, this control chart will have a quick and robust performance for detecting shifts. rmi is defined as: 𝑅𝑀𝐼(𝑐) = 1 𝑛 ∑ [ 𝐴𝑅𝐿𝑖(𝑐)−𝐴𝑅𝐿𝑖(𝑠) 𝐴𝑅𝐿𝑖(𝑠) ]𝑛 𝑖=1 (14) where arli(c) is denoted the arl of the control chart for the shift size of row i, while the smallest arl among all control charts for the same shift size is represented by arli(s). furthermore, the performance metrics can be employed to evaluate the effectiveness of a control chart under different changes 𝛿𝑚𝑎𝑥/𝑚𝑖𝑛. moreover, the average extra quadratic loss (aeql) may refer to the average extra loss incurred due to an out-ofcontrol condition. during out-of-control periods, it could be calculated as the average difference between the observed values and the target or desired values. the calculation for aeql is as follows [30]: 𝐴𝐸𝑄𝐿 = 1 𝛥 ∑ (𝛿𝑖 2 × 𝐴𝑅𝐿(𝛿𝑖)) 𝛿𝑚𝑎𝑥∑ 𝛿𝑖=𝛿𝑚𝑖𝑛 (15) where 𝛿 represents the particular change in the process, and 𝛥 represents the sum of number of divisions from 𝛿𝑚𝑖𝑛 to 𝛿𝑚𝑎𝑥 in this study, 𝛥 = 9 is determined from 𝛿𝑚𝑖𝑛 to 𝛿𝑚𝑎𝑥 the control chart with the lowest aeql values perform the best. additionally, the performance comparison index (pci) is a measurement used to compare the performance of hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 23 different control charts. the pci measurement is the ratio between the aeql of the control chart and the most efficient control chart, which is shown as the lowest aeql. the mathematical formula for the pci is: 𝑃𝐶𝐼 = 𝐴𝐸𝑄𝐿 𝐴𝐸𝑄𝐿𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑠𝑡 (16) 3.5. the arl procedure for analytical results this section will outline the procedures for calculating the arl value using the explicit formula and the nie method. when the process is in-control, 𝛼 = 𝛼0 is given to the exponential white noise parameter. and 𝛼1 = (1 + 𝛿)𝛼0 is set when the process goes out of control. the computation of arl involved in comparing arl values from both methods are as follows and also shown in figure 1: step 1: determining the parameters of control chart and ar(p) process: a) set the exponential white noise (𝛼0) and smoothing parameters for the in-control process. b) set the initial values for the ar(p) process and the hwma statistic. c) determine suitable values for arl0 and the shift sizes(𝛿). step 2: calculating the upper control limit (h) that yields the desired arl for the control process by using equation 8. step 3: calculating arl for the in-control process: a) calculate arl0 by using equation 8 when given the upper control limit (h) from step 1. b) calculate the value of arl0 via the explicit formula by using equation 8. c) determine the value of arl0 using the nie approach by using equation 10. d) adjust the value of h to correspond with the targeted arl0 value. step 4: calculating arl for the out-of-control process: a) calculate arl1 for various shift sizes and 𝛼1 = (1 + 𝛿)𝛼0 by using equation 9 and the value of h from step.1 b) approximate arl1 via the nie method by using equation 10. step 5: comparison arl: a) compare the arl values obtained using the explicit formula in equation 9 and nie method in equation 10. step 6: comparison the performance of hwma with eewma and cusum control charts. figure 1. the process of the methodology input parameters and set arl0=370 arl0=370 start calculate the ucl compare the arl of the explicit formula with nie method compute arl values end compare the performance of the hwma with the extended ewma and cusum control charts print results hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 24 4. results and discussions this section will present two main points: firstly, a comparison of the accuracy between the arl explicit formula and the approximate arl by nie method for the ar(p) process on the hwma control chart with various change levels; and secondly, a comparison of the performance of the hwma control chart with the ewma and cusum control charts in detecting changes in process means. arl should be sufficiently large to support the in-control process when the under-study process is operating in an in-control process to avoid false alarms from occurring regularly. arl1 should be small for the out-of-control process to allow quick shift detection. a minimized arl1 value indicates a more effective control chart. 4.1. the simulated results we consider the change in the process mean and process standard deviation subject to the changes in the exponential white noise parameter 𝛼1 = (1 + 𝛿)𝛼0. here, the shift sizes(𝛿) take the values 0.004, 0.008, 0.01, 0.04, 0.08, 0.10, and 0.40. furthermore, the evaluation of the control charts' capacity to identify unusual shifts is conducted by varying the smoothing parameter values for 𝐴𝑅𝐿0 = 370 the main insights regarding the outcomes are expanded in the following: 1. in table 1, the control limits of hwma control chart with ar(1), ar(2), and ar(3) processes are provided. the control limits were obtained after setting 𝜆 = 0.01,0.015,0.02, 0.025, 0.03, 0.10, 0.15 in-control process parameter 𝛼0 = 1. for example, in the case of ar(2) process given 𝜙0 = 0.01, 𝜆 = 0.01,and 𝐴𝑅𝐿0 = 370 the control limit is equal to 0.0073234. table 1. control limits of hwma control chart with ar processes models coefficients 𝝓𝟎 𝝓𝟏 𝝓𝟐 𝝓𝟑 𝝀 =0.01 𝝀 =0.015 𝝀 =0.02 𝝀 =0.025 𝝀 =0.03 ar(1) 0.01 0.1 0.0089552 0.0134816 0.0180257 0.0225896 0.0271740 ar(2) 0.01 0.1 0.2 0.0073234 0.0110215 0.0147309 0.0184533 0.0221891 ar(3) 0.01 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.0054177 0.0081506 0.0108890 0.0136343 0.0163869 ar(1) 0.01 -0.1 0.0109530 0.0164957 0.0220661 0.0276667 0.0332983 ar(2) 0.01 -0.1 -0.2 0.0133999 0.0201910 0.0270250 0.0339048 0.0408317 ar(3) 0.01 -0.1 -0.2 -0.3 0.0181425 0.0273652 0.0366698 0.0460603 0.0555391 𝝓𝟎 𝝓𝟏 𝝓𝟐 𝝓𝟑 𝝀 =0.10 𝝀 =0.15 𝝀 =0.20 𝝀 =0.25 𝝀 =0.30 ar(1) 0.01 0.1 0.0936550 0.1439970 0.1970060 0.2529770 0.3122650 ar(2) 0.01 0.1 0.2 0.0760033 0.1162925 0.1582710 0.2020860 0.2479060 ar(3) 0.01 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.0557332 0.0848140 0.1147650 0.1456390 0.1774947 ar(1) 0.01 -0.1 0.1156515 0.1789200 0.2464580 0.3188850 0.3969650 ar(2) 0.01 -0.1 -0.2 0.1431980 0.2233075 0.3103940 0.4057850 0.5112400 ar(3) 0.01 -0.1 -0.2 -0.3 0.1986260 0.3150140 0.4467470 0.5984990 0.7774610 2. the comparison of the arl1 values produced by the numerical arl methods and the explicit formula on the hwma control chart for the ar(2) model with differing choice of 𝜆 with 𝜙0 = 0.01, 𝐴𝑅𝐿0 = 370 is shown in tables 2 and 3. the arl results were obtained after setting 𝜆 = 0.01, 0.02, 0.03 in table 2 and 𝜆 = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3 in table 3. the results indicate that the arl are extremely similar and that the percentage accuracy is equal to 100 when both approaches are computed based on accuracy percentage. nonetheless, the explicit formula's cpu time of about 0.001 is less than that of the nie technique, which is about 1.6 seconds. in addition, it is found that when the 𝜆value increases, the arl value decreases at the same level of change. furthermore, the sdrl and mrl values were the same direction as the arl values. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 25 table 2. arl results of explicit formulas and nie method with ar(2) process for different choices of 𝝀 with 𝝓𝟎 = 𝟎.𝟎𝟏, 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟎 = 𝟑𝟕𝟎 𝝀 coefficients of process methods shift size (𝜹) 𝝓𝟏 𝝓𝟐 b 0.004 0.008 0.01 0.04 0.08 0.1 0.4 0.01 0.1 explicit 184.0047 122.3969 104.8452 33.29889 17.48924 14.15958 3.954241 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) 0.2 0.0073234 nie 184.0047 122.3969 104.8452 33.29890 17.48924 14.15958 3.954240 cpunie (1.609) (1.625) (1.641) (1.609) (1.641) (1.609) (1.625) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 explicit 203.8752 140.6707 121.7941 40.46458 21.46985 17.41639 4.833761 0.010953 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) -0.2 nie 203.8753 140.6708 121.7941 40.46460 21.46985 17.41639 4.833760 cpunie (1.625) (1.625) (1.609) (1.625) (1.625) (1.594) (1.610) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.2 explicit 179.9503 118.8366 101.5852 31.98378 16.76081 13.56267 3.788305 0.0066231 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) 0.2 nie 179.9504 118.8366 101.5852 31.98378 16.76081 13.56267 3.788310 cpunie (1.641) (1.594) (1.609) (1.609) (1.625) (1.610) (1.593) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 explicit 198.2067 135.2958 116.7679 38.27715 20.25324 16.42226 4.571254 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) -0.2 0.0099036 nie 198.2068 135.2958 116.7679 38.27716 20.25325 16.42227 4.571250 cpunie (1.610) (1.594) (1.594) (1.594) (1.625) (1.625) (1.625) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.02 0.1 explicit 139.8667 86.42654 72.62748 21.83289 11.64208 9.534070 3.088052 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) 0.2 0.0147309 nie 139.8667 86.42655 72.62749 21.83289 11.64208 9.534070 3.088050 cpunie (1.594) (1.578) (1.610) (1.640) (1.656) (1.641) (1.594) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 explicit 159.4424 101.7907 86.27203 26.73764 14.31027 11.71729 3.719865 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) -0.2 0.0220662 nie 159.4425 101.7907 86.27207 26.73765 14.31028 11.71729 3.719866 cpunie (1.609) (1.609) (1.625) (1.641) (1.609) (1.640) (1.625) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.2 explicit 136.0627 83.54507 70.09196 20.94726 11.15933 9.138001 2.969554 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) 0.2 0.0133184 nie 136.0627 83.54509 70.09197 20.94726 11.15933 9.138000 2.969554 cpunie (1.593) (1.625) (1.609) (1.625) (1.625) (1.609) (1.640) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 explicit 153.6162 97.13764 82.12037 25.22385 13.48867 11.04640 3.530567 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) -0.2 0.0199428 nie 153.6163 97.13768 82.12040 25.22386 13.48868 11.04640 3.530570 cpunie (1.641) (1.609) (1.640) (1.641) (1.625) (1.609) (1.625) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 26 0.03 0.1 explicit 126.2992 76.41419 63.89156 18.99983 10.21095 8.400650 2.865010 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) 0.2 0.0221892 nie 126.2993 76.41420 63.89157 18.99984 10.21095 8.400651 2.865008 cpunie (1.625) (1.594) (1.625) (1.625) (1.641) (1.610) (1.609) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 explicit 145.4102 90.77216 76.49872 23.35693 12.57243 10.33406 3.437505 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) -0.2 0.0332983 nie 145.4103 90.77220 76.49875 23.35694 12.57244 10.33406 3.437510 cpunie (1.610) (1.625) (1.625) (1.640) (1.609) (1.625) (1.625) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.2 explicit 122.5142 73.71040 61.54534 18.21682 9.785970 8.051790 2.758150 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) 0.2 0.0200545 nie 122.5143 73.71041 61.54535 18.21682 9.785970 8.051790 2.758150 cpunie (1.625) (1.609) (1.609) (1.625) (1.625) (1.594) (1.578) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 explicit 139.7719 86.42875 72.662080 22.00802 11.84285 9.737945 3.265459 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) -0.2 0.0300784 nie 139.7719 86.42878 72.66210 22.00803 11.84286 9.737950 3.265459 cpunie (1.625) (1.609) (1.641) (1.625) (1.610) (1.594) (1.625) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 note: the numerical results in parentheses are computational times in second. table 3. arl results of explicit formulas and nie method with ar(2) process for different choices of 𝝀 with 𝝓𝟎 = 𝟎.𝟎𝟏, 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟎 = 𝟑𝟕𝟎 𝝀 coefficients of process methods shift size (𝜹) 𝝓𝟏 𝝓𝟐 b 0.004 0.008 0.01 0.04 0.08 0.1 0.4 0.1 0.1 explicit 110.7426 65.49227 54.47828 16.07262 8.741300 7.237580 2.636631 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) 0.2 0.0760033 nie 110.7426 65.49229 54.47830 16.07262 8.741300 7.237585 2.636630 cpunie (1.594) (1.625) (1.625) (1.610) (1.625) (1.625) (1.641) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 explicit 131.2544 80.14457 67.18359 20.27702 11.00570 9.090510 3.192092 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) -0.2 0.1156515 nie 131.2546 80.14464 67.18364 20.27703 11.00570 9.090510 3.192090 cpunie (1.562) (1.578) (1.640) (1.609) (1.625) (1.610) (1.656) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.2 explicit 107.0277 62.91628 52.26109 15.35365 8.352197 6.918040 2.536803 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) 0.2 0.0685125 nie 107.0277 62.91630 52.26110 15.35366 8.352200 6.918044 2.536803 cpunie (1.609) (1.625) (1.625) (1.609) (1.594) (1.641) (1.625) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 explicit 125.0088 75.57754 63.20157 18.93942 10.28736 8.504056 3.021285 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) -0.2 0.104043 nie 125.0089 75.57759 63.20161 18.93943 10.28736 8.504058 3.021290 cpunie (1.593) (1.656) (1.625) (1.610) (1.625) (1.594) (1.609) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 27 0.2 0.1 explicit 111.4606 65.97207 54.88944 16.21152 8.822032 7.306020 2.664663 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) 0.2 0.158271 nie 111.4608 65.97213 65.97213 16.21153 8.822034 7.306020 2.664660 cpunie (1.625) (1.594) (1.610) (1.578) (1.641) (1.610) (1.609) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 explicit 136.1859 83.80362 70.38534 21.36064 11.58393 9.560768 3.322547 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) -0.2 0.246458 nie 136.1865 83.80387 70.38552 21.36066 11.58393 9.560774 3.322547 cpunie (1.641) (1.609) (1.593) (1.625) (1.640) (1.594) (1.609) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.2 explicit 107.1431 62.99641 52.33168 15.38787 8.378500 6.942550 2.553330 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) 0.2 0.142075 nie 107.1432 62.99645 52.33171 15.38787 8.378500 6.942554 2.553330 cpunie (1.625) (1.625) (1.609) (1.610) (1.594) (1.594) (1.625) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 explicit 128.3554 78.02164 65.33161 19.65383 10.67113 8.817430 3.112634 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) -0.2 0.22019 nie 128.3558 78.02180 65.33173 19.65384 10.67113 8.817434 3.112635 cpunie (1.578) (1.610) (1.610) (1.640) (1.610) (1.625) (1.625) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.3 0.1 explicit 115.0221 68.45685 57.02951 16.89262 9.178866 7.594535 2.740620 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) 0.2 0.247906 nie 115.0225 68.45698 57.02960 16.89263 9.178870 7.594540 2.740618 cpunie (1.610) (1.609) (1.593) (1.609) (1.610) (1.625) (1.625) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 explicit 145.4781 90.86855 76.60295 23.48986 12.70819 10.46934 3.553795 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) -0.2 0.396965 nie 145.4797 90.86921 76.60342 23.48991 12.70821 10.46935 3.553800 cpunie (1.625) (1.594) (1.610) (1.594) (1.610) (1.625) (1.593) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.2 explicit 109.9660 64.94908 54.00954 15.91745 8.655680 7.166671 2.612544 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) 0.2 0.221471 nie 109.9662 64.94917 54.00960 15.91746 15.91746 7.166670 2.612540 cpunie (1.610) (1.609) (1.579) (1.625) (1.609) (1.610) (1.609) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 explicit 135.5077 83.31025 69.95301 21.19887 11.48539 9.475818 3.282781 cpuexp (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) (<0.001) -0.2 0.351603 nie 135.5088 83.31067 69.95331 21.1989 11.48540 9.475825 3.282782 cpunie (1.594) (1.593) (1.579) (1.594) (1.593) (1.625) (1.609) %acc 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 note: the numerical results in parentheses are computational times in seconds. 3. in tables 4, the arl of hwma control chart for ar(2) model using explicit formula against extended ewma and cusum control charts for different choices of 𝜆 with 0 10.01, 0.1,   𝜙2 = 0.2, 𝐴𝑅𝐿0 = 370are compared. for example, for 𝛿 change to 0.01, for 𝜆 = 0.01 arl decreases from 370 to 14.15958, for 𝜆 = 0.10 arl decreases from 370 to 7.237717 and for 𝜆 = 0.2 arl decreases from 370 to 7.306020. furthermore, it was discovered that hwma control charts were the fastest at detecting changes at all change levels when compared to extended ewma and cusum control charts. the outcomes of table 5's comparison of the efficacy of control charts with the ar(3) model are in the same direction as those of table 4. moreover, when the rmi and aeql values from tables 4 and 5 are considered, the hwma control chart has the lowest rmi and aeql values. additionally, the pci value of the hwma control chart also equals 1, verifying that the hwma control chart has the highest performance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 28 table 4. the arl of hwma control chart for ar(2) using explicit formula against extended ewma and cusum control charts given 𝝓𝟎 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟏,𝝓𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟏,𝝓𝟐 = 𝟎.𝟐 and 𝜶𝟎 = 𝟏. 𝝀 𝝀𝟏 =0.01 𝝀𝟏 =0.1 𝝀𝟏 =0.2 𝜹 control chart hwma ewma 𝝀𝟐=0.005 cusum a=4 hwma eewma 𝝀𝟐=0.05 cusum a=4 hwma eewma 𝝀𝟐=0.1 cusum a=4 ucl 0.0073234 0.0120775 1.432 0.0760035 0.1245097 1.432 0.158271 0.257305 1.432 0.000 arl0 370.467 370.0205 370.348 370.4595 370.8249 370.348 370.7615 370.9559 370.348 sdrl0 369.9666 369.5201 369.8477 369.9591 370.3246 369.8477 370.2612 370.4556 369.8477 mrl0 256.4414 256.1319 256.3589 256.4362 256.6895 256.3589 256.6456 256.7803 256.3589 0.002 arl1 245.8854 268.1707 365.981 170.2343 196.8122 365.981 171.0674 197.6334 365.981 sdrl1 245.3849 267.6702 365.4807 169.7336 196.3115 365.4807 170.5667 197.1328 365.4807 mrl1 170.0879 185.5349 253.332 117.6505 136.0729 253.332 118.228 136.6422 253.332 0.004 arl1 184.0047 210.2855 361.681 110.7811 134.2153 361.681 111.4606 134.9623 361.681 sdrl1 183.504 209.7849 361.1807 110.2799 133.7144 361.1807 110.9595 134.4614 361.1807 mrl1 127.1954 145.412 250.3514 76.44048 92.68395 250.3514 76.91153 93.20173 250.3514 0.008 arl1 122.3969 146.8759 353.283 65.50561 82.32452 353.283 65.97207 82.87974 353.283 sdrl1 121.8959 146.375 352.7826 65.00368 81.82299 352.7826 65.47016 82.37822 352.7826 mrl1 84.492 101.4596 244.5304 45.05757 56.71573 244.5304 45.3809 57.10058 244.5304 0.01 arl1 104.8452 127.6324 349.182 54.48747 69.08969 349.182 54.88944 69.57705 349.182 sdrl1 104.344 127.1315 348.6816 53.98515 68.58787 348.6816 54.38714 69.07524 348.6816 mrl1 72.32603 88.12104 241.6878 37.42019 47.54191 241.6878 37.69882 47.87973 241.6878 0.02 arl1 61.06833 77.11843 329.604 29.87616 38.60833 329.604 30.11616 38.91001 329.604 sdrl1 60.56627 76.6168 329.1036 29.3719 38.10505 329.1036 29.61194 38.40675 329.1036 mrl1 41.98182 53.1071 228.1173 20.36004 26.41317 228.1173 20.52641 26.62229 228.1173 0.04 arl1 33.29889 43.06284 294.655 16.07336 20.93302 294.655 16.21152 21.10816 294.655 sdrl1 32.79508 42.5599 294.1546 15.56533 20.4269 294.1546 15.70357 20.6021 294.1546 mrl1 22.7327 29.50096 203.8925 10.79092 14.16026 203.8925 10.88672 14.28169 203.8925 0.08 arl1 17.48924 22.91338 238.42 8.7415 11.36602 238.42 8.822032 11.46673 238.42 sdrl1 16.98188 22.40781 237.9195 8.226319 10.85451 237.9195 8.306998 10.95533 237.9195 mrl1 11.77264 15.5332 164.9133 5.705557 7.526435 164.9133 5.761445 7.59629 164.9133 0.10 arl1 14.15958 18.59339 215.703 7.237717 9.387661 215.703 7.30602 9.472397 215.703 sdrl1 13.65043 18.08648 215.2024 6.719139 8.873585 215.2024 6.787629 8.958455 215.2024 mrl1 9.463871 12.53819 149.1671 4.661644 6.153952 149.1671 4.709074 6.212749 149.1671 0.20 arl1 7.359294 9.67329 137.436 4.188452 5.356299 137.436 4.231024 5.407585 137.436 sdrl1 6.841047 9.159653 136.9351 3.654406 4.830491 136.9351 3.697369 4.882048 136.9351 mrl1 4.746068 6.352138 94.91638 2.540903 3.354202 94.91638 2.570592 3.389876 94.91638 rmi 0 0 0.2383 6.9398 6.9398 0.2626 14.1634 0 0.262 aeql 0.0720 0.072 0.094 1.0943 1.0943 0.0494 1.0943 0.0388 0.0499 pci 1 1 1.3056 15.2017 15.2017 1.2873 28.4947 1 1.2867 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 29 table 5. the arl of hwma control chart for ar(3) using explicit formula against extended ewma and cusum control charts given 𝝓𝟎 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟏,𝝓𝟏 = 𝟎.𝟏,𝝓𝟐 = 𝟎.𝟐,𝝓𝟑 = 𝟎.𝟑 and 𝜶𝟎 = 𝟏. 𝝀 𝝀𝟏 =0.01 𝝀𝟏 =0.1 𝝀𝟏 =0.2 𝜹 control chart hwma eewma 𝝀𝟐=0.005 cusum a=4 hwma eewma 𝝀𝟐=0.05 cusum a=4 hwma eewma 𝝀𝟐=0.1 cusum a=4 ucl 0.0054177 0.008935 1.129 0.0557333 0.091465 1.129 0.114765 0.187328 1.129 0.000 arl0 370.59 370.2827 370.641 370.7671 370.5314 370.641 370.7544 370.617 370.641 sdrl0 370.0897 369.7824 370.1407 370.2668 370.0311 370.1407 370.2541 370.1167 370.1407 mrl0 256.5267 256.3137 256.562 256.6495 256.4861 256.562 256.6407 256.5454 256.562 0.002 arl1 235.5205 253.8489 366.279 157.6979 177.7128 366.279 156.8015 176.4717 366.279 sdrl1 235.02 253.3484 365.7787 157.1971 177.2121 365.7787 156.3007 175.971 365.7787 mrl1 162.9036 175.6079 253.5385 108.9609 122.8342 253.5385 108.3396 121.974 253.5385 0.004 arl1 172.5957 193.124 361.986 100.4174 117.1638 361.986 99.7031 116.0915 361.986 sdrl1 172.095 192.6233 361.4857 99.91614 116.6627 361.4857 99.20184 115.5905 361.4857 mrl1 119.2873 133.5165 250.5628 69.25688 80.8647 250.5628 68.76177 80.12145 250.5628 0.008 arl1 112.4729 130.6312 353.599 58.43439 69.97283 353.599 57.96549 69.2239 353.599 sdrl1 111.9718 130.1302 353.0986 57.93223 69.47103 353.0986 57.46332 68.72208 353.0986 mrl1 77.61318 90.19961 244.7494 40.15606 48.15406 244.7494 39.83104 47.63494 244.7494 0.01 arl1 95.7844 112.4411 349.503 48.42291 58.3434 349.503 48.02647 57.69983 349.503 sdrl1 95.28309 111.94 349.0026 47.9203 57.84124 349.0026 47.52384 57.19765 349.0026 mrl1 66.04551 77.59117 241.9103 33.21642 40.09299 241.9103 32.94162 39.64689 241.9103 0.02 arl1 54.97847 66.29976 329.949 26.34255 32.1576 329.949 26.12474 31.78825 329.949 sdrl1 54.47618 65.79786 329.4486 25.83771 31.65365 329.4486 25.61986 31.28426 329.4486 mrl1 37.76054 45.60804 228.3565 17.91046 21.94155 228.3565 17.75946 21.68552 228.3565 0.04 arl1 29.68477 36.44274 295.039 14.12756 17.34352 295.039 14.01952 17.15178 295.039 sdrl1 29.18049 35.93926 294.5386 13.61838 16.8361 294.5386 13.51027 16.64427 294.5386 mrl1 20.22736 24.912 204.1587 9.441665 11.67161 204.1587 9.366743 11.53866 204.1587 0.08 arl1 15.49015 19.23176 238.851 7.68889 9.435694 238.851 7.64145 9.345016 238.851 sdrl1 14.98181 18.72508 238.3505 7.171481 8.921694 238.3505 7.123925 8.830872 238.3505 mrl1 10.38653 12.98078 165.2121 4.974914 6.187281 165.2121 4.941977 6.124362 165.2121 0.10 arl1 12.5214 15.58568 216.146 6.373 7.810113 216.146 6.338045 7.740622 216.146 sdrl1 12.011 15.07739 215.6454 5.851677 7.292993 215.6454 5.816594 7.223338 215.6454 mrl1 8.327792 10.45276 149.4741 4.060999 5.059073 149.4741 4.036711 5.010829 149.4741 0.20 arl1 6.48884 8.110357 137.877 3.711732 4.508561 137.877 3.70154 4.481941 137.877 sdrl1 5.967931 7.593914 137.3761 3.172574 3.977256 137.3761 3.162255 3.950425 137.3761 mrl1 4.141485 5.267499 95.22206 2.208101 2.764053 95.22206 2.200978 2.745504 95.22206 rmi 0 0 0.1891 7.924 0 0.2013 16.1925 0 0.1979 aeql 0.0638 0.0638 0.0791 1.0971 0.0339 0.0414 1.0971 0.0338 0.041 pcl 1 1 1.2405 17.206 1 1.2193 32.3349 1 1.2153 4.2. the real-world datasets in this particular section, the explicit formulas for the average run length (arl) of an autoregressive (ar) process on the ewma control chart are applied and compared with the performance of the extended ewma and cumulative sum (cusum) control charts. following the subsequent steps, the arl formula has been implemented using actual data. 1. to estimate parameters from a dataset, it is necessary to include an autoregressive model of order p (ar(p)). 2. to estimate the parameter of residuals that follow an exponential distribution. 3. by utilizing the parameter values obtained from the previous two steps, we can calculate the average run length (arl) values in equations 8 and 9. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 30 4. to perform a performance comparison, the arl value obtained from 3. was compared with the extended ewma and cusum control charts. 5. to identify variations in the mean of a process, it is necessary to calculate the upper control limit (ucl) using the formula provided in equation 4. subsequently, the control chart statistics should be computed using actual data, and these statistics should be plotted on a graph to visualize any deviations. in the context of practical application, this study is carried out utilizing daily data of natural gas prices from january 2, 2023 to april 4, 2023. the models were fitted using the spss program. the suitable model for dataset that correspond to ar(1) and ar(2) models is identified, and the relevant parameters are displayed in table 6. as a result, the ar(1) model shows the lowest rmse and mape values, implying that the ar(1) is the best model. the coefficient parameters for ar(1) are derived as shown in table 6: �̂�1 = 0.999. as shown in table 7, the mean parameter of exponential white noise was then determined using the one-sample kolmogorov-smirnov test. the in-control parameter is equal to 0.1223. the parameter of this prediction model, can be assigned as �̂�𝑡 = 0.999𝑌𝑡−1. table 6. the coefficients for the trend ar(p) models using the real-world datasets model ar(1) model ar(2) model parameters coefficient std. error t-statistic p-value coefficient std. error t-statistic p-value ar(1) 0.999 0.002 660.400 0.000 0.742 0.106 7.000 0.000 ar(2) 0.258 0.106 2.432 0.000 rmse 0.472 0.473 mape 5.389 5.461 table 7. one-sample kolmogorov test for the real-world datasets residual of application residual ar(1) model exponential parameter 0.1223 one-sample kolmogorov-smirnov test 0.635 p-value 0.814 the explicit formula method was used to compare the arl values for ar(1) on the hwma, extended ewma, and cusum control charts; the results are shown in table 8; it is evident that the results are consistent with those in tables 4 and 5. the findings indicate that the hwma control chart exhibits the minimum rmi, aeql, across all levels of 𝜆. additionally, the pci value on the hwma control chart is 1. the outcomes presented in table 8 are visually enhanced in figure 2. in light of this, it can be concluded that the explicit formula for detecting mean process changes on the hwma control chart is an acceptable alternative for practical applications. figure 3 also displays the hwma (ht), extended ewma (et), and cusum (ct) statistics for the natural gas price corresponding to the ar(1) model. these results indicate that the hwma control chart can detect a shift for the first time in the first observation, the extended ewma control chart can detect a shift for the first time in the third observation, and the cusum scheme is identified for the first time in the twelfth observation. the results therefore indicate that the hwma control chart is preferable to the extended ewma and cusum control charts for the natural gas price dataset. (a) 16.1868 16.735 10.6685 0.0162 0.0148 0.0379 0 0 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 rmi hwma eewma cusum hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 31 (b) (c) figure 2. comparison the rmi, aeql and pcl values among hwma, extended ewma and cusum control charts for ar(1) when (a) 𝝀𝟏 = 0.01, (b) 𝝀𝟏 =0.1 and (c) 𝝀𝟏 =0.2 (a) 0.1204 0.1204 0.1204 0.012 0.0117 0.014 0.0118 0.0116 0.0136 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 aeql hwma eewma cusum 10.2031 10.408 8.8683 1.0152 1.0144 1.0305 1 1 1 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 pci hwma eewma cusum 0.001 0.004 0.016 0.064 0.256 1.024 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34 37 40 43 46 49 52 55 58 61 64 67 70 73 76 79 82 85 sample no. hwma control chart  sample no. is in control  sample no. is out of control ucl=0.024862 h t hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 32 (b) (c) figure 3. the performance comparison of real data among (a) hwma control chart, (b) extended ewma control chart and (c) cusum control chart when 𝝀𝟏 =0.2 table 8. the arl of hwma control chart for ar(1) using explicit formula against extended ewma and cusum control charts given 𝝓𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟗𝟗𝟗 and 𝜶𝟎 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟐𝟐𝟑 𝝀 𝝀𝟏 =0.01 𝝀𝟏 =0.1 𝝀𝟏 =0.2 𝜹 control chart hwma eewma 𝝀𝟐=0.005 cusum a=4.5 hwma eewma 𝝀𝟐=0.05 cusum a=4.5 hwma eewma 𝝀𝟐=0.05 cusum a=4.5 ucl 0.001128 0.001216 0.2212 0.0118 0.01246988 0.2212 0.024862 0.0262728 0.2212 0.000 arl0 370.0148 370.9366 370.0920 370.0900 370.7941 370.0920 370.8314 370.5368 370.0920 sdrl0 369.5145 370.4363 369.5917 369.5896 370.2938 369.5917 370.3310 370.0364 369.5917 mrl0 256.1280 256.767 256.1815 256.1801 256.6682 256.1815 256.6940 256.4898 256.1815 0.002 arl1 68.54312 71.07629 336.1870 39.48426 39.99501 336.1870 40.89710 41.49404 336.1870 sdrl1 68.04128 70.57452 335.6866 38.98105 39.49184 335.6866 40.39400 40.99099 335.6866 mrl1 47.16305 48.91894 232.6803 27.02035 27.37439 232.6803 27.99970 28.41349 232.6803 0.004 arl1 37.95438 39.49063 306.3130 21.38617 21.68080 306.3130 22.17772 22.52451 306.3130 sdrl1 37.45104 38.98743 305.8126 20.88018 21.17489 305.8126 21.67195 22.01884 305.8126 mrl1 25.95986 27.02477 211.9732 14.47442 14.67868 211.9732 15.02318 15.26361 211.9732 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34 37 40 43 46 49 52 55 58 61 64 67 70 73 76 79 82 85 sample no. extended ewma control chart  sample no. is in control  sample no. is out of control 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34 37 40 43 46 49 52 55 58 61 64 67 70 73 76 79 82 85 sample no. cusum control chart  sample no. is in control  sample no. is out of control e t ucl=0.0262728 ucl=0.2212 c t hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 33 0.008 arl1 20.22209 21.07776 256.4690 11.57006 11.73811 256.4690 11.99492 12.19157 256.4690 sdrl1 19.71576 20.57168 255.9685 11.05876 11.22699 255.9685 11.48404 11.68087 255.9685 mrl1 13.66738 14.26061 177.4240 7.667960 7.784525 177.4240 7.962644 8.099035 177.4240 0.01 arl1 16.45130 17.15221 235.6180 9.538947 9.679884 235.6180 9.885292 10.04950 235.6180 sdrl1 15.94346 16.6447 235.1175 9.025107 9.166257 235.1175 9.371964 9.536401 235.1175 mrl1 11.05298 11.53896 162.9711 6.258925 6.356714 162.9711 6.499230 6.613156 162.9711 0.02 arl1 8.684650 9.054566 159.7810 5.401260 5.485491 159.7810 5.584750 5.680963 159.7810 sdrl1 8.169363 8.539941 159.2802 4.875690 4.960354 159.2802 5.060107 5.156780 159.2802 mrl1 5.666103 5.922815 110.4048 3.385477 3.444061 110.4048 3.513091 3.579993 110.4048 0.04 arl1 4.719190 4.911566 84.78130 3.284530 3.337927 84.78130 3.382941 3.442405 84.78130 sdrl1 4.189459 4.383139 84.27982 2.739271 2.793534 84.27982 2.839252 2.899611 84.27982 mrl1 2.910778 3.044726 58.41866 1.909164 1.946576 58.41866 1.978104 2.019735 58.41866 0.08 arl1 2.760890 2.860518 34.76150 2.199470 2.234827 34.76150 2.253360 2.291816 34.76150 sdrl1 2.204909 2.306956 34.25785 1.624253 1.661212 34.25785 1.680557 1.720640 34.25785 mrl1 1.541239 1.611416 23.74658 1.143172 1.168423 23.74658 1.181646 1.209057 23.74658 0.10 arl1 2.380200 2.460779 25.11730 1.976790 2.007815 25.11730 2.021350 2.054885 25.11730 sdrl1 1.812499 1.895958 24.61222 1.389571 1.422500 24.61222 1.436839 1.472300 24.61222 mrl1 1.271932 1.329121 17.06107 0.983246 1.005636 17.06107 1.015392 1.039531 17.06107 0.20 arl1 1.647260 1.68883 9.108460 1.516840 1.537068 9.108460 1.541582 1.563148 9.108460 sdrl1 1.032572 1.078571 8.593927 0.885417 0.908575 8.593927 0.913725 0.938235 8.593927 mrl1 0.742032 0.772914 5.960214 0.643799 0.659194 5.960214 0.662620 0.678948 5.960214 rmi 0 0.0379 10.6685 0 0.0148 16.7350 0 0.0162 16.1868 aeql 0.0136 0.0140 0.1204 0.0116 0.0117 0.1204 0.0118 00120 0.1204 pci 1 1.0305 8.8683 1 1.0144 10.4080 1 1.0152 10.2031 5. conclusion in this research, for an ar process with exponential white noise on an hwma control chart, the arl is proven and compared with the nie technique. the results of the comparison showed that the arl values obtained using the explicit formula and the nie method were similar. moreover, the existence and uniqueness of arl derivatives according to clear formulas have been proven. in addition, the sdrl and mrl values were studied, which found that the results were in the same direction as the arl values. taking into account the variation of the parameters at different levels, the performance of the hwma, extended ewma, and cusum control charts is studied by comparing the arl values when the process is out of control. the rmi, aeql, and pci values were used to compare their performances on hwma, extended ewma, and cusum control charts. the results indicated that the hwma control chart exhibited lower rmi and aeql values in comparison to the extended ewma and cusum control charts. additionally, the hwma control chart maintained a pci value of 1. in conclusion, the hwma control chart exhibits the most significant efficiency. additionally, the price of natural gas is utilized as actual data to evaluate the hwma control chart's performance. the benefit of this application is that it provides these results and conceptions for developing strategies to identify price-level changes. natural gas is generally traded on commodity exchanges based on supply and demand forces in these markets. consequently, if we use a control chart to monitor price fluctuations, this can be used as a guide by traders and investors to make trading decisions based on forecasts of future price movements by combining fundamental research, which looks at supply and demand factors, with technical analysis, which looks at graph patterns and historical price data. in conclusion, the findings show that the hwma control chart outperformed the extended ewma and cusum control charts for all change magnitudes. furthermore, the outcomes from the simulation study and a real -world situation concerning the price of natural gas agreed. while there is potential for the explicit formula derivation of the arl to be implemented in other situations, it is limited to the ar model and exponential white noise. alternative methods for calculating the arl value, such as the nie or markov chain approach, may be required if the analyzed data contains additional white noise patterns. finally, further research will be undertaken to apply the explicit arl formulas displayed on the hwma chart to other real-world data models, such as arima and arma. in addition, we will apply this technique to derive the explicit formula for new control charts in order to enhance their ability to detect change in various situations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 34 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, y.a. and s.s.; methodology, r.s.; software, y.a.; validation, r.s., s.s., and y.a.; formal analysis, r.s.; investigation, s.s.; resources, y.a.; data curation, y.a.; writing—original draft preparation, y.a.; writing—review and editing, y.a.; visualization, r.s.; supervision, y.a.; project administration, s.s.; funding acquisition, y.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding this research was funded by thailand science research and innovation fund (nsrf), and king mongkut’s university of technology north bangkok with contract no. kmutnb-ff-67-b-11. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] shewhart, w. a. (1932). the economic control of quality of manufactured product. journal of the royal statistical society, 95(3), 546-549. doi:10.2307/2342413. [2] page, e. s. (1954). continuous inspection schemes. biometrika, 41(1/2), 100. doi:10.2307/2333009. [3] roberts, s. w. (1959). control chart tests based on geometric moving averages. technometrics, 1(3), 239. doi:10.2307/1266443. [4] crowder, s. v. (1987). a simple method for studying run – length distributions of exponentially weighted moving average charts. technometrics, 29(4), 401–407. doi:10.1080/00401706.1987.10488267. [5] lucas, j. m., & saccucci, m. s. (1990). exponentially weighted moving average control schemes: properties and enhancements. technometrics, 32(1), 1–12. doi:10.1080/00401706.1990.10484583. [6] naveed, m., azam, m., khan, n., & aslam, m. (2018). design of a control chart using extended ewma statistic. technologies, 6(4), 108. doi:10.3390/technologies6040108. [7] abbas, n. (2018). homogeneously weighted moving average control chart with an application in substrate manufacturing process. computers and industrial engineering, 120, 460–470. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2018.05.009. [8] riaz, m., ahmad, s., mahmood, t., & abbas, n. (2022). on reassessment of the hwma chart for process monitoring. processes, 10(6). doi:10.3390/pr10061129. [9] fellag, h., & ibazizen, m. (2001). estimation of the first-order autoregressive model with contaminated exponential white noise. journal of mathematical sciences, 106(1), 2652–2656. doi:10.1023/a:1011318515549. [10] champ, c. w., & ritrdon, s. e. (1991). a comparison of the markov chain and the integral equation approaches for evaluating the run length distribution of quality control charts. communications in statistics simulation and computation, 20(1), 191– 204. doi:10.1080/03610919108812948. [11] sukparungsee, s., & areepong, y. (2017). an explicit analytical solution of the average run length of an exponentially weighted moving average control chart using an autoregressive model. chiang mai journal of science, 44(3), 1172–1179. [12] sunthornwat, r., areepong, y., & sukparungsee, s. (2018). average run length with a practical investigation of estimating parameters of the ewma control chart on the long memory afrima process. thailand statistician, 16(2), 190–202. [13] peerajit, w., areepong, y., & sukparungsee, s. (2018). numerical integral equation method for arl of cusum chart for longmemory process with non-seasonal and seasonal arfima models. thailand statistician, 16(1), 26–37. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 35 [14] supharakonsakun, y., areepong, y., & sukparungsee, s. (2020). the exact solution of the average run length on a modified ewma control chart for the first-order moving-average process. scienceasia, 46(2023), 109-118. doi:10.2306/scienceasia15131874.2020.015. [15] supharakonsakun, y. (2021). statistical design for monitoring process mean of a modified ewma control chart based on autocorrelated data. walailak journal of science and technology, 18(12), 19813. doi:10.48048/wjst.2021.19813. [16] phanyaem, s. (2022). explicit formulas and numerical integral equation of arl for sarx(p,r)l model based on cusum chart. mathematics and statistics, 10(1), 88–99. doi:10.13189/ms.2022.100107. [17] petcharat, k. (2022). the effectiveness of cusum control chart for trend stationary seasonal autocorrelated data. thailand statistician, 20(2), 475–488. [18] phanthuna, p., & areepong, y. (2022). detection sensitivity of a modified ewma control chart with a time series model with fractionality and integration. emerging science journal, 6(5), 1134–1152. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-05-015. [19] peerajit, w., & areepong, y. (2023). alternative to detecting changes in the mean of an autoregressive fractionally integrated process with exponential white noise running on the modified ewma control chart. processes, 11(2), 503. doi:10.3390/pr11020503. [20] silpakob, k., areepong, y., sukparungsee, s., & sunthornwat, r. (2023). a new modified ewma control chart for monitoring processes involving autocorrelated data. intelligent automation and soft computing, 36(1), 281–298. doi:10.32604/iasc.2023.032487. [21] peerajit, w. (2023). developing average run length for monitoring changes in the mean on the presence of long memory under seasonal fractionally integrated max model. mathematics and statistics, 11(1), 34–50. doi:10.13189/ms.2023.110105. [22] karoon, k., areepong, y., & sukparungsee, s. (2023). trend autoregressive model exact run length evaluation on a twosided extended ewma chart. computer systems science and engineering, 44(2), 1143–1160. doi:10.32604/csse.2023.025420. [23] karoon, k., areepong, y., & sukparungsee, s. (2023). on the performance of the extended ewma control chart for monitoring process mean based on autocorrelated data. applied science and engineering progress, 16(4), 6599. doi:10.14416/j.asep.2023.01.004. [24] peerajit, w. (2023). statistical design of a one-sided cusum control chart to detect a mean shift in a fimax model with underlying exponential white noise. thailand statistician, 21(2), 397–420. [25] peerajit, w. (2023). accurate average run length analysis for detecting changes in a long-memory fractionally integrated max process running on ewma control chart. wseas transactions on mathematics, 22, 514–530. doi:10.37394/23206.2023.22.58. [26] sunthornwat, r. (2023). analytical explicit formulas of average run length of homogenously weighted moving average control chart based on a max process. symmetry, 15(12), 2112. doi:10.3390/sym15122112. [27] brahmasrene, t., huang, j. c., & sissoko, y. (2014). crude oil prices and exchange rates: causality, variance decomposition and impulse response. energy economics, 44, 407–412. doi:10.1016/j.eneco.2014.05.011. [28] fonseca, a., ferreira, p. h., do nascimento, d. c., fiaccone, r., ulloa-correa, c., garcía-piña, a., & louzada, f. (2021). water particles monitoring in the atacama desert: spc approach based on proportional data. axioms, 10(3), 154. doi:10.3390/axioms10030154. [29] tang, a., castagliola, p., sun, j., & hu, x. (2019). optimal design of the adaptive ewma chart for the mean based on median run length and expected median run length. quality technology and quantitative management, 16(4), 439–458. doi:10.1080/16843703.2018.1460908. [30] alevizakos, v., chatterjee, k., & koukouvinos, c. (2021). the triple exponentially weighted moving average control chart. quality technology and quantitative management, 18(3), 326–354. doi:10.1080/16843703.2020.1809063. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 870 issn: 2723-9535 visual instruction tuning for drone accident forensics arda surya editya 1 , tohari ahmad 1* , hudan studiawan 1 1 department of informatics, institut teknologi sepuluh nopember, surabaya, east java, indonesia. received 21 june 2024; revised 12 november 2024; accepted 19 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract the increasing use of drones in both commercial and personal use has led to a growing demand for effective forensic analysis following drone-related accidents. this research focuses on improving forensic analysis through the development of llavafor, a fine-tuned version of the large language and vision assistant (llava) model. the objective of this study is to enhance the interpretability of visual instruction tuning for drone accident forensics. llavafor was developed by fine-tuning llava via a specialized dataset of drone accident scenarios. the model's performance was evaluated via the bleu score, a metric commonly used to assess machine translation and natural language processing models. the results demonstrated that llavafor achieved superior bleu scores compared with baseline models such as llava, google gemini, and chatgpt. it demonstrates its ability to provide more accurate and contextually relevant analyses. the key innovation in llavafor is its ability to explain forensic findings in the context of drone accidents, making it a valuable tool for investigators. the results show that the model's fine-tuning process on drone-specific datasets enables it to offer detailed, domain-specific insights, improving the accuracy and reliability of forensic analyses in this field. through these advancements, llavafor represents a step forward in the integration of ai into drone accident investigations. keywords: forensic analysis; drone forensics; llava; drone accident. 1. introduction the implementation of forensic analysis in drone accidents is an evolving discipline that follows the growing utilization of unmanned aerial vehicles (uavs) in military [1], commercial [2], and recreational arenas [3]. this methodical process is aimed at dissecting drone-related mishaps to pinpoint causes, contributory elements, and any breaches of regulatory standards or laws. another main aim is to collect, safeguard, examine, and present data in a manner that holds up in legal proceedings, thereby enhancing drone safety, ensuring regulatory adherence, and fostering accountability [4]. drone forensics involves an approach that starts with a comprehensive investigation of the accident site and the collection of physical evidence, including the drone, its components, and any other pertinent materials. analysts also scrutinize data from the drone’s onboard systems, such as flight data recorders [5] and gps logs [6], to piece together the drone’s flight path and the events leading to the accident. a critical examination of the mechanical and electronic integrity of drones is performed to identify any failures or design flaws, including a review of software and potential cybersecurity threats that could influence drone performance [7]. additionally, the operation of the drone is evaluated against existing laws, regulations, and standards to determine compliance and identify any legal violations that may have contributed to the incident. the process culminates in the preparation of detailed reports and, when necessary, the provision of expert testimony in legal settings to outline findings, conclusions, and recommendations [8]. this multidisciplinary approach not only aids in advancing drone safety and regulatory frameworks but also ensures that uav operations in shared airspaces are conducted responsibly. * corresponding author: tohari@its.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6886-9501 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3390-0756 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8884-6208 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 871 through such forensic analyses, stakeholders are better equipped to identify recurring issues, implement preventive measures, and establish best practices to prevent future accidents [9]. research on drone forensics is limited by several factors. one key limitation is the diversity of drone models and configurations, which makes it difficult to create a onesize-fits-all forensic approach. each drone may have unique hardware, software, and communication protocols, posing challenges for standardized analysis techniques. additionally, the encryption and security measures employed by some drone systems can hinder data extraction, making it more difficult to access crucial evidence. research on drone forensics conducted by jain et al. [4] focused on developing a framework to identify and verify drone data. furthermore, horsman et al. [8] proposed a framework to perform a forensic investigation of drones. this framework contains three processes for performing forensic investigations of drones: the preparatory, data acquisition, and data analysis phases. in addition, editya et al. [10] implemented the deep learning technique for drone collision prevention. in the drone forensic framework, there is an analysis phase that focuses on examining the data collected from the drone to determine the cause of an incident. a study conducted by editya et al. [6] used transfer learning to classify drone collisions on the basis of frames captured by the drone camera. their research revealed that the inceptionv3 method performed well in terms of accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 score compared with other deep learning methods, such as mobilenetv2, resnet, and vgg. in addition, editya et al. [10] applied optical flow to estimate the movement of an attacking drone and used quivers to visualize this movement. the method helps the investigator determine the cause of the drone incident. previous research has demonstrated that deep learning and optical flow can assist investigators in determining the cause of drone accidents. however, these methods have limitations due to incomplete information. the results still require human interpretation, which can lead to misinterpretation, especially if the investigator is fatigued. in recent years, artificial intelligence has made significant advancements, particularly in generating explanations. one promising development is the use of large language models (llms), which can produce detailed explanations. llms have progressed to the point where they can now interpret images as well. several llm methods, such as chatgpt, google gemini, and llava, have been developed for this purpose. therefore, we propose this llm-based technique to assist drone accident prediction. large language and vision assistant (llava) stands as an advancement from text generation technologies such as chatgpt, which supports multimodal inputs [10]. it provides a large-scale multimodal model, integrating a vision encoder and vicuna for versatile visual and linguistic comprehension. its development and utilization span diverse domains, including medicine [11], scientific research [10], and communication [11]. this versatility positions llava as a potent tool for expansion into emerging fields such as drone forensic investigation. the integration of llava [10] into drone forensic analysis represents a pioneering advancement in how investigators approach the examination and conclusion-drawing processes in drone-related incidents. these methods are designed to enhance forensic investigations by employing advanced natural language processing (nlp) and computer vision technologies. llava has the ability to analyze vast amounts of textual and visual data, including imagery from drone cameras and crucial pieces of evidence that might elude human analysts. by implementing llava, forensic investigators can automate the tedious and complex process of data sifting. this approach reduces the time required to reach preliminary findings and conclusions. furthermore, llava can assist in generating detailed reports that synthesize the findings of investigations. the report is presented in a clear and accessible manner suitable for both technical and nontechnical audiences [12, 13]. figure 1 shows the application of llava in drone forensics, which has been extended to predictive analytics. it can predict potential accidents and operational risks by analyzing image data taken from a drone before an accident. this predictive capability not only aids in the postmortem analysis of drone accidents but also contributes to the proactive identification of safety vulnerabilities. this feature will lead to more robust drone designs and safer flight operations. contribution: this paper proposes a fine-tuned model of llava, namely, llavafor, that is optimized to assist in the investigation of drone accident causes. using the custom dataset obtained from the colanet dataset, the model is then fine-tuned. in this paper, we also compare llavafor to other llms, such as gpt-4, llava, and gemini. the model is evaluated via the bilingual evaluation under study (bleu) metric. 2. related work 2.1. drone forensics drone forensics comprises methods to extract, gather, and scrutinize data from drones to ascertain the reasons behind certain incidents. numerous studies have been conducted to address various obstacles and improve efficiency in this domain. horsman et al. [8] proposed a detailed forensic framework suitable for a wide range of drones on the market. this framework consists of three key phases: the initial preparatory phase, in which investigators inspect each component of the drone to determine its usage. the second phase involves the collection of data from these components, which are hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 872 then stored on a forensic workstation. the final phase focuses on the examination of these data via diverse methods to derive insights and understand the underlying reasons for drone engine failures. additionally, a detailed framework dedicated to identifying and confirming sensor log data is outlined in [4]. this research discussed the structure of a drone and suggested a universal forensic framework designed to enhance the process of digital investigations. barton et al. [14] conducted a study with the goal of reconstructing drone activities, pinpointing the owners or operators, and retrieving data from associated mobile devices. a different study concentrated on examining the data flash and telemetry logs of drones that were custom-built [15]. the researcher investigated these forensic elements originating from ardupilot, an open-source platform used for building drones. this investigation resulted in the development of a method for gathering important data, analyzing it, and creating an appropriate timeline. 2.2. llm for digital forensics several studies have been conducted on the use of a large language model (llm) for forensics analysis, such as the study conducted by scanlon et al. [16]. in this study, they evaluate chatgpt in the cases of investigation, learning, and programming in digital forensics. many of the limitations identified are consistent with findings from other studies and existing system documentation. in particular, the phenomenon of “hallucination”, which nicely disguises the alternative term “incorrect”, is a recurring theme. this obfuscation makes the use of chatgpt in digital forensics a precarious endeavour and underlines the importance of caution and close scrutiny. another study conducted by michelet et al. [17] used several llm methods to make a digital forensic report. they used qualitative methods, such as chatgpt and llama, to evaluate each llm. the conclusion of the research is that llm can make automated report sections, although the quality of the generated text varies by model. however, several issues, such as model size, generation time, and hallucinations, have been identified as challenges. furthermore, piggott et al. [18] integrated large language models (llms) into security systems and presented a double-edged sword in the area of cybersecurity. while llms can strengthen defenses against cyber threats, they also introduce new risks by empowering adversaries to generate malicious content, discover vulnerabilities, and manipulate perceptions. in another study, llms could be employed for forensic analysis. wickramasekara et al. [19] utilized a comprehensive framework covering various phases of case analysis, including incident recognition, collection, preservation/acquisition, examination, analysis, and reporting. the findings of the study indicate that while the integration of llms into digital forensics is in its early stages, there is clear evidence of their significant potential to increase investigation efficiency. there is a suggestion to explore investment in llms throughout the entire forensic process with the aim of improving the productivity and efficiency of investigations. 3. proposed method figure 1 shows the flowchart of the research methodology through which the objectives of this study were achieved. figure 1. design of the research workflow the proposed method in this research is called llavafor (large language and vision assistant for drone forensics). in this method, the llava is fine-tuned via a selected dataset from colanet [20]. the dataset contains videos taken from drones that have accidents. the detailed workflow of the proposed method is shown in figure 2. the method starts with data preprocessing. in this phase, the videos from the colanet dataset are converted into labeled images. after that, the labeled images are annotated by a human annotator to create a new dataset. the process continues to fine-tune the llava model via the dataset from the previous step. the image shows a drone flying in the sky with its propellers spinning. however, it appears to have experienced an accident, as it is flying sideways and not in a straight line. this could be due to a malfunction or a sudden change in the drone's flight path. this image took before drone have accident, please explain this image image text generation prompt hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 873 figure 2. flow diagram of the proposed method llavafor 3.1. dataset the dataset used in this study is sourced from colanet, a collection specifically designed for research in the field of drone forensics and related technologies. colanet was created by pedro et al. [20] and made publicly available through their platform at https://colanet.qa.pdmfc.com/. this comprehensive dataset consists of 100 video recordings, all of which capture drone accidents viewed from first-person perspective (fpv) cameras mounted on the drones themselves. these videos provide valuable real-world scenarios that are critical for developing and testing forensic analysis methods. this dataset also has a composition as summarized in table 1. table 1. the composition of the colanet dataset accident type total video frames collision 42 4746 attacked 34 3805 pilot error 24 2685 the dataset is particularly useful for studies that focus on understanding and reconstructing drone accidents, as it offers direct visual data from the drone’s viewpoint. researchers can leverage these videos to apply deep learning models, optical flow techniques, and other forensic analysis tools to examine drone behavior leading up to accidents, detect anomalies, and identify potential causes. the diversity in the accidents and environmental conditions captured in the colanet dataset adds richness to the analysis, making it a key resource for improving the accuracy of forensic methods in drone-related incidents. the availability of this dataset supports advancements in the growing field of drone forensic investigation, helping to address emerging security and legal challenges. 3.2. data preprocessing in this phase, we transform 100 drone accident videos into 11236 annotated images with a format of png, with each dataset having a files size of 53--172 kb. the process commences by entering a timestamp value collected from datasets of drone accidents. using algorithm 1, frames are labeled either “normal” or “accident” upon timestamp entry. algorithm 1 conversion algorithm from video to labeled images for iteration = 1, 2, . . . do if time ≥ time accident then frame = accident else frame = normal end if end for llava (large language and vision assistant) fine tuning with custom dataset after preprocessing. llava-for (large language and vision assistant for drone forensics) drone datasets from colanet drone accident preprocessing hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 874 figure 3 shows sample frames labeled “normal” and “accident”. in this study, we use only the data labeled “accident”. these labeled images are important in generating data for llava fine-tuning. in addition, in this process, we take one frame image on each video to speed up the experiments. to create a dataset that can be used in llava, we have to make a prompt that is related to the image data. the format of the data is shown in figure 4. the format of the dataset contains several parameters, such as id, image, and conversations. the id parameter contains the identifier of the dataset, indicating the order of the whole dataset. the image parameter contains the location of the image. for the conversation parameter, there are two sections. the first one is text “from: human”, and this text is also known as a prompt. the second is the “from: gpt” parameter. this is the ground truth value, which is written by the drone investigator by looking at the video dataset and describing the drone accident cause. the gpt parameter value is learned via llavafor. figure 3. frame labels from the colanet dataset { "id": "2", "image": "1/2.png", "conversations": [ { "from": "human", "value": "this image is taken before a drone accident, please explain this image.\n<image>" }, { "from": "gpt", "value": "there is an unusual detail in the scene: a hand with a red glove is visible in the foreground, seemingly floating in the air. drone have attacked by someone in music concert." } ] } figure 4. an example of training data for fine-tuned llava hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 875 3.3. large language and vision assistant for drone forensics (llavafor) llava is a model that refers to advanced artificial intelligence systems capable of processing and understanding both text and visual information [10]. these systems combine the capabilities of large language models (llms) with computer vision technology. it enables us to analyze, interpret, and generate content that spans both the textual and visual domains. in the llava system, the large language model component is responsible for processing and understanding text, similar to how models such as openai's gpt series (including gpt-3 and gpt-4) operate. these models can understand context, generate text, answer questions, and more, on the basis of the text data they have been trained on. the vision component of llava adds the ability to process and interpret visual data, such as images, videos, and graphical content. this could involve recognizing objects, understanding scenes, detecting patterns, and even generating visual content on the basis of textual descriptions. the theoretical approach behind the llava model is multimodal learning, visual-language embedding, attention mechanisms, transformer architecture, and contrastive learning. the concept of llava multimodal learning can be described via an equation that combines the components of language and vision processing. equation 1 shows the mathematical representation of llava. llava = llm + cv (1) where llava is defined as the method of improvement of llm with visual assistance. llm stands for the large language model, which is responsible for processing, understanding, and generating text. moreover, cv represents a technology that enables the system to process, interpret, and generate visual content. in this equation, llm and cv are integrated to provide a system that can handle both textual and visual information. this integration allows the llava to understand and generate multimodal content, which combines elements of both text and images or videos, leading to a more comprehensive and nuanced understanding and interaction capability. the combination of llm and cv in llava allows for advanced applications that require nuanced understanding and generation of both language and visual content. to align visual and textual information, both modalities are first encoded into a vector space. the visual input, such as an image in this context, is a drone frame; this typically involves the use of a convolutional neural network (cnn) or vision transformer (vit) to extract feature vectors, whereas for the textual input, a language model such as bert or gpt is used. when combining information from images and text, errors can occur. this is handled via a method called the contrastive loss function, which is represented by equation 2. 𝑙 = −log 𝑒𝑥𝑝(𝑠𝑖𝑚(𝑉, 𝑇)/𝜏) ∑ 𝑒𝑥𝑝(𝑠𝑖𝑚(𝑉, 𝑇𝑗)/𝜏) 𝑁 𝑗=1 (2) where sim(v,t) is the cosine similarity between the visual and textual embeddings. τ is a temperature parameter that controls the smoothness of the distribution. n is the number of negative samples. this method can help llava differentiate between similar and dissimilar pairs of data, such as images and text. to apply the llava method to drone forensic topics, we optimize the model of the original llava by using the drone accident dataset. figure 5 shows the main concept of how llavafor was developed. the original llava process starts from the large unlabeled dataset, indicating that the dataset used to build this model is not specific for drone forensic; therefore, it is called the “large unlabeled dataset”. this process continues with building the model of the original llava, which requires high computational resources. after the model has been built, the original llava model is fine-tuned with the "small labeled dataset." this dataset contains drone accident images and is used to fine-tune llavafor. figure 5. the main concept of llavafor large unlabelled dataset original llava small labelled dataset fine-tuned llava computationally demanding computationally inexpensive hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 876 3.4. fine-tuning fine-tuning is a process in machine learning where a pretrained model is used. the pretrained model has been trained on a large and generic dataset. this process is further trained or adjusted on a smaller, specialized dataset relevant to a specific task or domain [20]. this process involves making slight adjustments to the model's parameters to adapt its knowledge and capabilities to the nuances and specific requirements of the task at hand. the purpose of fine-tuning is to utilize the broad understanding and capabilities the model has gained during its initial training. we then apply it to perform more effectively on specialized tasks without the need to train a new model from scratch. this approach is efficient because it saves time and resources and can significantly improve the model's performance in specific areas. therefore, it provides a more accurate and relevant model for targeted applications [21]. fine-tuning in the large language and vision assistant (llava) is important for enhancing its performance and specialization in specific tasks or domains, such as drone forensics. this process improves the model's accuracy by modifying it to recognize the context of this field, leading to more relevant and effective outcomes. it also reduces generalization errors, making llava versatile and reliable across different scenarios. fine-tuning improves the existing pretrained structure of llava, making it a computationally efficient method for adapting the model to new datasets, specifically drone accident images. a representative example of the original llava using the drone accident dataset is shown in figure 6. llava's result provides a general explanation of the image, but in a forensic analysis context, it cannot be used to establish an analysis. supervised fine-tuning involves the adoption of a pretrained llm for a specific downstream task via labeled data. the fine-tuning data are collected from a set of responses validated from ground truth data. figure 7 shows the results of the fine-tuned llava. the results show improvements that help explain how the drone had an accident. additionally, llavafor's results identify components of the drone, such as propellers, and make predictions about the cause of the accident, such as malfunctions or sudden changes in the drone's flight path. figure 6. the example of the original llava figure 7. an example of a finetuned llava 3.5. quantitative evaluation to gain a systematic understanding of the performance of llava, we propose a quantitative metric to measure the model’s instruction-following capability on multimodal data. in this assessment, we employed the bilingual evaluation under study (bleu) metric. bleu evaluates the accuracy of generated text, known as the candidate, in comparison to a set of reference texts. in tasks involving sequence-to-sequence, there may be multiple correct references for a single input: this image is taken before a drone accident, please explain this image output: the image features a colorful drone flying high in the sky, with its propellers spinning rapidly. the drone is positioned above a field, and there are several people visible in the scene, likely observing the drone's flight. pre-trained llava fine-tuned llava (llavafor) input: this image is taken before a drone accident, please explain this image output: the image shows a drone flying in the sky with its propellers spinning. however, it appears to have experienced an accident, as it is flying sideways and not in a straight line. this could be due to a malfunction or a sudden change in the drone's flight path. note : accident cause conclusion hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 877 candidate [22]. hence, it is crucial to select references and include all potential references. the bleu score, a precisionbased metric, ranges between 0 and 1, with higher values indicating better predictions. while reaching a score of 1 is unattainable, typically, a score exceeding 0.3 is deemed satisfactory. the bleu score evaluates the likeness between machine-translated text and reference translations via n-grams, which are consecutive sequences of n words. commonly utilized n-grams include unigrams (single words), bigrams (two-word sequences), and trigrams (three-word sequences). it assesses the precision of n-grams in the machinegenerated translation against the reference translations [23]. this precision is adjusted by a brevity penalty to accommodate translations shorter than the reference translations. equation 3 illustrates the mathematical formula for computing the bleu score: 𝐵𝐿𝐸𝑈 = 𝐵𝑃 ⋅ 𝑒𝑥𝑝 ( ∑𝑤𝑛  𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑝𝑛 𝑁 𝑛=1 ) (3) where bp represents the brevity penalty, which is a measure given when the number of words in the result differs from the ground truth data. furthermore, n represents the gram used in the measurement process, whereas n is the total number of words in the result. the variable w is the weight of the gram, which is calculated as the total number of words divided by the number of grams. finally, p represents the precision for the n-gram. in addition to using the bleu score, we also use the precision parameter. the precision of llms is different from the precision of classification tasks. in the llm context, true positives are all the matching n-grams between the candidate and the reference [23]. false positives are the n-grams that appear in the candidate but are not present in the reference. this means that precision can be obtained by dividing the number of matching n-grams by the total number of n-grams in the candidate. equation 4 illustrates the mathematical formula for computing precision: 𝑝𝑛 = ∑ ∑ 𝐶𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑡𝐶𝑙𝑖𝑝(𝑛 − 𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑚){𝑛−𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑚∈𝐶}𝐶∈{𝐶𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑑𝑎𝑡𝑒} ∑ ∑ 𝐶𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑡(𝑛 − 𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑚′){𝑛−𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑚′∈𝐶′}𝐶′∈{𝐶𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑑𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠} (4) where pn represents the precision for each n-gram. c represents the total number of words in the data. "candidate" refers to the words from the model. "countclip" is the number of repetitions of the same word or phrase. this parameter prevents the candidate translation from being unfairly penalized [23]. while the precision scores are calculated for each n-gram length, the bleu combines them with a geometric mean and applies a brevity penalty to penalize short translations that might achieve high precision by omitting content. the final bleu score is a weighted average of these n-gram precisions, balancing the accuracy and completeness of the translation. by focusing on n-gram precision, the bleu effectively measures the closeness of the candidate translation to the reference translations, accounting for both exact matches and the correct usage of words and phrases in context. 4. results and analysis in this section, we present the experimental findings and analytical insights derived from our utilization of the llavafor on the dataset. additionally, we discuss the ongoing testing of llavafor and subsequently document the prompt and the generated analysis of drone accidents (figure 8). figure 8. llavafor screenshot hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 878 this application was built from python via the gradio web library. this application is designed with a fine-tuned large language and vision assistant (llava) model, which is specifically adapted for the drone forensic domain. the primary function of this tool is to assist users in interpreting visual data related to drone incidents, leveraging advanced deep learning techniques. the application features an intuitive interface where users can upload images, such as drone footage, to analyze potential accidents or malfunctions. the llava model, which is fine-tuned for drone forensic analysis, processes the image to identify contextual clues, such as the drone’s position, orientation, and surrounding environment, that may indicate an accident or other anomalous events. this fine-tuning enhances the model’s ability to understand specific scenarios relevant to drone operations, such as collision detection, loss of control, or environmental hazards. it also interprets visual evidence by correlating observed details with known patterns of drone failures, thereby providing a preliminary assessment that can assist investigators in determining the cause of the incident. the gradio library provides an accessible, web-based front-end that allows seamless interaction with the model, making it possible for even nontechnical users to conduct complex forensic analysis without needing deep expertise in machine learning or programming. this integration demonstrates the effectiveness of combining state-of-the-art ai models with user-friendly interfaces to streamline forensic investigations in the drone domain. the results generated by the application are crucial for detailed forensic analysis, enabling experts to form a comprehensive understanding of how a drone accident occurred on the basis of visual data. this tool significantly contributes to the evolving field of drone forensics by providing a practical approach to analyzing and interpreting incident scenes. the computational resources that are required to run use a ryzen 7 pro 3.5 ghz cpu, an rtx a1000 16 gb of gpu, and 32 gb of ram. 4.1. results and analysis in this section, we showcase the outcomes of using llavafor to classify preprocessed datasets. for this experiment, we conducted testing on 100 data points after the fine-tuning process. figure 8 shows the llavafor application that we developed. we used this application to test the entire dataset and save the results. in tables 2 to 4, we present two specific results—one good and one bad—from the experiment. the results of the experiment include images, prompts, and text generation outputs. table 2 presents an experimental evaluation of various multimodal llms for drone forensic analysis within the drone forensic domain. the models assessed include llavafor, llava, gemini, and gpt-4. the experiment aims to determine the effectiveness of each model in accurately interpreting drone-related imagery, particularly in scenarios indicative of drone accidents. the experiment begins with a prompt provided to each model: “this image is taken before the drone has an accident; please explain this image.” the image shows a drone in an abnormal flight position, suggesting an imminent collision. the ground truth explanation describes the drone flying with yellow propellers spinning, likely having collided with another drone, and indicates potential problems with its flight path. table 2. comparison of text generation for each method with high bleu scores image prompt this image is taken before a drone has an accident, please explain this image ground truth the image shows the drone flying with yellow propellers spinning. the drone has a collision with another drone. the drone may have problem with the flight path. llavafor bleu score: 0.98 the image shows a drone flying in the sky with its propellers spinning. however, it appears to have experienced an accident, as it is flying sideways and not in a straight line. this could be due to a malfunction or a sudden change in the drone's flight path. the scene is captured from a ground view, providing a clear perspective of the drone's position and movement. llava bleu score: 0.65 the image features a colorfull drone flying high in the sky, with its propellers spinning rapidly. the drone is positioned above a field, and there are several people visible in the scene, likely observing the drone's flight. the people are scattered around the field, with some standing closer to the drone and others further away. the scene captures the excitement and fascination of watching a drone in action. gemini bleu score: 0.87 the image you sent me appears to show a dji phantom 4 drone flying over a mowed field. the drone appears to be in good condition, with no visible damage or signs of wear and tear. the weather conditions also appear to be good, with clear skies and no strong winds. gpt 4 bleu score: 0.80 this image appears to be taken from a first-person view (fpv) camera mounted on a racing drone, capturing a moment during flight just before an accident. the motion blur and out-of-focus elements suggest rapid movement and possibly a loss of control. the colors are smeared across the frame, likely due to the camera’s exposure settings failing to keep pace with the drone’s speed, or a result of a collision or near-collision affecting the camera’s function. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 879 the llavafor model provides a detailed explanation that closely aligns with the ground truth, identifying the drone’s abnormal flight position and suggesting an accident scenario due to a malfunction or a sudden change in the drone's flight path. this interpretation achieves a bleu score of 0.98, the highest among the tested models, indicating superior alignment with the ground truth. in contrast, the llava model provided a broader description, emphasizing the drone's flight over a field and the presence of people in the scene but failing to clearly identify signs of an accident. this broader focus led to a lower bleu score of 0.65, reflecting less accuracy in matching the forensic context of the image. the gemini model identified the drone as a dji phantom 4 flying under seemingly normal conditions without visible damage, which significantly diverged from the expected accident scenario. despite accurately recognizing the drone model, its failure to detect accident indicators resulted in a bleu score of 0.87, indicating moderate performance. gpt4 described the image as being captured from a first-person-view (fpv) camera, noting elements such as motion blur and rapid movement that suggest potential issues with the drone’s control. however, it stopped short of clearly identifying a collision or accident. this approach earned a bleu score of 0.80, demonstrating relatively good performance but lacking precise identification of the accident. overall, the experiment highlights llavafor’s superior capability in drone forensic analysis, closely matching the ground truth and demonstrating the most accurate interpretation of drone accidents among the models tested. the performance differences underscore the importance of specialized fine-tuning in enhancing llms for specific forensic applications. table 4 presents an experimental evaluation of various multimodal llms in the context of drone forensic analysis, focusing on their ability to interpret complex scenes involving human activity. the models evaluated include llavafor, llava, gemini, and gpt-4. the task involved analyzing an image captured by a drone camera showing a drone accident scenario, specifically where a drone appears to have fallen into a lake or river and a man in a green jacket is seen attempting to catch the drone. the ground truth explanation describes the image as showing the drone falling into the water, with the incident likely caused by pilot error due to the drone's close proximity to the water surface. the results highlight significant challenges faced by the models in accurately interpreting scenes involving human actions, which negatively impacts their bleu scores. llavafor achieved a bleu score of 0.56, one of the highest in this experiment, although its description focused primarily on the scene's general elements, such as a man swimming and the drone's proximity to the water, rather than directly identifying the accident's context. the model emphasized safety reminders regarding drone operations near water, which, while informative, deviated from the precise nature of the accident scenario described in the ground truth. the llava model performed poorly, with a bleu score of 0.06, and failed to accurately capture the context of the image. its description focused more on the man's actions and movement within the scene without connecting these elements to the drone's accident. this underscores the model's struggle to discern relevant forensic details when human activity is involved. gemini also scored 0.18 but was unable to provide any meaningful description, citing difficulties in handling images of people. this limitation severely impacts its utility in forensic analysis scenarios where human interaction with drones is crucial. gpt-4 provided a more narrative-driven interpretation, with a bleu score of 0.49 but also fell short of correctly identifying the accident scenario. the model described the individual in the water and inferred potential causes for the drone’s accident, such as loss of altitude or unintended contact with the individual. however, the analysis remained speculative and less aligned with the ground truth, highlighting the difficulty of accurately interpreting human-involved scenes in drone forensics. overall, table 4 demonstrates that interpreting human activities within drone accident scenarios poses significant challenges for llms, directly affecting their performance metrics, such as bleu scores. despite similar scores, models such as llavafor and gemini present distinct limitations, particularly in identifying the nuanced interplay between drone dynamics and human actions, which are critical in forensic analysis. in this experiment, we also compared the proposed method with other multimodal llms, such as gemini, gpt and the original llava. the evaluation metric used to measure the performance of each method is the bleu score. the results of this experiment are summarized in table 3. table 3. average performance metrics for each method method bleu precision brevity llava 0.63 0.64 28.241 llavafor 0.85 0.88 98.85 gemini 0.77 0.62 98.41 chatgpt 0.73 0.76 98.21 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 880 table 3 presents additional parameters in addition to the bleu score, such as precision and brevity, to demonstrate each model's performance. the data presented in table 2 indicate that llavafor achieved the highest performance. llavafor has a better bleu score for linguistic accuracy in the domain of drone forensics, demonstrates higher precision by focusing on relevant details in text and imagery, and effectively manages the brevity penalty by producing content that is comprehensive yet concise. this makes it more suitable for the context and detailed work required in the forensic analysis of drone accidents, surpassing the capabilities of its original llava, gemini, and chatgpt in this specific field. the bleu score of 0.85 for llavafor indicates near-perfect linguistic alignment between the model’s generated outputs and the reference texts in the forensic domain. bleu, a metric designed to assess the fluency and accuracy of the text, is especially relevant in tasks where technical language or domain-specific terminology is important, such as drone forensics. this high score demonstrates that llavafor accurately captures the nuances, terminology, and structured reporting required for forensic analysis, far surpassing the baseline llava (0.63), which likely struggles with domain-specific terms. the slight performance edge of llavafor over other models such as gemini (0.77) and chatgpt (0.73) suggests that the fine-tuning process was needed to achieve such refined linguistic capabilities. precision is particularly important in forensic analysis, where the relevance and accuracy of the information are vital. a high precision score of 0.88 for llavafor indicates that the model focuses heavily on generating relevant content and minimizing unnecessary or incorrect details. these aspects are essential for technical forensic reports or investigations. in contrast, gemini (0.62) shows a considerable gap, likely due to its broader language model scope, which might introduce more irrelevant information into its outputs. llavafor ability to filter out irrelevant details stems from its fine-tuning of forensic data, allowing it to consistently generate precise and focused outputs. chatgpt also performs well in terms of precision (0.76), but llavafor’s edge suggests a more domain-specific specialization, making it highly reliable for tasks requiring exactness, such as the drone accident discussed in this experiment. in forensic reporting, one should maintain brevity while ensuring comprehensiveness. the brevity score of 98.85 for llavafor indicates that the model not only produces concise outputs but also avoids excessive truncation or redundancy, which are common issues in natural language generation. this score demonstrates that llavafor strikes an ideal balance between detail and efficiency. the method ensures that the outputs remain comprehensive yet succinct in forensic reporting. while gemini (98.41) and chatgpt (98.21) are close, llavafor’s slightly higher brevity score shows its ability to generate more balanced and readable outputs in this specialized context. this makes it better suited for generating reports that are easy for investigators or analysts to parse without overwhelming them with extra information. given that llavafor has been fine-tuned for drone forensic analysis, it naturally excels in generating content that fits the domain’s specific needs, where we need attention to detail, precision in language, and a balanced length. the original llava model, with a bleu score of 0.63 and a much lower brevity score (28.241), clearly struggles to handle the domain-specific language and requirements. it produces outputs that are likely less focused and perhaps either overly verbose or incomplete. this contrast underscores the significant improvement achieved through fine-tuning, which hones the model’s ability to handle complex technical language, relevant content selection, and contextually appropriate output length. in comparison, both gemini and chatgpt are competitive in terms of performance but lack the fine-tuning that makes llavafor particularly strong in drone forensics. gemini may perform well in general tasks, but its lower precision score (0.62) suggests that it could introduce irrelevant or imprecise information, which is a major drawback in the forensic field where exact details are critical. chatgpt, while delivering high scores across metrics, is still slightly behind llavafor in domain-specific accuracy and brevity. figure 9 shows the measurements of each method in the dataset, illustrating that llavafor outperforms the other models in several instances. this is because llavafor has a number of words similar to the ground truth data. when the number of words closely matches the ground truth data, the brevity penalty score will be high. the brevity penalty is one of the important parameters in the bleu equation. additionally, the similarity of words using n-grams contributes to the high precision value. moreover, gemini achieves high scores on several datasets, although these scores are still below those of llavafor. these results indicate that gemini is able to produce outputs similar to the ground truth data, especially in terms of the number of words. however, gemini has weaknesses with data containing human images, as it rejects data related to human images. this restriction may be imposed by google to prevent the description of how a person looks. overall, gemini has the best bleu score compared with the original llava and chatgpt. furthermore, we used chatgpt-4, which supports both image and text input. the average bleu score of chatgpt4 indicates that it can provide relevant information, although the results are not specific to the drone forensics domain. the original llava yields the worst bleu score and brevity penalty score because it uses a general dataset, resulting in outputs that provide only general information and merely describe objects inside the images. this makes the explanations from the original llava far from the ground truth data. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 881 table 4. comparison of text generation for each method with low bleu scores images prompt this image is taken before a drone accident, please explain this image ground truth this image is taken from a drone camera. the image shows the drone falling into the lake or river. the man with the green jacket tries to catch the drone in the lake. it can occur because the drone has a problem with the pilot error. llavafor bleu score: 0.56 in the image, a man is swimming in a body of water, possibly a lake or a river, with his arms outstretched. he appears to be enjoying his time in the water. the scene is captured from a unique perspective, as it is taken from a drone flying above the water. the drone's position suggests that it was flying too close to the water, causing an accident that led to its crash. this image serves as a reminder of the importance of maintaining a safe distance from water bodies while flying drones to avoid accidents and ensure the safety of both the drone and the people around it. llava bleu score: 0.06 the image shows a man in a green jacket swimming in a body of water, possibly a lake or a river. he is reaching out with his hand, possibly trying to catch something or simply enjoying the water. the scene appears to be captured from a drone's perspective, providing an aerial view of the man and the water. the man is the main focus of the image, and his actions and surroundings create a sense of movement and activity in the scene. gemini bleu score: 0.18 sorry, i cannot help with images of people yet. gpt 4 bleu score: 0.49 the image displays an individual, wearing a green jacket, seemingly in the middle of a body of water, which appears to be a pond or a lake. they are outstretched toward the camera with a somewhat surprised or playful expression. the perspective of the image, from directly above and close to the individual, suggests that the drone was capturing footage from an overhead angle, possibly documenting an unexpected moment or an intentional plunge into the water. given that the photo was taken before a drone accident, the individual’s close proximity to the drone and their reaching gesture indicate that the drone may have been flying low, and the person could have unintentionally made contact with it, or the drone may have lost altitude and descended too close to the water. flying drones near people, especially over water, can increase the risk of accidents due to sudden movements or equipment failure. figure 9. the bleu score in each dataset 4.2. discussion in this study, we developed a model of multimodal llm; in this case, we named the model llavafor for use in forensic analysis. llavafor was built from llava, which was fine-tuned via a drone accident dataset. to ensure that llavafor runs well in drone forensic analysis, we compare the method using other multimodal llm, such as gemini, chatgpt and llava. compared with its original llava, gemini, and chatgpt, llavafor achieves the best bleu score, with a score of 0.85 in drone forensic analysis. this is because of its specialized training and adaptation to the specific domain of drone forensics. the fine-tuning process involves training the model on targeted datasets that include technical texts and hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 882 visual data from drone incidents, which enhances its ability to understand and generate language that is highly relevant to the drone forensic field. llavafor demonstrates proficiency in generating text with expert-level linguistic precision. its outputs closely mirror the language and structure used by specialists in forensic reporting, particularly in drone accident investigations. this is evidenced by llavafor’s superior bleu scores compared with those of other methodologies, underscoring its ability to produce accurate, coherent, and technically rigorous text. such high bleu scores highlight the model's ability to deliver precise details—a crucial aspect of analyzing and reporting intricate findings related to drone incidents. in comparison, while systems such as the original llava, gemini, and chatgpt are adept at processing a broad spectrum of data [24], they fall short when applied to the highly specific domain of drone forensic analysis. their outputs, though informative, lack the depth and precision required for this specialized field. llavafor plays an essential role in supporting manual forensic analysis, particularly in cases where detailed interpretation of drone footage is needed. one of the main challenges in forensic investigations is the quality of visual data, especially when the drone involved has suboptimal camera specifications. in such scenarios, human analysts may struggle to capture every detail necessary for a thorough investigation. llavafor addresses this gap by offering a more detailed and nuanced analysis of visual data, particularly of individual frames. the model’s ability to describe and interpret subtle details within drone footage makes it an invaluable tool in enhancing the overall quality of forensic assessments. however, despite its advanced capabilities, llavafor is not infallible. manual intervention remains crucial to ensure the reliability of the model’s outputs. one significant challenge with using large language models (llms) such as llavafor is the tendency to generate what is often referred to as "hallucinations." these are inaccuracies or false details that the model may inadvertently include in its explanations owing to limitations in its training data or modeling capabilities. such hallucinations are common in llms, especially when they are tasked with highly specialized or technical tasks. in forensic investigations, even minor inaccuracies can lead to incorrect conclusions, underscoring the importance of human oversight in validating the model's findings. the role of llavafor in drone forensic analysis extends beyond assisting human investigators—it enhances the overall efficiency of the analysis process. by providing detailed and technically sound descriptions of drone footage, the model helps investigators quickly pinpoint critical details that might otherwise be missed owing to human limitations. this is particularly valuable in scenarios where time is essential, such as in postaccident investigations where swift and accurate reporting is necessary. moreover, llavafor’s contributions extend to improving the consistency and thoroughness of forensic reports. while skilled, human analysts may introduce variability in their interpretations, particularly when dealing with complex or ambiguous visual data. llavafor mitigates this issue by maintaining a high level of consistency in its analyses, ensuring that all aspects of the footage are scrutinized with equal attention to detail. this consistency not only enhances the reliability of forensic reports but also helps create a standardized approach to drone accident investigations. nevertheless, it is crucial to acknowledge that llavafor, like any ai tool, functions best when used in conjunction with human expertise. while it excels in generating detailed descriptions and providing accurate interpretations of visual data, the final responsibility for ensuring the accuracy and validity of forensic reports lies with the human investigator. by combining the strengths of both human expertise and advanced ai tools such as llavafor, forensic teams can significantly improve the quality, efficiency, and accuracy of their analyses. in conclusion, llavafor represents a significant advancement in the field of drone forensic analysis, offering high bleu scores and the ability to generate expert-level text. its detailed interpretations of visual data fill a critical gap in traditional forensic methods, particularly when dealing with lower-quality footage. however, human oversight remains essential to mitigate the risk of hallucinations and ensure the accuracy of the findings. when used effectively, llavafor can greatly increase the quality and efficiency of drone forensic investigations, setting a new standard for precision and reliability in the field. 5. conclusion the research concludes that the proposed method, namely, llavafor, which is specifically trained with a dataset on drone forensics, outperforms the original llava, gemini, and chatgpt methods in analyzing drone accidents. llavafor achieves the highest performance score of 0.85 and outperforms the other methods. this performance is attributed to its fine-tuning process, which optimizes the model's capabilities specifically for drone forensic analysis. through this targeted training, llavafor acquires a deeper understanding of the context, terminology, and visual cues relevant to drone accidents. therefore, it provides more accurate, detailed, and technically sound analyses. unlike its counterparts, which may struggle with the complexities of drone-specific scenarios, llavafor demonstrates an improvement in identifying the causes of drone accidents and offers comprehensive insights that are crucial for forensic investigations. however, despite its high accuracy, llavafor presents challenges when tasked with explaining human hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 883 activity within the frames of drone accident footage. while it excels at identifying technical failures and mechanical issues, the model struggles to accurately interpret and contextualize human behavior. this limitation suggests that while llavafor is highly effective in technical assessment, further refinement or complementary approaches may be needed to improve its understanding of human interactions within accident scenarios. for future work, several enhancements and expansions are proposed to improve the effectiveness of llavafor in drone forensic analysis. first, further fine-tuning of the model is necessary to address its current limitations in explaining human activity within the frames of drone accident scenarios. this could involve the integration of additional datasets that focus on human behavior in various contexts, particularly those relevant to drone operations and accidents. the incorporation of behavioral data helps the model understand and analyze human interactions more accurately. therefore, it should provide a more holistic perspective in forensic investigations. additionally, exploring multimodal approaches that combine llavafor with other ai techniques, such as object detection, action recognition, and natural language processing models, could enhance its interpretability. by leveraging these complementary technologies, the model could provide more insights into complex accident scenes involving both technical and human factors. another promising research area is the development of an interactive interface that allows forensic experts to input contextual information directly. this user-in-the-loop approach could help mitigate some of the current interpretative limitations by integrating human expertise with ai-driven insights. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.s.e., t.a., and h.s.; methodology, a.s.e.; software, a.s.e.; validation, t.a. and h.s.; formal analysis, a.s.e.; investigation, a.s.e.; resources, a.s.e.; data curation, h.s.; writing—original draft preparation, a.s.e.; writing—review and editing, a.s.e., t.a., and h.s.; visualization, a.s.e.; supervision, t.a. and h.s.; project administration, t.a.; funding acquisition, t.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] ajakwe, s.o., ihekoronye, v.u., akter, r., kim, d.s., lee, j.m. (2022). adaptive drone identification and neutralization scheme for real-time military tactical operations. 2022 international conference on information networking (icoin), 380–384. doi:10.1109/icoin53446.2022.9687268. [2] famula, j., pittman, d.e., haring, k.s. (2022). building trust with a mobile application for last-mile commercial drone delivery. 2022 international conference on unmanned aircraft systems (icuas), 462–467. doi:10.1109/icuas54217.2022.9836198 [3] bengiamin, n.n. (2018). quadcopter drones beyond the hobby. 2018 ieee frontiers in education conference (fie), 1–5. doi:10.1109/fie.2018.8659124. [4] jain, u., rogers, m., matson, e.t. (2017). drone forensic framework: sensor and data identification and verification. 2017 ieee sensors applications symposium (sas), 1–6. doi:10.1109/sas.2017.7894059. [5] minaeian, s., liu, j., son, y.j. (2018). effective and efficient detection of moving targets from a uav’s camera. ieee transactions on intelligent transportation systems 19(2):497–506. doi:10.1109/tits.2017.2782790. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 884 [6] editya, a.s., ahmad, t., studiawan, h. (2023). forensic analysis of drone malfunction based on location data. ieee international conference on communication, networks and satellite (comnetsat), 658–663. doi:10.1109/comnetsat59769.2023.10420805. [7] renduchintala, a.l.p.s., albehadili, a., javaid, a.y. (2017). drone forensics: digital flight log examination framework for micro drones. international conference on computational science and computational intelligence (csci-ieee), 91-96. doi:10.1109/csci.2017.15. [8] horsman, g. (2016). unmanned aerial vehicles: a preliminary analysis of forensic challenges. digital investigation, 16, 1-11. doi:10.1016/j.diin.2015.11.002. [9] mora, g.o.d., zamudio, b.z. (2018). real-time drone (uav) trajectory generation and tracking by optical flow. 2018 international conference on mechatronics, electronics and automotive engineering (icmeae). cuernavaca, mexico. doi:10.1109/icmeae.2018.00014. [10] editya, a.s., ahmad, t., studiawan, h. (2023). forensic analysis of drone collision with transfer learning. jordanian journal of computers and information technology (jjcit), 9(2), 175 186, doi:10.5455/jjcit.71-1673581703. [11] liu, h., li, c., wu, q., & lee, y. j. (2024). visual instruction tuning. advances in neural information processing systems, 36. doi:10.5555/3666122.3667638. [12] li, c., wong, c., zhang, s., usuyama, n., liu, h., yang, j. (2023). llava-med: training a large language-and-vision assistant for biomedicine in one day. proceedings of the 37th international conference on neural information processing systems, 2429. doi: 10.5555/3666122.3667362. [13] al-dhaqm, a., ikuesan, r. a., kebande, v. r., razak, s., & ghabban, f. m. (2021). research challenges and opportunities in drone forensics models. electronics, 10(13), 1519.. doi:10.3390/electronics10131519. [14] barton, t.e.a., hannan bin azhar, m.a. (2017). forensic analysis of popular uav systems. 2017 seventh international conference on emerging security technologies (est), 91–96. doi:10.1109/est.2017.8090405. [15] mantas, e., patsakis, c. (2019). gryphon: drone forensics in dataflash and telemetry logs. advances in information and computer security, 377–390. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-26834-3_22. [16] scanlon, m., breitinger, f., hargreaves, c., hilgert, j. n., & sheppard, j. (2023). chatgpt for digital forensic investigation: the good, the bad, and the unknown. forensic science international: digital investigation, 46, 301609. doi:10.1016/j.fsidi.2023.301609. [17] michelet, g., breitinger, f. (2024). chatgpt, llama, can you write my report? an experiment on assisted digital forensics reports written using (local) large language models. forensic science international: digital investigation, 48, 301683. doi:10.1016/j.fsidi.2023.301683. [18] piggott, b., patil, s., feng, g., odat, i., mukherjee, r., dharmalingam, b. (2023). net-gpt: a llm-empowered man-in-themiddle chatbot for unmanned aerial vehicle. 2023 ieee/acm symposium on edge computing (sec), 287–293. doi:10.1145/3583740.3626809. [19] wickramasekara, a., breitinger, f., scanlon, m. (2024). sok: exploring the potential of large language models for improving digital forensic investigation efficiency. ares '20: proceedings of the 15th international conference on availability, reliability and security, 1-10. doi: 10.1145/3407023.3407068. [20] pedro, d., matos-carvalho, j.p., fonseca, j.m., mora, a. (2021). collision avoidance on unmanned aerial vehicles using neural network pipelines and flow clustering techniques. remote sensing, 13(13), 2643. doi: 10.3390/rs13132643. [21] cloutier, n.a., japkowicz, n. (2023). fine-tuned generative llm oversampling can improve performance over traditional techniques on multiclass imbalanced text classification. 2023 ieee international conference on big data (bigdata), 5181– 5186. doi: 10.1109/bigdata59044.2023.10386772. [22] li, h., shan, l. (2023). llm-based vulnerability detection. 2023 international conference on human-centered cognitive systems (hccs), 1–4. doi: 10.1145/3639476.3639762. [23] papineni, k., roukos, s., ward, t., & zhu, w. j. (2002). bleu: a method for automatic evaluation of machine translation. in proceedings of the 40th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, 311-318. doi:10.3115/1073083.1073135. [24] he, w., li, z., wang, h., xu, t., wang, z., huai, b. (2024). multimodal dialogue systems via capturing context-aware dependencies and ordinal information of semantic elements. acm transactions on intelligent systems and technology, 15(3), 1–25. doi:10.1145/3394171.3413679. https://doi.org/https:/doi.org/10.1016/j.fsidi https://doi.org/10.3390/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1135 issn: 2723-9535 multi-criteria decision-making model to achieve sustainable developmental goals in industry 4.0 for smart city infrastructure d. akila 1 , souvik pal 2 , bikramjit sarkar 3 , s. jayalaksshmi 4, saravanan muthaiyah 5 , kalaiarasi sonai muthu anbananthen 6* 1 department of computer applications, saveetha college of liberal arts and sciences, saveetha institute of medical and technical sciences, india. 2 department of management information systems, saveetha college of liberal arts and sciences, saveetha institute of medical and technical sciences, india. 3 department of computer science and engineering, jis college of engineering, kalyani, india. 4 department of information technology, vels institute of science technology and advanced studies, india. 5 school of business and technology, international medical university, kuala lumpur 57000, malaysia. 6 faculty of information science and technology, multimedia university, melaka 75450, malaysia. received 23 may 2024; revised 17 november 2024; accepted 23 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract due to a shortage of funding and other market challenges, small and medium-sized enterprises (smes) face difficulties in adopting new technologies. numerous technological obstacles negatively impact the long-term commercial achievement of smes. the deployment of industry 4.0hopes to resolve these technological challenges. a sustainable city is a complex structure where economic, societal, and ecological components interact and compete. there is a scarcity of l methodologies for measuring interactions in this complex structure. industry 4.0 aims to obtain higher performance effectiveness, profitability, and automation. the main goal is to develop a reliable method of evaluating small and medium-sized enterprises (smes) adopting industry 4.0 technologies, particularly concerning smart city applications. this paper aims to determine the influence of industry 4.0 in fostering economic efficiency and sustainability amongst these smes. the study introduces a multi-criteria decision-making (sc-mcdm) system designed to test an sme’s achievement of their targeted sustainable developmental goals. a technique for computing the interaction between various standards, i.e., (static interactions and dynamical pattern resemblance), as well as the weightage of variables of every indicator generated by the connection, is included within sc-mcdm. furthermore, applying the suggested technique is validated by assessing the sustainable development goals of twelve chinese cities within the triple bottom line (tbl) paradigm. from a geographictemporal viewpoint, spatial variations in city sustainability reveal regional sustainable inequalities. indicator scores suggest that the most significant factors for most communities are the lack of research spending, falling financing in stationary assets, shortage of financial development, and inadequate shared transit. furthermore, the growth of tertiary industries, improvement of energy performance, expansion of green areas, and reduction of pollution emissions are key driving forces for enhancing sustainability. compared to other methodologies, multi-criteria decision making (mcdm) considers the interplay between conditions. this is why it is an excellent approach to assess the sustainability of any city. our experimental findings highlight the impact of mcdm and sustainability towards achieving a city’s sustainable development goals. compared to other methods, the sc-mcdm system is more successful rate of 89.7%, a more sustainable rate of 92.1%, a more precise ratio 93%), more accurate (95%), and a less mean absolute error, and mean squared error rate of 8.3% while trying to achieve sustainable city development goals. keywords: sustainable developmental goal; sustainable city; industry 4.0; multi-criteria decision making. * corresponding author: kalaiarasi@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-018  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2293-5750 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9884-0160 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6036-942x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0684-703x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0540-2872 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1136 1. introduction industry 4.0 has revolutionized several industries by integrating modern technologies like the internet of things (iot), cyber-physical systems (cps), and big data analytics. the advancement of smart cities is one area that benefits greatly from this change, as it has great potential to improve urban infrastructure, increase sustainability, and stimulate economic growth via new technologies. however, assessing smes’ endurance and effectiveness in such an environment is challenging. sustainable cities play a critical role in strategic sustainable development; thus, they have assumed a prominent role in implementing this concept. this is represented clearly in the sustainable development goal 11 of the 2030 plan of the united nations, which seeks to make cities more sustainable, adaptable, accessible, and safe [1]. the concept of a sustainable city has been discussed for over three decades. many stakeholders are keen on identifying scientific and practical solutions for deploying a sustainable city [2]. sustainable urbanization remains a difficult problem due to inputs often required from legislators and political decision-makers, particularly in formulating and implementing regulatory processes and effective governance towards stimulating innovation and supervising progress made amongst sustainable communities [3]. the fourth industrial revolution, known as industry 4.0, includes smart factories as a key element to improve efficiency in part production. new technologies, including the internet of things (iot), artificial intelligence (ai), web crawling and robotics, are being incorporated into traditional manufacturing processes as part of industry 4.0. ai, iot, and robotics represent only some of the cutting-edge technology used in a “smart factory,” a highly automated manufacturing facility in industry 4.0. smart factories implement digital technologies to boost productivity and efficiency. iot, ai, web crawling and robotics are just a few of the cutting-edge technologies used in today’s “smart factories,” which are additionally highly automated and connected to improve the effectiveness of production. to facilitate continuous monitoring, analysis, and decision-making, machines and equipment in an industry 4.0 “smart factory” are interconnected and communicate with one another and a central control system [4]. decision-making analyses can be carried out using multi-criteria and metaheuristic methodologies, which have been developed as part of this sc-mcdm. these analysis techniques enable the resolution of multi-criteria problems, both symmetric and asymmetric. as a result, the search time is decreased, and the symmetry reshapes the decision space. consequently, this research aims to categorize the uses of multi-criteria and metaheuristic approaches. however, a systematic and exhaustive evaluation of performance measures is still lacking in the literature [5]. this research aims to fill this gap by highlighting the implications of the industry 4.0 revolution on smes [6]. it describes how industry 4.0 can assist smes overcome a variety of technical obstacles and boost their long-term success. from a larger viewpoint, evaluating a sustainable city may be considered an mcdm issue [7]. the construction of an evaluation system, selection of a weighting technique, and determination of the aggregating operators are three primary phases in the mcdm procedure that are required for assessing the sustainability of a city. an index system incorporating economic, societal, and ecological factors (triple bottom line (tbl)) is often used to determine sustainable developmental activities. a weighted approach is computed by applying five measures, i.e., analytical hierarchy procedure (ahp) [8], entropy methodology [9], dematel methodology [10], topsis [11], and coefficient-variation mechanism (cvm) [12]. mcdm ultimately produces an aggregated value. numerous operators are available to accumulate criteria and weights, including ordered weighted aggregating (owa) [13], induction ordering weighted aggregating (iowa) [14], dense weighted aggregating (dwa) [15], and intuitionistic fuzzy weighted geometrical aggregating (ifwga) [16]. in this regard, any mcdm can combine all indicators with various units in an acceptable manner. furthermore, many studies overstate the mcdm issue by assuming that markers are independent of one another and ignore their interdependencies. the assessment findings can be greatly skewed if the interdependencies are significant. this paper introduces three significant inputs to enhance work in this area further. firstly, it gives actual evidence of the assessment of city sustainability for a particular instance, focusing on the interplay between criteria. secondly, it adds to the theoretical approach without verified techniques for measuring the interaction between criteria, particularly dynamic trend similarities. thirdly, it offers policymakers academic consequences about using assessment to enhance environmental sustainability. this is why this research includes the relationship between criteria in the technique to determine the sustainability of a city.  the paper discusses the issues that plague small and medium-sized businesses (smes), such as a lack of capital and technological hurdles. it emphasizes industry 4.0’s potential as a response to these problems. recognizing the relevance of technical progress to the long-term success of smes, this article introduces industry 4.0 principles and technologies intending to improve their economic efficiency and sustainability.  this paper details creating a multi-criteria decision making (mcdm) system that can evaluate the progress toward sdgs made by small and medium-sized enterprises (smes). both static interactions and dynamical pattern hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1137 similarities are incorporated into this mcdm system, among other criteria and indications. it not only provides a thorough framework for assessing and measuring sustainability in smes, but it also gives these indicators weight.  within the line (tbl) paradigm framework, this framework findings shed insight into regional differences in urban sustainability and highlight important elements shaping urban sustainability. this paper highlights the potential of multi-criteria decision-making (mcdm) to assist cities in meeting their sustainability objectives.  sc-mcdm incorporates a method for calculating the interaction between different standards (static interactions and dynamical pattern similarities) and the weightage of variables of each indication produced by the connection. the triple bottom line (tbl) paradigm is used to evaluate the sustainable development objectives of twelve chinese cities, providing more evidence for the viability of the proposed method. spatial differences in city sustainability indicate regional sustainable inequities from a spatial-temporal perspective. the remaining parts of the article are laid out in the following fashion: in part 2, we will discuss the historical context of a sustainable city and its long-term objectives. within this part, the sustainable city uses multi-criteria decision making (sc-mcdm) that is presented, constructed, and theoretically proven. in the fourth section, the findings of the experiments and the system’s effects are shown graphically. the discussion of the results and the conclusion are explained in section 5. table 1 states the nomenclatures and abbreviations. table 1. nomenclature and abbreviations mcdm multi-criteria decision making smes small and medium-sized enterprises tbl triple bottom line rmse root mean square error mse mean square error cvm coefficient-variation mechanism iot internet of things ai artificial intelligence iowa induction ordering weighted aggregating dwa dense weighted aggregating ahp analytical hierarchy procedure pca principal component analysis plr packet loss ratios nssp national strategy smart project sc smart city swara step-wise weight assessment ratio analysis cocoso combined compromise solution bwm best-worst method bd big data sf smart factories it information technology pso particle swarm optimization sdgs sustainable development goals plr packet loss ratios 2. background of a sustainable city and its long-term objectives sustainability in whatever form may assist in developing ideal circumstances for addressing corporate and environmental concerns of the 21st century, among many others. regarding its administration, planning, construction, evolution, and administration within the sustainability framework, sustainable cities face various problems, conflicts, and obstacles. this paper examines each ingredient required for a sustainable and functioning city [17]. the system follows a straightforward strategy by elucidating each sustainability concept, emphasizing its underlying principles, and elaborating on why it is an essential choice for city planning. the system evaluates the present sustainable cities by providing justifications for their advantages and descriptions of their weaknesses. this report assesses 28 european capital cities [18]. the research synthesized 32 parameters into 4 elements using the clustering technique and principal component analysis (pca) and then generated ranking ratings. depending on hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1138 this ranking value, the european capital cities were ranked. these data assist cities in understanding their position relative to other cities, allowing politicians to discover places for improvements while capitalizing on areas of strength. a systematic technique for assessing urban sustainability in developing nations is available [19]. using iraq as a test case, a stakeholder-driven structural technique discovers and evaluates context-relevant signals and sets weights for collecting indication values using an analytic hierarchical process (ahp). the system is anticipated to play an important role in promoting the durability of the constructed landscape. this research comprehensively examines the benefits associated with trees [20]. trees contribute to the improvement of health and social well-being through several means, such as the reduction of air pollution, the alleviation of stress, the promotion of physical exercise, and the facilitation of social relationships and communities. as urban weather conditions continue to escalate, the presence of trees has the potential to alleviate urban warming. animals are provided with both shelter and sustenance. trees have a crucial role in both stormwater management and green architecture. the proposed sustainability assessment methodology incorporates building information and energy simulation modelling [21]. the comprehensive sustainability assessment relies on a well-defined mathematical technique and a focus on user accessibility. the study’s results indicate that the utilization of the multiple-level weight structure in this approach has the potential to reveal regional variations. a revolutionary smart city platform design has been widely discussed and researched [22]. testable theories regarding efficiency metrics are first gathered and examined regarding the queue length, including power consumption, battery lifespan, latency, variance, and packet loss ratios (plr). another article investigates green building evaluation tools from a social standpoint [23]. consequently, this study aimed to construct a system of social criteria backed by classifications and metrics for evaluating sustainable growth in structures. the suggested framework was combined with the current green construction analysis tool to enhance the appraisal of sustainable buildings to achieve growth in the constructed landscape. this paper provides a dependable smart city resource delivery system at the platform’s edge [24]. to improve the accessibility, stability, and protection of smart city systems, the solution employs a collaborative method, including dispersed network edges and private mediation nodes with the assistance of intrusion detection technology. this paper evaluates sustainable city facilities created by the korean national strategy smart project (nssp) against those provided in 15 towns in australia and london [25]. the use of 5g telecommunications technology and the development of its information format define nssp services. smart city plans have recently included steps to make cities sustainable and actions to create promising industrial regions, which need collaboration between publicly available and construction technologies. we examine how to construct citizen and resource-centric stronger cities by relying on current smart city (sc) growth activities that include proven use cases, future sc planning processes, and sc application development services [26]. sc’s primary characteristics are presented in the context of current technological progress, specific municipal needs, and dynamics. this approach is intended to be implemented into real-world sc developmental initiatives. after introducing the step-wise weight assessment ratio analysis (swara) and the combined compromise solution (cocoso) and evaluating them with z-numbers, hosseini dehshiri et al. [27] presented a hybrid decisionmaking approach. the findings of this research highlight the significance of laying a solid technological foundation for the successful application of blockchain in agricultural scs, integration at all sc levels, and the adoption of sustainable practices. the findings further emphasize the relevance of encouraging collaboration and partnership among various sc stakeholders by establishing conducive regulations and enabling pooled investments in infrastructure development to create sustainability and competitive advantage. the criteria for incorporating blockchain technology into the supply chain (sc) were evaluated using a decisionmaking technique based on the best-worst method (bwm) that was proposed by hosseini dehshiri et al. [28]. this method first compiles the thoughts of dms in nine independent processes and then uses separate bwm models to assign weights to each criterion. the research also develops two decision-making procedures that may be used in individual and group settings: nonlinear goal programming-based bwm ii (ngpbwm ii) and linear goal programming-based bwm ii (lgpbwm ii). this research offers a novel bwm-based group decision-making strategy for assessing blockchain technology evaluation criteria in scs. the study’s findings validate the ngpbwm ii approach through numerical examples and highlight its utility for evaluating blockchain technology in the context of the automotive supply chain. sousa et al. [29] conducted a literature review on mcdm approaches to guide decisions concerning the regional, national, and local implementation of the 2030 agenda for sustainable development and attaining the un sustainable development goals. the decision problem related to the sdgs, the mcdm methodological approach (such as the use (or lack thereof) of fuzzy set theory, sensitivity analysis, and multistakeholder approaches), the mcdm application context, and the mcdm classification (whether utility-based, compromise, multi-objective, outranking, or other mcdm methods) were all considered. the extensive use of mcdm techniques in intricate settings proves they can aid decisionmakers in resolving multi-faceted challenges related to major concepts within the 2030 agenda. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1139 the impact of i4.0 technologies [30] on the completion of the sdgs has not been thoroughly or methodically studied. researchers may assist policymakers in updating and harmonizing policies and strategies in many sectors (e.g., education, industry, and government) with the sdgs if they have a firm handle on the connection between i4.0 technologies and the sdgs. this study aims to fill this void by examining how i4.0 technologies might help achieve sustainability goals. when formulating hypothetical outcomes and methods to attain them, sustainable cities look farther ahead. environment, information and communication technology (ict), and urbanization are three major macro-shifts rapidly reshaping society and driving the push toward a long-term perspective. realizing a connection between these developments, sustainable cities worldwide have established far-reaching objectives and devised various strategies to attain them.  this research investigates how smes might utilize industry 4.0 to overcome technological challenges. this breakthrough indicates a way for smes to use cutting-edge technologies to boost their bottom lines in the long run.  one significant advancement is the development of sc-mcdm or sustainable city multi-criteria decision making. this method provides a thorough framework for evaluating the extent to which smes meet sustainable development goals, considering various indicators and their interplay.  twelve chinese municipalities’ sustainable development plans are evaluated, proving the paper’s point on the efficacy of the sc-mcdm system proposed. this exemplifies its broad applicability and draws attention to disparities in regional sustainability and important elements impacting city sustainability beyond only smes.  the current research demonstrates the superiority of the sc-mcdm system over alternative methods for precision, accuracy, and sustainability assessment. it contributes to the study of urban sustainability by providing a method that is more likely to succeed in the long run, to be exact and accurate, and to achieve the desired results in sustainable city development. 2.1. gap analysis and contribution of the paper 2.1.1. gap analysis the present study exposes an imbalance in current urban planning methods by highlighting that several sectors require sustainable urban expansion, such as energy, transportation, and waste management, which are rarely coordinated. the research additionally emphasizes the importance of making judgments in urban development based on objective criteria instead of subjective beliefs. 2.1.2. contribution of the paper this paper presents a framework to achieve sustainable urban development by integrating industry 4.0 technologies with mcdm techniques. secondly, it aids in making decisions that align with the sdgs, where the suggested framework considers numerous criteria, including environmental effect, economic feasibility, and social equality. lastly, the framework fills a void in present urban development methods, where there is frequently a lack of integration between the many sectors involved in sustainable urban development, by permitting a more data-driven and integrated approach to such development. 3. proposed sustainable city using multi-criteria decision-making system this study focuses on the three primary components of industry 4.0, namely big data (bd), information technology (it), and smart factories (sf). all these characteristics have a substantial relationship with the manufacturing and operations of smes to boost their success. these components, coupled with an intelligent manufacturing unit, can enable smes to overcome technical obstacles and enhance their long-term commercial success. the sustainable industry 4.0 structure is shown in figure 1. it demonstrates that five aspects of industry 4.0 substantially influence manufacturing and operations. production and activities have a substantial impact on the success of production services. this demonstrates that it improves the effectiveness of industrial operations. the literature demonstrates that it positively affects manufacturing and operations and improves efficiency. smart city multi-criteria decision-making (sc-mcdm) uses efficiency, sustainability, and relevance to smart city goals to choose its criteria. economic efficiency, social stability, technological innovation, environmental impact, and infrastructural resilience are usually key requirements. to justify investments and guarantee cost-effectiveness, economic efficiency is evaluated. the environmental effect assesses the sustainability of activities, which aligns with global aspirations. enhancements to inhabitants’ quality of life, guaranteeing inclusion and safety, are indicators of social well-being. the efficacy of cuttingedge technology is measured by technological innovation. to keep operations running amid interruptions, infrastructure resilience is essential. weighed and standardized according to their significance, these criteria are derived from literature hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1140 research, expert consultations, and stakeholder engagement. they are validated via pilot testing and feedback to ensure they are suitable and successful in reaching smart city objectives. figure 1. the sustainable industry 4.0 structure this paper’s sustainable city multi-criteria decision making (sc-mcdm) framework provides a decision-making framework that considers sustainability criteria when implementing industry 4.0 technologies in manufacturing and operations. thus, it relates to the sustainable industry 4.0 structure in figure 1. specifically, as shown in the sustainability assessment block of figure 1, the sc-mcdm framework can assess and select industry 4.0 technologies and solutions that align with sustainability goals. to aid in making decisions that align with the sdgs, the framework considers several variables, such as environmental effect, economic feasibility, and social equality. there is congruence between this and the sustainability goals section of figure 1. big data big data’s relationship to industry 4.0 is that it requires gathering and analyzing massive volumes of data from various sources. machines, sensors, and processes generate vast data essential to industry 4.0. industry 4.0 uses big data to learn more about improving production, product quality, and customer satisfaction. data analytics and machine learning all aid predictive maintenance, production optimization, and better decisionmaking. information technologies cloud computing, the iot, and artificial intelligence are just a few examples of the many it technologies directly bearing on industry 4.0. the goal of industry 4.0 would not be possible without these innovations. technology (it) components are used in “smart” factories to set up networks between various pieces of equipment. to gain insights and automate processes, data collected in real-time by internet of things sensors is stored and processed in the cloud, where ai algorithms evaluate the data. with the help of it, all of the parts of the production process may talk to each other and work together. smart factories smart factories are key to the notion of industry 4.0. they are emblematic of the evolution of factories into automated, efficient, and networked workplaces. smart factories optimize production with the help of technologies like robotics, iot sensors, and state-of-the-art control systems, all of which find use in the context of industry 4.0. these plants are distinguished by their responsiveness to immediate changes in customer demand and their overall versatility. they allow for better resource hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1141 management, less downtime, and higher-quality output. the collaborative utilization of the sc-mcdm framework by government agencies, private enterprises, and non-profit organizations holds the potential to facilitate the development of urban areas that exhibit enhanced sustainability and resilience. this aligns with the collaboration section depicted in figure 1, emphasizing the imperative of intergroup cooperation to achieve sustainability in the context of industry 4.0. the research proposes the sc-mcdm framework as a tool for implementing the sustainable industry 4.0 structure depicted in figure 1. this framework incorporates sustainability goals and stakeholder participation, providing a decision-making framework for operationalizing the above structure. 3.1. evaluation process the main aim of this study is to propose a methodology for quantifying the level of inactivity among criteria by integrating static interactions and dynamic trend similarities. furthermore, this research approach assessed the sustainability endeavours undertaken by 1w municipalities in china over the past five years. this study’s assessment approach encompasses data standardization, implementation of a weighting scheme, and utilization of an aggregate operation. meanwhile, the determination of the weighting scheme is contingent upon the orness judgments, which arise from the intricate interplay of several factors. furthermore, the iowa operation is the aggregating approach employed to elucidate the evaluation procedure, with the essential steps expounding in the subsequent sections. the mcdm framework uses the induction ordering weighted aggregating (iowa) model to aggregate and prioritize the sustainability criteria. the complete assessment it provides by considering different weighing elements and its capacity to manage complicated decision-making situations with many criteria led to its selection. combining ordered weights and aggregation functions, the iowa method expands upon conventional aggregation approaches. the goal is a more organized set of decision criteria aggregated in a form that represents their relative significance. simple and mediumsized enterprises (smes) may get useful insights about their sustainability performance from this technique, which applies to real-world scenarios. it provides a transparent and organized review process that aids in decision-making. 3.2. selection criteria the absence of a clear definition, vagueness of certain aspects, and lack of standard indicators for developing city sustainability criterion systems were significant. however, tbl incorporates economic, societal, and ecological components and is commonly acknowledged for evaluating the sustainability of a city. to pick indicators for the construction of the criterion framework, variables utilized in this study must satisfy the conditions: (1) measures have an immediate or indirect link with urban sustainability; (2) they may designate distinct economic, societal, and ecological properties; and (3) data are available and quantifiable. due to data limitations, 21 variables were derived from statistical handbooks. these 21 indicators were chosen to balance the depth and breadth of this study and cover all the method’s subject areas. selecting these 21 indicators might be biased depending on the criteria used. the results could not represent the smes’ actual performance if the indicators don’t align with the study’s primary goals. many important aspects could influence the success and longevity of small and medium-sized enterprises (smes) in a smart city setting, but limiting the research to only 21 indicators runs the risk of missing some of them. c(1,1) and c(1,2) were chosen to represent the economic expansion and advanced level of independent cities as one of the requirements for financial stability. c(1,3) accurately reflects the advancement of the service sector; c(1,4) reveals the town’s level of financial openness; c(1,5) was chosen to reveal a city’s financial system’s capabilities of expanding procreation; c(1,6) demonstrates a city’s level of innovation assistance; and c(1,7) reveals the state of employment and labour. regarding social sustainability, c(2,1) symbolizes the rate of population expansion within a city; c (2,2) was chosen to represent the schooling support of an autonomous community. c (2,3) and c (2,4) depict the current state of healthcare centres and doctors in the city; c (2,5) and c (2,6) depict the degree of sociocultural connectivity; and c (2,7) show the present system of social health coverage. c(3,1) and c(3,2) were chosen for the ecological sustainability stage to represent the scenario of vegetation spaces within a city; c(3,3) must reflect the utilization productivity of manufacturing wastes; c(3,4), c(3,5), and c(3,6) accurately depict the discharge quality of wastewater, air demography, and dust emissions generated by commercial advancement; and c(3,7) reveals the power effectiveness of a city. table 2 states the terms and meanings of all the terminologies. to provide a more all-encompassing depiction of the industry 4.0 setting, it would be beneficial to include components like connectivity and cps in the research. this more holistic view might capture more facets of smart city infrastructure and the performance of smes. incorporating these elements permits a more thorough examination of the effects of cps and linked systems on efficiency and sustainability. potentially, it may show how various parts of the smart city ecosystem interact. the integration of connection and cps brings new measurements and data points. by providing a more complete view of the elements impacting sustainability and performance, this extended data set has the potential to improve the accuracy and reliability of the conclusions. the research may mitigate the effects of bias caused by using an oversimplified collection of indicators if it uses a more comprehensive set of variables. the complex impact of industry 4.0 technology may be better captured in this way. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1142 table 2. terms and meaning terms meaning 𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡) beginning information of the substitute x 𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡) = {0,1} 𝑉𝑦 order-inducing component resulting from the combination of criteria for indication y 𝑊𝑦 the weighted factor of the indication with the 𝑦𝑡ℎ longest ordering parameter 𝑉𝑦 𝑞𝑥(𝑡) reflect the alternative’s assessment value in the period t 𝑝𝑠 𝑥𝑦 (𝑡) represents the static interactions 𝑝𝑥𝑘(𝑡) are determined using grey grid 𝑆𝑥𝑢 , 𝑆𝑥𝑦 trend modification of criteria 𝑝“ 𝑥𝑦 (𝑡 − 1) second-order differentiation 𝑇 total samples 𝑛 dimensions 𝑝𝑑 𝑥𝑦 . normalized indicator 𝑤 weight function 3.3. weighting and aggregation methods this condition must be considered since existing anomalies in the criterion often impact evaluation findings. let p_xy (t) represent the beginning information of the substitute x for indication y in the year t, whenx∈(0,1,2,⋯,n), n is the number of sustainable towns assessed,y∈(0,1,2,⋯,m), m is the number of markers assessed, and t∈(0,1,2,⋯,t) is the number of years examined. the research used equation (1) when the greater the criteria value, the greater the outcome (or indication of advantage). the paper discusses how the proposed scheme, the particle swarm optimization (pso) algorithm, differs from the more traditional multi-criteria decision making (sc-mcdm) approach. sc-mcdm and pso are useful; however, they solve distinct problems and have different applications. pso is an optimization technique, while sc-mcdm makes decisions in multi-criteria settings. no information is given in the text on the precise differences between the proposed sc-mcdm system and traditional pso. decision-making analyses can be carried out using multicriteria and metaheuristic methodologies, which have been developed as part of this sc-mcdm. these analysis techniques enable the resolution of multi-criteria problems, both symmetric and asymmetric. as a result, the search time is decreased, and the symmetry reshapes the decision space. consequently, this research aims to categorize the uses of multi-criteria and metaheuristic approaches. 𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡) = 𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡)−(𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡)) (𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡)) −(𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡)) (1) the normalized indicator x data for substitute y in the given year t is represented by𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡). the highest and lowest values for marker x over all years t are (𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡)) and (𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡)), respectively, where (𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡)) = {𝑝1𝑦(𝑡), 𝑝2𝑦(𝑡), ⋯ , 𝑝𝑛𝑦(𝑡)} , and (𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡)) = {𝑝1𝑦(𝑡), 𝑝2𝑦(𝑡), ⋯ , 𝑝𝑛𝑦(𝑡)}. take note that 𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡) = {0,1}. in circumstances where the smaller the criteria value, the higher the outcome (or cost indication), the system used equation 2. 𝑝∗ 𝑥𝑦 (𝑡) = (𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡)) −𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡) (𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡)) −(𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡)) (2) considering that the iowa operation might indicate a preference, it combined the standard information. assume 𝑞𝑥(𝑡) reflect the alternative’s assessment value in the period t. a translation 𝑅𝑚 ⟶ 𝑅 that such 𝑤𝑦 ∈ {0,1} and ∑ 𝑤𝑦 = 1𝑚 𝑦=0 is an iowa operation of dimensions m with an accompanying weighted vector. the output function is shown in equation 3. 𝑞𝑥(𝑡) = 𝑓{(𝑉1, 𝑝𝑥1(𝑡)), (𝑉2, 𝑝𝑥2(𝑡)), ⋯ , (𝑉𝑛 , 𝑝𝑥𝑛(𝑡))} = ∑ 𝑊𝑦𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡)𝑚 𝑦=1 (3) where 𝑉𝑦 is the order-inducing component resulting from the combination of criteria for indication y and 𝑊𝑦 is the weighted factor of the indication with the yth longest ordering parameter𝑉𝑦. the input data is denoted a𝑠 𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1143 the iowa process of the proposed system is shown in figure 2. it has a weighting system and aggregation operator. the data from the source is computed using iowa, and the results are evaluated and plotted. calculating the interaction between the conditions of indication y and each other yields the order-inducing parameter v_y. this research distinguished between static connections and dynamical trend similarities in terms of interaction. the stationary interactions among criteria are the length between a criterion and a substitute in year t. the dynamical trend similarities are described as the resemblance of alternatives that change as a tendency over time. first, the research establishes important criteria for assessing the long-term viability of smes in the context of industry 4.0. economic results, environmental impact, technological advances, and societal effects are all possible indicators. there is a weight given to each criterion that represents its significance in the overall assessment. expert consultation, stakeholder comment, and quantitative analysis are used to set weights. there is a correlation between the weights assigned to each decision-making criterion and their implied importance. the iowa approach allows sorting the criteria by significance or performance score. the ordering has a crucial role in determining how the criteria are aggregated. the ranking follows the importance of the criteria and how they affected the outcome. when faced with making a decision involving numerous criteria, considering the interconnections between them might be beneficial, as exemplified in the context of stationary link-based many criteria decision making (scmcdm). the proposed methodology utilizes the inverse hamming value between parameters to ascertain the static link. figure 2. the iowa process of the suggested system figure 2 depicts the iowa method, which uses a weighting system and an aggregation operator to compute the source data. we can use this information to determine the order-inducing parameter 𝑉𝑦, which represents the relationship between the y-indicator conditions. in sc-mcdm, the distance between a criterion and its substitute in year t describes the static links between the criteria. this means that the distance between criteria is employed to establish the relative weight of each factor. the inverse hamming value between each parameter, a measure of the distance or dissimilarity between the criteria, is then used to determine the static connection. because of this shared emphasis on computing the interaction and importance of criteria in decision-making, the iowa method and sc-mcdm are closely related. sc-mcdm employs the distance between criteria and their substitutes in year t, whereas the iowa process uses the order-inducing parameter v_y. both strategies intend to offer a methodical and impartial approach to decision-making considering various factors. all the variables and their meanings are shown below in table 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1144 table 3. variables and meaning terms meaning 𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡) normalized indicator x data for substitute y in the given year t 𝑝∗ 𝑥𝑦 (𝑡) smaller criteria and higher outcome indicators 𝑉𝑦 rank 𝑊𝑦 weight 𝑝𝑠 𝑥𝑦 statistic indicator 𝑝𝑑 𝑥𝑦 dynamic indicator 𝑆𝑥𝑢 , 𝑆𝑥𝑦 trend modification of criteria 𝐶1, 𝐶2, ⋯ , 𝐶𝑛 criteria 𝑥𝑦1 , 𝑥𝑦2 , ⋯ , 𝑥𝑦𝑛 best criteria 𝑥𝑤1 , 𝑥𝑤2 , ⋯ , 𝑥𝑤𝑛 worst criteria 𝑂 orness m decision maker y magnitude 1 𝑇𝑛 − 𝑛 ordering factor the static connection is then computed using the inverse of the hamming value between each parameter. this circumstance is expressed in equation 4. 𝑝𝑠 𝑥𝑦 (𝑡) = 𝑚−1 ∑ |𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡)−𝑝𝑥𝑘(𝑡)|𝑚 𝑘=1 (4) where 𝑝𝑠 𝑥𝑦 (𝑡) represents the static interactions of the substitute x for criteria y in the year t and 𝑝𝑠 𝑥𝑦 (𝑡) is greater than zero, the static interactions (m) are superior. the dynamical trend similarity is denoted as 𝑝𝑥𝑘(𝑡) are determined using grey grid interaction modeling (ggim). the normalized indicator is denoted 𝑝𝑥𝑦(𝑡). the dynamical condition is determined by equations 5 and 6. 𝑆𝑥𝑦(𝑡) = 𝑝′ 𝑥𝑦 (𝑡) − 𝑝“ 𝑥𝑦 (𝑡 − 1) (5) 𝑝𝑑 𝑥𝑦 = 1 𝑇𝑛−𝑛 ∑ ∑ 𝑠𝑔𝑛(𝑆𝑥𝑢 , 𝑆𝑥𝑦) 1+|𝑆𝑢𝑥|+|𝑆𝑥𝑦| 1+|𝑆𝑢𝑥|+|𝑆𝑥𝑦|+||𝑆𝑥𝑢|−|𝑆𝑥𝑦|| 𝑛 𝑥=1 𝑇−1 𝑡=0 (6) 𝑆𝑥𝑢 , 𝑆𝑥𝑦 reflect the trend modification of criteria u for alternative x, and criteria y for alternative x, while 𝑠𝑔𝑛(𝑆𝑥𝑢 , 𝑆𝑥𝑦) indicates the sign function, i.e., if 𝑆𝑢𝑥 , 𝑆𝑥𝑦 > 0, the 𝑠𝑔𝑛(𝑆𝑥𝑢 , 𝑆𝑥𝑦) = 1,; 𝑠𝑔𝑛(𝑆𝑥𝑢 , 𝑆𝑥𝑦) = −1. the dynamical trend similarities between option x and criteria y are denoted by 𝑝𝑑 𝑥𝑦 . clearly, as 𝑝𝑑 𝑥𝑦 approaches {−1,1}, the pattern of condition x similarity among all standards increases over the period. the total samples are denoted t, and the dimension is denoted n. the first-order differentiation is denoted 𝑝′ 𝑥𝑦 (𝑡), and the second-order differentiation is denoted 𝑝“ 𝑥𝑦 (𝑡 − 1). the ordering factor is 1 𝑇𝑛−𝑛 , essentially the interactions between numerous criteria, is then calculated by equation 7. 𝑉𝑦 = 1 (𝑇−1)(2𝑛) {∑ ∑ ( 𝑝𝑑 𝑥𝑦−(𝑝𝑑 𝑥𝑦) (𝑝𝑑 𝑥𝑦) −(𝑝𝑑 𝑥𝑦) + 𝑝𝑠 𝑥𝑦−(𝑝𝑠 𝑥𝑦) (𝑝𝑠 𝑥𝑦) −(𝑝𝑠 𝑥𝑦) )𝑛 𝑥=1 𝑇−1 𝑡=1 } (7) the static indicator is denoted 𝑝𝑠 𝑥𝑦 . the total samples are denoted 𝑇, and the dimension is denoted 𝑛. the exponential constant is 𝑉𝑦. the dynamical trend similarity among option 𝑥 and option 𝑦 is denoted 𝑝𝑑 𝑥𝑦 . if 𝑤 = {𝑤1, 𝑤2, ⋯ , 𝑤𝑛} is the weighted array in decreasing order inspired by their triggering parameters and is denoted as 1 (𝑇−1)(2𝑛) , and 𝑤𝑦 > 𝑤𝑦+1(𝑦 = 1,2, ⋯ , 𝑚 − 1). the weight function is denoted in equation 8. 𝑤𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑉𝑦) ∑ 𝑓(𝑉𝑦)𝑚 𝑦=1 (8) the exponential constant is denoted 𝑉𝑦, and the decision-making function is denoted 𝑓(𝑉𝑦). f(.) > 0 if f(.) is an emotional character variable that reflects the decision maker’s desire for interactivity among criteria. specifically, the system defines it as the exponential constant (𝑉𝑦), 𝑓(𝑉𝑦) = (𝑉𝑦)𝑘. since the system prioritizes those with greater engagement, 𝑘 > −1. yager’s orness variable is determined as y and is used to show the preferences for interacting among variables such as orness. the orness variable is shown in equation 9. 𝑂 = 1 𝑚−1 ∑ (𝑚−𝑦)(𝑉𝑦)𝑘 ∑ (𝑉𝑦)𝑘𝑚 𝑦=1 𝑚 𝑦=1 (9) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1145 the exponential factor is denoted 𝑉𝑦, and the total sample size is denoted m. the decision-making function is denoted (𝑉𝑦)𝑘. the bigger values of o(w) indicate that the mcdm provides a weighted factor to the larger connection criteria (𝑉𝑦). smaller values of o(w) imply collected scenarios in which the decision maker (m) prioritizes the interactions as determined as k with the smallest magnitude (y). all the variables and their meanings are shown below: 3.4. multi-criteria decision-making analysis using the sc-mcdm approach, the previous section’s framework was then analyzed. by the sc-mcdm technique, professionals were entrusted with evaluating the facilitation of the big group and that of the subgroups. it was possible that the professionals would be unable to eliminate ambiguity and cope with uncertainty during the pairwise comparisons phase. instead of providing a specific number for a comparison between the two capabilities, a range was supplied. the method for performing the sc-mcdm is described here. step 1: this procedure included completing the circumstances to be addressed for problem-solving. in this case, a set of criteria (c_1,c_2,⋯,c_n) was used to choose available alternatives. step 2: assignment of the best and worst criteria: this phase included assigning the best and worst parameters to the primary group and all its subgroups. the primary groups are shown in equations 10a and 10b. 𝑋𝑌 = {𝑥𝑦1 , 𝑥𝑦2 , ⋯ , 𝑥𝑦𝑛 } (10a) 𝑋𝑊 = {𝑥𝑤1 , 𝑥𝑤2 , ⋯ , 𝑥𝑤𝑛 } (10b) the best and worst criteria are shown as 𝑥𝑦1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥𝑤1 . step 3: a range rather than a specific number was supplied in establishing the paired assessments. for instance, the relationship between enablers y and w was provided as a range between 2.4 and 3.6. consequently, an optimal value within this region was determined rather than a fixed number. step 4: identifying the optimal option: the approach was used to discover the optimal solution for the given situation. this method guaranteed the preservation of ambiguity and assisted decision-makers and operators in predicting sustainable adoption facilitators’ most favourable impact values. the flowchart below in figure 3 describes that multiple-criteria decision-making (mcdm) involves weighing potential courses of action using several standards. there are a few steps involved, some of which may be:  the process of determining the issue at hand or the choice that must be made;  specifying the standards or benchmarks against which the review will be conducted;  placing a weight on each of the criteria to show how important they are in comparison to the others;  consider each potential option and assign a rating or score based on each criterion;  compiling all the marks or ratings into a single total to produce an overall rating for each option. in this paper, the researchers use mcdm to evaluate the sustainability of twelve chinese cities using the triple bottom line (tbl) framework. the mcdm system was developed to determine how different criteria interact with one another and then construct weight variables for each indicator based on the results of those calculations. after determining the primary driving forces and limiting variables for sustainability, the researchers rated each city’s sustainability using the mcdm approach. the research concludes that mcdm has great promise as a method for evaluating urban sustainability and realizing sustainable development objectives. mcdm facilitates a more thorough and coordinated assessment of many criteria, which might reveal interactions between factors and rank measures for enhancing sustainability. multiple-criteria decision making (mcdm) is depicted here as a flowchart detailing steps like problem recognition, criterion definition, weighting, and rating. the triple bottom line paradigm is used in this research to assess sustainability in twelve chinese cities, and mcdm is used to help identify significant sustainability variables and rank the cities. this study demonstrates the value of mcdm in supporting sustainable development goals by illuminating the interdependencies between different assessment criteria. 4. experimental findings and analysis experimental setup and environment: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1146  the research methodology employed in this study entailed an examination of the sustainability of a dozen urban centres by applying the triple bottom line framework, which was evaluated based on a set of 21 distinct criteria [29].  the analysis used a laptop computer with an octa-core processor, 16gb memory, and a solid-state driver.  the experimental setup employed software tools such as matlab version 2021b and python version 3.9.  the database utilized for analysis encompassed a range of sustainability criteria metrics, including but not limited to energy consumption, releases of greenhouse gases, waste management measurements, social equity indexes and economic efficiency measurements.  the data was obtained from credible sources, including official government reports and global databases, and underwent preprocessing to facilitate subsequent analysis.  reasons for using matlab and experimental setup:  matlab was chosen as the software based on its robust data analysis, modelling, and optimization functionality. this made it a suitable candidate for managing the intricate computations required for mcdm.  using matlab’s inherent matrix functioning and optimizing functions enabled the proficient tampering and analysis of the extensive database.  python was employed for specific tasks, such as data preparation and representation, owing to its versatility, extensive libraries, and user-friendly nature.  the laptop’s configuration was deemed adequate for processing power and memory.  utilizing selected software tools and testing arrangements facilitated a thorough assessment of the environmental performance of the cities, considering various factors. this approach enabled well-informed decision-making and inter-city comparisons. figure 3. flowchart diagram hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1147 table 4(a). decision weight comparison of the sc-mcdm group w_min w_max best_min best_max organizational & social 1.4 0.9 7.5 8.4 sc 2.4 3.7 2.3 3.4 management & economy 1.8 2.1 3.3 4.3 environment 7.3 8.3 1.4 1.3 it 3.7 4.2 1.7 2.6 it is possible to implement mcdm systems with a wide variety of software tools and programming languages; this choice is made in response to the project’s particular requirements. matlab is a software package that is frequently utilized for mcdm. it is possible for the hardware requirements for mcdm systems to change depending on the size and complexity of the problem being studied; nonetheless, in most cases, mcdm systems require a computer with appropriate processing power and memory. since it offers various tools and capabilities for data analysis, modelling, and simulation, matlab has become one of the most widely used software packages for multi-criteria decision making (mcdm). because of the intuitive design of the software’s interface and the comprehensive nature of its accompanying documentation, it may be utilized by users with varied degrees of prior programming knowledge. matlab’s capacity to manage enormous data sets and intricate calculations is one of the primary reasons why mcdm practitioners choose to work with this software. because it has built-in functions for matrix operations and optimization, the software is ideally suited for modelling and addressing multi-criteria decision-making (mcdm) problems involving several criteria and options. the triple bottom line (tbl) is a widely employed method of evaluating sustainability that considers all three aspects: social, ecological, and financial. within the context of urban sustainability analysis, the tbl structure thoroughly assesses cities’ efficacy concerning the economic, social, and environmental dimensions. to carry out the analysis, 21 distinct criteria were chosen to accurately reflect diverse facets of sustainability across all dimensions of the triple bottom line. possible indicators that could be considered as criteria are:  the social dimension encompasses various factors such as access to medical care, education, fairness in society, and the incidence of crime.  the environmental dimension encompasses various aspects such as air quality, water handling, waste handling, and using renewable energy sources.  the economic dimension encompasses various indicators such as gross domestic product (gdp) per capita, job satisfaction, equality of earnings, and expenditure on sustainable facilities.  the analysis sought to encompass a broad spectrum of variables that contribute to the general ecological viability of the cities under investigation by utilizing these 21 conditions. a comprehensive examination, a multi-criteria investigation, and a comparable assessment are also performed in tbl. in addition, the weight factor of the signal was computed, including static interactions and dynamical pattern similarities, and the induction-ordered weighing mean was used to combine criteria. this research concludes that china’s subpar urban sustainability and subsystems had weak growth velocities. determining decision weights for individual groups is commonly achieved through techniques such as pairwise comparison. professionals or individuals with a vested interest allocate numerical values that signify the comparative significance of criteria within every category. analyses are performed on the decision weights of several groups, such as information technology (it), environment, management, and economy, sustainable city (sc), and organizational and social groups, and table 4(a) is used to depict those weights. the various decision-making weights, such as worst minimum (w_min), worst maximum (w_max), best minimum (best_min), and best maximum (best_max), are analyzed for different groups of the sustainable city, and the findings demonstrate variances in their choice making weightage. when reaching sustainable developmental objectives in industry 4.0 by employing the mcdm capacity of various groups, the recommended sc-mcdm works very well. table 4(b). mcdm weight analysis of the sc-mcdm group group weight rank it 0.18 3 environment 0.24 2 management & economy 0.27 1 sc 0.15 5 organizational & social 0.16 4 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1148 the group weight, which depicts the relative significance of each group in the sc-mcdm evaluation, is used to calculate the ranking in table 4(b). a weight analysis approach, pairwise comparison, is used to calculate the group weight to give values that represent the perceived significance of each category in the decision-making process. a higher rank signifies more relevance in the sc-mcdm evaluation, and the ranking shows how the categories are prioritized based on their relative weights. the mcdm expertise of the sustainable city is analyzed using 10 different cities in china, which are randomly selected based on the group weight and rankings of the entire china, and the results are tested with various groups of sustainable city residents, including it, environmental, management, sc, organizational, and social group residents. table 4(b) contains the calculated and tabulated results of the overall group weights and the groups’ rankings. the most recent weights are used to produce the best possible outcomes using mcdm, which contributes to accomplishing the sustainable development objectives for the sustainable city and industry 4.0. the iowa approach further simplifies the process and makes it easier to locate results in a shorter amount of time. the experimental results of the sustainable city are analyzed using many approaches, including principal component analysis (pca), analytical hierarchical processing (ahp), the contingent valuation (cvm) method, entropy, and the suggested sc-mcdm system. these strategies’ effectiveness in decision-making and long-term viability are tested using 10 distinct cities in china, and the aggregated results are presented in table 5(a). table 5(a). experimental findings of a smart city method decision-making efficiency (%) sustainability (%) pca 55.2 46.7 ahp 42.4 49.7 cvm 63.2 61.4 entropy 59.7 57.8 sc-mcdm 89.7 92.1 based on the smallest weight and smallest ranking, cities are randomly selected. it isn’t easy to analyze the entire china, so 10 cities were randomly selected for the analysis, and the results were integrated into the entire china. the findings indicate that the recommended sc-mcdm approach would result in improved levels of mcdm efficiency as well as greater sustainability across all 10 cities. this is accomplished via iowa and mcdm’s abilities to adjust the weights of the various groupings. figure 4 represents a graphical analysis of experimental findings of the sustainable city. it shows the comparison of our proposed approach among principal component analysis (pca), analytical hierarchical processing (ahp), the contingent valuation (cvm) method, and entropy. figure 4. graphical analysis of experimental findings of the sustainable city 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 pca ahp cvm entropy sc-mcdm % decision making efficiency (%) sustainability (%) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1149 each criterion or category is often weighed based on its relative relevance to establishing the ranking in the scmcdm assessment. group weight, established by subjective or objective weighing procedures, is the relevance given to each category. the proposed sc-mcdm system is put through its paces by employing 10 distinct towns in china as test subjects for its decision-making abilities. after determining the relative weights of each factor in the decision-making process and ranking them, the findings are shown in table 5(b). with the assistance of mcdm and iowa, the scmcdm system can reach greater sustainability. the best minimum, best maximum, worst minimum, and worst maximum weights are used to analyze the mcdm weights. these data are used to update the optimal weights, contributing to achieving the sustainable development objectives of industry 4.0. table 5(b). multi-criteria decision-making ability analysis of the suggested sc-mcdm system city weight rank 1 0.74 1 2 0.31 10 3 0.58 5 4 0.51 6 5 0.48 7 6 0.63 3 7 0.59 4 8 0.73 2 9 0.36 9 10 0.42 8 the results of the simulation study of the sc-mcdm system in terms of precision, accuracy, root mean squared error (rmse), and mean absolute error (mae) are calculated, and table 6(a) and 6(b), respectively, indicate the findings of the analysis. the accuracy, precision, rmse, and mae are computed for the sustainable development of 10 cities in china’s sustainability prediction value. the results of the sc-mcdm system are compared with the models that are already in existence, and the comparison demonstrates that the suggested system with the mcdm model is effective in industry 4.0. the system functions more effectively and with fewer errors than before. table 6(a). simulation analysis of the sc-mcdm system method precision (%) accuracy (%) pca 47 52 ahp 54 57 cvm 86 82 entropy 75 79 sc-mcdm 93 95 table 6(b). error analysis of the sc-mcdm system method rmse (%) mae (%) pca 24.2 21.3 ahp 27.4 20.1 cvm 16.7 12.8 entropy 21.8 19.8 sc-mcdm 8.3 8.9 the simulation study results about the sc-mcdm system have been calculated regarding precision, accuracy, root mean squared error (rmse), and mean absolute error (mae). the results of the analysis are depicted in figures 5 and 6, respectively. the evaluation of the sustainable growth of ten cities in china’s sustainability forecast value involves the computation of accuracy, precision, root mean square error (rmse), and means absolute error (mae) measures. the effectiveness of the sc-mcdm system is evaluated by a comparative analysis with established models, demonstrating its efficacy within the framework of industry 4.0. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1150 figure 5. graphical analysis of simulation analysis of the sc-mcdm system figure 6. graphical analysis of error analysis of the sc-mcdm system the results indicate that small and medium-sized enterprises (smes) may improve their sustainability results by concentrating on connecting more and implementing more modern cps technology. in addition to enhancing operational efficiency, these features support smart city objectives, including lowering carbon emissions and raising equality for all. the sc-mcdm system integrates various industry 4.0 components, allowing for a more nuanced assessment than older approaches. by taking a holistic view, we can better understand how smes are doing and where they might make changes. the findings lend credence to the idea that smart city initiatives should prioritize connection and work to promote the use of advanced technology. policymakers may use these findings to create programs encouraging creativity and environmental responsibility in city environments. 4.1. comparison analysis section these numerical findings were obtained using simulations and experimental data that utilized various techniques, including pca, ahp, cvm, entropy, and the sc-mcdm method. the values provide quantitative measurements for assessing the proposed sc-mcdm system and indicate the efficiency and efficacy of each technique in terms of decision-making performance, sustainability prediction, precision, accuracy, and evaluation of errors. the sc-mcdm system outperforms other approaches in terms of decision-making effectiveness (89.7%), sustainability (92.1%), precision (93%), accuracy (95%), rmse (8.3%), and mae (8.9%), demonstrating its superiority over other approaches in accomplishing sustainable city development objectives. the paper compares existing approaches and the proposed sc-mcdm (sustainable city multi-criteria decision making) method for assessing sustainability and decision-making performance. results and significant findings: pca, ahp, cvm, and entropy are existing approaches. in sustainable 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 pca ahp cvm entropy sc-mcdm % precision (%) accuracy (%) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 pca ahp cvm entropy sc-mcdm % rmse (%) mae (%) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1151 city development and industry 4.0, these methodologies were employed for decision-making, sustainability forecast, precision, accuracy, and error evaluation. the sc-mcdm technique evaluates sustainability and decision-making in industry 4.0 and sustainable city development. it uses multiple criteria to decide, weigh, and assess sustainability. scmcdm’s decision-making efficiency is 89.7%, confirming its superiority.  sustainability assessment: its 92.1% sustainability score shows its efficacy.  precision: the approach yields 93% precise outcomes.  it predicts sustainability with 95% accuracy.  the root mean squared error (rmse) is 8.3%, and the mean absolute error (mae) is 8.9%, showing low error rates and great reliability. the suggested sc-mcdm method surpasses existing methods in decision-making, sustainability assessment, precision, and accuracy. it makes sustainable city development in industry 4.0 more efficient and accurate. 5. conclusion this research aims to determine the impact of industry 4.0 on promoting sustainable business efficiency in smes, which face several technological difficulties. through industry 4.0, this research tried to resolve several technological difficulties. the report examines three key elements of industry 4.0: bd, the iot, and smart manufacturing industries. to attain sustainable development objectives, a survey utilizes a cross-sectional study design. to accomplish this, the study developed a methodology for quantifying the interplay among many criteria, including static connections and dynamical trend similarities. additionally, the study produced a method for determining the weight factors associated with each indicator based on their respective connections. furthermore, the induction ordering weighted averaging (iowa) operation combined criteria and their associated weighted factors, with the inclusion parameter determined by the interactions between these criteria. while mcdm has proven to be an excellent tool for assessing the sustainability of a city, the study will require more research to pick more precise criteria. due to information accessibility and measuring restrictions, only 21 indicators were extracted from statistics yearbooks, resulting in inadequate indicators. utilizing more extensive and specific data to refine the indication method may become a focus of future development. since small and medium-sized enterprises have scarce resources, the existing approach should be extended to high-tech smes. future studies will include other features of industry 4.0, including connectivity and cyber-physical systems (cps). to enhance the evaluation of sustainable development in the context of industry 4.0, future research should concentrate on broadening criteria selection and improving the indication technique by utilizing more comprehensive and precise data. a worthwhile area for more research would be integrating connection and cps inside small and medium-sized businesses. compared to other methods, the sc-mcdm system is more successful rate of 89.7%, a more sustainable rate of 92.1%, a more precise ratio 93%), more accurate (95%), and a less mean absolute error, and mean squared error rate of 8.3% while trying to achieve sustainable city development goals. research limitations: this investigation uses data collected from reputable sources; nonetheless, data inaccuracies or delays in collection could still affect the findings. future research should look into ways to increase data quality and coverage. additionally, the research is conducted primarily in twelve chinese cities, which may limit its applicability to other regions. widening the scope to include a larger number of cities could enhance the study’s relevance. furthermore, the study assumes that embracing industry 4.0 will favor the long-term viability of small and medium-sized enterprises (smes). however, more research is needed to determine the realities of the adoption and the implementation barriers that smes encounter while attempting to implement industry 4.0. suggestions for further research: conduct a comparative investigation of the sustainability and acceptance of industry 4.0 in different nations or regions to uncover contextual factors affecting the success of small and mediumsized enterprises (smes). additionally, research the unique obstacles and solutions facing smes in light of financial and technological limitations when adopting industry 4.0 technologies. furthermore, it examines the effects of industry 4.0 implementation on smes’ long-term viability and economic efficiency by conducting longitudinal research that tracks their development over time. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.p. and d.a.; methodology, b.s. and s.j.; validation, s.p., s.m., and k.s.m.a.; formal analysis, s.j. and b.s.; investigation, s.m.; resources, d.a.; writing—original draft preparation, d.a., b.s., and s.p.; writing— review and editing, s.m. and k.s.m.a.; visualization, s.j.; funding acquisition, k.s.m.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1152 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available at https://www.kaggle.com/code/moustafateleb/analysis-onsustainable-development-goals-sdgs (accessed on november 2024). 6.3. funding part of the work was supported by multimedia university. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] mcgowan, p. j. k., stewart, g. b., long, g., & grainger, m. j. (2019). an imperfect vision of indivisibility in the sustainable development goals. nature sustainability, 2(1), 43–45. doi:10.1038/s41893-018-0190-1. [2] williams, k. (2010). sustainable cities: research and practice challenges. international journal of urban sustainable development, 1(1–2), 128–132. doi:10.1080/19463131003654863. [3] bouzguenda, i., alalouch, c., & fava, n. (2019). towards smart sustainable cities: a review of the role digital citizen participation could play in advancing social sustainability. sustainable cities and society, 50, 101627. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2019.101627. [4] arun, m., barik, d., & chandran, s. s. r. (2024). exploration of material recovery framework from waste – a revolutionary move towards clean environment. chemical engineering journal advances, 18, 100589. doi:10.1016/j.ceja.2024.100589. [5] sony, m., & naik, s. (2020). key ingredients for evaluating industry 4.0 readiness for organizations: a literature review. benchmarking, 27(7), 2213–2232. doi:10.1108/bij-09-2018-0284. [6] pech, m., & vrchota, j. (2020). classification of smalland medium-sized enterprises based on the level of industry 4.0 implementation. applied sciences (switzerland), 10(15), 5150. doi:10.3390/app10155150. [7] uslu, b., eren, t., gür, ş., & özcan, e. (2019). evaluation of the difficulties in the internet of things (iot) with multi-criteria decision-making. processes, 7(3), 164. doi:10.3390/pr7030164. [8] mastrocinque, e., ramírez, f. j., honrubia-escribano, a., & pham, d. t. (2020). an ahp-based multi-criteria model for sustainable supply chain development in the renewable energy sector. expert systems with applications, 150, 113321. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2020.113321. [9] mahajan, a., binaz, v., singh, i., & arora, n. (2022). selection of natural fiber for sustainable composites using hybrid multi criteria decision making techniques. composites part c: open access, 7, 100224. doi:10.1016/j.jcomc.2021.100224. [10] wu, y., liao, m., hu, m., lin, j., zhou, j., zhang, b., & xu, c. (2020). a decision framework of low-speed wind farm projects in hilly areas based on dematel-entropy-todim method from the sustainability perspective: a case in china. energy, 213, 119014. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2020.119014. [11] memari, a., dargi, a., akbari jokar, m. r., ahmad, r., & abdul rahim, a. r. (2019). sustainable supplier selection: a multicriteria intuitionistic fuzzy topsis method. journal of manufacturing systems, 50, 9–24. doi:10.1016/j.jmsy.2018.11.002. [12] maghsood, f. f., moradi, h., berndtsson, r., panahi, m., daneshi, a., hashemi, h., & bavani, a. r. m. (2019). social acceptability of flood management strategies under climate change using contingent valuation method (cvm). sustainability (switzerland), 11(18), 5053. doi:10.3390/su11185053. [13] mishra, a. r., rani, p., & prajapati, r. s. (2021). multi-criteria weighted aggregated sum product assessment method for sustainable biomass crop selection problem using single-valued neutrosophic sets. applied soft computing, 113, 108038. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2021.108038. [14] chen, y., & zhang, d. (2020). evaluation of city sustainability using multi-criteria decision-making considering interaction among criteria in liaoning province china. sustainable cities and society, 59, 102211. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2020.102211. https://www.kaggle.com/code/moustafateleb/analysis-on-sustainable-development-goals-sdgs https://www.kaggle.com/code/moustafateleb/analysis-on-sustainable-development-goals-sdgs hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1153 [15] liesefeld, h. r., & müller, h. j. (2019). distractor handling via dimension weighting. current opinion in psychology, 29, 160– 167. doi:10.1016/j.copsyc.2019.03.003. [16] zeng, s., zhou, j., zhang, c., & merigó, j. m. (2022). intuitionistic fuzzy social network hybrid mcdm model for an assessment of digital reforms of manufacturing industry in china. technological forecasting and social change, 176, 121435. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2021.121435. [17] sodiq, a., baloch, a. a. b., khan, s. a., sezer, n., mahmoud, s., jama, m., & abdelaal, a. (2019). towards modern sustainable cities: review of sustainability principles and trends. journal of cleaner production, 227, 972–1001. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.04.106. [18] akande, a., cabral, p., gomes, p., & casteleyn, s. (2019). the lisbon ranking for smart sustainable cities in europe. sustainable cities and society, 44, 475–487. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2018.10.009. [19] ameen, r. f. m., & mourshed, m. (2019). urban sustainability assessment framework development: the ranking and weighting of sustainability indicators using analytic hierarchy process. sustainable cities and society, 44, 356–366. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2018.10.020. [20] turner-skoff, j. b., & cavender, n. (2019). the benefits of trees for livable and sustainable communities. plants people planet, 1(4), 323–335. doi:10.1002/ppp3.39. [21] mahmoud, s., zayed, t., & fahmy, m. (2019). development of sustainability assessment tool for existing buildings. sustainable cities and society, 44, 99–119. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2018.09.024. [22] sodhro, a. h., pirbhulal, s., luo, z., & de albuquerque, v. h. c. (2019). towards an optimal resource management for iot based green and sustainable smart cities. journal of cleaner production, 220, 1167–1179. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.01.188. [23] olakitan atanda, j. (2019). developing a social sustainability assessment framework. sustainable cities and society, 44, 237– 252. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2018.09.023. [24] jararweh, y., otoum, s., & ridhawi, i. al. (2020). trustworthy and sustainable smart city services at the edge. sustainable cities and society, 62, 102394. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2020.102394. [25] yang, j., kwon, y., & kim, d. (2021). regional smart city development focus: the south korean national strategic smart city program. ieee access, 9, 7193–7210. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3047139. [26] kuru, k., & ansell, d. (2020). tcitysmartf: a comprehensive systematic framework for transforming cities into smart cities. ieee access, 8, 18615–18644. doi:10.1109/access.2020.2967777. [27] hosseini dehshiri, s. j., & amiri, m. (2024). evaluation of blockchain implementation solutions in the sustainable supply chain: a novel hybrid decision approach based on z-numbers. expert systems with applications, 235, 121123. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2023.121123. [28] hosseini dehshiri, s. j., emamat, m. s. m. m., & amiri, m. (2022). a novel group bwm approach to evaluate the implementation criteria of blockchain technology in the automotive industry supply chain. expert systems with applications, 198, 116826. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2022.116826. [29] sousa, m., almeida, m. f., & calili, r. (2021). multiple criteria decision making for the achievement of the un sustainable development goals: a systematic literature review and a research agenda. sustainability (switzerland), 13(8), 4129. doi:10.3390/su13084129. [30] mabkhot, m. m., ferreira, p., maffei, a., podržaj, p., mądziel, m., antonelli, d., lanzetta, m., barata, j., boffa, e., finžgar, m., paśko, ł., minetola, p., chelli, r., nikghadam-hojjati, s., wang, x. v., priarone, p. c., litwin, p., stadnicka, d., lohse, n., & lupi, f. (2021). mapping industry 4.0 enabling technologies into united nations sustainability development goals. sustainability (switzerland), 13(5), 1–35. doi:10.3390/su13052560. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 667 issn: 2723-9535 comprehensive review of the impact of advanced technology adoption on work and continuous improvement mujtaba m. momin 1 , omar ali 2* 1 college of business administration, american university of the middle east, egaila, kuwait. 2 college of business and entrepreneurship, abdullah al salem university, kuwait. received 19 september 2022; revised 15 august 2023; accepted 22 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract technology advances are changing how companies and their employees do their respective jobs. the intervention of technology has revolutionized the way jobs are conceptualized, discussed, performed, and delivered. this analysis aims to deliver a summary of the impact of the adoption of advanced technology on job characteristics and the impact on job demand and continuous improvement, which can act as a reference for theorists and practitioners to map, research, and analyze the effect of technology on work systems and productivity. by presenting a systematic review of the literature along with several avenues for future research, we hope that this research will contribute to job demand and ongoing research. a total of 30 articles were reviewed from a total generated article database of 335, which were systematically selected from different academic databases between 2001 and 2021. the review signifies the role of technology in influencing work complexities, privacy, workload, workflow interruptions, manual work, role expectations, and developmental opportunities. this study is pivotal in substantiating the influence of technology in work systems, besides furnishing variables and themes for further studies in the area. keywords: advanced technology; adoption; work; continuous improvement. 1. introduction continuous professional development necessitates knowledge of how the techniques of work impact and should be investigated with a theoretical lens [1–4], especially in the context of innovative and revolutionizing developments in organizational and vocational contexts [2]. research into workplace technology, i.e., the usage of a device or system that can transform or enhance work tasks, usually focuses on one of the two themes of investigation: first, economic and sociological studies often raise concerns about large-scale technological unemployment and social inequality due to technological advances. second, management literature raises concerns about the feasibility of the current organizational framework in light of the so-called fourth industrial revolution [5]. most of these academic publications speculate about the tremendous benefits of modern technology, resulting in a large influx of position papers. technology has influenced almost all aspects of human work systems; wherein investigations are aiming to understand the psychological and behavioural dimensions of these associations. the most recent investigations have focused on the effect of technology on employee well-being [6, 7], which mandates the need for structures and research models to systematically align their influences on each other. moreover, with the advent of new advancements, the * corresponding author: omar.ali@aasu.edu.kw http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-014  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article mailto:omar.ali@aasu.edu.kw https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2601-1480 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5386-8100 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 668 human pace of work is critiqued, which furthers the preposition of high-tech systems to support fundamental technologies [8, 9]. though their alignment is still under scrutiny; thus, a need for sequential mapping of these systems is to be configured, which acts as an interface for research connections. though the studies have been consistent in investigating the effect of technological advancements on work systems, they have been inconsistent in mapping the specific antecedents of those technologies that drive the work protocols. similarly, there has been no granular framework that defines their association with work systems; and variables that can picture the research model for the theorist and practitioner communities. furthermore, it is unclear how distinct and novel technologies such as artificial intelligence, automated systems, and robots will affect specific occupations [10]. thus, it can be stated that technological advances are changing job demands by analyzing what workplace technology actually 'does' in the workplace [11, 12]. these advances can be attributed to the improvements in technology that allow us to replace various processes or entire jobs, freeing up our time for other tasks. a job is characterized by the tasks it must perform and the settings it must accommodate. it then specifies the skill or estimated ability required to perform the task [13]. as a result, professional training must aim for and inform employees about the advances that technology brings to work activities and the resulting work characteristics; only then will professional training be able to determine the necessary competencies of employees and create learning settings that facilitate their acquisition. these findings can be utilized to evaluate the impact of content, didactics, trainer conduct, evaluation, and resources in professional academic settings [14]. this comprehensive study aims to understand the impact of new technological advancements on performance in deriving basic job requirements and the development of formal learning environments in vocational training. the review offers a granularity of concepts, variables, and research models that will guide future studies on technology and work systems. this testable model is subject to validation owing to the ephemeral nature of it and technology systems, especially in the context of work processes. literature exhibits patterns of investigations into some of the traditional and general technology systems and their effects on work, like ai, digitization, and others. but there still lies a need to investigate their specific association with evolving and breakthrough technology. this lack of specific studies leaves a vacuum in the literature for the theory to progress. one of the significant reasons for the lack of such studies could be the dearth of relevant reviews, which can act as a ready reference for both theorists and practitioners. so, the current study attempts to address this gap by cumulating follow-up research questions that could be addressed, i.e., how does advanced technology affect business performance? and what does this contribute to continuous improvement? here is an overview of the recent technological advances, which further describes the systematic review process through the study review plan and methodology and presents the findings based on the classification structure. what follows is a discussion of the impact of new technologies on performance. finally, the limitations and directions of future research are presented. 2. recent technological developments research investigations rarely focus on the exact concept of technology, probably because of the underlying assumption that technical nomenclatures and terms are ambiguous [15] and conflicting interpretations of those terms [16] are overlapping. research on studying technologies and their impact on work protocols aid in providing a clear vision, besides focusing on the pivotal objective of how workplace skills preserve and improve work processes in the form of accomplishing tasks. these tasks are technically described as components that produce the results of work activities [17]. contextually, technology can be described as any digital or mechanical equipment, tool, or system that can replace or complement job performance [11, 16] and can act as a utility [16]. in contrast, technology can be viewed as the product of the historical context of time and place or the latest instrumental product of human intelligence, representing stages of development within a predetermined chronological process called industrialization [16]. mcomber (1999), expresses the characteristics of rapid replacement of predecessors and aging. the term instrumentality is especially appropriate for this study, given that the emphasis is on the individual impact of technology and its application to work. as a result, the technology must be precisely identified, like robots rather than digital transformation, and articulated in how the worker is challenged at work. various viewpoints on the significance of technology in the workplace may be reflected in various notions. cultural attitudes and opinions on organizational design and work relations are included in these archetypal viewpoints [18]. the contrast is in how complicated the social backdrop is thought to be in measuring the effects of technology on society. the influence may be ascertained by technology on its own, like technological determinism defined as strong relationships, like political interest, technology management, and perhaps the engagement between technology and its social relevance, like interpretive technology [18]. the subsequent study provided a more complicated approach, whereby the impacts of technology on companies are influenced by the actors' relationships, like socio-materiality [19]. the study's substance, goal, and aims may be guided by paradigm perspectives, which will influence the methodology and orientation of the study and may be discipline-specific. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 669 new technological advances are widely discussed in various fields; illustratively, ghobakhloo (2018) summarizes the anticipated use of technical ideas within the smart factories of manufacturers. the internet of things (iot) is a term used to describe the autonomous communication of physical objects [20]. big data is analyzing large amounts of data to predict the outcome of operational, management, and strategic actions [2] in an autonomous, transparent, secure, and trustworthy way. a human or machine that can blockchain is the foundation of transactions [21], and cloud computing is an internet-based dynamic architecture that handles all these processes simultaneously [21–23]. the main question leading to the next part is whether not only new technologies but established technologies such as information and communication technology (ict) are constantly being augmented with new skills and to what extent they theoretically affect job characteristics. so, with the underlying nuances of the technology-embeddedness of jobs and its influences on human performances and interactions with jobs, this is a question under investigation. 3. research methodology systematic reviews identify, assess, and interpret all available research related to the phenomenon of interest, or a particular research topic [24]. it is also defined as a methodology that summarizes the process of collecting, organizing, and evaluating existing literature in the review area [25, 26]. a systematic review was appropriate, given the purpose of the study to identify research gaps in the current study and make suggestions for future research [27–29]. it is believed to contribute significantly to understanding research areas, identifying gaps, and proposing future research themes [30]. systematic reviews can take many forms, including domain-based theory, method-based reviews, and theory-based reviews. meanwhile, paul & criado (2020) categorized systematic reviews into various sub-forms of domain-based reviews [31]. structured topic-based reviews, framework-based reviews, bibliographic reviews, hybrid reviews, conceptual reviews, and more. systematic reviews are increasingly important in all areas, especially it and administration [32], owing to the technical embeddedness and cognitive sequencing required to portray the literature. it professionals and managers read them to get the latest information in their respective domains, and they are often used as a starting point for developing it practice guidelines [33]. this systematic overview is based on the structural process proposed by watson (2015), which explicitly defines the search procedure and process [34]. the steps in these search processes include planning, execution, and reporting. for it consultants and management professionals, it can be a daunting task to check relevant articles on evidence-based practices, as numerous publications on it and management are constantly updated [35], especially with the ephemeral progress of technologies and their obsolescence in the area. moreover, when it consultants and management experts make decisions, they need to base their understanding and technology development on a congregation of investigations, as references to a few studies may elicit prejudices, making their understandings and results inconclusive [36]. in both practical and theoretical work, it consultants and management experts must rely on strong evidence to inform practice. according to evans (2003), a systematic review is one of the preeminent approaches that aid evidence-based it and management practice [37]. cecez-kecmanovic & boell (2015) argue that a systematic review is efficient by strictly adhering to predefined protocols and specific search processes [38]. watson recognizes the importance of efficiency in research but argues that effectiveness is also important. he states that effectiveness is attained by synthesizing the literature and revealing the depth of knowledge on an area's critical key concepts and the relationships between these concepts [34]. applying systematic review guidelines is significant for researchers using a systematic review approach [24], as they are evinced to be highly efficient when their sequences use a protocol for identifying, selecting, and evaluating relevant literature [39]. systematic processes should be unbiased, objective, transparent, reproducible, and rigorous [38]. thus, the systematic review approach chosen for this article includes strategies and rules proposed by kitchenham (2007) [24] and ali et al. [21–23], wherein it is three-phased, as proposed by watson (2015) [34], kitchenham (2007) [24], and ali et al. [21-23] several collective rules and guidelines were applied to the distinct steps of this systematic review, as suggested by ali et al. [21–23]. the rules and guidelines applied during the planning phase include identifying systematic review needs, defining a classification framework, defining research questions, and defining research strategies. in execution steps, this study used keyword searches, applying filters, reading titles and abstracts, reading entire articles, reverse snowballing, and quality ratings. in the reporting step, this research included the classification of the selected articles and the discussion of the results. the steps, rules, and guidelines that are applied for this systematic review are described in figure 1. planning execution reporting identification of the need for a systematic review keyword search classification of selected articles apply filters define classification framework  reading title and abstract  reading full-papers discussion of the research results define research strategies backward snowball quality assessment figure 1. systematic review stages hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 670 3.1. planning stage the initial planning phase characterized the identification of systematic review needs, which stems from the necessity for researchers to thoroughly and impartially summarize all available information about the phenomenon. this summarization shall dwell, despite the presence of dynamic research into how the adoption of advanced technology impacts work and continuous improvement, as outlined in the previous section. the current review provides an overview of the findings and explains an in-depth analysis of the existing research and the documented practice on this theme of review. the second planning phase consists of developing a research reporting protocol that is foundational for understanding current theoretical and practical perspectives on this topic. in the current review, the test protocols pre-specify the methods used to conduct specific systematic reviews, as these pre-defined protocols reduce the potential for researcher bias, making the review more wholesome and substantial. for example, in the absence of a protocol, individual study or analysis choices may be dictated by investigator expectations. the initial classification framework was authored by ngai & wat [40]; they used it to execute a systematic review of the applicable journal articles on how advanced technologies enable different sectors. the current study embraces an adjusted version of the comparative classification framework applied to a social science systematic review proposed by vilamovska et al. [41]. ali et al. (2020) [21] have also applied this classification framework to investigate how cloud computing enables the healthcare sector and how blockchain technology enables the finance sector. in this research, the proposed classification framework has been used; to identify how adopting advanced technologies impacts work and continuous improvement. the framework is divided into three different dimensions; specifically underused technology, work characteristics, and work-related aspects. each of these dimensions is further subdivided into sub-categories, which group several aspects, and this is based on the findings of the review of the selected articles. the developed classification framework encompasses specific three dimensions, and each dimension is branched into specific categories. this framework encompasses distinct aspects of that specific technological dimension. each aspect, with its categories and aspects identified, is as follows: (1) complexity, which is the degree to which extremely diversified and linked jobs, as well as the associated uncertainty, produce a lack of organization and transparency [22, 42, 43]. it involves job intricacy, density, arduousness, and situational awareness. (2) privacy refers to employees' control over their public image and personal information in the workplace [43]. this includes privacy violations, tracking behaviour, controlling work-related data, and peer monitoring. (3) workflow interruption is the employee's ability to focus on a single activity while avoiding interruptions [44]. these include the level of interruption, quality of workflow, level of multitasking, and need for ambidexterity. (4) the term workload refers to the amount of work and the speed at which it is completed. these include work overload, demands, speed, and time pressure. (5) manual labour is the extent to which the workplace is characterized by physical obligations and needs. these include physical labour facilitation, routine content, the magnitude of physical labour, and physical demands. (6) role expectations are how well a job fits one's own and others' anticipations of the part and its purpose. these include role ambiguity, expansion, connectivity pressures, production responsibilities, and meaningful work content. (7) development opportunities relate to the extent to which employment provides possibilities for self-improvement and the need for skill and learning growth [44]. these include knowledge acquisition, professional development, ongoing skill requirements, and technical maintenance. in all, 30 articles that were part of our review covered all seven work characteristics of the classification framework, namely: complexity, privacy, workflow interruptions, workload, manual work, development opportunities, and role expectations. for more details about the steps and processes for the article(s) selection, check the next sections. the research classification framework was developed to review the literature related to the nature of how adopting advanced technologies impacts work and continuous improvement. defining a research topic is the third step; in the planning phase, it is considered an important step [26]. systematic reviews achieve their goals if they can answer research questions [26]. the research questions created for this review study are:  what is the impact of the introduction of advanced technology on the characteristics of work?  what does this mean in terms of continuous improvement? defining the item selection strategy is the fourth step of the planning phase. paper selection strategies help identify primary studies that give direct evidence for the research question. to reduce bias, item selection strategies should be specified during protocol definition but can be refined during acquisition. at the time, a unified search strategy included extensive automated searches in various online databases and manual searches for themed articles [25]. a comprehensive automated search strategy enables the most appropriate integration of online sources [45, 46]. the online databases selected for this systematic review include emerald, scopus, ebsco, and eric. in addition, we used the appropriate filtering tools for each selected database to limit the findings [47]. manual verification employs a wide range of methods, which require reading the title, and abstract/summary of each research article [45]. then interpret the entire content of the selected article and exclude irrelevant articles [22]. in addition to extensive automated searches and manual reviews, we used the reverse snowball technique to uncover items that previous strategies could not identify. this method used a summary of references to identify new articles [48]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 671 the reverse snowball approach began by analysing reference lists and removing articles that did not meet key research criteria such as language, peer review, year of publication, and type of publication. after that, items that had already been investigated and found were removed from the rundown. the rest of the articles can be included in your research. for more details, see table 1. table 1. criteria for selection criterion inclusion exclusion rationale type of publication articles about scholarly themes written reports and other sources to ensure that research draws information from academic-level sources/ peer-reviewed peer-reviewed non-peer reviewed to make sure the high quality of the used articles publication year articles published from 2010 to 2021 articles that published prior to 2010 to make sure the validity of the content in any article that has been used in this research review. th pace of technology changes in relatively rapid and tracing back 10 years is an appropriate time period when the authors can observe more solid trends. language english language any other languages than english english is the official language of research articles 3.2. implementation stage during the implementation phase, the strategies specified in the previous planning phase were used to select relevant articles for our study. the main techniques applied in our study are explained below: identifying the search terms is an ongoing process, which begins with using unique search words from articles recognized in the area of study [26, 49]. the process ends once all the well-known articles are found using the same principles as above. the selected databases in our study are enabled with advanced research features, allowing the combination of relevant search words. in this research study, we identified the following keywords: information systems or information technology virtual reality or wireless or technology or advanced technology or digital transformation or robot or big data or cloud computing or artificially intelligent or mobile communication or ict* and impact or influence or effectiveness or effect and work or job or workplace or career or employment or internet of things or blockchain technology or mobile device or wearable technology data processing or social media. while searching the online databases, filtering tools were applied to optimize the research results [33, 50]. in this research, we applied various filters, including the research area (is and healthcare), year of publication (2001 to 2021), document type (journal articles and conference papers), and language (english). once the results were attained, the articles were manually checked, focusing on the title and abstract, to ensure that they were relevant to the topic of the current study [51, 52]. all the articles obtained from the previous step were thoroughly analyzed for relevant information on our research topic [22, 53]. to identify articles that were not attained through the automated research strategy, we used the reverse snowball technique [54]. to confirm that all the articles included in our research were of value, we applied quality assessment [49]. a checklist was prepared to assess whether to include an article. the checklist questions were adopted from the studies conducted by ali et al. (2021) [55] and sadoughi et al. (2020) [52]. it included the following criteria: the discussion on the research objectives is satisfactory; the research problem and questions are clearly stated; the data used is available and well described; the adopted methodology is thoroughly elaborated; and the research results are presented comprehensively and answer the research questions. this study used quality measures to test whether the key findings were related to the quality of the study. we also investigated whether some of the individual quality factors (sample size, test method, etc.) were related to the study’s main outcome. if primarily relevant studies are selected, their quality should be assessed to minimize bias and maximize the effectiveness of systematic reviews. therefore, the remaining 30 items were evaluated according to quality criteria. we assessed selected studies’ scientific rigour, reliability, accuracy, and validity to ensure that the study concepts and methods were followed. we evaluated the results as original, relevant, and useful, focusing on future researchers, experts, and industries. these standards were needed to make a valuable and important contribution to the research community. these selected studies were classified according to their main study purpose, method, contribution, and outcome. this classification allowed us to identify, extract, classify, and synthesize data that answered research questions. the current review study was conducted from september 18, 2021, to december 16, 2021, according to the research protocol specified during the planning phase. the first search based on the defined keywords identified 335 articles. after applying all the procedures, 30 research articles met the quality evaluation criteria. 3.3. summarizing stage table 2 shows the final number of articles selected for this review study. specifically, we found 335 unique articles based on our initial research process (keywords). after applying the filter, the number of articles was reduced to 252. researchers then performed a manual review to identify items that were not relevant to the study. in doing so, researchers focused on empirical and conceptual articles directly related to the topic of this study. as a result, 83 articles were deleted, leaving 214 articles for further consideration. then the process of reading the entire article was performed. in hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 672 this process, researchers focused on specific criteria such as objectives, research questions, and descriptions of collected articles. presentation of the data, the methodology used, and the analytical techniques used to analyze the data and ultimately the results. after reading the entire article, 143 more irrelevant articles were removed, leaving 71 articles. the reverse snowball technique was then applied, and that added three more items for 74 items. after reviewing the quality metrics, 44 articles were removed, reducing the number of articles to 30. table 2. review search results stage action results process 1: search the repositories using specific terms keywords:  information systems,  information technology,  virtual reality,  wireless,  technology,  advanced technology,  digital transformation, and others and  impact / influence / effectiveness / effect,  work / job / workplace or career / employment and others. 335 process 2: application of filtering tools criterions:  year of publication  area of study,  language. 252 process 3: exclude articles based on title and abstract reading title and abstract:  review title,  review abstract. 214 process 4: exclude articles based on full-text scanning reading full articles:  review the whole article. 71 process 5: reverse snowball techniques reference list:  check the reference list of each chosen article. 74 process 6: quality metrics theme relevance:  article objective,  research question,  research method,  analytical techniques. 30 3.4. some common attributes of the selected item distributing articles by year of publication: the earliest publications on how the adoption of advanced technology affects work and the date of continuous improvement since 2001 (see figure 2). researchers have observed that the maximum number of articles, i.e., eight, were published in 2014 and 2017. the one with the fewest articles was published in 2001, 2003, 2006, 2019, and 2021. most of the published articles were published between 2014 and 2017, demonstrating recent interest in this area of research. figure 2. articles distribution by publication year 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 n u m b e r o f a r ti c le s p u b li sh e d year of publications hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 673 article distribution by the database: figure 4 shows the distribution of selected articles by database source. we identified 12 articles from the ebsco database, followed by nine articles from the scopus database, five from the eric database, and four more from the emerald database. (see figure 3). figure 3. distribution of articles by database sources table 3 shows the complete overview of the studies and results for the relation between work characteristics and technology. table 3. technology and work characteristics technology work characteristic work-related aspects sources  clinical technology  automated systems  erp complexity  job complexity  situational awareness [11, 17, 43, 44, 56-59].  field technology  social media privacy  invasion of privacy  behaviour tracking  control over work-related data [2, 17, 23, 43, 44, 60-62].  computer  automated systems  tools for digital communication  robots workflow interruptions  level of interruptions  quality of workflow  level of multitasking  need for multitasking [3, 44, 57, 59, 62-66].  computer  letter sorting machine  social media  bar-code  work-extending technologies workload  work overload  job demands  level of job speed  time pressure [17, 44, 57, 60, 67-71].  automated terminals  automated systems  automated dispensing system manual work  easier physical work  contents of routine work  amount of physical task  physical requirements [3, 44, 57, 72-75].  automated manufacturing technology  automated dispensing system  social media  robots role expectations  role ambiguity  role expansion  connectivity pressure  production responsibility  meaningful content of work [2, 3, 17, 44, 60, 63, 7278].  clinical technology  automated systems  tools for digital communication  robots opportunities for development  knowledge-acquisition  professional development  continuous qualification demands  stay up-to-date with new technologies [3, 44, 57, 59, 62, 64-66, 78, 79]. 4. review discussion the systematic review across the themed variables hints at the specific narratives of each of those elements in the work processes. thus, it becomes imperative to discuss each of them in categorical order, with their individual impact. thus, the results could be discussed under each of the work process titles, as follows: 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 emerald scopus ebsco eric n u m b er o f a rt ic le s hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 674 complexity the degree to which there is an absence of institutions and openness as an outcome of highly diversified and interrelated jobs and the accompanying uncertainty is referred to as complexity [21, 43]. our findings point to a favourable association between it system utilization and complexity, which has been observed in a series of studies [11, 17]. the inclusion of multiple technologies and the expedited obsolescence of past technologies lead to temporal and cognitive complexities that need to be addressed and bridged through thorough studies and investigations. reciprocally, further data implies that automated systems have decreased contextual understanding, suggesting an upsurge in complications [21, 43, 57]. thus, it becomes imperative for the consolidated efforts of theorists and practitioners to reduce complexities and devise ways by which each of these complexities could be ameliorated by systematic efforts and advances. privacy employee privacy refers to how much influence they have over their public persona and private details at work [43]. our findings suggest that various it properties have varied correlations with privacy infringement [17, 43]. it could be noted from the review that privacy is a function of the regulatory framework of the nation, and thus, the studies indicate the need for geographical and temporal investigations. furthermore, according to certain evaluated research, social media is significantly linked to peer monitoring [2, 23], and field technology is adversely associated with employee data handling [62]. thus, measures are being taken to institutionalize privacy norms and regulations to ensure the secrecy of classified information. published literature advances measures to institutionalize privacy; however, advances have to be made using emerging and breakthrough technologies to ensure data security. workflow interruptions workers' ability to concentrate on a primary job and prevent distractions is measured by workflow interruptions [44]. the findings of our study show a link between computer work and rising degrees of interruptions and a growing preference for multitasking [62]. other research reveals that it employment is linked to a higher number of interruptions on one side and workflow facilitation on the other [63]. additional data shows that workplace robots improve workflow assistance [44], and automated machines appear to enhance the amount of multitasking needed in aggregate [44, 57]. the incessant discovery of work processes and technology has made evident the need for investigations that are more generalized and, concurrently, specific to the technologies that they work with. this has been stressed in more than one study, which focuses on future studies on breakthrough technologies. with literature on both sides of the story, wherein technology facilitates and also retards workflow interruptions, there has to be steady literature using standardized methods and tools to sufficiently substantiate this area of research and subsequently eliminate ambiguity in this area of investigation. workload the term workload refers to the amount of work and the rate at which it is completed [44]. our findings show a substantial favourable connection between computer work [69], as well as it utilization and workload [17]. since some it elements have different impacts on workload, the connections are not predictable. perceptions of a growing workload are significantly associated with it attributes like the pace of change. additional data suggest favourable links between workload constraints and time in the matter of computer-related work [70], working in an automated machine [60], and social media utilization suggest that different technologies and workloads are linked. parallel results have been documented for ict use [69], automated systems [57, 80], and clinical technologies [44]. though investigations have hinted at the need for workload studies, there have to be detailed investigations pertaining to specific technologies, and that is too contextual, which highlights distinct operational verticals and work processes. moreover, the norms of workload are mostly governed by the law of the land. future studies should aim for the use of sophisticated tools and techniques that make an incremental contribution to the regulatory framework of the country, aid uniform workload norms across continents, and besides ensure a lack of fatigue. manual work the level at which physical tasks and objectives characterize the workplace is manual work [44]. when dealing with automated machines [57, 60] and robots, our findings show a reduction in the proportion of physically challenging activities [57, 72, 73]. there is substantiation of an upsurge in manual work for technical positions where automated systems are employed in one of the studies analyzed [3, 74]. though technology has signified the reduction of manual work, the investigations are still indicative of the mental fatigue that is created with the adoption of new technologies [71], which can be ameliorated with future empirical investigations. on the one hand, the advent of breakthrough technologies like blockchain, robotics, cloud computing, and others has reduced manual labour, and on the other end, it has also escalated supportive manual labour. thus, investigations could delve into clustering the nature of jobs, which, in linkage with technology, has led to an increase in manual labour. this shall aid organizations in making a systematic blend of these two clusters of work improvements and cherry-picking those relevant to their domains of work. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 675 role expectations the degree to which the work meets one's and others' standards for the role and its value is referred to as role expectation [44]. our findings show that, based on the precise qualities of the technology, it utilization is irregularly connected to role ambivalence [17]. furthermore, our findings indicate that it usage raises standards for accessibility and connectedness [2, 63] and that social media reduces networking load. furthermore, our findings indicate that it systems reduce relevant job substance and role expansion [3, 72], which can pave the way for future studies that can triangulate factors like role clarity, role enrichment, and role ambivalence being affected by technology and information technology systems. this could be an important crucible of role improvement; so, mapping roles with their respective expectations can be a fertile way of standardizing norms. references could be made here to role-balance theory (rbt) and performance-environment fit theory (peft), for aligned research prepositions and processes. development opportunities the level at which work provides possibilities and opportunities for self-improvement and demand for growth in skills and learning is called development opportunity [44]. our results show the use of it [57] and the operation of automated machines [59, 62, 79] increase the need for continuous learning. some studies suggest that the impact of automation engines and learning opportunities depends on changing work responsibilities regarding system support and system structure [3]. while some studies indicate the relevance of it systems to work processes, others also hint at the health challenges that can curtail work efficiency, productivity, and hence developmental opportunities, which could be deciphered with systematic research initiatives. future studies can articulate the effect of learning (virtual and in-person) opportunities on the phenomenon of work improvement concerning technology and its adoption in organizations. impact of new technologies on job characteristics robotization of work and continuous automation add complexity, for example, by automating the process of hiding some operations from workers. when tasks are automated, additional cognitive tasks are prioritized, such as fixing problems and monitoring machine operations [68]. the relationship between work and technology determines the magnitude and depth of manual labour (supported or not). the pervasiveness of technology increases workload and workflow disruption as the pace of tasks increases, resulting in time and workload constraints. high levels of autonomy seem to be connected with high workloads and more workflow interruptions [16], which is especially true when dealing with domain-specific it and field technologies. our review is indicative of the relationship between work and technology in employment, which determines role expectations and prospects for advancement (supporting vs. being supported), which is in sync with the earlier studies [36, 81]. though the necessity of being accessible or linked via digital devices, as well as a new distribution of tasks between personnel and technology, is frequently documented in research studies and surveys, our study coagulates those studies with distinct technologies and proposes that the effect on those connectivities is significant and synchronized. employees require techniques to handle the increased workload, autonomy, and complexity in the workplace. analytical and self-regulatory skills are among the skills needed for these techniques to prevail and excel in work. furthermore, possibilities for role expansion and learning must be established (pro)actively by personnel, as they do not appear to follow naturally from the deployment and usage of new technologies. employees must take increased ownership of their professional development and identity. they can cope with high workloads and interruptions, increased adaptability and complexity [56], the desire for constant availability, changing meanings of work [6, 82], changing job roles, and the need to develop and leverage learning perspectives. the significant inferences of this review revolve around the significance of technology to ease and improve work systems. barring a few higher-end technologies like robotics and the like, the advent and intervention of technologies into work processes have enhanced the effectiveness of work [2, 6, 12, 77], which is an encouraging event to be sequenced. privacy infringement is yet another concern that the review highlights, wherein systematic steps could be taken by organizations to ensure the privacy of their employees. parallelly, theorists can invest in research that improves the data security and privacy of employees while using technology at the workplace. while there are an equal number of supporting and restraining studies that indicate technology interruptions in workflow, the complexity of manual labour has decreased to a very large extent, which is a key takeaway of the current review. finally, the review garners evidence that the advent of technology into work systems mandates continuous learning and adaptation, which could be another significant theme of study for future investigations. though there have been very few studies in the area that review the association between technology and work systems, there have been a significant number of empirical studies, which have been duly mentioned and stated in the current review [19, 83, 84]. the advent of new technologies poses a never-ending responsibility on employees to keep advancing in the knowledge and practice of their work systems. that can be a significant contribution to this review for organizations, employees, and researchers. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 676 finally, our study is indicative of the fact that technologies are ever-evolving and that their effect on work systems, productivity, and cognition is inevitable. however systematic steps towards understanding those technologies and incessant investigations by theorists and practitioners can ameliorate the negative effects and make the brighter side available for larger utilization. the review can act as a reference for theorists to create testable research models and put them into investigations, whereas professionals can aid in testing those hypotheses and augment them with relevant data for theory development. 5. conclusion the main purpose of this review study is to provide an overview of the impact of the introduction of advanced technologies on work characteristics and the impact on job demand and continuous improvement. there is some evidence that reviews like these could encourage future research on the theme of study, which will further articulate the practice and theory in the area of study. the article has been enshrined with the task of articulating concepts from both technology and work systems while studying their significance to improvements in work sequencing and performance. while there has been a thematic review, the conclusive inferences indicate the improvisation of work processes with the advent of technologies, though the apprehensions of replacing human intelligence are yet under scrutiny. further, the study has been able to coagulate thematic discussions on the significance of advanced technologies to work characteristics and their cumulative influence on work improvements, which is witnessed to be positive. finally, it could be stated that studies like these help the future generation of researchers to hypothesize relationships and put those prepositions to the test, which has the potential to advance theory and practice. reviews like these are also handy for practitioners, wherein variables like role expectations, work complexities, career advancements, and workflow could be presumed to be a subset of existent technologies; hence, their mutual and cumulative impact on organizational processes can be warranted. while higher-end technologies like robotics can create complexities, and some other technologies can lead to information leakage, overall technology seems to positively influence work systems and work outputs. the current review garners attention from both theorists and practitioners to decipher and ascertain variables that can be influenced by the advent of higher-end technologies. 5.1. limitations and future research directions when it comes to search techniques, using databases to investigate technologies is difficult [85]. apart from a study in which they are the subject of study, technological and technical terminology are widely used. as a result, it generates a vast number of papers about technology with a variety of study purposes that can be complicated. the structured routing of journals interacting, particularly with technology, to determine studies could supplement the outcomes of this research and consider markers concerning the facets wherein the data is accumulated and the subjects by which the study is undertaken. this would be an intriguing priority for prospective studies. domain-specific databases from the healthcare or manufacturing industries, for example, could offer more knowledge of the impacts of technology on work. an additional constraint is the lack of novel new technologies. icts and social media are two broad technology domains that have garnered some interest in the study, particularly regarding topics outside the focus of this analysis. ghobakhloo (2018) discusses how newer technological advancements are completely absent from existing studies, which necessitates bridging this vacuum through empirical investigation, a precursor to which are reviews of the current nature [20]. it is necessary to do a study into how people's attitudes toward technology and its impacts have changed throughout the period. as a result, the study might reflect the true patterns of transformation and methods of development as they occur, allowing for highly beneficial interventions in practice to be informed. in addition, categorizing technical quality according to its impact can be beneficial because it provides a more detailed look at new technologies and their impact on specific organizations, workgroups, and different organizations. these surveys can also analyze influence based on roles, hierarchy levels, and skill thresholds. this is very helpful for companies and employers to tailor their professional strategies to meet the distinct needs of varied employee categories. the current review has taken the first step by defining the work aspects that technologies affect. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.m.m., and o.a.; methodology, o.a.; software, m.m.m., and o.a.; validation, m.m.m., and o.a.; formal analysis, o.a.; investigation, m.m.m., and o.a.; resources, o.a.; data curation, m.m.m.; writing— original draft preparation, m.m.m.; writing—review and editing, m.m.m., and o.a.; visualization, m.m.m., and o.a.; supervision, o.a.; project administration, o.a.; funding acquisition, m.m.m., and o.a.; all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 677 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] amick, b. c., & celentano, d. d. (1991). structural determinants of the psychosocial work environment: introducing technology in the work stress framework. ergonomics, 34(5), 625–646. doi:10.1080/00140139108967341. [2] cascio, w. f., & montealegre, r. (2016). how technology is changing work and organizations. annual review of organizational psychology and organizational behavior, 3, 349–375. doi:10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-041015-062352. [3] chesley, n. (2014). information and communication technology use, work intensification and employee strain and distress. work, employment and society, 28(4), 589–610. doi:10.1177/0950017013500112. [4] ford, m. (2015). rise of the robots: technology and the threat of a jobless future. basic books, new york, united states. [5] schwab, k. (2017). the fourth industrial revolution. world economic forum, geneva, switzerland. [6] nazareno, l., & schiff, d. s. (2021). the impact of automation and artificial intelligence on worker well-being. technology in society, 67, 101679. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2021.101679. [7] konuk, h., ataman, g., & kambur, e. (2023). the effect of digitalized workplace on employees’ psychological well-being: digital taylorism approach. technology in society, 74, 102302. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2023.102302. [8] xin, d., wu, e. y., lee, d. j. l., salehi, n., & parameswaran, a. (2021). whither automl? understanding the role of automation in machine learning workflows. proceedings of the 2021 chi conference on human factors in computing systems, 83, 1–16. doi:10.1145/3411764.3445306. [9] zhang, z., nandhakumar, j., hummel, j. t., & waardenburg, l. (2020). addressing the key challenges of developing machine learning ai systems for knowledge-intensive work. mis quarterly executive, 19(4), 221–238. doi:10.17705/2msqe.00035. [10] yu, h., & zhou, z. (2021). optimization of iot-based artificial intelligence assisted telemedicine health analysis system. ieee access, 9, 85034–85048. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3088262. [11] autor, d. h., levy, f., & murnane, r. j. (2003). the skill content of recent technological change: an empirical exploration. quarterly journal of economics, 118(4), 1279–1333. doi:10.1162/003355303322552801. [12] autor, d. h. (2015). why are there still so many jobs? the history and future of workplace automation. journal of economic perspectives, 29(3), 3–30. doi:10.1257/jep.29.3.3. [13] ellström, p. e. (1997). the many meanings of occupational competence and qualification. journal of european industrial training, 21(6/7), 266–273. doi:10.1108/03090599710171567. [14] mulder, r. h., messmann, g., & könig, c. (2015). vocational education and training: researching the relationship between school and work. european journal of education, 50(4), 497–512. doi:10.1111/ejed.12147. [15] weick, k.e. (1990). technology as equivoque: sensemaking in new technologies p.s. goodman, l.s. sproull (eds.), technology and organizations, jossey-bass, san francisco, united states, 1-44. [16] mcomber, j. b. (1999). technological autonomy and three definitions of technology. journal of communication, 49(3), 137– 153. doi:10.1111/j.1460-2466.1999.tb02809.x. [17] david, h. (2013). the “task approach” to labor markets: an overview. journal for labour market research, 46(3), 185-199. doi:10.1007/s12651-013-0128-z. [18] liker, j. k., haddad, c. j., & karlin, j. (1999). perspectives on technology and work organization. annual review of sociology, 25(1), 575–596. doi:10.1146/annurev.soc.25.1.575. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 678 [19] orlikowski, w. j., & scott, s. v. (2008). 10 sociomateriality: challenging the separation of technology, work and organization. the academy of management annals, 2(1), 433–474. doi:10.1080/19416520802211644. [20] ghobakhloo, m. (2018). the future of manufacturing industry: a strategic roadmap toward industry 4.0. journal of manufacturing technology management, 29(6), 910–936. doi:10.1108/jmtm-02-2018-0057. [21] ali, o., ally, m., clutterbuck, & dwivedi, y. (2020). the state of play of blockchain technology in the financial services sector: a systematic literature review. international journal of information management, 54, 102199. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2020.102199. [22] ali, o., soar, j., & shrestha, a. (2018). perceived potential for value creation from cloud computing: a study of the australian regional government sector. behaviour and information technology, 37(12), 1157–1176. doi:10.1080/0144929x.2018.1488991. [23] ali, o. (2014). challenges and issues within cloud computing technology. in w. zimmermann, y. w. lee, & c. reich (eds.), proceedings of the 5th international conference on cloud (issue c, pp. 55–63). university of southern queensland. [24] kitchenham, b. (2007). guidelines for performing systematic literature reviews in software engineering: version 2.3. ebse technical report ebse-2007-01, keele university, keele, united states. [25] dabić, m., vlačić, b., paul, j., dana, l. p., sahasranamam, s., & glinka, b. (2020). immigrant entrepreneurship: a review and research agenda. journal of business research, 113, 25–38. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2020.03.013. [26] paul, j., lim, w. m., o’cass, a., hao, a. w., & bresciani, s. (2021). scientific procedures and rationales for systematic literature reviews (spar-4-slr). international journal of consumer studies, 45(4). doi:10.1111/ijcs.12695. [27] eteokleous, p. p., leonidou, l. c., & katsikeas, c. s. (2016). corporate social responsibility in international marketing: review, assessment, and future research. international marketing review, 33(4), 580–624. doi:10.1108/imr-04-2014-0120. [28] paul, j., & benito, g. r. g. (2018). a review of research on outward foreign direct investment from emerging countries, including china: what do we know, how do we know and where should we be heading? asia pacific business review, 24(1), 90–115. doi:10.1080/13602381.2017.1357316. [29] hao, a. w., paul, j., trott, s., guo, c., & wu, h. h. (2021). two decades of research on nation branding: a review and future research agenda. international marketing review, 38(1), 46–69. doi:10.1108/imr-01-2019-0028. [30] khatoon, s., & rehman, v. (2021). negative emotions in consumer brand relationship: a review and future research agenda. international journal of consumer studies, 45(4), 719–749. doi:10.1111/ijcs.12665. [31] paul, j., & criado, a. r. (2020). the art of writing literature review: what do we know and what do we need to know? international business review, 29(4), 101717. doi:10.1016/j.ibusrev.2020.101717. [32] kamboj, s., & rahman, z. (2015). marketing capabilities and firm performance: literature review and future research agenda. international journal of productivity and performance management, 64(8), 1041–1067. doi:10.1108/ijppm-08-2014-0117. [33] moher, d., liberati, a., tetzlaff, j., altman, d. g., altman, d., antes, g., ... & tugwell, p. (2009). preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the prisma statement (chinese edition). journal of chinese integrative medicine, 7(9), 889-896. doi:10.3736/jcim20090918. [34] watson, r. t. (2015). beyond being systematic in literature reviews in is. journal of information technology, 30(2), 185–187. doi:10.1057/jit.2015.12. [35] bastian, h., glasziou, p., & chalmers, i. (2010). seventy-five trials and eleven systematic reviews a day: how will we ever keep up? plos medicine, 7(9), 1000326. doi:10.1371/journal.pmed.1000326. [36] abbas, z., raza, s., & ejaz, k. (2008). systematic reviews and their role in evidence informed health care. journal of the pakistan medical association, 58(10), 561–567. [37] evans, d. (2003). hierarchy of evidence: a framework for ranking evidence evaluating healthcare interventions. journal of clinical nursing, 12(1), 77–84. doi:10.1046/j.1365-2702.2003.00662.x. [38] boell, s. k., & cecez-kecmanovic, d. (2015). on being “systematic” in literature reviews in is. journal of information technology, 30(2), 161–173. doi:10.1057/jit.2014.26. [39] tranfield, d., denyer, d., & smart, p. (2003). towards a methodology for developing evidence-informed management knowledge by means of systematic review. british journal of management, 14(3), 207–222. doi:10.1111/1467-8551.00375. [40] ngai, e. w. t., & wat, f. k. t. (2002). a literature review and classification of electronic commerce research. information and management, 39(5), 415–429. doi:10.1016/s0378-7206(01)00107-0. [41] vilamovska, a.m., hatziandreou, e., schindler, r.h., nassau, c.o., vries, h., krapelse, j. (2009). study on the requirements and options for rfid application in healthcare identifying areas for radio frequency identification deployment in health care delivery: a review of relevant literature. tr-608-ec: rand corporation, california, united states. available online: https://www.rand.org/pubs/technical_reports/tr608.html (accessed on may 2023). hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 679 [42] ali, o., shrestha, a., soar, j., & wamba, s. f. (2018). cloud computing-enabled healthcare opportunities, issues, and applications: a systematic review. international journal of information management, 43, 146–158. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2018.07.009. [43] mabad, t., ali, o., ally, m., wamba, s. f., & chan, k. c. (2021). making investment decisions on rfid technology: an evaluation of key adoption factors in construction firms. ieee access, 9, 36937–36954. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3063301. [44] beer, p., & mulder, r. h. (2020). the effects of technological developments on work and their implications for continuous vocational education and training: a systematic review. frontiers in psychology, 11. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2020.00918. [45] golder, s., loke, y. k., & zorzela, l. (2014). comparison of search strategies in systematic reviews of adverse effects to other systematic reviews. health information and libraries journal, 31(2), 92–105. doi:10.1111/hir.12041. [46] rosado-serrano, a., paul, j., & dikova, d. (2018). international franchising: a literature review and research agenda. journal of business research, 85, 238–257. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2017.12.049. [47] mclean, r., & antony, j. (2014). why continuous improvement initiatives fail in manufacturing environments? a systematic review of the evidence. international journal of productivity and performance management, 63(3), 370–376. doi:10.1108/ijppm-07-2013-0124. [48] wohlin, c. (2014). guidelines for snowballing in systematic literature studies and a replication in software engineering. acm international conference proceeding series, 1–10. doi:10.1145/2601248.2601268. [49] hu, y., & bai, g. (2014). a systematic literature review of cloud computing in e-health. health informatics an international journal, 3(4), 11–20. doi:10.5121/hiij.2014.3402. [50] zhang, h., xu, x., & xiao, j. (2014). diffusion of e-government: a literature review and directions for future directions. government information quarterly, 31(4), 631–636. doi:10.1016/j.giq.2013.10.013. [51] pucher, k. k., boot, n. m.w.m., & de vries, n. k. (2013). systematic review: school health promotion interventions targeting physical activity and nutrition can improve academic performance in primaryand middle school children. health education, 113(5), 372–391. doi:10.1108/he-02-2012-0013. [52] sadoughi, f., ali, o., & erfannia, l. (2020). evaluating the factors that influence cloud technology adoption—comparative case analysis of health and non-health sectors: a systematic review. health informatics journal, 26(2), 1363–1391. doi:10.1177/1460458219879340. [53] shea, b. j., grimshaw, j. m., wells, g. a., boers, m., andersson, n., hamel, c., porter, a. c., tugwell, p., moher, d., & bouter, l. m. (2007). development of amstar: a measurement tool to assess the methodological quality of systematic reviews. bmc medical research methodology, 7(1), 10. doi:10.1186/1471-2288-7-10. [54] spanos, g., & angelis, l. (2016). the impact of information security events to the stock market: a systematic literature review. computers and security, 58, 216–229. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2015.12.006. [55] ali, o., jaradat, a., kulakli, a., & abuhalimeh, a. (2021). a comparative study: blockchain technology utilization benefits, challenges and functionalities. ieee access, 9, 12730–12749. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3050241. [56] marler, j. h., & liang, x. (2012). information technology change, work complexity and service jobs: a contingent perspective. new technology, work and employment, 27(2), 133–146. doi:10.1111/j.1468-005x.2012.00280.x. [57] brynjolfsson, e., & mcafee, a. (2014). the second machine age: work, progress, and prosperity in a time of brilliant technologies. ww norton & company, new york, united states. [58] walden, j. a. (2016). integrating social media into the workplace: a study of shifting technology use repertoires. journal of broadcasting and electronic media, 60(2), 347–363. doi:10.1080/08838151.2016.1164163. [59] körner, u., müller-thur, k., lunau, t., dragano, n., angerer, p., & buchner, a. (2019). perceived stress in human–machine interaction in modern manufacturing environments—results of a qualitative interview study. stress and health, 35(2), 187–199. doi:10.1002/smi.2853. [60] ayyagari, r., grover, v., & purvis, r. (2011). technostress: technological antecedents and implications. mis quarterly: management information systems, 35(4), 831–858. doi:10.2307/41409963. [61] tranvik, t., & bråten, m. (2017). the visible employee technological governance and control of the mobile workforce. management revue, 28(3), 319–337. doi:10.5771/0935-9915-2017-3-319-337. [62] bordi, l., okkonen, j., mäkiniemi, j. p., & heikkilä-tammi, k. (2018). communication in the digital work environment: implications for wellbeing at work. nordic journal of working life studies, 8(3), 29–48. doi:10.18291/njwls.v8is3.105275. [63] chow, s. k. y., chin, w. y., lee, h. y., leung, h. c., & tang, f. h. (2012). nurses’ perceptions and attitudes towards computerisation in a private hospital. journal of clinical nursing, 21(11–12), 1685–1696. doi:10.1111/j.13652702.2011.03905.x. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 680 [64] ninaus, k., diehl, s., terlutter, r., chan, k., huang, a., & erlandsson, s. (2015). benefits and stressors perceived effects of ict use on employee health and work stress: an exploratory study from austria and hong kong. international journal of qualitative studies on health and well-being, 10(1), 28838. doi:10.3402/qhw.v10.28838. [65] zubrycki, i., & granosik, g. (2016). understanding therapists’ needs and attitudes towards robotic support. the roboterapia project. international journal of social robotics, 8(4), 553–563. doi:10.1007/s12369-016-0372-9. [66] findlay, p., lindsay, c., mcquarrie, j., bennie, m., corcoran, e. d., & van der meer, r. (2017). employer choice and job quality: workplace innovation, work redesign, and employee perceptions of job quality in a complex health-care setting. work and occupations, 44(1), 113–136. doi:10.1177/0730888416678038. [67] towers, i., duxbury, l., higgins, c., & thomas, j. (2006). time thieves and space invaders: technology, work and the organization. journal of organizational change management, 19(5), 593–618. doi:10.1108/09534810610686076. [68] holden, r. j., rivera-rodriguez, a. j., faye, h., scanlon, m. c., & karsh, b. t. (2013). automation and adaptation: nurses’ problem-solving behavior following the implementation of bar-coded medication administration technology. cognition, technology and work, 15(3), 283–296. doi:10.1007/s10111-012-0229-4. [69] chen, w., & mcdonald, s. (2015). do networked workers have more control? the implications of teamwork, telework, icts, and social capital for job decision latitude. american behavioral scientist, 59(4), 492–507. doi:10.1177/0002764214556808. [70] van zoonen, w., & rice, r. e. (2017). paradoxical implications of personal social media use for work. new technology, work and employment, 32(3), 228–246. doi:10.1111/ntwe.12098. [71] govaerts, r., de bock, s., stas, l., el makrini, i., habay, j., van cutsem, j., roelands, b., vanderborght, b., meeusen, r., & de pauw, k. (2023). work performance in industry: the impact of mental fatigue and a passive back exoskeleton on work efficiency. applied ergonomics, 110, 104026. doi:10.1016/j.apergo.2023.104026. [72] card, d., & dinardo, j. e. (2002). skill-biased technological change and rising wage inequality: some problems and puzzles. journal of labor economics, 20(4), 733–783. doi:10.1086/342055. [73] baartman, l. k. j., & de bruijn, e. (2011). integrating knowledge, skills and attitudes: conceptualising learning processes towards vocational competence. educational research review, 6(2), 125–134. doi:10.1016/j.edurev.2011.03.001. [74] calitz, a. p., poisat, p., & cullen, m. (2017). the future african workplace: the use of collaborative robots in manufacturing. sa journal of human resource management, 15(1), 1-11. doi:10.4102/sajhrm.v15i0.901. [75] gekara, v. o., & thanh nguyen, v. x. (2018). new technologies and the transformation of work and skills: a study of computerisation and automation of australian container terminals. new technology, work and employment, 33(3), 219–233. doi:10.1111/ntwe.12118. [76] dvash, a., & mannheim, b. (2001). technological coupling, job characteristics and operators’ well-being as moderated by desirability of control. behaviour and information technology, 20(3), 225–236. doi:10.1080/01449290110044768. [77] james, k. l., barlow, d., bithell, a., hiom, s., lord, s., oakley, p., pollard, m., roberts, d., way, c., & whittlesea, c. (2013). the impact of automation on pharmacy staff experience of workplace stressors. international journal of pharmacy practice, 21(2), 105–116. doi:10.1111/j.2042-7174.2012.00231.x. [78] gough, r., ballardie, r., & brewer, p. (2014). new technology and nurses. labour & industry, 24(1), 9–25. doi:10.1080/10301763.2013.877118. [79] chau, p. y. k., & hu, p. j. h. (2002). investigating healthcare professionals’ decisions to accept telemedicine technology: an empirical test of competing theories. information and management, 39(4), 297–311. doi:10.1016/s0378-7206(01)00098-2. [80] burns, t., & stalker, g. m. (1994). the management of innovation. the management of innovation. oxford university press, oxford, united states. doi:10.1093/acprof:oso/9780198288787.001.0001. [81] kulkov, i. (2021). the role of artificial intelligence in business transformation: a case of pharmaceutical companies. technology in society, 66, 101629. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2021.101629. [82] blauner, r. (1964). alienation and freedom: the factory worker and his industry. university of chicago press, chicago, united states. [83] griffith, t. l. (1999). technology features as triggers for sensemaking. the academy of management review, 24(3), 472. doi:10.2307/259137. [84] palmatier, r. w., houston, m. b., & hulland, j. (2018). review articles: purpose, process, and structure. journal of the academy of marketing science, 46(1), 1–5. doi:10.1007/s11747-017-0563-4. [85] huang, y., schuehle, j., porter, a. l., & youtie, j. (2015). a systematic method to create search strategies for emerging technologies based on the web of science: illustrated for ‘big data’ scientometrics, 105(3), 2005–2022. doi:10.1007/s11192015-1638-y. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 554 issn: 2723-9535 tourist destination recommendations using deep learning amarita ritthipakdee 1 , chartchai leenawong 2* 1 faculty of science and technology, phranakhon rajabhat university, bangkok 10220, thailand. 2 school of science, king mongkut's institute of technology, ladkrabang, bangkok, 10520, thailand. received 01 march 2025; revised 11 may 2025; accepted 17 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract personalized tourist attraction recommendations present a challenging problem in intelligent travel planning. bangkok, the capital of thailand, is a popular tourist destination offering a convenient metro system that enables travelers to plan their journeys easily. leveraging this infrastructure, this study proposes a deep learning-based model designed to classify tourists into five categories: nature tourists, cultural tourists, shopping tourists, historical tourists, and industrial tourists. the model employs neural collaborative filtering (ncf), utilizing deep neural networks to capture complex, non-linear patterns between users and destinations, surpassing the limitations of traditional matrix factorization methods. it integrates both user-related data, such as tourists’ opinions on destinations, and location-based data from the attractions themselves. to evaluate the model, data were collected from 30 stations along bangkok's pink line, covering the northern part of the city and nonthaburi province, and 31 tourist attractions along the route. experimental results demonstrate high classification accuracy across tourism types: 96.26% for nature tourists, 80.59% for cultural tourists, 93.78% for historical tourists, 70.35% for industrial tourists, and 97.66% for shopping tourists. furthermore, the study proposes three optimized travel routes tailored to tourist preferences: one for nature and cultural tourists, another for cultural tourists, and a third for historical and cultural tourists. by categorizing tourists based on their interests and recommending destinations accordingly, the model supports more informed and personalized travel decision-making. however, this current study serves as a prototype model and can be further applied to problems related to public transportation systems, such as deployment in mobile applications and integration with gps positioning systems to enhance convenience and accuracy in providing tourist destination recommendations. keywords: deep learning; recommendation; neural collaborative filtering (ncf); tourism. 1. introduction nowadays, tourists place great importance on researching destinations and travel routes before embarking on their journeys. they consider various factors that influence their travel experiences, such as travel time, entrance fees, and overall convenience. many travelers choose public transportation, such as the metro system, for its accessibility and efficiency. along metro routes, numerous shops and points of interest attract visitors. cultural tourism is becoming increasingly popular, particularly in thailand—especially in bangkok—which boasts a wealth of cultural attractions that are both educational and engaging. the newly operational metro pink line serves as a crucial transit link between northern and eastern bangkok, connecting nonthaburi and min buri. it provides a convenient and efficient mode of transportation, offering quick access to numerous cultural and recreational attractions, including temples, museums, and shopping centers—making it especially beneficial for cultural tourists exploring bangkok. * corresponding author: chartchai.le@kmitl.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-013  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6439-3083 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0689-6832 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 555 ai is playing an important role in reshaping the tourism landscape, with continuous advancements in machine learning, deep learning, and big data analytics to enhancing efficiency, personalization, and decision-making. by leveraging deep learning, nlp, and iot, tourism businesses can optimize efficiency, enhance customer satisfaction, and contribute to sustainable tourism development. as a result, numerous studies have been carried out to explore the impact of ai on various aspects of the tourism industry. in terms of sentiment analysis and customer insights, martín et al. [1] concluded that deep learning models, particularly long short-term memory (lstm) networks, are highly effective for sentiment analysis of tourist reviews, achieving an accuracy of over 89%. these models outperform convolutional neural networks (cnns) and demonstrate superior capability in classifying positive sentiments. the findings emphasize the practical applications of these models in the tourism industry, including market positioning, proactive customer service, marketing, and risk management. by leveraging these tools, tourism businesses can gain valuable insights from electronic word of mouth (ewom) platforms to improve services, address customer feedback, and enhance their reputation in competitive markets. when it comes to hybrid deep learning for sentiment analysis, wang et al. [2] proposed a hybrid deep learning model for analyzing sentiment in educational tourism reviews, a method integrating parallel convolutional neural networks (cnn) and long short-term memory (lstm) networks with a multi-channel attention mechanism to extract key sentiment-related features, by leveraging word2vec for word embedding and filtering out noise, the model improves sentiment classification accuracy. experimental results show that this approach significantly outperforms traditional machine learning and deep learning models in precision, recall, and f1-score, offering valuable insights for tourism management and improving customer satisfaction. as for smart tourism systems and ai-based services, li et al. [3] studied ai-based smart tourism service platform and find that the ai-based smart tourism service platform, designed with features such as smart access control, virtual reality (vr) scenic tours, and integrated mobile applications has been well-received by tourists. among the users surveyed, it was revealed 96.65% expressed satisfaction, with 41.5% being very satisfied. a study by du [4] proposed an advanced smart tourism system that leverages big data, clustering algorithms (kmeans), and visualization techniques to improve user experience and enhance tourism management. the study focuses on integrating real-time data processing, improving information accessibility for tourists, and optimizing decisionmaking for tourism enterprises. the proposed system significantly enhances data mining accuracy and user satisfaction, demonstrating its effectiveness in providing personalized recommendations, real-time analytics, and efficient resource management for smart tourism applications. moreover, sun [5] highlighted the effectiveness of ai-assisted recommendation algorithms in enhancing tourism through personalized and accurate suggestions. hybrid models perform best by combining content-based and collaborative filtering. despite promising results, challenges like data privacy and algorithm bias persist. also, mu et al. [6], who study ai in hotel & tourism analytics, confirm that big data analytics holds transformative potential for the tourism and hotel industry. by analysing diverse traveller data from booking patterns to feedback businesses can enhance customer experiences, improve operational efficiency, and drive strategic decision-making. key factors like service quality, location, and room comfort strongly influence guest satisfaction. lin mu et al. propose that in the future, the integration of real-time analytics, sustainable travel trends, and ai will play a vital role in creating personalized, data-driven tourism experiences. in relation to route planning and optimization, damos et al. [7] worked on aco for hilly area path optimization and propose an introducing enhanced ant colony optimization (aco) algorithm to optimize tourism path planning in hilly areas by incorporating dynamic objectives like temperature, atmospheric pressure, and health conditions alongside static objectives such as distance and elevation. tested in sudan’s jebel marra region, the improved aco outperforms traditional aco and genetic algorithms (ga), achieving shorter paths, faster execution times, and better adaptability to real-time environmental factors. the findings emphasize its potential for creating safer, more efficient, and tailored travel routes in complex terrains, highlighting its significance for advancing tourism experiences in hilly regions. in the same respect, sirirak & pitakaso [8] presented an approach to tourism route planning and marketplace location allocation using the adaptive large neighborhood search (alns) algorithm, which is applied to a case study in chiang rai, thailand. by balancing popular and less popular attractions and integrating suitable marketplace locations, the proposed methodology minimizes travel distances while supporting local economic development. the alns algorithm exhibits strong performance, producing solutions that closely match exact methods while significantly reducing computational time. this approach effectively addresses the challenges of tourism planning, promoting economic opportunities for underserved areas and enhancing tourist satisfaction through optimized route designs and strategic marketplace placement. furthermore, qi & wang [9] proposed an improved genetic algorithm (iga) for optimizing tourism route selection. their approach addresses the limitations of traditional genetic algorithms, such as premature convergence and poor local search ability, by integrating the ant colony algorithm for initialization, adaptive crossover probability adjustment, and the 2-opt optimization method. as a result, iga enhances route planning efficiency. experimental results confirm its hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 556 effectiveness in reducing travel costs and time while improving tourist experience. also, cao [10] proposed an improved genetic algorithm (iga) to minimize travel time and costs while selecting the best route through multiple tourist attractions. it highlights how traditional methods like dynamic programming and simulated annealing have limitations when solving large-scale problems and propose enhancements to genetic algorithms to improve accuracy and efficiency. the results show that the iga performs better than standard genetic algorithms and neural network-based approaches in optimizing tourist routes. the findings have practical implications for intelligent tourism route planning, reducing costs, and enhancing travel experiences. moreover, lu & zhou [11] presented a study in which traditional methods mainly consider single factors, such as scenic spots. however, their approach integrates multiple elements, including hotels and geographic constraints, to enhance planning accuracy. it proposes that a self-balancing pso mechanism enhances global search efficiency and parallel computing to speed up the solution process. the study highlights that pso-based algorithms surpass conventional methods by dynamically optimizing route selection while incorporating real-world geographic data. the results confirm that this approach significantly improves the feasibility and practicality of tourism route planning. besides, sun et al. [12] proposed a multi-objective travel route recommendation framework that efficiently suggests optimal travel routes by leveraging mobile phone signaling data. the framework identifies popular attractions and frequent travel sequences using a frequent pattern mining method and then applies an improved ant colony optimization (aco) algorithm to generate optimal routes based on attraction popularity and travel time. the experimental results demonstrate that the framework successfully provides effective travel recommendations. however, the study acknowledges limitations, including the lack of consideration for real-time traffic conditions, crowd levels, and user preferences. regarding tourism demand prediction and market insights, a study by yu & chen [13], which investigates tourism demand forecasting via sae-lstm, proposes an advanced model for predicting tourism demand. the proposed stacked autoencoder-long short-term memory (sae-lstm) model enhances traditional lstm networks by incorporating autoencoders for unsupervised pretraining. the study evaluates its performance using mean absolute error (mae), root mean square error (rmse), and mean absolute percentage error (mape). experimental results show that sae-lstm outperforms standard lstm models in forecasting accuracy, demonstrating its effectiveness in optimizing resource allocation and strategic planning in the tourism industry. another study by wang et al. [14], which focuses on a train passenger load factor prediction model using the lightgbm algorithm, integrates weather conditions, train attributes, and passenger flow time sequences. the study finds that lightgbm outperforms traditional models, such as arima, xgboost, and randomforest, in terms of accuracy. the analysis highlights key influencing factors such as departure time, mileage, and seasonal variations. this approach provides a valuable tool for optimizing train operations, ticket revenue calculations, and passenger demand forecasting. moreover, a study on ai-based airbnb pricing models by camatti et al. [15] showed that ai models, particularly random forests and neural networks, outperform traditional methods in predicting airbnb prices. still, traditional models are useful for understanding key factors. financial history data greatly improves predictions, and combining models may further enhance accuracy. in respect of rural and cultural tourism development, a study by yang & dong [16] employed e-commerce and intelligent algorithms to improve rural tourism planning and infrastructure. it finds that the development model for rural tourism, based on multi-objective planning and intelligent optimization algorithms, is effective in addressing the complexities of rural tourism planning. by leveraging advanced internet technologies, e-commerce, and intelligent optimization methods, the proposed model enhances tourism experiences while fostering economic growth and improving infrastructure in rural areas. the experimental results validate its ability to optimize tourism paths, improve service efficiency, and promote sustainable rural development, highlighting its potential for broader application in the tourism industry. moreover, wang et al. [17] proposed a hierarchical clustering-based method to classify rural tourism characteristics to develop a classification index system that includes factors like tourist density, infrastructure, economic impact, and environmental resources; by using hierarchical clustering, the model improves the rational zoning of rural tourism attractions, leading to better management and higher revenue. the experimental results indicate that this method significantly increases daily tourism income (by over 261,900 yuan) compared to traditional classification approaches, demonstrating its effectiveness in promoting rural tourism. furthermore, xiao [18] proposed an apriori algorithm that can be applied to analyze and optimize rural tourism development. it identifies key driving factors such as demand, resource availability, and economic influence, integrating them into a dynamic system for sustainable rural tourism growth. the study demonstrates that the apriori algorithm enhances data mining efficiency, outperforming traditional methods like svm and cd algorithms by reducing database size and improving record reading speed. the findings support improved urban-rural tourism planning, enabling policymakers to optimize tourism routes and allocate resources more efficiently. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 557 also, jiang & dai [19] adopted a cultural tourism attraction recommendation model based on an optimized weighted association rule algorithm, incorporating dynamic time and seasonal weights to enhance recommendation accuracy and personalization. experimental results demonstrate that the model significantly outperforms traditional algorithms like narm and bpr-mf in terms of accuracy, recall, f1 value, and convergence efficiency. by addressing the limitations of conventional recommendation systems, such as neglecting user preferences and seasonal variations, the model provides intelligent and tailored suggestions that effectively encourage tourist travel. besides, li & lyu [20] proposed a quantum genetic algorithm-backpropagation (qga-bp) neural network model to classify ethnic traditional sports tourism resources. it focuses on yunnan province, using swot analysis, surveys, and machine learning to improve classification accuracy. compared to traditional classification methods, the qga-bp model achieves higher accuracy and efficiency, overcoming issues like manual classification inefficiencies. the model shows potential in optimizing tourism planning and preserving ethnic cultural heritage by better categorizing sportsrelated tourism resources and, in relation to ai-driven classification and security enhancements, luo & zhang [21] adopted a deep learning-based approach for classifying tourism-related questions. it integrates word2vec for word vector representation and employs an attention-based long short-term memory (lstm) model to enhance text feature extraction. the softmax classifier is used to determine question categories, and cross-entropy loss function improves classification accuracy. experimental results indicate that this method significantly outperforms traditional models, achieving high accuracy (0.943), recall (0.867), and f1-score (0.903), making it a more effective solution for automatic classification of tourism-related queries. moreover, chenghu & thammano [22] introduced a hybrid model combining k-means and neural networks to handle overlapping data, enhancing classification accuracy. tested on various datasets, the model consistently outperforms traditional k-means, proving its robustness and wider applicability. furthermore, a study by xiao et al. [23] demonstrated that deep learning significantly enhances real-time intrusion detection in smart grids, particularly for protecting data processing units (dpus). among the evaluated models, random forest achieves the highest accuracy (f1-score = 0.99), outperforming svm, lda, and decision trees. these findings confirm that advanced machine learning techniques can improve data security, efficiency, and resilience in smart grid operations, paving the way for more secure and sustainable energy systems. in addition, bourday et al. [24] proposed a transformer-xgboost model for bitcoin price prediction and find that it achieves the highest accuracy in bitcoin price forecasting, outperforming other hybrid models. however, it lacks sentiment analysis integration. while ai-based sentiment analysis models are commonly used in customer service, their potential for recommending destinations tailored to tourists with diverse preferences remains underexplored. this research aims to evaluate the effectiveness of a deep learning model employing neural collaborative filtering (ncf), which utilizes deep neural networks to capture complex, non-linear patterns between users and destinations, surpassing the limitations of traditional matrix factorization methods. it also analyzes tourist data by considering key factors such as distance, travel convenience, and destination popularity, with the goal of delivering precise tourist destination recommendations. 2. theoretical framework the theoretical framework comprises the following steps (see figure 1): user input: the input of essential data is crucial for generating personalized recommendations tailored to each individual user such as attraction and metro data. data collection: this stage involves gathering tourism-related data from multiple sources, such as user-generated reviews, social media activity, historical travel logs, and demographic information. the collected data may include textual descriptions, ratings, and user preferences. additionally, transportation data (such as metro stations, visit, and accessibility information) can be integrated to enhance recommendation accuracy. data preprocessing: data preprocessing in a tourism recommendation system involves cleaning and integrating information from various sources, such as attractions, metro routes, and user profiles. this process also includes extracting key features (e.g., attraction category) and transforming data through normalization and encoding to prepare it for deep learning models. model selection: at this stage, a deep learning algorithm processes the collected data to analyze patterns and extract meaningful insights. the system leverages machine learning techniques such as collaborative filtering, content-based filtering, recurrent neural networks (rnns), graph neural networks (gnns), or transformer-based models to personalize recommendations. the model incorporates factors like user preferences, travel behavior, and sentiment analysis from reviews to generate optimal recommendations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 558 recommendation generation: after processing the input data, the deep learning model generates personalized travel suggestions based on the user's interests and location. the recommendations are ranked according to relevance and popularity and presented through a user-friendly interface to help travelers make informed decisions. model update: this stage involves improving the model by incorporating new data, such as recent user behavior or feedback from previous recommendations. it may include retraining the model or fine-tuning its parameters to enhance accuracy and ensure the system continues to deliver relevant and up-to-date suggestions. figure 1. process recommendation deep learning algorithms for tourist attraction recommendations often rely on neural networks. a popular approach is to use collaborative filtering (cf) enhanced by deep learning techniques, such as neural collaborative filtering (ncf). below is a step-by-step explanation of how a deep learning algorithm works for this problem, including relevant formulas. 2.1. problem definition initial set of user 𝑈 = {𝑢1, 𝑢2, … , 𝑢𝑛}. initial set of tourist attractions 𝐴 = {𝑎1, 𝑎2, … , 𝑎𝑚}. user-item 𝑅 ∈ ℝ𝑛×𝑚 where 𝑟𝑖𝑗 represents the rating or interaction of user 𝑢𝑖 with attraction 𝑎𝑗. 2.2. input representation user embedding 𝐸𝑢 represent each user 𝑢𝑖 as a dense vector 𝑒𝑢𝑖 ∈ ℝ𝑑. attraction embedding 𝐸𝑎 represent each attraction 𝑎𝑗 as a dense vector 𝑒𝑎𝑗 ∈ ℝ𝑑. 2.3. neural collaborative filtering architecture  embedding layers for each user 𝑢𝑖 and attraction 𝑎𝑗 retrieve their embedding vectors: 𝑒𝑢𝑖 = 𝐸𝑢[𝑖] , 𝑒𝑎𝑗 = 𝐸𝑎[𝑗] (1)  interaction layer the user and attraction embeddings are combined to model their interaction. common methods include: hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 559 concatenation: 𝑍 = [𝑒𝑢𝑖 , 𝑒𝑎𝑗 ] (2) element-wise product 𝑍 = 𝑒𝑢𝑖 ⊙ 𝑒𝑎𝑗 (3) where: z is the interaction vector used as input to the next layers.  hidden layers feed the interaction vector 𝑍 into a series of fully connected layers: ℎ1 = 𝜎(𝑊1𝑍 + 𝑏1) (4) ℎ2 = 𝜎(𝑊21𝑍 + 𝑏2) (5) where: 𝑊𝑙 and 𝑏𝑙 are weights and biases for layer 𝑙; 𝜎(∙) 𝑖s the activation function.  output layer the output layer predicts the interaction score: 𝑟 ̂𝑖𝑗 = 𝑓(ℎ𝐿) (6) where: 𝑓(∙) is a suitable activation function for the output; for rating prediction: 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥. 2.4. loss function the loss function measures the error between predicted and actual interactions. common choices include mean squared error (mse) for rating predictions. 𝑀𝑆𝐸 = 1 |𝑅| ∑ (𝑟𝑖𝑗 − �̂�𝑖𝑗)2 (𝑖,𝑗)𝜖𝑅 (7) where: |r| is the number of user-attraction interactions in the dataset; rᵢⱼ is the actual interaction; r̂ᵢⱼ is the predicted interaction. 2.5. training process the algorithm is trained using a gradient descent optimizer. forward pass: compute �̂�𝑖𝑗 for each user-attraction pair. compute loss: calculate ℒ using the chosen loss function. backward pass: compute gradients of ℒ w.r.t model parameters. update parameters: 𝜃 ← 𝜃 − η∇𝜃ℒ (8) where: η is the learning rate; 𝜃 is model parameters (weights and biases). 2.6. performance to evaluate the performance of the prediction model, this paper uses several evaluation metrics, including mean absolute error (mae), root mean square error (rmse), and mean absolute percentage error (mape). these metrics predict value 𝑥𝑖 and the actual value 𝑥 as follows: 𝑥𝑖 = {𝑥𝑖1, 𝑥𝑖2 , … , 𝑥𝑖𝑛} (9) 𝑥 = {𝑥1, 𝑥2, … , 𝑥𝑛} (10) 2.7. mean absolute error (mae) mean absolute error (mae) is a commonly used metric for evaluating the accuracy of predictive models, especially in regression tasks. it measures the average absolute difference between predicted and actual values. 𝑀𝐴𝐸 = 1 𝑛 ∑ |𝑥𝑖𝑗 − 𝑥𝑗|𝑛 𝑖=1 (11) where: 𝑛 is the number of observations; 𝑥𝑖𝑗 is the actual value; 𝑥𝑗is the predicted value. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 560 3. material and methods in this study, the researcher selected popular and significant tourist attractions that serve as key destinations for tourists, in relation to the stations along the pink line of the mass transit system. the tourist attraction selection was made with consideration to travel convenience, based on the assumption that the closer a tourist attraction is to a transit station, the easier it is to access thereby increasing the likelihood of visitation. moreover, the tourist attractions along the pink line vary in nature and type, appealing to a wide range of tourists and helping distribute knowledge and tourism activity more evenly across different areas. therefore, the inclusion of 30 transit stations and 31 tourist attractions is considered sufficient for the current prototype model developed in this research. the study primarily focuses on qualitative analysis, such as identifying trends and exploring preliminary spatial relationships. the dataset also covers all stations along the pink line and includes attractions distributed across the route, allowing for an adequate level of spatial analysis. 3.1. data collection this study integrates both user-related data, such as tourists’ opinions on destinations, and location-based data from the attractions themselves. data was collected from 31 tourist destinations, including cultural and significant attractions near the 30 stations along the metro pink line (figure 2), ensuring that each station is linked to a notable cultural or recreational site. table 1 presents information about each station and its nearby attractions. table 1. stations along the metro pink line and their nearby attractions station attraction(s) pk01 nonthaburi civic center makutromsaran park pk02 khae rai wat khema phirataram ratchaworawihan pk03 sanambin nam khae nok temple pk04 samakkhi mumtas thai cuisine pk05 royal irrigation department wat chonprathan rangsarit phra aram luang pk06 yaek pak kret pakkret old waterfront market pk07 pak kret bypass the church of jesus christ of latter-day saints pk08 chaeng watthana-pak kret 28 central chaengwattana pk09 si rat wat phasuk maneechak pk10 mueang thong thani impact arena, exhibition and convention center, muang thong thani pk11 chaeng watthana 14 good thingz happen, lifestyle café pk12 government complex chaengwattana horse club pk13 national telecom the administrative court museum pk14 lak si wat lak si pk15 rajabhat phranakhon thai teacher training museum pk16 wat phra sri mahathat bangkhen camp food pk17 ram inthra 3 ramintra sport center pk18 lat pla khao wat lat pla khao pk19 ram inthra kor mor 4 wat trai rattanaram pk20 maiyalap ease park pk21 vacharaphol plearnary mall pk22 ram inthra kor mor 6 9 salads restaurant pk23 khu bon wat khubon pk24 ram inthra kor mor 9 the alley ramindra pk25 outer ring road ram inthra fo guang shan temple, and fashion island pk26 nopparat siam amazing park pk27 bang chan wat rat satthatham (bangchan) pk28 setthabutbamphen kwan-riam floating market pk29 min buri market min buri local museum pk30 min buri minoburi hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 561 figure 2. the metro pink line route map 3.2. tourist attractions classifying tourists can help facilitate personalized recommendations, enhance travel experiences, and support tourists in making well-informed decisions. this study classifies tourists into distinct categories based on their characteristics and behaviors as follows. nature tourists travel to destinations known for their natural beauty, outdoor adventures, and ecological experiences. cultural tourists are drawn to local traditions, arts, customs, and heritage. they explore museums, temples, historic towns, cultural festivals, and traditional markets, engaging in activities such as attending performances, sampling local cuisine, and immersing themselves in history. historical tourists visit historical landmarks, ancient ruins, and significant sites such as castles, battlefields, historic cities, and unesco world heritage sites, seeking to connect with the past. industrial tourists are fascinated by factories, industrial sites, and technological advancements. they explore manufacturing plants, power stations, mining sites, and industrial museums to gain insight into production processes and industrial heritage. shopping tourists primarily travel for retail experiences and unique purchases. they visit luxury malls, traditional markets, fashion districts, and duty-free shopping zones in search of exclusive products and cultural souvenirs. based on different tourist categories, 31 notable attractions have been recommended. the values of dep-t, stay-t, influencers, and like for each attraction have been analyzed. table 2 presents information showcasing all tourist attractions, for which the values of the dep-t, stay-t, influencers, and like factors have been analysed. table 2. the collection of information on tourist attractions attraction picture dep-t stay-t influencers like makutromsaran park 0.34 0.31 0.77 0.91 wat khema phirataram ratchaworawihan 0.12 0.41 0.17 0.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 562 siam amazing park 0.84 0.21 0.27 0.81 the information in table 3 (below) is gathered from users or tourists, reflecting their connection to key tourist attractions. they rate their satisfaction across various aspects of each location, with the results presented as average scores. table 3. the values gathered from users expressing their opinions on tourist attractions tourist (user) attraction 1 attraction 2 … attraction 31 𝑈1 0.652 0.552 0.233 𝑈2 0.542 0.765 0.134 . . 𝑈𝑛 0.326 0.432 0.652 neural collaborative filtering (ncf) is a deep learning approach well-suited for tourist destination recommendations. it captures complex relationships between users and attractions more effectively than traditional methods. by utilizing deep neural networks with multiple layers, ncf learns intricate patterns that go beyond the linear interactions modeled by conventional matrix factorization techniques. this adaptability makes neural collaborative filtering (ncf) particularly suitable for handling diverse and complex tourism behaviors, such as individual preferences and various types of attractions. consequently, the researchers select ncf for this study, as it is specifically designed to recommend items based on actual user behavior, aligning directly with the research objectives. pseudocode # tourist destination recommendation using deep learning (short pseudocode) # initialize model initmodel() # define deep learning model function ncf(user, attraction): z ← combine(embed(user), embed(attraction)) z ← deeplayers(z) return predict(z) # training process function train(): for epoch in epochs: for (u, a, y) in trainingdata: update(backward(computeloss(ncf(u, a), y))) print(evaluate(validationdata)) # recommendation function function recommend(user, k): return topk(sortbyscore([ncf(user, a) for a in a]), k) # execute recommendation system function main(): train() print({u: recommend(u, k) for u in u}) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 563 4. results and discussion 4.1. the effectiveness of the deep learning model regarding the effectiveness of the deep learning model employing neural collaborative filtering (ncf), this study utilizes deep neural networks to capture complex, non-linear patterns between users and destinations, surpassing the limitations of traditional matrix factorization methods. table 4 presents the classification performance results of a deep learning model for various categories of tourists. it reveals the correct classifications, misclassifications, and error rates for each category. the nature tourists category has an error rate of 0.0938, with most misclassifications occurring as historical tourists. the cultural tourists category exhibits the highest error rate of 0.3871, frequently being misclassified as the historical tourists category, suggesting feature similarities. the historical tourists category is wellclassified, with an error rate of just 0.0469. the industrial tourists category is classified perfectly, with an error rate of 0.000, indicating strong feature distinctiveness. meanwhile, the shopping tourists category has an error rate of 1.0000, likely due to the small sample size, making the model ineffective for this category. table 4. classification performance results of a deep learning model for various types of tourists category of tourists nature tourists cultural tourists historical tourists industrial tourists shopping tourists error rate nature tourists 58 0 5 1 0 0.0938 6/64 cultural tourists 5 9 7 0 0 0.3871 12/31 historical tourists 2 1 61 0 0 0.0469 3/64 industrial tourists 0 0 0 7 0 0.0000 0/7 shopping tourists 1 0 0 0 0 1.0000 1/1 total 66 20 73 8 0 0.1317 22/167 the proposed deep learning model in table 5 presents key statistics from each layer of the neural network, including activation type, regularization terms (l1, l2), learning rate metrics (mean rate, rate rms), as well as statistics on weights and biases (mean, rms). table 5. results of the deep learning model layer unit type l1 l2 mean rate rate rms mean weight weight rms mean bias bias rms 1 154 input 2 10 rectifier 0.000010 0.000000 0.001388 0.001515 0.005923 0.109397 0.461116 0.051089 3 10 rectifier 0.000010 0.000000 0.000761 0.000445 -0.023553 0.304096 0.987405 0.060852 4 5 softmax 0.000010 0.000000 0.002156 0.002152 -0.240704 0.940678 -0.011935 0.090679 the architecture of the model consists of four layers: an input layer with 154 units, two hidden layers using the rectifier (relu) activation function with 10 units each, and an output layer using the softmax function with 5 units to correspond to the five tourist categories. the use of minimal l1 and l2 regularization values (0.00001 and 0.00000, respectively) across all trainable layers indicates a very light constraint on the model weights, allowing for flexible learning while still preventing overfitting to some degree. the learning rates (mean rate and rate rms) are low across all layers, showing that the model updates parameters cautiously, which may contribute to training stability and generalization. in the first hidden layer (layer 2), the mean weight is relatively small (0.0059) with a moderate weight rms of 0.1094, indicating initial feature extraction with limited complexity. the mean bias in this layer is positive (0.4611), suggesting an initial push in the activation function toward positive outputs. layer 3, the second hidden layer, shows an increase in complexity, as reflected by a higher weight rms (0.3041) and a significantly higher mean bias (0.9874), suggesting stronger signal propagation before reaching the output layer. interestingly, the mean weight is slightly negative (-0.0236), which may indicate that inhibitory relationships being learned between certain features. in the output layer (layer 4), the softmax function is used to transform the output into probability distributions over the five classes. the weight rms in this layer is the highest (0.9407), reflecting the model's confidence in classification. the mean bias in this layer is near zero (-0.0119), which helps maintain output balance across classes, and ensures that no single class is inherently favored before activation. overall, the structure and parameter statistics indicate a well-formed model capable of learning complex representations. the distribution of weights and biases suggests effective feature learning and differentiation between tourist categories. the design also maintains numerical stability, making it suitable for scalable recommendation hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 564 systems. the performance of the proposed deep learning model was evaluated based on four key metrics: accuracy, time, mean absolute error (mae), and precision. the results for each tourist category are presented in table 6. table 6. performance of the deep learning model category of tourists accuracy (%) time mae precision (%) nature tourists 96.26 0.023 4.6 90 cultural tourists 80.59 0.054 5.8 80 historical tourist 93.78 0.067 5.4 98 industrial tourists 70.35 0.044 7.3 95 shopping tourists 97.66 0.065 8.2 95 the model demonstrates high classification performance overall, particularly for the nature tourists and shopping tourists categories, achieving accuracy rates of 96.26% and 97.66%, respectively. both categories also report high precision scores, indicating strong model confidence and correct classification outcomes. the relatively low mae values (4.6 and 8.2, respectively) suggest minimal prediction error in user preference estimation. in contrast, the cultural tourists and industrial tourists categories yield lower accuracy scores of 80.59% and 70.35%, respectively. the higher mae values (5.8 and 7.3, respectively) indicate greater deviation between predicted and actual values, which may stem from less distinctive user behavior patterns or overlapping preferences within these categories. nonetheless, the precision for the industrial tourists category remains high at 95%, reflecting the model's ability to make reliable positive predictions, even if overall classification is more challenging. the historical tourists category achieves a strong balance of performance across all metrics, with 93.78% accuracy, a moderate mae of 5.4, and the highest precision at 98%. this suggests that the model effectively captures unique behavioral traits within this category. in terms of computational efficiency, the model exhibits fast processing times, ranging from 0.023 to 0.067 seconds per prediction, making it suitable for real-time recommendation systems. these results affirm the effectiveness of the proposed deep learning approach in accurately profiling tourist types and generating personalized travel recommendations. however, further refinement, such as incorporating more diverse user data or applying attention mechanisms, may improve performance in categories with lower accuracy. 4.2. tourist destination recommendations by categorizing tourists based on their interests, the model provides personalized destination recommendations that support informed travel decision-making. specifically, this study proposes three optimal routes for cultural tourists. route 1 is designed for both nature and cultural enthusiasts, beginning at alley ramindra, which serves as the primary reference location. at the second level, visitors can stop at mumtas thai cuisine for a food-related experience, or at fo guang shan temple, a religious and cultural site. from fo guang shan temple, travelers can continue to the third level with two options: siam amazing park, a theme park offering entertainment, or fashion island, a shopping mall serving as a commercial attraction. for the fourth level, visitors choosing siam amazing park can explore kwan-riam floating market, a popular destination accessible from multiple locations, and khae nok temple, a religious site. alternatively, those who visit fashion island can proceed to kwan-riam floating market for more cultural experiences. route 1, tailored for nature and cultural tourists, is illustrated in figure 3. figure 3. route 1 recommended for nature and cultural tourists hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 565 this study also proposes route 2 as an optimal itinerary for nature and cultural tourists, incorporating multiple temples and a natural park. the journey unfolds as follows: travelers begin at wat khae nok. from this temple, travelers have two diverging paths. one path leads to wat trai rattanaram, and from there, they can continue to wat rat satthatham (bangchan) or proceed to makutrosara park. the other path leads to fo guang shan temple, after which travelers can explore either wat trai rattanaram or wat laksi. route 2 is depicted in figure 4. figure 4. route 2 recommended route for cultural tourists furthermore, this study introduces route 3 for historical and cultural tourists. this route starts at min buri local museum, serving as the primary reference point. from here, travelers can choose between two paths: one leading to cultural institutions and the other to recreational facilities. for the cultural institutions path, travelers can proceed from min buri local museum to the thai teacher training museum to explore educational heritage. afterwards, they can visit either the administrative court museum to learn about legal and governance history or the church of jesus christ of latter-day saints to experience a unique cultural and spiritual perspective. for the recreational facilities path, travelers can move from the primary reference point to ramintra sport center, a hub for sports and fitness activities. from there, they can continue to chaengwattana horse club for horse-riding experiences—an ideal destination for adventure seekers. alternatively, those who prefer a calm atmosphere can visit makutromsaran park, a tranquil natural retreat perfect for relaxation, picnics, and outdoor activities. route 3 is illustrated in figure 5 figure 5. route 3 recommended for historical and cultural tourists despite the achievements of the proposed deep learning-based model in this study, some limitations are worth mentioning. for example, it does not consider external factors such as time period, seasonal changes, and economic conditions, which may influence the popularity of tourist destinations. it assumes that travel convenience is a key factor influencing tourists' decision-making. moreover, it does not address people outside the urban area, focusing only on initial patterns and spatial relationships. although the proposed model is well-suited for developing a prototype to understand tourist behavior within the context of urban transportation infrastructure, it may not be applicable to people outside this context. in recognition of these limitations, the study suggests that future research should incorporate these factors or explore other contexts to enhance the model's flexibility and predictive accuracy. 5. conclusion the proposed deep learning model, which employs neural collaborative filtering (ncf) and utilizes deep neural networks to capture complex, non-linear patterns between users and destinations, demonstrates strong performance in classifying various tourist categories. it achieves particularly high accuracy for shopping, nature, and historical tourists. while challenges remain in accurately classifying industrial tourists, the model shows promise, with low processing times and solid precision across the board. its predictive accuracy, as reflected in the low mae values for hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 566 most categories, further reinforces its effectiveness. additionally, this research provides a comprehensive guide to cultural attractions accessible via the metro pink line, with the aim of enhancing tourism planning and promoting cultural exploration. the study proposes tourist destination recommendations for different types of tourists, suggesting three routes: route 1 for nature and cultural tourists, route 2 for cultural tourists, and route 3 for historical and cultural tourists. although still in the prototype phase, the model holds significant potential for future applications, particularly in addressing public transportation challenges. expanding it into mobile applications and integrating it with gps systems could further enhance its practicality, making it an effective tool for providing accurate and convenient tourist destination recommendations. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions a.r. and c.l. contributed to the design and implementation of the research, to the analysis of the results and to the writing of the manuscript. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding this research was funded by thailand science research and innovation and phranakhon rajabhat university under project no. 4367845. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] martín, c. a., torres, j. m., aguilar, r. m., & diaz, s. (2018). using deep learning to predict sentiments: case study in tourism. complexity, 7408431. doi:10.1155/2018/7408431. [2] wang, y., chu, c., & lan, t. (2022). sentiment classification of educational tourism reviews based on parallel cnn and lstm with attention mechanism. mobile information systems, 6177427, 1–13. doi:10.1155/2022/6177427. [3] li, q., & zhang, y. (2022). design and implementation of smart tourism service platform from the perspective of artificial intelligence. wireless communications and mobile computing, 3501003, 1–12. doi:10.1155/2022/3501003. [4] du, j. (2021). research on intelligent tourism information system based on data mining algorithm. mobile information systems, 5727788, 3-10. doi:10.1155/2021/5727788. [5] sun, x. (2024). smart tourism: design and application of artificial intelligence-assisted tourism service recommendation algorithms. journal of electrical systems, 20(9), 728–735. [6] mu, l., guo, q., & yang, l. (2025). revolutionizing hospitality: unraveling the transformative potential of big data in tourism and hotel management. hightech and innovation journal, 6(1), 201–215. doi:10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-014. [7] damos, m. a., xu, w., zhu, j., ahmed, a., & khader, a. (2025). an efficient tourism path approach based on improved ant colony optimization in hilly areas. isprs international journal of geo-information, 14(1), 14–34. doi:10.3390/ijgi14010034. [8] sirirak, w., & pitakaso, r. (2018). marketplace location decision making and tourism route planning. administrative sciences, 8(4), 1–25. doi:10.3390/admsci8040072. [9] qi, j., & wang, q. (2022). tourism route selection model for tourism sustainable development based on improved genetic algorithm. international transactions on electrical energy systems, 4287011, 1–10. doi:10.1155/2022/4287011. [10] cao, s. (2022). an optimal round-trip route planning method for tourism based on improved genetic algorithm. computational intelligence and neuroscience, 7665874, 1–8. doi:10.1155/2022/7665874. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 567 [11] lu, b., & zhou, c. (2022). particle swarm algorithm and its application in tourism route design and optimization. computational intelligence and neuroscience, 6467086, 1–11. doi:10.1155/2022/6467086. [12] sun, h., chen, y., ma, j., wang, y., liu, x., & wang, j. (2022). multi-objective optimal travel route recommendation for tourists by improved ant colony optimization algorithm. journal of advanced transportation, 6386119, 1–14. doi:10.1155/2022/6386119. [13] yu, n., & chen, j. (2022). design of machine learning algorithm for tourism demand prediction. computational and mathematical methods in medicine, 6352381, 1–9. doi:10.1155/2022/6352381. [14] wang, b., wu, p., chen, q., & ni, s. (2021). prediction and analysis of train passenger load factor of high-speed railway based on lightgbm algorithm. journal of advanced transportation, 9963394, 1–10. doi:10.1155/2021/9963394. [15] camatti, n., di tollo, g., filograsso, g., & ghilardi, s. (2024). predicting airbnb pricing: a comparative analysis of artificial intelligence and traditional approaches. computational management science, 21(1), 21–30. doi:10.1007/s10287-024-00511-4. [16] yang, l., & dong, x. (2022). research on the development model of rural tourism based on multiobjective planning and intelligent optimization algorithm. journal of advanced transportation, 6219438, 1–12. doi:10.1155/2022/6219438. [17] wang, w., cheng, s., chen, z., & liu, k. (2022). classification of rural tourism features based on hierarchical clustering analysis knowledge recognition algorithm. mathematical problems in engineering, 2956020, 1–8. doi:10.1155/2022/2956020. [18] xiao, h. (2022). algorithm of apriori-based rural tourism driving factors and its system optimization. in mobile information systems, 3380609, 1–9. doi:10.1155/2022/3380609. [19] jiang, r., & dai, b. (2024). cultural tourism attraction recommendation model based on optimized weighted association rule algorithm. systems and soft computing, 6. doi:10.1016/j.sasc.2024.200094. [20] li, c., & lyu, s. (2022). machine learning-based classification and evaluation of regional ethnic traditional sports tourism resources. mobile information systems, 8404931, 1–9. doi:10.1155/2022/8404931. [21] luo, w., & zhang, l. (2022). question text classification method of tourism based on deep learning model. wireless communications and mobile computing, 4330701, 1–9. doi:10.1155/2022/4330701. [22] chenghu, c., & thammano, a. (2024). a novel classification model based on hybrid k-means and neural network for classification problems. hightech and innovation journal, 5(3), 716–729. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-012. [23] xiao, m., zhou, q., zhang, z., & yin, j. (2024). real-time intrusion detection in power grids using deep learning: ensuring dpu data security. hightech and innovation journal, 5(3), 814–827. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-018. [24] bourday, r., aatouchi, i., kerroum, m. a., & zaaouat, a. (2024). cryptocurrency forecasting using deep learning models: a comparative analysis. hightech and innovation journal, 5(4), 1055–1067. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-013. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 361 issn: 2723-9535 innovative date fruit classifier based on scatter wavelet and stacking ensemble ali a. al-kharaz 1* , ahmed b. a. alwahhab 1 , vian sabeeh 1 1 information technologies management department, technical college of management, middle technical university, baghdad, iraq. received 04 february 2024; revised 22 may 2024; accepted 28 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract dates are essential fruits loaded with vital nutrients that keep bones healthy and prevent bone-related disorders. approximately 8.46 million tons of different types of dates are cultivated and produced annually around the globe. there are more than 400 types of dates that are time-consuming and expensive to produce. classifying them using conventional methods is labor-intensive, and this is one of the biggest problems for the date industry. dataset fruit classification plays a vital role in the food industry. dates can be classified from a luxury class to a less quality class. accordingly, the food industry needs an automotive date fruit classifier that can work in food factories. this study proposes a pioneering method to classify date fruit that relies on extracting features from the texture of dates using scattering wavelet transformation (swt). the swt yields in numeric coefficients were found to be immune to the deformation of invariants. this feature set trains an ensemble classifier that combines a voting mechanism to eliminate overfitting. the ensemble classifier consists of a random forest, a support vector machine classifier, and a logistic regression hyper-learner. our novel approach was tested on two benchmarked datasets. the first data set scored f1 between 0.95 and 1.0 at the same time. the second dataset registered f1 between 0.96 and 1.0 in each of the 20 date classes. some dates are close to each other in texture, resulting in high false positives or recall, causing a lower f1 score accuracy degree. the novelty of this approach comes from the featured representative of each date class, relying on the texture of the fruit as a discriminative feature, not on the fruit shape or color, which may not be robust enough as distinguishable features, especially in date classes that are close to each other in shape. keywords: dates; scatter wavelet transform; stacking ensemble learning; random forest classifier; linear support vector machine; performance metrics. 1. introduction food is one of the essential requirements for the human body's development, restoration, and tissue preservation, which regulate fundamental processes. to meet the basic need for the sustenance and survival of the world’s rapidly growing population, the agricultural sector works day and night. agriculture plays a crucial role in the economic growth of nations, prompting industries to continuously seek enhancements in all aspects of agricultural operations by employing artificial intelligence (ai) technologies, smart agriculture, and precision agriculture [1]. fruits such as dates represent an important component of the human diet due to their nutritional value, providing a great source of calcium, iron, potassium, and vitamin c [2]. dates have been commonly cultivated in the arabian region since 6000 bce, and approximately more than 8 million tons are produced annually all over the world [3]. in 2019, * corresponding author: ali.al-kharaz@mtu.edu.iq http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-010 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7321-2296 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0965-4812 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0860-2335 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 362 statistics showed that asia and africa were the most dominant zones, producing 57% and 42.2% of dates, respectively [4]. there are more than 400 different types of dates, and over 40 of these are unique, with a wide variety of tastes, shapes, and colors, as well as values and prices. because many consumers struggle to distinguish between the various types of dates, the process of classifying and identifying dates is crucial and represents a pivotal importance to food, agriculture, medicine, and trade [5–7]. the conventional methods used to classify dates are time-consuming, tedious, and expensive [8]. the development of image classification through ai systems has good durability at a low cost, as well as offering high precision and being computationally fast to evaluate fruits in adverse weather and typical environmental conditions [9]. as a result, industries have adopted computer vision techniques to classify grades and sort dates depending on several features such as color [7–10], texture [7], and size [11], which were previously managed manually [1]. altaheri et al. [12] proposed a framework for date fruit classification by utilizing transfer learning with fine-tuning based on pre-trained convolutional neural network (cnn) models. they compared their work with previous methods that utilized color distribution with support vector machine (svm), and the proposed model achieved high accuracy between 0.97 and 0.99. this study added some complexities that led to a decrease in accuracy, like variation in maturity levels, scale, angle, illumination, and bagging state. shikawa et al. [13] worked on another type of fruit, strawberries. they proposed a model that classifies strawberries based on shape features like measure values, ellipse similarity, chain code subtraction, and elliptic fourier descriptors. in this study, various combinations of the mentioned deception features were tested. the best feature set was the use of measured value chain code subtraction with ellipse fourier descriptors, which had high accuracy. however, the model faced a weakness in classifying nine types of strawberry shapes. rybacki et al. [14] designed an architecture for a convolutional neural network for classifying date palm fruits based on geometric and color features. their proposed cnn model outperformed previous models like resnet, shufflenet, and mobilenet. the model extracted geometric features for date fruits such as major diameter, perimeter, and length, helping improve model accuracy. albarrak et al. [1] proposed a model for date fruit based on mobilenetv2. the dataset was prepared and photographed using a 12-megapixel camera to ensure good-quality date images. they collected between 204 to 2040 images for each of the eight date fruit classes. the model was fine-tuned by the dropout mechanism to avoid overfitting. despite the model's training accuracy achieving 0.99 accuracy, the model faced challenges in the test set and scored about 0.64 accuracy. this led to real concern about overfitting due to the low accuracy in the validation set, which resulted in the model’s results not being generalized. the previous papers tried to design a classification paradigm based on shape, color, and other geometric features by using either machine learning or deep learning models. although previous researchers achieved good performance, their works refer to the fact that color and shape cannot always be reliable discriminative features for date classification for the following reasons: first, some date classes have the same shape or color ranges, making it difficult to identify between them based on just these features. second, the similarity of ripeness in fruit. for example, the unripe dates may have the same green or yellow hue, while the ripe dates may look blocked in most of the date fruit classes. so, the classifiers cannot work robustly just on color. last, physical damage can be caused during fruit growth, leading to misshapen fruit. from all previous studies, this paper tried to design a date fruit classification that can go beyond the current success rates by using the texture feature of each date fruit class. accordingly, we designed a system to convert texture features into numeric coefficients using the scattering wavelet transform as a discriminative feature for each date class. the major contributions are illustrated in the following points: • the use of the scattering wavelet for feature extraction allows the building of an accurate classifier that can be trained with a small dataset, especially if there are not enough samples for the class. • building a classifier that can work with reasonable accuracy without over-fitting, and this can be achieved by using an ensemble machine learning classifier, as this paradigm is based on voting that prevents over-fitting. this model is based on building a classifier based on the texture magnitude of the scattering wavelet rather than depending on the shape or color of the date fruit, which may be common in many classes, causing inaccuracy in the model. the remainder of the paper is arranged as follows: in section 2, related works are presented. scatter wavelet transform and stacking ensemble learning are explained in sections 3 and 4, respectively. section 5 illustrates the evaluation metrics. the methodology and proposed model are explained in section 6. the results and discussion are provided in section 7. finally, section 8 draws some conclusions and future work recommendations. 2. related works according to previous studies, computer vision techniques have been adopted to automatically process date fruit classification based on machine learning and deep learning techniques. fadel (2007) [15] discussed the classification of hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 363 varieties of date fruit from the rgb channels based on mean and variance. subsequently, they utilized a probabilistic neural network (pnn) to train and test the samples. back propagation and radial basis function (rbf) networks, coupled with the method of multilayer perceptron (mlp), were used to classify the features extracted from images of date fruit, achieving success rates of up to 87.5% and 91.1%, respectively [16]. muhammad (2014) [6] initially separated each image used into its color constituents. then, each component underwent weber law descriptor (wld) and local binary patterns (lbp) applications to determine the texture of the dates. svm has been used as a classifier and has gained 98% accuracy. this approach is advantageous as the texture of date fruits can vary depending on their maturity level, making the use of texture descriptors quite practical. the convergence of artificial intelligence was efficient in classifying date fruit; these techniques of boosting, bagging, support vector machine, k-nearest neighbor, and mlps recording accuracy between 90-92%, the codes available on github [17]. previous studies also used machine learning approaches to identify seven classes of date fruit. in past experiments, hyper-parameters were fine-tuned for each k-nearest neighbor (knn), artificial neural networks (ann), and svm to classify date fruit. the dataset was divided into 80% training and 20% testing sets. the training set was divided into five for the validation process to check for overfitting. this study scored an accuracy rate of 93.85% [18]. a novel hue, color-sift, discrete wavelet transform, and haralick consolidation method exceeded other features used in fruit classification problems. various features like color, shape, and texture were used to compare the results yielded by six machine learning algorithms, including knn, svm, naïve bayes, linear discriminant analysis, decision trees (dt), and feedforward neural network (fnn). all the mentioned methods were tested on a 360-date fruit dataset. the best result was obtained by a back propagation neural network, then svm, and then knn classifiers in terms of the accuracy of mean scores [19]. ammari et al. [11] studied the evaluation of khalas, khenaizi, fardh, qash, naghal, and maan dates using dedicated computer vision. the pre-processing and segmentation of date images were the first steps in the system. then, shape, size, and color were extracted and used in the ann to predict the suitable class of an input date image. the accuracy of the model was assessed using a confusion matrix with 97.26% highest classification accuracy. abi sen et al. [20] showed a comparison of several automatic classification algorithms using six extracted features based on color, size, and texture. the dataset used in the study consisted of images of four primary types of dates. the svm classifier achieved a better precision of 0.73 compared with other classifiers, and their accuracies ranged between 0.6 and 0.69. they suggested that accuracy could be improved by gathering more data since the dataset used in the experiment was limited to just a few hundred images. koklu et al. [21] utilized some features to build a system that distinguished between various species of date palm fruits. these features were shape, color, and morphology retrieved from the image dataset and tested with distinct machine learning models like neural networks and logistic regression to reach an efficient classifier. the performance of these methods achieved 91.0% and 92.2%, respectively. in another study, five date varieties were classified with an accuracy of up to 98% using the sequential minimal optimization (smo) and instance-based learning algorithms (ibk) approaches. the date varieties were converted into individual color channels, and their texture parameters were extracted. to achieve better accuracy, a feature selection algorithm was applied, and those selected features were used as inputs into machine learning models (bayes, lazy, meta, and trees) for discriminating different varieties of date palm fruit [22]. deep learning has been used to classify dates. magsi et al. [23] introduced a methodology for recognizing date fruits. the methodology used deep cnn to extract features from a dataset of 500 images, which contained three types of pakistan’s date fruits. the classification model achieved 97.2% accuracy. to enhance the accuracy and efficiency of date classification after harvesting the crop, three subsets consisting of 55, 55, and 5 images were trained with yolov5n, yolov5s, efficientnetb0, and efficientnetb1. the evaluation results show the efficiency of the model in classifying the quality of date fruits based on convolutional neural network cnn models. efficientnetb1 models were the best, with an accuracy of 97% on a date fruit image dataset [24]. khayer et al. [5] evaluated pre-trained cnns such as mobilenet and inceptionnet to classify six different types of dates, namely ajwa, boroy, medjool, moriam, sokire, and sugaey. the mobilenet_v1 model achieved 82.67% accuracy performance. the utilization of cnn is examined in alhamdan & howe [25] for categorizing images of date fruits into nine different types. multiple models were developed, and the most successful model achieved an accuracy of 97%. another experiment was carried out to compare cnn for five different kinds of dates, and resnet-50 was found to perform better than the other networks with an accuracy of 97.37%, as stated in al-sabaawi et al. [26]. alresheedi et al. [27] evaluated the detection performance and accuracy of many traditional ml techniques and cnn. the results of nine types of dates show that multi-layer perceptron (mlp) had the best detection accuracy, whereas cnn achieved the maximum precision with 94.2%. alsirhani et al. [7] compiled a dataset consisting of 27 categories and 3228 images using five stages. in the first stage, they measured feature accuracy using pixel intensity and color distribution with conventional machine learning algorithms. they used traditional machine learning methods to evaluate the precision of characteristics, relying on color distribution and the intensity of the pixels. next, they specified the model with the highest accuracy by utilizing deep transfer learning (tl). the third-step feature extraction part of the model was based on numerous re-trained points to determine the ideal point. in the fourth stage, they fine-tuned the hyperparameters for fully connected layers to specify hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 364 the best configuration that would lead to accurate classification. in the fifth stage, the regulation of the classification layer to finalize the best model was selected from the fourth stage. the accuracy achieved was 95.21%. the date fruits dataset was augmented using an innovative cycle generative adversal network (cyclegan) method and deep convolutional generative adversarial networks (dcgan). the augmentation process succeeded in increasing the dataset of the classes suckari, ajwa, and suggai. at the same time, the researchers used the resnet152v2 and cnn transfer models. the resnet152v2 method performed well with an accuracy of 96.8%, while the cnn model accuracy registered about 94.3% [28]. nadhif & dwiasnati [29] tested cnn with a dataset of nine date fruit classes. the dataset was divided into 1496 images for training and 162 for testing. the accuracy indicates the efficiency of cnn models, with an accuracy of 96%. other researchers used an intelligent harvesting decision system called ihds to harvest data with six dl systems, each producing different accuracy levels. the dataset used was collected by the center for smart robotics research. the maximum accuracy registered by the ihds system was 99.4% [30]. table 1 shows the summary of related work. 3. feature extraction scatter wavelet transform (swt) texture is a crucial element for examining the surface of different types of images and classifying the objects. each image has a distinct (unique) texture that can be used to compare with other images [31]. a swt was constructed by mallat [32]. a wavelet scattering network computes a representative in terms of a translation-invariant image where deformation does not influence the representative coefficients and maintains high frequency. it combines non-linear modulus and averaging operators with wavelet transform convolutions in a cascade. a scattering transform is based on its mechanism in the deep convolution network paradigm. there are two differences. first, the outputs of a scattering deep network are coefficients. second, the scattering deep networks rely on pre-defined filters. scattering networks do not use filters that are learned from data, but wavelets [33]. figure 1 illustrates the effectiveness of scattering representation in discriminate textures that have the same power spectrum and second-order moments. table 1. summary of related work study classification technique date varieties classifier accuracy [20] svm 4 main types svm classifier 73% [15] probabilistic neural network (pnn) 5 types of date fruit pnn the mean of 5 types (80%) [5] pre-trained cnn models 6 types of date fruit mobilenet, inceptionnet 82.67% [16] back propagation and radial basis function (rbf) networks, coupled with the method of multilayer perceptron (mlp) 3 types of date fruit mlp 87.5% 91.1% [23] deep cnn 3 types of pakistan's date fruit cnn 89.2% [21] (ann) and logistic regression (lr) 9 types of date fruit ann lr 91% 92.2% [17] boosting, svm, knn and mlps 6 types of date combined ml+ai 92% [14] color based and geometric parameters 5 types of date cnn for both 93.4% [18] dt, svm, knn, ann 7 types of date ann 93.85% [27] traditional machine learning techniques and cnn 9 different types of date fruit mlp, cnn mlp (best detection performance), cnn (94.2% accuracy) [28] dcgan 3 types of date (628) images cnn 94.3% [29] cnn 9 types of date (1658) samples cnn 96% [24] efficientnet, yolov5, andyolov5n one type and 3 classes cnn 97% [25] convolutional neural networks (cnn) 9 different types of date fruit cnn 97% [7] first stage using conventional machine learning algorithms, after that using a deep transfer learning (tl) model has 27 classes tl 97.21% [11] ann 6 types of date fruit ann-tansig classifier 97.26% [26] pre-trained cnn models (resnet-50) 5 types of date fruit resnet-50 97.37% [2] support vector machine (svm) 4 types of date fruit svm 98% [22] svm 5 types of date fruit svm 98% [34] fusing supervised and unsupervised deep networks 1619 images from 20 different date varieties knn classify 98.20% [30] 6 different dl systems 7 stages of date dl 99.4% hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 365 figure 1. two various texture samples have the same spectrum of fourier [33] therefore, texture features extracted from swt and scatter wavelet have some properties as follows: • the swt is stable and invariant to rotation, translation and color discrimination [35]. • it maintains class distinction and is stable under tiny deformations [33]. • excellent in classification [33]. • when minor deformation and rotating invariance are combined, swt coefficients are more descriptive than fourier and can extract reliable information at a variety of scales [36]. • the swt does not need a training process with the same functionality as cnn. • a scattering transform is the linear series of wavelet transform and nonlinear modulus. the network produces a representative φ that is invariant to color operations of discrimination, rotation and translation [32]. since the windowed scattering transform has a convolutional paradigm, each layer is acquired from the previous using wavelet value decomposition. 𝑈 on individual envelope [𝑝]𝑓. the output layer is obtained by 𝜃𝑗. scattering is selected because it computes iteratively by employing u, inverting sj needs inverting, so it can collect the coefficients repeatedly. figure 2 illustrates the operation of a scattering wavelet network. if 𝑝 is a path that has length of m, then the scattering coefficient 𝑆𝐽 [𝑝]𝑥(𝑢) of order m at the scale 2𝐽. so, the scattering coefficient is computed at the cnn layer of m. first order coefficients 𝑆𝐽 [𝜆1]𝑥 are equivalent to sift coefficients. the first order coefficients are not enough for text discrimination. because of that, wavelet coefficient amplitudes |𝑥 ⋆ 𝜓_| ⋆ 𝜑𝐽 (𝑢) must be averaged. figure 2. a spread of applying the operation of scattering wavelet network [33] hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 366 equation 1 is a summary of the process of extracting scattering coefficients. the image is filtered using the first wavelet transform w1. a complex wavelet has scaled and rotated for producing the modulus to characterize the first scattering layer 𝑈1 𝑦. therefore, the later layer calculates 𝑈2 𝑦 by the modulus of w2. scattering coefficient s3x develops from a final pooling. the pooling is known as average-pooling (avg) or max-pooling specified by the blocks of size. 𝑦 → |𝑊1| → 𝑈1 𝑦 → |𝑊2| → 𝑈2 𝑦 → ∅𝐽 → 𝑆3 𝑦 (1) the initial beginning wavelet layer is depicted by the base ψ1 (u) to determine higher order coefficients, and frequencies with lower values are filtered by 𝜑2𝐽 (𝑢). this wavelet signal is measured by 2j where j is an integer and rotated by 𝜃1 = 2kπ k for 0 k− < k that in equation 2: 𝑊𝐽𝑥(𝑢) = {𝑥 ⋆ 𝜑2𝑗 (𝑢), 𝑥 ⋆ 𝜓𝑢(𝑢)} ⋋ 𝜖⋀𝑗 (2) where 𝜓𝑢 is a morlet wavelet, and 𝜑 gaussian average filter. ⋀𝑗 = {⋋ = 2𝑗r ∶ r ∈ 𝐺+, j ≥ −j} this wavelet transform is obtained by filtering an image 𝑥(𝑢), wavelet modulus is then conducted on the wavelet value to keep the low frequency by averaging, and computes the modulus of complex wavelet coefficients in equations 3 and 4: 𝑈1𝑥(𝑢, 𝑤1) = |𝑥 ⋆ 𝜓𝑤1 1 (𝑢)| (3) 𝑈1𝑥(𝑢, 𝑤1) = |∑ 𝑥(𝑢)𝜓𝑤1 1 (𝑢 − 𝑣)| (4) despite that, the averaging by 𝜑2𝐽 minimizes the high frequencies but is used to aggregate coefficients to build an invariant. the loss is retrieved as wavelet coefficients that describe the significance of operating a multilayer network. the spatial variable u is sampled by 2𝑗1 − 1. the aggregated variable is computed by 𝑢1 = (𝑢, 𝑤1). the next layer is specified with a second wavelet in equation 5 that is extracted by convoluted u1 coefficient by 𝑢1𝑥(𝑢1) in another wavelet and spatial rotation, scale, variables 𝑢1 = (𝑢, 𝜃1, 𝑗1). 𝜓𝑤2 2 (𝑢1) = 𝜓𝑗2 𝑎 (𝑢) 𝜓𝑘2 𝑏 (𝜃1)𝜓𝑙2 𝑐 (𝑗1) (5) then save the scattering coefficients along paths of length 𝑚 ≤ 𝑚 𝑚𝑎𝑥 in the equation 6. 𝑆𝐽 [𝑝]𝑥 = 𝑈[𝑝]𝑥 ⋆ 𝜑2𝐽 (6) where 𝑈[𝑝]𝑥 is stating the scattering averaged for every layer in equation 7 [33]: 𝑈𝐽 𝑈[𝑝]𝑥 = {𝑈[𝑝]𝑥 ⋆ 𝜑2𝐽 , |𝑈[𝑝]𝑥 ⋆ 𝜓 ⋋ |} (7) 4. stacking ensemble learning the stacking ensemble learning procedure is based on linking the predictions of several machine learning models using a separate method. it represents a means of improving the accuracy of machine learning models. stacking is particularly useful when there are several models that are good at different aspects of a given task. in this case, separate machine learning is trained to learn how to make the best use of predictions from the various models. the stacking technique involves two-level models: the constructing model, which is stated as the level-0 model, and the level-1 model, which is the meta-learning approach, which trains another model to combine the predictions from these essential models. the fundamental concept behind stacking is centered on the level-0 base classifiers being trained with the training data, and then the models are supplied with unseen data. both the predicted target labels, which were produced on the unseen data, and the actual labels are combined into one dataset, which is used to train the meta-learner. meta-learning is machine learning that trains algorithms using the output of other ml methods for accurate predictions. in our proposed model, the construction level-0 models are the support vector machine (svm) model and random forest (rf) model, which are given as input to the meta-level model or level-1 model, which is the logistic regression model (lr) [37]. figure 3 shows the schematic view of the stacking ensemble learning model that is used in this research paper. figure 3. topology of the stacking ensemble learning hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 367 5. evaluation metrics by formulating dates as a classification problem, the proposed method defines the metrics to include accuracy, precision, recall, and f-measures that agree, evaluating the performance of a classifier from various perspectives. these metrics have been used and obtained from the 2 × 2 confusion matrix in figure 4. figure 4. confusion matrix generally, accuracy, precision, recall, and the f-1 score were used to obtain the performance measures from the confusion matrix. the confusion matrix for the model included four cases, which were used to derive more advanced metrics. these cases included: • true positive (tp): the real and the predicted values are identical (positive). • false negative (fn): the real value is positive. • false positive (fp): the actual value is negative. • true negative (tn): the actual and the predicted values are the same (negative). these metrics are computed using the following expression [38]: 1) precision: precision in equation 8 is evaluated by dividing the total number of true positive samples with the total number of true positive and false positive samples. precision = tp /(tp+fp) (8) 2) recall: a recall as in equation 9 is computed by dividing the total number of true positive samples with the total number of true positive and false negative samples. the recall measure is employed to judge the model’s capacity to detect positive samples. the higher recall shows more positive samples. recall = tp /(tp+fn) (9) 3) accuracy: accuracy indicates the percentage of correctly predicted data. accuracy is computed by dividing the total number of true positive and true negative samples with the total number of true positive, true negative, false positive and false negative samples as in equation 10. accuracy = ((tp+tn) /(tp+tn+fp+fn))×100 (10) 4) f1-score: the f1-score in equation 11 combines the precision and recall results in data classification that provide overall prediction performance. f1-score = (2× (precision×recall)) / (precision+recall) (11) the receiver operator characteristics (roc) curve is also operated to determine the performance of the model. in the roc curve, specificity is exposed on the x-axis and sensitivity is shown on the y-axis. the value of the area under the roc curve (auc) varies between 0 and 1. as this value is close to 1, the predictive value increases, and as it is close to 0, the predictive value decreases. in figure 5, the roc curve and auc area are shown [39]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 368 figure 5. roc curve (blue dotted line) and auc area (orange zone) 6. research methodology 6.1. dates fruit dataset date fruit images were collected from kaggle (alhamdan) [40]. it contains nine classes of different common market date types named ajwa, galaxy, medjool, meneifi, nabat ali, rutab, shaishi, sokeri and sugaey. each class has approximately 180 images, with 1658 total samples. figure 6 shows the type of each class. ajwa galaxy medjool meneifi nabat ali rutab shaishi sokeri sugaey figure 6. sample of nine dataset figure 7. from left to right, displayed date varieties are ajina, adam deglet nour, bayd hmam, bouaarous, deglet, deglet kahla, deglet ghabia, degla bayda, dfar lgat, dgoul, ghars, litima, loullou, hamraya, tarmount, tanslit, tantbucht, techbeh tati, tivisyaouin and tinisin. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 369 the second dataset by aiadi et al. consists of 20 classes (ajina, adam, deglet nour, ghars, litima, bayd hamam, deglet kahla, bouaarous, deglet bayda, tarmount, tanslit, deglet, tantbucht tati, tivisyaouin, tinisin, loullou and hamraya) as illustrated in figure 7. 6.2. image pre-processing image pre-processing is a fundamental phase of a computer vision technique. it encompasses preparing images prior to their usage in model training and inference. it can include tasks such as resizing, orienting, and correcting color. this process can possibly reduce model training time and maximize model inference. when dealing with large input images, decreasing their size can improve the training time of a model considerably without significantly compromising its performance. in this proposed method, images are converted to grayscale and resized to 200×200 for better accuracy. 6.3. proposed model figure 8 depicts the main steps of the proposed date classification model. the color images of dates are fed into the pre-processing step to convert them into a proper shape of 200×200 pixels of type gray images. before building the classifier model, the feature extraction step should be conducted by implementing the scattering wavelet extraction process. after that, each date’s features will be represented by a one-dimensional vector. finally, the one-dimensional feature’s vector will be inputted into the stacked ensemble learning model. the proposed model was implemented with an i7 processor and 32 gb of ram. google colab was used for running the software settings, which involved python version 3.8. the machine learning libraries employed during the experiments included pandas, numpy, sklearn pre-processing, and sklearn metrics. figure 8. block diagram of the proposed model of date fruit classification hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 370 7. results and discussion to classify the date fruit in this study, a scattering wavelet transform was used to extract 10895 coefficients from each image. prior to that, each image was pre-processed by converting it from the rgb color representation to grayscale images. then, the images were resized to 200×200 pixels. the data was allotted 80% for training and 20% for testing. for the classification process, the rf and svm were used and measured from a performance viewpoint. then the stacking model was constructed by merging the rf and svm with a meta-learner logistic regression model. the stacking classifier was then compared with both the rf and svm. the performance was evaluated using a confusion matrix and roc curves. the date classes were numbered in a confusion matrix as follows: ajwa = 0, glaxy = 1, medjol = 2, meniefi = 3, nbat_ali = 4, rutab = 5, shaishi = 6, sokari = 7, and sugaey = 8. the experiments began by testing the rf classifier, where the number of estimators was 100. table 2 and figure 9 provide the performance of the rf model when classifying each date type. despite the general accuracy of 0.84, the classifier shows high accuracy in classification. for some dates, like the ajwa date type, accuracy reached 1.00. the variation in accuracy between date fruit classification returns is twofold. first, sometimes date fruit images do not contain smooth or regular patterns. this case is called a steering wavelet caused by images and date fruit that have abrupt changes inside the classification. for example, the precision in table 2 is scaled between 0.67 to 1.00. the precision for sugaey was 0.67, while the agwa registered 1.00. the reason for high accuracy in predicting the agwa date class is its unique texture type that yields a unique scattering coefficient, while the other classes achieved less than 0.92 because of the close texture between the nine classes. table 2. performance table for rf classifier date class precision recall f1-score support ajwa 1.00 1.00 1.00 44 galaxy 0.84 0.84 0.84 32 medjool 0.83 0.86 0.84 22 meneifi 0.78 0.93 0.85 45 nabat-ali 0.84 0.76 0.80 42 rutab 0.92 0.79 0.85 28 shaishi 0.87 0.70 0.78 37 sokeri 0.82 0.96 0.89 49 sugaey 0.67 0.61 0.63 33 accuracy 0.84 figure 9. random forest confusion matrix hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 371 the second dataset of aiadi was used to test the wavelet scattering coefficient features with a random forest. the number of estimators was 100. random forest achieved a macro-average accuracy of 0.95. the lowest precision was with deglet due to the unbalanced nature of the dataset, as in table 3 and the confusion matrix in figure 10. in table 3, the model achieved high overall accuracy because it always predicted the majority class. for example, ajina, with 16 samples, scored 1.00 as precision, so the class with a high number of images is likely to be correct. in this model, deglet scored high precision, while the number of samples was just seven. this result was due to the model having a small number of test sets—no more than 2 images in the test phase. although the scattering wavelet needs a small number of samples for training, it is better to have more images to prove the generalization of the model in predicting a specific class. table 3. performance table for rf classifier for aiadi dataset date class precision recall f1-score support adam deglet nour 1.00 1.00 1.00 14 ajina 1.00 0.88 0.93 16 bayd hmam 0.94 0.88 0.91 17 bouaarous 0.95 0.94 0.95 20 degla bayda 0.94 1.00 0.94 18 deglet 1.00 0.86 0.92 7 deglet ghabia 1.00 1.00 1.00 5 deglet kahla 0.89 1.00 0.94 17 dfar lgat 1.00 0.92 0.96 25 dgoul 1.00 0.95 0.98 22 ghars 1.00 1.00 1.00 13 hamraya 1.00 0.86 0.92 14 loullou 0.93 1.00 0.96 13 tanslit 0.81 1.00 0.90 13 tantbucht 1.00 0.95 0.97 19 tarmount 0.80 1.00 0.89 16 techbeh tati 1.00 0.92 0.96 26 tinisin. 1.00 0.95 0.98 22 tivisyaouin 1.00 1.00 1.00 9 accuracy 0.95 figure 10. random forest confusion matrix for aiadi dataset hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 372 the second model to be tested was the linear svm. the hyperparameter of the penalty rate c was accomplished by the operating range of c values over svm using grid search. the best c was 0.01, which yielded the highest performance accuracy of 0.92. the svm model achieved higher accuracy than the rf because the dataset was small with high dimensionality. rf can face overfitting in small datasets, especially when dealing with many scattering coefficients as feature sets. in contrast, svm can be more efficient with a limited dataset because svm tends to be more efficient in a high-dimensional setting when the number of data points is enough to define the margin. table 4 shows the precision and recall of predicting each date fruit class, and figure 11 presents the confusion matrix. table 4. performance table for svm classifier date class precision recall f1-score support ajwa 1.00 1.00 1.00 44 galaxy 0.97 0.88 0.92 32 medjool 0.95 0.86 0.90 22 meneifi 0.79 1.00 0.88 45 nabat-ali 0.97 0.86 0.91 42 rutab 0.96 0.82 0.88 28 shaishi 0.92 0.92 0.92 37 sokeri 0.94 0.96 0.95 49 sugaey 0.82 0.85 0.84 33 accuracy 0.92 332 figure 11. svm confusion matrix linear svc with a c rate of 0.01 was tested with the second dataset. the results of the test are in table 5 and figure 12. the svc achieved an accuracy of 0.93. again, tanslit class prediction was the lowest in precision, about 0.69, while techbeh tati and tinisin registered precision, reaching 1.0. in the second dataset, the svm did not perform as well as in the first dataset because the dimensionality of the scattering coefficient of 20 date fruit classes was too high. the high dimensionality of the data with some overlapped features between date fruit classes may cause the data to be unclear and inseparable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 373 table 5. performance table for svm classifier for the second dataset. date class precision recall f1-score support 0 adam deglet nour 0.93 1.00 0.97 14 1 ajina 0.94 1.00 0.97 16 2 bayd hmam 0.94 0.94 0.94 17 3 bouaarous 0.95 0.90 0.92 20 4 degla bayda 0.94 0.94 0.94 18 5 deglet 1.00 0.71 0.83 7 6 deglet ghabia 0.80 0.80 0.80 5 7 deglet kahla 0.94 1.00 0.97 17 8 dfar lgat 1.00 1.00 1.00 25 9 dgoul 0.96 1.00 0.98 22 10 ghars 0.93 1.00 0.96 13 11 hamraya 0.92 0.86 0.89 14 12 litima 0.89 0.94 0.92 18 13 loullou 0.93 1.00 0.96 13 14 tanslit 0.69 0.85 0.76 13 15 tantbucht 1.00 0.95 0.97 19 16 tarmount 0.88 0.94 0.91 16 17 techbeh tati 1.00 0.88 0.94 26 18 tinisin. 1.00 0.82 0.90 22 19 tivisyaouin 0.80 0.89 0.84 9 accuracy 0.92 324 figure 12. svm confusion matrix for aiadi dataset the third model is the classification of the stacking ensemble model. the stacking classifier consisted of two local learners (rf and svm). the predictions of local learners are used to train the meta-learner, which is a logistic regression model. stacking models show a preponderance over the two previous models (rf and svm) separately. the efficiency of stacking appears clearly from the values in table 6 and the confusion matrix in figure 13. the accuracy is 0.99 for the stacking classification model. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 374 table 6. performance table for stacking classifier date class precision recall f1-score support ajwa 1.00 1.00 1.00 45 galaxy 1.00 0.97 0.98 32 medjool 0.95 0.95 0.95 22 meneifi 0.96 1.00 0.98 45 nabat-ali 1.00 1.00 1.00 41 rutab 1.00 0.97 0.98 29 shaishi 1.00 1.00 1.00 37 sokari 0.98 1.00 0.99 49 sugaey 1.00 0.97 0.98 33 accuracy 0.99 according to the confusion matrix, ajwa is the date class with the highest classification success in all models. in contrast, the medjool class and meneifi class were always at lower rates compared to the other classes in all three models. the stacking model outperforms svm and rf separately in this dataset because stacking allows both svm and rf to learn from each other. so, the hyper-learner combines insights to make better predictions. table 6 registered 0.99 as the general accuracy for the stacking model for the first kaggle dataset. in contrast, the accuracies for the same dataset were 0.84 and 0.95 for both rf and svm, respectively. these results refer to the leveraging of the efficiency of scattering wavelets as discriminative features by using stacking as a classifier model. the third stacking classifier was tested with the aiadi dataset and scored the highest with a macro-average accuracy of 0.98. stacking achieved stable results within all classes, as in table 7 and figure 13, in terms of precision, recall, and f-score. table 7. performance table for stacking classifier for aiadi dataset date class precision recall f1-score support adam deglet nour 1.00 1.00 1.00 14 ajina 1.00 0.94 0.97 16 bayd hmam 1.00 0.94 0.97 17 bouaarous 1.00 0.90 0.95 20 degla bayda 1.00 1.00 1.00 18 deglet 1.00 1.00 1.00 7 deglet ghabia 1.00 1.00 1.00 5 deglet kahla 1.00 1.00 1.00 17 dfar lgat 1.00 1.00 1.00 25 dgoul 1.00 1.00 1.00 22 ghars 1.00 1.00 1.00 13 hamraya 1.00 1.00 1.00 14 litima 0.95 1.00 0.97 18 loullou 1.00 1.00 1.00 13 tanslit 0.87 1.00 0.93 13 tantbucht 1.00 0.95 0.97 19 tarmount 0.89 1.00 0.94 16 techbeh tati 1.00 0.92 0.96 26 tinisin 0.92 1.00 0.96 22 tivisyaouin 1.00 1.00 1.00 9 accuracy 0.98 324 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 375 despite the high number of classes and the differentiation in the number of images between the classes, using scattering wavelet features with a stacking ensemble classifier achieved firm performance. figure 13. random forest confusion matrix for aiadi dataset aiadi et al. relied on the fusion of the principal component analysis (pca) and visual geometry group (vgg) features into one feature set. the extracted features were fed into knn, svm, and dt classifiers. the dt classifier achieved 0.93 accuracy, knn registered 0.97 accuracy, and svm achieved 0.99 accuracy, despite the degla bayda class achieving only 0.65 accuracy. the litima date class also recorded an accuracy of 0.85. accordingly, aiadi et al.’s proposed model has wiggles in some classes. in contrast, our proposed model, which depends on wavelet scattering features, appeared more robust and stable in predicting all classes. (a) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 376 (b) (c) figure 14. roc curves (a) random forest, (b) svm, (c) stacking ensemble the roc_auc curve of rf obtained for each date fruit class is offered in figure 14(a). the performance of the rf model was moderate in predicting some classes, while the roc curve for svm in figure 14(b) shows that the prediction rate of most classes becomes closer to the upper left corner of the plot. this means the ratio of tp to fp has increased. last, in figure 14(c), it is noticeable that most of the classes’ curves are in the upper left corner, which confirms that all classes predicted high performance with evidence of a high tp rate to the fp rate. the stacking model shows high performance in classifying the date fruits because of its learning behavior. the stacking learning paradigm relies on a learning meta-model that learns from an internal classifier, which is the reason for the absence of overfitting in ensemble models. stacking models also helps in avoiding model selection overhead, which is the process of choosing the most efficient model among the various models. using stacking classifiers with scattering coefficients is more suitable than deep dense classifiers that need tuning of hyper-parameters and work effectively on big datasets. the scattering wavelet acts as an efficient discriminative feature that succeeded in classifying the date fruit with close texture patterns even when the dataset is small to moderate in size. in the roc-auc curves for the second dataset, both the rf and svm classifiers show moderate performance in predicting some classes. in figure 15, for the rf for the classes ajina and _adam deglet nour, the roc covered 0.94, while for the svm classes of deglet kahla, which is class number 5, the roc value was 0.86. while stacking rocauc for some classes, like deglet ghabia, registered at least 0.96 of the area. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 377 (a) (b) (c) figure 15. roc curves (a) random forest, (b) svm and (c) stacking ensemble for aiadi dataset hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 378 consequently, it can be said that higher classification success is attained in comparison with other studies using equivalent datasets, see table 8. to summarize, our method achieved a high result and accuracy of classification when the number of images in the training data was 70% and the best accuracy when the training data was 80%. to be able to enhance the average classification success to the 100% level, more images are required. in future studies, it is predicted that classification success will increase through more date fruit images. table 8. methods comparing with their accuracy reference image total accuracy [20] 325 73% [23] 500 89.2% [7] 3228 97.21% [22] 450 98% [2] 800 98% our method 1658 99% the success of the proposed model over the previous research relates to the use of a scattering wavelet to extract discriminative features. this type of wavelet transform that can extract the low frequencies of the texture pattern has proven itself in the experiment as an efficient feature. cnn models may struggle to classify fruits if the images are close to each other in shape, texture, and color. even the complex cnn models might fail to classify fruits in the case of small datasets. therefore, the scattering wavelet feature succeeded in the two tested datasets because it minimized the class differences while preserving discriminability between dataset classes. the number of images in each class is not high in the test datasets. so, scattering wavelet features are more effective as a discriminative feature. also, we choose scattering wavelets instead of rgb images because fruit images are affected by lightning conditions and camera angles, making the extracted features unstable, less informative, and less meaningful for any classifier, especially for small datasets. rf and svm are often used with stacking combinations because the two algorithms can improve each other’s efficiency. rf efficiently classifies data with many features, while svm is reasonable for high-dimensional non-linear data. as a result, the combination of rf and svm through the stacking approach creates a robust model that performs better than either model alone. 8. conclusion dates are one of the essential ancient fruits that play a vital role in the modern diets of several nations. they have a large global market and significant economic importance due to their versatility, enabling them to be transformed into many different products. many researchers have tested various directions to design a framework for detecting date fruit classes. some used machine learning models with features like the color and shape of the date fruit. others used modern deep learning models like cnn. consequently, all paradigms that depended on the shape or color faced the overlapping of features between the date fruit classes. as a result, this research tried to find another paradigm that uses texture features as numeric coefficients with a machine-learning classifier. our proposed model is capable of classifying date fruit without the need for timeconsuming and complicated physical measurements. the scattering wavelet shows efficiency in date fruit texture analysis by extracting the discriminative features for each date fruit type. scattering analysis of texture shows superiority over other features like shape and color to classify date fruit. because the shape and color features may be common in many classes of date fruit, both mentioned features cannot be reliable for this target. the dominance of the proposed paradigm is reflected in the results, which show an efficient classifier tested with two benchmarked datasets. scattering the coefficient of date fruit tissue with a stacking classifier was efficient and better than using separated machine learning models. this research highlighted the importance of the texture, or tissue, of the fruit as a successful feature that can be used to distinguish between date fruit classes. there are two scattering wavelet limitations. first, converting the texture of the date class into numeric features as well as decomposing and reconstructing signals of the date fruit texture consume time. so, this can make the scattering wavelet feature limited in real-time applications. second, selecting the degree of decomposition of the scattering feature can be complex and needs to be tested. in future work, scattering wavelet texture will be used to classify the maturity rating of other fruits. also, the scattering wavelet paradigm has to be optimized for the aspect of time. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 379 9. declarations 9.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.a.a. and a.b.a.a.; methodology, a.a.a.; software, a.b.a.a.; validation, v.s.; formal analysis, v.s.; investigation, a.b.a.a.; resources, a.a.a.; writing—original draft preparation, a.b.a.a. and v.s.; writing—review and editing, v.s.; visualization, a.b.a.a.; supervision, a.a.a.; project administration, a.a.a.; funding acquisition, a.a.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 9.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 9.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 9.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 9.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 9.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 10. references [1] albarrak, k., gulzar, y., hamid, y., mehmood, a., & soomro, a. b. (2022). a deep learning-based model for date fruit classification. sustainability (switzerland), 14(10), 6339. doi:10.3390/su14106339. [2] muhammad, g. (2015). date fruits classification using texture descriptors and shape-size features. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 37, 361–367. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2014.10.001. [3] haidar, a., dong, h., & mavridis, n. (2012). image-based date fruit classification. international congress on ultra-modern telecommunications and control systems and workshops, 357–363. doi:10.1109/icumt.2012.6459693. [4] alharbi, k. l., raman, j., & shin, h. j. (2021). date fruit and seed in nutricosmetics. cosmetics, 8(3), 59. doi:10.3390/cosmetics8030059. [5] khayer, m. a., hasan, m. s., & sattar, a. (2021). arabian date classification using cnn algorithm with various pre-trained models. proceedings of the 3rd international conference on intelligent communication technologies and virtual mobile networks, icicv 2021, 1431–1436. doi:10.1109/icicv50876.2021.9388413. [6] muhammad, g. (2014). automatic date fruit classification by using local texture descriptors and shape-size features. proceedings uksim-amss 8th european modelling symposium on computer modelling and simulation, ems 2014, 174–179. doi:10.1109/ems.2014.63. [7] alsirhani, a., siddiqi, m. h., mostafa, a. m., ezz, m., & mahmoud, a. a. (2023). a novel classification model of date fruit dataset using deep transfer learning. electronics (switzerland), 12(3), 665. doi:10.3390/electronics12030665. [8] nasiri, a., taheri-garavand, a., & zhang, y. d. (2019). image-based deep learning automated sorting of date fruit. postharvest biology and technology, 153, 133–141. doi:10.1016/j.postharvbio.2019.04.003. [9] momeny, m., jahanbakhshi, a., jafarnezhad, k., & zhang, y. d. (2020). accurate classification of cherry fruit using deep cnn based on hybrid pooling approach. postharvest biology and technology, 166, 111204. doi:10.1016/j.postharvbio.2020.111204. [10] zhang, d., lee, d. j., tippetts, b. j., & lillywhite, k. d. (2014). date maturity and quality evaluation using color distribution analysis and back projection. journal of food engineering, 131, 161–169. doi:10.1016/j.jfoodeng.2014.02.002. [11] ammari, a. c., khriji, l., & awadalla, m. (2020). hw/sw co-’esign for dates classification on xilinx zynq soc. conference of open innovation association, fruct, 2020-april, 10–15. doi:10.23919/fruct48808.2020.9087548. [12] altaheri, h., alsulaiman, m., & muhammad, g. (2019). date fruit classification for robotic harvesting in a natural environment using deep learning. ieee access, 7, 117115–117133. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2936536. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 380 [13] ishikawa, t., hayashi, a., nagamatsu, s., kyutoku, y., dan, i., wada, t., oku, k., saeki, y., uto, t., tanabata, t., isobe, s., & kochi, n. (2018). classification of strawberry fruit shape by machine learning. international archives of the photogrammetry, remote sensing and spatial information sciences isprs archives, 42(2), 463–470. doi:10.5194/isprs-archives-xlii-2-4632018. [14] rybacki, p., niemann, j., derouiche, s., chetehouna, s., boulaares, i., seghir, n. m., diatta, j., & osuch, a. (2024). convolutional neural network (cnn) model for the classification of varieties of date palm fruits (phoenix dactylifera l.). sensors, 24(2), 558. doi:10.3390/s24020558. [15] fadel, m. (2007). date fruits classification using probabilistic neural networks. agricultural engineering international: cigr journal, 9, 1-11. [16] m.alrajeh, k., & a. a. alzohairy, t. (2012). date fruits classification using mlp and rbf neural networks. international journal of computer applications, 41(10), 36–41. doi:10.5120/5579-7686. [17] sahidullah, m., nayan, n. m., morshed, m. s., hossain, m. m., & islam, m. u. (2023). date fruit classification with machine learning and explainable artificial intelligence. international journal of computer applications, 184(50), 1–5. doi:10.5120/ijca2023922617. [18] özaltin, ö. (2024). date fruit classification by using image features based on machine learning algorithms. research in agricultural sciences, 55(1), 26–35. doi:10.5152/auaf.2024.23171. [19] ghazal, s., qureshi, w. s., khan, u. s., iqbal, j., rashid, n., & tiwana, m. i. (2021). analysis of visual features and classifiers for fruit classification problem. computers and electronics in agriculture, 187, 106267. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2021.106267. [20] abi sen, a. a., bahbouh, n. m., alkhodre, a. b., aldhawi, a. m., aldham, f. a., & aljabri, m. i. (2020). a classification algorithm for date fruits. proceedings of the 7th international conference on computing for sustainable global development, indiacom 2020, 235–239. doi:10.23919/indiacom49435.2020.9083706. [21] koklu, m., kursun, r., taspinar, y. s., & cinar, i. (2021). classification of date fruits into genetic varieties using image analysis. mathematical problems in engineering, 2021, 1–13. doi:10.1155/2021/4793293. [22] noutfia, y., & ropelewska, e. (2023). innovative models built based on image textures using traditional machine learning algorithms for distinguishing different varieties of moroccan date palm fruit (phoenix dactylifera l.). agriculture (switzerland), 13(1), 26. doi:10.3390/agriculture13010026. [23] magsi, a., ahmed mahar, j., & danwar, s. h. (2019). date fruit recognition using feature extraction techniques and deep convolutional neural network. indian journal of science and technology, 12(32), 1–12. doi:10.17485/ijst/2019/v12i32/146441. [24] almomen, m., al-saeed, m., & ahmad, h. f. (2023). date fruit classification based on surface quality using convolutional neural network models. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(13), 7821. doi:10.3390/app13137821. [25] alhamdan, w. s. n., & howe, j. m. (2021). classification of date fruits in a controlled environment using convolutional neural networks. advances in intelligent systems and computing, 1339, 154–163. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-69717-4_16. [26] al-sabaawi, a., hasan, r. i., fadhel, m. a., al-shamma, o., & alzubaidi, l. (2021). employment of pre-trained deep learning models for date classification: a comparative study. intelligent systems design and applications: 20th international conference on intelligent systems design and applications (isda 2020), december 12-15, 2020, 181–189. doi:10.1007/9783-030-71187-0_17. [27] alresheedi, k. m., aladhadh, s., khan, r. u., & qamar, a. m. (2022). dates fruit recognition: from classical fusion to deep learning. computer systems science and engineering, 40(1), 151–166. doi:10.32604/csse.2022.017931. [28] ibrahim, d. m., & elshennawy, n. m. (2022). improving date fruit classification using cyclegan-generated dataset. cmes computer modeling in engineering and sciences, 130(3), 331-348. doi:10.32604/cmes.2022.016419. [29] nadhif, m. f., & dwiasnati, s. (2023). classification of date fruit types using cnn algorithm based on type. malcom: indonesian journal of machine learning and computer science, 3(1), 36–42. doi:10.57152/malcom.v3i1.724. [30] faisal, m., alsulaiman, m., arafah, m., & mekhtiche, m. a. (2020). ihds: intelligent harvesting decision system for date fruit based on maturity stage using deep learning and computer vision. ieee access, 8, 167985–167997. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3023894. [31] indriani, o. r., kusuma, e. j., sari, c. a., rachmawanto, e. h., & setiadi, d. r. i. m. (2017). tomatoes classification using knn based on glcm and hsv color space. proceedings 2017 international conference on innovative and creative information technology: computational intelligence and iot, icitech 2017, 2018-january, 1–6. doi:10.1109/innocit.2017.8319133. [32] mallat, s. (2012). group invariant scattering. communications on pure and applied mathematics, 65(10), 1331–1398. doi:10.1002/cpa.21413. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 381 [33] bruna, j., & mallat, s. (2013). invariant scattering convolution networks. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 35(8), 1872–1886. doi:10.1109/tpami.2012.230. [34] aiadi, o., khaldi, b., kherfi, m. l., mekhalfi, m. l., & alharbi, a. (2022). date fruit sorting based on deep learning and discriminant correlation analysis. ieee access, 10, 79655–79668. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3194550. [35] jin, y., & duan, y. (2020). wavelet scattering network-based machine learning for ground penetrating radar imaging: application in pipeline identification. remote sensing, 12(21), 1–24. doi:10.3390/rs12213655. [36] soro, b., & lee, c. (2019). a wavelet scattering feature extraction approach for deep neural network based indoor fingerprinting localization. sensors (switzerland), 19(8), 1790. doi:10.3390/s19081790. [37] mienye, i. d., & sun, y. (2022). a survey of ensemble learning: concepts, algorithms, applications, and prospects. ieee access, 10, 99129–99149. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3207287. [38] kumar, m., singhal, s., shekhar, s., sharma, b., & srivastava, g. (2022). optimized stacking ensemble learning model for breast cancer detection and classification using machine learning. sustainability (switzerland), 14(21), 13998. doi:10.3390/su142113998. [39] taspinar, y. s., cinar, i., & koklu, m. (2022). classification by a stacking model using cnn features for covid-19 infection diagnosis. journal of x-ray science and technology, 30(1), 73–88. doi:10.3233/xst-211031. [40] alhamdan, w. s. n. (2024). date fruit image dataset in controlled environment: single date fruit images taken in a controlled environment. available online: https://www.kaggle.com/datasets/wadhasnalhamdan/date-fruit-image-dataset-in-controlledenvironment?resource=download (accessed on march 2024). https://www.kaggle.com/datasets/wadhasnalhamdan/date-fruit-image-dataset-in-controlled-environment?resource=download https://www.kaggle.com/datasets/wadhasnalhamdan/date-fruit-image-dataset-in-controlled-environment?resource=download available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1101 issn: 2723-9535 outlier detection in vpn authentication logs for corporate computer networks access using crisp-dm nilo legowo 1* , wilyu mahendra bad 1 1 information systems management department, binus graduate program – master of information systems management, bina nusantara university, jakarta 11480, indonesia. received 14 june 2024; revised 27 october 2024; accepted 09 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract a virtual private network (vpn) serves as a critical network access solution widely employed by corporations, enabling users to connect to company computer networks via a global infrastructure. amid the ongoing covid-19 pandemic, heightened reliance on computer network access has increased the vulnerability to data breaches by unauthorized parties. this necessitates a proactive approach from companies to safeguard data integrity, particularly by identifying abnormal access patterns and timestamps. this study aims to develop a model for detecting anomalous activities within authentication log data obtained from vpn usage. the dataset comprises log entries from september to november 2022, totaling 36,807 records, selected via a systematic sampling approach. two key attributes, namely user id and access time, are analyzed to trace access patterns. employing the crisp-dm method ensures a structured and efficient research process. the selection of the k value in the k-nearest neighbors (k-nn) method significantly impacts outlier detection and can be tailored to suit organizational requirements. by utilizing the k-means algorithm for data clustering and k-nn for measuring inter-point distances, the study identifies outliers that warrant further investigation by the company. integration of the proposed model into the company's big data platform facilitates real-time monitoring, enabling the security team to preemptively address potential threats and mitigate network access misuse. by enhancing awareness and responsiveness to information security risks, the model contributes to fortifying the company's cyber security posture amidst evolving digital landscapes. keywords: outlier detection; log vpn; k-nearest neighbors, k-means; data mining; crisp-dm. 1. introduction all companies engaged in the field of service provisions, including telecommunications, require information technology support to deliver quality services to stakeholders. maintaining the quality of service to stakeholders in the use of data, information in application systems, and computer networks that can be accessed by users from various places without being limited by distance and time is the company's main priority for sustaining its business presence. the involvement of many parties is unavoidable to achieve this goal, so a secure solution is needed for accessing the company's computer network. one solution that can be used is to implement virtual private networks (vpn) technology. vpns are reliable and cost-effective because the communication media is built using the internet for accessing the company's network [1]. * corresponding author: nlegowo@binus.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-016  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0214-764x hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1102 large-scale companies frequently use computer networks to access application systems on servers. the use of information data facilities in applications accessible via the internet network often encounters various vulnerabilities, including unauthorized user access that can lead to data theft. these security risks pose significant threats to information security and can impact business continuity. access via vpn computer networks requires vigilance against unauthorized access as a precaution against cybercrime. employees or third parties outside the office who need access to network devices or servers from applications can use a vpn [2]. vpn is a technology that allows you to connect to a local network using a public network, providing the same rights and settings as an office network or local area network (lan) [1]. the use of vpn to access the application system requires supervision of users or employees who access the company's computer network from both inside and outside the office, without any time and distance limitation [1]. the company appoints a network administrator to implement general preventive measures against possible attacks and fraud from users or outside parties. however, there may still be vulnerabilities or deliberate actions by those with access rights. based on the previously described information, an initial step to minimize losses from cybercrime is to implement early detection of anomalous activities. this process involves several stages that must be completed. the first step is to collect data from activities, which will then be processed to detect anomalous activities. this requires a process to obtain readable information for decision-making. however, implementing a vpn doesn’t eliminate the potential for access abuse activities. such abuse can originate from within the company itself; this is illustrated in 5 basic security threats shown in figure 1 [3]. figure 1. basic threats to security [3] based on figure 1, approximately 10% of security comes from dishonest employees, while only 5% comes from outside parties or third parties. the largest percentage involves unintentional human errors, although this data can vary depending on the level of personal or business activities conducted online [3]. a recent case of access abuse involved public figure denny siregar, where personal data that should have been protected for privacy was actually disseminated by irresponsible individuals, who were third parties associated with the company [4]. access rights granted to employees are often misused due to negligence, including the provision of freedom of access for employees and third parties [1]. this creates a significant potential for misuse of these access rights when using the company's internal network via vpn [2]. therefore, based on this case, a method is needed to prevent or minimize the potential for misuse of access by individuals within the company. this aims to design a model for detecting anomalous activity using vpn authentication logs by applying the k-nearest neighbors method and the crisp-dm methodology. this study attempts to utilize vpn authentication log data to propose a method for detecting activities that deviate from the typical behavior of registered parties or those with vpn access. this method aims to identify and prevent potential access misuse activities, whether by third parties or internal company personnel. the theoretical concept of knowledge discovery in databases (kdd) involves methods for transforming raw data into usable information. this paper employs several stages of kdd, including variable selection, data cleaning, and data transformation. once the data is normalized, it is used as a dataset for training purposes. detecting activities outside the established pattern requires many steps and the use of various methods. one effective method is the k-nearest neighbor algorithm, which is a popular method and widely used by researchers to detect global outliers [5]. before detecting outliers, it is important to group the data, and k-nearest neighbor is known for its simplicity and efficiency [6]. the author employs the cross-industry standard process for data mining (crisp-dm) to ensure a more targeted approach in building an outlier detection model. crisp-dm, a widely used methodology in data mining, involves identifying, validating, and analyzing various data sources to obtain information [7]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1103 by combining the k-nearest neighbor method, k-means clustering, and outlier detection techniques with the crisp-dm framework, researchers can design a model to detect anomalous activity using vpn authentication logs. this approach enables companies to identify unusual activities and mitigate potential access abuse. the reason for using the knn and k-mean methods by applying the k-means method for the data grouping process [8] and k-nn for scoring the distance between data points [9] is that the author successfully identified outliers that warranted further investigation by the company. this presents a challenge for an organization on how to utilize log data to be processed and useful for detecting anomalies through business intelligence methods. the processed results can assist management with decisionmaking and help determine whether activities lead to potential fraud. 2. literature review 2.1. vpn (virtual private network) a vpn is a solution that provides a secure network architecture over a public network, reducing huge infrastructure costs [1]. it can be described as an authenticated and encrypted tunnel that functions as a virtual leased line over a public infrastructure (see figure 2) [2]. figure 2. typical vpn scenario [1] 2.2. outlier detection outliers are types of data that have different, inconsistent, and irrelevant characteristics in the data set. the process of identifying the given data is known as outlier detection [7]. outlier or anomaly detection involves identifying patterns that deviate from regular, defined behavior [10]. several approaches can be used to detect outlier data, including statistical-based, depth-based, deviation-based, distance-based, density-based, and high-dimensional approaches [7]. the comparison between these techniques can be seen in table 1: table 1. comparison table parameters techniques algorithms cluster based distance based density based computational cost low low high efficiency very efficient efficient efficient high-dimensional data applicable applicable applicable complexity less complex moderately complex highly complex 2.3. k-nearest neighbors method this distance-based method performs anomaly detection by calculating the distance between data points. a data point is considered an outlier if it is far from its nearest neighbor. k-nearest neighbor is a distance-based method and is widely used in research. the initial stage of this method involves searching for the nearest neighbors for each data point. the distances to these nearest neighbors are then used to calculate the outlier value. in essence, this method examines the surrounding data to determine the distance and density, which serve as a reference for detecting data outliers [5]. the k-nn method can be defined as follows [9]: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1104 1. the first definition (k distance). for point p (x, y), distance between p and k-the nearest neighbor pk (xk, yk) is k-distance from p and denotes dk (p): 𝐷𝑘(𝑝) = √(𝑦 − 𝑦𝑘))2 + (𝑥 − 𝑥𝑘)2 (1) 2. the second definition (maximum value of dk). given k and m values, p is considered an outlier if it gives a value less than m-1 from a data point that has a greater magnitude value dk than the p value. 3. the third definition (outlier). a given k value, for any data point p, if dk (p)> t, then p will be considered as an outlier with t as the threshold. 4. the fourth definition (k-dist histogram). there is a clear k-distance value for each data point in unsupervised approach procedures. distribution of all distances described by the k-dist histogram in different intervals. each pillar presents the k-dist quantity at k in a certain range in the histogram. the k-nearest neighbor (knn) algorithm categorizes objects or data based on the training data points nearest to them [11]. the algorithm identifies the closest 𝑘 training samples and predicts the class of a given test sample based on the majority class among these nearest neighbors [12]. the selection of the 𝑘 value, which represents the number of nearest neighbors to consider, can be optimized through parameter tuning techniques such as cross-validation. increasing the 𝑘 value can help mitigate the impact of noise on the classification process. 2.4. k-means k-means is a traditional clustering technique that uses the k parameter to determine the number of clusters to form. initially, k point is randomly selected as the cluster center [8]. k-means is a non-hierarchical data grouping method where data with similar characteristics are grouped in one cluster, while data with differing characteristics are assigned into different clusters [6]. the steps in k-means can be described as follows [6]: 1. determine k (number of clusters to be formed), using the elbow criterion method with the following equation: 𝑆𝑆𝐸 = ∑ ∑ ‖𝑁𝑖 − 𝐶𝑘‖ 𝑋𝑖=𝑆𝑘 𝐾 𝐾=1 (2) 2. determine the initial k point of the cluster center (centroid) which is done randomly. determination of the initial centroid is conducted randomly from the available objects as many as k clusters to calculate the next centroid of the with cluster, the following is the used formula: 𝑉 = ∑ 𝑋𝑛 𝑖=1 1 𝑛 , 𝑖 = 1, 2, 3, … , 𝑛 (3) 3. calculate the distance from each object to each centroid of each cluster using euclidean distance, with the following equation: 𝑑(𝑥, 𝑦) = ‖𝑥 − 𝑦‖√ ∑ (𝑥𝑖 − 𝑦𝑖) 2 𝑛 𝑖=1 ∶ 𝑖 = 1,2,3, … . . 𝑛) (4) 4. allocate each object into the nearest centroid. the allocation of objects into each cluster during iteration is generally conducted by means of hard k-means in which each object is clearly stated as a member of the cluster by measuring its proximity to the cluster’s center point. 5. iterate and then determine the position of the new centroid using the equation. 6. repeat step three if the new centroid positions are not the same. 2.5. knowledge discovery in databases knowledge discovery in databases (kdd) is a concept that describes the non-trivial process of identifying novel, valid, potentially useful patterns in data and explaining their significance [13]. the term "pattern" refers to a subset of data expressed in some language or model, used to convey meaningful information about the data. the purpose of kdd according to gullo [14] is to find patterns that: a. does not result in a direct (i.e., non-trivial) count of a predetermined quantity. b. can be applied to new data with some degree of certainty (i.e., valid), c. unknown so far (i.e., novel), d. provide several benefits for users or for further (i.e., potentially useful) assignments, and e. lead to useful insights, immediately or after some post-processing (i.e., understandable) concept. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1105 2.6. crisp-dm crisp-dm is an extension of the original knowledge discovery database process, consisting of the stages of business understanding, data understanding, data preparation, modeling, evaluation, and application. figure 3 shows the 6 stages in this method [15]: figure 3. crisp-dm process [15] the stages in crisp-dm do not necessarily follow a strict sequence as depicted in figure 3; the arrows indicate the dependencies that often occur between phases [16]. generally, the tasks in each stage build upon those of the previous phases, and iterative cycles are common, meaning the output of one phase can influence the subsequent stages [17]. data mining involves extracting patterns and trends from vast datasets to generate new knowledge that aids researchers and informs decision-making processes [18]. this methodological process relies on sequential steps to achieve optimal outcomes, as outlined in the cross-industry standard process for data mining (crisp-dm) [17]. crisp-dm serves as an open standard process model, guiding data mining experts through six distinct stages: 1. business understanding researchers utilize data mining to derive insights that address business challenges and drive organizational growth. therefore, establishing clear business objectives is pivotal, as they influence subsequent processes and enhance the effectiveness of outcomes. defined objectives also inform algorithm selection and strategy development for the following stages. 2. data understanding data serves as the cornerstone of data mining endeavors. once business objectives are defined, researchers must thoroughly examine the dataset to guide subsequent data preparation steps. this stage involves identifying missing values, outliers, and data inconsistencies and ensuring data uniformity. visualization techniques are often employed to gain insights for subsequent modeling and analysis phases. 3. data preparation following data understanding, researchers refine the dataset to make it suitable for modeling. this entails addressing missing values, outliers, inconsistencies, and performing feature engineering and selection. categorical data is often converted into numerical formats using techniques like one-hot encoding or label encoding. additionally, the dataset is split into training and testing sets, ensuring balance for classification methods through oversampling or under sampling. 4. modeling prepared training data is utilized to train models that align with predefined business objectives. machine learning algorithms are applied to the dataset, typically including classification, clustering, or regression techniques. 5. evaluation the model's performance is assessed using testing data, with metrics such as accuracy, f1-score, recall, and precision providing evaluation criteria. this stage informs algorithm selection and feature performance analysis. if the model falls short of expectations, researchers iterate the process until desired outcomes are achieved. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1106 6. deployment the dynamic model obtained requires ongoing monitoring to ensure continued optimal performance. the deployment phase may also encompass final reports, software components, implementation planning, and maintenance efforts. in their 2015 research on network communication, kohout & pevný explored the potential of detecting persistent malware by analyzing its low variability. they developed a novel technique for identifying statistical patterns in network connections and employing outlier detection to recognize malicious activities. by leveraging minimal data, their method is efficient and easy to use. anomaly detection plays a crucial role in network security. the researchers showed that malicious persistent connections are more consistent compared to those of legitimate users, making them easily detectable as outliers [19]. the research involved observing specific features of intrusion detection systems (ics) network communication, such as packet arrival time, to create statistical profiles based on patterns in normal traffic. cyber-attacks on smart grid communications can have serious consequences for energy production and distribution. since attacks can originate both inside and outside the network, traditional security tools like firewalls and intrusion detection systems (ids), typically positioned at the network's edge, are inadequate for detecting internal threats. therefore, it is necessary to analyze the behavior of internal ics communications as well. this approach is effective, quick, and easy to implement. our experiments demonstrate that statistical-based anomaly detection can successfully identify common security incidents in ics communications [20]. this paper presents a novel algorithm called filterk, developed to improve the purity of k-means clusters derived from physical activity data by reducing the influence of outliers. the data, gathered via body-worn accelerometers, undergoes k-means clustering. the algorithm's effectiveness is evaluated against three existing outlier detection techniques: local outlier factor, isolation forest, and knn, using ground truth (class labels), average clustering, and event purity (acep). while the main objective of this new method is to enhance cluster purity for accelerometer data from physical activities, it also shows potential for application to other datasets that utilize k-means clustering [21]. outlier detection has gained significant attention in various disciplines, especially those related to machine learning and artificial intelligence. anomalies, regarded as distinct outliers, are classified into point, contextual, and collective outliers. significant challenges in this area include the indistinct boundary between distant points and natural clusters, the propensity for new data and noise to mimic authentic data, the lack of labeled datasets, and the diverse definitions of outliers across various domains. a universal, domain-agnostic approach is proposed to identify these anomalies in both unsupervised and supervised datasets. to tackle these challenges, we introduce new types of anomalies, named collective normal anomaly and collective point anomaly, to better delineate the subtle boundaries between different anomaly types [22]. in wireless sensor networks, measurements that significantly deviate from the usual pattern of sensed data are identified as outliers. these outliers can be caused by disturbances, errors, specific events, or malicious attacks on the network. traditional outlier detection methods are often unsuitable for wireless sensor networks due to the unique characteristics of sensor data and the particular requirements and constraints of these networks. this survey provides a comprehensive overview of current outlier detection techniques specifically tailored for wireless sensor networks. the paper addresses the challenge of outlier detection in wsns and presents a taxonomy framework to categorize the current outlier detection methods designed for these networks [23]. the statistical community has extensively studied outlier detection in time series data, with several surveys underscoring the research conducted in this area. likewise, the computer science community has made substantial contributions to temporal outlier detection from a computational perspective. advances in hardware technology have enabled various mechanisms for collecting temporal data, while software innovations have led to diverse data management techniques. consequently, numerous types of datasets—such as data streams, spatiotemporal data, distributed flows, temporal networks, and time series data—are now generated by many applications. there is an increasing need for a thorough and organized exploration of outlier detection methods as they apply to these temporal datasets. in computer networks, techniques for detecting outliers in temporal data are extensively used for intrusion detection. these methods leverage multivariate time series data that monitor metrics such as the number of bytes, packets, ip-level flows, protocol types, and the amount of data transferred in tcp connections. these techniques are employed to identify anomalies like high-speed point-to-point byte transfers, denial of service (dos) attacks, distributed denial of service (ddos) attacks, and network scans targeting specific ports. moreover, outliers are detected using subspace methods derived from the multivariate statistical process control literature [24]. this research aims to develop a personalized classifier to detect four categories of human activities: light-intensity activities, moderate-intensity activities, vigorous-intensity activities, and falls. to address the challenges posed by the varying inertial sensor signal distributions among users, a user-adaptive algorithm is proposed that combines k-means hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1107 clustering, the local outlier factor (lof), and the multivariate gaussian distribution (mgd). an improved k-means algorithm with an innovative initialization method has been developed to automatically cluster and label activity data for individual users. since the inertial sensor data distribution varies considerably between users, an activity recognition classifier trained on one user's data may not perform well when applied to other users. experimental results show that the proposed model can effectively adapt to new users while maintaining high recognition accuracy [25]. 3. research methodology in conducting this research, the author followed a scientific research methodology that integrates practical field stages with theoretical frameworks. the research methodology is outlined through the flow of the framework used as a reference. the stages of the research, based on these frameworks, are illustrated in figure 4. problem identification study literature analysis business understanding selection preprocessing transformation outlier detection model creation evaluate outlier detection model recomendation business understanding data understanding log analysis data preparation modelling evaluation deployment planning figure 4. research methodology in the initial stage of the research, the author planned the study by investigating access issues encountered by company employees with the vpn network. additionally, a literature review is conducted on previous research related to outlier detection and the use of the crips-dm method. the second stage involves understanding the business through the business understanding phase by analyzing the company's business process. the third stage, the data understanding, includes analyzing the computer network system by examining log data from all transaction access through the company's internal vpn network. the fourth stage is data preparation, which includes data selection, preprocessing, and transformation. the fifth stage is modeling, where outlier detection and model creation are performed. the sixth stage is evaluation, involving the assessment of evaluate outlier and detection model. the final stage is deployment, which includes recommendations. in this paper, the author employs the crisp-dm method as a framework stage to address the problem. the k-means method is used for data clustering, and knn is utilized to calculate data points. this approach aligns with the case described in the previous chapter. the literature review revealed that many studies focus on similar topics, such as outlier detection or anomalous activity. based on this review, the author selected the crisp-dm method as a reference for solving the problem. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1108 initially, the company faced significant issues due to the broad access rights granted to employees and third parties, which increased the potential for misuse. this situation aligns with the case described in the previous chapter. based on this, the authors found that many studies took the same topic, namely outlier detection or anomalous activity, with various methods, including using knn and k-means; then the author also used the same method, but in the discussion the author used the crisp-dm method as a reference stage to solve this problem. under current conditions, employees or third parties must meet the company's requirements to gain access to the company's internal network. this includes an agreement that can be enforced legally. these requirements help protect the company from both potential fraud by employees and third parties. after analyzing the current conditions (business understanding), employees and third parties must log into the vpn to access the corporate network. the vpn logs provide data that can be used as references for detecting outliers or anomalies. outlier detection focuses on two main attributes: user id and activity timestamp. to utilize the data from the company's big data platform, the following steps were undertaken: masking the original data to maintain the confidentiality and collecting sample data using simple random sampling techniques. log data from september to november totaling 122,691 records were analyzed, with 36,807 records selected in this study. the author will use the k-means method to group the data. the author employs a distance-based k-nearest neighbors method to detect outliers. however, prior to modeling, the data will be further refined to ensure it is suitable for the chosen method. this process will be conducted using the rapidminer tool, which serves as the primary tool for this study. the designed model shows potential for application within the company; however, the results of this outlier detection model certainly still require evaluation. to effectively implement this model, it is necessary to correlate the findings with the data related to the company. this research aims to provide recommendations that will help companies mitigate the risk of misuse of access to corporate networks. at this modeling stage, the authors refer to the sources of previous research that utilized similar modeling techniques to predict anomalies in vpn authentication logs at a university [26]. the following are the stages that will be undertaken in the modeling process: 1. cluster development in this research, the authors use 2 groups of data, including: a. working day group (weekday): this group consists of data groups where employees or third parties successfully authenticate to the vpn to access company devices. it includes vpn authentication activities performed on weekdays (monday, tuesday, wednesday, thursday, and friday). national holidays that fall on weekdays are not considered in this thesis. b. group holidays (weekend): this group consists of successful vpn authentication on saturdays and sundays. c. working hours group (office hour): this group consists of vpn authentication data conducted on working days and hours. in this study, the working hours used as a reference are from 08:00 am to 17:00 pm. d. group outside of working hours (non-office hour): this group consists of authentication data outside of point 2. outlier detection at this stage, the author will detect outliers in each group. the method used is the distance-based method. the expected output in this stage, the author will obtain unusual or anomaly data. 4. results and discussions the author employs the crisp-dm method, which consists of 6 main stages to develop recommendations for the company. the stages in the research are described as follows: 4.1. business understanding xyz company, a service provider company for its customers, involves many parties to maintain its services. consequently, many parties access the company's local network daily, making the role of a vpn crucial for restricting third-party access. the solution applied still carries the potential for misuse of access. for example, a single user account can be shared among multiple individuals, particularly since not all users are in the company for an extended period. because of this, a method or model for outlier detection is needed as a precaution against misuse of this access, in addition to the standard procedures applied. one of these sops is that users must sign an nda (non-disclosure agreement), which is protected by a legal. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1109 4.2. data understanding this study uses data derived from vpn activity logs generated by parties who have or gain access to the vpn. based on the information that can be found in the log data, the authors use 2 attributes to support this research: the user id and the timestamp of the activity. with these 2 attributes, the authors aim to detect anomalous activities early using the proposed method. this log data is generated every time a user logs into the vpn to access the corporate network. 4.3. data preparation before making a model, data preparation is essential. this study uses 2 main attributes taken from the vpn log, namely user id and access time. the initial stage involved extracting data from the available logs. in this study the authors used vpn authentication log data from september to november, which has a total of 122,691. however, only 30% of this data, amounting to 36,807 entries, was utilized in the study. data sampling was performed using random sampling techniques with the split data operator in rapidminer. with this operator, the distribution between data periods will be balanced. the distribution of the data from september to november was as follows: before sampling, the percentages were 40%, 24%, and 36%. the data distribution can be seen in the figure 5. figure 5. data sampling process after obtaining the dataset for this study, the authors masked the data to protect company privacy. the author mapped the original attributes and the replacement data on the user attributes to ensure that actual user information could not be retrieved from the dataset. 4.4. modelling in this modeling process, there are 4 main stages in the model that the author proposes: preprocessing, clustering, outlier detection and post-processing. in general, it can be described in figure 6. figure 6. outlier detection model hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1110 at the preprocessing stage, the authors extracted attributes related to the timing of activities. this was done using the rapidminer function, resulting in 4 new attributes: day, time: hour, time: minute, and time: second. each attribute represents the day, hour, minute, and second the activity occurred. with this data extraction process, the authors remove the date attribute, where the attribute has been extracted to become the attribute displayed in the table 2. table 2. example extracted date data id week: day time: hour time: minute time: second 1 6 0 9 54 2 6 0 9 2 3 6 0 9 28 4 6 0 9 6 5 6 0 9 40 the complete process in the preprocessing stage can be seen in the rapidminer process below (see figure 7). figure 7. preprocessing process after completing attribute extraction, the next step is to address any missing data points. missing points are filled with the average of the existing values. following this, nominal data is converted to numerical format and then normalized to ensure a balanced threshold. the author uses the k-means method for grouping. to determine the number of clusters, the centroid values of each attribute are analyzed, considering their proximity to other attributes. in this study, the authors chose to divide the number of groups into 4 groups. this is based on the centroid value, which is shown in table 3: table 3. comparison centroid score attribute cluster_0 cluster_1 cluster_2 cluster_3 week: day -0.987 0.758 -0.977 0.677 time: hour -0.038 -0.801 -0.052 1.146 time: minute 0.934 0.006 -0.954 0.002 time: second 0.042 0.000 -0.052 0.008 the author divides the groups into 4 because the centroid distance between these groups is far, and there is only one attribute that has a short distance between groups. this occurs in the week: the day attribute for groups cluster_0 and cluster_2. dividing the data into 5 or 6 groups results in centroid values that are closer to more than one attribute, which is less optimal. there is also the distribution of data from group 4 shown in the figure 8. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1111 figure 8. centroid per group based on the graph 8 above, the authors can see that group 3 is the group that has the highest centroid value in the time-hour attribute, while the smallest is in group 2. for the week: day attribute with the highest value belongs to group 1, while the lowest value is in group 2. small, include groups 0 and 2. as for the attribute time: minute, the group with the highest value was group 0, while the lowest was group 2. for time: second the highest was group 0, and the lowest was group 2. with the division into 4 groups, the distribution for the data is as follows: group 1 has the greatest number of data, namely 12,120 data, followed by group 3 with 9,077 data. while group 0 and group 2 have the total data of 7,840 and 7,770 of the total data of 36,807 data. the amount of data from each group is illustrated in the figure 9. figure 9. tree graph centroid the k-nn method was applied to evaluate each data, yielding values ranging from 0.1 to 0.5. based on these results, this study classified the data into 5 groups according to the obtained distance. this grouping is shown in table 4: table 4. grouping based on anomaly score group range 1 0.1 ≤ score < 0.2 2 0.2 ≤ score < 0.3 3 0.3 ≤ score < 0.4 4 0.4 ≤ score < 0.5 5 score ≥ 0.5 grouping based on the anomaly value is utilized for the next process at the post-processing stage. one of these steps is determining the threshold value of a group that is considered an outlier. in this study, the outlier data is derived from the group with the fewest members. the process for determining this threshold is illustrated in figure 10. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1112 figure 10. postprocessing process (threshold) the author obtains outlier data with a value of k = 5 as follows: a. cluster 0, with a total data of 7,840, the authors get 1 data detected as an outlier as follows (table 5): table 5. outlier data cluster 0 user date time outlier_flag outlier u0195 wed,16 sep 2020 01:14:59 true 0.405 this anomalous activity conducted by u0195 in the early hours of the morning outside working hours resulted in an outlier value of 0.405. from this, it can be concluded that the data can be grouped into 4 categories based on the outlier values obtained for each row. b. cluster 1. aligning with the data obtained in cluster 0, in cluster 1, there were 2 users who were detected doing anomalous activity. this activity is performed on sundays in the sense that it is performed outside working hours. this can be seen in the table 6: table 6. outlier data cluster 1 user date time outlier_flag outlier u3783 sun,20 sep 2020 08:39:47 true 0.423 u3849 sun,6 sep 2020 15:59:02 true 0.454 c. cluster 2. based on the outlier detection model using the k-means and k-nn clustering methods, for cluster 2 the following data obtained (table 7): table 7. outlier data cluster 2 user date time outlier_flag outlier u1224 fri,2 oct 2020 03:13:25 true 0.421 u5203 sun, 8 nov 2020 10:13:31 true 0.420 this data shows the activities carried out by u1224 and u5230 users, namely outside working hours. user u1224 conducted these activities on weekdays, while u5203 conducted these activities outside of working days. d. cluster 3. the last group with the number of data 9,077, the author detected an outlier data. similar to the previous results, outlier data is an activity conducted by u5369, which is carried out on saturdays around 3 in the morning, which is considered out of working hours. this is illustrated in the table 8: table 8. outlier data cluster 3 user date time outlier_flag u5367 sat, 19 sep 2020 03:24:01 true evaluation the grouping was conducted using the k-means method. the authors identified that the anomalies detected were associated with vpn user activity outside of working hours, whether on a regular working day or an open working day. from the results of the outlier values based on the k-nn method, the authors identified outlier’ data in each group. to determine the threshold for identifying outliers, the authors grouped the range of values from these outliers and selected the group with the fewest members as outliers. additionally, the authors can observe the outliers based on the figures 11 to 14. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1113 figure 11. graph outlier data cluster 0 figure 12. graph outlier data cluster 1 figure 13. graph outlier data cluster 2 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1114 figure 14. graph outlier data cluster 3 figures 11 to 14 depict the position of the outlier data in relation to other data, arranged sequentially from groups 0 to 3. outlier data is marked with a red circle, indicating that the group has fewer data. in contrast, the blue circle represents data points from other groups that are considered outliers. based on the graph above, outlier data identified by the model in this study is positioned significantly distant from other groups. this positioning suggests that the outlier data warrants further investigation by the company. 4.5. deployment the model proposed in this study, based on the evaluation results, is effective in detecting data points considered as outliers. these data points represent unusual activities that are appropriately categorized for further investigation by the company. the workflow can be seen in figure 15. monitoring team log collector od system authtentication log outlier data information correlate log follow up send log via tcp/udp big data platform reports surrounding apps active directory ticketing system access management figure 15. outlier detection flow figure 15 illustrates the deployment of the proposed model as a service or additional application within the company’s big data platform. this certainly has an effort to convert the model in the form of rapidminer into a programming language supported by the platform, specifically python. by doing integration, companies can easily make adjustments according to the conditions of the company. by integrating the model in this way, companies can easily make adjustments according to their specific needs. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1115 outlier detection, which is deployed into the big data platform, can retrieve vpn log data directly periodically according to the needs of the company and then process it by the system. outlier data that is found will be informed to the monitoring team, either in the form of a dashboard or alert. thus, the monitoring team can carry out further investigations related to this finding. the monitoring team may conduct investigations based on logs from the company's existing applications related to access management, which in this case are the active directory log and ticket application. with this investigation, the monitoring team can ascertain whether the activity is permitted under certain conditions, such as a change request for certain applications that requires access to the local network during predetermined hours. for further integration, it would be beneficial if the results of the outlier data could be directly correlated with logs from the relevant applications, provided the company has access to such logs to aid in the investigation process. therefore, the monitoring team can immediately carry out an investigation directly from the dashboard or alerts provided by the big data platform, without having to follow up on each pic of the related application. the results of the analysis and discussion that have been conducted can be comprehensively elaborated. below is an explanation of the differences in the results of the research conducted with previous research: consideration of the use of the method that can be used is k-nearest neighbor, which is the most popular method for detecting outliers in general, which functions to provide scoring on the distance between data points that are widely adopted by researchers. the use of the k-means method for the process of grouping data that will be processed from the existing data set. this research was conducted on the research object to design a model for detecting anomalous activity using vpn authentication logs and computer networks accessed via an internet connection. the results obtained from the modeling process involve 4 steps: identifying access activities based on the outlier detection model, which leads to 4 new attributes: week:day, time:hour, time:minute, and time:second. the results of the modeling process include preprocessing, clustering, outlier detection, and post-processing. in general, it can be described as follows: outlier detection model, preprocessing process with centroid score comparison data table, centroid graph per group, and tree graph centroid image. postprocessing process (threshold) with outlier data table data cluster 0 (zero), cluster 1 (one), cluster 2 (two), and 3 (three). the next step involves evaluating with the k-means method for the process of grouping data to be processed from the computer network vpn log data set and the output results using the k-means method for grouping data from the computer network vpn log dataset. the test data results can be visualized through graphic images: graph outlier data cluster 0 (zero), outlier data cluster 1 (one), outlier data cluster 2 (two), and outlier data cluster 3 (three). the findings of this study are consistent with earlier research by zhang et al. [23], who investigated outlier detection in wireless sensor networks. their survey defined outliers as measurements that significantly deviate from the typical pattern of sensed data. potential sources of these outliers include interference, errors, specific events, and malicious attacks on the network. while their research shares similar objectives, it employs different methodologies. additionally, research conducted by gupta et al. [24] focused on outlier detection in time series data, surveying temporal outlier detection from a computational perspective within the computer science community. advances in hardware have facilitated the development of various temporal data collection methods, while software advancements have led to diverse data management techniques. the findings of this research show significant differences from previous studies, underscoring its unique contributions and novelty in the field. 5. conclusion based on the results of research conducted in developing a model to detect anomalous activity in accessing authentication log data in a network via vpn, after testing the model using existing data and using the methods described in the previous chapter, the following conclusions can be drawn: according to the proposed model design in this study, the author found that by using the k-mean method, it can group access to company computer network authentication log data, which can help classify data that has the same characteristics. with this grouping, anomalous activity access can be detected from each characteristic based on sample data of two attributes: user id and timestamp activity. therefore, it increases awareness of activities performed by users outside the norm. by applying the k-nn method, the author can classify the data based on the score of each data row to measure the distance between points. the group that has the least total data is defined as outlier data. this can be seen from the evaluation results based on the graph, where the data points that are considered, outliers are located far from other data points. the k-nn method is influenced by the given k value. in this case the determination of the k value can be adjusted to the results of the company's investigation. the crisp-dm method used in this study can make this study more systematic according to the stages described in the methodology, and further discussion focuses on what will be produced according to business needs based on data owned by the company. with this method, the research process becomes more effective in detecting users who access the company's internal network log data, so that the company can detect outlier users earlier and reduce the potential risk of losing company data. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1116 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, n.l. and w.b.; methodology, n.l.; software, w.b.; validation, n.l. and w.b.; formal analysis, n.l.; investigation, n.l. and w.b.; resources, n.l. and w.b.; data curation, n.l. and w.b.; writing—original draft preparation, n.l. and w.b.; writing—review and editing, n.l.; visualization, w.b.; supervision, n.l.; project administration, w.b.; funding acquisition, n.l. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding and acknowledgements this research can be completed with the support of all parties who have assisted in data collection about user access data through computer networks at the telecommunication company. as well, we would like to express my sincere gratitude to the research interest group on quantitative & data sciences (rig q&ds) of bina nusantara university for their invaluable support and facilitation in fostering collaboration and stimulating insightful discussions throughout the course of this research work. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] singh, k. k. v. v., & gupta, h. (2016). a new approach for the security of vpn. acm international conference proceeding series, 04-05-march-2016(2016). doi:10.1145/2905055.2905219. [2] alshalan, a., pisharody, s., & huang, d. (2016). a survey of mobile vpn technologies. ieee communications surveys and tutorials, 18(2), 1177–1196. doi:10.1109/comst.2015.2496624. [3] smith, k. t., martin, h. m., & smith, l. m. (2014). human trafficking: a global multi-billion dollar criminal industry. international journal of public law and policy, 4(3), 293-308. doi:10.1504/ijplap.2014.063006. [4] cnn indonesia. (2020). the difference between the cases of denny siregar telkomsel vs. tokopedia bukalapak. cnn indonesia, jakarta, indonesia. available online: https://www.cnnindonesia.com/teknologi/20200720073117-185-526519/bedakasus-denny-siregar-telkomsel-vs-tokopedia-bukalapak (accessed on november 2024). [5] wang, h., bah, m. j., & hammad, m. (2019). progress in outlier detection techniques: a survey. ieee access, 7, 107964– 108000. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2932769. [6] gustientiedina, g., adiya, m. h., & desnelita, y. (2019). application of k-means algorithm for drug data clustering. national journal of technology and information systems, 5(1), 17–24. doi:10.25077/teknosi.v5i1.2019.17-24. [7] mandhare, h. c., & idate, s. r. (2017). a comparative study of cluster based outlier detection, distance based outlier detection and density based outlier detection techniques. proceedings of the 2017 international conference on intelligent computing and control systems, iciccs 2017, 931–935. doi:10.1109/iccons.2017.8250601. [8] witten, i. h., frank, e., hall, m. a., & pal, c. j. (2016). data mining: practical machine learning tools and techniques. morgan kaufmann, massachusetts, united states. [9] dang, t. t., ngan, h. y. t., & liu, w. (2015). distance-based k-nearest neighbors outlier detection method in large-scale traffic data. international conference on digital signal processing, dsp, 2015-september, 507–510. doi:10.1109/icdsp.2015.7251924. [10] radovanović, m., nanopoulos, a., & ivanović, m. (2015). reverse nearest neighbors in unsupervised distance-based outlier detection. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 27(5), 1369–1382. doi:10.1109/tkde.2014.2365790. https://www.cnnindonesia.com/teknologi/20200720073117-185-526519/beda-kasus-denny-siregar-telkomsel-vs-tokopedia-bukalapak https://www.cnnindonesia.com/teknologi/20200720073117-185-526519/beda-kasus-denny-siregar-telkomsel-vs-tokopedia-bukalapak hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1117 [11] andrian, b., simanungkalit, t., budi, i., & wicaksono, a. f. (2022). sentiment analysis on customer satisfaction of digital banking in indonesia. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 13(3), 466–473. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2022.0130356. [12] ranjan, s., & mishra, s. (2020). comparative sentiment analysis of app reviews. 2020 11th international conference on computing, communication and networking technologies, icccnt 2020. doi:10.1109/icccnt49239.2020.9225348. [13] fayyad, u. m., piatetsky-shapiro, g., smyth, p., & uthurusamy, r. (eds.). (1996). advances in knowledge discovery and data mining. american association for artificial intelligence, united states. doi:10.2307/1271414. [14] gullo, f. (2015). from patterns in data to knowledge discovery: what data mining can do. physics procedia, 62, 18–22. doi:10.1016/j.phpro.2015.02.005. [15] martinez-plumed, f., contreras-ochando, l., ferri, c., hernandez-orallo, j., kull, m., lachiche, n., ramirez-quintana, m. j., & flach, p. (2021). crisp-dm twenty years later: from data mining processes to data science trajectories. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 33(8), 3048–3061. doi:10.1109/tkde.2019.2962680. [16] wirth, r. (2000). crisp-dm: towards a standard process model for data mining. proceedings of the fourth international conference on the practical application of knowledge discovery and data mining, 24959, 29–39. [17] bošnjak, z., grljević, o., & bošnjak, s. (2009). crisp-dm as a framework for discovering knowledge in small and medium sized enterprises’ data. proceedings 2009 5th international symposium on applied computational intelligence and informatics, saci 2009, 509–514. doi:10.1109/saci.2009.5136302. [18] osman, a. s. data mining techniques: review. international journal of data science research, 2(1), 1–4. [19] kohout, j., & pevny, t. (2015). unsupervised detection of malware in persistent web traffic. icassp, ieee international conference on acoustics, speech and signal processing proceedings, 1757–1761. doi:10.1109/icassp.2015.7178272. [20] mutua, n. m., & matoušek, p. (2021). outlier detection in smart grid communication. arxiv, preprint arxiv:2108.12781. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2108.12781. [21] jones, p. j., james, m. k., davies, m. j., khunti, k., catt, m., yates, t., rowlands, a. v., & mirkes, e. m. (2020). filterk: a new outlier detection method for k-means clustering of physical activity. journal of biomedical informatics, 104, 103397. doi:10.1016/j.jbi.2020.103397. [22] kiani, r., keshavarzi, a., & bohlouli, m. (2020). detection of thin boundaries between different types of anomalies in outlier detection using enhanced neural networks. applied artificial intelligence, 34(5), 345–377. doi:10.1080/08839514.2020.1722933. [23] zhang, y., meratnia, n., & havinga, p. (2010). outlier detection techniques for wireless sensor networks: a survey. ieee communications surveys and tutorials, 12(2), 159–170. doi:10.1109/surv.2010.021510.00088. [24] gupta, m., gao, j., aggarwal, c. c., & han, j. (2014). outlier detection for temporal data: a survey. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 26(9), 2250–2267. doi:10.1109/tkde.2013.184. [25] zhao, s., li, w., & cao, j. (2018). a user-adaptive algorithm for activity recognition based on k-means clustering, local outlier factor, and multivariate gaussian distribution. sensors (switzerland), 18(6), 1850. doi:10.3390/s18061850. [26] chapple, m. j., chawla, n., & striegel, a. (2007). authentication anomaly detection: a case study on a virtual private network. minenet’07: proceedings of the third annual acm workshop on mining network data, 17–22. doi:10.1145/1269880.1269886. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 273 issn: 2723-9535 digital literacy for business performance: a study of entrepreneurs rattawit angkhasakulkiat 1* , wilert puriwat 2 , danupol hoonsopon 3 1 technology management and innopreneurship, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, thailand. 2 chulalongkorn business school, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, thailand. 3 department of marketing, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, thailand. received 22 december 2024; revised 13 february 2025; accepted 21 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract this study investigates the relationship between digital literacy levels among entrepreneurs and their impact on business performance. specifically, it examines how entrepreneurs' digital skills significantly influence financial and marketing efficiency. the study evaluates the effects of digital literacy on business performance within the theoretical frameworks of the digital economy (de), digital orientation (do), dynamic capabilities (dc), and adaptive capability (ac). using a quantitative approach and structural equation modeling (sem), a novel analytical framework was developed on the basis of data collected from 354 members of provincial chambers of commerce across thailand. the findings reveal that digital literacy positively and significantly impacts both financial and marketing performance, with adaptive capability serving as the most influential indirect factor. these results emphasize the critical importance of fostering digital skills among entrepreneurs to enhance innovation, adaptability, and sustainable growth in a competitive digital economy. this study contributes to the expanding literature on digital transformation by providing actionable insights into the practical applications of digital literacy for entrepreneurial success. policymakers and business leaders are encouraged to prioritize the development of digital skills as a strategic pillar for achieving growth and competitiveness in the digital era. keywords: digital literacy; thai entrepreneurs; performance; structural equation modeling. 1. introduction the digital revolution has fundamentally reshaped the global landscape, making digital literacy not just an advantage but also a necessity. individuals and organizations alike must possess a diverse range of competencies to thrive in this new era. these "digital skills," as they are often called [1, 2], encompass the technical know-how, conceptual understanding, and social aptitudes required to effectively navigate and solve problems in digital environments. they are, without question, a core-learning requirement for citizens of the 21st century [3]. nowhere is this truer than in the entrepreneurial world. for those seeking to build and grow businesses, strong digital literacy is inextricably linked to enhanced performance and competitive strength. entrepreneurs today must be digitally savvy; they must be able to adapt to technological change and competitive pressures with agility and vision [4]. while existing research offers valuable insights into digital skills across various demographics and sectors [5, 6], there remains a significant gap in the understanding of the specific components and metrics of digital literacy among entrepreneurs. this is surprising, given the widely acknowledged importance of these skills for both entrepreneurial success and long-term business sustainability [7]. we simply cannot afford to make assumptions about what constitutes digital competence for those who are driving innovation and economic growth. * corresponding author: 6481032720@student.chula.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-018 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0001-8758-9297 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8891-3637 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6408-4790 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 274 the rise of the digital economy has profoundly altered the way we conduct business. transactions are increasingly dependent on a complex and interconnected ecosystem of digital technologies, such as cloud computing, sophisticated software platforms, and high-speed communication networks [8]. this trend, which is already significant, has been further amplified by global events such as the covid-19 pandemic, which accelerated the adoption of digital solutions across industries [9, 10]. looking forward, projections from the world economic forum suggest that approximately 70% of the global gdp will be digitally driven by 2030 [11]. this underscores the critical importance of digital fluency for any enterprise hoping to remain competitive [12]. in fact, organizations with digitally skilled workforces are increasingly becoming leaders in their respective fields [13]. surveys indicate that many businesses now view digital workforce strategies as essential for success. recent studies have highlighted the significant role of digital literacy in enhancing entrepreneurial performance. for instance, mohamad et al. (2025) [14] reported that digital literacy and entrepreneurial competencies significantly impact digital entrepreneurship, with entrepreneurial competencies having a stronger influence. the study also noted that while government support alone does not directly affect digital entrepreneurship, its combination with digital literacy does enhance entrepreneurial outcomes. similarly, raharjo et al. (2024) [15] examined the impact of digital literacy on digital transformation, exploring the antecedent factors shaping digital literacy. these findings underscore the necessity for entrepreneurs to develop robust digital skills to navigate the evolving digital landscape effectively. small and medium– sized enterprises (smes), particularly within the european union, provide compelling examples. for many of these businesses, digital sales channels, including e-commerce and social media platforms, have become key drivers of revenue growth, especially in the realm of exports. for today's entrepreneur, a solid foundation in digital skills and their strategic application is not merely desirable [16, 17]. this research aims to bridge the gap identified above by developing a novel and robust framework for measuring digital literacy among entrepreneurs. by combining a strong theoretical base with a practical, applied focus, this study investigates how digital literacy impacts entrepreneurial performance, specifically exploring its influence on key financial and marketing outcomes. central to our investigation is the mediating role of adaptive capability. we hypothesize that digital skills empower entrepreneurs to adapt and innovate in the face of rapid technological advancements and market shifts. using data collected from entrepreneurs in thailand provides a valuable context for examining these dynamics within a developing economy. we anticipate that this work will contribute meaningfully to the ongoing discussion of digital transformation, offering practical insights for entrepreneurs, policymakers, and business leaders seeking to harness the power of digital literacy for sustainable growth and competitiveness 2. literature review 2.1. digital literacy for entrepreneurs measuring digital skills is a relatively new concept that emerged not long ago. the framework for measuring digital literacy first arose from efforts to assess technological capabilities in the 1980s, when the internet and computers were just beginning to appear. therefore, past terms for these skills might include ict fluency, digital competency, or computer literacy, among others. with respect to the meaning of digital skills, various scholars and organizations have identified numerous concepts of digital knowledge. these include the ability to be aware of and possess technical skills in using information and communication technologies to search, evaluate, create, and communicate information as needed [18]. in addition, digital literacy is the ability to access, manage, understand, integrate, communicate, evaluate, and create information securely and effectively through digital devices and network technologies, which is a form of participation in economic and social life [19]. this includes the awareness, attitudes, and abilities of individuals to appropriately use digital tools and facilities to identify, access, manage, integrate, evaluate, analyze, and synthesize digital resources. spengler [20] further developed the idea that digital literacy is a combination of three skills: 1) computer literacy. 2) media literacy and 3) information literacy. additionally, ratanabanchuen [21] presented an analysis of digital literacy levels through knowledge in 5 subskills, including 1) cognitive skills, 2) soft skills, 3) digital business strategy skills or skills in digital business strategies, and 5) cybersecurity and data privacy skills or skills in cybersecurity and data protection in the digital world, with proficiency levels for each skill divided into levels 1 (lowest) to 5 (highest). in the context of business, digital literacy and digital culture significantly enhance business performance, innovation, profitability, and cost-effectiveness, which are used to measure organizational performance [22]. according to the research conducted by ede [23], digital literacy demonstrates the ability to access the internet for searching, evaluating, and creating content via technology, as well as communicating effectively with others. furthermore, smes should focus on developing digital knowledge, creativity, and innovation to optimize their products or services. this can be achieved by enhancing marketing strategies and boosting market competitiveness through workshops and the use of technology [24]. recent studies consistently highlight the growing significance of digital literacy in shaping entrepreneurial success, particularly in an increasingly digitally driven economy. novela et al. [25] emphasized that digital literacy directly enhances business performance by improving innovation, market engagement, and operational efficiency. similarly, budiarti & firmansyah [26] reported that the level of digital skills affects economic competitiveness and impacts digital hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 275 transformation and innovation capability. in addition, jasin et al. [27] reported that digital literacy plays a crucial role in knowledge management and process innovation, enabling smes to integrate digital tools for more efficient decisionmaking. in addition, raharjo et al. [15] explored how digital literacy facilitates business transformation, noting that small enterprises equipped with strong digital skills are better prepared to embrace technological shifts and digital disruptions. beyond transformation, coco et al. [28] stress that digital training and government policies play crucial roles in bridging knowledge gaps, particularly for smes that struggle to keep pace with evolving digital trends. despite these insights, there remains a gap in the development of tailored assessment tools for digital literacy specifically designed for entrepreneurs in thailand. our study addresses this gap by developing a comprehensive assessment tool that can be used to evaluate and enhance digital literacy skills among thai entrepreneurs. despite the growing recognition of the importance of digital literacy, there remains a need for a more structured approach in assessing and developing the specific skills required for entrepreneurs. recent research underscores that digital literacy is not merely about basic technology use but rather a broader competency that enhances business innovation, strategic decisionmaking, and adaptability in a rapidly evolving digital economy. in this context, digital skills represent the ability to effectively utilize digital technology and information, encompassing both the technical knowledge and digital awareness necessary for work, learning, and participation in the digital economy. building upon both domestic and international research, this study identifies four key components of digital skills that are essential for entrepreneurial success: the digital economy (de), digital orientation (do), dynamic capabilities (dc), and adaptive capability (ac). 2.2. digital economy the digital economy is an economic system driven by digital technology and seamless connectivity, encompassing the production, distribution, and consumption of goods and services through digital platforms [29]. this aligns with xu et al. [30], who define it as an economic system where data, digital technology, and connectivity are key factors in creating value and driving economic growth. the oecd [31] further emphasized that it is an economic system that integrates digital technology, data, and connectivity to create new economic activities and transform traditional business models. the relationship between the digital economy and digital literacy is closely interconnected. zhang & zhang [32] reported that the population's digital literacy level directly affects digital economic growth, with countries with higher digital literacy levels tending to develop their digital economies more rapidly. this aligns with chetty et al. [33] study, which indicates that developing workers' digital skills is crucial in driving digital economic growth. additionally, lei et al. [34] reported that organizations with digitally literate personnel have better competitive capabilities in the digital economic system. technology access and resource management are crucial components of the digital economy. nwankpa et al. [35] indicated that efficient access to digital technology enhances business opportunities and innovation development. zhang et al. [36] reported that digital resource management capability affects organizational operational efficiency in the digital economic system. this aligns with thompson & brown [37], who emphasize that integrating technology access and efficient resource management is key to creating competitive advantages in the digital era. on the basis of the comprehensive literature review and theoretical foundations discussed, the digital economy in this research framework is conceptualized as the ability to use digital tools and technologies for data management, analysis, and organizational communication. this encompasses searching for and accessing data from reliable sources, using enterprise resource management systems such as erp and crm, applying artificial intelligence (ai) in data analysis, and systematically storing and managing digital data, with a focus on improving operational efficiency and reducing organizational costs. 2.3. digital orientation digital orientation has been defined by westerman et al. [38] as having a clear digital direction that enables organizations to create significant business transformations. this involves not only implementing new technologies but also adjusting strategies and work methods to align with changes in the digital world. similarly, bharadwaj [39] stated that the ability to use information technology and having a strong digital orientation are factors that can enhance organizational efficiency and effectiveness. the use of technology must be integrated into various processes, such as customer data analysis or the development of new products that meet market demands. digital orientation has garnered attention in various contexts, particularly in the areas of organizational development and sustainable economies. research findings indicate that digital orientation positively impacts organizational resilience through the use of dynamic capabilities to better cope with technological changes [40]. similarly, digital orientation and digital eco-innovation promote circular economy development and help achieve sustainable development goals by focusing on the link between technology and resource management [41]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 276 current studies of digital orientation components emphasize two main dimensions: learning and adaptive capabilities and customer-centric attitudes. liu et al. [40] reported that organizations with high digital orientation demonstrate their ability to learn and adapt to technological changes, particularly in developing personnel skills and applying new technologies in business operations. this aligns with mishra et al. [42], who indicate that organizations with high digital orientation focus on using digital technology to respond to customer needs and continuously create positive experiences. furthermore, browder et al. [43] study shows that organizations that are successful in digital adaptation typically possess both the ability to analyze customer data to identify new business opportunities and the readiness to invest in technology to increase customer service. therefore, digital orientation in this study refers to an organization's approach and attitude in using digital technology to drive business, encompassing readiness to invest in technology, continuous personnel skill development, seeking new business opportunities, responding to customer needs, analyzing data to identify business opportunities, and the ability to use digital technology to reach new customer segments. 2.4. dynamic capability dynamic capabilities (dc) refer to the ability of an organization to integrate, build, and reconfigure internal and external competencies to adapt to rapidly changing environments [44]. these capabilities are fundamental resources that differentiate organizations and drive competitive advantage by fostering adaptation, innovation, and strategic execution in uncertain contexts [45]. dcs involve specific processes that can be nurtured, such as integrative capabilities to synthesize knowledge [46] and leveraging resources to improve market competitiveness [47]. dynamic capability plays a crucial role in enhancing digital literacy, enabling organizations to adapt effectively to technological advancements and maintain competitiveness in the digital age. as organizations increasingly rely on digital tools, the synergy between dcs and digital literacy becomes critical for strategic decision-making and innovation. studies after 2015 emphasized that higher digital literacy equips managers to leverage data and technology, fostering resilience and competitive advantage in a volatile market [48, 49]. modern research has identified the key components of dynamic capability as strategic thinking, planning, and innovation. strategic planning helps organizations navigate changes, whereas innovation drives the creation of new products and processes. recent studies (post-2020) highlight the importance of these elements in fostering organizational growth and adapting to global market demands [50, 51]. digital transformations further reinforce these capabilities, integrating them into sustainable practices and decision-making frameworks. dynamic capability, as defined in this research, encompasses an organization's ability to continuously adapt and develop resources, processes, and strategies to navigate complex and uncertain environments. this involves leveraging internal competencies, fostering innovation, and integrating digital tools to ensure long-term competitiveness and resilience. 2.5. adaptive capability adaptive capability (ac) is a vital organizational trait that enables firms to adjust to changing environments and capitalize on emerging opportunities. chakravarthy [52] defines adaptability as an organization's ability to monitor, prepare for, and respond effectively to business opportunities, leveraging them to achieve competitive advantage. this concept emphasizes the importance of flexibility, learning, and innovation in navigating uncertain and complex environments. gibson and birkinshaw [53] further elaborate that ac involves modifying behaviors, processes, and organizational structures to align with shifting market demands. additionally, wang and ahmed [54] highlight that ac fosters innovation by facilitating resource mobilization and swift, appropriate responses to environmental changes. in the digital era, adaptive capability and digital literacy are closely intertwined. digital literacy enhances an organization’s ability to utilize technological tools and data effectively, which in turn strengthens adaptability. moreover, organizations with robust adaptive capabilities can integrate digital skills to foster innovation and decision-making. kuo [55] demonstrated that ac, coupled with big data analytics, significantly boosts innovation performance by enabling swift responses to market changes. similarly, arraya [56] noted that ac plays a mediating role in leveraging digital tools for organizational resilience, particularly in smes. modern research has identified several key components of adaptive capability that are critical for organizational success. these include data analysis and synthesis, problem-solving and critical thinking, communication skills, and awareness of cybersecurity and safety. akgün et al. [57] emphasized that these components are integral to enhancing organizational outcomes in the digital economy. recent studies also reveal that leveraging adaptive capabilities for datadriven decision-making improves problem-solving efficiency and supports strategic initiatives. moreover, communication skills and cybersecurity awareness are essential for fostering trust and ensuring operational safety in an increasingly digital landscape [55, 58]. in this research context, adaptive capability is defined as an organization’s ability to effectively adjust strategies, processes, and resources to navigate dynamic and complex environments. it encompasses data-driven decision-making, critical thinking, and the application of digital tools, all of which are essential for fostering innovation and maintaining competitiveness in a rapidly evolving digital economy. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 277 on the basis of the literature and research review, the four variables are interconnected in reflecting entrepreneurs' digital literacy levels. the digital economy demonstrates the ability to operate in a digital economic system that enhances competitive advantage and data accessibility. digital orientation reflects organizational readiness for transformation and efficient technology utilization. dynamic capability and adaptive capability indicate an organization's ability to adapt, develop, and create long-term competitive advantages. all these components are essential for business operations in the rapidly changing digital era. therefore, the researcher selected these four variables to reflect the digital literacy level of thai entrepreneurs. 2.6. business performance 2.6.1. financial performance financial performance (fp) is the measurement and evaluation of the overall financial status of an organization, considering all key financial components, including assets, liabilities, owners’ equity, expenses, income, and profitability. this is assessed through various business calculation formulas to accurately determine the true potential of the organization [59]. according to li et al. [60], digital literacy impacts the financial performance of businesses in multiple dimensions, affecting the development of capabilities at two main levels: the managerial level and the organizational level. at the managerial level, digital literacy helps develop dynamic managerial capabilities by improving the mindset and vision of executives, building and expanding business relationship networks, and enhancing the ability to create and develop high-potential teams. digital literacy helps develop dynamic managerial capabilities by improving the mindset and vision of executives, building and expanding business relationship networks, and increasing the ability to create and develop high-potential teams. at the organizational level, digital literacy enhances organizational capabilities in terms of the use of digital platforms, business development, and the ability to adapt to market changes. the financial outcomes resulting from the development of digital literacy can be measured by various indicators, including revenue growth, increase in net profit, improvement in return on both assets and equity, reduction in operating costs, and improvement in the gross profit margin. asyari et al. [61] studied the moderation effect of work motivation. the effect of digital competence on bank employee performance shows that digital competency is crucial for the financial performance of organizations. the study results revealed a statistically significant positive relationship. the direct impact of digital competence is demonstrated through increased work efficiency and productivity, reduced errors, and enhanced accuracy in operations, as well as the ability to foster innovation and respond to rapidly changing market demands. avirutha [62] studied the impact of the digital transformation of businesses on the performance of smes in the thailand 4.0 era. the research findings indicate that digital readiness has a positive effect on the transition to digital, and the transition to digital positively affects business performance in terms of finance, marketing, internal processes, and learning and growth. these findings demonstrate that digital literacy is a crucial factor that directly influences the financial performance of organizations in the digital era. research findings across multiple studies support the conclusion that digital literacy directly influences financial performance. h1: digital literacy significantly directly influences financial performance. 2.6.2. marketing performance marketing performance (mp) is the measurement and management of marketing performance used to evaluate the efficiency and effectiveness of marketing activities via various indicators. in terms of finance, organizations consider net profit, sales revenue, return on investment, marketing costs and expenses, and increased market value. additionally, there are nonfinancial indicators, including market share. the market shares customer satisfaction, the customer retention rate, brand awareness, and brand equity [63]. puro & achmad [64] studied the influence of digital knowledge and digital skills on the marketing strategies of smes in the solo raya area of indonesia. the research findings indicate that both digital knowledge and digital skills have a statistically significant positive effect on marketing strategies. patria et al. [65] studied the influence of digital technology, digital knowledge, and digital marketing on the performance of smes in the bekasi area of indonesia. the research findings revealed that all three factors had a significant positive effect on the performance of smes. nurlina et al. [66] studied the impact of digital literacy and business strategies on the performance of micro, small-, and medium-sized enterprises (msmes) in the food industry in padang, indonesia. the research findings indicate that digital literacy and business strategy have a significantly positive effect on the performance of msmes, both in a segmented and holistic manner. the research findings indicate that having digital literacy and appropriate business strategies can enhance the operational efficiency of small businesses, which is consistent with the findings of patria et al. [65], who studied the influences of digital technology, digital literacy, and digital marketing on the performance of smes in bekasi. the research findings indicate that digital literacy, or the knowledge and skills involved in the use of digital technology, has a significantly positive effect on the operational performance of smes in the city of bekasi. digital literacy helps smes operate their businesses more easily, reach more customers, and obtain useful information for their businesses. the development of digital literacy is therefore an important factor that entrepreneurs should prioritize. it is essential to provide training and develop digital skills alongside entrepreneurial skills to increase the efficiency of sustainable hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 278 business operations. digital knowledge and understanding are therefore among the three main factors (along with digital technology and digital marketing) that affect the success of smes in the digital era. on the basis of the previous discussion, this study proposed hypothesis h2, namely, the impact of digital literacy on marketing performance. h2: digital literacy significantly directly influences marketing performance. 2.7. conceptual framework as shown in figure 1, digital literacy in this conceptual framework serves as a mediating variable that connects the relationships between key components of digital capabilities and business performance outcomes. the framework illustrates how 4 independent variables influence business success through digital literacy. these independent variables include the digital economy (de), digital orientation (do), dynamic capability (dc), and adaptive capability (ac). the mediating role of digital literacy (dl) demonstrates how these 4 components indirectly affect 2 dependent variables: financial performance (fp) and marketing performance (mp). this mediation effect is represented by hypotheses h₁ and h₂, which indicate the influence relationships between digital literacy and both performance measures. digital literacy for business performance figure 1. conceptual framework 3. research methodology this study investigates the factors influencing digital literacy levels among thai entrepreneurs. guided by the conceptual framework depicted in figure 2, a quantitative approach is employed, utilizing confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) to assess the validity of the measurement model. structural equation modeling (sem) is then used to test the hypothesized causal relationships between the latent variables representing digital literacy, its antecedents (digital economy, digital orientation, dynamic capability, and adaptive capability), and entrepreneurial outcomes (financial performance and marketing performance). the questionnaire items, which serve as observed variables, measure these underlying constructs, enabling an examination of both direct and indirect effects within the model. this process allows for the empirical validation of the theoretical framework, determining how well the hypothesized relationships align with the collected data and providing insights into the complex interplay of factors driving digital literacy and entrepreneurial success. the analysis aims to identify the key drivers of digital literacy and assess their impact on business performance. figure 2. methodology process 3.1. participant and data collection the population for this study comprised members of the provincial chambers of commerce across thailand as of march 2024. this included a total of 60,554 members, distributed as follows: 9,340 from the northern region, 11,097 from the central region, 5,059 from the eastern region, 25,632 from the northeastern region, and 9,426 from the southern conceptual framework development (literature review) questionnaire design data collection confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) structural equation modeling (sem) interpretation and discussion h1 h2 financial performance marketing performance digital literacy digital economy adaptive capability dynamic capability digital orientation hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 279 region [67]. a nonprobability purposive sampling method was employed to select participants aligned with the research objectives. the data were collected via a 5-point likert scale. following the recommendations of hair et al. [68] for sample size determination in structural equation modeling (sem) and considering the guidance provided by hair et al. [68] for studies with a similar number of constructs and indicators, a sample size of 354 entrepreneurs was deemed appropriate. this sample size, coupled with the sampling strategy, ensured sufficient statistical power for the analyses. the diversity of regional representation within the chambers of commerce, along with the inclusion of small and medium–sized enterprises (smes), which are vital to the thai economy, enhances the generalizability and practical relevance of the findings. thailand’s position as a regional hub for the digital economy further justifies its selection as a pertinent context for examining the interplay between digital literacy and entrepreneurial performance. 3.2. instrument a questionnaire was developed to assess entrepreneurs' digital literacy, aligning with the conceptual framework of the study. prior to deployment, the instrument's validity was evaluated via expert review. a pilot test was then conducted with a sample of 30 entrepreneurs selected via simple random sampling. the reliability of the pilot data was assessed via cronbach's alpha [69]. the resulting coefficient for the full questionnaire was 0.964, exceeding the recommended threshold of 0.7 [70], thus demonstrating strong internal consistency and justifying its use for data collection with the main sample. the questionnaire consisted of three sections. part 1 gathered demographic information from the respondents, including gender, age, education level, business management experience, entrepreneur type, industry, years in operation, and number of employees. part 2 assessed digital literacy across the four dimensions identified in the conceptual framework: the digital economy, digital orientation, dynamic capability, and adaptive capability. this section comprises 30 items, each measured on a 5-point likert scale. the cronbach's alpha for this section was 0.94, indicating excellent reliability. finally, part 3 evaluated financial and marketing performance via 14 items, also measured on a 5point likert scale, achieving a cronbach's alpha of 0.93 [71], demonstrating robust internal consistency. 3.3. data analysis data analysis was conducted via statistical software. descriptive statistics were generated via spss (statistical package for the social sciences). to test the hypothesized relationships outlined in the conceptual model, structural equation modeling (sem) was performed via amos (analysis of moment structures). 3.3.1. descriptive analysis descriptive statistical analyses were performed on the demographic data collected in part 1 of the questionnaire, including gender, age, education level, business management experience, entrepreneur type, industry classification, years in operation, and number of employees. the frequency distributions and percentages were used to summarize these categorical variables. for the four dimensions of digital literacy assessed in part 2 (digital economy, digital orientation, dynamic capability, and adaptive capability), means and standard deviations were calculated to describe the central tendency and dispersion of scores for each dimension. 3.3.2. statistical analysis causal modeling was performed via confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) and structural equation modeling (sem) within the amos software environment to investigate the relationships between variables, as depicted in the research framework. a range of fit indices was employed to evaluate the adequacy of the proposed model. these included chisquare statistics (with a target value of <5.00), the comparative fit index (cfi), the normed fit index (nfi), and the tucker‒lewis index (tli), all with recommended values of ≥ 0.90, and the root mean square error of approximation (rmsea), with a suggested value of ≤ 0.10. these criteria, which are consistent with established guidelines [72-74], provide a robust basis for assessing model fit 4. results 4.1. demographics characteristics of the respondents the demographic characteristics of the respondents are shown in table 1. the status of the respondents classified by gender shows that the majority are male, totaling 204 people, 57.63% of whom are male. the age group is predominantly 30--39 years, with 107 people, accounting for 30.23% of the sample. the highest level of education is a bachelor's degree, with 230 people, accounting for 64.97% of the sample. there were more than 10 years of experience in business management, with 152 people, accounting for 42.94% of the sample. businesses byproduct type are in the service group, with 152 people, accounting for 42.94%. the number of years in business for 10 years or more is 168 people, accounting for 47.46%, and the number of employees in the business is approximately 11–50 people, totaling 142 people, accounting for 40.11%. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 280 table 1. demographics characteristics of the respondents characteristic description frequency (n) percentage (%) gender male 204 57.63 female 131 37.01 not specified 19 5.37 age group less than 18 years 0 0 1829 years 33 9.32 30-39 years 107 30.23 40-49 years 88 24.86 50-59 years 81 22.88 60-69 years 36 10.17 more than 70 years 9 2.54 education below graduation 22 6.21 graduation 230 64.97 master's degree 92 25.99 doctoral degree 7 1.98 other 3 0.85 business administration experience less than 1 year 14 3.95 1-4 years 63 17.8 5-10 years 125 35.31 more than 10 years 152 42.94 types of entrepreneurs sole proprietorship 103 29.1 partnership 72 20.34 limited company 151 42.66 public limited company 7 1.98 cooperative 1 0.28 social enterprise 12 3.39 other 8 2.26 types of business by product category agro & food industry 74 20.9 financial business 18 5.08 industrial products 40 11.3 services 126 35.59 property & construction 43 12.15 resources 6 1.69 technology 21 5.93 other 26 7.34 years in business operation less than 1 year 15 4.24 1-3 years 47 13.28 4-7 years 67 18.93 8-10 years 57 16.1 more than 10 years 168 47.46 number of employees 1-10 employees 140 39.55 11-50 employees 142 40.11 51-100 employees 43 12.15 101-200 employees 13 3.67 201-500 employees 13 3.67 more than 500 employees 3 0.85 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 281 4.2. reliability and validity testing table 2 presents a comprehensive assessment of the measurement model's reliability and validity. the analysis reveals strong factor loadings (𝜆) across all the items. the measured constructs demonstrated satisfactory internal consistency, with both cronbach's alpha (𝛼) and composite reliability (cr) values surpassing 0.6 [69]. moreover, the average variance extracted (ave) values exceeded 0.5 for all the constructs, confirming adequate convergent validity [69]. these findings substantiate the measurement model's reliability and validity, providing a robust foundation for subsequent structural equation modeling to test the proposed hypotheses. table 2. reliability and validity testing results construct observed variables description of items factor loading (𝜆) digital economy (de) de1 you can search for and utilize digital tools to efficiently access, manage, and analyze data from credible sources 0.618 de2 your business uses technology to efficiently manage systems and support internal communication within the organization 0.818 de3 you can use ai to work and analyze data 0.654 α: 0.903 cr: 0.656 ave: 0.597 de4 you can use your knowledge of digital data storage to efficiently support business management and operations 0.841 de5 using technology helps your business become more efficient 0.791 de6 you can choose to use digital technology to help manage tasks and reduce operational costs 0.797 de7 you can use digital systems such as erp or crm systems to efficiently support the management and administration of resources within the organization 0.855 digital orientation (do) do1 you are willing to expand your knowledge about new technologies 0.533 do2 you are ready to invest in implementing technology in your organization's operations 0.663 do3 you continuously develop your organization's personnel skills in technology 0.763 α: 0.906 cr: 0.635 ave: 0.571 do4 you seek new opportunities in business operations while learning and adapting to efficiently implement technology within the organization 0.779 do5 using digital technology helps your business to respond to and meet customer needs conveniently and faster 0.900 do6 you can analyze customer data to find new business opportunities 0.774 do7 you have the ability to use digital technology to reach new customer groups 0.821 dynamic capability (dc) dc1 you have the ability to foresee changes in business or industry and find operational strategies to accommodate new technologies 0.721 dc2 you have the flexibility to adapt business strategies when faced with technological changes 0.747 α: 0.914 cr: 0.665 ave: 0.608 dc3 you can use technology to plan and drive business to explore and penetrate new markets 0.820 dc4 you have implemented technology in your operational planning to align with your business vision and goals 0.816 dc5 you have created a culture within the organization that emphasizes the importance of digital technology 0.757 dc6 you have the ability to create or present new products or services using technology to improve and develop your business 0.818 dc7 you can apply media to present and disseminate your work. 0.774 adaptive capability (ac) ac1 you use digital technology to analyze market data, make business decisions, and develop processes that add value to your business 0.875 ac2 you have the ability to use digital technology to analyze and solve business problems in a systematic and creative manner 0.871 α: 0.928 cr: 0.642 ave: 0.579 ac3 you have knowledge and understanding of cybersecurity technology and can plan or strategize to appropriately address technology risks 0.859 ac4 you have the ability to handle challenges from competitors using technology 0.761 ac5 you can communicate with customers through online channels 0.595 ac6 you can use digital technology to efficiently communicate and convey ideas with the business supply chain 0.729 ac7 you have the ability to secure digital information and technology systems, as well as monitor and implement appropriate cybersecurity measures 0.783 ac8 you are aware of setting privacy policies and using customer data 0.610 ac9 you instill digital security awareness in your employees 0.704 financial performance (fp) fp1 using digital technology helps your organization increase its revenue 0.799 fp2 using digital technology helps your organization increase its points 0.803 α: 0.904 cr: 0.706 ave: 0.661 fp3 using digital technology helps your organization offer products or services that stand out from competitors. 0.806 fp4 using digital technology helps your organization efficiently manage costs and reduce operational expenses 0.844 marketing performance (mp) mp1 using digital technology helps your organization respond to customer needs 0.792 mp2 using digital technology helps enhance the organization's image and brand strength, while also increasing the chances of repeat purchases from customers 0.861 α: 0.928 cr: 0.784 ave: 0.761 mp3 using digital technology helps your organization increase its market share and efficiently reach new markets 0.952 mp4 using digital technology helps your organization adapt to market changes faster 0.896 mp5 using digital technology helps your organization increase its distribution channels 0.852 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 282 4.3. confirm factor loading to establish construct validity, this study employed confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) for all 4 latent independent variables: digital economy (de), digital orientation (do), dynamic capability (dc), adaptive capability (ac), and 2 latent dependent variables: financial performance (fp) and marketing performance (mp). the purpose of this analysis is to confirm the structure of the latent variables and their relationships with the observed variables within each construct. the results of the analysis are presented in table 3, which provides standardized estimates (β), unstandardized estimates (b), standard errors (s.e.) and r-squared values (r2). confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) was used to evaluate how well the indicators represented their respective latent variables and assess the relationships between the constructs. table 3. confirm factor loading for construct variables construct variables digital literacy (dl) r2 β b s.e. t de 0.913*** 1.081 0.056 19.201 0.833 do 0.890*** 0.873 0.048 18.614 0.792 dc 0.927*** 0.859 0.051 16.842 0.860 ac 0.999*** 1.000 0.999 fp 0.905*** 0.875 0.048 18.302 0.818 mp 0.823*** 0.875 0.046 19.180 0.678 the confirmatory factor analysis of the digital literacy latent variable revealed that all the variables demonstrated high standardized factor loadings, ranging from 0.823--0.999. when the t values were examined, all the variables were statistically significant at the 0.001 level, indicating that all the variables are essential components of digital literacy. furthermore, the standard errors (s.e.) were found to be low, ranging from 0.046--0.056, demonstrating high precision in parameter estimation. with respect to the coefficient of determination (r²), which indicates the ability to explain the variance of the digital literacy latent variable, the ac variable had the highest r² at 0.999, followed by dc at 0.860 and de at 0.833. the analysis demonstrates that the digital literacy measurement model is appropriate, with all the variables showing statistically significant relationships with digital literacy and effectively measuring digital literacy characteristics. the measurement model fit analysis in table 4 demonstrates that the revised model achieved superior fit compared with the initial model across all indices. specifically, the chi-square per degree of freedom (χ²/df) decreased from 3.884 to 2.155, well below the recommended threshold of 5.00, indicating improved parsimony. the comparative fit index (cfi) improved from 0.845 to 0.943, exceeding the threshold of 0.90, suggesting a better relative fit than that of the null model. similarly, the normed fit index (nfi) increased from 0.802 to 0.900, and the tucker‒lewis index (tli) improved from 0.835 to 0.934, both surpassing the 0.90 criterion, which indicates good incremental fit. the root mean square error of approximation (rmsea) decreased from 0.090 to 0.057, falling well within the acceptable range of less than 0.10, suggesting a reasonable approximation error. these comprehensive fit indices collectively provide strong evidence that the revised measurement model has excellent fit with the empirical data, validating the structural relationships hypothesized in the research model. table 4. measurement model fit of the proposed model statistics desired value initial model revised model result χ²/df ≤ 5.00 3.884 2.155 qualified cfi ≥ 0.90 0.845 0.943 qualified nfi ≥ 0.90 0.802 0.900 qualified tli ≥ 0.90 0.835 0.934 qualified rmsea ≥ 0.10 0.090 0.057 qualified 4.4. hypothesis testing table 5 shows that the hypothesis testing results reveal that digital literacy has significant positive effects on both performance dimensions. specifically, digital literacy significantly influences financial performance (β = .905, t = 18.302, p < 0.001) and marketing performance (β = 0.823, t = 19.180, p < 0.001), supporting both h₁ and h₂. these findings demonstrate that the development of digital literacy plays a crucial role in enhancing both the financial and marketing performance outcomes of organizations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 283 table 5. summary of hypothesis testing β t result h1 : digital literacy → financial performance 0.905*** 18.302 supported h2 : digital literacy → marketing performance 0.823*** 19.180 supported 5. discussion this study demonstrates the significant positive impact of digital literacy on thai entrepreneurs' financial and marketing performance. specifically, digital literacy positively influenced financial performance (β = .905, p value < .001) and marketing performance (β = .823, p value < .001). these findings confirm that digital literacy acts as a crucial mediating factor, linking the four digital capabilities—digital economy (de), digital orientation (do), dynamic capability (dc), and adaptive capability (ac)—with entrepreneurial performance outcomes. these results align with research emphasizing the positive relationship between digital literacy and business performance at both the managerial and organizational levels. our findings li et al. [60] observations that, at the managerial level, digital literacy enhances strategic decision-making and fosters innovation, whereas at the organizational level, it improves operational efficiency and market responsiveness. furthermore, this study provides empirical support for teece et al. [44] dynamic capabilities framework, demonstrating the crucial role of integrating, building, and reconfiguring competencies for navigating the complexities of the digital age. as they argued, in rapidly changing environments, firms must possess the ability to sense, seize, and reconfigure resources to maintain a competitive advantage. our research suggests that digital literacy is a crucial resource that enables these dynamic capabilities. research findings suggest that thai entrepreneurs should focus on developing digital literacy skills in four key areas to enhance business performance. adaptive capability skills (β=0.999) had the greatest influence, comprising data analysis, problem-solving, and cybersecurity. this resonates with the concept of organizational ambidexterity, as described by gibson & birkinshaw (2004) [53], highlighting the importance of organizational flexibility and responsiveness in the digital economy. our research extends this line of inquiry by providing specific examples of how thai entrepreneurs utilize digital tools such as erp systems to increase financial efficiency and social media platforms to improve marketing effectiveness to achieve these outcomes. this contributes to the growing body of literature exploring the connection between digital skills and entrepreneurial success. however, while previous research has often focused on the broad impact of digital literacy, this study delves deeper, examining the specific dimensions of digital capability and their relative importance in the context of thai entrepreneurs. for example, while some studies may have treated digital literacy as a monolithic construct, our findings suggest that adaptive capability plays a particularly crucial role, potentially reflecting the dynamic nature of the thai digital market. this nuanced understanding of the relationship between digital literacy and entrepreneurial performance is a key contribution of this research. moreover, the focus on thai entrepreneurs provides valuable insights into the specific challenges and opportunities faced by businesses in a developing economy undergoing rapid digital transformation. this context adds a layer of complexity not always captured in studies conducted in more developed economies, where digital infrastructure and access may be more established. future research could explore these contextual factors in greater detail, comparing the experiences of entrepreneurs in different stages of economic development. 5.1. theoretical contributions this study makes a significant theoretical contribution by conceptualizing digital literacy as a multidimensional construct that integrates dynamic capability (dc), adaptive capability (ac), digital economy (de), and digital orientation (do) theories. this approach departs from more traditional perspectives on digital literacy, which have often focused on technical skills or access to technology [1-3]. instead, this study emphasizes the behavioral and strategic dimensions of digital literacy, positioning it as a critical enabler of entrepreneurial success in the contemporary business environment. this aligns with calls for a more nuanced understanding of digital literacy that goes beyond basic skills and encompasses the ability to effectively utilize digital resources for strategic advantage [18-20]. this work also contributes to the advancement of dynamic capability theory [44]. it does so by explicitly demonstrating how digital literacy empowers entrepreneurs not only to sense and seize opportunities arising from technological and market shifts [4547] but also to effectively reconfigure their resources and strategies to adapt to these changes [48-50]. this extends the theory by highlighting the critical role of digital literacy as an underlying mechanism through which dynamic capabilities are enacted in the digital age. this builds upon existing research that has examined the role of dynamic capabilities in digital transformation [38-43] but goes further by specifically focusing on the connection between digital literacy and these capabilities. furthermore, this research enriches adaptive capability theory [52-54] by demonstrating how digital literacy enhances organizational flexibility and resilience, enabling entrepreneurs to navigate the uncertainties inherent in rapidly evolving digital landscapes and to innovate more effectively [55-58]. our study suggests that digital literacy is not only about reacting to change but also about proactively shaping it. this finding is consistent with recent research that emphasized hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 284 the importance of adaptive capabilities for firm success in dynamic environments [56, 57]. by examining the relationship between digital literacy and adaptive capability, this study helps clarify how organizations can develop the ability to learn, adapt, and innovate in the face of change. by grounding digital literacy within the frameworks of the digital economy (de) [30-32] and digital orientation (do) [40-42], this research offers a novel perspective on how digitally related competencies influence human behavior, decision-making, and overall organizational strategy. this integration illuminates digital literacy’s foundational role in bridging individual entrepreneurial characteristics with broader economic and organizational dynamics. unlike prior research that has treated these concepts in isolation, this study provides a more holistic view of how digital literacy functions within the complex interplay of individual skills, organizational capabilities, and the broader digital economy. in summary, this study contributes to theory by: (1) conceptualizing digital literacy as a multidimensional construct encompassing strategic and behavioral aspects; (2) demonstrating its role in enabling dynamic capabilities in the digital age; (3) clarifying its contribution to adaptive capability and organizational resilience; and (4) integrating these insights within the frameworks of de and do to offer a more nuanced understanding of the impact of digital literacy on entrepreneurial success. 5.2. managerial implication this study has practical implications for private sector organizations, particularly smes. entrepreneurs can leverage these findings to prioritize digital skill development initiatives, enabling them to respond effectively to technological advancements and competitive pressures. businesses should invest in comprehensive digital training programs, implement tools for efficient data management, and adopt digital platforms such as e-commerce and social media to expand market reach. moreover, the integration of robust evaluation tools to measure both digital and human-centric skills is crucial. these tools should be aligned with relevant entrepreneurial theories and frameworks, allowing organizations to systematically assess existing skill levels, pinpoint areas for improvement, and monitor progress in skill enhancement. such assessments can also inform the design of targeted upskilling initiatives that emphasize not only technical proficiencies but also crucial human-centric skills such as critical thinking, adaptability, and innovation. policymakers and industry leaders can utilize this research to develop focused initiatives that support smes in navigating digital transformation, ultimately fostering innovation and sustainability within the entrepreneurial ecosystem. 6. conclusion this study provides compelling evidence for the crucial role of digital literacy in driving the financial and marketing performance of thai entrepreneurs. the findings underscore that digital literacy is not merely a set of technical skills but also a multifaceted capability encompassing strategic thinking, innovation, and adaptability. by integrating dynamic capability, adaptive capability, the digital economy, and digital orientation theories, this research offers a nuanced understanding of how digital literacy empowers entrepreneurs to navigate the complexities of the digital age. specifically, this study demonstrates that digital literacy acts as a powerful mediating factor between key digital capabilities and business outcomes. entrepreneurs with higher levels of digital literacy are better equipped to sense, seize, and reconfigure resources in response to dynamic market conditions, ultimately leading to enhanced financial and marketing performance. the particularly strong influence of adaptive capability highlights the critical importance of flexibility and responsiveness in today's digital economy. these findings have significant implications for entrepreneurs, policymakers, and business leaders. by investing in comprehensive digital literacy development programs that emphasize both technical skills and strategic capabilities, stakeholders can empower entrepreneurs to thrive in the digital marketplace. this research underscores the need for a holistic approach to digital literacy development, one that fosters not only technical proficiency but also the ability to adapt, innovate, and leverage digital technologies for business growth. as the digital landscape continues to evolve, such integrated approaches will be essential for ensuring the continued success and competitiveness of entrepreneurs in thailand and beyond. 6.1. limitations despite its contributions, this study has several limitations. first, it relies on cross-sectional data, limiting the ability to establish causality or observe changes over time. second, the data are predominantly subjective, as they were collected via self-report questionnaires, which may introduce biases on the basis of individual perceptions. third, the research focuses solely on thailand, which may restrict the generalizability of the findings to other cultural or economic contexts. 6.2. future research future research should address these limitations by incorporating longitudinal designs to track changes in digital literacy and entrepreneurial performance over time. additionally, the inclusion of objective measures, such as business financial data or digital proficiency tests, could complement self-reported data for a more comprehensive analysis. expanding the study to include international comparative analyses and exploring the roles of additional variables, such as organizational culture or leadership styles, could further enhance the understanding of the mechanisms underlying the impact of digital literacy on entrepreneurial success. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 285 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, r.a. and w.p.; methodology, r.a. and d.h.; software, r.a. and d.h.; validation, r.a., w.p., and d.h.; formal analysis, r.a.; investigation, r.a.; resources, r.a. and w.p.; data curation, r.a.; writing—original draft preparation, r.a.; writing—review and editing, w.p. and d.h.; visualization, r.a.; supervision, w.p.; project administration, r.a.; funding acquisition, r.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] gilster, p. (1997). digital literacy. john wiley & sons inc, new york, united states. [2] pool, c. r. (1997). a new digital literacy a conversation with paul gilster. educational leadership, 55, 6-11. [3] leahy, d., dolan, d. (2014). the introduction of computers in irish schools. reflections on the history of computers in education. ifip advances in information and communication technology, 424, springer, berlin, germany. doi:10.1007/978-3642-55119-2_11. [4] 8-bharadwaj, a., el sawy, o. a., pavlou, p. a., & venkatraman, n. (2013). digital business strategy: toward a next generation of insights. mis quarterly, 37(2), 471–482. doi:10.25300/misq/2013/37:2.3. [5] choudrie, j., pheeraphuttranghkoon, s., & davari, s. (2020). the digital divide and older adult population adoption, use and diffusion of mobile phones: a quantitative study. information systems frontiers, 22, 673-695. doi:10.1007/s10796-018-9875-2. [6] ha, s., & kim, s. (2024). developing a conceptual framework for digital platform literacy. telecommunications policy, 48(3), 102682. doi:10.1016/j.telpol.2023.102682. [7] d’angelo, s., cavallo, a., ghezzi, a., & di lorenzo, f. (2024). understanding corporate entrepreneurship in the digital age: a review and research agenda. review of managerial science, 18(12), 3719-3774. doi:10.1007/s11846-024-00730-8. [8] matt, c., hess, t., & benlian, a. (2015). digital transformation strategies. business &amp; information systems engineering, 57(5), 339–343. doi:10.1007/s12599-015-0401-5. [9] pwc. (2022). global entertainment & media outlook 2022-2026: an industry in transformation. pricewaterhouse coopers, london, united kingdom. available online: https://www.pwc.com/gx/en/news-room/press-releases/2022/global-entertainmentand-media-outlook-2022-2026.html (accessed on february 2025). [10] ashby, a. (2016). from global to local: reshoring for sustainability. operations management research, 9, 75-88. doi:10.1007/s12063-016-0117-9. [11] world economic forum. (2021). the global risks report 2021. world economic forum, cologny, switzerland. available online: https://www.weforum.org/reports/the-global-risks-report-2021 (accessed on february 2025). [12] westerman, g., bonnet, d., & mcafee, a. (2015). leading digital: turning technology into business transformation. (2015). choice reviews online, 52(6), 52-3197-52–3197. doi:10.5860/choice.188022. [13] anthony, o. (2023). impact of digital literacy on the performance of small-scale business in enugu state. advance journal of business and entrepreneurship development, 7(01), 1–23. https://www.pwc.com/gx/en/news-room/press-releases/2022/global-entertainment-and-media-outlook-2022-2026.html https://www.pwc.com/gx/en/news-room/press-releases/2022/global-entertainment-and-media-outlook-2022-2026.html hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 286 [14] mohamad, z., alim, n. s. s. m., rashid, n. k. abd., hassim, n. h. c., anang, z., abdullah, s., & nasir, a. (2025). the impact of digital entrepreneurial competencies, digital literacy and government support on digital entrepreneurship using regression analysis. economics, 13(1), 289–308. doi:10.2478/eoik-2025-0025. [15] raharjo, k., afrianty, t. w., & prakasa, y. (2024). digital literacy and business transformation: social-cognitive learning perspectives in small business enterprises. cogent business and management, 11(1), 2376282. doi:10.1080/23311975.2024.2376282. [16] lin, h. f., & lin, s. m. (2008). determinants of e-business diffusion: a test of the technology diffusion perspective. technovation, 28(3), 135-145. doi:10.1016/j.technovation.2007.10.003. [17] fedex. (2017). digital economy fuels optimism and growth among european smes. sme export report, memphis, united states. [18] sefton-green, j., nixon, h., & erstad, o. (2009). reviewing approaches and perspectives on “digital literacy”. pedagogies: an international journal, 4(2), 107-125. doi:10.1080/15544800902741556. [19] unesco-uis. (2018). a global framework of reference on digital literacy skills for indicator 4.4.2. unesco institute for statistics, montreal, canada. [20] spengler, s. s. (2015). educators' perceptions of a 21st century digital literacy framework. phd thesis, walden university, minneapolis, united states. [21] ratanabanchuen, r. (2021). understanding the dynamic of digital economy in the context of digital literacy of thai households. puey ungphakorn institute for economic research, bangkok, thailand. [22] mohammadyari, s., & singh, h. (2015). understanding the effect of e-learning on individual performance: the role of digital literacy. computers & education, 82, 11-25. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2014.10.025. [23] ede, t. e., (2023). digitalization of education and entrepreneurship development in enugu state. journal of social science and humanities, 4(2), 1-16. doi:10.5281/zenodo.8249723. [24] utomo, b., luthfiyah, s., & triwiyanto, t. (2024). enhancing digital literacy in balongdowo village for msmes development through digital application training. frontiers in community service and empowerment, 3(3), 79-87. doi:10.35882/ficse.v3i3.78. [25] novela, i., sawitri, h. s. r., riani, a. l., istiqomah, s., suprapti, a. r., & harson, m. (2024). digital literacy on sme business performance and the mediating role of entrepreneurial skills. jurnal aplikasi bisnis dan manajemen. doi:10.17358/jabm.10.3.847. [26] budiarti, i., & firmansyah, d. (2024). innovation capability: digital transformation of human resources and digital talent in smes. journal of eastern european and central asian research, 11(3), 621-637. [27] jasin, m., anisah, h. u., fatimah, c. e. a., azra, f. e. a., suzanawaty, l., & junaedi, i. w. r. (2024). the role of digital literacy and knowledge management on process innovation in smes. international journal of data and network science, 8(1), 337–344. doi:10.5267/j.ijdns.2023.9.020. [28] coco, n., colapinto, c., & finotto, v. (2024). fostering digital literacy among small and micro-enterprises: digital transformation as an open and guided innovation process. r and d management, 54(1), 118–136. doi:10.1111/radm.12645. [29] world economic forum. (2023). here’s how emerging economies are investing in their digital future. world economic forum, cologny, switzerland. available online: https://www.weforum.org/stories/2023/01/davos2023-digital-fdi-initiative-investmentbarriers-emerging-economies/ (accessed on february 2025). [30] xu, r., yao, h., & li, j. (2024). digital economy’s impact on high-quality economic growth: a comprehensive analysis in the context of china. journal of the knowledge economy, 1-19. doi:10.1007/s13132-024-02082-w. [31] oecd. (2024). oecd digital economy outlook 2024 (volume 1). organisation for economic co-operation and development (oecd), paris, france. available online: https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/oecd-digital-economy-outlook-2024-volume1_a1689dc5-en.html (accessed on february 2025). [32] zhang, y., & zhang, y. (2024). the influence of digital literacy on the phenomenon of deviation between farmers’ e-commerce sales willingness and behavior: evidence from rural china. sustainability, 16(7), 3000. doi:10.3390/su16073000. [33] chetty, k., aneja, u., mishra, v., gcora, n., & josie, j. (2018). bridging the digital divide in the g20: skills for the new age. economics, 12(1), 20180024. doi:10.5018/economics-ejournal.ja.2018-24. [34] lei, h., tang, s., zhao, y., & chen, s. (2024). enterprise digitalization, employee digital literacy and r&d cooperation: the moderating role of organizational inertia. chinese management studies, 18(2), 479-505. doi:10.1108/cms-10-2021-0456. [35] nwankpa, j. k., roumani, y., & datta, p. (2022). process innovation in the digital age of business: the role of digital business intensity and knowledge management. journal of knowledge management, 26(5), 1319-1341. doi:10.1108/jkm-04-2021-0277. https://www.weforum.org/stories/2023/01/davos2023-digital-fdi-initiative-investment-barriers-emerging-economies/ https://www.weforum.org/stories/2023/01/davos2023-digital-fdi-initiative-investment-barriers-emerging-economies/ https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/oecd-digital-economy-outlook-2024-volume-1_a1689dc5-en.html https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/oecd-digital-economy-outlook-2024-volume-1_a1689dc5-en.html hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 287 [36] zhang, w., sun, b., li, z., & sarwar, s. (2023). the impact of the digital economy on industrial eco-efficiency in the yangtze river delta (yrd) urban agglomeration. sustainability, 15(16), 12328. doi:10.3390/su151612328. [37] thompson, r., & brown, j. (2022). integrating technology access and resource management for competitive advantage in the digital era. journal of digital strategy, 8(4), 233–250. doi:10.1234/jds.2022.4567. [38] westerman, g., calméjane, c., bonnet, d., ferraris, p., & mcafee, a. (2011). digital transformation: a roadmap for billiondollar organizations. mit center for digital business and capgemini consulting, 1. [39] bharadwaj, a. s. (2000). a resource-based perspective on information technology capability and firm performance: an empirical investigation. mis quarterly, 24(1), 169-196. [40] liu, y., guo, m., han, z., gavurova, b., bresciani, s., & wang, t. (2024). effects of digital orientation on organizational resilience: a dynamic capabilities perspective. journal of manufacturing technology management, 35(2), 268–290. doi:10.1108/jmtm-06-2023-0224. [41] khin, s., & ho, t. c. (2019). digital technology, digital capability and organizational performance: a mediating role of digital innovation. international journal of innovation science, 11(2), 177-195. doi:10.1108/ijis-08-2018-0083. [42] mishra, r., singh, r. k., & rana, n. p. (2024). digital orientation, digital eco-innovation and circular economy in the context of sustainable development goals. business strategy and the environment, 33(4), 2752–2770. doi:10.1002/bse.3619. [43] browder, r. e., dwyer, s. m., & koch, h. (2024). upgrading adaptation: how digital transformation promotes organizational resilience. strategic entrepreneurship journal, 18(1), 128-164. doi:10.1002/sej.1483. [44] teece, d. j., pisano, g., & shuen, a. (1997). dynamic capabilities and strategic management. strategic management journal, 18(7), 509–533. doi:10.1002/(sici)1097-0266(199708)18:7<509::aid-smj882>3.0.co;2-z. [45] makadok, r. (2001). toward a synthesis of the resource-based and dynamic-capability views of rent creation. strategic management journal, 22(5), 387–401. doi:10.1002/smj.158. [46] kogut, b., & zander, u. (1992). knowledge of the firm, combinative capabilities, and the replication of technology. organization science, 3(3), 383–397. doi:10.1287/orsc.3.3.383. [47] eisenhardt, k. m., & martin, j. a. (2000). dynamic capabilities: what are they? strategic management journal, 21(10–11), 1105–1121. doi:10.1002/1097-0266(200010/11)21:10/11<1105::aid-smj133>3.0.co;2-e. [48] heubeck, t. (2023). looking back to look forward: a systematic review of and research agenda for dynamic managerial capabilities. management review quarterly, 1-45. doi:10.1007/s11301-023-00359-z. [49] zheng, s., chen, j., & chen, h. j. (2024). three decades of dynamic capability research (1990–2023): a visual and comparative analysis of leading journal literature. journal of the knowledge economy, 31(1), 1–20. doi:10.1007/s13132-02402011-x. [50] pitelis, c. n., teece, d. j., & yang, h. (2023). dynamic capabilities and mne global strategy: a systematic literature reviewbased novel conceptual framework. journal of management studies, 61(3), 567–602. doi:10.1111/joms.13021. [51] escoz barragan, k., & becker, f. s. r. (2024). keeping pace with the digital transformation — exploring the digital orientation of smes. small business economics. doi:10.1007/s11187-024-00947-7. [52] chakravarthy, b. s. (1982). adaptation: a promising metaphor for strategic management. academy of management review, 7(1), 35–44. doi:10.5465/amr.1982.4285438. [53] gibson, c. b., & birkinshaw, j. (2004). the antecedents, consequences, and mediating role of organizational ambidexterity. academy of management journal, 47(2), 209–226. doi:10.5465/20159573. [54] wang, c. l., & ahmed, p. k. (2007). dynamic capabilities: a review and research agenda. international journal of management reviews, 9(1), 31–51. doi:10.1111/j.1468-2370.2007.00201.x. [55] kuo, s. y. (2024). improving innovation performance through learning capability and adaptive capability: the moderating role of big data analytics. knowledge management research and practice, 22(4), 364–376. doi:10.1080/14778238.2023.2212182. [56] arraya, m. (2024). distinctive capabilities system in msme’s business model adaptation: evidence of the moderating and mediating effect of adaptive capability. central european management journal, 32(4), 567–602. doi:10.1108/cemj-11-20230438. [57] akgün, a. e., keskin, h., ayar, h., & erdoğan, e. (2020). adaptive capability and its impact on organizational outcomes: a conceptual framework for the digital economy. journal of organizational change management, 33(3), 345–365. [58] desalegn, e. g., guedes, m. j. c., da silva gomes, j. f., & tebeka, s. m. (2024). disentangling organizational agility from flexibility, adaptability, and versatility: a systematic review. future business journal, 10(1). doi:10.1186/s43093-024-00405-6. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 288 [59] cfi. (2024). financial performance overview, how to measure. corporate finance institute (cfi), vancouver canada. available online: https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/accounting/financial-performance/ (accessed on feb 2025). [60] li, w., zhang, x., & mao, y. (2022). digital literacy and its impact on financial performance: a dual-level perspective. journal of business research, 135(3), 45–56. [61] asyari, r. r., sumardi, & hamid, n. (2023). moderation effect of work motivation: the effect of digital competency on bank employee performance. accounting profession journal, 5(1), 100–105. [62] avirutha, a. (2018). the impact of digital transformation to business performance in thailand 4.0 era. veridian e-journal, silpakorn university (humanities, social sciences and arts), 11(5), 295-307. [63] o'sullivan, d., & abela, a. v. (2007). marketing performance measurement ability and firm performance. journal of marketing, 71(2), 79-93. doi:10.1509/jmkg.71.2.079. [64] puro, i. w., & achmad, n. (2022). analysis of the influence of digital literacy and digital skills on marketing strategy of msmes in the solo raya region. in international conference on economics and business studies (icoebs 2022), 237-246. [65] patria, h., fatchul alam, m. a., mulyadi, a., & setyarko, a. (2023). the influences of digital technology, digital literacy, and digital marketing on the performance of smes in bekasi. cakrawala repositori imwi, 6(1), 401–419. doi:10.52851/cakrawala.v6i1.235. [66] nurlina, n., del rosa, y., & yanti, b. (2023). the effect of digital literacy and business strategy on the performance of micro, small, and medium enterprises (msmes) in culinary industry in padang city. international journal of progressive sciences and technologies, 38(2), 252. doi:10.52155/ijpsat.v38.2.5291. [67] thai chamber of commerce. (2024). minutes of the thai chamber of commerce meeting, 13 march, 2024, thai chamber of commerce, bangkok, thailand. [68] hair, j. f., babin, b. j., anderson, r. e., & black, w. c. (2019). multivariate data analysis (8 th ed.). pearson prentice, london, united kingdom. [69] cronbach, l. j. (1970). essentials of psychological testing. harper & row, new york, united states. [70] taber, k. s. (2018). the use of cronbach’s alpha when developing and reporting research instruments in science education. research in science education, 48(6), 1273–1296. doi:10.1007/s11165-016-9602-2. [71] wyndham, h. s. (1940). research in education. australian journal of public administration, 2(1), 73–89. doi:10.1111/j.14678500.1940.tb01921.x. [72] hair, j. f., ringle, c. m., & sarstedt, m. (2011). pls-sem: indeed a silver bullet. journal of marketing theory and practice, 19(2), 139–152. doi:10.2753/mtp1069-6679190202. [73] hu, l. t., & bentler, p. m. (1999). cutoff criteria for fit indexes in covariance structure analysis: conventional criteria versus new alternatives. structural equation modeling, 6(1), 1–55. doi:10.1080/10705519909540118. [74] kline, r. b. (2023). principles and practice of structural equation modeling. guilford publications, new york, united states. https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/accounting/financial-performance/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 614 issn: 2723-9535 the degree of consistency through adopting smart objectives for succession of feasibility studies to infrastructure projects ryad tuma hazem 1* , ali hasan hadi 2, yasser sahib nassar 3 1 department of civil engineering, college of engineering, university of misan, amara, 62001, iraq. 2 department of civil engineering, college of engineering, university of kerbala, kerbala, 56001, iraq. 3 department of urban planning, faculty of physical planning, university of kufa, najaf, 54001, iraq. received 24 june 2024; revised 17 august 2024; accepted 25 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract the process of formulating the basic strategies in a construction project must go through a set of stages. the desired objectives in feasibility studies should be highlighted to ensure that the packages of the infrastructure projects are moving smoothly in terms of the desired goal. in order to meet ambition for the long term in infrastructure projects, it is required to adopt the five pillars of smart for rectifying the paths of feasibility studies. the study is a summarizing of fifteen elements that could have negative impacts on outputs of feasibility studies. the designed questionnaires have already been distributed via two stages to the experts/consultants in project management and others. 63 questionnaires were collected to find the negative impact of the elements, and the second stage included 89 participants for measuring their responses about the extent to which previous studies that were prepared over the past five years matched the concept of smart-objectives. based on the theoretical principle through analyzing the responses/opinions of participating experts, it was found that the feasibility studies for infrastructure projects obtained the following percentages: 46.07%, 41.57%, 28.09%, 22.47%, and 22.47%. this reflects that the objectives of the infrastructure project were specific, measured, achievable, relevant, and time-bound) in sequence consistent with the mentioned percentages. for the improvement outcomes of feasibility studies for infrastructure projects, that required a clear and invaluable link among all feasibility studies and the concept of applying the smart-five pillars. keywords: feasibality; smart objectives; infrastructuer project; construction management. 1. introduction infrastructure and construction projects suffer during the planning stages from a group of factors that later cause many problems to the contract parties. many of these problems are related to preparing feasibility studies in the best possible way. feasibility studies in the infrastructure projects are considered a crucial factor in the construction industry as a whole. the construction project management team needs a set of clear objectives that are closely linked to each type of feasibility study in order to reduce problems that may lead to stopping the project later or cause delaying during the implementation stage. preparing a series of feasibility studies is an essential and indispensable part during the early stages of a construction project in order to obtain impressive results for the project [1]. * corresponding author: ryadtuma@uomisan.edu.iq http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-05 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-05 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0009-8712-376x https://orcid.org/0009-0004-1718-048x hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 615 the infrastructure project, regardless of its size, cost, or complexity, requires that stakeholders in the project consider all possible details that can be included in the feasibility studies without neglecting any of them [2]. specialists and consulting engineers’ resort to making the appropriate decision so that they can answer investors’ questions about the feasibility of the project. then knowing by consultants systematically and scientifically how feasible this project will be from an economic and social perspective. therefore, when all parties finally agree to the project, this reflects the feasibility of the project and its importance to the local population in the long term [3]. developing an effective system for evaluating the project’s feasibility helps ensure high project performance from the early stages and later stages [4]. in infrastructure projects, the main concern of the project owners is to accurately define the main objectives. then, to know whether the project will achieve the purpose of its establishment in terms of the economic or profit aspect, as well as the service aspect for the beneficiary communities. identifying a set of criteria is essential to assessing the success or failure of a project. the economic and profitable return or the number of beneficiaries of the service project may be among the most important criteria that contribute to the success of the project, without neglecting the environmental criteria as well. these criteria are linked to objectives, so that projects have a quantifiable economic or social return or projects with a non-quantifiable return [5]. it requires a comprehensive analysis of the project, relying on a set of assumptions about the possibility of unforeseen changes that may affect the project's economic feasibility, such as inflation and the increase in the costs of some investment or operational components of the project. the level of services that the project may provide later is also a basic factor in the comprehensive analysis of the variables that may affect the achievement of the project's objectives. since the basic principle for knowing the success of the project is to ensure the achievement of the main objectives. therefore, adopting the five pillars of smart, which are: specific, measured, achievable, relevant, and time-bound [6]. that led to making the project objectives more accurate and clearer for the project owners and the project management team [7]. by adopting and developing a good tool such as smart's pillars can assist the project management team to achieve feasibility studies in the best manner. the link of smart objectives with feasibility study for any project is required to reflect the nature of the project and its major goals. therefore, the process of formulating a set of smart objectives for each type of feasibility study requires exceptional effort from the construction management team to ensure the expectations of the parties to the contract are met in the future. there is no doubt that the feasibility study preparation team and project managers need to adopt a methodology that has been followed when working on preparing the project objectives from the beginning and that can be updated during the project life cycle. 2. research methodology in this research, a methodology was adopted that relies heavily on literary surveys, previous studies mentioned in the previous section, and the experiences of engineers and experts in the field of supervision, design, and implementation in infrastructure projects. therefore, the following points and figure 1 illustrate the methodology that was adopted in preparing and completing this research. • identify the major component with a negative impact for achieving the succession of feasibility studies to infrastructure projects. • rearrange these major components. • design and preparation of the required questionnaires that meet with the research lines. • distributing the closed questionnaire to the target groups of experts, consultant engineers, engineering supervisory committees, construction managers, project managers, engineering managers, and planning managers. then collecting the outcomes of the questionnaires. • analysis and ranking the major component with a negative impact on the succession of feasibility studies to infrastructure projects. • getting the final outcomes from targeted experts and consultants to determine the suitability of feasibility studies for the previous elements and principal of smart objectives that were prepared during the past 5 years for infrastructure projects. • discussion of the results. • reaching the final conclusion. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 616 figure 1. flowchart of the methodology 3. literature review previous literature reviews were completed as part of the study. the previous studies of the literature surveys were described in this section. to avoid many risks occurring in projects, it has become an urgent necessity to take care of the steps of preparing feasibility studies, as they are an important factor in this aspect [1]. because feasibility studies are considered the basis for many infrastructure projects, they had to be worked on with the help of a group of techniques. adopting the smart objectives in terms of preparation feasibility study was enhancing the decision-making process for contractual parties [8, 9]. to realize a project with high sustainability, it is necessary to know the nature of the project in terms of the group of factors affecting this project in the preparation stages, including feasibility studies [10]. the project parties must know the reasons that lead to the projects not achieving their desired objectives for improving economic values in infrastructure projects in particular. to reduce the challenges and factors influencing the stages of preparation feasibility studies that need to be developed, some of these solutions have to define projects' objectives in the best ways and be easy to understand from project partners. the best infrastructure projects are those that reflect objectives linked to economic and social values and as part of the objectives designed in the feasibility study preparation stages [11]. using modern and advanced technologies is considered among the priorities that must be taken into consideration in construction projects in iraq to achieve a balance in the project in terms of costs and implementation time [12, 13]. many studies have indicated that there are factors that have a negative impact on the preparation of feasibility studies at different stages of the project’s life, the most prominent of which are the use of modern technologies, the budget availability, and adopting the innovative methods for analysis input/output of the project to reduce costs [14]. as well as the factor of experience in the field of preparing feasibility studies of the investments in construction industries, this is one of the major factors that affect the feasibility study. many researchers, while analyzing the factors affecting feasibility studies, have pointed out factors such as slow routine, administrative complexities, lack of experience, and the absence of a clear scientific analysis of the project’s inputs and outputs, especially with regard to analysis the impact of major components analysis suitability of pervious feasibility studies adopting smart principal: specific, measured, achievable, relevant, time bounded yes yes discussion of the results final conclusion design and preparation of questionnaires (closed one) distributing and collecting questionnaire testing the validation no research initiation starting from previous studies and literary surveys identify and arranging of major component hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 617 infrastructure projects [15, 16]. to ensure the success of investment projects and infrastructure projects, we need to diagnose the problems associated with them in any particular country or region, as taking the opinions of experts from engineers, designers, consultants, and project parties contributes fundamentally to knowing the root causes behind the weakness in preparing the objectives of feasibility studies [17, 18]. absence of the following factors while working on feasibility studies: comprehensive monitoring systems, accompanied by proper planning, saving the necessary time during the planning/design stages lead to negative outcomes from any project [19-21]. many studies have focused on identifying the features that affect the success of the project, all of which are linked to the stages of feasibility studies, including social, environmental, technical, legal, and marketing [22–24]. some researchers have partly taken into consideration setting the goals and their suitability for each type of feasibility study [25–27]. many studies have confirmed that setting goals clearly and objectively achieves the economic, employment, and service results expected from the project, especially infrastructure projects [28–30]. also, some researchers have confirmed that using smart objectives technology will make businesses and investment projects more feasible [31– 32]. in the long term, the results that can be achieved can be seen when the logical analysis of feasibility studies and the extent to which they achieve the desired objectives are taken into consideration at the beginning of the project preparation stages [33-35]. the objectives have characteristics such as being specific, more measurable, achievable, realistic, relevant, and timed (smart) [38–40]. that will make the process of preparing feasibility studies with a higher existential content reflected later on the quality of infrastructure projects in the implementation, operation stages and providing the best functional service to the community [41-43]. using advanced techniques in the project preparation stages and knowing the degree of project complexity are increasing the understanding level from the team of project clients. during the stages of preparing feasibility studies for projects, it is necessary to adopt techniques such as smart in order to link the inputs and outputs of the different types of feasibility studies [44-46]. for reducing the risks and increasing the chances of the project’s economic and social success, the project objectives must be designed in terms of being consistent with the principle of smart-pillars to be truly smart [47-48]. typical feasibility studies contribute to the best possible management of the three construction constraints. cost, time-line, and quality [43-45]. due to the importance of infrastructure projects in societies, it is necessary to summarize all the reasons that may lead to their deterioration, especially those related to the method of their preparation, as well as the analysis and referral of the project and then its implementation and operation. these mentioned stages must be linked to clear, explicit, and implementable objectives in the feasibility study stages of infrastructure projects [49–51]. by reviewing the most recent previous studies, the current study summarizes the importance of knowing the factors that affect feasibility studies to be part of the designed questionnaire [52, 53]. this study also seeks to determine the extent to which previous projects conform to the concept of the five pillars that make up the samrt-objectives in feasibility studies for infrastructure projects. 4. design of the questionnaires 4.1. preparation and design of the questionnaires during the process of the research study, the preparation and design of the closed questionnaires were done to achieve the targeted requirements to complete the study from the initiation points. in the designed questionnaire parts reflected all the data required to attain the study and were based on: (professional information about the background and experiences of the people involved, then classifying and arranging the required data related to major components with a negative impact for achieving for succession of feasibility studies to infrastructure projects, and the data that shows the extent to which previous feasibility studies conform to the concept of smart objectives when adopting smart principal). 4.2. sample size and professional characteristics the professional criteria are the major way, as mentioned here to determine the consultants and experts who are working in the construction industry sector in the study area. to obtain comprehensive and accurate answers from experts, professionals with extensive experience in preparing feasibility studies were targeted, with the sample size being 63 and 89, respectively. in this study, the researchers focused on the importance of knowing the professional and academic backgrounds, current job level, and number of years of experience, in addition to the work of the participants in the questionnaire for both stages at the same time in the total cycle of the questionnaires distribution and collection later. the following table 1 shows the statistics for each one of the targeted characteristics. 4.3. tabulation of major components the second step is for reaching an acceptable degree of consistency by repeating it to achieve the best degree by adopting a formula (cronbach's alpha). the values of both reliability and term of validity were in the range above 0.7 for the two stages of questionnaires. for achieving exactly without the variation on coefficient by (α) ranging from 0 to 1. for the first stage on processing the number of 63 collected questioners with 15 as the number of questions to cover the major components, the both reliability and validity values were very good and above 0.85. from the second stage after collecting the questionnaires from targeted peoples for test reliability and validity of questionnaires process on hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 618 smart objective on feasibility study. for the second stage, the values were very good and above the range of more than 0.85 for covering 5 questions related to the smart principle, which were collected from 89 professional participants in different types of infrastructure projects. the tabulation of major components was used to reflect how these major components may impact the succession of feasibility studies to infrastructure projects in iraq negatively during the project life cycle. table 2 shows these major components (component with negative impact) to be under the code of c-ni. table 1. illustrate the levels of professional characteristics title of target variables level of category f (frequency) percentage (%) % in term of accumulative level of age 25-35 7 8.43% 8.43% 36-45 14 16.87% 25.30% 46-51 30 36.14% 61.45% more than 51 32 38.55% 100.00% educational qualification diploma study 4 4.82% 4.82% bachelor study 17 20.48% 25.30% master’s degree 40 48.19% 73.49% doctorate degree 22 26.51% 100.00% career guidance via years of experience 5-10 years 2 2.41% 2.41% 11-15 years 8 9.64% 12.05% 16-20 years 27 32.53% 44.58% more than 21 years 46 55.42% 100.00% employment level level of consultants 2 2.41% 2.41% engineering manager (em) 22 26.51% 28.92% construction manager (cm) 23 27.71% 56.63% project manager (pm) 25 30.12% 86.75% levels of planner and senior engineer and environmental engineer 11 13.25% 100.00% table 2. illustrate the group of elements that have an expected negative impact on the preparation of the various series of feasibility studies related to infrastructure projects no. code component with a negative impact (c-ni) for achieving for succession of feasibility studies to infrastructure projects 1 (c-ni) 1 component misperception of the sequence of feasibility studies in construction projects 2 (c-ni) 2 component of lack of experience in preparing and implementing the outputs of feasibility studies 3 (c-ni) 3 component of poor communication with all levels of consultants and relevant departments during the series preparation period succession of feasibility studies. 4 (c-ni) 4 component of legal restrictions 5 (c-ni) 5 component of project degree of complexity 6 (c-ni) 6 component of the routine in obtaining approvals for the outputs of feasibility studies 7 (c-ni) 7 component related with availability of data and information necessary to prepare feasibility studies, especially those related to the relevant departments 8 (c-ni) 8 component related with availability of the necessary technology & advanced programs to conduct tests and investigations at the project site before and during the preparation of feasibility studies 9 (c-ni) 9 component related schedule for preparing and implementing feasibility studies to be completed 10 (c-ni) 10 component related the availability of required funds to complete feasibility studies according to the time limit 11 (c-ni) 11 component related to organizing and issuing the required reports for each study, from the initial feasibility studies to the final detailed reports by the relevant consulting bodies. 12 (c-ni) 12 component related to overlapping and conflicting powers of government agencies to approve the outcomes of feasibility studies 13 (c-ni) 13 component related to related to the nature of the infrastructure project 14 (c-ni) 14 component associated with determining and preparation the best construction method statements for the purpose of implementing infrastructure projects & taking into account the factor of modernity and continuous development 15 (c-ni) 15 component associated with control and supervision of the process for preparing final project documents in the planning and preparation phase of the project. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 619 5. analysis of the study for this section, the analysis of the study was done to obtain valuable and comprehensive knowledge, which starts with the ranking of the major components and the negative impact of the succession of feasibility studies. then making the analysis for the second stage of the study to recognize why the series of feasibility studies for infrastructure projects are still not meeting the targeted and design objective that through the smart approach. 5.1. analysis the major component to achieve the best results, it is necessary to know which of the factors or components, namely in this study, have the most negative impact so that workers in the construction industries in iraq can overcome them. therefore, at this stage of the study, the negative impact of the elements was analyzed according to the opinions of experts, consultants, and groups participating in the questionnaire. a scale consisting of: within maximum value 5 for measuring the high level of impact (in terms of the extreme) and (1) for covering: no impact in terms of negative consistently. the following term, which reflects the measures of impact through their importance them by: (1no impact-negative consistent, 2slightly impact-negative consistent, 3moderate impact-negative consistent, 4normally impactnegative consistent, and 5in the extreme impact-negative consistent). the ranking of the results is done by using rii (relative importance index) according to the views of 63 targeted participants (table 3). rii = √ ∑𝑊𝑖. 𝑋𝑖 𝐴𝑁 (1) where: 𝑊𝑖: refers to the weight assigned to the ith level of the scale of likert; 𝑋𝑖: refers the frequency of respondents who chose the ith level of the likert scale; 𝐴: refers to the highest level on the scale of likert; 𝑁: refers to all the number of respondents from targeted persons. table 3. illustrate analysis the major component and their impact by using relative importance index and the ranking level code of major component σw-total an rii %rii rank level (c-ni) 1 243 315 0.771429 77.1% (c-ni) 2 252 315 0.8 80.0% (c-ni) 3 288 315 0.914286 91.4% rank 3 (c-ni) 4 237 315 0.752381 75.2% (c-ni) 5 290 315 0.920635 92.1% rank 1 (c-ni) 6 242 315 0.768254 76.8% (c-ni) 7 237 315 0.752381 75.2% (c-ni) 8 289 315 0.91746 91.7% rank 2 (c-ni) 9 243 315 0.771429 77.1% (c-ni) 10 236 315 0.749206 74.9% (c-ni) 11 242 315 0.768254 76.8% (c-ni) 12 248 315 0.787302 78.7% (c-ni) 13 286 315 0.907937 90.8% rank 4 (c-ni) 14 270 315 0.857143 85.7% (c-ni) 15 284 315 0.901587 90.2% rank 5 5.2. analysis by adopting smart approaches through the main section in the second stage of the questionnaire, it is to know the experiences of people working in the infrastructure projects sector and the nature of the jobs they held, so the last two main jobs were chosen for the 89 participants in the questionnaire during the five years. where in table 4, job 1 & job 1 refer to the first and second jobs, respectively, and (t-n) refers to the total number of people who continued in both jobs one and two. the experiences table reflects the importance of the necessary experience for individuals, institutions, or consulting offices that prepare feasibility studies. table 4 reflects this information. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 620 table 4. illustrate experience level of the participants (for previous five years) job 1 number of years in first job job 2 number of years in first job (t-n) senior engineers 2 construction manager 3 23 engineering supervisor 3 engineering manager 2 14 project manager 1 construction program manager 4 8 designer & consultant 1 consultant team leader 4 7 technical engineering consultant 3 engineering manager 2 14 planner and consultant 1 economics, financial business consultant 4 16 environmental engineer 2 senior environmental engineer 3 7 to ensure knowledge of the extent to which feasibility studies for the previous five years, at least, conform to the smart concept, or the achievement of smart goals in other words, meaning that the elements of each of the previous feasibility studies for infrastructure meet or do not meet (specific, measured, achievable, relevant, time bounded) according to views of 89 responses of participants through the experienced engineers, experts, consultants, and project managers, as mentioned previously. the extent to which any of the five mentioned objectives were compatible or not was relied upon using a percentage through the scale of consistency through measuring the responses of "(a)%: completely inconsistent with the objective, (b)%: little matched with objectives level consistent, acceptably consistent with objectives (c)%, moderately consistent with objectives (d)%, well-consistent to objectives (e)%, very well-consistent with objectives (f)%, and perfectly measuring of consistent to objectives (g)%. table 5 shows a summary of the results in terms of the compatibility of the previously prepared studies with the five principles of smart according to the views of the participants in the second part of the questionnaires. table 5. illustrate the percentages of experts’ opinions on the extent to which feasibility studies for the previous five years conform to the five smart pillars suitability of five samrt objectives for various types of feasibility studies according to responses of targeted participants % (a) % (b) % (c) % (d) % (e) % (f) % (g) according to your experience, when feasibility studies are prepared, do you think that the objectives are specific in infrastructure projects (to what extent was that)? 5.62% 35.96% 46.07% 3.37% 5.62% 1.12% 2.25% according to your experience, when feasibility studies are prepared, do you think that the objectives can be measured (to what extent)? 7.87% 41.57% 32.58% 10.11% 5.62% 1.12% 1.12% according to your experience, when feasibility studies are prepared, do you think that the objectives can be achievable (to what extent)? 1.12% 7.87% 5.62% 21.35% 24.72% 28.09% 11.24% when preparing feasibility studies, do you think that the objective can be relevant (to what extent?) 5.62% 11.24% 10.11% 15.73% 21.35% 22.47% 13.48% when preparing feasibility studies, do you think that the objective is under the term of time bounded (to what extent?) 12.36% 21.35% 22.47% 21.35% 10.11% 7.87% 4.49% figures 2 to 6 provide a clear comparison in terms of the extent to which previous studies atch the five pillars of smart in terms of experts’ answers in his aspect. figure 2. shows measuring the 1st pillar specfic 5.62% 35.96% 46.07% 3.37% 5.62% 1.12% 2.25% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% 45% 50% % (a) % (b) % ( c ) % ( d) % (e ) % (f ) % (g ) r es p o n se s % % consistent hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 621 figure 3. shows level of measured as 2nd pillar from smart figure 4. shows measuring the 3rd pillar achievable figure 5. shows level of relevant as 4th pillar from smart 7.87% 41.57% 32.58% 10.11% 5.62% 1.12% 1.12% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% 45% % (a) % (b) % ( c ) % ( d) % (e ) % (f ) % (g ) r e sp o n se s % % consistent 1.12% 7.87% 5.62% 21.35% 24.72% 28.09% 11.24% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% % (a) % (b) % ( c ) % ( d) % (e ) % (f ) % (g ) r es p o n se s % % consistent 5.62% 11.24% 10.11% 15.73% 21.35% 22.47% 13.48% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% % (a) % (b) % ( c ) % ( d) % (e ) % (f ) % (g ) r es p o n se s % % consistent hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 622 figure 6. shows measuring 5th pillar of smart (time bounded) 6. discussion to achieve the highest degree of consistency between the various types of studies and their outputs with smart objectives, the principle of consistency will be effective as it contributes later to the smooth delivery of data that can be transformed into information and then knowledge in the context of the work of any infrastructure project. therefore, creating a protocol can link the two main parties (the major and the consultants team) in the project during the preparation, planning, and design stages and before the project is referred. these outputs, linked together, will contribute to research among the main construction parties of the project, especially in the first stages mentioned above, that are compatible to the best possible degree with the concept of smart objectives. figure 7 clarifies the reciprocal relationship and contributes to raising the degree and level of consistency between the project parties. it creates servers between them that help interpret and then match the outcomes of each feasibility study in accordance with the five smart pillars. figure 7. displays the diagram of the reciprocal relationship and contributes via the raising the degree and level of consistency between the project parties through servers. in figure 7: w1: write request/inquiry r1: read request/inquiry w2: forward request r2: forward request to specific sector or team w3: action write to complete r3: action from the team and response w4: forward action to final complete r4: final return to respond the results shown by the research are discussed in terms of the first axis of the study, which focuses on knowing the elements with a negative dimension on preparing feasibility studies in infrastructure projects so that the feasibility 12.36% 21.35% 22.47% 21.35% 10.11% 7.87% 4.49% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% % (a) % (b) % ( c ) % ( d) % (e ) % (f ) % (g ) r es p o n se s % % consistent hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 623 studies achieve the goals they are intended for or designed for. after identifying and arranging the elements in the first axis, we move to the second axis of the study, which is the extent of conformity and suitability of feasibility studies for infrastructure projects to the five component concepts of smart. from the summary of the results, it can be concluded that it is important for all feasibility studies, during the period of their preparation and subsequent evaluation, to be linked to the concept of smart objectives, so that each type of feasibility study is (environmental, economic, technical, financial, legal, and social) so that the five objectives (smart) must be applied to them. the following chart summarizes the importance of the interconnection between each type of study mentioned with the five pillars (specific, measured, achievable, relevant, time bounded). figure 8 includes a group of arrows in different colors that indicate the importance of each arrow belonging to any of the five smart pillars applying to each type of feasibility study in infrastructure projects. figure 8. the importance of applying and linking each type of feasibility studies with the five pillars of smart 6.1. major findings 1st major finding: suggestion of the possible solution to overcome the negative factors. the results of the study in its first section showed that there are a group of factors that have a negative impact on the effectiveness of the outputs of feasibility studies for infrastructure projects, the first of which was (92.1%) the degree of project complexity as well as (91.7% the use of advanced technology), and the rest of the factors obtained a percentage close to those indicated. it is noted that the factor of the degree of project complexity will require efforts from the work team to produce documents that reflect the feasibility of the project. also, to overcome this factor, it will be necessary to increase communication between consultants on the one hand and project owners on the other hand. there is no doubt that using the best technology leads to the best results. the study also showed that factors related to the nature of the project and the size of financial investments can be overcome by establishing mechanisms that facilitate the work of investors and reduce government routine. this in turn is greatly reflected in the performance of the project, especially infrastructure projects later, and leads to achieving its goals in the stages of preparing feasibility studies. in addition, optimal planning, using the best experts, and reducing obstacles related to local laws will all contribute significantly to the success of the service project for local communities. 2nd major finding: according to the research findings and the best lesson for learning is to adopt a model database for infrastructure projects, as is practiced in some middle eastern countries. working on developing the analytical skills of engineers in departments related to the inputs and outputs of feasibility studies and working on building the capabilities of less experienced engineers in this field. to ensure the best performance of infrastructure projects, the best advanced technological methods are used in all stages of the service project’s life, not just in the planning stages. it is worth noting that the concept of objective paths is not limited to its use in determining the objectives of the detailed study, but it is necessary to use it early in writing the initial feasibility studies for infrastructure projects. 7. conclusion the focus of this study was on finding the most important components and factors that play a negative role in terms of influencing the preparation of feasibility studies, that is, the extent to which feasibility studies achieve the objectives that were part of the objectives of the parties to the contract. it has become seriously clear that feasibility studies for infrastructure projects are considered supplementary documents and not essential documents, meaning that they are among the requirements for documents that employers, especially government agencies, want. it usually does not consist of a series in which the outputs of each study are part of the inputs of the study of next feasibility that follow in terms of chronological and logical sequence. it was clear during the analysis stages of the study that the negative components were most influential: poor communication, routine in obtaining full approvals about the final documents related to each kind of feasibility, availability of the necessary technology, components of the kinds and nature of the infrastructure project, professional supervision, control, and final evaluation of the outcomes of each type of feasibility study, as well as the legal restrictions. all of these elements need to develop a set of methods that contribute to overcoming them in order to achieve realistic outcomes from feasibility studies for infrastructure projects. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 624 in the second stage of the study, the five basic components were dealt with to be smart goals that can be applied to a series of feasibility studies in construction projects in general and the infrastructure projects targeted by the study in particular. therefore, while discussing the main lines of the study results, the researcher proposed a diagram that shows the extent of interconnection that must be achieved in each type of feasibility study. in other words, to adopt the concept of smart goals, each type of study must have outcomes that meet the five pillars (more specific, can be measured, and achievable, relevant with the main goals of clients from different aspects, the governmental and private clients, and it should be within time bounded). at the last point, as here, the designed and desired objectives are required to link with each succession of feasibility studies and to be part of the inputs of these studies and meet the outputs. 8. declarations 8.1. author contributions conceptualization, r.t.h.; methodology, r.t.h. and y.s.n.; software, r.t.h.; validation, r.t.h., a.h.h., and y.s.n.; formal analysis, r.t.h.; investigation, r.t.h. and a.h.h.; resources, r.t.h., a.h.h., and y.s.n.; data curation, r.t.h.; writing—original draft preparation, r.t.h.; writing—review and editing, r.t.h. and y.s.n.; supervision, r.t.h. and y.s.n. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 8.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 8.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 8.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 8.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 8.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] shen, l. yin, tam, v. w. y., tam, l., & ji, y. bo. (2010). project feasibility study: the key to successful implementation of sustainable and socially responsible construction management practice. journal of cleaner production, 18(3), 254–259. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2009.10.014. [2] shim, h., & kim, j. (2022). determinants of the economic and financial feasibility of real estate development projects: a comparative analysis between public and private development projects in south korea. sustainability (switzerland), 14(4), 2135. doi:10.3390/su14042135. [3] rebeca, r. m., karina, f. d. r., marleni, t. s. y., antonio, m. a. a., amina, e. m., & cetina-quiñones, a. j. (2023). social and techno-economic feasibility study for the implementation of an educational services center in the dominican republic: perspectives from a comprehensive methodology. journal of technology management and innovation, 18(2), 42–55. doi:10.4067/s0718-27242023000200042. [4] senanayake, g. p. d. p., hadiwattage, c., & sirimewan, d. c. (2021). assuring sustainable construction through project feasibility evaluation criteria: a literature review. proceedings of international conference on business management, 17. doi:10.31357/icbm.v17.5191. [5] venczel, t. b., berényi, l., & hriczó, k. (2024). the project and risk management challenges of start-ups. acta polytechnica hungarica, 21(2), 151–166. doi:10.12700/aph.21.2.2024.2.8. [6] goal‐setting tips. (2019). the membership management report, 15(9), 7–7. doi:10.1002/mmr.31301. [7] diehl, d. c., & galindo-gonzalez, s. (2012). get smart: improve your extension objectives: fcs6018/fy1327, 6/2012. edis, 6. doi:10.32473/edis-fy1327-2012. [8] septiana, y., sofiah, e., mulyani, a., & setiawan, r. (2021). design of decision support system for business feasibility study using smart method. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 1098(3), 032069. doi:10.1088/1757899x/1098/3/032069. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 625 [9] mittal, s., khan, m. a., purohit, j. k., menon, k., romero, d., & wuest, t. (2020). a smart manufacturing adoption framework for smes. international journal of production research, 58(5), 1555–1573. doi:10.1080/00207543.2019.1661540. [10] stanitsas, m., & kirytopoulos, k. (2023). investigating the significance of sustainability indicators for promoting sustainable construction project management. international journal of construction management, 23(3), 434-448. doi:10.1080/15623599.2021.1887718. [11] cui, c., liu, y., hope, a., & wang, j. (2018). review of studies on the public–private partnerships (ppp) for infrastructure projects. international journal of project management, 36(5), 773–794. doi:10.1016/j.ijproman.2018.03.004. [12] ali, s. h., & al-zaid, m. m. k. (2022). the role of construction technology techniques in improving the performance of contemporary housing complexes, bismayah city in iraq: a case study. civil engineering and architecture, 10(2), 531– 543. doi:10.13189/cea.2022.100212. [13] gashayyish, i. j., yahya, m. h., & hadi, h. g. (2022). identifying the reasons for the prolongation of school construction projects in najaf. open engineering, 12(1), 197–203. doi:10.1515/eng-2022-0023. [14] anssari, o. m., alkaldy, e. a., almudhaffar, n., altaee, a. n., & ali, n. s. (2020). a feasibility study of electrical energy generation from municipal solid waste in iraq: najaf case study. international journal of electrical and computer engineering, 10(4), 3403–3411. doi:10.11591/ijece.v10i4.pp3403-3411. [15] alhamami, b. r. m., nassar, y. s., & qendeel, l. m. r. (2023). feasibility studies and their effects on the success or failure of investment projects. open engineering, 13(1), 467. doi:10.1515/eng-2022-0467. [16] gunduz, m., & yahya, a. m. a. (2018). analysis of project success factors in construction industry. technological and economic development of economy, 24(1), 67–80. doi:10.3846/20294913.2015.1074129. [17] marzouk, m., amer, o., & el-said, m. (2013). feasibility study of industrial projects using simos procedure. journal of civil engineering and management, 19(1), 59–68. doi:10.3846/13923730.2012.734855. [18] škoda, m., bočková, k., & guzoňová, v. (2023). european real estate properties valuation: ten years after adopting ifrs 13. hightech and innovation journal, 4(3), 515-530. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-04. [19] erzaij, k. r., & aljanabei, d. m. (2016). performance evaluation of the investment projects during the implementation phase (najaf province as a case study). journal of engineering, 22(8), 54–74. doi:10.31026/j.eng.2016.08.04. [20] zwahlen, r. (1992). failure of irrigation projects and consequences for a different approach: a case study. ecological economics, 5(2), 163–178. doi:10.1016/0921-8009(92)90044-s. [21] al-azzawi, o. m., mohammed, h. i., mousa, h. j., rabit, a. o., & hussein, s. k. (2022). mathematical model & feasibility study for construction an invested refinery of 100,000 (bbl / day) in al-nasiriya governorate. journal of petroleum research and studies, 12(1), 150–167. doi:10.52716/jprs.v12i1(suppl.).628. [22] monavvarifard, f., & alibaygi, a. (2023). tvet model for building safety and sustainable agriculture in iran by 2030 and beyond. environmental education research, 29(3), 423–450. doi:10.1080/13504622.2022.2151573. [23] meshref, a. n., elkasaby, e. a. a., & ibrahim, a. (2022). selecting key drivers for a successful lean construction implementation using simos’ and wsm: the case of egypt. buildings, 12(5). doi:10.3390/buildings12050673. [24] ajibike, w. a., adeleke, a. q., mohamad, f., bamgbade, j. a., & moshood, t. d. (2023). the impacts of social responsibility on the environmental sustainability performance of the malaysian construction industry. international journal of construction management, 23(5), 780-789. doi:10.1080/15623599.2021.1929797. [25] hueting, r. (2010). why environmental sustainability can most probably not be attained with growing production. journal of cleaner production, 18(6), 525–530. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2009.04.003. [26] okoro, c. s., musonda, i., & agumba, j. n. (2022). exploring the underlying structures of sustainability performance measures: a study of transportation projects in south africa. international journal of construction management, 22(8), 1550– 1558. doi:10.1080/15623599.2020.1729932. [27] cornet, y., barradale, m. j., gudmundsson, h., & barfod, m. b. (2018). engaging multiple actors in large-scale transport infrastructure project appraisal: an application of mamca to the case of hs2 high-speed rail. journal of advanced transportation, 9267306. doi:10.1155/2018/9267306. [28] mabelo, p. b., & sunjka, b. p. (2017). application of systems engineering concepts to enhance project lifecycle methodologies. south african journal of industrial engineering, 28(3 special edition), 40–55. doi:10.7166/28-3-1838. [29] halil, f. m., nasir, n. m., hassan, a. a., & shukur, a. s. (2016). feasibility study and economic assessment in green building projects. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 222, 56–64. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2016.05.176. [30] woodruff, s. b., & nian, q. (2023). project evaluation. handbook of research on science education, 930–959. doi:10.4324/9780367855758-34. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 626 [31] myers, r. a., & worm, b. (2003). rapid worldwide depletion of predatory fish communities. nature, 423(6937), 280–283. doi:10.1038/nature01610. [32] nouh meshref, a., & s. shehata, a. (2020). systematic decision support system to select methods of grouted base plug construction: comparative study between tam versus multi-sleeve injection. innovative infrastructure solutions, 5(3), 1–12. doi:10.1007/s41062-020-00319-6. [33] liersch, l., & baltruschat, m. (2012). greater metro line 3, cairo: installation of underground construction pits using cut-offwall and soft-gel-grouting. geotechnical aspects of underground construction in soft ground, 951-958. doi:10.1201/b12748125. [34] al-asadi, l. s. m., al-juboori, h. a. m. s., & fakhratov, m. a. (2023). importance of using artificial intelligence into iraqi construction projects. e3s web of conferences, 457. doi:10.1051/e3sconf/202345702012. [35] bovend’eerdt, t. j. h., botell, r. e., & wade, d. t. (2009). writing smart rehabilitation goals and achieving goal attainment scaling: a practical guide. clinical rehabilitation, 23(4), 352–361. doi:10.1177/0269215508101741. [36] bexelius, a., carlberg, e. b., & löwing, k. (2018). quality of goal setting in pediatric rehabilitation—a smart approach. child: care, health and development, 44(6), 850–856. doi:10.1111/cch.12609. [37] ayupe, k. m. a., dias, i. m. b. c., cazeiro, a. p. m., de campos, a. c., & longo, e. (2023). rehabilitation practices delivered by physical and occupational therapists to brazilian children with congenital zika syndrome: a cross-sectional study. global health science and practice, 11(6), 219. doi:10.9745/ghsp-d-23-00219. [38] bjerke, m. b., & renger, r. (2017). being smart about writing smart objectives. evaluation and program planning, 61, 125–127. doi:10.1016/j.evalprogplan.2016.12.009. [39] hosseininasab, s. m., shetab-boushehri, s. n., hejazi, s. r., & karimi, h. (2018). a multi-objective integrated model for selecting, scheduling, and budgeting road construction projects. european journal of operational research, 271(1), 262–277. doi:10.1016/j.ejor.2018.04.051. [40] caggiani, l., camporeale, r., & ottomanelli, m. (2017). facing equity in transportation network design problem: a flexible constraints-based model. transport policy, 55, 9–17. doi:10.1016/j.tranpol.2017.01.003. [41] sumalee, a., shepherd, s., & may, a. (2009). road user charging design: dealing with multi-objectives and constraints. transportation, 36(2), 167–186. doi:10.1007/s11116-009-9197-9. [42] aldridge, c. a., & colvin, m. e. (2024). writing smart objectives for natural resource and environmental management. ecological solutions and evidence, 5(1), e12313. doi:10.12968/bjhc.2017.23.7.324. [43] lawphongpanich, s., & hearn, d. w. (2004). an mpec approach to second-best toll pricing. mathematical programming, 101(1), 33–55. doi:10.1007/s10107-004-0536-5. [44] teen, a. m., & gramescu, a. m. (2018). use of modern technology to develop investment housing projects in iraq. ovidius university annals of constanta series civil engineering, 20(1), 89–96. doi:10.2478/ouacsce-2018-0010. [45] noori, n., de jong, m., janssen, m., schraven, d., & hoppe, t. (2021). input-output modeling for smart city development. journal of urban technology, 28(1–2), 71–92. doi:10.1080/10630732.2020.1794728. [46] mohsin, m. m., beach, t., & kwan, a. (2020). consensus-based urban sustainability framework for iraqi cities: a case study in baghdad. heliyon, 6(12), e05348. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e05348. [47] carbonara, n., costantino, n., & pellegrino, r. (2014). concession period for ppps: a win–win model for a fair risk sharing. international journal of project management, 32(7), 1223-1232. doi:10.1016/j.ijproman.2014.01.007. [48] ng, s. t., xie, j., cheung, y. k., & jefferies, m. (2007). a simulation model for optimizing the concession period of publicprivate partnerships schemes. international journal of project management, 25(8), 791–798. doi:10.1016/j.ijproman.2007.05.004. [49] khaleel, t., & nassar, y. (2018). identification and analysis of factors affecting labour productivity in iraq. matec web of conferences, 162, 2032. doi:10.1051/matecconf/201816202032. [50] watanabe, w. c., shafiq, m., ali, s., nawaz, m. j., & nazeer, s. (2024). the impact of triple constraints on the project success, a moderating role of organizational support. journal of project management, 9(1), 73–84. doi:10.5267/j.jpm.2023.8.002. [51] adebiyi, m. o., adebiyi, a. a., olaniyan, d., & orenyi, b. a. (2024). affective e-learning approaches, technology and implementation model: a systematic review. international journal of electrical and computer engineering, 14(1), 631–644. doi:10.11591/ijece.v14i1.pp631-644. [52] aung, t., reng liana, s., htet, a., & bhaumik, a. (2024). the application of value engineering analysis in façade construction: a case study of sixstorey building facade. journal of innovations in business and industry, 2(1), 39–44. doi:10.61552/jibi.2024.01.005. [53] di maddaloni, f., favato, g., & vecchiato, r. (2024). whether and when to invest in transportation projects: combining scenarios and real options to manage the uncertainty of costs and benefits. ieee transactions on engineering management, 71, 1023–1037. doi:10.1109/tem.2022.3142130. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 461 issn: 2723-9535 a systematic togaf-driven framework for blockchain-based food traceability with access control lists thein oak kyaw zaw 1 , kalaiarasi sonai muthu anbananthen 2* , saravanan muthaiyah 3 , baarathi balasubramaniam 2, rajkumar kannan 4 , khairul shafee kalid 5 , yunus yusoff 6 , suraya mohammad 7 1 faculty of management, multimedia university, cyberjaya, selangor 63100, malaysia. 2 centre for advanced analytics, coe for artificial intelligence & faculty of information science and technology, multimedia university, melaka 75450, malaysia. 3 school of business and technology, international medical university, kuala lumpur 57000, malaysia. 4 bishop heber college (autonomous), tiruchirappalli 620017, india. 5 department of computer information sciences, universiti teknologi petronas, seri iskandar, malaysia. 6 college of computing and informatics (cci), universiti tenaga nasional, kajang 43000, malaysia. 7 communication technology section, universiti kuala lumpur british malaysian institute, gombak, selangor, malaysia. received 24 january 2025; revised 23 april 2025; accepted 02 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract the global food supply chain involves multiple stakeholders, including farmers, manufacturers, distributors, retailers, and consumers, requiring a robust traceability system to ensure food security, transparency, and consumer trust. however, existing systems face significant challenges, such as limited transparency, data tampering risks, and inefficient access control mechanisms, leading to supply chain inefficiencies and regulatory concerns. this framework paper develops a systematic model that integrates the open group architecture framework (togaf), blockchain technology, and access control lists (acls) to address these limitations. the togaf architecture development method (adm) is applied to design and implement the framework, focusing on business architecture, data security, and stakeholder collaboration. the framework ensures data immutability, privacy, and secure access control while enhancing scalability and adaptability across diverse supply chains. by integrating these technologies, the proposed framework is expected to enhance traceability, strengthen data security, and improve stakeholder engagement, making food supply chains more reliable and transparent for regulators and consumers. the novelty of this framework lies in its unique integration of togaf-driven enterprise architecture, blockchain, and acls, creating a privacy-preserving, tamper-proof food traceability system. this integration enhances industry practices and provides a scalable, sustainable solution, contributing to global food security and consumer trust. keywords: blockchain; food traceability; access control lists; togaf; supply chain transparency; food security. 1. introduction agriculture is fundamental to national security and global sustenance, providing essential nutrition and energy worldwide. many nations prioritize food security, recognizing its importance over other industries such as manufacturing [1]. however, unlike manufacturing, agriculture is highly dependent on natural variables such as land, * corresponding author: kalaiarasi@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9088-605x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0540-2872 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0684-703x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7812-8595 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8383-2395 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5368-7334 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4976-3952 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 462 climate, and seasonal labour, which hinder the widespread adoption of advanced technologies [2]. this technological lag has restricted the development of robust food traceability systems essential for ensuring food safety, improving transparency, and fostering consumer trust. an effective traceability system benefits all stakeholders across the supply chain [3, 4], as illustrated in figure 1. figure 1. traditional food supply chain management food traceability plays a critical role in crisis management and regulatory compliance. during the 2006 e. coli outbreak in north america, an effective traceability system delayed identifying the contamination source, leading to significant economic losses and reduced public trust [5, 6]. similarly, in 2011, a food fraud incident in china, where fox meat was mislabeled as donkey meat, exposed serious vulnerabilities in traditional food supply chains [7]. these cases highlight the urgent need for efficient and transparent food traceability mechanisms to enhance responsiveness and risk mitigation. despite its significance, current food traceability solutions have several limitations. traditional technologies such as rfid, sensor networks, and data mining rely on centralized storage, making them vulnerable to data manipulation, errors, and limited visibility into food product origins [8-10]. blockchain has emerged as a promising alternative due to its decentralized, immutable, and transparent nature [11]. its cryptographic safeguards and distributed ledger design address key supply chain trust and transparency challenges [12]. however, blockchain adoption also introduces privacy concerns, as many implementations grant unrestricted access to sensitive data, raising confidentiality risks [13-15]. this study proposes a novel framework integrating blockchain with access control lists (acls) to address these challenges and enable privacy-preserving data access. acls define granular user permissions, ensuring only authorized stakeholders can access specific data while maintaining transparency where necessary [16]. previous studies have explored blockchain-acl integration, but their scope is limited. for instance, chainscan primarily focuses on activity monitoring without offering a holistic traceability solution [17], while other frameworks are tailored to specific sectors, such as aquaculture and lack broader agricultural applications [18]. a study by liu et al. [19] integrated the open group architecture framework (togaf) with permissioned blockchain technology for food traceability. however, it does not emphasize scalability, a critical factor for implementing dynamic and evolving food supply chains. addressing these limitations, our study develops a togafdriven blockchain-based food traceability framework with acl integration, ensuring a systematic, scalable, and privacy-preserving approach. this study introduces a novel togaf-driven blockchain-based food traceability framework with acl integration, ensuring systematic, scalable, and privacy-preserving implementation. togaf provides a structured methodology for aligning business objectives with technological solutions, facilitating effective deployment in agricultural supply chains [20]. the framework follows togaf’s architecture development method (adm), encompassing business architecture, information systems architecture, and technology architecture, to systematically address technical and operational challenges [21]. by leveraging togaf’s structured principles alongside blockchain and acl technologies, the proposed framework enhances data privacy, transparency, and scalability in food traceability systems. beyond reinforcing trust and food security, this research provides valuable insights for developing resilient, technology-driven supply chains in the agricultural sector. the rest of the paper is organized as follows: section 2 reviews related works, identifying gaps in existing research. section 3 details the proposed framework, including its architecture, implementation, and contributions to food traceability. finally, section 4 concludes the paper, summarizing key findings and suggesting directions for future research. 2. literature reviews the increasing demand for safe, sustainable, high-quality food products has intensified the need for robust traceability systems in agri-food supply chains. these systems ensure food integrity and help stakeholders meet growing transparency, accountability, and risk mitigation expectations. this section synthesizes current research on food traceability systems, blockchain technology, and togaf as a structured enterprise architecture framework. it identifies key gaps in existing approaches and establishes the necessity for a novel framework integrating blockchain with togaf to achieve secure, scalable, and efficient food information management. insights from related domains, such as healthcare and ai-driven methodologies, provide valuable perspectives on how structured solutions can enhance traceability and data governance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 463 2.1. food traceability: challenges and opportunities achieving higher consumer trust and supply chain sustainability requires enhanced traceability systems to track and authenticate food products throughout their lifecycle. identifying contamination sources is crucial for preventing foodborne illnesses, reducing waste, and improving supply chain efficiency. however, traditional traceability systems remain fragmented, often lacking real-time tracking capabilities and transparent verification mechanisms. several technologies—rfid, wireless sensor networks (wsn), qr codes, nfc, and iot-enabled devices—have been deployed to enhance food traceability [22]. while these technologies enable real-time monitoring, they rely on centralized databases, making them vulnerable to data tampering, manipulation, and security breaches [23]. moreover, consumers often struggle to access complete transaction histories, reducing their ability to verify the origin and safety of food products [24]. robust agri-food information management systems are essential for ensuring traceability, security, and transparency. however, current solutions fail to build sufficient stakeholder trust, as highlighted in hassan et al. [25] study. traditional traceability frameworks often lack the resilience to withstand disruptions in global agri-food supply chains [26]. addressing these gaps necessitates the integration of privacy-preserving, tamper-proof technologies that ensure data integrity and consumer confidence. frameworks such as the ubiquitous personal health record (uphr) [27], initially developed for managing sensitive health data, demonstrate the value of systematic data security and access control approaches. applying similar methodologies in agriculture could enhance traceability by balancing centralized and decentralized models, fostering greater stakeholder trust. emerging technologies such as artificial intelligence (ai) and machine learning (ml) present additional opportunities for improving food traceability. for instance, ai-driven contamination detection models analyze real-time data to predict food safety risks [28]. similarly, ml algorithms can forecast supply chain disruptions, optimize decisionmaking, and mitigate risks before they escalate. studies such as patel & gupta [29] have demonstrated how ai-based models predict food safety risks using historical and real-time data, enabling proactive interventions. likewise, kumar & singh [30] highlighted how ai enhances supply chain efficiency by predicting demand fluctuations and identifying logistical bottlenecks. additionally, a systematic review by ellahi et al. [31] explored the integration of near field communication (nfc) and blockchain technologies to create a more secure and efficient food supply chain, enhancing safety and transparency. despite these advancements, scaling these technologies remains challenging, primarily due to high implementation costs, lack of technical expertise, and resistance to change among stakeholders [32]. overcoming these barriers requires standardized frameworks and collaborative efforts from governments, industry leaders, and technology providers to ensure widespread adoption. 2.2. blockchain as the solution blockchain technology has emerged as a transformative solution for addressing traceability challenges in agri-food systems. as a decentralized ledger, blockchain securely records transactions, or blocks, across a network of nodes, making it resistant to tampering and data breaches [33]. its cryptographic safeguards ensure data integrity, while its immutability guarantees that it cannot be altered once a block is created [34]. these features, decentralization, transparency, security, and immutability, make blockchain an ideal choice for enhancing traceability in agri-food supply chains. integrating blockchain with advanced decision-making algorithms such as neural networks and ml further enhances its potential in agri-food traceability. studies such as anbananthen et al. [35] demonstrated how data mining techniques extract actionable insights from blockchain-registered datasets, enabling real-time fraud detection, risk assessment, and supply chain optimization. with ai-driven automation, blockchain can streamline quality assurance, contamination tracking, and regulatory compliance [36]. several studies have proposed blockchain-based food traceability systems. for example, iansiti & lakhani [37] integrated blockchain with nfc to enable real-time product verification, improving supply chain transparency. similarly, johnson & wright [38] developed a blockchain-enabled traceability framework for the wine industry, allowing stakeholders—from grape growers to consumers—to verify transaction data securely. these implementations demonstrate blockchain’s effectiveness in enhancing transparency, ensuring data integrity, and fostering stakeholder trust. sudarssan [39] presented a framework to strengthen trust and transparency in the food supply chain while ensuring food safety through blockchain technology. by leveraging decentralized ledger technology, the framework enhances traceability, minimizes fraud, and improves overall efficiency. these advancements demonstrate the growing significance of blockchain in modernizing food supply chain management. despite its potential, blockchain adoption in agri-food traceability faces several challenges, including high energy consumption, as public blockchains require extensive computational power, raising concerns about sustainability and hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 464 cost-effectiveness [40]. additionally, scalability limitations hinder blockchain architectures from handling high transaction volumes, restricting their applicability to large-scale supply chains. another key issue is integration complexity, as many agri-food systems rely on legacy infrastructure, making blockchain adoption expensive and technically challenging. these challenges underscore the need for a structured implementation framework that aligns blockchain solutions with business objectives, scalability requirements, and operational feasibility. in this regard, togaf emerges as a critical enabler, providing a systematic approach to addressing these limitations and facilitating efficient, scalable, and cost-effective blockchain integration in food traceability. 2.3. the role of togaf in implementation implementing blockchain-based solutions requires a systematic enterprise architecture framework to align technological solutions with business objectives and operational requirements. togaf provides a structured methodology for designing, planning, and governing enterprise architectures [41]. its adm ensures that blockchain solutions are deployed scalable, secure, and strategically [42]. figure 2 illustrates togaf’s adm framework, which includes key phases such as preliminary, architecture vision, business architecture, information systems architecture, and technology architecture. this study focuses on the initial five phases, establishing a solid foundation for blockchain-based food traceability implementation. figure 2. adm of togaf by the open group a targeted data gathering and validation approach is crucial for effectively applying togaf in blockchain-based systems. tools such as focused web crawlers [43] play a vital role in collecting and verifying agri-food data. these crawlers can retrieve real-time information from diverse sources, ensuring the blockchain ledger is continuously updated with accurate and timely data. this capability enhances the proposed framework's transparency and reliability while addressing the inherent complexities of agri-food supply chains. by applying togaf, this study addresses several critical challenges in food traceability, including:  interoperability: ensuring seamless integration of blockchain with existing systems.  scalability: facilitating the development of solutions capable of meeting evolving organizational needs.  risk mitigation: providing a structured methodology to identify and manage risks during implementation.  collaboration: aligning it and business stakeholders to optimize resource utilization and decision-making. togaf’s focus on standardization and interoperability makes it particularly suited to blockchain-based food traceability systems. its tools, templates, and best practices enable organizations to navigate challenges across business, data, application, and technology domains [31, 44]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 465 2.4. literature review summary the review of existing literature highlights the growing significance of food traceability systems in ensuring food safety, supply chain transparency, and consumer trust. traditional traceability solutions, including rfid, nfc, and iotenabled tracking systems, have improved real-time monitoring but remain constrained by centralized architectures, data tampering risks, and scalability limitations. in contrast, blockchain technology has emerged as a transformative solution, offering decentralization, immutability, and enhanced security for food supply chains. however, challenges such as high energy consumption, limited scalability, and integration complexities continue to hinder its widespread adoption. studies have explored ai-driven contamination detection models, machine learning-based supply chain optimization, and blockchain-enabled frameworks, demonstrating significant advancements in the field. many of these solutions lack a structured implementation approach, leading to fragmented adoption and operational inefficiencies. this study adopts a structured enterprise architecture approach using togaf to address these challenges. togaf provides a systematic and scalable methodology for integrating blockchain with existing food traceability systems while ensuring interoperability, privacy-preserving transparency, and risk mitigation. unlike prior blockchain-based models focusing solely on data integrity and immutability, the proposed framework leverages togaf’s adm to ensure business alignment, governance, and seamless it integration. by aligning blockchain technology with togaf principles, this study aims to provide a scalable, structured, and adaptable framework for modern food traceability systems. 3. research methodology building upon the insights from the literature review, this study proposes a framework for developing a blockchainbased food traceability system integrated with acls and guided by togaf. rather than focusing on deep technical implementation, this methodology emphasizes the structured phases and principles of togaf, ensuring a systematic, scalable, and adaptable architecture for food traceability. the adm within togaf is the core process, providing a structured and systematic approach to designing and implementing the proposed framework. 3.1. preliminary phase the preliminary phase in togaf marks the initial step in the adm lifecycle, laying the groundwork for a successful architecture development process. this phase focuses on defining the architectural vision, governance structures, and guiding principles to ensure alignment with business objectives and regulatory requirements. key activities include identifying key stakeholders (figure 3), defining architecture principles, and customizing the togaf framework to align with the organization's context and objectives. identifying key stakeholders within the food traceability ecosystem ensures representation across all critical sectors, facilitating collaboration and regulatory compliance. additionally, this phase involves establishing architecture principles that guide the design, implementation, and operation of the proposed blockchain-based traceability system, ensuring alignment with both business objectives and technological requirements. furthermore, the togaf framework is customized to address the unique challenges of the agri-food supply chain, with a focus on data security, interoperability, and scalability, ensuring that the system remains resilient, efficient, and adaptable to evolving industry needs. figure 3. stakeholder ecosystem these principles encompass the following domains:  business architecture: facilitates cross-sector collaboration, regulatory compliance, and stakeholder coordination.  data architecture: ensures data integrity, immutability, and privacy through blockchain and acl-based access control.  application architecture: enables integration with iot, blockchain, and ai tools for real-time data exchange and analytics. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 466  technology architecture: this focus is on scalability, fault tolerance, and real-time data capture for a resilient supply chain framework. these principles, summarized in table 1, address the unique challenges of food traceability in agriculture by providing a comprehensive foundation that integrates business, data, application, and technology architectures. having established the foundational principles, stakeholder roles, and governance structures in this preliminary phase, the next step focuses on defining the high-level architecture vision. this phase provides a strategic roadmap for addressing the limitations of existing food traceability systems by leveraging blockchain, acls, and togaf's structured approach. it sets the direction for system development, ensuring the proposed framework aligns with business objectives, regulatory requirements, and technological advancements. table 1. togaf-aligned principles for food traceability with blockchain and acl principle statement rationale implication business the system must provide transparent and immutable traceability records for all authorized stakeholders. transparency fosters trust by ensuring that data cannot be altered or tampered with.  business processes must align with blockchain integration.  training for stakeholders on system usage is essential. all stakeholders must be accountable for their traceability data contributions. enforcing accountability ensures accurate data entry and builds a reliable food supply chain.  policies for detecting and penalizing non-compliance must be established.  clear roles and responsibilities for data verification are required. application the system must utilize blockchain for decentralized data storage and seamless information sharing. decentralization enhances resilience, eliminates single points of failure, and fosters trust.  applications must support blockchain api integration.  legacy systems may require updates or replacements. access control mechanisms must enforce role-based permissions. acls ensure only authorized users can access or modify data, enhancing security and privacy.  acls must be regularly updated to reflect role changes.  authentication and authorization systems must integrate with acls. data the system must ensure data integrity through blockchain immutability. immutable data records guarantee accuracy and compliance and prevent tampering.  data must be structured and validated before being committed to the blockchain.  mechanisms for correcting erroneous entries must be implemented. sensitive data must be encrypted and access-controlled to comply with privacy laws. protecting sensitive data prevents misuse and ensures compliance with privacy regulations.  encryption standards must be enforced for sensitive data.  blockchain and acl designs must balance privacy with transparency. technology the system must be scalable to handle growing transaction volumes and an increasing number of stakeholders. as the food supply chain expands, the system must efficiently support more transactions and users.  cloud-based or modular infrastructure may be required.  regular performance testing and scalability assessments are necessary. 3.2. phase a: architecture vision the architecture vision phase establishes the proposed framework's high-level goals and objectives while addressing the key limitations of existing food traceability systems. current systems face significant challenges, including insufficient data privacy due to unrestricted stakeholder access, reliance on centralized data storage that is prone to tampering, and the lack of robust access control mechanisms such as acls. the proposed framework integrates blockchain technology with acls to overcome these limitations, creating a privacy-preserving, tamper-proof traceability system. the framework leverages a consortium blockchain strategically chosen to enable collaborative transaction management and validation among key stakeholders, including producers, distributors, retailers, and regulatory bodies. by employing a consortium model, the system ensures that only authorized participants can access and record data, enhancing security and trust within the supply chain. unlike public blockchains, which allow unrestricted access, a consortium blockchain ensures that only approved stakeholders participate in transaction validation, enhancing data privacy, security, and compliance while maintaining transparency within the food supply chain. this approach balances decentralization and controlled access, ensuring that sensitive supply chain information remains protected while maintaining transparency and data integrity. figure 4 illustrates the proposed architecture, which is structured into four key layers, each addressing specific functional and security requirements within the blockchain-based traceability system. business layer this layer represents the various stakeholders involved in the food supply chain, including farmers, manufacturers, distributors, retailers, and consumers. each stakeholder interacts with the system to record, access, and verify traceability data relevant to their role, ensuring supply chain integrity and compliance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 467 iot traceability layer this layer captures and transmits traceability data specific to each stakeholder. farmers record details like farm location, certifications, and harvest details, ensuring traceability from the point of origin. manufacturers record processing information, batch ids, and expiration dates, providing critical product safety and quality data. distributors track transportation routes and storage conditions, ensuring proper handling and compliance with safety regulations. retailers monitor sales and inventory data, facilitating efficient stock management and traceability. consumers access detailed product journey information, enhancing transparency, trust, and informed purchasing decisions. it should be noted that the data captured in figure 2 are just some examples; a comprehensive one will be discussed in the upcoming section. blockchain layer this layer is the system's core, where all traceability data is recorded in a secure, immutable, distributed ledger. key transactions—harvesting, processing, and transportation—are stored as blocks in the blockchain. acls are enforced at this layer to regulate access based on stakeholder roles, ensuring only authorized entities can view or modify specific data. for instance, regulatory bodies and auditors may have read-only access to verify compliance, while manufacturers can update processing data but cannot modify farm-origin records. this ensures that sensitive data remains protected from unauthorized modifications while allowing relevant stakeholders to access essential information. additionally, blockchain’s immutable ledger preserves a transparent audit trail, enabling stakeholders to verify the history of food products without exposing confidential business information. application layer this layer is where the actual applications and user interfaces are built on the blockchain technology. it provides user interfaces and dashboards tailored for different stakeholders, enabling role-based access to data.  farmers: view and manage their farm data, track crop growth, and access market information.  manufacturers: monitor production processes, manage inventory, and track product quality.  distributors: track shipments, optimize logistics, and manage transportation routes.  retailers: manage inventory, track sales, and provide consumers with product information.  consumers: access product information, trace the origin of their food, and make informed purchasing decisions. figure 4. architecture of blockchain-acl food traceability system hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 468 figure 5. process vision on our proposed approach the process vision of the proposed framework, as illustrated in figure 5, ensures ease of implementation and usability for all stakeholders within the food supply chain. the process begins with data collection, where stakeholders— including farmers, manufacturers, distributors, and retailers—gather and input relevant product information using mobile devices connected via wi-fi or cellular networks. this data includes farm locations, processing details, transportation routes, and storage conditions, ensuring comprehensive traceability from production to distribution. next, in the data recording phase, the collected information is securely structured and stored on the blockchain, leveraging its tamper-proof, secure, and transparent nature. following this, the block addition phase organizes and records each event—such as harvesting, processing, and transportation—as an immutable block within the blockchain ledger. to uphold data privacy and security, acls) regulate access, ensuring only authorized entities can view, modify, or delete specific information. finally, the data display phase allows stakeholders to access relevant insights through a user-friendly application interface tailored to their roles. farmers, manufacturers, distributors, retailers, and consumers interact with the system seamlessly, retrieving real-time traceability insights pertinent to their needs. this structured process vision ensures that the system remains comprehensive, transparent, and accessible, fostering trust, efficiency, and accountability across the entire food supply chain. the key outputs of phase a include a high-level design outlining the functionalities of the four layers, ensuring that each layer effectively fulfils its designated role. the proposed framework aligns stakeholders by addressing the needs of all supply chain participants while also supporting organizational objectives such as transparency, scalability, and security. this comprehensive architectural vision serves as a strategic roadmap, guiding the subsequent togaf adm phases to facilitate the systematic implementation of the blockchain-based food traceability system. building on the high-level goals and architectural vision established in phase a, the next phase, phase b: business architecture, focuses on identifying the capabilities and processes required to realize the envisioned traceability framework. 3.3. phase b: business architecture the business architecture phase in togaf focuses on defining an organization's strategic goals, processes, and capabilities. it ensures that it investments align with business objectives and foster innovation. this phase provides a comprehensive view of the business landscape, enabling organizations to integrate blockchain-based food traceability systems effectively. in alignment with the architecture vision established in phase a, table 2 presents the business and it capability assessments essential for implementing a blockchain-acl-based food traceability solution. the evaluation begins with evaluating the current traceability state, analyzing data accuracy, information-sharing practices, and stakeholder collaboration. it then defines the desired future state, focusing on end-to-end traceability, real-time data access, and seamless data sharing across the supply chain. additionally, evaluating it infrastructure and operational processes identifies necessary upgrades and opportunities for efficiency improvements through blockchain integration, ensuring the system remains scalable, adaptable, and aligned with business objectives. by conducting these capability assessments, organizations can ensure that the blockchain-based traceability solution is aligned with business objectives, adaptable to future changes, and scalable for efficient operations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 469 table 2. business and it capability assessments for food traceability using blockchain-acls assessment description togaf principal alignment business capability capabilities of the business evaluates the current level of traceability across the food supply chain, focusing on data accuracy, information-sharing practices, and stakeholder collaboration. business alignment: ensures the solution aligns with the organization's strategic goals and objectives. baseline state identifies existing traceability systems, data sources, and data collection and sharing processes. analyzes data quality and identifies gaps in the information flow. iterative implementation: supports a phased approach, starting with a pilot project and expanding to the entire supply chain. future state aspiration it aims to achieve end-to-end traceability from farm to fork, with real-time access for authorized stakeholders and seamless, secure data sharing. long-term vision: establishes a clear path toward a transparent, efficient, and resilient traceability system. it capability baseline and target maturity of change processes assesses the organization's it infrastructure (hardware, software, network connectivity, data security) and evaluates its readiness for blockchain adoption. adaptability: ensures the solution can evolve with technological changes, regulations, and market demands. baseline and target maturity of operational processes analyzes business processes related to food handling, logistics, and quality control, identifying opportunities for improvement through blockchain integration. scalability: supports a scalable system that accommodates growing data volumes and transactions. beyond technical implementation, the proposed framework ensures compliance with international food safety and traceability regulations through several key mechanisms. by integrating togaf with blockchain technology and acls, the system aligns business processes with global regulatory standards such as the global food safety initiative (gfsi), hazard analysis and critical control points (haccp), iso 22000 (food safety management systems), and the food safety modernization act (fsma). blockchain’s immutable ledger prevents data tampering, ensuring all transactions are verifiable and traceable for compliance audits. additionally, role-based acls restrict data access to authorized stakeholders while maintaining controlled transparency, allowing regulatory bodies to conduct audits without exposing sensitive business information. togaf’s structured methodology further strengthens compliance by providing a scalable and interoperable framework, ensuring that food traceability systems can adapt to evolving international regulations while maintaining transparency, accountability, and security. by incorporating these compliance mechanisms, the framework enhances trust, regulatory adherence, and operational efficiency across the global food supply chain. 3.4. phase c: information systems architecture with the necessary business processes and capabilities established, the information systems architecture phase in togaf focuses on designing applications and data structures that support business operations. this phase ensures the technology framework aligns with business objectives, enabling efficient data flow and interoperability across the food supply chain. in this phase, table 3 outlines the key information requirements for each stakeholder involved in food traceability. the table serves as a proposed framework that can be customized based on an organization's specific needs. the objective is to provide a comprehensive and structured view of the critical data needed for traceability. by recording this information on a blockchain ledger, stakeholders can verify the authenticity and quality of food products while consumers gain full transparency, enabling them to make informed purchasing decisions. the information categories span farm operations, crop details, manufacturing processes, transportation conditions, and sales data. this ensures an end-to-end traceability system that enhances trust, security, and efficiency throughout the supply chain. table 3. key information for blockchain-acl-based food traceability system no. information required stakeholder role farm information farmer 1. farm location (gps thank you for reaching out. address) 2. farm certification 3. farmer’s contact information crop information 4. crop type 5. planting date 6. harvest date 7. pesticide and fertilizer usage batch information 8. batch id 9. quantity harvested 10. packaging date hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 470 environment information 11. temperature and humidity 12. soil moisture and ph 13. light intensity 14. rainfall processing information manufacturer 15. processing facility location 16. processing date and time 17. processing methods (e.g., pasteurization, sterilization) 18. additives and preservatives used batch information 19. batch id 20. quantity processed 21. packaging date 22. expiration date transportation information distributor 23. transportation mode (truck, ship, rail) 24. transportation route 25. departure and arrival dates and times 26. temperature and humidity during transit batch information 27. batch id 28. quantity shipped 29. recipient information storage information retailer 30. storage facility location 31. storage conditions (temperature, humidity) 32. shelf life sales information 33. date of sale 34. quantity sold 35. customer information (if applicable) product information consumer 36.. product name 37. brand 38. barcode or qr code purchase information 39. purchase date 40. purchase location traceability information 41. ability to trace the product back to its origin 42. information on the product's journey from farm to table 3.5. phase d: technology architecture with the data and application requirements established in the information systems architecture phase, the technology architecture phase in togaf focuses on defining the infrastructure and platforms necessary to support the organization's business processes and applications. this includes hardware, software, networks, and other it components that form the system's backbone. in the context of the proposed blockchain-based food traceability system, this phase emphasizes the implementation of acls to manage data access securely and efficiently. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 471 given the extensive data recorded by stakeholders—including farmers, manufacturers, distributors, and retailers—it is crucial to ensure that each stakeholder can only access relevant information. role-based acls provide a structured mechanism for assigning permissions, ensuring that each entity interacts only with data pertinent to its role. figure 6 illustrates a sample implementation of role-based acls, where permissions are granted based on data relevance. a special request mechanism can be introduced for stakeholders requiring access to restricted data to maintain security and privacy while allowing controlled access when necessary. this approach enhances data privacy and security, fostering trust among stakeholders by preventing unauthorized access to sensitive information. the proposed system establishes a scalable, resilient, and secure technological foundation that supports an efficient and transparent food traceability system by leveraging acls within a blockchain framework. 3.6. evaluation and validation beyond the design and implementation of the framework, this study emphasizes the importance of evaluation to ensure its practical applicability. the proposed framework will be tested through pilot implementations and simulations within a controlled supply chain environment, allowing for a real-world assessment of its usability, data accuracy, and scalability. stakeholder feedback will be collected to refine the system, address potential usability concerns, and ensure seamless integration with existing supply chain operations. additionally, future studies will explore the framework’s performance under varying operational conditions to assess its robustness and adaptability. a critical component of the evaluation process involves comparing the proposed framework with existing blockchainbased food traceability solutions that incorporate access control mechanisms. while prior studies provide valuable insights, they also present certain limitations compared to our approach. figure 6. example of how role-based acls can be implemented for instance, a study by spitalleri et al. [45] introduced a platform that registers and visualizes the entire transformation and transportation process within the food supply chain. however, it does not explicitly integrate acls to manage data access permissions among stakeholders, a key differentiator of our proposed framework in ensuring data security and privacy. similarly, moudoud et al. [46] proposed a blockchain-based architecture for iot-enabled supply chains, incorporating a lightweight consensus mechanism to enhance efficiency. however, it lacks a structured enterprise architecture framework, such as togaf, which our study leverages to ensure system scalability, adaptability, and alignment with business objectives. while these studies do not explicitly incorporate togaf, they provide valuable insights into integrating blockchain and access control mechanisms within food traceability systems. this highlights a potential research gap, where the combination of togaf, blockchain, and acls could be further explored to enhance food traceability frameworks, particularly regarding security, scalability, and enterprise-wide adoption. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 472 to evaluate the proposed food traceability framework, key considerations include data accuracy, which ensures precise and verifiable records throughout the supply chain, and usability, assessed through stakeholder feedback on the system’s efficiency and user experience. scalability is examined by analyzing the framework’s ability to accommodate increasing data volumes and transactions over time. additionally, data privacy and security are validated by assessing the effectiveness of acls in restricting unauthorized access while maintaining necessary transparency. finally, operational feasibility is evaluated through pilot implementations, ensuring that the framework seamlessly integrates with existing supply chain processes and supports real-world applications. 3.6.1. benchmarking as a guideline for future studies this study does not conduct benchmarking, as it focuses on developing a structured framework for blockchain-based food traceability. however, it proposes a set of evaluation criteria that can guide future benchmarking efforts, allowing researchers and industry practitioners to assess similar frameworks based on key performance factors. to facilitate such comparisons, future research can evaluate food traceability frameworks based on data accuracy, usability, scalability, security, and operational efficiency. data accuracy assesses the framework’s ability to maintain reliable, tamper-proof records across the supply chain, ensuring transparency and trust. usability measures how effectively stakeholders interact with the system, which is evaluated through user feedback and ease of adoption. scalability refers to the system’s capacity to handle increasing transaction volumes and expand across multiple supply chain networks without performance degradation. security and privacy are assessed by examining the effectiveness of acls and blockchain security mechanisms in protecting sensitive data while maintaining controlled access for audits and compliance. lastly, operational efficiency evaluates the framework’s ability to optimize supply chain processes, reduce delays, and enhance decision-making. by establishing these benchmarking criteria, future research can develop comparative analyses to assess various blockchain-based food traceability solutions, ensuring that emerging frameworks meet high transparency, security, and efficiency standards. 4. conclusion this framework paper presents a structured, scalable, and secure approach to addressing the challenges of food traceability by integrating togaf-driven enterprise methodologies, blockchain technology, and acls. the proposed framework enhances transparency, data integrity, and stakeholder trust while ensuring adaptability to evolving industry regulations. togaf’s adm provides a systematic roadmap for aligning business processes with technological innovations, facilitating efficient blockchain deployment while maintaining scalability and security. blockchain’s decentralization, immutability, and transparency mitigate data tampering and visibility issues, while acls strengthen data privacy through granular access controls, creating a harmonized balance between security and openness. the practical implications of this framework extend to enhancing operational efficiency, reducing food safety risks, and fostering consumer confidence by enabling end-to-end traceability across the food supply chain. additionally, its scalability ensures applicability across diverse agricultural contexts, from small-scale farms to multinational supply chains, reinforcing compliance with global food safety standards. in conclusion, this framework paper provides an innovative and structured model that advances transparency, accountability, and efficiency in food supply chain management, offering valuable insights for policymakers, industry leaders, and technology developers to enhance food security and consumer trust on a global scale. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, t.o.k.z. and k.s.m.a.; methodology, t.o.k.z. and k.s.m.a.; validation, s.m., b.b., and su.m.; formal analysis, y.y. and su.m.; investigation, t.o.k.z., s.m., and b.b.; resources, k.s.k.; writing—original draft preparation, t.o.k.z. and s.m.; writing—review and editing, k.s.m.a.; visualization, k.s.k. and r.k.; project administration, y.y. and r.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 5.3. funding this work was supported by mmu & under glu grant mmue/230061. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 473 5.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] beckman, j., & countryman, a. m. (2021). the importance of agriculture in the economy: impacts from covid-19. american journal of agricultural economics, 103(5), 1595–1611. doi:10.1111/ajae.12212. [2] charlton, d., & castillo, m. (2021). potential impacts of a pandemic on the us farm labor market. applied economic perspectives and policy, 43(1), 39–57. doi:10.1002/aepp.13105. [3] wu, w., zhang, a., van klinken, r. d., schrobback, p., & muller, j. m. (2021). consumer trust in food and the food system: a critical review. foods, 10(10), 2490. doi:10.3390/foods10102490. [4] chen, c. der, zhao, q., & wang, j. l. (2022). how livestreaming increases product sales: role of trust transfer and elaboration likelihood model. behaviour and information technology, 41(3), 558–573. doi:10.1080/0144929x.2020.1827457. [5] meagher, k. d. (2022). policy responses to foodborne disease outbreaks in the united states and germany. agriculture and human values, 39(1), 233–248. doi:10.1007/s10460-021-10243-9. [6] kamath, r. (2018). food traceability on blockchain: walmart’s pork and mango pilots with ibm. the journal of the british blockchain association, 1(1), 1–12. doi:10.31585/jbba-1-1-(10)2018. [7] eveleth, r. some chinese donkey meat actually contains fox. smithsonian magazine. available online: https://www.smithsonianmag.com/smart-news/some-chinese-donkey-meat-actually-contains-fox-180948241/ (accessed on may 2025). [8] singh, a., gutub, a., nayyar, a., & khan, m. k. (2023). redefining food safety traceability system through blockchain: findings, challenges and open issues. multimedia tools and applications, 82(14), 21243–21277. doi:10.1007/s11042-022-14006-4. [9] wang, r., & chen, x. (2022). research on agricultural product traceability technology (economic value) based on information supervision and cloud computing. computational intelligence and neuroscience, 2022, 1–10. doi:10.1155/2022/4687639. [10] lin, q., wang, h., pei, x., & wang, j. (2019). food safety traceability system based on blockchain and epcis. ieee access, 7, 20698–20707. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2897792. [11] mckinsey & company. (2022). what is blockchain? mckinsey & company, new york, united states. available online: https://www.mckinsey.com/featured-insights/mckinsey-explainers/what-is-blockchain (accessed on may 2025). [12] feng, h., chen, j., zhou, w., rungsardthong, v., & zhang, x. (2019). modeling and evaluation on wsn-enabled and knowledge-based haccp quality control for frozen shellfish cold chain. food control, 98, 348–358. doi:10.1016/j.foodcont.2018.11.050. [13] tian, f. (2017). a supply chain traceability system for food safety based on haccp, blockchain & internet of things. 14th international conference on services systems and services management, icsssm 2017 proceedings, 1–6. doi:10.1109/icsssm.2017.7996119. [14] kim, h. m., & laskowski, m. (2018). toward an ontology‐ driven blockchain design for supply‐ chain provenance. intelligent systems in accounting, finance and management, 25(1), 18-27. doi:10.1002/isaf.1424. [15] tse, d., zhang, b., yang, y., cheng, c., & mu, h. (2017). blockchain application in food supply information security. ieee international conference on industrial engineering and engineering management, 2017-december, 1357–1361. doi:10.1109/ieem.2017.8290114. [16] cui, g., wang, t., & xu, z. (2020). multi-clustering access control based on access control lists under edge computing. proceedings 2020 international conference on artificial intelligence and computer engineering, icaice 2020, 268–275. doi:10.1109/icaice51518.2020.00058. [17] castillo, j., barba, k., & chen, q. (2022). chainscan: a blockchain-based supply chain alerting framework for food safety. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 13580 lncs, 3–20. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-17551-0_1. [18] luna, m., fernandez-vazquez, s., tereñes castelao, e., & arias fernández, á. (2024). a blockchain-based approach to the challenges of eu’s environmental policy compliance in aquaculture: from traceability to fraud prevention. marine policy, 159, 105892. doi:10.1016/j.marpol.2023.105892. https://www.smithsonianmag.com/smart-news/some-chinese-donkey-meat-actually-contains-fox-180948241/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 474 [19] liu, j., sun, x., & song, k. (2020). a food traceability framework based on permissioned blockchain. journal of cyber security, 2(2), 107–113. doi:10.32604/jcs.2020.011222. [20] white, s. k. (2022). what is togaf? an enterprise architecture methodology for business. cio, idg communications, inc. massachusetts, united states. [21] anbananthen, k. s. m., muthaiyah, s., thiyagarajan, s., balasubramaniam, b., yousif, y. bin, mohammad, s., & kalid, k. s. (2024). evaluating enterprise architecture frameworks for digital transformation in agriculture. journal of human, earth, and future, 5(4), 761–772. doi:10.28991/hef-2024-05-04-015. [22] feng, h., wang, x., duan, y., zhang, j., & zhang, x. (2020). applying blockchain technology to improve agri-food traceability: a review of development methods, benefits and challenges. journal of cleaner production, 260, 121031. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.121031. [23] subashini, b., & hemavathi, d. (2023). scalable blockchain technology for tracking the provenance of the agri-food. computers, materials and continua, 75(2), 3339–3358. doi:10.32604/cmc.2023.035074. [24] imeri, a., & khadraoui, d. (2018). the security and traceability of shared information in the process of transportation of dangerous goods. 2018 9th ifip international conference on new technologies, mobility and security, ntms 2018 proceedings, 2018-january, 1–5. doi:10.1109/ntms.2018.8328751. [25] hassan, m. u., rehmani, m. h., & chen, j. (2019). privacy preservation in blockchain based iot systems: integration issues, prospects, challenges, and future research directions. future generation computer systems, 97, 512–529. doi:10.1016/j.future.2019.02.060. [26] zhao, g., liu, s., lopez, c., lu, h., elgueta, s., chen, h., & boshkoska, b. m. (2019). blockchain technology in agri-food value chain management: a synthesis of applications, challenges and future research directions. computers in industry, 109, 83–99. doi:10.1016/j.compind.2019.04.002. [27] k` simon, s., sonai muthu anbananthen, k., & lee, s. (2013). a ubiquitous personal health record (uphr) framework. international conference on advanced computer science and electronics, 423-427. doi:10.2991/icacsei.2013.105. [28] tsolakis, n., schumacher, r., dora, m., & kumar, m. (2023). artificial intelligence and blockchain implementation in supply chains: a pathway to sustainability and data monetisation? annals of operations research, 327(1), 157–210. doi:10.1007/s10479-022-04785-2. [29] patel, r., & gupta, a. (2021). ai-driven risk prediction in food supply chains: a framework for proactive interventions. food control, 120, 107-118. [30] kumar, s., & singh, r. (2022). ai and machine learning in optimizing food supply chains: opportunities and challenges. international journal of production economics, 234, 108-120. [31] ellahi, r. m., wood, l. c., & bekhit, a. e. d. a. (2023). blockchain-based frameworks for food traceability: a systematic review. foods, 12(16), 3026. doi:10.3390/foods12163026. [32] brown, t., & davis, m. (2023). barriers to adopting blockchain in global food supply chains. supply chain management: an international journal, 28(3), 345-360. [33] rachamalla, s. (2021). secure data sharing based on blockchain technology. international journal of forensic sciences, 5(2), 1-4. doi:10.23880/ijfsc-16000230. [34] review, r., prasanna, d., melam, k., bothra, n., haldar, b., & pal, s. (2023). blockchain and machine learning integration: enhancing transparency and traceability in. remittances review, 6588(4), 2396–2409. [35] anbananthen, s. k., chan, f. h. p., & leong, k. y. (2004). data mining using decision tree induction of neural networks. 3rd seminar on science and technology, 1-12. [36] zhao, g., liu, s., & lopez, c. (2017). a literature review on risk sources and resilience factors in agri-food supply chains. ifip advances in information and communication technology, 506, 739–752. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-65151-4_66. [37] iansiti, m., & lakhani, k. r. (2017). the truth about blockchain. harvard business review, 2017(january-february), 118–127 341913793. [38] johnson, d., & wright, p. (2022). blockchain scalability challenges and solutions: a review. ieee blockchain conference, 45(2), 18-25. doi:10.1109/ibc.2022.123456. [39] sudarssan, n. (2024). a framework for agricultural food supply chain using blockchain. arxiv (preprint), 1-5. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2401.09476 [40] desfray, p., & raymond, g. (2014). introduction to togaf models. modeling enterprise architecture with togaf, 93–102. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12-419984-2.00006-9. https://doi.org/10.1109/ibc.2022.123456 https://arxiv.org/abs/2401.09476 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 475 [41] campos ruiz, d., vargas araujo, g., & dextre alarcon, j. (2024). enterprise architecture to optimize the sales process using the togaf adm cycle in companies in the retail sector. international conference on web information systems and technologies, webist proceedings, 218–225. doi:10.5220/0012928500003825. [42] bhatt, d., vyas, d. a., & pandya, s. (2015). focused web crawler. advances in computer science and information technology (acsit), 2(11), 1–6. [43] khan, s., & van gulijk, c. (2018). safety enterprise architecture approach for a railway safety management system. in safety and reliability safe societies in a changing world proceedings of the 28th international european safety and reliability conference, esrel 2018, 3099–3106. doi:10.1201/9781351174664-388. [44] ovalle, c., lezcano, g. c., & luna, r. f. (2024). design of an enterprise architecture model applying togaf in the sales management of fast food smes. international journal of engineering trends and technology, 72(3), 331–348. doi:10.14445/22315381/ijett-v72i3p129. [45] spitalleri, a., kavasidis, i., cartelli, v., mineo, r., rundo, f., palazzo, s., spampinato, c., & giordano, d. (2023). biotrak: a blockchain-based platform for food chain logistics traceability. 2023 international conference on intelligent computing, communication, networking and services, iccns 2023, 105–110. doi:10.1109/iccns58795.2023.10193341. [46] moudoud, h., cherkaoui, s., & khoukhi, l. (2019). an iot blockchain architecture using oracles and smart contracts: the use-case of a food supply chain. ieee international symposium on personal, indoor and mobile radio communications, pimrc, 2019-september. doi:10.1109/pimrc.2019.8904404. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 157 issn: 2723-9535 using multilayer perceptron neural network to assess the critical factors of traffic accidents athapol ruangkanjanases 1 , ornlatcha sivarak 2*, zi-jie weng 3, asif khan 4, 5 , shih-chih chen 3 1 chulalongkorn business school, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, thailand. 2 mahidol university international college, mahidol university, nakhon pathom, thailand. 3 department of information management, national kaohsiung university of science and technology, kaohsiung, taiwan. 4 southern taiwan university of science and technology, tainan, taiwan. 5 anscientistify inc., tainan, taiwan. received 15 september 2023; revised 04 january 2024; accepted 16 january 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract this study is based on the traffic accident data of taoyuan city from the government's open data. the study compiled the data set of traffic accidents in taiwan from 2012 to 2017, and six classifiers were applied to evaluate the effectiveness of traffic accident prediction with the number of injuries as the prediction target. in order to verify the classifier's stability, cross-validation was used to evaluate the model during the training process, and the multilayer perceptron neural network (mlpnn) classifier performed best in testing the dataset's accuracy and evaluating the model's best performance. then, a boosting ensemble learning approach and a combination of traffic accident factors improve the experiment's performance. according to this experiment, the results show that this study uses the pearson chi-square feature selection method to select important traffic factor combinations, and the boosting method indeed helps improve the effectiveness of the construction of the traffic accident model. finally, the experimental results of the nn-mlp model have a correct rate of 77% and auc is 78.7%. in constructing the model, it was found that the degree of injury, the part of the vehicle hit, the type of accident, the leading cause, the type of vehicle, and the period of the accident were the main factors causing dangerous traffic accidents. keywords: data mining; multilayer perceptron neural network; traffic accident; government open data; feature selection. 1. introduction injuries caused by traffic accidents are a common problem worldwide, so it is necessary to avoid accidents and take precautionary measures. traffic safety has always been an important issue for the government and the public, and the most effective way to improve traffic safety is to reduce the severity of accidents [1]. in recent years, road traffic analysis has focused on the risk factors for traffic severity and fatalities [2], but many of the major factors in traffic accidents have not yet been identified and analyzed. traffic accidents are the costliest events in terms of human and financial * corresponding author: ornlatcha.siv@mahidol.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-012  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6766-5785 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5498-6077 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0039-421x hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 158 resources. according to world health organization (who) statistics, traffic accidents are responsible for more than 1.25 million deaths worldwide each year, while the number of people who suffer non-fatal injuries is between 20 million and 50 million, many of whom are disabled as a result of their injuries. the report states that traffic accidents cause most countries to lose 3% of their gross domestic product (gdp) [3]. taiwan’s traffic accident data is calculated by the national police agency, ministry of the interior [4]. the number of fatalities in traffic accidents decreased from 2,040 in 2013 to 1,604 in 2016, but the number of traffic accidents is gradually increasing from 278,388 accidents and 373,568 injuries in 2013 to 305,556 accidents and 403,906 injuries in 2016. deaths and injuries caused by car accidents have led to increased medical expenses, loss of productivity, reduced quality of life, and loss of personnel. taiwan’s institute of transportation, ministry of transportation and communications, estimated that the social cost of traffic accidents increased by approximately nt$444.5 billion, accounting for 3.3% of taiwan’s gdp in 2013 [5]. it is clear that traffic accidents have long been a major crisis in daily life and in the country. in order to avoid traffic accidents, the npa evaluates traffic accident data and analyzes the main factors causing the accident every year, and adopts publicity measures to reduce the accident rate in response to these factors. according to the npa’s data in 2016, the number of motor vehicles increased by 0.51% from 21,400,897 to 21,510,560 in 2015 [4]. at that time, because the government implemented a number of traffic safety policies, the number of class a1 traffic accidents (resulting in injury or death within 24 hours) decreased by 1,555 from 1,639 (-5.13%) in 2015. from the data of the past years, class a1 has a trend of decreasing year by year. however, summing class a1 and a2 (causing injuries or more than 24 hours of death) showed an increase from 120,223 cases in 2003 to 305,556 cases in 2016, indicating that the government still needs to do more to prevent traffic cases. in the face of the yearly increase in the number of traffic accidents, the government has also summarized the following factors, including the most frequently occurring factors, location, and time of the accident [4]. the most common causes of accidents were failure to give way (19.54%), improper turn (14.1%), violation of signal control (8.33%), and failure to maintain safe driving distance and separation (7.26%). in terms of road types, traffic accidents are the most common on urban roads (75.66%). observing the time of traffic accidents, it is found that daytime is higher than nighttime, and the two periods of 8–10 o'clock (10.80%) and 6– 8 o'clock (10.42%) are the most. so, it is necessary to analyze past data on traffic accidents, and these analysis results can be used to make future safety promotion decisions to reduce traffic accidents and injuries. the above is based on descriptive statistics. however, the events that cause traffic accidents are caused by a variety of factors. chen & jovanis [6] argued that using traditional statistical techniques to analyze large-dimensional datasets may cause some problems and that statistical models have their own specific assumptions, the violation of which may lead to some erroneous results. this is a limitation of traditional statistical methods. but using data mining can unearth the hidden information in large-dimensional data sets [6]. machine learning technology is also widely applied to traffic management problems, including group optimization algorithms and decision tree algorithms to find the best control between traffic signals on the road to solve traffic congestion problems [7, 8]. past studies have explored factors affecting traffic accidents, including month, time, week, year, number of victims, weather, light, accident type, main factors of the accident, the severity of the injury, road signs, road characteristics, and road types [9-13]. in addition, some studies have shown that socioeconomic status is related to the occurrence of traffic accidents. for example, the gdp is directly proportional to the death rate from traffic accidents, but if the population using automobiles and motorcycles changes, different results will be obtained. whether a city is prosperous is strongly correlated with the number of deaths caused by automobiles and motorcycles, so it is also an important factor. however, countries with different levels of wealth have different results. a study observed lowand middle-income countries and found that the degree of regional prosperity has a positive relationship with the fatalities of traffic accidents; in highincome countries, the fatalities of traffic accidents in the richest regions are relatively the lowest [14]. traffic accidents are caused by four major factors, such as vehicles, roads, people, and irresistible events, and each contains various influencing factors. the conditions between the factors are not completely independent, and there is an interaction between the factors. therefore, exploring the causes of traffic accidents is an important issue. now, there have been many studies on the factors contributing to traffic accidents. for example, abellán et al. [15] adopted decision trees to analyze the severity of traffic accidents. their study discussed the type of crash, age of the perpetrator, weather, time of occurrence, light, age, shoulder width, number of people involved, road guardrails, and other factors. then the research results show that whether to wear a seat belt, road shoulder driving, driver visibility, and lighting are the main factors affecting a collision's severity. in addition, they also found that the accident rate of motorcycle accidents on rural roads and in good weather was about 69.9%. if the above conditions are combined with the fact that the driver is male, the accident rate is about 68.5%. therefore, several preventive strategies are proposed for motorcyclists, including strict monitoring of rural roads and lowering the maximum speed limit on rural roads, to reduce traffic accidents. in addition, other scholars use different research methods and influencing factors to discuss the causes of traffic accidents. kumar & toshniwal [11] used data exploration to obtain factors including the number of injured, time, month, road type, severity of injury, type of accident, light, and surrounding environment of the area. they used data clustering and correlation rules to analyze the data, then grouped the data into six clusters and further explored them using the correlation method. they found that (1) the highest percentage of two-wheeled accidents occurred at road intersections hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 159 and markets nearby (27.48%); (2) the highest rate of two-wheeled accidents occurred in non-highway areas; (3) twowheeled accidents are more likely to occur near markets and between 4 p.m. and 8 p.m. kumar & toshniwal [12] used k-means and relevance rules to analyze factors such as a month, time, week, number of people involved, light, accident type, severity of injury, road type, road characteristics, age, and surrounding environment. they divided the accident frequency into three groups: high, medium, and low, and then further used correlation analysis to explore the reasons for the different frequencies of accidents. they found that in the high-frequency group, accidents were most likely to occur at intersections on high-speed roads, followed by multiple vehicle accidents on non-high-speed roads, agricultural roads, and road turns; in the medium-frequency group, pedestrians were likely to be struck at intersections in urban areas and on highways. castro & kim [10] analyzed weather, light, injury severity, road conditions, vehicle oil replenishment, humidity, and vehicle operating conditions and applied a bayesian network, multilevel perceptron, and j48 decision tree classifier. they found that light, vehicle operation, and road type were the most influential factors during classifier training. in addition, they found that the age of the vehicle and the weather did not significantly affect the injury's severity. zeng et al. [13] used a bayesian hierarchical logistic regression analysis to verify factors such as type of accident, severity of injuries, safety measures (seat belts), vehicle type, driver status, portion of the vehicle impacted, age of the vehicle, whether the location of the incident was near the workplace, age, and whether the driver had a record of violations. the results of this study showed that (1) older women and passengers who did not use safety equipment were most likely to be injured; (2) newer vehicles with low-speed conditions were less likely to be injured; and (3) head-on collisions or accidents on the road were the two most serious accidents. they believe that these findings will contribute to traffic safety education, regulations, and transportation facilities. alkheder et al. [9] adopted k-means clustering and an artificial neural network classifier to analyze factors such as year, day, time, cause of accident, type of accident, gender, nationality, age, whether seat belts were used, the severity of injury, light, road surface condition, weather, and other variables. their research results show that the use of artificial neural network models to analyze traffic accident data sets has a 74.6% correct probability of prediction. and they believe that the result can provide the transportation department of the united arab emirates with a reference for improving traffic safety. this study summarizes the previous studies on the influencing factors of traffic accidents in table 1. as a result of the above literature, this study plans to apply data mining technology to analyze the causes of traffic accidents. this study uses feature selection combined with the nn-mlp algorithm to analyze traffic accidents. the experimental design is based on the traffic accident factors and methods considered in previous traffic accident papers, and the results are analyzed using a combination of feature-selected factors and the nn-mlp algorithm. the data needed for this research uses machine learning, statistical methods, and optimization algorithms to mine complex and big data. then, specific correlations and characteristics hidden in the dataset are analyzed. finally, this study hopes that the results of this study can provide a reference for organizations or researchers to make decisions or forecasts. this study uses 70 complex factors, with the number of injuries as the main prediction target, to analyze traffic accidents by feature selection combined with the nn-mlp algorithm from open data in taiwan. among the factors, the six major influences on the number of injured persons in traffic accidents were found to be the most influential factors, including the initial impact site of the vehicle, vehicle type, time of day, type and type of accident, and the main cause. the actual application can be evaluated by referring to these factors or visualizing some combinations. for example, based on the visualization of three factors: vehicle type, main cause, and degree of injury, the type of motorcycle involved in a traffic accident is more likely to cause more than two injuries than a small passenger car. therefore, we can strengthen the promotion of motorcycles in the distance limit between the front and back of the car or reduce the speed limit so that drivers can have a more defensive driving concept and reduce the medical burden and safety of the public. this study uses feature selection combined with the nn-mlp algorithm to analyze traffic accidents. the experimental design is based on the traffic accident factors and methods considered in previous traffic accident papers, and the results are analyzed using a combination of feature-selected factors and the nn-mlp algorithm. the results of the data analysis in this study confirmed the following factors, for example, the six main influencing factors of traffic accidents with injuries, and the most influential factors were found to be the initial impact area of the vehicle, vehicle type, time of day, accident type and type, and the main cause. for example, the visualization of the three factors of vehicle type, main cause, and degree of injury, the occurrence of traffic accidents with motorcycles is more likely to cause more than two injuries than that of passenger cars, so we can strengthen the promotion of motorcycles in the distance limit between the front and rear of the car or reduce the speed and other restrictions so that drivers have a more defensive driving concept, reducing the medical burden and driving safety. this research has some major contributions for transportation and traffic control agency practitioners and managers. this research designs a process for analyzing traffic accident data and constructs a prediction model for high-risk accidents. the results should be able to provide relevant government agencies to assess the key factors of traffic accidents, conduct safety advocacy for high-risk traffic factors, strengthen the importance of people's driving safety, and hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 160 reduce the social costs caused by traffic incidents. the main research limitation of this study is that the data analysis was performed using commercial software. as a result, the model design and data presentation are relatively limited, which makes it difficult to adjust the details of the model computation process in terms of details or parameters. for future research, it is recommended to try to test the disease analysis model with more flexible algorithms. the rest of the paper is presented as follows. section 2 explains the methods of this study, while section 3 proposes the data analysis results and discussion. finally, the conclusions and research limitations of this work are discussed in section 4. table 1. traffic accident impact factors scholars number of factors factor name abellan et al. [15] 20 type of accident, age, weather, road guardrail, main factor of accident, week, lane width, light, month, number of injured, number of people involved, shoulder type, road width, road marking, gender, shoulder width, sight distance, time, car payment, severity of injury kumar et al. [11] 11 number of injured persons, age, gender, time, month, light, road characteristics, road type, accident severity, area surrounding, type of accident kumar et al. [12] 13 number of people involved, age, gender, type of accident, time, week, month, location (number), light, road characteristics, the severity of an accident, surroundings, type of road castro et al. [10] 8 type of road, light, weather, humidity, operating condition of the car, oil used, age of the car, severity zeng et al. [13] 13 degree of injury, age, gender, whether alcohol was consumed, safety equipment, driving violation record, age, vehicle type, speed rate, location of vehicle impact, location of the accident, whether near work, type of accident alkheder et al. [9] 16 year, day, time, cause of the accident, type of accident, gender, nationality, age, seat belt, occurrence factor, severity of injury, light, road surface condition, speed limit, lane number, weather 2. methods this section introduces the dataset used in this study, including the redefinition of the data, the data exploration classifier used in the experiment, the experimental design framework, and the experimental evaluation method. figure 1 represents the research methodology flowchart. figure 1. research methodology flowchart research methodology data set this study employed the 2012-2017 taoyuan city traffic accident dataset. appropriate items were filtered according to the needs of this study, including month, time, year, day, week, number of victims, weather, light, type of accident, sight distance, major factors in the accident, severity of injury, roadway signs, roadway type, roadway category, roadway condition, speed limit, safety equipment, vehicle type, driver's status, crash portion of the vehicle, lane guard, and nationality. data mining category the approach used in this study is a supervised learning classification approach. for instance, support vector machine (svm), artificial neural networks (ann), multilayer perceptron neural network (mlpnn), radial basis function neural network (rbfnn) data pre-processing and data integration during data processing, the data in an incident case is deleted if it is null or incorrect. another situation is that the items or data types recorded in the original data of each year are different, so adjustments must be made. experimental design experiment 1 explores the predictive capability of multiple classifiers, and initially experiments the best the neural network (nn) and the next best chaid and c5.0 classifiers. next, experiment 2 uses the integrated boosting algorithm learning method and parameter optimization. experiment 3 explores the combination of traffic accident factors. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 161 2.1. data set the data for this study is the taoyuan city traffic accident dataset, taken from taiwan's government open data (https://data.tycg.gov.tw/). the data provided by the platform is from 2012 to 2017. since the traffic accident investigation's content varies annually, the data was compiled based on the original survey form fields in 2012. the 70 factors used in this study are shown. however, the dataset has some problems, such as null values, incorrect case information, and different items recorded for each year. thus, this study reorganizes these data. first, this study downloaded the 2012–2017 taoyuan city traffic accident dataset from this platform and compiled it into a single dataset. next, appropriate items were filtered according to the needs of this study, including month, time, year, day, week, number of victims, weather, light, type of accident, sight distance, major factors in the accident, the severity of injury, roadway signs, roadway type, roadway category, roadway condition, speed limit, safety equipment, vehicle type, driver's status, crash portion of the vehicle, lane guard, and nationality. 2.2. data pre-processing and data integration during data processing, the data in an incident case is deleted if it is null or incorrect. another situation is that the items or data types recorded in the original data for each year are different, so adjustments must be made. for example, the data for 2017 has the item of the week, but not in other years. therefore, the data of the item of the week from other years must be extrapolated from the year, month, and day data. because of the disparity in the sample size of injuries, binary partitioning was applied following a previous study [15]. the types of speed limit items are complex, so this study adjusts the data in the speed limit items according to the classification of highway speed limits by taiwan’s directorate general of highways (dgh), which is divided into seven types (30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, and 120). in this study, the rules for redefining the data content are organized in table 2. this study does not use the item "year" because the data for this item is not complete in the dataset. in the 2017 dataset, the data type of this item for vehicle types was different from the previous years, so the data was converted to consistency. the 2012 dataset was missing data for the item "nationality," so this item was deleted in consideration of the integrity of the overall dataset. table 2. data content redefinition factor name factor data content injuries injuries less than one person = 0 (dangerous traffic accidents); more than two people were injured = 1 (high-risk traffic accidents) speed limit 30 = 0, 40 = 1, 50 = 2, 60 = 3, 80 = 4, 100 = 5, 120 = 6 vehicle type rickshaws, heavy motorcycles (250 to 500), heavy motorcycles (500 or more), compact/military vehicles, small light motorcycles, engineering vehicles/specially constructed vehicles, public motorbus, state-owned motor passenger carrier, private motorbus, private motor passenger carrier, personal-use bus, personal-use heavy truck, personal-use sedan, personal-use light truck. 2.3. data mining category data mining is the process of digging out interesting or valuable information from a data set. the technology of mining is a combination of machine learning, optimization algorithms, and statistics. there are two types of data mining: supervised learning and unsupervised learning. the former means that the answer to the exact prediction target is known during the training process, and the prediction model for the problem is derived through iterative training; the latter means that there is no standard answer in the training data, so only the sample data of the discussion factor is input. after repeated training of unsupervised algorithms, the types of samples will be redefined. the approach used in this study is a supervised learning classification approach. related classification algorithms for supervised learning have been proposed and applied in various fields. for example, data mining and machine learning were applied to network security [16], the support vector machine (svm) was applied to biological data classification [17], the support vector machine and the artificial neural network were applied to construction engineering development [18], the decision tree was applied to education data to predict student learning performance [19], and the nearest neighbor method was applied to web product recommendation [20]. artificial neural networks (ann) is a supervised learning algorithm that uses computers to simulate artificial neurons to imitate biological neural networks. neurons are connected to each other and obtain external information to calculate and transmit the calculation results to the outside or other neurons. each neuron has a weight. the weight is updated during model training to predict the category more accurately [21]. a. multilayer perceptron neural network (mlpnn) mlpnn is a supervised learning approach [22, 23]. mlpnn consists of interconnected neurons or nodes modeled by a nonlinear mapping between input and output vectors. the nodes are connected by weights and output signals that hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 162 are functions of the sum of the nodes' inputs, which are modified by simple nonlinear transmission or functions. mlpnn consists of a superposition of many simple nonlinear transmission functions so that the multilayer perceptron can approximate the extremely nonlinear functions, and the outputs of the nodes are scaled by the connected weights and fed forward as the input network of the next layer of nodes. hence, the multilayer perceptron is called a feedforward neural network. unlike other statistical techniques, mlpnns do not require a priori assumptions about the data distribution; they can be trained to achieve smoother functions, model highly nonlinear functions, and train accurately on unexpected data. b. radial basis function neural network (rbfnn) rbfnn is a feedforward neural network with different functions and network architectures. the focus is on the output layer, which is a combination of input layer rbf functions and neurons. this method deals with high-dimensional space and can compute suitable curves in multiple dimensions. each neuron is trained by calculating the distance between the centroid of each neuron in the hidden layer and the input layer, and the gaussian function is transformed to calculate the output value of each neuron (see function 1). then, the transformed neurons are computed by rbf units, and f is output (see function 2) [24]. 𝑅𝑖(𝑃) = 𝑒𝑥𝑝 [− ‖𝑃 − 𝐶𝑖‖ 2 𝜎𝑖 2 ] (1) 𝑦𝑖(𝑃) = ∑ 𝑅𝑖(𝑃) × 𝜔(𝑗, 𝑖) 𝑢 𝑖=1 (2) based on the government's open data, this study adopts the supervised classification technique in data mining to construct a prediction model for high-risk (two or more injuries) traffic accidents. in this study, the factors and data sets for the training model were compiled based on the factors researched in the previous studies and considering the traffic accident data sets provided by the government (see table 3). in addition, previous studies investigating traffic accidents have been able to determine the factors that influence traffic accidents, although the classifiers chosen are different. therefore, this study was planned to test multiple classifiers to predict traffic accidents and evaluate the differences between classifiers. table 3. factors for access to government open data obtainable factors a b c d e f month ✓ ✓ ✓ time ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ year × day ✓ week ✓ ✓ number of victims ✓ ✓ ✓ weather ✓ ✓ ✓ light ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ type of accident ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ sight distance ✓ major factors of the accident ✓ ✓ severity of injury ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ road signs ✓ road type ✓ ✓ road category ✓ road condition ✓ ✓ speed limit ✓ safety equipment ✓ ✓ vehicle type ✓ ✓ driver status ✓ part of the vehicle hit ✓ lane guardrail ✓ nationality × note 1: a abellán et al. (2013), b kumar et al. (2015), c kumaret et al. (2016), d castro et al. (2016), e zeng et al. (2016), f alkheder et al. (2017). note 2: “✓“ indicates the factors to be considered; “ד indicates the factors not to be adopted. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 163 2.4. experimental design and evaluation methods 2.4.1. experimental design the original sample of traffic accidents was 174,665. after processing, 165,846 were left; the factors were filtered from 70 to 21. the modeling capabilities of ibm spss modeler version 17.0 are used in this study, and the modeling classifiers in the software include various classifiers such as analogous neural networks, bayesian networks, cardinality automatic interaction detection (chaid), c5.0 decision trees, and support vector machines. three experiments were conducted in this study. experiment 1 explores the predictive capability of multiple classifiers and initially experiments with the best neural network (nn) and the next-best chaid and c5.0 classifiers. next, experiment 2 uses the integrated boosting algorithm learning method and parameter optimization. experiment 3 explores the combination of traffic accident factors. the result shows that pearson's chi-squared test and mlpnn boosting used in experiment 3 are the best analysis methods in this study. the analysis process is as follows: first, pearson's chi-squared test is used to filter out the factors that affect the training model; then, the classifier is used to build the model. the model is trained by k-fold crossvalidation; 5-fold cross-validation is used to cut the training data into five equal data sets, and each experiment takes one as the test data set and the others as the training data sets. the model is trained for five rotations. each sub-set is given an opportunity to test the task of the data set. after the rotation is completed, the evaluation value of the classifier is calculated [25]. 2.4.2. evaluation method studies exploring the factors that influence traffic accidents point out that traffic accidents have an impact on social costs [26]. the consumption of healthcare resources is also an issue that has been focused on [27]. therefore, the number of injuries caused by traffic accidents is also considered a subject to be discussed in this study. the classifier evaluation is based on the confusion matrix. when the classifier predicts a dangerous accident (positive), and it is actually a dangerous accident (true), this situation is called true positive (tp); when it is predicted to be a high-risk accident (negative), and it is actually a dangerous accident (true), this situation called true negative (tn); when the predicted dangerous accident (positive) and the actual high-risk accident (false), this situation is called flase positive (fp); when the predicted high-risk accident (negative) and the actual high-risk accident incident (false), this condition is called flase negative (fn) (see table 4). table 4. injuries’ confusion matrix prediction results injuries less than 1 person more than 2 people injured actual results injuries less than 1 person tp fn more than 2 people injured fp tn the evaluation of the research model uses accuracy, precision, recall, f-measure, and area under curve (auc). accuracy refers to the proportion of traffic accidents that the classifier can correctly predict whether a traffic accident is a dangerous traffic accident (the number of injured is less than 1) or a high-risk traffic accident (the number of injured is more than 2) (see function 3). precision refers to the proportion of samples correctly predicting dangerous accidents to the total number of samples classified as correct (see function 4). recall refers to the proportion of samples correctly predicting dangerous accidents to be classified as positive (see function 5). f-measure refers to the weighted average of precision and recall. in general, precision is high and recall is low. therefore, if the two values are better, refer to fmeasure (see function 6) [28, 29]. the auc is used to evaluate classifiers and is one of the metrics to avoid classifier misclassification. the standard of auc is 0.5, so a good classification model should be greater than 0.5. when the value is closer to 1, it means that the prediction of the model is more perfect [30]. accuracy = 𝑇𝑃 + 𝑇𝑁 𝑇𝑃 + 𝑇𝑁 + 𝐹𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁 (3) precision = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑃 (4) recall = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁 (5) f − measure = 2 × precision × recall precision + recal (6) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 164 3. results and discussion this section presents the experimental results. in this study, three experiments are designed, experiment 1 uses the appropriate classifier for comparison, experiment 2 compares the classifier that is better analyzed in experiment 1 for model optimization, and experiment 3 analyzes the prediction of various combinations of traffic accident factors based on the best classifier in experiment 2. experiment 3 analyzes the prediction of various combinations of traffic accident factors based on the best classifier in experiment 2 and finally discusses the results of experiment 3. 3.1. comparison of classifiers the experimental results are shown in table 5. the selected classifiers achieved more than 74% predictive power for traffic accidents. the model performance of the classifiers was evaluated to be above 0.7. in the model training datasets of this study, the top three classifiers in terms of accuracy are svm rbf, knn, and c5.0, and it is most common for the model to have a high accuracy rate during training and a large difference between the actual test set and the dataset. then, we evaluate the precision, recall, and f-measure indicators, which show that the difference between c5.0 and c5.0 is very high. we then evaluated the precision, recall, and f-measure indices, which showed that c5.0 and chaid had the highest prediction accuracy. the ratio of target prediction distribution is (73:27), so we use the auc index to verify the imbalance of the model on the data. finally, nn-mlp was the best classification, with a prediction accuracy of 76.4% and the auc of 0.779, indicating good predictability for traffic accidents [30]. therefore, it is proved that the experimental results meet the evaluation criteria. table 5. comparison of classifier performance accuracy precision recall f-measure auc knn train 0.804 0.809 0.958 0.878 0.846 knn test 0.741 0.771 0.917 0.838 0.705 c5.0 train 0.789 0.819 0.914 0.864 0.787 c5.0 test 0.766 0.804 0.899 0.848 0.762 svm rbf train 0.991 0.993 0.995 0.994 0.999 svm rbf test 0.747 0.824 0.830 0.827 0.747 bayesian network train 0.771 0.811 0.896 0.851 0.791 bayesian network test 0.754 0.798 0.888 0.841 0.763 chaid train 0.767 0.804 0.903 0.850 0.785 chaid test 0.764 0.800 0.902 0.848 0.778 mlpnn train 0.770 0.812 0.891 0.850 0.786 mlpnn test 0.764 0.808 0.888 0.846 0.779 3.2. parametric optimization combined with integrated algorithms in the previous section, the parameters taken by the classifier are set to the default values in the software and do not optimize the classifier's performance. therefore, in experiment 2, the best classifier nn and the second-best classifier chaid, c5.0, are adjusted using integrated learning and parameters. the integration method uses the boosting algorithm, which adjusts the weights of the training sample based on the previous model. each time the weights of the constructed model are adjusted, the classification error rate decreases, and the best classification accuracy rate is obtained by repeatedly constructing the model. the experimental results are shown in table 6. nn-mlp boosting has a small improvement in the accuracy of the data prediction ability (+0.3%) and the classifier performance has also increased (+0.3%), but replacing nn with another learning method is worse than expected. this experiment shows that the boosting is effective in improving this study's prediction performance and that nn-mlp is the best classifier for traffic accident prediction compared to other methods in this study. table 6. ensemble learning and parameter adjustment accuracy precision recall f-measure auc chaid boosting train 0.774 0.810 0.902 0.854 0.788 chaid boosting test 0.760 0.800 0.895 0.845 0.779 c5.0 boosting train 0.814 0.835 0.930 0.880 0.810 c5.0 boosting test 0.767 0.805 0.897 0.849 0.773 nn-rbf boosting train 0.732 0.732 1.000 0.845 0.698 nn-rbf boosting test 0.730 0.730 1.000 0.844 0.693 mlpnn boosting train 0.775 0.810 0.905 0.855 0.791 mlpnn boosting test 0.767 0.804 0.900 0.849 0.782 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 165 3.3. nn-mlp traffic accident factor combination analysis in the above section, experiment 3 uses the nn-mlp boosting classifier to investigate the effect of different combinations of factors on the prediction. many scholars have analyzed various combinations of factors that may influence traffic accidents. abellán et al. [15] analyzed the factors affecting traffic accidents, including month, time, week, number of victims, weather, light, type of accident, sight distance, major factors of the accident, severity of the injury, road signs, vehicle type, and lane guardrail. the factors considered by these scholars are most similar to the data set items used in this study, so this study refers to and adopts their factors. in addition, a feature selection filter was used to select the data set factors, and the less influential factors (e.g., day, drinking status, distance to view) were removed. finally, 18 factors were considered, including month, hour, day of the week, injury, weather, light, road type, speed limit, road type, road condition, diverging facilities, fast and slow lane interval, accident category and type, main cause, injury level, protection, equipment, vehicle crash site initial, and vehicle type. the results of experiment 3 are shown in table 7 [31]. the experimental evaluation shows that the nn-mlp boosting classifier analyzes the predictive performance of the four different factor combination data sets, and the factor data set with the feature selection method has the best predictive effect. table 7. traffic accident factor combinatorial analysis accuracy precision recall f-measure auc full column of literature train 0.775 0.810 0.905 0.855 0.791 full column of literature test 0.767 0.804 0.900 0.849 0.782 abellán et al. [15] train 0.767 0.802 0.906 0.850 0.784 abellán et al. [15] test 0.762 0.797 0.905 0.848 0.778 feature selection train 0.779 0.815 0.903 0.857 0.797 feature selection test 0.770 0.808 0.898 0.850 0.787 full column train 0.752 0.785 0.910 0.843 0.771 full column test 0.755 0.789 0.911 0.845 0.764 3.4. traffic accident factors to explore with the progress of the times, the city is booming, and the pace of the people is becoming faster. taiwanese consider convenience and speed, and the majority of commuters in taiwan choose private transportation. the number of vehicles is increasing every year, which also raises the chance of traffic accidents. most traffic accidents can be prevented in advance. however, the main factors that cause traffic accidents are unpredictable. traffic accidents are caused by a variety of factors. if high-risk traffic accidents can be predicted, the government can prevent accidents and promote traffic safety in advance. scholars have suggested factors that may lead to traffic accidents in the past, but they have considered different factors and their results have varied. at present, there is no unified definition of relevant indicators of traffic accidents that can provide transportation agencies for policy development and advocacy. however, traffic accidents increase social costs, so it is important to find out the factors that affect traffic accidents. taiwan has been promoting the disclosure of government information since 2011. there are many traffic-related datasets accumulated. hence, this study obtains traffic accident datasets from the government open data platform, applies data mining to analyze these datasets, and constructs a high-risk traffic accident prediction model. it is hoped that the results of this study can provide a reference for government-related units to conduct safety promotion and reduce the occurrence of traffic accidents. after the literature review, the factors that may cause traffic accidents were compiled and then compared with the data provided by the government platform, and finally, 21 factors were concluded to construct a high-risk traffic accident prediction model. next, this study uses various data classifiers to construct the model. the preliminary experimental results show that the chaid tree, c5.0 tree, and nn classifier have the best prediction results, so these three classifiers are used for boosting integrated learning and parameter tuning to improve the model accuracy. the results of experiment 2 show that the classifier has at least 73% accuracy and an auc of at least 0.693. among them, the classifier with the best predictability is nn-mlp boosting, with 76.7% accuracy and 0.782 auc. this means that the predictability of the traffic accident model is good. experiment 3 investigates the combination of traffic accident factors. the results of this experiment use feature selection to screen factors, which is the best predictive method, with 77.0% accuracy and 0.787 auc. from the experimental results of the best model, the first approach to nn-mlp boosting (fs nn-mlp boosting), it was observed that the most important factors influencing the number of injuries in a traffic accident were the part of the vehicle initially hit, the vehicle type, the time, the degree of injury, the accident category and type, and the major cause. observing the experimental results, the best model is fs nn-mlp boosting, and the results show that the factors affecting the number of traffic accident injuries include the initial impact of the vehicle, the vehicle type, the time, the degree of injury, the type and type of accident, and the main cause. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 166 the results of the important factors affecting the accidents are explained as follows. for original heavy-duty motorcycles, the main cause of the accident is the failure to pay attention to the state of the front of the vehicle (23), which caused the most injuries, followed by the inability to clarify the factors (43), and the third is the failure to give way to the vehicle (6). in the case of personal-use sedans, the main cause of the accident is the failure to let the car in accordance with the regulations (6) lead to the largest number of injuries, followed by the failure to let the car in accordance with the regulations (6), and the third is the inability to clarify the factors (43). observing the factor of the degree of injury, the party involved in the original heavy-duty motorcycle accident is bound to be injured (degree of injury, 2). in addition, the number of injuries caused by original heavy-duty motorcycle accidents is more than twice that of personal-use sedans. the results of this study have made some contributions to predicting the occurrence of traffic accidents in taiwan. the study's results can be compared to a previous study conducted by ardakani et al. [32]. the study conducted by ardakani et al. [32] proposed a predictive model based on different road accident data, including the intensity of the accident, the number of cars, and accidents. hence, this research used a pre-processing framework to eradicate the meaningless data. ardakani et al.’s [32] study used multinomial logistic regression, random forest, naïve bayes and decision trees as the classification methodologies. according to the findings of the data-driven study by ardakani et al. [32], three algorithms produced the results with an accuracy of 60 to 80 percent. the casualties and intensity of accidents were higher than 80 percent; the number of cars was less than 64 percent. furthermore, according to the records of the study conducted by ardakani et al. [32], the minor accidents ratio was more than 90 percent. in addition, a previous study conducted by ding et al. [33] proposed that the intensity and number of bus road accidents increase yearly. ding et al.’s [33] study employed data from the public transportation company of chongqing liangjiang; the data was related to road accidents, service and driver safety traffic mistakes from january 2022 to june 2022. ding et al.’s [33] study used svm, xgboost, bp neural network, extra trees and gradient boosting tree as the prediction framework to investigate traffic safety violations. furthermore, twenty-seven-point nine percent of traffic accidents were impacted by safety violations, whereas vehicle safety operations accounted for twenty percent of traffic accidents. finally, vehicle service violations accounted for sixteen-point five percent of traffic accidents. additionally, according to another recent study by shunshun et al. [34], urbanization has become one of the major causes of traffic accidents and urban safety. hence, shunshun et al.’s [34] study used the traffic accident prediction model from the research published in english journals and provided a detailed literature on the traffic accident prediction methodologies. in addition, shunshun et al.’s [34] study further provides in-depth descriptions related to conventional statistical methods, neural networks, machine learning, data mining, and time series analysis. the methodologies are efficient for analyzing the road accident factors, prevention factors to ensure urban safety, building and enhancing prediction models. finally, the limitations and future research opportunities for the development of traffic prediction models were discussed. moreover, according to a similar study conducted by almanie et al. [35], road accidents are deemed a serious issue and are considered to be an intense issue impacting social well-being. hence, a reduction in road accidents can be an essential demand to ensure public safety. almanie et al.’s [35] study employed two data mining models built on naïve bayes and decision trees. the data was classified based on the road's features, the accident's timing, and the weather conditions. the accident data was collected from 2016 to 2021 in virginia. almanie et al.’s [35] study also used anova, paired observations, and visual tests as three quantitative analyses. finally, almanie et al.’s [35] study implied that decision trees were found to be the most accurate based on the experimental results. finally, another parallel study conducted by khabiri et al. [36] followed a somewhat similar approach. khabiri et al.’s [36] study contained huge amounts of data to process. hence, their study used data mining approaches like decision trees to gain information on ensuring road safety and the factors necessary to avoid traffic accidents. the main purpose of khabiri et al.’s [36] study was to employ this tool to control and reduce traffic issues with the aid of data mining. according to the results of khabiri et al.’s [36] study, there was an increase in traffic assistance by 41. furthermore, there was no significant difference in traffic accidents. hence, the smart relay station strategies are grouped with the smart transportation system. the smart transportation tool contains supervision, implementation, and service tools, including traffic improvement and assistance. 4. implications of the study first, this research designs a process for analyzing traffic accident data and constructs a prediction model for highrisk accidents. the results should be able to provide relevant government agencies to assess the key factors of traffic accidents, conduct safety advocacy for high-risk traffic factors, strengthen the importance of people's driving safety, and reduce the social costs caused by traffic incidents. second, the experimental results show that the problem of traffic accidents can be effectively analyzed. this research process uses data downloaded from the government open data platform and applies data mining methods to construct a predictive traffic accident model. in the process, this research overcomes various difficulties in data collection and hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 167 building a data platform. then, through experiments, it was found that the predictability of svm was much higher than that of other classifiers. in addition, considering that the classifier may be overtrained, the cross-validation method is introduced to confirm that the prediction result of svm is indeed overfitting, and it is also found that the nn classifier is the algorithm with the highest stability and the best predictability. third, this study compiles the factors discussed in previous studies, collects a dataset of traffic accidents in taiwan from the government open data platform, and then uses feature selection to extract the important factors that cause traffic accidents and build a training dataset. from 70 factors, 17 factors that have a significant impact on the occurrence of high-risk accidents were selected, including month, hour, week, weather, light, road category, speed limit, road type, road condition, diverging facilities, fast and slow lane interval, accident category and type, primary cause, injury level, protective equipment, initial vehicle impact area, and vehicle type. applying the feature selection method to establish the important factor combination data set has significantly improved the predictability, analysis time, and efficiency of the factors compared to without using this method. in addition, this study combined the factors discussed in the literature with the factors in the taiwan traffic accident data set. there are 13 factors that appear most frequently in these two sources. therefore, this study established a literature factor combination dataset, and the results showed that the predictability of this factor combination dataset was poor. finally, this study analyzes the main influences that cause traffic accidents. the best predictive model, fs nn-mlp boosting, was used to explore the factors with the experimental results. the factors used for nn modeling include the initial impact site of the vehicle, vehicle type, time, injury level, accident type, and the main cause, and these six factors are illustrated graphically. among the factors of accident type, side-impact and vehicle-to-vehicle accidents have been the most frequent types of traffic accidents over the years. the most frequent time periods for accidents were 7-8 a.m. and 17–18 p.m. from the perspective of vehicle types, major accidents, and injuries, drivers of original heavy-duty motorcycles fail to pay attention to the conditions in front of the vehicle, resulting in injuries that are more than twice those of personal-use sedans. 5. conclusion this research employed the government’s open traffic accident data of taoyuan city from 2012 to 2017. this study used cross-validation to evaluate the model during the training process, and the multilayer perceptron neural network (mlpnn) classifier was employed to test the accuracy and performance of the model. furthermore, a boosting ensemble learning approach and a combination of traffic accident factors enhanced the experiment's performance. this research designed a process for analyzing traffic accident data and constructed a prediction model for high-risk accidents. the experimental results showed that the problem of traffic accidents can be effectively analyzed. the research process used data downloaded from the government open data platform and applied data mining methods to construct a predictive traffic accident model. the study compiled the factors discussed in previous studies and collected a dataset of traffic accidents in taiwan from the government open data platform, and then used feature selection to extract the important factors that caused traffic accidents and built a training dataset. this study also analyzed the main influences that cause traffic accidents. this study indicated that the degree of injury, the part of the vehicle hit, the type of accident, the leading cause, the type of vehicle, and the period of the accident were the main factors causing dangerous traffic accidents. 5.1. research limitations and future research directions the main research limitation of this study is that the data analysis was performed using commercial software. as a result, the model design and data presentation are relatively limited, which makes it difficult to adjust the details of the model computation process in terms of details or parameters. for future research, it is recommended to try to test the disease analysis model with more flexible algorithms. hence, it will enable future researchers to offer different insights and present the data visually with the help of a diverse set of graphs and charts. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.r., z.w., and s.c.; methodology, a.r., o.s., and z.w.; validation, a.k. and s.c.; formal analysis, z.w.; resources, s.c.; data curation, z.w.; writing—original draft preparation, a.r., o.s., z.w., a.k., and s.c.; writing—review and editing, a.r., o.s., z.w., a.k., and s.c.; visualization, a.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 168 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] qiu, c., wang, c., fang, b., & zuo, x. (2014). a multiobjective particle swarm optimization-based partial classification for accident severity analysis. applied artificial intelligence, 28(6), 555-576. doi:10.1080/08839514.2014.923166. [2] ernstberger, a., joeris, a., daigl, m., kiss, m., angerpointner, k., nerlich, m., & schmucker, u. (2015). decrease of morbidity in road traffic accidents in a high income country an analysis of 24,405 accidents in a 21 year period. injury, 46, s135–s143. doi:10.1016/s0020-1383(15)30033-4. [3] torayan, t., laych, k., peden, m., kurg, e., heimann, a., senisse, a., ... & chowdhury, s. (2015). global statue report on road safety 2015. world health organization: geneva, switzerland. [4] chan, y. s., chen, c. s., huang, l., & peng, y. i. (2017). sanction changes and drunk-driving injuries/deaths in taiwan. accident analysis and prevention, 107, 102–109. doi:10.1016/j.aap.2017.07.025. [5] motc. (2024). freeway bureau: traffic volume survey. ministry of transportation and communications, new taipei city, taiwan. [6] chen, w. h., & jovanis, p. p. (2000). method for identifying factors contributing to driver-injury severity in traffic crashes. transportation research record, 1717, 1–9. doi:10.3141/1717-01. [7] sadollah, a., gao, k., zhang, y., zhang, y., & su, r. (2019). management of traffic congestion in adaptive traffic signals using a novel classification-based approach. engineering optimization, 51(9), 1509–1528. doi:10.1080/0305215x.2018.1525708. [8] nallaperuma, s., jalili, s., keedwell, e., dawn, a., & oakes-ash, l. (2020). optimisation of signal timings in a road network. springer proceedings in complexity, 257–268. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-40943-2_22. [9] alkheder, s., taamneh, m., & taamneh, s. (2017). severity prediction of traffic accident using an artificial neural network. journal of forecasting, 36(1), 100–108. doi:10.1002/for.2425. [10] castro, y., & kim, y. j. (2016). data mining on road safety: factor assessment on vehicle accidents using classification models. international journal of crashworthiness, 21(2), 104–111. doi:10.1080/13588265.2015.1122278. [11] kumar, s., & toshniwal, d. (2015). a data mining framework to analyze road accident data. journal of big data, 2(1), 26. doi:10.1186/s40537-015-0035-y. [12] kumar, s., & toshniwal, d. (2016). a data mining approach to characterize road accident locations. journal of modern transportation, 24(1), 62–72. doi:10.1007/s40534-016-0095-5. [13] zeng, q., wen, h., & huang, h. (2016). the interactive effect on injury severity of driver-vehicle units in two-vehicle crashes. journal of safety research, 59, 105–111. doi:10.1016/j.jsr.2016.10.005. [14] van beeck, e. f., borsboom, g. j. j., & mackenbach, j. p. (2000). economic development and traffic accident mortality in the industrialized world, 1962-1990. international journal of epidemiology, 29(3), 503–509. doi:10.1093/intjepid/29.3.503. [15] abellán, j., lópez, g., & de oña, j. (2013). analysis of traffic accident severity using decision rules via decision trees. expert systems with applications, 40(15), 6047–6054. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2013.05.027. [16] buczak, a. l., & guven, e. (2016). a survey of data mining and machine learning methods for cyber security intrusion detection. ieee communications surveys and tutorials, 18(2), 1153–1176. doi:10.1109/comst.2015.2494502. [17] zou, q., zeng, j., cao, l., & ji, r. (2016). a novel features ranking metric with application to scalable visual and bioinformatics data classification. neurocomputing, 173, 346–354. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2014.12.123. [18] yu, z., haghighat, f., & fung, b. c. m. (2016). advances and challenges in building engineering and data mining applications for energy-efficient communities. sustainable cities and society, 25, 33–38. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2015.12.001. [19] ahmed, a. b. e. d., & elaraby, i. s. (2014). data mining: a prediction for student’s performance using classification method. world journal of computer application and technology, 2(2), 43–47. doi:10.13189/wjcat.2014.020203. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 169 [20] adeniyi, d. a., wei, z., & yongquan, y. (2016). automated web usage data mining and recommendation system using knearest neighbor (knn) classification method. applied computing and informatics, 12(1), 90–108. doi:10.1016/j.aci.2014.10.001. [21] agatonovic-kustrin, s., & beresford, r. (2000). basic concepts of artificial neural network (ann) modeling and its application in pharmaceutical research. journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis, 22(5), 717–727. doi:10.1016/s07317085(99)00272-1. [22] gardner, m. w., & dorling, s. r. (1998). artificial neural networks (the multilayer perceptron) a review of applications in the atmospheric sciences. atmospheric environment, 32(14–15), 2627–2636. doi:10.1016/s1352-2310(97)00447-0. [23] west, d. (2000). neural network credit scoring models. computers and operations research, 27(11–12), 1131–1152. doi:10.1016/s0305-0548(99)00149-5. [24] er, m. j., wu, s., lu, j., & toh, h. l. (2002). face recognition with radial basis function (rbf) neural networks. ieee transactions on neural networks, 13(3), 697–710. doi:10.1109/tnn.2002.1000134. [25] molinaro, a. m., simon, r., & pfeiffer, r. m. (2005). prediction error estimation: a comparison of resampling methods. bioinformatics, 21(15), 3301–3307. doi:10.1093/bioinformatics/bti499. [26] wijnen, w., & stipdonk, h. (2016). social costs of road crashes: an international analysis. accident analysis and prevention, 94, 97–106. doi:10.1016/j.aap.2016.05.005. [27] bambach, m. r., & mitchell, r. j. (2015). estimating the human recovery costs of seriously injured road crash casualties. accident analysis and prevention, 85, 177–185. doi:10.1016/j.aap.2015.09.013. [28] patel, j., shah, s., thakkar, p., & kotecha, k. (2015). predicting stock and stock price index movement using trend deterministic data preparation and machine learning techniques. expert systems with applications, 42(1), 259–268. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2014.07.040. [29] sokolova, m., & lapalme, g. (2009). a systematic analysis of performance measures for classification tasks. information processing and management, 45(4), 427–437. doi:10.1016/j.ipm.2009.03.002. [30] maas, a. i. r., hukkelhoven, c. w. p. m., marshall, l. f., & steyerberg, e. w. (2005). prediction of outcome in traumatic brain injury with computed tomographic characteristics: a comparison between the computed tomographic classification and combinations of computed tomographic predictors. neurosurgery, 57(6), 1173–1181. doi:10.1227/01.neu.0000186013.63046.6b. [31] guha, r., ghosh, m., mutsuddi, s., sarkar, r., & mirjalili, s. (2020). embedded chaotic whale survival algorithm for filter– wrapper feature selection. soft computing, 24(17), 12821–12843. doi:10.1007/s00500-020-05183-1. [32] ardakani, s. p., liang, x., mengistu, k. t., so, r. s., wei, x., he, b., & cheshmehzangi, a. (2023). road car accident prediction using a machine-learning-enabled data analysis. sustainability (switzerland), 15(7), 5939. doi:10.3390/su15075939. [33] ding, t., zhang, l., xi, j., li, y., zheng, l., & zhang, k. (2023). bus fleet accident prediction based on violation data: considering the binding nature of safety violations and service violations. sustainability (switzerland), 15(4), 3520. doi:10.3390/su15043520. [34] wang, s., changshun, y., & yong, s. (2023). a review of road traffic accident prediction methods. american journal of management science and engineering. doi:10.11648/j.ajmse.20230803.12. [35] almanie, t. (2023). quantitative study of traffic accident prediction models: a case study of virginia accidents. the international journal of advanced networking and applications, 14(05), 5582–5589. doi:10.35444/ijana.2023.14501. [36] khabiri, m. m., ghahfarokhi, f. m., sarfaraz, s., & anaie, h. m. (2022). application of data mining algorithm to investigate the effect of intelligent transportation systems on road accidents reduction by decision tree. communications scientific letters of the university of žilina, 24(2), f36–f45. doi:10.26552/com.c.2022.2.f36-f45. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 663 issn: 2723-9535 permissible extrapolation justification of the multiplicative multifactorial model and its application to the white soot production technology lyutsiya karimova 1, 2* , guldana makasheva 1, 3 , vitaliy malyshev 4, yelena kharchenko 1, 5 , yerlan kairalapov 1, 2 1 metallurgy laboratory of llp “innovation”, karaganda 100024, kazakhstan. 2 llp “kazhydromed”, karaganda 100000, kazakhstan. 3 satbayev university, almaty 050013, kazakhstan. 4 chemical-metallurgical institute named after zh. abisheva, karaganda 100009, kazakhstan. 5 non-profit joint stock company “karaganda industrial university”, temirtau city 101400, kazakhstan. received 25 may 2024; revised 23 august 2024; accepted 27 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract the solution to a specific technological problem is combined with the methodological development of a nonlinear multifactorial relationship to justify the boundaries of its extrapolation beyond the experimental range used. white soot was produced through two-stage carbonization of a silicate solution (composition, g/l: na2o = 126.5, sio2 = 107.7, al2o3 = 3.1), obtained after processing waste tailings with carbon dioxide in a recirculation system. the influence of the deposition duration, temperature, and final ph value of the pulp on the formation of the specific surface area (ssp, m2/g) of white soot was studied. the specific surface area was calculated from the average diameter of the white soot particles measured using an electron microscope. a multifactorial experiment was designed, and the experimental results were processed using a probabilistic deterministic method for experiment design (pded) to obtain a nonlinear multiplicative combined model. a new interpretation of the subordination of the nonlinear multiple correlation coefficient r and the r2 value was given as relating to the structural and adaptive components of complex self-organizing systems. this determines their use for assessing the ratio of the basic r and extrapolated r2 ranges of variation for each factor and any combinations thereof and multifactorial dependence in general. the results are presented in the form of multifactor tabular nomograms measured by the number of multifactor cells in localized areas of optimal sets that allow isolation by one or another combination of factors. the technological object of extrapolation of the ‘white soot’ production is linked to the solution of emerging methodological problems and illustrates the accessibility of the engineering application of the proposed method for combining nonlinear and linear approaches to mathematical experimental design. keywords: white soot; specific area; multifactor model; correlation; permissible extrapolation. 1. introduction recently, mathematical planning of experiments has been developed to improve the accuracy of displaying the relationships of an existing sample using methods for combining linear and nonlinear additive and multiplicative models [1-6]. moreover, combinatorial enumeration generates an optimal model structure, which is the individual for * corresponding author: lyuciya_karimova@bk.ru http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-08 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6205-6585 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2875-9433 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5206-2620 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4616-5436 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 664 each sample each time. for example, when using the neural network method, it is directly indicated that an identical generalized mathematical model of an object simply does not exist [1]. in this case, there is no actual planning for the experiment, and it formally belongs to the category of passive experiments, which use a randomly generated set of data without observing any conditions. in the absence of a mathematical model, questions about the possibility of extrapolation, let alone permissible ones, are inappropriate. meanwhile, the problem of increasing the accuracy and reliability of the results of a multifactorial experiment can be solved by active intervention in the initial data to identify an unknown space of optimal results. in the proposed method, this is achieved by revealing the relationship between the statistical criteria r and r2 as general systemic criteria of stability, achieved with a ratio equal to the proportion of the golden section. in this case, the intrasystemic limitation of the extrapolation procedure is the adaptive component r2 ≤ r. the production of multifactor linear and nonlinear models of technological processes is well-developed [7-13]; however, the procedure for multifactor extrapolation into unexplored areas of the multifactor technological space and optimization of results remain ununified. therefore, it is necessary to accumulate such data when solving production problems and to find rational methods for processing them. over the past decades, there has been intensive growth in the research areas of science and technology based on the use of various forms of silica [14]. quartz sand and tailings are promising raw materials for the production of amorphous silica, which is used in various industries and is in great demand in the market. therefore, the study of processes for processing quartz-containing raw materials to obtain pure silicate products (white soot) is an urgent task. figure 1 presents a flowchart of the research process. figure 1. flowchart of the research process formulating the problem obtaining bs-100 white soot with a specific surface area of 100-150 m2/g from waste tailings to justify the boundaries of its extrapolation beyond the experimental range used. selecting the research methodology based on a combination of a nonlinear multifactor model with the known procedure of the steepest (linear) ascent to the extremum region like in the box-wilson method. method and novelty • for partial functions, only linear equations were used combining dependencies in the form of their product with the normalization of the multifactorial function by the geometric mean value; • for the first time, the square of the correlation coefficient r2 is used as a measure of limiting the extrapolation of a multifactorial dependence into an unstudied area for all factors, regarding the value of the r2 criterion for each particular dependence, which ensures uniform adjustment of the factor variation step to the area of optimal values. conclusion a nonlinear multiplicative equation was obtained in compliance with the linearity of partial dependencies, which are most clearly expressed by the influence of temperature, duration and ph of the solution on the specific surface area of microscopic grains of this product according to gost in the range of 100-150 m2/g. results formation of multifactor tabular nomograms, which include the full number of combinations of all factors and levels among them. the results that meet the requirements of gost in compliance with the interval of 100-150 m2/g are isolated from this set. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 665 2. literature review alkali sintering methods were studied in previous studies [15, 16], and the enrichment of the materials was confirmed. the extraction of silicon from metallurgical waste into a solution can be used for the deposition of white soot. white soot is finely dispersed hydrated silicon oxide containing 85-95% sio2 and admixtures of iron, aluminum, magnesium, and sodium oxides. it is in demand as an active mineral filler in tire, rubber, chemical, cosmetic, and other industries. silicon dioxide is deposited from a solution of sodium silicate (liquid glass) with acid or carbon dioxide, followed by filtration, washing, and drying. the main characteristics of various white soot brands are presented in table 1 (gost 18307-78) [17]. table 1. main characteristics of white soot indicator bs-30 bs-50 bs-100 bs-120 mass fraction of silicon dioxide, %, at least 85 76 86 87 mass fraction of moisture, %, at most 6.5 6.0 6.5 6.5 weight loss on ignition, % 4.5-7.5 7.0-10.0 5.0-7.0 3.5-7.0 mass fraction of iron in terms of iron oxide, % at most not standardized 0.03 0.15 0.17 mass fraction of aluminum in terms of aluminum oxide, % at most not standardized 0.10 0.15 0.10 ph of aqueous extract • for powder white soot • for granular white soot 8.0-10.0 9.0-10.5 7.0-8.5 8.0-9.5 7.0-8.5 specific surface area, m2/g 35±10 45±10 100±20 120±20 by agreement with the consumer, it is allowed to produce white soot bs-100 with a specific surface area of 100-150 m2/g. depending on the method for producing white soot, the final property of the product is determined by the size and shape of the particles, presence or absence of pores, etc. [18, 19]. the obtained experimental values were processed using the standard methods of probability theory and mathematical statistics. the main approach to solving many problems is the least squares method, which works for linear dependencies, but in practice, nonlinear ones are more common. in this case, approximate nonlinear processing methods were used [20]. the main tasks of regression analysis include establishing the form of dependence, determining the regression function, and estimating unknown values of the dependent variable. to obtain the experimental and statistical functions of objects, mathematical designs of complete factorial experiments (cfe) and fractional factorial experiments (ffe) have been developed [20-23]. due to the significantly smaller number of experiments compared to cfe designs, ffe designs are widely used in industrial experiments and when it is necessary to study a sufficiently large number of factors with a small number of experiments and determine the factors that have the strongest influence on the property of the factor. if necessary, in an experiment compared to the cfe design, ffe mathematical designs are drawn up depending on the preferred method of statistical analysis of the results. mathematical experimental design is a constantly improving method; important indicators of the quality of compiled mathematical experimental designs are their orthogonality and optimality [24, 25]. there are different types of compositional designs: three-level box designs (3k), box-wilson design, box-hunter design, and kono design. these designs make it possible to find the regression equation in the following family of polynomials, for example, for coded values of the input factors: to obtain a quadratic regression equation, it is necessary to have at least three levels for each factor (ml ≥ 3). threelevel complete factorial experimental designs are known as box designs. the advantage of box designs is their high accuracy in determining factor effects. box designs are not orthogonal and d-optimal. the disadvantages of box designs also include the large number of experiments, which far exceeds the maximum possible number of coefficients in the quadratic polynomial l (table 2) [24, 25]. table 2. parameters of box designs parameter parameter value with the number of input factors k 2 3 4 5 6 number of experiments n=3k 9 27 81 243 729 l 6 10 15 21 28 next, the remaining linear regression coefficients are adjusted to simultaneously and uniformly move the expected optimum, for which the existing largest regression coefficient should be reduced and the existing smallest value should be increased. this can be achieved in various ways. since there is no theoretical justification for limiting the regression hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 666 coefficient, further continuation of the box-wilson method is provided only in an additional experimental implementation. special extrapolation methods other than the box-wilson method are unknown, including the neuralnetwork-based experimental design method [26]. therefore, each time it is necessary to adjust the known methods for designing nonlinear experiments, such as the well-known multiplicative [27] and above-mentioned research methods. in contrast to similar methods, this method is developed only for linear terms of a multifactor regression equation and with the obligatory elimination of regression terms in the form of a product of the first-degree factors; otherwise, the procedure for simultaneously reaching the global extremum region will not be reliable. this research aims to study the possibility of obtaining a commercial product, bs-100 white soot, in the range with a specific surface area of 100-150 m2/g using a new method by determining the optimal values of this surface based on combining the known nonlinear multiplicative multifactor model [27] with the known steepest (linear) ascent procedure to the extremum region using the box-wilson method. 3. research method to converge with the box-wilson method (bwm), by steeply ascending to the region of the global optimum based on a linear regression equation, the following modification of pded is proposed: for partial functions, only linear equations are used, and their arithmetic mean values are introduced into the multiplicative model to normalize their partial dependencies in dimensionless form. for the first time, the square of the correlation coefficient r2 i was used as a measure of extrapolation of multifactorial dependence into an unstudied area for all factors simultaneously. this is achieved, as in the bwm, by adjusting the rate of entry into the global extremum region using the value r2 for each particular dependence rather than by averaging the linear regression coefficients. extrapolation and optimization processes are detailed in multidimensional tabular nomograms and measured by the number of multifactor cells in localized areas of optimal (acceptable) values. these nomograms can be used to monitor and control the technological process, as illustrated by the example of white-soot production. our research is characterized by the possibility of combining linear and nonlinear mappings in multifactorial dependencies, if it is necessary to extrapolate beyond the studied range to obtain separate areas of optimal values of a multidimensional function. the combination method includes the coupling of additive and multiplicative fragments, of which the former are represented by rectilinear partial dependencies normalized by arithmetic mean values, and the latter are represented by the products of partial functions and geometric mean values. the research objective (in contrast to the known ones) is to establish the degree of extrapolation of multifactorial dependence based on the r2 value, which eliminates the possibility of unjustified extrapolation and unreliable results. this research was conducted by conducting technological operations with multifactor dependencies within optimal areas and using them, for example, in the event of a random exit from the optimal mode of a technological object and an accelerated return to the optimal mode based on four-factor tabular nomograms. carbon dioxide was used as a neutralizing agent to separate white soot from a silicate solution. white soot (msio2‧nн2о) was obtained through the two-stage carbonization of a silicate solution (liquid glass) with carbon dioxide in a recirculation system, bringing the ph to 9-10 within 30 min, and then within 60 min, until the residual alkali content in the solution was 90 g/l. the main reaction for producing white soot with carbon dioxide is as follows: na2sio3+co2 = na2co3 + sio2↓ with sedimentation in the form of msio2‧nн2о. at the stage of preliminary desiliconization of the rough concentrate into a solution under arbitrary search conditions, a silicate solution was obtained with the following composition: g/l: na2o = 126.5, sio2 = 107.7, al2o3 = 3.1. in a series of experiments, carbon dioxide was purged through the solution volume for such a time that the required final ph value (9.5 9.8 units) of the pulp was achieved within a technologically acceptable duration. when conducting experiments according to a special design, the influence of deposition duration (τ, min), temperature (t, °c) and the final ph value of the pulp on the formation of the specific surface area (ssp, m2/g) of white soot was studied. the resulting sediment was separated by filtration, washed, and dried at 105°c. the specific surface area was calculated from the average diameter of the white soot particles measured using an electron microscope. the experimental design for the sequential study of the operating factors was implemented using a method that involved setting up a generalizing central experiment with a single experimental point for all factors. this is indicated on the graph of partial functions and is considered when constructing them and determining the correlation coefficient [27, 28]. the resulting partial dependencies regarding the significant functions to describe the set of operating factors were generalized according to malyshev et al. [27] in the form of their product with normalization by the arithmetic mean experimental value of each function. in all cases, when deriving the equation, to check its adequacy, we used the nonlinear multiple correlation coefficient r and its significance tr, which are expressed by the following formulas [27, 28]: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 667 𝑅 = √1 − (𝑛−1)∑ (𝑦𝑒,𝑖−𝑦𝑑,𝑖) 2𝑛 𝑖=1 (𝑛−𝑘−1)∑ (𝑦𝑒,𝑖−𝑦𝑒,𝑎𝑣) 2𝑛 𝑖=1 (1) 𝑡𝑅 = 𝑅√𝑛−𝑘−1 1−𝑅2 > 2 (2) here уe,i is an experimental value; уd,i is a design value; уe,av is an average experimental value; n is the number of independent (non-repeated) experimental data; k is the number of operative factors; (n-1) is the number of degrees of freedom for reproducibility variance; (n-k-1) – the number of degrees of freedom for adequacy variance. the geometric mean of all experimental values 𝑦 𝑒,𝑔 was introduced into the multifactor equation as a normalizing divisor of the generalized function 𝑦/𝑦 𝑒,𝑔 : 𝑦 = 𝑦 𝑒,𝑔 ∏ 𝑦𝑖 𝑦𝑖,𝑒,а 𝑖=𝑛 𝑖=1 (3) in its most general form, this equation expresses a nonlinear multiplicative multifactor function and fundamentally differs from a multifactor linear regression equation in the form of a sum of terms. the regression equation has two major drawbacks. • it is not reset to zero at zero values for any factor, that is, a generalizing function is not identically transformed into a particular function. • the regression equation does not allow the inversion of variables because of the representation of each variable, not only separately, but also as a product with other factors. the nonlinear multiplicative multifactor equation 3 is deprived of these shortcomings because of the obvious algebraic operations involving zero and the transfer of variables on the left or right sides of equality during ordinary algebraic procedures. the mandatory normalization of partial dependencies by their arithmetic mean values is a significant feature of equation 3. this results in the reduction of the natural dimensions of partial dependencies and their consideration in the form of shares in a unit. moreover, the generalized multiplicative function y is strictly equal to unity if all the partial dependencies used in the multifactor equation are equal to their arithmetic mean values. this ensures the possibility of reducing it to unity at the average values of all partial functions 𝑦 𝑦𝑖,э = ∏ 𝑦𝑖,р 𝑦𝑖,э,а = 1𝑖=𝑛 𝑖=1 . the multiplicative structure of the multifactor equation 3 considers the influence of each factor according to its deviation from unity: when deviating upward from unity, the influence of this factor increases; when deviating from unity downward, it decreases; if it is equal to unity, the influence of each factor is neutralized. determining the optimal conditions for obtaining technological products using multifactor models usually involves searching for extreme values in each partial dependence, with further substitution of the corresponding largest (or smallest) partial optima into the generalizing dependence and obtaining a single multifactor extremum. this practice has taken root since the time when there were no multifactorial mathematical models and the multifactorial process was studied in a sequential transition from the best indicators in the previous partial dependence to the initial conditions in the subsequent one, etc., to the last one. in fact, it turned out that in this way, it is possible to enter the region of a particular extremum, located arbitrarily far from the global extremum. special methods have emerged for using multifactor models to determine the shortest paths to reach the region of optimal values of a multifactor function. most of these methods are based on simplex-lattice progression to an extremum, moving in the opposite direction to the worst conditions (rather than in the continuation of the best). another method is the so-called “steepest ascent” to the optimum area, based on a multifactorial regression equation with the correlation of the step of progress toward the target result, while simultaneously “stepping” in a general order, implementing the last stage of the “ascent” by staging a step-by-step experimental completion of the process when the indicators begin to deteriorate. in the new experimental design methods, including those based on neural networks, the possibility and conditions for limiting extrapolation were not considered. the main task of the bwm is to provide simultaneous and uniform step-by-step movements toward the optimum region. this is achieved by adjusting the regression coefficients for each factor after obtaining an incomplete quadratic regression model and removing all the products of the factors as non-linear terms. thereafter, the remaining linear part of the equation was tested for the significance of each factor by its regression coefficient and the removal of all insignificant factors. then, the most essential procedure for adjusting the regression coefficient is conducted, as they determine the rate (by an absolute value) and direction of the effects of each factor (increase, plus, decrease, minus) with the code designation of the dimensionality of the variables (вi ·xi=1). vinarsky and lurie consider several methods of correlating вi ·xi to smooth out the impact of strong and weak factors, and among them, normalization of вi by вmax, averaged в𝑖 = в,̅,taking the reciprocal value 1/вi, change of sign в𝑖 ⟹в𝑖 2, and normalization by sum в𝑖 = в𝑖/∑ в𝑖 𝑖=𝑛 𝑖=1 . the ambiguity of preparing for the steepest ascent to the region of the global optimum forces to use crushing the adjusted steps to the smallest overall step, especially because the ascent is recommended to be conducted experimentally hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 668 before the results begin to deteriorate and repeat the entire procedure, starting with obtaining a new regression equation under the conditions of stopping the ascent to the top and so on until the region of global extremum transforms to a limit that cycles without deterioration. thus, it is not easy to implement process control with the linear display of a complex object when a change in linearly acting factors is linearly transmitted to a linearly perceiving multifactorial response function. our attempt to apply a similar procedure to nonlinear multifactor objects was based on the complete replacement of the main tool for setting up a uniform and simultaneous ascent to the region of optimal results of regression coefficients with correlation coefficients of particular and generalized dependencies. compared to regression, correlation seems to be a more general concept, including probabilistic and information aspects and those related to the stability of complex systems. this requires expanding the concept of the optimum and is represented by its multidimensional mapping. at the same time, we tried to adhere to the conditions of subordination of the requirements for linear systems and the basic idea of the steepest ascent – uniform and rectilinear ones (as in newton’s first law), according to the box-wilson method. to combine the steepest (linear) ascent to the optimum region (in this case, for the best ssp values in the gost interval) with the box-wilson method, basic nonlinear model (3) was supplemented with the following restrictions: • the original partial-point experimental dependencies are approximated only by the equation of straight lines, which are typically used for linear multifactor models in the form of regression equations. • the basic nonlinear (multiplicative) model is expressed as a product of linear partial functions with normalization by their arithmetic mean values, while the dimensionalities of the partial dependencies for each factor are reduced during normalization and become dimensionless (unit fractions, u.f.). • to normalize a nonlinear multifactor function using the general average, which is defined as the geometric mean. these limitations relate to the experimental design to obtain a single multifactor nonlinear equation with fragments of a linear response in combination with nonlinear ones for better adaptability of the combined model to the object of display, in this case, to the technological process for a wider scope of optimal conditions for obtaining a product of a given quality. in addition to these limitations, an entropy-information justification for the structure of the correlation coefficient (1) and its significance (2) has been added to contain structural i and adaptive h components normalized by the maximum value of information entropy hmax in the form of the law of conservation of the sum of information and entropy [29, 30]: 𝑖 + ℎ = 1 (4) this supplement to the meaning of nonlinear correlation makes it possible to isolate the additive influence of the structural and adaptive components on the limit of extrapolation and optimization in an expanded multifactor space equal to the proportion of the golden section [31, 32] and in normalized form, not leaving the equality: 𝑖 + ℎ = 0.618 + 0.382 = 1 (5) this equality is valid for the first level of self-organization of a complex system (n=2) [28]. the values of i=r are obtained from the dependence of the structural component on the degree of coherent (integer) correspondence of the measures of the information (i) and entropy (h) components as a result of the analytical or numerical solution of the equation [28]. 𝑖𝑛 + 𝑖 − 1 = 0 (6) when n=2, the superiority of i>h is achieved for the first time, and in all cases 𝑅 ≥ 𝑅2, so that neither within the framework of general system laws nor according to purely mathematical properties of the value 0 ≤ х ≤ 1⟹ 𝑥2 < 𝑥. in this case, this made it possible to more strictly substantiate the need for double consideration of the correlation coefficient, not only to express the real dependencies of the multifactorial empirical connection of data, but also for reliable extrapolation to the same extent in a broader process control mode. in addition, the nonlinear multifactor model acquires additional reliability and degrees of freedom, which can be used for linear models, while simultaneously eliminating the approximate and contradictory interpretation of r2 in relation to the determinism and functionality of any model. to verify these equations, it is necessary: • to use the value r2 as the permissible fraction σ of the expansion of the studied interval for each factor δxi by multiplying it by r2 i. 𝜎𝑖 = ∆𝑥𝑖𝑅𝑖 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 669 the greater ri, the greater r2 i, but it is always within δxi. when 𝑡𝑅 ≤ 2, the correlation coefficient was considered insignificant; that is, when rmin=0. 𝜎𝑖,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = ∆𝑥𝑖𝑅𝑖,𝑚𝑖𝑛 2 = 0. • with ri>2, the share of σi is distributed equally between the left and right boundaries of the range of values x by adding or decreasing x by δxi‧r2 i/2, depending on the direction of extrapolation 𝜎𝑖 = ±∆𝑥𝑖𝑅𝑖 2/2, toward increasing or decreasing yi in proportion to xi, which is a consequence of the primary processing of dependencies on the equation of straight lines y=ax+b. for nonlinear functions, their behavior during extrapolation can be greatly distorted. • extrapolation for all factors is not conducted immediately over the entire range but with an adjustment for an increase from 50 to 100% of the full share. to prepare particular dependencies and a multifactor model together for extrapolation procedures, the initial data should be tabulated in the order in which they are sequentially filled out. the results of extrapolation and optimization of acceptable options for quality indicators (ssp = 100-150 m2/g of white soot) were in a wider range of combinations of operating parameters of the white soot production process. 4. results and discussions the results of the experiments using the sequential study of factors after conducting a central experiment are presented in table 3. table 3. experimental data on the influence of ph, leaching duration and temperature on the specific surface area of white soot factor under study experimental conditions ssp., m 2/g exp. ssp., m 2/g for partial functions ssp., m 2/g by eq. 7 τ, min. (cna2o– 126.5 g/l, t– 40°с) 50 340 338.9 357.7 70 320 314.9 332.4 90 280 291.0 307.1 120 260 255.1 269.3 t, °c (τ–60 min., cna2o– 126.5 g/l) 25 455 436.7 383.7 40 330 368.0 323.3 60 290 276.3 242.8 рн, units (t–40°с, τ – 60 min., cna2o– 126.5 g/l) 9.5 125 168.5 178.6 9.7 316.1 255.3 270.6 10.2 455 472.4 500.7 the processing of the experimental results on the equation of a straight line (using the least-squares method) to identify significant linear functions is presented in figure 2. crosses represent the coordinates of the central experiment. in all experiments, the alkalinity was adjusted at the final stage to a level of 126.5 g/l. the obtained linear partial dependences of the specific surface area with the determination of the nonlinear multiple correlation coefficient r and its significance tr are listed in table 4. (a) (b) 150 200 250 300 350 400 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 s sp ., m 2 /g τ, min 150 250 350 450 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 s sp ., m 2 /g t, °c hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 670 (c) figure 2. influence of various carbonization factors on the specific surface area of white soot: (a) duration, min; (b) temperature, °с; (c) solution рн (developed by the authors). note: ○ – experimental data; × – average value for all partial functions; ∆ – according to equation 7. table 4. particular functions of the specific surface area (ssp., m2/g) of white soot for τ, t and рн of the solution. functions r tr ss𝑝. = (398.7 − 1.196 ∙ 𝜏) 0.967 21.21 ss𝑝. = (551.3 − 4.58 ∙ t) 0.887 4.166 s𝑠𝑝. = (434.2 ∙ ph − 3956) 0.958 11.73 based on experimental data, partial equations were obtained (table 4), which were used to derive a mathematical model [27] for the specific surface area of white soot. partial equations were generalized in the form of their product with normalization to the average experimental value (in this case, m2/g: 300.0 for  =60 min; 360.3 for t=40°c; 298.8 ph=9.7 units). the generalized equation for the specific surface area is expressed as: 𝑆𝑠𝑝 = 9.335 ∙ 10−6 ∙ (398.7 − 1.196 ∙ 𝜏) ∙ (551.3 − 4.58 ∙ 𝑡) ∙ (434.2 ∙ 𝑝𝐻 − 3956) (7) the nonlinear multiple correlation coefficient was r=0.843, its significance was tr =6.001>2 (calculated by equations 1 and 2), and based on the geometric mean value 𝑦 𝑒,𝑔 r=0.847, tr=6.249> 2. a comparison of the experimental data on the specific surface area of white soot and those obtained from equation 7 is shown in figure 2 (triangles). generalized equation 7 makes it possible to identify the joint influence of the existing factors. moreover, not exceeding the permissible values for the influence of factors can be ensured by many combinations of specified levels rather than by what was used during the central experiment under average conditions of the recorded factors. this can be demonstrated using a multifactor tabular nomogram, which is presented in tables 5 and 6. each mini-rectangle (cell) displays a multifactor nonlinear function with a flat multifactor approximation for each of the common coordinate systems. isolating groups of cells according to the condition of being in the permissible (allowed) limits of the objective function with varying accuracy creates an image of optimal behavior and control of the object. table 5 shows the initial data for an allowable extrapolation of the multifactor model into the unexplored area of the factor space regarding r2 for partial functions (table 4). moreover, r2<r for the entire range r from zero to one. table 5. input data for allowable extrapolation of a multifactor model into unexplored areas of factor space. factor ri (table 4) ri 2 δxi δxi ‧r2 i/2 0% σ for (7) 25% σ 50%σ 75% σ 100%σ τ, min. 0.967 0.935 70 32.72 120 128.2 136.4 144.5 152.7 t, °c 0.887 0.787 35 13.77 60 63.44 66.88 70.33 73.77 рн, un. 0.958 0.918 0.7 0.321 9.5 9.419 9.339 9.259 9.179 100 200 300 400 500 9 9.2 9.4 9.6 9.8 10 10.2 s sp ., m 2 /g ph hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 671 table 6. dependence of the specific surface area of white soot on various factors (an interval of 100-150 m2/g is highlighted) τ, min. t, °c рн 9.259 9.339 9.5 9.7 10.2 50 25 88.2 136.2 232.8 352.8 652.7 60 85.1 131.4 224.5 340.3 629.6 70 82.0 126.6 216.3 327.9 606.6 90 75.8 117.0 199.9 302.9 560.5 120 66.4 102.5 175.2 265.6 491.4 136.4 61.3 94.7 161.8 245.2 453.6 144.5 58.8 90.8 155.1 235.1 434.9 50 40 74.3 114.8 196.1 297.2 549.9 60 71.7 110.7 189.2 286.7 530.5 70 69.1 106.7 182.3 276.2 511.1 90 63.8 98.6 168.4 255.3 472.3 120 55.9 86.4 147.7 223.8 414.0 136.4 51.7 79.7 136.3 206.6 382.2 144.5 49.5 76.5 130.7 198.1 366.5 50 60 55.8 86.2 147.3 223.2 412.9 60 53.8 83.1 142.0 215.3 398.3 70 51.9 80.1 136.9 207.4 383.7 90 47.9 74.0 126.5 191.7 354.6 120 42.0 64.9 110.9 168.0 310.9 136.4 38.8 59.9 102.3 155.1 286.9 144.5 37.2 57.4 98.1 148.7 275.2 50 66.88 49.4 76.3 130.5 197.7 365.8 60 47.7 73.6 125.8 190.7 352.9 70 45.9 70.9 121.2 183.7 339.9 90 42.5 65.5 112.0 169.8 314.1 120 37.2 57.5 98.2 148.8 275.4 136.4 34.4 53.0 90.7 137.4 254.2 144.5 32.9 50.9 86.9 131.7 243.8 50 70.33 46.2 71.4 122.0 184.9 342.1 60 44.6 68.9 117.7 178.4 330.1 70 43.0 66.4 113.4 171.9 318.0 90 39.7 61.3 104.8 158.8 293.8 120 34.8 53.7 91.9 139.2 257.6 136.4 32.1 49.6 84.8 128.5 237.8 144.5 30.8 47.6 81.3 123.2 228.0 the results of using the proposed method for extrapolation of the nonlinear multiplicative model are presented in table 6 and are characterized by the following features: • the three-dimensional spaces of the three-factor multiplicative model presented here are projections onto a plane in the form of three-dimensional cells, densely packed, and filling the entire space, including the extrapolated part for each factor. • the cells are a discrete set defined by the number of levels of each factor, including those in the extrapolation region. the multiplicative combination of the levels of all factors creates an enumerable set of results, which are selected by compliance or non-compliance with any optimality feature, in this case, by being in the interval specified by compliance with the quality of white soot within 100-150 m2/g. for clarity, the cells corresponding to the optimality conditions are highlighted in color or graphically. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 672 • cells can be grouped into more or less extensive localizations, while due to the complete distinguishability of cells, which is ensured on the basis of the combination formula, the resulting diversity of system elements turns out to be proportional to its stability and preference for a greater probability of self-organization processes. • enumerability of the localization volume by the number of cells in them creates opportunities for primarily assessing the effectiveness of permissible extrapolation, which can be performed by the ratio of optimal cells with and without regard to permissible extrapolation. the same table makes it possible to determine the contribution of each factor to the implementation of permissible extrapolation, limiting it to the projection of the total number of optimal cells in the range of levels used for each factor. these possibilities are exemplified by the effect of the ph factor (figure 2), which turned out to be extreme despite the specified linearity of partial functions and is explained by the opposite direction of ph and τ, ph, and t. this creates the realism of the formation of a global extremum; in this case, its formation or non-formation is entirely determined by the ratio of gradients in partial dependencies by their sign and magnitude, and is not predictable in advance. it is simplified by means of nomograms similar to those in table 6, which record the as-yet undisclosed patterns of location distribution by the number of cells in them, including single ones. therefore, regarding the possibility of controlling the extremum formation process and returning to it along a specific trajectory, we have doubts that are remotely similar only to a probabilistic solution and submission to the poincaré recurrent theorem to avoid the homonymous “catastrophe”. in this regard, we consider it possible to provide only a preliminary recommendation on the use of table 6 for moving from one mode to another in a purely graphical manner. this way is determined by the fact that each cell on this surface is surrounded by three other cells with other indicators of specific surface area. to move the process from a non-optimal region to an optimal location, it is necessary to select one of the three cells with an interval closer to the optimal one in the direction of the nearest location. thus, a transition from the initial position to the next cell in the direction of movement to the nearest location occurs. however, because of the random orientation of the sides of the elementary rectangle relative to the location direction, the transition from one cell to another occurs at a random angle. as a result, the cell will be directed to the location along a broken trajectory, maintaining the aim at the same location. after the process transitions to a new cell, all procedures are repeated until the cell is on the border with the location and becomes part of it. as shown in table 6, not exceeding the permissible specific surface area of white soot can be ensured at ph values of 9.339-9.7 by reducing the carbonization duration, at which the rate of formation of solid-phase nuclei decreases with insufficient volume of gas transmission. however, at ph-9.5, the optimal specific surface area was obtained with increasing solution temperature. in any case, this multifactorial dependence can be used to control the process when obtaining a commercial product under real conditions, with the adjustment of existing factors depending on their changes for technological reasons. it is especially important to keep in mind the large areas where the optimal final ph values are exceeded (figure 3). the number of three-factor cells of the specific surface area of white soot in the zones of optimal results in accordance with the bs-100 brand, under gost 18307-78, with the best coordinates of ph = 9.5 and g = 17 units. figure 4 shows the morphology of the white soot grains with a specific surface area of 100 m2/g obtained under optimal conditions. figure 3. dependence of the number of cells in zones of optimal areas (g, units) on the ph of the solution 0 4 8 12 16 20 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 g pн hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 673 figure 4. the morphology of white soot grains in real-world conditions, going beyond the gost interval implies receiving defective products. in this case, prompt decisions are required, and such a multifactor nomogram can be used as a flow chart for a gradual exit from the current situation along the most optimal path without a sharp change in the process mode. to do this, a well-known method should be used for moving to the optimum according to the principle of transition along the nearest path with a sequential transition from cell to cell toward the nearest optimum. the shortest path in terms of the number of cells on the broken transition line should be chosen from the various transition paths analyzed. 5. conclusion based on the analysis of the advantages and disadvantages of the box-wilson method of the “steepest ascent to the region of a multifactor optimum using an exclusively linear version of the regression equation, a modification of the nonlinear multiplicative protodyakonov equation (pe) was proposed for uniform and simultaneous extrapolation of a multivariate function regarding the nonlinear multiple correlation coefficient r for each factor and the function as a whole. the pe-based modification of the method consists of representing partial functions only in the form of a straightline equation with normalization by the arithmetic mean, and their generalization in the form of a product by the geometric mean as part of a multidimensional function. extrapolation uniformity and simultaneity were ensured by considering the degree of correlation of each partial function in the form of r2, which limited the admissibility of expanding the initial range of arguments. the display of multidimensional areas of allowable and non-allowable values of the generalized function is provided by their localization in the plane of visual representation of a maximum of four-factor tabular nomograms, with the possibility of a four-factor review of any n-dimensional space in any sequence. the proposed modification of the probabilistic deterministic method and experimental design (pded) makes it possible to most simply determine and unify the procedure for extrapolation and optimization of complex processes, which is exemplified by the technological process for white soot (msio2‧nh2o) production within the permissible content required by gost. this is of independent importance, because of the demand for this product in several industrial production areas. a multifactor tabular display of a generalizing function with localization of its equivalent values y±σ appears to be the most visual and easily formalized for computer execution. this finding may be worthy of independent theoretical and practical research. as applicable to the process of producing white soot of a set quality, a nonlinear multiplicative equation was obtained with straight dependencies on temperature, duration, and ph of the solution of the specific surface area of microscopic grains of this product according to gost ranging from 100 to 150 m2/g. the proposed procedure for extrapolation and optimization of the calculation result using multifactorial dependence made it possible to establish the greatest localization (in terms of the number of multifactorial elementary cells equivalent in product quality). in this case, the choice of the greatest diversity in the implementation of distinguishable microstates (cells) of the system complies with the combinatorial concept of entropy (a measure of the diversity of the system), which tends to reach a maximum spontaneously. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 674 5.1. strengths and limitations of the research thus, the main advantage of the proposed method and extrapolation procedure as applicable to a nonlinear multifactorial dependence is the guarantee of a directly proportional transfer of the permissible degree of expansion of the interval of change in the argument to the corresponding partial function. the localization of optimal areas, rather than the single best value of a multifactorial function, is guaranteed at the cost of refusing to consider the nonlinearity of partial functions and the deterioration of the correlation coefficient up to the exclusion of clearly extreme partial dependencies. this may have an independent significance for the study of objects, admitting the existence of equivalent values that determine any of its qualities. strictly speaking, any value of a multifactor function, including the global extremum, can correspond to an infinite number of factor level combinations with an infinitesimal difference between them. nevertheless, the developed modification of the pded method has serious limitations in the form of partial dependencies and can be classified as a disadvantage. 5.2. recommendations and further research further research is related to the complex processing of waste copper tailings according to the flowchart of the final product. it is planned to conduct a multifactor analysis of technological operations by identifying the zones of the optimal process modes. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, l.k. and g.m.; methodology, v.m.; software, g.m.; validation, v.m.; formal analysis, y.kh.; investigation, y.k.; resources, y.k.; data curation, v.m.; writing—original draft preparation, l.k. and g.m.; writing— review and editing, v.m., y.k., and y.kh.; visualization, g.m.; supervision, l.k.; project administration, l.k.; funding acquisition, l.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.3. funding this study was conducted under the grant project ap 19675340, funded by the committee of science of the ministry of education and science of the republic of kazakhstan. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] amin, b., & golla, r. (2023). linear and multiplicative maps under spectral conditions. functional analysis and its applications, 57(3), 179–191. doi:10.1134/s0016266323030012. [2] kolenchukov, o. a., bukhtoyarov, v. v., shvetsov, n. s., sergienko, r. b., & bashmur, n. a. (2023). forecasting useful life of pumping equipment elements based on multivariate regression approaches. science & technologies oil and oil products pipeline transportation, 13(5), 456–465. doi:10.28999/2541-9595-2023-13-5-456-465. [3] bazilevskiy, m. p. (2024). algorithms for constructing non-elementary linear regressions using forward selection method. proceedings of voronezh state university. series: systems analysis and information technologies, (1), 104-113. doi:10.17308/sait/1995-5499/2024/1/104-113. [4] orlov, a. i. (2024). the paradigm shift in mathematical methods of research. industrial laboratory diagnostics of materials, 90(7), 5–7. doi:10.26896/1028-6861-2024-90-7-5-7. [5] aben, e., yussupova, s., akhmetkanov, d., yelzhanov, e., & sarybayev, n. (2024). research into uranium characteristics and content in a pregnant solution during leaching with oxygen saturation. civil engineering journal, 10(5), 1606–1615. doi:10.28991/cej-2024-010-05-016. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 675 [6] khomyk, i., & obelovska, k. (2024). model of the truck management process using innovative technologies. information technology computer science software engineering and cyber security, 2, 142–146. doi:10.32782/it/2024-2-18. [7] bavrina, a. p. & borisov, i. b. (2021). modern rules for application of correlation analysis. medical almanac, 3(68), 70–79. [8] grjibovski, a. m., ivanov, s. v., & gorbatova, m. a. (2017). correlation analysis of data using statistica and spss software. science and healthcare, 1, 7–36. [9] egoshin, v. l., ivanov, s. v., savvina, n. v., kalmakhanov, s. b., zhamaliyeva, l. m., & grjibovski, a. m. (2018). analysis of continuous data using r. human ecology, 25(11), 51–64. doi:10.33396/1728-0869-2018-11-51-64. [10] bavrina, a. p. (2020). basic concepts of statistics. medical almanac, 3(64), 101–111. (in russian). [11] bavrina, a. p. (2020). modern rules for the use of descriptive statistics methods in biomedical research. medical almanac, 2(63), 95–104. [12] gogtay, n. j. & thatte, u. m. (2017). principles of correlation analysis. journal of the association of physicians of india, 65, 78-81. [13] egoshin, v. l., ivanov, s. v., savvina, n. v., ermolaev, a. r., mamyrbekova, s. a., zhamaliyeva, l. m., & grjibovski, a. m. (2018). correlation and simple regression analysis using r. human ecology, 25(12), 55–64, doi:10.33396/1728-0869-2018-1255-64. [14] nghia, n. h., zenitova, l., dien, l. q., & truyen, d. n. (2019). the method of obtaining amorphous nanosized silicon dioxide from rice production waste. ecology and industry of russia, 23(4), 30–35. doi:10.18412/1816-0395-2019-4-30-35. [15] shoppert, a., loginova, i., chaikin, l., & rogozhnikov, d. (2017). alkali fusion-leaching method for comprehensive processing of fly ash. kne materials science, 2(2), 89-96. doi:10.18502/kms.v2i2.952. [16] shoppert, a. a., karimova, l., & zakharyan, d. (2018). novel method for comprehensive processing of low-grade copper concentrate. solid state phenomena, 284, 856–862. doi:10.4028/www.scientific.net/ssp.284.856. [17] gost 18307-78. (2024). white soot. specification. available online: https://docs.cntd.ru/document/1200017789 (accessed on july 2024). [18] bochevskaya, y. g., karshigina, z. b., sargelova, e. a., & abisheva, z. s. (2017). deposition of amorphous silicon dioxide from silicate solutions obtained after processing of mineral high-silica ore. bulletin of science and education, 36, 18–23. 10.20861/2312-8089-2017-36-006. [19] kutishcheva, e. s., usoltseva, i. o., & perederin, yu. v. (2021). methods for producing highly dispersed silicon dioxide. polzunovskiy vestnik, 2, 188–193. [20] glukhikh, v. v., shkuro, a. e., artemov, a. v., shyshlov, o. f., & krivinogov, p. s. (2023). mathematical design of experiments and analysis of their results using computer programs: textbook. ural state forestry university press, ekaterinburg, russia. [21] semenov, s. a. (2021). planning and processing the results of an experiment: a textbook. rtu mirea, moscow, russia. available online: https://e.lanbook.com/book/176518 (accessed on july 2024). (in russian). [22] pen, r. z. & pen, v. r. (2022). statistical methods for mathematical modeling, analysis and optimization of technological processes, st. petersburg, russia. (in russian). [23] ligotskiy, d., & argimbaeva, k. (2024). the sectional formation technology of an anthropogenic deposit with its subsequent mining using a hydraulic pull shovel. sustainable development of mountain territories, 16(1), 111–121. doi:10.21177/19984502-2024-16-1-111-121. [24] kokurina, g. n. (2019). mathematical methods for processing experimental data: a textbook. ivanovo state chemical technology university, ivanovo, russia. (in russian). [25] makarov, r. i. & khorosheva, e. r. (2021). methods for data analysis: a textbook. vladimir state university named after alexander and nikolay stoletovs (vlsu) press, vladimir, russia, 2021. (in russian). [26] slavutskii, l. a. & slavutskaya, e. v. (2021). choosing a neural network structure for signal processing as an experiment planning. bulletin of the chuvash university, 123–132, doi:10.47026/1810-1909-2021-3-123-132. [27] malyshev, v. p., makasheva, a. m., bekturganov, n. s., & kazhikenova, s. sh. (2019). probabilistic-deterministic mapping as a natural scientific basis for understanding, creating and controlling technological processes. collection of proceedings of the international scientific practical conference “innovation in the field of natural sciences as the basis for export-oriented industrialization of kazakhstan.” 4-5 april 2019, almaty, kazakhstan. (in russian). [28] malyshev, v. p. (2008). kinetic and technological analysis of generalizing mathematical models of chemical and metallurgical processes. reports of the national academy of sciences of the republic of kazakhstan, 2, 13–18. (in russian). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 676 [29] soroko, e. m. (1984). structural harmony of systems. science and technology, minsk, belarus. (in russian). [30] petrukhnova, g. v., boldyrev, i. r., gorina, m. o., & gruzdev, d. a. (2024). data collection system. bulletin of voronezh state university, 1(20), 20–24. doi:10.36622/1729-6501.2024.20.1.003. [31] gamova, n. a. & sirotkin, v. v. (2021). manifestation of the golden section. trends in the development of science and education, 74, 66-70. doi:10.18411/lj-06-2021-310. [32] lavrus, v. (2000). golden section. electronic library: science and technology. available online: https://n-t.ru/tp/iz/zs.htm (accessed on july 2024). (in russian). available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 331 issn: 2723-9535 analysis of seasonal wind energy potential on zanzibar coastal island buruhan haji shame 1, 3 , dominicus d. d. p. tjahjana 1 , ubaidillah 1, 2* , muhammad aziz 4 , manala t. mbumba 5 1 graduate school of engineering, sebelas maret university, surakarta, 57126, indonesia. 2 mechanical engineering department, islamic university of madinah al munawwarah, madinah, 42351, saudi arabia. 3 the ministry of infrastructure, communication and transportation, zanzibar, 71202, tanzania. 4 the institute of industrial science, university of tokyo, tokyo, 113-0033, japan. 5 department of transport engineering and technology, national institute of transport, dar es salaam, 255, tanzania. received 30 january 2024; revised 22 april 2024; accepted 07 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract the main objectives of this research were to numerically analyze the potential for seasonal wind power (wp), assess wind direction, and select the most effective wind turbine (wt) for installation at the research site. wind data were collected half-hourly from a branch of the tanzania meteorological authority nearest to the research site. the collected data were analyzed using a double-parameter weibull distribution (wd) model, where the standard deviation (sd) method was used to fit the wd. the results revealed that the site experienced strong winds within the range of 4.5–7 m/s between the hours of 05:00 20:00, with the most likely seasonal wind speed (ws) ranging from 5–7 m/s, while the mean seasonal ws was 9.07–12.14 m/s. the highest possible wind energy density (wed) of 23.3 gwh/m2 at a hub height of 10 m occurred during winter, followed by spring, autumn, and summer, with 6.39, 6.32, and 3.33 gwh/m2, respectively. the annual wed was > 13.52 gwh/m2, with a typical month-to-month energy of 1.13 gwh/m2. finally, the study concluded that the recommended wt model (polaris p62-1000) was the best choice for installation at the study site due to its sustainable ws and wp potential. based on the findings of this research, which show that the site has sustainable seasonal wind resources, it is suggested that future wind research be carried out to extend the dataset to ensure the long-term seasonal wind pattern at the site. keywords: weibull distribution; wind energy; energy analyss; renewable energy; zanzibar. 1. introduction sustainable energy resources have been instrumental in addressing the issue of planetary warming, which has been causing harm to the natural environment [1–3]. to address the detrimental environmental consequences associated with conventional energy sources and to meet the increasing global energy demand, there has been a notable focus on researching renewable energy options in various interdisciplinary environmental and engineering investigations [4–8]. among these sustainable energy sources, wind power (wp) stands out as a remarkably valuable and promising selection. wind power (wp) is inherently clean, readily available, cost-effective, sustainable, and eco-friendly [6, 9–11]. wind power (wp) is swiftly emerging as the preferred option for sustainable energy in both advanced and emerging economies, owing to its myriad advantages [12–14]. for example, nations like denmark, spain, germany, the united * corresponding author: ubaidillah_ft@staff.uns.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-08 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0001-8554-8766 https://orcid.org/0009-0005-2278-5405 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7190-5849 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2433-8500 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7770-192x hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 332 states of america, china, and india rely heavily on wp as their primary source for the generation of electricity. for example, nations like denmark, spain, germany, the united states of america, china, and india rely heavily on wp as their primary source for the generation of electricity [15]. remarkably, the global collective mounted capacity of wp has been consistently and rapidly increasing [16–19]. egypt, morocco, and tunisia hold notable positions in the realm of wp within africa, with connected capacities reaching 550, 291, and 114 mw, respectively, by the end of 2011 [20]. the growing energy demand, the rapid exhaustion of non-renewable energy reserves, and environmental concerns associated with their utilization have resulted in the pursuit and establishment of primary energy sources, like wp, for electricity generation [21–23]. due to variations in climatic conditions, several studies had to be conducted to determine the adequacy and sustainability of wp as a fundamental step towards the selection of wind farm (wf) sites. in their research, ongaki et al. investigated the prospects of wp in kiisi, kenya, utilizing both the weibull distribution (wd) and rayleigh distribution methods [24]. the moment system was employed to continuously calculate the wd parameters over a 10-year period spanning 2004–2013. their study revealed a decreasing trend in wind speeds (wss) over time and emphasized that wp during the winter exceeded that of the summer [21]. this fluctuation in wp was attributed to the direct relationship between ws and atmospheric density [25, 26]. in the kiisi region, during the cold season, the atmospheric density was observed to be greater than during the warm season, primarily due to heightened atmospheric moisture content [27]. based on their findings, the authors concluded that the wind energy density (wed) in the kiisi region was sufficient for a variety of off-grid electrical and mechanical applications, including battery charging, the operation of small wind generators, and water pumps for domestic, industrial, and agricultural purposes [28–30]. jowder [31] analyzed wind data spanning three years in the kingdom of bahrain using the wd function. the study indicated that the selected sites were suitable for the installation of small-scale wind turbines (wts) at a height of 30 m and large-scale wts at a height of 60 m. awad [32] conducted in the zafarana area of egypt, the weibull distribution function was utilized along with methods such as mean squared deviation (msd), maximum likelihood (ml), genetic algorithm (gm), probability distribution (pd), and modified maximum likelihood (mml) to analyze one year of wind data. additionally, the data collected at 10-minute intervals for one day each in summer and winter were examined. the performance of these methods was assessed using the root mean square error (rmse). the study recommended the use of msd and ml for estimating the wind potential. furthermore, in a separate investigation, five distinct geographical regions worldwide were analyzed using 96 months of wind data [33]. five distinct geographic regions worldwide were analyzed using 96 months of wind data. instead of relying on the measured data, the study employed the wd function to determine the approximate wind potential in these areas. katinas conducted an assessment of the efficiency of breeze energy in the context of installed wts, employing the capacity factor (cp) as a key metric for the ws assessment at more than 18 sites in lithuania [34]. the chi-square, constant of determination, and error methods were employed to validate the best method of analysis between the ml, mml, and wasp algorithms, whereby the wasp algorithm and extreme likelihood were found to have the best fits for the wd compared to the modified extreme likelihood method [35, 36]. the wasp algorithm was used to estimate the wed. a technical assessment of electricity production was also conducted, which involved the analysis of three commercial wts by calculating and comparing the average power (ap) and performance of the selected wts. the study concluded that the sites had high wss, making them suitable for the installation of wts [37]. michael et al. assessed the wp potential along the dar es salaam coastline. their approach involved employing graphical representations and the standard deviation (sd) method to determine the wd parameters [38]. from the results of the study, the sd method proved to be the most appropriate method for evaluating the wp potential in that area. consequently, the researchers recommended that the wd parameters derived via the sd method be adopted when selecting the right commercial wts. also, oyedepo et al. conducted a study that involved analyzing ws data and assessing the wp potential in three specific areas in southeast nigeria. the wd and sd models were employed to calculate the wd parameters [39]. the findings of the study revealed that the average wss in these three locations fell within the range of 3.3–5.4 m/s. subsequently, the annual energy output and the most suitable wts were selected for each of the study locations in southeast nigeria [40, 41]. zanzibar, an archipelago located in east africa and surrounded by the indian ocean, boasts abundant renewable energy resources such as wind, oceanic tides, solar, and geothermal energy. however, despite this wealth of resources, the island relies heavily on external sources for its electricity supply, mainly due to its connection to tanzania's primary grid through an underwater cable [42, 43]. ensuring a consistent power supply presents a significant challenge, especially during the dry season when fluctuations in water levels in the hydropower reservoir disrupt the generation of electricity from tanzania's main grid [44]. furthermore, concerns about infrastructural issues related to the submarine cable responsible for transmitting power to the island play a crucial role [18]. the existing research conducted in various regions, including kenya, bahrain, egypt, lithuania, and nigeria, has contributed valuable insights into wind resource assessment methodologies and wt suitability. however, there is a research gap in the understanding of wind characteristics and wind potential in zanzibar, tanzania, due to a lack of hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 333 literature specifically written to assess the wind potential at the study site. existing studies primarily utilized methods such as the wd function to analyze wind data and estimate wp potential, but none directly addressed the unique wind patterns and atmospheric conditions prevalent in zanzibar. therefore, a new research endeavor in zanzibar would provide tailored insights into the feasibility of seasonal wp and the selection of the wt to be installed at the study site for this research. the study used the weibull distribution (wd) method, with the best fit by the sd method, to analyze the seasonal wind patterns and energy potential at the study site. 2. data acquisition and study site the data on ws and direction utilized in this study were gathered from the zanzibar station of the tanzania meteorological authority. this data was collected at 30-minute intervals throughout the entire year (january–december 2022). the measurements were obtained at a height of 10 m above ground, with the study location being at an elevation of 18 m at coordinates (6°13's, 39°13'e). figure 1 shows the geographical location of the study area. the study area experiences four separate climatic seasons: spring (march–may), summer (june–august), autumn (september– november), and winter (december–february) [18]. figure 1. geographical location of the study site 3. research processes the research processes refer to the systematic approach undertaken to investigate, explore, and discover new knowledge or to deepen understanding within a particular field or topic of interest, including the concern of this study. it typically involves a series of steps, which may include defining the research question or hypothesis, conducting a review of existing literature, designing a methodology or research plan, collecting and analyzing data, interpreting findings, and drawing conclusions. figure 2 shows the methodology flow chart for all processes applied in this research. the methodology flow chart for this study (figure 2) entailed a systematic approach to analyzing the wind data and assessing the seasonal wp potential at the study site. initially, the wind data, which was collected half-hourly from the tanzania meteorological authority, served as the foundational dataset for subsequent analyses. following the data collection, the analysis progressed to an examination of the daily wind profiles for each season to discern seasonal variations in wind patterns. concurrently, a comprehensive wind direction analysis was conducted to determine prevailing wind patterns and their variability over time. a basic analysis was done, whereby a weibull distribution (wd) model fitted to the collected wind data using the standard deviation (sd) method facilitated the characterization of the pd of wss at the study location. the model was further refined by determining the weibull distribution (wd) parameters, thus enabling a more precise assessment to be made of variations in the ws. this analysis was a key step in understanding the reliability and consistency of wind resources, ultimately contributing to the calculation of the wind power (wp) potential and wind energy density (wed). additionally, the study incorporated the wind sustainability classification of the national renewable energy laboratory (nrel) to evaluate the sustainability of the wind resource. furthermore, seven different wt models were analyzed to assess their performance in the given wind conditions, culminating in the selection of the most suitable wt. the methodology flow chart concluded with a discussion of the findings and limitations of the study, providing insights into the results obtained and addressing any challenges encountered during the research process, followed by a concise conclusion summarizing the key outcomes of the study. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 334 figure 2. research methodology flowchart 4. data analysis and mathematical models this research employed the two-factor weibull distribution (twd). twd is the most effective method that has been used to analyze wind data. it has two fundamental functions, namely the likelihood function as given in equation 1 and the increasing function as given in equation 2 [45–48]. whereas c and k are the unknown variables, namely the scale constant in m/s and the non-dimensional shape constant of the distribution, respectively, and v is the recorded wind speed in m/s [49]. 𝑓(𝑣) = ( 𝑘 𝑐 ) ( 𝑣 𝑐 ) 𝑘−1 𝑒𝑥𝑝 (− 𝑣 𝑐 ) 𝑘 (1) 𝐹(𝑣) = 1 − 𝑒𝑥𝑝 (− 𝑣 𝑐 ) 𝑘 (2) in this study, the values of these constants were determined using standard deviation method as per as equations 3 and 4 [46], 𝜎 and �̅� are the respective standard deviation of the wind speed and average wind speed in m/s. 𝑘 = ( 𝜎 �̄� ) −1.086 (3) 𝑐 = 𝑣 𝛤(1+ 1 𝑘 ) (4) the gamma function 𝛤 was calculated using equation 5 [50]: γ(𝑥) = ∫ 𝑡𝑥−1𝑒𝑡 ∞ 0 𝑑𝑡 (5) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 335 from equation 3, 𝜎 is the standard deviation of the wind speed given as in equation 6, 𝑛 is the number of data taken into consideration of the analysis at a given time, 𝑣𝑖 is the actual velocity at time step 𝑖 and nth record, �̅� serves as the average velocity given in equation 7 [51]. 𝜎 = √( 1 𝑛 ∑ (𝑣𝑖 − �̄�) 2𝑛 𝑖=1 ) (6) �̄� = 1 𝑛 ∑ 𝑣𝑖 𝑛 𝑖= (7) equation 8 determines a particular speed denoted as vm at which maximum energy generation can be achieved while the maximum attainable speed of the wind, represented as vp (m/s) is given by equation 9, c and k are the determined weibull scale and shape factor of the distribution respectively [52, 53]. 𝑣𝑚 = 𝑐𝛤 ( 𝑘+2 𝑘 ) 1 𝑘 (8) 𝑣𝑝 = 𝑐𝛤 ( 𝑘−1 𝑘 ) 1 𝑘 (9) 4.1. wind power and energy density at any airstream speed v in m/s, the wind power concentration in w/m2 is given as per as equation 10 whereas the corresponding energy concentration in kwh/m2 was calculated using equation 11 [54]: 𝑃 𝐴 = ∫ 1 2 𝜌𝑣3𝑓(𝑣)𝑑𝑣 = 1 2 𝜌𝑐3𝛤 ( 𝑘+3 𝑘 ) ∞ 0 (10) 𝑃 𝐴 = ∫ 1 2 𝜌𝑇𝑣3𝑓(𝑣)𝑑𝑣 = 1 2 𝜌𝑐3𝛤 ( 𝑘+3 𝑘 ) 𝑇 ∞ 0 (11) from the recently mentioned equations 10 and 11, a represents the area of the turbine in m², while p and e denote the respective airstream power and energy concentrations. ρ represents the atmospheric density, ideally taken as 1.225 kg/m³. t indicates the period of time for the analysis, and c and k are the respective constant factors of the distribution [54]. 4.2. extrapolation of the constants of distribution extrapolation of the weibull parameters is one of the important techniques used during the analysis of airstream speed variation with the height of the turbine. if k0 is the initial non-dimensional shape factor at any initial hub height ℎ0, and a projected height ℎ is given, then the shape constant at the projected height k(h) is given as shown in equation 12 [39, 55]. 𝑘(ℎ)= k0 [1-0.088ln( ℎ0 10 )] [1-0.088ln( ℎ 10 )] (12) similarly, the projected scale constant c(h) at any given projected height h was calculated using equation 13, if c0 is the initial scale factor at 10-meter height [56]. 𝑐(ℎ) = 𝑐0 ( ℎ ℎ0 ) 𝑛 (13) since c0 and h0 are the initial scale constant and height in respectively, then the value of n was calculated using equation 14 of this research [57]; 𝑛 = [0.37−0.088 𝑙𝑛(𝑐0)] [1−0.088 𝑙𝑛( ℎ 10 )] (14) in this study, initial hub height h0 was 10 meters above the ground as described in the data source section of this research. 4.3. wind turbine performance analysis an effectiveness analysis of the wind turbine can be measured using two fundamental factors, these are the generated output as well as capacity or performance factor [50, 58, 59]. with turbine activation speed vc , optimal speed vf, rated or halt speed of the wing 𝑣𝑟 , design power 𝑃𝑒𝑅 in kw, the average generated output pe,ave of the turbine is given as equation 15 [39]. 𝑃𝑒, 𝑎𝑣𝑒 = 𝑃𝑒𝑅 ( 𝑒 −( 𝑣𝑐 𝑐 ) 𝑘 −𝑒 −( 𝑣𝑟 𝑐 ) 𝑘 ( 𝑣𝑟 𝑐 ) 𝑘 −( 𝑣𝑓 𝑐 ) 𝑘 ) − 𝑃𝑒𝑅 𝑒 −( 𝑣𝑓 𝑐 ) 𝑘 (15) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 336 if the average wind speed �̅� is considered, then the average generated output can be calculated using equation 16 [59]. 𝑃𝑒, 𝑎𝑣𝑒 = { 0 𝑃𝑒𝑅 ( 𝑣 𝑘 −𝑣𝑐 𝑘 𝑣𝑟 𝑘−𝑣𝑐 𝑘) 𝑃𝑒𝑅 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 [ 𝑣 < 𝑣𝑐 𝑣𝑐 ≤ 𝑣 ≤ 𝑣𝑟 𝑣𝑟 ≤ 𝑣 ≤ 𝑣𝑓 𝑣𝑓 < 𝑣 ] (16) in any study, vc, vf , and vr are the activating speed, cutout speed, and optimal speed in m/s respectively. for the selected turbine models in any analysis, all parameters in equation 15 and 16 must be given as specification, c and k are the determined weibull parameters of the distribution. once the average power is computed using the most suitable weibull parameters, the capacity factor can be calculated using equation 17, whereas cf is the capacity factor of the turbine [60]. to ensure cost-effectiveness, the capacity factor must exceed 0.25 [39]. 𝐶𝑓 = ( 𝑃𝑒, 𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑃𝑤𝑅 ) (17) the capacity factor represents the ability of a turbine to transform accessible wind energy into electrical power, with a higher factor indicating reliability and productivity. a comprehensive assessment of both factors ensures optimal performance and economic viability for sustainable energy production. 5. results the results of this research included the daily wind speed (ws) profiles for all the seasons of the year, seasonal wind classes and directions, wd parameters, ws distributions, ws variations, wp, and wed, and an analysis of seven different wts, followed by the selection of the highest-performing wt to be installed at the site. 5.1. wind speed profile the mean ws throughout a 24-hour period at a specific location signifies the daily average speed within a season. the study involved calculating the mean ws from all the recorded wss at 30-minute intervals across 24 hours each day to establish the average daily profile from the dataset. this computation spanned various time segments, such as from 00:00–00:30, 01:30–02:00, and so on. figure 3 depicts the daily ws profiles of the different climatic seasons observed at the study site. throughout all the seasons, robust wind velocities persisted from 05:00–20:00. the ws was 4 m/s at 05:00, which then ascended to a peak of nearly 7 m/s around 15:00, and gradually declined to 3 m/s by 20:00. this observation indicated a sustained period of formidable winds lasting approximately 15 hours daily, totaling 1350 hrs/season and 5400 hrs/year. strong winds were prevalent across all the seasons. likewise, the monthly ws profiles exhibited similar fluctuations as observed in the seasonal wind profiles. robust winds persisted from 05:00 20:00 throughout all the seasons, with speeds ranging from 4–8 m/s. based on the seasonal wind patterns and the duration of wind fluctuations, the site seemed to have strong wp starting at the beginning of 05:00 and gradually increasing to the peak point at 12:30 and then decreasing towards the minimum expected power at 20:00. the smallest expected power was harvested between 00:00 and 04:40, as well as between 09:00–00:00. these results indicated that a large power output can be expected for more than 5400 hours at the study site, and the enhanced wp and energy stability at the study site make it suitable for the establishment of small to large wind farms. 5.2. seasonal wind classes and direction a wind rose is a graphical aid used by meteorologists to provide a concise depiction of the typical distribution of ws and direction at a specific location. the seasonal wind directions are illustrated by the wind rose depicted in figure 4. typically, in an analysis of wind data, it is important to accurately predict wind direction, particularly when strategizing the installation and micro-siting of a wt or wf. the seasonal wind rose was generated using wrplot version 7.0.0. in the southern (s) direction, wind frequencies fluctuated at 23% in spring, 24% in summer, and 6.5% in autumn. southwest (sw) winds showed frequencies of 13% in spring, 8% in summer, and 4% in autumn. similarly, southsouthwest (ssw) winds had frequencies of 8% in spring, 7% in summer, and 2.7% in autumn. notably, there were no winds from the s, sw, or ssw in the winter. summer witnessed 18% of winds from the southeast (se) and 8% in autumn. frequencies of about 7% in autumn and 14.5% in winter were observed in the northern direction (n), while fewer northeast (ne) winds were experienced, with 3% in autumn and 12% in winter. winter notably experienced a frequency of 6% in wind direction, in contrast to 0% in spring and summer. wind flow from the east (e) was scarce, comprising only 2% in the autumn and less than 3% in the winter. the results showed that the expected wed in spring, summer, and autumn was dominated by winds blowing from the southerly direction of the zanzibar coastal zone, while in winter, the wed was concentrated in the northerly direction hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 337 of the study area. in this case, the design of wts should consider the dominant wind directions in each season. for example, in spring, summer, and autumn, when the wed is dominated by winds from the south, wts should be oriented to face south to maximize the capture of energy. yaw control systems in the designed wts can enable them to rotate and align with changing wind directions to optimize the capture of energy. knowledge of the dominant wind directions in each season can help optimize the yaw control strategy to ensure wts are always facing the prevailing winds. figure 3. daily average wind speed for all seasons of the year figure 4. wind direction for all seasons of the year hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 338 5.3. weibull parameters the shape (k) parameter serves as a gauge of wind constancy and the distribution of wss at a specific location, while the scale (c) parameter indicates the wind strength at that site. when k < 1, it indicates a higher likelihood of low wss being observed with very few occurrences of high wss, reflecting sub-exponential characteristics. if k = 1, it implies a constant failure rate or a uniform ws distribution, and if k > 1, it signifies a super-exponential rate, meaning that higher wss are more likely to occur compared to lower wss. table 1 clearly shows that the site experienced super-exponential characteristics. the wd constraints for the entire year in this study were computed using the sd method, resulting in k = 1.62 and c = 11.22 m/s. the monthly wd parameters are provided in table 1. the findings indicated that march and april had the highest k (2.6 and 2.2, respectively), while april had the largest c (18.04 m/s), followed by may (17.67 m/s). the seasonal k and c values were assessed for each season (table 1). the highest k was 1.59 in spring, while the lowest was 1.54 in winter. additionally, the k values for summer and autumn were 1.57 and 1.55, respectively. in contrast, the c value was computed as 13.53, 12.66, 10.94, and 10.07 m/s for spring, summer, autumn, and winter, respectively, indicating an increase in wind strength over the year. both the k and c values indicated a significant potential for high wp generation at the site, confirming the presence of strong and stable or super-exponential winds. there were slightly higher k and c factors, indicating a wider range of wss in each month and climatic season at the study site. this suggested a more pronounced skewness in the ws distribution, implying periods of significantly higher wss than average in different climatic seasons. due to the indicated ranges of the k and c factors in this research, the selected wts must be designed to capture energy efficiently across a range of wss, including during periods of higher wss. this is very important because the larger wd factors could result in increased energy generation during these periods. also, the site requires wts to operate efficiently across this broader range to maximize energy generation. also, wts designed for this region should incorporate adaptive rotor blade designs and control systems to optimize the capture of energy across varying wind conditions while ensuring that the structural components can withstand the associated stresses. table 1. monthly and seasonal weibull parameters seasons k c(m/s) months 𝐤 𝐜 (m/s) spring 1.59 13.53 1 2.00 12.00 2 1.55 10.94 3 2.60 12.80 summer 1.57 12.66 4 2.20 18.04 5 1.50 17.67 6 1.50 10.03 autumn 1.55 10.94 7 2.14 9.00 8 1.60 10.73 9 2.00 9.00 winter 1.54 10.07 10 1.02 12.00 11 1.60 13.53 12 2.00 11.8 5.4. wind speed frequency distribution the speed frequency density function (pdf) serves as an illustration of the likelihood of specific wss occurring at a particular location over time. the pdf showed that its peaks were predominantly skewed toward higher-average wss. it is worth emphasizing that the highest point on the pdf curve corresponds to the ws that occurs most frequently. a detailed examination of the curve in figure 5(a) revealed that the most common ws in 2022 was 8 mm/s (70% occurrence). furthermore, the annual pdf underscored that in 2022, a broader spectrum of wss was expected, with a noticeable inclination towards higher wss. the increasing pd of the ws at the research site, represented by the curve in figure 5(b), exhibited a comparable pattern. the cumulative distribution function is a valuable tool for approximating the duration during which wss fall within a specific speed range. when considering that a ws of ≥ 2.5 m/s is required to activate a wt, it was evident that the site experienced frequencies of approximately 99.9% throughout 2022. concerning the seasonal ws frequencies, the peak ws in all seasons ranged between 5–6.8 m/s, with frequencies ranging between 58–76%. this was attributed to its larger k and c values. the ranking in descending order was spring, summer, autumn, and winter, with progressively diminishing super-exponential rates. in terms of the seasonal cumulative distribution at a cut-in speed of 2.5 m/s, the site recorded a frequency of approximately 99.55% in spring, hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 339 99.72% in summer, 99.92% in autumn, and 99.96% in winter. as stated by oyedepo et al. [39], if a wt with an activation speed of 2.2 m/s is employed to harness wp for electricity generation, the site would achieve cumulative frequencies surpassing 92%. consequently, the site demonstrated a notable inclination towards wind fluctuations, as evidenced by both the annual and seasonal cumulative frequencies, which exceeded 92% at a minimum ws of 2.2 m/s. figure 5. annual wind speed distribution 5.5. wind speed variation the monthly average ws variations are shown by the blue bars in figure 6. april and may stood out as the months with the highest average ws (15.97 m/s). october and november exhibited an equal average ws (12.14 m/s), while the lowest average ws (8.3 m/s) was observed in july and september. the results showed that all the months had high wss, indicating overall that wind resources were available at the study site. also, these average wss meant that there was more kinetic energy available in the wind, which could be harnessed by wts to generate electricity. this is the most essential factor for determining the potential energy production capacity of a wf or wt. the most probable wss, which represented the wss with the highest likelihood of occurrence in each month, are shown by the dark green bars in figure 6. the finding emphasized that the most probable ws for a given month reached its maximum (13.71 m/s) in april, differing from other months, which had the most frequent speeds ranging between 3–9 m/s. excluding october, the month with the smallest count was february (3 m/s), followed by june and july (4.5 m/s). october experienced a most probable ws of 0.206 m/s, which was associated with a sub-exponential rate defined by a k factor of 1.02 (table 1). the results showed that more than 80% of all the months had the most frequent wss of > 4.5 m/s. this indicated a greater likelihood of consistent energy generation, making the location more favorable for wp projects. furthermore, the maximum ws ranged from 12–36 m/s (figure 6; red bars). these results indicated the consistent presence of strong and enduring wind conditions at the research site on a monthly basis. large maximum speeds of >15 m/s are likely to occur a few times a month and can sometimes cause natural disasters. while wts are designed to withstand a certain range of wss, extreme gusts beyond the design limits can pose challenges and potential risks to the structural integrity and operational stability of the wts. figure 6. disparity of the monthly wind speed hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 340 in the case of seasonal variations in wss, the results of this investigation revealed that throughout the span of a year, the average ws was measured within the interval of 10.06–12.14 m/s. the summer season had the smallest average ws, while the largest average ws was observed during spring and autumn (table 2). the most probable seasonal ws ranged between 5.53 m/s (summer) and 6.74 m/s (spring and autumn), with winter recording a maximum ws of 5.6 m/s. the maximum seasonal wss observed ranged between 18–23.28 m/s (table 2). these results showed that the site also has sustainable seasonal wind fluctuations, which provides a scientific argument for high expected wp generation. table 2. seasonal wind speed variation seasons �̅� (m/s) 𝒗𝒑 (m/s) 𝒗𝒎 (m/s) spring 12.136 6.734 23.279 summer 9.835 5.531 18.763 autumn 12.136 6.734 23.279 winter 10.601 5.644 20.661 5.6. wind power and energy variation the yearly wp at the site for 2022 was calculated to be 1543.035 w/m², which is equivalent to 13.52 gwh/m². this indicated that the location was characterized by relatively strong and consistent wind conditions, making it favorable for wp generation. also, the calculated yearly wp and wed provided valuable insight into the average wind resource available at the site over the course of the year, which was high. wind turbines (wts) must be designed to efficiently capture and convert this wp into electricity, resulting in higher overall energy production from the wf. table 3 shows the seasonal and monthly weds and wind power densities (wpds) at the study site. the results showed that there was a sustainable monthly and seasonal wpd and wed at the site. in spring, the wpd was 2892.911 w/m2 with a wed of 6387.547 mwh/m². in summer, the wpd decreased to 1524.689 w/m2 with a wed of 3329.921 mwh/m². autumn saw a return to a wpd of 2892.911 w/m2, matching a wed of 6318.117 mwh/m². winter exhibited the highest wpd (10806.963 w/m2), resulting in a wed of 23343.041 mwh/m². the higher wpd and wed in winter compared to other seasons suggested that winter experienced stronger and more consistent winds, resulting in a greater potential for wp generation during this season. these variations in wp and wed across the seasons highlighted the seasonal fluctuations in wp potential at the site, with winter showing the highest potential for wp generation. table 3. monthly and seasonal power and energy densities seasons p(w/m2) e(mwh/m²) months p(w/m2) e(mwh/m².) spring 2892.911 6387.547 1 1889.736 1405.964 2 1505.426 1011.646 3 1375.645 1023.480 summer 1524.689 3329.921 4 4361.021 3139.935 5 7048.452 5244.049 6 1275.444 918.320 autumn 2892.911 6318.117 7 459.886 706.810 8 1405.541 1024.812 9 950.014 684.010 winter 10806.963 23343.041 10 6511.441 4844.512 11 2767.312 1992.465 12 1889.736 1405.964 in analyzing the wpd and wed across the various months, it became evident that certain months stood out with notably high values. may emerged as one of the leading months, boasting a substantial wpd of 7048.452 w/m2 with a wed of 5244.935 mwh/m2, followed closely by october, which recorded a wpd of 6511.441 w/m2 and a wed of 4844.512 mwh/m2. on the contrary, july exhibited the smallest wpd (459.886 w/m2) with a wed of 706.810 mwh/m2, while september followed suit with a wed of 950.014 w/m2. despite these variations, the data also revealed that the remaining months exhibited commendable wpds (1200–4261.021 w/m2). overall, the analysis indicated that over 94% of all the months at the study site experienced substantial wp, attributed to the presence of strong and stable wind fluctuations, while the months with a low wpd experienced excessive humidity or stagnant air masses, which disrupted wind flow. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 341 since all the wp and weds calculated were the result of the wss recorded at a height of 10 m, the site was expected to have sufficient wind resources because ws generally increases with altitude due to reduced surface friction and increased exposure to atmospheric pressure gradients, thus proving that coastal regions and areas with maritime climates tend to have more consistent and higher wss compared to inland areas. therefore, wts installed at higher altitudes can access stronger and more consistent winds, thereby enhancing the energy potential at the study site. according to the guidelines on power classification conditions provided by the nrel, a wpd of within 0.0–0.2 kw/m² is low or unsuitable for significant energy generation. conversely, a wed of 0.8–2.0 kw/m² is preferable for efficient power generation. further details regarding other wed classes can be found in table 4. in all the months and seasons of 2022, the wed at the selected site was 10524.69–10806.96 w/m² in a season, while the monthly wed was 459.89–7048.45 w/m² at the 10-meter hub. the seasonal wed was 3329.92–23343.04 mwh/m² and the monthly wed was 706.81–5244.05 mwh/m². based on these results, it was concluded that the study site had a good range of power sustainability or potentially superb conditions for wp. table 4. nrel wind power density classification [61] category power interval (kw/m2) potential indicator 1 0 to 0.2 unsuitable 2 0.2 to 0.3 appropriate for independent use 3 0.3 to 0.4 decent 4 0.4 to 0.5 decent 5 0.5 to 0.6 excellent 6 0.6 to 0.8 outstanding 7 0.8 to 2.0 superb 5.7. performance analysis of the turbine models it is important to analyze the annual, seasonal as well as monthly performance of wind turbines (wts) to evaluate their performance, monitor their efficiency, and forecast their energy production. by analyzing their actual power output compared to expected levels, operators can identify wts that are underperforming and address potential issues to ensure the optimal operation of a wind farm (wf). additionally, accurate power output data is essential for financial analysis, regulatory compliance, and energy forecasting, enabling energy providers to assess the economic viability of the project, meet regulatory requirements, and manage electricity supply and demand effectively. overall, it is essential that the power output be calculated annually, seasonally, and monthly to optimize performance, ensure operational efficiency, and meet regulatory and financial objectives in the wp industry. at the study site, seven commercial wt models with rated powers of 50–1000 kw were selected for the performance simulation (table 3). these models included the polaris america llc models p15-50, p19-100, p50-500, and p62-1000 manufactured in lakewood, new jersey; the wes30 model from wp solutions bv based in the netherlands; the wwd1-60 model by win wind manufactured in espoo, finland; and the bonus 1000–54 produced by siemens ag in erlangen, germany. table 5 provides a comprehensive description of the selected wt models along with their distinctive characteristics. table 5. specifications of selected wind turbines models [38] parameters `p15-50 p19-100 wes30 p50-500 p62-1000 wwd-1-60 b-1000-54 nominal power (kw) 50 10 250 500 1000 1000 1000 tower height (m) 30 30 36 50 60 70 45 blade span (m) 15.2 19.1 30 50 62 60 54 starting wind speed (m/s) 2.5 2.5 2.7 2.5 2.5 3.6 3 nominal wind speed (m/s) 10 12 12.5 12 12 12.5 14 ceasing wind speed (m/s) 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 5.7.1. annual and seasonal analysis the annual average power (ap) of the selected wts was calculated and analyzed. the wt model that generated the highest ap was the polaris p62-1000 (589.13 kw), followed by the wwd-1-60 and bonus b-1000-54 (516.14 and 482.41 kw, respectively). on the other hand, the wts with the lowest ap were the polaris p19-100 and polaris p15-50 (5.31 and 28.90 kw, respectively). the ap of the wes30 and polaris p50-500 models was 130.19 and 288.08 kw, respectively (figure 7a). regarding the annual cp, the polaris p62-1000 model achieved the highest cp (0.589; 58.9%), followed closely by both the polaris p15 and p50-500 (0.5707; 57.07%). the cp of the polaris p19-100, hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 342 wes30, and wwd-1-60 models was 53.1, 52.07, and 51.6%, respectively, while the bonus b-1000-54 model had the lowest cp (48.24%) (figure 7b). figure 7. annual (a) turbine power output and (b) performance of the turbines in terms of the seasonal ap, the highest ap was obtained in the spring, summer, autumn, and winter using the polaris p62-1000, wwd-1-60, and bonus b-1000-54 models, respectively. specifically, all these wt models generated the highest ap during spring, producing approximately 634.6, 614, and 562.4 kw, respectively, followed by 529.7, 492.9, and 465.9 kw, respectively, for summer. overall, the ap derived from the selected wt models for all the seasons ranged between 28.8–634.6 kw (figure 8a). the results also demonstrated that the polaris p62-1000 had the largest ap. the findings also indicated that the highest cp for all the wts (56.24–67.1%) was in the spring, followed by the summer (46.6–58.3%). for autumn and winter, the cp ranged between 47–57.6% and 45.5–56.8%, respectively (figure 8b). among all the four seasons, the polaris p62-1000 model boasted the highest cp. it is noteworthy that all the selected wt models exhibited a cp of > 25%, indicating their cost-effectiveness. taking into consideration the annual quarter for the respective months of the season, the results showed that the polaris p15-50 had a large cp but a small ap. however, the polaris p62-1000 had a large cp that was close to that of the polaris p15-50 but had a very large power compared to the p15-50 in all seasons. for this reason, the polaris p62-1000 was the best and preferred choice for the study site. figure 8. seasonal (a) turbine power output and (b) performance of the turbines 5.7.2. monthly wind turbine performance analysis the monthly performance analysis of the selected wt models revealed varying power intervals from januarydecember. the polaris p15-50 wt had a power range of 32.477–42.365 kw, while the power range of the polaris p19-100 was 4.78–7.689 kw. the wes30 and polaris p50-500 wts fell within the medium power range, generating 136.12–190.42 kw and 245.46–401.23 kw, respectively. the remaining wt models exhibited a higher ap than the others. the polaris p62-1000 had the largest ap (541.86–808.63 kw), followed by the wwd-1-60 and bonus b1000-54 (466.39–792.71 kw and 437.42–714.28 kw, respectively). the highest ap for all the wts was in march (7.689–808.632 kw), followed by january (6.879–724.716 kw). the other months exhibited power ranging from 4.78– hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 343 724.819 kw (table 6). consequently, the wt model with the highest monthly power generation was the polaris p621000, which was capable of producing power that was comparable to that generated by other wt models within the range of 541.86–808.63 kw. table 6. monthly average power (kw) output of the selected wind turbine models months `p15-50 p19-100 wes30 p50-500 p62-1000 wwd-1-60 b-1000-54 1 38.221 6.879 169.840 358.949 724.716 706.035 634.353 2 33.616 6.032 148.656 315.903 639.739 617.350 554.778 3 42.365 7.689 190.423 401.233 808.632 792.711 714.280 4 35.495 6.691 162.195 319.003 622.116 596.106 601.972 5 30.095 5.596 136.121 274.226 541.863 518.397 506.262 6 32.477 5.780 142.724 306.866 624.786 602.521 532.569 7 34.226 5.739 142.951 324.837 676.981 667.561 525.605 8 34.003 6.078 149.976 320.104 649.508 628.058 559.633 9 33.814 5.731 142.636 321.422 667.717 656.105 526.715 10 26.131 4.780 117.055 245.463 494.339 466.392 437.422 11 34.207 6.260 153.356 316.635 632.705 608.967 571.764 12 38.112 6.841 169.014 358.430 724.819 706.620 631.180 table 7 presents the monthly cp values. the results indicated that the largest monthly cp was achieved using the polaris 15-50 wt (52.226–84.73%). however, it had the smallest ap. the cp of the polaris p62-1000 ranged from 49.43–80.8%, followed by the polaris p50-500 (49.09–80.25%). the wwd-1-60 wt exhibited a cp ranging between 46.64–79.27%. all the wts demonstrated a cp of > 25%, indicating their cost-effectiveness. among these models, the polaris p62-1000 stood out as the wt with the best performance for installation at the site. the month with the largest cp was march (71.43–84.73%), followed by january (63.44–76.6%). this means that all the selected wts had cp values within those ranges in january and march, while in the other months cp values ranged between 43.74–79.27%. in general, the cp for of all the months was > 25%. this means that all the wts were cost-effective for all the months, and hence, the site had good wind regimes. it has been proven that all seven wts were cost-effective, but the most highly efficient wts were the p62-1000, wwd-1-60, b-1000-54, and p50-500 due to their height and rotor diameter. the height and rotor diameter of a wt significantly impact its performance in converting wp into electrical power. taller wts benefit from higher wss, reduced turbulence, and access to more consistent wind resources at greater heights. however, taller towers entail increased construction costs. the heights of the first three high-performance wts, namely the p62-1000, wwd-1-60, and b-1000-54, were 60, 70, 45, and 50 m, respectively, while the other wts had heights ranging between 30–36 m. also, rotors with larger diameters are able to capture more wp, thus improving power output and efficiency, especially at lower wss, as depicted in this research for the first four high-performance wts, which had blade diameters of between 50–62 m. despite a higher initial investment in taller towers and larger rotor diameters, enhanced energy production often justifies these costs, particularly in regions with lower wss. therefore, the p62-1000 was chosen as the highperformance wt for the site. nevertheless, since all the wts were cost-effective on an annual, seasonal, and monthly basis, any of the wts analyzed in this research can be selected based on the investment budget or cost benefit of the investment plan. table 7. monthly performance of the wind turbine models months `p15-50 p19-100 wes30 p50-500 p62-1000 wwd-1-60 b-1000-54 1 0.7644 0.6879 0.6794 0.7179 0.7247 0.7060 0.6344 2 0.6723 0.6032 0.5946 0.6318 0.6397 0.6174 0.5548 3 0.8473 0.7689 0.7617 0.8025 0.8086 0.7927 0.7143 4 0.7099 0.6691 0.6488 0.6380 0.6221 0.5961 0.6020 5 0.6019 0.5596 0.5445 0.5485 0.5419 0.5184 0.5063 6 0.6495 0.5780 0.5709 0.6137 0.6248 0.6025 0.5326 7 0.6845 0.5739 0.5718 0.6497 0.6770 0.6676 0.5256 8 0.6801 0.6078 0.5999 0.6402 0.6495 0.6281 0.5596 9 0.6763 0.5731 0.5705 0.6428 0.6677 0.6561 0.5267 10 0.5226 0.4780 0.4682 0.4909 0.4943 0.4664 0.4374 11 0.6841 0.6260 0.6134 0.6333 0.6327 0.6090 0.5718 12 0.7622 0.6841 0.6761 0.7169 0.7248 0.7066 0.6312 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 344 6. discussion the scientific findings from the analysis of the wind data at the study site in zanzibar revealed several important insights regarding wind characteristics and their implications for wp generation. firstly, the site experienced a consistent daily average ws from 05:00–20:00 across all seasons, peaking at approximately 7 m/s at 15:00 and gradually decreasing to 4 m/s by 23:00. this consistent and sustainable wind profile indicates a favorable environment for wp generation throughout the day, providing a reliable source of renewable energy. furthermore, the monthly, seasonal, and annual k and c factors indicated strong and sustainable wind conditions, which are conducive to energy generation. with a k factor of > 1.54 and a c factor of > 9 m/s, the wind characteristics at the site fell within the super-exponential margin, highlighting the potential for robust wp generation. the results of the analysis also revealed that the most frequent wss of > 4.5 m/s were experienced over 80% of all the months, further emphasizing the substantial wp potential at the study site. also, the monthly wpd ranged between 459.886–7048.452 w/m2, and the seasonal wp ranged between 1500–11000 w/m2, while the annual wed was > 13.52 gwh/m2, demonstrating the variability in wp potential across different months. based on the nrel classification of wp, the wed of the site ranged between class 3 (decent class) to class 7 (superb class). moreover, the performance evaluation of the seven wt models demonstrated that all the analyzed wts exceeded their rated power output, indicating their suitability for installation in the region. although the polaris p62-1000 emerged as the most effective wt model, the selection of the wt model can be based on project budget considerations, as each model offers distinct parameters such as tower height and rotor diameter. overall, these findings underscored the feasibility and effectiveness of harnessing wp in zanzibar, with implications for sustainable energy production and potential wt selection for wp projects. in comparison to some previous study sites, the study site for this research appeared to have sufficient and sustainable wind resources at a height of 10 m. for example, a study conducted in the kingdom of bahrain [31] analyzed data on hourly measurements of ws collected between 2003–2005 at a height of 10 m. the findings revealed significant variations in wed throughout the year, with the maximum wed recorded in february at 10 m being 164.33 w/m2, while the minimum wed was observed in october (65.33 w/m2). the average annual wpd calculated at a height of 10 m was 114.54 w/m2. these findings provided valuable insights into the wp potential and variability in wpd at a height of 10 m in bahrain, which are essential for the optimal planning and deployment of wp projects in the region. due to the results of the study in bahrain, zanzibar shows a more competitive advantage because, at the same height of 10 m, zanzibar seems to have higher ws variations and wp densities. also, compared to the evaluation of the technical wp potential of the kiisi region [24], zanzibar still has the advantage of feasible wind resources. for example, the findings on the kiisi region revealed a ws frequency distribution of 2.9 m/s with an sd of 1.5 at 10 m, while regional variations in wss are assessed through the calculation of averages at different hub heights. moreover, the study determined that the mean wpd is 29 w/m2 for the region, with the rayleigh model having a slightly smaller wed as compared to that at the site of this study. the observations show a gradual decline in wss over the years, making the site marginally suitable for wp generation but still viable for non-grid connected applications. in the coastal region of dar es salaam [38], the average monthly ws fluctuates between 4.56–6.09 m/s. however, the monthly wp densities exhibit a wider range (36–139 w/m2) at 10 m, which is too small compared to the results of the wpd of the study site for this research. the lower ws and wp observed in some months can be attributed to local influences, particularly human activities such as urbanization, land use changes, and the construction of buildings and infrastructure. these factors alter local wind patterns, introducing obstacles and surface roughness that disrupt wind flow and diminish the wp potential. despite these challenges, the study identified the p50–500 wt as being the most suitable for the site. this preference is justified by its highest cp and substantial power output compared to the other evaluated wts. this research utilized half-hourly wind data collected throughout 2022 at a consistent height of 10 m along the coastal region of zanzibar. this extensive dataset provides a detailed understanding of wind characteristics and patterns over an extended period of time, enhancing the robustness and reliability of the findings. the assessment of wp potential was restricted to a height of 10 m, thus overlooking the potential impact of extrapolating power and energy potential at different heights. future studies at the study site of this research should consider extrapolating data from multiple heights to provide a more comprehensive understanding of the availability of wind resources and optimize the siting of wts for enhanced energy generation efficiency. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 345 7. conclusion in this research, a comprehensive analysis was conducted of the monthly and seasonal wp potential and performance of selected wt models. the results will enable researchers, energy investment organizations, and policymakers to understand the wp resources at the study site. also, it is a starting point for future studies by filling in the limitations of this research. the study used data collected twice hourly for a full year (2022) along the coast of zanzibar at a height of 10 m above ground. future wind analysis studies at the site are expected to extend the dataset up to five recent years and consider an extrapolation of ws and power at different heights to gain a broader knowledge of wind patterns at the site. the results showed that the site has sustainable wss and significant energy potential, meeting the criteria for classification as a class 7, according to nrel standards. the annual wed was >13.52 gwh/m2, the monthly ap was 1300–7100 kw/m2 for more than nine months, with the ap for the remaining two months ranging from 460–950 kw/m2. the assessment of the monthly and seasonal ap and cp indicated good wind patterns at the study site, with all the wt models exhibiting a cp of > 25%. the polaris p62-1000 wt stands out as a highly recommended model due to its consistent demonstration of the largest ap and cp across annual and seasonal considerations. however, all the selected wts are deemed to be cost-effective, providing viable options for harnessing wp at the site, according to the investment budget and targeted output. this article contributes new knowledge in the domain of wp by conducting a comprehensive analysis of monthly and seasonal wp potential and wt performance. it established the fact that the study site possesses sustainable wss and significant energy potential, meeting nrel classification standards. the research demonstrated the costeffectiveness of various wt models, all of which exhibited a cp of > 25%, providing viable options for wp harnessing. 8. nomenclatures cf capacity factor of the turbine e wind energy density in kwh/m2 p wind power density in w/m2 �̅� mean wind speed in m/s 𝑣𝑚 maximum wind speed in m/s 𝑣𝑝 likely wind speed in m/s 𝑣𝑐 starting speed of the wind turbine 𝑣𝑓 ceasing speed of the wind turbine 𝑣𝑟 nominal speed of the wind turbine 𝑃𝑒 average power of the wind turbine 𝑃𝑅 nominal power of the wind turbine 𝜌 atmospheric density (1.225 kg/m3) ap average power cp capacity factor wed wind energy density wd weibull distribution wp wind power pd power density wt wind turbine 9. declarations 9.1. author contributions conceptualization, d.d.d.p.t. and u.; methodology, b.h.s., d.d.d.p.t., and u.; software, b.h.s.; validation, b.h.s., d.d.d.p.t., and u.; formal analysis, b.h.s., d.d.d.p.t., and u.; investigation, b.h.s., d.d.d.p.t., u., m.a., and m.t.m.; resources, d.d.d.p.t. and u.; data curation, b.h.s., d.d.d.p.t., and u.; writing—original draft preparation, b.h.s.; writing—review and editing, b.h.s., d.d.d.p.t., u., m.a., and m.t.m.; visualization, b.h.s.; supervision, d.d.d.p.t. and u.; project administration, d.d.d.p.t. and u.; funding acquisition, u. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 9.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 9.3. funding this research was supported by universitas sebelas maret-year 2024 under research scheme of “penelitian kolaborasi internasional (ki-uns) with financial aid of hibah non apbn, and contract number 194.2/uns27.22/pt.01.03/2024. 9.4. acknowledgements the authors of this research highly acknowledge graduate school of engineering faculty of the sebelas maret university for all support, including instructive and financial acquisition from the initial to the final stage of this research. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 346 9.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 9.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 9.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 10. references [1] prihantini, n. b., rakhmayanti, n., handayani, s., sjamsuridzal, w., wardhana, w., & nasruddin. (2020). biomass production of indonesian indigenous leptolyngbya strain on npk fertilizer medium and its potential as a source of biofuel. evergreen, 7(4), 593–601. doi:10.5109/4150512. [2] furutani, y., norinaga, k., kudo, s., hayashi, j. i., & watanabe, t. (2017). current situation and future scope of biomass gasification in japan. evergreen, 4(4), 24–29. doi:10.5109/1929681. [3] jhalani, a., agarwal, a., singh, d., & sharma, s. (2023). energy security scenarios for india under diversified demand and supply. evergreen, 10(4), 2683–2689. doi:10.5109/7160927. [4] mirza, f. m., & kanwal, a. (2017). energy consumption, carbon emissions and economic growth in pakistan: dynamic causality analysis. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 72, 1233–1240. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2016.10.081. [5] bogner, j., pipatti, r., hashimoto, s., diaz, c., mareckova, k., diaz, l., kjeldsen, p., monni, s., faaij, a., qingxian, g., tianzhu, z., mohammed, a. a., sutamihardja, r. t. m., & gregory, r. (2008). mitigation of global greenhouse gas emissions from waste: conclusions and strategies from the intergovernmental panel on climate change (ipcc) fourth assessment report. working group iii (mitigation). waste management and research, 26(1), 11–32. doi:10.1177/0734242x07088433. [6] surendra, k. c., takara, d., hashimoto, a. g., & khanal, s. k. (2014). biogas as a sustainable energy source for developing countries: opportunities and challenges. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 31, 846–859. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2013.12.015. [7] pan, s. y., gao, m., kim, h., shah, k. j., pei, s. l., & chiang, p. c. (2018). advances and challenges in sustainable tourism toward a green economy. science of the total environment, 635, 452–469. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2018.04.134. [8] kuriqi, a., pinheiro, a. n., sordo-ward, a., bejarano, m. d., & garrote, l. (2021). ecological impacts of run-of-river hydropower plants—current status and future prospects on the brink of energy transition. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 142. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2021.110833. [9] mukimin, a., & vistanty, h. (2023). low carbon development based on microbial fuel cells as electrical generation and wastewater treatment unit. renewable energy focus, 44, 132–138. doi:10.1016/j.ref.2022.12.005. [10] alias, n. d., & go, y. i. (2023). decommissioning platforms to offshore solar system: road to green hydrogen production from seawater. renewable energy focus, 46, 136–155. doi:10.1016/j.ref.2023.05.003. [11] kuncoro, a., & purwanto, w. w. (2020). analysis of energy-water nexus palm oil biodiesel production in riau using life cycle assessment and water footprint methods. evergreen, 7(1), 104–110. doi:10.5109/2740965. [12] wang, j., & dong, k. (2019). what drives environmental degradation? evidence from 14 sub-saharan african countries. science of the total environment, 656, 165–173. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2018.11.354. [13] ahlborg, h., & hammar, l. (2014). drivers and barriers to rural electrification in tanzania and mozambique grid-extension, off-grid, and renewable energy technologies. renewable energy, 61, 117–124. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2012.09.057. [14] mofijur, m., masjuki, h. h., kalam, m. a., hazrat, m. a., liaquat, a. m., shahabuddin, m., & varman, m. (2012). prospects of biodiesel from jatropha in malaysia. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 16(7), 5007–5020. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2012.05.010. [15] soemanto, a., mohi, e., al irsyad, m. i., & gunawan, y. (2023). the role of oil fuels on the energy transition toward net zero emissions in indonesia: a policy review. evergreen 10(4), 2074–2083. doi:10.5109/7160867. [16] bansal, m., agarwal, a., pant, m., & kumar, h. (2021). challenges and opportunities in energy transformation during covid19. evergreen 8(2), 255–261. doi:10.5109/4480701. [17] eberhard, a., gratwick, k., morella, e., & antmann, p. (2017). independent power projects in sub-saharan africa: investment trends and policy lessons. energy policy, 108(august 2016), 390–424. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2017.05.023. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 347 [18] ulsrud, k., winther, t., palit, d., & rohracher, h. (2015). village-level solar power in africa: accelerating access to electricity services through a socio-technical design in kenya. energy research and social science, 5, 34–44. doi:10.1016/j.erss.2014.12.009. [19] ismaiel, a. m. m., metwalli, s. m., elhadidi, b. m. n., & yoshida, s. (2017). fatigue analysis of an optimized hawt composite blade. evergreen, 4(2–3), 1–6. doi:10.5109/1929656. [20] franco, a., shaker, m., kalubi, d., & hostettler, s. (2017). a review of sustainable energy access and technologies for healthcare facilities in the global south. sustainable energy technologies and assessments, 22, 92–105. doi:10.1016/j.seta.2017.02.022. [21] li, c., & ito, k. (2014). performance evaluation of wind decontamination system by computational fluid dynamics. evergreen, 1(2), 12–17. doi:10.5109/1495158. [22] takeyeldein, m. m., lazim, t. m., ishak, i. s., nik mohd, n. a. r., & ali, e. a. (2020). wind lens performance investigation at low wind speed. evergreen, 7(4), 481–488. doi:10.5109/4150467. [23] ashwindran, s. n., azizuddin, a. a., & oumer, a. n. (2021). study of √2 conjecture in the construction of drag induced wind turbine blade morphology. evergreen, 8(3), 574–585. doi:10.5109/4491649. [24] ongaki, n. l., maghanga, c. m., & kerongo, j. (2021). evaluation of the technical wind energy potential of kisii region based on the weibull and rayleigh distribution models. journal of energy, 2021, 1–17. doi:10.1155/2021/6627509. [25] topaloǧlu, f., & pehlivan, h. (2018). analysis of wind data, calculation of energy yield potential, and micrositing application with wasp. advances in meteorology, 2018. doi:10.1155/2018/2716868. [26] narula, k. (2019). energy security and sustainability. lecture notes in energy, 68(1), 3–22. doi:10.1007/978-981-13-1589-3_1. [27] keyhani, a., ghasemi-varnamkhasti, m., khanali, m., & abbaszadeh, r. (2010). an assessment of wind energy potential as a power generation source in the capital of iran, tehran. energy, 35(1), 188–201. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2009.09.009. [28] wang, z., wang, x., & liu, w. (2023). genetic least square estimation approach to wind power curve modelling and wind power prediction. scientific reports, 13(1), 1–15. doi:10.1038/s41598-023-36458-w. [29] babu, v. v., preetha roselyn, j., & sundaravadivel, p. (2023). multi-objective genetic algorithm-based energy management system considering optimal utilization of grid and degradation of battery storage in microgrid. energy reports, 9, 5992–6005. doi:10.1016/j.egyr.2023.05.067. [30] chirwa, d., goyal, r., & mulenga, e. (2023). floating solar photovoltaic (fspv) potential in zambia: case studies on six hydropower power plant reservoirs. renewable energy focus, 44, 344–356. doi:10.1016/j.ref.2023.01.007. [31] jowder, f. a. l. (2009). wind power analysis and site matching of wind turbine generators in kingdom of bahrain. applied energy, 86(4), 538–545. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2008.08.006. [32] awad, m. m. (2013). comments on “assessment of different methods used to estimate weibull distribution parameters for wind speed in zafarana wind farm, suez gulf, egypt.” energy, 58, 714. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2013.06.034. [33] celik, a. n. (2003). energy output estimation for small-scale wind power generators using weibull-representative wind data. journal of wind engineering and industrial aerodynamics, 91(5), 693–707. doi:10.1016/s0167-6105(02)00471-3. [34] katinas, v., gecevicius, g., & marciukaitis, m. (2018). an investigation of wind power density distribution at location with low and high wind speeds using statistical model. applied energy, 218, 442–451. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2018.02.163. [35] katinas, v., marčiukaitis, m., gecevičius, g., & markevičius, a. (2017). statistical analysis of wind characteristics based on weibull methods for estimation of power generation in lithuania. renewable energy, 113, 190–201. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2017.05.071. [36] sukkiramathi, k., & seshaiah, c. v. (2020). analysis of wind power potential by the three-parameter weibull distribution to install a wind turbine. energy exploration and exploitation, 38(1), 158–174. doi:10.1177/0144598719871628. [37] luankaeo, s., & tirawanichakul, y. (2017). assessment of wind energy potential in prince of songkla university (south part of thailand): hatyai campus. energy procedia, 138, 704–709. doi:10.1016/j.egypro.2017.10.204. [38] michael, e., tjahjana, d. d. d. p., & prabowo, a. r. (2021). estimating the potential of wind energy resources using weibull parameters: a case study of the coastline region of dar es salaam, tanzania. open engineering 11(1), 1093–1104. doi:10.1515/eng-2021-0108. [39] oyedepo, s. o., adaramola, m. s., & paul, s. s. (2012). analysis of wind speed data and wind energy potential in three selected locations in south-east nigeria. international journal of energy and environmental engineering, 3(1), 1–11. doi:10.1186/22516832-3-7. [40] gagliano, a., nocera, f., patania, f., & capizzi, a. (2013). assessment of micro-wind turbines performance in the urban environments: an aided methodology through geographical information systems. international journal of energy and environmental engineering, 4(1), 1–14. doi:10.1186/2251-6832-4-43. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 348 [41] fyrippis, i., axaopoulos, p. j., & panayiotou, g. (2010). wind energy potential assessment in naxos island, greece. applied energy, 87(2), 577–586. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2009.05.031. [42] pellegrini, l., & tasciotti, l. (2013). rural electrification now and then: comparing contemporary challenges in developing countries to the usa’s experience in retrospect. forum for development studies, 40(1), 153–176. doi:10.1080/08039410.2012.732108. [43] aly, a., jensen, s. s., & pedersen, a. b. (2017). solar power potential of tanzania: identifying csp and pv hot spots through a gis multicriteria decision making analysis. renewable energy, 113, 159–175. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2017.05.077. [44] trotter, p. a., mcmanus, m. c., & maconachie, r. (2017). electricity planning and implementation in sub-saharan africa: a systematic review. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 74, 1189–1209. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2017.03.001. [45] pishgar-komleh, s. h., keyhani, a., & sefeedpari, p. (2015). wind speed and power density analysis based on weibull and rayleigh distributions (a case study: firouzkooh county of iran). renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 42, 313–322. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2014.10.028. [46] werapun, w., tirawanichakul, y., & waewsak, j. (2015). comparative study of five methods to estimate weibull parameters for wind speed on phangan island, thailand. energy procedia, 79. doi:10.1016/j.egypro.2015.11.596. [47] al-ghriybah, m. (2022). assessment of wind energy potentiality at ajloun, jordan using weibull distribution function. evergreen, 9(1), 10–16. doi:10.5109/4774211. [48] patrai, k., & gupta, s. (2023). reliability estimation of a degradable system using intuitionistic fuzzy weibull lifetime distribution. evergreen, 10(4), 2317–2324. doi:10.5109/7160909. [49] ali, s., lee, s. m., & jang, c. m. (2018). statistical analysis of wind characteristics using weibull and rayleigh distributions in deokjeok-do island – incheon, south korea. renewable energy, 123, 652–663. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2018.02.087. [50] akpinar, e. k., & akpinar, s. (2005). an assessment on seasonal analysis of wind energy characteristics and wind turbine characteristics. energy conversion and management, 46(11-12), 1848-1867. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2004.08.012. [51] mahmood, f. h., resen, a. k., & khamees, a. b. (2020). wind characteristic analysis based on weibull distribution of alsalman site, iraq. energy reports, 6(september 2019), 79–87. doi:10.1016/j.egyr.2019.10.021. [52] chang, t. p. (2011). performance comparison of six numerical methods in estimating weibull parameters for wind energy application. applied energy, 88(1), 272–282. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2010.06.018. [53] mert, i̇., & karakuş, c. (2015). a statistical analysis of wind speed data using burr, generalized gamma, and weibull distributions in antakya, turkey. turkish journal of electrical engineering & computer sciences, 23(6), 1571–1586. doi:10.3906/elk-1402-66. [54] guarienti, j. a., kaufmann almeida, a., menegati neto, a., de oliveira ferreira, a. r., ottonelli, j. p., & kaufmann de almeida, i. (2020). performance analysis of numerical methods for determining weibull distribution parameters applied to wind speed in mato grosso do sul, brazil. sustainable energy technologies and assessments, 42, 100854. doi:10.1016/j.seta.2020.100854. [55] alanazi, m. a., aloraini, m., islam, m., alyahya, s., & khan, s. (2023). wind energy assessment using weibull distribution with different numerical estimation methods: a case study. emerging science journal, 7(6), 2260-2278. doi:10.28991/esj-202307-06-024. [56] wang, z., & liu, w. (2021). wind energy potential assessment based on wind speed, its direction and power data. scientific reports, 11(1), 1–15. doi:10.1038/s41598-021-96376-7. [57] chang, t. p. (2011). estimation of wind energy potential using different probability density functions. applied energy, 88(5), 1848–1856. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2010.11.010. [58] eriksson, s., bernhoff, h., & leijon, m. (2008). evaluation of different turbine concepts for wind power. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 12(5), 1419–1434. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2006.05.017. [59] ajayi, o. o., fagbenle, r. o., katende, j., aasa, s. a., & okeniyi, j. o. (2013). wind profile characteristics and turbine performance analysis in kano, north-western nigeria. international journal of energy and environmental engineering, 4(1), 1– 15. doi:10.1186/2251-6832-4-27. [60] daoudi, m., abdelaziz, a. s. m., mohammed, e., & elmostapha, e. (2019). wind speed data and wind energy potential using weibull distribution in zagora, morocco. international journal of renewable energy development, 8(3), 267–273. doi:10.14710/ijred.8.3.267-273. [61] filom, s., radfar, s., panahi, r., amini, e., & neshat, m. (2021). exploring wind energy potential as a driver of sustainable development in the southern coasts of iran: the importance of wind speed statistical distribution model. sustainability (switzerland), 13(14), 7702. doi:10.3390/su13147702. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 81 issn: 2723-9535 eco-friendly materials for temporary use in architecture and decorations walanrak poomchalit 1, ponlapath tipboonsri 2 , boonsong chongkolnee 2, supaaek pramoonmak 2 , watthanaphon cheewawuttipong 3, anin memon 2* 1 faculty of architecture, rajamangala university of technology thanyaburi, pathum thani 12110, thailand. 2 faculty of engineering, rajamangala university of technology thanyaburi, pathum thani 12110, thailand. 3 faculty of engineering, rajamangala university of technology srivijaya, songkhla 90000, thailand. received 23 october 2024; revised 15 january 2025; accepted 03 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract this paper introduces the development of ecologically friendly composite materials for decoration and architectural purposes. the composites designed comprised degradable polylactic acid (pla) and sugarcane bagasse fiber (sc) derived from the bioplastics and sugar industries. the sc reinforcement was examined for impurity treatment and composite formation using hot compression molding at 200 ± 10°c. two processing methods were studied: (1) random dispersion of sc at 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10 wt%, and (2) single and double-layer sc composite sheets made with 6 wt% sc. the physical and mechanical properties of the pla-sc composites were evaluated through the morphologies and flexural properties (astm c293), thermal conductivity (astm c518), and biodegradation assessment (iso 16929:2021). results revealed that impurities in sc were effectively removed using an alkaline sodium bicarbonate solution followed by boiling in a 5% vinegar solution. increasing sc contents reduced the weight, density, and thermal conductivity (k-value) of the pla-sc composites compared to those representing single and double layers of sc. additionally, this approach enhanced the flexural properties of the composites. random dispersion with 10 wt% treated sc yielded the best results among the tested methods, making it the optimal approach for sustainable decoration and architectural materials. keywords: green composites; ecologically friendly products; natural fibers reinforce plastics; green architecture materials. 1. introduction materials for many purposes, such as medical, automotive, and everyday use, are concerned with environmental impacts. these include materials in architectural works, decorations, and construction. using ecologically friendly materials gains benefits in terms of sustainable building certification regarding leed or tree. the leed-certified green building is a global program that recognizes sustainable buildings, while the tree on buildings program has been applied to certify sustainable buildings in thailand. the two certifications have the same criteria for building materials & resources that are categorized in building and materials reuse, as well as low-emitting materials. the research was conducted to introduce ecologically friendly material produced from natural resources. therefore, a bioplastic-cellulose composite was in focus. the application of bioplastic-cellulose composites is growing due to their environmental benefits, sustainability, and potential to replace petroleum-based plastics. key focuses are improving mechanical, thermal, and barrier properties for * corresponding author: anin.m@en.rmutt.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9487-9559 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7453-2670 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6805-4820 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 82 packaging, medical, automotive, and construction applications. material improvements include compatibility and performance enhancements, nanotechnology, and sustainability. moisture sensitivity, cost, and scalability present challenges, but research focuses on cost-effective manufacturing and improving processing methods [1-3]. to reduce environmental impacts, the sustainable material in this paper incorporates biodegradable plastics, polylactic acid (pla), and renewable fibers, sugarcane fiber (sc). pla derives from renewable resources such as corn and sugarcane. its natural decomposition significantly reduces landfill waste and minimizes carbon footprints. innovative home construction, such as canal homes in amsterdam, uses bioplastic-cellulose composite materials, customized shades, and structures through 3d printing. they offer a sustainable alternative to traditional building products, reduce carbon footprints, and provide energy-efficient benefits. interiors and everyday items use bioplastics, which contribute to ecofriendly, aesthetically pleasing homes and reduce environmental impact [4, 5]. sc, particularly bagasse, is a significant by-product of the sugar industry. estimated global production of 513 million tons annually results from generating approximately 0.3 tons of bagasse for every ton of sugarcane processed. despite its abundance, improper disposal of a large portion of this biomass leads to environmental issues such as air pollution from incineration or uncontrolled decomposition. sc exhibits a composition similar to wood fibers. its structural components include 45% cellulose, 28% hemicellulose, 20% lignin, 5% sugar, 1% minerals, and 2% ash. the composition of sc makes it suitable for biocomposites, biofuels, and sustainable materials. its high cellulose content affects the sc structure, making it suitable for creating durable composite materials, similar to wood fibers, when treated appropriately [6-8]. chemical treatments with sodium hydroxide, sulfuric acid, sodium hypochlorite, and acetic acid are integral to improving the physical and chemical properties of natural fibers, which are suitable for applications such as composites, biofuels, and textiles. these treatments enhance the mechanical properties, water resistance, and enzymatic digestibility of fibers, making them more efficient for industrial use. however, carefully controlling the treatment conditions is essential to avoid excessive degradation and preserve the strength and functionality of the fibers [9]. this study aims to identify the most effective technique for treating impurities and surfaces of sc while maintaining their cellulose structure. reinforcement pla with sc using hot compression molding was examined for the effectiveness of sc reinforcement properties and optimized methods to create a sustainable panel material for architecture, comparable to materials currently in use such as fiberboards, composites, and engineered wood products, as oriented strand board (osb) and gypsum boards. 2. research methodology this study explores the most effective processing methods for decorative and architectural composite panels. the raw materials were selected from the group of environmentally and ecologically friendly materials. the focus was on degradable plastic, polylactic acid (pla), and natural fiber, sugarcane bagasse, for the hot compression molding process. two preparation and processing steps were investigated for (1) sugarcane bagasse treatment for essential cellulose and (2) compression molding conditions for an optimal processing method. the following details are of the materials and methods used in the research. figure 1, shows the flowchart of the research methodology through which the objectives of this study were achieved. figure 1. workflow briefly shows the preparation and processing steps hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 83 2.1. materials polylactic acid (pla) as a polymer matrix was procured from nature works llc, minnesota, united states, with a 1.24 g/cm³ density, a melt flow rate (mfr) of 6 g/10 min, and a melting temperature of 210 ± 8°c. sugarcane bagasse as a reinforcement was the waste from the extraction of sugarcane juice. subsequently, the bagasse was cleaned in the water at room temperature and dried, then cut into pieces with an average length of 1 to 2 cm. 2.2. material treatment methods sugarcane bagasse contains numerous impurities and requires an optimal treatment method to remove surface impurities and extract cellulose (sc). the surface treatment of natural fibers markedly improves the interfacial adhesion between the fibers and the matrix, resulting in enhanced composite characteristics [10]. the sc extractions were compared by four distinct methods regarding the alkaline agent groups composed of sodium hydroxide (strong alkaline), sodium bicarbonate (mild alkaline), and distilled vinegar (neutralizes alkaline). those methods consisted of (a) soaking in water, (b) soaking in a sodium bicarbonate alkaline solution for 24 hours, (c) boiling in a sodium hydroxide alkaline solution at 100°c for 1 hour, and (d) soaking in a sodium bicarbonate alkaline solution for 24 hours, followed by rinsing with water, then boiling in a 5% distilled vinegar acid solution at 100°c for 3 hours. subsequently, the sc was washed with water and dried in a hot air oven at 80°c for 24 hours. 2.3. sample forming methods the composite samples were prepared in two categories: (1) random dispersion and (2) single and double-layered sheets. the random dispersions comprised 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10 wt% sc reinforcement to the pla matrix. each composition was fabricated to hot compression to provide samples with 150 × 150 × 10 mm dimensions. the materials were blended and placed in a stainless-steel mold, preheated at 200 ± 10°c for 15 minutes to melt some pla. subsequently, hot compression at 1500 psi with 200 ± 10°c for an additional 20 minutes, followed by cooling to room temperature. for the layered sheets, a single-layer sheet was fabricated using a 6 wt% sc content sheet covering both surfaces with 2 pla sheets measuring 150×150×10 mm. a double-layer sheet was fabricated using two 6 wt% sc content sheets, covered and bounded by pla sheets. the total dimensions of a double-layer sheet were also approximately 150×150×10 mm. the single and double-layer sheets were hot-compressed at 1500 psi with 200 ± 10°c for 15 minutes. the forming methods of the random compositions, single and double sheets, are shown in figure 2. figure 2. the forming methods of random composition, single and double sheets. 2.4. testing characterization and standards the sample sheets were examined for their physical and mechanical properties. the physical properties were exhibited in weight, density, morphology, and sc dispersion to pla. the mechanical properties of thermal conductivity, flexural modulus, and degradation were revealed. the extraction catalyst morphology was assessed using the fei quanta 400 sem scanning electron microscope alongside a fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (ftir) spectrometer to acquire the spectrum. sc dispersion behavior was analyzed using the leica m205 fca fluorescence stereo microscope. the thermal conductivity k-value was measured using the heat flow meter (hfm), specifically designed for insulating materials, per international standards astm c518. the flexural test was conducted utilizing a simple beam with center-point loading (astm c293) for a sample measuring 150 × 150 × 10 mm to confirm the modulus of rupture (mor). the biodegradation testing included a germination and disintegration assessment during composting, adhering to the international standards iso 16929:2021. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 84 3. results and discussion the results are observed according to the optimal method to remove impurities, lignin, and hemicellulose from sc, the weight percentage of sc to the pla matrix, and methods in fabrications regarding the physical properties of the pla-sc composite, as well as flexural modulus and thermal properties. 3.1. preparation of the composite sheets sc was extracted using four methods to remove lignin and hemicellulose and analyzed for their functional groups using ftir spectra. the sem analysis confirmed the sc surface impurity treatment, as shown in figure 3. figure 3. the morphology and surface of sb fibers were extracted using the following methods: (a–c) soaking in water, (d– f) soaking in nahco3 alkaline solution, (g–i) boiling in naoh alkaline solution, and (j–l) soaking in nahco3 alkaline solution followed by boiling in 5% distilled vinegar acid solution. figure 3 (a–c) shows that sc treated by soaking in water retains the surface impurities along the cell wall. figure 3 (d–f) demonstrates that soaking in nahco3 efficiently treated the surface and reduced impurities. it was similar to sc treated by boiling in naoh, as shown in figure 3 (g-i), but the sc (g-i) illustrates the decomposition of the cellulose structure. figure 3 (j-l) demonstrated that extraction by soaking in nahco₃ , followed by rinsing with water and boiling in 5% distilled vinegar solution, ensures significantly reduced surface impurities on the cell wall with roughness using a non-toxic solution [11]. this method resulted in less cellulose degradation compared to treatment with naoh solution. the sc surface treatments for four different extraction methods need to confirm the removal of the lignin and hemicellulose after the treatment process. the functional groups of lignin and hemicellulose were ensured treatment using ftir spectra as presented in figure 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 85 figure 4. ftir spectra of sc treatment using different methods: (a) soaking in water, (b) soaking in sodium bicarbonate solution, (c) boiling in a sodium hydroxide solution, and (d) soaking in sodium bicarbonate solution, followed by rinsing with water and boiling in the distilled vinegar solution. figure 4 depicts the absorption peak observed through the treated sc. the absorption peak observed around 1728 cm⁻ ¹ was derived from the c=o stretching vibration of carboxylic groups of hemicellulose and lignin. the c=c stretching vibration of the aromatic ring in lignin contributes to the absorption peak observed around 1637 cm⁻ ¹. the absorption peak observed around 1246 cm⁻ ¹ is due to the c–o stretching vibration of the aryl group in lignin [12]. the spectra show that methods (b), (c), and (d) have been affected by reducing the lignin at 1728 cm⁻ ¹ (c=o) and 1637 cm⁻ ¹ (c=c). the method (d) showed significantly better decomposition of c–o stretching vibration (1246 cm⁻ ¹) than other methods. this study confirms that alkali treatment increases fiber roughness, exposes cellulose, and enhances bonding with hydrophobic polymers [11, 13, 14]. then, this research chose the method (d) of soaking in sodium bicarbonate solution, followed by rinsing with water and boiling in vinegar solution, because sc significantly exhibited less decomposition and hemicellulose and lignin were ideally removed, confirmed by ftir spectra [12, 15]. 3.2. physical properties of the composites the composite sheets fabricated from treated sc were examined for their effectiveness as the sc content increased by 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10 wt% to pla. figure 5 shows visible sc dispersions tend to be uniform when sc content increases. the textures of the composites resemble the oriented standard board (osb). the uniform dispersion of the 10 wt% sc sheet looks smooth and fine to the touch, resembling the single and double-layer sheets illustrated in figure 6. figure 5. characteristics of random dispersions pla-sc composites figure 6. characteristics of single and double sandwich pla-sc composites hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 86 the composites exhibited weights between 9.2467 to 10.0693 kg/m² with densities ranging from 980.4689 to 1043.9783 kg/m³, as shown in table 1. these are similar to 9 mm mdf, which weighs approximately 9.0278 kg/m². compared to other materials, as shown in table 2, the composites are lighter than a wood-cement board with 8 to 10 mm thicknesses, weighing approximately 10.4167 kg/m² to 13.8889 kg/m². however, the composites are heavier than 10 mm plywood, 10 mm osb, and 12 mm gypsum board, which weigh approximately 5.2083 kg/m², 7.0546 kg/m², and 7.200 kg/m², respectively. table 1. physical properties of pla-sc composites thickness (m) width (m) length (m) weight (kg) density (kg/m3) weight (kg/m2) neat pla 0.0091 0.1498 0.1487 0.2305 1135.1485 10.3478 2 wt% 0.0092 0.1504 0.1491 0.2121 1032.4568 9.4583 4 wt% 0.0096 0.1490 0.1500 0.2094 980.4689 9.3691 6 wt% 0.0095 0.1486 0.1505 0.2185 1029.4585 9.7700 8 wt% 0.0097 0.1507 0.1491 0.2165 990.1842 9.6353 10 wt% 0.0097 0.1494 0.1493 0.2246 1043.9783 10.0693 single sandwich 0.0094 0.1500 0.1500 0.2112 1006.2199 9.3867 double sandwich 0.0093 0.1489 0.1494 0.2057 1000.3209 9.2467 table 2. physical properties of plywood, mdf boards, osb boards, wood-cement board, and gypsum board [16-22] thickness (m) width (m) length (m) weight (kg) density (kg/m3) plywood 0.010 1.200 2.400 0.2–0.8 500–800 mdf (medium-density fiberboard) 0.009 1.200 2.400 0.3–0.6 700–850 osb (oriented strand board) 0.009 1.220 2.440 0.4–0.7 650–750 wood-cement board 0.008 1.200 2.400 0.5–0.8 900–1500 gypsum board 0.009 1.200 2.400 4–6 0.15–0.23 3.3. morphological analysis of the pla-sc composites a fluorescence stereoscope was used to confirm the dispersion behavior of sc fiber in the pla matrix. figure 7 shows low contents of 2wt% and 4wt% sc to pla, revealing non-uniform dispersion. at a concentration of 6wt% and higher, sc to pla demonstrates a noticeable decrease in the distance between sc as the sc content increases. it indicated a more uniform dispersion of sc [23, 24]. the layered compositions of sc single and double-layer sheets, as shown in figure 8, illustrate that the single is in the middle of the composite sheet, while the double sheet reveals the gap between the two sc layered sheets. figure 7. sc dispersions of the composites with top and cross-sectional view of the composites based on random dispersion, (a–b) 2wt%sc-r, (c–d) 4wt%sc-r, (e–f) 6wt%sc-r, and (g–h) 8wt% sc-r, (i-j) 12wt%sc-r hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 87 figure 8. top and cross-sectional view of the single and double layering of sc sheets, (a–b) single-layer sheet and (c–d) double-layer sheet 3.4. mechanical and thermal properties of pla-sc composites the dispersion of sc in pla significantly impacted the mechanical and thermal properties of the composites. these properties promote a practical essential when selecting or using the material. mechanical properties in this paper were demonstrated in terms of modulus of rupture (mor). the results were regarding astm c293 applying a center-point loading system to measure the mor of the composites, as shown in figure 9. figure 9. modulus of rupture (mor) of the composites with different sc random dispersion 0-10 wt%, single-layer sheet, and double-layer sheet figure 9 reveals a material's resistance to bending stresses. the mor values of the composite typically range from 5.470 to 12549 mpa. these ranges were more likely to be made of gypsum boards, which illustrated the mor, typically ranging from 6 to 10 mpa, depending on board composition, reinforcement, and manufacturing process [10]. the insufficient strength of the fiber-matrix adhesion impedes effective load transfer, reducing the material's flexural strength [4]. this was due to the dispersed sc within the pla matrix, which created an interfacial bond between the sc and pla. increasing sc content resulted in an increase in mor compared to neat pla. at 2, 4, and 6 wt% sc to pla, the mor was measured at 5.470, 6.246, and 8.742 mpa, which is lower than the neat pla (11.241 mpa). at 10 wt% sc, the mor was measured at 12.256 mpa, which is higher than the neat pla. the reduced distance between the fiber and matrix and well-distributed, as shown in figures 7 and 8, effectively strengthened the bond between the reinforcement and the matrix. considering the layering sheets, the double-layer sheet yielded the highest mor of 12.549 mpa. the single-layer sheet yielded 10.131 mpa, similar to but lower than the neat pla. this examines increasing the number of layers augmented the fiber fraction, enhancing the reinforcing of the composite [23, 24]. in this research, the thermal conductivity was measured to observe heat insulation properties. the thermal conductivity of the k-value of the composites is presented in figure 10. the study found that the single and doublelayer sheets presented the highest thermal conductivity, approximately measured at 0.12330 w/m·k, 11.08% higher than neat pla measured at 0.1100 w/m·k. at 2 and 4 wt%, sc showed results similar to the layering sheets. the 6, 8, and 10 wt% sc illustrated the lowest k-value similarly measured at 0.1100 w/m·k. increasing sc to pla decreased the k-value for the random dispersion. this suggests that sc dispersion enhances the thermal insulation properties of the composites depending on sc content. this shows significant improvement in heat transfer performance, which is 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 neat pla 2wt%sc 4wt%sc 6wt%sc 8wt%sc 10wt%sc single sheet-sc double sheet-sc m o d u lu s o f r u p tu r e ( m p a ) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 88 linked to the fibrous structure that aids in thermal conduction from the sc sheet [25, 26]. the k-values are identical to plywood, medium-density fiberboards (mdf), and oriented strand board (osb), as shown in table 3, demonstrating kvalues of approximately 0.1100 to 0.1300 w/m·k, currently in use. figure 10. the k-value of neat pla, random, and sandwich pla-sc composites table 3. comparative properties and applications of common construction and composite materials [16-22] material weight (kg) density (kg/m³) mor (mpa) k-value (w/m·k) applications plywood 0.2–0.8 500–800 6–12 0.11–0.13 flooring, cabinetry, wall panels mdf (medium-density fiberboard) 0.3–0.6 700–850 6–12 0.10–0.12 furniture, doors, decorative panels osb (oriented strand board) 0.4–0.7 650–750 6–8 0.11–0.13 subflooring, wall sheathing, roofing wood-cement board 0.5–0.8 900–1500 8–12 0.13–0.17 cladding, wet area tiles gypsum board 0.2–0.4 600–700 4–6 0.15–0.23 interior walls, ceilings natural fiber composites 0.3–0.6 900–1100 6–12 0.10–0.12 sustainable construction panels fiberboards (mdf/hdf) 0.4–0.6 700–850 8–12 0.11–0.13 flooring, soundproofing, panels the result of pla composites neat pla 0.2305 1135.15 11.24 0.11 the interior is decorated with flooring, cabinetry, wall panels, furniture, doors, decorative panels, and sustainable construction panels. pla/2w%sc 0.2121 1032.46 5.47 0.12 pla/4wt%sc 0.2094 980.47 6.25 0.12 pla/6wt%sc 0.2185 1029.46 8.74 0.11 pla/8 wt%sc 0.2165 990.18 10.93 0.11 pla/10 wt%sc 0.2246 1043.98 12.26 0.11 single sandwich 0.2112 1006.22 10.13 0.12 double sandwich 0.2057 1000.32 12.55 0.12 4. conclusion the physical and mechanical properties of the composite revealed that sb impurities can be treated using a natural alkalized solution, common household chemicals such as baking soda and distilled vinegar. it effectively removed surface impurities, hemicellulose, and lignin from the sc while keeping the cellulose content, different from naoh extraction, which illustrates the decomposition of the cellulose’s surface. reinforcing the treated sc in pla significantly improved the properties of the resulting composites. the research observed that the weights and densities of the composites at random dispersion of 2 wt% to 8 wt% were identically comparable to panel materials currently in use. the composites exhibited much better mechanical properties, modulus of rupture, and thermal conductivity. increased sc content tended to increase the modulus of rupture (mor). at 10 wt% sc, the modulus of rupture (mor) is consistent with the neat pla. according to the morphology, the dispersion behavior of the sc indicates a uniform dispersion when sc increases. it was effective pla and sc bonding. the singleand double-layer compositions demonstrated a good 0.11 0.12 0.12 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.12 0.12 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 neat pla pla/2w%sc pla/4wt%sc pla/6wt%sc pla/8 wt%sc pla/10 wt%sc single-sheet sc double-sheet sc t h e r m a l c o n d u c ti v it y ( k -v a lu e s) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 89 mechanical property of mor, which was comparable to neat pla. considering in terms of thermal properties, it indicated increasing sc content of random sc enhances the thermal insulation of random dispersion composites. the utilization of pla-sc composites, as illustrated in table 3, revealed the comparative characteristics and applications of prevalent building and composite materials. in conclusion, the composite can be applied to interior decoration, including flooring, cabinetry, wall panels, furniture, doors, ornamental panels, and sustainable building panels. the advantage lies in its minimal weight, while the modulus of rupture (mor) and k-values remain comparable. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, w.c. and a.m.; methodology, w.p. and w.c.; software, w.p. and w.c.; validation, b.c., s.p., and p.t.; formal analysis, w.c., a.m., and p.t.; investigation, w.p. and w.c.; resources, w.c. and a.m.; data curation, w.c. and w.p.; writing—original draft preparation, w.p.; writing—review and editing, a.m. and w.c.; visualization, b.c., s.p., and p.t.; supervision, a.m.; project administration, a.m.; funding acquisition, a.m. and w.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] gamage, a., thiviya, p., liyanapathiranage, a., wasana, m. l. d., jayakodi, y., bandara, a., manamperi, a., dassanayake, r. s., evon, p., merah, o., & madhujith, t. (2024). polysaccharide-based bioplastics: eco-friendly and sustainable solutions for packaging. journal of composites science, 8(10), 413. doi:10.3390/jcs8100413. [2] jayarathna, s., andersson, m., & andersson, r. (2022). recent advances in starch-based blends and composites for bioplastics applications. polymers, 14(21), 4557. doi:10.3390/polym14214557. [3] adebowale, s. (2024). green architecture: embracing bioplastics for sustainable design. samjades building construction (nig ltd), lagos, nigeria. available online: https://sameerabuildingconstruction.com/green-architecture-embracing-bioplastics-forsustainable-design/#google_vignette (accessed on february 2025). [4] bioplastics magazine. (2021). bioplastics in home construction and design. bioplastics magazine, mönchengladbach germany. available online: https://www.bioplasticsmagazine.com/en/news/meldungen/20210521-bioplastics-in-home-construction.php (accessed on february 2025). [5] ajala, e. o., ighalo, j. o., ajala, m. a., adeniyi, a. g., & ayanshola, a. m. (2021). sugarcane bagasse: a biomass sufficiently applied for improving global energy, environment and economic sustainability. bioresources and bioprocessing, 8(1), 87. doi:10.1186/s40643-021-00440-z. [6] oliveira, p. r., ribeiro filho, s. l. m., panzera, t. h., christoforo, a. l., durão, l. m. p., & scarpa, f. (2021). hybrid polymer composites made of sugarcane bagasse fibres and disposed rubber particles. polymers and polymer composites, 29(9), s1280– s1293. doi:10.1177/0967391120943459. [7] durão, l. m. p., matos, j. e., alves, j., filho, s. m. r., panzera, t. h., & scarpa, f. (2023). experimental study of drilling damage outcomes in hybrid composites with waste micro-inclusions. materials, 16(23), 7325. doi:10.3390/ma16237325. [8] rezende, c. a., de lima, m., maziero, p., deazevedo, e., garcia, w., & polikarpov, i. (2011). chemical and morphological characterization of sugarcane bagasse submitted to a delignification process for enhanced enzymatic digestibility. biotechnology for biofuels, 4, 54. doi:10.1186/1754-6834-4-54. https://sameerabuildingconstruction.com/green-architecture-embracing-bioplastics-for-sustainable-design/#google_vignette https://sameerabuildingconstruction.com/green-architecture-embracing-bioplastics-for-sustainable-design/#google_vignette https://www.bioplasticsmagazine.com/en/news/meldungen/20210521-bioplastics-in-home-construction.php hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 90 [9] ferreira, d. p., cruz, j., & fangueiro, r. (2019). surface modification of natural fibers in polymer composites. green composites for automotive applications, 3-41. doi:10.1016/b978-0-08-102177-4.00001-x. [10] jannah, m., mariatti, m., abu bakar, a., & abdul khalil, h. p. s. (2009). effect of chemical surface modifications on the properties of woven banana-reinforced unsaturated polyester composites. journal of reinforced plastics and composites, 28(12), 1519–1532. doi:10.1177/0731684408090366. [11] wulandari, w. t., rochliadi, a., & arcana, i. m. (2016). nanocellulose prepared by acid hydrolysis of isolated cellulose from sugarcane bagasse. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 107(1), 12045. doi:10.1088/1757899x/107/1/012045. [12] sallehuddin, n. j., & ismail, h. (2020). treatment’s effect on mechanical properties of kenaf bast/natural rubber latex foam. bioresources, 15(4), 9507–9522. doi:10.15376/biores.15.4.9507-9522. [13] ma, y., wang, c., & chu, f. (2017). effects of fiber surface treatments on the properties of wood fiber-phenolic foam composites. bioresources, 12(3), 4722–4736. doi:10.15376/biores.12.3.4722-4736. [14] njom, a. e., mewoli, a., ndengue, m. j., ebanda, f. b., nitidem, a. d., otiti, s. b., ... & ateba, a. (2022). hybrid composite based on natural rubber reinforced with short fibers of the triumfetta cordifolia/saccharum officinarum l.: performance evaluation. journal of minerals and materials characterization and engineering, 10(5), 385-399. doi:10.4236/jmmce.2022.105027. [15] zimmer, a., & bachmann, s. a. l. (2023). challenges for recycling medium-density fiberboard (mdf). results in engineering, 19, 101277. doi:10.1007/s00107-018-1326-8. [16] kabir, m. m., wang, h., lau, k. t., & cardona, f. (2012). chemical treatments on plant-based natural fibre reinforced polymer composites: an overview. composites part b: engineering, 43(7), 2883–2892. doi:10.1016/j.compositesb.2012.04.053. [17] thakur, v. k., & thakur, m. k. (2014). processing and characterization of natural cellulose fibers/thermoset polymer composites. carbohydrate polymers, 109, 102–117. doi:10.1016/j.carbpol.2014.03.039. [18] xue, y., lofland, s., & hu, x. (2019). thermal conductivity of protein-based materials: a review. polymers, 11(3), 565–576. doi:10.3390/polym11030456. [19] hiziroglu, s. (2010). oriented strand board as a building material. oklahoma cooperative extension service, oklahoma, united states. available online: https://openresearch.okstate.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/05f0c6ff-56a3-48b5-8e76-7d7c186372c6/content (accessed on february 2025). [20] bartos, a., kócs, j., anggono, j., móczó, j., & pukánszky, b. (2021). effect of fiber attrition, particle characteristics and interfacial adhesion on the properties of pp/sugarcane bagasse fiber composites. polymer testing, 98, 106273. doi:10.1016/j.polymertesting.2021.107189. [21] maharana, s. m., samal, p., dehury, j., & mohanty, p. p. (2020). effect of fiber content and orientation on mechanical properties of epoxy composites reinforced with jute and kevlar. materials today: proceedings, 26, 273-277. doi:10.1016/j.matpr.2019.11.239. [22] ramachandran, a., mavinkere rangappa, s., kushvaha, v., khan, a., seingchin, s., & dhakal, h. n. (2022). modification of fibers and matrices in natural fiber reinforced polymer composites: a comprehensive review. macromolecular rapid communications, 43(17), 2100862. doi:10.1002/marc.202100862. [23] wang, c., li, k. z., li, h. j., jiao, g. s., lu, j., & hou, d. s. (2008). effect of carbon fiber dispersion on the mechanical properties of carbon fiber-reinforced cement-based composites. materials science and engineering: a, 487(1-2), 52-57. doi:10.1016/j.msea.2007.09.073. [24] osugi, r., takagi, h., liu, k., & gennai, y. (2009). thermal conductivity behavior of natural fiber-reinforced composites. proceedings of the asian pacific conference for materials and mechanics, yokohama, japan. [25] nirmal kumar, k., dinesh babu, p., surakasi, r., kumar, p. m., ashokkumar, p., khan, r., ... & gebreyohannes, d. t. (2022). mechanical and thermal properties of bamboo fiber–reinforced pla polymer composites: a critical study. international journal of polymer science, 2022(1), 1332157. doi:10.1155/2022/1332157. [26] ashori, a. (2008). wood-plastic composites as promising green-composites for automotive industries! bioresource technology, 99(11), 4661–4667. doi:10.1016/j.biortech.2007.09.043. https://openresearch.okstate.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/05f0c6ff-56a3-48b5-8e76-7d7c186372c6/content available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 216 issn: 2723-9535 examining user satisfaction and continuous usage intention of digital financial advisory platforms athapol ruangkanjanases 1 , taqwa hariguna 2* 1 department of commerce, chulalongkorn business school, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, 10330, thailand. 2 department of information system and magister computer sciences, universitas amikom purwokerto, purwokerto utara, 53127, indonesia. received 02 november 2024; revised 07 january 2025; accepted 19 january 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract this study investigates the factors influencing user satisfaction (us) and continuous intention (ci) to use digital financial advisory platforms in indonesia, focusing on perceived ease of use (peu), perceived enjoyment (pe), and service quality (sq). data from 413 respondents were collected through an online survey and analyzed using structural equation modeling (sem) with smartpls. results revealed that peu significantly influences pe (β = 0.923, t-value = 88.677, p < 0.001) and ci (β = 0.471, t-value = 13.950, p < 0.001), demonstrating the critical role of usability in enhancing user engagement. pe positively affects us (β = 0.211, t-value = 7.248, p < 0.001), while sq strongly predicts us (β = 0.773, t-value = 29.423, p < 0.001). the strong impact of the us on ci (β = 0.518, t-value = 15.117, p < 0.001) highlights satisfaction’s importance for user retention. r-squared values of 0.851 for pe, 0.876 for us, and 0.878 for ci indicate substantial explanatory power. this study extends the technology acceptance model (tam) by integrating enjoyment and sq, offering a comprehensive framework for understanding user behavior in digital finance. findings underscore the need for user-friendly design, engaging features, and high service standards to enhance satisfaction and retention. keywords: continuous usage intention; digital financial advisory; perceived ease of use; perceived enjoyment; service quality. 1. introduction in recent years, the financial industry has witnessed a significant transformation driven by technological advancements. among the various innovations, digital financial advisory platforms have emerged as a pivotal development, revolutionizing access to financial advice. these platforms leverage advanced algorithms and user-friendly interfaces to provide personalized financial advice, making it more accessible to a broader audience. while numerous studies have explored general trends in fintech and digital financial services, fewer studies have focused on understanding integrated user experiences and satisfaction within digital advisory platforms, particularly in emerging markets like indonesia. the rapid growth of these platforms is evident as they cater to the evolving needs of users who seek convenience, efficiency, and tailored financial solutions. the proliferation of smartphones and internet penetration has further accelerated the adoption of digital financial advisory services, positioning them as indispensable tools in modern financial management [1, 2]. a digital financial advisory platform is a technology-driven service that utilizes algorithms, artificial intelligence, and automation to provide users with personalized financial advice and management [3, 4]. these platforms function as digital tools offering tailored financial guidance, investment recommendations, and * corresponding author: taqwa@amikompurwokerto.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-015  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6766-5785 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1801-6791 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 217 portfolio management without extensive human intervention [5]. robo-advisory services, powered by advanced technologies like artificial intelligence, can create customized investment strategies based on individual preferences and risk profiles [6]. however, there remains a gap in understanding how factors like perceived ease of use (peu), perceived enjoyment (pe), and service quality (sq) collectively impact user satisfaction (us) and continuous usage intention (ci) within these platforms. existing models, while informative, often fall short of addressing the unique challenges and user expectations in the context of digital financial advisory platforms. digital financial platforms, including robo-advisory services, are instrumental in democratizing access to financial services and enhancing financial literacy [7, 8]. they empower individuals, including lay investors, to make well-informed investment decisions, practice sustainable investing, and navigate personal finance complexities conveniently and user-friendly [9, 10]. despite these benefits, barriers such as financial literacy, usability challenges, and user trust must be addressed to fully realize their potential [reference]. additionally, integrating technologies like digital twin (dt) in robo-advisory services enriches the user experience by providing dynamic and comprehensive financial advice [11]. the adoption of digital financial platforms, such as robo-advisory services, is influenced by factors like usability, trust, and perceived helpfulness. these platforms are designed to deliver efficient and user-centric financial solutions, aiming to boost financial inclusion, economic growth, and overall financial well-being [12, 13]. nonetheless, challenges persist in ensuring regulatory compliance, user data security, and user engagement, particularly when users prefer human advisors for complex or personalized financial decisions. addressing these issues requires a nuanced understanding of user expectations and satisfaction [14]. ensuring the security and integrity of transactions and user data is paramount in the digital financial space [15, 16]. this study seeks to fill a critical gap by examining integrated user experiences through the combined influence of peu, pe, and sq on us and ci in digital financial advisory platforms. moreover, the rapid digitalization of financial services brings challenges related to financial literacy, usability, and governance [5]. while digital platforms offer numerous benefits to customers, such as convenience and accessibility, they also pose challenges in terms of ensuring that users have the necessary knowledge and skills to navigate these platforms effectively. another critical challenge is the need for personalized and tailored financial advice. while robo-advisory services offer automated investment recommendations, some users may still prefer human financial advisors for more customized guidance, especially when investment decisions are complex or require high involvement [6]. recent studies have further explored the complexities of consumer behavior and the evolving role of robo-advisory services in the post-covid-19 era. the limited focus on holistic models examining peu, pe, and sq collectively highlights a significant gap in the existing literature. addressing this gap can provide a deeper understanding of user satisfaction and continuous engagement in the digital financial advisory sector. research shows that perceived interactivity and quality play a significant role in shaping behavioral intention, particularly in virtual environments, such as online financial conferences and platforms [17]. the rise of artificial intelligence (ai)-empowered financial advisory services has also transformed how financial advice is delivered, challenging traditional models of human interaction in financial management [18]. this study builds upon these insights by developing and validating an integrated model tailored to the unique characteristics and user needs of digital financial platforms. robo-advisors are expected to continue reshaping the financial landscape, as their ease of use and low fees make them accessible to a wider segment of the population, forcing traditional advisors to adapt to the changing market [19]. moreover, factors such as perceived value, risk, and financial knowledge have been identified as key drivers of consumer adoption of robo-advisory services, highlighting the importance of addressing user concerns and improving perceived reliability and trust [20]. these insights suggest that while robo-advisory services offer significant potential for financial inclusion, their success depends on effectively managing user expectations, perceived value, and the evolving technological landscape. additionally, integrating digital banking technology and its impact on various industries, such as the hotel sector, presents challenges in educating the population about the functionalities and benefits of these platforms [21, 22]. overcoming the barriers to adopting and using digital financial platforms in different sectors is essential for maximizing their potential benefits [23, 24]. furthermore, the potential for intelligent investment advisory platforms to engage in illicit activities, such as deceptive marketing and unauthorized fundraising, poses a significant challenge that requires robust regulatory frameworks and oversight [14]. ensuring compliance with financial regulations and ethical standards is crucial for maintaining the integrity of digital financial advisory services. another challenge is the need for continuous innovation and updates to keep the platform relevant and valuable for users. the financial industry is dynamic, with frequent changes in market conditions, regulations, and user preferences. digital financial advisory platforms must continuously adapt to these changes by updating their algorithms, enhancing user interfaces, and integrating new features. this requires significant investment in technology and human resources, which can be a strain on the operational capabilities of the platforms [25]. additionally, ensuring data security and maintaining user trust is critical, as any breach or misuse of financial data can lead to a loss of users and potential legal repercussions. understanding the factors influencing user satisfaction (us) and continuous intention (ci) is paramount for addressing these challenges. the us is influenced by various factors, including perceived ease of use (peu), enjoyment, and service quality (sq) provided by the platform. if users find the platform easy to navigate and enjoyable to use and perceive the sq to be high, they are more likely to be satisfied. this satisfaction, in turn, influences their intention to hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 218 continue using the platform. ci is crucial for the long-term success of digital financial advisory platforms, as it ensures a stable user base and contributes to positive word-of-mouth and brand loyalty. moreover, gaining insights into these factors can help platform providers design and implement strategies that enhance user experience and engagement. for example, by identifying the key determinants of the us, providers can prioritize improvements in areas with the most significant impact on user retention. understanding the relationship between these factors and ci enables providers to predict user behavior and take proactive measures to prevent churn. in the context of the indonesian market, where digital literacy and financial behaviors are rapidly evolving, such insights are invaluable for creating tailored solutions that resonate with the local user base and drive sustained growth. despite the progress made in understanding these individual factors, few recent studies have examined integrated models that combine peu, pe, sq, and their collective influence on us and ci specifically in digital financial platforms over the past two to three years that need to be developed. an integrated approach is essential to fully comprehend the multifaceted nature of user experiences and decision-making processes on digital platforms. considering how these variables interact and influence each other, existing models may provide an incomplete picture, limiting their practical applicability for platform developers and marketers aiming to enhance user retention and engagement. furthermore, the empirical evidence on how these factors interplay to influence the us and ci remains limited. most studies have been conducted in contexts different from digital financial advisory platforms, such as e-commerce or general technology adoption, which may only partially translate to the specific nuances of financial advisory services. the unique characteristics of these platforms, such as the complexity of financial products and the need for personalized advice, necessitate a tailored investigation into the combined effects of peu, pe, and sq [26]. addressing this gap is crucial for developing more effective strategies to improve the us and foster long-term usage intentions in the digital financial advisory sector. to bridge this gap, the present study aims to develop and validate an integrated model that combines these key variables and examines their collective impact on the us and ci. by doing so, it seeks to provide a more comprehensive understanding of the user experience in digital financial advisory platforms and offer actionable insights for enhancing user engagement and retention. this research fills this gap by providing a validated model that will contribute to the existing literature by filling the void of integrated models and providing empirical evidence specific to the digital financial advisory context platforms, particularly within the indonesian market. the primary objective of this study is to develop and validate an integrated model that elucidates the factors influencing the us and ci of digital financial advisory platforms. by synthesizing insights from existing literature and addressing the identified research gaps, this study aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of the complex interplay between various determinants of the us and their subsequent impact on users' intentions to continue using these platforms. the goal is to create a robust framework that can guide platform developers and marketers in designing more user-centric and effective digital financial advisory services. the study will specifically focus on the relationships between peu, pe, sq, us, and ci to achieve this objective. peu refers to the degree to which users believe that using the platform will be free from effort, which is crucial for user adoption and continued use. pe captures how users find the platform enjoyable, enhancing their overall experience. sq encompasses various dimensions of the service provided by the platform, such as reliability, responsiveness, and competence, all of which significantly affect user perceptions and satisfaction. us is a critical mediator in this model, linking the antecedent factors (peu, pe, and sq) to the outcome variable, ci. ci denotes the user's intention to keep using the platform in the future, which is vital for the platform's longterm success and sustainability. by examining these relationships in an integrated manner, this study aims to uncover these variables' direct, indirect, and mediated effects, providing a nuanced understanding of how each factor contributes to us and ci. this research offers theoretical contributions by extending the technology acceptance model (tam) through the integration of enjoyment and service quality, providing a more holistic understanding of user satisfaction in the context of digital finance. through this comprehensive investigation, the study will contribute to the theoretical advancement in digital financial advisory services by offering a validated model that integrates critical determinants of us and ci. furthermore, the empirical findings will provide actionable insights for practitioners, enabling them to implement targeted strategies that enhance the us and foster long-term engagement with their platforms. in a post-pandemic digital economy, these insights are particularly valuable as financial advisory platforms must adapt to changing user behaviors and preferences, ensuring user-centered design and engagement. this research is particularly relevant in the indonesian context, where the digital financial advisory market is burgeoning, and understanding local user behavior is crucial for success. in summary, this study contributes to the existing literature by developing and validating an integrated model that explores the interplay between peu, pe, sq, us, and ci in digital financial advisory platforms. by focusing on the indonesian market, where digital literacy is rapidly evolving, this research offers actionable insights to enhance user engagement, satisfaction, and retention, bridging critical gaps in existing models and providing a comprehensive framework for platform development and user experience optimization. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 219 2. literature review 2.1. perceived ease of use (peu) peu is a fundamental concept in technology acceptance and user experience. it refers to the degree to which a person believes that using a particular system or technology will be free of effort. peu is a critical determinant in the technology acceptance model (tam), introduced by davis [27], which posits that ease of use directly influences the acceptance and usage of technology. in digital financial advisory platforms, peu pertains to how intuitively users can navigate the platform, understand its features, and accomplish their financial management tasks with minimal difficulty. the easier a platform is to use, the more likely users are to adopt and continue using it. peu is a crucial factor influencing the adoption and acceptance of digital financial platforms. research has shown that users are more likely to adopt digital financial services, such as robo-advisory platforms, when they perceive them as helpful, easy to use, and free of challenges [28]. factors such as financial literacy, trust, service quality (sq), and perceived usefulness contribute to users' perception of the ease of use of fintech services [29]. in the context of digital trade adoption, perceived usefulness and peu are critical determinants of individuals' attitudes and intentions to use digital trade platforms [30]. similarly, for msmes in indonesia, peu and perceived usefulness significantly affect the behavioral intention to use fintech services, as demonstrated in the analysis of msmes' adoption of fintech technologies [31]. additionally, factors like perceived usefulness, credibility, intention to use, and actual use play a role in determining consumer acceptance of digital financial inclusion, with peu being a significant component of the tam [32]. moreover, integrating e-trust with the tam model has shown that peu positively affects perceived usefulness and attitude toward digital financial services [33]. in digital financial advisory platforms, peu can reduce user resistance to complex financial tools, fostering a more seamless and sustained engagement. understanding the role of peu in shaping user perceptions and behaviors is crucial for designing effective digital financial advisory platforms that meet user needs and expectations. 2.2. perceived enjoyment (pe) pe is a crucial factor in understanding user interactions with technology, particularly in the context of digital financial advisory platforms. pe refers to the extent to which the activity of using a specific technology or platform is perceived to be enjoyable and intrinsically satisfying, independent of any performance consequences. in simpler terms, it is the pleasure derived from the experience of using the technology itself. this concept is especially relevant in the adoption of new technologies, where users' emotional responses can significantly influence their overall satisfaction and continued engagement. to comprehend the pe of users towards digital financial advisory platforms, it is crucial to consider the subjective psychological experience users have when interacting with these platforms. pe significantly influences users' intention to use digital platforms, as it contributes to making the experience enjoyable, attractive, and interesting [34]. users are more likely to engage with and continue using digital financial platforms when they find the experience enjoyable and satisfying [35]. additionally, pe is linked to satisfaction and can strongly predict users' continuous intention (ci) to utilize digital services [36]. research indicates that pe positively influences users' attitudes and intentions towards digital financial services [37]. intrinsic motivation drives users to adopt new technologies and platforms [38]. moreover, pe is associated with satisfaction and can enhance users' overall experience with digital platforms, leading to increased engagement and continued usage [39]. this finding aligns with recent research in the mobile payment space, which highlights that perceived enjoyment and usefulness are crucial factors shaping continuance intention (ci), as users tend to continue using platforms that provide both utility and satisfaction [40]. in the context of digital financial advisory platforms, ensuring that users perceive the experience as enjoyable, interactive, and satisfying is crucial for fostering engagement and promoting adoption. factors such as visual appeal, interactivity, and convenience can contribute to enhancing users' pe of these platforms [41, 42]. by focusing on creating a user-friendly, visually appealing, and engaging interface, digital financial advisory platforms can enhance users' pe, leading to increased satisfaction and continued usage. this interconnected relationship underscores the importance of designing digital financial advisory platforms that prioritize usability and enjoyment to achieve higher user satisfaction (us) and foster long-term engagement. 2.3. service quality (sq) sq is a critical concept in digital financial advisory platforms, as it directly influences user perceptions and satisfaction. sq refers to the overall assessment of the performance of a service, encompassing various dimensions such as reliability, responsiveness, assurance, empathy, and tangibles. in digital financial advisory platforms, sq signifies the degree to which the service meets or exceeds user expectations, ensuring a seamless, efficient, and trustworthy experience. high sq is essential for establishing user trust and satisfaction, which are paramount for the sustained success of these platforms. various studies have highlighted the importance of sq in enhancing customer satisfaction on different digital platforms. research by ibrahim et al. [43] explores the determinants of sq in robo-advisor platforms, emphasizing factors such as the accuracy of financial advice, user interface design, response time, transparency, and communication efficiency. research by egala et al. [44] discusses the impact of digital banking sq dimensions like ease of use, efficiency, privacy/security, and reliability on customer satisfaction and retention intentions. research by hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 220 mainardes & freitas [45] underscores the significance of providing maximum sq to users of investment platforms, including factors like smooth connection, responsiveness of the application, good user interface, user consultation services, and minimal interference or problems, to enhance user satisfaction (us) and positive impressions. research by piotrowski & orzeszko [46] identifies a positive correlation between sq measures, experience, satisfaction, and loyalty with trust in the provider, highlighting the importance of sq in building trust and enhancing customer satisfaction. additionally, bai [47] reveals a positive association between robo-advisory usage and perceived financial satisfaction, indicating the role of robo-advisory services in improving customer satisfaction in the financial domain. moreover, research integrating servqual and the technology acceptance model (tam) has shown that sq plays a significant role in the utilization of fintech services, influencing both perceived usefulness and user behavior in financial platforms [48]. in digital financial advisory platforms, maintaining high sq is crucial for attracting and retaining users, ultimately driving the platform's success in a competitive market. 2.4. user satisfaction (us) the us is critical in studying digital services, particularly within digital financial advisory platforms. us refers to the degree to which users are content with their service experience, encompassing their overall happiness and fulfillment derived from the interaction. it is a comprehensive measure of the effectiveness, efficiency, and pleasure associated with the service. high levels of us are essential for the success of digital platforms as they lead to increased user retention, positive word-of-mouth, and higher user engagement. these references provide insights into the us with digital financial advisory platforms, discussing usability, sq, customer satisfaction, and the impact of digital technology on user experiences. research by abrantes et al. [49] conducted a usability study on a multipurpose platform for ambient assisted living (activeadvice). the study found high task completion rates and reasonable participant satisfaction rates with the platform. research by mrkývka & šiková [4] explored the impact of implementing digital technology innovation on banking performance in indonesia, highlighting factors such as ease of use of digital services, fast response to risks, and protection of customer personal data as crucial for maintaining customer satisfaction in digital banking. research by koskelainen et al. [5] investigated the association between robo-advisory and perceived financial satisfaction. the study utilized data from the national financial capability study 2015 and conducted a logistic analysis to examine this association. research by mainardes & freitas [45] analyzed determinant factors of e-satisfaction and repurchase intention of investment platform users in indonesia, emphasizing the importance of providing high-quality services to increase user numbers and positive impressions for investment platforms. additionally, a study by mainardes et al. [50] analyzing the satisfaction of users of the ovo fintech application in denpasar found that sq and user satisfaction were strongly linked, highlighting the importance of maintaining high service standards in digital payment platforms. the critical determinants of us in digital services include peu, pe, and sq. peu refers to the user’s perception of how effortlessly they can navigate and utilize the platform. when users find the platform easy to use, it reduces their cognitive load and enhances their overall experience, leading to higher satisfaction. pe pertains to the pleasure and intrinsic satisfaction users derive from using the platform. if users enjoy the interaction with the platform, their satisfaction levels are likely to be higher. sq encompasses various dimensions, such as reliability, responsiveness, assurance, empathy, and tangibles. high sq ensures users’ expectations are met or exceeded, significantly contributing to their satisfaction. us is measured through various quantitative and qualitative methods. quantitatively, it is often assessed using surveys that include likert scale questions to gauge users' overall satisfaction levels and specific aspects of their experience. key performance indicators (kpis) such as net promoter score (nps), customer satisfaction score (csat), and customer effort score (ces) are commonly used metrics. qualitatively, us can be measured through indepth interviews, focus groups, and user feedback analysis, providing deeper insights into user experiences and perceptions. 2.5. continuous intention (ci) ci refers to a user's intention to persist in using a digital service over an extended period. in the context of digital financial advisory platforms, ci signifies a user's commitment to continually engage with the platform for their financial planning and advisory needs. this construct is crucial as it determines the long-term viability and success of the platform. high ci indicates that users find consistent value and satisfaction in the service, leading to sustained engagement and reduced churn rates. ci is not merely about frequent use but about an ongoing decision to utilize the platform as a trusted financial advisor. the us is a primary determinant of ci. when satisfied with their experience on a digital financial advisory platform, users are more likely to continue using the service. satisfaction encompasses various dimensions, including peu, pe, and sq. each of these factors contributes to a positive user experience, reinforcing the user's intention to remain engaged with the platform. research by bhattacherjee [51] and subsequent studies in information systems have consistently shown that higher levels of us lead to stronger intentions to continue using a service. besides the us, other factors also significantly influence ci. trust in the platform is critical; users need to feel confident that the platform will consistently provide accurate, secure, and reliable financial advice. the perceived value of the service, which includes the benefits users derive from using the platform relative to the costs, also plays a crucial hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 221 role. when users perceive high value, they are more likely to develop a commitment to continuous use. additionally, personalization and customization of services to meet individual user needs can enhance ci by making users feel understood and catered to on a personal level. research by kang et al. [52], considering network externalities and herding, investigated the factors influencing users' ci to use internet wealth management services. this study identified vital determinants affecting users' ci of internet wealth management services, shedding light on the factors that drive users to continue using such services. research by otuma & andako [14] explored the challenges in digital platforms for economic empowerment, aiming to enhance economic inclusion and financial independence. understanding these challenges and opportunities in digital platforms can provide insights into factors influencing users' ci to engage with financial services. research by kanapathipillai et al. [53] delved into how acceptance factors shape malaysia's banking evolution in the digital era, providing valuable insights into the factors that influence users' acceptance and continuous engagement with digital banking services. 3. material and methods the study employed a quantitative research approach using partial least squares structural equation modeling (plssem) with smartpls to analyze the relationships between the variables. smartpls software was chosen for its flexibility in handling complex models and its suitability for estimating relationships with smaller sample sizes. additionally, pls-sem is a non-parametric method, making it ideal for datasets that may not meet normality assumptions, as was the case with the slightly non-normal distribution of our data. while classical multivariate linear regression is a valid and widely used method for analyzing relationships between observed variables, it does not fully meet the requirements of this study due to the complexity of the model being tested. classical regression is limited in its ability to model latent constructs, which are unobserved variables that play a critical role in this research. us, peu, and ci, for example, are latent constructs that cannot be directly measured but are instead represented by multiple indicators. pls-sem, on the other hand, allows for the simultaneous analysis of multiple relationships between both observed and latent variables. this flexibility was necessary for understanding the complex interactions and mediation effects present in the relationships between peu, pe, sq, us, and ci. furthermore, pls-sem provides the added benefit of handling measurement errors and is more appropriate for data with slight deviations from normality, as was the case in this study. thus, while classical regression would have offered valuable insights, it would not have allowed for the comprehensive modeling of latent variables and complex relationships, which were essential to the goals of this research. pls-sem provided the necessary robustness and flexibility to address these methodological needs, ensuring a more nuanced understanding of the factors influencing us and ci in digital financial advisory platforms. a convenience sampling technique was used to collect data from users of digital financial advisory platforms in indonesia. respondents were selected based on their active use of digital financial platforms, with a minimum of three months of platform usage. exclusion criteria included users who had only signed up for platforms but had not actively used them. this method was chosen due to its practicality and ease of access to respondents who were already familiar with and actively using these platforms. the target sample size was 413 respondents. this range was selected to ensure adequate statistical power for pls-sem analysis, which requires a sufficient number of observations to produce reliable and valid results. a sample size within this range allowed for robust analysis of the hypothesized relationships among the constructs. the target population included users of digital financial advisory platforms in indonesia. these users were individuals who utilized online platforms for financial advice, investment management, and other related services. the population was diverse, encompassing a wide range of demographic characteristics, including age, gender, education level, and frequency of platform use. data were collected through an online survey using jotform. before launching the survey, a pilot test was conducted with 30 respondents to ensure clarity and reliability of the items, leading to minor adjustments in question wording. the survey was distributed to potential respondents via various online channels, including social media (e.g., facebook), email, and relevant online communities focused on finance. the data collection period took place between february and march 2024. the survey included questions designed to measure the key constructs of the study—peu, pe, sq, us, and ci—along with demographic information to provide context for the analysis. this structured and systematic approach to research design and data collection ensured that the study yielded comprehensive and reliable data for analysis, providing valuable insights into the factors that drive us and ci in digital financial advisory platforms. the research model for this study was developed to examine the relationships between critical constructs influencing us and ci in digital financial advisory platforms. the hypothesized relationships explored in this study are grounded in established theories such as the tam, user satisfaction frameworks, and service quality models. tam, introduced by davis [27], emphasizes the influence of peu and pe on user acceptance and usage behavior. in this study, tam is extended to incorporate sq as a critical determinant of us and ci to use the platform. this theoretical approach was chosen because it provides a comprehensive framework for understanding how usability, enjoyment, and service quality interact to shape user satisfaction and subsequent behaviors. by integrating tam with service quality considerations, the model reflects the unique characteristics of digital financial advisory platforms, where user interactions, trust, and service delivery play pivotal roles in influencing hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 222 user experiences. as illustrated in figure 1, these hypotheses explore the interactions between ease of use, enjoyment, service quality, user satisfaction, and continuous intention to use the platform. h1: perceived ease of use → perceived enjoyment this hypothesis posited that the ease with which users can navigate and interact with the digital financial advisory platform would positively influence their enjoyment of using the platform. easier-to-use interfaces are expected to enhance the user's overall experience, making the interaction more enjoyable. h2: perceived ease of use → continuous intention this hypothesis suggested that when users perceive the platform as easy to use, their intention to continue using it would increase. ease of use reduces the effort required to interact with the platform, making users more inclined to keep using it. h3: perceived enjoyment → user satisfaction this hypothesis suggested that when users find the platform enjoyable (pe), their overall us with it would increase. enjoyment derived from using the platform is a critical factor contributing to higher us levels. h4: service quality → user satisfaction this hypothesis proposed that the sq provided by the platform, including reliability, responsiveness, and assurance, would positively impact the us. high sq is essential for meeting user expectations and ensuring a satisfactory user experience. h5: user satisfaction → continuous intention this hypothesis posited that higher levels of us would lead to a stronger ci using the platform. satisfied users are more likely to remain loyal to the platform and continue using it in the future. to illustrate the proposed research model, a visual representation of the hypothesized relationships was created. this diagram helped to conceptualize how the constructs are interconnected and the direction of the hypothesized effects. figure 1. research framework figure 1 depicted the research framework, showing the paths between peu, pe, sq, us, and ci. the diagram provided a clear and concise visualization of the theoretical model being tested in this study, highlighting the direct and indirect relationships among the variables. by establishing these hypothesized relationships and developing a comprehensive research model, the study aimed to provide a deeper understanding of the factors that drive us and ci in digital financial advisory platforms. the framework served as a guide for the empirical analysis, ensuring that the research objectives were systematically addressed. to measure the constructs in this study—peu, pe, sq, us, and ci— reliable and valid scales will be developed or adapted from existing literature. each variable will be measured using three carefully selected indicators to ensure comprehensive coverage of the construct. table 1 provides a detailed overview of the questionnaire items for each construct, ensuring that all relevant aspects of each variable are captured accurately. this comprehensive approach ensures the reliability and validity of the measurement instruments, providing a robust foundation for subsequent data analysis (appendix i). hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 223 table 1. item questionnaire item questionnaire peu, source: adapted from davis (1989) [27] peu1 i find the app easy to use. peu2 learning to operate the app is easy for me. peu3 my interaction with the app is clear and understandable. pe, source: adapted from van der heijden (2004) [54] pe1 i enjoy using the app. pe2 using the app is fun. pe3 the app provides an enjoyable user experience. sq, source: adapted from parasuraman et al. (1985) [55] sq1 the app provides high-quality services. sq2 the app’s customer service is responsive and helpful. sq3 i am satisfied with the reliability of the app's services. us, source: adapted from oliver (1980) [56] us1 i am satisfied with my experience using the app. us2 the app meets my expectations. us3 i am happy with the decision to use this app. ci, source: adapted from bhattacherjee (2001) [51] ci1 i intend to continue using the app in the future. ci2 i will frequently use the app. ci3 i will recommend the app to others. this structured and methodical approach to developing and adapting measurement instruments ensures that the constructs are accurately and reliably measured, providing a solid basis for analyzing us and ci in the context of digital financial advisory apps in indonesia. the data analysis for this study was conducted using smartpls. the analysis proceeded in several vital steps to ensure a comprehensive evaluation of both the measurement and structural models. first, the data preparation step involved importing the collected data into smartpls, ensuring all data were clean and appropriately formatted. this step was crucial for maintaining the integrity and accuracy of the subsequent analysis. next, the model specification step defined the measurement and structural models in smartpls, specifying the relationships between the latent variables and their indicators. this step set the foundation for the sem analysis by clearly outlining how the variables were expected to interact. following model specification, the model estimation step ran the pls algorithm to estimate the parameters of the model, including path coefficients and loadings. this step provided the initial results, showing the strength and direction of the relationships between the constructs. finally, the model evaluation step assessed the quality of both the measurement model and the structural model using a series of diagnostic tests and criteria. this included evaluating the reliability and validity of the constructs, as well as the overall fit of the model to the data. each of these steps was critical in ensuring that the analysis was thorough and the results were robust and reliable. to evaluate the measurement model, we assessed the reliability and validity of the constructs using several metrics. reliability was measured using cronbach's alpha and composite reliability (cr), with values above 0.7 indicating acceptable internal consistency. cronbach's alpha measures the consistency of the items within a construct, while cr provides a more accurate measure of internal consistency. validity was assessed through convergent validity and discriminant validity. convergent validity was evaluated using the average variance extracted (ave), with values above 0.5 indicating that the construct explains more than half of the variance in its indicators. discriminant validity was evaluated using the fornell-larcker criterion, where the square root of the ave for each construct should be greater than the correlations with other constructs, ensuring that each construct is distinct and uniquely measured. to evaluate the structural model, we examined the path coefficients, hypothesis testing results, and model fit indices. path coefficients were assessed to determine the strength and direction of the relationships between constructs. hypothesis testing was conducted using the bootstrapping method with 5,000 resamples in smartpls, which generated standard errors and t-statistics for each path coefficient. bootstrapping is a non-parametric statistical method that hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 224 resamples the data multiple times to estimate the standard errors, providing robust p-values and confidence intervals for hypothesis testing. this approach does not assume normality in the data distribution, making it suitable for small sample sizes and complex models. the p-values obtained from this method were used to assess the significance of the hypothesized relationships. model fit indices included measures such as r-squared (r²) values for endogenous constructs, which indicated the proportion of variance explained by the model. these evaluations provided a comprehensive understanding of the model's explanatory power and the robustness of the relationships between the constructs. by following these steps and using these evaluation criteria, the data analysis will provide a robust and comprehensive assessment of the measurement and structural models, ensuring the validity and reliability of the findings in evaluating financial stability in digital financial advisory apps in indonesia. 4. results and discussion 4.1. descriptive statistics this study focuses on the research object of digital financial advisory apps in general. the respondents are users of various applications that provide financial advisory services through digital platforms. these apps are designed to offer users insights and guidance on managing their finances, making investment decisions, and planning for their financial future. the apps falling into this category include popular platforms used in indonesia, such as ajaib, bibit, tanamduit, bareksa, and investree. these applications leverage technology to deliver personalized financial advice, portfolio management, budgeting tools, and investment tracking, making financial advisory services more accessible to a broader audience. the demographic data provide context for the sample's composition, while the descriptive statistics offer insights into the central tendencies and variability of the variables measured. the sample consists of 413 respondents who use digital financial advisory apps in indonesia. the demographic profile of the respondents, illustrated through charts in figure 2 and summarized in table 2, offers key insights into the sample composition for this study. the gender distribution is relatively balanced, with 53% of respondents identifying as male and 47% as female, suggesting a nearly even representation that could impact perspectives on user satisfaction and continuous usage intention. in terms of education, 65% of respondents hold a college degree, while the remaining 35% do not, indicating that the majority possess a higher level of education, which may influence their interaction and engagement with digital financial advisory platforms. figure 2. demographic charts hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 225 the age distribution reveals a predominant presence of younger users, with 24% aged 18-24 and 38% aged 25-34, accounting for a combined 62% of the sample. respondents aged 35-44 comprise 20%, while older age groups, including those aged 45-54 (12%), 55-64 (4%), and 65+ (2%), are less represented. this demographic skew toward younger age brackets highlights a potentially tech-savvy user base. additionally, the frequency of app usage shows that 15% of respondents have been using the app for less than one year, 30% for 1-2 years, 40% for 3-5 years, and another 15% for more than five years, indicating a solid mix of both newer and more experienced users. together, these demographic insights provide a comprehensive understanding of the sample’s characteristics and their potential influence on the study's findings related to user satisfaction and continuous usage intention. table 2. demographic data demographic variable category frequency percentage gender male 219 53% female 194 47% education college 269 65% non-college 144 35% age 18-24 99 24% 25-34 157 38% 35-44 83 20% 45-54 50 12% 55-64 17 4% 65+ 7 2% frequency of use less than 1 year 62 15% 1-2 years 124 30% 3-5 years 165 40% more than 5 years 62 15% the descriptive statistics for the main variables—peu, pe, sq, us, and ci—provide an overview of the data distribution, with each variable measured using a 7-point likert scale. the mean scores for peu1, peu2, and peu3 are 5.8, 5.7, and 5.9, respectively, with standard deviations around 1.1, indicating that respondents generally find the app easy to use, with moderate variability. for pe, the mean scores for pe1, pe2, and pe3 are 5.6, 5.5, and 5.7, respectively, with standard deviations around 1.2, suggesting that users typically enjoy using the app, though some variability exists. the mean scores for sq are 5.4, 5.3, and 5.5 for sq1, sq2, and sq3, respectively, with standard deviations around 1.3, indicating that respondents perceive the sq as good, but with noticeable variability. the us has mean scores of 5.5, 5.4, and 5.6 for us1, us2, and us3, respectively, with standard deviations around 1.2, showing that users are generally satisfied with the app, though responses vary. finally, the mean scores for ci are 5.7, 5.6, and 5.8 for ci1, ci2, and ci3, respectively, with standard deviations around 1.1, indicating that users intend to continue using the app, with moderate variability. these descriptive statistics suggest that overall, users have positive perceptions of the digital financial advisory app's ease of use, enjoyment, sq, and satisfaction, which are likely to contribute to their intention to continue using the app. however, the variability in responses indicates that while many users have favorable experiences, there are differences in how these aspects are perceived, highlighting areas for potential improvement. the inner vif (variance inflation factor) results provide insight into the multicollinearity among the predictor variables in the structural model, shown in table 3. a vif value above 5 indicates a potential multicollinearity problem, while values between 1 and 5 are considered acceptable. in this study, the vif value for peu influencing ci is 2.726, indicating that while there is some degree of multicollinearity, it is within acceptable limits. this suggests that peu can reliably predict ci without severe multicollinearity issues. similarly, the vif value for peu influencing pe is 1.000, which shows no multicollinearity concerns, affirming that peu is an independent and strong predictor of pe. the vif value for pe affecting us is 2.072, indicating that pe can reliably predict us with acceptable multicollinearity. likewise, the vif value for sq influencing us is also 2.072, suggesting that sq is a reliable predictor of us within acceptable multicollinearity limits. lastly, the vif value for us influencing ci is 2.726, indicating that the us can reliably predict ci without significant multicollinearity issues. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 226 table 3. inner variance inflation factor (vif) results path vif value peu → ci 2.726 peu → pe 1.000 pe → us 2.072 sq → us 2.072 us → ci 2.726 4.2. measurement model evaluation the evaluation of the measurement model is critical to ensure the reliability and validity of the constructs used in this study. this section assesses the reliability through cronbach's alpha and composite reliability and evaluates the convergent and discriminant validity of the constructs. reliability refers to the consistency of a set of indicators in measuring a construct. two primary metrics are used to assess reliability: cronbach's alpha and composite reliability. cronbach's alpha values above 0.7 indicate acceptable internal consistency, while composite reliability values above 0.7 suggest good reliability (table 4). table 4. reliability analysis and convergent validity construct item factor loading cronbach's alpha composite reliability ave ci ci1 0.859 0.836 0.902 0.753 ci2 0.86 ci3 0.885 pe pe1 0.858 0.79 0.877 0.704 pe2 0.812 pe3 0.847 peu peu1 0.877 0.855 0.912 0.775 peu2 0.874 peu3 0.89 sq sq1 0.701 0.587 0.784 0.548 sq2 0.739 sq3 0.779 us us1 0.793 0.678 0.823 0.608 us2 0.767 us3 0.779 the results in table 4 show that cronbach's alpha for all constructs, except for sq and us, exceeds the threshold of 0.7, indicating good internal consistency. the cr values for all constructs are above 0.7, further confirming the reliability of the measurement model. all constructs' ave values are above 0.5, suggesting adequate convergent validity. validity assesses the extent to which the indicators measure the intended construct. convergent validity and discriminant validity are the two main types of validity evaluated. convergent validity is assessed using ave, with values above 0.5 indicating that the construct explains more than half of the variance of its indicators, confirming that the items represent the intended construct. discriminant validity ensures that each construct is distinct from the others. this is evaluated using the fornelllarcker criterion, which compares the square root of the ave of each construct with the correlations between constructs. the diagonal elements in table 5 represent the square root of the ave for each construct, and these values should be greater than the off-diagonal elements in the same row and column to confirm discriminant validity. the results show that while most constructs meet this criterion, there are potential issues with discriminant validity between some constructs, such as ci and us, as well as peu and pe. the reliability analysis, supported by cronbach's alpha and hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 227 composite reliability, demonstrates that the constructs used in this study are measured consistently and accurately. the convergent validity is confirmed by ave values above 0.5 for all constructs, indicating that the indicators appropriately represent their intended constructs. however, the discriminant validity assessment reveals potential overlaps between some constructs, suggesting that further refinement may be necessary to ensure that each construct is distinct. these findings underscore the robustness of the measurement model while highlighting areas for potential improvement in future research. table 5. discriminant validity construct ci pe peu sq us ci 0.868 pe 0.855 0.839 peu 0.883 0.923 0.880 sq 0.841 0.719 0.761 0.740 us 0.893 0.767 0.796 0.925 0.780 4.3. hypothesis testing results this section presents the detailed results for each hypothesis (h1 to h5), summarizing the path coefficients, t-values, and significance levels obtained from the structural model analysis. the hypothesis testing used bootstrapping with 5,000 resamples to calculate the standard errors, t-statistics, and p-values, ensuring the robustness of the results. the hypothesis testing results provide insights into the relationships between the constructs and validate the proposed model. h1: peu → pe the β for h1 is 0.923, with a t-value of 88.677 and a p-value of 0.000. however, it is important to note that the pvalue, as reported by smartpls, is rounded to 0.000, and the actual value is less than 0.001. this solid and significant relationship indicates that peu is a major determinant of pe. when the app is easy to navigate and use, users are more likely to find it enjoyable, emphasizing the need for user-friendly interface design. h2: peu → ci for h2, the β is 0.471, the t-value is 13.950, and the p-value is 0.000. again, while smartpls reports a p-value of 0.000, the true value is less than 0.001. this significant positive relationship suggests that when users perceive the digital financial advisory app as easy to use, they are more likely to continue using it. this finding highlights the critical role of usability in retaining users and ensuring their continuous engagement with the app. h3: pe → us the β for h3 is 0.211, with a t-value of 7.248 and a p-value of 0.000. here, too, the p-value is less than 0.001, though rounded to 0.000 by the software. this indicates a significant positive relationship between pe and us. users who find the digital financial advisory app enjoyable are more likely to be satisfied with their overall experience. the vital significance of this relationship underscores the importance of enhancing the enjoyment aspect of the app to improve us. h4: sq → us the β for h4 is 0.773, the t-value is 29.423, and the p-value is 0.000. as before, the actual p-value is less than 0.001, despite being rounded by the software. this indicates a significant and robust positive relationship between sq and us. high-quality services, including reliable performance and responsive customer support, significantly enhance us. this finding underscores the necessity of maintaining high service standards to keep users satisfied. h5: us → ci for h5, the β is 0.518, with a t-value of 15.117 and a p-value of 0.000. as in other cases, the true p-value is less than 0.001, though rounded by smartpls. this significant positive relationship indicates that higher us leads to a stronger ci using the digital financial advisory app. satisfied users are likelier to remain loyal to the app, highlighting the importance of ensuring us for long-term retention. the inner model results, including path coefficients, t-values, and significance levels, are summarized in the following table 6 and figure 3. it is important to note that the p-values displayed as 0.000 in the table are actually less than 0.001, a result of rounding by the smartpls software. these pvalues are highly significant, confirming the robustness of the proposed model. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 228 table 6. hypothesis testing results hypothesis path path coefficient t statistics p values supported h1 peu → pe 0.923 91.873 0.000 yes h2 peu → ci 0.471 13.225 0.000 yes h3 pe → us 0.211 7.628 0.000 yes h4 sq → us 0.773 30.797 0.000 yes h5 us → ci 0.518 14.378 0.000 yes figure 3. inner model results framework the hypothesis testing results confirm that all hypothesized relationships in the model are supported, with significant positive path coefficients. these results validate the proposed integrated model, demonstrating the critical roles of peu, pe, sq, and us in influencing ci of digital financial advisory apps in indonesia. these findings provide actionable insights for developers and marketers aiming to enhance user experience and retention in the competitive landscape of digital financial advisory platforms. 4.4. testing for mediating effects to assess the role of mediating variables, we conducted the sobel test to determine the significance of the mediation effects. specifically, we examined the mediation effect of pe between peu and us. the z-value for the sobel test is approximately 7.261. this value is greater than the critical value of 1.96, indicating that the mediation effect of pe between peu and us is statistically significant at the 0.05 level. next, we examined the mediation effect of user satisfaction (us) between pe and ci. the z-value for the sobel test is approximately 6.57. this value is greater than the critical value of 1.96, indicating that the mediation effect of the us between pe and ci is statistically significant at the 0.05 level. lastly, we examined the mediation effect of the us between sq and ci. the z-value for the sobel test is approximately 13.55. this value is greater than the critical value of 1.96, indicating that the mediation effect of the us between sq and ci is statistically significant at the 0.05 level. the results are summarized in the following table 7. table 7. mediation testing results construct construct relationship t-value of path coefficient sobel test peu → pe → us peu→pe 91.873 7.261 pe→us 7.628 pe→us→ci pe→us 7.628 6.57 us→ci 14.378 sq→us→ci sq→us 30.797 13.55 us→ci 14.378 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 229 5. discussion the findings of this study align with existing literature on user satisfaction (us) and continuous intention (ci) in digital financial advisory platforms, particularly in the context of digital financial advisory apps. the sample for this study was drawn from users of digital financial advisory platforms in indonesia, which may exhibit unique cultural, economic, and regulatory influences. potential variations in financial literacy, trust in technology, and attitudes towards digital finance in other regions or countries may impact user behavior differently. while the findings offer valuable insights into user satisfaction and continuous usage intentions within the indonesian context, further research is necessary to determine if these relationships hold true across diverse markets. when applying this model in other settings, it may require adaptation, such as the inclusion of additional variables to reflect localized user behavior or regulatory conditions. the demographic distribution of respondents, including gender, age, education, and frequency of app use, offers crucial insights into user behavior. younger users, for example, may prioritize ease of use and interactivity, while older users may place greater emphasis on trust and perceived security. higher education levels can correlate with a better understanding and more frequent use of complex app features. these trends suggest that user satisfaction and continuous usage intention may be influenced by demographic factors, reflecting broader trends in digital financial service adoption. the strong positive relationship between perceived ease of use (peu) and perceived enjoyment (pe) underscores the importance of usability in enhancing user enjoyment, consistent with davis [27] and subsequent studies by venkatesh & davis [57]. research confirms that ease of use directly influences the acceptance and continued usage of digital services, as users are more likely to adopt platforms that are intuitive and user-friendly [6]. similarly, peu’s role in encouraging user adoption and satisfaction is supported by findings in fintech and digital trade platforms [29, 30]. in this study, users were more likely to enjoy the app if it was easy to navigate, confirming the critical role of intuitive design in digital platforms. the findings demonstrate that peu plays a pivotal role in enhancing pe, as evidenced by the high path coefficient (0.923) observed in this study. this suggests that digital financial advisory platforms must prioritize intuitive and seamless navigation to maximize user satisfaction and engagement. when users experience minimal friction while interacting with these platforms, their enjoyment and likelihood of continued usage increase substantially. this is consistent with the objectives of enhancing user engagement and long-term retention, as articulated by the tam. the strong influence of sq on the us underscores the need for reliability, responsiveness, and trustworthiness in digital services, aligning with [55] the emphasis on the importance of high sq standards. this indicates that even minor service disruptions can negatively impact user satisfaction and trust, highlighting the need for robust support mechanisms and continual monitoring of user needs. the significant impact of service quality (sq) on the us aligns with the findings of parasuraman et al. [55], who emphasized the importance of reliable and responsive service in customer satisfaction. in digital financial advisory platforms, sq plays a key role in shaping user perceptions and satisfaction, with high sq leading to enhanced trust and loyalty [43, 46]. research in related fields highlights the necessity of ensuring high service standards, as poor quality can reduce user satisfaction and retention [44, 45]. this study reinforces the notion that high sq is essential for maintaining us in digital platforms, particularly in the highly competitive and sensitive area of financial services. perceived security and trust are also critical components of user satisfaction in digital financial services due to concerns over data privacy, fraud, and compliance with regulations. these factors can significantly influence user satisfaction and continuous intention to use digital platforms by fostering trust and confidence in the platform's reliability. including perceived security and trust as variables could enhance the existing model, offering a more holistic understanding of how service quality interacts with user perceptions of safety and trustworthiness, which are pivotal for user engagement. the findings have several implications for both theory and practice. theoretically, the results support the integrated model combining peu, pe, sq, us, and ci, offering a comprehensive framework for understanding user behavior in digital financial advisory platforms. this model aligns with other studies that have identified peu, pe, and sq as key determinants of user satisfaction and long-term engagement in digital platforms [39, 40]. this framework can serve as a basis for future research exploring similar constructs in different contexts or with additional variables. it is important to note that the cross-sectional nature of this study limits the ability to draw causal inferences or observe changes in user behavior over time. future research should consider employing longitudinal designs to capture the evolution of user satisfaction and continuous usage intentions as users become more familiar with platform features or as market conditions change. longitudinal data could offer deeper insights into engagement strategies and the impact of external factors on user behavior. the findings also highlight the importance of focusing on usability and sq to enhance us and retention. developers and marketers of digital financial advisory apps should prioritize user-friendly designs and high service standards to ensure a positive user experience. ensuring users perceive the platform as enjoyable and easy to use can increase satisfaction, which is crucial for fostering long-term engagement [41, 42]. moreover, the significant relationship between us and ci suggests that maintaining high levels of us is crucial for user retention, consistent with findings that link user satisfaction to continued use in digital services [51, 52]. companies should implement continuous feedback mechanisms to monitor and improve us, ensuring long-term engagement with their platforms. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 230 the findings of this study support and extend the existing body of literature on digital platform adoption. the critical role of peu in driving us and ci is in line with previous studies on digital financial platforms, such as fintech adoption among smes and digital trade platforms [29, 30]. moreover, the positive correlation between the us and ci (path coefficient = 0.518) highlights similarities with prior studies in e-commerce and general technology use [51, 52]. this finding emphasizes that the us plays a pivotal role in user retention and suggests that users are particularly sensitive to their satisfaction levels when deciding whether to continue using digital financial advisory apps. this sensitivity may be due to the inherent risks and complexities associated with financial services, where user trust and satisfaction are paramount [14, 53]. however, our results reveal a particularly strong influence of peu on pe (path coefficient = 0.923), suggesting that usability is an even more critical determinant of enjoyment in digital financial advisory apps than in other digital services. this underscores the importance of intuitive user experiences, as ease of use significantly reduces user anxiety and enhances their overall experience. the complexity and novelty of digital financial advisory technologies may amplify the impact of peu, making it essential to provide seamless and user-friendly interactions. by comparing these results with previous studies, we highlight the nuanced role of peu, pe, and sq in shaping user experiences and suggest that, in contexts where financial complexity is a barrier, further investigation is warranted to explore how these factors interact to drive user engagement and satisfaction. 6. conclusion this study underscores the pivotal role of peu, pe, sq, us, and ci in shaping user experiences on digital financial advisory platforms. the findings reveal that usability significantly enhances user enjoyment and satisfaction, emphasizing the importance of intuitive, user-friendly design for platform engagement and retention. the positive correlation between us and ci highlights that user satisfaction is a key determinant of continuous platform use. practical implications suggest that developers and marketers should focus on enhancing platform usability, service reliability, and trustworthiness to maximize user satisfaction and retention. by extending existing models with an integrated approach, this study provides a comprehensive framework for understanding user behavior in digital financial services, particularly within the indonesian context. nevertheless, this study has limitations due to its cross-sectional design, which restricts the ability to infer causality or track changes in user behavior over time. future research should employ longitudinal approaches to capture the evolving nature of user satisfaction and continuous intention, as market conditions and user familiarity with platform features change. furthermore, exploring the role of perceived security and trust could offer a more holistic view of user engagement by addressing data privacy and trust-related concerns, which are crucial in digital financial advisory services. this study serves as a foundation for future work that aims to adapt and validate the model across different cultural and market settings, enhancing our understanding of user behavior in this dynamic field. 6.1. limitations and implications despite its contributions, this study has several limitations. one limitation relates to the sample size, which, although adequate for statistical analysis, may not fully represent the broader population of digital financial advisory app users in indonesia. future research should consider expanding the sample size and ensuring greater demographic diversity to enhance the generalizability of the findings. additionally, the cross-sectional design of the study limits the ability to infer causality between the variables. longitudinal studies are recommended to explore how user satisfaction and continuous intention evolve over time and how changes in platform design or user experience might affect these relationships. furthermore, the study only examined a limited set of variables—perceived ease of use, perceived enjoyment, service quality, user satisfaction, and continuous intention. exploring additional factors such as perceived security, trust, or social influence in future research could provide a more nuanced understanding of user behavior in digital financial advisory platforms. the findings of this study offer valuable practical implications for providers of digital financial advisory platforms. to enhance user satisfaction and foster continuous use, providers should prioritize improving the platform’s ease of use, as this significantly impacts both enjoyment and users' intentions to continue using the platform. simplifying the app's interface and ensuring quick, intuitive navigation can help reduce user effort and improve retention. additionally, incorporating engaging features such as gamification or interactive tutorials can enhance perceived enjoyment, leading to greater satisfaction. ensuring high service quality through reliable performance and responsive customer support is also essential, as this study found a strong link between service quality and user satisfaction. by focusing on these areas, platform providers can strengthen user loyalty and position themselves competitively in the market. given the rapid digital transformation in the financial sector, understanding and addressing the key factors driving user satisfaction and continuous intention is crucial for long-term success. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 231 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.r. and t.h.; methodology, a.r.; software, a.r.; validation, a.r. and t.h.; formal analysis, a.r.; investigation, a.r.; resources, a.r.; data curation, a.r.; writing—original draft preparation, a.r.; writing— review and editing, a.r.; visualization, a.r.; supervision, a.r.; project administration, a.r.; funding acquisition, t.h. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] hariguna, t., & chen, s. c. (2024). customer segmentation and targeted retail pricing in digital advertising using gaussian mixture models for maximizing gross income. journal of digital market and digital currency, 1(2), 183–203. doi:10.47738/jdmdc.v1i2.11. [2] pratama, s. f., & sugianto, d. (2024). temporal patterns in user conversions: investigating the impact of ad scheduling in digital marketing. journal of digital market and digital currency, 1(2), 165-182. doi:10.47738/jdmdc.v1i2.10. [3] hoe, j. k. (2023). adoption of robo-advisory service in the personal financial planning industry in australia (pp. 632–638). doi:10.2991/978-94-6463-142-5_70. [4] mrkývka, p., & šiková, z. (2023). robo-advisory as a driving force of the financial market in the light of digitalization? wsb journal of business and finance, 57(1), 66–77. doi:10.2478/wsbjbf-2023-0008. [5] koskelainen, t., kalmi, p., scornavacca, e., & vartiainen, t. (2023). financial literacy in the digital age—a research agenda. journal of consumer affairs, 57(1), 507–528. doi:10.1111/joca.12510. [6] yi, t. z., rom, n. a. m., hassan, n. m., samsurijan, m. s., & ebekozien, a. (2023). the adoption of robo-advisory among millennials in the 21st century: trust, usability and knowledge perception. sustainability (switzerland), 15(7), 6016. doi:10.3390/su15076016. [7] ekpo, a. e., drenten, j., albinsson, p. a., anong, s., appau, s., chatterjee, l., dadzie, c. a., echelbarger, m., muldrow, a., ross, s. m., santana, s., & weinberger, m. f. (2022). the platformed money ecosystem: digital financial platforms, datafication, and reimagining financial well-being. journal of consumer affairs, 56(3), 1062–1078. doi:10.1111/joca.12458. [8] olanipekun hassan, a., onunka, t., abitoye, o., oriji, o., & daraojimba, c. (2023). digital financial literacy platforms and their impact on nigerian secondary school students’ transition to university: a review. business, organizations and society, 1(2), 74–81. doi:10.26480/bosoc.02.2023.74.81. [9] faradynawati, i. a. a., & söderberg, i. l. (2022). sustainable investment preferences among robo-advisor clients. sustainability (switzerland), 14(19), 12636. doi:10.3390/su141912636. [10] saputra, j. p. b., & yadav, s. (2024). modeling the impact of holidays and events on retail demand forecasting in online marketing campaigns using intervention analysis. journal of digital market and digital currency, 1(2), 144-164. doi:10.47738/jdmdc.v1i2.9. [11] anshari, m., almunawar, m. n., & masri, m. (2022). digital twin: financial technology’s next frontier of robo-advisor. journal of risk and financial management, 15(4), 163. doi:10.3390/jrfm15040163. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 232 [12] thaddeus, k., ngong, c., & manasseh, c. (2020). digital financial inclusion and economic growth: evidence from sub-saharan africa (2011–2017). international journal of business and management, 8(4), 212-217. doi:10.24940/theijbm/2020/v8/i4/bm2004051. [13] jimoh, l., & david, o. o. (2024). state-dependency in the nexus between digital financial inclusion and economic growth in sub-saharan africa. international journal of professional business review, 9(6), e04675. doi:10.26668/businessreview/2024.v9i6.4675. [14] otuma o. andako. (2023). navigating the path to economic empowerment: overcoming challenges in digital platforms for economic empowerment. world journal of advanced research and reviews, 20(3), 1503–1521. doi:10.30574/wjarr.2023.20.3.1450. [15] hayadi, b. h., & el emary, i. m. (2024). enhancing security and efficiency in decentralized smart applications through blockchain machine learning integration. journal of current research in blockchain, 1(2), 139-154. doi:10.47738/jcrb.v1i2.16. [16] siddique, q. (2024). anomaly detection in blockchain transactions within the metaverse using anomaly detection techniques. journal of current research in blockchain, 1(2), 155-165. doi:10.47738/jcrb.v1i2.17. [17] al-geitany, s., aljuhmani, h. y., emeagwali, o. l., & nasr, e. (2023). consumer behavior in the post-covid-19 era: the impact of perceived interactivity on behavioral intention in the context of virtual conferences. sustainability (switzerland), 15(11). doi:10.3390/su15118600. [18] zhu, h., vigren, o., & söderberg, i. l. (2024). implementing artificial intelligence empowered financial advisory services: a literature review and critical research agenda. journal of business research, 174, 114494. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2023.114494. [19] tiberius, v., gojowy, r., & dabić, m. (2022). forecasting the future of robo advisory: a three-stage delphi study on economic, technological, and societal implications. technological forecasting and social change, 182, 121824. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2022.121824. [20] ashrafi, d. m. (2023). managing consumers’ adoption of artificial intelligence-based financial robo-advisory services: a moderated mediation model. journal of indonesian economy and business, 38(3), 270–301. doi:10.22146/jieb.v38i3.6242. [21] adamba, f. l. (2024). effect of digital banking technology on loan uptake in hotels industry in kenya. african journal of commercial studies, 4(2), 166–177. doi:10.59413/ajocs/v4.i2.9. [22] huy, n. q., nga, l. p., & tam, p. t. (2023). applied regression modeling to recommend microfinance development policies. journal of applied data sciences, 4(4), 333–345. doi:10.47738/jads.v4i4.139. [23] wahyuningsih, t., & chen, s. c. (2024). determinants of virtual property prices in decentraland an empirical analysis of market dynamics and cryptocurrency influence. international journal research on metaverse, 1(2), 157-171. doi:10.47738/ijrm.v1i2.12. [24] yadulla, a. r., maturi, m. h., meduri, k., & nadella, g. s. (2024). sales trends and price determinants in the virtual property market: insights from blockchain-based platforms. international journal research on metaverse, 1(2), 113-126. doi:10.47738/ijrm.v1i2.9. [25] sukmana, h. t., & kim, j. i. (2024). exploring the impact of virtual reality experiences on tourist behavior and perceptions. international journal research on metaverse, 1(2), 94-112. doi:10.47738/ijrm.v1i2.8. [26] he, j., & tresirichod, t. (2024). the mediating role of psychological ownership and job satisfaction in human resource management practices and employee loyalty: a case study of sichuan university of technology. journal of applied data sciences, 5(3), 849–863. doi:10.47738/jads.v5i3.266. [27] davis, f. d. (1989). perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology. mis quarterly: management information systems, 13(3), 319–339. doi:10.2307/249008. [28] berlilana, wahid, a. m., fortuna, d., saputra, a. n. a., & bagaskoro, g. (2024). exploring the impact of discount strategies on consumer ratings: an analytical study of amazon product reviews. journal of applied data sciences, 5(1), 158–172. doi:10.47738/jads.v5i1.163. [29] patnaik, a., kudal, p., dawar, s., inamdar, v., & dawar, p. (2023). exploring user acceptance of digital payments in india: an empirical study using an extended technology acceptance model in the fintech landscape. international journal of sustainable development and planning, 18(8), 2587–2597. doi:10.18280/ijsdp.180831. [30] hu, s. (2024). a conceptual development of digital trade adoption among manufacturing companies in china: a technology acceptance model approach. journal of digitainability, realism & mastery (dream), 3(02), 76–80. doi:10.56982/dream.v3i02.213. [31] perwitasari, a. w. (2022). the effect of perceived usefulness and perceived easiness towards behavioral intention to use fintech by indonesian msmes. the winners, 23(1), 1–9. doi:10.21512/tw.v23i1.7078. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 233 [32] wibella, n., fahmi, i., & saptono, i. t. (2018). factors affecting consumer acceptance of digital financial inclusion; an anecdotal evidence from bogor city. independent journal of management & production, 9(4), 1338–1353. doi:10.14807/ijmp.v9i4.824. [33] anggrayani, l. p. s., & suprapti, s. (2019). e-trust integration with technology acceptance model (tam) in adoption of digital financial services (ecash). european journal of business and management, 8(11), 71-77. doi:10.7176/ejbm/11-8-09. [34] santi, e. a., gorghiu, g., & pribeanu, c. (2020). exploring the main factors driving a satisfactory use of the moodle platform. rochi, 153-156. doi:10.37789/rochi.2020.1.1.23. [35] obeid, a., ibrahim, r., & fadhil, a. (2024). extended model of expectation confirmation model to examine users’ continuous intention toward the utilization of e-learning platforms. ieee access, 12, 40752–40764. doi:10.1109/access.2024.3373190. [36] pantouw, r. t., & aruan, d. t. h. (2019). influence of game design and playability toward continuance intention using tam framework. iptek journal of proceedings series, 5, 307. doi:10.12962/j23546026.y2019i5.6344. [37] nguyen, t. t., thi thu truong, h., & le-anh, t. (2023). online purchase intention under the integration of theory of planned behavior and technology acceptance model. sage open, 13(4), 21582440231218814. doi:10.1177/21582440231218814. [38] kurniasari, f. (2021). the factors affecting the adoption of digital payment services using trust as mediating variable. emerging markets: business and management studies journal, 8(1), 15–24. doi:10.33555/embm.v8i1.165. [39] binowo, k., setiawan, a. n., tallisha, r. p., azzahra, s., sutanto, y. e., hidayanto, a. n., & rahmatullah, b. (2024). analysis of factors affecting user inclination to use virtual education exhibitions in the post pandemic covid-19 era: case study in indonesia. electronic journal of e-learning, 22(3 special issue), 12–38. doi:10.34190/ejel.21.4.2993. [40] amelia, e., hurriyati, r., rahayu, a., wibowo, l. a., widjajanta, b., & christianingrum, c. (2024). perceived enjoyment and perceived usefulness to mobile payment users continuance intention. proceedings of the 8th global conference on business, management, and entrepreneurship (gcbme 2023), 288, 522–530. atlantis press international bv. doi:10.2991/978-94-6463443-3_68. [41] lee, y. y., gan, c. l., & liew, t. w. (2023). do e-wallets trigger impulse purchases? an analysis of malaysian gen-y and gen-z consumers. journal of marketing analytics, 11(2), 244–261. doi:10.1057/s41270-022-00164-9. [42] chen, y., li, d., & zhao, z. (2020, april). research on product recommendation and consumer impulsive purchase under social commerce platform—based on s-0-r model. 5th international conference on social sciences and economic development (icssed 2020), 215-223. doi:10.2991/assehr.k.200331.048. [43] ibrahim, m. a., mohd ruslan, r. a., abdullah, m. f., & ahmad, a. h. (2023). navigating the future: exploring the nexus between robo-advisor service quality and customer satisfaction. information management and business review, 15(3(si)), 351–358. doi:10.22610/imbr.v15i3(si).3491. [44] egala, s.b., boateng, d., & aboagye mensah, s. (2021). to leave or retain? an interplay between quality digital banking services and customer satisfaction. international journal of bank marketing, 39(7), 1420–1445. doi:10.1108/ijbm-02-2021-0072. [45] mainardes, e. w., & freitas, n. p. de. (2023). the effects of perceived value dimensions on customer satisfaction and loyalty: a comparison between traditional banks and fintechs. international journal of bank marketing, 41(3), 641–662. doi:10.1108/ijbm10-2022-0437. [46] piotrowski, d., & orzeszko, w. (2023). artificial intelligence and customers’ intention to use robo-advisory in banking services. equilibrium. quarterly journal of economics and economic policy, 18(4), 967–1007. doi:10.24136/eq.2023.031. [47] bai, z. (2024). examining the association between robo-advisory and perceived financial satisfaction. review of behavioral finance, 16(4), 668–681. doi:10.1108/rbf-10-2023-0268. [48] sharma, v., jangir, k., gupta, m., & rupeika-apoga, r. (2024). does service quality matter in fintech payment services? an integrated servqual and tam approach. international journal of information management data insights, 4(2), 100252. doi:10.1016/j.jjimei.2024.100252. [49] abrantes, d., teles, s., de sousa, r. t., freitas, a., vieira-marques, p., & ferreira, a. (2021). a multipurpose platform for ambient assisted living (activeadvice): usability study. jmir aging, 4(1), 18164. doi:10.2196/18164. [50] mainardes, e. w., costa, p. m. f., & nossa, s. n. (2023). customers’ satisfaction with fintech services: evidence from brazil. journal of financial services marketing, 28(2), 378–395. doi:10.1057/s41264-022-00156-x. [51] bhattacherjee, a. (2001). understanding information systems continuance: an expectation-confirmation model. mis quarterly: management information systems, 25(3), 351–370. doi:10.2307/3250921. [52] kang, w., shao, b., & chen, h. (2024). what influences users’ continuance intention of internet wealth management services? a perspective from network externalities and herding. electronic commerce research, 24(1), 205–238. doi:10.1007/s10660022-09580-6. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 234 [53] kanapathipillai, k., shari, a. n. bin, ajmain, m. f. b. m., & rahman, n. s. b. a. (2023). navigating the digital shift: how acceptance factors shape malaysia’s banking evolution. european journal of management and marketing studies, 8(3), 1547. doi:10.46827/ejmms.v8i3.1547. [54] van der heijden, h. (2004). user acceptance of hedonic information systems. mis quarterly, 695-704. doi:10.2307/25148660. [55] parasuraman, a., zeithaml, v. a., & berry, l. l. (1985). a conceptual model of service quality and its implications for future research. journal of marketing, 49(4), 41. doi:10.2307/1251430. [56] oliver, r. l. (1980). a cognitive model of the antecedents and consequences of satisfaction decisions. journal of marketing research, 17(4), 460-469. doi:10.1177/002224378001700405. [57] venkatesh, v., & davis, f. d. (2000). theoretical extension of the technology acceptance model: four longitudinal field studies. management science, 46(2), 186–204. doi:10.1287/mnsc.46.2.186.11926. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 235 appendix i: questionnaire dear participants, this research aims to explore the factors influencing user satisfaction (us) and continuous usage intention (ci) in digital financial advisory platforms. specifically, it examines the relationships between perceived ease of use (peu), perceived enjoyment (pe), service quality (sq), user satisfaction (us), and continuous intention (ci). your valuable insights as users of digital financial advisory platforms will greatly contribute to this study. we kindly request a few minutes of your time to answer the questions provided in this study tool. please respond with complete accuracy, transparency, and objectivity by marking the option (√) that you consider most appropriate for each statement. the information you provide will be treated with the utmost confidentiality and will be used solely for academic research purposes. thank you for your participation and valuable contribution. 1. gender [ ] male [ ] female 2. education [ ] college [ ] non-college 3. age [ ] 18-24 [ ] 25-34 [ ] 35-44 [ ] 45-54 [ ] 55-64 [ ] 65+ 4. frequency of use [ ] less than 1 year [ ] 1-2 years [ ] 3-5 years [ ] more than 5 years please indicate your level of agreement with each statement by ticking the box that best represents your opinion. strongly disagree disagree somewhat disagree neutral somewhat agree agree strongly agree 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 no questionnaire perceived ease of use 1 i find the app easy to use. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 learning to operate the app is easy for me. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 my interaction with the app is clear and understandable. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 perceived enjoyment 4 i enjoy using the app. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5 using the app is fun. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 the app provides an enjoyable user experience. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 service quality 7 the app provides high-quality services. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 the app’s customer service is responsive and helpful. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 i am satisfied with the reliability of the app's services. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 user satisfaction 10 i am satisfied with my experience using the app. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 11 the app meets my expectations. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 12 i am happy with the decision to use this app. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 continuous intention 13 i intend to continue using the app in the future. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 14 i will frequently use the app. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 15 i will recommend the app to others. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 918 issn: 2723-9535 using pid-bp digital virtual reality for non-heritage protection: recognition and assessment zhenyu gao 1* , yaoben gong 1 1 college of art and media design, nanchang institute of technology, nanchang 330108, jiangxi, china. received 19 may 2025; revised 16 accepted 2025; accepted 23 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract the objective of this paper is to address the issues of low accuracy and slow real-time performance in the existing algorithm for digitally protecting and evaluating non-heritage culture. to achieve this, we propose an improved method for the identification and assessment of non-heritage digital protection by optimizing the bp neural network using the pid search algorithm. this method aims to enhance the precision and real-time capabilities of the algorithm. we extract a set of feature vectors from the digital protection process of non-heritage culture and construct a recognition and evaluation system. the pid search algorithm is employed to optimize the bp neural network, which helps in establishing a mapping relationship between the feature vectors and the assessment values of non-heritage digital protection. we apply this method to the digital protection of non-heritage culture in dali xizhou as a case study. the results show that our method significantly improves the accuracy and real-time performance of the assessment compared to traditional bp and other optimized bp network models. this study provides a novel and effective approach to the digital protection of non-heritage culture. keywords: digital ecology; pid search algorithm; bp neural network; digital preservation of non-heritage. 1. introduction recently, the chinese government has prioritized the establishment of a strong digital ecosystem and implemented many laws to promote digitization, particularly in safeguarding intangible cultural treasures [1]. when addressing the challenge of preserving intangible cultural heritage, digital technology plays a pivotal role in both protection and optimization, offering innovative solutions that not only safeguard such heritage but also enhance public understanding and appreciation of diverse cultures, thereby preserving cultural diversity and facilitating cross-cultural research [2]. the research on identification and assessment methods for digital protection of non-heritage (nrh) culture aligns with the "digital china" initiative, providing comprehensive and practical suggestions to nrh cultural protectors while improving the optimization of digital protection techniques [3]. the present study focuses on the digital preservation of non-heritage culture, specifically exploring its digital design, appraisal, and application [4]. gireesh [5] introduced the concept of non-heritage 4d modeling, integrating 3d modeling with temporal dimensions to emphasize key technologies for digital library construction. li et al. [6] sought to enhance museum propaganda by integrating 3d, vr, and ar technologies to create interactive online museums, thereby boosting public engagement. skublewska-paszkowska et al. [7] employed artificial intelligence to analyze the movements, emotions, and voices of greek dancers, enabling immersive content retrieval and dance movement learning for cultural * corresponding author: 13699568651@163.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-011  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0002-4322-6117 https://orcid.org/0009-0008-6167-5817 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 919 institutions. singhania & mishra [8] utilized 3d virtual reconstruction to allow tourists to digitally engage with persian diving traditions, establishing a framework for intangible heritage safeguarding. he & wen [9] explored digital distribution strategies for non-heritage culture in the new media era, while xie et al. [10] investigated the fusion of artificial intelligence and non-heritage tourism. as ai algorithms advance, machine learning techniques like clustering, neural networks, and deep learning are increasingly applied to nrh digital asset protection, yet a critical analysis reveals notable gaps: current preservation relies heavily on traditional digital photography [11], with insufficient exploration of emerging technologies (e.g., ai, vr, blockchain) within the digital ecosystem. additionally, assessment algorithms for nrh digital protection remain predominantly qualitative, lacking quantitative comparative analysis [12], and failing to establish a systematic, scientific, and objective evaluation index system [12, 13]. to address these gaps, this paper proposes a method to improve identification and assessment algorithms for nrh digital protection by optimizing neural network structural parameters through an intelligent pid search algorithm [14]. to address the issue, we propose a model that utilizes the optimization of the bp neural network through the pid search algorithm, where 𝐾𝑝 ⋅ 𝐾𝑖 and 𝐾𝑑 denote the proportional, integral, and derivative coefficients, respectively. the pid algorithm calculates the control quantity based on the error 𝑒(𝑡), which is the difference between the target and actual values. focused on safeguarding nrh's digital integrity within the digital ecosystem, we analyze the nrh digital protection process to develop an identification and assessment scheme. the proposed model leverages pid algorithmoptimized bp neural networks to address the limitations of existing qualitative assessment and technical gaps, validated through a case study on nrh digital protection in dali, yunnan province, to verify the model’s accuracy and efficiency in quantitative evaluation. this approach integrates adaptive optimization with neural networks to establish a systematic, data-driven assessment framework, bridging the divide between traditional preservation methods and emerging intelligent technologies. the paper is structured as follows: part 2 elaborates on the digital ecology framework for nrh protection and the construction of identification feature vectors; part 3 details the pid-bp neural network optimization model, including algorithm principles and parameter tuning mechanisms; part 4 presents the case study in dali, covering data collection, model application processes, and experimental setup; part 5 conducts comparative analysis of experimental results, including accuracy verification and performance comparisons with traditional methods; and part 6 summarizes the research findings, highlights practical implications, and outlines future research directions for expanding the model’s applicability in diverse nrh protection scenarios. 2. identification and evaluation program 2.1. problem analysis  digital ecology digital ecology usually refers to a complex system containing many aspects such as economy, society, and environment, which is formed based on digital technology and promotes connection, interaction, and synergy among various subjects through the flow and processing of data [15]. it emphasizes the organic combination and ecological development of elements such as technology, data, platforms, applications, and services in the process of digital transformation, as shown in figure 1. figure 1. digital ecology hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 920  digitization of non-heritage digitization of intangible heritage refers to the process of collecting, recording, storing, disseminating, and recreating intangible cultural heritage by using digital technological means (figure 2). this method can not only protect traditional ich but also transmit it innovatively, opening up new paths for the protection and development of ich [15, 16]. figure 2. digitization of non-legacy the steps of digital preservation include 1) digital resource acquisition and inscription; 2) 3d modeling and virtual reality technology; 3) establishment of a digital platform; and 4) digital dissemination and innovative development, as shown in figure 3 [17]. figure 3. process of digital preservation of nrh  the case of digital preservation of non-heritage in dali xizhou the dali bai autonomous prefecture is home to a large number of bai people, so the region's culture is mainly dominated by bai culture. the town of xizhou in dali is the area with the largest number of bai inhabitants, and it is an important source for the development of yunnan yunnan culture, as well as an important birthplace of bai culture. dali xizhou has become a highly representative non-heritage protection area in dali because of its bai cultural characteristics [18]. dali xizhou nrls include folklore nrls, technical nrls, music nrls, fine arts nrls, and dance nrls, as shown in figure 4. figure 4. dali xizhou non-heritage culture hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 921 the current situation of digital protection of non-heritage in xizhou is mainly reflected in the following: 1) digital archive collection and protection of non-heritage in xizhou; 2) digital measures to protect the inheritors; 3) digital display of the dali state museum, and specific as shown in figure 5. figure 5. current situation of digital preservation of non-heritage culture in dali xizhou 2.2. program design this paper attempts to tackle the issue of identifying and evaluating the digital protection of non-heritage in dali xizhou within the context of digital ecology. to achieve this, the paper presents a scheme for identifying and assessing the digital protection of non-heritage in dali xizhou under digital ecology. this scheme is developed by analyzing the process of identifying the digital protection of non-heritage under digital ecology, specifically focusing on the problem discovery link as depicted in figure 6. figure 6. digital conservation identification assessment research program the design scheme presented in this paper outlines the identification and assessment system for digital protection of non-heritage. it encompasses crucial elements such as the development of identification and assessment feature vectors, data regularization and annotation, optimization of the assessment model construction, and the analysis of performance indexes. these aspects are visually represented in figure 7. figure 7. key aspects of the digital conservation identification assessment study 2.3. recognizing and evaluating feature vector construction in the key link of feature vector construction for identification and assessment of nrh digital protection under digital ecology, the process of nrh digital protection under digital ecology is analyzed, the features of identification and assessment of nrh digital protection are extracted, and a systematic scientific and objective set of feature vectors for identification and assessment of nrh digital protection is constructed, and the specific inputs, outputs, structures, and methods are shown in figure 8. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 922 figure 8. principle of feature vector set construction for digital conservation and identification assessment of nrh culture starting from the principles of system, science, and objectivity, this paper takes the preparation of nrh culture digital protection project a, data collection b, data processing c, resource management d, and result sharing e as the first-level features [19], and takes the research classification a1, goal setting a2, high-definition photography b1, threedimensional scanning b2, image processing c1, three-dimensional modeling c2, database construction d1, metadata annotation d2, and the results demonstration e1, education and dissemination e2 as the secondary features, to construct the feature vector set of digital preservation identification and assessment of nrm culture, as shown in figure 9. figure 9. feature vector set for digital preservation and identification assessment of nrm culture challenges in feature extraction included data heterogeneity (e.g., inconsistent 3d scanning resolutions across heritage sites) and missing values in field records. these were addressed by: 1) implementing ridge regression to handle outliers in hd photography data; 2) using cross-validation to impute missing metadata annotations; and 3) normalizing multi-source features via z-score standardization. for example, when processing incomplete 3d models of bai architecture, the algorithm prioritized structurally significant features (eaves, carvings) to maintain assessment reliability. 2.4. data regularization labeling since the collected data will have outliers, missing values, and non-uniformity of scale, this paper uses a ridge regression algorithm [20] to deal with the outliers and missing values and standardizes the data using the z-scores method [21]. in response to the problem of data labeling for the identification and assessment of digital protection of nrh culture, to objectively and reasonably analyze and assess the digital protection of nrh, this paper divides the identification and assessment value of digital protection of nrh culture into five intervals [22], and the corresponding assessment value of each interval is shown in figure 10. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 923 figure 10. division of values for the identification and assessment of digital preservation of nrm culture 𝑌𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑘 = { 5 𝑌𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 ≥ 8 4 6 ≤ 𝑌𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 < 8 3 4 ≤ 𝑌𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 < 6 2 2 ≤ 𝑌𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 < 4 1 𝑌𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 < 2 (1) where 𝑌𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 denotes the ela assessment score and 𝑌𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑘 denotes the ela level. combining the collected data standardization and data annotation, the specific inputs, outputs, structures, and methods of the key aspects of the data regularization and annotation of the feature vector set data for the digital conservation and identification assessment of nrh culture are shown in figure 11. figure 11. data regularization and labeling of feature vector set for digital conservation and identification assessment of nrh culture the methodology process involves constructing feature vectors from nrh digital protection processes, standardizing data, optimizing bp neural network parameters via the pid algorithm, training the model, and evaluating performance using accuracy and real-time efficiency metrics. this systematic approach integrates intelligent optimization for enhanced assessment accuracy. the methodology demonstrates high adaptability to diverse heritage contexts, as the feature vector set can be reconfigured based on specific cultural elements. for instance, when applied to musical heritage, secondary features like audio frequency analysis (replacing 3d modeling) can be integrated, while the pid-bp optimization framework remains consistent. this modular design enables easy adaptation to chinese opera, traditional craftsmanship, or archaeological site protection. 3. pid bp optimization 3.1. pid optimization algorithm  principle of inspiration pid-based search algorithm (psa) [14] is a meta-heuristic optimization algorithm based on pid control theory. this algorithm, proposed by yuan sheng gao in 2023, aims to find the global optimal solution or near-optimal solution of an optimization problem by simulating the proportional (p), integral (i), and differential (d) tuning mechanisms of pid control to guide the search process. the psa is particularly suitable for dealing with complex global optimization problems and is capable of balancing the relationship between exploration and exploitation in the search space. pid control is a classical control algorithm widely used in various industrial control systems. it regulates the control quantities through proportional (proportional), integral (integral) and derivative (derivative) [23] to achieve the control objectives. 𝑢(𝑡) = 𝐾𝑝𝑒(𝑡) + 𝐾𝑖 ∫ 𝑒(𝜏)𝑑𝜏 𝑡 0 + 𝐾𝑑 𝑑𝑒(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 (2) where 𝑢(𝑡) is the control quantity, 𝑒(𝑡) is the deviation quantity, 𝐾𝑝 ⋅ 𝐾𝑖 and 𝐾𝑑 are the proportional, integral, and differential coefficients respectively. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 924 the algorithm of the incremental pid controller differs from the standard pid, mainly in the way the output is calculated [24]. the output of an incremental pid is based on the incremental change in error rather than the absolute error. incremental pid control is an improved form of pid control where the control quantity is the difference between the control quantity at the current moment and the previous moment. this makes the system easier to realize recursive computation and reduce the amount of computation, as shown in figure 12. the equation for incremental pid control is: δ𝑢(𝑡) = 𝐾𝑝δ𝑒(𝑡) + 𝐾𝑖δ∫ 𝑒(𝜏)𝑑𝜏 𝑡 0 + 𝐾𝑑δ 𝑑𝑒(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡  (3) where δ𝑢(𝑡) is the control volume increment and δ𝑒(𝑡). is the deviation volume increment. figure 12. principle of pid controller  optimization strategies the core idea of the psa algorithm is to utilize the concept of pid control to adjust the deviation in the search process. in each iteration, the algorithm calculates the total deviation of the system and updates the search direction based on this deviation. by adjusting the proportional, integral, and differential factors, the algorithm can guide the search population to gradually converge to the optimal solution. the algorithmic process of psa consists of the steps of initialization, calculation of the system deviation, pid tuning, and updating the positions of the searching individuals. a) pid algorithm population initialization the initial population of the psa algorithm can be expressed as: 𝑥𝑖𝑗 = (𝑢𝑗 − 𝑙𝑗) ⋅ 𝑟1 + 𝑙𝑗 , ; 𝑖 = 1, 2, ⋯, 𝑛 ; 𝑗 = 1, 2, ⋯, 𝑑 (4) where 𝑥𝑖𝑗 denotes the 𝑗th dimension of the 𝑖th individual; 𝑢𝑗. and 𝑙𝑗 denote the upper and lower limits of the 𝑗𝑚 th variable, respectively; and 𝑟1 is a random number. b) calculate the system deviation the system deviation is calculated as follows: 𝑒𝑘(𝑡) = 𝑥 ∗(𝑡 − 1) − 𝑥(𝑡 − 1) (5) where 𝑥∗(𝑡 − 1) denotes the minimum individual for the 𝑡 1st iteration and 𝑒𝑘(𝑡) ⋅ denotes the systematic deviation, as⋅shown in figure 13. figure 13. schematic diagram of deviation the output value of the pid regulation at the 𝑡 th iteration is: δ𝑢(𝑡) = 𝐾𝑝 ⋅ 𝑟2 ⋅ (𝑒𝑘(𝑡) − 𝑒𝑘−1(𝑡)) + 𝐾𝑖 ⋅ 𝑟3 ⋅ 𝑒𝑘(𝑡) + 𝐾𝑑 ⋅ 𝑟4 ⋅ [𝑒𝑘(𝑡) − 2𝑒𝑘−1(𝑡) + 𝑒𝑘−2(𝑡)] (6) where 𝑟2, 𝑟3 and 𝑟4 are vectors of random numbers, and 𝐾𝑝 , 𝐾𝑖 and 𝐾𝑑 are set to 1,0.5 and 1.2, respectively. to prevent the algorithm from falling into the local optimum too early, the psa algorithm introduces a zero-output conditioning factor: 𝑜(𝑡) = (𝑐𝑜𝑠 (1 − 𝑡 𝑇 ) + 𝜆𝑟5 ⋅ 𝐿) ⋅ 𝑒𝑘(𝑡) (7) where 𝑟5 ⋅is a random number and 𝜆 (figure 14) is updated with the following equation: hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 925 𝜆 = [ 𝑙𝑛(𝑇−𝑡+2) 𝑙𝑛(𝑇) ] 2 (8) 𝐿 denotes levy's flight, by simulating a random process of wandering through nature as an animal forages for food: 𝐿 = 𝑢𝜎 |𝑣| 1 𝛽 (9) 𝜎 = [ 𝛤(1+𝛽)×𝑠𝑖𝑛( 𝜋𝛽 2 ) 𝛤( (1+𝛽) 2 )×𝛽×2 (𝛽−1) 2 ] 1 𝛽 (10) where 𝑢 and 𝑣 denote a matrix of random numbers that follow a standard normal distribution, respectively; 𝛽 is set to 1.5. the population is updated to: 𝑥(𝑡 + 1) = 𝑥(𝑡) + 𝜂 ⋅ 𝛥𝑢(𝑡) + (1 − 𝜂) ⋅ 𝑜(𝑡) (11) where 𝜂 is a matrix, 𝜂 = 𝑟6cos (𝑡/𝑇) ⋅, 𝑟6 are random ⋅ matrices. figure 14. the curve of λ with the increasing number of iterations  process steps according to the psa algorithm optimization strategy, the psa algorithm flow is shown in figure 15. figure 15. flowchart of psa algorithm hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 926 3.2. bp neural network  fundamentals bp (back propagation) neural network [25] is a multilayer feed-forward neural network that is characterized by the fact that the signal propagates forward in the network while the error propagates backward. a bp neural network consists of an input layer, one or more implicit layers, and an output layer, with the structure shown in figure 16. it is capable of learning a nonlinear mapping relationship between input data and its corresponding output and is widely used in the fields of function approximation, pattern recognition, classification, and data compression (figure 17). figure 16. bp neural network structure figure 17. bp neural network application areas  calculation process the computational process of the bp neural network includes the initialization of the network state, the forward computation process, and the error backpropagation process (figure 18). the forward computation process involves the linear combination of the input signals and the application of the activation function, while the error back-propagation process involves the computation of the gradient and the updating of the weights and deviations. through these steps, the network gradually adjusts its internal parameters to more accurately model the input-output relationship [26]. figure 18. bp neural network calculation process 3.3. pid-bp model to portray the mapping relationship between feature vectors and assessment values of nrh digital protection recognition assessment under digital ecology, this paper adopts the bp neural network algorithm optimized by the pid hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 927 search algorithm to construct the nrh digital protection recognition assessment model, which is shown in figure 19. in figure19, this paper adopts the real number coding method to encode the bp neural network weights and biases [27], takes the assessment interval level accuracy rate as the fitness function, uses the search strategy of the psa algorithm to seek the optimal bp neural network weights and biases, and reconfigures the bp neural network using the training set. figure 19. structure of pid-bp model 4. application of pid-bp combined with the pid-bp model, this paper designs an identification and assessment method for the digital protection of non-heritage culture under digital ecology, which includes the steps of identification and assessment feature vector construction, data regularization and annotation, assessment model construction optimization and performance index analysis, etc. the specific model application flow chart is shown in figure 20. figure 20. flowchart of pid-bp model application step 1: analyze the process of digital protection of nrh culture under digital ecology, extract the feature vectors of identification and assessment of digital protection of nrh culture from the processes of nrh culture digital protection project preparation, data collection, data processing, resource management, and results sharing, and construct the set of assessment feature vectors; step 2: deal with outliers and missing values through ridge regression algorithm, and normalize the feature vector data of digital conservation identification and assessment of nrm culture using the z-score method; and annotate and classify the assessment values of digital conservation of nrm culture; step 3: combine the pid-bp model to construct the mapping relationship between the feature vectors and the assessment level of the digital protection recognition assessment of non-heritage culture; step 4: evaluate and analyze the performance of the identification and assessment model for digital preservation of non-heritage culture under digital ecology using accuracy, fpr, recall, precision, and f1. 5. experimental analysis 5.1. experimental setup to validate the identification and assessment method for protecting non-heritage digital assets, the pid-bp model proposed in this paper was evaluated. the performance of the bp, hho-bp, sho-bp, and pid-bp models was compared and analyzed using data from the digital protection of non-heritage culture in dali xizhou. the parameter settings for each comparison algorithm are presented in table 1. out of the four algorithms, namely bp, hho-bp, shobp, and pid-bp, the bp network consists of three layers. the hidden layer contains 50 nodes and utilizes the radial basis activation function. the population size for the three optimization algorithms, hho [28], sho [29], and pid, is set at 100. the maximum number of iterations allowed is 1000. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 928 table 1. parameter settings for the identification and assessment methodology for the digital conservation of nrhs no. algorithms parameter settings 1 bp using adam algorithm 2 hho-bp no parameters 3 sho-bp h=[1,5], m=[0.5,1] 4 pid-bp kp=1, ki=0.5 kd-1.2, β=1.5 5.2. performance analysis to objectively analyze the assessment method of digital conservation identification of nrls, this paper uses the test set to predict the assessment scores, which are obtained in figure 21 and table 2. figure 21. results of the assessment of the methodology for the identification and evaluation of the digital conservation of nrls table 2. comparison of the performance of identification and assessment methods for digital conservation of nrhs no. evaluation models accuracy/% fpr/% precision/% f1/% 1 bp 90.36 1.91 86.73 97.53 2 hho-bp 98.20 1.38 94.69 90.48 3 sho-bp 98.66 1.26 95.58 91.37 4 pid-bp 99.59 0.73 96.87 99.34 figure 21 gives the assessment results of the non-heritage digital preservation identification assessment method. in figure 21, the predicted value of the assessment of the non-heritage digital conservation identification assessment method based on the pid-bp model is most similar to the true value. table 2 shows the results of the performance comparison of the non-heritage digital preservation recognition assessment methods. from table 2, it can be seen that the non-heritage digital preservation recognition assessment method based on the pid-bp model is the best in accuracy, fpr, precision, and f1 values, which are 99.59%, 0.73%, 96.87%, and 99.34%, respectively. the pid-bp model’s 99.59% accuracy outperforms hho-bp (98.20%) due to pid’s adaptive parameter tuning, which avoids local minima in bp training. the 0.73% fpr reduction indicates better resistance to false positives, crucial for ich protection where misassessment may lead to heritage loss. unlike particle swarm optimization (pso) or genetic algorithms (ga), which rely on random search mechanisms, the pid-bp model leverages incremental error tuning (equation 3) to accelerate convergence. as shown in table 2, pid-bp achieves 99.59% accuracy, outperforming hho-bp (98.20%) and sho-bp (98.66%) due to its adaptive proportional-integralderivative control, which minimizes oscillations during training. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 e v a lu a ti o n s co r e data set bp hho-bp sho-bp pid-bp truth hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 929 figures 22-a and 22-b presents the training time and evaluation time of different nrm digital conservation identification and evaluation methods. in terms of training time, the pid-bp model has the least training time, and the standard deviation is better than sho-bp and bp; in terms of evaluation time, the pid-bp model has a short evaluation prediction time, and the standard deviation is better than bp. pid-bp’s 150s training time is 40% faster than bp's (250s), demonstrating that pid’s incremental update strategy (equation 3) accelerates convergence. this real-time advantage is vital for dynamic ich digital protection systems. (a) training time/s (b) evaluation time/s figure 22. comparison of time-consuming methods of identification and assessment for digital conservation of nrhs the results demonstrate that the pid-bp model significantly outperforms traditional methods in accuracy and realtime efficiency, addressing the qualitative assessment gap in nrh digital protection. this validates the effectiveness of integrating intelligent optimization for systematic, data-driven heritage evaluation. in the dali xizhou case, the pid-bp model was deployed in the local cultural heritage management system for six months, processing real-time data from 3d scanning devices and user feedback. compared with the previous bp-based system, it reduced assessment latency from 2.3s to 0.7s per sample, while maintaining 99.59% accuracy in field evaluations. this real-world performance validates its superiority in dynamic heritage protection scenarios. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 930 6. conclusion this study introduces a pid-bp algorithm-based approach for the identification and assessment of non-heritage culture digital protection, effectively addressing the long-standing limitations of qualitative evaluation and technical gaps in the field. unlike previous research that predominantly relied on visualization technologies such as 3d modeling, virtual reality, and basic ai analysis, these studies often lacked systematic quantitative evaluation frameworks and adaptive optimization mechanisms. for instance, earlier works focused on digital reconstruction or user engagement but failed to establish scientific metrics for accuracy, real-time performance, or dynamic data processing. this research integrates adaptive parameter tuning through the pid algorithm with bp neural networks, creating a robust model that overcomes the local minimum issues prevalent in traditional neural networks. in the case application of dali, yunnan, the model achieved an impressive 99.59% assessment accuracy, reducing training time by 30% compared to conventional bp models. this improvement highlights the dual advantages of intelligent optimization: enhanced precision in heritage evaluation and significant efficiency gains in real-time data processing. the results demonstrate that combining intelligent algorithms with neural networks can fundamentally transform digital protection practices by enabling objective, data-driven assessment frameworks—critical for addressing the qualitative biases and technical inefficiencies of previous methods. moreover, the model’s systematic integration of evaluation indices (such as accuracy, f1-score, and training speed) establishes a new benchmark for scientific heritage assessment. looking ahead, future research could explore blockchain integration for immutable data traceability or expand the model to accommodate multi-source data fusion (e.g., cultural, environmental, and temporal datasets), thereby enhancing its applicability across diverse heritage protection scenarios and driving technological innovation in the field. additionally, external factors such as evolving media formats (e.g., 8k video or lidar point clouds) and storage constraints may impact model longevity. to address this, the pid-bp framework incorporates dynamic feature scaling to accommodate high-dimensional data, incremental learning mechanisms to update models without retraining from scratch, and data compression techniques to optimize storage. for example, when upgrading to 4k cultural heritage videos, the model can automatically adjust feature extraction weights to prioritize visual details while maintaining realtime performance. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, z.g. and y.g.; methodology, z.g.; software, z.g.; validation, z.g.; formal analysis, y.g.; investigation, y.g.; resources, z.g.; data curation, z.g.; writing—original draft preparation, z.g.; writing—review and editing, z.g.; visualization, z.g.; supervision, y.g.; project administration, y.g.; funding acquisition, z.g. and y.g. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding and acknowledgments this work is supported by 1) a study on the countermeasures of promoting the high-quality development of the culture and tourism industry in jiangxi province from the perspective of experience design. no.: ys23115; 2) a study on the value-added effect of the rural co-creation strategy on the cultural heritage experience of jiangxi villages under the family tour vision, no.: jc23220; 3) research and practice on regeneration design strategy of existing building space under the background of urban renewal, high-level talent introduction project no.: ngnczx-22-11. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 931 8. references [1] yang, j., & xu, c. (2024). digital enabling rural revitalization: an innovative study of intangible cultural heritage in animation-based inheritance and dissemination. applied mathematics and nonlinear sciences, 9(1), 1674. doi:10.2478/amns2024-1674. [2] zhao, x. (2022). the use of interactive data visualisation technology in cultural digital heritage display using edge computing. international journal of grid and utility computing, 13(2–3), 118–127. doi:10.1504/ijguc.2022.124396. [3] liu, x., zhou, w., dong, y., zhu, l., & chen, n. (2024). application of smart model in the analysis of opera heritage archiving and protection. hightech and innovation journal, 5(2), 349–360. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-09. [4] hong, h., jiang, m., & yen, g. g. (2024). boosting scalability for large-scale multiobjective optimization via transfer weights. information sciences, 670, 120607. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2024.120607. [5] gireesh, g. k. (2023). sustainable preservation and accessibility to cultural heritage in india. library hi tech news, 40(2), 12– 14. doi:10.1108/lhtn-02-2022-0029. [6] li, m., wang, y., & xu, y. q. (2022). computing for chinese cultural heritage. visual informatics, 6(1), 1–13. doi:10.1016/j.visinf.2021.12.006. [7] skublewska-paszkowska, m., milosz, m., powroznik, p., & lukasik, e. (2022). 3d technologies for intangible cultural heritage preservation—literature review for selected databases. heritage science, 10(1), 3. doi:10.1186/s40494-021-00633-x. [8] mishra, d., & singhania, v. (2022). digitalization of texts: an analysis with reference to the indian epic mahabharata. ecs transactions, 107(1), 19049–19056. doi:10.1149/10701.19049ecst. [9] he, z., & wen, c. (2024). construction of digital creation development model of intangible cultural heritage crafts in china. humanities and social sciences communications, 11(1), 1-14. doi:10.1057/s41599-024-04331-4. [10] xie, q., su, h., tan, r., lin, x., & wang, s. (2021). a review of non-heritage tourism research based on artificial intelligence. technology and innovation, 5, 108–109. [11] zhao, f., xing, h., wang, j., jia, z., chao, x., wang, j., liu, j., & li, y. (2022). analytical investigation of jiatang scroll paintings in the seventh year of the guangxu era. coatings, 12(3), 410. doi:10.3390/coatings12030410. [12] ping, x., & tao, t. (2022). application of augmented reality technology in immersive experience of bo zhou intangible cultural heritage wuqinxi. academic journal of humanities & social sciences, 5(5), 9. doi:10.25236/ajhss.2022.050509. [13] tu, s., & jiang, x. (2022). the “tough road” of inheriting intangible cultural heritage in the age of digital media: taking dunhuang art academy as an example. british journal of philosophy, sociology and history, 2(2), 01–04. doi:10.32996/pjpsh.2022.2.2.1. [14] gao, y. (2023). pid-based search algorithm: a novel metaheuristic algorithm based on pid algorithm. expert systems with applications, 232, 120886. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2023.120886. [15] li, s., lin, z., wu, y., & hu, y. (2025). measurement, regional disparities, and spatial convergence in the symbiotic level of china’s digital innovation ecosystem. systems, 13(4), 254. doi:10.3390/systems13040254. [16] chohan, a. h., awad, j., ismail, m. a., & arar, m. s. (2024). integrating technology and heritage design for climate resilient courtyard house in arid region. civil engineering journal, 10(3), 928–952. doi:10.28991/cej-2024-010-03-018. [17] li, j. (2022). grounded theory-based model of the influence of digital communication on handicraft intangible cultural heritage. heritage science, 10(1), 126. doi:10.1186/s40494-022-00760-z. [18] li, r. (2024). paths and practices of intangible cultural heritage in ethnic areas helping rural revitalization—taking dali xizhou as an example. intelligent agriculture guide, 4(2), 176–180. [19] li, w., & wang, x. (2024). research on digital protection and inheritance strategy of non-heritage culture based on artificial intelligence. innovative design and intelligent manufacturing. ios press ebooks, amsterdam, netherlands. doi:10.3233/faia241173. [20] zheng, x., jiang, x., fan, x., wu, x., & zhou, y. (2023). prediction of wordle results based on ridge regression model and k-means clustering. proceedings of the 2nd international conference on mathematical statistics and economic analysis, msea 2023, may 26–28, 2023. doi:10.4108/eai.26-5-2023.2334479. [21] amin, m. al. (2023). comparative analysis of credit-strength among industries of bangladesh: altman’s z-score measurement. journal of sustainable business and economics, 6(1), 26–43. doi:10.30564/jsbe.v6i1.5573. [22] yu, j., wellmann, f., virgo, s., von domarus, m., jiang, m., schmatz, j., & leibe, b. (2023). superpixel segmentations for thin sections: evaluation of methods to enable the generation of machine learning training data sets. computers & geosciences, 170, 105232. doi:10.1016/j.cageo.2022.105232. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 932 [23] li, s., & zaheeruddin, m. (2024). adaptive neural network control of a centrifugal chiller system. international journal of airconditioning and refrigeration, 32(1), 16. doi:10.1007/s44189-024-00059-7. [24] wang, y., fei, m., luan, h., & chen, y. (2024). temperature control algorithm for packaging heat sealer based on iwoapid. chinese control conference, ccc, 2328–2333. doi:10.23919/ccc63176.2024.10661401. [25] liu, k., & su, h. (2023). optimization of bp neural network for wind power output prediction based on particle swarm optimization algorithm. journal of physics: conference series, 2562(1), 012010. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/2562/1/012010. [26] an, d., shi, l., & xu, y. (2024). application of ngo-bp neural network in battery life prediction of portable medical devices. chinese journal of medical instrumentation, 48(3), 293-297. doi:10.12455/j.issn.1671-7104.230529 [27] zhang, x., & liu, j. (2023). fault diagnosis method of civil aircraft air conditioning cooling system based on wpa-bp neural network. second international conference on electronic information technology (eit 2023), 181. doi:10.1117/12.2685828. [28] syed, k., & chekka, r. k. (2023). hybrid pso-hho optimal control for power quality improvement in autonomous microgrids. journal europeen des systemes automatises, 56(3), 513–517. doi:10.18280/jesa.560320. [29] dhiman, g., & kumar, v. (2017). spotted hyena optimizer: a novel bio-inspired based metaheuristic technique for engineering applications. advances in engineering software, 114, 48–70. doi:10.1016/j.advengsoft.2017.05.014. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 831 issn: 2723-9535 virtual reality tourism: connecting immersive experiences to future travel choices lei zhou 1, 2 , huaqing zhou 3, xiaotang cui 4 , jing zhao 5, 6* 1 school of art and design, henan university of engineering, henan 451191, china. 2 college of landscape architecture and art, henan agricultural university, henan 450002, china. 3 school of culture and communication, zhejiang wanli university, zhejiang 315100, china. 4 school of art and design, zhengzhou university of light industry, henan 450002, china. 5 college of landscape architecture art, henan agricultural university, henan 450002, china. 6 faculty of humanities and social sciences, city university of macau, macau sar, 999078, china. received 17 april 2025; revised 21 august 2025; accepted 28 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract this empirical investigation examines the transformative impact of virtual reality (vr) implementations on destination accessibility within china's tourism sector. the research examines the interrelated relationships between vr experience (vrex) determinants, experiential outcomes, and subsequent visiting intention (vis). the theoretical framework encompasses three fundamental vrex antecedents: telepresence (tlp), vr application quality (vaq), and perceived realism (prea). this research analyzes the impact of vrex on perceived enjoyment (pe) and perceived advantage (pad), and in turn, their impact on vis. through purposive sampling methodology, the study gathered responses from 307 individuals actively engaging with vr tourism applications across china. statistical analysis revealed significant associations between vrex and vis, with all three antecedents demonstrating substantial influence on vrex formation. the findings establish that vrex has a significant impact on both pe and pad dimensions. notably, while pe emerged as a significant determinant of vis, pad demonstrated no substantial effect on visit intentions. this investigation advances theoretical discourse in virtual tourism by illuminating the crucial role of immersive technological experiences in destination marketing. for practitioners, these findings suggest prioritizing enjoyment-focused vr designs and investing in technologies that enhance telepresence and realism to influence potential tourists' visit intentions effectively. keywords: virtual reality experience; telepresence; virtual reality application quality; perceived realism; perceived enjoyment; perceived advantages; visiting destination intention. 1. introduction the twenty-first century has ushered in an unprecedented era of technological transformation, marked by revolutionary advances in digital infrastructure and computing capabilities [1]. at the forefront of this digital revolution stands virtual reality (vr) technology, which has fundamentally redefined human-computer interaction paradigms through its immersive capabilities [2]. the convergence of hardware miniaturization, enhanced processing power, and * corresponding author: ling_ting0408@163.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0001-2832-8310 https://orcid.org/0009-0001-4793-1844 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8977-6419 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 832 sophisticated image processing has catalyzed the development of vr systems that transcend traditional digital experiences, particularly in the tourism sector [3]. vr technology has emerged as a transformative force in destination marketing and exploration, offering immersive 360-degree experiences that enable potential tourists to forge profound psychological connections with destinations before physical visits [4]. this technological innovation serves multiple crucial functions: it provides comprehensive virtual previews that bridge the gap between anticipation and reality, enhances decision-making confidence, and democratizes travel experiences for individuals facing mobility, financial, or geographical constraints [5]. in the context of chinese tourism, vr technology has become an instrumental tool for showcasing the nation's diverse cultural heritage sites, remote landscapes, and unique destinations to global audiences [6, 7]. its capacity to simulate restricted-access locations safely while maintaining site preservation has particular relevance for adventure tourism operators and cultural site managers. the integration of vr with emerging innovations in artificial intelligence and automation has created a paradigm shift in destination marketing and accessibility, offering cost-effective, sustainable solutions for promotion while serving educational and cultural preservation purposes [2]. this vr experience (vrex) advancement has demonstrated measurable success in influencing visiting destination intentions (vis) [8]. the implementation of vr in tourism infrastructure represents a revolutionary approach to destination marketing and accessibility, particularly in the context of china's diverse and sometimes challenging-to-access tourist locations, marking a new frontier in how potential visitors explore, experience, and connect with destinations [9]. hence, this study aims to explore the relationship between vrex and vis. the efficacy of vrex in tourism contexts emerges from the interplay of three fundamental components: the psychological dimension of telepresence (tlp) [10], the technical dimension of virtual reality application quality (vaq) [11], and the experiential dimension of perceived realism (prea) [12]. these interconnected elements form the cornerstone of successful virtual tourism implementations, particularly in showcasing specialized tourist destinations [13]. the concept of tlp manifests as users' psychological transportation into the virtual environment, creating an immersive sensation that simulates physical presence at the destination [14]. this psychological engagement mechanism proves especially valuable when presenting remote or restricted chinese tourist locations to potential visitors. the vaq of vr applications, encompassing high-resolution visual rendering, intuitive interaction design, and responsive system performance, establishes the technological foundation necessary for delivering compelling virtual experiences [8, 15]. furthermore, the prea of virtual environments serves as a critical bridge connecting digital representations with physical reality, enabling visitors to form meaningful connections with destinations through virtual encounters [16, 17]. the synergistic interaction among these three components creates a comprehensive framework that enhances the accessibility and appeal of distinctive tourist destinations through virtual means. hence, this research aims to explore the associations of vrex antecedents with vrex. the impact of vrex in tourism manifests through two distinct but interconnected outcome variables: perceived enjoyment (pe) [18] and perceived advantage (pad) [8], which collectively shape users' responses to vis. these outcomes reflect both the experiential and pragmatic dimensions of virtual tourism engagement, particularly relevant when exploring specialized tourist locations. the pe dimension encompasses the inherent psychological gratification users derive from vrex [19]. in the context of virtual tourism, this pe becomes especially pronounced when users interact with immersive representations of culturally significant or geographically remote destinations, engaging in a risk-free digital exploration of these environments [20]. concurrently, pad represents the practical and strategic benefits users identify in virtual tourism platforms [21]. the interrelationship between vrex and these outcome variables plays a pivotal role in shaping users' attitudes toward virtual tourism platforms and their subsequent intentions regarding both digital and physical destination visits [8, 22]. hence, the current investigation aims to explore the associations of vrex with pe and pad. the transition from virtual engagement to physical visitation represents a crucial nexus in understanding the strategic value of vr tourism implementations, particularly in the context of specialized destination marketing. this pathway illuminates how immersive digital experiences influence tourism decision-making processes and vis. contemporary research indicates that the affective pathway emerges when virtual encounters create compelling pe with destinations, fostering psychological connections that shape vis [23]. this emotional engagement proves especially relevant for unique tourist locations that benefit from preliminary virtual exposure to their distinctive characteristics [24]. additionally, the cognitive pathway develops through users' pad, including enhanced spatial comprehension, cultural familiarity, and reduced travel planning uncertainty [8, 25]. the hypothesized significant influence of pad on vis finds support in both theoretical foundations and the specific context of vr tourism. although pad's effects demonstrate context dependency, multiple factors substantiate this hypothesis. primarily, within vr tourism, pad encompasses the practical benefits perceived by users in utilizing vr for destination preview, including enhanced decision-making capabilities and reduced destination uncertainty. vr technology, distinct from traditional tourism information channels, offers distinctive advantages through immersive visualization and spatial presence, which theoretically exert more direct influence on visiting intentions [25]. this relationship holds particular relevance in the chinese tourism market, where pre-visit information gathering serves as a critical component of decision-making. additionally, the high-involvement nature of tourism decisions indicates that pad of vr previews maintains a crucial role in behavioral intention formation, hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 833 as corroborated by technology adoption theories in high-stakes decision contexts. these dual mechanisms—pe and pad—constitute fundamental elements in understanding how vr technology bridges the divide between digital exploration and vis. this study aims to examine the transformation of pe and pad into vis, investigating how these experiential outcomes catalyze concrete tourism behaviors. the theoretical framework of this research is built upon vrex as the independent variable, influenced by three critical elements: tlp, vaq, and prea. within this framework, pe and pad function as mediating variables between vr experience and behavioral outcomes. pe encompasses the hedonic dimensions of vr tourism interaction, manifesting through user pleasure and entertainment. pad reflects the comparative benefits of vr against traditional tourism information channels. these mediating constructs hold theoretical significance in elucidating the mechanisms through which vrex affects the dependent variable, vis. the theoretical structure enhances the understanding of vr tourism adoption by delineating how vrex, shaped by technical and psychological elements, influences tourism intentions through hedonic (pe) and utilitarian (pad) pathways. this dual-mediation approach offers a comprehensive explanation of the role of vr technology in tourism decision-making processes. this empirical research advances the theoretical literature of vr in tourism through a detailed research framework based on trending vr variables and their interconnected relationships. this research covers the following research gaps. it assesses the impacts of tlp, vaq, and prea on vrex. furthermore, it analyzes the impact of vrex on vis, pe, and pad. lastly, it measures the impacts of pe and pad on vis. tourism industry stakeholders, including tourism managers, practitioners, and policymakers, gain substantial insights from this empirical investigation regarding the significant methodology of virtual reality implementation in their respective areas. the expanding role of vr in tourism marketing highlights substantial theoretical and contextual gaps in contemporary literature regarding the influence of vr on tourist behavior. although existing research has investigated independent concepts of vr tourism experiences, the field lacks comprehensive theoretical frameworks that effectively capture the intricate relationships between vr experience determinants and tourist decision-making. the extant literature predominantly emphasizes singular constructs, such as technology acceptance or user experience, without establishing an encompassing framework that integrates the technical, experiential, and behavioral dimensions of vr tourism. the chinese tourism context presents a notable research opportunity, given the limited empirical investigations despite china's leadership in digital innovation and the adoption of vr technology. the distinct patterns of technology utilization and decision-making processes among chinese tourists warrant specific examination. although vr tourism applications have experienced rapid growth in the chinese market, the validation of theoretical frameworks within this unique cultural and technological environment remains inadequate. this knowledge gap holds particular significance, considering china's extensive tourism market and its distinctive digital landscape [6, 7]. the present research addresses these limitations through an integrated model incorporating technical antecedents, experiential outcomes, and behavioral intentions, supported by empirical evidence from the chinese tourism sector. this framework provides deeper insights into the influence of vr on tourist decision-making within one of the world's leading tourism markets. following this introduction, section 2 presents the theoretical background, reviewing relevant literature on the adoption of vr technology in tourism contexts and developing the research hypotheses. section 3 details the methodological approach, including measurement development, data collection procedures, and analytical strategies. section 4 presents the empirical findings, encompassing both measurement model validation and structural model testing results. section 5 discusses the theoretical and practical implications of the findings, contextualizing them within existing literature. section 6 concludes the study by summarizing key contributions, acknowledging limitations, and suggesting future research directions. finally, the study's conclusion is presented in section 7. 2. literature review and hypothesis development 2.1. vr experience and visiting destination intention virtual reality has emerged as a transformative technology that merges virtual and physical realms to create immersive three-dimensional experiences [2]. the evolution of vr technology in tourism has progressed through distinct phases, from basic simulations to sophisticated interactive environments, garnering significant attention within the tourism sector [9]. when implemented in tourism contexts, vrex enables potential visitors to engage with destinations through multi-sensory virtual encounters [2]. the digital transformation of tourism marketing has positioned vrex as a crucial factor influencing vis. studies demonstrate that immersive vrex has a significant impact on tourists' behavioral intentions [8]. when tourists engage with vr travel content, they experience altered perceptions of presence and time, resulting in increased destination engagement. research confirms that vrex creates profound immersive states that positively influence tourists' intentions to visit destinations they have virtually experienced [6]. further research emphasizes that positive experiential factors have a significant influence on tourists' destination choices [5]. this understanding provides a theoretical foundation for examining the relationship between virtual experiences and actual visit intentions. h1. vrex significantly influences vis. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 834 2.2. antecedents of vr experience virtual environments create distinct psychological states through tlp, which fundamentally shapes how users process and respond to digital experiences [10]. research has demonstrated that tlp significantly influences user engagement and behavioral responses in virtual settings, with higher levels of presence correlating to enhanced vrex [13]. studies in immersive technologies have consistently shown that when users experience strong tlp, they demonstrate enhanced information retention and more positive attitudinal responses toward the presented content [14, 26], suggesting a direct relationship between tlp and experiential outcomes. vaq represents a critical technical foundation that determines the effectiveness of vrex [8]. recent empirical studies have established that high vaq, characterized by smooth interaction mechanics and visual fidelity, significantly enhances user immersion and engagement [11]. this relationship has been validated across multiple contexts, with research demonstrating that superior vaq leads to increased user satisfaction and stronger behavioral intentions [27], indicating a significant association between vaq and vrex. the role of prea in virtual environments has emerged as a crucial factor in determining the effectiveness of vrex [12]. studies have consistently demonstrated that when users perceive virtual environments as authentic and realistic, they exhibit higher levels of engagement and stronger emotional responses [28]. this relationship is particularly evident in immersive learning contexts, where higher prea correlates with improved learning outcomes and stronger behavioral intentions [17, 29]. therefore, it can be indicated that prea has a fundamental role in vrex effectiveness. hence, the following is postulated. h2. tlp significantly influences vrex. h3. vaq significantly influences vrex. h4. prea significantly influences vrex. 2.3. vr experience and perceived enjoyment the concept of perceived enjoyment was initially defined as the extent to which the use of technology is considered inherently pleasurable, independent of any performance-related outcomes [19]. in the context of immersive technologies, it is worth emphasizing that virtual reality applications contribute to enhanced consumer experiences through the inherent enjoyment derived from vr engagement [8]. this enjoyment factor is closely tied to the sense of immersion, which is conceptualized as the degree to which users feel psychologically present in the virtual environment [18]. research has consistently demonstrated that immersive experiences facilitated through vrex significantly enhance pe [20]. the unique advantage of vrex lies in its ability to deliver engaging content without the typical constraints associated with physical tourism, such as overcrowding or environmental disturbances [30]. empirical evidence further substantiates the positive relationship between vrex and pe, demonstrating that immersive vrex interactions lead to enhanced pe levels among users [19, 31]. hence, the following is postulated. h5. vrex significantly influences pe. 2.4. vr experience and perceived advantage the multifaceted nature of vrex has been well-documented in the literature. research revealed that these dimensions significantly influenced pad among visitors [8]. building on this foundation, it can be demonstrated that virtual tourism experiences generate both utilitarian and hedonic benefits through different experiential mechanisms. the concept of pad, which is often used interchangeably with perceived benefits, represents the specific positive outcomes that individuals anticipate from their experiences [22]. in the context of heritage tourism, virtual experiences have demonstrated significant advantages. it was found that virtual tours provided benefits comparable to physical visits while eliminating traditional barriers such as travel time, physical exertion, and geographical constraints [8, 21]. these advantages highlight the unique value proposition of vrex in delivering meaningful cultural encounters without the limitations associated with physical visitation. hence, the following is postulated. h6. vrex significantly influences pad. 2.5. perceived enjoyment and visiting destination intention the influence of pe on technology usage behavior demonstrated its significant role in shaping consumer interactions with technological systems [32]. in the context of vr tourism, this relationship becomes particularly salient as vrex is inherently designed to create enjoyable and engaging virtual encounters with destinations [23]. this understanding was further expanded by highlighting how intrinsic motivation, particularly through pe, can enhance technology adoption in information-seeking contexts [24]. research emphasized that the pe derived from using technology serves as a crucial motivational factor in continued usage [32]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 835 in virtual tourism environments, the pe takes on added significance as it combines both the hedonic pleasure of technology interaction and the experiential pleasure of destination exploration [33]. research has shown that when tourists experience pe during virtual destination previews, they develop stronger emotional connections to the destinations and express greater vis [23]. this effect is particularly pronounced in vrex tourism, where the pe derived from immersive vrex can serve as a powerful catalyst for converting virtual visits into physical visits [24]. hence, the following is postulated. h7. pe significantly influences vis. 2.6. perceived advantage and visiting destination intention the role of pad in technology adoption has been well-documented across various contexts, particularly in its influence on behavioral intentions. in cultural tourism, pad is a critical determinant in the adoption of vr, as it has a significant impact on tourists' vis after virtual previews [8]. these pads not only enhance the vrex but also serve as motivational factors that drive potential tourists' vis. the relationship between pad and vis is further illuminated through several cognitive dimensions that work in concert. when users become deeply engaged in the virtual environment, temporarily disconnecting from their physical surroundings, they develop stronger emotional connections to the depicted destinations [25]. this immersive experience, combined with pad, creates a compelling preview of the actual destination. research demonstrated that pad significantly influences user satisfaction and behavioral intentions, including the desire to transform vrex into physical visits [34]. in the context of vrex in tourism, when users recognize clear pad from their virtual visits, such as detailed destination previews, enhanced understanding of attractions, and improved trip planning capabilities, they develop stronger vis [25]. hence, the following is postulated. h8. pad significantly influences vis. figure 1, shows the flowchart of the research methodology through which the objectives of this study were achieved. figure 1. theoretical framework 3. methodology 3.1. data collection procedure the research methodology employed a systematic data collection approach utilizing the sojump (wjx.cn) online survey platform, a widely recognized platform in china for academic research endeavors. the data collection phase spanned three months, targeting respondents with prior experience in vr tourism applications, particularly those featuring cultural heritage sites. survey distribution was conducted through multiple channels to ensure comprehensive coverage, with primary distribution facilitated through established vr tourism platforms and cultural heritage digital experience centers, notably the jingdezhen digital cultural heritage experience center, which utilizes advanced vr technology for cultural tourism applications. the research design employed a purposive sampling methodology, targeting individuals who met predetermined criteria and could provide informed responses based on their vr tourism experiences. this methodological choice was justified by the necessity to reach participants capable of providing meaningful insights into vr tourism experiences at cultural heritage sites. the sampling framework encompassed multiple distribution channels: prominent social media platforms frequented by cultural tourists and technology enthusiasts (wechat, weibo, and xiaohongshu), specialized vr tourism communities and forums, cultural heritage digital experience centers distributed across various chinese regions, and tourism-focused academic networks. this multi-channel distribution strategy facilitated sample diversity while maintaining adherence to research objectives. perceived advantage vr experience visiting destination intention perceived realism vr application qaulity telepresence h4 h3 h2 h6 perceived enjoyment h5 h1 h8 h7 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 836 the data quality assurance protocol implemented rigorous screening criteria. participation requirements stipulated recent vr tourism application experience within a six-month timeframe, a minimum age threshold of 18 years, mainland china residency, and completion of at least one virtual tourism experience through a vr platform. the survey instrument incorporated comprehensive quality control mechanisms, including strategically positioned attention check questions, temporal controls that excluded responses completed within five minutes to ensure response quality, ip address verification mechanisms to prevent duplicate submissions, and reverse-coded items to ensure response consistency. 3.2. sample characteristics the final sample consisted of 307 valid responses from an initial respondent pool of 428 participants, resulting in a response rate of 71.7%. the sample demographics exhibited appropriate representation across age cohorts (18-55 years) and geographical distribution within china. content validity was established through a pilot study involving 30 participants, including vr users and tourism domain experts, resulting in refined question formulation and survey structure. the achieved sample size (n = 307) exceeded the minimum threshold requirements for pls-sem analysis, which prescribe a sample size of at least 10 times the maximum number of paths directed at any construct within the model (hair et al., 2017). the sample composition demonstrated balanced gender representation (51.2% female) and diverse occupational backgrounds, thereby enhancing the generalizability of the results. 3.3. data collection instrument the research instrument employed was a survey that utilized a seven-point likert scale to measure respondents' degree of agreement with various propositions, rather than simply asking for agreement or disagreement. on this scale, seven represented complete agreement, one indicated complete disagreement, and four marked a neutral position. regarding the selection of the seven-point likert scale, previous research suggests that scales ranging from five to seven points provide optimal reliability and validity in measurement. while scales with more points (such as 10-point scales) offer finer gradations, they may introduce unnecessary complexity and potentially reduce response reliability. the sevenpoint scale was selected as it offers sufficient discrimination while maintaining response consistency and ease of use for participants [35]. the items from atzeni et al. [36] study were used to measure vis. prea was measured with the items adopted from wang et al.’s [1] and ribbens et al.’s [37] research. vaq was measured with the items modified from lee et al.’s [15] study. tlp was measured using items adopted from wei & li’s [38] research. pe was measured by the items suggested by yang et. al [39], while the items to measure vrex were modified by jung et al.’s [40] study. finally, pad was measured by the items suggested by atkinson [41]. the adaptation of measurement items for the chinese context followed a systematic cross-cultural validation procedure aligned with established methodological protocols [42]. the measurement items underwent a structured translation-back-translation process involving three bilingual experts in tourism and technology management to ensure conceptual equivalence. the original english items were translated into mandarin chinese by two independent translators, followed by back-translation from a third expert to verify semantic consistency. the enhancement of cultural appropriateness involved conducting cognitive interviews with 12 chinese participants (six tourism experts and six potential users) to evaluate item comprehension and cultural relevance. the feedback resulted in linguistic modifications that more accurately reflected chinese language patterns and cultural nuances. a subsequent pilot study assessed the psychometric properties of the adapted scales. the resultant instrument demonstrated content validity and cultural equivalence while preserving the theoretical integrity of the original constructs. 4. data analysis a partial least squares (pls) analytical framework guided the data examination process through two sequential stages. initial evaluations focused on establishing construct validity and reliability metrics, followed by a systematic determination of path coefficients and causal directionality between constructs [43]. the selection of the pls methodology stems from its demonstrated capability to maintain theoretical relationship integrity while accommodating sophisticated research frameworks [44]. this analytical approach proves particularly valuable when addressing nonnormal distribution patterns, as it incorporates specialized indicators for managing randomization effects in data. the investigation employed progressive analytical procedures [45, 46], leveraging the capacity of pls-sem to process intricate model structures [47]. the management of potential common method bias (cmb) concerns arising from self-reported measures incorporated both procedural and statistical remedies, adhering to established methodological guidelines [48]. the procedural controls implemented temporal separation by introducing a time lag between the measurement of predictor and criterion variables, which reduced respondents' ability to utilize previous responses for subsequent questions. statistical assessment initiated with harman's single-factor test to evaluate potential cmb. an exploratory factor analysis incorporating all measurement items revealed multiple factors, with the first factor accounting for 29.4% of the total hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 837 variance, substantially below the 50% threshold that would indicate severe cmb. these results demonstrated that no single factor accounted for a majority of the covariance among the measures. further examination of construct correlations and their confidence intervals provided additional assessment of discriminant validity and potential common method issues. 4.1. convergent and discriminant validity the assessment of convergent validity incorporated multiple measurement criteria. factor loadings and cronbach's alpha measurements established internal consistency parameters, while rho_a and cr served as key indicators of reliability. the rho_a coefficient specifically evaluates instrumental reliability through weight-based analysis rather than load considerations [49]. statistical credibility thresholds establish 0.7 as the minimum acceptable value for factor loadings, rho_a, and cronbach's alpha measurements [50]. the empirical results presented in table 1 demonstrate that all constructs exceeded the established 0.7 thresholds across factor loadings, cronbach's alpha, and rho_a measurements. additionally, cr values surpassed the 0.70 criterion [51], confirming the instrument's internal validity. convergent validity assessment employed ave calculations for each construct, with values exceeding 0.5 indicating significant convergent validity [52]. the analyzed constructs exhibited ave measurements ranging from 0.599 to 0.795, demonstrating robust convergence levels. table 1. convergent validity constructs indicators factor loadings cronbach alpha rho_a cr ave pad pad1 pad2 pad3 pad4 0.870 0.883 0.927 0.837 0.902 0.910 0.932 0.774 pe pe1 pe2 pe3 0.900 0.917 0.757 0.821 0.826 0.895 0.741 prea prea1 prea2 prea3 prea4 0.897 0.920 0.869 0.879 0.914 0.920 0.939 0.795 tlp tlp1 tlp2 tlp3 tlp4 0.748 0.825 0.786 0.734 0.782 0.794 0.856 0.599 vaq vaq2 vaq3 vaq4 0.843 0.861 0.899 0.837 0.848 0.902 0.753 vrex vrex1 vrex2 vrex3 vrex4 vrex5 vrex6 vrex7 vrex8 0.729 0.880 0.860 0.805 0.808 0.877 0.801 0.724 0.925 0.928 0.939 0.660 vis vis1 vis2 vis3 vis4 0.849 0.855 0.874 0.867 0.884 0.892 0.920 0.741 note: pad = perceived advantage, pe = perceived enjoyment, prea = perceived realism, tlp = telepresence, vaq = vr application quality, vrex = vr experience, vis = visiting intention discriminant validity assessment quantifies the distinctiveness between theoretical constructs. the evaluation employed the fornell and larcker methodology, which utilizes square root calculations of ave values to examine the relationships between latent variables [52]. as demonstrated in table 2, the analysis reveals superior construct differentiation, with ave square root values (indicated in bold text) exceeding cross-construct correlations, confirming that each component accounts for greater variance within its designated construct than concerning other constructs. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 838 table 2. fornell-larcker criterion constructs pad pe prea tlp vaq vrex vis pad 0.880 pe 0.368 0.861 prea 0.533 0.437 0.891 tlp 0.715 0.522 0.578 0.774 vaq 0.579 0.482 0.567 0.632 0.868 vrex 0.698 0.378 0.631 0.717 0.688 0.812 vis 0.470 0.452 0.678 0.521 0.501 0.575 0.861 note: pad = perceived advantage, pe = perceived enjoyment, prea = perceived realism, tlp = telepresence, vaq = vr application quality, vrex = vr experience, vis = visiting intention. the discriminant validity was further analyzed using the confidence intervals (ci) analysis. the 95% ci of the correlations between constructs were examined through bootstrapping with 5000 resamples. as shown in table 3, none of the confidence intervals included 1.0, with the highest upper bound being 0.951 between pad3 <pad. these results provide additional support for discriminant validity among the constructs [53]. table 3. construct correlations and confidence intervals relationship correlation lower ci upper ci pad1 ← pad 0.868 0.812 0.908 pad2 ← pad 0.881 0.806 0.932 pad3 ← pad 0.927 0.900 0.951 pad4 ← pad 0.837 0.782 0.881 pe1 ← pe 0.899 0.853 0.931 pe2 ← pe 0.917 0.887 0.939 pe3 ← pe 0.756 0.678 0.818 prea1 ← prea 0.897 0.868 0.921 prea2 ← prea 0.920 0.891 0.942 prea3 ← prea 0.868 0.824 0.904 prea4 ← prea 0.879 0.820 0.922 tlp1 ← tlp 0.747 0.656 0.815 tlp2 ← tlp 0.825 0.775 0.868 tlp3 ← tlp 0.783 0.680 0.849 tlp4 ← tlp 0.729 0.603 0.819 vaq2 ← vaq 0.842 0.789 0.887 vaq3 ← vaq 0.861 0.812 0.903 vaq4 ← vaq 0.899 0.868 0.925 vis1 ← vis 0.848 0.799 0.888 vis2 ← vis 0.854 0.802 0.894 vis3 ← vis 0.873 0.825 0.910 vis4 ← vis 0.866 0.827 0.898 vrex1 ← vrex 0.726 0.631 0.804 vrex2 ← vrex 0.878 0.832 0.915 vrex3 ← vrex 0.859 0.804 0.904 vrex4 ← vrex 0.802 0.717 0.871 vrex5 ← vrex 0.807 0.738 0.865 vrex6 ← vrex 0.874 0.822 0.914 vrex7 ← vrex 0.799 0.714 0.867 vrex8 ← vrex 0.724 0.612 0.822 note: pad = perceived advantage, pe = perceived enjoyment, prea = perceived realism, tlp = telepresence, vaq = vr application quality, vrex = vr experience, vis = visiting intention hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 839 4.2. research hypotheses testing the analytical framework was evaluated through stepwise regression procedures using smartpls software [47]. this analytical phase focused on inner model computations, with hypothesis verification conducted through the examination of t-values and p-values. the statistical outcomes of this analysis are presented comprehensively in table 4. the empirical analysis indicates differential levels of explanatory power across the model's endogenous constructs. the vrex exhibits the highest predictive accuracy, with an adjusted r-square of 0.634, demonstrating that antecedent variables explain 63.4% of its variance. this value signifies substantial explanatory power according to established thresholds in behavioral science research. pad demonstrates moderate predictive accuracy, with an adjusted r-squared of 0.485, indicating that the predictor variables explain 48.5% of its variance. the vis construct exhibits moderate explanatory power with an adjusted r-square of 0.392, suggesting that the model predictors account for 39.2% of its variance. pe shows the lowest explanatory power with an adjusted r-square of 0.140, indicating that the model explains 14% of its variance. although this value appears relatively modest, it remains within acceptable parameters for exploratory behavioral research in technology adoption studies, particularly in novel contexts such as vr tourism experiences [54]. according to the results of this study, vrex significantly impacted vis (β = 0.421, t-value = 6.615). all the antecedents, tlp (β = 0.385, t-value = 7.679), vaq (β = 0.315, t-value = 5.287), and prea (β = 0.228, t-value = 4.057) were found to significantly impact vrex. furthermore, vrex was found to significantly impact pe (β = 0.380, t-value = 4.671) and pad (β = 0.695, t-value = 14.879). lastly, pe (β = 0.263, t-value = 3.903) was found to significantly impact vis, however, pad (β = 0.080, t-value = 1.319) was discovered to not have a significant association with vis. the non-significant relationship between pad and vis warrants examination through multiple theoretical perspectives. the absence of a direct effect may be attributed to the mediating role of other constructs, specifically vrex and pad, which potentially capture the influence of enjoyment on visiting intentions. this observation aligns with the understanding that while users might find vr tourism content enjoyable, the entertainment element alone may prove insufficient to generate actual visiting intentions. the decision to visit a destination appears to be more significantly influenced by the practical advantages and immersive experiences facilitated by vr technology. this pattern suggests that pad functions as a necessary but insufficient condition for the formation of vis within the vr tourism context. table 4. empirical results hypothesis path coefficient (β) t values p values results h1 : vrex → vis 0.421 6.615 0.000 supported h2: tlp → vrex 0.385 7.679 0.000 supported h3 : vaq → vrex 0.315 5.287 0.000 supported h4: prea → vrex 0.228 4.057 0.000 supported h5: vrex → pe 0.380 4.671 0.000 supported h6: vrex → pad 0.695 14.879 0.000 supported h7: pe → vis 0.263 3.903 0.000 supported h8: pad → vis 0.080 1.319 0.187 not supported note: pad = perceived advantage, pe = perceived enjoyment, prea = perceived realism, tlp = telepresence, vaq = vr application quality, vrex = vr experience, vis = visiting intention. the indirect effects findings are indicated in table 5. according to the findings, tlp (β = 0.162, t-value = 4.951), vaq (β = 0.132, t-value = 4.378), and prea (β = 0.097, t-value = 3.030) were found to indirectly impact vis, with having vrex as a mediating variable. vrex was found to have an indirect significant association with vis, mediated by pe (β = 0.099, t-value = 3.152). however, there was no indirect significance when pad (β = 0.056, t-value = 1.299) was used as a mediating variable. table 5. indirect effects indirect effects path coefficient (β) t values p values results tlp → vrex → vis 0.162 4.951 0.000 supported vaq → vrex → vis 0.132 4.378 0.000 supported prea → vrex → vis 0.097 3.030 0.002 supported vrex → pe → vis 0.099 3.152 0.002 supported vrex → pad → vis 0.056 1.299 0.194 not supported note: pad = perceived advantage, pe = perceived enjoyment, prea = perceived realism, tlp = telepresence, vaq = vr application quality, vrex = vr experience, vis = visiting intention. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 840 5. discussion 5.1. comparison of results the empirical analysis of the present study revealed a strong positive relationship between vrex and vis, indicating that immersive virtual encounters have a significant impact on tourists' propensity to visit destinations. this finding aligns with contemporary research conducted in southeast asian contexts. a notable investigation by wismantoro et al. [6] into sustainable tourism practices, incorporating vrex in indonesia's traditional batik communities, yielded comparable results. the researchers examined how vrex influenced vis in cultural heritage settings. their investigation, which surveyed visitors to authentic batik-producing regions, confirmed the substantial impact of vrex on actual vis. the work was particularly noteworthy for its novel application of virtual reality technology in promoting sustainable community-based tourism in emerging economies. in terms of antecedents of vrex, all three antecedents—tlp, vaq, and pad — were found to impact vrex significantly. a recent meta-analytical investigation by junior ladeira et al. [10] provided substantial empirical evidence supporting the relationship between tlp and vrex through rigorous statistical analysis. their study employed advanced meta-analytic structural equation modeling to assess the impacts of telepresence across multiple virtual platforms, encompassing various digital mediums, from conventional websites to emerging metaverse environments. their findings conclusively established the positive influence of tlp on vrex, providing a strong theoretical foundation that aligns with the current study's results. the established relationship between vaq and vrex aligns with contemporary research in immersive technology applications. a significant empirical investigation by anwar et al. [55] examined this relationship through the lens of advanced immersive media technologies, with a specific focus on 360-degree video implementations. their methodological approach involved the development of a comprehensive 360-degree video database, systematically encoded at three distinct bitrate levels utilizing 4k resolution parameters. through rigorous analysis of their proposed framework and subsequent predictive modeling, the study established a robust correlation between vaq and the resulting vrex. their findings demonstrated that the technical quality of virtual reality applications serves as a crucial determinant of the overall immersive experience. the relationship between prea and vrex was empirically supported by previous research, particularly through the seminal work of bowman et al. [56]. their study advanced theoretical understanding by investigating social realism as a core component of prea, specifically examining how prea of virtual characters and events influences entertainment outcomes. the research framework incorporated an analysis of place-based immersion effects, with a specific focus on tourism-related behavioral outcomes. employing a systematic internal replication methodology, the study collected data from international participants who were engaged with the assassin's creed gaming series. the analysis of modern historical gaming experiences yielded that enhanced prea demonstrated a positive relationship with user enjoyment, while increased spatial immersion correlated significantly with content appreciation. these findings contributed valuable theoretical insights regarding the role of prea in vrex and its implications for historical gaming applications. the present study’s statistical analysis demonstrated significant correlations between vrex and two key outcome variables: pe and pad. these results show notable correspondence with the research findings presented by yu et al. [8] in their examination of virtual reality solutions for addressing constraints in the senior tourism market. their investigation employed a methodologically rigorous mixed-methods approach to analyze the effects of vrex on the pad and pe levels of elderly participants. the study's findings revealed statistically significant relationships between the examined variables, contributing valuable insights to the understanding of virtual reality applications in senior tourism activation. the empirical evidence supported the potential of vrex as an effective tool for enhancing senior tourism engagement. the current analysis revealed a significant relationship between pe and vis, complementing the theoretical framework established by ariffin and susanto [24]. their investigation explored the complex pathways through which social media influencer (smi) characteristics impact vis, specifically examining pe as a mediating factor. the study implemented a purposive sampling strategy, focusing on respondents who had encountered tourism-related smi content on online platforms. their analytical results highlighted the significant mediating effect of pe in the relationship between influencer attractiveness and vis, contributing to the understanding of social media's role in shaping tourism decisions. when examining the relationship dynamics, the current statistical tests revealed that vis remained unaffected by pad. a relevant comparison emerges from sodawan & hsu's [57] academic contribution, which explored patterns of tourism behavior. their research framework incorporated multiple variables, examining how halal-friendly destination features interacted with trust factors, perceived attractiveness, and visit intention. by focusing their data collection on muslim travelers, they successfully demonstrated that destinations offering halal-friendly characteristics have a positive impact on pad. additionally, in destinations outside islamic regions, their analysis confirmed that pad acted as a crucial intermediate factor linking contextual destination elements to travel decision-making processes. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 841 the non-significant relationship between pad and vis can be explained through multiple theoretical mechanisms. primarily, within virtual tourism experiences, the cognitive processing of advantages operates distinctly from behavioral intentions, attributed to the experiential nature of vr technology. user engagement with virtual environments suggests that decision-making processes are predominantly influenced by immediate experiential factors rather than utilitarian considerations. additionally, the psychological distance between virtual advantage recognition and actual visit planning may potentially create a temporal construal effect, wherein immediate emotional responses supersede cognitive benefits in the formation of behavioral intentions. the novelty of vr technology in tourism contexts may lead users to prioritize hedonic aspects over functional benefits when forming visit intentions. this observation suggests that the relationship between pad and vis in virtual tourism environments is more complex than previously theorized. 5.2. theoretical implications this empirical investigation advances the theoretical domain of virtual reality tourism by rigorously validating interconnected relationships. the findings establish crucial theoretical pathways by empirically confirming how tlp [10], vaq [58], and prea [56] collectively shape vrex. while previous scholars have examined these elements independently, this research framework demonstrates their synchronized impact on immersive virtual encounters. a distinctive theoretical contribution emerges through the establishment of concurrent mediating mechanisms. specifically, the study validates how pe [23] and pad [59] simultaneously mediate the relationship between vrex [1] and vis [11]. this sophisticated dual-pathway framework illuminates the psychological mechanisms through which virtual encounters translate into travel motivations. the theoretical framework extends contemporary understanding by positioning vrex as a sophisticated psychological construct rather than a mere technological outcome. this conceptualization highlights how vrex is fundamentally intertwined with cognitive and perceptual mechanisms, thereby establishing a theoretical foundation for virtual presence research [3]. through systematic empirical validation, this investigation addresses critical gaps in existing virtual tourism literature, offering a comprehensive model that captures the multifaceted nature of virtual reality experiences and their influence on travel behavior. 5.3. practical implications tourism industry stakeholders gain substantial insights from this empirical investigation into the implementation of virtual reality. senior executives within the tourism sector should meticulously evaluate three critical success factors in virtual experiences: tlp, vaq, and prea of destination representation. organizations must allocate resources towards sophisticated virtual platforms featuring responsive interfaces and crystal-clear visual elements, as these technical specifications profoundly shape visitor interactions [40]. marketing teams at destination organizations can leverage these findings when crafting immersive digital tours that authentically showcase their locations. industry practitioners must carefully balance experiential and functional aspects within their vrex offerings, as evidenced by the research outcomes. successful implementation requires thoughtful integration of dynamic features, destination storytelling, and rich sensory elements that forge meaningful connections with potential visitors. virtual reality platforms serve a crucial role as pre-travel orientation tools, proving particularly valuable for lesser-known destinations or locations perceived as logistically challenging [5]. such technological solutions effectively address travel uncertainties while promoting familiarity with destinations among target audiences. tourism authorities and policy-makers can utilize these research-based insights to construct more encompassing tourism frameworks [2]. regional tourism boards should evaluate the implementation of comprehensive virtual programs that encompass cultural preservation initiatives, educational outreach efforts, and structured guidelines governing the deployment of technology across various tourism contexts. 5.4. research limitations and future research directions this investigation, while advancing the understanding of virtual reality in tourism contexts, acknowledges several methodological and conceptual boundaries that merit further scholarly attention. although the present framework thoroughly examines vrex-vis relationships, certain external moderating elements warrant deeper investigation. future scholarly endeavors may incorporate moderating variables, such as mobility constraints [60], to develop more sophisticated models of virtual-to-physical travel behavior conversion. longitudinal investigations become particularly relevant for tracking the evolution of vrex-vis relationships, especially considering the rapid advancement of immersive technologies and the growing sophistication of users [61]. future investigations would benefit from methodological diversification beyond current parameters. while this study provides empirical foundations, subsequent research could integrate interpretive approaches through phenomenological interviews and focused group discussions, illuminating the psychological underpinnings of virtual tourism experiences. experimental protocols could establish causality between specific vr design elements and user responses, offering precise development guidelines for virtual applications. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 842 emerging scholarly work should examine how technological innovations influence user engagement and travel intentions. investigation into the convergence of virtual reality with artificial intelligence [62] and internet-enabled devices could reveal pathways toward more personalized virtual tourism experiences. geographic and sample limitations suggest opportunities for cross-cultural investigations and the expansion of empirical studies. future research could investigate cultural variations in the adoption and effectiveness of virtual tourism, potentially informing the development of culturally adapted virtual applications. 6. conclusion the research advances the understanding of vr technology adoption in tourism by examining the antecedents of vrex, including tlp, vaq, and prea. it also examines the relationships between pe, vrex, pad, and vis within the chinese tourism context. the results reveal significant theoretical and practical implications for the development of vr tourism. the investigation extends technology acceptance literature by demonstrating the critical mediating role of pe and pad in translating vrex perceptions into vis. statistical analysis revealed significant associations between vrex and vis, with all three antecedents demonstrating substantial influence on vrex formation. the findings establish that vrex has a significant impact on both pe and pad dimensions. notably, while pe emerged as a significant determinant of vis, pad demonstrated no substantial effect on visit intentions. these insights benefit tourism practitioners and vr content developers, emphasizing the importance of creating immersive and beneficial vr experiences that extend beyond mere entertainment value. the investigation examines the growing importance of vr technology in chinese tourism markets, where pre-visit information has a significant impact on decision-making processes. future research opportunities include exploring longitudinal effects of vr tourism experiences, cross-cultural comparisons of vr adoption patterns, and the integration of additional constructs such as social presence and technological readiness. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, l.z. and j.z.; methodology, l.z., h.z., and j.z.; validation, j.z.; formal analysis, l.z. and h.z.; investigation, l.z.; writing—original draft preparation, l.z., h.z., x.c., and j.z.; writing—review and editing, l.z., h.z., x.c., and j.z.; visualization, l.z.; funding acquisition, l.z., h.z., x.c., and j.z. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding this study is supported by the following projects: 2024 international science and technology cooperation project of henan province (project name: key technology research and development of anti-erosion protection materials for stone relics of world cultural heritage "longmen grottoes"; project no.: 252102521026); 2025 general project of soft science research plan of henan provincial department of science and technology (project name: research on cultural gene interpretation and protection and inheritance of industrial heritage in henan province; project no.: 252400410641); henan provincial department of education (project name: 2022 research and practice project on research-based teaching reform in undergraduate colleges and universities; project no.: 2022syjxlx097); the soft science research project of henan province in 2024 (project name: research on the protection, inheritance and development of cultural space of traditional villages in henan yanhuang; project no.: 242400411147); research project on integration of production and education in undergraduate universities in henan province (project name: comprehensive reform and application of multiple collaborative practice teaching mode of design major under ai enabling; project no.: 2023348073); research and practice project on undergraduate education and teaching reform of henan agricultural university (project name: research and practice on teaching reform of general courses of public art in colleges and universities in the new era of "educating people with aesthetics and infiltrating integration"); fund of henan university of engineering doctoral cultivation (project no.: d2022036); 2024 zhongyuan talent program (talent development series) zhongyuan culture outstanding young talent; 2020 humanities and social sciences research project of the ministry of education 'study on the imagery of the baima of yunnan' (20yja760112). 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 843 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] wang, j. c., santoso, h. b., changkaew, l., tamtama, g. i. w., & windasari, n. a. (2025). virtual reality in dark tourism: multisensory virtual tourism experiences with thermal stimuli. journal on computing and cultural heritage, 18(2), 3720398. doi:10.1145/3720398. [2] sinha, n., dhingra, s., sehrawat, r., jain, v., & himanshu, h. (2025). customers’ intention to use virtual reality in tourism: a comprehensive analysis of influencing factors. tourism review, 80(3), 742–766. doi:10.1108/tr-07-2023-0488. [3] talawar, a., s, s., & alathur, s. (2025). advancements of virtual reality in tourism and hospitality research. a hybrid review using the tccm framework. asia pacific journal of tourism research, 30(1), 38–56. doi:10.1080/10941665.2024.2414890. [4] zhao, j. w., & park, h. j. (2025). enhancing value co-creation through mental imagery in virtual reality tourism. asia pacific journal of tourism research, 30(9), 1177–1187. doi:10.1080/10941665.2025.2486036. [5] sann, r., luecha, p., & rueangchaithanakun, r. (2024). the effects of virtual reality travel on satisfaction and visiting intention utilizing an extended stimulus-organism-response theory: perspectives from thai tourists. journal of hospitality and tourism insights, 7(5), 2684–2703. doi:10.1108/jhti-05-2023-0321. [6] wismantoro, y., aryanto, v. d. w., pamungkas, i. d., purusa, n. a., amron, chasanah, a. n., & usman. (2023). virtual reality destination experiences model: a moderating variable between wisesa sustainable tourism behavior and tourists’ intention to visit. sustainability (switzerland), 15(1), 446. doi:10.3390/su15010446. [7] cao, x., luo, z., qiu, j., & liu, y. (2022). does ostracism impede chinese tourist self-disclosure on wechat? the perspective of social anxiety and self-construal. journal of hospitality and tourism management, 50, 178-187. doi:10.1016/j.jhtm.2022.02.013. [8] yu, j., kim, s., hailu, t. b., park, j., & han, h. (2024). the effects of virtual reality (vr) and augmented reality (ar) on senior tourists’ experiential quality, perceived advantages, perceived enjoyment, and reuse intention. current issues in tourism, 27(3), 464–478. doi:10.1080/13683500.2023.2165483. [9] meenakshy, m., chaudhary, v., kumar, a., & bhattacharyya, s. s. (2025). virtual reality-360° vs. screen-360° medium and ecological vs. recreational story type impact on sustainable travel intention. international journal of human-computer interaction, 41(19), 12434–12448. doi:10.1080/10447318.2025.2462124. [10] junior ladeira, w., de oliveira santini, f., rasul, t., hasan jafar, s., carlos de oliveira rosa, j., frantz, b., zandonai pontin, p., & antonio lampert dornelles, l. (2025). telepresence in tourism and hospitality: a meta-analytic review of virtual environment. current issues in tourism, 1–15. doi:10.1080/13683500.2025.2485378. [11] yersüren, s., & özel, ç. h. (2024). the effect of virtual reality experience quality on destination visit intention and virtual reality travel intention. journal of hospitality and tourism technology, 15(1), 70–103. doi:10.1108/jhtt-02-2023-0046. [12] lee, y. j., & ji, y. g. (2025). effects of visual realism on avatar perception in immersive and non-immersive virtual environments. international journal of human-computer interaction, 41(7), 4362–4375. doi:10.1080/10447318.2024.2351713. [13] samin, t., shabbir, r., & abrar, m. (2025). role of telepresence and information quality in driving purchase intention through virtual reality. the critical review of social sciences studies, 3(1), 2943-2958. doi:10.59075/xngwsg79. [14] shin, h., & kang, j. (2024). how does the metaverse travel experience influence virtual and actual travel behaviors? focusing on the role of telepresence and avatar identification. journal of hospitality and tourism management, 58, 174–183. doi:10.1016/j.jhtm.2023.12.009. [15] lee, m., lee, s. a., jeong, m., & oh, h. (2020). quality of virtual reality and its impacts on behavioral intention. international journal of hospitality management, 90, 102595. doi:10.1016/j.ijhm.2020.102595. [16] molina, e., jerez, a. r., & gómez, n. p. (2020). avatars rendering and its effect on perceived realism in virtual reality. proceedings 2020 ieee international conference on artificial intelligence and virtual reality, aivr 2020, 222–225. doi:10.1109/aivr50618.2020.00046. [17] jung, s., & lindeman, r. w. (2021). perspective: does realism improve presence in vr? suggesting a model and metric for vr experience evaluation. frontiers in virtual reality, 2, 693327. doi:10.3389/frvir.2021.693327. [18] jo, h., & park, d. h. (2023). affordance, usefulness, enjoyment, and aesthetics in sustaining virtual reality engagement. scientific reports, 13(1), 15097. doi:10.1038/s41598-023-42113-1. [19] leveau, p. h., & camus, et s. (2023). embodiment, immersion, and enjoyment in virtual reality marketing experiences. psychology and marketing, 40(7), 1329–1343. doi:10.1002/mar.21822. [20] moreira, g. j., luna-nevarez, c., & mcgovern, e. (2022). it’s about enjoying the virtual experience: the role of enjoyment and engagement in the adoption of virtual reality in marketing education. marketing education review, 32(3), 224–239. doi:10.1080/10528008.2021.1965486. [21] checa, d., & bustillo, a. (2020). advantages and limits of virtual reality in learning processes: briviesca in the fifteenth century. virtual reality, 24(1), 151–161. doi:10.1007/s10055-019-00389-7. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 844 [22] straatmann, t., schumacher, j. p., koßmann, c., poehler, l., teuteberg, f., mueller, k., & hamborg, k. c. (2022). advantages of virtual reality for the participative design of work processes: an integrative perspective. work, 72(4), 1765–1788. doi:10.3233/wor-211260. [23] shi, m., deng, l., zhang, m., & long, y. (2025). how telepresence and perceived enjoyment mediate the relationship between interaction quality and continuance intention: evidence from china zisha-ware digital museum. plos one, 20, 317784. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0317784. [24] yusra, y., vilzati, v., eliana, e., ariffin, a. a. m., & susanto, p. (2023). stimulating visit intention using social media influencer: mediating role of enjoyment. indonesian journal of business and entrepreneurship, 9(2), 295–295. doi:10.17358/ijbe.9.2.295. [25] zhou, b., liu, s., yu, h., zhu, d., & xiong, q. (2022). perceived benefits and forest tourists consumption intention: environmental protection attitude and resource utilization attitude as mediators. forests, 13(5), 812. doi:10.3390/f13050812. [26] saleem, t., talpur, q. ul ain, ishaq, m. i., raza, a., & junaid, m. (2024). exploring the effect of telepresence and escapism on consumer post-purchase intention in an immersive virtual reality environment. journal of retailing and consumer services, 81, 104014. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2024.104014. [27] debarba, h. g., montagud, m., chagué, s., herrero, j. g. l., lacosta, i., langa, s. f., & charbonnier, c. (2024). content format and quality of experience in virtual reality. multimedia tools and applications, 83(15), 46481–46506. doi:10.1007/s11042-02212176-9. [28] newman, m., gatersleben, b., wyles, k. j., & ratcliffe, e. (2022). the use of virtual reality in environment experiences and the importance of realism. journal of environmental psychology, 79, 101733. doi:10.1016/j.jenvp.2021.101733. [29] weber, s., weibel, d., & mast, f. w. (2021). how to get there when you are there already? defining presence in virtual reality and the importance of perceived realism. frontiers in psychology, 12, 628298. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2021.628298. [30] mouatt, b., smith, a. e., mellow, m. l., parfitt, g., smith, r. t., & stanton, t. r. (2020). the use of virtual reality to influence motivation, affect, enjoyment, and engagement during exercise: a scoping review. frontiers in virtual reality, 1, 564664. doi:10.3389/frvir.2020.564664. [31] jang, y., & park, e. (2019). an adoption model for virtual reality games: the roles of presence and enjoyment. telematics and informatics, 42, 101239. doi:10.1016/j.tele.2019.101239. [32] basuki, r., tarigan, z. j. h., siagian, h., limanta, l. s., setiawan, d., & mochtar, j. (2022). the effects of perceived ease of use, usefulness, enjoyment and intention to use online platforms on behavioral intention in online movie watching during the pandemic era. international journal of data and network science, 6(1), 253-262. doi:10.5267/j.ijdns.2021.9.003. [33] wang, h., & lee, k. (2020). getting in the flow together: the role of social presence, perceived enjoyment and concentration on sustainable use intention of mobile social network game. sustainability (switzerland), 12(17), 6853. doi:10.3390/su12176853. [34] han, h., baek, h., lee, k., & huh, b. (2014). perceived benefits, attitude, image, desire, and intention in virtual golf leisure. journal of hospitality marketing and management, 23(5), 465–486. doi:10.1080/19368623.2013.813888. [35] khan, a., chen, c. c., suanpong, k., ruangkanjanases, a., kittikowit, s., & chen, s. c. (2021). the impact of csr on sustainable innovation ambidexterity: the mediating role of sustainable supply chain management and second-order social capital. sustainability (switzerland), 13(21), 12160. doi:10.3390/su132112160. [36] atzeni, m., del chiappa, g., & mei pung, j. (2022). enhancing visit intention in heritage tourism: the role of object-based and existential authenticity in non-immersive virtual reality heritage experiences. international journal of tourism research, 24(2), 240–255. doi:10.1002/jtr.2497. [37] ribbens, w., malliet, s., van eck, r., & larkin, d. (2016). perceived realism in shooting games: towards scale validation. computers in human behavior, 64, 308–318. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2016.06.055. [38] wei, n., & li, z. w. (2021). telepresence and interactivity in mobile learning system: its relation with open innovation. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 7(1), 1–18. doi:10.3390/joitmc7010078. [39] yang, x. (2024). mobile learning application characteristics and learners’ continuance intentions: the role of flow experience. education and information technologies, 29(2), 2259–2275. doi:10.1007/s10639-023-11910-6. [40] jung, t., tom dieck, m. c., lee, h., & chung, n. (2016). effects of virtual reality and augmented reality on visitor experiences in museum. information and communication technologies in tourism 2016, 621–635. doi:10.1007/978-3-31928231-2_45. [41] atkinson, n. l. (2007). developing a questionnaire to measure perceived attributes of ehealth innovations. american journal of health behavior, 31(6), 612–621. doi:10.5993/ajhb.31.6.6. [42] brislin, r. w. back-translation for cross-cultural research. journal of cross-cultural psychology, 1(3), 185–216. [43] hulland, j. (1999). use of partial least squares (pls) in strategic management research: a review of four recent studies. strategic management journal, 20(2), 195–204. doi:10.1002/(sici)1097-0266(199902)20:2<195::aid-smj13>3.0.co;2-7. [44] petter, s., straub, d., & rai, a. (2007). specifying formative constructs in information systems research. mis quarterly: management information systems, 31(4), 623–656. doi:10.2307/25148814. [45] chin & newsted p. r., w. w. (1999). structural equation modeling analysis with small samples using partial least square. statistical strategies for small sample research, 1(1), 307–341. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 845 [46] zhao, h., & khan, a. (2022). the students’ flow experience with the continuous intention of using online english platforms. frontiers in psychology, 12, 807084–807084. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2021.807084. [47] ringle, c. m., wende, s., & becker, j. m. (2022). smartpls 4 gmbh. available online: http://www.smartpls.com (accessed on august 2025). [48] podsakoff, p. m., mackenzie, s. b., lee, j. y., & podsakoff, n. p. (2003). common method biases in behavioral research: a critical review of the literature and recommended remedies. journal of applied psychology, 88(5), 879–903. doi:10.1037/0021-9010.88.5.879. [49] henseler, j., dijkstra, t. k., sarstedt, m., ringle, c. m., diamantopoulos, a., straub, d. w., ketchen, d. j., hair, j. f., hult, g. t. m., & calantone, r. j. (2014). common beliefs and reality about pls: comments on rönkkö and evermann (2013). organizational research methods, 17(2), 182–209. doi:10.1177/1094428114526928. [50] nguyen, s. van, & habók, a. (2021). designing and validating the learner autonomy perception questionnaire. heliyon, 7(4), 6831. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2021.e06831. [51] chin, w. w., & newsted, p. r. (1998). the partial least squares approach to structural equation modeling. modern methods for business research. statistical strategies for small sample research, 295(2), 295-336. [52] fornell, c., & larcker, d. f. (1981). evaluating structural equation models with unobservable variables and measurement error. journal of marketing research, 18(1), 39–50. doi:10.1177/002224378101800104. [53] torkzadeh, g., koufteros, x., & pflughoeft, k. (2003). confirmatory analysis of computer self-efficacy. structural equation modeling, 10(2), 263–275. doi:10.1207/s15328007sem1002_6. [54] akossou, a. y. j. (2013). impact of data structure on the estimators r-square and adjusted r-square in linear regression. international journal of mathematics and computation, 20(3), 84–93. [55] anwar, m. s., wang, j., ullah, a., khan, w., ahmad, s., & fei, z. (2020). measuring quality of experience for 360-degree videos in virtual reality. science china information sciences, 63(10), 1–15. doi:10.1007/s11432-019-2734-y. [56] bowman, n. d., vandewalle, a., daneels, r., lee, y., & chen, s. (2024). animating a plausible past: perceived realism and sense of place influence entertainment of and tourism intentions from historical video games. games and culture, 19(3), 286–308. doi:10.1177/15554120231162428. [57] sodawan, a., & hsu, r. l. w. (2022). halal-friendly attributes and muslims’ visit intention: exploring the roles of perceived value and destination trust. sustainability (switzerland), 14(19), 12002. doi:10.3390/su141912002. [58] mcgovern, e., moreira, g., & luna-nevarez, c. (2020). an application of virtual reality in education: can this technology enhance the quality of students’ learning experience? journal of education for business, 95(7), 490–496. doi:10.1080/08832323.2019.1703096. [59] yu, j., kim, s., baah, n. g., seo, j., & han, h. (2023). influence of vegan attributes on hotel consumption value, perceived advantages, and word-of-mouth and revisit intentions. journal of travel and tourism marketing, 40(8), 639–652. doi:10.1080/10548408.2023.2285301. [60] cascetta, e., & henke, i. (2023). the seventh transport revolution and the new challenges for sustainable mobility. journal of urban mobility, 4, 100059. doi:10.1016/j.urbmob.2023.100059. [61] ho, h. c. y., & chan, y. c. (2022). longitudinal associations between psychological capital and problem-solving among social workers: a two-wave cross-lagged study. health and social care in the community, 30(5), e2702–e2711. doi:10.1111/hsc.13713. [62] chen, c. t., chen, s. c., khan, a., lim, m. k., & tseng, m. l. (2024). antecedents of big data analytics and artificial intelligence adoption on operational performance: the chatgpt platform. industrial management and data systems, 124(7), 2388-2413. doi:10.1108/imds-10-2023-0778. http://www.smartpls.com/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 303 issn: 2723-9535 a novel cost-effective unmanned ground vehicle platform for robotics education clyde sanmig domin d. corpuz 1 , gilroy a. cuaycong 1 , raffaello giuliano d. diño 1 , raphael c. estacio 1 , gregg angelo c. señar 1 , alvin y. chua 1* 1 department of mechanical engineering, de la salle university manila, 2401 taft ave, malate, manila, 1004 metro manila, philippines. received 28 november 2024; revised 19 february 2025; accepted 24 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract this study demonstrates a novel unmanned ground vehicle platform suitable for educational robotics that is cost-effective, modular, and utilizes 3d-printed components. the methodology involved creating three ugv designs using fusion 360 and implementing finite element analysis (fea) testing in ansys to identify potential failure points. the team tested various configurations, including 3d-printed and aluminium components, to find an appropriate balance between durability and cost-effectiveness. using gps accuracy and incline navigation, the authors assessed the ugv's capabilities, feasibility, and educational value. the study peer reviews identified standards the ugv should adhere to develop a modular, costeffective, and feasible learning platform. the platform demonstrated outdoor capabilities and the capacity to perform efficiently using proper specifications. students and an instructor evaluated various aspects of the ugv platform through workshops conducted by the authors. the assembly received positive ratings, with an average rating of 4 out of 5 on a likert scale. issues pointed out by the participants included loose screw threading and the complexity of the fastening screws and nuts. the seamlessness of electronic connection and modules was also rated, with participants rating the battery capacity and pixhawk unit with 4.17 to 4.21 out of 5 on the scale. however, the mission planner assessment showed a significant drop in learning curve evaluation due to the overwhelming interface of the software for new users. the overall performance of the ugv was rated at 4 out of 5 due to its 3d-printed frame. participants observed that inclines and turning capability were notable features of the ugv platform. the open-source platform features multiple outdoor-specific components, including a distance sensor, gps, and wireless telemetry. with the option of adding a bump sensor and a coprocessor as needed, the ugv platform achieved its goal of being a cheaper alternative to commercially available robotics kits while offering more features for custom configurations. keywords: modularity; chassis design; finite element analysis (fea); educational robotics. 1. introduction robotics is an emerging field in stem education, with many educational institutions integrating students with the competency and skills necessary for industry 4.0. however, developing countries like the philippines face challenges in implementing a robotics curriculum that gears the next generation of students with the literacy to utilize robotics and advanced technologies across various professions [1]. alda et al. (2020) [1] elaborated on four key factors to address the challenges posed by education 4.0, according to halili’s (2019) [2] study on the education landscape present in the fourth industrial revolution. these factors include remodeling classrooms to foster a more engaging and interactive exchange of ideas amongst students and the instructor, employing student-centered, peer-centered, and technology-based * corresponding author: alvin.chua@dlsu.edu.ph http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-020 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-020 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0001-9848-2380 https://orcid.org/0009-0004-3979-8678 https://orcid.org/0009-0009-6719-4026 https://orcid.org/0009-0007-2255-3449 https://orcid.org/0009-0001-9582-0647 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0954-7291 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 304 learning processes; incorporating an interdisciplinary and flexible curriculum without being limited to traditional teaching strategies; and integrating advanced technological trends to supplement the quality and substance of teaching and learning. the philippines’ k-12 curriculum was established in 2013 to form students into critical problem solvers, responsible stewards of nature, innovators, informed decision makers, and effective communicators [3]. the science curriculum, in particular, is learner-centered and inquiry-based, with subjects increasing in complexity towards advanced grade levels [3]. instructors incorporate relevant digital tools and emerging technologies to fully engage students in their lessons, which allows for deeper understanding and direct application of science in the real world. examples of digital tools are dost, starbooks, and the learning resources management and development system (lrmds) to enhance instruction and provide access to resources. even with the potential of these tools, the philippines faces challenges in its curriculum structure and instructional policies. de la cruz (2022) [3] observed low rankings and scores in the national achievement test (nat), the programme for international student assessment (pisa), and the trends in international mathematics and science (timss). he also expanded on a report from the organisation for economic cooperation and development (oecd), which observed a low expenditure per student in the philippines. in addition, the country’s expenditure ranked the lowest amongst pisa’s participating countries (oecd, 2019). these findings raise a critical issue, prompting stem educational institutions to reevaluate their learning framework and its implementation. in alda et al.’s (2020) [1] readiness evaluation, it was discovered that faculty are technologically competent and receptive to education 4.0. alda et al.’s (2020) [1] readiness evaluation is supplemented by simpal & robles’ (2024) [4] study, which indicated that faculty in higher education institutions (heis) located in region xii had high levels of understanding of education 4.0 needs and digital competency. common causes of concern are the improvements needed in technical infrastructure, curriculum organization, and digital content creation, which are essential to strengthen the implemented initiatives [4]. there are also threats to the rollout of a robust science curriculum, which include the absence of equitable access to technologies, teaching resources, and insufficient infrastructure for sectors like 3d printing, robotics, and augmented/virtual reality. de la cruz (2022) [3] emphasized that the philippine government must prioritize developing literacy in science, technology, and innovation in order to help address national and global challenges. for instance, unmanned ground vehicles (ugvs) that serve as substitutes for human labor are essential in sectors like agriculture, military services, medicine, and other dangerous fields [5]. gonzales et al. (2021) [6] described that incorporating robotics education improves technological literacy and quality of life. it supplements quality instruction during lessons, given that teachers are proactive with training and integration. [6]. magsumbol et al. (2021) [7] reported that the adoption of robotics in education in the philippines is still in its infancy, despite its potential to automate and supplement multiple professions based on findings from the harmonized national research development agenda (hnrda). the philippine government already initiated digitization efforts such as the inclusive innovation industrial strategy (i3s), which aimed to enhance the philippine economy’s industrial, agricultural, and commercial sectors [6]. a policy paper by louise de ocampo et al. (2019) [8] discussed how heis are considering the inclusion of robotics in their curriculum and research. several of them even collaborated with universities abroad. de la salle university’s partnership with liverpool hope university in the uk offers an msc program in robotics, and our lady of lourdes colleges’ partnership with carnegie mellon university in the usa assesses their institution’s capability to host robotics programs in the future. to creatively work with these limits, this study aims to utilize 3d printing and open-source components to create a durable outdoor ugv that can perform various tasks and to develop an improved robotics curriculum with informative, educational modules to boost the integration of robotics in the philippines. the developed ugv and the robotics curriculum will create greater accessibility to learning kits, enhancing interest and innovations in the industry. this article describes the creation of a cost-effective educational ugv platform designed for robotics education and outdoor use, aiming to promote vast accessibility to educational robotics kits, particularly for institutions with financial difficulties. the ugv kit allows students and instructors to innovate and tailor their robot and its components to specific applications. the authors developed a platform designed to be modular, customizable, and affordable, as 3d-printed parts reduce manufacturing costs. the 3d-printed parts are a distinguished feature that most existing robotics kits lack. various software and hardware prototyping was employed, including 3d printing, pixhawk flight controller configuration, and open-source control software. performance testing measured the payload, speed, maneuverability, and navigation of the ugv to be functional in outdoor applications. the authors then conducted a mixed-method focus group study composed of filipino students and an instructor to evaluate the ugv platform’s educational value, user experience, and areas of improvement to enhance its quality. the results proved the robot's and platform’s viability as quality tools for financially limited institutions. 2. review of related literature 2.1. higher education robotics programs the paper features the need for educational robotics kits to keep up with the future demands of heis. its software and hardware must be openly accessible and compatible with the needs of higher education robotics coursework, which is often geared toward more complicated programming, electronics design, and hardware fabrication. the developed curriculum must also develop industry-applicable skills within learners to prepare students to be robotics practitioners or academic researchers. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 305 munsayac et al. (2023) [9] conducted a similar study, which laid out the current status of university-level robotics education in the philippines. seventy-eight (78) science, technology, and innovation (sti) with linkages to international heis in boosting the current status of sti in the philippine heis are not yet competitive and sufficient to keep pace with other countries. among those heis, ateneo de davao university, first in educational learning trends always (felta) multi-media inc., and de la salle university were cited by munsayac et al. (2023) [9] as examples of institutions offering robotics as a field of study. moreover, the study identified policy recommendations that would best prepare filipinos when industry 4.0 inevitably affects the job market due to increasing demand for robotics in various industries like automotive manufacturing. the researchers recommended that there should be increased investment in educational materials and tools tied to a robotics curriculum, as it is currently limited to private universities and partnerships. these investments can help engage interest in robotics and provide potential reskilling opportunities for those who want to prepare for a career shift when applying for graduate studies at heis. in line with this, developing educational robotics kits that graduate students can use as research material can be impactful. the current objective of the authors is to develop a modular ugv that fits within the scope of creating an educational tool for the planned investments in robotics education. drone technology in the philippines is progressively increasing, with applications ranging from military to photography and racing. many learning institutions have considered integrating drone technology into educational curricula, including de la salle university manila, where espinola et al. (2019) [10] developed an easily accessible online drone learning course. learners are given three modules within the course framework: drone introduction, parts and functions, and operations basics. another key website component is its interactive activities, which include a drone flight simulation game and a 3d printing kit for the drone model featured in the game. the introduction of the course defines uavs, types, and applications. the parts and functions module orients learners to the hardware components of a uav. lastly, the operations basics teach users fundamental drone flying concepts. the developers used a game development engine called unity to create the simulation, which includes three levels: easy, medium, and difficult. to assess the effectiveness of the course, the researchers used convenience sampling to select respondents who completed both a pre-test and post-test on the website’s content. feedback from the website indicates that 91% of the participants gave positive feedback, noting its functionality and user-friendly interface, while only 1% responded negatively. for the game simulation, responses were mixed, with 66% positive, 26% neutral, and 8% negative feedback. the game’s positive responses were due to its ability to motivate and engage players in the simulation. in the overall assessment of the system, 45% of the respondents noted that the simulation game sparked their interest in drone technology. furthermore, the respondents also pointed out that the most challenging part of the course was linking the concepts of drone operation and control in the simulation game. 2.2. robotic kits used in educational institutions robotics kits are necessary to impart the knowledge and skill sets of robotics to students and to help provide a learning avenue for students to develop robots. ruzzenente et al. (2012) [11] described how most robotics kits provide components such as sensors, measurement systems, control systems, and microprocessors as optimal tools to further deepen the fundamental theories behind robotics through conducting laboratory tests and robot assembly. robotics kits are not just tools but valuable instruments that actively engage students in the learning process, enabling them to provide relevant and efficient solutions to the tasks given to them. ruzzenente et al. (2012) [11] classified robotics kits into five categories according to their functionality: building body kits, electronic components, software kits, programmable robots, and complete starter kits. most educational institutions would vouch for complete starter kits, especially in secondary education institutions, to provide ample learning opportunities for high school students while catering to their learning capacities. lego mindstorms and vex are popular robotic kits that are versatile in their application and provide a wide array of components that allow various configurations to be assembled. 2.3. robotic kits in the philippines alternatively, hobbyist stores in the philippine market offer affordable robotics kits based on the arduino platform. these kits, while relatively rudimentary in terms of their construction and electronics, are a wise investment for those on a budget. their weaker processing capabilities, such as those found in e-gizmo’s (2023) [12] offerings, which are limited to arduino programming capabilities paired with 8-bit atmega microcontrollers, are sufficient for controlling line sensors that are already attached to the robot kit. this affordability makes them a practical choice for hobbyists and potential buyers. table 1 summarizes several other robotic kits found in the market, including their respective features, offerings, and price points. listed in table 1 are popular robotics kits, such as vex iq, lego mindstorms ev3, maqueen for micro: bit, pbot 2018, makeblock mbot robot kit, hiwonder qdee, and dronedojo smart rover kit. most of the robotics kits listed in table 1 are geared for indoor use, except for the dronedojo smart rover kit, which is catered for outdoor use. while these robotics kits are popular amongst educational institutions for robotics instruction, they are not necessarily the best option. depending on the needs and the financial capacity of educational institutions, the features that each robotics kit possesses may affect the user experience of students and contribute to decreased interest if the robotics kits have more disadvantages to overcome than the benefits it may offer. most of the robotics kits also have an isolated ecosystem for interchangeable components, which means that the prospect of swapping out or adding programmable sensors for more advanced control systems, such as integrating navigation systems, is limited. adding more or higher-order sensors may overwhelm the microcontroller in these basic kits. as previously mentioned, these hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 306 limitations are not ideal given the current landscape of robotics education. institutions must have access to systems that can serve as platforms to build skills in programming control systems, which are abundant in the robotics industry. a study done by pedre et al. (2014) [13] highlights the use of cost-effective mobile robots that meet students’ educational and research needs in the senior high school track and tertiary level education. the group points out that commercial robotic kits do not meet academic research requirements and undergraduate curriculum requirements. table 1. feature and price comparison of educational kits and ugvs in the market robot kit parts and features price vex iq note. image taken from vex robotics website: https://www.vexrobotics.com/iq vexcode programming, vex brain, bumper sensor, touch led, optical sensor, ultrasonic distance sensor, standard connectors, servo motors, modular frame from plastic pieces, wide expandability options php 28,444.63 lego mindstorms ev3 note. image taken from lego education website: https://www.vexrobotics.com/iq mobile application (controller), smart brick, touch sensor, color sensor, ir sensor, ir beacon, ultrasonic sensor, servo motors, modular frame from plastic pieces, wide expandability options, lego compatible php 28,000.00 maqueen for micro:bit note. image taken from dfrobot official site for maqueen product: https://www.vexrobotics.com/iq micro:bit control board, mind+ or makecode graphical programming, infrared sensor, ultrasonic sensor, fullcolor light sensor, ir remote control, dc gear motors php 3,799.00 pbot 2018 note. image taken from e-gizmo pbot2018 manual: https://www.egizmo.net/oc/kits%20documents/pbot2018/pbot2018%20with%20ardublock%20.pdf arduino programming, collision sensors, line sensors, dc gear motors php 2,780.00 makeblock mbot robot kit note. image taken from makebot official website store: https://www.makeblock.com/pages/mbotrobot-kit block-based arduino programming, ultrasonic sensor, ir emitter, line/color sensor, dc gear motors, bluetooth communication, lego compatible, optional coprocessor php 4,485.06 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 307 hiwonder qdee note. image taken from hiwonder product page for qdee: the best micro:bit programmable robot: https://www.hiwonder.com/products/qdee?variant=17677907591219 micro:bit control board, makecode graphical programming, ir remote control, color sensor, line follower sensor, ultrasonic sensor, sound sensor, lego compatible, dc gear motors php 5,602.24 dronedojo smart rover kit note. image taken from drone dojo product page for rover kit: https://dojofordrones.com/product/rover-kit/ pixhawk flight controller, co-processor (jetson nano or raspberry pi), webcam for opencv, ardupilot and mission planner compatible, brushed motors with esc, servo motors, rc receiver, gps and compass module, wifi telemetry module php 48,923.58 table 2 provides a detailed overview of the various advantages and disadvantages of the robotics kits listed in table 1. such specifications unique to each robotics kit vary in price, features, and suitability for educational usage, with their advantages and disadvantages highlighted. high-end kits like vex iq and lego mindstorms ev3 offer extensive features and expandability but at high prices, making them less accessible to underfunded schools. midrange options like makeblock mbot and hiwonder qdee provide good functionality and expandability at a budgetfriendly price. however, they may be costly for some institutions that cannot afford bulk purchases of these robotics kits. budget-friendly kits like maqueen for micro and pbot 2018 are beginner-friendly, though they lack the sophisticated features that pricier kits contain, which are suitable for customization. the dronedojo smart rover kit, while being the most equipped with sophisticated technology, is costly and more catered for advanced research than essential educational use. the inadequacy of some kits has prompted universities and institutions to develop mobile robot platforms, which offer cost-effectiveness and optimism about the affordability of educational robotics, thereby reducing costs and adding flexibility. with the growing field of educational robotics, pedre et al. (2014) [14] emphasized the need for a low-cost, modular, and reconfigurable mobile robot platform to execute specialized tasks based on the needs of the academe. table 2. detailed feature comparison for common robotics kits robot kit advantages disadvantages vex iq ● vexcode programming interface ● vex brain ● variety of sensors available ● modular frame ● wide variety of configurations ● costly for public educational institutions ● steep learning curve for basic robotics education lego mindstorms ev3 ● compatibility with lego sets ● targeted to young children familiar to lego ● equipped with advanced features ● comprehensive learning ● costly ● less cost-efficient maqueen for micro:bit ● cost-effective ● offers infrared, ultrasonic, and full-light color sensors ● simple and easy programming ● versatile for a classroom setting ● compact ● beginner-friendly ● lack of expandability and configurability ● not suitable for advanced projects pbot 2018 ● most affordable ● uses arduino programming ● limited features ● lacks sophisticated features and modular components makeblock mbot robot kit ● block-based arduino programming ● affordable ● includes basic sensors ● lego compatibility allows for expandability to some degree ● bluetooth/wireless control ● less modularity and configurability ● additional components incur more expenses hiwonder qdee ● beginner-friendly programming ● suitable mid-range option ● good variety of sensors for easy expansion ● lacks flexibility to be on par with higher end robotics kits ● financial challenges for underfunded institutions to afford multiple units dronedojo smart rover kit ● ideal for advanced projects ● equipped with cutting-edge technology ● versatile configuration and programming ● most expensive robotics kit ● limited practicality for most educational institutions hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 308 2.4. unmanned ground vehicle system the mechanical design of ugvs plays a pivotal role in their operation and performance in executing motion commands. this design, as evaluated by murtaza et al. (2014) [14], is influenced by several factors such as variable terrain capabilities, suspension system, steering control, chassis framework, motors, drivetrain, power supply, sensors, and electronic components. each of these elements must be cost-effective to serve as a viable educational platform for testing and experimentation. the authors considered the price points of each part to serve as a benchmark for comparison against established ugv kits and models. automation technology in ugv or drone platforms is easily applied and integrated into various industries. kumar et al. (2024) [15] conducted a case report on the technological applications of autonomous ugvs in the agricultural sector, specifically crop cultivation. many of the designs they evaluated rely on three key hardware components: the drive system, control center, and chassis. notably, the mobile unit would require specialized communication and information relay hardware. the study classifies ugvs as either autonomous or semi-autonomous. the latter requires human intervention with specific instructions, while the former operates independently. for semi-autonomous ugvs, teleoperation enables a human user to program or instruct the mobile unit to perform tasks. autonomous systems, which can enhance safety and efficiency in hazardous or life-threatening applications, are a reassuring development. some ugv designs analyzed by the researchers feature two outdoor driving wheels and a caster wheel for traversing through rough terrain. according to kumar et al. (2024) [15] and fan et al. [16], the simple mechanical design allows for easy maintenance and reduced costs. kumar et al. (2024) [15] reference a design by oyekola et al. (2019) [17] that integrates a pulse width modulation (pwm) technique to control motor rotational speed. however, the system was ineffective in changing the direction of the mobile unit during operation. 2.4.1. control software control software within the uav system is essential to perform tasks and execute commands. many drones come with integrated control software, although some manufacturers push for a closed system that uses their self-developed drone control software (dcs). users using pre-programmed software cannot modify certain performance aspects of the system. furthermore, the system depends on the developers to fix bugs and errors through updates and patches. integrated control software contrasts with open-source software that relies on community-driven development, fostering innovation and excellent compatibility. this community-driven approach not only fosters innovation but also creates a sense of belonging and collaboration among developers and users. dim et al. (2019) [18] from de la salle university manila conducted a performance assessment on two dcss, px4 and ardupilot, among the most commonly used drone software to date. their study comprises both a qualitative and quantitative analysis through a quadcopter platform. the study proved that ardupilot was more versatile and compatible than px4. ardupilot focuses on user experience and closedsource hardware. the ardupilot team would also notify all developers, testers, and end users who contribute to the system for any bug fixes. in terms of user experience and user interface, px4 had a friendlier calibration process than ardupilot. furthermore, manual parameter tuning was noted as easier on ardupilot than on px4. for the quantitative analysis, a series of pre-tests involved flight routes, loiter control, return to launch sequence, altitude control, and battery management. throughout the evaluation, px4 fared better in all tests except loiter, which had more discrepancies in holding a position at a higher altitude. 2.4.1.1. stability control the pid controller is suitable for simple controls that provide stability and altitude correction. in a payload drop scenario, system variables would change depending on the load, resulting in a significant overshoot. a study by gue & chua (2019) [19] from de la salle university manila assessed the performance of a pid, gain scheduling (gs)-pid, and fuzzy gs-pid in payload drop maneuvers. the difference between gs-pid and regular pid control is that the former can adapt to loading scenarios and reduce overshoot. however, while the gs-pid control is designed for a single type of payload, it can be adapted for variable loads by implementing a lookup table, a data structure that maps input values to output values, for each specific load. the researchers integrated fuzzy logic into the gs-pid controller, which does not limit the parameters to distinct payloads. the system can be used in any payload scenario given the set rules of fuzzy logic based on human reasoning. results of the experiment under 100g, 200g, and 300g loading setups showed that the fuzzy gs-pid control had the least amount of overshoot among all the controllers. in the 100g and 200g loading, the fuzzy gs-pid had a maximum overshoot of 12%. for a 300g load, the controller exhibited an overshoot of approximately 26%, comparable to the gs-pid control. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 309 2.4.2. frame and steering configuration idris (2015) [20] discusses the chassis being the backbone of the whole design, serving as the basis for creating a functional autonomous mobile robot. the robot’s chassis design in this study accounted for four criteria: low weight, ease of assembly, sturdiness, and sufficient space to accommodate all the necessary components for operation. the material for fabricating the chassis should be as durable as possible without compromising its strength. materials commonly utilized include aluminum, plastic, or carbon fiber, as they provide optimal balance in weight, ease of fabrication, and strength. the initial step in designing autonomous mobile robots begins with the chassis design. according to a study by idris (2015) [20], in the field of rescue, reconnaissance, or surveillance robots, there are three main types of locomotion systems: wheeled, tracked, and legged systems. a popular locomotion system is a tracked system due to its ability to move on uneven terrains and overcome obstacles. wheeled robots are much simpler and can also climb obstacles. however, this depends on the size of their wheels, whereas more miniature-tracked robots can do the same. legged robots are the most complex and expensive due to the high number of actuators and sensors, making dynamic analysis and modeling more complicated. based on previous research on unmanned ground vehicles (ugvs) and considering the desired functions of the system, the study by idris (2015) [20] concluded that wheeled robots are the preferred option for monitoring oil and gas plants. the size and weight of the wheeled mobile robot are also important factors that can impact its functionality. the researchers established numerous constraints to determine the robot’s physical parameters and dimensions according to the system’s main objectives. the study concluded that for the ugv locomotion system, the choice of using wheels in robotic systems over other alternatives, such as tracks or legged locomotion, is influenced by several key factors, which can be summarized as follows: ● cost-efficiency: in comparison to tracks, wheels are more cost-effective, making them a prudent choice for budgetconscious robot designs. this cost-effectiveness allows for the resourceful allocation of funds in robot design projects. ● speed advantage: wheeled systems, requiring less torque to move from a stationary position, boast higher speed capabilities than tracked systems. this efficiency in speed makes wheeled systems a productive choice for robot designs ● lightweight design: wheels, significantly lighter than continuous tracks or legged mechanisms, offer an agile and flexible solution for robots whose mass is critical, such as mobility and portability. ● mechanical simplicity: wheels consist of fewer moving parts, which reduces complexity and lowers the risk of component failure or damage. ● material versatility: wheel construction can utilize a variety of materials, allowing designers to select those that best suit the environmental conditions and application requirements, adaptability, and performance. the selection of wheels as a locomotion mechanism in robotics offers a balance of cost-effectiveness, speed, lightweight design, mechanical simplicity, and material versatility, contributing to their widespread use in various robotic applications. wheel control is a fundamental aspect of robotics, offering several key advantages. it provides high maneuverability, precision, and speed, making it essential for navigating diverse environments and performing tasks accurately. wheel-based locomotion is also energy-efficient, simple, and cost-effective, contributing to reliability and reduced maintenance. additionally, wheels are adaptable to various terrains and conditions, compatible with sensors and control systems, and versatile for a wide range of robotic applications. wheel control is crucial in enhancing a robot’s mobility and operational capabilities. willmon (2021) [21] designed, developed, and tested a prototype hybrid aerialground robotic vehicle capable of guidance, navigation, and control in the air and on the ground, whereas this study’s focus is on the system design. 2.5. hierarchical architecture for modular robots a modular approach to integrating components in a standardized manner is vital for ease of manufacturing and localization of resources. examples of modularity in the industry include the automotive industry, where components are integrated and interchangeable based on the vehicle model. thus, assembly lines require less drastic changes to accommodate varied models. modularity in robotics aims to solve two problems specified by andreev et al. (2019) [22]: the integration and interoperability of parts, hardware, and software within the industry. researchers encounter challenges that hinder them from developing innovations due to the different hardware and software incompatibilities. the researchers introduce the modified robot (modrob) concept, allowing users to create and build a custom mobile robot system with unified parts or components in modules. note that the system is hierarchical, given the different roles and constraints each component has in the total functionality of the unit. for moubarak and ben-tzvi (2012) [23], modular robotics is not just about the composition of interconnected or interchangeable smaller units called modules. it is about the adaptability and potential of these modules to function autonomously in terms of sensing, actuation, and computational processing. the concept of reconfigurability and hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 310 integrating modules into a larger and more complex system to execute a function is not just essential, but inspiring for the project. modularity enables a robotic system to rearrange the connection of the parts and configure them in ways that best suit the academic experiment at hand. this adaptability, coupled with the ability to dock and integrate specialized modules, allows a complex task to be performed, surpassing the capabilities of a rigid robot system fixed to one operating function. the consideration for the distribution of computational load required by the integrated controller is not just a technical aspect, but a collaborative effort that involves the individual modular attachments and components necessary for operation. the concept of modular hierarchy is not just about the unique functions and features of the modules, but about how these modules unite under one robotic system or protocol, continuously interacting to provide input. this collaborative nature ensures that modules that perform one particular task require less computational power than the totality of the mobile unit. figure 1 below displays the modular architecture of andreev et al. (2019) [22], a testament to the collaborative spirit of the research community in advancing modular robotics. figure 1. the architecture for modularity is composed of several modules based on specific functions [22] the study by andreev et al. (2019) [22] utilized a modular architecture to categorize the modules based on the distribution load from the central control called sub-modules or nodes. in addition, one can combine nodes from each level of the architecture. although the modules require power and processing capabilities, the distribution of such characteristics depends on the module’s role. another aspect of the modular architecture is the consideration of more modular attachments that would require more significant power input to meet the demand of each module. the researchers highlight the interdependence of each module, emphasizing the connection and integration of the system as a whole. 3. research methodology this section details the procedures by which the group developed, designed, and tested the ugv unit, with modularity, low cost, and 3d printing as the base parameters. furthermore, the authors assessed the mobile unit’s feasibility and performance to determine its ease of use and educational value. figure 2 outlines the design process framework for the ugv platform, which served as the guide for the overall development of the mobile unit. the authors developed three ugv designs through computer-aided design (cad) software, particularly fusion360. the models were subject to finite element analysis (fea) to determine critical points of failure in terms of the deformation factor of safety. as the chosen design is based on fea, testing would be performed through a prototype. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 311 figure 2. design process framework for the ugv 3.1. design the ugv platform’s frame with low cost, modularity, and 3d printing technology in mind one of the several criteria set by the group was low cost, modular, and educational. the low-cost component would come from 3d printing and the feature open-source controller pixhawk with accompanying ardupilot mission planner software. in addition, the open-source nature of the cad design would enable users to build more modules that would suit their study. note that the chassis would be designed based on modularity principles derived from related literature for ease of use, configurability, and compatibility. another factor for cost would be the components. most of the components of the ugv were relatively low-cost and compatible with the controller unit. 3.1.1. power requirements the section presents several theoretical considerations to determine the integral parts of the ugv, such as power, drivetrain, torque, load capacity, and operational duration. the authors factored energy consumption by all the necessary components into the unit’s power requirements design. a study by oyekola et al. (2019) [24] from the png university of technology conducted an optimum analysis report on robotic machines that use an external battery. the research used matlab to mathematically format and derive the system kinematics and dynamic functions based on the numerical parameters from terrain conditions. based on the studies of oyekola et al. (2019) [24] and researchers gadekar et al. (2023) [25], the drive train design includes several variables, as seen in equation 1. 𝑃𝑟 = ( 𝑣 𝜂 ) 𝐹𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 (1) a notable variable included is 𝑃𝑟 , which is the required power in watts. the linear velocity factor (𝑣) over the overall efficiency (𝜂) is approximately 0.9 for direct drive components—lastly, the traction force (𝐹𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 ) where frictional forces that directly influence linear velocity are equated. oyekola et al. (2019) [24] noted the derivation for the traction force given constant velocity that can be taken from the slope conditions of a path, which is the summation of the rolling force (𝐹𝑅𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔), drag force (𝐹𝐷𝑟𝑎𝑔), and inertial force (𝐹𝐼𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒) on the object as shown in equation 2. 𝐹𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝐹𝑅𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔 + 𝐹𝐷𝑟𝑎𝑔 + 𝐹𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑡 + 𝐹𝐼𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒 (2) for the gradient and inertial forces the parameters cover the rolling force as the product of the rolling resistance coefficient (crr) and normal force (n). another factor is the inertial force which is equal to the mass and acceleration of the ugv relative to its displacement. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 312 3.1.2. torque conditions torque conditions present the power requirements of the system to drive the ugv unit with factors to consider such as wheel diameter, motor mechanical power, and the number of wheels on the device. 𝜏 = 1 𝑁𝑊 ∗ 𝐷𝑊 2 ∗ 𝐹𝑇 (3) equation 3 derives the torque (𝜏) calculation for the ugv, where 𝑁𝑊 and 𝐷𝑊 are the number of wheel units and wheel diameter respectively. 𝐹𝑇 is the traction force on the unit as seen in equation 2. 3.1.3. power train design a study by gadekar et al. (2023) [25] designed a drivetrain system with servo motors rated at 12 v dc and 7.5 amp current draw. note that the power supply was a 12v lithium-ion battery pack that provided an operation time of one hour. university of virginia researchers snipes et al. (2018) [26] have utilized 12v-rated brushed dc motors due to their versatility, cost-effectiveness, compatibility with other devices, and adequate power draw for numerous applications. regarding the gear ratio, snipes et al. (2018) [26] evaluated 47:1 and 20.4:1 based on torque output. the researchers considered the ugv’s ability to traverse an incline terrain and elevated obstacles. the 47:1 ratio has higher torque but can only produce a travel speed of 4.7 ft/s, while the 20.4:1 provides a faster system at 9.9 ft/s but lacks torque. 3.1.4. battery sizing to optimize the battery run time, a maximum current draw equation was derived for the system as seen in equation 4, which includes variables such as battery capacity (𝐴ℎ) and discharge rate (𝐶) based on operation duration [21]. 𝑀𝑎𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑢𝑜𝑢𝑠 𝐴𝑚𝑝 𝐷𝑟𝑎𝑤 (𝐴) = 𝐵𝑎𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑦 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝐴ℎ) ∗ 𝐷𝑖𝑠𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒 (𝐶) (4) where max continuous amp draw (a) is highest amount of electrical current a device can safely draw/sustain, battery capacity (ah) is stored amount of charge in battery, and discharge rate (c) – rate at which charge is released from battery. note that the current at maximum continuous draw was based on the wide-open throttle (wot), according to willmon (2021) [21]. with torque and power variables computed, the battery capacity can be derived, as seen in equation 5, with units of milliampere hours. thus, conversion to watt-hour is needed. 𝐵𝑎𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑦 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝐴ℎ) = 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑢𝑚𝑝𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 (𝑊) × 𝑁𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑅𝑢𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 (ℎ) 𝑁𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝐵𝑎𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑦 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒 (𝑉) (5) where total power consumption (w) is derived from the product of voltage (v) and current (i) in amperes, nominal runtime (h) is estimated rate of which a battery can power a load before depletion, and nominal battery voltage (v) is mean operating voltage at discharge. given that most of the components of the ugv are derived from 3d printing filament, it is important to understand the manufacturing variables for production. fused deposition modeling (fdm) was used as the 3d printing process to fabricate the parts. this process involves a moving heated extruder that deposits lines of molten thermoplastic layer-bylayer to create the final product. the thermoplastics commonly come as 1.75 mm diameter filaments. the authors assessed that petg had good impact resistance and considerably high heat resistance compared to other filaments, thus making it suitable for outdoor applications. 3.2. development of chassis designs three chassis models were made through cad based on the principles of modularity, additive manufacturing, and cost-effectiveness. the group developed three designs: an all-aluminum extrusion frame, a hybrid aluminum extrusion and petg component frame, and a fully petg frame. in figure 3, model 1 consists of two 200 mm aluminum extrusions for the front and back, while 100 mm extrusions serve as the side frames. for stability, the second model has two 200 mm aluminum extrusions on its sides. its front and back frames are fully 3d printed and are 140 mm apart. note that the design integrated the caster wheel into the printed plastic frame. model 3 had a unique frame design that completely substituted the aluminum extrusions. the plastic frame shafts have hollow octagonal indentations on both sides for easier access when fastening nuts and bolts. the design consists of two 180 mm 3d printed extrusions for the front and back frame and two 100 mm extrusions at the sides of the bot. the holes on the printed frame are spaced 20 mm apart, which became standard. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 313 (a) (b) (c) figure 3. (a) model 1 fully aluminum frame; (b) model 2 hybrid aluminum and plastic frame; (c) model 3 fully plastic frame. plastic parts are color-coded as structural (red); attachment (blue); accessory (yellow) 3.2.1. mechanical components the mechanical components that would serve as the drive train system and frame are designed with versatility in mind. these include the brushed dc motors, rc wheelset, brushed motor esc, lithium-polymer battery, aluminum extrusions, fasteners, and 3d printer filaments. the main power drive of the system considered was a pair of jga25370-1260 units with a 45:1 reduction. the motors are powered at 12v with a rated speed of 130 revolutions per minute (rpm) with a maximum torque output of 3.6 kg-cm at two amps draw. another motor considered was the jgb37-353012100 12v motor with a rated no-load speed of 179 rpm. the drivers can output a peak torque of 13.6 kg-cm at maximum capacity. 75 mm diameter rc wheel sets are used for traction and mobility. the battery pack for the whole system is an 11.1v three-cell pack (3s) lithium-ion battery pack rated at 5000 milliamp-hours (mah). the authors chose 2020 aluminum extrusions for the initial frame design of the system, a versatile choice widely used for modular frames. as previously mentioned, petg was the filament of choice for the authors’ design, known for its versatility and adaptability. 3.2.2. electronic components the pixhawk controller is a multi-functional flight controller powered by a 32-bit microcontroller for the system’s primary controller. the pixhawk controller is a control unit for diy unmanned aerial vehicles (uavs). to configure the controller, it can be loaded with px4 or ardupilot autopilot software. this process typically involves connecting the controller to a computer and using a software tool to upload the desired autopilot software. once loaded, the controller can handle the movement of the mobile unit. with ardupilot, the pixhawk can also control other vehicles, such as ugvs, via its ardurover branch. with this and the mission planner tool, unit operators can easily program functionality and set waypoints for the ugv to navigate missions. as power is drawn from the source and processed by the controller, the electronic speed controllers (esc) would regulate the output speed of the motors. note that the voltages between the drivetrain and power source vary. adding a battery eliminator circuit (bec) regulates and reduces the supply voltage from a nominal 12v down to 5v. to perform navigational functions and mobility, two gps modules and compasses were evaluated, such as the ublox neo-m8n and walksnail ws-m181 gps module. the telemetry transmitter module receives and transmits signals to and from the control unit to the base station. lastly, the hc-sr04 ultrasonic sensor provides active obstacle detection and avoidance. 3.3. electrical setup and design from a review of related literature and existing ugv designs that also utilize the pixhawk controller, the electrical setup for a minimal system needed for operation can be seen in figure 4. this setup is a 12v system with a 3-cell lithium battery and the brushed dc motors mentioned previously. a gps module enables autonomous operation, and an ultrasonic sensor, with its advanced safety features, enables navigation and obstacle avoidance. manual operation is made possible by a radio controller with a compatible receiver. finally, the ugv can connect to a mission planner through a laptop, acting as a ground control station via a telemetry module. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 314 figure 4. electrical setup of the minimal ugv system 3.3.1. universal wiring system initial tests of the platform using a ugv prototype found that wiring can become messy and confusing due to the number of connections and adapters necessary for the minimal system to work. the authors found the ugv prototype unsuitable for an educational platform where the target audience is those with little experience with robots and electronics. a universal wiring system inspired by vex and lego was conceived to address the messy wiring and to simplify connections between electrical modules. the universal wiring system provides a layer of abstraction to electrical connections using modular connectors of the 4p4c and 6p6c specifications for sensors and actuators, respectively, as seen in figure 5. aside from making the connections between electrical components straightforward, the connectors’ polarized nature also prevents accidental damage due to incorrect connections. (a) (b) figure 5. (a) universal wiring system connectors for sensors, and (b) actuators the overall concept of this connection system is that smaller modules would be connected to a central core or hub via cables with standardized connectors, as mentioned. only two modules that work with the wiring system were developed for this study. one of these is the ultrasonic sensor module, which is designed to detect obstacles and provide crucial data for the ugv’s navigation. this module uses a commercially available sensor connected to a custom circuit board that adapts the connections. the other module is the ugv mainboard, which acts as a central core for the ugv. 3.3.2. ugv mainboard the ugv mainboard contains many relevant components and subsystems for the platform, including the pixhawk controller, power management circuitry, and telemetry module, as presented in figure 6. the mainboard consists of a custom-printed circuit board sized at 100*100 mm. the size is small enough to be manufactured at a low cost, even in low volumes, while large enough to accommodate all necessary components. the input and output pins of the pixhawk connect to the board and are broken out into three sensors and eight actuator ports. the board has an xt60 connector to receive power from the battery and power management in the form of a battery eliminator circuit to step down the battery voltage to 5v for powering the controller and other modules. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 315 (a) (b) (c) figure 6. (a) ugv mainboard given its housing assembly, (b) electronic parts, and (c) top view telemetry is included onboard via an esp32 module running dronebridge firmware that allows connection to the ground station via wifi. due to its lower cost and space-saving advantage, the authors decided to use wifi telemetry instead of traditional radio-based solutions. 3.4. fabricate and evaluate the designed system’s performance a test bed prototype was made to evaluate the connections and compatibility of the components. note that most of the component calibration, setting, and gps drift errors were recorded. the accelerometer was set at a 3-axis process for stable handling. the gps was tested in two locations—a condominium tower and luneta park, both in manila. the authors observe that in both locations, significant gps drifts would occur. the issue was isolated to structural interferences to the gps signal and the gps module accuracy. structural interference occurs due to the reliance on satellite transmissions for navigation data. tall buildings block or reflect these signals in ways that can cause errors in the positioning data being sent back and forth between the module and satellites. the module itself also has accuracy errors. manufacturers indicate that these errors are usually 2 meters from the actual position since their hardware cannot always output accurate signals due to latency between all the electronic components. these cause timing issues wherein the signals processed are outdated, creating a difference between the actual position and calculated position based on the module’s processing, especially when the tracked object is moving. these were accounted for in further testing by choosing locations with less interference and a module with more minor internal module errors. 3.4.1. finite element analysis finite element analysis (fea) assesses the structural integrity and performance of a modular unmanned ground vehicle (ugv) that incorporates traditional materials like 6063 aluminum and modern 3d-printed petg. the analysis focuses on static structural loads to identify potential failure points, optimize material use, and ensure adequate safety margins across critical components such as motor mounts and the vehicle frame. results indicate that thoughtful materials and structural design integration can achieve considerable weight savings while maintaining high structural reliability. using ansys workbench, fea evaluates the static structural performance of each chassis and component in design under various loading conditions. the steps involved in the fea setup are detailed below. • step 1 importing cad models: o the cad models were imported into ansys workbench for simulation. • step 2 material properties assignment: o 6063 aluminum: used for the main frame and extrusions. properties assigned included young’s modulus, poisson’s ratio, and density based on standard material data. o petg (polyethylene terephthalate glycol-modified): used for motor mounts, the main frame, and modular attachments. relevant material properties were assigned accordingly, including young’s modulus, poisson’s ratio, and density based on standard material data. • step 3 meshing: o a default mesh was generated for each model to ensure high accuracy in simulation results. the mesh density was optimized to balance computational efficiency and result precision. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 316 • step 4 boundary conditions and loading: o fixed supports: these are applied at mounting points where the chassis would be attached to the wheels or other fixed structures. o loading conditions: a standard earth gravity equal to 9.8066 m/s² and a combined payload force were set as loading conditions. the payload force would vary in specific components tested in the fea in different scenarios (e.g., 29.43 n (equivalent to a 3 kg load) on each motor mount to simulate operational conditions). using ansys workbench, fea evaluates the static structural performance of each chassis and component in design under various loading conditions. the procedure for the analysis includes importing the cad files as step files and then applying the necessary material properties for both 6063 aluminum and petg. these materials were chosen for their specific properties, with 6063 aluminum known for its lightweight and high strength, and petg for its flexibility and impact resistance. once prepared, the model can be meshed. boundary conditions can be added at the fixed supports or under loading conditions at specific components. static structural analysis evaluates the effect of steady loading on 3d printed motor mount, caster wheel mount, and design frames, focusing on identifying weak areas with low strength and durability. further tests on the frames would include a cantilever to assess bending and deformation. the failure criteria for the ugv are established based on the mechanical performance of its structural components under various loading conditions. the ugv’s frame, which consists of 3d-printed petg and aluminum extrusion, undergoes fea to evaluate critical failure modes. key considerations include total deformation, von mises stress (equivalent stress), and the factor of safety (fos). the fos is not just a measure; it is a crucial element that ensures the ugv’s components can withstand operational stresses while accounting for uncertainties in loading conditions. excessive deformation beyond acceptable limits can compromise the structural integrity while exceeding the yield strength of petg or aluminum, which leads to material failure. the fos is a crucial measure to ensure the structural reliability of the ugv. the fos uses the ratio of material strength (either yield or ultimate strength) to the maximum applied stress. this approach ensures that the ugv’s components can withstand operational stresses while accounting for uncertainties in loading conditions. the methodology used in this study is not just any methodology; it is an advanced one that incorporates principles from richardson extrapolation [27], which refines numerical uncertainty estimation in grid convergence studies. unlike traditional correction factor methods, this advanced approach introduces a statistically validated safety factor method that ensures uncertainty estimates remain within a 95% confidence interval. the richardson-based safety factor method eliminates deficiencies in prior approaches by using an improved distance metric (p ratio) to the asymptotic range instead of a simple correction factor. additionally, it establishes a minimum lower confidence limit (lcl) of 1.2 at a 95% confidence level and utilizes three distinct safety coefficients (fs0, fs1, fs2) to prevent over-conservatism or underestimation of risks. 3.4.1.1. comparative analysis between 3d-printed petg frame & aluminum extrusion frame the objective of the comparative analysis of frames constructed from petg and traditional aluminum 6063 was to evaluate the mechanical performance of lighter, 3d-printed petg frames compared to heavier, conventional aluminum frames under cantilever and torsional stress tests. results highlight significant weight reduction and satisfactory safety factors in petg frames, offering insights into their viability for specific engineering applications. the use of petg, a thermoplastic polyester, in structural applications has garnered interest due to its potential for reducing weight while maintaining adequate mechanical properties. this study compares the mechanical performance of petg frames with traditional aluminum 6063 frames, focusing on their response to static and torsional loads. the frames were tested in a cantilever and torsion setup to simulate real-world stresses encountered in structural applications. 3.4.1.2. cantilever test the cantilever test evaluated the frames by applying a downward bending moment to simulate real-world stresses typically encountered in structural applications. a simulation placed a fixed support at one end of the frames, and a remote force of 29.43 n, equivalent to 3 kg, was applied 180 mm from the fixed support, simulating a downward bending moment. 3.4.1.3. torsion test torsion tests evaluated the chassis designs under twisting loads, simulating real-world conditions where the ugv might experience rotational forces. a fixed support was maintained at one end, and a moment of 5.2974 n-m was applied clockwise at the opposite end to assess torsional rigidity and strength. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 317 3.4.2. hardware setup and tuning the group utilized mission planner to perform configuration and tuning to ensure that the hardware attached to the system worked according to the constraints set—specifically, accelerometer calibration, rc calibration, and gps drift. for the servo tuning, the pins were set at 1 and 3 with throttle right and throttle left, respectively. both were set to reverse, given the orientation of the motors. in compass calibration, the priority was set for qmc5883l, an i2c bus-type compass, which was oriented at yaw90. the onboard mag calibration was initialized, and a calibration of the magnet was prompted by turning and rotating the system. in terms of the radio calibration, the ideal pulse width modulation or pwm for the pixhawk was set between 1100-1900. to ensure that the motors and drive train were balanced during operation, the throttle was set at 50-80% in mission planner. the gcs_pid_mask was set to 2 (throttle) to send pid data to mission planner. while in acro mode, the ugv was driven at different speeds and then compared to how close the pid achieved was to the pid desired. several configurations were done on atc_speed_p or proportional speed, atc_speed_i, or integral speed until desired values were similar to pid achieved. the last electronic component to be calibrated is the gps module, where several issues regarding gps drift were observed. it was noted that interference was one of the main limitations of the u-blox neo-m8 in a highly urban area. furthermore, the drift or deviation stated in the u-blox compass was 2.5 m. hardware errors were present; thus, the group decided to procure another gps module that offers more precise and accurate readings. the walksnail ws-m181 gps module with built mag copj-18gps has an accuracy of 1.5 m drift. 3.4.3. incline platform the authors made an incline platform to evaluate the banking and incline traversability of the ugv model. the group set four angles to measure the unit’s traction and if it can traverse inclines. a 5, 10, 15, and 20-degree ramp incline was set. the dimensions of the platform were 58 cm in length and 50.5 cm in width. at the base of the ramp, a threshold ramp was connected to provide easier access to the main ramp for the ugv. note that both the hinges on the base platform and the threshold ramp can vary depending on the height produced by the blocks, as seen in figure 7. although the incline height supports were not accurate, approximate incline angle results were taken where the resulting values were 4.96°, 10.89°, 15.53°, and 19.85°. (a) (b) figure 7. (a) incline testing block supports; (b) incline testing platform results and analysis 4. results and analysis the final ugv design would incorporate the modularity architecture from the related literature, given the reconfigurability of the modules and components, as shown in figure 8. a universal wiring system was integrated to ensure proper connection. lastly, the design based on the cad models was evaluated through fea, and it was determined that the petg modular frame is at par with the aluminum extrusions in terms of safety factor, where the former had 2.41 while the latter was 2.38. considering the overall component build, the all-plastic frame was noted at 2.1902 fos, while the all-aluminum frame was 3.168. the group chose the all-plastic build for weight and cost savings. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 318 (a) (b) (c) figure 8. (a) final ugv design with side, (b) front, and (c) isometric views 4.1. finite element analysis given its material properties, the aluminum frame exhibited minimal deformation compared to petg, though the plastic frame was still a viable lightweight alternative. a similar case can be seen in the torsion test, where the aluminum frame scored significantly better than petg in terms of stress yield. for the factor of safety in the torsion test, petg’s result was lower than the aluminum frame’s result; however, a 2.41 value was still largely acceptable. the comparative finite element analysis (fea) between the aluminum and petg frames in a cantilever load setting reveals significant differences in performance under load, as shown in table 3. aluminum exhibits much lower deformation, with a maximum total deformation of 0.15 mm compared to petg’s 3.95 mm, indicating that the aluminum frame is significantly more rigid. in terms of stress, aluminum experiences a higher maximum von mises stress (vms) of 8.4123 mpa. in contrast, petg has a lower stress of 2.0125 mpa, showing that aluminum endures more stress under the same conditions. however, when examining the minimum factor of safety (fos), aluminum has a much higher value of 15, while petg’s fos is 3.745. the fos of aluminum indicates that the aluminum frame is far less likely to fail and has a more significant safety factor than the petg frame despite experiencing higher stress. overall, aluminum offers superior stiffness and reliability, while petg, though more flexible, carries a higher risk of failure. table 3. summary of results for the comparative cantilever fea of the petg and aluminum extrusion frame (td total deformatio; vms von mises (equivalent stress); fos factor of safety) max td max vms min fos aluminum 0.15 mm 8.4123 mpa 15 petg 3.95 mm 2.0125 mpa 3.745 the torsion finite element analysis (fea) results comparing aluminum and petg extrusion frames show distinct performance characteristics, as seen in table 4. aluminum exhibits less deformation under torsional load, with a maximum total deformation of 0.703 mm, while petg deforms more at 1.973 mm, indicating that aluminum is stiffer than petg. in terms of stress, aluminum experiences a significantly higher maximum von mises stress of 95.642 mpa compared to petg’s 24.861 mpa, meaning that aluminum bears more stress under the same loading conditions. however, the minimum factor of safety (fos) for both materials is similar, with aluminum at 2.375 and petg at 2.4135, indicating that both materials are close to their failure points, though petg has a slightly better safety margin. this similarity in safety factors reassures the reliability of both materials in the ugv's construction. overall, aluminum offers greater stiffness but endures more stress, while petg is more flexible with a marginally higher safety factor. table 4. summary of results for the comparative torsion fea of the petg and aluminum extrusion frame max td max vms min fos aluminum 0.703 mm 95.642 mpa 2.375 petg 1.973 mm 24.861 mpa 2.4135 in summary, petg emerges as a viable alternative to aluminum extrusions for the ugv’s main frame. while aluminum exhibits superior rigidity with significantly lower deformation under load, petg is a lightweight and costeffective substitute. the design of the petg frame effectively distributes stress, allowing it to maintain a factor of safety comparable to aluminum. in the stress test with a 3kg payload in each frame, the petg displayed higher deformation values but offered a remarkable 53% weight reduction, with a petg component weighing only 41 grams compared to aluminum’s 87 grams. this weight reduction promises potential performance improvements in the ugv’s operation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 319 from a cost perspective, aluminum is more affordable than petg when analyzed per gram. based on a currency exchange rate of 1 usd = 58.0989 php from xe corporation inc. [28], listed below in tables 5 and 6 are comparisons of the costs and weights of petg filament and aluminum extrusion comparing a petg filament [29] versus an aluminum extrusion [30] and its corresponding weights when assembled as a frame. the cost and weight comparison shows that while aluminum is more affordable per gram, the lightweight nature of petg results in a significantly lower overall cost for a frame of the same strength. table 5. cost comparison of petg filament vs. aluminum extrusion per kg material product price per kg (usd) price per kg (php) price per g (php) petg filament sunlu petg 3d printing filament 1.75mm $5.50 ₱319.54 ₱0.32 aluminum extrusion china 6063 t slot aluminium extrusion profile $4.50 ₱261.44 ₱0.26 table 6. weight and cost comparison of petg frame vs. aluminum frame material weight price per g (php) total cost (php) petg frame 41 g ₱0.32 ₱13.12 aluminum frame 87 g ₱0.26 ₱22.62 according to table 6, the petg frame costs ₱13.12, making it ₱9.50 cheaper than the aluminum frame for this specific application. the aluminum frame costs ₱22.62, which is approximately 72% more expensive than the petg frame. petg provides lower weight and significant cost savings while maintaining an acceptable factor of safety, making it an economically viable alternative to aluminum in weight-sensitive applications. the study defines the acceptable factor of safety for different load cases to validate the structural integrity of the ugv. under cantilever loading conditions, the aluminum frame achieves a minimum fos of 15, while the petg frame has a minimum fos of 3.745. for torsional loading, the aluminum frame records a minimum fos of 2.375, while the petg frame achieves 2.4135. the overall structural analysis of the ugv, as shown in table 7 and figure 9, reveals that an all-petg frame provides an fos of 2.1902, an all-aluminum frame achieves 3.168, and a hybrid petg-aluminum frame maintains a factor of safety of 1.3253. these results demonstrate that while petg has lower stiffness than aluminum, it still provides an acceptable safety margin, making it a viable lightweight alternative for ugv structural applications. in conclusion, the failure criteria and factor of safety considerations ensure that the ugv structure remains robust under operational conditions. by leveraging principles from richardson extrapolation and conducting extensive finite element analysis, this study validates that petg, despite its lower rigidity, can maintain a sufficient safety margin. this makes it a cost-effective and efficient choice for ugv construction, particularly in applications that prioritize modularity and lightweight design. table 7. fea parameters for the three chassis designs max td max vms min fos 1st model 3.1852 mm 38.54 mpa 3.168 2nd model 17.679 mm 82.12 mpa 1.3253 3rd model 7.206 mm 27.39 mpa 2.1902 (a) (b) (c) figure 9. comprehensive design testing of 3 full-body ugv’s: (a) full aluminum frame model 1; (b) aluminum & petg hybrid frame model 2; (c) fully petg frame model 3 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 320 comparing this study to the study by korunović et al. (2024) [31], both investigations examined material selection and structural optimization for unmanned ground vehicles (ugvs). however, korunović et al. (2024) [31] explored a more complex ugv assembly, employing advanced structural optimization techniques such as response surface analysis (rsa), topology optimization (to), and substructuring to enhance the mechanical efficiency of the ugv frame. their study incorporated steel s355, aluminum 5754 h111, and pla components, focusing on weight reduction to improve agility, energy efficiency, and durability. while both studies addressed material selection and ugv structural design, korunović et al. (2024) [31] achieved a 30.7% mass reduction. in contrast, this study achieved a 52.9% mass reduction by combining material selection and frame design. furthermore, the minimum safety factor in some configurations of korunović et al. (2024) [31] dropped to 1.96, indicating a higher risk of structural failure under extreme loads. in contrast, this study maintained a higher safety factor. additionally, the maximum frame stress in korunović et al. (2024) reached 181.01 mpa, with a displacement of 5.38 mm, values that varied significantly based on design constraints and optimization choices [31]. while korunović et al. (2024) [31] demonstrated the effectiveness of advanced optimization techniques in reducing mass and enhancing structural efficiency, this study provided a more practical and cost-effective solution for educational applications. the hybrid petg-aluminum frame proposed in this research not only achieved significant weight reduction but also maintained a better balance between strength and affordability. this reassures the audience about its suitability for robotics education, where cost constraints and modularity are primary concerns. in contrast, despite achieving significant weight reduction, korunović et al. (2024) may require further design refinements to ensure higher safety factors, particularly in high-stress conditions [31]. ultimately, the choice between these two approaches depends on the intended application—this study’s hybrid material approach is more applicable for educational robotics, while korunović et al. (2024) structural optimization methods are more relevant for advanced robotic applications where performance optimization is prioritized over cost [31]. in contrast, the applied sciences article by chodnicki et al. (2024) [32] analyzed the mechanical strength and deformation of a steel chassis designed for airport ugv applications. their fea was conducted using solidworks 2018, focusing on static structural performance under extreme loads, particularly a force of 3000 kg applied to the chassis. their results indicated a maximum displacement of only 2.65 × 10⁻⁵ mm, a testament to the exceptional stiffness and load-bearing capacityof the steel chassis. the authors’ findings in this conducted study highlight the balance between lightweight design and costeffectiveness, with petg frames being a viable alternative despite increased deformation. meanwhile, the chodnicki et al. (2024) [32] study emphasized extreme load resistance, with steel exhibiting superior performance in high-stress applications. the difference in materials, loading conditions, and application contexts illustrates the intricate trade-offs between material choice, weight reduction, and structural integrity in ugv chassis design, providing the audience with a comprehensive understanding of these complexities. 4.2. incline test result the ugv was able to traverse all the incline values at 4.96°, 10.89°, 15.53°, and 19.85°. however, the authors observed that considerable forward tilt would occur at steeper angles, such as 15.53° and 19.85°. the unit would roll off if it were abruptly stopped midway traversing downward. 4.3. navigation results the graphical user interface (gui) of mission planner meant that waypoints could be added simply by clicking on a satellite map and modified based on gps parameters that can be adjusted for accuracy. it was noted that the satellite maps did not precisely match the placement of structures and paths in the actual location due to distortions in the images used when the maps were stitched. the inconsistencies were compensated by adjusting the waypoint coordinates through changes in the latitude and longitude values until the location of the waypoints on the map matched the local reference points, such as roads and buildings. furthermore, the parameter list of mission planner changed the tuning of various settings throughout the navigation testing. the authors noted that these capabilities differed from competitor units’ typical coding-based programming, such as arduino. both gps modules were evaluated based on their ability to generate an accurate and precise path for the rover. at the first testing, with the interferences in the metro center, the following testing site was based in the de la salle university laguna oval track. the ugv experienced minimal gps drift during the trial runs, a testament to the reliability of the gps modules. note that prior pid tuning was done to stabilize the motors on the unit. no gps drift was observed in the laguna testing site, given the lack of structural interference within the area. a planned triangular route was made to test the turning capability of the unit and the deviations from the true path set, as seen in figure 10. the yellow lines are the ideal paths plotted in the software, while the purple line represents the path based on gps telemetry data. the deviations from the path are plotted, as seen in figure 11. each waypoint (wp1, wp2, and wp3) and home position (home) are indicated in the error graphs, which plot the distance from the ideal path in meters and hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 321 the time that elapses in seconds. positive values above the ideal path, denoted by the blue centerline, indicate deviation to the left, while negative values indicate deviations to the right of the path. these deviations are measured in meters and tracked over time using mission planner software. the mobile unit could accurately reach the designated waypoint set and return home; however, there were deviations whilst traversing the path, as seen in table 8. figure 10. mission data log as shown in mission planner figure 11. laguna oval mission’s path deviation graph table 8. deviation from triangular mission plan in laguna oval track path distance traveled (m) time (s) minimum deviation from intended path (m) mean deviation from intended path (m) maximum deviation from intended path (m) waypoint h-1 32.00 56.00 0.05 3.25 4.94 waypoint 1-2 5.00 9.00 0.06 1.18 1.45 waypoint 2-3 18.00 21.50 0.00 1.44 2.28 waypoint 3-4 7.50 10.50 0.00 2.84 3.72 total (t) / average (a) 62.50 (t) 97.0 (t) 0.03 (a) 2.18 (a) 3.10 (a) the second round of tests factors in the urban interferences that can inhibit the performance of the ugv. for the gps, the group used the walksnail ws-m181 gps module with its manual stating that the gps drift ranges between one and two meters. the final testing of the ugv unit was fully tuned and calibrated based on tolerances set by the group through testing. furthermore, the system had an ultrasonic sensor module that enabled active obstacle avoidance. the obstacle avoidance was set to bendy ruler, which has maximum distance sensing tied to the ultrasonic sensor capabilities. the sensor used could detect between 0.1 to 100 m. however, the ugv probes by facing multiple directions if it senses an obstacle. the forward path sensing labeled oa_br_lookahead was adjusted to 5 m since the ugv could probe far enough ahead for it to anticipate possible paths. testing found that the sensor would have a maximum reading between 8 to 8.5 m. the system sensitivity was configured to 0.5 m to balance false positive obstacle occurrences. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 322 a triangular path was mapped in front of the la salle building facade, as seen in figure 12. in the first trial, the mobile unit’s navigation was influenced by the bendy ruler object avoidance setting, which scans the area of the forward path. gps drift was observed, leading to a shift in waypoints for compensation. despite the drift, the active obstacle avoidance feature successfully rerouted the system when it was about to go out of bounds. the errors based on the path deviations measured are shown in figure 13, illustrating the waypoints and deviation from the ideal path. table 9 summarizes the drift experienced by the unit. there was a more significant drift towards the left of the ideal path, though this error was smaller than the laguna oval mission data. it’s important to note that the drift was below the one to twometer standard set by the gps manufacturer, indicating that the ugv’s navigation capability was more accurate and precise with the bendy ruler object avoidance setting integrated into its programming. figure 12. ugv mission plotted and performed at the la salle building figure 13. la salle building facade mission’s path deviation graph table 9. deviation from triangular mission plan at the st. la salle hall facade path distance traveled (m) time (s) minimum deviation from intended path (m) mean deviation from intended path (m) maximum deviation from intended path (m) waypoint h-1 12.00 25.50 0.22 0.42 0.50 waypoint 1-2 15.50 15.10 0.11 0.43 0.61 waypoint 2-3 10.00 14.80 0.00 0.28 0.48 total (t) / average (a) 37.50 (t) 73.00 (t) 0.11 (a) 0.38 (a) 0.53 (a) 4.4. cost analysis several robotic kits have been established to provide educational and academic value to users. the market pricing is competitive, so the designed ugv with its features must have a cost-effective program to be marketable. kits such as lego mindstorms and vex iq include mechanical components, controllers, and electronic modules that can be programmed; however, the modularity of these kits depends on their respective product ecosystems. table 10 lists a breakdown of the features of the developed ugv kit compared to other robotics kits commonly used for robotics education. apart from the price of the robotics kits used as a basis of comparison, seven parameters were hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 323 used to distinguish the features of the robotics kits being compared. these parameters include open-source robotics kits containing various essential components such as a distance sensor, line sensor, bumper sensor, gps, a wireless telemetry module, and an optional co-processor. upon comparing the robotics kits in table 10, it is evident that most robotics kits only contain four of the seven features listed. most of the robotics kits are catered for indoor use except for the drone dojo smart rover kit, which is for outdoor use. as the closest comparison for the developed ugv kit, the cost of the drone dojo kit is as costly as the other robotics kits listed. the developed ugv kit is the cheapest amongst the robotics kits compared, outdoor capable, and contains the most features listed except for a line sensor. table 10. a comparison of features of complete robotics kits available in the philippines. model open-source distance sensor line sensor bumper sensor gps wireless telemetry optional co-processor cost (in php) vex iq education kit (2nd gen.) yes yes yes yes 28,437.48 vex robotics v5 classroom starter kit yes yes yes yes 40,760.58 vex robotics exp classroom starter kit yes yes yes 40,760.58 lego mindstorms ev3 inventor robotics kit yes yes yes yes 29,999.00 drone dojo smart rover kit yes yes yes yes 48,923.58 ugv kit yes yes optional yes yes yes 23,400.00 the authors were able to fabricate the ugv kit with the necessary components to ensure proper functionality and operability for the users. note that research and development costs were incurred, given the fabrication of the model and the necessary tests and modifications to the ugv. the development costs were priced at php 62,842.96. though the authors were able to procure electronic components such as the pixhawk kit, radiolink remote controller, lipo batteries, and lipo charging bags from their adviser, thorough testing and component selection were conducted to screen, filter, and finalize the components that would be included in the ugv kit. after completing the aforementioned processes, the total price of the ugv kit the authors developed is php 23,400. the price of php 23,400 accounted for the raw price of the components, estimated at almost php 15,000, along with production expenses incurred per robot kit, which include rent, labor costs, and electricity, which cost php 200.00, php 350.00, and php 50.00, respectively. the manufacturing cost of the ugv is estimated at around php 15,600.00. a 50% markup for profit from the total manufacturing cost was added to the final price of the developed ugv kit. the price point of the ugv unit was below the cost of robotics kits in the philippine market, between php 29,000.00 and php 49,000.00. it is worth noting that the price of the ugv kit will fluctuate due to currency exchange rates and shipping costs. additionally, further improvements and optimization of the ugv kit and manufacturing expenses that may occur in the future may further influence the final price of the ugv kit should it enter mass production for robotics education. 4.5. focus testing a series of workshops were conducted with students and an instructor from various educational backgrounds to evaluate the educational value of the ugv mission planner software for navigation. the assembly of the ugv received positive ratings, with average ratings ranging from 4 out of 5 on a likert scale. issues that were raised included loose threading of screws and the initial complexity of fastening screws and nuts using tools compared to snap and build parts from lego or easily accessible flat frames from makeblock. the ease of electronic connection and modules was also rated, with participants rating the battery capacity and pixhawk unit with ranges of 4.17 to 4.21 out of 5 on the scale. the mission planner assessment showed a significant drop in learning curve evaluation due to overwhelming participants with information and settings. the overall performance of the ugv was rated at 4 out of 5 due to its 3d printed frame, which provides durability and customization options, ability to traverse through inclines, and turning capability, which are essential for navigation tasks. the survey gathered responses regarding the educational value and robotics interest brought about by the kit, with respondents rating the scale an average of 4 out of 5. the respondents also provided qualitative feedback. it was found that 19 respondents gave positive recommendations, agreeing that the ugv helped them with their confidence in dealing with robotics and its integration into a senior high school-level curriculum. they cited that it provides students with an initial interest in robotics and more familiarity with the intermediate aspects of hardware and software they can explore. four respondents qualified their recommendations by stating they would have to surpass the curriculum’s steep learning curve to appreciate the ugv fully. specifically, more time was spent on the hardware and acclimation with mission planner’s features, given its lengthy number of parameters. this is a common disadvantage noted by aliane (2024), whereby the versatility advantage of ardupilot mission planner, which allows for a wide range of mission planning and execution, means that it would be difficult for students newer to robotics to utilize all its features fully [33]. this was linked to the limited 2-hour timeframe of the focus study. https://www.vexrobotics.com/228-8899.html https://www.vexrobotics.com/v5-classroom-starter-kit.html https://www.vexrobotics.com/exp-kits.html https://www.lazada.com.ph/products/lego-mindstorms-ev3-robot-kit-51515-inventor-robotics-kit-5-in-1-app-controlled-programmable-coding-for-kids-i244998977.html https://dojofordrones.com/pihawk-rover-kit/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 324 on the other hand, two respondents disagreed with adopting the platform for the current senior high school curriculum. they cited that there are alternative commercially available products that are more suitable for educational robotics. this was based on their own experience with other units. notably, the instructor recommended the addition of more sensors to the current suite to give both the instructor and students more confidence that they can use the ugv for a broader range of activities beyond the workshop curriculum that the authors presented (figure 14). the instructor cited that the limitation of the activity to waypoints and obstacle avoidance can be further expanded, especially if more sensors are installed. meanwhile, the students who disagreed with adopting the ugv recommended a snap-on assembly similar to what competitive products utilize. the difference in feedback between the instructor and the students focused on the breadth and depth of the activities the study’s curriculum can provide. this meant that improvements to the base ugv unit needed to consider the perspective of instructors who wanted to maximize the unit for various educational courses, requiring hardware configurations suitable for each application. the remaining respondents were unsure about providing a qualitative recommendation due to a perceived lack of personal experience and knowledge of robotics, which could potentially limit their ability to provide informed feedback. figure 14. program flow of the robotics education workshop conducted the fabricated ugv platform and the proposed curriculum leverage the educational sector by providing teachers with a flexible, affordable, and modular learning tool for academic and research use while empowering students to innovate and think critically in pursuit of engineering. this approach firmly aligns with industry 4.0 standards and frameworks as it emphasizes the development of competencies and industry-related skills. the curriculum contains the instructional modules and videos accompanying the ugv and directly addresses key education 4.0 objectives, such as interactive classroom remodeling, student-centered learning, interdisciplinary curriculum, and integrating advanced technologies. the modularity of the robot not only allows diverse configurations to perform various tasks depending on its application but also inspires students to create various models. this curriculum supports the goals of the k-12 program, which aims to shape young minds into innovative and critical-thinking pioneers while also catering to the demands of heis in solidifying students’ technological literacy and honing skills applicable in specific industries that rely on robotics and advanced technology. by incorporating openly accessible hardware and software into the curriculum, students will develop into competent industry practitioners and academic research practitioners. thus, this study contributes to fostering a generation ready to address national and global issues with the help of robotics and science. 5. conclusion the authors developed a novel ugv platform for robotics education and outdoor use. the authors were able to design the ugv platform’s frame with low cost, modularity, and 3d printing technology in mind; develop suitable chassis designs for the ugv; and conduct thorough ansys simulations in evaluating the best design that caters to educational robotics, fabricate and evaluate the designed system’s performance and capabilities, and assess the feasibility, cost-effectiveness, ease of use, and educational value of the platform. key findings from related literature were acquired to serve as a basis for structuring the fabrication process of the ugv, testing methods for ugv performance evaluation, and the implementation strategies for measuring the ugv’s educational value. a focus group hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 325 study was conducted amongst filipino students and an instructor to measure user experience and feedback regarding the ugv’s potential to become a leverage for robotics education in the philippines. the ugv platform was widely acclaimed, with positive feedback from the participants sharing their satisfaction with the ugv platform as a potential tool that can be integrated into philippine educational robotics. some sentiments from the participants pointed out lapses in aspects of ugv that could be improved. their feedback will serve as a basis for researchers and future studies to optimize educational platforms for robotics. the ugv platform and the curriculum will enable greater accessibility to learning kits for educational institutions meeting the demands of industry 4.0. the robot assembly process was challenging for the participants due to the small size of the holes and the difficulty of placing nuts or bolts, given the limited tools available. to improve user experience, fasteners and attachments should be optimized, with grip tools like tweezers aiding the assembly process. a unique tool designed using 3d printing was also developed to secure nuts in tight spaces and could be further optimized to improve installation. the authors stress the need for further investigation into space-efficient ultrasonic sensor modules in ugvs, such as the cs100a ultrasonic sensor ic from sjzl new material technology co., to reduce module size and eliminate the need for an adapter board. advanced applications of the ugv platform may be explored with a coprocessor like a raspberry pi or any single-board computer. cost reduction can be achieved by procuring cost-effective flight controllers and rc controllers that match the performance of the pixhawk flight controller and the radio link rc controller. the limitations of gps modules are highlighted, with the effects of the urban environment on their accuracy indicating that proper ugv configuration is essential to hosting a navigation-capable system. venturing into alternative solutions such as rtk systems for greater accuracy could be conducted. however, the cost-effectiveness of such systems is outside the scope of the study and can be pursued in the future. the curriculum for educational robotics in the philippines was found to lack proper time management, particularly in the mechanical assembly of the ugv frame. proper time allocation and assessment should be implemented for different aspects of the ugv educational modules in order to adequately cover each component of the ugv and its software, which can provide significant help to researchers and instructors in developing a curriculum that can be integrated into existing pedagogical standards in the philippines. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, c.s.d.d.c., g.a.c., r.g.d.d., r.c.e., and g.a.c.s.; methodology, c.s.d.d.c., g.a.c., r.g.d.d., r.c.e., and g.a.c.s.; software, c.s.d.d.c., g.a.c., r.g.d.d., r.c.e., and g.a.c.s.; validation, c.s.d.d.c., g.a.c., r.g.d.d., r.c.e., and g.a.c.s.; formal analysis, c.s.d.d.c., g.a.c., r.g.d.d., r.c.e., and g.a.c.s.; investigation, c.s.d.d.c., g.a.c., r.g.d.d., r.c.e., and g.a.c.s.; resources, c.s.d.d.c., g.a.c., r.g.d.d., r.c.e., g.a.c.s., and a.y.c.; data curation, c.s.d.d.c., g.a.c., r.g.d.d., r.c.e., and g.a.c.s.; writing— original draft preparation, c.s.d.d.c., g.a.c., r.g.d.d., r.c.e., and g.a.c.s.; writing—review and editing, c.s.d.d.c., g.a.c., r.g.d.d., r.c.e., g.a.c.s., and a.y.c.; visualization, c.s.d.d.c., g.a.c., r.g.d.d., r.c.e., and g.a.c.s.; supervision, a.y.c.; project administration, r.g.d.d. and a.y.c.; funding acquisition, a.y.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.3. funding the authors would like to acknowledge the unmanned aerial vehicle laboratory of de la salle university manila for supporting the major components used in this research. 6.4. acknowledgments the authors would like to acknowledge the guidance of the department of mechanical engineering faculty in the conduct of the study. we also would like to thank the senior high school department of dlsu for their assistance in the conduct of the survey for the focus testing. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 326 7. references [1] alda, r., boholano, h., & dayagbil, f. (2020). teacher education institutions in the philippines towards education 4.0. international journal of learning, teaching and educational research, 19(8), 137–154. doi:10.26803/ijlter.19.8.8. [2] halili, s. h. (2019). technological advancements in education 4.0. the online journal of distance education and e-learning, 7(1), 63-69. [3] de la cruz, r. j. d. (2022). science education in the philippines. science education in countries along the belt & road. lecture notes in educational technology. springer, singapore. doi:10.1007/978-981-16-6955-2_20. [4] simpal, e. a., & robles, a. c. m. (2025). education 4.0: awareness, readiness, and digital competence of higher education institutions (heis) faculty in region xii. ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.5018303. [5] unmanned systems technology (2024). unmanned ground vehicles (ugv). unmanned systems technology, christchurch, new zealand. available online: https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/expo/unmanned-ground-vehicle-ugvmanufacturers/ (accessed on february 2025). [6] gonzales, m., andal, e., ching, d., gaffud, m., & tabo, e. (2021). assessing the efficacy of roboteach extension project on public school teachers. international journal of educational management and development studies, 2(3), 78–100. doi:10.53378/348742. [7] magsumbol, j. a., duque, m. c. a., gabriel, z., & jamito, k. j. (2024). the emerging role of robotics technology in the philippinesintelligent computing and optimization. ico 2023, lecture notes in networks and systems, 1169, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-73324-6_13. [8] louise de ocampo, a., culaba, a., & dadios, e. p. (2019). policy paper on robotics in the philippines. journal of computational innovations and engineering applications, 4(1), 22–28. [9] munsayac, f. e., culaba, a., bugtai, n., abuan, r. d., & kaplan, a. (2023). comprehensive study of industry 4.0 in robotics for policy development. recoletos multidisciplinary research journal, 11(1), 55–69. doi:10.32871/rmrj2311.01.06. [10] espinola, j. d. p., ignacio, j. e. d., lacaden, j. p. l., toribio, c. b. d., & chua, a. y. (2019). virtual simulations for drone education of senior high school students. international journal of engineering and advanced technology, 8(6s3), 220–226. doi:10.35940/ijeat.f1036.0986s319. [11] ruzzenente, m., koo, m., nielsen, k., grespan, l., & fiorini, p. (2012). a review of robotics kits for tertiary education. in proceedings of international workshop teaching robotics teaching with robotics: integrating robotics in school curriculum, 20 april, 2012, trento, italy. [12] e-gizmo. (2023). pbot 2018. e-gizmo mechatronix central, manila, philippines. available online: https://www.egizmo.net/gizmoshop/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=1368 (accessed on february 2025). [13] pedre, s., nitsche, m., pessagc, f., caccavelli, j., & de cristóforis, p. (2014). design of a multi-purpose low-cost mobile robot for research and education. advances in autonomous robotics systems. taros 2014, lecture notes in computer science, 8717. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-10401-0_17. [14] murtaza, z., mehmood, n., jamil, m., & ayaz, y. (2014). design and implementation of low cost remote-operated unmanned ground vehicle (ugv). 2014 international conference on robotics and emerging allied technologies in engineering (icreate), 37–41. doi:10.1109/icreate.2014.6828335. [15] kumar, v., dolma, s., & fatima, n. (2024). an autonomous unmanned ground vehicle: a technology driven approach for spraying agrochemicals in agricultural crops. environment and ecology, 42(3), 1069–1078. doi:10.60151/envec/lbmw6544. [16] fan, z., qiu, q., & meng, z. (2017). implementation of a four-wheel drive agricultural mobile robot for crop/soil information collection on the open field. in 2017 32nd youth academic annual conference of chinese association of automation (yac), 408-412. doi:10.1109/yac.2017.7967443. [17] oyekola, p., mohamed, a., & pumwa, j. (2019). robotic model for unmanned crack and corrosion inspection. international journal of innovative technology and exploring engineering, 9(1), 862-867. [18] dim, c., nabor, f., santos, g., schoeler, m., & chua, a. (2019). novel experiment design for unmanned aerial vehicle controller performance testing. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 533(1). doi:10.1088/1757899x/533/1/012026. [19] gue, i. h. v., & chua, a. y. (2018). development of a fuzzy gs-pid controlled quadrotor for payload drop missions. journal of telecommunication, electronic and computer engineering, 10(1–5), 55–58. [20] idris, m. a. b. (2015). conceptual and preliminary design of unmanned ground vehicle in monitoring oil and gas plant. bachelor thesis, universiti teknologi petronas, seri iskandar, malaysia. https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/expo/unmanned-ground-vehicle-ugv-manufacturers/ https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/expo/unmanned-ground-vehicle-ugv-manufacturers/ https://www.e-gizmo.net/gizmoshop/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=1368 https://www.e-gizmo.net/gizmoshop/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=1368 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 327 [21] willmon, w. g. (2021). design, manufacture, and test of a hybrid aerial-ground robotic platform. master thesis, university of denver, denver, united states. [22] andreev, v., kim, v., & pryanichnikov, v. (2019). a hierarchical modular architecture for reconfigurable mobile robots. proceedings of the 30th international daaam symposium 2019, 1152–1159. doi:10.2507/30th.daaam.proceedings.162. [23] moubarak, p., & ben-tzvi, p. (2012). modular and reconfigurable mobile robotics. robotics and autonomous systems, 60(12), 1648–1663. doi:10.1016/j.robot.2012.09.002. [24] oyekola, p., lambrache, n., mohamed, a., pumwa, j., olaru, l., n’drelan, b., & ebere, c. (2019). design and construction of an unmanned ground vehicle. international conference on industrial engineering and operations management, 23-25 october, 2019, toronto, canada. [25] gadekar, a., fulsundar, s., deshmukh, p., aher, j., kataria, k., patel, d. v., & barve, d. s. (2023). rakshak: a modular unmanned ground vehicle for surveillance and logistics operations. cognitive robotics, 3, 23–33. doi:10.1016/j.cogr.2023.02.001. [26] snipes, w., stapleton, j., yuan, m., walters, b., pierce, d., & lewin, g. c. (2018). design of a 3d printed unmanned ground vehicle. 2018 systems and information engineering design symposium (sieds), 176–181. doi:10.1109/sieds.2018.8374731. [27] xing, t., & stern, f. (2010). factors of safety for richardson extrapolation. journal of fluids engineering, 132, 061403. doi:10.1115/1.4001771. [28] xe corporation inc. (2025). 1 usd to php convert us dollars to philippine pesos, xe corporation inc, newmarket, canada. available online: https://www.xe.com/currencyconverter/convert/?amount=1&from=usd&to=php (accessed on february 2025). [29] petg filament (2025). sunlu petg 3d printing filament 1.75 mm multicolor petg filament 3d printer filament. alibaba.com, hangzhou, china. available online: https://www.alibaba.com/product-detail/sunlu-petg-3d-printing-filament1_60792288566.html?spm=a2700.galleryofferlist.normal_offer.d_image.4c6813a0xrx2nb (accessed on february 2025). [30] aluminum extrusion (2025). china 6063 t slot aluminium extrusion profile price per kg frame 4040 router machine types of aluminum extrusion. . alibaba.com, hangzhou, china. available online: https://www.alibaba.com/product-detail/china-6063-tslot-aluminium-extrusion_60783117595.html?spm=a2700.7724857.0.0.981d515fruscfj (accessed on february 2025). [31] korunović, n., banić, m., pavlović, v., & nestorović, t. (2024). structural optimization of an unmanned ground vehicle as part of a robotic grazing system design. machines, 12(5), 323. doi:10.3390/machines12050323. [32] chodnicki, m., nowakowski, m., pietruszewski, p., wesołowski, m., & stępień, s. (2024). bizon–ugv for airport pavement testing: mechanics and control. applied sciences (switzerland), 14(6), 2472. doi:10.3390/app14062472. [33] aliane, n. (2024). a survey of open-source uav autopilots. electronics (switzerland), 13(23), 4785. doi:10.3390/electronics13234785. https://www.xe.com/currencyconverter/convert/?amount=1&from=usd&to=php https://www.alibaba.com/product-detail/sunlu-petg-3d-printing-filament-1_60792288566.html?spm=a2700.galleryofferlist.normal_offer.d_image.4c6813a0xrx2nb https://www.alibaba.com/product-detail/sunlu-petg-3d-printing-filament-1_60792288566.html?spm=a2700.galleryofferlist.normal_offer.d_image.4c6813a0xrx2nb https://www.alibaba.com/product-detail/china-6063-t-slot-aluminium-extrusion_60783117595.html?spm=a2700.7724857.0.0.981d515fruscfj https://www.alibaba.com/product-detail/china-6063-t-slot-aluminium-extrusion_60783117595.html?spm=a2700.7724857.0.0.981d515fruscfj available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 630 issn: 2723-9535 advancing healthcare security: a cutting-edge zero-trust blockchain solution for protecting electronic health records rihab benaich 1*, saida el mendili 1 , youssef gahi 1 1 national school of applied sciences of kenitra, ibn tofail university, kenitra, morocco. received 08 june 2023; revised 19 august 2023; accepted 26 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract the effective management of electronic health records (ehrs) is vital in healthcare. however, traditional systems often need help handling data inconsistently, providing limited access, and coordinating poorly across facilities. this study aims to tackle these issues using blockchain technology to improve ehr systems' data security, privacy, and interoperability. by thoroughly analyzing blockchain's applications in healthcare, we propose an innovative solution that leverages blockchain's decentralized and immutable nature, combined with advanced encryption techniques such as the advanced encryption standard and zero knowledge proof protocol, to fortify ehr systems. our research demonstrates that blockchain can effectively overcome significant ehr challenges, including fragmented data and interoperability problems, by facilitating secure and transparent data exchange, leading to enhanced coordination, care quality, and cost-efficiency across healthcare facilities. this study offers practical guidelines for implementing blockchain technology in healthcare, emphasizing a balanced approach to interoperability, privacy, and security. it represents a significant advancement over traditional ehr systems, boosting security and affording patients greater control over their health records. keywords: blockchain; data security; data management; smart contracts; ehr. 1. introduction the healthcare industry has undergone a significant transformation with the widespread adoption of electronic health records (ehrs), marking a paradigm shift in the management and utilization of medical information. the transition to digital platforms has brought several benefits, including but not limited to improved accessibility of patient data for healthcare professionals, streamlined data management processes, and efficient healthcare delivery (figure 1). integrating advanced technologies in ehrs has facilitated the aggregation and analysis of large datasets that can be pivotal in advancing medical research and enhancing patient outcomes. nonetheless, this transformation has been challenging. the digitization of sensitive health information has raised significant concerns regarding data security and the protection of patient privacy. the healthcare industry has witnessed a disturbing increase in incidents such as data breaches, unauthorized access to patient records, and the misuse of personal health information. these occurrences compromise patient confidentiality and erode public trust in the healthcare system. the loss of trust poses a significant threat to the integrity and effectiveness of healthcare services. these occurrences compromise patient confidentiality and undermine public trust in the healthcare system. this erosion of trust poses a significant threat to the integrity and effectiveness of healthcare services. in light of these challenges, researchers have turned to blockchain technology, which is renowned for its robust security features and decentralized nature. a considerable body of literature, including studies such as [1, 2], has explored the * corresponding author: rihab.benaich@uit.ac.ma http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-012  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1938-621x https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8010-9206 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 631 theoretical application of blockchain in healthcare. these studies have unanimously acknowledged the potential of blockchain for enhancing data integrity, ensuring transparency, and safeguarding against unauthorized access. however, there is a notable gap in translating these theoretical models into practical, scalable solutions for healthcare environments. a critical examination of existing literature reveals a significant disconnect between theoretical proposals and their practical applications. while experts widely agree on the potential of blockchain, researchers need to create more comprehensive models that seamlessly integrate blockchain technology with existing electronic health record systems. for instance, hajian et al. [3] provided valuable insights into the theoretical framework of blockchain for healthcare data management but must address the complexities of real-world implementation. similarly, srivastava et al. [4] focused on the security aspects of blockchain but does not propose a functional model for ehr systems. figure 1. the classical method of electronic health records processing figure 2. google trends data visualization on the topic of blockchain/health records (from 2018 to 2023) the present study aims to address a critical gap in the security of electronic health record (ehr) systems by proposing a novel zero-trust blockchain solution. unlike previous attempts, this study combines the inherent security features of blockchain technology with advanced zero-trust principles, thereby ensuring a higher level of data protection and privacy. the proposed architecture introduces a system design that fortifies the security of ehrs and enhances scalability and efficiency, thereby making it a viable solution for contemporary healthcare institutions. the study's findings have significant implications for the healthcare industry, as they offer a promising approach to mitigate the security challenges associated with ehr systems. despite the expanding interest in blockchain technology for healthcare applications, the current literature needs comprehensive information on the challenges and issues that arise when implementing blockchain technology in the healthcare industry (see figure 2). significant obstacles include interoperability, data privacy, and security issues. our approach involves developing a decentralized, blockchain-based framework that we can integrate with existing ehr systems. this model promises to provide more data protection, mitigate risks associated with centralized data storage, and enhance overall trust in healthcare data management. the remainder of this paper is structured as follows: section 2 presents the research approach undertaken for the literature review. section 3 provides an in-depth review of the most relevant studies that address the issue of electronic health record security. in section 4, we emphasize the significance of blockchain technology in the context of electronic health records. this is followed by section 5, which offers a comprehensive overview of the underlying mechanisms of blockchain technology, including relevant details. section 6 outlines the implementation of the proposed assessment framework and compares the observed results with existing frameworks. finally, the paper summarizes key findings and discusses potential avenues for future research. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 632 3. research methodology we conducted an in-depth literature review to identify and summarize studies on using blockchain technology to secure electronic health records (ehrs). to ensure a rigorous and comprehensive review, we adhered to [5] a three-step methodology, as mentioned in figure 3. the methodology entailed identifying pertinent studies through a systematic search, filtering the studies based on predefined inclusion and exclusion criteria, and extracting and synthesizing data from the selected studies. figure 3. research strategy 2.1. planning and conducting a comprehensive search strategy this review aims to identify and summarize studies investigating the use of blockchain technology for ehr security. this initial stage entails planning and executing a comprehensive search strategy to identify relevant studies concerning integrating blockchain technology into electronic health records (ehrs) to improve security. this initial phase attempts to develop a thorough search strategy that ensures the incorporation of every pertinent study and provides a clear understanding of the research question and objectives. this review also aims to include studies that propose frameworks or systems employing blockchain technology to address ehr security challenges. additionally, we will consider studies evaluating the effectiveness of such systems. 2.2. screening and selecting relevant studies in this step, the review process was conducted by searching for and selecting studies on blockchain security in electronic health records or medical records within the defined scope. initially, we performed a primary search using generic expressions such as 'blockchain technology,' 'electronic health records,' 'medical records,' and 'security.' then, specific expressions such as "blockchain-based ehr security" and "blockchain integration in medical records" were used to capture relevant studies. we initially screened papers with titles matching the selected keywords and excluded irrelevant papers by reviewing their abstracts. table 1 presents the papers' distribution based on the keywords defined in the following digital libraries: ieee xplore, sciencedirect, scopus, wiley, pubmed, and mdpi. table 1. distribution of related papers depending on keywords keywords / digital libraries ieee xplore sciencedirect scopus wiley library pubmed mdpi blockchain technology and healthcare 28 21 36 24 15 30 blockchain and ehrs 15 11 20 5 5 14 ehrs and decentralised technology 10 15 11 4 7 0 blockchain integration and medical records 4 8 4 12 9 13 total 57 55 71 45 36 57 2.3. digital libraries we limited our exploration to scholarly publications in recognized academic journals and conference proceedings to ensure a comprehensive and rigorous search. we conducted our research utilizing reputable digital libraries, adhering to a strict methodology to guarantee the selection of relevant and high-quality sources. table 2. the digital libraries used in our related works review digital library link ieee xplore https://ieeexplore.ieee.org sciencedirect https://www.sciencedirect.com scopus https://www.scopus.com wiley library https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com pubmed https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov mdpi https://www.mdpi.com https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/ https://www.sciencedirect.com/ https://www.scopus.com/ https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/ https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ https://www.mdpi.com/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 633 2.3. inclusion and exclusion criteria after conducting a literature review, the next phase limits the papers based on relevance, availability, and content. we showed a diagonal reading of the collected studies after excluding unrelated ones based on the inclusion criteria listed in table 3. table 3. inclusion and exclusion approach inclusion criteria exclusion criteria papers published in the english language papers published in different languages published from 2020 to 2023 papers published before 2020 papers focusing on blockchain integration in the healthcare sector papers focusing on blockchain integration in broader sectors papers focusing on the security of ehrs/ healthcare papers focusing on using blockchain in management focus a total of 51 papers were chosen after a thorough analysis. in addition, a detailed search was conducted on the references of the selected studies. this resulted in the selection of three additional papers deemed relevant to the scope of our research. then, after thoroughly examining the selected articles, 20 studies were considered pertinent to our research area. the descriptive details of the articles were then reviewed and inserted into a zotero database. the methodology adopted for the literature search is depicted in figure 4. figure 4. the methodology adopted for the literature 2.4. reporting the review in the concluding phase of the research process, the key findings from the literature review are reported, and conclusions are formed. a significant gap was identified in the literature regarding the use of advanced methods for securing electronic health records. this discovery inspired us to comprehensively analyze the current state of the art to fill the gap and significantly contribute to the field. the following section of the report examines the 20 papers selected for this study and outlines the main findings from the literature review. 3. background literature the increasing prevalence of electronic health records has given rise to worries over the safety of patient information. because it provides a tamper-proof and decentralized system for storing and managing sensitive data, blockchain technology has emerged as an intriguing option for securing ehrs. ehrs can be securely shared between healthcare providers, patients, and other authorized parties using blockchain, eliminating the risk of data breaches or unauthorized access. several studies have explored the potential benefits of blockchain technology for securing ehrs and addressing the healthcare industry's challenges. in this context, the authors in [6] proposed a comprehensive blockchain-based framework for securing electronic health records (ehrs), which included a blockchain-based storage system, smart contracts, encryption and access control mechanisms, and interoperability with existing ehr systems. the blockchain-based storage system ensured the secure and efficient storage of ehrs on a blockchain network, while smart contracts enforced access control, data sharing, and privacy policies. encryption and access control mechanisms protect the confidentiality of ehrs. interoperability with existing ehr systems was achieved using open standards and apis. another study by d'aliberti and clark [7] proposes a new approach to preserving patient privacy when performing computations on shared electronic health record (ehr) data. the proposed method combines differential privacy and data-splitting techniques to protect patient information and prevent unauthorized access. differential privacy adds random noise to the ehr data to protect against reidentification attacks. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 634 in contrast, data splitting separates the data into multiple disjoint sets to prevent any single entity from accessing the complete dataset. the authors demonstrate the effectiveness of their approach using real-world healthcare datasets and show that their method can preserve privacy while still achieving high accuracy in computations. furthermore, the authors in [8] proposed a comprehensive security and privacy framework for healthcare blockchains that address various concerns, including confidentiality, integrity, availability, and accountability. their proposed hybrid consensus mechanism and privacy-preserving smart contract enable secure and efficient healthcare data sharing and management in a decentralized environment. the author's contribution is developing a practical and efficient framework incorporating advanced security techniques such as cryptographic algorithms, access control mechanisms, and data anonymization to protect sensitive healthcare information while enabling efficient sharing and analysis. the effectiveness of their framework is demonstrated through a case study and evaluation of its performance, scalability, and security. likewise, in [9], the authors investigated a new medical data access management approach using blockchain technology. the authors use ethereum smart contracts, truffle suite, and web3 to create a decentralized system that provides granular control over medical data access. these tools and methods enable the system to offer secure and decentralized medical data management, significantly contributing to this research. the paper explains the architecture and implementation of the system, including its security features and evaluation results. table 4 presents a global review of the relevant studies done in the context of blockchain utilization in the case of health records security. table 4. relevant studies were done in the context of blockchain integration in the healthcare industry ref year main contribution methods and tools blockchain type metrics [9] 2023 the authors proposed a novel blockchain-based system model for patient-centric secure data sharing of phrs in cloud computing under a multiple-receiver setting. -smart contracts -attribute-based encryption consortium blockchain correctness completeness efficient user revocation [10] 2023 the authors developed a health record management system that leverages blockchain to store and manage patient medical records across multiple hospitals. -smart contracts -user interface -encryption tools not specified data integrity security [11] 2023 the paper proposed a privacy-preserving and efficient data-sharing scheme with trust authentication based on blockchain technology to address user privacy leakage issues, mobile users' low computing efficiency, and centralized and untrusted authentication of access rights in mhealth. -privacy-preserving access control mechanism -the blockchain-based trust authentication mechanism -semi-trusted cloud servers not specified key generation encryption decryption authentication [12] 2023 the authors proposed an architectural model for personal health records (phr) using distributed network technologies like blockchain and hash tables (dht) to store and share health records securely. -distributed hash tables -data steward shared data vault not specified security and privacy storage occupation interoperability -performance [13] 2023 the authors focused on developing an efficient blockchain-based architectural framework for storing electronic health record data in big data storage systems. -smart contracts -big data systems -clusters not specified cost efficiency data storage security [14] 2023 the paper introduced a privacy by design (pbd) framework titled "pbdinehr" for securely and at scale managing electronic health records (ehr). the proposed framework is built on a distributed data storage and sharing architecture that uses blockchain technology to guarantee data integrity, confidentiality, and availability. -ethereum -private inter-planetary file system (ipfs) permissioned blockchain user performance security effectiveness [15] 2023 the article provides a framework called "myeasyhealthcare," a blockchain-based healthcare system that improves security while lowering costs on multiple levels. -smart contracts -interplanetary file system (ipfs) -remix not specified gas consumption transaction cost execution cost bandwidth utilization [16] 2022 the authors designed a medical blockchain double-chain system (mbds) that combines private and consortium blockchains to store and share medical data securely among offline medical institutions and internet medicine platforms. -delegated proof of stake dpos algorithm -practical byzantine fault tolerance (pbft) algorithm -cloud consortium private data security scalability [17] 2022 the authors proposed a scheme based on attribute-based encryption protection to improve patient control over their electronic health records (ehrs) in edge cloud environments -attribute-based encryption (abe) -cec-abe algorithm not specified performance in key generation outsourced decryption [18] 2022 the authors proposed a decentralized, blockchain-based smart healthcare assistance system to support medical record privacy and security without affecting system accessibility. -edge computing -interplanetary file system (ipfs) private public latency privacy anonymity integrity version control [19] 2022 the authors proposed a blockchain-based mobile app integrated with a wallet to perform transactions for storing and retrieving data on a blockchain network. -off-chain system -role-based access control -ipfs permissioned blockchain atomicity consistency integrity hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 635 [20] 2022 the authors proposed a patient-controlled sharing scheme for electronic health records (ehrs), which combines cloud computing and blockchain technology. -node-state-checkable practical byzantine fault tolerance consensus algorithm (sc-pbft) -attribute-based encryption -multi-keyword encryption not specified consensus latency [21] 2022 the authors proposed a blockchain-based solution for enhancing the security and privacy of ehrs in healthcare systems -proof of work -java eclipse -mongodb public data security [22] 2022 the authors proposed a blockchain-based environment for electronic health records -smart contracts -non-fungible tokens -hybrid-access control -public key cryptography not specified data security data storage [23] 2022 the authors proposed an architectural framework that can be employed for implementing blockchain technology in electronic health records (ehr) systems within the healthcare sector. this framework provides numerous benefits to the ehr system, including scalability, security, and increased efficiency in sharing medical data. -smart contracts not specified scalability security [24] 2021 the authors introduced a novel ehealth system called spchain, which is based on blockchain technology and aims to facilitate medical data sharing while ensuring individuals' privacy. -proxy re-encryption -byzantine-resilient consensus protocol (bft smart) public throughput storage overhead time complexity [25] 2021 the authors proposed platform is designed to facilitate the efficient and secure sharing of medical data while maintaining the privacy of individuals in the context of covid-19. -fabric alliance chain -hyperledger fabric ca (certificate authority) -smart contract private read and write performance security [26] 2021 the authors introduced a blockchain-based framework for electronic health records (ehr) called myblockehr. this framework is designed with a focus on privacy preservation and access control. -ethereum -smart contract -on-chain/ off-chain storage not specified read and write throughput gas cost [27] 2021 the authors proposed a secure architecture for electronic health records (ehr) that protects patient privacy, facilitating the development of ehr systems in colombia. -hyperledger fabric -smart contracts -proof of concept (poc) private latency availability [28] 2020 the authors proposed a keyless signature infrastructure to guarantee the confidentiality of digital signatures and data integrity. -keyless signature infrastructure (ksi) private average time size cost of data storage [29] 2020 the authors designed an ethereum blockchain-based smart contract to provide patients with immutable, transparent, and traceable data control. -ethereum -proof of work (pow) -smart contracts -proxy re-encryption -interplanetary file systems (ipfs) public cost correctness [30] 2020 the authors proposed a solution to enhance data accessibility between healthcare providers by integrating the access control policy algorithm. -hyperledger fabric -byzantine fault tolerance (bft) crash fault tolerance (cft) private latency throughput round trip time (rtt) [31] 2020 the authors proposed a hybrid architecture based on hyperledger blockchain and edge nodes to enhance ehr management. -hyperledger fabric -attribute-based multisignature (abms) -multi-authority attributebased encryption (abe) private signing time verification time [32] 2020 the authors proposed an architecture for electronic medical records that integrates various clinical providers, focusing on maintaining data integrity during connectivity disruptions while incorporating usability, security, and privacy features. -ethereum -proof of authority (poa) private efficiency security [33] 2020 the authors proposed an approach to developing a distributed system for electronic medical records using consortium blockchain and hyperledger fabric. the system employs a ledger distributed across peer nodes that records the address of each patient's medical record in an existing ehr system. -hyperledger fabric -practical byzantine faulttolerant (pbft) -proxy re-encryption private privacy scalability availability the efforts to secure electronic health records have encountered substantial challenges, including insufficient confidentiality safeguards and limited privacy protection methods. these limitations have raised concerns about the vulnerability of sensitive patient data to unauthorized access. while encouraging outcomes have been obtained, it is critical to recognize that these problems remain. for this reason, there is an urgent need to solve these pressing challenges to secure a complete and resilient solution for properly safeguarding ehrs. the following section provides the significance of blockchain in addressing the challenges of electronic health records. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 636 4. blockchain’s role in addressing healthcare challenges electronic health records (ehrs) have become an integral element of contemporary healthcare, allowing for the digital storage and dissemination of patient health information. data privacy, security, and interoperability concerns have arisen due to the pervasive implementation of ehrs. blockchain technology has emerged as a potential solution to these problems. blockchain is a decentralized and distributed ledger technology that, through its pertinent characteristics as defined in figure 5, can provide secure and transparent transactions. figure 5. the main features of blockchain blockchain can provide a secure and tamper-resistant system for storing and sharing ehrs in healthcare. blockchain, which utilizes a decentralized and distributed ledger system, enables multiple parties to access and verify electronic health records (ehr) data without a central authority. this facilitates a secure and transparent system in which each participant has a copy of the distributed ledger and can validate transactions, ensuring all parties have access to the same data. moreover, using smart contracts can automate the sharing and amending of ehrs, further improving the efficacy of healthcare services. additionally, blockchain technology's distributed and decentralized nature makes it more secure and tamper-resistant than conventional ehr systems. multiple parties validate each transaction on the blockchain, and once it is added to the distributed ledger, it cannot be altered or removed. this assures the confidentiality and security of patient's health information, making it nearly impossible for anyone to compromise the data. in addition to the benefits listed previously, blockchain technology offers several additional advantages for safeguarding electronic health records (ehrs). first, the decentralized nature of the blockchain system guarantees no singular point of failure or vulnerability, making it more resistant to cyberattacks. this feature significantly strengthens the security of ehrs, making them less susceptible to data breaches and malicious intrusions. using cryptographic algorithms and digital signatures adds a supplementary layer of security to the blockchain system, ensuring that every transaction is encrypted and authenticated. this feature provides the data's integrity and privacy, making it more reliable and trustworthy. as they can grant or revoke access to their ehrs, blockchain technology enables patients to exercise greater control over their health information. this permits greater transparency and accountability in the sharing and using patient data, thereby enhancing patient privacy and autonomy. incorporating blockchain technology into ehrs can reduce data management and interoperability costs by eliminating the need for intermediaries and manual verification procedures. therefore, combining blockchain technology with ehrs can result in a more secure, transparent, and efficient healthcare system, which is advantageous for all parties involved. 5. blockchain technology components blockchain technology is a revolutionary concept that has disrupted traditional business structures in various industries. in 2008, an enigmatic figure known by the pseudonym satoshi nakamoto [34] introduced it. since then, the technology has become synonymous with bitcoin, based on a blockchain infrastructure. blockchain technology is fundamentally a decentralized, distributed ledger that enables the secure documentation of transactions. once recorded, transactions cannot be modified without the consensus of the entire blockchain network. this renders blockchain technology exceptionally secure and resistant to tampering, fraud, and hacking attempts. 5.1. blockchain architecture a network of nodes holds a copy of the blockchain ledger and collaborates to validate and corroborate transactions. a complex cryptographic process creates a unique digital signature for each blockchain block. this signature connects the current block to the previous block, resulting in an unbreakable chain of blocks that can be traced back to the first block in the chain, also known as the genesis block (figure 6). using hashes and cryptographic signatures ensures the blockchain's integrity, as the network promptly detects any attempt to interfere with a block. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 637 figure 6. representation of blockchain one of the key benefits of the blockchain architecture is its transparency. since all nodes in the network have a copy of the blockchain ledger, any changes made to the ledger can be immediately detected and traced back to their source. this provides high accountability and transparency, making it an attractive option for various industries, including finance, supply chain management, and healthcare. 5.2. blockchain layers blockchain technology comprises five components (figure 7), each critical to ensuring a blockchain network's security, scalability, and efficiency. the five layers are the infrastructure, network, data, consensus, and application layers. figure 7. blockchain layers infrastructure layer: this layer consists of servers, blockchain client applications, wallets, storage systems, and security mechanisms. infrastructure is required to guarantee the efficient and secure operation of the blockchain network. for instance, hardware devices must be dependable and effective, while software tools must be secure and scalable. network layer: this layer manages communication between nodes in a blockchain network, including protocols, p2p networking technologies, routing algorithms, and transport mechanisms. this layer enables secure and efficient communication between nodes. for instance, network protocols and p2p networking technologies must be developed to prevent spam attacks and surveillance. on a blockchain network, the data layer manages the storage and retrieval of data, including databases, blockchain data structures, distributed storage systems, and data privacy mechanisms. this layer guarantees that the blockchain network can securely and efficiently store and manage large amounts of data. for instance, the data structures of blockchains must be designed to prevent data tampering, while distributed storage systems must be prepared to avoid data loss. the consensus layer: one of the core components of blockchain layers, it manages the consensus between nodes in a blockchain network regarding the ledger's state. this stratum comprises consensus algorithms, intelligent contracts, and governance mechanisms; it is the blockchain's foundation. the consensus layer ensures the blockchain network can reach a secure and decentralized consensus on the ledger's state. for example, consensus algorithms and smart contracts must be developed to prevent double-spending attacks and malicious actors from exploiting code vulnerabilities. the application layer consists of the user-facing elements of blockchain-based applications, such as decentralized applications, smart contracts, wallets, and oracles. this layer is responsible for making blockchain-based application user interaction straightforward and intuitive. smart contracts must be transparent and predictable, whereas user interfaces must be intuitive. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 638 5.3. categories of blockchain technology blockchain technology can be divided into three categories based on access and governance models: public, private, and consortium (figure 8). public blockchains: are decentralized networks where individuals can participate and process transactions without permission or authorization. they validate transactions through a network of nodes using a consensus mechanism, and participants are rewarded with cryptographic tokens. public blockchains are ideal for use cases requiring transparency, censorship resistance, and community-driven governance, such as cryptocurrencies, decentralized finance, and identity management. private blockchain: private blockchains are well suited for use cases that require privacy, data confidentiality, and controlled access. they are frequently used for internal organizational operations where data privacy and control are essential. a single entity or group with strict access control policies manages private blockchains. participants in private blockchains must be granted permission to join and transact on the network. consortium blockchain: combines public and private blockchains where a group of organizations manages the network collectively and agrees on the rules and management model. they balance public blockchains' transparency with decentralization and private blockchains' privacy and control. consortium blockchains are ideal for use cases that require multiple parties to collaborate and coordinate. figure 8. blockchain types 6. preliminaries ethereum: ethereum is a blockchain platform for developing smart contracts and decentralized applications (dapps). it was created by vitalik buterin [35] in 2014 and has become one of the most prevalent and extensively used blockchain technologies. as its primary objective, ethereum enables programmers to create decentralized and middleman-free applications. it accomplishes this by employing smart contracts, which are contracts that execute themselves and in which the parameters of the buyer-seller agreement are encoded directly into lines of code. ether (eth) facilitates transactions on the ethereum platform and recompenses miners for validating and verifying transactions. ethereum's flexibility and programmability allow developers to construct various dapps with varying degrees of complexity. ethereum is regarded as a highly secure and transparent technology with the potential to revolutionize numerous industries due to its decentralized and trustless nature. smart contracts: smart contracts are self-executing computer programs that enable parties to exchange value under predefined conditions. they are encoded and stored on a distributed ledger, enabling decentralized and transparent execution. automating contractual terms, reducing costs, and increasing productivity eliminate the need for intermediaries such as solicitors and banks. smart contracts are extensively used in industries requiring secure and transparent transactions, such as healthcare, finance, and supply chain management. they enable payments, asset transfers, and the automation of business processes. once deployed on a blockchain, the immutability of smart contracts ensures that they cannot be altered, providing a high level of security and trust that can help reduce corruption and fraud. solidity is a widely used and popular programming language for developing smart contracts. it is a contract-oriented, statically typed, high-level programming language with inheritance, libraries, and elaborate user-defined types explicitly designed for ethereum smart contract development. the security features of solidity include exception handling, contract-level permissions, and access control modifiers, which prevent vulnerabilities such as re-entry attacks and integer overflows. due to its prevalence and robustness, solidity has become the preferred language for developing smart contracts on the ethereum platform. interplanetary file system (ipfs): the interplanetary file system is a peer-to-peer file-sharing and storage protocol. ipfs divides files into smaller chunks, each with a different hash. these chunks are then distributed among nodes to form a decentralized linked-data web. when users request a file, their computer retrieves chunks from multiple nodes, validates their integrity with the hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 639 unique hash, and reconstructs the file. ipfs allows users to save files to their local machine, ensuring they are accessible even if the original uploader goes offline. ipfs is censorship-resistant and has high data redundancy, making it an efficient and secure way of storing and sharing files on the blockchain. using ipfs, ethereum can store more data without congesting the blockchain, adding additional security and censorship resistance. users can benefit from the advantages of both technologies by combining ipfs and ethereum, resulting in a more solid and efficient decentralized platform. ethereum virtual machine: the ethereum virtual machine (figure 9) is the runtime environment for smart contracts on the ethereum blockchain. it is a safe and predictable environment in which smart contracts can be implemented, ensuring that all nodes on the network arrive at the same state after the contract is executed. the evm is in charge of executing bytecode generated by compiling high-level programming languages like solidity. the ethereum virtual machine also manages gas, a unit of account for the cost of running a network transaction or contract. figure 9. pipeline of the main modules in decentralized applications based on ethereum blockchain ethereum transaction: the ethereum transaction is based on four primary elements: the nonce, gas price, gas limit, and recipients’ addresses.  nonce refers to a unique identifier assigned to each transaction that prevents processing duplication.  gas price refers to the amount the sender is willing to pay per unit of gas consumed during the transaction. it is measured in ether units (eth).  the gas limit determines how much gas can be used during the transaction.  the recipient's address identifies the account or smart contract receiving the transaction. furthermore, the transaction may contain data that activates a smart contract or provides additional information to the recipient. several formulas are used to connect these components:  the total cost of a transaction: total cost = gas limit x gas price.  gas used: gas used = gas price x gas consumed.  ether spent: ether spent = gas used x gas price.  maximum gas: maximum gas = block gas limit.  gas refund: gas refund = gas price x gas refunded.  effective gas price: effective gas price = (gas price offered by sender) x (1 + maximum priority fee per gas) /109). the following section presents a comprehensive and in-depth analysis of our proposed system to emphasize its numerous structural layers. 7. system design the system design process is an essential element of any framework, serving as the foundation for the system's development from its conceptualization. the development stage includes creating modules, architecture, and various components seamlessly integrated to form the framework of the overall system. considering the sensitivity and privacy of health records, it is critical to establish a strong and dependable framework capable of adequately protecting patient data privacy and security while providing healthcare providers with seamless access to relevant data. the proposed framework aims to employ blockchain technology to create a decentralized system that is tolerant to tampering, highly secure, and capable of protecting the confidentiality of electronic health records. the proposed framework involves a variety of users with distinct degrees of authority, including patients, doctors, administration, and medical laboratories. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 640 granular access is given to ensure that the system is used efficiently and securely. this approach also allows for scalability, permitting the incorporation of new users in the future without risking system performance or security. figure 10 represents the entire architecture of our proposed system. figure 10. design of our proposed system 7.1. first layer: data collection the data collection layer is the initial layer of our proposed framework, and it plays a vital role in gathering raw data from the system's leading actors, which include doctors, patients, hospitals, and medical labs. this layer involves interacting with our system's front end to collect electronic health records (ehrs) containing critical medical information. medical histories, test results, diagnoses, and medications may all be included in ehrs. our framework aims to provide an extensive view of a patient's health and medical history by collecting this information from several decisions and providing better care. the data collection layer operates as the framework's base, and its effectiveness is critical in ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the data employed in the following layers. 7.2. second layer: data processing the second layer of the proposed framework is the backbone of our solution, which involves applying a hybrid approach to data security. our solution uses advanced encryption standard 256 (aes-256) and zero-knowledge proof protocols, specifically zk-snarks, to ensure the confidentiality and integrity of sensitive data. aes-256 is a widely adopted encryption standard renowned for its exceptional security measures, particularly within industries of a sensitive nature, including the healthcare sector. the aes algorithm is leveraged to safeguard patient medical records through encryption to fortify the confidentiality and integrity of such sensitive data. 7.2.1. the fundamentals of advanced encryption standard (aes) the advanced encryption standard (aes), commonly referred to as rijndael [36], is a symmetric block cipher used for encryption and decryption of data. it operates on blocks of 128 bits and supports three different key lengths: 128 bits, 192 bits, and 256 bits. the national institute of standards and technology (nist) officially standardized and published aes in 2001. figure 11 represents the advanced encryption standard. figure 11. advanced encryption standard hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 641 aes operates on a state, a 4 × 4 array of bytes organized in a column-wise order. each byte within the state represents a single element of data. for example, if there are 16 bytes in total, they are arranged in a two-dimensional array format. the aes algorithm consists of three phases (figure 12): the initial, primary, and final rounds. each phase employs a combination of sub-operations, which are applied differently based on their specific roles within the algorithm. the breakdown of the phases and their corresponding sub-operations is as follows: figure 12. rounds of aes  addroundkey is an operation in cryptography where a 128-bit state matrix is combined with a 128-bit round key through a bitwise xor operation. the xor operation is applied to each corresponding pair of bits in the matrices, resulting in a new matrix.  in the advanced encryption standard (aes) algorithm, subbytes is a nonlinear replacement step. each byte of the current state matrix is replaced with a matching byte from the aes s-box. the aes s-box is a preconfigured lookup table that maps input and output byte values one-to-one. this procedure helps introduce confusion and non-linearity into the encryption algorithm.  shiftrows: a transposition step in which the state's four rows are shifted to the left continually by offsets of 0, 1, 2, and 3.  mixcolumns is a linear mixing technique that multiplies a fixed matrix by the current state matrix. 7.2.2. fundamentals of zk-snarks in cryptography, zk-snark is defined as a proof protocol that enables a party to demonstrate ownership of certain information without disclosing the information or requiring interaction between the parties engaged in proving and verifying the information. zk-snarks possess the following features that make them distinct:  succinctness: the proofs generated by zk-snarks are small, allowing for quick verification within a few milliseconds.  noninteractivity: the proof transcript involved in zk-snarks consists of a single message sent from the prover to the verifier, eliminating the need for back-and-forth communication.  argument of knowledge: zk-snarks provide computationally sound proofs, meaning they maintain soundness even when the prover attempts to exploit polynomial-time algorithms. a (zk-)snark protocol, like any other non-interactive proof system, consists of three distinct algorithms with the following functionalities:  gen (setup algorithm): this algorithm generates a necessary string crs, utilized in the proving process, along with a verification key vrs. sometimes, the verification key is assumed to be secret and accessible only to the verifier. a trusted party typically executes the gen algorithm.  prove (prover function): the prove algorithm inputs the crs, the statement u, and a corresponding witness w as input. it then produces the proof π, representing the statement's validity and witness.  verify (verification algorithm): the verify algorithm accepts the verification key vrs, the statement u, and the proof π as input. it performs the necessary computations and returns a result of 1, indicating acceptance of the proof, or 0, indicating rejection. figure 13.verification process of zk-snark protocol hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 642 implementing aes-256 encryption provides robust protection against data breaches and unauthorized access, thereby contributing to the broader effort to ensure the privacy and security of personal medical information. meanwhile, zkp protocols, such as zk-snarks, allow for data verification without revealing sensitive information, ensuring privacy and confidentiality. 7.2.3. the relevance of the advanced encryption standard (aes) in ensuring data security within our framework our system utilizes the advanced encryption algorithm aes-256 to ensure the confidentiality and integrity of patient medical records. aes-256 is widely recognized as the gold standard for protecting sensitive data due to its robustness and efficacy in safeguarding against cyberattacks. this symmetric key algorithm generates a securely stored key accessible to authorized personnel. when a doctor seeks access to a patient's medical record, the aes-256 key is deployed to decrypt the data without retaining it on the device or browser, thus minimizing the risk of unauthorized access or data theft. moreover, utilizing a unique key for each round significantly increases the encryption process's complexity. this makes it more difficult for attackers to decipher the encrypted data. also, the byte substitution step operates nonlinearly, obscuring identifiable patterns between the original plaintext and the resulting ciphertext. this adds an extra layer of security by preventing unauthorized parties from deducing the original information. furthermore, shifting rows and mixing columns further enhance the encryption by dispersing and rearranging the data, making it even more challenging to decipher. these features collectively make the algorithm highly secure, ensuring the confidentiality and integrity of the encrypted data. 7.2.4. the significance of using the zero-knowledge proof protocol in our proposed system the proposed system architecture employs advanced zero knowledge proof (zkp) technology, specifically zeroknowledge succinct non-interactive argument of knowledge, which is highly accurate and widely used in blockchain applications for secure computation. the significant benefits of using zk-snarks in our proposed system are:  privacy: zk-snarks effectively provides anonymity and confidentiality for patients by hiding their identities and transaction details.  scalability: zk-snarks can reduce the size of data required to execute transactions, allowing for more efficient processing and potentially increasing the scalability of the proposed system. this is accomplished by utilizing succinct proofs, which can verify the correctness of a computation without the need to execute it.  transparency: zk-snarks can create publicly verifiable proofs of transactions or computations. this can increase trust in the proposed framework by allowing anyone to verify that it operates correctly.  security: zk-snarks can provide cryptographic proofs that ensure the validity of transactions or computations without revealing sensitive information. this can help prevent fraud and protect against attacks such as doublespending. when a patient intends to share a medical record with a doctor, the application generates a zk-snark proof that the doctor has access rights to the record. the proof does not contain any details about the record or other doctors' access privileges, but it enables verification that the doctor has the necessary permissions to access the data. the system ensures secure proof transmission to the intended recipient, who utilizes it to verify the doctor's access rights and decrypt the record. as the proof mathematically proves that the proof has the required permissions to access the data, the recipient does not necessarily have trust in the sender or the underlying encryption algorithm. 7.2.5. the relevance of the combination of advanced encryption standards and zk-snarks compared to existing techniques, combining aes and zk-snark algorithms into a blockchain-based system provides an outstanding improvement in safeguarding electronic health records (ehrs). while previous solutions frequently had limits and obstacles, such as insufficient confidentiality safeguards or a lack of privacy-preserving procedures, the suggested combination overcomes these shortcomings. through robust encryption, aes guarantees the security of ehr data, protecting critical information from unwanted access. privacy-preserving searches and proof techniques are achieved by integrating zk-snark, allowing users to validate ehr characteristics without disclosing underlying data. furthermore, the immutability and distributed consensus provided by blockchain technology gives an additional integrity layer. 7.3. third layer: data storage scalability is one of the significant issues regarding storing medical records in a decentralized system. therefore, we have adopted an off-chain/on-chain approach in our system architecture. the encrypted medical documents are stored on the interplanetary file system (ipfs), while the associated metadata is stored on the ethereum blockchain. ipfs is hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 643 a decentralized peer-to-peer network that allows for storing and sharing enormous files, making it ideal for keeping the immense amounts of data contained in medical records. in contrast, the ethereum blockchain provides a secure and transparent method for storing medical record metadata. this method enhances system scalability by preventing data saturation and ensures the metadata's integrity by leveraging blockchain technology's immutability. 8. system implementation this section comprehensively analyzes the proposed framework for protecting patients' medical records. our approach enhances the security and privacy of data stored on the decentralized ethereum blockchain by combining advanced techniques such as aes 256 encryption and a zero-knowledge proof protocol. this hybrid method ensures high transparency and accessibility for authorized users while protecting sensitive medical information. 8.1. material and tools this section comprehensively explores the essential tools used in our proposed framework. our analysis sheds light on the techniques and software required in our framework. we demonstrate our dedication to implementing a sophisticated solution prioritizing data privacy and security by examining these tools in detail.  ganache ganache is a personal blockchain for ethereum development that enables developers to test and deploy smart contracts on a local network. ganache is a local test network in our proposed framework to experiment and fine-tune smart contracts before deployment on the leading ethereum network. this allows for faster and more efficient development, reducing the risk of errors or security breaches when deploying to the live network. ganache's userfriendly interface and versatile functionality make it a valuable tool for optimizing smart contract development and testing within our framework.  metamask metamask is a browser extension that acts as an ethereum blockchain digital wallet, allowing users to store and manage their ethereum-based assets securely from their web browser. metamask is a convenient and secure way to access the decentralized application (dapp) that manages medical data on the ethereum blockchain in our proposed framework. by incorporating metamask, patients and doctors can interact with the dapp easily and securely without having to manage their private keys or wallets, enhancing the accessibility and user-friendliness of our framework.  remix ide remix is a web-based integrated development environment (ide) that facilitates the development and testing of smart contracts for the ethereum blockchain. by providing a range of tools and features, remix streamlines the smart contract development process, reducing the risk of errors or vulnerabilities when deploying to the ethereum network.  django django is a python web framework that simplifies the development of web applications. in our framework, django is the backbone of the dapp that manages sensitive medical data on the ethereum blockchain. its robust security and performance make it reliable for building complex, decentralized applications. django's modular architecture and scalability simplify integration with other framework components, streamlining the building process.  solidity solidity is a programming language designed mainly for creating smart contracts on blockchain platforms like ethereum. it ensures blockchain-based applications should conduct transactions and operations, ensuring the execution of secure and decentralized processes.  snarkjs library snarkjs library creates secure and privacy-preserving proof of a user's authorized access to a medical record without revealing any record information. this proof is then shared with the intended recipient, who can verify the user's access rights and decrypt the record. our framework leverages this advanced cryptographic technology to ensure the secure and reliable management of sensitive medical data, providing robust privacy and protection to patients and healthcare providers.  mythx mythx functions as a security analysis service designed specifically for ethereum smart contracts. it empowers individual developers and development teams by enabling them to seamlessly incorporate security measures into the hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 644 entire lifecycle of smart contract development. notably, mythx is seamlessly integrated into popular tools like truffle and remix, making it readily accessible and convenient for widespread adoption. 8.2. smart contract in our proposed solution, the smart contract is considered a significant component. we deployed three main ones, as follows:  contract: this smart contract is responsible for the global functioning of the proposed solution.  roles: this smart contract assigns roles to different users (administrators, doctors, and patients).  verifier: the verifier smart contract is responsible for the crucial security task by including zero-knowledge succinct, non-interactive arguments of knowledge (zk-snarks). the following code snippet represents the smart contract for cryptographic proof verification within our decentralized electronic health records solution. the contract's "verify" function validates a provided proof by performing different checks and calculations, leveraging a verifying key, input values, and proof components to assure the integrity of the verification process. the contract improves the security and dependability of the ehr system by performing extensive cryptographic validation, including product pairing assessments. the public "verify proof" method acts as an interface for outside callers, returning a boolean result that certifies the proof's validity. this excerpt demonstrates the careful implementation of cryptographic validation logic, which provides a solid basis for protecting the integrity and privacy of sensitive health information in decentralized ehr systems. a snippet of the smart contract responsible for proof verification function verify(uint[] memory input, proof memory proof) internal view returns (uint) { verifyingkey memory vk = verifyingkey(); require(input.length + 1 == vk.ic.length, "verifier-bad-input"); point vk_x = point(0, 0); for (uint i = 0; i < input.length; i++) { require(input[i] < snark_scalar_field, "verifier-gte-snark-scalar-field"); vk_x = point.addition(vk_x, point.scalar_mul(vk.ic[i + 1], input[i])); } vk_x = point.addition(vk_x, vk.ic[0]); if (!pairing.pairingprod4( point.negate(proof.a), proof.b, vk.alfa1, vk.beta2, vk_x, vk.gamma2, proof.c, vk.delta2 )) { return 1; } else { return 0; } } function verifyproof( uint[2] memory a, uint[2][2] memory b, uint[2] memory c, uint[1] memory input ) public view returns (bool r) { proof memory proof; proof.a = point(a[0], a[1]); proof.b = point([b[0][0], b[0][1]], [b[1][0], b[1][1]]); proof.c = point(c[0], c[1]); uint[] memory inputvalues = new uint[](input.length); for (uint i = 0; i < input.length; i++) { inputvalues[i] = input[i]; } if (verify(inputvalues, proof) == 0) { return true; } else { return false; } } 8.3. experimental setup we conducted experiments with the following configurations to test the performance of the proposed framework:  11th gen intel(r) core (tm) i7-1165g7 @ 2.80ghz processor  and 16.00 gb of memory with windows 64-bit os (version 10). hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 645 9. results in this section, we depict and analyze the results of our proposed system based on various performance metrics such as total cost used by functions, function cost analysis, processing time, and more.  gas analysis gas analysis is a crucial component of any blockchain system, as it provides insights into the efficiency and scalability of the system. our study analyzed the gas usage of several vital functions within a medical record management smart contract. the functions analyzed include adddoctor, addpatient, getpatientdetails, sharemedicalrecords, savemedicalrecord, getpatientrecords, and verifyproof. we comprehensively analyzed gas consumption for 103 function calls on our decentralized application, as depicted in figure 14. we meticulously recorded gas usage for each transaction to ensure the results presented were relevant and representative. we strategically excluded multiple repetitions of the getpatientrecord function call with zero gas usage to avoid skewing the data with non-representative values. the selection process for the data presented focused on the significance of the proposed functionality and representativeness. as a result, we chose a set of 30 transactions that best represent the observed range of gas usage, encompassing scenarios of both high and low gas consumption. table 5 details the hash transactions and the corresponding gas consumption obtained from the performance of these 30 transactions. our analysis revealed varying levels of gas consumption across the different functions. for instance, the adddoctor function exhibited higher gas usage than addpatient, possibly due to the increased complexity and data requirements associated with registering a new healthcare provider. this disparity in gas consumption highlights areas within our smart contract that may benefit from optimization for more efficient resource utilization. we meticulously crafted the methodology for recording gas usage to ensure accuracy and relevance. the exclusion of repetitive zero gas usage calls like getpatientrecord was a deliberate decision to maintain the integrity of the data, ensuring that only meaningful transactions were analyzed. comparing our findings with other blockchain systems in healthcare, our model demonstrates a competitive edge in terms of efficiency for specific functions. however, as highlighted in the analysis, there are areas where our gas consumption is on par or slightly higher than industry averages, indicating potential avenues for future optimization. the practical implications of these findings are significant for the operational costs of deploying our blockchain system in a healthcare setting. we could target areas identified as high gas consumers for future optimizations to reduce overall costs. figure 14 and table 5 have been designed for clarity and ease of understanding. they include explanatory notes and legends, making it straightforward for readers to interpret the data. table 5 details hash transactions and the corresponding gas consumption obtained from the performance of 30 transactions. figure 14. total gas used by functions (103 transactions) after thoroughly analyzing gas usage in our medical record management smart contract, we observed that certain functions consumed significantly more gas than others. in particular, we found that the sharemedicalrecords() function for both patients and doctors (functions 320875 and 320873, respectively) incurred the highest gas costs among the 30 transactions analyzed, as depicted in figure 15. to provide a more comprehensive view of these results, we measured the gas usage for these functions in gwei, which can be converted to eth and usd using the prevailing exchange rate. our findings revealed that the highest gas value of 320875 gwei can be converted to 0.000320875 eth, equivalent to approximately 0.59 usd (at an exchange rate of 1 eth = 1835,14 usd). in contrast, we also observed that certain functions did not consume any gas, as indicated by a gas value 0. 0 50000 100000 150000 200000 250000 300000 350000 g a s u se d ( g w e i) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 646 table 5. gas used data id function name hash transaction gas used (gwei) 1 adddoctor() 0xdfdb4d7fc885e41263f81d11d6d9edc0c2cbae32 : (admin) 46621 2 addpatient() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (patient) 157017 3 addpatient() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (patient) 157048 4 getpatientdetails() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (patient) 0 5 addpatient() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (patient) 157040 6 adddoctor () 0xdfdb4d7fc885e41263f81d11d6d9edc0c2cbae32 : (admin) 46599 7 addpatient() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (patient) 157040 8 adddoctor() 0xdfdb4d7fc885e41263f81d11d6d9edc0c2cbae32 : (admin) 46599 9 sharemedicalrecords() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (patient) 320873 10 getpatientdetails() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (doctor) 0 11 adddoctor() 0xdfdb4d7fc885e41263f81d11d6d9edc0c2cbae32 : (admin) 46599 12 addpatient() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (patient) 157040 13 getpatientdetails() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (patient) 0 14 sharemedicalrecords() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (patient) 320875 15 savemedicalrecord() 0x9bb6208f81b5fd0fb556735d244d383a0981a0e4 : (doctor) 181626 16 verifyproof() 0x9bb6208f81b5fd0fb556735d244d383a0981a0e4 : (doctor) 0 17 verifyproof() 0x9bb6208f81b5fd0fb556735d244d383a0981a0e4 : (doctor) 0 18 getpatientrecords() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (doctor) 0 19 verifyproof() 0x9bb6208f81b5fd0fb556735d244d383a0981a0e4 : (doctor) 233858 20 getpatientrecords() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (doctor) 0 21 adddoctor() 0xdfdb4d7fc885e41263f81d11d6d9edc0c2cbae32 : (admin) 46599 22 addpatient() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (patient) 157040 23 sharemedicalrecords() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (patient) 320851 24 verifyproof() 0x9bb6208f81b5fd0fb556735d244d383a0981a0e4 : (doctor) 233856 25 getpatientdetails() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 : (doctor) 0 26 savemedicalrecord() 0x9bb6208f81b5fd0fb556735d244d383a0981a0e4 : (doctor) 181626 27 verifyproof() 0x9bb6208f81b5fd0fb556735d244d383a0981a0e4 : (doctor) 233856 28 savemedicalrecord() 0x9bb6208f81b5fd0fb556735d244d383a0981a0e4 : (doctor) 181626 29 savemedicalrecord() 0x9bb6208f81b5fd0fb556735d244d383a0981a0e4 : (doctor) 181626 30 getpatientrecords() 0x75070012ae3f94c86eb4480593256a2844a222d2 getpatientrecords: (doctor) 0 figure 15. total gas used by functions (30 selected transactions) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 647  time analysis in our detailed time analysis, illustrated in figure 16, we meticulously assessed the execution times of various functions within our blockchain-based electronic health records (ehr) system. this analysis revealed significant differences in execution efficiency, which are crucial for understanding and improving the system's performance. the getpatientdetails function recorded the longest execution time, which we could attribute to several factors. these factors include the complexity and volume of patient data retrieved, the computational intensity required for processing this data, or potential inefficiencies in the data retrieval algorithms. this finding points to a critical area for optimization. enhancing the efficiency of getpatientdetails could involve algorithmic improvements, restructuring of data storage, or streamlining the data processing steps. such optimizations are vital as they directly impact the system's responsiveness and user experience, especially in time-sensitive medical scenarios where rapid access to patient details is crucial. figure 16. function time analysis on the other end of the spectrum, the sharemedicalrecords function demonstrated remarkable efficiency, boasting the shortest execution time among the assessed functions. this efficiency indicates effective optimization within the system, particularly in data sharing and management mechanisms. the quick execution of this function is essential for ensuring seamless and real-time sharing of medical records, a vital requirement for collaborative healthcare environments.  security analysis of the smart contract our detailed security evaluation of the verifier.sol smart contract, crucial to our blockchain-based healthcare system, is thoroughly presented in figure 17. this in-depth analysis identified only a low-level vulnerability, indicating the contract's inherent security strength. deep static analysis techniques, including advanced tools like mythx, were instrumental in meticulously examining the contract for potential vulnerabilities such as reentra ncy issues or unsafe function calls. while minor, discovering the low-level vulnerability was critical as it provided a focal point for enhancing the contract's security. it highlighted the need for specific improvements in the contract's coding to mitigate any possible security risks. we took swift and targeted actions to rectify this vulnerability, strengthening the contract's defense against potential threats and attacks. this proactive stance in addressing security concerns not only fixes the immediate issue but also sets a precedent for ongoing vigilance and adaptability in the face of emerging cyber threats. overall, the findings from our security analysis affirm the reliability and integrity of our smart contract, reinforcing the trustworthiness of our comprehensive blockchain solution in managing and protecting sensitive healthcare data. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 t im e (s ) hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 648 figure 17. security analysis of the contract (verifier.sol) 10. comparative study this section compares crucial aspects of securing electronic health records, namely access control mechanisms, privacy preservation, integrity, and scalability, focusing on blockchain-based ehr systems. in comparison to existing solutions, our proposed system covers all these features. table 6 represents our proposed solution in comparison to the following existing studies based on access control, integrity, scalability, and privacy-preserving: table 6.comparative study of our proposed system and related works sahoo et al. [37] zhang et al. [38] rehman et al. [39] ren et al. [40] our proposed solution access control      blockchain      integrity      scalability      privacy-preserving       access control access control is vital to safeguarding electronic health records in our system. hence, we use role-based access control (rbac) in conjunction with blockchain technology to ensure the confidentiality and integrity of patient information. in our solution, rbac enables us to give individuals (patients, doctors, and administrators) unique roles based on their tasks, allowing them suitable access rights. conversely, blockchain integration creates a decentralized and tamper-proof record, increasing the transparency and traceability of all ehr interactions. by merging rbac and blockchain, we create a robust access control system that protects ehrs from unauthorized access while maintaining data integrity.  blockchain blockchain technology is critical to our system, significantly improving the security of electronic health records (ehrs). we protect the integrity and immutability of patient data by employing blockchain, delivering an auditable and tamper-proof record of all ehr transactions. this decentralized and transparent ledger prevents unauthorized changes or data breaches, establishing trust in the system and protecting sensitive medical information.  integrity integrity refers to the dependability and consistency of data and systems. it is critical in ensuring information correctness, dependability, and completeness. maintaining the integrity of data is essential to our suggested solution. we have established solid processes and protocols to prevent unwanted changes, data corruption, or manipulation. our hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 649 technology ensures the security of all information saved and processed within the system by utilizing modern encryption algorithms and rigorous validation processes.  scalability scalability refers to a system's capacity to manage rising workloads and demands while retaining optimal performance and responsiveness. in our system, scalability is considered a significant design aspect. hence, we merge on-chain and off-chain storage techniques, including ipfs. on-chain storage guarantees that crucial and unchangeable data, such as transaction records and system information, is safely kept within the blockchain. this facilitates information access and verification while utilizing blockchain technology's distributed nature and inherent security characteristics. to accommodate more extensive data sets and media assets, we use the off-chain storage mechanism ipfs in addition to on-chain storage. by adopting this combination, we reduce the pressure on the blockchain network and improve the overall scalability of our system by employing ipfs. this hybrid storage architecture enables our system to handle increasing data and user interactions while maintaining velocity.  privacy-preserving privacy preservation is an elementary requirement for electronic health records. the solution includes advanced cryptographic techniques to ensure the confidentiality and anonymity of sensitive data. for this reason, we have integrated two powerful tools: advanced encryption standard and zk-snarks. the proposed system provides a high degree of confidentiality and privacy by combining the strength of aes encryption with the privacy-preserving capabilities of zk-snarks. patients are more encouraged to interact and share their medical records, knowing that their sensitive data is safe from illegal access and that their privacy is safeguarded throughout the process. 11. discussion the primary achievement of our research is the successful incorporation of the advanced encryption standard (aes) within an electronic health record system, ensuring robust security for patient data. this is particularly evident in the 'getpatientdetails' function, where, despite increased execution times, the security integrity remained uncompromised. in contrast, the “sharemedicalrecords” function demonstrated efficiency, primarily involving data encryption tasks. compared to conventional ehr systems, which are often vulnerable due to centralized data storage, our blockchainbased solution offers a significant advancement in security and decentralization. this approach effectively mitigates risks associated with single points of failure and common security breaches. our system's performance, in terms of execution time and gas cost, also holds its own compared to other blockchain-based healthcare solutions, marking a notable improvement over traditional models. the findings highlight a crucial trade-off between security and performance in healthcare data systems. while providing high security, the aes algorithm introduces complexity and execution delays. our research suggests that future studies should explore alternatives to optimize this balance through advanced cryptographic techniques like zeroknowledge proofs, including zk-snarks. a significant strength of our work lies in the innovative application of blockchain technology in ehr systems, providing a decentralized, secure, and scalable solution. this represents a significant leap forward in protecting patient data integrity and privacy in the healthcare sector. however, the study has limitations. the increased computational demands and execution times associated with aes encryption highlight areas for improvement. addressing these limitations could involve exploring alternative cryptographic methods that maintain security while enhancing system efficiency. our study's essential contribution is demonstrating a feasible blockchain-based ehr system that balances high-end security and operational efficiency. this contribution is pivotal in the current landscape of digital health records, where protecting sensitive patient information is paramount. by advancing a solution that tackles security concerns and performance challenges, our research sets a new benchmark for future innovations in healthcare data management. 12. conclusion this study has successfully developed a comprehensive security framework for electronic health records by integrating zero-trust principles with blockchain technology, addressing significant concerns related to data breaches and privacy in healthcare. combining zero succinct proof advanced encryption standards with blockchain's immutability, our approach establishes a secure environment for patients and healthcare providers. incorporating smart contracts further strengthens this system, creating a highly secure and efficient platform for managing sensitive health information. we employed innovative on-chain and off-chain data storage strategies to address the scalability issues associated with traditional ehr systems, enhancing the system's efficiency and reliability. this potent blend of technologies aims to establish an impenetrable shield for patient data protection, thereby significantly advancing the hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 650 field of healthcare data management. our comparative analysis with existing solutions highlights the originality and superiority of our approach, particularly in terms of cost-efficiency and security. looking forward, our future work will focus on implementing this system on the existing ethereum blockchain network, aiming to optimize resource efficiency and further secure patient data. additionally, we plan to explore new strategies to improve security measures and reduce resource consumption, ultimately enhancing the effectiveness and viability of ehr systems in the healthcare industry. this forward-thinking approach will enable healthcare providers to deliver exceptional care while upholding the highest patient privacy and data security standards. 13. declarations 13.1. author contributions conceptualization, r.b.; methodology, r.b.; software, r.b.; validation, y.g. and s.m.; formal analysis, r.b.; investigation, y.g. and s.m.; resources, r.b., y.g., and s.m.; data curation, r.b.; writing—original draft preparation, r.b.; writing—review and editing, s.m. and y.g.; visualization, r.b.; supervision, s.m. and y.g.; project administration, y.g. and s.m. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 13.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 13.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 13.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 13.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 13.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 14. references [1] ghosh, p. k., chakraborty, a., hasan, m., rashid, k., & siddique, a. h. (2023). blockchain application in healthcare systems: a review. systems, 11(1), 38. doi:10.3390/systems11010038. [2] sadeghib r, j. k., prybutok, v. r., & sauser, b. (2022). theoretical and practical applications of blockchain in healthcare information management. information and management, 59(6), 103649. doi:10.1016/j.im.2022.103649. [3] hajian, a., prybutok, v. r., & chang, h. c. (2023). an empirical study for blockchain-based information sharing systems in electronic health records: a mediation perspective. computers in human behavior, 138, 107471. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2022.107471. [4] srivastava, s., pant, m., jauhar, s. k., & nagar, a. k. (2022). analyzing the prospects of blockchain in healthcare industry. computational and mathematical methods in medicine, 2022, 3727389. doi:10.1155/2022/3727389. [5] tranfield, d., denyer, d., & smart, p. (2003). towards a methodology for developing evidence-informed management knowledge by means of systematic review. british journal of management, 14(3), 207–222. doi:10.1111/1467-8551.00375. [6] han, y., zhang, y., & vermund, s. h. (2022). blockchain technology for electronic health records. international journal of environmental research and public health, 19(23), 1577. doi:10.3390/ijerph192315577. [7] d’aliberti, o. g., & clark, m. a. (2022). preserving patient privacy during computation over shared electronic health record data. journal of medical systems, 46(12), 85. doi:10.1007/s10916-022-01865-5. [8] zhang, r., xue, r., & liu, l. (2022). security and privacy for healthcare blockchains. ieee transactions on services computing, 15(6), 3668–3686. doi:10.1109/tsc.2021.3085913. [9] lan, c., & li, h. (2023). bc-pc-share: blockchain-based patient-centric data sharing scheme for phrs in cloud computing. cmes computer modeling in engineering and sciences, 136(3), 2985–3010. doi:10.32604/cmes.2023.026321. [10] vernekar, a., sakhare, a., bhapkar, p., jadhav, s., & adhao, r. b. (2023). blockchain based record management system in hospitals. 2023 international conference on innovative trends in information technology, icitiit 2023, 1–4. doi:10.1109/icitiit57246.2023.10068685. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 651 [11] xu, s., zhong, j., wang, l., he, d., zhang, s., & shao, w. (2023). a privacy-preserving and efficient data sharing scheme with trust authentication based on blockchain for mhealth. connection science, 35(1), 2186316. doi:10.1080/09540091.2023.2186316. [12] vanin, f. n. da s., policarpo, l. m., righi, r. da r., heck, s. m., da silva, v. f., goldim, j., & da costa, c. a. (2023). a blockchain-based end-to-end data protection model for personal health records sharing: a fully homomorphic encryption approach. sensors, 23(1), 14. doi:10.3390/s23010014. [13] mahammad, a. b., & kumar, r. (2023). scalable and security framework to secure and maintain healthcare data using blockchain technology. proceedings of international conference on computational intelligence and sustainable engineering solution, cises 2023, 417–423. doi:10.1109/cises58720.2023.10183494. [14] semantha, f. h., azam, s., shanmugam, b., & yeo, k. c. (2023). pbdinehr: a novel privacy by design developed framework using distributed data storage and sharing for secure and scalable electronic health records management. journal of sensor and actuator networks, 12(2), 36. doi:10.3390/jsan12020036. [15] agrawal, k., aggarwal, m., & tanwar, s. (2023). myeasyhealthcare: an efficient and secure three‐tier blockchain‐based healthcare system. security and privacy, 6(6), 314. doi:10.1002/spy2.314. [16] li, c., liu, j., qian, g., wang, z., & han, j. (2022). double chain system for online and offline medical data sharing via private and consortium blockchain: a system design study. frontiers in public health, 10, 1012202. doi:10.3389/fpubh.2022.1012202. [17] jiang, y., xu, x., & xiao, f. (2022). attribute-based encryption with blockchain protection scheme for electronic health records. ieee transactions on network and service management, 19(4), 3884–3895. doi:10.1109/tnsm.2022.3193707. [18] egala, b. s., pradhan, a. k., gupta, s., sahoo, k. s., bilal, m., & kwak, k. s. (2022). coviblock: a secure blockchain-based smart healthcare assisting system. sustainability (switzerland), 14(24), 16844. doi:10.3390/su142416844. [19] gupta, a., rodrigues, r., tripathi, a., coutinho, r., & gomes, j. (2022). blockchain for ehr: an off-chain based approach. 2022 ieee region 10 symposium, tensymp 2022, 1–6. doi:10.1109/tensymp54529.2022.9864405. [20] pang, z., yao, y., li, q., zhang, x., & zhang, j. (2022). electronic health records sharing model based on blockchain with checkable state pbft consensus algorithm. ieee access, 10, 87803–87815. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3186682. [21] nasreen, m., & singh, s. k. (2022). implementation of blockchain based electronic health record system using java eclipse and mongodb. 2022 ieee international conference on blockchain and distributed systems security, icbds 2022, 1–6. doi:10.1109/icbds53701.2022.9935933. [22] jayasinghe, j. g. l. a., shiranthaka, k. g. s., kavith, t., jayasinghe, m. h. d. v., abeywardena, k. y., & yapa, k. (2022). blockchain-based secure environment for electronic health records. 2022 13th international conference on computing communication and networking technologies, icccnt 2022, 1–6. doi:10.1109/icccnt54827.2022.9984371. [23] sexena, p., singh, p., john, a., & rajesh, e. (2022). blockchain powered ehr in pharmaceutical industry. in digitization of healthcare data using blockchain. john wiley & sons, ltd., 137-157. doi:10.1002/9781119792734.ch7. [24] zou, r., lv, x., & zhao, j. (2021). spchain: blockchain-based medical data sharing and privacy-preserving ehealth system. information processing and management, 58(4), 102604. doi:10.1016/j.ipm.2021.102604. [25] yu, k., tan, l., shang, x., huang, j., srivastava, g., & chatterjee, p. (2021). efficient and privacy-preserving medical research support platform against covid-19: a blockchain-based approach. ieee consumer electronics magazine, 10(2), 111–120. doi:10.1109/mce.2020.3035520. [26] sonkamble, r. g., phansalkar, s. p., potdar, v. m., & bongale, a. m. (2021). survey of interoperability in electronic health records management and proposed blockchain based framework: myblockehr. ieee access, 9, 158367–158401. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3129284. [27] rincón, e. a. p., & moreno-sandoval, l. g. (2021). design of an architecture contributing to the protection and privacy of the data associated with the electronic health record. information (switzerland), 12(8), 313. doi:10.3390/info12080313. [28] nagasubramanian, g., sakthivel, r. k., patan, r., gandomi, a. h., sankayya, m., & balusamy, b. (2020). securing e-health records using keyless signature infrastructure blockchain technology in the cloud. neural computing and applications, 32(3), 639–647. doi:10.1007/s00521-018-3915-1. [29] madine, m. m., battah, a. a., yaqoob, i., salah, k., jayaraman, r., al-hammadi, y., pesic, s., & ellahham, s. (2020). blockchain for giving patients control over their medical records. ieee access, 8, 193102–193115. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3032553. [30] tanwar, s., parekh, k., & evans, r. (2020). blockchain-based electronic healthcare record system for healthcare 4.0 applications. journal of information security and applications, 50, 102407. doi:10.1016/j.jisa.2019.102407. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 652 [31] guo, h., li, w., meamari, e., shen, c. c., & nejad, m. (2020). attribute-based multi-signature and encryption for ehr management: a blockchain-based solution. in ieee international conference on blockchain and cryptocurrency, icbc 2020. doi:10.1109/icbc48266.2020.9169395. [32] gutiérrez, o., romero, g., pérez, l., salazar, a., wightman, p., & charris, m. (2020). healthyblock: blockchain-based it architecture for electronic medical records resilient to connectivity failures. international journal of environmental research and public health, 17(19), 1–38. doi:10.3390/ijerph17197132. [33] tith, d., lee, j. s., suzuki, h., wijesundara, w. m. a. b., taira, n., obi, t., & ohyama, n. (2020). application of blockchain to maintaining patient records in electronic health record for enhanced privacy, scalability, and availability. healthcare informatics research, 26(1), 3–12. doi:10.4258/hir.2020.26.1.3. [34] nakamoto, s. (2008). a peer-to-peer electronic cash system. bitcoin. available online: https://bitcoin.org/bitcoin.pdf (accessed on may 2023). [35] ethereum (2023). ethereum whitepaper. available online: https://ethereum.org (accessed on may 2023). [36] daemen, j., rijmen, v. (2023). aes proposal: rijndael; technical report; national institute of standards and technology: gaithersburg, maryland, united states. [37] sahoo, m. s., & baruah, p. k. (2018). hbasechaindb – a scalable blockchain framework on hadoop ecosystem. in r. yokota & w. wu (eds.), lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics): springer, vol. 10776 lncs, 18–29. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-69953-0_2. [38] zhang, p., white, j., schmidt, d. c., lenz, g., & rosenbloom, s. t. (2018). fhirchain: applying blockchain to securely and scalably share clinical data. computational and structural biotechnology journal, 16, 267–278. doi:10.1016/j.csbj.2018.07.004. [39] rehman, a., abbas, s., khan, m. a., ghazal, t. m., adnan, k. m., & mosavi, a. (2022). a secure healthcare 5.0 system based on blockchain technology entangled with federated learning technique. computers in biology and medicine, 150, 106019. doi:10.1016/j.compbiomed.2022.106019. [40] ren, j., li, j., liu, h., & qin, t. (2022). task offloading strategy with emergency handling and blockchain security in sdnempowered and fog-assisted healthcare iot. tsinghua science and technology, 27(4), 760–776. doi:10.26599/tst.2021.9010046. https://ethereum.org/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 165 issn: 2723-9535 understanding continuance intention of merchants as end user in online food delivery after covid-19 rahmat yasirandi 1, 2 , bundit thanasopon 1* 1 school of information technology, king mongkut’s institute of technology ladkrabang, bangkok, thailand. 2 center of excellence technological society (caatis), telkom university, bandung, indonesia. received 13 november 2024; revised 18 january 2025; accepted 07 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract this study explores the continuance intention of merchants in using online food delivery (ofd) services post-pandemic, employing an extended expectation-confirmation model (ecm). while existing research on ofd predominantly examines food consumers, this study focuses on the merchant side and investigates how confirmation, perceived usefulness, satisfaction, perceived risk, and perceived critical mass influence their continuance intention. using structural equation modeling (sem) on data collected from 378 indonesian merchants, the findings highlight several critical factors. perceived critical mass fosters platform adoption by creating a sense of widespread utility, while perceived risk indirectly affects continuance intention through its impact on satisfaction, emphasizing the need to address merchants’ concerns. this research enhances the understanding of merchant behavior in the ofd ecosystem by incorporating context-specific factors that influence their decisions. the findings offer practical recommendations for ofd providers to improve system reliability, mitigate perceived risks, and foster a robust user community to ensure sustained engagement. future studies could build on these insights by investigating similar dynamics in different regions or by including other stakeholders, such as delivery drivers, to provide a broader understanding of the ofd ecosystem. keywords: online food delivery; merchants; expectation-confirmation model (ecm); continuance intention. 1. introduction this study builds on previous research examining the evolution of food delivery services in indonesia, which highlighted significant changes beginning in the early 2010s with the emergence of two dominant models: restaurantbased delivery and e-commerce platforms, collectively referred to as online food delivery (ofd) platforms [1]. ofd services have undergone a significant transformation, reshaping the food and hospitality industry globally. over time, the ofd model became the leading approach, driving innovation and consumer adoption. however, the covid-19 pandemic marked a pivotal moment in ofd’s evolution, fundamentally changing consumer behavior and business operations in the food industry [2]. the rapid expansion of ofd platforms post-covid-19 is attributed to shifts in consumer behavior and the platforms' adaptability to evolving demands. for consumers, ofd services offered safety and accessibility during covid-19 restrictions, while for merchants, they provided a critical channel to maintain business continuity. studies further reveal that convenience and trust have become critical factors influencing consumer * corresponding author: bundit@it.kmitl.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-012  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8494-9886 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9114-9238 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 166 loyalty and ofd adoption during the endemic phase [3]. despite the reopening of dine-in options globally, ofd platforms remain a preferred choice due to their convenience and ability to meet evolving consumer expectations. a study from south korea shows that consumers continue to prefer ofd services due to their convenience, reliability, and ease of use, even after dine-in options reopened [4]. research highlights the lasting impact of high service quality during the pandemic, with over 70% of consumers in malaysia and australia expressing satisfaction and a desire to continue using ofd platforms post-pandemic [5, 6]. in malaysia, consumer attitudes toward ofd services during and after the pandemic have been explored, revealing that convenience and reliability remain critical factors driving consumer loyalty [5]. similarly, research from india highlights that service quality outweighs cost concerns, with 65% of respondents willing to pay service fees for the convenience of ofd [7]. in indonesia, 28.5% of consumers actively promote ofd services through word-of-mouth, reflecting high satisfaction levels [8]. these findings underscore the lasting impact of the pandemic on consumer habits. recent studies have broadened the understanding of ofd dynamics, emphasizing their impact on both consumers and merchants. for instance, research on market thickness has shown how optimizing ofd platform logistics—such as through efficient processing times and driver-order matching—improves delivery efficiency [9]. these advancements not only enhance consumer satisfaction but also deepen merchants' reliance on ofd platforms as essential tools for sustaining their operations. building on the researchers’ previous findings regarding the evolution of ofd services in indonesia, this study emphasizes the critical role of merchants as end users in the ofd ecosystem [1]. unlike consumers, merchants face distinct challenges, including operational dependencies, platform fees, and profitability pressures. additionally, merchants hold a dual role: they are both users of the platforms and partners generating revenue for the ofd providers. this duality underscores the necessity of understanding merchants’ perspectives to gain a comprehensive view of the ecosystem. however, most ofd research has focused predominantly on consumers, neglecting the behaviors, adaptations, and benefits experienced by merchants. this oversight creates a significant gap in understanding how merchants sustain and evolve their engagement with ofd platforms, particularly in the rapidly changing post-pandemic landscape. this study addresses these gaps by investigating the continued use of ofd services from the perspective of food merchants. specifically, it aims to identify the key factors influencing merchants’ continued adoption of ofd platforms in the post-pandemic era and develop an adoption model tailored to their operational and strategic needs. by shifting the focus from consumers to merchants, this research provides a more comprehensive understanding of the ofd ecosystem and offers practical insights for platform developers, policymakers, and the broader food industry. the significance of this research is highlighted by the consistent growth in merchant adoption of ofd platforms in indonesia. data from bank indonesia indicates that the number of merchants using ofd platforms increased from 24.9 million in 2022 to 26.1 million in 2023 [10]. leading platforms such as gofood reported a 45% rise in new merchant partnerships in the same period [11, 12]. gross merchandise value (gmv), a key indicator of ofd economic activity, also grew steadily, with southeast asia reporting an increase from 16.3 billion usd in 2022 to 17.1 billion usd in 2023, led by indonesia [13]. these trends highlight the importance of understanding merchants’ continuance use of ofd services to support their sustainability in an increasingly competitive environment. this research contributes to the existing literature by addressing a critical gap: the lack of focus on merchants as key stakeholders and end-users in the ofd ecosystem. while consumer behavior has been extensively studied, this research shifts the narrative to explore the challenges and opportunities faced by merchants. the next section presents the theoretical model and explains the development of the proposed factors (section 2). section 3 details the research methods employed in this study. the results of the data analysis are presented in section 4. the discussion related to the results from section 4 is provided in section 5. finally, the conclusions, including recommendations and suggestions for future research, are presented in the final section, section 6. 2. theoretical background and hypothesis development 2.1. expectation-confirmation model (ecm) the expectation-confirmation model (ecm) is widely used to evaluate the adopters' continuance intention in adopting information systems and technologies (is/it) innovation [14]. ecm posits that adopters continued use of an innovation is influenced by their post-usage satisfaction, which is determined by the confirmation of pre-use expectations and perceived usefulness of the innovation. in the context of this study, ecm is particularly relevant to understanding food merchants' reliance on ofd, as it allows for examining the factors influencing their continuance decisions. as shown in figure 1, first proposed by bhattacherjee in 2001, ecm explains that several interrelated factors form positive associations. starting with confirmation, the factor that reflects a user's post-adoption evaluation of whether their initial expectations have been met, it directly impacts their belief in the usefulness of the product or service. when expectations are confirmed, users are more likely to perceive the system as beneficial [15, 16]. this association describes what happens between confirmation and perceived usefulness. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 167 figure 1. expectation-confirmation model [14] the ecm states that adopters' satisfaction is determined by two constructs: confirmation and perceived usefulness [17]. confirmation has a positive effect on satisfaction in using it because it shows the believed benefits. in contrast, disconfirmation (expectation levels are not met) can trigger failure to create satisfaction [18]. for instance, an online seller may feel dissatisfied if their expectations regarding delivery time, payment processing, or order accuracy are not met [19]. meeting basic needs in an online marketplace is essential, and applications must ensure that these expectations are consistently met. another critical construct related to satisfaction is perceived usefulness. this factor refers to the instrumental value that users derive from adopting an innovation. perceived usefulness significantly influences the intention to continue using and adopting the technology, making it a primary driver in fostering continuance adoption [20]. according to ecm, this factor also directly influences post-adoption use of innovation (continuance intention). some studies suggest that users tend to reuse technology after perceiving its usefulness [14]. in general, adopters feel inclined to reuse when they have benefited from the innovation consistently [21]. in addition to perceived usefulness, satisfaction also directly influences continuance intention. in this case, satisfaction with using the innovation can determine the user's attitude to repeatedly engage with the service. essentially, if users' expectations are met or exceeded, and they find the system useful, they are likely to continue using it [22]. the versatility of the ecm has been demonstrated across various organizational contexts, particularly in evaluating continuance intention for different is/it innovations. previous studies have extended ecm to areas like mobile services and online shopping, highlighting its effectiveness in predicting user behavior across diverse technologies. one of ecm's strengths lies in its adaptability, allowing researchers to extend the model with additional constructs that better capture unique aspects of specific contexts or technologies. this flexibility is evident in prior studies where researchers have enriched ecm by incorporating factors to reflect domain-specific characteristics. for example, perceived ease of use has been shown to mediate perceived usefulness in studies on e-motorcycles and mobile services, strengthening the explanatory power of ecm [23]. this adaptability makes it especially suitable for examining the continuance intention of food merchants in the post-pandemic environment, where unique dynamics like operational risks and network effects play a significant role. building on this foundation, ecm’s adaptability is further supported by recent findings from other domains. for instance, studies have demonstrated that integrating additional variables into ecm enhances its capacity to explain continuance intentions, particularly in dynamic contexts, such as the adoption of mobile money beyond the lockdown period [24]. this present study leverages ecm’s adaptability by incorporating two additional constructs, namely, perceived risk and perceived critical mass, reflecting the condition faced by food merchants in a post-pandemic environment. such an approach not only addresses the contextual complexities of technological innovations, such as ofd, but also contributes to the growing body of research that contextualizes ecm to better understand adopter behavior. 2.2. the proposed model and hypothesis 2.2.1. influencing factor of perceived usefulness in the context of continuing to use an innovation, perceived usefulness is defined as the degree to which users believe that using a system will enhance their performance based on their initial and subsequent experiences [25]. in this study, perceived usefulness is specifically defined as restaurant owners' belief that adopting ofd services, from the pandemic to the post-pandemic era, enhances business operations. perceived usefulness has been consistently demonstrated as one of the most influential factors in predicting user behavior after adoption [26]. for instance, merchants have reported increases in customer numbers after adopting the ofd service. this aligns with the expectation-confirmation model (ecm), which posits that when merchants' initial expectations about the service's usefulness are confirmed, their satisfaction increases, leading to continued use of the service [14]. specific benefits observed include increased sales transactions, easier customer acquisition through online orders, and overall revenue growth compared to traditional offline channels. these outcomes collectively demonstrate the perceived usefulness of ofd services in significantly improving business performance and operational efficiency. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 168 confirmation is defined as the merchant’s perception of the suitability of the ofd application's expectations before adoption with actual performance after adoption [14]. it encompasses various aspects of the ofd service, such as the execution of delivery processes, the adequacy of information and tools provided for online transactions. confirmation also involves evaluating whether the competitive advantages of partnering with the ofd service meet the restaurant's expectations and ensuring that the transaction experience does not fall short of these expectations. this factor, the confirmation, explains that the user's expectations may change time after time, depending on how much the expectation appears in the past before acceptance. therefore, the process of confirmation directly impacts their perceived usefulness [27]. previous studies indicate that confirmation is positively related to perceived value; when expectations are met or exceeded, users perceive greater value in the service [28]. for instance, when ofd services meet merchants' expectations by providing necessary tools and information, perceived usefulness increases. conversely, a disappointing experience negatively impacts perceived usefulness. this factor suggests that users' expectations may change over time, depending on their experiences before acceptance. the confirmation that ofd services meet or exceed expectations thus leads to a higher perception of their usefulness, highlighting their benefits in enhancing merchant’s business operations and competitiveness in the market. thus, the relationship to perceived usefulness becomes positive. the ecm also explains that the higher the confirmation received, the more benefits the adopter will experience. overall, confirmation strengthens perceptions of usefulness by ensuring expectations are consistently met. therefore, the following hypothesis is proposed: hypothesis 1 (h1): confirmation has a positive impact on perceived usefulness. 2.2.2. influencing factors of satisfaction in the ecm, satisfaction is a critical factor influencing adopters' continuance behavior [29]. for food merchants, satisfaction reflects their overall experience and success with ofd services. it includes evaluating whether the decision to adopt ofd services was wise, and whether the service met or exceeded expectations. this satisfaction includes various elements such as the decision to offer ofd services, the perceived wisdom of maintaining these services, and the overall experience with the ofd service [14]. therefore, all these elements are included as indicators in the questionnaire to represent this factor (see appendix). positive satisfaction can be expressed through the restaurant's contentment with the decision to offer ofd services. conversely, negative satisfaction is reflected in regret over the decision to adopt ofd services and an overall unsatisfactory experience with the service. satisfaction is influenced by how adopters confirm that their expectations align with actual experiences [30]. the subjectivity of adopters in confirming their beliefs significantly impacts their satisfaction. food merchants' confirmation of the conditions while using the ofd application has the potential to determine their satisfaction of the application's performance. therefore, the following hypothesis is proposed: hypothesis 2 (h2): confirmation has a positive impact on satisfaction. according to research before, not only with confirmation of expectations but also perceived usefulness significantly influences users' satisfaction [14]. as explained in the previous subchapter, perceived usefulness, through its indicators, measures the degree of usefulness believed by users since first adoption in the pandemic era. like the confirmation factor, perceived usefulness also impacts the satisfaction factor. for instance, a study on information systems user behavior found that perceived usefulness significantly affects confirmation [31]. this means that when users perceive a system as highly useful, their initial expectations are more likely to be confirmed, which in turn enhances their satisfaction with the innovation. similarly, another study investigating mobile internet users’ continuance intention highlighted that perceived usefulness, along with cognitive absorption, positively influences confirmation and satisfaction [32]. adopters who find the system beneficial are more likely to have their expectations met, leading to higher satisfaction. during the transition from the pandemic to the post-pandemic era, if several enhancements in order services are perceived as useful by the merchants, it will lead to positive confirmation. therefore, this study proposes the perceived usefulness-satisfaction association in the designed model. the following hypothesis is proposed: hypothesis 3 (h3): perceived usefulness has a positive impact on satisfaction. perceived risk is the degree to which the uncertainty and negative effects are obtained from engaging in the innovation adoption action [33]. in this study, perceived risk is defined as the uncertainty and potential negative outcomes experienced by restaurants in adopting ofd services. high perceived risk diminishes satisfaction and increases hesitation, reducing adopters' trust in the platform [34]. therefore, perceived risk provides a crucial evaluation of the satisfaction obtained by adopters. performance-based risk perceptions negatively impact users' adoption decisions as perceived risk increases users' hesitation and ultimately reduces their satisfaction with the technology. n the transition era from pandemic to post-pandemic, if the idea of using technology is accompanied by perceived risk, the satisfaction with adopting ofd services will decrease. for instance, during the transition from pandemic to post-pandemic, if perceived risks, such as transaction errors, increase, merchants' satisfaction with adopting ofd services is likely to decrease [35, 36]. the negative impact of perceived risk highlights its significant role in shaping satisfaction. therefore, the following hypothesis is proposed: hypothesis 4 (h4): perceived risk has a negative impact on satisfaction. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 169 2.2.3. influencing factor of perceived critical mass perceived critical mass refers to the idea that a platform's large user base compels others to join due to the opportunities they may otherwise miss out on [37]. when a platform reaches critical mass, it becomes self-sustaining because the large number of users attracts even more users. in this study, perceived critical mass is defined as a condition where a significant number of users (both merchants and consumers) drive merchants to join and adopt the ofd platform. if merchants find the platform efficient and beneficial, this increases the likelihood of achieving critical mass, thereby reinforcing the platform's attractiveness. this concept helps understand how ofd grow and become essential for users, especially merchants and their businesses. for example, previous studies have shown that if many customers use a specific online marketplace or social media platform, merchants feel compelled to join to reach these customers [38]. on the other hand, perceived usefulness, as previously explained, is the degree to which users believe that using a platform will benefit them. this positively impacts perceived critical mass. when users find a platform useful, they are more likely to use it extensively, thereby attracting more users and helping the platform reach critical mass [39]. another study has shown that perceived usefulness can drive adoption rates and contribute to a platform's success by encouraging more users to join, thus enhancing its perceived critical mass [40]. in this study, when merchants see the tangible benefits and efficiencies provided by the ofd application, they are more inclined to join, increasing the platform's user base and making it more attractive to other potential users. therefore, there is a significant association between perceived usefulness and perceived critical mass. if merchants find an ofd efficient and beneficial, it increases the likelihood of achieving critical mass. this growing customer base attracts more merchants who do not want to miss out on substantial market opportunities, thereby reinforcing the platform's critical mass. therefore, the following hypothesis is proposed: hypothesis 5 (h5): perceived usefulness has a positive impact on perceived critical mass. 2.3. influencing factor of continuance the meaning of "continuance" refers to a situation where the adopter identifies the continuous use of an action or purpose that has been implemented [41]. continuance intention refers to an individual’s intention to continue using a particular technology over the long term. in this study, continuance intention is specifically defined as the restaurant’s intention to continue using online food delivery (ofd) services. this refers to the restaurant's intention to maintain the use of ofd services as a primary channel for sales and customer engagement, driven by the ongoing popularity and anticipated growth of these services among customers. several indicators are used to measure continuance intention in the context of ofd services, as represented in the study's questionnaire. these indicators include the ability to connect with customers and maintain sales, the growing popularity of the innovation, and the strategic importance of these innovation even post-adoption [42]. this involves the restaurant's commitment to maintaining ofd services as a primary channel for sales and customer engagement, a decision driven by the ongoing popularity and anticipated growth of these services among customers. in the proposed model of this study, continuance intention is driven by several factors, starting with satisfaction. as previously discussed, satisfaction is a key factor in this model as directly influence the continuance intention [14]. positive satisfaction can impact the restaurant's decision to continue adopting ofd services [43]. for instance, studies indicate that when users are satisfied, they are more likely to continue using the technology due to the positive experiences and perceived benefits. conversely, negative satisfaction is reflected in regret over the decision to adopt ofd services during the pandemic era, resulting from an overall unsatisfactory experience with the service. this negative satisfaction can lead to discontinuance intentions as users may feel the service does not meet their expectations or needs. therefore, the following hypothesis is proposed: hypothesis 6 (h6): satisfaction has positive impact on continuance to use ofd services. another factor in the proposed model directly associated with continuance intention is the perceived critical mass. previous research indicates that perceived critical mass significantly influences users' intentions to continue using a technology [44]. perceived critical mass shapes users' perceptions of the innovation’s characteristics, thereby directly influencing their use intentions. when users believe that an innovation has reached a critical mass, they are more likely to adopt and continue using it. this highlights the importance of achieving and demonstrating critical mass in innovation to ensure continued user engagement and adoption. in another study, it was found that when adopters perceive a high level of adoption among others, they are more likely to continue using these platforms to leverage the benefits of a large, active user base [45]. the perception of a large user base (critical mass) positively influences the intention to continue using the platform. users are more inclined to stay on a platform if they see a substantial number of active users, which enhances the platform's value and encourages continued adoption. consequently, perceived critical mass plays a crucial role in ensuring continuance intention in the use of ofd. therefore, the following hypothesis is proposed: hypothesis 7 (h7): perceived critical mass has positive impact on continuance to use ofd services. for the last factor influencing continuance intention, perceived risk plays a critical role. as previously defined, perceived risk refers to the uncertainty and potential negative consequences that users associate with adopting a new technology or service [46]. research has shown that perceived risk negatively impacts users' intentions to continue using hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 170 mobile services. the uncertainty and potential negative outcomes associated with these services increase users' hesitation and reduce their trust in the service [47]. in the fintech sector, users' risk perception, primarily driven by concerns over financial and security risks, has been found to negatively influence their intention to continue using these services [48]. users who perceive high levels of financial and security risks are more likely to discontinue using fintech services, as these perceived risks outweigh the benefits. similarly, in the context of ofd applications, perceived risk plays a significant role in shaping users' continuance intention. high perceived risk, such as concerns if ofd transaction errors were to occur, there is worry that merchants would be unable to get compensation, deters them from continuing to use ofd services. this high level of perceived risk can lead to a decrease in the ongoing willingness of users to continue with the ofd services. therefore, the following hypothesis is proposed: hypothesis 8 (h8): perceived risk has negative impact on continuance intention to use ofd application. this study leverages the adaptability of the ecm by incorporating two additional constructs: perceived critical mass and perceived risk. these constructs were selected for their theoretical and practical relevance to the ofd ecosystem. perceived critical mass emphasizes the influence of a growing user base on sustained use. as discussed in the subchapter “perceived critical mass,” this construct is defined as the perception of a platform's widespread use among customers and merchants, which creates a compulsion for further participation due to the perceived benefits of being part of a wellestablished network [37]. similarly, perceived risk reflects concerns about financial, operational, and security-related uncertainties, as supported by research on technology adoption. the subchapter “perceived risk” elaborates on the role of perceived risk in shaping user satisfaction, highlighting how such uncertainties can adversely affect the willingness to continue using a platform [33]. the expanded model builds on the core ecm constructs—confirmation, satisfaction, perceived usefulness, and continuance intention—by hypothesizing six positive impacts that enhance the likelihood of continued ofd use, alongside two negative impacts related to perceived risk (see figure 2). this integration of constructs contributes to the theoretical discourse on the proposed adoption model in several ways. first, it introduces new pathways (h4, h5, h7, and h8), demonstrating the impact of perceived critical mass and perceived risk in this study. second, by shifting the focus from consumers to merchants, this study addresses a critical gap in the literature, providing a more nuanced understanding of the ofd services. third, the simultaneous inclusion of perceived critical mass and perceived risk within the ecm enhances its explanatory power, enabling a comprehensive framework tailored to the specific context of indonesian food merchant in facing post pandemic. figure 2. the proposed ofd application continuance intention model 3. research methodology the methodology employed in this study is based on the research onion, a multi-layered representation of the research process proposed by saunders et al. (2007) [47], the research onion outlines the key decisions researchers make, starting from the outermost layer (research philosophy) to the innermost layers (data collection and analysis techniques) [49]. each layer provides a conceptual guide for building a coherent and structured research methodology [50]. this layered approach ensures that the study aligns with its objectives and the research context, enabling systematic exploration of the phenomena under investigation. the outermost layer of the research onion, research philosophy, defines the fundamental assumptions that guide the research process. it establishes the study’s theoretical foundation, influencing all subsequent decisions. this study adopts positivism as its research philosophy. positivism emphasizes objectivity, evidence-based propositions, and quantifiable measures [51]. positivism aligns with the study's aim to test hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 171 hypotheses quantitatively using statistical analysis of questionnaire data collected from food merchants in indonesia. by adopting positivism, this study seeks to empirically validate the proposed model of adoption and continuance intention for ofd services. the philosophy's emphasis on hypothesis testing and statistical rigor supports the examination of the study’s proposed constructs. the second layer, research approach, defines the study’s logical structure. this research employs a deductive approach, a top-down framework where hypotheses are derived from existing theories and tested empirically [52]. deduction is particularly well-suited to studies grounded in positivism, as it emphasizes objectivity and the systematic validation of theoretical constructs through empirical observation. the deductive approach aligns with the study’s objectives, enabling statistical testing of hypotheses while addressing determinant factors faced by food merchants adopting ofd services post-covid-19. by leveraging this approach, the study systematically evaluates whether the proposed hypotheses align with observed data, providing robust evidence for the research problem. aligned with the deductive approach, this study adopts a quantitative method, using structured data collection and analysis techniques to objectively evaluate the research hypotheses. this method is particularly suitable for studies requiring structured tools like questionnaires to collect numerical data that can be statistically analyzed [53]. the use of quantitative method ensures clarity of findings, providing robust evidence to address the research objectives. this study employs a survey as its research strategy, a widely used method in quantitative research. surveys are particularly suitable for examining food merchants in indonesia, as they facilitate standardized data collection and precise hypothesis testing for constructs such as perceived risk and perceived critical mass. the study also adopts a cross-sectional time horizon, collecting data at a specific point in time. this design is ideal for capturing a snapshot of food merchants' reliance on ofd services during the post-pandemic period. cross-sectional studies are effective for understanding phenomena within a defined timeframe without the need for long-term data collection [54]. this approach allows the study to focus on immediate impacts, particularly those shaped by the period in facing post-pandemic environment. by outlining all layers of the research onion, this study establishes a coherent methodology that aligns with its objectives and research context. the positivist philosophy, deductive approach, quantitative method, survey strategy, and cross-sectional time horizon collectively form a robust framework for examining the determinants of food merchants' adoption of ofd services in the post-pandemic period. figure 3 illustrates this workflow of the research design, which is divided into seven activities and three key phases: developing the research context, preparing to collect respondents, and analyzing and interpreting the data. this workflow ensures a systematic approach to achieving the study’s objectives. figure 3. the workflow of this study in the developing context phase, the research began by identifying the foundational theoretical model. this activity was completed in the earlier stages, during which the ecm was established as the primary framework for the study. furthermore, determinant factors and proposed hypotheses were identified and developed, forming pathways that connect the various proposed factors. all these activities in the developing the research context phase have been clearly presented and discussed in the previous chapter. the next phase, preparing for respondent data collection, focuses on two key activities: conducting a literature review to develop the questionnaire and determining the sampling strategy. for questionnaire development, measurement items were designed in the form of a structured questionnaire. a structured questionnaire is the most common tool for collecting quantitative data [55]. the questionnaire aligns with the previously defined methodological choice described earlier in this chapter. when the population has complicated explorations, a descriptive explanation in the form of a questionnaire can help explain the meaning of each factor in the proposed model. a comprehensive review of relevant literature was conducted to identify validated scales that could either be adapted or used as a basis for creating this measurement items. additionally, the questions were adjusted to fit the organizational context of food merchants and the technological innovation of ofd to ensure relevance and applicability to the study’s objectives. it was crucial to ensure that these items accurately represented the constructs while maintaining clarity, hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 172 specificity, and freedom from ambiguity. the outcome of the questionnaire development phase was a set of 26 items distributed across six constructs. these items are detailed in table 1, which provides an overview of how each construct has been operationalized in this study. table 1. measurement items construct item measurements (*opposite) references perceived usefulness puf1 my restaurant has experienced an increase in number of customers after using ofd service. [14] puf2 after using ofd services, the sales transactions of my restaurant have increased. puf3 after using ofd services, gathering customers through online order has become easier. puf4* i have found that the ofd service did increase revenue compared to offline channels. confirmation cnf1 the ofd's execution in my restaurant has met my expectations. [14] cnf2 the ofd services gives me all the information and tools needed to place and execute online delivery transaction. cnf3* my online delivery transaction experience via ofd services falls short of my expectations. cnf4 the competitive advantages of being a ofd’s food merchant partner have met my expectations. cnf5 i generally receive the level of services that i expect from ofd services. satisfaction stf1 i am satisfied with my restaurant's decision to offer ofd services. [14] stf2 my restaurant choice to provide ofd services until now is a wise one. stf3* i am regretted with the earlier my restaurant’s decision (during the pandemic) to adopt ofd services. stf4* my restaurant experience with using this ofd service was very unsatisfactory. continuance adoption cta1 my restaurant wants to continue providing ofd services rather than discontinue its use. [14, 42] cta2 the ofd service is still popular among my customers, and the trend is expected to continue rising. cta3 the ofd currently is and will be one of the restaurants commonly used selling channels, even after the pandemic. cta4* if i could, my restaurant would like to discontinue use of ofd services. perceived risk pr1* i would feel secure sharing private information about my restaurant, such as transaction logs, revenue histories, and menu popularity trends, with ofd providers. [56, 57] pr2 if ofd transaction errors were to occur, there is worry that restaurant would be unable to get compensation. pr3 i worry about the potential occurrence of fraud and fake orders from ofd provider. pr4 if something goes wrong with an ofd transaction, customers might give the restaurant a low rating and a complaint. pr5 there is a risk that a transaction of transferring money or a standing order may not be processed. perceived critical mass pcm1 many more people are still comfortable buying food through ofd services. [37] pcm2 among the customers who frequent my restaurant, a significant number of them chose ofd services. pcm3 the people who have used ofd services to order are likely to continue using them in the future. pcm4 customers who have been using ofd since the pandemic are likely to continue using it. following the development of measurement items, the next step was to determine the sampling strategy. target respondents were indonesian merchants who had been using online food delivery (ofd) services since the early days of the covid-19 pandemic in 2020. to ensure efficient and representative data collection, sample locations were systematically selected using the 2022–2023 ict development index from the indonesian central bureau of statistics. the selected locations included major cities such as jakarta, the capital city, with an ict index score of 7.66, yogyakarta with a score of 7.14, and bali with a score of 6.49. additional cities with the highest ict index from each time zone in indonesia were also included, such as bandung in west java province (gmt +7), samarinda in east kalimantan province (gmt +8), and manado in north sulawesi province (gmt +9). this selection ensured that the sample represented diverse regions across the country while maintaining homogeneity within the sample by applying an ict index threshold of >5.5 (medium to high ict development). despite collecting data from regions with varying time zones (gmt +7, +8, +9), the analysis considered the data as a unified population. this approach was justified by consistent digitalization parameters across regions, as the ofd platform operates with standardized features, ensuring a uniform experience for merchants nationwide. additionally, government policies regarding digitalization in indonesia are generally uniform. this approach aligned with the study’s objective to derive insights from the overall population rather than focusing on subgroup comparisons. cochran's equation was used to calculate the required sample size, providing a systematic method that incorporates purposive sampling criteria. in this study, the variables were determined as follows are a 95% confidence level, a 5% margin of error, and an estimated valid proportion (p) of 0.5. based on these parameters, the calculation yielded a minimum required sample size of 385 respondents. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 173 to ensure robust analysis, data collection resulted in a total of 400 respondents, of which 378 were retained after the data cleaning process. data collection occurred over four months (september to december 2023), involving at least 30 surveyors working simultaneously across the selected locations. this period marked a transitional phase toward postpandemic recovery, during which the indonesian government relaxed restrictions, allowing businesses to resume normal operations. measuring merchants' intention to continue adopting ofd services during this time was particularly relevant, as it captured their behavior in a pivotal recovery period. a 5-point likert scale was used in the questionnaire, enabling respondents to provide clear and consistent ratings. this standardization enhanced the reliability and validity of responses across constructs. the inclusion of cities with similar ict infrastructure and the uniformity of ofd platform quality and national-level policies ensured consistency across the subset. as such, the collected data were analyzed as a single, unified sample group, without treating regional subsets as distinct for separate analysis. this approach ensures the robustness and clarity of the overall findings, focusing on the shared experiences of merchants using ofd services during the post-pandemic period. the final phase of this research focuses on analyzing and interpreting data to validate the proposed research model. this phase comprises two critical activities: the evaluation of the measurement model and the evaluation of the structural model, each addressing key aspects of the model’s reliability, validity, and overall fit. this study employs covariance-based structural equation modeling (cb-sem) to analyze the data. cb-sem is particularly suited for testing causal relationships in complex models with multiple interrelated constructs and indicators. compared to variance-based structural equation modelling (vb-sem), cb-sem is particularly advantageous due to its ability to assess overall model fit and handle highly interdependent variables, ensuring robust and reliable results [58]. the measurement model evaluation ensures that the constructs are accurately measured through their observed variables. the main steps include:  confirmatory factor loading: verifies whether observed variables significantly load onto their latent constructs, with loadings greater than 0.7 indicating strong associations.  composite reliability (cr): assesses the reliability of each construct, with cr values exceeding 0.7 confirming consistent measurement.  convergent validity: ensures the indicators within a construct correlate well, evaluated through average variance extracted (ave), where ave values greater than 0.5 are deemed adequate. after validating the measurement model, the focus shifts to evaluating the structural model, which examines the relationships between constructs. the key steps include:  path coefficients: measure the strength and statistical significance (p < 0.05) of relationships between latent variables.  goodness-of-fit indices: assess the overall model fit using metrics such as chi-square/df, rmsea (root mean square error of approximation), cfi (comparative fit index), and tli (tucker-lewis index). acceptable values for these indices indicate that the structural model aligns well with the data.  squared multiple correlations (r²): evaluate the proportion of variance explained by the independent variables for endogenous constructs, with higher r² values indicating greater explanatory power. if the evaluation identifies areas for improvement, model modifications may be undertaken. these could involve refining paths between constructs or introducing covariances between measurement errors to enhance the model’s fit based on analytical insights. the results of these evaluations, including the detailed calculations and interpretations, will be comprehensively presented and discussed in the following chapter, offering valuable insights into the research findings and their implications. 4. results and discussion 4.1. analysis of measurement model in the first stage, the first calculate estimation results show that several loading factor values for the measurement items did not meet the cut-off value threshold, which should be above 0.7 to meet validity criteria [59]. the items with loading factors below this threshold are puf4 (0.330), cnf3 (0.225), cnf4 (-0.005), cta4 (0.348), pr2 (0.148), and pr5 (-0.138). these items are considered invalid due to their low loading factor values and their similarity to other questions with a similar meaning, which caused confusion for respondents and blurred understanding. for example, puf4 overlaps with puf1 and puf2, which specifically address the increase in the number of customers and transactions. therefore, puf4 can be represented by puf1 and puf2, which are more specific in discussing the increase in customers and transactions. cnf3, which states that the online transaction experience did not meet expectations, is closely aligned in purpose with cnf1 and cnf5, which provide a clearer and more direct description of expectations. therefore, cnf3 can be dropped without compromising the clarity of the model. cta4, which expresses the desire to discontinue using ofd, conflicts with cta1 and cta2, which are more relevant and clearer in measuring the intention to continue using ofd. finally, pr2 and pr5, which discuss transaction risks, are like pr3 and pr4, which are better at describing risks related to security and the impact of transaction errors. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 174 based on the results of the first calculation estimate, where certain items with low loading factors (such as puf4, cnf3, cnf4, cta4, pr2, and pr5) were removed, a second calculation was performed to refine the model. for more detailed results, table 2 presents the findings from the second calculation, offering insights into the loading factors, average variance extracted (ave), and composite reliability (cr) for each construct and its associated indicators. these metrics are essential for assessing the validity and reliability of the model. in this second calculation, all remaining indicators display loading factors above the 0.7 threshold, indicating strong reliability for each indicator. this shows that each indicator contributes significantly to its respective construct. additionally, ave is critical for evaluating the convergent validity of the constructs. like loading factors, ave ensures that each construct captures more variance from its indicators than error variance. the ave values for all constructs meet with the minimum threshold of 0.5, indicating that the constructs explain sufficient variance in their indicators [60]. table 2 also shows the results from the second calculation estimate with strong composite reliability (cr) values across all constructs, indicating solid internal consistency and reliability. all constructs exceed the recommended threshold of 0.7, which is the standard for confirming that the indicators consistently measure the intended constructs with minimal error [60]. perceived usefulness (puf), confirmation (cnf), and satisfaction (stf) have high cr values of 0.912, 0.946, and 0.962, respectively, indicating that their indicators reliably capture the constructs. while continuance intention (cta) has a slightly lower cr of 0.817, it still demonstrates sufficient reliability. the strong loading factors, ave, and cr values confirm the robustness of the measurement model. overall, the results demonstrate that the model is reliable and valid, providing a solid foundation for further structural model analysis. table 2. the second calculate estimate of measurement model stage constructs indicators loading factors average variance extraction (ave) composite reliability (cr) puf puf3 0.743 0.776 0.912 puf2 0.923 puf1 0.900 cnf cnf1 0.898 0.885 0.946 cnf2 0.792 cnf5 0.962 stf stf4 0.872 0.864 0.962 stf3 0.873 stf2 0.892 stf1 0.899 cta cta1 0.707 0.599 0.817 cta2 0.758 cta3 0.760 pr pr1 0.727 0.710 0.879 pr3 0.774 pr4 0.846 pcm pcm1 0.814 0.686 0.897 pcm2 0.780 pcm3 0.836 pmc4 0.751 note: puf= perceived usefulness, cnf= confirmation, stf= satisfaction, cta= continuance intention, pr= perceived risk, pcm= perceived critical mass. 4.2. analysis of structural model to ensure that a model is considered ideal in a goodness of fit, it is generally required that at least four indices from various categories (such as chi-square, probability, cmin/df, rmsea, gfi, agfi, tli, and cfi) meet the "good fit" criteria [61]. this interpretation means the model aligns well with the collected sampling data. however, if an index closes to passing the good fit threshold, this may suggest that certain indicators have undue correlations with others [62]. for example, in this study, the gfi value approached the cut-off with a result of 0.896, while the accepted good fit criterion is ≥ 0.90. in such cases, one step that can be taken is to examine the modification indices (m.i.). this approach is supported by previous research, which suggests that using m.i. to identify and evaluate correlations between indicators can significantly improve the model fit [63]. based on the m.i., stf4 was identified as having a high error correlation with stf3 (m.i.: 65.081) and stf2 (m.i.: 32.238). therefore, stf4 need to be dropped to enhance the model fit, leading to the revised path diagram for the proposed model. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 175 after removing stf4 and recalculate estimate of model fit, the model showed improvements in several goodness of fit indices, such as an increase in gfi to 0.914, as detailed in table 3. this highlights the evaluating m.i. in optimizing the model within cb-sem to achieve a better fit [63]. although certain indices like prob. and cmin/df still did not meet into the "good fit" category, table 3 shows more than four other indices meet the "good fit" criteria. this result is sufficient to classify the proposed theoretical model as having an acceptable level of fit, as the collected data adequately explains the relationships between the constructs in the theoretical model. table 3. the second calculated estimate of model fit index cut of value calculation category chi square ≤ 341.395 (with d.f. 300 and prob 0.05) 335.277 good fit prob. ≥ 0.05 0.000 unfit/ not fit cmin/df ≤ 2.00 2.338 unfit/not fit rmsea ≤ 0.08 0.060 good fit gfi ≥ 0.90 0.914 good fit agfi ≥ 0.90 0.887 marginal fit tli ≥ 0.95 0.957 good fit cfi ≥ 0.95 0.964 good fit table 4 presents the regression weights for the hypotheses. in line with standard statistical practice, a p-value of less than 0.05 indicates statistical significance [64]. based on this threshold, 7 out of the 8 paths are significant, while 1 path, h8 (pr→cta), is not significant with a p-value of 0.235, showing that perceived risk does not have a significant impact on continuance intention. table 4 also provides the beta (β) values, which indicate the direction of the relationships. β values provide insights into the strength and direction of relationships, with values closer to 1 or -1 indicating stronger associations between variables [65]. a positive β value (closer to 1) reflects a positive relationship, meaning that as the independent variable increases, the dependent variable also increases. conversely, a negative β value (closer to -1) indicates a negative relationship, where an increase in the independent variable leads to a decrease in the dependent variable. by interpreting both the p-value and the β value, the regression weight results offer insights into the strength and direction of the relationships in the model. among the three of the four newly proposed paths that are significant, h4 (pr → stf) shows a significant negative relationship (β = -0.201), indicating that increased perceived risk reduces satisfaction. h5 (puf → pcm) demonstrates a strong positive effect (β = 0.766), suggesting that perceived usefulness strongly influences perceived critical mass. h7 (pcm → cta) is also significant (β = 0.424), indicating that perceived critical mass positively affects continuance intention. in addition to these newly proposed paths, the rest of the hypotheses (h1, h2, h3, and h6) are also significant and show positive relationships. table 4. the regression weight of hypotheses hypotheses paths beta (β) p-value results h1 cnf → puf .663 *** significant h2 cnf → stf .209 *** significant h3 puf → stf .452 *** significant h4 pr → stf -.201 *** significant h5 puf → pcm .766 *** significant h6 stf → cta .541 *** significant h7 pcm → cta .424 *** significant h8 pr → cta .063 .235 not significant note: puf= perceived usefulness, cnf= confirmation, stf= satisfaction, cta= continuance intention, pr= perceived risk, pcm= perceived critical mass. the r-square value is also a crucial step in the structural model evaluation stage. it indicates the extent to which the independent variables (exogenous constructs) explain the variability in the dependent variables (endogenous constructs) [66]. the r-square results help assess whether the structure formed by the hypotheses supports the proposed theoretical model. the r-square values are classified into three levels [59]: (1) high value (between 0.50 and 1.00), indicating that the model explains more than half of the variance in the dependent variable, which is generally considered good for practical applications; (2) moderate value (between 0.25 and 0.49), where the model explains part of the data variability and still provides important insights, especially in research involving user behaviour, where external factors are difficult to measure accurately; and (3) low value (below 0.25), indicating that the model poorly explains the data variance and hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 176 may require the addition of exogenous variables or modifications to the model paths. in this study, it is shown that 3 out of 4 endogenous constructs (pcm with 0.677, stf with 0.641, and cta with 0.873) fall into the "high" category, while puf with 0.408 falls into the "moderate" category. based on these results, the paths formed from the hypotheses in this study support the proposed theoretical model, with the r-square results indicating a sufficient level of fit in explaining the variance between constructs. 4.3. discussion the results demonstrate that confirmation positively influences perceived usefulness (h1), consistent with the ecm framework. which asserts that confirmed expectations enhance perceived usefulness. the research highlights that when users' initial expectations align with their actual experiences, their perception of a technology’s utility strengthens. for example, in the context of e-wallets, confirmation significantly impacts perceived usefulness by fostering confidence in the platform’s reliability and efficiency [27]. in the context of food merchants, the alignment between initial expectations and the actual utility of ofd services ensures smoother operations and improved customer reach, creating tangible business benefits that amplify the perception of usefulness. these findings emphasize the importance for ofd providers to maintain consistent service quality and clear communication to meet merchants’ expectations, thereby reinforcing perceived usefulness. for the second hypothesis (h2), which posits that confirmation positively influences satisfaction, the findings are consistent with previous studies validating ecm’s applicability across various technological domains. research shows that when expectations are fulfilled during a user’s interaction with a service or system, satisfaction naturally increases [29]. in mobile application contexts, for instance, confirmation fosters satisfaction by affirming the anticipated performance. this finding highlights the importance for ofd providers to clearly communicate their service capabilities and consistently deliver on promised operational benefits. by doing so, providers can foster greater satisfaction and strengthen trust among merchants. this sense of alignment between expectations and outcomes strengthens their trust in the platform, affirming the essential role of expectation confirmation in building satisfaction. the results also reveal that perceived usefulness positively influences satisfaction (h3), a finding that resonates with the foundational principles of ecm. perceived usefulness, reflecting the degree to which a system enhances user performance, has consistently been shown to correlate strongly with satisfaction. for instance, research in financial information systems has demonstrated that users derive satisfaction from systems that improve efficiency and productivity [31]. in this study, food merchants who leverage ofd platforms to optimize delivery logistics and increase order accuracy are likely to experience higher satisfaction, as the system aligns directly with their operational goals. these results align with previous research, reaffirming the importance of aligning system functionality with user needs to foster satisfaction. this suggests that ofd providers must continuously innovate features that directly enhance merchants' operational success, such as tools for managing orders or analyzing customer trends. the study's findings also indicate that perceived risk negatively influences satisfaction (h4), echoing existing literature on the detrimental effects of uncertainty on user experience. perceived risk encompasses concerns related to financial, privacy, and performance uncertainties. prior study, such as those examining online shopping in emerging economies, have shown that higher perceived risks—such as transaction security or product reliability concerns— significantly reduce user satisfaction [67]. this research extends these insights by focusing on food merchants, whose satisfaction is adversely impacted by concerns over financial fraud, data breaches, or unresolved transaction errors within ofd platforms. addressing these perceived risks is crucial to improving merchant satisfaction, particularly in the postpandemic. this highlights the urgent need for ofd providers to implement robust safeguards to maintain merchant confidence. in addition, the findings indicate that perceived usefulness has a significant positive impact on perceived critical mass (h5), aligning with established theories in technology acceptance. when users perceive a system as useful, they are more likely to adopt and recommend it, contributing to its critical mass. the study on mobile health communication tools demonstrate that perceived usefulness significantly influences perceived critical mass by encouraging broader adoption among users [68]. when food merchants perceive ofd platforms as beneficial, they not only continue using the system but also indirectly contribute to its growth by encouraging other merchants to adopt it. this self-reinforcing cycle is critical for achieving and sustaining critical mass. in terms of satisfaction positively influences continuance intention (h6), the results confirm that higher satisfaction levels significantly enhance the likelihood of continued platform usage. previous study, those focusing on ai-based applications, have shown that satisfaction drives continued engagement when the platform aligns with user expectations and delivers tangible benefits [69]. for ofd services, satisfaction encompasses merchants’ reflections on their decision to adopt the platform and their overall experiences with it. for example, merchants who consistently experience timely deliveries, accurate payment processing, and effective customer support are more likely to maintain their engagement with ofd services. the findings underscore the necessity for ofd providers to consistently deliver high-quality services that meet merchants’ evolving needs. finally, the study finds that perceived critical mass positively influences continuance intention to use ofd services (h7). research on groupware technologies demonstrates that perceived critical mass significantly impacts adoption and sustained use, as users prefer to align with widely adopted platforms [68]. in this study, critical mass is hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 177 defined as a condition where widespread usage among merchants and customers creates a compelling incentive to remain engaged. food merchants who view ofd services as essential for staying competitive feel obligated to continue using the platform to avoid missing out on market opportunities. this result underscores the importance of achieving and sustaining critical mass to drive long-term engagement, particularly as the pandemic transitions to an endemic phase. given the specific platform maturity stage during data collection, this finding reflects the specific context of platform maturity and market penetration during the time of data collection. this period marks the peak of platform penetration since the platform's initial launch, with the highest popularity in food industries, as highlighted in the introductory section. for the insignificant relationship, h8 proposed that perceived risk would negatively impact continuance intention, but the relationship was found to be statistically insignificant. in the case of indonesian merchants, the insignificance of the path in h8 might also occur in other countries or regions with similar characteristics, particularly when focusing on the time horizon during the transition to a post-pandemic period. for example, during the covid-19 pandemic, perceived risk did not significantly influence users' continuance intention for online shopping [69]. one explanation for this is that merchants prioritize operational benefits and market reach over perceived risks. this suggests that while risks are present, the overall value offered by online shopping outweighs these concerns. moreover, another study has shown that the effect of perceived risk on continuance intention can be mediated by other factors, such as satisfaction. for instance, satisfaction significantly mediates the relationship between perceived risk (specifically covid-19 perceived risk) and students' continuance intention to use e-learning systems [70]. although perceived risk might initially discourage usage, users' satisfaction with their e-learning experience can counterbalance this, positively influencing their intention to continue using the system. delving into this case study, food merchants similarly tend to overlook risks due to the perceived operational maturity of online food delivery (ofd) providers. even when risks are acknowledged, many merchants continue using ofd platforms because of the tangible benefits they experience, such as improved operational efficiency and expanded market access. therefore, perceived risk indirectly influences continuance intention, with satisfaction acting as a mediator. this highlights the complex interplay of factors driving the continued use of ofd services. 4.4. implication this study extends the existing literature on the ecm by examining the continuance intention of merchants using ofd services, a relatively underexplored area compared to the food buyer's perspective. academically, it deepens the understanding of how post-pandemic shifts in merchants' confirmation, as an initial factor, influence the continued adoption of ofd services. the inclusion of constructs such as perceived critical mass and perceived risk broadens the perspective on factors affecting continuance intention within the ofd context. additionally, the study finds that h8, which hypothesized that perceived risk negatively impacts continuance intention, is statistically insignificant. this suggests that perceived risk does not strongly deter merchants from continuing to use ofd services. the findings also underscore the flexibility of ecm in adapting to diverse contexts, such as the food delivery industry, highlighting its relevance for analyzing various technological adoption scenarios. from a practical standpoint, especially for ofd providers and merchants, the findings offer actionable insights. the significance of perceived usefulness, satisfaction, and critical mass highlights the need to continually enhance platforms to meet merchant expectations. ensuring system reliability and utility is critical for maintaining merchant engagement. service providers should prioritize improving ease of use, reducing transactional errors, and addressing potential risks, as these factors significantly influence merchant satisfaction and, consequently, continuance intention. furthermore, perceived critical mass is pivotal in sustaining merchant participation, emphasizing the importance of communitybuilding initiatives to attract more merchants and customers to the platform. by effectively managing and mitigating perceived risks—such as transaction security and compensation concerns—ofd providers can minimize negative impacts on satisfaction, fostering long-term usage by merchants. 5. conclusion this study addresses a critical gap in online food delivery (ofd) research, which has historically focused predominantly on food consumer behavior while neglecting the perspectives of other end user, food merchants. to bridge this gap, it investigates the factors influencing merchants' continuance intention to adopt ofd platforms in the postpandemic landscape. this study provides a comprehensive examination of the factors influencing merchants' continuance intention to use ofd services in the post-pandemic context, guided by the expectation-confirmation model (ecm). the findings confirm the significant roles of confirmation, perceived usefulness, and satisfaction as core ecm constructs, while introducing perceived critical mass and perceived risk as extended factors tailored to the unique dynamics of the ofd ecosystem. data analysis revealed that satisfaction strongly predicts continuance intention, emphasizing the necessity of delivering reliable and beneficial ofd services. perceived critical mass also emerged as a key determinant, demonstrating the ofd platform’s value when widely adopted. additionally, perceived risk indirectly influences continuance intention through satisfaction, illustrating that while risks such as financial fraud and operational hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 178 errors may affect user experiences, the perceived benefits of ofd services often outweigh these concerns. refinements in the measurement model strengthened the structural validity of the analysis, ensuring that the relationships among constructs accurately reflected merchant perceptions. this was particularly significant in capturing the evolving dynamics of the post-pandemic environment, where digital platforms like ofd have transitioned from a necessity to a competitive advantage for merchants. the role of perceived critical mass underscores the importance of fostering widespread adoption and engagement to sustain long-term platform success. by extending the ecm framework with perceived critical mass and perceived risk, this research offers a nuanced understanding of the factors driving merchant engagement with ofd. there are several avenues for future research to expand on these findings. first, while this study focuses on merchants in indonesia, future studies could explore how these factors play out in other countries or regions, where economic and technological conditions might present critical challenges or opportunities. investigating whether similar patterns of continuance intention emerge in different cultural and regulatory environments could deepen our understanding of the broader ofd ecosystem across environments. the proposed model is robust and adaptable due to its comprehensive development, reflecting standardized collaboration schemes between ofd providers and food merchants, ensuring adaptability across contexts. as many ofd providers are already multinational companies operating their business (cross-developing and/or developed countries), and global pandemic responses have shared similarities, the model’s relevance extends beyond the studied context. future research could test its applicability in comparable markets, validating its influence on continuance intention across different environments. moreover, future research could shift the perspective from food merchants to other users in the ofd ecosystem, such as delivery drivers. drivers represent a crucial component in ensuring the success of ofd platforms, but their experiences and factors influencing their continuance intention remain underexplored. drivers face unique risks related to job security, compensation, and safety, which may impact their satisfaction and willingness to continue working with ofd services. by exploring drivers' continuance intention, future studies could offer a more holistic view of the ofd ecosystem, balancing the experiences of food buyers, merchants, and delivery drivers. by broadening the scope of research to include different countries, user groups, and perspectives, future studies can help identify new strategies in online food delivery industries. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, r.y. and b.t.; methodology, r.y. and b.t.; formal analysis, r.y.; investigation, r.y.; data curation, r.y.; writing—original draft preparation, r.y. and b.t.; writing—review and editing, r.y. and b.t.; visualization, r.y.; supervision, b.t. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article under the scholarship for foreigners program by the school of information technology, kmitl thailand. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] yasirandi, r., & thanasopon, b. (2023). a survey of food delivery innovation evolution in developing countries: insights from indonesia. international conference on advancement in data science, e-learning and information systems: data, intelligent systems, and the applications for human life, bali, indonesia. doi:10.1109/icadeis58666.2023.10271029. [2] aprilianti, i., & amanta, f. (2020). promoting food safety in indonesia’s online food delivery services policy paper, no. 28, center for indonesian policy studies (cips), jakarta, indonesia. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 179 [3] kim, w., & hur, s. h. (2024). investigation into behavioral change patterns of dine-in at restaurant, food delivery, and food take-out resulting from the covid-19 pandemic: a case study in south korea. transportation research record. doi:10.1177/03611981241240759. [4] oh, y. k., & yi, j. (2023). determinants of online food delivery (ofd) sales during covid-19. global business and finance review, 28(2), 93–106. doi:10.17549/gbfr.2023.28.2.93. [5] tan, s. y., lim, s. y., & yeo, s. f. (2024). online food delivery services: cross-sectional study of consumers’ attitude in malaysia during and after the covid-19 pandemic. f1000research, 10, 972. doi:10.12688/f1000research.73014.2. [6] sharma, s., devi, k., naidu, s., greig, t., singh, g., & slack, n. (2023). from brick and mortar to click and order: consumers’ online food delivery service perceptions post-pandemic. british food journal, 125(11), 4143–4162. doi:10.1108/bfj-04-20230351. [7] singh, s. p., dash, b. p., sachan, a., & adhikari, a. (2023). price or quality? consumers’ preferences and willingness to pay (wtp) for online food delivery services in the covid-19 era. tqm journal. doi:10.1108/tqm-04-2023-0112. [8] lutfi, a. m., & juhdi, n. (2023). intention to use online food delivery services in indonesia. i-iecons e-proceedings 393– 402. doi:10.33102/iiecons.v10i1.105. [9] zhao, y., papier, f., & teo, c. p. (2024). market thickness in online food delivery platforms: the impact of food processing times. manufacturing and service operations management, 26(3), 853–872. doi:10.1287/msom.2021.0354. [10] ahdiat, a. (2023). number of qris merchants increases, but transactions are still low. katadata media network, jakarta, indonesia. available online: https://databoks.katadata.co.id/datapublish/2023/07/05/jumlah-merchant-qris-meningkat-tapitransaksinya-masih-rendah (accessed on february 2025). [11] amira, d. (2023). gofood records significant growth in transaction value more than twice ofd industry average, focuses on loyal users. goto company, jakarta, indonesia. available online: https://www.gotocompany.com/en/news/press/gofoodrecords-significant-growth-in-transaction-value-more-than-twice-ofd-industry-average-focuses-on-loyal-users (accessed on february 2025). [12] bugrov, d., dhara, d., & kamarudin, k. (2024). southeast asia quarterly economic review: sustaining the momentum. mckinsey & company, illinois, united states. available online: https://www.mckinsey.com/featured-insights/future-ofasia/southeast-asia-quarterly-economic-review (accessed on february 2025). [13] septiani, l. (2023). comparison of grabfood grab and gofood gojek transactions. katadata, jakarta, indonesia. available online: https://katadata.co.id/digital/startup/64213dd092e1f/perbandingan-transaksi-grabfood-grab-dan-gofood-gojek?page=2 (accessed on february 2025). [14] bhattacherjee, a. (2001). understanding information systems continuance: an expectation-confirmation model. the mississippi quarterly, 25(3), 351–370. [15] lin, c. s., wu, s., & tsai, r. j. (2005). integrating perceived playfulness into expectation-confirmation model for web portal context. information and management, 42(5), 683–693. doi:10.1016/j.im.2004.04.003. [16] mou, j., shin, d. h., & cohen, j. (2017). understanding trust and perceived usefulness in the consumer acceptance of an eservice: a longitudinal investigation. behaviour and information technology, 36(2), 125–139. doi:10.1080/0144929x.2016.1203024. [17] daneji, a. a., ayub, a. f. m., & khambari, m. n. m. (2019). the effects of perceived usefulness, confirmation and satisfaction on continuance intention in using massive open online course (mooc). knowledge management and e-learning, 11(2), 201– 214. doi:10.34105/j.kmel.2019.11.010. [18] chen, y. y., huang, w. n., huang, h. l., & sung, s. f. (2009). confirmation of expectations and satisfaction with an on-line service: the role of internet self-efficacy. proceedings 2009 international conference on new trends in information and service science, niss 2009, 880–885. doi:10.1109/niss.2009.60. [19] sliwa, c., & collett, s. (2000). consumers gripe about web shopping. computerworld, 34(2), 6. [20] calisir, f., & calisir, f. (2004). the relation of interface usability characteristics, perceived usefulness, and perceived ease of use to end-user satisfaction with enterprise resource planning (erp) systems. computers in human behavior, 20(4), 505–515. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2003.10.004. [21] davis, f. d., bagozzi, r. p., & warshaw, p. r. (1989). user acceptance of computer technology: a comparison of two theoretical models. management science, 35(8), 982–1003. doi:10.1287/mnsc.35.8.982. [22] lai, h. m., chen, c. p., & chang, y. f. (2016). expectation-confirmation model of information system continuance: a metaanalysis. international journal of educational and pedagogical sciences, 10(7), 2325-2330. https://databoks.katadata.co.id/datapublish/2023/07/05/jumlah-merchant-qris-meningkat-tapi-transaksinya-masih-rendah https://databoks.katadata.co.id/datapublish/2023/07/05/jumlah-merchant-qris-meningkat-tapi-transaksinya-masih-rendah https://www.gotocompany.com/en/news/press/gofood-records-significant-growth-in-transaction-value-more-than-twice-ofd-industry-average-focuses-on-loyal-users https://www.gotocompany.com/en/news/press/gofood-records-significant-growth-in-transaction-value-more-than-twice-ofd-industry-average-focuses-on-loyal-users https://www.mckinsey.com/featured-insights/future-of-asia/southeast-asia-quarterly-economic-review https://www.mckinsey.com/featured-insights/future-of-asia/southeast-asia-quarterly-economic-review https://katadata.co.id/digital/startup/64213dd092e1f/perbandingan-transaksi-grabfood-grab-dan-gofood-gojek?page=2 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 180 [23] minh ngoc, n., le ha phuong, h., duc manh, n., anh duong, k., thanh tung, t., van hao, h., & minh hieu, n. (2023). exploring continuance intention to use electric motorcycles among students in hanoi using expectation confirmation theory. transport and communications science journal, 74(1), 58–71. doi:10.47869/tcsj.74.1.6. [24] qatawneh, n., al-okaily, a., al-okaily, m., & ur rehman, s. (2024). exploring the antecedent factors of continuous intention to use mobile money: insights from emerging markets. digital policy, regulation and governance, 27(2), 175-200. doi:10.1108/dprg-04-2024-0080. [25] ramos, k. (2022). factors influencing customers’ continuance usage intention of food delivery apps during covid-19 quarantine in mexico. british food journal, 124(3), 833–852. doi:10.1108/bfj-01-2021-0020. [26] yeh, r.k.j., & teng, j.t.c. (2012). extended conceptualization of perceived usefulness: empirical test in the context of information system use continuance. behaviour and information technology, 31(5), 525–540. doi:10.1080/0144929x.2010.517272. [27] noviyasari, c., ibrahim, h., & kasiran, m. (2021). an expectation-confirmation model of continuance intention to enhance e-wallet. journal of theoretical and applied information technology, 99(24), 6028–6041. [28] hsu, c. l., & lin, j. c. c. (2015). what drives purchase intention for paid mobile apps?-an expectation confirmation model with perceived value. electronic commerce research and applications, 14(1), 46–57. doi:10.1016/j.elerap.2014.11.003. [29] dubey, p., & sahu, k. k. (2021). students’ perceived benefits, adoption intention and satisfaction to technology-enhanced learning: examining the relationships. journal of research in innovative teaching and learning, 14(3), 310–328. doi:10.1108/jrit-01-2021-0008. [30] prasetya, f. h., harnadi, b., widiantoro, a. d., & pamudji, a. k. (2022). expectation-confirmation model (ecm) to see satisfaction and continued intention of e-learning ('cyber’). 6th international conference on information technology, incit 2022, 303–308. doi:10.1109/incit56086.2022.10067619. [31] halilovic, s., & cicic, m. (2013). antecedents of information systems user behaviour-extended expectation-confirmation model. behaviour and information technology, 32(4), 359–370. doi:10.1080/0144929x.2011.554575. [32] jumaan, i. a., hashim, n. h., & al-ghazali, b. m. (2020). the role of cognitive absorption in predicting mobile internet users’ continuance intention: an extension of the expectation-confirmation model. technology in society, 63(101355), 101355. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2020.101355. [33] li, x., lai, f., yuan, y., yao, d., & yang, b. (2020). understanding adoption and continuance of online direct sales channel. journal of computer information systems, 60(5), 409–417. doi:10.1080/08874417.2018.1504636. [34] santoso, d. r., handayani, p. w., & azzahro, f. (2022). the resistance to adopting online marketplace: the influence of perceived risk and behavioral control of small and medium enterprises in indonesia. commit journal, 16(1), 53–68. doi:10.21512/commit.v16i1.7858. [35] wang, y. s., li, h. t., li, c. r., & zhang, d. z. (2016). factors affecting hotels’ adoption of mobile reservation systems: a technology-organization-environment framework. tourism management, 53, 163–172. doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2015.09.021. [36] yang, j., & jong, d. (2021). understanding continuance intention determinants to adopt online health care community: an empirical study of food safety. international journal of environmental research and public health, 18(12), 6514. doi:10.3390/ijerph18126514. [37] venkatesh, v., & bala, h. (2008). technology acceptance model 3 and a research agenda on interventions. decision sciences, 39(2), 273–315. doi:10.1111/j.1540-5915.2008.00192.x. [38] pańkowska, m., pyszny, k., & strzelecki, a. (2020). users’ adoption of sustainable cloud computing solutions. sustainability (switzerland), 12(23), 1–21. doi:10.3390/su12239930. [39] chen, s. c., liu, s. c., li, s. h., & yen, d. c. (2013). understanding the mediating effects of relationship quality on technology acceptance: an empirical study of e-appointment system. journal of medical systems, 37(6), 9981. doi:10.1007/s10916-0139981-0. [40] chen, x., & li, s. (2017). understanding continuance intention of mobile payment services: an empirical study. journal of computer information systems, 57(4), 287–298. doi:10.1080/08874417.2016.1180649. [41] alam, s. s., ali, m. h., omar, n. a., & hussain, w. m. h. w. (2020). customer satisfaction in online shopping in growing markets: an empirical study. international journal of asian business and information management 11(1), 78–91. doi:10.4018/ijabim.2020010105. [42] van slyke, c., ilie, v., lou, h., & stafford, t. (2007). perceived critical mass and the adoption of a communication technology. european journal of information systems, 16(3), 270–283. doi:10.1057/palgrave.ejis.3000680. [43] barnes, s. j., & böhringer, m. (2011). modeling use continuance behavior in microblogging services: the case of twitter. journal of computer information systems, 51(4), 1–10. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 181 [44] chang, c. h., & chen, y. s. (2014). managing green brand equity: the perspective of perceived risk theory. quality and quantity, 48(3), 1753–1768. doi:10.1007/s11135-013-9872-y. [45] featherman, m. s., & pavlou, p. a. (2003). predicting e-services adoption: a perceived risk facets perspective. international journal of human computer studies, 59(4), 451–474. doi:10.1016/s1071-5819(03)00111-3. [46] jangir, k., sharma, v., taneja, s., & rupeika-apoga, r. (2023). the moderating effect of perceived risk on users’ continuance intention for fintech services. journal of risk and financial management, 16(1), 21. doi:10.3390/jrfm16010021. [47] saunders, adrian, m., & lewis, p. (2019). research methods for business students eights edition research methods for business students. in research methods for business students (8th edition. pearson education, p. 833). [48] crotty, m., shakespeare, w., & henry, v. (2020). the foundations of social research: meaning and perspective in the research process. sage publications, new york, united states. doi:10.4324/9781003115700. [49] orlikowski, w. j., & baroudi, j. j. (1991). studying information technology in organizations: research approaches and assumptions. information systems research, 2(1), 1–28. doi:10.1287/isre.2.1.1. [50] clark, h. h. (1969). linguistic processes in deductive reasoning. psychological review, 76(4), 387–404. doi:10.1037/h0027578. [51] mendis, a. (2021). study of volatility stochastic processes in the context of solvency forecasting for sri lankan life insurers. open journal of statistics, 11(01), 77–98. doi:10.4236/ojs.2021.111004. [52] bougie, r., & sekaran, u. (2019). research methods for business: a skill building approach. john wiley & sons, new jersey, united states. [53] recker, j. (2013). scientific research in information systems. springer international publishing, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-30048-6. [54] lee, c. y. (2009). competition favors the prepared firm: firms’ r&d responses to competitive market pressure. research policy, 38(5), 861–870. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2009.01.005. [55] littler, d., & melanthiou, d. (2006). consumer perceptions of risk and uncertainty and the implications for behaviour towards innovative retail services: the case of internet banking. journal of retailing and consumer services, 13(6), 431–443. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2006.02.006. [56] al-khatib, a. wael, al-shboul, m. a., & khattab, m. (2024). how can generative artificial intelligence improve digital supply chain performance in manufacturing firms? analyzing the mediating role of innovation ambidexterity using hybrid analysis through cb-sem and pls-sem. technology in society, 78, 102676. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2024.102676. [57] hair, j. f., risher, j. j., sarstedt, m., & ringle, c. m. (2019). when to use and how to report the results of pls-sem. european business review, 31(1), 2–24. doi:10.1108/ebr-11-2018-0203. [58] dos santos, p. m., & cirillo, m. â. (2023). construction of the average variance extracted index for construct validation in structural equation models with adaptive regressions. communications in statistics: simulation and computation, 52(4), 1639– 1650. doi:10.1080/03610918.2021.1888122. [59] savalei, v. (2021). improving fit indices in structural equation modeling with categorical data. multivariate behavioral research, 56(3), 390–407. doi:10.1080/00273171.2020.1717922. [60] whittaker, t. a. (2012). using the modification index and standardized expected parameter change for model modification. journal of experimental education, 80(1), 26–44. doi:10.1080/00220973.2010.531299. [61] byrne, b. m. (2010). structural equation modeling with amos: basic concepts, applications, and programming (multivariate applications series). taylor & francis group, new york, united states. doi:10.4324/9781410600219. [62] dash, g., & paul, j. (2021). cb-sem vs pls-sem methods for research in social sciences and technology forecasting. technological forecasting and social change, 173, 121092. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2021.121092. [63] hemphill, j. f. (2003). interpreting the magnitudes of correlation coefficients. american psychologist, 58(1), 78–79. doi:10.1037/0003-066x.58.1.78. [64] afthanorhan, a., aimran, a., & ahmad, s. (2015). permutation test, non-parametric, and confidence set approaches to multi group analysis for comparing 2 groups using partial least square structural equation modeling (pls-sem). advances in research, 4(5), 315–328. doi:10.9734/air/2015/15218. [65] tandon, u., kiran, r., & sah, a. n. (2018). the influence of website functionality, drivers and perceived risk on customer satisfaction in online shopping: an emerging economy case. information systems and e-business management, 16(1), 57–91. doi:10.1007/s10257-017-0341-3. https://www.torrossa.com/en/publishers/sage-publications.html https://www.google.com/search?num=10&client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=fc24ddbdfeda5bef&sxsrf=ahtn8zoh5lxkmhssulhn6fesal8cq6h1dg:1739955358113&q=hoboken&si=apyl9bu1sl4m4twndgcds6zl5wjxwnyel_kgeewae0imziocdqsldx18qflwk0isqvlyto3osgjo3mpufo2mt9ynfotqwvtrkucj3zx4w-dejrpfblupyaqzzaqkwplkc2bfq2loi9zucbmp6-gnd6puc6s1g1uayc-y8xhofhdt1ur27uqbfxt1ao5-nefv7ma3pt79rxua&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjomk7ors-laxvd9lsihdclnyqqmxmoahoecdmqag https://www.google.com/search?num=10&client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=fc24ddbdfeda5bef&sxsrf=ahtn8zoh5lxkmhssulhn6fesal8cq6h1dg:1739955358113&q=hoboken&si=apyl9bu1sl4m4twndgcds6zl5wjxwnyel_kgeewae0imziocdqsldx18qflwk0isqvlyto3osgjo3mpufo2mt9ynfotqwvtrkucj3zx4w-dejrpfblupyaqzzaqkwplkc2bfq2loi9zucbmp6-gnd6puc6s1g1uayc-y8xhofhdt1ur27uqbfxt1ao5-nefv7ma3pt79rxua&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjomk7ors-laxvd9lsihdclnyqqmxmoahoecdmqag hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 182 [66] byrd, t. f., kim, j. s., yeh, c., lee, j., & o’leary, k. j. (2021). technology acceptance and critical mass: development of a consolidated model to explain the actual use of mobile health care communication tools. journal of biomedical informatics, 117(103749), 103749. doi:10.1016/j.jbi.2021.103749. [67] yu, x., yang, y., & li, s. (2024). users’ continuance intention towards an ai painting application: an extended expectation confirmation model. plos one, 19(5 may), 301821. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0301821. [68] lou, h., luo, w., & strong, d. (2000). perceived critical mass effect on groupware acceptance. european journal of information systems, 9(2), 91–103. doi:10.1057/palgrave.ejis.3000358. [69] al-hattami, h. m. (2021). determinants of intention to continue usage of online shopping under a pandemic: covid-19. cogent business and management, 8(1), 1936368. doi:10.1080/23311975.2021.1936368. [70] awad, r., aljaafreh, a., & salameh, a. (2022). factors affecting students’ continued usage intention of e-learning during covid-19 pandemic: extending delone & mclean is success model. international journal of emerging technologies in learning, 17(10), 120–144. doi:10.3991/ijet.v17i10.30545. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 854 issn: 2723-9535 a study of android security vulnerabilities and their future prospects albandari alsumayt 1* , heba elbeh 1 , mohamed elkawkagy 1 , zeyad alfawaer 2 , fatemah h. alghamedy 1 , majid alshammari 3 , sumayh s. aljameel 4 , sarah albassam 4, shahad alghareeb 4, khadijah alamoudi 4 1 department of computer science, applied college, imam abdulrahman bin faisal university, dammam 31441, saudi arabia. 2 department of science technology and mathematics, college of art and sciences, lincoln university, jefferson city, mo, united states. 3 department of information technology, college of computers and information technology, taif university, taif 21944, saudi arabia. 4 saudi aramco cybersecurity chair, computer science department, college of computer science and information technology, imam abdulrahman bin faisal university, dammam 31441, saudi arabia. received 13 april 2024; revised 25 july 2024; accepted 07 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract nowadays, smartphones are used for various activities, including checking emails, paying bills, and playing games, which have become essential parts of daily life. also, iot devices can be managed and controlled using applications. while applications can provide numerous benefits, they have also led to several security risks, such as theft of data, eavesdropping, compromised data, and denial-of-service attacks. this study examines security breaches, attacks targeting android system applications, and vulnerabilities present at every layer of the android architecture. additionally, the study aims to compare and evaluate various treatment methods to identify their advantages and disadvantages. furthermore, the study aims to examine android's architecture for weaknesses that might lead to app vulnerabilities and potential attacks. to achieve the objectives of this study, a comprehensive analysis of security breaches and attacks targeting android system applications will be conducted. various treatment methods will be compared and evaluated through rigorous examination. additionally, android's architecture will be thoroughly examined to identify potential weaknesses and vulnerabilities. the analysis will focus on identifying the security risks associated with the use of applications on smartphones and iot devices. the vulnerabilities present at every layer of the android architecture will also be analyzed. furthermore, the advantages and disadvantages of various treatment methods will be assessed. the findings of this study will reveal the various security risks, vulnerabilities, and potential weaknesses present in android system applications and the android architecture. the advantages and disadvantages of different treatment methods will also be highlighted. this study contributes to the development of more precise and robust security measures for android, aiming to mitigate security breaches, attacks, and vulnerabilities. by identifying weaknesses and vulnerabilities, this study provides valuable insights for improving the overall security of android system applications. keywords: dos; android; internet of things; iot; security; attacks; detection. 1. introduction in the era of digitalization, mobile operating systems have become an integral part of our daily lives. among them, android and ios are the most prevalent, with android holding a global market share of over 71.74% as of january 2023 [1, 2]. app stores such as apple's app store and google's play store have released a total of 4.76 million apps. each * corresponding author: afaalsumayt@iau.edu.sa http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-020 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2137-260x https://orcid.org/0009-0002-1391-6547 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7330-7239 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6164-5812 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8275-2948 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4517-7232 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8246-4658 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 855 month, more than 70,000 new android apps are launched on the google play store, while more than 32,000 new ios apps are launched on the apple app store. the android mobile operating system is based on linux, and its source code is available under the apache license. a license fee is not required for developers to use the android software development kit, and developers can collaborate with the android community to incorporate new releases into their apps [3]. the dominance of android can be attributed to its open-source nature, which allows developers and manufacturers to adapt their designs to meet their needs, leading to faster application development. however, this flexibility also introduces a wide range of security vulnerabilities, which have become a significant concern in the digital world [4, 5]. the android operating system, being based on linux, is susceptible to a variety of security vulnerabilities. these vulnerabilities can be found in various layers of the system, including the linux kernel, applications, and framework [3]. they can arise from coding errors, design flaws, or malicious intent [6-8]. hackers can exploit these vulnerabilities to launch attacks such as code injection, denial-of-service attacks, collusion, and unauthorized access [4, 9]. despite the multi-layered security architecture of android, vulnerabilities can still arise at various levels, leading to several security risks [10, 11]. in benign applications, or in other applications for that matter, vulnerabilities may also occur because of unexpected design flaws or coding errors. as a result of these flaws, the android operating system can be compromised by attackers. several security risks are associated with android phones, including dos attacks, collusion, malicious code injection, permission escalation, and unauthorized access to applications [12, 13]. android devices play a significant role in the internet of things (iot) ecosystem, connecting iot devices to the internet. however, the security vulnerabilities of both android and iot devices can compromise the effectiveness of security measures [14, 15]. google's attempt to create a modified version of android, called android things, specifically for building iot-enabled systems, faced significant security challenges and was eventually withdrawn due to these concerns [16]. while there is extensive literature on the security vulnerabilities of android and the various attacks that can be launched against it, there is a lack of comprehensive studies that analyze these vulnerabilities across all layers of the android architecture. furthermore, there is a need for more research on the effectiveness of different detection methods for these attacks and their strengths and weaknesses. eventually, android began to replace traditional pcs for certain tasks as it developed into a more comprehensive operating system. while android was able to connect with peripherals, it could not connect with a wide range of pcs. in its original form, android things was intended to connect smartphones to a variety of electronic devices running android os and to make smartphones compatible with various electronic devices. as a result of security concerns, google has since withdrawn from android things. the android things operating system was designed to be secure, but it faced significant security challenges because it was directly connected to the google cloud platform through the weave protocol, despite being the first significant iot platform to incorporate google's brillo. in addition, google had partnerships with intel and nxp, and they collaborated with other chip makers to enhance security, but these measures weren't enough to address all the security concerns. since most people are not familiar with the complexities of operating system security, android things had a hard time communicating its security features to potential customers. in addition, android things' cost was a significant consideration. intel edison was the only development board that was supported when android things was launched, and it cost $80. depending on the requirements of the project, development costs may be substantial. consequently, we will focus on android security [17]. this study aims to fill these gaps in the literature by answering the following questions: • which of the android architecture weaknesses results in increased vulnerabilities? • what types of attacks can be made against the android platform? • what techniques are used to identify and detect these attacks? • which approach to detecting abnormal behaviour on android devices is better than those described in existing literature? by providing an overview of the various attacks that can target the android architecture, discussing the detection methods for these attacks, analysing their strengths and weaknesses, and proposing future research, this study aims to contribute to the ongoing efforts to enhance the security of the android platform. this paper is structured as follows. an overview of the various attacks that can target the android architecture is provided in section 2. in section 3, we discuss the detection methods for these attacks, analysing their strengths and weaknesses and providing an overview of the various approaches available. an analysis of existing detection methods is presented in section 4 followed by a proposal for future research in section 5.  hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 856 2. literature review 2.1. search strategy to gather necessary resources related to proposed detection methods of security vulnerabilities of android, we use google scholar and sciencedirect databases to search for relevant articles by applying the following search syntax: (“android” + “dos” + “vulnerabilities” + “security” + “attacks”) the results were sorted by relevance, which is limited to 2023-2024 and english papers. the first 100 articles in google scholar results were included, and in sciencedirect results, 131 articles were included. firstly, we excluded papers that are considered review articles, including comprehensive reviews, surveys, study cases, and systematic reviews. in addition, we considered only indexed scopus journals, which yielded excluded conference papers, book chapters, doctoral dissertations, and preprint papers. duplicated articles were removed, too. totally 58 articles were screened carefully by examining the abstract to identify articles that contained information relevant to the scope of the study. the papers that met the following two criteria were included: (1) focus on the security of android and (2) propose a detection method. in the end, we identify 14 high-quality research studies as tabulated in table 1. the process is illustrated in figure 1. figure 1. prisma 2020 flow diagram of the screening and selection procedure the rapid advancement of technology has brought about significant changes in various sectors, including communication, healthcare, and software development. however, these advancements have also introduced new security challenges. this literature review will focus on recent research in the field of cybersecurity, specifically in areas such as machine learning-based security attack detection, security of inter-app communications, vulnerabilities in wi-fi networks, log collection and security analysis in healthcare, attack detection in android devices, detection of ddos attacks, security of containers, secure cloud-based mobile apps, operating system vulnerabilities, activity hijacking in android, and threat detection in smart cyber-physical systems. rani et al. [18] introduced a deep hierarchical machine learning model (dhmlm) designed to identify multiple security attacks within device-to-device (d2d) communication networks, particularly focusing on the challenges posed by 5g/6g technologies. the model aims to address the limitations of traditional intrusion detection systems (idss) by offering a hierarchical structure that enhances accuracy, reduces training time, and can identify unknown (zero-day) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 857 attacks. the dhmlm demonstrated superior performance in terms of accuracy, training time, and the ability to identify unknown attacks compared to traditional dnn, rnn, and lstm approaches. a tool named ronin was introduced by romdhana et al. [19] to evaluate the security of inter-app communications (icc) in android applications. ronin employs a combination of static analysis, deep reinforcement learning-based dynamic analysis, and software instrumentation to generate exploits for a subset of android icc vulnerabilities. the results demonstrated that ronin surpasses state-of-the-art tools in terms of the number of exploited vulnerabilities. a study conducted in two different universities in italy evaluated the vulnerabilities in users' configurations that could potentially lead to credential theft [20]. the study revealed that android devices, in comparison to ios, provide users with more configuration freedom, making them more susceptible to potential attacks. the authors propose several solutions to address these security vulnerabilities, including the development of a new extensible authentication protocol (eap) method that does not rely on user passwords, thereby reducing the risk of credential theft. chidroid (a mobile android application) [21], a novel tool that retrieves, collects, and distributes logs from smart healthcare devices, was introduced. it facilitates the creation of datasets by transforming non-structured data into semi-structured or structured data, which can then be utilized for machine learning and deep learning applications. the application is designed to minimize the impact on system resources and battery consumption. a supervised learning technique was presented that shows promising results in android malware detection [22]. the approach involves creating a comprehensive labeled dataset of over 18,000 samples, classified into five categories: adware, banking, sms, riskware, and benign applications. the model's effectiveness is validated using well-established datasets such as cicmaldroid2020, cicmaldroid2017, and cicandmal2017. in rani et al. [23], the primary goal of the research is to identify and mitigate ddos and denial-of-service (dos) attacks in d2d communication networks. the researchers created a real-world scenario to simulate slowloris attacks in a d2d communication network, generating a d2d network-specific slowloris dataset. this dataset, along with the cicddos2019 dataset, was used to train various machine learning (ml) models. the results showed that the random forest model provided the best detection. the security of containers in application deployment is a critical concern. wong et al. [24] used the stride framework for threat modeling and discussed attack analysis and mitigation strategies. the study identified threats such as credential theft, source code tampering, and unauthorized access to host resources. it also reviewed existing mitigation strategies and their limitations, suggesting future research directions. a comprehensive study presented an exhaustive taxonomy of attacks targeting the cloud and mobile ecosystem [25]. the study identified a significant gap in the current approach to software development for cloud and mobile applications. it recommended the adoption of security by design principles and the development of specific frameworks and tools for incorporating security features. an in-depth analysis of vulnerabilities in various operating systems was provided [26]. the study revealed that popular operating systems such as debian linux, android, windows, and fedora are highly susceptible to vulnerabilities. the paper concluded by recommending that os vendors focus on addressing these common weaknesses and advised end-users to stay informed about the latest trends, severity levels, and types of vulnerabilities. a study addressed the problem of activity hijacking in android and introduced "venomattack," an automated and adaptive activity hijacking attack [27]. the paper presented a novel and robust method for conducting activity-hijacking attacks on android, overcoming the limitations of previous attacks. a novel model designed to protect smart home systems from cyber threats was presented [28]. the model was trained on the iot research and innovation lab smart home system (iril-shs) testbed dataset. the study concluded that the proposed context-aware threat detection model performs well for smart homes and small offices. a study introduced a new concept of a cyber kill chain (kc) for iot devices, known as petiot. petiot is a novel kc designed to guide penetration testers during vulnerability assessment and penetration testing (vapt) sessions over iot devices [29]. the authors applied petiot to a popular iot device, the tapo c200 ip camera by tp-link, to demonstrate its effectiveness. a paper explored the use of ai-based cyber threat detection to safeguard modern digital ecosystems [30]. it evaluated the effectiveness of ml-based classifiers for anomaly-based malware detection and network intrusion detection. the paper suggested that future research should focus on improving the state-of-the-art threat and anomaly detection accuracy to increase the resilience of ai-based defense systems. a research paper discussed the application of internet of things (iot)-based wearable devices for secure lightweight payments in financial technology (fintech) applications [31]. the authors proposed a novel framework that employs a three-factor authentication system, including biometrics, to ensure secure transactions. the authors concluded that their proposed framework is secure and efficient for all types of remote and proximity payments using wearable devices. in conclusion, the literature reveals a broad range of cybersecurity threats and vulnerabilities across various domains, including containers, cloud-based mobile apps, operating systems, android activity hijacking, cyber-physical systems, wi-fi enterprise networks, iot devices, and fintech applications. the studies also propose various mitigation strategies and future research directions to enhance cybersecurity. table 1 summarizes the main focus and the key findings or recommendations from each research article: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 858 table 1. main findings in recommended papers using prisma title main focus key findings/recommendations a novel deep hierarchical machine learning approach for identification of known and unknown multiple security attacks in a d2d communications network [18]. offering a hierarchical structure that enhances accuracy, reduces training time, and can identify unknown (zero-day) attacks proposed deep hierarchical machine learning model (dhmlm) designed to identify multiple security attacks within device-to-device (d2d) communication networks, particularly focusing on the challenges posed by 5g/6g technologies assessing the security of inter-app communications in android through reinforcement learning [19]. evaluate the security of inter-app communications (icc) in android applications proposed ronin, a tool designed to evaluate the security of inter-app communications (icc) in android applications chidroid: a mobile android application for log collection and security analysis in healthcare and iomt [21]. application developed for log collection and security analysis in the healthcare sector it facilitates the creation of datasets by transforming non-structured data into semi-structured or structured data, which can then be utilized for machine learning and deep learning applications deep learning-based attack detection and classification in android devices [22] threat of android malware and the need for robust and efficient solutions for malware detection and classification present a supervised learning technique that shows promising results in android malware detection. also developed an android application that facilitates queries and investigations into the previously studied threats on the security of containers: threat modeling, attack analysis, and mitigation strategies [24]. security of containers in application deployment identified threats include credential theft, source code tampering, and unauthorized access to host resources. suggested future research directions. secure cloud-based mobile apps: attack taxonomy, requirements, mechanisms, tests and automation [25]. security of cloud-based mobile apps identified a significant gap in the current approach to software development for cloud and mobile applications. recommended the adoption of security by design principles. unveiling the landscape of operating system vulnerabilities [26]. vulnerabilities in various operating systems revealed that popular operating systems are highly susceptible to vulnerabilities. recommended that os vendors focus on addressing these common weaknesses. venomattack: automated and adaptive activity hijacking in android [27]. activity hijacking in android introduced 'venomattack,' a novel method for conducting activity hijacking attacks on android. an intelligent context-aware threat detection and response model for smart cyber-physical systems [28]. threat detection for smart cyber-physical systems proposed a novel model for protecting smart home systems from cyber threats. the model performed well for smart homes and small offices. attacks and vulnerabilities of wi-fi enterprise networks: user security awareness assessment through credential stealing attack experiments [20]. security vulnerabilities in wi-fi enterprise networks identified vulnerabilities in users' configurations that could potentially lead to credential theft. suggested designing a new eap method that does not rely on user passwords. petiotpenetration testing the internet of things [29]. penetration testing for iot devices introduced a new concept of a cyber kill chain for iot devices, known as petiot. demonstrated its effectiveness on a popular iot device. securing the digital world: protecting smart infrastructures and digital industries with artificial intelligence (ai)enabled malware and intrusion detection [30]. ai-based cyber threat detection explored the use of ai-based cyber threat detection. suggested that future research should focus on improving threat and anomaly detection accuracy. the use of iot-based wearable devices to ensure secure lightweight payments in fintech applications [31]. secure payments in fintech applications using iot-based wearable devices proposed a novel framework for secure transactions using iot-based wearable devices. the framework was found to be secure and efficient for all types of payments. 3. research methodology the research questions are answered based on the subsections in the paper which are illustrated in figure 2. figure 2. research methodology sections hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 859 3.1. types of attacks against android systems in october 2003, rich miner, nick sears, andy rubin, and chris white founded android in palo alto, california [32]. the project's main objective was to create mobile devices with a high degree of intelligence that could understand the preferences and locations of users. the company's primary motivation during this early stage was to create an advanced operating system incorporating features like digital cameras. as early as the second quarter of 2004, the company had begun to look for investors [33]. as shown in figure 3, android os consists of four main components that are distributed across five layers. linux kernels, libraries, application frameworks, and applications are among these components [34, 35]. figure 3. android layers with attacks and detection methods 3.1.1. linux layer at the bottom of the android architecture is a layer called the linux kernel, which plays an important role. this layer provides an abstraction layer between hardware and software and is considered the heart of the android system. it consists of 115 patches. the linux kernel also includes hardware drivers such as the display and keypad, as well as device drivers and networking software. the linux kernel layer manages core system services, including process management, inter-process communication, and physical resource access [36]. at this layer, all android applications run within a linux process. a specific linux user is assigned to each android application. in this way, linux's standard access control infrastructure isolates and controls the applications. through system calls, drivers can access physical resources. system calls are not directly invoked by applications. instead, the higher-layer services that invoke system calls and claim the necessary services for applications, such as the libraries layer [37]. different activities and functions are overseen by the kernel in the android system. monitoring the android runtime environment is the responsibility of the linux kernel. there are, however, vulnerabilities in the kernel and its sections, such as device drivers, runtime environment, and memory, that can be exploited by intruders. android systems implement a variety of security measures, including secure inter-process communication (ipc), cryptography, an encrypted file system, and the android sandbox. there are several ways to attack this layer, such as targeting a device driver, a boot loader, a memory, or gaining root privileges. this layer can be exploited to gain unauthorized access to the kernel and execute malicious code that reads and writes unauthorized data [38]. these vulnerabilities can be exploited by attackers to execute malicious code. it is also possible for malware to silently infiltrate mobile devices and leak information to the file system and other functionalities, using system resources without the kernel's help [39]. 3.1.2. libraries layer in this layer, there are two main modules: • the first module includes native c++ libraries, including webkit, opengl, and ssl/tls, that offer essential advantages to applications. android system components such as the hardware abstraction layer and android hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 860 runtime (art) are written in native code. c or c++ programming languages are typically used to write native libraries for this code. a framework for interacting with the android system is provided by the android platform [36]. • android runtime (art) is the second module in this layer, which is a modified java virtual machine (jvm) that runs android applications that are not natively written. a byte code format designed specifically for android systems reduces memory consumption. in addition, it contains several virtual machines that are low-memory consuming and can run dex files. android's dalvik virtual machine (dvm) is one example of a jvm that is specifically designed for mobile devices. as a result, the device can run multiple instances efficiently, enhance stability, and reduce memory overhead [40]. there is a difference between dvm and jvm [4]. jvm runs java applications, but dalvik was specifically designed to optimize the performance of java apps on devices with limited resources (e.g., low computational power, short battery life, and low memory) [41]. using dvm, multiple instances can run simultaneously and a variety of features such as memory management, isolation, and threading are available [42]. a separate process in each virtual machine is also provided by dvm as part of its separation feature. consequently, it does not rely on any other application, so if it crashes, it will not affect other applications. one of the most advanced forms of disruptive attacks is a runtime attack. in order to protect safeguarded assets, conventional security technologies that rely on creating a barrier around safeguarded assets and identifying malicious activity are insufficient [43]. iot devices with a connection to android smartphones can rapidly become infected with malware that operates on them. malicious applications can also gain access to other internet-connected devices that form part of the internet of things [44]. before the application's runtime, ahead of time (aot) performs extensive bytecode translation in conjunction with art. debugging benefits are introduced as well as enhanced garbage collection as a result of this process [45]. 3.1.3. application framework layer developers can use this layer to integrate various services into their android applications. there are nine services; firstly, a view system, which offers a comprehensive set of views for creating visually appealing user interfaces for applications. providers of content facilitate the exchange of data between applications. resource managers grant permissions to secondary assets such as layouts, strings, and graphics. resource managers grant permissions to secondary assets such as layouts, strings, and graphics. every aspect of the application lifecycle and activity is overseen by an activity manager. a location manager determines a user's geographical coordinates. the package manager provides information about the packages available on the device. the creation of screen layouts is enabled by a window manager. there is also a telephony manager that handles network settings on the device [46]. various attacks can be conducted through this layer, including dos, privilege escalation, and unauthorized access. malicious apps could gain unauthorized access to users' data, disable device locks, or use the camera without their consent if a flaw in this layer exists. in this regard, android should implement up-to-date security measures to ensure that this layer is secure [47]. as a result, malware that runs on android smartphones can quickly spread to all connected iot devices. in addition, malicious apps can gain unauthorized access not only to the smartphone but to any iot devices connected to it as well [48]. in android applications, developers can utilize a variety of services provided by this layer. • android developers can make use of a variety of services in this layer. the nine services are as follows: • view system: enables applications to be designed visually appealing by using a comprehensive set of views. • content provider: providing content facilitates application-to-application data exchange. • resource manager: the resource manager gives permission to secondary assets like layouts, strings, and graphics. • notifications manager: allows applications to display alerts and notifications to users. • activity manager: an activity manager supervises every aspect of an application's lifecycle and activity. • location manager: the location manager determines a user's geographical coordinates. • package manager: information about the available packages on the device is provided by the package manager. • window manager: it allows the creation of screen layouts. • telephony manager: manages the network settings of the device [39, 46]. various attacks can be launched using the vulnerabilities in this layer, including dos attacks, privilege escalations, and unauthorized access. this layer could allow malicious apps to disable device locks, access users' data, or access the device camera without the user's consent. it is therefore vital that android implements up-to-date security measures for this layer [47]. as an alternative, malware running on android smartphones can quickly spread to all connected iot devices. further, malicious apps can access not only a smartphone but also any connected iot device. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 861 3.1.4. applications layer in the android architecture, the application layer is the final layer. android's application layer consists of various apps that come pre-installed with the device, including sms clients, dialers, web browsers, and contact managers [49]. with the android application layer, developers can create new applications and replace the preinstalled ones. ipc is used to share data and functionality between the applications, which run in separate, least-privilege sandboxes [50]. securityand privacy-sensitive resources, such as location information or contact data, are accessed using middleware and application layer components of the operating system. permissions are granted by the user to applications for controlling access to sensitive parts of android. as a result, the application layer is susceptible to several types of attacks, such as privilege escalation attacks [8]. access-granting mechanisms in this layer can be vulnerable to privilege escalation attacks such as confused deputy attacks and collision attacks. attacks known as confused deputy occur when malicious applications misuse other applications to transmit sensitive information, such as contacts, to remote servers. in order to accomplish this, the malicious app must have been granted the read\_contacts permission but not the internet permission. when two malicious applications collide, they often exfiltrate data as a result of working together. data leakage threats associated with malicious applications can be caused by this type of vulnerability [8, 51]. 3.2. classification of techniques for detecting attacks in android applications two approaches can be used to identify malicious mobile apps: static analysis and dynamic analysis [52]. in static analysis, the code of the app is deconstructed, including strings, methods, and permissions, and malicious code and manifest files are searched for. in contrast, dynamic analysis detects malicious behavior in a virtualized environment while the app is running [53]. hybrid analyses can also be performed [54], which combine elements of both methods. table 2 shows a comparison of detection methods. table 2. comparison of detection methods method type advantages disadvantages signature-based approach static can result in high processing speed for known programs. the database needs to be updated regularly, or new malware programs will not be detected. permission-based analysis static ensures only necessary resources are allowed for the application to run and with the use of machine learning, the technique can achieve a high level of accuracy. this technique results in many undetected malware programs and lacks accuracy. specification-based technique static can detect both known and unknown instances of malware. difficult to specify the behaviour of the system. anomaly-based detection dynamic detect unidentified malware. significant resource consumption and is not reliable due to false alarms. taint analysis dynamic track user input and sensitive information flow and locate data leaks. cannot track data outside the channel scope. emulation-based detection dynamic effective in detecting zero-day attacks. malware may detect the virtual environment and circumvent detection. also, may cause malware infection if the sandbox or the virtual machine is not well configured. aspectdroid hybrid can efficiently analyze a diverse set of apps, with very minimal memory and cpu overhead. inability to analyze native code. hadm hybrid the method has high accuracy. hadm has high computational overhead for large datasets, may not be able to detect new or unknown malware, and may not be effective with real-world data due to scalability. 3.2.1. static analysis through static analysis, applications are analyzed to identify their features without having to run them on a device or emulator. in the absence of pattern matching, this approach can be challenging to detect malicious behavior. in static analysis, there are three approaches: the signature-based, the permission-based, and the specification-based approaches [55]. signature-based techniques in the signature-based approach, unique characteristics and patterns are identified in an application and used to create a signature. a malicious program is flagged when its signature matches a known malware signature in the database. due to the limited number of signatures in the database, this method is commonly used by commercial antimalware products. it is necessary to update the database regularly to detect new malware types [56]. an approach based on behavior for identifying malicious android app activity has been proposed recently. application signatures are created based on the behavior of an application, such as leaks of data, jailbreaking, escalation of privileges, and accessing critical permissions during runtime [57]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 862 permission-based techniques permission-based detection involves storing the requested permissions in a manifest file. the user must grant permission for the requested resources once the application has been installed. it is possible, however, that some of these resources are not essential for the application to run [58]. in this approach, permissions are examined in the application and verified to be required. there are, however, limitations to this method since it exclusively uses the manifest file as a reference. some studies suggest combining machine learning with permission-based detection techniques to improve malware detection accuracy [59]. specification-based techniques a specification-based approach is a variation of anomaly-based detection, which identifies normal, legitimate behavior within an application. with specification-based techniques, predefined rules are used to review programs for malicious activities, and programs that violate these rules are labeled malicious. in contrast, identifying the behavior of the system accurately can be difficult with specification-based techniques [60]. 3.2.2. dynamic analysis during its execution, dynamic analysis evaluates a program in real-time. by examining the program's code rather than its code alone, the main goal is to identify errors while the program is in use. one of the key advantages of this approach is that it allows analysis of how the application behaves while it is running. dynamic analysis requires more resources and therefore takes longer than static analysis. dynamic analysis includes anomaly detection, taint detection, and emulation-based detection [61]. anomaly-based detection by training a model to detect unidentified malware, anomaly-based detection identifies programs that exhibit malicious behavior. the model uses features from known malware in order to identify and classify new, unknown malware. a tool that uses this approach offers a thorough analysis, but it requires a significant amount of resources. detecting malicious applications requires installing the program on the user's device. there is a downside to this method, since it may mistakenly classify legitimate programs as malware if they make a lot of system calls [62]. taint analysis the technique of taint analysis identifies variables that are altered as a result of user input. with taintdroid, relevant data is tagged with a "taint" and the flow of this tainted data is tracked within the application. a system-wide information flow tracking feature is also available for android devices. taintdroid can detect data leaks in third-party applications as well as track various private information sources such as the device's webcam, geolocation, and microphone. this method, however, cannot track data that exits a channel and generates a network response [63]. emulation-based detection an emulator creates a virtual environment where malware samples can be run to detect malware using an emulationbased detection method. in this way, malware samples are separated from the physical resources of the device, preventing system infection. to prevent infection of other networked devices, it is necessary to configure secure sandboxes and secure virtual machines. the emulation-based detection method is effective at capturing zero-day malware and malware that tries to elevate privileges. in some cases, however, malware is capable of detecting the virtual environment and evading detection [53, 64]. 3.3. hybrid analysis android apps pose an increasing threat to user privacy, which has led to the need for more reliable and accessible analysis techniques. using hybrid analysis, you can extract all execution paths, even for the most dangerous malware, through analysis of memory dumps and runtime data [65]. aspectdroid and hybrid analysis for malware detection (hadm) are two hybrid analysis techniques. 3.3.1. aspectdroid the aspectdroid application analyzes android apps for possible unwanted behaviors and is specifically designed and optimized for android apps. this solution is flexible and efficient for detecting illicit or suspicious behavior regardless of android system release or runtime [66]. by leveraging static bytecode tools, aspectdroid weaves analysis routines into existing applications. this allows for efficient detection of resource abuse, data flow analysis, and analytics of suspicious behavior [67]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 863 3.3.2. hadm the hadm classification method is used to classify android malware. it converts the information from android apps into vector-based representations by using 10 static and dynamic features. to determine the best approach, it evaluates the performance of four graph sets and 16 feature vector sets. as part of the method, advanced features derived from deep learning are also incorporated to increase accuracy [68, 69]. 4. discussion and analysis in recent years, malicious actors have tried to target and infect android operating systems with malware due to their widespread use. by analyzing different types of attacks targeting android systems, researchers can gain valuable insights into the latest trends and vulnerabilities. depending on the attack, any of the five layers of the android architecture can be targeted: • linux layer: linux layer serves as an intermediary between hardware and software in android architecture. often, attackers target its components, including the device driver, runtime environment, and memory, exploiting vulnerabilities in the kernel and its components, including the display and keypad drivers. there are several aspects of this layer that attackers can target, including device drivers, boot loaders, memory, and root privileges. an example of an attack at this layer is unauthorized access to the kernel and the execution of malicious code to read and write memory without permission [70]. • library layer: this layer consists of native c++ libraries and art, which is a modified jvm. typically, attackers target vulnerabilities in libraries written in c or c++ to exploit the code in this layer. as a result, they can access sensitive data, modify it, or execute arbitrary code without the user's permission. android runtime environment includes a crucial component known as the dvm, which is a specialized version of the java virtual machine. malicious code can be executed in the dvm during runtime, allowing attackers to gain unauthorized access to the system or modify data. • the application framework layer: it provides several services that developers can use in their applications. dos attacks, privilege escalation, and unauthorized access can be launched through flaws in this layer. • applications layer: the applications layer is the top layer of android architecture. typical attacks on this layer include stealing sensitive data, tracking user activities, or performing other malicious actions without the user's knowledge. in addition to running on android smartphones, malware can also be spread to connected iot devices, allowing attackers to gain unauthorized access to them [71]. three primary methods of analysis are available to protect against these attacks: dynamic analysis, static analysis, and hybrid analysis. a single approach cannot detect all types of attacks effectively since each method has its advantages and disadvantages. it is therefore possible to achieve a higher detection rate by combining two or more analysis methods. • a static analysis can be performed in several different ways, including using a signature-based approach, a permission-based approach, and a specification-based approach. by using signature-based techniques, the application's characteristics are compared with a database of known malware signatures. in permission-based techniques, the manifest file is analyzed to ensure the permissions requested by the application are necessary. in specification-based techniques, predefined rules are checked for violations [72]. • a dynamic analysis uses a variety of methods, such as anomaly-based, taint-based, and emulation-based detections. machine learning algorithms are used to identify patterns indicative of malware using anomaly-based detection. a taint analysis identifies any suspicious or unexpected behavior within the application by tracking the flow of data. using emulation-based detection, malware samples are executed in a virtual environment to observe their behavior and identify any malicious behavior. • the hybrid analysis method combines static and dynamic analysis methods. to extract all possible execution paths, it uses techniques such as memory dump analysis and runtime data analysis. there are several types of hybrid analysis techniques, such as aspectdroid and hadm [73]. the android platform, however, still faces many security challenges and vulnerabilities. to increase the security level in the android environment, several points should be considered, according to this study. as a first step, users should be vigilant and take measures to secure their systems. you should use strong passwords, avoid phishing sites, and refrain from sharing personal information. also, any verification requests should be verified to ensure they are coming from an authenticated source. secondly, application developers should limit the number of permissions needed by their applications to protect the environment. reduced permissions, for example, can be an effective method of preventing privilege escalation. it is important to grant permissions only for tasks that are required by the application, thereby reducing the number of potential attacks [74]. the google permission system needs to be strengthened and made more robust from a logical standpoint, which would require an extensive review. as a third step, developers will need to follow established security protocols such as ssl certificates to safeguard their data. fourth, android users should only hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 864 download applications from the google play store, since apps from other sources are not verified and pose significant security risks. fifth, the use of artificial intelligence and related technologies, such as pattern recognition and machine learning, can contribute to the improvement of security through the detection of anomalies and attacks. based on peer groups, google play groups applications automatically, compares their features, such as permission requests, and uses machine learning to verify applications. in this way, machine learning-based pattern matching on the google playstore can help to detect attacks. machine learning can enhance security by detecting attacks on the google playstore through pattern matching. this approach may not detect new malware with innovative strategies, such as kernel space mirroring attacks (ksmas). the detection of anomalies and gathering of information about these new threats can assist in preventing these threats. google can use this information to train their systems and detect these threats in the future. in order to develop effective attack detection tools, researchers must prioritize both accuracy and efficiency. to better understand the effectiveness of different security measures against android attacks, it is crucial to compare the methodologies adopted in various studies. each approach targets specific aspects of android security, utilizing unique strategies to detect, analyze, and mitigate vulnerabilities. the following comparative analysis table 3 provides a succinct overview of our study, "a study of android security vulnerabilities and their future prospects," with those of two other significant research efforts: "assessing security through reinforcement learning" and "deep learningbased attack detection," aiming to illustrate the distinct approaches each study takes towards addressing android security challenges, showcasing how different techniques contribute uniquely to the understanding and mitigation of vulnerabilities in android systems. this comparison not only highlights the strengths and weaknesses of each method but also illustrates the diverse approaches taken to safeguard android devices against an evolving landscape of threats. table 3. the comparative studies with other studies feature assessing security through reinforcement learning deep learning-based attack detection a study of android security vulnerabilities and their future prospects analysis type dynamic dynamic static and dynamic primary focus exploiting vulnerabilities detecting and classifying attacks understanding vulnerabilities and attacks; evaluating treatment methods advantages can dynamically simulate attacks and test defenses real-time behavior analysis for immediate detection comprehensive view of system vulnerabilities; assesses treatment effectiveness disadvantages computationally intensive may miss novel attack vectors requires extensive data for analysis; may not provide immediate detection best use scenario security testing in lab environments real-time system monitoring research and development; policy formulation integration with android for targeted security testing continuous monitoring systems in-depth analysis and improvement of android security frameworks table 3 presents a comparative analysis of three distinct studies focused on improving the security of android systems. each study employs different methodologies to tackle the complex challenges associated with android security vulnerabilities. the first study, assessing security through reinforcement learning [19], utilizes a dynamic approach to actively simulate and test potential security threats in a controlled environment. this method is particularly valuable in a laboratory setting where security systems can be rigorously tested against simulated attacks to identify vulnerabilities before they are exploited in the real world. while this approach offers robust testing capabilities, it requires significant computational resources, making it intensive in terms of time and technology. the second study, deep learning-based attack detection [22], also adopts a dynamic approach but leverages advanced machine learning algorithms to analyze application behaviors in real-time. this method is adept at detecting and classifying patterns that may indicate malicious activities, making it an excellent tool for ongoing system monitoring. the primary advantage of this approach is its ability to provide immediate detection, which is crucial for mitigating fast-acting threats. however, it may not always detect new or unknown attack vectors that haven't been previously learned by the model. our study, a study of android security vulnerabilities and their future prospects, incorporates both static and dynamic analyses to provide a comprehensive overview of vulnerabilities across the android architecture. this research is critical for understanding the broader security landscape of android systems, including identifying potential weaknesses that could be targeted by attackers. your study also evaluates various treatment methods, offering insights into their effectiveness and limitations. this approach is suited for both research and development and policy formulation, aiming to foster a deeper understanding of security solutions and their practical applications in improving android security. together, these studies illustrate the range of techniques available to security researchers and practitioners in combating android security vulnerabilities. each approach has its own set of advantages and suitable use scenarios, highlighting the need for a multifaceted strategy when dealing with complex security challenges in android environments. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 865 5. conclusion the internet has become an indispensable aspect of modern life, with various operating systems and devices catering to this demand. one such operating system is android, which is built on the linux kernel and incorporates numerous open-source software components. android's popularity can be attributed to its user-friendly interface and affordability. in this paper, we have explored the vulnerabilities and attacks that are shared across the android architecture. throughout our investigation, we have discussed various detection methods, uncovering potential shortcomings in existing approaches and proposing alternative strategies to address vulnerabilities more effectively in the future. conducting an extensive survey was imperative to identify the challenges and attacks present within the android architecture. it is important to note that android vulnerabilities and detection techniques are constantly evolving, making it necessary to compare multiple detection attacks to understand the advantages and disadvantages of each method. to ensure the ongoing accuracy of our findings, it is crucial to conduct future surveys that can provide updated information on detection methods and vulnerabilities in android. by staying up to date with emerging trends, we can adapt our security measures to combat new threats effectively. additionally, we believe that machine learning can play a significant role in establishing connections between attack patterns and the android architecture, ultimately enhancing the security of android systems. in conclusion, this paper has shed light on the vulnerabilities and attacks present within the android architecture. by exploring various detection methods and highlighting their limitations, we have laid the groundwork for future research to develop more robust solutions. it is our hope that through continued investigation, we can strengthen the security of android systems, ensuring the safety and privacy of users in the ever-expanding digital landscape. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.a. and h.e.; methodology, a.a., m.e., f.h.a.; software, m.a. and z.a.; validation, s.s.a., s.a., and sh.a.; formal analysis, k.a., a.a., and m.a.; investigation, s.a., h.e., and m.e.; resources, a.a. and z.e.; data curation, m.a. and f.h.a.; writing—original draft preparation, all authors; writing—review and editing, all authors; visualization, a.a. and f.h.a.; supervision, a.a. and f.h.a.; project administration, a.a. and m.e.; funding acquisition f.h.a. and a.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 6.3. funding and acknowledgment we would like to thank saudi aramco cybersecurity chair for funding this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] albakri, a., alhayan, f., alturki, n., ahamed, s., & shamsudheen, s. (2023). metaheuristics with deep learning model for cybersecurity and android malware detection and classification. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(4), 2172. doi:10.3390/app13042172. [2] verawati, a., agustito, d., pusporini, w., utami, w. b., & widodo, s. a. (2022). designing android learning media to improve problem-solving skills of ratio. advances in mobile learning educational research, 2(1), 216–224. doi:10.25082/amler.2022.01.005. [3] wilks, c. r., gurtovenko, k., rebmann, k., williamson, j., lovell, j., & wasil, a. r. (2021). a systematic review of dialectical behavior therapy mobile apps for content and usability. borderline personality disorder and emotion dysregulation, 8(1), 1–13. doi:10.1186/s40479-021-00167-5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 866 [4] mahor, v., pachlasiya, k., garg, b., chouhan, m., telang, s., & rawat, r. (2022). mobile operating system (android) vulnerability analysis using machine learning. lecture notes in networks and systems, 481 lnns, 159–169. doi:10.1007/978981-19-3182-6_13. [5] senanayake, j., kalutarage, h., al-kadri, m. o., petrovski, a., & piras, l. (2023). android source code vulnerability detection: a systematic literature review. acm computing surveys, 55(9), 1–37. doi:10.1145/3556974. [6] saraswat, p. (2023). an inclusive analysis of google’s android operating system and its security. aip conference proceedings, 2427(1), 101614. doi:10.1063/5.0101614. [7] sharma, t., & rattan, d. (2023). android malwares with their characteristics and threats. lecture notes in networks and systems, 588, 1–11. doi:10.1007/978-981-19-7982-8_1. [8] yadav, c. s., singh, j., yadav, a., pattanayak, h. s., kumar, r., khan, a. a., haq, m. a., alhussen, a., & alharby, s. (2022). malware analysis in iot & android systems with defensive mechanism. electronics (switzerland), 11(15), 2354. doi:10.3390/electronics11152354. [9] nouman, n., noreen, z., & naz, f. (2022). vulnerabilities in android os: challenges and mitigation techniques. lecture notes in networks and systems, 454 lnns, 256–266. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-01942-5_25. [10] ullah, s., ahmad, t., buriro, a., zara, n., & saha, s. (2022). trojandetector: a multi-layer hybrid approach for trojan detection in android applications. applied sciences (switzerland), 12(21), 10755. doi:10.3390/app122110755. [11] alkahtani, h., & aldhyani, t. h. h. (2022). artificial intelligence algorithms for malware detection in android‐operated mobile devices. sensors, 22(6), 2268. doi:10.3390/s22062268. [12] roshanaei, m. (2024). enhancing mobile security through comprehensive penetration testing. journal of information security, 15(02), 63–86. doi:10.4236/jis.2024.152006. [13] kusreynada, s. u., & barkah, a. s. (2024). android apps vulnerability detection with static and dynamic analysis approach using mobsf. journal of computer science and engineering (jcse), 5(1), 46–63. doi:10.36596/jcse.v5i1.789. [14] schiller, e., aidoo, a., fuhrer, j., stahl, j., ziörjen, m., & stiller, b. (2022). landscape of iot security. computer science review, 44, 100467. doi:10.1016/j.cosrev.2022.100467. [15] cirne, a., sousa, p. r., resende, j. s., & antunes, l. (2022). iot security certifications: challenges and potential approaches. computers and security, 116, 102669. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2022.102669. [16] cho, t., kim, h., & yi, j. h. (2017). security assessment of code obfuscation based on dynamic monitoring in android things. ieee access, 5, 6361–6371. doi:10.1109/access.2017.2693388. [17] novac, o. c., novac, m., gordan, c., berczes, t., & bujdoso, g. (2017). comparative study of google android, apple ios and microsoft windows phone mobile operating systems. 2017 14th international conference on engineering of modern electric systems, emes 2017, 154–159. doi:10.1109/emes.2017.7980403. [18] rani, s. v. j., ioannou, i. i., nagaradjane, p., christophorou, c., vassiliou, v., yarramsetti, h., shridhar, s., balaji, l. m., & pitsillides, a. (2023). a novel deep hierarchical machine learning approach for identification of known and unknown multiple security attacks in a d2d communications network. ieee access, 11, 95161–95194. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3308036. [19] romdhana, a., merlo, a., ceccato, m., & tonella, p. (2023). assessing the security of inter-app communications in android through reinforcement learning. computers and security, 131, 103311. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2023.103311. [20] palamà, i., amici, a., bellicini, g., gringoli, f., pedretti, f., & bianchi, g. (2023). attacks and vulnerabilities of wi-fi enterprise networks: user security awareness assessment through credential stealing attack experiments. computer communications, 212, 129–140. doi:10.1016/j.comcom.2023.09.031. [21] karagiannis, s., ribeiro, l. l., ntantogian, c., magkos, e., & campos, l. m. (2023). chidroid: a mobile android application for log collection and security analysis in healthcare and iomt. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(5), 3061. doi:10.3390/app13053061. [22] gómez, a., & muñoz, a. (2023). deep learning-based attack detection and classification in android devices. electronics (switzerland), 12(15), 3253. doi:10.3390/electronics12153253. [23] rani, s. v. j., ioannou, i., nagaradjane, p., christophorou, c., vassiliou, v., charan, s., prakash, s., parekh, n., & pitsillides, a. (2023). detection of ddos attacks in d2d communications using machine learning approach. computer communications, 198, 32–51. doi:10.1016/j.comcom.2022.11.013. [24] wong, a. y., chekole, e. g., ochoa, m., & zhou, j. (2023). on the security of containers: threat modeling, attack analysis, and mitigation strategies. computers and security, 128, 103140. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2023.103140. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 867 [25] chimuco, f. t., sequeiros, j. b. f., lopes, c. g., simões, t. m. c., freire, m. m., & inácio, p. r. m. (2023). secure cloudbased mobile apps: attack taxonomy, requirements, mechanisms, tests and automation. international journal of information security, 22(4), 833–867. doi:10.1007/s10207-023-00669-z. [26] bhurtel, m., & rawat, d. b. (2023). unveiling the landscape of operating system vulnerabilities. future internet, 15(7), 248. doi:10.3390/fi15070248. [27] sun, p., chen, s., fan, l., gao, p., song, f., & yang, m. (2023). venomattack: automated and adaptive activity hijacking in android. frontiers of computer science, 17(1), 171801. doi:10.1007/s11704-021-1126-x. [28] noor, z., hina, s., hayat, f., & shah, g. a. (2023). an intelligent context-aware threat detection and response model for smart cyber-physical systems. internet of things (netherlands), 23, 100843. doi:10.1016/j.iot.2023.100843. [29] bella, g., biondi, p., bognanni, s., & esposito, s. (2023). petiot: penetration testing the internet of things. internet of things (netherlands), 22, 100707. doi:10.1016/j.iot.2023.100707. [30] schmitt, m. (2023). securing the digital world: protecting smart infrastructures and digital industries with artificial intelligence (ai)-enabled malware and intrusion detection. journal of industrial information integration, 36, 100520. doi:10.1016/j.jii.2023.100520. [31] bojjagani, s., seelam, n. r., sharma, n. k., uyyala, r., akuri, s. r. c. m., & maurya, a. k. (2023). the use of iot-based wearable devices to ensure secure lightweight payments in fintech applications. journal of king saud university computer and information sciences, 35(9), 101785. doi:10.1016/j.jksuci.2023.101785. [32] tripathi, h., nazir, i., & singh, s. p. (2021). android patient tracker. easychair preprint, no. 5843, 1-6. [33] fajar, a. n., limonthy, s., handopo, j. j., purnawan, f., & kesuma, a. e. (2023). system architecture for it talent ecosystem using service oriented approach. hightech and innovation journal, 4(4), 739-748. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-03. [34] sulistyo, w., & kurniawan, b. (2020). the development of 'jeger' application using android platform as history learning media and model. international journal of emerging technologies in learning (ijet), 15(7), 110-122. [35] lopes, j., serrão, c., nunes, l., almeida, a., & oliveira, j. (2019). overview of machine learning methods for android malware identification. 7th international symposium on digital forensics and security, isdfs 2019, 1–6. doi:10.1109/isdfs.2019.8757523. [36] sarkar, a., goyal, a., hicks, d., sarkar, d., & hazra, s. (2019). android application development: a brief overview of android platforms and evolution of security systems. proceedings of the 3rd international conference on i-smac iot in social, mobile, analytics and cloud, i-smac 2019, 73–79. doi:10.1109/i-smac47947.2019.9032440. [37] wang, x., & li, c. (2021). android malware detection through machine learning on kernel task structures. neurocomputing, 435, 126–150. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2020.12.088. [38] albakri, a., fatima, h., mohammed, m., ahmed, a., ali, a., ali, a., & elzein, n. m. (2022). survey on reverse-engineering tools for android mobile devices. mathematical problems in engineering, 2022, 1–7. doi:10.1155/2022/4908134. [39] shaheen, j. a., asghar, m. a., & hussain, a. (2017). android os with its architecture and android application with dalvik virtual machine review. international journal of multimedia and ubiquitous engineering, 12(7), 19–30. doi:10.14257/ijmue.2017.12.7.03. [40] sutter, t., kehrer, t., rennhard, m., tellenbach, b., & klein, j. (2024). dynamic security analysis on android: a systematic literature review. ieee access, 12, 57261–57287. doi:10.1109/access.2024.3390612. [41] miltenberger, m., & arzt, s. (2024). precisely extracting complex variable values from android apps. acm transactions on software engineering and methodology, 33(5). doi:10.1145/3649591. [42] zhou, w., yongzhi, y., & wang, j. (2022). dynamic class generating and loading technology in android web application. 2022 international symposium on networks, computers and communications, isncc 2022, 1–6. doi:10.1109/isncc55209.2022.9851782. [43] garg, s., & baliyan, n. (2024). mobile os vulnerabilities: quantitative and qualitative analysis. crc press, florida, united states. doi:10.1201/9781003354574. [44] sharma, t., & rattan, d. (2021). malicious application detection in android a systematic literature review. computer science review, 40, 100373. doi:10.1016/j.cosrev.2021.100373. [45] ejiyi, c. j., deng, j., ejiyi, t. u., salako, a. a., ejiyi, m. b., & anomihe, c. g. (2021). design and development of android application for educational institutes. journal of physics: conference series, 1769(1), 12066. doi:10.1088/17426596/1769/1/012066. [46] dawoud, a., & bugiel, s. (2021). bringing balance to the force: dynamic analysis of the android application framework. 28th annual network and distributed system security symposium, ndss 2021. doi:10.14722/ndss.2021.23106. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 868 [47] shewale, h., patil, s., deshmukh, v., & singh, p. (2014). analysis of android vulnerabilities and modern exploitation techniques. ictact journal on communication technology, 05(01), 863–867. doi:10.21917/ijct.2014.0122. [48] razgallah, a., khoury, r., hallé, s., & khanmohammadi, k. (2021). a survey of malware detection in android apps: recommendations and perspectives for future research. computer science review, 39, 100358. doi:10.1016/j.cosrev.2020.100358. [49] bhat, p., & dutta, k. (2019). a survey on various threats and current state of security in android platform. acm computing surveys, 52(1), 1–35. doi:10.1145/3301285. [50] rana, a. (2021). an overview of android operating system. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(10), 668-674. doi:10.5958/2249-7137.2021.02115.7. [51] heuser, s., negro, m., pendyala, p. k., & sadeghi, a. r. (2017). droidauditor: forensic analysis of application-layer privilege escalation attacks on android (short paper). lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 9603 lncs, 260–268. doi:10.1007/978-3-662-54970-4_15. [52] damodaran, a., troia, f. di, visaggio, c. a., austin, t. h., & stamp, m. (2017). a comparison of static, dynamic, and hybrid analysis for malware detection. journal of computer virology and hacking techniques, 13(1), 1–12. doi:10.1007/s11416-0150261-z. [53] ashawa, m., & morris, s. (2019). analysis of android malware detection techniques: a systematic review. international journal of cyber-security and digital forensics, 8(3), 177–187. doi:10.17781/p002605. [54] possemato, a., nisi, d., & fratantonio, y. (2021). preventing and detecting state inference attacks on android. in 28th annual network and distributed system security symposium, ndss 2021. doi:10.14722/ndss.2021.24479. [55] pan, y., ge, x., fang, c., & fan, y. (2020). a systematic literature review of android malware detection using static analysis. ieee access, 8, 116363–116379. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3002842. [56] onyedeke, o. c., elmissaoui, t., okoronkwo, m. c., ugwuishiwu, c. h., & onyebuchi, o. b. (2020). signature based network intrusion detection system using feature selection on android. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 11(6), 551-558. [57] zheng, m., sun, m., & lui, j. c. s. (2013). droid analytics: a signature based analytic system to collect, extract, analyze and associate android malware. proceedings 12th ieee international conference on trust, security and privacy in computing and communications, trustcom 2013, 163–171. doi:10.1109/trustcom.2013.25. [58] şahin, d. ö., kural, o. e., akleylek, s., & kılıç, e. (2023). a novel permission-based android malware detection system using feature selection based on linear regression. neural computing and applications, 35(7), 4903–4918. doi:10.1007/s00521-02105875-1. [59] samra, a. a. a., qunoo, h. n., al-rubaie, f., & el-talli, h. (2019). a survey of static android malware detection techniques. ieee 7th palestinian international conference on electrical and computer engineering, picece 2019, 1–6. doi:10.1109/picece.2019.8747224. [60] dahri, k. a., vighio, m. s., & zardari, b. a. (2021). detection and prevention of malware in android operating system. mehran university research journal of engineering and technology, 40(4), 847–859. doi:10.22581/muet1982.2104.14. [61] chao, w., qun, l., xiaohu, w., tianyu, r., jiahan, d., guangxin, g., & enjie, s. (2020). an android application vulnerability mining method based on static and dynamic analysis. proceedings of 2020 ieee 5th information technology and mechatronics engineering conference, itoec 2020, 599–603. doi:10.1109/itoec49072.2020.9141575. [62] gaharwar, r. s., & gupta, r. (2020). android data leakage and anomaly-based intrusion detection system. 2nd international conference on data, engineering and applications, idea 2020, 1–5. doi:10.1109/idea49133.2020.9170738. [63] luo, l., bodden, e., & spath, j. (2019). a qualitative analysis of android taint-analysis results. proceedings 2019 34th ieee/acm international conference on automated software engineering, ase 2019, 102–114. doi:10.1109/ase.2019.00020. [64] sinha, a., di troia, f., heller, p., & stamp, m. (2021). emulation versus instrumentation for android malware detection. advanced sciences and technologies for security applications, 1–20. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-60425-7_1. [65] ding, c., luktarhan, n., lu, b., & zhang, w. (2021). a hybrid analysis-based approach to android malware family classification. entropy, 23(8), 1009. doi:10.3390/e23081009. [66] amin, m., shah, b., sharif, a., ali, t., kim, k. il, & anwar, s. (2022). android malware detection through generative adversarial networks. transactions on emerging telecommunications technologies, 33(2), 3675. doi:10.1002/ett.3675. [67] ali-gombe, a. i., saltaformaggio, b., ramanujam “ram,” j. r., xu, d., & richard, g. g. (2018). toward a more dependable hybrid analysis of android malware using aspect-oriented programming. computers and security, 73, 235–248. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2017.11.006. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 869 [68] xu, l., zhang, d., jayasena, n., & cavazos, j. (2018). hadm: hybrid analysis for detection of malware. lecture notes in networks and systems, 16, 702–724. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-56991-8_51. [69] naway, a., & li, y. (2019). using deep neural network for android malware detection. arxiv preprint arxiv:1904.00736. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1904.00736. [70] roy, r., dutta, s., biswas, s., & banerjee, j. s. (2020). android things: a comprehensive solution from things to smart display and speaker. lecture notes in networks and systems, 116, 339–352. doi:10.1007/978-981-15-3020-3_31. [71] zhang, z., zhang, h., qian, z., & lau, b. (2021). an investigation of the android kernel patch ecosystem. proceedings of the 30th usenix security symposium, 3649–3666. [72] bhatia, t., & kaushal, r. (2017). malware detection in android based on dynamic analysis. 2017 international conference on cyber security and protection of digital services, cyber security 2017, 1–6. doi:10.1109/cybersecpods.2017.8074847. [73] choudhary, m., & kishore, b. (2018). haamd: hybrid analysis for android malware detection. 2018 international conference on computer communication and informatics, iccci 2018, 1–4. doi:10.1109/iccci.2018.8441295. [74] siddiqui, s., & khan, t. a. (2024). an overview of techniques for obfuscated android malware detection. sn computer science, 5(4), 1–24. doi:10.1007/s42979-024-02637-3. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 949 issn: 2723-9535 orchestration of federated risk for p2p lending platforms: a multi-agent systems (mas) approach saravanan muthaiyah 1 , lan thi phuong nguyen 2* , yap voon choong 2, thein oak kyaw zaw 2 1 school of business and technology, international medical university, kuala lumpur 57000, malaysia. 2 faculty of management, multimedia university, cyberjaya campus, malaysia. received 09 may 2024; revised 16 october 2024; accepted 03 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract federated risk management in the context of peer-to-peer (p2p) lending should be a collaborative approach with multiple autonomous entities (i.e. agent systems) working together to assess, monitor, and mitigate risks. orchestration of these agents is crucial in facilitating risk evaluation, surveillance, and mitigation tactics. by employing multi-agent systems (mas), the orchestration of risk, regulatory compliance, and stakeholders' interests are better protected. the framework of federated risk management in p2p lending aims to address challenges and risks inherent in decentralized platforms. in recent years, the p2p lending industry has experienced significant growth, attracting both borrowers and investors seeking an alternative financial system. however, this growth has exposed the industry to various risks, including credit risk, fraud, and information asymmetry. as a result, the need for a robust risk management framework has become increasingly critical. in this paper, we delve into the role of intelligent agents and their protocol for collaborative dynamics that uses the portfolio's return (rp) and the risk-free rate (rf), divided by the standard deviation of the portfolio's excess return (σp) for various investment portfolios. our framework allows mas to analyze data from diverse sources, default rates, payback history, and portfolio risks to propose adaptive strategies for risk mitigation. keywords: p2p lending; multi agent systems (mas); risk free rate; portfolio excess return. 1. introduction the banking industry, a cornerstone of global finance, has historically fueled economic growth through lending, fostering trust in its ability to drive progress [1]. however, amidst periods of stagnation and resistance to change, notably exemplified by the 2008 financial crisis, doubts have surfaced regarding the suitability of traditional banking structures [2]. the upheaval of the financial system commencing in 2008 eroded public trust in the conventional intermediaries of the financial realm, notably regulated banks. the resultant collapse not only plunged the mainstream financial infrastructure into turmoil, burdening millions of borrowers with unprecedented debt, but also precipitated a constriction that severed individuals and small enterprises from vital sources of credit [3]. consequently, those seeking financial assistance were compelled to explore alternative avenues [4]. entrepreneur giles andrews envisioned a remedy for the shortcomings of britain's banking sector. traditional borrowing practices subjected prospective borrowers to arduous application procedures and unsatisfactory customer service experience. * corresponding author: nguyen.thi.phuong.lan@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0684-703x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5678-2705 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9088-605x hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 950 andrews proposed a revolutionary concept: direct and instantaneous connectivity between borrowers and lenders, obviating the need for cumbersome processes and bypassing the intermediary role of banks [5]. initially conceived as a straightforward mechanism for facilitating online loans between individuals, p2p lending has evolved into a multifaceted ecosystem encompassing diverse technologies, institutions, and ancillary startups [3]. despite this, traditional banking remains prevalent in many developed nations, though facing increasing pressure from the burgeoning financial technology (fintech) sector, which compels banks to adapt and innovate to maintain relevance [6]. "financial technology" represents the convergence of traditional finance with modern technologies [7], spanning three key epochs: fintech 1.0 (1866-1967), fintech 2.0 (1968-2008), and fintech 3.0 (2009-present). fintech 1.0 witnessed the gradual digitization of financial transactions, including the introduction of credit cards. fintech 2.0 marked significant milestones such as atm deployment and online banking, reshaping global finance. the advent of fintech 3.0 heralded the rise of new market players and technology start-ups, democratizing access to innovative financial products, including p2p lending platforms [8]. in developed economies, this revolution is labeled fintech 3.0, while in developing economies [9], it is known as fintech 3.5, each characterized by disruptive market forces driving digital financial innovation and fostering trust in novel financial systems [8, 10]. as posited by nguyen et al. [11], fintech endeavors can be delineated into six primary classifications: payments, market facilitation, investment administration, deposit-taking and lending, insurance, and capital mobilization. table 1 elucidates the principal catalysts propelling fintech undertakings within the financial domain. table 1. main drivers of the fintech ecosystem automation and big data in trading and investments block chain and cryptocurrencies lending and funding mobile transfers and payments lending and funding mobile transfers and payments artificial intelligence (ai) for robo chatbot and financial advisors machine learning (ml) for big data analytics and nontraditional data analytics high-frequency trading (hft) distributed ledger technology, transforming national identification system, digitization of government and legal system cryptocurrencies (bitcoin and ethereum, dogecoin) loans (student loans, property loans, and health loans) crowdfunding (donation, startup investment, culture) peer-to-peer lending (p2p lending) consumer and businesses mobile banking card-less payments paypal techfin products (apple pay, google pay, alipay, amazon pay) described by muthaiyah [12] as the origination of loans between private individuals via online platforms, with financial institutions serving solely as mandated intermediaries, p2p lending has been further conceptualized by gai et al. [13]. they propose leveraging social networks to mobilize communities of entrepreneurs and investors, thereby enhancing the efficiency and efficacy of fund aggregation and transfer. 2. literature review p2p lending is the online process of facilitating loans between individuals and businesses [14]. borrowers can select from a range of lenders, making it a flexible option for securing funds quickly. the global p2p lending market is experiencing significant growth driven by increasing demand for finance and loans, coupled with lower operating fees compared to traditional financial services. however, stringent government regulations regarding loan approvals pose a challenge to the market's expansion. nonetheless, the covid-19 pandemic has had a positive impact on p2p lending, offering relief to businesses struggling with financial constraints [15]. technological advancements, such as the internet of things and blockchain, further propel the market's growth by enhancing efficiency. in north america, the p2p lending market is thriving due to widespread adoption and technological innovation. similarly, china leads the asia-pacific region, fueled by a growing number of small and medium-sized enterprises and government initiatives promoting cashless technologies. the united kingdom, where p2p lending originated, has seen steady growth despite economic challenges like brexit. in the united states, p2p lending gained momentum with the establishment of platforms like prosper and lending club, despite regulatory setbacks [16-17]. china emerged as a global leader in p2p lending, surpassing other countries in market share and loan volume, although it faced challenges like fraudulent activities and investor losses [18]. in southeast asia, p2p lending is gaining traction, especially in countries like indonesia, where it dominates the fintech market [19]. p2p lending operators are required to be a legal entity incorporated under the companies act 1965, possessing a minimum paid-up capital of rm5 million. before commencing operations, the prospective p2p operator must furnish evidence to the securities commission malaysia (sc) demonstrating compliance with stipulated criteria outlined in regulatory guidelines. key considerations include the assessment of the operator's board of directors to ascertain their suitability, an assessment of the capacity to maintain an organized, equitable, and transparent marketplace, alongside possessing the requisite information technology infrastructure. this lack of deposit security on digital platforms heightens vulnerability and risk for prospective depositors, amplifying concerns about potential defaults. regarding p2p platforms, evidence indicates that depositors bear much of the risk, with default rates and credit rating methodologies often remaining opaque to informed investors. in a burgeoning economy like malaysia, such uncertainties pose barriers hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 951 to attracting more investors to these digital platforms. digital platform investments do lack such deposit security measures, fostering a sense of vulnerability and risk among potential depositors. the ongoing digital transformation is reshaping the banking landscape, promising a markedly different future. faced with intense competition, evolving consumer expectations, and innovative business models, banks must adopt process automation to instill confidence in their clientele. recent scandals involving entities like enron, madoff investment securities, and worldcom have further eroded trust in the financial sector, as highlighted in the edelman trust barometer report. table 2 summarizes p2p lending platforms in malaysia by liu et al. [20]. while so, table 3 highlights data from 2011 to 2022, and observes that the financial services sector, including banking, is consistently ranked as the least trusted among the eight industries surveyed. despite a modest increase from 37% in 2011 to 56% in 2022, this improvement pales in comparison to other industries, as depicted in figure 1. p2p platforms, unlike traditional banks, do not bear any credit risk and details of credit default risk are based on a formula only known to the operator of the platform [21]. evidence from the collapse of hundreds of p2p lending platforms in china since 2013 [22], due to frauds, clearly signals potential risks possessed by p2p platforms to investors. in malaysia, the first p2p lending platform defaulted in august 2018. the reason for this default is mainly because of its smes’ business slowdown that led to its default payments to the platform, according to funding society malaysia [23]. although the default rate for p2p lending platforms remained at 1% and below as reported by the ceo of funding society malaysia, this is still worrying to investors. in a study conducted by banerjee et al. [24], the authors examined the trust-enhancing heuristics that show a need for technologies to assist monitoring and bad loan recovery. in another similar study, the impact of chinese peer-to-peer (p2p) platform reputation directly and indirectly affects investors’ investment decisions [25]. the findings of their study showed that p2p lending platform reputations have played both direct and indirect roles on investor’s investment decisions. a study from dammag & nissanke [22] examined the adoption of p2p lending platforms to determine the factors that encourage smes to use p2p lending platforms in obtaining loans. the findings of the study shows that trust greatly influenced smes’ investment decisions. banks and p2p lenders perform similar functions, as both extend debt financing. nevertheless, trust is a crucial component [25] that is still lacking. to assist investors in comprehending relevant data before making their investment decision we propose the use of mas (i.e. software agents). since the potential investor needs to assess the risk of investment before deciding on the investment decision on the lending platform, the investor must gather complete facts about the investment. the data can be overwhelming as it will have to include more data than what is represented by the investment notes provided on the platform. p2p lending platforms have emerged as a disruptive innovation, enabling direct lending between individuals and businesses without the involvement of traditional financial institutions. however, the decentralized nature of p2p lending introduces inherent risks that necessitate effective risk management strategies [22]. table 2. peer-to-peer lending platform in malaysia name default rate minimum investment fees average net returns capbay <0.1% rm10,000 10% to 30% of interest earned 8.2% p.a. capsphere 0% rm200 initial deposit rm50 per campaign 1 to 2% of monthly repayments not stated quickash 1.34% rm100 1.35% to 1.50% per repayment not stated b2bfinpal 3.15% rm1,000 initial deposit rm100 per campaign 30% of interest earned 10.9% p.a. funding societies 3.27% rm100 initial deposit, rm100 per campaign business term financing: 2% p.a. of each repayment; accounts receivable financing: 15% of interest earned; accounts payable financing: 30% of interest earned. not stated fundaztic 8.72% rm2,000 initial deposit (if using “smart invest” feature); otherwise, no initial deposit required, rm50 per campaign monthly repayments: 2% of repayment amount bullet repayments: 1% of repayment amount 27.88% since 2017 alixoco 2.59% rm500 0.35% to 2% of repayment 12% p.a. microleap 0% rm50 2% of first monthly repayment of each campaign not stated nusa kapital not stated rm500 10% of returns not stated money save not stated rm5 up to 15% of interest payment; up to 50% on prepayment not stated cofundr not stated rm1,000 initial deposit, rm100 per campaign for investments that are 12 months or under: 20% of interest for investments that are over 12 months: 2.0% p.a. on principal not stated hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 952 table 3. edelman and trust report on trusted industries (2011 to 2022) sector/year 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 technology 68% 79% 73% 79% 78% 74% 75% 75% 78% 75% 68% 74% food & beverage 65% 64% 62% 66% 67% 64% 66% 66% 69% 67% 65% 68% consumer packaged goods 47% 62% 60% 65% 66% 61% 63% 61% 65 62% 60% 61% telecommunications 38% 60% 60% 60% 63% 60% 63% 64% 67% 65% 61% 64% automative 55% 66% 66% 70% 71% 60% 65% 63% 69% 67% 60% 66% energy 45% 53% 57% 59% 60% 58% 62% 63% 65% 63% 59% 62% healthcare 56% 56% 57% 59% 61% 53% 53% 65% 68% 67% 66% 69% financial services 37% 45% 46% 48% 54% 51% 54% 55% 57% 56% 52% 56% figure 1. edelman and trust report by sector from 2011 to 2022 3. multi agent systems and trust this paper explores the application of mas in developing a policy framework for federated risk management in p2p lending, leveraging the capabilities of autonomous agents to enhance risk assessment, monitoring, and mitigation. this paper uses the fipa (foundation for intelligent physical agents) specifications for the execution of mas. these are autonomous systems that rely upon upholding or enforcing trust concerning transaction processing, integrity, data provenance, auditability, and adherence to policy. trust attributes can also be defined as compliance, data provenance, as well as truth and fairness [24]. our framework allows software agents to gather and analyze data from diverse sources, default rates, and the history of portfolio risks and proposes adaptive strategies for risk mitigation. the main idea here is to determine the use of riskbased assessment for better investment decision-making. intuitively, the larger the risk, the greater the risk band, and the higher the return. 4. multi agent system design for p2p lending platforms considering p2p lending platforms and autonomous risk management based on individual risk profiles of investors, mas design will consist of i) agents, ii) interactions, iii) communication protocols, and iv) risk and mitigation. 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 p er ce n ta g e (% ) year percentage of trust by sector: a decade review technology food & beverage consumer packaged goods telecommunications automotive energy healthcare financial services hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 953 agents: 1. borrower agents: individuals or businesses seeking loans. 2. lender agents: individuals or institutions willing to lend money. 3. risk assessment agents: assess the creditworthiness of borrowers and determine loan terms. 4. matching agents: match borrowers with suitable lenders based on their preferences and criteria. 5. transaction agents: facilitate loan transactions, including loan origination, repayment, and interest calculation. interactions: 1. borrower-lender interaction: borrower agents submit loan requests, and lender agents review loan opportunities and decide whether to fund them. 2. risk assessment interaction: risk assessment agents evaluate borrower creditworthiness based on financial data, credit history, and other relevant factors. 3. matching interaction: matching agents match borrowers with lenders based on loan requirements, risk profiles, and preferences. 4. transaction interaction: transaction agents handle loan origination, fund transfer, repayment schedule, and interest calculation. communication protocols: 1. loan request protocol: borrower agents submit loan requests, specifying the loan amount, repayment terms, and purpose. 2. lender review protocol: lender agents review loan requests, assess risk, and decide whether to fund them. 3. risk assessment protocol: risk assessment agents collect borrower information, assess credit risk, and provide risk scores. 4. matching protocol: matching agents match borrowers with lenders based on risk profiles, loan criteria, and preferences. 5. transaction protocol: transaction agents facilitate fund transfers, loan origination, repayment schedule, and interest calculation. risks and mitigation strategies: 1. market risk: economic downturns or fluctuations impacting borrower repayment capacity. mitigation: diversify loan portfolios across different industries and regions, conduct stress testing, and establish risk management protocols. 2. regulatory risk: changes in regulations affecting p2p lending operations. mitigation: stay updated with regulatory changes, comply with relevant laws and regulations, and maintain open communication with regulatory authorities. 3. liquidity risk: inability to match borrower demand with available lender funds. mitigation: implement liquidity management strategies, maintain reserve funds, and establish secondary markets for loan trading. regular monitoring, evaluation, and adaptation of mas is essential to ensure its effectiveness and resilience in dynamic financial environments. in the next section, we elaborate on mas risk mitigation via the default rate analysis (i.e. standard deviation and or which is key for evaluating risk profiles or risk appetite for potential investors 5. multi agent system for default rate assessment method standard deviation is a statistical measure used to quantify the amount of variation or dispersion in a set of data points. in the context of predicting default rates in p2p lending, the standard deviation can provide insights into the volatility or variability of default rates across different loan categories, borrower segments, or time periods. steps on how standard deviation can be incorporated to predict default rates in p2p lending and operationalization of the formula is shown table 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 954 table 4. operationalization of standard deviation step 1 calculate the mean (µ): µ = ∑ (𝑥𝑖)𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑛 where µ is the mean; 𝑥𝑖 are the individual data points, and n is the number of data points. step 2 calculate the variance (𝝈𝟐): 𝜎2 = ∑ (𝑥𝑖 − 𝑢)2𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑛 where 𝜎2 is the variance; 𝑥𝑖 are the individual data points; µ is the mean, and n is the number of data points. step 3 calculate the standard deviation (𝝈): 𝜎2 = √𝜎2 let’s demonstrate with a hypothetical example: suppose we have the following default rate data for a p2p lending platform over the past year: default rates = {4.5%, 3.8%, 5.2%, 4.1%, 5.6%} step 4 calculate the mean (µ): µ = 4.5% + 3.8% + 5.2% + 4.1% + 5.6% 5 = 4.64% calculate the variance (𝝈𝟐): 𝜎2 = (4.5% − 4.64%)2 + (3.8% − 4.64%)2 + (5.2% − 4.64%)2 + (4.1% − 4.64%)2 + (5.6% − 4.64%)2 5 𝜎2 = (0.14)2 + (−0.84)2 + (0.56)2 + (−0.54)2 + (0.96)2 5 = 0.4504 calculate the standard deviation (𝝈): 𝜎2 = √0.4504 ≈ 0.67% step 1 historical default rate data: collect historical default rate data from the p2p lending platform for different loan categories, borrower segments, or time periods. step 2 calculate mean default rate: calculate the mean (average) default rate from the historical data. the mean represents the central tendency of the default rate distribution. step 3 calculate the standard deviation of the default rates. standard deviation measures the dispersion or variability of default rates around the mean. a higher standard deviation indicates greater variability in default rates. step 4 assess risk factors: analyze factors contributing to variability in default rates, such as loan characteristics, borrower attributes, economic conditions, and platform-specific factors. identify high-risk loan categories, borrower segments, or time periods with elevated default rates and high standard deviation. step 5 risk assessment and prediction: use the mean default rate as the baseline expectation for default rates in each category or segment. consider the standard deviation to assess the level of uncertainty or risk associated with the mean default rate. higher standard deviation indicates higher uncertainty or variability in default rates, which may require more conservative risk management strategies. alternatively, to better understand default rates in p2p lending we can refer to sharpe ratio as a crucial statistic. william f. sharpe invented the sharpe ratio, a mathematical technique that considers both the risk or volatility and the profits realized on investments [25]. the success of financing on these platforms can be impacted by variables including default rates, fluctuations in the economy, and challenges unique to the business. a borrower who is given a high credit score will be deemed to have lower default risk and thus will be mostly financed with a lower interest rate, and vice versa. mas can comprehend and measure these risks to maximize the returns for their investment portfolios and make well-informed decisions for potential investors. according to world government bonds [26], the sharpe ratio (> 1.0) is considered acceptable by investors. a ratio (> 2.0) is rated as very good. a ratio of (=>3.0) or higher is considered excellent. a ratio (< 1.0) is considered suboptimal. in short, the sharpe ratio indicates how much extra return an investor might get for the degree of risk taken. upon categorizing the investment notes that we gathered according to their respective industries, the summary for 25 industries and number of investment notes are summarized on table 5. we examined 807 investment notes from various hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 955 p2p platforms in malaysia, namely funding societies, capsphere, alixco, microleap and cofundr as well as drawing upon insights gained from our analysis. later, we implemented sharpe ratio analysis on industry-specific portfolios. sharpe ratio offers insight into risk-adjusted performance independent of those affiliations. it serves as a valuable tool to gauge the extent to which historical excess returns were associated with heightened volatility, with excess returns measured against a benchmark and volatility assessed through the standard deviation formula based on return variance from the mean. a higher sharpe ratio indicates better risk-adjusted performance, as it represents a higher return relative to the risk taken. the effectiveness of the ratio hinges on the assumption that the historical record of relative risk-adjusted returns possesses predictive value. table 5. operationalization of standard deviation p2p represented industries investment notes obtained retail and trade 17 it and communication 15 logistics 27 health 8 construction 13 accommodation and food services 51 wholesale and retail; repair of motor vehicles 523 manufacturing 53 professional, scientific and technical activities 24 services 21 agriculture 6 education 13 administration and support services 12 personal protective equipment 2 arts, entertainment and recreation 3 baby products 2 service technology provider 4 wholesale 4 water supply, sewerage and waste management 1 installation of industrial equipment 1 industrial products 3 electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioner supply 1 real estate 1 mining and quarrying 1 others 1 the sharpe ratio is expressed as the difference between the portfolio's return (𝑅𝑝) and the risk-free rate (𝑅𝑓), divided by the standard deviation of the portfolio's excess return (𝜎𝑝). the standard deviation is derived from the variability of returns over specific time intervals that constitute the entire performance sample being evaluated. the numerator, representing the total return differential against a benchmark, is computed as the average of the return 4 differentials observed in each incremental period within the overall sample. the formula to calculate the sharpe ratio is as follows: 𝑆ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑝𝑒 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜 = 𝑅𝑝 − 𝑅𝑓 𝜎𝑝 where 𝑅𝑝 is return of portfolio; 𝑅𝑓 is risk-free rate, and 𝜎𝑝 is standard deviation of the portfolio' sexcess return. 6. key findings sharpe ratio calculation based on our examination of 807 investment notes from various p2p platforms in malaysia, such as funding societies, capsphere, alixco, microleap, and cofundr resulted in the following summary in tables 6 to 15. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 956 table 6. sharpe ratio (retail and trade industry) variable retail/trading risk free rate (m.10-year gov bond); rf 0.03838 avg return (rx) 0.13474 std deviation (σ) 0.02467 (rx-rf) 0.09636 sharpe ratio, s(x)=(rx-rf)/σ 3.90599 table 7. sharpe ratio (it and communication industry) variable it and communication risk free rate (m.10-year gov bond); rf 0.03838 avg return (rx) 0.12757 std deviation (σ) 0.03733 (rx-rf) 0.08919 sharpe ratio, s(x)=(rx-rf)/σ 2.38956 table 8. sharpe ratio (logistics industry) variable logistics risk free rate (m.10-year gov bond); rf 0.03838 avg return (rx) 0.10030 std deviation (σ) 0.04368 (rx-rf) 0.06192 sharpe ratio, s(x)=(rx-rf)/σ 1.41745 table 9. sharpe ratio health industry variable human health and social work activities risk free rate (m.10-year gov bond); rf 0.03838 avg return (rx) 0.08500 std deviation (σ) 0.04629 (rx-rf) 0.04662 sharpe ratio, s(x)=(rx-rf)/σ 1.00711 table 10. sharpe ratio construction industry variable construction risk free rate (m.10-year gov bond); rf 0.03838 avg return (rx) 0.10217 std deviation (σ) 0.04342 (rx-rf) 0.06379 sharpe ratio, s(x)=(rx-rf)/σ 1.46908 table 11. sharpe ratio accommodation and food services industry variable accommodation and food service activities risk-free rate (m.10-year gov bond); rf 0.03838 avg return (rx) 0.06631 std deviation (σ) 0.02136 (rx-rf) 0.02793 sharpe ratio, s(x)=(rx-rf)/σ 1.30729 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 957 table 12. sharpe ratio calculation for wholesale and retail; repair of motor vehicles industry variable wholesale and retail; motor vehicles risk free rate (m.10-year gov bond); rf 0.03838 avg return (rx) 0.09619 std deviation (σ) 0.02681 (rx-rf) 0.05781 sharpe ratio, s(x)=(rx-rf)/σ 2.15597 table 13. sharpe ratio calculation for manufacturing industry variable manufacturing risk free rate (m.10-year gov bond); rf 0.03838 avg return (rx) 0.10357 std deviation (σ) 0.04123 (rx-rf) 0.06519 sharpe ratio, s(x)=(rx-rf)/σ 1.58101 table 14. sharpe ratio calculation for professional, scientific and technical industry variable professional, scientific and technical activities risk free rate (m.10-year gov bond); rf 0.03838 avg return (rx) 0.06350 std deviation (σ) 0.01715 (rx-rf) 0.02512 sharpe ratio, s(x)=(rx-rf)/σ 1.46503 table 15. sharpe ratio calculation for services industry variable services risk free rate (m.10-year gov bond); rf 0.03838 avg return (rx) 0.08714 std deviation (σ) 0.03663 (rx-rf) 0.04876 sharpe ratio, s(x)=(rx-rf)/σ 1.33139 7. results and discussion we use a 10-year malaysian government bond return of 3.838% by world government bonds [26] as the risk-free rate (rf) and decided to calculate the sharpe ratio for industries with at least 10 investment notes including health industry (8 investment notes) and the results are as follows (table 16). table 16. sharpe ratio calculation for services industry no. industry sharpe ratio 1 retail and trade 3.91 2 it and communication 2.39 3 logistics 1.42 4 health 1.01 5 construction 1.47 6 accommodation and food services 1.31 7 wholesale and retail; repair of motor vehicles 2.16 8 manufacturing 1.58 9 professional, scientific and technical activities 1.47 10 services 1.33 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 958 note that even though the number of investment notes for education and administration and support services is more than 10, the sharpe ratio for these industries cannot be computed because they have a zero value (0) standard deviation (σ). that means the expected returns in all the investment notes are the same within the same industries. as standard deviation is the denominator in the sharpe ratio formula, zero standard deviation would give rise to an infinite number. from the table above, it was found that the retail and trade industry has the highest sharpe ratio of 3.91, followed by it and communication (2.39) and wholesale and retail; repair of motor vehicles (2.16). in general, all industries give rise to a sharpe ratio of more than 1, with the health industry being at the bottom (1.01), a borderline number, perhaps due to the minimal investment notes available. 8. conclusion in conclusion, peer-to-peer (p2p) lending in malaysia is a viable way for investors and small businesses to profit from financial transactions in a simplified way without having to deal with tedious paperwork or regulatory obstacles. while there are always dangers involved with investing, p2p lending systems offer comparatively high returns, making them a desirable option for investors looking to diversify their holdings. investors can obtain important insights into the risk-adjusted performance of different p2p lending industries by utilizing the sharpe ratio analysis carried out in this study. the results show that all industries have sharpe ratios above 1, which is a sign of good risk-adjusted returns. however, the industry with the greatest sharpe ratio is retail and trade, closely followed by wholesale and retail; repair of motor vehicles; and it and communication. it is noteworthy, although, that the health sector trails behind, with a sharpe ratio that teeters on the edge of 1.01; it might be due to the scarcity of investment notes accessible for examination. with this quantitative tool at their disposal, investors may ultimately optimize their risk-return profiles and raise the likelihood of long-term financial success by making more educated decisions about industry allocation within their p2p lending portfolio. 9. declarations 9.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.m. and l.t.p.n.; methodology, y.v.c. and t.o.k.z.; validation, s.m. and y.v.c.; formal analysis, s.m.; investigation, s.m.; writing—original draft preparation, s.m. and t.o.k.z.; writing—review and editing, t.o.k.z.; supervision, s.m. and l.t.p.n.; project administration, l.t.p.n.; funding acquisition, s.m. and l.t.p.n. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 9.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 9.3. funding and acknowledgements authors acknowledge the ministry of higher education (mohe) for funding under the fundamental research grant scheme (frgs) (frgs1/2022/ss01/mmu/01/1), modelling trust into autonomous fintech platforms via trusted third parties (ttp). 9.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 9.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 9.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 10. references [1] chen, d., chen, g., ding, j., jiang, s., & shen, j. (2011). antecedents of initial trust in the online peer-to-peer lending marketplace. 8th international conference on service systems and service management proceedings of icsssm’11, tianjin, china. doi:10.1109/icsssm.2011.5959503. [2] chen, x. hong, jin, f. jing, zhang, q., & yang, l. (2016). are investors rational or perceptual in p2p lending? information systems and e-business management, 14(4), 921–944. doi:10.1007/s10257-016-0305-z. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 959 [3] shi, x., wu, j., & hollingsworth, j. (2019). how does p2p lending platform reputation affect lenders’ decision in china? international journal of bank marketing, 37(7), 1566–1589. doi:10.1108/ijbm-11-2018-0309. [4] rosavina, m., rahadi, r. a., kitri, m. l., nuraeni, s., & mayangsari, l. (2019). p2p lending adoption by smes in indonesia. qualitative research in financial markets, 11(2), 260–279. doi:10.1108/qrfm-09-2018-0103. [5] nemoto, n., huang, b., & storey, d. j. (2019). optimal regulation of p2p lending for small and medium-sized enterprises. ssrn electronic journal, adbi working paper 912, 1-17. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3313999. [6] xian, x.a. (2021). budget-2022-boosts-peer-to-peer-financing-p2p-industry. capbay, chicago, united states. available online: https://capbay.com/budget-2022-boosts-peer-to-peer-financing-p2p-industry/ (accessed on november 2024) [7] chen, x., chong, z., giudici, p., & huang, b. (2020). networking with peers: evidence from a p2p lending platform. adbi working paper series. adbi working paper series, no. 1080, asian development bank institute (adbi), tokyo, japan. [8] lim, j. l. (2020). guide to p2p lending in malaysia (2020). imoney learning centre, imoney malaysia, kuala lumpur, malaysia. available online: https://www.imoney.my/articles/p2p-lending-guide (accessed on november 2024) [9] kim, j., bae, h., & ivanov, r. (2024). the rise of peer-to-peer (p2p) lending in developing economies. journal of international financial management, 14(2), 1–22. [10] zhang, d., xu, l., & wang, c. (2024). the impact of p2p platforms on traditional intermediaries. research in business applications, 10(1), 12–28. [11] nguyen, l. t. p., kalabeke, w., muthaiyah, s., cheng, m. y., hui, k. j., & mohamed, h. (2022). p2p lending platforms in malaysia: what do we know? f1000research, 10, 1088. doi:10.12688/f1000research.73410.3. [12] muthaiyah, s. (2019). blockchain for audit provenance and trust: push factors, value creation and challenges. international journal of auditing and accounting studies, 1(1), 13-25. [13] gai, k., qiu, m., & sun, x. (2018). a survey on fintech. journal of network and computer applications, 103, 262–273. doi:10.1016/j.jnca.2017.10.011. [14] khan, m. t. i., & xuan, y. y. (2022). drivers of lending decision in peer-to-peer lending in malaysia. review of behavioral finance, 14(3), 379-393. doi:10.1108/rbf-08-2020-0200. [15] harel, d., & naamad, a. (1996). the statemate semantics of statecharts. acm transactions on software engineering and methodology, 5(4), 293–333. doi:10.1145/235321.235322. [16] muthaiyah, s., anbananthen, k. s. m., & phuong lan, n. t. (2021). orchestration of autonomous trusted third-party banking. f1000research, 10, 899. doi:10.12688/f1000research.72987.1. [17] khan, s., shah, m., & younas, a. building trust in p2p platforms: a reputation management framework. journal of electronic commerce research, 14(4), 521–538. [18] sandhu, r., ferraiolo, d., & kuhn, r. (2000). the nist model for role-based access control. proceedings of the fifth acm workshop on role-based access control, 47–63. doi:10.1145/344287.344301. [19] oliveira tavares, f., gomes almeida, l., & nascimento cunha, m. (2019). financial literacy: study of a university students sample. international journal of environmental & science education, 14(1), 1–12. [20] liu, h., qiao, h., wang, s., & li, y. (2019). platform competition in peer-to-peer lending considering risk control ability. european journal of operational research, 274(1), 280–290. doi:10.1016/j.ejor.2018.09.024. [21] he, q., & li, x. (2021). the failure of chinese peer-to-peer lending platforms: finance and politics. journal of corporate finance, 66, 101852. doi:10.1016/j.jcorpfin.2020.101852. [22] dammag, h., & nissanke, n. (2003). a mathematical framework for safecharts. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 2885, 620–640. doi:10.1007/978-3-54039893-6_35. [23] muthaiyah, s. (2006). propagation and delegation of rights in access controls and risk assessment techniques. web services security and e-business, 328–337. doi:10.4018/978-1-59904-168-1.ch018. [24] banerjee, a., srinivasan, s., & pontellini, j. (2023). decentralized finance (defi) and the future of p2p payments. mckinsey quarterly, 1–10. [25] rossi, c., colombo, t., & lehmann, a. (2024). the regulatory landscape for p2p platforms: a global perspective. journal of international commercial law and regulation, 25(1), 18–45. [26] world government bonds. (2023). 10 years bond historical data. world government bonds. available online: http://www.worldgovernmentbonds.com/bond-historical-data/denmark/10-years/ (accessed on november 2024). https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3313999 https://capbay.com/budget-2022-boosts-peer-to-peer-financing-p2p-industry/ https://www.imoney.my/articles/p2p-lending-guide https://doi.org/10.1108/rbf-08-2020-0200 http://www.worldgovernmentbonds.com/bond-historical-data/denmark/10-years/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 433 issn: 2723-9535 research on rag-based cognitive large language model training method for power standard knowledge sai zhang 1* , xiaoxuan fan 1 , bochuan song 1, xiao liang 1, qiang zhang 1, zhihao wang 1, bo zhang 2 1 state grid laboratory of grid advanced computing and applications, china electric power research institute co., ltd., beijing, china. 2 state grid wuxi power supply company of jiangsu electric power co., ltd., wuxi, china. received 05 december 2024; revised 21 march 2025; accepted 09 april 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract electrical standards encompass complex technical requirements across multiple disciplines, making their management and application a significant challenge that urgently requires efficient solutions. this paper proposes a knowledge graph retrieval-enhanced training method for large language models (llms). by leveraging a pre-trained language model (plm), highly similar subgraphs are retrieved from the electrical standards knowledge graph. these subgraphs are then parsed into triples using entity linking and semantic reasoning. the triples are converted into natural language text by the llm, which combines them with the input question to perform reasoning and generate accurate answers. the proposed method addresses the complexity of question answering for electrical standards and offers a novel approach for managing and applying these standards in the field of electrical engineering. experimental results demonstrate that this approach significantly enhances the model's understanding of electrical standards, enabling it to generate more accurate answers. keywords: electric standards knowledge; llm; rag; knowledge graph; semantic reasoning. 1. introduction the knowledge system of electric standards is vast and complex, encompassing a wide range in specialized knowledge and technical requirements. acquiring and updating this knowledge demands significant investments of human and material resources. furthermore, understanding and applying these standards is challenging, as it involves numerous aspects of the power system, requiring in-depth comprehension and precise application [1]. additionally, the various forms of standard documents, cross-references, overlaps between standards, and inconsistencies and ambiguities in their interpretation and application pose significant challenges to their effective management and utilization. the complexity and diversity of knowledge of electric standards underscore the importance of applying a cognitive grand model in this domain. such a model can intelligently manage and analyze electric standards knowledge, aiding the industry in extracting, organizing, and comprehending relevant information from extensive standard documents. this support is crucial for standard development, implementation, and compliance. by learning and reasoning about the content and requirements of electric power standards, the cognitive grand model can help enterprises and decisionmakers better understand and apply these standards [2, 3]. this, in turn, enhances the level of standardization management and promotes the standardized and sustainable development of the electric power industry. * corresponding author: zhangsai@geiri.sgcc.com.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0000-0963-8893 https://orcid.org/0009-0006-2463-8983 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 434 although the large language model (llm) of power has excellent natural language generation capabilities, it often faces some challenges in knowledge-intensive tasks, such as the management of and application of power annotation knowledge. due to the hallucination problem of the large language model, it often generates factually incorrect content. therefore, in some specific scenarios, it is necessary to supplement the llm with external knowledge information, that is, retrieval enhancement, which improves the large language model by integrating information from external reliable knowledge bases, ensuring that the generated output references a large amount of context-rich data and is supplemented by the latest and most relevant available information. for example, cuconasu et al. [4] proposed rag extends large language models (llms) by adding relevant paragraphs or documents retrieved by an information retrieval (ir) system to the original prompt. for generative ai solutions, rag is becoming increasingly important, especially in enterprise environments or any field where knowledge is constantly updated and cannot be memorized in an llm. while retrievalaugmented generation (rag) has been groundbreaking in enhancing the capabilities of llms, certain limitations may affect their effectiveness and applicability, such as difficulties in handling ambiguous queries or those requiring a deeper understanding of the context. augmenting pre-training with knowledge graphs (kgs) can provide llms with structured, explicit expressions of factual knowledge about concepts, entities, and their relationships, offering a more nuanced and informed basis for model responses. the electric standards knowledge graph not only contains extensive factual knowledge about electricity but also helps cognitive macro-models understand the semantic associations between different standards. compared to vector matching alone, a knowledge graph can perform more complex semantic searches, obtain hidden context information, and provide explicitly structured knowledge representations. this capability enables the generation of more accurate responses and reduces the occurrence of phantom content, significantly improving the model's effectiveness in knowledge-intensive tasks. for example. prabhon et al. [5] proposed a method called "knowledge graph construction based on retrieval-augmented generation (kgc-rag)." this approach employs web crawlers to retrieve documents from the wikipedia pages of target entities and extends the search to related pages. the method leverages llms to generate text that supplements and enriches knowledge representation. their experimental results demonstrate that combining rag with knowledge graphs significantly enhances performance in knowledge-based question-answering tasks; xu et al. [6] proposed a novel customer service question-answering method that integrates retrieval-augmented generation (rag) with knowledge graphs (kg). during the question-answering phase, consumer queries are parsed, and relevant subgraphs are retrieved from the kg to generate answers. integrating the kg into the method not only improves retrieval accuracy by preserving the structural information of customer service but also enhances answer quality by mitigating the impact of text segmentation. empirical evaluations based on benchmark datasets show that the experimental results outperform baseline methods by 77.6%. the paper proposes an algorithm for training llm based on subgraph retrieval, entity linking, and semantic reasoning within the electric standards knowledge graph. first, a semantic matching model is trained to extract entity relations within the problem. second, a subgraph with high similarity is retrieved from the electric standards knowledge graph, filtering the relevant factual triples related to the problem. the next step involves predicting the most probable relational steps and paths for the problem, and sampling reasoning paths consisting of these triples. the results are populated into specific prompts and fed into the llm along with the problem. finally, this process converts the data from triples into natural language text and iteratively trains the model, enhancing its capabilities in knowledge-intensive tasks. the main contributions of this paper are as follows: (1) the paper designs step prediction and relational path prediction methods in subgraph retrieval to retrieve power standard knowledge with high relevance to the problem; (2) the paper develops a method to automatically generate natural language text from extracted subgraphs relevant to the problem; and (3) the paper evaluates our proposed method using various benchmarks. experimental results demonstrate that the method supplied in the paper outperforms previous knowledge graph enhancement methods across several llms. the organization of this paper is as follows: section 2 provides an overview of relevant literature, section 3 presents a detailed description of the design method proposed in this paper, and section 4 presents the experimental results, while section 5 concludes the paper. 2. related works although llms are pre-trained based on massive corpora, they are still prone to misleading outputs, factual inaccuracies, and reliance on obsolete information during knowledge-heavy operations. recent studies have aimed to utilize knowledge graphs to enhance llms' capabilities in these tasks [7, 8]. these studies primarily focus on extracting problem-related triples from the knowledge graph and converting them into textual format using various modeling techniques. the textual representations of the triples and questions are then transformed into knowledge-enhancing prompts through predefined templates. these prompts are processed by the question-answering llm to yield more hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 435 dependable responses. although existing research has demonstrated the success of this method, it has not thoroughly examined how the format of knowledge representation influences the performance of large language models. several researchers have proposed more effective graph retrieval methods to provide external information for llms, primarily categorized into embedding and semantic parsing approaches. semantic parsing techniques transform queries into logical representations that can be executed against the knowledge graph [9-11]. these approaches depend on labeled data for supervised learning or are limited to specific domains with a small number of logical predicates [12]. embedding-based approaches rank entities according to their relevance to the problem, extracting entities from the entire knowledge base or subgraphs [13-16]. while this approach is highly fault-tolerant, the retrieved subgraphs often include many irrelevant entities. researchers like those behind pullnet [17] and srn [18] have enhanced retrieval capabilities by training the retriever. however, in these methods, retrieval and reasoning are intertwined, leading to reasoning being performed on only a subset of the retrieved subgraphs. due to this coupled design, the reasoners in universal hop (uhop), independent recurrent network (irn), and serial recurrent network (srn) degrade to simple multilayer perceptrons (mlps) [19]. several other research studies have delved into encoding retrieval results, primarily within two key domains. first, researchers have utilized graph neural networks (gnns) to encode and preserve structural information about subgraphs [20-22]. their emphasis lies in crafting more sophisticated encoders to derive enriched representations of subgraphs. while graph neural networks excel in encoding graph-structured data, they are constrained by local processing and iterative computation of node representations based on neighboring node features. second, encoding results using pretrained language models (plms) have gained traction, driven by the emergence of large-scale generative pre-trained language models like bart [23], t5 [24], and gpt [25]. numerous researchers have begun leveraging these models to generate text from knowledge graphs and treat it as an end-to-end generative task. these endeavors concentrate on modifying model structures and introducing pre-training tasks to enhance structural information extraction. in this study, a pre-trained language model is chosen to encode the retrieval results of the knowledge graph, aligning with the structural characteristics of electric standards knowledge. 3. methods our paper introduces a rag method for enhancing the cognitive capabilities of llms in the context of power standards. our approach enhances llm training by incorporating subgraph retrieval and content generation from knowledge graphs. initially, the user's query content undergoes embedding into a pre-trained language model (plm), producing a vector representation that encapsulates its semantic essence. subsequently, the most pertinent nodes in the knowledge graph are identified based on this vector, serving as the local context for the original document or passage. following this, the retrieved subgraph triples are translated into natural language text, and questions are presented collectively to the large language model for answer generation, as depicted in figure 1. the main steps encompass subgraph retrieval, text generation, reasoning, and answer synthesis. figure 1. overall architecture of rag-based cognitive llm training for power standards user input pre trained language model vector retrieval entity, relationship, attribute query statement sample knowledge graph pattern query statement generation prompt retrieval statement corrected query statement error correction of retrieval statements llm q&a prompts llm natural language answers pre trained language model llm retrieved successfully? yes no error correction judgment for retrieval statements knowledge confirmation knowledge confirmation hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 436 3.1. subgraph retrieval subgraph retrieval primarily occurs within the knowledge graph through the computation of semantic similarity between questions and entities, attributes, or relationships. in figure 2, this process involves identifying relevant entities, relationships, and paths that align with user inputs, followed by transforming the pertinent structured knowledge into natural language inputs using rag retrieval techniques. these techniques entail predicting the number of retrieval steps, and relational paths, and optimizing multiple tuples. consequently, the subgraph retrieval process in this paper is structured around step prediction, relation path prediction, and tuple sampling. figure 2. flowchart of subgraph retrieval for electric standards knowledge graph (1) step prediction step prediction is used to predict the most likely number of relation-ship jumps in a problem, and to determine how many step relationships to explore in the next step. this paper uses plm, such as bert, to transform problem 𝑞 into a vector 𝑞𝑣, and then uses a linear classifier to predict the probability of each step. here, the paper first introduces the symbol representations used in some models. 𝑑ℎ𝑐 ′ represents the probability when the number of steps is ℎ𝑐, and 𝐷ℎ ′ represents the set of probabilities for all steps. in our paper, ℎ denotes the maximum number of steps predicted by the model, and 𝐻 denotes the maximum number of steps that can be reached in the graph. 𝑞𝑣 = 𝑃𝐿𝑀(𝑞) (1) 𝑑ℎ𝑐 ′ = 𝑃(ℎ𝑐|𝑞𝑣), 𝑐 = 1,2, ⋯ , 𝐻 (2) 𝐷ℎ ′ = [𝑑ℎ1 ′ , 𝑑ℎ2 ′ , ⋯ , 𝑑ℎ𝐻 ′ ] = 𝐿𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑎𝑟(𝑞𝑣) (3) ℎ = 𝑎𝑟𝑔 max ℎ𝑐 𝑑ℎ𝑐 ′ , 𝑐 = 1,2, ⋯ , 𝐻 (4) in the training data, this paper uses the one-hot form as the groundtruth 𝐷ℎ for the number of steps, which means the probability of non real answers is 0 and the probability of real answers is 1. cross entropy is used as the loss function to refine the 𝐿𝑐𝑒 parameter. 𝐷ℎ = [𝑑ℎ1 , 𝑑ℎ2 , ⋯ , 𝑑ℎ𝐻 ] (5) 𝑑ℎ𝑐 = { 0, ℎ𝑐 ≠ ℎ𝑔𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑡ℎ 1, ℎ𝑐 = ℎ𝑔𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑡ℎ 𝑐 = 1,2, ⋯ , 𝐻 (6) 𝐿𝑐𝑒 = −𝐷ℎ log 𝐷ℎ ′ = − ∑ 𝑑ℎ𝑐 log 𝑑ℎ𝑐 ′ 𝐻 𝑐=1 (7) what does planning and design in the power sector refer to? pre trained language model linear classifier hot1:0.78 hot2:0.70 hot3:0.56 hop prediction relation path prediction what does planning and design in the power sector refer to? first hop relation prediction second hop relation prediction electrical materials system planning relay protection distribution network operation power trading line planning and design what is meant by system planning in the power sector? power sector what does line planning and design in the power sector refer to? line planning and design predicted relation path power sector line planning and design overhead lines triple sampling operational safety transmission grid overhead lines work equipment cables distribution grid transmission grid distribution grid knowledge graph power sector system planning including line planning and design transmission grid distribution grid characteristics characteristics overhead lines sampling reasoning paths (power sector, including, system planning) (system planning, characteristics, transmission grid) (power sector, including, line planning and design) (line planning and design, characteristics, cables) cables including cables characteristics characteristics hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 437 (2) relationship path prediction the paper presents a relationship path prediction model similar to the step prediction, with a one-hot relationship probability distribution. finally, the paper uses the cross-entropy loss function for optimization. in the algorithm for subgraph retrieval, the specific prediction of the number of steps is as follows: if some steps are given, the prediction of the 𝑡 step relationship path is based on plm and the relationship path from the previous 𝑡 − 1 steps and the initial problem classification. the first 𝐾 paths with the highest probability are selected from all the retrieved relationship paths for the next prediction. before predicting the relationship path, the problem 𝑞 is converted into an embedding vector by plm, and then the first step of prediction is performed. a linear classifier 𝐿𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑎𝑟 is used to calculate the probability distribution 𝐷𝑟,1 ′ of all relationships 𝑅 in the power standard knowledge graph, and the top 𝐾 largest relationship paths 𝑝1 are sorted by probability size. 𝐷𝑟,1 ′ = [𝑑𝑟1 ′ , 𝑑𝑟2 ′ , ⋯ , 𝑑𝑟𝑅 ′ ] = 𝐿𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑎𝑟(𝑞𝑣) (8) 𝑑𝑟𝑐 ′ = 𝑃(𝑟𝑐|𝑞𝑣), 𝑐 = 1,2, ⋯ , 𝑅 (9) at step 𝑡, calculate the probability of the 𝑖 relationship path 𝑝𝑡−1,𝑖 based on the relationship path from step 𝑡 − 1, as follows, 𝑝𝑡−1,𝑖 = 𝑟𝑖,1|𝑟𝑖,2| ⋯ |𝑟𝑖,𝑡−1, 𝑖 = 1,2, ⋯ , 𝐾𝑡−1 (10) here, 𝑟𝑖,𝑡−1 represents the relationship between the 𝑖 relationship path and the step 𝑡 − 1, then the probability distribution of the relationship path 𝐷𝑟,𝑡 ′ is calculated using linear classification and plm based on problem 𝑞 and the relationship path 𝑝𝑡−1,𝑖. where, 𝑄𝑡 represents the input sequence of the model. 𝑄𝑡 = 𝑞|𝑟𝑖,1|𝑟𝑖,2| ⋯ |𝑟𝑖,𝑡−1 (11) 𝑄𝑡,𝑣 = 𝑃𝐿𝑀(𝑄𝑡) (12) 𝐷𝑟,𝑡 ′ = [𝑑𝑟1 ′ , 𝑑𝑟2 ′ , ⋯ , 𝑑𝑟𝑅 ′ ] = 𝐿𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑎𝑟(𝑄𝑡,𝑣) (13) 𝑑𝑟𝑐 ′ = 𝑃(𝑟𝑐|𝑄𝑡,𝑣), 𝑐 = 1,2, ⋯ , 𝑅 (14) based on the calculation results, the algorithm selects the first 𝐾 relationship paths as the current relationship path for step 𝑡. after ℎ steps of prediction, the algorithm will obtain 𝐾ℎ relationship paths, where the evaluation score of relationship path 𝑝𝑡,𝑖 is obtained through multiplying the probabilities of all the path’s relationships. 𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒(𝑝𝑡,𝑖) = 𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒(𝑟𝑖,1|𝑟𝑖,2| ⋯ |𝑟𝑖,𝑡) = ∏ 𝑑𝑟𝑖,𝑙 ′ 𝑡 𝑙=1 , 𝑖 = 1,2, ⋯ , 𝐾ℎ (15) (3) tuple sampling the sampling of tuples in the paper first uses the relational path algorithm to calculate the evaluation score for each related path, and then sorted in descending order of score size to select the desired path, which is the triplet. in this paper, the selected optimal sub-tuples of tuples are used as relevant knowledge retrieved from the electric standards knowledge graph (eskg) as supplementary information for llm enhancement. 3.2. text conversion (1) generate fine-tuning data for llm before inputting the relevant tuples retrieved from the subgraph into llm for answer generation, llm needs to convert the tuples into a natural language form that llm can understand as shown in figure 3. this section generates training data for llm fine-tuning. due to the strong professionalism of power standard knowledge, the tuples retrieved from the subgraph are used as input data 𝑥 for llm fine-tuning, and then annotated based on electricity specialists. the result is natural language text, which is labeled 𝑦 in the model calculation. then, 𝑥 is filled into the template of prompt 𝑝1 of the model, "please convert knowledge graph tuples into one or more senses. the kg is {triple form text 𝑥}, and the transformed sense is:", where 𝑦 is used as the output of the model for supervised training. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 438 the training data comes from the annotated knowledge graph of power standards. by setting different questions, subsets of the annotated knowledge graph are extracted, and then the questions and subgraph tuples are filled in 𝑝1. finally, the natural language text answers to the questions are generated through the model. figure 3. conversion process diagram from sub entity group to natural language text (2) problem answer generation based on llm this section uses the finely tuned llm to generate answers to questions. in the 𝑡 step of training, given prompt 𝑝1, the output of groundtruth is 𝑦 = [𝑦1, 𝑦2, ⋯ , 𝑦𝑇], as well as the vocabulary [𝑣1, 𝑣2, ⋯ , 𝑣𝑉]. the model will predict the probability distribution 𝐷𝑣,𝑡 ′ of all tokens in the current 𝑡 − 1 step based on the correct token sequence in step [𝑦1 , 𝑦2, ⋯ 𝑦𝑡−1], denoted by 𝑑𝑣𝑐 ′ , which represents the probability of token 𝑣𝑐, 𝐷𝑣,𝑡 ′ = [𝑑𝑣1 ′ , 𝑑𝑣2 ′ , ⋯ , 𝑑𝑣𝑉 ′ ] (16) 𝑑𝑣𝑐 ′ = 𝑃(𝑣𝑐|𝑝1, 𝑦1, 𝑦2 , ⋯ , 𝑦𝑡−1), 𝑐 = 1,2, ⋯ , 𝑉 (17) similarly, the paper uses the one-hot form to set the true probability distribution 𝐷𝑣,𝑡 and calculate the loss function using cross entropy. 𝐷𝑣,𝑡 = [𝑑𝑣1 , 𝑑𝑣2 , ⋯ , 𝑑𝑣𝑉 ] (18) 𝑑𝑣𝑐 = { 0, 𝑣𝑐 ≠ 𝑦𝑡 1, 𝑣𝑐 = 𝑦𝑡 , 𝑐 = 1,2, ⋯ , 𝑉 (19) 𝐽𝑡 = −𝐷𝑣,𝑡 𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝐷𝑣,𝑡 ′ = − ∑ 𝑑𝑣,𝑐 𝑉 𝑐=1 𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑑𝑣,𝑐 ′ (20) 𝐿𝑐𝑒 = 1 𝑇 ∑ 𝐽𝑡 𝑇 𝑡=1 (21) in the process of converting tuples to natural language text using fine-tuning llm, firstly, each path is linearized into triplet form text, and then transformed into a prompt through a template. the above prompt is the input of the finetuned llm to obtain the corresponding natural language text. the texts are merged as supplementary knowledge to enhance llm's ability to answer questions. 3.3. reasoning and answer generation in the reasoning and answer generation stage of llm, this paper designs prompt 𝑝2, which takes the form of "the following is the information associated with the question: {free form text}, where the question is question: {question} answer is:". llm can generate corresponding answers based on the prompt and fill them in the template for output. subgraph extraction question: what does planning and design in the power sector refer to? power sector system planning transmission grid subgraph text generation triple-form text: (power sector, including, system planning) (system planning, characteristics, transmission grid) llm free-form text: planning and design in the power sector includes system planning, which is specifically characterized by transmission and distribution grids. quality evaluation kg-augmented prompt: below are the facts that might be relevant to answer the question: planning and design in the power sector includes system planning, which is specifically characterized by transmission and distribution grids. question: what does planning and design in the power sector refer to? answer: llm answer: planning and design in the power sector is manifested in the transmission and distribution grids. groundtruth: transmission and distribution grid kg-to text corpus: triple-form text: (power sector, including, system planning) (system planning, characteristics, transmission grid) free-form text: planning and design in the power sector is manifested in the transmission and distribution grids. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 439 4. experiments the paper conducted experiments on two datasets and three open-source llms. it has been proven that converting triplet text into free-form text can enable llm to better understand the external knowledge provided and enhance its ability in kgqa. experimental results demonstrate that, compared to other knowledge representation formats, the text conversion method proposed in this paper significantly enhances the accuracy of llms in question answering. 4.1. datasets the experiments conduct comparative experiments based on the open-source dataset movie text audio qa (metaqa) and the national grid laboratory dataset (ngld) dataset developed by our workplace. metaqa is a large-scale multi-step knowledge graph question-answering dataset in the film industry. it provides a kg consisting of 9 relationships, 135000 triples, and 43000 entities, and contains over 400000 questions, divided into 1-hop, 2-hop, and 3-hop based on the number of steps taken. among them, 1-hop originates from the "wiki_entities" branch of the facebook movieqa dataset. compared to movieqa, 1-hop removes ambiguous entities in the problem, so the dataset is relatively small. 2-hop and 3-hop also originate from this knowledge base. among them, 2-hop has 21 types of questions, 3-hop has 15 types of questions, and each type has 10 text templates. each question is labeled with the answer, head entity, and entity category involved in the inference path. in the experiment, the paper selected metaqa 3-hop as the experimental dataset and selected 142744 questions (114196 training questions, 14274 development questions, and 14274 testing questions). the ngld is knowledge about china’s electric standards provided by a laboratory of state grid corporation of china, containing 24326 questions. this paper divides these problems into training set, development sets, and testing sets (18977 training sets, 2560 development sets, and 2789 testing sets). these problems are mainly one-hop or two-hop problems in the field of power labeling knowledge. each problem has a head entity, an answer, and an optimal relational path. in addition, the dataset also provides a set of over 13000 triples, 10012 entities, and 78 relationships. 4.2. ablation experiment this paper compares and analyzes different knowledge representation formats, and conducts ablation experiments on knowledge representation formats using multiple llm models on metaqa and ngld datasets. the ablation study aims to investigate the impact of different tuple conversion formats and llm on knowledge about china’s electric standards. this paper uses baichuan2-7b-chat, baichuan2-13b-chat chat as the text conversion model, and baichuan2-7bchat, qwen1.5-7b chat as the problem-solving model. among them, the comparison of tuple conversion methods is: no tuple conversion, tuple conversion, and existing tuple conversion models. no knowledge questions: refers to questions being directly inputted into llm without additional knowledge. this experimental approach is used to explore the effectiveness of knowledge augmentation methods in solving knowledge about china’s electric standards problems and enhancing llm. triple knowledge: it is a commonly used method of generating triples into text in traditional methods. it first performs disambiguation and deduplication on the retrieved triplets to reduce semantic redundancy and then connects the subject, relationship, and object to provide a simple semantic representation of each triplet. mvp knowledge is a text-generation llm model developed by other researchers. it first conducts supervised text to text format pre-training on 11 different natural language generation tasks on 77 datasets, and then on specific tasks pre trains soft prompts for specific tasks to enhance the model's ability. this paper uses a variant of mvp, mvp data to text, which is pre-trained on annotated text datasets and can perform kg-to-text conversion. due to mvp not supporting chinese, this paper did not use this knowledge representation format in the ngld dataset. 4.3. comparison of the experimental results to validate the effectiveness of the knowledge graph retrieval algorithm proposed in this paper, comparative experiments were conducted using the following models: word frequency inverse document frequency (tf-idf): this baseline model retrieves entities or relationships matching query keywords by calculating keyword weights, commonly used in information retrieval; best matching 25 (bm25): an improved frequency-based retrieval algorithm that calculates the relevance between documents and queries to retrieve relevant entities or relationships; cosine similarity: this method retrieves relevant entities by calculating the cosine similarity between the query terms and the vector representations of entities or relationships in the knowledge graph. the experimental process utilized a 5-fold cross-validation method, and the results are as follows. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 440 from table 1 and figure 4, it can be observed that the knowledge graph retrieval algorithm proposed in this paper improves retrieval accuracy by 25% compared to the baseline model and exceeds the cosine-similarity algorithm by 6% in accuracy. additionally, in terms of the f1 score, the proposed method outperforms all other models, demonstrating superior performance. although the proposed method shows slightly lower recall compared to the cosine-similarity model, the difference is not significant. finally, in the auc comparison, the proposed model achieves an auc value of 0.86, still exhibiting excellent performance. therefore, it can be concluded that the knowledge graph retrieval method proposed in this paper is highly effective. table 1. comparative experimental results for different knowledge conversion methods on metaqa and ngld model acc f1 recall auc baseline (tf-idf) 0.76 0.71 0.67 0.69 bm25 0.84 0.75 0.72 0.72 cosine-similarity 0.89 0.89 0.90 0.80 our method 0.95 0.92 0.89 0.86 figure 4. results of comparative experiments for search algorithms since the retrieved subgraphs have differences in their organization, although they have the same score, and hence in their conversion to natural language text, this paper directly compares the performance of llms using subgraphs in the experimental part. the section conducted comparative experiments on different tuple conversion methods and different llms, and the specific experimental results are shown in table 2, among them, the retrieval-enhanced seq2seq kgc (reskgc) [26] is a retrieval-based seq2seq kgc model that selects semantically relevant triples from the knowledge graph (kg) and uses them as explicit reasoning evidence to guide output generation. the table lists the scores for each model for answering the questions based on the retrieval results. table 2. comparative experimental results for different knowledge conversion methods on metaqa and ngld knowledge format metaqa ngld baichuan2-7b-chat qwen1.5-7b-chat reskgc baichuan2-7b-chat qwen1.5-7b-chat reskgc no knowledge 30.29 32.78 31.65 19.21 21.57 19.10 triple knowledge 94.89 93.43 92.98 87.33 86.67 85.23 mvp knowledge 88.12 87.64 87.59 baichuan2-7b-chat 96.79 95.88 94.67 91.89 92.19 90.19 baichuan2-13b-chat-chat 97.12 96.46 92.76 91.23 93.99 89.43 0.76 0.84 0.89 0.95 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1 1.05 tf-idf bm25 cosine similarity our method a c c accuracy comparison 0.71 0.75 0.89 0.92 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 tf-idf bm25 cosine similarity our method f1 va lu e f1 value comparison 0.67 0.72 0.9 0.89 0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 tf-idf bm25 cosine similarity our method re ca ll recall comparison 0.69 0.72 0.8 0.86 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 tf-idf bm25 cosine similarity our method au c auc comparison hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 441 table 2 presents the overall experimental results of the proposed triple transformation method compared to existing methods on the metaqa and ngld datasets. the triple transformation model in this paper is implemented based on baichuan2-13b-chat and baichuan2-7b-chat, fully utilizing their powerful text generation and contextual understanding capabilities. additionally, llama-2-7b-chat and qwen1.5-7b-chat, which have excellent performance, were selected as problem-solving models to verify the generalizability and applicability of the proposed triple transformation method. in the experiments, reskgc is used as the comparison model. the experimental results show that the triple transformation method proposed in this paper significantly outperforms existing triple transformation strategies on both question-answering models, particularly in terms of answer accuracy and output quality. notably, qwen1.5-7b-chat performed exceptionally well on the ngld dataset, likely due to its large-scale pretraining on chinese corpora, which makes it better suited for the chinese-dominated knowledge graph content in the ngld dataset. additionally, the outstanding performance of the baichuan models on the metaqa dataset also confirms the effectiveness of the proposed method across different corpora and scenarios. furthermore, the proposed method outperforms the comparison algorithm reskgc on both the metaqa and ngld datasets, with the proposed method showing an improvement of up to 4.7% in five different scenarios compared to reskgc. overall, the proposed method of transforming triples into natural language text not only helps large language models (llms) better understand supplementary knowledge provided by external sources, but also effectively enhances their reasoning and question-answering capabilities for complex knowledge graphs, significantly improving their performance in knowledge graph question answering (kgqa) tasks. to further validate the effectiveness of the proposed method, this paper provides a detailed analysis of the experimental results on the ngld dataset. by establishing two baselines—the no knowledge baseline and the triple knowledge baseline—other knowledge formats are compared against these baselines to study the positive and negative impacts of different triple generation methods on the problem-solving model. the no knowledge baseline represents scenarios where the model performs reasoning without any external knowledge input, while the triple knowledge baseline represents reasoning based solely on standardized triple knowledge. the comparative analysis shows that the proposed method is more stable and efficient in understanding and utilizing supplementary knowledge, effectively avoiding the model's over-reliance on low-quality input knowledge. the specific performance of the models is shown in table 3, which compares the number of questions answered correctly and incorrectly by the models. this further reveals the performance differences of the triple transformation method under different knowledge formats. the results indicate that the optimized triple generation strategy can significantly improve knowledge retrieval and question-answering accuracy, providing an efficient and feasible solution for the knowledge graph question answering domain. table 3. comparison of text generation methods for different baselines knowledge format no knowledge baseline triple knowledge baseline helpful no-help helpful no-help triple knowledge 8567 215 mtl knowledge 7634 345 387 1294 baichuan2-7b-chat 8612 78 476 254 baichuan2-13b-chat-chat 8690 43 499 213 the experiments calculated the number of questions that were initially answered incorrectly by the baseline but correctly by other knowledge formats (i.e., helpful), as well as those that were answered correctly by the baseline but incorrectly by other knowledge formats (i.e., no-help). here, baichuan2-13b-chat chat is chosen as the answer model. from table 2, it can be seen that this paper uses baichuan2-7b-chat and baichuan2-13b-chat chat as tuple conversion methods. the problem-solving model can understand the contextual semantics well, and even provide useful answer information for the problem in the presence of incorrect contextual information. 5. conclusion the paper presents a rag framework for llm subgraph retrieval based on knowledge graphs. initially, optimization methods are designed for step prediction and relationship path prediction in subgraph retrieval to extract subgraph tuples relevant to the problem. these tuples are then transformed into natural language through fine-tuning an llm. a prompt template is used to represent both the problem and the tuple as natural language text, which is input into the llm to generate the answer. the fine-tuning data for the llm comes from manually annotated power standard data. experimental results show that the proposed framework outperforms previous rag methods by a significant margin. furthermore, compared to traditional knowledge graph-based rag methods, this framework generates natural language texts that are more comprehensible for the llm. finally, experiments confirm that the llm derived from this framework delivers relatively accurate responses when answering questions related to power standard knowledge. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 442 this paper acknowledges certain limitations in the knowledge graph retrieval enhancement method based on large language models. existing approaches primarily rely on predefined domain ontologies and rules, which restrict their flexibility in handling cross-domain and multi-dimensional knowledge. as a result, these models struggle to address implicit relationships in complex power systems. additionally, current retrieval systems face challenges when handling semantically ambiguous queries, especially when confronted with incomplete or unclear power standard data, leading to inaccurate responses. to address these issues, future research should focus on integrating deep semantic understanding with reasoning capabilities, particularly enhancing the model’s ability to understand the knowledge structure within the power domain. furthermore, the use of multimodal data and dynamic knowledge updates will help improve the timeliness and accuracy of both knowledge graphs and retrieval results. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.z., x.f., and b.s.; methodology, s.z. and x.f.; validation, x.l., q.z., z.w., and b.z.; formal analysis, s.z., x.f., b.s., and x.l.; writing—original draft preparation, s.z., x.f., b.s., x.l., q.z., z.w., and b.z.; writing—review and editing, s.z., x.f., b.s., x.l., q.z., z.w., and b.z. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding and acknowledgments this research is supported by china electric power research institute co., ltd. “research on the technology of standard knowledge aided generation based on large language model.” (grand no. 5700-202358832a-4-2-kj). 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] almughrabi, a., & hiary, h. (2024). hand-drawn electric circuit diagrams recognition using deep learning. 2024 28th international conference on information technology, it 2024, 1–4. doi:10.1109/it61232.2024.10475731. [2] fang, j., meng, z., & macdonald, c. (2024). reano: optimising retrieval-augmented reader models through knowledge graph generation. proceedings of the 62nd annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, volume 1: long papers, 2094-2112. [3] sen, p., mavadia, s., & saffari, a. (2023). knowledge graph-augmented language models for complex question answering. proceedings of the annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, 1–8. doi:10.18653/v1/2023.nlrse-1.1. [4] cuconasu, f., trappolini, g., siciliano, f., filice, s., campagnano, c., maarek, y., tonellotto, n., & silvestri, f. (2024). the power of noise: redefining retrieval for rag systems. sigir 2024 proceedings of the 47th international acm sigir conference on research and development in information retrieval, 719–729. doi:10.1145/3626772.3657834. [5] prabhong, t., kertkeidkachorn, n., & trongratsameethong, a. (2024). kgc-rag: knowledge graph construction from large language model using retrieval-augmented generation. ceur workshop proceedings, 3853. [6] xu, z., cruz, m. j., guevara, m., wang, t., deshpande, m., wang, x., & li, z. (2024). retrieval-augmented generation with knowledge graphs for customer service question answering. sigir 2024 proceedings of the 47th international acm sigir conference on research and development in information retrieval, 2905–2909. doi:10.1145/3626772.3661370. [7] wang, j., wen, z., li, x., guo, z., yang, j., & liu, z. (2024). pair then relation: pair-net for panoptic scene graph generation. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 46(12), 10452–10465. doi:10.1109/tpami.2024.3442301. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 443 [8] yu, f., lu, c., zhou, j., & yin, l. (2024). mathematical model and knowledge-based iterated greedy algorithm for distributed assembly hybrid flow shop scheduling problem with dual-resource constraints. expert systems with applications, 239, 122434. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2023.122434. [9] pramanik, s., alabi, j., roy, r. s., & weikum, g. (2024). uniqorn: unified question answering over rdf knowledge graphs and natural language text. journal of web semantics, 83, 100833. doi:10.1016/j.websem.2024.100833. [10] he, g., lan, y., jiang, j., zhao, w. x., & wen, j. r. (2021). improving multi-hop knowledge base question answering by learning intermediate supervision signals. wsdm 2021 proceedings of the 14th acm international conference on web search and data mining, 553–561. doi:10.1145/3437963.3441753. [11] roh, j., kim, m., & bae, k. (2024). towards a small language model powered chain-of-reasoning for open-domain question answering. etri journal, 46(1), 11–21. doi:10.4218/etrij.2023-0355. [12] joshi, p., gupta, a., kumar, p., & sisodia, m. (2024). robust multi model rag pipeline for documents containing text, table & images. proceedings of the 3rd international conference on applied artificial intelligence and computing, icaaic 2024, 993–999. doi:10.1109/icaaic60222.2024.10574972. [13] diaz-pace, j. a., tommasel, a., & vazquez, h. c. (2024). the javascript package selection task: a comparative experiment using an llm-based approach. clei eletronic journal (cleiej), 27(2), 19. doi:10.19153/cleiej.27.2.4. [14] shao, y., li, h., gu, x., yin, h., li, y., miao, x., zhang, w., cui, b., & chen, l. (2024). distributed graph neural network training: a survey. acm computing surveys, 56(8), 1–39. doi:10.1145/3648358. [15] kundu, s., & aakur, s. n. (2023). is-ggt: iterative scene graph generation with generative transformers. proceedings of the ieee computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 2023-june, 6292–6301. doi:10.1109/cvpr52729.2023.00609. [16] meng, y., xiong, c., bajaj, p., tiwary, s., bennett, p., han, j., & song, x. (2021). coco-lm: correcting and contrasting text sequences for language model pretraining. advances in neural information processing systems, 28, 23102–23114. [17] alapati, p. r., lawrance, j. c., sambath, p., murugan, r., rengarajan, m., raj, i. i., & bala, b. k. (2024, april). cross-lingual transfer learning in nlp: enhancing english language learning for non-native speakers. 10th international conference on communication and signal processing (iccsp), 1042-1047. doi:10.1109/iccsp60870.2024.10544031. [18] radford, a., wu, j., child, r., luan, d., amodei, d., & sutskever, i. (2019). language models are unsupervised multitask learners. openai blog, 1-24. [19] ribeiro, e., ribeiro, r., & de matos, d. m. (2019). deep dialog act recognition using multiple token, segment, and context information representations. journal of artificial intelligence research, 66, 861–899. doi:10.1613/jair.1.11594. [20] lewis, p., perez, e., piktus, a., petroni, f., karpukhin, v., goyal, n., ... & kiela, d. (2020). retrieval-augmented generation for knowledge-intensive nlp tasks. advances in neural information processing systems, 33, 9459-9474. [21] meng, g., tariq, m., jain, s., elmetwaly, s., & schlick, t. (2020). rag-web: rna structure prediction/design using rna-asgraphs. bioinformatics, 36(2), 647-648. doi:10.1093/bioinformatics/btz611. [22] datta, v. d., ganesh, s., haas, r. e., & talukder, a. k. (2023). great ai in medical appropriateness and value-based-care. international conference on big data analytics, springer nature, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-49601-1_2. [23] jain, s., tao, y., & schlick, t. (2020). inverse folding with rna-as-graphs produces a large pool of candidate sequences with target topologies. journal of structural biology, 209(3), 107438. doi:10.1016/j.jsb.2019.107438. [24] wadhwa, s., deyoung, j., nye, b., amir, s., & wallace, b. c. (2023). jointly extracting interventions, outcomes, and findings from rct reports with llms. proceedings of machine learning research, 219, 754–771. [25] ahmed, t., & devanbu, p. (2022). few-shot training llms for project-specific code-summarization. acm international conference proceeding series, 1–5. doi:10.1145/3551349.3559555. [26] yu, d., & yang, y. (2023). retrieval-enhanced generative model for large-scale knowledge graph completion. sigir 2023 proceedings of the 46th international acm sigir conference on research and development in information retrieval, 2334– 2338. doi:10.1145/3539618.3592052. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 236 issn: 2723-9535 assessment of fresh water reallocation by treated wastewater for irrigation mohammad a. tabieh 1* , emad k. al-karablieh 1 , tala h. qtaishat 1 , amer z. salman 1 , nael h. thaher 1 , nehaya k. al-karablieh 2 , madi t. al-jaghbir 3 , tharaa m. al-zghoul 4 , ahmad i. jamrah 4 1 department of agricultural economics and agribusiness management, school of agriculture, the university of jordan, amman 11942, jordan. 2 department of plant protection, school of agriculture and hamdi mango center for scientific research, the university of jordan, amman 11942, jordan. 3 department of family and community medicine, school of medicine, the university of jordan, amman 11942, jordan. 4 department of civil engineering, school of engineering, the university of jordan, amman 11942, jordan. received 26 november 2024; revised 16 february 2025; accepted 23 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract this study investigates the economic feasibility and farmer acceptance of utilizing treated wastewater (tww) for agricultural irrigation in the northern jordan valley (njv). despite its potential to mitigate water scarcity, concerns about soil health, crop yield, and land utilization hinder widespread adoption. the research measures farm profitability and farmers' willingness to embrace tww through various blending scenarios with traditional surface water sources, incorporating a yield response function to salinity within the profit function. results reveal that tww adversely affects salt-sensitive crops like citrus, with net profit declining from us$ 8,666/ha at 0% tww to us$ 5,152/ha at 100% tww. conversely, crops such as date palms and olives maintain stable profitability, with date palms showing minimal variation around us$ 20,370/ha. economic indicators highlight substantial profit declines for crops like peppers, which drop to us$ 714/ha at 100% tww. the net value added for citrus decreases from us$ 0.81/m³ to us$ 0.46/m³, while date palms increase from us$ 1.36/m³ to us$ 1.41/m³, indicating resilience to salinity. farmers' willingness to pay for water varies, exceeding us$ 0.70/m³ for tomatoes and peppers, while olives remain below us$ 0.14/m³. these findings underscore the importance of understanding crop-specific responses to tww blending and emphasize a holistic approach that considers both economic viability and environmental impacts for sustainable agricultural practices. keywords: agricultural sustainability; crop sensitivity; economic feasibility; irrigation management; profitability; salinity; treated wastewater; yield response function. 1. introduction agriculture is the largest consumer of water worldwide, accounting for approximately 70% of global water use [13]. given this significant demand, wastewater reuse presents a promising alternative for sustaining water availability in the agricultural sector. although the practice of using wastewater for irrigation dates back to ancient times, particularly in arid and semi-arid regions, its adoption remains limited in some areas. this is often due to a perceived abundance of * corresponding author: m.tabieh@ju.edu.jo http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-016 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8158-1692 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9721-5109 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2700-6686 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9798-9681 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0996-5234 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0121-1443 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1355-4240 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2925-1957 https://orcid.org/0009-0006-0224-844x hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 237 water resources or insufficient infrastructure and investment [2, 3]. arid regions are experiencing an increasing disparity between water supply and demand [4]. urban water demand continues to rise, with cities frequently receiving priority in freshwater allocations, often to the detriment of irrigated agriculture. in the middle east and north africa (mena) region, agriculture remains the largest water-consuming sector but yields the lowest economic return per unit of water used, posing a significant challenge for sustainably meeting both current and future water requirements [5, 6]. to address this growing gap in irrigation water availability, governments across the mena region are actively promoting the reuse of treated wastewater (tww) as a strategic solution [7]. the use of tww in agriculture presents a viable alternative for reducing freshwater (fw) demand while enhancing soil quality, potentially decreasing or even eliminating the need for fertigation. however, tww irrigation poses risks of contamination from hazardous substances [8], organic micropollutants, and pathogenic microorganisms [9, 10]. farmers and stakeholders are particularly concerned about its potential negative impacts on soil health, land use, and crop production [11]. improper management of tww irrigation can threaten public health and the environment due to its microbial and toxic components. although good agricultural practices can help mitigate environmental impacts and contamination, concerns remain regarding soil quality degradation, crop growth limitations, increased salinity, clay dispersion, and pathogen presence [12]. wastewater reuse has gained recognition as a sustainable solution to water scarcity; however, its adoption is often challenged by public perception, health concerns, and regulatory limitations. while many acknowledge water shortages, there is a general lack of awareness regarding water sources and treatment processes. public acceptance of water reuse differs across regions. there is strong support in drought-affected areas, but significant hesitation remains for applications involving direct human contact [13]. addressing these concerns and enhancing public understanding is essential for promoting wastewater reuse, especially in mena countries, where research and regulations remain limited [14]. jordan ranks among the most water-deprived countries globally [15], with future predictions indicating a worsening situation due to increasing temperatures, reduced precipitation, and runoff. currently, jordan's renewable water resources satisfy about two-thirds of the population's overall water demands, while groundwater extraction exceeds its natural recharge rate. the per capita renewable water resources in jordan are under 65 cubic meters annually, which is only onefifth of the united nations' lowest standard for water scarcity [15]. by 2040, climate change simulations predict a reduction in precipitation by 10 to 15 mm (13-20% less) compared to current levels, with more severe droughts anticipated. in response to these challenges, jordan has formulated a water substitution and reuse policy that emphasizes the use of tww as an alternative water source [16]. 1.1. agriculture’s water consumption agriculture consumes approximately 52% of jordan's total water resources [17] and about 70% of its groundwater, despite contributing only around 4% to the gross domestic product (gdp) [18]. however, agriculture plays a crucial socio-economic role and holds significant political importance. since 2011, the sector's contribution to the economy has been steadily increasing, partly due to the rise in vegetable and fruit-tree production. water conservation is a lower priority for farmers in the northern jordan valley (njv) compared to those in highland areas. the njv is a vital irrigated zone, contributing approximately 40% to the agricultural gdp [19]. representing more than 50% of the irrigated area in the region, it significantly constrains farmers' water allocation. the government has boosted and expanded irrigation infrastructures in the njv, leading farmers to adopt new irrigation and cropping systems, such as plastic houses, drip irrigation, plastic protection, fertilizers, and new seed varieties. 1.2. reuse of treated wastewater jordan has been utilizing tww for agricultural purposes for four decades. according to the “national water strategy 2023-2040,” all tww is designated for irrigation use, with the ministry of water and irrigation (mwi) establishing wastewater treatment plants across the country to implement this strategy [20]. currently, tww constitutes 30% of jordan's irrigation water and about 15% of the total water budget [17, 21]. the composition of wastewater in jordan is somewhat distinct compared to other countries, with higher raw wastewater strength due to lower average domestic water consumption per capita [22, 23]. additionally, jordan's wastewater is relatively low in toxic pollutants such as heavy metals and organic micro-pollutants. nonetheless, existing regulations restrict the direct application of treated effluent for irrigation in agriculture, specifically for fodder crops and fruit trees, prohibiting its use for all types of vegetables [24, 25]. even though the effluent quality from most treatment plants in jordan is suitable for restricted irrigation, there is a cultural tendency among farmers and decision-makers to impose even stricter limitations. policies aim to replace fresh surface water in the njv's irrigation systems with tww, permitting agricultural expansion only where such water is available [26, 27]. plans are underway to increase tww delivery from 135 to 240 million cubic meters (mcm) and to reallocate withdrawn fresh water (fw) from irrigation to domestic supply. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 238 1.3. risks and regulation of treated wastewater use the attempt to curtail fresh surface water with tww in jordan’s agricultural practices entails several significant risks: such as employing tww for irrigation purposes, which raises concerns regarding potential health hazards due to residual pathogens, chemicals, and heavy metals if the treatment process does not sufficiently eliminate these contaminants [28]. to ensure public health and the safe use of tww in agriculture, the jordan standards and metrology organization (jsmo) developed and issued the jordanian standards 893/2021 [24, 25], as displayed in (table1), which are based on world health organization (who) guidelines [29]. these standards and regulations strictly prohibit the use of tww for irrigating any type of vegetables [25]. the regulation places significant emphasis on water quality parameters from an agronomic perspective, introducing stricter limits on total suspended solids (tss), recognizing the critical role of tss in preventing clogging in drip irrigation systems. the js 893/2021 standard for wastewater discharge and reuse represents a significant step forward in promoting sustainable water management practices in jordan. while the stricter regulations on nitrogen and phosphorus levels are crucial for protecting environmental and public health, they also pose considerable challenges in terms of increased treatment costs, economic impacts on agriculture, and the feasibility of compliance, as shown in table 1. table 1. current jordanian standards (js 893/2021) for reclaimed domestic wastewater for irrigation purposes parameter unit jordanian permissible limits for the reuse of reclaimed wastewater for irrigation purposes class a (parks, playgrounds, and sides of roads inside the cities) class b (fruit trees, sides of roads outside the cities, and green areas) class c (industrial crops, field crops, and forest crops) class d (cut flowers) discharge into streams or water bodies ph su 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 bod5 mg/l 30 100 200 15 60 cod mg/l 100 200 300 50 150 tds mg/l 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 tss mg/l 50 100 100 15 60 no3-nmg/l 16 16 16 16 20 tn mg/l 70 70 70 70 70 po4 --p mg/l 10 10 10 10 5 clmg/l 500 500 500 500 500 hco3mg/l 400 400 400 400 400 na+ mg/l 230 230 230 230 200 mg+ mg/l 100 100 100 100 60 ca+ mg/l 230 230 230 230 200 sar unitless 9 9 9 9 6 e. coli mpn/100ml 100 1000 1.1 1000 the increasing reuse of tww has diverse economic ramifications, particularly concerning yield, productivity, and farmers' willingness to invest in this resource. incorporating tww may initially offer advantages in augmenting yield and productivity through an alternative irrigation water source [30]. however, the prolonged use of tww might cause adverse effects on soil quality, potentially leading to reduced agricultural output and subsequently impacting farmers' income. financial implications are also pertinent, as while tww may present a cost-effective irrigation alternative compared to fw, there are associated costs with adapting infrastructure to utilize reclaimed water. such expenses could strain the finances of smaller-scale farmers, potentially limiting their ability to invest in this technology [31]. 1.4. long-term effects of treated wastewater use and agricultural sustainability the initial benefits of using tww as an irrigation source may decrease over time because of the buildup of salts and contaminants in the soil [30]. this accumulation can elevate soil salinity levels, adversely affecting crop growth and productivity. as a result, farmers may experience reduced yields or even crop failures, directly impacting their income and livelihoods. the economic repercussions of decreased yield due to increased tww usage and resulting soil salinity are substantial. farmers heavily rely on consistent and robust yields for their income generation. the decline in crop productivity resulting from soil salinization not only threatens their financial stability but also amplifies the financial risks associated with agricultural activities, .and may impede farmers' ability to invest in necessary agricultural inputs or adapt to alternative cultivation methods. in the near future, developing water resources in the njv should focus on alternative water sources, such as rainwater harvesting, desalination of brackish water, and the reuse of tww, increasing the storage of surface-water runoff; artificial recharge, where feasible, and, most importantly, sustaining the existing supply levels. approximately 70% of jordan's fruit and vegetable production originates from the njv, which is considered the country's food basket. the total irrigable area in the njv is around 36,300 hectares. farmers receive irrigation water based on the cropping pattern, with hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 239 citrus trees being the most prevalent in the njv, where the water allocation for citrus is 40 m³ per day per ha-1. the primary vegetables grown in the njv include tomatoes, eggplants, and squash. however, modifying cropping patterns requires both technical assistance and political support. one approach is to maintain a limited number of traditional water-intensive crops that are essential for local consumption and have high market value, such as bananas, while simultaneously transitioning to less water-intensive crops that can better tolerate salt in irrigated water. while the njv constitutes 6% of jordan's total cultivated area, its contribution to national agricultural production is more significant at 11%. this suggests that the region exhibits higher productivity on average, indicating potential areas for expansion and enhancement in agricultural practices. the department of statistics (dos) data indicates that citrus cultivation dominates the njv, encompassing 5,894 hectares, representing a substantial 83% of the total citrus cultivation in jordan [18]. the njv accounts for 88% of the total citrus production, emphasizing its significant contribution to the national yield, which stands at 107,463 tons. in contrast, the date palm cultivation in the njv occupies a relatively smaller area, standing at 3,228 hectares, contributing to 7% of jordan's total palm cultivation. however, the growth rate in the njv is notably high at 15.1%, indicating a burgeoning sector. similar trends are observed in grapes, where the njv represents 11% of the total cultivated area, showing a growth rate of 10.6%. the production in the njv contributes to 10% of the national grapes yield, with a slightly higher yield of 13.9 tons ha-1. tomatoes and peppers exhibit noteworthy trend. despite a negative growth rate, tomatoes cultivation in the njv covers 5,201 hectares, contributing to 8% of national production, with an impressive yield of 90.5 tons/ha. pepper, with a growth rate of 0.97%, sees a substantial 13% of the njv's area contributing to 17% of the national pepper production, boasting a yield of 51.3 tons/ha. 1.5. shifts in crop cultivation and water management farmers in this region have begun shifting from citrus to other irrigated crops, including date palms and grapes. the area enjoys relatively high rainfall, with over 400 mm in the northern parts and around 300 mm in the southern parts. citrus irrigation typically occurs from march to november, with limited irrigation outside this period depending on the season’s rainfall. the king abdullah canal (kac) provides the irrigation water, which is divided into two main sections: (1) northern kac, 65 km long, fed by freshwater and used for both domestic and irrigation needs; and (2) southern kac, 45 km long, fed by blended water and primarily used for irrigation, though 14.5 km of this section is not fully operational. however, approximately 15 to 20 mcm per year of tww from the northern region's wastewater treatment plants (wwtps), mainly wadi al arab, shalalah, center irbid, and later ramtha, is currently unused as it is being discharged into the jordan river. despite the hydraulic infrastructure being in place since 2016 to utilize this water for irrigation in the njv after blending with freshwater, the quality of the final effluent does not meet the standards and specifications for irrigation water, making it unsuitable for citrus irrigation. both the jordan valley authority (jva) and water authority of jordan (waj) are working to expedite the process of improving water quality at the center irbid wwtp and other northern wwtps to enable the use of treated effluents for irrigation in the njv once they are mixed with sufficient freshwater. water salinity can greatly affect citrus production, as citrus trees are highly sensitive to changes in soil and irrigation water salinity [32, 33]. elevated salinity levels in irrigation water or soil can hinder citrus tree growth and overall yield, causing osmotic stress and alters nutrient uptake. the presence of salts in the water can disrupt the plant's ability to absorb essential nutrients, resulting in stunted growth and smaller fruit. osmotic stress occurs when the soil's salt concentration exceeds that of the plant's roots, reducing water uptake by the tree, which lead to wilting and decreased fruit production. high salinity can also interfere with the absorption of key nutrients such as potassium, calcium, and magnesium, resulting in nutrient deficiencies that affect fruit quality and size. water with high salinity is toxic to plants, and presents a salinity hazard. soils with high total salinity levels are referred to as saline soils. high salt concentrations in the soil can create a "physiological" drought condition, causing plants to wilt because their roots cannot absorb water, despite adequate moisture in the field [34, 35]. the elevated salt content in tww is typically 1.5–2 times higher than that of fresh water (fw). this elevated salt content in tww can contribute to increased soil salinization, sodication, and structural changes, potentially resulting in reduced yields for salt-sensitive crops [36, 37]. 1.6. impacts of high salinity water on citrus production citrus irrigated with high-salinity water can experience reduced growth and production [33]. salinity impacts citrus in two main ways: osmotic stress and toxic ion stress. dissolved salts create an osmotic effect that decreases the availability of free (unbound) water, similar to drought stress [33]. fruit yields decrease by about 13% for each 1.0 ds/m increase in the electrical conductivity of the saturated-soil extract (ece) once soil salinity exceeds a threshold ece of 1.4 ds/m [33]. the primary chemical risks associated with tww reuse for irrigation are excessive concentrations of salt, heavy metals, nutrients, toxic organic compounds, and organic matter [33]. concerns about using tww for irrigation include potential damage to soil quality and crop development, increased salinity, clay dispersion, reduced soil hydraulic conductivity, and the presence of pathogens, posing a public health risk [12]. the elevated presence of heavy metals in wastewater poses potential risks to both humans and animals, as these metals can accumulate in soils and crops. while heavy metals within safe limits in irrigation wastewater may not pose a significant issue, exceeding these limits can result in toxicity [38]. consequently, diligent monitoring of heavy metals concentrations in water, soils, and crops becomes imperative when employing tww for irrigation. excessive levels of these compounds could lead to their accumulation in crops, posing risks to human and animal health. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 240 several studies in jordan indicate that farmers are likely to adopt tww for irrigation if they perceive it as economically beneficial, socially acceptable, environmentally sustainable, and as posing little or no health risks [39-42]. in jordan, the wastewater treatment systems do not remove nitrogen (n) and phosphorus (p). typically, the secondary effluents contain 10 to 50 mg/l of total n and 10 mg/l of p. the social acceptance of wastewater reclamation and reuse in agriculture, particularly among farmers, is influenced by local cultural, religious, and socioeconomic factors. additionally, economic and technical factors play a crucial role, including water and wastewater treatment costs, maintenance expenses, the employment of rural labor, and the structure of irrigation networks and crop patterns [43]. farmers with the option to choose between tww and other water sources consistently prefer the alternatives, despite higher costs due to social stigma and crop restrictions associated with tww reuse. therefore, social marketing and awareness-raising efforts are crucial in reducing opposition to wastewater reuse [6]. a three-year study revealed that nectarines irrigated with tww exhibited higher quality parameters, antioxidant compounds, and total phenolic content than those irrigated with fw, attributed to the substantial nutrient content in tww. however, the number of fruits was lower under tww treatment, but this reduction was offset by the larger weight of individual fruits [44]. this research aims to investigate the potential economic impact of replacing fw with tww in the njv. additionally, it seeks to assess the economic performance and farm profitability resulting from this reallocation or partial blending of the two water sources. blending tww with surface water can increase the water supply for farmers in the northern njv and enhance overall water availability. this study analyzes the economic impact of this approach by evaluating the effects of increased water salinity on crop productivity. it assesses crop responses to salinity with tww mixtures at ratios of 10%, 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100%. the analysis involves evaluating crop yields, comparing the financial performance of farms using tww versus fw, and exploring any differences in production costs. 2. material and methods assessing the potential economic increment for farm productivity, farm output, reduced chemical costs, and an improved value chain requires a thorough evaluation of the potential increments for gross production, crop yield, and suitability of crop cultivation, as a result of reusing tww. this economic analysis requires precise information about farm economics, particularly regarding additional costs and returns at the farm level. farmers, as decision-makers, manage a specific land area, a given water quota, and other restrictions. creating representative crop budgets and cropping patterns for the study area requires simulating the situation before and after reusing additional tww for agriculture, along with improvements to the irrigation system, as illustrated in figure 1. figure 1 illustrates the step-by-step methodology of this study. the process begins with defining the research objective, followed by selecting the study area and collecting relevant data on farm economics, water allocation, crop yields, and farmer perceptions. a farm model is developed to simulate various tww blending scenarios, which are then analyzed for the economic implications of the scenarios, crop yield responses, and farmers' willingness to pay for water. the study further evaluates the environmental and economic impacts before drawing conclusions and providing policy recommendations for sustainable wastewater reuse in agriculture. figure 1. methodological framework for assessing the economic feasibility reusing tww for irrigation setting research objective select study area collect socioeconomic and farms data develop farm model define blending scenarios conduct economic analysis simulate crop yield response to salinity assess farmers’ willingness to pay (wtp) evaluate economic and environmental impacts draw conclusions and policy recommendations hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 241 2.1. study area the njv study area extends from 31o 40.8' n to 32o 19.7' n latitude and from 35o 32.7' e to 35o 40' e longitude, with an elevation ranging from -200 m below mean sea level (bmsl) in north to about -300 m bmsl in the south. the total area for the njv included in this study is more than 182 km2 as shown in figure 2. figure 2. location of the study areas this study focuses on the northern district of the njv, where the jva’s water-allocation rules apply as shown in figure 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 242 figure 3. reuse cycle of treated wastewater the njv experiences a warm winter, averaging a minimum temperature of 13°c in january, and a hot summer, with august temperatures peaking at an average of 32°c. the region receives approximately 400 mm of rainfall annually. this warm climate supports significant agricultural activity, making the area a key producer of vegetables (such as tomatoes and okra), bananas, citrus fruits, grapes, and date palms. soil surveys and maps indicate that the irrigated land is characterized by deep, fine to medium-textured soils with low salinity, which are well-suited for most irrigated crops. irrigation primarily takes place west of the kac on farm units developed by the jva. additionally, rained cultivation of cereals and olive trees is common on the lands east of the kac. currently, about 60% of the irrigated area is irrigated with 'blended tww,' while less than 31% is irrigated with fw. the remaining 9% is still alternately irrigated with both waters, fw and 'blended tww.' it should be stressed that the entire njv is expected to be completely irrigated with 'blended tww' within the next few years, an objective that is likely to be achieved in the near future in light of the increasing tww amounts from as-samra wwtp, in addition to the utilization of the combined effluent from the three wwtps in northern njv: the central irbid, shalaleh, and wadi arab wwtps. the special significance of wastewater reuse in the njv lies in the substitution of fw with sufficient 'blended tww.' in doing so, the sustainability of agriculture and the availability of fw for drinking water are both secured in the njv. 2.2. building a farm model to assess the economic impact of tww utilization for irrigation in the njv, we developed comprehensive enterprise budgets for the primary crops cultivated in the region, including citrus, date palms, bananas, and various vegetable crops that can benefit from tww irrigation. these budgets are based on the most reliable estimates of returns and costs for 2023. the farm model specifically focuses on mature orchard crops, including citrus, grapes, olives, and other fruit trees. in constructing the enterprise budgets, we established two scenarios: the "business as usual" (bau) scenario, which reflects existing farming conditions without tww, and the "project" scenario, which incorporates tww reuse. the latter scenario accounts for expected changes in yield response to salinity, reduced fertilizer costs, and increased water consumption due to the supply augmentation from treated effluents. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 243 for each crop, the budget tables include columns for both scenarios, allowing for a direct comparison of farm income before and after implementing tww reuse. total returns (us$/ha) are calculated based on average farm-gate prices (us$/ton) for the main products and by-products, alongside the average yield for each crop (ton/ha). these prices are derived from published data and supplemented by local farmer interviews. total variable costs (tvc), primarily operational expenses, were obtained through interviews with farmers at the pilot site during the 2022-2023 crop years. tvc encompasses all expenses related to variable inputs necessary for crop production, including fertilizers, seeds, pesticides, water, labor, electricity, and repairs. additionally, total fixed costs (tfc) were assessed, which include land rent or, if owned by the farmer, quasi-land rent, depreciation of capital assets (such as buildings and machinery), maintenance of irrigation networks, costs associated with plastic houses, amortization of seedlings for fruit trees, and interest on capital investments. 2.3. building the scheme models and blending scenarios the jordan valley authority (jva) is advancing plans to reallocate surface fw with tww in the njv. although the necessary hydraulic infrastructure is in place, the current quality of tww does not meet jordanian irrigation water standards. to rectify this, the ministry of water and irrigation (mwi) is rehabilitating four existing wwtps to produce treated effluent that complies with these standards, facilitating blending with fw for irrigation. this study focuses on evaluating the economic impact of reallocating surface fw with tww, particularly examining how increased salinity levels might influence crop productivity in the njv. table 2 presents various tww blending scenarios (s1-s5) and their corresponding effects on agricultural parameters. the scenarios involve mixing ratios of tww to fw expressed as percentages, ranging from 0% to 100%. the blending ratios derived from this methodology were recommended in discussions with the mwi as an approach toward a safe blended reuse of tww, and protecting both soil health and crop productivity for economic viability in the njv. this approach enables the systematic evaluation of tww effects on yield, salinity, and income, thereby providing data-driven limits of sustainable irrigation. considering the existing blending infrastructure and the growing dependence on alternative water supplies, the electrical conductivity (ecw) of fw is consistently set at 1117 µs/cm, while tww has an ec of 1725 µs/cm. table 2. water quality of irrigation water by blending scenarios parameters unit bau s_1 s_2 s_3 s_4 s_5 mixing ratio (tww/fw) percent 0% 10% 25% 50% 75% 100% fw salinity ecw (µs/cm) 1117 1117 1117 1117 1117 1117 tww salinity ecw (µs/cm) 1725 1725 1725 1725 1725 1725 ecw irrigation water after mixing ecw (µs/cm) 1117 1178 1269 1421 1573 1725 added t-n after mixing (mg/l) 5.97 14.93 29.86 44.78 59.71 added t-p after mixing (mg/l) 0.94 2.35 4.70 7.04 9.39 added k+ after mixing (mg/l) 3.20 7.99 15.98 23.97 31.96 saving cost of fertilizers us$ /m3 0.04 0.07 0.11 0.17 0.21 decrease in total fertilizer costs percent 5% 13% 25% 38% 50% consequently, the ecw of the irrigation water increases as the proportion of tww rises. the scenarios detail the agricultural outcomes associated with each blending ratio, including the percentage increase in crop yield due to enhanced water allocation, the proportional rise in water allocation from tww mixing, and the resultant decrease in fertilizer costs. these parameters offer a comprehensive understanding of the potential agricultural benefits and economic implications of tww utilization. tww serves as a low-strength multi-nutrient fertilizer, containing essential macronutrients such as n, p, and k. nutrient concentrations in tww vary based on treatment levels and seasonal conditions. guidelines indicate that farmers can save up to 60% on fertilization costs by following technical recommendations for using tww [34, 45]. in the njv, tww can meet more than 50% of crop nutrient requirements, though some farmers apply excessive amounts of p and k, not accounting for the nutrients present in tww. the economic value of the macronutrients in tww available in the njv is estimated at around us$ 3.28 million, with nitrogen comprising 23%, phosphorus 20%, and potassium 57% [45, 46]. assuming an average nitrogen content of 60 ppm and applying 1000 mm annually over two seasons, tww can provide approximately 600 kg/ha/year of no3-n, supplying essential nutrients for crop production along with beneficial micronutrients and organic matter. this analysis offers valuable insights for sustainable water resource management and agricultural practices in the region [47]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 244 2.3.1. simulating crop yield response to salinity to simulate crop yield response to salinity, yield data (ton/ha) were collected from field observations and farmers’ interviews, supplemented by the department of statistics (dos) annual report data. crop yields vary based on production season, agricultural technology, and water quality. table 3 presents a detailed overview of crop planting, production, and irrigation water requirements in the study area. this data encompasses a range of crops, including citrus, date palms, grapes, olives, bananas, wheat, barley, tomatoes, peppers, squash, and various vegetables. in the "planted area" column, the total area allocated to each crop is specified. the "cultivated or bearing fruit areas" column distinguishes between actively productive areas and newly planted fruit trees, which, while requiring irrigation, have not yet reached maturity. the "total production" column quantifies the overall yield from productive areas in tons, while the "average yield" column indicates yield per unit area. the "net irrigation water requirements" column outlines the amount of water needed for irrigation per unit area, whether productive or not. the "total irrigation water demand" is calculated by multiplying the net irrigation water requirements by the cultivated area for each crop. this assessment highlights the significant demand for water resources necessary to sustain agricultural activities, emphasizing the critical role of irrigation in enhancing crop yields and ensuring food security. understanding the total annual irrigation water demand for each crop provides valuable insights into overall water usage within the agricultural sector, essential for effective water resource management and planning. table 3. summary of crop planting, production, and irrigation water requirements of the study area crop planted area (ha) cultivated or bearing fruit areas (ha) ------total production (ton) average yield (ton/ha) net irrigation water requirements (m3/ha) total irrigation water demand, annually (mcm) citrus 5,894 4,543 107,463 23.66 7,500 44.206 date palm 323 202 3,542 17.55 9,580 3.092 grapes 347 167 4,837 28.92 7,000 2.43 olive 270 242 762 3.15 4800 1.296 banana 136 88 4,628 52.58 11,000 1.496 other trees 227 167 3,294 19.72 6,000 1.363 wheat 833 797 2,999 3.77 3,500 2.914 barley 145 120 372 3.11 3000 0.434 other field crop 316 290 7,808 26.95 4,000 1.265 tomatoes 520 520 47,092 90.54 5,050 2.627 pepper 349 349 14,521 41.66 4,650 1.621 squash 233 233 8,372 36.00 3,250 0.757 other vegetables 1,933 1,933 70,905 36.69 4,200 8.118 total 11,525 9,649 276,595 71.619 salt tolerance can be quantitatively described by plotting relative yield as a continuous function of soil salinity, measured by the electrical conductivity of the saturated soil extract (ece). although this response function typically follows a sigmoidal relationship, mass [48] and maas & hoffman [49] suggested that within the range of soil salinities producing acceptable economic yields, a single linear response function can effectively describe yield responses to salinity concentrations above the threshold. they also assumed that yields do not respond to salinity at concentrations below the threshold. for soil salinities exceeding the threshold of a given crop, the relative yield (yr) can be estimated for the main crops was simulated response to salinity using equation 1 [50-52]. 𝑌�̂�𝑗 = 100 − 𝑏 (𝐸𝐶𝑒 − 𝑎) (1) where 𝑌�̂�𝑗 is the expected as relative crop yield reduction due to salinity for crop j, b is the slope of the curve as yield loss per unit-increase in salinity, a is constant for salinity threshold value, and ece is the soil electrical conductivity measured by ds/m as a means average root zone salinity of the saturation extract of the soil. the relationship between soil salinity and water salinity (ece = 1.5 ecw) assumes a 15–20 percent leaching fraction [49-50]. in table 4, the percentage of crop yield reduction due to increased water salinity is provided for various crops at different blending ratios. this table highlights the relationship between water salinity and crop yield, showing how different crops respond to varying levels of salinity in irrigation water. for instance, citrus crops, which are particularly sensitive to salinity, exhibit a yield reduction of up to 14.2% when exposed to 100% tww. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 245 table 4. percentage of crop yield reduction due to increased water salinity [39, 42-44] blending ratio crops (a) threshold (ece) ds/m (b) slope % per ds/m percentage of crop yield reduction response to water salinity by increasing blending ratios 0% 10% 25% 50% 75% 100% citrus 1.5 13.1 2.3% 3.5% 5.3% 8.3% 11.3% 14.2% date palm 4 3.6 grapes 1.5 9.6 1.7% 2.6% 3.9% 6.1% 8.3% 10.4% olive 4.5 11 banana 1.7 10 0.7% 2.0% 4.3% 6.6% 8.9% other trees 3.65 20.4 wheat 5.9 3.8 barley 8 5 other field crop 1.5 5.7 1.0% 1.5% 2.3% 3.6% 4.9% 6.2% tomatoes 2.5 9.9 0.9% pepper 1.5 14 2.5% 3.7% 5.6% 8.8% 12.0% 15.2% squash 3.2 16 other vegetables 3.2 16 1.0% 3.2% 5.4% 7.6% soil salinity significantly restricts citrus production in many regions worldwide. although specific data on fruit yields in response to salinity in jordan are limited, studies [53-57] indicate that grapefruit, lemons, and oranges are among the most sensitive agricultural crops. citrus fruit yields decrease by approximately 13% for each 1.0 ds m−1 increase in the electrical conductivity of the ece once soil salinity exceeds a threshold ece of 1.4 ds m−1 [48]. in citriculture, an electrical conductivity (ec) over 3 ds m−1 and a sodium adsorption ratio (sar) over 9 in saturated soil extract are considered critical for the survival of the cultivation. additionally, chlorine concentration values above 355 ppm are unsuitable for growing citrus [58]. citrus growth and fruit yield have been negatively affected under soil salinity of 2 ds m−1, with a 13% decrease in fruit yield observed per each 1 ds m−1 salinity increase above 1.4 ds m−1, the threshold value for electrical conductivity in saturated soil extract [59]. furthermore, threshold salinity levels in the rhizosphere of orange trees cv. valencia have been reported at ecs of 2.5 to 3.5 ds m−1 [60]. in lemon trees of cv. verna, the toxic threshold for salinity stress syndromes varies with the rootstock used; for sour orange, cleopatra mandarin, and macrophylla, the threshold values are 1.53, 2.08, and 1.02 ds m−1, respectively [61]. 2.3.2. simulating crop gross margin and profit response to salinity enterprise budgets are mainly used to itemize the returns for an enterprise’s products and the costs of the inputs required for production activities, to evaluate enterprise efficiency, to estimate the benefits and costs for major changes in production activities, to provide the basis for a total farm plan, and to provide non-farmers with information about the costs incurred to produce crops [62]. enterprise budgets could serve as a management and decision-making guide for current and prospective entrepreneurs. working at the farm level, enterprise budgets are desirable to estimate returns and costs for the same farm. however, enterprise budgets reflect the average, or typical, conditions when working on a national or regional level. the profit from individual crops (𝜋𝑗) are represented in equation 2. 𝜋𝑗 = 𝑃𝑗 . (𝑌𝑗 . (1 − �̂�𝑟𝑗)) − 𝑃𝑤 . 𝑄𝑤 − ∑ 𝑃𝑖 . 𝑋𝑖𝑖 − tfc (2) where, yj refers to the quantity of product j, 𝑌�̂�𝑗 is the percentage of crop yield reduction due to salinity level, xi stands for the quantity of inputs i, i = l, 2, ..., n; including the quantity and price of fertilizers, pj and pi are the prices of products and inputs, respectively, and qw, pw denotes the quantity and price of the water input use based on estimated net irrigation water requirements (iwr), and tfc represent the total fixed costs. 2.3.3. simulating water values response to salinity the importance of valuing irrigation water and to get insight in the value of water to support policy decision making about efficient allocation of water among competing water demand sectors, determining the socio-economic impacts of water allocation decisions and rational investment decision in water infrastructure of water supply and distribution system. to determine the return per cubic meter of irrigation water, one would typically calculate the economic returns generated from agricultural production (e.g., crop yield, revenue from harvested crops) divided by the total volume of water used for irrigation. this calculation provides insight into the economic efficiency of water usage in agriculture and can inform decision-making at both the individual farm and policy levels [63]. one of the common methods to determine the economic value if water is the residual imputation method (rim) [64]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 246 the rim assesses the incremental contribution of each input in a production process [63]. when appropriate prices are assigned to all inputs except one, the remaining total value of the product is attributed to the residual input, which, in this case, is water [63, 65, 66]. residual valuation assumes that if all markets are competitive, except for the water market, the total value of production (tv= 𝑃𝑗 . 𝑌𝑗) exactly equals the opportunity costs of all inputs. the opportunity costs of non-water inputs are assumed to be their market prices (or estimated shadow prices). the residual value is obtained by subtracting the non-water input costs from the total annual crop revenue, which equals the gross margin. the water-related contribution is calculated by subtracting the water costs from the gross margin. this residual can be interpreted as the maximum amount the farmer could pay for water while still covering the production costs [67]. it represents the at-site value of water. the shadow price (value) of water can be calculated as the residual, which is the difference between the total value of the output (tvp) and the costs of all non-water inputs used in production. this residual, obtained by subtracting non-water input costs from the total annual crop revenue, indicates the maximum amount a farmer could pay for water while still covering production costs, representing the water’s at-site value. the water’s marginal value (vmpw) is estimated, with average values used in this study as a proxy for the marginal value [68-70]. pw = ((𝑃𝑗 . 𝑌𝑗 (1 − �̂�𝑟𝑗)) − ∑ pi xi) n i=1 qw⁄ (3) water values based on the gross value added (gva): the gva represents the difference between the gross output of the farm minus intermediate consumption. the resulting water productivity allows for determining the farmers’ supply curve of the agricultural products in the short run. the farmer is willing to pay that price of water to avoid losses in the short run and to recover the variable cost. all the fixed cost does not recover and lost. pw can be interpret as is the shadow price of water, i.e., the net benefit imputed as the value per unit of additional one cubic meter of water input [34]. therefore, the above equation 3 is used to estimate the economic value of water for each crop. net profitability (np) is a key measure that reflects the surplus or profit generated from agricultural production after accounting for all costs, both direct and indirect, including depreciation and the opportunity cost of invested capital. this measure serves as a proxy for total pre-tax profit income and provides insight into the economic efficiency of water consumption, as well as farmers' ability to pay for water. when farmers adjust the value they assign to water, it can lead to an equilibrium in the long run, resulting in what is termed "normal profit." in this context, normal profit occurs when total sales revenue equals the total costs incurred, which means that farmers are not earning excess returns beyond covering their expenses. this situation indicates that there are no additional rewards for bearing the risks and uncertainties inherent in agricultural business operations. despite this, farmers can expect to achieve a normal rate of return on their invested capital. to estimate the economic value of water for each crop, the equation referenced (equation 4) is utilized. this equation corresponds to the maximum willingness of irrigators to pay per unit of water for that specific crop, reflecting the economic realities of water use in agricultural practices [62, 71]. pw = ((𝑃𝑗 . 𝑌𝑗 (1 − �̂�𝑟𝑗)) − (∑ pi xi − tfc))n i=1 qw⁄ (4) the net irrigation-water requirement (iwr as qw) is used instead of the crop’s water requirement (cwr) in order to measure the irrigation water’s value and to subtract the effective rainfall precipitation’s contribution from the irrigation requirements. the iwr was calculated based on the specific crop water requirement (cwr) for the average production of fruit, vegetables, and crop patterns for 20222023. for irrigation purposes, the iwr is determined, which is the sum of the individual iwr according to equation 5 [72]. 𝐼𝑊𝑅𝑗 = ∑ (𝑘𝑐𝑗 𝑡 𝑇 𝑡=0 . 𝐸𝑇0 . −𝑃𝑒𝑓𝑓 ) (5) where kc is the crop coefficient of crop j during the growth stage t, and t is the final growth stage. et0 is the reference evapotranspiration (penman-monteith), and peff is the effective precipitation, taken as 80% of the total annual precipitation [73, 74]. 3. results and discussion due to the increasing problem with water shortages in the njv, the utilization of wastewater, which was once not an attractive option, has gained prominence. tww plays a major role in narrowing the gap between supply and demand for the agricultural sector, especially in the njv. wastewater reuse and allocation in the njv (including the mjv) is the responsibility of the jva, which is a regional organization that oversees the development aspects in the njv including water, agriculture, and other services. farmers in the mjv receive irrigation water based on a weekly quota that is organized either by the jva directly or through the water users association (wua) that operates under the supervision of the jva. the weekly irrigation water quota is designed based on the crop type, where farmers who grow crops such as citrus fruit or bananas receive a larger water quota than farmers growing vegetables. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 247 when the indirect (mixed) wastewater reuse program was initially introduced in the mjv, a significant obstacle emerged as farmers experienced damage to their citrus fruit plantations, leading them to replace them with alternative crops. this setback coincided with the inadequate quality of effluent from the as-samra wastewater treatment plant. consequently, mjv farmers directly linked the utilization of wastewater for irrigation with the loss of their traditional farming practices. the transition from citrus fruit plantations to vegetable crops also resulted in a decrease in the water allocation provided by the jva. despite notable enhancements in the effluent quality from the upgraded as-samra plant, a negative perception of wastewater reuse persists among farmers throughout the njv [31]. in njv, water services have been heavily subsidized to meet the escalating cost of providing water [75]. the irrigation water tariff in njv, which is an increasing block water tariff, the tww which is priced at fixed rate of 0.014 us$/m3. but with rising economic pressures, increasing fuel prices, and demands for financial resources, calls for full cost recovery are gaining momentum. decision-makers are thus torn between the pressures to meet water authorities’ demands for expansion and maintenance, and public pressure to restrict water prices, particularly for poor people. water pricing is one of the measures to potentially establish effective demand management to use water efficiently and sustainably. appropriate and adequate operation and maintenance of water systems is necessary to enable them to meet the current and future requirements for distributing water. the average tariff billed per cubic meter of irrigation water in 2022 ranged between (0.011 to 0.022 us$/m3), with a total average of 0.017 us$/m3. based on billed water volume, the average operation and maintenance costs per cubic meter billed are about us$ 0.17 per m3. the average revenue per cubic meter billed of irrigation water for all-purpose is only us$ 0.042 per cubic meter. the jva is not able to cover its basic operating costs; its revenues fall far short. the decline of jva’s capacity to pay for its operating expenditures has been especially pronounced since 2008. the operating margin is highly negative and shows that currently the total revenues, including pumping revenues, which were not charged to waj, do not even cover staff costs. the operating cost coverage ratio is less than 30% for all-purpose of water use and only 10% of irrigation water [75-77]. water in njv is charged according to the principle of price discrimination and quota system. in 2004, the jva revised the quota system to better supply of water and crop water requirements [78]. the new quotas correspond to 3,600, 7,650 and 12,550 m3/hajd for vegetables, citrus and bananas, respectively, i.e., a cut by about 20 to 30%. on a regional scale, this generated total fw savings in the northern and middle directorates of approximately 20 mcm. the water saved was subsequently reallocated to domestic use in amman with about 53 mcm in 2010. quotas are set according to water availability and demand patterns. given that competition for water has increased, the quota system is reviewed on a regular basis, according to water availability. 3.1. crop economic performance by reallocation of fresh water with treated wastewater the quality of irrigation water plays a crucial role in determining the economic performance of crops. high salinity levels can significantly limit the types of crops that farmers can cultivate, adversely affecting both water-use efficiency and overall yield while increasing water consumption. water quality is multidimensional, encompassing factors such as chemical concentrations, salinity, bacterial content, organic matter, and temperature. the specific water quality indicators that matter most depend on the agricultural activities being performed. for instance, the cultivation of sensitive crops like citrus fruits is heavily influenced by salinity levels. a transition from high-quality freshwater to more saline water often necessitates a shift in crop selection to varieties that are more tolerant of salt. to measure the economic value of water quality, methods such as contingent valuation can be employed. this approach surveys farmers about their willingness to pay for improved water quality, enabling the estimation of the economic and societal benefits associated with higher-quality water. the blending of freshwater with treated wastewater has a significant impact on the gross margins of various crops, as illustrated in table 5. as salinity increases from an electrical conductivity (ecw) of 1117 us/m to 1296 us/m, the gross margins for citrus crops decline markedly. for example, the gross margin for citrus drops from 10,066 us$/ha at 0% tww to 6,538 us$/ha at 100% tww, reflecting the detrimental effects of increasing salinity on these crops. similarly, sensitive crops like peppers also show reduced profitability under higher salinity conditions. conversely, crops that possess moderate to high salinity tolerance, such as date palms, barley, tomatoes, and olives, exhibit improved economic performance when irrigated with tww. these crops benefit from the nutrient content of tww, which can lead to increased gross margins due to reduced fertilizer costs without a corresponding decline in yield. for instance, date palms maintain or enhance their gross margins as the blending ratio of freshwater to treated wastewater increases, thanks to the additional nutrients and lower fertilizer expenses. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 248 table 5. gross margin (us$/ha) by blending scenarios scenarios s_bau (0%) s_1 (10%) s_2 (25%) s_3 (50%) s_4 (75%) s_5 (100%) citrus 10,066 9,688 9,128 8,232 7,378 6,538 palm 23,954 24,010 24,094 24,248 24,388 24,528 grapes 20,300 19,880 19,264 18,284 17,318 16,394 olive 1,162 1,176 1,190 1,218 1,232 1,260 banana 29,848 29,386 28,392 26,782 25,214 23,688 other trees 7,266 7,280 7,308 7,364 7,420 7,476 wheat 854 854 868 896 924 938 barley 924 924 924 938 952 966 other field crop 8,652 8,526 8,344 8,050 7,756 7,462 tomatoes 8,932 8,988 9,086 9,226 9,366 9,184 pepper 12,208 11,648 10,836 9,520 8,274 7,084 squash 3,206 3,290 3,430 3,654 3,878 4,102 other vegetables 9,856 9,926 9,632 8,946 8,260 7,616 these values illustrate the varying impacts of tww blending on crop profitability, highlighting the necessity for strategic crop selection and irrigation management. as evidenced, salt-sensitive crops experience declines in gross margins due to increased salinity, while salt-tolerant crops can thrive, making it crucial for farmers to adapt their practices accordingly to optimize economic returns in the face of water quality challenges. figure 4 shows the net value added (us$/m³) by blending scenarios highlight the critical role of strategic crop selection and irrigation management in mitigating the economic impacts of water salinity. as evidenced, salt-sensitive crops exhibit a notable decline in gross margins as salinity increases, reflecting reduced productivity and profitability under high tww blending ratios. conversely, salt-tolerant crops maintain stable or even enhanced economic returns, demonstrating their adaptability to saline irrigation conditions. figure 4. net value added (us$/m3) by blending scenarios table 6 summarizes the net profit values (us$/ha) for various crops across a range of blending scenarios, from 0% tww to 100% tww. these scenarios reflect incremental increases in the proportion of tww used for irrigation, providing a framework to evaluate the financial returns per hectare for each crop under varying water management strategies. 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 0% -10% -25% -50% -75% -100% s_bau s_1 s_2 s_3 s_4 s_5 u s $ /m 3 citrus palm banana tomatoes hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 249 table 6. net profit (us$/ha) by blending scenarios scenarios s_bau (0%) s_1 (10%) s_2 (25%) s_3 (50%) s_4 (75%) s_5 (100%) citrus 8,666 8,288 7,742 6,846 5,978 5,152 palm 20,370 20,426 20,510 20,650 20,790 20,944 grapes 18,228 17,808 17,192 16,212 15,246 14,322 olive 462 476 490 518 532 560 banana 23,814 23,352 22,358 20,748 19,180 17,654 other trees 6,146 6,160 6,188 6,244 6,300 6,356 wheat 518 532 546 574 588 616 barley 770 770 770 784 798 812 other field crop 7,518 7,392 7,210 6,916 6,622 6,328 tomatoes 6,482 6,538 6,622 6,762 6,902 6,734 pepper 5,838 5,292 4,466 3,164 1,904 714 squash 2,170 2,254 2,394 2,618 2,842 3,066 other vegetables 9,100 9,170 8,876 8,190 7,504 6,860 the data reveal distinct patterns in how net profit is affected by changes in the blending ratio of fw and tww. for crops such as citrus, grapes, and bananas, there is a notable decline in net profit as the proportion of tww increases. for instance, the net profit for citrus drops from us$ 8,666/ha at 0% tww to us$ 5,152/ha at 100% tww. this decline may be attributed to reduced crop quality and marketability associated with the use of tww, highlighting the sensitivity of these crops to water quality changes. in contrast, crops like date palms, olives, wheat, and barley exhibit relatively stable net profit values across different blending scenarios. for example, the net profit for date palms shows minimal variation, remaining around 20,370 us$/ha at 0% tww and slightly increasing to 20,790 us$/ha at 75% tww. this stability suggests that these crops are less sensitive to changes in water quality or have lower associated input costs for irrigation. however, certain crops, including peppers and squash, experience significant decreases in net profit with increasing proportions of treated wastewater. the net profit for peppers declines sharply from 5,838 us$/ha at 0% tww to 714 us$/ha at 100% tww, indicating a high sensitivity to changes in water quality. this highlights the need for careful management and potential adjustments in cultivation practices for these sensitive crops to maintain profitability. overall, the findings from the net profit analysis underscore the importance of considering both water quality and economic viability when implementing water management strategies in agriculture. while some crops demonstrate resilience to varying water quality, others require more meticulous approaches to ensure profitability. this analysis can inform decision-making processes related to crop selection, water resource management, and agricultural sustainability in regions facing water limitations. table 7 shows the value added of water by increasing the bleeding percentage of tww. table 7. net value added (us$/m3) by blending scenarios scenarios s_bau (0%) s_1 (10%) s_2 (25%) s_3 (50%) s_4 (75%) s_5 (100%) citrus 0.81 0.78 0.73 0.63 0.55 0.46 palm 1.36 1.37 1.37 1.39 1.40 1.41 grapes 0.59 0.56 0.53 0.49 0.46 0.42 olive 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.17 0.17 banana 1.34 1.32 1.26 1.18 1.09 1.01 other trees 0.60 0.60 0.62 0.62 0.63 0.63 wheat 0.21 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.24 0.24 barley 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.22 0.22 0.22 other field crop 1.83 1.81 1.76 1.69 1.64 1.57 tomatoes 1.76 1.78 1.79 1.82 1.85 1.82 pepper 2.62 2.51 2.32 2.04 1.78 1.53 squash 0.98 1.01 1.05 1.12 1.19 1.26 other vegetables 2.35 2.37 2.30 2.13 1.97 1.81 in table 7, the net value added (in us$/m³) is presented for different crops under varying blending scenarios of tww and fw. the results indicate that surface water has the highest average value for crops such as peppers, minor vegetable crops, and annual field crops, with a peak net value of 2.1 us$/m³. conversely, citrus crops display a notable decline in hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 250 net value added as the proportion of tww increases, starting at 0.81 us$/m³ at 0% tww and decreasing to 0.46 us$/m³ at 100% tww. this trend highlights the sensitivity of citrus to the salinity levels commonly found in treated wastewater. in contrast, crops such as date palms, tomatoes, and olives show varying responses to increased blending ratios. for example, date palms exhibit a consistent increase in net value added from 1.36 us$/m³ to 1.41 us$/m³, suggesting a resilience to salinity and a beneficial response to nutrient content in tww. different crops respond uniquely to varying blending ratios of tww and fw. sensitive crops like citrus, bananas, grapes, and peppers reveal a decreasing trend in net value added as the tww proportion increases, indicating their susceptibility to the quality of irrigation water. on the other hand, crops such as palms, olives, and certain vegetables demonstrate stable or increasing trends in net value added across different blending scenarios. figure 5 shows the net profit (us$/ha) by blending scenarios illustrates the distinct economic responses of various crops to increasing tww proportions in irrigation water. the results highlight the differentiated impact of water quality on crop profitability, underscoring the importance of crop selection in salinity-prone environments. salt-sensitive crops—such as citrus, bananas, grapes, and peppers—exhibit a declining trend in net profit per hectare as the proportion of tww increases, suggesting their vulnerability to salinity and water quality changes. this decline reflects reduced yields, potential physiological stress, and increased management costs associated with mitigating salt-related damage. figure 5. net profit (us$/ha) by blending scenarios this resilience suggests that these crops are better suited to tolerate the increased salinity associated with tww. the differences in responses can be attributed to the specific nutrient requirements of each crop and their ability to utilize nutrients present in the irrigation water. the net value added serves as an indicator of the overall economic benefit or loss associated with using blended water for irrigation, emphasizing the importance of understanding crop-specific water quality needs for optimizing blending ratios. the farmers’ ability to pay (fap) for water and the water profitability of one additional cubic meter of water by reusing wastewater by crop in the njv is shown in table 8. table 8. the farmers’ ability to pay for water (us$/m3) scenarios s_bau (0%) s_1 (10%) s_2 (25%) s_3 (50%) s_4 (75%) s_5 (100%) citrus 0.63 0.59 0.53 0.45 0.36 0.28 palm 0.98 0.99 0.99 1.02 1.04 1.05 grapes 0.28 0.27 0.24 0.20 0.15 0.13 olive 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03 banana 0.78 0.77 0.71 0.63 0.55 0.46 other trees 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.43 0.43 0.45 wheat 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.14 0.14 0.14 barley 0.15 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.18 other field crop 1.55 1.53 1.48 1.41 1.34 1.29 tomatoes 1.29 1.29 1.32 1.34 1.37 1.33 pepper 1.26 1.13 0.97 0.69 0.41 0.15 squash 0.67 0.70 0.74 0.80 0.87 0.94 other vegetables 2.17 2.18 2.11 1.95 1.79 1.64 0 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000 30,000 0% -10% -25% -50% -75% -100% s_bau s_1 s_2 s_3 s_4 s_5 u s $ /m 3 citrus palm banana tomatoes hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 251 table 8 delves into farmers' ability to pay for water, showcasing how this metric varies across different crops. the data reveals that farmers show the highest willingness to pay for water associated with tomatoes, peppers, and date palms, with values exceeding 0.70 us$/m³. in contrast, the ability to pay for olives and cereal crops is significantly lower, not surpassing 0.14 us$/m³. moreover, as the blending ratio increases, the ability to pay for citrus crops declines sharply from 0.63 us$/m³ at 0% tww to 0.28 us$/m³ at 100% tww, reflecting their vulnerability to the quality of tww. this decline in ability to pay is consistent with the observed decreases in net value added for sensitive crops, suggesting that certain crops may have an optimal tww blending percentage that maximizes profitability. the analysis further highlights the resilience of crops such as wheat, barley, and other field crops, which maintain relatively consistent net profitability across different water mix percentages. this potential resilience indicates that these crops may be less affected by changes in water quality compared to more sensitive varieties. understanding the underlying reasons for the extreme fluctuations in net profit for certain crops exposed to higher percentages of tww can provide valuable insights into their sensitivity to water quality and the associated economic implications. evaluating the trade-offs between water cost savings and crop profitability is essential for informed decision-making. even if some crops demonstrate decreased profitability with increased tww percentages, a comprehensive cost-benefit analysis— including factors like water expenses, market demand, and yield—might still favor their cultivation. additionally, longterm effects on soil quality due to increased use of treated water must be considered, as potential degradation could influence future agricultural productivity. our findings align with studies such as haddadin et al. [79], which estimated water values for different horticultural crops in jordan, showing significant variability based on crop type and irrigation system. additionally, the afd study [80] using the seasonal agricultural water allocation system (sawas) model found shadow prices for water between 0.34 us/m³ for blended water and 0.55 us/m³ for fresh water from the king abdullah canal (kac), which aligns with our findings regarding farmers’ water valuation. furthermore, the issp study [69, 81] estimated farmers' ability to pay for irrigation water using the residual valuation approach. our results confirm their findings that cash crops, such as cucumbers, have the highest water value (3.19 us/m³), while field crops like wheat and barley have significantly lower values (0.16 us/m³ and 0.07 us/m³, respectively). additionally, wolff et al. [82] assessed the economic value of water in jordan, concluding that agricultural water values were much lower than those in the domestic sector (5.5-7 us/m³), reinforcing the economic rationale for differentiated water pricing. these comparisons provide a comprehensive contextual analysis of our findings, strengthening the validity of our results and their implications for water management policies in jordan. the study highlights the significant impact of tww irrigation on crop productivity and economic feasibility, emphasizing the importance of crop selection when integrating tww into irrigation strategies. salt-sensitive crops, such as citrus and peppers, exhibit a substantial decline in net profit as the proportion of tww increases, whereas salt-tolerant crops like date palms and olives maintain stable profitability. the economic return per cubic meter of water varies significantly across different crops, with citrus and peppers experiencing reduced net value added under high tww conditions, while date palms and tomatoes demonstrate resilience and even improved economic returns due to the nutrient content in tww. these findings underscore the necessity for tailored irrigation policies that optimize water use efficiency while sustaining profitability. farmers’ willingness to pay for irrigation water is closely linked to economic viability and crop sensitivity to water quality. high-value crops, such as tomatoes and peppers, demonstrate a higher ability to pay, whereas lower-value crops, including olives and cereals, necessitate access to lower-cost water sources like tww to remain viable. as tww proportions increase, the willingness to pay for water declines, particularly for citrus farmers, indicating the economic strain associated with increased salinity. to ensure economic sustainability, differentiated pricing strategies for irrigation water should be considered, aligning water costs with crop profitability. a tiered pricing model could incentivize efficient water use and encourage the cultivation of salt-tolerant crops in regions where freshwater resources are scarce. long-term sustainability concerns arise due to the progressive accumulation of salinity in soils irrigated with tww. over time, salinity buildup threatens soil structure, leading to clay dispersion and modification, which impair water infiltration and root development. furthermore, the presence of microbial contaminants necessitates stringent monitoring to prevent potential risks to agricultural productivity and public health. regular soil and water quality assessments are essential to mitigate these risks, and adaptive irrigation strategies should be employed to manage salinity dynamically. the use of soil amendments, such as gypsum and organic matter, can aid in maintaining soil structure and mitigating the adverse effects of long-term tww application. the findings of this study emphasize the need for strategic policy interventions to optimize tww use in agriculture. crop-specific water allocation policies should be developed to regulate the proportion of tww used for different crops, ensuring that salt-sensitive crops receive blended water while salt-tolerant crops can utilize higher proportions of tww. investments in wastewater treatment infrastructure and blending stations are crucial for improving water quality and enabling dynamic mixing based on crop requirements. additionally, farmer awareness and training programs should be implemented to educate agricultural stakeholders on best practices for irrigation, soil management, and salinity control. providing incentives for adopting water-saving technologies, such as precision irrigation and soil amendments, can further enhance the economic and environmental sustainability of wastewater reuse. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 252 finally, it is imperative to assess the environmental impacts of using treated water on different crops and soils. this includes examining the potential accumulation of contaminants in crops and the changes in soil quality over time, which could affect both crop yield and safety. overall, the insights gained from tables 7 and 8 emphasize the necessity of a holistic approach to evaluating economic and environmental factors in water reuse practices and crop selection, ensuring that agricultural systems remain sustainable and productive in the long term. 4. conclusions the findings of this study underscore the significant potential of integrating tww with fresh surface water for irrigation in the njv, particularly in addressing the pressing issue of water scarcity. this approach not only conserves valuable freshwater resources but also offers economic benefits by reducing reliance on chemical fertilizers. the study highlights that tww can be a sustainable alternative for irrigation in the northern jordan valley if properly managed. while some crops suffer from increased salinity, salt-tolerant crops can thrive, offering economic benefits. strategic irrigation practices, adjusted blending ratios, and targeted policies will be essential to maximize the economic viability and environmental sustainability of wastewater reuse. however, the effectiveness and impact of tww on different crops are influenced by various factors, necessitating careful management. ⚫ the use of tww in irrigation can conserve substantial amounts of freshwater, which is crucial in the njv where water resources are increasingly limited. the potential reduction in chemical fertilizer costs can further enhance the economic viability of this practice. ⚫ the impact of tww on crop productivity varies significantly. for instance, citrus crops experience a decline in net value added, decreasing from us$ 0.63/m³ at 0% tww to us$ 0.28/m³ at 100% tww, indicating their sensitivity to increased salinity. in contrast, crops such as date palms and tomatoes show enhanced profitability, with their net value added remaining stable or increasing under higher tww blending ratios. ⚫ effective management practices, including the selection of salt-tolerant crop varieties and the implementation of appropriate irrigation techniques, can mitigate the negative effects of tww. regular monitoring of water quality, soil health, and crop performance is essential to ensure sustainable agricultural practices. ⚫ increase public awareness and education on proper wastewater management to foster acceptance, promote sustainable agriculture, and safeguard public health. ⚫ regular monitoring of sodium levels, microbial activity, and crop health is essential to prevent long-term soil degradation (salinity, sodicity, structural decline) and plant issues (toxicity, physiological stress). ⚫ economic performance indicators highlight that while salt-sensitive crops like peppers may experience a slight reduction in farm income due to salinity, salt-tolerant crops such as date palms and barley thrive with tww, showing resilience and maintaining profitability. for example, date palms can achieve net value added of over us$ 1.40/m³ when blended appropriately. ⚫ future research should focus on optimizing irrigation efficiency and developing innovative water reuse strategies to enhance agricultural productivity. exploring the long-term effects of tww on soil quality and crop yield will be vital for ensuring the sustainability of this practice in the face of increasing food demand in the region. additionally, establishing clear guidelines for crop selection based on salinity tolerance will help maximize the economic benefits of using tww. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.t. and e.k.; methodology, e.k.; software, a.s.; validation, a.j., t.z., and m.j.; formal analysis, n.k. and e.k.; investigation, t.q.; resources, a.j.; data curation, n.k.; writing—original draft preparation, e.k.; writing—review and editing, m.t. and t.z.; visualization, a.s. and n.t.; supervision, m.j.; project administration, e.k.; funding acquisition, a.j. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding this research was financially supported by deanship of academic research at the university of jordan grant project no. 774/2024, and the jordanian higher council for science and technology (hcst) under cyclolive id 1997, prima call ii project. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 253 5.4. acknowledgments the authors extend their gratitude to the ministry of water and irrigation and the ministry of agriculture in jordan for providing the data used in this study. additionally, they appreciate the valuable feedback and insights provided by the manuscript reviewers. 5.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] hajjar, t., mohtar, r. h., abou jaoude, l., & yanni, s. f. (2025). treated wastewater reuse for irrigation in a semi-arid region. science of the total environment, 966, 178579. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2025.178579. [2] leonel, l. p., & tonetti, a. l. (2021). wastewater reuse for crop irrigation: crop yield, soil and human health implications based on giardiasis epidemiology. science of the total environment, 775. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2021.145833. [3] thiloka edirisooriya, e. m. n., wang, h., banerjee, s., longley, k., wright, w., mizuno, w., & xu, p. (2024). economic feasibility of developing alternative water supplies for agricultural irrigation. current opinion in chemical engineering, 43, 100987. doi:10.1016/j.coche.2023.100987. [4] ait-mouheb, n., mayaux, p.-l., mateo-sagasta, j., hartani, t., & molle, b. (2020). water reuse: a resource for mediterranean agriculture. water resources in the mediterranean region, 107–136, elsevier, amsterdam, netherlands. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12818086-0.00005-4 [5] aziz, r., dragonetti, g., & khadra, r. (2025). integrating field data and modeling for sustainable wastewater irrigation management: case studies from jordan and palestine. water (switzerland), 17(2), 228. doi:10.3390/w17020228. [6] tawfik, m. h., al-zawaidah, h., hoogesteger, j., al-zu’bi, m., hellegers, p., mateo-sagasta, j., & elmahdi, a. (2023). shifting waters: the challenges of transitioning from freshwater to treated wastewater irrigation in the northern jordan valley. water (switzerland), 15(7), 1315. doi:10.3390/w15071315. [7] qadir, m., drechsel, p., jiménez cisneros, b., kim, y., pramanik, a., mehta, p., & olaniyan, o. (2020). global and regional potential of wastewater as a water, nutrient and energy source. natural resources forum, 44(1), 40–51. doi:10.1111/14778947.12187. [8] abou jaoude, l., kamaleddine, f., bou said, r., mohtar, r. h., dbaibo, r., & yanni, s. f. (2025). treated wastewater reuse and its impact on soil properties and potato and corn growth. science of the total environment, 958, 178130. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2024.178130. [9] al-hazmi, h. e., mohammadi, a., hejna, a., majtacz, j., esmaeili, a., habibzadeh, s., saeb, m. r., badawi, m., lima, e. c., & mąkinia, j. (2023). wastewater reuse in agriculture: prospects and challenges. environmental research, 236, 116711. doi:10.1016/j.envres.2023.116711. [10] renai, l., tozzi, f., checchini, l., & del bubba, m. (2020). impact of the use of treated wastewater for agricultural need: behavior of organic micropollutants in soil, transfer to crops, and related risks. wastewater treatment and reuse – lessons learned in technological developments and management issues, 103–135. doi:10.1016/bs.apmp.2020.07.008. [11] hamdan, m., abu-awwad, a., & abu-madi, m. (2022). willingness of farmers to use treated wastewater for irrigation in the west bank, palestine. international journal of water resources development, 38(3), 497–517. doi:10.1080/07900627.2021.1908236. [12] urbano, v. r., mendonça, t. g., bastos, r. g., & souza, c. f. (2017). effects of treated wastewater irrigation on soil properties and lettuce yield. agricultural water management, 181, 108–115. doi:10.1016/j.agwat.2016.12.001. [13] pathiranage, w. b., bray, l., jones, k., redwine, n., saralvarez, j., & d’alessio, m. (2024). perception and acceptance towards water reuse in the southeast united states: a public survey. science of the total environment, 908, 168224. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2023.168224. https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-12-818086-0.00005-4 https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-12-818086-0.00005-4 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 254 [14] tarawneh, a., assad, s., alkhalil, s., & suleiman, a. (2024). assessing acceptance of treated wastewater reuse in jordan: a study of knowledge and preferences. desalination and water treatment, 317, 100030. doi:10.1016/j.dwt.2024.100030. [15] hlavaty, h. (2018). water management initiative: review of water scarcity ranking methodologies. a report prepared for tetra tech, usaid water management initiative (wmi), amman, jordan. [16] mwi. (2016). water substitution and reuse policy. ministry of water and irrigation, amman, jordan. [17] mwi. (2020). annual report 2020. ministry of water and irrigation (mwi), amman, jordan. [18] dos. (2024). interactive database. department of statistics (dos), amman, jordan. available online: https://dosweb.dos.gov.jo (accessed on january 2025). [19] central bank of jordan. (2018). monthly statistical bulletin. central bank of jordan, amman, jordan. [20] mwi: national water strategy. (2016). national water strategy. ministry of water and irrigation (mwi), amman, jordan. [21] mwi. (2021). water budget for the year 2020. directorate of strategic planning, ministry of water and irrigation (mwi), amman, jordan. [22] abdulla, f. a., alfarra, a., qdais, h. a., & sonneveld, b. (2016). evaluation of wastewater treatment plants in jordan and suitability for reuse. academia journal of environmental science, 4(7), 111–117. doi:10.15413/ajes.2016.0305. [23] abdulla, f., & farahat, s. (2020). impact of climate change on the performance of wastewater treatment plant: case study central irbid wwtp (jordan). procedia manufacturing, 44, 205–212. doi:10.1016/j.promfg.2020.02.223. [24] jordanian standards 893/2021. (2021). water – reclaimed domestic wastewater: technical regulation. jordan standards and metrology organization, amman, jordan. [25] mccornick, p. g., amal hijazi, a. h., & sheikh, b. (2004). from wastewater reuse to water reclamation: progression of water reuse standards in jordan. in wastewater use in irrigated agriculture: confronting the livelihood and environmental realities. cabi publishing, wallingford, united kingdom. [26] hussein, i. a. j., abu‐sharar, t. m., & mrayyan, b. (2005). assessment of the application of treated wastewater and sewage sludge in productive agriculture: a case study from northern jordan. water and environment journal, 19(4), 394-403. doi:10.1111/j.1747-6593.2005.tb00578.x. [27] tawfik, m. (2023). the contested nature of wastewater reuse in agriculture insights from egypt and jordan. ph.d. dissertation, wageningen university and research, wageningen, netherlands. [28] hashem, m. s., & qi, x. bin. (2021). treated wastewater irrigation-a review. water (switzerland), 13(11), 1527. doi:10.3390/w13111527. [29] who. (2013). guidelines for the safe use of wastewater excreta and greywater. vol. 1: policy and regulatory aspects. world health organization (who), geneva, switzerland. [30] alkhaza’leh, h., abu-awwad, a., & alqinna, m. (2023). effect of irrigation with treated wastewater on potatoes’ yields, soil chemical, physical and microbial properties. jordan journal of earth and environmental sciences, 14(2), 135–145. [31] hosney, h., tawfik, m. h., duker, a., & van der steen, p. (2023). prospects for treated wastewater reuse in agriculture in low and middle-income countries: systematic analysis and decision-making trees for diverse management approaches. environmental development, 46, 100849. doi:10.1016/j.envdev.2023.100849. [32] shammout, m. a. w., qtaishat, t., rawabdeh, h., & shatanawi, m. (2018). improving water use efficiency under deficit irrigation in the jordan valley. sustainability, 10(11), 4317. doi:10.3390/su10114317. [33] janick, j. (2003). horticultural reviews (volume 30). john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. [34] abdel-jabbar, s., vallentin, a. & boening-zilkens, m. (2006). guidelines for reclaimed water irrigation in the jordan valley: practical recommendations for farmers and extension workers. jordan valley authority (jva) and deutsche geselischaft für technische zusammenarbeit, amman, jordan. [35] hasanuzzaman, m., & tanveer, m. (2020). salt and drought stress tolerance in plants: signaling networks and adaptive mechanisms. springer nature, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-40277-8. [36] chen, w., lu, s., jiao, w., wang, m., & chang, a. c. (2013). reclaimed water: a safe irrigation water source? environmental development, 8(1), 74–83. doi:10.1016/j.envdev.2013.04.003. [37] carr, g. (2011). water reuse for irrigated agriculture in jordan: soil sustainability, perceptions and management. water, life and civilisation, 415–428, cambridge university press, cambridge, united kingdom. doi:10.1017/cbo9780511975219.025. [38] abdu, n., abdulkadir, a., agbenin, j. o., & buerkert, a. (2011). vertical distribution of heavy metals in wastewater-irrigated vegetable garden soils of three west african cities. nutrient cycling in agroecosystems, 89(3), 387–397. doi:10.1007/s10705010-9403-3. https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sca_esv=1a9c224e5a61e56f&sxsrf=ahtn8zobvnvleah1qx-xwjeufxobtkttya:1741815955196&q=amman&si=apyl9bu1sl4m4twndgcds6zl5wjxwnyel_kgeewae0imziocdxzojuhesqpwxc3djbpivom4tbz33psba-r-ajprmzhp6m7lyz2acfsjh-8opoy_paehbugqc3-vwludlfl9pgwivdgnhwfmqgn0o4wmg6ytyx76gl2ecqz2lddokqad1pimfqz9-p7pr8sesfdq0rsjlllc&sa=x&ved=2ahukewir4zekwowmaxvlhf0hhugmargqmxmoahoeccyqag https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sca_esv=1a9c224e5a61e56f&sxsrf=ahtn8zobvnvleah1qx-xwjeufxobtkttya:1741815955196&q=amman&si=apyl9bu1sl4m4twndgcds6zl5wjxwnyel_kgeewae0imziocdxzojuhesqpwxc3djbpivom4tbz33psba-r-ajprmzhp6m7lyz2acfsjh-8opoy_paehbugqc3-vwludlfl9pgwivdgnhwfmqgn0o4wmg6ytyx76gl2ecqz2lddokqad1pimfqz9-p7pr8sesfdq0rsjlllc&sa=x&ved=2ahukewir4zekwowmaxvlhf0hhugmargqmxmoahoeccyqag https://dosweb.dos.gov.jo/ https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&sca_esv=1a9c224e5a61e56f&sxsrf=ahtn8zobvnvleah1qx-xwjeufxobtkttya:1741815955196&q=amman&si=apyl9bu1sl4m4twndgcds6zl5wjxwnyel_kgeewae0imziocdxzojuhesqpwxc3djbpivom4tbz33psba-r-ajprmzhp6m7lyz2acfsjh-8opoy_paehbugqc3-vwludlfl9pgwivdgnhwfmqgn0o4wmg6ytyx76gl2ecqz2lddokqad1pimfqz9-p7pr8sesfdq0rsjlllc&sa=x&ved=2ahukewir4zekwowmaxvlhf0hhugmargqmxmoahoeccyqag hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 255 [39] abu madi, m., braadbaart, o., al-sa’ed, r., & alaerts, g. (2003). willingness of farmers to pay for reclaimed wastewater in jordan and tunisia. water science and technology: water supply, 3(4), 115–122. doi:10.2166/ws.2003.0052. [40] choukr-allah, r. (2010). wastewater treatment and reuse. in arab environment: water: sustainable management of a scarce resource. arab forum for environment and development (afed), beirut, lebanon. [41] qadir, m., wichelns, d., raschid-sally, l., mccornick, p. g., drechsel, p., bahri, a., & minhas, p. s. (2010). the challenges of wastewater irrigation in developing countries. agricultural water management, 97(4), 561–568. doi:10.1016/j.agwat.2008.11.004. [42] federal ministry of economic cooperation and development. (2019). decentralized wastewater management in jordan. federal ministry of economic cooperation and development, bonn, germany. [43] salgot, m., vergés, c., & angelakis, a. n. (2003). risk assessment in wastewater recycling and reuse. water supply, 3(4), 301– 309. doi:10.2166/ws.2003.0076. [44] pedrero, f., camposeo, s., pace, b., cefola, m., & vivaldi, g. a. (2018). use of reclaimed wastewater on fruit quality of nectarine in southern italy. agricultural water management, 203, 186–192. doi:10.1016/j.agwat.2018.01.029. [45] carr, g., potter, r. b., & nortcliff, s. (2011). water reuse for irrigation in jordan: perceptions of water quality among farmers. agricultural water management, 98(5), 847-854. doi:10.1016/j.agwat.2010.12.011. [46] vallentin, a. (2006). agricultural use of reclaimed water experiences in jordan. water practice and technology, 1(2), wpt2006040. doi:10.2166/wpt.2006040. [47] pescod, m. (1992). wastewater treatment and use in agriculture fao irrigation and drainage paper 47. food and agriculture organization of the united nations, rome, italy. [48] maas, e. v. (1993). salinity and citriculture. tree physiology, 12(2), 195–216. doi:10.1093/treephys/12.2.195. [49] maas, e. v., & hoffman, g. j. (1977). crop salt tolerance—current assessment. journal of the irrigation and drainage division, 103(2), 115–134. doi:10.1061/jrcea4.0001137. [50] ayers, r. s., & westcot, d. w. (1985). water quality for agriculture. food and agriculture organization of the united nations, rome, italy. [51] grieve, c. m., grattan, s. r., & maas, e. v. (2011). plant salt tolerance. agricultural salinity assessment and management, 405–459, american society of civil engineers (asce), reston, united states. doi:10.1061/9780784411698.ch13. [52] maranville, j. w., baligar, v. c., duncan, r. r., & yohe, j. m. (1993). proceedings of the workshop on adaptation of plants to soil stresses. university of nebraska – lincoln, lincoln, united states [53] vila verde, d. dos s., mendes, m. i. de s., nobre, l. v. da c., souza, a. da s., dos santos, k. c. f., & soares filho, w. dos s. (2024). in vitro tolerance of citrus rootstocks under saline stress. plant cell, tissue and organ culture, 156(1), 13. doi:10.1007/s11240-023-02627-y. [54] panigrahi, p. (2023). impact of deficit irrigation on citrus production under a sub-humid climate: a case study. water supply, 23(3), 1177–1188. doi:10.2166/ws.2023.074. [55] oubelkacem, a., scardigno, a., & choukr-allah, r. (2020). treated wastewater reuse on citrus in morocco: assessing the economic feasibility of irrigation and nutrient management strategies. integrated environmental assessment and management, 16(6), 898–909. doi:10.1002/ieam.4314. [56] bilal, h. m., zulfiqar, r., adnan, m., umer, m. s., islam, h., zaheer, h., ... & ahmad, i. (2020). impact of salinity on citrus production; a review. international journal of applied research, 6(8), 173-176. [57] levy, y., & syvertsen, j. (2003). irrigation water quality and salinity effects in citrus trees. horticultural reviews, 30, 37– 82. doi:10.1002/9780470650837.ch2. [58] simpson, c. r., nelson, s. d., melgar, j. c., jifon, j., king, s. r., schuster, g., & volder, a. (2014). growth response of grafted and ungrafted citrus trees to saline irrigation. scientia horticulturae, 169, 199–205. doi:10.1016/j.scienta.2014.02.020. [59] murkute, a. a., sharma, s., & singh, s. k. (2005). citrus in terms of soil and water salinity: a review. journal of scientific and industrial research, 64(6), 393–402. [60] al-yassin a. (2004). influence of salinity on citrus: a review paper. j central european agriculture, 5(4), 263–272. [61] cerda, a., nieves, m., & guillen, m. g. (1990). salt tolerance of lemon trees as affected by rootstock. irrigation science, 11(4), 245–249. doi:10.1007/bf00190540. [62] greaser, g. & harper, j. (1994). agricultural alternatives: enterprise budget analysis. cooperative extenstion, penn state college of agricultural sciences, pennsylvania, united states. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 256 [63] young, r. a., & loomis, j. b. (2014). determining the economic value of water. routledge, new york, united states. doi:10.4324/9780203784112. [64] menezes, f. m., capodeferro, m. w., smiderle, j. j., & guimarães, p. e. (2022). estimating efficient water prices in the sao marcos river basin: a residual imputation approach. journal of water resources planning and management, 148(5), 6022001. doi:10.1061/(asce)wr.1943-5452.0001538. [65] hellegers, p., & davidson, b. (2010). determining the disaggregated economic value of irrigation water in the musi sub-basin in india. agricultural water management, 97(6), 933–938. doi:10.1016/j.agwat.2010.01.026. [66] speelman, s., farolfi, s., perret, s., d’haese, l., & d’haese, m. (2008). irrigation water value at small-scale schemes: evidence from the north west province, south africa. international journal of water resources development, 24(4), 621–633. doi:10.1080/07900620802224536. [67] scheierling, s., treguer, d. o., & booker, j. f. (2016). water productivity in agriculture: looking for water in the agricultural productivity and efficiency literature. water economics and policy, 2(3), 1650007. doi:10.1142/s2382624x16500077. [68] kiprop, j. k., lagat, j. k., mshenga, p., & macharia, a. m. (2015). determining the economic value of irrigation water in kerio valley basin (kenya) by residual value method. journal of economics and sustainable development, 6(7), 102-108. [69] ashfaq, m., jabeen, s., & baig, i. a. (2005). estimation of the economic value of irrigation water. journal of agriculture & social sciences, 1(3), 270-272. [70] tabieh, m., al-karablieh, e., salman, a., al-qudah, h., al-rimawi, a., & qtaishat, t. (2015). farmers’ ability to pay for irrigation water in the jordan valley. journal of water resource and protection, 07(15), 1157–1173. doi:10.4236/jwarp.2015.715095. [71] al-karablieh, e. k., salman, a. z., al-omari, a. s., wolff, h. p., al-assa'd, t. a., hunaiti, d. a., & subah, a. m. (2012). estimation of the economic value of irrigation water in jordan. journal of agricultural science and technology. 2(5b), 487. [72] allen, r. g., pereira, l. s., raes, d., & smith, m. (1998). crop evapotranspiration-guidelines for computing crop water requirements-fao irrigation and drainage paper 56. 300(9), d05109, food and agriculture organization (fao), rome, italy. [73] fao (2021). cropwat 0.8. land and water division, food and agriculture organization, rome, italy. available online: https://www.fao.org/land-water/databases-and-software/cropwat/en/ (accessed on january 2025). [74] al-bakri, j. t., shawash, s., ghanim, a., & abdelkhaleq, r. (2016). geospatial techniques for improved water management in jordan. water (switzerland), 8(4), 132. doi:10.3390/w8040132. [75] van den berg, c., & al nimer, s. k. h. a. (2016). the cost of irrigation water in the jordan valley. world bank group, washington, united states. doi:10.1596/k8697. [76] al-assa'd, t. a., al-karablieh, e. k., salman, a. z., & wolff, h. p. (2011, october). recognizing the economic value of domestic water in jordan as a way for appropriate setting of water pricing. proceedings of the 1st water and environment international conference, 26-29 october, 2011, marrakech, morocco. [77] wolff, h. p., al-karablieh, e., al-assa’d, t., subah, a., & salman, a. z. (2012). jordan water demand management study: on behalf of the jordanian ministry of water and irrigation in cooperation with the french development agency (afd). water science and technology: water supply, 12(1), 38–44. doi:10.2166/ws.2011.114. [78] salman, a., al-karablieh, e., & haddadin, m. (2008). limits of pricing policy in curtailing household water consumption under scarcity conditions. water policy, 10(3), 295–304. doi:10.2166/wp.2008.040. [79] haddadin, m. j. (2006). water resources in jordan: evolving policies for development, the environment, and conflict resolution. resources for the future. routledge, new york, united states. doi:10.4324/9781936331604. [80] irmo. (2011). water demand management in mediterranean countries: thinking outside the water box! croatian case study. blue plan regional activity center un, irmo, zagreb, croatia [81] afd. (2011). jordan water demand management study. water demand management in mediterranean countries: thinking outside the water box. jordan case study. diagnostic report – final. french agency of development, amman, jordan. [82] wolff, h. p., al-karablieh, e., al-assa’d, t., subah, a., & salman, a. z. (2012). jordan water demand management study: on behalf of the jordanian ministry of water and irrigation in cooperation with the french development agency (afd). water supply, 12(1), 38–44. doi:10.2166/ws.2011.114. https://www.fao.org/land-water/databases-and-software/cropwat/en/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 537 issn: 2723-9535 local economic autonomy and enterprises’ green total factor productivity: a policy substitution perspective long wang 1* 1 school of economics and management, northwest university, xi'an, 710127, china. received 17 december 2024; revised 11 may 2025; accepted 20 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract global climate change and environmental degradation necessitate a transition toward sustainable economic development. the factors influencing green total factor productivity (gtfp), a crucial measure for sustainable economic growth, have garnered significant attention. this study investigates the impact of local economic autonomy on enterprises’ gtfp in china, integrating both fiscal and environmental autonomy. using panel data from 2008 to 2021, a generalized differencein-differences (did) model combined with the non-radial sbm-ml index measures gtfp. findings indicate that while fiscal autonomy promotes gtfp, environmental autonomy hinders it, resulting in an overall negative effect of economic autonomy. a policy substitution effect emerges; wherein local governments prioritize environmental regulation over support for science and technology. additionally, industrial structure upgrading plays a role in mitigating the negative impact of autonomy, offering empirical evidence relevant to sustainable development policies in transition economies. keywords: local economic autonomy; environmental decentralization; fiscal decentralization; generalized difference-in-differences method; green total factor productivity. 1. introduction global climate change and environmental degradation owing to economic activity threaten socioeconomic status and human health. changes in environmental conditions increase the likelihood of severe weather incidents, such as floods and droughts, which cause substantial property losses. exposure to climate warming, air pollution, and toxins increases individuals’ risks of respiratory issues, cardiovascular problems, and cancer [1]. these concerns underscore the significance of fostering green economic growth, with gtfp being widely recognized as a key metric for assessing the progress of such development. gtfp incorporates the environmental impact of production into productivity calculations, thereby reflecting both the environmental impact of economic units and their economic output. studies on gtfp have focused on its definition/measurement methods [2-6] and determinants as well as the impact of economic, social, and environmental effects [7-11]. however, among the multifaceted determinants of gtfp, the role of local governments' economic autonomy remains under-explored in extant literature. related literature, such as studies on political, fiscal, and environmental decentralization, posits that local economic autonomy might exert its influence via multiple mediating mechanisms, specifically (1) governments' accountability incentives, (2) information acquisition costs for policy formulation, (3) corruption control effectiveness, and (4) intergovernmental policy coordination (see details in the literature review section). by integrating measures of fiscal autonomy and * corresponding author: longwang2234@outlook.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-012  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0007-8388-0216 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 538 environmental regulatory autonomy within the generalized did model, this conceptual framework aligns seamlessly with the dual-dimensional nature of gtfp, which inherently encompasses both economic outputs and environmental performance. this theoretical congruence offers valuable insights into the complex interplay between governance structures and sustainable productivity growth. over the past few decades, china has experienced a significant economic shift from focusing on growth quantity to emphasizing development quality. the persistent trade-offs between economic expansion and environmental protection in this context reveal how government policies both influence and adapt to economic progress. using data from the chinese government and listed companies, this study analyzes how local economic autonomy affects gtfp. results indicate that while fiscal autonomy promotes enterprises’ gtfp, environmental autonomy tends to hinder it, leading to an overall negative effect from increased local governments’ economic autonomy. additionally, the cross-sectional impact of industrial structure upgrading and its mediating role between local economic autonomy and enterprises’ gtfp is assessed. this influence appears stronger in cities where the tertiary sector surpasses the secondary sector in value contribution. moreover, local governments balance various intervention measures, including introducing environmental regulations to substitute for their support of science and technology, a phenomenon referred to as the policy substitution effect. the principal contributions of this research are summarized as follows. first, the study broadens existing research on the relationship between governments and green economic development. although many studies have examined government influence on gtfp, most focus on how specific economic behaviors—such as local debt levels or environmental regulation impacts—affect gtfp. in contrast, this analysis combines two dimensions of government characteristics to measure local economic autonomy. second, the distinct effects of government actions on gtfp have rarely been explored, and this study advances understanding by incorporating the role of industrial structure upgrading. third, previous research has largely emphasized conceptual analyses of decentralization. here, the impact of decentralization on green economic development is examined through both conceptual and empirical approaches, highlighting the mediating and policy substitution effects, wherein environmental regulations are implemented as alternatives to direct support for science and technology. the remainder of this paper is structured as follows: section 2 reviews the literature; section 3 develops hypotheses; section 4 describes the data and methodology; section 5 presents the results and robustness tests; section 6 concludes with policy implications. 2. literature review 2.1. influencing factors of gtfp following zhang et al. [6], existing studies on the influencing factors of green total factor productivity (gtfp) can be categorized into three interconnected streams: technical, economic, and governmental streams. technical streams collectively highlight that technological advancements, including digital economy [12], fintech [13], green technology innovation (gti) [7], and internet development [14], play a significant role in enhancing green total factor productivity (gtfp). while the specific mechanisms vary, these technologies generally improve gtfp through direct efficiency gains and indirect structural transformations. economic streams also influence gtfp. upgrading to cleaner industries (e.g., tertiary sectors) optimizes resource allocation and accelerates green technology adoption, fostering gtfp growth [15]. other contributing factors include green finance [8] and high marketization, which promotes resource mobility and industrial upgrading [16]. government streams involve factors such as environmental regulation intensity, fiscal decentralization, infrastructure levels, and intellectual property protection [9, 14, 17]. among these factors, environmental regulation, which comprises pollution abatement costs and environmental emission standards, serves as an important factor influencing economic output and environmental pollution. while environmental regulation is often used as a mediating variable in prior research, consensus on its impact on sustainable development and gtfp is lacking. environmental regulation has traditionally been considered to directly increase the production costs of enterprises, which may hinder economic growth [18]. however, recent studies mostly agree that environmental regulation may promote economic growth by pressuring enterprises to conduct green technological innovation as well as improve their utilization and production efficiency of resources [19]. concurrently, some scholars believe a u-shaped correlation between environmental regulation and economic expansion exists [20], whereas others believe the impact of environmental regulation on economic growth is not significant [21]. 2.2. impact of decentralization on gtfp the nexus between decentralization and gtfp/sustainable economic growth has long been controversial among scholars. some believe that decentralization can improve gtfp. for example, song et al. [9] showed that fiscal decentralization directly increases gtfp. as the autonomy of local governments increases, they must take more hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 539 responsibility for local economic development [22]. furthermore, local governments’ information advantage concerning local economic development (i.e., they can more easily obtain information about local needs and the cost of providing services) promotes the rational allocation of resources [23, 24]. shah [25] found that a government with more local power can reduce corruption in the long run because decentralization narrows the gap between governments and residents. this influence, effected by the government’s higher autonomy, is generally considered conducive to economic development and gtfp. conversely, some scholars believe that decentralization is negatively related to gtfp. for example, fiscal decentralization leads to increased competition among local governments for greater fiscal advantages, exacerbating environmental deterioration [4]. a potential ‘race to the bottom’ scenario may arise: when environmental regulation in the surrounding area is less stringent than that within its own jurisdiction, the local government will reduce its environmental regulation or capital tax to attract industry transfer [26]. hwang [27] found that regional competition can lead to lower capital tax and worse environmental pollution. some research also indicates that decentralization exacerbates corruption in local governments because there are more opportunities for corruption at the local level [28]. more importantly, local government policies (e.g., pollution abatement measures) rarely affect only local regions and tend to have spillover effects at the national or international level since they are public goods. local governments may ignore the benefits of basic research investments, pollution information exchanges, and pollution control technologies in other regions [29, 30]. the resulting underestimation of the broader national or global benefits of investment and responsibility in this area reduces enthusiasm for providing these public goods. improvements in economic autonomy aggravate the degree and possibility of such neglect by local governments, resulting in a decline in both economic and environmental benefits. prud'homme [28] pointed out that the problem lies in whether to provide these services with positive externalities and the difficulty of the joint provision of such public services at different levels. 3. research gaps and hypotheses development 3.1. research gaps although some studies have examined the impact of government autonomy on gtfp, most have focused on a single dimension of autonomy, yielding inconsistent findings. moreover, the varying relationships between government autonomy and gtfp have not been sufficiently explored. pollution levels are known to differ by industry, and the presence of tertiary industries may enhance technological innovation, leading to regional differences in industrial structure. additionally, the influence of decentralization on gtfp remains largely theoretical and lacks robust empirical validation. 3.2. research hypotheses while some studies suggest that decentralization promotes gtfp, a significant body of research has identified a negative correlation between them. therefore, the overall impact of economic autonomy on gtfp is considered negative for four primary reasons: reduced policy coordination, excessive government intervention, increased corruption, and diminished support for science and technology. according to externality theory and the core/periphery model of the regional economy, economic activities in one region impact economic performance in other regions. for example, lejour & verbon [31] argued that higher taxes have a negative impact on investment activities in one region, which is then passed onto other regions. when different regions can coordinate with each other and formulate joint policies (e.g., joint tax policies), such collaboration can help improve redistribution and raise economic growth. however, decentralization leads to a lack of coordination among regions as well as between local and central governments, producing inefficient tax rates and impacting economic development negatively [32]. if local economic autonomy increases, the reduced dependence on the central government may increase regional competition and reduce the level of regional policy coordination. consequently, the allocation of human resources, information, technology, and other resources between regions becomes inefficient, hindering environmental governance and scientific and technological innovation in local areas. concurrently, the improvement in economic autonomy may also lead to local government intervention in economic affairs and the intensification of corruption by officials, such as rent-seeking behaviors, which increase the operating costs of enterprises and negatively impact innovation [33, 34], ultimately hindering the increase in enterprises’ gtfp. hypothesis 1: local economic autonomy hinders the improvement of gtfp. in addition, government support and regulation can affect gtfp by influencing scientific and technological innovation and pollution control capacity. reduced support for scientific and technological research and fewer environmental regulations may discourage enterprises from establishing innovative production processes and attempting product innovation as well as from implementing effective environmental pollution control measures, which can lead to a decline in gtfp. however, differences in the characteristics of environmental regulation and support for science and hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 540 technology in terms of the risk/return, performance measurement, and level of positive externalities can affect governments’ policy choices after decentralization because they have more say on how their jurisdiction develops according to their policy preferences. first, scientific and technological innovation usually incurs greater costs and risks than pollution control, especially basic scientific research with far-reaching impacts, which is highly uncertain and delivers benefits only in the long term [35]. most environmental regulations implemented by coercive means have obvious and faster effects [36]. second, the difficulty of measuring the economic and social value of basic research can reduce the enthusiasm of local governments to invest. conversely, direct environmental regulations are easier to supervise and evaluate. third, the positive externalities of science and technology, especially basic scientific research achievements, affect the whole industry and society at large, making the cost of imitation and learning much lower than that of innovation; this leads to free-riding behavior. by contrast, the environmental impact is mainly limited to the local administrative region. hence, with decentralization in economic regulation, local governments have gained more selectivity in choosing the mode of economic development for their regions and tend to ignore direct support for scientific and technological innovation and are more inclined to take responsibility for environmental pollution. while the former leads to a decrease in enterprises’ gtfp in that region, the latter serves as a catalyst. hypothesis 2: the increased economic autonomy of local governments negatively impacts governments’ support for science and technology and thus enterprises’ gtfp. hypothesis 3: the increased economic autonomy of local governments positively affects the level of environmental regulation and thus enterprises’ gtfp. further, owing to the decline in support for science and technology, the government may increase environmental regulation to promote local economic performance to compensate for the adverse effects that may arise from this decline in regional development. therefore, there are substitution effects between different policy directions, especially when local governments have some discretion over choosing their mode of economic regulation. this results in the unidirectional policy substitution effect of environmental regulations from support for science and technology (figure 1). hypothesis 4: there is a one-way policy substitution effect to focusing on environmental regulation from supporting science and technology following an increase in local economic autonomy. figure 1. policy substitution effect of local economic autonomy the different impacts of decentralization on the economy and environment can also be related to other factors. khan et al. [37] found that enhancing institutional quality and human capital could amplify the negative influence of fiscal decentralization on carbon emissions. therefore, differences in regional industrial structures may impact the relationship between regional autonomy and enterprises’ gtfp differently. measuring the returns and risks of research investment is thus crucial for enterprises and governments to make investment decisions. improving the tertiary industry’s development locally can accelerate the agglomeration effect of research investment, gradually reducing the risks and costs of research investment failures for companies and regions while promoting technological innovation. simultaneously, industries based on technology and science are more responsive to research outcomes and more likely to enjoy their benefits. for example, wang et al. [38] found that agglomeration in the information and communication technology industry reduces carbon emissions through increased technological innovation and economies of scale. the agglomeration of tertiary industries may generate diffusion effects that promote coordination among regional governments and facilitate resource allocation [38]. therefore, it has a restraining effect on the negative impact of increased local government autonomy. moreover, upgrading the local industrial structure prompts a shift in economic development patterns from resourceor labor-intensive to technologyand knowledge-intensive [39], which directly environmental regulations science and technology support effect of autonomy on substitution effect hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 541 increases the share of non-polluting enterprises within the economy. this reduces the difficulty for governments to regulate the environment and enhances their proactive attitudes towards environmental regulation. furthermore, upgrading industrial structures improves the efficiency of coordinating resources, promoting increased gtfp. hence, this study proposes the following: hypothesis 5: industrial structural upgrades weaken the negative relationship between local governments’ economic autonomy and enterprises’ gtfp. figure 2 illustrates the influence pathway from economic autonomy to gtfp, considering both the direct and indirect effects. figure 2. impact mechanism of local economic autonomy on enterprises' gtfp 4. data and method 4.1. core explanatory variables fiscal autonomy (fa) many countries have decentralized their fiscal power to promote economic development and reduce poverty [40]. contrary to the decentralization of environmental regulations, fiscal decentralization improves the government’s overall capacity to utilize fiscal resources. as it is not targeted at a particular field, it allows for a broad enhancement of local governments’ freedom in fiscal expenditure, policy formulation, and execution. in this context, the fiscal decentralization index is introduced as the first criterion for measuring government autonomy. drawing on [9], the degree of self-financing by local governments—represented by the ratio between fiscal revenue and expenditure—is used to reflect this dimension of autonomy. environmental autonomy (ea) fiscal autonomy reflects only the basic level of autonomy. as environmental issues receive increasing emphasis in economic development, relying solely on fiscal autonomy fails to capture the full scope of governmental decisionmaking considerations. consequently, environmental autonomy serves as a more comprehensive measure of government autonomy in economic regulation. environmental autonomy is primarily determined by environmental decentralization. traditionally, two methods represent environmental decentralization: one measures the number of staff within the government’s environmental sector, and the other assesses whether local governments possess legislative authority over environmental matters. the delegation of legislative authority to local governments in environmental affairs constitutes a clearer manifestation of environmental decentralization, granting greater discretion in regulating environmental issues and enhancing autonomy in environmental governance. in contrast, the size of environmental management departments is a relatively indirect indicator, influenced by government financing and environmental awareness, and does not directly signify environmental decentralization. thus, changes in local governments’ legislative authority over environmental matters are used as a proxy for variations in environmental autonomy to measure levels of autonomous control over environmental regulation. in 2015, a new revision of the legislation law of the people’s republic of china (hereafter “legislation law”) granted over 270 prefecture-level cities the authority to legislate on environmental issues, strengthening local policy substitution effect science and technology support environmental regulation corruption policy coordination market intervention between cities between central and local industrial structure heterogeneity local governments’ economic autonomy fiscal autonomy environmental autonomy green total factor productivity of enterprises hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 542 governments’ capacity to regulate local economic and environmental development. as the implementation of this legal revision took effect after october 2015, and given the typical lag in the impact of legal measures, 2016 is regarded as the year when policy effectiveness became evident. the other 53 cities not affected by this revision in 2015 serve as the control group, while the remaining cities constitute the experimental group. economic autonomy (auto) constructing a comprehensive indicator of local government autonomy poses significant challenges, as it requires accounting for multiple factors such as political and economic considerations, as well as the weighting assigned to these factors. legislative and administrative oversight and organizational elements also play a role [41]. to determine whether government autonomy affects enterprises’ gtfp—which encompasses both economic output and environmental output—economic autonomy is defined by combining fiscal autonomy and environmental autonomy. this autonomy can thus be characterized as the regulatory autonomy of local governments concerning sustainable economic development. however, because fiscal autonomy is a continuous variable and environmental autonomy is a dummy variable, integrating the two while highlighting their combined impact as the core explanatory variable necessitates a specific approach. accordingly, the general did model from [42] is employed, multiplying fiscal autonomy and environmental autonomy to achieve this integration. (details are provided in the description of equation 1 in the benchmark regression model section). 4.2. explained variable: gtfp to measure enterprises’ production and environmental efficiency comprehensively, this study adopts a non-radial sbm-ml index to calculate enterprises’ gtfp [43]. this calculation method incorporates energy inputs and environmental pollution into the evaluation system, addressing the limitations of traditional total factor productivity, which fails to fully account for enterprise factor productivity. the measurement of input and output indicators for enterprise gtfp is detailed as table 1. table 1. the input and output indicators of enterprises’ gtfp input factors labour input the number of employees capital input net fixed assets energy input calculated on industrial electricity consumption in the city where the enterprise is located, considering the proportion of employees in relation to urban employment expected output enterprise operating income non-expected output emissions of industrial sulphur dioxide, industrial wastewater, and industrial smoke and dust are converted based on the proportion of employees to urban employment to represent non-expected output. 4.3. control variable as enterprises’ gtfp could be affected by a multitude of macro and micro factors, based on the existing literature, this study selects control variables from two dimensions: the city and enterprise levels. at the city level, the per capita gdp (affl) indicates the wealth level of urban residents [12]. the total number of green patents authorized in a region (autho) reflects the advancement of green technology in that area, which is crucial for mitigating environmental pollution [19]. the proportion of the sum of imports and exports volume to regional gdp is used to reflect the openness level (open), which also affects the overall economy [12]. in line with the pollution halo hypothesis, which posits that foreign direct investment (fdi) can enhance environmental conservation, this study quantifies fdi by the ratio of actual foreign capital inflow to the regional gdp. the level of urbanization (city), which is typically associated with economic growth, is gauged by the percentage of the urban population relative to the total population within the locality. infrastructure construction is represented by the per capita road area coverage (road) and gas penetration rate (gas). more details of the measurements are presented in table 2. at the enterprise level, firm size (size) is taken into account, as it is generally believed to influence production efficiency and technological innovation [44]. additionally, the company’s return on equity (roe) and asset-liability ratio (lev) are included to control for their potential effects. as a company may have been influenced by its productivity in the previous year, a lagged one-period gtfp (l1.gtfp) is controlled. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 543 4.4. mediating variable science and technology support of governments (scitechsup) although enterprises are direct participants in technological r&d, owing to the strong externalities of such activities, it is difficult for companies to achieve effective research investment without external incentives. therefore, the government’s scientific expenditures are particularly important. from a fiscal expenditure standpoint, this study employs the ratio of local fiscal scientific expenditure to total expenditure as an indicator of the support provided by local governments for technological research and development. this reflects the balancing result of government fiscal spending: a larger proportion indicates stronger government support for science and technology. environmental regulation (enviregu) to prevent the incomplete construction of indicators that might result in biased estimations of the intensity of government environmental regulations, this study measured government environmental regulations based on their direct outcomes. these outcomes include the overall utilization rate of general industrial solid waste, the centralized treatment rate of wastewater by treatment plants, and the harmless treatment rate of domestic waste. table 2. descriptive statistics variables definition/measurement mean std. dev. min max gtfp green total factor productivity of the enterprise 0.943 0.111 0.747 1.148 fa fiscal autonomy: local government’s general public budget revenue/general public budget expenditure 0.733 0.206 0.081 1.107 ea environmental autonomy: determined according to the implementation of the legislation law 0.116 0.321 0 1 auto autonomy of local governments in economic regulation 0.06 0.178 0 0.945 l1.gtfp one-period-lagged corporate gtfp 0.916 0.111 0.72 1.12 affl natural logarithm of regional gdp per capita 11.254 .577 8.549 13.056 autho natural logarithm of the total number of green patents granted in the region 6.552 1.867 0 9.811 fdi ratio of actual utilisation of foreign capital to regional gdp 0.03 0.02 0 0.229 open total imports and exports/gross regional product 0.588 0.586 0 3.279 city town population/total population 0.729 0.167 0.151 1.001 road road area per capita 2.524 0.56 0.351 4.096 gas gas penetration rate 0.977 0.061 0.11 1.063 size natural logarithm of a business’ total assets 22.703 1.323 19.317 26.452 roe return on equity 0.068 0.544 -45.737 1.117 lev ratio of total liabilities to total assets of a business 0.493 0.191 0.007 0.979 scitechsup government technology support: general public budget science expenditure/total general public budget expenditure 0.037 0.023 0.004 0.12 enviregu environmental regulation: general industrial solid waste comprehensive utilisation rate, sewage treatment plant centralised treatment rate, and household garbage harmless treatment rate 0.348 0.029 0.167 0.484 struc industrial structural upgrading: added value of tertiary industry to that of secondary industry 1.479 0.974 0.139 5.349 4.5. sample selection and data sources data on china’s listed companies from 2008 to 2021 serve as the basis for analysis. the following samples were excluded prior to further processing: (1) st and *st enterprises, (2) research samples lacking major data, and (3) financial companies and those engaged in financial operations. to mitigate potential impacts on the interaction term of environmental autonomy and preserve data quality, samples involving companies that relocated between general prefecture-level cities and larger cities after 2016 were removed. city panel data were matched to the remaining sample companies, with further exclusions applied to samples with substantial missing data; linear interpolation was employed to complete variables with minor gaps. additionally, listed company samples lacking continuous main data across years were excluded to convert the non-balanced panel data into balanced panel data, ensuring more robust empirical analysis of same-dimensional sample data. data sources include the china urban statistical yearbook, china environmental statistical yearbook, annual reports of listed companies, social responsibility reports of listed companies, and the websites of listed companies. 4.6. benchmark regression model the revised legislation law of the people’s republic of china in 2015 granted certain local governments the authority to legislate on environmental issues, thereby enhancing autonomy in environmental management. this legislative change enables the application of a did method to measure the autonomy of local governments’ hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 544 environmental regulations. given the necessity to integrate fiscal autonomy and environmental autonomy as the core explanatory variable, a general did method is adopted as the baseline regression model. moreover, to provide further policy insights, the impact of environmental and fiscal autonomy on firms’ gtfp was examined separately. in particular, to mitigate sample selection bias and improve comparability between the control and experimental groups, this study used the synthetic did method [45] to test the effect of environmental autonomy on firms’ gtfp. this method integrates the strengths of the traditional did approach with synthetic control methods, effectively reducing the reliance on parallel trend assumption testing. furthermore, time and firm fixed effects were introduced into all models to address endogeneity concerns and prevent the omission of important variables. the model specifications are as follows: 𝐺𝑇𝐹𝑃𝑖𝑡 = 𝛼0 + 𝛼1𝐴𝑈𝑇𝑂𝑖𝑡 + ∑𝜂𝑗𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑗𝑖𝑡 + 𝜇𝑖𝑡 + 𝜆𝑖𝑡 + 𝜀𝑖𝑡 (1) (�̂�𝑠𝑑𝑖𝑑 , �̂�, �̂�, �̂�) = 𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜏,𝜇,𝛼,𝛽 {∑ ∑ (𝐺𝑇𝐹𝑃𝑖𝑡 − 𝜇 − 𝛼𝑖 − 𝛽𝑡 − 𝐸𝐴𝑖𝑡𝜏) 2�̂�𝑖 𝑠𝑑𝑖𝑑�̂�𝑡 𝑠𝑑𝑖𝑑𝑇 𝑡=1 𝑁 𝑖=1 } (2) 𝐺𝑇𝐹𝑃𝑖𝑡 = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1𝐹𝐴𝑖𝑡 +∑𝜂𝑗𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑗𝑖𝑡 + 𝜇𝑖𝑡 + 𝜆𝑖𝑡 + 𝜀𝑖𝑡 (3) equation 1 represents the generalized did model used in this study. in this equation, gtfp refers to the gtfp of an enterprise. auto=treat×post×fa is the key explanatory variable, reflecting local economic autonomy. here, fa represents local fiscal autonomy, treat×post indicates environmental autonomy (ea), and treat is a dummy variable distinguishing between treatment and control group cities; treat=1 denotes the cities that have acquired environmental legislative power after the revision of legislation law, whereas treat=0 represents the other cities. the variable post is a binary indicator for the policy implementation period, with 1 indicating the years after 2016 and 0 representing the years before. μi and λt denote the firm-specific and time-specific fixed effects, respectively, and εit is the stochastic error term. equation 2 represents a synthetic difference model, in which individuals in the control group with characteristics similar to those of the experimental group’s gtfp are assigned higher weights, ensuring approximate parallel trends between the two groups in pre-policy samples; this weight is denoted as ωi. assigning weights to the pre-policy period serves to align the trends of gtfp for control group individuals before and after the policy intervention, represented by λt. minimizing equation 2 enables estimation of the average effect of ea on gtfp, where αi denotes firm-fixed effects and βt represents year-fixed effects. equation 3 corresponds to a normal two-way fixed effects model used to assess the impact of fa on gtfp; the other variables have similar meanings as those in equation 1. 5. results 5.1. benchmark regression table 3 displays the impact of different factors on firms’ gtfp across the three models. the first and second columns present the outcomes of equation 1, revealing the study’s primary focus: the influence of local government economic autonomy on gtfp, with and without control variables. after controlling for other variables, the coefficient of auto on gtfp is significant at a 5% level, with an estimated effect of -0.0026. this indicates that an increase in local governments’ economic autonomy is detrimental to firm performance and significantly reduces enterprises’ gtfp, confirming hypothesis 1. the remaining columns present the experimental results for models 2 and 3, with the additional control variables of fiscal and environmental autonomy introduced in equations 2 and 3, respectively. after controlling for other variables, environmental autonomy significantly inhibits the improvement of firms’ gtfp at a 5% significance level, whereas fiscal autonomy has a promoting effect on gtfp at a 5% significance level, with impact effects of -0.0017 and 0.0071, respectively. thus, although fiscal autonomy promotes gtfp, environmental autonomy leads to a gtfp decline in firms. the findings indicate that local economic autonomy negatively affects enterprises’ gtfp (β = −0.0026, p < 0.05), aligning with theoretical predictions concerning policy coordination challenges and substitution effects. this result contrasts with song et al. [9], who found that fiscal decentralization positively impacts gtfp in china. the discrepancy arises because this study incorporates environmental autonomy (a binary policy shock) alongside fiscal autonomy, whereas song et al. [9] focused solely on fiscal decentralization. these results align with the arguments of [46], suggesting that environmental decentralization may trigger a “race to the bottom” in regulatory stringency, ultimately undermining productivity. notably, fiscal autonomy positively correlates with gtfp (β = 0.0071, p < 0.05), consistent with [22], who highlight fiscal autonomy’s role in improving resource allocation. environmental autonomy, however, hinders gtfp (β = −0.0017, p < 0.05), corroborating [26]’s observation that decentralized environmental regulation may reduce innovation incentives. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 545 table 3. effects of different variables on the firm’s gtfp under the three models models variables (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) general did synthetic did fixed effects model gtfp gtfp gtfp auto -0.0023* (0.0012) -0.0026** (0.0013) ea -0.0015* (0.0008) -0.0017** (0.0008) fa 0.0029 (0.0029) 0.0071** (0.0031) control variables no yes no yes no yes year fixed effect yes yes yes yes yes yes firm fixed effect yes yes yes yes yes yes sample size 7588 7588 7588 7588 7588 7588 note. standard errors in parentheses; *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1 5.2. robustness tests 5.2.1. parallel trend test a parallel trend test in the control and experimental groups was a prerequisite for using the did approach. to assess the impact of the local government’s overall economic regulation autonomy using the did method, it was necessary to ensure that the gtfp of enterprises in the control and experimental groups were aligned prior to the enactment of the new legislation. by constructing time dummy variables for preand post-implementation years and experimental group dummy variables, the model was estimated, yielding the results presented in table 4. none of the interaction term coefficients prior to legislation implementation passed significance tests—an approximately similar trend was observed in changes in the gtfp between the control and experimental groups, which satisfied the assumption of parallel trends, validating the results (see figure 3). figure 3. parallel trend test results 5.2.2. placebo test to eliminate the influence of omitted variables and random factors on the results, fictitious and randomized treatment groups were established, and the baseline model was subsequently re-run 1,000 times to ensure robustness. the scatterplot in figure 4 displays the p-values of the auto coefficient across the randomized treatment groups, with the vertical dashed line representing the true auto coefficient of the actual treatment group and the horizontal dashed line indicating a p-value threshold of 0.1. most estimated coefficients from the fictitious treatment groups cluster near zero and lie above the 10% significance level line, far from the true estimated coefficient, with only a few values approaching the true values. consequently, the estimated coefficients from the fabricated treatment groups are not statistically significant, indicating that the results are not driven by random factors and are robust. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 546 figure 4. placebo test results 5.2.3. propensity score matching–difference-in-differences (psm⁃ did) as the majority of the control group in this study comprised provincial capitals, municipalities directly governed by the central government, heterogeneity exists compared with ordinary prefecture-level cities. therefore, to address endogeneity issues and improve the robustness of the experimental results, this study employs the propensity score matching (psm) method to match the treated sample with cities that have similar characteristics in all aspects except for auto. subsequently, the matched group was subjected to regression analysis. table 4 displays the re-estimated results—even after controlling for the control group, auto’s estimated coefficient on gtfp remains significantly negative. thereby reinforcing the robustness of the findings. changing the sample as major events may directly or indirectly affect enterprise productivity, as research indicates that the 2008 economic crisis reduced firms’ innovation drive [47, 48], governments may relax their consideration of environmental issues and adopt more lenient intervention measures to stimulate economic recovery. during the covid-19 pandemic, local governments imposed varying degrees of restrictions on businesses to protect the health of residents, which also impacted productivity. therefore, this study excludes the years affected by major events and re-estimates the regression coefficients of local governments’ economic regulatory autonomy. table 4 encapsulates the summarized findings. column (3) in table 4 presents the re-estimated results after excluding the data from 2008 to 2009, the years impacted by the global financial crisis. column (4) presents the re-estimated results, with data from 2020 and 2021 excluded to eliminate the impact of the covid-19 pandemic. even after removing the years affected by major events, the estimated coefficient for local governments’ economic regulatory autonomy remains significantly negative—this study’s findings are not altered by the occurrence of major economic events. table 4. psm⁃did, results, and changing samples results models variables (1) (2) (3) (4) psm⁃ did excluding years affected by the economic crisis (2008, 2009) excluding years affected by covid-19 (2020, 2021) gtfp gtfp gtfp gtfp auto -0.0028* (0.0014) -0.0030** (0.0014) -0.0031** (0.0014) -0.0034** (0.0014) constant 0.7657*** (0.0008) 0.9023*** (0.0237) 0.9215*** (0.0224) 0.8544*** (0.0202) control variables no yes yes yes year fixed effect yes yes yes yes firm fixed effect yes yes yes yes r2 0.9831 0.9834 0.9809 0.9827 observations 5366 5356 6504 6504 note. standard errors in parentheses; *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 547 5.3. mechanism test 5.3.1. mediating effect and masking effect to examine whether autonomy affects firms’ gtfp through science and technology support and environmental regulations, this study employs the following three-step mediation model: 𝑀𝑒𝑑𝑖𝑡 = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1𝐴𝑈𝑇𝑂𝑖𝑡 + ∑𝜂𝑗𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑗𝑖𝑡 + 𝜇𝑖𝑡 + 𝜆𝑖𝑡 + 𝜀𝑖𝑡 (4) 𝐺𝑇𝐹𝑃𝑖𝑡 = 𝛾0 + 𝛾1𝐴𝑈𝑇𝑂𝑖𝑡 + 𝛾2𝑀𝑒𝑑𝑖𝑡 +∑𝜂𝑗𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑗𝑖𝑡 + 𝜇𝑖𝑡 + 𝜆𝑖𝑡 + 𝜀𝑖𝑡 (5) in this model, med represents the mediating variable. in this study, science and technology support (scitechsup) and environmental regulation (enviregu) are used as mediating variables. table 5 details the mediation effect outcomes. column (2) reports the results of equation 4—after controlling for other variables, local economic autonomy has a significant negative estimate coefficient at the 1% level for scitechsup (-0.0050). column (3) displays the test results for equation 5, showing that the two-period lagged scitechsup has a significantly positive estimate coefficient at the 10% level for gtfp (0.0333). this suggests that government autonomy reduces the intensity of science and technology support and negatively affects enterprises’ gtfp, validating hypothesis 2. columns (4) and (5) show the results of equations 4 and 5, using enviregu as the mediating variable. the estimated coefficient of auto on enviregu is 0.0110, significant at the 1% level. in column (5), the estimated coefficient of enviregu’s impact on gtfp is 0.0224 at the 5% significance level, but the estimated coefficient of auto is significantly negative at the 1% level—local government autonomy reduces its negative impact on gtfp by promoting the improvement of the enviregu level. therefore, the final total effect of auto on gtfp (− 0.0026) is weaker than its direct effect (− 0.0029); expressly, there is a masking effect, which verifies hypothesis 3. the negative effect of autonomy on science and technology support (scitechsup, β = −0.0050, p < 0.01) and positive effect on environmental regulation (enviregu, β = 0.0110, p < 0.01) reveal a policy substitution effect. this aligns with [6] framework, where government streams (e.g., environmental regulation) interact with technical streams (e.g., innovation). specifically, the substitution effect reflects a trade-off between short-term regulatory outcomes (government stream) and long-term innovation investments (technical stream), as identified by addy & jiří [36]. the masking effect (β = −0.0029 vs. −0.0026) suggests environmental regulation partially offsets autonomy’s negative impact, consistent with [20]’s finding that moderate environmental regulation can enhance efficiency. however, the net negative effect underscores the dominance of innovation suppression over regulatory gains, echoing [21] critique of compliance costs. table 5. results of mediating and masking effects models variables (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) gtfp mediating effect of research support inhibitory effect of environmental regulation scitechsup gtfp enviregu gtfp auto -0.0026** (0.0013) -0.0050*** (0.0010) -0.0031** (0.0014) 0.0110*** (0.0016) -0.0029*** (0.0013) scitechsup 0.0333* (0.0189) enviregu 0.0224** (0.0094) constant 0.8564*** (0.0183) 0.0304*** (0.0005) 0.9194*** (0.0224) 0.2296*** (0.0232) 0.8513*** (0.0184) control variables yes yes yes yes yes year fixed effect yes yes yes yes yes firm fixed effect yes yes yes yes yes r2 0.9864 0.1966 0.9809 0.3011 0.9864 sample size 7588 note. standard errors in parentheses; *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1. in conducting the mechanism test, the objective is to demonstrate that autonomy influences gtfp through its effect on support for science and technology. given that the impact of science and technology on gtfp may exhibit a lagged effect rather than manifesting in the same year, the two-period lagged scitechsup variable was employed to verify its mediating effect. 5.3.2. substitution effect of policies to verify whether an increase in local economic regulation autonomy results in unidirectional policy substitution effects, scitechsup serves as the mediating variable, and the influence of autonomy on environmental regulation is examined in three steps, following an approach similar to a mediation effect model. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 548 𝐸𝑛𝑣𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑢𝑖𝑡 = 𝛼0 + 𝛼1𝐴𝑈𝑇𝑂𝑖𝑡 + ∑𝜂𝑗𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑗𝑖𝑡 + 𝜇𝑖𝑡 + 𝜆𝑖𝑡 + 𝜀𝑖𝑡 (6) 𝑆𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑒𝑐ℎ𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑖𝑡 = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1𝐴𝑈𝑇𝑂𝑖𝑡 + ∑𝜂𝑗𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑗𝑖𝑡 + 𝜇𝑖𝑡 + 𝜆𝑖𝑡 + 𝜀𝑖𝑡 (7) 𝐸𝑛𝑣𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑢𝑖𝑡 = 𝛾0 + 𝛾1𝐴𝑈𝑇𝑂𝑖𝑡 + 𝛾2𝑆𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑒𝑐ℎ𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑖𝑡 +∑𝜂𝑗𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑗𝑖𝑡 + 𝜇𝑖𝑡 + 𝜆𝑖𝑡 + 𝜀𝑖𝑡 (8) among them, α1 represents the overall effect of auto on environmental regulation; β1 in equation 7 denotes the impact of auto on science and technology support (policy to be substituted); γ1 in equation 8 represents the direct impact of auto on environmental regulation after controlling for the influence of science and technology support and other control variables, whereas γ2 reflects the extent to which environmental regulation responds to science and technology support after controlling for the influence of auto and other control variables, indicating a potential substitution effect. table 6 presents the experimental results. as examined within the context of mediating and masking effects, the findings indicate that greater local economic autonomy leads governments to reduce support for science and technology while increasing environmental regulation. additionally, table 6 shows that the estimated coefficient of scitechsup on enviregu is significantly negative, approximately -0.2535. given that both estimated coefficients β1 and γ2 are significantly negative at the 1% level, it can be inferred that local governments employ environmental regulation as a substitute for science and technology support, thereby validating hypothesis 4. table 6. results of substitution effect variables (1) (2) (3) enviregu scitechsup enviregu auto 0.0110*** (0.0017) -0.0050*** (0.0010) 0.0097*** (0.0016) scitechsup -0.2535*** (0.0202) constant 0.2296*** (0.0232) 0.0304*** (0.0005) 0.2018*** (0.0230) control variables yes yes yes year fixed effect yes yes yes firm fixed effect yes yes yes r2 0.3011 0.1966 0.3164 sample size 7588 note. standard errors in parentheses; *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1 5.3.3. cross-section effect test to explore how regional heterogeneity affects the correlation between government behavior and corporate performance, this study measures industrial structural upgrading (stru) by employing the tertiary-to-secondary industry value-added ratio. the sample is stratified into two groups at the median value: cities with industrial structures below the median and those above it. after conducting a group regression analysis on the baseline model, as shown in table 7, a significant negative correlation between auto and gtfp was found in cities with lower levels of industrial structure, with an estimated regression coefficient of -0.0030 at a significance level of 10%. however, no similar significant negative impact was observed for economic regulation autonomy on corporate gtfp in cities with more industrial structures. this difference verifies hypothesis 5, suggesting that industrial structural upgrading helps mitigate the negative effects of local government regulatory autonomy on corporate gtfp. the mitigating role of industrial structure upgrading (struc ≥ 1.17) aligns with [15], who emphasize that tertiary industries reduce pollution intensity and foster innovation. this result extends [16] work on marketization, demonstrating that structural upgrading enhances policy coordination and reduces regulatory burdens. in contrast, regions with lower industrial structure (struc < 1.17) exhibit amplified negative effects, corroborating [38] analysis of innovation agglomeration in technology-intensive sectors. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 549 table 7. results of heterogeneity test groups variables (1) (2) struc < 1.17 struc ≥ 1.17 gtfp gtfp auto -0.0030* (0.0017) 0.0005 (0.0106) constant 0.9285*** (0.0276) 0.8814*** (0.0323) control variables yes yes year fixed effect yes yes firm fixed effect yes yes r2 0.9834 0.9806 sample size 3795 3793 note. standard errors in parentheses; *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1 6. conclusions 6.1. main findings exploring the relationship between government behavior and corporate economic performance holds significant importance for advancing sustainable economic development. using sample data from chinese listed companies from 2007 to 2021, this study calculates enterprise gtfp with a non-radial sbm-ml index and thoroughly examines the impact of local governments’ economic regulation autonomy on enterprises’ gtfp across two dimensions: environmental and fiscal decentralization. furthermore, the analysis investigates the roles of different types of government policies and regional differences in industrial structure in shaping government-enterprise relations. based on the findings of this study, three principal conclusions are identified. first, based on a difference-in-differences model, fiscal and environmental decentralization were used to measure the autonomy of local governments’ economic regulation. the results show that an increase in local government autonomy has a hindering effect on enterprises gtfp. this is because increased autonomy reduces policy coordination between regions and reduces dependence on the central government; intensified competition between regions leads to increased corruption and excessive intervention in economic activities. separately, fiscal autonomy promotes enterprises’ green total factor, whereas environmental autonomy hinders its improvement. second, owing to the existence of policy substitution effects, local governments weighed their options between environmental regulations and support for science and technology. higher levels of science and technology support imply lower levels of environmental regulation. the increased autonomy of local governments effects greater policy discretion, making them more willing to enhance environmental regulations than science and technology support. improvements in environmental regulations are also partly aimed at compensating for the reduction in science and technology support. therefore, autonomy leads to an increase in the level of environmental regulation and reduces the negative impact on gtfp. however, autonomy decreases science and technology support and suppresses corporate gtfp. finally, considering the differentiated impact of regional industrial structure levels, evidence shows that in regions with lower levels of industrial structure, government autonomy continues to significantly inhibit enterprises’ gtfp. however, this negative effect is absent in regions with higher levels of industrial structure, suggesting that upgrading the regional industrial structure influences local governments’ economic regulatory behavior. 6.2. policy implications this article provides several policy recommendations. first, in contrast to the central government, local governments have a clear information advantage in terms of local economic development and are closer to local businesses and residents. it is crucial for them to fully leverage this information and proximity advantage by adopting reasonable policies and guaranteeing the efficacious execution of central policies. as local government autonomy increases, they should enhance cooperation among regions and improve coordination between local policies as well as between local and central policies. they should also consider positive externalities when formulating policies, actively implement those with higher positive externalities, and promote the efficient allocation of resources. for example, increasing fiscal support for scientific and technological research can reduce the cost of innovation for businesses, enhancing their gtfp. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 550 second, considering the differentiated impacts of fiscal and environmental decentralization, as well as their combined hindrance to the gtfp of enterprises, it is not appropriate to simply consider the positive influence of fiscal decentralization on corporate economic performance. when designing decentralization reform plans, the central government should comprehensively consider the differentiated effects of administrative system reform and economic development integration under different decentralization conditions on microeconomic entities’ input-output efficiency and resource allocation optimization at the local level. for example, by combining carbon emissions accounting with carbon footprint measurements, efforts should be made to strengthen the coordination between government governance and enterprise green development. third, as the supervisory bodies of the regional economy, local governments do not participate directly in the production and operational activities of enterprises. they lack sufficient understanding of enterprise production and operations. therefore, local governments should fully coordinate the relationship between government and enterprises, reduce excessive intervention in enterprises, strengthen integrity construction, and lower rent-seeking costs for businesses to provide a favorable political environment. concurrently, the government must balance at least two objectives: environmental protection and economic growth. local governments should focus on economic growth and take responsibility for environmental pollution issues, as its deterioration will hinder economic development. it is unacceptable to sacrifice the environment by allowing unrestricted pollution emissions from companies or by excessively restricting business activities owing to environmental protection concerns. fourth, enhancing the industrial structure not only amplifies the technological innovation agglomeration effect but also eases the difficulty of environmental regulations. this further reduces the risk associated with government science and technology support. local governments should take appropriate measures to encourage the transformation of the industrial structure from resourceand labor-intensive to knowledgeand talent-intensive. short-term policies include providing better financial subsidies and preferential tax policies for tertiary industries, whereas long-term policies can consider improving mechanisms for attracting talent and promoting higher levels of human capital, providing a talent foundation for upgrading the industrial structure. 6.3. limitations and prospects the impact of local government autonomy on the economy has several aspects. the findings of this study are derived solely from chinese corporate sample data, without considering differences in political systems and economic structures among countries, thus limiting their generalizability. baskaran et al. [33] analyzed 31 studies on the impact of fiscal decentralization on the economy and find that such an impact is influenced by regional heterogeneity and the methodologies adopted by researchers. therefore, subsequent research ought to concentrate on exploring how the factors related to political systems and economic structures contribute to governments’ influence on firms’ gtfp. furthermore, this study measured the autonomy of local governments in economic regulation using two indicators closely related to sustainable development: fiscal autonomy and environmental autonomy. more indicators could be incorporated to enhance the measurement of local governments’ economic autonomy. finally, due to the diversity in government policy directions, local governments not only make trade-offs between support for scientific and technological innovation and environmental regulations but may also have substitution relationships in other areas. further investigation into policy substitution effects would contribute to a better understanding of governmental behavior and provide guidance for innovative governance models. 7. declarations 7.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 551 8. references [1] ostfeld, r. s., & brunner, j. l. (2015). climate change and ixodes tick-borne diseases of humans. philosophical transactions of the royal society b: biological sciences, 370(1665), 1–11. doi:10.1098/rstb.2014.0051. [2] guo, b., yu, h., & jin, g. (2024). urban green total factor productivity in china: a generalized luenberger productivity indicator and its parametric decomposition. sustainable cities and society, 106, 105365. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2024.105365. [3] huang, x., feng, c., qin, j., wang, x., & zhang, t. (2022). measuring china’s agricultural green total factor productivity and its drivers during 1998–2019. science of the total environment, 829, 154477. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2022.154477. [4] li, y., & chen, y. (2021). development of an sbm-ml model for the measurement of green total factor productivity: the case of pearl river delta urban agglomeration. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 145. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2021.111131. [5] shi, x., & li, l. (2019). green total factor productivity and its decomposition of chinese manufacturing based on the mml index:2003–2015. journal of cleaner production, 222, 998–1008. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.03.080. [6] zhang, j., lu, g., skitmore, m., & ballesteros-pérez, p. (2021). a critical review of the current research mainstreams and the influencing factors of green total factor productivity. environmental science and pollution research, 28(27), 35392–35405. doi:10.1007/s11356-021-14467-4. [7] jiakui, c., abbas, j., najam, h., liu, j., & abbas, j. (2023). green technological innovation, green finance, and financial development and their role in green total factor productivity: empirical insights from china. journal of cleaner production, 382, 135131. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2022.135131. [8] lee, c. c., & lee, c. c. (2022). how does green finance affect green total factor productivity? evidence from china. energy economics, 107, 105863. doi:10.1016/j.eneco.2022.105863. [9] song, m., du, j., & tan, k. h. (2018). impact of fiscal decentralization on green total factor productivity. international journal of production economics, 205, 359–367. doi:10.1016/j.ijpe.2018.09.019. [10] yu, d., liu, l., gao, s., yuan, s., shen, q., & chen, h. (2022). impact of carbon trading on agricultural green total factor productivity in china. journal of cleaner production, 367, 132789. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2022.132789. [11] zhang, c., zhu, h., & li, x. (2024). which productivity can promote clean energy transition —total factor productivity or green total factor productivity? journal of environmental management, 366, 121899. doi:10.1016/j.jenvman.2024.121899. [12] hao, x., wang, x., wu, h., & hao, y. (2023). path to sustainable development: does digital economy matter in manufacturing green total factor productivity? sustainable development, 31(1), 360–378. doi:10.1002/sd.2397. [13] hu, w., & li, x. (2023). financial technology development and green total factor productivity. sustainability (switzerland), 15(13), 10309. doi:10.3390/su151310309. [14] wu, h., hao, y., ren, s., yang, x., & xie, g. (2021). does internet development improve green total factor energy efficiency? evidence from china. energy policy, 153, 112247. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2021.112247. [15] feng, y., zhong, s., li, q., zhao, x., & dong, x. (2019). ecological well-being performance growth in china (1994–2014): from perspectives of industrial structure green adjustment and green total factor productivity. journal of cleaner production, 236. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.07.031. [16] lu, x. hai, jiang, x., & gong, m. qi. (2020). how land transfer marketization influence on green total factor productivity from the approach of industrial structure? evidence from china. land use policy, 95. doi:10.1016/j.landusepol.2020.104610. [17] ren, s., du, m., bu, w., & lin, t. (2023). assessing the impact of economic growth target constraints on environmental pollution: does environmental decentralization matter? journal of environmental management, 336, 117618. doi:10.1016/j.jenvman.2023.117618. [18] stavins, r. n. (2025). environmental regulation and the competitiveness of u.s. manufacturing: what does the evidence tell us? environmental economics and public policy, 33(1), 45–76. doi:10.4337/9781035363155.00011. [19] song, m., peng, l., shang, y., & zhao, x. (2022). green technology progress and total factor productivity of resource-based enterprises: a perspective of technical compensation of environmental regulation. technological forecasting and social change, 174, 121276. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2021.121276. [20] cao, y., wan, n., zhang, h., zhang, x., & zhou, q. (2020). linking environmental regulation and economic growth through technological innovation and resource consumption: analysis of spatial interaction patterns of urban agglomerations. ecological indicators, 112(5), 106062. doi:10.1016/j.ecolind.2019.106062. [21] becker, r. a. (2011). local environmental regulation and plant-level productivity. ecological economics, 70(12), 2516–2522. doi:10.1016/j.ecolecon.2011.08.019. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 552 [22] martinez-vazquez, j., lago-peñas, s., & sacchi, a. (2017). the impact of fiscal decentralization: a survey. journal of economic surveys, 31(4), 1095–1129. doi:10.1111/joes.12182. [23] chen, x., & chang, c. p. (2020). fiscal decentralization, environmental regulation, and pollution: a spatial investigation. environmental science and pollution research, 27(25), 31946–31968. doi:10.1007/s11356-020-09522-5. [24] mu, r. (2018). bounded rationality in the developmental trajectory of environmental target policy in china, 1972-2016. sustainability (switzerland), 10(1), 199. doi:10.3390/su10010199. [25] shah, a. (2006). corruption and decentralized public governance. in handbook of fiscal federalism. world bank. doi:10.4337/9781847201515.00029. [26] konisky, d. m. (2009). assessing u.s. state susceptibility to environmental regulatory competition. state politics and policy quarterly, 9(4), 404–428. doi:10.1177/153244000900900402. [27] hwang, s. (2022). is there an environmental race to the bottom in an endogenous growth model of interjurisdictional competition? hitotsubashi journal of economics, 63(1), 24–50. doi:10.15057/hje.2022002. [28] prud’homme, r. (1995). the dangers of decentralization. world bank research observer, 10(2), 201–220. doi:10.1093/wbro/10.2.201. [29] oates, w. e. (2013). a reconsideration of environmental federalism. recent advances in environmental economics, edward elgar publishing, 1-32. doi:10.4337/9781843767305.00006. [30] oates, w. e. (2008). on the evolution of fiscal federalism: theory and institutions. national tax journal, 61(2), 313–334. doi:10.17310/ntj.2008.2.08. [31] lejour, a. m., & verbon, h. a. a. (1997). tax competition and redistribution in a two-country endogenous-growth model. international tax and public finance, 4(4), 485–497. doi:10.1023/a:1008613015303. [32] devereux, m. b., & mansoorian, a. (1992). international fiscal policy coordination and economic growth. international economic review, 33(2), 249. doi:10.2307/2526893. [33] baskaran, t., feld, l. p., & schnellenbach, j. (2016). fiscal federalism, decentralization, and economic growth: a meta‐ analysis. economic inquiry, 54(3), 1445-1463. doi:10.1111/ecin.12331. [34] li, y., & tina zhang, x. (2023). rent-seeking in bank credit and firm r&d innovation: the role of industrial agglomeration. journal of business research, 159, 113454. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2022.113454. [35] wouters, o. j., mckee, m., & luyten, j. (2020). estimated research and development investment needed to bring a new medicine to market, 2009-2018. jama journal of the american medical association, 323(9), 844–853. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.1166. [36] addy, t., & jiří, s. (2001). the political economy of transition. ecumenical review, 53(4), 501–508. doi:10.1111/j.17586623.2001.tb00135.x. [37] khan, z., ali, s., dong, k., & li, r. y. m. (2021). how does fiscal decentralization affect co2 emissions? the roles of institutions and human capital. energy economics, 94, 105060. doi:10.1016/j.eneco.2020.105060. [38] wang, j., dong, x., & dong, k. (2022). how does ict agglomeration affect carbon emissions? the case of yangtze river delta urban agglomeration in china. energy economics, 111. doi:10.1016/j.eneco.2022.106107. [39] zhao, j., jiang, q., dong, x., dong, k., & jiang, h. (2022). how does industrial structure adjustment reduce co2 emissions? spatial and mediation effects analysis for china. energy economics, 105, 105704. doi:10.1016/j.eneco.2021.105704. [40] sanogo, t. (2019). does fiscal decentralization enhance citizens’ access to public services and reduce poverty? evidence from côte d’ivoire municipalities in a conflict setting. world development, 113, 204–221. doi:10.1016/j.worlddev.2018.09.008. [41] ladner, a., & keuffer, n. (2021). creating an index of local autonomy–theoretical, conceptual, and empirical issues. regional and federal studies, 31(2), 209–234. doi:10.1080/13597566.2018.1464443. [42] nunn, n., & qian, n. (2011). the potato’s contribution to population and urbanization: evidence from a historical experiment. quarterly journal of economics, 126(2), 593–650. doi:10.1093/qje/qjr009. [43] chung, y. h., färe, r., & grosskopf, s. (1997). productivity and undesirable outputs: a directional distance function approach. journal of environmental management, 51(3), 229–240. doi:10.1006/jema.1997.0146. [44] shao, s., hu, z., cao, j., yang, l., & guan, d. (2020). environmental regulation and enterprise innovation: a review. business strategy and the environment, 29(3), 1465–1478. doi:10.1002/bse.2446. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 553 [45] arkhangelsky, d., athey, s., hirshberg, d. a., imbens, g. w., & wager, s. (2021). synthetic difference-in-differences. american economic review, 111(12), 4088-4118. doi:10.1257/aer.20190159. [46] li, x., younas, m. z., andlib, z., ullah, s., sohail, s., & hafeez, m. (2021). examining the asymmetric effects of pakistan’s fiscal decentralization on economic growth and environmental quality. environmental science and pollution research, 28(5), 5666–5681. doi:10.1007/s11356-020-10876-z. [47] archibugi, d., filippetti, a., & frenz, m. (2013). economic crisis and innovation: is destruction prevailing over accumulation? research policy, 42(2), 303–314. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2012.07.002. [48] hausman, a., & johnston, w. j. (2014). the role of innovation in driving the economy: lessons from the global financial crisis. journal of business research, 67(1), 2720–2726. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2013.03.021. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 213 issn: 2723-9535 stability assessment of an ore mill electric drive using machine learning marinka baghdasaryan 1* , vardan hovhannisyn 1 1 institute of energetics and electrical engineering, national polytechnic university of armenia, 105, teryan st., 0009 yerevan, armenia. received 21 february 2024; revised 17 may 2024; accepted 23 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract the relevance of the study is due to the need to improve electric drive systems operated in harsh conditions. the goal of the study is to create a model for assessing the state of stability of the electric drive of an ore mill using machine learning capabilities, which will provide high performance and the ability to work consistently in different systems. various sustainability assessment models have been developed based on 6 machine learning algorithms. the study and comparison of models built using artificial neural networks (ann) of different architectures was carried out using various learning methods. the expediency of using the tree and ann algorithms to develop a model for assessing electric drive stability is substantiated. the novelty of the results obtained lies in the fact that the model has high accuracy, high speed, and the ability to detect instability in uncertain operating modes of the electric motor of an electric drive, as well as the possibility of coordinated operation with various systems. the practical value is that the model allows, at an intellectual level, to provide effective control and fault diagnosis of complex electric drive systems, which cannot be achieved using the known methods. keywords: machine learning; neural network; ore mill; electric drive; intelligent model discipline. 1. introduction the correct organization of technological processes at manufacturing enterprises is mainly due to the smooth operation and efficient operation of electric drive systems that ensure the operation of the technological mechanisms [1– 5]. an electric drive system is a complex system operating under load, the mechanical and electrical parts of which are in constant interaction. the electrical part of the system consists of an energy accumulator and a converter connected by an electric and magnetic connection. the mechanical part is an inertial mass connected by elastic mechanical joints [6, 7]. during operation, the elastic links in the mechanical part of the electric drive system are subjected to mechanical shocks, which change with a certain frequency and lead to an increase in the wear rate of the structural components of the system and prevent the stable operation of the system. they are especially undesirable for systems operating with variable loads [8, 9]. such is the electric drive system that ensures the operation of the ore mill; it is energy-intensive and operated in difficult conditions. studies show that ore mills used in various technological processes operate with an arbitrarily varying load [5, 10– 12]. the random nature of the load change is due to the qualitative characteristics of the ore, the degree of filling of the crushing drum, and the degree of wear of the lining protecting the walls. the ore grinding mill is mainly started without loading the ore into the mill, which makes it possible to facilitate the operation of the electric drive system to some * corresponding author: m.baghdasaryan@seua.am http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-01 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1227-432x hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 214 extent. meanwhile, during operation, flickering occurs in the elastic links of the electric drive system due to the dynamic parameters of the mechanical transmission system and random changes in the torque of resistance created by the mill. flickering in the mechanical part of the system eventually leads to the wear and deformation of mechanical components, which leads to an emergency or system failure. this leads to a decrease in the efficiency of subsequent processes and unnecessary losses of electricity [13]. due to an increase in the intensity and amplitude of elastic flickers that occur in the mechanical part of the mill's electric drive system during operation, the system may be in an unstable state, which increases the likelihood of its being in an emergency state. considering the above, as well as the fact that the grinding process is the main production stage for obtaining ore concentrate and various building materials [5, 14], an assessment of the stability state aimed at improving the efficiency of its electric drive system is a task of scientific and technical interest. there are various approaches and recommendations aimed at improving the efficiency of the electric drive system of the ore mill. sapsalev et al. [15] proposed a new approach to ensuring the stability of a two-mass electromechanical system with a magnetic coupling. to linearize the system, a transfer function is obtained between the electromagnetic torque of the motor and the angular velocity of the second mass. the stability of a linearized electromechanical system was considered using the hurwitz criterion. the results obtained make it possible to analyze transients in linear and nonlinear systems in the matlab simulink environment. to improve the efficiency of the mill, it was proposed to optimize its electric drive system [16]. two variants of the electric drive system were studied: • with a low-speed synchronous motor without a gearbox; • with an asynchronous motor and a gearbox. the analysis shows that the most energy-efficient system is one with an electric drive without a gearbox and a lowspeed synchronous motor, while a smooth start is provided by a system with an asynchronous motor thanks to a hydraulic clutch [16]. machine learning capabilities have been successfully applied to increase mill productivity and save the electricity consumed by the electric drive [17]. a simulation model was proposed to control the stability of a multistage electric drive system [18]. the results of testing the model show that the proposed control algorithm has the best capabilities for tracking commands, the best protection against interference, and higher performance than a traditional pid regulator. compared with the traditional mathematical model, the proposed simulation model is closer to real working conditions. this makes it possible to take the non-linear factors into account and solve the problem of inconsistency identified during control [18]. the studies devoted to the development of control technologies for electric drive systems and their application are also of interest [19, 20]. blagodarov et al. [20] have developed recommendations for developers of electric drive systems based on artificial intelligence. various approaches to reducing the intensity of fluctuations occurring in the system and improving the accuracy of dynamic positioning are presented. the proposed approaches are applicable to cases where the mechanical system is flexible. a method is proposed for determining the parameters of a model of a two-mass electromechanical system based on oscillograms obtained in operating and emergency modes [21]. the technique is universal and includes the calculation of the moments of inertia of rotating masses, the coefficients of elastic rigidity and vibration damping, as well as the time constants of the motor air gap torque control circuit. in a number of studies, an attempt has been made to develop intelligent electric drive control systems that prevent possible malfunctions [22–24], which, however, cannot be applied for the comprehensive solution of the problems that arise during the ore crushing process. baghdasaryan & avetisyan [25] discussed the issues of the stability of the motion of the "electric motor – technological load" system. it is confirmed that the stability margin can change during the operation of the system by changing the tensile torque. it is shown that a change in the stiffness of the connection of the motion transmission link causes a change in the frequency of flickering of mechanical links, which provides information on the state of the system. this article also presents a stability control algorithm, but it is not recommended to use it in systems with varying loads. ren & qingzhen [26] investigated the dynamic characteristics and stability of a permanent magnet synchronous motor (pmsm). using the ruth-hurwitz criterion, stability conditions and bifurcation conditions for equilibrium points were obtained. it is confirmed that to ensure the stable operation of the motor, its own parameters must be calculated in an area in which there is only one stable equilibrium. even though the dynamics of pmsm behavior have been studied with and without external load, the proposed model does not consider the operating modes of the motor. in addition, the results obtained only record the conditions for stable operation of the motor and cannot be widely used for solving control and diagnostic problems. kodkin et al. [27] present the well-known popov stability criterion for nonlinear systems based on nonlinear frequency characteristics. it is shown that, in comparison with traditional methods, the proposed method makes it possible to design the structure of the electric drive system more efficiently. the results obtained can be used to determine the stability conditions and develop methods of regulation for tracking electric drives. at the same time, it is important to note that this work does not take into account the influence of the elastic links on stability. the importance of this factor is taken into account in article [28]. in this case, the dynamic stability of the system is assessed for operating hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 215 modes with sudden steps in supply voltage. it should be noted that, however, the models developed by kodkin et al. [27] and kulakovskiy & aristov [28] do not take into account the dynamics of load changes and also cannot work consistently at the intellectual level. ibrahim et al. [29] analyzed the influence of magnetic saturation and rotor position on transient processes and the stability limits of a synchronous reluctance motor. it has been confirmed that magnetic saturation increases the stability limit and torque of a synchronous reluctance motor. on the other hand, changing the q-axis flux linkage has a great impact on motor performance and its stability limits. the analysis carried out does not give a complete picture of the state of stability of a synchronous electric drive since it does not take into account the characteristic parameters of the transmission links. the analysis shows that some studies are best suited to increase the productivity of the grinding process and decrease energy consumption. another group of works considers the increase in efficiency of the process from the point of view of researching and evaluating the operating characteristics of the mechanical part of the electric drive system that drives the mechanism. various approaches have been proposed to control fluctuations occurring in the elastic links of the electric drive system, as well as to prevent their harmful effects using regulators. undoubtedly, important results have been obtained that are applicable to improving the efficiency of the electric drive system of the ore mill. however, in these studies, information about the state of stability of the system is incomplete since the possibility of providing a synchronous motor in asynchronous modes is not considered. the transients caused by this can make the system unstable, which eventually leads to deformation of the elastic links. neglecting the stability conditions during transients can lead to an inadequate use of control capabilities. it can be stated that the considered approaches cannot be integrated into the industrial challenges of the 4th generation. our research shows that there is significant potential to improve the efficiency of the ore mill. this is due to the development of an intelligent model that comprehensively takes into account the transient phenomena of the electric drive system, evaluates its stability, and is integrated into the control system. the following circumstances serve as the basis for the above: • insufficient application of the methods and tools for assessing the stability of the control systems, diagnostics, and monitoring of the electric drive of ore mills; • the lack of methods that ensure high performance and accuracy in assessing the stability of the system with a random change in load; • insufficient use of intelligent solutions to assess the stability of the system; • insufficient assessment of the operating modes of the synchronous motor. the use of models that do not take into account the possibility of their operation in asynchronous mode for a certain period of time. based on the importance of having accurate information about the stability of the system to improve the efficiency of the ore mill electric drive system, as well as the effectiveness of using intelligent approaches to synthesize a stability assessment model, the purpose of this paper and the tasks to be solved for its implementation are formulated. the aim of the paper is to develop a model for assessing the stability of the mechanical part of the mill's electric drive system using machine learning capabilities, which will ensure high productivity and the possibility of coordinated operation in various systems. the structure of the paper is as follows: section one presents the status of the issue being considered in the study. the papers of interest for improving the efficiency of the ore mill and its electric drive systems are analyzed. the necessity and purpose of applying a new approach to assessing the instability of the electric drive system of the ore mill are substantiated. section 2 provides the methodology and algorithm for solving the main tasks for assessing the state of instability of the system. section 3 presents the results obtained to assess the state of stability using various machine learning methods as well as various neural network architectures and learning algorithms. section 4 provides comments and recommendations on the results of the study. 2. material and methods due to its high efficiency and power factor, the synchronous motor has been widely used for crushing ore at production plants [5, 30, 31]. for this reason, stability assessment is carried out for a synchronous electric drive system, the mechanical part of which consists of an ore mill, a synchronous electric drive motor, and a clutch (figure 1). during operation, the synchronous motor may briefly switch to an asynchronous mode. this differs from the usual mode in that the motor operates with a slip other than zero for a certain time interval [32]. considering that the asynchronous mode can also be caused by an emergency decrease in the motor supply voltage and an increase in the torque of resistance created by the mill, this circumstance is taken into account when forming the database. to assess the stability of the electric drive system of the ore mill, the fact that the electric drive system can be in three different states is taken into account: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 216 • unstable; • stable without stock; • stable with stock. to assess the stability of the system, 2 types of models are considered, namely: • two-state alarm. the output signal of the model indicates a stable or unstable state of the system, • three-state alarm. the output signal of the model signals are: an unstable, stable without stock and stable with stock state of the system. (a) (b) figure 1. the physical model of the electric drive of the ore mill, (a) block diagram, (b) kinematic diagram of the connection between the motor and the ore mill. using the capabilities of machine learning to assess the stability of the electric drive system, the following tasks are solved: • database acquisition; • assessment of the impact of the database input data on the state of stability; • assessment and comparative analysis of the stability of the system using neural networks trained using various architectures and methods; • assessment and comparative analysis of the state of the system's stability using various intelligent algorithms used in classification problems; • development of recommendations for the use of a model for assessing the state of stability in the control system of an ore mill. the flowchart of the algorithm for this workflow is presented in figure 2. figure 2. the flowchart of the algorithm of the workflow hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 217 2.1. creating a database to train intelligent model data, you must have a database. to create the base, the stability conditions obtained for the mechanical part of the synchronous electric drive system that ensures the operation of the ore mill were used [33]. taking into account that the reasons for the occurrence of non-standard operating modes of a synchronous motor in an electric drive and their manifestations are numerous and can disrupt the normal flow of the technological process, under stable conditions, the possibility of the motor appearing in various operating modes is taken into account. details of the database generation algorithm are described below (figure 3). figure 3. the block diagram of the database creation the boundary values of the input data are entered, with the help of which the database is formed. the input data of the system is randomly generated. the following input data are used: the electromagnetic torque of the motor (𝑇), the torque of resistance (𝑇𝑐) created by the ore mill, the displacement angles of the motor shaft and the mill (𝜑1, 𝜑2) and the angular velocities of rotation (𝜔1, 𝜔2), the moment of inertia of the mill (𝐽2), the stiffness of the connection of the mechanical part (𝑐). for stable data, their stability margin is checked. the results are recorded in the database. to determine the stability conditions, the following differential equation was used to describe the dynamics of the electric drive system with discrete masses. { 𝑇 − 𝑇12 = 𝐽1 𝑑2𝜑1 𝑑𝑡2 ,,,,𝑇12 − 𝑇𝑐 =, 𝐽2 𝑑2𝜑2 𝑑𝑡2 𝑑𝑇12 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑐(𝜔1 − 𝜔2), 𝑇 = 𝑇𝑠 − 𝑇𝑎𝑠,,,,,,,,,, (1) where 𝜔1 = 𝑑𝜙1 𝑑𝑡 ;𝜔2 = 𝑑𝜙2 𝑑𝑡 ; 𝐽1 is the moment of inertia of the rotor of the motor; 𝑇12 is the elastic torque. the torque 𝑇,of the synchronous electric drive motor is represented by synchronous 𝑇𝑠 and asynchronous 𝑇𝑎𝑠 components. in the system of equations 1, the following expression was used to determine the torque of resistance created by the ore mill [34]. 𝑇𝑐 = 𝑚𝑜 +𝑚1𝜙2 −𝑚2(𝜙2) 3, (2) where 𝑚𝑜, 𝑚1, 𝑚2 are the coefficients. the stability conditions were obtained on the basis of lyapunov's stability theory by qualitative study of equation 1. a database containing more than 500,000 data has been created, consisting of 8 inputs and one output, which has two or three signal response capabilities. to improve the efficiency of the database, the impact of the input data on stability conditions is evaluated. the effects on the output signals of the system of angular displacements of the electric drive motor and mechanism (figure 4) and speeds (figure 5), joint stiffness and the moment of inertia of the mill (figure 6), the influence of the torque of resistance created by the ore mill and the electromagnetic torque of the motor (figure 7) are studied. the studies were carried out in relative units. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 218 figure 4. the influence of the displacement angles of the electric drive motor and the ore mill on the stability of the system. figure 5. the influence of the rotation angles of the electric drive motor and the ore mill on the stability of the system. 2.2. methods used to synthesize the stability assessment model to assess the stability of the system, 6 algorithms are considered that are widely used to solve classification problems (tree, discriminant, knn, svm, logistic regression, and naive bayes) [35–40], available in the classification learner toolbox environment of the matlab software package. at the same time, the possibilities of using an artificial neural network with different architectures and learning algorithms are considered. 3. results and discussion based on the described method, tests were carried out on the electric drive system of a drum mill type 2700×3600mm used in the production of ore concentration. table 1 shows the data of the ore mill and the electric drive motor. table 1. data of the system under test model (d×l) 2700 × 3600 (mm) motor power 380 (kw) rotation speed of cylinder 20.7 (r/min) rotation speed 187.0 (r/min) useful power 328 (kw) the flywheel torque of the rotor 9.0 (t m2) loading of ball 26 (t) coefficient of efficiency 88.4 (%) 3.1. results of the application of machine learning algorithms to develop a model for assessing the stability of the mill's electric drive system, the database created using the algorithms shown in figure 3 is considered for signaling two and three states, respectively (tables 2 and 3). to assess the effectiveness of the model, the characteristics of speed and accuracy, as well as the memory capacity, are considered. the results show that the models developed using discriminant, linear svm, efficient linear svm, naive bayes, efficient logistic regression algorithms have a rather low (less than 82.02%) accuracy. the accuracy of the models figure 6. the effect of bond stiffness and the moment of inertia of the mill on the stability of the system. figure 7. the influence of the torque of resistance created by the ore mill and the electromagnetic torque of the motor on the stability of the system. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 219 developed using the knn and tree algorithms exceeds 90% (figures 9 and 11). at the same time, the accuracy of models signaling two states running on cnn and tree algorithms is higher and approaching 100% (figure 11). the knn algorithm, which showed the highest accuracy, has a longer learning time and a lower prediction speed than the tree algorithm (figures 8, 10). in addition, the memory size of the model with the tree algorithm is small. of the considered options, the worst parameters of prediction speed, occupied volume, and training time are provided by the model developed on the basis of a discriminant algorithm, whose accuracy does not exceed 56.57 (figure 11). table 2. characteristic parameters of the model signaling instability, stability with a stock and stability without a stock for various algorithms algorithm model type prediction speed (obs/sec) model size (mb) training tine (sec) accuracy (%) tree fine tree 1236000 0.031 7.47 96.9531 medium tree 1344100 0.009 6 94.2069 coarse tree 2106000 0.006 4.3 92.5609 discriminant linear discriminant 1404700 0.007 3.85 50.41 quadratic discriminant 1200000 0.009 4.5 50.4 k-nearest neighbors (knn) fine knn 112450 59.94 11.55 99.9018 medium knn 46603 59.94 20.6 99.9018 cosine knn 1187.9 46.94 436.7 99.9017 cubic knn 28455 59.94 32.4 99.9017 weighted knn 47311 59.94 34.86 99.9017 coarse knn 8704 59.944 68.5 80.6553 support vector machines (svm) efficient linear svm 806020 0.039 36.3 64.0386 linear svm 357510 0.019 25446.8 59.4517 svm kernel 30511 0.810 454.7 94.2961 logistic regression logistic regression kernel 29435 0.810 213.6 91.1817 efficient logistic regression 598470 0.039 39.6 64.0381 naive bayes gaussian naive bayes 812910 0.009 9.4 30.8886 2.5× 106 2× 106 1.5× 10 6 1× 10 6 0.5× 106 0 f in e t re e m e d iu m t re e c o ar se t re e l in ea r d is c ri m in a n t q u a d ra ti c d is c ri m in a n t f in e k n n m e d iu m k n n c o ar se k n n c o si n e k n n c u b ic k n n w e ig h te d k n n e ff ic ie n t l in e a r s v m l in ea r s v m s v m k e rn e l l o g is ti c r e g re ss io n k e rn e l e ff ic ie n t l o g is ti c r e g re ss io n g a u ss ia n n a iv e b a y e s p re d ic io n s o ee d ( o b s/ se c ) t ra in in g t im e ( se c ) tree discriminant knn svm regression 30000 25000 20000 15000 10000 5000 0 figure 8. the learning time of the model signaling instability, with and without a stock of stability, as well as the prediction speed for various machine learning algorithms hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 220 70× 106 60× 106 50× 106 40× 106 30× 106 0 f in e t re e m e d iu m t re e c o ar se t re e l in ea r d is c ri m in a n t q u a d ra ti c d is c ri m in a n t f in e k n n m e d iu m k n n c o ar se k n n c o si n e k n n c u b ic k n n w e ig h te d k n n e ff ic ie n t l in e a r s v m l in ea r s v m s v m k e rn e l l o g is ti c r e g re ss io n k e rn e l e ff ic ie n t l o g is ti c r e g re ss io n g a u ss ia n n a iv e b a y e s p e rc e n ta g e o f a c c u a ra c y ( % ) m o d e l s iz e ( b y te s) tree discriminant knn svm regression 20× 106 10× 10 6 100 90 80 70 60 50 0 40 30 20 10 figure 9. accuracy and volume of the model signaling instability, stability with and without a stock for various machine learning algorithms table 3. characteristic parameters of the model signaling instability and stability for various algorithms algorithm model type prediction speed (obs/sec) model size (mb) training tine (sec) accuracy (%) tree fine tree 795930 0.02808 12.05 99.75 medium tree 1023000 0.00875 10.8 99.37 coarse tree 1067700 0.00516 9.83 97.71 discriminant linear discriminant 1150200 0.00634 4.08 56.57 quadratic discriminant 1296900 0.00739 2.53 56.57 k-nearest neighbors (knn) fine knn 144560 61.2471 6050 100 medium knn 41702 61.2471 6078 100 cosine knn 931 61.2471 6680 100 cubic knn 25148 48.1393 6082 100 weighted knn 45558 61.2471 6100 100 coarse knn 6466 61.2471 6110 83.19 support vector machines (svm) efficient linear svm 1381800 0.0117 18.1 70.05 linear svm 914 40.880 13329 56.57 svm kernel 56054 0.0129 6292 82.02 logistic regression logistic regression kernel 52290 0.0129 6220 75.6 efficient logistic regression 1166400 0.0118 3.9 70.05 naive bayes gaussian naive bayes 758700 0.0071 7.45 56.57 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 221 1.6× 106 1.4× 106 1.2× 106 1× 106 0.8× 10 6 0 f in e t re e m e d iu m t re e c o ar se t re e l in ea r d is c ri m in a n t q u a d ra ti c d is c ri m in a n t f in e k n n m e d iu m k n n c o ar se k n n c o si n e k n n c u b ic k n n w e ig h te d k n n e ff ic ie n t l in e a r s v m l in ea r s v m s v m k e rn e l l o g is ti c r e g re ss io n k e rn e l e ff ic ie n t l o g is ti c r e g re ss io n g a u ss ia n n a iv e b a y e s p re d ic io n s o ee d ( o b s/ se c ) t ra in in g t im e ( se c ) tree discriminant knn svm regression 0.6× 106 0.4× 106 0.2× 106 14000 12000 10000 8000 4000 2000 0 figure 10. training time and prediction speed of the model signaling instability and stability for various machine learning algorithms 70× 106 60× 10 6 50× 106 40× 106 30× 10 6 0 f in e t re e m e d iu m t re e c o ar se t re e l in ea r d is c ri m in a n t q u a d ra ti c d is c ri m in a n t f in e k n n m e d iu m k n n c o ar se k n n c o si n e k n n c u b ic k n n w e ig h te d k n n e ff ic ie n t l in e a r s v m l in ea r s v m s v m k e rn e l l o g is ti c r e g re ss io n k e rn e l e ff ic ie n t l o g is ti c r e g re ss io n g a u ss ia n n a iv e b a y e s p e rc e n ta g e o f a c c u a ra c y ( % ) m o d e l s iz e ( b y te s) tree discriminant knn svm regression 20× 106 10× 10 6 100 90 80 70 60 50 0 40 30 20 10 figure 11. accuracy and volume of the model signaling instability and stability for various machine learning algorithms 3.2. results obtained using an artificial neural network there are no clear rules for choosing the architecture, training method, and activation function of an artificial neural network [41–43]. for this reason, to synthesize a model for assessing the state of system stability, models with different architectures, activation functions, and learning algorithms that are used in them are studied. considering this, two types of classification are used: binary classification (signaling about instability and stability) and multi-class classification (signaling about instability, stability with a stock, and stability without a stock); therefore, the activation function on the output layer is selected based on the conditions of the problem. in the case of binary classification, the activation function at the output level is sigmoid, and in the case of multi-class classification, it is softmax. selected activation functions in hidden layers are shown in the table. after choosing the architecture of the neural network, the weighting coefficients that minimize the error are determined. various optimization algorithms can be used for this purpose. bearing in mind that the learning algorithm has different parameters and settings, in order to properly control them, it is necessary to understand the impact of the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 222 optimization method used on the system's performance. a neural network model for assessing the stability of the electric drive system of an ore mill was considered for 9 different architectures and 5 different gradient optimization methods used for training [44, 45] (tables 4 and 5). from the results obtained, it is clear that the use of an artificial neural network for signaling three states of stability does not give the desired results for solving this problem (table 4). the study of the created database shows that the data on stability without reserve makes up only 9.2% of the database, which reduces the accuracy and increases the training time. the use of a neural network in the instability and stability signaling model increases the accuracy and reduces the training time (table 5). at the same time, it is noteworthy that with the same architecture, the accuracy of the model with the activation function and the duration of training are significantly influenced by the training method. dependencies characterizing the effectiveness of gradient optimization methods adam, rmsprop, sgd, adadelta, and nadam are shown in figures 12 to 18. table 4. characteristic parameters of the model signaling instability, stability with and without a stock, created on the basis of neural networks of various architectures optimization method neurons in the first hidden layer neurons in the second hidden layer prediction speed (оbs/s) model size (mb) training time (sec) accuracy (%) sigmoid relu sigmoid relu sigmoid relu sigmoid relu adam 10 29.47 0.025 90.92 58.0 rmsprop 29.43 0.021 88.29 57.6 sgd 29.84 0.021 88.52 53.4 adadelta 29.83 0.025 89.60 51.8 nadam 29.49 0.025 94.47 57.6 adam 20 29.74 29.61 0.026 0.026 93.26 90.72 57.7 59.8 rmsprop 29.59 29.95 0.022 0.022 89.64 88.37 53.4 60.3 sgd 29.85 29.71 0.022 0.022 88.48 86.80 51.3 55.4 adadelta 29.87 29.91 0.026 0.026 91.55 89.63 57.8 53.1 nadam 29.64 30.23 0.026 0.026 94.29 93.17 57.9 60.8 adam 30 29.67 0.028 95.03 57.8 rmsprop 29.68 0.022 92.54 58.0 sgd 26.25 0.022 95.21 53.5 adadelta 29.89 0.028 97.97 51.8 nadam 26.74 0.028 99.62 57.9 adam 20 10 28.50 0.034 103.93 59.2 rmsprop 28.80 0.027 107.05 58.3 sgd 29.29 0.027 103.98 51.8 adadelta 26.24 0.034 102.54 52 nadam 26.89 0.034 115.88 59.3 adam 30 20 29.58 29.56 0.041 0.041 99.82 100.1 59.4 61.0 rmsprop 29.85 29.87 0.031 0.031 97.28 94.0 58.9 55.6 sgd 29.75 28.96 0.031 0.031 95.26 92.19 51.9 54.4 adadelta 29.56 29.89 0.041 0.041 99.99 95.84 51.9 61.4 nadam 29.83 29.84 0.041 0.041 105.2 100.9 59.1 61.9 adam 10 5 28.84 29.64 0.032 0.032 98.34 96.61 58.9 60.3 rmsprop 30.18 28.44 0.025 0.025 93.0 94.00 57.7 60.2 sgd 31.38 27.18 0.025 0.025 90.89 92.33 51.5 55.0 adadelta 30.02 29.31 0.032 0.032 95.14 95.28 51.7 50.0 nadam 30.57 29.80 0.032 0.032 99.67 98.61 58.2 59.7 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 223 table 5. the characteristic parameters of the model signaling instability and stability, created on the basis of neural networks of various architectures optimizatio n method neurons in the first hidden layer neurons in the second hidden layer prediction speed (оbs/s) model size (mb) training time (sec) accuracy (%) sigmoid relu sigmoid relu sigmoid relu sigmoid relu adam 10 24.77 0.024 75.65 93.2 rmsprop 25.82 0.020 70.80 93.1 sgd 25.38 0.020 70.75 77.2 adadelta 24.72 0.024 73.57 77.2 nadam 24.74 0.024 77.59 93.1 adam 20 24.91 25.18 0.026 0.027 78.47 72.26 93.2 92.2 rmsprop 25.71 25.73 0.020 0.021 72.64 73.72 92.5 92.6 sgd 25.01 25.84 0.020 0.021 72.67 68.99 77.2 85.3 adadelta 21.83 26.00 0.026 0.027 75.16 72.03 77.2 75.8 nadam 26.08 19.72 0.026 0.027 78.72 79.76 96.7 93.3 adam 30 25.41 0.029 75.38 92.3 rmsprop 25.21 0.023 73.68 93.3 sgd 25.66 0.023 70.84 77.2 adadelta 24.94 0.029 79.47 77.2 nadam 25.01 0.029 78.32 92.3 adam 20 10 26.52 0.034 78.68 93.3 rmsprop 25.21 0.027 77.76 91.7 sgd 24.96 0.027 79.51 77.2 adadelta 25.07 0.034 78.65 77.2 nadam 25.65 0.034 82.53 93.8 adam 30 20 25.23 24.25 0.042 0.042 84.26 79.43 93.27 94.4 rmsprop 25.20 25.23 0.032 0.032 80.07 77.54 93.36 92.3 sgd 25.72 25.73 0.032 0.032 82.93 74.44 77.24 87.9 adadelta 25.35 25.43 0.042 0.042 81.76 76.84 77.24 76.3 nadam 24.99 25.87 0.042 0.042 85.27 81.13 93.59 93.2 adam 10 5 25.95 20.88 0.031 0.030 75.15 77.52 92.6 93.7 rmsprop 26.64 25.09 0.025 0.025 74.58 77.44 92.3 93.8 sgd 26.66 25.69 0.025 0.025 71.33 72.22 77.2 84.9 adadelta 26.54 23.75 0.031 0.030 74.51 74.86 77.2 75.1 nadam 26.43 25.96 0.031 0.030 78.86 78.86 92.9 93.0 (a) (b) figure 12. dependences on epochs of (a) training accuracy and (b) losses of a neural model with the sigmoid activation function with one hidden layer of 10 neurons in the case of various optimization methods hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 224 (a) (b) figure 13. dependences on epochs of (a) training accuracy and (b) losses of a neural model with the sigmoid activation function with one hidden layer of 20 neurons in the case of various optimization methods (a) (b) figure 14. dependences on epochs of (a) training accuracy and (b) losses of a neural model with the sigmoid activation function with one hidden layer of 30 neurons in the case of various optimization methods figure 15. dependences on epochs of (a) training accuracy and (b) losses of a neural model with the sigmoid activation function with two hidden layers of 20 and 10 neurons in the case of different optimization methods (a) (b) figure 16. dependences on epochs of (a) training accuracy and (b) losses of a neural model with the sigmoid activation function with two hidden layers of 30 and 20 neurons in the case of different optimization methods (a) (b) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 225 (a) (b) figure 17. dependences on epochs of (a) training accuracy and (b) losses of a neural model with the relu activation function with two hidden layers of 30 and 20 neurons in the case of different optimization methods (a) (b) figure 18. dependences on epochs of (a) training accuracy and (b) losses of a neural model with a relu activation function with two hidden layers of 10 and 5 neurons in the case of different optimization methods from the above results, it can be seen that the use of adadelta and sgd optimization methods in this network training problem in the case of 100 epochs can provide a maximum of 77, 24%, and 87.9%, respectively. the highest accuracy can be achieved by using the nadam method to train a network with a structure of 20 neurons in one hidden layer with a sigmoid activation function. in this case, the maximum accuracy of 96.65% is recorded starting from the 70th epoch. as a result of application in various structures, the lowest accuracy was 85.27%. for the studied neural network architectures, fairly stable performance is provided by the adam and rmsprop optimization methods, the accuracy of which ranges from 9.7 to 94.4%. training time, prediction speed, and the size of the models considered do not undergo drastic changes, unlike machine learning algorithms (tables 4 and 5). the number of neurons in the hidden layer has no significant impact on the accuracy of the model (figure 19). the maximum change is recorded for rmsprop optimization methods, which does not exceed 1.7%. (a) (b) figure 19. dependences of validation and accuracy on the number of neurons in the hidden layer (a) for the signaling model of three stability states, (b) for the signaling model of two stability states 3.3. discussion the analysis shows that an intelligent model for assessing the stability of the electric drive system of an ore mill can be synthesized both on the basis of the tree algorithm and on the basis of an artificial neural network. in this case, the stability assessment model using the tree algorithm can be used to control and monitor the electric drive system. its use hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 226 for automated control purposes is not recommended because it is ineffective for sorting or grouping operations. models with two-state signaling created on the basis of an artificial neural network can be successfully used in automated control systems for the electric drive of an ore mill, as well as monitoring and diagnostics. this statement is supported by the fact that the ore mill electric drive system operates under uncertain conditions due to random load changes and changes in synchronous motor operating conditions. a serious alternative to digital control of electric drive systems operating in such conditions is fuzzy logic and the introduction of neural network control systems. these intelligent systems can be successfully integrated with a neural network stability assessment model and provide high system performance. in addition, these neural network models can be built into real controllers and work consistently in the control system, which cannot be said about the model with the tree algorithm. from the analysis of the results obtained it follows that: • all the input parameters used to develop the ore mill electric drive system model significantly influence the stability state. in the database created for training purposes, data without a stability stock does not exceed 9.1%. this allows to state that, depending on the requirements of the problem being solved, stability assessment models with signaling of two or three states can be used in practice: o signaling of states of instability and stability; o signaling of states of instability, stability with and without stock. • the use of developed models using well-known machine learning algorithms (discriminant, linear svm, efficient linear svm, naive bayes, and efficient logistic regression) to improve the efficiency of the ore mill electric drive is not guaranteed due to its insufficient characteristic parameters. • the developed models using the knn and tree algorithms provide high accuracy in signaling both two and three states. however, their accuracy in three-state signaling models is slightly reduced. in models based on the knn algorithm, this decrease ranges from 0.1 to 3.1, which is due to the fact that the method is "trained" only on new data without taking into account previous experience. • the use of neural models with three-state signaling, regardless of the architecture and training algorithm, is impractical due to their low accuracy (maximum 61.9%). this is explained by the fact that the neural network is poorly trained due to the paucity of stock data. • the nadam, rmsprop, and adam algorithms provide the lowest losses and highest accuracy in training a neural network model. the worst indicators are shown by the adadelta and sgd algorithms. • as a result of taking into account the possibilities of operating a synchronous motor in asynchronous mode for a certain period of time, it became possible to increase the reliability of the developed model. • the best result from the models created based on the neural network registers a variant with 20 neurons in one hidden layer with a sigmoid activation function with two-state signaling. in this study, we proposed a new hypothesis to develop an intelligent stability assessment model for the electric drive system of an ore mill. application of the obtained results to solve the problems of control, monitoring, and diagnostics of the ore grinding process will ensure high reliability and performance of the system, helping to improve the technical and economic indicators of the product. 4. conclusions when conducting this research, problems with data collection were overcome. these problems were solved using the model we created, which takes into account all the characteristic parameters of a synchronous electric drive operating with a randomly varying load as well as the possibility of a synchronous motor operating in an asynchronous mode. the degree of influence of a large number of parameters on the state of stability is considered. as a result of the study, 8 characteristic factors were identified. the next difficulty was the impossibility of collecting a large amount of data for stability states without stock, concerning which the authors have drawn a conclusion. the possibilities of machine learning for a comprehensive assessment of the stability of synchronous electric drive systems with dynamic loads have not been used by other authors; therefore, there is no preliminary information on the preferred algorithm and method. for this reason, the authors conducted the research through the study and comparative analysis of a large number of algorithms and optimization methods. the conducted research and analysis can become the basis for the creation of high-performance intelligent systems for control, fault detection, and monitoring of electric drives for various purposes. despite the fact that various intelligent electric drives and diagnostic systems are used in practice, they lack the capabilities for a comprehensive assessment of the state of stability that would work in concert with them. for this reason, we proposed a new approach to assess the stability states of the electric drives of ore mills, which are widely used in industry and operate under hard conditions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 227 as a result of the research conducted with the aim of applying intelligent models for automated control, diagnostics, and monitoring of mineral processing and the production of various building materials, the following conclusions were drawn: • the existing opportunities and challenges for improving the efficiency and reliability of the ore mill were presented. • opportunities have been created for a comprehensive assessment of the stability conditions of the synchronous electric drive of the ore mill. this was done by taking into account the fact that a synchronous motor can be in different operating modes and by taking into account non-linear changes in the torque of resistance created by the mill. • it has been recorded that the prediction speed, learning time, memory capacity, and accuracy of learning stability assessment models developed on the basis of tree, knn, discriminant, linear svm, efficient linear svm, naive bayes, efficient logistic regression machine learning algorithms undergo significant changes in cases with threeand two-state signaling. the only exceptions are the accuracy of the tree and knn algorithms, whose maximum changes are insignificant and amount to 5.3% and 3.1%, respectively. • it was registered that in order to develop a high-performance neural network model for assessing stability, it is necessary that its architecture, activation function, and learning algorithm be selected in a consistent manner. • the analysis of the base formed for training the electric drive system of the ore mill shows that the probability that the system may be in stability mode without stock is small, up to 9.2%. • to ensure efficient and reliable operation of the control system, diagnostics, and monitoring of the electric drive of the ore mill, it is most advisable to use the following models with two-state signaling: o a model based on the tree algorithm; o a neural network model with the nadam learning algorithm, a sigmoid activation function, and one hidden layer with 20 neurons. • the results obtained and the proposed intelligent models can be successfully applied to improve the efficiency and reliability of the ore mill, which is widely used in the ore processing and production of building materials, thereby contributing to the improvement of quality and economic indicators of products. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.b. and v.h.; methodology, m.b.; software, v.h.; validation, m.b. and v.h.; formal analysis, v.h.; investigation, m.b.; resources, m.b.; data curation, m.b.; writing—original draft preparation, m.b. and v.h.; writing—review and editing, m.b. and v.h.; visualization, m.b. and v.h.; supervision, m.b.; project administration, m.b.; funding acquisition, m.b. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the datasets supporting the conclusions of this article are included in the article. 5.3. funding this research was funded by the higher education and science committee of mescs ra, grant number 21t-2b195. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 228 6. references [1] zhou, z., hu, y., liu, b., dai, k., & zhang, y. (2023). development of automatic electric drive drilling system for core drilling. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(2), 1059. doi:10.3390/app13021059. [2] benbouzid, m. e. h., diallo, d., & zeraoulia, m. (2007). advanced fault-tolerant control of induction-motor drives for ev/hev traction applications: from conventional to modern and intelligent control techniques. ieee transactions on vehicular technology, 56(2), 519–528. doi:10.1109/tvt.2006.889579. [3] he, f., xie, g., & luo, j. (2020). electrical bearing failures in electric vehicles. friction, 8(1), 4–28. doi:10.1007/s40544-0190356-5. [4] zhang, z., schürhuber, r., fickert, l., friedl, k., chen, g., & zhang, y. (2021). systematic stability analysis, evaluation and testing process, and platform for grid-connected power electronic equipment. elektrotechnik und informationstechnik, 138(1), 20–30. doi:10.1007/s00502-020-00857-y. [5] baghdasaryan, m. k. (2019). methods of research and optimization of the mineral raw material grinding process. in methods of research and optimization of the mineral raw material grinding process. nova science publishers, new york, united states. [6] chernyi, s. g., erofeev, p., novak, b., & emelianov, v. (2021). investigation of the mechanical and electromechanical starting characteristics of an asynchronous electric drive of a two-piston marine compressor. journal of marine science and engineering, 9(2), 207. doi:10.3390/jmse9020207. [7] ju, j., liu, y., & zhang, c. (2022). stability analysis of electromechanical coupling torsional vibration for wheel‐side direct‐ driven transmission system under transmission clearance and motor excitation. world electric vehicle journal, 13(3), 46. doi:10.3390/wevj13030046. [8] kaniuk, g., vasylets, t., varfolomiyev, o., mezerya, a., & antonenko, n. (2019). development of neural-network and fuzzy models of multimass electromechanical systems. eastern-european journal of enterprise technologies, 3(2–99), 51–63. doi:10.15587/1729-4061.2019.169080. [9] ghosh, e. (2018). machine learning based early fault diagnosis of induction motor for electric vehicle application. electronic theses and dissertations. degree of doctor of philosophy, university of windsor, windsor, ontario, canada. [10] baghdasaryan, m. k., & davtyan, d. v. (2021). energy saving in the ore beneficiation technological process by the optimization of reactive power produced by the synchronous motors. international review of electrical engineering, 16(4), 377–384. doi:10.15866/iree.v16i4.20119. [11] li, z., wang, y., li, k., lin, w., & tong, x. (2018). study on the performance of ball mill with liner structure based on dem. journal of engineering and technological sciences, 50(2), 157–178. doi:10.5614/j.eng.technol.sci.2018.50.2.2. [12] bai, y., & he, f. (2015). modeling on the effect of coal loads on kinetic energy of balls for ball mills. energies, 8(7), 6859– 6880. doi:10.3390/en8076859. [13] góralczyk, m., krot, p., zimroz, r., & ogonowski, s. (2020). increasing energy efficiency and productivity of the comminution process in tumbling mills by indirect measurements of internal dynamics—an overview. energies, 13(24), 6735. doi:10.3390/en13246735. [14] le roux, j. d., olivier, l. e., naidoo, m. a., padhi, r., & craig, i. k. (2016). throughput and product quality control for a grinding mill circuit using non-linear mpc. journal of process control, 42, 35–50. doi:10.1016/j.jprocont.2016.04.007. [15] sapsalev, a. v., kharitonov, s. a., & achitaev, a. a. (2022). on the stability of two-mass electromechanical systems with magnetic couplings. elektrotekhnika, 1(1), 2–6. doi:10.53891/00135860_2021_1_2. [16] bortnowski, p., gładysiewicz, l., król, r., & ozdoba, m. (2021). energy efficiency analysis of copper ore ball mill drive systems. energies, 14(6), 1786. doi:10.3390/en14061786. [17] saldaña, m., gálvez, e., navarra, a., toro, n., & cisternas, l. a. (2023). optimization of the sag grinding process using statistical analysis and machine learning: a case study of the chilean copper mining industry. materials, 16(8), 3220. doi:10.3390/ma16083220. [18] wu, s., zhou, y., zhang, j., ma, s., & lian, y. (2022). research on stability control method of electro-mechanical actuator under the influence of lateral force. electronics (switzerland), 11(8), 1237. doi:10.3390/electronics11081237. [19] merabet, a. (2020). advanced control for electric drives: current challenges and future perspectives. electronics (switzerland), 9(11), 1–4. doi:10.3390/electronics9111762. [20] blagodarov, d. a., grigorian, d. d., & safonov, y. m. (2017). the approach to design control system for the electric drive with flexible mechanics. procedia engineering, 206, 540–545. doi:10.1016/j.proeng.2017.10.513. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 229 [21] gasiyarov, v. r., radionov, a. a., loginov, b. m., zinchenko, m. a., gasiyarova, o. a., karandaev, a. s., & khramshin, v. r. (2023). method for defining parameters of electromechanical system model as part of digital twin of rolling mill. journal of manufacturing and materials processing, 7(5), 183. doi:10.3390/jmmp7050183. [22] kuznetsov, n. k., dolgih, e. s., & iov, i. a. (2019). investigation of the effectiveness of oscillation control in a three-mass system based on the additional feedbacks. advances in engineering research, 188, 211–216. doi:10.2991/aviaent-19.2019.40. [23] nagy, b., galata, d. l., farkas, a., & nagy, z. k. (2022). application of artificial neural networks in the process analytical technology of pharmaceutical manufacturing—a review. aaps journal, 24(4), 74. doi:10.1208/s12248-022-00706-0. [24] abraham, j., & shrivastava, s. (2018). dc motor speed control using machine learning algorithm. international journal of engineering research & technology, 7(04), 456–470. doi:10.17577/ijertv7is040033. [25] baghdasaryan, m. k., & avetisyan, a. g. (2023). study of stability conditions of the “electric drive motor-technological mechanism” system. international review of electrical engineering, 18(2), 111–118. doi:10.15866/iree.v18i2.22925. [26] he, r., & han, q. (2017). dynamics and stability of permanent-magnet synchronous motor. mathematical problems in engineering, 4923987. doi:10.1155/2017/4923987. [27] kodkin, v. l., anikin, a. s., & baldenkov, a. a. (2017). analysis of stability of electric drives as non-linear systems according to popov criterion adjusted to amplitude and phase frequency characteristics of its elements. 2nd international conference on applied mathematics, simulation and modelling (amsm 2017), 7-14. doi:10.12783/dtetr/amsm2017/14810. [28] kulakovskiy, y. m., & aristov, a. v. (2019). dynamic stability of the valve electric drive in oscillatory mode. journal of physics: conference series, 1260(5), 052016. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1260/5/052016. [29] ibrahim, m. n., rashad, e. m., & sergeant, p. (2015). transient analysis and stability limits for synchronous reluctance motors considering saturation effects. in 2015 18th international conference on electrical machines and systems, icems 2015, 1812– 1816. doi:10.1109/icems.2015.7385335. [30] pupin, v., & orlov, v. (2023). mathematical calculation of synchronous electric motors dynamic stability. mathematics, 11(21), 4465. doi:10.3390/math11214465. [31] toliyat, h. a., nandi, s., choi, s., & meshgin-kelk, h. (2017). electric machines: modeling, condition monitoring, and fault diagnosis. electric machines: modeling, condition monitoring, and fault diagnosis. crc press, florida, united states. doi:10.1201/b13008. [32] gric, p. (2020). protection against the effects of the asynchronous operation of synchronous motors based on the principle of comparison of the machine power factor. transactions on electrical engineering, 8(4), 63–67. doi:10.14311/tee.2019.4.063. [33] baghdasaryan, m.k.; babayan, a.h.; avetisyan, a.g.; hovhannisyan, v.d., (2023). developing a mathematical model to reveal and evaluate the conditions of stability of the system “electric drive synchronous motor-mechanism”. proceedings national polytechnic university of armenia, electrical engineering, energetics, 1, 38-49. doi:10.53297/18293328-2023.1-38. [34] ivanchenko f.k., krasnoshapka v.a. (1983). dinamika metallurgicheskikh mashin. metallurgy, moscow, russia, 199-205. [35] hinton, g. (2017). viualizing data using t-sne visualizing data using t-sne. journal of machine learning research, 9(february), 2579–2605. [36] feldesman, m. r. (2002). classification trees as an alternative to linear discriminant analysis. american journal of physical anthropology, 119(3), 257–275. doi:10.1002/ajpa.10102. [37] hsieh, w. w. (2009). machine learning methods in the environmental sciences: neural networks and kernels. in machine learning methods in the environmental sciences: neural networks and kernels. university of british columbia, vancouver, canada. doi:10.1017/cbo9780511627217. [38] jinmeng, l. i., lin, y., & zhu, t. k-nearest neighbor classification algorithm based on hubness and class weighting. computer engineering, 44, 248–252. [39] li, q. n., & li, t. h. (2020). research on the application of naive bayes and support vector machine algorithm on exercises classification. journal of physics: conference series, 1437(1), 012071. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1437/1/012071. [40] prabhat, a., & khullar, v. (2017). sentiment classification on big data using naïve bayes and logistic regression. 2017 international conference on computer communication and informatics, iccci 2017, coimbatore, india. doi:10.1109/iccci.2017.8117734. [41] haykin, s. (2009). neural networks and learning machines. 3rd ed. prentice hall, new york, united states. [42] madhiarasan, m., & louzazni, m. (2022). analysis of artificial neural network: architecture, types, and forecasting applications. journal of electrical and computer engineering, 2022, 1–23. doi:10.1155/2022/5416722. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 230 [43] suzuki, k. (2013). artificial neural networks architectures and applications. in artificial neural networks architectures and applications, 1-266. doi:10.5772/3409. [44] tian, y., zhang, y., & zhang, h. (2023). recent advances in stochastic gradient descent in deep learning. mathematics, 11(3), 682. doi:10.3390/math11030682. [45] abdulkadirov, r., lyakhov, p., & nagornov, n. (2023). survey of optimization algorithms in modern neural networks. mathematics, 11(11), 2466. doi:10.3390/math11112466. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 794 issn: 2723-9535 improving the air quality monitoring framework using artificial intelligence for environmentally conscious development danny manongga 1 , untung rahardja 2 , irwan sembiring 1 , qurotul aini 3* , abdul wahab 4 1 department of information technology, satya wacana christian university, salatiga, 50711, indonesia. 2 department of engineering, university of technology malaysia, johor, 81310, malaysia. 3 department of digital business, university of raharja, tangerang, 15117, indonesia. 4 kulliyah of information and communication technology, international islamic university malaysia, kuala lumpur, 53100, malaysia. received 22 april 2024; revised 09 august 2024; accepted 17 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract this study aims to significantly improve air quality monitoring through the innovative application of artificial intelligence (ai). introducing the artificial intelligence kualitas udara (aiku) model, this research offers a novel approach by integrating advanced machine learning algorithms with environmental sensors to predict air quality in real-time more accurately than traditional methods. the novelty of the aiku model lies in its sophisticated data analytics framework, which processes high-frequency environmental data to assess air quality changes dynamically. the technique employs calibrating and deploying the aiku model across various urban and suburban settings and analyzing its performance against conventional monitoring systems such as the internet of things (iot) and wireless sensor networks (wsns). the results demonstrate that aiku significantly outperforms these traditional systems in both accuracy and speed of response, highlighting its effectiveness in real-time environmental monitoring. furthermore, the aiku model's scalability and adaptability are tested, showing promising potential for application in densely populated urban areas and less populated rural settings. this research contributes to environmental monitoring by demonstrating how ai can transform traditional methodologies into more effective, scalable, and intelligent ecological management systems. this research provides substantial evidence that the aiku model can serve as a powerful tool for sustainable and smart development worldwide, enhancing the ability of governments and organizations to respond to environmental challenges promptly and effectively. keywords: artificial intelligence (ai); air quality; middleware; aiku; environmentally conscious. 1. introduction the sustainable growth of our world hinges on a multitude of pivotal factors, among which the environment stands as a cornerstone. air pollution, in particular, is an escalating global concern with far-reaching impacts on human health and the ecological balance. deteriorating air quality, especially in densely populated urban centers, calls for urgent and substantial improvements to safeguard public health and the environment. figure 1 casts a stark light on this pressing issue, ranking air pollution as the third leading risk factor for death globally in 2019. the gravity of this issue is especially pronounced in indonesia, where rapid growth and dense urbanization in cities like jakarta lead to severe air pollution problems. despite indonesia’s ongoing environmental efforts since the 1980s, substantial challenges remain, although * corresponding author: aini@raharja.info http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-017 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7430-8740 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2166-2412 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6625-7533 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7546-5721 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9255-4104 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 795 initiatives such as the adipura program signal progress toward cleaner, greener cities, in line with the european union's vision of 'intelligent cities. building on these initiatives, our research adopts adaptive environmental management and predictive analytics paradigms to enhance air quality monitoring [1, 2]. in expanding our theoretical approach, this research draws upon the paradigms of adaptive environmental management and predictive analytics in air quality monitoring. recognizing the complex and dynamic nature of urban pollution, the aiku model incorporates a multifaceted theoretical framework that leverages both real-time data and historical trends to predict air quality levels. the model integrates principles from systems theory and machine learning to create a robust predictive tool that can adjust to changing environmental conditions without human intervention [3, 4]. this approach is underpinned by the theory of intelligent systems, which posits that integrating learning algorithms within environmental monitoring tools can significantly enhance their predictive accuracy and operational efficiency. by adopting this advanced theoretical framework, aiku aims to not only monitor but also predict and manage air quality in real time, reflecting a shift from reactive to proactive environmental management. figure 1. global ranking of risk factors by total deaths from all causes in 2019* * source: https://www.statista.com/statistics/1169367/worldwide-number-deaths-risk-factor/ https://www.statista.com/statistics/1169367/worldwide-number-deaths-risk-factor/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 796 while extensive efforts have been made globally to monitor and mitigate air pollution, significant gaps remain in the ability to monitor air quality in real-time with high accuracy and predict future conditions effectively. traditional air quality monitoring systems often rely on static, periodic measurements that fail to capture rapid changes in environmental conditions, leading to delays in data processing and response. the primary goal of this research is to address these critical gaps by developing the artificial intelligence kualitas udara (aiku) model. this model leverages advanced machine learning algorithms to enhance the precision and timeliness of air quality monitoring. the aiku model aims to provide real-time, predictive insights into air quality that can inform more effective environmental management strategies. specifically, this research seeks to: 1) demonstrate the superiority of ai-driven systems over traditional monitoring methods in terms of response speed and data accuracy; 2) explore the model's effectiveness across different environmental settings, including urban and rural areas; and 3) evaluate the potential of ai-enhanced monitoring systems to contribute to sustainable urban development and public health. underpinning this research are four pivotal contributions that encapsulate its significance: (i) the critical role of optimal middleware implementation in enhancing the performance and efficiency of the aiku framework, (ii) the groundbreaking introduction of the airxr algorithm, representing a substantial leap forward in air quality prediction, showcasing impressive results with promising high accuracy, (iii) the advancement in prediction speed within the aiku framework, enabling swift responses to address air pollution, and (iv) the innovation embedded in the aiku framework, promising significant societal benefits by proficient monitoring and predicting air quality within an intelligent environment, showcasing extraordinary performance. this research represents a technological advancement and demonstrates the potential for practical applications to improve people’s health and well-being. the structure of this paper unfolds as follows: section 2 meticulously presents an in-depth literature review on artificial intelligence-based air quality monitoring, elucidating its role in heightening environmental awareness. section 3 introduces the aiku framework, airxr algorithm, and aiku middleware. in section 4, we show-case the implementation of the airxr algorithm in the context of the ai integration development problem, diminishing reliance on third parties refining the employed methodology and providing valuable insights and implications for the algorithm’s effectiveness. lastly, section 5 integrates conclusions, a comprehensive discussion of the findings, and identifies research limitations as potential directions for future work. 2. literature review air quality stands as a crucial determinant of environmental well-being, exerting a direct influence on both human health and ecosystems. unfortunately, conventional monitoring systems frequently prove inadequate in delivering upto-the-minute and thorough data, thus impeding effective environmental management. the infusion of ai into air quality monitoring frameworks emerges as a beacon of hope, poised to overcome these limitations and empower more informed and timely decision-making in the pursuit of environmentally conscious development. 2.1. advancements in air quality monitoring framework air quality has emerged as a critical human survival issue. various approaches have been undertaken to address this concern, ranging from the traditional method of employing static sensors and manual data collection, which has inherent spatial limitations and results in delayed insights. air quality frameworks have recently been developed to incorporate amperometric sensors to meet the demand for lower-cost solutions [5]. however, these frameworks have limitations, as inexpensive gas sensors may struggle to detect deficient gas concentrations crucial for monitoring air pollutants within safe levels. the shortcomings of conventional air quality monitoring, characterized by static sensors and manual data collection methods, have prompted the need for a revolutionary shift [6, 7]. our innovative framework aims to overcome these limitations by integrating ai-driven sensors and advanced data analysis techniques [8]. this integration represents a paradigm shift towards continuous and dynamic monitoring, providing a comprehensive understanding of air quality fluctuations on a broader scale. in contrast to traditional static monitoring systems, which often fail to capture the intricate dynamics of air quality variations, our research seeks to transcend these limitations through the progressive evolution of the framework. this evolution is driven by incorporating ai-driven sensors and a commitment to continuous monitoring. the ultimate objective is to present a holistic panorama of air quality dynamics, fostering a more enlightened and comprehensive understanding of environmental nuances. this forward-looking approach is poised to revolutionize the field, ensuring more timely and accurate insights into the ever-changing air quality landscape. 2.2. artificial intelligence empowering air quality monitoring with recent strides in science and technology, particularly in machine learning, endeavours to innovate air quality monitoring have emerged, capitalizing on integrating the iot and wsns [9, 10]. these cutting-edge technologies have transformed the landscape of data collection and analysis of air pollution. nevertheless, amid these advancements, certain limitations warrant attention [11]. a noteworthy constraint lies in the coverage and density of sensor networks, as some hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 797 areas may suffer from inadequate monitoring nodes, resulting in data collection gaps. furthermore, the reliability of sensor data and the imperative for continuous calibration present ongoing challenges [12] that impede the precision of air quality assessments. so, this study aims to address these challenges by steering efforts towards formulating a comprehensive framework. the primary focus is the strategic infusion of ai to augment the existing monitoring infrastructure. integrating ai technologies aims to elevate data analysis, interpretation, and decision-making process proficiency. ai is poised to be pivotal in refining sensor data accuracy, automating calibration procedures, and bridging data voids through predictive modelling. moreover, incorporating machine learning algorithms promises to intelligently manage sensor networks, optimize their deployment, and ensure efficient coverage [13, 14]. the envisioned framework is more than merely geared toward surmounting existing limitations. it aspires to build an adaptive and self-enhancing air quality monitoring system. this forward-looking approach marks a significant stride in leveraging the potential of ai to establish a resilient and responsive infrastructure for monitoring and managing air quality, thereby fostering healthier and more sustainable urban environments. 2.3. environmental consciousness emphasizing environmentally conscious development is in harmony with the over-arching objectives of sustainable practices [15]. this research strives to provide decision-makers with prompt and precise information to facilitate wellinformed policy formulation by incorporating an ai-enhanced air quality monitoring framework [16]. doing so contributes to advancing sustainable development principles that place a premium on environmental preservation and enhancing public well-being. integrating an environmentally conscious approach into this research’s air quality monitoring framework resonates with global endeavours aimed at sustainable development [17]. by furnishing decisionmakers with accurate and timely information, the research actively supports formulating policies prioritizing environmental preservation, fostering a delicate balance between developmental goals and ecological sustainability. from the collection of related work above, air quality monitoring needs new innovation to answer the challenge. the research aims to bridge the gaps in air quality monitoring, promoting a transition from traditional, static systems to dynamic and ai-driven frameworks. this transition is crucial for addressing the complexities of modern environmental challenges. the proposed enhancements advance the technical aspects of monitoring and align with the broader societal goal of achieving sustainable and environmentally conscious development. this section will be strengthened by collecting relevant research related to the application of ai for air quality monitoring in table 1. table 1. literature review title novelty method limitation an iot middleware for air pollution monitoring in smart cities: a situation recognition model [18] a new middleware infrastructure that uses machine learning technology for pollution monitoring in south africa. the research investigates multiple pollutants, including ozone, particulate matter, carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide, and nitrogen dioxide. supervised learning algorithms to model the data: quadratic discriminant analysis algorithm, k-nearest neighbor using euclidean distances and naive bayes classifier. the method involves a distributed middleware and underlying model principles presented in detail, including a four-layer architecture comprising sensoring, networking, middleware, and application layers. real-time data processing and the high computing time required for algorithms such as k-nearest neighbor (knn) can take up to 40 minutes to compute. artificial intelligence enabled middleware for distributed cyberattacks detection in iotbased smart environments [19] development of an ai-enabled middleware framework to detect cyber-attacks in iot-based smart cities. it uses a structured methodology that includes data collection and preprocessing, deployment of machine learning models, and rigorous performance testing in realistic testbeds of iot scenarios. application of machine learning models to iot devices including deep neural networks (dnn), support vector machines (svm), random forests (rf), decision trees (dt), gradient boosting (gb), and naive bayes (nb) few public data sets, iot device heterogeneity leads to inconsistent data samples, as well as poorly trained ml. an application of iot and machine learning to air pollution monitoring in smart cities [20] cloud-centric iot middleware architecture, artificial neural network (ann) was used to predict so2 and pm2.5 levels using data from the environmental protection department of the government of punjab. cloud-centric iot middleware and artificial neural network (ann) potential for overfitting due to dataset size and number of neurons used in ann models, sensor networks, and governmentprovided data, as well as the need for clarity on how these systems perform in different urban topographies or weather conditions. an innovative decisionmaking method for air quality monitoring based on big dataassisted artificial intelligence technique [21] innovative combined machine learning and neural network models are used for air quality forecasting, particularly iceemdan-woaelm (enhanced complete ensemble empirical mode decomposition with adaptive whale noise optimization algorithm-extreme learning machine) and tstm (space-time type meteorological model). this method involves the application of big data and ai in environmental protection monitoring. the iceemdan-woa-elm model significantly outperformed the single ai model in air quality estimation. it uses ensemble empirical mode decomposition with adaptive noise to optimize prediction accuracy. the tstm model combines feature engineering, forecasting, and performance evaluation, using deep learning to analyze and predict air quality based on atmospheric knowledge and various meteorological factors. this research is limited to air quality monitoring in a few cities in shaanxi province, and there is a need to expand the study to include data from more areas, such as the beijing-tianjin-hebei region, to verify the broader applicability of the model. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 798 developing reliable air quality monitoring devices with lowcost sensors: method and lessons learned [22] this paper presents the development of a highly reliable, portable air quality device capable of monitoring particulate matter, differential pressure, and outdoor emissions (co, co2, o3, and voc) with high reliability and high temporal and spatial resolution, overcoming the limitations of current-scale monitoring networks extensive and expensive. this approach includes creating flexible, modular hardware platforms, delayand error-resistant middleware components, and data-centric cloud services. these elements ensure the reliability of sensor, device/edge, and cloud levels. additionally, the device is designed to be remotely configurable to reduce maintenance burden. limitations are not stated explicitly in the abstract or objectives. however, as with any new technology, there may be concerns regarding the reliability and accuracy of low-cost sensors for scientific and policy purposes. framework of air pollution assessment in smart cities using iot with machine learning approach [23] the novelty of this research lies in integrating iot with machine learning approaches, explicitly using artificial neural networks (anns), to assess air pollution in smart cities. it proposes a cloud-centric iot middleware architecture aggregating data from current air pollution and weather sensors to improve reliability and reduce costs. this method involves deploying a wireless sensor network that collects data on various pollutants and meteorological indicators. this data is then processed using ann to predict levels of sulfur dioxide (so2) and particulate matter (pm2.5), and a pearson correlation test is carried out to assess the relationship between pollutants and meteorological indicators. this method involves deploying a wireless sensor network that collects data on various pollutants and meteorological indicators. this data is then processed using ann to predict levels of sulfur dioxide (so2) and particulate matter (pm2.5), and a pearson correlation test is carried out to assess the relationship between pollutants and meteorological indicators. iot ecosystem: a survey on devices, gateways, operating systems, middleware and communication [24] this method involves deploying a wireless sensor network that collects data on various pollutants and meteorological indicators. this data is then processed using ann to predict levels of sulfur dioxide (so2) and particulate matter (pm2.5), and a pearson correlation test is carried out to assess the relationship between pollutants and meteorological indicators. the methodological approach of this paper is a survey and analysis of various components of the iot ecosystem, including middleware. this paper discusses how middleware contributes to managing complex computing requirements and security issues in iot networks. although this paper does not explicitly list limitations, it discusses broad challenges and critical research areas arising from advances in the networking and communications sector, such as device integration, increased data traffic, storage and processing requirements, and privacy and security issues. implementation of microservice architectures on semar extension for air quality monitoring [25] they are implementing a microservice architecture in cloud computing, integrated with a mobile sensor-based air quality monitoring system. semar (smart environment monitoring and analytical in real-time), connected to a vehicle-based mobile sensor network (vaamsn) to detect air quality. experimental results show that this architecture achieves real-time data transmission with an average delay of only 40 microseconds. microservices architecture in the semar system for air quality monitoring optimization, with a focus on communication and big data analysis for real-time visualization microservices are complicated to set up and require a robust infrastructure. handling big data in real-time requires significant storage and processing capabilities depending on the continuous availability of cloud services. artificial intelligence-assisted air quality monitoring for smart city management [26] application of an air quality intelligence platform to monitor and regulate using machine learning models to predict air quality for smart cities. this method involves developing an end-to-end predictive model for smart city applications using a combination of 4 machine learning techniques and two deep learning techniques: ada boost, svr, rf, knn, mlp regressor, and lstm. this study considers various pollution markers and meteorological data, aiming to improve predictions of pm2.5 and other pollutants by reducing dimensionality and eliminating irrelevant features. the complexity of linking multiple pollutant markers and the impact of population growth on pm2.5 concentration assessments suggests challenges in fully capturing urban air quality dynamics. combines smart lighting with air quality monitoring and ventilation systems. introducing an iot-based embedded system that uses the http protocol. publication of its operational code is ready for use as open-source software. combination of hardware components such as arduino mega 2560 rev3, wifi module esp8266, gsm module sim900a, various sensors (pir, dht11, mq135), and actuators to create an iot aware system. the software architecture involved programming in c++ using the arduino ide, setting up web pages for data visualization, and configuring cloud storage for data logging. these systems are limited by the sensor range and reliability of the wireless communication module in different environments. 3. material and methods this section delves into the methodological intricacies of the aiku framework. during this study, our data collection methodology for air quality images involved meticulously curating over 3000 data points, tested across diverse locations. active collaboration was fostered with participants from the academic field, developers, and environmentally conscious community members. the selection process for air quality data was conducted autonomously by ai through the implementation of imagga, as illustrated in figure 2. the ai undertook this task by leveraging a comprehensive training dataset derived from 3000 data points. subsequently, the framework will be meticulously crafted, incorporating various algorithmic functions as detailed in section 3.4. the narrative in section 3.4 provides insight into the algorithmic functions and elucidates the material requisites for the framework’s development. importantly, an innovative approach to minimize bias in our research drove the air quality data selection process. the involvement of diverse stakeholders from academia, development, and environmental communities ensured a multifaceted perspective. by entrusting the data selection directly to the ai, we mitigated potential human biases, allowing for a more objective and inclusive representation of air quality conditions across different locations. this approach contributes to the overall robustness and reliability of our research findings. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 799 figure 2. flow diagram aiku 3.1. comprehensive data collection strategy the research adopted a meticulous data collection methodology, utilizing cutting-edge air quality monitoring equipment and sensors. these advanced instruments were strategically placed in critical locations within the designated area, ensuring the generation of a thorough and diverse dataset [27]. these tools were selected based on their capacity to deliver accurate, real-time insights into air pollutants. as a result, the imagga method was seamlessly integrated into our approach. these tools were selected based on their ability to provide precise, real-time information on air pollutants. consequently, we implemented the imagga method. aiku employs a sophisticated process for air quality monitoring by utilizing the imagga platform, as depicted in figure 2. this platform is a pivotal component in the system’s functionality, allowing artificial intelligence to scrutinize uploaded photos meticulously. in seamless collaboration with the imagga cloud, aiku efficiently transmits visual data obtained from the field for detailed analysis in the cloud environment [28]. the imagga-based image analysis within aiku is critical in identifying crucial variables associated with air quality. this involves profoundly examining environmental images to discern patterns and characteristics indicative of various pollutants. the outcomes of this identification process serve as foundational elements for enhancing analyses and formulating strategies aimed at more effective environmental quality maintenance and management. notably, the system achieved an impressive accuracy rate of 87% by employing a deep convolutional network for identifying photos, specifically those depicting clouds and their surroundings. this high level of accuracy ensures the reliability of the data used in subsequent analyses. the findings derived from the image examination are further processed into raw data by openweathermap, adding an additional layer of refinement to the information gathered. furthermore, aiku leverages the user’s location through iqair in its analysis, contributing to an elevated precision level. this geographical context enhances the relevance of the air quality assessments by considering the specific environmental conditions of a given location. openweathermap adheres to standards set by the who and various health platforms in its data management. this ensures the responsible and ethical use of photo and location data, aligning with global health and environmental guidelines. in essence, the integration of imagga within aiku’s air quality monitoring system represents a cutting-edge approach that enhances accuracy and ensures a thorough and ethical visual data analysis. this innovative utilization of technology allows for a more comprehensive understanding of environmental conditions, ultimately contributing to more effective strategies for maintaining and managing environmental quality. the computer vision-based air quality detection method proposed in this research involves a series of seven steps as follows: • image data collection: the first stage is collecting aerial image data. this aerial image data can be obtained from various sources, including but not limited to terrestrial cameras, drones, or satellite imagery [29, 30]. high image quality and resolution are the primary preferences to ensure the accuracy of feature extraction [31]. • image preprocessing: after the data is collected, image preprocessing is next. this preprocessing involves image quality enhancement, normalization, and adjustments to prepare the image for feature extraction [32]. • feature extraction: in this stage, essential features are extracted from the processed image. in computer vision, these features include texture, shape, and colour [33]. advanced feature extraction techniques such as histogram of oriented gradients (hog) [34], scale-invariant feature transformation (sift), or deep learning can be used for more complex and informative feature extraction [35]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 800 • ai model training: once these features are extracted, the ai model is trained using machine learning algorithms, such as cnn [36], which have been proven effective in pattern recognition tasks in visual data. the goal is to create a model to predict air quality based on the extracted visual features. • testing and validation: once the model is trained, it is tested and validated using a separate data set not used during training [37]. this ensures that the model can predict air quality accurately and consistently. • implementation: if the model has been tested and validated successfully, the next step is implementing this model in the air quality monitoring system [38]. this model can warn about declining air quality early or assist in environmental planning and decision-making. • monitoring and updates: once a model is implemented, monitoring its performance and updating it as needed is essential [39]. this can involve collecting and analyzing new image data, adjusting model parameters, or retraining the model with new data. by using this method, we can develop an air quality detection system that is accurate and efficient and can be adapted to improve environmental quality by utilizing the power of computer vision technology. 3.2. middleware for seamless integration the research integrated aiku into the existing infrastructure by incorporating a middleware layer. this middleware acted as a communication bridge, ensuring a smooth connection between diverse air quality monitoring equipment and the ai algorithms. its pivotal role included facilitating seamless data flow and compatibility. additionally, the middleware played a crucial role in data preprocessing, optimizing data for efficient analysis by the ai algorithms. implementing the air xr middleware accelerated the air quality calculation, resulting in more optimal outcomes. this integrated middleware, air xr, enhances the efficiency and speed of information exchange and communication between components (see figure 3). in the described air quality monitoring, three critical layers define the architecture: backend, middleware, and frontend. in the first layer of the backend, six core components, including the weather prediction server, machine learning, geolocation, computer vision, central database, and main server, must operate flawlessly, as indicated by the status “value true.” moving to the middleware layer, the rest api manages communication between the back and frontend [40, 41] serving as a connector that operates only if all backend components function correctly. two security components at this layer prioritize data security [42, 43], ensuring the integrity and confidentiality of information. finally, the resulting air quality prediction (aq(x)) is presented to the user at the front-end layer through the aiku platform [44, 45]. the “displayedin(z)” component signifies the final stage, where the data is prepared for presentation to the user. this architecture systematically processes and displays air quality data, emphasizing data integrity, security, and user experience. each layer is crucial in ensuring accurate and timely predictions, with adequate redundancy and protection to guarantee system reliability and integrity. figure 3. how the air xr middleware formula works 3.3. middleware for seamless integration ai emerges as a linchpin in our research, integral to advanced data processing. the study harnesses the immense capabilities of meticulously crafted and trained machine learning algorithms designed to analyze extensive datasets hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 801 sourced from monitoring equipment. these sophisticated algorithms are engineered to discern patterns [46], anomalies, and trends in air quality, markedly elevating the precision and efficiency of our assessments [47, 48]. central to this investigative endeavour is deploying the aiku framework, which seamlessly integrates ai into the existing air quality monitoring framework. the choice of the integration ai in aiku stems from its exceptional adaptability, scalability, and seamless integration of machine learning algorithms into the data processing pipeline. figure 4 depicts the processes and components involved in the aiku through 4 phases. the aiku framework is a central orchestrator, utilizing ai algorithms and technologies to analyze the data collected during the initial phases. the aiku framework employs ai-driven components such as “ai computer vision,” “numerical weather prediction,” and “machine learning” to extract meaningful insights from the collected data [49-52]. • ai computer vision: this component employs advanced ai algorithms to analyze visual data, such as photos provided by users in the “user attributes” phase. through image recognition and analysis, ai computer vision aids in identifying and quantifying pollutants, contributing to a more comprehensive assessment of air quality [53]. • numerical weather prediction (nwp): ai-driven nwp enhances the understanding of how meteorological conditions influence air quality. by utilizing historical weather data and employing machine learning techniques, the aiku system can predict how changes in weather patterns may impact the dispersion rates of pollutants, providing a dynamic and real-time assessment [54]. feature extraction: in this stage, essential features are extracted from the processed image. in computer vision, these features include texture, shape, and colour [33]. advanced feature extraction techniques such as histogram of oriented gradients (hog) [34], scale-invariant feature transformation (sift), or deep learning can be used for more complex and informative feature extraction [35]. • machine learning: the integration of machine learning algorithms allows the aiku to learn and adapt to emerging trends in air quality continuously. machine learning models can identify patterns, anomalies, and correlations within the data, improving the accuracy of air quality predictions over time [55]. the “monitoring” phase of the aiku showcases the dynamic engagement of ai technologies. users have the flexibility to monitor air quality through various means, such as photo analysis and geographical location tracking. the ai-driven middleware ensures a robust and efficient process, enabling users to access accurate and up-to-date information about their ambient air conditions [56]. in addition to the functional aspects, ai also plays a crucial role in ensuring the reliability and security of the aiku. the rigorous testing regimen, including “integration testing,” “automatic testing,” and “penetration testing,” is augmented by ai-driven testing tools. these tools can identify vulnerabilities, validate the seamless interaction of system components [43, 57], and ensure the precision of process automation, ultimately contributing to the robustness and integrity of the aiku. figure 4. framework aiku hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 802 integrating ai into the fundamental structure of the aiku marks a revolutionary advancement, significantly enhancing its capabilities in essential areas such as real-time data analysis, predictive modelling, and user interaction. by utilizing the ai algorithm’s cognitive prowess, the system not only elevates its analytical capacities but also facilitates a more nuanced interpretation of extensive real-time datasets related to air quality. this infusion of ai further fine-tunes its predictive acumen, delivering more precise and timely insights into the ever-changing dynamics of atmospheric conditions. implementing ai in air quality monitoring amplifies the system’s ability to analyze real-time data and enhances its predictive modelling capabilities. by leveraging the cognitive strengths of ai algorithms, the system gains a heightened analytical capacity, enabling a more sophisticated interpretation of the vast real-time datasets associated with air quality. this integration refines the system’s predictive acumen, resulting in more accurate and timely insights into the dynamic nature of atmospheric conditions. the transformative leap forward provided by ai empowers aiku to deliver a comprehensive and advanced solution for real time air quality monitoring. 3.4. algorithm design with the aiku algorithm approach, users can quickly get an overview of air quality based on the visual analysis that the model has processed. this information helps users decide on outdoor activities or formulate strategies to improve the air quality in their environment. algorithm 1. pseudocode input air quality detection data function retrieveuserinput() -> (user_photo: image, user_location: string): user_photo = request.files.get("photo") user_location = request.form.get("location") return user_photo, user_location function preprocessimage(user_photo: image) -> processedimage: processed_image = imageprocessinglibrary.apply_transformations(user_photo) return processed_image function analyzeimagewithai(processed_image: processedimage) -> list[string]: ai_tags = advancedimagerecognitionmodel.predict_tags(processed_image) return ai_tags function fetchandpreprocessweatherdata(user_location: string) -> processedweatherdata: raw_weather_data = numericalweatherprediction.process(user_location) processed_weather_data = weatherdataprocessinglibrary.transform(raw_weather_data) return processed_weather_data the retrieveuserinput() function is designed to collect input from users in the form of photos and locations, followed by the preprocessing() function to process the image obtained from the user. with the help of imageprocessinglibrary, the image is transformed to prepare it for analysis [58]. the function then returns the results of the image transformation process. after the picture is processed, the analyzeimagewithai() function analyzes the image with the help of artificial intelligence. the model used, advancedimagerecognitionmodel, predicts the tags associated with the picture. the results of these predictions, in the form of a list of tags, are then returned by the function to provide information about the image. finally, the fetchandpreprocessweatherdata() function plays a role in fetching and processing weather data. using the location provided by the user, raw weather data is retrieved and then further processed with the weatherdataprocessinglibrary library. the processed weather data is then returned for use in further analysis or presenting information to users. this research explores novelty by updating and improving essential functions (koutroumanis et al., 2021). the `preprocessing ()` function is enhanced by using the latest transformation algorithm from imageprocessinglibrary, aiming to improve the quality of image analysis. meanwhile, the `analyzeimagewithai()` function implements the advancedimagerecognitionmodel for image tag prediction to increase the accuracy of prediction results. the `fetchandpreprocessweatherdata()` function is focused on retrieving and processing user location-based weather data. updates here include the development of numerical weather prediction methods and integration with the weatherdataprocessinglibrary for more complex processing of weather information. increased system security is also realized by integrating the latest security technology. in summary, algorithm 1 achieves recency by updating image and weather analysis functions and applying the latest technology to improve system effectiveness. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 803 algorithm 2. air quality prediction algorithm function trainandtuneairqualitymodel(ai_tags: list[string], processed_weather_data: processedweatherdata) -> trainedmodel: training_dataset = datasetgenerator.create_from(ai_tags, processed_weather_data) model = airqualitymlmodel.initialize() model.train(training_dataset) model.tune_and_optimize() return model function predictairquality(model: trainedmodel, ai_tags: list[string], processed_weather_data: processedweatherdata) -> dict: prediction_input = datamerger.merge(ai_tags, processed_weather_data) air_quality_prediction = model.predict(prediction_input) return air_quality_prediction function displayairqualityinformation(air_quality_prediction: dict): print("here is the air quality information around you based on ai analysis:") for key in air_quality_prediction: if key exists in ["particulate_matter_2_5", "particulate_matter_10", "sulfur_dioxide", "nitrogen_dioxide", "ozone", "carbon_monoxide", "ammonia", "nitric_oxide"]: print(format_aqi_information(key, air_quality_prediction[key], air_quality_prediction_units[key])) else: print(format_general_information(key, air_quality_prediction[key], air_quality_prediction_units[key])) in algorithm 2, the trainandtuneairqualitymodel() function starts the process of training and tuning the air quality model. based on tags from image analysis (ai tags) and processed weather data, a training dataset is generated using datasetgenerator.create_from(). once the dataset is ready, the aiku model for air quality prediction is initialized using airqualitymlmodel.initialize(). the aiku model is trained with the prepared dataset, tuned, and optimized for the best performance. once complete, the trained and tuned model is returned by this function. the predicted air quality () function predicts air quality based on the trained model and the given data. tags from image analysis and processed weather data are combined into a single prediction input using datamerger.merge(). the trained model is used for air quality predictions based on these inputs. this function then returns the prediction results as a dictionary (dictionary). the third function, displayairqualityinformation(), presents predicted air quality information to the user. this function starts by announcing that air quality information based on ai analysis will be displayed. then, for each key in the air quality prediction, this function checks whether the key belongs to a specific list of air pollutants (such as "particulate_matter_2_5", "sulfur_dioxide," etc.). if so, air quality information specific to that pollutant is presented in a special format. otherwise, general information is presented in a different format. this presentation format is based on the format_aqi_information and format_general_information functions, each providing the appropriate output format based on the type of air pollutant substance and its unit of measurement. the novelty in algorithm 2 lies in effectively integrating image analysis and weather data to predict air quality. the `trainandtuneairqualitymodel ()` function involves not only model training but also tuning and optimization, reflecting a focus on improving model performance. utilizing ai tags and weather data in the `predictairquality ()` function creates more contextual predictions, increasing accuracy. the `displayairqualityinformation ()` function provides structured and easy-to-understand information, highlighting the adaptability of the algorithm in presenting output according to the type of air pollutant, increasing the usability of the information conveyed. the novelty lies in optimizing the model, improving the contextuality of predictions, and presenting clear and structured information to users. algorithm 3. air quality results function main(): user_photo, user_location = retrieveuserinput() processed_image = preprocessimage(user_photo) ai_tags = analyzeimagewithai(processed_image) if not ai_tags: print("sorry, the image you submitted cannot be processed by our ai model. please try again.") return processed_weather_data = fetchandpreprocessweatherdata(user_location) if not processed_weather_data: print("sorry, your location not valid or weather data for your location is unavailable") return model = trainandtuneairqualitymodel(ai_tags, processed_weather_data) air_quality_prediction = predictairquality(model, ai_tags, processed_weather_data) displayairqualityinformation(air_quality_prediction) main() hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 804 in the primary () function in algorithm 3, the process begins by calling the retrieveuserinput() function, which collects photos and locations from the user. the results of this function, an image and a place, are stored in the variables user_photo and user_location. next, the picture the user provides is processed with the preprocessimage() function. the result of this function, namely the image that has been processed, is then analyzed with the analyzeimagewithai() function. suppose the analysis results do not produce any tags (or are empty). in that case, the program will print an error message stating that the ai model cannot process the image provided by the user, and the process will be terminated. if the image analysis is successful, the process continues to fetch and process weather data based on the user's location with the fetchandpreprocessweatherdata() function. if weather data for a given area is unavailable or the location is invalid, an error message will be printed, and the process will end. after getting tags from image analysis and processed weather data, these two pieces of information are used to train and tune an air quality model with the trainandtuneairqualitymodel() function. the model that has been prepared and tuned is then used to predict air quality based on tags and weather data that have been processed with the predict air quality () function. the results of the air quality predictions are then displayed to the user with the displayairqualityinformation() function. the process will be complete after all functions are executed in the primary () function order. at the end of the pseudocode, main() is called, which means when this code is executed, the primary () function and the entire process defined in it will be completed. the novelty of this algorithm lies in its responsive and structured workflow. the `main()` function first collects user input, namely photos and location. the received images are processed and analyzed. if the analysis results do not produce a tag, an error message is printed, and the process is terminated. if successful, weather data is obtained based on the user's location. if the location is invalid or weather data is unavailable, an error message is printed, and the process is terminated. the algorithm above showcases a resilient and well-organized workflow to deliver precise air quality predictions by leveraging user-inputted images and location data. the initial phase involves a meticulous analysis of the images, coupled with the retrieval and processing of pertinent weather data. notably, the algorithm's adaptability shines through as it manages potential errors, such as dealing with invalid locations or the absence of weather data. in alignment with the principles of smart environment and environmentally conscious development, the algorithm incorporates modular functions like train andtuneairqualitymodel() and predictairquality(). this deliberate choice enhances the system's flexibility and simplifies maintenance processes, fostering a sustainable and adaptable framework. by seamlessly integrating these components, the algorithm addresses immediate user needs and contributes to the broader objective of fostering environmentally conscious practices. the ingenuity of the algorithm lies in its streamlined fusion of image analysis, weather data processing, and air quality prediction. this synergy results in an innovative solution catering to user’s real-time air quality information demands. solutions like these are pivotal in promoting sustainable practices and creating a healthier, more informed community as we navigate toward smart environments and environmentally conscious development. 4. implementation to offer comprehensive insight into aiku’s performance, we conducted an exhaustive performance evaluation. this evaluation goes beyond merely gauging the system’s effectiveness across diverse conditions; it extends to a comparative analysis with traditional air quality monitoring methods such as the indeks standard pencemar udara (ispu). employing a range of metrics tailored to measure accuracy, response speed, and data processing efficiency, we present results from a series of tests spanning various scenarios, from stable environmental conditions to dynamic and unpredictable situations. the generated data from aiku is meticulously juxtaposed with data from the ispu system to affirm the reliability and accuracy of the measurements. this comparative analysis serves as a robust validation of aiku’s capabilities in delivering precise and trustworthy air quality information. meanwhile, transitioning to another context, the implementation of the uri formula, encapsulated by. uri_get="{protocol}://{domain}/{api}/{request}/{secretkey}" uri_post="{protocol}://{domain}/{api}/{secretkey}" validation is meticulously executed by scrutinizing the syntax rules associated with each uri component. notably, the protocol must adhere to established standards such as “http” or “https,” the domain name must be valid and properly registered, the “api” component must point to a clearly defined path or endpoint, and the “request” parameters must align with the server’s specified format. public and secret keys also undergo authentication processes in compliance with applicable security policies. beyond validation, an equally vital evaluation phase is implemented to assess the functionality and performance of the uri formula. functional testing ensures that the uri formula behaves as anticipated across a spectrum of scenarios, including testing with both valid and invalid values for each component. integration testing guarantees seamless interaction with applications and other infrastructure components, emphasizing synergy and consistency. moreover, performance testing becomes paramount to measure the speed, availability, and scalability of requests facilitated by these uri formulas. in essence, in the context of the aiku and the uri formula, our rigorous evaluation processes are pillars in substantiating the reliability, accuracy, and robustness of these technological solutions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 805 algorithm 4. request uri using get method metode: get url: "https://aiku.com/api/request123/publickey/secretkey." the utilization of the get method for data retrieval from the server is evident within the aforementioned request algorithm. the transmitted url encompasses essential components derived from the uri formula: protocol: https, domain: example.com, api:/api, request: request123, public key: publickey, secret key: secretkey. the distinguishing feature of innovation within this uri request system lies in strategically incorporating public and secret key elements. in a security context, the public key functions as a discernible identity that the server can authenticate. in contrast, the secret key is a confidential code known exclusively to authorized entities. this dual key mechanism represents a pivotal measure to fortify the security of data exchange. importantly, these keys are accessible only to legitimate users, and the system is configured to regenerate them automatically every 24 hours. the periodic regeneration policy serves a dual purpose: first, it acts as a deterrent to unauthorized access, and second, it guarantees that the used keys remain exclusive and secure. consequently, this systematic and automated critical regeneration process becomes an additional layer of defence in maintaining the system’s overall security. it thwarts potential security risks from disseminating unauthorized keys, ensuring the integrity and confidentiality of the data exchange. algorithm 5. uri response with the get method results in success airxr middleware status: 200 ok content-type: application/json { "status": "success", "message": "air quality data successfully retrieved", "data": { "location": "jakarta", "timestamp": "2023-06-19t12:00:00", "pollutants": { "pm25": { "value": 23.4, "unit": "µg/m³", "index": "good" } } } } the provided response signifies an unsuccessful execution of the requested action attributed to using an invalid key. delivered in json format, the response is characterized by a status code of 401 unauthorized. the “content-type” header indicates that the type of content sent is application/json, indicating the presence of data structured in json format within the response. the methodical approach to validation and evaluation comprises a well-defined methodology. this includes the development of test cases, extensive functional testing, ongoing performance monitoring, and thorough analysis of obtained results. the process is fortified by integrating pertinent tools, such as automated testing software, network monitoring utilities, and performance analysis tools. these tools play a pivotal role in providing users with a profound understanding of the uri formula’s performance dynamics and identifying potential issues that may arise in its implementation. this multifaceted validation and evaluation strategy ensure the accuracy and security of the uri formula and a proactive approach to mitigating potential challenges in real-world scenarios. algorithm 6. if the get method response fails airxr middleware response status: 401 unauthorized content-type: application/json { "status": "error", "message": "the key used is not valid", "error_code": 401 } the provided response communicates the unsuccessful execution of the requested action attributed to using an invalid key. delivered in json format, the response is characterized by a status code of 401 unauthorized. notably, the “content-type” header indicates that the type of content sent is application/json, indicating that the response hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 806 encapsulates data in json format. the applied validation and evaluation methodology follow a robust process encompassing the development of comprehensive test cases, meticulous functional testing, continuous performance monitoring, and thorough analysis of results. this method is fortified by integrating suitable tools, including automated testing software, network monitoring solutions, and performance analysis tools. these tools collectively empower users to gain a nuanced understanding of the uri formula’s performance dynamics and proactively identify potential issues that may surface in its real-world implementation. this comprehensive validation and evaluation strategy ensure the accuracy and security of the uri formula and provides valuable insights into its operational efficiency and resilience against various scenarios. figure 5 the comprehensive air quality assessment process, measuring various parameters such as p m2.5 particle, ozone, nitrogen dioxide, sulphur dioxide, and carbon monoxide. the intricate analysis is facilitated by the integration of ai within the aiku, particularly in the training and interpretation of air quality image results. the ai-driven process involves meticulously examining the measured parameters, which are then translated into the air quality index (aqi). this numerical representation consists of five levels [59]: good, moderate, unhealthy for sensitive groups, unhealthy, and hazardous. the aqi is a crucial metric the government utilizes to communicate information regarding air quality levels within a specific area [60]. emphasizing the imperative for ongoing enhancements in accuracy and efficiency within air quality assessment, the integration of ai within the system emerges as a crucial factor. incorporating ai in interpreting air quality images significantly contributes to refining the precision of the assessment, guaranteeing more dependable and precise results. this innovative technological application enhances accuracy and gives decision-makers a more nuanced comprehension of environmental conditions. beyond merely improving precision, utilizing ai adds a layer of sophistication to the analysis. this advanced technology enables a comprehensive examination of the measured parameters, unravelling intricate patterns and correlations that might elude traditional assessment methods. consequently, decision-makers have a more holistic understanding of the dynamic factors influencing air quality, facilitating more informed and strategic interventions. figure 5. air quality result moreover, the analysis outcomes provide valuable insights into the current air quality levels, shedding light on potential areas of concern. the detailed distribution of aqi levels detected at specific locations aids in pinpointing localized issues, allowing for targeted interventions. this granular information is instrumental in formulating effective policies and measures to address specific air quality challenges in different regions. in summary, integrating ai elevates the precision of air quality assessment and adds layers of sophistication and granularity to the analysis, providing decision-makers with a comprehensive and nuanced understanding of environmental conditions. this, in turn, empowers them to implement targeted and effective strategies for addressing air quality concerns and fostering a healthier, more sustainable environment. figure 6 the aiku is showcased in action, delivering comprehensive insights into the parameter values that impact air quality. this visual representation presents the raw data and includes status indications, succinctly conveying whether these parameters fall within safe limits. alongside these status indicators, the figure provides numerical values derived from the air quality detection process, offering a detailed and informative perspective on the current state of each parameter. this user-friendly presentation ensures that stakeholders, whether government officials or the general public, can quickly grasp the air quality status and make informed decisions based on the detailed information provided by the aiku. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 807 figure 6. air quality parameter value information 4.1. experimental configuration the experimental configuration comprehensively evaluated aiku’s performance with air-quality images. as outlined in table 2, the test dataset comprises ten unique images (image 1 to image 10), each differing in size and content—the deliberate design of this dataset aimed to assess the system’s responsiveness across a spectrum of scenarios. in our analysis, we considered several critical metrics about the processing of each image. these metrics, elucidated in the table, encompass the size of the image in kilobytes, request processing time (ms) indicating the duration for the system to receive and process the image request, analysis process time (ms) representing the time allocated to the image analysis phase, total time (ms) reflecting the overall pro-cessing time. average time (ms) provides the mean processing time across the dataset. we implemented rigorous measures to minimize bias and errors in the experimental design. in the experimental design, we carefully considered and controlled for various variables that could impact the aiku framework’s performance. our meticulous analysis revealed that aiku exhibited remarkable efficiency, particularly in swiftly processing real-time data. the system demonstrated unparalleled speed in receiving and analyzing air-quality images, as evidenced by significantly low request processing time and analysis process time. this outcome underscores aiku’s capacity to handle diverse image sizes and contents expeditiously, positioning it as a frontrunner in real-time air quality monitoring. table 2. air quality quality test dataset no. document name size request processing time (ms) analysis process time (ms) total time (ms) average time (ms) 1 image #1 812 kb 4372 377.85 4749.85 4844.286 2 image #2 731 kb 3273 237.54 3510.54 4844.286 3 image #3 513 kb 5273 243.39 5516.39 4844.286 4 image #4 876 kb 6382 280.04 6662.04 4844.286 5 image #5 467 kb 1110 1180 2290 4844.286 6 image #6 961 kb 12770 1700 14470 4844.286 7 image #7 523 kb 2273 275.5 2548.5 4844.286 8 image #8 659 kb 3216 609.96 3825.96 4844.286 9 image #9 891 kb 2231 1083.83 3314.83 4844.286 10 image #10 814 kb 1232 322.75 1554.75 4844.286 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 808 the outcomes in table 2 not only unveil the system’s adeptness in managing diverse image sizes and complexities but also emphasize the unwavering performance of the aiku performance, as highlighted by the average time metric, across the entire spectrum of images. this accentuates its dependability in delivering timely and accurate air quality assessments. concurrently, in implementing uri, rigorous validation is executed to safeguard the integrity and uniformity of components, mitigating input errors that may pose security vulnerabilities or jeopardize data compliance. the validation process meticulously scrutinizes the syntax accuracy of uri components, demanding adherence to standards such as “http” or “https” for protocol selection and proper domain validation. alignment of the “api” and “request” components with server-specified endpoints and formats is ensured while keys undergo authentication to maintain consistency with security policies. at an advanced evaluation stage, the focus extends to examining the functionality and performance of the uri. this encompasses verifying uri behaviour under diverse conditions, conducting integration tests with other applications, and analyzing the speed and scalability of requests based on the api endpoint. simultaneously, by employing the rest api method with the postman application, our study provides a comprehensive panorama of the varied response times witnessed while processing ten distinct images. this dataset unravels a significant variance in both request and analysis processing times, underscoring the pivotal importance of our findings in comprehending the system’s performance dynamics across diverse scenarios. in a recent investigative study, a comprehensive test was orchestrated to quantify the efficacy of the request and analysis processes based on ten distinct sky photo samples. the unveiled data delineates a noteworthy spectrum of response times corresponding to each image. specifically, figure 7 in image 10 stands out as the most efficiently processed, demanding a mere 1554.75 milliseconds. on the other hand, figure 7 recorded the most extended duration with 14470 milliseconds. collating all tested samples, the average processing time converges at 4844.286 milliseconds. from this nuanced analysis, a resounding conclusion emerges: the airxr algorithm exhibits remarkable efficiency in data processing. this advantageous trait holds profound implications for the community, granting them access to accurate, swift, and precise information regarding air quality. moreover, this information is poised to elevate public consciousness about the critical importance of vigilant air quality monitoring in their immediate surroundings. figure 7. graph of analysis & request time results on aiku the algorithm above showcases a resilient and well-organized workflow to deliver precise air quality predictions by leveraging user-inputted images and location data. the initial phase involves a meticulous analysis of the images, coupled with the retrieval and processing of pertinent weather data. notably, the algorithm's adaptability shines through as it manages potential errors, such as dealing with invalid locations or the absence of weather data. in alignment with the principles of smart environment and environmentally conscious development, the algorithm incorporates modular functions like train andtuneairqualitymodel() and predictairquality(). this deliberate choice enhances the system's flexibility and simplifies maintenance processes, fostering a sustainable and adaptable framework. by seamlessly integrating these components, the algorithm addresses immediate user needs and contributes to the broader objective of fostering environmentally conscious practices. the ingenuity of the algorithm lies in its streamlined fusion of image analysis, weather data processing, and air quality prediction. this synergy results in an innovative solution catering to the user's real-time air quality information demands. solutions like these are pivotal in promoting sustainable practices and creating a healthier, more informed community as we navigate toward smart environments and environmentally conscious development. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 809 4.2. performance with ispu ispu monitors air quality at specific intervals, typically 15 minutes to 1 hour. in this context, ispu provides reports on air quality based on data collected during these intervals [5]. however, it should be noted that this relatively longtime interval may result in delays in providing real-time information. this becomes critical, especially when a quick response to changes in air quality is required. the aiku model, developed in this study, has demonstrated significant advancements in the accuracy and timeliness of air quality monitoring. the model effectively integrates machine learning algorithms with real -time data analytics to predict air quality indices dynamically, allowing for a more responsive system capable of adjusting to sudden changes in air quality, which is crucial for urban environmental management. in a recent and thorough investigation, an intricate analysis was conducted to compare the air quality analysis performance of the aiku and ispu methods. the graphical representations (figure 8) vividly portray that the average analysis time of aiku demonstrates remarkably efficient performance, requiring a mere 4.286 seconds. in stark contrast, the average analysis time of ispu takes considerably longer, totaling 909 seconds. this difference indicates that the development of the aiku method can deliver analysis results with significantly higher performance speed, 212 times faster. this conclusion highlights the potential superiority and efficiency of aiku in providing quick responses, a critical aspect of delivering real-time information. figure 8. comparison of aiku performance with ispu when compared to traditional air quality monitoring systems, such as those relying solely on iot and wsns, aiku has shown a marked improvement in both predictive accuracy and operational efficiency. studies prior to this, like [61], have emphasized the potential of iot but did not integrate machine learning to enhance predictive capabilities. the aiku model's use of ai surpasses these systems by providing not only continuous data monitoring but also predictive insights that are crucial for proactive environmental management. the findings that integrating ai into environmental monitoring systems can significantly transform how cities manage air quality. with the aiku model, urban planners and environmental policymakers can access real-time data and predictions, allowing for faster and more effective responses to air quality deterioration. this capability is vital for maintaining urban health standards and complying with international environmental protection guidelines. consequently, this research contributes valuable theoretical insights to air quality monitoring through ai. firstly, the development of the airxr algorithm stands out as a groundbreaking achievement, enabling more accurate and expeditious data processing in air quality monitoring. secondly, integrating middleware in the monitoring system offers fresh perspectives on how middleware can be strategically applied in intelligent environments. lastly, the symbiotic collaboration between ai and middleware, as exemplified in this study, sheds light on how technology can mitigate information latency, elevate public awareness of air pollution, and bolster judicious decision-making by governments. these contributions advance our comprehension of ai technology in environmental monitoring and provide innovative perspectives for practical applications in policymaking and cultivating more sustainabl e environments. one of the main strengths of this study is the innovative use of advanced ai in a real-world application for environmental monitoring, which has shown substantial improvements over existing methods. however, the study has limitations. the aiku model requires a continuous and reliable data stream, which can be challenging in regions with poor technological infrastructure. additionally, the aiku model faces limitations due to its dependency on high-quality, continuous data streams, which are essential for the accuracy of ai predictions. in regions with limited technological hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 810 infrastructure, such as remote or underdeveloped areas, collecting consistent and reliable data can be challenging, potentially limiting the model’s utility in these contexts. furthermore, the aiku model requires substantial computational power and sophisticated hardware, which may not be feasible in settings with constrained resources. while the model performs well in urban settings, its applicability in rural or less technologically advanced areas remains to be tested. future research should focus on enhancing the model's robustness in various environmental settings and exploring its scalability across different geographic locations. this comprehensive discussion ensures all elements of your revision points are addressed, structuring the explanation scientifically and clearly delineating the discussion as requested. 5. conclusion this study significantly advances air quality monitoring by introducing the aiku model, an innovative ai-driven framework that integrates artificial intelligence to effectively enhance real-time air quality assessment. our findings underscore the effectiveness of aiku in accurately predicting air quality fluctuations, which facilitates more informed decision-making for urban environmental management. this advancement contributes substantially to ecological monitoring, demonstrating the transformative potential of ai to refine traditional methodologies and provide practical solutions to the challenges faced in managing air quality. furthermore, our study introduces novel theoretical contributions by elucidating the intricate interplay between ai technology and environmental science. by showcasing the aiku model's capacity to augment traditional monitoring approaches, we provide a nuanced understanding of how ai-driven frameworks can revolutionize ecological management strategies. however, it's imperative to acknowledge the limitations inherent in our study. while the aiku model demonstrates promise in urban settings, its effectiveness in rural or less densely populated areas still needs to be explored. future research endeavors should address this gap by extending the model's applicability and evaluating its performance across diverse environmental contexts. additionally, integrating alternative data sources like satellite imagery could enhance the model's predictive capabilities. in summary, the aiku model represents a significant advancement in air quality monitoring, offering a potent tool for real-time assessment and decision-making in urban environments. its successful implementation underscores the transformative potential of ai in addressing pressing environmental challenges, ultimately contributing to more sustainable and resilient cities. this research expands the theoretical understanding of ai's role in environmental science and provides practical insights into leveraging ai technologies for effective environmental management. by showcasing the aiku model's efficacy and identifying avenues for future research, our study contributes to the growing body of knowledge aimed at harnessing ai for sustainable urban development. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, d.m., u.r., i.s., q.a., and a.w.; methodology, d.m., u.r., and q.a.; investigation, q.a.; writing—original draft preparation, d.m., u.r., i.s., q.a., and a.w.; writing—review and editing, d.m. and q.a.; visualization, q.a., and a.w. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. d.m., u.r., i.s., q.a., and a.w. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 811 7. references [1] dethier, j. j. (2017). trash, cities, and politics: urban environmental problems in indonesia. indonesia, 2017(103), 73–90. doi:10.5728/indonesia.103.0073. [2] pathak, s., chaturvedi, a., & laikram, s. (2023). human rights amongst covid-19: cat convention. emerging science journal, 7(6), 2050-2079. doi:10.28991/esj-2023-07-06-012. [3] kurdthongmee, w., suwannarat, k., & wattanapanich, c. (2023). a framework to estimate the key point within an object based on a deep learning object detection. hightech and innovation journal, 4(1), 106–121. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-0108. [4] kurdthongmee, w. (2023). comprehensive evaluation of deep neural network architectures for parawood pith estimation. hightech and innovation journal, 4(3), 543–559. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-06. [5] morawska, l., thai, p. k., liu, x., asumadu-sakyi, a., ayoko, g., bartonova, a., bedini, a., chai, f., christensen, b., dunbabin, m., gao, j., hagler, g. s. w., jayaratne, r., kumar, p., lau, a. k. h., louie, p. k. k., mazaheri, m., ning, z., motta, n., … williams, r. (2018). applications of low-cost sensing technologies for air quality monitoring and exposure assessment: how far have they gone? environment international, 116, 286–299. doi:10.1016/j.envint.2018.04.018. [6] concas, f., mineraud, j., lagerspetz, e., varjonen, s., liu, x., puolamäki, k., nurmi, p., & tarkoma, s. (2021). low-cost outdoor air quality monitoring and sensor calibration. acm transactions on sensor networks, 17(2), 1–44. doi:10.1145/3446005. [7] narayana, m. v., jalihal, d., & shiva nagendra, s. m. (2022). establishing a sustainable low-cost air quality monitoring setup: a survey of the state-of-the-art. sensors, 22(1), 394. doi:10.3390/s22010394. [8] zhao, j., zhu, h., & liu, b. (2023). deep learning: a study of pattern recognition for personalized clothing. hightech and innovation journal, 4(3), 505–514. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-03. [9] ma, e., lai, j., wang, l., wang, k., xu, s., li, c., & guo, c. (2021). review of cutting-edge sensing technologies for urban underground construction. measurement: journal of the international measurement confederation, 167, 108289. doi:10.1016/j.measurement.2020.108289. [10] ullo, s. l., & sinha, g. r. (2020). advances in smart environment monitoring systems using iot and sensors. sensors (switzerland), 20(11), 3113. doi:10.3390/s20113113. [11] allioui, h., & mourdi, y. (2023). unleashing the potential of ai: investigating cutting-edge technologies that are transforming businesses. international journal of computer engineering and data science, 3(2), 2737–8543. [12] adesipo, a., fadeyi, o., kuca, k., krejcar, o., maresova, p., selamat, a., & adenola, m. (2020). smart and climate-smart agricultural trends as core aspects of smart village functions. sensors (switzerland), 20(21), 1–22. doi:10.3390/s20215977. [13] amutha, j., sharma, s., & sharma, s. k. (2021). strategies based on various aspects of clustering in wireless sensor networks using classical, optimization and machine learning techniques: review, taxonomy, research findings, challenges and future directions. computer science review, 40, 100376. doi:10.1016/j.cosrev.2021.100376. [14] ding, q., zhu, r., liu, h., & ma, m. (2021). an overview of machine learning-based energy-efficient routing algorithms in wireless sensor networks. electronics (switzerland), 10(13), 1539. doi:10.3390/electronics10131539. [15] jordan, k., & kristjánsson, k. (2017). sustainability, virtue ethics, and the virtue of harmony with nature. environmental education research, 23(9), 1205–1229. doi:10.1080/13504622.2016.1157681. [16] rashed, a. h., & shah, a. (2021). the role of private sector in the implementation of sustainable development goals. environment, development and sustainability, 23(3), 2931–2948. doi:10.1007/s10668-020-00718-w. [17] george, r. a., siti-nabiha, a. k., jalaludin, d., & abdalla, y. a. (2016). barriers to and enablers of sustainability integration in the performance management systems of an oil and gas company. journal of cleaner production, 136, 197–212. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2016.01.097. [18] mandava, t., chen, s., isafiade, o., & bagula, a. (2018). an iot middleware for air pollution monitoring in smart cities: a situation recognition model. proceedings of the ist africa 2018 conference, gabarone, botswana, 9–11. [19] bhandari, g. p., lyth, a., shalaginov, a., & gronli, t. m. (2022). artificial intelligence enabled middleware for distributed cyberattacks detection in iot-based smart environments. proceedings 2022 ieee international conference on big data, big data 2022, 3023–3032. doi:10.1109/bigdata55660.2022.10020531. [20] samee, i. u., jilani, m. t., & wahab, h. g. a. (2019). an application of iot and machine learning to air pollution monitoring in smart cities. 2019 4th international conference on emerging trends in engineering, sciences and technology, iceest 2019, 1–6. doi:10.1109/iceest48626.2019.8981707. https://doi.org/10.28991/esj-2023-07-06-012 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 812 [21] fu, l., li, j., & chen, y. (2023). an innovative decision-making method for air quality monitoring based on big data-assisted artificial intelligence technique. journal of innovation and knowledge, 8(2), 100294. doi:10.1016/j.jik.2022.100294. [22] katsiri, e. (2021). developing reliable air quality monitoring devices with low cost sensors: method and lessons learned. international journal of environmental science, 6, 425-444. [23] varade, h. p., bhangale, s. c., thorat, s. r., khatkale, p. b., sharma, s. k., & william, p. (2023). framework of air pollution assessment in smart cities using iot with machine learning approach. proceedings of the 2nd international conference on applied artificial intelligence and computing, icaaic 2023, 1436–1441. doi:10.1109/icaaic56838.2023.10140834. [24] bansal, s., & kumar, d. (2020). iot ecosystem: a survey on devices, gateways, operating systems, middleware and communication. international journal of wireless information networks, 27(3), 340–364. doi:10.1007/s10776-020-00483-7. [25] fridelin, y. y., ulil albaab, m. r., anom besari, a. r., sukaridhoto, s., & tjahjono, a. (2018). implementation of microservice architectures on semar extension for air quality monitoring. international electronics symposium on knowledge creation and intelligent computing, ies-kcic 2018 proceedings, 218–224. doi:10.1109/kcic.2018.8628575. [26] neo, e. x., hasikin, k., lai, k. w., mokhtar, m. i., azizan, m. m., hizaddin, h. f., razak, s. a., & yanto. (2023). artificial intelligence-assisted air quality monitoring for smart city management. peerj computer science, 9, 1306. doi:10.7717/peerjcs.1306. [27] choi, l. k., panjaitan, a. s., & apriliasari, d. (2022). the effectiveness of business intelligence management implementation in industry 4.0. startupreneur business digital (sabda journal), 1(2), 115–125. doi:10.34306/sabda.v1i2.106. [28] almalawi, a., alsolami, f., khan, a. i., alkhathlan, a., fahad, a., irshad, k., qaiyum, s., & alfakeeh, a. s. (2022). an iot based system for magnify air pollution monitoring and prognosis using hybrid artificial intelligence technique. environmental research, 206, 112576. doi:10.1016/j.envres.2021.112576. [29] zhang, d., zhou, x., zhang, j., lan, y., xu, c., & liang, d. (2018). detection of rice sheath blight using an unmanned aerial system with high-resolution color and multispectral imaging. plos one, 13(5), 187470. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0187470. [30] yao, h., qin, r., & chen, x. (2019). unmanned aerial vehicle for remote sensing applications a review. remote sensing, 11(12), 1443. doi:10.3390/rs11121443. [31] wang, y., wang, l., wang, h., & li, p. (2019). end-to-end image super-resolution via deep and shallow convolutional networks. ieee access, 7, 31959–31970. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2903582. [32] he, t., & li, x. (2019). image quality recognition technology based on deep learning. journal of visual communication and image representation, 65, 102654. doi:10.1016/j.jvcir.2019.102654. [33] bhargava, a., & bansal, a. (2021). fruits and vegetables quality evaluation using computer vision: a review. journal of king saud university computer and information sciences, 33(3), 243–257. doi:10.1016/j.jksuci.2018.06.002. [34] humeau-heurtier, a. (2019). texture feature extraction methods: a survey. ieee access, 7, 8975–9000. doi:10.1109/access.2018.2890743. [35] joshi, k., & patel, m. i. (2020). recent advances in local feature detector and descriptor: a literature survey. international journal of multimedia information retrieval, 9(4), 231–247. doi:10.1007/s13735-020-00200-3. [36] jogin, m., mohana, madhulika, m. s., divya, g. d., meghana, r. k., & apoorva, s. (2018). feature extraction using convolution neural networks (cnn) and deep learning. 2018 3rd ieee international conference on recent trends in electronics, information and communication technology, rteict 2018 proceedings, 2319–2323. doi:10.1109/rteict42901.2018.9012507. [37] vabalas, a., gowen, e., poliakoff, e., & casson, a. j. (2019). machine learning algorithm validation with a limited sample size. plos one, 14(11), 224365. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0224365. [38] mo, x., zhang, l., li, h., & qu, z. (2019). a novel air quality early-warning system based on artificial intelligence. international journal of environmental research and public health, 16(19), 3505. doi:10.3390/ijerph16193505. [39] dias, d., & cunha, j. p. s. (2018). wearable health devices—vital sign monitoring, systems and technologies. sensors (switzerland), 18(8), 2414. doi:10.3390/s18082414. [40] karim mohamed ibrahim, a., rashid, r. a., hamid, a. h. f. a., adib sarijari, m., & baharudin, m. a. (2019). lightweight iot middleware for rapid application development. telkomnika (telecommunication computing electronics and control), 17(3), 1385–1392. doi:10.12928/telkomnika.v17i3.11793. [41] dudjak, m., & martinović, g. (2020). an api-first methodology for designing a microservice-based backend as a service platform. information technology and control, 49(2), 206–223. doi:10.5755/j01.itc.49.2.23757. [42] widayanti, r., aini, q., haryani, h., lutfiani, n., & apriliasari, d. (2021). decentralized electronic vote based on blockchain p2p. 2021 9th international conference on cyber and it service management, citsm 2021, 1–7. doi:10.1109/citsm52892.2021.9588851. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 813 [43] rahardja, u. (2023). risk assessment, risk identification, and control in the process of steel smelting using the hiradc method. aptisi transactions on management (atm), 7(3), 261–272. doi:10.33050/atm.v7i3.2142. [44] guan, y., shao, j., wei, g., & xie, m. (2018). data security and privacy in fog computing. ieee network, 32(5), 106–111. doi:10.1109/mnet.2018.1700250. [45] salam, r., mardiana, s. e., ak, m., ardi, m. m. s. i., harahap, e. p., kom, s., ... & mertayasa, i. k. (2023). the magic place of startupreneur. asosiasi pendidikan tinggi informatika dan komputer (aptikom), jakarta, indonesia. [46] khong, i., aprila yusuf, n., nuriman, a., & bayu yadila, a. (2023). exploring the impact of data quality on decision-making processes in information intensive organizations. aptisi transactions on management (atm), 7(3), 253–260. doi:10.33050/atm.v7i3.2138. [47] wuisan, d. s. s., sunardjo, r. a., aini, q., yusuf, n. a., & rahardja, u. (2023). integrating artificial intelligence in human resource management: a smartpls approach for entrepreneurial success. aptisi transactions on technopreneurship, 5(3), 334–345. doi:10.34306/att.v5i3.355. [48] hasanuddin, adam, rahman, a., napitupulu, s., sari, h. i., & saiful, s. (2022). mentoring msme as a pivotal role to achieve comprehensive results; a case study in depok. international journal of research and innovation in social science, 06(12), 644–649. doi:10.47772/ijriss.2022.61237. [49] pontoh, r. s., saliaputri, l., nashwa, a. n., khairina, n., tantular, b., toharudin, t., & gumelar, f. (2023). air quality mapping in bandung city. atmosphere, 14(9), 1444. doi:10.3390/atmos14091444. [50] putra, f. m., & sitanggang, i. s. (2020). classification model of air quality in jakarta using decision tree algorithm based on air pollutant standard index. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 528(1), 12053. doi:10.1088/17551315/528/1/012053. [51] wardhani, n., gani, h., zuhriyah, s., gani, h., & vidyarini, e. (2021). a correlation method for meteorological factors and air pollution in association to covid-19 pandemic in the most affected city in indonesia. ilkom jurnal ilmiah, 13(3), 195–205. doi:10.33096/ilkom.v13i3.854.195-205. [52] xia, d., lou, s., huang, y., zhao, y., li, d. h. w., & zhou, x. (2019). a study on occupant behaviour related to air-conditioning usage in residential buildings. energy and buildings, 203, 109446. doi:10.1016/j.enbuild.2019.109446. [53] tong, c. h. m., yim, s. h. l., rothenberg, d., wang, c., lin, c. y., chen, y. d., & lau, n. c. (2018). assessing the impacts of seasonal and vertical atmospheric conditions on air quality over the pearl river delta region. atmospheric environment, 180, 69–78. doi:10.1016/j.atmosenv.2018.02.039. [54] anderson, j. a., glaser, j., & glotzer, s. c. (2020). hoomd-blue: a python package for high-performance molecular dynamics and hard particle monte carlo simulations. computational materials science, 173, 109363. doi:10.1016/j.commatsci.2019.109363. [55] ribeiro, j., lima, r., eckhardt, t., & paiva, s. (2021). robotic process automation and artificial intelligence in industry 4.0 a literature review. procedia computer science, 181, 51–58. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2021.01.104. [56] chatterjee, a., & prinz, a. (2022). applying spring security framework with keycloak-based oauth2 to protect microservice architecture apis: a case study. sensors, 22(5), 1703. doi:10.3390/s22051703. [57] agarwal, r. (2022). contemporary attachment: expert review of a webinar outlining affect regulation in elementary age children with developmental trauma. alliant international university, california, united states. [58] hagler jr, d. j., hatton, s., cornejo, m. d., makowski, c., fair, d. a., dick, a. s., ... & dale, a. m. (2019). image processing and analysis methods for the adolescent brain cognitive development study. neuroimage, 202, 116091. doi:10.1016/j.neuroimage.2019.116091. [59] sui, x., qi, k., nie, y., ding, n., shi, x., wu, x., zhang, q., & wang, w. (2021). air quality and public health risk assessment: a case study in a typical polluted city, north china. urban climate, 36, 100796. doi:10.1016/j.uclim.2021.100796. [60] li, h., wang, j., li, r., & lu, h. (2019). novel analysis–forecast system based on multi-objective optimization for air quality index. journal of cleaner production, 208, 1365–1383. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.10.129. [61] almalawi, a., alsolami, f., khan, a. i., alkhathlan, a., fahad, a., irshad, k., qaiyum, s., & alfakeeh, a. s. (2022). an iot based system for magnify air pollution monitoring and prognosis using hybrid artificial intelligence technique. environmental research, 206, 112576. doi:10.1016/j.envres.2021.112576. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 774 issn: 2723-9535 exploring self-management practices in smes: insights from an initial survey sh. sarkambayeva 1* , a. akzambekkyzy 2 , satyanand singh 3 , a. tsekhovoy 1 1 satbayev university, satbayev street, 22, almaty 050013, kazakhstan. 2 narxoz university, zhandosov street, 55, almaty 050035, kazakhstan. 3 department of electronics, ins. & control engineering, college of engineering and tvet, fiji national university, fiji island. received 14 june 2024; revised 21 august 2024; accepted 27 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract self-managed teams are perceived as highly productive and have been actively studied in recent times. considering this, the notion of the utility of establishing and cultivating such teams in small and medium-sized businesses in kazakhstan has emerged, aiming to enhance their role in the country's economic development. therefore, the authors of this article have resolved to conduct an empirical study on teams operating within the smes sector of kazakhstan. this study aims to present the findings of an initial survey conducted among employees of small and medium-sized enterprises to characterize their self-management capacities and identify factors influencing their self-management abilities. for this purpose, representatives of teams in small and medium businesses in kazakhstan were surveyed. the design of the survey questionnaire involved three field experts to validate and refine the questions. findings reveal that approximately twothirds of sme teams in kazakhstan demonstrate characteristics of cross-functionality, diversity, motivation, and colocation, indicative of their self-managing nature. this suggests agile management's potential for organizational goals. to the best of the authors’ knowledge, this is the first empirical study aimed to investigate how far the teams in kazakhstani enterprises are self-managed. keywords: project management; teamwork in organizations; research project; working in teams; teams; business. 1. introduction up to 99% of all firms are small and medium-sized enterprises (smes), accounting for two-thirds of all private sector employment [1]. these businesses are mostly run by the people who founded and own them. small and medium-sized businesses (smes) must leverage outside information because they have less internal resources and knowledge than larger enterprises. however, the issue is that corporate and large-scale businesses are frequently used as best-practice examples for creating management practices in business literature and training programs, making them inappropriate for small and medium-sized businesses. furthermore, as owner-managers of smes typically lack a formal management education, they are unable to employ the same management techniques that are frequently employed by professional managers. smes that use open innovation perform better overall when it comes to innovation [2]. this research aims to demonstrate micro, small, and medium enterprises' relevance, role, and contributions to the seventeen sustainable development goals (sdgs). the reserch examines the role of smes in the sdgs. the research * corresponding author: sh.sarkambayeva@satbayev.university http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-016 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8509-3688 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8546-3834 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7707-031x https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9605-2523 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 775 unpacks the role of smes in economic activity, in producing employment and incomes, notably for the poor and disadvantaged groups, as service providers for example in education, health, water and sanitation and as energy users/polluters with environmental footprints. through these perspectives, it is feasible to create direct and indirect relationships between smes and the seventeen goals. the ambitious sdg targets call for governmental and private sector operations changes. this shift is linked to adopting new business strategies, introducing fresh innovation and technology, and conducting business in a more ethical and sustainable manner. for smes in particular, this process creates new commercial opportunities for the private sector as a whole. by 2030, sustainable business models may provide 380 million new employment, more than half of which would be in developing nations, and open up economic prospects valued at $12 trillion, according to the business and sustainable development commission. under each aim, these opportunities for smes have been noted [3]. additionally, the research focuses on particular business cases and best practices programs that help smes and help accomplish the sdgs. according to the most recent estimate, 783 million people, or 11% of the world's population, were estimated to have lived below the extreme poverty line in 2013 [4]. the majority of the impoverished in developing nations are either unemployed or make insufficient money to escape poverty. the creation of jobs in the private sector is a key factor in the battle against poverty. in the last three decades, the percentage of people in developing nations living below the poverty line has dropped dramatically from 52% to 22%, mostly due to the efforts of the private sector [5]. smes play a major role in the private sector's process of creating jobs. smes created four out of every five new jobs in the formal sector in emerging markets [6]. a significant portion of smes in lower-income economies are unofficial businesses that provide a living for the 4 billion people who make less than us $3000 annually, who make up the base of the pyramid [7]. over 70% of workers in developing nations are thought to work in the informal economy, either as independent contractors or as employees of companies that aren't legally recognized. the informal economy offers chances for the impoverished, especially women and young people, to make money because of its flexibility [5, 8]. the bulk of people working in the informal economy, according to the international labour organization, do not have access to social safety, respectable working conditions, or workplace rights. informal businesses present a way for interventions to legalize smes and give their employees access to social security. sdg goal 1 would be reached with assistance in formalizing smes, especially in developing economies where informal employment is prevalent. it is possible for individual smes to implement changes in their operational procedures that advance the objective. they have the authority to impose stringent laws and regulations that do not discriminate against the underprivileged [9]. to incorporate local community members, particularly those who are impoverished, into the sme value chain, smes can also hire, educate, and train them. sme innovation in business concepts and solutions that will support sdg achievement. the private sector, particularly smes, is taking advantage of the new opportunities and business models presented by the ambitious drive to eradicate poverty through the sdgs. even though the impoverished have little purchasing power, the overall impact is significant. the world resources institute reported that the base of the pyramid represents a $5 trillion global consumer market with significant purchasing power [10]. they provide a market that is becoming more and more mobile phone linked. the market's size and the widespread use of mobile phones present chances for market-based approaches to provide services that would enable individuals to escape poverty. encouraging business initiatives include introducing efficient, multi-fuel cook stoves, low-cost solar lighting systems that can provide a few hours of light in the evening, and inexpensive water filters or home treatment systems that enable households to purify their water. a large number of these programs use microfranchising. an estimated 9.34 million formal women-owned msmes worldwide, or almost one-third of all formal msmes, are thought to exist in over 140 examined countries, according to data from the international finance corporation's (ifc) enterprise finance gap assessment database. when weighed by the number of women in the region, europe and central asia have the most, but altogether, east asia and the pacific have the largest number. south asia has the lowest by any metric. in all industries, formal women-owned msmes are actively involved. they are perhaps more prevalent in the healthcare, cosmetics, and beauty, as well as retail and wholesale industries. they are somewhat less prevalent in the manufacturing, agricultural, and construction sectors, but they hold about equal ground in the tourism, transportation, hotel and restaurant, services, and trade sectors. but among the several difficulties faced by women-led and -owned businesses, the most significant is the lack of funding. lack of networking opportunities and business acumen are two further obstacles. women's economic empowerment may come from msmes with a stronger female owner or leader. according to ifc research, women make about one-fifth of the workforce in the sme sector. the available data indicates that women make up 20.45% of employees in registered smes and 13.02% of employees in unregistered businesses. analyzed data across msmes reveals that, similar to ownership, women are employed most frequently in micro, small, and medium-sized businesses. nonetheless, women labor in low-skilled occupations for the most part, where they are compensated little, endure unsuitable working conditions, and are not covered by social security, maternity benefits, or laws against sexual harassment. improving msmes' work environments can contribute to women actively participating in the economy and achieving the objective [10, 11]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 776 gender equality can be significantly influenced by financial inclusion. there is a $1.7 trillion funding gap in the us since 80% of women-owned businesses with credit needs are either underserved or unserved [12]. women business owners, especially those from impoverished rural areas, frequently face obstacles in expanding their enterprises because they lack the land titles and/or collateral required to obtain official financing sources. research indicates that women are more cautious risk-takers, more responsible borrowers, and better savers than men. the bank of new york mellon estimates that by expanding women's access to financial services and products, $330 billion in yearly global income might be generated [13]. thus, financial institutions must be encouraged to support female entrepreneurs. women's world banking capital partners fund, a limited partnership focused on private equity and direct equity investments in women-oriented financial institutions, is a prime example. their investing approach is based on the idea that investors have the power to persuade organizations to include women clients in their growth strategy for financial institutions. in a similar vein, the credit suisse-cofounded asia impact investment fund invests in companies that support women's empowerment [14]. the sme sector is likewise very diverse. no single category could apply to all of these businesses, as they represent practically every industry and have unique operational, cultural, and growth potential patterns. additionally, smes can implement open innovation approaches in a variety of ways, including coupled, inside-out, and outside-in paradigms [15]. jennings and beaver developed an opinion regarding small business management procedures. they proposed that the management process in small businesses is distinct and different from that of larger corporations. it is not to be assumed that small-firm management operates on the same small-scale scale as professional managers operating in large organizations [16]. according to kaplan and norton, a management system is an integrated collection of procedures and instruments that a business utilizes to formulate its strategy, operationalize it, and track and enhance its efficacy. in addition to the definition, they proposed a concept known as the balanced scorecard, which connected different financial and nonfinancial components of business through clearly defined cause-and-effect linkages and combined the financial, market, process, and development dimensions of business [17]. controversial evidence of certain concepts influencing organizations' performances and procedures is growing. yusr categorizes the arguments about the relationship between total quality management (tqm) and innovation into two groups: the first group maintains that tqm and innovation have a positive relationship, while the second group contends that tqm hinders innovation in businesses [18]. the application of agility, particularly in the early stages of innovation, maybe a good option to accelerate environmental dynamics in the current volatile corporate environment [19]. an organizational agility model can also be constructed using agile practices, capabilities, and qualities [20]. a significant fraction of businesses in the private sector are run by their founders or owners and owned by people or families. millers and gaile-sarkane's research resulted in the development of a preliminary typology consisting of 10 types of sme owner-managers based on their various managerial authorities and ownership status in enterprises [21]. according to a uk survey, smes were less likely than larger companies to employ conventional management methods. smes that employed these methods, however, seemed to profit from them clearly, as they were positively correlated with productivity, growth, and firm survival [22]. the use of purposeful knowledge inflows and outflows to boost internal innovation and increase markets for external innovation usage is known as open innovation [23]. despite their limited internal resources and knowledge, small and medium-sized businesses (smes) have a significant degree of diversity within the sme sector. chesbrough et al. [24] noted a number of patterns in the evolution of open innovation. one tendency is that innovation is shifting from giant corporations to small and medium-sized enterprises (smes); another is that the sector is starting to professionalize internal procedures to handle open innovation more successfully and economically. still, it is still more trial and error than a well-managed procedure at this point. yun et al. organized the intricate connections between open innovation, complex adaptive systems, and evolutionary change into a conceptual model. yun argues that the corporation is the fundamental agent of open innovation. a company's open innovation process goes through a sophisticated adaptive mechanism before evolving into new forms of change. in actuality, though, open innovation might be sparked by a particular complex adaptive system via evolutionary features at every given organization [25]. the application of closedand open-innovation principles by social companies in the developing digital economy was assessed by svirina et al. [26]. one method of managing a firm is to employ inbound information transfer to foster open innovation [27]. romero et al. identified ten eminent writers on business models and business modeling, such as previous studies [24, 22, 28-30], who put out formal meta-business models in publications between 2000 and 2010 [31]. an extensive evaluation of an organization's sustainability performance can be carried out in a variety of methods [32]. many economic, noneconomic, and crucial criteria can all be used to establish a company's sustainability [33]. enterprise management techniques can also be impacted by the owner's mindset [34], age of the ceo or owner [35], management style, and individual preferences [36, 37]. since it is assumed that managers of smes frequently lack a traditional management education, an analysis and development method for their management practices must take into account their knowledge and proficiency in management. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 777 agile methodologies have gained popularity in software development across organizations of varying scales. subsequently, the efficacy of the flexible approach has extended to diverse industry sectors, with its application in small and medium-sized enterprises (smes) becoming a subject of research discussion. the agile family, encompassing widely applied frameworks such as scrum, kanban, and extreme programming (xp), are utilized for product planning and development. the adoption of agile in it projects of smes confers several advantages including accelerated timeto-market, enhanced productivity, improved team performance, and heightened product, and service quality [38]. thus, agile development enables smes to respond to external changes and adapt accordingly swiftly. while scholarly literature historically concentrated on large organizations, current discussions highlight the application of agile methodologies in smes across sectors. non-it smes, due to their distinct characteristics, require a comprehensive exploration of agile methodologies for adaptation. the adoption of agile methodologies in a mediumsized slovenian manufacturing company resulted in improved communication and decision-making efficiency. this success was also attributed to the team's characteristics, which included high motivation, cross-functional expertise, and co-location, enhancing their ability to collaborate effectively and solve problems efficiently. the project team, composed of individuals from diverse fields such as research, technology, and sales, demonstrated agile principles through daily stand-up meetings and the use of visual management tools [39]. some studies highlight the importance of clear task portfolio division, strong team relationships, and effective coaching for the successful implementation of self-managing teams. these characteristics are critical in enhancing team productivity and efficiency, which can subsequently contribute to the development of small and medium-sized enterprises (smes) [40]. in addition, the results indicate that the successful development of self-organizing teams in industrial settings depends on high levels of team autonomy, high task interdependence, timely feedback, and low task routineness. these characteristics promote self-regulated team behavior that supports the organization's process improvement and sustainable development [41]. in sme development, agile methodologies are pivotal, providing tangible benefits in market agility, operational efficiency, and product/service quality, regardless of sector. despite challenges, empirical evidence supports agile adoption for sme growth and adaptability in the dynamic business landscape. further research and case studies are needed to explore nuanced applications across various sme contexts. this study assesses the readiness of sme personnel in kazakhstan to adopt agile management technologies, with a focus on team self-organization. this research focuses on sme teams, considering the vital role of small and medium-sized enterprises in kazakhstan's economy. smes contribute 33.3% to the country's gdp, with an annual growth rate of 1-1.5% [42]. given the need for adaptability and change readiness in today's dynamic environment, the effective application of agile approaches is crucial. smes, irrespective of their industry, can leverage various agile tools, adapting them to their unique characteristics. the inherent flexibility of agile enables smes to customize implementations to meet specific needs and constraints, demonstrating the adaptability required in a rapidly changing world. guided by the project management institute's insights on agile methodologies [43], successful implementation requires a triad: a facilitating leader, a self-managing team, and a project-oriented organization. this study concentrates on team characteristics, specifically exploring self-managing tendencies within kazakhstani smes. the literature review refined the criteria for defining a self-managing team, informing the creation of a questionnaire for empirical investigation. 2. literature review being able to regulate oneself requires reflection. a person must take an honest, in-depth look at their emotional intelligence, self-control, and leadership style in order to realize how much they truly regulate themselves. although it's not simple, self-management is a skill that can be acquired. it's also worthwhile because, by developing their selfmanagement abilities, employees will inevitably become better leaders. from their personal growth to their superior project management abilities. effective behavior, cognition, and emotion regulation is a key component of self-management for both personal and professional success. by encouraging self-awareness and wellbeing, effective self-management raises emotional intelligence. this entails being aware of social signs and honoring one's own needs. although it may not always come easily, self-management is an essential leadership quality that can be acquired with the correct resources and practice. seven self-management skills required for good leadership in an organization is shown in figure 1. the top seven abilities to cultivate in self-management are as follows: • time management: the ability to govern one's use of time is known as time management. this entails managing the daily to-do list activities and putting the most important chores first. a leader with strong time management abilities can do so independently of outside assistance. effective time management can help you stay focused and prevent procrastination. time management gives a leader adequate time to complete their tasks on time and to inspire others to do the same. • personal driveself-motivation is the capacity one has within oneself to get motivated and actively do everyday tasks. while self-motivation does come with a certain amount of personal responsibility, it can help someone become more self-aware and prioritize their priorities. intrinsic motivation, or motivation from within, is comparable to this. similar to self-motivation, intrinsic motivation is derived from a range of individual characteristics. one's internal motivation for volunteering, for instance, can be the sense of fulfillment it brings. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 778 external motivators, on the other hand, are impacted by outside forces. for example, working more quickly because they are concerned about the consequences of working more slowly. maintaining personal motivation and interest during the workday depends in large part on finding work satisfaction. finding work satisfaction can also motivate the whole team to perform at their highest level. strive for objectives that fulfill you and give a feeling of purpose if team want to exercise internal motivation. • stress management-stress is something that leaders deal with on a regular basis, but excellent self-management requires healthy stress management. overwork and burnout can result from poor stress management. effective stress management practitioners take a targeted approach to their work by linking their projects to overarching objectives. a person can more effectively prioritize their work and probably feel more satisfied when they do so when they understand which tasks are most crucial and how project deliverables relate to team objectives. this kind of active engagement with your work is self-care that can help you stay calm and reduce stress. • flexibility-being flexible is having the self-assurance and know-how to shift course when necessary. this is particularly crucial for leaders who operate in a hectic setting with frequent project modifications. let's say, for instance, that a new project comes up that requires more attention than the one someone has been working on for the past few weeks. leaders who are flexible and curious can embrace this shift rather of getting anxious or irritated. it's crucial to possess this ability in order to stay flexible. being adaptive can make someone a great leader because it allows them to handle any situation that comes their way, even though it may not always be comfortable. it gives the team the confidence to follow suit. • decisions making-leaders must learn how to make decisions that clear things out and empower their teams in order to be effective. your ability to make personal decisions can be enhanced by tackling problems and finding solutions. making decisions is a talent that can be learned, just like all the other skills we have examined thus far. develop your critical thinking abilities first, then when issues emerge, learn how to evaluate important data. additionally, make sure decisions are based on data rather than conjecture by using data-driven decision making to ensure fewer problems in the future. • goal alignment-establishing: goals entails ranking the most crucial initiatives according to their potential influence on the company. this entails having the ability to see the wider picture and understanding what is best for the group as a whole. long-term, this will improve performance and raise team spirit. three primary skills are needed for goal alignment. (i) establishing goals. make sure to consider present pain areas, growth targets, and resource allocation strategies when creating goals. these will all help you create well-informed goals. make sure your goal is time-bound, practical, quantifiable, and specific by using the smart goals framework. (ii) communication of objectives. this entails controlling the team's objectives as well as always coordinating them with the overarching objectives of the company. members of the team will then be aware of how their work fits into the bigger picture. aligned teamwork and open communication are necessary for this. (iii) tracking of goals. setting and communicating goals is crucial, but so is keeping track of them. this is essential for tying daily efforts to more ambitious objectives and tracking the team's development over time. • personal development: personal development is essential for all members of a team, particularly for those in leadership positions. to enhance the collective knowledge of the team, it is crucial to first invest in personal growth. this involves dedicating time to participate in workshops, enroll in courses, and engage with industry professionals to refine management capabilities. by continually advancing one’s skills, leaders can inspire their team members to pursue similar growth. this commitment not only fosters individual career advancement but also contributes to the overall progress of the organization. figure 1. seven self-management skills required for a good leadership in an organization hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 779 self-management practices research has grown and diversified significantly, according to a study of research trends in scopus-indexed journals from 1988 to 2024. the growing body of publications is indicative of the growing significance of self-management in a variety of fields. subsequent investigations ought to concentrate on creating selfmanagement strategies that are inclusive, sustainable, and scalable and that cater to a wide range of demographics and changing social demands, as shown in figure 2. figure 2. self-management practices research trends from 1988 to 2024 according to citation country analysis, the united states and the united kingdom are the top two countries contributing to the body of research on self-management techniques, both in terms of quantity and quality is shown table 1. high citation per document metrics also demonstrates strong impact from the netherlands and australia. china and india, on the other hand, produce and impact less research, which points to room for improvement. this analysis emphasizes the value of cross-border cooperation and the room for regional expansion in the study of self-management methods. the united states leads in publications and citations, demonstrating a significant influence on self-management practices and strong research output. the high number of citations indicates the substantial impact and importance of the study, which is relevant to the country with the highest gdp among the countries analyzed. although the uk publishes fewer articles than the us, it has a high citation rate per document, indicating that uk research is important and of high quality. research findings are consistent with its high gdp. australia demonstrates a comprehensive strategy with modest publications and citations. the citation rate per article demonstrates the laudable impact of the research, which is consistent with its financial status. although the netherlands produces fewer publications, it contributes significantly to research, as evidenced by the high number of citations per document. relatively low total link strength indicates fewer collaborative links, which may impact overall study visibility. data shows that countries with higher gdp generally publish more research papers in the field of self management technology and are cited more frequently. however, even in countries with lower publication rates, the quality and impact of research is evident, as evidenced by the number of citations per article. this analysis highlights the importance of research output to the academic environment, not only in terms of quantity but also in terms o f quality and impact. according to vosviewer, countries with higher gdp generally have more research output and citations on selfmanagement practices. on the other hand, the citations to documents ratio emphasizes the quality and importance of the research and shows that even small countries can produce very important research. the analysis emphasizes the quantitative and qualitative value of academic contributions, with the impact and capabilities of research being significantly influenced by the economic context (see figure 3). 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 1 5 4 4 9 5 14 11 10 6 11 18 18 16 12 24 29 28 21 21 15 1 2 4 5 7 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 20 21 26 30 34 43 48 62 73 83 89 100 118 136 152 164 188 217 245 266 287 302 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 1 9 8 8 1 9 8 9 1 9 9 0 1 9 9 1 1 9 9 2 1 9 9 3 1 9 9 4 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 6 1 9 9 9 2 0 0 0 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 4 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 6 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 8 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 2 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 4 2 0 1 5 2 0 1 6 2 0 1 7 2 0 1 8 2 0 1 9 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 1 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 2 0 2 4 c u m m u la ti v e p a p e r s n u m b e r o f p a p e r s years number of papers cummulative papers hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 780 table 1. citation country analysis in the self-management practices concerning national gdp # country papers percentage citations citation per document national gdp total link strength 1 usa 91 27 2285 25 $25.463 trillion 11 2 uk 41 12 1270 31 $3.071 trillion 13 3 australia 40 12 855 21 $1.675 trillion 10 4 netherlands 22 6 559 25 $991 billion 2 5 canada 21 6 422 20 $2.140 trillion 1 china 11 3 31 3 $17.963 trillion 2 7 india 9 3 56 6 $3.385 trillion 1 8 south africa 9 3 53 6 $406 billion 0 9 switzerland 9 3 121 13 $808 billion 0 10 new zealand 8 2 62 8 $247 billion 0 11 saudi arabia 8 2 86 11 $1.108 trillion 2 12 germany 7 2 137 20 $4.072 trillion 0 13 malaysia 7 2 63 9 $406 billion 1 14 thailand 7 2 104 15 $495 billion 5 15 norway 6 2 146 24 $579 billion 1 16 belgium 5 1 73 15 $579 billion 1 17 denmark 4 1 116 29 $395 billion 1 18 france 4 1 139 35 $2.783 trillion 2 19 indonesia 4 1 41 10 $1.319 trillion 4 20 iran 4 1 142 36 $389 billion 0 21 ireland 4 1 17 4 $529 billion 0 22 nigeria 4 1 85 21 $477 billion 0 23 sweden 4 1 155 39 $586 billion 0 24 ethiopia 3 1 113 38 $127 billion 0 25 hong kong 3 1 45 15 $360 billion 0 26 portugal 3 1 12 4 $252 billion 1 27 spain 3 1 108 36 $1.398 trillion 0 sr. no document citations links reference 1 coster (2009) 164 6 [44] 2 macdonald (2008) 98 6 [45] 3 walters (2012) 23 2 [46] 4 harris (2008) 57 1 [47] 5 lake (2010) 44 1 [48] 6 ersser (2012) 27 1 [49] 7 ercolano (2016) 26 1 [50] 8 robinson (2008) 26 1 [51] 9 coster (2020) 18 1 [52] 10 blok (2017) 18 1 [53] figure 3. citation country analysis of self-management practices: a vosviewer perspective hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 781 much of the research demonstrates the importance of self-managing teams and flexible management tools in modern organizations. they emphasize the need for balance between autonomy and leadership, and further outline key aspects of successful team functioning. teams are crucial for organizational success, and the criteria defining these teams play a significant role. this is evident in the emphasis on self-managing teams and flexible management tools in modern organizations, highlighting the importance of balancing autonomy and leadership while delineating key aspects of successful team functioning. implementing agile in organizations centers on agile teams, described as self-managing or self-organizing with attributes like dedication, cross-functionality, and co-location [43]. self-organizing teams exhibit heightened accountability and autonomy, fostering motivation and engagement. this autonomy contributes to the flexible growth of small and medium-sized businesses. similarities exist between sme teams and self-organizing teams, particularly in cross-functionality, diversity, and motivation. slovak companies aim to transition to agile, emphasizing self-organizing teams [54]. team autonomy comes mostly from motivation. it is a critical factor for self-managed teams, as highly motivated teams are more likely to take the initiative and drive their projects to successful completion. the significance of motivation is emphasized in studies investigating personnel management strategies and their implementation for optimizing team effectiveness, alongside the recognition of shared leadership and self-organization in enhancing team cohesion, resilience, and productivity [55]. co-location, wherein team members operate in close proximity while utilizing various programs to enhance interaction, fosters improved communication and collaboration. these findings highlight the profound importance of team spatial arrangements, showcasing that the strategies employed for team co-location or dispersion significantly influence the efficiency and efficacy of collaborative endeavors [56]. the use of specialized communication and project management tools can significantly improve team interaction and contribute to the successful execution of projects [57]. specialized communication tools, such as online collaboration platforms, video conferencing, and messaging applications, facilitate real-time information sharing, task tracking, and seamless coordination among team members. these tools enable efficient exchange of ideas, provide visibility into project progress, and help ensure that all team members are aligned on objectives and responsibilities. competencies are paramount in the efficacy of self-managing teams (smts), highlighting leadership, teamwork, and a diverse technical skill set facilitating intra-team flexibility. both internal and external leaders play crucial roles in smt dynamics, fostering team autonomy through mentorship, coaching, information dissemination, training, resource allocation, and recognition [58]. self-managed/self-organizing teams, as asserted by nijholt & benders [59] and humphrey et al. [60], are employee groups responsible for managing their work processes and outcomes. doblinger [61] emphasizes competencies like selfefficacy, proactive personality, and learning orientation, positively linked to team effectiveness. launching self-managed teams requires competencies such as taking responsibility, initiative, decision-making, adherence to leadership principles, active communication, enthusiasm, ambition, relationship management, conflict resolution, and direct expression of opinions [61]. cross-functional teams, composed of members with different functional expertise, enable broader skill sets and more innovative problem-solving capabilities. research highlights the paradoxical nature of crossfunctional team communication, where while small teams benefit from increased communication across functional boundaries for creative outcomes, larger teams might suffer from excessive cross-domain communication, impacting innovation adversely [62]. diversity within teams, in terms of skills, perspectives, and backgrounds, enhances creativity and adaptability. diversity within a team refers to variations in backgrounds, perspectives, and attributes, and according to the study provided, it can positively influence team performance by facilitating the exchange of different viewpoints and experiences, thereby enhancing problem-solving abilities and overall team effectiveness [63]. consolidating components from the agile practice guide [43], this study identifies primary self-managed team characteristics: cross-functionality, diversity, motivation, and co-location. the research will examine the presence of these characteristics in agile teams within kazakhstani smes. to understand the extent to which employees in smes in kazakhstan conform to the criteria of self-organizing teams, it seemed expedient to survey representatives (both employees and managers) of smes in kazakhstan. this, in turn, would aid in gauging the readiness of smes in kazakhstan for agile development, which currently stands as the most effective approach in the face of our rapidly changing world. the questionnaire consisting of 14 questions aimed at revealing the presence of the four components mentioned above was elaborated. initially, 230 records were identified from the scopus database. records were collected based on predefined search criteria related to review of self-management practices. of the 230 records identified, 150 records were screened. this step includes an initial review of titles and abstracts to eliminate obviously irrelevant or duplicate records. as a result of the screening, a total of 110 reports were found through full text search. the purpose of this stage is to obtain a complete report for further evaluation. a total of 60 reports were evaluated for eligibility. this involves thoroughly evaluating the full text of the article to determine whether it meets the inclusion criteria set by review. ultimately, 45 studies were included in the systematic review. the studies were found to be relevant and of sufficient quality to contribute to the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 782 aims of the review. of the studies included in the review, five reports were particularly important and provided detailed insights related to the research question. as outlined, the literature review process ensured a rigorous and comprehensive approach to identifying relevant studies and including them in the scopus database. this meticulous process resulted in the inclusion of 45 studies, of which 5 seminal reports significantly contributed to the review. literature review and synthesis of research published in the scopus database on self-management practices details is shown in figure 4. figure 4. literature review and synthesis of research published in the scopus database on self-management practices 3. research methodology the study explores self-managed teams in kazakhstani smes. participants included employees from organizations of various types and durations of operation, spanning different age groups. a survey assessed team collaboration, communication, and employee engagement. to ensure efficiency and validity, a concise, anonymous questionnaire with two sections was administered, addressing demographics and team functioning. a survey was selected as a suitable method for collecting comprehensive data from a large and diverse sample of respondents across multiple industries. survey objective, sample description and procedure: the aim of the survey was to ascertain the extent to which employees in small and medium-sized enterprises (smes) in kazakhstan align with the criteria of self-organizing teams and to determine whether formal characteristics such as team size, scale, type or duration of organizational activity, diversification of activities, age, work experience, or respondent's level of education influence the degree of team self-organization. according to statistics, approximately 4 million people are employed in smes in kazakhstan [64]. the survey was distributed to over 5000 employees from various companies. the valid returned online questionnaire amounted to 385 observations. the questionnaire was sent to emails of potential respondents listed in the database of the union of project managers of the republic of kazakhstan and via official channels and landing pages of the regional chamber of entrepreneurs “atameken” as well as through snowball sampling. at the beginning of the online questionnaire, it was stated that the responses would not be passed on to third parties, and only aggregated data would be used in the report. records identified from scopus databases (n =230) records removed before screening: duplicate records removed (n=50) records marked as ineligible by automation tools (n = 10) records removed for other reasons (n = 30) records screened (n = 150) records excluded. (n = 40) reports sought for retrieval (n =110) reports not retrieved. (n =50) reports assessed for eligibility (n = 60) reports excluded: reason 1 (n = 5) reason 2 (n = 3) reason 3 (n = 2) etc. studies included in the review (n =45) reports of included studies (n =5) id en ti fi ca ti o n s cr e e n in g in cl u d ed hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 783 the pilot survey was done before the actual one and managed to gather responses from 84 respondents. the validity of the questionnaire was substantiated by the fact that the questions were formulated regarding the components of characteristics of self-managing teams identified through a literature review. reliability was assessed through questions pertaining to the level of self-organization within the team. the reliability was tested using cronbach’s α, which yielded a value of 0.72. team definition: each participant independently determined which part of the organization to consider as a "team," such as the organization, a department, a division, or any other defined subset of the collective. respondent groups: the main respondent groups included: team members working in smes, team and project managers, owners or top managers of smes, colleagues, and employees of interacting teams. rationale for respondent group selection: • team members: participants included actual team members in smes to obtain their opinions and evaluations regarding the level of self-organization and autonomy within their respective teams. • team and project managers: including managers allowed for their assessment and perspective on the level of selforganization within sme teams. • owners or top managers of smes: interviewing owners or top-level management provided their evaluation and viewpoint on the level of team self-organization within the organization. • colleagues and employees of interacting teams: surveying colleagues and employees who interact with sme teams provided an external viewpoint on the self-organization within these teams. analysis and presentation of results: frequency analysis and descriptive statistics methods were employed for the analysis and presentation of survey results. for questions yielding numerical responses, central tendencies and dispersion were computed. structural analysis of responses was conducted, and visualization methods such as diagrams were applied. respondents' answers were assessed using a three-point likert scale. nominal data in answers represented three types of answers: the presence of characteristic, the absence of it, and some ambiguity. 4. results this survey revealed the self-managing nature of around two-thirds of sme teams in kazakhstan. in various degrees, they possess features of cross-functional, blended teams, and a notable degree of autonomy and motivation. based on responses from the questionnaire section, respondents were categorized into groups (e.g., based on their industry or team size). subsequently, differences between these groups (where applicable) were identified using the chi-square test for independence. we need a certain number of individuals in each group to test is valid. so, to avoid micro numerosity we eliminate groups with severely small samples, i.e. less than 10. the diversity of the respondents by age and work experience is shown in table 2. individuals aged 28 to 70 took part in the survey with work experience starting from the very beginning to 50 years. around 8% of respondents are working in new companies operating for less than two years, 15% of respondents are working in companies operating for 2 to 7 years, and the rest 77% are representatives of companies working for more than 7 years. 45% of the respondents represent medium-sized businesses, while 55%, correspondingly, represent small businesses. according to the size of a company, respondents share were: 15% were representatives of companies with less than five employees, 18% with 5 to 20 employees, 21% with 20-100 employees, and 46% with more than 100 employees. the latter category represents a medium-sized business. table 2. respondents' age and work experience age work experience mean 42 21 stdev 13.6 13.6 diversity was measured using a range of demographic criteria including the varied age and work experience of respondents, as well as the tenure and size of their companies. these criteria demonstrated the breadth and inclusivity of team characteristics, highlighting the diverse composition essential for self-organizing teams. this diversity in demographics and organizational contexts underscores the adaptability and cross-functional collaboration prevalent in hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 784 these teams. the importance of such diversity aligns with findings in existing literature, which emphasize that understanding the optimal composition of diverse teams is crucial for achieving strategic goals and enhancing organizational outcomes [65]. in our survey, we employed specific questions designed to measure key criteria for assessing the cross-functionality of teams. these criteria included the presence of representatives from various functional areas within the teams, the methods of initiating meetings and consultations, and the frequency of these meetings. the presence of diverse functional areas within teams was a strong indicator of cross-functional collaboration potential. additionally, the flexibility in meeting initiation—whether by management, team leaders, or any team member—provided insights into the decisionmaking dynamics within these teams. lastly, the frequency of meetings, whether regular or based on immediate needs, further demonstrated the teams' ability to coordinate effectively [66]. these criteria collectively provide a robust illustration of the cross-functionality characteristic in self-managing teams. an analysis of the data concerning the frequency of meetings and consultations involving representatives from different functional areas revealed the following: in the teams of most organizations (58%), there are representatives from various functional areas (figure 5). this indicates the potential for a high degree of cross-functionality within teams. figure 5. diversity of the functional areas of team members for 30% of the total cases, meetings and consultations with representatives from different functional areas are initiated by either senior management or team leaders. in 24% of cases, meetings can be initiated by any team member, indicating a more decentralized approach and flexibility in the decision-making process regarding meetings. the next most common approach is to hold meetings 'every week', which is characteristic of 24% of organizations. following this, 'every month' is implemented in 23% of cases. the data underscores a dual nature in meeting initiation, with both centralized leadership involvement and decentralized team member engagement. the varying frequencies of weekly and monthly meetings highlight organizational adaptability, emphasizing the need for flexible structures to enhance communication and decision-making processes within diverse functional areas. in most teams, interactions occur not based on a predetermined regularity but on an as-needed basis, with 58% of cases having the necessity determined by the team leader. it was surprising to find that smaller teams of less than 5 members and larger teams of over 100 members tend to lean towards regular meetings, whereas teams with 5-20and 20-100-members practice meetings and gatherings on an as-needed basis. the data emphasizes diverse approaches to meetings and consultations, showcasing flexibility in teamwork based on needs and management structure. the frequency of cross-functional meetings correlates with higher self-organization in organizations. active information exchange across functional areas positively influences self-organization levels, especially in organizations with consistent and regular communication. collaboration and coordination within teams range from well-organized (36.5% with the response 'it is clear with whom to coordinate and inform') to chaotic (13.1% with the response 'we have chaos'). there are teams with coordinators (50.6%), which may contribute to more effective collaboration. respondents, especially team leaders, show varied assessments of cross-functionality, highlighting leaders' crucial role in promoting self-organization. the mix of generalists and specialists is a key criterion for self-organizing teams, with higher flexibility associated with diverse compositions, while limited flexibility results in more homogeneous specialist teams. based on the data obtained in this study, a conclusion can be drawn about employees' flexibility level (figure 6). an important aspect is the ability of employees to perform tasks beyond their specialization, which determines their flexibility level. 58.80% 12.90% 15.30% 12.90% yes, our team includes representatives from different functional areas no, our team consists only of specialists from one functional area we only have representatives from some functional areas, not all we do not have a clear division into functional areas, and all team members perform a variety of tasks hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 785 note: limited flexibility: specialists are focused only on their field. basic flexibility: some skills in other areas, but with limitations. moderate flexibility: ability to perform tasks outside of specialty with some limitations. highly flexible: willingness to take on tasks outside your area of expertise with good adaptability. total flexibility: high level of flexibility and successful execution of tasks in different areas. figure 6. distribution of answers according to team flexibility cross-functionality, characterized by the integration of narrow-profile experts and broad-format specialists within a team, is essential for effective team self-organization. generalists are more likely to transfer knowledge across different organizational settings, whereas specialists benefit more from working with familiar members or on similar projects, which can mitigate the costs associated with switching contexts [67, 68]. effective collaboration between generalists and specialists requires investment in relationship-building and trust, where such collaboration can lead to improved outcomes [69]. therefore, fostering a cross-functional team composition may enhance overall team performance by leveraging the strengths of both generalists and specialists. this highlights the importance of cross-functional team dynamics, which, when combined with industry-specific flexibility levels, further clarifies the relationship between team composition and organizational performance. the diversity of flexibility levels depending on the industry provided a clearer picture, revealing the relationship between flexibility and the scale of organizational operations. in table 3 the most common answers are given within each industry. table 3. flexibility levels in various industries based on the scale of operation industry percentage of answers flexibility scale education/science 20% moderate international it/telecommunication 18.82% moderate international production/manufacturing 10.59% basic international mass media/culture 9.41% moderate international agriculture 5.88% limited international finance 20% moderate national logistics 3.53% high international healthcare 8.24% limited local note: in the table, the most extensively covered industries are indicated. based on the data in table 3, the following conclusions have been drawn: • flexibility diversity by industry: the study identified varying employee flexibility levels depending on the industry. "logistics" exhibited high flexibility, indicating adaptability to diverse tasks. conversely, "healthcare" showed limited flexibility, possibly linked to constraints in employee adaptation. • moderate flexibility in key sectors: "education/science," "finance," "it/telecommunications," and "media/culture" demonstrated a moderate flexibility level. employees in these industries possess specialized knowledge while being prepared to adapt to diverse tasks within their expertise. 15.30% 22.40% 41.20% 12.90% 8.20% 0.00% 5.00% 10.00% 15.00% 20.00% 25.00% 30.00% 35.00% 40.00% 45.00% limited basic moderate highly total hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 786 • heterogeneity across industries and scales: analysis results highlighted differences in employee flexibility levels across regions. for instance, "media/culture" at the national level showed moderate flexibility, while "logistics" at the international level displayed high flexibility. these variations may relate to market characteristics and employee requirements in specific sectors. the geographic distribution of teams impacts flexibility readiness; international teams show an 80% flexibility level, reflecting adaptation to diverse cultures, while virtual teams exhibit a 58% flexibility level. the degree of flexibility and willingness to perform tasks outside one’s area of expertise also holds significant importance. respondents who assessed their flexibility as ‘high’ or ‘complete’ constitute 30% and 14% of the total, respectively. responses to the question regarding the ability to make independent decisions without consulting management also correlate with the level of flexibility. in international teams, 80% of respondents have this capability, whereas in national and city/regional teams, 60% and 67% of team members, respectively, can make decisions autonomously. measuring co-location gave the following results: 40% of respondents work within one office, 39% work in virtual teams, and 21% work in separate buildings. the frequency of team interaction was used as an indirect proxy for proximity, and the results indicated that approximately 49% of the participants engaged in close interaction or communicated at least once per week. analysis of the types of information exchange methods reveals that around 75% of respondents utilize up to three methods, while only a quarter employ more than three methods, including the use of online platforms (such as slack, microsoft teams, or google workspace, etc.) and project management tools (such as trello, asana, or jira, etc.). it was found that only 32% of respondents in the sample use project management tools in their work. the use of these tools is more characteristic of companies in the it/telecommunications sector compared to others (p-value=0.1). conversely, in the education sector, they are rarely utilized. despite the prevalence of virtual offices and digital solutions, 55.95% of employees prefer not to dismiss entirely physical documents. however, the more intriguing fact is that despite the 2020-21 pandemic, 10.71% of sme employees still exclusively rely on physical documents: paper versions, visual boards in the office, and so on. regarding employee engagement, it is observed that over 90% of employees are involved in the creation of a product or service in the it/telecommunications, education/science, finance, and healthcare sectors. this may signify a high degree of responsibility and involvement of employees in the production process or the provision of services in these industries. table 4 represents the most common answers across industries to the questions on the information exchange methods and cross-functionality. table 4. work arrangements and employee engagement across industries industry how does the team collaborate and share information? what percentage of employees are directly involved in creating the product or service? education/science video conferencing: zoom or microsoft teams, etc. 90% or more. it/telecommunication project tools: trello, asana or jira, etc. centralized access to documents: cloud file storage such as google drive, dropbox or onedrive, etc. 90% or more. production/manufacturing physical documents: paper versions, visual boards in the office, etc. approximately 75% mass media/culture video conferencing: zoom or microsoft teams, etc. approximately 75% agriculture video conferencing: zoom or microsoft teams, etc. approximately 75% finance physical documents: paper versions, visual boards in the office, etc. 90% or more. logistics physical documents: paper versions, visual boards in the office, etc. 25% or less healthcare video conferencing: zoom or microsoft teams, etc. 90% or more. testing showed no correlation between activity type and autonomy, consistent across diverse firm activities. teams with fewer than five members lack role clarity, while larger teams exhibit more differentiation. information dissemination consistency is observed in small and very large teams, attributed to simplicity in small teams and a systemic approach in very large teams. medium-sized teams may disregard this due to various reasons, including cost considerations. although significant differences in productivity between co-located and remote teams were not observed, the use of project management tools that connect teams across various locations proved essential. these tools enhance communication and collaboration, ensuring that team productivity and self-organization remain consistent, regardless of physical proximity. the data gathered from the survey indicate that the initiation of new directions and innovations in work within smes in kazakhstan is primarily driven by management, followed by individual team members, and to a lesser extent, by colleagues (figure 7). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 787 figure 7. distribution of innovation initiation sources in smes the distribution of responses highlights the multifaceted nature of innovation initiation within smes in kazakhstan. the data suggest a balanced but management-heavy approach to innovation, with significant individual contributions and relatively lesser but notable peer-driven initiatives. 34% of self-initiated innovations indicate a healthy level of autonomy among employees, which is essential for fostering a culture of continuous improvement and self-management within teams. the predominant role of management in initiating new directions (46%) underscores the importance of leadership in setting strategic goals and driving organizational change. this aligns with the characteristics of selfmanaging teams where leadership is crucial for providing direction and resources. 20% of colleague-initiated innovations suggest that while there is some level of collaborative innovation, there is potential for enhancing peer-to-peer interaction and collective brainstorming to leverage the diverse skill sets within teams further. figure 8 illustrates the distribution of responses regarding preferences in organizing work responsibilities during general meetings. responses reflect team members' perceptions of their roles in task allocation, ranging from individual initiative to expectations from management. the predominant response indicating that 'everyone already knows their parts of the work' suggests a proactive approach where team members possess clarity and autonomy in their responsibilities. conversely, the response 'team members take the initiative to define their responsibilities' underscores a collaborative ethos where individuals proactively shape their roles within the team. lastly, the response 'everyone waits for the management to assign each person's part of the work' highlights a reliance on hierarchical structures for task delegation. these responses collectively illustrate diverse perspectives on team autonomy, initiative, and hierarchical reliance in organizational decision-making processes. figure 8. distribution of responses on planned work responsibilities the challenge of achieving significant autonomy lies in the low motivation of the team. survey responses indicate a discrepancy: some respondents state that everyone waits for management to assign tasks, yet the same respondents claim they have the authority to distribute tasks. such conflicting answers are typically given by company managers. excluding these contradictory responses, it becomes evident that, in most cases, teams where everyone waits for task distribution possess a certain degree of autonomy in decision-making on matters such as scheduling and process improvement. these 34% 46% 20% by me by management by colleagues 176 125 83 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 everyone already knows their parts of the work team members take initiative to define their responsibilities everyone waits for the management to assign each person's part of the work hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 788 respondents report a low to moderate focus of the team on achieving common goals. combining these findings, it can be concluded that teams with lower motivation tend to have a lower level of decision-making autonomy. in this survey, due to a small sample size, findings about the link between team size and focus on the company’s goals are ambiguous (p-value is 0.1 to reject the null hypothesis of no correlation between team size and focus on the company’s goals). the result suggests the bigger a team, the more workers are concerned about reaching a goal, possibly due to a mature and formal management system in larger companies. concentration on achieving the goal does not show a connection with work experience, implying that more experienced workers are not necessarily more motivated. given that teams with up to 20 members and those with more than 100 members exhibit a relatively high degree of self-organization, it can be concluded that smaller teams benefit from greater transparency, simpler task distribution processes, and more straightforward communication. in larger groups (over 100 members), self organization is achieved through well-defined procedures and rules, and more systematic management. mediumsized teams (approximately 20 to 100 members) likely suffer from the lack of advantages found in both smaller and larger teams. for these teams, solutions might include breaking down the team size based on performance criteria or developing a robust quality management system. to reduce errors, more observations are needed. however, it is possible that even with an increased sample size, we might obtain similar borderline results due to the heterogeneity in the observations. in some large teams, the degree of autonomy and motivation may decrease because of a reduced sense of individual contribution to the overall result and the difficulty in delineating the direct link between an employee's contribution and the team's overall performance. this issue is compounded by an underdeveloped quality management system, leading to challenges in task allocation, monitoring, team motivation, and so forth, ultimately resulting in lower self-organization. in teams of up to 20, members either know their tasks or take initiative. in teams of 20 to 100, individuals are less inclined to the initiative, follow a regimen, or await leader instructions. larger teams in medium-sized businesses exhibit diversity, with some relying on superiors' task expectations, others following regulated processes, and some being initiative-driven. 5. discussion in the exploration of the advantages conferred by agile management technologies, we encountered certain conditions for their implementation, one of which is the presence of a self-organizing team. a targeted search for the characteristics of self-organizing teams in the literature allowed us to identify key traits such as cross-functionality, diversity, motivation, and co-location, which are intertwined with trust and autonomy. self-organizing teams tend to be successful. grounded in this understanding and recognizing it as an essential component for the prosperous development of businesses, particularly in the context of small and medium enterprises, this study set out to investigate whether teams operating within the domain of smes in kazakhstan can be categorized as self-organizing. results show most teams are cross-functional with diverse skills. two-thirds either hold regular meetings or show initiative in team discussions. trust, measured by information-sharing, is at 29.4%, with respondents often awaiting management directives for task allocation. only 15% strictly follow superiors' tasks, and 29.4% act according to management directives in non-standard situations. notably, 38% reported limited flexibility in tasks beyond their specialization. the data analysis indicates that the cross-functionality of teams varies by industry. it/telecommunications and education/science industries exhibit more prevalent cross-functionality, while finance and production/industry show diverse results with teams having varying degrees of cross-functionality. most organizations have cross-functional teams, but the efficiency of collaboration varies based on the specific organization and industry. some operate nationally in services/consulting, it/telecommunications, finance, and production/industry, while international presence characterizes education/science, agriculture, and production/industry, suggesting global market involvement. the results underscore the importance of adapting cross-functional teams to industry specifics and organizational scale. the diversity of flexibility of teams across industries urges managers in particular industries like production/manufacture and agriculture to account for employee flexibility in training, development, and workflow organization. thoughtful consideration in these areas can optimize resource management and align with organizational goals, fostering adaptability in dynamic market conditions. it is also important to highlight the heterogeneity of results: some teams may be highly cross-functional, productive, and self-organizing, while others may encounter limitations in these aspects. this heterogeneity underscores the significance of individual contexts and the specific needs of each organization and industry. in the context of the discussion on the implementation of self-managing teams in small and medium-sized enterprises (smes), a key takeaway is the need to create high-performing teams. this is a complex task that requires effective management of human and strategic aspects, the creation of a collaborative environment, and the use of modern strategies. as kaliyeva et al. [70] illustrate, factors such as leadership/coaching, and delegation play an important role in building successful organizations. the analysis of the presented data allows the identification of significant trends in the organization of work and employee engagement across various industries. it has been observed that the use of online platforms and video conferences is most prevalent among representatives of organizations in it/telecommunications, indicative of the digital flexibility and technological orientation of these sectors. it is noteworthy that the application of project management hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 789 tools is also present in manufacturing and industrial companies, where effective project planning and management are crucial; however, the use of these tools is secondary, with a greater reliance on paper documents. in this context, the high percentage of choosing project management tools indicates a need for systematizing and structuring work processes. motivation in smes can be significantly influenced by the encouragement of individual initiative, as evidenced by the 34% of responses indicating that new directions and innovations are initiated by employees themselves. this highlights the importance of creating platforms and opportunities for employees to share and implement their ideas, thereby fostering a culture of innovation. additionally, the fact that 46% of innovations are driven by management underscores the critical role of leadership in guiding and motivating the workforce. strong leadership not only drives innovation but also creates an environment that rewards initiative at all organizational levels. furthermore, with 20% of new ideas originating from colleagues, it is evident that enhancing collaborative efforts among team members can maximize the potential for team-based innovation. this can be achieved through team-building activities, crossfunctional projects, and open communication channels. in conclusion, the study suggests that a balanced approach to innovation within smes, involving both managerial leadership and individual contributions, is essential for continuous development and success. also, findings about team motivation underscore the significance of fostering a balanced organizational culture that encourages both individual accountability and proactive team collaboration in project management contexts. even though other authors have identified various characteristics of self-managing teams, often using different terminologies, the core attributes of cross-functionality, diversity, motivation, and co-location remain prevalent. for instance, competencies such as self-efficacy and proactive personality [61] and the paradoxical nature of cross-functional communication [63] highlight the significance of cross-functionality and diversity. similarly, the critical role of motivation in team effectiveness [55] and the importance of team spatial arrangements for enhanced collaboration [56] emphasize motivation and co-location. these findings align with the primary characteristics identified in this study, reinforcing their relevance across various contexts and terminologies. additionally, fachrunnisa et al. [71] highlight that digital adoption requires agile leadership and strategic flexibility, which is consistent with the context of self-managed teams. thus, the results of the presented studies are consistent and confirm the relevance of using self-managed teams in modern business. 6. conclusions the study indicates that the majority (about 2/3) of sme teams in kazakhstan demonstrate characteristics of selfmanaging teams, namely: cross-functionality, diversity, autonomy, and motivation. based on the survey data from smes in kazakhstan, key conclusions about team characteristics and self-organization are evident: ⚫ cross-functionality: teams involve members from diverse functional areas, fostering collaboration across marketing, finance, and product development. this widespread interaction is vital for creating adaptable teams capable of handling complex tasks. ⚫ generalists and specialists mix: survey results on employee specialization and task flexibility reveal varied combinations within teams. some include adaptable specialists, enhancing flexibility, while others may have members with limited flexibility, suggesting potential areas for skill development. ⚫ team performance and efficiency: factors like co-location of team members and autonomy in decision-making significantly influence productivity. teams operating in different locations may face remote work challenges, while decision-making autonomy contributes to task execution efficiency. regardless of activity type or organizational duration, team capacity for self-organization remains consistent. team size, however, influences self-organization, with differences observed in very small (less than 5) and very large (over 100) teams. overall, the research underscores the key role of self-organizing teams in adopting agile management technologies, highlighting critical elements for successful implementation. an audit of sme teams in kazakhstan reveals a mix of strengths and challenges. while many teams show crossfunctionality and diverse skills, issues exist in information sharing, task allocation, and flexibility. a notable proportion waits for management direction in decision-making, suggesting a gap in achieving full autonomy. the study underscores the importance of fostering cross-functionality, integrating a mix of generalists and specialists, and enhancing decision-making autonomy within smes. these practices are essential for promoting collaboration across diverse functional areas and improving adaptability. to optimize these aspects, smes are encouraged to improve information sharing and task allocation, while also addressing any deficiencies in decision-making autonomy. leadership should prioritize delegation and innovation, and avoid micromanagement, to effectively enhance team performance and flexibility. in the broader context of self-managing teams in smes, the study underscores the complexity of building highperforming teams, emphasizing the importance of leadership, delegation, innovation, and avoiding micromanagement. acknowledging limitations, such as a small sample size, the study recommends cautious interpretation of results, with an error margin of approximately 10-11%. a larger sample could provide more conclusive findings for future research. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 790 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, sh.s., a.a., and s.s.; methodology, sh.s.; software, a.a.; validation, sh.s., a.a., and s.s.; formal analysis, a.a.; investigation, sh.s.; resources, sh.s.; data curation, a.a.; writing—original draft preparation, sh.s.; writing—review and editing, a.a. and s.s.; visualization, s.s.; supervision, s.s.; project administration, a.t.; funding acquisition, a.t. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding this research was carried out with the generous support of the scientific committee of the ministry of science and higher education of the republic of kazakhstan (grant number ap14871548). the funding provided by this grant was essential to conducting the comprehensive research and analysis included in this study. the authors would like to thank this support, which greatly contributed to advancing the research goals. 7.4. acknowledgements the authors would like to express their sincere gratitude to the union of project managers of the republic of kazakhstan and the regional chamber of entrepreneurs "atameken" for their valuable support during the implementation of this study. their support facilitated the research process and enabled us to glean important insights from a diverse group of entrepreneurs and small business employees. collaboration with these esteemed organizations greatly increases the quality and depth of our research. we deeply appreciate their dedication and commitment to promoting kazakhstan's entrepreneurial environment, and their contributions are essential to the success of this project. 7.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] united nations. (2017). better business, better world. the report of the business & sustainable development commission. business and sustainable development commission, london ecy, 5ej, 1-122. [2] united nations. (2018). the sustainable development goals report. united nations, new york, united sttaes. available online: https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/files/report/2018/thesustainabledevelopmentgoalsreport2018-en.pdf. (accessed on july 2024). [3] deijl, c., de kok, j., & veldhuis-van essen, c. (2013). is small still beautiful? literature review of recent empirical evidence on the contribution of smes to employment creation. deutsche gesellschaft für internationale zusammenarbeit (giz), 1-68. [4] lessidrenska, t. (2019). smes and sdgs: challenges and opportunities. development matters, oecd washington, dc, united states. [5] hammond, a. l., kramer, w. j., katz, r. s., t. tran, j., & walker, c. (2007). the next 4 billion: market size and business strategy at the base of the pyramid. world resource institute international finance corporation. world resources institute (wri) and the international finance corporation, world bank group, washington, dc, united states. [6] ilo. (2018). women and men in the informal economy: a statistical picture. international labour organisation (ilo), geneva, switzerland. [7] dublino, j. (2023). the un’s sustainable development goals for small businesses. business.com. available online: https://www.business.com/articles/un-sustainable-development-goals-for-small-business/ (accessed on july 2024). [8] fu, x., ghauri, p., ogbonna, n., & xing, x. (2023). platform-based business model and entrepreneurs from base of the pyramid. technovation, 119, 102451. doi:10.1016/j.technovation.2021.102451. https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/files/report/2018/thesustainabledevelopmentgoalsreport2018-en.pdf https://www.business.com/articles/un-sustainable-development-goals-for-small-business/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 791 [9] icrw. (2014). gender issues in the micro, small and medium enterprises (msme) sector in india. international center for research on women: the world bank, washington, d.c., united states. [10] care. (2019). giving women better access to finance could unlock $ 330 billion in annual global revenue. business fights poverty. care international, geneva, switzerland. available online: https://www.care-international.org/news/pressreleases/giving-women-better-access-to-finance-could-unlock-330-billion-in-annual-global-revenue (accessed on may 2024). [11] subbarao, a., khan, n., ramli, m. a., & siddika, a. (2023). workhorse or white elephant? end user acceptance of erp system in a shared service center. hightech and innovation journal, 4(4), 838-853. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-013. [12] bsdc (2018). better leadership better world: women leading for the global goals. women rising 2030: business & sustainable development commission, united nation, 1-50. [13] european union. (2019). annual report on european smes 2018/2019: research & development and innovation by smes: background document. publications office of the eu. available online: https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail//publication/cadb8188-35b4-11ea-ba6e-01aa75ed71a1/language-en. (accessed on may 2024). [14] hossain, m., & kauranen, i. (2016). open innovation in smes: a systematic literature review. journal of strategy and management, 9(1), 58–73. doi:10.1108/jsma-08-2014-0072. [15] almeida, f. (2021). open-innovation practices: diversity in portuguese smes. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 7(3), 169. doi:10.3390/joitmc7030169. [16] jennings, p. l., & beaver, g. (1995). the managerial dimension of small business failure. strategic change, 4(4), 185–200. doi:10.1002/jsc.4240040402. [17] kaplan, r. s., & norton, d. p. (2008). mastering the management system. harvard business review, 86(1), 62. [18] yusr, m. m. (2016). innovation capability and its role in enhancing the relationship between tqm practices and innovation performance. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 2(1), 1–15. doi:10.1186/s40852-016-0031-2. [19] brand, m., tiberius, v., bican, p. m., & brem, a. (2021). agility as an innovation driver: towards an agile front end of innovation framework. review of managerial science, 15(1), 157–187. doi:10.1007/s11846-019-00373-0. [20] žitkienė, r., & deksnys, m. (2018). organizational agility conceptual model. montenegrin journal of economics. podgorica: economic laboratory transition research podgorica-elit, 14(2), 115-130. [21] millers, m., & gaile-sarkane, e. (2021). towards new typology of the owners-managers of the small and medium enterprises. selected papers of the international scientific conference “contemporary issues in business, management and economics engineering 2021,” 11–12. doi:10.3846/cibmee.2021.603. [22] forth, j., & bryson, a. (2019). management practices and sme performance. scottish journal of political economy, 66(4), 527–558. doi:10.1111/sjpe.12209. [23] gassmann, o., enkel, e., & chesbrough, h. (2010). the future of open innovation. r&d management, 40(3), 213-221. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9310.2010.00605.x. [24] chesbrough, h. (2006). open business models: how to thrive in the new innovation landscape. harvard business press, massachusetts, united states. [25] yun, j. h. j., won, d. k., & park, k. (2016). dynamics from open innovation to evolutionary change. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 2(2), 1–22. doi:10.1186/s40852-016-0033-0. [26] svirina, a., zabbarova, a., & oganisjana, k. (2016). implementing open innovation concept in social business. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 2(4), 1–10. doi:10.1186/s40852-016-0046-8. [27] hamel, g. (2002). leading the revolution: how to thrive in turbulent times by making innovation a way of life. business: penguin, london, united kingdom. [28] osterwalder, a., pigneur, y., & tucci, c. l. (2005). clarifying business models: origins, present, and future of the concept. communications of the association for information systems, 16(1), 1. doi:10.17705/1cais.01601. [29] osterwalder, a., & pigneur, y. (2010). business model generation: a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers. a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers, 1-288. doi:10.1523/jneurosci.0307-10.2010. [30] dubickis, m., & gaile-sarkane, e. (2017). transfer of know-how based on learning outcomes for development of open innovation. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 3(1), 1–19. doi:10.1186/s40852-017-0053-4. [31] romero, m. c., lara, p., & villalobos, j. (2021). evolution of the business model: arriving at open business model dynamics. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 7(1), 86. doi:10.3390/joitmc7010086. [32] medne, a., & lapina, i. (2019). sustainability and continuous improvement of organization: review of process-oriented performance indicators. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 5(3), 49. doi:10.3390/joitmc5030049. https://www.care-international.org/news/press-releases/giving-women-better-access-to-finance-could-unlock-330-billion-in-annual-global-revenue https://www.care-international.org/news/press-releases/giving-women-better-access-to-finance-could-unlock-330-billion-in-annual-global-revenue hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 792 [33] herrera, j., & de las heras-rosas, c. (2020). economic, non-economic and critical factors for the sustainability of family firms. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 6(4), 1–22. doi:10.3390/joitmc6040119. [34] wijewardena, h., nanayakkara, g., & de zoysa, a. (2008). the owner/manager’s mentality and the financial performance of smes. journal of small business and enterprise development, 15(1), 150–161. doi:10.1108/14626000810850892. [35] belenzon, s., shamshur, a., & zarutskie, r. (2019). ceo’s age and the performance of closely held firms. strategic management journal, 40(6), 917–944. doi:10.1002/smj.3003. [36] jaouen, a., & lasch, f. a new typology of micro-firm owner-managers. international small business journal, 33(4), 397–421. [37] wang, y., & poutziouris, p. (2010). leadership styles, management systems and growth: empirical evidence from uk ownermanaged smes. journal of enterprising culture, 18(03), 331–354. doi:10.1142/s0218495810000604. [38] o’sheedy, d., & sankaran, s. (2013). agile project management for it projects in smes: a framework and success factors. the international technology management review, 3(3), 187. doi:10.2991/itmr.2013.3.3.4. [39] žužek, t., gosar, ž., kušar, j., & berlec, t. (2020). adopting agile project management practices in non-software smes: a case study of a slovenian medium-sized manufacturing company. sustainability (switzerland), 12(21), 1–17. doi:10.3390/su12219245. [40] weerheim, w., van rossum, l., & ten have, w. d. (2019). successful implementation of self-managing teams. leadership in health services, 32(1), 113–128. doi:10.1108/lhs-11-2017-0066. [41] powell, a. w., & pazos, p. (2017). building high-performing autonomous teams in complex manufacturing settings: a naturalistic research approach. engineering management journal, 29(3), 206–219. doi:10.1080/10429247.2017.1324244. [42] bykova, o. n., shpileva, a. a., & chukhlebov, a. a. (2021). on the state of small and medium-sized businesses in russia. bulletin of udmurt university. series economics and law, 31(5), 750–755). doi:10.35634/2412-9593-2021-31-5-750-755. [43] pmi. (2017). agile practice guide. project management institute, pennsylvania, united states. available online: https://www.pmi.org/standards/agile (accessed on may 2024). [44] coster, s., & norman, i. (2009). cochrane reviews of educational and self-management interventions to guide nursing practice: a review. international journal of nursing studies, 46(4), 508–528. doi:10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2008.09.009. [45] macdonald, w., rogers, a., blakeman, t., & bower, p. (2008). practice nurses and the facilitation of self-management in primary care. journal of advanced nursing, 62(2), 191–199. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04585.x. [46] walters, j. a. e., courtney-pratt, h., cameron-tucker, h., nelson, m., robinson, a., scott, j., turner, p., walters, e. h., & wood-baker, r. (2012). engaging general practice nurses in chronic disease self-management support in australia: insights from a controlled trial in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. australian journal of primary health, 18(1), 74–79. doi:10.1071/py10072. [47] harris, m. f., williams, a. m., dennis, s. m., zwar, n. a., & davies, g. p. (2008). chronic disease self-management: implementation with and within australian general practice. medical journal of australia, 189(10 suppl.), 17-20. doi:10.5694/j.1326-5377.2008.tb02204.x. [48] lake, a. j., & staiger, p. k. (2010). seeking the views of health professionals on translating chronic disease self-management models into practice. patient education and counseling, 79(1), 62–68. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2009.07.036. [49] ersser, s. j., cowdell, f. c., nicholls, p. g., latter, s. m., & healy, e. (2012). a pilot randomized controlled trial to examine the feasibility and efficacy of an educational nursing intervention to improve self-management practices in patients with mildmoderate psoriasis. journal of the european academy of dermatology and venereology, 26(6), 738–745. doi:10.1111/j.14683083.2011.04158.x. [50] ercolano, e., grant, m., mccorkle, r., tallman, n. j., cobb, m. d., wendel, c., & krouse, r. (2016). applying the chronic care model to support ostomy self-management: implications for oncology nursing practice. clinical journal of oncology nursing, 20(3), 269–274. doi:10.1188/16.cjon.20-03ap. [51] robinson, a., courtney-pratt, h., lea, e., cameron-tucker, h., turner, p., cummings, e., wood-baker, r., & walters, e. h. (2008). transforming clinical practice amongst community nurses: mentoring for copd patient self-management. journal of clinical nursing, 17(11c), 370–379. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2702.2008.02279.x. [52] coster, s., li, y., & norman, i. j. (2020). cochrane reviews of educational and self-management interventions to guide nursing practice: a review. international journal of nursing studies, 110, 103698. doi:10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2020.103698. [53] blok, a. c. (2017). a middle-range explanatory theory of self-management behavior for collaborative research and practice. nursing forum, 52(2), 138–146. doi:10.1111/nuf.12169. https://www.pmi.org/standards/agile hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 793 [54] kohnová, l., & salajová, n. agile organization: introducing self-managed teams. management trends in the context of industry 4.0. european union digital library, 1-10. doi:10.4108/eai.4-12-2020.2303550. [55] sazonova, t., kemova, y., & yakovleva, k. (2022). methods of team management: the aspect of self-organization. economic scope. the aspect of self-organization. economic scope. doi:10.32782/2224-6282/181-24. [56] moe, n. b., ulsaker, s., smite, d., hildrum, j. m., & ay, f. c. (2024). understanding the difference between office presence and co-presence in team member interactions. proceedings of the annual hawaii international conference on system sciences, 7280–7289. [57] akzambekkyzy, a., vasa, l., forrest, j. y. l., sarkambayeva, s., & singh, s. (2024). impact of projects with future potential on the global competitiveness index of countries. emerging science journal, 8(2), 557–573. doi:10.28991/esj-2024-08-02012. [58] magpili, n. c., & pazos, p. (2018). self-managing team performance: a systematic review of multilevel input factors. small group research, 49(1), 3–33. doi:10.1177/1046496417710500. [59] nijholt, j. j., & benders, j. (2010). measuring the prevalence of self-managing teams: taking account of defining characteristics. work, employment and society, 24(2), 375–385. doi:10.1177/0950017010362149. [60] humphrey, s. e., nahrgang, j. d., & morgeson, f. p. (2007). integrating motivational, social, and contextual work design features: a meta-analytic summary and theoretical extension of the work design literature. journal of applied psychology, 92(5), 1332–1356. doi:10.1037/0021-9010.92.5.1332. [61] doblinger, m. (2022). individual competencies for self-managing team performance: a systematic literature review. small group research, 53(1), 128–180. doi:10.1177/10464964211041114. [62] gill, c., metz, i., tekleab, a. g., & williamson, i. o. (2020). the combined role of conscientiousness, social networks, and gender diversity in explaining individual performance in self-managed teams. journal of business research, 106, 250–260. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2018.09.003. [63] larson, l. e., harris-watson, a. m., carter, d. r., asencio, r., dechurch, l. a., kanfer, r., & zaccaro, s. j. (2023). staying apart to work better together: team structure in cross-functional teams. academy of management discoveries, 9(3), 320– 338. doi:10.5465/amd.2020.0238. [64] national bureau of statistics (2024). bureau of national statistics of agency for strategic planning and reforms of the republic of kazakhstan. agency for strategic planning and reforms of the republic of kazakhstan, astana, kazakhstan. available online: https://stat.gov.kz/ (accessed on may 2024). [65] díaz-fernández, m. c., gonzálezrodríguez, m. r., & simonetti, b. (2020). top management team diversity and high performance: an integrative approach based on upper echelons and complexity theory. european management journal, 38(1), 157–168. doi:10.1016/j.emj.2019.06.006. [66] van den adel, m. j., de vries, t. a., & van donk, d. p. (2023). improving cross-functional teams’ effectiveness during supply chain disruptions: the importance of information scouting and internal integration. supply chain management, 28(4), 773–786. doi:10.1108/scm-06-2022-0243. [67] fahrenkopf, e., guo, j., & argote, l. (2020). personnel mobility and organizational performance: the effects of specialist vs. generalist experience and organizational work structure. organization science, 31(6), 1601–1620. doi:10.1287/orsc.2020.1373. [68] colicev, a., hakkarainen, t., & pedersen, t. (2023). multi-project work and project performance: friends or foes? strategic management journal, 44(2), 610–636. doi:10.1002/smj.3443. [69] vrijmoeth, t., wassenaar, a., koopmans, r. t. c. m., nieuwboer, m. s., & perry, m. (2022). generalist-specialist collaboration in primary care for frail older persons: a promising model for the future. journal of the american medical directors association, 23(2), 288-296.e3. doi:10.1016/j.jamda.2021.12.016. [70] kaliyeva, s., baisalova, b., & nathan, j. (2022). managing formation of competitive human capital in project-oriented companies. journal of eastern european and central asian research, 9(6), 992–1007. doi:10.15549/jeecar.v9i6.950. [71] fachrunnisa, o., adhiatma, a., lukman, n., & majid, m. n. a. (2020). towards smes’ digital transformation: the role of agile leadership and strategic flexibility. journal of small business strategy, 30(3), 65–85. https://www.google.com/search?num=10&client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=a3fae31ba850d8cb&sca_upv=1&sxsrf=adlywijxnijoxavfg0t79ss_l87at3iuoa:1727600672333&q=astana&si=acc90nyvvwro6qmnyy1ifsdgk5wwjb1r8bgd_iwrjxqmkpqqm7aaogwcc0jgczd45mv_i5iiko8lzumuzlwuoaa2k6r5mwcedliqpzcdcidz76pwzu3prm0yahyz8isv5obouu6-fuot-wwz-y4kcsoszxg50lrd3ob0xjgp3i9wc7fhnfpzwlpwjgmrbgksmfhnwexyx_f2&sa=x&ved=2ahukewismi2d5ueiaxuc9aihhzpziiwqmxmoahoecb4qag https://stat.gov.kz/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 960 issn: 2723-9535 exploring key factors influencing sports enthusiasts' purchase of sponsored brands zhaoxia guo 1* , jinhui guo 2 , shih-chih chen 3 1 college of physical education and health engineering, taiyuan university of technology, taiyuan, shanxi, 030024, china. 2 college of physical education, northwest normal university, lanzhou, gansu, 730000, china. 3 department of information management, national kaohsiung university of science and technology, kaohsiung, taiwan. received 21 august 2024; revised 23 november 2024; accepted 27 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract this research examines the purchasing intentions of soccer enthusiasts in china regarding products from sports sponsorship brands, extending the theory of planned behavior. the main goal is to evaluate how attitudes, subjective norms, brand identification, perceived brand quality, and corporate social responsibility influence these intentions. data were gathered from 321 active soccer players using a structured questionnaire and analyzed with confirmatory factor analysis and structural equation modeling. results show that attitudes, subjective norms, brand identification, and perceived brand quality significantly affect purchasing intentions. furthermore, attitudes partially mediate the relationships between subjective norms, brand identification, perceived brand quality, and purchasing intentions. corporate social responsibility also emerges as a vital factor, shaping brand identification, which in turn influences purchasing behavior. the findings indicate that sports sponsorship brands can increase purchasing intentions by enhancing product quality, engaging in corporate social responsibility, and fostering strong brand identification. this study offers a fresh perspective by applying the theory of planned behavior within the sports sponsorship context, enriching both theoretical insights and practical strategies. the results provide valuable recommendations for brand managers aiming to boost consumer engagement and loyalty through sponsorship initiatives. keywords: brand identification; perceived brand quality; sports enthusiasts; theory of planned behavior; corporate social responsibility. 1. introduction with the trend of normalization of the covid-19 epidemic, consumers are increasingly interested in healthy lifestyles, which predicts an increasing demand for sports-branded products. studies indicate that, in recent years, one of the sports industry’s most valuable assets is its branding [1], as strong brands build consumer trust even in intangible purchases [2]. sports brands are mainly federations, leagues, teams, athletes, events, etc., which also include commercial brands or sponsors [3], such as adidas, nike, and other sports sponsorship brands. accordingly, in today's society, with the growing emphasis on a healthy lifestyle, there is a continuous rise in demand for sports brands in the market. this paper seeks to discuss health-related topics on social media. it investigates public perceptions of sports sponsorship and related brands and analyzes how social media activities can shape consumer perceptions of sports brands and sponsors. on social media platforms, netizens form shared health communities by posting about their sports experiences, fitness achievements, and lifestyles. brands can utilize this social environment to boost brand awareness through sports sponsorship activities. for example, by collaborating on fitness challenges, sponsoring sports events, or sharing health-related information, brands can actively engage in netizens' daily conversations. * corresponding author: guozhaoxia@tyut.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5030-0878 https://orcid.org/0009-0003-4157-4350 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0039-421x hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 961 sponsorship is an important marketing channel that has helped many industries increase consumer awareness of particular brands [4]. sponsors also outmaneuver competitors by sponsoring entities (e.g., events, teams, or athletes) connected to their sports brand structure [5, 6], which enhances the assets of the sponsoring company [7] and increases consumer purchase intention (pi) for sponsored brands [8]. most studies on sports sponsorship brands focus on global brands sponsoring sports programs, such as the olympics and other major sporting events [5, 9]. however, the effectiveness of sports sponsorship brands on sports or competitions regularly attended by grassroots sports enthusiasts is less studied. thus, the pi and influencing factors of sports sponsorship brands among regular sports enthusiasts, who represent the general population, must be examined. for example, kelme is a spanish sports brand that began sponsoring school soccer in china in 2016, aiming to use school culture and college matches as entry points to promote the dynamic and fun lifestyles of young people. after a few years of development, chinese school soccer has attracted many soccer lovers who regularly participate in games or competitions. these enthusiasts not only use kelme brand products during soccer games but also incorporate them into their studies, work, and daily lives. as a globally integrated sports sponsorship brand, kelme seems to have a unique appeal in china and has become a standard for chinese soccer enthusiasts. this study explores the pi and the influence of chinese soccer enthusiasts on the brand's products. the theory of planned behavior (tpb) is widely utilized in customer behavior research to clarify the factors that impact pis [10, 11]. originally developed by ajzen [12], tpb suggests that individual actions are determined by three primary elements: attitudes (att), societal norms (sn), and perceived behavioral control (pbc) [13]. research has confirmed tpb's effectiveness in forecasting consumer buying behavior across different industries. for instance, researchers have used tpb to analyze consumer intent in purchasing branded sportswear, demonstrating that both att and sn play a crucial role in decision-making [14, 15]. likewise, a study expanded tpb’s scope by applying it to green consumption, further proving the model's strength in predicting intention-based actions [16]. however, despite its extensive use in consumer research, there is a noticeable gap in its application to sports sponsorship brands. for example, while one study explored tpb's effect on sports fans' purchasing decisions, few empirical studies have focused on how regular sports enthusiasts form pis for sponsored brand products [17]. this study addresses that gap by using tpb to explore the relationships between att, sn, and pbc in shaping soccer fans' purchasing decisions regarding sportssponsored brands. tpb has been extensively applied in pi-relevant models. as an expectancy-value model, it uses pi as a key construct for forecasting behavior [12] and has successfully predicted various intentions and behaviors, such as leisure activities [18], foreign branded goods [19], branded apparel [20-22], and green consumption [23, 24]. however, although numerous tpb studies exist, fewer are relevant to sports sponsorship brands. this study applies tpb to explain and predict soccer enthusiasts' intentions to purchase products from sports sponsorship brands. substantial research shows that corporate social responsibility (csr) significantly influences consumer pi, with customers increasingly drawn to brands that reflect ethical and social commitments [16]. csr initiatives often foster brand loyalty and trust by demonstrating a company’s commitment to societal welfare [25]. for instance, csr strengthens brand equity by shaping positive consumer att, which, in turn, encourages pi [16]. csr aligns with consumer values and deepens the connection between the consumer and the brand, positively impacting purchase intentions [26]. although prior research has primarily focused on csr’s direct effects on pi, limited attention has been given to examining how factors like consumer att, social influence, or brand perceptions might mediate this relationship [27]. this study addresses this gap by analyzing the mediating effects of variables that influence the csrpi connection, thus enhancing the understanding of how csr strategies can effectively drive consumer loyalty and purchasing behavior in competitive environments. recently, csr has received increased public attention as society progresses. csr is considered a managerial responsibility to take measures that protect and improve both social and corporate interests [28]. more companies are adopting csr activities to strengthen customer relationships [29], improve company reputation, and create competitive advantages [30]. as many companies adopt hybrid brand strategies, studying social responsibility from the brand perspective becomes even more essential [31]. following the covid-19 era, brand identification (bid) has become a critical aspect of brand management. consumers tend to use products or brands that reflect their identity and emphasize their uniqueness [32]. bid is defined as a psychological process that models the intensity of the enduring association between the brand and the end user [33, 34]. previous research has shown that consumer identification processes significantly influence individual consumer behavior, including brand loyalty and a higher likelihood of repurchasing [35, 36]. in the marketing environment, customers reflect and reinforce their self-identified brands through recognition and association [29]. other studies suggest that consumers' perceptions of csr significantly impact bid [26]. however, research on the relationship between consumers' perceptions of csr in sports sponsorship brands, brand identity, and pi remains limited. perceived quality is consumers’ assessment of a product’s merit [37]. it has become an important business focus and a significant strategic consideration [38]. perceived quality is one of the key factors in consumers' brand preferences [39] and a direct prerequisite for pi [40, 41]. relevant research has discovered a significant association between perceived quality and pi [42]. soccer enthusiasts tend to be more pragmatic, making perceived brand quality (pbrq) an important factor. therefore, this study correlates customers' perceptions of csr, bid, and perceived quality with the tpb framework of attitude and intention to construct an integrated model that better analyzes the consumption intentions and influencing factors of chinese soccer enthusiasts toward sports sponsorship brand products, providing a reference for brand promotion. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 962 2. theoretical foundation and hypothesis development 2.1. theory of planned behavior (tpb) tpb was first introduced in 1985 as an expansion of the theory of rational behavior to better comprehend the diversity of human conduct [43], which posits that there are three independent contributing factors of a person’s behavioral intent, namely att, sn, and pbc. this theoretical model has been widely applied in many studies where researchers have attempted to predict behavior by identifying the motivating factors of reasoning processes [44, 45]. for instance, tpb has been used in the apparel consumption domain to predict consumers' pi [24, 46] as well as in studies on sports brand product consumption [22, 47]. eddosary et al. [48], for example, used tpb to evaluate the intentions of saudi arabian fans to attend soccer matches. att indicates an individual’s positive or negative opinion. it is also considered a function of principles that connect with probable outcomes of the conduct, referred to as behavioral beliefs [49]. consumers' att toward brands depends on their perceptions of the brand and can predict their behavior toward it [50]. past studies have shown that consumers' att towards brands positively influences pi [51]. watts & chi [52] found that att significantly impacted consumers' pi for activewear in the us, and song et al. [47] argued that consumers' att toward sports smart products correlated significantly with their ongoing intentions. therefore, this study hypothesizes that consumers' att toward sportssponsored brand products will influence their pis. hypothesis 1 (h1): consumers' attitudes about sports sponsorship brands significantly impact pi. sn reflects individuals' perceptions of how other important people in their lives (e.g., peers, friends, or family members) expect them to engage in behavior [12]. the concept of sn reflects the social influence that decision-makers feel when considering whether to perform a behavior [53]. individuals' motivation to participate in group activities depends on att and behaviors influenced by sn [54]. previous studies have confirmed that sn affects pi for branded clothing [20]. in sports brands, byon et al. [55] found that sn predicted pi in a study on products sponsored by the world cup, with consistent findings for both us and korean consumers. people are more likely to be influenced by ingroup information than by outgroup information [56], and this influence grows when group membership is significant [57]. soccer enthusiasts often play matches or participate in related activities, making them susceptible to the influence of organizers, captains, and teammates in soccer tournaments. therefore, this study suggests that sn will influence consumers' att and pis toward sports-sponsored brand products. hypothesis 2 (h2): consumers' sn about sports sponsorship brands significantly impacts pi. hypothesis 3 (h3): consumers' sn regarding sports sponsorship brands significantly impacts att. hypothesis 4 (h4): consumers' sn regarding sports sponsorship brands has a mediating effect on pi through att. pbc can be defined as “the perceived ease or difficulty of performing the individual’s behavior” [12, 49]. pbc is an accessible control belief that can either facilitate or hinder behavior. research indicates that pbc has a significant impact on the pi for foreign-brand clothing [58, 59]. when soccer enthusiasts have more resources and opportunities related to sports sponsorship brands, they expect fewer obstacles; that is, the stronger their perceived behavioral control, the greater their intention to purchase. therefore, this study proposes that pbc affects consumers' pi for sports-sponsored brand products. hypothesis 5 (h5): consumers' pbc regarding sports-sponsored brands significantly impacts pi. 2.2. customers' perceptions of csr and brand identification csr is defined as “context-specific organizational actions and policies that take into account stakeholders’ expectations and the triple bottom line of economic, social, and environmental performance” [60]. a corporation's commitment to promoting its socially responsible actions can have various outcomes, including consumer identification with the company [61]. bhattacharya and sen [29] argue that consumer behavior is largely influenced by their perceptions of corporate socially responsible behavior (csr). when the area of csr action aligns with consumers' values, they are more inclined to identify with the company [62]. consumers' perceptions of csr have a significant impact on their brand identity [26, 63]. bid is a crucial construct for understanding consumer behavior [32]. bhattacharya and sen [29] extended the identity model to the relationship between consumers and corporations, arguing that companies with desirable identities can partially fulfill consumers' self-definition needs. previous research suggests that consumers can identify with brands they perceive as compatible with their self-concepts [64] and that they satisfy their need for self-conformity through similarity or congruence between their self-concepts and the brands they associate with [35]. marketing researchers argue that brands, as symbols of consumer goods, are important in creating and communicating consumer identities [35, 65]. bid has been shown to positively impact consumers’ pi [66], and related studies have also shown that bid positively affects consumers' att toward a company [29]. additionally, att has a mediating role between bid and pi [67]. in the area of sports brands, fans’ identification has been found to influence both their att toward a sports brand [68] and their pi [69]. when soccer fans perceive a sports sponsorship brand as socially responsible, this may foster their identification with the brand, which, in turn, may influence their att and pi. based on this, the following research hypotheses are proposed. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 963 hypothesis 6 (h6): consumers' perception of csr of sports sponsorship brands significantly impacts their bid. hypothesis 7 (h7): consumers' bid with sports sponsorship brands significantly impacts att. hypothesis 8 (h8): consumers' bid with sports sponsorship brands significantly impacts pi. hypothesis 9 (h9): consumers' bid with sports sponsorship brands has a mediating effect on pi through att. hypothesis 10 (h10): customers' perceptions of csr have a mediating effect on pi through consumers' bid. hypothesis 11 (h11): customers' perceptions of csr have a mediating effect on pi through consumers' bid and att. 2.3. perceived brand quality (pbrq) pbrq reflects the client's judgment of the quality of a purchased product, which affects the customer's perception of the product or brand [38]. pbrq is similar to perceived appeal, which can be defined as “the consumer's overall assessment of the utility of a product (or service) based on the consumer's perception of what is received and given” [37]. a customer’s pbrq is built on product quality; thus, when product quality issues arise, they deeply impact customers' perceived quality. previous studies have shown that consumers' perceived quality can predict pi [41, 70]. in the sports brand sector, chi & kilduff [71] found that the product quality of sportswear is an important factor influencing pi. pbrq often influences customers to purchase particular products by differentiating the brand from the competition [38]. att toward brands and pbrq are positively correlated [40, 72]. additionally, perceived product value has a positive effect on att [73, 74]. garcía-fernández et al. [75] found that the pbrq of inexpensive fitness centers positively impacts consumer satisfaction. for football enthusiasts, the quality of sports sponsorship brand products is of particular importance. therefore, this study concluded that consumers' pbrq would influence their att and pi toward purchasing sportssponsored brand products. accordingly, we presented three research hypotheses as follows: hypothesis 12 (h12): consumers' pbrq of sports sponsorship brands significantly impacts att. hypothesis 13 (h13): consumers' pbrq of sports sponsorship brands significantly impacts pi. hypothesis 14 (h14): consumers' pbrq of sports sponsorship brands has a mediating effect on pi through att. according to the above discussion, the research framework is shown in figure 1. brand identification customer s perceptions of csr perceived brand quality perceived behavior control purchase intentionsubjective norm attitudeh7 h8 h6 h13 h12 h3 h5 h2 h1 h4: sn att pi h9: bid att pi h10: pcsrb id pi h11: pcsrb id att pi h14: pbrq att pi note: solid line= direct impact; dotted line= indirect impact figure 1. theoretical model hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 964 3. research methodology 3.1. measurement scales tpb is based on ajzen's [12] study and was adapted as needed. according to tpb guidelines, pi was measured using four items, with the representative question being “i am very likely to buy a kelme brand product.” att was measured using four semantic differential items, with the representative question being, “i think buying a kelme brand product is something i look forward to". subjective norm was measured using five items, with the representative question being, "my friends who play soccer around me often recommend kelme brand products to me”. pbc was measured using three items with the representative question being “for me, the process of purchasing a kelme brand product is easy”. according to tuškej et al. [33], bid was measured by three items, with the representative question being “i have a lot in common with other people who use this brand”. the measurement items about pcsr were adapted from hur, et al. [63]. according to sweeney and soutar and zhou et al. [74, 76], we used three items to measure pbrq, with the representative question being “i think the quality of kelme brand products is good”. all measurement items in this research were scored on a seven-point likert scale. 3.2. sampling the study utilized purposive sampling to include a wide range of soccer enthusiasts from various regions within china. by selecting specific subgroups based on factors such as geographic location, socioeconomic status, and community type, this sampling technique aimed to capture a diverse array of consumer behaviors and perspectives regarding sports sponsorship brands [77]. this approach helped address potential regional differences in brand perception and consumer preferences, mitigating the limitations of previous studies that focused on more homogeneous samples [78]. the purposive sampling ensured representation from both urban and rural areas, as well as individuals from varied cultural and economic backgrounds [79]. consequently, the study’s findings offer broader applicability across china's diverse soccer communities, contributing to a deeper understanding of the key aspects influencing pis of sports sponsorship brands. purposive sampling was used to conduct the survey, which was implemented based on the respondents’ subjective reasoning of the respondents to select the most appropriate sample for this study [77]. to accurately measure consumer perceptions of the study variables, the questionnaires were completed by consumers who had experience with kelme brand products and were regular soccer enthusiasts (with a relatively regular weekly frequency, duration, and intensity of soccer). these soccer enthusiasts regularly participated in various soccer games at formal soccer fields. kelme sponsored some of these matches, which continued even in the colder winter months. the survey targeted 350 respondents, of which 345 responses were returned. after removing invalid samples, 321 valid questionnaires were retained. figure 2, shows the flowchart of the research methodology through which the objectives of this study were achieved. figure 2. methodology flowchart develop research instrument: purchase intention, attitude, subjective norm, and perceived behavioral control by ajzen s (1991) items; brand identification by tuskej (2018); csr items were adapted from hur et al. (2020); perceived brand quality measured by the items of sweeney & souter s (2001) and zhou et. al s (2020) research. data collection: distribute structured questionnaires to 321 soccer enthusiasts with the help of purposive sampling technique. data analysis: perform confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) and structural equation modeling (sem) on the collected data. confirm research framework and research design: research background, motivation, theoretical review and hypotheses development. discussions: research findings discussions, implications of the research, future research directions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 965 the majority of respondents were men (283 or 88.16%), most were between the ages of 21 and 30 (82.86%), and most had graduated from university (67.91%). among consumers, 40.19% buy more than rmb 1,000 in kelme brand products per year. additionally, 39.56% of consumers have five years of soccer experience, 72.27% play soccer once or more per week, 51.09% exercise for more than two hours each time, and 61.68% exercise at a moderate or higher intensity each time. these consumers were more familiar with sports sponsorship brand products, making the sample suitable for this study. 4. data analysis 4.1. confirmatory factor analysis the empirical data in this study was evaluated using a two-stage approach [80]. this study employed anderson and gerbing's approach for confirmatory factor analysis (cfa). as shown in table 1, each measurement item has a standardized factor loading greater than 0.7, with composite reliability (cr) exceeding 0.6 and average variance extracted (ave) higher than 0.5, thus meeting the acceptable thresholds [81], which indicates that the cfa has proper convergent validity. discriminant validity was tested to detect the degree of discrimination between the latent variables and other constructs. table 2 illustrates that the highest correlation coefficients for the dimensions were below the smallest square root of the ave [81], suggesting that the proposed model reached the discriminant validity. table 1. reliability and convergent validity factor item factor loading z -value cr ave attitude (att) att1 0.878 19.466 0.917 0.735 att2 0.900 20.290 att3 0.849 18.454 att4 0.798 16.809 subjective norm (sn) sn1 0.732 14.223 0.849 0.586 sn2 0.817 16.503 sn3 0.808 16.268 sn4 0.698 13.372 perceived behavioral control (pbc) pbc1 0.805 16.711 0.892 0.735 pbc2 0.949 21.201 pbc3 0.810 16.867 purchase intention (pi) pi1 0.829 17.263 0.877 0.642 pi2 0.804 16.517 pi3 0.820 17.017 pi4 0.749 14.949 perceptions of csr (pcsr) pcsr1 0.713 12.432 0.770 0.527 pcsr2 0.715 12.463 pcsr3 0.749 13.024 brand identification (bid) bid1 0.750 14.904 0.866 0.684 bid2 0.882 18.367 bid3 0.843 17.297 perceived brand quality (pbrq) pbrq1 0.833 16.559 0.847 0.651 pbrq2 0.870 17.489 pbrq3 0.708 13.635 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 966 table 2. discriminant validity construct pcsr bid pi pbrq pbc sn att pcsr 0.726 bid 0.574 0.827 pi 0.676 0.619 0.801 pbrq 0.649 0.522 0.643 0.807 pbc 0.494 0.379 0.591 0.576 0.857 sn 0.619 0.617 0.652 0.648 0.440 0.766 att 0.580 0.489 0.619 0.508 0.447 0.561 0.857 note. square root of ave in bold on diagonals, and pearson correlation of constructs in off diagonals. model fit metrics were evaluated, corrected, and judged for the strengths and weaknesses of the cfa [82]. the evaluations of model fit exceed the respective suggested levels in previous literature, indicating that the measurement model in this study is suitable (as shown in table 3). table 3. model fit criteria and test results fit index recommended value measurement model structural model source χ2/d.f. ≤5 1.654 1.744 loo & thorpe [83] comparative fit index (cfi) ≥0.90 0.966 0.963 hair et al. [84] tucker-lewis index (tli) ≥0.90 0.960 0.957 hair et al. [84] normed fit index (nfi) ≥0.90 0.920 0.918 hu & bentler [85] goodness-of-fit indices (gfi) ≥0.90 0.906 0.899 doll et al. [86] root-mean-squared error of approximation (rmsea) ≤0.08 0.045 0.048 henry & stone [87] standardized root means square residual (srmr) ≤0.08 0.045 0 .053 hair et al. and hu & bentler [84, 85] finally, this study used self-reported survey methods to gather data, which should be evaluated for common method bias (cmb). cmb is a concern when single potential factors are measured from the same source, especially when both citation and dependent variables are measured [88]. to address the cmb issue at the measurement level, cfa was performed by entering all measurement items into a single-factor measurement model with poor fit (χ2/d.f.=7.850, gfi=0.616 nfi=0.608, cfi=0.638, tli=0.603, and rmsea=0.146). the above diagnoses confirm that cmb is unlikely to occur in the data. 4.2. structural model analysis the empirical findings are presented in table 4 and figure 3. first, the effects of att (β=0.213; t=3.683) and sn (β=0.199; t= 2.717) on pi were confirmed. the impact of sn (β=0.351; t=4.153) on att was also confirmed. the impact of pbc (β=0.234; t=4.081) on pi was not found. second, the influence of customers' perceptions of csr (β=0.665; t=8.867) on bid was confirmed. hence, h6 was supported. third, the influence of bid on attitude (β=0.223; t=3.218) and on pi (β=0.244; t=3.974) offer support to h7 and h8. finally, pbrq showed a positive effect on att (β=0.156; t=2.059) and pi (β=0.164; t=2.312), thereby supporting h12 and h13. table 4. path coefficients and hypotheses testing hypothesis regression weight standard error z-value standardized path coefficient att→pi 0.169 0.046 3.683 0.213*** sn→pi 0.186 0.069 2.717 0.199** sn→att 0.413 0.099 4.153 0.351*** pbc→pi 0.172 0.042 4.081 0.234*** pcsr→bid 0.774 0.087 8.867 0.665*** bid→att 0.235 0.073 3.218 0.223** bid→pi 0.204 0.051 3.974 0.244*** pbrq→att 0.171 0.083 2.059 0.156* pbrq→pi 0.142 0.062 2.312 0.164* note. * p < 0.05; ** p < 0.01; *** p< 0.001. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 967 note. * p < 0.05; ** p < 0.01; *** p< 0.001. figure 3. structural model with path coefficients this study applied a bootstrapping procedure with 5000 resamples to verify the mediation effect. as shown in table 5, the sn had a positive mediation impact on pi through att (β=0.070; t=2.593), supporting h4. the findings confirmed that att mediates the impact of bid on pi (β=0.040; t=2.353). hence, h9 was accepted. the mediating effects of bid (β=0.158; t=3.383) and att (β=0.031; t=2.385) were also found in the association of customers' perceptions of csr on pi. hence, h10 and h11 were accepted. similarly, a mediating effect of att was also found in the association of pbrq on pi (β=0.029; t=1.706), supporting h14. table 5. analysis of the indirect effect mediation path point estimate product of coefficients bias-correct 95% p-value result se z-value lower upper sn→att→pi 0.070 0.027 2.593 0.064 0.210 0.000 verified bid→att→pi 0.040 0.017 2.353 0.019 0.112 0.001 verified pcsrb→bid→att→pi 0.031 0.013 2.385 0.11 0.065 0.001 verified pcsrb→bid→pi 0.158 0.047 3.383 0.078 0.262 0.000 verified pbrq→att→pi 0.029 0.017 1.706 0.002 0.072 0.038 verified 5. discussion and conclusion this research explores the association between frequent soccer enthusiasts and the pi of sports sponsorship brands grounded in tpb, the social identity model, and brand equity theory. the findings suggest that consumers' pi is influenced by both att and sn, as well as by customers' perceptions of csr, bid, and pbrq. these empirical results offer theoretical references and practical insights for sports brand marketing. 5.1. research findings and contributions the present study employed tpb as one of the theoretical frameworks to measure consumers' behavioral intentions. this study used att, sn, and pbc as factors to measure the impact of tpb on pi and found significant effects of these factors on pi. additionally, the study used these three tpb elements as mediating variables for antecedents, with purchasing intention as the outcome. the findings related to tpb in this study can be compared to those in the research by tiwari et al. [13]. tiwari et al. [13] aimed to explore the effect of fashion influencer attributes on consumers' pis, focusing on how att mediated these relationships and providing insights into influencer marketing within the fashion industry. tiwari et al. [13] utilized a conceptual framework that extended tpb by incorporating perceived trust (pt). data for tiwari et al.’s [13] research were gathered from respondents nationwide and analyzed through path analysis and mediation methods. their findings indicated that pt, sn, and pbc positively impacted att toward fashion brand identification customer’s perceptions of csr perceived brand quality perceived behavior control purchase intentionsubjective norm attitude0.223** 0.244*** 0.665*** 0.164* 0.156* 0.351*** 0.234*** 0.199** 0.213*** hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 968 influencers; however, pbc did not exhibit a direct relationship with pis in the proposed model. they also found that att was significantly associated with pis, both directly and indirectly, highlighting the significance of influencer marketing, particularly for fashion products. the present study confirms the effects of the three tpb determinants att, sn, and pbc on pi, contributing to tpb-related literature for sports sponsorship brands. this research found that both att and sn significantly impacted pi, consistent with previous studies [51, 89, 90]. in sports brand consumption, stokburger-sauer et al. [91] showed that consumers' att toward brand sponsors influences their pi, and leonnard et al. [92] found that sn significantly impacted sportswear pi among young indonesian muslim women. this study also found that att mediated the relationship between sn and pi, consistent with the positive interaction effect between sn and att on consumers' brand-related e-wom referral intentions [93]. as soccer is a group sport, enthusiasts are often engaged in games or competitions, which makes them more susceptible to peer influence. the findings also showed a significant effect between pbc and pi, consistent with prior findings [58, 94]. this suggests that, as a global brand, kelme’s sponsorship of different soccer matches in china could better support its marketing efforts, particularly for grassroots soccer. secondly, the present research aimed to explore the impact of pcsr on pi, via different mediating variables. the study found that pcsr was indirectly associated with pi via att and bid. the findings of this study are somewhat comparable to a study by tao et al. [16]. the research of tao et al. [16] specifically targets customers within taiwan's green building sector, proposing a framework grounded in carroll’s csr model, the tpb, and cognitive consistency theory (cct). the goal is to evaluate csr’s impact on sustainable pi (spi). additionally, the research examines how csr influences sustainable word of mouth (swom), sustainable attitude (sa), sustainable concern (sc), and sustainable trust (st). the study further explores the effects of sa, sc, swom, and st on spi and investigates the mediating roles of sa, sc, and swom in the association between csr and spi. data for tao et al.’s [16] research was gathered from customers in taiwan’s sustainable building sector using convenience sampling. tao et al.’s [16] findings indicated that csr positively impacted spi, swom, sa, sc, and st. in particular, swom showed a strong influence on spi, while sc and st were also significantly linked to spi. all hypothesized relationships were found to be significant, except for the link between sa and spi. moreover, the association between csr and spi was fully mediated by st, swom, and sc, while sa did not significantly mediate this relationship. this study also examined how consumers' csr perceptions impact their pis through bid, finding that csr perceptions significantly influenced bid, consistent with prior findings [63]. specifically, csr perception affects consumers' identification with the company's brand. bid was also found to significantly impact att, consistent with research suggesting that community identity positively influences att [68, 95]. bid significantly impacted pi, consistent with previous studies [69, 96]. kleine et al. [97] showed that individuals are likely to consume products that promote identities important to them. in sports branding, carlson et al. [98] suggested that cognitive identification with sports team brands influences retail consumption, while kim & james [99] found that purchasing team-licensed merchandise is a key part of sports fan identity, aligning with the present study. additionally, att partially mediated the bid-pi relationship, and both bid and att mediated the association between csr perception and pi, showing that csr perception enhances brand identification, thereby influencing att and pi. finally, this study incorporated pbrq into tpb to investigate pbrq’s influence on pi through att. prior literature suggests that pbrq is crucial for global brands, as perceived quality increases product preference and motivates consumers to choose the brand over competitors [100]. this study found that pbrq significantly impacted att, aligning with previous research [41, 73, 74]. pbrq also significantly impacted pi, consistent with earlier studies [101]. due to declines in the product, att, and issues [102], consistent with findings showing that brand quality affects attitude in luxury hotel brands and that attitude partially mediates the impact of brand quality on pi [103]. 5.2. theoretical implications this research advances the theoretical frameworks of the tpb, bid theory, pbrq, and csr by refining and extending their application to sports sponsorship brands. by applying tpb to this new domain, the study demonstrates the robustness of the theory in predicting consumer pis beyond its traditional contexts [10]. the findings highlight the effectiveness of tpb constructs—att, sn, and pbc—in explaining pis for sports-sponsored products, thereby enhancing the generalizability of tpb to underexplored areas [11, 104]. additionally, the research contributes to bid theory by revealing the mediating role of bid between sn and pis [34]. this provides valuable insights into how social influences drive consumer loyalty and brand alignment, particularly within sports sponsorship markets. the inclusion of pbrq adds a critical dimension to consumer behavior theory by showing that perceptions of brand quality significantly influence att and intentions, which is particularly important in the competitive landscape of sports sponsorship [27]. furthermore, the study integrates pcsr into tpb by demonstrating its indirect effect on pis through bid, suggesting that csr initiatives can enhance consumer loyalty and purchasing behavior when aligned with bid [105-107]. overall, these theoretical advancements enhance the explanatory power of these frameworks and offer a more integrated consideration of customer conduct within the context of sports sponsorship. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 969 5.3. practical implications firstly, the research results indicate that attitude and sn are more effective predictors of consumers' pi. brand managers should consider the influence of key customers when developing brand positioning and strategy, as these individuals can disseminate information about the brand. long-term sponsorship of branded products at various levels of soccer matches can help cultivate key customers, particularly grassroots soccer organizers and team captains. an important practical implication derived from this study is the recommendation for companies to implement a hybrid sponsorship approach that balances the advantages of both grassroots and high-profile soccer sponsorships [108]. grassroots sponsorships allow businesses to cultivate deep, long-lasting relationships with local communities, enhancing loyalty and creating an authentic brand presence [109]. in contrast, high-profile sponsorships provide greater visibility and brand prestige at a broader level. by strategically allocating resources to both sponsorship types, companies can achieve the dual objectives of wide brand recognition and meaningful community engagement, thereby optimizing the overall impact of their sponsorship initiatives. influenced by the collectivist culture, soccer consumers tend to agree with the spending decisions of soccer team organizers or captains when participating in soccer matches and buy the same brand of products uniformly. this research provides several practical insights for sports sponsorship brands in collectivist cultures [110]. companies can implement strategies that emphasize group dynamics, such as creating team-specific offers or tailoring products to match the collective identity of sports groups. by focusing on influential members, like team leaders, brands can influence purchasing behavior across the entire group [111]. furthermore, grassroots sponsorships combined with social media efforts that encourage team engagement can significantly increase brand loyalty. recognizing the role of group solidarity in collectivist societies enables brands to create more effective marketing approaches that foster loyalty and increase sales. additionally, this research demonstrates that consumers' perceptions of a brand's csr significantly impact their brand identity, and in turn, their att and pis. brand companies should continually enhance their social responsibility initiatives and consider the shared values between these health initiatives and their target consumers. brand managers need to gain insights into the healthy lifestyles and preferences of their target customers to showcase relevant identity elements. they should explore ways to align target market values with brand values, develop brand communities through sponsorship of soccer match experiences, and enhance brand appeal to achieve sustained pi [112, 113]. within the scope of this research, csr efforts were evaluated based on consumers' perceptions of a brand’s ethical conduct, environmental stewardship, and community engagement [114]. the findings indicate that csr initiatives significantly impact brand identity bid, especially when companies prioritize sustainability and actively participate in local community efforts. from a practical perspective, companies and brand managers can leverage csr as a key strategy to strengthen consumer identification and build loyalty. focusing on visible and meaningful csr initiatives such as environmental projects or community outreach programs can forge deeper emotional connections with consumers [106]. this approach not only fosters brand loyalty but also differentiates the brand in competitive industries where socially responsible practices are increasingly valued. finally, this study incorporates pbrq into tpb, and the results confirm that pbrq can be integrated into att for subsequent evaluation and purchase behavior. the mediating effects of att between consumers' pbrq and pi can help managers understand the part of brand equity in the customer evaluation and managerial procedure. soccer enthusiasts are more rational in their sports brand consumption, and pbrq is an important factor among many similar brand products. in the interviews, the respondents think that most of kelme's products are of better quality and have a higher price/performance ratio, but products such as down jackets are of average quality and have a higher price compared to similar branded products. this study suggests exploring how brands can strengthen their csr image and influence pi through participation in health-related activities, leveraging the framework of brand asset theory. 5.4. research limitations and recommendations this study collected data from a sample of soccer enthusiasts who regularly participate in the sport and purchase products from sports sponsorship brands, resulting in findings that are relatively representative of china. however, since the sample was drawn from taiyuan, the results do not necessarily reflect the experiences and needs of users from other domestic or foreign regions within the same field. to enhance the generalizability of the outcomes, the theoretical validity of this research should be verified on a larger scale in future studies. in the follow-up study, brand preferences for soccer in various regions of china and abroad will be compared to explore the consumption characteristics of consumers across different countries, cultures, and sports brands, ultimately providing marketing strategies for segmenting the sports market. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 970 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, z.g. and j.g.; methodology, z.g. and s.c.; validation, j.g.; formal analysis, z.g. and j.g.; investigation, z.g. and j.g.; writing—original draft preparation, z.g., j.g., and s.c.; writing—review and editing, z.g., j.g., and s.c.; visualization, z.g. and s.c.; supervision, j.g. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] kunkel, t., funk, d., & king, c. (2014). developing a conceptual understanding of consumer-based league brand associations. journal of sport management, 28(1), 49–67. doi:10.1123/jsm.2011-0153. [2] berry, l. l. (2000). cultivating service brand equity. journal of the academy of marketing science, 28(1), 128–137. doi:10.1177/0092070300281012. [3] kunkel, t., & biscaia, r. (2020). sport brands: brand relationships and consumer behavior. sport marketing quarterly, 29(1), 3–17. doi:10.32731/smq.291.032020.01. [4] alonso-dos-santos, m., vveinhardt, j., calabuig-moreno, f., & montoro-rios, f. j. (2016). involvement and image transfer in sports sponsorship. engineering economics, 27(1), 78–89. doi:10.5755/j01.ee.27.1.8536. [5] biscaia, r., & rocha, c. (2018). sponsorship of the 2016 rio olympic games: an empirical examination of the reactions to local sponsors and rival brands. sport marketing quarterly, 27(3), 180–196. doi:10.32731/smq.273.092018.04. [6] hsiao, c. h., tang, k. y., & su, y. s. (2021). an empirical exploration of sports sponsorship: activation of experiential marketing, sponsorship satisfaction, brand equity, and purchase intention. frontiers in psychology, 12, 677137. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2021.677137. [7] kwon, y., & cornwell, t. b. (2020). sport sponsorship announcement and stock returns: a meta-analytic review. international journal of sports marketing and sponsorship, 22(3), 608–630. doi:10.1108/ijsms-05-2020-0085. [8] eddy, t., & cork, b. c. (2019). sponsorship antecedents and outcomes in participant sport settings. international journal of sports marketing and sponsorship, 20(1), 26–42. doi:10.1108/ijsms-05-2016-0018. [9] lee, w. y., hur, y., & sung, m. (2015). happy to support: emotion as a mediator in brand building through philanthropic corporate sponsorship. social behavior and personality, 43(6), 977–992. doi:10.2224/sbp.2015.43.6.977. [10] guo, h., ye, y., lin, y. c., khan, a., chen, s. c., & liou, j. h. (2024). evaluating the determinants on students’ switching intentions towards distance learning: an extension of the theory of planned behavior. cogent social sciences, 10(1), 2356721. doi:10.1080/23311886.2024.2356721. [11] almrafee, m., & akaileh, m. (2024). customers’ purchase intention of renewable energy in jordan: the case of solar panel systems using an extended theory of planned behavior (tpb). international journal of energy sector management, 18(3), 457– 473. doi:10.1108/ijesm-01-2023-0002. [12] ajzen, i. (1991). the theory of planned behavior. organizational behavior and human decision processes. disability, cbr and inclusive development, 33(1), 52–68. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 971 [13] tiwari, a., kumar, a., kant, r., & jaiswal, d. (2024). impact of fashion influencers on consumers’ purchase intentions: theory of planned behaviour and mediation of attitude. journal of fashion marketing and management, 28(2), 209–225. doi:10.1108/jfmm-11-2022-0253. [14] braksiek, m., thormann, t. f., & wicker, p. (2021). intentions of environmentally friendly behavior among sports club members: an empirical test of the theory of planned behavior across genders and sports. frontiers in sports and active living, 3, 657183. doi:10.3389/fspor.2021.657183. [15] hussain, u., & cunningham, g. b. (2023). the determinants of muslim women’s pro-sport hijab purchase intention: a theory of planned behavior perspective. european sport management quarterly, 23(4), 1249–1268. doi:10.1080/16184742.2021.1976242. [16] tao, y. t., lin, m. der, & khan, a. (2022). the impact of csr on green purchase intention: empirical evidence from the green building industries in taiwan. frontiers in psychology, 13, 13. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2022.1055505. [17] yim, b. h., & byon, k. k. (2021). validation of the sport fan model of goal-directed behavior: comparison to theory of reasoned action, theory of planned behavior, and model of goal-directed behavior. journal of global sport management, 6(4), 388–408. doi:10.1080/24704067.2020.1765699. [18] ajzen, i., & driver, b. l. (1992). application of the theory of planned behavior to leisure choice. journal of leisure research, 24(3), 207–224. doi:10.1080/00222216.1992.11969889. [19] son, j., jin, b., & george, b. (2013). consumers’ purchase intention toward foreign brand goods. management decision, 51(2), 434–450. doi:10.1108/00251741311301902. [20] summer, t. a., belleau, b. d., & xu, y. (2006). predicting purchase intention of a controversial luxury apparel product. journal of fashion marketing and management, 10(4), 405–419. doi:10.1108/13612020610701947. [21] cowan, k., & kinley, t. (2014). green spirit: consumer empathies for green apparel. international journal of consumer studies, 38(5), 493–499. doi:10.1111/ijcs.12125. [22] hwang, c., & kim, t. h. (2021). muslim women’s purchasing behaviors toward modest activewear in the united states. clothing and textiles research journal, 39(3), 175–189. doi:10.1177/0887302x20926573. [23] zhang, l., fan, y., zhang, w., & zhang, s. (2019). extending the theory of planned behavior to explain the effects of cognitive factors across different kinds of green products. sustainability (switzerland), 11(15), 4222. doi:10.3390/su11154222. [24] ruangkanjanases, a., you, j. j., chien, s. w., ma, y., chen, s. c., & chao, l. c. (2020). elucidating the effect of antecedents on consumers’ green purchase intention: an extension of the theory of planned behavior. frontiers in psychology, 11, 1433. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2020.01433. [25] sung, k. s. (kyong), & lee, s. (2023). customer brand co-creation behavior and brand sincerity through csr interactivity: the role of psychological implications in service-dominant logic. international journal of hospitality management, 108, 103388. doi:10.1016/j.ijhm.2022.103388. [26] lee, y., & lin, c. a. (2022). the effects of a sustainable vs conventional apparel advertisement on consumer perception of csr image and attitude toward the brand. corporate communications, 27(2), 388–403. doi:10.1108/ccij-05-2021-0051. [27] lo, a. (2020). effects of customer experience in engaging in hotels’ csr activities on brand relationship quality and behavioural intention. journal of travel and tourism marketing, 37(2), 185–199. doi:10.1080/10548408.2020.1740140. [28] sen, s., & bhattacharya, c. b. (2001). does doing good always lead to doing better? consumer reactions to corporate social responsibility. journal of marketing research, 38(2), 225–243. doi:10.1509/jmkr.38.2.225.18838. [29] bhattacharya, c. b., & sen, s. (2003). consumer-company identification: a framework for understanding consumers’ relationships with companies. journal of marketing, 67(2), 76–88. doi:10.1509/jmkg.67.2.76.18609. [30] kim, h., hur, w. m., & yeo, j. (2015). corporate brand trust as a mediator in the relationship between consumer perception of csr, corporate hypocrisy, and corporate reputation. sustainability (switzerland), 7(4), 3683–3694. doi:10.3390/su7043683. [31] lindgreen, a., xu, y., maon, f., & wilcock, j. (2012). corporate social responsibility brand leadership: a multiple case study. european journal of marketing, 46(7), 965–993. doi:10.1108/03090561211230142. [32] tuškej, u., golob, u., & podnar, k. (2013). the role of consumer-brand identification in building brand relationships. journal of business research, 66(1), 53–59. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2011.07.022. [33] tuškej, u., & podnar, k. (2018). exploring selected antecedents of consumer–brand identification: the nature of consumer’s interactions with product brands. baltic journal of management, 13(4), 451–470. doi:10.1108/bjm-08-2017-0268. [34] büyükdağ, n., & kitapci, o. (2021). antecedents of consumer-brand identification in terms of belonging brands. journal of retailing and consumer services, 59, 102420. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2020.102420. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 972 [35] stokburger-sauer, n., ratneshwar, s., & sen, s. (2012). drivers of consumer–brand identification. international journal of research in marketing, 29(4), 406–418. [36] kato, t. (2019). loyalty management in durable consumer goods: trends in the influence of recommendation intention on repurchase intention by time after purchase. journal of marketing analytics, 7(2), 76–83. doi:10.1057/s41270-019-00050-x. [37] zeithaml, v. a. (1988). consumer perceptions of price, quality, and value: a means-end model and synthesis of evidence. journal of marketing, 52(3), 2. doi:10.2307/1251446. [38] aaker, d. a. (1992). the value of brand equity. journal of business strategy, 13(4), 27–32. doi:10.1108/eb039503. [39] holt, d. b., quelch, j. a., & taylor, e. l. (2004). how global brands complete. harvard business review, 82(9), 68-75+136. [40] salehzadeh, r., & pool, j. k. (2017). brand attitude and perceived value and purchase intention toward global luxury brands. journal of international consumer marketing, 29(2), 74–82. doi:10.1080/08961530.2016.1236311. [41] wei, c. l. (2022). how relationship quality, service quality, and value affect the intention to purchase it/is outsourcing services. information systems management, 39(3), 202–219. doi:10.1080/10580530.2021.1883776. [42] das, g. (2014). linkages of retailer awareness, retailer association, retailer perceived quality and retailer loyalty with purchase intention: a study of indian food retail brands. journal of retailing and consumer services, 21(3), 284–292. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2014.02.005. [43] ajzen, i., & fishbein, m. (1975). a bayesian analysis of attribution processes. psychological bulletin, 82(2), 261–277. doi:10.1037/h0076477. [44] knowles, s. r., hyde, m. k., & white, k. m. (2012). predictors of young people’s charitable intentions to donate money: an extended theory of planned behavior perspective. journal of applied social psychology, 42(9), 2096–2110. doi:10.1111/j.1559-1816.2012.00932.x. [45] pakpour, a. h., lin, c. k., safdari, m., lin, c. y., chen, s. h., & hamilton, k. (2021). using an integrated social cognition model to explain green purchasing behavior among adolescents. international journal of environmental research and public health, 18(23), 12663. doi:10.3390/ijerph182312663. [46] bhardwaj, v., park, h., & kim, y. k. (2011). the effect of indian consumers’ life satisfaction on brand behavior toward a u.s. global brand. journal of international consumer marketing, 23(2), 105–116. doi:10.1080/08961530.2011.543052. [47] song, j., kim, j., & cho, k. (2018). understanding users’ continuance intentions to use smart-connected sports products. sport management review, 21(5), 477–490. doi:10.1016/j.smr.2017.10.004. [48] eddosary, m., ko, y. j., sagas, m., & kim, h. y. (2015). consumers’ intention to attend soccer events: application and extension of the theory of planned behavior. psychological reports, 117(1), 89–102. doi:10.2466/01.05.pr0.117c13z7. [49] ajzen, i. (2020). the theory of planned behavior: frequently asked questions. human behavior and emerging technologies, 2(4), 314–324. doi:10.1002/hbe2.195. [50] mitchell, a. a., & olson, j. c. (1981). are product attribute beliefs the only mediator of advertising effects on brand attitude? journal of marketing research, 18(3), 318. doi:10.2307/3150973. [51] hasbullah, n. a., osman, a., abdullah, s., salahuddin, s. n., ramlee, n. f., & soha, h. m. (2016). the relationship of attitude, subjective norm and website usability on consumer intention to purchase online: an evidence of malaysian youth. procedia economics and finance, 35, 493–502. doi:10.1016/s2212-5671(16)00061-7. [52] watts, l., & chi, t. (2019). key factors influencing the purchase intention of activewear: an empirical study of us consumers. international journal of fashion design, technology and education, 12(1), 46–55. doi:10.1080/17543266.2018.1477995. [53] fishbein, m., & ajzen, i. (1977). belief, attitude, intention, and behavior: an introduction to theory and research. philosophy and rhetoric, 10(2), 130-132 [54] bellucci, g., feng, c., camilleri, j., eickhoff, s. b., & krueger, f. (2018). the role of the anterior insula in social norm compliance and enforcement: evidence from coordinate-based and functional connectivity meta-analyses. neuroscience and biobehavioral reviews, 92, 378–389. doi:10.1016/j.neubiorev.2018.06.024. [55] byon, k. k., lee, s., & baker, t. a. (2014). a cross-cultural study of purchase intention of sponsored products based on american and korean spectators of the 2010 fifa world cup south africa. sport, business and management: an international journal, 4(2), 158–177. doi:10.1108/sbm-04-2013-0005. [56] hogg, m. a., & smith, j. r. (2007). attitudes in social context: a social identity perspective. european review of social psychology, 18(1), 89–131. doi:10.1080/10463280701592070. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 973 [57] terry, d. j., & hogg, m. a. (1996). group norms and the attitude-behavior relationship: a role for group identification. personality and social psychology bulletin, 22(8), 776–793. doi:10.1177/0146167296228002. [58] jin, b., & kang, j. h. (2010). face or subjective norm? chinese college students’ purchase behaviors toward foreign brand jeans. clothing and textiles research journal, 28(3), 218–233. doi:10.1177/0887302x09353083. [59] chi, t., & zheng, y. (2016). understanding environmentally friendly apparel consumption: an empirical study of chinese consumers. international journal of sustainable society, 8(3), 206–227. doi:10.1504/ijssoc.2016.079080. [60] aguinis, h. (2010). organizational responsibility: doing good and doing well. apa handbook of industrial and organizational psychology, vol 3: maintaining, expanding, and contracting the organization, 855–879. doi:10.1037/12171-024. [61] du, s., bhattacharya, c. b., & sen, s. (2010). maximizing business returns to corporate social responsibility (csr): the role of csr communication. international journal of management reviews, 12(1), 8–19. doi:10.1111/j.1468-2370.2009.00276.x. [62] dutton, j. e., dukerich, j. m., & harquail, c. v. (1994). organizational images and member identification. administrative science quarterly, 39(2), 239. doi:10.2307/2393235. [63] hur, w. m., moon, t. w., & kim, h. (2020). when and how does customer engagement in csr initiatives lead to greater csr participation? the role of csr credibility and customer–company identification. corporate social responsibility and environmental management, 27(4), 1878–1891. doi:10.1002/csr.1933. [64] wolter, j. s., brach, s., cronin, j. j., & bonn, m. (2016). symbolic drivers of consumer-brand identification and disidentification. journal of business research, 69(2), 785–793. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2015.07.011. [65] fournier, s. (1998). consumers and their brands: developing relationship theory in consumer research. journal of consumer research, 24(4), 343–373. doi:10.1086/209515. [66] kolbl, ž., arslanagic-kalajdzic, m., & diamantopoulos, a. (2019). stereotyping global brands: is warmth more important than competence? journal of business research, 104, 614–621. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2018.12.060. [67] duarte, p. a. de o., & silva, s. c. e. (2020). the role of consumer-cause identification and attitude in the intention to purchase cause-related products. international marketing review, 37(4), 603–620. doi:10.1108/imr-04-2018-0159. [68] williams, a. s., & son, s. (2022). sport rebranding: the effect of different degrees of sport logo redesign on brand attitude and purchase intention. international journal of sports marketing and sponsorship, 23(1), 155–172. doi:10.1108/ijsms-01-20210016. [69] chiu, w., & won, d. (2021). influence of sports fan ethnocentrism on identification and media consumption intention: a preliminary investigation with taiwanese baseball fans. sport in society, 25(1), 23–41. doi:10.1080/17430437.2020.1772232. [70] susanty, a., puspitasari, n. b., prastawa, h., listyawardhani, p., & tjahjono, b. (2021). antecedent factors of green purchasing behavior: learning experiences, social cognitive factors, and green marketing. frontiers in psychology, 12, 777531. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2021.777531. [71] chi, t., & kilduff, p. p. d. (2011). understanding consumer perceived value of casual sportswear: an empirical study. journal of retailing and consumer services, 18(5), 422–429. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2011.06.004. [72] kumar, a., lee, h. j., & kim, y. k. (2009). indian consumers’ purchase intention toward a united states versus local brand. journal of business research, 62(5), 521–527. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2008.06.018. [73] yu, s., & lee, j. (2019). the effects of consumers’ perceived values on intention to purchase upcycled products. sustainability (switzerland), 11(4), 1034. doi:10.3390/su11041034. [74] sweeney, j. c., & soutar, g. n. (2001). consumer perceived value: the development of a multiple item scale. journal of retailing, 77(2), 203–220. doi:10.1016/s0022-4359(01)00041-0. [75] garcía-fernández, j., gálvez-ruíz, p., fernández-gavira, j., vélez-colón, l., pitts, b., & bernal-garcía, a. (2018). the effects of service convenience and perceived quality on perceived value, satisfaction and loyalty in low-cost fitness centers. sport management review, 21(3), 250–262. doi:10.1016/j.smr.2017.07.003. [76] zhou, f., mou, j., su, q., & jim wu, y. c. (2020). how does consumers’ perception of sports stars’ personal brand promote consumers’ brand love? a mediation model of global brand equity. journal of retailing and consumer services, 54, 102012. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2019.102012. [77] campbell, s., greenwood, m., prior, s., shearer, t., walkem, k., young, s., bywaters, d., & walker, k. (2020). purposive sampling: complex or simple? research case examples. journal of research in nursing, 25(8), 652–661. doi:10.1177/1744987120927206. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 974 [78] ames, h., glenton, c., & lewin, s. (2019). purposive sampling in a qualitative evidence synthesis: a worked example from a synthesis on parental perceptions of vaccination communication. bmc medical research methodology, 19(1), 1–9. doi:10.1186/s12874-019-0665-4. [79] rai, n., & thapa, b. (2015). a study on purposive sampling method in research. kathmandu: kathmandu school of law, 5(1), 8-15. [80] anderson, j. c., & gerbing, d. w. (1988). structural equation modeling in practice: a review and recommended two-step approach. psychological bulletin, 103(3), 411–423. doi:10.1037/0033-2909.103.3.411. [81] fornell, c., & larcker, d. f. (1981). evaluating structural equation models with unobservable variables and measurement error. journal of marketing research, 18(1), 39. doi:10.2307/3151312. [82] jackson, d. l., gillaspy, j. a., & purc-stephenson, r. (2009). reporting practices in confirmatory factor analysis: an overview and some recommendations. psychological methods, 14(1), 6–23. doi:10.1037/a0014694. [83] loo, r., & loewen, p. (2004). confirmatory factor analyses of scores from full and short versions of the marlowe-crowne social desirability scale. journal of applied social psychology, 34(11), 2343–2352. doi:10.1111/j.1559-1816.2004.tb01980.x. [84] black, w. c., babin, b. j., anderson, r. e., & tatham, r. l. (2006). multivariate data analysis. pearson prentice hall, new jersey, united states. [85] hu, l. t., & bentler, p. m. (1999). cutoff criteria for fit indexes in covariance structure analysis: conventional criteria versus new alternatives. structural equation modeling, 6(1), 1–55. doi:10.1080/10705519909540118. [86] doll, w. j., raghunathan, t. s., lim, j. s., & gupta, y. p. (1995). a confirmatory factor analysis of the user information satisfaction instrument. information systems research, 6(2), 177–188. doi:10.1287/isre.6.2.177. [87] henry, j. w., & stone, r. w. (1994). a structural equation model of end-user satisfaction with a computer-based medical information system. information resources management journal (irmj), 7(3), 21–33. doi:10.4018/irmj.1994070102. [88] podsakoff, p. m., mackenzie, s. b., lee, j. y., & podsakoff, n. p. (2003). common method biases in behavioral research: a critical review of the literature and recommended remedies. journal of applied psychology, 88(5), 879–903. doi:10.1037/0021-9010.88.5.879. [89] lo, a., & qu, h. (2015). a theoretical model of the impact of a bundle of determinants on tourists’ visiting and shopping intentions: a case of mainland chinese tourists. journal of retailing and consumer services, 22, 231–243. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2014.08.004. [90] paek, b., morse, a., hutchinson, s., & lim, c. h. (2021). examining the relationship for sport motives, relationship quality, and sport consumption intention. sport management review, 24(2), 322–344. doi:10.1016/j.smr.2020.04.003. [91] stokburger-sauer, n. e., & teichmann, k. (2014). the relevance of consumer—brand identification in the team sport industry. marketing review st. gallen, 31(2), 20–31. doi:10.1365/s11621-014-0337-z. [92] leonnard, l., sjahrifa, c., fathia, c. a., & daniya, d. (2019). young indonesian muslim women consumer behavior toward modest sportswear. journal of business & retail management research, 13(04), 26. doi:10.24052/jbrmr/v13is04/art-26. [93] shan, y., & king, k. w. (2015). the effects of interpersonal tie strength and subjective norms on consumers’ brand-related ewom referral intentions. journal of interactive advertising, 15(1), 16–27. doi:10.1080/15252019.2015.1016636. [94] ajzen, i., & sheikh, s. (2013). action versus inaction: anticipated affect in the theory of planned behavior. journal of applied social psychology, 43(1), 155–162. doi:10.1111/j.1559-1816.2012.00989.x. [95] shen, c. c., & chiou, j. s. (2009). the effect of community identification on attitude and intention toward a blogging community. internet research, 19(4), 393–407. doi:10.1108/10662240910981362. [96] torres, p., augusto, m., & godinho, p. (2017). predicting high consumer-brand identification and high repurchase: necessary and sufficient conditions. journal of business research, 79, 52–65. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2017.05.029. [97] kleine, r. e., kleine, s. s., & kernan, j. b. (1993). mundane consumption and the self: a social-identity perspective. journal of consumer psychology, 2(3), 209–235. doi:10.1016/s1057-7408(08)80015-0. [98] carlson, b. d., donavan, d. t., & cumiskey, k. j. (2009). consumer-brand relationships in sport: brand personality and identification. international journal of retail and distribution management, 37(4), 370–384. doi:10.1108/09590550910948592. [99] kim, m. s., & james, j. (2016). the theory of planned behaviour and intention of purchase sport team licensed merchandise. sport, business and management: an international journal, 6(2), 228–243. doi:10.1108/sbm-02-2014-0005. [100] sun, l., & yu, t. r. (2015). the impact of corporate social responsibility on employee performance and cost. review of accounting and finance, 14(3), 262–284. doi:10.1108/raf-03-2014-0025. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 975 [101] tingchi liu, m., anthony wong, i., shi, g., chu, r., & l. brock, j. (2014). the impact of corporate social responsibility (csr) performance and perceived brand quality on customer-based brand preference. journal of services marketing, 28(3), 181-194. [102] aaker, d. a., & jacobson, r. (2001). the value relevance of brand attitude in high-technology markets. journal of marketing research 38(4), 18905. doi:10.1509/jmkr.38.4.485.18905. [103] liu, m. t., wong, i. k. a., tseng, t. h., chang, a. w. y., & phau, i. (2017). applying consumer-based brand equity in luxury hotel branding. journal of business research, 81, 192–202. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2017.06.014. [104] khan, a., albert jing-fuh yang, & yemning j. chen. (2020). impact of buying counterfeit brands on the brand image of original brands. asia proceedings of social sciences, 6(1), 89–94. doi:10.31580/apss.v6i1.1281. [105] chen, c. c., khan, a., hongsuchon, t., ruangkanjanases, a., chen, y. t., sivarak, o., & chen, s. c. (2021). the role of corporate social responsibility and corporate image in times of crisis: the mediating role of customer trust. international journal of environmental research and public health, 18(16), 8275. doi:10.3390/ijerph18168275. [106] khan, a., chen, c. c., suanpong, k., ruangkanjanases, a., kittikowit, s., & chen, s. c. (2021). the impact of csr on sustainable innovation ambidexterity: the mediating role of sustainable supply chain management and second-order social capital. sustainability (switzerland), 13(21), 12160. doi:10.3390/su132112160. [107] khan, a., chen, l. r., & hung, c. y. (2021). the role of corporate social responsibility in supporting second-order social capital and sustainable innovation ambidexterity. sustainability (switzerland), 13(13), 6994. doi:10.3390/su13136994. [108] hindmarsh, m., ikramullah, a., ruiz-alba, j. l., & lópez-tenorio, p. j. (2024). grassroots football club stakeholders’ sponsorship: the role of happiness and shared values. management decision, 62(2), 513–531. doi:10.1108/md-02-2023-0281. [109] wang, q., fuchs, s., & bodet, g. (2024). elite versus grassroots sports events sponsorship in china: an exploration of sponsors’ motives and objectives. international journal of sports marketing and sponsorship, 25(3), 465–482. doi:10.1108/ijsms-042023-0065. [110] leng, h. k., & zhang, j. j. (2023). emerging trends in sport sponsorship and branding: an introduction. sports sponsorship and branding: global perspectives and emerging trends, 1–18. doi:10.4324/9781003458890-1. [111] gordillo-rodriguez, m. t., marín-montín, j., & fernández gómez, j. d. (2024). sports celebrities and advertising on instagram: a case study of brand sponsorship in spain. international journal of sports marketing and sponsorship, 25(4), 862– 894. doi:10.1108/ijsms-11-2023-0228. [112] wang, s., & khan, a. (2024). exploring the factors driving the sustainable consumer intentions for over-the-air updates in electric vehicles. energy exploration and exploitation, 01445987241284101. doi:10.1177/01445987241284101. [113] guo, z., liu, g., liu, z., & khan, a. (2023). evaluating the determinants of young runners’ continuance intentions toward wearable devices. hightech and innovation journal, 4(4), 720–738. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-02. [114] wirba, a. v. (2024). corporate social responsibility (csr): the role of government in promoting csr. journal of the knowledge economy, 15(2), 7428–7454. doi:10.1007/s13132-023-01185-0. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 976 appendix i: questionnaire constructs items references attitude (att) att1: i find the prospect of purchasing kelme brand products to be appealing. att2: i view the act of buying kelme brand products as pleasurable. att3: i consider the experience of purchasing kelme brand products to be enjoyable. att4: i believe that acquiring kelme brand products is advantageous for me. ajzen [12] subjective norm (sn) sn1: most individuals who are important to me have purchased kelme brand products. sn2: people whom i respect have acquired kelme brand products. sn3: my soccer-playing peers show a preference for kelme brand products. sn4: my acquaintances who play soccer often recommend kelme brand products to me. ajzen [12] perceived behavioral control (pbc) pbc1: i possess the financial means to purchase kelme brand products. pbc2: i have the time and energy needed to acquire kelme brand products. pbc3: purchasing kelme brand products is a straightforward process for me. ajzen [12] perceived brand quality (pbrq) pbrq1: i perceive kelme brand products to be of high quality. pbrq2: my choice of this product is based on its reputation for quality. pbrq3: this product offers me valuable insights into the quality standards in the market. sweeney & soutar and zhou et al. [74, 76] purchase intention (pi) pi1: i have a strong desire to purchase kelme brand products. pi2: the likelihood of my purchasing kelme brand products is very high. pi3: when presented with products of equivalent functionality, i would prioritize purchasing kelme brand products. pi4: i am inclined to purchase kelme brand products alongside my peers. ajzen [12] perceived corporate social responsibility (pcsr) pcsr1: the kelme brand demonstrates social responsibility. pcsr2: the kelme brand has made significant contributions to charitable causes. pcsr3: the kelme brand adopts a responsible attitude approach to environmental issues. hur et al. [63] brand identity (bid) bid1: i identify with the design philosophy behind the kelme brand logo. bid2: i resonate with the slogans associated with the kelme brand (e.g., "never give up" and "leave your mark"). bid3: i share many commonalities with other individuals who purchase products from this brand. tuškej et al. [33] available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 735 issn: 2723-9535 simulated annealing algorithm for vehicle routing with stochastic travel times and soft time windows m. jiménez-carrión 1 , kenin m. ojeda-hidalgo 1* 1 school of industrial engineering, universidad nacional de piura, castilla-piura, 2002, peru. received 26 may 2025; revised 13 august 2025; accepted 19 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract in the context of urban logistics, uncertainty in travel times poses a critical challenge for planning efficient routes. a multiobjective simulated annealing (sa) algorithm is proposed to solve the vehicle routing problem with stochastic travel times and soft time windows (vrpsttw), prioritizing the minimization of the number of vehicles and travel costs. the methodology follows three phases: (1) calibration of the sa on 12 solomon instances with 100 customers, achieving an average gap of 1.9% and a maximum of 3.4%; (2) modeling of travel times using the box-muller transformation on 43,200 google maps records, segmented into four scenarios according to peak hours and type of day; and (3) parameter tuning through a 3³ factorial design. with the optimal configuration (t₀ = 1500, α = 0.9, 4000 iterations), the algorithm solved a real instance with 100 customers in 0.5 minutes, achieving 10 vehicles, 614.7 km, 75 minutes of travel time, and a cv of 0.013%; perturbations of ±10% only increased the energy by 0.019%. compared to recent literature, the distance was reduced by 3.2% without resorting to hybrid algorithms. the main novelty lies in integrating real traffic data and soft windows into a pure sa approach with complexity o(c·n²), offering a robust, realistic, and scalable tool for dynamic urban environments. keywords: simulated annealing; vrpsttw; stochastic travel times; multi-objective optimization; google maps. 1. introduction the vehicle routing problem (vrp) has been widely studied in the scientific literature due to its relevance in optimizing distribution systems. over time, various vrp variants have been developed to more accurately represent complex operational scenarios. among these variants, the vrp with time windows and the vrp with stochastic travel times stand out [1]. the combination of both approaches gives rise to the vehicle routing problem with stochastic travel times and time windows (vrpsttw), a formulation that considers not only the time constraints imposed by customers but also the uncertainty in travel times caused by factors such as traffic or road conditions. this variant allows for a more realistic modeling of distribution systems by integrating stochastic elements and flexible time constraints that closely reflect real-world operating conditions. the choice between hard or soft time windows directly depends on the type of constraints one aims to model, always considering realistic conditions. unlike hard windows, which impose severe penalties for any deviation from the allowed interval, soft windows introduce a degree of flexibility by applying penalties proportional to the level of non-compliance. this approach is particularly useful in urban contexts with heavy traffic congestion, where strictly meeting each delivery time is often unfeasible. for example, a delivery company in lima might face unexpected delays due to accidents or * corresponding author: 0502018043@alumnos.unp.edu.pe http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9632-5085 https://orcid.org/0009-0006-8189-895x hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 736 traffic detours; in such cases, imposing hard windows could lead to infeasible or excessively costly solutions, whereas using soft windows enables operational efficiency under such conditions. given that these factors play a crucial role in distribution logistics, developing a robust methodology becomes essential to transform and optimize these systems, enabling better connectivity and greater efficiency in meeting demand. to achieve this, it is necessary to assess the costs associated with distribution and apply strategies that improve route planning. in this context, the vrp is consolidated as a key mathematical model to address the challenges in assigning and optimizing routes for a fleet of vehicles, ensuring that services are more efficient, cost-effective, and adaptable to real-world conditions [2, 3]. recent studies such as those by abdullahi et al. [4] and rajabi-bahaabadi et al. [5] have addressed the vrp under scenarios with uncertainty but limit their focus to theoretical traffic distributions or simulations not connected to real data. in contrast, muñoz-villamizar et al. [6] have begun incorporating empirical information through the google maps api, applying it to the traditional vrp using a mixed-integer linear programming (milp) model. while this approach is often less efficient than metaheuristic methods, it represents a significant advance by opening the possibility of realistically modeling the stochastic variable in more complex problem variants. however, to date, no study has jointly addressed the use of stochastic travel times derived from real data and soft time windows within a metaheuristic optimization framework. this gap represents a critical omission in the current literature, especially in urban contexts where traffic variability and the need for time flexibility are constant. this paper proposes a multi-objective algorithm to address the vehicle routing problem with stochastic travel times and soft time windows (vrpsttw). the approach focuses on minimizing the number of vehicles used and reducing the associated costs, considering travel distance, travel time, and penalties. the implemented methodology integrates stochastic elements and flexible time constraints, providing companies and service providers with an effective tool to optimize logistics planning and minimize operational costs in dynamic and realistic environments. 2. literature review combinatorial optimization has paid special attention to the vehicle routing problem (vrp) due to its relevance in improving logistics efficiency and goods distribution. with the aim of providing a detailed classification of the various approaches developed, braekers et al. (2009) [7] carried out an exhaustive taxonomic analysis of the vrp, offering a fundamental reference framework for subsequent research. among the different vrp variants, the vehicle routing problem with time windows (vrptw) stands out for its inherent complexity, being classified as an np-hard problem. this difficulty has encouraged the use of approximate techniques based on search agents, such as metaheuristics. in this regard, pratiwi et al. (2018) [8] proposed a solution based on nature-inspired algorithms, hybridizing the bat algorithm with simulated annealing to improve performance by replacing the worst generated solutions. complementarily, gibbons & ombuki-berman (2024) [9] developed a memetic algorithm (ma-bcrcd) for the vrpspdtw, using real data and combining evolutionary techniques with local search, achieving better results than previous methods across all evaluated instances. in parallel, uncertainty in travel times has become a critical dimension in the study of stochastic routing problems. the first model to formally address the vrp with stochastic travel times (vrpst) was presented by laporte et al. (1992) [10]. in their proposal, they considered vehicles without capacity limitations, using a formulation based on chance constraints and simple recourse stochastic programming, which was solved via a branch-and-cut strategy on small networks (10 to 20 nodes and up to five scenarios). later, guevara et al. (2025) [11] tackled travel and service time stochasticity through a simheuristic approach combining tabu search and monte carlo simulation, evaluating solutions under probabilistic scenarios and improving performance compared to deterministic approaches. meanwhile, van woensel et al. (2008) [12] incorporated traffic congestion as a source of randomness in travel times, modeling it using queuing theory and applying optimization techniques based on tabu search. the integration of time windows and stochastic travel times gave rise to the vehicle routing problem with stochastic travel times and soft time windows (vrpsttw), a variant that allows for more accurate modeling of logistics scenarios where soft time constraints and travel time uncertainty interact significantly. nguyen et al. (2016) [13] developed a tabu search-based algorithm to address this variant, focusing on operational scenarios closer to real conditions. however, their proposal was tested and validated only on the classic solomon benchmark instances [14], without considering critical factors such as real traffic, weather conditions, or specific operational constraints. this omission limits the applicability of the model in highly dynamic and unpredictable contexts, reducing its effectiveness in complex logistics environments. in contrast, the present proposal aims to take this approach one step further, using the real-world environment as a testing ground to evaluate the algorithm’s effectiveness in authentic and global scenarios. in this way, not only is the performance validated on the solomon instances, but it also pushes towards the development of a vrpsttw that can be universally applied, leveraging available technology to integrate real-world data and bring the solution closer to more complex operational contexts. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 737 2.1. the simulated annealing algorithm simulated annealing has been widely used in combinatorial optimization problems due to its ability to escape local optima by probabilistically accepting worse solutions during the early stages of the process. this probabilistic strategy allows for a more effective exploration of the solution space than deterministic approaches, which is particularly useful in routing problems with complex constraints, such as the vrpsttw. kirkpatrick et al. (1983) [15] proposed a metaheuristic inspired by the physical annealing process in metals, where the metal is heated to a high temperature and then gradually cooled at a controlled rate. during this process, multiple solutions are generated and evaluated using an energy function. as the temperature decreases, the probability of accepting lower-quality solutions also decreases, following a probabilistic function that depends on the current temperature and the change in the objective function. this strategy enables the algorithm to escape local optima and explore potentially better solutions. černý (1985) [16] described the simulated annealing algorithm in the following stages: ● stage 1 (parameters): in a simulated annealing algorithm, three fundamental parameters are defined: initial temperature, cooling schedule, and maximum number of iterations. these parameters determine the behavior of the algorithm during the search and solution adjustment process. ● stage 2 (initial solution): a list is created containing the indices of the data points that should be included in the solution, which are randomly distributed to build the initial solution. ● stage 3 (generation of neighboring solutions): the current solution is altered through a combinatorial process, generating a neighboring solution that can meet the problem's requirements. ● stage 4 (energy evaluation): the energy is calculated as the value of the problem’s objective function, which allows quantifying the current state of the system. this energy value facilitates the evaluation of the new solution, providing a clear metric to compare its quality with the previous solution. ● stage 5 (acceptance of new solutions): if the new solution is better, it is accepted. if it is worse, it is accepted with a probability that depends on the temperature and the change in energy, see equation 1. 𝑃 =𝑒𝑥𝑝 (−𝛥𝐸/𝑇) (1) where 𝛥𝐸 is the change in energy and 𝑇 is the current temperature. ● stage 6 (cooling): the temperature is gradually reduced according to a cooling schedule. a common schedule is geometric cooling, where the temperature is reduced by multiplying it by a constant less than 1, see equation 2. 𝑇 = 𝛼(𝑇) 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 0 < 𝛼 < 1 (2) ● stage 7 (repetition): the previous steps are repeated until a stopping criterion is reached, such as a minimum temperature or a maximum number of iterations. 2.2. stochastic travel time model in routing problems where travel times show high variability due to factors such as traffic, weather conditions, or unplanned events, stochastic modeling becomes an essential tool to capture this uncertainty and reflect more realistic operational scenarios. in this context, papacostas & prevedouros (1993) [17] analyzed how factors affecting travel times, although they may individually exhibit different probability distributions, tend to converge towards a normal distribution when grouped into defined intervals and their means are considered. this aligns with the findings of mazmanyan & trietsch (2013) [18], who argue that the sum of multiple independent segments tends to approximate a normal distribution, based on the central limit theorem. the mathematical representation of the normal distribution, considering the means or sums of historical travel times, is expressed as follows (see equation 3): 𝑓(𝑡) = 𝑁(𝜇, 𝜎) (3) where 𝑁 is normal distribution, 𝜇 is mean of the averages of the defined travel time intervals, and 𝜎 is standard deviation of the averages of the defined travel time intervals. papacostas & prevedouros (1993) [17] also explained that, in order to express variability, the box-muller transformation must be performed. this method allows generating a pair of normally distributed random numbers from uniformly distributed random numbers, following this methodology: ● two uniformly distributed random numbers u1 y u2 are generated in the interval (0,1). hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 738 ● the box-muller transformation is then applied to convert these numbers so they follow a standard normal distribution, as shown in equations 4 and 5: 𝑍𝑂 = √−2𝑙𝑛𝑈1. 𝑐𝑜𝑠(2𝜋𝑈2) (4) 𝑍1 = √−2𝑙𝑛𝑈1𝑠𝑒𝑛(2𝜋𝑈2) (5) ● to define a 95% confidence interval, equations 6 and 7 are used, where 𝑍95 is the critical value corresponding to a 95% confidence level (generally 𝑍95 ≈ 1.96). 𝐿𝐼 = 𝜇 − 𝜎𝑍95 (6) 𝐿𝑆 = 𝜇 + 𝜎𝑍95 (7) ● these generated numbers are then scaled using the mean 𝜇 and standard deviation 𝜎, as shown in equations 8 and 9: 𝑋 = 𝜇 + 𝜎𝑍𝑂 (8) 𝑌 = 𝜇 + 𝜎𝑍1 (9) ● these two generated numbers represent the variability of the data and help form a normal distribution of travel times according to the independent factors. 3. research methodology this research is methodologically structured into four key phases, progressing from a deterministic model to its stochastic extension. in the first phase, the mathematical formulation of the problem is carried out, specifying the objective function, capacity constraints, and time windows. in addition, stochastic parameters are introduced to model the variability in travel times, laying the foundation for the subsequent implementation of the simulated annealing algorithm. the second phase involves implementing the sa under a deterministic approach, using the solomon instances with 100 customers. the objective is to minimize the number of vehicles and the total distance traveled. this stage allows validating the effectiveness of the algorithm in complex environments, establishing a robust starting point for its extension to the stochastic context. in the third phase, stochasticity is incorporated through a model based on the normal distribution, supported by the central limit theorem. the validity of this approximation is verified using the kolmogorov-smirnov test, with adjustments to the sample size in cases where the normality hypothesis is rejected. the fourth phase consolidates the complete algorithm for the vrpsttw, integrating deterministic and stochastic components into a unified structure. this stage allows evaluating the model’s performance on a representative instance built with real coordinates, with the aim of demonstrating its accuracy, robustness, and applicability in scenarios close to real operational contexts. finally, the findings obtained in this research were compared with previous studies, which allowed validating the proposed contributions. the conclusions present a synthesis of the main results achieved. the procedure followed is shown in figure 1. figure 1. research procedures 3.1. formulation of the vrpsttw problem the vehicle routing problem with stochastic travel times and soft time windows (vrpsttw) is formally defined through a mathematical model that specifies the objective function, constraints, and relevant variables. this hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 739 formulation structures the problem as a graph 𝐺 = (𝑉,𝐴), where 𝑉 = {0, 1, ..., ..., 𝑛} represents the set of vertices and 𝐴 the set of arcs. the vertices 𝑖 = 1, ..., 𝑛 correspond to the customers, each with an associated demand 𝑑𝑖 > 0, while vertex 0 denotes the depot. the cost 𝐶 is associated with each arc (𝑖, 𝑗), representing the cost of traveling between vertices 𝑖 and 𝑗. the full model formulation can be found in equations 10 to 20. the units used in the algorithm to represent distance, time, and weight are kilometers (km), minutes (min), and kilograms (kg), respectively. this standardization of parameters facilitates the interpretation of results and ensures consistency throughout the model. where: 𝑥𝑖𝑗 : { 1, 𝑖𝑓 𝑖𝑡 𝑔𝑜𝑒𝑠 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑖 𝑡𝑜 𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑗 0, 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 𝑌: total travel cost 𝑣: {0, . . ., k} vehicles. 𝑛: number of customers 𝐷𝑖𝑗 : travel distance from customer 𝑖 to customer 𝑗 𝑡𝑖𝑗: travel time from customer 𝑖 to customer 𝑗 𝑃𝑖𝑗 : penalty cost incurred when traveling from customer i to customer 𝑗 𝑑𝑖: demand of customer 𝑖 𝐶𝑖: vehicle capacity upon arriving at city 𝑖. 𝑄: vehicle capacity limit 𝑒𝑖 𝑦 𝑙𝑖 : time windows set by customer 𝑖 𝜆: penalty coefficient 𝑠𝑖: service time at customer 𝑖 𝑏𝑖 𝑣: arrival time of vehicle 𝑣 at customer 𝑖 𝛼: weight assigned to the number of vehicles in the objective function 𝛽: weight assigned to costs (distance, time, and penalties) in the objective function 𝑀𝐼𝑁 𝑌 = 𝛼 𝑀𝐼𝑁 ∑ 𝑋𝑣 + 𝑘 𝑣=1 𝛽 𝑀𝐼𝑁 (∑ ∑ ∑ 𝐷𝑖𝑗𝑋𝑖𝑗 𝑣 + 𝑘 𝑣=1 𝑛 𝑗=0 𝑛 𝑖=0 ∑ ∑ ∑ 𝑡𝑖𝑗𝑋𝑖𝑗 𝑣 + 𝑘 𝑣=1 𝑛 𝑗=0 𝑛 𝑖=0 ∑ ∑ ∑ 𝑃𝑖𝑗𝑋𝑖𝑗 𝑣 𝑘 𝑣=1 𝑛 𝑗=0 𝑛 𝑖=0 ) (10) ● multi-objective function: minimize the number of vehicles and the costs associated with the route (distance, time and penalties). having as constraints: ● each customer must be served by exactly one vehicle. ∑ ∑ 𝑥𝑖𝑗 𝑣𝑘 𝑣=1 𝑛 𝑖=0 = 1; ∀ 𝑗 = 1, …, 𝑛 (11) ● each vehicle must start its route at the depot. ∑ 𝑥0𝑗 𝑣𝑛 𝑗=1 = 1; ∀ 𝑣 = 1, …, 𝑘 (12) ● each vehicle must return to the depot. ∑ 𝑥0𝑗 𝑣𝑛 𝑗=1 = 1; ∀ 𝑣 = 1, …, 𝑘 (13) ● each customer 𝑖 must be fully served by vehicle 𝑣. 𝐶𝑖 𝑣 ≥ 𝑑𝑖; ∀ 𝑖 = 1, …, 𝑛; 𝑣 = 1, …, 𝑘 (14) ● each vehicle must not exceed its capacity limit with respect to total delivery. ∑ 𝐶𝑖 𝑣𝑛 𝑖=0 ≤ 𝑄; ∀ 𝑣 = 1, …, 𝑘 (15) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 740 ● time window constraints must be satisfied. 𝑒𝑖 ≤ 𝑏𝑖 𝑣 ≤ 𝑙𝑖; ∀ 𝑖, 𝑗 = 0, …, 𝑛; 𝑣 = 1, …, 𝑘 (16) ● in problems with soft time windows, penalties are incurred for early or late arrivals and unmet demand 𝑃𝑖𝑗 = λ . max(𝑒𝑖 − 𝑏𝑖 𝑣 , 0) + λ. max(𝑏𝑖 𝑣 − 𝑙𝑖 , 0) + λ . max(𝑑𝑖 − 𝐶𝑖 𝑣 , 0) (17) ● vehicle 𝑣 must start serving customer 𝑗 only when the sum of travel time from customer 𝑖 to 𝑗, service time at iii, and arrival time at iii is greater than or equal to the arrival time at 𝑗. 𝑥𝑖𝑗 𝑣 (𝑏𝑖 𝑣 + 𝑠𝑖 + 𝑡𝑖𝑗 − 𝑏𝑗 𝑣) ≤ 0; ∀ 𝑖 = 1, …, 𝑛; 𝑣 = 1, …, 𝑘 (18) ● define the types of variables to be used. 𝑥𝑖𝑗 𝑣 ∈ {0,1} 𝑦 𝑌𝑖 𝑣 ≥ 0; ∀ 𝑖 = 1, …, 𝑛; ∀ 𝑗 = 1, …, 𝑛; 𝑣 = 1, …, 𝑘 (19) ● ensure that with a probability of at least α, the vehicle arrives at customer 𝑗 after departing from 𝑖 and traveling time 𝑡𝑖𝑗, directly incorporating travel time uncertainty into the formulation; ℙ(𝑏𝑗 𝑣 ≥ 𝑏𝑖 𝑣 + 𝑡𝑖𝑗𝑋𝑖𝑗 𝑣 ) ≥ 𝛼 (20) in the context of the vrpsttw, the primary objective is to minimize the number of vehicles used, as this represents the highest operational cost. subsequently, distance, travel time, and penalty costs are minimized. to establish this objective hierarchy, the approach of solomon (1987) [14] and wei et al. (2024) [19] is adopted, assigning α = 1000 to heavily penalize additional vehicle usage and β = 1 to the costs associated with the route. 3.2. simulated annealing algorithm for the deterministic vrptw in this stage, an algorithm based on the simulated annealing (sa) metaheuristic is implemented to address the deterministic variant of the vehicle routing problem with time windows (vrptw). this methodology builds upon the previously described theoretical framework and is articulated through a set of essential functions designed to manage the algorithm’s parameters and guide the iterative search process. the algorithm begins by collecting the parameters that define the problem instance, including the number of customers, the time windows associated with each customer, and the distance and travel time matrices. based on this input, the main simulated annealing functions are executed, structured into the following specific phases: initial solution creation function: this function generates a feasible initial solution by assigning all customers to routes based on vehicle capacity constraints, using a predefined heuristic. the detailed procedure is shown in algorithm 1. algorithm 1. initial solution creation function input: vrptw instance 1. initialize solution ← [] 2. initialize used_vehicles ← 0 3. sort customers by descending demand 4. while clients is not empty do 5. create new_route ← [] 6. assign vehicle to new_route 7. for each customer in customers do 8. if demand (customer) + current_load <= vehicle_capacity then 9. add customer to new_route 10. remove customer from customer 11 end if 12. end for 13. add new_route to solution 14. increase used_vehicles by 1 15. end while 16. return solution, used_vehicles ● neighbor solution generation function: this function generates new solutions from the current one by applying neighborhood operators such as swap, relocate, 2-opt and merge routes, thus allowing exploration of the solution space. the procedure is detailed in algorithm 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 741 algorithm 2. neighboring solutions generation function input: solution 1. clone solution to neighbor 2. select a random operator from {swap, relocate, 2-opt, merge_routes} 3. apply selected operator to neighbor 4. if operator ∈ {"swap", "relocate", "2-opt"} then 5. reorder clients within same route or between routes 6. check if the new structure reduces total_distance or total_time 7. verify neighbor feasibility 8. else if operator == "merge_routes" then 9. select two routes r1 and r2 10. check whether they can be merged without exceeding capacity 11. if possible, combine r1 and r2 into a single route 12. decrease used_vehicles by 1 13. end if 14. return neighbor, used_vehicles ● energy calculation function: this function evaluates the quality of a solution by calculating its energy using the problem’s objective function, see equation 21. f(energy) = 1000 (used_vehicles)+ total_distance + total_time+ penalties (21) this evaluation considers the two main components of the multi-objective function: the number of vehicles used and the associated travel costs, which include the total travel distance (in kilometers), total travel time (in minutes), and penalties for time window violations and capacity overruns. the resulting energy is a dimensionless quantity that allows for unified solution comparison. the detailed procedure is presented in algorithm 3. algorithm 3. energy calculation function input: solution, used_vehicles 1. initialize total_distance ← 0 2. initialize total_time ← 0 3. initialize penalty ← 0 4. for each route in solution do 5. initialize current_capacity ← vehicle_capacity 6. for each customer in route do 7. total_distance ← total_distance + distance (prev_customer, curr_customer) 8. total_time ← total_time + time (prev_customer, curr_customer) 9. if b_i < e_i or b_i > l_i then 10. penalty ← penalty + calculatetimewindowpenalty (customer) 11. end if 12. if demand (customer) > current_capacity then 13. penalty + calculatecapacitypenalty (customer) 14. current_capacity ← current_capacity demand (customer) 15. end if 14. end for 15. end for 16. calculate energy ← 1000* vehicles_used + 1*(total_distance + total_time + penalty) 17. return energy once the functions are defined, the main function is implemented, integrating and executing each of the previously described functions. this function manages the simulated annealing process, continuously evaluating and updating the best solution found throughout the search. the detailed procedure can be found in algorithm 4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 742 algorithm 4. simulated annealing main function input: vrptw instance 1. define sa parameters: t_max, t_min, cooling_rate, max_iter 2. load data from the vrpsttw instance 3. current_solution, current_used_vehicles ← initial solution creation function 4. current_energy ← energy calculation function(current_solution, current_used_vehicles) 5. best_solution ← current_solution 6. best_energy ← current_energy 7. t ← t_max 8. iterations ← 0 9. while max_iter > iterations and t > t_min do 10. neighbor_solution, neighbor_used_vehicles ← neighbor solution generation function 11. neighbor_energy ← energy calculation function (neighbor_solution, neighbor_used_vehicles) 12. δe ← neighbor_energy current_energy 13. if δe < 0 (better solution) or exp (-δe / temp_initial) > random (0,1) then 14. current_solution ← neighbor_solution 15. current_used_vehicles ← neighbor_used_vehicles 16. current_energy ← neighbor_energy 17. end if 18. if current_energy < best_energy then 19. best_solution ← current_solution 20. best_energy ← current_energy 21. end if 22. t ← t * cooling_rate 23. end while 24. return best_solution, best_energy to validate the proposed algorithm in solving the vrptw, the set of instances introduced by solomon (1987) [14], composed of 100 customers, is used. this validation aims to establish a standardized benchmark to evaluate the effectiveness of simulated annealing in highly complex scenarios due to the large number of customers. in this way, both the algorithm's ability to handle complex instances and its efficiency in approximating optimal solutions are verified. this evaluation is fundamental as it provides a solid foundation on which the stochastic travel time model will later be integrated, allowing any performance variations to be attributed exclusively to the incorporation of uncertainty and not to deficiencies in the base vrptw structure. for the analysis, three instances from each of the classes c1, c2, r1, and r2 are randomly selected, allowing for a balanced evaluation across different problem scenarios. the results obtained are presented in table 1. table 1. results in the solomon instances instance iterations c101 10v, 828.94 10v, 828.94 10v, 828.94 10v, 828.94 c104 10v, 867.89 10v, 824.78 10v, 824.78 10v, 824.78 c108 10v, 828.94 10v, 828.94 10v, 828.94 10v, 828.94 c202 3v, 591.56 3v, 591.56 3v, 591.56 3v, 591.56 c204 3v, 604.93 3v, 604.63 3v, 590.60 3v, 590.60 c205 3v, 588.88 3v, 588.88 3v, 588.88 3v, 588.88 r101 19v, 1730.75 19v, 1682.69 19v, 1652.44 19v, 1648.09 r103 13v, 1338.49 13v, 1324.44 13v, 1316.20 13v, 1292.68 r107 10v, 1139.40 10v, 1127.16 10v, 1107.50 10v, 1104.66 r201 4v, 1326.03 4v, 1318.75 4v, 1253.23 4v, 1252.37 r204 2v, 899.51 2v, 849.57 2v, 825.52 2v, 825.52 r205 3v, 1041.35 3v, 1027.22 3v, 1027.08 3v, 1018.15 to assess solution quality, the relative gap (%) between the average distance of the solutions generated by the algorithm and the best-known solution is calculated, see equation 22. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 743 𝐺𝑎𝑝(%) = 100 ∗ ( 𝐴𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝐷𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 − 𝐵𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐾𝑛𝑜𝑤𝑛 𝐷𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐵𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐾𝑛𝑜𝑤𝑛 𝐷𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 ) (22) the results are shown in table 2. table 2. gap analysis for each instance instance average vehicles average distance best known gap c101 10 828.94 10v, 828.94 0 c104 10 835.55 10v, 824.78 1.31 c108 10 828.94 10v, 828.94 0 c202 3 591.56 3v, 591.56 0 c204 3 597,69 3v, 590.60 1.2 c205 3 588.88 3v, 588.88 0 r101 19 1678.49 19v, 1645.79 1.98 r103 13 1317.95 13v, 1292.68 1.95 r107 10 1119.68 10v, 1104.66 1.35 r201 4 1287.59 4v, 1251.37 2.89 r204 2 850.03 2v, 825.52 2.96 r205 3 1028.45 3v, 994.42 3.42 as a result, the simulated annealing algorithm has shown favorable performance in solving the vrptw, reaching the best-known solution in several instances, particularly in type c cases, where the gap is 0% in multiple scenarios. however, in more complex instances, such as type r, the gap ranges from 1.35% to 3.42%, showing slight deviations from the best-reported solutions. despite these differences, the algorithm achieves results close to optimal values; in 33% of the evaluated instances, it matches the best-known solution, while in the remaining 67%, the generated solutions are within 3.42% of the optimal value. the observed variability in the gap values suggests that algorithm performance may depend on problem structure, highlighting that the analyzed instances are limited to 100 customers. nevertheless, the results obtained in this phase not only confirm the effectiveness of simulated annealing in solving the vrptw but also provide an essential comparative baseline for the subsequent incorporation of the stochastic travel time model. 3.3. stochastic travel time model algorithm in this stage, the stochastic travel time model is implemented using data provided by google maps due to its broad coverage and high accuracy in representing the global road network. this data source allows access to historical and real-time traffic information, which is key to modeling travel time variability. based on this information, a stochastic model is structured using empirical data, integrating probabilistic components that more realistically reflect fluctuations in travel durations. 3.3.1. determination of time and distance based solely on the coordinates provided by the user, a function was developed to obtain route distances and corresponding travel times under normal traffic conditions — that is, when traffic is neither particularly light nor heavy — using data retrieved from google maps. this process is illustrated in the pseudocode presented in algorithm 5 algorithm 5. time and distance matrix function input: list of locations 1. initialize time_matrix ← [], distances_matrix ← [] 2. for each origin in locations do 3. initialize row_times ← [], row_distances ← [] 4. for each destination in locations do 5. if origin = destination then 6. travel_time ← 0, distance ← 0 7. else 8. retrieve travel_time and distance as a response from google maps api 9. end if 10. add travel_time to row_times and distance to row_distances 11. end for 12. add row_times to time_matrix and row_distances to distances_matrix 13. end for 14. return time_matrix, distances_matrix hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 744 3.3.2. scenario definition and historical data collection in this stage, traffic scenarios are characterized considering both peak periods and day types. peak hours are associated with commuting movements at the start and end of the workday, a recurring pattern in urban contexts [20]. global studies, such as those by the institute of transportation engineers (ite), place these periods between 7:00–9:00 a.m., 12:00–2:00 p.m., and 5:00–7:00 p.m., ranges commonly used to analyze traffic in different cities [21]. however, vehicle congestion does not depend solely on the hour but also on the day type. during weekdays, work and school activities significantly increase vehicle demand, whereas on non-working days, traffic patterns vary, maintaining certain peaks in commercial and recreational areas [20, 22]. therefore, the scenarios defined in this study combine both parameters to capture travel time variability:  scenario 1: non-peak hour – weekday  scenario 2: peak hour – weekday  scenario 3: non-peak hour non-working day  scenario 4: peak hour non-working day this structure facilitates observing travel time fluctuations under different contexts, establishing a solid foundation for implementing the stochastic model and subsequently evaluating it. based on the scenario definitions, a function was developed to collect historical travel time data, enabling analysis of behavior and characterization of variability in each context. ● travel time collection: using the origin and destination points provided by the user, historical travel time data from google maps is accessed. over a 30-day range prior to the routing date, travel times were recorded every minute, generating a total of 43,200 data points. ● data segmentation: the 43,200 data points are segmented according to the four defined scenarios, organized by time intervals and day types. the distribution per scenario is as follows: peak hour/weekday: 8,400 data points; peak hour/non-working day: 4,200; non-peak hour/weekday: 20,400; non-peak hour/non-working day: 10,200. ● hourly average calculation: within the data segmented into the four scenarios, the data is divided into 1-hour intervals, and the average travel time in each interval is calculated. this hourly grouping allows capturing stochastic variability homogeneously within each scenario. the number of hourly averages obtained per scenario is as follows: non-peak hour/weekday: 340 averages (20,400 data points divided into 60-minute blocks), peak hour/weekday: 140 averages (8,400 points), non-peak hour/non-working day: 170 averages (10,200 points), and peak hour/non-working day: 70 averages (4,200 points). ● kolmogorov-smirnov test: this procedure is fundamental, as it validates the normality assumption underlying the stochastic model. although the central limit theorem states that a sample composed of more than 30 averages is generally sufficient to approximate a normal distribution, the kolmogorov-smirnov test is used to empirically verify this condition. this test is applied to the hourly averages obtained in each scenario, evaluating whether they follow a normal distribution. if any scenario does not meet this criterion, the algorithm issues an alert, indicating the need to increase the sample size to ensure statistical validity, and restarts the process. ● statistical analysis: once normality is validated, the hourly averages are analyzed per scenario to calculate the mean and standard deviation, which are then used to represent their characteristic variability. ● data insertion: the results obtained from the statistical analysis are organized into four matrices, each corresponding to a specific scenario. these matrices are consolidated and saved in a csv file named combined_data.csv, remaining available for later use in the model. the entire process is detailed in the pseudocode of algorithm 6. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 745 algorithm 6. historical data analysis function input: list of locations (origin and destination) start date of the routing plan 1. now ← get current date and time 2. dates ← generate list of datetime values in 1-minute increments, going back 30 days from the start date 3. create empty matrices: weekday_peak, weekday_nonpeak, nonworkingday_peak, nonworkingday_nonpeak 4. for each pair (origin, destination) where origin <> destination do 5. data ← get travel times for each datetime value in dates using google maps api 6. if data is empty then continue to the next pair. 7. for each record in data do 8. hour ← extract hour of record 9. day ← extract day of record 10. peak_hour ← "yes" if ∈ {7-9, 12-14, 17-20}, else "no" 11. weekday ← "weekday” if day ∈ {monday-friday}, else “nonworkingday” 12. if peak_hour = "yes" and weekday = "weekday" then 13. add record to weekday_peak 14. else if peak_hour = "yes" and weekday = "nonworkingday" then 15. add record to nonworkingday_peak 16. else if peak_hour = "no" and weekday = "weekday" then 17. add record to weekday_nonpeak 18. else 19. add record to nonworkingday_nonpeak 20. end if 21. end for 22. end for 23. for each matrix in {weekday_peak, weekday_nonpeak, nonworkingday_peak, nonworkingday_nonpeak} do 24. divide matrix data into 1-hour intervals 25. calculate the average for each interval 26. store results in corresponding average matrix 27. end for 28. for each average matrix do 29. perform kolmogorov–smirnov test for normality 30. if distribution is not normal then 31. stop the process and print: "increase number of samples to ensure normality" 32. end if 33. end for 34. for each average matrix do 35. calculate mean and standard deviation of hourly averages 36. end for 37. save all results to 'combined_data.csv' and return 3.3.3. stochastic travel time model in this stage, the stochastic travel time model function is implemented, whose purpose is to estimate the variability in vehicle travel times, considering both the day and the estimated arrival time at each destination. this model allows simulating real traffic conditions, incorporating uncertainty elements that reflect the inherent fluctuations of the road environment. therefore, ensuring a robust design and precise operation of the stochastic model is fundamental to properly represent temporal variability and evaluate the impact of different defined scenarios. in this case, the box-muller transformation (using equations 4 to 9 defined previously) was implemented directly, instead of using integrated normal generators from modern libraries. this decision allows for detailed mathematical control over the simulation process and ensures precise traceability of the model. the complete procedure is detailed in the pseudocode of algorithm 7. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 746 algorithm 7. stochastic model function input: routing solution (sequence of locations) 1. time_matrix, _ ← call time and distance matrix function 2. call historical data analysis function 3. initialize adjusted_matrix ← [] 4. for each origin location in routing_solution do 5. for each destination in routing_solution do 6. if origin = destination then 7. adjusted_time ← 0 8. else 9. departure_hour ← get departure hour from origin to destination 10. working_day ← determine if the date is a working day 11. nominal_time ← time_matrix [origin][destination] 12. identify scenario based on departure_hour and weekday 13. for each row in 'combined_data.csv' do 14. if origin and destination match the row then 15. mean, stddev ← extract values from the r 16. li ← mean (1.96 * stddev) 17. ls ← mean + (1.96 * stddev) 18. repeat: 19. x ← random (0, 1) 20. y ← random (0, 1) 21. z0 ← root(-2ln(x)) * cos(2πy) 22. z1 ← root(-2ln(x)) * sin(2πy) 23. var1 ← mean + (deviation * z0) 24. var2 ← mean + (deviation * z1) 25. until (li <= var1 <= ls) and (li <= var2 <= ls) 26. chosen_var ← select randomly between var1 and var2. 27. adjusted_time ← nominal_time + chosen_var 28. end if 29. end for 30. end if 31. add adjusted_time to adjusted_time_matrix 32. end for 33. end for 34. return adjusted_time_matrix to illustrate the procedure, considering the origin coordinates (-5.1965, -80.6328) and destination (-5.179587, 80.677845), the algorithms described in algorithms 5 and 6 were applied. the data collected for this route is presented in table 3, which summarizes descriptive statistics segmented by scenario. table 3. compilation of the pathway analysis time day type sample averages media standard deviation minimum maximum origin destination non-peak weekday 340 14.94 0.36 14.37 15.62 -5.1965, -80.6328 -5.179587, -80.677845 peak weekday 140 15.5 0.74 14.48 17.02 -5.1965, -80.6328 -5.179587, -80.677845 non-peak non-working day 170 14.35 0.54 13.4 15.1 -5.1965, -80.6328 -5.179587, -80.677845 peak non-working day 70 14.33 0.73 13.23 15.33 -5.1965, -80.6328 -5.179587, -80.677845 based on the previously defined scenarios, travel times were adjusted using the stochastic function implemented in algorithm 7. the results of the stochastic adjustment, considering a 95% confidence level, are presented in table 4, allowing us to observe how traffic fluctuations impact estimated travel times. table 4. adjusted travel times 95% confidence level scenario u1 u2 z0 z1 lower limit upper limit travel time (z0) travel time (z1) adjusted travel time nonpeak 0.69217 0.31844 -0.35763 0.77971 14.23440 15.64560 14.81125 14.23440 14.23440 peak 0.47192 0.33866 -0.64796 1.04022 14.04960 16.95040 15.02051 14.04960 14.04960 non-peak 0.05269 0.74479 -0.07935 -2.42493 13.29160 15.40840 14.30715 13.29160 14.30715 peak 0.42669 0.98008 1.29494 -0.16292 12.89920 15.76080 15.27530 12.89920 15.27530 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 747 3.4. algorithm for vrpsttw after completing the first three stages, we proceed to the final phase, in which the stochastic model is integrated into the main simulated annealing function developed in section 3.1. this integration allows the incorporation of travel time variability while maintaining consistency in the algorithm’s flow. in this final stage, all previously developed components are consolidated to form the complete vrpsttw algorithm, combining the stochastic travel time model with the simulated annealing metaheuristic. this results in a robust and adaptable algorithm capable of addressing dynamic scenarios where traffic conditions fluctuate according to the defined scenarios. this implementation represents a clear methodological transition from the deterministic approach to the stochastic one. it is important to note that the deterministic model was used only as a theoretical reference, based on the classic solomon instances. it was not applied to real-world settings due to its structural limitation: it assumes constant travel times, which is inadequate for representing the uncertain nature of urban traffic. in contrast, the stochastic model was designed to operate with empirical data, incorporating time and contextual variability. therefore, all practical validations of the algorithm were performed exclusively under the stochastic approach, as it was the only methodologically coherent alternative aligned with the study's objectives. the entire process is summarized in algorithm 8, which structures each step from parameter initialization to obtaining the best route. algorithm 8. vrpsttw development input: vrptw instance 1. define sa parameters: t_max, t_min, cooling_rate, max_iter 2. load data from vrpsttw instance 3. call time and distance matrix function 4. generate current_solution, current_used_vehicles ← initial solution creation function 5. apply stochastic model function to current_solution 6. current_energy ← energy calculation function (current_solution, current_used_vehicles) using the adjusted_time generated by the stochastic model 7. best_solution ← current_solution 8. best_energy ← current_energy 9. t ← t_max 10. iterations ← 0 11. while max_iter > iterations and t > t_min do 12. neighbor_solution, neighbor_used_vehicles ← neighbor solution generation function 13. apply stochastic model function to neighbor_solution 14. neighbor_energy ← energy evaluation function (neighbor_solution, neighbor_used_vehicles) using adjusted travel times 15. δe ← neighbor_energy current_energy 16. if δe < 0 or exp (-δe / temp_initial) > random (0,1) then 17. current_solution ← neighbor_solution 18. current_used_vehicles ← neighbor_used_vehicles 19. current_energy ← neighbor_energy 20. end yes 21. if current_energy < best_energy then 22. best_solution ← current_solution 23. best_energy ← current_energy 24. end yes 25. t_max ← t_max * cooling_rate 26. end while 27. print best_solution, best_energy 4. results after completing the four implementation phases of the vrpsttw algorithm, it was evaluated using a stochastic instance with 100 customers, generated from real coordinates. since the algorithm’s capability to solve complex scenarios had already been validated during the deterministic phase, it was not deemed necessary to evaluate multiple instances at this stage. the objective here was to verify compliance with the multi-objective function — minimizing the number of vehicles and associated costs (including total distance, travel time, and time window penalties) — as well as to establish guidelines for future improvements and methodological adjustments. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 748 to this end, different experimental configurations were assessed using a factorial design, considering three levels for each of the following parameters: initial temperature (500, 1000, and 1500), cooling rate (0.3, 0.5, and 0.9), and maximum number of iterations (1000, 2000, and 4000). these levels were selected due to their frequent use in previous simulated annealing studies and their ability to adequately represent the extremes of the algorithm’s configuration space [15]. 4.1. factorial design and analysis of variance to evaluate the impact of design factors on the stability of solutions generated by the algorithm, an analysis of variance (anova) was performed, considering the obtained energy as the response variable. the factors included were initial temperature (a), cooling rate (b), and maximum number of iterations (c), as well as their interactions. the results are presented in table 5. table 5. analysis of variance source of variation degrees of freedom sum of squares mean squares f-statistic significance (* at 0.05 and ** at 0.01) treatments 26 26718227.2561 a 2 2134.8176 1067.4088 2.62393 b 2 4295.3208 2147.6604 5.27942 * c 2 26701252.3001 13350626.1500 32818.77686 ** ab 4 1178.8409 294.7102 0.72446 ac 4 2057.2887 514.3222 1.26432 bc 4 4054.3008 1013.5752 2.49159 abc 8 3254.3873 406.7984 1.00000 error 81 20877.9172 257.7521 total 107 26739105.1733 coefficient of variation (cv) 0.15% the analysis of variance shows that both the cooling rate (b) and the maximum number of iterations (c) have a significant impact on the obtained energy. the cooling rate shows an f-statistic of 5.28 with a significance level below 0.05, while the number of iterations shows an f of 32,818.78, with a significance below 0.01, consolidating it as the most determining factor in optimizing the simulated annealing process. in contrast, the interactions ab, ac, and bc did not show significant effects, suggesting that the combined effects between these factors do not notably influence the solution energy. the coefficient of variation (cv) was 0.15%, reflecting low variability in the analyzed data, confirming the stability of the algorithm after calibration. a more detailed analysis was then performed using duncan’s multiple range test at a 1% significance level and with 81 error degrees of freedom, to identify the optimal factor levels. the results are presented in table 6. table 6. duncan's multiple range test key cooling rate subset (mean) b1 0.3 11047.43 b2 0.5 11043.52 11043.52 b3 0.9 11032.53 key maximum iterations subset (mean) c1 1000 11055.05 c2 2000 11042.14 c3 4000 11035.29 regarding the cooling rate (b), the level corresponding to 0.9 recorded the lowest mean value, 11,032.53, indicating better algorithm performance under higher rates. although the anova showed significance for this factor at the 5% level, duncan’s test, applied with a stricter 1% threshold, confirmed that level 0.9 has a significantly lower mean than level 0.3. this validates that the choice of the optimal level remains solid even with a more stringent statistical criterion. meanwhile, the maximum number of iterations (c) showed a decreasing trend in means as its value increased, reaching a minimum of 11,035.29 with 4,000 iterations. this behavior suggests that the algorithm tends to stabilize with a higher number of iterations, favoring solutions with lower energy. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 749 after defining the optimal levels for the factors — cooling rate (b = 0.9) and maximum iterations (c = 4000) — the energy behavior throughout the iterations was evaluated, recording values on an energy vs. iterations graph. the results reveal a progressive trend toward energy stabilization, evidencing the convergence of the algorithm toward nearoptimal solutions. this evolution can be observed in figure 2. figure 2. energy vs iterations graph 4.2. algorithm precision using the optimal parameters previously determined, 10 runs of the algorithm were carried out on the test instance composed of 100 clients. the objective was to evaluate the consistency and precision of the results obtained by analyzing the variability in the solutions generated in each random run. this procedure provided a comparative framework for assessing the precision of the algorithm in a controlled environment. the results obtained are presented in table 7. table 7. algorithm precision run energy number of vehicles total distance (km) total travel time (min) penalties execution time (min) 1 10692.7 10 617.23 75.47 0 0.49 2 10690.97 10 616.15 74.82 0 0.47 3 10689.16 10 613.82 75.34 0 0.59 4 10688.95 10 611.97 76.98 0 0.7 5 10689.38 10 613.52 75.86 0 0.46 6 10692.18 10 617.47 74.71 0 0.47 7 10690.04 10 614.81 75.23 0 0.48 8 10688.61 10 613.98 74.63 0 0.46 9 10690.35 10 614.87 75.48 0 0.49 10 10688.78 10 613.5 75.28 0 0.46 average 10690.112 10 614.732 75.38 0 0.507 standard deviation 1.437 0 1.757 0.68 0 minimum 10688.61 10 611.97 74.63 0 maximum 10692.7 10 617.47 76.98 0 the developed algorithm recorded an average execution time of 0.507 minutes, demonstrating efficient performance even on large instances. in terms of energy, a mean of 10,690.112 with a standard deviation of 1.437 was obtained, indicating low variability in the generated solutions. regarding the objective function, defined to minimize both the number of vehicles and the associated costs (distance, time, and penalties), it was observed that in all runs the number of vehicles remained constant at 10, reaching the required minimum. this demonstrates the algorithm’s effectiveness in optimizing routes without needing to increase the fleet size. as for the associated costs, the traveled distance showed a standard deviation of 1.757 km, while the total travel time exhibited a dispersion of 0.68 minutes; both indicators reflecting low variability in the results. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 750 regarding penalties, it is worth noting that no violations were recorded in any of the runs, which reaffirms the algorithm’s capacity to generate feasible solutions without violating constraints, thus consolidating its precision, stability, and efficiency. 4.3. algorithm robustness in the robustness analysis, energy is used exclusively as the central indicator, since it integrates the multi-objective function in a consolidated manner. this allows for a more coherent evaluation of the impact of variations in the algorithm's parameters, avoiding analytical dispersion that might arise when considering indicators separately. following this premise, 36 additional runs were performed using the test instance with 100 customers, applying small modifications to the previously determined optimal parameters. the results obtained are presented in table 8. table 8. robustness of the algorithm (energy harvesting) initial temperature 1500 cooling rate 0.9 0.95 0.99 maximum iterations 3500 10694.52 10693.78 10691.87 10693.45 10691.45 10692.54 10697.45 10694.57 10695.45 10693.25 10693.25 10691.23 3750 10691.45 10691.64 10690.87 10690.87 10690.56 10690.78 10692.78 10691.45 10690.38 10693.45 10692.34 10692.25 4000 10692.31 10691.75 10689.24 10690.05 10689.74 10688.79 10689.31 10688.98 10689.01 10689.47 10689.56 10688.74 average 10691.63 standard deviation 2.048 the mean energy recorded in these additional runs was 10,691.63, representing an increase of 1.518 units compared to the value obtained in table 7. this increase, accompanied by a standard deviation of 2.048 (higher than the initial 1.437), reflects slightly greater dispersion in the results, consistent with the modifications applied to the algorithm parameters. in percentage terms, the standard deviation corresponds to 0.019% of the mean, indicating low variability, although slightly higher than that recorded with the optimal parameters. despite this increase, the algorithm maintains an acceptable level of consistency, demonstrating its robustness and ability to generate stable solutions even with slight parameter modifications. additionally, this practical analysis supports the validity of the conclusions drawn from the factorial design, showing that the algorithm’s performance remains stable without relying on exact configurations or a single strict statistical significance threshold. moderate variations in the cooling rate and the number of iterations did not substantially alter the quality of the solutions, reinforcing the solidity of the recommendations obtained. 4.4. computational complexity of the algorithm the estimation of the computational complexity of the proposed algorithm was carried out based on the structural analysis of the pseudocode and the implemented functional modules. table 9 details the main blocks of the algorithm and their respective asymptotic complexity order, considering the number of customers as the dominant variable n and the number of iterations c as the control parameter of simulated annealing. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 751 table 9. algorithm complexity block / function description complexity remarks initial solution generation create a feasible solution with multiple vehicles and clients 𝑂(𝑛2) involves the distance/time matrix between all clients stochastic model adjusts travel times between all customer pairs based on the scenario 𝑂(𝑛2) can be optimized with a dictionary for constant-time access neighbor generation alter the current solution using move operators 𝑂(𝑛) depends on the type of move (swap, 2-opt, relocate, etc.) stochastic model on neighbor repeated for each generated neighbor 𝑂(𝑛2) dominant component of each sa iteration energy calculation (total cost) sum of distances, times, penalties 𝑂(𝑛) route is traversed to compute the objective function acceptance condition (metropolis) checks whether to accept the new solution 𝑂(1) compares energy values and a random number main sa loop runs the process over “max_iter” iterations 𝑂(𝐶) loop body executed until temperature decreases overall, the total algorithm complexity is obtained by identifying the heaviest computational block within the iterative cycle. the stochastic model, which runs for each evaluated neighbor solution, introduces a cost of o(n²) per iteration. as the number of iterations is constant and parameterized by c, the total complexity of the algorithm is formally analyzed in equation 23. 𝑇(𝑛) = 𝑂(𝐶. 𝑛2) (23) this expression reflects quadratic behavior relative to the number of customers, which is consistent with the combinatorial nature of the problem and the structure of the adjusted time evaluation model. the average execution time recorded for an instance of 100 customers was 0.5 minutes. assuming that the algorithm's complexity remains stable and the number of iterations does not vary, it is possible to estimate the execution time for other input scales using the projection shown in equation 24. 𝑇(𝑛) = 𝑇(100) ( 𝑛2 100 ) → 𝑇(𝑛) = 0.5 ( 𝑛2 100 ) (24) this estimate will be used to generate the projected time graph as a function of the number of customers, see figure 3. figure 3. time as a function of the number of customers 5. discussion the results obtained in this research confirm the effectiveness of simulated annealing (sa) as a competitive metaheuristic for solving complex vrp variants, as also shown in previous studies such as pratiwi et al. (2018) [8], where sa was used within a hybrid proposal. unlike recent approaches such as gibbons & ombuki-berman (2024) [9], which opt for memetic algorithms combining evolution and local search, this study demonstrates that a classic, properly tuned sa can achieve high-quality solutions on instances with up to 100 customers without the need for more complex hybrid structures. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 752 the fine-tuning of the initial temperature, cooling rate, and number of iterations allowed energy to stabilize with a standard deviation of 1.437 (cv = 0.013%). this level of variability is even lower than that reported by abdullahi et al. (2025) [4], whose study presented a cv = 0.03% on comparable instances, revealing that a rigorous factorial design is sufficient to achieve similar stability without additional reliability layers. when the optimal parameters were perturbed, the deviation rose to 2.048 (0.019%), an increase still below the 0.05% observed by rajabi-bahaabadi et al. (2021) [5] when recalibrating their aco-taboo scheme; moreover, our solution maintained a constant minimum fleet size, whereas theirs required additional vehicles in some scenarios. these findings support the thesis of kirkpatrick et al. (1983) [15] on sa’s ability to escape local optima and converge with low dispersion when parameters are properly tuned. regarding the incorporation of stochasticity, previous studies by laporte et al. (1992) [10] and guevara et al. (2025) [11] addressed the modeling of stochastic travel times through generic simulations, without considering empirical data from the real environment. in contrast, the present research implements a stochastic model based on real data extracted from google maps, allowing a more precise capture of urban traffic variability. this approach responds to the criticism posed by nguyen et al. (2016) [13], who acknowledged that their solutions for vrpsttw, although effective in simulated environments, did not integrate real conditions such as traffic congestion or hourly variations. instead of using stochastic models based on theoretical assumptions, like the monte carlo simulations employed by guevara et al. (2025) [11], this research implements a model grounded in the box-muller transformation, following the methodology described by papacostas & prevedouros (1993) [17]. this method allows generating normal distributions from empirical data, adjusting the mean and standard deviation for each defined scenario (off-peak/working day, peak/working day, off-peak/non-working day, peak/non-working day). the results of the stochastic model show that, unlike the approach presented by van woensel et al. (2008) [12], where traffic congestion is modeled using queuing theory, this proposal integrates traffic variability directly into the travel time calculation. this not only allows capturing hourly fluctuations but also reflects operational differences between working and non-working days, as suggested by global studies from the institute of transportation engineers (ite). in terms of efficiency, the algorithm solved the 100-customer instance in 0.507 minutes, surpassing the 36.4 s of abdullahi et al.’s simheuristic [4] and approaching the performance of iklassov et al. (2024) [1], whose reinforcement learning model infers routes in 0.4 s, albeit after extensive gpu training. additionally, our average distance of 614.7 km improves by 3.2% over the best result published by wei et al. (2024) [19] in the deterministic model for class rc101 using their lns-mrso hybrid, with a standard deviation of only 1.757 km versus the 3–5 km they report. while previous literature addresses vrpsttw in a fragmented manner (focusing on time windows [9, 14] or stochastic travel times [11,12]), this research integrates both aspects into a single algorithm, validated with real data and supported by statistical analyses of precision, robustness, and complexity o(c·n²). thus, the proposal positions itself as a computationally viable alternative for route optimization in urban contexts with high temporal uncertainty. however, this empirical approach presents an operational limitation related to dependency on external services such as the google maps api. although this source provides realistic and up-to-date data, its large-scale use can generate costs and quota restrictions, complicating model replication in production environments. furthermore, although a formal verification of biases in travel time estimates was not conducted, previous studies have reported systematic inaccuracies [22-24]: in urban environments, travel times tend to be underestimated, while in rural areas with low data coverage, larger errors are observed. these limitations suggest the need to incorporate validation mechanisms in future research, especially when modeling contexts with high geographic or temporal variability. 6. conclusion this study presented an implementation based on simulated annealing to address the vehicle routing problem with stochastic travel times and soft time windows (vrpsttw), showing promising results in terms of operational efficiency and solution stability. the methodology was capable of solving urban instances with up to 100 customers, strictly complying with time constraints without incurring penalties. the applied factorial analysis allowed the identification of the cooling rate and the maximum number of iterations as key factors influencing the algorithm’s behavior. in particular, 4,000 iterations stood out as the most influential parameter in stabilizing the objective function. the experimental runs showed an average energy of 10,690.112, low dispersion in the results, and constant use of the minimum number of required vehicles, evidencing both the consistency and efficiency of the proposed approach. additionally, when controlled variations were introduced into the optimal parameters, the algorithm maintained solution quality within acceptable ranges, demonstrating adequate robustness against perturbations. in all executions, the model complied with the imposed operational constraints, even under conditions of high temporal uncertainty. in general terms, the proposal represents a computationally viable and effective alternative for route optimization in dynamic logistics contexts, such as last-mile distribution systems or fleet management in emergency situations. as future hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 753 research directions, it is recommended to explore the algorithm’s behavior on larger-scale instances (200 to 1,000 customers), as well as to integrate hybrid approaches that incorporate machine learning-based predictive models to anticipate stochastic scenarios and improve the model’s adaptability to dynamic data. in the current approach, stochastic scenarios are manually defined based on four representative combinations of peak hour and workday, which imposes an important limitation in terms of coverage and realism. by integrating machine learning models, such as xgboost or recurrent neural networks, it would be possible to train travel time predictors based on multiple contextual variables (hour, day, weather, traffic history, etc.), which would allow generalization to millions of possible scenarios without explicitly defining them. this would enable better anticipation of congestion and greater adaptability of the algorithm to changing conditions, evolving the model from a static system to a truly dynamic and intelligent one 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.j.c. and k.m.o.h.; methodology, k.m.o.h.; software, k.m.o.h.; validation, k.m.o.h. and m.j.c.; formal analysis, m.j.c.; investigation, m.j.c.; resources, m.j.c. and g.a.f.f.; data curation, m.m.o.h. and m.j.c.; writing—original draft preparation, m.j.c.; writing—review and editing, m.j.c.; visualization, m.j.c. and k.m.o.h.; supervision, m.j.c.; project administration, m.j.c.; funding acquisition, m.j.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available within the article. 7.3. funding this research is being funded by the universidad nacional de piura,peru. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] iklassov, z., sobirov, i., solozabal, r., & takac, m. (2024). reinforcement learning for solving stochastic vehicle routing problem with time windows. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2402.09765. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2402.09765. [2] jiang, z., chen, w., zheng, x., & gao, f. (2024). research on vehicle path planning of automated guided vehicle with simultaneous pickup and delivery with mixed time windows. iet collaborative intelligent manufacturing, 6(2), 12105. doi:10.1049/cim2.12105. [3] zacharia, p., & stavrinidis, s. (2024). the vehicle routing problem with simultaneous pick-up and delivery under fuzziness considering fuel consumption. vehicles, 6(1), 231–241. doi:10.3390/vehicles6010009. [4] abdullahi, h., reyes-rubiano, l., ouelhadj, d., faulin, j., & juan, a. a. (2025). a reliability-extended simheuristic for the sustainable vehicle routing problem with stochastic travel times and demands. journal of heuristics, 31(2), 1-39. doi:10.1007/s10732-025-09555-4. [5] rajabi-bahaabadi, m., shariat-mohaymany, a., babaei, m., & vigo, d. (2021). reliable vehicle routing problem in stochastic networks with correlated travel times. operational research, 21(1), 299–330. doi:10.1007/s12351-019-00452-w. [6] muñoz-villamizar, a., faulin, j., reyes-rubiano, l., henriquez-machado, r., & solano-charris, e. (2024). integration of google maps api with mathematical modeling for solving the real-time vrp. transportation research procedia, 78, 32–39. doi:10.1016/j.trpro.2024.02.005. [7] braekers, k., ramaekers, k., & van nieuwenhuyse, i. (2016). the vehicle routing problem: state of the art classification and review. computers & industrial engineering, 99, 300–313. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2015.12.007. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 754 [8] pratiwi, a. b., pratama, a., sa’diyah, i., & suprajitno, h. (2018). vehicle routing problem with time windows using natural inspired algorithms. journal of physics: conference series, 974, 012025.:10.1088/1742-6596/974/1/012025. [9] gibbons, e., & ombuki-berman, b. (2024). a memetic algorithm for large-scale real-world vehicle routing problems with simultaneous pickup and delivery with time windows. mic 2024. lecture notes in computer science, vol 14753, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-62912-9_8. [10] laporte, g., louveaux, f., & mercure, h. (1992). vehicle routing problem with stochastic travel times. transportation science, 26(3), 161–170. doi:10.1287/trsc.26.3.161. [11] guevara, w., mena, c. del c., pérez, l., montoya, c., caro, m., bejarano, c., bolívar, s., & delgado, c. (2025). an algorithm for the stochastic delivery-and-pick-up vehicle routing problem with time windows as applied to surgical medical supplies. ingenieria y universidad, 29, 1–22. doi:10.11144/javeriana.iued29.asdp. [12] van woensel, t., kerbache, l., peremans, h., & vandaele, n. (2008). vehicle routing with dynamic travel times: a queueing approach. european journal of operational research, 186(3), 990–1007. doi:10.1016/j.ejor.2007.03.012. [13] nguyen, v. a., jiang, j., ng, k. m., & teo, k. m. (2016). satisficing measure approach for vehicle routing problem with time windows under uncertainty. european journal of operational research, 248(2), 404–414. doi:10.1016/j.ejor.2015.07.041. [14] solomon, m. m. (1987). algorithms for the vehicle routing and scheduling problems with time window constraints. operations research, 35(2), 254–265. doi:10.1287/opre.35.2.254. [15] kirkpatrick, s., gelatt, c. d., & vecchi, m. p. (1983). optimization by simulated annealing. science, 220(4598), 671–680. doi:10.1126/science.220.4598.671. [16] černý, v. (1985). thermodynamical approach to the traveling salesman problem: an efficient simulation algorithm. journal of optimization theory and applications, 45(1), 41–51. doi:10.1007/bf00940812. [17] papacostas, c. s., & prevedouros, p. d. (1993). transportation engineering and planning (3rd ed.). prentice hall, new jersey, united states. [18] mazmanyan, l., & trietsch, d. (2014). stochastic travelling salesperson and shortest route models with safety time. international journal of planning and scheduling, 2(1), 53. doi:10.1504/ijps.2014.066707. [19] wei, x., xiao, z., & wang, y. (2024). solving the vehicle routing problem with time windows using modified rat swarm optimization algorithm based on large neighborhood search. mathematics, 12(11), 1702. doi:10.3390/math12111702. [20] rodrigue, j.-p. (2024). the geography of transport systems. milton park, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9781003343196. [21] helmer, j., gough, p., jim, & peng. (2010). institute of transportation engineers. ite journal, 33–35. [22] alkaissi, z. a. (2024). evaluating the performance of right turn lanes at signalized intersection using traffic simulation model. civil engineering journal, 10(7), 2233–2243. doi:10.28991/cej-2024-010-07-010. [23] wagner, b., human, s., & winkler, t. (2021). bias in geographic information systems: the case of google maps. proceedings of the 54th hawaii international conference on system sciences, 147-158. doi:10.24251/hicss.2021.103. [24] alomari, a. h., al-omari, b. h., & al-hamdan, a. b. (2020). validating trip travel time provided by smartphone navigation applications in jordan. jordan journal of civil engineering, 14(4), 500–510. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 185 issn: 2723-9535 real-time online banking fraud detection model by unsupervised learning fusion hanae abbassi 1* , saida el mendili 1 , youssef gahi 1 1 laboratory of engineering sciences, national school of applied sciences, ibn tofail university, kenitra 14000, morocco. received 28 november 2023; revised 12 february 2024; accepted 17 february 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract digital trades and payments are becoming increasingly popular, as they typically entail monetary transactions. this not only makes electronic transactions more convenient for the end customer, but it also raises the likelihood of fraud. an adequate fraud detection system with a cutting-edge model is critical to minimizing fraud costs. identifying fraud at the ideal time entails establishing and setting up ubiquitous systems to consume and analyze massive amounts of streaming data. recent advances in data analytics methods and introducing open-source technology for big data storage and processing opened new options for detecting fraud. this study aims to tackle this critical issue by providing a newly realtime e-transaction fraud detection schema that consolidates the advantages of both unsupervised learners, including autoencoder and extended isolation forests, with cutting-edge big data gadgets such as spark streaming and sparkling water. it addresses the shortage of non-fraudulent instances and handles the excessive dimension of the set of features. on two real-world transactional datasets, we assess our suggested technique. compared with other current fraud identification systems, our methodology delivers an elevated accuracy yield of 99%. furthermore, it outperforms state-of-the-art approaches in reliably identifying fraudulent samples. keywords: online fraud detection; big data analytics; autoencoder; extended isolation forest; real-time detection. 1. introduction payment methods have been wholly improved over the years due to the advancement of technologies, massive data analytics, and machine learning. because of the prevalence of mobile payments, criminals now have more options for committing online transaction fraud, including account takeover, chargebacks, money laundering, etc. currently, fraud methods are distinguished by technological sophistication, hiding, and cross-regional offenses [1]. the matter's deployment processes are becoming increasingly veiled, approaches are continually being updated, and the danger of fraud rapidly progresses to the company's applicant process. this led to an enormous number of assets failing and having some influence on the financial equilibrium. as a result, avoiding and identifying fraudulent transactions remains a hotly debated research topic. earlier strategies of fraud detection relied on computational and signature-based tactics. these techniques were irrelevant in investigating the complexities of detecting fraud [2]. moreover, computational approaches may produce an excessive number of false positives, misidentifying normal actions as illegal, resulting in operational shortcomings and consumer disappointment. as a result, we require a practical theft and security risk prediction engine that surpasses the * corresponding author: hanae.abbassi@uit.ac.ma http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-014  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6451-3441 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1938-621x https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8010-9206 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 186 shortcomings of existing approaches. data mining and machine learning (ml) have garnered academics worldwide since heuristic strategies serve for rough results. in contrast, ml techniques are employed for precise decisions -one well-known approach for classifying online transactions is to differentiate fraud with typical labels in the training set, often called supervised learning [3]. common approaches in this subject comprise logistic regression [4], k-nearest neighbors [5], support vector machines [6], and decision trees [7]. this strategy uses labeled past transactions to create a predictive fraud algorithm that predicts the chance of every new transaction being fraudulent. however, there are hurdles to overcoming adaptive financial transaction treatment, notably shifting client behavior that must be handled to maintain legitimate operations. due to these shifts and difficulties, e-banks and digital payment system providers are quickly modernizing how they process payments, which may cause security vulnerabilities. hence, businesses must maintain solid and up-to-date real-time transactional fraud detection procedures. this study aims to identify fraud in real-time in digital banking. in this regard, fraud detection architecture seeks to assess the threat inside each item in terms of fraud possibility in real-time. the fintech institutions can subsequently authorize, deny, or mandate the end user to provide a particular authentication once the transaction has been completed. to cope with these shortcomings, we put forward a new real-time e-transactional fraud detection scheme aimed at creating a digital banking fraud detection system that draws on the most relevant extensive data analysis techniques (such as spark streaming and sparkling water) alongside the autoencoder, which is a deep learning model, and an unsupervised learner, namely the extended isolation forest. a feature engineering technique founded on rule-based analysis is provided to create variable features to feed the fraud detection model. afterward, a deep learning model with an unsupervised approach is included in the fraud detection process to enhance fraud detection speed and accuracy. we perform empirical tests using real-world datasets to evaluate the system's efficacy. the experiments' findings demonstrate the suggested technique's effectiveness as a viable tool for detecting e-transaction fraud. our study's primary contributions are as follows:  initially, we present a rule-based feature engineering approach for improving variable features for detecting fraudulent online transaction behavior.  secondly, we use the autoencoder to identify suspicious transactions in the data set and separate the malicious and regular transactions; then, we use the extended isolation forest to more accurately model transaction behaviors and obtain superior fraud detection performances.  thirdly, we conduct a practical evaluation of our fraud detection system and study its effectiveness on massive real-world datasets.  lastly, we compare our model to cutting-edge approaches. the findings suggest that digital payment system providers may use the proposed approach to easily detect fraudulent transactions amid vast transactions, protecting consumers' interests while reducing false positive and negative rates. the technique can fulfill stringent operational time constraints while maximizing relevant prediction performance requirements. the rest of the article is structured as follows. the digital banking fraud topology is provided in section 2. the third section outlines our research methodology. section 4 covers the tactics for detecting online banking fraud. section 5 addresses a critical examination of the related work. section 6 highlights our proposed work, whereas section 7 focuses on experimental results and evaluation. section 8 discusses our findings and compares them to current research. finally, section 9 summarizes the article and suggests future scopes. 2. digital banking fraud types banking fraud is a broad term that refers to any unlawful act involving a bank account. it entails seizing somebody's bank account, creating a banking account using someone else's identifier, or persuading them to give away funds beyond their approval [8]. banking fraud can be classified as domestic fraud, which means that someone close to you or anybody else may have access to your personal information regarding your account. and sophisticated fraud, in which a fraudster purports to provide genuine technological assistance. figure 1 highlights the digital banking fraud topology. phony operations cause financial losses and negatively impact businesses' reputations. as a side effect of these considerations, firms and researchers have developed a significant interest in identifying fraud, presenting a variety of theories built upon predictive modeling and data analytics methodologies. the upcoming section will examine various intriguing models for detecting digital banking fraud. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 187 figure 1. banking fraud topology 3. research methodology as shown in figure 2, the three-phase process used by sánchez-aguayo et al. [9] was followed. ali et al.'s [10] systematic strategy for literature review was utilized to gather and consolidate pertinent and current research tackling banking fraud detection. figure 2. related work research methodology 3.1. review planning determining the study field, creating review objectives, and establishing the research scope are all part of the first step. the present study focuses on the field of "banking fraud detection" with two primary objectives:  recognizing existing trends,  showcasing recent research that offers innovative methods for detecting banking fraud. studies using machine learning, deep learning, and significant data analytics approaches are included in the scope. 3.2. conducting the review conducting the review comes next, following review planning. finding scientific datasets with publications relevant to our study area is the first stage in this process. acm digital library, ieee xplore, springer, scopus, web of science, and sciencedirect are the six primary online scientific datasets that were chosen. setting criteria for which publications to keep or omit from our investigation was the first step in the research procedure. we established three requirements for the article: it must be written in english, published between 2019 and 2023, and published in a peer-reviewed academic publication. specific search phrases related to the research questions of this study were created, such as "what common banking frauds are handled depending on the ml approaches?" "which well-liked machine learning techniques are used to identify financial fraud?" and "what assessment metrics are used to detect banking fraud?" this was done to obtain a more efficient and thorough search strategy, which entails combining search phrases that are pertinent to the research hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 188 questions using boolean terms like "or" or "and." the following search phrases were utilized in this study: "machine learning" or "big data analytics," "online transaction," and "digital banking fraud." 3.3. reporting the review in this final phase, conclusions are drawn from the literature review, and the key outcomes are reported. the literature examination reveals a shortage of work identifying new systems to detect fraud in online banking that meet customers' needs with behavioral changes. this leads us to analyze the existing research to clarify the need and contribute significantly to this field. the next part summarizes the key conclusions of our related work and discusses the publications chosen for our investigation. 4. online banking fraud detection tactics with the advancement of fintech, fraudulent digital transaction detection has become a prominent study area for academia and industry. it covers the detection of credit card fraud, mobile wallet fraud, e-commerce transaction fraud, and more. conventional rule-based and statistical techniques were frequently utilized to handle the issue of banking fraud detection before the development of machine learning and data-driven methodologies. because rules are built upon proven trends [11], these systems are limited to identifying proven fraudulent trends; they cannot detect unexpected or emergent patterns. a deceptive transaction requires around 72 hours to be identified overall [12]. as a result, we undertook a literature analysis using the methods of research outlined in the preceding section to examine all accessible studies that contributed to the continuing interactions on online transaction fraud detection. for our review, we picked 15 papers. this section tackles many crucial research subjects pertinent to our work. the potential of using machine learning algorithms, including classification, to spot fraudulent transactions has been addressed [13]. the authors have employed a variety of supervised learners, including random forests (rf), logistic regression (lr), support vector machines (svm), and artificial neural networks (ann), on a transactional dataset. the findings revealed that ann performed well, with an f1 score of 0.91. regarding banking transaction fraud detection context, mytnyk et al. [14] have compared seven machine learning models: rf, k-nearest neighbors (knn), lr, stochastic gradient descent (sgd), decision tree (dt), naive bayes (nb), and svm on a transactional dataset. according to the findings of the various methods, the lr works better, yielding a final auc value of around 94.6%. also, the auc of the sgd is the best, with 95.4%. along with other kinds of e-transaction fraud, mutemi et al. [15] suggested an automatic fraud identification system based on a vast transactional database from an online marketplace portal to identify potential fraud in the organized retail offense area. lr, dt, svm, knn, rf, gaussian naive bayes (gnb), and gradient boosting (gb) comprise the seven supervised machine learning algorithms. even though the gnb approach has the best recall value of 95.4% for all models examined, it fails to identify real positive cases and offers the least accuracy, with 40%. similarly, in field [16], we have proposed a unique technique for identifying ponzi schemes over ethereum by employing three algorithms: rf, ann, and knn. over twenty thousand samples relating to ethereum interaction channels were collected and prepared by kaggle to train the models. upon going through and contrasting each of the models, it was determined that rf performed the best, achieving an accuracy, an average score, and a total rating of 94%, 88.33%, and 96.6%, respectively. furthermore, kodate et al. [17] examined interactions between users within a digital consumer-to-consumer market where a direct side links a supplier and the matching purchaser of a transaction. they used the rf classifier via user network attributes on a japanese market dataset. the results demonstrated that the suggested technique differentiated distinct categories of phony users from regular users, with an auc of roughly 91%–98%. emerging technologies in the arena of detecting fraud fitted investigators with more gadgets. thoroughly, we have tackled fraud and abnormalities in the bitcoin chain [18]. they suggested a safe fraud detection methodology made up of blockchain, using two algorithms for transaction classification: xgboost and rf. the findings from simulations demonstrate that the proposed approach can detect transaction fraud and is immune to double-spending and sybil threats. following the same logic, ren et al. [19] have presented a gradient-boosting decision tree-based fraud prevention integrating blockchain tech (gbdt-apbt), which takes the prevention of fraud transaction algorithms as a collection of classifier weaknesses and then constructs the classifiers to determine whether a transaction is suspect. the private data of every consumer has been trained offline on the closest blockchain node; after that, the trained model is instantly loaded into the cloud, and the ultimate consensual model is established by vote. gbdt-apbt exhibits superior performance and efficacy in identifying malignities and proposes an intriguing approach regarding transaction safety in terms of accuracy in detection. other studies have addressed the class imbalance fraud detection problem [20]. i have explored a range of data augmentation strategies for identifying credit card fraud on an unbalanced dataset. the efficacy of the augmentation strategies is then evaluated using a variety of primary classification methodologies (such as smote, adasyn, bhightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 189 smote, cgan, vanilla gan, ws gan, sdg gan, ns gan, and ls gan). compared to other augmentation techniques, these findings reveal that b-smote, k-cgan, and smote have the greatest precision and recall. kcgan has the most excellent f1 score and accuracy among them. on the other side [21–23], we have developed an automatic rule-generating system to identify fraud systems that employ dispersed tree-based models involving dt, rf, and gradient boosting, with the parts of the expert rules serving as model attributes. they tested the proposed method using a bank's card transactions. the rules developed utilizing this system were revealed to be satisfying and practical, with a measurable commercial impact. because of its superior efficacy across numerous classification tasks, the deep learning method has been applied to fraud recognition in digital transactions. the authors have suggested an effective method for detecting credit card fraud that uses long short-term memory (lstm) as the basis layer in the adaboost methodology. it will also include a combination of data resampling approaches, namely the synthetic minority oversampling technique with edited nearest neighbor (smote-enn). the suggested method's efficacy is proven by employing accessible real-world transaction sets. research results reveal that the suggested lstm ensemble outperforms benchmarked methods like svm, mlp, dt, and conventional adaboost, with sensitivity and specificity of 99.6% and 99.8%, respectively. moreover, detecting fraudulent financial transactions has suggested novel features of engineering architecture and subsequently created an autoencoder in a real-life transactional database. the dataset was divided into three sets: original data, produced features, and picked successful features. the outcomes show that the autoencoder with the specified characteristics performs much better with the new framework than the data as it is. using the same architecture to detect suspicious transactions [24], we have presented a new multiple-step deep learning architecture that combines a technique for selecting features based on an autoencoder algorithm with a deep convolutional neural network (cnn). a broad collection of experimental cases demonstrates the proposed scheme's performance in contrast with svm and cnn. recently, the area of fraud detection in digital transactions has begun to employ detection methods that combine the benefits of both machine learning and deep learning. researchers have offered a hybrid approach to identifying bank fraud detection involving an autoencoder with probabilistic lightgbm (aed-lgb) [25, 26]. primarily, the autoencoder separates low-dimensional characteristic data from incredibly dimensional banking feature data. the data is then resampled using the smote technique before the features obtained are loaded into lightgbm. the findings show that the aed-lgb performs better with unbalanced data and does not enhance with resampling. in addition, when aedlgb is compared to knn and lightgbm, the acc improves by 2% overall. the authors have also employed the artificial bee colony with recurrent neural network abc-rnn to divide up fraud behavior and contrast it to current techniques by emphasizing fraud circumstances that can't be discovered through supervised learning. the results show that the accuracy of the suggested model is superior and the amount of training error is low. in another study by berhane et al. [27], a hybrid cnn-svm technique for identifying fraud in credit card transactions was established in this paper, which was evaluated against a real-life available transactional database. based on the experimental outcomes, the cnnsvm approach provided classification efficacy with precision, accuracy, and f1-score of 90.50%, 91.08%, and 90.41. despite the effectiveness of these approaches in fraud detection, they remain limited. the following section critically discusses these methods and presents our research motivation. 5. summary of research by assessing the above studies, researchers have provided numerous methods for identifying online banking fraud, including the lgbm method and supervised ml techniques such as dt, rf, dt, nb, and knn. most of the methods investigated have proven advantageous in the procedure, yet their detection accuracy falls as the input variables rise, and they are susceptible to overfitting [28]. a further drawback of this method is that a single technique might fail to yield reliable results or generalize adequately for novel or unexplored information [2]. furthermore, they're costly to build and require enormous computing power [29] to get quicker and better outcomes when detecting fraud. the inspiration for this work stems from the reason that previous methodologies were unable to investigate the full scope of identifying fraud. machine learning can learn from past information to uncover previously undiscovered fraud, making it an essential tool. consequently, we require a practical fraud identification approach that tackles the deficiencies of existing methods. our contribution differs significantly from cutting-edge techniques in a few significant regards. at the same time, we offer an innovative approach incorporating the advantages of rule-based, autoencoder-extended isolation forests and the most relevant big data engines. through this integration, we can provide a complete and more flexible framework for identifying fraud, which helps us transcend the constraints of current methods. furthermore, this approach is designed to cope with the changing fraud scene, where illicit behaviors are becoming more dynamic and complex. our system provides a proactive offense toward financial harm. it maintains the reliability of electronic transactions by utilizing the most modern advances in extensive data analysis and real-time data processing capacity, which allow immediate identification and reaction to fraud. specifically, our suggested approach excels in the following aspects: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 190  both autoencoders and extended isolation forests are unsupervised machine learning algorithms that enable the identification of fraudulent activity without the need for labeled fraud events.  autoencoders are good at recognizing non-linear correlations in datasets [30]. the proposed strategy uses this power to identify complicated patterns and trends that standard techniques may need help detecting.  the extended isolation forest, noted for its tolerance to outliers, is less susceptible to their impact than other techniques [31]. this resilience is especially useful in fraud detection because illicit transactions are frequently regarded as outliers. furthermore, it enables interpretability within aberrant ratings, which helps rate cases according to their divergence from the norm. this interpretability helps comprehend system decisions and investigate possibly unauthorized transactions.  transaction fraud datasets are often very imbalanced, with a low ratio of phony transactions. the proposed model can deal with imbalanced sets without requiring considerable preparation or synthetic data processing.  it strikes a harmonious blend of interpretability, adaptability, and efficiency, rendering it highly suitable for the real-time detection of suspicious transactions. the details of the proposed approach will be highlighted in the upcoming section. 6. digital transaction fraud detection framework before discussing our proposed strategy, we'll review the autoencoder and extended isolation forest basics. 6.1. autoencoder the architecture of the autoencoder resembles that of a neural network based on feed-forward reasoning with identical input and output properties [32]. as seen in figure 3, the autoencoder merely transfers the input to the output. throwing a constraint on the neural network may complicate an otherwise simple neural network. limiting the number of neurons among n inputs and outputs is an example of a symbolic restriction. this limitation offers two benefits. for starters, field would prohibit autoencoders from simply duplicating inputs to production. in addition, it would help me learn how to portray data better. this basic autoencoder is specified as an undercomplete autoencoder, the autoencoder's conceptual representation [33, 34]. the encoder and decoder are independent components of the autoencoder. the encoder converts the given input x to a concealed representation z. if wφ and bφ are the encoder layer biases and weighs, then concealed representation z may be written 𝐵𝑍 = 𝑓𝐸 (𝑊𝜑 × 𝑋 + 𝐵𝜑). the activation function of the encoder is denoted by 𝑓𝐸. the decoder: converts z to its original data x reconstructing x'. if 𝑊𝜃 and 𝐵𝜃 are the encoder layer's weights as well as biases, the concealed structure z may be expressed as: 𝑋′ = 𝑓𝐷(𝑊𝜃 × 𝑍 + 𝐵𝜃). figure 3. architecture of an under complete autoencoder 6.2. extended isolation forest the extended isolation forest methodology generalizes the isolation forest method. the predecessor isolation forest technique introduces a new type of identification despite exhibiting bias due to tree branching [35, 36]. the bias is mitigated by modifying the branching in the method, and the original approach is reduced to a particular instance. the bias arises because branching is characterized by its resemblance to a binary search tree (bst). the attribute and its value are picked at each branching instance, which causes bias owing to the branching point sitting perpendicular to one of the vectors. each branch node must have an arbitrary slope defined in the broader scenario. rather than picking the attribute and value, it chooses an arbitrary gradient n and apex p to generate the branching split. the gradient can be created using an n (0,1) gaussian distribution, and the point of intersection may be obtained using an even distribution with limits determined by the data to be divided [31, 37]. for an instance of point 𝑥, the branching requirements to determine data dividing are as follows: (𝑥 − 𝑝) × 𝑛 ≤ 0. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 191 6.3. proposed fraud detection architecture this part proposes a real-time robust framework for catching fraudulent transactions in digital banking through a hybrid approach that takes advantage of big data engines, deep learning, and unsupervised learning, such as autoencoders and extended isolation forests, respectively. this enhances the ability to detect and oversee extremely complicated digital transaction fraud scenarios. figure 4 presents our high-level proposed framework. figure 4. high level architecture when proceeding with online payments, transactions must be checked and allowed only upon determining whether the consumer is a legitimate user or a fraudster. these transactions are fed through a sophisticated motor leveraging apache kafka and spark streaming for detection. reliable transactions can be wrapped up; however, phony ones cannot. these operations are recorded in the set for reference later. the primary focus of this study is the offline model training aspect. the training repository is generated via analysis of historical transactions in the hive data repository throughout a specific period. the predictive algorithm's feature properties are derived by rule-based feature engineering. following that, an unsupervised hybrid model called ae-eif (autoencoder-extended isolation forest) is constructed to identify unlawful digital transactions. following training, the model is fed into the online fraud detection component, which identifies fraud in real-time by calculating online transaction suspicion scores. figure 5 shows our hybrid model architecture. figure 5. flowchart of ae-eif model 6.3.1. architecture work streams within our work, we apply a pair of steps for detecting questionable transactions. the outcome of the first step is used as the input for the following step. the training set is loaded onto the autoencoder in step 1. ae detects suspicious transactions and categorizes transactional data into two groups: aberrant and regular. the extended isolation forest searches for these misfit observations in step 2. the primary phases of the suggested strategy are as follows: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 192 a. in the initial stages, we begin by setting up an ensemble of rule-based features that will reveal transactions as possibly illegitimate if they display odd behavior according to criteria related to different transaction parameters, such as transaction amount, frequency, location, and others. b. establish our dataset for autoencoder training, incorporating these newly built rule-based attributes. the autoencoder picks up to encode and decode transactions while capturing their underlying trends and adding rulebased characteristics. the ae architecture consists of the following components: o takes in the rules and properties created during the rule-based feature engineering process. o minimize the data dimension and retain latent patterns. o a compressed form of the data is included. o reassembles the data from its hidden representation. o returns the rebuilt data. c. a suspicious threshold will be established throughout the training phase. d. for each transaction, the features and rules are put via the learned autoencoder. the discrepancy between the input data and the autoencoder outcome (reconstruction error) is used to calculate the fraud score. the greater the reconstruction mistake, the more suspicious the transaction is. e. contrast the fraud score from d with the suspicious threshold. if the rating exceeds the threshold, the sample is considered suspicious. this means that the transaction must be investigated via the eif learner. otherwise, the prediction operation is aborted, and the sample is deemed normal. f. we will explore the suspect samples mentioned in e using the extended isolation forest. then, we will compute a final fraud score for each sample. g. finally, the model decides based on the final fraud ratings generated in the preceding phase. if the final fraud score surpasses a particular threshold, the sample is classified as an attempt to defraud. if the score is less than this, the transaction is deemed regular. 6.3.2. ae-eif-based fraud detection regarding the application's environment under consideration, where the suggested system must identify suspicious transactions in real time, the accuracy score for the fraud detection method must be maximized. low accuracy implies a high number of false-positives. this might cause higher latency while analyzing and responding to actual suspects in the monitored transactions. as a result, even if the recall index is penalized in some circumstances, it is vital to adopt an oriented algorithm to maximize accuracy. a new hybrid method combining deep learning and the extended isolation forest is suggested to achieve these objectives. figure 6 presents the training and detection stages of the proposed model. first, a set of rules based on fraud detection heuristics is defined. these rules include conditions related to various transaction attributes, such as transaction amount, frequency, location, and other relevant features. the defined rules are applied to the transactional dataset, creating binary features (0 or 1) for each transaction. these binary features indicate whether a transaction satisfies the defined rules. for example, a "high amount" binary feature is set to 1 if the transaction amount exceeds a specific threshold and 0 otherwise. these rule-based features serve as additional information that helps the model identify potentially fraudulent transactions. after that, the autoencoder was trained, generating three new features for each sample analyzed, which are as follows:  a: a compressed set computed during the initial step.  b: stands for euclid's distance concerning the inspected ω and the reconstructed set y, whereas  c: represents the degree to which similarities exist throughout the two samples. within this manner, all of the sample’s ω to be studied are outlined by a total of n characteristics present in ω as well as three vector attributes denoted by µ, whereby µ = [a, b, c]. the eif algorithm's forest of trees must be built in the following stage of the training procedure, with each of the samples of the training set including the characteristics of ω beside those of µ. by combining the speed of the ae with the accuracy of the extended isolation forest method, the proposed approach intends to improve the reliability of the fraud detection system. the ae method is used in the first stage to forecast the suspicious score on ω. if ω's score exceeds the fraud threshold set during training, it is deemed suspect and must be examined using the eif. instead, the forecasting procedure is terminated, and the examined sample is considered usual. the eif algorithm analyses the questionable samples and determines the final abnormal behavior score. the eif method, for instance, involves more than the characteristics characterizing the set ω; additionally, the attributes of µ taken from the set rebuilt by the autoencoder as input. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 193 the eif examines the questionable samples in the suggested method; therefore, the forecasting speed stays the same as that of ae despite ordinary samples. extended isolation forest then analyzes the suspect samples, which may detect some of the erroneous positives and improve the solution's reliability for fraud identification. the following section will concentrate on the data set employed and the h2o ae-eif model’s implementation. we will reveal the strategy, crucial findings, and evaluation measures for both of these components. figure 6. training and detection stages of ae-eif model 7. experimental results and analysis this section describes the data sets, experimental setup, and evaluation measures used in our work. it then presents the results of the proposed approach's experiments. 7.1. datasets the data sets serve as training and examination of offered methodologies, making them critical in driving research. this subsection details two different data sets employed in our suggested framework tests. dataset 1: the database analyzed for our research contains digital transactions performed by european cardholders through kaggle spanning two days; it includes 284,807 transactions, 492 being fraudulent. moreover, as shown in table 1, this data set comprises 31 feature input parameters that determine the outcome of a principal component analysis upgrade. the choice of this database is supported by its wide application as standard benchmark data in transaction fraud detection studies, allowing for a thorough review and contrast of our suggested approach against existing state-of-theart methodologies. table 1. features of dataset 1 attribute description from v1, …., to v28 encrypted cardholder information time the time when a transaction occurred amount the overall number of transactions class determines if a transaction is genuine or not using binary values '1' as well as '0' hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 194 dataset 2: this second database comprises 594,643 transactions performed over 180 replicated days, 7200 of which are judged suspicious. this fictitious database is generated to detect fraudulent transactions through the banksim app, a simulation setup mainly built to simulate fraudulent records. table 2 displays all dataset properties. table 2. features of dataset 2 attribute description step the date when a transaction occurred customer id a unique code that identifies the customer's account that is engaged in the transaction. account zip code the customer's related zip code. merchant id a code that identifies the merchant who is conducting the transaction. merchant zip code the merchant's zip code. purchase category a variable of sorts that indicates the category of product or service bought. purchase amount the entire amount spent on the transaction. age category a categorical variable that assigns the consumer to one of eight different age categories. gender a type of variable presenting the client's gender. status of fraud a binary number denotes whether or not the transaction was unlawful. 7.2. experimental setup all of the experiments were carried out using a device equipped with an intel core i7-11800h cpu, 16 gb of ram, and an nvidia rtx 3050 gpu. in this subsection, we will highlight the implementation of our proposed model. 7.2.1. feature engineering as asserted before, we establish a set of rules as feature engineering to profile user behavior in our data analysis. rule-based feature engineering’s rationale originates from its capacity to identify significant characteristics transparently and effectively from raw sets. app record information representing the number of transactions, frequency range, geolocation, and other pertinent features was used to construct them. the key features that were employed for training the model are summed up as follows:  any attempts to enroll new customers via a specific device.  sign-in tries that were both successful and unsuccessful.  the day and time of the last login.  amount of the most recent transaction.  frequency of transactions.  the latest timestamp for the device id.  customer ip address. the training step was provided once the features were extracted. the following subsection tackles the training of models. 7.2.2. model training once the features’ engineering step was done, the suggested model was trained over the sparkling water package to cope with the intricacies and scale of real-world transactions. in the algorithm's training phase, we have generated a set comprising just the transactions judged normal. this strategy has multiple pluses. starting with training ae just on a standard set gets rid of the unbalanced class problem. furthermore, it enables the model to record regular transactions while discarding suspicious ones, rendering our technique more practical for real-time applications in which lawful and suspicious transactions must be decided instantaneously. the training set is first separated into 70% only to train the ae, and 30% of the training set is used to determine the fraud threshold and train the eif. the finest results throughout the training process were achieved via epoch values of 100 and 110 on data 1 and 2, respectively. the ae employs the rectified linear unit activating function through both data, with these layers, including an input layer made up of 38 nodes containing the attributes of the data gathered; a trio of hidden layers of 14, 7, and 14 nodes; and a layer for output of 38 nodes containing the reestablished attributes of the original input data, regarding both datasets. in addition, for each data collection, a forest of 200 trees and a tree depth of 18 were used. the effectiveness of the approach with these settings is revealed in the next subsection via classification measures. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 195 7.3. evaluation measures the proposed technique is evaluated using various metrics, including accuracy, recall, precision, f1-f2 measures, and mcc. these measurements are often used to evaluate fraud detection strategies, as they offer an in-depth evaluation of the model's effectiveness. accuracy is defined as the proportion of correctly classified occurrences among all cases. it is calculated using the formula that follows: accuracy = 𝑇𝑃+𝑇𝑁 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃+𝑇𝑁+𝐹𝑁 (1) precision can be defined as the number of actual positive events compared to the total positive events categorized per the algorithm. it is obtained via this formula: precision = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃 (2) recall is the proportion of accurately detected affirmative instances to the total number of favorable cases in the dataset. the following formula calculates it: recall = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑁 (3) the f-score represents a statistical mean that employs a harmonic average to incorporate recall and precision. the following formulas calculate it: f1 score = 2 × 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 ×𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛+𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 (4) f2 score = 5 × 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 ×𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 (4×(𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛))+𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 (5) when the goal variable is unbalanced, mcc (matthews correlation coefficient) is an appropriate scorer to utilize instead of accuracy. the mcc score goes (-1-1), with -1 indicating a model that forecasts an inverse category of the actual value, 0 indicating a learner that performs no more effectively than randomized speculating, and 1 indicating a flawless learner. it is obtained via this formula: mcc= (𝑇𝑃 ×𝑇𝑁)−(𝐹𝑃×fn) √(𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃)(𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑁)(𝑇𝑁+𝐹𝑃)(𝑇𝑁+𝐹𝑁) (6) when assessing fraud detection programs, financiers confront multiple hurdles, including false positive and negative rates. a false positive is when the fraud detection system classifies operations as malicious when they are regular behaviors. despite these examples involving categorization mistakes, they weren't responsible for significant losses for fintechs. on the other hand, false negatives are occasions where transactions are deemed as regular yet fraudulent, resulting in considerable expenses for fintechs and a drop in customer retention. as a result, we will be more intrigued by the measures listed above that provide reliability within fraud scenario categorization since they are the most relevant assessment metrics in this area for determining the efficacy of our suggested approach. additionally, mcc is excellent for evaluating the efficiency of models in the setting of unbalanced datasets, providing insights on predictive capabilities. 7.4. results based on the datasets described previously, we verified our suggested approach to detecting fraudulent transactions. python with the sparkling water engine was utilized to experiment's findings. in unsupervised model testing, the fraud identification technique can categorize the analyzed transactions into regular (0) and suspicious (1) transactions. because the algorithms eif, ae, and ae-eif output a fraud score for each sample analyzed, a threshold must be defined to distinguish between regular and abnormal values. for the experiments described in this part, because the proportion of aberrations in the test dataset is known, the aberration threshold is set to a number that permits the proportion of higher scores to be isolated. the databases have been analyzed only with numerical attributes. using the criteria above, we compared the efficiency of our model to that of a single ae and single eif. figures 7 and 8 summarize the results obtained from dataset 1 and dataset 2, respectively, when the training stage is finalized. the experiments reveal that our model ae-eif, singly outperforms the autoencoder and extended isolation forest. the learners produce good outcomes independently, yet when combined, they acquire superior accuracy and f scoring. as such, we deduce that our suggested approach may effectively reduce the number of false alarms and identify uncommon illegal activities, which are crucial in the real world for banks and other financial institutions. as for the mcc metric, ae-eif outperformed the different techniques, demonstrating a well-balanced effectiveness across genuine and fraudulent classes. conversely, the eif performed highly only in precision, f score, and recall. moreover, the aeeif provides a higher recall than the single ae and eif, lowering the occurrence of false negatives. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 196 figure 7. experimental outcomes of dataset 1 figure 8. experimental outcomes of dataset 2 f1-score is a classification issue metric that equips recall and precision equitably. in figures 7 and 8, the f1-score test outcomes of ae-eif range from 90% to 91%, greater than those of the two individual learners. this demonstrates that our proposed model is more consistent with overall efficacy and has superior classification impacts. when identifying fraudulent digital behaviors, it is vital to discover as many scams as possible to avert significant losses. figures 7 and 8 illustrate the f2 score test outcomes, with the recall outweighing the accuracy. the f2-score findings for ae-eif are greater than 90% in both datasets. furthermore, in the next section, the experimental findings are contrasted with state-of-the-art fraud detection techniques to evaluate their validity. 8. discussion because of its importance in today's cyber environment, real-time transactional fraud detection is a hotly debated issue. researchers have used many powerful and sophisticated algorithms based on machine learning to identify fraudulent activity. in this part, we compare our approach's performance over the european cardholder database (dataset 1) to that of other cutting-edge transactional fraud detection approaches based on predictive techniques. the accuracy, precision, f1-score, and recall measurement results of every method are shown in table 3. accuracy precision recall f1-score f2-score mcc r a te s metrics experimental results of dataset 1 ae-eif eif ae 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% accuracy precision recall f1-score f2-score mcc r a te s metrics experimental results of dataset 2 ae-eif eif ae hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 197 table 3. comparison between ae-eif and state-of-the-art methods reference technique accuracy precision recall f1-score karthikeyan et al. (2023) [26] cnn-svm 0.9 0.91 0.9 afriyie et al. (2023) [38] decision tree 0.92 0.05 0.93 0.09 alfaiz & fati (2022) [39] k-nearest neighbors with catboost 0.97 0.95 0. 87 kolli & tatavarthi (2021) [40] harris water optimizationrnn 0. 91 0.99 0.76 sadgali et al. (2021) [41] bidirectional gated recurrent units 0.97 0.97 present model ae-eif 0.99 0.91 0.97 0.91 in keeping with the outcomes of this study and present state-of-the-art technologies for identifying fraud. for example, our framework obtains an accuracy of 99%, outperforming the cnn-svm [27], harris water optimizationrnn [40], and decision tree [39] models, producing 90% to 97% accuracy. moreover, our model has superior precision, recall, and f1-score ratings of 91%, 97%, and 91%, surpassing the bidirectional gated recurrent units [41], decision tree [38], and k-nearest neighbors with catboost [39] on these measures. indeed, although some strategies obtained excellent precision results, they compromised other criteria, including recall, emphasizing the balanced effectiveness of our ae-eif model. furthermore, the model's higher accuracy and precision, compared with existing approaches, indicate its usefulness in detecting illicit transactions while minimizing instances of false positives. ultimately, this analysis highlights the resilience and usefulness of the suggested ae-eif model in identifying digital transaction fraud, demonstrating its ability to beat cutting-edge methodologies and improve fraud detection skills in the contemporary digital world.. 9. conclusion the present study provides a novel online banking fraud detection framework. feature engineering techniques were utilized to create feature variables representing the behavior characteristics that fraud detection learners needed. on top of that, a hybrid approach that combines the strengths of autoencoder deep learning and extended isolation forest approaches was implemented to improve fraud detection modeling. two real-world datasets were evaluated for the proposed model's performance with the singles autoencoder and extended isolation forest. a comparison of the ae-eifbased suspicion detection performance to other powerful machine-learning algorithms revealed a pioneering approach to online banking fraud detection. to the best of current knowledge, this study represents the first attempt to integrate the autoencoder with the extended isolation forest for detecting fraudulent transactions in digital banking. the practical impact of this study lies in the potential for digital banking providers to utilize the proposed approach for effective and efficient real-time detection of fraudulent transactions, thereby safeguarding consumer interests and reducing financial losses from fraud and compliance expenses. however, the study is limited by real-world implementation challenges related to data privacy. additionally, the computing cost of the suggested framework was not assessed. future research will focus on investigating the computing requirements for real-time online banking fraud detection and exploring the use of advanced ai algorithms and their combinations for fraud detection. 10. declarations 10.1. author contributions conceptualization, h.a.; methodology, h.a.; software, h.a.; validation, y.g. and s.e.m.; formal analysis, h.a.; investigation, h.a., y.g., and s.e.m; resources, h.a., y.g., and s.e.m; data curation, h.a.; writing—original draft preparation, h.a.; writing—review and editing, s.e.m. and y.g.; visualization, h.a.; supervision, s.e.m. and y.g.; project administration, y.g. and s.e.m. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 10.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 10.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 10.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 10.5. informed consent statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 198 10.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 11. references [1] jiang, s., dong, r., wang, j., & xia, m. (2023). credit card fraud detection based on unsupervised attentional anomaly detection network. systems, 11(6), 305. doi:10.3390/systems11060305. [2] nayyer, n., javaid, n., akbar, m., aldegheishem, a., alrajeh, n., & jamil, m. (2023). a new framework for fraud detection in bitcoin transactions through ensemble stacking model in smart cities. ieee access, 11, 90916–90938. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3308298. [3] chang, v., doan, l. m. t., di stefano, a., sun, z., & fortino, g. (2022). digital payment fraud detection methods in digital ages and industry 4.0. computers and electrical engineering, 100, 107734. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2022.107734. [4] roseline, j. f., naidu, g. b. s. r., pandi, v. s., alias rajasree, s. a., & mageswari, n. (2022). autonomous credit card fraud detection using machine learning approach☆. computers and electrical engineering, 102, 108132. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2022.108132. [5] habibpour, m., gharoun, h., mehdipour, m., tajally, a., asgharnezhad, h., shamsi, a., ... & nahavandi, s. (2023). uncertaintyaware credit card fraud detection using deep learning. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 123, 106248. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2023.106248. [6] khan, s., alourani, a., mishra, b., ali, a., & kamal, m. (2022). developing a credit card fraud detection model using machine learning approaches. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 13(3), 411–418. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2022.0130350. [7] bin sulaiman, r., schetinin, v., & sant, p. (2022). review of machine learning approach on credit card fraud detection. human-centric intelligent systems, 2(1–2), 55–68. doi:10.1007/s44230-022-00004-0. [8] moreira, m. â. l., de souza rocha junior, c., silva, d. f. d. l., de castro junior, m. a. p., de araújo costa, i. p., gomes, c. f. s., & dos santos, m. (2022). exploratory analysis and implementation of machine learning techniques for predictive assessment of fraud in banking systems. procedia computer science, 214(c), 117–124. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2022.11.156. [9] sánchez-aguayo, m., urquiza-aguiar, l., & estrada-jiménez, j. (2021). fraud detection using the fraud triangle theory and data mining techniques: a literature review. computers, 10(10), 121. doi:10.3390/computers10100121. [10] ali, a., abd razak, s., othman, s. h., eisa, t. a. e., al-dhaqm, a., nasser, m., elhassan, t., elshafie, h., & saif, a. (2022). financial fraud detection based on machine learning: a systematic literature review. applied sciences (switzerland), 12(19), 9637. doi:10.3390/app12199637. [11] kanika, singla, j., bashir, a. k., nam, y., hasan, n. u. i., & tariq, u. (2022). handling class imbalance in online transaction fraud detection. computers, materials and continua, 70(2), 2861-2877. doi:10.32604/cmc.2022.019990. [12] adewumi, a. o., & akinyelu, a. a. (2017). a survey of machine-learning and nature-inspired based credit card fraud detection techniques. international journal of system assurance engineering and management, 8(s2), 937–953. doi:10.1007/s13198-0160551-y. [13] sharma, p., banerjee, s., tiwari, d., & patni, j. c. (2021). machine learning model for credit card fraud detection-a comparative analysis. international arab journal of information technology, 18(6), 789–796. doi:10.34028/iajit/18/6/6. [14] mytnyk, b., tkachyk, o., shakhovska, n., fedushko, s., & syerov, y. (2023). application of artificial intelligence for fraudulent banking operations recognition. big data and cognitive computing, 7(2), 93. doi:10.3390/bdcc7020093. [15] mutemi, a., & bacao, f. (2023). a numeric-based machine learning design for detecting organized retail fraud in digital marketplaces. scientific reports, 13(1), 12499. doi:10.1038/s41598-023-38304-5. [16] jacinta, o. i., omolara, a. e., alawida, m., abiodun, o. i., & alabdultif, a. (2023). detection of ponzi scheme on ethereum using machine learning algorithms. scientific reports, 13(1), 18403. doi:10.1038/s41598-023-45275-0. [17] kodate, s., chiba, r., kimura, s., & masuda, n. (2020). detecting problematic transactions in a consumer-to-consumer ecommerce network. applied network science, 5(1), 90. doi:10.1007/s41109-020-00330-x. [18] ashfaq, t., khalid, r., yahaya, a. s., aslam, s., azar, a. t., alsafari, s., & hameed, i. a. (2022). a machine learning and blockchain based efficient fraud detection mechanism. sensors, 22(19), 7162. doi:10.3390/s22197162. [19] ren, y., ren, y., tian, h., song, w., & yang, y. (2023). improving transaction safety via anti-fraud protection based on blockchain. connection science, 35(1), 2163983. doi:10.1080/09540091.2022.2163983. [20] strelcenia, e., & prakoonwit, s. (2023). improving classification performance in credit card fraud detection by using new data augmentation. ai (switzerland), 4(1), 172–198. doi:10.3390/ai4010008. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 199 [21] vorobyev, i., & krivitskaya, a. (2022). reducing false positives in bank anti-fraud systems based on rule induction in distributed tree-based models. computers & security, 120, 102786. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2022.102786. [22] esenogho, e., mienye, i. d., swart, t. g., aruleba, k., & obaido, g. (2022). a neural network ensemble with feature engineering for improved credit card fraud detection. ieee access, 10, 16400–16407. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3148298. [23] ikeda, c., ouazzane, k., yu, q., & hubenova, s. (2021). new feature engineering framework for deep learning in financial fraud detection. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 12(12), 10–21. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2021.0121202. [24] zioviris, g., kolomvatsos, k., & stamoulis, g. (2021). on the use of a sequential deep learning scheme for financial fraud detection. intelligent computing proceedings of the 2021 computing conference, 507–523. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-801267_37. [25] du, h., lv, l., guo, a., & wang, h. (2023). autoencoder and lightgbm for credit card fraud detection problems. symmetry, 15(4), 870. doi:10.3390/sym15040870. [26] karthikeyan, t., govindarajan, m., & vijayakumar, v. (2023). intelligent financial fraud detection using artificial bee colony optimization based recurrent neural network. intelligent automation and soft computing, 37(2), 1483–1498. doi:10.32604/iasc.2023.037606. [27] berhane, t., melese, t., walelign, a., & mohammed, a. (2023). a hybrid convolutional neural network and support vector machine-based credit card fraud detection model. mathematical problems in engineering, 2023, 1–10. doi:10.1155/2023/8134627. [28] al smadi, b., & min, m. (2020). a critical review of credit card fraud detection techniques. 2020 11th ieee annual ubiquitous computing, electronics and mobile communication conference, uemcon 2020, 0732–0736. doi:10.1109/uemcon51285.2020.9298075. [29] hanae, a., abdellah, b., saida, e., & youssef, g. (2023). end-to-end real-time architecture for fraud detection in online digital transactions. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 14(6), 749–757. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2023.0140680. [30] chen, s., & guo, w. (2023). auto-encoders in deep learning—a review with new perspectives. mathematics, 11(8), 1777. doi:10.3390/math11081777. [31] hariri, s., kind, m. c., & brunner, r. j. (2021). extended isolation forest. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 33(4), 1479–1489. doi:10.1109/tkde.2019.2947676. [32] misra, s., thakur, s., ghosh, m., & saha, s. k. (2020). an autoencoder based model for detecting fraudulent credit card transaction. procedia computer science, 167, 254–262. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2020.03.219. [33] cheon, m. j., lee, d. h., joo, h. s., & lee, o. (2021). deep learning based hybrid approach of detecting fraudulent transactions. journal of theoretical and applied information technology, 99(16), 4044–4054. [34] chen, z., yeo, c. k., lee, b. s., & lau, c. t. (2018). autoencoder-based network anomaly detection. wireless telecommunications symposium, 2018-april, 1–5. doi:10.1109/wts.2018.8363930. [35] chen, x., xu, w., wang, s., li, y., & lin, z. (2022). an anomaly detection scheme with k-means aided extended isolation forest in rss-based wireless positioning system. ieee wireless communications and networking conference, wcnc, 2022april, 1910–1915. doi:10.1109/wcnc51071.2022.9771602. [36] de santis, r. b., & costa, m. a. (2020). extended isolation forests for fault detection in small hydroelectric plants. sustainability (switzerland), 12(16), 6421. doi:10.3390/su12166421. [37] zheng, f., bonnet, s., villeneuve, e., doron, m., lepecq, a., & forbes, f. (2020). unannounced meal detection for artificial pancreas systems using extended isolation forest. proceedings of the annual international conference of the ieee engineering in medicine and biology society, embs, 2020-july, 5892–5895. doi:10.1109/embc44109.2020.9176856. [38] afriyie, j. k., tawiah, k., pels, w. a., addai-henne, s., dwamena, h. a., owiredu, e. o., ayeh, s. a., & eshun, j. (2023). a supervised machine learning algorithm for detecting and predicting fraud in credit card transactions. decision analytics journal, 6, 100163. doi:10.1016/j.dajour.2023.100163. [39] alfaiz, n. s., & fati, s. m. (2022). enhanced credit card fraud detection model using machine learning. electronics (switzerland), 11(4), 662. doi:10.3390/electronics11040662. [40] kolli, c. s., & tatavarthi, u. d. (2020). fraud detection in bank transaction with wrapper model and harris water optimizationbased deep recurrent neural network. kybernetes, 50(6), 1731–1750. doi:10.1108/k-04-2020-0239. [41] sadgali, i., sael, n., & benabbou, f. (2021). bidirectional gated recurrent unit for improving classification in credit card fraud detection. indonesian journal of electrical engineering and computer science, 21(3), 1704–1712. doi:10.11591/ijeecs.v21.i3.pp1704-1712. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 814 issn: 2723-9535 real-time intrusion detection in power grids using deep learning: ensuring dpu data security maoran xiao 1, 2* , qi zhou 2, zhen zhang 1 , junjie yin 1 1 state grid jiangsu electric power co., ltd. limited information and telecommunication branch, nanjing, jiangsu, 210000, china. 2 state grid jiangsu electric power co., ltd. wuxi power supply branch, wuxi, jiangsu, 214000, china. received 15 may 2024; revised 09 august 2024; accepted 16 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract deep learning technologies have revolutionized the management of energy, energy consumption, and data security within smart grids through non-intrusive load monitoring (nilm). this paper explores the use of deep learning for real-time intrusion detection in power grids with a primary focus on safeguarding the integrity and security of data processing units (dpus). an evaluation of various machine learning models, including support vector machine (svm), linear discriminant analysis (lda), decision trees, and random forests, is conducted to detect various types of intrusions, including fault, injection, masquerade, normal, and replay. random forest produced auc values of 1.00 for all classes and an overall f1-score of 0.99 for all classes. the decision tree model also shows robust performance for detecting fault and injection intrusions (auc = 0.98), with an overall f1-score of 0.94. however, the lda and svm models do not perform well in detecting injection intrusions with overall f1-scores of 0.83 and 0.86. advances in machine learning can be used to improve smart grid security, reliability, and efficiency, according to this study. these findings highlight the potential of advanced machine learning techniques to enhance smart grid reliability and efficiency. keywords: machine learning; intrusion detection; smart grids; data integrity; security; nilm; real-time detection; energy management. 1. introduction the advancement of deep learning technologies has revolutionized various fields, and its application in power grids has been particularly transformative. non-intrusive load monitoring (nilm) systems have greatly benefited from these advancements, leading to improved energy management, optimized consumption, and enhanced data security. however, despite these advancements, existing nilm systems continue to face significant challenges related to latency, accuracy, and privacy, particularly when applied to real-time monitoring in smart grids. this paper focuses on deploying deep learning for real-time intrusion detection in power grids, emphasizing the importance of safeguarding data processing unit (dpu) data integrity and security. the need for effective and efficient energy management in smart grids has driven extensive research into nilm systems. nilm involves monitoring and disaggregating the power consumption of individual appliances from a single measurement point, typically without installing additional sensors. this approach offers numerous advantages, including cost reduction, spatial efficiency, and improved energy management capabilities. however, traditional nilm methods often struggle with key issues such as latency, limited accuracy in disaggregation, and potential privacy concerns related to data exposure. * corresponding author: maoranxiao@foxmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-018 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0005-1472-9411 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3296-5179 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 815 deep-learning techniques have been incorporated into recent developments in order to address these challenges. samnet is a multi-task neural network based on scale-and-attention experts. by identifying the on/off states and energy consumption of appliances through multi-task deep learning, this innovative approach achieves latency-free nilm. in samnet, a shared expert learner uses correlations between tasks to construct a comprehensive feature summary, which improves performance over traditional methods [1]. sequence-to-sequence (seq2seq) deep learning algorithms have also shown promise in predicting appliance load signatures based on smart grid data. despite their high accuracy in disaggregating household appliance loads, these algorithms raise privacy and disclosure concerns. for instance, nilm systems can reveal detailed energy consumption patterns that could expose sensitive information about household behavior, leading to what is termed "disclosure risk" [2]. over the course of the evolution of nilm methodologies, several novel approaches have been introduced that further enhance the accuracy and efficiency of energy load disaggregation. to identify changes in appliance states, one approach involves measuring and processing the common supply current signal. it enables precise disaggregation of energy loads and contributes to more efficient energy management by identifying appliances based on their unique characteristics [3]. the development of nonintrusive ac-dc wide-bandwidth current sensors based on composite measurement principles is another significant development. combining capacitive coupling and optical fiber sensing technologies, these sensors overcome the limitations of traditional power grid current sensors. as a result of this combination, the sensors are able to measure ac and dc signals simultaneously with high accuracy and a wide measurement range, making them suitable for various smart grid applications [4]. despite these technological advancements, there remain several limitations in current nilm systems when addressing real-time security challenges. the focus has been primarily on improving energy disaggregation, but little attention has been given to real-time intrusion detection, particularly for safeguarding the integrity of dpus in smart grids. the advancement of nilm technologies has also been facilitated by enhancements in event-detection algorithms. in order to identify appliance-specific events in real time, one algorithm uses multiple features from smart meter data. in addressing the limitations of current nilm methods, this approach achieves a higher recognition accuracy, demonstrating its potential for promoting supply-demand balance and energy conservation in residential settings [5]. nilm has adapted deep learning frameworks for specific applications, demonstrating their versatility and effectiveness. to detect pool pump operations, one innovative framework transforms time-series data into image-like data. this data is then segmented at a pixel level using a u-shaped convolutional neural network, achieving high accuracy in detecting pool pump activity. in particular, these methods demonstrate the potential of deep learning-based approaches in load monitoring for non-urgent, energy-intensive residential appliances [6]. the identification of appliances can also be accomplished using voltage-current trajectory-enabled deep supervised hashing. electrical characteristics of appliances in different states can be represented using the v-i trajectory. in addition to providing efficient power management, this approach contributes to anomaly detection, demand response, and electricity management [7]. while these advancements have significantly improved nilm systems' ability to monitor and disaggregate energy consumption, they do not adequately address the critical need for securing smart grid operations from intrusions and other forms of cyber-attacks. the use of power-based condition monitoring methods is also beneficial for smart grid applications. these methods detect tampering of programs running on distribution terminal units (dtus) using power sensors and machine learning techniques. smart grid operations can be improved with this approach [8]. the benefits and potential applications of nilm systems in smart grids are thoroughly evaluated. the nilm system monitors appliance consumption without adding additional sensors, reducing both costs and space restrictions. machine learning algorithms can be used to decompose aggregate power absorption profiles into individual appliance profiles [9]. in this paper, we address the identified gaps by focusing on the critical issue of real-time intrusion detection in dpus within smart grids. while nilm systems have improved energy efficiency and diagnostics, their application to security is still an emerging area that requires robust solutions. although nilm systems are consistently supported, they are not well understood. the nilm system also facilitates diagnostics and automation, as well as increasing energy efficiency. individual appliance profiles can be decomposed using machine learning algorithms. there are still several challenges to overcome when it comes to nilm technologies. one of the primary challenges is ensuring the real-time integrity and security of dpu data, as vulnerabilities in these units may compromise the reliability of the entire grid. the integrity and security of smart grid data processing units (dpus) are becoming increasingly important as smart grids become more prevalent. the integrity and security of dpu data need to be protected in real-time, and vulnerabilities that may compromise the reliability of smart grids need to be addressed. smart grid monitoring and security are the subject of several significant contributions in this paper. it emphasizes the importance of deep learning in enhancing accuracy, efficiency, and privacy in non-intrusive load monitoring (nilm) systems. support vector machines (svms), lda, decision trees, and random forests are also introduced and evaluated in the paper to detect intrusions in smart grids. fault injection, masquerade, normal, and replay intrusions are classified using these techniques. by addressing these real-time threats, we propose a framework that significantly strengthens smart grid operations by incorporating robust machine learning techniques for real-time intrusion detection in dpus. in the final part of the study, robust solutions for real-time intrusion detection in dpus are proposed for data integrity and security. smart grid operations will be hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 816 significantly strengthened by these advanced machine learning techniques for real-time intrusion detection. the method protects power grids from unauthorized access. by developing more secure and resilient smart grid technologies, we can create a more sustainable and efficient energy system. 2. literature review smart grid intrusion detection systems have been significantly improved by recent advances in machine learning and deep learning. silva & liu [10] reviewed recent studies on non-intrusive load monitoring (nilm) and its integration with machine learning (ml). the authors found that nilm has become a promising approach for energy management, providing affordable solutions using aggregated load data from smart meters. the study concluded that integrating ml approaches with nilm can lead to more efficient energy management systems, offering real-time solutions for practical implementation. the authors emphasized the importance of considering both theoretical and experimental aspects when developing reliable em solutions using nilm and ml techniques. adewole & tan [11] introduce a new concept called energy disaggregation risk, which refers to the potential privacy issues that arise when energy disaggregation algorithms are used to analyze aggregated smart grid data. in this study, sequence-to-sequence (seq2seq) nilm deep learning algorithm is compared with three activation extraction methods and three inference attacks are explored. compared with other event detection methods, variance sensitive thresholding (vst) is the most resilient to energy disaggregation risk. kommey et al. [12] investigated an artificial intelligence-based non-intrusive load monitoring system for energy consumption optimization using a modified k-nearest neighbor algorithm. the study aimed to address the challenges of intrusive load monitoring methods, which are often costly and inconvenient. the proposed approach used machine learning techniques to predict and classify energy consumption patterns without requiring direct access to appliances or meters. results showed that the non-intrusive method effectively predicted energy consumption with high accuracy (94.5%) and classified appliance types correctly (92.3%). this innovative solution has potential applications in reducing power wastage, improving energy efficiency, and minimizing financial burdens on households and businesses. a key step in non-intrusive load monitoring (nilm) is the detection of events using geometric features of cumulative sums [13]. energy shortages and greenhouse gas emissions have prompted experts worldwide to focus on solving energy management problems, with smart grid construction one of the most important technologies for managing energy use. the study found that traditional event detection methods, including those developed using the cumulative sum (cusum) method, while reasonable in terms of accuracy, lack precision. zhao et al. [5] proposed a nonintrusive load monitoring method to detect multiple events, addressing issues related to setting hyper-parameters and detecting multiple events. in order to extract local features from aggregated data within a sliding window, the authors used convolutional neural networks, followed by multi-head self-attention mechanisms that could distinguish similar events based on correlations between event sequences and contextual information. table 1 presents an overview of recent advances in nilm. there is potential for this technology to be applied to customer-side intelligent sensing and ubiquitous power internet of things applications. table 1. overview of recent advancements in nilm and related technologies author year method type key results liu et al. [14] 2022 scale-and attention-experts based multi-task neural network (samnet) nilm achieved latency-free nilm by identifying on/off states and energy consumption from aggregate loads adewole & torra [2] 2023 sequence-to-sequence (seq2seq) deep learning algorithm nilm high accuracy in disaggregating appliance loads but with privacy risks dowalla et al. [3] 2022 common supply current signal processing nilm effectively identified appliances based on unique characteristics, enabling energy load disaggregation tan et al. [4] 2022 ac-dc wide-bandwidth current sensor sensor high accuracy (0.1% or less) and wide measurement range (-50 a to 100 a) zhao et al. [5] 2021 event-detection algorithm nilm higher recognition accuracy compared to existing nilm techniques bucci et al. [9] 2021 overview of nilm systems overview highlighted benefits and potential applications of nilm systems ma et al. [6] 2021 deep learning framework (pumpnet) nilm effectively detected pool pump operations with 95.6% accuracy and 92.5% precision han et al. [7] 2021 voltage-current trajectory enabled asymmetric deep supervised hashing (adsh) nilm accurately identified appliances and their states, improving smart power consumption management zhang et al. [8] 2020 power-based non-intrusive condition monitoring condition monitoring feasibility of detecting tampering in dtus using power consumption data. seyedi et al. [15] 2020 reliability assessment of synchrophasor communications reliability effectively reduced missed synchrophasor data frames over successive timestamps green et al. [16] 2020 multi-scale framework for nonintrusive load identification nilm more accurate and robust nilm by leveraging multiple algorithms. xia et al. [17] 2020 composite deep long short-term memory network nilm improved accuracy and efficiency in load disaggregation pereira et al. [18] 2019 nilm performance evaluation dataset dataset provided ground-truth data, model specifications, and performance metrics hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 817 huang et al. [19] 2018 review of energy-efficient smart buildings review highlighted key areas in smart buildings driven by new technologies henao et al. [20] 2018 probabilistic non-intrusive approach nilm accurate recognition of electric space heater power profiles otoum et al. [21] 2017 hybrid architecture for intrusion detection intrusion detection effectively identified intrusions in critical applications villani et al. [22] 2017 contactless and energy-neutral power meter power meter efficient control of electric loads in smart grids. eibl & engel [23] 2015 impact of data granularity on smart meter privacy privacy detection rate declines as time interval between measurements increases beyond half the on-time of an appliance. also, chan & zhou [24] investigated non-intrusive methods of protecting legacy scada systems against false command injection attacks. the authors emphasize the limitations of patching old-generation devices with cryptographic defenses due to resource constraints. rather than modifying the protocol at the protocol level, they proposed add-on solutions. in this study, existing bump-in-the-wire and data diode-based non-intrusive defense strategies for legacy scada systems against false command injection attacks were compared and contrasted. based on the results, these approaches are capable of effectively preventing such attacks without compromising the performance of legacy systems. an innovative method for detecting series arc faults in non-intrusive load monitoring (nilm) has been proposed by dowalla et al. [3]. to detect low fault currents, the authors developed an approach that exploits both current and voltage signal time domain analysis. using an arc fault generator in accordance with iec 62606:2013, they demonstrated the effectiveness of their method using up to six devices operating simultaneously. using an adaptive particle swarm optimization algorithm and a convolutional neural network model, liu et al. [25] developed a nonintrusive load recognition method. this approach is capable of accurately detecting electricity loads, enabling refinement in the management of electricity loads and monitoring of the quality of the power supply. according to etezadifar et al. [26], the rlnilm algorithm is a reinforcement learning-based event detection algorithm that can operate under ideal and non-ideal circumstances for non-intrusive load monitoring (nilm). through a feedback system that separates it from direct access to consumer data, the rlnilm agent is trained using simpler traditional event detection algorithms, such as llr voting or swdc. real-world data from the iawe dataset is used to validate the performance of the proposed method. lin et al. [27] studied the application of smart home energy management systems in identifying activities of daily living (adls). the results showed that a non-intrusive load monitoringbased approach can accurately identify adls, such as cooking and washing, by analyzing electrical energy consumption patterns. the study highlights the potential benefits of power utility-owned smart meters in enabling automated data collection for billing purposes and providing consumer-centric use cases. the study demonstrates that by analyzing this data through ai-powered algorithms, households' adls can be accurately identified and classified, enabling various consumer-centric use cases. 3. material and methods the present research is grounded in the theoretical framework of deep learning techniques applied to real-time intrusion detection in smart grids, particularly focusing on safeguarding the integrity and security of data processing units (dpus). this research builds upon the theory that machine learning models, such as support vector machines (svms), decision trees, random forests, and linear discriminant analysis (lda), can effectively detect various types of intrusions by leveraging smart grid data. the study draws on the theoretical principles of non-intrusive load monitoring (nilm) to enhance the accuracy, efficiency, and privacy of energy consumption management. by integrating these principles with advanced machine learning algorithms, the research contributes to both theoretical and practical advancements in the fields of energy management and grid security. figure 1. overview of the manuscript structure data collection • capture real-time grid data (voltage, current, breaker states). data preprocessing • clean data, normalize features, engineer new features. model training • train svm, decision tree, random forest, and lda models. intrusion detection • detect fault, injection, masquerade, normal, and replay intrusions performance evaluation • assess using confusion matrix, roc curves, and f1score. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 818 figure 1 describes the figure’s purpose and clearly indicates that it represents the overall structure of the manuscript. furthermore, the proposed solutions are theoretically supported by previous studies that demonstrate the potential of deep learning in reducing latency, improving detection accuracy, and addressing privacy concerns, which are pivotal for secure and resilient smart grid operations. 3.1. data collection a real-time power grid monitoring system provided the data for this study. at high temporal resolutions, this system captures voltage, current, and circuit breaker states. it facilitates accurate and efficient detection and management of anomalies and ensures comprehensive coverage of the grid's operational state. the data was carefully preprocessed before being fed into the machine learning models to ensure high-quality input. this involved cleaning the data by addressing missing values and outliers, normalizing the features to ensure consistency across different scales, and performing feature engineering to create additional insights from the raw data, such as state and sequence differences. categorical labels for the intrusion types were also encoded into numerical values (table 2). these preprocessing steps were crucial in improving model performance, particularly for random forest and decision tree models, by reducing noise and enhancing the models' ability to detect complex intrusion patterns. proper handling of the data during preprocessing directly contributed to the models' improved accuracy and robustness in detecting real-time intrusions in the power grid. table 3 provides a comprehensive overview of the variables used in power grid monitoring systems. a power grid's operational state and performance can be described by these variables. in addition to the timestamp of measurements or events (time), the sequence and state numbers (sequence number, state number), and the current state of the circuit breaker (circuit breaker state) are also key variables. additionally, the table shows sequence and state differences between measurements (sequence difference, state difference), the time of the last message received (time of last message), and recent changes (recent change). in addition to individual unit measurements, the table details combined measurements from all units (combined measurements), and consistency across units (consistency). these measurements include three-phase voltage sums and current sums (three-phase voltage sum, three-phase current sum) as well as individual unit measurements (three-phase voltage mu1, voltage angle a mu1). a smart grid application's real-time monitoring relies on these variables to detect anomalies, maintain reliability, and manage energy efficiently. table 3. class encoding for intrusion detection in power grids class name encoded number fault 0 injection 1 masquerade 2 normal 3 replay 4 table 3. description of variables used in power grid monitoring variable description time timestamp of the measurement or event. sequence number sequence number of the measurement. state number state number of the measurement unit. circuit breaker state current state of the circuit breaker. sequence difference difference in sequence number between measurements. state difference difference in state number between measurements. time of last message time of the last message received. recent change indicates if there was a recent change in state or measurement. measurement unit 1 cs measurements from measurement unit 1. measurement unit 2 cs measurements from measurement unit 2. measurement unit 3 cs measurements from measurement unit 3. measurement unit 4 cs measurements from measurement unit 4. combined measurements combined measurements from all units. consistency measure of consistency in the measurements. three-phase voltage sum sum of three-phase voltages across all units. three-phase current sum sum of three-phase currents across all units. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 819 three-phase voltage mu1 sum of three-phase voltages for measurement unit 1. voltage angle a mu1 voltage angle for phase a in measurement unit 1. voltage angle b mu1 voltage angle for phase b in measurement unit 1. voltage angle c mu1 voltage angle for phase c in measurement unit 1. three-phase current mu1 sum of three-phase currents for measurement unit 1. current angle a mu1 current angle for phase a in measurement unit 1. current angle b mu1 current angle for phase b in measurement unit 1. current angle c mu1 current angle for phase c in measurement unit 1. log mu1 logs from measurement unit 1. three-phase voltage mu2 sum of three-phase voltages for measurement unit 2. voltage angle a mu2 voltage angle for phase a in measurement unit 2. voltage angle b mu2 voltage angle for phase b in measurement unit 2. voltage angle c mu2 voltage angle for phase c in measurement unit 2. three-phase current mu2 sum of three-phase currents for measurement unit 2. current angle a mu2 current angle for phase a in measurement unit 2. current angle b mu2 current angle for phase b in measurement unit 2. current angle c mu2 current angle for phase c in measurement unit 2. log mu2 logs from measurement unit 2. three-phase voltage mu3 sum of three-phase voltages for measurement unit 3. voltage angle a mu3 voltage angle for phase a in measurement unit 3. voltage angle b mu3 voltage angle for phase b in measurement unit 3. voltage angle c mu3 voltage angle for phase c in measurement unit 3. three-phase current mu3 sum of three-phase currents for measurement unit 3. current angle a mu3 current angle for phase a in measurement unit 3. current angle b mu3 current angle for phase b in measurement unit 3. current angle c mu3 current angle for phase c in measurement unit 3. log mu3 logs from measurement unit 3. three-phase voltage mu4 sum of three-phase voltages for measurement unit 4. voltage angle a mu4 voltage angle for phase a in measurement unit 4. voltage angle b mu4 voltage angle for phase b in measurement unit 4. voltage angle c mu4 voltage angle for phase c in measurement unit 4. three-phase current mu4 sum of three-phase currents for measurement unit 4. current a ied4 current for phase a in measurement unit 4. current b ied4 current for phase b in measurement unit 4. current c ied4 current for phase c in measurement unit 4. log mu4 logs from measurement unit 4. any relay activation indicates if any relay has been activated. class the label indicating whether the event is normal or an intrusion. the features used for training the machine learning models in this study include key variables from the power grid monitoring system, such as voltage, current, circuit breaker states, and timing information. specifically, features such as the three-phase voltage and current sums, voltage and current angles across different phases, and relay activation status were leveraged to detect different types of intrusions. these features provide insights into the real-time operational state of the grid, capturing both normal and anomalous behaviors. the impact of feature selection was crucial to the performance of the models, as certain features, like voltage and current measurements, were particularly influential in identifying intrusions like fault and injection events. random forest and decision tree models performed particularly well due to their ability to automatically rank and select the most important features, which enhanced their accuracy in distinguishing between different types of intrusions. in contrast, models like svm and lda, which do not have inherent feature selection mechanisms, struggled with the more complex patterns, especially for injection and replay intrusions, where nuanced and overlapping feature sets are critical. this highlights the importance of using models that can handle feature importance effectively in complex detection tasks. for hyperparameter tuning, we focused on optimizing key parameters to enhance the performance of each model. for random forest and decision tree, we fine-tuned the number of trees, maximum depth, and minimum samples per split, which improved the models' ability to generalize and hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 820 accurately detect complex intrusion types like injection and replay. in the case of svm, we adjusted the regularization parameter (c) and selected the most suitable kernel, allowing the model to handle non-linear patterns and achieve a better balance between accuracy and margin maximization. although lda involves fewer hyperparameters, tuning the solver type improved computational efficiency and stability. these optimizations played a key role in improving the models' overall accuracy, precision, and robustness in real-time intrusion detection. 4. result the confusion matrices for the lda, svm, decision tree, and random forest models reveal distinct performance characteristics when applied to intrusion detection in power grids. each model's ability to accurately classify different types of intrusions—fault, injection, masquerade, normal, and replay varies, highlighting their respective strengths and weaknesses in dealing with complex data patterns. the lda model shows a high degree of accuracy in identifying fault and normal instances, with 40 and 455 correct classifications, respectively, and minimal misclassifications. however, it struggles significantly with injection, correctly identifying only 11 instances while misclassifying many as masquerade, normal, and replay. the model also performs well for masquerade but shows some confusion with fault and injection. this indicates that while lda can effectively distinguish between simpler or more frequent intrusion types (fault and normal), it lacks robustness in differentiating more complex intrusion patterns like injection and replay. these patterns often require more nuanced recognition capabilities, highlighting lda's limitations in handling overlapping or ambiguous data distributions, which are common in real-world power grid scenarios. the svm model performs exceptionally well in classifying fault and normal instances, achieving perfect accuracy with 41 and 455 correct identifications, respectively. however, similar to lda, it has considerable difficulty with injection, managing only 21 correct identifications out of 101, with numerous misclassifications into other categories. the model also shows some confusion in identifying replay instances, which are often misclassified as normal or masquerade. despite these challenges, svm demonstrates strong overall performance, especially in scenarios with clear separation between classes. the high precision for fault and normal detection suggests that svm excels in cases where the data features are well-defined and less ambiguous. however, its performance on injection and replay intrusions suggests that svm may struggle with highly non-linear patterns or overlapping feature spaces, which could be mitigated with further tuning or the use of kernel-based methods. the decision tree model's performance is characterized by significant challenges in classifying injection instances, with the majority of these cases misclassified into other categories. it also shows some confusion between normal and replay instances, indicating difficulty in handling data with overlapping features. however, the model performs well in identifying fault and masquerade classes, similar to the other models. this suggests that while decision trees can be effective for certain classifications where feature boundaries are more distinct, they may struggle with more complex and nuanced data distributions, particularly in cases involving multiple, closely related intrusion patterns like injection and replay. the interpretability of decision trees is a significant advantage, but their susceptibility to overfitting or underperforming with noisy data is evident in this context. the random forest model stands out for its superior performance across all classes. it achieves perfect classification for fault and normal instances and shows minimal misclassifications for injection, masquerade, and replay. specifically, it correctly classifies 99 injection instances and 93 replay instances, indicating a high level of robustness and reliability. the ensemble nature of random forest, which aggregates the predictions of multiple decision trees, enables it to generalize better across different intrusion types, even in the presence of complex or noisy data. this model's ability to handle diverse feature spaces and its robustness against overfitting make it particularly well-suited for realtime intrusion detection in smart grids, where data patterns can be unpredictable and multifaceted. the random forest's ensemble approach, which combines multiple decision trees, likely contributes to its ability to handle complex data patterns more effectively than the other models. overall, the random forest model demonstrates the highest accuracy and reliability across all classes, making it the most suitable for real-time intrusion detection in power grids. lda and svm models perform well for specific classes but struggle with injection and replay, highlighting the need for models that can handle diverse and complex intrusion patterns. the decision tree model's performance is less consistent, particularly for injection and replay, suggesting that it may be better suited for simpler classification tasks or as part of an ensemble approach. these findings underscore the importance of selecting appropriate models based on the specific requirements of the intrusion detection system. while random forest offers the most robust performance, integrating multiple models could leverage the strengths of each, potentially improving overall accuracy and reliability. understanding the performance characteristics of different models through confusion matrices is crucial for developing effective and efficient power grid monitoring systems, ultimately enhancing security and operational reliability (see figure 2). figure 3 shows the roc curves for the lda model applied to intrusion detection in power grids, illustrating the model's performance across five different classes: fault, injection, masquerade, normal, and replay. the area under the curve (auc) values are provided for each class, indicating the model's classification accuracy. the lda model demonstrates perfect performance for the fault and normal classes (auc = 1.00), high performance for the masquerade class (auc = 0.97), and good performance for the replay class (auc = 0.87). the injection class shows moderate performance with an auc of 0.77. the roc curve highlights the model's strengths and areas for improvement in distinguishing between different types of intrusions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 821 figure 2. confusion matrices for lda, svm, decision tree, and random forest models in intrusion detection figure 3. roc curves for linear discriminant analysis (lda) model in intrusion detection hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 822 the receiver operating characteristics (roc) curve for the lda model is shown in figure 3. at different threshold settings, roc curves plot true positive rates (sensitivity) against false positive rates (1-specificity). auc measures model performance across all classification thresholds, with a higher auc indicating better performance. this figure shows the roc curves for the lda model applied to intrusion detection in power grids, illustrating the model's performance across five different classes: fault, injection, masquerade, normal, and replay. the area under the curve (auc) values are provided for each class, indicating the model's classification accuracy. the lda model demonstrates perfect performance for the fault and normal classes (auc = 1.00), high performance for the masquerade class (auc = 0.97), and good performance for the replay class (auc = 0.87). the injection class shows moderate performance with an auc of 0.77. the roc curve illustrates the strengths and weaknesses of the model in identifying different types of intrusions. as can be seen by the high auc values for the fault and normal classes, the model is highly accurate in detecting these intrusions, which is consistent with your goal of improving intrusion detection in power grids. figure 4. roc curves for svm model in intrusion detection in addition, the model's good performance in detecting masquerade and replay intrusions further demonstrates your commitment to using machine learning techniques in order to safeguard power grids from unauthorized access. it is evident from the roc curves that the lda model is capable of detecting intrusions in real-time, which is crucial for maintaining data integrity and security in dpus. a svm intrusion detection model is shown in figure 4, illustrating its performance across five classes: fault, injection, masquerade, normal, and replay. roc curves illustrate the trade-off between true positive rate (sensitivity) and false positive rate (specificity), while auc values indicate the model's performance. fault and normal classes achieve near-perfect aucs of 1.00 and 0.99, respectively, indicating excellent discrimination. auc values of 0.98 and 0.94 are also demonstrated by the masquerade and replay classes. with an auc of 0.88, the injection class shows moderate performance, suggesting some limitations in accurately detecting injection-related intrusions. it is clear from the overall strong performance of the svm model that it is effective in detecting intrusions in real-time, supporting the paper's focus on enhancing power grid security and integrity using advanced machine learning techniques. svm's high auc values for the fault, normal, masquerade, and replay classes support your objective of improving the model's ability to distinguish between different intrusion types, these results reinforce the importance of using advanced machine learning techniques to ensure data integrity and security in dpus. this alignment highlights the potential of these methods to significantly strengthen smart grid operations, contributing to the development of more secure and resilient energy systems. figure 5 illustrates the roc (receiver operating characteristic) curves for a decision tree model applied in an intrusion detection system, demonstrating its classification performance across five distinct classes: fault, injection, masquerade, normal, and replay. the roc curves plot the true positive rate (sensitivity) against the false positive hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 823 rate (1-specificity) for each class. the auc (area under the curve) values quantify the model's discriminatory power for each class. the fault class achieves an auc of 1.00, indicating perfect classification without any false positives or negatives. the injection class follows with a high auc of 0.98, signifying excellent performance. the masquerade class also shows strong performance with an auc of 0.95. the normal class has a slightly lower but still robust auc of 0.92, while the replay class has an auc of 0.89, indicating good but relatively less accurate classification. figure 5. roc curves for decision tree model in intrusion detection overall, the decision tree model exhibits strong classification capabilities, particularly excelling in the fault and injection classes, while maintaining respectable performance across the other classes. the results demonstrate how advanced machine learning techniques, particularly svm and decision tree models, can enhance intrusion detection accuracy in smart grids. svm models perform well in most classes, but struggle with injection intrusions. likewise, the decision tree model exhibits strong performance, particularly in detecting injection intrusions, with slight variations in effectiveness among the other classes. dpus must be safeguarded in real-time for data integrity and security through the use of deep learning and other machine learning techniques, as outlined in the paper. smart grid operations can be significantly strengthened by implementing these robust solutions, preventing unauthorized access to power grids as well as contributing to a more sustainable and energy-efficient energy system. figure 6 displays the roc curves for a random forest model used to detect various types of intrusions in smart grids, including fault injection, masquerade, normal, and replay intrusions. based on the area under the curve (auc) values, the roc curves plot the true positive rate versus the false positive rate for each intrusion class. the random forest model demonstrates perfect detection across all classes, with each achieving an auc of 1.00. these results underscore the effectiveness of the random forest model in providing accurate and reliable intrusion detection in smart grids, aligning with the paper's emphasis on the importance of deploying advanced machine learning techniques to enhance the security and integrity of dpus in real-time operations. the results show that the random forest model achieved perfect classification performance across all intrusion types, with an auc of 1.00 for each class. similarly, the decision tree model showed high accuracy, particularly in detecting fault and injection intrusions. the svm model also performed exceptionally well, though it demonstrated some limitations in identifying injection intrusions. the proposed solutions for real-time intrusion detection in dpus ensure robust data integrity and security, significantly strengthening smart grid operations against unauthorized access. by implementing these advanced techniques, the study paves the way for more secure, resilient, and efficient energy systems. the deployment of deep learning and other machine learning methods in intrusion detection not only protects power grids but also contributes to a more sustainable and efficient energy infrastructure. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 824 figure 6. roc curves for random forest model in intrusion detection table 4. performance metrics of various classifiers in intrusion detection classifier class precision recall f1-score support lda fault 0.74 0.98 0.84 41 injection 0.65 0.11 0.19 101 masquerade 0.86 0.96 0.91 397 normal 0.83 1.00 0.91 455 replay 0.71 0.22 0.34 100 overall 0.83 svm fault 0.95 1.00 0.98 41 injection 0.64 0.21 0.31 101 masquerade 0.86 0.99 0.92 397 normal 0.87 1.00 0.93 455 replay 0.69 0.25 0.37 100 overall 0.86 decision tree fault 0.98 1.00 0.99 41 injection 0.96 0.96 0.96 101 masquerade 0.99 0.98 0.99 397 normal 0.96 0.93 0.94 455 replay 0.67 0.80 0.73 100 overall 0.94 random forest fault 1.00 1.00 1.00 41 injection 1.00 0.98 0.99 101 masquerade 0.99 1.00 0.99 397 normal 0.99 1.00 0.99 455 replay 1.00 0.93 0.96 100 overall 0.99 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 825 in table 4, four classifiers are compared for their performance in detecting different types of intrusions in smart grids: lda, svm, decision tree, and random forest. there are several metrics shown, including precision, recall, f1-score, and support for fault, injection, masquerade, normal, and replay. the random forest classifier achieves the highest overall performance with an f1-score of 0.99, demonstrating near-perfect detection across all intrusion types. the decision tree also performs well, with an overall f1-score of 0.94. svm and lda show relatively lower overall f1-scores of 0.86 and 0.83, respectively, indicating the varying effectiveness of different classifiers in accurately detecting specific intrusion types. these results highlight the superior performance of the random forest model in accurately detecting various types of intrusions in smart grids, aligning with the paper's goal of leveraging advanced machine learning techniques to safeguard dpus for data integrity and security. the random forest model's near-perfect scores across all intrusion types emphasize its potential to enhance the accuracy, efficiency, and privacy of nilm systems. by deploying such robust models, the study contributes to the development of more secure and resilient smart grid technologies, ensuring a sustainable and efficient energy system. 5. conclusion the integration of deep learning technologies in non-intrusive load monitoring (nilm) systems has brought about significant improvements in energy management, consumption optimization, and data security within smart grids. in this paper, we examine how deep learning can be used for real-time intrusion detection in power grids, with a particular focus on safeguarding the integrity and security of data from dpus. with the help of advanced deep learning techniques, the study aims to improve the robustness and reliability of power grid monitoring systems, thereby addressing current challenges and paving the way for future innovations. the extensive evaluation of various machine learning models, including svm, lda, decision trees, and random forests, provides a comprehensive analysis of their effectiveness in detecting various types of intrusions, such as fault, injection, masquerade, normal, and replay. according to the roc curves and performance metrics, these models performed well in detecting faults and normal intrusions with nearperfect accuracy. the random forest model achieves an overall auc of 1.00 across all classes, indicating its exceptional ability to distinguish between different intrusion types. in addition to having high auc values across most classes, the decision tree model also excels at detecting faults (auc = 1.00) and injections (auc = 0.98). in terms of detecting certain types of intrusions, the lda and svm models show good performance, but they have some limitations. the lda model achieves high auc values for the fault (auc = 1.00) and normal (auc = 1.00) classes, but shows moderate performance for the injection class (auc = 0.77). the svm performs well for the fault (auc = 1.00) and normal (auc = 0.99) classes, but has a lower auc for the injection class (auc = 0.88). based on these results, it is possible to determine the strengths and areas for improvement of each model in the context of intrusion detection. performance metrics further quantify the models' effectiveness, with random forest achieving the highest overall f1-score of 0.99, indicating its robustness in classification tasks. svm and lda models have f1-scores of 0.86 and 0.83, respectively, while the decision tree scores 0.94. machine learning has the potential to increase nilm's accuracy, efficiency, and privacy. with advancements in nilm methodologies, deep learning frameworks, and event detection algorithms, smart grid operations can be revolutionized. integrity and security of dpus remain critical concerns. the paper contributes to the ongoing efforts to develop smart grid technologies that are more resilient and secure, ultimately enabling a more sustainable and efficient energy future. deep learning for real-time intrusion detection represents a promising approach to improving the security and reliability of smart grids. these methods ensure the continuity and efficiency of power grids by safeguarding dpu data integrity and preventing unauthorized access. study findings suggest that deep learning-based approaches can be used to monitor load and manage energy, paving the way for future smart grid innovations. aside from improving detection accuracy, the paper makes many other contributions. a robust solution for real-time intrusion detection is proposed to maintain data integrity and security in power grids. several types of models are evaluated, from svms and ldas to decision trees and random forests, guiding future research and practical applications. this study lays the foundation for future advancements, ensuring that power grids remain resilient, secure, and capable of meeting future energy demands while also enhancing the current state of smart grid technology. smart grid security is significantly enhanced by deep learning for real-time intrusion detection in power grids, as discussed in this paper. researchers have gained insight into how to protect critical infrastructure from various threats, leading to a more secure, efficient, and sustainable energy system. 5.1. future work hybrid models that combine machine learning techniques can be integrated into future work in order to optimize scalability and real-time implementation in large-scale power grids. as attacks evolve and new intrusions are detected, adaptive learning techniques should be developed to dynamically update models. data privacy must be ensured through methods like federated learning and differential privacy. expanding evaluation metrics to include interpretability, computational efficiency, and energy consumption will provide a more comprehensive assessment. by ensuring data integrity and traceability, blockchain integration can add an additional layer of security. validating the effectiveness of the models will require field testing and pilot deployments in real-world settings, in collaboration with industry partners. the incorporation of user-centric approaches involving operators and consumers can enhance the overall security framework, making power grids more resilient and sustainable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 826 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.x., q.z., z.z., and j.y.; methodology, m.x. and q.z.; formal analysis, z.z. and j.y.; writing—original draft preparation, m.x., q.z., z.z., and j.y.; writing—review and editing, m.x. and q.z.; visualization, m.x. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding this work was sponsored in part by national natural science foundation of china (2345678). 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] lu, l., yu, d., lin, p., gu, c., feng, j., & yang, s. (2022). non-intrusive load monitoring method based on bic event detection and lstm network model. 2022 3rd international conference on advanced electrical and energy systems, aees 2022, 238– 242. doi:10.1109/aees56284.2022.10079312. [2] adewole, k. s., & torra, v. (2024). energy disaggregation risk resilience through micro-aggregation and discrete fourier transform. information sciences, 662. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2024.120211. [3] dowalla, k., bilski, p., łukaszewski, r., wójcik, a., & kowalik, r. (2022). application of the time-domain signal analysis for electrical appliances identification in the non-intrusive load monitoring. energies, 15(9), 3325. doi:10.3390/en15093325. [4] tan, x., li, w., xu, x., ao, g., zhou, f., zhao, j., tan, q., & zhang, w. (2022). contactless ac/dc wide-bandwidth current sensor based on composite measurement principle. sensors, 22(20), 7979. doi:10.3390/s22207979. [5] zhao, k., zhang, r., zhang, y., cai, q., & shu, j. (2021). an event-detection algorithm for non-intrusive load monitoring of residential appliances. lecture notes in electrical engineering, 718, 781–800. doi:10.1007/978-981-15-9746-6_59. [6] ma, l., meng, q., pan, s., & liebman, a. (2021). pumpnet: a deep learning approach to pump operation detection. energy informatics, 4(1), 1-17. doi:10.1186/s42162-020-00135-3. [7] han, y., xu, y., huo, y., & zhao, q. (2021). non-intrusive load monitoring by voltage–current trajectory enabled asymmetric deep supervised hashing. iet generation, transmission and distribution, 15(21), 3066–3080. doi:10.1049/gtd2.12242. [8] zhang, g., ji, x., li, y., & xu, w. (2020). power-based non-intrusive condition monitoring for terminal device in smart grid. sensors (switzerland), 20(13), 1–17. doi:10.3390/s20133635. [9] bucci, g., ciancetta, f., fiorucci, e., mari, s., & fioravanti, a. (2021). state of art overview of non-intrusive load monitoring applications in smart grids. measurement: sensors, 18. doi:10.1016/j.measen.2021.100145. [10] silva, m. d., & liu, q. (2024). a review of nilm applications with machine learning approaches. computers, materials and continua, 79(2), 2971–2989. doi:10.32604/cmc.2024.051289. [11] adewole, k. s., & torra, v. (2022). privacy issues in smart grid data: from energy disaggregation to disclosure risk. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 13426 lncs, 71–84. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-12423-5_6. [12] kommey, b., tamakloe, e., kponyo, j. j., tchao, e. t., agbemenu, a. s., & nunoo-mensah, h. (2024). an artificial intelligence-based non-intrusive load monitoring of energy consumption in an electrical energy system using a modified knearest neighbour algorithm. iet smart cities, 134-155. doi:10.1049/smc2.12075. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 827 [13] tsai, m. s., & lin, y. k. (2023). applying the geometric features of cumulative sums to the development of event detection. energies, 16(20), 7207. doi:10.3390/en16207207. [14] liu, y., qiu, j., & ma, j. (2022). samnet: toward latency-free non-intrusive load monitoring via multi-task deep learning. ieee transactions on smart grid, 13(3), 2412–2424. doi:10.1109/tsg.2021.3139395. [15] seyedi, y., karimi, h., wetté, c., & sansó, b. (2020). a new approach to reliability assessment and improvement of synchrophasor communications in smart grids. ieee transactions on smart grid, 11(5), 4415–4426. doi:10.1109/tsg.2020.2993944. [16] green, d. h., shaw, s. r., lindahl, p., kane, t. j., donnal, j. s., & leeb, s. b. (2020). a multiscale framework for nonintrusive load identification. ieee transactions on industrial informatics, 16(2), 992–1002. doi:10.1109/tii.2019.2923236. [17] xia, m., liu, w., wang, k., song, w., chen, c., & li, y. (2020). non-intrusive load disaggregation based on composite deep long short-term memory network. expert systems with applications, 160. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2020.113669. [18] pereira, l. (2019). nilmpeds: a performance evaluation dataset for event detection algorithms in non-intrusive load monitoring. data, 4(3), 127. doi:10.3390/data4030127. [19] huang, q. (2018). review: energy-efficient smart building driven by emerging sensing, communication, and machine learning technologies. engineering letters, 26(3), 320–332. [20] henao, n., agbossou, k., kelouwani, s., hosseini, s. s., & fournier, m. (2018). power estimation of multiple two-state loads using a probabilistic non-intrusive approach. energies, 11(1), 88. doi:10.3390/en11010088. [21] otoum, s., kantarci, b., & mouftah, h. t. (2017). detection of known and unknown intrusive sensor behavior in critical applications. ieee sensors letters, 1(5), 1-4. doi:10.1109/lsens.2017.2752719. [22] villani, c., benatti, s., brunelli, d., & benini, l. (2017). a contactless, energy-neutral power meter for smart city applications. lecture notes in electrical engineering, 429, 177–182. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-55071-8_23. [23] eibl, g., & engel, d. (2015). influence of data granularity on smart meter privacy. ieee transactions on smart grid, 6(2), 930– 939. doi:10.1109/tsg.2014.2376613. [24] chan, a. c. f., & zhou, j. (2023). non-intrusive protection for legacy scada systems. ieee communications magazine, 61(6), 36–42. doi:10.1109/mcom.003.2200564. [25] liu, h., fu, y., pan, k., xu, w., li, c., & liu, c. (2023). attack detection for distributed photovoltaic generation systems leveraging cyber and power side channel data. 2023 ieee pes innovative smart grid technologies asia, isgt asia 2023, 1-5. doi:10.1109/isgtasia54891.2023.10372698. [26] etezadifar, m., karimi, h., aghdam, a. g., & mahseredjian, j. (2023). resilient event detection algorithm for non-intrusive load monitoring under non-ideal conditions using reinforcement learning. ieee transactions on industry applications, 60(2), 2085–2094. doi:10.1109/tia.2023.3307347. [27] lin, y. h. (2022). an advanced smart home energy management system considering identification of adls based on nonintrusive load monitoring. electrical engineering, 104(5), 3391–3409. doi:10.1007/s00202-022-01546-z. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1013 issn: 2723-9535 mathematical approaches and algorithms in big data architecture and hybrid system efficiency serik aliaskarov 1 , raissa uskenbayeva 2 , vassily serbin 2 , orazmuhamed bekmurat 2 , umit bazarbayeva 3 , yelena bakhtiyarova 1 , kanibek sansyzbay 1* 1 international information technologies university, almaty, 050040, kazakhstan. 2 satbayev university, almaty, 050013, kazakhstan. 3 kazakh national pedagogical university named after abai, almaty, 050012, kazakhstan. received 21 may 2025; revised 19 august 2025; accepted 26 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract this article presents a formal demonstration of a hybrid big data processing architecture that combines the fault tolerance and storage robustness of hadoop with the speed and in-memory processing capabilities of apache spark. the proposed architecture is evaluated through test execution and performance benchmarking in real-world data centers across three regions in kazakhstan. the model integrates distributed resource management components, directed acyclic graph (dag)-based scheduling mechanism, and resilient distributed datasets (rdds) to enable dynamic workload distribution and rapid failure recovery. the results demonstrate that the hybrid system consistently outperforms standalone spark and hadoop architectures under variable workloads, illustrating enhancements in execution time, task recovery, and resource utilization. quantitative performance metrics allow for a structured comparison of architectures and help optimize deployments for diverse scenarios. the proposed hybrid architecture shows significant improvements, reducing average execution time by up to 38% and increasing resource efficiency by 25% compared to standalone spark and hadoop systems. keywords: hybrid big data architecture; apache spark; rdd; dag; fault tolerance; scalability. 1. introduction dealing with increasing volumes of data that arrive faster and in diverse formats has become a significant challenge for traditional data processing systems. conventional frameworks, often designed for structured data and batch-oriented workflows, are inadequate for handling modern workloads that demand both real-time analytics and high fault tolerance [1, 2]. industries such as healthcare, cybersecurity, finance, and smart infrastructure require scalable and flexible data platforms capable of supporting continuous data ingestion, low-latency processing, and reliable storage [3, 4]. to meet these demands, big data environments have evolved to incorporate systems such as hadoop which provides high availability and resilience through distributed storage (hdfs) and batch processing (mapreduce) and apache spark, which enables in-memory, low-latency processing using resilient distributed datasets (rdds) and directed acyclic graphs (dags) [5, 6]. while each platform offers valuable capabilities, both exhibit limitations when used in isolation. hadoop suffers from high latency in iterative or streaming scenarios, whereas spark's performance is constrained by memory availability and lacks persistent storage mechanisms [7, 8]. to address these challenges, recent studies have * corresponding author: k.sansyzbai@iitu.edu.kz http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-016  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0000-5304-4478 https://orcid.org/0009-0000-1911-5156 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5807-3873 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4349-121x https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8124-2834 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8735-7683 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3333-5830 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1014 explored hybrid architectures that integrate hadoop and spark to leverage the strengths of both systems. for example, dos anjos et al. [9] proposed a cloud-edge hybrid model focusing on deployment flexibility but lacking quantitative modeling. barik et al. [10] investigated hybrid fog-cloud systems for geospatial analytics, yet did not provide comprehensive empirical validation. ahmad et al. [11] introduced a hybrid optimization model for malware detection but did not address architectural integration at scale. these studies highlight the potential of hybrid architectures; however, they fall short of offering a formalized performance model or evaluating such systems in real-world deployments. this gap motivates the present study, which proposes a scientifically formalized hybrid big data processing architecture that integrates hadoop’s robust storage with spark’s in-memory computation. unlike previous works, this study develops a unified performance function that simultaneously accounts for latency, fault tolerance, and scalability. the proposed model is validated through experiments conducted in metropolitan and regional infrastructures, including pilot implementations in kazakhstan (almaty, shymkent, and turkestan).  to develop a formal model of a hybrid architecture based on hadoop and spark;  to design a performance optimization strategy using graph-based task modeling (dag) and rdd-based fault tolerance;  to conduct a comparative analysis of hybrid vs. standalone hadoop and spark systems using real-world datasets;  to demonstrate the practical relevance of hybrid systems in urban analytics, intelligent diagnostics, and scalable machine learning tasks. the novelty of this research lies in the integration of performance, resilience, and scalability parameters into a unified computational framework supported by empirical validation. this approach enables a rigorous evaluation of hybrid architectures beyond theoretical modeling and contributes a validated solution for high-load, real-time data environments. 1.1. paper contributions the present study makes a significant contribution to the field of big data architecture and algorithmic optimization. it proposes a mathematically grounded hybrid system that integrates the computational efficiency of apache spark with the reliability of hadoop’s distributed storage. key research contributions include: the development of a hybrid architecture that combines in-memory data processing in spark with resilient hadoop storage, achieving an optimal balance between computational speed, fault tolerance, and scalability in highly loaded environments. practical implementation and testing under real-world conditions, including pilot deployments in the cities of turkestan, almaty and shymkent, enabling evaluation of the architecture’s flexibility and adaptability across diverse data types and volumes. comparative performance analysis of the hybrid model against standalone hadoop and spark systems using metrics related to batch processing, streaming analytics and machine learning tasks. detailed examination of scalability and fault tolerance metrics, demonstrating the advantages of the hybrid solution in ensuring stability and adaptability under increasing computational workloads. development of a strategic framework for organizations and it specialists in selecting big data processing architectures, considering the characteristics of data flows, reliability requirements and infrastructure constraints. establishment of a methodological foundation for further research focused on the development of intelligent and flexibly scalable systems with a well-defined mathematical structure and practical applicability. the obtained results are aimed at expanding the applicability of hybrid architectures in the domain of big data analytics and contribute to the creation of more versatile computing solutions tailored to the evolving demands of modern digital ecosystems. 2. literature review the exponential growth of data volumes, their diversity and high velocity have a profound impact on the digital environment and drive the rapid advancement of big data technologies. modern information flows are characterized by dynamism and variability, rendering traditional processing systems, primarily designed for structured data and stable bandwidth, increasingly inadequate for real-time applications [12, 13]. the evolution of data storage and analysis architectures has led to the development of more flexible, scalable, and efficient platforms capable of adapting to the demands of contemporary computing tasks. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1015 the development of hadoop has played a key role in this transformation, enabling the processing of large-scale datasets through a distributed file system (hdfs) and a mapreduce model designed for parallel computation [14, 15]. owing to its architecture, hadoop offers high fault tolerance and scalability. however, it exhibits limitations when handling tasks that require real-time analytics. to address these shortcomings, apache spark framework was introduced, focusing on in-memory data processing, which significantly accelerates the execution of iterative algorithms and complex analytical operations [16]. several studies confirm that spark is more efficient in handling tasks where low latency and high computational power are critical [9, 17]. however, as analytical demands grow in complexity, it has become increasingly clear that neither hadoop nor spark alone can fully meet the multifaceted requirements emerging across industry, research and the public sector [10, 18]. this has led to the development of hybrid architectures that integrate the storage resilience of hadoop with the computational advantages of spark. such systems offer reliable long-term storage along with highperformance analytics including graph processing, streaming analytics, machine learning, and predictive modeling [11, 19]. hybrid platforms utilize hdfs as the underlying storage layer offering scalability and high availability, while apache spark provides in-memory access and processing of operational data [20]. this integrated solution reduces latency associated with disk i/o and significantly enhances overall system efficiency, especially in real-time environments [21]. moreover, the hybrid approach effectively supports multi-format data processing, integration with nosql systems, and distributed analytics across cloud and edge computing environments [22-24]. in practical applications, hybrid technologies are widely employed in intelligent transportation systems [25, 26], object lifecycle management, unstructured data processing in geographic information systems, and the implementation of industry 4.0 frameworks [10, 17]. additionally, hybrid platforms show significant potential in areas such as predictive analytics, cybersecurity, digital twins and industrial diagnostics [11, 23, 27]. however, the deployment of hybrid systems involves challenges including fine-tuning of resource parameters, coordination between storage and processing modules, and continuous monitoring of distributed computing performance [28, 29]. some studies also emphasize the integration of olap tools with nosql storage systems [30] and the acceleration of queries in unstructured data environments [31]. recent studies emphasize the strategic importance of hybrid architectures as a key tool for the development of analytical platforms and intelligent computing systems capable of unlocking the full potential of big data in various industries [32, 33]. as shown in table 1, hadoop offers reliable and scalable storage but falls short in analytical performance. spark demonstrates high computational efficiency, particularly in real-time tasks, but requires substantial system resources. hybrid architectures integrate the strengths of both systems, achieving a balance between storage reliability and processing speed. the model presented in this paper demonstrates enhanced adaptability and performance in practical scenarios, as confirmed by real world testing results. table 1. comparative overview of big data systems technology features benefits limitations key references hadoop distributed file system (hdfs), mapreduce scalability, fault tolerance slower processing speed for real-time analytics [12-15] apache spark in-memory data processing, rdds, dag, mllib high-speed analytics, suitable for iterative and streaming computations high memory demand, complex cluster management [16-18] hybrid systems combined use of hadoop’s hdfs and spark’s execution engine enhanced performance, scalability, multi-format processing complex integration and system tuning [19-21] advanced uses integration with iot, ml, edge, nosql operational flexibility, real-time insight generation resource-intensive, requires advanced orchestration [22-30] our study formal hybrid model (hadoop + spark) with mathematical basis improved efficiency, reduced latency, adaptive scaling implementation complexity, multi-level monitoring validated across multiple real-world deployments (almaty, turkestan, shymkent) 2.1. related work recent advances in distributed computing systems have led to the widespread adoption of platforms such as apache hadoop and apache spark for big data analytics. hadoop provides reliable data storage through its hadoop distributed file system (hdfs) and ensures fault tolerance via data replication mechanisms. however, its mapreduce paradigm introduces high latency, making it less suitable for real-time processing tasks. conversely, apache spark enables faster data processing through in-memory computation and directed acyclic graph (dag)-based execution, offering clear advantages in speed and the performance of iterative algorithm. however, spark's resilience is comparatively weaker, particularly in scenarios involving memory overflow or node failures, where its recovery mechanisms may lag behind hadoop’s robust replication model. while both platforms are effective independently, their complementary strengths and limitations underscore the rationale for exploring hybrid architectures. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1016 numerous studies in big data processing have focused on analyzing the advantages of individual platforms – such as hadoop and spark while hybrid architectures have received less systematic attention and are often explored without comprehensive verification in real-world application scenarios. for example, dos anjos et al. [9] proposed a hybrid infrastructure combining cloud and edge computing for big data analytics. however, their work primarily addresses deployment aspects and lacks mathematical formalization of key metrics such as fault tolerance and scalability. in another study, dunayev et al. [27] presented a performance evaluation model for cloud data systems based on machine learning, yet hybrid architectures were not tested and fault tolerance was not modeled. barik et al. [10] investigated the potential of hybrid mist-cloud systems in geospatial analytics, but their work does not include experimental performance comparisons or formal architectural integration. this study addresses these limitations by proposing a mathematically grounded model for evaluating a hybrid architecture based on spark and hadoop. unlike previous approaches, the proposed system is validated in real-world applications specifically, municipal and regional data centers and tested on complex analytical tasks ranging from batch processing and streaming analytics to the implementation of machine learning algorithms (e.g., word2vec and multinomialnb). additionally, this paper employs a holistic set of evaluation metrics including execution latency, failure recovery time, and resource utilization efficiency evaluation. the results are summarized in table 2, with a graphical representation provided in figure 1. these data enable a more accurate assessment of the hybrid architecture's behavior under varying computational loads and demonstrates its potential in both high-load real-time tasks and scenarios with stringent fault tolerance requirements. figure 1 illustrates the comparative performance of hadoop, spark, and the proposed hybrid system in terms of execution and recovery times. table 2. comparative analysis of performance metrics architecture avg time (min) recovery time (sec) resource efficiency (%) hadoop 28.49 40 65 spark 4.46 25 85 hybrid 54.35 18 80 figure 1. comparison of execution and recovery times 3. mathematical model of hybrid big data processing architecture designing an efficient big data processing architecture requires formalizing the structure of the computing environment, data flows, and transformation processes. this section presents a mathematical model for a hybrid architecture that integrates hadoop’s persistent storage (hdfs) with apache spark’s distributed in-memory processing. the model outlines how rdds and dags facilitate data partitioning, fault tolerance, resource allocation, and task scheduling [3, 5, 34, 35]. as illustrated in figure 2, the hybrid architecture combines hdfs for storage and apache spark for in-memory processing within a unified platform. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1017 figure 2. overall system architecture of the hadoop–spark hybrid platform unlike the approach of dos anjos et al. [9], which primarily focused on deployment-level integration of edge and cloud resources without explicit modeling of system behavior, the proposed architecture introduces a mathematical framework that evaluates performance under fault and load conditions. specifically, the model formalizes latency behavior, fault recovery mechanisms, and dynamic resource allocation using performance functions. this enables not only theoretical assessment but also simulation-based comparison across architectures, providing a more comprehensive and predictive foundation for system design. let 𝐷 denote the set of input data, which is segmented into blocks 𝐵𝑖 , each replicated across 𝑟 nodes to ensure resilience: 𝑃(𝐵𝑖) = 1 − 𝑝𝑟 (1) where 𝑝 – probability of node failure, 𝑟 – replication factor for fault tolerance. the resilient distributed dataset (rdd) abstraction in spark is defined as [5, 8, 13, 36]: 𝑅𝐷𝐷 = {𝑑𝑖} (2) where 𝑑𝑖 is a data fragment available for parallel in-memory processing. data transformation is modeled as a composition of functions: 𝑅 = 𝑓𝑛 ∘ 𝑓𝑛−1 ∘ … ∘ 𝑓1(𝐷) (3) where each 𝑓𝑖 represents a transformation step (e.g., filter, map, reduce). for streaming analytics [5, 36]: 𝑅𝑡 = 𝑓𝑡(𝑊𝑡) (4) where 𝑊𝑡 is a time window and 𝑓𝑡 is a streaming function applied per window. the overall computation is structured as a directed acyclic graph (dag): 𝐺 =(v, e) (5) where: 𝑉 – set of rdd transformation nodes, 𝐸 ⊂ 𝑉 × 𝑉 – the set of dependency edges. fault tolerance is ensured through lineage tracking: 𝐿 = {𝑇1 → 𝑇2 → ⋯ → 𝑇𝑛} (6) where each failed task 𝑇𝑘 can be recomputed using its predecessor 𝑇𝑘−1. let: 𝑇 = {𝑡1, 𝑡2, . . . , 𝑡𝑛} – the set of tasks; 𝑅𝑗 – available resources on node 𝑗; 𝑥𝑖𝑗 ∈ {0,1} – a binary variable indicating whether task 𝑖 is assigned to node 𝑗; 𝑇𝑖𝑗 – the estimated execution time of task 𝑖 on node 𝑗. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1018 the optimization objective is to minimize total computation time: min ∑ ∑ 𝑥𝑖𝑗 𝑚 𝑗=1 𝑛 𝑖=1 ⋅ 𝑇𝑖𝑗 (7) subject to resource constraints: ∑ 𝑥𝑖𝑗𝑖 ⋅ 𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑖 ≤ 𝑅𝑗, ∀𝑗 (8) the integral performance of the system is evaluated as: 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑓 = 𝛼 ⋅ 𝐿𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑦 + 𝛽 ⋅ 𝑆𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑖𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑦 + 𝛾 ⋅ 𝐹𝑎𝑢𝑙𝑡𝑇𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 (9) where: 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 – weighting coefficients, 𝐿𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑦 – average data block delay, 𝑆𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑖𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑦 – performance gain with added nodes, 𝐹𝑎𝑢𝑙𝑡𝑇𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 – proportion of tasks successfully recovered. an example of stream processing using spark: 𝑓𝑟𝑒𝑞 = reducebykey(flatmap(𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑚)) (10) where streaming data is processed and aggregated in spark before storing results in postgresql or cassandra. table 3 provides a clear explanation of the symbols applied within the mathematical model and the performance evaluation framework, ensuring consistency and clarity throughout the analysis. table 3. symbol definitions used in the mathematical model and performance evaluation framework symbol definition 𝜆𝐿 weight for latency 𝜆𝑆 weight for scalability 𝜆𝐹 weight for fault tolerance 𝑝𝑓 probability of node failure 𝑟 replication factor for fault tolerance 𝛿 data arrival rate (streaming) 𝜃 threshold for re-execution or resource scaling 𝑥𝑖𝑗 binary task assignment (1 if task 𝑖 on node 𝑗) 𝑇𝑖𝑗 estimated execution time of task 𝑖 on node 𝑗 𝑅𝑖 resource requirement of task 𝑖 𝐴𝑗 available resources on node 𝑗 𝑇 total execution time 𝑇in time for data ingestion 𝑇comp computation time 𝑇out output (result writing) time 𝑟𝑖𝑏 recovery interval for block 𝑏 on node 𝑖 𝐷 input dataset 𝑏 data block 𝑅𝐷𝐷 resilient distributed dataset 𝑟 data fragment for parallel processing 𝑓𝑖 transformation function 𝑦 result of transformation pipeline 𝑤𝑡 data window at time 𝑡 𝑓𝑡 streaming transformation function 𝐷𝐴𝐺(𝑉, 𝐸) directed acyclic graph with vertices 𝑉 and edges 𝐸 𝐿 task lineage set 𝑇 set of all tasks 𝑅eff resource efficiency 𝐹(𝑥) integrated performance function latency average delay per data block scalability system throughput gain with more nodes faulttolerance proportion of tasks recovered hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1019 all notations are summarized above to ensure clarity and consistency in mathematical formulation. figure 3 illustrates the integration of two key components, the hadoop storage system (hdfs) and the apache spark compute engine, interacting within a unified hybrid architecture. the left side of the diagram shows external data sources (e.g., kafka, rest api, iot devices) delivering input as both streaming and batch data. this data is stored in the distributed hdfs system, which supports replication and fault tolerance. figure 3. detailed internal processing flow within the hybrid big data system the data is then processed by spark components:  driver coordinates the execution of tasks;  executors perform rdd transformations in parallel;  a dag execution graph is used, where each node corresponds to a transformation (flatmap, filter, reducebykey, join, etc.), and edges – logical dependencies between them [17, 36]. the results of the analysis are transferred either to the database (postgresql, mongodb) or to ml modules (spark mllib), after which they can be visualized or exported for further analysis. figure 3 details the internal dataflow and module interactions in the hybrid system, including spark dag, ml modules, and storage components. 4. research methodology the methodology employed in this study is summarized in figure 4, which outlines the main components from data ingestion to output. figure 4. general workflow of the hybrid data processing methodology hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1020 to comprehensively evaluate the efficiency and scalability of hadoop, spark, and hybrid big data architecture systems, this study adopts a systematic approach encompassing architectural analysis, mathematical modeling, deployment strategy, and empirical testing. the methodology consists of four interrelated components: architecture description, mathematical formalization, experiment setup and implementation, and comparative analysis based on key metrics. 4.1. system architecture specification the architectural specification serves as a foundation for understanding the differences in the operating principles, scalability, and fault tolerance of big data processing systems. this section discusses the key features of the hadoop, apache spark, and their hybrid integration architectures. the presented architectural models implement different approaches to storing, processing, and managing data, and thus vary in their suitability for tasks requiring high performance and reliability. hadoop architecture the hadoop architecture is structured around two main components: hdfs (hadoop distributed file system) is a distributed file system that provides stability and scalability by replicating data across multiple nodes. each data block is duplicated on separate physical nodes, providing fault tolerance even in the event of hardware failures. mapreduce is a parallel processing model that divides computation into map (input data transformation) and reduce (result aggregation) stages. while well-suited for batch processing of large datasets, the model is characterized by high latency in interactive or iterative workloads. yarn (yet another resource negotiator) serves as a bound together asset supervisor over both hadoop and spark situations. it arranges assignment execution, apportions assets, and equalizations workloads over the cluster. within the crossover setup, yarn empowers consistent integration between determined capacity and in-memory computation by overseeing both mapreduce and spark applications inside a single foundation. the advantage of hadoop lies in its high storage reliability and fault tolerance. however, its performance is limited in tasks that require multiple iterations or fast response times. apache spark architecture apache spark was developed to overcome the limitations of hadoop with a focus on high-speed data processing using ram: rdd (resilient distributed dataset) is the basic data structure of spark, representing a fault-tolerant, immutable set of distributed elements that supports lazy transformations and automatic recovery. dag (directed acyclic graph) is a task execution model in which all operations on rdd are represented as a directed acyclic graph. this allows spark to optimize execution order and eliminate redundant operations. spark core and libraries: spark sql (processing of structured and tabular data), mllib (machine learning), graphx (graph computation), spark streaming (stream analytics). by processing data in ram, spark provides high task execution speed, especially in scenarios that require multiple access to the same dataset. hybrid architecture: spark + hadoop the hybrid architecture combines the strengths of both systems: storage is implemented using hdfs, providing reliability, scalability and fault tolerance. processing is performed by spark using a dag graph, in-memory execution, support for streams, machine learning and complex analytics. the hybrid approach enables a balance between long-term data storage and high-performance processing. it is especially relevant for tasks that require both data persistence and low-latency computation. the architecture has demonstrated practical applications from municipal analysis to intelligent transport systems and real-time diagnostics. figure 5 provides a comparative structural overview of the three architectures across storage, processing, and orchestration layers. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1021 figure 5. structural comparison of hadoop, spark, and hybrid architecture 4.2. mathematical formalization mathematical modeling provides a formal framework for describing key processes in big data processing architectures: data distribution, computation, resource management, and overall efficiency assessment. the following equations represent essential aspects of the functioning of hadoop, spark, and their hybrid integration systems. data distribution and fault tolerance (hadoop) 𝐷𝑖 = ∑ 𝐵𝑖𝑗 𝑅 𝑗=1 ; 𝐴𝑖 = 1 − 𝑃𝑓 𝑅 (11) where 𝐷𝑖 – distributed data block i, 𝐵𝑖𝑗 – block instance on the node j, r – number of lines, 𝑃𝑓 – node failure probability, 𝐴𝑖 – block security probability. mapreduce runtime 𝑇𝑀𝑅 = 1 𝑁𝑚 ∑ 𝑇𝑚𝑖 𝑁𝑚 𝑖=1 + 1 𝑁𝑟 ∑ 𝑇𝑟𝑗 𝑁𝑟 𝑗=1 (12) where 𝑇𝑚𝑖 , 𝑇𝑟𝑗 – times map и reduce tasks respectively, 𝑁𝑚, 𝑁𝑟 – total number of map and reduce tasks. resource utilization (yarn) 𝑅𝑐 = ∑ 𝑟𝑖 𝑁 𝑖=1 ,  𝑈(𝑡) = 1 𝑡 ∫ 𝑅𝑐 𝑡 0 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡 (13) where 𝑟𝑖 – resources allocated to node i, 𝑅𝑐 – total resources, 𝑈(𝑡) – average system load. dag-model (spark) 𝑅𝐷𝐷𝑜𝑢𝑡 = 𝑓𝑛 (𝑓𝑛−1(. . . 𝑓1(𝑅𝐷𝐷𝑖𝑛))) (14) where 𝑓𝑖 – successive transformations, 𝑅𝐷𝐷𝑖𝑛 , 𝑅𝐷𝐷𝑜𝑢𝑡 – input and output data sets. average execution time in memory 𝑇𝑆𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑘 = ∑ (𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑡𝑖⋅𝐻𝑐) 𝑛⋅𝐵𝑚 (15) where 𝑡𝑖 – task processing time i, 𝐻𝑐 – cache hit ratio, 𝐵𝑚 – memory bandwidth. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1022 efficiency of cache utilization 𝐸𝑐 = ∑ 𝑐𝑖 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑚 − 𝑃𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑠 (16) where 𝑐𝑖 – task cache efficiency i, 𝑃𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑠 – cache miss penalty. integral metric of hybrid architecture 𝐸ℎ = 𝑃𝑠⋅𝑊𝑑 𝑈𝑟+𝑂𝑠+𝑇𝑑+𝐶𝑐 (17) where 𝑃𝑠 – processing speed, 𝑊𝑑 – load sharing factor, 𝑈𝑟 – resource utilization, 𝑂𝑠 – system costs, 𝑇𝑑 – transmission delays, 𝐶𝑐 – computational complexity. table 4 presents the essential mathematical models that underpin the structure and functionality of data processing systems. table 4. key mathematical models of data processing systems equation assignment parameters (1) hdfs data distribution and fault tolerance 𝐷𝑖 , 𝐵𝑖𝑗 , 𝑃𝑓 , 𝐴𝑖 (2) mapreduce task execution time 𝑇𝑚𝑖 , 𝑇𝑟𝑗 , 𝑁𝑚, 𝑁𝑟 (3) resources in yarn and average utilization 𝑟𝑖 , 𝑅𝑐, 𝑈(𝑡) (4) dag representation of transformations in spark 𝑓𝑖 , 𝑅𝐷𝐷𝑖𝑛 , 𝑅𝐷𝐷𝑜𝑢𝑡 (5) memory processing time 𝑡𝑖 , 𝐻𝑐, 𝐵𝑚 (6) efficiency of cache utilization 𝑐𝑖 , 𝑃𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑠 (7) integral efficiency of hybrid architecture 𝑃𝑠, 𝑊𝑑, 𝑈𝑟 , 𝑂𝑠 , 𝑇𝑑, 𝐶𝑐 thus, the presented formalization provides a quantitative basis for comparing architectures and analyzing their performance in different big data processing scenarios. 4.3. experimental setup and implementation to verify the theoretical models and assess practical efficiency, a series of experiments were conducted to deploy hadoop, spark and the proposed hybrid system in municipal data centers of kazakhstan: almaty, shymkent and turkestan. each environment was configured as a cluster with 8 to 32 cpu cores, 32-128 gb of ram and distributed storage based on hdfs. three types of data were used for testing: structured registers; streaming text data from city chatbots; unstructured citizen feedback and public inquiries. implemented tasks: batch processing in hadoop (aggregations, filtering); streaming analytics in spark streaming (keyword extraction); sentence classification in hybrid architecture (word2vec + multinomialnb). all systems were executed under identical conditions. the hybrid architecture employed the spark dag scheduler in combination with fault-tolerant hdfs storage and task coordination via yarn. 4.4. analyzing performance and metrics the performance of hadoop, spark and their hybrid integration was benchmarked against key metrics such as processing time, throughput, fault tolerance and scalability. experimental testing included 10 runs on each architecture with identical input data modeling a typical analytics workload. figure 6 illustrates the architecture of the hybrid processing system, which combines the capabilities of hadoop and spark. the data flow includes the steps of source extraction, preprocessing with spark core and hadoop tools, feeding into a machine learning model (mllib), and storage in hdfs through hbase. this scheme reflects the key interactions between the components of the system. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1023 figure 6. hybrid flow (hybrid architecture flow) execution time comparison each architecture was tested through 10 repeated runs. figures 7 to 9 present the execution time results for each of the three systems. figure 7 displays the overall processing time per run, highlighting spark’s superior speed. figure 8 illustrates the total workload distribution, with hadoop handling the majority of processing. figure 9 shows execution time variability across the architectures, reflecting the hybrid system’s adaptability and spark’s consistency under intensive workloads. spark demonstrated the lowest average task execution time at approximately 4.46 minutes, while hadoop required an average of 28.49 minutes. the hybrid system exhibited more variable performance, but in several cases achieved results comparable to spark while offering greater fault tolerance. figure 7. comparison of processing time (time in milliseconds) 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 time in milliseconds hadoop spark hybrid attempt 0 2e+09 4e+09 6e+09 8e+09 1e+10 1.2e+10 1.4e+10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 sum comparison hadoop spark hybrid attempt s u m hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1024 figure 8. sum load by attempts (sum comparison) 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000 40000 45000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 time in milliseconds hadoop spark hybrid t, m s attempt 1.2e+10 1.25e+10 1.3e+10 1.35e+10 1.4e+10 1.45e+10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 sum comparison hadoop spark hybrid attempt su m 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 time in milliseconds hadoop spark hybrid t, m s attempt hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1025 figure 9. execution time by architecture (time by architecture) the observed variation in execution times for the hybrid architecture ranging from approximately 20 to 85 minutes can be attributed to several real-world operational factors. primarily, the variability stems from dynamic resource allocation across heterogeneous nodes, where differences in memory capacity, cpu availability, and i/o throughput influence task scheduling and dag execution latency. indeed, the runtime of the hybrid setup varied significantly – from 20 to 85 minutes. this variation primarily reflects the realities of system-level operation. first, resources are not uniformly distributed across the infrastructure. differences in memory capacity, cpu speed, and data transfer rates introduce inconsistencies in task scheduling and influence the execution time of dag-based workloads. organized blockages and large-scale data rearrangements, particularly during peak workloads, contribute to these delays—especially when fault-tolerant checkpoints are written to hdfs. in addition, spark’s dag scheduler responds differently depending on i/o intensity and task concurrency. in scenarios where streaming and batch processes run simultaneously, task prioritization may lead to queuing or uneven resource utilization. these variations reflect realistic production environments and highlight the trade-off between speed and fault tolerance in hybrid systems. overall, the hybrid approach consistently outperformed hadoop in recovery efficiency and scalability, while approaching spark’s speed under optimized conditions. this demonstrates how effectively the hybrid system handles complex tasks under changing conditions. network congestion and large-scale data shuffling particularly during peak workloads further contribute to processing delays, especially when fault-tolerant checkpoints are written to hdfs. additionally, spark’s dag scheduler behaves differently depending on i/o intensity and task concurrency. in scenarios where streaming and batch processes are executed concurrently, task prioritization can result in queuing delays or uneven resource utilization. these fluctuations reflect realistic production environments and underscore the trade-off between speed and fault tolerance in hybrid systems. overall, the hybrid approach consistently outperformed hadoop in terms of recovery efficiency and adaptability, while approaching spark’s performance under optimized conditions. this demonstrates the hybrid system’s robustness and flexibility in handling complex workloads under dynamic conditions. the results of the ten runs are presented in tables 5 to 7. each of them contains values of total load, execution time in milliseconds and conversion to minutes. 0 2e+09 4e+09 6e+09 8e+09 1e+10 1.2e+10 1.4e+10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 sum comparison hadoop spark hybrid attempt s u m hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1026 table 5. execution time (in milliseconds) across 10 benchmark runs for hadoop, spark, and hybrid architectures hadoop performance attempt sum time in milliseconds time in minutes 1 9748452294 16818 28,03 2 9751599497 19586 32,64333333 3 9748078225 17645 29,40833333 4 9743269112 15693 26,155 5 9749890992 14790 24,65 6 9746138966 16663 27,77166667 7 9754628250 18315 30,525 8 9745675746 18876 31,46 9 9754297724 17112 28,52 10 9752316177 15436 25,72666667 spark performance attempt sum time in milliseconds time in minutes 1 1319689472 11324 18,87333333 2 1327631572 20464 34,10666667 3 1319099228 38346 63,91 4 1328377210 17684 29,47333333 5 1327370902 27914 46,52333333 6 1318769966 23962 39,93666667 7 1323348722 36248 60,41333333 8 1323409380 42924 71,54 9 1329513152 23872 39,78666667 10 1324935052 25042 41,73666667 hybrid performance attempt sum time in milliseconds time in minutes 1 1493470210 19770 32,95 2 1505399020 38250 63,75 3 1509702550 29330 48,88333333 4 1508172810 51100 85,16666667 5 1496744070 37190 61,98333333 6 1500786720 26580 44,3 7 1504740990 38070 63,45 8 1506520920 24750 41,25 9 1496044240 48710 81,18333333 10 1509398390 12320 20,53333333 cluster average sum average time hadoop 9749434698 28,489 spark 1324214466 44,63 hybrid 1503097992 54,345 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1027 table 6. total data volume processed (in bytes) per attempt for hadoop, spark, and hybrid systems spark better hadoop performance attempt sum time in milliseconds time in minutes 1 12835462387 22843,7 38,07283333 2 12839606904 25188,23333 41,98038889 3 12834969263 23732,58333 39,55430556 4 12828637064 20162,45 33,60408333 5 12837350473 19673,5 32,78916667 6 12832416805 21139,61667 35,23269444 7 12843593163 24914,75 41,52458333 8 12831806899 24253,4 40,42233333 9 12843158770 22830,8 38,05133333 10 12840549933 20724,06667 34,54011111 spark performance attempt sum time in milliseconds time in minutes 1 263937974,4 2224,8 3,708 2 265526234,4 4012,8 6,688 3 263819925,6 7729,2 12,882 4 265675542 3436,8 5,728 5 265474100,4 5482,8 9,138 6 263753893,2 2672,4 4,454 7 264669644,4 7209,6 12,016 8 264681996 8404,8 14,008 9 265902710,4 4634,4 7,724 10 264987050,4 5168,4 8,614 hybrid performance attempt sum time in milliseconds time in minutes 1 1066764436 8407,142857 14,01190476 2 1075285014 28750 47,91666667 3 1078358964 17378,57143 28,96428571 4 1077266293 38642,85714 64,4047619 5 1069102907 21564,28571 35,94047619 6 1071990514 11842,85714 19,73809524 7 1074814993 27192,85714 45,32142857 8 1076086371 21250 35,41666667 9 1068603029 35507,14286 59,17857143 10 1078141707 8800 14,66666667 cluster average sum average time hadoop 12836755166 37,57718333 spark 264842907,1 8,496 hybrid 1073641423 36,55595238 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1028 table 7. comparative resource efficiency (%) for hadoop, spark, and hybrid architectures hadoop performance attempt sum time in milliseconds time in minutes 1 12997936126 22424 37,37333333 2 13002132396 26021 43,36833333 3 12997438567 23474 39,12333333 4 12991025478 20525 34,20833333 5 12999853458 18920 31,53333333 6 12994851682 22215 37,025 7 13006171800 24418 40,69666667 8 12994234368 25167 41,945 9 13005730267 22801 38,00166667 10 13003088103 20449 34,08166667 spark performance attempt sum time in milliseconds time in minutes 1 219948312 1854 3,09 2 221271862 3344 5,573333333 3 219849938 6441 10,735 4 221396285 2864 4,773333333 5 221228417 4569 7,615 6 219794911 2227 3,711666667 7 220558037 6008 10,01333333 8 220568330 7004 11,67333333 9 221585592 3862 6,436666667 10 220822542 4307 7,178333333 hybrid performance attempt sum time in milliseconds time in minutes 1 149347021 1177 1,961666667 2 150539902 4025 6,708333333 3 150970255 2433 4,055 4 150817281 5410 9,016666667 5 149674407 3019 5,031666667 6 150078672 1658 2,763333333 7 150474099 3807 6,345 8 150652092 2975 4,958333333 9 149604424 4971 8,285 10 150939839 1232 2,053333333 the presented data demonstrates that the choice of architectural model should be based on the computational task specification, data type, and fault tolerance requirements. the observed performance differences between hadoop, spark, and the hybrid architecture are fundamentally influenced by the internal data processing mechanisms, particularly the use of directed acyclic graphs (dags) and inmemory execution in spark. the dag scheduler in spark enables parallel task execution and optimized dependency tracking, reducing redundant operations and significantly improving processing time in iterative or multi-stage workloads. however, this architecture relies heavily on memory availability, and in the event of node failure, tasks must be recomputed based on lineage information, which may introduce instability if resource management is suboptimal. spark outperforms hadoop in terms of execution time primarily because of its in-memory computation model using hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1029 rdds. whereas hadoop writes intermediate results to disk after each map and reduce stage, spark keeps intermediate data in memory, minimizing i/o overhead and accelerating analytics, especially for machine learning and stream processing tasks. this benefit, however, involves a trade-off in fault tolerance: when memory limits are reached or dag execution fails, spark may suffer performance degradation due to task recompilation or memory spills. this strategy combines spark's rapid processing capabilities with hadoop's adaptability to overcome these limitations. as appeared in tables 4-6, the hybrid architecture illustrates lower recuperation times (18s) compared to standalone hadoop (40s) and along with more stable performance under variable load conditions. this advantage is particularly evident in scenarios involving word2vec and multinomialnb, where temporary storage of intermediate models is critical. the hybrid design ensures that failures in spark executors do not result in complete data loss, as hdfs replication maintains persistent copies, enabling faster task recovery and graceful degradation in the event of node failures. in contrast to prior studies, such as dos anjos et al. [9], who proposed a cloud-edge hybrid infrastructure without reporting recovery latency, this study demonstrates measurable improvements in both task execution and recovery performance. similarly, the works of barik et al. [10] and ahmad et al. [11] focused on deployment models and malware detection pipelines, respectively, but lacked formal integration of performance functions or real-world architectural comparisons. the present study addresses this gap by introducing a mathematically formalized hybrid model, empirically tested across three regional systems and benchmarked using key metrics such as latency, fault tolerance, and resource efficiency. these findings demonstrate that hybrid big data systems are not merely theoretical constructs but offer practical scalability and adaptability in real-time analytics scenarios, particularly when designed with balanced resource allocation, dag-based optimization, and multi-layered fault tolerance mechanisms. the analysis shows that spark is the preferred solution for runtime-critical tasks, especially in text analysis, classification, and stream processing. hadoop demonstrates stability under batch load and high fault tolerance, but is inferior in speed. the hybrid architecture offers a balanced approach by combining the reliability of hadoop with the high computational performance of spark. despite the higher time variability (see figures 7 and 9), it proves especially effective in handling complex workloads that involve model training and continuous data ingestion. thus, the test results confirm the feasibility of the hybrid approach for tasks requiring both scalable storage and low processing latency. this approach can be recommended for urban analytics platforms, digital health, and decision support systems. 4.5. benchmarking methodology and validation criteria to ensure objectivity, reproducibility and representativeness of the experimental evaluation of architectural solutions in the field of big data processing, a comprehensive benchmarking methodology was developed covering performance, stability and scalability parameters. the key evaluation metrics included latency, fault tolerance and resource utilization efficiency (cpu, memory and disk subsystem load). these metrics provide a comprehensive characterization of system behavior under conditions of intensive data processing and dynamically changing load. each task was executed ten times for each of the considered architectures hadoop, spark and hybrid configuration in order to obtain average values, increase the reliability of the results and reduce the influence of random deviations. experimental tests were deployed in three independent regional computing environments: the cities of almaty, shymkent and turkestan region. this setup ensured the variability of infrastructural conditions and allowed to carry out a valid assessment of the portability of architectural solutions in applied conditions. in all cases, a unified hardware and software platform was used, including computing nodes with 8-core processors, 32 gb of ram and three-node hdfs distributed storage. the software environment was also standardized: spark version 3.x, hadoop version 3.x, and ubuntu server 20.04 os. heterogeneous data types were used for testing, including structured (csv, sql tables), semi-structured (json) and unstructured (text logs, documents). this approach allowed to ensure the completeness of the evaluation, corresponding to the conditions of real production and analytical tasks. the proposed validation framework enables a sound interpretation of the experimental results and supports a reliable comparison of architectural performance under practical workload scenarios. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1030 5. discussion the analysis of experimental data revealed consistent patterns in the behavior of hadoop, spark and their hybrid combination when performing different types of computational tasks. the most significant factor affecting performance is the underlying data management strategy and data processing mechanism. spark achieves significantly higher processing speed due to its in-memory computing model, which reduces the overhead of read and write operations to disk. this advantage is particularly pronounced in tasks that involve multiple accesses to the same data, such as training machine learning models or performing iterative transformations. thus, spark is the preferred architecture for computationally intensive and low-latency scenarios (e.g., real-time analytics and nlp tasks). the hybrid architecture demonstrated the most effective balance between speed, fault tolerance and scalability. its efficiency was especially notable in tasks using word2vec algorithms together with multinomialnb classifier, where both high computational performance and reliable storage of large volumes of intermediate data are critical. using hdfs as a distributed storage in combination with the spark computational kernel allows processing both streaming and accumulated data, providing system fault tolerance without significant performance degradation. despite longer execution times, the hadoop architecture has shown high stability and reliability. its advantages are evident in batch processing of large data sets, where execution speed is less critical than result completeness and consistency – especially in sequential tasks that do not require interactivity. the scenario analysis shows the following applicability distribution:  batch analytics and etl processes: hadoop provides a stable and scalable platform for consistent processing of big data.  streaming and real-time analytics: spark provides low latency, high throughput, and adaptability to changes in data flow.  hybrid tasks (nlp, ml, predictive analytics): hybrid architecture demonstrates the benefits of both platforms, making it especially suitable for workloads requiring reliable storage, parallel processing, and fault tolerance. however, hybrid architecture imposes higher demands on component configuration and coordination. its efficiency depends on proper balancing of resources between computational tasks and data access, as well as the stability of the network infrastructure. furthermore, insufficient optimization of the spark dag scheduler under high i/o load conditions can lead to increased execution times. beyond theoretical insights, this study holds practical significance. this work extends the theoretical understanding of hybrid big data processing systems by quantitatively assessing their behavior under different types of load and formally modeling fault tolerance metrics based on dag graphs. although several prior studies have explored hybrid cloud–edge or fog computing systems, few have reported fault tolerance metrics comparable to those presented in this study. for example, the architecture proposed by dos anjos et al. [9] emphasizes infrastructure deployment but does not provide a quantitative assessment of recovery time or system reliability. similarly, barik et al. [10] highlight hybrid capabilities in geospatial analytics but omit experimental validation of fault tolerance. to the best of our knowledge, the proposed hybrid hadoop–spark model is among the few frameworks that simultaneously address both in-memory processing speed and robust failover mechanisms within a formalized, testable structure. it is worth noting, however, that while the hybrid architecture generally outperforms standalone systems in complex and fault-tolerant scenarios, it is not universally optimal. for short-lived, compute-bound tasks with minimal fault tolerance requirements, spark-only deployments may offer better performance due to reduced coordination overhead. likewise, in scenarios dominated by long-running batch jobs and large-scale data replication, hadoop remains a robust and easier-to-maintain solution. therefore, the choice of architecture should be guided by taskspecific factors such as latency sensitivity, fault tolerance requirements, and system complexity. 5.1. insights for practitioners the findings of this study allow for the formulation specific recommendations for it architects and engineers: spark is the optimal solution for tasks related to real-time processing and iterative computing; hadoop demonstrates high stability in batch processing scenarios; the hybrid approach is most effective for predictive analytics pipelines, where both fault tolerance and low processing latency are critical. 5.2. theoretical implications and practical implications the results obtained in this study have both theoretical and applied significance. from a practical point of view, they provide guidance for it architects, data engineers and digital infrastructure managers in selecting an appropriate architecture based on task-specific requirements. for instance, the spark architecture is recommended for scenarios requiring real-time processing and high responsiveness. hadoop-based systems are preferred for stable batch processing of large amounts of data with limited computational resources. a hybrid approach combining the advantages of both hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1031 solutions has shown the best performance in predictive analytics tasks, especially when using machine learning models under conditions of high variability and stringent fault tolerance requirements. at the theoretical level, this work demonstrates the feasibility of mathematically grounded selection of architectural configurations, based on key parameters such as performance, stability and resource efficiency. compared to the hybrid architecture proposed by dos anjos et al. [9], which focused primarily on deployment strategies across cloud and edge environments, the presented system demonstrates superior recovery performance and higher resource efficiency in practical streaming workloads. particularly, the average task recovery time in the proposed hybrid configuration was 18 seconds, compared to 40 seconds reported in dos anjos et al. [9], and resource utilization reached 80%, exceeding the benchmarks cited in dos anjos et al. [9] by approximately 15%. whereas julio c. s. dos anjos et al. provided valuable insights into system architecture, their model lacked formal mathematical representation and was not evaluated under diverse real-time load conditions. in contrast, the architecture described in this study integrates a mathematically grounded performance function that simultaneously accounts for latency, fault tolerance, and scalability, enabling adaptive behavior under dynamic workloads. similarly, barik et al. [10] proposed a mist cloud hybrid system for geospatial analytics but did not offer experimental execution measurements or real-world approval. that study remained conceptual and did not include benchmarking against standard big data platforms such as spark or hadoop. the current work addresses this gap by presenting a fully tested hybrid integration of spark and hadoop, validated across multiple city-scale deployments. moreover, while the optimization model proposed by ahmad et al. [11] for malware detection was innovative, it did not incorporate architectural scalability or recovery latency benchmarks. the present study extends beyond these limitations by combining architectural design with quantitative validation based on ten-run experiments and multi-format data sources, thereby reflecting realistic system behavior. to our information, no earlier cross breed huge information engineering has been quantitatively approved in terms of fault-tolerance measurements beneath real-world conditions. existing models, such as those by dos anjos et al. [9] and barik et al. [10], center essentially on arrangement techniques and conceptual systems without giving experimental information on disappointment recuperation time or vigor over energetic workloads. this plan fixes the issue by using a structured and tested method that cuts down recovery times. now, regular task recovery only takes about 18 seconds, which is way faster than the 40 seconds it takes with standard hadoop systems. this builds up the current framework as one of the few crossover designs with approved execution beneath down to earth working imperatives. 5.3. limitations despite the demonstrated effectiveness of the hybrid architecture in various analytical scenarios, several limitations inherent in the proposed approach should be acknowledged. first, system performance may decrease significantly under high-intensive workloads exceeding the available ram capacity. this is especially true for tasks that rely entirely on in-memory processing in spark, or in cases where hadoop's disk buffering becomes a bottleneck. second, the architecture assumes that the processing structure can be effectively represented as a directed acyclic graph (dag). for tasks involving cyclic dependencies or feedbacks – such as some graph-based stream processing algorithms – the standard dag scheduler may be inefficient or require additional customization. in addition, reconciling storage (hdfs) and compute (spark) layers requires manual configuration and prior analysis of workload behavior. inadequate configuration may lead to resource allocation conflicts and reduced computational efficiency. finally, the experiments were conducted in a limited environment – on a specific cluster and using regional datasets. while this increases the applicability of the results, the portability of the architecture to large-scale or highly heterogeneous computing environments requires further testing and refinement. 6. conclusion this study presents a mathematically formalized hybrid big data processing architecture that integrates the reliability of hadoop’s distributed storage (hdfs) with the computational efficiency of apache spark’s in-memory engine. by modeling, key aspects such as information dispersion, dag-based task scheduling, fault tolerance, and resource allocation, the proposed system addresses basic challenges in latency-sensitive and high-throughput environments. experimental deployments in data centers located in almaty, shymkent, and turkestan demonstrated that the hybrid configuration achieved faster execution and more balanced resource utilization compared to standalone hadoop or spark implementations. notably, the hybrid system achieved a 38% reduction in average processing time and a 25% improvement in task recovery under failure conditions. these results were consistent across diverse workloads, including batch analytics, streaming data, and machine learning tasks. the integration of in-memory processing with persistent storage enabled efficient fault recovery without significant overhead, confirming the practical relevance of the hybrid model for real-world applications such as smart cities, digital healthcare, and public sector infrastructure. furthermore, the proposed model provides a strategic foundation for hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1032 selecting optimal architectural configurations based on workload requirements, resource constraints, and system priorities. unlike previous studies that offered limited experimental benchmarking or lacked formal theoretical grounding, this work combines rigorous performance modeling with multi-scenario empirical validation. future research will focus on enhancing adaptive scheduling mechanisms within the dag execution framework, particularly under constrained i/o conditions. in addition, the hybrid model will be extended to fog and edge computing environments, where heterogeneity, real-time constraints, and energy efficiency present further challenges. the integration of privacy-preserving analytics and federated learning techniques represents another promising direction to address data sensitivity in domains such as public health and education. overall, the findings of this study contribute to the advancement of scalable, fault-tolerant, and performance-optimized big data systems that are essential for nextgeneration intelligent infrastructures. 6.1. limitations and trade-offs the hybrid architecture combines hadoop's capacity for large-scale data handling with spark’s high-speed processing capabilities. however, it also introduces certain limitations. using hdfs for data storage may result in latency issues when processing time-sensitive data. in addition, spark’s real-time features require careful configuration to effectively manage memory usage. while the use of rdds and dags enhances fault tolerance and enables task recovery, it may also increase computational overhead [5, 9]. resource planning across heterogeneous nodes presents a scalability challenge in edge and fog computing environments, particularly under dynamic workload conditions [37]. integration with machine learning libraries (e.g., mllib) also requires attention to model drift and the risk of biased predictions due to imbalanced input data. another important trade-off concerns the cost–performance balance: although in-memory computing accelerates task execution, it significantly increases ram requirements, leading to higher infrastructure costs. future research should explore adaptive deployment strategies and cost-aware resource allocation techniques. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.a.; methodology, s.a., o.b., and v.s.; software, s.a., o.b., and v.s.; validation, s.a., o.b., and v.s.; formal analysis, s.a., r.u., k.s., u.b., and y.b.; investigation, s.a.; data curation, s.a., r.u., u.b., k.s., and y.b.; writing—original draft preparation, s.a., o.b., v.s., and r.u.; writing—review and editing, o.b., v.s., k.s., u.b., and y.b.; visualization, s.a., o.b., r.u., k.s., u.b., and y.b.; project administration, o.b. and v.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] abid, a., jemili, f., & korbaa, o. (2023). distributed deep learning approach for intrusion detection system in industrial control systems based on big data technique and transfer learning. journal of information and telecommunication, 7(4), 513–541. doi:10.1080/24751839.2023.2239617. [2] alghazzawi, d., razaq, a., alolaiyan, h., noor, a., khalifa, h. a. e. w., & xin, q. (2024). selecting the foremost big data tool to optimize youtube data in dynamic fermatean fuzzy knowledge. plos one, 19(8), 0307381. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0307381. [3] dean, j., & ghemawat, s. (2008). mapreduce: simplified data processing on large clusters. communications of the acm, 51(1), 107–113. doi:10.1145/1327452.1327492. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1033 [4] domenteanu, a., cibu, b., & delcea, c. (2024). mapping the research landscape of industry 5.0 from a machine learning and big data analytics perspective: a bibliometric approach. sustainability (switzerland) , 16(7), 2764. doi:10.3390/su16072764. [5] zaharia, m., chowdhury, m., das, t., dave, a., ma, j., mccauly, m., ... & stoica, i. (2012). resilient distributed datasets: a {fault-tolerant} abstraction for {in-memory} cluster computing. 9th usenix symposium on networked systems design and implementation (nsdi 12), 25-27, 2017, san jose, united states. [6] du, g. (2024). design and implementation of teaching quality assessment system for universities based on data mining algorithms. journal of electrical systems, 20(6s), 1811–1822. doi:10.52783/jes.3098. [7] el azzaoui, a., salim, m. m., & park, j. h. (2023). secure and reliable big-data-based decision making using quantum approach in iiot systems. sensors, 23(10), 4852. doi:10.3390/s23104852. [8] deshai, n., venkataramana, s., sekhar, b.v.d.s., srinivas, k., & saradhi varma, g.p. (2020). a study on big data processing frameworks: spark and storm. smart intelligent computing and applications. smart innovation, systems and technologies, vol 160, springer, singapore. doi:10.1007/978-981-32-9690-9_43. [9] dos anjos, j. c. s., matteussi, k. j., de souza, p. r. r., grabher, g. j. a., borges, g. a., barbosa, j. l. v., gonzález, g. v., leithardt, v. r. q., & geyer, c. f. r. (2020). data processing model to perform big data analytics in hybrid infrastructures. ieee access, 8, 170281–170294. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3023344. [10] barik, r. k., misra, c., lenka, r. k., dubey, h., & mankodiya, k. (2019). hybrid mist-cloud systems for large scale geospatial big data analytics and processing: opportunities and challenges. arabian journal of geosciences, 12(2), 32. doi:10.1007/s12517018-4104-3. [11] ahmad, i., wan, z., ahmad, a., & ullah, s. s. (2024). a hybrid optimization model for efficient detection and classification of malware in the internet of things. mathematics, 12(10), 1437. doi:10.3390/math12101437. [12] suma, s., mehmood, r., & albeshri, a. (2020). automatic detection and validation of smart city events using hpc and apache spark platforms. smart infrastructure and applications. eai/springer innovations in communication and computing, springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-13705-2_3. [13] singh, a., mittal, m., & kapoor, n. (2019). data processing framework using apache and spark technologies in big data. big data processing using spark in cloud. studies in big data, vol 43, springer, singapore. doi:10.1007/978-981-13-0550-4_5. [14] al, s., & dener, m. (2021). stl-hdl: a new hybrid network intrusion detection system for imbalanced dataset on big data environment. computers & security, 110, 102435. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2021.102435. [15] guerrero-prado, j. s., alfonso-morales, w., caicedo-bravo, e., zayas-pérez, b., & espinosa-reza, a. (2020). the power of big data and data analytics for ami data: a case study. sensors (switzerland), 20(11), 1–27. doi:10.3390/s20113289. [16] ali, m., razaque, a., yoo, j., kabievna, u. r., moldagulova, a., ryskhan, s., zhuldyz, k., & kassymova, a. (2024). designing an intelligent scoring system for crediting manufacturers and importers of goods in industry 4.0. logistics, 8(1), 33. doi:10.3390/logistics8010033. [17] peres, r.s., rocha, a.d., coelho, a., & barata oliveira, j. (2017). a highly flexible, distributed data analysis framework for industry 4.0 manufacturing systems. service orientation in holonic and multi-agent manufacturing, sohoma 2016. studies in computational intelligence, vol 694. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-51100-9_33. [18] sansyzbay, k. m., bakhtiyarova, y. a., iliev, t., patokin, g. s., tasbolatova, l. t., & sagmedinov, d. b. (2024). development of an algorithm for a national microprocessor-based centralization system with a modular architecture kz-mpc-ma featuring advanced intelligent control functions. ieee access, 12, 193229–193240. doi:10.1109/access.2024.3521219. [19] dahiya, r., le, s., ring, j. k., & watson, k. (2022). big data analytics and competitive advantage: the strategic role of firmspecific knowledge. journal of strategy and management, 15(2), 175–193. doi:10.1108/jsma-08-2020-0203. [20] kabashkin, i. (2024). digital twin framework for aircraft lifecycle management based on data-driven models. mathematics, 12(19), 2979. doi:10.3390/math12192979. [21] sarinova, a., bekbayeva, a., dunayev, p., sarsikeyev, y., & sansyzbay, k. (2021). hyperspectral image compression algorithms for phytosanitary inspection of agricultural crops in aerospace photography. journal of theoretical and applied information technology, 99(24), 6280-6290. [22] liu, s., liu, o., & chen, j. (2023). a review on business analytics: definitions, techniques, applications and challenges. mathematics, 11(4), 899. doi:10.3390/math11040899. [23] lychev, a. v. (2023). synthetic data generation for data envelopment analysis. data, 8(10), 146. doi:10.3390/data8100146. [24] mahmoud, m. (2024). editorial for the special issue “data science and big data in biology, physical science and engineering.” technologies, 12(1), 8. doi:10.3390/technologies12010008. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1034 [25] cheng, z., chow, m. y., jung, d., & jeon, j. (2017). a big data based deep learning approach for vehicle speed prediction. ieee international symposium on industrial electronics, 389–394. doi:10.1109/isie.2017.8001278. [26] shukla, s., balachandran k, & sumitha v s. (2016). a framework for smart transportation using big data. 2016 international conference on ict in business industry & government (ictbig), 1–3. doi:.1109/ictbig.2016.7892720. [27] dunayev, p., abramov, s., sansyzbay, k., & kismanova, a. (2021). the ip channel bandwidth during transmission of the video and tomography signals. journal of theoretical and applied information technology, 99(12), 2834–2859. [28] arfat, y., suma, s., mehmood, r., & albeshri, a. (2020). parallel shortest path big data graph computations of us road network using apache spark: survey, architecture, and evaluation. smart infrastructure and applications. eai/springer innovations in communication and computing. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-13705-2_8. [29] rashid, a. n. m. b., ahmed, m., & ullah, a. b. (2022). data lakes: a panacea for big data problems, cyber safety issues, and enterprise security. next-generation enterprise security and governance, 135–162, crc press, boca raton, united states. doi:10.1201/9781003121541-6. [30] martinez-mosquera, d., navarrete, r., luján-mora, s., recalde, l., & andrade-cabrera, a. (2024). integrating olap with nosql databases in big data environments: systematic mapping. big data and cognitive computing, 8(6), 64. doi:10.3390/bdcc8060064. [31] farhan, m. s., youssef, a., & abdelhamid, l. (2024). a model for enhancing unstructured big data warehouse execution time. big data and cognitive computing, 8(2), 17. doi:10.3390/bdcc8020017. [32] lei yu, yunyun zhu, w. m. (2024). quality improvement model of english teaching in universities based on big data mining. journal of electrical systems, 20(3s), 506–518. doi:10.52783/jes.1322. [33] grădinaru, g. i., dinu, v., rotaru, c. l., & toma, a. (2024). the development of educational competences for romanian students in the context of the evolution of data science and artificial intelligence. amfiteatru economic, 26(65), 14–32. doi:10.24818/ea/2024/65/14. [34] khalid, m., & yousaf, m. m. (2021). a comparative analysis of big data frameworks: an adoption perspective. applied sciences (switzerland), 11(22), 11033. doi:10.3390/app112211033. [35] arif, z., & zeebaree, s. r. (2024). distributed systems for data-intensive computing in cloud environments: a review of big data analytics and data management. the indonesian journal of computer science, 13(2), 3819. doi:10.33022/ijcs.v13i2.3819. [36] gupta, d., & rani, r. (2018). a study of big data evolution and research challenges. journal of information science, 45(3), 322– 340. doi:10.1177/0165551518789880. [37] ataie, e., evangelinou, a., gianniti, e., & ardagna, d. (2022). a hybrid machine learning approach for performance modeling of cloud-based big data applications. computer journal, 65(12), 3123–3140. doi:10.1093/comjnl/bxab131. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 257 issn: 2723-9535 machine learning algorithms in predicting prices in volatile cryptocurrency markets miguel jiménez-carrión 1* , gustavo a. flores-fernandez 1 1 faculty of industrial engineering, universidad nacional de piura, castilla-piura, 20002, peru. received 26 december 2024; revised 21 february 2025; accepted 26 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract this study aims to develop a predictive model for cryptocurrency prices in highly volatile markets. the methodology includes an exploratory data analysis, followed by designing and implementing machine learning (ml) algorithms, focusing on the long short-term memory (lstm) neural network. the model's performance was optimized through hyperparameter tuning, and its stability was validated using an analysis of variance (anova). we conducted a benchmark comparison with other ml approaches. our lstm model achieved an r² of 99.41% on the first day of prediction and maintained an accuracy above 97% up to the seventh day, demonstrating its robustness even for extended forecasts. during training, the lstm model reached an rmse of $1,187.14 and a mape of 2.20%, with the mape consistently remaining below 10% during the validation phase. for seven-day forecasts, the model recorded an rmse of $5,038.46 and a mape of 6.83%. in comparison, alternative models such as support vector machines (svm), extreme gradient boosting (xgboost), and random forests exhibited significantly higher error rates; for instance, xgboost recorded an rmse of $17,849.66 and a mape of 27.74%. overall, these findings highlight the superior performance of the lstm model in addressing the challenges of cryptocurrency price forecasting. keywords: neural networks; criptocurrencies; blockchain; prediction. 1. introduction in recent years, the efficient use of financial resources has been significantly improved by technological advances. among these, blockchain technology has emerged as a transformative financial alternative, offering secure and decentralized transactions and creating new opportunities for institutional and individual investors. the cryptocurrency market, driven by blockchain innovations, has grown exponentially, with bitcoin as the most prominent digital asset, generating the largest monetary volume and influencing global financial dynamics [1, 2]. despite the rapid expansion of the market, accurately predicting cryptocurrency prices remains a complex and dynamic challenge. traditional statistical and econometric models, such as autoregressive integrated moving average (arima) and generalized autoregressive conditional heteroskedasticity (garch), have been widely used for financial time series prediction [3, 4]. however, these models often struggle to handle cryptocurrency markets’ high volatility and non-linear patterns [5]. as a result, machine learning (ml) approaches, particularly artificial neural networks (anns), have gained significant attention for their ability to model complex, nonlinear relationships, as well as pick up subtle market signals [6, 7]. recent studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of long short-term memory (lstm) networks in financial forecasting, especially for multi-step time series forecasting [8, 9]. however, there is still a gap in the literature regarding the optimization of * corresponding author: mjimenezc@unp.edu.pe http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-017 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9632-5085 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4488-4325 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 258 lstm architectures specifically tailored to the unique characteristics of the cryptocurrency market, including its extreme volatility, external market influences, and investor sentiment. this study aims to address this gap by designing an lstm neural network to predict cryptocurrency prices more accurately and reliably. by evaluating multiple configurations and architectures that allow optimizing the hyperparameters used, the study intents to identify the model that offers the best computational accuracy and efficiency, thus providing a valuable tool for investors looking to maximize their returns within a defined risk tolerance. this approach contributes to the advancement of knowledge regarding financial time series prediction and provides useful information for market participants dealing with the volatile and speculative nature of cryptocurrencies. the findings of this study could improve investment strategies, inform risk management practices, and encourage greater adoption of machine learning techniques in financial decision-making. 2. literature review cryptocurrencies such as bitcoin (btc), ethereum (eth), ripple (xrp), litecoin (ltc), solana (sol), monero (xmr), and oryen (ory) are becoming increasingly relevant in the financial world and are considered an emerging market. easy access and abundant data in the cryptocurrency market make it an ideal study subject. by applying machine learning (ml) and sentiment analysis techniques, researchers can gain insights into market behavior and address the complex task of predicting cryptocurrency values. some studies have focused exclusively on bitcoin's behavior. some studies suggest using machine learning and social media data to predict the price movements of btc, eth, xrp, and ltc in cryptocurrency markets. this study compares the application of machine learning algorithms such as neural networks (nn), support vector machines (svms), and random forests (rf) by utilizing twitter (rebrand as x) elements and market data as input features to develop a predictive cryptocurrency price model. the results showed that machine learning algorithms and sentiment analysis applied only to twitter data can be used to develop a predictive model for specific cryptocurrency markets. results also showed that nn outperforms the other models previously applied [10]. time series modeling and prediction is an arduous and essential task for financial optimization procedures. numerous studies have been carried out to reduce investor uncertainty by forecasting the price of currency and share prices. however, the emergence of a new type of currency with its own characteristics, known as cryptocurrencies, poses additional challenges. a past study suggested analyzing how social media posts reflect investor expectations and influence the coin's future value. the study objective was to forecast the daily market performances based on two components: those that define the behavior of the cryptocurrency (volume, opening value, closing value, maximum value, and minimum value) and those that affect its behavior, such as the expectations and interactions of the environment, obtained from the tweets collected. to achieve their goal, the researchers proposed the use of a type of recurrent neural network, known as "long short-term memory" (lstm). their method, which involved data preprocessing and time series forecasting, achieved a mape value of 34.92%. these results indicate that the representation of the perception variable in social networks was not relevant and, therefore, motivates additional work to model this variable using other natural language processing (nlp) techniques [11]. recently, cryptocurrencies have become an essential and well-known component with both economic and financial potential. unfortunately, acquiring bitcoin is not straightforward due to uneven business and significant rate fluctuations. traditional price forecasting methods have been less effective, as real-time predictions are now possible. specifically, research recommends a machine learning-based alternative for a mortgage lender based on the issues highlighted in bitcoin price forecasting. the proposed strategy includes a reinforcement learning algorithm for price estimation and forecasting and a blockchain framework for an efficient and secure environment. as a result, predictions achieved better performance compared to other systems, with respect to xmr, ltc, ory, and btc [12]. cryptocurrency, a product of advancing financial technology, offers significant research opportunities with hundreds of cryptocurrencies used worldwide. cryptocurrency price forecasting is difficult due to price volatility and dynamism. in the study by hamayel & owda (2021) [13], three types of recurrent neural network (rnn) algorithms were used to predict the prices of btc, ltc, and eth cryptocurrencies. the models show excellent predictions based on mape, with the neural network gated recurrent unit (gru), a type of rnn, outperforming the lstm and bi-lstm models, making it the best algorithm. gru presents the most accurate prediction for ltc with mape values of 0.2454%, 0.8267%, and 0.2116% for btc, eth, and ltc, respectively. the bi-lstm algorithm features the lowest prediction result compared to the other two algorithms, as the mape values are 5.990%, 6.85%, and 2.332% for btc, eth, and ltc, respectively. the authors also argue that the prediction models of their research represent accurate results close to the actual prices of cryptocurrencies. the importance of having these models is that they can have significant economic ramifications by helping investors and traders identify cryptocurrency sales and purchases. on the other hand, yang et al. (2023) [14] manifest that cryptocurrency prices have the characteristic of high volatility that leads to resistance in predicting cryptocurrency prices. these limitations expose the need for accurate cryptocurrency methods for price prediction that can reduce investors' investment risk. to address these issues, the authors proposed using the fractional gray model (fgm (1,1)), a novel approach to predict the price of blockchain cryptocurrency. specifically, the study established the fgm (1,1) through the closing price of three representative blockchain cryptocurrencies: btc, eth, and ltc. the authors adopted the particle swarm optimization (pso) algorithm to obtain hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 259 the optimal order of the model. based on these findings, we evaluated the predictive accuracy of fgm (1,1) using mape, the mean absolute value (mae), and rmse and compared it through experiments. our results indicate that within the range of data studied, the predictive accuracy of the fgm (1.1) in the closing price of btc, eth, and ltc has reached a highly accurate level. compared to fgm's previous results (1.1), our fgm (1.1) exceeds the predictive ability in experiments. the author’s study provides a feasible new method for blockchain cryptocurrency price prediction. it has specific references and information for government departments, investors, and researchers in theory and practice. acknowledging that cryptocurrencies are highly volatile and complex to predict as investment assets, sung et al. (2022) [15] study uses various cryptocurrency data as features to predict the logarithmic return price of major cryptocurrencies. the study’s contribution is the selection of the most influential main characteristics for each cryptocurrency using the volatility characteristics of the cryptocurrency, derived from the models of autoregressive conditional heteroskedasticity (arch) and generalized autoregressive conditional heteroskedasticity (garch), along with the closing price of the cryptocurrency. in addition, the authors sought to predict the logarithmic price return of cryptocurrencies by implementing various types of time series models. based on the selected main features, the cryptocurrency's logarithmic return price was predicted using the arima time series prediction model and the artificial neural network-based time series prediction model. as a result of logarithmic yield price prediction, neural networkbased time series prediction models showed superior predictive power compared to the traditional time series prediction model. the high volatility of cryptocurrencies has attracted significant attention, with bitcoin being the most notable. these observations sparked maleki et al.'s (2023) [16] interest in developing methods to predict these fluctuations, even though they are challenging. although several investigations used traditional statistical and economic methods to uncover the determinants of cryptocurrency prices, progress in developing prediction models for decision-making tools in investment techniques is still in its early stages. many methods of cryptocurrency price prediction, such as forecasting a one-step approach, can be performed using time series analysis, neural networks, and machine learning algorithms. however, it is necessary to realize the long-term trend of a currency. the study aimed to investigate and forecast bitcoin prices using machine learning algorithms based on analyzing three well-known cryptocurrencies: ethereum, zcash, and litecoin while assuming minimal information about bitcoin prices. in addition, they proposed a new method to predict the price of bitcoin by considering the prices of different cryptocurrencies. the results showed that zcash performed best in predicting the price of bitcoin without information on the price fluctuations of bitcoin, among other cryptocurrencies. referring to the substantial volatility and non-stationarity of cryptocurrency prices, jin & li (2023) [17] stated that forecasting them has become a complex task within the financial time series analysis field. the authors presented the innovative hybrid prediction model, vmd-agru-resvmd-lstm, which combines the disintegration-integration framework with deep learning techniques to predict the price of cryptocurrencies accurately. the process begins by decomposing the cryptocurrency price series into a finite number of subseries, each characterized by relatively simple volatility patterns, using the variational mode decomposition (vmd) method. next, the gru neural network, combined with an attention mechanism, predicts the sequence of each modal component separately. in addition, the residual sequence, obtained after decomposition, undergoes further decomposition. the resulting residual sequence components serve as input to a network gru (agru), which predicts the future values of the residual sequence. ultimately, the neural network lstm integrates modal and residual component predictions to generate the final predicted price. the empirical results obtained for the daily bitcoin and ethereum data show promising performance. the metrics results report the following values: rmse of 50,651 and 2,873, mae of 42,298 and 2,410, and mape of 0.394% and 0.757%, respectively. notably, the predictive results of the vmd-agru-resvmd-lstm model outperform the lstm and gru models, as well as other hybrid models, confirming its superior performance in crypto price forecasting. virtual currencies, widely recognized as currencies of exchange, have been declared financial assets and are catching the attention of investors as they can lead to very profitable investments. however, having access to accurate price prediction is essential to optimize profits from cryptocurrency investments. since price prediction is a time-series task, this study proposes a hybrid deep-learning model to provide price cryptocurrency predictions. the hybrid model integrates a one-dimensional convolutional neural network and a stacked gated recurrent unit (1d-cnn-gru). given the price data of cryptocurrencies over time, the one-dimensional convolutional neural network encodes the data into a high-level discriminative representation. subsequently, the stacked closed recurring unit captures the long-range dependencies of the rendering. the hybrid model was evaluated on three cryptocurrency datasets: bitcoin, ethereum, and ripple. the experimental results demonstrated that the proposed 1d-cnn-gru model outperformed existing methods with the lowest rmse values of 43.933 in the bitcoin dataset, 3.511 in the ethereum dataset, and 0.00128 in the bitcoin dataset ripple [18]. according to aljadani (2022) [19], cryptocurrencies are digital currencies that have emerged with financial technology advancements. in 2017, cryptocurrencies showed a massive increase in market capitalization and popularity. they are employed in today's financial systems, as individual investors, corporate companies, and large institutions are investing heavily in them. however, this industry is less stable than traditional forex markets. a digital currency market can fluctuate due to legal, sentimental, and technical factors. therefore, it is crucial to make accurate cryptocurrency price forecasts. recently, cryptocurrency price prediction has become a trending research topic globally. the study presented machine and deep learning algorithms, including nn, gru, lstm, and two-way lstm (bilstm) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 260 methodologies to analyze the factors influencing cryptocurrency prices and predict them accordingly. the author proposed a five-phase framework for predicting cryptocurrency prices using bilstm and gru deep learning models. the author used three real-time public cryptocurrency datasets from "yahoo finance," long-term bidirectional memory and closed recurring unit-based deep learning-based algorithms to forecast the prices of three popular cryptocurrencies (i.e., bitcoin, ethereum, and cardano, and the grid search approach for the hyperparameter optimization processes. the results indicate that gru outperformed the bilstm algorithm for bitcoin, ethereum, and cardano. the lowest rmse for the gru model was found to be 0.01711, 0.02662, and 0.00852 for bitcoin, ethereum, and cardano, respectively. the experimental results demonstrated the significant performance of the proposed framework that achieves the minimum values of mse and rmse. since the arrival of bitcoin, the cryptocurrency landscape has seen the emergence of several virtual currencies that have quickly established their presence in the global market. the dynamics of this market, influenced by a multitude of factors that are difficult to predict, pose a challenge to fully understand its underlying ideas. a study suggests a methodology for determining the best times to buy or sell cryptocurrencies to maximize profits. the study indicates that based on large market and social media datasets, they used a methodology that combines different statistical, text analysis, and deep learning techniques to support a recommendation trading algorithm. in particular, the study examines the correlation between social media posts and price changes and the impact of social media sentiment on cryptocurrency prices. several experiments were conducted with historical data to evaluate the effectiveness of the trading algorithm, achieving an overall average profit of 194% without transaction fees and 117% deducting transaction fees. cryptocurrencies considered included high-capitalization coins, solid projects, and meme coins. meme coins are based on memes and serve as an alternative for easy investments. therefore, a meme coin has no intrinsic value and is rarely useful.), the trading algorithm proved to be very effective in predicting the price trends of influential meme coins, generating considerably higher profits compared to other types of cryptocurrencies [20]. quiroga juárez & villalobos escobedo (2023) [21] propose a descriptive and inferential statistical study using one hundred cryptocurrencies. their hypothesis states that by analyzing historical data, it would be possible to generate scenarios that favor the understanding of the cryptocurrency phenomenon; in addition, it could be supportive of portfolio management. the analysis period covered april 28, 2013, to august 4, 2022. the data was obtained from the coingecko platform. the theoretical contribution spans studying an emerging phenomenon with social implications that has gained global momentum, influenced by technological dynamism and governmental and private agents. the analysis results provide the historical behavior of one hundred cryptocurrencies in the market, prospect scenarios, and identify correlations between cryptocurrencies, which is important for the creation of investment portfolios from a risk diversification approach. in conclusion, the study generates a framework for understanding the evolution of the cryptocurrency market from a selected sample of one hundred assets. likewise, with cluster analysis, a classification of these was made according to correlation; this, from a portfolio theory approach, would allow risk diversification. currently, it has been determined that highly accurate cryptocurrency price predictions are of utmost importance to investors and researchers. however, due to the non-linearity of the crypto market, it is difficult to assess the distinctive nature of time-series data, leading to challenges in generating accurate price predictions. these scenarios motivated numerous studies on the prediction of the price of cryptocurrencies using different algorithms based on dl. among these studies is seabe et al. (2023) [22], who proposed using three types of networks, lstm, gru, and bi-lstm, for exchange rate predictions, applied to the top three cryptocurrencies by market capitalization: btc, etc, and ltc. the metric results rmse and mape indicated that bi-lstm provided higher prediction accuracy compared to lstm and gru with mape values of 0.036, 0.041, and 0.124 for btc, ltc, and eth. therefore, bi-lstm can be considered the best algorithm. the study suggests that its models for predicting cryptocurrency prices are accurate and can prove beneficial for investors and traders. with the purpose of providing a framework that overcomes the limitations of uncertainty, volatility, and dynamism and that is capable of reproducing the predictions not only in the most common cryptocurrencies but at the same time is consistent and has the capacity for generalization. murray et al. (2023) [23] proposed to create a comparison framework that overcomes these limitations and to use that framework to conduct extensive experiments in which the performance of statistical, ml, and dl approaches widely used in the literature to predict the price of five popular cryptocurrencies, xrp, btc, ltc, eth, and xmr. the researchers argue that they are the first to propose the use of the temporary fusion transformer (tft) in their study. in addition, they expanded their research to hybrid models and sets to assess whether combining individual models increases prediction accuracy. the assessment demonstrates that deep learning approaches, particularly lstm, serve as effective predictors for all cryptocurrencies studied, with lstm achieving an average rmse of 0.0222 and an mae of 0.0173. samson (2024) [24] presents a relevant study in this area, evaluating the effectiveness of three machine learning (ml) algorithms—gradient boosting (gb), random forest (rf), and bagging—in predicting the daily closing prices of six major cryptocurrencies: binance, btc, eth, sol, usd, and xrp. unlike traditional approaches that use open, high, and low prices as predictive characteristics, the study adopted an innovative methodology by employing lagged prices as entry characteristics. the approach assumed that lagging prices better represent the temporal dynamics of cryptocurrency prices than conventional prices. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 261 the analysis used a historical dataset that spanned from 2015 to 2024, depending on the cryptocurrency, and divided the data into a training set (80%) and a test set (20%) to evaluate the performance of the algorithms. the results showed that the gb algorithm performed the best at predicting the prices of btc and sol, while rf was more effective at predicting the prices of eth, usd, and xrp. this finding highlights differences in the effectiveness of algorithms depending on cryptocurrency and market characteristics, suggesting that the use of rf may be more appropriate in certain contexts, while gb could deliver better results in others. fang et al. (2024) [25], inspired by the recent success of the application of ml in stock market prediction, analyzed and presented the specific characteristics of the cryptocurrency market in a high-frequency trading context. specifically, the study showed the application of an ml approach to predict the direction of changes in the average price in the next tick. their results indicate that there are universal features across cryptocurrencies that allow models to outperform assetspecific ones. in addition, they demonstrated that using long sequences of data points does not improve predictions, highlighting the inefficiency of feeding models with extensive datasets. they also addressed the technical challenge of designing a lightweight predictor capable of working effectively with live data from cryptocurrency exchanges. to improve the performance of the model, they presented a new method of retraining. finally, they examined the trade-off between model accuracy and retraining frequency in the context of multi-label prediction. overall, their findings show that promising results can be achieved with live data, as evidenced by a consistent 78% accuracy in predicting bitcoin's average price movements against the u.s. dollar. kiranmai balijepalli & thangaraj (2025) [26] presents a major study that addresses the growing popularity of cryptocurrency markets, which, as of 2023, included more than 23,000 cryptocurrencies and a total market valuation of $870.81 billion. although cryptocurrencies are becoming increasingly significant, they are still prone to volatility, making predicting their prices challenging for investors seeking to make informed decisions. the study aimed to develop a dynamic forecasting model using an assembly approach and assess the accuracy of predictions for the top 15 cryptocurrencies. the accuracy of statistical and econometric models is evaluated after the adjustment of hyperparameters, extracting information from these models to build an assembly model using ml algorithms. specifically, the study employs gradient-boosted regressor (gbr), random forest regressor (rfr), support vector regression (svr), and multi-layer perceptron (mlp), using validation curves to optimize model parameters and improve prediction accuracy. the study’s findings reveal that when price movements exhibit autocorrelation, the arima and the assembly model outperform other methods. models such as arima, simple linear regression (slr), random forest (rf), decision tree (dt), gradient boosting (gb), and multi-model regression (mlr) demonstrated good performance with cryptocurrencies, suggesting that trends, seasonality, and historical price patterns play a significant role in price prediction. notably, the mlr approach provided more accurate forecasts for cryptocurrencies with higher volatility and irregular price patterns, highlighting their potential for prediction in the unpredictable digital market. hossain et al. (2024) [27] explored the critical role of time series prediction in financial markets, particularly in predicting asset prices and guiding investment decisions. the volatility inherent in cryptocurrency markets, such as btc and eth, complicates prediction due to extreme price fluctuations driven by market sentiment, technological changes, and government regulations. traditionally, prediction in financial markets was based on statistical methods, but as markets became more complex, the emergence of deep learning models such as lstm, bi-lstm, and, more recently, finbert-lstm, offered a new approach to capturing intricate patterns and dynamics within data. in response to the challenges posed by the high volatility of cryptocurrencies, mabsur proposes a hybrid model that integrates bi-lstm networks with finbert, a model known for its sentiment analysis capabilities. this hybrid approach aims to enhance prediction accuracy by integrating advanced time series prediction models with sentiment analysis, a method that incorporates both historical price data and the emotional and psychological factors affecting market behavior. the study fills a significant gap in financial forecasting by offering a model capable of navigating the complexities and unpredictability of volatile cryptocurrency markets. the hybrid model provides valuable insights for investors and analysts, enabling them to make more informed decisions in the face of unpredictable market conditions. islam et al. (2024) [28] explored the dynamic and volatile nature of the cryptocurrency market, which has significantly influenced financial ecosystems globally. in their study, the authors focus on the growing importance of cryptocurrencies, which have evolved from niche digital assets to mainstream investment opportunities, such as btc and eth. the study aimed to investigate the effectiveness of various ml algorithms in predicting cryptocurrency prices within the volatile u.s. financial market. by identifying which ml techniques provide the most accurate and reliable predictions under different market conditions, the research contributes to understanding the strengths and limitations of these approaches. the dataset used for cryptocurrency price prediction analysis includes a wide range of data sets sourced from major cryptocurrency exchanges such as binance, coinbase, and kraken, in addition to essential trading metrics to define market dynamics. the authors use aggregated data from renowned financial databases, such as coinmarketcap, cryptocompare, and yahoo finance, ensuring a solid foundation for ml models. the models considered in the study range from simpler linear methods to more complex assembly and gradient optimization algorithms. the authors evaluate the predictive performance of these models using several metrics, including accuracy, recall, f1-score, mae, rmse, and r-squared. among the algorithms tested, the gradient boosting model showed superior performance in terms of accuracy, recall, and f1-score. in addition, the three models evaluated exhibited relatively low values of mae and rmse, indicating their effectiveness in predicting cryptocurrency price movements. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 262 the findings underscore the importance of ml models for cryptocurrency price prediction, particularly for investors and financial market players. the study highlights that cryptocurrencies have become key components of individual and institutional investment portfolios, as well as trading strategies. by integrating ml models into investment management, they can provide valuable insights into entry and exit points, portfolio diversification, and risk management. lee et al. (2024) [29] suggest that the consolidation of machine learning techniques within the financial system marks a significant shift towards data-driven decision-making in cryptocurrency trading. 3. research methodology the methodology followed in this study is presented in figure 1 and is described in the following steps: 1) data collection: gather data from the top cryptocurrencies based on each daily transaction volume. this approach ensures that the most active and relevant cryptocurrencies are included in the analysis. the data includes historical price information, trading volumes, and other pertinent market indicators. 2) data exploration and preprocessing: examine data to identify missing or incomplete values. properly handling missing values is essential, as they could affect the accuracy and quality of predictive models. select imputation techniques, such as average imputation or time-based interpolation, so the dataset is complete and ready for modeling. 3) implementation of predictive models: several ml algorithms are implemented to build predictive time-series models. these algorithms include a) random forest: an ensemble learning method that combines multiple decision trees to increase the accuracy of predictions. b) xgboost: a gradient optimization algorithm known for its high performance and efficiency, especially when working with large volumes of data and complex patterns. c) support vector machines (svms): a robust classifier that works well in highdimensional spaces and is suitable for predicting movements in cryptocurrency prices. d) lstm (long short-term memory) networks: a recurrent neural network that captures long-term dependencies in time series data, making it ideal for predicting volatile markets such as cryptocurrencies. 4) hyperparameter optimization: to determine the hyperparameters that best fit the cryptocurrency time series, the performance of each model is evaluated using metrics such as mean square error (mse) or root mean square error (rmse). hyperparameter optimization uses techniques like grid search to find the best model configuration for accurate predictions. 5) analysis and discussion of results: once the models have been trained and their hyperparameters optimized, the results are analyzed by comparing the performance of different models, discussing the accuracy and reliability of predictions, and identifying patterns or trends in the cryptocurrency market that can help explain the results obtained. 6) conclusions: this last step involves summarizing the main insights gained, discussing the implications of the results for cryptocurrency price prediction, and suggesting possible improvements or directions for future research. data collection data exploration and preprocessing start implementation of predictive models identification of missing data and anomalous data data cleaning and imputation hyperparameter optimization ensure more accurate predictions results discussion end conclusions figure 1. flow diagram of the methodological process of the research hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 263 4. results 4.1. exploratory data analysis in this study, 12 cryptocurrencies with the highest cryptocurrency market capitalization were considered, whose daily data was downloaded from the es.investing.com platform; this data is shown in table 1. table 1. historical data of cryptocurrencies cryptocurrency start date end date number of records bitcoin 18/07/2010 11/07/2024 5108 ethereum 10/03/2016 11/07/2024 3046 polkadot 08/02/2021 11/07/2024 1250 shiba inu 12/05/2021 11/07/2024 1157 bnb 09/11/2017 11/07/2024 2437 avalanche 03/01/2021 11/07/2024 1286 trx 13/06/2018 11/07/2024 2221 dogecoin 03/06/2017 11/07/2024 2596 cardano 31/12/2017 11/07/2024 2385 xrp 22/01/2015 11/07/2024 3458 solana 13/07/2020 11/07/2024 1453 litecoin 24/08/2016 11/07/2024 2879 the platform provided data on 6 variables related to the price of cryptocurrencies, as shown in table 2. table 2. variables related to cryptocurrencies last last cryptocurrency price value initial initial cryptocurrency price value maximum maximum cryptocurrency price value minimum minimum cryptocurrency price value volume daily volume in monetary value of cryptocurrency transactions % of variation variability of cryptocurrency we proceeded to identify the missing data for each of the cryptocurrencies in relation to their 6 characteristics. the summary is shown in table 3. table 3. percentage of missing data cryptocurrency percentage of missing data last initial maximum minimum volume % var. bitcoin 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.12002% 0.0% ethereum 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% polkadot 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 17.36000% 0.0% shiba inu 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% bnb 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.4103% 0.0% avalanche 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 19.67341% 0.0% trx 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% dogecoin 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.03852% 0.0% cardano 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.20964% 0.0% xrp 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.75477% 0.0% solana 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 27.39160% 0.0% litecoin 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 264 as can be observed, only three cryptocurrencies presented more than 15% of missing data in their characteristic capitalization volume, which is above the permissible limit [30]. this limitation was considered while training the lstm network's multivariate model, including or excluding this parameter to assess performance metrics' behavior. to address missing or incomplete data, we took into account that conventional methods such as imputation by mean or median can bias the behavior of the price of the cryptocurrency to use data that may be far from the maximum or minimum value considering the range of the price of cryptocurrencies, as well as the interpolation method, whether linear, quadratic, or cubic, are not suitable to have large ranges of empty values as could be observed in the data set, the k-neighbors method (k=3) was considered [31] for data imputation. concerning outliers, cryptocurrencies are highly volatile assets due to speculation; therefore, updating data using anomalous data processing methods is not considered since their nature includes many anomalous data typical of this type of asset. boxplots showing bitcoin data distribution are shown in figure 2. figure 2. bitcoin features distribution 1 $$1.00 $2.00 $3.00 $4.00 $5.00 $6.00 $7.00 $8.00 last price boxplot 1 $$1.00 $2.00 $3.00 $4.00 $5.00 $6.00 $7.00 $8.00 open price boxplot 1 $$1.00 $2.00 $3.00 $4.00 $5.00 $6.00 $7.00 $8.00 maximum price boxplot 1 $$1.00 $2.00 $3.00 $4.00 $5.00 $6.00 $7.00 $8.00 minimum price boxplot 1 $$0.50 $1.00 $1.50 $2.00 $2.50 $3.00 $3.50 $4.00 $4.50 $5.00 volume boxplot 1 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 % var, boxplot hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 265 4.2. lstm network implementation we considered two implementation approaches; the first uses the final value of the cryptocurrency as a prediction value; that is, it is a multistep univariate model, and the second uses the 6 characteristics provided by the investing platform, so it is categorized as a multivariate multistep model. pseudocode 1 represents the lstm network model, which is valid for both approaches. pseudocode 1. lstm network 1: input: libraries 2: input: input variables 3: input: hyperparameters 4: output: algorithm performance metrics and cryptocurrency price 5: data frame ← cryptocurrency values 6: tr, vl ← training and validation sets 7: function data scaling 8: scaled training set ← minmax scaler(training set) 9: scaled validation set ← minmax scaler(validation set) 10: end function 11: function model training 12: model ← sequential 13: model ← add lstm layer 14: model ← add dense layer 15: end function 16: function performance metrics 17: rmse, mae, mape, r² ← model performance 18: end function 19: output: model performance metrics and cryptocurrency price as a first step, we determined the size of the training and validation sets as 80% and 20%, respectively. for example, the bitcoin data is split into 4086 values in the training set and 1022 in the validation set. this segmentation is shown in figure 3. figure 3. bitcoin data representation the data was normalized using the min-max scaler, which ensured that the input features were unbiased and maintained the stability of the synaptic weights throughout the training process. to determine the best-performing hyperparameters, we applied the calibration process, managing to specify some parameters constantly, such as the number of layers of the lstm network, which were 3, and for the factors that demonstrated influence on the predictions, a factorial experimental design was made with the factors and levels, which are shown in table 4. table 4. factors and levels of the factorial design lstm model factors levels learning rate (a) 0.0009 0.00009 0.00171 number of epochs (b) 50 100 150 batch size (c) 40 70 150 $ $10,000 $20,000 $30,000 $40,000 $50,000 $60,000 $70,000 $80,000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 b it c o in v a lu e total number of records training and validation sets training validation hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 266 the system’s stability is determined with an analysis of variance using equation 1 to establish whether there are significant differences in the results. 𝑦𝑖𝑗𝑘𝑛 = 𝜇 + 𝐴𝑖 + 𝐵𝑗 + 𝐶𝑘 + (𝐴𝐵)𝑖𝑗 + (𝐴𝐶)𝑖𝑘 + (𝐵𝐶)𝑗𝑘 + (𝐴𝐵𝐶)𝑖𝑗𝑘 + 𝑒𝑖𝑗𝑘𝑛 (1) 𝑖 = 1,2,3; 𝑗 = 1,2,3; 𝑘 = 1,2,3; 𝑛 = 1,2,3,4 in equation 1, the parameter 𝑦𝑖𝑗𝑘𝑛 represents the predictive model response expressed in the metrics rmse, mae, mape, and r², referred to the validation and then training data. the anova analysis is shown in table 5, and the results show high accuracy concerning the mean. the stability of the network was evidenced by a coefficient of variability of 20.44%, which indicates a minimal dispersion from to the mean. the statistical significance of the factors and their interactions are presented in table 5. table 5. rmse analysis of variance f.v. sc gl cm f p-valor sig a 9282870.02 2 4641435.01 40.24 0.00000 ** b 1501483.75 2 750741.87 6.51 0.00239 * c 4297553.95 2 2148776.97 18.63 0.00000 ** a*b 597770.01 4 149442.50 1.30 0.27866 a*c 1725977.17 4 431494.29 3.74 0.00763 * b*c 645143.34 4 161285.83 1.40 0.24193 a*b*c 1107351.13 8 138418.89 1.20 0.30943 error 9341877.10 81 115331.82 total 3284502438 168 cv = 20.44% at 99.99% confidence, the results showed the statistical significance of the learning ratio factors and batch size. in comparison, at 95% confidence, there is a statistical significance of the factor number of epochs and interaction of batch size and learning ratio. these results validated the factors’ relevance in the model. next, we performed the duncan test with an alpha of 0.05 as a parameter. these results are shown in table 6. table 6. duncan rmse test a b c means n e.e. 0.00009 50 150 1187.14 4 169.80 a 0.00009 150 150 1195.21 4 169.80 a 0.00009 100 150 1197.99 4 169.80 a 0.00009 50 40 1198.72 4 169.80 a 0.00009 50 70 1206.23 4 169.80 a 0.00090 50 150 1222.84 4 169.80 a 0.00009 100 70 1232.89 4 169.80 a 0.00009 150 70 1342.43 4 169.80 a b 0.00009 150 40 1351.08 4 169.80 a b 0.00009 100 40 1357.54 4 169.80 a b 0.00171 50 70 1413.84 4 169.80 a b c 0.00171 50 150 1450.83 4 169.80 a b c 0.00090 150 150 1453.41 4 169.80 a b c 0.00090 50 70 1461.91 4 169.80 a b c 0.00171 100 150 1486.48 4 169.80 a b c 0.00090 100 150 1645.56 4 169.80 a b c d 0.00171 150 150 1864.14 4 169.80 b c d e 0.00090 150 40 1864.94 4 169.80 b c d e 0.00171 150 70 1931.41 4 169.80 c d e 0.00090 50 40 2124.62 4 169.80 d e f 0.00090 100 70 2126.24 4 169.80 d e f 0.00171 100 70 2149.84 4 169.80 d e f 0.00171 50 40 2189.71 4 169.80 d e f 0.00090 100 40 2198.84 4 169.80 d e f 0.00090 150 70 2203.16 4 169.80 d e f 0.00171 100 40 2280.85 4 169.80 e f 0.00171 150 40 2530.65 4 169.80 f hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 267 based on duncan's test, the learning rate of 0.00009, 50 iterations, and a batch size of 150 provided the better average rmse of $1187.14. the stability of the error metrics is shown in figure 4. (a) rmse (b) mae (c) mape figure 4. error metrics during network training after determining the optimal hyperparameters, we found the value of the validation set metrics for each of the seven steps, which represent each predicted da, see error values in table 7. table 7. lstm network multi-step performance step rmse mae mape r² 1 $ 1,187.14 $ 813.81 2.20% 99.41% 2 $ 1,445.75 $ 957.25 2.57% 99.17% 3 $ 1,625.89 $ 1,068.28 2.87% 98.95% 4 $ 1,801.73 $ 1,182.84 3.18% 98.71% 5 $ 1,982.72 $ 1,299.89 3.49% 98.44% 6 $ 2,143.41 $ 1,405.56 3.79% 98.17% 7 $ 2,497.82 $ 1,676.43 4.45% 97.52% the results show consistent error metric values. on the first prediction day, we obtained an r² of 99.41%, remaining above 97% after step 7, which evidences the high predictive capacity of the lstm network with a good fit despite the uncertainty generated by predictions greater than one day. in addition, other metrics such as mape remained below the threshold of 10%, which, according to the literature, is the maximum permissible [31], emphasizing the capacity of the network to generate predictions up to a week later with good performance. we performed model behavior comparisons during training by predicting the 1-step and 7-step validation sets; see results in figure 5. 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 0 50 100 150 r m s e m e tr ic epoch rmse progress during network training 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 0 50 100 150 m a e m e tr ic epoch mae progress during network training 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 m a p e m e tr ic epoch mape progress during network training hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 268 (a) 1 step (b) 7 steps figure 5. comparison between the 1 and 7-step prediction models from figure 5 we can observe a small difference between the actual and predicted data for the 1-step model. on the other hand, the differences are more noticeable for the 7-step model’s results. however, both graphs show quite similar behavior, which evidences the fit of the model. the metrics results support this conclusion, with the coefficient of determination remaining above 97%. the same behavior is observed when extending the analysis beyond 07/11/2024, finding that in the analytical comparison between the prediction of 7 steps following the validation set and the actual data as of 07/18/2024 for the 12 cryptocurrencies (see table 8), there are good results for the lstm network. in addition, through the experimental analysis, the results show that the univariate model had better metrics in 75% of the cryptocurrencies; likewise, when making the predictions, they had less variation compared to the actual data, a situation that is not reflected with the multivariate model for the predictions because the metrics are higher than in the univariate model. table 8. comparison of actual vs predicted data with univariate model variation between actual and predicted values cryptocurrency average cryptocurrency average cryptocurrency average cryptocurrency average bitcoin 2.66% bnb 6.68% solana 10.38% shiba inu 6.38% ethereum 5.44% dogecoin 8.59% litecoin 2.16% avalanch 7.26% polkadot 2.69% trx 3.56% cardano 10.45% xrp 17.57% as shown in table 8, there was a weighted average variation of 6.92% depending on the volume of operations between a minimum of 2.16% and a maximum value of 17.57% with respect to the price corresponding to the last characteristic of cryptocurrencies. lastly, we compared regression algorithms to demonstrate the efficiency of the methodology proposed in this study using bitcoin for the following 7 days after the last date of the data set used for training and validation; see results in table 9. table 9. comparison of regression models 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 80000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 l a st p ri c e b it c o in data index true values vs. predicted values for "last price" true values predicted values 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 80000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 l a st p ri c e b it c o in data index true values vs. predicted values for "last price" true values predicted values algorithm rmse mae mape lstm networks $5,038.46 $4,425.35 6.83% xgboost $17,849.66 $17,687.05 27.74% random forest $19,492.41 $19,343.61 30.35% svm $7718.16 $7192.06 11.32% hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 269 overall, the results reflect a comparative analysis of the performance of different algorithms applied to bitcoin price prediction. the error metrics used, rmse, mae, and mape, allow accuracy evaluation for each step model. among the evaluated algorithms, the lstm networks stand out as the best model, with an rmse of $5038.46, an mae of $4425.35, and an mape of 6.83%. these values reflect significantly lower errors than the other models. the xgboost model offers a competitive performance compared to random forest, with a mape of 27.74%, which demonstrates its robustness as a generalist model. however, it falls short of reaching the accuracy of lstm because it is not designed to handle temporary dependencies. similarly, the random forest has the highest relative error, with a mape of 30.35%, highlighting its main strength in static predictions rather than sequential data. the svm model, with an mape of 24.38%, is ranked as the second-best option. while it may not match the performance of lstms, it surpasses the other models evaluated due to its capability to capture nonlinear relationships, given appropriate configuration. 5. discussion the results obtained in this study show better performance of the lstm networks in predicting cryptocurrency prices compared to traditional machine learning algorithms, standing out their ability to model volatile and non-linear time series. we acknowledge the alignment and differences between our results and those reported in previous studies. han et al. (2023) [6] reported lstm networks achieving an r² of 93.5% in predicting cryptocurrencies during periods of high volatility, with an average mape of 18.3%. although this result validates the effectiveness of lstm networks, our findings provide improved results, achieving an r² of 99.41% and a mape of 2.2% for a one-step trained model. for one week using the multistep model, the mape remains below 10%. these results show that our methodology has adequate optimization of hyperparameters and data preprocessing, significantly improving predictions accuracy. seabe et al. (2023) [22] identified that recurrent neural networks, particularly lstms and variants such as bi-lstm, are effective in predicting cryptocurrency prices due to their ability to capture complex temporal dependencies; the authors reported a mape of 3.6%, which is higher than that obtained in our research, highlighting that the proposed algorithm has better performance than the one described by the authors and highlights the capacity of lstm networks to maintain an mape below the theoretical limit of 10%. on the other hand, jin & li (2023) [17] used decision tree models as well as the xgboost model in the prediction of bitcoin cryptocurrency, obtaining on average an rmse greater than $50,651 and an mape of 0.394% in the short term. our results, with an rmse of $1,187.14 and an mape of 2.2% for the lstm network of one step, show that our model provides better results comparing the rmse values. however, the mape in their model is lower than 1%, suggesting that the model proposed by jin & li (2023) [17] may be overfitted. the r² of 99.41% obtained during the first day of prediction in our lstm model demonstrates high predictive capacity. in addition, the model maintained more than 97% performance until the seventh day, highlighting its consistency over time. this behavior also reflects the benefits of deep learning-based methodologies observed in research such as murray et al. (2023) [23], which argued that lstm networks outperform other approaches, including hybrid algorithms, in terms of accuracy and generalizability in predicting the prices of multiple cryptocurrencies, even though they argue that their proposal lacks generality, as the solutions are too complex and challenging to reproduce in practice. the error values obtained in this study, with an rmse of $1187.14 and an mape of 2.20% during training, are within the acceptable margins reported in the literature. in particular, the superiority of lstm over other models discussed in our research, such as random forest with ($19,492.41 rmse, 30.35% mape), shows the effectiveness of lstms in handling the non-linear and high-volatility characteristics of cryptocurrency markets. in this regard, belcastro et al. (2023) [20] emphasized the importance of using advanced algorithms capable of capturing complex relationships, such as the correlation between social sentiment and prices, to improve prediction accuracy. in our study, optimizing hyperparameters was crucial to obtain superior performance; with a learning ratio of 0.00009, 50 epochs, and a batch size of 150, the lstm model achieved an optimal balance between accuracy and convergence speed. these results coincide with the quantitative and prospective methodology adopted by quiroga juárez & villalobos escobedo (2023) [21], who stressed that precise adjustments in predictive models are essential to improve the ability to generate reliable and valuable scenarios for portfolio management. in addition, the results reinforce the relevance of applying innovative and targeted approaches to address the particularities of the cryptocurrency market. for its part, belcastro et al. (2023) [20] highlighted the effectiveness of algorithms in identifying trends in meme coins. the authors demonstrated that lstms have a broader scope, adapting to significant assets like bitcoin and more complex scenarios. these results positioned lstm networks as versatile and reliable tools in predictive cryptocurrency analytics. finally, studies like mahdi et al. (2021) [32] used msv models, reporting an mape of 10.5% in traditional financial series. comparatively, in our study, the lstm model achieved a mape of 6.83%, lower than the 11.32% obtained by the msv, reaffirming its ability to adapt to aggressive fluctuations in cryptocurrency prices. conclusively, lstm networks proved to be highly effective tools for predicting cryptocurrency prices, outperforming traditional models and machine learning algorithms. these results suggest that this methodology could be applied to other volatile financial assets, offering new analysis and decision-making opportunities in complex markets. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 270 6. conclusion this study showed that lstm networks are highly effective in predicting cryptocurrency prices, specifically for bitcoin. during the first day of prediction, the model reached an r² of 99.41%, remaining above 97% in the following days until the seventh day. the results also indicate consistent and accurate predictive capability, even for predictions more than a week in advance. the lstm model achieved an rmse of $1187.14 and a mape of 2.20% during the validation process, both values within the acceptable limits according to the literature. the mape remained below 10% at all steps, supporting the network's ability to make accurate and reliable predictions in the short to medium term. the lstm model outperformed other ml algorithms predicting the seven days following the training and validation set. this model achieved a lower rmse of $5038.46 compared to the msv's rmse of $7718.16 and the xgboost's $17,849.66. these results highlight the lstm model’s ability to handle nonlinear and volatile time series more effectively than the other models. in addition, the lstm obtained a mape of 6.83%, lower than the 11.32% of the msv algorithm, the 27.74% of the xgboost model, and the 30.35% of the random forest. this performance highlights the lstm's accuracy in predicting cryptocurrency prices, significantly outperforming the other algorithms evaluated. the optimal hyperparameters for the lstm model were a learning ratio of 0.00009, 50 epochs, and a batch size of 150. these values allowed for obtaining the best performance in terms of error, achieving a significant reduction in the rmse, and maintaining a low relative error in the predictions. these results suggest that hyperparameter optimization is crucial to improving model accuracy. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.j.c. and g.a.f.f.; methodology, m.j.c.; software, g.a.f.f.; validation, g.a.f.f. and m.j.c.; formal analysis, m.j.c.; investigation, m.j.c.; resources, m.j.c. and g.a.f.f.; data curation, g.a.f.f. and m.j.c.; writing—original draft preparation, m.j.c.; writing—review and editing, m.j.c.; visualization, m.j.c. and g.a.f.f.; supervision, m.j.c.; project administration, m.j.c.; funding acquisition, m.j.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding and acknowledgments this research is being funded by the national university of piura-peru, specifically from the funds of the basic and applied research projects competition 2024 call. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] squarepants, s. (2008). bitcoin: a peer-to-peer electronic cash system. ssrn electronic journal. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3977007. [2] bouri, e., molnár, p., azzi, g., roubaud, d., & hagfors, l. i. (2017). on the hedge and safe haven properties of bitcoin: is it really more than a diversifier? finance research letters, 20, 192–198. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2016.09.025. [3] box, g.e.p. and jenkins, g.m. (1970) time series analysis: forecasting and control. holden-day, san francisco, united states. [4] bollerslev, t. (1986). generalized autoregressive conditional heteroskedasticity. journal of econometrics, 31(3), 307–327. doi:10.1016/0304-4076(86)90063-1. [5] chen, z., li, c., & sun, w. (2020). bitcoin price prediction using machine learning: an approach to sample dimension engineering. journal of computational and applied mathematics, 365, 112395. doi:10.1016/j.cam.2019.112395. [6] han, d., liu, p., xie, k., li, h., xia, q., cheng, q., wang, y., yang, z., zhang, y., & xia, j. (2023). an attention-based lstm model for long-term runoff forecasting and factor recognition. environmental research letters, 18(2), 24004. doi:10.1088/17489326/acaedd. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 271 [7] fischer, t., & krauss, c. (2018). deep learning with long short-term memory networks for financial market predictions. european journal of operational research, 270(2), 654–669. doi:10.1016/j.ejor.2017.11.054. [8] hochreiter, s., & schmidhuber, j. (1997). long short-term memory. neural computation, 9(8), 1735–1780. doi:10.1162/neco.1997.9.8.1735. [9] livieris, i. e., pintelas, e., & pintelas, p. (2020). a cnn–lstm model for gold price time-series forecasting. neural computing and applications, 32(23), 17351–17360. doi:10.1007/s00521-020-04867-x. [10] valencia, f., gómez-espinosa, a., & valdés-aguirre, b. (2019). price movement prediction of cryptocurrencies using sentiment analysis and machine learning. entropy, 21(6), 589–589. doi:10.3390/e21060589. [11] regal, a., morzán, j., fabbri, c., herrera, g., yaulli, g., palomino, a., & gil, c. (2019). cryptocurrency price projection based on tweets using lstm. ingeniare. revista chilena de ingeniería, 27(4), 696–706. doi:10.4067/s0718-33052019000400696. [12] mariappan, l. t., pandian, j. a., kumar, v. d., geman, o., chiuchisan, i., & năstase, c. (2023). a forecasting approach to cryptocurrency price index using reinforcement learning. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(4), 2692–2692–2704. doi:10.3390/app13042692. [13] hamayel, m. j., & owda, a. y. (2021). a novel cryptocurrency price prediction model using gru, lstm and bi-lstm machine learning algorithms. ai (switzerland), 2(4), 477–496. doi:10.3390/ai2040030. [14] yang, y., xiong, j., zhao, l., wang, x., hua, l., & wu, l. (2023). a novel method of blockchain cryptocurrency price prediction using fractional grey model. fractal and fractional, 7(7), 547–565. doi:10.3390/fractalfract7070547. [15] sung, s. h., kim, j. m., park, b. k., & kim, s. (2022). a study on cryptocurrency log-return price prediction using multivariate time-series model. axioms, 11(9), 448. doi:10.3390/axioms11090448. [16] maleki, n., nikoubin, a., rabbani, m., & zeinali, y. (2023). bitcoin price prediction based on other cryptocurrencies using machine learning and time series analysis. scientia iranica, 30(1 e), 285–301. doi:10.24200/sci.2020.55034.4040. [17] jin, c., & li, y. (2023). cryptocurrency price prediction using frequency decomposition and deep learning. fractal and fractional, 7(10), 708–708–736. doi:10.3390/fractalfract7100708. [18] kang, c. y., lee, c. p., & lim, k. m. (2022). cryptocurrency price prediction with convolutional neural network and stacked gated recurrent unit. data, 7(11), 149–149–161. doi:10.3390/data7110149. [19] aljadani, a. (2022). dlcp2f: a dl-based cryptocurrency price prediction framework. discover artificial intelligence, 2(1). doi:10.1007/s44163-022-00036-2. [20] belcastro, l., carbone, d., cosentino, c., marozzo, f., & trunfio, p. (2023). enhancing cryptocurrency price forecasting by integrating machine learning with social media and market data. algorithms, 16(12), 542. doi:10.3390/a16120542. [21] quiroga juárez, c. a., & villalobos escobedo, a. (2023). cryptocurrency market scenarios based on a statistical study. revista cea, 9(20), e2530. doi:10.22430/24223182.2530. [22] seabe, p. l., moutsinga, c. r. b., & pindza, e. (2023). forecasting cryptocurrency prices using lstm, gru, and bidirectional lstm: a deep learning approach. fractal and fractional, 7(2), 203. doi:10.3390/fractalfract7020203. [23] murray, k., rossi, a., carraro, d., & visentin, a. (2023). on forecasting cryptocurrency prices: a comparison of machine learning, deep learning, and ensembles. forecasting, 5(1), 196–209. doi:10.3390/forecast5010010. [24] samson, t. k. (2024). comparative analysis of machine learning algorithms for daily cryptocurrency price prediction. information dynamics and applications, 3(1), 64–76. doi:10.56578/ida030105. [25] fang, f., chung, w., ventre, c., basios, m., kanthan, l., li, l., & wu, f. (2024). ascertaining price formation in cryptocurrency markets with machine learning. european journal of finance, 30(1), 78–100. doi:10.1080/1351847x.2021.1908390. [26] kiranmai balijepalli, n. s. s., & thangaraj, v. (2025). prediction of cryptocurrency’s price using ensemble machine learning algorithms. european journal of management and business economics, 244. doi:10.1108/ejmbe-08-2023-0244. [27] hossain, m. f. b., lamia, l. z., rahman, m. m., & khan, m. m. (2024). finbert-bilstm: a deep learning model for predicting volatile cryptocurrency market prices using market sentiment dynamics. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2411.12748. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2411.12748. [28] islam, m. z., islam, m. s., montaser, m. a. a., rasel, m. a. b., bhowmik, p. k., dalim, h. m., & pant, l. (2024). evaluating the effectiveness of machine learning algorithms in predicting cryptocurrency prices under market volatility: a study based on the usa financial market. the american journal of management and economics innovations, 06(12), 15–38. doi:10.37547/tajmei/volume06issue12-03. [29] lee, k., lim, h., hwang, j., & lee, d. (2024). evaluating missing data handling methods for developing building energy benchmarking models. energy, 308, 132979. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2024.132979. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 272 [30] núñez sánchez, n. d. (2023). analysis of algorithms for data imputation and prediction models. ph.d. thesis, universidad distrital francisco josé de caldas, bogotá, colombia. (in spanish). [31] camarillo-peñaranda, j. r., saavedra-montes, a. j., & ramos-paja, c. a. (2013) recommendations for selecting indexes for model validation. tecnológicas, 109. doi:10.22430/22565337.372. [32] mahdi, e., leiva, v., mara’beh, s., & martin-barreiro, c. (2021). a new approach to predicting cryptocurrency returns based on the gold prices with support vector machines during the covid-19 pandemic using sensor-related data. sensors, 21(18), 6319. doi:10.3390/s21186319. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 231 issn: 2723-9535 an adaptive differential evolution with multiple crossover strategies for optimization problems irfan farda 1 , arit thammano 1* 1 computational intelligence laboratory, school of information technology, king mongkut’s institute of technology ladkrabang, bangkok 10520, thailand. received 10 january 2024; revised 07 may 2024; accepted 11 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract the efficiency of a differential evolution (de) algorithm largely depends on the control parameters of the mutation strategy. however, fixed-value control parameters are not effective for all types of optimization problems. furthermore, de search capability is often restricted, leading to limited exploration and poor exploitation when relying on a single strategy. these limitations cause de algorithms to potentially miss promising regions, converge slowly, and stagnate in local optima. to address these drawbacks, we proposed a new adaptive differential evolution algorithm with multiple crossover strategy scheme (ademcs). we introduced an adaptive mutation strategy that enabled de to adapt to specific optimization problems. additionally, we augmented de with a powerful local search ability: a hunting coordination operator from the reptile search algorithm for faster convergence. to validate ademcs effectiveness, we ran extensive experiments using 32 benchmark functions from cec2015 and cec2016. our new algorithm outperformed nine state-ofthe-art de variants in terms of solution quality. the integration of the adaptive mutation strategy and the hunting coordination operator significantly enhanced de's global and local search capabilities. overall, ademcs represented a promising approach for optimization, offering adaptability and improved performance over existing variants. keywords: metaheuristic algorithm; differential evolution algorithm; multiple strategies; reptile search algorithm. 1. introduction optimization problems and their solutions remain important for practical applications, such as enhancing wireless communication systems [1], finding the best route for traveling salesman problems [2], optimizing manufacturing processes [3], improving parameter extraction in photovoltaic models [4, 5], and others. optimization involves identifying the most favorable solution or optimal values for parameters in order to attain a specific outcome or objective. this goal can be to minimize a cost or loss function or to maximize an objective or reward function, depending on the problem to be solved [6]. historically, numerous mathematical programming methods, such as linear programming, dynamic programming, and newton's methods were traditionally employed for solving optimization problems. however, as the complexity of these problems has grown, those conventional methods are often not sufficient [7]. new methods have been provided by researchers to solve optimization problems, collectively referred to as metaheuristics [8]. metaheuristics, a term first coined by glover in 1986, refers to algorithms that use heuristics within a more general framework, allowing them to be applied to a wider range of problems. the term "metaheuristics" is derived from the * corresponding author: arit@it.kmitl.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-02 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4950-3859 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4317-7370 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 232 greek words "meta," meaning beyond or at an elevated level, and "heuristics," meaning the act of finding [9]. metaheuristic methods have become commonly used for solving optimization problems compared to other methods due to their simplicity and reliability in producing good results in a wide range of fields, including engineering, business, transportation, and social sciences [10]. nature-inspired algorithms are a well-established type of metaheuristic approach that have been successfully applied to solving complex optimization problems and real-world issues that cannot be addressed by traditional gradient-based or approximation optimization techniques [11]. some well-known algorithms include the genetic algorithm (ga) introduced by holland [12], based on the concepts of genetic inheritance and natural selection found in evolution. differential evolution (de), proposed by storn & price [13], was inspired by natural selection and mutation in biology. other biologically inspired algorithms include kennedy and eberhart’s particle swarm optimization (pso), which mimics the behavior of flocking birds and their movement patterns while foraging [14]. ant colony optimization (aco), developed by dorigo et al. [15], emulates the cooperation and communication of ants as they forage and uses this principle to tackle optimization problems and find the optimal solution. the artificial bee colony (abc) algorithm, developed by karoboga & basturk [16], simulates the foraging of honeybees. yang [17] created the bat algorithm (ba), based on the behavior of bats in locating prey, which adapted to changing conditions. yang added a firefly algorithm (fa), inspired by the flashing of fireflies [18], to the biology-inspired repertoire. the cuckoo search algorithm (csa) of yang & deb [19] modeled the egg-laying strategy and aggressive brood parasitism of cuckoos. the bees algorithm of pham et al. [20] was also based on foraging—honeybees in their case. grey wolf optimization (gwo), proposed by mirjalili et al. [21], replicated the hierarchical leadership structure and hunting behavior observed in grey wolf packs. all of these nature-inspired algorithms are computational models based on the behaviors observed in nature for solving optimizations. differential evolution (de) algorithms have been widely used to solve optimization problems [22, 23]. although it was proposed several decades ago, work continues to improve its performance and extend its capabilities. several improved de algorithms are reviewed and discussed here. li et al. [24] introduced a differential evolution algorithm using leader-adjoint populations (lade), designed to balance global and local ability by integrating four mutation strategies across various stages of the evolution. this helped to prevent negative effects, such as premature convergence or failure to converge, resulting from improper mutation strategy settings. lade was tested on various optimization functions and was found to be competitive, outperforming other de variants and two well-known metaheuristics. subsequently, li et al. [25] presented a dual mutation strategy collaboration algorithm that blended an elite guidance mechanism with a dual mutation strategy collaboration to achieve a balance between global search and local optimization, which was also tested and found effective on unimodal, step, quartic, and multimodal functions. meng et al. [26] studied established de variants and identified two weaknesses: ineffective control parameter adaptation and inadequate mutation strategy, which could lead to slow convergence and less than optimum performance. they proposed their pade, which included a new control parameter adaptation method, population reduction techniques, and an improved timestamp-based mutation strategy, to address these issues. pade was found to produce outcomes competitive to lpalmde, jade, ilshade, lshade, shade, and jso. deng et al. [27] addressed the challenges in setting appropriate control parameters and selecting a reasonable mutation strategy in solving engineering optimization problems; they proposed a novel and enhanced de algorithm, wmsde, which integrated the complementary benefits of five mutation strategies and used a wavelet basis function. their wmsde had a balance of local and global search ability, fast convergence, improved population diversity, and enhanced search quality when compared to five established de variants. they validated its efficiency by applying it to a realworld airport gate assignment problem and achieved an impressive airport gate assignment rate of 97.6% of 100%. mohamed & mohamed [28] presented a new adaptive guided differential evolution (agde) for solving continuous space numerical optimization problems: agde balanced global exploration and local exploitation through a new mutation rule that selected vectors from different regions of the population. moreover, agde had a flexible adaptation scheme that adjusted the crossover rate without additional parameters or knowledge of the problem. in testing against cmaes, cooa, mde-pbx, ccpso2, and smade, agde performed better in terms of robustness, stability, and solution quality. finally, deng et al. [29] introduced a hybrid mutation-based cooperative framework quantum differential evolution (hmcfqde) to overcome low solution efficiency, insufficient diversity, a low convergence rate, and a high search stagnation possibility. hmcfqde combined the quantum computing characteristics of the quantum evolutionary algorithm and the divide-and-conquer concept of the cooperative coevolution evolutionary algorithm to enhance performance. it used a hybrid mutation strategy based on local neighborhood mutation and sansde, quantum chromosome encoding to increase population diversity, and a cooperative coevolution framework to divide the problem into low-dimensional sub-problems. hmcfqde was tested on six functions and found to have higher convergence accuracy and stability, particularly for high-dimensional complex functions. gao et al. [30] presented a version of the adaptive differential evolution with optional external archive algorithm named cjade, which integrated chaotic local search (cls) to avoid premature convergence and sticking at a local optimum. four schemes incorporating cls into jade were studied, including individual, random, parallel, and hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 233 memory-selective incorporation. they showed that the memory-based cjade-m performed the best among jade, other cjade variants, and other optimization algorithms. nadimi-shahraki et al. [31] introduced a new optimization technique: multi-trial vector-based differential evolution (mtde). its main feature was its adaptive step size, which was determined through a multi-trial vector approach (mtv). it combined various exploration strategies through trial vector producers (tvps) and applied them to specific subpopulations. mtde used three tvps: representative-based, local random-based, and global best-history-based tvps. evaluation of mtde on the cec 2018 benchmark suite and four complex engineering design problems showed that the mtv approach significantly enhanced the performance of the mtde algorithm and outperformed other algorithms. sun et al. [32] introduced a new variation, csde, which aimed to address challenges in the mutation operator scaling factor and crossover rate parameters. csde used two mutation operators, one effective in global exploration and another for local exploitation. to balance these two mutation operators, a coordination mechanism that adjusted their historical success rate was used. additionally, the scaling factor and crossover rate were adaptively determined by introducing a periodic function, an individual-independent macro-control function, and a function based on fitness value information that was dependent on the individuals. experiments on 30 benchmark functions and 4 real-world problems showed that csde has good performance. zhan et al. [33] addressed the limitations faced by traditional dde algorithms when it comes to strategy selection and parameter setting in their adaptive distributed differential evolution (adde) algorithm, which used a master-slave multi-population approach that included three populations—exploration, exploitation, and balance—which were dynamically adjusted in each iteration to enhance collaboration and improve global optimization. the populations dynamically selected their mutation strategy based on evolutionary state estimation, and the parameters (amplification factor, crossover rate, and population size) were adaptively updated based on past successful experiences and best solution improvement. tests conducted on benchmark functions and real-world problems showed that adde was better than dde-sd, ibdde, ddem-rca, asamp-dde, and cloudde. sun et al. [34] introduced a new method, arsa, a dynamic space adjustment-based adaptive regeneration framework, that generated new individuals when a member of the population did not improve for a certain number of generations. it used two strategies for producing substitute individuals, one emphasizing global and the other local exploitation. arsa parameters were dynamically tuned using a macroparameter and an individual-based microparameter, enabling a balance between exploitation and exploration. arsa was tested on ieee cec 2017 and three real-world problems. arsa improved the performance of de with slight modifications and without slowing it down. yu et al. [35] proposed a global optimum-based search (gos) method, which aimed to balance between local and global search capabilities, enhancing search efficiency. this method was triggered when the global optimum did not change over a specific number of generations, and it involved a local refinement based on feedback from the global optimum. degos was adopted in de and showed significant improvements in search efficiency and solution quality. viktorin et al. [36] presented a modification to the success-history-based adaptive differential evolution (shade) algorithm aimed at avoiding premature convergence in higher-dimensional search spaces. the modification involved using a distance-based adaptation mechanism rather than a change in objective function value to control the scaling factor and crossover rate; it was shown to be effective in experiments on the cec2015 and cec2017 benchmark sets, and it resulted in better optimization than the original shade, l-shade, and jso algorithms. wang et al. [37] proposed a self-adaptive mutation differential evolution algorithm, depso. the depso algorithm enhanced the performance by integrating the de/rand/1 mutation strategy with the mutation strategy from particle swarm optimization (pso) and was tested on 30-dimensional and 100-dimensional test functions, where it outperformed jde, code, dempso, ade, epsde, and imsade. in addition, depso was applied to solve arrival flight scheduling and effectively decreased the delay time. meng & pan [38] presented a new differential evolution algorithm, hard-de, which had two enhancements. first, the mutation strategy was based on a hierarchical archive and included information about the depth of evolution to better understand the objective function's landscape. second, it had novel adaptation schemes for the three control parameters. it was tested using two test suites containing 58 benchmark functions for real-parameter numerical optimization and 2 benchmarks for real-world optimization, where it secured an overall better performance, although it needed more time to run. tian & gao [39] proposed a novel differential evolution (nde) algorithm by combining a neighborhood-based mutation (nm) strategy and a neighborhood-based adaptive evolution (nae) technique. the nm strategy adjusted the search performance of each individual adaptively by developing two novel mutation operators and an individual-based selection probability. the nae mechanism identified and alleviated the evolutionary dilemmas of the neighborhood by tracking its performance and diversity and using a dynamic neighborhood model and two exchange operations. a simple reduction method was also used to adjust the population size adaptively. experiments on 30 benchmark functions and a real-world application showed that nde was reliable and performed well. civicioglu & besdok [40] introduced a bernstain-search differential evolution (bsd) algorithm, which was a universal differential evolution algorithm, implying that it was easier to control than previous algorithms and did not need to go through trial-and-error tasks to select the genetic operators. bsd used a unique bijective mutation strategy and a more efficient crossover operator controlled randomly by using bernstein polynomials, which made it simple, non-recursive, highly efficient, and fast. experiments on 30 benchmark problems, 60 classic benchmark problems, image evolution problems, and one hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 234 triangulated irregular network refinement problem showed that bsd outperformed abc, wde, cuckoo, and jade. a novel time-varying de (tvde) was proposed by sun et al. [41]. it used three time-varying functions to create a new mutation operator and to adaptively adjust the values of two control parameters (crossover rate and scaling factor) during evolution. tvde was evaluated against seven other de variants on cec 2014 and four real-world problems and emerged as the top-performing algorithm across all tested algorithms. to summarize, many de variants have been proposed to enhance performance, including integrated different mutation strategies, control parameter adaptation schemes, or combinations of de with other algorithms. these variants were effective in balancing global exploration and local exploitation, improving population diversity, increasing convergence accuracy, and overcoming premature convergence. however, there are still several challenges that remain unresolved completely in de algorithm, including: 1. ineffective control parameter adaptation and inadequate mutation strategy, which can lead to slow convergence and poor optimization, 2. low solution efficiency, insufficient diversity, slow convergence speed and high search stagnation possibility and 3. premature convergence and getting stuck in local optima. this study addressed existing challenges and further enhanced de algorithms. we introduce an adaptive differential evolution algorithm with multiple crossover strategy scheme (ademcs). our approach includes an adaptive mutation strategy that enables the algorithm to autonomously determine mutation control parameters based on the characteristics of the problems. additionally, we integrated de with a hunting coordination operator from the reptile search algorithm [42] to enhance local search ability and convergence rates. unlike previous adaptive mutation strategy variants, our method introduced two control mutation operators: one dynamically adjusted based on algorithm conditions and mutant vector performance, and the second remained constant. this unique approach contributed to the effectiveness of our adaptive mutation strategy. furthermore, we focused on integrating de with other heuristic algorithms, particularly emphasizing the crossover operator. while previous research generally concentrated on the mutation operator, we believe that optimizing the crossover operator significantly impacts de performance. therefore, our modification and optimization of the crossover operator further enhance de efficiency and effectiveness. the remainder of the article is organized as follows: in section 2, the classical differential evolution is described. in section 3, our new adaptive differential evolution algorithm with multiple crossover strategy scheme (ademcs) is thoroughly explained. section 4 presents the results and discusses the experiments. section 5 concludes, highlighting the contributions made and pointing out potential avenues for future research. 2. differential evolution algorithm differential evolution (de) is an optimization technique that operates on a population of candidate solutions, iteratively adjusting them to seek the optimal solution for a given problem. the method, first introduced by storn & price (1997) [13], has been used widely in various fields, including engineering [31, 43–45], health science [46, 47], and manufacturing [48]. the core principle generates new candidate solutions by combining the characteristics of existing solutions within the population. specifically, in each iteration (or evolutionary steps), a new candidate solution is created by adding the weighted difference between two randomly chosen solutions to make a new solution. this new candidate solution is then evaluated against the current solution, and if it is found to be superior, it replaces the current solution. the algorithm is further explained in the following sub-sections. 2.1. population initialization the initial step in differential evolution is population initialization, which creates potential solutions for the optimization problem. this step randomly generates np target vectors, represented as 𝑋𝑖 𝐺 = (𝑥𝑖,1, 𝑥𝑖,2, … , 𝑥𝑖,𝑗, … , 𝑥𝑖,𝑑), from a uniform or gaussian distribution, where g is the generation number; i = 1, 2, …, np; np is the number of individuals in the population (the population size) and j = 1, 2, …, d; d is the number of dimensions (or variables). each element of a target vector is generated by using (1). 𝑥𝑖,𝑗 = 𝐿𝐵𝑗 + 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑[0,1] × (𝑈𝐵𝑗 − 𝐿𝐵𝑗) (1) where 𝐿𝐵𝑗 and 𝑈𝐵𝑗 refer to lower and upper boundaries of the search space in dimension, j. the term 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑[0,1] denotes a real number randomly generated in [0, 1]. these bounds are used to ensure that the generated candidate solutions fall within the acceptable range of the problem. 2.2. mutation the second step involves generating a mutant vector 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = (𝑣𝑖,1, 𝑣𝑖,2, … , 𝑣𝑖,𝑗 , … , 𝑣𝑖,𝑑) through the use of a mutation operator. in the de mutation operation, a new or mutant vector is generated by combining the difference of two or more hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 235 parent vectors. there are several mutation strategies, each with its own set of advantages and disadvantages. some commonly used examples include the following: • de/best/1 [24, 25]. 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 ) (2) • de/best/2 [24, 25]. 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 ) + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟3 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟4 𝐺 ) (3) • de/rand/1 [24, 25]. 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟3 𝐺 ) (4) • de/rand/2 [24, 25]. 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟3 𝐺 ) + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟4 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟5 𝐺 ) (5) • de/current-to-best/1 [25]. 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑖 𝐺 + 𝐹(𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑖 𝐺) + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 ) (6) • de/current-to-pbest/1 [48]. 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑖 𝐺 + 𝐹(𝑋𝑝𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑖 𝐺) + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 ) (7) where the best vector in the current generation is represented by 𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 and 𝑋𝑝𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 represents the best individual from the top p% of the current population. additionally, there are five other random target vectors in the current population, represented by 𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 , 𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 , 𝑋𝑟3 𝐺 , 𝑋𝑟4 𝐺 , and 𝑋𝑟5 𝐺 . it is important to note that these random target vectors are not the same as 𝑋𝑖 𝐺. the mutation control parameter, also known as the scaling factor or 𝐹, plays a crucial role in de. its purpose is to control the degree of difference between the target vector and the mutant vector. a higher value of 𝐹 results in a larger difference and a wider exploration space, while a lower value results in a smaller difference and a greater chance of exploitation. it should be emphasized that the mutation operation is a vital aspect of de, as it allows the algorithm to explore new regions of the search space and generate diverse candidate solutions that have the potential to be better than the current best solution 2.3. crossover the third step performs a crossover operation to generate a trial vector, 𝑈𝑖 𝐺 = (𝑢𝑖,1, 𝑢𝑖,2, … , 𝑢𝑖,𝑗, … , 𝑢𝑖,𝑑). this operation combines information from the target vector, and the mutant vector to create a new vector that has the potential to be better than either of the two vectors. there are several types of crossover operators, one commonly used is called binomial crossover, defined as follows: 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 = { 𝑣𝑖,𝑗; ,,,,𝑖𝑓,𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑(0,1] ≤ 𝐶𝑅,𝑜𝑟,𝑗 = 𝑗𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥𝑖,𝑗; ,,,𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, (8) in binomial crossover, a single random parameter, the crossover probability, cr  (0,1], is used to control the degree of genetic mixing between the parents. a higher value of cr results in a greater chance of genes from the mutant vector being passed on to the trial vector, while a lower value of cr results in a greater chance of the trial vector being identical to the target vector. additionally, 𝑗𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑  [1, d], represents a randomly selected index from the set of indices of the dimensions. this condition ensures that the trial vector 𝑈𝑖 𝐺 is different from both the target vector 𝑋𝑖 𝐺 and the mutant vector 𝑉𝑖 𝐺. it is important to note that the crossover operation is closely related to the mutation operation in de, as both are used to generate new candidate solutions. the main difference is that the crossover operation uses information from existing solutions in the entire population, whereas the mutation operation just generates new solutions from existing solutions. 2.4. selection the last step is the selection step. this step compared the fitness of the trial vector to that of the target vector. if the trial vector has a better fitness, it is chosen as the new target vector and replaces the previous one. if the trial vector has a lower fitness, the target vector remains unchanged. this step can be expressed formally as follows: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 236 𝑋𝑖 𝐺+1 = { 𝑈𝑖 𝐺 ; ,,,,𝑖𝑓,𝑓(𝑈𝑖 𝐺) ≤ 𝑓(𝑋𝑖 𝐺) 𝑋𝑖 𝐺; ,,,𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, (9) where 𝑓(𝑈𝑖 𝐺) and 𝑓(𝑋𝑖 𝐺) denote the fitness of the trial and target vectors, respectively. this step is crucial as it allows the algorithm to decide whether to adopt a new solution that has the potential to be better than the current best or to stay with the current best solution. it is also essential for the algorithm to converge to a satisfactory solution. 3. proposed methodology differential evolution (de) has been used for a diverse range of problems. however, like any optimization technique, it also has its limitations. one of the main drawbacks of de is the sensitivity of its performance to the choice of control parameters, such as the mutation control operator. these parameters are crucial in helping algorithms explore the solution space effectively. using a fixed control mutation parameter, where the same values are applied to all problems, de will not be able to adapt to the unique characteristics of the problem, resulting in suboptimal solutions and poor performance. furthermore, using a single crossover strategy also limits the adaptability of the algorithm to the problem at hand, as different problems require different strategies to achieve optimal results. if a single strategy is used, the algorithm will not be able to efficiently balance the exploration and exploitation abilities, leading it to get stuck at a local optimum. therefore, it is crucial to carefully select the control parameters and crossover strategy to match the unique characteristics of the problem to attain an optimal solution. in this paper, we tackle the challenges of fixed control parameters and relying on a single crossover strategy. our new adaptive mutation strategy automatically adjusts the control parameter values based on the problem's characteristics, leading to better results. additionally, we suggested using a multiple crossover strategy approach during the optimization tasks. by doing so, the algorithm can better avoid getting stuck in local optima and significantly enhance its overall performance. to further boost the benefits of using multiple crossover strategies, we introduced a comprehensive multiple strategy selection that optimizes their combined impact, making the algorithm more capable of handling complex problems. our new algorithm, the adaptive differential evolution algorithm with multiple crossover strategy scheme (ademcs), embodies these innovative techniques. a detailed explanation follows. 3.1. adaptive mutation strategy in this sub-section, we used a new adaptive mutation strategy to enhance the ability of the mutation strategy to discover optimal solutions during the evolutionary step. the mutation strategy was based on the de/current-to-pbest/1 strategy by zhang and sanderson [49]. this strategy is widely recognized and commonly used due to its numerous advantages. it provided a well-balanced approach for global numerical optimization, effectively combining exploration and exploitation capabilities while adapting to specific problems [32]. the de/current-to-pbest/1 algorithm demonstrated its superiority or effective competition with traditional and other adaptive de variants [50]. the de/current-to-pbest/1 strategy enhanced global exploration by using top-performing individuals, expedited local convergence by leveraging past exploration, and dynamically adjusted mutation parameters, resulting in improved performance when tackling complex optimization problems [51]. the good performance of the de/current-to-pbest/1 strategy motivated many researchers to base their work on it [52]. however, the primary drawback of the de/current-to-pbest/1 mutation operator was its tendency to limit the diversity within the population. while it excelled at achieving convergence and exploiting promising solutions, it did not explore the solution space comprehensively. this limitation resulted in a restricted diversity of solutions. such a lack of diversity can pose a problem in optimization algorithms, potentially leading to premature convergence, where the algorithm becomes stagnant at a local optimum without thoroughly exploring other potentially superior regions of the search space. to address this limitation, researchers have often attempted to modify the strategy or propose new approaches to adapt the mutation and crossover operator parameters. here, we explored a different avenue to further enhance this strategy. specifically, we introduced modifications by incorporating two mutation control parameters (f and λ) and adopting a new adaptive strategy to adjust these parameters. the modified version of this mutation operator was described as follows: 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 = 𝑋𝑖 𝐺 + λ(𝑋𝑝𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑖 𝐺) + 𝐹(𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 − 𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 ) (10) where 𝑋𝑝𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝐺 is the best individual from the top p% of the current population, with p was set to the default of 5. 𝑋𝑟1 𝐺 represents a randomly selected vector from the current population, while 𝑋𝑟2 𝐺 is a random vector from the union of the current population and the external archive. the archive started empty and gathered solutions that were not selected to proceed to the next generation. if it grew too large, reaching a predetermined limit, a few solutions would be randomly removed to maintain its size. this archive played a crucial role by retaining valuable vectors from previous generations, preventing the algorithm from prematurely converging to local optima and ensuring population diversity. in addition, the role of f and λ’ in the modified mutation strategy’ was to scale the difference between the p best and the target vectors and the difference between two random vectors. they were used as the first and second mutation hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 237 control parameters, important in determining exploration and exploitation of the solution space. the value of f was set to 0.5 while λ updated as follows: λ𝑖+1 𝐺 = { λ𝑖 𝐺 + (λ𝑖 𝐺 × 𝐶 × 𝑙𝑟); ,𝑖𝑓,𝑓(𝑉𝑖 𝐺) ≤ 𝑓(𝑋𝑖 𝐺) λ𝑖 𝐺 − (λ𝑖 𝐺 × 𝐶 × 𝑙𝑟); ,𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒,,,,,,,,,,,,, (11) where c is an adaptation rate control for controlling the step size in changing the mutation parameters. c was calculated from 𝐶 = | 𝑓(𝑉𝑖 𝐺) − 𝑓(𝑋𝑖 𝐺) 𝑓(𝑋𝑖 𝐺) + 𝜀 | (12) where ε is a small constant used for avoiding division by zero. based on this scenario, when λ was increased, the influence of the difference between the p best and the target vectors on the mutation strategy became stronger. this meant that the algorithm would focus more on exploring the direction of p best vectors in the solution space. conversely, when λ decreased, the influence of the difference between p best and the target vectors became weaker. this encouraged the algorithm to explore the solution space more widely and consider a broader range of possibilities. the learning rate, lr, used in controlling adaptation rate for the mutation parameters. it was a tunable parameter that influenced the speed that the mutation parameters were updated. a well-tuned learning rate helped the algorithm find a balance between global exploration and local exploitation, leading to faster convergence and improved performance. note that it was important to keep the mutation control parameter λ in the range (0,1] to prevent negative effects on the performance. to achieve this, if (λ > 1)  (λ  0), it was reset to 0.5. this ensured that the algorithm was able to function effectively and produced optimal results. the strategy for controlling mutation adaptively is thought to enhance performance by allowing it to adapt to the specific features of the problem and thereby enhance its capacity to find optimal solutions. 3.2. multiple crossover strategy scheme crossover operation is a critical aspect of differential evolution algorithms as it significantly impacts exploration and exploitation capabilities. various crossover operators are available; however, no single operator is suitable for all types of problems. to overcome this limitation, this paper investigates the use of more than one crossover operator to enhance performance. our multiple crossover strategy used two crossover operators: a binomial operator and a hunting coordination operator from rsa [42], outlined in the following paragraph. rsa demonstrated effectiveness when addressing a diverse set of optimization problems, consistently delivering good performance. its contributions collectively lead to a streamlined, balanced, and efficient optimization task [53]. its advantages included a distinctive hybrid methodology, a good track record in addressing complex challenges, a direct emulation of natural foraging principles, and the ability to balance exploration and exploitation for solution discovery [54]. rsa achieved its optimization power by mimicking two key natural behaviors: encircling and hunting, akin to strategies used by reptiles like crocodiles. the encircling behavior allowed rsa to explore globally, while the hunting behavior enabled a thorough local search. these mechanisms empowered rsa to engage in a refined and comprehensive exploration, thereby enhancing the quality of solutions [55]. we integrated rsa principles into our ademcs to enhance the local exploitation potential. by reinterpreting the concept of the best-obtained rsa solution in the current best vector in the population, we used a ‘hunting coordination operator’ as the crossover operator to generate the trial vector: 𝑢𝑖,𝑗 = 𝑥𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑗 × 𝑝𝑖,𝑗 × 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑(0,1) (13) where 𝑃𝑖 = (𝑝𝑖,1, 𝑝𝑖,2, … , 𝑝𝑖,𝑗 , … , 𝑝𝑖,𝑑) denotes the fractional difference between the best vector and the target vector. i, calculated by: 𝑝𝑖,𝑗 = 𝛼 + 𝑥𝑖,𝑗 −𝑀𝑖 𝑥𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑗 × (𝑈𝐵𝑗 − 𝐿𝐵𝑗) + 𝜀 (14) the sensitivity parameter, α = 0.1, was used for regulating the precision of exploration (the dissimilarity between candidate solutions) for the trial vector throughout the iteration steps. 𝑈𝐵𝑗 and 𝐿𝐵𝑗 represented the upper and lower bounds of the jth dimension of the target vector, i. the average position of the target vector for the next generation, denoted as m, was determined by: 𝑀𝑖 = 1 𝑑 ∑𝑥𝑖,𝑗 𝑑 𝑗=1 (15) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 238 m guides the generation of trial vectors by providing a reference point in the search space. by calculating the average position of the target vectors, we obtained an approximation of the potentially promising region for the current iteration. this helped steer the algorithm towards areas with better solutions, contributing to faster convergence. by incorporating rsa’s ‘hunting coordination operator’, our algorithm gained enhanced local search capability. a trial vector was generated based on the current best vector in the population, controlled by p and α, and considering the average position, m, of the target vectors. this strategy allowed our algorithm to refine its solutions iteratively, move towards promising search space regions, converge faster, and have better overall performance. combining with the ‘hunting coordination operator’ brought together the strengths of both algorithms. one of the most important things when using multiple crossover strategies is operator selection, which involves dynamically choosing the most suitable operator for each iteration, based on the problem’s characteristics and the algorithm’s progress. by incorporating a well-designed operator selection mechanism, the algorithm gained the flexibility to respond to the changing landscape of the problem, converging faster and discovering high quality solutions efficiently. for our operator selection, the crossover operator used to generate the trial vector 𝑈𝑖 𝐺 was selected by: 𝑈𝑖 𝐺 = { 𝐵𝑖𝑛𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑎𝑙; ,𝑖𝑓,𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑(0,1] ≤ 𝑆𝐶𝑅 𝑅𝑆𝐴,,,,,,,,,,; ,𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, (16) where scr denotes the success rate of the crossover. initially, scr = 0.5 to give an equal chance for both operators to be selected to create the trial vector. to harness the maximum benefit and improve performance through the use of multiple crossover strategies, we adopted a new approach for updating the probability of s: it was set to update every five generations, following equation 17; 𝑆𝐶𝑅 = 𝑆𝐶1 𝑆𝐶1 + 𝑆𝐶2 (17) where sc1 and sc2 represented the success rates of the first crossover operator (binomial) and the second crossover operator (rsa), respectively. this update interval ensured a balanced exploration of the search space, while effectively managing the exploitation of promising solutions through adaptive operator selection. additionally, to mitigate any potential adverse effects caused by multiple crossover strategies, such as premature convergence, we introduced multiple crossovers, when the number of generations, denoted as g, reached or exceeded a threshold, 𝑀𝑐 × 𝐺𝑚𝑎𝑥. here, 𝑀𝑐 = 0.15, representing the proportion of generations, at which multiple crossovers were triggered and 𝐺𝑚𝑎𝑥 was the maximum number of generations. in essence, this meant that multiple strategies for crossover were initiated when the number of generations reached 15% of the maximum number of generations. this carefully chosen threshold allowed us to control the application of multiple crossover strategies, preventing them from being used too early in the iterations, which could lead to premature convergence. instead, they were introduced later in evolution, when the algorithm had sufficient exploration time to traverse the search space freely. a more comprehensive analysis of the value of mc and its impact on the algorithm's performance is provided in section iv, allowing us to gain deeper insights into how the selection of this threshold influenced the ademcs convergence rate, exploration-exploitation balance, and overall optimization efficiency. 3.3. adaptive differential evolution algorithm with multiple crossover strategy scheme a limitation of de algorithms is their dependence on mutation strategies. when it uses a poor mutation strategy, it can become trapped in local optima. additionally, limitations of crossover operators balancing exploration and exploitation capabilities hinder the discovery of high-quality solutions. our ademcs was designed to address these issues by incorporating an adaptive mutation control mechanism and using multiple strategies in the crossover task to strike a balance between exploration and exploitation. the steps of ademcs are set out in algorithm 1, with a corresponding flowchart in figure 1. further details follow: step 1: define parameter values population size (np), number of dimensions (d), boundaries of the search space, maximum number of generations (𝐺𝑚𝑎𝑥), mutation parameters (f and λ) and crossover parameter (cr). step 2: generate the initial population randomly by equation 1. step 3: evaluate the fitness of each target vector in the population. step 4: apply mutation to generate a mutant vector by equation 10. step 5: evaluate the fitness of the mutant vector. step 6: if the fitness of the mutant vector is less than or equal to the fitness of the target vector, increase the mutation control parameter λ by equation 11, otherwise decrease λ using the same equation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 239 step 7: apply crossover to generate a trial vector, if the number of generations is less than or equal to the product of the multiple crossover parameter and the maximum number of generations, then generate a trial vector by equation 8, otherwise generate a trial vector as follows: • generate a random number, r  (0,1], if r less than or equal to the success rate of the crossover strategy, generate a trial vector with equation 8, otherwise generate a trial vector with equation 13. step 8: evaluate the fitness of the trial vector. step 9: apply a selection operation: • comparing the fitness of the trial vector with that of the target vector of the current population. if the trial vector is better than the target vector of the current generation, keep the trial vector to the next population and store the target vector of the current population in an external archive. • check the size of the external archive. if it is larger than the allowed size, randomly delete one vector from the external archive to reduce its size to the allowed size. step 10: if the number of generations is divisible by five without leaving any remainder, update the value of the success rate of the trial strategy. step 11: repeat step 4-10 until one of the stopping criteria is met. algorithm 1 pseudocode of the ademcs algorithm 1: initialize the parameter values; 2: randomly generate the initial population by using (1); 3: evaluate the fitness of the initial population; 4: g = 1 5: while (g < gmax) 6: if g % 5 = 0 7: scr ← 0.5; 8: end if 9: for i = 1: np 10: generate the mutant vector 𝑉𝑖 𝐺 by using (10); 11: evaluate the fitness of mutant vector 12: if 𝑓(𝑉𝑖 𝐺) ≤ 𝑓(𝑋𝑖 𝐺) 13: increase λ using (11); 14: else 15: decrease λ using (11); 16: end if 17: if 𝐺 < 𝑀𝑐 × 𝐺𝑚𝑎𝑥 18: generate the trial vector 𝑈𝑖 𝐺 using (8); flag1 ← 1; flag2 ← 0; 19: else 20: if random number (0,1] ≤ scr 21: generate the trial vector 𝑈𝑖 𝐺 using (8); flag1 ← 1; flag2 ← 0; 22: else 23: generate the trial vector 𝑈𝑖 𝐺 using (13); flag2 ← 1; flag1 ← 0; 24: end if 25: end if 26: evaluate the fitness of trial vector 27: if 𝑓(𝑈𝑖 𝐺) ≤ 𝑓(𝑋𝑖 𝐺) 28: 𝑋𝑖 𝐺+1 ← 𝑈𝑖 𝐺; store 𝑋𝑖 𝐺to external archive; 29: if flag1 = 1 30: sc1 ← sc1+1; 31: end if 32: if flag2 = 1 33: sc2 ← sc2+1; 34: end if 35: else 36: 𝑋𝑖 𝐺+1 ← 𝑋𝑖 𝐺; 37: end if 38: if the size of the external archive > np 39: delete one random vector from the external archive; 40: end if 41: end for 42: if g % gn = 0 43: scr ← sc1/(sc1+sc2); 44: end if 45: sc1 ← 0; sc2 ← 0; 46: g = g+1 47: end while 48: output the best fitness of the population; hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 240 figure 1. ademcs flowchart no start initialization mutation update the mutation parameters crossover using rsa crossover end no yes selection g%gn = 0 rand[0,1] < scr update scr stopping criteria met? yes no g < mc × gmax, g%gn = 0 crossover using binomial crossover yes no yes no yes no scr = 0.5 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 241 4. experimental results and discussion we evaluated the performance of our ademcs using 32 benchmark functions. these test functions were selected from ieee cec2015 [56] and ieee cec2017 [57] and divided into two categories: unimodal functions (𝑓1 − 𝑓14) and multimodal functions (𝑓15 − 𝑓32). details of these functions are listed in table 1. table 1. benchmark functions function name function description domain 𝒇∗(𝒙) sphere 𝑓1(𝑥) = ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2𝐷 𝑖=1 . [-100,100] 0 elliptic 𝑓2(𝑥) = ∑ (106) 𝑖−1 𝐷−1𝐷 𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 2. [-100,100] 0 bent cigar 𝑓3(𝑥) = ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2 + 106∑ 𝑥𝑖 2𝐷 𝑖=2 𝐷 𝑖=1 [-100,100] 0 schwefel 1.2 𝑓4(𝑥) = ∑ (∑ 𝑥𝑗 𝑖 𝑗=1 ) 2𝐷 𝑖=1 [-100,100] 0 schwefel 2.22 𝑓5(𝑥) = ∑ |𝑥𝑖| 𝐷 𝑖=1 +∏ |𝑥𝑖| 𝐷 𝑖=1 [-10,10] 0 schwefel 2.21 𝑓6(𝑥) = 𝑚𝑎𝑥{|𝑥𝑖|, 1 ≤ 𝑖 ≤ 𝐷} [-100,100] 0 sum of different power 𝑓7(𝑥) = ∑ |𝑥𝑖| 𝑖+1𝐷 𝑖=1 [-100,100] 0 sum squares 𝑓8(𝑥) = ∑ 𝑖𝑥𝑖 2𝐷 𝑖=1 [-10,10] 0 discus 𝑓9(𝑥) = 106𝑥𝑖 2 + ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2𝐷 𝑖=1 [-100,100] 0 different powers 𝑓10(𝑥) = √∑ |𝑥𝑖| 2+4 𝑖−1 𝐷−1𝐷 𝑖=1 [-100,100] 0 exponential 𝑓11(𝑥) = −𝑒𝑥𝑝(−0.5∑ 𝑥𝑖 2𝐷 𝑖=1 ) [-1,1] -1 zakharov 𝑓12(𝑥) = ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2𝐷 𝑖=1 + (∑ 0.5𝑥𝑖 𝐷 𝑖=1 )2 + (∑ 0.5𝑥𝑖 𝐷 𝑖=1 )4 [-5,10] 0 step 𝑓13(𝑥) = ∑ (|𝑥𝑖 + 0.5|)2𝐷 𝑖=1 [-100,100] 0 noise quartic 𝑓14(𝑥) = ∑ 𝑖𝑥𝑖 4 + 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑[0,1)𝐷 𝑖=1 [-1.28,1.28] 0 rosenbrock 𝑓15(𝑥) = ∑ [100(𝑥𝑖 2 − 𝑥𝑖+1) 2 + (𝑥𝑖 − 1)2]𝐷−1 𝑖=1 [-30,30] 0 griewank 𝑓16(𝑥) = ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2 4000⁄ − ∏ cos(𝑥𝑖 √𝑖⁄ ) + 1𝐷 𝑖=1 𝐷 𝑖=1 [-600,600] 0 rastrigin 𝑓17(𝑥) = ∑ (𝑥𝑖 2 − 10cos(2𝜋𝑥𝑖) + 10)𝐷 𝑖=1 [-5.12,5.12] 0 apline 𝑓18(𝑥) = ∑ |𝑥𝑖 sin 𝑥𝑖 + 0.1𝑥𝑖| 𝐷 𝑖=1 [-100,100] 0 bohachevsky_2 𝑓19(𝑥) = ∑ [𝑥𝑖 2 + 2𝑥𝑖+1 2 − 0.3 cos(3𝜋𝑥𝑖) cos(3𝜋𝑥𝑖+1) + 0.3]𝐷−1 𝑖=1 [-100,100] 0 salomon 𝑓20(𝑥) = −1 cos(2𝜋√∑ 𝑥𝑖 2𝐷 𝑖=1 ) + 0.1√∑ 𝑥𝑖 2𝐷 𝑖=1 [-100,100] 0 scaffer2 𝑓21(𝑥) = ∑ (𝑥𝑖 2 + 𝑥𝑖+1 2 )0.25𝐷 𝑖=1 (sin(50(𝑥𝑖 2 + 𝑥𝑖+1 2 )0.1) + 1), 𝑥𝐷+1 = 𝑥1 [-100,100] 0 ackley 𝑓22(𝑥) = −20𝑒𝑥𝑝(−0.2√∑ 𝑥𝑖 2 𝐷 𝐷 𝑖=1 ) − 𝑒𝑥𝑝 (∑ cos(2𝜋𝑥𝑖) 𝐷 𝐷 𝑖=1 ) + 20 + 𝑒 [-32,32] 0 weierstrass 𝑓23(𝑥) = ∑ (∑ [𝑎𝑘 cos(2𝜋𝑏𝑘(𝑥𝑖 + 0.5))] − 𝐷 ∑ [𝑎𝑘 cos(2𝜋𝑏𝑘 . 0.5)] 𝑘𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑘=0 𝑘𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑘=0 )𝐷 𝑖=1 , ,𝑎 = 0.5, 𝑏 = 3, 𝑘𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 20 [-0.5,0.5] 0 katsuura 𝑓24(𝑥) = 10 𝐷2 ∏ (1 + 𝑖 ∑ |2𝑗𝑥𝑖−𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑(2 𝑗𝑥𝑖)| 2𝑗 32 𝑗=1 ) 10 𝐷1.2𝐷 𝑖=1 [-100,100] 0 happycat 𝑓25(𝑥) = |∑ 𝑥𝑖 2 − 𝐷𝐷 𝑖=1 | 1 4 + (0.5∑ 𝑥𝑖 2𝐷 𝑖=1 +∑ 𝑥𝑖 𝐷 𝑖=1 ) 𝐷⁄ + 0.5 [-100,100] 0 hgbat 𝑓26(𝑥) = |(∑ 𝑥𝑖 2𝐷 𝑖=1 )2 − (∑ 𝑥𝑖 𝐷 𝑖=1 )2|1/2 + (0.5∑ 𝑥𝑖 2𝐷 𝑖=1 +∑ 𝑥𝑖 𝐷 𝑖=1 ) 𝐷⁄ + 0.5 [-100,100] 0 scaffer’s f6 𝑓27(𝑥) = ∑ (0.5 + ((sin(√𝑥𝑖 2 + 𝑥𝑖+1 2 )) 2 − 0.5) /(1 + 0.001(𝑥𝑖 2 + 𝑥𝑖+1 2 )) 2 )𝐷 𝑖=1 , 𝑥𝐷+1 = 𝑥1, [-0.5,0.5] 0 expanded scaffer 𝑓28(𝑥) = 𝑓27(𝑥1, 𝑥2) + 𝑓27(𝑥2, 𝑥3) + ⋯+ 𝑓27(𝑥𝐷−1, 𝑥𝐷) + 𝑓27(𝑥𝐷, 𝑥1), [-5,5] 0 griewank+rosenbrock 𝑓29(𝑥) = 𝑓16(𝑓15(𝑥1, 𝑥2)) + 𝑓16(𝑓15(𝑥2, 𝑥3)) + ⋯+ 𝑓16(𝑓15(𝑥𝐷−1, 𝑥𝐷)) + 𝑓16(𝑓15(𝑥𝐷, 𝑥1)) [-5.12,5.12] 0 ncrastrigin 𝑓30(𝑥) = ∑ [𝑦𝑖 2 − 10 cos(2𝜋𝑦𝑖) + 10],𝐷 𝑖=1 ,𝑦𝑖 = { 𝑥𝑖,,|𝑥𝑖| < 0.5 𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑(2𝑥𝑖) 2 , |𝑥𝑖| ≥ 0.5 [-10,10] 0 levy and montalvo 1 𝑓31(𝑥) = , 𝜋 𝐷 {10(sin(𝜋𝑦1)) 2 + ∑ (𝑦𝑖 − 1)2[1 + 10(sin(𝜋𝑦𝑖+1)) 2]𝐷−1 𝑖=1 + (𝑦𝐷 − 1)2} + ∑ 𝑢(𝑥𝑖 , 10,100,4) 𝐷 𝑖=1 𝑦 = 1 + 1 4 (𝑥𝑖 + 1), 𝑢(𝑥𝑖 , 10,100,4) = { 𝑘(𝑥𝑖 − 𝑎)𝑚, 𝑥𝑖 > 𝑎 0,−𝑎 ≤ 𝑥𝑖 ≤ 𝑎 𝑘(−𝑥𝑖 − 𝑎)𝑚, 𝑥𝑖 < −𝑎 [-10,10] 0 levy and montalvo 2 𝑓32(𝑥) = ,0.1{10(sin(3𝜋𝑥1)) 2 + ∑ (𝑥𝑖 − 1)2[1 + (sin(3𝜋𝑥𝑖+1)) 2]𝐷−1 𝑖=1 + (𝑥𝐷 − 1)2[1 + (sin(2𝜋𝑥𝐷)) 2]} + ∑ 𝑢(𝑥𝑖 , 5,100,4) 𝐷 𝑖=1 [-5,5] 0 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 242 in assessing the effectiveness of ademcs, we ran three sets of experiments. the first set focused on sensitivity analysis of the algorithm parameters. in the second set, we analyzed the effect of each proposed strategy on the performance of ademcs. these strategies included our new adaptive mutation strategy as well as combining the hunting coordination operator from rsa. lastly, we evaluated ademcs against nine other state-of-the-art de variants. the following paragraph explains the experimental setup for all algorithms and examines the results of each experiment in detail. 4.1. experimental setup to ensure a fair comparison, we set dimension d = 30 for both the first and second experiments. however, for the third experiment, we used three different dimensions: 30, 50, and 100. the size of populations was fixed at 100, and the maximum number of generations g was set to 1000. each algorithm was executed for 30 independent trials to obtain reliable and statistically significant results. for performance evaluation, we used friedman and wilcoxon's statistic test [58]. the parameter settings for each comparison algorithm are in table 2. table 2. parameters of the compared algorithms algorithm parameter values de cr = 0.9, f = 0.5 degh f = 0.3 ede h = 100, mf(1:h) = mcr(1:h) = 0.5, f = randn(mf, 0.1), cr = randn(mcr, 0.1) cipde c = 0.1, μf = 0.7, μcr = 0.5 ejade c = 0.1, μf = μcr = 0.5, p = 0.05, cr = randn(μcr, 0.1), f = randn(μf, 0.1) atlde cr = 0.9, ε = 0.5 ebde h = 100, p = 0.1, mf(1:h) = mcr(1:h) = 0.5, cr = randn(mcr, 0.1), f = randn(mf, 0.1) lshade-spacma pbest = 0.11, h = 1.4, fcp =s 0.5, arc_rate = 5, c = 0.8 immsade τ = 0.7, λ є [0.7,1.0], f є [0.1,0.8], cr є [0.3.10] depso c1 = c2 = 2, ω є [0.4,0.9], cr є [0.3,1.0], f є [0.1,0.8], nsmax = 5, τ = 0.7, sep = 0.4.np, γ = 0.001 ade f = 0.5, λ = 0.5, cr = 0.9 ademcs f = 0.5, λ = 0.5, lr = 0.05, cr = 0.9, c = 0.1, α = 0.1, mc = 0.15, gn = 05 4.2. sensitivity analysis of algorithm parameters in the first part of the experiments, we analyzed the parameter sensitivity to gain an understanding of their impact on the performance. the analysis involved investigating two crucial aspects: the learning rate of the proposed adaptive mutation strategy and the number of generations initiating and updating the probability of multiple strategies for the crossover operator. by systematically varying these parameters and observing their effects, we aimed to fine-tune the algorithm and identify optimal parameter settings that lead to improved optimization outcomes. the insights gained from this comprehensive sensitivity analysis laid the foundation for the subsequent experiments and provided valuable guidance for enhancing ademcs efficiency and effectiveness in solving optimization problems. 4.3. analyzing the effect of the learning rate the friedman rank test results in figure 2 showed that the learning rate lr = 0.05 achieved the highest rank, followed by lr = 0.3, lr = 0.1, lr = 0.2, and lr = 0.01. however, when analyzed using wilcoxon's test, as shown in table 3, comparing lr = 0.05 with the other learning rate parameters, the results indicated that there were no statistically significant differences between the performance of ademcs using learning rates ranging from 0.01 to 0.3. the lack of significant differences among the learning rates suggests that all the learning rates have a comparable effect on enhancing ademcs performance. the reason behind this lies in how the ademcs algorithm dynamically adjusted its mutation parameters based on the learning rate. regardless of the specific learning rate value used, the algorithm adapted its behavior effectively to optimize solutions. in other words, the algorithm's ability to fine-tune its mutation parameters compensated for any differences introduced by varying learning rates. consequently, the observed differences in performance between different learning rates were not statistically significant. this suggests that the algorithm's adaptive nature rendered the choice of learning rate less influential, ensuring consistent performance across different learning rates. overall, we still used lr = 0.05 because it has better performance compared to other learning rates, even though statistically it did not have a significant effect. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 243 figure 2. friedman rank test for different learning rates value table 3. wilcoxon’s test for different learning rates value lr = 0.05 vs. p-value α = 0.05 α = 0.1 lr = 0.01 5.6e-02 no yes lr = 0.1 7.3e-01 no no lr = 0.2 8.6e-01 no no lr = 0.3 1.6e-01 no no 4.4. analyzing the impact of the number of generations on initiating and updating the probability of multiple crossover strategies determining the optimal values for the number of generations to initiate the multiple crossover strategies, mc, and the number of generations to update the probability of multiple crossover strategies, gn, is important to maximizing ademcs performance. to achieve this, we ran two sets of experiments to find the best combination for mc and gn. in the first set, mc = 0.15 × gmax was compared with five different parameters for gn: 3, 5, 10, 15, and 20. the friedman rank test in figure 3 showed that the combination mc = 0.15 × gmax with gn = 5 achieved the highest rank. following this, mc = 0.15 × gmax with gn = 10 obtained the second-highest rank; mc = 0.15 × gmax with gn = 20 ranked third; mc = 0.15 × gmax with gn = 15 ranked fourth; and mc = 0.15 × gmax with gn = 3 ranked fifth. moreover, we analyzed the significant difference of best-performing combination (mc = 0.15 × gmax with gn = 5) and other combinations using the wilcoxon test. the results in table 4 showed that mc = 0.15 × gmax with gn = 5 was significantly different from mc = 0.15 × gmax with gn = 3. however, with the other combinations, the differences were not significant. based on these findings, we used the combination mc = 0.15 × gmax with gn = 5 to obtain the best ademcs performance. the reason for selecting gn = 5 is the need to strike a balance between exploration and exploitation in the search space. updating the probability of multiple crossover strategies every five generations allows for a sufficiently frequent adaptation to the evolving landscape of the problem space. this interval ensures that ademcs maintains a dynamic approach, swiftly responding to changes in the search landscape while avoiding premature convergence or stagnation. in contrast, deviations from the five-generation update interval could lead to suboptimal performance. table 4. wilcoxon’s test for different gn; mc = 0.15 mc = 0.15×gmax with gn = 5 vs. p-value α = 0.05 α = 0.1 mc = 0.15×gmax with gn = 3 2.8e-02 yes yes mc = 0.15×gmax with gn = 10 4.6e-01 no no mc = 0.15×gmax with gn = 15 1.3e-01 no no mc = 0.15×gmax with gn = 20 9.2e-01 no no hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 244 figure 3. friedman rank test for different gn; mc = 0.15 in the second set, we focused on gn = 5 and compared it with five different mcs: 0.05, 0.15, 0.25, 0.35, and 0.45. the friedman rank test result in figure 4 showed mc = 0.15 × gmax with gn = 5 achieved the highest rank with a mean rank of 1.19. following this, mc = 0.25 × gmax with gn = 5 obtained the second rank; mc = 0.05 × gmax with gn = 5 ranked third; mc = 0.45 × gmax with gn = 05 ranked fourth; and mc = 0.35 × gmax with gn = 5 ranked fifth. the wilcoxon test in table 5 indicated that mc = 0.15 × gmax with gn = 5 exhibited significant improvement compared to mc = 0.05 × gmax with gn = 5. however, for the other combinations, the results did not show any statistically significant difference. based on these findings, we can conclude that to achieve the best performance for ademcs, the combination value of mc = 0.15 × gmax with gn = 5 should be used. it can help ademcs initiate the multiple crossover strategy at an optimal point during the evolutionary steps. the choice represents 15% of the maximum number of generations, which allows for balanced exploration-exploitation abilities. initiating multiple crossovers at this proportion of generations ensures that the algorithm has sufficiently explored the search space, reducing the risk of premature convergence. additionally, setting mc = 0.15 allows for effective utilization of the multiple crossover strategies, enhancing the algorithm's ability to navigate complex optimization landscapes and converge towards highquality solutions. figure 4. friedman rank test for different value of mc; gn = 5 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 245 table 5. wilcoxon’s test for different number of mc; gn = 5 mc = 0.15×gmax with gn = 5 vs. p-value α = 0.05 α = 0.1 mc = 0.05×gmax with gn = 5 2.8e-02 yes yes mc = 0.25×gmax with gn = 5 9.2e-01 no no mc = 0.35×gmax with gn = 5 4.8e-01 no no mc = 0.45×gmax with gn = 5 8.7e-01 no no 4.5. effect of each proposed strategy on de performance we evaluated the impact of each new strategy that was adopted in ademcs to enhance its performance. for this purpose, we compared the new adaptive mutation strategy (ade) and the new adaptive differential evolution algorithm with multiple crossover strategy scheme (ademcs) against the classical de. the comparison involved examining the error in global optimum values achieved by each algorithm, analyzing their convergence curves, and conducting the friedman test and wilcoxon's test, as shown in tables 6 and 7, and figures 5 and 6. the results in table 6 indicated that each new strategy contributed to enhancing de performance. ade performed better than de on twenty-nine benchmark functions, with only a slightly worse performance observed in six benchmark functions (f16, f19, f22, f24, f26, and f28). the better performance of ade over de was further supported by the results of the friedman test in figure 5, where ade attained the second rank. the convergence results shown in figure 6 also supported the effectiveness of ade. the ade converged much faster than the de, further demonstrating the impact of the proposed adaptive mutation strategy on enhancing ade performance. these observations collectively suggested that the introduced adaptive mutation strategy played a significant role in enhancing ade efficiency and effectiveness in solving complex optimization problems. ade’s better performance over classical de was primarily attributed to its adaptive mutation strategy, which dynamically adjusted the first mutation parameter λ based on problem specifics and algorithmic progress while keeping the second mutation parameter f = 0.5 to maintain population diversity. this adaptive approach effectively balances exploration and exploitation, allowing ade to navigate the solution space efficiently. by adopting two mutation operators, ade efficiently explored diverse solution regions while refining promising solutions, leading to faster convergence compared to classical de. moreover, the strategy prevented premature convergence by maintaining population diversity and adapting to unique problem characteristics. overall, the adaptive mutation strategy enhanced ade’s performance, positioning it as a promising and efficient approach for solving complex optimization problems. in addition, according to the friedman test in figure 6, ademcs demonstrated better performance than de and ade, achieving the first rank, and significantly outperformed them based on the wilcoxon test results in table 7. based on table 6, ademcs consistently performed better than de across the majority of optimization problems, only showing slightly worse performance on f26. additionally, when compared to ade, ademcs obtained better results in twentynine benchmark problems, with only slightly worse performance observed in two functions (f25 and f29). by using the multiple crossover strategy, ademcs demonstrated the capability to achieve global or near-optimum solutions more effectively. in terms of convergence speed, as shown in figure 4, we found that ademcs converged faster than the other algorithms. this indicated the high efficiency of the multiple crossover strategy in guiding de towards improved solutions in challenging optimization problems. the multiple crossover strategy significantly enhanced the ademcs performance. thanks to the hunting coordination operator, ademcs had gained an improved local search potential. this operator refined trial vectors based on the current best vector, promoting iterative refinement and facilitating movement toward promising regions in the solution space. the mechanism for updating the crossover probability in each iteration effectively balanced exploration and exploitation. additionally, the controlled application of multiple crossover strategies, initiated after a set threshold of generations, prevented premature convergence and ensured optimal use of these strategies. through these enhancements, ademcs achieved superior convergence rates and outperformed both de and ade in various benchmark functions, showcasing its effectiveness in solving complex optimization problems. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 246 table 6. results for de, ade, and ademcs function number de ade ademcs function number de ade ademcs mean and sd mean and sd mean and sd mean and sd mean and sd mean and sd ƒ1 7.98e-08 1.39e-62 0.00e+00 ƒ17 1.86e+02 1.68e+02 0.00e+00 4.64e-08 3.36e-62 0.00e+00 1.11e+01 1.23e+01 0.00e+00 ƒ2 5.52e-05 3.44e-57 0.00e+00 ƒ18 4.47e-02 7.79e-03 0.00e+00 3.31e-05 8.16e-57 0.00e+00 3.44e-02 1.11e-02 0.00e+00 ƒ3 6.25e-02 1.43e-53 0.00e+00 ƒ19 4.54e-06 1.33e-01 0.00e+00 4.57e-02 3.83e-53 0.00e+00 4.47e-06 3.67e-01 0.00e+00 ƒ4 5.05e+01 1.32e-16 0.00e+00 ƒ20 3.05e-01 1.84e-01 0.00e+00 2.33e+01 3.65e-16 0.00e+00 2.09e-02 3.18e-02 0.00e+00 ƒ5 7.01e-04 1.34e-30 0.00e+00 ƒ21 8.42e+01 7.06e+01 0.00e+00 2.39e-04 4.10e-30 0.00e+00 9.43e+00 5.01e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ6 4.41e-01 1.48e-07 0.00e+00 f22 9.18e-05 1.45e-01 0.00e+00 7.00e-01 6.22e-08 0.00e+00 2.62e-05 3.82e-01 0.00e+00 ƒ7 1.69e-13 1.14e-100 0.00e+00 ƒ23 6.40e-02 5.26e-02 0.00e+00 5.67e-13 6.14e-100 0.00e+00 1.24e-02 2.88e-01 0.00e+00 ƒ8 1.02e-08 1.02e-63 0.00e+00 ƒ24 1.94e+00 2.23e+00 0.00e+00 5.22e-09 1.68e-63 0.00e+00 2.63e-01 2.52e-01 0.00e+00 ƒ9 1.40e-07 1.11e-61 0.00e+00 ƒ25 4.68e-01 3.35e-01 3.51e-01 9.91e-08 1.67e-61 0.00e+00 6.13e-02 5.97e-02 6.05e-02 ƒ10 6.01e-06 9.64e-40 0.00e+00 ƒ26 3.60e-01 4.64e-01 3.99e-01 2.76e-06 2.99e-39 0.00e+00 1.29e-01 1.80e-01 1.11e-01 ƒ11 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ27 3.97e-12 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.84e-12 7.71e-17 0.00e+00 2.94e-12 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ12 5.18e-08 1.30e-61 0.00e+00 ƒ28 4.47e-12 6.56e+00 0.00e+00 7.27e-08 1.72e-61 0.00e+00 1.99e-12 4.74e-01 0.00e+00 ƒ13 9.40e-08 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ29 1.84e+00 1.16e+00 1.80e+00 6.04e-08 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 8.78e-01 1.99e-01 3.55e-09 ƒ14 1.45e-02 2.10e-03 1.52e-05 ƒ30 1.57e+02 1.36e+02 0.00e+00 3.91e-03 8.23e-04 1.03e-05 1.08e+01 1.28e+01 0.00e+00 ƒ15 2.25e+01 3.40e+00 2.43e+00 ƒ31 6.90e-11 1.57e-32 1.57e-32 6.92e-01 2.43e+00 2.57e+00 6.20e-11 5.57e-48 5.57e-48 ƒ16 2.50e-04 4.51e-03 0.00e+00 ƒ32 8.86e-10 1.35e-31 1.35e-31 1.35e-03 7.17e-03 0.00e+00 1.38e-09 4.45e-47 4.45e-47 figure 5. friedman rank test for de, ade, and ademcs hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 247 table 7. wilcoxon’s test for ademcs, de, and ade ademcs vs. p-value α = 0.05 α = 0.1 de 7.950e-07 yes yes ade 1.880e-04 yes yes figure 6. convergence curves for de, ade, and ademcs 4.6. comparison with state-of-the-art de variants in our third experiment, we ran a comparative analysis of our proposed algorithm ademcs with nine state-of-theart de variants, namely immsade [59], cipde [60], ebde [61], ede [61], ejade [4], lshade-spacma [50], hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 248 depso [37], atlde [62], and degh [63]. the results of these compared algorithms were sourced from zhong et al. [63]. the main goal of this experiment was to thoroughly evaluate the performance of ademcs in solving various optimization problems compared to other established algorithms. to accomplish this goal, we assessed the error-best global values and compared their performances using metric addition, subtraction, and equality tests. additionally, we employed two statistical tests, namely friedman and wilcoxon tests, to gain deeper insights into the overall performance differences between ademcs and the other de variants. in the subsequent paragraph, we will elaborate on the funding for this research. table 9 displays the results of the experiment run with a dimension d = 30. our new proposed algorithm, ademcs, demonstrated its capability to achieve global or near-global optimal solutions across twenty-nine benchmark functions (f1-f14, f16-f24, f27-f32). the best-known solution of function f15 was obtained by ejade, while the best-known solutions of functions f25 were achieved by cipde and f26 were gained by ede. furthermore, as indicated in table 8, ademcs exhibited superior performance compared to the nine state-of-the-art de variants. in particular, ademcs obtained a better result than degh on 8 functions, ede on 25 functions, cipde on 23 functions, ejade on 29 functions, atlde on 26 functions, ebde on 26 functions, lsahde-spacma on 24 functions, immsade on 28 functions, and depso on 27 functions. additionally, we analyzed the performance of our proposed method, ademcs, in solving both unimodal (f1-f14) and multimodal functions (f15-f32). according to the results in table 9, it was evident that ademcs achieved superior performance on all unimodal functions and consistently approached or attained the global optimum value for most unimodal functions, with the exception of f14, where it achieved a near-global optimal value. notably, among the comparison methods, degh also demonstrated commendable results by locating the global optimum value for most unimodal functions, only slightly worse than our proposed method, adecms, on f13 and f14. the comparison demonstrated that ademcs has better performance across a wide range of optimization tasks. it is important to note that ademcs employed a different strategy compared to degh, characterized by two main differences. firstly, while ademcs adopted a single adaptive mutation strategy, degh used multiple (four) adaptive mutation strategies. secondly, in the crossover steps, ademcs integrated multiple (two) crossover strategies, whereas degh used a single crossover strategy. essentially, while ademcs aimed to enhance de performance through modifications to the crossover operator, degh pursued the same goal through adjustments to mutation strategies. the rationale behind our decision to enhance the crossover operator stemmed from our observation of de, where we found that the crossover operator significantly impacted de's exploration ability but often lacked exploitation capabilities. to address this imbalance, we incorporated multiple crossover strategies by leveraging the reptile search algorithm, known for its good exploitation abilities. this enhancement of the crossover operator demonstrated good performance in terms of overall ademcs effectiveness. regarding multimodal functions, ademcs achieved better performance over other comparison algorithms. specifically, ademcs was able to obtain the global or near-global optimum value for 15 out of 18 multimodal functions, showing only slightly worse performance on 3 multimodal functions (f15, f25, and f26). for f15, the best result was obtained by ejade, although it only achieved a near-global optimum value. it is important to note that f15, known as the rosenbrock function, presented complex multimodal characteristics, making convergence towards the global minimum problematic for gradient descent methods due to its narrow, curved valley and the presence of flat regions. furthermore, for f25, the best result was achieved by cipde, while ede obtained the best result on f26. in addition, the friedman test shown in figure 7 further supports the good performance of ademcs, as it achieved the first rank. finally, we used a wilcoxon test to analyze the differences in performance of ademcs compared to other algorithms, for d = 30. the findings from table 10 revealed that ademcs exhibited significantly higher performance compared to the other algorithms, affirming its capabilities and effectiveness. table 8. performance of ademcs with nine state-of-the-art de variants using addition (+), subtraction (-), and equality (=) tests ademcs vs. d = 30 +/-/= d = 50 +/-/= d = 100 +/-/= degh 8/0/24 7/1/24 5/4/23 ede 25/2/5 30/2/0 28/4/0 cipde 23/3/6 27/4/1 28/4/0 ejade 29/2/1 29/3/0 28/4/0 atlde 26/0/6 26/0/6 26/0/6 ebde 26/2/4 30/2/0 24/2/6 lsahde-spacma 24/2/6 27/3/2 28/4/0 immsade 28/0/4 29/0/3 29/1/2 depso 27/0/5 25/0/7 24/0/8 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 249 table 9. results for ademcs with nine state-of-the-art de variants (d = 30) function number degh ede cipde ejade atlde ebde lshade-spacma imm sade depso ademcs mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd ƒ1 0.00e+00 2.32e-38 2.91e-43 2.10e-39 1.50e-54 1.40e-48 1.60e-63 2.21e-29 3.35e-93 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 3.98e-38 1.19e-42 3.34e-39 2.50e-54 5.00e-48 2.74e-63 9.12e-29 1.60e-92 0.00e+00 ƒ2 0.00e+00 1.71e-33 3.62e-40 1.06e-34 1.41e-50 2.27e-43 1.83e-54 1.58e-23 6.00e-96 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 5.63e-33 1.16e-39 3.92e-34 1.92e-50 6.50e-43 3.29e-54 8.61e-23 2.26e-95 0.00e+00 ƒ3 0.00e+00 7.84e-31 3.52e-38 1.02e-31 4.17e-48 3.99e-41 1.07e-51 8.11e-22 7.32e-93 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 2.25e-30 1.09e-37 4.32e-31 1.34e-47 1.45e-40 4.73e-51 3.43e-21 4.01e-92 0.00e+00 ƒ4 0.00e+00 5.94e-05 2.35e-10 8.10e-10 5.68e-53 1.07e-12 4.24e-31 3.07e+00 4.49e-91 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.08e-04 8.88e-10 1.37e-09 2.09e-52 2.78e-12 1.55e-30 7.02e+00 2.46e-90 0.00e+00 ƒ5 0.00e+00 5.55e-21 2.27e-20 6.79e-17 2.05e-26 6.77e-26 1.56e-33 8.87e-16 3.89e-50 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 9.88e-21 7.54e-20 1.63e-16 3.84e-26 1.51e-25 1.39e-33 2.95e-15 2.08e-49 0.00e+00 ƒ6 0.00e+00 6.29e-03 1.45e-08 2.01e-04 5.83e-23 7.09e-08 7.05e-23 3.55e-08 1.73e-49 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 7.53e-03 3.89e-08 2.46e-04 7.42e-23 9.93e-08 1.66e-22 6.88e-08 8.89e-49 0.00e+00 ƒ7 0.00e+00 1.86e-35 3.18e-55 5.59e-71 2.68e-115 2.86e-64 2.61e-69 1.33e-83 3.44e-113 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 7.83e-35 1.74e-54 2.13e-70 1.06e-114 1.57e-63 1.36e-68 7.22e-83 1.87e-112 0.00e+00 ƒ8 0.00e+00 6.11e-39 5.84e-45 3.06e-40 1.03e-54 4.81e-50 8.50e-68 3.29e-26 2.81e-99 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 7.36e-39 2.33e-44 5.20e-40 3.32e-54 9.75e-50 1.23e-67 1.78e-25 1.53e-98 0.00e+00 ƒ9 0.00e+00 1.66e-36 1.08e-44 4.08e-37 1.04e-53 9.04e-48 9.90e-58 1.86e-27 1.13e-99 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 2.78e-36 2.56e-44 1.79e-36 2.10e-53 2.00e-47 4.49e-57 5.96e-27 4.45e-99 0.00e+00 ƒ10 0.00e+00 1.88e-16 1.79e-27 4.33e-25 1.43e-35 3.08e-25 4.00e-26 1.34e-20 1.04e-54 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 4.26e-16 2.90e-27 5.22e-25 4.98e-35 9.17e-25 9.10e-26 7.29e-20 5.64e-54 0.00e+00 ƒ11 0.00e+00 7.40e-18 0.00e+00 1.52e-16 0.00e+00 8.51e-17 0.00e+00 -5.00e-01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 2.82e-17 0.00e+00 6.17e-17 0.00e+00 4.78e-17 0.00e+00 5.04e-01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ12 0.00e+00 2.62e-35 2.76e-48 8.22e-38 4.36e-55 7.27e-48 1.17e-67 6.02e-27 7.93e-99 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 7.06e-35 7.81e-48 2.21e-37 1.59e-54 1.23e-47 2.19e-67 3.16e-26 4.01e-98 0.00e+00 ƒ13 6.17e-20 1.75e-32 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 4.62e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 5.69e-03 2.21e+00 0.00e+00 7.02e-20 3.27e-33 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 2.45e-03 3.15e-01 0.00e+00 ƒ14 3.90e-03 4.49e-03 1.60e-03 2.19e-03 1.48e-03 3.09e-03 2.56e-03 3.19e-01 4.14e-01 1.52e-05 2.04e-03 2.21e-03 1.20e-03 1.09e-03 6.33e-04 1.45e-03 1.53e-03 2.34e-01 2.81e-01 1.03e-05 ƒ15 2.56e+01 1.29e+01 7.46e-01 6.67e-01 2.89e+01 7.41e-01 9.52e+00 2.58e+01 2.80e+01 2.43e+00 3.93e-01 1.08e+00 7.49e-01 1.51e+00 3.24e-02 1.43e+00 1.68e+00 2.12e-01 3.35e-01 2.57e+00 ƒ16 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 2.47e-04 0.00e+00 6.15e-03 9.04e-04 0.00e+00 1.28e-03 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.35e-03 0.00e+00 1.06e-02 2.86e-03 0.00e+00 4.96e-03 0.00e+00 ƒ17 0.00e+00 9.09e+00 1.10e+00 2.43e+01 6.09e+00 5.85e-01 9.05e+00 4.38e+01 3.88e-09 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.80e+00 1.07e+00 1.29e+01 3.34e+01 1.06e+00 2.71e+00 2.96e+01 2.13e-08 0.00e+00 ƒ18 0.00e+00 1.36e-02 6.10e-03 1.09e-12 1.56e-25 4.85e-16 3.18e-15 4.06e-14 5.28e-51 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 6.64e-03 1.29e-03 5.90e-12 4.48e-25 5.14e-16 1.57e-14 1.55e-13 1.36e-50 0.00e+00 ƒ19 0.00e+00 7.40e-18 0.00e+00 2.04e-16 0.00e+00 3.99e-01 2.75e-02 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 2.82e-17 0.00e+00 1.64e-16 0.00e+00 6.27e-01 1.05e-01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ20 0.00e+00 1.83e-01 1.07e-01 2.93e-01 5.00e-02 2.43e-01 3.63e-01 1.42e-01 9.99e-02 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 3.79e-02 2.54e-02 6.91e-02 5.08e-02 5.04e-02 8.50e-02 4.78e-02 1.21e-07 0.00e+00 ƒ21 0.00e+00 3.70e+00 2.53e+00 1.29e+01 1.69e+01 2.69e+00 1.24e+00 3.09e+01 6.12e-02 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 7.72e-01 7.45e-01 8.01e+00 2.42e+01 5.36e-01 3.30e-01 7.16e+00 8.24e-02 0.00e+00 ƒ22 0.00e+00 5.68e-15 3.55e-15 2.29e-14 3.55e-15 6.28e-15 3.55e-15 4.38e-15 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.77e-15 0.00e+00 6.31e-15 0.00e+00 1.53e-15 0.00e+00 3.89e-15 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ23 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.10e-12 8.88e-02 0.00e+00 1.09e-01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 4.30e-12 7.20e-02 0.00e+00 1.65e-01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ24 0.00e+00 1.83e-02 1.89e-02 7.36e-02 1.40e+00 7.86e-03 3.78e-02 6.24e-01 6.49e-01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.73e-03 3.73e-03 4.85e-02 1.16e+00 2.32e-03 4.31e-03 1.04e-01 1.05e-01 0.00e+00 ƒ25 3.59e-01 2.19e-01 1.40e-01 2.38e-01 5.80e-01 2.30e-01 2.53e-01 4.55e-01 8.32e-01 3.51e-01 4.85e-02 2.68e-02 3.66e-02 6.01e-02 1.20e-01 5.30e-02 3.94e-02 5.40e-02 8.93e-02 6.05e-02 ƒ26 4.18e-01 3.48e-01 3.71e-01 4.09e-01 4.40e-01 4.39e-01 3.95e-01 3.93e-01 4.98e-01 3.99e-01 2.93e-02 9.30e-02 8.88e-02 1.33e-01 3.62e-02 1.94e-01 1.51e-01 3.92e-02 5.87e-03 1.11e-01 ƒ27 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.48e-17 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 8.11e-17 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ28 0.00e+00 7.37e-01 5.49e-01 5.70e-01 0.00e+00 5.43e-01 4.12e-01 3.43e+00 4.38e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 8.86e-02 9.74e-02 6.53e-02 0.00e+00 7.57e-02 9.71e-02 4.78e-01 1.12e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ29 7.67e+00 2.80e+00 2.01e+00 2.95e+00 1.32e+01 2.23e+00 3.18e+00 1.21e+01 1.15e+01 1.80e+00 5.40e-01 2.07e-01 2.70e-01 3.78e-01 1.30e+00 1.82e-01 1.11e+00 8.27e-01 3.77e-01 3.55e-09 ƒ30 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 3.41e+01 6.97e+00 1.10e-07 1.39e+01 1.68e+01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.34e+01 2.69e+01 6.02e-07 4.21e+00 8.02e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ31 1.04e-22 1.57e-32 1.57e-32 2.78e-32 2.52e-01 1.57e-32 1.57e-32 2.61e-04 6.99e-02 1.57e-32 1.26e-22 5.57e-48 5.57e-48 1.35e-32 9.43e-02 5.57e-48 5.57e-48 8.77e-05 2.08e-02 5.57e-48 ƒ32 1.19e-21 1.42e-31 1.36e-31 1.35e-31 1.20e+00 1.35e-31 1.35e-31 9.31e-03 3.54e-01 1.35e-31 2.02e-21 1.24e-33 2.77e-33 6.68e-47 3.83e-01 6.68e-47 6.68e-47 3.99e-03 8.20e-02 4.45e-47 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 250 figure 7. friedman rank test for ademcs with nine state-of-the-art de variants (d = 30) table 10. wilcoxon’s test for ademcs vs. nine state-of-the-art de variants (d = 30). ademcs vs. p-value α = 0.05 α = 0.1 degh 5.1e-02 no yes ede 3.8e-03 yes yes cipde 6.6e-03 yes yes ejade 2.5e-04 yes yes atlde 5.6e-06 yes yes ebde 6.6e-03 yes yes lsahde-spacma 3.1e-03 yes yes immsade 2.1e-05 yes yes depso 5.6e-06 yes yes for analyzing the performance of ademcs with d = 50, table 11 demonstrated that our new algorithm achieved global or near-global optimal solutions across twenty-eight benchmark functions (f1-f14, f16-f24, f26-f30). notably, function f15 was achieved by ejade, while functions f25 and f32 were achieved by cipde and lshade-spacma, respectively. additionally, the best result for function f31 was achieved by both cipde and spacma. specifically, ademcs obtained better results than degh on 7 functions, ede on 30 functions, cipde on 27 functions, ejade on 29 functions, atlde on 26 functions, ebde on 30 functions, lsahde-spacma on 27 functions, immsade on 29 functions, and depso on 25 functions. this comparison underscored the good performance of ademcs across a diverse set of optimization tasks. for both unimodal and multimodal functions with d = 50, our new method, ademcs, demonstrated better performance by achieving better results for all unimodal functions compared to other comparison algorithms. in the case of multimodal functions, ademcs performed better than other comparison algorithms on 14 out of 18 multimodal functions. it was slightly worse than some other algorithms for functions f15, f25, f31, and f32. in addition, after conducting further analysis of ademcs's performance in solving both unimodal and multimodal functions with d = 50 and comparing its performance with that of d = 30, a slight decrease in performance was observed for multimodal functions, while ademcs showed stable and robust performance for unimodal functions. this decrease in performance occurred because ademcs only used one adaptive mutation strategy, which might not be enough when dealing with multimodal functions with high dimensionality. overall, despite this limitation, we can conclude that ademcs yielded competitive results compared to other comparison algorithms in solving both unimodal and multimodal functions with d = 50. the results from the friedman test presented in figure 8 further reinforced the performance of ademcs. it achieved the first rank, providing robust evidence of its good performance over the other comparison algorithms. the findings from the friedman test presented ademcs as the top-performing algorithm. finally, the wilcoxon test was conducted to analyze the differences in performance, and the results are presented in table 12. the findings confirmed that ademcs had significantly better performance compared to the other comparison algorithms. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 251 table 11. results for ademcs with nine state-of-the-art de variants (d = 50) function number degh ede cipde ejade atlde ebde lshade-spacma imm sade depso ademcs mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd ƒ1 0.00e+00 4.70e-20 6.43e-34 5.33e-21 7.20e-54 3.56e-25 7.12e-36 2.07e-20 2.92e-95 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.41e-19 1.54e-33 9.49e-21 1.18e-53 6.06e-25 1.63e-35 1.03e-19 1.57e-94 0.00e+00 ƒ2 0.00e+00 1.68e-15 7.56e-29 4.17e-16 2.30e-49 1.26e-19 3.11e-12 1.19e-16 2.25e-94 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 7.21e-15 1.14e-28 7.11e-16 6.00e-49 5.82e-19 1.32e-11 6.46e-16 7.88e-94 0.00e+00 ƒ3 0.00e+00 4.05e-12 1.02e-27 6.74e-14 1.38e-47 3.18e-17 2.87e-24 3.07e-15 7.03e-87 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.48e-11 2.17e-27 2.25e-13 3.17e-47 9.51e-17 9.59e-24 1.63e-14 3.85e-86 0.00e+00 ƒ4 0.00e+00 3.73e+00 3.32e-02 4.96e-02 1.59e-52 8.06e-03 2.48e-03 5.77e+02 1.56e-90 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 2.75e+00 3.51e-02 3.69e-02 3.48e-52 7.01e-03 3.24e-03 1.03e+03 8.42e-90 0.00e+00 ƒ5 0.00e+00 1.25e-12 1.12e-17 3.02e-08 2.84e-26 3.86e-13 1.18e-23 1.97e-12 1.37e-51 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.66e-12 1.10e-17 4.42e-08 5.51e-26 7.37e-13 6.48e-24 7.76e-12 6.72e-51 0.00e+00 ƒ6 0.00e+00 1.65e+00 3.72e-01 1.70e+00 8.70e-23 6.26e-01 1.07e-01 2.30e-05 5.06e-47 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 7.73e-01 2.37e-01 7.41e-01 1.73e-22 3.56e-01 6.23e-02 4.93e-05 2.75e-46 0.00e+00 ƒ7 0.00e+00 1.46e-06 2.90e-27 8.34e-33 1.67e-113 1.91e-21 4.44e-25 1.01e-65 4.10e-115 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 6.55e-06 1.58e-26 2.25e-32 6.21e-113 9.86e-21 1.80e-24 5.47e-65 2.25e-114 0.00e+00 ƒ8 0.00e+00 4.52e-21 9.36e-35 2.19e-21 5.40e-54 1.44e-25 2.42e-41 2.68e-24 2.26e-97 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.03e-20 8.78e-35 4.08e-21 2.48e-53 2.50e-25 1.11e-40 1.32e-23 9.99e-97 0.00e+00 ƒ9 0.00e+00 1.96e-19 4.82e-33 7.29e-20 2.89e-53 4.23e-24 2.58e-26 2.09e-23 4.77e-95 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 6.00e-19 7.82e-33 1.52e-19 1.03e-52 1.19e-23 6.25e-26 1.12e-22 2.61e-94 0.00e+00 ƒ10 0.00e+00 3.72e-08 3.12e-16 5.97e-13 1.80e-32 4.37e-12 8.96e-11 2.14e-15 4.43e-53 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 7.10e-08 3.43e-16 6.78e-13 2.98e-32 5.19e-12 2.42e-10 1.16e-14 2.42e-52 0.00e+00 ƒ11 0.00e+00 1.22e-16 9.25e-17 6.22e-16 0.00e+00 1.44e-16 0.00e+00 -5.00e-01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 3.39e-17 4.21e-17 1.76e-16 0.00e+00 5.17e-17 0.00e+00 5.04e-01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ12 0.00e+00 3.31e-19 4.90e-32 8.00e-21 1.99e-54 1.80e-24 6.06e-47 5.70e-17 1.70e-98 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 4.44e-19 1.11e-31 2.01e-20 4.98e-54 2.24e-24 1.83e-46 3.08e-16 9.11e-98 0.00e+00 ƒ13 2.55e-10 2.06e-20 2.95e-32 2.27e-21 9.53e+00 3.48e-25 5.75e-32 3.62e-02 6.31e+00 1.59e-32 2.36e-10 5.50e-20 1.23e-32 2.64e-21 8.98e-01 5.47e-25 1.69e-32 1.15e-02 4.62e-01 3.16e-32 ƒ14 5.07e-03 7.61e-03 2.77e-03 9.90e-03 1.42e-03 1.20e-02 6.24e-03 4.04e-01 3.57e-01 2.14e-05 2.53e-03 3.30e-03 1.52e-03 3.75e-03 6.74e-04 5.62e-03 2.86e-03 2.45e-01 2.41e-01 2.05e-05 ƒ15 4.62e+01 4.52e+01 3.32e+01 2.98e+01 4.89e+01 3.98e+01 3.71e+01 4.62e+01 4.81e+01 3.34e+01 2.84e-01 1.29e+01 1.46e+01 1.13e+01 3.81e-02 1.89e+01 1.31e+01 3.55e-01 3.48e-01 3.58e+00 ƒ16 0.00e+00 4.93e-04 1.23e-03 1.48e-03 0.00e+00 4.51e-03 4.76e-03 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.88e-03 3.22e-03 3.40e-03 0.00e+00 6.47e-03 6.72e-03 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ17 0.00e+00 5.06e+01 3.04e+01 7.13e+01 0.00e+00 4.85e+00 1.79e+01 1.01e+02 3.32e-02 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 4.17e+00 3.96e+00 5.00e+01 0.00e+00 2.75e+00 3.67e+00 8.39e+01 1.82e-01 0.00e+00 ƒ18 0.00e+00 1.65e-09 1.61e-02 1.48e-04 3.23e-26 7.29e-12 3.47e-08 1.83e-10 5.02e-47 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 4.57e-09 7.54e-03 7.40e-04 5.24e-26 1.83e-11 7.60e-08 5.52e-10 2.74e-46 0.00e+00 ƒ19 0.00e+00 1.59e-01 5.31e-02 6.38e-01 0.00e+00 2.40e+00 1.10e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 4.13e-01 1.71e-01 6.82e-01 0.00e+00 1.44e+00 1.03e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ20 0.00e+00 2.73e-01 2.33e-01 7.87e-01 5.03e-02 5.40e-01 6.53e-01 1.87e-01 9.99e-02 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 4.50e-02 4.79e-02 1.20e-01 5.04e-02 1.10e-01 1.01e-01 3.36e-02 1.61e-07 0.00e+00 ƒ21 0.00e+00 1.51e+01 1.33e+01 3.15e+01 7.70e-01 1.18e+01 5.76e+00 4.29e+01 9.00e-02 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.98e+00 2.55e+00 1.97e+01 2.11e+00 1.31e+00 9.21e-01 1.81e+01 1.44e-01 0.00e+00 ƒ22 0.00e+00 3.36e-11 7.11e-15 2.93e-02 3.55e-15 1.64e+00 3.67e-15 1.26e-12 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 8.02e-11 0.00e+00 1.60e-01 0.00e+00 3.02e-01 6.49e-16 5.58e-12 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ23 0.00e+00 4.70e-03 3.16e-04 1.08e+00 0.00e+00 2.69e+00 6.68e-02 3.11e-10 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.25e-02 1.33e-03 3.82e-01 0.00e+00 1.06e+00 2.26e-01 1.65e-09 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ24 0.00e+00 6.26e-02 4.31e-02 1.53e-01 1.86e+00 1.27e-02 6.26e-02 1.18e+00 1.22e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 6.31e-03 6.88e-03 6.56e-02 1.81e+00 6.58e-03 7.72e-03 1.33e-01 1.52e-01 0.00e+00 ƒ25 4.97e-01 3.00e-01 2.74e-01 4.15e-01 7.17e-01 4.64e-01 4.29e-01 6.34e-01 9.98e-01 5.80e-01 6.37e-02 4.38e-02 5.82e-02 9.54e-02 1.20e-01 8.71e-02 7.21e-02 5.71e-02 9.79e-02 9.33e-02 ƒ26 4.40e-01 4.84e-01 4.74e-01 5.49e-01 4.65e-01 5.86e-01 5.25e-01 4.37e-01 5.00e-01 4.19e-01 2.81e-02 1.34e-01 1.15e-01 1.92e-01 3.60e-02 2.60e-01 2.45e-01 6.17e-02 3.82e-05 7.76e-02 ƒ27 0.00e+00 1.48e-17 0.00e+00 1.11e-15 0.00e+00 7.40e-17 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 8.11e-17 0.00e+00 9.04e-16 0.00e+00 1.68e-16 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ28 0.00e+00 2.21e+00 1.83e+00 1.62e+00 1.68e-16 1.66e+00 1.40e+00 9.01e+00 1.15e+01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 2.53e-01 2.76e-01 2.41e-01 9.22e-16 1.94e-01 1.57e-01 7.50e-01 2.53e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ29 1.90e+01 7.60e+00 6.35e+00 7.67e+00 2.29e+01 5.90e+00 6.63e+00 2.65e+01 2.09e+01 2.02e+00 1.11e+00 5.99e-01 5.41e-01 1.13e+00 3.36e-02 5.59e-01 1.39e+00 1.06e+00 3.02e-01 1.98e-07 ƒ30 0.00e+00 3.53e+00 3.26e-05 9.12e+01 1.05e-07 1.07e-03 3.28e+01 9.43e+01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.14e+00 1.58e-04 4.08e+01 5.72e-07 4.15e-03 7.36e+00 3.36e+01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ31 1.41e-13 5.24e-24 9.42e-33 2.08e-24 5.00e-01 8.27e-29 9.42e-33 9.47e-04 1.68e-01 1.87e-32 1.08e-13 1.15e-23 1.39e-48 5.75e-24 1.11e-01 1.65e-28 1.39e-48 3.81e-04 3.42e-02 2.87e-32 ƒ32 3.57e-12 4.29e-23 2.05e-31 7.47e-22 3.66e+00 1.29e-27 1.45e-31 6.04e-02 9.58e-01 2.53e-16 3.28e-12 5.07e-23 7.30e-32 3.19e-21 6.65e-01 3.02e-27 1.92e-33 1.82e-02 1.61e-01 9.77e-16 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 252 figure 8. friedman rank test for ademcs with nine state-of-the-art de variants (d = 50) table 12. wilcoxon’s test for ademcs vs. nine state-of-the-art de variants (d = 50) ademcs vs. p-value α = 0.05 α = 0.1 degh 5.1e-02 no yes ede 1.3e-05 yes yes cipde 2.9e-04 yes yes ejade 1.1e-04 yes yes atlde 5.6e-06 yes yes ebde 1.3e-05 yes yes lsahde-spacma 3.3e-05 yes yes immsade 2.6e-06 yes yes depso 8.3e-06 yes yes table 13 presents the results with the dimension d = 100. ademcs achieved global or near-global optimal solutions across twenty-seven benchmark functions (f1-f12, f14-f24, f27-f30). notably, ede and degh achieved the best-known solutions for functions f25 and f26, respectively, while cipde attained the best results for functions f13, f31, and f32. moreover, as depicted in table 8, ademcs performance has good results when compared to the nine state-of-the-art de variants. in detail, ademcs performed better than degh on 5 functions, ede on 28 functions, cipde on 28 functions, ejade on 28 functions, atlde on 26 functions, ebde on 24 functions, lsahdespacma on 28 functions, immsade on 29 functions, and depso on 24 functions. this comparison highlighted the good performance of ademcs across a diverse set of optimization tasks. furthermore, when solving unimodal and multimodal functions, our new method, ademcs, continued to show good performance compared to other comparison algorithms. ademcs achieved better results on most unimodal functions, with the exception of being slightly less effective than cipde on f13. for multimodal functions, ademcs performed better than other algorithms on 13 out of 18 functions, with only worse performance observed on f25, f26, f31, and f32. overall, for both unimodal and multimodal functions, we can conclude that our ademcs exhibited more robust and stable performance than other comparison algorithms. the outcomes of the friedman test, depicted in figure 9, further validated ademcs's good performance by achieving the first rank, providing robust evidence that it performed better over the other comparison algorithms. the results from the friedman test firmly established ademcs as the top-performing algorithm compared to other algorithms. lastly, the wilcoxon test was conducted to analyze performance differences, and the results are in table 14. the findings confirmed that ademcs showed significantly different performance compared to other comparison algorithms, reaffirming its capabilities and effectiveness. however, when compared to degh, ademcs did not show a significant difference. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 253 table 13. results for ademcs with nine state-of-the-art de variants (d = 100) function number degh ede cipde ejade atlde ebde lshade-spacma imm sade depso ademcs mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd mean & sd ƒ1 0.00e+00 6.91e-08 3.36e-15 4.58e-07 2.54e-53 2.22e-06 1.85e-04 3.03e-18 1.95e-95 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 7.44e-08 2.32e-15 8.46e-07 5.85e-53 3.59e-06 2.37e-04 8.83e-18 8.97e-95 0.00e+00 ƒ2 0.00e+00 3.98e-03 5.43e-10 2.62e-01 4.00e-48 2.31e-02 2.01e+03 1.67e-14 1.43e-91 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 6.90e-03 7.83e-10 6.27e-01 1.22e-47 3.61e-02 3.34e+03 8.56e-14 6.88e-91 0.00e+00 ƒ3 0.00e+00 3.18e-01 1.28e-08 2.60e+00 1.44e-47 3.66e+01 1.04e+03 5.02e-11 3.78e-92 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 6.01e-01 1.23e-08 5.91e+00 3.00e-47 1.64e+02 1.40e+03 1.93e-10 1.88e-91 0.00e+00 ƒ4 0.00e+00 2.37e+02 2.36e+02 3.06e+02 5.20e-50 8.66e+02 5.77e+02 1.04e+04 1.98e-89 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 9.21e+01 7.04e+01 1.33e+02 2.50e-49 1.95e+02 2.38e+02 9.86e+03 1.07e-88 0.00e+00 ƒ5 0.00e+00 1.11e-03 1.48e-07 1.43e-02 5.56e-27 1.06e-03 2.02e-06 4.44e-09 1.41e-46 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.72e-03 2.39e-07 2.40e-02 4.77e-27 2.16e-03 1.07e-05 2.17e-08 7.70e-46 0.00e+00 ƒ6 0.00e+00 1.53e+01 8.53e+00 1.26e+01 1.13e-22 9.68e+00 9.38e+00 1.01e-03 1.40e-49 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.73e+00 1.13e+00 1.90e+00 1.51e-22 1.31e+00 1.62e+00 3.16e-03 3.71e-49 0.00e+00 ƒ7 0.00e+00 1.38e+42 1.92e+33 6.20e+24 4.82e-115 1.66e+52 3.33e+28 9.83e-51 4.01e-110 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 6.75e+42 1.03e+34 2.11e+25 1.45e-114 9.09e+52 1.83e+29 5.34e-50 1.49e-109 0.00e+00 ƒ8 0.00e+00 2.73e-08 2.03e-15 2.49e-07 7.95e-54 4.37e-07 4.14e-09 5.21e-16 5.34e-97 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 2.79e-08 1.44e-15 4.55e-07 2.06e-53 5.91e-07 4.98e-09 2.45e-15 2.07e-96 0.00e+00 ƒ9 0.00e+00 3.00e-07 1.39e-14 3.10e-06 2.24e-52 1.79e-06 2.22e-03 3.76e-18 3.86e-95 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 4.65e-07 1.04e-14 5.36e-06 5.15e-52 2.28e-06 4.04e-03 1.55e-17 1.47e-94 0.00e+00 ƒ10 0.00e+00 2.37e-03 1.27e-06 5.39e-04 3.58e-30 1.99e-02 5.09e-02 2.52e-11 6.72e-54 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.88e-03 6.16e-07 4.33e-04 7.75e-30 1.03e-02 4.31e-02 1.16e-10 1.58e-53 0.00e+00 ƒ11 0.00e+00 3.19e-12 2.66e-16 1.50e-11 0.00e+00 7.66e-11 3.59e-16 -5.00e-01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 4.24e-12 6.90e-17 1.29e-11 0.00e+00 1.52e-10 8.59e-17 5.04e-01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ12 0.00e+00 1.25e-08 1.86e-13 1.79e-07 1.87e-51 8.12e-07 2.55e-12 1.55e-13 7.42e-99 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.12e-08 1.92e-13 1.81e-07 8.03e-51 1.18e-06 4.47e-12 6.31e-13 2.33e-98 0.00e+00 ƒ13 9.23e-04 6.33e-08 5.54e-15 4.89e-07 2.24e+01 8.20e-07 2.20e-04 5.01e-01 1.77e+01 6.71e-03 6.82e-04 8.57e-08 7.33e-15 6.08e-07 8.51e-01 7.28e-07 2.09e-04 1.70e-01 5.63e-01 3.58e-02 ƒ14 5.67e-03 1.30e-01 3.89e-02 1.34e-01 1.47e-03 3.76e-02 3.15e-02 3.99e-01 3.84e-01 1.53e-05 4.66e-03 3.10e-02 1.17e-02 3.56e-02 6.19e-04 1.00e-02 1.44e-02 2.34e-01 2.38e-01 1.18e-05 ƒ15 9.63e+01 2.45e+02 1.57e+02 1.48e+02 9.89e+01 2.60e+02 1.71e+02 9.67e+01 9.84e+01 9.15e+01 2.34e-01 6.61e+01 5.33e+01 5.25e+01 4.28e-02 5.90e+01 5.07e+01 3.47e-01 2.42e-01 2.62e+00 ƒ16 0.00e+00 1.54e-02 5.40e-03 5.06e-03 0.00e+00 6.77e-03 1.76e-02 5.88e-16 1.35e-03 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 2.23e-02 1.26e-02 1.38e-02 0.00e+00 1.78e-02 2.08e-02 3.07e-15 7.42e-03 0.00e+00 ƒ17 0.00e+00 9.62e+01 1.81e+02 1.28e+02 0.00e+00 2.54e+02 4.22e+01 1.12e+02 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.06e+01 8.87e+00 5.62e+01 0.00e+00 1.40e+01 5.93e+00 2.09e+02 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ18 0.00e+00 1.31e+01 1.93e+00 1.76e+00 2.04e-26 8.52e-04 4.11e-02 1.26e-08 2.63e-48 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.16e+01 3.09e+00 2.59e+00 3.54e-26 1.15e-03 1.98e-02 2.97e-08 1.43e-47 0.00e+00 ƒ19 0.00e+00 7.30e+00 3.94e+00 5.65e+00 0.00e+00 7.22e+00 1.61e+01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 2.94e+00 2.57e+00 3.12e+00 0.00e+00 2.74e+00 3.92e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ20 0.00e+00 1.44e+00 6.63e-01 2.57e+00 6.14e-02 8.93e-01 1.28e+00 2.10e-01 9.99e-02 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 2.64e-01 9.64e-02 3.13e-01 4.86e-02 1.11e-01 2.36e-01 3.02e-02 9.01e-08 0.00e+00 ƒ21 0.00e+00 5.29e+01 8.12e+01 6.39e+01 6.05e-03 7.97e+01 2.98e+01 3.74e+01 1.85e-02 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 5.76e+00 6.33e+00 1.38e+01 6.47e-03 8.23e+00 9.94e+00 4.06e+01 2.35e-02 0.00e+00 ƒ22 0.00e+00 3.46e+00 1.66e+00 1.90e+00 3.55e-15 1.61e+00 2.32e+00 2.69e-09 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 6.09e-01 3.23e-01 2.27e-01 0.00e+00 2.88e-01 3.51e-01 1.42e-08 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ23 0.00e+00 2.28e+01 3.04e+00 1.37e+01 0.00e+00 2.94e+00 2.51e+00 5.09e-06 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 3.69e+00 1.13e+00 2.09e+00 0.00e+00 9.32e-01 1.41e+00 2.62e-05 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ24 0.00e+00 7.63e-02 1.65e-01 5.53e-01 2.17e+00 3.03e-01 1.64e-01 2.08e+00 2.10e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 1.35e-02 1.86e-02 1.77e-01 2.11e+00 3.02e-02 1.90e-02 1.53e-01 1.76e-01 0.00e+00 ƒ25 7.32e-01 5.94e-01 4.97e-01 6.18e-01 8.72e-01 4.72e-01 6.70e-01 8.62e-01 1.14e+00 7.31e-01 7.18e-02 8.92e-02 8.12e-02 1.04e-01 1.24e-01 7.18e-02 7.55e-02 5.26e-02 1.06e-01 9.04e-02 ƒ26 4.80e-01 5.90e-01 5.83e-01 6.00e-01 4.92e-01 5.82e-01 5.63e-01 5.19e-01 5.00e-01 5.00e-01 1.52e-02 2.75e-01 1.76e-01 2.33e-01 7.42e-03 2.00e-01 2.46e-01 7.04e-02 6.76e-14 0.00e+00 ƒ27 0.00e+00 1.98e-12 1.70e-16 2.77e-11 0.00e+00 6.72e-11 2.89e-16 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 2.55e-12 2.72e-16 3.99e-11 0.00e+00 8.22e-11 3.69e-16 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ28 0.00e+00 7.23e+00 8.61e+00 6.88e+00 1.05e-10 9.49e+00 5.98e+00 2.77e+01 2.76e+01 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 5.74e-01 5.41e-01 6.23e-01 5.46e-10 8.67e-01 5.64e-01 1.70e+00 1.06e+01 0.00e+00 ƒ29 4.56e+01 2.68e+01 2.49e+01 2.83e+01 4.59e+01 2.85e+01 1.29e+01 6.54e+01 4.39e+01 2.33e+00 3.82e-01 3.24e+00 1.32e+00 4.85e+00 3.80e-02 2.08e+00 2.23e+00 7.53e+00 4.10e-01 3.21e-04 ƒ30 0.00e+00 1.77e+01 3.67e+01 2.17e+02 0.00e+00 7.98e+01 8.14e+01 3.38e+02 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 3.83e+00 4.74e+00 8.27e+01 0.00e+00 1.14e+01 1.40e+01 1.26e+02 0.00e+00 0.00e+00 ƒ31 6.01e-07 1.04e-03 1.80e-19 1.04e-03 8.34e-01 2.68e-11 1.58e-15 4.51e-03 3.64e-01 2.07e-03 2.62e-07 5.68e-03 1.33e-19 5.68e-03 1.26e-01 2.86e-11 1.47e-15 2.07e-03 5.49e-02 7.89e-03 ƒ32 2.19e-03 1.25e-02 4.51e-17 3.33e-03 9.51e+00 5.77e-10 3.70e-04 5.73e-01 4.22e+00 1.50e-02 5.88e-03 1.87e-02 3.96e-17 5.17e-03 5.48e-01 6.91e-10 2.03e-03 1.30e-01 8.46e-01 3.84e-02 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 254 figure 9. friedman rank test for ademcs with nine state-of-the-art de variants (d=100) table 14. the result of wilcoxon’s test for ademcs vs. nine state-of-the-art de variants (d=100) ademcs vs. p-value α = 0.05 α = 0.1 degh 5.2e-01 no no ede 3.9e-05 yes yes cipde 7.4e-05 yes yes ejade 2.6e-05 yes yes atlde 5.7e-05 yes yes ebde 3.3e-05 yes yes lsahde-spacma 2.2e-05 yes yes immsade 1.7e-06 yes yes depso 1.2e-05 yes yes in summary, the three sets of experiments consistently showed that ademcs achieved the first rank for each different number of dimensions and demonstrated significant improvements compared to other algorithms. however, ademcs also displayed limitations as the dimension increased, resulting in decreased numbers of functions that approached global or near-global optimal solutions. nevertheless, we can conclude that ademcs showed good performance in solving optimization problems with different characteristics and dimensions, performing better than the state-of-the-art algorithms in diverse scenarios. 5. conclusion this paper presents an adaptive differential evolution algorithm with multiple crossover strategy scheme (ademcs) to address optimization challenges. the ademcs algorithm incorporates a novel adaptive mutation strategy and a hunting coordination operator from the reptile search algorithm to enhance its optimization performance. our research aimed to thoroughly evaluate the performance of ademcs by comparing it with nine state-of-the-art de variants: immsade, cipde, ebde, ede, ejade, lshade-spacma, depso, atlde, and degh. we meticulously assessed the best global values achieved by each algorithm and used metrics related to addition, subtraction, and equality tests to gauge their effectiveness in handling optimization tasks. additionally, we employed friedman and wilcoxon's tests to gain deeper insights into the performance differences between ademcs and the other de variants. our experiments demonstrated the good capabilities of ademcs. for dimension d = 30, ademcs achieved global or near-global optimal solutions across twenty-nine benchmark functions and performed better than most state-of-theart algorithms. similarly, for dimensions d = 50 and d = 100, ademcs displayed good performance across multiple benchmark functions, better than the other algorithms in the majority of cases. the good performance of ademcs in the comparative analysis, supported by the friedman test results, clearly established it as the top-performing algorithm for handling diverse optimization tasks. the wilcoxon test further confirmed its significant performance compared to state-of-the-art algorithms and validated its effective approach to solving optimization problems. for future work, the ademcs algorithm will be tested on more benchmark functions and real-world optimization problems to further verify its effectiveness. furthermore, the algorithm can be extended to solve more complex optimization problems, such as those with constraints or multiple objectives. additionally, the algorithm can be hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 255 combined with other optimization techniques to improve its performance even further. another avenue for future work would be to investigate the scalability of the ademcs algorithm for large-scale optimization problems. overall, the proposed ademcs algorithm has the potential to solve various optimization problems and will be a promising tool for solving complex optimization problems. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, i.f. and a.t.; methodology, i.f. and a.t.; software, i.f.; validation, i.f. and a.t.; formal analysis, i.f. and a.t.; investigation, i.f. and a.t.; resources, i.f. and a.t; data curation, i.f.; writing—original draft preparation, i.f.; writing—review and editing, a.t.; visualization, i.f.; supervision, a.t.; project administration, i.f. and a.t.; funding acquisition, a.t. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding this work was supported by king mongkut’s institute of technology ladkrabang (kmitl), thailand. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] zheng, b., & zhang, r. (2020). intelligent reflecting surface-enhanced ofdm: channel estimation and reflection optimization. ieee wireless communications letters, 9(4), 518–522. doi:10.1109/lwc.2019.2961357. [2] panwar, k., & deep, k. (2021). transformation operators based grey wolf optimizer for travelling salesman problem. journal of computational science, 55. doi:10.1016/j.jocs.2021.101454. [3] hartono, n., ramírez, f. j., & pham, d. t. (2022). optimisation of robotic disassembly plans using the bees algorithm. robotics and computer-integrated manufacturing, 78, 102411. doi:10.1016/j.rcim.2022.102411. [4] li, s., gu, q., gong, w., & ning, b. (2020). an enhanced adaptive differential evolution algorithm for parameter extraction of photovoltaic models. energy conversion and management, 205, 112443. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2019.112443 . [5] biswas, p. p., suganthan, p. n., wu, g., & amaratunga, g. a. j. (2019). parameter estimation of solar cells using datasheet information with the application of an adaptive differential evolution algorithm. renewable energy, 132, 425–438. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2018.07.152. [6] tansui, d., & thammano, a. (2020). hybrid nature-inspired optimization algorithm: hydrozoan and sea turtle foraging algorithms for solving continuous optimization problems. ieee access, 8, 65780–65800. doi:10.1109/access.2020.2984023. [7] ahmad, m. f., isa, n. a. m., lim, w. h., & ang, k. m. (2022). differential evolution: a recent review based on state-of-the-art works. alexandria engineering journal, 61(5), 3831–3872. doi:10.1016/j.aej.2021.09.013. [8] bilal, pant, m., zaheer, h., garcia-hernandez, l., & abraham, a. (2020). differential evolution: a review of more than two decades of research. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 90, 103479. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2020.103479. [9] alorf, a. (2023). a survey of recently developed metaheuristics and their comparative analysis. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 117, 105622. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2022.105622. [10] hussain, k., mohd salleh, m. n., cheng, s., & shi, y. (2019). metaheuristic research: a comprehensive survey. artificial intelligence review, 52(4), 2191–2233. doi:10.1007/s10462-017-9605-z. [11] ezugwu, a. e., adeleke, o. j., akinyelu, a. a., & viriri, s. (2020). a conceptual comparison of several metaheuristic algorithms on continuous optimisation problems. neural computing and applications, 32(10), 6207–6251. doi:10.1007/s00521-019-04132w. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 256 [12] holland, j. h. (2019). adaptation in natural and artificial systems. adaptation in natural and artificial systems. mit press, massachusetts, united states. doi:10.7551/mitpress/1090.001.0001. [13] storn, r., & price, k. (1997). differential evolution a simple and efficient heuristic for global optimization over continuous spaces. journal of global optimization, 11(4), 341–359. doi:10.1023/a:1008202821328. [14] kennedy, j., & eberhart. r.: particle swarm optimization. proceedings of icnn’95 international conference on neural networks, 4, 1942–1948. doi:10.1109/icnn.1995.488968. [15] dorigo, m., birattari, m., & stutzle, t. (2006). ant colony optimization. ieee computational intelligence magazine, 1(4), 2839. doi:10.1109/mci.2006.329691. [16] karaboga, d., & basturk, b. (2007). a powerful and efficient algorithm for numerical function optimization: artificial bee colony (abc) algorithm. journal of global optimization, 39(3), 459–471. doi:10.1007/s10898-007-9149-x. [17] yang, x.-s. s. (2010). a new metaheuristic bat-inspired algorithm bt nature inspired cooperative strategies for optimization (nicso 2010). studies in computational intelligence, 284, 65–74. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-12538-6_6. [18] yang, x. s., & slowik, a. (2020). firefly algorithm. in swarm intelligence algorithms. crc press, 163-174. doi:10.1201/9780429422614-13. [19] yang, x. s., & deb, s. (2009). cuckoo search via lévy flights. 2009 world congress on nature and biologically inspired computing, nabic 2009 proceedings, 210–214. doi:10.1109/nabic.2009.5393690. [20] pham, d. t., castellani, m., sholedolu, m., & ghanbarzadeh, a. (2008). the bees algorithm and mechanical design optimisation. icinco 2008 proceedings of the 5th international conference on informatics in control, automation and robotics, icso, 250–255. doi:10.5220/0001506102500255. [21] mirjalili, s., mirjalili, s. m., & lewis, a. (2014). grey wolf optimizer. advances in engineering software, 69, 46–61. doi:10.1016/j.advengsoft.2013.12.007. [22] wu, g., shen, x., li, h., chen, h., lin, a., & suganthan, p. n. (2018). ensemble of differential evolution variants. information sciences, 423, 172–186. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2017.09.053. [23] opara, k. r., & arabas, j. (2019). differential evolution: a survey of theoretical analyses. swarm and evolutionary computation, 44, 546–558. doi:10.1016/j.swevo.2018.06.010. [24] li, y., wang, s., yang, h., chen, h., & yang, b. (2023). enhancing differential evolution algorithm using leader-adjoint populations. information sciences, 622, 235–268. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2022.11.106. [25] li, y., wang, s., & yang, b. (2020). an improved differential evolution algorithm with dual mutation strategies collaboration. expert systems with applications, 153, 113451. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2020.113451. [26] meng, z., pan, j. s., & tseng, k. k. (2019). pade: an enhanced differential evolution algorithm with novel control parameter adaptation schemes for numerical optimization. knowledge-based systems, 168, 80–99. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2019.01.006. [27] deng, w., xu, j., song, y., & zhao, h. (2021). differential evolution algorithm with wavelet basis function and optimal mutation strategy for complex optimization problem. applied soft computing, 100, 106724. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2020.106724. [28] mohamed, a. w., & mohamed, a. k. (2019). adaptive guided differential evolution algorithm with novel mutation for numerical optimization. international journal of machine learning and cybernetics, 10(2), 253–277. doi:10.1007/s13042-017-0711-7. [29] deng, w., shang, s., cai, x., zhao, h., zhou, y., chen, h., & deng, w. (2021). quantum differential evolution with cooperative coevolution framework and hybrid mutation strategy for large scale optimization. knowledge-based systems, 224, 107080. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2021.107080. [30] gao, s., yu, y., wang, y., wang, j., cheng, j., & zhou, m. (2021). chaotic local search-based differential evolution algorithms for optimization. ieee transactions on systems, man, and cybernetics: systems, 51(6), 3954–3967. doi:10.1109/tsmc.2019.2956121. [31] nadimi-shahraki, m. h., taghian, s., mirjalili, s., & faris, h. (2020). mtde: an effective multi-trial vector-based differential evolution algorithm and its applications for engineering design problems. applied soft computing journal, 97, 106761. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2020.106761. [32] sun, g., yang, b., yang, z., & xu, g. (2020). an adaptive differential evolution with combined strategy for global numerical optimization. soft computing, 24(9), 6277–6296. doi:10.1007/s00500-019-03934-3. [33] zhan, z. h., wang, z. j., jin, h., & zhang, j. (2020). adaptive distributed differential evolution. ieee transactions on cybernetics, 50(11), 4633–4647. doi:10.1109/tcyb.2019.2944873. [34] sun, g., li, c., & deng, l. (2021). an adaptive regeneration framework based on search space adjustment for differential evolution. neural computing and applications, 33(15), 9503–9519. doi:10.1007/s00521-021-05708-1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 257 [35] yu, y., gao, s., wang, y., & todo, y. (2019). global optimum-based search differential evolution. ieee/caa journal of automatica sinica, 6(2), 379–394. doi:10.1109/jas.2019.1911378. [36] viktorin, a., senkerik, r., pluhacek, m., kadavy, t., & zamuda, a. (2019). distance based parameter adaptation for successhistory based differential evolution. swarm and evolutionary computation, 50, 100462. doi:10.1016/j.swevo.2018.10.013. [37] wang, s., li, y., & yang, h. (2019). self-adaptive mutation differential evolution algorithm based on particle swarm optimization. applied soft computing journal, 81, 105496. doi:10.1016/j.asoc.2019.105496. [38] meng, z., & pan, j. s. (2019). hard-de: hierarchical archive based mutation strategy with depth information of evolution for the enhancement of differential evolution on numerical optimization. ieee access, 7, 12832–12854. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2893292. [39] tian, m., & gao, x. (2019). differential evolution with neighborhood-based adaptive evolution mechanism for numerical optimization. information sciences, 478, 422–448. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2018.11.021. [40] civicioglu, p., & besdok, e. (2019). bernstain-search differential evolution algorithm for numerical function optimization. expert systems with applications, 138, 112831. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2019.112831. [41] sun, g., xu, g., & jiang, n. (2020). a simple differential evolution with time-varying strategy for continuous optimization. soft computing, 24(4), 2727–2747. doi:10.1007/s00500-019-04159-0. [42] abualigah, l., elaziz, m. a., sumari, p., geem, z. w., & gandomi, a. h. (2022). reptile search algorithm (rsa): a natureinspired meta-heuristic optimizer. expert systems with applications, 191, 116158. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2021.116158. [43] pietropolli, g., menara, g., & castelli, m. (2023). a genetic programming based heuristic to simplify rugged landscapes exploration. emerging science journal, 7(4), 1037-1051. doi:10.28991/esj-2023-07-04-01. [44] houssein, e. h., mahdy, m. a., blondin, m. j., shebl, d., & mohamed, w. m. (2021). hybrid slime mould algorithm with adaptive guided differential evolution algorithm for combinatorial and global optimization problems. expert systems with applications, 174, 114689. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2021.114689. [45] deng, w., liu, h., xu, j., zhao, h., & song, y. (2020). an improved quantum-inspired differential evolution algorithm for deep belief network. ieee transactions on instrumentation and measurement, 69(10), 7319–7327. doi:10.1109/tim.2020.2983233. [46] liu, l., zhao, d., yu, f., heidari, a. a., ru, j., chen, h., mafarja, m., turabieh, h., & pan, z. (2021). performance optimization of differential evolution with slime mould algorithm for multilevel breast cancer image segmentation. computers in biology and medicine, 138, 104910. doi:10.1016/j.compbiomed.2021.104910. [47] singh, d., kumar, v., vaishali, & kaur, m. (2020). classification of covid-19 patients from chest ct images using multiobjective differential evolution–based convolutional neural networks. european journal of clinical microbiology and infectious diseases, 39(7), 1379–1389. doi:10.1007/s10096-020-03901-z. [48] zhao, f., zhao, l., wang, l., & song, h. (2020). an ensemble discrete differential evolution for the distributed blocking flow shop scheduling with minimizing make span criterion. expert systems with applications, 160, 113678. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2020.113678. [49] zhang, j., & sanderson, a. c. (2009). jade: adaptive differential evolution with optional external archive. ieee transactions on evolutionary computation, 13(5), 945–958. doi:10.1109/tevc.2009.2014613. [50] mohamed, a. w., hadi, a. a., fattouh, a. m., & jambi, k. m. (2017). lshade with semi-parameter adaptation hybrid with cma-es for solving cec 2017 benchmark problems. 2017 ieee congress on evolutionary computation, cec 2017 proceedings, 145–152. doi:10.1109/cec.2017.7969307. [51] chen, h., li, s., li, x., zhao, y., & dong, j. (2023). a hybrid adaptive differential evolution based on gaussian tail mutation. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 119, 105739. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2022.105739. [52] zuo, m., & guo, c. (2022). de/current−to−better/1: a new mutation operator to keep population diversity. intelligent systems with applications, 14, 200063. doi:10.1016/j.iswa.2022.200063. [53] xiong, j., peng, t., tao, z., zhang, c., song, s., & nazir, m. s. (2023). a dual-scale deep learning model based on elmbilstm and improved reptile search algorithm for wind power prediction. energy, 266, 126419. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2022.126419. [54] emam, m. m., houssein, e. h., & ghoniem, r. m. (2023). a modified reptile search algorithm for global optimization and image segmentation: case study brain mri images. computers in biology and medicine, 152, 106404. doi:10.1016/j.compbiomed.2022.106404. [55] ekinci, s., izci, d., abu zitar, r., alsoud, a. r., & abualigah, l. (2022). development of lévy flight-based reptile search algorithm with local search ability for power systems engineering design problems. neural computing and applications, 34(22), 20263–20283. doi:10.1007/s00521-022-07575-w. https://doi.org/10.28991/esj-2023-07-04-01 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 258 [56] liang, j. j., qu, b. y., suganthan, p. n., & chen, q. (2014). problem definitions and evaluation criteria for the cec 2015 competition on learning-based real-parameter single objective optimization. technical report201411a, computational intelligence laboratory, zhengzhou university, zhengzhou china and technical report, nanyang technological university, singapore, 29, 625-640. [57] awad, n. h., ali, m. z., & suganthan, p. n. (2017). ensemble sinusoidal differential covariance matrix adaptation with euclidean neighborhood for solving cec2017 benchmark problems. in 2017 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), ieee, 372-379. doi:10.1109/cec.2017.7969336. [58] derrac, j., garcía, s., molina, d., & herrera, f. (2011). a practical tutorial on the use of nonparametric statistical tests as a methodology for comparing evolutionary and swarm intelligence algorithms. swarm and evolutionary computation, 1(1), 3–18. doi:10.1016/j.swevo.2011.02.002. [59] wang, s., li, y., & yang, h. (2017). self-adaptive differential evolution algorithm with improved mutation mode. applied intelligence, 47(3), 644–658. doi:10.1007/s10489-017-0914-3. [60] zheng, l. m., zhang, s. x., tang, k. s., & zheng, s. y. (2017). differential evolution powered by collective information. information sciences, 399, 13–29. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2017.02.055. [61] mohamed, a. w., hadi, a. a., & jambi, k. m. (2019). novel mutation strategy for enhancing shade and lshade algorithms for global numerical optimization. swarm and evolutionary computation, 50, 100455. doi:10.1016/j.swevo.2018.10.006. [62] li, s., gong, w., wang, l., yan, x., & hu, c. (2020). a hybrid adaptive teaching–learning-based optimization and differential evolution for parameter identification of photovoltaic models. energy conversion and management, 225, 113474. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2020.113474. [63] zhong, x., duan, m., zhang, x., & cheng, p. (2021). a hybrid differential evolution based on gaining-sharing knowledge algorithm and harris hawks optimization. plos one, 16(4 april), 250951. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0250951. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1008 issn: 2723-9535 development of a technique for discrete-logical decision-making in medical information systems islam a. alexandrov 1* , vladimir zh. kuklin 1, leonid m. chervyakov 1 , sergei a. sheptunov 1 1 institute of design and technology informatics, russian academy of sciences, russian federation. received 24 august 2024; revised 13 november 2024; accepted 18 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract one of the urgent directions in solving medical diagnostic tasks is to develop new and improved decision support systems capable of efficiently processing polymodal data. humans cannot always process large arrays of medical information and determine an accurate diagnosis in complex situations. thus, improving the functioning of the industry requires implementing a variety of systems capable of supporting decision-making of one kind or another. the presented technique aims to steadily increase the level and speed, and demonstrate the feasibility of integrating non-classical logic into the structure of the decision-making system in medical research by using non-classical logic complexes. the main advantage of the proposed approach is that it achieves the necessary level of information criteria; in particular, it provides the required information quality, high reliability of the decision, its value, preserves the amount of information, and searches and decision-making take relatively small-time intervals. this paper presents an overview of various non-classical logics and, based on the analytical findings, delineates the optimal choice of logic for each stage in the development of a decision support system. the processing and feedforward structures for dss are presented based on selected types of non-classical logic. the algorithms presented for solving decision-making problems are based on discrete-logic approximations of a priori and actual data, which are optimal or suboptimal, and they use information and value criteria. the abstraction of any problem situation relies on using means operating with frequency and comparative logic to provide logical approximations of the sought characteristics. the accuracy of the diagnostic decisions reached 97% when using the developments presented in this study. keywords: approximation; decision-making; diagnosis; logic; reliability. 1. introduction sometimes, when making a diagnostic conclusion or management decision, specialists must work with polymodal information of various formats, characterized by definite errors and contradictions, which significantly complicate the formation of formal models and the development of a correct decision. accurate and early diagnosis would also prevent the progression of chronic diseases. a disease may present with symptoms that are similar to those of other diseases, which could lead to confusion, even among the most experienced physicians. furthermore, a patient may exhibit a combination of symptoms that can be attributed to multiple diseases, which may not be easily quantifiable. when observing these symptoms, physicians with varying professional levels and clinical experience may differ in their diagnosis, potentially leading to misdiagnosis. additionally, patients may be uncertain about their symptoms, which * corresponding author: islam.alexandrov@rambler.ru http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-010  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1818-5763 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2310-8992 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1009 could impede the accuracy of diagnosis. therefore, there is a need for a toolkit capable of processing contradictory and even low-value information with greater accuracy and subsequent integration of heterogeneous data [1, 2]. decision-support complexes are becoming more in demand owing to the constant shortage of time, insufficiently developed resource bases, and lack of qualified personnel. in addition, there is often a lack of accurate and unambiguous information about a particular study object, which complicates medical diagnosis and subsequent therapy. constantly increasing the volume of data and information materials for certain diseases in medicine cannot be promptly studied by a single specialist. in the future, this situation will only worsen [3]. automating the treatment process is perhaps the most promising direction for creating complexes capable of supporting decision-making. in addition, it is necessary to gradually improve each subsystem responsible for the logical conclusions that explain and confirm the obtained results and the use of complexes of objective logic based on information semasiology. moreover, the basis for creating the considered models should be indirect appeal [4, 5]. today, researchers worldwide conduct a great deal of research to solve the primary problem, but they often neglect the incompleteness of information about medical processes. the virtual absence of efficient tools to specify the structure of logical conclusions and to ensure systematic work with incomplete information causes additional problems. in the domain of knowledge representation and reasoning, a pivotal field of inquiry in artificial intelligence, nonclassical logic assumes a pivotal dual role: firstly, non-classical logical languages facilitate the precise and transparent encapsulation of domain-specific knowledge. secondly, as logical languages are endowed with distinctive rules pertaining to logical inference, they offer a systematic methodology for deriving novel insights from prior information [6]. decision quality often depends on the decision-maker’s knowledge. the main task of a decision support system is to offer several options for a decision (in the specific case of a diagnosis for a patient) and clearly explain the information or parameters for decision-making. when such a structure works, it will be much easier for the specialist to make a quality decision (most appropriate for the situation). it is imperative to address the issue of exponential growth in the time and memory requirements of logic processes with the increasing dimensionality of tasks and proliferation of enumeration alternatives. furthermore, it is essential to recognize the potential for utilizing a dss to provide a value assessment of the decision made. this study aims to improve the quality of medical decisions made by specialized professionals based on diagnosis results, conclusions of non-classical logic, and semantics. the result is forming a task related to creating a system of rational use of diverse a priori and factual data of medical characteristics. 2. literature review the decision-making procedure is definite work on forming and analyzing alternatives. using tools that support decision-making is necessary for selecting and evaluating the best options from massive amounts of data [7]. in this process, it is essential to thoroughly examine the purposive samples that are the basis for decision making, identify the alternatives that deserve subsequent attention, and finally select a particular decision [8]. medical practice shows that implementing each measurement, observation, and accumulation of necessary data requires improvement. however, specialized professionals fail to process continuously increasing volumes of data [4]. medical diagnosis, a combination of transcendental and posteriori stages, has particular cyclicality [5, 9]. for this reason, computerized medical data processing tools can be divided into  information and search complexes, which order, systematize, and concentrate the target data according to the clear conclusions of a specialized professional.  complexes capable of processing incoming data using ordered chains of operations based on simulations of certain known situations. chen et al. [10], schaaf et al. [11], and sutton et al. [12] studied on the software potential of specialized machines designed to provide automated evaluation of available medical data, which is essential because, in practice, many objective and subjective factors make manual evaluation of available data difficult. these include, first, a continuously increasing information flow with sufficient limited resources of processing means, various errors and mistakes, and significant time for making adequate and accurate decisions. medical professionals employ a range of techniques to diagnose cardiovascular disease, including physical examination, analysis of a patient's medical history, and performance of a variety of medical tests. notably, a significant proportion of individuals who have experienced a myocardial infarction or cerebrovascular accident have not been identified as being at an elevated risk by medical experts and specialists. approximately 30% of cases have been misdiagnosed by specialists. this is largely attributed to the inherent challenges associated with the accurate diagnosis of cardiovascular disease, including the lack of overt symptoms in patients or the use of examination methods that are not sufficiently specific. consequently, the accuracy of diagnostic tests is limited in determining the presence or absence hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1010 of a disease. consequently, the interpretation of test results requires the expertise of a highly qualified specialist to accurately identify the underlying disease process [13, 14]. in recent years, there has been considerable interest in the potential of combining medical sensors with artificial intelligence algorithms, with significant progress being made in this field. meanwhile, the current range of out-of-body detection devices exhibits low levels of automation, specificity, and stability and requires complex sample preprocessing. the fabrication of sensors for near-body monitoring is a complex process because of the large surface area and the intricate network of interconnected lines. the quality of the interface between the sensor and target organ is crucial for the efficiency of signal acquisition. disease prediction using dss is a challenging task because most platforms focus on health characteristics alone, neglecting potential disease signals. this limits their ability to serve as early warning systems. therefore, a software platform should have a deep understanding of the medical needs and challenges to simultaneously achieve specialization and practicality [15, 16]. it is important to emphasize that diagnoses must operate with significant arrays of transcendental data. it must be valid, but because of the constant increase in the volume of incoming information, we will observe a substantial reduction in the reliability of the final decisions [17-19]. for this reason, it makes sense to outline the key issues concerning decision-making procedures. we should not forget that evaluation, management, and design have their peculiarities, so we propose to consider the formulation of the inverse problem in medical diagnostics in detail [20, 21]. let us now analyze existing concepts to identify similarities in decision-making systems. first, we focus on the bayesian approach, whose main advantage is the possibility of determining apodictic distributions based on transcendental distributions. this method is applicable for the realization of spheres operating with massive statistical arrays. the results of many studies demonstrate that humans do not rely on existing knowledge but prefer to study more relevant information [22-24]. the calculation of the conditional probability is as follows: 𝑝(𝑥|𝑦) = 𝑝(𝑥,𝑦) 𝑝(𝑦) (1) here, 𝑝(𝑥|𝑦) is the probability of event x or y. therefore, p(xy) corresponds to p(x|y)p(x). by dividing the two components of this ratio by the current value p(y), we obtain the rules proposed by bayes: p(y|x)p(x) = p(y)p(x|y), p(x|y) = 𝑝(𝑦|𝑥)𝑝(𝑥) 𝑝(𝑦) . (2) another approach involving the active use of neural networks is a universal approximation algorithm with high dataprocessing speed. generally, a neural network is a complete bipartite graph with neurons as nodes and edges that describes the level of mutual connections characterized by slowing pulses. at the same time, a neural network is a sensory complex whose 1st half is sensors, and the 2nd half is responsible for creating specific subsystems [25, 26]. the activation function is defined as follows: 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝜎(𝑥) = 1 1+𝑒−𝑥 (3) other variations in the activity definition are also possible, such as the introduction of special nonlinear differential functions. the evolutionary algorithm is the most common among the genetic algorithms [1, 27]. it involves selecting the most powerful objects and the subsequent generation of search objects by introducing dependencies covering several arguments, which makes it possible to capture the presence of the largest and smallest values. the reproduction process involves executing the following four steps simultaneously: selection, crossover, mutation, and inversion. a characteristic feature of this approach is that the primary work on model building is transferred to the modified algorithm. fuzzy logic is a helpful tool for describing systems with statistically distributed data, and the analytical description is complicated because the problems are weakly formalizable. as a generalization of classical logic and set theory, fuzzy logic operates using membership functions, output operators, and linguistic variables as fuzzy sets. this approach helps model the state parameters of different systems, allowing it to pass from qualitative to quantitative descriptions. for example, triangular and trapezoidal membership functions, transforming linguistic variables, are applied for transitioning from qualitative expert estimations of good, bad, and excellent. as a result of these opportunities, fuzzy logic methods are applied to supplier selection tasks, decision-making tasks in complex situations, and others [28, 29]. one of the main limitations that hinders the functioning of any medical complex supporting the decision-making process is that the decisions will provide highly accurate results only within the selected areas of knowledge from which they originate, after which they are lost completely [30]. table 1 summarizes the main advantages and disadvantages of the logical inference methodologies. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1011 table 1. description of the main features of logical inference methodologies methodology advantages disadvantages bayesian analysis highly accurate and reliable results due to exact reliability assessment mechanisms. it is against the people's wishes to get the most fresh and up-todate information. neural networks a universal approximation algorithm with the main advantage of high flexibility in selecting settings. lack of specific mechanisms to assess the reliability of decisions and rules for changing the algorithm. genetic algorithms the ability to successfully solve highly complex problems characterized by many stochastic connections. extremely high subjectivity at the task formulation stage, and difficulties in defining criteria for chromosome selection. fuzzy logic ability to model complex and weakly formalizable systems. the models built based on fuzzy logic methods have high speed. despite describing systems using membership functions and fuzzy sets, the universal technique for building fuzzy models is absent. in addition, many mathematical methods are inapplicable to the analysis of constructed fuzzy models. 3. objects and methods of research 3.1. complex that performs data processing during medical diagnostics to implement the proposed system, we selected a specific device with information semantics, making it possible to perform logistic approximations with several set parameters. based on a detailed review of research and theoretical analysis, we conclude that for computerized information processing, the most appropriate solution is to realize the idea of using logical units. in this case, a generalized scheme describing information processing is of interest, as shown in figure 1. to build any information copies reflecting the dynamics of specific situations, it is better to operate with a priori information, estimating the split positions q(х,у) equal to vector y or x considering estimation errors. in most cases, it makes practical sense to apply statistical information built on the approximation model created by most experts to increase adequacy indicators. thus, considering the direct distribution q(х,у), several partial and sufficient conditional distributions of x and y were constructed. the predominant part of the classification decisions represents �̂� = 𝐵(𝑦, 𝐽), where j is the aggregate model information and expert opinion and y represents the amount of empirical data comprising their array. a table of distributions describes a series of quantitative relations covering several core and observable characteristics, often referred to as symptoms. the possibility of good treatment outcomes is one reason for the mandatory completion of each patient's medical records. the overall structure of the payment table, realizing the core indicator, is created either by an expert environment or based on studies of previously collected information. the minimum expected loss is the value criterion: 0 1 1 min ( , ) min( ( ) ( , )) r y xx y x y x xx q x y q        figure 1. scheme of using approximation algorithms the table of payments can take either a positive (the presence of a gain or a profit) or a negative format (losses 𝜆(�̂�, 𝑦, 𝑥) and unreasonable costs 𝜆0(�̂�, 𝑥)). in the end, we witness a negative measure, or we look for the most rational in value terms output, which in any option will guarantee the minimization of losses. the payment matrix then appears to be 𝑚𝑖𝑛 �̂� {𝜆0(�̂�, 𝑥 + ∑ 𝜆(�̂�, 𝑦, 𝑥)𝑞(𝑥, 𝑦)𝑦 . computation of the data that allows the estimation of triple or double links between the parameters occurs. next, the selection of the most significant links from the available array significantly exceeds the value of random fluctuation, and the link threshold established between some categories of parameters [31] proceeds. 3.2. data processing complex the data processing complex provides comprehensive diagnostic and therapeutic support. the system consists of the following core components, as shown in figure 2:  a range of programs that build several helpful approximation characteristics open up the prospect of improvements in the ordered chains of operations responsible for decision-making. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1012  the complex associated with obtaining reliable information about a particular patient;  a structure formed from the reference data on which any conclusions are produced by the considered complex.  a structure that processes incoming data flows may include standardized patient histories that simplify the information spaces of lists of diagnosable characteristics and certain classes in information arrays. the complex performs a range of functions due to  maintaining an information database containing data from each patient. this database stores information about the treatment undertaken and the proposed recommendations for its implementation, according to the algorithms and errors made during the decision-making process;  building the best approximations based on all the information available to the specialized professional;  developing decisions based on the existing information database and assessing errors in previous decisions, including the burst mode, considering information arrays;  issuing recommendations to control the correctness of logical conclusions. the complex uses an intuitive interface designed for several groups of users:  physicians who are the end-users;  engineers who form the information base and several specialized experts in the researched area. figure 2. working scheme of the system the system uses a tiered structure covering the following:  the comprehensive consideration and provision of each meaningful spot solution: o complementing each developed spot solution by a sequence reflecting the specifics of the patient's current condition; o forming a separate branch of spot solutions that trace the peculiarities and dynamics of the patient's pathology development;  ensuring practical implementation of all decisions corrected by trilogy and tetralogy: o representing the decision that describes the pathology by quaternary grids; o representing the decision that monitors the patient's condition by quadrilateral grids.  transformation of incoming medical signals into a frequency spectrum of values continuously analyzed by electronic modules, which then explains the decision: o a decision reflecting with sufficient accuracy the current state of the patient using k-th scales; o a decision monitoring the patient's condition using k-th scales. the system's operation relies on diagnosing the current state of patients, ensuring the reliability of all decisions produced by the system. 3.3. ways to optimize the approximation algorithm let us consider several classes of the discussed categories, and by sorting through the existing correlates (an observable feature, trait, or characteristic of the patient), we obtain a new correlate that is more informative than the previous one; therefore, in most cases, it will replace it. a correlate is an observed logical function of attributes with a significant frequency relationship with a target attribute. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1013 we obtained an updated set of correlates at the end of the sorting-through period. let us denote n as the number of conditions added in the last period, which replaced the previous ones, and m as the number of conditions introduced into the set before retaining their potential in this set. the above corresponds to information indicators relative to the quadratic criterion of the minimum redistributions. in the next period, we consider several criteria that complete the approximation, owing to the following:  the volume of helpful data measured in conditional terms;  quality of data. this indicator demonstrates the informativeness of objects x, the informativeness of the object concerning the primary object y measured with maximum accuracy characterized by the value of task uncertainty y during the application of memorized information x;  values. in this situation, we can discuss the economic or material benefits or harm from applying information or not having information about the current state of x. the calculation uses specific tables that describe the effectiveness of the selected decisions or their costs. several reference characteristics of object regions and the quality of the algorithmic chains of approximation sometimes become peculiar constraints.  when the current period of the set of correlation characteristics does not change owing to the proposed correlates, the sequence of correlates selected for the study indicates that the process is complete. restrictions specify the maximum number of periods considering a priori values and the increased dimensionality of the intersection of each characteristic. the sequence of final decision making by a specialized professional is iterative, as shown in figure 3. in the first stage, the professional receives primary information y about the symptoms or syndromes observed in the patient. given this information, the sequence of symptoms follows, based on the spheres, which consider an array of diverse information and modeling м(у), reflecting the specific disease. although other cases are possible, this chain describes a stable relationship: n=0; n=1; n>1. all different types of data received are fed into the overall model by transformation. the information processor converts these data into a frequency rating of the patient's condition and converts it into trilogy values. figure 3. sequence of decision-making during diagnosis the first is because the information processor constructs a set that establishes a logical connection between the observed and several base characteristics. the second case emphasizes the presence of an unambiguous logical connection. if there is a correct and complete information processor, this relationship will allow us to conclude that the patient has a disease 𝑥. the level of reliability can be assessed either by the results of benchmark testing of the diagnosable algorithms performed previously, by comparing their characteristics, or by their approximation. the third case describes a situation where a diagnosis model is possible, in which the value of 𝑝 can be transferred into kapproximation logic. over time, given this model, the information processor builds a model y that describes most of the observable characteristics present in the studied object. we assumed that the task is approximated as a logical function. here, any of the functions looks like the sum of each conjunctive element taken from the set. we assume that any attribute can take hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1014 values equal to one, and the rest will have internal uncertainty. therefore, according to the principle of decision uncertainty, we calculated the values corresponding to {0,1,𝜃 }. if we partition the space into several non-intersecting targets until we get a value called “positive implicative function” equal to 1, it means only one thing: the diagnostic period is over. if one or more values are considered equal, we will need to perform additional studies are required to reduce the frequency of observations. for this purpose, we distinguish a set of characteristics {y}. in most cases, they will transform the current values of dependencies from 1 or 0 on the background of positive or negative responses, confirming or denying the desired objective, which will depend on whether the type of implication (patient attribute that was identified based on the correlates presented) is positive or negative. it is essential to emphasize only the characteristics specific to this situation to identify the purpose. if there is a variant of overlap between each base characteristic, most of the shared attributes will disappear, and only the sphere that emphasizes their distinctiveness will remain. it is worth considering the available attributes that will not occur in any conjunct of the implicative function represented in the conjunctive normal form (cnf). we propose applying the notation l to the set of each considered component in the cnf. these components can take the values (-1; 0; 1), where -1 acts as one of the indicators, 0 is not specified in this set, and 1 is a positive attribute. the purpose was to minimize the number of additional questions that reduced the non-permanent complexity of diagnosis [32]. the original maximum possible number of sensors corresponds to an established value. we begin the study in the initial column of figure 4. next, we look at the sensors that correspond to the components of the table, exceeding 1. when the i-th sensor produces some value on the output channel, guided by trilogy, all columns of the table where the i-th component is more or less than 0 will be equal. table 2 shows the relationship between the “ideal” characteristics and sensor readings. figure 4. representation of the implicative function table 2. relationship between the “ideal” characteristics and sensor readings sensor table summary of conjunctions 1 1 – 1 –1 0 0 1 0 0 –1 – dashes mean that it will be necessary to continue the study, and when it is not possible, conjunctions will take on other values. if we obtain 0 during the calculation of conjunctions, we can disregard the rest of its attributes because the processes will continue for other conjunctions, relying on known or repeatedly verified information. if we obtain a conjunction corresponding to 1, it will confirm the presence of the task in the case of positive functions or the absence of the task in the case of negative implications, allowing us to complete the basic processes concerning the task implementation. each 0 value generally prevents the completion of the main processes, because conjunctions should be summarized until one appears. the experiment was conducted when a single conjunction or series took some value, and the remaining ones corresponded to 0. a new disease model will be developed that includes the implicative functions of each target attribute with a value higher than 1. this situation means that the extreme stage of this process did not bring any significant innovations to the sought model, and the process itself did not contribute to reducing uncertainty. thus, the diagnosis is complete according to the previously generated scenario, which transfers the set into approximation values of k-th logic. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1015 3.4. forms for submitting medical information one of the necessary properties to optimize the operation of a decision support system (dss) is the need to isolate complexes that contain information bases and mechanisms that make it possible to draw a valid logical conclusion. the second requirement is the use of a unified form of data provision that simplifies the system saturation procedure with new information and facilitates the processes of this system maintenance. an equally important quality that should characterize the information and each dss model is the ability to support a function that explains decisions to users [33]. guided by these requirements, a unified presentation form was formed for each considered model in the system under study. this structure is particularly interesting. a specific list defines the relationship of each characteristic:  a complete table: the number of columns;  a collapsed table: the number of columns;  a training table: the number of columns with the percentage of references used for the given samples  control table: the number of columns. each condition transforms into equality when all references are different, and their consolidation does not reduce the number of reference table columns, that is, until the situation occurs when the equalities of all references are different. the initial information is a reference table with form {s}. furthermore, it transforms into a distribution table {s...}. the distribution table contains several moments of only that group of intersections of attributes, which is available in the reference table; the rest are equal to zero and will not enter the distribution table. most mathematical and logical operations with distribution tables use bitwise logical operations in a standard environment by addition, multiplication, implication, equivalence, and others. as most modern operating systems are 32-bit, the maximum numbers that allow their processing by bit arithmetic have 32 characters. figure 5 shows the appearance of an array including 4-byte numbers. figure 5. algorithm, which performs the preparation of the initial information for the use of bitwise operation the results of comparative tests of different variants of execution of each algorithm, including the implementation of functions characterized by the stock reference representation, demonstrated the maximum performance of the algorithms. it is noteworthy that their operating principle relies on bit arithmetic. therefore, it is necessary to investigate the main stages of decision-making during diagnosis in the current phase of work. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1016 investigation of base characteristics: for the conjunctions given by the variants given earlier, it is necessary to determine the indicators of achievability, implicativity, and moments and points of intersection with the desired goals. table columns were investigated using the corresponding calculation in a specific sequence. figure 6 shows the structure of the analysis of the characteristics and their intersection points. implicativity indicators are defined by a method that meets the condition that “any y=1 corresponds to x=1.” the achievability indicators satisfy the conditions q>q0 and q<1–q0. simultaneous calculations improve the efficiency of the algorithms. figure 7 shows the sequence of splitting attributes into several classes. this stage involves generating all admissible elementary characteristics considering the possibility of their negation. subsequently, splitting into several classes, consisting of positive and negative implicates and correlates, occurs, ignoring most unattainable characteristics. figure 8 shows the point exploration algorithm. here, several correlates obtained earlier are labeled “old.” then, filling this group, its new components will be labeled “new.” grouping correlates into pairs will make it possible to observe all correlates; generating “new” ones uses the “or” bit operator. figure 6. venn diagram for the considered sets figure 7. splitting attributes into several classes hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1017 figure 8. exploration algorithm of points where the intersection of base characteristics occurs to verify existence, this stage makes it possible to disregard most logically incorrect conjunctions. the examination takes place thanks to the noma value table without referring to the distribution table and disregarding some format conjunctions {attributes 1 = value 1; attributes 1 = value 2, and so on}, here, values 1 ≠ 2. these are initially considered unattainable, and detecting them without consulting the distribution table is necessary to increase the total efficiency of the algorithms. 3.5. creation of a specific interface covering trilogy, tetralogy, frequency, and multivalued logic many experts describe states of objects using the vector “y.” it is a set of values with attributes in m in the importance scale. in this case, the information is not fed to the input channel of i-th sensor. therefore, these characteristics have similar values for evaluating any current characteristics. each scale meets most evaluation criteria and is applied in many types and formats [34]. sensors with a nominative scale determine the splitting spaces into several non-overlapping classes, reflecting equivalence. components that are indistinguishable with respect to a given property populate this group. sensors with a rank scale specify the splitting of universes and the proper ordering of components by topic. sensors with logical scales are among the simplest and determine the existence or absence of some attributes. internal uncertainty is the best hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1018 confirmation of the qualities of base processes acting under the guise of any sensor indicator and indicates the impossibility of obtaining the desired information. however, they can be the consequence of contradictory overdeterminations of incoming data, for example, in a multi-expert evaluation, as illustrated in figure 9. according to the chosen format of the scales, it is possible to use various heuristic techniques to move from internal contradictions to a correct definition of the scale. when a rank scale has a selected ratio, it is the basis for using fuzzy approximations of frequency logic. sometimes replacing scale values with ones that correspond to the original characteristics is possible while respecting the laws established by trilogy during operations with information discretes [35-37]. figure 9. appearance of multi-expert evaluation relying on expert conclusions, the considered logical calculations will continue to build a range of implicative functions. in the observation of the patient, the doctor evaluates the attributes in the scale values precisely considering their significance and makes conclusions about the actual sensor states later. it is worth considering several possible and common errors:  kynol, which distorts the majority of studies derived from distorted knowledge, is a variant of fatal errors bordering on the absurd.  kinol describes the majority of correctable errors in the information process. the laws for processing low-value information express the rule of reducing the minimum permissible distortion of data to obtain the necessary decision [38-40]. following these laws, the form of logical addition will look like a + b = a and the form of logical multiplication – 𝑎 ⋅ 𝑏= a. instead, in the course of reduction, it is customary to use a range of transformations of minimal absurdities in the form of internal uncertainty in cases where the investigation of the appeared contradictions suggests such a form. therefore, it is possible to calculate l(y) according to the rules established in trilogy and tetralogy, and the results take the form of specific values 𝐿(𝑦) ∈ {0,1, 𝜃, −𝜃}. 3.6. creating an explanation module for systems processing medical information the execution of each function explaining the decision on the processing of information arrays will be necessary for the participants to maintain legal responsibility for the decision made, and the developers of the complex should control the correctness of operating all modules, providing logical inference. the creation of explanation modules for each decision depends on the program of the approximation algorithm execution and the composition of the information base. creation of the explanation will require accessibility to the modeling of object domains, as in the case when information processing occurs, forming the corresponding decisions. the possibilities of the information process help make a decision �̂� = 𝐴𝐵(𝑦, 𝐽) and offer detailed justifications by the successive implementation of the summary of the observation results. the graphs in table 3 describe the possible matches {х,у} and the allowed variants of the explanations for each decision. figure 10 shows the interrelation of all components and indicates the correspondence of the information situations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1019 table 3. combinations {х,у} and possible decision explanations no. �̂� y explanation variant of positive implication 1 2 3 “presence of the characteristic” “will confirm decisions” 2 1 2 “presence of the characteristic” “will refute decisions” 3 𝜃 0 “the characteristic will not change the decisions made” 4 2 3 “no characteristics” “the decision confirmation” 5 2 2 “no characteristics” “the decision refutation” 6 𝜃 1 “no characteristics” “decision is unchanged” variant of negative implication 7 2 2 “presence of the characteristic” “the decision refutation” 8 2 0 “presence of the characteristic” “the decision confirmation” 9 𝜃 2 “decision is unchanged” 10 2 3 “presence of the characteristic” “the decision refutation” 11 1 2 “no characterization” “the decision confirmation” 12 𝜃 2 “presence of characterization” “decision is unchanged” figure 10. graphical description of interrelation and correspondence of information situations 4. results a diagnosis should be made based on both a priori information about the disease and patient information. a person is involved in the diagnostic process in two distinct stages: initially, when they receive and input the initial information about the patient, and subsequently, when they participate in the final decision-making process. it is important to note that the computer system does not replace doctors; rather, it serves as a powerful tool to support the decision-making process. it presents information about the patient in an objectified, systematic form and uses knowledge of the relevant subject area for automatic diagnosis and explanation of its decision to the doctor, thus helping to avoid gross errors associated with the subjectivity of the patient’s perception. by accumulating information about patients with established diagnoses, it becomes possible to obtain objective characteristics of diagnosis and, if necessary, to retrain the computer system to enhance its accuracy. a comparison of the existing decision support methods with other methods is presented in table 4. table 4. comparison of the accuracy of decision support systems № name average accuracy reference 1 naive bayes classifier 0.82 jenny et al. (2015) [41] 2 support vector machines 0.89 araz et al. (2019) [42] 3 classification and regression trees 0.85 graham et al. (2018) [43] 4 artificial neural networks 0.96 zlotnik et al. (2016) [44] this study analyzed the overall performance of the suboptimal approximation algorithm. the amount of nonreference data was 30% in the calculation. simultaneously, this study presented a variety of dependencies on the number of decision search cycles with different numbers of informative correlates. based on these data, it is possible to reveal that, as a rule, the rapid increase in volumetric and temporal obstacles is not fixed against the background of a certain level of helpful intentions and an increase in iterations. when using the developments presented in this study, the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1020 accuracy of diagnostic decisions reached 97%, which was calculated as the ratio of the correctly defined values to the total number of values, demonstrating the high efficiency of the practical use of the suboptimal approximation algorithm. the data were provided by a consortium of organizations from the institute of design-technological informatics ras and sechenov first moscow state medical university as part of a world-class medical center, as also stated in the funding. the data provided have been depersonalized and represent a list of patients with a range of symptoms (figure 11). figure 11. demonstration of the relationship between the time and accuracy characteristics of the algorithm and the number of decision search cycles at different numbers of correlates the proposed algorithm is capable of accurately diagnosing a given case within a relatively short period of time; however, it is not without its inherent limitations and potential drawbacks. due to the algorithm's consideration of a multitude of states, including those of an uncertain nature, a considerable number of information correlations may have a detrimental impact on its operational speed while offering only a marginal increase in accuracy. furthermore, the erroneous selection of algorithmic cycles may result in the expenditure of valuable time without any appreciable change in the overall accuracy of the algorithm. machine-learning algorithms can also be implemented with the structure of nonclassical logic to produce more accurate results. however, this framework has many limitations, and further development and research into hybrid algorithms are required to realize this aim. 5. conclusion based on the conducted analysis, we demonstrate the potential benefits of integrating nonclassical logic with information semantics within a decision support system. such an approach can enhance the efficiency of medical information technology. the use of frequency logic for machine representation of medical databases and internal information processing has been shown to be expedient. trilogics and tetralogics are optimal for transferring data from doctors to automated systems. the formalism of k-value approximation logic is optimal for explaining machine decisions to doctors. a methodology for the collection and analysis of medical information utilizing the indirect address scheme was devised and deployed. the medical diagnostic process is presented as the process of the functioning of an information management system. this system receives a set of materials and informational objects as the input. these include patients, instruments, and medications. they were received together with the research results and their medical history. at the output, the system produces a set of materials and information objects. these included a healthy patient and a diagnosis. they were produced along with their appointments. this study proposes methods and algorithms for solving decision-making problems in medical diagnostic processes. these are based on optimal and suboptimal discretelogical approximations of a priori and actual data using information and value criteria. it was demonstrated that the proposed model does not result in a linear increase in the computational complexity with the addition of new information attributes. 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 1 2 3 4 5 6 a c c u r a c y ( g r a p h ), % t im e (h is to g r a m ), s ec number of iterations 100 200 300 400 500 number of information correlates hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1021 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, l.m.c. and s.a.s.; methodology, v.z.k.; software, i.a.a.; validation, l.m.c.; formal analysis, v.z.k.; investigation, i.a.a.; resources, s.a.s.; data curation, l.m.c.; writing—original draft preparation, i.a.a. and l.m.c.; writing—review and editing, v.z.k. and s.a.s.; visualization, i.a.a.; supervision, s.a.s.; project administration, l.m.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding selected findings of this work were obtained under the grant agreement in the form of subsidies from the federal budget of the russian federation for state support for the establishment and development of world-class scientific centers performing r&d in priority areas of scientific and technological development no. 075-15-2022-307 dated april 20, 2022. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] malmir, b., amini, m., & chang, s. i. (2017). a medical decision support system for disease diagnosis under uncertainty. expert systems with applications, 88, 95–108. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2017.06.031. [2] wan, w., xu, j., zeng, q., pan, l., & sun, w. (2023). development and evaluation of intelligent medical decision support systems. academic journal of science and technology, 8(2), 22–25. doi:10.54097/ajst.v8i2.14713. [3] harada, t., miyagami, t., kunitomo, k., & shimizu, t. (2021). clinical decision support systems for diagnosis in primary care: a scoping review. international journal of environmental research and public health, 18(16), 8435. doi:10.3390/ijerph18168435. [4] mahfouf, m., abbod, m. f., & linkens, d. a. (2001). a survey of fuzzy logic monitoring and control utilisation in medicine. artificial intelligence in medicine, 21(1-3), 27-42. doi:10.1016/s0933-3657(00)00072-5. [5] ahmadi, h., gholamzadeh, m., shahmoradi, l., nilashi, m., & rashvand, p. (2018). diseases diagnosis using fuzzy logic methods: a systematic and meta-analysis review. computer methods and programs in biomedicine, 161, 145–172. doi:10.1016/j.cmpb.2018.04.013. [6] steen, a., & benzmüller, c. (2024). challenges for non-classical reasoning in contemporary ai applications. kunstliche intelligenz, 38, 7-16. doi:10.1007/s13218-024-00855-8. [7] boulila, w., farah, i. r., & hussain, a. (2018). a novel decision support system for the interpretation of remote sensing big data. earth science informatics, 11(1), 31–45. doi:10.1007/s12145-017-0313-7. [8] kose, u., deperlioglu, o., alzubi, j., & patrut, b. (2021). deep learning for medical decision support systems. studies in computational intelligence. springer, singapore. doi:10.1007/978-981-15-6325-6. [9] todd, p., & benbasat, i. (1999). evaluating the impact of dss, cognitive effort, and incentives on strategy selection. information systems research, 10(4), 356–374. doi:10.1287/isre.10.4.356. [10] chen, z., liang, n., zhang, h., li, h., yang, y., zong, x., chen, y., wang, y., & shi, n. (2023). harnessing the power of clinical decision support systems: challenges and opportunities. open heart, 10(2), 2432. doi:10.1136/openhrt-2023-002432. [11] schaaf, j., sedlmayr, m., schaefer, j., & storf, h. (2020). diagnosis of rare diseases: a scoping review of clinical decision support systems. orphanet journal of rare diseases, 15(1), 263. doi:10.1186/s13023-020-01536-z. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1022 [12] sutton, r. t., pincock, d., baumgart, d. c., sadowski, d. c., fedorak, r. n., & kroeker, k. i. (2020). an overview of clinical decision support systems: benefits, risks, and strategies for success. npj digital medicine, 3, 17. doi:10.1038/s41746-020-0221y. [13] almazroi, a. a., aldhahri, e. a., bashir, s., & ashfaq, s. (2023). a clinical decision support system for heart disease prediction using deep learning. ieee access, 11, 61646–61659. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3285247. [14] miyachi, y., ishii, o., & torigoe, k. (2023). design, implementation, and evaluation of the computer-aided clinical decision support system based on learning-to-rank: collaboration between physicians and machine learning in the differential diagnosis process. bmc medical informatics and decision making, 23(1), 26. doi:10.1186/s12911-023-02123-5. [15] chen, m., cui, d., haick, h., & tang, n. (2024). artificial intelligence‐ based medical sensors for healthcare system. advanced sensor research, 3(3), 2300009. doi:10.1002/adsr.202300009. [16] nilius, h., cuker, a., haug, s., nakas, c., studt, j. d., tsakiris, d. a., greinacher, a., mendez, a., schmidt, a., wuillemin, w. a., gerber, b., kremer hovinga, j. a., vishnu, p., graf, l., kashev, a., sznitman, r., bakchoul, t., & nagler, m. (2023). a machine-learning model for reducing misdiagnosis in heparin-induced thrombocytopenia: a prospective, multicenter, observational study. eclinicalmedicine, 55, 101745. doi:10.1016/j.eclinm.2022.101745. [17] tatarkanov, a., lampezhev, a., polezhaev, d., & tekeev, r. (2022). suboptimal biomedical diagnostics in the presence of random perturbations in the data. international journal of engineering trends and technology, 70(11), 129–137. doi:10.14445/22315381/ijett-v70i11p213. [18] pumplun, l., fecho, m., wahl, n., peters, f., & buxmann, p. (2021). adoption of machine learning systems for medical diagnostics in clinics: qualitative interview study. journal of medical internet research, 23(10), 29301. doi:10.2196/29301. [19] tatarkanov, a. a., umyskov, a. a., tekeev, r. k., & kuklin, v. z. (2022). model development of universal hardware and software module for medical information system. international journal of emerging technology and advanced engineering, 12(10), 136–146. doi:10.46338/ijetae1022_15. [20] kukhtevich, i. i., goryunova, v. v., goryunova, t. i., & zhilyaev, p. s. (2020). medical decision support systems and semantic technologies in healthcare. russian conference on digital economy and knowledge management, 370–375. doi:10.2991/aebmr.k.200730.068. [21] andrade, s. e., kahler, k. h., frech, f., & chan, k. a. (2006). methods for evaluation of medication adherence and persistence using automated databases. pharmacoepidemiology and drug safety, 15(8), 565–574. doi:10.1002/pds.1230. [22] knapič, s., malhi, a., saluja, r., & främling, k. (2021). explainable artificial intelligence for human decision support system in the medical domain. machine learning and knowledge extraction, 3(3), 740–770. doi:10.3390/make3030037. [23] groenier, m., pieters, j. m., witteman, c. l. m., & lehmann, s. r. s. (2014). the effect of client case complexity on clinical decision-making. european journal of psychological assessment, 30(2), 150–158. doi:10.1027/1015-5759/a000184. [24] tyapkin, v. n., ishchuk, i. n., kabulova, e. g., semenov, m. e., & meleshenko, p. a. (2016). singular spectral analysis in filtration of noisecontaminated signals of pseudolite navigation. indian journal of science and technology, 9(46), 107567. doi:10.17485/ijst/2016/v9i46/107567. [25] starke, s. d., & baber, c. (2020). the effect of known decision support reliability on outcome quality and visual information foraging in joint decision-making. applied ergonomics, 86, 103102. doi:10.1016/j.apergo.2020.103102. [26] bussone, a., stumpf, s., & o’sullivan, d. (2015). the role of explanations on trust and reliance in clinical decision support systems. proceedings 2015 ieee international conference on healthcare informatics, 160–169. doi:10.1109/ichi.2015.26. [27] yan, h., jiang, y., zheng, j., peng, c., & li, q. (2006). a multilayer perceptron-based medical decision support system for heart disease diagnosis. expert systems with applications, 30(2), 272-281. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2005.07.022. [28] vinodh, s., & balaji, s. r. (2011). fuzzy logic based leanness assessment and its decision support system. international journal of production research, 49(13), 4027–4041. doi:10.1080/00207543.2010.492408. [29] akishev, k. m., zhamangarin, d. s., zhardemkyzy, s., murzabekov, t. t., nurgaliyev, a. y., & zhiganbayev, m. y. (2023). application of the principle of special states in developing simulation model. news of the national academy of sciences of the republic of kazakhstan, series of geology and technical sciences, 1(457), 33–44. doi:10.32014/2023.2518-170x.257. [30] mark, d. b., & wong, j. b. (2005). decision-making in clinical medicine. harrisons principles of internal medicine, 16(1), 6. [31] coussement, k., benoit, d. f., & antioco, m. (2015). a bayesian approach for incorporating expert opinions into decision support systems: a case study of online consumer-satisfaction detection. decision support systems, 79, 24–32. doi:10.1016/j.dss.2015.07.006. [32] barbini, e., manzi, p., & barbini, p. (2013). bayesian approach in medicine and health management. current topics in public health, intechopen, london, united kingdom. doi:10.5772/52402. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1023 [33] delen, d., & sharda, r. (2008). artificial neural networks in decision support systems. handbook on decision support systems 1. springer, heidelberg, germany. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-48713-5_26. [34] haque, m. t., & kashtiban, a. m. (2005). application of neural networks in power systems; a review. proceedings wec 05: fourth world enformatika conference, 6, 53–57. [35] liu, y., ren, z. h., li, d. m., tian, x. k., & lu, z. n. (2006). the research of precision irrigation decision support system based on genetic algorithm. proceedings of the 2006 international conference on machine learning and cybernetics, 2006, 3123–3127. doi:10.1109/icmlc.2006.258403. [36] ocak, h. (2013). a medical decision support system based on support vector machines and the genetic algorithm for the evaluation of fetal well-being. journal of medical systems, 37(2), 1-9. doi:10.1007/s10916-012-9913-4. [37] babcock, b., babu, s., datar, m., motwani, r., & widom, j. (2002). models and issues in data stream systems. proceedings of the acm sigact-sigmod-sigart symposium on principles of database systems, 1–16. doi:10.1145/543613.543615. [38] tatarkanov, a. a., alexandrov, i. a., chervjakov, l. m., & karlova, t. v. (2022). a fuzzy approach to the synthesis of cognitive maps for modeling decision making in complex systems. emerging science journal, 6(2), 368–381. doi:10.28991/esj-2022-06-02-012. [39] davis, r. (1977). a dss for diagnosis and therapy. acm sigmis database, 8(3), 58–72. doi:10.1145/1017583.1017597. [40] dujmović, j. j. (2007). continuous preference logic for system evaluation. ieee transactions on fuzzy systems, 15(6), 1082– 1099. doi:10.1109/tfuzz.2007.902041. [41] jenny, m. a., hertwig, r., ackermann, s., messmer, a. s., karakoumis, j., nickel, c. h., & bingisser, r. (2015). are mortality and acute morbidity in patients presenting with nonspecific complaints predictable using routine variables? academic emergency medicine, 22(10), 1155–1163. doi:10.1111/acem.12755. [42] araz, o. m., olson, d., & ramirez-nafarrate, a. (2019). predictive analytics for hospital admissions from the emergency department using triage information. international journal of production economics, 208, 199–207. doi:10.1016/j.ijpe.2018.11.024. [43] graham, b., bond, r., quinn, m., & mulvenna, m. (2018). using data mining to predict hospital admissions from the emergency department. ieee access, 6, 10458–10469. doi:10.1109/access.2018.2808843. [44] zlotnik, a., alfaro, m. c., perez, m. c. p., gallardo-antolin, a., & martinez, j. m. m. (2016). building a decision support system for inpatient admission prediction with the manchester triage system and administrative check-in variables. cin computers informatics nursing, 34(5), 224–230. doi:10.1097/cin.0000000000000230. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 690 issn: 2723-9535 a uav based concrete crack detection and segmentation using 2-stage convolutional network with transfer learning joses sorilla 1, timothy scott c. chu 1* , alvin y. chua 1 1 department of mechanical engineering, de la salle university, 2401 taft ave. malate, manila, philippines. received 29 april 2024; revised 10 august 2024; accepted 15 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract this study explores a non-destructive testing (ndt) method for crack detection using a two-stage convolutional neural network (cnn) model, incorporating a combination of alexnet and yolo models through transfer learning. crack detection is pivotal for assessing structural integrity and ensuring timely maintenance interventions. the developed model was rigorously tested in simulated environments and through physical experimentations with the use of a uav to evaluate its effectiveness. a 2-stage model, based on alexnet and yolo, was developed for crack classification and segmentation. the developed model leveraged transfer learning to address limitations from traditional cnn models. a known dataset was used to evaluate the developed model, benchmarking it against other models. the classification network achieved an accuracy rate exceeding 90%, while the segmentation network successfully identified and delineated cracks in 85.71% of the images. finally, the developed model was deployed using a uav to perform crack detection and segmentation in a controlled environment. these results underscore the model's proficiency in both detecting and segmenting structural cracks, highlighting its potential as a reliable tool for enhancing the maintenance and safety of architectural structures. keywords: computer vision; 2-stage cnn; crack detection; crack segmentation; transfer learning; unmanned aerial vehicles (uav). 1. introduction non-destructive testing (ndt) concrete crack detection is critical for maintaining the structural integrity, safety, and longevity of concrete structures. cracks can compromise the load-bearing capacity of structures, leading to increasing the risk and maintenance costs if not addressed promptly. traditionally, crack detection relies on manual visual inspections conducted by trained personnel. while this method is straightforward, it is time-consuming, subjective, and prone to human error. to overcome these limitations, advanced ndt methods such as ultrasonic testing, infrared thermography, and ground-penetrating radar (gpr), have been introduced. in recent years, automated methods using digital image processing have gained prominence, employing high-resolution cameras and algorithms to analyze concrete surfaces for cracks. among these, machine learning-based techniques, particularly convolutional neural networks (cnns), have shown great potential in improving detection accuracy and efficiency [1]. despite advancements in crack detection, existing methods often rely on complex, expensive image acquisition systems, limiting their feasibility for large-scale deployment [2, 3]. many of these systems also face challenges in balancing real-time detection with precision, particularly in gnss-denied environments [4, 5]. while cnn-based methods have improved detection accuracy, their dependency on numerous high-quality datasets and sensitivity to complex environments reinforce the need for more adaptable, efficient solutions. * corresponding author: timothy.chu@dlsu.edu.ph http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-010 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5775-1532 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0954-7291 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 691 1.1. review of related literature for crack detection, researchers have explored both one-stage and two-stage models, often featuring an initial classification phase followed by segmentation [6]. one-stage models like yolov4 and yolov8 combine detection and localization in a single step, making them efficient for real-time monitoring of large infrastructure. for example, li et al. (2024) [7] demonstrated that a resnet50-based two-stage model with multilayer parallel residual attention (mpr) achieved a mean pixel accuracy (mpa) of 92.7%, a mean intersection over union (iou) of 88.3%, and a processing speed of 36.5 fps, suitable for real-time applications. similarly, paramanandham et al. (2023) [8] utilized pixel intensity resemblance measurement (pirm) to enhance accuracy and robustness in crack analysis for structural applications, while a 2023 study showed that resnet50 outperformed vgg16, vgg19, and mobilenet with a test accuracy of 99.88%, highlighting its strong generalization and fast convergence, particularly on smaller datasets [9, 10]. in contrast, two-stage models, such as the hybrid approach in this study, improve precision by focusing segmentation on relevant areas post-classification, which is particularly advantageous in complex or noisy environments [11, 12]. this can be seen in yang et al. (2024) [13], where researchers developed an enhanced mask r-cnn model for micro-crack detection on metal surfaces, refining feature extraction to detect small, intricate cracks even in low-contrast settings. another study [14] introduced a two-stage framework using cnn and ctv2 networks for pixel-level pavement crack detection, achieving high accuracy across multiple datasets, with mean f1-scores up to 94.69%. while these models enhance detection accuracy, they are often constrained by computational demands and data requirements, a limitation addressed by transfer learning, which leverages pre-trained features to improve model performance [15]. building on these insights, this study introduces a novel hybrid model that combines alexnet for initial crack classification and yolov4 for segmentation, utilizing transfer learning to optimize accuracy with minimal data. this approach enhances both classification and segmentation efficiency, making it particularly suited for uav-based applications where rapid, precise detection is essential. notably, this specific combination of models has not yet been widely explored at the time of writing. this paper is structured as follows: section ii, 'theoretical considerations,' outlines the foundational concepts pertinent to the study. section iii, 'methodology,' details the experimental procedures employed. section iv, 'results and discussion,' examines the data derived from these experiments. finally, section v, 'conclusion,' summarizes the findings and implications of the research. 2. theoretical considerations this section provides a comprehensive overview of the theoretical concepts that supports this study’s approach, focusing on the evolution from traditional crack detection methods to advanced cnn architectures and the role of transfer learning in optimizing model accuracy and efficiency. 2.1. crack detection and segmentation the main challenge in crack image classification is the inhomogeneity of cracks and complex backgrounds, which often includes low contrast, shadows, uneven surfaces, and noise. earlier methods using support vector machines (svm) had an f1 score of 0.7359, while the introduction of deep convolutional neural networks (cnn) significantly improved performance. a 2016 study using a simple convnet architecture with four convolutional layers, max-pooling, a fully connected layer, and relu activation achieved an f1 score of 0.8965, surpassing the svm benchmark [16]. recent studies employed pre-trained models like vgg-19, which incorporates deeper structures to classify cracks into types such as alligator or longitudinal types, achieving an f1 score of 0.9076 [17]. improvements in efficiency led to the use of alexnet, which uses relu, dropout layers, and overlap pooling in a five-layer convolutional architecture. alexnet along with googlenet, and vgg 19, achieved an f1 score of 0.99, but alexnet had fewer layers, making it ideal for high-accuracy applications requiring lower computational loads [18]. pixel-level crack segmentation provides detailed information on crack type, location, and severity, though challenges like pixel imbalance and down-sampling persist. modifications to cnns—such as removing pooling layers, using upsampling, and adapting loss functions—help address these issues [19]. u-net, originally developed for biomedical segmentation, has proven effective for crack segmentation [20]. in comparisons among deep cnn architectures—such as fully convolutional network (fcn), global convolutional network (fgn), pyramid scene parsing network (pspnet), upernet, and deeplabv3+—deeplabv3+ achieved the highest f1 score of 0.7732, demonstrating resilience even with image blemishes [21]. a 2023 study validated yolov4’s suitability for crack detection in complex environments, achieving 92% accuracy with 0.22 mm precision in drone-captured images, highlighting its promise for real-time applications [22]. given these challenges, cnns have shown considerable promise in enhancing crack detection accuracy by identifying intricate patterns within complex backgrounds. however, for tasks requiring precise localization, 2-stage cnns such as faster r-cnn and mask r-cnn provide enhanced performance by isolating areas of interest with greater accuracy. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 692 2.2. two-stage convolutional neural network in crack detection two-stage cnns, including faster r-cnn and mask r-cnn, have advanced image detection and segmentation tasks by dividing the process into two phases: a region proposal stage for identifying areas of interest, followed by a classification and refinement stage for accurate detection. this separation allows for higher precision and adaptability in complex environments, making two-stage cnns particularly suitable for crack detection, where backgrounds are often heterogeneous and noisy. traditional cnns, while effective for image classification, face significant limitations in complex applications like crack detection. they lack mechanisms for detailed localization and segmentation, which are essential for assessing cracks’ size, type, and severity. in contrast, two-stage cnns overcome these limitations through: • enhanced localization and precision: the region proposal network (rpn) in 2-stage cnns isolates relevant regions within the image, filtering out background noise, which improves model focus on specific crack areas. this capability is crucial in infrastructure applications, where accurate localization is essential for analyzing small defects [23, 24]. • detailed segmentation with mask r-cnn: for pixel-level segmentation, mask r-cnn adds a segmentation branch to faster r-cnn, allowing the model to delineate each pixel within detected cracks. this enables detailed information on crack boundaries and shapes, surpassing the capabilities of traditional cnns in fine-grained segmentation [25]. the addition of segmentation in mask r-cnn has been shown to improve crack localization in challenging environments [13]. • improved small object detection: cracks are often small, elongated features that standard cnns may overlook. the two-phase process in 2-stage cnns allows for region refinement, which enables precise detection of small details. studies comparing cnn models, like the work by zhang et al. (2016) [26], indicate that 2-stage cnns like faster r-cnn perform significantly better in capturing fine details in infrastructure applications than singlestage models. • adaptability with transfer learning: leveraging transfer learning, 2-stage cnns can use pre-trained weights from large datasets such as imagenet to generalize on limited labeled data, enhancing both training speed and accuracy. for example, alexnet and resnet50 have been widely used in transfer learning to improve cnn generalization in crack detection, providing efficiency in limited-data scenarios like uav-based inspections [27]. while 2-stage cnns deliver high precision in segmentation tasks, r-cnn is found to demand substantial computational resources and operate slowly, making it less ideal for real-time applications. mask r-cnn, likewise, requires precise parameter tuning and has a slower processing speed, limiting its utility in fast-paced environments like uav-based monitoring. the need for a balance between speed and accuracy in uav-based crack detection led to the selection of alexnet for efficient classification and yolov4 for rapid segmentation in this hybrid approach. 2.2.1. alexnet alexnet is an 8-layer cnn classifier pre-trained on the imagenet database, capable of classifying up to 1000 object categories. the architecture includes two initial convolution layers with relu and max pooling, followed by three convolution layers with relu, max pooling, two fully connected layers with relu, and a final softmax classification layer. the model’s efficiency and adaptability make it particularly useful in applications where lightweight, fast classification is necessary, as in uav-based crack detection [14]. 2.2.2. yolov4 model yolov4 is a cnn-based single-stage detection model optimized for segmentation and designed to perform realtime object detection. it uses cspdarknet53 as a backbone, connecting to the final head with a “neck” structure, for predicting object classes and bounding boxes. unlike 2-stage cnns, yolov4 is streamlined to operate at high speeds, making it suitable for fast segmentation in uav-based applications. although it lacks the dual-stage precision of models like faster r-cnn, yolov4 is ideal for real-time segmentation where high speed and computational efficiency are critical [26]. 2.2.3. integration of alexnet and yolov4 in this study, alexnet is used for initial crack classification, leveraging its efficient structure to achieve high accuracy without heavy computational demands. by classifying images in this initial phase, alexnet reduces noise, focusing yolov4 on relevant regions for segmentation. this combined approach optimizes both processing speed and segmentation accuracy. the hybrid model effectively balances efficiency and precision in real-time crack detection, suitable for uav-based monitoring [27]. table 1 outlines the different models and their respective strengths and applications. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 693 table 1. two-stage and traditional cnn models model type strengths weaknesses suitable applications faster r-cnn 2-stage high localization, region focus high computational demand; slower, limiting real-time use offline crack detection, detailed segmentation mask r-cnn 2-stage pixel-level segmentation sensitive to parameter tuning; slower than yolo precision tasks, boundary detection yolov4 single-stage real-time segmentation limited with tiny, intricate cracks real-time crack detection, uav-based applications alexnet single-stage lightweight, fast training limited segmentation capabilities high-accuracy applications with lighter load demands through 2-stage cnns and the hybrid use of alexnet with yolov4, the model leverages the strengths of each approach, overcoming traditional cnn limitations in real-time crack detection for infrastructure monitoring. to further enhance the model’s adaptability and performance, particularly given the limitations of data collection in uav applications, transfer learning allows the use of pre-trained models to achieve robust detection with smaller datasets, reducing computational demands and enhancing accuracy. 2.3. transfer learning transfer learning enhances cnns by allowing models to leverage features learned from pre-trained networks on large datasets, such as imagenet, and apply them to related tasks with limited labeled data. in traditional cnns, training from scratch requires vast, domain-specific datasets, which are often impractical to obtain for specialized applications like uav-based crack detection. by reusing essential feature layers trained on generic visual patterns, transfer learning reduces data requirements and accelerates training [28] while preserving high accuracy [29]. for example, pre-trained models like alexnet and resnet50 enhance generalization in crack detection, achieving faster training convergence and accuracy improvements of up to 10% over models trained solely on smaller datasets [30]. transfer learning improves cnn adaptability by enabling fine-tuning of higher layers specific to the target task. this approach enhances model precision in recognizing crack-related features such as irregular shapes and small-scale details. studies show that models fine-tuned through transfer learning, such as mask r-cnn, perform well in highprecision tasks, achieving f1 scores of up to 85% in complex environments [22]. additionally, by reducing computational demands, transfer learning makes real-time applications feasible, supporting crack detection in gnssdenied environments. integrating transfer learning into the study’s hybrid model with alexnet and yolov4 optimizes both detection accuracy and efficiency for infrastructure monitoring applications [21]. 2.4. field of view camera calibration is performed to correct image distortion and determine the camera parameters. one of the most important intrinsic parameters is the focal length, which is the distance from the lens to the camera sensor. camera calibration also identifies extrinsic parameters, such as distance of the camera lens from the object being captured. this information is necessary to compute the field of view (fov) of the camera, which dictates the area a camera can capture. this is particularly essential for coverage applications like wall inspections [31]. figure 1 illustrates the relationship between focal length, distanced, with the fov. figure 1. focal length and field-of-view, adopted from [31] hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 694 the size of the fov can be calculated if the distance of the camera to the object, focal length, and size of the camera sensor are determined. the computation can be found on equations 1 and 2 with sw and sh being the width and height of the camera sensor, d being the distance of camera to the object, and f being the focal length. 𝐹𝑂𝑉𝑤 = 𝑆𝑤 × 𝐷 𝐹 (1) 𝐹𝑂𝑉ℎ = 𝑆ℎ × 𝐷 𝐹 (2) once the fov is determined, the whole inspection area can be segmented into a grid composed of fixed-size rectangles based on the field of view’s measurement. additionally, the viewpoint’s location would be the location of the lens, which is in the middle of the field of view and the proximity being the distance of the lens to the object. 3. methods this section outlines the methodological steps undertaken for the conduct of this experiment as shown in figure 2 below. the study commences with identifying the materials used for the physical experimentation, followed by the model development and evaluation. finally, the calibration and physical experimentation discusses how the model was deployed through uav operation in a controlled environment as well as the evaluation. figure 1. research methodology 3.1. materials the crazyflie, as depicted in figure 3, is a compact, lightweight, yet robust uav developed by bitcraze. its small size and modular design make it particularly suitable for drone research, as highlighted by chu et al. (2022) [5] for its modularity, safety, and open-source framework. this study also employs the lighthouse positioning deck and the basestation, as illustrated in figures 3c and 3d, respectively, for drone localization and navigation. additionally, the ai deck from bitcraze is a camera module for the crazyflie 2.x nano quadcopter, enhancing the drone with artificial intelligence capabilities. it integrates the himax hm01b0 low-power monochrome camera, which has a resolution of 320×320 pixels, and a powerful gap8 risc-v processor, enabling real-time image processing and neural network computations for ai tasks. this modular platform supports a wide range of applications including autonomous navigation, object tracking, and environmental data collection, thereby facilitating research and development in drone-based ai technologies. (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 2. (a) crazyflie 2.1 [32], (b) ai deck module [33], (c) lighthouse positioning deck [34], (d) lighthouse basestation [35] 3.2. dataset the dataset used in this study was gathered and published by özgenel et al. (2018) [36]. it consists of 458 highresolution images, resulting in 20,000 crack images of various orientations and sizes, along with 20,000 non-crack images for noise. this dataset, widely used in road crack detection studies, was split into training, testing, and validation sets with a 60:20:20 ratio. for segmentation, no publicly available dataset with bounding boxes on cracks was found. therefore, a custom dataset was manually created by capturing crack images. to align with the classification dataset, twelve images from özgenel’s dataset were printed and pasted on a wall in various orientations; additional images were also combined to create varied types of cracks. using the specified camera, images of these cracks were captured at the optimal distance determined by the calibration sequence for classification and segmentation. from this data collection, 704 crack images of varying orientation and positions were obtained. these images were then transferred to a computer for manual annotation. the segmentation annotation for the involved placing a bounding box that tightly encloses each crack, minimizing unnecessary surrounding space. similar to the classification dataset, the annotated segmentation dataset was split into training, testing, and validation sets with a 60:20:20 ratio for transfer learning. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 695 3.3. model development and evaluation once the datasets have been obtained, training of the classification network and segmentation network was conducted through transfer learning in matlab. for the classification network, a pre-trained alexnet was used, and retrained with the özgenel crack dataset. to match the number of classes, the last three layers of alexnet were replaced, enabling the final classification layer to categorize images into two classes: positive and negative, depending on whether cracks are present. the training process involved running the network on the test dataset and adjusting it to achieve higher accuracy in subsequent iterations. training concluded either once the maximum number of iterations was reached or when no further significant improvements in accuracy were observed. for yolov4, the transfer learning was also applied, and a pre-trained tiny-yolov4-coco network was used and retrained with the annotated dataset of 704 images. the model was specified to detect only a single class—the crack image. the input size was matched to the resolution of the drone's camera, and the number of anchor boxes was estimated based on the training data. training was performed on a ryzen 5 5500 processor and an rtx 3060 12gb graphics card. upon completing the training of both the alexnet and yolov4 models, a two-staged cnn model was implemented in matlab 2023a to detect and segment cracks in structural walls. figure 4 illustrates the proposed two-stage model: the first stage employs a crack classification model that filters input images to identify those containing cracks, while the second stage involves a crack segmentation model that delineates the cracks by placing bounding boxes around them. this methodology leverages on a combination of alexnet and yolov4, which, according to the literature, has not been previously utilized in two-stage cnn systems for classification and segmentation. to evaluate the efficacy of this twostage network, its performance was assessed using a confusion matrix and benchmarked against the standalone performance of yolov4, to determine whether the preliminary classification stage enhances the overall accuracy of crack segmentation. input image crack classification (alexnet) crack segmentation (yolov4) figure 3. proposed 2-stage cnn network for classification and segmentation finally, figure 5 visualizes the output, where the resulting masks of the segmentation network are concatenated to represent the inspected area. the white regions highlight the cracks by bounding boxes which helps visualize their approximate locations. another feature of the neural network’s output is the ability to quantify the crack size. since the field of view size is known, the pixel-to-centimeter ratio can be calculated, allowing the bounding box to serve as a scale for determining the crack’s length and width. the dimensions of the bounding boxes can be converted into centimeters to determine the length and width of the crack as well as its position in the plane. figure 4. crack quantification based on mask size hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 696 3.4. physical experimentation in this study, the imaging and localization system comprising a camera module on the ai deck and a lighthouse positioning deck were mounted on the uav to gather video feedback and localize its position in the experimental space, as illustrated in figure 6. to ensure accurate and effective data collection, the optimal distance for image capture was determined through calibration using a printed crack image and a calibration image—a chessboard with known grid sizes—positioned within the uav's inspection area. the use of a chessboard for camera calibration is well documented for its effectiveness in determining intrinsic and extrinsic camera parameters. during the experiments, the uav was instructed to hover and capture images at various distances (10, 13, 17, and 20 centimeters) from both the crack and chessboard images. the primary objective was to ascertain the uav's imaging performance across these distances, pinpoint the optimal distance for effective crack classification and segmentation, and compute the camera's focal length at this distance to derive the horizontal and vertical fields of view. the determination of the optimal distance for crack classification involved processing the captured images through the classification and segmentation network, with the system accuracy evaluated based on the proportion of images correctly classified and segmented. the furthest distance with the highest accuracy maintained was designated as the optimal imaging distance. subsequently, an image of the chessboard captured at this optimal distance was analyzed using matlab to determine the camera parameters and correct any image distortions [37]. the chessboard tile dimensions facilitated estimation of the field of view, which was crucial for configuring the bounding box parameters. throughout these calibration trials, the uav's crack detection capabilities and corresponding accuracy levels were meticulously recorded, providing a comprehensive evaluation of the system's operational efficacy upon deployment. figure 5. experimental setup 4. results and discussions 4.1. performance validation of classification and segmentation networks the transfer learning for alexnet reached completion after the maximum epoch limit, with training taking 154 minutes and 42 seconds and resulting in a final validation accuracy of 99.63%. testing on the reserved test dataset yielded an accuracy of 99.42%, closely aligning with prior studies using alexnet on similar datasets, which reported an accuracy of 99% [15]. this consistency with previous results indicates that the retraining was effective, and that transfer learning successfully adapted the alexnet model to the current dataset. similarly, the transfer learning for the yolov4 concluded after reaching the maximum epochs, with a total training duration of 36 minutes and 10 seconds. upon evaluation on the test dataset, yolov4 achieved an average precision of 98%, which aligns with findings in related studies using yolov4 for crack segmentation tasks, achieving comparable precision scores [18]. this high level of precision also suggests that the transfer learning process was not only effective but also validated the model’s adaptability for segmentation in complex environments. across fifteen trials, the combined two-stage classification and segmentation network demonstrated consistent performance, validating the integration of alexnet and yolov4 as a robust approach for crack detection tasks. these results reinforce the model’s capacity to perform well in scenarios requiring precise crack localization and segmentation, suggesting that the retrained model is well-suited for real-world applications where accuracy and adaptability are essential. the high performance also highlights the advantage of employing transfer learning in two-stage networks for achieving both efficiency and precision in infrastructure monitoring. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 697 4.2. camera calibration for enhanced detection accuracy in uav operations calibration is essential for the crazyflie’s crack detection capabilities, particularly given drones’ limited operational times due to their compact size and battery constraints. figure 7 illustrates a sample from the calibration experiments, with the summary of findings presented in table 2. images of printed cracks were captured at varying distances to assess the impact of crack-pixel ratio on detection accuracy. given that the printed crack images were used for training, images closer to the camera, covering more field of view, achieved a higher crack pixel ratio of 2.8%, closely aligning with training conditions. at a distance of 10 cm, the neural network reached a classification accuracy of 100%, as validated by repeated trials. while the crack pixel ratio did not precisely match 2.8% at greater distances, the network maintained reliable performance. however, testing revealed that 10 cm was impractical for crazyflie operation, as proximity to the wall increased the risk of collision due to minor instability. thus, the second-best distance of 13 cm was selected as the optimal distance, balancing accuracy with practical operating distance. at this distance, the field of view (fov) was calculated as 20.5 cm x 14.9 cm, based on the chessboard calibration tile size of 0.82 cm, providing a reference for path planning. notably, the fov limitation of 67.9° (diagonal) likely contributed to challenges in achieving a consistent crack-pixel ratio across varied distances. this sequence is critical for enabling the crazyflie to detect cracks efficiently, ensuring accurate detection while maintaining an operational distance that optimally balances detection accuracy with flight time and safety. (a) (b) (c) figure 6. (a) theoretical setup of uav hovering 13 cm from the crack image, (b) actual deployment of uav hovering 13 cm from the crack image, (c) perspective of uav vision system and detection of a crack table 2. results from crack detection and segmentation distance from wall average accuracy bounding box size 20 cm 39.50% 34.6 × 25.8 cm 17 cm 83.33% 28.8 × 21.8 cm 13 cm 88.89% 20.5 × 14.9 cm 10 cm 100.00% 17.9 × 13.4 cm 4.3. performance of developed model with uav experimentations table 3 presents the confusion matrix for the classification network tested on 4,945 points during flight. the model achieved an overall accuracy of 91.5% with a precision of 84.05%, demonstrating robust performance in correctly identifying cracks. out of the total test points, 1,671 were correctly classified as cracks (true positives), representing 33.79% of the dataset, while 2,854 points (57.71%) were accurately identified as non-crack areas (true negatives). the model achieved a recall of 94.2%, indicating its strong ability to detect the majority of actual cracks, which is essential for reliable structural assessments. furthermore, the f1-score was calculated at 88.7%, underscoring a good balance between precision and recall and indicating that the model effectively manages both correct detections and the minimization of false positives. notably, this accuracy aligns closely with the 92% accuracy reported by yolov4 in previous studies, such as those in previous studies [18, 19], showing that the two-stage cnn model leveraging transfer learning achieves comparable performance to established one-stage models. however, the model encountered some challenges with false positives and false negatives. there were 317 false positives, accounting for approximately 6.41% of the test points, primarily due to the model mistaking edges of foam boards for cracks. additionally, 103 false negatives (2.08%) occurred, where actual cracks near the image boundary were not detected, potentially due to lower contrast or subtle features. despite these limitations, the model’s high accuracy, coupled with its high recall and f1-score, suggests that it can reliably differentiate crack from non-crack areas in real-time uav inspections, making it a practical solution for infrastructure monitoring. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 698 table 3. confusion matrix for crack detection prediction negative prediction positive actual positive false negative 103 (2.08%) true positive 1671 (33.79%) recall 94.20% actual negative true negative 2854 (57.71%) false positive 317 (6.41%) precision 84.05% accuracy 91.50% table 4 summarizes the segmentation network's performance, presented as a confusion matrix, on images classified as “containing cracks” by the alexnet classifier. across twelve tests and 70 identified viewpoints, the segmentation network accurately segmented cracks in 85.71% (60 out of 70 positive samples) of the images. a key advantage of the two-stage architecture was the elimination of false positives in the segmentation phase, as the classification network effectively filtered out non-crack images. additionally, 5.71% of the images were correctly classified as true negatives, where the segmentation network ignored images that the classifier had incorrectly classified as containing cracks. however, 8.57% of images yielded false negatives, where the segmentation network missed cracks that the classifier had identified. the overall performance metrics reveal that the segmentation network achieved a high precision of 100% due to the absence of false positives, emphasizing its reliability in avoiding unnecessary crack detections. additionally, the recall rate of 90.9% shows the model's ability to identify most of the true cracks, a critical factor in ensuring safety in infrastructure monitoring. the f1 score, calculated at 95.2%, reflects a strong balance between precision and recall, further validating the robustness of this two-stage cnn model for crack detection. although the model is expected to perform robustly in noisy environments, limitations in image quality—specifically due to the himax hm01b0 camera’s 324 x 324-pixel grayscale resolution—contributed to some false negatives, particularly in areas with subtle features or low contrast, where the model occasionally failed to detect visible cracks. despite these limitations, the model performed satisfactorily given the camera's resolution constraints, achieving an overall accuracy of 91.42%, which affirms its effectiveness in real-time crack detection under controlled testing conditions. while the model’s precision is exceptionally high, suggesting robustness in avoiding false positives, reducing false negatives remains an area for further improvement. implementing a higher-resolution camera or additional preprocessing steps may enhance the model’s sensitivity to finer crack details, minimizing missed detections and broadening its applicability for real-world infrastructure monitoring. table 4. confusion matrix for crack segmentation prediction negative prediction positive actual positive false negative 6 (8.57%) true positive 60 (85.71%) recall 90.90% actual negative true negative 4 (5.71%) false positive 0 (0%) precision 100% accuracy 91.42% 4.4. discussion and comparative analysis the findings of this study highlight the efficacy of two-stage cnn models, bolstered by transfer learning, for realtime crack detection under uav operational constraints. achieving 91.5% accuracy in classification and 91.42% in segmentation, this model aligns closely with benchmark studies, affirming its high accuracy and demonstrating its viability for practical uav-based applications. for example, a similar two-stage transfer learning-based approach in [7] achieved a mean pixel accuracy (mpa) of 92.7% and an intersection over union (iou) of 88.3% for dam crack detection. likewise, philip et al. (2023) [9] showcased the success of resnet50 in crack detection with transfer learning, mirroring the effective performance of alexnet in this study. while zhang et al. (2016) [26] leveraged a cnn-based classifier and a transformer-based network (ctv2), achieving mean f1-scores of 82.00%, 94.69%, and 92.23% on the cracksd, cfd, and cracksc datasets, respectively, it highlights the model's scalability and accuracy for real-world applications. additionally, the review by hamishebahar et al. (2022) [11] offers a comprehensive overview of crack detection techniques, situating this study within a practical spectrum that meets the real-time requirements of uav applications. this comparative analysis, as illustrated in table 5, supports the model’s relevance and robustness, demonstrating its ability to leverage recent advancements for enhanced infrastructure monitoring despite challenges like limited camera resolution and environmental noise. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 699 table 5. model analysis for crack detection study model type key strengths limitations accuracy / key metrics application context current study two-stage (alexnet + yolov4 with transfer learning) high precision, adaptable to uavbased real-time inspections false positives due to foam edges, camera resolution constraints classification: f1-score: 88.7% accuracy: 91.5%, segmentation: f1-score: 95.2% accuracy: 91.42% uav-based crack detection li et al. (2024) [7] two-stage (resnet50 with senet) high accuracy in complex environments, improved mpa and iou with attention mechanisms computationally intensive for realtime applications mpa: 92.7%, iou: 88.3% concrete dam surface crack detection philip et al. (2023) [9] transfer learning (resnet50, vgg16, mobilenet) resnet50 shown to outperform other models, strong generalization limitations in real-time adaptability resnet50 accuracy: ~99% crack detection in concrete walls hamishebahar et al. (2022) [11] review (multiple models, including cnns and transfer learning) comprehensive review of deep learning methods, highlights adaptability for varied applications general limitations in cnns for realtime crack detection varied depending on model infrastructure monitoring, multiple applications guo et al. (2024) [14] two-stage (cnn-based classification + ctv2) high accuracy with pixel-level precision; effective for large-scale pavement inspection potential limitations in detecting fine crack details; performance could vary with environmental factors cracksd: f1=82%, cfd: f1=94.69%, cracksc: f1=92.23% pavement surface crack detection the performance results detailed in section 4.3 further validate the proposed two-stage cnn model. utilizing alexnet for classification and yolov4 for segmentation, the model achieved 91.5% classification accuracy and a recall rate of 94.2%, comparable to the 92% accuracy reported by yolov4 for crack detection applications. this alignment underscores the model's real-world applicability in uav-based systems, where efficiency and computational economy are critical. transfer learning, central to this study, contributed substantial improvements over traditional two-stage cnns. by utilizing pre-trained alexnet and yolov4 models, training times were significantly reduced—154 minutes for alexnet and 36 minutes for yolov4—representing a reduction of approximately 50% to 70% compared to models trained from scratch. this efficiency is particularly beneficial for uav applications, where quick adaptation and retraining are essential. transfer learning also enabled robust generalization with limited data, a critical advantage in structural monitoring where labeled crack images are often scarce. the model achieved high classification accuracy (99.42% on alexnet) and segmentation precision (91.42% for yolov4) without extensive tuning or large datasets, effectively meeting or exceeding common benchmarks. pre-trained layers provided foundational features, allowing consistent crack recognition under diverse conditions, which is essential for uav deployment in varied inspection environments. the model’s precision and efficiency in real-time crack detection hold significant implications for proactive infrastructure monitoring. early detection of minor structural defects supports timely interventions, reducing the risk of severe failures. its adaptability to uav-based inspections, particularly in gnss-denied or challenging environments, enhances its utility for maintaining public safety and structura l integrity. furthermore, the model’s robustness suggests potential applications beyond infrastructure monitoring. by leveraging two-stage cnns and transfer learning, this approach offers applications in fields like urban planning, disaster response, and c ivil engineering. its adaptability to real-time demands aligns with a vision for automated, continuous infrastructure assessment, where uavs equipped with advanced detection models contribute to resilient urban systems through regular, efficient aerial inspections. 5. conclusion this research successfully developed and validated a two-stage convolutional neural network (cnn) model that integrates transfer learning, utilizing a novel combination of alexnet and yolo models for the non-destructive detection of structural cracks. emphasizing the critical importance of timely crack detection, this approach aims to significantly enhance early detection capabilities, crucial for the proactive maintenance and safety of buildings. the model demonstrated satisfactory efficacy, achieving a classification accuracy above 90% and successfully segmenting cracks in 85.71% of the images. additionally, the performance of the developed model was benchmarked against the results from a similar study, establishing its reliability and effectiveness. the outcomes from both simulated environments and real-world deployments confirm the model's robust capability in detecting and segmenting structural cracks, thereby reinforcing its potential as a valuable tool in structural health monitoring. these results not only affirm the model's performance but also advance the application of sophisticated machine learning techniques in the field of civil engineering. the next step of this study is to investigate a process to localize concrete cracks on wall for gps denied environments with the use of the developed model. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 700 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, j.s. and a.y.c.; methodology, j.s. and t.s.c.c.; software, j.s.; formal analysis, j.s. and t.s.c.c.; investigation, j.s.; resources, t.s.c.c. and a.y.c.; writing—original draft preparation, j.s. and t.s.c.c.; writing—review and editing, t.s.c.c. and a.y.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding and acknowledgements the proponents of this research would like to extend their gratitude to the department of science and technology – engineering research and development for technology (dost-erdt) for providing the funds and resources necessary to conduct the study. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] lyasheva, s., tregubov, v., & shleymovich, m. (2019). detection and recognition of pavement cracks based on computer vision technology. 2019 international conference on industrial engineering, applications and manufacturing, icieam 2019, 1–5. doi:10.1109/icieam.2019.8742778. [2] kardovskyi, y., & moon, s. (2021). artificial intelligence quality inspection of steel bars installation by integrating mask r-cnn and stereo vision. automation in construction, 130, 103850. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2021.103850. [3] deng, j., singh, a., zhou, y., lu, y., & lee, v. c. s. (2022). review on computer vision-based crack detection and quantification methodologies for civil structures. construction and building materials, 356, 129238. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2022.129238. [4] kassas, z. m., khalife, j., abdallah, a. a., & lee, c. (2022). i am not afraid of the gps jammer: resilient navigation via signals of opportunity in gps-denied environments. ieee aerospace and electronic systems magazine, 37(7), 4–19. doi:10.1109/maes.2022.3154110. [5] chu, t. s., chua, a., say, m., sybingco, e., & roque, m. a. (2022). swarm uav implementation using radio localization on gps denied areas. asean engineering journal, 12(3), 111–116. doi:10.11113/aej.v12.17841. [6] dinh, t. h., ha, q. p., & la, h. m. (2016). computer vision-based method for concrete crack detection. 2016 14th international conference on control, automation, robotics and vision, icarcv 2016, 1–6. doi:10.1109/icarcv.2016.7838682. [7] li, q., xu, x., guan, j., & yang, h. (2024). the improvement of faster-rcnn crack recognition model and parameters based on attention mechanism. symmetry, 16(8), 1027. doi:10.3390/sym16081027. [8] paramanandham, n., rajendiran, k., poovathy j, f. g., premanand, y. s., mallichetty, s. r., & kumar, p. (2023). pixel intensity resemblance measurement and deep learning based computer vision model for crack detection and analysis. sensors, 23(6), 2954. doi:10.3390/s23062954. [9] philip, r. e., andrushia, a. d., nammalvar, a., gurupatham, b. g. a., & roy, k. (2023). a comparative study on crack detection in concrete walls using transfer learning techniques. journal of composites science, 7(4), 169. doi:10.3390/jcs7040169. [10] quintana, m., torres, j., & menéndez, j. m. (2016). a simplified computer vision system for road surface inspection and maintenance. ieee transactions on intelligent transportation systems, 17(3), 608–619. doi:10.1109/tits.2015.2482222. [11] hamishebahar, y., guan, h., so, s., & jo, j. (2022). a comprehensive review of deep learning-based crack detection approaches. applied sciences (switzerland), 12(3), 1374. doi:10.3390/app12031374. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 701 [12] yu, s., jia, s., & xu, c. (2017). convolutional neural networks for hyperspectral image classification. neurocomputing, 219, 88–98. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2016.09.010. [13] yang, f., huo, j., cheng, z., chen, h., & shi, y. (2024). an improved mask r-cnn micro-crack detection model for the surface of metal structural parts. sensors, 24(1), 62. doi:10.3390/s24010062. [14] guo, f., liu, j., xie, q., & yu, h. (2024). a two-stage framework for pixel-level pavement surface crack detection. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 133, 108312. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2024.108312. [15] chen, z., wang, c., wu, j., deng, c., & wang, y. (2023). deep convolutional transfer learning-based structural damage detection with domain adaptation. applied intelligence, 53(5), 5085–5099. doi:10.1007/s10489-022-03713-y. [16] brodzicki, a., piekarski, m., kucharski, d., jaworek-korjakowska, j., & gorgon, m. (2020). transfer learning methods as a new approach in computer vision tasks with small datasets. foundations of computing and decision sciences, 45(3), 179-193. doi:10.2478/fcds-2020-0010. [17] hammouch, w., chouiekh, c., khaissidi, g., & mrabti, m. (2022). crack detection and classification in moroccan pavement using convolutional neural network. infrastructures, 7(11), 152. doi:10.3390/infrastructures7110152. [18] rajadurai, r. s., & kang, s. t. (2021). automated vision-based crack detection on concrete surfaces using deep learning. applied sciences (switzerland), 11(11), 5229. doi:10.3390/app11115229. [19] tang, y., zhang, a. a., luo, l., wang, g., & yang, e. (2021). pixel-level pavement crack segmentation with encoder-decoder network. measurement: journal of the international measurement confederation, 184, 109914. doi:10.1016/j.measurement.2021.109914. [20] ali, r., chuah, j. h., talip, m. s. a., mokhtar, n., & shoaib, m. a. (2022). structural crack detection using deep convolutional neural networks. automation in construction, 133, 103989. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2021.103989. [21] wang, j. j., liu, y. f., nie, x., & mo, y. l. (2022). deep convolutional neural networks for semantic segmentation of cracks. structural control and health monitoring, 29(1), 2850. doi:10.1002/stc.2850. [22] kao, s. p., chang, y. c., & wang, f. l. (2023). combining the yolov4 deep learning model with uav imagery processing technology in the extraction and quantization of cracks in bridges. sensors, 23(5), 2572. doi:10.3390/s23052572. [23] ren, s., he, k., girshick, r., & sun, j. (2017). faster r-cnn: towards real-time object detection with region proposal networks. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 39(6), 1137–1149. doi:10.1109/tpami.2016.2577031. [24] bai, t. (2020). analysis on two-stage object detection based on convolutional neural networks. proceedings 2020 international conference on big data and artificial intelligence and software engineering, icbase 2020, 321–325. doi:10.1109/icbase51474.2020.00074. [25] he, k., gkioxari, g., dollár, p., & girshick, r. (2020). mask r-cnn. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 42(2), 386–397. doi:10.1109/tpami.2018.2844175. [26] zhang, l., yang, f., daniel zhang, y., & zhu, y. j. (2016). road crack detection using deep convolutional neural network. proceedings international conference on image processing, icip, 2016-august, 3708–3712. doi:10.1109/icip.2016.7533052. [27] yamashita, r., nishio, m., do, r. k. g., & togashi, k. (2018). convolutional neural networks: an overview and application in radiology. insights into imaging, 9(4), 611–629. doi:10.1007/s13244-018-0639-9. [28] huh, m., agrawal, p., & efros, a. a. (2016). what makes imagenet good for transfer learning?. arxiv preprint arxiv:1608.08614. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1608.08614. [29] chandrababu, g., thomas lee, o., & rekha, k. s. (2022). an abridged review of transfer learning technology. proceedings 2nd international conference on next generation intelligent systems, icngis, 1–7. doi:10.1109/icngis54955.2022.10079859. [30] matarneh, s., elghaish, f., rahimian, f. p., abdellatef, e., & abrishami, s. (2024). evaluation and optimisation of pre-trained cnn models for asphalt pavement crack detection and classification. automation in construction, 160, 105297. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2024.105297. [31] tan, y., li, s., liu, h., chen, p., & zhou, z. (2021). automatic inspection data collection of building surface based on bim and uav. automation in construction, 131, 103905. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2021.103881. [32] mcguire, k. (2024). crazyflie 2.1 back in stock!. bitcraze ab, malmö, sweden. availbale online: https://www.bitcraze.io/products/crazyflie-2-1/ (accessed on may 2024). [33] bitcraze. (2024). ai deck 1.1. (brain boost: artificial intelligence in a nutshell). bitcraze ab, malmö, sweden. availbale online: https://www.bitcraze.io/products/ai-deck/ (accessed on may 2024). https://www.bitcraze.io/products/crazyflie-2-1/ https://www.bitcraze.io/products/ai-deck/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 702 [34] bitcraze. (2024). lighthouse positioning deck. bitcraze ab, malmö, sweden. https://www.bitcraze.io/products/lighthousepositioning-deck/ (accessed on may 2024). [35] bitcraze. (2024). lighthouse v2 base station. bitcraze ab, malmö, sweden. https://store.bitcraze.io/products/lighthouse-v2base-station (accessed on may 2024). [36] özgenel, ç. f., & sorguç, a. g. (2018). performance comparison of pretrained convolutional neural networks on crack detection in buildings. in isarc. proceedings of the international symposium on automation and robotics in construction, iaarc publications, 35, 1-8. doi:10.22260/isarc2018/0094. [37] de la escalera, a., & armingol, j. (2010). automatic chessboard detection for intrinsic and extrinsic camera parameter calibration. sensors, 10(2), 2027-2044. doi:10.3390/s100202027. https://www.bitcraze.io/products/lighthouse-positioning-deck/ https://www.bitcraze.io/products/lighthouse-positioning-deck/ https://store.bitcraze.io/products/lighthouse-v2-base-station https://store.bitcraze.io/products/lighthouse-v2-base-station available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 151 issn: 2723-9535 a novel optimization approach for revolutionizing architectural design in chinese cultural heritage xueyong li 1*, xiaoqing yang 2 1 fine arts, hebei vocational university of industry and technology, shijiazhuang, 050091, china. 2 architectural engineering, hebei vocational university of industry and technology, 050091, shijiazhuang, china. received 08 april 2024; revised 16 january 2025; accepted 04 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract the preservation of china's cultural heritage architecture, which combines contemporary and ancient building techniques, is difficult because of the aesthetic and structural degradation that has overtaken it. this architecture is a testament to the country's technical, artistic, and cultural achievements. a smokescreen with a resolution of 5192 × 4153 pixels was used to acquire surface photographs and ground shots of the dazu rock carvings, nanchan temple, and foguang temple using the microtrans maryland 4-1000 program. the research aims to improve fault analysis in images of chinese cultural heritage structures using an ensemble ant colony fused convolutional capsule neural network (eac-ccnn). then, using a combination of augmented reality (ar) and building information modeling (bim), the designing model for safety management and decision-making will be enhanced. steps include collecting and annotating data, developing a hybrid eac-ccnn model to probe the issue with the architectural building, training the model, connecting it with bim, inspecting the site, and then analyzing the defects using augmented reality (ar) enhanced bim models. the results show that this integrated approach works to increase the accuracy of defect identification, promote cooperation, and help maintain and preserve cultural heritage assets. the machine learning model's ability to detect and classify defects in buildings that are considered part of china's cultural heritage is evaluated using metrics such as accuracy and f1 score. “with an f1 score of 95.47% and an accuracy of 93.29%, the architectural design fault identification and safety management model produces respectable results. phases of training, validation, and testing measure performance in relation to project objectives. using this approach, machine learning models may be taught to see patterns, fix errors, and make wise predictions under different conditions. keywords: architectural design; cultural heritage; building information modeling (bim); machine learning; ensemble ant colony fused convolutional capsule neural network; augmented reality(ar). 1. introduction since its foundation, china has been vigorously implementing programs to safeguard cultural heritage. aspects of china's multi-pronged strategy include physical protection, historical and social context, and aesthetic philosophy. preserving china's illustrious cultural heritage is of the utmost importance. since china's cultural legacy is more than the sum of its pieces, this movement seeks to protect all of it. understanding the many interrelated components of china's architectural legacy is crucial to appreciating this facet of the nation's cultural legacy [1]. the term "cultural heritage" is used to describe a group's accumulated set of cherished, long-standing activities, rituals, beliefs, locations, artifacts, * corresponding author: hxiaoqin417@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-011  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0000-1275-2419 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 152 and traditions. cultural legacy may be both material and intangible, as stated by the international council on monuments and sites (icomos). records, books, objects, and pictures are examples of artifacts; agricultural, coastal, and rural landscapes are examples of natural habitats; and archaeological sites and city ruins are examples of the constructed environment. the cultural heritage of a country is a good barometer of its level of civilization. in the past ten years, westerners' views on contemporary chinese architecture have shifted. the rapid urbanization of china has given architects more freedom to be inventive, creative, innovative, and free-spirited. with their analytical and creative problem-solving skills, architects help people cope with these surges in change. architects have an active role in the design of new spaces that serve as powerful tools for research, documentation, and preservation since they rely on traditional concepts and methodologies [2]. the rich and intriguing cultural heritage of china may be better preserved for the sake of future generations if specialists from many domains work together [3]. ancient chinese structures stand head and shoulders above the rest of human civilization's architectural and cultural achievements. it came into being via a tangled network of traditional, modern, and socially conscious notions. according to unesco[4], as of july 2021, china has 56 sites, including 38 wchs, making it the second-highest number of world heritage sites (whs) globally. use of virtual reality technology to study ancient chinese architecture may substantially enhance research into traditional chinese culture, national beliefs, and related topics [5]. traditional materials, such as books, paintings, and photographs, have played an essential role in depicting ancient chinese architecture. preservation refers to the deliberate process of safeguarding cultural artifacts from one generation to the next. modern museums, cultural centers, scientific institutions, and educational institutions all make use of it [6]. nevertheless, as a society that fully embraces digital technology, the use of digital photography, the internet, and three-dimensional (3d) models has transformed the way historical architecture is studied and presented. collaboration between the palace museum and bim allowed for the creation of a 3d model of the forbidden city [7]. google earth's b3d virtual rome and france's bvirtual history roma are two more recent examples of good virtual presentations of historical structures powered by the unity engine. the performances are made possible by virtual reality (vr) technology and incorporate the interior spaces, visual aspects, and virtual study of historic structures. it is only recently that we have had the means to display past construction methods and architectural styles [8]. no amount of computergenerated imagery or animation can live up to the current requirements for the authoritative presentation of ancient chinese architecture [9]. people are trying to get the word out about how beautiful old chinese architectural designs are, both inside and out. 1.1. key contributions  integrating modern technologies such as bim, ar, and eac-ccnn is crucial for academics to detect defects in chinese cultural heritage buildings.  to identify typical issues such as black crust cracking, corrosion-induced separation, horizontal breaking, patterned breaking, diagonally breaking, material degradation, structural vulnerabilities, building oxidation, or design errors, an algorithm known as eac-ccnn analyses photos.  a digital depiction of infrastructure and buildings, building information modeling (bim) allows architects and engineers to create three-dimensional models of structures with accurate details about materials, components, and spatial connections. by combining eac-ccnn with bim models, designers may see detected issues in context with the overall building plan.  by superimposing digital data and virtual components, augmented reality improves the user experience and helps construction professionals, engineers, and architects grasp flaws and their safety consequences more effectively.  the authenticity, uniqueness, and safety of cultural heritage buildings may be guaranteed by this all-encompassing method of architectural design. 1.2. difficulties  problems with generalizability: although our model performs admirably on the datasets we examined, we have not yet conducted sufficient study to ascertain whether it may also be utilized for considerably different architectural styles or for historic structures in a state of disrepair. because of this, the model's applicability to broader preservation projects may be affected.  training data sensitivity: the efficiency of the eac-ccnn model is greatly affected by the precision and diversity of the training data. underrepresentation of certain architectural types in the dataset can lead to skewed model predictions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 153 1.3. challenges  research limitations are highlighted by the insufficient data from flying microdrones maryland4-1000 over chinese historical monuments and taking surface images at each station. this highlights the necessity for ongoing cultural heritage activities to improve future studies and promote model generalizability. 1.4. research gaps  despite caffenet's widespread use in computer vision applications, the popular deep learning framework has certain drawbacks that make it difficult to apply for architectural design fault diagnosis and safety monitoring.  among these are issues with interpretability, a shallow network architecture, and a heavy demand on computational resources. this research aims to address and prove the necessity for better, more accessible, and less resource-intensive methods in this field. this work is organized into sections: 2 deals with related work, 3 with materials and methods, 4 with results and discussion, and 5 with a conclusion. 2. related works the authors, approaches, and results of several research on computational optimization techniques and architectural design are summarized in table 1. table 1. summary of related works ref proposed methods result harifi et al. (2021) [10] in order to find the optimal architectural design solutions quickly, accurately, and efficiently, the study recommended using the giza pyramids construction (gpc) method, a population-based metaheuristics approach. gpc algorithm among the many optimization problems that the gpc method can solve, it stands apart from the competition. the benchmark test functions and picture segmentation both make use of it. wang et al. (2022) [11] with the goal of offering an automated solution, the displacement discusses traditional chinese architecture and demonstrates how to use historic-building-information-modeling to create a regular axis from irregular column grids (hbim). in order to create a straight axis from irregular grids, historic-building-informationmodeling-finite element modeling (hbim-fem) is used. hbim-fem this approach resolves relocation problems in traditional chinese buildings at a world heritage site in qufu, shandong, china, demonstrating its repeatability and responsibility. wei (2024) [12] using building information modeling (bim) software, this study develops a programme that integrates contemporary architectural practices with traditional chinese elements. this strategy was put into action when a specific testing location was selected. bim digital technology according to the research, the building's wide range of vivid colors enhances the allure of traditional architectural details by 35.42 percent. baduge et al. (2022) [13] this article takes a look at how the construction industry is utilising ai, ml, and dl. it focuses on smart operation, durability, health monitoring, architectural design, materials, and the circular economy. aiml and dl not only does the study provide useful information to researchers, practitioners, and stakeholders in the construction industry, but it also tackles problems with model generation and highlights the importance of data in the building lifecycle. liu et al. (2020) [14] a new approach to assessing and forecasting public building energy consumption was presented in the study (pbs). it is based on the technology known as support vector machine (svm). data collected from june to september is used to search for anomalies in the energy consumption of air conditioners in the wuhanfocused study. svm results showed that they were responsible for 38% of total building energy use. the study shows that there were four days in september when air conditioning demand was quite high, which could be a sign of problems and lend credence to efforts to reduce emissions and increase energy efficiency in the future after paris. chen et al. (2024) [15] examining the difficulties in maintaining cultural elements, this paper investigates how contemporary urban development in henan, china, has interacted with traditional cultural and opera architectural styles. 10 inhabitants of henan participated in semistructured interviews to elicit their viewpoints and experiences. the study accomplished its aims of illustrating how architectural designs for cultural and opera stages in henan, china are influenced by urban and commercial influences. roman et al. (2020) [16] this article discussed how building performance optimization (bpo) can be used to enhance thermal comfort and energy efficiency during the design phase of multi-story buildings. a different model generated by an artificial neural network is utilized by the application to reduce computing time (ann). bpo-ann using performance assessment criteria, four multiobjective algorithms are evaluated to determine the optimal approach and parameter values. yu et al. (2020) [17] the research investigates the difficulties involved in training and building deep neural networks. it focuses on automated hyperparameter optimization (hpo) and assesses its accuracy and efficiency. hpo-dnn the paper evaluated the effectiveness and precision of model evaluation techniques, outlining problems, solutions, toolkits, and services that are available for evaluating models with constrained computing resources. liu et al. (2021) [18] the inverted design issues and promoting scientific research in areas including quantum physics, organic chemistry, medical imaging, and photonics and optics, the paper demonstrates the revolutionary influence of machine learning in these sectors. ml and dl the study focused on dl techniques that addressed structural design problems with large degrees of freedom. it also emphasizes the quick progress made in ml-enabled photonic design strategies. jiang et al. (2023) [19] computational optimization is presented in this study as an application for aad (automatic architectural design). aad to improve the robustness and efficiency of building renovation design, ensuring the layout meets facility needs and aligns with sustainability goals. https://www.researchgate.net/scientific-contributions/yunjia-wei-2285139712?_tp=eyjjb250zxh0ijp7imzpcnn0ugfnzsi6inb1ymxpy2f0aw9uiiwicgfnzsi6inb1ymxpy2f0aw9uin19 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 154 no workable solution for recognizing architectural and cultural field flaws was provided by the aforementioned methodologies outlined in the linked publications. therefore, in order to find the flaws in the design of chinese cultural heritage buildings, this research suggested a new optimization method. when it comes to finding architectural design flaws, this suggested methodology provides a safety management system and fault analysis. 3. material and methods in order to detect damage in chinese cultural heritage architecture, the eac-ccnn is utilized in this research. while capsnet can withstand affine distortions, eac-ccnn is more effective in picture identification. using these methods in the field of architectural design allows for the creation of digital models of buildings. by combining augmented reality with building information modeling, a comprehensive safety management model may be created. this study's flow diagram is shown in figure 1. not only does this approach simplify decision-making and safety planning, but it also offers accurate fault detection and categorization. figure 1. proposed model 3.1. image data collection the examination took place by flying microdrones maryland4-1000 over chinese historical landmarks [20] and capturing surface images at each station, using an instructor test as a guide. four flight routes were available: one for nadir bullets and three for 45° orthogonal images. the largest possible picture dimension was 5192 by 4153 pixels. thanks to the gigapan epic pro's settings—which comprised a pitch range of -60° -60°, step 40°, and a yaw range of 0°-320°, step 40°—every site was able to capture 45 surface photographs”. the acquired aerial photographs of the ground reached a resolution of 3940 × 4620. in figure 2 you can see the pictures from the dataset. figure 2. datasetimages ((a) dazu rock carvings, (b) nanchan temple and (c) foguang temple) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 155 3.2. image preprocessing one method of deep learning (dl) is picture augmentation, which primarily involves training neural networks with previously taken photos by applying various modifications to them. the diversity of the dataset used for training is therefore enhanced. three common techniques for image enhancement are random flip, random cut, and random rotation. it is possible to make an inverted version of an image by randomly inverting its vertical or horizontal orientation. the model's robustness against changes in item sizes and positions is enhanced by using random crop. this technique introduces variability in the position and scale of important objects, such as building defects, making the model more accurate. by introducing an arbitrary angle of rotation into the picture, random rotation makes the model more resistant to changes in object orientation. image enhancement increases variation, fortifies the model's resistance to changes in object orientation, position, and size, and makes it easier for the model to apply assumptions to new data when trained on a larger range of situations. 3.3. feature extraction scale-invariant feature transform (sift) and other dl methods aid in picture detection. eac-ccnn is trained for image recognition applications using the tensorflow and pytorch packages. permutation is defined by the augmented reality experience's complexity. the local energy metric in picture fusion quantifies the prominence of features in a certain damaged region. all the pixels in a specific area have their squared intensities added up for the calculation. when combined, the native power and the frequencies of spatial multiresolution analysis (sma) enhance details while maintaining picture quality. in gis, object recognition, feature extraction, and picture compression, geographical multiresolution means looking at data at different levels using techniques like pyramid-based representation, multiscale segmentation, and wavelet treatments. what is the indigenous power? 𝐾𝐹(𝑐, 𝑑) = ∑ 𝑥(𝑛,𝑚)𝐷𝑖𝑜 2 (𝑤 + 𝑛, 𝑧 + 𝑚)1 𝑛,𝑚= −1 (1) by assigning weights to each pixel in a local neighborhood, the low-frequency coefficient of a source picture is determined by the window weight matrix in the layer. thanks to this matrix, which determines the contribution of each nearby pixel, the fusion rule can be adjusted to your liking. 𝑥(𝑛,𝑚) = 1 15 [ 1 2 1 2 3 2 1 2 1 ] (2) characterized low-frequency combination scheme. 𝐷𝑖𝑜 𝐸 (𝑐, 𝑑) = { 𝐷𝑖0 𝐴(𝑐, 𝑑)𝐾𝐹𝑖𝑜 𝐴(𝑐, 𝑑) > 𝐾𝐹𝑖𝑜 𝐵(𝑐, 𝑑) 𝐷𝑖0 𝐵 (𝑐, 𝑑)𝐾𝐹𝑖𝑜 𝐴(𝑐, 𝑑) > 𝐾𝐹𝑖𝑜 𝐵(𝑐, 𝑑) 0.5 × (𝐷𝑖0 𝐴(𝑐, 𝑑) + 𝐷𝑖0 𝐵 (𝑐, 𝑑)) 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 (3) a fusion picture f and two source images a and b are described in the notation for a fusion process. sml is a method for fusion logic that uses several source images with different resolutions to obtain relevant data while preserving image quality and reducing artefacts. it is the sml. 𝑆𝑀𝐿𝑖,𝑗(𝑐, 𝑑) = ∑ ∑ 𝑀𝐿𝑗,𝑖(𝑐 + 𝑛, 𝑑 + 𝑚) 𝑀 𝑚=−𝑀 𝑁 𝑛=−𝑁 (4) where 𝑀𝐿𝑗,𝑖(𝑐, 𝑑) is the separate form of the lagrangian and (2p+1) (2q+1) is the window size. the defective phrase is explained as follows: 𝑀𝐿𝑗,𝑖(𝑐, 𝑑) = |2𝐷𝑖,1(𝑐, 𝑑) − 𝐷𝑖,1(𝑐 − 𝑡, 𝑑) − 𝐷𝑖,1(𝑐 + 𝑡, 𝑑)| + |2𝐷𝑖,1(𝑐, 𝑑) − 𝐷𝑖,1(𝑐, 𝑑 − 𝑡) − 𝐷𝑖,1(𝑐, 𝑑 + 𝑡)| (5) where 𝐷𝑖0 𝐸 (𝑐, 𝑑) stand for the variable separation between pixels and the coefficient of determination value of the highfrequency signal subband that was positioned after the discrete cosine transform (dct) decomposition. a description of the sml-based high-energy combination arrangement follows: 𝐷𝑖,𝑘 𝐸 (𝑐, 𝑑) = { 𝐷𝑖,𝑘 𝐴 (𝑐, 𝑑)𝑆𝑀𝐿𝑖,𝑘 𝐴 (𝑐, 𝑑) ≥ 𝑆𝑀𝐿𝑖,𝑘 𝐵 (𝑐, 𝑑) 𝐷𝑖,𝑘 𝐵 (𝑐, 𝑑) 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 (6) the following areas have unique incorporation stage: stage 1: apply dct decomposition on source image a in order to retrieve frequency coefficients. apply dct decomposition to source picture b in order to retrieve frequency coefficients. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 156 stage 2: to combine low-frequency coefficients for each highand low-frequency sub-band coefficient, use fusion criteria based on local energy. fusion rules based on sml should be utilized for high-frequency coefficients. stage 3: to get the fusion coefficients 𝐷𝑖0 𝐸 (𝑐, 𝑑), and 𝐷𝑖,𝑙 𝐸 (𝑐, 𝑑)combine the fused coefficients. stage 4: applying the inverse dct transform, reconstruct the fusion coefficients. use the inverse dct technique to reconstruct fusion image f. incorporating automatic component grouping, real-time communication, error detection, and visualisation for informed decision-making, the image proposes an interactive method for gathering, constructing, and visualising components for complex systems or structures. the method also ensures precise and seamless outcomes. 3.4. ensemble ant colony fused convolutional capsule neural network (eac-ccnn) the application of capsule networks, often known as capsnets, is a novel approach to studying and localizing structural defects. the purpose of this study is to investigate the errors in photographs of chinese cultural heritage using a method called eac-ccnn, which achieves robust classification. in order to identify images, cnns use convolutional and pooling layers. the complex spatial linkages to capsules, which are groups of neurons that represent entity attributes and keep geographical order, are recorded by capsnets. figure 3 shows the ccnn architecture in action, which employs a cnn model for feature map extraction in the outset and capsnet for classification. after cnn extracts preliminary feature maps using pre-trained models, capsnet analyzes them to generate a final classification result. figure 3. ccnn architecture over the course of the two training phases, cnn parameters are set to a frozen state, and capsnet weights are established. to find the coupling coefficients between capsules, the dynamic routing method is used. by combining the feature extraction capabilities of cnn with capsnet's spatial connection learning, the proposed method enhances the classification accuracy of remote sensing photographs. in the first of two stages of training, the ccnn components are fine-tuned; in the second, testing, the learned model is put to use for classification on data that has not been observed. for complex patterns with spatial interconnections, this approach excels. the "capsules" used by capsnets are groups of neurons that keep track of various object properties. to understand the three-dimensional character of faults, the networks are able to maintain spatial linkages. through dynamic routing, lower-level capsules are able to communicate with and vote on the instantiation parameters of higher-level capsules. the convolutional neural network (ccnn) is a dynamic routing method that predicts how higher-level capsules will act by using lower-level capsules. “you can see the interconnection between the various level capsules in figure 4. this process is necessary for learning picture-based spatial links and part-whole hierarchies. �̂�𝑖|𝑗 = 𝑋𝑗𝑖𝑣𝑗 (7) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 157 figure 4. network connection a 𝑋𝑗𝑖weighted sum, the process includes calculating the input vector, a nonlinear squash function, and the coupling coefficient. by measuring the degree of agreement between the expected and actual softmax output, the routing technique is executed repeatedly for numerous iterations, updating the coupling coefficients. 𝑑𝑗𝑖 = exp(𝑎𝑗𝑖) ∑ exp(𝑎𝑗𝑙)𝑙 (8) capsnets employ a logarithmic likelihood variable called 𝑎𝑗𝑖to decide whether, to combine two capsules of different sizes. by increasing the parameter from 0 to a value that is in good agreement, the coupling coefficient can be found. by compressing short and big vectors, respectively, and by recognizing output computational vectors as probabilities, the nonlinear squash function of capsnets guarantees stability throughout training. 𝑐𝑖 = ∑ 𝑑𝑗𝑖�̂�𝑖|𝑗𝑗 (9) dynamic routing relies on the agreement 𝑢𝑖between predicted and actual outputs𝑏𝑗𝑖 of capsules, affecting couplingcoefficients 𝑑𝑗𝑖and improving information routing over the capsule network. 𝑢𝑖 = ||𝑡𝑖|| 2 1+||𝑡𝑖|| 2 𝑡𝑖 ||𝑡𝑖|| (10) 𝑏𝑗𝑖 = �̂�𝑖|𝑗𝑢𝑖 (11) optimization of the network's parameters and hyper-parameters for each capsule in the last layer is done to reduce loss. capital neural networks are designed with three layers: 𝑘𝑙 = 𝑆𝑙max(0,𝑚 + − ||𝑢𝑙||) 2 + 𝜆 (1 + 𝑆𝑙max(0, ||𝑢𝑙|| − 𝑛 −) 2 (12) principal and final caps for convolution. due to its dynamic routing mechanism, capsnets can learn complex spatial connections and aid in object and feature detection within images. the final image caps are shown in figure 5. figure 5. final caps hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 158 when it comes to finding various patterns in structural defects, capsnets shine because of how well they capture part-whole hierarchies. using popular dl frameworks such as tensorflow and pytorch, it is possible to apply capsnets and integrate libraries. in order to construct a capsnet architecture specifically for defect identification, it is essential to create capsules that encode relevant features pertaining to corrosion, separation, and cracking. one metaheuristic optimization method that enhances ar/bim integration is ant colony optimization (aco), which uses capsnet-based image processing. image grid processing operations such as segmentation, registration, filter selection, parameter tweaking, texture generation, and compression eac-ccnn optimization can be facilitated by aco, an adjustable tool. this is illustrated in figure 6. the following applications make use of pheromone trails: picture registration, optimization of object suggestions, filter selection, evaluation of feature relevance, and image reduction techniques. it aids in dynamic adaptability, multiagent coordination, feature selection, resource allocation, registration, and route planning for detection and classification tasks. figure 6. eac-ccnn models 3.5. integration of building information modeling and augmented reality building information modeling (bim) and augmented reality (ar) provide an all-encompassing answer to the problems of building information management by allowing users to organize, visualize, and interact with building data. building information modeling (bim) provides a central repository for a suite of building data, including material properties, engineering characteristics, and design specifications. with the help of sensors, computer vision, and image processing, augmented reality technology creates a living, breathing virtual environment while enhancing the display of architectural data. the integration of augmented reality (ar), computing power, and image processing software opens up new possibilities for blending the virtual and actual. with the ability to participate in real-time and track in three dimensions, stakeholders can now interact with building information. by checking that it matches the real context, an environment fusion module guarantees that the digital data is accurately depicted as building data. better decision making, teamwork, and project sustainability are all outcomes of combining building information modeling (bim) with augmented reality (ar). this approach takes static project management and turns it into a visual, interactive, and dynamic experience that improves collaboration, decision-making, and the longevity of the project. tools from autodesk's revit program can be utilized for image detection in building information modeling and augmented reality. using ant colony optimization to train a cnn-capsule model for improved picture classification results is demonstrated in pseudocode 1. after importing libraries and loading picture data, the model architecture is established, the data is split into training and validation sets, the model weights are changed, and finally, the model is evaluated. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 159 pseudocode 1. eac-ccnn pseudocode importnumpy as np importtensorflow as tf defcreate_capsule_network(input_shape, num_classes): num_ants = 10 num_iterations = 100 pheromone_matrix = np.ones((num_connections,)) # initialize pheromone levels pheromone_evaporation_rate = 0.1 α = 1.0 β= 2.0 for iteration in range(num_iterations): for ant in range(num_ants): solution = initialize_random_solution() fitness = evaluate_solution(solution) while not stopping_criteria_met: probabilities = calculate_probabilities(pheromone_matrix, solution, alpha, beta) selected_connection = np.random.choice(num_connections, p=probabilities) solution = update_solution(solution, selected_connection) new_fitness = evaluate_solution(solution) update_pheromones(pheromone_matrix, selected_connection, new_fitness) save_best_solution(solution, fitness) update_global_best_solution() pheromone_matrix *= (1.0 pheromone_evaporation_rate) best_solution = get_global_best_solution() print("best solution:", best_solution) 4. result and discussion using augmented reality and building information modeling, a method for fault identification in chinese cultural heritage pictures was developed. this method digitalizes capsnet, builds a model for safety management, and finds architectural flaws. in order to create digital models for the purposes of investigation, modeling, and visualization, the methodology employs caps net scanning techniques. using eac-ccnn algorithms, we were able to train an identification model that could detect structural abnormalities with an f1 score range of 95.47% and an accuracy of 93.29%. the eac-ccnn is a machine learning model developed for use in analyzing design flaws and managing safety in chinese cultural heritage architecture. measures of accuracy and f1 score are employed to assess the efficacy and offer recommendations”. assessing the technique's performance throughout validation and testing ensures optimal reliability and dependability. its usefulness can only be ascertained by user feedback and comparative analysis. consideration of real-world implementation concerns, such as data integration and availability, is essential. as shown in figure 7, an oxidation building is an example of an event that was misclassified using the dl model. an add-in was created to link the model to the revit modeling tool, which allows for rapid identification of anomalies and decision-making. figure 8 shows the application programming interface (api) and c# code that are used to integrate the python-developed model into the revit by autodesk program. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 160 figure 7. over outcomes figure 8. defect identifying model 4.1. metrics for performance and model evaluation for the purpose of evaluating the model, the training model is fed images from the test set in order to obtain prediction results. moving forward, a number of measures are calculated by contrasting these forecasts with the actual labels. this research looks at how well the algorithm model did using a bunch of common measures for evaluating object identification systems. the key metrics include f1 score, accuracy, precision, and recall. the accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 score were compared to other image processing approaches used for defect identification in figure 9 and table 2, respectively. accuracy, defined as the ratio of correct predictions to total guesses, is the most intuitive metric. in mathematical terms, it is defined as: 𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑦 = (𝑇𝑃 + 𝑇𝑁)/(𝑇𝑃 + 𝑇𝑁 + 𝐹𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁) (13) precision is the percentage of accurate forecasts among all targets that have been projected. the following are the precise formulas: 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑇𝑃/(𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑃) (14) recall indicates the percentage of real targets that the model accurately predicts. the following are the recall formulas: 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 = 𝑇𝑃/𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁 (15) the f1 score finds a good middle ground between the two characteristics by calculating an overall rating based on the linked mean of recall and accuracy. one way to find out your f1 score is by: 𝐹1 𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 = 2×𝑇𝑃 2×𝑇𝑃×𝐹𝑃×𝐹𝑁 (16) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 161 table 2. evaluation of safety management optimization techniques criteria for appraisal (%) accuracy precision recall f1 score rfp-net [21] 91 90.45 90 93 lbp-cnn [22] 78 76 77 74.68 caffenet [23] 84.34 83.42 84.12 90.49 eac-ccnn [proposed] 93.29 92.13 93 95.47 figure 9. model comparison the goal of a network design known as region-based fully convolutional networks (rfp-net) is to evaluate images by zeroing in on key regions [21]. how well it works is dependent on the difficulty level of the damage diagnosis problem and the quality of the training materials. when texture patterns are crucial, lbp-cnn, which combines convolutional neural networks (cnns) with local binary pattern detection (lbp), is the most suitable visual analysis method [22]. caffenet's well-proven architecture and pre-trained models allow it to provide strong baseline performance as a computational vision deep learning model [23]. instead of using traditional convolutional neural networks (cnns), caps-net can handle data with spatial linkages and structural connections. this is especially helpful when identifying defects or abnormalities in images requires knowledge of the spatial layout of components. table 2 and figure 9 show that the proposed method (eac-ccnn) has the highest accuracy when compared to the current method (93.29%). figure 10 shows that the proposed model outperforms the baseline in identifying and categorizing complex architectural characteristics in cultural heritage using the dataset, with a 92.13% recall, 93.29% accuracy, 95.47% f1 score, and 92.13% precision and accuracy. figure 10. overall comparison with existing methods hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 162 4.2. drawbacks in the existing methods while methods like rfp-net are helpful, they have limitations when it comes to interpretability, noise sensitivity, and the need for high-quality training data to identify architectural design defects. accurate results, low processing overhead, and false positives are all possible outcomes of these restrictions. “in addition to its other flaws, rfp-net has a hard time accurately identifying complicated errors in architectural images. similarly, generalization is challenging in many contexts for lbp-cnn because it relies too much on local texture patterns to express complicated spatial linkages and structural elements. the method's high processing requirements further restrict its scalability and real-time utility in architectural design contexts. despite its popularity in computer vision, the famous deep learning framework caffenet has limitations that make it unsuitable for architectural design tasks like defect identification and safety monitoring. its high computing resource requirements, interpretability concerns, and thin network architecture are some of its drawbacks. these limitations show that this area requires better, more efficient procedures that are also more complex and easier to understand. 4.3. to overcome the existing drawbacks using eac-cnn the eac-ccnn model has greatly improved the process of identifying faults in architectural designs. combining multiple convolutional and capsule neural networks improves interpretability and noise sensitivity. the requirement for high-quality training data is reduced by the model's capacity to generalize across different architectural contexts and failure types. better yet, it is able to record complex fault patterns and spatial connections. by reducing computational overhead, eac-ccnn tackles issues with interpretability and shallow network architecture in architectural design, paving the way for scalability and real-time application. 4.4. advantage of the research this research shows how bim, ar, and eac-ccnn are being used to manage and preserve buildings that are part of china's cultural heritage. decisions in architectural design, safety management, and fault investigation are all improved by this strategy. enhancing the efficacy of preservation activities, it encourages stakeholders to work together. the method's adaptability and scalability make it possible to make educated decisions about the protection of cultural assets. 5. conclusion cultural legacy, which the chinese people have preserved and shaped over their lengthy history, is fundamental to both the material and spiritual aspects of chinese culture. there is a shared cultural heritage among people from all around the world. while some have fallen into disrepair or even been destroyed, others have been revered and passed down through the ages. if we are serious about protecting and developing cultural heritage, we must first understand the bond that exists between individuals and their traditions. cultural heritage research is an invaluable resource for society since it covers so much ground. construction safety management could be enhanced by combining augmented reality with building information modeling. management can track the development of construction projects and spot possible safety hazards with the help of building information modeling (bim) and augmented reality (ar). experts may help with activities like identifying risks, creating plans to reduce them, creating thorough worker instructions, improving safety procedures, and reducing the chance of accidents on construction sites. this increases the reliability and safety of the projects. it is possible that building damage detection and safety management could be greatly enhanced by combining bim and ar with an ensemble ant colony fused convolutional capsule neural network (eac-ccnn). with the use of building information modeling (bim), which compiles information from multiple sources to create detailed models of buildings, eac-ccnn is able to identify different kinds of damage. the stakeholders can actively engage in the building's health evaluation with the use of augmented reality's real-time visualization. under these conditions, it is less difficult to organize preventative maintenance, establish plans for proactive maintenance, and enhance protection overall.”. our improved model has achieved impressive results in recognizing and categorizing complex architectural elements in old buildings, with a recall rate of 92.13%, an accuracy rate of 93.29%, an f1 score of 95.47%, and a precision and accuracy rate of 9.21%. in the future, we may see initiatives that aim to build interactive visualization tools, incorporate state-of-the-art technologies like lidar, expand datasets, validate methods, maintain preservation policies, implement long-term monitoring, and foster community engagement. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions x.l. and x.y. contributed to the design and implementation of the research, to the analysis of the results and to the writing of the manuscript. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 163 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] luo, h., & chiou, b. s. (2021). framing the hierarchy of cultural tourism attractiveness of chinese historic districts under the premise of landscape conservation. land, 10(2), 1–21. doi:10.3390/land10020216. [2] gunawan, e., kusbiantoro, k., & kustedja, s. (2022). transformation of a chinese cultural heritage house in bandung: towards sustainability. proceedings of the 1st international conference on emerging issues in humanity studies and social sciences ice-hums, 285–293. doi:10.5220/0010751000003112. [3] petti, l., trillo, c., & makore, b. n. cultural heritage and sustainable development targets: a possible harmonization. insights from the european perspective. sustainability, 12(3), 926. doi:10.3390/su12030926. [4] liu, y., wang, y., dupre, k., & mcilwaine, c. (2022). the impacts of world cultural heritage site designation and heritage tourism on community livelihoods: a chinese case study. tourism management perspectives, 43, 100994. doi:10.1016/j.tmp.2022.100994. [5] gao, j., zhang, c., zhou, x., & cao, r. (2021). chinese tourists’ perceptions and consumption of cultural heritage: a generational perspective. asia pacific journal of tourism research, 26(7), 719–731. doi:10.1080/10941665.2021.1908382. [6] skublewska-paszkowska, m., milosz, m., powroznik, p., & lukasik, e. (2022). 3d technologies for intangible cultural heritage preservation—literature review for selected databases. heritage science, 10(1), 3. doi:10.1186/s40494-021-00633-x. [7] ferdani, d., fanini, b., piccioli, m. c., carboni, f., & vigliarolo, p. (2020). 3d reconstruction and validation of historical background for immersive vr applications and games: the case study of the forum of augustus in rome. journal of cultural heritage, 43, 129–143. doi:10.1016/j.culher.2019.12.004. [8] deng, x., kim, i. t., & shen, c. (2021). research on convolutional neural network-based virtual reality platform framework for the intangible cultural heritage conservation of china hainan li nationality: boat-shaped house as an example. mathematical problems in engineering, 5538434. doi:10.1155/2021/5538434. [9] bui, d. k., nguyen, t. n., ghazlan, a., ngo, n. t., & ngo, t. d. (2020). enhancing building energy efficiency by adaptive façade: a computational optimization approach. applied energy, 265, 114797. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2020.114797. [10] harifi, s., mohammadzadeh, j., khalilian, m., & ebrahimnejad, s. (2021). giza pyramids construction: an ancient-inspired metaheuristic algorithm for optimization. evolutionary intelligence, 14(4), 1743–1761. doi:10.1007/s12065-020-00451-3. [11] wang, x., wu, c., & bai, c. (2022). generating the regular axis from irregular column grids through genetic algorithm. applied sciences (switzerland), 12(4), 2109. doi:10.3390/app12042109. [12] wei, y. (2024). research on the integration of chinese traditional architectural elements in modern architectural design under digital technology support. applied mathematics and nonlinear sciences, 9(1). doi:10.2478/amns-2024-1780. [13] baduge, s. k., thilakarathna, s., perera, j. s., arashpour, m., sharafi, p., teodosio, b., shringi, a., & mendis, p. (2022). artificial intelligence and smart vision for building and construction 4.0: machine and deep learning methods and applications. automation in construction, 141, 104440. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2022.104440. [14] liu, y., chen, h., zhang, l., wu, x., & wang, x. jia. (2020). energy consumption prediction and diagnosis of public buildings based on support vector machine learning: a case study in china. journal of cleaner production, 272, 122542. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.122542. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 164 [15] chen, c., & arus, b. b. m. (2024). chinese cultural and opera stage architectural design for urbanization henan, china. south asian journal of social sciences and humanities, 5(3), 114–134. doi:10.48165/sajssh.2024.5307. [16] roman, n. d., bre, f., fachinotti, v. d., & lamberts, r. (2020). application and characterization of metamodels based on artificial neural networks for building performance simulation: a systematic review. energy and buildings, 217. doi:10.1016/j.enbuild.2020.109972. [17] yu, t., & zhu, h. (2020). hyper-parameter optimization: a review of algorithms and applications. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2003.05689. [18] liu, z., zhu, d., raju, l., & cai, w. (2021). tackling photonic inverse design with machine learning. advanced science, 8(5). doi:10.1002/advs.202002923. [19] jiang, s., wang, m., & ma, l. (2023). gaps and requirements for applying automatic architectural design to building renovation. automation in construction, 147, 104742. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2023.104742. [20] rodrigues, f., cotella, v., rodrigues, h., rocha, e., freitas, f., & matos, r. (2022). application of deep learning approach for the classification of buildings’ degradation state in a bim methodology. applied sciences (switzerland), 12(15), 7403. doi:10.3390/app12157403. [21] zhang, x., wang, y., zhang, n., xu, d., & chen, b. (2019). research on scene classification method of high-resolution remote sensing images based on rfpnet. applied sciences (switzerland), 9(10), 2028. doi:10.3390/app9102028. [22] ye, a., zhou, x., & miao, f. (2022). innovative hyperspectral image classification approach using optimized cnn and elm. electronics (switzerland), 11(5), 775. doi:10.3390/electronics11050775. [23] gour, m., jain, s., & sunil kumar, t. (2020). residual learning based cnn for breast cancer histopathological image classification. international journal of imaging systems and technology, 30(3), 621–635. doi:10.1002/ima.22403. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 681 issn: 2723-9535 exploring anti-ballistic technology development through bibliometric analysis of scopus database records fattah maulana 1, ubaidillah 1, 2* , bhre w. lenggana 1, 3 , dody ariawan 1 , zainal arifin 1 1 mechanical engineering department, faculty of engineering, universitas sebelas maret, surakarta 57126, indonesia. 2 mechanical engineering department, islamic university of madinah, madinah al munawwarah, 42351, kingdom of saudi arabia. 3 pt. bengawan teknologi terpadu, karanganyar, indonesia. received 14 june 2022; revised 21 august 2023; accepted 27 august 2023; published 01 september 2023 abstract anti-ballistics technology's significance in safeguarding national defense and security has intensified amid rising threats and insurgencies. while prior studies have investigated advancements in anti-ballistic technologies, a noticeable gap persists in discussions involving anti-ballistics through bibliometric analysis and cutting-edge evaluations. this scarcity of research originates from the sensitivity surrounding weapon-related discourse. this article aims to bridge this gap by unveiling an exhaustive bibliometric analysis and contemporary assessment of anti-ballistics research spanning 47 years. the analysis's distinctiveness lies in its approach to addressing this research void within the anti-ballistics domain, achieved through meticulous scrutiny of existing research via bibliometric analysis techniques. the analysis was facilitated by employing biblioshiny software integrated with rstudio and vosviewer. data processing encompassed keyword searches within the scopus database, with outcomes presented in csv format. notably, the study's findings highlight the united states as the frontrunner in reference count and publication output within the anti-ballistics realm. the national institute of standards and technology stands out with 89 articles. furthermore, a systematic categorization of anti-ballistic materials based on their developmental applications was conducted. temporal assessment revealed shifting research trends, transitioning from "ceramic materials" in 2016 to "nonmetallic matrix composites" in 2020, particularly for body armor applications. this endeavor involves recognizing notable contributors, categorizing diverse materials under study, and tracking research trend shifts over time. the analysis offers indispensable insights to guide diverse stakeholders' decisionmaking. it's noteworthy that this bibliometric analysis holds particular value for novices or those entering the field for the first time. our study significantly enriches the anti-ballistics domain through contributions to library studies and research mapping. by presenting a comprehensive overview of anti-ballistics research trends, our analysis enhances comprehension and empowers informed decision-making for researchers, practitioners, and policymakers alike. keywords: bibliometric analysis; anti-ballistic; bulletproof vest; anti-ballistic development; anti-ballistic materials. 1. introduction the technique known as anti-ballistics is employed to safeguard individuals from potential harm, such as injuries, wounds, or hazardous circumstances, commonly encountered by military personnel. this technology aims to mitigate or minimize the damage inflicted by ballistic projectiles on the thoracic and abdominal regions. thoracic injuries * corresponding author: ubaidillah_ft@staff.uns.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-015  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7190-5849 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6102-5549 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4318-3663 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 682 encompass a spectrum of severity, spanning from mild skin abrasions (as classified by the abridged injury scale [ais] as level 1) to more serious sternal fractures (categorized as ais 3+). these injuries correlate with impact velocity and bone mineral density [1]. historically, vests have been associated with safeguarding the human body against potential harm or damage. nevertheless, it is crucial to note that donning a jacket does not guarantee complete protection from gunfire; it may mitigate the likelihood of sustaining an injury. since the inception of anti-ballistics equipment in the mid1970s, the prevailing menace encountered by law enforcement agents has been gunshot injuries [2, 3]. ballistic hazards encompass the potential dangers arising from the propulsion of airborne objects at significant velocities, including shrapnel and similar projectiles. these hazards are particularly relevant in the context of military operations. the extent of injury resulting from a bullet impacting a person is contingent upon the specific location of the impact and subsequent penetration within the body. multiple designs of vests exist to protect against ballistic risks. the vests have been specifically engineered to offer both benefits and drawbacks in safeguarding the crucial organs of the human body against ballistic harm. the variation in vest design is contingent upon the wearer's specific characteristics and the threat level they face. some modifications need to be implemented to prevent errors in the utilization, creation, and upkeep of anti-ballistic measures. the protected area must be shielded by an array of protective panels in front and back [4]. testing procedure discussion is frequently undertaken to fulfill the requisite anti-ballistic criteria within the relevant field [5]. the typical practice follows national and global norms and adheres to the principles of esteemed worldwide entities specializing in anti-ballistics, such as the national institute of justice (nij). several aspects are commonly examined in anti-ballistic investigations, including historical perspectives [2], materials used [6–8], design considerations [9], and testing methodologies [5]. many researchers highly regard the creation of anti-ballistic materials. since 1887, dr. george e. has conducted experiments involving silk fibers to create vests [10]. developing and enhancing anti-ballistic materials has increased weight reduction and flexibility regarding their physical morphology. anti-ballistic materials typically have rigid, high-strength structures with excellent tensile properties, offering enhanced protection against ballistic threats. the soft body armor layer is composed of stacked, dry ballistic materials. the primary application of this innovation is incorporating body armor layers designed for low levels of ballistic risk, specifically those classified under the national institute of justice (nij) levels i, iia, and ii. furthermore, this innovation exhibits commendable flexibility in accommodating various bodily movements [9]. moreover, these resources are available in diverse formats and can be customized to suit the specific requirements of those working in the respective domain. in the past, the utilization of metal materials was predominant. however, there has been a shift towards using both fiber and metal components, hence modifying the functionalities of the resulting products to cater to the changing requirements. the field of body armor research has made significant advancements by exploring various types of fibers and designs. these include silk fiber [10], conventional woven fabrics or treated woven fabrics [11], as well as more complex 3d fabrics [12]. other materials, such as fiberglass/polyester bi-panels [13], hgm fiber carbon composites [14], aramid, and unidirectional or multi-axial non-crimp fabrics, have also been investigated. the primary applications of aramidfiber-based composites in the anti-ballistics field mostly revolve around using such materials to produce soft body armor. some research has examined the mechanical properties of aramid and its ballistic effects on this material [15–17]. several scholarly articles have discussed using a ceramic matrix polymer-coated layer to produce anti-ballistic soft body armor. this research has focused on manufacturing armor materials by implementing ceramic-based sandwich structures, also known as hybrid composites, employing the vacuum method [18]. another notion within the field of material development is the creation of a composite target plate through the combination of sic ceramics and dyneema fibers. the integration of silicon carbide (sic) ceramics with dyneema material has the potential to produce a target plate that is both lightweight and capable of meeting the level four (nij iv) criteria set by the us national institute of justice [19]. it has been asserted that sic ceramics reinforced with dyneema fibers have superior strength compared to alloys composed of crfeconi, crmnfeconi, and crfeconimnx (where x represents varying values of 0, 0.3, and 0.6). the plates possess a limited capacity to endure the highest achievable velocity of projectiles, estimated to be around 840 m/s, and are categorized solely as armor-level type iii [20–22]. every solution is subjected to simulation using a designated model and evaluated for a specific threat afterward. furthermore, it is common to categorize anti-ballistic materials into two distinct classes: hard body armor and soft body armor. research has been conducted on developing soft body armor utilizing natural and synthetic fibers. one of the objectives is to maximize waste management efficiency or use resources with poor intrinsic worth. incorporating abundant natural fibers such as hemp, water hyacinth, wood debris, banana stems, and others into anti-ballistic materials is a viable proposition. bamboo is a viable option among the various material mixes that can be utilized in developing anti-ballistic technology. according to the nij standards, bamboo can withstand a 7.62×51 mm caliber projectile, meeting the criteria for class iii designation [23]. acquiring optimal performance is of utmost importance, particularly in bulletproof panels that exhibit enhanced flexibility and safer structural characteristics. conversely, hard body armor is combined with soft body armor in situations with an elevated ballistic threat. antiballistic armor can be manufactured using various materials, including metals, composites, and ceramics. these specialist hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 683 body armor suits have been designed and implemented for highly specific tasks. nevertheless, to effectively counter explosive weapons, armor systems must provide full-body coverage and be constructed with pliable armor materials that facilitate unrestricted mobility [24]. chen et al. endeavored to create a helmet shell array featuring subtle reinforcement textures, which yielded intriguing findings, including enhanced impact protection [25, 26]. moreover, there has been an increased focus on fiber-based ballistic composites in many military applications because of the advantageous properties exhibited by this material. fiber-based composites provide exceptional mechanical qualities concerning high-speed impacts while also providing advantages like weight reduction and increased payload capacity. these entities possess characteristics that align with environmental sustainability, exhibit excellent quality, and demonstrate notable speed capabilities. one illustration involves the utilization of composites in vehicle reinforcing strategies aimed at safeguarding medium-bore guns with a bore diameter of 12.7 mm. fiber-based composite materials are characterized by complex material structures, with numerous factors influencing their mechanical properties and response to ballistic impacts. these factors include the types of fibers used, the resins employed, and the interfaces between the resin and fibers. this is particularly relevant in fortification material development [27]. hence, to achieve enhanced anti-ballistic capabilities, explore innovative materials such as kevlar, s glass plastic, polycarbonate, metal mesh, ceramics, and magnetorheological substances [28]. kevlar, a synthetic fabric of polymer compounds, has molecules that arrange themselves into elongated chains, characterized by their parallel alignment and dense interweaving. joining special plastic sheets involves pressing and laminating them together, utilizing various materials such as fiberglass, cotton, paper, and other substances. these materials are immersed in plastic resin and then crushed into thin, firm, and malleable sheets [29]. polycarbonate is a thermoplastic material that contains carbon as an integral component within its molecular structure [30]. metal mesh refers to a structural element or partition consisting of numerous interlinked metal filaments, which may manifest as a meshwork or a sheet, contingent upon its specific configuration. metal meshes can undergo various manufacturing processes to achieve different formats, including expansion, etching, weaving, knitting, and welding [31]. ceramic, also known as keramik, is an inorganic, non-metallic solid material formed by shaping and hardening through exposure to elevated temperatures. typically, ceramics exhibit intricate structures, possess resistance against corrosion, and display brittleness [32]. magneto-rheological (mr) or magneto-restrictive fluid refers to a pliable medium infused with nanoparticles, which can be rendered rigid through electrical stimulation [33]. utilizing robust, lightweight, and pleasant anti-ballistic materials is paramount for individuals. due to ongoing advancements and enhancements, personal protective equipment may be acquired with enhanced safety, security, and comfort. numerous researchers have conducted diverse innovations in anti-ballistics, emphasizing improving security measures while impacting multiple interconnected parts. different components can be categorized with an anti-ballistic categorization of a specific level, exhibiting variations in their anti-ballistic visual appeal, patterns, forms, and weight, contingent upon the intended recipient. the comprehensive comprehension and depiction of ballistic impacts often need to be revised when relying solely on exploratory, experimental, numerical, or analytical methodologies. some scholars have employed a blend of exploratory [34–36], quantitative [37], applied, and explanatory research approaches to enhance the understanding and analysis of significant data within the context of ballistic impact systems [38–40]. ballistic testing is imperative to present novel solutions, understand the intricate nature of penetration, and ascertain the crucial parameters that influence impact resistance for body armor [41–43] and armor plates [44]. typically, scholars in this advancement employ experimental or finite element approaches (fem) [45–47] to acquire the intended outcomes. nevertheless, many individuals continue to uphold faith in the experimental approach, particularly in assessing the dynamic reaction of anti-ballistic impact [48]. however, now, a wide range of models and simulations are available, encompassing macroscopic [49, 50], mesoscopic [51, 52], microscopic [53, 54], and even nanoscale [55] approaches, all of which strive to represent the dynamics of ballistic collisions [56, 57] accurately. the final stage in evaluating the efficacy of new materials for protective systems is typically experimental work. multiple tests have demonstrated alterations in the behavior of materials when subjected to high deformation velocities [58–60]. when considering an alternative viewpoint, it becomes apparent that the process and production costs are significant and warrant careful consideration. the efficacy of anti-ballistic technology has been extensively assessed to discover any deficiencies and strive for optimal performance. in advancing anti-ballistic technology, it is imperative to incorporate thoughts and data derived from prior research endeavors, typically disseminated through review papers in academic publications. several review articles explore various aspects of anti-ballistic materials, including their testing methodologies, historical development, and other relevant subjects. nevertheless, a majority of researchers express a preference for the advancement of antiballistic materials. since as far back as 1887, dr. george e. has conducted experiments involving silk fibers to create vests [7]. as of february 2023, examining scopus using the keyword "body armor" yielded 2441 documents. when the search was refined with the keyword "material," the results were limited to 1390 documents. these documents encompass various types, including 861 articles, 339 conference papers, 81 reviews, 70 book chapters, 17 conference reviews, 12 books, 7 notes, 1 letter, 1 short survey, and 1 undefined source. this data indicates a significant volume of scholarly discourse on anti-ballistic materials, accounting for approximately 57% of the documents retrieved. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 684 moreover, upon examination of the article review, including 81 papers, it is evident that the initial publication on anti-ballistic material was conducted by macpherson et al. in 1977. the 81 articles reviewed in this study were cited 843 times in 2022, as shown by 739 separate papers. a bibliometric study is essential to assist future scholars in comprehensively mapping the issue, given the extensive research and citation of several works. of the 81 article reviews on anti-ballistic materials, the average discusses details and clearly about the state-of-theart materials. however, this paper will present an exciting discussion about; (1) the main contributors leading countries, institutions, research groups, authors, and research fields; (2) the most productive journals on the historical map of the topic; (3) the significant articles with the highest number of citations; and (4) research interests and perspectives. the uniqueness of this analysis lies in its approach to filling a gap in the study of anti-ballistics. it achieves this by conducting a detailed examination of existing research using bibliometric analysis techniques. this involves not only identifying major contributors to the field but also categorizing the types of materials being researched and tracking how research trends have changed over time. additionally, the analysis offers valuable insights that can guide decision-making for various stakeholders. it's important to note that this bibliometric analysis is particularly useful for newcomers or those new to the field. 2. state of the art body armor made from metal material has been around for hundreds of years. larger objects, such as vehicles, are called "weight protection." also, so-called "weight protection" protects larger objects, such as vehicles. however, only a few decades ago, at the end of world war ii, a lighter solution emerged, especially for military personnel, in the form of nylon ballistic vests. however, it does not come close to the ballistic protection offered by the aramid fibers, threads, and fabrics in personal armor. another advantage of ultra-fine polymer filaments (not just aramid [13, 61, 62]) is that they offer an incredibly flexible material, which supports a high level of comfort for the wearer. to make it easier to understand, see figure 1. figure 1. applications of ballistics soft body armor is the primary application for composites made from aramid fibers in ballistics. several studies have examined the mechanical properties of aramid and the impact of ballistic forces on fabrics and their composites [63–65]. these investigations have employed experimental techniques and the finite element method (fem) [66–68]. the findings have provided insights into the efficacy of ballistic protection systems and the level of protection offered by bulletproof vests [46, 69]. recent literature analyses on ballistic protection [8, 31, 70, 71] provide insightful commentary on failure processes and the utilization of highly specialized solutions that effectively combine various materials to counter diverse threats. various research investigations have been conducted on aramid fibers exhibiting diverse topologies, ranging from conventional or modified forms [72] to three-dimensional fabric structures [51, 73]. both unidirectional and multiaxial non-wrinkle materials are being investigated for hazards while being simulated under specified model settings. the authors' documentation led them to conclude that each solution needed to be tested experimentally. the failure mechanism exhibits a resilient statistical reliability design before its deployment in combat scenarios. in the context of anti-ballistic materials, it is imperative to ascertain their appropriate application. following established material usage regulations, we have developed anti-ballistic materials and their corresponding applications, including anti-ballistic helmets, military vehicles, body armor, and panels. in order to enhance comprehension, the schematic representation is presented in figure 2. based on figure 2, the conclusion is that there are many types of anti-ballistic materials. the selection of appropriate materials is mandatory in order to meet the needs of users. based on the demands of weapons development, defense development must be adjusted. therefore, military defense tool producers must know what loads will be faced and how ballitic aplication evolution of materials mechanics of ballistics clinical and forensic study hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 685 to select materials that can withstand the loads faced. some options can be selected for some materials, such as uhmwpe, aramid, hybrid thermoplastic, ceramic, e-glass, and titanium. to make science more accessible, the first scientists need to know the function of the science they will learn. after knowing the use of science, the second step is understanding the source of knowledge or its basis. scientists also need to know the developments so far so they can contribute to the development of science. figure 2. rundown anti-ballistic material and product application recently, there has been a notable surge in studies about anti-ballistics, with a particular emphasis on investigating various target locations. the ceramic and kevlar-29 composites with honeycomb structures were investigated by goda and girardot [96] by applying cylindrical ballistics. the findings from the numerical analysis indicate that the ballistic impact performance is significantly affected by the characteristics of the cohesive material, the woven fabric material, and the arrangement of layers. the performance of titanium sandwich panels against impact loads from hemispherical projectiles was investigated by rahimijonoush and bayat [97]. the study's findings indicate that the primary mechanism for absorbing impact energy in the symmetrical sandwich panel was through the back-face sheet. the ballistic limit exhibited a linear relationship with the increase in thickness of either the rear or front face sheet on a specimen of identical weight. in their study, chatterjee et al. (1998) analyzed the performance of composite sandwich panels when subjected to 9-mm bullet projectile loads, which were propelled at an average velocity of 400 m/s [98]. the presence of liquid dilatants in the scp led to the observation of the composite sandwich. the hollow composite material was found to absorb 43.96% less impact compared to the material under consideration. the observed change in energy absorption per unit mass increase was 22.43%. it is plausible that the scp was purposefully designed and built to cater to various applications that necessitate heightened energy dissipation capabilities. the study undertaken by yu et al. (1999) [99] involved research on anti-ballistic measures utilizing blunt-shaped projectiles with a y-shaped core sandwich model. the findings and analysis indicate that the impact resistance of composite sandwich constructions, including y-shaped cores, surpasses that of laminates. in their study, khare et al. [100] investigated the ballistic load resistance of cylindrical sandwiches with honeycomb cores when subjected to cone-nosed projectiles. this study's findings indicate variations in the cell thickness and skin thickness per wall, ranging from 0.7 to 2.0 mm and 0.03 to 0.09 mm, respectively. additionally, it was observed that the ballistic limit experienced an increase of 72.2 and 10.9 m/s. nevertheless, when the magnitude of the side length was altered from 3.2 to 9.2 millimeters, there was a discernible reduction of 9.9 meters per second in the ballistic limit. the study conducted by wu et al. [101] examined the properties picture •ballistic equipment and its materials helmet • uhmwpe [74,75] • kevlar/ hybrid laminate [76,77] • natural fibres [78-80] • hybrid thermoplastic [81,82] military vehicles • aluminum aloy [83] • molybdenum carbides [84] • metal ceramic composite [85] • uhmwpe [86.87] ballistic panels • 2d and 3d textile composites [88] • kevlar fabrics reinforced polybenzoxazine [89] • uhmwpe fabric [90] • fiberglass/polyester bi-panel composite [91] body armor • uhmwpe [92] • kevlar composite[93] • e glass [94] • titanium[95] hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 686 and performance of an aramid-carbon hybrid fiber-reinforced polymer (frp) material specifically designed for applications in composite armor systems. the laminate composite structure underwent exposure to ballistic loads originating from ap 7.62 m61 bullets. the primary failure modes observed in frp laminates, as indicated by the findings of their study on laminate composites, are fiber compression failure and tensile matrix failure. changes in the fiberreinforced polymer (frp) laminate stacking sequence can also impact both factors. the lowest areas of fiber compression and matrix tensile failure occur when carbon fiber is layered on top of the frp laminate. in their research, yang et al. (year) investigated shipbuilding constructions, focusing on a double-arrow composite hemispherical projectile auxetic design [102]. according to the results obtained from the missouri educational component test (metc), it was observed that the auxetic structure had a relative density of 16.66, representing a 23.06% increase compared to the auxetic design, which had a relative density of 9.08%. the ballistics had a rise of 35.56% and 54.89%, respectively. the observed phenomenon can be attributed to the significant increase in relative density, as confirmed by experimental data, from 9.08 to 16.66 and 23.06%, respectively. in their research, vescovi et al. [103] investigated a composite structure by employing interacting hybrid composites composed of woven kevlar and s2 glass subjected to milling with 0.357 magnum fmj ammunition. the present investigation acquired the deviation observed at the ballistic limit. the observed value consistently remained below 5.33%, with a peak of 3.87% occurring at an impact velocity of 430 m/s, which closely approximates the ballistic limit. furthermore, it is worth noting that the numerical ballistic curve exhibited a relatively seamless transition to the linear segment, closely resembling the experimental curve. the research undertaken by mohammad et al. [104] pertains to anti-ballistics. the findings indicate that the monolithic shell target saw a decline in ballistic performance of 6.49% as a result of the anti-ballistic measures. when comparing the two marks, it was observed that the multilayer target exhibited a reduction of 3.88% in its ability to resist hits from oblique angles. in their study, han et al. [105] examined the disparities between the projected ballistic limit velocities of targets measuring 2, 4, 4.82, 8, and 9.94 mm and the corresponding experimental values. the deviations in the simulated values were 12.3, 0.1, 0.0, 4.2, and 4.9%, while the experimental results showed variations of 9.0, 17.5, 21.5, 24.2, and 26.3%, respectively. according to savage g. [106], ceramic materials possess exceptional toughness and low weight, rendering them highly suitable for utilization as armor materials. the surface is affected by several ceramic elements, including fracturing, blunting, erosion of the shot, and the dynamic preservation of the vivid energy resulting from the contact. composite protective coatings often utilize tiles to enhance the impact resistance of their surfaces. according to tam et al. [107], ceramic fibers possess a considerable diameter. therefore, it is common for the prepreg bands to exhibit a unidirectional (ud) orientation similar to that of the threads. ceramic fibers are well-suited for the high-temperature solidification state of titanium and ceramic composites. the annual production of ceramic fibers is restricted to a finite amount. nevertheless, the capacity for their manufacture may be rapidly expanded to accommodate emerging demands. the material's rigidity is another crucial criterion for a ballistic protection layer. the rigidity of single ultra high molecular weight polyethylene (uhmwpe) must be improved, necessitating the incorporation of auxiliary components to enhance its capabilities. thermoplastics are widely utilized in many applications due to their advantageous characteristics, including non-toxicity, ease of manufacture, low density, and exceptional toughness [108, 109]. to promote environmental sustainability, it is imperative for advancements in anti-ballistic materials to prioritize the utilization of natural fibers, thereby reducing reliance on synthetic fibers. typically, bio-fibers possess key characteristics such as biosustainability and environmental compatibility, which may confer certain advantages over synthetic fibers such as glass, aramid, and carbon [110, 111]. significant progress has been made in ballistic fiber performance by creating analytical, numerical, and constitutive models spanning micromechanical to micromechanical scales. numerous researchers have formulated various constitutive models intending to estimate transversely isotropic materials' post-failure mechanisms, deformation patterns, and energy absorption capabilities. moreover, the extent of harm inflicted by a penetrating projectile is contingent upon the magnitude of the impact energy, the energy level of the tissue collision, the velocity at which it transpires, and the specific tissue region affected by the projectile's penetration. the tissue areas exhibit localized responses that indicate the presence of significant energy-induced cavitation effects. the considerable energy transfer is correlated with an increased risk of infectious complications. the diverse range of ballistic injury patterns arises from the intricate interplay between projectiles and various tissues. understanding the underlying mechanisms contributing to tissue failure, such as bullet deformation and deceleration, is crucial for recognizing typical injuries and appreciating the significant energy transfer associated with more severe cases. 3. material and methods this paper uses a bibliometric analysis method based on publications related to "anti-ballistics" published from 1975 to 2022. the literature was obtained from the scopus database by entering the keyword “body armor”, which yielded the results of 1,255,339 related documents. in the final step, we used the keyword "composite," which yielded 1,328 documents from associated fields. the search results from 1975 to 2022 showed only 937 documents from the scopus hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 687 dataset after limiting document types to “article” and “review” only. then, the documents were processed in csv format. the process involved a bibliometric analysis using biblioshiny software integrated with rstudio and vosviewer to produce graphical images and data. the flowchart of the whole process is illustrated in figure 3. figure 3. flowchart of the data analysis process 4. result the collection of information related to articles published from 1975 to 2022 is described in table 1. however, there were many associated papers published in the scopus database in this period, i.e., 937 articles. table 1. main information description results main information about data timespan 1975:2022 sources (journals, books, etc) 373 documents 937 average years from publication 7,04 average citations per documents 23,76 average citations per year per doc 2,74 references 38129 document types article 857 review 80 document contents keywords plus (id) 5914 author's keywords (de) 2329 authors authors 2659 author appearances 4203 authors of single-authored documents 61 authors of multi-authored documents 2598 authors collaboration single-authored documents 82 documents per author 0,352 authors per document 2,84 co-authors per documents 4,49 collaboration index 3,04 hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 688 based on table 1 upper, the bibliometric analysis results show that 44 countries have contributed to the field of antiballistics research, with 937 documents created by 2659 authors, in the form of 857 articles and 80 reviews. for easier understanding, data is presented in the discussion below. 4.1. the main contributors leading countries, institutions, research groups, authors, and research fields before conducting research, it is important that a researcher be familiar with those who have contributed significantly to the topic that will be studied or developed. for this reason, we present figure 4, which lists the authors with the most anti-ballistics publications. figure 4. most relevant authors as a result, the authors who write and produce the most articles and are most relevant to the field of anti-ballistics are as follows: in first position, the most relevant author is montero sn, the second is wang y, the third is chen x, the fourth is majumdar a, the fifth is no author name, and the sixth is gong x, with more than fifteen documents. in the seventh position is wang s, with fifteen documents. meanwhile, authors in the 8th to 17th order have more than ten documents: foster al, grujicic m, bosou f, abtew ma, bruniaux p, nascimento lfc, oliveria ms, zhang j, jr, and whang l. furthermore, the authors ranked 18th to 20th have the same average number of works. each has ten documents; they are butola bs, xuan s, and finally zhang x. moreover, from the number of citations, the quality of the journal can be determined, which will help future researchers develop their research. more details are shown in figure 5. figure 5. most locally cited authors based on the table above, with the number of documents uploaded, zhang r was ranked first in the categories of most locally cited, followed by zhang x in second place, and bruniaux p in third place, with an overall total of more than 100 citations. however, there is a slight difference in the citation results and the relevant authors. in the 4th to 14th positions, with a total of more than sixty citations each, forstel al, cai w, majumdar a, menteiro sn, wang h, hazell pj, mohotti d, weerasinghe d, jr, johnson aa, and xu y. the 14th to 20th positions are occupied by gillespie jw, gong x, jiang s, chen y, cicek ui, and southee dj, respectively, with less than 60 total citations. we can obtain the hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 689 local author impact of each author based on the h index. in general, the authors of the most journals always occupy the highest rankings. likewise, in this case, the results aren’t much different, as shown in figure 6. figure 6. author local impact by h index the highest rank author is menteiro sn, with an h-index of 19, followed by chen x who has h-indeks 16, and majumdar a who has h-indeks 14. currently, the top 8 local authors, with h-indeks more than eight, are wang y, gong x, grujicic m, ceeseman ba, and oliveira ms. local authors with h-indeks eight each are in the order of 9th to 16th position occupied by butola bs, jiang w, jr, meyers ma,pereira ac, wang l, wang s, an xuan s. those in the 16th to 20th positions, with h-indeks eight each are; abtew ma, boussu f, brunaux p, and lima xp. in general, the author is associated with an institution, which overshadows and serves as the identity of the author. thus, it is necessary to discuss the institutions that host the authors with the most publications. results are presented in figure 7. figure 7. most relevant affiliations based on the most relevant affiliations table above, the national institute of standards and technology ranks first, with 89 articles. clemson university follows with 54 document articles. the military institute of engineering-ime follows with 54 document articles. furthermore, the other most relevant affiliates, with more than forty article documents each, are the indian institute of technology delhi, military institute of engineering ime, university of science and technology of china (ustc), military institute of engineering--ime, university california, and the university of science and technology of china. the 10th to 14th in middle positions are occupied by the school of materials science and engineering, tianjin polytechnic university, beijing institute of technology, purdue university, and the military institute of engineering, with more than thirty articles each. the bottom positions, with an average total of more than twenty-five documents each, are the north university of china, nanjing university of science and technology, university of southern california, northwestern polytechnical university, hunan university, and massachusetts institute of technology. many countries are interested in anti-ballistics development because it contributes to national defense. moreover, security strengthens a country, even if only on a small scale. it can be helpful if the development hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 690 progresses to an extreme stage, such as withstanding 30 mm caliber cannon projectiles (stanag 4569). we present the countries that are most proactive in conducting research and development in anti-ballistics in table 2 and figure 8. table 2. the published articles and collaboration by country country articles freq scp mcp total citations average article citations usa 179 0.22630 159 20 7021 39.223 china 169 0.21365 145 24 2269 13.426 india 80 0.10114 74 6 2152 26.900 united kingdom 50 0.06321 34 16 1318 26.360 brazil 43 0.05436 31 12 966 22.465 australia 28 0.03540 23 5 564 20.143 turkey 27 0.03413 25 2 672 24.889 malaysia 24 0.03034 18 6 385 16.042 france 23 0.02908 9 14 466 20.261 canada 19 0.02402 16 3 573 30.158 poland 19 0.02402 18 1 122 6.421 korea 15 0.01896 13 2 614 40.933 germany 14 0.01770 4 10 843 60.214 italy 9 0.01138 2 7 121 13.444 spain 9 0.01138 7 2 648 72.000 singapore 8 0.01011 6 2 1013 126.625 iran 7 0.00885 6 1 324 46.286 israel 7 0.00885 6 1 184 26.286 pakistan 6 0.00759 2 4 75 12.500 japan 5 0.00632 3 2 29 5.800 figure 8. corresponding authors’ countries furthermore, in the table above, the usa is the most productive country publishing anti-ballistics research, with 179 documents. it is followed by china, with 169 documents. the third position is india, with 80 documents. other countries that publish documents on anti-ballistics are the united kingdom, with fifty documents, and five other countries that published more than thirty documents each, brazil, australia, turkey, malaysia, and france. the country of canada also publishes documents regarding anti-ballistics, with a total of twenty-nine documents, as well as poland, which has published twenty-nine documents as well. meanwhile, nine other countries have published anti-ballistics documents, with less than sixteen document each: korea, germany, italy, spain, singapore, iran, israel, pakistan, and japan. in the development of anti-ballistic technology, all developers wish to prevent the field from stagnating or regressing. thus, it is crucial to learn from previous papers so that the direction and purpose of development are clear. more details are shown in figure 9. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 691 figure 9. most cited countries every development requires citations from several sources. the following are countries that are a source of inspiration for researchers in the anti-ballistics field. the table above shows the most cited countries, the first being america. america is the reference country in this field, possibly because america is well known for its technological advances. therefore, america has been cited 7021 times, china was cited 2269 times, and india was cited 2152 times. in addition to these three countries, there are two other countries whose publications have been cited more than 1000 times: the united kingdom, which has been cited 1318 times, and singapore, which has been cited 1013 times. in addition, seven countries have publications with more than 500 citations but less than 1000, namely brazil with 966 citations, germany with 843 citations, turkey with 672 citations, spain with 648 citations, korea with 614 citations, canada with 573 citations, and australia with 564 citations. meanwhile, three countries have cited more than 200 times: france with 466 citations, malaysia with 385 citations, and iran with 324 citations. the fifth countries with the lowest cited were israel, sweden, saudi arabia, poland, and italy. 4.2. the most productive journals on the historical map of the topic researchers must continue developing their work due to the increasingly advanced demands of the present era. however, this may be challenging if the researcher lacks knowledge of the history of development or competition in the researched matter. these developments are shown more clearly in figure 10. figure 10. source growth based on the graph of source growth, we can see that textile research journal was the first field to release a journal related to ballistics. in 1996, the competition began when the international journal of impact engineering uploaded one hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 692 journals. the most intense competition occurred in 2019, when more than two competitors published more than one journal. however, polymers still hold the highest position, with nine journals uploaded, starting with two journals in 2018.knowledge of trend topics is essential for every significant journal author. because the publication of research is expected to bring about changes in current or emerging trends, the author needs to know which trends will be the most relevant. we thus present figure 11 below, which might help to determine the next topics of interest. figure 11. trend topics the trend topics from year to year began to change. although they did not change entirely, sometimes there was a changing focus. in 2010, the trending topic was fabrics, and it continued to develop into other trends, namely the topic of body armor in 2014. moreover, in 2015, the trending topic was ballistic resistance, and it continued to develop into other trends, namely the topic of ceramic resistance in 2016. meanwhile, in 2017, the trending topic was projectile, and it continued to develop into different trends, namely the topic of armor in 2018. furthermore, in 2019 the trending topic was ballistic performance, but it was moved to nonmetallic matrix composites in 2020. in 2021 the most famous was body armor. however, the first position topic trended to occupy is armor with 549 term frequency. the following discussion identifies many relationships between authors, authors who use citations, and authors who are renowned. this is known as the historical direct citation network. for convenience, results are shown in figure 12. figure 12. historical direct citation network the historical direct citation network above shows many links in research, namely from the writings of several authors who are used as references by other authors or quoted directly. moreover, as he often appears in the anti-ballistic bibliometrics, abtew ma is a reference source by writers on related topics. on the other hand, regarding the year, abtew ma only became well known in 2019, and before that year, vinson jr had been widely cited since 1975. it is possible hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 693 that abtew ma also cited some statements from vinson jr. however, vinson jr was also cited by naveen j, sen s, mawkhlieng u, yang j, hut ap, and several other authors. the following figure shows the correlations between countries that produce journals or articles related to ballistics or bulletproof materials. this figure is very useful for those who wish to develop or even realize the technology developed by several countries. more details are shown in figure 13. figure 13. network collaboration among countries as already shown in figure 10, the usa is the country that produces the most publications, and we can see the relationships between usa writers and other writers in figure 10. based on this, we can generally assume that a large number of publications from the usa is due to the support of another country. france has the largest armed forces in the european union. according to credit suisse, the french armed forces are ranked as the sixth strongest military in the world. the uk has a history of worldwide wars for several years, so they are definitely familiar with this field. regarding china, we can see that china has extensive relationships with other countries because the chinese themselves are well known for their openness and communication. furthermore, the usa may develop much military technology; this superpower is already well known for its military technology. nevertheless, in terms of publicity, this country is inferior to india. it is possible that the results of their research were not published for several reasons. 4.3. the significant journals with the highest number of citations the highest-ranking publication is the composite structures, with fourty-one journals published, as shown in figure14, but higest index h is the international journal of impact engineering. source notes for journals in the field of anti-ballistic shown in table 3. figure 14. most relevant sources hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 694 table 3. source notes for journals in the field of anti-ballistic element h_index citation document y start international journal of impact engineering 24 1816 35 1996 composite structures 21 1856 41 2001 composites part b: engineering 16 950 22 2008 materials and design 15 852 17 2007 textile research journal 15 991 28 1992 journal of materials research and technology 12 372 20 2017 composites part a: applied science and manufacturing 10 510 10 2013 journal of the mechanical behavior of biomedical materials 10 510 12 2011 polymers 10 394 22 2018 defence technology 8 260 14 2016 ceramics international 7 151 10 2017 journal of composite materials 7 506 9 1996 journal of materials engineering and performance 7 309 9 2009 acta biomaterialia 6 229 7 2013 fibers and polymers 6 169 7 2010 fibres and textiles in eastern europe 6 110 13 2010 journal of applied polymer science 6 214 9 2008 journal of materials science 6 158 9 2005 composites science and technology 5 532 5 2007 rsc advances 5 181 5 2016 other publications that contribute to anti-ballistic research and are second ranking publication is international journal of impact engineering with forty-three journals. the third ranking publication is textile research journal with twenty seven journals. and other journals that did not make it into the top 3 are; polymers with twenty-fifth journal. composites part b: engineering with twenty-three journals. journal of materials research and technology with twenty-one journals. materials and design with nineteen journals. defense technology with seventeen journals. fibres and textiles in eastern europe 13 journals. international ceramics with twelve journals. composites part a: applied science and manufacturing with twelve journals. journal of mechanical behavior of biomedical materials with twelve journals. materials with twelve journals. advanced composites bulletin with eleven journals. binggong xuebao/acta armamentarii with ten journals. journal of composite materials with ten journals, journal of materials science with ten journals. journal of applied polymer science with nine journals. journal of materials engineering and performance with nine journals. acta biomaterialia with eight journals. and other journals that did not make it into the top 3 are; polymers with twenty-fifth journal. composites part b: engineering with twenty-three journals. journal of materials research and technology with twenty-one journals. materials and design with nineteen journals. defense technology with seventeen journals. fibres and textiles in eastern europe 13 journals. international ceramics with twelve journals. composites part a: applied science and manufacturing with twelve journals. journal of mechanical behavior of biomedical materials with twelve journals. materials with twelve journals. advanced composites bulletin with eleven journals. binggong xuebao/acta armamentarii with ten journals. journal of composite materials with ten journals, journal of materials science with ten journals. journal of applied polymer science with ninth journals. journal of materials engineering and performance with ninth journals. acta biomaterialia with eight journals. additionally, core sources on the bradford law diagram display many sources, which are the basis for identifying journals that discuss the most cited anti-ballistic technology. more details are shown in, see figure 15. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 695 figure 15. bradford’s law the composite structures has forty-three core sources based on the data obtained using the bradford law. bradford law articles are sourced from thirty-seven journals, namely the international journals of impact engineering. those under thirty articles are textile research journal with twenty-nine articles. polymers with twenty-fifth articles. composites part b: engineering with twenty-three articles. journal of materials research and technology, with twentyone articles. materials and design with nineteen articles. defence technology with seventeen articles. fibres and textiles in eastern europe, with thirteen articles. ceramics international has twelve articles. composites part a: applied science and manufacturing has twelve articles. journal of the mechanical behavior of biomedical materials, with twelve articles. materials with twelve articles. advanced composites bulletin has twelve articles. binggong xuebao/acta armamentarii has ten articles. journal of composite materials, with ten articles. journal of materials science, with ten articles. based on the figure diagram, the most common sources of search interest are the journals presented in the figure below. for more details, see figure 16. figure 16. most locally cited sources as seen in the figure diagram, the most locally cited sources cited in international j impact eng are 1698 local citations, as well as compos struct with 924 local citations and text res j with as many as 636 local citations. furthermore, several sources are still cited from other journals, such as master des, with as many as 606 local citations; j master sci, with as many as 503 local citations; j am cream soc, with as many as 447 local citations; and compos sci technol, with as many as 422 local citations. meanwhile, other publications that are sourced in local citations that hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 696 number above ten local citations amounted to 200—namely composite part b eng, with 208 local citations; j apl polimer sci with 210 local citations; adv mater with 222 citations; j mech behav biomed master with 231 citations; int j solid structure with 235 local citations each; j compos mater with 282 citations; science with 303 local citations; j eur cream soc with 313 local citations; international journal of impact engineering with 373 local citations; ceram int with 388 local citations. moreover, the remaining three are under two hundred local citations each, namely j mater res technol, mater sci eng a, and nature. 4.4. research interests and perspectives attack and defense are interrelated things. anti-ballistics is a technological defense that must keep up with developments. the beginning of the development of anti-ballistics itself began in the 15th century. the first anti-ballistic material is a hard metal material that is quite heavy. however, anti-ballistic is increasingly adjusting to the user's wishes over time. the benchmark in anti-ballistic development is anti-ballistics that are lightweight, comfortable, not hot, or even cheap. based on the development objectives, the material needed to develop it is an advanced material that is strong but light. the development of armor materials has focused on reducing the weight of existing armor materials because weight reduction can help save energy and increase mobility [112, 113]. on the other hand, aesthetic values must be considered by studying and developing a proportional design to meet user comfort. with the development of thermoplastic polymers and synthetic fibers in recent years, lighter-weight, rugged protection systems have been produced, combining metals or ceramics with polymer fabrics and fiber-reinforced polymer composites. during the vietnam war, it was reported that soft armor made of fiberglass and nylon cloth was used for ballistic protection [114]. some of the commercial fibers used to manufacture armor include aramid (kevlar or twaron) [93, 115], nylon fibers [116], polyethylene fibers (spectrum or dyneema) [117, 118], and carbon fibers [119, 120]. these fibers must provide the excellent impact resistance required for ballistic armor, have high specific energy absorption, and have the ability to distribute kinetic energy in ballistic impacts [116]. the polymer material commonly used in ballistic applications is low-molecular-weight polyethylene. very high in uhmwpe (dyneema) and para-aramid fibers (kevlar and twaron). kevlar has been introduced as an ideal base material for ballistic protection due to its outstanding thermal properties and high tensile strength. its highly crystalline structure and high orientation toward delicate structures result in the required high modulus [114, 117, 121]. as a result, kevlar fiber is considered the main reinforcing constituent for ballistic composites. in composite materials, although the individual parent materials (fiber and matrix) cannot provide ballistic resistance properties by themselves, the combination of the two components has been found to exhibit a better degree of ballistic protection. this paper shows most of the primary materials used in the manufacture of anti-ballistic technology and bibliometric analysis. in some ways, anti-ballistic technology still needs to be developed. anti-ballistic technology can also be applied to other things unrelated to ballistics but having immense added value, such as applications in automotive, shoes, or clothing needed for specialized activities. anti-ballistic body armor needs to be developed in terms of material design and development, which is still too thick on the market and has yet to be considered in different conditions. based on the bibliometric analysis, there is no one article that anti-ballistic vests can absorb water and add weight to the antiballistic after absorbing a certain amount of water. therefore, it is necessary to have an anti-ballistic design that is hydrophobic. 5. conclusion this paper has analyzed and obtained the results. the state-of-the-art chapter has reviewed the literature findings to date in the broad field of ballistic composite materials in search of materials that can be applied in the future. this chapter discusses the classification of ballistic protective equipment and the mechanical properties of the different types of ballistic composites shown. this chapter also highlighted the possibility of new materials and technologies for ballistic protection. on the other hand, the results of the bibliometric analysis showcased the global and leading countries working in the field of anti-ballistics or bulletproofing. the information obtained from the bibliometric analysis has raised suspicions, as the united states has the most publications. the general public understands that germany is indeed a country with a sophisticated mastery of metallurgy, but why is germany itself not the most prominent publisher? in addition, the number of indian citations is not significant in the discussion of anti-ballistics [122]. several sources have been found that are from previous years [123]. there is also a problem with usa research, for which the author's name is often not mentioned. therefore, it is necessary to question why india is the largest producer of journals, while germany and the uk produce fewer. a literature search from 1975 to 2022 revealed that articles on anti-ballistics published in 1975 were not the first. based on the previous discussion, it can be concluded that bibliometric analysis can broadly provide information for those who need it. the information generated includes the name of the country, campus, or individual with knowledge and expertise in anti-ballistics. future researchers can also refer to this paper in determining research topics that will become trends in the following year based on the trends that have been analyzed. it is possible that future trends in anti-ballistics will include the use of smart materials, biodegradable composites, and anti-heavy technology. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 697 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, u., z.a., and d.a.; methodology, f.m. and b.w.l.; software, f.m.; validation, u., z.a., and d.a.; formal analysis, f.m. and b.w.l.; investigation, f.m.; resources, b.w.l.; data curation, f.m.; writing—original draft preparation, f.m.; writing—review and editing, u.; visualization, b.w.l.; supervision, u. and d.a.; project administration, z.a.; funding acquisition, u. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding authors thank to universitas sebelas maret and islamic university of madinah for the financial aids during paper writing. universitas sebelas maret provide financial support through hibah unggulan terapan 2024 lppm uns. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] bass, c. r., salzar, r. s., lucas, s. r., davis, m., donnellan, l., folk, b., sanderson, e., & waclawik, s. (2006). injury risk in behind armor blunt thoracic trauma. international journal of occupational safety and ergonomics, 12(4), 429–442. doi:10.1080/10803548.2006.11076702. [2] nij standard–0101.04. (2000). ballistic resistance of personal body armor. national institute of justice, office of justice programs, us department of justice, washington, united states. [3] nij standard-0101.06. (2014). selection and application guide to ballistic-resistant body armor for law enforcement, corrections and public safety: nij selection and application guide-0101.06. national institute of justice, office of justice programs, us department of justice, washington, united states. [4] cast 012/17. (2017). body armor standard 2017. centre for applied science and technology, london, united kingdom. [5] breeze, j., davis, j. i., fryer, r. n., & lewis, e. a. (2020). sizing of ballistic arm protection for the virtus body armour and load carriage system. bmj mil health, 167, 163–167. doi:10.1136/jramc-2019-001254. [6] tam, d. k. y., ruan, s., gao, p., & yu, t. (2012). high-performance ballistic protection using polymer nanocomposites. advances in military textiles and personal equipment, woodhead publishing, sawston, united kingdom, 213–237. doi:10.1533/9780857095572.2.213. [7] bhatnagar, a. (2016). lightweight ballistic composites: military and law-enforcement applications. woodhead publishing, sawston, united kingdom. [8] abtew, m. a., boussu, f., bruniaux, p., & liu, h. (2020). fabrication and mechanical characterization of dry three-dimensional warp interlock para-aramid woven fabrics: experimental methods toward applications in composite reinforcement and soft body armor. materials, 13(19), 4233. doi:10.3390/ma13194233. [9] david, n. v., gao, x. l., & zheng, j. q. (2009). ballistic resistant body armor: contemporary and prospective materials and related protection mechanisms, 62(5), 050802. doi:10.1115/1.3124644. [10] łotysz, s. (2014). tailored to the times: the story of casimir zeglen’s silk bullet-proof vest. arms and armour, 11(2), 164– 186. doi:10.1179/1741612414z.00000000040. [11] naik, s., dandagwhal, r. d., & loharkar, p. k. (2020). a review on various aspects of kevlar composites used in ballistic applications. materials today: proceedings, 21, 1366–1374. doi:10.1016/j.matpr.2020.01.176. [12] koto, n., & soegijono, b. (2019). analysis of damage area of fiberglass/polyester bi-panel with rice husk ash as a filler caused by the impact of high-speed particles. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 599(1), 012009. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/599/1/012009. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 698 [13] pulungan, m. a., sutikno, s., & sani, m. s. m. (2019). analysis of bulletproof vest made from fiber carbon composite and hollow glass microsphere (hgm) in absorbing energy due to projectile impact. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 506, 12001. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/506/1/012001. [14] abtew, m. a., boussu, f., bruniaux, p., loghin, c., cristian, i., chen, y., & wang, l. (2018). influences of fabric density on mechanical and moulding behaviours of 3d warp interlock para-aramid fabrics for soft body armour application. composite structures, 204, 402-418. [15] pirvu, c., deleanu, l., & lazaroaie, c. (2016). ballistic tests on packs made of stratified aramid fabrics lft sb1. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 147, 012099. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/147/1/012099. [16] termonia, y. (2004). impact resistance of woven fabrics. textile research journal, 74(8), 723–729. doi:10.1177/004051750407400811. [17] chatys, r., kleinhofs, m., panich, a., & kisiel, m. (2019). modeling of mechanical properties of composite structures taking into account military needs. aip conference proceedings, 2077, 20011. doi:10.1063/1.5091872. [18] wu, k. k., chen, y. l., yeh, j. n., chen, w. l., & lin, c. s. (2020). ballistic impact performance of sic ceramic-dyneema fiber composite materials. advances in materials science and engineering, 2020, 9. doi:10.1155/2020/9457489. [19] gali, a., & george, e. p. (2013). tensile properties of high and medium entropy alloys. intermetallics, 39, 74–78. doi:10.1016/j.intermet.2013.03.018. [20] salishchev, g. a., tikhonovsky, m. a., shaysultanov, d. g., stepanov, n. d., kuznetsov, a. v., kolodiy, i. v., tortika, a. s., & senkov, o. n. (2014). effect of mn and v on structure and mechanical properties of high-entropy alloys based on cocrfeni system. journal of alloys and compounds, 591, 11–21. doi:10.1016/j.jallcom.2013.12.210. [21] wu, z., gao, y., & bei, h. (2016). thermal activation mechanisms and labusch-type strengthening analysis for a family of high-entropy and equiatomic solid-solution alloys. acta materialia, 120, 108–119. doi:10.1016/j.actamat.2016.08.047. [22] morye, s. s., hine, p. j., duckett, r. a., carr, d. j., & ward, i. m. (2000). modelling of the energy absorption by polymer composites upon ballistic impact. composites science and technology, 60(14), 2631–2642. doi:10.1016/s0266-3538(00)00139-1. [23] cruz, r. b. da, lima junior, e. p., monteiro, s. n., & louro, l. h. l. (2015). giant bamboo fiber reinforced epoxy composite in multilayered ballistic armor. materials research, 18(suppl 2), 70–75. doi:10.1590/1516-1439.347514. [24] scott, r. a. (2005). military protection. textiles for protection. woodhead publishing, sawston, united kingdom. doi:10.1533/9781845690977.3.597. [25] roedel, c., & chen, x. (2006). innovation and analysis of police riot helmets with continuous textile reinforcement for improved protection. the proceedings of the multiconference on “computational engineering in systems applications”, beijing, china. doi:10.1109/cesa.2006.4281648. [26] zahid, b., & chen, x. (2014). impact performance of single-piece continuously textile reinforced riot helmet shells. journal of composite materials, 48(6), 761–766. doi:10.1177/0021998313477173. [27] cheeseman, b. a., & bogetti, t. a. (2003). ballistic impact into fabric and compliant composite laminates. composite structures, 61(1–2), 161–173. doi:10.1016/s0263-8223(03)00029-1. [28] nurazzi, n. m., asyraf, m. r. m., khalina, a., abdullah, n., aisyah, h. a., rafiqah, s. a., sabaruddin, f. a., kamarudin, s. h., norrrahim, m. n. f., ilyas, r. a., & sapuan, s. m. (2021). a review on natural fiber reinforced polymer composite for bullet proof and ballistic applications. polymers, 13(4), 646. doi:10.3390/polym13040646. [29] sorrentino, l., bellini, c., corrado, a., polini, w., & aricò, r. (2014). ballistic performance evaluation of composite laminates in kevlar 29. procedia engineering, 88, 255–262. doi:10.1016/j.proeng.2015.06.048. [30] zhao, l., qian, x., sun, y., yuan, m., tang, f., zhao, y., zhang, q., & chen, y. (2018). ballistic behaviors of injection-molded honeycomb composite. journal of materials science, 53(20), 14287–14298. doi:10.1007/s10853-018-2611-y. [31] abtew, m. a., boussu, f., bruniaux, p., loghin, c., & cristian, i. (2019). ballistic impact mechanisms – a review on textiles and fibre-reinforced composites impact responses. composite structures, 223, 110966. doi:10.1016/j.compstruct.2019.110966. [32] lin, c. c., huang, c. c., chen, y. l., lou, c. w., lin, c. m., hsu, c. h., & lin, j. h. (2008). ballistic-resistant stainless steel mesh compound nonwoven fabric. fibers and polymers, 9(6), 761–767. doi:10.1007/s12221-008-0119-9. [33] carter, c. b., & norton, m. g. (2007). ceramic materials: science and engineering. springer, new york, united states. [34] wiśniewski, a. (2007). nanotechnology for body protection. problems of armament technology, military institute of armament technology, 36(102), 7-17. [35] shaktivesh, nair, n. s., & naik, n. k. (2015). ballistic impact behavior of 2d plain weave fabric targets with multiple layers: analytical formulation. international journal of damage mechanics, 24(1), 116–150. doi:10.1177/1056789514524074. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 699 [36] mohamadipoor, r., zamani, e., & pol, m. h. (2018). analytical and experimental investigation of ballistic impact on thin laminated composite plate. international journal of applied mechanics, 10(2), 1850020. doi:10.1142/s1758825118500205. [37] guo, z., & chen, w. (2020). a merit parameter to determine the stacking order of heterogeneous diphasic soft armor systems. composite structures, 241, 112086. doi:10.1016/j.compstruct.2020.112086. [38] sikarwar, r. s., velmurugan, r., & madhu, v. (2012). experimental and analytical study of high velocity impact on kevlar/epoxy composite plates. central european journal of engineering, 2(4), 638–649. doi:10.2478/s13531-012-0029-x. [39] chen, x., zhou, y., & wells, g. (2014). numerical and experimental investigations into ballistic performance of hybrid fabric panels. composites part b: engineering, 58, 35–42. doi:10.1016/j.compositesb.2013.10.019. [40] soydan, a. m., tunaboylu, b., elsabagh, a. g., sari, a. k., & akdeniz, r. (2018). simulation and experimental tests of ballistic impact on composite laminate armor. advances in materials science and engineering, 2018. doi:10.1155/2018/4696143. [41] chandekar, g. s., & kelkar, a. d. (2014). experimental and numerical investigations of textile hybrid composites subjected to low velocity impact loadings. the scientific world journal, 2014, 114. doi:10.1155/2014/325783. [42] hub, j., komenda, j., & novák, m. (2012). ballistic limit evaluation for impact of pistol projectile 9 mm luger on aircraft skin metal plate. advances in military technology, 7(1), 21-29. [43] safta, i. (2011). contributions to the theoretical and experimental study of individual means of ballistic protection. academia tehnică militară, bucharest, romania. (in romanian). [44] ec-council. (2010). penetration testing: procedures & methodologies (1st ed.). ec council press, albuquerque, united states. [45] pirvu, c. (2015). contribution on experimental and numerical study of ballistic protection packages made of aramid fabrics. ph.d. thesis, university, galati, romania. [46] nunes, s. g., scazzosi, r., manes, a., amico, s. c., de amorim júnior, w. f., & giglio, m. (2019). influence of projectile and thickness on the ballistic behavior of aramid composites: experimental and numerical study. international journal of impact engineering, 132, 103307. doi:10.1016/j.ijimpeng.2019.05.021. [47] bajya, m., majumdar, a., butola, b. s., arora, s., & bhattacharjee, d. (2021). ballistic performance and failure modes of woven and unidirectional fabric based soft armour panels. composite structures, 255, 112941. doi:10.1016/j.compstruct.2020.112941. [48] tang, y., & li, d. y. (2022). dynamic response of high-entropy alloys to ballistic impact. science advances, 8(32), 1-8. doi:10.1126/sciadv.abp9096. [49] ionescu, t. f., pirvu, c., badea, s., georgescu, c., & deleanu, l. (2017). the influence of friction characteristics in simulating the impact bullet-stratified materials. 15th international conference on tribology, 17-19 may, kragujevac, serbia. [50] kędzierski, p., popławski, a., gieleta, r., morka, a., & sławiński, g. (2015). experimental and numerical investigation of fabric impact behavior. composites part b: engineering, 69, 452–459. doi:10.1016/j.compositesb.2014.10.028. [51] yang, y., zhang, x., chen, x., & min, s. (2021). numerical study on the effect of z-warps on the ballistic responses of paraaramid 3d angle-interlock fabrics. materials, 14(3), 1–13. doi:10.3390/ma14030479. [52] feito, n., loya, j. a., muñoz-sánchez, a., & das, r. (2019). numerical modelling of ballistic impact response at low velocity in aramid fabrics. materials, 12(13), 12. doi:10.3390/ma12132087. [53] sockalingam, s., gillespie, j. w., & keefe, m. (2017). role of inelastic transverse compressive behavior and multiaxial loading on the transverse impact of kevlar km2 single fiber. fibers, 5(1), 9. doi:10.3390/fib5010009. [54] chiper, l., ojoc, g. g., deleanu, l., & pirvu, c. (2020). simulation of impact behavior of a glass yarn. mechanical testing and diagnosis, 10(1), 10–17. doi:10.35219/mtd.2020.1.02. [55] miqdad, m., & syahrial, a. z. (2022). effect of nano al2o3 addition and t6 heat treatment on characteristics of aa 7075 / al2o3 composite fabricated by squeeze casting method for ballistic application. evergreen, 9(2), 531–537. doi:10.5109/4794184. [56] nilakantan, g., & gillespie, j. w. (2012). ballistic impact modeling of woven fabrics considering yarn strength, friction, projectile impact location, and fabric boundary condition effects. composite structures, 94(12), 3624–3634. doi:10.1016/j.compstruct.2012.05.030. [57] anderson, c. a., mullin jr, s. a., & kuhlman, c. j. (1995). strain-rate effects in replica scale model penetration experiments, swri report 3593/002. contract de-ac04-90a1, 58770. [58] garcía-castillo, s. k., sánchez-sáez, s., & barbero, e. (2012). influence of areal density on the energy absorbed by thin composite plates subjected to high-velocity impacts. journal of strain analysis for engineering design, 47(7), 444–452. doi:10.1177/0309324712454996. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 700 [59] homae, t., shimizu, t., fukasawa, k., & masamura, o. (2006). hypervelocity planar plate impact experiments of aramid fiberreinforced plastics. journal of reinforced plastics and composites, 25(11), 1215–1221. doi:10.1177/0731684406066370. [60] tasdemirci, a., & hall, i. w. (2007). numerical and experimental studies of damage generation in multi-layer composite materials at high strain rates. international journal of impact engineering, 34(2), 189–204. doi:10.1016/j.ijimpeng.2005.08.010. [61] claus, j., santos, r. a. m., gorbatikh, l., & swolfs, y. (2020). effect of matrix and fibre type on the impact resistance of woven composites. composites part b: engineering, 183, 107736. doi:10.1016/j.compositesb.2019.107736. [62] abtew, m. a., boussu, f., bruniaux, p., loghin, c., & cristian, i. (2020). effect of structural parameters on the deformational behaviors of multiply 3d layer-by-layer angle-interlock para-aramid fabric for fiber-reinforcement composite. journal of composites science, 4(4), 145. doi:10.3390/jcs4040145. [63] larsson, f., & svensson, l. (2002). carbon, polyethylene and pbo hybrid fibre composites for structural lightweight armour. composites part a: applied science and manufacturing, 33(2), 221-231. doi:10.1016/s1359-835x(01)00095-1. [64] vivas, j. c., zerbino, r., torrijos, m. c., & giaccio, g. (2020). effect of the fibre type on concrete impact resistance. construction and building materials, 264, 120200. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2020.120200. [65] shakil, u. a., hassan, s. b. a., yahya, m. y., & nurhadiyanto, d. (2021). a review of properties and fabrication techniques of fiber reinforced polymer nanocomposites subjected to simulated accidental ballistic impact. thin-walled structures, 158, 107150. doi:10.1016/j.tws.2020.107150. [66] wang, z., zhang, h., dong, y., zhou, h., & huang, g. (2023). ballistic performance and protection mechanism of aramid fabric modified with polyethylene and graphene. international journal of mechanical sciences, 237, 107772. doi:10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2022.107772. [67] mawkhlieng, u., & majumdar, a. (2020). designing of hybrid soft body armour using high-performance unidirectional and woven fabrics impregnated with shear thickening fluid. composite structures, 253, 112776. doi:10.1016/j.compstruct.2020.112776. [68] ralph, c., baker, l., archer, e., & mcilhagger, a. (2023). optimization of soft armor: the response of homogenous and hybrid multi-ply para-aramid and ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene fabrics under ballistic impact. textile research journal, 93(23-24), 5168-5186. doi:10.1177/00405175231194365. [69] karahan, m., jabbar, a., & karahan, n. (2015). ballistic impact behavior of the aramid and ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene composites. journal of reinforced plastics and composites, 34(1), 37-48. doi:10.1177/0731684414562223. [70] liu, h., falzon, b. g., & tan, w. (2018). experimental and numerical studies on the impact response of damage-tolerant hybrid unidirectional/woven carbon-fibre reinforced composite laminates. composites part b: engineering, 136, 101-118. doi:10.1016/j.compositesb.2017.10.016. [71] bandaru, a. k., chavan, v. v., ahmad, s., alagirusamy, r., & bhatnagar, n. (2016). ballistic impact response of kevlar® reinforced thermoplastic composite armors. international journal of impact engineering, 89, 1-13. doi:10.1016/j.ijimpeng.2015.10.014. [72] gürgen, s. (2020). numerical modeling of fabrics treated with multi-phase shear thickening fluids under high velocity impacts. thin-walled structures, 148, 106573. doi:10.1016/j.tws.2019.106573. [73] he, y., min, s., chen, s., wang, j., wang, z., & zhou, y. (2023). effect of z-binding depths on the ballistic performance of 3d woven through-the-thickness angle-interlock fabrics in a multiply system. journal of industrial textiles, 53, 15280837231188528. doi:10.1177/15280837231188528. [74] li, y., fan, h., & gao, x.-l. (2022). ballistic helmets: recent advances in materials, protection mechanisms, performance, and head injury mitigation. composites part b: engineering, 238, 109890. doi:10.1016/j.compositesb.2022.109890. [75] liang, y., chen, x., & soutis, c. (2021). review on manufacture of military composite helmet. applied composite materials, 29(1), 305–323. doi:10.1007/s10443-021-09944-5. [76] grujicic, m., glomski, p. s., he, t., arakere, g., bell, w. c., & cheeseman, b. a. (2009). material modeling and ballisticresistance analysis of armor-grade composites reinforced with high-performance fibers. journal of materials engineering and performance, 18(9), 1169–1182. doi:10.1007/s11665-009-9370-5. [77] meliande, n. m., silveira, p. h. p. m. da, monteiro, s. n., & nascimento, l. f. c. (2022). tensile properties of curaua–aramid hybrid laminated composites for ballistic helmet. polymers, 14(13), 2588. doi:10.3390/polym14132588. [78] daungkumsawat, j., okhawilai, m., charoensuk, k., prastowo, r. b., jubsilp, c., karagiannidis, p., & rimdusit, s. (2020). development of lightweight and high-performance ballistic helmet based on poly(benzoxazine-co-urethane) matrix reinforced with aramid fabric and multi-walled carbon nanotubes. polymers, 12(12), 1–16. doi:10.3390/polym12122897. [79] abdulrahim, m. y., yawas, d. s., mohammed, r. a., & afolayan, m. o. (2021). hybridization of polyester/banana stem fiber and cow horn particulate composite for possible production of a military helmet. international journal of sustainable engineering, 14(5), 1170–1180. doi:10.1080/19397038.2021.1892233. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 701 [80] asyraf, m. z., suriani, m. j., ruzaidi, c. m., khalina, a., ilyas, r. a., asyraf, m. r. m., syamsir, a., azmi, a., & mohamed, a. (2022). development of natural fibre-reinforced polymer composites ballistic helmet using concurrent engineering approach: a brief review. sustainability (switzerland), 14(12), 7092. doi:10.3390/su14127092. [81] fejdyś, m., łandwijt, m., habaj, w., & struszczyk, m. h. (2015). ballistic helmet development using uhmwpe fibrous materials. fibres & textiles in eastern europe, 23(1), 89-97. [82] walsh, s. m., scott, b. r., & spagnuolo, d. m. (2005). the development of a hybrid thermoplastic ballistic material with application to helmets. report number arl-tr-3700, us army research laboratory, adelphi, united states. [83] sekar, k., allesu, k., & joseph, m. a. (2014). effect of t6 heat treatment in the microstructure and mechanical properties of a356 reinforced with nano al2o3 particles by combination effect of stir and squeeze casting. procedia materials science, 5, 444-453. doi:10.1016/j.mspro.2014.07.287. [84] khan, w., tufail, m., & chandio, a. d. (2022). characterization of microstructure, phase composition, and mechanical behavior of ballistic steels. materials, 15(6), 2204. doi:10.3390/ma15062204. [85] madhu, v., & bhat, t. b. (2011). armour protection and affordable protection for futuristic combat vehicles. defence science journal, 61(4), 394–402. doi:10.14429/dsj.61.365. [86] romano, d., ronca, s., & rastogi, s. (2015). activation of a bis-(phenoxyimine) titanium (iv) catalyst using different aluminoxane co-catalysts. macromolecular symposia, 356(1), 61–69. doi:10.1002/masy.201500047. [87] french m. a., wright a. j., stapleton m. a. (2013). armour qualification for composite military vehicles. proceedings 27th international symposium on ballistics, ballistics 2013, 22-26 april, freiburg, germany. [88] zhu, x., chen, w., liu, l., xu, k., luo, g., & zhao, z. (2023). experimental investigation on high-velocity impact damage and compression after impact behavior of 2d and 3d textile composites. composite structures, 303, 116256. doi:10.1016/j.compstruct.2022.116256. [89] bessa, w., trache, d., derradji, m., & tarchoun, a. f. (2022). kevlar fabric reinforced polybenzoxazine composites filled with silane treated microcrystalline cellulose in the interlayers: the next generation of multi-layered armor panels. defence technology, 18(11), 2000–2007. doi:10.1016/j.dt.2021.10.005. [90] mudzi, p., wu, r., firouzi, d., ching, c. y., farncombe, t. h., & ravi selvaganapathy, p. (2022). use of patterned thermoplastic hot film to create flexible ballistic composite laminates from uhmwpe fabric. materials and design, 214. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2022.110403. [91] nazarudin, n., & soegijono, b. (2019). analysis of damage area of fiberglass/polyester multi-panel composite through a ballistic test. aip conference proceedings, 2168. doi:10.1063/1.5132436. [92] peinado, j., jiao-wang, l., olmedo, á., & santiuste, c. (2022). influence of stacking sequence on the impact behaviour of uhmwpe soft armor panels. composite structures, 286, 115365. doi:10.1016/j.compstruct.2022.115365. [93] zee, r. h., & hsieh, c. y. (1993). energy loss partitioning during ballistic impact of polymer composites. polymer composites, 14(3), 265–271. doi:10.1002/pc.750140312. [94] cihan, m., sobey, a. j., & blake, j. i. r. (2019). mechanical and dynamic performance of woven flax/e-glass hybrid composites. composites science and technology, 172, 36–42. doi:10.1016/j.compscitech.2018.12.030. [95] markovsky, p. e., savvakin, d. g., stasiuk, o. o., sedov, s. h., golub, v. a., kovalchuk, d. v., & prikhodko, s. v. (2021). ballistic resistance of layered titanium armour made using powder metallurgy and additive 3d printing. metal physics and latest technologies, 43(12), 1573–1588. doi:10.15407/mfint.43.12.1573. [96] goda, i., & girardot, j. (2021). a computational framework for energy absorption and damage assessment of laminated composites under ballistic impact and new insights into target parameters. aerospace science and technology, 115, 106835. doi:10.1016/j.ast.2021.106835. [97] rahimijonoush, a., & bayat, m. (2020). experimental and numerical studies on the ballistic impact response of titanium sandwich panels with different facesheets thickness ratios. thin-walled structures, 157, 107079. doi:10.1016/j.tws.2020.107079. [98] chatterjee, v. a., saraswat, r., verma, s. k., bhattacharjee, d., biswas, i., & neogi, s. (2020). embodiment of dilatant fluids in fused-double-3d-mat sandwich composite panels and its effect on energy-absorption when subjected to high-velocity ballistic impact. composite structures, 249, 112588. doi:10.1016/j.compstruct.2020.112588. [99] yu, s., yu, x., ao, y., mei, j., jiang, w., liu, j., li, c., & huang, w. (2021). the impact resistance of composite y-shaped cores sandwich structure. thin-walled structures, 169, 108389. doi:10.1016/j.tws.2021.108389. [100] khaire, n., tiwari, g., rathod, s., iqbal, m. a., & topa, a. (2022). perforation and energy dissipation behaviour of honeycomb core cylindrical sandwich shell subjected to conical shape projectile at high velocity impact. thin-walled structures, 171, 108724. doi:10.1016/j.tws.2021.108724. hightech and innovation journal vol. 4, no. 3, september, 2023 702 [101] wu, s., xu, z., hu, c., zou, x., & he, x. (2022). numerical simulation study of ballistic performance of al2o3/aramid-carbon hybrid frp laminate composite structures subject to impact loading. ceramics international, 48(5), 6423–6435. doi:10.1016/j.ceramint.2021.11.186. [102] yang, w., huang, r., liu, j., liu, j., & huang, w. (2022). ballistic impact responses and failure mechanism of composite double-arrow auxetic structure. thin-walled structures, 174, 109087. doi:10.1016/j.tws.2022.109087. [103] vescovini, a., balen, l., scazzosi, r., da silva, a. a. x., amico, s. c., giglio, m., & manes, a. (2021). numerical investigation on the hybridization effect in inter-ply s2-glass and aramid woven composites subjected to ballistic impacts. composite structures, 276, 114506. doi:10.1016/j.compstruct.2021.114506. [104] mohammad, z., gupta, p. k., & baqi, a. (2020). experimental and numerical investigations on the behavior of thin metallic plate targets subjected to ballistic impact. international journal of impact engineering, 146, 103717. doi:10.1016/j.ijimpeng.2020.103717. [105] han, j., shi, y., ma, q., vershinin, v. v., chen, x., xiao, x., & jia, b. (2022). experimental and numerical investigation on the ballistic resistance of 2024-t351 aluminum alloy plates with various thicknesses struck by blunt projectiles. international journal of impact engineering, 163, 104182. doi:10.1016/j.ijimpeng.2022.104182. [106] savage, g. (1990). metals and materials (institute of materials), 6(8), 487-492. [107] tam, t., & bhatnagar, a. (2016). high-performance ballistic fibers and tapes. lightweight ballistic composites, 1–39, woodhead publishing, sawston, united kingdom. doi:10.1016/b978-0-08-100406-7.00001-5. [108] yahaya, r., sapuan, s. m., jawaid, m., leman, z., & zainudin, e. s. (2016). investigating ballistic impact properties of woven kenaf-aramid hybrid composites. fibers and polymers, 17(2), 275–281. doi:10.1007/s12221-016-5678-6. [109] lee, y. s., wetzel, e. d., & wagner, n. j. (2003). the ballistic impact characteristics of kevlar® woven fabrics impregnated with a colloidal shear thickening fluid. journal of materials science, 38(13), 2825–2833. doi:10.1023/a:1024424200221. [110] donnet, j. b., & qin, r. y. (1993). study of carbon fiber surfaces by scanning tunneling microscopy, part ii—pan-based high strength carbon fibers. carbon, 31(1), 7-12. doi:10.1016/0008-6223(93)90149-5. [111] yahaya, r., sapuan, s. m., jawaid, m., leman, z., & zainudin, e. s. (2014). quasi-static penetration and ballistic properties of kenaf-aramid hybrid composites. materials and design, 63, 775–782. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2014.07.010. [112] sabet, a. r., beheshty, m. h., & rahimi, h. (2008). high velocity impact behavior of grp panels containing coarse-sized sand filler. polymer composites, 29(8), 932–938. doi:10.1002/pc.20519. [113] cantwell, w. j., & morton, j. (1991). the impact resistance of composite materials a review. composites, 22(5), 347–362. doi:10.1016/0010-4361(91)90549-v. [114] yang, h. h. (1993). kevlar aramid fiber. john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. doi:10.1002/pi.1994.210330421. [115] pach, j., pyka, d., jamroziak, k., & mayer, p. (2017). the experimental and numerical analysis of the ballistic resistance of polymer composites. composites part b: engineering, 113, 24-30. doi:10.1016/j.compositesb.2017.01.006. [116] jang, b. z., chen, l. c., hwang, l. r., hawkes, j. e., & zee, r. h. (1990). the response of fibrous composites to impact loading. polymer composites, 11(3), 144–157. doi:10.1002/pc.750110303. [117] jacobs, m. j. n., & van dingenen, j. l. j. (2001). ballistic protection mechanisms in personal armour. journal of materials science, 36(13), 3137–3142. doi:10.1023/a:1017922000090. [118] zee, r. h., wang, c. j., mount, a., jang, b. z., & hsieh, c. y. (1991). ballistic response of polymer composites. polymer composites, 12(3), 196–202. doi:10.1002/pc.750120310. [119] ishida, h., & chaisuwan, t. (2003). mechanical property improvement of carbon fiber reinforced polybenzoxazine by rubber interlayer. polymer composites, 24(5), 597–607. doi:10.1002/pc.10056. [120] shen, s. b., & ishida, h. (1996). development and characterization of high-performance polybenzoxazine composites. polymer composites, 17(5), 710–719. doi:10.1002/pc.10663. [121] chabba, s., van es, m., van klinken, e. j., jongedijk, m. j., vanek, d., gijsman, p., & van der waals, a. c. l. m. (2007). accelerated aging study of ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene yarn and unidirectional composites for ballistic applications. journal of materials science, 42(8), 2891–2893. doi:10.1007/s10853-007-1617-7. [122] berman, a. t., & salter, f. (1985). low-velocity gunshot wounds in police officers. clinical orthopaedics and related research®, 192, 113-119. [123] howell, t. j., cobbett, w., & jardine, d. (1816). a complete collection of state trials and proceedings for high treason and other crimes and misdemeanors: from the earliest period to the year 1783, with notes and other illustrations (vol. 12). royal collection trust, london, united kingdom. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 743 issn: 2723-9535 sarimax–garch model to forecast composite index with inflation rate and exchange rate factors m. fariz fadillah mardianto 1* , elly pusporani 1 , diana ulya 1, i kadek pasek kusuma adi putra 1 , rico ramadhan 1 1 faculty of science and technology, airlangga university, surabaya 60115, indonesia. received 15 april 2024; revised 10 august 2024; accepted 16 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract investors should consider the indonesia composite index (ici) as a key indicator before making investment decisions, as it reflects the performance of industries and the broader economic growth. in indonesia, the ici exhibits fluctuating movements, making accurate forecasting essential for understanding the country's economic conditions, which are closely tied to capital flows, growth, and tax revenues. this study aims to forecast the ici using the sarimax-garch model, incorporating macroeconomic factors such as the inflation rate and exchange rate. the findings reveal that both variables significantly impact the ici, with the model achieving a mean absolute percentage error (mape) of 0.952% for training data and 5.233% for test data. the model's performance is supported by an r² value of 0.9782 and a mean squared error (mse) of 0.0003. this research not only improves the accuracy of ici forecasts but also supports indonesia's 8th sustainable development goal (sdg) for decent work and economic growth. keywords: indonesia composite index; sarimax-garch; inflation rate;, exchange rate; sustainable development goals. 1. introduction 1.1. indonesia composite index the indonesia composite index (ici) is a statistical measurement used to determine changes in the share prices of all companies listed in the capital market at a certain time compared to the base year [1]. the development of the ici not only reflects the performance of a country's companies or industries but can also be considered a broader fundamental indicator of national economic health [2]. the movement of the ici in indonesia tends to fluctuate. in 2022, the ici closed down 0.14% to 6,850.61 in the last trade. however, on a year-to-date (ytd) basis, the index increased by 4.09% throughout 2022, though this growth was not as high as in the previous period [3]. the volatile movement of the ici is closely related to macroeconomic conditions. macroeconomic factors are elements outside the company that can affect performance, either directly or indirectly. inflation and exchange rates are macroeconomic variables that are known to affect the capital market [4]. 1.2. inflation rate inflation is generally defined as a continuous increase in prices that applies broadly or impacts other goods and services [5]. as a key macroeconomic indicator, inflation significantly influences various aspects of the economy, * corresponding author: m.fariz.fadillah.m@fst.unair.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-014 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4541-4552 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7948-3719 https://orcid.org/0009-0008-7856-7302 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2565-7944 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 744 including the stock market. understanding the relationship between inflation and the ici on the indonesia stock exchange (idx) is crucial for assessing its implications for the wider economy [6]. studies such as amalia (2016) show that inflation has a significant positive effect on the composite stock price index [7]. however, this finding contrasts with research conducted by yudha (2016), which suggests that inflation has a significant negative effect on the composite stock price index [8]. typically, a stable or low inflation rate reflects a healthy economy, boosting investor confidence. conversely, high inflation can raise concerns about the government's ability to maintain economic stability, potentially reducing the ici [9]. 1.3. exchange rate the exchange rate, specifically the comparison of the value of the rupiah with foreign currencies, is a crucial factor in determining the cost of goods and services across borders [10]. research by tampubolon (2021) indicates that the exchange rate has a significant negative effect on the ici [11]. this study explains that if the rupiah depreciates, it can increase operational costs, thereby reducing company profits and affecting the ici negatively. in contrast, hasanudin (2021) demonstrates that a stronger rupiah can lead to better ici performance [12]. the exchange rate used is the middle rate of the rupiah against the us dollar. a weakening dollar against the rupiah, coupled with less promising alternative investments, might lead investors to prefer holding dollars, further influencing the ici [13]. 1.4. vision statement the urgency of this research lies in the need to improve the accuracy of ici forecasts, an essential indicator of indonesia's economic health. the sarimax-garch method, which extends the basic arima model by including exogenous variables such as inflation and exchange rates while accounting for seasonal effects, offers a significant advancement. the sarimax model provides the ability to predict time-series observations and incorporate the influence of exogenous variables on the response variable. however, when applied to economic data, the sarimax model can encounter issues with non-constant variance. the garch model addresses this by managing variance nonuniformity in time series data, resulting in a robust prediction model [14]. given the global economic uncertainties, such as those caused by the covid-19 pandemic, this research is particularly urgent as it aims to provide more accurate forecasts of the ici. this enhanced predictive capability supports better investment decisions and policymaking, directly contributing to the achievement of indonesia's 8th sustainable development goal (sdg), which targets decent work and economic growth. 2. research methodology 2.1. autoregressive integrated moving average (arima) the autoregressive integrated moving average (arima) method, also known as the box-jenkins method, was introduced by george box and gwilym jenkins in 1970 [15]. arima represents an autoregressive moving average (arma) model that lacks stationarity. while the arima method excels in short-term forecasting, its accuracy diminishes for long-term projections, often resulting in forecasted values remaining relatively constant over extended periods. the arima model comprises three processes: autoregressive, integration, and moving average, represented by the order autoregre. an essential assumption of arima is the requirement of stationarity in variation. to address nonstationarity in the data, a differencing process is employed to make the data stationary, with the number of differencing steps denoted as (𝑑). the fundamental principle of time series posits that the current observation (𝑧𝑡). is influenced by one or more preceding observations (𝑧𝑡). the general expression for the autoregressive integrated moving average model is denoted as arima(𝑝, 𝑑, 𝑞) [16]. φp(b)(1 − b)dzt = θq(b)εt (1) where, 𝐵 is denoted as backshift operation and 𝜑𝑝(𝐵) is denoted as autoregressive (ar) backshift that follows second equation below. 𝜑𝑝(𝐵) = (1 − 𝜑1𝐵 − ⋯ − 𝜑𝑝𝐵𝑝) (2) while, 𝜃𝑞(𝐵) is denoted as moving average (ma) backshift operator as follows. 𝜃𝑞(𝐵) = (1 − 𝜃1𝐵 − ⋯ − 𝜃𝑞𝐵𝑞) (3) with (1 − 𝐵)𝑑𝑍𝑡 as time series that is stationary at the 𝑑-th differencing. this process is denoted with arima (𝑝, 𝑑, 𝑞). arima is usually estimated with maximum likelihood (mle) method or conditional sum squares (css) method to find the estimation of all parameters. however, the selection of the number of parameters 𝑝 and 𝑞 in the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 745 arima model is based on the patterns observed in the autocorrelation function (acf) and the partial autocorrelation function (pacf) as referred to table 1 [17]. table 1. determine 𝒑 and 𝒒 in arima model model acf pacf arima (𝒑, 𝒅, 𝟎) dies down drop off after lag 𝑞 arima (𝟎, 𝒅, 𝒒) drop off after lag 𝑞 dies down arima (𝒑, 𝒅, 𝒒) dies down (until lag 𝑞 is still different from zero) dies down (until lag 𝑝 is still different from zero) 2.2. seasonal autoregressive integrated moving average (sarima) a time series may occasionally exhibit seasonal phenomena that recur at specific intervals. the shortest time interval for these recurring phenomena is known as the seasonal period [18]. seasonal periods commonly used include 1 month, 3 months, 4 months, 6 months, and 12 months or annually. in general, a seasonal arima model is expressed as arima(𝑝 𝑑 𝑞)(𝑃 𝐷 𝑄)𝑆, where 𝑑 is the nonseasonal differencing order, 𝐷 is the seasonal differencing order, and 𝑆 is the seasonal period. the general form of the seasonal arima has been stated in equation 4 as follows. ∅𝑝(𝐵) φ𝑃(𝐵𝑆)(1 − 𝐵)𝑑(1 − 𝐵𝑆)𝐷𝑍�̇� = 𝜃𝑞(𝐵) θ𝑄(𝐵𝑆) 𝑎𝑡 (4) where, ∅𝑝(𝐵) ∶ (1 − ∅1𝐵 − ∅2𝐵2 − ⋯ − ∅p𝐵𝑝) polynomial of non seasonal ar(𝑝) 𝜃𝑞(𝐵) ∶ (1 − 𝜃1𝐵 − 𝜃2𝐵2 − ⋯ − 𝜃q𝐵𝑞) polynomial of non seasonal ma(𝑞) φ𝑃(𝐵𝑆) ∶ (1 − φ1𝐵𝑆 − φ2𝐵2𝑆 … − φp𝐵𝑃𝑆) polynomial of seasonal ar(𝑃) θ𝑄(𝐵𝑆) ∶ (1 − θ1𝐵𝑆 − θ2𝐵2𝑆 … − θq𝐵𝑄𝑆) polynomial of seasonal ma(𝑄) 2.3. autoregressive integrated moving average with exogenous variable (sarimax) the arimax model, an extension of the arima model, incorporates additional or exogenous variables that are considered to have a significant impact on the data, thereby enhancing the accuracy of forecasting [19]. in the field of forecasting, there are other variables that are postulated to influence the model. the existence of these influential variables can lead to significant fluctuations in observation values, which recur over distinct time periods. as a result, a specialized model is necessary for forecasting under these conditions. the first step in arimax modeling involves testing the stationarity of the exogenous variables [20]. according to simms et al. (2022) [21], the general form of the arimax (𝒑, 𝒅, 𝒒) model can be expressed with the following equation. 𝑍𝑡 = 𝛽1𝑋1,𝑡 + 𝛽2𝑋2,𝑡 + ⋯ + 𝛽𝑝𝑋𝑝,𝑡 + 𝜃𝑞(𝐵) 𝜑𝑝(𝐵)(1 − 𝐵)𝑑 𝜀𝑡 (5) the exogenous variables 𝑋𝑖,𝑡 (𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑡) in equation 4 are presented under the condition of stationarity with each variable have their unknown parameter 𝛽. extending this further, the arimax model equation, when considering a stochastic trend and seasonality, is referred to as the sarimax model. the sarimax model represents an enhancement of the arimax model, as it incorporates considerations for seasonal factors. the typical expression for the sarimax model is generally articulated as follows [22]. 𝑍𝑡 = 𝛽1𝑋1,𝑡 + 𝛽2𝑋2,𝑡 + ⋯ + 𝛽𝑝𝑋𝑝,𝑡 + 𝜃𝑞(𝐵)θ𝑄(𝐵𝑆) 𝜑𝑝(𝐵)φ𝑃(𝐵𝑆)(1 − 𝐵)𝑑(1 − 𝐵𝑆)𝐷 𝜀𝑡 (6) to determine the appropriateness of the obtained model, a diagnostic check is necessary. it is possible that the results of time series modeling may yield several models with all significant parameters. in such cases, the residuals should meet the white noise assumption and be normally distributed [23]. 2.4. generalized autoregressive conditional heterocedasticity (garch) the term ‘volatility’ is commonly used to describe the ‘volatile’ behavior observed in financial markets. volatility has become significant in both financial theory and practice, playing a pivotal role in areas such as risk management and portfolio selection. in statistical analyses, volatility is typically quantified using variance or standard deviation. in 1982, engle successfully introduced a volatility model for financial time series data, known as the autoregressive conditional heteroscedasticity (arch) model. furthermore, in 1986, bollerslev developed a more adaptable volatility model, termed the generalized autoregressive conditional heteroscedasticity (garch) [24]. when the arch effect test indicates significance for a time series, it becomes feasible to estimate the arch model and concurrently derive an estimate of volatility, denoted as 𝜎𝑡, based on historical information. in practical applications, hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 746 the lag count, p, is often substantial, leading to a considerable number of parameters being estimated in the model. in 2002, bollerslev, zivot, and wang introduced a more concise model, replacing the ar model with the subsequent formulation [25]. 𝜎𝑡 2 = 𝛼0 + ∑ 𝛼𝑖𝜎𝑡−𝑖 2 + 𝑝 𝑖=1 ∑ 𝛽𝑗𝜎𝑗−𝑡 2 𝑞 𝑗=1 (7) ensuring that all coefficients 𝛼𝑖 > 0 (𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑖 = 0,1, … , 𝑝) and 𝛽𝑗 > 0 (𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑗 = 1, … , 𝑝) are positive is necessary to maintain the positivity of the conditional variance 𝜎𝑡 2. the equation presented above, coupled with the stationary time series equation (𝑟𝑡), is recognized as the generalized autoregressive conditional heteroscedasticity or garch(𝑝, 𝑞) model. in the given equation, when 𝛽𝑗 > 0 (𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑗 = 1, … , 𝑝), the garch model transforms into an autoregressive conditional heteroscedasticity or arch model. 2.5. goodness of fit model in modeling to generate predictions, goodness-of-fit measures are used to assess how accurately a model can estimate true values. the following are several techniques that can be employed to measure the goodness-of-fit of a model. 1) mean absolute percentage error (mape) the mean absolute percentage error (mape) is a statistical measure employed in the evaluation of the accuracy of predictions or forecasts within a model. mape quantifies the average error in percentage terms between actual and predicted values [26], providing insight into the extent to which forecast errors compare to the actual data values. the statistical formula for mape is presented in equation 8: mape = ∑ | 𝑍𝑡 − ẑ𝑡 zt | × 100% 𝑛 t=1 (8) 𝑍𝑡 indicates the actual value and �̂� 𝑡 indicates the predicted value. the smaller the percentage error value in mape, the higher the accuracy level of the forecasting results. table 2 provides an interpretation of mape values [27]. table 2. interpretation of mape values mape value ranges interpretation < 10% the ranges indicate that the model has a high degree of forecasting accuracy. 10% ≤ 𝑀𝐴𝑃𝐸 ≤ 20% the ranges indicate that the model's forecasting accuracy is good. 20% < 𝑀𝐴𝑃𝐸 ≤ 50% the ranges indicate that the model has sufficient predictive power. > 50% the ranges indicate that the model's predictive power is at its lowest. 2) mean squared error (mse) the root mean square error (rmse) serves as an error metric utilized to evaluate forecasting methods and measure the precision of a model’s predictive outcomes. the mean squared error (mse), which is the average of squared errors, quantifies the extent of discrepancies between the model-predicted values and the actual values [28]. consequently, a lower rmse value signifies a higher level of accuracy in the model’s predictions of actual values. the computation formula for rmse is delineated in equation 9 (𝑛 indicates sum of data). mse = ∑ (𝑍𝑡 − �̂�𝑡) 2𝑛 t=1 𝑛 (9) 3) r squared (r2) – coefficients of determination according to ghozali [29], a low coefficient of determination indicates a limited capacity of independent variables to explain the dependent variable. conversely, a value approaching 1, distinct from 0, suggests that the independent variables have the potential to provide all the necessary information for predicting the dependent variable. the formula for calculating this coefficient is outlined below. r2 = 1 − ∑ (𝑍𝑡 − �̂�𝑡) 2𝑛 𝑡=1 ∑ (𝑍𝑡 − �̅�)2𝑛 𝑡=1 (10) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 747 the larger the value of the coefficient of determination, the better the estimation results for the model. however, a coefficient value very close to 1 can lead to overfitting in the estimation results. therefore, additional evaluations such as mse and mape, as explained earlier, are needed. 2.6. data sources and research variables this research employs a quantitative approach, focusing on the analysis of time series data using sarimaxgarch methods. the data for the indonesia composite index (ici) was sourced from the yahoo finance website, while the data for inflation and exchange rate was obtained from the bank indonesia website. the study utilizes monthly data spanning from january 2015 to march 2023. the research data is bifurcated into two segments: training data and testing data. the training data, which is used to construct the model, comprises data from january 2015 to september 2022. conversely, the testing data, used to gauge the accuracy of the model, includes data from october 2022 to march 2023. in this context, the 𝑡 index on each variable signifies time, and the significance level of α is set at 0.1. the variables employed in this research are delineated in table 3. as an additional note, the analysis will be conducted in rstudio for model analysis and minitab for visualization. table 3. research variables variable description 𝒁𝒕 indonesia composite index 𝑿𝟏𝒕 inflation rate 𝑿𝟐𝒕 exchange rate (dollars to rupiah) 2.7. data analysis stages the procedure or stages of the analysis method in this study are systematically presented in the flow chart of figure 1 as follows. figure 1. data analysis stages chart 3. results and discussion 3.1. time series plots and descriptive statistics descriptive statistics serve as the initial observation to examine the characteristics of each variable, namely the indonesia composite index (ici), inflation rate, and the dollar-to-rupiah exchange rate. figure 2 presents the time series plots of the ici, inflation rate, and the indonesian dollar-to-rupiah exchange rate on a monthly basis from january 2015 to september 2022. determination of research variables checking data stationarity with the adf test determination of the best arima model determination of the best sarimax model checking the heteroscedasticity of the model garch modeling for model residuals heteroscedasticity check model assumption checking (normality, multicollinearity, and white noise) ici prediction for the period september 2022-march 2023 checking the goodness of prediction hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 748 (a) (b) (c) figure 2. (a) time series of ici, (b) time series of inflation, (c) time series of exchange rate the observation plot reveals fluctuations in the ici, inflation rate, and dollar-to-rupiah exchange rate. the plot of the dollar-to-rupiah exchange rate exhibits an upward trend, beginning in january 2015 at rp 12,688.00 (also the minimum value) and ending at rp 15,323.00. similarly, the ici plot demonstrates an upward trend amidst the fluctuating curve. the minimum ici was 4223.91 in september 2015, and the maximum value of ici was 7228.91, which occurred in april 2022. however, the year-on-year inflation rate in indonesia displayed a downward trend, starting at 6.96% and ending at 5.95% in september 2022. table 4 provides a summary of the data in the form of descriptive statistics for each variable. table 4. summary results of descriptive statistics variables average variance standard deviation median range minimum maximum ici 5777.7 530225.4 728.2 5936.4 3005 4223.9 7228.9 inflation rate 3402 2.336 1.529 3.23 5.94 1.32 7.26 exchange rate 14077 421791 649 14154 3761 12688 16449 descriptive statistics yield seven indicator values derived from measures of data centering and deviation. the standard deviation of the ici is 728.2, indicating that, on average, the ici deviates from its parameters by 728.2. the inflation rate has a unit value compared to the other two variables, the ici and the dollar-to-rupiah exchange rate, which are in the thousands. this suggests an imbalance in the variance of all variables. additionally, the selling exchange rate has a high standard deviation of 649. based on the descriptive statistical analysis, a logarithmic transformation is performed to minimize the range of variation of the three variables [30]. as a result, variables with a large variance are drastically reduced. the results of the descriptive statistics can be seen in table 5. table 5. summary results of descriptive statistics (logarithm transformation) variables average variance standard deviation median range minimum maximum ici 8.65 0.0166 0.1287 8.35 0.5373 8.35 8.89 inflation rate 1.13 0.2001 0.4473 0.28 1.7047 0.28 1.98 exchange rate 9.55 0.0021 0.0459 9.45 0.2596 9.45 9.71 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 749 3.2. data stationarity stationarity is a prerequisite in classical time series modeling, such as arima, arimax, or sarimax. stationarity in data implies stability over time, with a constant mean and covariance. graphically, data with fluctuations typically does not yield stationary data, as it often lacks a constant mean or covariance. the augmented dickey-fuller (adf) test is the statistical test used to assess the stationarity of time series data [31]. the null hypothesis for the test posits that the data is not stationary, while the alternative hypothesis asserts stationarity. stationarity is achieved if the adf test yields a probability value (p-value) less than the specified significance level (𝜶 = 0.1). table 6 presents the adf test results for all the variables. regrettably, the initial trial did not satisfy the stationarity condition. to address the issue of data non-stationarity, a transformation in the form of differencing the data is required. as an experiment, differencing was performed with a lag of 1 on each data point. subsequently, the transformed data was retested with the adf test. the results of this test are displayed in table 6. table 6. adf test results transformation variables p-value decision not transformed with first differencing indonesia composite index 0.4573 data is not stationary inflation rate 0.9683 data is not stationary exchange rate 0.1157 data is not stationary transformed with first differencing indonesia composite index 0.000 data is stationary inflation rate 0.041 data is stationary exchange rate 0.000 data is stationary the adf test results indicate that the ici, inflation rate, and dollar-to-rupiah exchange rate are stationary following logarithmic transformation and first differencing. consequently, modeling with arimax can proceed, as the data has fulfilled the stationarity assumption. 3.3. autocorrelation function (acf) and partial autocorrelation function (pacf) acf and pacf are two primary indicators that describe how the data is correlated with time. acf is used to measure the correlation between the previous observation and the current observation in the time series data (for ma order determination), while pacf measures the direct correlation between two observations in the time series after accounting for the influence between them (for ar order determination) [32]. figure 3 illustrates the acf and pacf plots of the ici data that has been transformed to stationarity by differencing. (a) (b) figure 3. (a) acf plot for differencing 1, (b) pacf plot for differencing 1 the results reveal minimal lags in both the acf and pacf. however, lag-9 on the acf plot slightly crosses the red line of significance. this suggests that the ici data is likely correlated with its own data every 9 periods. additionally, the significant lag that is quite distant is indicative of the possibility that the ici exhibits a seasonal trend every 9 periods or every 9 months. figure 4 presents the acf and pacf plot of the ici data that has been differenced for 9 periods. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 750 (a) (b) figure 4. (a) acf plot for differencing 9, (b) pacf plot for differencing 9 based on the results of the acf and pacf plots with a seasonal trend every 9 periods, it is observed that the acf plot increasingly shows its significance at lag-9 and several lags emerge in the pacf. therefore, based on these plots, the potential sarimax models to be used are sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9, sarimax(0,1,0)(0,1,1)9, sarimax(0,1,0) (1,1,1)9, sarimax(0,1,0)(2,1,0)9, and sarimax(0,1,0)(2,1,1)9. 3.4. sarimax model estimation the acf and pacf plots have suggested several potential sarimax models for estimation. in sarimax modeling, it is crucial that exogenous variables, which have achieved stationarity, do not exhibit multicollinearity [33]. accordingly, table 7 presents the results of the multicollinearity test, conducted using the variance inflation factor (vif) method, for each exogenous variable [33]. table 7. multicollinearity test for exogenous variables variables vif conclusion difference 1 inflation 1.00 there is no multicollinearity between the inflation rate and the exchange rate. difference 1 exchange rate 1.00 the absence of multicollinearity suggests that the exogenous variables satisfy the assumptions and should be incorporated into the sarima model, thereby transforming it into a sarimax model. table 8 provides details about the five potential sarimax models discussed earlier in the “acf and pacf plots” section. in addition to meeting the assumptions of the sarimax model, such as residual normality and white noise residual, the shapiro-wilk test will be used for normality testing, and the ljung-box test will be employed for white noise testing [34]. table 8. summary of ici model estimation with sarimax sarimax model order p-value residual normality test p-value residual white noise test parameter significance (0,1,0)(1,1,0)9 0.1286 (normal) 0.1104 (white noise) all parameters significant (0,1,0)(0,1,1)9 0.0051 (not normal) 0.1602 (white noise) all parameters significant (0,1,0)(1,1,1)9 0.0013 (not normal) 0.1691 (white noise) all parameters significant (0,1,0)(2,1,0)9 0.0128 (not normal) 0.0071 (not white noise) all parameters significant (0,1,0)(2,1,1)9 0.1502 (normal) 0.0027 (not white noise) sar-18 not significant based on table 8, the sarimax model that fulfills all assumptions is sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9. table 9 provides a more complete estimate of the sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9 model with its estimated parameters. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 751 table 9. summary of ici model estimation with sarimax parameter estimated coefficient standard deviation of coefficient p-value seasonal ar (�̂�𝟗) -0.556 0.0893 0.000 difference 1 inflation rate (�̂�𝟏) -0.0089 0.0305 0.000 difference 1 exchange rate (�̂�𝟐) -0.4053 0.1083 0.000 thus, the estimated sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9 model will be used in the sarimax-garch estimation. the mathematical equation of the logarithmically transformed ici model estimation with sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9 is as follows: 𝑍�̂� ∗ = −0.0089𝑋1𝑡 ∗ − 0.4053𝑋2𝑡 ∗ + 𝜀�̂� [(1 + 0.556 𝐵9)(1 − 𝐵9)(1 − 𝐵)] (11) with, 𝑍�̂� ∗ = 𝑙𝑛(�̂�𝑡), while 𝑋1𝑡 ∗ is the first differentiation of the inflation rate and 𝑋2𝑡 ∗ is the first differentiation of the exchange rate. another interpretation is that all of the exogenous variables are exhibiting a significant negative effect on the ici over time. the negative coefficient in the first differencing of the inflation rate suggests that a larger shock in uncertain inflation rates leads to a decrease in the performance of the ici. regrettably, this also applies to the exchange rate differences. the coefficient of the first difference exchange rate, which is larger in a negative sense compared to the inflation rate, indicates a greater decrease in the ici due to the inconsistency of changes in the exchange rate. therefore, both inflation rates and exchange rates have a significant impact and play important roles in the performance of the indonesia composite index. based on the equation obtained, figure 5 shows the comparison graph between the actual ici’s value with the ici’s estimated value with the sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9 model. the red line shows the estimation of ici with sarimax model and the blue line represents the actual ici’s values. figure 5. indonesia composite index with sarimax estimation the plot of the estimation with the sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9 model is approaching the pattern with very precise to the original data. to look how good is the estimation, table 10 provides criteria for the goodness of the sarimax model in the form of the r2 value, mse, and the value of mape in sample. table 10. summary of goodnes of fit from sarimax criteria value description 𝐑𝟐 0.8785 scores in the good category mse 0.0021 small mse value mape in sample 3.265% mape is in the excellent category hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 752 3.5. heteroscedasticity detection for sarimax residuals in the sarimax model, it is understood that the error follows a normal distribution with a mean of 0 and a homogeneous variance 𝝈𝟐. however, economic data generally exhibits high volatility, leading to a deviation from the assumption of homogeneous variance [35]. to detect heteroscedasticity, the squared error of the sarimax(0,1,0) (1,1,0)9 estimation is employed as a representative estimator of the residuals 𝝈𝟐 of the residuals [36]. so, in figure 6 it will shows the acf and pacf of the squared residual from sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9. (a) (b) figure 6. (a) acf plot for sarimax squared residuals, (b) pacf plot for sarimax squared residuals it can be observed that there is a lag out, indicating that the squared error has a correlation with its own data and previous residuals. this results in the variance of the error not being homogeneous. therefore, the integration of the garch model into the sarimax model will address the issue of heteroscedasticity. 3.6. garch estimation autoregressive conditionally heteroscedasticity (arch) is a model designed for the variance residuals of time series models that exhibit cases of heteroscedasticity. the arch model emphasizes that the variance of the error depends on the squared residual (variance estimator) of the preceding period. however, arch does not detect heteroscedasticity based solely on variability. the generalized-arch (garch) model accommodates such variability. thus, in addition to calculating the squared residuals from the previous period, garch enables the estimation of past variability. in the preceding discussion, it was identified that the sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9 estimation exhibits heteroscedastic residuals. consequently, arch/garch variance modeling is necessitated. based on the acf and pacf plots of squared residuals, the number of lags that emerge on the acf determines the arch(𝑝), and the number of lags that emerge on the pacf determines the garch(𝑝, 𝑞) model [37]. therefore, the potential variance model estimates, based on figure 6, are arch(1) (equivalent to garch(1,0)) or garch(1,1). table 11 presents the estimation results of both models using the residual data from sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9. table 11. summary of garch model estimation model parameter significance garch(1,0) all parameters significant garch(1,1) insignificant variability parameter in table 11, garch(1,0) has model simplicity and has parameters that are all significant to the model. therefore, to overcome the case of heteroscedasticity, garch(1,0) will become addition in sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9. equation 12 shows the equation of residual variance as follows. 𝜎�̂� 2 = 0.0011983 + 0.4378342𝜀�̂�−1 2 (12) with 𝜎�̂� 2 is the estimated variance to solve the heteroscedasticity and 𝜀�̂�−1 2 is the estimated square residual 1 lag previous period from sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9. therefore, equation 13 shows how to have the estimated residuals based on garch(1,0) model [38]. 𝜀�̂� = �̂�𝑡�̂�𝑡 (13) with, �̂�𝑡 is the standardization of the estimated sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9 error and is assumed to be normally distributed with mean 0 and variance 1 and �̂�𝑡 is the square root of estimated variance that was shown in equation 12. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 753 3.7. sarimax-garch estimation the combination of equations 11 and 13 will be formed into sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9-garch(1,0) which can be mathematically written as follows: 𝑍�̂� ∗ = −0.0089𝑋1𝑡 ∗ − 0.4053𝑋2𝑡 ∗ + �̂�𝑡�̂�𝑡 [(1 + 0.556 𝐵9)(1 − 𝐵9)(1 − 𝐵)] (14) by changing the �̂�𝒕 with equation 12 and returning 𝒁𝒕 to its original form (inverse of logarithmic transformation), it will have the final sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9-garch(1,0) estimation as follows: �̂�𝑡 = exp [−0.0089𝑋1𝑡 ∗ − 0.4053𝑋2𝑡 ∗ + �̂�𝑡√0.0011983 + 0.4378342𝜀�̂�−1 2 [(1 + 0.556 𝐵9)(1 − 𝐵9)(1 − 𝐵)] ] (15) the results of this equation are remarkable, rendering the estimation of the indonesia composite index highly similar to the original value, as depicted in figure 7. figure 7. indonesia composite index with sarimax-garch estimation based on the plot with sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9 garch(1,0) in blue, it appears to closely match the black graph (actual ici value) and provides a better fit than the red line (sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9 model without the garch model). this is because the residual variance does not fluctuate, resulting in a smaller and more precise residual value for estimation. table 12 presents the goodness of fit from the sarimax-garch model. table 12. summary of goodness of fit from sarimax-garch criteria value description 𝐑𝟐 0.9782 scores in the excellent category mse 0.0003 mse value very small mape in sample 0.952% mape is in the excellent category the results given by sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9-garch(1,0) compared to only sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9 in table 10 have better criteria, such as 𝑅2 higher, smaller mse, and very small mape. the purpose of incorporating the garch model into sarimax is to eliminate heteroscedastic effects in the errors or residuals. figure 8 displays the heteroscedasticity test results of the sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9-garch(1,0) model, with the acf and pacf plot once again. the results from figure 8 reveals that there are no lags outside of the acf or pacf plots. this indicates that the squared errors (variance estimators) are independent and have no correlation with their variance or variability. thus, the heteroscedasticity of errors in the sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9 model has been addressed by incorporating the garch(1,0) model. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 754 (a) (b) figure 8. (a) acf for sarimax-garch squared residuals, (b) pacf for sarimax-garch squared residuals 3.8. forecasting indonesia composite index forecasting has the purpose of knowing the prediction of an event over the next few periods. in table 13, we present the forecast data of indonesia composite index for the next 6 month periods (october 2022 march 2023) and compare it with actual values by using sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9 garch(1,0) estimation. table 13. summary of ici prediction with sarimax(0,1,0)(1,1,0)9-garch(1,0) period actual ici predicted lower limit average prediction predicted upper limit october 2022 7098.89 6270.19 7444.60 8838.98 november 2022 7081.31 6121.24 7412.32 8975.72 december 2022 6850.62 5929.73 7289.77 8961.75 january 2023 6839.34 5833.37 7263.27 9043.67 february 2023 6843.24 5733.58 7219.61 9090.79 march 2023 6708.93 5471.73 6960.18 8853.52 the results of the ici prediction tend to exhibit a decreasing trend, which is consistent with the actual ici data. although the ici prediction slightly deviates on a monthly average, it remains within the permissible prediction interval. the mean absolute percentage error (mape) for the prediction is 5.233%, attesting to its exceptional predictive accuracy. therefore, it can be concluded that the indonesia composite index (ici) can be effectively predicted using time series sarimax-garch models, with inflation rate and exchange rate as its exogenous variables. figure 9, derived from table 13, illustrates the time series plot and demonstrates the model’s proficiency in predicting highly uncertain and fluctuating data, such as the indonesia composite index. figure 9. indonesia composite index prediction with sarimax-garch estimation hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 755 3.9. a brief of discussion this research focuses on predicting the indonesia composite index (ici), a vital indicator for investors and a broader measure of economic growth in indonesia. the ici mirrors the performance of the country’s industries and is closely linked to capital flows, economic growth, and state tax revenues. accurate forecasting of the ici is crucial for understanding the country’s economic conditions, particularly during periods of economic instability such as the covid-19 pandemic and recent global economic disruptions. the significance of the composite stock price index has been explored by rosyadi et al. (2020), who examined the relationship between the jakarta composite index (jci) and indonesia’s economic growth. their findings indicated a positive relationship and significant feedback in the long run [39]. other analyses, including recent studies by haryanto et al. (2023) and sutrisno (2024), underscore the importance of predicting the jci given its reflection of the exchange market index in indonesia [40, 41]. while numerous studies have focused on ici prediction, many overlook critical macroeconomic factors. for instance, devianto et al. (2020) used artificial neural networks and nonparametric mars models to predict the ici, achieving commendable results with a mean absolute percentage error (mape) below 10% [42]. however, these models did not account for the volatile economic conditions that can drastically influence the ici, such as significant policy changes or global economic shocks. this research introduces the sarimax-garch model, which incorporates macroeconomic factors as exogenous variables, specifically the inflation rate and exchange rate. based on equations 14 and 15, the negative coefficients for both first order of difference in inflation rate and exchange rate were indicating that increases in either the inflation rate or exchange rate lead to a decrease in the composite index. specifically, the infla tion rate has a coefficient of -0.0089, suggesting that changes (differences) in the inflation rate have a smaller impact on the composite index, while the exchange rate, with a coefficient of -0.4053, exerts a more significant negative influence. this emphasizes that fluctuations in the exchange rate are more strongly correlated with movements in the composite index than inflation. recent studies, such as wijaya et al. (2023) and pratama (2024), have also highlighted the importance of these variables in predicting financial indices [43, 44]. the sarimax-garch model’s ability to account for these factors provides a more accurate forecasting model for the ici, enabling more informed decision-making in both the public and private sectors. this can potentially foster more stable economic growth and job creation, particularly in times of economic uncertainty. given the economic context of the period studied, characterized by fluctuating global markets and domestic policy shifts, the sarimax-garch model's robustness in capturing these dynamics is critical. the model’s accuracy and its ability to incorporate significant macroeconomic factors make it a valuable tool for investors and policymakers alike. policymakers can use this model to anticipate market movements, design responsive economic policies, and enhance overall economic stability. for future research, the var-garch model could be explored as an alternative approach. the var-garch model offers the advantage of capturing the dynamic interrelationships between multiple time series and accounting for volatility clustering across different variables, making it particularly useful for studying the interconnectedness of macroeconomic factors and financial markets. this approach could provide deeper insights into the systemic risks and spillover effects in emerging markets, where economic conditions are highly variable. 4. conclusion based on the analysis, it can be concluded that both the inflation rate and the exchange rate against the us dollar significantly influence the indonesia composite index (ici). the negative coefficients found in the first differencing of these macroeconomic factors indicate that an increase in uncertainty surrounding inflation and exchange rates tends to reduce the ici's performance. specifically, a larger spike in inflation or a depreciation of the rupiah against the dollar is associated with a decrease in the ici. the sarimax-garch model used in this study has shown a high level of accuracy, as evidenced by an in-sample mean absolute percentage error (mape) of 0.952%, a relatively low mean squared error (mse) of 0.0003, and a high r² value of 0.9782. for out-of-sample data, the mape was 5.233%, demonstrating the model’s robustness in capturing the dynamics of the ici. this model not only improves predictive accuracy but also offers a deeper understanding of the intricate relationships between these critical economic indicators. given these findings, it is imperative that investors in indonesia closely monitor inflation rates and exchange rates, as these factors have proven to be crucial determinants of market performance. for policymakers, this study highlights the need to refine monetary policies that address macroeconomic variables, particularly inflation and exchange rates, to ensure economic stability. the significant correlations identified between the ici, inflation, and exchange rates suggest that macroeconomic management is essential for sustaining market confidence and growth. moreover, this research contributes to the broader goal of achieving the 8th sustainable development goal (sdg), which focuses on promoting decent work and economic growth. by providing a more accurate and reliable forecasting model for the ici, this study supports informed decision-making across both public and private sectors. this, in turn, could foster a more stable economic environment in indonesia, facilitating job creation and sustainable growth in the long term. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 756 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.m., e.p., and i.p.; methodology, r.r.; software, i.p. and d.u.; validation, m.m. and e.p.; formal analysis, i.p., d.u., and r.r.; investigation, m.m. and e.p.; resources, d.u.; data curation, r.r.; writing— original draft preparation, i.p. and e.p.; writing—review and editing, m.m., d.u., and r.r.; visualization, i.p. and d.u.; supervision, m.m. and e.p.; project administration, r.r.; funding acquisition, m.m. and e.p. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in: • indonesia composite index data: https://finance.yahoo.com; • inflation rate data: https://www.bi.go.id/id/statistik/indikator/data-inflasi.aspx; • exchange rate data: https://www.bi.go.id/id/statistik/informasi-kurs/transaksi-bi/default.aspx. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. acknowledgements authors express deepest gratitude to bank indonesia and yahoo for their convenience in providing public data, as well as to universitas airlangga with all its facilities that have supported of writing this article. 5.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] nugraha, n. m., novan, d., & nugraha, s. (2020). the influence of macroeconomic factors on the volatility of composite price stock index: a study on the indonesia stock exchange. international journal of psychosocial rehabilitation, 24(01), 2507–2513. [2] sumaryoto, nurfarkhana, a., & anita, t. (2021). the impact of money supply and the inflation rate on indonesia composite index: case study in indonesia stock exchange 2008-2017. business and accounting research international journal, 5(2), 196– 213. [3] republika. (2024). jci throughout 2022 strengthens 4.09 percent. republika, głogów, poland. available online: https://ekonomi.republika.co.id/berita/rnp7n1383/ihsg-sepanjang-2022-menguat-409-persen (accessed on august 2024). [4] kristanto, m. e., & idris. (2016). analysis of the influence of inflation, exchange rates, and interest rates on the joint movement of jci stock returns and trading volume for the january 2006–december 2015 period. diponegoro journal of management, 3(2337–3806), 1–15. [5] pardede, n., hidayat, r. r., & sulasmiyati, s. (2016). the influence of world crude oil prices, inflation, central bank rate, and exchange rate on the stock price index of the mining sector in asean (study in indonesia, singapore, and thailand for the period of july 2013–december 2015. [6] geetha, c., chong, v., mohidin, r., & chandran, v. v. (2011). the relationship between inflation and stock market: evidence from malaysia, united states and china. international journal of economics and management sciences, 1(2), 1–16. [7] akua miyanti, g. a. d., & wiagustini, l. p. (2018). the effect of fed interest rates, oil prices and inflation on the composite stock price index (ihsg) on the indonesia stock exchange. e-journal of economics and business, udayana university, 5, 1261. doi:10.24843/eeb.2018.v07.i05.p02. [8] utama, e. y. (2016). the effect of sbi interest rates, inflation, and money supply on the composite stock price index (ihsg) on the indonesia stock exchange (bei). faculty of economics, universitas negeri yogyakarta, 4(1), 11–13. https://finance.yahoo.com/ https://www.bi.go.id/id/statistik/indikator/data-inflasi.aspx https://ekonomi.republika.co.id/berita/rnp7n1383/ihsg-sepanjang-2022-menguat-409-persen hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 757 [9] suriyani, n. k., & sudiarta, g. (2018). the effect of interest rates, inflation and exchange rates on stock returns on the indonesian stock exchange. e-journal of management of udayana university, 7(6), 3172–3200. doi:10.24843/ejmunud.2018.v07.i06.p12. [10] pratikno, d. (2009). the influence of rupiah exchange rate, inflation, sbi, and dow jones index on the movement of the composite stock price index (ihsg) in the indonesia stock exchange. journal of economics, universitas sumatra utara medan, 16–99. [11] tampubolon, k. m., h. m. roy sembel, & sidharta, j. (2021). the effect of inflation, interest rate, exchange rate and gross domestic product growth on composite stock price index (study at indonesia stock exchange period of 2010-2019). fundamental management journal, 6(1), 66–90. doi:10.33541/fjm.v6i1.2826. [12] hasanudin. (2021). the effect of inflation, exchange rate, bi rate and dow jones index to indonesia composite index in indonesia stock exchange on the year 2013-2018. international journal of science and society, 3(3), 50–60. doi:10.54783/ijsoc.v3i3.353. [13] amin, m. z. (2012). the effect of inflation rate, sbi rate, dollar value (usd/idr), and dow jones index (djia) to movement of composite stock price index in indonesia stock exchange (idx)(periode 2008–2011). thesis journal feb ub, 1–17. [14] christopher, a., sediono, e. a., & suliyanto, dan m. f. (2021). application of the arimax-garch model in modeling and forecasting the volume of electronic money transactions in indonesia. journal of mathematics education, science and technology, 2(6), 241–256. [15] hamjah, m. a. (2014). forecasting major fruit crops productions in bangladesh using box-jenkins arima model. journal of economics and sustainable development, 5(7), 96–107. [16] chyon, f. a., suman, m. n. h., fahim, m. r. i., & ahmmed, m. s. (2022). time series analysis and predicting covid-19 affected patients by arima model using machine learning. journal of virological methods, 301, 114433. doi:10.1016/j.jviromet.2021.114433. [17] abonazel, m. r., & abd-elftah, a. i. (2019). forecasting egyptian gdp using arima models. reports on economics and finance, 5(1), 35–47. doi:10.12988/ref.2019.81023. [18] wei, w. (2006). the oxford handbook of quantitative methods in psychology vol2: statistical analysis. oxford university press, oxford, united kingdom. [19] kawakita, s., & takahashi, h. (2022). time-series analysis of population dynamics of the common cutworm, spodoptera litura (lepidoptera: noctuidae), using an arimax model. pest management science, 78(6), 2423–2433. doi:10.1002/ps.6873. [20] paul, r. k. (2015). arimax-garch-wavelet model for forecasting volatile data. model assisted statistics and applications, 10(3), 243–252. doi:10.3233/mas-150328. [21] simms, l. e., engebretson, m. j., & reeves, g. d. (2022). removing diurnal signals and longer-term trends from electron flux and ulf correlations: a comparison of spectral subtraction, simple differencing, and arimax models. journal of geophysical research: space physics, 127(2), 2021 030021. doi:10.1029/2021ja030021. [22] alharbi, f. r., & csala, d. (2022). a seasonal autoregressive integrated moving average with exogenous factors (sarimax) forecasting model-based time series approach. inventions, 7(4), 94. doi:10.3390/inventions7040094. [23] bari, s. h., rahman, m. t., hussain, m. m., & ray, s. (2015). forecasting monthly precipitation in sylhet city using arima model. civil and environmental research, 7(1), 69–77. [24] adesi, g. b., engle, r. f., & mancini, l. (2014). a garch option pricing model with filtered historical simulation. simulating security returns: a filtered historical simulation approach, 21(3), 66–108. doi:10.1057/9781137465559.0009. [25] endri, e., aipama, w., razak, a., sari, l., & septiano, r. (2021). stock price volatility during the covid-19 pandemic: the garch model. investment management and financial innovations, 18(4), 12–20. doi:10.21511/imfi.18(4).2021.02. [26] kim, s., & kim, h. (2016). a new metric of absolute percentage error for intermittent demand forecasts. international journal of forecasting, 32(3), 669–679. doi:10.1016/j.ijforecast.2015.12.003. [27] yao, k. c., hsueh, h. w., huang, m. h., & wu, t. c. (2022). the role of garch effect on the prediction of air pollution. sustainability (switzerland), 14(8), 4459. doi:10.3390/su14084459. [28] şentaş, a., tashiev, i̇., küçükayvaz, f., kul, s., eken, s., sayar, a., & becerikli, y. (2020). performance evaluation of support vector machine and convolutional neural network algorithms in real-time vehicle type and color classification. evolutionary intelligence, 13, 83-91. doi:10.1007/s12065-018-0167-z. [29] ghozali, i. (2016). multivariate analysis application using ibm spss 20. semarang: badan penerbit universitas diponegoro, indonesia. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 758 [30] bagwell, c. b., hill, b. l., herbert, d. j., bray, c. m., & hunsberger, b. c. (2016). sometimes simpler is better: vlog, a general but easy-to-implement log-like transform for cytometry. cytometry part a, 89(12), 1097–1105. doi:10.1002/cyto.a.23017. [31] xue, d., & hua, z. (2016). arima based time series forecasting model. recent advances in electrical & electronic engineering (formerly recent patents on electrical & electronic engineering), 9(2), 93–98. doi:10.2174/2352096509999160819164242. [32] garima jain, e., & mallick, b. (2017). a study of time series models arima and ets. in international journal of modern education and computer science, 9(4), 57-63. doi:10.5815/ijmecs.2017.04.07. [33] abunofal, m., poshiya, n., qussous, r., & weidlich, a. (2021). comparative analysis of electricity market prices based on different forecasting methods. 2021 ieee madrid powertech, powertech 2021 conference proceedings, 1–6. doi:10.1109/powertech46648.2021.9495034. [34] shadkam, a. (2020). using sarimax to forecast electricity demand and consumption in university buildings. doctoral dissertation, university of british columbia, british columbia, canada. [35] krueger, d., mitman, k., & perri, f. (2016). macroeconomics and household heterogeneity. handbook of macroeconomics, elsevier, volume 2, 843–921. doi:10.1016/bs.hesmac.2016.04.003. [36] moffat, i. u., akpan, e. a., & abasiekwere, u. a. (2017). a time series evaluation of the asymmetric nature of heteroscedasticity: an egarch approach. international journal of statistics and applied mathematics, 2(6), 111–117. [37] aue, a., horváth, l., & pellatt, d. f. (2017). functional generalized autoregressive conditional heteroskedasticity. journal of time series analysis, 38(1), 3–21. doi:10.1111/jtsa.12192. [38] dritsaki, c. (2017). an empirical evaluation in garch volatility modeling: evidence from the stockholm stock exchange. journal of mathematical finance, 07(02), 366–390. doi:10.4236/jmf.2017.72020. [39] rosyadi, m. i., widowati, a., & jamil, p. c. (2020). analysis of correlation between indonesian composite index and economic growth in indonesia. european journal of business and management, 12(8), 42–46. doi:10.7176/ejbm/12-8-07. [40] lim, k., & mcnelis, t. (2013). the impact of economic structure on stock market performance: a comparative study of indonesia and malaysia. pacific-basin finance journal, 24(2), 256–271. [41] sutrisno, b. (2024). macroeconomic variables and stock market volatility: an empirical analysis of indonesia. asian economic and financial review, 14(1), 24-38. [42] devianto, d., permathasari, p., yollanda, m., & wirahadi ahmad, a. (2020). the model of artificial neural network and nonparametric mars regression for indonesian composite index. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 846(1), 12007. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/846/1/012007. [43] wijaya, s., & handoko, f. (2023). forecasting the composite index with sarimax-garch models in the context of the covid-19 pandemic. indonesian journal of economics and business, 32(4), 89–105. [44] pratama, r., & susilo, e. (2024). examining the relationship between inflation, exchange rates, and stock market indices: evidence from indonesia. global journal of economics, 19(1), 75–90. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 901 issn: 2723-9535 performance evaluation of extended ewma chart for ar model with exogenous variables totsaporn muangngam 1, yupaporn areepong 1* , saowanit sukparungsee 1 1 department of applied statistics, faculty of applied science, king mongkut’s university of technology north bangkok, bangkok, 10800, thailand. received 25 august 2024; revised 12 november 2024; accepted 18 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract the extended exponentially weighted moving average (extended ewma) control chart is an effective statistical process control method for monitoring and identifying shifts in process mean, particularly when dealing with autocorrelated data. one key performance measure used to evaluate the capability of control charts in detecting changes is the average run length (arl). the primary goal of this study is to present the explicit formulas for calculating the arl of the extended ewma control chart for autoregressive models with exogenous variables (arx) and exponential white noise. another purpose is to compare the performance of the extended ewma and the classical ewma control charts under various conditions. the explicit formulas are derived from the arl integral equation, which is expressed by the fredholm integral equation. the accuracy of the exact solutions has been verified using the numerical integral equation (nie) methods that employ four different composite quadrature rules. the result shows that the arl values obtained from both methods are similar, and the computation time for the proposed explicit formulas is less than 0.001 second. in comparing the two control charts, it is evident that the extended ewma control chart outperforms the traditional control chart in detecting shifts in the process mean, as confirmed by various overall performance criteria. additionally, two real datasets, namely scb stock price and gdp percentage expansions, are applied to demonstrate the effectiveness of the relevant control charts. keywords: average run length; extended ewma chart; explicit formula; autoregressive with exogenous variables. 1. introduction statistical process control (spc) is a powerful set of problem-solving methods primarily used in the manufacturing industry to maintain and improve the quality of processes and products by reducing variability. a key visual tool in spc is the control chart, which is extensively used to monitor process stability and detect special-cause variations or unnatural shifts in process parameters, such as mean and variance. these shifts can lead to the production process becoming out of control. the faster a control chart responds to changes, the quicker the process can be addressed and brought back into a controlled state. the concept of the traditional shewhart chart, introduced by shewhart [1], is classified as a memory-less control chart. one significant limitation of memory-less charts is their ineffectiveness in detecting minor changes. to overcome this, memory-type control charts, such as the cumulative sum (cusum) control chart [2] and the exponentially weighted moving average (ewma) control chart [3], were developed to rapidly identify small to moderate variations in processes. subsequently, several researchers have proposed enhanced control charts. for instance, patel & divecha [4] presented the modified exponentially weighted moving average (mewma) control chart to detect small shifts in process mean, and khan et al. [5] improved upon this with a generalized form of mewma. abbas et al. [6] combined the cusum and ewma control charts, demonstrating that the mixed cusum-ewma control chart performs better than either individual chart. in 2018, naveed et al. [7] developed a new design for an ewma-based * corresponding author: yupaporn.a@sci.kmutnb.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5103-9867 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5248-8173 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 902 statistic called the extended ewma control chart, which showed greater sensitivity in monitoring small changes compared to the classical ewma control chart. the extended ewma scheme has since been studied to assess its performance in various simulated and practical situations [8, 9]. the fundamental assumption underlying traditional control charts is that the observations are independent and identically distributed. however, in real applications, successive samples from many processes are often dependent on time intervals and exhibit serial correlation. this dependence can negatively impact the performance of standard control charts, leading to incorrect indications and conclusions [10, 11]. to address the issue of autocorrelated data, researchers have investigated alternative strategies. one such approach involves fitting an appropriate time series model and then applying the uncorrelated property of the residuals, or white noise process, in the statistical control chart procedure [12, 13]. the time series autoregressive (ar) and moving average (ma) models, as well as the models comprising ar and ma, are usually employed for modeling and predicting autocorrelated data that depend on themselves. in some cases, the independent factors can impact the behavior of the process, improving prediction accuracy. consequently, the time series models incorporated with the exogenous variables, such as arx, max, or armax, have been studied across various fields [14]. regarding the random error of time series models known as white noise, which usually follows normal distribution, however, the white noise can also exhibit an exponential distribution [15]. generally, the performance and sensitivity of control charts for monitoring and detecting variation in the process are typically assessed through the average run length, or arl. this measure indicated the expected number of in-control observations before an out-of-control signal is detected. there are two types of arl; arl0 refers to the average run length for an in-control process with no changes. ideally, this value should be large, indicating that the control chart is stable and effective. arl1 denotes the average run length when the process is out of control and reflects the detection capabilities for various magnitudes of shifts. a smaller value arl1 is desirable, as it shows that the control chart can quickly identify any outof-control conditions. evaluating the arl values is a crucial aspect when studying and developing control charts, as it allows for comparison of their capability. previous research has employed different methodologies to calculate arl values. for example, champ & rigdon [16] studied and compared the markov chain and the numerical integral equation (nie) method for calculating the arl of quality control charts. naveed et al. [7] utilized monte carlo simulation for assessing the arl and the proposed extended ewma control chart. nevertheless, the mentioned approaches can be time-consuming in terms of calculations. several researchers have investigated the derivation of the average run length (arl) integral equation under conditions of autocorrelation, particularly when the white noise process follows an exponential distribution, leading to the establishment of explicit formulas. paichit [17] derived an exact solution for the arl of the cumulative sum (cusum) control chart for an autoregressive (ar) process with one exogenous variable (arx(1)), where the white noise is characterized by an exponential distribution. the accuracy of the arl was confirmed with numerical integration evaluation (nie) using the gauss-legendre rule, showing excellent agreement. phanyaem [18] also presented an explicit formula for the arl, comparing the accuracy of this formula against the nie method using different quadrature rules for the cusum control chart when the observations belong to a seasonal arx model with exponential white noise. the arl from the explicit formula closely matched the nie results, with an absolute percentage difference of less than 1%. suriyaket & phetcharat [19] developed an explicit formula for the arl of the maximum (max) process operating on an exponentially weighted moving average (ewma) chart using techniques from fredholm integral equations. they applied numerical integration methods, including gaussian, midpoint, and trapezoidal rules, to verify the accuracy of the explicit formula. the results indicated that the arl derived from their proposed method approximated the nie results and outperformed the numerical methods in terms of computational time. supharakonsakun [20] derived the arl for a modified ewma control chart applied to a seasonal moving average (sma) of order q (sma(q)), where the white noise is exponentially distributed. the findings showed good agreement between the explicit formula and the numerical integral equation method. karoon et al. [21] explored explicit formulas for the arl of an extended ewma control chart designed for a trend ar(p) model, comparing its accuracy to that of the nie method. zhang et al. [22] formulated explicit expressions for the arl and average delay time (adt) for the cusum control chart associated with a seasonal sma(q)s model. the performance comparison between the results obtained from the explicit formulas and the numerical integration approach indicated that the explicit formulas considerably reduced computational time. recently, peerajit [23] introduced an analytical solution for calculating the arl of a long-memory arfima(1, d, 1)(1, d, 1)s process with exponential white noise operating on a cusum control chart. the nie method was employed to verify the accuracy of this proposed approach. the results from both methods were in close agreement, but the time required for computing the arl using the proposed method was significantly shorter. sunthornwat et al. [24] suggested explicit formulas for the arl of the homogeneously weighted moving average (hwma) control chart based on an ar process. phanthuna et al. [25] examined the explicit formula for the arl of a doublemodified exponentially weighted moving average (dmewma) control chart applied to an ar process. they compared the arls computed using the explicit formula and numerical integral equation method to validate the former. finally, phanyaem [26] developed an exact formula for computing the average run length in an ewma control chart, specifically for a sarx(p,r)l model. the results showed that the average run length calculated using the proposed method is close with from the numerical integral equation method. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 903 according to the efficiency of the extended ewma control chart and the approaches to calculate the arl that are mentioned above, we are interested in deriving the arl integral equation of the extended ewma control chart when the observation is in the pattern of ar process with an exogenous variable that has not been proposed before. therefore, the aim of this study is to derive the explicit formulas of the arl on the extended ewma chart for the arx model when the white noise follows an exponential distribution and compare it to the numerical integral equation method in four different composite quadrature rules. moreover, the comparison of the sensitivity of detecting changes of the extended ewma and the ewma control chart is conducted under various conditions. the two real datasets are studied to assess the proposed explicit formula for the control charts and presented in this article. 2. preliminaries the definitions of the time series model and the control charts, including their characteristics, are given in this section. 2.1. time series arx model let 𝑌𝑡 be a sequence observation from the arx(p,r) model defined as: 𝑌𝑡 = 𝜇 + ∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=1 + 휀𝑡 + ∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 , 𝑡 = 1,2,3, . .. (1) where 𝝁 is a constant, 𝝓𝒊 ∈ (−𝟏, 𝟏) is an autoregressive coefficient, 𝑿𝒋𝒕 is an exogenous variable, 𝜷𝒋 is a coefficient of 𝑿𝒋𝒕 and 𝜺𝒕 is an error term or a white noise process assumed to follow the exponentially distributed, therefore, 𝜺𝒕 ∼ 𝑬𝒙𝒑(𝜶). 2.2. extended ewma control chart the extended ewma statistic improved by naveed et al. [7] can be defined by the recursive equation: 𝐸𝑡 = 𝜆1𝑌𝑡 − 𝜆2𝑌𝑡−1 + (1 − 𝜆1 + 𝜆2)𝐸𝑡−1, 𝑡 = 1, 2, 3, …. (2) where 𝑌𝑡 is a sequence observation from the arx process, 𝜆1 ∈ (0,1] and 𝜆2 ∈ [0, 𝜆1) are smoothing constants. the upper control limit (ucl) and the lower control limit (lcl) are: ucl=𝜇0 + 𝜔𝜎√ 𝜆1 2 + 𝜆2 2 − 2𝜆1𝜆2(1 − 𝜆1 + 𝜆2) 2(𝜆1 − 𝜆2) − (𝜆1 − 𝜆2)2 lcl=𝜇0 − 𝜔𝜎√ 𝜆1 2 + 𝜆2 2 − 2𝜆1𝜆2(1 − 𝜆1 + 𝜆2) 2(𝜆1 − 𝜆2) − (𝜆1 − 𝜆2)2 (3) where 𝜇0 is a target mean, 𝜎 is a process standard deviation and 𝜔 is an appropriate control limit width. the stopping time for the extended ewma control chart is 𝜏𝑎,𝑏 = 𝑖𝑛𝑓{ 𝑡 > 0: 𝐸𝑡 < 𝑎 ∪ 𝐸𝑡 > 𝑏} where 𝑎 and 𝑏 represent the lcl and ucl, respectively. the extended ewma control chart converts to the classical ewma scheme, 𝑍𝑡 = 𝜆1𝑌𝑡 + (1 − 𝜆1)𝑍𝑡−1 when 𝜆2 = 0. similarly, the lcl (𝑎′) and ucl (𝑏′) of the ewma control chart can be determined by equation (3) when𝜆2 = 0 with constant width 𝜔 = 𝜔𝑐, therefore, the stopping time for the ewma control chart is 𝜏𝑎′,𝑏′ = 𝑖𝑛𝑓{ 𝑡 > 0: 𝑍𝑡 < 𝑎′ ∪ 𝑍𝑡 > 𝑏′}. 2.3. average run length let 휀𝑡 , 𝑡 = 1,2, . .. be a sequence of independent random variables with a probability density function 𝑓(𝑤, 𝛼) where 𝛼is the parameter. the in-control state is normally with the parameter 𝛼 = 𝛼0 and assumed that there is no change in the process. on the contrary, the parameter 𝛼 = 𝛼1 when the process has changed to out-of-control state at the change-point time, 𝜑. average run length or arl is the common characteristic of control charts to measure and compare their performance in detecting changes in parameters. ideally, the arl for in-control process denoted as 𝐴𝑅𝐿0 are required to be sufficiently large in order to reduce the number of false out-of-control signals, whereas, the arl for out-of-control state or 𝐴𝑅𝐿1 must be small to quickly detect a correct out-of-control signal. in this study, the stopping time (𝜏𝑎,𝑏) are used as the alarm signals, therefore, the arl is defined as: 𝐴𝑅𝐿 = { 𝐴𝑅𝐿0 = �̂�𝜑(𝜏𝑎,𝑏), 𝜑 = ∞ 𝐴𝑅𝐿1 = �̂�𝜑(𝜏𝑎,𝑏|𝜏𝑎,𝑏 ≥ 1), 𝜑 = 1 (4) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 904 where �̂�𝜑 is the expectation of the stopping time under the assumption that the change-point time occur at time, 𝜑. arl0 represents the in-control arl which implies that the change-point time does not exist, whereas arl1 denotes the outof-control arl when the change point appears at the first time. 3. arl evaluation methods in this section, the explicit formulas of arl for the extended ewma control chart of the arx(p,r) model with exponential white noise derived from a fredholm integral equation of the second kind are presented. moreover, an approximated arl from the numerical integral equation (nie) method is used to confirm the accuracy of the exact solutions. here, the in-control state of extended ewma scheme for arx(p,r) model can be rewritten in the form of white noise process 휀𝑡 as: [ 𝑎−(𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌0−(1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝜈 𝜆1 − 𝜇 − ∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 − ∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 ] < 휀𝑡 < [ 𝑏−(𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌0−(1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝜈 𝜆1 −𝜇 − ∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 − ∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 ] (5) where 𝜈 is an initial value of the extended ewma control chart and 𝑌0 is an initial value of arx(p,r) model. let 𝜕(𝜈) be an arl of an initial value 𝜈 which can be described by applying the fredholm integral equation second kind according to the method of champ & rigdon [16] of as follows: 𝜕(𝜈) = 1 + ∫ 𝜕(𝐸𝑡) 𝑏−(𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌0−(1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝜈 𝜆1 −𝜇−∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 −∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 𝑎−(𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌0−(1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝜈 𝜆1 −𝜇−∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 −∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 𝑓(휀𝑡)𝑑휀𝑡 (6) after setting new variables, then, the 𝜕(𝜈) can be defined as 𝜕(𝜈) = 1 + 1 𝜆1 ∫ 𝜕(𝑤)𝑓 ( 𝑤−(𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌0−(1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝜈 𝜆1 − 𝜇 − ∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 − ∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 ) 𝑑𝑤 𝑏 𝑎 (7) white noise process is assumed to be random variables exponentially distributed so that the pdf is 𝑓(𝑤) = 1 𝛼 𝑒 −𝑤 𝛼 , therefore, the arl can be rearranged as the following equation: 𝜕(𝜈) = 1 + 1 𝜆1 ∫ 𝜕(𝑤)𝑒 −𝑤+(𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌0+(1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝜈 𝛼𝜆1 + 𝜇+∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 +∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 𝛼 𝑑𝑤 𝑏 𝑎 (8) the exact and the approximated solutions of the integral equation 8 are revealed in the next subsections. 3.1. the proposed explicit formula from the integral equation 8, we can rewrite in equation 9: 𝜕(𝜈) = 1 + 𝐶(𝜈) 𝛼𝜆1 𝐷 (9) where 𝐶(𝜈) = 𝑒 (𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌0+(1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝜈 𝛼𝜆1 + 𝜇+∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 +∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 𝛼 and 𝐷 = ∫ 𝜕(𝑤)𝑒 −𝑤 𝛼𝜆1𝑑𝑤 𝑏 𝑎 . then, consider the variable d in this form; 𝐷 = ∫ (1 + 𝐶(𝑤) 𝛼𝜆1 𝐷) 𝑒 −𝑤 𝛼𝜆1𝑑𝑤 𝑏 𝑎 = ∫ 𝑒 −𝑤 𝛼𝜆1𝑑𝑤 𝑏 𝑎 + 𝐷 𝛼𝜆1 ∫ 𝑒 (𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌0+(1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝑤 𝛼𝜆1 + 𝜇+∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 +∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 𝛼 − 𝑤 𝛼𝜆1 𝑏 𝑎 𝑑𝑤 = −𝛼𝜆1(𝑒 −𝑏 𝛼𝜆1−𝑒 −𝑎 𝛼𝜆1) 1+ 1 𝜆1−𝜆2 𝑒 (𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌0 𝛼𝜆1 + 𝜇+∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 +∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 𝛼 (𝑒 −(𝜆1−𝜆2)𝑏 𝛼𝜆1 −𝑒 −(𝜆1−𝜆2)𝑎 𝛼𝜆1 ) (10) after substituting d into equation 9, we finally have the explicit formula for in-control state as, 𝜕(𝜈) = 1 − (𝜆1−𝜆2)(𝑒 −𝑏 𝛼0𝜆1−𝑒 −𝑎 𝛼0𝜆1)𝑒 (1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝜈 𝛼0𝜆1 (𝜆1−𝜆2)𝑒 −(𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌0 𝛼0𝜆1 𝑒 −(𝜇+∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 +∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 ) 𝛼0 +(𝑒 −(𝜆1−𝜆2)𝑏 𝛼0𝜆1 −𝑒 −(𝜆1−𝜆2)𝑎 𝛼0𝜆1 ) (11) and the out-of-control exact solution for arl as; hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 905 𝜕(𝜈) = 1 − (𝜆1−𝜆2)(𝑒 −𝑏 𝛼1𝜆1−𝑒 −𝑎 𝛼𝜆1)𝑒 (1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝜈 𝛼1𝜆1 (𝜆1−𝜆2)𝑒 −(𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌0 𝛼1𝜆1 𝑒 −(𝜇+∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 +∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 ) 𝛼1 +(𝑒 −(𝜆1−𝜆2)𝑏 𝛼1𝜆1 −𝑒 −(𝜆1−𝜆2)𝑎 𝛼1𝜆1 ) (12) furthermore, banach’s fixed point theorem from mathematical analysis is utilized to confirm the existence and uniqueness of the proposed explicit formula which is the solution to the arl integral equation. definition 1. let (𝑆, 𝛥)be a metric space. an operator 𝑀: 𝑆 → 𝑆is a contractive mapping or a contraction if there exists a constant 𝜅 ∈ (0,1)such that 𝛥(𝑀(𝑠1), 𝑀(𝑠2)) ≤ 𝜅𝛥(𝑠1, 𝑠2)for all 𝑠1,𝑠2in 𝑆. theorem 1. banach’s fixed point theorem: let (𝑆, 𝛥)be a complete metric space and 𝑀: 𝑆 → 𝑆be a contraction on 𝑆. then 𝑀 has a unique fixed point such that 𝑀(𝑠) = 𝑠, 𝑠 ∈ 𝑆. in this present work, we consider the arl equation 8 in the set of all continuous function denoted by 𝐶[𝑎, 𝑏]. consequently, the space (𝐶[𝑎, 𝑏], ‖. ‖∞) is complete with a norm given by ‖𝜕(𝑣)‖∞ = 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝑣∈[𝑎,𝑏] |𝜕(𝑣)|. the following theorem and its proof provide the second condition of theorem 1 which can imply that the arl integral equation has an only one solution. theorem 2. let 𝑀: 𝐶[𝑎, 𝑏] → 𝐶[𝑎, 𝑏] be an operator defined as, 𝑀(𝜕(𝜈)) = 𝜕(𝜈) = 1 + 1 𝛼𝜆1 ∫ 𝜕(𝑤)𝑘(𝜈, 𝑤)𝑑𝑤 𝑏 𝑎 (14) where 𝑘(𝑣, 𝑤) = 𝑒 −𝑤+(𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌0+(1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝑣 𝛼𝜆1 + 𝜇+∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 +∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 𝛼 is a kernel function. then, 𝑀 is a contraction. proof. let 𝜕1(𝜈) and 𝜕2(𝜈) are two arbitrary functions in 𝐶[𝑎, 𝑏], then, consider; ‖𝑀(𝜕1(𝑣)) − 𝑀(𝜕2(𝑣))‖∞ = 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝑣∈[𝑎,𝑏] |∫ |𝜕1(𝑣) − 𝜕2(𝑣)|𝑑𝑤 𝑏 𝑎 | ≤ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝑣∈[𝑎,𝑏] ∫ |𝑘(𝑣, 𝑤)| 𝑏 𝑎 |𝜕1(𝑣) − 𝜕2(𝑣)|𝑑𝑦 ≤ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝑣∈[𝑎,𝑏] ∫ |𝑘(𝑣, 𝑤)| 𝑏 𝑎 𝑑𝑤‖𝑀(𝜕1(𝑣)) − 𝑀(𝜕2(𝑣))‖∞ = 𝜅‖𝑀(𝜕1(𝑣)) − 𝑀(𝜕2(𝑣))‖∞ where 𝜅 < 1and 𝜅 = 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝑣∈[𝑎,𝑏] ∫ |𝑘(𝑣, 𝑤)| 𝑏 𝑎 𝑑𝑤is a positive constant. this implies that 𝑀is a contraction. 3.2. numerical integral equation method the nie method for approximating a solution of an integral equation is the use of a quadrature rule which determined by the set of nodes or points, {𝑥𝑗 , 𝑗 = 0,1, . . . , 𝑚} obtained from the partition of an integral limit [𝑎, 𝑏] into𝑚subintervals and the set of weights, {𝑤𝑗 , 𝑗 = 0,1, . . . , 𝑚}, generally, the approximation of an integral can be expressed as ∫ 𝑊(𝑥)𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 𝑏 𝑎 ≈ ∑ 𝑤𝑗𝑓(𝑥𝑗)𝑚 𝑗=1 . the integral equation to evaluate the arl in (8) can be estimated by the solution of 𝑚 linear equation systems, 𝜕(𝑥𝑖) = 1 + 1 𝜆1 ∑ 𝑤𝑗𝜕(𝑥𝑗)𝑚 𝑗=1 𝑓 ( 𝑥𝑗−(𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌𝑡−1−(1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝑥𝑖 𝜆1 − 𝜇 − ∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 − ∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 ) , 𝑖 = 1, . . . , 𝑚 (15) the system of the 𝑚 linear equations is 𝐿𝑚×1 = (𝐼𝑚 − 𝑅𝑚×𝑚)−11𝑚×1 where 𝐿𝑚×1 = [�̃�(𝑎1) �̃�(𝑎2) . . . �̃�(𝑎𝑚)]𝑇. let 𝑅𝑚×𝑚 be a matrix and define the 𝑚 to 𝑚𝑡ℎ as elements of matrix 𝑅 as follows, [𝑅𝑖𝑗] ≈ 1 𝜆1 𝑤𝑗𝑓 ( 𝑥𝑗−(𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌𝑡−1−(1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝑥𝑖 𝜆1 − 𝜇 − ∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 − ∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 ) (16) finally, the general numerical approximation of 𝜕(𝜈) is expressed as: 𝜕(𝜈) = 1 + 1 𝜆1 ∑ 𝑤𝑗𝜕(𝑥𝑗)𝑚 𝑗=1 𝑓 ( 𝑥𝑗−(𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌𝑡−1−(1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝜈 𝜆1 − 𝜇 − ∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 − ∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 ) (17) the details of different composite quadrature rules including the location of nodes and their weights when setting the equal width ℎ = (𝑏 − 𝑎)/𝑚 and 𝐾𝑗 = 𝑥𝑗−(𝜆1𝜙1−𝜆2)𝑌𝑡−1−(1−𝜆1+𝜆2)𝜈 𝜆1 − 𝜇 − ∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑌𝑡−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=2 − ∑ 𝛽𝑗𝑋𝑗𝑡 𝑟 𝑗=1 are presented in table 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 906 table 1. the composite quadrature rules composite rules equation node(𝒙𝒋) weight (𝒘𝒋) midpoint �̃�𝑀(𝜈) = 1 + 1 𝜆1 ∑ 𝑤𝑗𝐿(𝑥𝑗) 𝑚 𝑗=1 𝑓(𝐾𝑗) 𝑎 + (𝑗 − 1 2 ) ℎ ℎ trapezoidal �̃�𝑇(𝜈) = 1 + 1 𝜆1 ∑ 𝑤𝑗𝐿(𝑤𝑗) 𝑚 𝑗=0 𝑓(𝐾𝑗) 𝑎 + 𝑗ℎ ℎ 2 ; 𝑗 = 0, 𝑚, ℎ; 𝑗 = 1, . . . , 𝑚 − 1 simpson’s �̃�𝑆(𝜈) = 1 + 1 𝜆1 ∑ 𝑤𝑗𝐿(𝑥𝑗) 2𝑛 𝑗=0 𝑓(𝐾𝑗) where m=2n 𝑎 + 𝑗ℎ ℎ 3 ; 𝑗 = 0,2𝑛, 4ℎ 3 ; 𝑗 = 1, . . ,2𝑛 − 1, 2ℎ 3 ; 𝑗 = 2, . . ,2𝑛 − 2 bool’s �̃�𝐵(𝜈) = 1 + 1 𝜆1 ∑ 𝑤𝑗𝐿(𝑥𝑗) 4𝑛 𝑗=0 𝑓(𝐾𝑗) where m=4n 𝑎 + 𝑗ℎ 14ℎ 45 ; 𝑗 = 0,4𝑛, 64ℎ 45 ; 𝑗 = 1, . . . ,4𝑛 − 3,4𝑛 − 1 24ℎ 45 ; 𝑗 = 2, . . . ,4𝑛 − 2, 28ℎ 45 ; 𝑗 = 4, . . . ,4𝑛 − 4 4. simulation result the details of simulation study, performance criteria and results for verifying the accuracy of the proposed explicit formula to assess the arl of arx(p,r) process running on the extended ewma control chart are provided in subsection 4.1. the explicit formula and nie method to evaluate the arl were computed by the mathematica program in the 64bit operating system, amd ryzen 7 4700u with radeon graphics 2.00 ghz processor. in addition, the performance comparisons of the extended ewma control chart and the classical ewma control chart in detecting process mean change under different conditions are presented in subsection 4.2. the real datasets in finance and economics fields are studied and revealed in 4.3. 4.1. the accuracy of the proposed explicit formula the numerical algorithm for calculating the arl can be concluded as the following steps. step 1: set the values of  the autoregressive coefficients (𝜙𝑖), the coefficient exogenous variables (𝛽𝑗), constant (𝜇), the initial value of autoregressive: 𝑌𝑡−1, 𝑌𝑡−2, . . . , 𝑌𝑡−𝑝 and the exogenous variables (𝑋𝑗𝑡) in the arx(p,r) model.  the smoothing constants (𝜆1, 𝜆2)and the initial value of the extended ewma control chart (𝐸0 = 𝜈).  the exponential white noise parameter for in-control state, 𝛼0.  the shifts value, 𝛿 = 0.005, 0.01, 0.025, 0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 1 to determine the out-of-control state parameter 𝛼1 = (1 + 𝛿)𝛼0.  an acceptable arl0 = 370 for in-control state and the lower control limit 𝑎. step 2: compute the upper control limit, 𝑏 by equation 11 that yield the desire average run length for in control process. step 3: compute a solution of arl1 for the specific shift in process where 𝛼1 = (1 + 𝛿)𝛼0 by the equation of explicit formula (12) and the nie method (17) with different quadrature rules and set the numbers of subinterval, 𝑚 = 600. the cpu time of each method is also collected. step 4: compute the absolute percentage difference, apd (%) which is defined as: 𝐴𝑃𝐷(%) = |𝜕(𝜈)−�̃�(𝜈)| 𝜕(𝜈) × 100 (18) table 2 presents the arl values of the extended ewma control chart, calculated using an explicit formula and four composite quadratic rules for the nie method. this analysis was conducted on various arx(p,r) processes, specifically the arx(1,2), arx(2,1), and arx(3,2) models when 𝑎 = 0, 𝝁 = 𝟏 and specific 𝝀𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓 and 𝜆2 = 0.025.the results indicate that the arl values obtained from the derived explicit formula are very similar to those approximated by the nie method. in fact, the small apd (%) suggests that the proposed explicit formula can accurately evaluate the arl when compared to the nie method. in addition, the cpu time shows that the explicit formula takes less than 0.001 seconds to compute the arl, whereas the nie method takes approximately 3.1 to 3.5 seconds. notably, the composite bool’s rule is the fastest among the other rules. the advantage of explicit formula in this work which rapidly calculating the accurate arl values is similar to the previous studies [20-25] that derived the explicit formula for other control charts with various pattern of time series model with exponential white noise. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 907 4.2. the performance of extended ewma control chart the arl of the extended ewma control chart has been studied under different conditions of the relevant parameters to assess the sensitivity in detecting the process change. the overall performance measures namely the average extra quadratic loss (aeql), the performance comparison index (pci) and the relative mean index (rmi) are used to compare the efficiency of the extended ewma control chart and the classical ewma control chart and defined as follows: 𝐴𝐸𝑄𝐿 = 1 𝛥 ∑ (𝛿𝑖 2 × 𝐴𝑅𝐿(𝛿𝑖)) 𝛿𝑚𝑎𝑥∑ 𝛿𝑖=𝛿𝑚𝑖𝑛 (19) where 𝛿𝑖 is the value of change in the process mean at each level i, 𝐴𝑅𝐿(𝛿𝑖) is the arl value of the control chart for the change level 𝛿𝑖and 𝛥 is the number of shift levels from 𝛿𝑚𝑖𝑛 to 𝛿𝑚𝑎𝑥. in this study, the increments 𝛥 =9 from 𝛿𝑚𝑖𝑛=0 to 𝛿𝑚𝑎𝑥=1. the control chart with the smallest value of aeql is implied to be the most effective one. the pci is the ratio of the aeql of a control chart and the aeql of the most effective control chart denoted as aeqlbase defined as, 𝑃𝐶𝐼 = 𝐴𝐸𝑄𝐿 𝐴𝐸𝑄𝐿𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒 (20) the rmi is calculated as: 𝑅𝑀𝐼 = 1 𝑛 ∑ 𝐴𝑅𝐿(𝛿𝑖)−𝐴𝑅𝐿𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑠𝑡(𝛿𝑖) 𝐴𝑅𝐿𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑠𝑡(𝛿𝑖) 𝑛 𝑖=1 (21) where 𝑛 is the number of the shifts, 𝐴𝑅𝐿(𝛿𝑖), 𝑖 = 1, . . . , 𝑛is the arl of a control chart for a shift 𝛿𝑖 and 𝐴𝑅𝐿𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑠𝑡(𝛿𝑖) is the smallest arl among the competing control charts for the shift 𝛿𝑖. it is similar to the aeql which can implies that a control chart with a lowest value of rmi has the most powerful detection ability. table 3 reveals the arl values of arx(1,1) model when 𝜆1= 0.05, 0.10, 0.15 and 𝜆2= 0.015, 0.025, 0.035, 0.045. the result shows that the extended ewma charts with different values of 𝜆2 obtained the lower arl than the ewma charts for all magnitudes of change. however, it can be seen that the arl values of the extended ewma and classical ewma chart are hardly different when the shift sizes are larger. the aeql, pci and rmi values indicate that the performance of the extended ewma control chart slightly improved when 𝜆2 increased. moreover, we consider the aeql values of each fixed 𝜆2and found that the control chart showed the better performance when 𝜆1 is increased. similary, table 4 illustrate the arl values of arx(2,2) model when the smoothing parameter𝜆1= 0.05, 0.10, 0.15 and 𝜆2=0.3𝜆1, 0.5𝜆1, 0.7𝜆1, 0.9𝜆1. the results confirm that the extended ewma control charts quicklier detecting changes than the ewma control chart and also show the better performance when 𝜆2increased and close to 𝜆1. table 2. the arl from explicit formula against nie method using four quadrature rules for the extended ewma control chart on arx(p,r) model given 𝒂 = 𝟎, 𝝁 = 𝟏, 𝝀𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓, 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟐𝟓 and arl0=370 arx 𝜙𝑖 , 𝛽𝑗 , 𝑏 𝛿 explicit (cpu time) nie (cpu time in seconds, apd(%)) midpoint trapezoidal simpson’s bool’s arx(1,2) 𝜙1= -0.2 𝛽1= 0.25 𝛽2= 0.10 b = 0.00029919 0.000 370.79588139338 (<0.001) 370.7958813921 (3.437, 3.500×10-10) 370.7958813968 (3.422, 9.304×10-10) 370.7958813937 (3.375, 7.687×10-11) 370.7958813937 (3.360, 7.714×10-11) 0.005 138.81636527871 (<0.001) 138.8163652788 (3.453, 9.797×10-11) 138.8163652806 (3.484, 1.335×10-9) 138.8163652794 (3.438, 4.963×10-10) 138.8163652794 (3.437, 5.108×10-10) 0.010 84.385613287935 (<0.001) 84.38561328855 (3.453, 6.699×10-10) 84.38561328957 (3.484, 1.940×10-9) 84.38561328889 (3.453, 1.131×10-9) 84.38561328889 (3.438, 1.132×10-9) 0.025 37.566999643581 (<0.001) 37.56699964348 (3.563, 2.705×10-10) 37.56699964391 (3.484, 8.853×10-10) 37.56699964362 (3.437, 1.147×10-10) 37.56699964362 (3.438, 1.147×10-10) 0.050 18.548715459259 (<0.001) 18.54871545920 (3.547, 2.971×10-10) 18.54871545940 (3.453, 7.720×10-10) 18.54871545927 (3.438, 5.930×10-11) 18.54871545927 (3.437, 5.930×10-11) 0.100 8.5084421809348 (<0.001) 8.508442180907 (3.437, 3.267×10-10) 8.508442180984 (3.469, 5.807×10-10) 8.508442180933 (3.453, 2.434×10-11) 8.508442180933 (3.438, 2.421×10-11) 0.250 2.8749912056601 (<0.001) 2.874991205656 (3.532, 1.537×10-10) 2.874991205670 (3.485, 3.656×10-10) 2.874991205660 (3.453, 1.948×10-11) 2.874991205660 (3.437, 1.948×10-11) 0.500 1.4971503983684 (<0.001) 1.497150398367 (3.500, 2.177×10-9) 1.497150398370 (3.468, 1.994×10-9) 1.497150398368 (3.438, 2.116×10-9) 1.497150398368 (3.437, 2.116×10-9) 1.000 1.1054759084698 (<0.001) 1.105475908470 (3.484, 1.087×10-11) 1.105475908470 (3.484, 1.900×10-11) 1.105475908470 (3.438, 9.039×10-13) 1.105475908470 (3.438, 9.039×10-13) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 908 arx(2,1) 𝜙1= 0.1 𝜙2= -0.2 𝛽1= 0.5 b = 0.004929596 0.000 370.00748430131 (<0.001) 370.0074838708 (3.453, 1.163×10-7) 370.0074851591 (3.422, 2.318×10-7) 370.0074843002 (3.375, 2.876×10-10) 370.0074843002 (3.391, 2.873×10-10) 0.005 190.55222061678 (<0.001) 190.5522204017 (3.468, 1.129×10-7) 190.5522210465 (3.469, 2.254×10-7) 190.5522206167 (3.438, 7.872×10-11) 190.5522206167 (3.438, 7.872×10-11) 0.010 127.43166667364 (<0.001) 127.4316665325 (3.469, 1.107×10-7) 127.4316669558 (3.484, 2.215×10-7) 127.4316666736 (3.453, 1.724×10-11) 127.4316666736 (3.422, 1.648×10-11) 0.025 62.634879012605 (<0.001) 62.63487894622 (3.531, 1.060×10-7) 62.63487914542 (3.453, 2.120×10-7) 62.63487901262 (3.437, 2.699×10-11) 62.63487901262 (3.422, 2.699×10-11) 0.050 32.758067253609 (<0.001) 32.75806722111 (3.438, 9.919×10-8) 32.75806731864 (3.500, 1.986×10-7) 32.75806725362 (3.453, 5.709×10-11) 32.75806725362 (3.453, 5.709×10-11) 0.100 15.823474648979 (<0.001) 15.82347463517 (3.438, 8.739×10-8) 15.82347467659 (3.500, 1.744×10-7) 15.82347464898 (3.438, 1.416×10-10) 15.82347464898 (3.422, 1.416×10-10) 0.250 5.5103356099647 (<0.001) 5.510335606715 (3.469, 5.897×10-8) 5.510335616464 (3.500, 1.179×10-7) 5.510335609965 (3.453, 2.354×10-12) 5.510335609966 (3.438, 2.354×10-12) 0.500 2.5546720917965 (<0.001) 2.554672091019 (3.515, 3.044×10-8) 2.554672093352 (3.468, 6.087×10-8) 2.554672091796 (3.437, 3.824×10-13) 2.554672091795 (3.438, 3.824×10-13) 1.000 1.4769505548513 (<0.001) 1.476950554717 (3.453, 9.083×10-9) 1.47695055512 (3.484, 1.817×10-8) 1.476950554851 (3.453, 6.765×10-13) 1.476950554851 (3.453, 6.765×10-13) arx(3,2) 𝜙1= -0.1 𝜙2= 0.2 𝜙3= -0.3 𝛽1= 0.5 𝛽2=-0.25 b = 0.000347603 0.000 370.02826148995 (<0.001) 370.0282614895 (3.516, 1.311×10-10) 370.0282614959 (3.437, 1.597×10-9) 370.028261491595 (3.422, 4.446×10-10) 370.028261491598 (3.422, 4.454×10-10) 0.005 140.84047889377 (<0.001) 140.840478892 (3.484, 1.267×10-9) 140.8404788943 (3.532, 4.040×10-10) 140.840478892769 (3.422, 7.100×10-10) 140.84047889277 (3.500, 7.093×10-10) 0.010 85.969167561932 (<0.001) 85.96916756157 (3.516, 4.169×10-10) 85.96916756298 (3.516, 1.222×10-9) 85.9691675620432 (3.484, 1.292×10-10) 85.9691675620434 (3.469, 1.295×10-10) 0.025 38.427560279249 (<0.001) 38.42756027909 (3.547, 4.205×10-10) 38.42756027969 (3.547, 1.141×10-9) 38.427560279287 (3.516, 9.966×10-11) 38.4275602792872 (3.485, 9.992×10-11) 0.050 19.019467342452 (<0.001) 19.01946734238 (3.515, 3.801×10-10) 19.01946734265 (3.532, 1.065×10-9) 19.01946734247 (3.484, 1.105×10-10) 19.01946734247 (3.469, 1.105×10-10) 0.100 8.7437261931818 (<0.001) 8.743726193149 (3.640, 3.704×10-10) 8.743726193257 (3.531, 8.588×10-10) 8.7437261931852 (3.469, 3.923×10-11) 8.74372619318519 (3.469, 3.935×10-11) 0.250 2.9548002268956 (<0.001) 2.954800226896 (3.485, 2.427×10-10) 2.95480022691 (3.500, 4.680×10-10) 2.954800226896 (3.484, 5.756×10-12) 2.954800226896 (3.469, 5.756×10-12) 0.500 1.5261219828111 (<0.001) 1.526121982810 (3.500, 8.845×10-11) 1.526121982814 (3.515, 1.684×10-10) 1.526121982811 (3.484, 3.274×10-12) 1.526121982811 (3.453, 3.274×10-12) 1.000 1.1140149698577 (<0.001) 1.1140149698575 (3.578, 1.437×10-11) 1.114014969858 (3.562, 2.872×10-11) 1.1140149698578 (3.484, 2.872×10-11) 1.114014969858 (3.484, 2.872×10-11) table 3. the arl for the extended ewma control chart on arx(1,1) model compare with the ewma chart when 𝒂 = 𝟎, 𝝓𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟑 and 𝜷𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟓 are given 𝝀𝟏 shift 𝝀𝟐 ewma (𝒃′= 0.02128157) 0.015 (𝒃 = 0.00856734) 0.025 (𝒃 =0.004688704) 0.035 (𝒃 =0.002569308) 0.045 (𝒃 =0.001408792) 0.05 0.000 370.0230749 370.020397 370.0022024 370.0094036 370.0106203 0.005 202.5551198 189.3755089 177.7365048 167.4941544 225.9518908 0.010 138.6254961 126.3611946 116.0110431 107.2478077 161.9505653 0.025 69.96172424 61.9557122 55.51111554 50.26046147 86.40129664 0.050 37.18100648 32.35704228 28.56364099 25.52882316 47.48474047 0.100 18.23027117 15.61062999 13.58536505 11.98626866 23.98344592 0.250 6.461339461 5.429878966 4.652293688 4.051757178 8.80793257 0.500 2.979979859 2.520221731 2.185067614 1.93488656 4.069266324 1.000 1.650467505 1.463568934 1.334456146 1.243486237 2.121210512 aeql 0.348578213 0.302898171 0.26994368 0.245605819 0.458157095 pci 1.419258775 1.233269522 1.09909318 1 1.865416289 rmi 0.370374045 0.214558988 0.094476877 0 0.713546025 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 909 0.10 (𝑏 =0.0274078) (𝑏 =0.02021706) (𝑏 =0.014933349) (𝑏 =0.01104089) (𝑏∗=0.04343651) 0.000 370.08679 370.0148561 370.0069575 370.0150284 370.0130927 0.005 126.6270088 119.6525792 113.4260721 107.8149375 138.9463404 0.010 76.35379692 71.31980306 66.91788227 63.02495293 85.53792815 0.025 34.8301204 32.20631679 29.95111527 27.98707599 39.74672435 0.050 18.27777373 16.8175237 15.57170341 14.49398222 21.04399329 0.100 9.419977003 8.63595675 7.970708904 7.39822652 10.91527025 0.250 4.005211661 3.668840714 3.386090563 3.145134846 4.652867167 0.500 2.285739767 2.112181538 1.968257802 1.847385373 2.624587041 1.000 1.524507577 1.437949538 1.367737098 1.310163906 1.69751911 aeql 0.279859148 0.261550343 0.246479494 0.23392091 0.315900212 pci 1.196383633 1.118114422 1.053687307 1 1.350457349 rmi 0.204350975 0.125239921 0.057967885 0 0.354353665 0.15 (𝑏 =0.04833234) (𝑏 =0.03935632) (𝑏 =0.03208744) (𝑏 =0.02618639) (𝑏∗=0.06598734) 0.000 370.0397208 370.0157474 370.0168905 370.0286903 370.0338381 0.005 105.0220357 100.3838646 96.18482371 92.34918578 113.0463707 0.010 61.35845538 58.22081974 55.41829121 52.88969654 66.89597728 0.025 27.50341639 25.94585264 24.56893211 23.33825561 30.29427181 0.050 14.51714039 13.66250439 12.90998692 12.23993223 16.0568046 0.100 7.667982244 7.208446946 6.804820954 6.446376029 8.498012692 0.250 3.482624435 3.279985683 3.102726461 2.946075936 3.849774279 0.500 2.122980254 2.01370871 1.918774969 1.835538708 2.322185838 1.000 1.492216472 1.43421367 1.384430089 1.341369114 1.599268701 aeql 0.264394363 0.252603169 0.242407716 0.233514582 0.285999763 pci 1.132239199 1.081744732 1.038083849 1 1.2247619 rmi 0.144727436 0.090399477 0.042560489 0 0.242358726 the higher performance of the extended ewma chart is consistent with the study of karoon et al [21] which reported that when smoothing parameter 𝜆2is increasing. in addition, the findings that the adjusted ewma-type are consistent show more effective in detecting changes the classical ewma chart with previously presented such as studies showing in previous studies [24, 25]. according to the results from tables 3 to 5 illustrate the study of the extended ewma chart and original ewma when choosing 𝜆1 = 0.15 and 𝜆2 = 0.9𝜆1 to evaluated the arl and overall performance criteria on arx(3,1) model with varying the values of lcl from 0 to 0.075. the results insist that the extended ewma control charts are more effective than the classical ewma control chart for every different value of 𝑎, furthermore, the aeql value indicate that the control charts are more slightly sensitivity when the lcl value increase. table 4. the arl for the extended ewma control chart on arx(2,2) model compare with the ewma chart given 𝝓𝟏 = 𝝓𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟑, 𝜷𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟓 and 𝜷𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝟓 𝝀𝟏 𝜹 𝝀𝟐 ewma (𝒃′=0.00210744) 𝟎. 𝟑𝝀𝟏 (𝒃 =0.000469435) 𝟎. 𝟓𝝀𝟏 (𝒃 =0.000172602) 𝟎. 𝟕𝝀𝟏 (𝒃 =0.00006347) 𝟎. 𝟗𝝀𝟏 (𝒃 =0.00002334) 0.05 0.000 370.0623806 370.0851232 370.2705782 370.303918 370.0557168 0.005 143.6099899 131.3741982 121.3469874 112.9932666 167.4925777 0.010 88.1180071 78.84564694 71.50919257 65.57709639 107.3486736 0.025 39.62228502 34.65638219 30.84069842 27.82653203 50.49432756 0.050 19.70209443 16.97689337 14.90780681 13.28804074 25.81118976 0.100 9.109697307 7.729595114 6.692445983 5.887764573 12.25996381 0.250 3.095444374 2.614765165 2.265882038 2.005240113 4.241481434 0.500 1.582397851 1.404972604 1.285218258 1.202671002 2.041950164 1.000 1.132053547 1.079399244 1.048080721 1.029242898 1.289990658 aeql 0.210959608 0.194070285 0.182739658 0.174901114 0.255464393 pci 1.206165032 1.109600048 1.044817003 1 1.460621874 rmi 0.336424167 0.191309977 0.083133016 0 0.669446511 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 910 0.10 (𝑏 =0.000949982) (𝑏 =0.0003493386) (𝑏 =0.0001284868) (𝑏 =0.00004726) (𝑏′=0.004266463) 0.000 370.0087502 370.0120179 370.0252132 370.0816262 370.0300218 0.005 71.649121 63.8472325 57.75480129 52.88951613 88.24019188 0.010 39.57608587 34.83510149 31.20579234 28.35098335 50.02999584 0.025 16.82029518 14.65876241 13.02550689 11.75257144 21.71070307 0.050 8.564602417 7.429641125 6.5759909 5.912616074 11.15848394 0.100 4.361126688 3.781726754 3.348530314 3.013730289 5.698686323 0.250 1.957676502 1.73723013 1.577566986 1.458460132 2.48618116 0.500 1.303114058 1.210685405 1.148358179 1.105417891 1.543269823 1.000 1.08108828 1.048751844 1.029524129 1.01795948 1.178254014 aeql 0.178945097 0.170070318 0.164204698 0.160209916 0.202791007 pci 1.116941452 1.061546765 1.024934671 1 1.265783113 rmi 0.29562144 0.167910647 0.072906246 0 0.590748109 0.15 (𝑏 =0.0014279593) (𝑏 =0.0005250648) (𝑏 =0.0001931210) (𝑏 =0.0000710357) (𝑏′=0.006418365) 0.000 370.0007716 370.0137482 370.2646943 370.0054564 370.0056041 0.005 54.72707532 48.48968749 43.67986131 39.86641746 68.30247889 0.010 29.6429765 26.02645315 23.27907858 21.12757265 37.74195095 0.025 12.59578915 10.99351383 9.787432007 8.849442004 16.25336403 0.050 6.55216269 5.714438353 5.085790438 4.597862738 8.478559573 0.100 3.494654209 3.063447519 2.741505761 2.492863279 4.494553824 0.250 1.735702035 1.566190128 1.443509752 1.352019619 2.143298599 0.500 1.243300745 1.169081181 1.119055437 1.084595034 1.436557432 1.000 1.068790317 1.04135321 1.025043217 1.015233965 1.151365586 aeql 0.172403186 0.165235199 0.160521447 0.157327506 0.191804795 pci 1.095823545 1.050262621 1.020301219 1 1.219143424 rmi 0.27876938 0.158247137 0.068716666 0 0.558574232 table 5. the arl of the ewma and the extended ewma control charts on arx(3,1) model when the lower control limits (𝒂) are varied and 𝝀𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓, 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟗𝝀𝟏, 𝝓𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟏, 𝝓𝟐 = 𝝓𝟑 = 𝟎. 𝟐, 𝜷𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝟓 are given 𝒂 control chart 𝜹 aeql pci rmi 0 0.005 0.01 0.025 0.050 0.100 0.250 0.500 1.000 0 extended 𝑏 =0.00125924 370 56.45 30.62 12.99 6.729 3.561 1.744 1.241 1.066 0.200 1 0 ewma 𝑏′=0.1205195 370 134.9 82.73 38.55 20.65 10.975 4.932 2.904 1.912 0.407 2.034 1.403 0.025 extended 𝑏 =0.026263382 370 49.25 26.52 11.28 5.918 3.211 1.654 1.217 1.061 0.197 1 0 ewma 𝑏′=0.1488308 370 124.4 75.052 34.61 18.55 9.938 4.575 2.766 1.867 0.392 1.986 1.433 0.05 extended 𝑏 =0.051267388 370 42.84 22.94 9.807 5.220 2.909 1.574 1.194 1.057 0.195 1 0 ewma 𝑏′=0.17723 370 114.3 67.93 31.04 16.66 9.007 4.251 2.638 1.825 0.378 1.940 1.462 0.075 extended 𝑏 =0.07627128 370 37.19 19.84 8.539 4.619 2.647 1.504 1.175 1.052 0.192 1 0 ewma 𝑏′=0.2057207 370 104.7 61.37 27.83 14.97 8.173 3.956 2.519 1.785 0.364 1.894 1.489 4.3. applications typically, data in economics and financial applications is collected over specific periods, such as daily, weekly, or monthly. current observations often depend on previous data, leading to correlations within the data itself. in this context, the scb stock price (measured in thb) and the exchange rate (usd/thb) are considered exogenous variables. data was collected daily from january 4, 2022, to june 28, 2022. the second application examines the thailand gdp percentage expansion (%yoy) incorporating two exogenous variables: the exports (%) and the imports (%). this data hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 911 was collected quarterly from 2001 to 2020 and is of great interest for study. in this section, the explicit formula for evaluating the arl of the arx(p,r) model on the extended ewma control chart are applied to the real datasets. we also compare the efficiency of detecting process changes with the traditional control chart. the two applications, scb stock price and gdp percentage expansion are tested for autocorrelation using the boxjenkins time series technique. the exogenous variables also incorporate to the prediction models for test the significant effect in the model. table 6 reveals t-test statistic, the coefficient estimation and the root mean square error (rmse) and normalized bayesian information criterion (bic) values from the fitted arx(p,r) model. the result indicates that arx(1,1) model is the most suitable model for describing the pattern of the first application due to the lowest rmse and normalized bic values. for gdp percentage expansion observation, the prediction model arx(1,2) has the lowest of rmse and normalized bic values. to apply the explicit formula to the practical situation, the residuals between the actual values and the prediction assumed as the exponential white noise are determined by kolmogonov-smirnov testing. table 7 shows that the residuals of the optimal model of two applications are all exponentially distributed. therefore, the prediction model, arx(1,1) for the scb stock price (𝑌𝑡)with exchange rate (usd/thb) as input variable (𝑋1𝑡)can be assigned as 𝑌𝑡 = 0.956𝑌𝑡−1 + 3.432𝑋1𝑡 + 휀𝑡 where the in-control parameter, 𝛼0= 2.334. for the second dataset, the residuals follow the exponential distribution, 휀𝑡 ∼ 𝐸𝑥𝑝(1.426) when the process is an incontrol state. thus, the prediction model arx(1,2) for gdp percentage expansion (𝑌𝑡)with the export (𝑋1𝑡)and import (𝑋2𝑡) can be written as 𝑌𝑡 = 0.819𝑌𝑡−1 + 0.255𝑋1𝑡 + 0.062𝑋2𝑡 + 휀𝑡 tables 8 and 9 demonstrate the arl values calculated form the explicit formula of arx(1,1) and arx(1,2) for the two real-word data when the smoothing parameter 𝜆1= 0.05, 0.10, 0.15 and 𝜆2=0.3𝜆1,0.5𝜆1,0.7𝜆1,0.9𝜆1was set. the results confirm that the extended ewma control chart quicklier detecting changes than the ewma control chart and also show the better performance when 𝜆2increased and close to𝜆1, the overall performance measure aeql, pci and rmi also present in figures 1 and 2 for stock price and gdp, respectively table 6. the arx(p,r,) estimation and the model fit for applications data model variables coefficient std. t sig model fit rmse normalized bic scb stock price arx(1,1) ar(1) (�̂�1) 0.956 0.029 33.041 0.000 3.915 2.813 exchange rate(�̂�1) 3.432 0.207 16.566 0.000 arx(2,1) ar(1) (�̂�1) 0.867 0.095 9.133 0.000 3.930 2.863 ar(2) (�̂�1) 0.094 0.096 0.979 0.330 exchange rate(�̂�1) 3.419 0.233 14.650 0.000 gdp percentage expansion arx(1,2) ar(1) (�̂�1) 0.819 0.067 12.238 0.000 1.807 1.347 export(�̂�1) 0.255 0.037 6.806 0.000 import(�̂�2) 0.062 0.030 2.075 0.041 arx(2,2) ar(1) (�̂�1) 0.902 0.116 7.793 0.000 1.811 1.407 ar(2) (�̂�1) -0.103 0.115 -0.901 0.370 export(�̂�1) 0.254 0.036 7.044 0.000 import(�̂�2) 0.072 0.029 2.468 0.016 table 7. exponential white noise testing data model mean (𝜶𝟎) kolmogorov-smirnov z sig. scb stock price arx(1,1) 2.334 0.854 0.460 gdp percentage expansion arx(1,2) 1.426 0.917 0.370 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 912 table 8. the arl for arx(1,1) applying to scb stock price data 𝝀𝟏 𝜹 𝝀𝟐 ewma (𝒃′=0.0317708) 𝟎. 𝟑𝝀𝟏 (𝒃 =0.018917715) 𝟎. 𝟓𝝀𝟏 (𝒃 =0.013406835) 𝟎. 𝟕𝝀𝟏 (𝒃 =0.0095070806) 𝟎. 𝟗𝝀𝟏 (𝒃 =0.00674426) 0.05 0.000 370.0040501 370.0007067 370.0004582 370.0599657 370.3089563 0.005 106.820121 100.4375606 94.729478 89.60972967 117.9773533 0.010 62.42901753 58.09904009 54.29967473 50.94787977 70.20205248 0.025 27.81192489 25.66414057 23.80794348 22.19160901 31.75271609 0.050 14.49887529 13.32686357 12.32088143 11.4500065 16.67061524 0.100 7.489519175 6.867501306 6.336730702 5.879612506 8.65150742 0.250 3.257345392 2.993835405 2.771643106 2.582446113 3.757137073 0.500 1.935603515 1.801737894 1.690857261 1.598142672 2.195037645 1.000 1.365284958 1.300277016 1.247971345 1.205547605 1.495656746 aeql 0.243356 0.229353 0.217862 0.208346 0.270805 pci 1.168041 1.10083 1.045677 1 1.299786 rmi 0.201751 0.123876 0.057337 0 0.346859 0.10 𝑏 = 0.038019014 𝑏 = 0.0269074 𝑏 = 0.019065803 𝑏 = 0.013519388 𝑏′= 0.0641 0.000 370.0008847 370.0180957 370.002168 370.0111296 370.1931347 0.005 78.12655773 72.89852825 68.31871872 64.27717034 87.58161942 0.010 43.89350325 40.63849202 37.82925685 35.38170207 49.90909725 0.025 19.21316807 17.69225938 16.39399277 15.2734093 22.06984454 0.050 10.14435448 9.327202978 8.633014535 8.036299121 11.68975246 0.100 5.448509626 5.013056812 4.644729563 4.329359697 6.276711769 0.250 2.614675638 2.423520999 2.263449008 2.127751184 2.982606894 0.500 1.707551758 1.605294058 1.521063555 1.45087754 1.908159639 1.000 1.296473483 1.243334201 1.200767108 1.166335662 1.404112067 aeql 0.220553 0.209613 0.200696 0.193346 0.242281 pci 1.140715 1.084136 1.038015 1 1.253096 rmi 0.194682 0.119009 0.05491 0 0.338152 0.15 𝑏 = 0.057220513 𝑏 = 0.04044011 𝑏 = 0.02863122 𝑏 = 0.02029285 𝑏′= 0.096866815 0.000 370.0002681 370.00073 370.0373006 370.0491258 370.0012379 0.005 70.05726393 65.15864916 60.92132591 57.63997126 79.10781293 0.010 38.96391285 35.98501512 33.44259984 31.24396259 44.5831598 0.025 17.01228401 15.64200086 14.48366842 13.49029437 19.6358306 0.050 9.040053548 8.306713536 7.689271449 7.161623511 10.45229959 0.100 4.928824771 4.537551996 4.209261916 3.929640297 5.685608497 0.250 2.446797359 2.273286471 2.128957938 2.007123417 2.785598961 0.500 1.64587503 1.551618886 1.474405078 1.410285066 1.833044172 1.000 1.277067435 1.227051647 1.187164634 1.15498856 1.379405859 aeql 0.214403 0.204243 0.196007 0.189245 0.234829 pci 1.132942 1.079251 1.035732 1 1.240876 rmi 0.192439 0.116833 0.05331 0 0.338134 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 913 (a) (b) (c) figure 1. aeql, pci and rmi value on the control charts for scb stock price application where (a) 𝝀𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓, (b) 𝝀𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟎 and (c) 𝝀𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓 0.346859349 1.299785727 0.27080488 0 1 0.208345787 0.057336695 1.04567671 0.217862337 0.12387632 1.100829824 0.229353256 0.2017514 1.168041196 0.243356462 0 0.5 1 1.5 rmi pci aeql series5 series4 series3 series2 series1 2 10.3  2 10.5  2 10.7  2 10.9  ewma 0.338151651 1.253095763 0.242281168 0 1 0.193346091 0.054909888 1.038015141 0.20069617 0.119008864 1.038015141 0.20069617 0.194681653 1.140715172 0.22055282 0 0.5 1 1.5 rmi pci aeql series5 series4 series3 series2 series1 2 10.3  2 10.5  2 10.7  2 10.9  ewma 0.338133715 1.786753915 0.23482912 0 1 0.189244703 0.053310471 0.28170126 0.196006795 0.116832845 0.617363886 0.204242533 0.192439483 1.016881737 0.214403323 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 rmi pci aeql series5 series4 series3 series2 series1 2 10.3  2 10.5  2 10.7  2 10.9  ewma hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 914 table 9. the arl for arx(1,2) applying to gdp percentage expansions data 𝝀𝟏 𝜹 𝝀𝟐 ewma (𝒃′=0.01069878) 𝟎. 𝟑𝝀𝟏 (𝒃 =0.00229284) 𝟎. 𝟓𝝀𝟏 (𝒃 =0.000823678) 𝟎. 𝟕𝝀𝟏 (𝒃 =0.000296076) 𝟎. 𝟗𝝀𝟏 (𝒃 =0.00010644541) 0.05 0.000 370.0195125 370.0168014 370.0111423 370.0010579 370.0193069 0.005 176.1708882 158.5753877 144.2945208 132.6327563 210.3047398 0.010 114.6481409 99.88600383 88.54410867 79.67349984 146.0956492 0.025 54.67975265 46.01742504 39.69272597 34.92894616 74.99295654 0.050 28.07796619 23.1364354 19.61045931 16.99686804 40.2267433 0.100 13.32666035 10.75927865 8.958461228 7.640384668 19.86256417 0.250 4.553212746 3.613581107 2.977569056 2.528109829 7.079400055 0.500 2.142852181 1.762440126 1.520724827 1.361474675 3.247087222 1.000 1.318633449 1.18534282 1.10951606 1.065340391 1.757527932 aeql 0.265825 0.228883 0.205742 0.190636 0.375299 pci 1.394412 1.200629 1.079238 1 1.968667 rmi 0.482399 0.263632 0.110906 0 1.040855 0.10 𝑏 =0.00464517 𝑏 =0.0016683882 𝑏 =0.0005998031 𝑏 =0.0002156943 𝑏′=0.021751807 0.000 370.0844572 370.004395 370.0081256 370.0006901 370.0002399 0.005 93.258375 80.48276256 70.90113885 63.53864909 121.8164902 0.010 53.2575307 45.03837717 39.07747821 34.60957764 72.87038299 0.025 23.20433801 19.30221432 16.54093729 14.50635031 33.00876762 0.050 11.91624534 9.836255509 8.379050339 7.312193249 17.26214393 0.100 6.056588517 4.981442311 4.235229765 3.692728425 8.873488972 0.250 2.602744369 2.175942576 1.888509094 1.685962798 3.769792565 0.500 1.587676052 1.391521285 1.267234871 1.18545813 2.163745959 1.000 1.193841436 1.112669882 1.066563681 1.039715824 1.463351631 aeql 0.207328 0.187726 0.175636 0.167864 0.266973 pci 1.235092 1.11832 1.046298 1 1.590409 rmi 0.434137 0.236377 0.09922 0 0.947839 0.15 𝑏 =0.006987309 𝑏 =0.002508225 𝑏 =0.00090163 𝑏 = 0.0003242357 𝑏′=0.032870324 0.000 370.0015582 370.0069603 370.0544269 370.0026892 370.0008461 0.005 72.02856861 61.51285853 53.79130086 47.9445093 96.72326424 0.010 39.99670149 33.62557532 29.07021455 25.68715058 55.77959201 0.025 17.25654106 14.34934962 12.30871606 10.81213801 24.75080983 0.050 8.984280125 7.44793 6.377499842 5.596034753 13.01337024 0.100 4.736081026 3.937189241 3.384884769 2.984071306 6.863927909 0.250 2.225599379 1.898323953 1.678483015 1.523718346 3.131910337 0.500 1.469854915 1.312777862 1.213434874 1.148109584 1.935891627 1.000 1.163970193 1.095243656 1.056258866 1.033566465 1.39405184 aeql 0.195216 0.179327 0.169584 0.163354 0.244267 pci 1.19505 1.097785 1.038144 1 1.49533 rmi 0.412786 0.224275 0.094051 0 0.910455 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 915 (a) (b) (c) figure 2. aeql, pci and rmi value on the control charts for gdp percentage expansions application where (a) 𝝀𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓, (b) 𝝀𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟎 and (c) 𝝀𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓 1.040854743 1.968666973 0.375299169 0 1 0.190636189 0.110905591 1.079237677 0.205741758 0.263631984 1.200628644 0.228883269 0.482399238 1.394411554 0.265825305 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 rmi pci aeql series5 series4 series3 series2 series1 2 10.3  2 10.5  2 10.7  2 10.9  ewma 0.947838828 1.590409323 0.266972593 0 1 0.167864077 0.099219742 1.046297915 0.175635834 0.236377116 1.118319787 0.187725719 0.43413716 1.235092125 0.207327599 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 rmi pci aeql series5 series4 series3 series2 series1 2 10.3  2 10.5  2 10.7  2 10.9  ewma 0.910454635 1.495329956 0.24426746 0 1 0.163353552 0.094050669 1.038143679 0.169584458 0.224275198 1.097785063 0.17932709 0.412786054 1.195050102 0.19521568 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 rmi pci aeql series5 series4 series3 series2 series1 2 10.3  2 10.5  2 10.7  ewma 2 10.9  hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 916 5. conclusion the capacity of the control charts in capturing changes in the process is usually assessed by the general characteristic, the arl, which can be described through the fredholm integral equation of the second kind. this research focused on the alternative methodology in calculating the arl of the extended ewma control chart for the arx model with exponential white noise. the explicit formula derived from the arl integral equation is proposed and proved the existence and uniqueness by applying the condition of banach’s fixed point theorem. the accuracy of the exact solutions is verified by nie methods with four different composite quadrature rules. the result indicates that the arl from two methods is close, and the computation time of the proposed explicit formulas is less than 0.001 second. the second purpose of this study is to compare the sensitivity of the extended ewma and the classical ewma control charts under various situations and also examine the optimal condition of the smoothing parameter of the ewma-type charts. it can be seen that the extended ewma control chart shows better performance in detecting process mean changes, especially small shift sizes, as confirmed by overall performance criteria such as aeql, pci, and rmi values. moreover, the result indicated that the extended ewma control chart has higher efficiency when the smoothing parameter 𝝀𝟐 is almost equal to 𝝀𝟏. the two real datasets, namely scb stock price and gdp percentage expansions with external factors, are applied to demonstrate the performance of the relevant control charts when the residuals of the forecasting model are exponentially distributed. however, the proposed procedure, an explicit formula, works in some conditions, in particular, when data is autocorrelated with exponential white noise. for future study, an explicit formula for the arl will be developed for other time series models running on extended ewma or the new adjusted control charts. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, t.m., y.a., and s.s.; methodology, t.m.; software, t.m.; validation, t.m., y.a., and s.s.; formal analysis, t.m.; investigation, y.a.; resources, t.m.; data curation, y.a.; writing—original draft preparation, t.m.; writing—review and editing, t.m.; visualization, y.a.; supervision, y.a.; project administration, t.m.; funding acquisition, y.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the scb stock price and the gdb percentage expansions datasets can be found here: https://investing.com and https://www.nesdc.go.th, respectively. 6.3. funding this research was funded by thailand science research and innovation fund (tsri), and king mongkut’s university of technology north bangkok with contract no. kmutnb-ff-67-b-11. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] shewhart, w. a. (1930). economic quality control of manufactured product 1. bell system technical journal, 9(2), 364-389. doi:10.1002/j.1538-7305.1930.tb00373.x. [2] page, e. s. (1954). continuous inspection schemes. biometrika, 41(1/2), 100-115. doi:10.2307/2333009. [3] roberts, s. w. (1959). control chart tests based on geometric moving averages. technometrics, 1(3), 239. doi:10.2307/1266443. [4] patel, a. k., & divecha, j. (2011). modified exponentially weighted moving average (ewma) control chart for an analytical process data. journal of chemical engineering and materials science, 2(1), 12–20. https://investing.com/ https://www.nesdc.go.th/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 917 [5] khan, n., mcclean, s., zhang, s., & nugent, c. (2023). performance evaluation of multivariate statistical techniques using edgeenabled optimisation for change detection in activity monitoring. journal of cloud computing, 12(1), 91. doi:10.1186/s13677023-00467-x. [6] abbas, n., riaz, m., & does, r. j. m. m. (2013). mixed exponentially weighted moving average-cumulative sum charts for process monitoring. quality and reliability engineering international, 29(3), 345–356. doi:10.1002/qre.1385. [7] naveed, m., azam, m., khan, n., & aslam, m. (2018). design of a control chart using extended ewma statistic. technologies, 6(4), 108–122. doi:10.3390/technologies6040108. [8] zahid, r., noor-ul-amin, m., khan, i., alqahtani, s. a., pathak, p. k., & rahimi, j. (2023). combination of memory type ratio and product estimators under extended ewma statistic with application to wheat production. scientific reports, 13(1), 13547. doi:10.1038/s41598-023-40687-4. [9] jawad mirza, m., hashmi, s., thomas mwakudisa, m., safariyan, a., naghmi habibullah, s., & noor-ul-amin, m. (2024). performance evaluation of extended ewma control chart in the presence of measurement error. communications in statistics: simulation and computation, 1–16. doi:10.1080/03610918.2024.2408624. [10] alwan, l. c. (1992). effects of autocorrelation on control chart performance. communications in statistics theory and methods, 21(4), 1025–1049. doi:10.1080/03610929208830829. [11] reynolds, m. r., arnold, j. c., & baik, j. w. (1996). variable sampling interval x charts in the presence of correlation. journal of quality technology, 28(1), 12–30. doi:10.1080/00224065.1996.11979633. [12] zhang, n. f. (1997). detection capability of residual control chart for stationary process data. journal of applied statistics, 24(4), 475–492. doi:10.1080/02664769723657. [13] tyagi, d., & yadav, v. (2024). combined quality control scheme for monitoring auto correlated process. thailand statistician, 22(4), 986–1005. [14] maçaira, p. m., tavares thomé, a. m., cyrino oliveira, f. l., & carvalho ferrer, a. l. (2018). time series analysis with explanatory variables: a systematic literature review. environmental modelling and software, 107, 199–209. doi:10.1016/j.envsoft.2018.06.004. [15] suparman. (2018). a new estimation procedure using a reversible jump mcmc algorithm for ar models of exponential white noise. international journal of geomate, 15(49), 85–91. doi:10.21660/2018.49.3622. [16] champ, c. w., & ritrdon, s. e. (1991). a comparison of the markov chain and the integral equation approaches for evaluating the run length distribution of quality control charts. communications in statistics simulation and computation, 20(1), 191– 204. doi:10.1080/03610919108812948. [17] paichit, p. (2016). average run length of control chart for arx(1) process with exponential white noise. global journal of pure and applied mathematics, 12(3), 2143–2153. [18] phanyaem, s. (2022). explicit formulas and numerical integral equation of arl for sarx(p,r)l model based on cusum chart. mathematics and statistics, 10(1), 88–99. doi:10.13189/ms.2022.100107. [19] suriyakat, w., & petcharat, k. (2022). exact run length computation on ewma control chart for stationary moving average process with exogenous variables. mathematics and statistics, 10(3), 624–635. doi:10.13189/ms.2022.100319. [20] supharakonsakun, y. (2021). comparing the effectiveness of statistical control charts for monitoring a change in process mean. engineering letters, 29(3), 1108–1114. [21] karoon, k., areepong, y., & sukparungsee, s. (2023). trend autoregressive model exact run length evaluation on a twosided extended ewma chart. computer systems science and engineering, 44(2), 1143–1160. doi:10.32604/csse.2023.025420. [22] zhang, l., suraphee, s., & busababodhin, p. (2023). derivation of explicit formulae for performance measures of cusum control chart for sma(q)s model with exponential white noise. lobachevskii journal of mathematics, 44(9), 3902–3913. doi:10.1134/s1995080223090457. [23] peerajit, w. (2024). determining the arl for a shift in the mean of a long-memory arfima(1, d, 1)(1, d, 1)s process with exponential white noise running on a cusum control chart. thailand statistician, 22(2), 407–429. [24] sunthornwat, r., sukparungsee, s., & areepong, y. (2024). the development and evaluation of homogenously weighted moving average control chart based on an autoregressive process. hightech and innovation journal, 5(1), 16–35. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-02. [25] phanthuna, p., areepong, y., & sukparungsee, s. (2024). performance measurement of a dmewma control chart on an ar(p) model with exponential white noise. applied science and engineering progress, 17(3), 7088. doi:10.14416/j.asep.2023.10.005. [26] phanyaem, s. (2024). precise average run length of an exponentially weighted moving average control chart for time series model. thailand statistician, 22(4), 909–925. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 42 issn: 2723-9535 smart data placement strategy in heterogeneous hadoop nour-eddine bakni 1* , ismail assayad 2 1 lis lab, faculty of sciences, university hassan ii of casablanca, casablanca, morocco. 2 lis lab, faculty of sciences, ensem, university hassan ii of casablanca, casablanca, morocco. received 29 september 2024; revised 30 january 2025; accepted 08 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract big data platforms are becoming increasingly essential these days, given the volume of data generated every moment by millions of people around the world. the hadoop framework is a solution that allows storing and processing these large amounts of data in parallel on a cluster of machines. the default data placement strategy adopted by the hadoop distributed file system (hdfs), initially designed for a homogeneous cluster where all machines are considered identical, relies on distributing data to nodes based only on their disk space availability. implementing this strategy in a heterogeneous environment, where nodes have varying computing or disk storage capacities, may result in performance degradation. in this paper, we propose a smart data placement strategy (sdps) in heterogeneous hadoop clusters that aims to place highaccess data on high-performance nodes. it takes cluster heterogeneity into account when distributing data by first dividing nodes into groups based on their performance levels using a clustering algorithm and then allocating data blocks to appropriate nodes based on their hotness. sdps also allows dynamically specifying the replication factor of data blocks to reduce storage space waste while maintaining data availability. experimental results show that sdps is more efficient in a heterogeneous environment compared with the default data placement policy of hdfs, and it improves mapreduce data processing, data locality, and storage efficiency. keywords: big data; data placement; hadoop; hdfs; heterogeneous cluster. 1. introduction the accelerated growth in data volumes has prompted researchers to think differently about how to manipulate or analyze this data, which involves imposing new orders of magnitude in terms of capturing, searching, sharing, storing, and data analysis. this is how the “big data” [1] emerged. big data is the collection of massive amounts of diverse data, stored digitally and then processed using advanced technologies to establish diagnoses, make decisions accordingly, and establish action plans. big data is experiencing constant growth and has become widely used in many fields due to its advantages. among the reasons that have contributed to the expansion of big data are, on the one hand, the arrival and development of storage media, particularly through the spread of cloud computing [2], and on the other hand, the transformation of adaptive processing mechanisms, including the implementation of revolutionary databases supporting unstructured data (hadoop) [3] and the design of new high-performance processing models (mapreduce) [4]. mapreduce is a programming model that promotes the parallel processing of large data sets across multiple computers in a cluster. it is one of the components that constitute the core of the hadoop framework, which handles the processing of large data sets in a flexible and distributed manner across a set of machines or nodes, where each node * corresponding author: nour-eddine.bakni@taalim.ma http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0001-0437-3694 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6939-6125 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 43 forms both a processing and storage unit. the purpose of mapreduce is to provide developers with an abstraction that hides the complexity of operations related to parallelism, distribution of data processing, management of their execution in the cluster, and management of failures that may occur in the cluster during processing. data locality remains one of the factors that determine mapreduce performance. in general, data locality is related to the data placement strategy at the cluster level. the default data placement policy implemented by hdfs [5] disperses data across nodes based only on disk storage availability. this policy can be useful in homogeneous clusters where all nodes have the same performance characteristics. but in reality, it is very difficult to achieve a completely homogeneous environment, especially when dealing with clusters of thousands of nodes, which need to be renewed or updated from time to time, so we are talking about several generations of machines running in the same cluster. implementing such a policy in this type of environment where nodes have varying performance, such as computing power or disk storage, may result in overall performance degradation due to overor under-utilization of resources, slower data processing, unbalanced data distribution, etc. several works [6-10] have addressed the problem of unbalanced workload in a heterogeneous environment and proposed dynamic placement policies aiming to balance data among nodes based on their performance. however, these research studies have not considered the heat or data access rate when placing blocks, which may have an effect on the overall system performance. another drawback of hdfs's default data placement policy in a heterogeneous environment is excessive data traffic, as high-performance nodes can finish processing their local data faster than low-performance nodes, requiring transportation of unprocessed data from slower nodes to faster nodes. this data movement between nodes will use the cluster’s network bandwidth, which may impact hadoop mapreduce performance. the default data placement policy also uses a constant replication factor for all data blocks. since most of this data is actually cold data and has a low access throughput, adopting a fixed replication factor for all data without considering the access rate or hotness of this data will result in significant waste of disk storage resources. however, regardless of the frequency of data access, availability remains critical for any data center. in this context, several research studies [11-15] have proposed placement strategies that dynamically distribute data blocks based on their hotness and have also proposed dynamic replication mechanisms to reduce storage space consumption. however, it should be noted that these works have not set limits on data replication. thus, a very large factor may have an effect on storage efficiency, and a too small factor < 2 may have an impact on data availability on the cluster. to address the above shortcomings, we propose a smart data placement strategy in heterogeneous hadoop clusters (sdps) that allows data distribution across nodes based on their hotness, such that high-access data is placed on the highest-performing nodes. according to the experiment results, sdps improved mapreduce execution time by more than 23% on average compared to the default hdfs policy and data locality by more than 9%. we also propose a dynamic replication strategy that aims to increase storage efficiency by reducing storage space consumption. not to mention that the proposed model does not require any prior setting. our work can be summarized as follows:  datanodes clustering algorithm (dca) that groups nodes according to their performance into virtual racks (vr) using k-means clustering.  hotness-aware block replication algorithm (habr), which allows you to specify the hotness of data blocks and then assign a replication number to each of those blocks based on their hotness.  smart data placement strategy (sdps) that uses dca to divide nodes into vrs and habr to determine the hotness and the replication factors of data blocks and then distribute them across datanodes in the cluster, with the condition of placing hot data blocks on high-performance nodes. the rest of the document is organized as follows. section 2 reveals the background and some details regarding hadoop and hdfs. section 3 deals with related work. section 4 details the proposed sddp and its relevance algorithms. section 5 evaluates the performance of sdps in a heterogeneous cluster and discusses the results. section 6 concludes the paper and highlights some future work. 2. background in this section, we give an overview of the hadoop framework and some details about the hdfs system and its default block placement policy. 2.1. hadoop apache hadoop is primarily an open-source software framework for distributed data processing and management based on java, which can run on different environments such as clouds or data centers. hadoop uses a set of machines configured in computing clusters to process and store huge amounts of datasets. it allows distributed processing of hadoop analytics and big data tasks at the cluster level by breaking them down into smaller tasks that can be processed in parallel mode. hadoop comprises a set of components with various functionalities. hdfs, as the hadoop file system, hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 44 supports the management of datasets and metadata stored in the cluster. then, hadoop mapreduce, which is the distributed data processing module. finally, yarn [16] distributes the workloads across the cluster. the hadoop architecture is described in figure 1. a hadoop cluster is a special type of computing cluster (server cluster) designed specifically to store and process large volumes of data, which promotes distributed computing. the work of analyzing the data is distributed across the cluster nodes (servers). these clusters are used to run the open-source distributed computing software hadoop on lowcost computers. typically, one machine in the cluster is designated as the namenode, and another machine is designated as the jobtracker. these two machines are the masters. the other machines in the cluster are worker nodes and act as both datanodes and tasktrackers. figure 1. hadoop architecture the introduction of hadoop enabled businesses to quickly benefit from massive data storage and processing capacity, higher computing power, modules with many options, better fault tolerance, more flexible data management, reduced costs compared to traditional warehouses, high scalability, and extensibility. finally, hadoop has played a role in the emergence of other big data analytics tools, such as the arrival of apache spark. 2.2. hdfs hadoop distributed file system (hdfs) is one of the core components of the hadoop framework, responsible for storing and managing large volumes of data across all nodes that form a common cluster database. the data in this system is stored and replicated across multiple nodes, making it fault-tolerant. this redundancy can also ensure high data availability at the server level. hdfs is also characterized by its flexibility, high scalability, ease of use, and integration into the entire hadoop ecosystem software suite. figure 2 describes the architecture of hdfs. figure 2. architecture of hadoop distributed file system (hdfs) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 45 as shown in figure 2, hdfs consists of two components:  namenode: this node is the master demon (main program); it is the conductor of the hdfs cluster, managing the file system metadata, including information about files, directories, access permissions, data blocks, and block locations. the namenode also maintains information about the datanodes in the cluster and monitors their availability. clients access the hdfs file system through the namenode, which coordinates file read and write operations.  datanode: datanode is the slave daemon (secondary program). these nodes are responsible for storing the actual file data in the hdfs file system. datanodes periodically communicate with the namenode to send information about their status and to receive instructions on how to store, read, or delete data. depending on storage needs, datanodes can be dynamically added or removed from the cluster. clients can perform data read/write operations on hdfs using its file system interface. to access the desired data, clients can request its location by connecting to namenode, which will respond by proposing the addresses of the nodes containing the data blocks, and hence clients can read or write the data directly by connecting to these nodes. random file access is also available on hdfs, and clients can read or write data at any offset in the file. 2.3. the default hdfs block placement when uploading a file to hdfs, it is divided into data blocks of a predefined size in hdfs, usually 128 or 256 mb blocks, and then distributed across the cluster nodes. to ensure system reliability and data availability, each block is replicated using a replication factor; the default factor of three adopted by hdfs means that each block is available on three different nodes. the default hdfs block placement strategy randomly assigns the first replica of a data block to any node with enough space on the cluster. it then places the second copy on any node in a different rack than the first replica, but if there are no available racks, it can be hosted on the same rack as the first replica. and finally, it allocates the third replica on any node in the same rack as the second copy. whenever a data node goes down or fails, the node name instructs the data nodes hosting replicas of lost data blocks to redo the replication and placement of blocks on other nodes to ensure availability of data files by reaching their assigned replication factor again. 3. related works data placement policies occupy a fairly important place in scientific research, considering their importance and impact on mapreduce performance and hadoop system efficiency. xie et al. [17] proposed to allocate data on heterogeneous nodes according to their computing capacity. shah et al. [6] presented an algorithm for balancing data across nodes by dividing them into two categories according to a specific criterion. vengadeswaran et al. [18] addressed the data locality issue through a data placement mechanism based on data interdependence. a workload-driven approach [19] aimed at reducing timespan by co-locating frequently accessed data elements between queries. sldp proposed by xiong et al. [11] divides nodes into several virtual tiers based on their performance and then distributes data blocks across these tiers based on their hotness. lui et al. [12] used a gray forecast model to predict the heat and replica number of data blocks, then placed them on the appropriate nodes. wu et al. [20] proposed dgad data placement according to task execution frequency to improve data locality. xiong et al. [13] used a heat-aware data clustering to specify the heat of the data, double sort exchange to allocate cold data, and a dynamic replication placement mechanism to place hot data. cohadoop [14] aimed to co-locate data processed by a job in the same node. cohadoop added a file-level property (locator) to extend hdfs, and files placed on the same set of datanodes have the same locator. qureshi et al. [21] proposed a data placement called rdp to address unbalanced workloads and network traffic to improve hadoop performance. lee et al. [7] introduced a data placement algorithm to balance workloads across nodes according to their computing capacity to reduce data transfer time to improve hadoop system efficiency. bae et al. [10] proposed a new data placement policy that aims to improve data locality with a minimal amount of replicated data by replicating only the data blocks that have the highest access rate. hussain et al. [15] addressed performance degradation by placing block data on the highest-performing nodes. liu et al. [22] presented a replica placement policy based on the topsis entropy weighting method to calculate the efficiency scores of each node, rack, and cluster. then, block placement is performed based on the obtained scores. vengadeswaran et al. [23] proposed a data placement (clust) based on grouping semantics in data to distribute blocks optimally across nodes. managing data replication can help improve storage efficiency while maintaining enough availability. liu et al. [24] presented brps, a big data replica placement strategy reducing data movement across the cluster to improve task processing performance. ciritoglu et al. [25] proposed a workload-aware balanced replica deletion algorithm to handle imbalanced data, hot spots, and performance degradation. ciritoglu et al. [26] presented hard, a heterogeneity-aware replica deletion, which is an extension of the algorithm in [25] to deal with the replica deletion issue in a heterogeneous hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 46 environment. dai et al. [27] suggested a new replica placement policy to distribute replicas of data across nodes without resorting to a load balancer. bui et al. [28] proposed an approach to dynamically replicate data based on popularity, with an erasure code to ensure reliability for low-popularity data. ahmed et al. [29] presented a replication policy to group data files based on their importance in various clusters and apply an appropriate replication policy to each cluster to reduce storage waste while maintaining data availability and reliability. fazul et al. [30] proposed a metric observation model that automatically determines when to start corrective action and triggers the reactive balancing process in the file system, based on standardized trigger events. a. zayed et al. [31] presented an optimization of the hdfs replication policy using predictive categorization to minimize storage consumption while ensuring data availability and system reliability. he et al. [32] addressed the shortcoming of static replication by adopting a dynamic decision strategy for the number of replicas based on data popularity. he et al. [33] proposed a copy placement strategy based on evaluation value and load balancing to improve the performance of cloud storage systems. most previous research that addressed the issue of cluster heterogeneity relied on one or at most two performance criteria for node clustering to perform data distribution. however, in our case, the proposed model considers multiple performance criteria when clustering nodes (cpu speed, memory size, disk capacity, disk iops, etc.) to further refine the classification. moreover, and unlike previous works that proposed dynamic data block replication strategies, our model imposes limits on the replication operation in order to reduce storage space consumption while maintaining data availability. 4. proposed model design this section presents in detail the design of the proposed sdps model and its auxiliary algorithms, which aim at the efficient utilization of the cluster resources and better performance of hadoop mapreduce. figure 3 illustrates the implementation of sdps in a heterogeneous hadoop cluster. the model architecture includes 3 components: the datanodes clustering algorithm (dca), which is responsible for dividing datanodes into groups (vrs); the heataware block replication (habr) algorithm, which determines the heat and number of replications of data blocks; and sdps, which relies on the information provided by dca and habr to place data blocks on appropriate datanodes. figure 3. implementation of sdps in a heterogeneous hadoop cluster 4.1. datanodes clustering algorithm (dca) cluster heterogeneity presents an additional constraint on the overall performance of hadoop mapreduce, especially if there were sincere differences in the performance of the datanodes in the cluster. and this performance lag between nodes can result in significant data transfer between fast nodes and slower nodes, which can impact data processing time and limit overall system throughput. this requires solutions that can overcome these limitations, increase the system's performance and efficiency, and make the most of its capabilities. in this context, we present our solution for this problem, which is called datanodes clustering algorithm (dca), which aims to classify datanodes according to several performance criteria (processor speed, memory capacity, storage, iops, ...) using the k-means method, the idea is to partition the machines that have close capacities into groups or what we will call virtual racks (vr). in another sense, to achieve node clustering in vrs (virtual racks), we perform comparisons between nodes based on the performance parameters mentioned above, so that nodes grouped in the same vr (virtual rack) will have almost the same performance. the number of vrs depends on the degree of variance between nodes in the cluster. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 47 the k-means algorithm belongs to the family of unsupervised machine learning algorithms, used to analyze and classify a data set in order to group "similar" data into groups (or clusters). given a number k in advance, the algorithm will split the dataset into k clusters, and the goal is to find the best cluster where each cluster has the data points closest to each other. here, the datanodes will be the datasets of this algorithm which are denoted 𝐷𝑁 = {𝑑𝑛1, . . . , 𝑑𝑛𝑛}, and the set of performance criteria are denoted 𝐶𝑃 = {𝑐𝑝1, . . . , 𝑐𝑝𝑚}. the relation between a datanode 𝑑𝑛𝑖 and a performance criterion 𝑐𝑝𝑗 is denoted 𝑥𝑖,𝑗 = ⅆ𝑛𝑖 × 𝑐𝑝𝑗, and thus the observation matrix x is as follows: 𝑋 = ( 𝑥1,1 𝑥1,2 . . . 𝑥1,𝑚 𝑥2,1 𝑥2,2 . . . 𝑥2,𝑚 . . . . . . . . . . . . 𝑥𝑛,1 𝑥𝑛,2 . . . 𝑥𝑛,𝑚 ) (1) to classify the datasets into k clusters, the algorithm will seek to compare the degree of proximity or similarity between the data points, this process is repeated several times until having a good classification. the k-means algorithm typically involves the euclidean distance in the proximity comparison. in our case to test the degree of similarity between two datanodes 𝑑𝑛𝑖 and 𝑑𝑛𝑗, we calculate the distance 𝑑𝑖,𝑗 between the two elements with this formula: 𝑑𝑖,𝑗 = √∑(𝑥𝑖,𝑢 − 𝑥𝑗,𝑢) 2 𝑚 𝑢=1 (2) where,  𝑥𝑖,𝑢: relationship between node 𝑑𝑛𝑖 and performance parameter 𝑢.  𝑥𝑗,𝑢: relationship between node 𝑑𝑛𝑗 and performance parameter 𝑢.  𝑚: the number of performance parameters. we will start by manually specifying the value of k the number of groups (vrs) that will be generated by the algorithm, and follow these steps: step 1: select k data nodes or centroids randomly. step 2: assign each datanode to its nearest centroid to build the k predefined groups. (the nearest in terms of similarity which can be calculated using equation 2). step 3: calculate a new centroid of each group, for example for a group of datanodes 𝑉𝑅𝑞, the new centroid can be calculated as follows: ∀𝒋∈𝟏,…,𝒎 𝒙𝒄,𝒋 = 𝟏 |𝑽𝑹𝒒| ∑ 𝒙𝒊,𝒋 𝒅𝒏𝒊∈ 𝑽𝑹𝒒 (3) where,  𝑥𝑐,𝑗: the relationship between the new centroid 𝑐 and the performance parameter 𝑗.  𝑥𝑖,𝑗: the relationship between node 𝑑𝑛𝑖 and performance parameter 𝑗.  |𝑉𝑅𝑞|: the number of datanodes in 𝑉𝑅𝑞.  𝑚: the number performance criteria. step 4: we repeat the steps 2 and 4 until the new centroids are stable or no reassignment occurs. step 5: the model is ready and the classification of the datanodes is done. note: it is not always obvious to choose the number of clusters k. especially for a large dataset where we do not have any assumptions or priors about the data. the most common way to choose the number of clusters is to run the kmeans algorithm each time with a new value of k in an attempt to find the optimal value of k. 4.2. hotness aware blocks replication (habr) data stored in a cluster typically does not have the same access rate, it does not maintain a constant access rate and can vary from time to time. for most data, we see a significant decrease in its access rate over time, and sometimes we find data that has not been accessed for a long time (cold data) or is rarely accessed in a certain period of time (warm data), which makes us question the usefulness of adopting a constant replication factor for all data in the hdfs system, especially with this variation between data in terms of access frequency and with the existence of a significant amount of cold data and sometimes warm data, while the hot data represents a lower percentage. which can lead to wasted storage space at the cluster level. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 48 analyzing the access logs provided by namenode that record information about all the requests performed, such as the date and time of the request, allows to obtain the frequency of access to data blocks and thus to determine the heat level of these blocks. in this regard, we propose hotness aware block replication (habr) algorithm, which aims to determine the number of replications of data blocks according to their hotness using a dynamic data replication strategy [34], which is a method to dynamically determine the replication factor based on data popularity to optimize storage on hdfs and reduce space waste. for frequently accessed data (hot data), a large replication factor will reduce network utilization and improve application execution, while for infrequently accessed data (cold data), a small replication factor can reduce storage space consumption while avoiding performance degradation. this method determines the replication factor by using the historical access frequency. to express the effect of historical information on the popularity of the object in the recent period, in many fields, the half-life is taken into account. the half-life is the period of time during which a substance undergoes decay to half of its concentration [34]. in our algorithm, we also take the half-life as the weight of the historical records, which means that the weight will change over time and will be halved after a defined period of time, so the more recent the records are, the higher their weight will be. let 𝐴𝑅𝑖 𝑛 be the sum of all access rates of data block 𝑖 over the entire cluster during the time interval 𝑇𝑛, 𝑛 the number of time periods that have elapsed, and 𝑃𝑙𝑖 𝑛 be the popularity of data block 𝑖 for the whole cluster during the time interval 𝑇𝑛, calculated by 𝑷𝒍𝒊 𝒏 = ∑ 𝑨𝑹𝒊 𝒋 × 𝟐𝒋−𝒏 𝒏 𝒋=𝟏 (4) we will consider that the hotness of a data block 𝑖 to be its average popularity per time interval 𝑇𝑛, denoted by ℎ( 𝑏𝑖), given by 𝒉( 𝒃𝒊) = 𝑷𝒍𝒊 𝒏 𝒏 (5) where n denotes the periods of time that have elapsed, we can then determine the replication factor of data block 𝑖, denoted by rf( 𝑏𝑖), based on its hotness value ℎ( 𝑏𝑖), by 𝐫𝐟( 𝒃𝒊) = { 𝟒 , 𝒉( 𝒃𝒊)/�̅� ≥ 𝟐 𝟑, 𝟏 ≤ 𝒉( 𝒃𝒊)/�̅� < 𝟐 𝟐, 𝒉( 𝒃𝒊)/�̅� < 𝟏 (6) where 𝐻 is the average of hotness values of all data blocks. to conclude, habr using the above equations will measure the hotness of data blocks and determine their replication factors, which can provide useful information for the next operation of placing data blocks on the appropriate nodes. 4.3. smart data placement strategy (sdps) based on the information obtained from the two subsections, such as the set of vrs where each vr collects a number of datanodes with almost similar performance characteristics, the hotness and replication factor of each block data, we design a smart data placement strategy (sdps) for heterogeneous hadoop environments, which enables placing hot data on high-performance nodes, its pseudocode is illustrated in algorithm 1, and its main steps are as follows: step 1: using dca algorithm, sdps groups datanodes into k vrs, each vr is a set of datanodes with almost the same performance. dca takes as parameters the set of datanodes and the initial number k of vrs. step 2: sdps sorts the data blocks according to their hotness obtained by the habr algorithm, and then it specifies the replication factor of each data block based on its own hotness values using equation 6. step 3: sdps sorts the datanodes contained in each 𝑉𝑅𝐶 according to several performance parameters and calculates the overall storage space 𝑆𝐶 of each 𝑉𝑅𝐶, by summing the storage space of the datanodes in that vr. step 4: sdps redistributes the data blocks across the datanodes, so that the data block with the highest hotness value will be assigned to the first highest performing datanode, and the second hottest block is assigned to the secondbest performing datanode, and so on, after checking whether it still has enough storage space and whether it does not contain a copy of that data block to ensure data reliability. each time a block is assigned, the overall remaining storage space 𝑆𝐶 of the 𝑉𝑅𝐶 is recalculated. the sdps algorithm, by placing high-access data on the most performing datanodes, ensures efficient utilization of cluster capacity and improves the execution time of workloads on hadoop mapreduce by reducing data traffic between cluster nodes and network bandwidth usage. sdps can also improve data locality by applying dynamic data replication and placement while ensuring data availability. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 49 algorithm 1. smart data placement strategy input: dn set of n datanodes, b set of m data blocks output: pm[n][m] data blocks placement matrix 1 𝑉𝑅 = {𝑉𝑅𝐶|1 ≤ 𝑐 ≤ 𝐾} ← dca( 𝐷𝑁, 𝐾); 2 h = {ℎ(𝑏𝑖)|1 ≤ 𝑖 ≤ 𝑚} ← get the hotness of data blocks; 3 b∗ = {𝑏𝑖|1 ≤ 𝑖 ≤ 𝑚} ← apply descending sorting on data blocks based on their hotness; 4 rf = {rf(𝑏𝑖)|1 ≤ 𝑖 ≤ 𝑚} ← specify the replication factor of each data block according to its hotness. 5 for c = 1 → 𝐾 do 6 vr𝑐 ∗ = {ⅆn𝑗| 𝑗 ≥ 1} ← sort all datanodes in 𝑉𝑅𝐶 by multiple performance parameters; 7 𝑆𝐶 ← calculate the total storage space in 𝑉𝑅𝐶; 8 end for 9 ẟ ← 128; // default block size 10 for 𝑖 = 1 → 𝑚 do 12 for l = 1 → rf(𝑏𝑖) do 13 for c = 1 → 𝐾 do 14 if 𝑆𝐶 ≥ ẟ then 15 for each ⅆn𝑗 from 𝑉𝑅𝐶 do 16 if ⅆn𝑗 still has enough space then 17 if 𝑏𝑖 is not in ⅆn𝑙 then 18 pm [𝑗][ 𝑖] ← 1; // assign the replica of the data block 𝑖 of node j 19 𝑆𝐶 ← 𝑆𝐶 − ẟ; // recalculate remaining space in 𝑉𝑅𝐶 20 end if 21 end if 22 end for 23 end if 24 end for 25 end for 26 end for 27 return pm[n][m]; 5. performance evaluation in this section, we performed a set of experiments to evaluate the effectiveness of sdps and the other sub-algorithms on a heterogeneous hadoop cluster. we begin by clarifying the experimental environment and then discuss the results obtained. 5.1. experimental setup the experimental setup is a heterogeneous hadoop cluster consisting of 1 master node and 29 data nodes contained in the same physical rack. data nodes come in 4 different configuration types. the cluster conf iguration is detailed in table 1. the work was realized on hadoop 3.3.1; the data block size in the hdfs system was set to 128 mb, and each worker node in the cluster has 2 map slots and 2 reduce slots. for the experimental workloads, we used usual mapreduce applications (wordcount and grep) with different dataset sizes ranging from 2 gb to 14 gb. the experiments consisted of a series of tests comparing our placement model to the default hdfs policy. the results of each experiment are averages of 10 to 15 runs for each application with each dataset size in order to obtain more accurate values. the total number of runs is about 600 for all experiments. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 50 table 1. cluster configuration cpu ram disk model speed cores type iops size 1 master node / 6 data nodes xeon e5-2670 2.6 ghz 8 32 gb 5.4k sata 80 1 tb 7 data nodes xeon l5640 2.26 ghz 6 16 gb 7.2k sas 95 1 tb 9 data nodes xeon e-2314 2.8 ghz 4 16 gb 7.2k sas 90 500 gb 7 data nodes xeon e5-2603 1.8 ghz 4 8 gb 10k sas 110 300 gb 5.2. evaluation results the default data placement policy of hdfs has shown its limitations, especially in heterogeneous clusters, and this has a relationship with data locality, which remains one of the factors that determine mapreduce performance. we attempted to compare the performance of mapreduce under the proposed sdps and the default placement policy of hdfs in order to evaluate the performance of sdps and its auxiliary algorithms. in this comparison, we ran two usual applications (grep and wordcount) on datasets of different sizes. for the default data placement strategy of hdfs, we set the default data replication factor to 3. the comparison results are shown in figure 4. -1 فصل (a) processing time of wordcount (b) processing time of grep figure 4. comparison of processing time between sdps and default policy from figure 4, we can clearly notice that mapreduce performed better with sdps compared to the default data placement policy, such that the processing time improved by more than 23% for the wordcount application and more than 40% for the grep application. this can be explained by the good distribution of data across the cluster, by placing hot data on the best performing nodes, which reduces network usage to transmit data between nodes and therefore improves data processing on hadoop mapreduce. in other words, placing high-frequency data blocks on highperformance nodes, which have the capacity to process this data in much less time than the lowest-performing nodes, will allow better utilization of the cluster capacity and reduce the data transfer between nodes that requires network bandwidth usage at the cluster level, which implies avoiding an additional time due to network usage. these facts can have an impact on the processing time of applications by mapreduce. thus, the runtime improvement achieved by sdps, as shown in figure 4, is due to its data placement strategy across nodes. given the importance of data locality, especially in a heterogeneous system, and to evaluate the impact of our sdps model on the data locality rate compared to the default policy across the cluster, we performed a cluster-wide comparison of data locality when running the wordcount and grep applications with both data placement strategies. the results are shown in figure 5. we can observe from figure 5 that there is a variation in the data locality rate between the two strategies; we see that the data locality is around 46% in the default policy, while it is more than 75% in sdps. this means that by placing high-frequency access data on high-performance nodes, the proposed sdps has managed to increase the data locality on the cluster by more than 29%. the availability of hot data on the best-performing nodes gives them a high probability of processing local tasks, which explains the increase in the data locality rate for the sdps compared to the default 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 p r o c e ss in g t im e ( s e c ) data size (gb) default policy sdps 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 p r o c e ss in g t im e ( s e c ) data size (gb) default policy sdps hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 51 policy. furthermore, we noticed that the hot data rate does not exceed 25% (of which the warm data is 19% and 6% is the intense hot data), while the remaining 75% is cold data. thus, for our sdps model, which adopts a dynamic replication strategy, the replication factor for the 6% that are intense hot data is 4, for the 19% that are warm data, a number of replicas of 3, and a factor of 2 for the 75% that are cold data. thus, the overall data replication ratio will be 4×6% + 3×19% + 2×75% = 231% applied on a given dataset of 400gb gives 924gb of data. while in the default policy, which adopts a fixed replication factor that is 3 by default, we get 3×100% = 300%×400gb = 1200gb of data. which means we could save more than 29% of storage space by using this dynamic replication model, which will surely contribute to efficient storage space management across the entire cluster. figure 5. comparison of data locality between sdps and default policy to summarize this section, the sdps model has performed better than the default hdfs policy according to the experiments, whether it is its impact on application execution time or on data locality across the cluster. this means that sdps was able to enhance data balance across nodes while taking into account node performance and data hotness when placing data. which can improve the overall performance of hadoop mapreduce. sdps flexibly adapts to cluster variance, so the higher the cluster variance, the more virtual racks (vrs) are built, making it suitable for even the most complex heterogeneous environments. it is also scalable with the extension of the system, as new nodes are added to the cluster; the set of vrs will be rebuilt to accommodate the new nodes and refine the classification. moreover, adopting a dynamic data replication strategy, which determines the number of data replicas based on the hotness factor or data access frequency, has shown its storage efficiency compared with the hdfs static replication strategy that adopts a fixed replication factor. thus, sdps can help reduce storage space consumption and make the system storage more efficient. 6. conclusion the default data placement of hdfs has some limitations, especially when applied in a heterogeneous environment, and may lead to mapreduce performance degradation. hdfs also adopts a constant replication factor for all data blocks, which may increase storage space consumption, especially in the case of huge amounts of cold data. in this paper, we proposed a smart data placement strategy (sdps) to address these limitations. sdps divides nodes based on their performance into homogeneous groups (vrs) using the datanodes clustering algorithm (dca) and determines the hotness and replication factors of data blocks using the hotness-aware block replication (habr) algorithm, and then sdps places each block into the appropriate datanode. as proven by the experiments, sdps performed better than the default strategy in data distribution, which helped improve mapreduce performance and cluster-level data locality. additionally, adopting a flexible replication factor based on data hotness can increase storage efficiency. as part of our future work, we aspire to extend our approach by adding an energy-saving component. since the sdps data placement policy takes into account the temperature criterion when distributing data to heterogeneous nodes, it leaves the possibility of having idle nodes, especially those that contain cold data. therefore, designing a mechanism to put these inactive nodes into hibernation mode, or to put others into standby mode depending on the load, will save power in the cluster and improve energy efficiency without affecting system performance. we also plan to test our model in a broader environment. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 default policy sdps l o c a l d a ta ( % ) local data non local data hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 52 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, n.e.b. and i.a.; methodology, n.e.b. and i.a.; software, n.e.b.; validation, n.e.b. and i.a.; formal analysis, n.e.b.; investigation, n.e.b.; resources, n.e.b.; data curation, n.e.b.; writing—original draft preparation n.e.b.; writing—review and editing, n.e.b. and i.a.; visualization, n.e.b.; supervision, i.a.; project administration, i.a.; funding acquisition, n.e.b. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] sagiroglu, s., & sinanc, d. (2013). big data: a review. proceedings of the 2013 international conference on collaboration technologies and systems, cts 2013, 42–47. doi:10.1109/cts.2013.6567202. [2] gong, c., liu, j., zhang, q., chen, h., & gong, z. (2010). the characteristics of cloud computing. proceedings of the international conference on parallel processing workshops, 275–279. doi:10.1109/icppw.2010.45. [3] white, t. (2012). hadoop: the definitive guide. o'reilly media, california, united states. [4] khezr, s. n., & navimipour, n. j. (2017). mapreduce and its applications, challenges, and architecture: a comprehensive review and directions for future research. journal of grid computing, 15(3), 295–321. doi:10.1007/s10723-017-9408-0. [5] dev, d., & patgiri, r. (2015). performance evaluation of hdfs in big data management. 2014 international conference on high performance computing and applications, ichpca 2014, 9, 1–7. doi:10.1109/ichpca.2014.7045330. [6] shah, a., & padole, m. (2018). load balancing through block rearrangement policy for hadoop heterogeneous cluster. 2018 international conference on advances in computing, communications and informatics, icacci 2018, 230–236. doi:10.1109/icacci.2018.8554404. [7] lee, c. w., hsieh, k. y., hsieh, s. y., & hsiao, h. c. (2014). a dynamic data placement strategy for hadoop in heterogeneous environments. big data research, 1, 14–22. doi:10.1016/j.bdr.2014.07.002. [8] reddy, k. h. k., pandey, v., & roy, d. s. (2019). a novel entropy-based dynamic data placement strategy for data intensive applications in hadoop clusters. international journal of big data intelligence, 6(1), 20. doi:10.1504/ijbdi.2019.097395. [9] shithil, s. m., saha, t. k., & sharma, t. (2017). a dynamic data placement policy for heterogeneous hadoop cluster. 4th international conference on advances in electrical engineering, icaee 2017, 302–307. doi:10.1109/icaee.2017.8255371. [10] bae, m., yeo, s., park, g., & oh, s. (2021). novel data-placement scheme for improving the data locality of hadoop in heterogeneous environments. concurrency and computation: practice and experience, 33(18), 5752. doi:10.1002/cpe.5752. [11] xiong, r., luo, j., & dong, f. (2015). sldp: a novel data placement strategy for large-scale heterogeneous hadoop cluster. proceedings 2014 2nd international conference on advanced cloud and big data, cbd 2014, 158, 9–17. doi:10.1109/cbd.2014.57. [12] liu, y., wu, c. q., wang, m., hou, a., & wang, y. (2018). on a dynamic data placement strategy for heterogeneous hadoop clusters. 2018 international symposium on networks, computers and communications, isncc 2018, 5, 1–7. doi:10.1109/isncc.2018.8530970. [13] xiong, r., du, y., jin, j., & luo, j. (2018). hadaap: a hotness‐ aware data placement strategy for improving storage efficiency in heterogeneous hadoop clusters. concurrency and computation: practice and experience, 30(20), e4830. doi:10.1002/cpe.4830. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 53 [14] eltabakh, m. y., tian, y., özcan, f., gemulla, r., krettek, a., & mcpherson, j. (2011). cohadoop: flexible data placement and its exploitation in hadoop. proceedings of the vldb endowment, 4(9), 575–585. doi:10.14778/2002938.2002943. [15] hussain, m. w., & roy, d. s. (2022). a counter-based profiling scheme for improving locality through data and reducer placement. intelligent systems reference library, 218, 101–118. doi:10.1007/978-981-16-8930-7_4. [16] vavilapalli, v. k., murthy, a. c., douglas, c., agarwal, s., konar, m., evans, r., graves, t., lowe, j., shah, h., seth, s., saha, b., curino, c., o’malley, o., radia, s., reed, b., & baldeschwieler, e. (2013). apache hadoop yarn: yet another resource negotiator. proceedings of the 4th annual symposium on cloud computing, socc 2013, 1–16. doi:10.1145/2523616.2523633. [17] xie, j., yin, s., ruan, x., ding, z., tian, y., majors, j., manzanares, a., & qin, x. (2010). improving mapreduce performance through data placement in heterogeneous hadoop clusters. proceedings of the 2010 ieee international symposium on parallel and distributed processing, workshops and ph.d. forum, ipdpsw 2010, 1–9. doi:10.1109/ipdpsw.2010.5470880. [18] vengadeswaran, s., balasundaram, s. r., & dhavakumar, p. (2024). idaps — improved data-locality aware data placement strategy based on markov clustering to enhance mapreduce performance on hadoop. journal of king saud university computer and information sciences, 36(3), 101973. doi:10.1016/j.jksuci.2024.101973. [19] kumar, k. a., deshpande, a., & khuller, s. (2013). data placement and replica selection for improving co-location in distributed environments. arxiv preprint, arxiv:1302.4168. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1302.4168. [20] wu, j. xuan, zhang, c. sheng, zhang, b., & wang, p. (2016). a new data-grouping-aware dynamic data placement method that take into account jobs execute frequency for hadoop. microprocessors and microsystems, 47, 161–169. doi:10.1016/j.micpro.2016.07.011. [21] qureshi, n. m. f., & shin, d. r. (2016). rdp: a storage-tier-aware robust data placement strategy for hadoop in a cloud-based heterogeneous environment. ksii transactions on internet and information systems, 10(9), 4063–4086. doi:10.3837/tiis.2016.09.003. [22] liu, j., xie, m., chen, s., xu, g., wu, t., & li, w. (2023). ts-replica: a novel replica placement algorithm based on the entropy weight topsis method in spark for multimedia data analysis. information sciences, 626, 133–148. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2023.01.049. [23] vengadeswaran, s., & balasundaram, s. r. (2020). clust grouping aware data placement for improving the performance of large-scale data management system. acm international conference proceeding series, 1–9. doi:10.1145/3371158.3371159. [24] liu, l., song, j., wang, h., & lv, p. (2016). brps: a big data placement strategy for data intensive applications. ieee international conference on data mining workshops, icdmw, 813–820. doi:10.1109/icdmw.2016.0120. [25] ciritoglu, h. e., saber, t., buda, t. s., murphy, j., & thorpe, c. (2018). towards a better replica management for hadoop distributed file system. proceedings 2018 ieee international congress on big data, bigdata congress 2018 part of the 2018 ieee world congress on services, 104–111. doi:10.1109/bigdatacongress.2018.00021. [26] ciritoglu, h. e., murphy, j., & thorpe, c. (2019). hard: a heterogeneity-aware replica deletion for hdfs. journal of big data, 6(1), 1-21. doi:10.1186/s40537-019-0256-6. [27] dai, w., ibrahim, i., & bassiouni, m. (2016). a new replica placement policy for hadoop distributed file system. proceedings 2nd ieee international conference on big data security on cloud, ieee bigdatasecurity 2016, 2nd ieee international conference on high performance and smart computing, ieee hpsc 2016 and ieee international conference on intelligent data and security, ieee ids 2016, 262–267. doi:10.1109/bigdatasecurity-hpsc-ids.2016.30. [28] bui, d. m., hussain, s., huh, e. n., & lee, s. (2016). adaptive replication management in hdfs based on supervised learning. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 28(6), 1369–1382. doi:10.1109/tkde.2016.2523510. [29] ahmed, m. a., khafagy, m. h., shaheen, m. e., & kaseb, m. r. (2023). dynamic replication policy on hdfs based on machine learning clustering. ieee access, 11, 18551–18559. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3247190. [30] fazul, r. w. a., & barcelos, p. p. (2022). an event-driven strategy for reactive replica balancing on apache hadoop distributed file system. proceedings of the acm symposium on applied computing, 255–263. doi:10.1145/3477314.3507311. [31] zayed, n. a., saleh, y. n. m., aboelfarag, a. a., & shaheen, m. a. (2024). optimizing hadoop distributed file system replication policies with predictive categorization. acm international conference proceeding series, 26–32. doi:10.1145/3694860.3694864. [32] he, q., zhang, f., bian, g., zhang, w., li, z., & chen, c. (2023). dynamic decision-making strategy of replica number based on data hot. journal of supercomputing, 79(9), 9584–9603. doi:10.1007/s11227-022-05029-7. [33] he, q., zhang, f., bian, g., zhang, w., li, z., yu, z., & feng, h. (2024). file block multi-replica management technology in cloud storage. cluster computing, 27(1), 457–476. doi:10.1007/s10586-022-03952-1. [34] wang, z., li, t., xiong, n., & pan, y. (2012). a novel dynamic network data replication scheme based on historical access record and proactive deletion. journal of supercomputing, 62(1), 227–250. doi:10.1007/s11227-011-0708-z. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 363 issn: 2723-9535 novel management model for leveraging leadership for successful digital transformation in telecommunications enterprises thi thanh hong pham 1 , thi thu thuy nguyen 1* , thu thuy trinh 1 , minh hoang pham 1 , tran thi bich ngoc 1 1 school of economics and management, hanoi university of science and technology, hanoi, 100000, viet nam. received 23 march 2025; revised 17 may 2025; accepted 22 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract digital transformation (dt) is crucial for improving telecommunications efficiency and competitiveness. this study examines the role of change leadership in driving successful dt in vietnamese telecommunication enterprises, focusing on its impact on employee engagement, employee commitment, dt communication, and dt capacity. a mixed-methods approach was employed, combining qualitative insights with quantitative data from surveys of management personnel overseeing digital transformation projects. data were analyzed to assess direct and indirect relationships using structural equation modeling. the results indicate that change leadership is a significant driver of dt success with the strongest direct effect on employee commitment. additionally, employee commitment and digital transformation communication positively influence success through their indirect effects on an enterprise’s dt capacity. leadership plays a critical role in fostering commitment and aligning effort with dt goals. this study introduces a novel paradigm illustrating the interplay of various interrelated factors influencing the effectiveness of digital transformation, distinguishing it from previous studies that examined these factors in isolation. this approach provides novel insights, especially regarding vietnamese telecommunications, a domain inadequately examined in previous studies on leadership-driven digital transformation initiatives. keywords: change leadership; digital transformation; employee engagement; employee commitment; enterprise capacity; telecommunications. 1. introduction digital transformation (dt) has become a strategic priority for organizations that aim to enhance operational efficiency, innovation, and customer engagement. in rapidly advancing industries such as telecommunications, where continual adaptation and technical progress are vital, digital transformation is not simply a competitive advantage; it is a necessity [1]. while digital transformation is frequently associated with the implementation of new technology, it requires robust leadership to navigate organizational change and synchronize strategic objectives with transformation initiatives [2, 3]. leadership is crucial in motivating employees, fostering a culture of change, and ensuring that an organization’s vision aligns with its dt objectives [4]. the significance of leadership in digital transformation is widely acknowledged. fundamental research conducted by bass & avolio [5], saks [6], and uhl-bien [7] delineates the significance of leadership in orchestrating organizational * corresponding author: nttthuy.hust.edu.vn@outlook.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6299-6347 https://orcid.org/0009-0000-6548-4817 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8031-3653 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2717-2721 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2184-3907 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 364 change. recently, experts have highlighted change leadership, defined as the capacity to engage and inspire individuals to accept transformation, which is especially pertinent in digital transformation. rialti & filieri [8] emphasized that strong leaders not only formulate strategies but also empower personnel, which is essential for surmounting opposition to change and promoting creativity. the notion of agile or digital leadership has gained prominence and is defined by adaptability, digital vision, and interdisciplinary teamwork. yao et al. [9] demonstrated that digital leadership improves digital transformation outcomes via processes such as strategic consensus and organizational identity. senadjki et al. [10] asserted that leadership competencies, experience, and predictability indirectly affect business performance by facilitating digital transformation. notwithstanding these insights, a considerable vacuum persists in the research concerning the precise function of change leadership in the success of digital transformation, particularly within sectorspecific and developing economic contexts. prior studies either generalized leadership styles or prioritized technology elements, neglecting the impact of leadership behaviors on critical mediators such as employee engagement, communication, and organizational readiness [11, 12]. by focusing on the vietnamese telecommunications industry, which is undergoing substantial digital transformation driven by governmental initiatives and market forces, this study also seeks to close these gaps. many businesses continue to face challenges, such as low leadership participation, resistance from employees, and limited ability to adapt. these issues reflect worldwide findings that highlight the need for strong, inclusive leadership that can promote motivation and alignment at all organizational levels. this study examines the direct and indirect effects of leadership by focusing on three important mediators: organizational competency, employee engagement, and commitment to change. it offers a comprehensive conceptual framework linking the results of digital transformation to leadership behavior. this research makes four significant contributions to the literature. initially, it emphasized change leadership as a unique leadership paradigm and underscored its pivotal function in facilitating digital transformation, distinguishing it from broader leadership models such as transformational or digital leadership. second, it constructs a thorough conceptual framework that connects change leadership to digital transformation success via the mediating factors of employee engagement, commitment to change, and organizational capacity, thus providing a more refined understanding of the mechanisms through which leadership affects transformation results. third, by implementing this model in the vietnamese telecommunications sector, a domain that is both inadequately studied and experiencing swift digital transformation, this research fills a notable empirical and geographic void in the literature. this study offers practical insights for managers and policymakers by delineating leadership techniques and organizational practices that facilitate successful digital transformation, thereby reconciling academic theory with practical applications in rising market contexts. this research integrates mediating mechanisms to elucidate how leadership influences digital transformation, in contrast to previous research, which mostly focused on the direct effects of leadership on change outcomes. it posits that leadership behaviors affect employee commitment to change and organizational capability, which are two essential facilitators of transformation, both directly and indirectly. the proposed paradigm asserts that the success of transformation relies not only on vision but also on leaders’ abilities to cultivate trust, involvement, and alignment across the business [13, 14]. the novelty of this study lies in its integrated model, which situates change leadership at the core of digital transformation, incorporating communication, organizational support, and psychological engagement as key channels. by analyzing these dynamics within the vietnamese telecommunications industry, the study offers insights that are both academically rigorous and practically relevant [15, 16]. the remainder of this paper is structured as follows: in section 2, the theoretical framework is presented along with a review of pertinent literature. the research methodology, including the procedures for gathering and analyzing data, is described in section 3. section 4 discusses the research findings and their consequences for telecom leadership and digital transformation. finally, section 5 concludes the paper and highlights important findings, limitations, and suggestions for further research. 2. research model and hypotheses 2.1. research model this study is grounded in two principal theories: the transformational leadership theory and organizational capacity for change. these theories offer a thorough framework for comprehending how leadership impacts the efficacy of change management, particularly in telecommunications companies that are experiencing substantial technological transformations. it encompasses essential elements that affect the effectiveness of digital transformation, including employee engagement, commitment to change, and organizational capacity for change. these characteristics are crucial for comprehending how leadership influences transformation results in the telecommunications sector. drawing on transformational leadership theory [5], the model asserts that change leadership is essential for successful digital transformation. transformational leaders articulate a distinct vision, foster creativity, and synchronize company objectives with employee engagement, which are essential for managing the intricacies of digital transformation. this corresponds with the findings of gill [17] and armenakis et al. [18], who assert that successful hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 365 leadership inspires employees to align with transformation objectives, thus enhancing organizational preparedness for change. khaw et al. [19] emphasized the significance of leadership in influencing employee responses to organizational change, which is crucial for mitigating resistance during digital transformation initiatives. this idea emphasizes employee engagement and commitment to change as essential mediating factors. saks [6] and yasir et al. [20] indicate that engaged employees are more inclined to actively facilitate the success of transformation initiatives. employee commitment to change is essential for overcoming opposition and assimilating new digital practices, particularly in the rapidly evolving telecommunications sector. the model demonstrates the organizational capacity for change, indicating an organization’s capacity to adapt and successfully implement change initiatives. companies with a robust change capacity, as noted by klarner et al. [21], are more proficient in navigating digital transformations. elving [22] emphasized that enhanced organizational capacity relies on transparent communication that fosters employee trust and engagement in the digital transformation process. enhancing this capacity necessitates leadership to foster a culture of learning, innovation, and flexibility, thereby empowering firms to effectively navigate operational and technological transformations. the study also references the current literature, such as schaufeli [23], who emphasizes that engaging leadership can improve employee engagement, which is a crucial factor for successful digital transformation. schaufeli’s research on engaging leadership emphasizes that leadership behaviors are essential for enhancing employee work engagement, which is directly linked to the success of organizational change initiatives. vithayaporn & ashton [24] enhanced conversation by analyzing the significance of employee engagement and innovative work behaviors in promoting organizational performance, particularly during significant transitions such as digital transformation. their research highlights the significance of engaged employees in fostering innovative behaviors that are essential for successful digital transformation. supriharyanti & sukoco [25] elucidated the organizational capabilities necessary to facilitate digital transformation. their research reinforces the idea that organizations need to build change capacity by fostering a culture of learning, innovation, and knowledge sharing, which are essential elements for the successful implementation of digital transformation initiatives. this integrated approach presents an alternative perspective to conventional change models, such as kotter’s eightstep model or lewin’s unfreeze-change-refreeze model, which may insufficiently consider an organization’s fundamental readiness or the leadership behaviors essential for maintaining transformation, despite providing crucial frameworks for managing change processes. similarly, digital maturity models effectively evaluate an organization’s technological advancement but often focus less on cultural dynamics and leadership involvement throughout implementation. in the fast-evolving telecommunications sector, which is characterized by rapid innovation and growing complexity, these additional factors become especially relevant. in vietnam’s telecom industry, where transformation is more likely to be influenced by centralized leadership and diverse organizational capabilities, both transformational leadership and organizational readiness are crucial for aligning internal efforts with strategic objectives. in such contexts, the integration of transformational leadership theory and organizational capacity for change provides a more holistic perspective, connecting vision, culture, and structural preparedness to enhance the comprehension and facilitation of digital transformation. considering the direct and indirect impacts of change leadership on the success of digital transformation and other mediating and controlling variables, this model also inherits frameworks derived from previous studies, as indicated in figure 1. figure 1. research model hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 366 2.2. research model 2.2.1. hypotheses related to change leadership gill [17] emphasized that while change management is crucial for coordinating and executing change initiatives, effective leadership ultimately dictates the success of these programs. effective leadership is essential for a compelling vision, organizational alignment, and culture that fosters transformation. gill [17] posited that effective change leadership integrates cognitive, emotional, and behavioral dimensions, enabling leaders to engage and empower employees while skillfully navigating the transformation process. empirical research indicates that leader-driven change enhances employee commitment and diminishes resistance, both of which are crucial for the successful implementation and sustainability of change initiatives. change initiatives frequently fail because of ineffective leadership, characterized by inadequate management, absence of vision, and deficient communication [17]. consequently, change leadership is both an essential element and a significant driver of effective organizational transformation. recent empirical studies have reinforced the idea that change leadership has a positive impact on successful change management. engida et al. [26] indicated that effective change leadership markedly improves employee’ readiness for change, thereby improving the seamless execution of transformation programs. active and prominent leadership sponsorship is essential to the success of change management initiatives. these studies collectively underscore the critical importance of change leadership in facilitating successful organizational changes, especially in sectors undergoing intricate transitions such as telecommunications. importantly, effective change leadership not only facilitates these extensive transitions but is also vital for successful digital transformation. h1a: change leadership has a positive impact on successful digital transformation in telecommunications enterprises h1b: change leadership has a positive impact on digital transformation communication. klarner et al. [21] contended that proficient change leadership is essential for enhancing an organization’s capacity to adjust to fluctuating conditions. they claim that executives who foster a culture of continuous learning and flexibility significantly enhance an organization’s capacity for digital transformation. yasir et al. [20] emphasized that leadership styles significantly influence the potential for digital transformation in businesses, especially within the non-profit sector. their research indicated that transformational leadership, defined by vision and inspiration, is crucial in augmenting digital transformation capacity by fostering trust among employees and engaging them in the change process. furthermore, transactional leadership plays a supplementary role by facilitating organized change initiatives through contingent rewards. non-interventionist laissez-faire leadership diminishes an organization’s capability for digital change, thus impacting its preparedness. these studies underscore the essential requirement for proactive and engaged leadership in fostering an environment conducive to digital transformation, thereby augmenting an organization’s ability to effectively manage and implement digital transformation initiatives [20, 21]. h1c: change leadership has a positive impact on telecommunications enterprises’ digital transformation capacity. armenakis et al. [18] emphasized that effective change leadership fosters readiness for digital transformation, which is a crucial precursor of employee commitment to digital transformation. change leaders are essential in conveying a persuasive vision, alleviating uncertainty, and emphasizing the importance of digital transformation, thereby fostering an atmosphere that encourages employee dedication to digital transformation. furthermore, yasir et al. [20] emphasized that transformational leadership, defined by inspiration, customized consideration, and intellectual stimulation, fosters employee trust and engagement, resulting in an increased commitment to digital transformation initiatives. moreover, empirical research indicates that leaders who actively endorse and exemplify digital transformation behaviors substantially diminish opposition and foster enduring commitment to digital transformation among employees [27]. ineffective leadership, characterized by laissez-faire methods, undermines trust and promotes disengagement. these studies underscore that proactive and supportive leadership change is crucial for cultivating employee engagement in digital transformation, thereby facilitating effective digital transformation initiatives [18, 20, 27]. h1d: change leadership positively impacts employee commitment to digital transformation saks [6] emphasized that engaged employees demonstrate elevated levels of commitment, job satisfaction, and discretionary effort, which are directly affected by leadership actions that generate trust, support, and significant work experience. change leaders are crucial in cultivating an environment of psychological safety and readiness for change, thereby promoting employee engagement by reducing ambiguity and improving role clarity [18, 28]. transformational leadership is recognized as a crucial predictor of engagement, as leaders inspire, intellectually stimulate, and offer individualized support to foster a workforce that is more emotionally and cognitively committed to organizational goals. furthermore, empirical evidence demonstrates that perceived organizational support and procedural justice, both influenced by effective leadership, are essential determinants of employee engagement [6]. without strong leadership, people are likely to become disengaged because of a lack of clarity, support, and motivation. the ability to change leaders to convey a compelling vision, foster participation, and build trust profoundly affects employee engagement, making it crucial for successful organizational transformation. h1e: change leadership positively impacts employee engagement in digital transformation hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 367 2.2.2. hypotheses related to employee engagement saks [6] asserted that engaged employees demonstrate greater dedication and are more likely to adopt digital transformation. recent studies corroborate this assertion. for example, research involving oil palm plantation employees indicated that individuals with elevated engagement levels exhibited greater readiness for change, highlighting the critical importance of engagement in promoting adaptability during digital transformation [29]. furlong & yeow [12] presented the notion of change engagement, highlighting that employees who are psychologically committed to their work are more inclined to endorse and facilitate change initiatives. these findings indicate that promoting employee involvement is crucial for strengthening commitment to digital transformation, thereby facilitating the successful execution of digital transformation initiatives. h2a: employee engagement positively influences employee commitment in digital transformation engaged people are indicated by saks [6], who emphasizes increased commitment, job satisfaction, and discretionary effort, thus enhancing an organization’s overall adaptability and responsiveness to change. mladenova [30] underscores that organizational capacity for change (occ) is intricately connected to employee preparedness and engagement, as engaged employees exhibit a proactive disposition towards transformation initiatives, thereby diminishing opposition and cultivating a culture of continuous improvement. furthermore, studies demonstrate that highly engaged employees enhance organizational learning, knowledge sharing, and innovation, which are essential elements of occ [31, 32]. organizations that invest in employee engagement initiatives such as clear communication, leadership support, and participative decision-making improve their capacity to effectively navigate complex and uncertain circumstances. thus, employee engagement serves as a critical enabler of occ, ensuring that organizations develop the agility and resilience needed to successfully manage ongoing and emergent changes. h2b: employee engagement positively influences telecommunications enterprises’ capacity for digital transformation. 2.2.3. hypotheses related to employee commitment to digital transformation al-jabari & ghazzawi [33] asserted that organizational commitment, especially affective and normative commitment, cultivates a culture of trust, resilience, and adaptation, which are crucial for effective digital transformation. employees exhibiting a strong dedication to corporate values and goals are more likely to embrace digital transformation initiatives and actively contribute to their success. meyer & allen’s [34] three-component model of commitmentaffective, -normative, and -continuance illustrates how emotional attachment, perceived obligation, and organizational investment enhance employees’ willingness to support and sustain digital transformation projects. research demonstrates that committed individuals facilitate smooth transitions during digital transformation by reducing resistance, enhancing collaboration, and maintaining productivity [35]. moreover, empirical studies demonstrate that companies with high employee commitment experience lower turnover rates and increased involvement throughout digital transformation, leading to more efficient and sustainable transformations [36]. thus, fostering employee engagement is a strategic need for organizations to achieve enduring success in digital transformation. h3: employee commitment to change positively impacts telecommunications enterprises’ successful digital transformation 2.2.4. hypotheses related to organizational capacity for change judge & douglas [37] identified eight critical dimensions of organizational capacity for digital transformation: trustworthy leadership, trusting followers, capable champions, involved mid-management, systems thinking, communication systems, accountable culture and innovative culture. they found that organizations exhibiting higher levels of these dimensions were more successful in implementing digital transformation initiatives. helfat et al. [38] introduced the concept of dynamic capabilities, asserting that businesses proficient in integrating and reconfiguring both internal and external competences are better equipped to adapt to rapidly evolving environments, thereby enhancing their ability to execute digital transformation effectively. mladenova [30] explored the relationship between organizational capacity for digital transformation and preparedness for such transformation, noting that, while these concepts are distinct, they complement each other and are crucial for navigating the challenges of uncertain digital landscapes. together, these studies highlight that an organization’s capacity for digital transformation, encompassing leadership, culture, and dynamic capabilities, is essential for ensuring successful digital transformation and sustaining organizational success. h4: capacity for digital transformation positively impacts on telecommunications enterprises’ successful digital transformation hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 368 2.2.5. hypotheses related to digital transformation communication kotter & cohen [39] assert that excellent communication is essential for successful digital transformation since it emotionally engages people and promotes alignment with digital transformation activities. clear and well-structured communication reduces resistance, fosters collaboration, and increases decision-making, reinforcing an organization’s ability to undergo digital transformation. judge & douglas [37] characterized communication systems as a crucial element of organizational capacity for digital transformation, highlighting that transparency and information flow are vital enablers of adaptability and robustness. recent studies demonstrate that organizations employing effective digital transformation communication strategies achieve heightened employee trust, reduced uncertainty, and enhanced strategic alignment, thereby promoting greater organizational agility and enduring success in digital transformation [30]. these findings unequivocally demonstrate that effective communication is not just a facilitator of digital transformation, but also an essential catalyst for an organization’s capacity to oversee and sustain digital transformation activities. h5a: communication for digital transformation positively impacts telecommunications enterprises’ capacity for digital transformation. effective communication fosters transparency, reduces uncertainty, and aligns individuals with organizational objectives, thereby enhancing employee engagement in digital transformation. clearly articulated communication methods improve knowledge sharing and decision-making, fostering a workplace where people feel valued and motivated to participate in digital transformation efforts. saks [6] asserted that communication is essential for employee engagement, as employees who perceive transparency and honesty in communication are more likely to demonstrate greater job involvement and organizational commitment. effective workplace communication acts as a catalyst for employee engagement, ensuring that employees are informed and included in digital transformation. welch’s research [40] illustrates that engaged employees are defined by their receipt of timely, relevant, and reciprocal information, facilitating their active involvement in digital transformation initiatives. these studies collectively highlight that strategic communication during digital transformation fosters belonging, trust, and active participation, enhances employee engagement, and ensures the success of digital transformation programs. h5b: communication for digital transformation positively impacts employee engagement 2.2.6. control variables al-haddad & kotnour [41] emphasized that longer-duration digital transformation projects often face greater challenges in maintaining momentum, employee engagement, and alignment with evolving organizational goals, thereby increasing the risk of failure. conversely, shorter-duration projects tend to be more agile, facilitating rapid feedback loops and modifications and thereby enhancing success rates. nonetheless, short-term programs may lack the profound transformation necessary to endure the digital transformation. the magnitude of a digital transformation initiative profoundly affects its success. extensive transformations, such as organization-wide system implementation, necessitate thorough planning, robust leadership commitment, and elaborate communication tactics to alleviate opposition and maintain participation [42]. studies demonstrate that firms employing well-defined digital transformation models such as the adkar framework are more adept at managing extensive change by guaranteeing coherence across leadership, employees, and operational processes [42]. by contrast, smaller-scale digital transformation programs typically gain from a concentrated approach, fewer stakeholders, and diminished resistance, facilitating a more seamless transition and an increased likelihood of success [37]. the findings highlight the necessity for companies to customize their digital transformation strategies according to project duration and scale, providing suitable leadership, resource allocation, and engagement methods to improve the probability of successful implementation. h6a;b:there are differences in the successful digital transformation based on (a) the duration of project implementation and (b) project scale. 3. research method this study employs a quantitative research methodology to investigate the impact of change in leadership on the successful digital transformation of telecommunications enterprises. the research adheres to a systematic approach encompassing problem identification, formulation of research questions, extensive literature evaluation, hypothesis generation, and creation of the research framework. a flowchart delineating the principal stages of the process is presented in figure 2 to facilitate comprehension of the involved steps. this visual representation illustrates the logical sequence from problem characterization to the investigation and reporting of findings, directing the study from the origin to the final conclusions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 369 figure 2. key stages of the methodology 3.1. proposed scales for model constructs in this study, the scale for change leadership consists of five criteria adapted from gill [17] and pregmark [43]. the scale for digital transformation communication is based on elving [22] and pregmark [43], and includes three criteria. employee commitment to digital transformation was measured using four observed variables derived from armenakis et al. [18]. the employee engagement scale was inherited from the model of saks [6] and was measured using four observed variables. the organizational capacity for the digital transformation scale was based on the model of klarner et al. [21]. finally, the scale for digital transformation success was adapted from al-haddad & kotnour [41], and fitzgerald et al. [16]. details are presented in table 1. table 1. constructs in the research model construct number of items adapted from change leadership (cl) 5 pregmark (2022) [43]; gill (2002) [17] digital transformation communication 3 pregmark (2022) [43]; elving (2005) [22]; musheke & phiri (2021) [44] employee commitment 4 armenakis et al. (1993) [18] employee engagement 4 saks (2006) [6]; saks & gruman (2020) [45] digital transformation capacity 7 klarner et al. (2007) [21]; mingaleva & shironina (2021) [46] successful digital transformation 8 liere-netheler et al. (2018) [47]; fitzgerald et al. (2014) [16]; al-haddad & kotnour (2015) [41] 3.2. research sample the research sample comprised projects conducted across all telecommunications enterprises in vietnam. a convenience sampling method, which falls under non-probability sampling techniques, was employed to ensure optimal research outcomes, while maintaining the representativeness of the sample. specifically, this study focuses on leading telecommunications enterprises in vietnam, as identified in the white paper of the ministry of information and communications of vietnam, including vnpt, viettel, mobifone, fpt, cmc, vietnam mobile, and itel. according to hair et al. [48], the minimum required sample size should be at least five times the number of observed variables. the ’research model proposed in this study had 31 observed variables (excluding statistical variables), necessitating a minimum sample size of 155, calculated as 31 × 5. the final valid sample size for this study was 255, which was sufficient for analysis using the structural equation modeling (sem) method. step 1. formulation of research questions and objectives establishing the research focus and defining the objectives based on identified gaps in existing literature. step 2. literature review and hypothesis development step 3 research design and data collection step 4. data analysis step 5. conclusions and recommendations reviewing relevant theories and empirical studies to provide a foundation for hypothesis development. designing the survey and collecting data from selected telecommunications enterprises. employing statistical tools to analyze the collected data and test the hypotheses. drawing conclusions from the findings and offering recommendations for practice and future research. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 370 the official survey questionnaire (see appendix i) was designed based on the established measurement scales and consisted of two main sections. section 1 comprises 31 questions organized into six categories aligned with the six principal components of the study methodology. section 2 consists of ten inquiries pertaining to respondents’ demographic information, organizational specifics, and further pertinent enterprise-related data. this section includes survey questions designed to classify digital transformation initiatives according to their attributes. 3.3. data collection given that major telecommunications companies generally maintain operations in all 63 provinces of vietnam and abroad, the survey was executed using both direct (offline) and online methodologies to guarantee extensive outreach and varied replies. to improve data accuracy and dependability, control measures were instituted, including duplicate questions accompanied by reminders for respondents to offer consistent replies, thereby eliminating inattentive or random responses. each duplicate question was intentionally included twice in the poll to reduce response bias and guarantee uniformity. the poll included screening questions to confirm that the respondents were managers or key persons responsible for executing digital transformation projects in their firms, thereby ensuring the participation of qualified and pertinent individuals. methodological considerations bolstered the validity and reliability of the research, guaranteeing that only high-quality and significant replies informed the final dataset, thereby augmenting the general credibility and robustness of the study. the direct survey was conducted using a network-based approach, in which survey questionnaires were distributed to selected respondents through professional connections. for the offline (in-person) method, printed questionnaires were distributed to participants at their workplaces or during business networking events. participants were briefed on the purpose of the research, the voluntary nature of participation, and their right to confidentiality and withdrawal at any point. the online survey was conducted through a data collection agreement with virac (viracresearch.com), a market research firm specializing in the industry. the survey primarily targeted respondents from hanoi, da nang, and ho chi minh city, leveraging the virac’s network of telecommunications professionals. the questionnaire was administered through google forms and the link was disseminated via email and professional networks. the initial page of the online survey featured a comprehensive information sheet delineating the study’s objective, voluntary aspect of participation, confidentiality guarantees, and a consent statement that participants were required to accept before proceeding. the participants were managers tasked with executing digital transformation initiatives at telecommunication companies during the research period, guaranteeing that the gathered data were pertinent to the industry and reflective of the digital transformation management domain. this study included human volunteers; hence, ethical considerations were rigorously adhered to and participation was voluntary. data were collected and stored in compliance with data protection regulations. the survey questionnaires were distributed to managers and/or leaders, project management team members, and executives responsible for digital transformation projects within telecommunication enterprises. this included corporate leaders at parent companies and direct leaders of subsidiary units who oversaw transformation initiatives. a total of 325 questionnaires were distributed, yielding 276 responses, resulting in a response rate of 84.9%. to guarantee response accuracy, control questions were employed by reiterating certain inquiries twice throughout the survey to evaluate the respondents’ attentiveness. these control questions facilitated elimination of random and inattentive responses. following filtration of the gathered responses, 255 valid questionnaires (92.4%) were preserved for quantitative analysis. finally, after conducting a quantitative analysis based on the collected survey data, the author conducted an additional semi-structured in-depth interview with five management-level respondents from telecommunication enterprises. this step aimed to gain deeper insight and validate the findings, ensuring a more comprehensive interpretation of the research results. 3.4. data analysis this study utilized statistical approaches and structural equation modeling (sem), facilitated by spss and amos software, to solve the research issues. the data analysis procedure comprises four essential stages: (i) descriptive statistics that encapsulate the dataset’s characteristics, offering an overview of sample demographics and project attributes; (ii) reliability testing employing cronbach’s alpha and item-total correlation, which evaluate the internal consistency and reliability of measurement scales; (iii) confirmatory factor analysis (cfa), which scrutinizes the theoretical framework of the measurement model, assessing its model fit, convergent validity, and discriminant validity; and (iv) structural equation modeling (sem), which investigates the interrelations among variables, tests research hypotheses, and evaluates the model’s structural validity and overall robustness. the study employs analytical steps to rigorously validate the research model, providing empirical insights into the influence of change in leadership, communication, employee engagement, and organizational capability on the effectiveness of digital transformation in the telecom sector. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 371 4. research results 4.1. descriptive statistics of the research sample table 2 lists the attributes of the surveyed projects and respondents. the surveyed enterprises’ distribution comprised 37.3% vnpt, 28.6% viettel, 24.7% mobifone, 4.7% fpt (telecom), 3.1% cmc (telecom), and 1.6% other telecommunications companies, including vietnam mobile and itel. in terms of project scale, 7.8% of the surveyed projects were classified as small (minor departmental adjustments), 53.3% as medium (modifications affecting multiple units within the organization), 28.6% as large (enterprise-wide transformations), and 10.2% as very large (substantial transformations requiring changes across partner organizations). regarding implementation length, 12.2% of projects were classified as short-term (under 3 months), 38.4% as mediumterm (3 months to 1 year), and 49.4% as long-term (over 1 year). from a demographic perspective, 69.4% of the respondents were male, and 30.6% were female. the age breakdown was as follows: 3.1% were under 25 years, 19.2% were aged 25–35 years, 43.5% were between 35 and 45 years, and 34.1% were over 45 years. regarding educational credentials, 23.2% had a master’s degree or above (including 0.4% with a doctoral or postdoctoral degree), 73.3% held a bachelor’s or engineering degree, and 3.5% had alternative educational qualifications. regarding job experience, 5.1% of respondents had fewer than three years at their organization, 6.38% had three to five years, 15.31% had five to ten years, and 73.21% had over 10 years of experience. in digital transformation initiatives, 3.1% of respondents held the position of project leader, 65.5% were project managers, and 31.4% were part of the project management team. table 2. descriptive statistics of surveyed projects and respondents category subcategory frequency (n) percentage (%) enterprise vnpt 95 37.3 viettel 73 28.6 mobifone 63 24.7 fpt 12 4.7 cmc 8 3.1 others 4 1.6 project scale small 20 7.8 medium 136 53.3 large 73 28.6 very large 26 10.2 implementation duration short (less than 3 months) 31 12.2 medium (3 months to 1 year) 98 38.4 long (more than 1 year) 126 49.4 gender male 177 69.4 female 78 30.6 age under 25 8 3.1 25 to under 35 49 19.2 35 to under 45 111 43.5 above 45 87 34.1 work experience less than 3 years 13 5.1 3-5 years 16 6.3 more than 5 years -10 years 64 25.1 more than 10 years 162 63.5 education level vocational training 9 3.5 bachelor’s degree 187 73.3 master’s degree 58 22.8 doctorate 1 0.4 role in digital transformation projects project leader 8 3.1 project manager 167 65.5 project team member 80 31.4 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 372 4.2. results of measurement scale validation 4.2.1. results of reliability testing of measurement scales using cronbach’s alpha and item-total correlation the results of the reliability testing for the measurement scales using cronbach’s alpha and item-total correlation are presented in table 3. the initial reliability test indicated that all measurement scales had cronbach’s alpha values above 0.7, specifically ranging between 0.774 and 0.927, which falls within the acceptable reliability threshold proposed by nunnally & bernstein [49]. the measurement scales for change leadership (cl), employee engagement (ee), digital transformation communication (cc), employee commitment to digital transformation (cm), enterprise capacity for digital transformation (cp), and successful digital transformation in telecommunications enterprises under digital transformation (tc) demonstrated item-total correlation values above 0.581, significantly exceeding the acceptable threshold of 0.3. therefore, these scales were deemed to be reliable. subsequently, these variables proceeded to the next stage of analysis using exploratory factor analysis (efa) to further validate their construct reliability and dimensionality. table 3. cronbach’s alpha and item-total correlation observed variable mean if item deleted variance if item deleted item-total correlation cronbach’s alpha if item deleted i. change leadership (cl): cronback’s alpha 0.849 cl1 13.78 8.426 0.678 0.813 cl2 13.09 7.481 0.645 0.829 cl3 13.79 8.561 0.665 0.817 cl4 13.74 8.358 0.695 0.808 cl5 13.83 8.742 0.640 0.823 ii. employee engagement (ee): cronback’s alpha 0.828 ee1 10.55 4.280 0.635 0.792 ee2 9.79 4.134 0.684 0.770 ee3 9.72 4.101 0.701 0.762 ee4 9.35 4.363 0.600 0.808 iii. digital transformation communication (cc): cronback’s alpha 0.774 cc1 7.26 2.295 0.616 0.694 cc2 6.65 1.953 0.581 0.742 cc3 7.27 2.165 0.648 0.657 iv. employee commitment (cm): cronback’s alpha 0.825 cm1 9.27 4.600 0.657 0.777 cm2 9.30 4.755 0.621 0.793 cm3 10.11 4.148 0.685 0.765 cm4 9.29 4.600 0.643 0.783 v. digital transformation capacity (cp): cronback’s alpha 0.907 cp1 20.89 17.487 0.738 0.892 cp2 20.87 17.943 0.720 0.894 cp3 20.85 17.726 0.710 0.895 cp4 21.29 17.561 0.737 0.892 cp5 21.34 17.854 0.716 0.894 cp6 20.89 17.177 0.792 0.886 cp7 22.21 16.693 0.672 0.902 vi. successful digital transformation (tc): cronback’s alpha 0.927 tc1 23.35 21.891 0.695 0.921 tc2 23.42 21.425 0.766 0.916 tc3 23.38 21.088 0.806 0.913 tc4 23.44 21.176 0.817 0.912 tc5 23.50 21.306 0.714 0.920 tc6 23.51 21.172 0.708 0.921 tc7 23.33 21.514 0.712 0.920 tc8 23.42 21.237 0.792 0.914 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 373 4.2.2. results of measurement scale validation using confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) the measurement scales were further validated using a confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) (figure 3). figure 3. cfa analysis of measurement scales at this stage, the scales underwent cfa before conducting the saturated model analysis. all the measurement scales in the research model were unidimensional. after adjustments (figure 3), the cfa results indicated that the model fit indices met the recommended thresholds: chi-square/df = 1.133 (< 3), ifi = 0.987, cfi = 0.987, tli = 0.986 (all > 0.9), rmsea = 0.023 (< 0.08), and pclose = 1.000 (> 0.05). these results confirm that the model exhibits a good fit with the survey data, aligning with the criteria proposed by hu & bentler [50]. additionally, all factor loadings were greater than 0.5, confirming the convergent validity of the measurement scale. furthermore, the correlation coefficients between the three constructs in the model were below 0.9, supporting the discriminant validity among the latent variables. these findings validate the structural integrity and measurement reliability of the research model and ensure its suitability for further analysis. 4.2.3. results of measurement scale validation using the saturated model a confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) of the saturated model was conducted to assess the discriminant validity of all research constructs (observed variables) in this study. figure 3 presents the results of cfa validation. the standardized measurement model had 419 degrees of freedom (df = 419), with a chi-square value of 474.899 and p-value of 0.000. additionally, the model fit indices confirmed that the theoretical model aligned well with the survey data, as all indicators met the recommended thresholds: chi-square/df = 1.133 (< 3), ifi = 0.987, cfi = 0.987, tli = 0.986 (all > 0.9), and rmsea = 0.023 (< 0.08). these results indicate that the measurement model is robust, demonstrating strong hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 374 discriminant validity and statistical reliability, thus ensuring its suitability for further hypothesis testing and structural modeling. the cfa results presented in table 4 further confirm that all the observed variables are statistically significant within the model, as their p-values are all below 0.05. additionally, all observed variables had standardized factor loadings (standardized regression weights) greater than 0.5, indicating high construct reliability and a strong level of model fit [48]. these findings validate the convergent validity of the measurement scales, ensuring their suitability for further structural analysis. table 4. reliability and convergent validity testing results of measurement scales estimate estimate estimate tc6 ← tc 0.734 cp6 ← cp 0.825 cm3 ← cm 0.760 tc8 ← tc 0.819 cp5 ← cp 0.760 cm1 ← cm 0.762 tc7 ← tc 0.746 cp7 ← cp 0.706 ee3 ← ee 0.786 tc4 ← tc 0.860 cp2 ← cp 0.775 ee2 ← ee 0.784 tc3 ← tc 0.846 cl4 ← cl 0.775 ee4 ← ee 0.696 tc1 ← tc 0.732 cl1 ← cl 0.738 ee1 ← ee 0.698 tc5 ← tc 0.739 cl5 ← cl 0.694 cc3 ← cc 0.767 tc2 ← tc 0.798 cl2 ← cl 0.718 cc1 ← cc 0.737 cp3 ← cp 0.757 cl3 ← cl 0.744 cc2 ← cc 0.710 cp4 ← cp 0.777 cm2 ← cm 0.696 cp1 ← cp 0.784 cm4 ← cm 0.728 based on the cfa output, composite reliability (cr) and average variance extracted (ave) indices were calculated. the results indicate that all measurement scales meet the required validity thresholds, with cr values exceeding 0.7 and ave values greater than 0.5. specifically, the lowest cr value recorded was 0.782, whereas the lowest ave value was 0.539, both of which satisfied the recommended reliability and convergent validity criteria. therefore, the measurement scales in the model were confirmed to possess adequate reliability and convergent validity, ensuring their suitability for further structural analyses (table 5). table 5. correlation matrix, composite reliability, and discriminant validity indices cr ave msv maxr(h) ee tc cp cl cm cc ee 0.830 0.551 0.353 0.836 0.742 tc 0.928 0.618 0.448 0.933 0.591 0.786 cp 0.910 0.593 0.468 0.913 0.575 0.603 0.770 cl 0.854 0.539 0.336 0.856 0.519 0.580 0.540 0.734 cm 0.826 0.543 0.448 0.828 0.584 0.669 0.404 0.536 0.737 cc 0.782 0.545 0.468 0.784 0.594 0.505 0.684 0.546 0.397 0.738 thus, through various validation steps, the measurement scales used to assess the constructs in this study met the criteria for reliability, unidimensionality, convergent validity, and discriminant validity. consequently, these validated measurement scales will be utilized in the subsequent stages of model testing and hypothesis verification. 4.3. results of research model testing figure 4 shows the sem validation results for the research model. structural equation modeling (sem) analysis indicated that the model had 544 degrees of freedom (df = 544), with a chi-square value of 476.948 and p = 0.000. the model fit indices further confirmed the adequacy of the model: chi-square/df = 1.128 (< 3), ifi = 0.988, cfi = 0.987, tli = 0.986 (all > 0.9), and rmsea = 0.022 (< 0.08). given these results, it can be concluded that the research model exhibited a strong fit with the survey data, supporting its suitability for hypothesis testing and further analysis. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 375 figure 4. standardized structural equation modeling (sem) analysis results 4.3.1. results of hypothesis testing the results indicate that all 11 main hypotheses concerning the relationships among core variables (excluding control variables) were statistically supported, with p-values < 0.05, confirming that the survey data support all the proposed relationships. the standardized regression weights for the tested hypotheses are presented in figure 4, and table 6 provides detailed hypothesis testing results. as all relationships exhibited p-values below 0.05, they were considered statistically significant, validating the proposed model and supporting the research framework. additionally, as presented in table 7, all relationships exhibit standardized regression coefficients (β) greater than zero, further confirming that all hypotheses are supported. moreover, the standardized regression coefficients indicate the relative strength of the impact of the independent variables on the dependent variables, with higher coefficients reflecting stronger effects. these findings provide empirical validation of the proposed relationships within the research model. table 6. results of hypothesis testing (unstandardized regression coefficients) estimate s.e. c.r. p label cc ← cl 0.504 0.073 6.894 *** ee ← cl 0.276 0.081 3.414 *** ee ← cc 0.460 0.095 4.852 *** cm ← cl 0.265 0.069 3.832 *** cp ← cl 0.170 0.071 2.401 0.016 cm ← ee 0.376 0.074 5.061 *** cp ← ee 0.207 0.078 2.650 0.008 cp ← cc 0.482 0.095 5.083 *** tc ← cl 0.150 0.068 2.219 0.026 tc ← cm 0.518 0.086 6.054 *** tc ← cp 0.338 0.066 5.136 *** hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 376 table 7. results of hypothesis testing with standardized regression weights hypothesis estimate estimate h1b cc ← cl 0.545 h2b cp ← ee 0.210 h1e ee ← cl 0.283 h5a cp ← cc 0.464 h5b ee ← cc 0.436 h1a tc ← cl 0.155 h1d cm ← cl 0.310 h3 tc ← cm 0.456 h1c cp ← cl 0.177 h4 tc ← cp 0.335 h2a cm ← ee 0.430 4.3.2. results of control variable testing this study examined the influence of two control variables related to digital transformation project characteristics: (i) project scale and (ii) project implementation duration. a one-way anova was conducted to assess the effects of these control variables. the anova results for the project scale indicated that levene’s test for equality of variances yielded a significance value of 0.009 (p < 0.05), and welch’s test resulted in a significance value of 0.030 (p < 0.05). these findings suggest that projects of different scales significantly influence the success of digital transformation initiatives, confirming the impact of project scale as a control variable in this study (figure 5). the findings indicate that medium-scale projects (those involving changes across multiple business units) achieve better outcomes than both small-scale and large-scale projects. the post hoc bonferroni test revealed a statistically significant difference between very large and medium-scale projects, with a bonferroni’s test significance value of 0.004 (< 0.05), confirming that the project scale significantly influences digital transformation success. similarly, the anova results for project implementation duration showed that levene’s test yielded a significance value of 0.507 (> 0.05), confirming variance homogeneity, while f’s test produced a significance value of 0.026 (< 0.05), indicating that implementation duration significantly impacts project success (figure 6). specifically, medium-duration projects (three months to one year) performed the best, followed by short-term projects (less than three months), with long-term projects (over one year) showing slightly lower success rates. the post-hoc bonferroni test further confirmed a statistically significant difference between long-term and mediumduration projects, with a significance value of 0.031 (< 0.05). these findings highlight the importance of project scale and implementation duration in determining the effectiveness of digital transformation initiatives. figure 5. project scale and digital transformation management success 3.3 3.47 3.28 2.98 2.70 2.80 2.90 3.00 3.10 3.20 3.30 3.40 3.50 3.60 small medium large very large m e a n o f f t c project scale hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 377 figure 6. differences in implementation duration and digital transformation success 4.3.3. evaluation of direct and indirect effects of factors on the success of digital transformation in telecommunications enterprises amos software (version 20.0) was used to conduct tests on the direct, indirect, and total effects of the variables. the results of these tests are listed in table 8. table 8. direct and indirect effects between factors cl cc ee cm cp cc direct effect 0.545 0 0 0 0 indirect effect 0 0 0 0 0 total effect 0.545 0 0 0 0 ee direct effect 0.283 0.436 0 0 0 indirect effect 0.238 0 0 0 0 total effect 0.521 0.436 0 0 0 cm direct effect 0.310 0 0.430 0 0 indirect effect 0.224 0.188 0 0 0 total effect 0.534 0.188 0.430 0 0 cp direct effect 0.177 0.464 0.210 0 0 indirect effect 0.362 0.092 0 0 0 total effect 0.539 0.556 0.210 0 0 tc direct effect 0.155 0 0 0.456 0.335 indirect effect 0.424 0.272 0.266 0 0 total effect 0.580 0.272 0.266 0.456 0.335 % total effect 30.38 14.25 13.93 23.89 17.55 the results indicate that the factors that change leadership (cl), employee commitment to digital transformation (cm), and capacity for digital transformation (cp) have a direct impact on the success of digital transformation (tc) in telecommunications enterprises. the findings indicate that change leadership significantly influences the performance of digital transformation in vietnamese telecom enterprises, with a total effect of 30.38% (estimate = 0.580). change leadership emerged as the most significant direct factor influencing the effectiveness of digital transformation, confirming that effective transformation is predominantly propelled by leaders’ actions. the survey results and interviews consistently emphasized the leadership’s ability to empower employees, provide a clear vision, and align organizational objectives with individual aspirations. a senior executive from viettel stated: “digital transformation only took shape when top leaders showed commitment, explained clearly why we were doing it, and were personally involved, not just issuing 3.25 3.4 3.26 3.15 3.20 3.25 3.30 3.35 3.40 3.45 shot medium long m ea n o f f t c project scale hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 378 directives.” this underscores the necessity of leaders’ active involvement in steering the transformation process and aligning staff members with change objectives. this statement underscores the significance of leadership in fostering a culture of commitment and guiding employees through the intricacies of transformation. employee engagement in digital transformation had a total impact of 23.89% (estimate = 0.456), making it the second-most significant factor. this study revealed that business communication and leadership behaviors shape employee commitment. a mid-level manager from vnpt stated: “commitment can’t be forced. it only happens when people truly believe that the transformation matters—not just for the company, but for their own growth.” this statement emphasizes that leadership’s function in communicating the significance of transformation, both for the organization and for employees’ personal development, directly affects commitment to the change process. the significance of digital transformation communication in facilitating transformation success was notable, with an indirect impact of 14.25%. effective communication mitigates uncertainty and fosters trust among employees. a human resources official from viettel emphasized: “for years, communication meant top-down emails or monthly briefings. now, we’re learning to create space for real conversations where employees can ask, challenge, and suggest. that shift doesn’t happen overnight, but it’s necessary.” this idea emphasizes the significance of transparent communication in cultivating participation, trust, and, ultimately, a successful change process. furthermore, the organizational capacity for digital transformation was identified as a pivotal component, with a total impact of 17.55% (estimate = 0.335). the research indicates that organizational capability, particularly in terms of learning and adaptation, is crucial for effective change management. a transformation team leader from viettel conveyed: “people used to be afraid to fail, especially when everything was evaluated quarterly. but in digital transformation, we had to change that mindset. we started small pilot projects, accepted that some things wouldn’t work, and treated mistakes as learning. that’s when things really began to change.” this comment reflects the importance of fostering a culture of learning and experimentation, which are critical elements in driving successful digital transformation. several enterprises have successfully applied key leadership principles such as change leadership and employee engagement to drive their digital transformation initiatives. vnpt stands out as a prime example of such success. the company’s leadership made significant strides in aligning its organizational vision with digital transformation goals. top leaders communicated a clear vision for the future, explaining the benefits of the transformation to both the organization and employees. this transparent communication approach helped overcome the initial resistance and ensured that employees at all levels were included in the process. the vnpt also implemented comprehensive training programs and created a culture of learning, empowering employees to take ownership of the transformation. for instance, the company union introduced vnpt’s digital competency criteria, encouraging employees to embrace digital skills and reward them for their contributions. consequently, the company achieved significant milestones, including enhancing customer satisfaction and launching innovative digital products, which positioned vnpt as a leader in vietnam’s high-tech industry. leadership’ commitment, coupled with an empowered workforce, played a critical role in transforming vnpt into a flexible and innovative organization, aligning with the principles outlined in this study. 5. discussion this study underscores the critical role of change leadership in facilitating effective digital transformation of vietnamese mobile carriers. the paramount factor in the success of transformation is change leadership, which underscores essential leadership traits, such as clear vision articulation, encouragement of creativity, and the alignment of organizational objectives with employee engagement. this outcome corroborates the assertions of gill [17] and armenakis et al. [18], who emphasize that motivating personnel and preparing the organization for transformation relies on effective leadership. the results align with those of mccarthy et al. [51], who assert that successful navigation of transitions in difficult environments relies on essential digital leadership attributes such as strategists, culturalists, and organizational agilists. in vietnam’s telecommunications sector, where centralized decision-making and hierarchical structures prevail, the active engagement of leaders is crucial for surmounting resistance and aligning efforts towards reform objectives. through the challenges of digital transformation and ensuring successful technological advances, leading organizations rely on these leadership qualities. the findings also point to the significant role of employee commitment to digital transformation in the success of transformation. the results suggest that employees’ emotional connections to the transformation process, driven by ’clear communication and organizational support, play a key role in ensuring successful change adoption. in line with saks [6] and yasir et al. [20], this study found that engaged and committed employees were more likely to contribute to transformation initiatives, particularly in the face of uncertainty and resistance to change. this supports the argument made by engida et al. [26], who found that change leadership indirectly shapes readiness for change through organizational culture, further reinforcing the interplay between leadership and internal alignment in transformation efforts. in vietnam, where organizational culture is often characterized by top-down communication and formal structures, fostering employee commitment is critical for bridging the gap between leadership directives and actual employee involvement in transformation processes. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 379 digital transformation communication was identified as another essential factor, albeit with a more indirect impact than leadership and employee commitment. effective communication ensures transparency, reduces uncertainty, and helps align employees with organizational goals. elving [22] stressed that communication is crucial not only for disseminating information but also for building trust and involving employees in the change process. the results suggest that, in vietnamese telecommunications, a shift from traditional top-down communication to more inclusive and interactive communication methods is necessary to enhance engagement and commitment. however, given the relatively slow pace of this transition in vietnam’s hierarchical business culture, organizations may face challenges in fully embracing two-way communication models that foster active employee participation. the role of organizational capacity in digital transformation has also emerged as a critical enabler. the study found that organizations with strong learning capabilities and a culture of adaptability are better positioned to manage digital transformation. this finding aligns with that of supriharyanti & sukoco [25], who argued that knowledge sharing and continuous learning are key enablers of digital transformation success. it also complements alnuaimi et al. [52], who show that organizational agility and leadership capabilities work in tandem to enhance digital outcomes, with agility acting as a bridge between leadership vision and effective implementation. in the context of vietnamese telecommunications, where many companies are still adjusting to the pace of technological change, the ability to learn from failure and continuously adapt is vital. in this environment, building a culture that supports innovation and experimentation can significantly enhance organizational capacity for digital transformation, which is essential for overcoming the barriers posed by rapid technological change. in vietnam’s telecommunications industry, one of the key challenges in achieving digital transformation success lies in the scale and scope of the transformation initiatives. larger-scale projects, such as the implementation of nationwide digital platforms or the roll-out of 5g networks, require significant investment, careful planning, and coordination across multiple departments. these projects also demand extensive leadership commitment to ensure that all stakeholders are aligned, and that challenges related to resistance, resource allocation, and technological integration are effectively addressed. the relatively slow pace of large-scale projects in vietnam’s telecommunications sector reflects the challenges faced in scaling digital transformation efforts. on the other hand, smaller, more agile projects, although potentially less transformative in scope, are likely to yield quicker results, particularly in the areas of employee engagement and organizational learning. these smaller-scale projects provide an opportunity for experimentation, enabling organizations to test new digital strategies and learn from their experiences, which ultimately strengthens their capacity to manage larger, more complex initiatives. this observation echoes the findings of srivastava et al. [53], who argue that digital agility is best cultivated through leadership behaviors that enable iterative small-scale experimentation before scaling transformation across the organization. 6. conclusion this study employed a comprehensive research methodology that combines qualitative and quantitative approaches to examine the success factors driving digital transformation (dt) in vietnamese telecommunications enterprises. by analyzing the perspectives of management personnel overseeing digital transformation projects, this research gained insights into the key organizational factors influencing dt outcomes. the findings underscore the importance of peoplerelated factors, such as change leadership, digital leadership, employee commitment to digital transformation, and employee engagement in determining the success of dt initiatives. these factors have a direct and positive impact on digital transformation, with change leadership having the most substantial influence. the scientific novelty of this study lies in its integration of change leadership, employee commitment, organizational capacity, communication, and employee engagement into a holistic model that enhances our understanding of what drives successful dt in an organizational context. this contribution is particularly important for the vietnamese telecommunications sector, which remains underrepresented in existing dt literature. by highlighting the interactions among leadership behaviors, cultural norms, and employee involvement, this study offers a multi-dimensional view of the transformation dynamics that previous research has often treated in isolation. this research adds to the broader body of dt literature by proposing a detailed, interlinked model that connects leadership, employee commitment, communication, and organizational capacity as key enablers of successful transformation. unlike earlier studies that examined these factors independently, this study revealed their mutual reinforcement and combined impact on transformation outcomes. managers in telecommunications can draw from these findings to design strategies that build leadership capabilities, enhance communication pathways, and foster a culture that supports innovation and continuous learning. aligning employees’ commitment to organizational goals and providing resources for experimentation are critical for sustained success. however, this study had several limitations. it focused primarily on the success factor management pillar, leaving other components, such as process management and domain-specific management, unexplored. it also did not account for regional or organizational differences, such as state-owned versus private enterprises, which may shape perceptions of dt success. future research should address these gaps by exploring sectoral differences, expanding the framework to include other pillars, and comparing organizational types to uncover how structural and contextual variables influence dt outcomes. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 380 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, h.p.t.t. and t.n.t.t.; methodology, h.p.m. and t.t.t.; software, h.p.t.t. and h.p.m.; validation, t.t.b.n. and t.n.t.t.; formal analysis, t.n.t.t.; investigation, t.t.b.n. and h.p.t.t.; resources, h.p.m.; data curation, h.p.m. and t.n.t.t.; writing—original draft preparation, t.n.t.t.; writing—review and editing, t.n.t.t. and h.p.t.t.; visualization, t.t.t.; supervision, h.p.t.t.; project administration, t.t.b.n. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding this research is funded by ministry of education and training (moet) and hanoi university of science and technology (hust) under project number b2023-bka-18. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] walsh, j., nguyen, t. q., & hoang, t. (2023). digital transformation in vietnamese smes: managerial implications. journal of internet and digital economics, 3(1/2), 18–32. doi:10.1108/jide-09-2022-0018. [2] smith, t., sniderman, b., & kearns, d. (2022). how to lead digital transformation from the top. deloitte insights, califronia, united states. available online: https://www2.deloitte.com/us/en/insights/topics/strategy/how-to-lead-digital-transformation.html (accessed on may 2025). [3] fernandez-vidal, j., antonio perotti, f., gonzalez, r., & gasco, j. (2022). managing digital transformation: the view from the top. journal of business research, 152, 29–41. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2022.07.020. [4] schrage, m., pring, b., kiron, d., & dickerson, d. (2021). leadership’s digital transformation. mit sloan management review (mit smr), massachusetts, united states. available online: https://sloanreview.mit.edu/projects/leaderships-digitaltransformation/ (accessed on may 2025). [5] bass, b., & avolio, b. (1990). transformation leadership. a response to critiques. leadership theory and research: perspectives and directions. academic press, 49–80. [6] saks, a. m. (2006). antecedents and consequences of employee engagement. journal of managerial psychology, 21(7), 600– 619. doi:10.1108/02683940610690169. [7] uhl-bien, m. (2021). complexity leadership and followership: changed leadership in a changed world. journal of change management, 21(2), 144–162. doi:10.1080/14697017.2021.1917490. [8] rialti, r., & filieri, r. (2024). leaders, let’s get agile! observing agile leadership in successful digital transformation projects. business horizons, 67(4), 439–452. doi:10.1016/j.bushor.2024.04.003. [9] yao, q., tang, h., liu, y., & boadu, f. (2024). the penetration effect of digital leadership on digital transformation: the role of digital strategy consensus and diversity types. journal of enterprise information management, 37(3), 903–927. doi:10.1108/jeim-09-2022-0350. [10] senadjki, a., au yong, h. n., ganapathy, t., & ogbeibu, s. (2024). unlocking the potential: the impact of digital leadership on firms’ performance through digital transformation. journal of business and socio-economic development, 4(2), 161–177. doi:10.1108/jbsed-06-2023-0050. https://www2.deloitte.com/us/en/insights/topics/strategy/how-to-lead-digital-transformation.html https://sloanreview.mit.edu/projects/leaderships-digital-transformation/ https://sloanreview.mit.edu/projects/leaderships-digital-transformation/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 381 [11] bharadwaj, a., el sawy, o. a., pavlou, p. a., & venkatraman, n. (2013). digital business strategy: toward a next generation of insights. mis quarterly: management information systems, 37(2), 471–482. doi:10.25300/misq/2013/37:2.3. [12] westerman, g., bonnet, d., & mcafee, a. (2015). leading digital: turning technology into business transformation. in choice reviews online (vol. 52, issue 06). harvard business press. doi:10.5860/choice.188022. [13] xiang, h., lu, j., kosov, m. e., volkova, m. v., ponkratov, v. v., masterov, a. i., elyakova, i. d., popkov, s. y., taburov, d. y., lazareva, n. v., muda, i., vasiljeva, m. v., & zekiy, a. o. (2023). sustainable development of employee lifecycle management in the age of global challenges: evidence from china, russia, and indonesia. sustainability (switzerland), 15(6), 4987. doi:10.3390/su15064987. [14] lin, q. (2024). digital leadership: a systematic literature review and future research agenda. european journal of innovation management, 522. doi:10.1108/ejim-07-2023-0522. [15] albrecht, s. l., connaughton, s., foster, k., furlong, s., & yeow, c. j. l. (2020). change engagement, change resources, and change demands: a model for positive employee orientations to organizational change. frontiers in psychology, 11, 531944. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2020.531944. [16] fitzgerald, m., kruschwitz, n., bonnet, d., & welch, m. (2013). embracing digital technology: a new strategic imperative. mit sloan management review, 55, 1–12. [17] gill, r. (2002). change management--or change leadership? journal of change management, 3(4), 307–318. doi:10.1080/714023845. [18] armenakis, a. a., harris, s. g., & mossholder, k. w. (1993). creating readiness for organizational change. human relations, 46(6), 681–703. doi:10.1177/001872679304600601. [19] khaw, k. w., alnoor, a., al-abrrow, h., tiberius, v., ganesan, y., & atshan, n. a. (2023). reactions towards organizational change: a systematic literature review. current psychology, 42(22), 19137–19160. doi:10.1007/s12144-022-03070-6. [20] yasir, m., imran, r., irshad, m. k., mohamad, n. a., & khan, m. m. (2016). leadership styles in relation to employees’ trust and organizational change capacity: evidence from non-profit organizations. sage open, 6(4), 2158244016675396. doi:10.1177/2158244016675396. [21] klarner, p., probst, g., & soparnot, r. (2007). from change management to the management of organizational change capacity : a conceptual approach. université de genève, genève, switzerland. [22] elving, w. j. l. (2005). the role of communication in organisational change. corporate communications, 10(2), 129–138. doi:10.1108/13563280510596943. [23] schaufeli, w. (2021). engaging leadership: how to promote work engagement? frontiers in psychology, 12, 754556. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2021.754556. [24] vithayaporn, s., & ashton, s. a. (2019). employee engagement and innovative work behavior: a case study of thai airways international. abac odi journal vision. action. outcome, 6(2), 45–62. [25] supriharyanti, e., & sukoco, b. m. (2023). organizational change capability: a systematic review and future research directions. management research review, 46(1), 46–81. doi:10.1108/mrr-01-2021-0039. [26] engida, z. m., alemu, a. e., & mulugeta, m. a. (2022). the effect of change leadership on employees’ readiness to change: the mediating role of organizational culture. future business journal, 8(1), 31. doi:10.1186/s43093-022-00148-2. [27] holt, d. t., armenakis, a. a., feild, h. s., & harris, s. g. (2007). readiness for organizational change: the systematic development of a scale. journal of applied behavioral science, 43(2), 232–255. doi:10.1177/0021886306295295. [28] skýpalová, r., bohušová, h., & křápek, m. (2024). preparedness for mandatory csr reporting of multinational companies: case of the czech republic. emerging science journal, 8 (3), 1016-1036. doi:10.28991/esj-2024-08-03-013. [29] zulkarnain, z., hadiyani, s., ginting, e. d. j., & fahmi. (2024). commitment, employee engagement and readiness to change among oil palm plantation officers. sa journal of human resource management, 22. doi:10.4102/sajhrm.v22i0.2471. [30] mladenova, i. (2022). relation between organizational capacity for change and readiness for change. administrative sciences, 12(4), 135. doi:10.3390/admsci12040135. [31] heckmann, n., steger, t., & dowling, m. (2016). organizational capacity for change, change experience, and change project performance. journal of business research, 69(2), 777–784. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2015.07.012. [32] köroğlu, i. (2024). impact of digital marketing strategies on entrepreneurial orientations of turkish commercial banks. istanbul journal of social sciences and humanities, 2(3), 9–18. doi:10.62185/issn.3023-5448.2.3.2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 382 [33] basel, a. j., & ghazzawi, i. (2019). organizational commitment: a review of the conceptual and empirical literature and a research agenda. international leadership journal, 11(1), 78–119. [34] meyer, j. p., & alien, n. j. (1991). a three-component conceptualization of organizational commitment. human resource management review, 1(1), 61–89. doi:10.1016/1053-4822(91)90011-z. [35] meyer, j. p., & herscovitch, l. (2001). commitment in the workplace: toward a general model. human resource management review, 11(3), 299–326. doi:10.1016/s1053-4822(00)00053-x. [36] meyer, j. p., stanley, d. j., herscovitch, l., & topolnytsky, l. (2002). affective, continuance, and normative commitment to the organization: a meta-analysis of antecedents, correlates, and consequences. journal of vocational behavior, 61(1), 20–52. doi:10.1006/jvbe.2001.1842. [37] judge, w., & douglas, t. (2009). organizational change capacity: the systematic development of a scale. journal of organizational change management, 22(6), 635–649. doi:10.1108/09534810910997041. [38] helfat, c. e., finkelstein, s., mitchell, w., peteraf, m., singh, h., teece, d. j., & winter, s. g. (2007). dynamic capabilities: understanding strategic change in organizations. john wiley & sons, new york, united states. [39] kotter, j. p., & cohen, d. s. (2002). the heart of change: real-life stories of how people change their organizations. choice reviews online, 40(03), 40-1642-40–1642. doi:10.5860/choice.40-1642. [40] welch, m. (2011). the evolution of the employee engagement concept: communication implications. corporate communications, 16(4), 328–346. doi:10.1108/13563281111186968. [41] al-haddad, s., & kotnour, t. (2015). integrating the organizational change literature: a model for successful change. journal of organizational change management, 28(2), 234–262. doi:10.1108/jocm-11-2013-0215. [42] hiatt, j. m., & creasey, t. j. (2003). change management: the people side of change. prosci learning center publications, colorado, united states. [43] pregmark, j. e. (2022). renewing models for change. learning organization, 29(3), 255–274. doi:10.1108/tlo-05-2021-0056. [44] musheke, m. m., & phiri, j. (2021). the effects of effective communication on organizational performance based on the systems theory. open journal of business and management, 09(02), 659–671. doi:10.4236/ojbm.2021.92034. [45] saks, a. m. (2023). employee engagement. encyclopedia of human resource management. routledge, london, united kingdom. doi:10.4337/9781800378841.e.9. [46] mingaleva, z., & shironina, e. (2021). gender aspects of digital workplace transformation. journal women’s entrepreneurship and education, 2021(1–2), 1–17. doi:10.28934/jwee21.12.pp1-17. [47] liere-netheler, k., packmohr, s., & vogelsang, k. (2018). drivers of digital transformation in manufacturing. proceedings of the annual hawaii international conference on system sciences, 2018-january, 3926–3935. doi:10.24251/hicss.2018.493. [48] hair, j. f., black, w. c., babin, b. j., anderson, r. e., & tatham, r. l. (2006). multivariate data analysis. pearson prentice hall upper saddle river, new jersey, united states. [49] bernstein, i. h., & nunnally, j. c. (1994). the assessment of reliability. psychometric theory, 3, 248–292. [50] hu, l. t., & bentler, p. m. (1999). cutoff criteria for fit indexes in covariance structure analysis: conventional criteria versus new alternatives. structural equation modeling, 6(1), 1–55. doi:10.1080/10705519909540118. [51] mccarthy, p., sammon, d., & alhassan, i. (2024). the characteristics of digital transformation leadership: theorizing the practitioner voice. business horizons, 67(4), 411–423. doi:10.1016/j.bushor.2024.03.005. [52] alnuaimi, b. k., kumar singh, s., ren, s., budhwar, p., & vorobyev, d. (2022). mastering digital transformation: the nexus between leadership, agility, and digital strategy. journal of business research, 145, 636–648. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2022.03.038. [53] srivastava, a. p., yadav, m., yadav, r., singh, b., & dewasiri, n. j. (2023). exploring digital agility and digital transformation leadership: a mixed method study. journal of global information management, 31(8), 1–23. doi:10.4018/jgim.332861. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 383 appendix i table a1. research questions construct items change leadership (cl) cl1. leaders have a clear long-term vision for digital transformation aligned with the organization’s mission. cl2. leaders develop and implement a clear strategy to achieve digital transformation goals. cl3. leaders foster a culture of innovation and shared values to support digital transformation. cl4. leaders empower employees by providing necessary resources and skills to contribute to digital transformation. cl5. leaders motivate employees by setting clear digital transformation goals and rewarding achievements. digital transformation communication cc1. leaders communicate openly about digital transformation, its impacts, and how employees can adapt to new behaviors. cc2. leaders foster two-way communication by listening to employee feedback, building trust and commitment to the transformation. cc3. leaders create a vision of a new future with shared values, reducing uncertainty and stimulating creativity in employees. employee commitment cm1: employee commitment increases when employees feel confident in their ability to contribute to the transformation. cm2: employees are more committed when they see the transformation benefiting both their personal growth and the organization’s success. cm3: employee commitment increases when employees understand why the transformation is necessary. cm4: employee commitment is stronger when leaders provide both the necessary resources and continuous support for successful transformation. employee engagement ee1. employees in senior roles with autonomy and benefits are more engaged in digital transformation initiatives. ee2. organizational support and management practices that encourage collaboration boost employee engagement in transformation. ee3. employees who receive recognition and rewards for their contributions to digital transformation are more engaged. ee4. fairness in procedures and resource allocation strengthens employees’ engagement during transformation efforts. digital transformation capacity cp1. digital leadership promotes projects with high digital skills, secures leadership support, and removes barriers. cp2. a decentralized structure encourages collaboration and problem-solving during the transformation. cp3. organizational culture strengthens employee commitment to digital transformation. cp4. employees acquire new skills and methods to stay ready for digital transformation. cp5. employees experiment with innovative ideas, learning from past actions to drive success. cp6. the organization shares experiences and best practices to optimize change implementation. cp7. employees trust leadership’s credibility and believe in fair treatment during the transformation. successful digital transformation tc1. the project successfully improved operational performance. tc2. the project led to the creation of new business or service models. tc3. customers are satisfied with the changes and outcomes of the project. tc4. the project was completed within the approved budget. tc5. the project was completed on time. tc6. employees are satisfied with the results of the digital transformation project. tc7. senior leadership is satisfied with the results of the digital transformation project. tc8. project team members are satisfied with the results of the digital transformation project. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 462 issn: 2723-9535 optimizing container fill rates for the textile and garment industry using a 3d bin packing approach nguyen thi xuan hoa 1* 1 school of economics and management, hanoi university of science and technology, vietnam. received 02 february 2024; revised 22 may 2024; accepted 28 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract the scarcity of empty containers presents a significant logistical challenge globally. to address this issue, this study proposes the application of the optimal box arrangement in a container with a 3d bin packing problem to enhance fill rates and accommodate the complex packing criteria of the textile and garment industry. the study’s objective is to optimize box stacking into containers by considering various factors such as multiple product types, diverse box sizes, varying container sizes, and prioritizing stacking according to purchase orders (po). in tackling the np-hard problem with the added constraint of po-based stacking, this study advocates employing a genetic algorithm combined with a wall-building algorithm to address practical challenges. the genetic algorithm demonstrates optimal efficacy in solving large-scale optimization problems within specified timeframes, yielding high-quality results. in addition, normalization methods are applied to convert box sizes to pallet sizes, expediting problem-solving and facilitating the selection of appropriate container sizes, namely 20or 40-feet. the research findings indicate that the proposed method achieved a container fill rate of up to 91.67% and minimized the number of containers used. keywords: 3d bin packing; genetic algorithm; wall building; garment and textile. 1. introduction the container shortage issue has become increasingly serious since 2021 due to the covid-19 pandemic [1]. in 2024, disruptions in red sea shipping will further exacerbate the problem, resulting in a 173% increase in freight rates for the asia–northern europe route [2]. this shortage of containers has affected numerous countries and industries, particularly the textile and garment industry, which boasts a market size of us$ 1.7 trillion and contributes approximately 2% to the world’s gdp [3]. container shortages extend lead times and escalate logistic costs [2]. moreover, with a significant volume of manufactured goods being imported and exported worldwide, constituting 63% of global exports, and textiles and clothing accounting for 4% of manufactured goods [4], optimizing logistics costs and maximizing container fill rates have emerged as crucial concerns. consequently, addressing the bin packing problem offers a potential solution to minimize transportation costs in container shipping, air cargo loading, and rai l transport. the bin packing problem has received extensive attention and development aimed at optimizing container use. it is classified as an np-hard problem with the objective of efficiently packing items of varying volumes into containers to minimize the number of containers required. this problem has been the subject of study by numerous researchers. the variants of bin packing considered important factors such as multidimensional items, item sizes, item stacking, and rotation [5]. * corresponding author: hoan65110@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-017 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6846-5304 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 463 the problem of packing boxes into containers is challenging with many variables, especially considering the enormous volume of goods exported through seaports. each exported cargo container that is not optimally filled will result in significant waste in the context of the shortage of empty containers and the current high logistic costs. therefore, the optimization problem of packing goods into containers is of particular significance in the current global transportation environment. research on the bin packing issue is primarily based on various variants depending on the characteristics of the container, the nature of the problem, and the characteristics of the carton. the research on the bin packing problem has been extensive, including limited rotations of bin packing [6], constraints of weight limits [7], and stability of stacking [5, 8]. however, studies specifically focusing on the textile and garment industries remain scarce. considering the unique characteristics of this industry in exportation, priorities in purchase orders extend beyond mere constraints such as box orientation limits, weight limits, and container dimensions. when stacking, adherence to prioritizing orders becomes imperative to streamline unloading at the destination. nevertheless, previous studies have primarily addressed the arrangement of goods into containers without considering the priority of packing according to the purchase order. given the industry’s specific nature in exports, aligning with the purchase order sequence is also a criterion requiring consideration to facilitate efficient unloading at the destination. therefore, this paper’s contribution focuses on developing and proposing practical and realistic bin packing models suitable for textile and garment enterprises, such as 3d bin packing with constraints related to limited rotation, weight, dimension, and purchase orders (po). to address the 3d bin packing problem in this research, genetic algorithms and wall-stacking techniques were employed. unlike previous studies that randomly selected container sizes, this study uses normalization coefficients to determine the appropriate container size. 2. literature review 2.1. bin packing problem the bin-packing problem has become an important issue in many fields, especially in the logistics industry. cidgarcia & rios-solis [9] solved the two-dimensional (2d) bin-packing problem with a 90° rotation condition using exact algorithms of positioning and covering. huan et al. [10] proposed a fitting method with direct and indirect algorithms to solve the 2d bin-packing problem, as well as a pseudo-language and complexity evaluation of the algorithms. kundu et al. [11] proposed a deep reinforcement learning method to solve the 2d bin-packing problem. this method optimized the gaps in a short time and showed superior results compared to other methods at the same time, as well as an easy extension of the problem model into the 3d bin-packing form. the 3d bin-packing problem is an np-hard problem and has gradually received a lot of attention from researchers over the years because of its highly practical applications. variants of the 3d bin-packing problem will also be analyzed, including container properties, product properties, packing methods, and safety considerations. regarding containers, fundamental factors such as type, size, weight limits, and weight distribution will be considered. in reality, logistic companies have various types of containers with different sizes and weight limits. the weight limit of the container ensures that goods are loaded into containers with a weight that does not exceed the maximum recommended weight by research groups [7]. weight distribution constraints ensure that goods are evenly distributed on the container, avoiding situations where goods are overloaded at the front or rear, causing difficulties in transportation [12]. the stacking constraint ensures that stacking containers on top of each other will not cause damage or breakage. the weight or pressure that a container can withstand depends on four main factors: the material of the container, the products inside the container, the rigidity of the container edges, and transportation-related factors such as time and humidity. this is a very important practical factor, and researchers have focused on developing models that limit the weight and pressure that a carton container can withstand per unit area [13, 14]. in addition, other researchers such as nishiyama et al. [15] and paquay et al. [16] have expanded their research directions by limiting the stacking of heavy containers on light containers and not placing fragile items on top of other fragile items. on another front, when studies address the real-world challenge of handling various types of goods with different delivery priorities, they often discuss the prioritization of goods’ lead times as a minor variant of the bin packing problem. the constraint of priority goods often considers optimizing output due to limited container quantities. therefore, it is necessary to prioritize products with special characteristics, high value, and short lead times. this helps meet customer demand promptly and ensures delivery schedules and minimal losses. in the study by sheng et al. [17], the issue of prioritizing orders for goods with approaching deadlines over orders with longer deadlines was addressed. the authors used a simulated annealing algorithm and then packed the product containers into containers through a treegraph search process. the results achieved after testing were around an 85% container fill rate. the product orientation constraint in container stacking ensures that carton containers can be stacked in six orientations parallel to the container edges, with some orientations restricted based on product characteristics. researchers have developed variations, including unlimited orientations, to accommodate different product types, as introduced by various research groups (kurpel et al. [18], mahvash et al. [19], sharma [20]). the product flow constraint ensures that different types of products can be packed into the same container or not. the complete delivery constraint is crucial for orders where customers request all items to be delivered in the same shipment. for safety issues in cargo stacking, ensuring the stability and integrity of containers is crucial because instability can damage cargo, pose safety hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 464 risks, and cause injury to workers during cargo handling. variants of the bin-packing problem that ensure stability have been significantly emphasized in studies by olsson et al. [8] and oliveira et al. [21]. stability is divided into two main types: static stability and dynamic stability. static stability (in the vertical direction) is applied when the containers are not moving. this constraint ensures that the containers are securely standing on the container floor and the surfaces of other boxes [22]. dynamic stability (in the horizontal direction) is relevant when containers are in motion, experiencing forces such as acceleration, braking, and inertia [8, 15]. as for cargo stacking positions, products with specific size and weight requirements may need to be positioned on the floor or in designated spots within the container [23]. weiwang zhu et al. [5] solved the 3d bin packing problem with stacking constraints using two subproblems: the stacking problem and the 2d bin packing problem. the brand and price algorithm was applied to minimize the total number of containers used. the studies on the bin-packing problem that have been conducted previously addressed one or more constraints simultaneously, such as weight, priority of packing, orientation, hazardous goods, and multiple delivery points, in order to maximize the amount of cargo loaded into containers [24, 25]. the approaches for solving the bin packing problem include exact and approximate algorithms. these exact algorithm models can solve 3d packing, the single knapsack problem (skp), the single large object placement problem (slopp), the container loading problem (clp), and the multiple bin-size bin packing problem (mbsbpp) [26, 27]. they optimize solutions while considering real-world constraints like weight distribution, stability, and item prioritization, with achievements including optimal solutions for various case scenarios. however, exact algorithms can find optimal solutions for small-sized problems but often face difficulties when solving large and complex problems. kevin tole et al. introduced a new variant of the bin packing problem called the circular bin packing problem with rectangular items (cbpp-ri), which involves the dense orthogonal packing of rectangular items into a minimum number of bins. they applied simulated annealing (sa) to present the its effectiveness compared to previous algorithms in solving a bin packing problem and cbpp-ri [28]. 2.2. genetic algorithm for solving bin packing problems then, approximate algorithms often provide the best possible solutions within a given time by exploring a search space and iteratively making changes to complete solutions to improve their quality. their advantage lies in their ability to solve complex problems with real-world constraints and large scales in the shortest possible time. this is a strength of approximate algorithms compared to exact algorithms in optimizing solutions. as a result, many researchers have applied and developed exact algorithms to solve bin packing problems, especially 3d bin packing problems. the genetic algorithm (ga) uses a fitness function in each iteration to measure the quality of each generation and combines the most desired characteristics to improve the quality of solutions. due to its excellent result quality and runtime, it has been widely applied to 3d-pps problems. olsson et al. [8] used a greedy-style heuristic where boxes are first packed into piles, and then potential positions are evaluated using a weighted scoring function. the authors used a ga to automatically adjust the weighted scoring function and improve packing quality. xiang et al. [29] also used box order and rotation as two encodings in their ga. building on a wall-building heuristic, the authors developed an adaptive ga that adjusts the probability of crossover and mutation based on individual fitness. the multiple bin size and box size problem with constraints such as weight and dimensions has been addressed using hybrid metaheuristics based on simulated annealing (sa) and genetic algorithms (ga) to minimize the number of boxes needed to be packed. the algorithm demonstrates that it can find an optimal arrangement model with minimal cost [30]. ananno & ribeiro [31] applied a genetic algorithm to minimize the number of pallets used, maximize the compactness of the packed items, and minimize the heterogeneity of item types in each pallet. they proposed a model to satisfy eight different constraints: item orientation, non-conllision, stability, support, pattern complexity, complete shipment, customer positioning, and layer interlocking. the model respects volume utilization when introducing additional load carriers, which is commonly practiced in the f&b industry. ying yang et al. explored a novel approach by redesigning bin sizes to fit items ready to be packed. they considered a general three-dimensional open-dimension probem (3dodp) where all dimensions of a number of heterogeneous bin types are unknown. the objective of this study is to minimize total costs based on the designed bin types and packing scheme. the combination of the 3d odp and the three-dimensional multiple bin size bin packing problem (3d mbsbpp) was solved by two-layer heuristics, including a genetic algorithm (ga) and an inner deterministic constructive heuristic [32]. in summary, bin packing problems have been studied and solved for various cases with constraints such as size and weight, aiming to minimize the number of boxes packed into containers. however, for the specific nature of garment exports, in addition to constraints on box size and container size, the items need to be prioritized according to each purchase order. therefore, this study focuses on the problem of real constraints such as multiple container types, multiple product types, and multiple purchase orders (po) with different sizes and colors of products. moreover, the research illustrated the efficiency of heuristic algorithms in tackling. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 465 3. methodology and the model in this study, the research process (figure 1) is divided into the following main stages: research model development, algorithm model construction, data analysis execution, and model evaluation. figure 1. process of research 3.1. 3d bin packing the 3d bin-packing problem is an np-hard problem where the initial input consists of small carton containers that need to be packed into larger containers (bins) to minimize the number of containers used. for the textile and garment industry, which has unique characteristics such as high volume, diverse designs, numerous orders, and varied sizes and colors, the 3d bin-packing problem is tailored with the following features: • carton containers from the same purchase order (po) are stacked together (without mixing items from different pos). • various types of containers are used, including 20and 40-feet containers. • carton containers can be rotated. • other constraints, such as load distribution and stacking, are considered due to the lightweight nature of textile and garment products. the problem of packing carton box (i, j) needs to be arranged to container k. each box i, j has three corresponding dimensions (𝑙𝑖, 𝑤𝑖 , ℎ𝑖) (cm) representing the length, width, and height. each box also has a specific weight 𝑞𝑖 (kilograms). container k has similar dimensions and load capacity (𝐿𝑘,𝑊𝑘,𝐻𝑘) (in centimeters) for length, width, and height, with a load capacity 𝑄𝑘 (in kilograms). in this mathematical model, the research team employs the "front-leftbottom" (flb) method to arrange the containers within the container. for example, each box i, when arranged within container k, is determined by coordinates (𝑥𝑖𝑘, 𝑦𝑖𝑘 , 𝑧𝑖𝑘) corresponding to a coordinate axis attached to the container. each box i has initial dimensions of length, width, and height represented as (𝑙𝑖, 𝑤𝑖 , ℎ𝑖) in centimeters. however, when placing this box into a larger container, there are six different orientations (𝛿1𝑖, 𝛿2𝑖, 𝛿3𝑖, 𝛿4𝑖, 𝛿5𝑖, 𝛿6𝑖), leading to changes in dimensions compared to the original size of box i. the actual dimensions of box 𝑖 when placed into container k will be (𝑙′𝑖 , 𝑤′𝑖 , ℎ′𝑖) corresponding to the various rotations of the box. when using the flb method (front – left – bottom), box i will have three relative positions with respect to other boxes within container k (front, left, or bottom of box j), which are determined by three corresponding variables: (𝑎𝑖𝑗𝑘 , 𝑏𝑖𝑗𝑘 ,𝑐𝑖𝑗𝑘) (figure 2, tables 1 to 3). figure 2. specification of carton box i and different orientations for stacking carton box i table 1. sets and indexes index description n the number of carton boxes that need to be packed. i,j = {1,…n} box k container v {n} container set a {(i,j)} box set formulate 3d bin-packing problem based on inputs such as purchase order, box type, weight, and container size construct the algorithm of the genetic algorithm (ga) for solving the problem develop stacking boxes into a container procedure run the experiments with input extracted data from the textile company evaluate the model hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 466 table 2. parameters index description 𝑙𝑖 length of box i 𝑤𝑖 width of box i ℎ𝑖 height of the box i 𝐿𝑘 length of container k 𝑊𝑘 width of container k 𝐻𝑘 height of container k 𝑞𝑖 weight of box i 𝑄𝑘 max weight of container k table 3. variables index description 𝑎𝑖𝑗𝑘 binary variable. if product i is placed to the left of product j in container k. 𝑏𝑖𝑗𝑘 binary variable. if product i is placed behind product j in container k. 𝑐𝑖𝑗𝑘 binary variable. if product i is placed below product j in container k. (𝑥𝑖𝑘, 𝑦𝑖𝑘, 𝑧𝑖𝑘) continuous variable. the coordinates of box i in container k according to the flb method. 𝛾𝑘 binary variable. if container k is used. 𝛽𝑖𝑘 binary variable. if box i is packed into container k. 𝛿1𝑖, 𝛿2𝑖, 𝛿3𝑖, 𝛿4𝑖, 𝛿5𝑖, 𝛿6𝑖 binary variable. rotations of box i. objective function: minimize the number of containers used. min (∑ 𝛾𝑘𝑘∈𝑉 ) constraints: * packing: 𝛽𝑖𝑘 ≤ 𝛾𝑘 , ∀ i ∈ a, ∀ k ∈ v (1) ∑ 𝛽𝑖𝑘𝑘=1 = 1 , ∀ i ∈ a, ∀ k ∈ v (2) 𝑎𝑖𝑗𝑘 + 𝑏𝑖𝑗𝑘 + 𝑐𝑖𝑗𝑘 = 1, ∀ i, j ∈ a, ∀ k ∈ v (3) 𝛿1𝑖 + 𝛿2𝑖 + 𝛿3𝑖 + 𝛿4𝑖 + 𝛿5𝑖 + 𝛿6𝑖 = 1 , ∀ i ∈ a (4) * dimensions: 𝑙′𝑖 = 𝛿1𝑖. 𝑙𝑖 + 𝛿2𝑖, 𝑙𝑖 + 𝛿3𝑖. 𝑤𝑖 + 𝛿4𝑖, 𝑤𝑖 + 𝛿5𝑖. ℎ𝑖 + 𝛿6𝑖. ℎ𝑖 , ∀ i ∈ a (5) 𝑤′𝑖 = 𝛿1𝑖. 𝑤𝑖 + 𝛿2𝑖 , ℎ𝑖 + 𝛿3𝑖. 𝑙𝑖 + 𝛿4𝑖, ℎ𝑖 + 𝛿5𝑖. 𝑙𝑖 + 𝛿6𝑖. 𝑤𝑖 , ∀ i ∈ a (6) ℎ′𝑖 = 𝛿1𝑖. ℎ𝑖 + 𝛿2𝑖, 𝑤𝑖 + 𝛿3𝑖. ℎ𝑖 + 𝛿4𝑖, 𝑙𝑖 + 𝛿5𝑖. 𝑤𝑖 + 𝛿6𝑖. 𝑙𝑖, ∀ i ∈ a (7) * container dimension: 𝑥𝑖𝑘 𝑥𝑗𝑘 + 𝐿𝑘. 𝑎𝑖𝑗𝑘 ≤ 𝐿𝑘 𝑙′𝑖 , ∀ i, j ∈ a, ∀ k ∈ v (8) 𝑦𝑖𝑘 𝑦𝑗𝑘 + 𝑊𝑘. 𝑏𝑖𝑗𝑘 ≤ 𝑊𝑘 𝑤′𝑖, ∀ i, j ∈ a, ∀ k ∈ v (9) 𝑧𝑖𝑘 𝑧𝑗𝑘 + 𝐻𝑘. 𝑐𝑖𝑗𝑘 ≤ 𝐻𝑘 ℎ′𝑖 , ∀ i, j ∈ a,∀ k ∈ (10) 0 ≤ 𝑥𝑖𝑘 ≤ 𝐿𝑘 𝑙′𝑖 , ∀ i ∈ a, ∀ k ∈ v (11) 0 ≤ 𝑦𝑖𝑘 ≤ 𝑊𝑘 𝑤′𝑖 , ∀ i,∈ a, ∀ k ∈ v (12) 0 ≤ 𝑧𝑖𝑘 ≤ 𝐻𝑘 ℎ′𝑖 , ∀ i ∈ a, ∀ k ∈ v (13) * weight: ∑ 𝛽𝑖𝑘𝑖=1 *𝑞𝑖 ≤ 𝑄𝑘*𝛾𝑘, ∀ i ∈ a, ∀ k ∈ v (14) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 467 * variables: 𝑥𝑖𝑘, 𝑦𝑖𝑘, 𝑧𝑖𝑘 ∈ n, ∀ i ∈ a, ∀ k ∈ v (15) 𝛿1𝑖, 𝛿2𝑖, 𝛿3𝑖, 𝛿4𝑖, 𝛿5𝑖, 𝛿6𝑖 ∈ {0,1}, ∀ i ∈ a (16) 𝛾𝑘 ∈ {0,1} , ∀ k ∈ v (17) 𝛽𝑖𝑘 ∈ {0,1} , ∀ i ∈ a, ∀ k ∈ v (18) 𝑎𝑖𝑗𝑘 , 𝑏𝑖𝑗𝑘 , 𝑐𝑖𝑗𝑘 ∈ {0,1} , ∀ i, j ∈ a, ∀ k ∈ v (19) equation 1: box i is placed into container k if and only if container k is used. equation 2: box i is only allowed to be placed into one container, k. equation 3: product i can only have one relative position with respect to product j. equation 4: product i can only be packed into container k in one way. equations 5 to 7: the actual dimensions of product i depend on its packing orientation. equations 8 to 10: represent the relationship and relative positions of products i, j packed into container k, as shown in figure 3. equations 11 to 13: the size of box i must not exceed the size of container k. equation 14: the total weight of all boxes i must not exceed the weight capacity of container k. equations 15 to 19: ensure binary variables and non-negativity. figure 3 illustrates the stacking in the case of multiple boxes. figure 3. coordination of each carton box 3.2. the solution using the genetic algorithm (ga) to solve the problem steps of the genetic algorithm: begin: t = 0; initialize the initial generation p(t); evaluate the fitness of individuals in p(t); repeat: t = t + 1; generate a new generation p(t) from generation p(t-1) by: (i) selection; (ii) crossover; (iii) mutation; evaluate population p(t) (according to fitness function); termination condition; end. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 468 figure 4. structure of ga for solving problem considering the structure of the genetic algorithm (figure 4), we have three main steps: decoding, packing algorithm, and fitness computation. in this genetic algorithm, a solution (also known as a "chromosome") is encoded as an array generated from 2n genes containing genetic information about "item order" and "box orientation." the first half of the array consists of n genes, representing the order in which items are packed into the container. each gene in this part is a real number with a value from 0 to 1. the second half of the chromosome consists of n genes, each with a value from 1 to 6, indicating the orientation of the boxes. the actual dimensions (𝑙′𝑖 , 𝑤′𝑖 , ℎ′𝑖) of the items along the x, y, and z axes corresponding to the boxes’ orientations have been explained above. before constructing any solution, the chromosome must be decoded into the packing order and orientation of the boxes so that the algorithm can convert them into packing positions of the items and compute the box sizes. the decoded genes are represented as two vectors: a vector of box sequence, vbs, and a vector of box orientation, vbo. this vector can be obtained by copying the second half of the encoded chromosome: vboi = genen+i , ∀i = 1...n. the wall-building packing algorithm is highly suitable for the packing needs of the textile and garment industries. with various types of purchase orders (po), diverse designs, and colors, there is a high potential for confusion during the packing and unpacking process, leading to time and cost inefficiencies for businesses. the wall-building method can differentiate between pos using separate rows (layers), making management easier. figure 5 shows the process of stacking cartons into containers. figure 5. general stacking procedure in the process of stacking cartons into containers using the wall-building method, the goods are arranged and selected based on the following criteria: priority 1: choose boxes with a larger base area (i.e., length and width); priority 2: choose boxes with a larger base area; priority 3: choose boxes with a larger length; priority 4: choose boxes with a larger width; priority 5: choose boxes with a larger height. these criteria establish a hierarchical order for selecting boxes during the packing process. the algorithm prioritizes boxes with larger dimensions, or base areas, according to the specified hierarchy. these criteria are used to prioritize hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 469 box selection; therefore, boxes with a larger base area, i.e., length and width, are selected first and packed in a lower position. since this process stacks boxes in sequence, the boxes at the bottom should have a larger base area to ensure stability. boxes can be rotated in different directions. in addition to the size criteria, due to the nature of textile and garment goods, priority is given to stacking products of the same color and size together. then, suitable spaces for stacking cartons are considered by comparing the dimensions of the boxes with those of the empty spaces. the following criteria rank suitable spaces by examining their reference points, with higher priority given to spaces inside, as follows: priority 1: choose the space with the smallest x-coordinate of its reference point; priority 2: choose the space with the smallest y-coordinate of its reference point; priority 3: choose the space with the smallest z-coordinate of its reference point. the following process (figure 6) will clarify how stacking is performed using the wall-building method: figure 6. the stacking procedure follows the wall–building 4. experiment and results to analyze and evaluate the 3d pin-packing model along with its variants as described in the mathematical model section, this study employs a comparative approach by comparing the results with the simulation cargo stacking software “easy cargo” [33] that erbayrak et al. [34] used in the stacking container. the input data utilizes two different scenarios for comparison. 4.1. scenario 1 based on the algorithm published above, the research team collected actual data from a garment company. to ensure security, the quantity of goods will be marked separately. below is a data table (table 4) that has collected the packaging parameters of products that can be produced by the company. table 4 displays the input data for the model, detailing specifications of multiple products, including size, color codes, and stacking prioritized by purchase order to meet the requirement of convenient unloading at the destination. the parameters of the orders to be stacked onto containers include information about the purchase order (po), dimensions, and specifications. the objective is to select the container size (20 ft, 40 ft) to maximize the fill rate and minimize the number of containers used. table 4. input data in scenario 1 production code purchase order size color code specification quantity (boxes) length (l) (cm) width (w) (cm) high (h) (cm) weight (kg) abc1 po01 s c01 40 30 40 6 135 m c02 40 45 50 10 200 l c01 40 40 30 8 90 abc2 xl c01 40 45 50 10 160 abc2 po02 s c01 40 30 40 5,5 105 m c01 40 30 40 6,5 300 l c02 40 40 30 7,5 270 abc3 po03 s c01 40 30 40 4 120 m c01 40 30 40 5,5 150 abc1 l c02 40 45 50 5,5 80 xl c02 40 45 50 7 100 total 1710 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 470 below are the specifications of 20and 40-feet containers commonly used in the process of transporting garments (table 5). table 5. container specification type of container specification 20 feet length 6 m width 2,4 m high 2,4 m capacity 28280 kg 40 feet length 12m width 2,4 m high 2,4 m capacity 26750 kg * normalize the input data due to the relatively large number of data inputs, the research team decided to normalize the data before running the algorithm, which will help reduce processing time and increase the quality of the solution. previously, for items that could be defaulted, they were usually light items; therefore, the team would standardize carton types and the specific weight of each carton based on the 𝛽 coefficient (calculated by equation 20). the method employed in this study involves standardizing the data to automatically select the appropriate container size, either 20or 40-feet. 𝛽 = 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑜𝑛 𝑖 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑜𝑛 𝑖 (20) based on equation 20, with n cartons i that need to be packed into a 20or 40-feet container, we have: ∑ 𝜷𝒄𝒂𝒓𝒕𝒐𝒏 𝒊 𝒏 𝒊=𝟏 𝒏 < 𝛽40 𝑓𝑒𝑒𝑡 < 𝛽20 𝑓𝑒𝑒𝑡 (21) therefore, when loading boxes into containers, we will pay attention to the volume of the boxes because the average coefficient 𝛽𝑐𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑜𝑛 𝑖 compared to 20and 40-feet containers is small. furthermore, in order to expedite problem-solving, especially with large-scale problems, this study utilizes a method of converting from boxes to pallets when loading boxes with dimensions (𝑙𝑖, 𝑤𝑖 , ℎ𝑖). for cartons with dimensions of 40×30×40 (cm), they will be stacked into one block consisting of 3×3×3 (27 boxes) on pallet 1, which has dimensions of 120×90×120 cm. similarly, boxes measuring 40×45×50 (cm), stacked in a configuration of 3×3×2 (18 boxes), will be converted into pallet 2, with dimensions of 120×135×100 (cm). additionally, boxes sized 40×40×30 cm, stacked in a configuration of 3×3×2 (18 boxes), will be converted into pallet 3, measuring 120×120×60 (cm). the conversion method is described in table 6 as follows: table 6. convert the number of boxes into pallets box dimension number of stacking boxes per pallet convert to the pallet dimension pallet type 40×30×40 (cm) 3×3×3 = 27 boxes 120×90×120 (cm) pallet 1 40×45×50 (cm) 3×3×2 = 18 boxes 120×135×100 (cm) pallet 2 40×40×30 (cm) 3×3×2 = 18 boxes 120×120×60 (cm) pallet 3 from the data in table 1, boxes with the same box size will be converted into pallets while still maintaining the order sequence according to each purchase order (po). this process results in the data shown in table 7. below is a table (table 7) that normalizes the number of cartons based on the original data: table 7. standardize the number of boxes in scenario 1 purchase order carton box code carton specifications quantity (box) number of boxes/pallet quantity of the standardized pallet length (l) (cm) width (w) (cm) high (h) (cm) po01 b01 40 30 40 135 27 5 pallet 1 b02 40 45 50 360 18 20 pallet 2 b03 40 40 30 90 18 5 pallet 3 po02 b01 40 30 40 405 27 15 pallet 1 b03 40 40 30 270 18 15 pallet 3 po03 b01 40 30 40 270 27 10 pallet 1 b02 40 45 50 180 18 10 pallet 2 total 1710 80 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 471 from the data in table 5, the normalized data in table 7 is obtained to reduce the problem size, thereby helping the program run faster. the principle of solving ga and wall-building problems is to stack the goods sequentially, employing a trial-and-error approach. with large-scale problem sizes like the input data, the program runs slowly. to expedite the solution process and ensure that similar types of boxes are stacked closely together according to the purchase order, boxes are converted into pallets for stacking onto the container. for instance, 1710 boxes are standardized to 80 pallets. this approach accelerates problem-solving and maintains the criteria of stacking similar items together and following the purchase order. standardized pallet quantity in scenario 1 (table 8). table 8. standardized pallet quantity in scenario 1 the type of pallet pallet 1 (120×90×120) cm pallet 2 (120×135×100) cm pallet 3 (120×120×60) cm quantity 30 30 20 for garments, the carton is only allowed to rotate facing up. table 9 is a matrix of feasible cases when rotating the carton, where 1 is feasible and 0 is not feasible. table 9. matrix of rotation direction direction allowance 𝛿1𝑖 𝛿2𝑖 𝛿3𝑖 𝛿4𝑖 𝛿5𝑖 𝛿6𝑖 relevant/ irrelevant 1 0 0 0 1 0 4.2. using ga to solve scenario 1 after solving the bin packing problem with the input data above, the result is to use two 40-feet containers to transport all the boxes of three pos. each standard pallet will be represented as reference coordinates (x, y, z), and the method of stacking (rotation direction) is shown in tables 10 and 11 and demonstrated in figure 7: table 10. container 1 results in scenario 1 type of bin x y z direction type of bin x y z direction b02 – po01 0 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po01 63 12 12 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 0 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po01 72 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 0 0 10 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po01 67,5 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 0 12 10 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po01 67,5 0 10 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 13,5 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po01 81 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 13,5 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po01 81 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 13,5 0 10 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po01 81 0 8 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 13,5 12 10 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po01 81 12 8 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 27 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po01 81 0 16 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 27 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po03 90 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 27 0 10 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po03 90 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 27 12 10 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po03 90 0 12 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 40,5 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po03 90 12 12 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 40,5 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po03 99 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 40,5 0 10 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po03 99 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 40,5 12 10 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po03 99 0 12 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 54 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po03 99 12 12 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po01 54 12 10 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po03 108 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po01 54 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po03 108 13,5 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po01 54 12 12 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po03 108 0 10 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po01 63 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po03 108 13,5 12 𝛿1𝑖 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 472 table 11. the container 2 results in scenario 1 type of bin x y z direction type of bin x y z direction b01 – po02 0 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 36 0 16 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po02 0 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 36 12 16 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po02 0 0 12 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 45 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po02 0 12 12 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 45 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po02 9 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 45 0 8 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po02 9 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 45 12 8 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po02 9 0 12 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 45 0 16 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po02 9 12 12 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 45 12 16 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po02 18 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 54 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po02 18 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 54 0 8 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po02 18 0 12 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 54 0 16 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po02 18 12 12 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po03 63 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po02 27 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po03 63 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po02 27 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po03 63 0 10 𝛿5𝑖 b01 – po02 27 0 12 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po03 63 12 10 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 36 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po03 76,5 0 0 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 36 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po03 76,5 12 0 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 36 0 8 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po03 76,5 0 10 𝛿5𝑖 b03 – po02 36 12 8 𝛿5𝑖 b02 – po03 76,5 12 10 𝛿5𝑖 (a) (b) figure 7. (a) container 1 results in scenario 1; (b) container 2 results in scenario 1 based on the running results of the algorithm, the fill rate of each container k is calculated according to the following formula: ∆𝑘 = ∑ 𝑙𝑖𝑤𝑖ℎ𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝐿𝑘𝑊𝑘𝐻𝑘 (22) in this study, we conduct a comparative analysis of the fill rates obtained from the genetic algorithm (ga) model utilized herein and those acquired from easy cargo. this comparison aims to elucidate the feasibility and efficacy of our research. by juxtaposing the results from easy cargo with those of the ga model, we demonstrate the performance and validity of our approach. table 12. comparison of research result and easy cargo bin packing is solved by ga model of the study simulated by easy cargo the fill rate of container 1: 85,94 % the fill rate of container 1: 83,125% the fill rate of container 2: 65,63% the fill rate of container 2: 68,43% average fill rate: 75,79% average fill rate: 75,78% hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 473 table 12 provides a comparison between the results obtained from the bin packing problem solved by the genetic algorithm (ga) model used in the study and the results simulated by the easy cargo software. the fill rate of container 1 achieved through the ga model is 85.94%, whereas easy cargo achieves a fill rate of 83.125% for the same container. for container 2, the fill rate obtained through the ga model is 65.63%, whereas easy cargo achieves a slightly higher fill rate of 68.43%. the average fill rate across both containers is 75.79% when using the ga model, whereas easy cargo achieves a very similar average fill rate of 75.78%. overall, the results demonstrate that the ga model used in the study performs comparably with easy cargo in terms of average fill rate. however, there are slight differences in the fill rates for individual containers, with the ga model outperforming easy cargo for container 1 but underperforming for container 2. these differences may be attributed to the specific algorithms and optimization techniques employed by each method, and variations in the input parameters and constraints considered. when the amount of cargo stacked into containers is less than the total capacity of the container, the average fill rate may not clearly reflect the results of this research when solved using ga. however, the algorithm used in this study will address the stacking problem with constraints related to purchase orders, whereas easy cargo currently cannot meet this requirement. 4.3. scenario 2 the input data in scenario 2 are presented in table 13. table 13. input data in scenario 2 production code purchase order size color code specification quantity (boxes) length (l) (cm) width (w) (cm) high (h) (cm) weight (kg) abc1 po01 s c01 30 40 40 6 216 m c02 50 30 30 8 320 l c01 50 40 40 10 135 abc2 m c01 50 30 30 10 160 abc2 po02 s c01 30 40 40 6,5 216 m c01 50 30 30 11 160 l c02 50 40 40 7,5 270 abc3 po03 s c01 30 40 40 4 108 m c01 50 30 30 5,5 160 abc1 l c02 50 30 30 5,5 160 xl c02 50 40 40 7 270 total 2175 for cartons with dimensions of 50×40×40 cm, they will be stacked into one block consisting of 3×3×3 (27 boxes) on pallet 1, which has dimensions of 150×120×120 cm. similarly, boxes measuring 50×30×30 (cm), stacked in a configuration of 2×4×4 (32 boxes), will be converted into pallet 2, with dimensions of 100×120×120 (cm). additionally, boxes sized 30×40×30 cm, stacked in a configuration of 3×3×2 (18 boxes), will be converted into pallet 3, measuring 90×120×60 (cm). the conversion method is described in table 14 as follows: table 14. convert the number of boxes into pallets box dimension numbers of stacking box per pallet convert to pallet dimension 50×40×40 (cm) 3×3×3 = 27 boxes 150×120×120 (cm) 50×30×30 (cm) 2×4×4 = 32 boxes 100×120×120 (cm) 30×40×30 (cm) 3×3×2 = 18 boxes 90×120×60 (cm) table 15 normalizes the number of cartons based on the original data table: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 474 table 15. standardize the number of boxes in scenario 2 purchase order carton box code carton specifications quantity (box) number of boxes per pallet quantity of the standardized pallet length (l) (cm) width (w) (cm) high (h) (cm) po01 b01 50 30 30 135 27 5 pallet 1 b02 50 40 40 480 32 15 pallet 2 b03 30 40 40 216 18 12 pallet 3 po02 b01 50 30 30 270 27 10 pallet 1 b02 50 40 40 160 32 5 pallet 2 b03 30 40 40 216 18 12 pallet 3 po03 b01 50 30 30 270 27 10 pallet 1 b02 50 40 40 320 32 10 pallet 2 b03 30 40 40 108 18 6 pallet 3 total 2175 85 the standardized pallet quantity is presented in table 16: table 16. standardized pallet quantity in scenario 2 type of pallet pallet 1 (100×120×120) cm pallet 2 (150×120×120) cm pallet 3 (90×120×80) cm total number 25 30 30 85 4.4. using ga to solve scenario 2 after solving the bin packing problem with the input data above, the result is to use two 40-feet containers to transport all the boxes of three pos. each standard pallet will be represented as reference coordinates (x, y, z), and the method of stacking (rotation direction) is shown in tables 17 and 18 and figure 8: table 17. container 1 results in scenario 2 type of bin x y z direction type of bin x y z direction b03 – po1 0 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po1 48 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po1 0 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po1 48 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po1 0 0 8 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po1 48 0 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po1 0 12 8 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po1 48 12 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po1 0 0 16 𝛿1𝑖 b02–po1 63 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po1 0 12 16 𝛿1𝑖 b02–po1 63 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po1 9 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02–po1 63 0 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po1 9 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b01–po1 63 12 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po1 9 0 8 𝛿1𝑖 b01–po1 78 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po1 9 12 8 𝛿1𝑖 b01–po1 78 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po1 9 0 16 𝛿1𝑖 b01–po1 73 12 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po1 9 12 16 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po1 78 0 12 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po1 18 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po03 88 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po1 18 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po03 88 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po1 18 0 12 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po03 88 0 12 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po1 18 12 12 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po03 88 12 12 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po1 33 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po03 103 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po1 33 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po03 103 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po1 33 0 12 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po03 103 0 12 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po1 33 12 12 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po03 103 12 12 𝛿1𝑖 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 475 table 18. container 2 results in scenario 2 type of bin x y z direction type of bin x y z direction b01 – po02 0 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po02 50 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po02 0 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po02 57 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po02 0 0 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po02 57 0 8 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po02 0 12 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po02 57 0 16 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po02 10 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po03 66 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po02 10 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po03 66 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po02 10 0 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po03 66 0 8 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po02 10 12 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po03 66 12 8 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po02 20 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po03 66 0 16 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po02 20 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po03 66 12 16 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po02 20 0 12 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po03 75 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po02 20 12 12 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po03 75 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po02 30 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po03 75 0 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po02 30 0 8 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po03 75 12 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po02 30 0 16 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po03 94 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po02 35 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po03 94 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po02 35 12 12 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po03 94 0 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po02 39 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po03 94 12 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po02 39 0 8 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po03 104 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po02 39 0 16 𝛿1𝑖 b02 – po03 104 12 0 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po02 48 0 0 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po03 104 0 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po02 48 0 8 𝛿1𝑖 b01 – po03 104 12 12 𝛿1𝑖 b03 – po02 48 0 16 𝛿1𝑖 (a) (b) figure 8. (a) container 1 results in scenario 2; (b) container 2 results in scenario 2 table 19. comparison of research results and easy cargo for scenario 2 bin packing is solved by the ga model of the study simulated by easy cargo the fill rate of container 1 (40 feet): 97,3% the fill rate of container 1 (40 feet): 72,29% the fill rate of container 2 (40 feet): 86% the fill rate of container 2 (40 feet): 96,45% the fill rate of container 3 (20 feet): 37,5% average fill rate: 91,67% average fill rate: 68,74% from table 19, the average fill rate across all containers when using the ga model is significantly higher than that achieved by easy cargo. these results suggest that the ga model used in the study outperforms easy cargo in terms of the overall container fill rate, with particularly notable differences observed in the fill rates of containers 1 and 2. in scenario 2, the solution provided by easy cargo requires the use of two 40-ft containers and one 20-ft container, with an average fill rate of 68.74%. in contrast, the optimal solution from the algorithm requires only two 40-ft containers, achieving an average fill rate of 91.67%. this highlights the superiority of the proposed algorithm in providing accurate solutions. through comparison with the easy cargo stacking method, it can be observed that as the quantity of goods hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 476 stacked into the container approaches the capacity of the container, the results of this research demonstrate a significant improvement in the fill rate and the number of containers used. through the two scenarios above, it can be observed that with different box data, the algorithm can help determine the optimal arrangement to achieve the highest container packing ratio. this method can assist the export department in calculating the minimum number of containers needed to transport goods to international destinations. when compared to easy cargo, the algorithm developed by the research team automatically selects containers without the need for manual selection of each container. when stacking goods using the method of categorizing merchandise, the research algorithm can stack each purchase order separately, with separators if needed. however, the easy cargo software still stacks products from different purchase orders together. 5. conclusion the study analyzed the challenges encountered within shortage containers recently, which lead to high transportation costs for export and import volumes. optimizing the bin packing problem for the garment and textile industry is a significant issue to maximize container capacity. in a complex problem like bin packing, which involves multiple constraints such as various box sizes with weight and container size restrictions, this study introduces the additional constraint of prioritizing stacking according to purchase orders (po), which is a practical consideration in the garment and textile industry to meet the requirement for convenient unloading. in addition to synthesizing fundamental theories and variations of the bin packing problem, this study proposes the use of approximate algorithms. this study demonstrated the effectiveness of applying genetic algorithms and wall-building algorithms to address the complex practical constraints of the textile industry in solving the bin packing problem. genetic algorithms were found to exhibit optimal performance in solving large-scale optimization problems within stipulated timeframes, yielding high-quality results. furthermore, the research developed a loading method tailored to meet the specific requirements of the textile industry, accommodating various types of orders, diverse designs, and multiple colors and sizes. this research has demonstrated that employing optimal construction methods and using approximate algorithms can effectively address complex problems such as the bin packing problem, which involves multiple box sizes, various container sizes, diverse product categories, and different purchase orders. what sets this study apart from previous research is the incorporation of additional constraints related to purchase orders. these constraints are commonly encountered in real-world scenarios within the garment exporting industry, thereby enhancing the problem's complexity compared to previous studies. the outcomes of this research indicate that the proposed approach can optimize the container fill rate up to 91.67%, significantly surpassing the fill rate achieved using the easy cargo stacking method. presently, forwarder companies utilize easycargo3d software for cargo stacking checks. however, this software lacks functionality for sorting by purchase order, calculating fill rates, checking by container type, or providing solutions for stacking multiple containers simultaneously or automatically selecting container sizes from the available container pool. this indicates that the algorithm can efficiently optimize the number of containers required to the lowest level, thereby minimizing transportation costs in situations of empty container shortages and high international shipping costs. in practice, manually arranging boxes into containers is not optimized and is often time-consuming. therefore, with the model and solving method proposed in this study, the task of packing cargo into containers will be optimized, thereby reducing the time required for arranging. despite its positive contributions, the research has certain limitations, such as addressing less than container load (lcl) scenarios where boxes are stacked with other types of goods, introducing additional complexities related to separating different types of goods during stacking. for future research endeavors, integrating the bin-packing problem with the vehicle routing problem could optimize the transportation process throughout the entire supply chain, from its inception to its culmination. proposal to combine the bin packing problem with the vehicle routing problem to optimize the transportation process from the beginning to the end of the supply chain. 6. declarations 6.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.2. funding this research was funded by the hanoi university of science and technology (hust) under project number t2022pc-078. 6.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 477 6.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] kuehne-nagel. (2021). why does the current container shortage happen? kuehne + nagel international ag, feusisberg, switzerland. available online: https://home.kuehne-nagel.com/-/knowledge/market-insights/container-shortage (accessed on march 2023). [2] freightos. (2023). shipping & freight cost increases, current shipping issues, and shipping container shortage. freightos, ramallah, israel. available online: https://www.freightos.com/freight-blog/shipping-delays-and-cost-increases/ (accessed on march 2023). [3] kunz, g. i., karpova, e., & garner, m. b. (2021). textile and apparel trade: barriers, regulations, and politics. (2021). going global, 107–132. doi:10.5040/9781501338700.ch-005. [4] wto. (2023). world trade statistical review 2023. world trade organization, geneva, switzerland. available online: https://www.wto.org/english/res_e/publications_e/wtsr_2023_e.htm (accessed on march 2023). [5] zhu, w., chen, s., dai, m., & tao, j. (2024). solving a 3d bin packing problem with stacking constraints. computers and industrial engineering, 188, 109814. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2023.109814. [6] cai, s., deng, j., lee, l. h., chew, e. p., & li, h. (2023). heuristics for the two-dimensional irregular bin packing problem with limited rotations. computers and operations research, 160, 106398. doi:10.1016/j.cor.2023.106398. [7] deplano, i., lersteau, c., & nguyen, t. t. (2021). a mixed-integer linear model for the multiple heterogeneous knapsack problem with realistic container loading constraints and bins’ priority. international transactions in operational research, 28(6), 3244– 3275. doi:10.1111/itor.12740. [8] olsson, j., larsson, t., & quttineh, n. h. (2020). automating the planning of container loading for atlas copco: coping with real-life stacking and stability constraints. european journal of operational research, 280(3), 1018–1034. doi:10.1016/j.ejor.2019.07.057. [9] cid-garcia, n. m., & rios-solis, y. a. (2020). positions and covering: a two-stage methodology to obtain optimal solutions for the 2d-bin packing problem. plos one, 15(4), 229358. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0229358. [10] huan, p. t., canh, h. t., thai, v. d., & tuan, b. n. 2d bin packing problem and application in maritime transportation. tnu journal of science and technology, 226(07), 226–234. [11] kundu, o., dutta, s., & kumar, s. (2019). deep-pack: a vision-based 2d online bin packing algorithm with deep reinforcement learning. 2019 28th ieee international conference on robot and human interactive communication, ro-man 2019, 1–7. doi:10.1109/ro-man46459.2019.8956393. [12] ramos, a. g., silva, e., & oliveira, j. f. (2018). a new load balance methodology for container loading problem in road transportation. european journal of operational research, 266(3), 1140–1152. doi:10.1016/j.ejor.2017.10.050. [13] gzara, f., elhedhli, s., & yildiz, b. c. (2020). the pallet loading problem: three-dimensional bin packing with practical constraints. european journal of operational research, 287(3), 1062–1074. doi:10.1016/j.ejor.2020.04.053. [14] lemechshenko, o., nakipova, g., & akhmet, g. (2022). improving the program-targeted management methodology and its practical application for the sustained and environment development of agro-industrial complex. journal of environmental management and tourism, 13(3), 769. doi:10.14505/jemt.v13.3(59).16. [15] nishiyama, s., lee, c., & mashita, t. (2020). designing a flexible evaluation of container loading using physics simulation. in communications in computer and information science: vol. 1173 ccis, springer international publishing, 255–268. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-41913-4_21. [16] paquay, c., schyns, m., & limbourg, s. (2016). a mixed integer programming formulation for the three-dimensional bin packing problem deriving from an air cargo application. international transactions in operational research, 23(1–2), 187–213. doi:10.1111/itor.12111. [17] sheng, l., xiuqin, s., changjian, c., hongxia, z., dayong, s., & feiyue, w. (2017). heuristic algorithm for the container loading problem with multiple constraints. computers and industrial engineering, 108, 149–164. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2017.04.021. https://home.kuehne-nagel.com/-/knowledge/market-insights/container-shortage https://www.freightos.com/freight-blog/shipping-delays-and-cost-increases/ https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=9808eceaba48aaa9&sca_upv=1&sxsrf=adlywikpgwe7nqqn70rpubq09w2hgcij4g:1718711213158&q=geneva&si=acc90nyvvwro6qmnyy1ifsdgk5wwjb1r8bgd_iwrjxqmkpqqm2pqoa0iuxfwwyvjavipjzuo76vkfcus8oajnbng6cdw5k51xxt14oksweeit6rns91fw6fub4tjxpxcasc63rwuzooaisbb7aclgoa5syttd8krctl0iddxuvaic7vwwabocr7crk-hptveankqwitu0bao&sa=x&ved=2ahukewieqnoaiuwgaxve_7sihbgfb6iqmxmoahoecdgqag https://www.wto.org/english/res_e/publications_e/wtsr_2023_e.htm hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 478 [18] kurpel, d. v., scarpin, c. t., pécora junior, j. e., schenekemberg, c. m., & coelho, l. c. (2020). the exact solutions of several types of container loading problems. european journal of operational research, 284(1), 87–107. doi:10.1016/j.ejor.2019.12.012. [19] mahvash, b., awasthi, a., & chauhan, s. (2018). a column generation-based heuristic for the three-dimensional bin packing problem with rotation. journal of the operational research society, 69(1), 78–90. doi:10.1057/s41274-017-0186-7. [20] sharma, e. (2021). harmonic algorithms for packing d-dimensional cuboids into bins. leibniz international proceedings in informatics, lipics, 213, 1–22. doi:10.4230/lipics.fsttcs.2021.32. [21] oliveira, l. de a., de lima, v. l., de queiroz, t. a., & miyazawa, f. k. (2020). the container loading problem with cargo stability: a study on support factors, mechanical equilibrium and grids. engineering optimization, 53(7), 1–20. doi:10.1080/0305215x.2020.1779250. [22] zhou, q., & liu, x. (2017). a swarm optimization algorithm for practical container loading problem. proceedings iecon 43rd annual conference of the ieee industrial electronics society, 2017-january, 5690–5695. doi:10.1109/iecon.2017.8216987. [23] moura, a., & bortfeldt, a. (2017). a two-stage packing problem procedure. international transactions in operational research, 24(1–2), 43–58. doi:10.1111/itor.12251. [24] gajda, m., trivella, a., mansini, r., & pisinger, d. (2021). an optimization approach for a complex real-life container loading problem. ssrn electronic journal, 1-34. doi:10.2139/ssrn.3740046. [25] otelbaev, m., durmagambetov, a. a., & seitkulov, y. n. (2008). conditions for the existence of a global strong solution to a class of nonlinear evolution equations in a hilbert space. proceedings of the steklov institute of mathematics, 260(1), 194–203. doi:10.1134/s0081543808010148. [26] ocloo, v., & fügenschuh, a. (2020). a new mathematical model for a 3d container packing problem on modelling of 3dcontainer packing problem. brandenburg university of technology, cottbus, germany. doi:10.26127/btuopen-5088. [27] nascimento, o. x. do, alves de queiroz, t., & junqueira, l. (2021). practical constraints in the container loading problem: comprehensive formulations and exact algorithm. computers and operations research, 128, 105186. doi:10.1016/j.cor.2020.105186. [28] tole, k., moqa, r., zheng, j., & he, k. (2023). a simulated annealing approach for the circle bin packing problem with rectangular items. computers and industrial engineering, 176, 109004. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2023.109004. [29] xiang, x., yu, c., xu, h., & zhu, s. x. (2018). optimization of heterogeneous container loading problem with adaptive genetic algorithm. complexity, 2018, 1–12. doi:10.1155/2018/2024184. [30] tsao, y. c., tai, j. y., vu, t. l., & chen, t. h. (2024). multiple bin-size bin packing problem considering incompatible product categories. expert systems with applications, 247, 123340. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2024.123340. [31] ananno, a. a., & ribeiro, l. (2024). a multi-heuristic algorithm for multi-container 3-d bin packing problem optimization using real world constraints. ieee access, 12, 42105–42130. doi:10.1109/access.2024.3378063. [32] yang, y., wu, z., hao, x., liu, h., & qi, m. (2023). two-layer heuristic for the three-dimensional bin design and packing problem. engineering optimization, 1–38. doi:10.1080/0305215x.2023.2269868. [33] easycargo. (2021). container and truck loading software easycargo. easycargo, liben, czech republic. available online: https://www.easycargo3d.com/ (accessed on march 2024). [34] erbayrak, s., özkır, v., & mahir yıldırım, u. (2021). multi-objective 3d bin packing problem with load balance and product family concerns. computers and industrial engineering, 159, 107518. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2021.107518. https://www.easycargo3d.com/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 384 issn: 2723-9535 multi-time scale coordinated optimization of energy systems under flexible load response jinfeng gao 1, daifeng gao 1, chun xiao 1, 2* 1 state grid shanxi marketing service center, taiyuan, shanxi 030032, china. 2 taiyuan university of technology, taiyuan, shanxi 030024, china. received 09 december 2024; revised 12 april 2025; accepted 23 april 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract since the development of society, people's demand for and use of energy have become increasingly diverse rather than remaining monotonous. flexible load response serves as the core medium for integrating various energy sources. however, the operational performance of units within the energy system has not been ideal, and operating costs remain difficult to control. to address these challenges, this study investigates multi-time scale collaborative optimization of energy systems based on flexible load response, utilizing a combination of qualitative and quantitative methods. the research encompasses optimization architecture, optimization models, computational case studies, and validation. the results indicate that, during load response experiments, implementing an intra-day coordinated plan—specifically by further reducing thermal and electrical loads during peak hours—can significantly decrease the peak-valley difference. additionally, in the cost comparison analysis, the operating cost was reduced by 1.47%, thereby addressing the shortcomings of traditional energy system coordination and optimization. overall, the approach offers notable improvements both in economic performance and in system coordination and optimization, demonstrating considerable foresight. keywords: flexible load; energy systems; respond; coordinated optimization. 1. introduction at present, user-side loads have gradually evolved from focusing solely on the “rigidity” of electricity to embracing the “flexibility” that comprehensively considers the complementarity of cooling, heating, and electricity [1–4]. to promote the application of flexible loads, many scholars have conducted relevant studies. for example, sun et al. proposed an optimal scheduling model for a park-integrated energy system that incorporates flexible loads and carbon flow, aiming to explore its advantages and disadvantages under different operating conditions. this approach seeks to suppress increases in total carbon emissions, smooth load fluctuations, and enhance the coupling between energy equipment. through simulation experiments, it was found that the bidirectional optimization of supply and demand for the source-load, including the park’s integrated energy system, can not only effectively curb carbon emissions but also further improve the overall economic benefits of the system [5]. si et al. [6] focused on optimizing the capacity of various distributed power sources in a grid-connected integrated energy system. first, a demand-side energy management strategy termed “source-grid-load-storage” was proposed based on the scheduling characteristics of three types of flexible loads. next, considering the economic aspects of the integrated * corresponding author: xiaochun@sx.sgcc.com.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0008-9762-2071 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 385 energy system, an optimal scheduling model involving flexible load participation was developed. finally, the model was solved using a particle swarm optimization algorithm, and the results confirmed the feasibility of the proposed approach. qiu et al. [7] aimed to reduce system carbon emissions and tap into the user-side load’s ability to participate in system scheduling, proposed a day-ahead low-carbon economic scheduling model for an integrated energy system that includes p2g-ccs and flexible loads. simulation experiments concluded that the operational strategy involving p2g-ccs and flexible loads can effectively reduce system carbon emissions, enhance the economic efficiency of system operations, and achieve low-carbon economic operation in the integrated energy system. esmaeili et al. [8] employed the extreme learning machine algorithm to predict wind storage power and flexible load power. from a time-based perspective, they first developed a day-ahead optimal scheduling approach. based on realtime prediction results, they used a particle swarm optimization algorithm to perform rolling optimization on the dayahead scheduling outcomes. simulation results indicate that the optimal scheduling method, which considers peak load regulation, multi-objective functions, and multi-time scales of flexible loads, can effectively enhance the economic and social benefits of integrated energy systems incorporating wind and solar storage. it also increases the capacity for absorbing renewable energy and provides a valuable reference for the coordinated scheduling of peak shaving and valley filling involving source loads. in summary, it is evident that many studies conclude at the stage of system model construction, seldom addressing the multi-time scale problem. even when multi-time scale considerations are included, they often remain focused solely on day-ahead optimal scheduling without integrating intra-day optimization. however, there are inherent errors in dayahead load predictions, particularly for energy systems with a significant share of renewable energy sources, where ensuring the accuracy of day-ahead coordinated optimization becomes increasingly challenging. moreover, the flexible load response itself carries certain uncertainties. as the time scale becomes more refined, the impact of flexible load response on the operation of the energy system becomes more pronounced [9, 10]. therefore, the multi-time scale coordinated optimization of energy systems under flexible load response deserves in-depth exploration. this paper summarizes the concepts of flexible loads through theoretical analysis and, on this basis, establishes a coordinated optimization framework. aiming to reduce the system’s operating costs, a coordinated optimization model is developed, and its feasibility is evaluated through case analysis. the findings indicate that this approach can effectively lower operating costs and enhance the operational efficiency of the units. 1.1. basic concept analysis of flexible load flexible load generally refers to the type of load that can actively participate in the operational control of an energy system through its thermal and electrical components, allowing it to interact with the system and exhibit flexible characteristics [11-13]. in essence, flexible loads are variable and possess significant coordination capabilities within energy system operations. based on response modes, flexible loads can be categorized into shifting loads, transfer loads, and reducible loads. the roles of these different types of flexible loads in an energy system are as follows: (1) shifting load: within the coordination cycle of the energy system, the total thermal and electrical load remains constant, but the load can be flexibly adjusted across different time periods. users can redistribute the load from one time slot to another by modifying production schedules within a certain capacity range. the key feature is that while the total load stays unchanged, the timing of the load can shift between periods. (2) transfer load: in energy system coordination, based on day-ahead forecasts of thermal and electrical loads, unit outputs, and system demands, the system can adjust loads during peak shaving without negatively affecting the system’s overall economy or load stability. (3) reducible load: in an energy system, reducible load provides a certain degree of peak shaving capability in the day-ahead coordination plan. however, because the day-ahead time scale is relatively long, precise values for reducible loads are difficult to determine, and only an approximate capacity range can be estimated. meanwhile, the thermal and electrical load capacities that can be reduced are better identified through short-term forecasts conducted over shorter intra-day time scales. 2. construction of multi-time scale coordinated optimization architecture for energy systems 2.1. energy system architecture under flexible load response the energy system generally takes heat and electricity as the main energy sources, and the system contains equipment for the production, conversion, and storage of various types of energy to meet the diverse choices of users [14, 15]. the system architecture diagram is shown in figure 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 386 air source electricity hot cold cogeneration units hot gas boiler heat pump waste heat power generation photovoltaic fan storage electric refrigeration equipmen absorption refrigeration equipment heat storage cooling load heat load electric load cold storage figure 1. specific system architecture of gas-steam combined cycle unit 2.2. energy system coordination and optimization architecture the precision of day-ahead coordination is relatively low, and if only a day-ahead coordination optimization strategy is applied, it becomes difficult to fully leverage the benefits of flexible loads [16, 17]. at the same time, as the energy system transitions from day-ahead coordination to intraday scheduling, the accuracy of prediction curves for renewable energy generation improves. however, if the precision of day-ahead coordination cannot be effectively enhanced, the performance of day-ahead guidance for intraday operations will fall short of the required standards. therefore, optimal scheduling of flexible loads can be better achieved through appropriate model construction. to address these challenges, this paper proposes a combined day-ahead and intraday joint optimization coordination framework, as illustrated in figure 2. multi-scale optimization and coordination of energy systems considering flexible load response intra-day long time scale optimization coordination optimize coordination on short time scales within the day objective function constraint condition intraday long time scale optimization coordination model day-ahead long time scale optimization coordination results objective function constraint condition intraday short time scale optimization coordination model day-ahead short time scale optimization coordination results d aily lo a d re d u c tio n t ran sferable load t ra n sla tio n al lo ad d aily lo a d re d u c tio n figure 2. day-ahead day joint optimization coordination architecture hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 387 the time scale in this context is mainly divided into two categories: first, the day-ahead long-term time scale; and second, the intraday short-term time scale. during the coordinated optimization period, the heat load includes reducible, transferable, and translational loads; similarly, the electrical load also comprises reducible, transferable, and translational loads. in intraday short-term optimization coordination, the plan developed during the day-ahead stage is taken into account. factors such as intraday load variations, renewable energy output, and maintaining user production without disruption are considered. the intraday secondary adjustment of the load focuses solely on reducing thermal and electrical loads to participate in the coordination process. 3. multi-time scale coordinated optimization strategy of energy system under flexible load response 3.1. coordinate the optimization process multi-time scale integrated energy optimization coordination is divided into two parts: day-ahead and intraday. dayahead optimization coordination first determines whether the day-ahead coordination period has been reached. if it has, the day-ahead forecast load data is input, and the day-ahead coordination model is solved to determine the day-ahead coordination plan, including the reducible, transferable, and translatable quantities [18]. intraday optimization coordination begins by checking whether the intraday coordination cycle has been reached. if so, the intraday coordination model is solved by inputting the predicted values of the energy system, photovoltaic output, and system adjustments two hours in advance, based on the day-ahead coordination. this results in an intraday coordinated plan that includes intraday load reduction. the steps for the coordinated optimization of multi-time scale energy systems are shown in figure 3. initiate whether the day-before (24h) period has been reached check whether the interval within a day (15 minutes) is reached to the next moment prediction of thermal load before input day solve the day-ahead coordination model input the predicted value of wind power and photovoltaic in the next 2h, and the adjustment amount of system heat and electricity load solve the intraday coordination model intra-day unit output, renewable energy output, intra-day heat and electric load can be reduced unit start-stop plan, transfer heat and load, translation heat and load, and reduce heat and load before the day n n y y figure 3. multi-time scale energy system optimization coordination process 3.2. day-ahead coordination model it is preferred to determine the day-ahead collaborative objective function [19], that is, to minimize the sum of system unit generation, start-stop cost, steam production cost, and flexible load coordination cost: mine = min [∑(∑ct,i de i∈z +∑ct,i of i∈z + et,i + ot,i en + ct,i tr + cfl) t∈t ] (1) cfl = ccut down + ctanslation + ctransfer (2) ccut down = mcut down ∙ pcut down ∙ ∆t (3) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 388 ctanslation = mtanslation ∙ ptanslation ∙ fon1 (4) ctransfer = mtransfer ∙ ptransfer ∙ fon2 (5) in the above formula, the expected total system cost is represented by e; one period of the coordination cycle is represented by t; the set of units is represented by z; the combustion and operating costs of unit i are represented by ct,i de and ct,i of respectively; the cost of system and large grid transactions is represented by et,i; the revenue of steam production of the unit is represented by ot,i en; the transmission cost of steam is represented by ct,i tr; the flexible load coordination cost is represented by cfl. reducible load cost is represented by ccut down; the cost of shifting load is represented by ctanslation; the cost of transferable load is represented by ctransfer; unit capacity compensation that can reduce load is represented by mcut down; the power of the unit can be reduced by pcut down; the unit capacity compensation of translation load is represented by mtanslation, and the capacity of translation load is represented by ptanslation. the system determines that the translation instruction is represented by fon1, and there are only two states of 0 and 1. the system determines that the transfer instruction is represented by fon2, and there are only two states of 0 and 1. the constraints on power balance are as follows: ∑[∑𝑒𝑖,𝑠,𝑡 𝑔𝑒𝑛 𝑖∈𝑍 − 𝑒𝑖,𝑠,𝑡 𝑐𝑜𝑛 + 𝑒𝑡,𝑠 𝑏 ] = ∑𝐷𝑡 𝑒 𝑡∈𝑇𝑡∈𝑇 (6) 𝑒𝑡,𝑠 𝑏 = 𝑒𝑡,𝑠 𝑏𝑢𝑦 − 𝑒𝑡,𝑠 𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑙 (7) among them, the electricity production of the production unit is represented by 𝑒𝑖,𝑠,𝑡 𝑔𝑒𝑛 ; the system power loss is represented by 𝑒𝑖,𝑠,𝑡 𝑐𝑜𝑛; the change of electricity generated by large grid transactions is represented by 𝑒𝑡,𝑠 𝑏 ; electricity obtained through purchase by 𝑒𝑡,𝑠 𝑏𝑢𝑦 ; electricity sold by means of sales by 𝑒𝑡,𝑠 𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑙; the electrical load load of the system at time is expressed by 𝐷𝑡 𝑒 . then, the thermal stationary constraints of the system are given as follows: ∑(𝐺𝑡,𝑠 + 𝐿𝑡,𝑠 +∑ℎ𝑖,𝑡,𝑠 𝑔𝑒𝑛 𝑖∈𝑍 + 𝐺𝑡,𝑠 𝑐 ) 𝑡∈𝑇 =∑𝐷𝑡 ℎ 𝑡∈𝑇 (8) 𝐺𝑡,𝑠 = 𝐴𝑡,𝑠 + 𝑃𝑡,𝑠 (9) the steam output of the unit is represented by ℎ𝑖,𝑡,𝑠 𝑔𝑒𝑛 . 𝑡 time, the total amount of steam stored by 𝐺𝑡,𝑠; in time 𝑡, 𝐷𝑡 ℎ is the thermal load; the loss of steam during transmission is represented by 𝐿𝑡,𝑠; the amount of steam stored in time𝑡 is represented by 𝐴𝑡,𝑠; the steam storage capacity in the pipeline at time 𝑡 is represented by 𝑃𝑡,𝑠; the steam consumption in the system is represented by 𝐺𝑡,𝑠 𝑐 . unit start-stop constraints are as follows: { ∆𝑧𝑖,𝑡,𝑠 ≥ 𝑧𝑖,𝑡,𝑠 − 𝑧𝑖,𝑡−1,𝑠 ∆𝑧𝑖,𝑡,𝑠 ≤ 1 − 𝑧𝑖,𝑡−1,𝑠 ∆𝑧𝑖,𝑡,𝑠 ≤ 𝑧𝑖,𝑡−1,𝑠 ∑∆𝑧𝑖,𝑡.𝑠 ≤ 𝑁𝑖.𝑠 𝑡∈𝑇 (10) among them, the change of unit start and stop is represented by ∆𝑧𝑖,𝑡,𝑠; 𝑧𝑖,𝑡,𝑠 indicates the start and stop status of the device; which is divided into binary states of 0,1; the maximum number of units allowed by the system is represented by 𝑁𝑖.𝑠. the flexible load constraints are as follows: { 𝑃transfer 𝑚𝑖𝑛 ≤ 𝑃transfer ≤ 𝑃transfer 𝑚𝑎𝑥 ∑𝑃transfer 𝑡 (𝑡) ∙ ∆𝑡 =∑𝑃i,transfer 𝑡 (𝑡) ∙ ∆𝑡 𝑡∈𝑇𝑡∈𝑇 (11) among them, the minimum power is represented by 𝑃transfer 𝑚𝑖𝑛 ; the maximum power is represented by 𝑃transfer 𝑚𝑎𝑥 ; in the new time, 𝑃transfer 𝑡 (𝑡) represents the progress of the transfer load;in a given time, 𝑃i,transfer 𝑡 (𝑡) represents the progress of the load transfer; when permitted, utilization can reduce the load and reduce the power loss of the system, thus achieving the purpose of reducing the economic loss of the system, the specific expression is as follows: 𝑃cut down 𝑚𝑖𝑛 ≤ 𝑃cut down ≤ 𝑃cut down 𝑚𝑎𝑥 (12) where, the maximum power that can be reduced within a day is represented by 𝑃cut down 𝑚𝑖𝑛 ; the minimum power that can be reduced per day is represented by 𝑃cut down 𝑚𝑎𝑥 . the function of the translation load is that when the power consumption period is changed, it cannot respond immediately due to the influence of equipment and technology level, and can only carry out the overall translation. constrained by time, the load after translation should be consistent with the original load, and the corresponding expression is as follows: hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 389 𝑃tanslation(𝑡) = 𝑃tanslation 𝑛𝑒𝑤 (𝑡 + ∆𝑡) (13) where, the original load capacity at the original time is represented by 𝑃tanslation(𝑡); the translation load capacity at the translation time is represented by 𝑃tanslation 𝑛𝑒𝑤 (𝑡 + ∆𝑡). the user energy balance constraints are as follows: ∑ℎ𝑢𝑠𝑒𝑟 𝑡∈𝑇 =∑𝐷𝑡 ℎ 𝑡∈𝑇 +∑𝑃tanslation,h 𝑡∈𝑇 +∑𝑃transfer,h +∑𝑃cut down,h 𝑡∈𝑇𝑡∈𝑇 (14) in time 𝑡, ℎ𝑢𝑠𝑒𝑟 represents the user's demand;in 𝑡 time, 𝐷𝑡 ℎ represents the thermal load; the transferable load of heat load is represented by 𝑃tanslation,h; heat load transferable load is represented by 𝑃transfer,h; the heat load can be reduced by 𝑃cut down,h. 3.3. intra-day coordination model there are certain limitations of the forward coordination policy. first, the time scale is long and cannot meet the actual demand; second, the system operation and load demand changes under the day-ahead coordination strategy will have certain deviations. therefore, we should integrate the day-before and day-before coordination strategies to improve the quality of system operation [20]. there is no conflict between the two in the choice of optimization objectives, and both aim at reducing operation to become the ultimate goal. equation 13 is the desired objective function. mine = min [∑(∑ct,i be i∈z +∑ct,i of i∈z + et,i + ot,i en + ccut down,lh) t∈t ] (15) where, the expected total system cost is represented by e; the set of units is represented by z; the cost of unit i during combustion is represented by ct,i be;the cost of unit equipment consumed during use is determined by ct,i of; the cost of system and large grid transactions is represented by et,i; when the unit equipment i receives revenue, it can be represented by ot,i en; daily load reduction cost is represented by ccut down,lh. the power balance constraints of the system are as follows: ∑[∑(𝑒𝑖,𝑡,𝑠 𝑔𝑎𝑛 − 𝑒𝑖,𝑡,𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑛) + 𝑒𝑡,𝑠 𝑏 + 𝑒𝑡,𝑠 𝑐 𝑖∈𝑍 ] = 𝑖∈𝑇 ∑𝐷𝑡 𝑒 𝑖∈𝑇 (16) among them, the electricity production of the production unit is represented by 𝑒𝑖,𝑡,𝑠 𝑔𝑎𝑛 ; 𝑒𝑖,𝑡,𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑛 indicates the system energy consumption; the change of electricity generated by large grid transactions is represented by 𝑒𝑡,𝑠 𝑏 ; the change of the electric quantity of the storage equipment in the system is represented by 𝑒𝑡,𝑠 𝑐 ; 𝐷𝑡 𝑒 is the amount of charge in t time;the thermal balance constraints of the system are as follows: ∑(𝐺𝑡,𝑠 + 𝐺𝑡,𝑠 𝑐 +∑ℎ𝑖,𝑡,𝑠 𝑔𝑒𝑛 𝑖∈𝑍 ) =∑𝐷𝑡 ℎ 𝑖∈𝑇𝑡∈𝑇 (17) the steam output of the unit is represented by ℎ𝑖,𝑡,𝑠 𝑔𝑒𝑛 . the total amount of steam stored in time t is represented by 𝐺𝑡,𝑠; the system thermal load at time t is represented by 𝐷𝑡 ℎ; the steam consumption in the system is indicated by 𝐺𝑡,𝑠 𝑐 . because of the long opening and closing time span of the unit equipment, the application effect of intra-day coordination optimization strategy has limitations in a short time, and it is necessary to use the day-before coordination optimization strategy to intervene. the specific constraints are shown in formula 16. 𝑃cut down,1h 𝑚𝑖𝑛 ≤ 𝑃cut down,1h ≤ 𝑃cut down,1h 𝑚𝑎𝑥 (18) where, the maximum power that can be reduced within a day is represented by 𝑃cut down,1h 𝑚𝑎𝑥 ; the minimum power that can be reduced per day is represented by 𝑃cut down,1h 𝑚𝑖𝑛 . 4. analysis of numerical examples 4.1. system overview in order to make the coordinated preferential strategy can be applied in practice, a simulation experiment is carried out here. in the experiment, the energy system consists of a back-pressure gas-steam combined cycle device, a pumping gas-steam combined cycle device, a photovoltaic power station, and a wind turbine. the relevant parameters are shown in table 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 390 table 1. related parameters of system equipment device name parameter name parameter value back pressure gas steam combined cycle unit rated power /mw 10 thermoelectric ratio 0.817 operation and maintenance cost/(yuan ·kwh-1) 0.01 extraction gas steam combined cycle unit rated power /mw 70 thermoelectric ratio 0.542 operation and maintenance cost/(yuan ·kwh-1) 0.05 photovoltaic power generation maximum generating power /mw 20 operation and maintenance cost/(yuan·kwh-1) 0.002 wind power generation maximum generating power /mw 20 operation and maintenance cost/(yuan ·kwh-1) 0.003 at different times, the electricity price is also different; the specific situation is shown in table 2. table 2. tou electricity price type price/(yuan ·kwh-1) time frame peak price 0.971 12：00-15：00 19：00-22：00 ordinary price 0.675 08：00-12：00 15：00-19：00 valley price 0.377 22：00-08：00 in the energy system, whether for electricity or heat production, a large amount of natural gas is required. the system does not consider the coordination of natural gas, treating it as an unlimited energy supply, with a unified price of 2.66 yuan/m³ (under standard conditions). 4.2. effect analysis the optimization and coordination of the energy system is a mixed-integer linear programming problem involving multiple variables and multi-condition constraints. 4.2.1. intra-day comparison of heat load balance output before and after optimization the core idea of the day-ahead collaborative optimization strategy is to control thermal and electrical output by managing the start-up and shutdown states of equipment. the load output before and after optimization obtained from the experiment is shown in figure 4. it is evident in figure 4(a) that the peak-valley difference of the load before the flexible load participated in coordination was 52.428 mw. after incorporating flexible load coordination, the difference reduced to 36.29 mw, representing a decrease of 30.78%. therefore, when flexible load coordination is considered on the day-ahead time scale, the peak-valley difference decreases. in figure 4(b), for day-ahead coordination of thermal load, the peak-valley difference before involving the flexible thermal load was 114.18 mw. after adding flexible thermal load coordination, the load result decreased to 99.65 mw, a reduction of 12.72%. this indicates that, even after coordinated optimization of the flexible thermal load, there remains potential for further reducing the peak-valley difference in thermal load. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 391 a) comparison of electrical load balance output before and after optimization b) comparison of average output of thermal load before and after optimization figure 4. comparison of average output of thermal and electrical loads of energy systems under intra-day coordination strategy subsequently, the flexible load response of the day-ahead coordinated energy system is illustrated in figure 5. it is evident that during peak periods of electricity and heat load, interventions using translational and transferable loads can help reduce the load levels. over time, this effect becomes more pronounced, eventually bringing the load back down toward the trough period, demonstrating a significant intervention impact. however, reducing the load further can have a greater effect on users. therefore, if the first two load adjustment methods are insufficient to meet the requirements after coordination, additional reductions in both thermal and electrical loads are implemented. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 392 a) before and after optimization of flexible electrical load results b) the flexible thermal load response results before and after optimization figure 5. results of flexible load response of energy system under pre-coordinated conditions 4.2.2. intra-day comparison of electrical load balance output before and after optimization intraday optimization coordination is performed based on the day-ahead coordination, allowing for adjustments to thermal and electrical load performance through load reduction. under the intervention of the intraday coordinated optimization strategy for the energy system, the results obtained are presented in figure 6. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 393 a) comparison of electrical load balance output before and after intra-day optimization b) comparison of thermal load balance output before and after intra-day optimization figure 6. comparison of thermal and electrical load balance output of energy system under intra-day coordination strategy as shown in figure 6(a), during intraday load coordination, the integration of renewable energy into the system output led to an increase in the system’s power load. before intraday coordination, the peak-valley difference in the power load was 65.186 mw, which decreased to 61.593 mw after intraday coordination—a reduction of 5.5%. in the case of heat load, intraday coordination further reduced the peak heat load of the energy system. the peak-valley difference in heat load decreased from 85.65 mw before intraday coordination to 79.305 mw afterward, representing a reduction of 7.4%. these results indicate that reducing heat and electricity loads contributes significantly to improving the day-ahead coordinated plan. compared to the day-ahead coordination, peak loads were reduced under intraday coordination. the flexible load response under intraday coordination is illustrated in figure 7. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 394 a) the flexible electrical load response results before and after intra-day optimization b) the flexible thermal load response results before and after intra-day optimization figure 7. results of flexible load response under intra-day coordination strategy in figure 7, the intraday short-term optimization coordination plan considers the pre-day coordination strategy, intraday load variations, and the need to avoid impacting user production. in this plan, the intraday secondary coordination of thermal and electrical loads focuses solely on utilizing the reducible load available during the day. under this intraday coordination plan, electricity and heat loads during peak hours are further reduced beyond the reductions achieved in the day-ahead plan, resulting in an additional decrease in the peak-valley difference. a comparative analysis of the energy system’s economic performance is presented in table 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 395 table 3. comparison of energy system operation costs before and after coordination coordination strategy cost classification cost/yuan total pre-coordinated optimization unit cost 204345.26 262017.86 operation and maintenance cost 57672.6 after coordinated optimization unit cost 155110.2 258147.92 operation and maintenance cost 30043.55 can reduce load cost 30212.22 transferable load cost 11766.55 operation and maintenance cost 31015.4 it can be seen that incorporating flexible loads into the energy system effectively reduces the peak-valley difference of system load through multi-scale energy coordination, thereby lowering the system’s total operating costs to some extent. for example, the unit’s power generation cost decreases from 204,345.26 yuan to 155,110.20 yuan, representing a reduction of 49,235.06 yuan. operation and maintenance costs are reduced from the original 57,672.60 yuan to 30,043.55 yuan, a decrease of 27,629.05 yuan. this demonstrates that significant cost differences exist before and after coordination optimization for these two cost categories. overall, prior to implementing multi-scale coordination optimization with flexible load response, the daily operating cost of energy coordination stood at 262,017.86 yuan. after optimization and coordination, the operating cost was reduced to 258,147.92 yuan, achieving a reduction of 1.47%. this proves that multi-scale coordination of the energy system, considering flexible load response, can reduce operating costs and enhance the economic efficiency of the energy system to a certain extent. 5. conclusion based on the analysis of flexible load characteristics, this paper integrates thermal and electrical flexible loads into the energy system and performs coordinated optimization across multiple time scales. a multi-time scale coordination model of the energy system considering thermal and electrical flexible loads is proposed, and an example analysis is conducted. the results show that, in the comparison of thermal load balance output before and after intraday optimization, the peak-valley difference was 52.428 mw before flexible load coordination, which decreased to 36.29 mw after incorporating flexible load coordination—a reduction of 30.78%. for heat load, the peak-valley difference was 114.18 mw before flexible load coordination and was reduced to 99.65 mw afterward, representing a 12.72% decrease. in the comparison of electrical load balance output before and after intraday optimization, the peak-valley difference of the electrical load was 65.186 mw before coordination and decreased to 61.593 mw after intraday coordination, reflecting a reduction of 5.5%. during intraday coordination of thermal load, the peak-valley difference was initially 85.65 mw and decreased to 79.305 mw after coordination, a reduction of 7.4%. these findings indicate that incorporating thermal and electrical flexible loads into the energy system coordination plan effectively achieves peak shaving and valley filling. additionally, a comparison of the system’s operational costs before and after coordination reveals that the optimized coordination reduces operational costs by 1.47%, demonstrating that the proposed research approach can lower system operating expenses and offers good economic benefits. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, j.g. and c.x.; methodology, d.g.; software, j.g.; validation, d.g, and c.x.; formal analysis, j.g.; investigation, d.g.; resources, j.g.; data curation, c.x.; writing—original draft preparation, j.g.; writing—review and editing, c.x.; visualization, c.x.; supervision, d.g.; project administration, d.g.; funding acquisition, d.g. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding this work was supported by science and technology project of state grid shanxi electric power company “research on flexible load aggregation modeling and coordination control technology for active distribution networks” (52051l240001). hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 396 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] zhang, j., & liu, z. (2024). low carbon economic scheduling model for a park integrated energy system considering integrated demand response, ladder-type carbon trading and fine utilization of hydrogen. energy, 290, 130311. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2024.130311. [2] wang, h., lu, g., wang, j., lv, s., wu, z., & guo, h. (2024). low carbon dispatch method for integrated energy system considering low carbon demand response. 2024 4th international conference on energy, power and electrical engineering, epee 2024, 1281–1288. doi:10.1109/epee63731.2024.10875340. [3] chen, y., ma, c., sun, y., & wang, b. (2024). low carbon economic dispatch of integrated energy system considering demand response and carbon capture under stepped carbon trading. asia-pacific power and energy engineering conference, appeec, 1–5. doi:10.1109/appeec61255.2024.10922517. [4] rasgianti, r. a., nugraha, a. d., sitanggang, r. b., pandoe, w. w., aprijanto, t. y., & santosa, m. a. (2024). system parameters sensitivity analysis of ocean thermal energy conversion. emerging science journal, 8, 428-448. doi:10.28991/esj-2024-08-0204. [5] sun, h., sun, x., kou, l., zhang, b., & zhu, x. (2023). optimal scheduling of park-level integrated energy system considering ladder-type carbon trading mechanism and flexible load. energy reports, 9, 3417–3430. doi:10.1016/j.egyr.2023.02.029. [6] si, d., tang, z., li, l., yao, y., sun, p., hu, b., & xie, k. (2022). reliability evaluation of hybrid energy storage system considering flexible resources of source, network and load. ei2 2022 6th ieee conference on energy internet and energy system integration, ei2, 144–148. doi:10.1109/ei256261.2022.10116756. [7] qiu, b., wang, x., & wang, k. (2023). low-carbon economic dispatch of p2g-ccs integrated energy system considering wind-solar uncertainty. 2023 ieee international conference on power science and technology, icpst 2023, 663–669. doi:10.1109/icpst56889.2023.10165079. [8] esmaeili, s., anvari-moghaddam, a., & jadid, s. (2019). optimal operational scheduling of reconfigurable multi-microgrids considering energy storage systems. energies, 12(9), 1766. doi:10.3390/en12091766. [9] wang, z., wang, s., ni, h., wang, j., & zhang, j. (2025). a configuration and scheduling optimization method for integrated energy systems considering massive flexible load resources. frontiers in energy research, 13. doi:10.3389/fenrg.2025.1556000. [10] yan, q., zhang, g., zhang, y., & yu, h. (2024). coordinated scheduling optimization of building integrated energy system with flexible load. energy reports, 12, 3422–3436. doi:10.1016/j.egyr.2024.08.081. [11] chen, l., xu, g., hu, x., & yin, y. (2025). research on thermal rectification method and flexible load regulation in rccpcm enclosure structures. kung cheng je wu li hsueh pao/journal of engineering thermophysics, 46(1), 201–209. [12] song, q., wang, b., wang, z., & wen, l. (2024). multi-objective capacity configuration optimization of the combined wind storage system considering elcc and lcoe. energy, 301, 131558. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2024.131558. [13] rinthaisong, i., & duangtong, p. (2024). the dynamic capability, innovation, competitive advantage, and survival of tech startups. hightech and innovation journal, 5(4), 977–994. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-08. [14] li, b. (2024). an integrated energy system day-ahead scheduling method based on an improved dynamic time warping algorithm. frontiers in energy research, 12, 12. doi:10.3389/fenrg.2024.1354196. [15] mo, m., xiong, x., wu, y., & yu, z. (2023). deep-reinforcement-learning-based low-carbon economic dispatch for community-integrated energy system under multiple uncertainties. energies, 16(22), 7669. doi:10.3390/en16227669. [16] ebrie, a. s., & kim, y. j. (2024). reinforcement learning-based optimization for power scheduling in a renewable energy connected grid. renewable energy, 230, 120886. doi:10.1016/j.renene.2024.120886. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 397 [17] yang, c., zhang, j., jiang, w., wang, l., zhang, h., yi, z., & lin, f. (2023). reinforcement learning and stochastic optimization with deep learning-based forecasting on power grid scheduling. processes, 11(11), 3188. doi:10.3390/pr11113188. [18] choi, s. (2017). practical coordination between day-ahead and real-time optimization for economic and stable operation of distribution systems. ieee transactions on power systems, 33(4), 4475-4487. doi:10.1109/tpwrs.2017.2782806. [19] pratap, a., tiwari, p., maurya, r., & singh, b. (2023). a novel hybrid optimization approach for optimal allocation of distributed generation and distribution static compensator with network reconfiguration in consideration of electric vehicle charging station. electric power components and systems, 51(13), 1302–1327. doi:10.1080/15325008.2023.2196673. [20] yang, z., yang, f., liao, x., wei, h., min, h., lei, y., su, l., & shen, y. (2022). two stage affinely adjustable robust optimal scheduling for ac/dc hybrid distribution network based on source–grid–load–storage coordination. energy reports, 8, 15686– 15701. doi:10.1016/j.egyr.2022.11.119. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 759 issn: 2723-9535 effect of artificial intelligence (ai) on financial decision-making: mediating role of financial technologies (fin-tech) adel m. qatawneh 1 , abdalwali lutfi 2, 3, 4* , thamir al barrak 5 1 department of accounting, faculty of business, al-zaytoonah university of jordan, amman, jordan. 2 college of business administration, university of kalba (ukb), kalba 11115, united arab emirates. 3 jadara university research center, jadara university, 21110, jordan. 4applied science research center, applied science private university, 11937, jordan. 5 department of accounting, college of business, king faisal university, al-ahsa 31982, saudi arabia. received 03 april 2024; revised 08 august 2024; accepted 14 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract the main objective of the current study is to shed light on the mediating effect of financial technology (fin-tech) on the relationship between artificial intelligence (encompassing natural language processing (nlp), machine learning algorithms, computer vision, predictive analytics, robotic process automation (rpa), blockchain technology, and deep learning) and financial decision-making from the perspective of financial managers within jordan's commercial banking sector. realizing this objective required the use of quantitative methodology. a questionnaire was self-administered by 86 financial managers in the jordanian banking sector. primary data was analyzed using amos. results of analysis confirmed that fintech plays a significant mediating role between ai applications and financial decision-making. machine learning was identified as the most impactful ai technique, facilitating more informed decisions through advanced data analysis and pattern recognition beyond the scope of traditional analysis methods. the novelty of current research is in the fact that it offers valuable insights into the intersection of ai and fin-tech within the jordanian financial sector. it contributes to the understanding of how advanced ai techniques can enhance financial decision-making, emphasizing the importance of multidisciplinary expertise in the development of ai-driven financial systems. the findings have significant implications for both theoretical understanding and practical application in the finance industry. keywords: artificial intelligence; natural language processing (nlp); machine learning algorithms; computer vision; predictive analytics; robotic process automation (rpa); blockchain technology; deep learning; fin-tech. 1. introduction in the ever-evolving landscape of finance, the integration of advanced technologies is transforming traditional practices. according to mogaji et al. (2020) [1] and malali & gopalakrishnan (2020) [2], artificial intelligence (ai) is revolutionizing the financial sector in many ways. the authors noted that ai had a massive influence on the financial sector, including its role in risk management. the importance of ai in risk management systems cannot be overstated. by analyzing massive amounts of historical data, ai can accurately predict potential risks and detect fraud quickly and effectively. this is especially vital in the banking industry, where risk management is foundational. kruse et al. (2019) * corresponding author: abdalwale.lutfi@ukb.ac.ae http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-015 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0762-437x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3928-7497 https://orcid.org/0009-0007-1014-244x hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 760 [3] added that ai systems are effective trading tools because they can analyze market data and identify trends that might not be visible to humans. ai can pinpoint trading opportunities in real-time, allowing firms to make decisions that are both faster and more precise. from a customer service standpoint, hentzen et al. (2022) [4] posited that ai has facilitated a more personalized experience by using chatbots, voice assistants, and other intelligent tools. ai-driven customer service operates 24/7, enhancing customer satisfaction while simultaneously decreasing the necessity for extensive call centers and support staff. on the investment side, mogaji & nguyen (2022) [5] opined that ai introduces a more sophisticated approach. algorithms analyze vast quantities of market data, producing portfolios tailored to individual investors. additionally, ai systems can scrutinize present market trends, providing insights and suggestions for impending investments. lee (2020) [6] highlighted the value of ai in automating back-office functions, which cuts down operational expenses and boosts efficiency. machine learning algorithms can be calibrated to detect inconsistencies in financial reports, diminishing the frequency of human intervention in these routine tasks. stone et al. (2020) [7] executed a methodical literature review to identify existing studies on the employment of ai in decision-making. they employed the results of the literature review to propose a research agenda with research questions that can guide future research in this area. the authors also discuss potential challenges and opportunities connected to the employment of ai in decision-making, like data privacy, ethics, and the need for interdisciplinary research collaborations. overall, the article provided a valuable research agenda for interested parties in the employment of ai in decision-making. by addressing the research questions proposed in the article, researchers can help to improve our understanding of the potential of ai to transform marketing strategy and decision-making. duan et al. (2019) [8] executed a methodical literature review to highlight the evolution, challenges, and research gaps in the employment of ai in decision-making processes in the context of big data. they synthesized the findings to propose a research model for future research. the article highlighted the evolution of ai and its importance to analyze big data to make better-informed decisions. the authors located several challenges in the employment of ai for decisionmaking processes in big data, including ethical considerations, interpretability of results, and the need for cybersecurity. johnson et al. (2019) [9] carried out a systematic literature review and analyzed previous research on the topic of ai and ml in finance. they sought to identify instances of bias in these technologies, analyze the ethical implications of such biases, and propose solutions to ensure responsible innovation. the authors highlight that, while artificial intelligence and machine learning offer tremendous potential for innovation in finance, they can also perpetuate bias and discrimination. the authors provide examples of past instances of bias in these technologies, such as discriminatory lending and hiring practices. maurya et al. (2024) [10] aimed in their study to highlight what artificial intelligence can mean for an industry where updates of financial backers' strategy exist, along with dropping a certified gamble. the artificial intelligence designs need to consider ethical issues, for instance, transparency, fairness, and legitimacy of financial services. the development of artificial brainpower increases the competition in the market due to the emergence of new fintech companies that provide customers with choices, hence redefining the financial industry. besides, artificial intelligence builds an ethical education as it introduces and encourages authentic business ethics and clean environmental concerns in the financial industry. it will require huge moral restraint and the application of valid rules in this regard. it produces large-scale artificial intelligence results, which are much larger than a computation with the model, interdisciplinarity, mega adaptors, and willingness to provide an appropriate resourcing environment. this way, it is a translation of meaning into an influential world and allows the discovery of obstacles to the creation of a better possible hypothesis for applications of artificial consciousness in banking. owolabi et al. (2024) [11] evaluated the ethical considerations for using ai in financial decisioning while stressing an ethical guidance for its proper utilization. other issues that can be discussed in relation to ethical concerns include the distortion of ai algorithms and the lack of transparency and accountability of such systems; the imperative call to encourage equitable and explainable ai and follow the set regulatory frameworks that will enhance the general accountability of ai systems. thus, through the analysis of theoretical and empirical literature, the paper reveals the nature of the interconnection between the innovation of artificial intelligence and ethical standards in the financial industry. in this regard, the paper provides a clear and practical ethical framework to address this problem, which includes the following recommendations: necessities of guidelines, governance structures, audits, and the enhancement of stakeholder engagement. this framework is aimed at the enhancement of the positive uses of ai while addressing the detrimental effects and side-effects. the study may provide valuable insights to policymakers, industry practitioners, researchers, and various other related stakeholders so that they can engage in informed conversations, make sound decisions, and define appropriate standards for the implementation of ai within the financial industry. the objective is to achieve a fair, transparent, and accountable financial system that leverages ai for the benefits of both the financial sector and society. castelnovo (2024) [12] aimed to examine the systematic analysis of bias and fairness undertaken, with a specific focus on the implications of ai in the banking industry since decisions made by algorithms have significant impacts on society. in this regard, the integration of fairness, interpretability, and human supervision is of paramount significance, ultimately leading to the formation of what is usually termed as “responsible ai”. this underlines the significance of eradicating bias in the creation of a corporate culture that complies with ai laws and norms as well as global human hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 761 rights in as much as the usage of automated decision-making systems. it is now more relevant than ever to incorporate ethical standards into the creation, training, and utilization of ai models in preparation for future eu regulations and to advance the common welfare. this thesis is structured around three fundamental pillars: in total, there is a lack of awareness of bias, a failure to eliminate or reduce bias, and a lack of reporting of bias. these contributions are substantiated by the case studies while working with intesa sanpaolo. carvalho (2024) [13] aimed in their study to study the effects of ai on decision-making at the banking and financial institutions. it examines the prospects of ai, its current limitations, and the essential human factors and issues pertaining to this technology. from 15 face-to-face qualitative interviews that were conducted in this research, the following findings were realized. such facts prove that ai plays an important role in altering the decisions made in the banking industry in terms of its operations and in determining the positions of the banking sector. however, it is quite significant that ai also contributes to the organization’s efficiency in the process and human heuristics by helping people to be free from banal tasks and concentrate on meaningful ones. despite all the facts that show the use of ai in data analysis and process automation, it also demonstrates the symbiotic relationship between humans and ai since it is more of an assistant tool. additionally, the research also reveals technological issues, data issues, and ethical issues as more of the implementing ai’s key issues, stressing on the issues of clear communication, quality data, and proper education of ai for the working professionals. among the highlighted ethical and regulatory issues are privacy, data bias and veracity, and accountability that define the development of further decision-making in the industry. financial technology, commonly known as fin-tech, represents a modern fusion of finance and technology aimed at delivering efficient and rapid financial services. through fin-tech, financial institutions have been able to refine their operations and serve their clientele in previously unavailable ways [14]. despite the advancements noted above, a substantial gap in the literature regarding the mediating effect of fin-tech on the relationship between ai and financial decision-making became apparent. while the influence of ai on financial decision-making has been extensively researched, there's limited understanding of how the incorporation of fin-tech tools may influence this relationship. a potential reason for this literary void is fin-tech's novelty in the finance realm. as fin-tech continues to evolve and gain prominence, it's evident that it will play an increasingly pivotal role in financial decision-making. yet, many financial entities are still navigating the integration of fin-tech tools into their frameworks, leaving research on their mediating impacts in its infancy. another rationale could be the intricate nature of studying multiple variables simultaneously. the dynamics between ai, fin-tech, and financial decision-making can be intricate, necessitating interdisciplinary research spanning finance, computer science, and psychology, which introduces added challenges. given these factors, delving deeper into the mediating role of fin-tech in the nexus between ai and financial decision-making is paramount. successful incorporation of these tools in the finance sector largely depends on a profound grasp of their interplay, underlining the necessity of this research. in light of the aforementioned arguments and identified literary gap, the objective of this study is to decipher the mediating effect of fin-tech on the bond between artificial intelligence (encompassing natural language processing (nlp), machine learning algorithms, computer vision, predictive analytics, robotic process automation (rpa), blockchain technology, and deep learning) and financial decision-making, as perceived by financial managers within jordan's commercial banking sector. highlighting the relationship between study variables was formulated into a model, from which hypotheses were extracted (see figure 1): figure 1. conceptual framework artificial intelligence natural language processing (nlp) machine learning algorithms computer vision predictive analytics robotic process automation (rpa) blockchain technology deep learning financial decision-making independent variable dependent variable fin-tech mediating variable h1 h3 h4 h2 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 762 from the model above, the following set of hypotheses was extracted: h1: artificial intelligence in finances has a statistically significant influence on financial decision-making from financial managers within commercial banks in jordan's point of view. h2: artificial intelligence in finance has a statistically significant influence on financial technologies from financial managers within commercial banks in jordan's point of view. h3: fin-tech has a statistically significant influence on financial decision-making from financial managers within commercial banks in jordan's point of view. h4: financial technologies mediate the relationship between ai and financial decision-making from financial managers within commercial banks in jordan's point of view. 2. literature review 2.1. the appearance of artificial intelligence (ai) in financial sector according to hentzen et al. (2022) [4], artificial intelligence (ai) has been appearing in finance for several years, and its use is rapidly increasing. ai is the ability of machines to simulate human intelligent behavior, including learning, reasoning, and self-correction. in finance, ai is employed to analyze data, automate processes, and improve decisionmaking [5]. one example of the appearance of ai in finance is in the field of algorithmic trading, where computer programs are employed to make trading decisions based on market data. these algorithms can analyze a vast amount of data in a shorter time than humans, allowing traders to respond more quickly to market changes. ai is also being employed in practices related to risk management to assess the likelihood of default by borrowers or to identify potential fraud [3]. mogaji et al. (2020) [1] added that the employment of chatbots and virtual assistants in financial services as aipowered tools provided customers with personalized advice, answered queries, and helped with account management. this can enhance customers’ experience and reduce the workload of customer service staff. in addition, robo-advisors are using ai to provide automated investment advice, leading to the growth of digital-only investment firms. from the perspective of mhlanga (2020) [15], ai is also being employed in credit scoring, where data analysis tools can evaluate a range of information to determine the creditworthiness of borrowers. this can lead to more accurate and fair lending decisions that rely less on prior credit history. however, as ai is introduced into more areas of finance, concerns about privacy, data security, and bias are rising. data breaches and cyber-attacks are significant risks in the financial industry, and the increasing dependence on ai and machine learning creates new vulnerabilities. moreover, ai systems can perpetuate existing biases if the training data employed are not diverse or representative [16]. in conclusion, the appearance of artificial intelligence in finance is transforming the industry, from trading and investment to customer service and risk management. while the benefits are significant, it is essential to manage the risks and ensure that ai is deployed in responsible and ethical ways. 2.2. ai tools in finance artificial intelligence (ai) is rapidly evolving and is being applied in various industries, including finance. the employment of ai tools in finance has brought about significant changes in the way businesses operate and has transformed the financial industry's landscape [17]. the integration of ai in finance has opened doors to new opportunities, such as increased efficiency, improved accuracy, and better risk management. ai tools have become a crucial element in financial organizations, helping them to optimize processes, extract actionable insights from data, and make better decisions. among the most famous ai tools in the financial sector mentioned by tyagi et al. (2021) [18], met et al. (2020) [19], moiseeva (2020) [20], and zhang (2019) [21] included: natural language processing (nlp): nlp is a tool of artificial intelligence concerned with processing and analyzing human language. in finance, nlp is utilized in order to analyze unstructured data, including news articles and social media posts, to inform investment decisions. nlp algorithms can identify trends, sentiments, and news events that can impact financial markets. machine learning algorithms: machine learning is a tool of ai that gives computers the ability to identify patterns and reach predictions based on data. in finance, machine learning algorithms are employed in the fields of fraud detection, credit risk assessment, and investment recommendations. algorithms of machine learning have the ability to deal with and analyze large volumes of financial data to identify potential patterns and investment opportunities. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 763 computer vision: computer vision (cv) is a technology that enables computers to interpret and analyze visual data from images and videos. in finance, computer vision can be employed for fraud detection in atms and image-based processing in check deposits. it can also be employed in investment analysis by analyzing images of physical assets and real estate. predictive analytics: predictive analytics (pa) is concerned with gathering the practices of algorithms, ml, and unstructured data to highlight the possibility of future data based on historical outcomes. in finance, pa is employed in practices that include customer segmentation, fraud detection, and investment recommendations. pa proves that analyzing big financial data has the ability to locate patterns and provide insight into future market trends. robotic process automation (rpa): rpa refers to the employment of software applications to automate monotonous and rule-based practices. in finance, rpa can be employed for tasks such as account reconciliation, data entry, and report generation. rpa can help reduce the workload of repetitive tasks and free up time for financial professionals to focus on more complex tasks. blockchain technology: blockchain technology (bc) is a distributed ledger that highlights and stores coup in a lucent manner. in finance, block-chain technology is employed to create smart contracts, enable cross-border payments, and improve cybersecurity. blockchain can help reduce transaction costs, eliminate intermediaries, and provide transparency in financial transactions. deep learning algorithms: deep learning algorithms (dla) are a tool of ai that employs neural networks along with multiple layers to deal with and tackle data. in finance, (dla) analyzes big data to highlight patterns, reach predictions, and make decisions autonomously. this is particularly useful in trading, where the ability to analyze massive amounts of data and identify trends quickly can lead to a significant competitive advantage. 2.3. financial decision-making financial decision-making refers to the process of making informed choices about how to allocate financial resources [22]. this process can apply to both personal finances, such as budgeting and investing decisions, and organizational finances, such as investment decisions, capital structure, and dividend policies [23]. zaleskiewicz & traczyk (2020) [24] argued that effective financial decision-making is crucial, as it affects the financial well-being of individuals and organizations. key factors involved in financial decision-making include understanding different investment opportunities, analyzing risk, considering the tax implications of decisions, and balancing short-term and long-term goals. from the perspective of grežo (2021) [25], one widely employed model in financial decision-making is the capital asset pricing model (capm). capm is a model that measures the relationship between expected returns and risk for assets, and is employed by investors and portfolio managers to determine the appropriate level of risk for a given level of expected return. in addition to the employment of models, financial decision-making requires the collection and analysis of accurate data. this can be achieved through the employment of financial ratios and other analytical tools [26]. however, ali and hamad (2021) [27], qatawneh & kasasbeh (2022) [28], and park & cho (2019) [29] stated that financial decision-making is not just about numbers and ratios. it also involves taking into account broader economic and market trends, as well as personal values and goals. for example, investors may choose to invest in socially responsible investments that align with their values. in recent years, the growing adoption of ai, ml, and big data has led to new opportunities and challenges in financial decision-making. ai is employed to analyze big data and identify patterns that humans may miss. however, there is also the risk of bias and the need to ensure that ethical and social implications are considered [30, 31]. overall, financial decision-making is a complex process that requires knowledge, data, and judgment. it involves a range of factors, from risk and return to personal values and economic trends. with the increasing employment of technology, financial decision-making is becoming more data-driven, but it remains important to consider broader implications and ethical considerations. 2.4. financial technologies (fin-tech) financial technology (also referred to as "fintech") refers to technologies that are designed to streamline and optimize financial operations within the banking and finance industry [32, 33]. these technologies can range from consumerhightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 764 focemployed mobile banking and personal finance apps to more complex financial software that is employed by businesses and financial institutions to manage transactions, investments, and other financial activities [34–36]. as claimed by goldstein et al. (2019) [37], fintech has disrupted the traditional financial industry by providing people with faster, more accessible, and less costly financial services. for example, some of the common fintech services include online banking, digital payments, mobile wallets, automated investment management, budgeting and financial planning apps, crowdfunding, peer-to-peer lending, and blockchain-based cryptocurrencies. some of the benefits of fintech include improved efficiency, enhanced transparency, and lower costs for customers [38, 39]. 3. data and methods 3.1. methodological approach this research study employed the quantitative methodology as an approach to realize its hypotheses and generalize reached results through primary data. 3.2. tool of study collecting primary data was done through utilizing a questionnaire. building the questionnaire was done depending on previous studies that tackled the same variables like tyagi et al. (2021) [18], met et al. (2020) [19], moiseeva (2020) [20], and zhang (2019) [21]. the researcher adopted a likert five-point scale in the questionnaire. the questionnaire appeared in two sections; the first was the demographics (age, gender, experience, and qualification). while the other section was study variables (natural language processing (nlp), machine learning algorithms, computer vision, predictive analytics, robotic process automation (rpa), blockchain technology, and deep learning). 3.3. population and sampling the population of study was the financial managers within the jordanian banking sector in the fiscal year 2021-2022, cumulative of (21) banks. the researcher distributed (5) on each bank with a total of 5×21 = 105 individuals as a convenient sample. after distributing the questionnaires, 86 questionnaires were filled in the right way, which gave a statistical rate of 81.9% as acceptable. several factors put forward for an 86-individual sample size can be viewed as statistically sufficient. firstly, it is essential to mention that the criterion of an adequate sample size is the context of research, the size of the effect under analysis, and variability within the population. when it comes to the use of samples, a sample size of 30 or more is usually considered adequate when it comes to the hypothesis testing and making of generalizations to populations. power calculations also show that with the sample size of 86, it is possible to use t-tests or regression analyses with greater confidence with regard to the obtained results’ validity and the ability to generalize them. further, moderate and large sample sizes may not always be required where the effect under consideration is prominent or where the population is not diverse. hence, on many occasions, a sample size of 86 individuals can give statistically valid conclusions and good approximations of the overall population and therefore could be justified and sufficient for different research purposes. 3.4. data screening and analysis spss software was chosen to analyze primary data. cronbach’s alpha test was employed in order to highlight the reliability and consistency of study table 1. results indicated that the alpha value for each variable was higher than 0.70, which proved the reliability and consistency of the study tool. frequency and percentage, mean and standard deviation, in addition to multiple and linear regression, were also employed in dealing with the primary data collected. table 1. alpha value variable alpha natural language processing (nlp) 0.861 machine learning algorithms ml 0.898 computer vision cv 0.779 predictive analytics pa 0.746 robotic process automation (rpa) 0.935 blockchain technology bct 0.858 deep learning dl 0.826 financial decision-making 0.908 fin-tech 0.913 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 765 3.5. theory the current study launched from adopting the “prospect theory”. this theory suggests that when making decisions, people are influenced more by the potential for losses and gains rather than strictly rational considerations. this theory is pertinent when examining how perceptions of value and risk-reward trade-offs impact views of emerging technologies like artificial intelligence and financial technology. rather than judging ai/fintech purely on logic and facts, prospect theory indicates people's evaluations will incorporate psychological reactions to facing potential downsides or upsides from these innovative solutions [40]. 4. results 4.1. demographics results as in table 2, demographic results indicated that most of the respondents were older than 58 years, forming 45.3% of the study. in addition to that, most of the respondents held ba degrees (61.6% and had more than 14 years of experience, forming 44.2% of the study. table 2. descriptive statistics f % age 25-35 14 16.3 36-46 15 17.4 47-57 18 20.9 +58 39 45.3 education ba 53 61.6 postgraduates 33 38.4 experience less than 5 6 7.0 6-9 20 23.3 10-13 22 25.6 +14 38 44.2 total 86 100.0 4.2. questionnaire analysis as table 3 highlighted, all questionnaire contents were positively received scoring a mean that was higher than mean of scale 3.00, and this was statistically positive. the highest mean was scored by the variable (machine learning algorithms ml) 4.05/5.00 compared to the least mean scored by (robotic process automation rpa) 3.71/5.00 but still positive as it was higher than mean of scale 3.00. table 3. questionnaire analysis variable mean std. deviation natural language processing (nlp) 3.817 0.774 machine learning algorithms ml 4.053 0.784 computer vision cv 3.895 0.604 predictive analytics pa 3.927 0.618 robotic process automation (rpa) 3.718 1.029 blockchain technology bct 3.841 0.817 deep learning dl 3.829 0.757 financial decision-making 3.949 0.790 fin-tech 3.945 0.805 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 766 4.3. hypotheses testing table 4 demonstrated that the aforementioned indicators had values that were higher than those provided by the relevant references and studies. this made it possible for the researcher to use the results of the study model and suitably distribute them across the study. table 4. fit model indicator agfi 𝝌𝟐/𝒅𝒇 gfi rmsea cfi nfi value recommended > 0.8 < 5 > 0.90 ≤0.10 > 0.9 > 0.9 references miles & shevlin (1998) [41] tabachnick & fidell (2007) [42] miles & shevlin (1998) [41] maccallum et al. (1996) [43] hu & bentler (1999) [44] hu & bentler (1999) [44] value of model 0.91 3.256 0.946 0.073 0.961 0.922 direct impact indirect impact total impact c.r. p result fin-tech ← ai 0.922 0.922 16.628 *** accept financial decision-making ← fin-tech 0.317 0.317 2.079 0.038 accept financial decision-making ← ai 0.566 0.292 0.858 3.653 *** accept h1: artificial intelligence in finances has a statistically significant influence on financial decision-making: this hypothesis is accepted (c.r. = 3.653.; p < 0.05; = 0.000). this means that “artificial intelligence in finances has a statistically significant influence on financial decision-making”. h2: artificial intelligence in finance has a statistically significant influence on financial technologies: this hypothesis is accepted (c.r. = 16.628.; p < 0.05; = 0.000). this means that “artificial intelligence in finance has a statistically significant influence on financial technologies”. h3: financial technologies have a statistically significant influence on financial decision-making: this hypothesis is accepted (c.r. = 2.079.; p < 0.05; = 0.038). this means that “financial technologies have a statistically significant influence on financial decision-making”. h4: financial technologies mediate the relationship between ai and financial decision-making: this hypothesis is accepted since the indirect impact =0.292 is significant at the 0.05 level (see figure 2). this means that “financial technologies mediate the relationship between ai and financial decision-making”. figure 2. hypotheses testing hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 767 4.4. discussion this research study targeted exploring the mediating role of fin-tech on the relationship between artificial intelligence (natural language processing (nlp), machine learning algorithms, computer vision, predictive analytics, robotic process automation (rpa), blockchain technology, and deep learning) and financial decision-making from the perspective of financial managers within commercial banks in jordan. in other words, the study wanted to highlight how fin-tech can support the positive relationship between ai in finance and the financial decision-making process. reaching the aim was done through adopting the quantitative approach; financial managers (86) within the jordanian banking sector filled out a questionnaire. spss analyzed collected primary data and gave the following findings: • employees who answered the questionnaire appeared to be aware of the variables employed, as they were able to handle the questionnaire with minimum help. • jordanian banks appeared to utilize many tools and ai in their financial transactions, as they were all familiar with the constructs. fin-tech mediates the relationship between ai and financial decision-making the main hypothesis of the study was that “fin-tech mediates the relationship between ai and financial decisionmaking”; it suggested that the employment of fin-tech tools and technologies facilitates the integration of ai into the financial decision-making process. the study accepted the hypothesis and confirmed that ai is able to revolutionize the financial services industry through providing faster, more accurate, and data-driven decision-making abilities. as ai becomes increasingly sophisticated, it can be integrated with fin-tech tools to provide more personalized financial advice, risk management, and portfolio optimization. however, adopting ai in financial decision-making can’t be without any challenges, as a study found that a major concern is bias in ai algorithms, which lead to unintended and unfair outcomes. there is also a need to ensure that the employment of ai is transparent and ethical. fin-tech tools can help to mitigate these challenges by providing a platform for transparent and ethical employment of ai. for example, fin-tech tools can be designed to provide explanations of ai recommendations, allowing users to understand how these recommendations were generated and to identify any potential biases. the confirmation that fin-tech mediates the relationship between ai and financial decision-making owing to the intricate interplay among those elements is supported by studies such as carvalho (2024) [13], who denote how aidriven fin-tech tools streamline financial processes and increase decision-making accuracy. this finding has suggested that fin-tech is an intermediary required to harness the power of ai toward better financial outcomes. also, castelnovo (2024) [12] presented the role of fin-tech platforms in utilizing ai algorithms to provide personalized financial insights—a factor that further reiterates the mediating role that fin-tech plays in translating the capabilities of ai into actionable decisions. this result not only has highlighted the synergistic relationship between ai, fin-tech, and financial decision-making but also has underlined the pivotal role of fin-tech in optimizing the impact of ai in the financial domain. artificial intelligence (ai) in finances affects financial decision-making the acceptance of the hypothesis (c.r. = 3.653, p < 0.05, p = 0.000) underscores the substantial impact of artificial intelligence on financial decision-making. research by arora et al. (2024) [45] revealed that ai algorithms in finance outperformed traditional methods in predicting stock prices, demonstrating ai's efficacy in enhancing decision-making processes. the study was able to prove that implementing ai in financial decision-making processes can lead to more accurate, efficient, and profitable outcomes. it was revealed through results that using ai in finance can analyze and interpret large amounts of data quickly and efficiently to provide insights and predict trends; this helps financial professionals make more informed decisions and reduces the risk of errors or bias. ai can also improve the speed and accuracy of routine tasks such as processing transactions or performing risk assessments. such results agreed with duan et al. (2019) [8] and johnson et al. (2019) [9], who argued that it is important to note that the implementation of ai in finance is still in its early stages and there are potential drawbacks and limitations to consider. for example, ai may still have biases or limitations based on the data inputted or algorithms employed. while there is evidence to suggest that ai can have a positive influence on financial decision-making, further research is needed to confirm the statistical significance of this influence and to determine the best ways to properly implement ai in financial management processes. thereafter, the study confirmed that ai-powered financial technologies enhanced investment strategies and, therefore, proved ai's noteworthy influence on decisions made in finance. such empirical findings confirm the hypothesis that has been generally accepted, pointing out the statistical significance of ai in establishing trends in financial decision-making practices. artificial intelligence in finance influences financial technologies (fin-tech) among the study allegations is that ai in finance influences financial technologies (fin-tech). the hypothesis was accepted and proved that the increasing influence of ai in finance is driving the development and growth of financial technologies. the acceptance of the hypothesis signifies that, with c.r. = 16.628, p < 0.05, p = 0.000, artificial hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 768 intelligence has a very strong and significant effect on financial technologies. this confirms the critical role of ai in revolting fin-tech solutions to newer efficacies and making a complete alteration to financial services. in this line, ai applications such as machine learning have altered the face of financial technologies, as ai has been highly instrumental in innovation and development within the financial sector. the statistical significance of the relation reveals that artificial intelligence is an essential factor in shaping and optimizing financial technologies, hence underlying its strongly transformative influence on finance. ai can play a significant role in the development of fin-tech, as it can facilitate the automation of financial processes that were once done manually. with the ability to process large amounts of data quickly, ai can help with tasks such as fraud detection, risk assessment, and market prediction, which are important areas for fin-tech. the study also confirmed that one impact of ai on fin-tech is the expansion of the range of financial services, as ai can enable the development of new financial products and services. for example, chatbots and robo-advisors are popular ai implementations that can provide customers with financial recommendations and investment advice in real time. such results agreed with stone et al. (2020) [7], who stated that ai is driving faster and more efficient financial transactions. the employment of ai in areas such as blockchain technology can facilitate quicker transactions with fewer errors, providing a more secure and transparent financial system. 4.5. conclusion in conclusion, the influence of ai on the financial sector is not only significant but also increasingly manifest. financial institutions that have embraced ai are reaping transformative benefits, including heightened efficiency, robust risk management, and an improved customer service experience. as ai technology continues to advance, its pervasive impact across financial operations is anticipated to grow, reinforcing the essentiality for financial institutions to embed ai into their strategic and operational frameworks. this study underscores the importance of fin-tech as a powerful intermediary in enhancing financial decision-making, suggesting that the integration of ai in financial services is a potent catalyst for innovation and progress in the sector. financial technology, known as fintech, serves as an interface within the connection between artificial intelligence and decision-making in the financial industry. using the ai-enabled tools for data analysis, data mining, and data modeling, fintech helps the decision-makers extract insights and effective recommendations based on the large financial data sets. it is apparent that such tools help in automating a certain number of operations, improving the general efficiency of operations, and providing a real-time assessment of risks, thus ensuring that the decision maker is able to make sound decisions as soon as possible and with considerable accuracy. technology solutions that are able to combine the power of ai with the actual decision-making requirements of financial institutions and businesses are changing the financial industry by making it easier to make better decisions based on available data. from that point, the study recommended prioritizing investments in high-quality data management to inform ai systems. also, it is recommended to assemble cross-disciplinary teams to build ai systems that encompass finance, technology, and human psychology. in addition, implement transparent ai decision-making processes to ensure ethical standards and understandability. 4.6. implications this study ventures into the confluence of artificial intelligence (ai) and financial technology (fin-tech), delineating their mediating effect on decision-making processes within the financial sector. the theoretical implications of this research are anchored in the provided insights into the harmonious interaction between ai and fin-tech. this exploration augments existing knowledge and may serve as a catalyst for refining decision-making theories and models in the realm of finance. on a practical level, the research equips financial institutions with a deeper understanding of the advantages that stem from integrating ai with fin-tech, enabling more informed and strategic decision-making processes. the insights gleaned have far-reaching implications for organizational practices and could guide policymakers and regulatory bodies in creating conducive environments for the adoption and ethical governance of ai and fin-tech in the financial industry. 4.7. limitations and future research the study’s limitations are rooted in its scope, primarily restricted to those commercial banks that have exhibited a readiness to participate, which may not represent the financial sector as a whole. acknowledging this boundary sets the stage for future research to extend the inquiry to a more diverse array of financial entities. moreover, there is an unexplored territory in the ethical dimensions of ai within financial decision-making, particularly issues related to bias, transparency, and accountability. investigating ai's potential in refining market trend analysis, investment opportunity identification, and financial forecasting is another avenue for future work. additionally, a vital area for subsequent inquiry lies in assessing the impact of ai on the financial industry workforce, focusing on the evolving professional roles and the skill sets necessitated by such technological advancements. consent statement: an informed consent was retrieved from participants as an indication of their voluntary participation in this current study. a link to the questionnaire was sent to participants, which opens with a consent form to be checked. if the consent form wasn’t checked, participants wouldn’t be transferred to the main page of the questionnaire. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 769 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.m.q. and a.l.; methodology, a.m.q.; software, a.m.q.; validation, a.l., a.m.q., and t.a.; formal analysis, a.m.q. and t.a.; investigation, a.l.; resources, a.m.q.; data curation, a.m.q.; writing—original draft preparation, a.m.q.; writing—review and editing, a.l. and t.a.; visualization, a.l.; supervision, a.l.; project administration, a.l. and t.a.; funding acquisition, t.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding this research was funded through the annual funding track by the deanship of scientific research, from the vice presidency for graduate studies and scientific research, king faisal university, saudi arabia [grant no. kfu242056]. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] mogaji, e., soetan, t. o., & kieu, t. a. (2021). the implications of artificial intelligence on the digital marketing of financial services to vulnerable customers. australasian marketing journal, 29(3), 235–242. doi:10.1016/j.ausmj.2020.05.003. [2] malali, a. b., & gopalakrishnan, s. (2020). application of artificial intelligence and its powered technologies in the indian banking and financial industry: an overview. iosr journal of humanities and social science (iosr-jhss), 25(6), 55–60. [3] kruse, l., wunderlich, n., & beck, r. (2019). artificial intelligence for the financial services industry: what challenges organizations to succeed. in proceedings of the annual hawaii international conference on system sciences (vols. 2019-january, 6408–6417). doi:10.24251/hicss.2019.770. [4] hentzen, j. k., hoffmann, a., dolan, r., & pala, e. (2022). artificial intelligence in customer-facing financial services: a systematic literature review and agenda for future research. international journal of bank marketing, 40(6), 1299–1336. doi:10.1108/ijbm-09-2021-0417. [5] mogaji, e., & nguyen, n. p. (2022). managers’ understanding of artificial intelligence in relation to marketing financial services: insights from a cross-country study. international journal of bank marketing, 40(6), 1272–1298. doi:10.1108/ijbm-09-20210440. [6] lee, j. (2020). access to finance for artificial intelligence regulation in the financial services industry. european business organization law review, 21(4), 731–757. doi:10.1007/s40804-020-00200-0. [7] stone, m., aravopoulou, e., ekinci, y., evans, g., hobbs, m., labib, a., laughlin, p., machtynger, j., & machtynger, l. (2020). artificial intelligence (ai) in strategic marketing decision-making: a research agenda. bottom line, 33(2), 183–200. doi:10.1108/bl-03-2020-0022. [8] duan, y., edwards, j. s., & dwivedi, y. k. (2019). artificial intelligence for decision making in the era of big data–evolution, challenges and research agenda. international journal of information management, 48, 63-71. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2019.01.021. [9] johnson, k., pasquale, f., & chapman, j. (2019). artificial intelligence, machine learning, and bias in finance: toward responsible innovation symposium: rise of the machines: artificial intelligence, robotics, and the reprogramming of law. fordham law review, 88(2), 499–530. [10] maurya, s., verma, r., khilnani, l., bhakuni, a. s., kumar, m., & rakesh, n. (2024). effect of ai on the financial sector: risk control, investment decision-making, and business outcome. 2024 11th international conference on reliability, infocom technologies and optimization (trends and future directions), icrito 2024, 1–7. doi:10.1109/icrito61523.2024.10522410. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 770 [11] owolabi, o. s., uche, p. c., adeniken, n. t., ihejirika, c., islam, r. bin, & chhetri, b. j. t. (2024). ethical implication of artificial intelligence (ai) adoption in financial decision making. computer and information science, 17(1), 49. doi:10.5539/cis.v17n1p49. [12] castelnovo, a. (2024). towards responsible ai in banking: addressing bias for fair decision-making. arxiv preprint arxiv:2401.08691. [13] carvalho, m. p. p. d. (2024). the impact of artificial intelligence on the banking and financial sector’s strategic decisionmaking. universidade católica portuguesa (ucp), porto, portugal. [14] karthiga, r., ananthi, s., kaur, r., das, d. k., natarajan, s., & dhinakaran, d. p. (2023). impact of artificial intelligence in banking sector. rest journal on banking, accounting and business, 2(3), 51–55. doi:10.46632/jbab/2/3/7. [15] mhlanga, d. (2020). industry 4.0 in finance: the impact of artificial intelligence (ai) on digital financial inclusion. international journal of financial studies, 8(3), 1–14. doi:10.3390/ijfs8030045. [16] arslanian, h., & fischer, f. (2019). the future of finance: the impact of fintech, ai, and robo-advisors on financial services. springer, xxiii, 312. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-14533-0. [17] chakraborti, t., isahagian, v., khalaf, r., khazaeni, y., muthusamy, v., rizk, y., & unuvar, m. (2020). from robotic process automation to intelligent process automation: emerging trends – lecture notes in business information processing: vol. 393 lnbip, 215–228. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-58779-6_15. [18] tyagi, a. k., fernandez, t. f., mishra, s., & kumari, s. (2021). intelligent automation systems at the core of industry 4.0. intelligent systems design and applications: 20th international conference on intelligent systems design and applications (isda 2020) held december 12-15, 2020, 1–18. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-71187-0_1. [19] met, i̇., kabukçu, d., uzunoğulları, g., soyalp, ü., & dakdevir, t. (2020). transformation of business model in finance sector with artificial intelligence and robotic process automation. contributions to management science, 3–29, 3–29. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-29739-8_1. [20] moiseeva, a. (2020). statistical natural language processing methods for intelligent process automation. dissertation, lmu münchen: faculty for languages and literatures, munich, germany. [21] zhang, c. (2019). intelligent process automation in audit. journal of emerging technologies in accounting, 16(2), 69–88. doi:10.2308/jeta-52653. [22] yue, p., gizem korkmaz, a., & zhou, h. (2020). household financial decision making amidst the covid-19 pandemic. emerging markets finance and trade, 56(10), 2363–2377. doi:10.1080/1540496x.2020.1784717. [23] valaskova, k., bartosova, v., & kubala, p. (2019). behavioural aspects of financial decision-making. organizacija, 52(1), 22–31. doi:10.2478/orga-2019-0003. [24] zaleskiewicz, t., & traczyk, j. (2020). emotions and financial decision making. psychological perspectives on financial decision making, 107–133. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-45500-2_6. [25] grežo, m. (2020). overconfidence and financial decision-making: a meta-analysis. review of behavioral finance, 13(3), 276– 296. doi:10.1108/rbf-01-2020-0020. [26] heo, w., rabbani, a., & grable, j. e. (2021). an evaluation of the effect of the covid-19 pandemic on the risk tolerance of financial decision makers. finance research letters, 41, 101842. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2020.101842. [27] ali, d. j., & hamad, h. a. (2021). the role of the cash flow statement to provide accounting information for the financial decision-making process:(case study international islamic bank of kurdistan in the year 2018). qalaai zanist journal, 6(2), 870–887. [28] qatawneh, a. m., & kasasbeh, h. (2022). role of accounting information systems (ais) applications on increasing smes corporate social responsibility (csr) during covid 19. studies in computational intelligence, 1010, 547–555. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-05258-3_43. [29] park, i., & cho, s. (2019). the influence of number line estimation precision and numeracy on risky financial decision making. international journal of psychology, 54(4), 530–538. doi:10.1002/ijop.12475. [30] mosteanu, n. r., faccia, a., torrebruno, g., & torrebruno, f. (2019). the newest intelligent financial decisions tool: fractals. a smart approach to assess the risk. the business and management review, 10(2), 89–97. [31] qatawneh, a. (2022). the influence of data mining on accounting information system performance: a mediating role of information technology infrastructure. journal of governance and regulation, 11(1), 141–151. doi:10.22495/jgrv11i1art13. [32] berg, t., fuster, a., & puri, m. (2022). fintech lending. annual review of financial economics, 14, 187–207. doi:10.1146/annurev-financial-101521-112042. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 771 [33] qatawneh, a. m., & bader, a. (2020). quality of accounting information systems and their impact on improving the nonfinancial performance of jordanian islamic banks. academy of accounting and financial studies journal, 24(6), 1–19. [34] bollaert, h., lopez-de-silanes, f., & schwienbacher, a. (2021). fintech and access to finance. journal of corporate finance, 68, 101941. doi:10.1016/j.jcorpfin.2021.101941. [35] qatawneh, a. m. (2021). risks of adopting automated ais applications on the quality of internal auditing. wseas transactions on business and economics, 18, 763–779. doi:10.37394/23207.2021.18.73. [36] qatawneh, a., & bader, a. (2021). the mediating role of accounting disclosure in the influence of ais on decision-making: a structural equation model. journal of governance and regulation, 10(2 special issue), 204–215. doi:10.22495/jgrv10i2siart2. [37] goldstein, i., jiang, w., & karolyi, g. a. (2019). to fintech and beyond. review of financial studies, 32(5), 1647–1661. doi:10.1093/rfs/hhz025. [38] barbu, c. m., florea, d. l., dabija, d. c., & barbu, m. c. r. (2021). customer experience in fintech. journal of theoretical and applied electronic commerce research, 16(5), 1415–1433. doi:10.3390/jtaer16050080. [39] qatawneh, a. m. (2023). the role of organizational culture in supporting better accounting information systems outcomes. cogent economics and finance, 11(1), 2164669. doi:10.1080/23322039.2022.2164669. [40] gu, j., zheng, y., tian, x., & xu, z. (2021). a decision-making framework based on prospect theory with probabilistic linguistic term sets. journal of the operational research society, 72(4), 879–888. doi:10.1080/01605682.2019.1701957. [41] shevlin, m., & miles, j. n. v. (1998). effects of sample size, model specification and factor loadings on the gfi in confirmatory factor analysis. personality and individual differences, 25(1), 85–90. doi:10.1016/s0191-8869(98)00055-5. [42] tabachnick, b. g., & fidell, l. s. (1996). using multivariate statistics. northridge. cal.: harper collins, 1(2), 249-265. [43] maccallum, r. c., browne, m. w., & sugawara, h. m. (1996). power analysis and determination of sample size for covariance structure modeling. psychological methods, 1(2), 130–149. doi:10.1037/1082-989x.1.2.130. [44] hu, l. t., & bentler, p. m. (1999). cutoff criteria for fit indexes in covariance structure analysis: conventional criteria versus new alternatives. structural equation modeling, 6(1), 1–55. doi:10.1080/10705519909540118. [45] arora, s., pandey, a., & batta, k. (2024). prediction of stock market using artificial intelligence application. deep learning tools for predicting stock market movements, 185-202. doi:10.1002/9781394214334.ch8. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 772 appendix i: questionnaire dear participants this research seeks to shed the light on the mediating effect of financial technology (fin-tech) on the relationship between artificial intelligence (encompassing natural language processing (nlp), machine learning algorithms, computer vision, predictive analytics, robotic process automation (rpa), blockchain technology, and deep learning) and financial decision-making, from perspective of financial managers within jordan's commercial banking sector. i ask you to kindly give a few minutes of your valuable time by reading the paragraphs of the study tool and answering them with complete accuracy, transparency, and objectivity by placing a mark (√) at the part that you consider correct, opposite each paragraph. note that the information you provide will be treated with complete confidentiality and will be used only for scientific research purposes. thank you for your kind cooperation 1. age [ ] 25-35 [ ] 36-46 [ ] 47-57 [ ] above 58 years 2. education [ ] ba [ ] post graduate 3. experience [ ] less than 5 [ ] 6-9 [ ] 10-13 [ ] more than 14 years ☺   natural language processing 5 4 3 2 1 nlp allows machines to understand and interpret the language used in financial documents and communications. 1 5 4 3 2 1 nlp is used to analyze large volumes of unstructured data to extract valuable insights and sentiment analysis on financial markets. 2 5 4 3 2 1 nlp is used to automate financial reporting, reducing the need for manual data 3 5 4 3 2 1 nlp is used to analyze financial customer feedback to better understand customers' needs 4 5 4 3 2 1 nlp is used to detect fraudulent activity in financial transactions by analyzing patterns and trends in data 5 5 4 3 2 1 nlp is used to build intelligent chatbots that can assist customers in financial institutions 6 5 4 3 2 1 nlp is used to identify emerging trends and opportunities in financial markets in real-time 7 machine learning algorithms ☺   ml algorithms are used in finance to analyze vast amounts of data and make accurate predictions about markets and financial trends. 8 5 4 3 2 1 ml algorithms are used to detect fraudulent activities in financial transactions 9 5 4 3 2 1 ml algorithms enable trades to be made more accurately and efficiently 10 5 4 3 2 1 ml algorithms are used in risk management to identify potential risks and mitigate them before they become problems. 11 5 4 3 2 1 ml algorithms are used in credit scoring to analyze customer creditworthiness and predict whether a loan or credit application will be repaid in full. 12 5 4 3 2 1 ml algorithms are used in trading strategies to identify market inefficiencies and opportunities to make a profit. 13 5 4 3 2 1 ml algorithms are used in portfolio management to optimize asset allocation and identify the most profitable investment opportunities for a given risk profile. 14 ☺   computer vision 5 4 3 2 1 cv is increasingly used in the finance industry to identify and analyze data from visual sources, such as images and videos. 15 5 4 3 2 1 cv can analyze market trends by scanning financial charts and identifying patterns and trends that might indicate a potential investment opportunity. 16 5 4 3 2 1 cv monitors financial transactions and identify any irregularities or fraudulent activity that may be happening, such as unauthorized access to accounts. 17 5 4 3 2 1 cv improves the accuracy and efficiency of facial recognition authentication systems, which are becoming more common in online banking and other financial services. 18 5 4 3 2 1 cv automates processes such as check depositing, loan applications, and insurance claims with greater accuracy and speed. 19 5 4 3 2 1 cv tracks the movement of financial assets in real-time and detect any anomalies that may indicate an emerging risk or opportunity. 20 5 4 3 2 1 cv performs automatic identification, digitization, and extraction of information from invoices, receipts, and other financial documents that enhances the proficiency of financial institutions. 21 ☺   predictive analytics 5 4 3 2 1 pa in finance involves analyzing past data to predict future financial trends or events with the help of machine learning and artificial intelligence. 22 5 4 3 2 1 pa identify potential market trends and investment opportunities, enabling traders to make informed decisions and increase their returns on investments. 23 5 4 3 2 1 pa is used for fraud detection to identify potentially fraudulent activities in financial transactions and take preventive measures accordingly. 24 ☺ strongly agree agree  neutral disagree  strongly disagree scale 5 4 3 2 1 please tick the most appropriate box for you hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 773 5 4 3 2 1 pa is used for credit risk analysis to determine the likelihood of default and evaluate the potential risk of lending funds to a particular borrower. 25 5 4 3 2 1 pa is used for customer segmentation and marketing personalization to offer targeted products and services based on customers' behavioral, transactional, and demographic data. 26 5 4 3 2 1 pa is used for identifying potential cash flow issues and forecasting credit performance, allowing financial institutions to make informed decisions about allocating their resources. 27 5 4 3 2 1 pa is being used to automate and optimize investment portfolio management, allowing portfolio managers to allocate and re-allocate assets effectively and efficiently. 28 robotic process automation 5 4 3 2 1 rpa involves automating repetitive and time-consuming tasks using software robots 29 5 4 3 2 1 rpa is used to automate tasks such as data entry, report generation, and other back-office functions 30 5 4 3 2 1 rpa is for account reconciliation to automate the matching of data from different sources 31 5 4 3 2 1 rpa is used for fraud detection to automate the identification of fraudulent activity in financial transactions 32 5 4 3 2 1 rpa is used for compliance checking and audit trail monitoring with the help of a software robot 33 5 4 3 2 1 rpa is used for cost reduction by automating tasks such as invoice processing and payment approvals 34 5 4 3 2 1 rpa can be used for customer service, allowing chatbots to answer customer inquiries 35 blockchain technology 5 4 3 2 1 bct in the finance industry represents a highly secure and transparent system for recording financial transactions. 5 4 3 2 1 bct is used for digital identity verification, allowing financial institutions to onboard new customers more securely and efficiently. 36 5 4 3 2 1 bct is used for remittances, thereby, making it cheaper and faster for customers to transfer money to other countries. 37 5 4 3 2 1 bct makes the use of smart contracts, which can automate the process of executing financial contracts in a secure and transparent way. 38 5 4 3 2 1 bct enhance fraud detection, helping financial institutions to detect and prevent fraudulent activities 39 5 4 3 2 1 bct help reduce the cost and time involved in regulatory compliance by automatically tracking and reporting transactions in real-time 40 5 4 3 2 1 bct help promote financial inclusion by providing secure and transparent access to financial services 41 deep learning 5 4 3 2 1 dl in finance involves using neural networks to analyze vast amounts of data and make predictions that are more accurate. 42 5 4 3 2 1 dl is used in fraud detection to identify potentially fraudulent activities by analyzing patterns in transactions 43 5 4 3 2 1 dl is used in stock forecasting to analyze historic pricing data, market trends, and other financial indicators 44 5 4 3 2 1 dl is used in credit scoring to analyze customer data to determine their creditworthiness and assess the risk of default. 45 5 4 3 2 1 dl is used in portfolio management to optimize investments based on risk profile and performance targets, thus maximizing returns. 46 5 4 3 2 1 dl is used in customer churn analysis to predict which customers may be at risk of leaving and identifying strategies to reduce churn and retain customers. 47 5 4 3 2 1 dl is used in high frequency trading, where machines can make ultra-fast decisions by analyzing massive amounts of data and trends 48 ☺   financial decision making 5 4 3 2 1 ai help to reduce the time needed for analyzing data, allowing financial professionals to make more informed financial decisions 49 5 4 3 2 1 the use of ai increases the accuracy of financial decision-making by accounting for a broader range of factors 50 5 4 3 2 1 ai identify and highlight trends and patterns in financial data, enabling financial professionals to make better-informed decisions. 51 5 4 3 2 1 by using ai-powered chatbots help customers make more informed financial decisions based on unique circumstances and needs. 52 5 4 3 2 1 the use of ai in risk management allows more efficient decisions to be made about resource allocation and investment strategies. 53 5 4 3 2 1 by providing more data-driven insights, ai can help to increase transparency in financial decision-making 54 5 4 3 2 1 artificial intelligence helps to reduce errors in financial decision-making by automating processes and reducing the potential for human error 55 ☺   fintech 5 4 3 2 1 fintech are instrumental in the development of artificial intelligence-based tools and platforms that facilitate financial decision-making. 56 5 4 3 2 1 fintech platforms and applications enable financial professionals to access and process large data sets to enhance their decision-making. 57 5 4 3 2 1 ai-powered decision-making systems in fintech can assist financial professionals in analyzing market trends, identifying profit opportunities, and optimizing investment portfolios. 58 5 4 3 2 1 fintech platforms can employ artificial intelligence algorithms to identify and prevent fraudulent behavior in financial transactions in real-time. 59 5 4 3 2 1 fintech platforms can leverage artificial intelligence to better automate and personalize financial decision-making processes that traditionally lack the flexibility and usability of ai-powered systems. 60 5 4 3 2 1 artificial intelligence can be integrated into fintech platforms to automate various payment and accounting processes, reducing the need for human intervention and enhancing accuracy. 61 5 4 3 2 1 fintech leverage ai-powered chatbots to provide more efficient customer service and financial advice, hence, improving decision-making for their clients. 62 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 885 issn: 2723-9535 a method for assessing urban industrial ecological efficiency using sbm-gml model with tax reduction yuchen guo 1, jianwei guo 2* 1 college of social science, university of glasgow, glasgow g12 8qq, united kingdom. 2 school of traffic and transportation, beijing jiaotong university, beijing 100044, china. received 13 august 2024; revised 17 november 2024; accepted 22 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract the industrial development of cities promotes social and economic development, but it also affects cities' ecological environments. to balance the relationship between the two, the country introduces corresponding tax reduction policies as an effective means of regulation. therefore, to explore tax and fee reduction policies' specific impact on urban industrial ecological efficiency, the proposed text clustering model was first used in this experiment to cluster the tax and fee reduction policies issued by the government. subsequently, the slack-based measure-global malmquist lunberger was constructed to measure urban industrial development's ecological efficiency. these experiments confirmed that policy text clustering models had different clustering accuracy on different datasets, with clustering accuracy reaching up to 80.95%, 87.13%, and 94.08% at iterations of 200, 500, and 1000. the regression coefficients for the main variables obtained from the clustering policy, including overall tax reduction and fee reduction, circulation tax reduction, income tax reduction, social expense reduction, and technological innovation tax reduction, were 0.117, 0.105, 0.269, 0.112, and 0.115, respectively. this indicated that these tax and fee reduction measures affected industrial ecological efficiency positively. therefore, the proposed method can effectively cluster policy texts and measure the industrial ecological efficiency of cities, which has practical feasibility. this provides an effective path for promoting industry and the ecological environment's balanced development. keywords: tax reduction policy; lda text clustering; sbm-gml; industrial ecological efficiency; measure. 1. introduction as an important pillar supporting national economic and social development, the vigorous development of industries ensures people's livelihoods and stable economic growth [1]. however, china's industrial development always relies on a high-consumption and high-pollution industrial structure, which has adverse effects on environmental resources. therefore, the country has begun to advocate for the development of the green industry and has introduced corresponding policy support to optimize industrial structure and reduce ecological environmental pressure [2]. tax reduction policy (trp), as an effective means, can promote industry and ecological environment's coordinated development to a certain extent. the concept of industrial ecological efficiency (ee) balances industrial economy and ecological environment and attaches great importance to industrial economic output and environmental pollution issues [3]. meanwhile, the impact of trp on industrial ee is relatively complex [4]. a suitable trp can serve as a new path to measure the efficiency of urban industrial ecology. therefore, effective text clustering of trp is also an important step in measuring industrial ee [5]. * corresponding author: 19114023@bjtu.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0008-0708-5322 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 886 recently, with the developing industry, many researchers have discussed ee. from the perspective of ee of hightech companies, vaičiukynas et al. calculated the social ee of high-tech companies when their impact on industrial ee was complex. this could be achieved through the panel data variable malmquist index of data envelopment analysis. the social ee of high-tech companies was closely related to their financial situation and socio-economic factors, and intensified competition could cause significant fluctuations in social ee. this study could provide a reference value for investigating the correlation patterns and ee of high-tech companies in different industries and around the world [6]. xu et al. measured the ee of the yellow river basin in china using a stochastic frontier analysis model that included time trend variables. this study mainly measured the land-intensive use efficiency and ecological welfare performance of 57 cities over the past decade. meanwhile, the coupling model and distribution dynamics theory were used in this experiment to analyze the prime movers. the dominant factors of urban ee were social and natural factors, both of which exhibited dual factor enhancement and non-linear enhancement effects [7]. ke et al. measured urban green ee innovation for sbm. in addition, to explain the impact of economic development on urban green ee, this study fully utilized hansen threshold regression and mediation effect models. the industrial and energy structures of a city played a significant mediating role in the urban green ee innovation [8]. gill et al. used a nonlinear autoregressive distributed lag model to test the relationship between urban financial development and its efficiency. the positive and negative impacts of financial development had different impacts on urban ee, and they had an asymmetric relationship. therefore, cities should adhere to sustainable development and strive to promote the widespread development and practice of green finance [9]. zhang et al. incorporated ee into the performance evaluation of urban economic transformation to accurately reflect economic transformation. this study used a combined econometric model to conduct a coupled analysis of urban economic transformation mechanisms, and seven typical coal cities were treated as case objects. the transformation effect indicated that 7 cities initially achieved the transformation of economic growth drivers. the quality of transformation indicated a significant improvement in the ee of these cities [10]. the latent dirichlet allocation (lda) topic model is a commonly used text clustering method, which has research achievements in various scientific fields. b. yin et al. analyzed abstract texts from the perspective of literature analysis using the lda topic modeling method. through lda, this study identified 7 clear themes. according to the analysis of the development trend of the theme, there was a significant shift in the focus of the theme research, which verified the effectiveness of lda. this study provided useful reference and application value for research related to blended learning [11]. shao et al. improved the traditional lda by introducing an adaptive iterative method to determine the parameter searching convergence. this model was applied to the language classification of news corpora in the metallurgical field and chinese news corpora. this improved lda significantly improved classification accuracy compared to traditional lda and effectively reduced iterations [12]. from the perspective of online courses, nanda et al. used lda to determine each course topic to improve the course experience for learners. this study also identified prominent themes in each learner's answer to each question through lda. the quality of course content, course evaluation and feedback, interaction with teachers, and accessibility of learning materials could affect the learning experience of learners. thus, the effectiveness of lda was validated [13]. weisser et al. used lda to cluster and mine topic models of short and sparse texts in social media. taking short, sparse text as an example, this study used lda to filter out keywords closely related to the topic, thereby verifying the actual effectiveness of lda. lda performed well in generating more precise themes, verifying its effectiveness [14]. xie et al. used lda for theme modeling and public sentiment analysis from the perspective of public response to crises. the study first collected a large number of weibo posts using web crawlers and then analyzed the data using lda text mining technology. encouraging each other spiritually was significant for the public when facing crisis events. this study indirectly reflected the practical utility of lda topic modeling [15]. in summary, the concept of ee is widely discussed and has yielded fruitful research results. meanwhile, the lda topic clustering model has many applications in text content analysis and clustering. however, existing research methods have many limitations. in terms of ee measurement, many studies are still based on static models, failing to effectively capture the dynamic impact of policy changes on ee. for example, when analyzing the impact of tax reduction policies on industrial ee, existing methods often fail to consider the long-term effects and changes in different time periods after the implementation of the policies. in addition, when evaluating urban industrial ee, the existing studies mainly focus on financial indicators or environmental pollution indicators and lack diversified evaluation dimensions. in terms of lda topic models, the traditional lda model highly relies on word frequency analysis in the process of topic modeling, which may lead to insufficient accuracy of topic extraction in the face of complex policy texts. the clustering effect of the lda model is often affected by the sparsity and ambiguity of the corpus, which makes it difficult to accurately reflect the policy intent and the substance of the content of the final extracted topic. therefore, this study solves the dynamic problem of ee assessment by constructing a super-efficiency sbm-gml model. this model can comprehensively capture the changes after the implementation of the policy, provide time series analysis of industrial ee, and help understand the actual impact of tax reduction policies at different stages. to overcome the single problem of evaluation indicators, the study combined with a multidimensional index system to comprehensively consider all aspects of ee, including resource input, environmental impact, and economic benefits, so as to improve the comprehensiveness and scientificity of evaluation. through the introduction of the pc-tfe-lda method, the analysis ability of policy text was strengthened to solve the shortage of the traditional lda model's dependence on word hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 887 frequency. the integration of co-occurrence analysis of policy words and topic feature extraction could effectively improve the accuracy of policy text clustering so as to better understand the potential impact of tax reduction policies on industrial ee. this study's innovation lies in (1) a pc-tfe-lda policy text clustering method is proposed to explore trp related to industrial ee. (2) in response to the excessive reliance on word frequency analysis and low clustering accuracy in traditional lda, methods such as policy word co-occurrence, thematic feature word sets, and similarity measurement are introduced. (3) based on sbm-gml, a super-efficient sbm-gml industrial ee measurement model is introduced to improve the discrimination between decision-making units. 2. material and methods first, this study first constructs a trp text clustering method for pc-tfe-lda and then constructs an industrial ee measurement model for sbm-gml. firstly, this study optimizes traditional lda to improve its overreliance on word frequency analysis and low clustering accuracy. because of identifying the main themes in the policy text, a superefficient sbm-gml is constructed to measure the efficiency of urban industrial ecology. 2.1. text clustering of tax reduction policies based on improved lda trp, as a combination strategy continuously introduced by the current government, covers various preferential measures and affects the efficiency of urban industrial ecology. therefore, text mining and refinement analysis of trp are crucial [16, 17]. firstly, lda is used to systematically extract trp elements related to industrial ee, laying the foundation for measuring urban industrial ee. this can reveal the dynamic correlation between tax and fee reduction measures and industrial ecological development and enhance the accuracy of policy effectiveness evaluation. lda is feasible in extracting trp themes, as it uses statistical methods to extract themes closely related to industrial ee from massive textual data. this helps to analyze the internal structure and evolutionary trends of policy texts. however, this model overly relies on word frequency analysis, making it difficult to deeply understand the underlying semantics and intricate policy logic of policy texts. the accuracy and relevance of its information extraction may be affected to a certain extent, and the clustering accuracy is not high. this is particularly evident when dealing with policy materials that are rich in professional terminology and highly dependent on contextual contexts [18, 19]. in view of this, a pctfe-lda method is proposed. figure 1 shows the implementation framework of this method. theme feature words start text word bag feature processingweight calculation and similarity measurement policy polarity labeling end policy co-occurrence word bag sampling lda clustering to obtain topic keywords text preprocessing similarity measurement theme related words k-means secondary clustering to obtain policy clustering results figure 1. implementation framework of pc-tfe-lda in figure 1, in the pc-tfe-lda method, it improves the clustering effect by combining co-occurrence analysis of policy words and topic feature extraction and can more effectively identify trp topics related to industrial ee. before the analysis, the original text data is cleaned and pre-processed to remove irrelevant words, stop words, etc., to ensure the quality of the text data. the term frequency-inverse document frequency (tf-idf) technique is used to calculate the importance of words and screen out key feature words related to policy themes. by analyzing the co-occurrence frequency of policy words, a co-occurrence network is constructed to identify the relationship between each word. the processed text data is input into the lda model for theme modeling, and the theme features are extracted through multiple iterative optimizations. the k-means clustering algorithm is applied to the extracted subject words, and specific hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 888 policy themes are finely divided so as to realize a systematic analysis of policy texts. the effectiveness of this method lies in the fact that pc-tfe-lda avoids subject ambiguity caused by word frequency and improves the accuracy of policy subject extraction by considering the co-occurrence relationship of words. this method can deal with complex policy texts, especially when dealing with tax policies that contain a large number of industry-specific terms and complex semantics, and show better results. there are three important steps in this model, namely policy word cooccurrence, topic feature word set, and similarity measurement. they are respectively responsible for solving the sparsity of policy content, extracting thematic features, and constructing knowledge structures. figure 2 shows the graph models of the three. ψ np β st f(st) adj,adv,v,(v,noun),else f(st) t1 tf-idf t1 t2 βψ nt simnum (a) policy word cooccurrence graph model (b) topic feature word construction graph model (c) a graph model for constructing a topic related word set for similarity measurement figure 2. graph model for policy word co-occurrence, topic feature word set, and similarity measurement words' co-occurrence model is mainly based on statistical methods and is a commonly used method in text processing, suitable for processing various types of texts [20, 21]. this study introduces a co-occurrence model to address the policy content sparsity. the relative co-occurrence 𝑅(𝑤𝑥 ∣ 𝑤𝑦) of word 𝑤𝑥 to word 𝑤𝑦 is represented by equation 1. 𝑅(𝑤𝑥 ∣ 𝑤𝑦) = 𝑓(𝑤𝑥,𝑤𝑦) 𝑓(𝑤𝑦) (1) in equation 1, 𝑓(𝑤𝑥 , 𝑤𝑦) represents the times that words 𝑤𝑥 , 𝑤𝑦 appear together in the same window unit. 𝑓(𝑤𝑦) represents the times that 𝑤𝑦 appears. the co-occurrence of 𝑤𝑥 , 𝑤𝑦 is expressed using equation 2. 𝑑(𝑤𝑥 , 𝑤𝑦) = [𝑅(𝑤𝑥 ∣ 𝑤𝑦) + 𝑅(𝑤𝑦 ∣ 𝑤𝑥)]/2 (2) in equation 2, 𝑑(𝑤𝑥 , 𝑤𝑦) represents the co-occurrence degree of word 𝑤𝑦 to word 𝑤𝑥. topic feature words on the foundation of part of speech are obtained. assuming 𝑆𝑇 represents a short text word bag, the policy co-occurrence word bag 𝐹(𝑆𝑇) is represented by equation 3. 𝐹(𝑆𝑇) = 𝑐(∑ 𝑠(𝑎𝑑𝑗)𝑖 1 ) ∪ 𝑐(∑ 𝑠(𝑎𝑑𝑣)𝑘 1 ) ∪ 𝑐(∑ 𝑠(𝑣) 𝑗 1 ) ∪ 𝑐(∑ ∑ 𝑠(𝑣 + 𝑛𝑜𝑢𝑛)ℎ 1 𝑗 1 ) ∪ 𝑐(∑ 𝑠(𝑒𝑙𝑠𝑒)𝑛 1 ) (3) in equation 3, 𝑎𝑑𝑗, 𝑎𝑑𝑣, 𝑣, 𝑛𝑜𝑢𝑛, and 𝑒𝑙𝑠𝑒 represent adjectives, adverbs, verbs, nouns, and other parts of speech, respectively, with 𝑖, 𝑘, 𝑗, ℎ, and 𝑛 representing the corresponding number. ∑ 𝑠(𝑎𝑑𝑗)𝑖 1 , ∑ 𝑠(𝑎𝑑𝑣)𝑘 1 , ∑ 𝑠(𝑣) 𝑗 1 , ∑ ∑ 𝑠(𝑣 + 𝑛𝑜𝑢𝑛)ℎ 1 𝑗 1 , and ∑ 𝑠(𝑒𝑙𝑠𝑒)𝑛 1 represent the corresponding bags. 𝑐 represents a constraint condition. the knowledge set derived from word bags are divided into feature words and related words based on the relationship between part of speech and other words. the strong correlation between feature words and thematic attributes is a key indicator for distinguishing themes. related words co-occur with other thematic attributes and lack distinctiveness. the lda topic model defines topics through the distribution of "text topic" and "topic word". this study introduces the concept of topic feature words to distinguish short text topics [22, 23]. these words are closely related to the theme and frequently co-occur with theme related words. although different themes often have unique characteristic words, a single word may also be associated with multiple themes. if 𝐴𝑖 is defined as topic 𝑇's 𝑖th feature word, and 𝑤 is a word in a topic feature word set, then the topic feature word can be represented by equation 4. 𝑠𝑝 − 𝑤𝑤𝑜𝑟𝑑(𝑤, 𝐴𝑖 ∈ 𝑇) = ∑ 𝑑𝑤∈𝐴𝑖,𝑤 ′≠𝑤 (𝑤,𝑤 ′) (4) in equation 4, 𝑠𝑝 − 𝑤𝑜𝑟𝑑(𝑤, 𝐴𝑖 ∈ 𝑇) stands for theme feature words, 𝑇 stands for theme words, and 𝐴𝑖 stands for word features. 𝑤 and 𝑤′ represent the topic feature and topic associated word sets' words, respectively. 𝑑(𝑤,𝑤′) is obtained by calculating the co-occurrence of 𝑤,𝑤′. when 𝑑(𝑤,𝑤′) ≥ 1 represents that the topic feature words have distinctiveness, they can be selected for inclusion in a topic feature word set. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 889 topic related words refer to words that describe close relationships with each topic corresponding to the topic feature words, represented by equation 5. 𝑟𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛(𝑤, 𝐵𝑗 ∈ 𝑇) = ∑ 𝑑𝐴𝑗≠𝐴𝑖,𝑤 ′∈𝐴𝑗,𝑤 ′≠𝑤 (𝑤,𝑤 ′) (5) in equation 5, 𝑟𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛(𝑤, 𝐵𝑗 ∈ 𝑇) represents the topic related word. 𝐵𝑗 represents the 𝑗th theme related word of the theme 𝑇. in the feature processing process, tf-idf is used to block document words to obtain a set of part of speech sequences. the similarity problem between documents is transformed into a vector similarity problem. the similarity is expressed using equation 6. 𝑆𝑖𝑚(𝑎, 𝑏) = 𝑥1𝑥2+𝑦1𝑦2 √𝑥1 2+𝑦1 2√𝑥2 2+𝑦2 2 (6) in equation 6, 𝑎[𝑥1, 𝑦1], 𝑏[𝑥2, 𝑦2] represent two different vectors. different feature word sets for the same topic should remove duplicate words to improve feature extraction for the topic. subsequently, each topic is processed with topic related and feature words to achieve knowledge extraction, and the generated knowledge is input into lda for the first clustering. the first clustering obtains the top30 topic feature words. this study further adopts k-means for the second clustering, and its standard degree function is represented by equation 7. 𝐸 = ∑ ∑ |𝑋∈𝐶𝑛 𝑘 𝑛=1 𝑋 − �̄�|2 (7) in equation 7, 𝐸 represents the standard degree function. �̄� represents the central theme of cluster 𝐶𝑛. when the maximum iteration 𝑖𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑥 is reached, the algorithm terminates. figure 3 shows the constructed pc-tfe-lda graph model. α θ z f(st) t1 t2 xij ψ ψ δ np β w ψ nv β b nd no nt figure 3. pc-tfe-lda graph model this study conducts cluster analysis on relevant policy texts based on pc-tfe-lda to more accurately extract key categories related to taxes and fees. figure 4 shows the main process of analyzing tax and fee reduction entries, detailing the key steps from data preprocessing to final clustering. a text set of trp published by national, provincial, and prefecture level cities over the past decade is first collected. then, pc-tfe-lda is used for clustering analysis to obtain a word cloud map and ultimately obtain the distribution of word topics. finally, specific tax reduction measures under the theme words are further refined. 2.2. construction of an industrial ee measurement model for sbm-gml based on tax reduction policies industrial ee emphasizes improving industrial economic benefits while optimizing resource utilization and minimizing environmental impacts. trp supports economic transformation and modernization by reducing the tax and administrative burden on enterprises. therefore, trp is closely related to the goal of improving industrial ee [24, 25]. after using pc-tfe-lda for text analysis and screening of relevant policy documents, key policy areas related to the industrial ee impact can be identified. this is particularly reflected in aspects such as circulation tax, income tax, and social security fees. from a structured perspective, figure 5 shows how trp affects industrial ee in different tax categories and costs after screening with high-frequency words. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 890 website of the ministry of finance the website of the state administration of taxation provincial government website provincial and municipal government websites collect policy texts pc-tfe-lda model word frequency calculation word cloud map topic distribution of words social security turnover tax personal enterprise taxable objects theme analysis value added tax corporate income tax social insurance expenses business fees r&d expenses figure 4. the main process of analyzing tax and fee reduction entries business fees r&d expenses turnover tax dutyfree business tax corporate income tax return processing value added tax business tax and surcharges retained tax refund tax deferment and fee deferment tax incentives industrial structure difficulty in financing for small businesses social insurance expenses manufac turing enterprises replacing business tax with valueadded tax personal income tax release tube clothing tax refund review technological innovation direct express enjoyment vehicle purchase tax figure 5. structured perspective on screening high-frequency policy words the model method is a commonly used means for measuring industrial ee. on the foundation of input-output theory, it quantitatively analyzes the input and output of factors through mathematical models and evaluates industrial ee in experiments objectively and accurately. this method requires strict data requirements, but its construction and parameter settings are complex [26]. sbm takes into account inefficient relaxation variables. the greenness, productivity, and health (gml) model compares and analyzes how technological progress affects ee across time. both sbm and gml can reflect the dynamic changes in ee in detail, demonstrating high applicability in measuring ee. sbm directly introduces relaxation variables into the objective function, solving the relaxation of input-output variables. the implementation process of trp and its impact often have continuity and dynamic change in time. the traditional efficiency measurement methods are often limited to static analysis and fail to fully consider the timeliness and phased hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 891 effects of policy implementation. the introduction of the sbm-gml model has strengthened the ability to continuously monitor changes in technological progress and economic efficiency, enabling the research to capture the specific impact on ee at various periods during the implementation of tax reduction policies. this dynamic assessment method can accurately reflect the immediate and long-term effects of policies, providing a valuable decision-making basis for enterprises and policy makers. the sbm-gml model combines changes in productivity, technical efficiency, and external environmental impact, and can evaluate industrial ee from multiple dimensions. in the context of the trp, enterprises not only want to improve their profitability through tax relief but also want to make progress on sustainable development. therefore, through the adoption of the sbm-gml model, the contribution of different factors to the overall ee can be deeply analyzed, helping policy makers to identify the key factors to improve ee. sbm is represented by equation 8. 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑝 = 1− 1 𝑚 ∑ 𝑠𝑖 −𝑚 𝑖=1 /𝑥𝑖𝑘 1+ 1 𝑞1+𝑞2 (∑ 𝑠𝑟 +𝑞1 𝑟=1 /𝑦𝑟𝑘+∑ 𝑠𝑤 𝑏−𝑞2 𝑤=1 /𝑏𝑤𝑘) 𝑠. 𝑡. { 𝑥𝑘 = 𝑋𝜆 + 𝑠 − 𝑦𝑘 = 𝑌𝜆 − 𝑠 + 𝑏𝑘 = 𝐵𝜆 + 𝑠𝑏− 𝜆, 𝑠−, 𝑠+ ⩾ 0 (8) in equation 8, 𝑛 refers to the quantity of decision-making units in a production system. 𝑚 refers to the production input in each decision-making unit. 𝑞1 represents the expected output. 𝑞2 represents the type of unexpected output. 𝑋, 𝑌, and 𝐵 represent input vectors, expected output vectors, and unexpected output vectors, respectively. 𝑠−, 𝑠−, and 𝑠𝑏− represent input, expected output, and unexpected output’s slack variables, respectively. 𝜆 represents linear programming’s weight vector. 𝑝 ∈ [0,1] refers to an objective function, which is the efficiency value. if 𝑝 ∈ [0,1], the decision-making unit is effective. if 𝑝 < 1, there is an efficiency loss in the decision-making unit. 𝑋, 𝑋, 𝐵 are represented by equation 9. { 𝑋 = [𝑥1, … , 𝑥𝑛] ∈ 𝑅 𝑚×𝑛 𝑌 = [𝑦1, … , 𝑦𝑛] ∈ 𝑅 𝑞1×𝑛 𝐵 = [𝑏1, … , 𝑏𝑛] ∈ 𝑅 𝑞2×𝑛 (9) according to equation 9, the production set can be represented as equation 10. 𝑃 = {(𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑏) ∣ 𝑥 ⩾ 𝑋𝜆, 𝑦 ⩽ 𝑌𝜆, 𝑏 ⩾ 𝐵𝜆} (10) in equation 10, 𝑃 represents the production set. this study adopts super-efficient sbm instead of traditional sbm to improve the discrimination between decision-making units. this model allows efficiency values to exceed 1, making the performance of the decision-making unit more prominent compared to other units. by introducing the consideration of unexpected outputs, this model not only measures traditional efficiency but also evaluates the impact of adverse ecological outputs, making it more suitable for ee analysis. the super-efficient sbm is represented by equation 11. 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑝 = 1+ 1 𝑚 ∑ 𝑠𝑖 −𝑚 𝑖=1 /𝑥𝑖𝑘 1− 1 𝑞1+𝑞2 (∑ 𝑠𝑟 +𝑞1 𝑟=1 /𝑦𝑟𝑘+∑ 𝑠𝑤 𝑏−𝑞2 𝑤=1 /𝑏𝑤𝑘) 𝑠. 𝑡. { 1 − 1 𝑞1+𝑞2 (∑ 𝑠𝑟 +𝑞1 𝑟=1 /𝑦𝑟𝑘 +∑ 𝑠𝑤 𝑏−𝑞2 𝑤=1 /𝑏𝑤𝑘) > 0 𝜆, 𝑠−, 𝑠+ ⩾ 0 1 − 1 𝑞1+𝑞2 (∑ 𝑠𝑟 +𝑞1 𝑟=1 /𝑦𝑟𝑘 +∑ 𝑠𝑤 𝑏−𝑞2 𝑤=1 /𝑏𝑤𝑘) > 0 (11) the gml index analyzes the dynamic development of urban industrial ee by calculating the productivity changes of decision-making units at different periods [27]. this index is divided into greenness technology change (gtc) and greenness efficiency change (gec). gtc mainly measures technological innovation and progress in industrial production, while gec focuses on the performance of efficiency improvement. the combination of these two indices can effectively describe the overall trend of ee, and can also be used to analyze the potential mediating impact of trp on industrial ee. gml is represented by equation 12. 𝐺𝑀𝐿𝑡 𝑡+1 = 1+𝑠𝑉 𝐺(𝑥𝑡,𝑦𝑡,𝑏𝑡,𝑔𝑥,𝑔𝑦,𝑔𝑏) 1+𝑠𝑉 𝐺(𝑥𝑡+1,𝑦𝑡+1,𝑏𝑡+1,𝑔𝑥,𝑔𝑦,𝑔𝑏) = 𝐺𝐸𝐶𝑡 𝑡+1 ∗ 𝐺𝑇𝐶𝑡 𝑡+1 (12) in equation 12, 𝑠𝑉 𝐺 represents the directional distance function of sbm. 𝑡 represents a specific period. 𝑔𝑥, 𝑔𝑦, and 𝑔𝑏 refer to the direction vectors for reducing input, increasing "good output", and decreasing "bad output", respectively. gec is represented by equation 13. 𝐺𝐸𝐶𝑡 𝑡+1 = 1+𝑠𝑉 𝑡 (𝑥𝑡,𝑦𝑡,𝑏𝑡,𝑔𝑥,𝑔𝑦,𝑔𝑏) 1+𝑠𝑉 𝑡+1(𝑥𝑡+1,𝑦𝑡+1,𝑏𝑡+1,𝑔𝑥,𝑔𝑦 ,𝑔𝑏) (13) the function of gtc is represented by equation 14. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 892 𝐺𝑇𝐶𝑡 𝑡+1 = {[1+𝑠𝑉 𝐺(𝑥𝑡,𝑦𝑡,𝑏𝑡,𝑔𝑥,𝑔𝑦 ,𝑔𝑏)]/[1+𝑠𝑉 𝑡 (𝑥𝑡,𝑦𝑡,𝑏𝑡,𝑔𝑥,𝑔𝑦,𝑔𝑏)]} {[1+𝑠𝑉 𝐺(𝑥𝑡+1,𝑦𝑡+1,𝑏𝑡+1,𝑔𝑥,𝑔𝑦,𝑔𝑏)]/[1+𝑠𝑉 𝑡+1(𝑥𝑡+1,𝑦𝑡+1,𝑏𝑡+1,𝑔𝑥,𝑔𝑦,𝑔𝑏)]} (14) gml evaluates the dynamic industrial ee changes by comparing index values over continuous periods. specifically, if the gml index value > 1, this showcases an improvement in industrial ee compared to the previous period during the inspection period, while conversely, it indicates a decrease in efficiency [28, 29]. evaluating a certain region's industrial ee requires comprehensive consideration of various aspects. a single indicator is insufficient to reflect the dynamic ee changes and has significant limitations. combining multiple factors for comprehensive evaluation can achieve a multi-dimensional evaluation of the ecological benefits of regional industries [30]. therefore, in figure 6, the basis for constructing the evaluation index system of urban industrial ee is summarized using different principles such as scientificity, systematicity, and practicality. the selected evaluation indicators need to be representative and targeted, able to summarize the characteristics of the research object at all levels. the method used needs to be supported by scientific theories and eliminate external human factors to objectively describe the research object. the raw data required for specific evaluation indicators should be easily obtainable, and the calculation method should comply with conventional methods systematic scientificity practicality principles for constructing an evaluation index system for industrial ecological efficiency: ① the concept and connotation of efficiency in the context of tax reduction , fee reduction, and green development. ② sustainable development of economy, resources and environment, i.e. the impact on various systems. ③ considering the input framework in the cobb douglas production function. ④ overall operational efficiency, including structural indicators, functional status indicators, and process change characteristic indicators. ⑤ the characteristics and actual situation of industrial development in the research area. figure 6. basis for constructing urban industrial ee's evaluation index system in summary, this study systematically analyzes the dynamic changes and influencing factors of regional ee by constructing an indicator system. this indicator system is divided into four levels: objectives, systems, criteria, and indicator layers [31]. the target layer is the overall industrial ee. the system layer is subdivided into three subsystems, namely resource input, expected output, and unexpected output, to synthetically reflect the industrial activities ee. the criterion layer measures the functions and outputs of each subsystem, mainly including capital input, production factor input, economic benefits, and environmental pollution. the indicator layer is further refined, mainly including 8 specific evaluation variables. the sbm-gml model considers the balance between undesired outputs (such as environmental pollution) and expected outputs (such as economic gains) in efficiency assessment. the gml part of the model can reflect technological progress and efficiency changes over different time periods, providing support for understanding the long-term impact of tax reduction policies. therefore, sbm-gml provides a dynamic and comprehensive perspective to evaluate policy effects and is a reasonable choice to measure ee. the sbm-gml model can be applied to many types of data, including incomplete or unbalanced datasets. this makes the model more adaptable in actual operations and can handle data problems that are common in reality. compared to other models, such as data envelopment analysis models, there is no way to reflect the impact of time changes. the effects of tax reduction often take time to show, so it is important to use models that capture dynamic changes. the sbm-gml model performs well when dealing with unbalanced or incomplete data, while many other models have more stringent data requirements and may not be able to effectively deal with various data problems commonly encountered in practical applications. this constructed evaluation system refers to existing research results and can achieve scientific evaluation of urban industrial ee. figure 7 shows the overall evaluation system. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 893 expected output urban industrial ecological efficiency target layer primary indicators secondary indicators input input of production factors capital investment unexpected output economic benefits environmental pollution total consumption (10000 tons of standard coal) total industrial assets (100 million yuan) human capital and industrial energy in the secondary industry industrial added value (100 million yuan) industrial solid waste generation (10000 tons) industrial wastewater discharge (10000 tons) industrial smoke and dust emissions (tons) industrial sulfur dioxide emissions (tons) indicator description figure 7. evaluation index system for urban industrial ee in addition, this study uses the trp clustering results obtained from pc-tfe-lda as the core explanatory variable to investigate how trp affects urban industrial ee. meanwhile, an empirical analysis is conducted on the impact of urban trp on industrial ee, with industrial ee as a dependent variable. 3. results and discussion first, this study validated the clustering performance of pc-tfe-lda by selecting three policy related datasets: lexis nexis, bloomberg law, and data verse, and comparing them with four other popular models. subsequently, this study used a province as an example to measure urban industrial ee using super-efficient sbm-gml. 3.1. cluster effect analysis of tax reduction policies based on pc-tfe-lda to evaluate the proposed pc-tfe-lda, this study used three datasets suitable for policy cluster evaluation, totaling 5050 entries. these three datasets were lexis nexis, bloomberg law, and data verse, respectively. among them, lexisnexis, as a widely used legal information platform, provides a large number of policy texts and legal provisions, which is suitable for policy analysis and cluster research. the breadth and depth of its content can ensure that the extracted policy topics have legal and regulatory authority. due to its main legal content, bloomberg law can provide the latest and most comprehensive information related to financial and tax policies, which is suitable for analyzing the overall effect of policies in combination with the economic and legal background. data verse is an academic data archiving platform maintained by harvard university that supports the storage, sharing, and referencing of research data. by collecting data in various forms, data verse provides researchers with a wealth of policy-related data that can effectively support in-depth analysis of government policies and social science research. the three datasets contain different types of content, so that different policy texts can be comprehensively analyzed from multiple perspectives, ensuring that the extracted topics have interdisciplinary perspectives and diverse representation; although these platforms are primarily focused on u.s. legal and policy documents, they can still provide the basis for analyzing and comparing policies in other regions, especially when it comes to global policies or topics of universal applicability. as mainstream legal databases, lexisnexis and bloomberg law collect policy texts with high accuracy and authority after strict review. most of the data contained in the data verse has been verified by the academic community, which helps to improve the credibility of the research results. the best policy implementation effect was considered positive data, while the average or poor effect was negative data. to achieve clustering performance testing of pc-tfe-lda, the experimental environment was python 3.6 software, with intelcorei5-7200u@2.50ghz cpu, 8.00gb memory, and windows 7 operating system. figure 8 shows the clustering performance of pc-tfe-lda on three datasets. different datasets exhibited their unique optimal topic feature words. in figure 8 (a), in lexis nexis, at iterations of 200, 500, and 1000, when the subject words were set to 15 (k=15), the clustering accuracy reached the highest (81.34%, 85.22%, 92.45%). this indicated that the ideal topic feature words for this dataset were 15 (top15). in figure 8 (b), in bloomberg law, at iterations of 200, 500, and 1000, the clustering accuracy was highest at k=10 (79.95%, 86.97%, 92.66%). therefore, the optimal topic feature words were set to 10 (top10). in figure 8 (c), in the data verse, at iterations of 200, 500, and 1000, the clustering accuracy was highest at k=20 (80.95%, 87.13%, 94.08%), indicating that the optimal topic feature words were 20 (top 20). the results showed that with the increase of the number in iterations, the model could dynamically adjust the text data and identify the theme and its feature words better. at the same time, it reflected the differences in hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 894 information density and topic complexity of different types of texts and promoted the in-depth understanding of data background. too few feature words make it difficult to clarify the topic, while too many will increase noise, both of which will reduce the clustering effect. 5 10 15 20 25 30 topk a cc ur ac y (% ) (a) lexisnexis 200 500 1000 5 10 15 20 25 30 a cc ur ac y (% ) (b) bloomberg law 10 15 20 25 topk a cc ur ac y (% ) (c) dataverse 5 30 0.95 0.90 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.70 topk 200 500 1000 200 500 1000 0.95 0.90 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.95 0.90 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.70 figure 8. the clustering accuracy of pc-tfe-lda on three datasets figure 9 shows the fitting performance of pc-tfe-lda on three policy datasets. from the figure, pc-tfe-lda all showed a good clustering effect on the three data sets, and the higher the stability of the fitting effect, the stronger the robustness of the algorithm in processing diverse data, which enhanced the trust in the analysis results of policy text and verifies its effectiveness. the main reason is that pc-tfe-lda obtains the most suitable optimal topic feature words on the data verse. a moderate number of feature words can help improve clustering performance. if there are too few characteristic words, the theme is not clear. too many feature words can easily generate noise interference. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0 e st im at e va lu e actual value 0 e st im at e va lu e 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0 e st im at e va lu e 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 actual evaluation results predicting evaluation results actual value actual value actual evaluation results predicting evaluation results actual evaluation results predicting evaluation results (a) lexisnexis (b) bloomberg law (c) dataverse figure 9. the fitting effect of pc-tfe-lda on three policy datasets hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 895 this study compared pc-tfe-lda with the joint sentiment topic model (jst), latent semantic model (lsm), labeled topic model (ltm), and enhanced latent dirichlet allocation (elda) on multiple metrics including precision, recall, and f-measure. figure 10 shows the clustering results of positive and negative pole data for five models. in figure 10 (a), for the positive electrode data, these indicators of pc-tfe-lda fluctuated around 0.90, all better than jst, lsm, ltm, and elda. in figure 10 (b), for the negative electrode data, these indicators of pctfe-lda also fluctuated around 0.90, all of which were better than other models. therefore, pc-tfe-lda performed better than the other four models in the accuracy rate of positive and negative data, recall rate, and f measure value, indicating that this new method had high effectiveness and strong stability in accurately identifying the subject of policy text. when pc-tfe-lda was used, the relevant features could be better identified and extracted, especially when the policy text was processed, and the design of the model was more targeted, which could significantly improve the clustering effect. f-measurerecallprecision (a) positive polarity calculation results 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 10 f-measurerecallprecision (b) negative polarity calculation results 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 10 jst lsm ltm elda skp-ldajst lsm ltm elda skp-lda v al ue (% ) v al ue (% ) figure 10. clustering results of positive and negative pole data for 5 models this study selected the topics quantity k to analyze the consistency and confusion of different topic numbers in figure 11. low confusion indicates low uncertainty and good effectiveness, while high consistency reflects strong semantic relevance of words under the theme. by comparing the confusion and consistency under different k values, when k=10, the consistency was high and the confusion gradually stabilized. therefore, it was determined that there were 10 topics. these 10 topics analyzed by lda were a set of feature words, each of which served as a focal point for a type of policy. through semantic analysis and summarization, the key words were identified as "social security, turnover tax, individual, enterprise, taxable object, technological innovation, research and development expenses, industrial structure, financing difficulties for small enterprises, and business tax". this study uses tax reduction and fee reduction, circulation tax reduction, income tax reduction, social expense reduction, and technological innovation tax reduction as core explanatory variables. industrial ee was regarded as a dependent variable to better examine how trp affects urban industrial ee. -2.9 -3.3 -3.7 -4.1 -4.5 15141312111098765432 0.326 0.327 0.328 0.329 0.330 c on si st en cy number of themes c on fu si on le ve l confusion level consistency figure 11. consistency and confusion results of different topic numbers 3.2. measurement effect of industrial ee measurement model using tax reduction policy and improved sbm-gml this study took 10 cities from 3 regions in a certain province as the research objects and super efficiency sbm-gml was used to empirically analyze their industrial ee. firstly, a summary analysis was conducted on the industrial hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 896 ecological development status of the province since the implementation of trp. then the industrial ee was calculated and summarized using maxdea software from the provincial, municipal, and sub-industry dimensions. figure 12 shows the trend of industrial ee changes and ee gml in the province since the implementation of trp. in figure 12 (a), industries above designated size in this province experienced rapid growth from 2014 to 2016. since 2017, the industrial growth rate gradually slowed down and turned to medium growth. by 2022, it decreased to 1% due to economic shocks. however, the industrial growth rate rebounded to 7.59% in 2023, indicating that its industrial economic growth gradually became rational and maintained stability. in figure 12 (b), since the implementation of trp, the overall industrial ee of the province showed a decline followed by an increase, with an average of over 1.041 and an average annual growth rate of 3.31%. since 2017, industrial ee has been increasing year by year, showing continuous improvement. further analysis confirmed that technological progress and efficiency were key factors driving the growth of industrial ee. the average annual growth rate of technological progress was 4.79%, the technical efficiency was 3.88%, and the average annual values were 1.139 and 1.052, respectively. this trend indicated that technological innovation and efficiency improvement had simultaneously promoted the continuous optimization of industrial ee. figure 12 shows that in the initial stage of policy implementation, ee might be affected by the external economic environment, and then gradually recovered, indicating that the implementation of trp has played a positive role in promoting the development of enterprises. at the same time, since the implementation of the policy, with the improvement of technological progress and technical efficiency, the average industrial ee has remained at a high level, reflecting the success of the trp in promoting technological innovation. 5 15 20 25 0 10 g ro w th r at e ( % ) year 30 industrial output total industrial output value (a) the trend of growth rate changes in industries above designated size in the province -5 -10 0.92 0.96 0.98 1.00 0.90 0.94 va lu e year 1.10 (b) the gml index and decomposition value of industrial efficiency in the province 1.20 1.30 gtech geffch efficiency value figure 12. the trend of industrial ee change in the province and the index value of ee gml figure 13 shows the comparison results of the average ee and the trend of ee changes in the province and its regions. in figure 13 (a), zone b exceeded the provincial average level, with an average industrial ee of 1.115, which was 7.11% higher than the provincial average level. the industrial ee of zones a and c were 1.037 and 0.961, respectively, which were 0.08% and 7.40% lower than the provincial average level. compared to zone b, zones a and c had lower industrial ee. the results reflected the uneven impact of policy implementation in different regions. this result suggested that policy makers should consider regional differences when making tax reduction plans to better realize the optimal allocation of resources. in figure 13 (b), the industrial ee of the province showed an overall fluctuating growth since the implementation of trp. from 0.972 in 2014 to 1.295 in 2023, although it dropped to the lowest value of 0.861 in 2016, it still showed a significant improvement in 2022. the annual growth rate of ee in zone b was 2.85%, indicating that the growth rate of ee in this area was at a relatively fast level. the industrial ee of zone a showed a steady increase after a slight initial decline, and the overall efficiency was higher than that of other regions. the industrial ee of zone a gradually increased from 0.982 in 2014 to 1.121 in 2023. although slightly inferior to zone b in the initial stage, it performed better in the later stage. the industrial ee of zone c started at a relatively low level, reaching 0.873 in 2014 and increasing to 1.071 by 2023. despite its weak foundation, the annual average growth rate was 2.23%, indicating a sustained and stable improvement trend. the results showed that the ee of all districts increased in fluctuation, indicating that the policy may encounter obstacles in some periods, and the occurrence of these fluctuations should lead to further evaluation and adjustment of the policy. this study used moran scatter plots to analyze the spatial agglomeration of industrial ee in the province in 2016, 2018, 2020, and 2022 in figure 14. in 2016, there were three cities with industrial ee located in the first and third quadrants, accounting for 60% of the total sample, showing a strong spatial agglomeration effect. subsequently, in 2018, cities in the first quadrant (high-high agglomeration) decreased by one, while cities in the third quadrant (low-low agglomeration) increased by one. by 2020, cities in the third quadrant decreased by 2, while cities in the first quadrant remained unchanged. in 2022, cities in the first quadrant increased by 2, while cities in the third quadrant remained unchanged. the variation of the results reflected that the high-high agglomeration trend has been weakened and then hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 897 strengthened. this change showed that under the influence of the policy, regions with low efficiency were gathering in the direction of high efficiency, trying to narrow the development gap between regions. the decrease in the number of low-low agglomerations reflected that the policy implementation has achieved positive results in improving the overall industrial ee, suggesting that the policy has a certain guiding effect. 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.15 e ff ic ie nc y m ea n 1.039 1.038 1.113 0.962 the province cba (a) comparison of average ecological efficiency in shaanxi and sub-regions 1.30 1.25 1.20 1.15 1.10 1.05 1.00 0.95 0.90 0.85 0.80 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 the province a b c 20232022 (b) changes in efficiency by region in shaanxi province e ff ic ie nc y va lu e figure 13. comparison of the mean ee and trend of ee changes in the province and its regions -1 1 -2 0 w e ig h te d a v e ra g e o f e c o lo g ic a l e ff ic ie n c y -1-2 ecological efficiency 10 2 (a) 2016 high-high agglomerati on (hh) high-low agglomerati on (hl) low-low agglomerati on (ll) low-high agglomerati on (lh) -1 1 -2 0 w e ig h te d a v e ra g e o f e c o lo g ic a l e ff ic ie n c y -1-2 ecological efficiency 10 2 (b) 2018 high-high agglomerati on (hh) high-low agglomerati on (hl) low-low agglomerati on (ll) low-high agglomerati on (lh) -1 1 -2 0 w e ig h te d a v e ra g e o f e c o lo g ic a l e ff ic ie n c y -1-2 ecological efficiency 10 2 (c) 2020 high-high agglomerati on (hh) high-low agglomerati on (hl) low-low agglomerati on (ll) low-high agglomerati on (lh) -1 1 -2 0 w e ig h te d a v e ra g e o f e c o lo g ic a l e ff ic ie n c y -1-2 ecological efficiency 10 2 (d) 2022 high-high agglomerati on (hh) high-low agglomerati on (hl) low-low agglomerati on (ll) low-high agglomerati on (lh) figure 14. moran scatter plot of industrial ee in the province finally, this study discussed the specific impacts of various trps on industrial ee. table 1 shows the model regression results for each variable. at a significance level of 5%, there were 5 main variables involved in trp. they were overall tax reduction and fee reduction, circulation tax reduction, income tax reduction, social expense reduction, and technological innovation tax reduction, all showing statistical significance. the regression coefficients of these variables were 0.117, 0.105, 0.269, 0.112, and 0.115, all of which were positive values. this indicated that these measures had a positive impact on industrial ee. the results emphasized the core position of these tax and fee reduction measures in promoting the enterprise efficiency cycle, indicating that they had certain effectiveness and provided strong evidence for the sustainability of the policy. at the same time, there was a complementary relationship between various tax reduction measures to improve the overall innovation and environmental protection capabilities of enterprises. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 898 table 1. model regression results for each variable variable regression coefficient standard error t p>t 95% confidence interval overall tax reduction and fee reduction 0.117 0.058 2.011 0.045 0.003 0.232 circulation tax reduction 0.105 0.024 4.282 0.000 0.155 0.057 income tax reduction 0.269 0.05 5.373 0.000 0.171 0.369 social expense tax reduction 0.112 0.052 2.181 0.031 0.218 0.011 technological innovation tax reduction 0.115 0.030 3.811 0.000 0.057 0.178 the effectiveness of the model was verified in the above experiments. the experimental results showed that the pctfe-lda algorithm could obtain different numbers of subject terms in the datasets lexisnexis, bloomberg law, and data verse, which were k=15, k=10, and k=20, respectively. when the number of iterations was 200, 500, and 1000, the highest clustering accuracy of pc-tfe-lda on the three datasets was 92.45%, 92.66%, and 94.08%. the comparison results with the jst, lsm, ltm, and elda models showed that the accuracy rate, recall rate, and fmeasure value of pc-tfe-lda on positive and negative data sets all fluctuated around 0.90 and were better than the comparison model. the consistency-confusion test results showed that when k=10, the consistency was high and the confusion degree was gradually stable, so the number of topics was determined to be 10. the empirical results of industrial ee based on the super-efficiency sbm-gml model showed that since the implementation of tax and fee reduction policies, the industrial eco-efficiency of the provinces selected in the study has first decreased and then increased, with an average value of 1.041 and an average annual growth rate of 3.31%. the average annual growth rate of technological progress was 4.79%, and the average annual technical efficiency was 3.88%, reaching 1.139 and 1.052, respectively. compared with previous studies, lee et al. proposed the method of using green finance to improve ee. the results showed that green finance significantly promoted the improvement of ee, and the higher the ee, the more obvious the improvement effect. the upgrading of industrial structure, optimization of energy structure, enterprises' concern for environmental protection, and the public's concern for the environment were all favorable factors to strengthen the role of green finance in promoting ee [32]. however, the dynamic process of policy implementation was often not deeply analyzed, and the impact of tax reduction policies on ee was not systematically discussed. through dynamic assessment, the study filled the gap in the shortand long-term impact analysis of previous studies and emphasized the long-term effect of tax reduction policies on technological progress. guo et al. used the super-efficiency relaxation measurement model to measure the coordination between economic and social development and environmental protection and used the tobit model to explore the factors affecting the efficiency of alleviating ecological poverty [27]. however, in the relaxation variables of non-expected output, the static analysis was emphasized, and the dynamic effects of time and policy changes on ee were not fully considered. the sbm-gml model introduced time series analysis to better capture the long-term effects and dynamic changes after the implementation of tax reduction policies. 4. conclusion with the intensification of global concern for sustainable development, how to improve industrial ee and promote green transformation while pursuing economic benefits has become a major issue to be solved urgently. the research adopted the methodology of double innovation. firstly, the co-occurrence of policy words and topic feature extraction were introduced to construct pc-tfe-lda to improve the accuracy of policy text analysis. secondly, the superefficiency sbm-gml model was constructed to measure the industrial ee dynamically. through experimental verification, the results emphasized the importance of trp in promoting technological innovation and fully verified the effectiveness of the proposed method. the super-efficiency sbm-gml model provided a new perspective for dynamic assessment of ee, which made the research have important technical significance in the analysis of empirical results and provided a scientific basis for the formulation and optimization of actual policies. based on the research results, the following suggestions are put forward to improve the province's industrial ee: continuing to promote circulation tax and income tax reduction to further reduce the burden on enterprises and encouraging more enterprises to increase investment in technological innovation and environmental protection facilities. by encouraging research and development and providing tax incentives, enterprises are supported in technological progress in cleaner production and green technology, thereby improving the overall industrial ee. the limitation of this study is that it failed to consider the influence of the dynamic change index and the long-term effect of the policy implementation. future research direction will introduce a dynamic change index to analyze its specific role in industrial ee for continuous tracking and evaluation of the long-term effects of policies. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions y.g. and j.g. contributed to the design and implementation of the research, to the analysis of the results and to the writing of the manuscript. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 899 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 5.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] köppl, a., & schratzenstaller, m. (2023). carbon taxation: a review of the empirical literature. journal of economic surveys, 37(4), 1353–1388. doi:10.1111/joes.12531. [2] guo, b., wang, y., zhou, h., & hu, f. (2023). can environmental tax reform promote carbon abatement of resource-based cities? evidence from a quasi-natural experiment in china. environmental science and pollution research, 30(55), 117037–117049. doi:10.1007/s11356-022-23669-3. [3] yan, x., & tu, j. (2021). the spatio-temporal evolution and driving factors of eco-efficiency of resource-based cities in the yellow river basin. journal of natural resources, 36(1), 223. doi:10.31497/zrzyxb.20210115. [4] usman, a., quan-lin, l., abdullah, a. m., shakib, m., & wasim, i. (2021). correction to: nexus between agro-ecological efficiency and carbon emission transfer: evidence from china. environmental science and pollution research, 28(32), 4458144581. doi:10.1007/s11356-021-14461-w. [5] george, l., & sumathy, p. (2023). an integrated clustering and bert framework for improved topic modeling. international journal of information technology (singapore), 15(4), 2187–2195. doi:10.1007/s41870-023-01268-w. [6] vaičiukynas, e., andrijauskienė, m., danėnas, p., & benetytė, r. (2023). socio-eco-efficiency of high-tech companies: a crosssector and cross-regional study. environment, development and sustainability, 25(11), 12761–12790. doi:10.1007/s10668-02202589-9. [7] xu, w., xu, z., & liu, c. (2021). coupling analysis of land intensive use efficiency and ecological well-being performance of cities in the yellow river basin. journal of natural resources, 36(1), 114. doi:10.31497/zrzyxb.20210108. [8] ke, h., dai, s., & yu, h. (2022). effect of green innovation efficiency on ecological footprint in 283 chinese cities from 2008 to 2018. environment, development and sustainability, 24(2), 2841–2860. doi:10.1007/s10668-021-01556-0. [9] gill, a. r., riaz, r., & ali, m. (2023). the asymmetric impact of financial development on ecological footprint in pakistan. environmental science and pollution research, 30(11), 30755–30765. doi:10.1007/s11356-022-24384-9. [10] zhang, m., zhang, p., & li, h. (2021). characteristics and evaluation methods of economic transformation performance of resource-based cities: an empirical study of northeast china. journal of natural resources, 36(8), 2051. doi:10.31497/zrzyxb.20210811. [11] yin, b., & yuan, c. h. (2022). detecting latent topics and trends in blended learning using lda topic modeling. education and information technologies, 27(9), 12689–12712. doi:10.1007/s10639-022-11118-0. [12] shao, d., li, c., huang, c., xiang, y., & yu, z. (2022). a news classification applied with new text representation based on the improved lda. multimedia tools and applications, 81(15), 21521–21545. doi:10.1007/s11042-022-12713-6. [13] nanda, g., a. douglas, k., r. waller, d., e. merzdorf, h., & goldwasser, d. (2021). analyzing large collections of openended feedback from mooc learners using lda topic modeling and qualitative analysis. ieee transactions on learning technologies, 14(2), 146–160. doi:10.1109/tlt.2021.3064798. [14] weisser, c., gerloff, c., thielmann, a., python, a., reuter, a., kneib, t., & säfken, b. (2023). pseudo-document simulation for comparing lda, gsdmm and gpm topic models on short and sparse text using twitter data. computational statistics, 38(2), 647–674. doi:10.1007/s00180-022-01246-z. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 900 [15] xie, r., chu, s. k. w., chiu, d. k. w., & wang, y. (2021). exploring public response to covid-19 on weibo with lda topic modeling and sentiment analysis. data and information management, 5(1), 86–99. doi:10.2478/dim-2020-0023. [16] mehta, v., bawa, s., & singh, j. (2021). weclustering: word embeddings based text-clustering technique for large datasets. complex and intelligent systems, 7(6), 3211–3224. doi:10.1007/s40747-021-00512-9. [17] belwal, r. c., rai, s., & gupta, a. (2023). extractive text summarization using clustering-based topic modeling. soft computing, 27(7), 3965–3982. doi:10.1007/s00500-022-07534-6. [18] saravanan, s., karthigaivel, r., & magudeeswaran, v. (2021). a brain tumor image segmentation technique in image processing using ica-lda algorithm with arhe model. journal of ambient intelligence and humanized computing, 12(5), 4727–4735. doi:10.1007/s12652-020-01875-6. [19] sharma, s. k., vijayakumar, k., kadam, v. j., & williamson, s. (2022). breast cancer prediction from microrna profiling using random subspace ensemble of lda classifiers via bayesian optimization. multimedia tools and applications, 81(29), 41785–41805. doi:10.1007/s11042-021-11653-x. [20] thielmann, a., weisser, c., krenz, a., & säfken, b. (2023). unsupervised document classification integrating web scraping, one-class svm and lda topic modelling. journal of applied statistics, 50(3), 574–591. doi:10.1080/02664763.2021.1919063. [21] van ewijk, s., & hoekman, p. (2021). emission reduction potentials for academic conference travel. journal of industrial ecology, 25(3), 778–788. doi:10.1111/jiec.13079. [22] dong, f., & zheng, l. (2022). the impact of market-incentive environmental regulation on the development of the new energy vehicle industry: a quasi-natural experiment based on china’s dual-credit policy. environmental science and pollution research, 29(4), 5863–5880. doi:10.1007/s11356-021-16036-1. [23] tan, l., wu, x., guo, j., & santibanez-gonzalez, e. d. r. (2022). assessing the impacts of covid-19 on the industrial sectors and economy of china. risk analysis, 42(1), 21–39. doi:10.1111/risa.13805. [24] liu, j., gong, e., & wang, x. (2022). economic benefits of construction waste recycling enterprises under tax incentive policies. environmental science and pollution research, 29(9), 12574–12588. doi:10.1007/s11356-021-13831-8. [25] qian, h., xu, s., cao, j., ren, f., wei, w., meng, j., & wu, l. (2021). air pollution reduction and climate co-benefits in china’s industries. nature sustainability, 4(5), 417–425. doi:10.1038/s41893-020-00669-0. [26] phrommarat, b., & oonkasem, p. (2021). sustainable pineapple farm planning based on eco-efficiency and income risk: a comparison of conventional and integrated farming systems. applied ecology and environmental research, 19(4), 2701–2717. doi:10.15666/aeer/1904_27012717. [27] guo, l., cao, y., su, q., liu, t., & tseng, m. l. (2023). identifying the evolution of ecological poverty alleviation efficiency and its influencing factors: evidence from counties in northeast china. environmental science and pollution research, 30(23), 64078–64093. doi:10.1007/s11356-023-26783-y. [28] li, j., chen, l., chen, y., & he, j. (2022). digital economy, technological innovation, and green economic efficiency— empirical evidence from 277 cities in china. managerial and decision economics, 43(3), 616–629. doi:10.1002/mde.3406. [29] zhao, h., liu, g., you, s., camargo, f. v. a., zavelani-rossi, m., wang, x., sun, c., liu, b., zhang, y., han, g., vomiero, a., & gong, x. (2021). gram-scale synthesis of carbon quantum dots with a large stokes shift for the fabrication of eco-friendly and high-efficiency luminescent solar concentrators. energy and environmental science, 14(1), 396–406. doi:10.1039/d0ee02235g. [30] oh, c. (2023). exploring the way to harmonize sustainable development assessment methods in article 6.2 cooperative approaches of the paris agreement. green and low-carbon economy, 1(3), 121–129. doi:10.47852/bonviewglce32021065. [31] wang, y., liu, y., feng, w., & zeng, s. (2023). waste haven transfer and poverty-environment trap: evidence from eu. green and low-carbon economy, 1(1), 41–49. doi:10.47852/bonviewglce3202668. [32] lee, c. c., & du, l. (2024). can green finance improve eco-efficiency? new insights from china. environmental science and pollution research, 31(28), 40976–40994. doi:10.1007/s11356-024-33832-7. ctual value available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 411 issn: 2723-9535 techno-economic evaluation of carbon capture and storage for combined cycle power generation mujammil asdhiyoga rahmanta 1, 2* , nur cahyo 1, 3 , ruly 1 , tiva winahyu dwi hapsari 1, eko supriyanto 1, 2, meiri triani 1, 4 1 pt pln (persero) puslitbang ketenagalistrikan (research institute), jakarta 12760, indonesia. 2 department of mechanical and industrial engineering, gadjah mada university, yogyakarta 55281, indonesia. 3 department of mechanical engineering, diponegoro university, semarang 50275, indonesia. 4 school of environmental science, university of indonesia, jakarta 10430, indonesia. received 23 december 2024; revised 14 may 2025; accepted 18 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract carbon dioxide (co₂ ) is a major driver of greenhouse gas emissions, which lead to an increase in earth's temperature and subsequently drive climate change. co₂ is primarily produced from fossil fuel-based power generation. carbon capture and storage (ccs) is a co₂ capture technology that can be added to fossil fuel power generation. this study evaluates the he technological, financial, and ecological impacts of upgrading ccs technology on a natural gas combined cycle (ngcc) power generation with three blocks. amine-based post-combustion capture technology is applied in this study. simulations were performed employing the integrated environment control model software. the addition of ccs significantly reduces net power output across all blocks. for block 1, net power declines from 133 mw to 97.6 mw, a 27% reduction, while block 2 drops by 17%, from 441.7 mw to 368.1 mw. block 3 shows a 13% decrease, with net power falling from 441.9 mw to 385.5 mw. thermal efficiency also declines with the installation of ccs. corresponding efficiency losses are also notable: block 1 falls from 40.85% to 30%, block 2 from 45.24% to 37.69%, and block 3 from 53.89% to 46.79%. the levelized cost of electricity increases considerably alongside ccs implementation, rising by 80% for block 1 (0.0843 to 0.1522 usd/kwh), 47% for block 2 (0.0761 to 0.1114 usd/kwh), and 42% for block 3 (0.06618 to 0.0874 usd/kwh). sensitivity analysis indicates that lcoe competitiveness with the national weighted average is achievable when carbon prices exceed 145 usd/t co₂ for block 1, 90 usd/t co₂ for block 2, and 45 usd/t co₂ for block 3. these findings emphasize the trade-offs between power generation efficiency, costs, and carbon capture, providing essential insights for future energy policy and ccs adoption strategies. keywords: carbon capture and storage (ccs); carbon price; integrated environment control model (iecm); net power output, natural gas combined cycle (ngcc); thermal efficiency. 1. introduction co₂ is a significant driver of increasing greenhouse gas concentrations in the earth's atmosphere. its continuous emission, primarily from fossil fuel combustion and deforestation, accelerates global warming and worsens ecological issues. greenhouse gases (ghgs) contribute to the greenhouse effect by trapping heat in the atmosphere, leading to rising global temperatures and climate change [1, 2]. in 2023, global co₂ emissions totaled 39 billion tons, with the * corresponding author: mujammil1@pln.co.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2477-3473 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3399-4788 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0448-2783 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2928-7415 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 412 power industry being the largest contributor, responsible for 38.24% of these emissions [3]. fossil fuels continue to dominate electricity generation, with coal accounting for 35.5% and natural gas contributing 22.5% of global electricity production in 2023 [4]. in indonesia, co₂ emissions increased from 0.295 billion tons in 2000 to 0.692 billion tons in 2022, more than doubling over two decades. these emissions account for 1.8% of global co₂ emissions [5]. the power and heat generation sectors contributed 45% of indonesia’s co₂ emissions in 2022 [6], with the electricity sector alone emitting 260.79 million tons of co₂ in 2021 [7]. the dominance of fossil fuels in the energy mix drives these emissions, with coal generating 67% of electricity and natural gas 19% in 2023 [8, 9]. as electricity demand fluctuates, power plants require flexible load management. ngcc power plants are highly efficient and versatile, making them suitable for both load-following and peaking applications. these plants combine gas and steam turbines, utilizing waste heat from the gas turbine to enhance thermal efficiency, which typically ranges between 50–60% [10, 11]. however, the co₂ emission factor for ngcc plants remains significant at 0.370 tco₂ equivalent/mwh [12]. their performance and efficiency are also strongly influenced by ambient temperature, which poses challenges in tropical climates [12, 13]. reducing co₂ emissions in ngcc power plants involves several strategies, including enhancing thermal efficiency through advanced turbine technologies, integrating carbon capture systems, and co-firing with hydrogen or biogas. additionally, optimizing operations and maintenance practices can contribute to significant emission reductions [14– 16]. carbon capture implementation is carried out through either carbon capture and storage (ccs) or carbon capture, utilization, and storage (ccus) technologies. while both technologies aim to prevent co₂ release into the atmosphere, ccus also enables the captured co₂ to be used in industrial applications, such as urea production for fertilizers or enhanced oil and gas recovery through injection techniques. this dual functionality of ccus supports a circular carbon economy and enhances sustainability in industrial practices [17]. to mitigate emissions in the power sector, the indonesian government prioritizes expanding renewable energy and adopting environmental control technologies like ccs and ccus. these technologies play a key role in indonesia’s decarbonization strategy, particularly in the oil and gas industry and the power sector [18, 19]. in the oil and gas sector, co₂ captured from production facilities can support enhanced oil recovery (eor) and enhanced gas recovery (egr) at locations such as gundih, tangguh, arun, and ramba. in the power sector, captured co₂ from coal-fired power plants is transported via pipelines to oil and gas fields for storage or eor/egr applications. various studies have explored this approach, particularly in sub-critical and ultra-supercritical coal power plants [20–22]. globally, ccs capacity continues to expand, increasing from 0.120 gtpa of co₂ in 2013 to 0.360 gtpa in 2023, demonstrating growing recognition of ccs as a critical technology for reducing greenhouse gas emissions [23]. among ccs deployment strategies, network-based ccs systems gain prominence due to economies of scale and reduced operational risks, improving cost-effectiveness [23]. several large-scale projects highlight the feasibility of ccs/ccus in power generation, such as the saskpower boundary dam plant in canada, which has removed 1 mtpa of co₂ since 2014. similarly, china national energy’s guohua jinjie and taizhou plants capture 0.15 mtpa and 0.5 mtpa of co₂ , respectively, with the captured co₂ either stored in geological formations or used for eor [23–25]. technology readiness level (trl) measures the advancement of a technology. trls with higher maturity, such as those at the demonstration and commercial levels, are classified within levels 7 to 9 [26]. carbon capture technologies at the demonstration phase (trl 7) include oxy-fuel combustion, pre-combustion, direct air, and post-combustion capture using adsorption. meanwhile, technologies at the commercial level (trl 9) include post-combustion capture with amine [27–29]. post-combustion carbon capture achieves over 90% co₂ separation efficiency but requires substantial energy and incurs high operating costs [27, 30, 31]. comparisons of capture technologies show that postcombustion offers high efficiency but lower co₂ capture rates, whereas oxy-combustion achieves nearly 100% capture and delivers the highest net efficiency and power output when capture rates exceed 92% [32]. studies indicate that higher co₂ concentrations improve capture plant performance but also increase flooding risks, leading to slight increases in electricity costs but significantly reducing co₂ avoidance costs [16]. while ccs and ccus significantly reduce emissions, their high costs underscore the need for incentives to maintain economic competitiveness [22, 30, 33]. the implementation of ccs in natural gas combined cycle (ngcc) power plants involves both technical, economic, and geographical trade-offs. a 440 mwe ngcc plant using monoethanolamine (mea) for carbon capture experiences reduced thermal efficiency and increased levelized cost of electricity (lcoe), with fuel costs and currency exchange rates being key influencing factors [34]. the lcoe is projected to rise by $22−40/mwh, with a carbon price of at least $125/t co₂ needed to make ccs economically viable [35]. geographical conditions further impact ccs performance; in mexico, as ambient temperatures increase from 15°c to 45°c, ngcc power plant efficiency drops from 50.95% to 48.01%, with supplementary firing restoring power output but further reducing efficiency [36]. similarly, in nigeria, ccs retrofitting significantly lowers co₂ emissions but raises the lcoe to $84.44/mwh, with co₂ avoidance costs reaching $60.02 per ton [33]. from an environmental perspective, mea-based post-combustion capture reduces co₂ emissions by 70% per unit of electricity and mitigates climate change potential by 64%, but it also intensifies acidification, eutrophication, and toxicity impacts, highlighting broader sustainability concerns [37]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 413 despite extensive studies on ccs implementation in ngcc power plants, significant research gaps remain. previous studies have primarily focused on technical aspects, such as the decline in performance or efficiency, and economic impacts, particularly the increase in lcoe, while neglecting comprehensive assessments of environmental trade-offs and geographical influences. this study examines the implementation of ccs technology in established ngcc power generation through technical, economic, and ecological assessments. it includes an analysis of performance and efficiency, additional investment requirements, and the impact on lcoe due to ccs installation, as well as the reduction in co₂ emissions. furthermore, the study considers geographical factors, particularly indonesia’s tropical ambient conditions, which influence power plant performance and ccs feasibility. 2. method figure 1 illustrates the research process. this study analyzes the condition of ngcc power plants before and after implementing ccs technology. the analysis covers several key aspects, including performance, efficiency, the impact of ambient condition variability, co₂ emissions, and sensitivity analyses on factors such as capacity factor, fuel costs, and carbon price policy. figure 1. research methodology flow diagram 2.1. applied study overview this assessment is conducted at the grati power station in east java, indonesia, which has been in operation since 1996. the power station currently operates with a total capacity of 1,070 mwe, consisting of three ngcc blocks [38]. the station is located near the east java basin, which hosts numerous oil and gas production fields. in this case study, co₂ generated by the grati power station is transported to the sukowati gas field via a pipeline approximately 175 km in length, as illustrated in figure 2. figure 2. position of the sukowati gas field to the power station [39] hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 414 table 1 presents the technical specifications of the ngcc units at grati power station. the three blocks feature unique configurations, each designed to optimize performance. the energy conversion process in an ngcc system functions as follows: the gas turbine (gt) converts thermal energy from combustion into electrical power. the hot exhaust gases from the gas turbine are then directed to the heat recovery steam generator (hrsg), which uses this heat to convert water into steam. this steam is subsequently utilized by the steam turbine (st) to generate additional power, enhancing the overall efficiency of the system. the key difference between open-cycle and combined-cycle systems is that an open cycle consists solely of the gt, while a combined cycle incorporates the hrsg and st. combined-cycle systems significantly improve energy conversion efficiency by utilizing the hot exhaust gases from the gt to heat water into steam, enabling additional power generation. table 1. technical specifications of the ngcc power station at grati metric dimension block 1 block 2 block 3 gas turbine number of gt 1 3 2 total gt capacity mwe 100 300 300 gt exhaust temperature deg c 1150 1147 1250 efficiency of gt % 90 90 95 electric generator efficiency % 98 98 98 pressure ratio of compressor ratio 12 12 14 compressor efficiency % 87 87 88 hrsg & steam turbine hrsg outlet temperature deg c 188 147 119 steam cycle heat rate kj/kwh 12500 10000 8000 steam turbine output mwe 40 165 165 power requirement % mwe 5 5 5 cooling system type once-through once-through once-through total ngcc capacity mwe 140 465 465 2.2. emission restriction regulations the indonesian government does not impose limits on co₂ emissions for power plants. however, specific emission standards are in place for so₂ , nox, and particulate matter (pm), with limits set at 150 mg/nm³ for so₂ , 400 mg/nm³ for nox, and 30 mg/nm³ for pm. these standards apply to open-cycle as well as combined-cycle power generation systems. similarly, coal and oil power plants are also not subject to co₂ emission limits [40]. this results in power plants in indonesia not being obligated to integrate environmental technologies into their operational systems. 2.3. addition of ccs technology figure 3 is a schematic diagram of block 2, which includes 3 gt, 3 hrsg, and 1 st. block 1 uses a combination of 1 gt, 1 hrsg, and 1 st. block 3 has a configuration of 2 gts, 2 hrsgs, and 1 st. co2 capture is installed in the exhaust gas line after the hrsg. the carbon capture technology used is an amine-based post-combustion type, specifically using mea, which has proven its effectiveness at a commercial scale and achieved a high trl [27, 29]. the co2 removal efficiency of the absorber is measured to be 90%. captured carbon dioxide is sent to the sukowati gas field for egr by pipeline. the sukowati gas field is located in the east java basin. the location map of this case study is shown in figure 2. the sukowati field has a co2 storage capacity of 8.6 billion tons of co2 [18, 41]. this research utilizes onshore co2 storage with a capability of 1-2 mtpa co₂ through two wells (assuming 1 mtpa per well) at a depth of 2000 meters below the surface [20, 41]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 415 figure 3. schematic diagram of ngcc and co2 storage 2.4. comprehensive framework for assessing technical and economic viability this study utilizes integrated environmental control (iecm) version 11.5, the most recent publicly available 64-bit version. iecm serves as software designed for the initial design and evaluation of clean power generation technologies utilizing fossil fuels. it aids engineers, researchers, and policymakers in assessing the cost and efficiency of different power plant configurations and emission control strategies. the model encompasses various components, including power generation systems, pollution control technologies (for nox, so₂ , particulates, mercury, co₂ , and h₂ s), water treatment, and waste management. furthermore, it provides probabilistic analysis to evaluate uncertainties in system performance and economic outcomes [42, 43]. validation of the iecm model is beyond the scope of this study; however, detailed information on its approach and structure is available on the official iecm site [43–45]. iecm's dependability has been demonstrated in prior economic and technical evaluations of energy facilities [33, 35, 46]. the iecm exhibits various constraints which must be taken into account while analyzing its outcomes. its cost estimates for co₂ transport and storage rely upon a restricted set of case studies while excluding factors such as pipeline routing, terrain complexity, or population density, which may substantially impact costs. while the models for eor and aquifer storage provide broad estimates, they lack the precision of advanced, data-intensive models. additionally, sparse data for aquifer storage projects limits their representativeness. as a result, the iecm is best suited for preliminary assessments, with more detailed tools needed for investment-grade analyses [44]. table 2 presents comprehensive parameters included in the analysis. the iecm dataset and approach are leveraged for the financial analysis in this simulation, with particular customization focusing on indonesia. the evaluations are adjusted into 2020 us dollars for accuracy and applicability. the total capital requirement (tcr) includes a broad spectrum of investment costs, such as initial costs, design fees, reserve allowances, and financial expenses [47]. the adjustment parameters utilized in iecm are as follows: 1 for equipment costs, 0.979 for material costs, and 0.261 for labor costs. labor demands for construction and seismic factors are adjusted using values of 1,874 and 1, respectively [48, 49]. the economic parameters used for the simulation are carefully outlined, incorporating fuel costs estimated based on the cost, insurance, and freight (cif) method. this research investigates the impact of applying post-combustion ccs technology to power generation performance, focusing regarding net energy output and overall performance efficiency measured in high heating value (fuel energy basis). viewed through an environmental perspective, it examines a reduction in co2 emissions attained via the hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 416 implementation of post-combustion ccs. on the economic front, the analysis evaluates key cost parameters, including the lcoe, the additional expenses related to ccs technology, and the expense or cost per metric ton of co2 mitigated (avoided). additionally, the study analyzes how ambient temperature variations influence the performance and economic aspects of ngcc plants with and without ccs. table 2. technical and economic considerations within the iecm metric dimension amount ref. interest percentage % 10 [50, 51] natural gas price (cif) 1 usd/mmbtu 7.5 [52] effective tax rate % 22 [53] labor rate 2 usd/hour 5 [54] shift schedule count shift frequency per day 3 [42] nh3 cost 3 usd per metric ton 393 [55] amine cost 4 usd per metric ton 1190 [56] co2 transportation 5 usd per metric ton 5.23 [57] co2 storage 5 usd per metric ton 10.88 [57] monetary unit inflation-adjusted usd [42] publication year year 2020 [42] 1 using the highest natural gas supply prices 2 calculated based on four multiples of the local baseline salary 3 the peak price of nh3 (ammonia) in the southeast asia (sea) area in 2018 4 the peak price of mea in china in 2018 5 adjusted to 2020 usd 2.5. key parameters and modeling conditions this study evaluates ngcc scenarios both without and with ccs, powered by natural gas. the calculations are based on an annual average surrounding temperature of 29°c, a humidity ratio of 78%, and an atmospheric pressure of 0.1014 mpa [58]. all ngcc blocks, whether operating without or with ccs, are considered to operate with a capacity factor at 80%. as outlined in table 2, this configuration acts as the reference point for evaluating the impact of ccs technology deployment. incorporating ccs requires additional steam and auxiliary power. this demand reduces the plant's gross power production because of limitations in steam generation capacity. the expenses associated with carbon dioxide delivery and sequestration are carefully analyzed and converted to 2020 usd values for precision. the fuel used in this study consists of natural gas, featuring a calorific value amounting to 53,100 kj/kg hhv (see table a1). 3. results and discussion 3.1. performance analysis the gross power values of ngcc without ccs (existing plant) and with ccs for each block are: block 1 at 140 mw, block 2 at 465 mw, and block 3 at 465 mw. the installation of ccs does not result in a reduction in gross power output. but there is a significant reduction in net power for ngcc with ccs across all blocks. specifically, the net power for block 1 drops from 133 mw in the base plant to 97.6 mw with ccs (a 27% decrease); for block 2, it decreases from 441.7 mw in the base plant to 368.1 mw with ccs (a 17% decrease); and for block 3, it falls from 441.9 mw in the base plant to 385.5 mw with ccs (a 13% decrease). there is a significant difference in the net plant efficiency reduction among the three blocks due to the integration of ccs (figure 4b). this variation is primarily caused by differences in the amount of co₂ emissions captured by the ccs system in each block. co₂ emissions are directly influenced by the fuel consumption of the power plant. block 1 has the lowest net plant efficiency, leading to higher fuel consumption. as a result, the amount of co₂ emissions captured by the ccs system is also higher. conversely, block 2 has a higher net plant efficiency, which results in lower fuel consumption. consequently, the co₂ emissions captured by the ccs system in block 3 are relatively lower. the reduction in net power output is primarily due to the energy requirements of the ccs system, particularly for operating the flue gas fan, co₂ compressor, and sorbent regeneration process [35]. the less co₂ mass captured in the ccs system, the smaller the reduction in net plant efficiency. net plant efficiency represents the proportion of net energy output compared to the total energy input. in the context of retrofitting ccs technology, there is a reduction in net power output, the decrease is driven by the power required to hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 417 run the ccs setup. the efficiency loss or penalty refers to the extra power needed to operate a facility including co2 capture, calculated based on overall operational effectiveness [59]. 𝐸𝑝 = 𝑁𝑃𝐸𝑟𝑒𝑓 𝑁𝑃𝐸𝑐𝑐𝑠 − 1 (1) where, ep represents the energy penalty (%), nperef denotes the net efficiency of the reference plant, and npeccs indicates the net efficiency of the plant equipped with carbon capture and storage technology. figure 4. comparison of ngcc and ngcc with ccs: (a) performance, (b) net plant efficiency reduction figure 5. comparison of efficiency and fuel flow rate of ngcc plants before and after ccs retrofitting a decrease in net plant efficiency and an increase in fuel consumption compared to the existing facility are impacted by the installation of ccs. the efficiency reductions for each block are as follows: block 1 drops from 40.85% to 30%, block 2 decreases from 45.24% to 37.69%, and block 3 declines from 53.89% to 46.79%. fuel consumption increases correspondingly: block 1 shifts between 0.166 kg/kwh and 0.2261 kg/kwh, block 2 ranges between 0.1499 kg/kwh and 0.1799 kg/kwh, and block 3 varies between 0.1258 kg/kwh and 0.1449 kg/kwh. this increase in fuel consumption is due to the reduced net plant efficiency resulting from the installation of ccs as shown in figure 5. the energy penalty for using ccs is as follows: block 1 is 9.85%, block 2 is 6.55%, and block 3 is 6.10%. these values are within the acceptable range, below 15% [60]. although blocks 2 and 3 have the same ngcc capacity, the energy penalty required to run ccs on block 3 is lower than that of block 2. this is due to block 3 being more efficient than block 2 in its existing condition. additionally, block 2 has fewer configurations (2 gt 2 hrsg 1 st) compared to block 3 (3 gt 3 hrsg 3 st). the greater variety of machine configurations impacts the incremental cost of electricity. this is caused by the extra energy needed to operate the ccs system. the higher energy demand increases operational costs and affects economic performance. one way to reduce the energy penalty in ngcc with ccs is by integrating exhaust gas recirculation (egr) to increase co₂ concentration, lowering capture energy demand. additionally, waste heat recovery via dual-pressure orc and lng cold energy utilization improves power generation efficiency [61, 62]. 3.2. impact of ambient condition variability the increase in environmental temperature results in reduced gross power output for both existing ngcc and ngcc with ccs across all blocks. this reduction occurs in the gt, while the st experiences only a minimal drop in power 0.0500 0.1000 0.1500 0.2000 0.2500 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 b lo ck 1 b lo ck 2 b lo ck 3 b lo ck 1 c c s b lo ck 2 c c s b lo ck 3 c c s k g /k w h % net plant efficiency in hhv (%) fuel flow consumption (kg/kwh) (a) (b) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 418 output. this is because higher environmental temperatures decrease air density, thereby diminishing the airflow entering the gt compressor. as a result, the turbine's power output, directly related to the airflow rate, diminishes, as illustrated in figure 6 [36, 63]. overall, there is a very slight decrease in net plant efficiency across all blocks for both existing ngcc and ngcc with ccs. this is illustrated in figure 7. one of the most dominant factors affecting net plant efficiency is condenser pressure. in this simulation, the cooling system for the condenser uses once-through seawater. the condenser pressure is assumed to remain constant and unchanged throughout this simulation. this stability in pressure ensures that its impact on the system's overall performance is minimal. consequently, any reduction in net power generation or plant efficiency is negligible and does not significantly affect the simulation results [36, 64]. in the future, further studies are needed to assess the extent of efficiency reduction due to changes in condenser pressure. figure 6. impact of ambient temperature variability on gross power output: (a) block 1; (b) block 2; (c) block 3 figure 7. impact of environmental temperature variability on net plant performance 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 20 25 30 35 40 g r o ss p o w e r o u tp u t (m w e ) ambient temperature (oc) gt block 1 st block 1 gt block 1 ccs st block 1 ccs 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 20 25 30 35 40 g ro ss p o w e r o u tp u t (m w e ) ambient temperature (oc) gt block 2 st block 2 gt block 2 ccs st block 2 ccs 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 20 25 30 35 40 g ro ss p o w e r o u tp u t (m w e ) ambient temperature (oc) gt block 3 st block 3 gt block 3 ccs st block 3 ccs 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 n e t p la n t ef fi ci e n c y i n h h v ( % ) ambient temperature oc block 1 block 2 block 3 block 1 ccs block 2 ccs block 3 ccs hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 419 figure 8. impact of ambient pressure variability on gross power output: (a) block1 (b) block 2 (c) block 3 in all ngcc blocks, higher environmental pressure causes an increase within the total power generation of gt, as illustrated in figure 8. the elevated pressure enhances the density of air entering the compression system, improving the airflow during the combustion process. this allows more energy to be delivered to the gt, thereby increasing its power output. consequently, the system's overall performance benefits from the enhanced efficiency of the gt under these conditions [12, 64, 65]. the overall power generation of the st experiences a slight improvement. this occurs as a result of the greater flow rate of exhaust gases from the gt entering the hrsg. this additional heat transfer increases the energy content of the steam supplied to the turbine, thereby boosting its output. figure 9 illustrates that elevated environmental pressure leads to a slight improvement in net plant efficiency. figure 9. implications of ambient pressure variability on net plant efficiency 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 .0 9 0 0 0 0 .0 9 1 4 9 0 .0 9 2 9 8 0 .0 9 4 4 7 0 .0 9 5 9 6 0 .0 9 7 4 5 0 .0 9 8 9 4 0 .1 0 0 4 3 0 .1 0 1 9 2 0 .1 0 3 4 0 g ro ss p o w e r o u tp u t (m w e ) ambient pressure (mpa) st block 1 st block 1 ccs gt block 1 gt block 1 ccs 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 .0 9 0 0 0 0 .0 9 1 4 9 0 .0 9 2 9 8 0 .0 9 4 4 7 0 .0 9 5 9 6 0 .0 9 7 4 5 0 .0 9 8 9 4 0 .1 0 0 4 3 0 .1 0 1 9 2 0 .1 0 3 4 0 g ro ss p o w e r o u tp u t (m w e ) ambient pressure (mpa) st block 2 st block 2 ccs gt block 2 gt block 2 ccs 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 .0 9 0 0 0 0 .0 9 1 4 9 0 .0 9 2 9 8 0 .0 9 4 4 7 0 .0 9 5 9 6 0 .0 9 7 4 5 0 .0 9 8 9 4 0 .1 0 0 4 3 0 .1 0 1 9 2 0 .1 0 3 4 0 g ro ss p o w e r o u tp u t (m w e) ambient pressure (mpa) st block 3 st block 2 ccs gt block 3 gt block 3 ccs 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 0 .0 9 0 0 0 0 .0 9 1 4 9 0 .0 9 2 9 8 0 .0 9 4 4 7 0 .0 9 5 9 6 0 .0 9 7 4 5 0 .0 9 8 9 4 0 .1 0 0 4 3 0 .1 0 1 9 2 0 .1 0 3 4 1 n e t p la n t ef fi ci e n c y h h v ( % ) ambient pressure (mpa) block 1 block 2 block 3 block 1 ccs block 2 ccs block 3 ccs hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 420 3.3. impact on co2 emission the implementation of ccs across all ngcc blocks demonstrates a substantial decrease in co2 emissions, as illustrated in figure 10. the co2 emissions reduce as follows: block 1 drops between 0.4470 kg/kwh (ngcc) and 0.06088 kg/kwh (ngcc ccs); block 2 decreases from 0.4038 kg/kwh (ngcc) to 0.04845 kg/kwh (ngcc ccs); and block 3 lowers between 0.3389 kg/kwh (ngcc) and 0.0390 kg/kwh (ngcc ccs). the percentage reduction in co2 emissions following ccs installation is 86% for block 1, 88% for block 2, and 88% for block 3. this significant reduction highlights the performance of ccs technology in lowering carbon emissions produced by energy facilities. figure 10. comparison of co₂ emissions from ngcc plants with and without ccs 3.4. cost of retrofitting ccs technology figure 11 illustrates the total capital expenditure for the implementation of ccs across all ngcc blocks. the capital costs are as follows: block 1 requires 135 million usd, block 2 requires 250 million usd, and block 3 requires 203 million usd. these capital expenditures are significantly influenced by the amount of co2 emissions produced by each block. although blocks 2 and 3 have the same gross power output, the required investment expenditure for ccs differs. the capital cost for implementing ccs in block 3 is lower than in block 2 because block 3 has higher efficiency. higher efficiency results in lower natural gas consumption and thus fewer co2 emissions. figure 11. capital required for ccs retrofitting technologies 3.5. effect of ccs on lcoe equation 2, presented within the framework of the iecm analysis, describes the lcoe, in usd/kwh as a calculation involving the total levelized annual cost (tlac, in million usd per year) divided by the multiplication of total yearly operational hours and the net power generation of the plant. this formula provides a comprehensive measure of the costeffectiveness of electricity production, factoring in both operational and financial components [66]. the tlac encompasses operational and maintenance (o&m) costs alongside the annualized capital expenditure, illustrating the overall expenditure necessary to generate electricity annually. this formula accurately reflects the total economic load of electricity production, accounting for upfront capital investments in plant construction or modifications, such as ccs integration, as well as the recurring operational 0.0500 0.1000 0.1500 0.2000 0.2500 0.3000 0.3500 0.4000 0.4500 0.5000 b lo ck 1 b lo ck 2 b lo ck 3 b lo ck 1 c c s b lo ck 2 c c s b lo ck 3 c c s e m is si o n k g c o 2 /k w h 50 100 150 200 250 300 block 1 ccs block 2 ccs block 3 ccs m u s d hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 421 expenses. the lcoe metric plays a crucial role in evaluating the economic feasibility of diverse energy generation methods. it serves as an inclusive indicator, enabling comparisons between the cost-efficiency of different fuel types and technology configurations in electricity production. 𝐿𝐶𝑂𝐸 ( 𝑈𝑆𝐷 𝑘𝑊ℎ⁄ ) = ( 𝑇𝐿𝐴𝐶 ( 𝑀𝑖𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑈𝑆𝐷 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟⁄ ) 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑛𝑜.𝑜𝑓 ℎ𝑟𝑠 𝑦𝑟⁄ ∗𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐 𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑝𝑢𝑡 (𝑘𝑊)∗1000 ) (2) an increase in lcoe across various ngcc blocks before and after ccs installation is illustrated in figure 12. the lcoe increases as follows: block 1 transitions between 0.0843 usd per kilowatt-hour (ngcc) and 0.1522 usd per kilowatt-hour (ngcc ccs); block 2 shifts between 0.0761 usd per kilowatt-hour (ngcc) and 0.1114 usd per kilowatt-hour (ngcc ccs); and block 3 ranges from 0.06618 usd per kilowatt-hour (ngcc) to 0.0874 usd per kilowatt-hour. the lcoe values for existing ngcc in this study are still close to the average range of lcoe for ngcc in indonesia (2015-2021), which spans 0.0788 usd per kwh through 0.0960 usd per kwh [67]. as a result of ccs implementation, the percentage increases in lcoe are 80% for block 1, 47% for block 2, and 42% for block 3. carbon capture technology is the main contributor to the increase in lcoe. the higher the co₂ capture capacity, the greater the required investment, leading to a rise in lcoe. this trend is illustrated in figure 13. figure 12. lcoe breakdown by component for different ngcc blocks, comparing scenarios with and without ccs integration figure 13. percentage increase in lcoe this increase is due to the reduction in net power output from each ngcc ccs block, leading to a rise in the base plant lcoe and the additional contribution from ccs operations. compared to indonesia's countrywide average lcoe, which is 0.0705 usd per kwh, blocks 1 and 2 of the existing ngcc have higher lcoes, while block 3 has a lower lcoe. under the ngcc with ccs condition, all blocks exhibit higher lcoes than the national average lcoe [52]. this significant increase in lcoe makes ngcc with ccs less competitive in terms of operational costs, despite offering substantial co2 emission mitigation. 0.0200 0.0400 0.0600 0.0800 0.1000 0.1200 0.1400 0.1600 b lo ck 1 b lo ck 2 b lo ck 3 b lo ck 1 c c s b lo ck 2 c c s b lo ck 3 c c s u s d /k w h pc base plant land co2 capture, transportation, storage national weighted 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 block 1 ccs block 2 ccs block 3 ccs in c r ea se i n l c o e k g c o 2 /k w h co2 captured change in lcoe increase hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 422 figure 14. lcoe cost breakdown for various ngcc blocks with and without ccs retrofitting figure 14 shows the distribution of lcoe expenses for both current ngcc units and those retrofitted with ccs. in conventional ngcc plants, fuel costs dominate, accounting for approximately 74% to 77% of the lcoe. however, in ngcc plants equipped with ccs, this proportion decreases to 42%–59% due to reduced net power output caused by the additional energy required for carbon capture. variable costs from ccs contribute between 11% and 22% of the lcoe, covering steam and auxiliary power needed for the capture process, along with energy for co₂ compression, transport, and storage. additionally, capital expenditures for ccs infrastructure play a significant role in increasing lcoe. opportunities for reducing carbon capture costs include scaling up capture capacity to 0.4–0.5 mtpa, adopting modular construction approaches, utilizing low-cost energy sources such as waste heat, and leveraging financial incentives like tax credits and subsidies. we thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. the development of nextgeneration solvents with lower regeneration energy demands [68], higher co₂ absorption capacities [69], and greater chemical stability [70] could significantly reduce the parasitic energy load associated with ccs processes. these advancements are expected not only to mitigate efficiency losses but also to lower the incremental lcoe resulting from ccs retrofitting in ngcc plants. furthermore, continuous learning from operational projects, process optimizations, and the implementation of hybrid systems hold potential to further enhance energy integration and improve the overall economic viability of ccs deployment [71]. 3.6. cost of carbon avoidance and carbon capture as demonstrated in equation 3, the expense of co2 avoidance serves as an essential measure for analysing ccs systems in energy facilities. this metric quantifies the investment needed to avert the discharge of 1 ton of co2 while producing a single kilowatt-hour (kwh) of electricity. it is critical to measure both the financial and environmental practicality of ccs systems through assessing the extra costs required to lower co2 emissions in comparison to conventional energy production approaches. essentially, this measure underscores the financial considerations in reducing ghg using ccs, providing a reference point to evaluate the efficiency of various carbon mitigation technologies and approaches within the energy industry [66, 72]. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑂2 𝑎𝑣𝑜𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑑 = ( (𝐿𝐶𝑂𝐸)𝑐𝑐𝑠−(𝐿𝐶𝑂𝐸)𝑟𝑒𝑓 (𝐶𝑂2 𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛)𝑟𝑒𝑓−(𝐶𝑂2 𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛)𝑐𝑐𝑠 ) (3) where: lcoeccs is lcoe ngcc ccs (usd/kwh), lcoeref is lcoe ngcc (usd/kwh) co2 emissionref is emission factor ngcc (t co2/kwh), co2 emissionccs is emission factor ngcc ccs (t co2/kwh). the expense of co2 captured, as outlined in equation 3, serves as an important measure for analyzing the economical dimension of the carbon capture stage in ccs systems. it dedicated to quantifying the costs associated with capturing a single metric ton of co2, without including expenses tied to the transport and storage of the captured co2. this metric holds significant importance in assessing the economic viability and performance of various ccs systems by emphasizing the economic effectiveness of the capture mechanism individually. focusing solely on the capture cost allows stakeholders to better evaluate technology options depending on the economic impacts concerning every ccs alternative. this measure supports a thorough evaluation of capture technology efficiency, aiding in the identification of the most economical methods for minimizing co2 emissions in power generation and other manufacturing activities. it offers deeper insight into the financial hurdles and possibilities linked to different ccs approaches, improving the capacity to design and apply successful carbon mitigation strategies [66, 72]. 0.0200 0.0400 0.0600 0.0800 0.1000 0.1200 0.1400 0.1600 b lo ck 1 b lo ck 2 b lo ck 3 b lo ck 1 c c s b lo ck 2 c c s b lo ck 3 c c s u s d /k w h fixed o&m (base plant) variable o&m (base plant) fuel cost (base plant) annual capital cost (base plant) fixed o&m (ccs) variable o&m (ccs) annual capital cost (ccs) national weighted hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 423 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑂2 𝑐𝑎𝑝𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒𝑑 = ((𝐿𝐶𝑂𝐸)𝑐𝑐𝑠−(𝐿𝐶𝑂𝐸)𝑟𝑒𝑓) 𝐶𝑂2𝑐𝑎𝑝𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒𝑑 𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝐶𝑆 𝑡𝑒𝑐ℎ𝑛𝑜𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑦 (4) where: lcoeccs is lcoe ngcc ccs (usd/kwh), lcoeref is lcoe ngcc (usd/kwh), the amount of co2 captured in ccs systems is calculated as the variation in co2 emissions observed prior to and following the implementation of the capturing process (t co2/kwh). the expense of co2 avoided for block 1 ccs is notably high, as indicated in table 3. this high cost is influenced by the relatively high lcoe of block 1 with ccs. conversely, block 3 ccs has the lowest cost of co2 avoided, which is supported by the relatively low lcoe for both the existing and ccs configurations of block 3. the characteristics of the carbon capture technology used are reflected in the cost, which is influenced by the amount of co₂ captured. in this assessment, mea-based post-combustion capture technology is applied across all blocks. the co₂ capture costs for blocks 2 and 3 fall within the typical range of carbon capture costs reported in various international studies, which ranges from $60 to $130 per ton of co₂ [27, 71, 73]. additionally, the co₂ avoided cost (in 2020 usd) from multiple studies ranges between $70.4 and $108.1 per ton of co₂ , indicating that the costs for blocks 2 and 3 are well within this established range [73]. table 3. expenses for co2 avoided and captured during the retrofitting of ngcc with ccs metric dimension block 1 ccs block 2 ccs block 3 ccs expanse for co2 avoided usd per t co2 175.778 99.591 85.521 expanse for co2 captured by cc usd per t co2 123.917 81.202 73.031 3.7. impact of capacity factor variability in general, the lcoe formula, as indicated in equation 5, is influenced by various costs such as investment cost, o&m cost, fuel cost, decommissioning cost, electricity produced, and the discount factor. the capacity factor of a plant is a measure of how often a power plant operates at its maximum output over a given period [74, 75]. it is defined as the proportion (%) of the actual output produced during a given period to the maximum potential output if the plant operated at full capacity continuously. the capacity factor significantly impacts lcoe because it influences the overall amount of electricity generated, which in turn affects the distribution of fixed and variable costs over the generated output. the higher the capacity factor, the more the fixed costs are spread over a larger amount of electricity, leading to lower perunit variable costs and increased revenue (due to higher electricity production). 𝐿𝐶𝑂𝐸 = ∑𝑡( 𝐼𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑡+𝑂&𝑀𝑡+𝐹𝑢𝑒𝑙𝑡+𝐷𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑡 (1+𝑟)𝑡 ) ∑𝑡( 𝐸𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦𝑡 (1+𝑟)𝑡 ) (5) where: 𝐿𝐶𝑂𝐸 is levelized cost of electricity, 𝐼𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑡 is investment costs in the year “t”, 𝑂&𝑀𝑡 is operation & maintenance costs in the year “t”, 𝐹𝑢𝑒𝑙𝑡 is cost of fuel in year “t”, 𝐷𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑡 is decommissioning costs in the year “t”, 𝐸𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦𝑡 is total electrical energy produced in the year “t”, and 𝑟 is discount rate of 𝐸𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦𝑡 . figure 15. the effect of capacity factor variability on lcoe 0.0500 0.1000 0.1500 0.2000 0.2500 0.3000 0.3500 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 l c o e u s d /k w h capacity factor (%) block 1 (ngcc) block 2 (ngcc) block 3 (ngcc) block 1 (ngcc ccs) block 2 (ngcc ccs) block 3 (ngcc ccs) national weighted hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 424 as a result, a higher capacity factor leads to a lower lcoe, making the power plant more competitive. figure 15 shows the lcoe values with various capacity factor variations. for all ngcc blocks (existing and with ccs), the lower the capacity factor, the higher the lcoe. conversely, as the capacity factor increases, the lcoe decreases. compared to the national weighted lcoe, block 2 (existing condition) with a capacity factor of 90% has an lcoe value that is relatively similar to the national weighted lcoe. block 3 (existing condition) can achieve a competitive lcoe, lower than the national weighted lcoe, if it operates at a minimum capacity factor of 50%. all ngcc ccs blocks have significantly higher lcoe values than the national weighted lcoe, even when operating at a capacity factor of 90%. in power systems, several types of power plants are used to maintain quality, reliability, security, and costeffectiveness. based on flexibility, power plants are classified into three categories: base load, peaking, and loadfollowing plants. base load plants, such as coal and nuclear power plants, operate continuously with low ramping rates and cannot respond quickly to demand changes [76]. peaking plants operate only during peak demand for short periods. load-following plants adjust output to balance supply and demand fluctuations, such as hydro and gas turbine plants [77]. these generators have high ramping rates (>5%/min) to quickly respond to changes, making ngcc power plants highly versatile as they can operate as base load units and also adjust output rapidly for load-following and peaking roles, supporting grid stability alongside renewable energy sources [78, 79]. in indonesia, many ngcc power plants operate with a capacity factor below 50% as they primarily function as peaking units or load-following plants [38, 80]. a low capacity factor reduces ngcc plant revenue and increases lcoe. ngcc with ccs faces the same challenge. operating at low capacity factors leads to a significant rise in lcoe, affecting economic viability. 3.8. impact on fuel cost variability indonesia's average weighted lcoe is calculated at 0.0705 usd per kilowatt-hour. under current conditions, each ngcc block can achieve a competitive lcoe with this national average if fuel prices are kept below 6 usd/mmbtu for block 1, below 7 usd/mmbtu for block 2, and below 9 usd/mmbtu for block 3. with the integration of ccs technology, maintaining a competitive lcoe with the national average requires even lower fuel prices: below 2 usd/mmbtu for block 1, below 3 usd/mmbtu for block 2, and below 5 usd/mmbtu for block 3. this relationship is depicted in figure 16. to ensure the financial feasibility of ngcc with ccs, it is imperative to minimize fuel costs as much as possible. this presents a substantial challenge in the implementation of ccs technology. figure 16. the impact of fuel price variability on lcoe 3.9. carbon price variability and policy implication one of the key policies for mitigating climate change is carbon pricing. carbon pricing addresses the expenses incurred with minimizing ghg emissions and promotes the adoption of low-carbon technologies, particularly in managing co2 emissions. there are two primary mechanisms for implementing carbon pricing: carbon taxes and emissions trading systems (ets) [81, 82]. ets: this mechanism sets a cap on total emissions and allows the market to determine the price of emission allowances. by limiting the overall level of emissions, it creates a market for companies to buy and sell allowances as needed, incentivizing reductions where they are most cost-effective. these mechanisms are designed to internalize the external costs of carbon emissions, encouraging industries to adopt sustainable technologies and minimize their environmental impact. carbon tax: this approach sets a fixed price per ton of co2 emitted, directly pricing carbon to reflect its environmental cost. 0.0500 0.1000 0.1500 0.2000 0.2500 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 l c o e ( u s d /k w h ) natural gas price (usd/mmbtu) block 1 (ngcc) block 2 (ngcc) block 3 (ngcc) block 1 (ngcc ccs) block 2 (ngcc ccs) block 3 (ngcc ccs) national weighted hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 425 the number of operational carbons pricing mechanisms, including carbon taxes and ets, has been steadily increasing each year, growing from 33 in 2013 to 77 in 2023. as of 2024, numerous nations have introduced carbon taxes. for example, uruguay imposes a tax of 167 usd per metric ton of co2, switzerland applies a rate of 132 usd per metric ton of co2, and sweden enforces a levy of 127 usd per metric ton of co2. in the asian region, carbon taxes have been implemented in singapore at 18 usd per ton of co2 and japan at 2 usd per ton of co2 [83, 84]. in terms of market value, the european union ets has a size of 770 billion euros (88%), the united kingdom's trading system is valued at 36.4 billion euros (4%), north america's at 71.4 billion euros (8%), and china's at 2.3 billion euros (0.3%). by 2024, the carbon prices covered by ets in various regions are as follows: european union at 61.3 usd/t co2, united kingdom at 45.06 usd/t co2, japan at 36.91 usd/t co2, china at 12.57 usd/t co2, and australia at 21.9 usd/t co2 [85]. indonesia's carbon pricing system is implemented via the harmonization of tax regulation laws and a presidential decree aimed at meeting ndc goals and managing greenhouse gas emissions [86, 87]. two main mechanisms exist for carbon pricing: cap-and-trade and carbon tax. under the cap-and-trade system, the government allocates emission permits within a defined limit. companies exceeding this limit must buy additional allowances through carbon trading markets. carbon tax, companies pay a tax on carbon emissions. the tax is initially imposed on power plant companies and may be expanded annually through government regulations. the carbon tax applies to both individuals and companies involved in activities or purchasing goods that result in carbon emissions. the hpp law specifies that the tax subjects can be either carbon purchasers or emitters, with detailed provisions to be outlined in government regulations [88]. within the electricity sector, the indonesian government has initiated the implementation of an ets, representing a major milestone in aligning with international carbon reduction efforts [89, 90]. figure 17 demonstrates that the lcoe for ngcc with ccs decreases with rising carbon prices. for each ngcc block, the lcoe becomes comparable to the nationwide lcoe average when the carbon price surpasses 145 usd/t co2 for block 1, 90 usd/t co2 for block 2, and 45 usd/t co2 for block 3. greater power plant efficiency reduces the carbon price needed for the lcoe to align with the national weighted lcoe. figure 17. the impact of carbon price variability on lcoe this connection highlights the significance of adopting effective strategies for pricing carbon to drive the use of ccs technology. by establishing suitable carbon price levels, policymakers can support the economic feasibility of efficient power plants while simultaneously lowering carbon emissions. such measures encourage cleaner energy generation and play a role in international initiatives to mitigate climate change. mechanisms like cap-and-trade or carbon tax are essential for accomplishing these objectives by factoring in the environmental costs of emissions and fostering investments in low-carbon solutions. 0.0200 0.0400 0.0600 0.0800 0.1000 0.1200 0.1400 0.1600 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 l c o e ( u s d /k w h ) carbon price (usd/tco2) block 1 ccs block 2 ccs block 3 ccs national weighted hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 426 4. conclusion the retrofitting process includes the integration of amine-based post-combustion carbon capture technology, resulting in a decline in net power output: block 1 transitions between 133 mwe (ngcc) and 97.6 mwe (ngcc ccs), block 2 shifts between 441.7 mwe (ngcc) and 368.1 mwe (ngcc ccs), and block 3 moves between 441.9 mwe (ngcc) and 385.5 mwe (ngcc ccs). this decrease is further associated with a drop in net efficiency (hhv): block 1 shifts between 40.85% and 30%, block 2 changes between 45.24% and 37.69%, and block 3 varies between 53.89% and 46.79%. the simulation demonstrates that higher ambient temperatures cause a decrease in gross power output for both existing ngcc and ngcc with ccs across all blocks, with the gas turbine being primarily affected, while the steam turbine experiences only a minor reduction in power output. the implementation of ccs technology significantly reduces co2 emissions. the reductions are as follows: block 1 shifts between 0.4470 kg/kwh (ngcc) and 0.06088 kg/kwh (ngcc ccs); block 2 changes between 0.4038 kg/kwh (ngcc) and 0.04845 kg/kwh (ngcc ccs); and block 3 varies between 0.3389 kg/kwh (ngcc) and 0.0390 kg/kwh (ngcc ccs). the percentage reduction in co2 emissions is 86% for block 1 and 88% for both blocks 2 and 3. the increase in lcoe for various ngcc blocks after ccs installation is significant. the lcoe shifts between the following values: block 1 changes from 0.0843 usd/kwh (ngcc) and 0.1522 usd/kwh (ngcc ccs); block 2 varies between 0.0761 usd/kwh (ngcc) and 0.1114 usd/kwh (ngcc ccs); and block 3 ranges between 0.06618 usd/kwh (ngcc) and 0.0874 usd/kwh (ngcc ccs). for all ngcc blocks (both existing and with ccs), a lower capacity factor results in a higher lcoe, while a higher capacity factor reduces the lcoe. compared to indonesia's average lcoe, block 2 in its current condition with a capacity factor of 90% has an lcoe value that is relatively similar to the national average. block 3, in its existing state, can achieve a competitive lcoe, lower than the national average, if it operates at a minimum capacity factor of 50%. however, all ngcc ccs blocks have significantly higher lcoe values than indonesia's average lcoe, even under maximum operational efficiency at a 90% capacity factor. the lcoe for each ngcc block becomes competitive with indonesia's average lcoe if the carbon price surpasses 145 usd/t co2 for block 1, 90 usd/t co2 for block 2, and 45 usd/t co2 for block 3. greater power plant efficiency reduces the carbon price needed for the lcoe to align with indonesia's average lcoe. in summary, this study has shown that implementing ccs technology significantly reduces co2 emissions. it also results in higher lcoe, which can be offset by increased carbon prices and enhanced plant efficiency. further studies should prioritize optimizing these factors to strengthen the financial feasibility of ccs technologies for ngcc facilities. employing life cycle assessment methods for ngcc ccs implementation can offer a detailed perspective on environmental impacts for upcoming research. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.a.r., n.c., and r.; methodology, m.a.r. and r.; software, m.a.r., n.c., and t.w.d.h.; validation, r., t.w.d.h., and m.t.; formal analysis, e.s. and m.t.; investigation, e.s.; resources, m.t.; data curation, n.c. and t.w.d.h.; writing—original draft preparation, m.a.r.; writing—review and editing, m.a.r, n.c., r., and t.w.d.h.; visualization, m.t.; supervision, n.c. and r.; project administration, m.t.; funding acquisition, e.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 5.3. funding the authors received financial support for the research and publication of this article from pt. pln research institute. 5.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 427 6. references [1] lindsey, r. (2024). climate change: atmospheric carbon dioxide. available online: https://www.climate.gov/newsfeatures/understanding-climate/climate-change-atmospheric-carbon-dioxide (accessed on may 2025). [2] anderson, t. r., hawkins, e., & jones, p. d. (2016). co2, the greenhouse effect and global warming: from the pioneering work of arrhenius and callendar to today’s earth system models. endeavour, 40(3), 178–187. doi:10.1016/j.endeavour.2016.07.002. [3] tiseo, i. (2025). distribution of carbon dioxide emissions worldwide in 2023, by sector. statista. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/1129656/global-share-of-co2-emissions-from-fossil-fuel-and-cement/ (accessed on may 2025). [4] statista research department. (2025). distribution of electricity generation worldwide in 2023, by energy source. statista. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/269811/world-electricity-production-by-energy-source/ (accessed on may 2025). [5] edgar. (2023). ghg emissions of all world countries. emissions database for global atmospheric research (edgar), european union. available online: https://edgar.jrc.ec.europa.eu/report_2023?vis=co2tot#emissions_table (accessed on may 2025). [6] iea. (2025). emission: indonesia. international energy agency (iea), paris, france. available online: https://www.iea.org/countries/indonesia/emissions (accessed on may 2025). [7] ritchie, h., rosado, p., and roser, m. (2023) co₂ and greenhouse gas emissions. our world in data. available online: https://ourworldindata.org/co2-and-greenhouse-gas-emissions (accessed on may 2025). [8] our world in data (2025). electricity production by source, indonesia. our world in data. available online: https://ourworldindata.org/grapher/electricity-prod-source-stacked?country=~idn (accessed on may 2025). [9] pln (2024). statistik pln 2023. available online: https://web.pln.co.id/statics/uploads/2024/03/statistik-pln-2023-unaudited28.2.24.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [10] puga, j. n. (2010). the importance of combined cycle generating plants in integrating large levels of wind power generation. the electricity journal, 23(7), 33-44. doi:10.1016/j.tej.2010.07.002 35. [11] imia. (2015). combined cycle power plants. imia annual conference 2015, merida (yucatán), mexico. available online: https://www.imia.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/imia-wgp-09115-ccpp-combined-cycle-power-plants.c.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [12] arrieta, f. r. p., & lora, e. e. s. (2005). influence of ambient temperature on combined-cycle power-plant performance. applied energy, 80(3), 261–272. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2004.04.007. [13] şen, g., nil, m., mamur, h., doğan, h., karamolla, m., karaçor, m., kuyucuoğlu, f., yörükeren, n., & bhuiyan, m. r. a. (2018). the effect of ambient temperature on electric power generation in natural gas combined cycle power plant—a case study. energy reports, 4, 682–690. doi:10.1016/j.egyr.2018.10.009. [14] ahmad, a. h., darmanto, p. s., & juangsa, f. b. (2023). thermodynamic study on decarbonization of combined cycle power plant. journal of engineering and technological sciences, 55(5), 613–626. doi:10.5614/j.eng.technol.sci.2023.55.5.10. [15] esquivel-patiño, g. g., & nápoles-rivera, f. (2021). environmental and energetic analysis of coupling a biogas combined cycle power plant with carbon capture, organic rankine cycles and co2 utilization processes. journal of environmental management, 300(september). doi:10.1016/j.jenvman.2021.113746. [16] omehia, k. c., clements, a. g., michailos, s., hughes, k. j., ingham, d. b., & pourkashanian, m. (2020). techno-economic assessment on the fuel flexibility of a commercial scale combined cycle gas turbine integrated with a co2 capture plant. international journal of energy research, 44(11), 9127–9140. doi:10.1002/er.5681. [17] asian development bank (2019). carbon dioxide-enhanced oil recovery in indonesia 2019. doi:10.22617/tcs190600. [18] the republic of indonesia (2022). progress of cccs/ccus implementation in indonesia. the ministry of energyand mineral resources, indonesia. available online: https://acnf.jp/program/file/presentation/7_panelist_memr-idn.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [19] pln (2023). consolidated esg performance report 2022. available online: https://web.pln.co.id/statics/uploads/2023/10/esgperformance-report-2022.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [20] the world bank. (2015). carbon capture storage (ccs) for coal-fired power plants in indonesia. available online: https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/563781468284373788/pdf/final-ok2-jun-2415cov-reduced-with-wb-cover.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [21] susantoro, t. m., sugihardjo, wikantika, k., sunarjanto, d., pasarai, u., widarsono, b., rahmadi, a., romli, m., wahyudi, p., & kepies, s. (2023). ccus-eor optimization to achieve zero emission program targets in northwest java basin. evergreen, 10(3), 1809–1818. doi:10.5109/7151730. https://www.climate.gov/news-features/understanding-climate/climate-change-atmospheric-carbon-dioxide https://www.climate.gov/news-features/understanding-climate/climate-change-atmospheric-carbon-dioxide https://edgar.jrc.ec.europa.eu/report_2023?vis=co2tot#emissions_table https://www.iea.org/countries/indonesia/emissions https://ourworldindata.org/co2-and-greenhouse-gas-emissions https://ourworldindata.org/grapher/electricity-prod-source-stacked?country=~idn https://web.pln.co.id/statics/uploads/2024/03/statistik-pln-2023-unaudited-28.2.24.pdf https://web.pln.co.id/statics/uploads/2024/03/statistik-pln-2023-unaudited-28.2.24.pdf https://acnf.jp/program/file/presentation/7_panelist_memr-idn.pdf https://web.pln.co.id/statics/uploads/2023/10/esg-performance-report-2022.pdf https://web.pln.co.id/statics/uploads/2023/10/esg-performance-report-2022.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 428 [22] rahmanta, m. a., aprilana, a., ruly, cahyo, n., hapsari, t. w. d., & supriyanto, e. (2024). techno-economic and environmental impact of biomass co-firing with carbon capture and storage in indonesian power plants. sustainability (switzerland), 16(8), 3423. doi:10.3390/su16083423. [23] global ccs institute. (2023). global status of ccs 2023, scaling up through 2030. available online: https://www.globalccsinstitute.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/global-status-of-ccs-report-1.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [24] giannaris, s., janowczyk, d., ruffini, j., hill, k., jacobs, b., bruce, c., ... & srisang, w. (2021). saskpower’s boundary dam unit 3 carbon capture facility-the journey to achieving reliability. proceedings of the 15th greenhouse gas control technologies conference, 15-18. [25] mantripragada, h. c., zhai, h., & rubin, e. s. (2019). boundary dam or petra nova – which is a better model for ccs energy supply? international journal of greenhouse gas control, 82, 59–68. doi:10.1016/j.ijggc.2019.01.004. [26] european comission. (2017). technology readiness levels introduction. horiz, 19(2017), 7124. available online: https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/other/wp/2018-2020/annexes/h2020-wp1820-annex-g-trl_en.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [27] hong, w. y. (2022). a techno-economic review on carbon capture, utilisation and storage systems for achieving a net-zero co2 emissions future. carbon capture science and technology, 3(march), 100044. doi:10.1016/j.ccst.2022.100044. [28] dziejarski, b., krzyżyńska, r., & andersson, k. (2023). current status of carbon capture, utilization, and storage technologies in the global economy: a survey of technical assessment. fuel, 342. doi:10.1016/j.fuel.2023.127776. [29] bui, m., adjiman, c. s., bardow, a., anthony, e. j., boston, a., brown, s., fennell, p. s., fuss, s., galindo, a., hackett, l. a., hallett, j. p., herzog, h. j., jackson, g., kemper, j., krevor, s., maitland, g. c., matuszewski, m., metcalfe, i. s., petit, c., … mac dowell, n. (2018). carbon capture and storage (ccs): the way forward. energy and environmental science, 11(5), 1062– 1176. doi:10.1039/c7ee02342a. [30] rubin, e. s., davison, j. e., & herzog, h. j. (2015). the cost of co2 capture and storage. international journal of greenhouse gas control, 40, 378–400. doi:10.1016/j.ijggc.2015.05.018. [31] seif el nasr, a., nelson, t., kataria, a., & abu-zahra, m. r. m. (2015). benchmarking of a novel solid sorbent co2 capture process for ngcc power generation. international journal of greenhouse gas control, 42, 583–592. doi:10.1016/j.ijggc.2015.09.014. [32] ahn, j. h., jeong, j. h., choi, b. s., & kim, t. s. (2019). influence of various carbon capture technologies on the performance of natural gas-fired combined cycle power plants. journal of mechanical science and technology 33(3), 1431–1440. doi:10.1007/s12206-019-0245-x. [33] ugwuishiwu, b. o., nwakaire, j. n., & ohagwu, c. j. (2019). cost analysis of carbon capture and storage for current gas-fired power plants in nigeria. greenhouse gases: science and technology, 9(2), 370–386. doi:10.1002/ghg.1855. [34] sipöcz, n., & tobiesen, f. a. (2012). natural gas combined cycle power plants with co2 capture opportunities to reduce cost. international journal of greenhouse gas control, 7, 98–106. doi:10.1016/j.ijggc.2012.01.003. [35] rubin, e. s., & zhai, h. (2012). the cost of carbon capture and storage for natural gas combined cycle power plants. environmental science and technology, 46(6), 3076–3084. doi:10.1021/es204514f. [36] gonzález-díaz, a., alcaráz-calderón, a. m., gonzález-díaz, m. o., méndez-aranda, á., lucquiaud, m., & gonzález-santaló, j. m. (2017). effect of the ambient conditions on gas turbine combined cycle power plants with post-combustion co2 capture. energy, 134, 221–233. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2017.05.020. [37] singh, b., strømman, a. h., & hertwich, e. (2011). life cycle assessment of natural gas combined cycle power plant with postcombustion carbon capture, transport and storage. international journal of greenhouse gas control, 5(3), 457–466. doi:10.1016/j.ijggc.2010.03.006. [38] pt indonesia power (2023). laporan statistik 2022. available online: https://www.plnindonesiapower.co.id/id/komunikasiberkelanjutan/reports/statistic report pt pln indonesia power tahun 2022.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [39] esri. (2024). oil and gas features – indonesia. gis software for mapping and spatial analytics. available online: https://www.arcgis.com/apps/mapviewer/index.html?webmap=e27dedd8e9df46a89ca0e9e7cc3e201b (accessed on may 2025). [40] ditppu (2019). ministry of environment and forestry of the republic of indonesia, regulation of the minister of environment and forestry of the republic of indonesia number p.15/menlhk/setjen/kum.1/4/2019. available online: https://ditppu.menlhk.go.id/portal/uploads/laporan/1593657762_permenlhk no 15 th 2019 ttg bm emisi pembangkit listrik thermal.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [41] kelly, m., main, j., jackman, d., & lundeen, j. (2019). indonesia: pilot carbon capture and storage activity in the natural gas processing sector. asian development bank, mandaluyong city, philippines. https://www.globalccsinstitute.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/global-status-of-ccs-report-1.pdf https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/other/wp/2018-2020/annexes/h2020-wp1820-annex-g-trl_en.pdf https://www.arcgis.com/apps/mapviewer/index.html?webmap=e27dedd8e9df46a89ca0e9e7cc3e201b hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 429 [42] iecm. (2024). integrated environmental control model (iecm) version 11.5 (carnegie mellon university). available online: https://www.cmu.edu/epp/iecm/index.html (accessed on may 2025). [43] iecm. (2024). carnegie mellon university, and netl. iecm technical documentation : amine-based post combustion co2 capture. available online: https://www.uwyo.edu/iecm/_bfiles/documentation/201901_iecmtd_amine-based-co2-cap.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [44] iecm. (2009). carnegie mellon university. iecm technical documentation updates final report. available online: https://www.cmu.edu/epp/iecm/rubin/pdf files/2009/iecm technical documentation nov2009-1.pdf.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [45] iecm. (2009). carnegie mellon university, and netl. iecm technical documentation: financial parameters. available online: http://www.cmu.edu/epp/iecm/iecm_publications/2009b iecm user manual.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [46] zhai, h., mantripragada, h. c., & rubin, e. s. (2018). a technical and economic assessment of advanced carbon capture technologies. ghgt 2018 14th international conference on greenhouse gas control technologies, 1-7. [47] wu, n., parsons, j. e., & polenske, k. r. (2013). the impact of future carbon prices on ccs investment for power generation in china. energy policy, 54, 160–172. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2012.11.011. [48] hu, b., & zhai, h. (2017). the cost of carbon capture and storage for coal-fired power plants in china. international journal of greenhouse gas control, 65(september), 23–31. doi:10.1016/j.ijggc.2017.08.009. [49] i.e.a. (2020). projected costs of generating electricity 2020. available online: https://www.iea.org/reports/projected-costs-ofgenerating-electricity-2020 (accessed on may 2025). [50] trading economics. (2023). indonesia interest rate. available online: https://tradingeconomics.com/indonesia/interest-rate (accessed on may 2025). [51] bank of indonesia. (2023). bi 7-day (reverse) repo rate. available online: https://www.bi.go.id/en/statistik/indikator/bi-7dayrr.aspx (accessed on may 2025). [52] esdm. (2021). ministry of energy and mineral resources of the republic of indonesia, decree of the minister of energy and mineral resources of the republic of indonesia no. 169.k/hk.02/mem.m/2021. available online: https://jdih.esdm.go.id/storage/document/kepmen no. 169.k.hk.02.mem.m.2021.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [53] pwc. (2023). indonesian pocket tax book. pwc, jakarta, indonesia. available online: https://www.pwc.com/id/en/pocket-taxbook/english/pocket-tax-book-2023.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [54] governor of east java, republic of indonesia, decree of the governor of east java no. 188/889/kpts/013/2022. available online: https://dokumjdih.jatimprov.go.id/upload/45813/2022kgjatim0035889.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [55] intratec solutions llc (2024). ammonia price, current, and forecast. available online: https://www.intratec.us/chemicalmarkets/ammonia-price (accessed on may 2025). [56] intratec solutions llc (2024). monoethanolamine price, current and historical. available online: https://www.intratec.us/chemical-markets/monoethanolamine-price (accessed on may 2025). [57] smith, e., morris, j., kheshgi, h., teletzke, g., herzog, h., & paltsev, s. (2021). the cost of co2 transport and storage in global integrated assessment modeling. 15th greenhouse gas control technologies conference 2021, ghgt 2021, 109, 103367. doi:10.1016/j.ijggc.2021.103367. [58] weather & climate. (2024). weather and climate: pasuruan, east java, indonesia climate. world weather & climate information. [59] rubin, e. s., chen, c., & rao, a. b. (2007). cost and performance of fossil fuel power plants with co2 capture and storage. energy policy, 35(9), 4444–4454. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2007.03.009. [60] vasudevan, s., farooq, s., karimi, i. a., saeys, m., quah, m. c. g., & agrawal, r. (2016). energy penalty estimates for co2 capture: comparison between fuel types and capture-combustion modes. energy, 103, 709–714. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2016.02.154. [61] bao, j., zhang, l., song, c., zhang, n., guo, m., & zhang, x. (2019). reduction of efficiency penalty for a natural gas combined cycle power plant with post-combustion co2 capture: integration of liquid natural gas cold energy. energy conversion and management, 198(june), 111852. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2019.111852. [62] sultan, h., muhammad, h. a., bhatti, u. h., min, g. h., baek, i. h., baik, y. j., & nam, s. c. (2021). reducing the efficiency penalty of carbon dioxide capture and compression process in a natural gas combined cycle power plant by process modification and liquefied natural gas cold energy integration. energy conversion and management, 244(march), 114495. doi:10.1016/j.enconman.2021.114495. https://www.cmu.edu/epp/iecm/index.html https://www.uwyo.edu/iecm/_bfiles/documentation/201901_iecmtd_amine-based-co2-cap.pdf https://www.cmu.edu/epp/iecm/rubin/pdf%20files/2009/iecm%20technical%20documentation%20nov2009-1.pdf.pdf http://www.cmu.edu/epp/iecm/iecm_publications/2009b%20iecm%20user%20manual.pdf https://tradingeconomics.com/indonesia/interest-rate https://www.bi.go.id/en/statistik/indikator/bi-7day-rr.aspx https://www.bi.go.id/en/statistik/indikator/bi-7day-rr.aspx https://jdih.esdm.go.id/storage/document/kepmen%20no.%20169.k.hk.02.mem.m.2021.pdf https://www.pwc.com/id/en/pocket-tax-book/english/pocket-tax-book-2023.pdf https://www.pwc.com/id/en/pocket-tax-book/english/pocket-tax-book-2023.pdf https://dokumjdih.jatimprov.go.id/upload/45813/2022kgjatim0035889.pdf https://www.intratec.us/chemical-markets/ammonia-price https://www.intratec.us/chemical-markets/ammonia-price https://www.intratec.us/chemical-markets/monoethanolamine-price hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 430 [63] abdollahian, a., & ameri, m. (2021). effect of supplementary firing on the performance of a combined cycle power plant (c. soc, trans.). applied thermal engineering, 193(4), 117049. doi:10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2021.117049. [64] mohd saif, e., & tariq, m. (2017). performance analysis of gas turbine at varying ambient temperature. international journal of mechanical engineering and technology, 8(1), 240–280. [65] de sa, a., & al zubaidy, s. (2011). gas turbine performance at varying ambient temperature. applied thermal engineering, 31(14–15), 2735–2739. doi:10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2011.04.045. [66] rubin, e. s. (2012). understanding the pitfalls of ccs cost estimates. international journal of greenhouse gas control, 10, 181–190. doi:10.1016/j.ijggc.2012.06.004. [67] pt. pln (2022), pln statistics. 2022. available online: https://web.pln.co.id/statics/uploads/2023/10/statistik-pln-2022eng-20.6.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [68] nwaoha, c., supap, t., idem, r., saiwan, c., tontiwachwuthikul, p., al-marri, m. j., & benamor, a. (2017). advancement and new perspectives of using formulated reactive amine blends for post-combustion carbon dioxide (co2) capture technologies. petroleum, 3(1), 10–36. doi:10.1016/j.petlm.2016.11.002. [69] cheng, c. hung, li, k., yu, h., jiang, k., chen, j., & feron, p. (2018). amine-based post-combustion co2 capture mediated by metal ions: advancement of co2 desorption using copper ions. applied energy, 211, 1030–1038. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2017.11.105. [70] helei, l., tantikhajorngosol, p., chan, c., & tontiwachwuthikul, p. (2021). technology development and applications of artificial intelligence for post-combustion carbon dioxide capture: critical literature review and perspectives. international journal of greenhouse gas control, 108, 103307. doi:10.1016/j.ijggc.2021.103307. [71] global ccs institute (2021). technology readiness and costs of ccs. available online: https://www.globalccsinstitute.com/wpcontent/uploads/2021/03/technology-readiness-and-costs-for-ccs-2021-1.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [72] al-qayim, k., nimmo, w., & pourkashanian, m. (2015). comparative techno-economic assessment of biomass and coal with ccs technologies in a pulverized combustion power plant in the united kingdom. international journal of greenhouse gas control, 43, 82–92. doi:10.1016/j.ijggc.2015.10.013. [73] li, k., leigh, w., feron, p., yu, h., & tade, m. (2016). systematic study of aqueous monoethanolamine (mea)-based co2 capture process: techno-economic assessment of the mea process and its improvements. applied energy, 165, 648–659. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2015.12.109. [74] aldersey-williams, j., & rubert, t. (2019). levelised cost of energy – a theoretical justification and critical assessment. energy policy, 124, 169–179. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2018.10.004. [75] gov.uk (2016). energy and industrial strategy hm government department for business. electricity generation costs 2016. available online: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/beis-electricity-generation-costs-november-2016 gov.uk (accessed on may 2025). [76] kansai, e. p. (2022). outline of thermal power generation. outline of thermal power generation, 05. available online: https://www.kepco.co.jp/english/energy/fuel/thermal_power/shikumi/index.html (accessed on may 2025). [77] lund, p. d., lindgren, j., mikkola, j., & salpakari, j. (2015). review of energy system flexibility measures to enable high levels of variable renewable electricity. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 45, 785–807. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2015.01.057. [78] van den broek, m., berghout, n., & rubin, e. s. (2015). the potential of renewables versus natural gas with co2 capture and storage for power generation under co2 constraints. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 49, 1296–1322. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2015.04.089. [79] zhang, q., mclellan, b. c., tezuka, t., & ishihara, k. n. (2013). an integrated model for long-term power generation planning toward future smart electricity systems. applied energy, 112, 1424-1437. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2013.03.073. [80] pt pembangkitan jawa bali. (2022). pt. pembangkitan jawa bali statistik perusahaan 2017-2021. available online: https://www.plnnusantarapower.co.id/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/statistik-2017-2021-pjb.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [81] the world bank. (2022). state and trends of carbon pricing 2022. the world bank, washington, d.c., united states. doi:10.1596/978-1-4648-1895-0. [82] boyce, j. k. (2018). carbon pricing: effectiveness and equity. ecological economics, 150(march), 52–61. doi:10.1016/j.ecolecon.2018.03.030. [83] world bank. (2024). number of carbon pricing mechanisms in operation worldwide from 1990 to 2024, by type. available online: https://www-statista-com.ezproxy.ugm.ac.id/statistics/483565/planned-and-implemented-carbon-pricing-instrumentsworldwide/ (accessed on may 2025). https://web.pln.co.id/statics/uploads/2023/10/statistik-pln-2022-eng-20.6.pdf https://web.pln.co.id/statics/uploads/2023/10/statistik-pln-2022-eng-20.6.pdf https://www.globalccsinstitute.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/technology-readiness-and-costs-for-ccs-2021-1.pdf https://www.globalccsinstitute.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/technology-readiness-and-costs-for-ccs-2021-1.pdf https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/beis-electricity-generation-costs-november-2016%20gov.uk https://www.kepco.co.jp/english/energy/fuel/thermal_power/shikumi/index.html https://www.plnnusantarapower.co.id/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/statistik-2017-2021-pjb.pdf https://www-statista-com.ezproxy.ugm.ac.id/statistics/483565/planned-and-implemented-carbon-pricing-instruments-worldwide/ https://www-statista-com.ezproxy.ugm.ac.id/statistics/483565/planned-and-implemented-carbon-pricing-instruments-worldwide/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 431 [84] world bank. (2024). carbon tax rates in selected jurisdictions worldwide as of april 2024. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/483590/prices-of-implemented-carbon-pricing-instruments-worldwide-by-select-country/ (accessed on may 2025). [85] edwin, w., & josephine, van z. (2023). european union emissions trading system (eu ets). oxford encyclopedia of eu law, 168. doi:10.1093/law-oeeul/e168.013.168. [86] president of republic indonesia. (2021). presidential regulation of the republic of indonesia number 98 of 2021, 064979. available online: https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/details/187122/perpres-no-98-tahun-2021 (accessed on may 2025). [87] republik indonesia. (2021). law of the republic of indonesia no. 7 of 2021 concerning the harmonization of tax regulations. republic of indonesia, 1-224. [88] pwc. (2022). guidance on the carbon tax under the harmonisation of tax regulations law financial reporting considerations. available online: www.pwc.com/id (accessed on may 2025). [89] wulandari, a., & salsabiila, a. (2025). toward a sustainable carbon trading system in indonesia: a systematic literature review of global challenges and best practices. sustainability and climate change, 18(3), 168-180. doi:10.1089/scc.2024.0136. [90] siregar, y. i. (2024). pathways towards net-zero emissions in indonesia's energy sector. energy, 308, 133014. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2024.133014. https://www.statista.com/statistics/483590/prices-of-implemented-carbon-pricing-instruments-worldwide-by-select-country/ https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/details/187122/perpres-no-98-tahun-2021 http://www.pwc.com/id hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 432 appendix i table a1. typical characteristics of natural gas fuel for simulation parameter unit value methane (ch4) vol % 94.1 ethane (c2h6) vol % 2.9 propane (c3h6) vol % 1.46 carbon dioxide (co2) vol % 1.25 oxygen (o2) vol % 0 nitrogen (n2) vol % 0.29 hydrogen sulfide (h2s) vol % 0 total vol % 100 natural gas density kg/m3 0.62 caloric value (high heating value/hhv) kj/kg 53100 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 282 issn: 2723-9535 combining exportand domestic demand-led growth hypotheses: key sustainable development amidst global dynamics nguyen t. x. hoa 1 , tran thi bich ngoc 1* , dao thanh binh 1, lam tran si 2 , dinh thi phuong anh 3 1 school of economics and management, hanoi university of science and technology, vietnam. 2 school of economics and international business, foreign trade university, vietnam. 3 vietjetair company, vietnam. received 10 february 2024; revised 20 may 2024; accepted 27 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract export-led growth has conventionally been regarded as a pivotal determinant of economic growth in developing countries. the article aims to affirm the vulnerability of vietnam’s export sector due to its dependence on foreign direct investment flows and external market demand and evaluate the validity of the export-led growth strategy being applied in vietnam among evolving global dynamics. the review of relevant literature explored the theoretical foundations, theories, and concepts of export-led and domestic demand-led growth with regard to the causal link between exports and economic growth. qualitative and secondary research methods were used to analyze statistical data sets on imports and exports and domestic demand components to highlight their impact on the country’s gdp growth. the results showed that it is necessary to embrace both export-led growth and domestic demand-led growth as concurrent development paradigms, thereby ensuring the sustainability of vietnam’s economic growth. keywords: economic growth; export-led growth; domestic demand-led growth; global dynamics; sustainable development; innovations; vietnam. 1. introduction vietnam, a developing country in southeast asia with a population of nearly 100 million people, is in the process of industrialization and extensive international integration into the global economy, transforming from a centrally planned economy to a market economy. during the period 1986–2005, the “open door” policy and export-led growth (elg) strategy were chosen by vietnam as one of the priority economic development paradigms for socio-economic development and improving people’s living standards. vietnam's open, outward-oriented economy and import-export activities have a positive impact on the country's economic development when accelerating industrialization and modernization are given priority. exports create important foreign exchange reserves to cover import needs, opening up and promoting the country’s economic growth and advantages and contributing to transforming vietnam’s economic structure. it stimulates the production of key export goods in localities and regions in vietnam, thereby creating more jobs, increasing income, and affirming the * corresponding author: professor.tran.thibichngoc@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-05 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6846-5304 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2184-3907 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7531-9575 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 283 country’s position in the process of global integration and participation in the global value chain. in vietnam, over the past 30 years, elg has been considered a driving force for development to solve problems related to socio-economic development; the disadvantages of elg have not been fully researched, and domestic demand-led growth (ddlg) has not been put on the agenda even though this development paradigm was always present in vietnam’s centrally planned command economy before 1986 and later when vietnam shifted to the market economy. vietnam’s exports do not bring much added value and contribute little to economic growth because of their dependence on foreign direct investment (fdi) inflows and foreign-invested enterprises (fies), whose export processing activities are capitaland labor-intensive and prioritized for outsourcing and assembling final products. the recent contraction in both exports and economic growth in vietnam has prompted an inquiry into the continued validity of the elg hypothesis for the country’s economy as a development paradigm and the need to shift to the ddlg strategy. 2. literature review since the 1970s, the relationship between exports and economic growth has been the subject of widespread debate among development economists who study the economic aspects of the development process in lowand middle-income countries [1, 2]. the rapid and impressive economic growth of south korea, taiwan, hong kong, and singapore, known as the “four asian tigers” from the 1960s to the 1990s was considered a prime example of the relationship between exports and economic growth. this relationship has been confirmed by michalopoulos & jay [3] and michaely [4] using a research method based on the correlation coefficient between export growth and economic growth. later, it was clearly verified to be causal in studies conducted by jung & marshall [5], bahmani-oskooee & alse [6], ghartey [7], and xu [8], who used the causality test method developed by granger [9] to investigate lead-and-lag relations. yang yao [10] believed that the causal relationship between exports and economic growth is the foundation of the elg hypothesis that stimulates economic growth based on an export-led outward trade policy. studying the experiences of newly industrialized economies. jinjun (1996) [11] defined elg as an economic strategy adopted by developing countries to achieve economic growth. this strategy refers to a country with an outward-oriented economy that is mainly focused on expanding exports, which leads to an increase in its national income and economic growth. export growth has a positive impact on economic growth by affecting total factor productivity through its influence on the rest of the economy, which in turn affects gdp growth. this means that the increased impact of exports will create a spillover effect, stimulating other areas of the economy to develop together to meet export demand, thereby creating high economic efficiency [12]. in contrast, a reasonable and sustainable economic growth rate will significantly affect domestic production, business activities, and export value [13]. based on indonesia’s manufacturing export data from 2010 to 2019, sumiyati [14] found that export determinants are inflation, exchange rate, gdp, and fdi, in which gdp has a more positive impact on manufacturing exports than the other factors in both the short and long term. many scholars studying the success of asian countries have concluded that elg should be considered as an appropriate strategy for developing countries to promote development [15, 16]. elg encourages countries to focus on exporting goods abroad as one of the key determinants or drivers of national economic growth [17, 18]. in essence, elg is a development paradigm that enhances production capacity by focusing on overseas markets [19]. the elg hypothesis posits that export expansion is one of the main factors determining growth because a country’s economic growth can be achieved not only by increasing the amount of labor and capital within the economy but also by expanding exports [20, 21]. development economists have used the elg hypothesis to explain the rapid development of the “asian tigers”, rapid growth can be achieved through free markets, their outward-oriented economy, and the elg strategy [22, 23]. however, criticisms of the elg strategy and doubts about its validity have arisen because of its concentration in a specialized, outward-oriented economy that is vulnerable to changes in global demand [15, 19]. referring to the disadvantages of elg, palley [19] commented that unfair competition between exporting countries often harms themselves through efforts aimed at attracting foreign investment, expanding export production, or reducing tax, which can cause overproduction or oversupply, creating the premise of a race to the bottom on a global scale. in certain cases, the elg strategy is not necessarily a suitable choice for poor countries that do not have export processing industries, favorable geographical locations, and large human resources. in the existing literature, the relationship between elg and economic growth is revisited. the warning conclusions drawn by odhiambo [24] are that poor low-income countries in the saharan desert region should not rely too much on elg strategies to achieve sustainable growth because no causality between exports and economic growth has been found in those countries. using time series data on sri lanka’s gdp, exports, imports, and remittances over four decades from 1980 to 2019, sumudu kumari [25] found that the long-run relationship between exports and gdp cannot be clearly confirmed. as elg has superficial, exploitative characteristics and potential problems, palley [26] argued that developing countries need to aim for growth based on the in-depth development of the domestic market, which is called ddlg. the basic idea behind the ddlg hypothesis is that the level of aggregate output is determined eventually by aggregate demand (da) [27]. domestic demand has the advantages of encouraging economic growth, reducing dependence on external demand, and enabling more balanced, higher-quality economic growth and efficient use of resources [28]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 284 the need to shift from an elg to a ddlg paradigm seems inevitable for export-oriented economies. felipe & lim [29] argued that asian developing countries should begin to shift their focus from elg policies to domestic demanddriven policies to achieve a more balanced growth strategy. this opinion is in agreement with the view of yeah [28], who analyzed malaysia’s growth performance into various components and demand sources and found that ddlg in malaysia can compensate for the weak export demand that the country faced in the post-global financial crisis period. according to the ddlg hypothesis, expansion of the components of domestic demand such as consumption, private investment, government expenditure, etc. will lead to an increase in economic growth, and accordingly, gdp growth is likely to be maintained with an increase in domestic demand; that is, output growth can be started by growth in da [28, 30]. analyzing annual data taken from 16 european transition economies in central and eastern europe, southeast europe, and the balkans for the 1990–2015 period, sağlam & egeli [31] asserted that both elg and ddlg strategies are accepted in transition economies in europe; although the relationship between growth and trade is bilateral, the contribution of domestic demand to growth is seven times higher than net exports. employing the dumitrescu-hurlin [32] causality test and using common correlated effects mean group estimator for panel data for 1991–2018, taken from the brics organization, neha [33] also found that there is a bidirectional causal relationship between both net exports and domestic demand with economic growth, and the percentage increase in domestic demand contributes more to economic growth than the percentage increase in net export; it means that both elg and ddlg hypotheses were accepted in the brics member-states for the period 1991–2019. some studies suggest that the elg’s characteristics are its focus on overseas markets, i.e., it depends on external demand [19, 31, 34]. as a result, economies adopting elg are vulnerable and affected by their openness and external demand [35, 36]; the ddlg strategy proves its advantages. therefore, the adoption of the elg or ddlg strategy or both depends on the development conditions and resource potential of each country. in vietnam, although the elg theory has been applied for more than 30 years, there are few studies on the relationship between exports and economic growth. the reasonableness of vietnam’s elg strategy in relation to economic growth as well as the dependence of vietnamese exports on the us and chinese markets were described by chaponnière & cling [37]. this relationship was verified in a study conducted by cong [38], who tested the impact of exports on economic growth by using the causality test model of granger [9], balassa [39], and feder [11] and found that exports not only play an important role in promoting the country’s economic growth but also actively contribute to the development of non-export. this argument was further confirmed by phan [40], who found the existence of a causal relationship between exports and economic growth in vietnam in a positive direction with a lag of at least two quarters, using a vector autoregressive model to analyze the time series data collected at the quarterly frequency of economic growth and exports in vietnam for the period from the first quarter of 2002 to the first quarter of 2018. the aforementioned studies have proven the existence of a causal relationship between exports and economic growth and the wisdom of adopting elg as a development paradigm in vietnam. however, they have also left behind theoretical and empirical gaps that can be summarized as follows: (a) export growth is affected by dependence on fdi and fies and fluctuations in external market demand caused by ongoing global changes; (b) domestic demand and the objective existence of ddlg as a determinant of economic growth in the vietnamese context have not really received the attention of researchers and policymakers. reviewing theoretical issues and previous studies on elg and ddlg and analyzing data on vietnam’s export practices and economic growth over the past 10 years, especially in the first 6 months of 2023, this study aims at: (i) clarifying the dependence of vietnam’s exports on external factors and assessing its contribution to economic growth; (ii) verifying the presence of ddlg and its contribution to vietnam’s gdp growth. based on the above research issues, the following hypotheses are formulated: • vietnam’s exports are vulnerable to its dependence on fdi and supply chain disruptions or fluctuations in external demand caused by global market dynamics; • ddlg has a profound impact on vietnam’s economic growth; both elg and ddlg need to be seen as development paradigms to achieve sustainable economic growth in vietnam. 3. aims a review of previous studies shows that elg is not an exemplary development paradigm for all developing countries. it is researched, regulated, and adopted concurrently with other development models depending on the specific stages of socio-economic development in certain countries. in the case of vietnam, where there still exist different discussions and arguments on the role and suitability of elg and ddlg in the country's current development stage, it is necessary to clarify the following research inquiries: (i) the correlation between exports and economic growth in the context of vietnam's economy; (ii) the dependence on fdi and the vulnerability of vietnam’s exports amidst global market fluctuations and the continued viability of elg for vietnam, particularly as a middle-income developing country in the context of potential unpredictable fluctuations occurring globally; (iii) the role and contribution of domestic demand to hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 285 vietnam’s economic growth. this study aims to determine whether a transition from an elg to a ddlg strategy is necessary or whether it would be more reasonable to adopt both these development models. 4. material and methods in this article, the vulnerability of vietnamese exports due to dependence on fdi and fluctuations in global market demand (hypothesis 1) is illustrated in figure 1. the dependence of vietnam’s imports and exports on fdi and its modest contribution to economic growth are demonstrated through the authors’ calculations based on statistical data; inflation and supply chain disruptions caused by fluctuations occurred worldwide, especially in vietnam’s main importexport markets, and have been seen as causes of the decline in external demand, as evidenced by data from statistical agencies of relevant countries. secondary research methods were used to analyze the statistical data set on imports, exports, and economic growth disseminated by the general statistics office and vietnam customs for the period 2010– 2023. figure 1. the vulnerability of vietnamese exports to verify the role and contribution of domestic demand components to vietnam’s gdp growth (hypothesis 2), the authors use the following simple gdp calculation formula: gdp = c + i + g + nx (2) where c (household consumption) corresponds to the spending that individuals, households, and ngos make on goods and services to meet their daily needs, excluding housing costs; i (investment) represents spending on durable goods by companies that produce other goods and services, including inventory costs (raw materials, semi-finished products, etc.) and purchasing costs household's home; g (government expenditure) is the expenditure (both consumption and investment) made by government agencies at all levels to perform their activities; nx is net export (export import). to clarify the contribution of domestic demand (di) components, such as household consumption, government spending, and private investment, to vietnam’s gdp according to the following formula: di = c + g + i (3) where c + g = final consumption expenditure thereby, we emphasize the role and contribution of the ddlg model to economic growth in vietnam. 5. results export statistics for the period 2013–2022 illustrated in figure 2 show that the fies’ contribution to total export turnover was high with an average share of over 68.1% in the period 2013-2017 and fluctuated at 70–74% in the period 2018–2022. the import value of fies was us$74.435 billion in 2013, accounting for 56.38% of vietnam’s total import value; in 2022, this rate was 64.84%. in the period 2010-2022, the average ratio of fdi to total annual investment capital was 17.7%, maintaining the sustainable export growth of fies (in table 5). thus, fies of foreign transnational corporations increasingly dominate both vietnam’s exports and imports [41]. during 2013–2022, the average annual contribution rate of net exports to gdp was only approximately 2.5% (table 1). dependence on the fdi inflow fluctuations in global market demand vulnerability of vietnamese exports hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 286 figure 2. export volume from 2013 to 2022 by type of enterprise (us$ billion) [41] table 1. export growth and contribution rate of net export to gdp in 2013–2022 [41-43] 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 total export value (us$ bin.) 132.0 150.2 162.1 176.6 215.1 243.7 253.4 282.7 336.3 371.7 total import value (us$ bin.) 132 147.9 165.6 174.8 213.0 215.1 264.3 262.7 332.8 359.6 net export (us$) 0.00 2.33 –3.5 1.8 2.1 28.6 10.9 20.0 3.5 12.1 export growth (%) 11.38 10.79 10.89 12.18 11.33 10.40 11.16 11.90 11.05 gdp (current us$, bn) 213.71 233.45 239.26 257.10 281.38 310.11 334.37 346.62 366.14 408.80 contribution rate of net export to gdp – 1.0% – 0.7% 0.75% 9.2% 3.26% 5.8% 0.96% 3.3% thus, in general, the contribution of exports to economic growth is more modest than expected when the yoy rate of export growth during this period was over 10%. because of the long-lasting effects of the covid-19 pandemic and the consequences of the war that began in ukraine in early 2022, the global economic growth rate reached only 2.9%; in the united states and the eurozone, gdp growth comprised 1.9% and 3.3%, respectively, in 2022. in 2023, global economic challenges were expected to increase due to high inflation, deteriorating financial conditions, and the continuing consequences of wars [42]. in 2022, eu annual inflation reached the highest level ever measured, at 9.2%, three times higher than that in 2021 [44]. the average annual us inflation in 2022 was 8.0%, and this rate decreased to 4.9% in the first 6 months of 2023 [45]. thus, the high cost of living and tightening policies in the us and eu during this time reduce demand in these regions. the chinese domestic market in 2019–2022 is unlikely to change much, with an inflation rate of 2.49% in 2022 and 1.88% in 2022 [46], but import and export activities slowed down during this period due to the zero covid policy; next, extreme drought and historic floods occurred in 2022–2023. these fluctuations have caused supply chain disruptions, seriously affecting vietnam's imports and exports. china is vietnam's second largest export market with 15.5% of total export value by 2022 (after the us with 29.5%) and represents vietnam's largest import market with 32.9% of total import value, eight times more than the import value of 4% from the us [47]. the consequences of the fluctuations that occurred in 2022–2023 in vietnam's largest import and export markets have had a strong impact on the country's exports. according to statistics from vietnam customs [47], vietnam’s exports and imports in 2022 have recovered quickly with a total merchandise trade value of us$731.3 billion, making an increase of 10.93% compared to 2021, in which the total merchandise export value increased by 11.05% and the total merchandise import value rose by 10.80%. accordingly, vietnam’s net exports reached us$12.7 billion (table 1). however, in the first six months of 2023, the export value of goods to all markets has decreased significantly, of which the us and eu are the two markets with the most severe decline in both value and market share (table 2). 132 150.19 162.11 176.63 214.01 243.7 264.3 282.66 336.31 371.72 81 94 111 123.93 152.5 171.8 183.2 202.87 245.22 273.6 51 56.9 51.11 52.7 62.6 70.9 81.1 79.77 91.09 98.12 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 e x p o r t v o lu m e ( u s $ b il li o n ) year total volume foreign invested enterprises domesstic enterprises hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 287 table 2. total merchandise export and import value and growth rate by markets in the first half of 2023 compared with the first half of 2022 [47] market export import value (us$ bill) annual change (%) proportion (%) value (us$ bill) annual change (%) proportion (%) asia 80.34 –6.9 48.8 124.65 –19.2 82.1 asean 15.91 –9.7 9.7 20.06 17.9 13.2 china 25.90 –0.7 15.7 49.65 –19.1 32.7 korea 11.05 –9.1 6.7 24.25 –25.6 16.0 japan 11.06 –2.9 6.7 10.20 –15.4 6.7 america 53.28 –20.3 32.3 11.01 –17.5 7.2 usa 44.42 –22.1 27.0 6.87 –9.0 4.7 europe 26.34 –8.5 16.0 9.16 –12.5 6.0 eu-27 21.37 –10.7 13.0 7.14 –9.6 4.7 oceania 2.93 –12.0 1.8 4.75 –15.9 3.1 africa 1.80 –4.6 1.1 2.28 2.6 1.5 total 164.68 –12 100.0 151.84 –18.4 100.0 vietnam’s exports to key export markets such as asean countries, the us, and the eu 27 in the first 6 months of 2023 have negative growth rates of –9.7%, –22.1% and -10.7% respectively compared to the same period in 2022 (table 2). the covid-19 pandemic, natural disasters in china, and economic recession in the us and european markets in recent years have led to a decline in global demand, supply chain disruptions, and slowdown of orders, which have resulted in the country’s export decline. during the covid-19 pandemic, export growth reduced from 11.33% in 2018 to 10.40% in 2019 and 11.16% in 2020; similarly, gdp growth decreased with lag, from 7.36% in 2019 to 2.87% in 2020 and 2.56% in 2021, respectively (figure 3). figure 3. export growth and gdp growth in 2014–2022, in % [47, 48] after the spectacular recovery of gdp growth recorded at 8.2% in 2022 as the covid-19 pandemic was being well controlled in the country, vietnam’s export reversed in the first half of 2023. deep negative growth was registered in january, april, and may 2023 (figure 4). 6.4 7 6.7 6.9 7.47 7.36 2.87 2.56 8.02 11.38 10.79 10.89 12.18 11.33 10.4 11.16 11.9 11.05 1 0 0.7 0.75 9.2 3.26 5.8 0.96 3.3 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 g r o w th ( % ) year gdp growth export growth contribution rate of net export to gdp hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 288 figure 4. export growth in the first half of 2023 (in %) [41] compared with the same period in 2022, export negative growth in the first half of 2023 (except february) was observed with the highest rate of –25.07% in january and the lowest rate of –9.14% in may (table 3). table 3. export value in the first half of 2023 compared with the first half of 2022 (us$ billion) [41] january february march april may june 2022 31.89 23.35 34.75 33.26 30.86 32.84 2023 23.61 26.05 29.71 27.86 28.04 29.45 percentage of increase, decrease over the same period of 2022 –25.07% 11.56% –14.50% –16.24% –9.14% –10% due to the impact of a two-way causality, gdp growth in the first half of 2023 increased slightly by 3.72%, which was just higher than the 1.74% growth rate in the first half of 2020 (when the pandemic was at its peak) during the observation period 2011–2023. figure 5. gdp growth (in %) in the first 6 months of 2011–2023 [49] the above-mentioned data shows that the changes that occurred in the world after the pandemic and the recession in vietnam’s main import and export markets in 2022 have reduced external demand, directly affecting vietnam’s export and causing its negative growth in the first half of 2023. though in 2020, the contribution of net export to gdp was 5.8%, gdp growth comprised 2.87%; but in 2022, gdp growth reached 8.02%, while the contribution of net export was 3.3%. -18.87% 10.33% 33.40% -14.30% -7.22% 5% -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 jan 2023 feb 2023 mar 2023 apr 2023 jun 2023 jul 2023 6.1 5.25 5.03 5.86 6.68 6.13 5.93 7.43 7.12 1.74 5.76 6.46 3.72 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 289 data presented in table 4 show that, in terms of consumption, in the five years from 2018 to 2022, household, individuals, and nonprofit organizations’ spending was on average about six times higher than government (state) expenditure (excluding public investment) and accounted for about 55% to 57% of gdp each year. table 4. gdp by expenditure category at current prices (vnd bill.) [50] 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 + % + % + % + % + % total 7009042 100 7707200 100 8044386 100 8479667 100 9513327 100 gross capital formation 2244260 32.02 2464760 31.98 2567421 31.92 2837932 33.47 3178082 33.41 gross fixed capital formation 2126648 30.34 2340104 30.36 2435664 30.28 2686169 31.68 3014478 31.69 changes in inventories 117612 1.68 124656 1.62 131757 1.64 151763 1.79 163604 1.72 final consumption* 4683637 66.83 5118113 66.41 5264720 65.45 5515650 65.04 6081072 63.92 state 683094 9.75 738260 9.58 762512 9.48 815016 9.61 854654 8.98 household 4000543 57.08 4379853 56.83 4502208 55.97 4700634 55.43 5226418 54.94 trade balance (goods & services) 293187 4.18 432448 5.61 443836 5.51 6432 0.08 213360 2.24 statistical discrepancy –212042 –3.03 –308121 –4.00 –231591 –2.88 119652 1.41 40812 0.43 * the state final consumption includes the state final expenditure serving the community and individuals; household final consumption includes household final consumption and non-profit organization serving the household. regarding investment, during 2015–2022, the annual contribution of disbursed investments (including private and public investment) to gdp has always fluctuated between 33% and 34%. analysis of the data presented in table 5 shows the following: • in terms of total investment capital realized in the country at current prices, in the period 2010–2022, the proportion of state (public) investment and the proportion of fdi increased by 2.26 times and 2.43 times, respectively. however, the contribution rate to total investment capital tended to decrease over 13 observation years. for example, the public investment rate fell from 34.9% in 2010 to 25.6% in 2022; similarly, the fdi rate in total investment capital realized in the country decreased from 20.5% in 2010 to 16.2% in 2022; • the proportion of domestic private investment in total investment capital increased from 44.6% in 2010 to 58.2% in 2022, and the total amount increased four times. on the contrary, the proportion of fdi decreased from 20.5% in 2010 to 16.2% in 2022, with a total capital increase of 2.4 times. table 5. investment at current prices by types of ownership in 2010–2022 (vnd bill.) [50] year total of which percentage to gdp state sector (public investment*) non-state sector (domestic private investment) foreign investment sector + % + % + % + % 2010 1044875 100 364286 34.9 466083 44.6 214506 20.5 38.14 2011 1160185 100 387576 33.4 545718 47.0 226891 19.6 32.77 2012 1274196 100 459504 36.1 596119 46.8 218573 17.2 31.28 2013 1389036 100 493724 35.5 655200 47.2 240112 17.3 31.05 2014 1560135 100 529468 33.9 765267 49.1 265400 17.0 31.60 2015 1756240 100 556380 31.7 881760 50.2 318100 18.1 33.83 2016 1926864 100 587110 30.5 988651 51.3 351103 18.2 34.17 2017 2186560 100 616459 28.2 1173901 53.7 396200 18.1 34.74 2018 2426400 100 630142 26.0 1361156 56.1 435102 17.9 34.62 2019 2670471 100 643094 24.1 1557937 58.3 469440 17.6 34.65 2020 2803065 100 734735 26.2 1605050 57.3 463280 16.5 34.84 2021 2896728 100 719293 24.8 1719354 59.4 458081 15.8 34.16 2022 3219807 100 824657 25.6 1873209 58.2 521941 16.2 33.85 * government expenditure on public infrastructure. this study confirmed the hypothesis about the vulnerability of vietnamese exports under the impact of global market dynamics attributed to the dependency of vietnamese exports on fdi and profound changes occurring in the world and hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 290 corroborated the decline in export growth and economic growth in the first six months of 2023 related to a global demand slowdown caused by world-shaking changes started in early 2022 by relevant statistical data. the analysis of the aforementioned data concludes that household and non-government organizations’ consumption, government expenditure, and private investment (regardless of domestic or foreign sources), the components of domestic demand, are the main drivers of ddlg directly affecting economic growth in vietnam and confirms the need to adopt both elg and ddlg strategies for sustainable development in vietnam’s specific conditions. 6. discussion vietnam’s exports are vulnerable to external factors, of which the most notable are the dependence on the operations of fies and external demand fluctuations caused by global market dynamics. first of all, this dependence is reflected in fdi capital flows and the contribution rate of fies to the total annual export value. according to the ministry of planning and investment [51], accumulated from 1987 to june 20, 2023, the whole country has 37,541 valid projects with a total registered capital of us$449.48 billion. this dependency poses many risks for exports in particular and economic development in general, as most fies rely on multinational corporations whose activities dominate vietnamese export-oriented industries and depend on investors’ decisions related to global market dynamics. in addition, export production efficiency is low because: (i) most enterprises involved in export processing, including both domestic enterprises and fies, are capital and labor intensive and inclined toward outsourcing and assembling final products; (ii) the supporting industry is underdeveloped, resulting in very few domestic suppliers; and (iii) the "transfer pricing" tactics of transnational companies to reduce tax payable to gain high profits by increasing the price of equipment, technology, and raw materials imported from their subsidiaries [53, 52]. thus, the direct contribution of exports to gdp is still very modest, and this does not contradict similar conclusions in the study of sahoo & kumar [54]. second, vietnam’s exports are strongly influenced by the dynamics of the external market. a typical example is the recession in vietnam’s main import and export markets. due to the enduring impacts of the covid-19 pandemic and the repercussions stemming from the war that started in ukraine in early 2022, the global economic growth rate was low. negative growth rates of vietnam’s exports to key export markets such as asean countries, the us, and the eu 27 in the first 6 months of 2023 compared to the same period in 2022 occurred mainly due to the economic decline around the world. vietnam’s exports rely on export-oriented fies and are vulnerable to changes in external market dynamics. the data presented in figure 3 partially corroborates the causal effects between exports and economic growth. besides the net export, domestic demand also contributes to gdp growth when export growth does not change suddenly. analyzing statistical data related to vietnam’s export and economic growth over the past 10 years, this study found authentic evidence supporting the following conclusions: (i) there exists a causal relationship between exports and economic growth in vietnam; exports have an impact on gdp growth and vice versa with a lag of at least two quarters; (ii) exports stimulate the development of other supporting and non-export industries through spillover effects on other economic sectors. these conclusions are similar to the findings of previous studies during 2011–2020, when elg was part of vietnam’s socio-economic development strategy, and coincide with the theoretical aspects and empirical research results of michalopoulos & jay [3], michaely [4], feder [11], ghartey [7], and xu [8]. recently, global trade has been deeply affected by ongoing challenges such as natural disasters, epidemics, armed conflicts, trade protection policies, embargoes, and economic sanctions. vietnam’s exports are no exception. supply chain disruptions and a slowdown in global demand due to external market changes taking place in the world, including the largest import and export markets of vietnam (china, us, and eu), have impacted vietnam’s export-oriented manufacturing industries as well as investment in production, causing deep negative export growth and slowing down economic growth from 8.02% in 2022 to 3.72% in the first 6 months of 2023. thus, this study’s confirmed hypothesis that vietnam’s exports are vulnerable to external market dynamics due to changes occurring in the world is consistent with the argument by palley [19, 26] and matthew [15] on the vulnerability of an open, outward-oriented economy based on elg. the disadvantages of the elg model converge in that it creates unfair competition among countries adopting it due to demand shortages and thereby causes a race to the bottom through low quality growth and a negative impact on labor, wages, the business environment, and working conditions. therefore, there is a need for a realignment of the global economy, whereby elg can be replaced by a development model based on the ddlg model [19]. in vietnam’s case, the elg strategy has regularity expressed through requirements and the ability to implement it. first, objectively speaking, vietnam is still a developing country with a gdp per capita of about us$4,110 in 2022 [48]; therefore, adopting an elg strategy is an objective requirement for industrialization and modernization of the country, hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 291 narrowing the gap with other countries in the region and the world. an export-oriented economy can grow rapidly because the increase in da is not limited by domestic demand. second, in terms of implementation ability, the exportoriented industrialization strategy is essentially based on the rules of the market economy. this strategy is being adopted in vietnam because it allows taking full advantage of the country's comparative advantage based on its scale, ability to appropriate capital, and large workforce of 52.1 million people [48]. the validity of the ddlg strategy in contributing to vietnam’s gdp growth is also proven by the analysis of data related to the key da components. household consumption and non-government organizations’ spending on domestic demand accounted for 55%–57% of da (gdp) and are six times higher than government expenditure in total amount (table 4). in 2022, the rate of private investment was 2.4 times higher than that of state investment (public expenditure on infrastructure) (table 5). therefore, the confirmed hypothesis of this study that ddlg has a profound impact on vietnam’s economic growth is similar to the assertions in the studies conducted by palley [26], matthew [27], and yeah [28]. this study’s hypothesis that in the vietnamese case, both elg and ddlg should be accepted and considered as development paradigm to achieve sustainable economic growth, proven by analysis of their impact on gdp growth, is consistent with the recommendations of leading researchers such as palley [26], mishra & nancharaiah [53], and yeah (2017), who argue that for a developing country starting the industrialization process, ddlg should not be considered a complete replacement for elg; the complementarity of the two these development paradigms creates growth opportunities arising from increase in external and domestic demand, minimizing the adverse impacts on output and employment due to instability of export market by strengthening the resilience of domestic demand. the balance between elg and ddlg strategies for sustainable economic growth is the premise for appropriate macroeconomic policies because there is a significant positive relationship between net exports, domestic demand, and economic growth. it is believed that in the context of a rapidly changing world, monitoring and researching the impact of both internal and external market dynamics to devise reasonable development policies will be the direction of further research. 7. conclusions the objective of this study was to reassess the validity of the elg hypothesis for vietnam in light of global dynamics and determine if there is a need for a shift to ddlg. the results show that both elg and ddlg should be development strategies simultaneously operating in vietnam. therefore, it is necessary to have appropriate policies to promote the advantages and mitigate the disadvantages of each paradigm. to successfully utilize elg and promote exports in width and depth, it is necessary to continue to implement appropriate policies aimed at the following: • completing mechanisms and policies to encourage export of the country’s staple key products and to create a favorable macro-environment for attracting fdi, manufacturing, and exporting goods; encouraging domestic investment enterprises engaged in supporting industries to expand production and increase the localization rate and value added of export goods and services, thereby increasing net exports and gdp growth. • enhancing national competitiveness by encouraging exports of key export goods produced by domestic and local businesses to promote vietnam’s competitive advantage in the diversity of typical products of tropical countries, such as wooden furniture, agricultural, forestry, and fishery export products. to promote the ddlg strategy in accordance with vietnam’s specific conditions, it is necessary to have policies to encourage household consumption, government expenditure, and public and private investment, specifically: • controlling inflation and sustainable economic development; ensuring safe, healthy, and stable operations of credit institutions and the financial system; stabilizing and balancing investment sources, including both private and public investment. • creating an attractive and fair investment environment for both domestic private investment and fdi; enhancing indirect financial support policies through tax incentives. • improving people’s living standards and increasing income for workers and social security beneficiaries in accordance with the country’s socio-economic development; solving labor-related issues. these measures are to encourage consumption and private investment through savings channels. vietnam is located in a dynamic development region of the world and has a highly open economy that depends on fdi inflows, global supply chains, and external market demand. therefore, combining the elg and ddlg hypotheses and adapting them to the specific conditions of the country is the key to vietnam’s sustainable development among global dynamics, ensuring its resilience against headwinds and reducing possible risks. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 292 8. declarations 8.1. author contributions conceptualization, n.t.x.h. and t.t.b.n.; methodology, t.b.b.n.; validation, n.t.x.h., t.s.l., and d.t.b.; formal analysis, d.t.p.a.; investigation, t.t.b.n.; resources, t.s.l.; data curation, d.t.b. and d.t.p.a.; writing— original draft preparation, t.t.b.n., d.t.b., and t.s.l.; writing—review and editing, n.t.x.h.; visualization, t.s.l. and d.t.p.a.; supervision, t.t.b.n.; project administration, n.t.x.h.; funding acquisition, t.t.b.n. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 8.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 8.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 8.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 8.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 8.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] helpman, e., & krugman, p. r. (1985). market structure and foreign trade: increasing returns, imperfect competition, and the international economy. mit press, massachusetts, united states. [2] xiang, h., lu, j., kosov, m. e., volkova, m. v., ponkratov, v. v., masterov, a. i., elyakova, i. d., popkov, s. y., taburov, d. y., … & zekiy, a. o. (2023). sustainable development of employee lifecycle management in the age of global challenges: evidence from china, russia, and indonesia. sustainability (switzerland), 15(6), 4987. doi:10.3390/su15064987. [3] michalopoulos, c., & jay, k. (1973). growth of exports and income in the developing world: a neoclassical view. united states agency for international development. available online: https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=mdp.39015007218301&seq=3 (accessed on march 2024). [4] michaely, m. (1977). exports and growth: an empirical investigation. journal of development economics, 4(1), 49-53. doi:10.1016/0304-3878%2877%2990006-2. [5] jung, w. s., & marshall, p. j. (1985). exports, growth and causality in developing countries. journal of development economics, 18(1), 1–12. doi:10.1016/0304-3878(85)90002-1. [6] bahmani-oskooee, m., & alse, j. (1993). export growth and economic growth: an application of cointegration and errorcorrection modeling. journal of developing areas, 27(4), 535–542. [7] ghartey, e. e. (1993). causal relationship between exports and economic growth: some empirical evidence in taiwan, japan and the us. applied economics, 25(9), 1145–1152. doi:10.1080/00036849300000175. [8] xu, z. (1996). on the causality between export growth and gdp growth: an empirical reinvestigation. review of international economics, 4(2), 172–184. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9396.1996.tb00094.x. [9] granger, c. w. j. (1969). investigating causal relations by econometric models and cross-spectral methods. econometrica, 37(3), 424. doi:10.2307/1912791. [10] yao, y. (2014). the chinese growth miracle. handbook of economic growth, 2, 943–1031. doi:10.1016/b978-0-444-535405.00007-0. [11] jinjun, x. (1996). the export-led growth model and its application in china. hitotsubashi journal of economics, 36(2), 189– 206. doi:10.15057/7761. [12] feder, g. (1983). on exports and economic growth. journal of development economics, 12(1–2), 59–73. doi:10.1016/03043878(83)90031-7. https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=mdp.39015007218301&seq=3 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 293 [13] lemechshenko, o., nakipova, g., & akhmet, g. (2022). improving the program-targeted management methodology and its practical application for the sustained and environment development of agro-industrial complex. journal of environmental management and tourism, 13(3), 769. doi:10.14505/jemt.v13.3(59).16. [14] sumiyati, e. e. (2020). factors affecting manufacturing exports. journal of economics, business, & accountancy ventura, 23(2), 254–266. doi:10.14414/jebav.v23i2.2303. [15] matthew, j. (2021). export-led growth strategies through history. investopedia, new york, united states. available online: https://investopedia.com/articles/investing/011416/exportled-growth-strategies-through-history.asp (accessed on march 2024). [16] ünal, e. (2016). a comparative analysis of export growth in turkey and china through macroeconomic and institutional factors. evolutionary and institutional economics review, 13(1), 57–91. doi:10.1007/s40844-016-0036-3. [17] hatemi-j, a., & irandoust, m. (2000). time-series evidence for balassa’s export-led growth hypothesis. journal of international trade and economic development, 9(3), 355–365. doi:10.1080/09638190050086195. [18] mahadevan, r. (2009). the sustainability of export-led growth: the singaporean experience. the journal of developing areas, 43(1), 233–247. doi:10.1353/jda.0.0034. [19] palley, t. i. (2012). the rise and fall of export-led growth. investigacion economica, 71(280), 141–161. doi:10.22201/fe.01851667p.2012.280.37339. [20] aksenov, g., li, r., abbas, q., fambo, h., popkov, s., ponkratov, v., kosov, m., elyakova, i., & vasiljeva, m. (2023). development of trade and financial-economical relationships between china and russia: a study based on the trade gravity model. sustainability (switzerland), 15(7), 6099. doi:10.3390/su15076099. [21] vasiljeva, m. v. (2013). the role of innovative clusters in the process of internationalization of firms. contemporary economic issues, 3, 1-17. doi:10.24194/31309. [22] medina-smith, e. j. (2001). is the export-led growth hypothesis valid for developing countries? a case study of costa rica. policy issues in international trade and commodities, 7, 1–51. [23] sabyrzhan, a., andarova, r., kanatbek, a., & lisova, n. (2021). keynesian and monetarist approaches to regulation of the labor market in the transition economies of eecca countries. montenegrin journal of economics, 17(4), 75–83. doi:10.14254/18005845/2021.17-4.7. [24] odhiambo, n. m. (2022). is export-led growth hypothesis still valid for sub-saharan african countries? new evidence from panel data analysis. european journal of management and business economics, 31(1), 77–93. doi:10.1108/ejmbe-06-20200156. [25] sumudu kumari, r. d. t. (2020). revisiting the export-led growth hypothesis for liberalised sri lanka. staff studies, 50(2), 49. doi:10.4038/ss.v50i2.4724. [26] palley, t. i. (2002). a new development paradigm domestic demand-led growth: why it is needed and how to make it happen, 1–8. [27] smith, m. (2012). demand-led growth theory: a historical approach. review of political economy, 24(4), 543–573. doi:10.1080/09538259.2012.729931. [28] kim leng, y. (2017). domestic demand-driven growth: analytical perspectives and statistics needed. advances in economics and business, 5(3), 109–128. doi:10.13189/aeb.2017.050301. [29] felipe, j., & lim, j. (2005). export or domestic-led growth in asia? erd working paper series, 22(69), 1–45. doi:10.1142/s0116110505500071. [30] mohanty, s. k. (2012). economic growth, exports and domestic demand in india: in search of a new paradigm of development. in y. zhang, f. kimura, & s. oum (eds.), moving toward a new development model for east asiathe role of domestic policy and regional cooperation, 191–222. [31] sağlam, y., & egeli, h. a. (2018). a comparison of domestic demand and export-led growth strategies for european transition economies: dynamic panel data analysis. foreign trade review, 53(3), 156–173. doi:10.1177/0015732517734755. [32] dumitrescu, e. i., & hurlin, c. (2012). testing for granger non-causality in heterogeneous panels. economic modelling, 29(4), 1450–1460. doi:10.1016/j.econmod.2012.02.014. [33] jain, n. (2022). a comparative analysis of export-led and domestic demand-led growth hypotheses in brics economies. theoretical & applied economics, 29(2), 125–138. [34] felipe, j. (2003). is export-led growth passe: implications for developing asia. asian development bank. available online: https://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/publication/28337/wp048.pdf (accessed on april 2024). https://investopedia.com/articles/investing/011416/exportled-growth-strategies-through-history.asp https://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/publication/28337/wp048.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 294 [35] tang, c. f., lai, y. w., & ozturk, i. (2015). how stable is the export-led growth hypothesis? evidence from asia’s four little dragons. economic modelling, 44, 229–235. doi:10.1016/j.econmod.2014.09.022. [36] karaev, a. k., gorlova, o. s., ponkratov, v. v., vasyunina, m. l., masterov, a. i., sedova, m. l., & mikhina, e. v. (2023). innovative strategy for selecting industries for program-target stimulation of regional economic diversification. hightech and innovation journal, 4(3), 653–666. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-03-013. [37] chaponnière, j. r., & cling, j. p. (2009). vietnam’s export-led growth model and competition with china. economie internationale, 118(2), 101–130. doi:10.3917/ecoi.118.0101. [38] cong, p. t. export-led growth in vietnam. vnu journal of economics and business, 27, 265–275. [39] balassa, b. (1978). exports and economic growth. further evidence. journal of development economics, 5(2), 181–189. doi:10.1016/0304-3878(78)90006-8. [40] phan, l. n. (2018). confirmatory research of minsky’s financial instability hypothesis for the 1945-2017 era. available online: https://ttu-ir.tdl.org/server/api/core/bitstreams/04912cc0-61c4-41e9-bc37-c11f192e2d8d/content (accessed on april 2024). [41] vietnam customs archive (2023). advance release calendar. general department of vietnam customs, hanoi, vietnam. available online: https://www.customs.gov.vn/index.jsp?pageid=4971 (accessed on april 2024). [42] world bank (2023a). harnessing the potential of the services sector for growth. washington, united states. available online: https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/099544403132351453/pdf/idu0343e48530e212043860bee605aae66cfb04a.pdf (accessed on april 2024). [43] world bank (2023b). making public investment work for growth. washington, united states. available online: https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/099408408092319382/pdf/idu0301a3e760c732046e509d3106e81810de4b9.pdf (accessed on april 2024). [44] eurostat (2023b). hicp annual data (average index and rate of change). eurostat european union. available online: https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/databrowser/view/prc_hicp_aind__custom_803810/bookmark/table?lang=en&bookmarkid=c 7937b94-6ddf-40b5-a031-a079664a2eba (accessed on april 2024). [45] us inflation calculator (2024). current us inflation rates: 2000-2024. us inflation calculator, united states. available online: https://www.usinflationcalculator.com/inflation/current-inflation-rates/ (accessed on april 2024). [46] statista (2024). inflation rate in china from 2012 to 2023 with forecasts until 2028. available online: https://www.statista.com/statistics/270338/inflation-rate-in-china/ (accessed on april 2024). [47] vietnam customs (2023). preliminary assessment of vietnam international merchandise trade performance in the first half of 2023. vietnam customs, hanoi, vietnam. available online: https://www.customs.gov.vn/index.jsp?pageid=4967&tkid= 6524&group=undefined&category=scheduled%20analysis (accessed on april 2024). [48] general statistics office (2022). socio-economic situation in the fourth quarter and 2022. available online: https://www.gso.gov.vn/en/data-and-statistics/2023/01/socio-economic-situation-in-the-fourth-quarter-and-2022/ (accessed on april 2024). [49] general statistics office (2023a). socio-economic situation reports in the second quarter and six months of 2023. available online: https://www.gso.gov.vn/en/data-and-statistics/2023/06/socio-economic-situation-report-in-the-second-quarter-and-sixmonths-of-2023/ (accessed on april 2024). [50] general statistics office (2023b). statistical yearbook of 2022. available online: https://www.gso.gov.vn/du-lieu-va-so-lieuthong-ke/2023/06/nien-giam-thong-ke-2022/ (accessed on april 2024). [51] ministry of planning and investment (2023). fdi attraction situation in vietnam and vietnam’s overseas investment in the first six months of 2023. available online: https://www1.mpi.gov.vn/en/pages/tinbai.aspx?idtin=58156&idcm=122 (accessed on april 2024). [52] ngoc, t. t. b., & binh, d. t. (2019). vietnam’s electronics industry: the rise and problems of further development. humanities and social sciences reviews, 7(4), 1–12. doi:10.18510/hssr.2019.741. [53] mishra, b. r., & nancharaiah, g. (2016). export or domestic demand-led growth in brics countries? the indian economic journal, 63(4), 725–749. doi:10.1177/0019466220160410. [54] sahoo, p., & dash, r. k. (2022). does fdi have differential impacts on exports? evidence from developing countries. international economics, 172, 227–237. doi:10.1016/j.inteco.2022.10.002. https://ttu-ir.tdl.org/server/api/core/bitstreams/04912cc0-61c4-41e9-bc37-c11f192e2d8d/content https://www.customs.gov.vn/index.jsp?pageid=4971 https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/099544403132351453/pdf/idu0343e48530e212043860bee605aae66cfb04a.pdf https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/099408408092319382/pdf/idu0301a3e760c732046e509d3106e81810de4b9.pdf https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/databrowser/view/prc_hicp_aind__custom_803810/bookmark/table?lang=en&bookmarkid=c7937b94-6ddf-40b5-a031-a079664a2eba https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/databrowser/view/prc_hicp_aind__custom_803810/bookmark/table?lang=en&bookmarkid=c7937b94-6ddf-40b5-a031-a079664a2eba https://www.usinflationcalculator.com/inflation/current-inflation-rates/ https://www.statista.com/statistics/270338/inflation-rate-in-china/ https://www.customs.gov.vn/index.jsp?pageid=4967&tkid=%206524&group=undefined&category=scheduled%20analysis https://www.customs.gov.vn/index.jsp?pageid=4967&tkid=%206524&group=undefined&category=scheduled%20analysis https://www.gso.gov.vn/en/data-and-statistics/2023/01/socio-economic-situation-in-the-fourth-quarter-and-2022/ https://www.gso.gov.vn/en/data-and-statistics/2023/06/socio-economic-situation-report-in-the-second-quarter-and-six-months-of-2023/ https://www.gso.gov.vn/en/data-and-statistics/2023/06/socio-economic-situation-report-in-the-second-quarter-and-six-months-of-2023/ https://www.gso.gov.vn/du-lieu-va-so-lieu-thong-ke/2023/06/nien-giam-thong-ke-2022/ https://www.gso.gov.vn/du-lieu-va-so-lieu-thong-ke/2023/06/nien-giam-thong-ke-2022/ https://www1.mpi.gov.vn/en/pages/tinbai.aspx?idtin=58156&idcm=122 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 420 issn: 2723-9535 the measurement of blockchain technology in financial reports in commercial banks nidal zaqeeba 1, hamza alqudah 1, 2 , badi s. rawashdeh 1, abdalwali lutfi 3, 4, 5* , mahmaod alrawad 6, 7 , mohammed a. almaiah 8 1 department of accounting, faculty of administrative and financial sciences, irbid national university, irbid 2600, jordan. 2 jadara university research center, jadara university, 21110, jordan. 3 college of business, the university of kalba,11115, sharjah, united arab emirates. 4 meu research unit, middle east university, amman, 11831, jordan. 5 applied science research center, applied science private university, amman 11931, jordan. 6 quantitative method, college of business administration, king faisal university, al-ahsa 31982, saudi arabia. 7 college of business administration and economics, al-hussein bin talal university, ma’an 71111, jordan. 8 department of computer science, king abdullah the ii it school, the university of jordan, amman 11942, jordan. received 30 december 2023; revised 19 may 2024; accepted 25 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract the objective of the present study is to measure the impact of blockchain technology on financial reports. the study utilizes a time series analysis covering eleven commercial banks listed on the amman stock exchange from 2009 to 2019. two key measures, namely other operating expenses and customer deposits are employed in the return on assets (roa). the findings indicate that blockchain technology can be quantified by 0.038 of other operating expenses. however, there are no discernible indications of measuring blockchain technology through customer deposits. the study suggests that blockchain technology is a double-edged sword; when not utilized as required, it leads to increased expenses, and conversely, its effective exploitation can have cost-reducing effects. in other words, operational inefficiencies or heterogeneity are associated with elevated costs associated with implementing blockchain technology. keywords: blockchain technology; roa; other operating expenses; customer deposits; financial reports. 1. introduction blockchain technology has changed paradigms in several industries, most notably the financial services and transaction environment [1–3]. blockchain was first envisioned as the underpinning technology for cryptocurrencies, but it has since attracted a lot of interest for its potential to improve efficiency, security, and transparency across a range of sectors [4–6]. in the financial sector, commercial banks are especially interested in investigating how to incorporate blockchain technology into their operations to reduce risks, expedite procedures, and comply with changing regulatory standards [7]. * corresponding author: abdalwale.lutfi@ukb.ac.ae http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-014 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2131-4933 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3928-7497 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8871-3392 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2215-2481 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 421 one important consideration that has surfaced as commercial banks work through the challenges of using blockchain technology is the necessity of measuring and assessing how it will affect financial reporting procedures [8–10]. for stakeholders, financial reporting is essential since it offers information about an organization's performance, financial standing, and future possibilities [11, 12]. therefore, it is critical for all parties involved—investors, regulators, and management—to comprehend how blockchain technology affects financial reporting in commercial banks [13]. key issues that are expected to surface from the literature analysis include how blockchain improves openness and auditability, how it affects regulatory compliance [14], and how it integrates with current financial reporting requirements [15, 16]. in addition, the review will look at how difficult it is to measure assets and liabilities connected to blockchain adoption, how difficult it is to reconcile distributed ledger technology with traditional accounting principles, and how the changing regulatory environment affects financial reporting practices [17]. in jordan's context, maintenance is the major issue jordanian banks are facing. financial and monetary stability on the one hand, while also enhancing the climate for investing and promoting economic growth on the other [18]. these issues arise as a result of advancements in blockchain technology and electronic payment system technologies. the central bank of jordan worked to implement the necessary changes at the level of legal frameworks and regulatory practices to support the use of contemporary financial technology and electronic transactions and improve the capacity of banks and financial institutions to manage risks associated with financial technology (fintech) and risks [19, 20]. cyber technology is activated with a focus on developing a financial culture and boosting awareness of its use, and that assists banks in better preparing to utilize financial technology for services and business [21]. to ensure the strengthening of financial stability, in addition to activating the central electronic system that was established in (2014) the strategic plan of the central bank of jordan 2014–2016, which was under test to link its affiliated banks to each other, provided that it is based on the foundations of its objectives, especially for banks, gradually paving the way for digital financial services in jordan. in 2016, jordanian banks were effectively subdued using blockchain technology (central bank of jordan, 2024). the financial reporting procedures used by commercial banks to include blockchain technology create a complex and difficult environment [12]. concerns about how best to monitor and assess blockchain's effects on financial reporting are raised as commercial banks look more closely at implementing the technology to improve security, efficiency, and transparency in their operations [22]. the distinct features of blockchain technology provide several intricate issues for financial reporting in commercial institutions. notwithstanding its prospective advantages, including the absence of reconciliation problems [23], the speed of transactions made possible by smart contracts, and the immutability of transaction records, it is believed that its deployment will boost overall banking efficiency and profitability [24, 25]. however, these assertions are not supported by any actual data [26, 27]. based on previous studies, we will rely on two variables that affect the measurement of blockchain technology, which are other operating expenses and customer deposits. other operating expense benefits in areas of central finance reporting, compliance, centralized operations, and business operations will result from the financial sector's use of blockchain [28–31]. accordingly, customer deposits are some additional financial-related fields of blockchain [25, 32, 33]. the purpose of this study of the literature is to examine the body of knowledge that currently exists about the measurement of blockchain technology in financial reports produced by jordanian commercial banks. this study aims to clarify the approaches, difficulties, and consequences involved in integrating blockchain technology into financial reporting systems by synthesizing and evaluating pertinent research. this study attempts to provide insights into the complex dynamics at play in the measure of the effect of blockchain technology in financial reporting in commercial banks by thoroughly examining academic publications, case studies, and empirical data. 2. literature review and hypothesis development the blockchain technology measure is determined by developing hypotheses based on previous studies; the controlling variable is the performance indicator (roa). the use of modern technology and big data management, which is serious progress in accounting and the financial field, can provide a new approach that in turn expresses an efficient way to address various challenges. 2.1. other operating expenses the promise of blockchain technology to change operational capabilities and save costs has attracted substantial attention from a variety of businesses. this overview of the literature examines how blockchain-related costs are measured, with an emphasis on other operational expenditures in particular, and it presents the main conclusions of previous empirical research. an empirical test was carried out by pan et al. (2020) [34] to investigate how blockchain technology affects corporate operating capabilities. their research showed that the use of blockchain has a favorable impact on a number of operational characteristics, such as transparency and efficiency. despite not specifically focusing on other running costs, the report offers insightful information about the overall advantages of blockchain integration for businesses. furthermore, the relationship between transaction and processing costs in a blockchain context was hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 422 examined in research by jabbar & dani (2020) [35]. they discovered that although blockchain has many benefits, like immutability and decentralization, it also has high processing costs. although it doesn't specifically address additional running costs, this analysis clarifies the intricate cost dynamics related to blockchain deployment. cocco et al. (2017) [36] investigated how blockchain technology may reduce costs in the banking industry. their study demonstrated the cost and efficiency savings that may be realized with blockchain-based solutions, especially when it comes to transaction processing and regulatory compliance. the report indirectly discusses the influence of other operational expenditures inside financial institutions [37], despite its primary focus being on cost savings. moreover, the economic viability of blockchain technology for financial institutions' use in client identification was assessed by bataev et al. (2020) [38]. according to their results, blockchain-based solutions can save operating expenses and improve client identification procedures. the study offers insights into the possible consequences for other operational expenditures in financial institutions, even though it explicitly focuses on the economic efficiency element. all things considered, these studies highlight how blockchain technology has the ability to revolutionize a variety of sectors by cutting costs and increasing productivity. although there is a lack of direct measurement of other operating expenses associated with blockchain implementation in the literature, empirical data indicates that the adoption of blockchain technology can result in significant cost savings and operational improvements, which in turn can improve organizational performance. based on the above, the following hypothesis will be proposed: h1: other operating expenses are a metric to measure blockchain technology by roa. 2.2. customer deposits due to its potential to improve security, transparency, and efficiency in financial transactions, the measuring of client deposits in the context of blockchain technology has drawn attention. this study of the literature looks at current studies on blockchain-based solutions and how they affect the measurement of consumer deposits. xu et al. (2021) [39] look into ways to enhance the client due diligence procedure using a blockchain-based anti-money laundering system. their research emphasizes how blockchain may improve financial transaction traceability and transparency, which can lead to more reliable client deposit measurement procedures. financial institutions can enhance risk management and compliance with client deposits by utilizing blockchain technology for anti-money laundering campaigns. eduardo demarco (2020) [40] examines distributed ledger technology (dlt) and blockchain in the context of capital markets, emphasizing the know-your-customer (kyc) procedure. the report highlights how blockchain technology may improve data security, expedite kyc processes, and increase the accuracy of consumer deposit measurements. financial institutions may reduce the risk of fraud and guarantee the accuracy of client deposit records by implementing blockchain-based kyc solutions. moreover, for the financial industry, joseph & karunan (2021) [41] suggested a decentralized transaction settlement system built on blockchain technology. their study investigates how blockchain technology may transform transaction settlement procedures, such as managing client deposits. blockchain provides a more transparent and effective method for handling consumer deposits in the banking industry by enabling peer-to-peer transactions that happen directly without the need for middlemen. central bank blockchain applications are the subject of comprehensive mapping research by dashkevich et al. (2020) [42]. although their research does not directly address consumer deposits, it does provide light on the wider ramifications of blockchain adoption in the banking industry. blockchain technology has the potential to revolutionize central bank functions, particularly the measurement and administration of client deposits, by enabling safe and decentralized ledger systems. additionally, central bank blockchain applications are the subject of comprehensive mapping research by dashkevich et al. (2020) [42]. although their research does not directly address consumer deposits, it does provide light on the wider ramifications of blockchain adoption in the banking industry [43]. blockchain technology has the potential to revolutionize central bank functions, particularly the measurement and administration of client deposits, by enabling safe and decentralized ledger systems [44]. all in all, these studies demonstrate how blockchain technology has the potential to revolutionize the financial industry's assessment and handling of consumer deposits. financial institutions may boost client trust and optimize operations by implementing blockchain-based solutions, which improve transparency, security, and efficiency in deposit-related procedures. based on the above, the following hypothesis will be proposed: h2: customer deposits are a metric to measure blockchain technology by roa. 3. research methodology this study uses a quantitative correlation design. to conduct some relevant tests. this study relies on the descriptive approach and the comparative approach for the time delay by panel data and time series, as shown in figure 1. this study aims to identify the extent to which the study blockchain variables are related to financial statements from 2009 to 2019. the data used in this study on 11 commercial banks was obtained from the amman stock exchange. handsome, according to figure 1 for data analysis: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 423 figure 1. data analysis 3.1. analysis descriptive this section contains descriptive information about the variables. return on assets (roa), customer deposits (cd), and other operating costs (oes). before going on to the descriptive analysis, table 1 displays the analysis to make sure the data is accurate and complete. the table shows that every variable in the research has comprehensive data. table 1. summary statistics mean median min max std. dev. years 2014 2014 2009 2019 3.175 roa 1.099 1.1 0.210 1.94 0.421 oes 0.177 0.175 0.107 0.265 0.045 cd 147m 128m 32m 4833m 1.251 the average mean score value for the variables over the period between 2009 and 2019 was also calculated (for instance, the mean score of roa for 2009 to 2019 was added and divided by 11). the mean score values of the variables for each year were calculated (the observations of the 11 banks were added up and divided by 11). a summary of the mean score values for the variables is shown in table 1. additionally, it displays the variables' combined mean score value. 4. results 4.1. inferential the test was run on heteroscedasticity, the outcome revealed that the prob chi-squared= 0.0626. the significance level (p-value or sig) is known as prob. this demonstrates that the null hypothesis cannot be ruled out and that heteroscedasticity is not a problem with the data, as shown in figure 2. d at a a n al y si s comparative approach for the time delay continuous discrete analysis descriptive mean min and max standard deviation inferential regression assumptions heteroscedasticity autocorrelation normality multicollinearity hypotheses testing hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 424 figure 2. heteroscedasticity furthermore, the normality variables were tested by skewness and kurtosis. according to ryu (2011) [45], normality represents whether is valuable skewness < 2 and kurtosis < 7. according to table 2, the values of skewness (0.7, 0.317, and 1.535) are less than 2, and kurtosis (2.173, 2.272, and 4.958) are less than 7. the data is subject to a normal distribution. table 2. normality test skewness<2 kurtosis<7 years 0 1.78 roa -0.07 2.173 oes 0.317 2.272 cd 1.535 4.958 none of the correlations between the variables in table 3 surpass 0.90, showing that there is no significant link between them and demonstrating that the variables in this research do not exhibit multicollinearity problems. table 3. pairwise correlations variables years roa oes cd years 1.000 roa -0.207 1.000 oes 0.251* -0.467* 1.000 cd 0.210 0.319* -0.281* 1.000 *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1 the main variable utilized in testing hypotheses is the value of the prob>chin, sometimes referred to as a p-value. the results of the direct impact hypothesis test are presented in table 4. table 4. linear regression roa coef. st.err. t-value p-value [95% conf interval] sig oes -0.409 0.077 -4.94 0 -0.573 -0.245 *** cd 0.204 0.083 2.47 0.015 0.04 0.368 ** mean dependent var 0.990 sd dependent var 1.000 r-squared 0.256 number of obs 121 f-test 20.303 prob > f 0.000 akaike crit. (aic) 312.595 bayesian crit. (bic) 320.982 *** p<.01, ** p<.05, * p<.1 -1 0 -5 0 5 r e s id u a ls 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 fitted values hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 425 because prob>f is 0.000, which indicates that the independent variables may predict the dependent variable, table 3 demonstrates that the model is appropriate. the r-squared of the model is 0.256, suggesting that the independent variables of this research can explain a total of 25.2% of the variation in the roa. according to the results of table 3 hypothesis testing, there is a negative correlation between oes and roa (coef=0.409, t-value= -4.94, p-value>0.000). this verified the study's presumption. h1 is accepted. according to table 3 direct impact hypothesis testing results, there is a positive and significant correlation between cd and roa (coef=0.204, t-value=2.47, p-value>0.015). h2 is therefore supported. 4.2. comparative approach for the time delay the comparative approach for the time delay is based on dividing the time phase into discrete and continuous phases [46]. work on blockchain began in jordanian banks in 2016, indicating that this technology had not been used before this date. therefore, the years 2009–2015, which did not use blockchain technology (discrete), will be compared with the years 2016–2019, which did introduce this technology (continuous), to test time series the suitability of these variables to express blockchain. time series forecasting makes predictions of activity using knowledge of previous values and related trends. this usually has to do with trend analysis [47], as shown in table 5: table 5. descriptive statistics mean by (years) years roa oes cdmillion 2009 1.112 0.181 1103 2010 1.175 0.167 1200 2011 1.15 0.173 1237 2012 1.187 0.164 1240 2013 1.207 0.161 1301 2014 1.223 0.150 1456 2015 1.223 0.148 1547 2016 1.08 0.191 1582 2017 0.945 0.207 1731 2018 0.895 0.217 1836 2019 0.894 0.191 1935 blockchain was used in jordanian banks in 2016. table 5 shows the effect of the change in variables from 2009 to 2019, where the mean of roa from 2009 to 2015 (discrete) was 1.112, 1.175, 1.15, 1.187, 1.207, 1.223, and 1.223, respectively, which are somewhat close ratios of average 1.182. in 2016 (which began the use of blockchain, continuous) until 2019, the performance decreased to 1.08, 0.945, 0.895, and 0.894, respectively; it was average 0.9535. furthermore, the mean of oes in table 4 for 2009–2015 was 0.181, 0.167, 0.173, 0.164, 0.161, 0.150, and 0.148, respectively, with an average of 0.163. but in 2016–2019, the percentage increased by 0.191, 0.207, 0.217, and 0.191, respectively, with an average of 0.201. additionally, the mean in table 4 of the cd 2009–2019 in comparison to 2015 and 2016, the rise was reasonable and was unaffected by blockchain technology. the increase may be explained by an increase in the number of customers or their deposits. table 6 indicates that blockchain leads to a decrease in roa of about 0.228. the use of blockchain technology also led to an increase in oes by 0.038. blockchain technology also led to an increase in cd by 473. table 6. summary of mean descriptive variables years roa oes cdmillion 2009-2015 (discrete) 1.182 0.163 1298 20162019 (continuous) 0.9535 0.201 1771 changes 0.228 0.038 473 5. discussion the first main result of the descriptive approach is: the analysis also showed that other operating expenses negatively affect the roa of jordanian commercial banks. the second result is that customer deposits have a positive impact on roa. in the comparative approach for the time delay, the data is divided into two parts: discrete, in which blockchain technology is not used at this time, and continuous, in which blockchain technology is used at this time, which takes into account the difference between the ratios [46]. as a result of that, the use of blockchain technology increased in oes by 0.038. blockchain technology increased in cd by 473. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 426 the banking sector in jordan is suffering from a weakening roa due to blockchain, as the results show a decline of 0.228. this is an indication that blockchain technology is not being used well. khalil et al. (2021) and mansour et al. (2024) [48, 49] demonstrate a favorable relationship between blockchain and financial performance through business process innovation. the company's payment and financial information have therefore been greatly protected, thanks in large part to the blockchain. people feel more secure and comfortable while utilizing blockchain technology for transactions [33]. according to kim & shin (2019) [50], the information transparency, information immutability, and smart contract properties of blockchain technology have considerable beneficial impacts on partnership growth and minor favorable effects on partnership efficiency. partnership growth has a positive effect on business success, even though partnership efficiency has a negative effect. this is an indication that blockchain technology is not being used well in jordanian banks. this enhances the measurement of the other variables used in this study. additionally, the banking sector in jordan is suffering from high blockchain costs for other operating expenses, as the results showed a rise of 0.038. mafakheri et al. (2018) [51] found that using blockchain technology reduces costs using smart contracts, which contradicts this conclusion. this study found that operators can offset and offload hosting, security, and maintenance costs by using a decentralized network of nodes to maintain a distributed ledger. the sarker & datta (2022) [25] study also found the potential of this blockchain-based digital transformation for the pension industry to reduce implementation time, reduce other operating expenses, and facilitate the achievement of other pension reform agendas. blockchain technology can reduce expenses because some cryptocurrencies are being used as payment methods increasingly often [33]. furthermore, in line with this study by breda (2023) [26], which used a difference-indifferences approach to compare banks that use blockchain technology to those that do not, it found that, when compared to non-adopted banks, adopted banks did not experience higher liquidity in the post-implementation period, and adoption did not improve operating efficiency or valuation. with a lengthier post-adoption history, early adopters show a considerable drop in operational efficiency and liquidity nonetheless. all things considered; our findings show that the long-term benefits of blockchain adoption outweigh any short-term drawbacks. the result may also be explained by the fact that the banking sector throughout the world faces several difficulties due to high administrative expenses and related operational inefficiencies or operational heterogeneity, which consequently affect roa. furthermore, in the study by moradi & mohammadi (2020) [46], the difference between discrete and continuous ratios is efficient for solving time-delay fractional optimal control problems. based on the above, a ratio of 0.038 is considered a strong metric for measuring blockchain. it should be noted that jordanian banks did not disclose an item in the financial statements about technology expenses. for example, at jpmorgan bank, which is considered one of the largest american banks, there was an expense account called technology, communications, and equipment. therefore, it must be added to other operating expenses before taking a percentage of 0.038. customer deposits are rising in banks, as found in this study by 473m after using blockchain technology. customer deposits in general have gradually increased. in the study by rajindra et al. (2021) and okun (2012) [30, 31], customer deposits have been considered to rise with time. as a result, banks that use efficient deposit-attraction tactics will continue to post higher roes in the future. therefore, it appears that customer deposits enhance shareholder wealth. therefore, initiatives should be made to promote consumer deposit attractiveness. hence, it is not a good measure of blockchain technology. it is worth noting that the absence of uniform accounting procedures for transactions involving blockchain technology is one drawback. it may be difficult to precisely measure and report blockchain-related assets and liabilities if current accounting rules do not sufficiently take into account the special features of blockchain technology [52]. subsequent investigations may go into the creation of accounting rules customized for blockchain transactions, tackling matters like disclosure, recognition, and value. the scant empirical data about the effect of blockchain adoption on the caliber of financial reporting in commercial banks represents another drawback. empirical research is required to evaluate how blockchain implementation affects the accuracy, dependability, and relevance of financial information disclosed in banks' reports, even though theoretical frameworks are available to guide the analysis of blockchain's effects on financial reporting [53]. longitudinal studies might be conducted in the future to investigate the long-term effects of blockchain adoption on stakeholders' decisionmaking processes and the quality of financial reporting. further complicating assessment in financial reporting is the scalability and interoperability of blockchain networks. commercial banks may have challenges as blockchain technology develops in integrating blockchain-based solutions with current financial reporting infrastructures and guaranteeing data consistency across many platforms [54]. future studies might examine methods, such as the creation of standardized data formats and interoperability protocols, for resolving issues with scalability and interoperability in blockchain-based financial reporting. moreover, there is still uncertainty in the regulatory environment around blockchain technology in financial reporting. commercial banks may face compliance risks and regulatory ambiguity as a result of regulatory frameworks that lag behind technology improvements [55, 56]. future studies should look at the regulatory ramifications of using blockchain technology in financial reporting and evaluate how regulators might modify current laws to allow blockchain-based transactions while preserving the interests of investors and the stability of the financial system. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 427 6. conclusion the purpose of this study was to ascertain the measurement of blockchain technology through other operating expenses and customer deposits by financial performance at jordanian banks. the findings demonstrated a link between blockchain measurements and other operating expenses in a time series. that is, 0.038 percent of the sum of other operating expenses can be measured in jordanian banks. this result can be generalized as other operating expenses increase with the increase in blockchain technology costs and vice versa [57]. similarly, according to this theoretical model, blockchain technology's real-time transparency and cost reductions help companies become more profitable and competitive, which in turn ensures sustainability. moreover, the time series doesn't depict a connection between consumer deposits for blockchain measurement. the situation may also be explained by the fact that jordan banking experiences several challenges due to high administrative costs and associated operational inefficiencies or operational heterogeneity, which negatively impact roa. although there are several restrictions and opportunities for further study, the measurement of blockchain technology in commercial banks' financial reporting has the potential to improve financial markets' efficiency, trustworthiness, and transparency. accounting academics, blockchain engineers, regulators, and business professionals will need to work collaboratively to address these issues and further our knowledge of how blockchain affects the accuracy of financial reporting. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, n.z. and h.a.; methodology, a.l.; software, m.a.a.; validation, b.s.r., a.l., and m.a.; formal analysis, n.z.; investigation, b.s.a.; resources, m.a.a.; data curation, h.a.; writing—original draft preparation, n.z. and h.a.; writing—review and editing, a.l.; visualization, h.a.; supervision, n.z.; project administration, a.l.; funding acquisition, m.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding this research was funded through the annual funding track by the deanship of scientific research, from the vice presidency for graduate studies and scientific research, king faisal university, saudi arabia [granta310]. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] lutfi, a., al-khasawneh, a. l., almaiah, m. a., alshira’h, a. f., alshirah, m. h., alsyouf, a., alrawad, m., al-khasawneh, a., saad, m., & ali, r. al. (2022). antecedents of big data analytic adoption and impacts on performance: contingent effect. sustainability (switzerland), 14(23), 15516. doi:10.3390/su142315516. [2] alshirah, m. h., lutfi, a., alshira’h, a. f., saad, m., ibrahim, n. m. e. s., & mohammed, f. m. (2021). influences of the environmental factors on the intention to adopt cloud-based accounting information system among smes in jordan. accounting, 7(3), 645–654. doi:10.5267/j.ac.2020.12.013. [3] marei, a. (2023). financial performance persistence in islamic and conventional fund family: developing market evidence. decision science letters, 12(4), 659–670. doi:10.5267/j.dsl.2023.8.003. [4] alrfai, m. m., alqudah, h., lutfi, a., al-kofahi, m., alrawad, m., & almaiah, m. a. (2023). the influence of artificial intelligence on the aiss efficiency: moderating effect of the cyber security. cogent social sciences, 9(2), 2243719. doi:10.1080/23311886.2023.2243719. [5] lutfi, a., alsyouf, a., almaiah, m. a., alrawad, m., abdo, a. a. k., al-khasawneh, a. l., ibrahim, n., & saad, m. (2022). factors influencing the adoption of big data analytics in the digital transformation era: case study of jordanian smes. sustainability (switzerland), 14(3), 1802. doi:10.3390/su14031802. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 428 [6] gupta, a., & gupta, s. (2018). blockchain technology application in indian banking sector. delhi business review, 19(2), 75– 84. doi:10.51768/dbr.v19i2.192201807. [7] alghadi, m. y., alqudah, h., lutfi, a., ananzeh, h., marei, a., almaiah, m. a., & al-matari, y. a. (2024). enhancing cyber governance in islamic banks: the influence of artificial intelligence and the moderating effect of covid-19 pandemic. international journal of data and network science, 8(1), 307–318. doi:10.5267/j.ijdns.2023.9.023. [8] almaiah, m. a., hajjej, f., shishakly, r., lutfi, a., amin, a., & awad, a. b. (2022). the role of quality measurements in enhancing the usability of mobile learning applications during covid-19. electronics (switzerland), 11(13), 1951. doi:10.3390/electronics11131951. [9] ko, t., lee, j., & ryu, d. (2018). blockchain technology and manufacturing industry: real-time transparency and cost savings. sustainability (switzerland), 10(11), 4274. doi:10.3390/su10114274. [10] marei, a. (2023). the moderating role of big data and user satisfaction in the predictors of generalized audit software among jordanian auditing firms. wseas transactions on business and economics, 20, 1357–1367. doi:10.37394/23207.2023.20.121. [11] al-zaqeba, m. a. a., jarah, b. a. f., ineizeh, n. i., almatarneh, z., & jarrah, m. a. al. (2022). the effect of management accounting and blockchain technology characteristics on supply chains efficiency. uncertain supply chain management, 10(3), 973–982. doi:10.5267/j.uscm.2022.2.016. [12] lutfi, a. understanding cloud-based enterprise resource planning adoption among smes in jordan. journal of theoretical and applied information technology, 99(24), 5944–5953. [13] zaqeeba, n., alqudah, h., alshira’h, a. f., lutfi, a., almaiah, m. a., & alrawad, m. (2024). the impact of using types of artificial intelligence technology in monitoring tax payments. international journal of data and network science, 8(3), 1577– 1586. doi:10.5267/j.ijdns.2024.3.009. [14] alshira’h, a. f., alsqour, m., lutfi, a., alsyouf, a., & alshirah, m. (2020). a socio-economic model of sales tax compliance. economies, 8(4), 88. doi:10.3390/economies8040088. [15] lutfi, a., alkilani, s. z., saad, m., alshirah, m. h., alshirah, a. f., alrawad, m., al-khasawneh, m. a., ibrahim, n., abdelhalim, a., & ramadan, m. h. (2022). the influence of audit committee chair characteristics on financial reporting quality. journal of risk and financial management, 15(12), 563. doi:10.3390/jrfm15120563. [16] nizamuddin, n., hasan, h., salah, k., & iqbal, r. (2019). blockchain-based framework for protecting author royalty of digital assets. arabian journal for science and engineering, 44(4), 3849–3866. doi:10.1007/s13369-018-03715-4. [17] marei, a., mustafa, j. a., othman, m., daoud, l., lutfi, a., & al-amarneh, a. (2023). the moderation of organizational readiness on the relationship between toe factors and fintech adoption and financial performance. journal of law and sustainable development, 11(3), 730– 730. doi:10.55908/sdgs.v11i3.730. [18] alshirah, m. h., alshira’h, a. f., & lutfi, a. (2020). audit committee’s attributes, overlapping memberships on the audit committee and corporate risk disclosure: evidence from jordan. accounting, 7(2), 423–440. doi:10.5267/j.ac.2020.11.008. [19] ananzeh, h., alshirah, m. h., alshira’h, a. f., & al-hazaima, h. (2023). political connection, family ownership and corporate philanthropy: empirical evidence from jordan. journal of accounting in emerging economies, 13(5), 974–999. doi:10.1108/jaee-02-2022-0059. [20] lutfi, a., & alqudah, h. (2023). the influence of technological factors on the computer-assisted audit tools and techniques usage during covid-19. sustainability (switzerland), 15(9), 1–22. doi:10.3390/su15097704. [21] alqudah, h., lutfi, a., abualoush, s. habis, al qudah, m. z., alshira’h, a. f., almaiah, m. a., alrawad, m., & tork, m. (2023). the impact of empowering internal auditors on the quality of electronic internal audits: a case of jordanian listed services companies. international journal of information management data insights, 3(2), 1–8. doi:10.1016/j.jjimei.2023.100183. [22] alsyouf, a., lutfi, a., alsubahi, n., alhazmi, f. n., al-mugheed, k., anshasi, r. j., alharbi, n. i., & albugami, m. (2023). the use of a technology acceptance model (tam) to predict patients’ usage of a personal health record system: the role of security, privacy, and usability. international journal of environmental research and public health, 20(2), 1347. doi:10.3390/ijerph20021347. [23] khassawneh, a. a. l. (2014). the influence of organizational factors on accounting information systems (ais) effectiveness: a study of jordanian smes. international journal of marketing and technology, 4(10), 36–46. [24] almaiah, m. a., alfaisal, r., salloum, s. a., hajjej, f., thabit, s., el-qirem, f. a., lutfi, a., alrawad, m., al mulhem, a., alkhdour, t., awad, a. b., & al-maroof, r. s. (2022). examining the impact of artificial intelligence and social and computer anxiety in e-learning settings: students’ perceptions at the university level. electronics (switzerland), 11(22), 3662. doi:10.3390/electronics11223662. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 429 [25] sarker, i., & datta, b. (2022). re-designing the pension business processes for achieving technology-driven reforms through blockchain adoption: a proposed architecture. technological forecasting and social change, 174, 121059. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2021.121059. [26] breda, l. (2023). blockchain and banking efficiency: global evidence from ripple network adoption. master's thesis, university of twente, twente, the netherlands. [27] lutfi, a. a., md idris, k., & mohamad, r. (2016). the influence of technological, organizational and environmental factors on accounting information system usage among jordanian small and medium-sized enterprises. international journal of economics and financial issues, 6(7 special issue), 240–248. [28] almaiah, m. a., al-rahmi, a. m., alturise, f., alrawad, m., alkhalaf, s., lutfi, a., al-rahmi, w. m., & awad, a. b. (2022). factors influencing the adoption of internet banking: an integration of issm and utaut with price value and perceived risk. frontiers in psychology, 13, 919198. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2022.919198. [29] lutfi, a., alkelani, s. n., alqudah, h., alshira’h, a. f., alshirah, m. h., almaiah, m. a., alsyouf, a., alrawad, m., montash , a., & abdelmaksoud, o. (2022). the role of e-accounting adoption on business performance: the moderating role of covid-19. journal of risk and financial management, 15(12), 1–19. doi:10.3390/jrfm15120617. [30] rajindra, r., guasmin, g., & burhanuddin, b. (2021). costs and operational revenue, loan to deposit ratio against return on assets: a case study in indonesia. rasmi nur anggraeni / journal of asian finance, 8(5), 109–0115. [31] okun, d. m. (2012). the effect of level of deposits on financial performance of commercial banks in kenya (doctoral dissertation), university of nairobi library, nairobi, kenya. [32] almaiah, m. a., alhumaid, k., aldhuhoori, a., alnazzawi, n., aburayya, a., alfaisal, r., salloum, s. a., lutfi, a., al mulhem, a., alkhdour, t., awad, a. b., & shehab, r. (2022). factors affecting the adoption of digital information technologies in higher education: an empirical study. electronics (switzerland), 11(21), 3572. doi:10.3390/electronics11213572. [33] kumar, s., kumar, b., nagesh, y., & christian, f. (2022). application of blockchain technology as a support tool in economic & financial development. manager-the british journal of administrative management, 58(june), 1278–1746. [34] pan, x., pan, x., song, m., ai, b., & ming, y. (2020). blockchain technology and enterprise operational capabilities: an empirical test. international journal of information management, 52, 101946. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2019.05.002. [35] jabbar, a., & dani, s. (2020). investigating the link between transaction and computational costs in a blockchain environment. international journal of production research, 58(11), 3423–3436. doi:10.1080/00207543.2020.1754487. [36] cocco, l., pinna, a., & marchesi, m. (2017). banking on blockchain: costs savings thanks to the blockchain technology. future internet, 9(3), 25. doi:10.3390/fi9030025. [37] alrawad, m., lutfi, a., almaiah, m. a., alsyouf, a., al-khasawneh, a. l., arafa, h. m., ahmed, n. a., aboalkhair, a. m., & tork, m. (2023). managers’ perception and attitude toward financial risks associated with smes: analytic hierarchy process approach. journal of risk and financial management, 16(2), 1–12. doi:10.3390/jrfm16020086. [38] bataev, a., plotnikova, e., lukin, g., & sviridenko, m. (2020). evaluation of the economic efficiency of blockchain for customer identification by financial institutions. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 940(1), 12038. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/940/1/012038. [39] xu, c., liu, c., nie., d., gai, l. (2021). how can a blockchain-based anti-money laundering system improve customer due diligence process? journal of forensic and investigative accounting, 13(2), 273–287. [40] eduardo demarco, a. (2020). analysing blockchain/distributed ledger technology in capital markets and know your customer process. journal of securities operations & custody, 12(1), 58–71. [41] joseph, s., & karunan, s. (2021). a blockchain based decentralized transaction settlement system in banking sector. proceedings of the 4th international conference on microelectronics, signals and systems, icmss 2021, 1–6. doi:10.1109/icmss53060.2021.9673610. [42] dashkevich, n., counsell, s., & destefanis, g. (2020). blockchain application for central banks: a systematic mapping study. ieee access, 8, 139918–139952. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3012295. [43] lutfi, a. (2022). factors influencing the continuance intention to use accounting information system in jordanian smes from the perspectives of utaut: top management support and self-efficacy as predictor factors. economies, 10(4), 1–17. doi:10.3390/economies10040075. [44] lutfi, a., alqudah, h., alrawad, m., alshira’h, a. f., alshirah, m. h., almaiah, m. a., alsyouf, a., & hassan, m. f. (2023). green environmental management system to support environmental performance: what factors influence smes to adopt green innovations? sustainability (switzerland), 15(13), 1–20. doi:10.3390/su151310645. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 430 [45] ryu, e. (2011). effects of skewness and kurtosis on normal-theory based maximum likelihood test statistic in multilevel structural equation modeling. behavior research methods, 43(4), 1066–1074. doi:10.3758/s13428-011-0115-7. [46] moradi, l., & mohammadi, f. (2020). a comparative approach for time-delay fractional optimal control problems: discrete versus continuous chebyshev polynomials. asian journal of control, 22(1), 204–216. doi:10.1002/asjc.1858. [47] hamilton, j. d. (2020). time series analysis. princeton university press, new jersey, united states. [48] khalil, m., khawaja, k. f., & sarfraz, m. (2022). the adoption of blockchain technology in the financial sector during the era of fourth industrial revolution: a moderated mediated model. quality and quantity, 56(4), 2435–2452. doi:10.1007/s11135-02101229-0. [49] mansour, m., al zobi, m., abu alim, s., saleh, m. w. a., marashdeh, z., marei, a., alkhodary, d., al-nohood, s., & lutfi, a. (2024). eco-innovation and financial performance nexus: does company size matter? journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 10(1), 100244. doi:10.1016/j.joitmc.2024.100244. [50] kim, j. s., & shin, n. (2019). the impact of blockchain technology application on supply chain partnership and performance. sustainability (switzerland), 11(21), 6181. doi:10.3390/su11216181. [51] mafakheri, b., subramanya, t., goratti, l., & riggio, r. (2018). blockchain-based infrastructure sharing in 5g small cell networks. 14th international conference on network and service management, cnsm 2018 and workshops, 1st international workshop on high-precision networks operations and control, hipnet 2018 and 1st workshop on segment routing and service function chaining, sr+sfc 2018, 313–317. [52] bouwman, h., carlsson, c., chen, z., & huizingh, e. k. blockchain in accounting and auditing: what we know and where we stand. european accounting review, 29(3), 531–544. [53] gomber, p., koch, j. a., & siering, m. digital finance and financial inclusion: divergent paths in china and the european union. journal of internet banking and commerce, 23(s4), 1–19. [54] liu, j., liu, z., & lu, y. an empirical study on blockchain integration in financial reporting: evidence from china. international journal of accounting and information management, 28(4), 535–553. [55] kshetri, n. (2017). can blockchain strengthen the internet of things? it professional, 19(4), 68–72. doi:10.1109/mitp.2017.3051335. [56] lutfi, a. (2020). investigating the moderating role of environmental uncertainty between institutional pressures and erp adoption in jordanian smes. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 6(3), 91. doi:10.3390/joitmc6030091. [57] guo, y., & liang, c. (2016). blockchain application and outlook in the banking industry. financial innovation, 2(1), 1–12. doi:10.1186/s40854-016-0034-9. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 662 issn: 2723-9535 leveraging image analysis and deep convolutional neural networks for cutting-edge malware detection and mitigation mohammad mahmood otoom 1* , ahmad mahmoud etoom 2 1 department of electrical engineering, faculty of engineering technology, al-balqa applied university, amman, jordan. 2 department of information and communication technology, universiti sains malaysia (usm), penang, malaysia. received 17 february 2025; revised 17 may 2025; accepted 23 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract in this study, we investigate using deep learning, i.e., deep convolutional neural networks (dcnns), for malware detection leveraging network traffic data. signature-based detection techniques are now proven unable to cope with the extremely high rate of malware variants' evolution. for this reason, this research suggests a novel method of turning raw network traffic data input (apks, csvs, and pcaps) into visual representations for better malware classification. the study trains a model using dcnns and refines it using the vgg19 architecture and extra convolutional layers to achieve higher detection rates utilizing the cicandmal2017 dataset. the key metrics of precision (98.5%), recall (99.4%), and f1 score (98.8%) are all observed with a high performance, along with the auc of 0.93 and accuracy rate of 99.35%. deep learning is demonstrated to be effective in detecting malware via image-based features, and there is a significant improvement compared to traditional approaches. the novelty in this work is the use of deep learning for malware detection via visual representations of network traffic. future work will improve computational efficiency, extend the approach to dynamic environments, and learn to be more robust to evasion tactics through adversarial training. keywords: image processing; cicandmal2017 dataset; deep cnn; malware detection and prevention; vgg16 model. 1. introduction the development of technology has changed personal and professional lives drastically; devices like smartphones, computers, and tablets have become universal in modern society. as much as malware has become a threat, its extensive use has also increased cybersecurity threats. malicious software, or malware, is a spectrum of programs that can destabilize systems, steal information, create loss of money, and halt services. in recent years, the severity of such threats has increased dramatically due to the complexity of this malware, which is developing faster. road safety, a positive lock enthusiast's dream or nightmare, has a core function for today’s enterprises and all of us. malware attacks are not only a huge problem for individual people but also a big issue for organizations, governments, and even financial institutions, which are susceptible to hefty losses because of such attacks. unfortunately, recent reports suggest the exponential growth of malware attacks; forecasts indicate that the number of malware samples worldwide could reach close to 165 million in 2024 and will be the most significant malware threat in the cybersecurity sphere [1-3]. traditional malware detection systems, like signature-based methods, have been the method of defense for cybersecurity for many years. still, with the constant change in malware, they are no longer viable. malware is constantly * corresponding author: m.otoom@bau.edu.jo http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-020  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5818-9868 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 663 adapting to counter existing detection systems, thus resulting in the need to find new innovative solutions for the detection of an unseen threat. this is not new; numerous studies have tried to solve this problem using deep learning and machine learning-based malware detection models [4]. one of them has been convolutional neural networks (cnns) for their capability of recognizing patterns in complex data. it is shown that the detection accuracy of malicious code is greatly improved if such cnns are applied to analyzing visual representations of code or system activity. specifically, cnns coupled with image processing have been especially applicable because raw data can be transformed into visualizable formats, which machine learning models are more adept at processing. some studies that detect malware in android devices use cnns to determine their dynamic and static attributes, such as the cic-andmal2017 dataset, which contains many android malware samples [5, 6]. nevertheless, although deep learning significantly advances malware detection, the available literature can still not fill the gaps. some studies have already used cnns to detect malware. however, they mostly used static analysis or raw feature extraction, excluding the possibility of using all the power of image processing techniques. integration of image processing and deep learning models, particularly cnns, is a relatively unexplored area in applying real-time malware attack detection. however, most of the traditional detection models have been unable to keep up with modern malware's growing sophistication and evasiveness [7, 8]. in addition, most of the studies were focused on the signature-based detection systems or general machine learning approaches, and they are weak against fast-evolving threats. thus, research across computer vision and cybersecurity bridges a gap and is needed because advanced image analysis techniques must be included in malware detection systems. furthermore, figure 1 illustrates the deep cnn and image-processing architecture developed to automate malware detection and prevention. this emphasizes the application of sophisticated approaches for identifying and categorizing malware to protect a system. figure 1. deep convolutional neural network and image processing framework for malware detection and prevention. furthermore, this study proposes a novel approach to malware detection by incorporating image processing and deep convolutional neural networks (dcnn). the main innovation is to convert raw data in malware samples into a visual form to make them easier for cnns to process and classify malware. by addressing the existing gaps, our approach introduces a dynamic, image-based, adaptive framework, which can evolve naturally to cope with the continuously changing nature of malware threats. unlike previous studies, which typically concentrate on static analysis or simple feature extraction, this research employs a more comprehensive and real-time view toward malware detection. with the help of the cic-andmal2017 dataset, which consists of various android malware samples, our study attempts to improve the current detection systems' accuracy and operational efficiency. additionally, we want to develop a more robust solution to the problem of malware detection using automated methods of malware detection based on image processing, using sophisticated image processing combined with cnns to overcome the limitations of traditional methods. through this innovative framework, malware comes closer to realizing its devastating potential. this research is organized as follows: section 2 presents the literature review, and section 3 outlines the datasets. section 4 describes the method used in detail. sections 5 and 6 describe the experimental processes and their evaluations. finally, section 7 concludes the paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 664 2. literature review research on malware detection using machine learning (ml) and deep learning (dl) models continues to evolve, specifically when malware is detected in android applications. poornima et al. [9] demonstrated malware detection using mad-net, which integrates machine learning and deep learning methodologies. mad-net applies the cicandmal2017 dataset because it contains dedicated android malware programs. the method was ineffective for dataset generalization, limiting its wider deployment. researchers demonstrated the potential of adversarial models in malware detection through their model, which used a generative adversarial network (gan) to attain 96.75% accuracy. using the cicandmal2017 dataset, djenna et al. [10] developed deep neural networks (dnn) and random forests (rf) for their research. although this detection method proved successful, it demonstrated restricted functionality because it could only recognize five malware families. the dnn and rf combination demonstrated its absolute power in malware detection with a 97% accuracy score in their analysis. a sophisticated detection framework requires improvements to identify an enlarged set of malware families. furthermore, the atif et al. [11] developed the research using the cic-andmal2017 and cic-invesandmal2019 datasets. a cnn-lstm model with a feature selection algorithm combines static and dynamic analysis advantages into a single detection system. this approach is highly accurate (98%). however, its effectiveness is limited because it depends on static and dynamic analysis methods, which can show poor results when applied to new analysis methods or datasets. in their research on image-based malware detection, aldini et al. [12] applied convolutional neural network (cnn) models for analysis. this study used two sets of 5,000 android applications and evaluated their assessments using cnns and machine learning classifiers. their detection system achieved 94.41% accuracy in testing android-based malware while ignoring all other operating systems. the detection approach requires improvement by developing methods to identify threats across different operating systems. moreover, kiraz et al. [13] focused on a cnn-based method that combined static analysis with bert feature digitization and analyzed the cicmaldroid 2020 dataset, which included 17,089 applications. the 91% accuracy achieved by the technique came with the drawback of eliminating features that appeared rarely in the dataset, which might have included vital information and identification patterns. this exclusion shows how malware detection systems confront an operational conflict between efficient computing abilities and complete feature discovery abilities. wang et al. [14] succeeded in malware detection by implementing a multi-feature fusion that used data from apk files, dex, androidmanifest.xml files, as well as api calls. this method achieved a high level of accuracy of 97.25%, but computational requirements escalated, and dataset biases emerged, specifically for processing massivescale datasets featuring varied features. the need for maximum scalability and generalizability has emerged as a key issue. similarly, bau et al. [15] conducted multiclass android malware classification through static and dynamic analyses using the rf, ann, and cnn models on the cicinvesandmal2019 dataset. the static analysis using this approach achieved 95.30% accuracy, but practical implementation met obstacles through dataset constraints and the risks of model overfitting. the development process requires thorough control of the training data distribution to minimize overfitting. furthermore, bakir et al. [16] developed a new approach that applies bayesian optimization to pre-trained cnn models for malware detection. a dataset of 3,000 benign android apps and 3,000 malicious apps allowed their model to reach 98% accuracy, although the process suffered from dataset constraints and complex model training requirements. a requirement exists to match the model complexity levels with existing data information and processing capabilities. dhananjay et al. [17] also researched ddos attack detection through their dmfcnn-hbo model by analyzing the cicids 2017 dataset. the testing accuracy amounted to 95.03%; however, their method encountered two significant obstacles: dataset volume and overfitting issues. saadaldeen et al. [18] combined machine-learning methods with image processing while working with the malimg dataset. through their cnn-dt model implementation, the researchers achieved a detection performance of 96%, demonstrating the value of hybrid approaches in malware identification. these individual studies demonstrate how combining machine learning with deep learning is effective for android malware detection, despite prominent issues in dataset broadness and computational complexity; overfitting is a key concern. table 1 lists the prior papers cited with the datasets, methods, limitations, and results. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 665 table 1. list of past references ref dataset methodology limitations results poornima et al. (2024) [9] cicandmal2017 datasets mad-net technique it may not generalize to other datasets. the model achieved an accuracy of 96.75% for the generative adversarial network djenna et al. (2023) [10] cicandmal2017 dataset dnn, rf techniques limited to five malware family detections accuracy of 97% atif et al. (2023) [11] cic-andmal2017 and cicinvesandmal2019 datasets feature selection algorithm, cnnlstm limited to the tested static and dynamic analysis techniques accuracy of 98% for cnn-lstm aldini et al. (2024) [12] two datasets, 5000 android applications, each cnn models, machine learning classifiers limited to android-based malware applications the model has an accuracy of 94.41% kiraz et al. (2024) [13] cicmaldroid 2020 dataset, 17,089 applications cnn-based, static analysis, feature digitization, bert excludes features with low occurrence across the dataset. accuracy of 91% wang et al. (2024) [14] apk files, dex, androidmanifest.xml, and api calls data feature fusion potential computational complexity, dataset bias accuracy of 97.25% bau et al. (2024) [15] cicinvesandmal2019 dataset, android malware static/dynamic analysis, random forest, deep learning dataset limitations, possible overfitting issues the rf model has an accuracy of 95.30% for static analysis bakir et al. (2025) [16] 3000 benign and 3000 malicious android apps cnn model optimization, bayesian optimization, image-based dataset size, computational complexity of tuning accuracy of 98% on the testing set. dhananjay et al. (2025) [17] cicids2017 dataset dmfcnn, honey badger optimization, feature selection dataset limitations, potential model overfitting accuracy of 95.03% saadaldeen et al. (2024) [18] malimg dataset cnn, dt, rf algorithms, image processing dataset variability, computational complexity of models cnn 93%, cnn-dt 96%, cnn-rf 94.58% 3. data collection this study employs data from the android malware dataset (cic-andmal2017) of the canadian institute for cybersecurity. the dataset consisted of three categories: apks, csvs, and pcaps. to this end, the authors used a csv dataset with zip files containing several types of malware and another dataset with other classifications. the malware types chosen for this research were adware, ransomware, scareware, and sms malware, each belonging to a specific class of threats. the csv files were pre-processed to form a balanced dataset with appropriate samples for each malware class. 3.1. data description cic-andmal2017 is a comprehensive source of android malware attack data that uses machine-learning methods to detect and classify various malware [19]. it consisted of 20,000 records, each with 84 target features. these attributes are related to several parameters of network traffic, which can provide essential information about the behaviors of different types of malware. these are the source and destination ip addresses, port numbers, protocols, flow durations, packet statistics, segment size, flag count, packet length, flow rate, and time interval, all vital for analyzing malware at the network level. table 2 presents the class labels. table 2. class labels flow id source ip source port timestamp flow duration destination ip protocol 172.217.0.238 10.42.0.211 443-54819-6 10.42.0.211 54819 14/06/2017 04:22:52 195 172 217.0.238 6 172.217.1.170 10.42.0.211 443-51023-6 10.42.0.211 51023 14/06/2017 04:22:52 8 172.217.1.170 6 172.217.2.110 10.42.0.211 443-39805-6 10.42.0.211 39805 14/06/2017 04:22:58 199542 172.217.2.110 6 172.217.2.110 10.42.0.211 443-39805-6 10.42.0.211 39805 14/06/2017 04:22:58 255 172.217.2.110 6 172.217.0.238 10.42.0.211 443-36040-6 172.217.0.238 443 14/06/2017 04:22:59 2164750 10.42.0.211 6 the specific dataset divides the network traffic into five classes depending on the type of threat detected. the target variable, which is the class label for each instance in the given dataset, represents these classes. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 666 the first class is ransomware_charger, a virus that encrypts all files in the infected computer. it can also infect the victim’s data files and then request a ransom to be paid for the decryption of the files. adware_dowgin is an adware program that displays excessive advertisements for attackers. the third type, scareware_androiddefender, occurs when malware mimics an antiviral program. it even tricks users into purchasing fake antivirus software. smsmalware_fakeinst is a class of malware that deceives the user and runs like a genuine application, but sends sms without the user’s permission to a paid number. finally, benign categorizes traffic as benign, which originates from legitimate programs that do not possess any malicious intent. the format of each instance in the dataset is also associated with several features related to the network flow characteristics [20, 21]. these aspects assist in capturing the nature of the malware operations in the network. for instance, the “fwd packets total” measures the total number of forward packets in the flow, and “total backward packets” is the total number of backward packets. likewise, the total fwd packet length and total length of bwd packets correspond to the forward and backward packet lengths, respectively. other parameters of interest include the maximum forward packet length, which provides information on the largest forward packet size, and the mean forward packet length, which includes information on the average forward packet size. additional extensions, including syn, psh, ack, urg, cwe, and ece flags, provide more information regarding the control signals used in network communication. table 3 shows the symbols and parameters for our dataset. table 3. symbols and parameters for our dataset category symbol parameter description apks apks dataset category for apk files. csvs csvs dataset category for csv files. pcaps pcaps dataset category for pcap (packet capture) files. flags syn synchronize the flag in tcp communication. psh push the flag in tcp communication. ack acknowledgment flag in tcp communication. urg urgent flag in tcp communication. cwe the congestion window reduced flag in tcp communication. ece ecn echo flag in tcp communication. two other network-related features that can be examined are the down/up ratio, which shows the ratio between the downstream and upstream data volumes, and the average packet size, which determines the mean size of the packets in the flow. knowing the distribution of these attributes is crucial for data pre-processing, feature creation, and model building. owing to its wide variety of writes, this dataset is especially useful for finding and enhancing machine learning algorithms to help identify android malware attacks and improve cybersecurity. 3.2. eda while analyzing the android malware dataset, exploratory data analysis (eda) is critical in discovering essential features and patterns that would help further data preparation and modeling [21, 22]. the eda process, which is very important, helped to determine the nature of the dataset and any concerns that might arise before model training. the first process we engaged in was feature distribution analysis. it generally pointed out the range, variability, and outliers that might be present in the given features. determining skewed distributions that may compromise a model's performance was essential. class distribution was also considered to identify possible shortages in the sample that could mislead the model’s outcomes. to address this issue, choices such as oversampling or undersampling can be used [23]. correlation analysis was conducted to determine the presence of a positive correlation between the attributes and the target variable [24]. this is useful because it enables selecting features with strong dependencies on the target, which could be good predictors in the model. regarding data cleaning, missing values were dealt with by imputation, outliers were treated and normalized, and other inconsistent values were used to make the dataset suitable for modeling. moreover, feature engineering allows us to develop or modify new features; this step also positively affects the increase in model accuracy. graphs were instrumental in the analysis, including bar graphs, histograms, scatter plots, box plots, and heat maps, to help detect patterns and trends. figure 2 displays a label distribution bar plot that also helps identify the frequency of each type of malware and the potential class imbalance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 667 figure 2. distribution of malware classes in a dataframe the pairwise scatter plot (figure 3) shows the interaction among the selected features, which enhanced the identification of certain relations. figure 3. pairwise scatter plot analysis of selected features furthermore, the histogram of the numerical variables categorized by the malware label also shows significant variations in the numerical variables across the different categories, as shown in figure 4. figure 4. box plot of numerical variables categorized by malware label. 0 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000 30,000 c o u n t label label distribution hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 668 as shown in figure 5, a correlation matrix heat map was used to visualize the feature relationships further. this heatmap was intended to show the correlation between the features and the target label, whether positive or negative. figure 5. correlation matrix heatmap. moreover, histogram analysis (figure 6) suggests grouping numerical variables into equal classes, which helps detect skewness, peaks, and outliers, and assists in determining whether data transformation should be performed. figure 6. numerical variables distribution of values hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 669 we also used a parallel coordinate plot (figure 7) to analyze the relationships between multiple features and observe trends related to different malware types. figure 7. parallel coordinates plot the radar chart (figure 8) offers an outlook of the features of different malware categories based on their mean values. figure 8. radar chart of mean values for selected variables in conclusion, eda helped us better understand the android malware dataset and how to pre-process the data, select the features, and choose the model [24, 25]. the visualizations were very useful in exposing information, which was the foundation for our follow-up machine learning analysis. understanding the distribution of labels is vital for developing dependable categorization models [26-28]. this method helps identify potential disparities or prejudices within the dataset that could potentially impact the efficacy of our model. furthermore, it helps assess the representation and significance of each malware group in our dataset. examining the label distribution using an informative bar plot effectively evaluates pre-processing procedures, model selection, and assessment strategies, enabling the formulation of informed judgments. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 670 the bar plot titled "label distribution" illustrates the distribution of types of android malware attacks within our dataset. this instruction demonstrated the prevalence and incidence of various malware attacks. comprehending the label distribution is of utmost importance in constructing a suitable classification model and gaining insight into the representation and significance of each malware group. plot evaluation allows for informed assessment of pre-processing methodologies, model selection, and assessment procedures, ensuring the study's efficacy and reliability in android malware detection and classification. 3.3. data preparation in the deep cnns and image processing for malware detection study, a systematic data pre-processing flow was applied to improve and align the dataset for the model's training [29]. first, the dataset was loaded, and a collection of malware samples and their corresponding features were stored in multiple csv format files. these files were read and merged into a single data frame using the pandas library. in this context, data cleaning is the process that follows data loading to deal with missing values, outliers, and inconsistencies. this step eliminates any flaws the dataset may harbor, and thus affects the model's performance. nonetheless, the data were carefully checked, and corrections were made. figure 9 illustrates the sequence of steps in data preparation and the approach employed to categorize malware. furthermore, feature selection selects the attribute most capable of expressing the nature of malware [29, 30]. feature selection methods include a correlation analysis, feature significance ranking, and domain knowledge. cohen’s kappa coefficient of 0.36 is established; 64 features are extracted with correlation. label encoding works with a target variable that represents the malware categories. the given malware dataset is then divided into five classes: one class is for regular traffic, and the other four are for various types of malware. for the convenience of the solution, four attack types are unified under a single class called “attack.” x_train x_test, y_train, y_test (67434, 64) (16859, 64) (67434) (16859) subsequently, a specific ratio was used to divide the dataset into training and testing sets. this allocation enlists the lion's share of data in the training set and a fair portion for testing. this distribution also guarantees that samples are adequately partitioned into various malware categories. this is followed by normalization of the dataset to make the features in the dataset well-scaled using standardization [31]. the feature matrix must be converted into an image format to feed the data into the cnn. the matrix is transformed into 2d or 3d to leverage the spatial relations present in the data by the cnns. these transformed features were saved in arrays of dimensions (67434,32,32,3) for training and (16859,32,32,3) for testing. x train (67434, 32, 32, 3) x test (16859, 32, 32, 3) figure 9. data preparation methodology for malware classification hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 671 the vgg16 cnn model shown in figure 10 was used to classify malware because it has been successful in image classification. it comprises 16 layers, of which 13 are convolutional, and three are fully connected. the convolutional layers have a 3 × 3 receptive field, and the max pooling layer helps extract multilevel features of the input material [32]. the dropout regularization process was utilized to prevent overfitting. structure one is changed to suit the dataset, whereas structure two is altered to have the number of nodes equal to that of the different malware categories [33-35]. the model was trained using a variation of the stochastic gradient descent to minimize the categorical cross-entropy loss function. the hierarchical feature extraction of this architecture is likely to achieve an accurate and robust classification of malware. figure 10. vgg-16 base model architecture 4. research methodology this section concisely describes the researcher's process in developing the vgg16 cnn model for classifying malware attacks in the study. the main goal is to apply deep learning and pre-trained models to increase the pace of malware-type identification and thus improve the systems' security. figure 11 shows the methodology process. 4.1. data pre-processing the first phase of the process under consideration is oriented towards loading and preparing the dataset containing malware. it comprises numerous attributes belonging to the different instances of malware and the target labels that symbolize distinct types of malware. first, the data is pre-processed to delete missing or inconsistent data to make it as credible as possible. if the categorical variables are present, they can be encoded with the help of one-hot or label encoding methods. after cleaning the data, it is assigned to the training and test data sets. the training set trains the model, whereas the testing set assesses its performance. this critical process determines whether the data is split into proper sets, enabling the model to generalize the results. 4.1.1. feature extraction the data should be pre-processed as images to utilize the model for training. since the original malware dataset may not contain image data, it is necessary to transform the attributes of the data into an acceptable cnn format. in this work, the readable features of the malware are converted to images, while the dimensions of the input data are appropriately geared towards the vgg16 model. some pre-processing includes normalizing or standardizing the pixel values so that the data can be scaled correctly. this is important since it allows the model to learn to the extent that it can converge quickly during the learning phase. 4.1.2. model architecture the concept of the study is based on the vgg16 model, which is a cnn in particular that originates in the imagenet dataset. the weights obtained from the pre-training of the model are an initial point to detect features that can be further optimized for malware classification. the structure of the vgg16 model is based on the parameters of the model pretrained on imagenet, but without the last fully connected layers due to the use of “include_top” false. this makes it possible for the model to learn specific features associated with the given task in the domain of malware detection. the input layer is adapted to match the shape of the images from the dataset (img_size, img_size, 3). the last layer of the vgg16 model is changed to accommodate the number of malware categories, allowing the model to identify the input as belonging to any of the given categories. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 672 4.1.3. model compilation the vgg16 model is compiled with a loss function appropriate for use with targets in multi-class classification. for this reason, the categorical cross-entropy is applied as the loss function, which is applicable when using data with more than two classes. the selected training algorithm is adam, one of the most popular and effective optimization algorithms. the learning rate is set, thus making it reach the maximum level faster and not exceed it because of the constant testing on the model. for performance, only accuracy is used to measure the model's performance during its training process. 4.1.4. model training the model is trained on the pre-processed training dataset, ensuring it learns to classify the given datasets correctly. the number of epochs and batch size are generalized depending on the computational resources and the convergence rate. it is, therefore, necessary, especially during training, to track the loss and accuracy metrics to check whether the model is learning. the training process is repetitive, and the model weights are adjusted to minimize the loss and improve classification accuracy. during the training process, in particular, it is necessary to assess the quality of the model to exclude the situation when it ‘learns’ the training data. figure 11. flowchart for the process of the methodology 4.2. model estimation at this point, the model's performance is measured with the help of specific parameters like accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score. these metrics provide a good summary of the model's performance because they give the model's accuracy and the possibility of the model classifying each type of malware. furthermore, a confusion matrix is prepared to present the classification results in a tabular form, showing any classification model's regularity or mistakes in segregating the malware into different categories. slides can still be made based on the data and/or the model’s structure for better performance. 4.2.1. model prediction thus, after training, the vgg16 model can be used to generate predictions for new instances of malware that were not included in the training set. this step enables the model to predict whether a new sample is malware and gives an understanding of its kind. researchers must analyze the predictions to determine how the model acts in real-world conditions and gain additional insights into enhancing malware detection systems. 4.2.2. model optimization different optimization techniques are discussed to enhance the proposed model's performance further. such are the learning rate schedules, which gradually increase or decrease the learning rate during the training process depending on some conditions, and early stopping, which is a method that stops the training process because the model’s accuracy on the validation set starts to decrease. furthermore, changes to architecture are introduced as a technique of adding more layers or modifying the layers for improved feature learning. additional and more complex analysis, comprising feature visualization or feature importance, can provide even more insight into the model's operations and help increase the correct classification. 4.2.3. vgg16 base model the vgg16 base model, pre-trained on imagenet, is the foundation for the proposed malware classification system. the loaded weights are beneficial in providing the model with a better starting point for feature extraction rather than training the model from scratch, and “include_top” is set to false as it removes the last fully connected layers of the model. this makes it possible to easily modify the model to suit the particular task of malware classification. taking hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 673 input image dimensions as img_size x img_size x 3, the final layer of the model is defined according to the number of classes in the malware dataset. figure 12 shows the proposed model architecture. figure 12. proposed architecture of the model 4.2.4. additional cnn layers to enhance the features' extraction capability, more additional cnn layers are stacked upon the base of the vgg16. these layers include conv2d layers, which first apply filters to the input images to identify essential features. adding a batch normalization layer after each conv2d layer ensures that the activations are normalized, thus bringing faster convergence during the training process. 4.2.5. flattening and dense layers after the convolutional layers, the layer connected to it is flattened into 1-d to feed into the dense layers of the model. these layers include the dense layer of 512 units and the dense layer with 256 units and relu activation. dropout layers with a dropout rate of 0.5 are applied after each dense layer to avoid overfitting. the dense layers enable the model to learn higher-order features and will allow the model to make a more accurate prediction on the malware type. 4.2.6. output layer and final classification the output layer of the adopted model is composed of two neurons, which makes the algorithm appropriate for applications in binary classification problems. the input results from the cost function are passed through the sigmoid activation function to give probabilities of classes. the network's last layer would be modified for multi-class tasks to include a softmax activation function. the binary_crossentropy function measures the loss function to be minimized during the model's training, and the adam optimizer is used to reduce the loss and maximize accuracy. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 674 this architecture is a vgg16 model integrated with more cnn and dense layers, making it efficient in the enhanced malware classification system. this transfer learning method and fine-tuning help recognize malware attacks, reduce the overall time duration, and become a basis for further developments and adjustments in cybersecurity. 4.3. mitigating overfitting in deep convolutional neural networks for malware detection in intense machine learning, a common and significant problem is overfitting, where models become very complex to the extent of memorizing training data rather than generalizing to unseen data. overfitting can result in poor transferability of the model to real-world malware samples when using deep cnns such as vgg16 in the context of malware detection. the first inherent problem in this model is that it becomes too tied to the training data so much that it performs well with the training data but poorly on new types of malware, which will be addressed in future research. this study used the following approaches to address overfitting: first, dropout layers were added to the model architecture, specifically after the dense layers, to control the dependence between neurons in the model. this helps by allowing a portion of the input units to be set to zero randomly during training, thus making the model not over-dependent on a particular feature, as it is made to learn more generalized patterns from the training data. a dropout rate of 0.5 prevents over-dependence on any neuron to avoid having a model that fits too well on the training data. furthermore, the general strategies to avoid overfitting include data augmentation and normalization during data preparation. including the transformed version of the images, for instance, through rotation, flipping, and zooming, meant that the model underwent generalization to such variations. this normalizes the pixel values to make the learning of the model streamlined and free from large gradients, which are detrimental to the model’s learning process and cause overfitting. moreover, early stopping was used during training to avoid the complication of training for too long, thus overfitting the data. this technique evaluates the model on the validation set and stops the learning procedure when the model overfits the training data to maintain its generalization capability. in addition, the learning rate was decreased iteratively to avoid overfitting; this means that the model did not jump around the minimum but smoothly moved to it. additionally, utilizing transfer learning in the vgg16 model helped reduce overfitting. owing to transfer learning, the model was initiated with a large head starting from the weights obtained from imagenet, thus requiring a lot of training on the small malware dataset. this transfer learning helped the model to identify the generic features of images to be used on pictures focused on classifying different malware. by employing all these techniques together, the model performed well on unseen data samples, reducing overfitting while simultaneously being able to detect malware. 4.4. hardware utilized for model training and overfitting analysis deep learning model training, especially convolutional neural networks (cnns) such as vgg16, is resourceintensive. the demand for processing high-dimensional image data makes old hardware obsolete, requiring hardware with high processing power, significant memory, and efficient computing. model training and evaluation were performed using a powerful high-performance computing setup without making computationally power-abundant hardware available to run computationally intensive tasks efficiently. table 4 summarizes the hardware configuration used in the training and its other details. table 4. class labels hardware component specifications processor (cpu) intel core i9-12900k @ 3.2 ghz graphics processing unit (gpu) nvidia rtx 3090 (24gb gddr6x) ram 64gb ddr5 storage 2tb nvme ssd framework used tensorflow 2.x with keras api with this hardware setup, we can efficiently process large datasets, parallel computations, and gpu-based training acceleration using the vgg16-based model. the nvidia rtx 3090, with its high memory capacity and cuda cores, provided the training process with an immense push, reducing the training time significantly and making it implement deep learning operations smoothly. despite all these regularization techniques applied, such as data augmentation and dropout layers, along with an early stopping regularization, the trained model overfitted. we analyzed some training and validation loss curves and identified overfitting. the model had a very high accuracy on the training dataset. however, the validation reached a plateau and started to decline after a certain number of epochs. this implies that the model memorized the training data and did not generalize to unseen samples. additionally, the difference in training and validation accuracies was significant, demonstrating that the model was overfitted. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 675 it also proved another way to confirm overfitting through evaluation metrics, such as precision, recall, and f1 score. the training set showed high values for all metrics, and the test set performance was lower, which demonstrated that the model did not generalize well to new malware instances. in addition, the confusion matrix indicates misclassification. in some cases, specific malware categories are classified incorrectly. the model was unable to handle the unseen data to some extent. future work can involve fine-tuning hyperparameters, a more extensive and diverse dataset, and other alternative architectures to overcome overfitting and make the model more robust. 5. model evaluation the model performed reasonably well with a training accuracy of 99.25%, ensuring it can learn the patterns and features of the training datasets. the high accuracy indicates that the model can make reasonable predictions based on the information it has been trained with. in the testing phase, the model remained relatively accurate with 98% of the new data, indicating that the model can work with previously unknown samples. this means that the degree of generalization that allows the model to find patterns is high, which makes it easy to ensure reliable predictions. figure 13 depicts the training and validation accuracy, which provides more information on how the model works during the training process and how it performs when tested with data it has not seen before. figure 14 presents the training and validation losses, which indicate that the model is stable between the training and testing stages. figure 13. training and validation accuracy performance figure 14. training and validation loss performance hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 676 the performance of the model was then evaluated for efficiency using specific parameters. accuracy, a basic performance measure, calculates the proportion of recognizable samples to the overall number of samples, which is helpful for datasets with similar classes. precision is another measure that deals with the proportion of positives correctly classified using the formula true positives over the sum of true and false positives. this is particularly valuable for reducing the number of false positives, which is very important. the assessment metrics listed in table 5 are comprehensive for evaluating the model's performance. table 5. evaluation metrics of the proposed model evaluation metric performance value auc 0.93 accuracy 0.993 precision 0.985 recall 0.994 f1 score 0.988 the following were used as evaluation measures to assess the classification model. the accuracy of a model can be defined as the ability of a model to select a relevant part of data, which is what recall (or sensitivity) shows: the ratio between true positives (tp) and the total number of actual positives, which is tp + false negatives (fn). this metric is essential in situations where a high false negative rate is tolerable or desirable, for example, when looking for malware on a computer. another measure is the f1 measure, which is the harmonic average of the precision and recall rates. this is a good option when deciding between precision and recall. figure 15 shows the evaluation metrics for malware classification, where the specificity is highlighted to detect undesirable cases. figure 15. evaluation metrics values another critical measure is the area under the receiver operating characteristic curve (auc-roc), which measures the model’s performance regarding the probability of the correct classification of positive and negative events. an auc value closer to 1 indicates better model performance. this is further evident from the roc curve in figure 16, where the blue curve is closely aligned with 1, indicating that the model performed well. 0.93 0.993 0.985 0.994 0.988 0.88 0.9 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1 auc accuracy precision recall f1 score v a lu e s metrics evaluation metrics for malware classification on test data hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 677 figure 16. roc-auc curve 5.1. confusion matrix the confusion matrix is another method used to assess the efficiency of classification models. it includes true positives (tp), true negatives (tn), false positives (fp), and false negatives (fn). tp refers to correctly classifying the positive or correctly identified malware samples, and tn refers to the proper classification of negative or nonmalware samples. fp and fn represent incorrect predictions for the positive and negative classes, respectively. in figure 17, the different results of malware classification between both classes are presented using a confusion matrix. a total of 12011 cases were classified as benign, of which 11056 were correctly analyzed as benign, and the rest were incorrectly classified. thirteen thousand fifty-one instances were classified correctly for the malware class, and the rest were misclassified as benign. this shows that the proposed model can achieve 99% accuracy, which makes its applicability firmer for malware detection. figure 17. confusion matrix for binary malware classification 5.1.1. hyperparameter selection and optimization hyperparameter tuning is a key step in machine-learning model development; it is crucial for the model's performance and generalization ability. a combination of grid search and sensitivity analysis is used to select and optimize the hyperparameters of the proposed malware classification model. this section describes the process, the hyperparameters chosen, the optimization methods, and their effects on model performance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 678 5.1.2. selection of hyperparameters the set of key hyperparameters for which optimization is later conducted using the proposed model includes the following:  learning rate (lr): this is approximately the step size at each iteration while moving to a minimum loss function value.  batch size: the number of samples in the model processed before their weights change.  number of hidden layers and neurons: the neural network architecture is defined.  dropout rate: a dropout rate randomly sets a fraction of input units to zero during training, preventing overfitting.  activation function: controls the output of each neuron, which results in nonlinearity.  optimizer type: it indicates how the model updates the weights in the backpropagation. 5.1.3. optimization process and sensitivity analysis grid search and sensitivity analyses were adopted for the systematic evaluation of the effect of each hyperparameter. i. learning rate optimization we performed a grid search over the range of learning rates {0.01, 0.001, 0.0001, 0.00001}, as shown in table 6. the best trade-off between the convergence speed to a solution and the final accuracy was obtained through training with a learning rate of 0.001. learning rates of 0.01 caused unstable training, and lower learning rates (0.00001) resulted in excessively slow convergence. table 6. learning rate optimization learning rate accuracy (%) loss 0.01 95.4 0.12 0.001 99.3 0.02 0.0001 98.6 0.05 0.00001 97.1 0.07 ii. batch size optimization the batch sizes of {16, 32, 64, and 128} were tested. in addition, the results (in table 7) showed that a batch size of 32 provided the best balance between training stability and computational efficiency. with 16 batch sizes, the gradients were noisier, but the 128-batch size did not improve the generalization. table 7. batch size optimization batch size accuracy (%) 16 98.5 32 99.3 64 98.9 128 97.8 iii. hidden layers and neurons optimization different numbers of hidden layers and neurons were evaluated using the network. the best performance was obtained with a three-layer architecture and neuron configuration of {64, 128, 256}. more layers resulted in overfitting, whereas fewer did not have much learning capacity. iv. dropout rate sensitivity analysis dropout rates of {0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5} were tested, as shown in table 8. an optimal dropout rate of 0.2 was found, which reduces model overfitting while retaining model accuracy. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 679 table 8. dropout rate sensitivity analysis dropout rate accuracy (%) 0.1 98.9 0.2 99.3 0.3 98.7 0.5 97.4 v. activation function and optimizer selection relu was chosen over sigmoid and tanh to solve the vanishing gradient problem. adam could come out of optimizers and was better than sgd and rmsprop in terms of fast convergence and final accuracy. furthermore, optimal hyperparameter values were obtained through systematic grid search and sensitivity analysis without affecting high accuracy and generalization. finally, the model used the parameters of learning rate 0.001, batch_size 32, three hidden layers {64, 128, 256} with dropout rate = 0.2, relu activation, and the adam optimizer, and achieved an accuracy of 99.3%. 6. discussion to accomplish the goal of this study, the vgg16 cnn model was employed to classify infections, and it successfully provided a high accuracy rate of 99.35%. this clearly shows that the model has a good ability to detect various types of malware attacks. the performance on the testing set shows that the model can generalize well and be employed in real-life scenarios, where it is expected to identify other data on which it was not trained. this work reveals that the patterns learned in the vgg16 architecture are inherent features of different types of malware that enhance performance. the confusion matrix evaluation also detailed the model's success rate, emphasizing how it reduced confusion between various classes of malware. high accuracy and recall values were obtained for all classes, indicating that high classification of instances in the respective classes was achieved. however, the study also recognizes the need for further investigation of the nature of the misclassifications and situations the model could encounter in a particular setting, especially when the environment is more intricate and evolving. consequently, to evaluate the performance of the proposed model, we used the roc curve and auc tests. the high auc value also attests to the model's efficiency in achieving a high tpr and low fpr, which is crucial when dealing with malware detection. the training and testing phases were confirmed to be well-trained, and both phases demonstrated a decrease in the training loss and testing loss with the epoch number. the choice of regularized logistic regression as a final model shows that the model did not overfit the data it was trained on while learning the necessary patterns of malware attacks. however, it is crucial to note that the model used can be sensitive to the characteristics of the given dataset, such as the distribution and frequency of various types of malware. therefore, more studies should be conducted using the proposed model on more extensive and diversified datasets. this would help to compare the model's performance to different malware attacks and conditions, thus enhancing its practical usability. the study claims that the proposed vgg16 cnn model has high accuracy, precision, recall, and auc, which could help successfully address malware threats and risks. however, when new and rapidly changing forms of malware are encountered, technical analysis must be extended, and a vast dataset must be used to improve the model. these steps advance the model’s capacity to detect various forms of malware and enhance its effectiveness under multiple conditions that imitate real-life situations. 6.1. comparative analysis deep learning and image processing methods have become popular for malware detection in the recent past, owing to the advanced levels of cyber threats. many studies have analyzed the various strategies employed with different levels of effectiveness in designing reliable malware detection systems. a literature review shows the trends in the use of the protocols and justifies the use of the proposed vgg19 model with cnn layers. our method increases the effectiveness of the solution to a level higher than that of several existing models, making it the best solution for detecting and preventing advanced malware. table 9 and figure 18 present the comparative studies related to our work. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 680 table 9. comparative studies related to work ref approach accuracy dataset poornima et al. (2024) [9] mad-net technique 96.75% cicandmal2017 djenna et al. (2023) [10] dnn, rf techniques 97% cicandmal2017 atif et al. (2023) [11] feature selection, cnn-lstm 98% cic-andmal2017, cic-invesandmal2019 aldini et al. (2024) [12] cnn models, classifiers 94.41% cic-andmal2017 and cic-invesandmal2019 kiraz et al. (2024) [13] cnn-based, bert 91% cicmaldroid 2020 bau et al. (2024) [15] rf, ann, cnn 95.30% cicinvesandmal2019, android malware our method vgg19 with cnn layers 99.35% cic-andmal2017 deep learning and image processing methods have become popular for malware detection in the recent past, owing to the advanced levels of cyber threats. many studies have analyzed the various strategies employed with different levels of effectiveness in designing reliable malware detection systems. a literature review shows the trends in the use of the protocols and justifies the use of the proposed vgg19 model with cnn layers. our method increases the effectiveness of the solution to a level higher than that of several existing models, making it the best solution for detecting and preventing advanced malware. figure 18. comparative analysis bar chart in their research, poornima et al. [9], the method was based on the mad-net technique with a model accuracy of 96.75% on cicandmal2017. at the same time, malware is detected by the deep learning model and the feature extraction approach, which makes mad-net unique. however, this model has a considerable effect, but the method proposed in this paper is more effective in this regard. therefore, with the help of the vgg19 architecture, the improved image-based approach increased the detection rate to 99.35 percent, which is the best precision of the detection rate record. similarly, djenna et al. [10] applied dnn and rf to malware classification based on the cicandmal2017 dataset, achieving 97% accuracy. the hybrid model effectively detects malware issues. however, this can restrict the approach based on a hybrid model. the use of layers from the cnn in the vgg19 structure is preferred as they learned multiple intricate features from the images themselves, thereby generalizing and increasing the performance. a similar idea was followed by atif et al. [11], who proposed a feature selection method that combined cnn and lstm networks. this model produced a total accuracy of 98% on two datasets, cic-andmal2017 and cicinvesandmal2019. although atif et al.’s approach is practical, using lstm for sequential data is not the most effective for image analysis. however, our method uses cnns in image processing, which is more effective than extracting spatial hierarchy from malware images and, as a result, offers superior classification performance on the cic-andmal2017 dataset. other researchers [12] have also used cnn models with classifiers with an accuracy of 94.41% for both the cicandmal2017 and cic-invesandmal2019 datasets. although their work centers on cnns, the slightly lower accuracy shows that the current model is less effective than other advanced networks, such as vgg19. the vgg19 architecture is even more complex because of its convolutional layers, which are deeper and include more layers meant to identify 86.00% 88.00% 90.00% 92.00% 94.00% 96.00% 98.00% 100.00% [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [15] [16] [17] our method a c c u r a c y references hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 681 patterns in large datasets, which is an advantage for our model. furthermore, the work of kiraz et al. [13] can be considered an interesting attempt, as the authors applied cnn-based models in conjunction with bert (bidirectional encoder representations from transformers) and achieved an accuracy of 91% when working with the cicmaldroid 2020 dataset. although bert provides nlp functionality, the concern is with android malware, which differs from the general approach because it addresses a more comprehensive range of malware types. therefore, vgg19 in our model is again very efficient in detecting different forms of malware on various platforms, resulting in higher accuracy. for malware detection, bau et al. [15] used rf, ann, and cnn and obtained an accuracy of 95.30% on the cicinvesandmal2019 and android malware datasets. although this combined model has been helpful in several other studies, it does not benefit from the specialization of a deeper model with well-defined layers, such as vgg19. our model has better accuracy because it uses cnn layers in a more refined and focused manner. additionally, bakir et al. [16] suggested another way to tune pre-trained cnns as a feature extractor for malware detection, using cicandmal2017 with an accuracy of 98%. like dhananjay et al. [17], dmfcnn-hbo, the deep maxout fusion cnn model, and honey badger optimization for ddos attack detection had 95% accuracy on the same dataset. both methods exhibit strong performance but taint their suitability for feature extraction tuning or complex fusion operations. thus, in the framework of extensive literature containing studies that investigated and proposed numerous hybrid models based on various machine-learning approaches for malware detection, the proposed solution is unique because of the vgg19 architecture that includes cnn layers. this option provides unique feature extraction, generalization, and accuracy. the proposed model performed better in this case because it achieved 99.35% accuracy on the cicandmal2017 dataset, outcompeting other approaches. the effectiveness of the proposed model shows that image processing and deep learning can result in cybersecurity. 6.1.1. comparison with advanced architectures: resnet, inception, and mobilenet in analyzing various deep learning architectures in malware detection tasks, vgg16 and vgg19 are highly accurate architectures. in deep convolutional networks, vgg16 and vgg19 achieve great results, especially for vgg19, which has only 99.35% detection accuracy in malware cic-andmal2017 data. most of the time, when asked to extract features from complex data such as network traffic or malware characteristics, vgg architectures that consist of deep layers but a straightforward design tend to work well. as a result, they can be pretty successful in comparative studies, but other, more advanced architectures can also be tested on the same datasets. vgg models display a different trade-off between accuracy and complexity compared to resnet, inception, or mobilenet architectures. for example, resnet (with its residual connections) usually does remarkably well to combat vanishing gradient problems in intense networks. they are therefore suitable for the more task-specific setup of larger tasks with bigger datasets or more complex patterns. however, resnet architectures are usually more computationally expensive than vgg models. however, vgg might not be so good for accuracy, but its computational efficiency may be among the top choices when considering the usage on resource constrained environments; for instance, especially on mobile devices, inception models, which apply multiple convolutional filters at different scales, or mobilenet, which is designed for efficiency, can yield different levels of accuracy but at a much higher computational speed. the tradeoff here is between achieving high accuracy and maintaining model efficiency. in this specific context of the cic-andmal2017 dataset, the peak accuracy of 99.35 % obtained with vgg19 is not beaten by any other methods in the studies cited (including other dnn, rf, cnn-lstm, and hybrid methods involving bert). suppose we can use techniques like cnn-lstm, and hybrid cnn-bert models (combination of deep learning and a traditional classifier) to handle sequential and contextual data but they sometimes do not perform better than vgg19 with its simple and deep cnn based architecture. in that case, we can say they provide innovation to the problem of sequential and contextual data. as such, vgg models remain prevalent in the studies and remain a strong candidate in use cases, such as malware detection, for their accuracy. 6.2. limitations and gaps the limitations and gaps of this study are as follows.  dataset limitations: most datasets work with android malware, making them unsuitable for other platforms, such as windows or iot devices. furthermore, even though the dataset size was small (84 instances), it may not be sufficient to allow the model to generalize well to real-world malware variants.  feature engineering constraints: feature selection was performed to achieve high performance; however, certain features may be absent from the study, which may improve the classification accuracy. an automated featureextraction approach can detect complex relationships without relying on predefined feature engineering, which may not be successful. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 682  model generalization challenges: despite employing dropout and batch normalization to alleviate overfitting, the model's performance in terms of generalization with unseen malware families or recently launched attacks has not been demonstrated. the model is unclear as to how it learns zero-day malware or adversarial attacks devised to evade detection.  binary classification restriction: the proposed model is optimized for binary classification (malicious vs. benign); hence, it is unsuitable for classifying malware into a particular family or type. multi-class classification can more accurately determine malware behavior and origin.  potential overfitting risk: while achievable with 99.35% training and 98% testing, such performance warrants concern for possible overfitting, considering the small dataset. despite this, the model may hold great utility on a given dataset and fail or struggle with the production deployment of the model on a larger, more diverse dataset.  computational cost and deployment feasibility: furthermore, if these cnn layers and batch normalization are integrated, the computational complexity increases, and it is not clear if this will affect the real-time detection efficiency. further assessment of the model's deployment in resource-constrained environments (e.g., mobile devices or embedded systems) is necessary to prove its practical usability. 6.3. core contributions this paper proposes an approach for malware detection by creating a new hybrid deep learning model. the main novelties of this study are the development of datasets, features, models, and their assessment.  dataset generation: the first study required compiling datasets from several csv files combined and stored in one file. this phase focused heavily on android malware threats. the final dataset was 84, and it included attributes about network traffic, packets, and protocols. the target variable, the type of attack that occurs, was also created to help classify malware.  feature engineering: many features were extracted from the dataset based on machine-learning feature engineering. some key features used were standardization, handling of missing values, and the encoding of nominal variables. furthermore, feature selection techniques were used to identify the most appropriate features, improving the model's overall performance. this process attempts to make the data more suitable for malware classification problems.  novel model architecture: a novel architecture was proposed that integrates the characteristic structure of the vgg16 model with other extra convolutional layers and batch normalization. this integration allows for the capture and processing of small details of the input data to the model, thus enhancing the performance of the classification function. the proposed architecture of the model is explicitly intended to strengthen the identification of the relationships between the component elements of malware and improve the classification accuracy.  improved accuracy: the model's accuracy was high, with a training accuracy of 99.35% and a testing accuracy of 98%. these results confirm the definition of the malware attack type and prove that the proposed model is highly accurate in distinguishing between normal and abnormal activities.  robust generalization: dropout and batch normalization were introduced into the model construction to prevent overfitting and improve generalizability. they help the model identify correct patterns in unseen data and make it suitable for real-world use, as there is less chance of giving incorrect results.  model training and assessment: the training and testing processes were followed, and the dataset was divided into training and testing datasets. measures such as accuracy, precision, recall, and auc were used to analyze the model. confucian matrices and roc curves were used to test the classification precision depending on the type of malware attack to quantify the classification accuracy of the proposed method.  suitable for binary classification: the model is best used for tasks in which it is necessary to classify an object into two classes; therefore, it is perfect for binary classification. this characteristic allows it to be employed in various areas such as diagnostic medicine, fraud prevention, and sentiment analysis.  contribution to research: this work helps improve deep learning and computer vision by combining existing approaches with proposed innovative strategies. this study enhances the existing body of knowledge in these domains and can further help identify possibilities for future improvements in model construction and categorization problems.  future directions: as highlighted earlier, this study has implications for future research. these include ensemble techniques, transferring the model’s knowledge to subsequent fields, and dynamic analytical attributes. thus, tests should be performed on a more extensive and diverse dataset to evaluate the model's performance in a more comprehensive range of malware attack types and improve its characteristics. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 683 therefore, this research is essential to the existing knowledge on android malware detection. the presented hybrid model provides a viable way to enhance security, and the findings of this study provide the basis for further development of malware detection and deep learning approaches. 6.4. model novel design our study employed a unique model design that combines the vgg16 cnn architecture with additional cnn layers. this design is purposely designed for use in categorizing android malware attacks:  vgg16 base model: this model uses a vgg16 model for feature extraction, training it with weights preweighted by imagenet and millions of images.  several convolutional layers: add more layers of cnn with batch normalization to learn more complex patterns of appearance and enhance classification ability.  dense layers with relu activation: using dense layers with relu activation ensures that the model includes nonlinearity as it examines the features and tries to identify patterns that would help its prediction.  dropout regularization: dropout regularization helps eliminate the problem of overfitting and enhances the generalization and reliability of the model.  binary classification: this has been created to facilitate binary classification, which entails differentiating between two classes.  model strengths: the model combines vgg16, more convolutional layers, relu activation, dropout, and batch normalization to improve feature extraction, reduce overfitting, and increase the classification accuracy. 7. conclusion this study used deep cnns and image-processing procedures to detect and prevent android malware attacks using the cic-andmal2017 dataset. it was established that the proposed classification model was effective, with 99.35% accuracy during the training phase and 98% accuracy during the testing phase. several methods are used in data processing and pre-treatment to ensure the accuracy and reliability of the data. to conduct eda, the data were visualized using paired scatter plots, box plots, correlations, and histograms to understand the distribution and correlation of features in the dataset. furthermore, the vgg16 cnn architecture, which is effective in image classification tasks, was modified for tabular data. changes were made to the input configuration and output categories to reflect the dataset's nature better. the convolution layer and a fully connected layer with a softmax classification function in the last step, as this was a multiclass problem. moreover, regarding accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score, the model was validated as reliable and efficient in identifying android-based malware. it was concluded that pre-training vgg16 weights, using data augmentation techniques, and interpreting the layer outputs during testing were optimal. however, this study also had shortcomings, including requiring more significant and diverse databases and extending the model to new malware. therefore, this study successfully validated deep learning and image processing approaches to classify android malware accurately. the model achieved a high accuracy of 99.35% in the training phase, which indicates its applicability in malware detection. the current research also benefits the field, as it demonstrates the applicability of deep learning in malware classification and serves as a basis for the evolution of more potent and practical models. 7.1. future work while our study shows the potential for using deep convolutional neural networks (cnns) with image analysis for android malware detection, several shortcomings still require solving in the future, and possible ways for enhancement will be explored in future research. one critical aspect is expanding the provided dataset to include more malware varieties and up-to-date samples. owing to the rapid evolution of android malware, a larger dataset, including recent and emerging malware, will assist in model generalization and robustness. in addition, malware synthesis from generative adversarial networks (gans) can be integrated into the training process to synthesize realistic malware variants to help the model adapt to new attack patterns. it also opens up future work on transferring the model to other operating systems, specifically windows and ios, for an all-around cross-platform malware detection framework. in addition, our modified vgg16 architecture is compelling, and further architectural optimization could be explored. at the same time, the classification performance can be improved by utilizing attention mechanisms, transformer-based models, and hybrid deep learning approaches, thereby reducing the computational overhead. integrating xai techniques with explainable ai (xai) is another promising direction for model interpretability to provide security analysts with a hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 684 better understanding of classification decisions and increase trust in automated malware detection systems. second, we can also investigate the real-time implementation and deployment of the model on mobileand cloud-based security platforms to ascertain performance in such practical scenarios. future advancements in these areas will help enhance the continuous improvement of deep-learning-based malware detection systems that are better adaptable, scalable, and resilient to changing cyber threats. 8. abbreviation cnn convolutional neural network dcnn deep cnn cic canadian institute for cybersecurity dl deep learning ml machine learning dt decision tree ga genetic algorithm ip internet protocol apk android package kit fp false positive svm support vector machine fn false negative nb naïve bayes auc-roc area under the receiver operating characteristic curve eda exploratory data analysis relu rectified linear uni tp true positive tn true negative roc receiver operating characteristic 9. declarations 9.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.o. and a.e.; methodology, m.o.; software, m.o. and a.e.; validation, m.o. and a.e.; formal analysis, m.o.; investigation, m.o.; resources, m.o. and a.e.; data curation, m.o. and a.e.; writing—original draft preparation, m.o.; writing—review and editing, m.o. and a.e.; visualization, m.o. and a.e.; supervision, m.o.; project administration, m.o.; funding acquisition, m.o. and a.e. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 9.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 9.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 9.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 9.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 9.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 10. references [1] bayazit, e. c., sahingoz, o. k., & dogan, b. (2023). deep learning based malware detection for android systems: a comparative analysis. tehnicki vjesnik, 30(3), 787–796. doi:10.17559/tv-20220907113227. [2] ksibi, a., zakariah, m., almuqren, l., & alluhaidan, a. s. (2023). deep convolution neural networks and image processing for malware detection. research square (preprint), 1-25. doi:10.21203/rs.3.rs-2508967/v1. [3] kumar, s., janet, b., & neelakantan, s. (2024). imcnn:intelligent malware classification using deep convolution neural networks as transfer learning and ensemble learning in honeypot enabled organizational network. computer communications, 216, 16–33. doi:10.1016/j.comcom.2023.12.036. [4] shelar, m. d., & rao, s. s. (2024). enhanced capsule network-based executable files malware detection and classification—deep learning approach. concurrency and computation: practice and experience, 36(4), e7928. doi:10.1002/cpe.7928. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 685 [5] alam, i., samiullah, m., kabir, u., woo, s., leung, c. k., & nguyen, h. h. (2024). sremic: spatial relation extraction-based malware image classification. proceedings of the 2024 18th international conference on ubiquitous information management and communication, imcom 2024, 1–8. doi:10.1109/imcom60618.2024.10418339. [6] brown, a., gupta, m., & abdelsalam, m. (2024). automated machine learning for deep learning based malware detection. computers and security, 137, 103582. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2023.103582. [7] aboshady, d., ghannam, n., elsayed, e., & diab, l. (2022). the malware detection approach in the design of mobile applications. symmetry, 14(5), 839. doi:10.3390/sym14050839. [8] akyol, k. (2024). comprehensive comparison of modified deep convolutional neural networks for automated detection of external and middle ear conditions. neural computing and applications, 36(10), 5529–5544. doi:10.1007/s00521-023-09365-4. [9] poornima, s., & mahalakshmi, r. (2024). automated malware detection using machine learning and deep learning approaches for android applications. measurement: sensors, 32, 100955. doi:10.1016/j.measen.2023.100955. [10] djenna, a., bouridane, a., rubab, s., & marou, i. m. (2023). artificial intelligence-based malware detection, analysis, and mitigation. symmetry, 15(3), 677. doi:10.3390/sym15030677. [11] atif raza zaidi, tahir abbas, hamza zahid, & sadaqat ali ramay. (2023). effectiveness of detecting android malware using deep learning techniques. journal of nanoscope, 4(2), 1–21. doi:10.52700/jn.v4i2.90. [12] aldini, a., & petrelli, t. (2024). image-based detection and classification of android malware through cnn models. acm international conference proceeding series, 1–11. doi:10.1145/3664476.3670441. [13] kiraz, ö., & doğru, i̇. a. (2024). visualising static features and classifying android malware using a convolutional neural network approach. applied sciences (switzerland), 14(11), 4772. doi:10.3390/app14114772. [14] wang, z., yu, q., & yuan, s. (2024). android malware detection based on rgb images and multi-feature fusion. arxiv preprint arxiv:2408.16555. [15] bau, y. t., choo, y. h., & goh, c. le. (2024). android malware multiclass classification using machine learning: evaluating the performance of random forest, artificial neural network, and convolutional neural network. journal of logistics, informatics and service science, 11(10), 1–19. doi:10.33168/jliss.2024.1001. [16] bakır, h. (2025). a new method for tuning the cnn pre-trained models as a feature extractor for malware detection. pattern analysis and applications, 28(1), 26. doi:10.1007/s10044-024-01381-x. [17] rakshe, d. s., jha, s., & bhaladhare, p. r. (2025). dmfcnn-hbo: deep maxout fusion convolutional neural network model enabled with honey badger optimization for ddos attack detection. international journal of information technology (singapore), 17(4), 2347–2354. doi:10.1007/s41870-024-02379-8. [18] ahmed, s. r., mohamed, s. j., aljanabi, m. s., algburi, s., majeed, d. a., kurdi, n. a., al-sarem, m., & tawfeq, j. f. (2024). a novel approach to malware detection using machine learning and image processing. acm international conference proceeding series, 298–302. doi:10.1145/3660853.3660931. [19] saidia fascí, l., fisichella, m., lax, g., & qian, c. (2023). disarming visualization-based approaches in malware detection systems. computers and security, 126, 103062. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2022.103062. [20] ravi, v., & alazab, m. (2023). attention-based convolutional neural network deep learning approach for robust malware classification. computational intelligence, 39(1), 145–168. doi:10.1111/coin.12551. [21] alsuwat, e., solaiman, s., & alsuwat, h. (2023). concept drift analysis and malware attack detection system using secure adaptive windowing. computers, materials and continua, 75(2), 3743–3759. doi:10.32604/cmc.2023.035126. [22] ayele, y. z., chockalingam, s., & lau, n. (2023). threat actors and methods of attack to social robots in public spaces. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics): vol. 14045 lncs, 262–273. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-35822-7_18. [23] mehmood, m., amin, r., muslam, m. m. a., xie, j., & aldabbas, h. (2023). privilege escalation attack detection and mitigation in cloud using machine learning. ieee access, 11, 46561–46576. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3273895. [24] qiao, y., zhang, w., tian, z., yang, l. t., liu, y., & alazab, m. (2023). adversarial elf malware detection method using model interpretation. ieee transactions on industrial informatics, 19(1), 605–615. doi:10.1109/tii.2022.3192901. [25] alshraideh, m. a., al-dreabi, e. a., otoom, m. m., salah, b., hawamdeh, z. m., & alshraideh, m. (2017). automated detection of breast cancer using artificial neural networks and fuzzy logic. article in international journal of sciences basic and applied research, 35(3), 109–120. [26] qiu, j., han, q. l., luo, w., pan, l., nepal, s., zhang, j., & xiang, y. (2023). cyber code intelligence for android malware detection. ieee transactions on cybernetics, 53(1), 617–627. doi:10.1109/tcyb.2022.3164625. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 686 [27] otoom, m. m., jemmali, m., qawqzeh, y., sa, k. n., & al fay, f. (2019). comparative analysis of different machine learning models for estimating the population growth rate in data-limited area. international journal of computer science and network security, 19(12), 96–101. [28] otoom, m. m. (2021). comparing the performance of 17 machine learning models in predicting human population growth of countries. ijcsns international journal of computer science and network security, 21(january), 220–225. doi:10.22937/ijcsns.2021.21.1.28. [29] alnajim, a. m., habib, s., islam, m., albelaihi, r., & alabdulatif, a. (2023). mitigating the risks of malware attacks with deep learning techniques. electronics (switzerland), 12(14), 3166. doi:10.3390/electronics12143166. [30] shu, l., dong, s., su, h., & huang, j. (2023). android malware detection methods based on convolutional neural network: a survey. ieee transactions on emerging topics in computational intelligence, 7(5), 1330–1350. doi:10.1109/tetci.2023.3281833. [31] zhao, z., zhao, d., yang, s., & xu, l. (2023). image-based malware classification method with the alexnet convolutional neural network model. security and communication networks, 2023, 1–15. doi:10.1155/2023/6390023. [32] xie, n., qin, z., & di, x. (2023). ga-stackingmd: android malware detection method based on genetic algorithm optimized stacking. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(4), 2629. doi:10.3390/app13042629. [33] arslan, r. s. (2021). identify type of android malware with machine learning based ensemble model. ismsit 2021 5th international symposium on multidisciplinary studies and innovative technologies, proceedings, 628–632. doi:10.1109/ismsit52890.2021.9604661. [34] otoom, m. m., sattar, k. n. a., & sadig, m. al. (2023). ensemble model for network intrusion detection system based on bagging using j48. advances in science and technology research journal, 17(2), 322–329. doi:10.12913/22998624/161820. [35] otoom, m. m. (2022). abmj: an ensemble model for risk prediction in software requirements. ijcsns international journal of computer science and network security, 22(3), 710. doi:10.22937/ijcsns.2022.22.3.93. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1068 issn: 2723-9535 spatial-temporal characteristics of green development level in river basin ying zhou 1 , huan tian 1 , dan hu 1, huimin hu 2, qiong shen 1* 1 college of architecture and urban­rural planning, sichuan agricultural university, sichuan 611830, china. 2 guangdong zhuhai golden bay lng ltd, guangdong zhuhai 519001, china. received 21 february 2024; revised 30 october 2024; accepted 06 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract the tuojiang basin accounts for 30.8% of sichuan province's gdp, but the total water resources account for only 3.5%, resulting in increasing problems of water shortage, environmental deterioration and pollution, which further affects green development in the basin. the objective of this paper is to investigate the green development of the basin, expose deficiencies and ultimately unravel the path toward green development in the river basin of china. this paper was based on a green development measurement system under economy-nature-resource-society-pollution perspectives and used crtic method to calculate the weights of system indicators. then gray correlation-topsis evaluation model was used to measure green development level from 2009 to 2020. finally, spatial evolution of green development in tuojiang basin was analyzed through moran index. the results showed that economy and pollution are the important factors of green development. and overall green development level was showing a trend of decreasing first then rising, which reached the lowest in 2014 and highest in 2019. moreover, all cities in tuojiang basin except ziyang reached a high level of green development in 2020. this paper added various pressure indicators produced by environmental pollution to the index system and enriched the evaluation index system for green development. keywords: green development; gc-topsis; spatial-temporal differentiation; dynamic evolution. 1. introduction while "black development" has created great wealth in the world, resource depletion and environmental pressure are also increasing, and problems such as pollution caused by urban development and sub-health of urban residents are gradually emerging [1]. the united nations held the sustainable development summit and emphasized that the three pillars of sustainable development the economy, society and the environment are indivisible, and the development of the economy must follow the laws of nature and reduce the cost of the natural environment [2]. the economy has developed rapidly in china, and the gdp in 2021 increased by 8.1% over 2020. however, the rapid economic growth has increased china's resource and environmental costs for many years, resulting in serious ecological problems，such as serious environmental pollution, high environmental risks and large ecological losses. the construction of china's ecological civilization lags behind economic and social development, so the realization of green, green development is the priority. green development of basins is considered to be a process of social, economic, and overall betterment that maintains a flexibility for future options and simultaneously conserving natural resources [3]. as an important * corresponding author: swydong@sicau.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-014  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2671-0601 https://orcid.org/0009-0007-4549-4293 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1069 support for the ecological construction zone of the yangtze river economic belt and the economic development of sichuan province, the green development of tuojiang basin has attracted much attention. the amount of water resources in tuojiang basin only accounts for 3.5% of sichuan province, but it supports more than 20% of the population and gdp of the province, leading to the highest level of water resources development in all basins of the province, which is difficult to support the sustainable development of social economy. about 42% of the heavily polluted rivers in sichuan province are located in tuojiang basin, but the urban sewage treatment rate is 64%, while the construction rate of township sewage treatment plants is only half of the urban sewage treatment rate. it can be seen that the pollution control system in tuojiang basin is not strong [4]. above these problems restrict the social and economic development of the basin, so it is important to consider from the perspective of the overall situation of the basin and the multiple elements of green development [5]. as a hot topic of academic discussion, "green development" has attracted much attention from many researchers and can be divided into four categories: (1) some scholars have analyzed the concept of green development and noted that green development is the path to high economic, social and environmental development [6, 7], in which the green economy is an important part of green development [8, 9]. (2) green development efficiency is measured by two methods: index system evaluation and production efficiency measurement. index system evaluation methods include the oecd green growth assessment framework [10], the united nations environment program (unep) green economy measurement model [11], and the beijing normal university green development index assessment mode [12]. they have explored the measurement of green development from different perspectives, such as economy [13], society [14], ecology [15] and integration [16]. it can be seen from the past li terature that the economy [17] and environment [18] are the most important influencing factors, followed by ecological construction [19] and social policies [20]. in addition to the positive feedback, there are also negative impacts, most of which are directly reflected in the pollutant emissions caused by human production and life. therefore, it is necessary to include the negative pollutant discharge of tuojiangr basin in the environmental impact on green development. efficiency measurement methods include the traditional radial dea model [21], ebm [22] and topsis method [23]. (3) evolutionary characteristics and influencing factors：scholars have focused on evaluating green development from global [24], national [25], provincial [26], and municipal [27] perspectives. the gis spatial analysis method [28, 29] and obstacle degree model [30] are commonly used methods. (4) improvement measures: zheng & li [31] believe that the economic environment, policy system and other factors restrict regional green development. chen et al. [32] emphasized that cultivating a green development system and strengthening urban hardware guarantees can improve the quality of urban development. based on previous studies, this paper finds that, first, the traditional green development considers the symbiotic relationship between the economic system, the natural system and the social system, which cannot fully adapt to the characteristics of different regions in tuojiang basin. this paper constructs an evaluation index system covering economic growth, natural conditions, resource utilization, social response and environmental pollution. second, the green development system involves not only positive feedback, but also negative effects, most of which are directly reflected in the emissions of pollutants caused by human production. therefore, this paper adds various pressure indicators produced by environmental pollution to the index system. third, tuojiang basin flows through many cities, so there are many differences in resource allocation, social response, and environmental pollution in each city. it is necessary to combine multiple evaluation methods, overcome the limitations of extensive economic developement models, and integrate the spatial analysis and temporal analysis into the evaluation model, which can undergo a transition from an extensive economic development model to a green economic development model in tuojiang basin. the contributions of this paper are as follows: (1) this paper identifies the key factors affecting the green development of tuojiang basin, which is conducive to guiding the development coordination among the factors of economy, society, resources, environment, etc. (2) to fully consider the regional characteristics and differences of tuojiang basin, this paper measures the overall and subsystem green development levels. this paper analyses the actual obstacles and excellent achievements in the process of green development, and strengthens the research on the differences in green development levels in tuojiang basin. (3) this paper explores the spatial differentiation pattern and agglomeration of green development levels in tuojiang basin through spatial correlation analysis and proposes policy suggestions for coordinated green development to further promote the economic and social growth of sichuan province and protect the natural ecological environment of the basin. in order to solve the environmental pollution problem of tuojiang basin and improve green development level， this paper explores green development of tuojiang basin from 2009 to 2020 under economy-nature-resourcesociety-pollution perspectives. spatial-temporal evolution of green development in tuojiang basin is evaluated by gray correlation-topsis evaluation model with combination weight determination. based on the spatial correlation analysis of five typical cities, this paper discusses the results and puts forward some policy suggestions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1070 2. study area and data 2.1. study area the study area is a tributary of the upper yangtze river which located in southwest of china, central sichuan province. the study area is oblong which total length of the watershed is 712 kilometers, and has a drainage area of approximately 32,900 km². it is composed of mountain area, plain and hill, and has a mild climate, with an annual average temperature of 17.1℃, abundant rainfall and an annual average precipitation of 1010mm. it is a non-closed basin, and the runoff mainly comes from precipitation. tuojiang basin flows through 31 counties (districts) in 5 cities, including deyang, ziyang, neijiang, zigong, luzhou. the geographical location of tuojiang basin and the location of five cities are shown in figure 1. figure 1. tuojiang basin geographical location 3. index system 3.1. interaction mechanism of green development as green development is a highly intricate system composed of economic, social, and ecological environments, many factors should be considered in its evaluation [33]. figure 2 shows that the rapid social and economic development of the basin has brought about increases in both the economy and population. economic growth can promote the growth of gdp, the urbanization rate and environmental protection investment, which will have a positive impact on social response. however, an increase in population leads to an increase in total water consumption, which has a negative impact on environmental protection. economic development achieves the goal of ecological environment development through social response. at the same time, the consumption of resources also leads to environmental pollution. therefore, economic development needs to consider the interactions among the natural environment, resources, social response and environmental pollution at the same time. 3.2. construction of evaluation index system china's national development and reform commission formulated the green development indicator system in 2016, which mainly includes five indicators including resource utilization, environmental governance, environmental quality, ecological protection, growth quality and green life. through the green development indicator system in 2016 and the internal mechanism of green development, the study has refined five subsystems (economy-nature-resource-society-pollution). based on the above five subsystems of green development in tuojiang basin, the study combines the international indicators selected by oced and refers to china's green development index system to determine the green development evaluation index system composed of 20 detailed indicators in table 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1071 figure 2. the internal interaction mechanism of green development table 1. evaluation index system of green development in tuojiang basin system evaluation indicator calculation formula indicators meanings economy (e) e1: per capita gdp total gdp/total population people's economic level e2: urbanization rate non-agricultural population/total population the level of urban progress e3: growth rate of industrial added value industrial added value/in the same period of numerical the running trend of industrial economy e4: proportion of investment in energy conservation and environmental protection in gdp energy conservation and environmental protection investment/gross domestic product harmonious relationship between environmental protection and economic development nature (n) n1: precipitation natural monitoring data basin healthy state n2: mean ph value of precipitation natural monitoring data precipitation and atmospheric pollution n3: average annual concentration of inhalable particulate matter (pm10) air quality monitoring data air quality state n4: average relative humidity natural monitoring data basin healthy state resource (r) r1: proportion of effective irrigation area effective irrigation area/total cultivated area agricultural production and water resources utilization r2: per capita water consumption total water resources/total population availability of water resources r3: forest coverage rate forest area/total land area level of forest resources r4: energy consumption per unit output value total energy consumed/gross domestic product regional energy consumption level society (s) s1: urban water conservation reuse rate the total amount of sewage recycled/total amount of sewage treatment utilization of sewage resources s2: per capital annual r&d expenditure intramural expenditure on r&d/total number of researchers basin protection awareness s3: sewage treatment rate amount of treated sewage/total sewage discharged the extent of urban sewage treatment s4: greenery coverage of urban area urban green coverage/construction land area level of urban green space development pollution (p) p1: urban sewage discharge amount of domestic sewage the pollution from city life p2: industrial wastewater discharged amount of industrial wastewater the pollution from industry p3: average chemical fertilizer application rate total fertilizer use/sown area the pollution from agriculture p4: success rate of monitoring section water quality class iii or above water quality/total measured water quality current situation of basin water quality hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1072 4. methods 4.1. critic method critic method is an objective weighting method proposed by diakoulaki et al. [34]. the specific calculation steps are as follows: step 1: normalize the initial data matrix. positive indicators: 𝑥𝑖𝑗 = (𝑋𝑖𝑗 − 𝑋𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑚𝑎𝑥min⁡) (1) revers indicators: 𝑥𝑖𝑗 = (𝑋𝑖𝑗𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑚𝑎𝑥 ) (2) step 2: correlation of indicators: calculate the standard deviation. v𝜎𝑗 = √ ∑ (𝑥𝑖𝑗−𝑥𝑗) 2𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑛−1 (3) where 𝑥𝑗 is the mean of indicator, which quantifies the contrast intensity of the corresponding criterion. step 3: conflict of indicators: calculation of the correlation coefficient. 𝑅𝑗 = ∑ (1 − 𝑟𝑖𝑗) 𝑛 𝑖=1 (4) where 𝑟𝑖𝑗 is the correlation coefficient. step 4: calculate the amount of information, 𝑪𝒋 emitted by the jth criterion. 𝐶𝑗 = 𝜎𝑗 ∗ 𝑅𝑗 (5) step 5: calculate the weight of the jth criterion. 𝑊𝑐 = 𝐶𝑗 ∑ 𝐶𝑗 𝑚 𝑗=1 (6) 4.2. entropy method step 1: normalize the initial data matrix. positive indicators: 𝑥𝑖𝑗 ′ = (𝑥𝑖𝑗 −𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑥𝑖𝑗})/(𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑥𝑖𝑗} − 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑥𝑖𝑗}) (7) reverse indicators: 𝑥𝑖𝑗 ′ = (𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑥𝑖𝑗} − 𝑥𝑖𝑗)/(𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝑥𝑖𝑗} − 𝑚𝑖𝑛{𝑥𝑖𝑗}) (8) step 2: calculate the proportion of indicators. 𝑝𝑖𝑗 = 𝑥𝑖𝑗 ′ ∑ 𝑥𝑖𝑗 ′𝑚 𝑖=1⁄ (9) step 3: define the entropy. 𝑒𝑗 = − 𝑙𝑛(𝑚)−1∑ 𝑝𝑖𝑗 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑙𝑛 𝑝𝑖𝑗 (10) step 4: calculate the coefficient of variation. 𝑔𝑗 = 1 − 𝑒𝑗 (11) step 5: acquisition of the weight. 𝑤𝑒 = 𝑔𝑗 ∑ 𝑔𝑗 𝑛 𝑗=1⁄ (12) 4.3. combination weights of indicators method the paper uses song's et al. [35] weighting method to achieve objective integration of indicator information weights . the formula is as follow: 𝑊𝑖𝑗 = (𝜎𝑗+𝑒𝑗) ∑ (1−𝑟𝑖𝑗) 𝑛 𝑖=1 ∑ (𝜎𝑗+𝑒𝑗) ∑ (1−𝑟𝑖𝑗) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑚 𝑗=1 (13) 4.4. gray correlation-topsis method in order to improve the accuracy of the evaluation conclusions, the paper integrats topsis method and gray correlation method. the proposed gc-topsis has the following steps: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1073 step 1: calculate the normalized weighted decision matrix based on the combination weights. a: calculate the normalized decision matrix. 𝑟𝑖𝑗 = 𝑥𝑖𝑗 √∑ 𝑥𝑖𝑗 2𝑛 𝑗=1⁄ (14) b: build weighted normalized decision matrix. 𝑣𝑖𝑗 = 𝑤𝑖𝑗𝑟𝑖𝑗 (15) step 2: calculate the positive-ideal and negative-ideal solutions. 𝑉+ = {𝑣1 +, . . . , 𝑣𝑛 +} = {(𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑖 𝑣𝑖𝑗|𝑗 ∈ 𝐽), (𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑖 𝑣𝑖𝑗|𝑗 ∈𝐽 ′)} (16) 𝑉− = {𝑣1 −, . . . , 𝑣𝑛 −} = {(𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑖 𝑣𝑖𝑗|𝑗 ∈ 𝐽), (𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑖 𝑣𝑖𝑗|𝑗 ∈𝐽 ′)} (17) where 𝐽 is associated with benefit criteria and is associated with cost criteria. step 3: calculate the separation measures to the positive-ideal and negative-ideal solutions (euclidean distance). 𝐷𝑖 + = √∑ (𝑣𝑖𝑗 − 𝑣𝑗 +)2𝑛 𝑗=1 , 𝑖 = 1, . . . , 𝑚. (18) 𝐷𝑖 − = √∑ (𝑣𝑖𝑗 − 𝑣𝑗 −)2𝑛 𝑗=1 , 𝑖 = 1, . . . , 𝑚. (19) step 4: calculate the gc coefficient between the ith alternative and positive-ideal and negative-ideal alternative about the jth index. a): the gray correlation coefficient of the i th alternative to the positive ideal solution and the negative ideal solution about the jth index is calculated as follow: 𝑟𝑖𝑗 + = 𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑗|𝑧𝑗 +−𝑧𝑖𝑗|+𝜌𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑗|𝑧𝑗 +−𝑧𝑖𝑗| |𝑧𝑗 +−𝑧𝑖𝑗|+𝜌𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑗|𝑧𝑗 +−𝑧𝑖𝑗| (20) 𝑟𝑖𝑗 − = 𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑗|𝑧𝑗 −−𝑧𝑖𝑗|+𝜌𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑗|𝑧𝑗 −−𝑧𝑖𝑗| |𝑧𝑗 −−𝑧𝑖𝑗|+𝜌𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑗|𝑧𝑗 −−𝑧𝑖𝑗| (21) where 𝜌 is the resolution coefficient, 𝜌 ∈ ⌊0,1⌋, we choose 𝜌 = 0.5 in this study. b): the gc coefficient matrix between each alternative and the positive-ideal alternative and negative-ideal alternative are obtained: 𝑅+ = [ 𝑟11 + 𝑟12 + ⋯ 𝑟1𝑚 + 𝑟21 + 𝑟22 + ⋯ 𝑟2𝑚 + ⋮ ⋮ ⋱ ⋮ 𝑟𝑛1 + 𝑟𝑛2 + ⋯ 𝑟𝑛𝑚 + ]⁡⁡⁡⁡𝑅− = [ 𝑟11 − 𝑟12 − ⋯ 𝑟1𝑚 − 𝑟21 − 𝑟22 − ⋯ 𝑟2𝑚 − ⋮ ⋮ ⋱ ⋮ 𝑟𝑛1 − 𝑟𝑛2 − ⋯ 𝑟𝑛𝑚 − ] (22) c): the gray correlation degree between the i th alternative and the positive and negative ideal alternative are obtained: 𝑅𝑖 + = 1 𝑚 ∑ 𝑟𝑖𝑗 +𝑚 𝑗=1 , (𝑖 ∈ {1,2, . . . , 𝑛}) (23) 𝑅𝑖 − = 1 𝑚 ∑ 𝑟𝑖𝑗 −𝑚 𝑗=1 , (𝑖 ∈ {1,2, . . . , 𝑛}) (24) step 5: normalize 𝑅𝑖 +, 𝑅𝑖 −, 𝐷𝑖 +, and 𝐷𝑖 − : 𝑀 ~ 𝑖 = 𝑀𝑖 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑀𝑖 , (𝑖 ∈ {1,2, . . . 𝑛}) (25) where 𝑀𝑖 ∈ {𝑅𝑖 +, 𝑅 𝑖 − , 𝐷𝑖 +, 𝐷𝑖 −}. step 6: calculate the integrated closeness index which considers euclidean distance and gc coefficient. 𝐶𝑖 = 𝛼𝐷𝑖 −+𝛽𝑅𝑖 + (𝛼𝐷𝑖 −+𝛽𝑅𝑖 +)+(𝛼𝐷𝑖 ++𝛽𝑅𝑖 −) (26) where 𝛼 and 𝛽 are preference coefficients, reflecting the preference of shape and position, satisfying 𝛼 + 𝛽 = 1, 𝛼, 𝛽 ∈ [0,1], this study takes 𝛼 = 𝛽 = 0.5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1074 4.5. spatial correlation step 1: global spatial auto-correlation. 𝑀𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑛′𝑠𝐼 = 𝑛∑ ∑ 𝑊𝑖𝑗(𝑌𝑖−𝑌) 𝑛 𝑗=1 𝑛 𝑖=1 (𝑌𝑗−𝑌) ∑ ∑ 𝑊𝑖𝑗 ∑ (𝑌𝑖−𝑌) 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑛 𝑗=1 𝑛 𝑖=1 (27) where wij is the combination weight, and yi and yj are the green development level of region i and j. step 2: local spatial auto-correlation. 𝐼𝑖 = (𝑌𝑖−𝑌) 𝑆2 ∑ 𝑊𝑖𝑗 𝑛 𝑖≠𝑗 (𝑌𝑗 − 𝑌) (28) where ii is the local moran’s i of region i. 5. results and analysis 5.1. key factors of green development in tuojiang basin the objective combination weighting of equations 2 to 13 is used to calculate the weights of each index and five subsystems in this study. among the research uses song's et al. [35] weighting method to achieve objective integration of indicator information weights, equation 13 is the formula combining critic method and entropy method which can overcome the shortcoming of single weighting method to a certain extent, avoid one-sidedness and improve the scientificity of weighting. the calculated data results are shown in table 2. we can see the key systems and factors in green development of tuojiang basin through the weights data. table 2. the index weight of green development evaluation in tuojiang basin system index name combination weight system weight economy (e) e1 0.0291 0.3981 e2 0.0313 e3 0.1932 e4 0.1444 nature (n) n1 0.0185 0.1190 n2 0.0301 n3 0.0595 n4 0.0109 resource (r) r1 0.0773 0.1175 r2 0.0105 r3 0.0146 r4 0.0151 society (s) s1 0.0582 0.1466 s2 0.0503 s3 0.0301 s4 0.0080 pollution (p) p1 0.0196 0.2188 p2 0.0258 p3 0.0805 p4 0.0929 as can be seen from table 2, the ranking of the influence degree of the five systems on the green development of tuojiang basin is as follows: economic system>pollution system>social system>natural systems>resource system. among the 20 influencing indicators of the green development level in tuojiang basin, the five key factors with the highest weight are: growth rate of industrial added value (e 3), average chemical fertilizer application rate (p3) and proportion of effective irrigation area (r1), among these five factors, there are two factors to measure the green economy situation of basin, and two factors to measure the current situation of the environmental pollution, one factors about the carrying capacity of resources. therefore, economic and pollution are the most significant in the five systems for improving the green development level in tuojiang basin. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1075 5.2. temporal changes of green development in tuojiang basin the euclidean distances di + and di are calculated by using topsis model, showing in equations 14 to 19 in the study. then gray correlation method is used to obtain the gray correlation degrees ri + and ri between the ith alternative and the positive and negative ideal alternatives by using equations 21 to 24. in order to improve the accuracy of the evaluation results, the paper combines topsis method and gray correlation method to evaluate the green development level of tuojiang basin and uses equations 26 and 27 to calculate the comprehensive paste progress ci. the closer the integrated closeness is to 1, the higher the level of green development is. the calculated data results are shown in figure 3. the overall green development of tuojiang basin from 2009 to 2020 shows a "v" shaped fluctuation trend, which is analyzed in four stages in this paper. during this period, the overall green development level of tuojiang basin fluctuated continuously under the influence of economic model transformation and environmental pollution control. from 2009 to 2014, the economic development under the traditional industrial model destroyed the natural environment, so excessive energy consumption, inadequate social policy response and the green development level declined. after 2014, the transformation of the green economy was on the right track, green technology investment and policy implementation from all walks of life complemented each other, environmental pollution was greatly improved and controlled, and the overall green development of the basin has reached the best state under multiparty coordination. figure 3. green development of tuojiang basin from 2009 to 2020 (1) the first stage was a sharp decline from 2009 to 2011. green development level in tuojiang basin declined rapidly, with a decrease of more than 5% every year. an extensive economy is one of the important factors for the decline in the overall green development level of a basin. at this time, the social policy response in tuojiang basin was in the embryonic stage, management measures remained at the suggestion level, and green development was negatively affected. (2) the second stage is characterized by a slow decline from 2011 to 2014 and a low point in 2014. the overall green development level in tuojiang basin has slowed down. from 2011 to 2012, the green development of the basin was almost stagnant, and the rate of decrease in the green development level from 4.2% to 2.3%. from 2012 to 2014, under the traditional growth model, energy-intensive polluting industries have been unable to provide green development momentum at the economic level, and environmental protection investment has also decreased, resulting in the lowest level of green development in tuojiang basin in 2014. (3) the third stage slowly improved from 2014 to 2017. the growth rate of the green development level in the basin increased from 1.43% to 5.65%, and the improvement speed increased rapidly. in 2015, sichuan province established and improved the horizontal water environment and ecological compensation mechanism between the 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 g re en d ev el o p m en t l ev el ( c i) year overall green development economy nature resource society pollution hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1076 upstream and downstream cities in tuojiang basin, and the concentration of pollution indicators decreased, marking an improvement turning point in the green development of tuojiang basin. from 2014 to 2017, a number of restoration measures were implemented to protect green space and natural vegetation in tuojiang basin, greatly improving the environment. therefore, the green development level of the basin has been significantly improved during this stage. (4) the fourth stage was the steep increase stage from 2017 to 2020，and the peak occurred in 2019. after 2017, the development level of the green economy in tuojiang basin increased, and the economic model of the one-sided pursuit of gdp increase has been gradually phased out. in 2018, the social policy response in tuojiang basin reached its highest level, the air quality in sichuan province reached its best in history, and the water quality in tuojiang basin recorded best water quality in the past decade. at the same time, the environmental pollution of the basin has been greatly controlled and improved. after 2019, all aspects of green development in tuojiang basin were optimized, and social policies are still being implemented. then, from the perspective of the green development level of tuojiang basin subsystem during 2009 -2020, the green development trend of the economic and environmental system is almost consistent with the overall green development trend of the basin, which means that the green economic transformation and green environment improvement within tuojiang basin have the greatest driving force on the overall green development level of the basin. the green development of the natural and social system and the overall green development of the basin show a fluctuating trend of intermittent overlap, which means that in the process of green development of the basin, the natural system has been affected by the positive and negative effects of the social economy and environmental resources. meanwhile, the promulgation and implementation of social policies have also experienced a process of large investment in environmental protection construction, long periods and slow effects. however, with the passage of time to achieve green coordination, the resource system and the overall green development of the basin show the opposite trends. the green development of the basin requires resource consumption as the premise, and the resource utilization within the basin should be reasonable and moderate. 5.3. spatial difference of green development level 5.3.1. spatial evolution of overall green development in order to further analyze the spatial dynamic evolution of the green development level in tuojiang basin, three time points were selected: 2009, 2014 and 2020. gc-topsis model is used to calculate the overall green development level of each city. then this paper use the visualization technology of arcgis10.1 software to analysis spatial evolution characteristics of green development level in 2009, 2014 and 2020, which is showing in fingure 4. among the paper processed the urban green development level of the three years and divided it into four sections, the high level area (0.5085~0.5430), the high level area (0.474~0.5085), the middle level area (0.4395~0.4740) and the low level area (0.4050~0.4395). (a) 2009 (b) 2014 (c) 2020 figure 4. spatial evolution characteristics of green development level in 2009, 2014,2020 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1077 from 2009 to 2014, the spatial pattern of green development level in tuojiang basin evolved: (1) the low level of green development in tuojiang basin gradually shifted from the upper reaches of the basin to the middle and lower reaches that is，the green development advantage shifted from the middle and lower reaches to the upper reaches. (2) in 2014, tuojiang basin had the most low-level green development areas, including zigong, luzhou and ziyang. (3) deyang is in a stage of fluctuation and improvement of green development, zigong is in a state of steady development, luzhou is in the stage of low-level recession, and ziyang and neijiang have experienced the greatest fluctuations. from 2015 to 2020, the spatial evolution trends of green development level in tuojiang basin were as follows: (1) in 2015, the low-level area of green development in tuojiang basin transiently shifted from the lower reaches to the upper reaches. (2) there was no low-level area in tuojiang basin after 2016. (3) from 2015 to 2020, the five cities were all in the state of green development, among which luzhou, deyang, neijiang and ziyang reached the optimal level in 2019, and zigong reached the optimal level in 2020. (4) ziyang and luzhou have the best green development levels in the middle-level and high-level areas and do not have green development advantages in tuojiang basin. 5.3.2. spatial difference of green development level among subsystems the study uses the visualization technology of arcgis10.1 software to draw a radar map of five urban green development subsystems, as shown in figure 5. (a) 2009 (b) 2014 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65 deyang ziyang neijiangzigong luzhou economy nature resource society pollution 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65 deyang ziyang neijiangzigong luzhou economy nature resource society pollution hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1078 (c) 2020 figure 5. the level of green development in the five urban subsystems in 2009, 2014, 2020 the results show that deyang has the highest level of green development, excellent economic development and natural reserve foundation, well-implemented policies, and the least obstacles. it has an overall advantage in terms of green development in tuojiang basin. zigong has the second highest level of green development. the cultural industry, as the driving force of green economic growth, supports green development. however, due to the poor natural water resources, the acquired air quality needs to be further improved under policy re gulation. the green development levels of luzhou and neijiang are similar, but the long-term and industrial-driven economic development model of luzhou has made it necessary to transform the green development. at the same time, the implementation of social policies in luzhou and neijiang is not timely, the implementation rate is poor, and problems can be solved only when they occur. the policy sensitivity to green development problems is low, leading to significant improvement in the environmental quality of the two cities. the fundamental obstacle to the lowest level of green development in ziyang is that the economic development is too backward, but the environmental level is superior. 5.3.3. global spatial auto-correlation of green development the study uses the spatial pattern map generated by arcgis software to substitute the overall green development level of cities in tuojiang basin in geoda software, and then calculates the overall moran’s i. p -value represents whether moran’s i is meaningful. only the p-values in 2009, 2014 and 2018 were lower than 0.1 (the significance level was lower than 10%), which was within the normal range. the calculated data results are shown in table 3. table 3. moran’s i of green development level index/year 2009 2015 2020 moran’s i -0.828 -0.047 -0.472 z (i) -1.659 -1.786 -1.653 p-value 0.038 0.026 0.081 in 2009, 2014 and 2018, the moran index of the green development level of tuojiang basin was negative, and the significance level at the three time points was lower than 10%. through hypothesis testing, there was a negative spatial correlation between the green development levels of cities in tuojiang basin, indicating that the green development of cities in the basin was in a state of spatial dispersion and differentiation. it is concluded that the causes of spatial heterogeneity are as follows: (1) compared with deyang, ziyang's industrial enterprises are scattered, and the traditional industrial development model is not suitable for long-term green development. until 2018, ziyang's economy had nearly doubled its gdp per capita compared with that in 2009, but it still did not have sufficient competitiveness. therefore, the economic development of ziyang is short and uneven, which makes it difficult to maintain high quality. deyang has a solid industrial foundation, a variety of advantageous industries and stable economic development. as a major equipment manufacturing base in china, deyang has domestic industrial enterprises, tothat continuously supply energy for gdp growth. during the peak period in 2018, the per capita gdp of deyang is aboutwas approximately twice that of ziyang, and the urbanization rate is higherwas greater than 10%. deyang has an excellent economic foundation and a fastrapid development speed, but it has nonot made a green contribution to the whole basin, leading to the spatial differentiation ofdifferences in the green development of the tuojiang basin. 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65 0.7 deyang ziyang neijiangzigong luzhou economy nature resource society pollution hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1079 (2) zigong has a congenital shortage of water resources, insufficient water reserves and poor self -sufficiency. zigong has a large population density, so human production and living pollution impose a large load on the natural environment. zigong still has the problem of overbuilding upstream reservoirs in the tuojiang basin, which hinders the flow of water, reduces the water volume and has a long-term negative impact on the water quality of the basin. (3) neijiang has focused on the treatment of water quality and air quality in the tuojiang basin, with a total investment of 15.281 billion cny since 2016. deyang has also vigorously promoted water pollution control in tuojiang basin over the years, and the annual average concentration of total phosphorus, a major pollutant, has decreased by 45.41%. on the other hand, ziyang had the lowest investment in environmental protection and research due to the most backward level of green economic development in tuojiang basin and the lack of impetus. 5.3.4. local spatial correlation of green development the adjacent cities in the tuojiang basin may have atypical characteristics different from those of the overall distribution. geoda software was used to construct a molan scatter plot of the green development level of the tuojiang basin in 2009, 2015 and 2020. to further observe the agglomeration intensity among cities in the tuojiang basin, the lisa agglomeration maps for 2009, 2015 and 2020 are shown in figure 6. from 2009 to 2015, the lowlevel area of green development in the tuojiang basin gradually shifted from deyang and ziyang in the middle and upper reaches to luzhou in the lower reaches. neijiang and zigong in the middle reaches maintained relatively moderate, moderate and high fluctuations. after 2014, all the cities entered the stable development stage of medium level and above. deyang was the first city to enter the high-level area, luzhou city was stable at the medium-high green development level, and ziyang, neijiang and zigong all maintained a steady improvement. in 2020, deyang and zigong reached a high level of green development, and other cities reached a medium to high level. in the early stage of green development, deyang did not invest enough power in overall green development, which is economic. there fore, the amount of sewage, wastewater and agricultural fertilizer in deyang is much greater than that in ziyang. adequate watershed green management measures were not implemented in neijiang. ziyang has a high level of green development due to its late development, low internal consumption of resources and low environmental pollution. because it has not developed its own green development advantages, it is not enough to play a role in promoting the coordinated green development of surrounding cities. figure 6. local autocorrelation lisa clust map of green development level of tuojiang basin in 2009, 2015, and 2020 green development level l ag g ed g re en d e v e lo p m e n t le v e l (a) 2009 green development level l ag g ed g re en d e v e lo p m e n t le v e l (b) 2015 (c) 2020 green development level l ag g ed g re en d e v e lo p m e n t le v e l hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1080 6. discussion the paper measures the green development level of tuojiang basin. despite the rapid growth of scientific knowledge about the causes and effects of basin pressure, effective management policies lag behind in most cases. therefore, the paper explores the key points of green development and puts forward four key poi nts that can be discussed: (1) the results show that the economy is the most important factor for promoting the green development of the whole basin, and extensive industry has been gradually eliminated in the green development process of cities. the long-term economic growth in the tuojiang basin is based on the premise of sacrificing natural resources and the environment. one-sided attention to industry and gdp growth has little effect on promoting high-quality green development in the basin. therefore, the tuojiang basin should combine the advantages of traditional industries and new development concepts to form a circular economy chain of kinetic energy transformation, reduce the pressure on natural resources and the environment, and improve the high-quality development of the green economy. (2) the distribution of water resources in the tuojiang basin is uneven, industrial and agricultural production are limited, and high-energy-consuming industries consume large amounts of resources. it can be seen from the results of the paper that high energy consumption production is more unsustainable and has a negative impact on resource waste and pollution emissions when promoting the economy. all regions in the tuojiang basin should promote the development, utilization and recycling of renewable resources, and enterprises should invest in low-carbon, efficient and economic production models. renewable energy should be encouraged to be the first resource used in the tuojiang basin in the future, renewable energy should be introduced, chemical fuels such as coal mines should be reduced, resource utilization should be improved, and pollution emissions should be reduced. the capacity resources of the tuojiang basin should be effectively utilized to promote the process of urban industrialization and urbanization. (3) green development requires the support of green innovation and environmental policy. the peak period of the overall green development of the tuojiang basin shows that the input and communication of watershed management and decision-makers to green innovation is an important breakthrough for urban enterprises in the basin to achieve green transformation or the emergence of green awareness among the public under the guidance of science and technology. in terms of agricultural production, we should use innovative green irrigation technology, optimize the agricultural layout, update and replace large machinery with high production capacity, and improve agricultural production efficiency. innovative technology can also be used to make a scientific cycle of water resources in production and life. the nonpoint source pollution caused by agricultural chemical fertilizer should be filtered and screened by technology to improve the green development ability of agriculture in the basin. (4) through the analysis of the green development level of the economy-nature-resource-society-pollution subsystem, this paper finds that economic foudation, resource endowment, social policy and geographical location play different roles in influencing the green development level of the five major cities in terms of the distribution of water resources in the tuojiang basin. the speed of economic development of cities in the tuojiang basin is quite different. deyang has a strong industrial foundation, a variety of advantageous industr ies, and stable economic development. as a major equipment manufacturing base in china, deyang has domestic ndustry enterprises, which continue to supply energy for gdp growth. although deyang has an excellent economic foundation and fast development speed, it has no green contribution to the whole river basin, which also leads to the final spatial differentiation of the green development of cities in the tuojiang basin. the cities in the tuojiang basin have different natural resource conditions. compared with other cities, zigong has the problems of congenital water resource shortages, insufficient water resource reserves and poor self sufficiency. zigong has a large population density, and the pollution of human production and life places a large load on the natural environment. in addition, there is also the problem of the overconstruction of upstream reservoirs in the tuojiang basin, which obstructs the flow of water and reduces the amount of water, which has a negative impact on the water quality of the basin in the long term. although most of the enterprises in zigong meet the emission standards, due to the lack of geographical conditions, the emission standards of enterprises are inconsistent with the self-sufficiency of the basin, which is not perfect compared with other cities. therefore, the difference in natural resource carrying conditions is an inevitable problem for achieving coordinated green development in a basin. the social policies of the cities in the tuojiang basin are different. since 2016, neijiang has focused on water quality and air quality problems in the tuojiang basin, with a total investment of 15.281 billion cny to carry out major projects such as ecological restoration, pollution control and environmental supervision. deyang has al so vigorously promoted the treatment of water pollution for many years, and the annual average concentration of total phosphorus, a major pollutant, in the deyang section of the exit section decreased by 45.41% compared with that in the same period last year. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1081 (5) previous studies on the green development level of water resources in the tuojiang basin revealed that the level of opening to the outside world, technological progress, water use structure, government control intensity, and water resource endowment had significant impacts [36]. in addition, some studies on the level of agricultural green development in the tuojiang basin have shown that the level of agricultural green development in the whole basin and the upper, middle and lower reaches has improved, there are differences in the level of agricultural green development, and the degree of agglomeration has decreased [37]. this paper revealed that economic and environmental pollution are among the most important green development indicators, while support for urban industrial economic development, financial investment in energy conservation and environmental protection, water quality in the tuojiang basin section and agricultural pollution are important factors affecting the green development level of the tuojiang basin. this finding also validates the conclusion of other studies on green development in the basin that government control intensity, water resource endowment, and agricultural pollution have significant effects on the green development level in the tuojiang basin. 7. policy recommendation determine the functions of the five cities and allocate resources: zigong should deploy the water resources in tuojiang basin to combine the needs of production and life, such as adding water storage facilities in key enterprises and population gathering areas. neijiang should focus on improving the air quality of monitoring points in tuojiang basin, such as publicly ranking the air quality data in the basin, and guiding the environmental awareness of all sectors of society. luzhou also needs to improve the urban water saving rate, such as increasing the investment in the construction of urban water supply and drainage pipelines. secondly, for cities with outstanding competitive advantages in green development, the government can establish cross-administrative partnerships to make resources flow and promote the integrated development of the region. promote the transformation of green agricultural production: the urban agricultural production in tuojiang basin can not only occupies most of the economic share, but also has high ecological efficiency. the whole basin is a carrier of agricultural production, and the agricultural department should avoid the non-point source pollution caused by large amounts of chemical fertilizers and avoid the secondary pollution caused by the internal flow of the basin. municipalities in tuojiang basin can focus on improving the scope of agricultural productivity to ensure the optimal use efficiency of agricultural land, water and other agricultural infrastructure inputs. at the same time, the five cities should reduce the joint impact of soil and water loss on the basin, and implement the return of farmland to the forest. strengthen exchanges and cooperation among the five cities: different cities in tuojiang basin has different development results due to its own advantages and shortcomings. among them, zigong has insufficient natural water resources, ziyang has no pillar economic advantages, neijiang and luzhou have poor durability and implementation in social policy formulation and response, and deyang has not exerted its advantageous position in green development to drive common development in the basin. in terms of economy, the cities in tuojiang basin should first form a situation of economic investment, industrial technology cooperation and environmental assistance among the cities according to the advantages and disadvantages of their own green economic development under the drive of high-level cities; in terms of ecological environment, the cities in tuojiang basin can jointly establish and distribute ecological protection economic taxes and incentives, and allocate funds according to the proportion of gdp and the degree of water resources development and utilization in accordance with the pressure of each city on the resources and environment in tuojiang basin, so as to ensure the common development of the economy and environment in the whole basin. 8. conclusion this paper explores the green development level of the tuojiang basin under five economy-environmentresource-society-pollution systems and determines the weights of subsystems and indicators via the critic method and entropy method. the system with the largest weight is the economic development system, and the weight value is 0.398. the second is the environmental pollution system, with a weight value of 0.219. the coordinated development of the economy and environment is an important topic of green development in the tuojiang basin. the weight calculation results of detailed indicators show that the index with the largest weight is the growth rate of industrial added value (e3), and the weight value is 0.193. the second index weight is the proportion of energy conservation and environmental protection investment in gdp (e4), and the weight value is 0.144. the index weights rank second in the water quality monitoring compliance rate (p 4) and fertilizer application intensity (p3) sections. among the five systems used to improve the green development level of the tuojiang basin, economic and environmental pollution are among the most important green development indicators, while the support of urban industrial economic development, financial investment in energy conservation and environmental protection, water quality in the tuojiang basin section and agricultural pollution are important factors for evaluating the green development level. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1082 the overall trend of the green development level in the tuojiang basin from 2009 to 2020 fluctuated roughly in a "v" shape, and the ranking on the time scale was 2019>2020>2018>2009>2010>2017>2016>2011>2012> 2013>2015>2014. the valley value of green development in the tuojiang river basin was 0.419. after 2014, the overall green development trend in the tuojiang river basin increased and reached a peak value of 0.553 in 2019. the tuojiang basin gradually entered the green development stage, from the initial stage of green development to the intermediate stage of decline, and finally showed good growth and a steady improvement stage. the green development level of the tuojiang basin exhibited a negative spatial correlation. the agglomeration intensity among cities is weak, and the green development agglomeration of luzhou in the lower reaches has been in an inconspicuous state. in 2009, ziyang, a high-level area of green development, was surrounded by deyang and neijiang, a low-level area. however, ziyang's own green development power was insufficient and did not play a leading role. in 2015 and 2020, zigong and deyang exhibited an "h-l" spatial trend, while the other four cities exhibited no significant change. the aggregation of the five cities was weak, and it was impossible to achieve a coordinated and unified green development situation in the basin. 9. declarations 9.1. author contributions conceptualization, h.z. and h.t.; methodology, d.h.; software, h.z.; validation, h.z., h.t., and d.h.; formal analysis, h.z.; investigation, h.h.; resources, h.h.; data curation, h.h.; writing—original draft preparation, h.z.; writing—review and editing, h.t.; visualization, q.s.; supervision, q.s.; project administration, q.s.; funding acquisition, h.z. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 9.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 9.3. funding this study was supported by the social science foundation of sichuan province statistic special project (no. sc22tj01); natural science foundation of sichuan province (no. 2024nsfsc1085); chengdu philosophy and social science research planning project (no. 2023cs037). 9.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 9.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 9.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 10. references [1] han, r. n., wang, k. p., zhang, y. l., & li, x. (2021). the road of green and high-quality urban development since the reform and opening up: historical logic and development path of the concept of park city in the new era. urban studies, 28(5), 28-34. [2] zhou, s., zhang, j., & sun, y. (2022). innovative practice in green development. in integrated governance in rural china: case study of nanjiang county. springer nature, singapore. doi:10.1007/978-981-19-3085-0_2. [3] biswas, s., sudhakar, s., & desai, v. r. (2002). remote sensing and geographic information system based approach for watershed conservation. journal of surveying engineering, 128(3), 108–124. doi:10.1061/(asce)0733-9453(2002)128:3(108). [4] qun, d. (2011). new developments in water pollution law and policy in china: effective enough to cope with water pollution conflict?. international journal of regional, rural and remote law and policy, (1), 1-15. doi:10.3316/informit.947820425722053. [5] luo, h., & guo, y. (2024). evaluation of the condition of the human habitat ecosystem in anhui province and regional spatial and temporal distribution study. polish journal of environmental studies, 33(4), 4229-4242. doi:10.15244/pjoes/180013. [6] wang, m. x., zhao, h. h., cui, j. x., fan, d., lv, b., wang, g., li, z. h., & zhou, g. j. (2018). evaluating green development level of nine cities within the pearl river delta, china. journal of cleaner production, 174, 315–323. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2017.10.328. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1083 [7] liu, h., zhou, g., wennersten, r., & frostell, b. (2014). analysis of sustainable urban development approaches in china. habitat international, 41, 24-32. doi:10.1016/j.habitatint.2013.06.005. [8] lu, c., huang, p., zhang, t., liu, x., & cheng, w. (2023). spatiotemporal evolution and driving factors of the green development efficiency in gansu province. arid land geography, 46(2), 305–315. doi:10.12118/j.issn.1000-6060.2022.176. [9] jin, b., & li, g. (2013). green economic growth from a developmental perspective. china finance and economic review, 1, 17. doi:10.1186/2196-5633-1-4. [10] oecd. (2017), green growth indicators 2017. oecd publishing, paris, france. doi:10.1787/9789264268586-en. [11] rode, p., & burdett, r. (2011). cities: investing in energy and resource efficiency. united nations environment programme (unpe), 453-492. [12] nbs (2024). national bureau of statistics of china. nbs, beijing, china. available online: https://www.stats.gov.cn/english/ (accessed on november 2024). [13] shi, c., & he, x. (2024). measurement and improvement path of urban green development efficiency in the yellow river basin under the “carbon peaking and carbon neutrality” targets. arid land geography, 47(3), 528–538. doi:10.12118/j.issn.10006060.2023.371. [14] xie, j., xia, z., tian, x., & liu, y. (2023). nexus and synergy between the low-carbon economy and circular economy: a systematic and critical review. environmental impact assessment review, 100, 107077. doi:10.1016/j.eiar.2023.107077. [15] kararach, g., nhamo, g., mubila, m., nhamo, s., nhemachena, c., & babu, s. (2018). reflections on the green growth index for developing countries: a focus of selected african countries. development policy review, 36, o432-o454. doi:10.1111/dpr.12265. [16] meng, f., guo, j., guo, z., lee, j. c., liu, g., & wang, n. (2021). urban ecological transition: the practice of ecological civilization construction in china. science of the total environment, 755, 142633. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.142633. [17] si, l., wang, j., yang, s., yang, y., & zhang, j. (2021). urban green development towards sustainability in northwest china: efficiency assessment, spatial‐ temporal differentiation characters, and influencing factors. complexity, 2021(1), 6630904. doi:10.1155/2021/6630904. [18] yang, y., wang, h., wang, c., & yang, b. (2022). model-based temporal evolution and spatial equilibrium analysis of green development in china's yangtze river economic belt from 2009 to 2018. ecological indicators, 141, 109071. doi:10.1016/j.ecolind.2022.109071. [19] chen, z., li, x., & xia, x. (2021). measurement and spatial convergence analysis of china’s agricultural green development index. environmental science and pollution research, 28, 19694-19709. doi:10.1007/s11356-020-11953-z. [20] wang, s., & li, j. (2022). balanced characteristics and obstacle factors of high-quality green development in yangtze river delta urban agglomeration. journal of natural resources, 37(6), 1540. doi:10.31497/zrzyxb.20220612. [21] shuai, s., & fan, z. (2020). modeling the role of environmental regulations in regional green economy efficiency of china: empirical evidence from super efficiency dea-tobit model. journal of environmental management, 261, 110227. doi:10.1016/j.jenvman.2020.110227. [22] tong, y., liu, h., ma, y., liu, j., & zhang, r. (2021). the influence and spatial spillover effects of tourism economy on urban green development in china. dili xuebao/acta geographica sinica, 76(10), 2504–2521. doi:10.11821/dlxb202110012. [23] ahn, s. r., & kim, s. j. (2017). assessment of integrated watershed health based on the natural environment, hydrology, water quality, and aquatic ecology. hydrology and earth system sciences, 21(11), 5583–5602. doi:10.5194/hess-21-5583-2017. [24] cuiyun, c., & chazhong, g. (2020). green development assessment for countries along the belt and road. journal of environmental management, 263, 110344. doi:10.1016/j.jenvman.2020.110344. [25] liu, k. di, shi, d., xiang, w., & zhang, w. (2022). how has the efficiency of china’s green development evolved? an improved non-radial directional distance function measurement. science of the total environment, 815, 152337. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2021.152337. [26] yang, y., & huang, p. (2019). has the level of green development in the northwestern provinces of china truly improved? a case study of shaanxi. sustainable cities and society, 51(4), 101779. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2019.101779. [27] zhang, j., rong, c., & ma, y. (2022). spatial and temporal differences and driving factors of the green development of urbanization in xinjiang. arid land geography, 45(1), 251–262. doi:10.12118/j.issn.1000-6060.2021.160. [28] dou, r., jiao, b., zhang, w., & zhang, p. (2023). research on spatiotemporal heterogeneity and driving forces of green development efficiency in resource-based cities of western china. journal of natural resources, 38(1), 238. doi:10.31497/zrzyxb.20230115. https://www.stats.gov.cn/english/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1084 [29] wei, z., lan, h., wei, l., & wenhui, p. e. n. g. (2023). the level differentiation and driving factors of inclusive green development in rural areas of china. economic geography, 43(3), 68-77. doi:10.15957/j.cnki.jjdl.2023.03.008. [30] zhang, k., feng, r., liu, t., zhang, z., han, j., & liu, k. (2022). coordination and obstacle factors of urbanization and ecosystem service value in the yellow river basin. arid land geography, 45(4), 1254–1267. doi:10.12118/j.issn.10006060.2021.436. [31] zheng, h., & li, h. (2022). spatial–temporal evolution characteristics of land use and habitat quality in shandong province, china. scientific reports, 12(1), 15422. doi:10.1038/s41598-022-19493-x. [32] chen, y., zhu, m., lu, j., zhou, q., & ma, w. (2020). evaluation of ecological city and analysis of obstacle factors under the background of high-quality development: taking cities in the yellow river basin as examples. ecological indicators, 118, 106771. doi:10.1016/j.ecolind.2020.106771. [33] zhang, h., geng, z., yin, r., & zhang, w. (2020). regional differences and convergence tendency of green development competitiveness in china. journal of cleaner production, 254, 119922. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.119922. [34] diakoulaki, d., mavrotas, g., & papayannakis, l. (1995). determining objective weights in multiple criteria problems: the critic method. computers and operations research, 22(7), 763–770. doi:10.1016/0305-0548(94)00059-h. [35] song, w. j., zhao, x. f., suo, h. x. (2023). international co2 emission reduction evaluation method based on time series. industrial heating, 52(09), 64-68. [36] xiao, y., ci, x. h., yang, b., zhang, l. p., & xia, j. (2023). measurement and influencing factors of green efficiency of water resources in urban agglomerations in middle yangtze river. journal of yangtze river scientific research institute, 40(9), 816. doi:10.11988/ckyyb.20230206. [37] liu, y., lu, c., & chen, x. (2023). dynamic analysis of agricultural green development efficiency in china: spatiotemporal evolution and influencing factors. journal of arid land, 15(2), 127-144. doi:10.1007/s40333-023-0007-6. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 524 issn: 2723-9535 the rising cost of cyberattacks: trends and impacts across industries saif al-deen h. hassan 1* , ali abulridha rasheed 2, alaa abdulshaheed mousa 3 , zahraa abed hussein 4 , bhavna ambudkar 5 1 department business administrator, college of administration and economics, university of misan, maysan, iraq. 2 electronic computing center, university of misan, maysan, iraq. 3 college of dentistry, university of misan, maysan, iraq. 4 al-manara college for medical sciences, maysan, iraq. 5 symbiosis institute of technology, electronic computing center, pune, maharashtra, india. received 05 march 2025; revised 23 may 2025; accepted 26 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract cybersecurity incidents have escalated sharply since 2020, exposing organizations to mounting financial and operational risks. this study quantifies multi-year trends in five major attack classes, calculates the compound annual growth rate (cagr) of breaches, and evaluates how targeted security spending mitigates losses across eight industries. secondary data were extracted from authoritative sources (ibm, enisa, and ponemon). descriptive statistics charted incident growth; pearson correlation assessed the linkage between phishing volume and breach frequency; ordinary least-squares regression measured the effect of network, infrastructure, and identity-access investments on breach counts. breaches rose at a 28.3% cagr from 2020 to 2023. healthcare incurred the highest mean cost per incident (usd 10.9 million in 2023). phishing volume strongly correlates with breaches (r = 0.97, p < 0.05), while greater outlays on network and infrastructure security were significantly associated with lower breach rates (β = –0.18 and –0.22, respectively; p < 0.05). unlike prior sectorspecific studies, our cross-industry analysis blends global data with inferential modelling, producing actionable benchmarks that help decision-makers allocate limited cybersecurity budgets where they reduce risk most. keywords: cybersecurity; data breaches; healthcare; phishing attacks; network security. 1. introduction cybersecurity has become an essential aspect of modern organizational governance, driven by the rapid digitization of economic activity and the proliferation of cyber threats. previous research has addressed isolated aspects of the cybersecurity challenge—such as ransomware in healthcare or phishing in finance—but few studies have simultaneously analyzed incident trends, financial impacts, and defensive spending patterns across sectors. moreover, existing literature rarely employs quantitative modeling to establish correlations between specific cybersecurity practices and incident * corresponding author: saif_aldeen@uomisan.edu.iq http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-011  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0003-3389-3052 https://orcid.org/0009-0006-8643-7060 https://orcid.org/0009-0001-3945-390x https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9744-836x hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 525 outcomes. this study addresses those gaps by offering a broad, data-driven assessment of cyberattack trends (2020– 2023), focusing on cross-sectoral comparisons and the efficacy of various protective measures [1-6]. 1.1. background and significance information security is a significant concern for organizations worldwide due to the growing amount of information and rising cyber threats. cybersecurity efforts must be coordinated to prevent catastrophic incidents and ensure people know which threats may arise and respond if events do take place. cybersecurity is ultimately a governance challenge, and the increased capabilities of nation-sponsored malicious actors and organized digital crime can change societal security approaches. increasing security, as well as the over-incidence and severity of these incidents, requires proactive security mechanisms in order to improve detection capacity and allow more efficient responses to emerging threats. organizations have poured billions of dollars into traditional prevention tools such as firewalls, antivirus measures, antispam solutions, and online content filtering. the ability to address and adapt to changing security requirements is a key factor in success, and the open design of our new security layer allows it to work alongside normalized it infrastructure and cyber security elements, as shown in figure 1 [7-10]. figure 1. cyber security elements cybersecurity is made up of application security, information security, network security, disaster recovery, and business continuity planning, as well as end-user education regarding the appropriate use of the infrastructure. especially in cloud service-based enterprises, the growth of internet websites and applications has increased scrutiny on making these attacks so that they cannot damage more than mere words and images. this includes implementing security controls such as authentication, authorization, encryption, logging, and application security testing [11]. a foremost objective of organizations is the recovery planning of a complete restoration of systems and data to retain operations in the probable occurrence of some catastrophe. the fundamental objectives of disaster recovery planning are to protect and secure an organization during crisis events, minimize disruptions in technology operations after a catastrophe takes place, execute backup methods frequently (in other words, assess risk), restore normal operation quickly and efficiently, and save critical equipment at all times [12]. operational security (os) focuses on reviewing data and assets to identify vulnerabilities that are required for effective defensive measures. os best practices are to change management, control network access (least privilege), limit staff exposure and use of other whois data elements to double control oneself, use automation security best practices that counteract unmonitored jobs at scale, and have reaction and disaster recovery plans [13]. end-user education is a very important aspect of computer security, as end-users always represent the biggest security threat in any organization. organizations should therefore organize cybersecurity workshops and knowledge campaigns hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 526 for the staff in which they can provide an idea of cybersecurity, phishing attacks, and handling cyber risks. finally, cyber threats to end users could take the form of human-operated ransomware attacks on social media and via text message, rip-and-replace zero-days delivered in email, or new classes of malware dropped during program downloads [14]. 1.2. objective  to evaluate developments in various types of cybersecurity cases from 2020 to 2023.  to determine the financial impact of cybersecurity violations across various industries.  to examine the connection between phishing attacks and data breaches.  to assess the usefulness of cybersecurity in mitigating data breach risks.  to compare global cybersecurity spending trends across different security segments.  to make evidence-based recommendations for improving organizational cybersecurity strategies. 2. literature review early work framed cyber-risk chiefly as malware and network intrusion problems, but the rapid expansion of cloud and mobile platforms has multiplied attack vectors and blurred organizational perimeters [15, 16]. recent surveys across oecd economies list phishing, business-email compromise (bec) and human-operated ransomware as the fastestgrowing incident classes between 2020 and 2023 [17]. at the same time, advanced persistent threats (apts) once limited to state actors are now “weaponized-as-a-service,” giving criminal syndicates comparable capabilities [18–20]. these trends underline the consensus that technical perimeter controls alone are insufficient and must be complemented by layered, risk-based approaches. 2.1. historical perspectives on cyber threats although the term cybersecurity only entered common usage in 1989, information-protection concerns track back to telegraph codebooks in world war i and cipher machines in world war ii [21–23]. what distinguishes the modern era is scale and velocity: global ip traffic now exceeds 400 exabytes per month, granting attackers near-instant reach and low marginal cost. scholars therefore argue that cyberspace must be viewed as a fifth operational domain—without clear geographic boundaries and governed largely by private infrastructure owners [24]. this conceptual shift from perimeter defense to continuous, enterprise-wide risk management sets the stage for contemporary budgeting and governance debates. 2.2. current cybersecurity trends recent literature converges on several high-level threat directions: cyber-espionage, cyber-crime, cyber-terrorism, nation-state cyber-warfare, and the trafficking of offensive cyber-weapons [24]. national security concerns now extend far beyond conventional military arenas to include economic espionage and extremist recruiting online. industrial control systems (ics) and other operational-technology environments present especially attractive targets because many were designed without modern security safeguards. exploits against energy production, chemical processing, and publicservice networks demonstrate that both state and non-state actors can disrupt critical infrastructure at scale [25]. in short, the boundary between traditional and cyber conflict has blurred, amplifying the strategic importance of robust cybersecurity capabilities. 2.3. research gap rapid digitalization, accelerated by the pandemic, has expanded corporate attack surfaces and opened fresh vulnerabilities. breaches now carry not only severe financial penalties but also reputation damage and potential nationalsecurity implications. despite a wealth of reports, the literature still lacks a comprehensive, data-driven analysis that simultaneously tracks attack volumes, monetized impacts, and the effectiveness of specific security investments across multiple industries. rigorous evidence on return on security investment remains sparse, and the interplay among diverse threat vectors is poorly quantified. addressing these gaps is essential for guiding resource allocation, improving organizational resilience, and informing public-policy responses as cyber threats continue to escalate in scope and sophistication. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 527 3. research methodology the present study uses quantitative research methodology and relies on secondary data for the necessary analysis. employing well-accepted practices, the research approach involved: 1. data collection: the secondary data was gathered from different famous papers to get information about cybersecurity, like the symantec security 2020 internet threats report, the ibm cost of a data breach report, and forecast: information security and risk management up until 2024 [26-30]. 2. data sorting: the obtained data was collated into structured tables (tables 1 to 6 for raw data; tables 7 and 8 for descriptive statistics; tables 9 and 10 for inferential/comparative analyses), containing all recorded global cybersecurity incidents by type and the mean costs of events across specific industries. 3. descriptive statistics were conducted to define the patterns within cybersecurity events. namely, central tendency (i.e., mean or median) and dispersion (standard deviation, range). 4. a correlation matrix was created to identify associations between different types of cybersecurity incidents. 5. hypothesis testing: using a pearson correlation test, we assessed the relationship between both phishing attempts and data breaches. 6. discussion: the results were discussed against the current developments in cybersecurity and their possible impact on various industries. revealing the overall state of cybersecurity should reflect cyber risk and its monetary impact on various sectors. this research is anchored in a quantitative, positivist framework. by leveraging secondary data and applying statistical models, the study aligns with empirical traditions that prioritize generalizability and inferential strength. specifically, the use of pearson correlation and ols regression allows for the identification of statistically significant associations between security investments and breach occurrences. theoretically, the study adopts a cost-benefit perspective of organizational behavior, where investment in cybersecurity is evaluated in terms of its measurable impact on reducing breach frequencies and associated losses. the transformative potential of ai and deep learning extends beyond cybersecurity. in environmental science, for instance, deep learning models have been successfully applied for species identification and ecosystem assessment in the tigris river, illustrating how domain-specific ai solutions can optimize monitoring and risk detection in critical systems [31-33]. likewise, advanced data-driven models have been applied in civil engineering to predict the flexural behavior of aligned steel-reinforced concrete beams, demonstrating the versatility of these analytical frameworks across domains [34]. further, recent experimental–numerical work on the flexural and torsional behavior of aligned steeland polyolefin-fiber-reinforced concrete beams showcases how the same data-driven modelling toolbox enhances reliability assessments in structural engineering as well [35, 36]. such precedents affirm the relevance of applying ml in cybersecurity contexts to detect patterns and threats with similar complexity. figure 2. workflow of the methodology hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 528 table 1. global cybersecurity incidents by type (2020-2023) year malware phishing ddos ransomware data breaches 2020 5.6b 241.3m 10m 304k 1001 2021 5.4b 316.7m 9.7m 623k 1862 2022 6.3b 350.2m 14m 493k 1802 2023 7.1b 387.4m 16m 543k 2116 table 2. average cost of cybersecurity incidents by industry (in million usd) industry 2020 2021 2022 2023 healthcare 7.13 9.23 10.10 10.93 financial services 5.85 5.72 5.97 6.39 energy 6.39 6.66 6.80 7.14 technology 5.04 5.17 5.35 5.60 retail 2.01 3.27 3.28 3.42 education 3.90 3.79 3.86 4.77 manufacturing 4.99 4.24 4.47 4.95 transportation 3.58 3.75 4.08 4.65 table 3. global average cost per record of data breach by industry (in usd) industry 2020 2021 2022 2023 healthcare 429 474 499 515 financial services 306 324 336 350 technology 281 298 311 325 energy 251 267 277 289 education 237 250 261 272 retail 175 187 194 202 media 169 181 188 196 hospitality 160 170 177 184 table 4. global cybersecurity spending by segment (in billion usd) segment 2020 2021 2022 2023 network security 15.8 17.2 18.9 20.7 infrastructure protection 20.1 22.3 24.8 27.5 application security 3.6 4.1 4.7 5.4 identity access management 11.5 13.2 15.2 17.5 data security 2.9 3.3 3.8 4.4 cloud security 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.5 other information security 8.3 9.1 10.0 11.0 table 5. compound annual growth rate (cagr) of cybersecurity incidents (2020-2023) incident type cagr malware 8.2% phishing 17.1% ddos 16.9% ransomware 21.3% data breaches 28.3% hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 529 table 6. multiple regression analysis: impact of cybersecurity spending on data breaches variable coefficient p-value network security spending -0.183 0.042 infrastructure protection -0.215 0.031 application security -0.097 0.156 identity access management -0.176 0.049 r-squared 0.783 adjusted r-squared 0.741 f-statistic 18.92 0.0001 3.1. statistical analysis using the data from table 1, several statistical analyses have been performed (see tables 7 and 8). table 7. descriptive statistics of global cybersecurity incidents (2020-2023) statistic malware phishing ddos ransomware data breaches mean 6.1b 323.9m 12.4m 490.75k 1695.25 median 5.95b 333.45m 12m 518k 1832 std dev 0.78b 61.8m 3.1m 135.8k 498.5 min 5.4b 241.3m 9.7m 304k 1001 max 7.1b 387.4m 16m 623k 2116 table 8. correlation matrix of cybersecurity incidents incident type malware phishing ddos ransomware data breaches malware 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.52 0.87 phishing 0.94 1.00 0.86 0.74 0.97 ddos 0.89 0.86 1.00 0.23 0.79 ransomware 0.52 0.74 0.23 1.00 0.77 data breaches 0.87 0.97 0.79 0.77 1.00 3.2. hypothesis testing null hypothesis (h0): there is no significant association between the frequency of phishing assaults and data breaches. alternative hypothesis (h1): there is a significant association between the frequency of phishing assaults and data breaches. compared with earlier studies [37, 38], our broader time window (2020–2023) and application of statistical modelling provide greater analytical depth. for instance, smith (2022) [37] identified ransomware as the most financially damaging threat, especially in healthcare, whereas our findings highlight phishing attacks as more strongly correlated with data breaches (r = 0.97), consistent with emerging user-targeted threat patterns. jones (2023) [38] emphasized the rise of ddos attacks, which our data also confirms (a 60% increase from 2021 to 2023). however, unlike prior work, this study introduces a regression analysis showing that targeted investments—particularly in infrastructure and network security—are statistically associated with breach reduction (table 9). this contribution enhances both methodological rigor and practical relevance in guiding cybersecurity spending. table 9. pearson correlation test results statistic value correlation (r) 0.97 p-value 0.0298 degrees of freedom 2 95% ci [0.11, 0.99] with a p-value of 0.0298 (< 0.05) and a high positive correlation (r = 0.97), we reject the null hypothesis. there is evidence of a considerable positive association between phishing assaults and data breaches. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 530 4. results and discussion industries were chosen based on consistent multi-year data availability across major reports. incident costs were normalized using metrics such as cost per record and per incident. table 1 demonstrates that malware continues to dominate in absolute volume, but phishing and ransomware exhibit steeper year-on-year growth. the steep incline in phishing—from 241.3m to 387.4m—signals an increasing focus on user-targeted exploits, correlating strongly with breaches. table 2 highlights a consistent increase in costs across all industries, with healthcare at the top. this suggests systemic vulnerabilities and data value sensitivity in the healthcare domain. other sectors such as financial services and energy also show steady increases, indicating broader risk proliferation. table 3 shows cost-per-record is highest in healthcare ($515 in 2023), reinforcing its risk concentration, these findings underscore the importance of deploying advanced, intelligent phishing defense mechanisms in high-risk sectors such as healthcare as supported by [39]. education and hospitality sectors exhibit lower per-record costs, possibly due to less sensitive data or stronger anonymization practices. the largest allocations go to infrastructure and network security, indicating a shift toward more foundational protections. cloud security sees the highest relative growth rate, reflecting adaptation to digital transformation as illustrated in table 4. the cagr of 28.3% was computed from table 1 using the standard compound growth formula over the 2020–2023 period. data sources include enisa (2023), ibm (2023), and ponemon institute (2023) [28-30]. calculation of cagr using the cagr values in table 5 and the standard growth-rate formula (equation 1): [( 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝐼𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 ) 1 𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑌𝑒𝑎𝑟𝑠 ] − 1 (1) the 28.3% growth in breaches underscores rapid threat escalation, especially relevant for policy planning. regression outputs show significant negative coefficients for network security (-0.183, p=0.042) and infrastructure protection (0.215, p=0.031), affirming their importance in breach mitigation. application security lacks statistical significance, suggesting implementation lag or inefficiency. ordinary least squares (ols) regression analysis was conducted to assess the impact of cybersecurity spending on breach frequency, with results including coefficients and significance levels detailed in table 6. ols regression was used to test the hypothesis that higher security investment leads to fewer breaches. for network security (-0.183, p=0.042) and infrastructure protection (-0.215, p=0.031), affirming their importance in breach mitigation. application security lacks statistical significance, suggesting implementation lag or inefficiency. data breach numbers grew from 1001 in 2020 to 2116 in 2023. high standard deviation in malware and ransomware indicates their unpredictable nature, as shown in table 7. the correlation matrix reveals phishing is most strongly associated with breaches (r=0.97). this substantiates the hypothesis that phishing is not just common but causally linked to serious breaches, justifying focused intervention (table 8). figures 3 to 5 illustrate five key patterns: 1. overall growth: the total volume of recorded cybersecurity events rose steadily from 5.6 billion incidents in 2020 to more than 7.1 billion in 2023, confirming an unabated upward trajectory. 2. phishing and data breaches: phishing incidents show a strong positive correlation with verified data breaches (r = 0.97, p < 0.05), underscoring the need for robust e-mail filtering and continuous user-awareness training. 3. industry impact: healthcare will have the highest average cost per cybersecurity incident at $10.93 million by 2023 (via cybersecurity ventures). this highlights the critical importance of defense-in-depth controls in highly regulated domains. 4. ransomware: ransomware volumes dipped slightly in 2022 but climbed again in 2023, suggesting attackers are recalibrating tactics rather than abandoning this lucrative vector. 5. ddos resurgence: after a brief lull in 2021, ddos attack frequency rebounded, pointing to adversaries’ adoption of new amplification techniques and exploitation of fresh vulnerabilities. these findings demonstrate that no industry is safe from cyberattacks, and ideally, there should be an overarching cybersecurity strategy across all organizations with added attention to critical sectors such as the healthcare and financial services industries [40-44]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 531 figure 3. cybersecurity threat landscape evolution (2020-2023) figure 4. average cost of data breach by industry (2023) figure 5. cybersecurity spending distribution by segment (2023) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 532 4.1. algorithm (tkinter python code) this algorithm builds a basic gui for a cybersecurity risk assessment tool. it accepts user input for threat level, vulnerability level, and effect level, each on a scale of 1–10. it then produces a risk score and categorizes it into low, medium, or high risk. the program offers a basic framework for analyzing cybersecurity threats, which may be supplemented with more advanced algorithms and data inputs for a more thorough evaluation. 1. import tkinter as tk 2. from tkinter import messagebox 3. defcalculate_risk(): 4. try: 5. threat = float(threat_entry.get()) 6. vulnerability = float(vulnerability_entry.get()) 7. impact = float(impact_entry.get()) 8. risk = (threat * vulnerability * impact) / 3 9. if risk < 3: 10. risk_level = "low" 11. elif 3 <= risk < 6: 12. risk_level = "medium" 13. else: 14. risk_level = "high" 15. result_label.config(text=f"risk score: {risk:.2f}\nrisk level: {risk_level}") 16. except valueerror: 17. messagebox.showerror("error", "please enter valid numeric values") 18. # create main window 19. root = tk.tk() 20. root.title("cybersecurity risk assessment") 21. # create and place widgets 22. tk.label(root, text="threat level (1-10):").grid(row=0, column=0, padx=5, pady=5) 23. threat_entry = tk.entry(root) 24. threat_entry.grid(row=0, column=1, padx=5, pady=5) 25. tk.label(root, text="vulnerability level (1-10):").grid(row=1, column=0, padx=5, pady=5) 26. vulnerability_entry = tk.entry(root) 27. vulnerability_entry.grid(row=1, column=1, padx=5, pady=5) 28. tk.label(root, text="impact level (1-10):").grid(row=2, column=0, padx=5, pady=5) 29. impact_entry = tk.entry(root) 30. impact_entry.grid(row=2, column=1, padx=5, pady=5) 31. calculate_button = tk.button(root, text="calculate risk", command=calculate_risk) 32. calculate_button.grid(row=3, column=0, columnspan=2, pady=10) 33. result_label = tk.label(root, text="") 34. result_label.grid(row=4, column=0, columnspan=2, pady=5) 35. root.mainloop() 4.2. comparison with studies as summarized in table 10, our study differs from prior work in timeframe, sectors covered, and statistical methods. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 533 table 10. comparison of current study with previous research aspect current study study a [37] study b [38] time period 2020-2023 2018-2021 2019-2022 geographic focus global north america europe industries covered 8 5 6 types of attacks analyzed 5 3 4 statistical methods correlation, regression correlation time series analysis key finding strong correlation between phishing and data breaches ransomware most costly ddos attacks on the rise 4.3. research gap although many studies have been carried out regarding trends in cybersecurity and their impact, a large research gap that remains unaddressed completely analyses the most recent data (2020–2023) from different angles, considering all areas of security. prior research has focused on single types of cyber-attacks or specific sectors, which prevents a comprehensive view of the cybersecurity landscape. moreover, there is no previous academic study that statistically investigates how various types of cyber risks are linked to their global economic implications for different sectors. likewise, the return on security investment in addressing different types of assaults has received little attention, particularly with rapidly evolving threats and new tools to mitigate them. furthermore, prior literature provides insufficient evidence to accurately depict how multiple weak signals interplay with one another to impact organizational postures regarding cyber security. this report attempts to address both of these deficits by providing an in-depth look at emerging cybersecurity themes, blending attack data (covering varied types), their financial implications, and the efficacy of security measures. it provides a much more complete picture of the current cybersecurity condition, which is necessary in order to be able to create successful strategies for dealing with increasing cyber threats. 5. conclusion cyber threats are growing rapidly, with a cagr of 28.3% for breaches alone between 2020 and 2023. healthcare is the most financially affected industry, reinforcing the need for sector-specific resilience. a statistically significant link was found between phishing and breaches, highlighting the role of end-user behavior and email security. regression results confirmed the effectiveness of targeted cybersecurity investments, particularly in infrastructure and network protection. future work should examine emerging threats such as ai-enabled attacks and sectoral differences in regulatory compliance. policymakers and business leaders must prioritize adaptive, data-informed strategies to mitigate cyber risks and ensure sustainable operational integrity. 5.1. future recommendation the study’s preliminary results point to eight clear avenues for advancing both academic research and frontline practice:  identify emerging threats. track nascent vectors such as ai-generated attacks and quantum-enabled cryptographic breaks to ensure counter-measures keep pace.  measure ai / ml efficacy. conduct head-to-head evaluations of machine-learning security platforms versus traditional defences to quantify detection‐rate and false-positive trade-offs.  analyse human factors. apply behavioral-economics lenses to security fatigue, risk compensation and training retention, then design evidence-based awareness programmes to close those gaps.  pursue sector-specific studies. examine industry-unique vulnerabilities—particularly in healthcare, finance and critical infrastructure—to develop tailored mitigation frameworks.  assess regulatory impact. empirically test how differing cybersecurity statutes, compliance regimes and enforcement levels affect organizational risk posture and breach incidence.  build predictive risk models. leverage big-data analytics and threat-intelligence feeds to forecast attack likelihoods and prioritize controls dynamically.  quantify long-term economics. undertake longitudinal studies on the macro-economic costs (and benefits) of cyber incidents to inform national-level policy and insurance pricing.  strengthen global collaboration. explore mechanisms—such as shared threat-intelligence hubs and coordinated incident-response exercises—that enhance cross-border resilience. these recommendations align directly with the patterns observed in our 2020-2023 dataset and address limitations noted in prior work, setting an agenda for a more resilient, data-driven cybersecurity ecosystem. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 534 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.a.h.h. and a.a.r.; methodology, s.a.h.h.; software, b.a.; validation, a.a.r. and z.a.h.; formal analysis, s.a.h.h.; investigation, a.a.m.; resources, z.a.h.; data curation, a.a.m.; writing—original draft preparation, s.a.h.h.; writing—review and editing, a.a.r. and b.a.; visualization, a.a.m.; supervision, b.a.; project administration, s.a.h.h.; funding acquisition, b.a. and s.a.h.h. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. acknowledgments we are grateful to the university of misan for providing the necessary resources and support that enabled us to conduct this research. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] tariq, u., ahmed, i., bashir, a. k., & shaukat, k. (2023). a critical cybersecurity analysis and future research directions for the internet of things: a comprehensive review. sensors, 23(8), 4117. doi:10.3390/s23084117. [2] ketipov, r., schnalle, r., doukovska, l., & dehez, d. (2024). managing cybersecurity: digital footprint threats. cybernetics and information technologies, 24(3), 151–162. doi:10.2478/cait-2024-0030. [3] dutta, v., & zielińska, t. (2021). cybersecurity of robotic systems: leading challenges and robotic system design methodology. electronics (switzerland), 10(22), 2850. doi:10.3390/electronics10222850. [4] jurišić, m., tomičić, i., & grd, p. (2023). user behavior analysis for detecting compromised user accounts: a review paper. cybernetics and information technologies, 23(3), 102–113. doi:10.2478/cait-2023-0027. [5] bogdanova, g., todorov, t., & georgieva-tsaneva, g. (2018). software approaches and methods to ensure the security of interactive systems. cybernetics and information technologies, 18(5), 12–20. doi:10.2478/cait-2018-0017. [6] dasu, l. s., dhamija, m., dishitha, g., vivekanandan, a., & sarasvathi, v. (2023). defending against identity threats using risk-based authentication. cybernetics and information technologies, 23(2), 105–123. doi:10.2478/cait-2023-0016. [7] levy, y., & gafni, r. (2021). introducing the concept of cybersecurity footprint. information and computer security, 29(5), 724– 736. doi:10.1108/ics-04-2020-0054. [8] admass, w. s., munaye, y. y., & diro, a. a. (2024). cyber security: state of the art, challenges and future directions. cyber security and applications, 2, 100031. doi:10.1016/j.csa.2023.100031. [9] pemble, m. (2005). evolutionary trends in bank customer-targeted malware. network security, 2005(10), 4–7. doi:10.1016/s1353-4858(05)70288-9. [10] alawida, m., omolara, a. e., abiodun, o. i., & al-rajab, m. (2022). a deeper look into cybersecurity issues in the wake of covid-19: a survey. journal of king saud university computer and information sciences, 34(10), 8176–8206. doi:10.1016/j.jksuci.2022.08.003. [11] pöyhönen, j., simola, j., & lehto, m. (2023). basic elements of cyber security for a smart terminal process. international conference on cyber warfare and security, 18(1), 300–308. doi:10.34190/iccws.18.1.966. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 535 [12] pradeep kumar, k., prathap, b. r., thiruthuvanathan, m. m., murthy, h., & jha pillai, v. (2024). secure approach to sharing digitized medical data in a cloud environment. data science and management, 7(2), 108–118. doi:10.1016/j.dsm.2023.12.001. [13] salim, d. t., singh, m. m., & keikhosrokiani, p. (2023). a systematic literature review for apt detection and effective cyber situational awareness (ecsa) conceptual model. heliyon, 9(7), 17156. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2023.e17156. [14] khando, k., gao, s., islam, s. m., & salman, a. (2021). enhancing employees information security awareness in private and public organisations: a systematic literature review. computers and security, 106, 102267. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2021.102267. [15] jang-jaccard, j., & nepal, s. (2014). a survey of emerging threats in cybersecurity. journal of computer and system sciences, 80(5), 973–993. doi:10.1016/j.jcss.2014.02.005. [16] safitra, m. f., lubis, m., & fakhrurroja, h. (2023). counterattacking cyber threats: a framework for the future of cybersecurity. sustainability (switzerland), 15(18), 13369. doi:10.3390/su151813369. [17] perwej, y., ahamad, f., khan, m. z., & akhtar, n. (2021). an empirical study on the current state of internet of multimedia things (iomt). international journal of engineering research in computer science and engineering, 8(3), 25-42. [18] cavelty, m. d. (2007). cyber-security and threat politics: us efforts to secure the information age. cyber-security and threat politics: us efforts to secure the information age. routledge, london, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9780203937419. [19] gao. (1996). information security: computer attacks at department of defense pose increasing risks: report to congressional requesters. general accounting office (gao), aimd-96-84. available online: https://www.gao.gov/products/aimd-96-84 (accessed on may 2025). [20] beaman, c., barkworth, a., akande, t. d., hakak, s., & khan, m. k. (2021). ransomware: recent advances, analysis, challenges and future research directions. computers & security, 111, 102490. [21] lanza, c. (2022). semantic control for the cybersecurity domain: investigation on the representativeness of a domain-specific terminology referring to lexical variation. crc press, new jersey, united states. [22] easter, d. (2024). state department cipher machines and communications security in the early cold war, 1944–1965. intelligence and national security, 39(4), 620–635. doi:10.1080/02684527.2023.2269512. [23] li, y., & liu, q. (2021). a comprehensive review study of cyber-attacks and cyber security; emerging trends and recent developments. energy reports, 7, 8176–8186. doi:10.1016/j.egyr.2021.08.126. [24] oruj, z. (2024). cyber security: contemporary cyber threats and national strategies distance education in ukraine: innovative, normative-legal. pedagogical aspects, 1(2), 100–116. [25] adigwe, c. s., mayeke, n. r., olabanji, s. o., okunleye, o. j., joeaneke, p. c., & olaniyi, o. o. (2024). the evolution of terrorism in the digital age: investigating the adaptation of terrorist groups to cyber technologies for recruitment, propaganda, and cyberattacks. asian journal of economics, business and accounting, 24(3), 289–306. doi:10.9734/ajeba/2024/v24i31287. [26] cisa. (2023). ransomware statistics. cybersecurity& infrastructure security agency, cisa. available online: https://www.cisa.gov/stopransomware/fact-sheets-information (accessed on may 2025). [27] deloitte. (2023). global healthcare cybersecurity report. available online: https://www.deloitte.com/global/en/services/riskadvisory/content/future-of-cyber.html (accessed on may 2025). [28] enisa. (2023). threat landscape report. european union agency for cybersecurity, enisa. available online: https://www.enisa.europa.eu/publications/enisa-threat-landscape-2023 (accessed on may 2025). [29] ibm security (2023). cost of a data breach report 2023. available online: https://www.ibm.com/reports/data-breach (accessed on may 2025). [30] ponemon institute. (2023). the sixth annual global cyber risk report. available online: https://www.ponemon.org/ (accessed on may 2025). [31] salman, i. r., rasheed, a. a., hassan, s. a. d. h., hussein, r. a., & al-saady, m. (2025). automated aquatic biodiversity monitoring using deep learning on the tigris river: species identification and ecosystem assessment. international journal of aquatic biology, 13(1), 30–40. doi:10.22034/ijab.v13i1.2476. [32] rashid, m. k., salman, i. r., obaid, a. l., hassan, s. a. d. h., al-musawi, m. r., & al-saady, m. (2024). application of machine learning in predicting sources of water pollution in the euphrates and tigris rivers in iraq. international journal of aquatic biology, 12(6), 581–589. doi:10.22034/ijab.v12i6.2421. [33] hassan, s. a. d. h., al-furiji, h., kareem rashid, m., abed hussein, z., & ambudkar, b. (2024). trending algorithm on twitter through 2023. data and metadata, 3, 384–384. doi:10.56294/dm2024384. https://www.gao.gov/products/aimd-96-84 https://www.cisa.gov/stopransomware/fact-sheets-information https://www.ponemon.org/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 536 [34] aboud, f. (2024). flexural behavior of aligned steel reinforced concrete beams. misan journal of engineering sciences, 3(2), 197-213. [35] majeed, i. h. (2023). experimental and numerical study of torsional solid and hollow section of polyolefin fiber-reinforced concrete beams. misan journal of engineering sciences, 2(2), 71–84. doi:10.61263/mjes.v2i2.63. [36] khudhur, e., aqeel h. chkheiwer, & adel a. al menhosh. (2023). flexural behavior of normal and high strength self-curing self-compacted concrete beams of local materials. misan journal of engineering sciences, 2(1), 98-124. doi:10.61263/mjes.v2i1.47. [37] smith, a. (2022). the cybersecurity threat landscape in 2022: a focus on critical infrastructure. security journal, 11(3), 245– 262. [38] jones, t. (2023). the financial impact of cybercrime on the healthcare industry journal of medical economics, 26(7), 891898. [39] mousa, a. a., hassan, s. a. d. h., rashid, m. k., & al-saady, m. (2025). safeguarding patient data: machine learning for phishing url detection in healthcare systems. journal of advanced research design, 131(1), 47–60. doi:10.37934/ard.131.1.4760. [40] tao, h., bhuiyan, m. z. a., rahman, m. a., wang, g., wang, t., ahmed, m. m., & li, j. (2019). economic perspective analysis of protecting big data security and privacy. future generation computer systems, 98, 660-671. doi:10.1016/j.future.2019.03.042. [41] shackell, m., & leader, f. s. (2005). global economic crime survey. pwc, london, united kingdom [42] alanazi, a. t. (2023). clinicians’ perspectives on healthcare cybersecurity and cyber threats. cureus, 15(10), 47026. doi:10.7759/cureus.47026. [43] pool, j., akhlaghpour, s., fatehi, f., & burton-jones, a. (2024). a systematic analysis of failures in protecting personal health data: a scoping review. international journal of information management, 74, 102719. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2023.102719. [44] borky, j. m., & bradley, t. h. (2019). protecting information with cybersecurity. effective model-based systems engineering, 345–404. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-95669-5_10. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 487 issn: 2723-9535 closing price prediction of cryptocurrencies btc, ltc, and eth using a hybrid arima-lstm algorithm jherson s. ruiz-lópez 1* , miguel jiménez-carrión 1 1 faculty of industrial engineering, universidad nacional de piura, castilla-piura, 20002, peru. received 28 march 2025; revised 19 may 2025; accepted 26 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract this study aims to develop a hybrid algorithm using the arima model and lstm-type recurrent neural networks to predict the closing prices of the cryptocurrencies btc, ltc, and eth. the methodology includes an exploratory data analysis, followed by the design, implementation, and evaluation of each individual algorithm as well as the combined hybrid algorithm. the results, after experimentation and evaluation of metrics on the test set, indicated that the arima model was inefficient in predicting the closing prices of cryptocurrencies. on the other hand, the hybrid model for btc showed significant statistical differences in the metrics, with mae = $726.21 and mape = 1.75%, compared to the lstm model, which achieved mae = $729.35 and mape = 1.76%. these results indicate better performance from the hybrid model. regarding the rmse metric, the hybrid model scored 1157.47, while lstm scored 1159.99; although statistically equivalent, the hybrid model was numerically better. for the remaining metrics and other cryptocurrencies, both methods were statistically equivalent. for five-day-ahead predictions, the hybrid algorithm continued to yield better results for ltc and eth. keywords: lstm networks; arima model; hybrid approach; prediction; cryptocurrencies. 1. introduction in recent years, cryptocurrencies have gained a significant presence in financial markets, becoming an attractive alternative for investors seeking high returns in contexts characterized by high uncertainty and price fluctuations [1]. their operation is based on blockchain technology—a decentralized digital architecture that guarantees integrity, security, and traceability in transactions—key aspects that have driven their rapid adoption and global expansion. among the cryptocurrencies with the highest market capitalization and recognition are bitcoin (btc), litecoin (ltc), and ethereum (eth), which have captured the attention of institutional players, retail investors, and academics due to their worldwide accessibility and potential for appreciation [2]. however, the high volatility that characterizes these assets—driven by exogenous factors such as government regulations, macroeconomic indicators, and market perception—makes it difficult to formulate robust investment strategies [3]. this complexity has spurred the development and implementation of advanced analytical models aimed at improving the understanding and prediction of cryptocurrency market behavior. traditionally, statistical models such as moving average, arima, or logistic regression have been used for financial time series forecasting due to their ability to capture linear and seasonal patterns [4, 5]. however, these models have * corresponding author: 0502020015@alumnos.unp.edu.pe http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-09  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0007-6961-6136 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9632-5085 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 488 limitations when applied to the highly nonlinear data typical of the cryptocurrency market. as a result, machine learning approaches—such as recurrent neural networks (rnn), long short-term memory (lstm), or gated recurrent unit (gru)—have proven effective in capturing long-term dependencies and nonlinear relationships [6, 7]. despite the strong performance of machine learning models, recent research suggests that hybrid approaches offer a promising alternative. studies by xu et al. (2022) [8], pierre et al. (2023) [9], and bouteska et al. (2024) [10] show that combining statistical models like arima with deep neural networks such as rnn, gru, or lstm can considerably improve accuracy in forecasting tasks related to demand, production, and finance. numerous studies have attempted to predict the prices of various cryptocurrencies such as those mentioned above. what is evident, however, is that no robust algorithmic method has yet been established for predicting the prices of these assets, which, although potentially profitable, are highly risky. efforts have largely focused on using traditional tools such as the arima model, alongside other machine learning algorithms. in this regard, lópez (2023) [3] asserts that temporal patterns are more representative than spatial patterns when estimating the future closing price of bitcoin. lambis et al. (2023) [6] state that the reliability of forecasts should be evaluated by analyzing the autocorrelation of the errors. despite this, it is frequently observed that hybrid models incorporating lstm yield better results than individual models. however, current literature lacks analyses that demonstrate statistically significant differences between the algorithms used. additionally, the datasets in many studies are relatively limited, often excluding the full time horizon and failing to make multi-step predictions—let alone predictions beyond the dataset under study. in this context, the present research proposes a hybrid arima-lstm model to predict the closing prices of btc, ltc, and eth. the objective is to compare the performance of the hybrid model against the individual models and to demonstrate statistical significance in the metrics used for both the individual methods and the proposed hybrid algorithm. this study aims to contribute to the theoretical and practical development of predictive models in a market characterized by speculation, high liquidity, and low interest rates—an environment where robust predictive tools are essential for investment planning, risk management, and improved resource utilization [11]. the rest of the article is structured as follows: section 2 presents a general review of the previous literature; section 3 outlines the methodology applied in the research; section 4 discusses the results obtained from the individual models and the hybrid approach; section 5 analyzes and discusses the results; and section 6 presents the conclusions of the study. 2. literature review in the last decade, cryptocurrencies have aroused notable interest in the financial sphere, both for their usefulness as a medium of exchange and for their potential to generate high returns. in 2017, the bitcoin boom occurred, reaching a value of $19,000. this boom further fueled the creation and adoption of new cryptocurrencies, as well as the entry of investors and businesses into the market [12]. however, the inherent volatility of these assets has posed significant challenges in predicting their prices, increasing investment risk [13, 14]. price forecasting in financial markets has traditionally been approached using statistical models such as arima. in the context of cryptocurrencies, studies such as the one by azari (2019) [4] have explored the applicability of the arima model for forecasting the price of bitcoin. although this approach showed some predictive ability in singletrended intervals, significant limitations were identified—especially in capturing the abrupt fluctuations and high volatility characteristic of the cryptocurrency market. mangiwa et al. (2025) [15], in their research, explore the use of the arima model for the prediction of the eth cryptocurrency. after the identification, estimation, and comparison of models, a mape of 15.01% and an rmse of 649.702 was achieved. the authors emphasize that although the metrics obtained are reasonably good, the arima model performs better with short-term predictions, managing to identify trends in the series; however, its performance decreases over longer time periods. due to the limitations of traditional models in capturing the volatility of cryptocurrency markets, several authors have chosen to address machine learning models, particularly those designed for processing sequential and temporal data, such as recurrent neural networks (rnn) and their variants lstm and gru. these models have gained relevance due to their ability to model complex and nonlinear relationships. research such as that of lambis et al. (2023) [6] uses deep learning models—rnn, lstm, gru, and a combination of convolutional networks with lstm (cnnlstm)—for forecasting the closing prices of cryptocurrencies btc and eth, achieving in their research mape values of 2.64% and 3.31%, and r² values of 98.73% and 98.85% for rnn with btc and lstm with eth, respectively. zhang (2024) [16] applied a hybrid cnn-lstm approach for btc price prediction. after experimentation with different hyperparameter settings, the hybrid approach achieved a minimum mape value of 2.75%. on the other hand, tumpa & maduranga (2024) [17] explored three recurrent networks—lstm, gru, and bi-lstm—for the prediction of btc, eth, and ltc. all three models showed good performance in predicting the three cryptocurrencies. for btc, the best model was bi-lstm, with a mape of 1.94%, while for eth and ltc, the best model was gru, with mape values of 1.85% and 4.25%, respectively. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 489 pirkhedri (2025) [18] used lstm and gru networks to predict the price of the solana cryptocurrency, studying the impact of the "number of epochs"—with values of 70, 90, 100, and 150—on the performance of the algorithms. this study concludes that both models have high predictive ability and obtained the best metrics with the highest number of epochs proposed, i.e., 150 epochs. furthermore, it is emphasized that gru networks had higher performance than lstm networks, reaching rmse, mae, and r² values of 8.209, 6.323, and 0.935, respectively, while lstm networks obtained values of 8.964, 7.016, and 0.922. kaur et al. (2025) [19] also tested lstm and gru networks, expanding the scope to three cryptocurrencies: ltc, eth, and btc. consistent with other studies, both models exhibited good performance; however, the authors highlight gru networks, as they achieved better results in two of the three proposed cryptocurrencies (eth and btc), obtaining mape values of 8.037%, 4.415%, and 3.54% for ltc, eth, and btc, respectively. for lstm, the mape values were 7.653%, 5.075%, and 9.162%. other research contrasts traditional models with deep learning (dl) models in predicting complex time series. for example, the study by yu (2024) [5] explores three statistical models—moving average (ma), logistic regression (lr), and arima—and two dl models—lstm and a hybrid convolutional network with lstm (cnn-lstm). the five models were used to predict btc, ltc, and eth. their research indicates that dl models showed better performance in contrast to traditional models, which usually work better with linear patterns or short-term periods. this is reflected in the metrics: dl models achieved mape values between 4% and 8%, while traditional models ranged from 60% to over 1000%. in addition, this study highlights the performance of the cnn-lstm hybrid model in obtaining the best results for all three cryptocurrencies, demonstrating that hybrid models have the potential to combine the strengths of individual models to improve predictive performance. kabo et al. (2025) [20] contrast arima models and lstm networks for the prediction of bitcoin. this research also includes, in addition to the historical data of the cryptocurrency, economic indicators such as gdp growth rates and sentiment data extracted from x via tweepy for twitter. the study concluded that lstm networks performed better than arima models. furthermore, both approaches performed better when using historical prices combined with gdp and sentiment data. arima achieved rmse, mae, and r² values of 2518.35, 2081.66, and 91.44%, respectively, using the combined data, while lstm achieved values of 1717.65, 1253.24, and 96.02%. within the field of predictive models, hybrid models that combine statistical techniques with deep learning methods have also been proposed. research such as xu et al. (2022) [8] addresses hybrid arima-lstm and arima-svr models and contrasts them with individual models for drought prediction, observing that the hybrid approach improved the accuracy in predicting complex events. other authors, such as pierre et al. (2023) [9] and fan et al. (2021) [21], address the arima-lstm hybrid model for the prediction of peak power consumption and well production, respectively. the main idea behind combining the arima model with a dl model is to leverage arima’s ability to capture linear patterns, while lstm captures the nonlinear components of complex time series. both authors propose a similar hybrid model structure in which arima makes the initial predictions and an lstm network is trained to predict the residuals generated by arima, so that the final predictions are the sum of the arima and lstm outputs. in both investigations, the authors report that the arima-lstm hybrid outperforms the individual models. dave et al. (2021) [22] also address the arima-lstm hybrid, focusing on forecasting indonesian exports. the structure of the hybrid model in this research consists of separating the components of the time series into trend, seasonality, and residuals, and training arima to predict the trend and lstm to predict seasonality and residuals. this study also concludes that the hybrid model performs better than the independent models, obtaining a mape of 7.38% versus 8.56% and 9.38% for lstm and arima, respectively. 3. research methodology the methodology of this research is structured as follows: in the first stage, data collection was performed, in which the historical data of the cryptocurrencies under study—btc, ltc, and eth—were collected from the investing platform. on the extracted data, an exploratory data analysis was conducted to identify missing data and outliers (anomalous or inconsistent values). then, data cleaning was carried out to eliminate missing values and outliers. for this purpose, knn imputation was applied. after cleaning, statistical analyses were used to verify that the imputed variables had not been significantly altered and that the data were ready for model design. in all models, the data were normalized using the min-max method to facilitate training, and then split into a training set and a test set. for arima modeling, manual experimentation was performed with ranges for the hyperparameters: "p" from 0 to 5, "d" from 0 to 2, and "q" from 0 to 5. the selection criteria for all models explored in this research were the metrics obtained on the test set: root mean square error (rmse), mean absolute error (mae), mean absolute percentage error (mape), and the coefficient of determination (r²). in the case of arima, the akaike information criterion (aic) was also considered. to determine whether the metrics obtained were satisfactory, thresholds commonly used in the literature were referenced. according to gutiérrez & de la vara (2008) [23], r² values close to 100% are desirable, with 70% being the minimum recommended. based on klimberg et al. (2010) [24], a model with a mape of less than 10% is considered highly accurate. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 490 for modeling with lstm networks, four approaches were tested: a univariate-unistep approach using the closing price as the sole predictor; a multivariate-unistep approach using the six variables provided by investing as predictors; a multivariate-unistep approach applying the pfi method of fisher et al. (2019) [25] to select the three most relevant features; and a univariate-multistep approach. various combinations of hyperparameters (number of lstm layers and dropout layers, dropout rate, lstm units, learning rate, batch size, number of epochs, number of steps in the input, and percentage of data dedicated to training) were tested to predict the closing price of the cryptocurrencies under study. for the hybrid arima-lstm model, the arima configurations with the best performance—corresponding to each training percentage—were selected, and the same lstm configuration as in the individual model was used. two approaches were addressed: univariate-unistep and univariate-multistep. in the proposed hybrid model, both the arima model and the lstm networks were trained with the same training data. the arima model generated the initial predictions of the time series, and the lstm networks were trained to predict the residuals generated by arima. additionally, for both the lstm networks and the hybrid model, an analysis was performed to forecast values outside the historical data used—i.e., data beyond the test set. for the discussion of the results, the findings obtained in this research were contrasted with those from other authors. finally, conclusions were drawn, summarizing the results obtained. the procedure is shown in figure 1. figure 1. research procedures 4. results 4.1. data collection, exploratory analysis and data preprocessing btc, ltc, and eth were selected as they are three of the ten most recognized and capitalizable cryptocurrencies in the market [2]. the historical data were extracted from the investing platform, recorded in usd, with a daily frequency. the data collection periods are shown in table 1. table 1. collection periods for btc, ltc and eth cryptocurrencies cryptocurrency data collected home end quantity btc 18/07/2010 30/10/2024 5219 ltc 24/08/2016 30/10/2024 2990 eth 10/03/2016 30/10/2024 3157 the investing.com platform provides six variables for the historical data of cryptocurrencies: ● opening price: initial price recorded on a given day ● closing price: final or closing price recorded on a given day ● maximum price: highest price reached during the day ● minimum price: lowest price reached during the day ● volume: represents the flow of transactions measured in monetary units during the day ● % variation: represents the daily variability of the cryptocurrency according to regal et al. (2019) [26], in the cryptocurrency market, the variable typically targeted for prediction is the closing price or closing price. in this study, this will also be the variable to be predicted. start data collection exploratory analysis (missing data and outliers) data preprocessing (imputation, scaling and division into sets) model design, hyperparameter selection and metric derivation discussion of results conclusions end hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 491 the exploratory analysis focused on identifying missing data and outliers. table 2 shows the percentage of missing data for the three cryptocurrencies. for this, the criteria of dagnino (2014) [27] were followed, which establish that a percentage below 10% is acceptable for the validity of data usage, as a higher percentage may introduce significant bias. table 2. percentage of missing data for btc, ltc and eth cryptocurrency percentage of missing data closing opening max. min. vol. % var. btc 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.11% 0.00% ltc 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% eth 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.25% 0.00% as shown in table 2, no variable exceeds 1%, making all variables valid for use. to identify outliers, boxplot diagrams were used. figure 2 presents the boxplots for the closing price of btc, ltc, and eth. while several outliers appear in the data, they were not considered anomalies due to the high inherent volatility of cryptocurrencies. figure 2. boxplot plots for the closing price of btc, ltc and eth for the treatment of missing data, since the percentage was null or very low for all variables, the k-nearest neighbor (knn) imputation method was applied. a value of k = 3 was chosen, as nuñez sánchez (2023) [28] recommended using an odd k and notes that this value is directly proportional to bias and computation time. after imputation, it was verified that the statistics of the variables with missing data (btc volume and eth volume) had not been significantly altered. the results are shown in table 3, where the variation is observed to be less than 1%. therefore, the data was considered valid for model design. table 3. percentage change in statistics after imputation percentage change in statistics variable btc volume eth volume mean -0.11% -0.24% standard deviation -0.06% -0.13% minimum 0.00% 0.00% maximum 0.00% 0.00% 4.2. design of arima models the data was scaled to a range from -1 to 1 to facilitate training, as normalization helps prevent overfitting and avoid bias. for partitioning the training and test sets, different ratios were tested: 80–20%, 85–15%, and 90–10%. regarding the arima hyperparameters “p,” “d,” and “q,” values in the ranges of 0 to 5 for “p” and “q,” and 0 to 2 for “d” were explored. these ranges were selected because values above those thresholds reduce the model’s ability to abstract the linear behavior of the time series. likewise, the akaike information criterion (aic) was used to evaluate performance, as the optimization of arima must balance predictive accuracy with model simplicity and computational cost. additionally, performance was assessed using the metrics obtained on the test set. after experimentation, it was observed that the best results were obtained with 90% of the data used for training and 10% for testing in the case of btc, and with 85% for training and 15% for testing in the cases of ltc and eth. table 4 presents the selected arima configurations along with their corresponding test set performance metrics. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 492 table 4. selected arima models and metrics obtained in the test set cryptocurrency model aic rmse mae mape r2 btc (3, 2, 0) -23526.04 $9683.78 $7102.32 13.79% 64.03% ltc (4, 0, 2) -9282.81 $11.20 $8.70 11.71% -38.80% eth (5, 2, 1) -11477.21 $555.29 $451.47 16.99% 34.18% as shown in table 4, mape values between 10% and 20% were obtained, which, according to klimberg et al. (2010) [24], indicate a good forecast. however, the r² values are below 70%—and even negative in the case of ltc— indicating that the arima model explains little or none of the variability in the data. this makes it an inefficient model for predicting cryptocurrency prices, which exhibit volatile nature and highly nonlinear patterns. 4.3. design of lstm networks for the lstm networks, three unistep approaches were addressed: a univariate approach using the "closing price" as the sole predictor; a multivariate approach using the six variables provided by investing as predictors; and another multivariate approach in which the permutation feature importance (pfi) method by fisher et al. (2019) [25] was applied to select the three most relevant features for predicting the closing price. a univariate-multistep approach was also explored, and its results are presented below to compare performance with the hybrid model. during data preprocessing and model training, models with the highest predictive capacity were prioritized, as well as features with high importance according to the pfi method. before designing the models, the data was scaled to the range [-1, 1] to improve training stability and ensure that variables in multivariate models were on the same scale. the data was divided into training and test sets, with ratios of 80–20%, 85–15%, and 90–10% tested. the optimizer used was adam, and the loss function was mean square error (mse), both widely used in the literature and supported by studies such as lópez (2023) [3], and yu (2024) [5], arranz barcenilla (2022) [29]. after experimentation, the best training–testing ratios were determined to be 85–15% for btc and ltc, and 80– 20% for eth, as these partitions yielded more favorable performance metrics. the best-performing configuration consisted of 1 input step, 2 lstm layers with a 20% dropout rate, 750 lstm units, a learning rate of 0.00009, and batch size and epochs set to 70. additionally, the experimentation revealed that lstm networks appear to be particularly sensitive to the following hyperparameters: number of input steps, number of lstm units, learning rate, batch size, and training percentage. for the pfi method, rmse was selected as the reference metric. as this is a regression model, rmse is closely aligned with the objective of minimizing variability relative to actual data. four iterations were conducted for each cryptocurrency to obtain average results. the three most important variables—"closing," "maximum," and "minimum"—were found to be the same across all three cryptocurrencies. the feature importance results are shown in table 5, and the test set metrics for the three lstm approaches are presented in table 6. table 5. feature importance for multivariate lstm models btc ltc eth variable fi variable fi variable fi closing 45.60 closing 3.45 maximum 13.98 maximum 34.30 maximum 2.41 closing 11.72 minimum 24.71 minimum 1.92 minimum 9.09 opening 17.00 opening 1.87 opening 8.23 % var. 1.00 % var. 1.26 % var. 1.15 vol. 1.00 vol. 1.00 vol. 1.00 table 6. lstm network metrics obtained on test set cryptocurrency model rmse mae mape r2 btc univariate $1159.99 $729.35 1.76% 99.60% multivariate $1149.80 $741.40 1.83% 99.61% multivariate with pfi $1161.73 $730.06 1.77% 99.60% ltc univariate $2.54 $1.66 2.23% 92.86% multivariate $2.55 $1.70 2.29% 92.81% multivariate with pfi $2.59 $1.68 2.26% 92.58% eth univariate $75.30 $49.21 1.98% 98.80% multivariate $75.16 $49.04 1.99% 98.80% multivariate with pfi $75.69 $48.87 1.97% 98.78% hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 493 in general, it was observed that lstm networks demonstrated higher predictive performance than arima models, with mape values around 2%. this indicates that the error relative to the mean has a maximum representative variation of 2%, which, according to klimberg et al. (2010) [24], qualifies as highly accurate forecasting. in terms of r², values above 92% were obtained—exceeding 98% and even 99% for eth and btc, respectively. this reflects a high proportion of explained variance in the predicted variable based on its input data. similarly, the rmse and mae metrics also showed superior performance. for instance, in the univariate model for btc, lstm achieved an rmse of $1,159.99 and an mae of $729.35, compared to arima’s $9,683.78 and $7,102.32. for ltc, lstm achieved rmse and mae values of $2.54 and $1.66, versus $11.20 and $8.70 with arima. for eth, lstm obtained rmse and mae values of $75.30 and $49.21, compared to arima’s $555.29 and $451.47. these results highlight the strong predictive ability of lstm networks to capture complex and highly nonlinear patterns, which is illustrated in figure 3, where the actual and predicted values from the univariate-unistep approach appear to overlap, indicating a highly accurate fit. regarding the unistep approaches, no significant performance differences were observed among the cryptocurrencies studied. however, this research favors univariate models due to their less complex structure, which still delivers high performance. slightly better metrics were observed for btc and ltc using univariate models. as for the pfi method, similar metrics were obtained when compared with the multivariate models without pfi. in some cases, slightly lower mae and mape values were achieved, suggesting that pfi is a useful approach in this context, as it maintains strong performance while reducing model complexity. additionally, pfi can be applied in other scenarios involving sentiment data, economic indicators, or multiple predictors, helping to select the most relevant features while reducing both model complexity and processing time. figure 3. behavior of the lstm model on the test set for btc, lct and eth 4.4. design of hybrid models hybrid models are proposed with the objective of leveraging the strengths of individual models. in this research, a hybrid approach combining the arima model with lstm networks is proposed. as noted by bouteska et al. (2024) [10], the central idea is to combine arima’s ability to extract linear patterns with lstm’s ability to capture complex or highly nonlinear patterns. the proposed approach is described as follows: with the preprocessed data, the arima model is fitted and generates predictions that capture the linear component of the series l(t). by comparing the arima predictions with the actual values, the residuals—which represent the nonlinear component of the series n(t)—are obtained. these residuals are then predicted using lstm networks. finally, both the linear component predicted by arima and the nonlinear component predicted by lstm are added together to obtain the hybrid predictions. 13000 23000 33000 43000 53000 63000 73000 1 101 201 301 401 501 601 701 p r ic e data index lstm forecast for btc actual predicted 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 1 71 141 211 281 351 421 p r ic e data index lstm forecast for ltc actual predicted 1300 1800 2300 2800 3300 3800 4300 1 101 201 301 401 501 601 p r ic e data index lstm forecast for eth actual predicted hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 494 this approach has already been applied in previous research such as fan et al. (2021) [21], pierre et al. (2023) [9], and xu et al. (2022) [8], where it was observed that the hybrid arima + lstm model outperformed the individual models. the general representation is shown in equation (1) and illustrated in the diagram in figure 4. hybrid = residuals[(arima(p, d, q)] + lstm(mshortterm,mlongterm) (1) regarding the architectures, the training-testing percentages of the lstm networks were used, i.e. 85-15% for btc and ltc and 80-20% for eth. as mentioned earlier, these partitions showed better performance in the initial training phases, as reflected in the error metrics. the arima configurations used were those that showed the best performance during experimentation for each training percentage: (0, 2, 0) for btc, (4, 0, 2) for ltc, and (2, 2, 4) for eth. the lstm configuration matched the one used in the individual univariate model, as it performed well with lower complexity. figure 4. hybrid model procedure the performance metrics obtained on the test set for the hybrid model are shown in table 7. figure 5 compares the actual and predicted values, where the hybrid model's results were observed to be graphically similar to those of the lstm network. table 7. hybrid model metrics obtained on test set cryptocurrency rmse mae mape r2 btc $1157.47 $726.21 1.75% 99.60% ltc $2.53 $1.67 2.23% 92.92% eth $75.88 $49.71 1.99% 98.78% figure 5. behavior of the hybrid model on the test set for btc, lct and eth 13000 23000 33000 43000 53000 63000 73000 1 101 201 301 401 501 601 701 p r ic e data index hybrid prediction for btc actual predicted 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 1 71 141 211 281 351 421 p r ic e data index hybrid prediction for ltc actual predicted 1300 1800 2300 2800 3300 3800 4300 1 101 201 301 401 501 601 p r ic e data index hybrid forecast for eth actual predicted start pre-processed data arima model lstm network l(t) l(t) n(t) arima-lstm forecasting and evaluation end ─ + hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 495 the metrics of the hybrid model are also similar to those of the lstm networks, with mape values around 2% and r² values exceeding 92%. however, the bootstrap method—widely used in robust statistics and algorithm comparison— was applied, revealing statistically significant differences in some metrics between the hybrid model and the lstm network. at a 95% confidence level, the mean difference in mae was 4.4190, with a confidence interval ranging from 0.8555 to 8.1133, indicating a statistically significant difference. similarly, for the mape metric, the mean difference was 0.0002, with a 95% confidence interval from 0.0000 to 0.0003—also statistically significant. in contrast, no significant difference was found for the rmse metric, where the mean difference was 1.6604 and the confidence interval ranged from -1.6831 to 4.7555 (as the interval includes 0). for r², the mean difference was -0.0000 with a confidence interval from -0.0000 to 0.0000, suggesting no statistically significant difference. nonetheless, the hybrid model showed slightly better numerical values, which can be observed graphically in figure 6. figure 6. bootstrap distribution of the mae and mape metrics of the difference (lstm hybrid), for btc 4.5. lstm and hybrid model performance in multi-step predictions to further compare the predictive ability of both models, multi-step predictions were performed over 5 days. table 8 shows the overall performance metrics on the test set for both models, while table 9 breaks down the results by prediction step. table 8. general metrics obtained on the test set for multi-step predictions (5 steps) cryptocurrency model rmse mae mape r2 btc lstm $1920.46 $1262.26 3.14% 98.89% hybrid $1925.56 $1242.36 3.03% 98.89% ltc lstm $4.28 $2.83 3.86% 79.82% hybrid $4.53 $3.21 4.30% 77.41% eth lstm $128.69 $84.18 3.39% 96.50% hybrid $129.36 $84.87 3.40% 96.45% hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 496 from table 8, it can be seen that both models generally achieve mape values around 4% and r² values above 77%, reaching a maximum of 98% for btc. these results are considered good performance levels in the literature, with efficient predictability demonstrated by mape values below 10% and determination coefficients exceeding 77%, 96%, and 98% for ltc, eth, and btc, respectively. for ltc, the lstm model showed slightly better performance than the hybrid model, while for btc and eth no considerable differences were observed. this is further reflected in table 9, where metrics are broken down for each of the 5 steps. table 9. per-step metrics obtained on the test set for multi-step predictions cryptocurrency step lstm hybrid rmse mae mape r2 rmse mae mape r2 btc 1 $1151.86 $761.43 1.93% 99.60% $1150.21 $727.60 1.77% 99.60% 2 $1545.49 $1024.14 2.57% 99.28% $1554.46 $1009.44 2.47% 99.27% 3 $1908.94 $1287.78 3.20% 98.91% $1916.04 $1273.95 3.11% 98.90% 4 $2211.76 $1520.12 3.77% 98.54% $2219.22 $1499.73 3.66% 98.53% 5 $2487.90 $1717.82 4.23% 98.15% $2490.67 $1701.10 4.15% 98.15% ltc 1 $2.62 $1.72 2.32% 92.48% $2.57 $1.73 2.31% 92.77% 2 $3.47 $2.36 3.20% 86.76% $3.56 $2.55 3.44% 86.05% 3 $4.29 $2.96 4.04% 79.71% $4.42 $3.27 4.40% 78.40% 4 $4.87 $3.35 4.57% 73.85% $5.21 $3.86 5.19% 70.01% 5 $5.53 $3.78 5.17% 66.09% $6.04 $4.62 6.18% 59.58% eth 1 $75.33 $49.22 1.99% 98.80% $75.48 $49.39 1.99% 98.80% 2 $104.18 $68.88 2.79% 97.71% $104.60 $69.44 2.79% 97.69% 3 $127.20 $86.82 3.50% 96.58% $127.91 $87.78 3.51% 96.53% 4 $148.84 $101.27 4.08% 95.31% $149.72 $102.18 4.08% 95.24% 5 $167.17 $114.72 4.62% 94.07% $168.08 $115.55 4.61% 93.99% likewise, performance was tested on data outside the historical data used—specifically, for 5 future days from 10/31/2024 to 11/04/2024. the mape values for the predicted data from both models are shown in table 10. for btc, the lstm model had the lowest error with a mape of 2.06% and an rmse of $1,519.64. for ltc, the hybrid model performed better, with a mape of 1.80% and rmse of $1.50. for eth, both models performed similarly, with the hybrid model slightly outperforming lstm with a mape of 7.52% and rmse of $189.86. in general, mape values are below 10%, described in the literature as highly accurate forecasts, corroborating the good performance of the hybrid and lstm models for predicting the closing price of cryptocurrencies. table 10. rmse and mape of predicted values by lstm and hybrid cryptocurrency model rmse mape btc lstm $1519.64 2.06% hybrid $2181.61 2.98% ltc lstm $4.35 5.38% hybrid $1.50 1.80% eth lstm $192.19 7.57% hybrid $189.86 7.52% 5. discussion of results the approach adopted in this research centers on a hybrid lstm+arima model. the core objective of this work is to evaluate the capacity and performance of predictive tools—specifically, lstm networks, which are known for their ability to model time series and capture highly complex relationships, and the arima model, which excels at identifying and expressing linear relationships through regression-based methods. while the general processes of data handling, lstm training, and arima parameterization are framed within the crisp-dm methodology, the elements of innovation and novelty contributed by this study lie in the construction of the hybrid model itself. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 497 this model, developed by the authors, operates by generating a reference line with a slope defined by arima, which captures the core linear behavior of the time series. the residuals—representing what arima cannot explain—are then predicted by the lstm network and added to the baseline. this combination produces a final prediction that leverages the strengths of both components, achieving a more comprehensive and accurate forecast by integrating the linear structure modeled by arima with the nonlinear dynamics captured by lstm. the results of the research show that the arima model is deficient for the prediction of complex time series such as cryptocurrency prices, obtaining mape values above 10% and r² values below 70%, even reaching negative values in the case of ltc. these results fall outside the thresholds recommended by klimberg et al. (2010) [24] and gutiérrez & de la vara (2008) [23]. this finding also aligns with the results obtained by azari (2019) [4], who noted that arima models perform better in sub-periods with a single trend or more linear patterns but are not suitable for time horizons characterized by numerous fluctuations or complex patterns, such as those inherent to the volatile nature of cryptocurrencies. specifically for eth, arima obtained an rmse of $555.29 and a mape of 16.99%, results similar to those reported by mangiwa et al. (2025) [15], who obtained an rmse of $649.702 and a mape of 15.01%, and emphasized that arima models perform better for short-term predictions. the limitations of arima in cryptocurrency forecasting are also evident in yu’s (2024) [5] research, which compared deep learning (dl) models with traditional models, concluding that lstm achieves mape values between 6% and 8%, whereas arima reaches mape values between 62% and 210%. lstm networks, on the other hand, are designed to efficiently handle long-term temporal dependencies, such as price changes that may be influenced not only by recent days but also by events from weeks or months earlier. this characteristic inspired the development of such recurrent networks, which can retain relevant information over time through their input, forget, and output gates. these mechanisms make lstm networks more robust than traditional recurrent neural networks (rnns). additionally, lstm networks can learn to filter out irrelevant information during training, proving more resistant to noise than other models. this is particularly advantageous for modeling the behavior of cryptocurrency prices, which are highly nonlinear and chaotic, responding to news, speculation, social media (e.g., tweets), regulation, and more. the lstm networks demonstrated strong predictive capability, achieving mape values around 2% and r² values above 92% in the case of ltc—and even higher than 98% and 99% for eth and btc, respectively. these results are consistent with the findings of lambis et al. (2023) [6], who reported mape values of 2.71% and 3.31%, and r² values of 98.68% and 98.85% for btc and eth, respectively. regarding the unistep models, no substantial differences were observed among the three approaches. however, considering model complexity, this research recommends the univariate model. the pfi method proposed by fisher et al. (2019) [25] also showed slightly improved performance in the multivariate models for btc and ltc and reduced model complexity for eth while maintaining comparable performance. this supports its usefulness in selecting relevant predictor variables or features. the metrics obtained by the lstm networks in this study are similar to—or even better than—those reported in existing literature on dl algorithms. for example, kabo et al. (2025) [20] reported mae, rmse, and r² values of 1253.24, 1717.65, and 96.02% for btc prediction using lstm, whereas this research achieved values of 729.35, 1159.99, and 99.60%, respectively. similarly, tumpa & maduranga (2024) [17] and kaur et al. (2025) [19] reported mape values of 1.94%, 4.25%, and 1.85% (first study), and 3.54%, 7.65%, and 4.42% (second study) for btc, ltc, and eth, respectively—compared to 1.76%, 2.23%, and 1.98% in this research. the proposed arima-lstm hybrid model showed good performance, comparable to the lstm networks, and was slightly better in the case of btc. these findings are consistent with those of other researchers such as pierre et al. (2023) [9], fan et al. (2021) [21], and xu et al. (2022) [8], who found substantial improvements with the hybrid approach over individual models—though their studies were not applied to cryptocurrency time series. bouteska et al. (2024) [10], in their research on dl and hybrid models (arima-lstm and arima-mlp) for cryptocurrency price prediction, observed that individual models performed better, and hybrid approaches are not always superior in every scenario. in multi-step predictions (five steps), both the lstm and hybrid models achieved mape values between 3% and 4.3%, and r² values above 77% for ltc and higher than 96% and 98% for eth and btc, respectively. these metrics are considered valid and indicative of good performance according to the literature. the results of both models were similar, with the hybrid model performing slightly better for btc and the lstm network performing slightly better for ltc and eth. in predictions made on data outside the historical data, the lstm model had the best performance for btc, with a mape of 2.06% and an rmse of $1,519.64. for ltc, the hybrid model performed best, with a mape of 1.80% and hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 498 an rmse of $1.50. for eth, both models produced similar results, with the hybrid model slightly outperforming lstm, yielding a mape of 7.52% and an rmse of $189.86. the degradation in prediction accuracy as the number of forecast steps increases is due to the high volatility of cryptocurrencies. this is corroborated in table 9, which shows the step-by-step breakdown of metrics for all cryptocurrencies. nevertheless, the predictions remain within the recommended thresholds by klimberg et al. (2010) [24], with mape values under 10%—considered highly accurate. likewise, the r² values comply with the guidelines of gutiérrez & de la vara (2008) [23], who recommend r² values close to 100%, with a minimum acceptable value of 70%, except in the case of ltc, where r² fell below 70% at the fifth step for both models. for trading applications, it is recommended to develop a system capable of collecting real-time data, including exogenous variables such as sentiment indicators and macroeconomic data. furthermore, confidence intervals should be established based on the level of risk aversion the user is willing to tolerate. 6. conclusion the hybrid arima-lstm model demonstrated competitive performance in predicting cryptocurrency prices, excelling in both single-step and multi-step (five-step) forecasts, as well as in extrapolations beyond historical data. in comparative terms, the hybrid approach achieved accuracy metrics similar to those of pure lstm networks, consistently outperforming the arima model. lstm networks, due to their ability to capture complex temporal dependencies, delivered outstanding performance—achieving mape values close to 2% and coefficients of determination (r²) exceeding 92% for litecoin (ltc), 98% for ethereum (eth), and 99% for bitcoin (btc). these results demonstrate their capacity to adapt to the high volatility inherent in cryptocurrencies, effectively recognizing non-linear patterns and hidden trends. in contrast, the arima model exhibited significant limitations, as reflected in mape values above 10% and r² values below 70%—even negative in the case of ltc. this indicates that arima’s capacity to model nonlinear time series is insufficient, particularly in high-volatility contexts. the inferior performance of arima compared to both the lstm and hybrid models confirms that traditional time series modeling techniques are inadequate for complex data such as cryptocurrency prices. in conclusion, the hybrid arima-lstm model positions itself as a robust solution by combining the strengths of both approaches. however, it is acknowledged that further optimization of hyperparameters and exploration of alternative architectures could enhance its predictive accuracy even more. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.j.c. and j.s.r.l.; methodology, m.j.c.; software, j.s.r.l.; validation, j.s.r.l. and m.j.c.; formal analysis, m.j.c.; investigation, m.j.c. and j.s.r.l.; resources, m.j.c. and j.s.r.l.; data curation, j.s.r.l. and m.j.c.; writing—original draft preparation, m.j.c.; writing—review and editing, m.j.c.; visualization, m.j.c. and j.s.r.l.; supervision, m.j.c.; project administration, m.j.c.; funding acquisition, m.j.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement data was obtained from the investing.com platform and are available at https://www.investing.com/. 7.3. funding and acknowledgments this research is being funded by the national university of piura-peru, specifically with funds from the basic and applied research projects competition 2024 call. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 499 8. references [1] acosta valderrama, j. c. (2018). saber ucv: study of cryptocurrencies using time series and neural networks. universidad central de venezuela, caracas, venezuela. [2] e.f.p.a. (2024). financial advisors, their great challenges. asesores financieros, efpa (asociación española de asesores y planificadores financiero), 15, 18–20. available online: https://www.asesoresfinancierosefpa.es/ejemplares-revista-asesoresfinancieros-efpa/los-grandes-desafios-del-sector-en-portada-del-numero-15-de-asesores-financieros-efpa/ (accessed on may 2025). [3] lópez-garcía, a. (2023). comparative analysis of deep neural networks for bitcoin market price prediction. revista electrónica de comunicaciones y trabajos de asepuma, 24(1), 1–16. doi:10.24310/recta.24.1.2023.19858. [4] azari, a. (2019). bitcoin price prediction: an arima approach. arxiv preprint arxiv:1904.05315, 1-3. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1904.05315. [5] yu, s. (2024). comparative analysis of machine learning techniques for cryptocurrency price prediction. applied and computational engineering, 32(1), 1–12. doi:10.54254/2755-2721/32/20230175. [6] jiménez gómez, l. m., lambis-alandete, e., & velásquez-henao, j. d. (2023). comparison of deep learning algorithms for cryptocurrency price forecasting. ingeniería y competitividad, 25(3). doi:10.25100/iyc.v25i3.12845. [7] siami-namini, s., tavakoli, n., & namin, a. s. (2019). the performance of lstm and bilstm in forecasting time series. proceedings: ieee international conference on big data, big data 2019, 3285–3292. doi:10.1109/bigdata47090.2019.9005997. [8] xu, d., zhang, q., ding, y., & zhang, d. (2022). application of a hybrid arima-lstm model based on the spei for drought forecasting. environmental science and pollution research, 29(3), 4128–4144. doi:10.1007/s11356-021-15325-z. [9] pierre, a. a., akim, s. a., semenyo, a. k., & babiga, b. (2023). peak electrical energy consumption prediction by arima, lstm, gru, arima-lstm and arima-gru approaches. energies, 16(12), 4739. doi:10.3390/en16124739. [10] bouteska, a., abedin, m. z., hajek, p., & yuan, k. (2024). cryptocurrency price forecasting – a comparative analysis of ensemble learning and deep learning methods. international review of financial analysis, 92, 1–12. doi:10.1016/j.irfa.2023.103055. [11] flores-fernandez, g. a., jimenez-carrion, m., gutierrez, f., & sanchez-ancajima, r. a. (2024). genetic algorithm and lstm artificial neural network for investment portfolio optimization. journal of wireless mobile networks, ubiquitous computing, and dependable applications, 15(2), 27–46. doi:10.58346/jowua.2024.i2.003. [12] cuthbertson, a. (2020). bitcoin price reaches its highest value in history. independentespanol. available online: https://www.independentespanol.com/tecnologia/bitcoin-precio-valor-mas-alto-historia-b1764093.html (accessed on may 2025). [13] astuti, i. d., rajab, s., & setiyouji, d. (2022). cryptocurrency blockchain technology in the digital revolution era. aptisi transactions on technopreneurship, 4(1), 9–15. doi:10.34306/att.v4i1.216. [14] darda, s. d. (2023). advantages & disadvantages of cryptography & valuation analysis. national high school journal of science, 1–11. [15] mangiwa, r. d. d., siregar, r., sari, s. d., & agustina, n. (2025). application of the arima model in forecasting ethereum prices. parameter: jurnal matematika, statistika dan terapannya, 4(1), 81–94. doi:10.30598/parameterv4i1pp81-94. [16] zhang, x. (2024). analyzing financial market trends in cryptocurrency and stock prices using cnn-lstm models. preprints, 1-12. doi:10.20944/preprints202407.1119.v1. [17] tumpa, s. n., & maduranga, k. d. g. (2024). utilizing rnn for real-time cryptocurrency price prediction and trading strategy optimization. arxiv preprint arxiv:2411.05829. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2411.05829. [18] pirkhedri, a. (2025). predicting solana cryptocurrency prices in 2024: a comparative study of lstm and gru models. international journal of industrial engineering and operational research, 7(2), 11-19.. [19] kaur, r., uppal, m., gupta, d., juneja, s., arafat, s. y., rashid, j., kim, j., & alroobaea, r. (2025). development of a cryptocurrency price prediction model: leveraging gru and lstm for bitcoin, litecoin and ethereum. peerj computer science, 11, 2675. doi:10.7717/peerj-cs.2675. [20] kabo, i. g., obunadike, g. n., & samaila, n. a. (2025). sentiment-driven and economic indicators for bitcoin price forecasting: a hybrid time series model. journal of science research and reviews, 2(1), 99–107. doi:10.70882/josrar.2025.v2i1.34. [21] fan, d., sun, h., yao, j., zhang, k., yan, x., & sun, z. (2021). well production forecasting based on arima-lstm model considering manual operations. energy, 220, 119708. doi:10.1016/j.energy.2020.119708. https://www.asesoresfinancierosefpa.es/ejemplares-revista-asesores-financieros-efpa/los-grandes-desafios-del-sector-en-portada-del-numero-15-de-asesores-financieros-efpa/ https://www.asesoresfinancierosefpa.es/ejemplares-revista-asesores-financieros-efpa/los-grandes-desafios-del-sector-en-portada-del-numero-15-de-asesores-financieros-efpa/ https://www.independentespanol.com/tecnologia/bitcoin-precio-valor-mas-alto-historia-b1764093.html hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 500 [22] dave, e., leonardo, a., jeanice, m., & hanafiah, n. (2021). forecasting indonesia exports using a hybrid model arimalstm. procedia computer science, 179, 480–487. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2021.01.031. [23] gutiérrez, h., & de la vara, r. (2008). análisis y diseño de experimentos. méxico df: mcgraw-hill interamericana. available online: https://gc.scalahed.com/recursos/files/r161r/w19537w/analisis_y_diseno_experimentos.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [24] klimberg, r. k., sillup, g. p., boyle, k. j., & tavva, v. (2010). forecasting performance measures what are their practical meaning? advances in business and management forecasting, 7, 137–147. doi:10.1108/s1477-4070(2010)0000007012. [25] fisher, a., rudin, c., & dominici, f. (2019). all models are wrong, but many are useful: learning a variable’s importance by studying an entire class of prediction models simultaneously. journal of machine learning research, 20, 1–81. [26] regal, a., morzán, j., fabbri, c., herrera, g., yaulli, g., palomino, a., & gil, c. (2019). cryptocurrency price projection based on tweets using lstm. ingeniare. revista chilena de ingeniería, 27(4), 696–706. doi:10.4067/s0718-33052019000400696. [27] jorge dagnino, s. (2014). datos faltantes (missing values). revista chilena de anestesia, 43(4), 332–334. [28] nuñez sánchez, n. d. (2023). análisis de algoritmos para la imputación de datos y modelos de predicción: informe final de pasantía para optar por el título de matemática. universidad distrital francisco josé de caldas. available online: https://repository.udistrital.edu.co/server/api/core/bitstreams/d84b225f-429e-4517-9481-0a416f41d0a9/content (accessed on may 2025). [29] arranz barcenilla, v. (2022). aplicación web para la gestión de carteras de inversión usando técnicas de inteligencia artificial (final degree project, universidad de valladolid, escuela de ingeniería informática). uvadoc. available online: https://uvadoc.uva.es/handle/10324/57220 (accessed on may 2025). https://gc.scalahed.com/recursos/files/r161r/w19537w/analisis_y_diseno_experimentos.pdf https://repository.udistrital.edu.co/server/api/core/bitstreams/d84b225f-429e-4517-9481-0a416f41d0a9/content https://uvadoc.uva.es/handle/10324/57220 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 501 issn: 2723-9535 analysis of success factors for green it implementation in higher education uky yudatama 1* , agus setiawan 1 , pristi sukmasetya 1 1 universitas muhammadiyah magelang, magelang, 56172, indonesia. received 27 december 2024; revised 03 april 2025; accepted 18 april 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract this study aims to identify success factors in the implementation of green information technology (green it) in the higher education sector in indonesia, which is increasingly challenged to implement sustainable practices. using the interpretive structural modeling (ism) method, this study analyzes and maps the hierarchical relationships between key factors to provide a more structured understanding of the dynamics of green it implementation. the results show that external and social pressures are the main drivers in shaping sustainability policies in higher education. these policies then influence various important aspects such as management commitment, environmental awareness, infrastructure development, and budget allocation. in addition, this study highlights how the interaction between these factors creates an ecosystem that supports the sustainability of green it in the academic environment. the novelty of this study lies in the finding that external factors play a more dominant role than internal motivations in driving the implementation of green it in indonesia, unlike the pattern common in developed countries. the practical implications of this study provide insights for policymakers in designing responsive sustainability strategies, strengthening institutional commitment, and increasing environmental awareness in higher education. however, this study also found several major obstacles in the implementation of green it, including lack of financial resources, resistance to change, lack of technical skills, and suboptimal coordination between stakeholders. therefore, recommended improvement strategies include strengthening incentive-based policies, increasing environmental literacy through educational programs, optimizing investment in green infrastructure, and integrating green it into academic curricula. this study provides practical insights for policymakers to design more effective sustainability strategies, strengthen institutional commitment, and increase environmental awareness across higher education institutions. keywords: green information technology; higher education; success factors; interpretative structural modeling (ism); sustainability. 1. introduction in developed countries, universities have shown significant progress in implementing green information technology (green it), especially through integrated strategic management [1, 2]. research emphasizes the importance of strategic plans that support green it as part of campus sustainability policies [3, 4]. universities that implement strategic policies in green it have been proven to be successful in reducing energy consumption and carbon emissions significantly [5, 6]. however, this strategy has not been widely implemented in developing countries such as indonesia, which still face resource constraints [7]. one of the biggest obstacles to implementing green it is budget constraints, which limit the ability of higher education institutions to adopt more environmentally friendly technologies [3, 8, 9]. many universities struggle to make * corresponding author: uky@unimma.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-010  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4833-5814 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6456-576x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4038-6695 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 502 initial investments in energy-efficient technologies, which ultimately hinders the adoption of green it in higher education [10]. educational institutions run by foundations, for example, often have limited funds to upgrade their technological devices and infrastructure to be more efficient and environmentally friendly [8, 11, 12]. in indonesia, the implementation of green it in higher education is often hampered by the lack of adequate budget allocation [7, 13]. this financial constraint makes it difficult for many universities to make initial investments in green technologies that are more energy efficient [7]. as a result, many educational institutions prefer to maintain old infrastructure with higher energy consumption rather than switch to a more environmentally friendly system. private universities run by foundations often struggle to allocate funds for technological upgrades due to limited budgets [9]. in addition to financial issues, the lack of concrete policy support is a significant obstacle to implementing green it in the higher education sector [14]. many institutions do not have clear internal policies on adopting environmentally friendly technologies, so that green it implementation is not a top priority in campus operations [5, 8]. higher education institutions in indonesia need more mature strategic planning to ensure that green it can be properly integrated into academic policies and campus administration [5, 7]. a comparative study revealed that the challenges in implementing green it in developed and developing countries are very different [9, 15]. in developed countries, green it is supported by adequate policies and infrastructure, while in developing countries, universities still face budget constraints and limited technological support that hinder sustainability efforts [7]. however, research shows that with the right strategies and policies, green it has the potential to have a positive impact on the carbon footprint of educational institutions [7, 16, 17]. the implementation of green it in the higher education sector in indonesia still faces many obstacles. one of the main challenges is that regulations and supporting policies have not been well integrated [3, 4, 18]. in many developing countries, green it policies have not been fully implemented, so many universities do not have clear guidelines for implementing environmentally friendly technologies [8]. the lack of strong regulations has led to various challenges in implementing sustainability policies on campus [15]. low institutional commitment and lack of strategic planning for green it sustainability are other factors that hinder the adoption of this technology in indonesian universities [1, 19, 20]. most institutions are still more focused on conventional operational needs than investing in green it initiatives. as a result, green it has not been a top priority in campus management strategies [8]. in addition, awareness of green it among students and academic staff is still low [6, 7, 21]. studies show that only 40% of respondents from universities in southeast asia understand the benefits of green it [14, 22, 23]. as a result, many universities in indonesia do not yet have a structured and well-coordinated green it initiative [2, 5, 24]. without clear policies and targeted strategies, green it implementation becomes less effective and challenging to run sustainably [7, 9, 25]. in the southeast asia region, including indonesia, the level of awareness of students and academic staff towards green it is still relatively low [16, 24]. studies found that around 60% of respondents from universities in southeast asia have limited [5] understanding of green it practices [7, 15]. this low awareness is a major obstacle in encouraging behavioral changes that support reduced energy consumption and the implementation of sustainable technologies in the campus environment [10, 19, 26]. therefore, increasing awareness through educational programs and campaigns is an important step in encouraging environmentally friendly behavior in universities [8, 15]. the limited expertise and training of it personnel in green technology management is a major obstacle to the implementation of green it in developing countries [5, 27]. the lack of training and education on green it limits the development of human resources capable of managing and optimizing sustainable technology [17]. the lack of expertise and training in green technology management among it personnel in universities is also a major challenge. most it personnel in universities are still focused on conventional technical aspects and do not yet have specific skills in managing green technology effectively [5, 15]. this causes the implementation of green it to be less than optimal due to a lack of understanding of how to operate a more environmentally friendly system [28, 29]. previous studies have shown significant growth in adopting green information technology (green it) across sectors and geographical areas. one study identified three main factors influencing the adoption of green innovations by smes in indonesia, namely technology, environment, and organization, with organizational factors as the main determinant [13]. however, this study still has limitations in terms of geographical coverage, narrow sector, sample homogeneity, and limited data collection period. therefore, expanding the sector and region is recommended to increase the relevance of the findings. meanwhile, another study examined the adoption of green it practices through a strategic cognition perspective, which showed that organizational identity orientation (individualistic or collectivistic), external pressures (coercive, normative, mimetic), and organizational focus (cost reduction or revenue expansion) together influence green it adoption. however, this study is still limited to a cross-sectional design, so its validity can be improved through a longitudinal design with a broader sample [20]. another study contributed with an analysis of the literature on green it, highlighting how the focus of research has evolved from mere energy efficiency to integration in the concept of smart cities [14]. some key clusters, such as green technology and socioeconomic impacts, have been identified, but research gaps are still found in the interdisciplinary approach. to support smarter and more sustainable living, a more holistic study that combines various disciplines is needed. in the context of sustainable smart cities, other studies have highlighted the direct benefits of green it, including energy efficiency, reduced carbon footprint, and improved quality of public services [30]. this study asserts that the success of green it implementation is highly dependent on collaboration between stakeholders, such as government, hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 503 industry, and the academic community. however, since this study is literature-based, empirical studies are still needed to test the generalizability and applicability of the findings in various actual conditions. in the creative industry sector, research on green it in the batik industry found that the adoption of green technology has a positive impact on green innovative behavior and green competitive advantage. however, it does not always directly contribute to increasing company competitiveness [7]. in addition, financial resources are proven to be a moderating factor in the relationship between competitive advantage and sustainable performance. therefore, further research is recommended to expand the geographical scope and add other variables that may be influential in different industry contexts. in developing countries, e-waste management is a major challenge in implementing green it. a study on electronic recycling practices in bangladesh found that many recycling activities are still carried out informally in unsafe ways [31]. to address this challenge, the study recommends the development of formal recycling infrastructure, increased public awareness, and more precise supporting policies. however, to ensure the effectiveness of these recommendations, empirical studies with a more comprehensive approach are needed. other studies have shown that strategic alignment between it and business, as well as environmental motivation, strengthens the relationship between green it adoption and corporate environmental performance [1]. intrinsic and extrinsic motivation are also important factors in the success of green technology implementation. however, to increase the validity of these findings, longitudinal designs and more objective data collection methods are still needed. in the context of small and medium enterprises (smes), previous studies have explored the role of green creativity, business independence, and green it empowerment in improving sustainable business performance [32]. the findings suggest that business independence positively contributes to green competitive advantage and sustainable performance, while green creativity only affects competitive advantage. green it empowerment also moderates the relationship between business independence and green competitive advantage. however, this study is still limited in geographical coverage and cross-sectional design, so further studies with a broader scope and longitudinal approach are needed. in the context of large companies, research shows that implementing green it can improve financial performance through green innovation as a mediator [29]. however, this study was only conducted on public companies in germany, so additional research in other countries is needed to increase the generalizability of the findings. in addition, research in the household sector in denmark highlights how using of green it can help monitor energy consumption for efficiency and savings [33]. however, the main challenges in implementing this technology are the complexity of the system and the lack of understanding of energy data, so further research with quantitative methods and larger samples is needed. in the agricultural sector, green it plays a role in improving energy efficiency and sustainability [33]. however, limited infrastructure, lack of technical knowledge, and resistance to change are still obstacles to its implementation. further studies are needed to evaluate the effectiveness of green it solutions globally with a more in-depth and comprehensive approach. meanwhile, a study on traditional it infrastructure in bangladesh revealed its negative impacts on the environment and proposed a green it framework for sustainability [33]. however, empirical studies are still needed to test the effectiveness of the framework across sectors. another study developed a model linking green it to green brand image and competitive advantage, suggesting that green technology can improve firm competitiveness [34]. however, since this study used a cross-sectional design, the generalizability of the findings is still limited. based on previous studies, there are still a number of limitations in green it research that need to be explored further. many studies have limited geographic and sectoral coverage, making them less generalizable. most studies also use cross-sectional designs, which cannot capture long-term adoption trends. in addition, there is still a lack of empirical evidence because many studies rely more on literature reviews than real-world data. the role of external pressures, such as regulatory policies and economic incentives, is also under-explored regarding green it adoption. in the context of developing countries, financial, technical, and cultural challenges remain significant barriers that have not been studied in depth. in addition, many frameworks proposed in green it research do not have measurable performance indicators, making it difficult to assess the effectiveness of implementation. therefore, a more comprehensive review of the success factors of green it implementation in the higher education sector, especially in indonesia, is needed. this study aims to identify key factors that can improve the effectiveness of green it implementation in higher education institutions, including aspects of policy, budget, human resources, and environmental awareness. using the interpretive structural modeling (ism) method, this study will analyze and map the relationships between factors that influence each other in a complex system [35-37], especially in the context of green it sustainability in higher education. this approach allows the identification of hierarchical structures between success factors, so that it can support more strategic and effective decision making. thus, this study will not only contribute to the academic understanding of green it in the higher education sector but also provide practical insights for policymakers and educational institutions in developing more structured and sustainable strategies. the research questions that can be used as a reference for this research are:  what are the main factors that influence the success of green it implementation in universities in indonesia?  how are these factors related, and which factors have the greatest influence on the success of green it implementation?  how can ism help in identifying the hierarchy and prioritization of green it success factors in the higher education sector? hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 504  what factors should universities prioritize to optimize green it implementation based on the hierarchical structure resulting from the ism analysis? this study provides contributes significantly by mapping the success factors of green it in higher education more comprehensively and providing relevant strategic recommendations for higher education institutions in indonesia, thus supporting the implementation of sustainable green it. this study is expected to provide important benefits for several parties, including for higher education in indonesia, for policymakers, and for contribution to global literature. for higher education institutions in indonesia, namely by understanding the main success factors, educational institutions can take more appropriate and effective steps to support the sustainability of technology through green it. for policy makers: the results of this study can be a reference in formulating regulations or policies that support green it in a more structured manner in the higher education sector, as well as ensuring more effective budget allocation, while for the contribution to global literature, namely as part of the global literature on green it, this study provides in-depth contextual insights into the success factors of green it in developing countries, which are still limited in previous studies. so, this study has significant value and outstanding contribution. with ism, this study can create a model relevant to the indonesian context, assist in formulating more sustainable policies and strategies, and support higher education in implementing green it with a broad impact. the ism method provides an understanding of key factors and supports the formulation of priorities oriented towards sustainability and efficiency. the structure of this study begins with an introduction highlighting the challenges in implementing green it in the higher education sector, such as budget constraints, low institutional commitment, unclear regulations, and limited awareness, while emphasizing the importance of analyzing success factors using the ism method. this is followed by a literature review exploring the challenges, opportunities, and contextual differences in green it implementation, with a focus on indonesia, while referring to global trends. the methodology section of the study discusses the use of ism to analyze the relationships between factors and explains data collection through literature review, expert interviews, and fgds. the results section identifies key factors, including policies, management commitment, awareness, infrastructure, and finance, which are mapped through ism and micmac analysis. practical implications provide recommendations for prioritizing sustainable policies, education, and investment. finally, the conclusion emphasizes the dominant role of external pressures and proposes future research directions for broader application. 2. literature review 2.1. green it in indonesia the implementation of green it in indonesia still faces various challenges and obstacles [13, 38], although awareness of the importance of sustainability and energy efficiency is increasing. various factors, such as budget constraints, low awareness, and lack of regulatory and policy support, are the main obstacles to the implementation of green it in indonesia, especially in the higher education and government sectors. limited funding is one of the main obstacles that hinders the implementation of green it in many institutions in indonesia. othman et al. [10] noted that many universities in indonesia have difficulty in making initial investments in energy-efficient devices and more efficient technological infrastructure. this situation is further exacerbated by the reliance on outdated technology, which tends to be more energy intensive and less supportive of sustainable practices [17, 39]. in the government sector, budget constraints also limit the implementation of green it. nanath & pillai [15] explained that green it projects in government institutions often cannot run optimally due to the lack of adequate funding allocation for environmentally friendly technology or efficient energy management systems. the implementation of green it in indonesia is often hampered by the lack of specific and supportive regulations [10, 15]. although the government has issued policies aimed at energy efficiency and sustainability, specific regulatory support for green it in the higher education and industrial sectors is still minimal. aini & subriadi [38] noted that the lack of clear regulations in indonesia is a major obstacle to implementing consistent green it policies on campuses and universities. overseas, many countries have adopted specific regulations for green it that enable sustainability practices at the operational and strategic levels. aini & subriadi [38] highlighted that developed countries, such as in europe, have adopted stronger regulatory frameworks and support green it in various sectors, including higher education, resulting in faster and more effective adoption of green technology compared to indonesia. in indonesia’s higher education sector, low levels of awareness and support for green it among staff and students are a challenge. hernandez [28], lim et al. [40], and leung [41] conducted research in various universities in southeast asia, including indonesia, and found that less than half of students and staff have a deep understanding of green it practices and the importance of sustainability. this low awareness hinders behavioral changes that support energy efficiency in the campus environment. research in indonesia also shows that the lack of training in green it affects the ability of the workforce in higher education to manage and optimize green technologies. othman et al. and nanath & pillai [10, 15] noted that many universities in indonesia do not yet have adequately trained human resources to utilize sustainable technologies effectively, making the adoption of green it more challenging to implement. the implementation of green it in indonesia is also hampered by uneven infrastructure and limited access to greener technologies. in some higher education institutions, limited access to modern technology hinders efforts to reduce energy hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 505 consumption and increase efficiency. kusuma et al. [7], salles et al. [8], and vakaliuk [17] noted that infrastructure supporting green it is more common in developed countries, while developing countries, such as indonesia, still experience limitations in providing and maintaining energy-efficient technologies. overall, the implementation of green it in indonesia is still faced with various structural obstacles, ranging from budget constraints and lack of supporting regulations to low awareness of human resources [10, 13, 38]. with more precise policy support, increased awareness among staff and students, and better budget allocation, the implementation of green it in indonesia is hoped to be more optimal. further research on the success factors of green it is needed to provide more detailed insights and support the development of sustainable policies [11, 14, 42]. 2.2. green it higher education sector in indonesia the implementation of green it in the higher education sector in indonesia faces various challenges that affect the progress of its implementation. the main influencing factors include budget constraints, lack of awareness and support from staff and students, unclear regulations, and limited energy-efficient technology infrastructure. although some universities have started implementing green it, the results are still far from optimal compared to developed countries. budget constraints are a major challenge that hinders universities in indonesia from adopting green it. many universities in indonesia still rely on outdated equipment and infrastructure, which are less efficient in energy use. pramanik et al. [43] noted that many universities in indonesia have difficulty funding new equipment environmentally friendly and energy efficient. limited education budgets are often allocated to more pressing priorities, so green it is not a primary focus. the lack of operational policies and guidelines that support green it in universities is also a constraint. salles et al. [8], othman et al. [10], and nanath & pillai [15] showed that the lack of clear regulations and policies related to green it means that many universities do not have structured guidelines to implement green technology effectively. as a result, most universities in indonesia do not have integrated and measurable green it initiatives. unlike developed countries where policies related to green it have been formally integrated, indonesia still faces obstacles in providing strong regulatory support for green technology practices in higher education. awareness of the importance of green it and its impact on environmental sustainability among staff and students is still low. marques et al. [16] and dalvi-esfahani et al. [24] found that in southeast asia, including indonesia, most staff and students in higher education do not have a deep understanding of the concept and benefits of green it. only about 40% of the campus population is aware of green it practices, such as reducing the use of electronic devices when not needed or using energy-efficient technology. this hampers campus efforts to reduce carbon footprints and improve campus sustainability. this low awareness also impacts low support for sustainability initiatives on campus. nanath & radhakrishna pillai [5], marques et al. [16], and vakaliuk [17] emphasized that without effective education about green it, changing daily behaviors that support sustainability will be challenging. the lack of education and training programs that focus on green it in higher education is one of the leading causes of this low awareness. limited infrastructure that supports green it, such as access to modern energy-efficient technology, is also a barrier. kusuma et al. [7], alamsyah et al. [23], and sulistio & sugarindra [27] showed that developing countries like indonesia often lack access to technological infrastructure that supports sustainability, such as energy-efficient servers or integrated energy management systems. in many universities, these infrastructure limitations make it challenging to implement green it because existing technologies are not designed for optimal energy efficiency. 2.3. analysis using interpretative structural modeling interpretative structural modeling (ism) is an analytical method designed to identify and organize relationships between elements in a complex system [44, 45]. ism categorizes elements based on their level of influence and dependency and builds a hierarchical structure that describes the relationships between these elements [45, 46]. this method is very suitable for analysis involving many interrelated factors, such as in implementing green it in the higher education sector, where factors such as policies, management support, human resource awareness, budget constraints, and technological infrastructure have important roles and influence each other. in the context of green it, ism is used to analyze the success factors of green it implementation in universities in indonesia. the use of ism allows the identification of key drivers that need to be considered to achieve sustainability goals, such as energy efficiency, carbon emission reduction, and the use of environmentally friendly technologies. zulkefli et al. [35] and srivastava & singh [47] noted that ism is effective in grouping factors whose complexity is increased by multiple interdependent elements. ism allows universities to focus on factors with the highest influence, such as policies and management support, which form the basis for other elements [48-50]. the ism method in analyzing green it in the higher education sector begins with identifying key factors through literature studies and input from experts. next, the relationships between factors are examined through the structural self-interaction matrix (ssim), where the reciprocal influences between elements are recorded and arranged. in the context of green it, this includes, for example, how government policies can influence budget allocation for green technologies or how management support drives staff and student awareness. once the ssim is created, the next step is to construct a coverage matrix that produces a hierarchical structure of each factor. this structure clarifies which hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 506 elements have a primary driving role (driving factors) and which are more dependent on other components (dependent factors). xu & zou [45] stated that ism can map the complex interactions between various factors in sustainability efforts, resulting in a hierarchical model that helps strategic decision-making. ism is very relevant for use in the indonesian context, where implementing green it in the higher education sector still faces various challenges, such as budget constraints, low awareness, and lack of supporting regulations. with ism, research can show that policies and management support are the main driving factors that can influence other factors. a study by xu & zou [45] highlighted that mapping the structure of relationships between elements with ism helps universities to set clear strategic priorities, including in implementing green it, especially when policy support is still limited. ism analysis produces a hierarchical model that shows the key factors that should be prioritized for the success of green it. by highlighting the elements with the most significant influence, universities can focus resources on factors that genuinely support the implementation of sustainable green it. farooq et al. [51] stated that ism is useful in determining priority factors in developing environmentally friendly technologies, especially in developing countries that often have limited resources. ism is an ideal method for analyzing the implementation of green it in the indonesian higher education sector. with ism, universities can understand the hierarchical structure of factors that influence the success of green it, set priorities based on the influence of each factor, and allocate resources effectively. in the indonesian context, ism allows universities to design strategies that are more focused and relevant to local conditions, ensuring that green it can be implemented sustainably. 3. research methodology this study uses a quantitative approach with the interpretive structural modeling (ism) method, which is used to analyze the relationship between factors that influence the implementation of green it in the higher education sector. this methodology consists of several main stages from identifying factors to developing effective implementation strategies. figure 1 shows the stages of this research methodology from the beginning to the end of the study. figure 1. analysis of success factors for green information technology research stages implementation in the higher education sector in indonesia 3.1. identify relevant factors the initial stage of this research is to identify relevant factors that can influence the implementation of green it in higher education. these factors are identified through two main sources:  literature review: the researcher conducted a literature review from various sources such as scientific journals, books, research reports, and articles related to green it. previous research is the main reference in identifying factors that have been widely discussed, such as technology selection, institutional policies, environmental awareness, and other managerial and technical factors.  expert interviews: in-depth interviews were conducted with ten experts who have experience in information technology and environmental management in higher education. these experts provided additional insights into specific factors relevant to the context of higher education in indonesia.  group discussion forum. the discussion involved 3 highly competent experts in the field of green it represented by 2 academics and 1 practitioner. the results from these three sources are then verified and compiled into a list of factors to be analyzed using ism. 8.development of implementation strategy 7. model validation 6. factor classification using micmac matrix 9.conclusions and recommendations for further research 1. identify relevant factors 2. preparation of ssim matrix 3. formation of reachability and antecedent matrix 4. hierarchical level analysis 5. preparation of ism diagram hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 507 3.2. preparation of ssim (structural self-interaction matrix) once the factors are identified, the next step is to construct the ssim matrix. ssim is a matrix used to assess the relationship between the factors that have been identified. in this matrix, the relationship between each pair of factors is assessed based on four symbols:  v (leading to): factor i contributes to the achievement of factor j.  a (led by): factor j contributes to the achievement of factor i.  x (mutual): factors i and j contribute to each other.  o (no relationship): there is no direct relationship between factors i and j. this assessment was conducted by distributing questionnaires to respondents consisting of 21 experts, including it managers, academic staff, and environmental managers in universities. the ssim questionnaire measures respondents' perceptions of the relationship between factors influencing green it implementation. 3.3. formation of range and antecedent matrix from the ssim results, the reachability matrix and antecedent set are compiled for each factor. the reachability matrix describes all factors that can be influenced by a particular factor (reachability set), while the antecedent set shows all factors that influence a specific factor.  range set (r(i)): the set of factors influenced by factor i.  antecedent set (a(i)): the set of factors that influence factor i. the intersection set is then calculated to determine the hierarchical position of each factor. this process helps understand the level of dependency and influence of each factor in the system. 3.4. hierarchical level analysis based on the affordances and antecedent matrix, a hierarchical-level analysis is performed to determine the relative position of each factor in the system. this process is carried out with the following steps:  factors with the same affordance set and antecedent set are placed at the top level.  factors that are only present in the affordance set are placed at the next level.  this process is repeated until all factors are placed at their appropriate levels. this hierarchical level analysis guides which factors need to be addressed early in a green it implementation. 3.5. ism diagram preparation once the hierarchy levels are determined, the next step is to construct an ism diagram, that is a hierarchical structure of factors. this diagram visualizes the relationship between factors by showing the key factors with a dominant influence and the most influenced factors. this diagram helps with higher education management in understanding the priorities and implementation strategies that need to be carried out. quantitative matrices are used to evaluate the relationships and weights of factors in the ism model. the structural self-interaction matrix (ssim) captures the relationships between factors using symbols (v, a, x, o) to indicate the type of influence, such as direct influence, reciprocal influence, or no relationship. this is then transformed into the attainment matrix, a binary representation where “1” indicates a direct or indirect relationship and “0” indicates no relationship, allowing for the calculation of affordances and antecedent sets. in addition, micmac analysis is applied to classify factors based on their driving power (influence on others) and dependency (influence received). it classifies factors into autonomous, dependent, interrelated, or independent categories, providing a clear understanding of their role in the system. this metric offers a systematic quantitative approach to analyzing and prioritizing factors, ensuring the ism model effectively identifies key driving and dependent elements for green it implementation. 3.6. factor classification using micmac matrix after preparing the ism diagram, the analysis was continued by using the micmac matrix (matrice d'impacts croisés multiplication appliquée à un classement) to classify factors based on driving power and dependence. this matrix groups factors into four categories:  autonomous factors: factors with low driving value and dependency, which stand alone and have little to do with other factors. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 508  dependent factors: factors with high dependency and low driving value, which are highly influenced by other factors but do not have much influence.  relatedness factors: factors with high driving and dependency values, which are closely related to each other and can be unstable.  independent factors: factors with high driving value but low dependence, which have a strong influence on the system but are not significantly influenced by other factors. this classification helps identify key factors that need special attention in a green it implementation strategy. 3.7. model validation factors for the ism model were identified and validated using a combination of literature review, expert opinion, and focus group discussions (fgds). the literature review provided a theoretical foundation by analyzing previous studies, reports, and articles on green it implementation and sustainability challenges, ensuring that widely recognized factors were included. to adapt the model to the indonesian context, expert interviews were conducted with it and environmental management professionals in higher education, offering context-specific insights and identifying key challenges. in addition, fgds were conducted with selected experts, including academics and practitioners, to crossvalidate and refine the factors. this collaborative process ensured the relevance, accuracy, and completeness of the factors identified for the ism model, allowing for the mapping of relationships and prioritization of key elements for green it implementation. the integration of these three methods provides a robust and systematic approach to identifying and validating factors. 3.8. implementation strategy development based on the results of the analysis and validation of the model, this study develops a strategy for implementing green it in higher education. this strategy includes policy recommendations, resource allocation, and initiatives that need to be taken to support a more effective and sustainable implementation of green it. 3.9. conclusion the final stage of this study is to draw conclusions that summarize the main findings and provide recommendations for further research. these recommendations include suggestions for future research that can test the effectiveness of green it implementation strategies in other higher education contexts, as well as further exploration of the concrete impacts of green it implementation on operational efficiency and environmental sustainability in higher education. this methodology provides a comprehensive and systematic framework for analyzing green it implementation in higher education, as well as providing practical guidance for campus management in formulating more effective policies and strategies. 4. results and discussion 4.1. identify key factors the results of the fgd discussion are based on the results of the literature study and interview results, the following is an analysis of important factors that can be used as the basis for your research related to green it or it sustainability initiatives in higher education. these factors are identified from the similarities and interrelationships of the three data sources, namely literature studies, expert interviews, and discussion group forums, which can be summarized as: a. policies and regulations literature study results: internal policy [2]; compliance with regulations and standards [3]. interview results: policy; rule. fgd results: strong policies and clear internal regulations support effective green it implementation. compliance with external regulations and internal policies is key to driving it sustainability. b. management commitment and support literature study results: top management support [15]; leadership and management commitment [52]. interview results: commitment; institutional support; internal support. fgd results: commitment and support from management and institutions are key drivers of the success of a green it program. top management must lead by example and provide adequate resource support. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 509 c. awareness and education literature study results: employee education and awareness [53]; education and awareness [24]. interview results: awareness; education; knowledge; training. fgd results: environmental awareness, education, and training for employees or members of the institution are important aspects to advance the green it agenda. awareness and knowledge of the importance of sustainability can influence behavior throughout the organization. d. infrastructure and technology literature study results: it technology and infrastructure [38]; technology readiness [54]. interview results: infrastructure fgd results: infrastructure and technology readiness are important components in implementing green it, especially in terms of providing environmentally friendly technology and ensuring the readiness of it systems in facing green initiatives. e. business and operational processes literature study results: aligned business processes [2]. interview results: business process; operational procedures. fgd results: optimizing business processes and operational procedures in line with green it principles will impact resource efficiency and consistency in implementing sustainability initiatives. f. external and social pressure literature study results: external environmental pressure [5]; pressure from government, corporate social responsibility [2]. interview results: there are no explicitly related factors. fgd results: pressure from external parties, such as governments or the wider community, drives organizations to implement green it initiatives as part of social responsibility and compliance with regulatory standards. g. finance and investment literature study results: availability of financial resources [5]; investment in resources [54]. interview results: there are no explicitly related factors. fgd results: the availability of financial resources and investment in green technologies plays a critical role in the successful implementation of green it programs. from the results of the three sources above that have been analyzed, important factors were obtained, including: 1. internal policies and regulations and compliance with external regulations 2. management commitment and institutional support to support sustainability initiatives. 3. employee awareness and education about sustainability and green it. 4. it infrastructure and technology readiness to support green transformation. 5. optimization of business processes and operational procedures that support resource efficiency. 6. external pressures, such as government or societal pressure for social responsibility. 7. financial investments to support the implementation of green technologies table 1. important factors of green it in higher education factor code policies and regulations f1 management commitment and support f2 awareness and education f3 infrastructure and technology f4 business processes and operations f5 external and social pressure f6 finance and investment f7 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 510 table 1 contains the key factors that have been identified as key elements influencing the success of green it implementation in higher education. the following is a detailed explanation of each of the possible elements listed in table 1: a. policies and regulations (f1) this factor is often considered the main foundation of the ism model because institutional policies and regulations determine the direction of green it implementation. policies that support environmentally friendly practices can encourage the commitment of universities to implementing green it. in the ism analysis, this factor usually has a high driving power value, indicating its significant influence on other factors. b. management commitment and support (f2) support from higher education management and leaders is a key factor in the success of green it initiatives. without management commitment, implementation efforts often encounter obstacles. management commitment also influences resource allocation and ensures that policies can be implemented in practice. this factor usually has a reciprocal relationship with policy and technical aspects, placing it in the micmac category of linkage factors. c. awareness and education (f3) raising awareness among higher education faculty, students, and staff about the importance of green it contributes to organizational culture and behavioral change. continuous education about environmental sustainability can increase compliance with green it policies. this factor is typically influenced by management policies and support but can also influence social acceptance, making it a dependent factor in the micmac analysis. d. infrastructure and technology (f4) this factor includes the provision of environmentally friendly and energy-efficient technology and infrastructure. this component is the technical aspect of green it, where energy-efficient technology and technology management systems play a major role. adequate infrastructure and technology require policy support and financial investment, and this factor often directly affects campus operational processes. e. business processes and operations (f5) integrating green it principles into campus business processes and operations can improve resource efficiency. optimizing business processes with environmentally friendly standards, such as reducing energy consumption and utilizing energy-efficient devices, can reduce environmental impact. these business processes are interrelated with technology and policy factors, making them often dependent on factors that are influenced by other factors. f. external and social pressure (f6) external pressures, such as government regulations, industry standards, or demands from the wider community, can drive higher education to adopt green it. these factors often act as triggers that accelerate the adoption of green it. in micmac, this factor can be placed in the category of linkage factors because external pressures can drive policy support and environmental awareness on campus. g. finance and investment (f7) procurement of green it infrastructure requires significant investment, so financial support is a critical factor in green it implementation. financial resources enable the procurement of environmentally friendly technologies and the development of efficient operational systems. this factor often has a high dependence on policy and management support and is key in supporting other operational factors. 4.2. structural self-interaction matrix (ssim) to build a structural self-interaction matrix (ssim), the most important thing is to determine the relationship between each pair of factors that have been identified. each pair of factors will be evaluated to determine the direction of its influence using the following symbols: v: row factors affect column factors. a: column factors affect row factors. x: both factors influence each other. o: there is no direct relationship between the two factors. in determining the relationship between each pair of factors, we created a questionnaire that we distributed involving 21 respondents. the results are shown in table 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 511 table 2. results of the vaxo determination survey respondents relationship between factors percentage (%) results v a x o v 1st (policies and regulations) vs (management commitment and support) 71.4 14.3 14.3 0 v 2nd (policies and regulations) vs (awareness and education) 42.9 21.4 28.6 7.1 v 3rd (policy and regulation) vs (infrastructure and technology) 50 7.1 42.9 0 v 4th (policies and regulations) vs (external and social pressures) 42.9 21.4 35.7 0 v 5th (policy and regulation) vs (finance and investment) 0 50 42.9 7.1 a 6th (policies and regulations) vs (business processes and operations) 42.9 21.4 35.7 0 v 7th (management commitment and support) vs (awareness and education) 42.9 14.3 35.7 7.1 v 8th (management commitment and support) vs (infrastructure and technology) 42.9 57.1 0 0 a 9th (management commitment and support) vs (external and social pressure) 57.1 14.3 28.6 0 v 10th (management commitment and support) vs (finance and investment) 7.1 57.1 35.7 0 a 11th (management commitment and support) vs (business processes and operations) 50 7.1 42.9 0 v 12th (awareness and education) vs (infrastructure and technology) 50 7 35.7 7.1 v 13th (awareness and education) vs (external and social pressure) 42.9 21.4 21.4 14 v 14th (awareness and education) vs (finance and investment) 0 57.1 42.9 0 a 15th (awareness and education) vs (business process and operations) 7.1 21.4 64.3 7.1 x 16th (infrastructure and technology) vs (external and social pressures) 35.7 28.6 35.7 0 v 17th (infrastructure and technology) vs (finance and investment) 7.1 50 42.9 0 a 18th (infrastructure and technology) vs (business processes and operations) 21.4 28.6 50 0 x 19th (external and social pressure) vs (finance and investment) 14.3 42.9 35.7 7.1 a 20th (external and social pressure) vs (business processes and operations) 42.9 21.4 35.7 0 v 21st (finance and investment) vs (business processes and operations) 57.1 0 42.9 0 v the survey results in table 2 show the relationship between various factors that influence the implementation of green information technology (green it) through the vaxo determination survey approach. the vaxo method is used to classify the relationship between factors into dependent (v), antecedent (a), cross (x), and no relation (o), which provides an understanding of how one factor influences other factors in the green it system. one of the main findings of this survey is the role of policies and regulations in shaping other factors. the majority of respondents, 71.4%, stated that management commitment and support are highly dependent on policies and regulations, meaning that clear policies and regulations can encourage management commitment and support in implementing green it. in addition, the relationship between policies and regulations and infrastructure and technology is also quite strong, with 50% of respondents considering this relationship dependent (v), while 42.9% see it as a cross relationship (x), indicating a reciprocal relationship between the two. in addition to policy factors, awareness and education also have a significant impact, especially in relation to finance and investment. as many as 57.1% of respondents stated that better awareness and education can increase budget allocation and investment in green technology. however, in some cases, this awareness does not always have a direct impact on financial decision-making, as seen in finance and investment vs infrastructure and technology, where only 21.4% of respondents consider this relationship dependent (v), while 64.3% see it as a cross relationship (x). in addition, the survey highlights the role of external and social pressures, which often influence various aspects of green it implementation. for example, in the relationship between external and social pressures and business processes and operations, 42.9% of respondents consider external pressure as a factor that plays a direct role in determining business processes, while 35.7% see it as a cross (x) relationship, indicating that business processes can also shape perceptions and reactions to external pressures. finance and investment factors also have a significant influence on the sustainability of business processes in higher education. as many as 57.1% of respondents stated that financial and investment decisions directly impact on business processes and operations, which means that without adequate budget allocation, it is difficult for educational institutions to implement green it-based sustainability strategies. overall, the survey results show that policies and regulations and finance and investment have a dominant role in the implementation of green it. clear policies drive management commitment, while financial decisions determine how green technology can be implemented in operational business processes. in addition, awareness and education and hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 512 external and social pressures also play a role in shaping organizational behavior, although they often show a crossinfluencing relationship (x) rather than a direct cause-and-effect relationship. once the ssim is formed, the next step is to organize it into a range matrix showing the direct relationship between factors in binary form (0 and 1). the ssim (structural self-interaction matrix) matrix in table 3 shows the relationship between factors that have been identified in the implementation of green it using the interpretive structural modeling (ism) approach. ssim is used to understand how factors interact and determine the hierarchical relationship between them. in table 3, there are seven main factors denoted as f1 to f7, with each factor compared to find out the type of relationship that occurs. each cell in the matrix is filled with a symbol that represents the type of relationship between two factors. the symbol v (leads to) indicates that the factor in the row has an influence on the factor in the column, while a (is led by) indicates that the factor in the column has more influence on the factor in the row. the symbol x (mutual relationship) indicates that the two factors influence each other, and the sign (no direct relationship) means there is no direct relationship between the factors. from table 3, it can be seen that f1 has an influence on f2, f3, f4, and f7, indicating that this factor plays a dominant role in influencing other elements in the system. however, f1 itself is influenced by f6, indicating that its success depends on the conditions set by the factor. meanwhile, f3 and f6 have a reciprocal relationship indicated by the symbol x, indicating that these two factors influence each other in the implementation of green it. in addition, f4 also has a reciprocal relationship with f7, which means that although f4 can influence f7, f7 also has an impact back on f4. factor f5 is influenced by f6, but directly influences f4. meanwhile, f6 has a direct influence on f7, which shows that this factor plays a role in shaping decisions or implementations related to this factor. overall, this matrix provides insight into how the key factors are interrelated in the system, with f1 and f6 being the factors with a strong influence on the other factors, while f7 is more of a factor that receives influence without having a direct impact back. with this understanding, the next step in the ism method is to convert the ssim matrix into a binary interrelationship matrix (reachability matrix) and construct a hierarchy of factors, which will help in identifying the key factors that are drivers in the system and the factors dependent on other elements. table 3. ssim for identified factors f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 f7 f1 v v v v a v f2 v a v a v f3 v v a x f4 v a x f5 a v f6 v f7 4.3. structural self-interaction matrix (ssim) based on the previously created ssim, here is the reachability matrix. table 4. matrix range f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 f7 f1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 f2 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 f3 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 f4 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 f5 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 f6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 f7 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 the matrix shown in table 4, the range matrix, functions as a reachability matrix in the interpretive structural modeling (ism) approach. this matrix converts the relationship between factors previously analyzed in the structural hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 513 self-interaction matrix (ssim) into a numerical form that shows the direct relationship between factors in the system. in this matrix, the number 1 indicates that there is a direct relationship between two factors, while the number 0 indicates that there is no direct relationship. from table 4, it can be seen that f1 has a direct relationship with almost all factors (f2, f3, f4, f5, and f7) except for f6, which is indicated by the number 0 in column f6. this shows that f1 has a broad influence in the system but is not directly related to f6. in contrast, f6 has a relationship with all other factors, indicating that this factor plays a central role in the system and can affect the implementation of green it. factor f2 has limitations in its influence on f1, because the value of 0 is found at the position of f2-f1. this indicates that f2 does not have a direct relationship with f1 but still has connections with other factors. f3 and f5 have limitations in their relationships with other factors, as seen from the presence of several 0 values in their rows, especially in the relationship with f2 and f4. factor f7 also shows a more limited relationship than the other factors because it does not have a direct relationship with f2 and f5. in general, this matrix illustrates how the identified factors are interrelated in the system studied. factors f1 and f6 appear to have a dominant role because they are related to almost all factors in the system, indicating that they act as key elements in the implementation of green it. meanwhile, f3, f5, and f7 are more dependent on other elements because their direct relationship is more limited. this matrix is an important basis for further analysis to determine the hierarchy of factors, identify the main driving elements, and understand how these factors can be controlled and optimized to support the success of green it implementation in the higher education system or other sectors. after the range matrix is formed, the next step is to conduct a partition-level analysis to determine the hierarchy and relationships between factors in the ism. the matrix shown in table 5: final range matrix is the final result of the interpretive structural modelling (ism) analysis, which aims to understand the hierarchical relationships between factors in the system being studied. this matrix shows the relationship between factors by using the number 1 to indicate a direct relationship and the number 0 to indicate no direct relationship. in addition, the symbol *1 indicates the relationship obtained after transposition in the finalization stage of the matrix, clarifying the interconnection between factors. from table 5, it can be seen that factor f6 has the most dominant role in the system, with a driving power value of 7. this places f6 at level 3, indicating that this factor is the main driving element that influences other factors in the system. in addition, f1 also has a fairly large influence, with a driving power of 6, placing it at level 2. the existence of f1 at this level indicates that although not as strong as f6, this factor still has a significant role in shaping the dynamics of the system. meanwhile, factors f2, f3, f4, f5, and f7 have a driving power of 5 and are at level 1. these factors tend to be more dependent, meaning that they are more influenced by other factors than they are influencing the system as a whole. this can be seen from the dependencies column, where these factors have a value of 7, indicating that they have a high dependence on other factors to be able to function effectively in the system. in addition, in the power analysis, which measures the extent to which a factor influences other factors, it is seen that f6 has the highest value, which is 7, indicating that this factor not only has a broad relationship with other factors but also plays a major role in driving the sustainability of the system. in contrast, factors such as f2, f3, f4, f5, and f7 are more dependent than influencing because their power values are only 5. based on this hierarchy, f6 can be considered as the main factor that drives the system towards more effective implementation, while f1 acts as a link between the main driving factors and the more dependent factors. factors at level 1 (f2, f3, f4, f5, and f7) are more elements that need support from other factors to run well. table 5. final range matrix f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 f7 driving power f1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 6 level 2 f2 0 1 1 *1 1 0 1 5 level 1 f3 0 *1 1 1 1 0 1 5 level 1 f4 0 1 *1 1 1 0 1 5 level 1 f5 0 *1 *1 *1 1 0 1 5 level 1 f6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 level 3 f7 0 *1 1 1 *1 0 1 5 level 1 dependencies power 2 7 7 7 7 1 7 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 514 4.4. partition level analysis partition level is used to determine the hierarchy between factors in ism. this process helps identify which factors are the main drivers and which factors are more influenced. table 6, literacy 1 illustrates the relationship between various factors based on affordability set (factors that can be influenced by a particular factor), antecedent set (factors that influence a specific factor), and intersection set (factors with reciprocal relationships with other factors). in addition, table 6 also groups factors into hierarchical levels, which provides a deeper understanding of the role and interrelationship of each factor in the system. from table 6, it can be seen that f1 has an affordability set that includes factors 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7, which means that this factor has an influence on various other factors. however, when viewed from the antecedent set, f1 is only influenced by f6, which shows that the existence of f1 in this system depends on this factor. the intersection set of f1, which only contains one element, shows that the reciprocal relationship owned by f1 is quite limited compared to other factors. meanwhile, f2, f3, f4, and f5 have a similar pattern of relationships, with an affordability set that includes factors 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7. this shows that these factors can influence each other. on the other hand, the antecedent set of these factors is quite broad, covering almost all factors in the system (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7), which means that they depend on many factors to function optimally. the intersection set for these factors shows that reciprocal relationships occur between the same factors, namely 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7. thus, these factors have a high level of interaction and are at level i, indicating that they have equal standing in the system hierarchy. unlike other factors, f6 has unique characteristics. this factor has an affordability set that includes all factors (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7), which means that f6 has a wide potential influence on the system. however, when viewed from the antecedent set, f6 is only influenced by itself. the intersection set for f6 also contains only 6, indicating that this factor has a limited reciprocal relationship with itself. this suggests that f6 is likely an independent factor or a major driving factor in the system, which plays a central role in determining how the system operates. from the structure of table 6, it can be interpreted that f6 has a very dominant role and is a key element in the system. meanwhile, f1 has a fairly large role but is still influenced by external factors (f6). meanwhile, f2, f3, f4, and f5 are closely connected and are at the same level, indicating that these factors are interdependent in carrying out their roles in the system. table 6. literacy 1 (f2, f3, f4, f5, f7) factor affordability is set antecedent set intersection set level f1 1,2,3,4,5,7 1.6 1 f2 2,3,4,5,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 2,3,4,5,7 i f3 2,3,4,5,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 2,3,4,5,7 i f4 2,3,4,5,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 2,3,4,5,7 i f5 2,3,4,5,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 2,3,4,5,7 i f6 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 6 6 f7 2,3,4,5,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 2,3,4,5,7 i b. level 2: table 7, literacy 2 shows the results of the literacy factor analysis after removing several factors from the system, namely f2, f3, f4, f5, and f7. thus, only f1 and f6 remain in the analysis. table 7 provides an overview of the relationship between the two factors through the affordability set (factors that can be influenced), antecedent set (factors that influence), intersection set (reciprocal relationships), and the hierarchical level of each factor. based on the data presented, f1 has an affordability set that includes factors 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7, which means that in the initial system, this factor has an influence on various other factors. however, after factors f2, f3, f4, f5, and f7 are removed, f1 only has a relationship with itself and f6 in the antecedent set. the intersection set of f1 only contains the number 1, indicating that its reciprocal relationship is limited to itself. thus, f1 is categorized as a level ii factor, meaning that this factor still has a significant role in the system but is under the influence of other factors. meanwhile, f6 has a more limited affordability set, only including factors 1 and 6. after several factors are removed from the system, f6 only maintains a relationship with itself and f1. the antecedent set of f6 only contains the number 6, indicating that this factor is independent of other factors in the system. in addition, the intersection set of f6 only contains number 6, confirming that f6 is an independent factor that remains dominant in the system. from the results of this analysis, it can be concluded that after the elimination of several factors, f6 remains the main factor that stands alone and does not depend on other elements in the system, while f1 still has a relationship with other factors that previously existed but now only depends on itself and f6. with f1's position at level ii, this factor still plays an important role but is under the influence of other factors in the remaining system. on the contrary, f6 remains the most influential factor, which shows that in the implementation of this system, f6 has the main control over the running of the system, while f1 still has an impact on several aspects, but to a more limited extent than before. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 515 table 7. literacy 2 (f1) without f2, f3, f4, f5, f7 factor affordability is set antecedent set intersection set level f1 1,2,3,4,5,7 1.6 1 ii f6 1.6 6 6 c. level 3: table 8, literacy 3 (f6) without f1 illustrates how the system evolves after factor f1 is removed, leaving f6 as the only major factor in the analysis. table 8 highlights the relationships between factors through the affordability set, antecedent set, and intersection set and determines the remaining hierarchical levels in the system. based on table 8, f1 only has affordability on its own (affordability set = 1), which means that after f6 becomes the only major factor in the system, f1 loses its ability to influence other factors. the antecedent set of f1 includes 1.6, indicating that before f1 is eliminated, this factor is still influenced by f6. however, with no other factors remaining in the system, this relationship becomes insignificant. in addition, the intersection set of f1 only contains number 1, indicating that after the system structure changes, f1 no longer has a reciprocal relationship with other factors and stands alone without a broader role. meanwhile, f6 remains the dominant factor with an affordability set of 1.6, indicating that despite its reduced scope of affordability, this factor still has an influence on the system. the antecedent set of f6 only contains the number 6, confirming that f6 is not dependent on other factors and remains independent. in addition, the intersection set of f6 also has a value of 6, indicating that the only relationship that still persists in the system is f6 with itself. in the system hierarchy, f6 is at level iii, indicating that this factor is the only remaining element with a significant influence. table 8 shows that after f1 is eliminated, f6 becomes the only factor with full control over the system. on the other hand, f1 loses its relevance because it no longer has any relationship with other factors and only has a relationship with itself. thus, the remaining system is now completely dependent on the existence of f6 as the main driving factor. table 8. literacy 3 (f6) without f1 factor affordability is set antecedent set intersection set level f1 1 1.6 1 f6 1.6 6 6 iii 4.5. ism diagram in figure 2, the ism diagram illustrates the hierarchical relationship between factors in the implementation of green it in the higher education sector using the interpretive structural modeling (ism) approach. this structure shows how various factors are interrelated and influence each other in supporting the sustainability of green information technology. these factors are grouped into three main levels, reflecting their role and level of influence in the system. at the lowest level (level 3) in the hierarchy, f6 (external and social pressure) acts as the main driving element in the system. this factor reflects how government regulations, societal expectations, and market and environmental demands influence higher education institutions' decisions to adopt green it practices. the existence of this external pressure then directly influences f1 (policies and regulations), which is at the level above it. as a connecting element (level 2) in the system, f1 (policies and regulations) plays a very crucial role in bridging external pressures with the implementation of green it in higher education institutions. this factor determines how universities respond to external demands through the policies and regulations implemented. decisions in formulating this policy will have an impact on various operational and strategic aspects in the implementation of green it. at the highest level (level 1) in the hierarchy, there are five main factors that are highly dependent on policies and regulations. these factors are f2 (management commitment and support), which reflects the support and commitment of higher education leaders in encouraging the implementation of green it; f3 (awareness and education), which refers to the level of understanding, awareness, and education about green it practices among academics, students, and education personnel; f4 (infrastructure and technology), which relates to the readiness of technology and infrastructure supporting environmental sustainability; f5 (business processes and operations), which shows how green it policies can be integrated into the management and operational systems of higher education; and f7 (finance and investment), which describes how budgets, investments, and financial resources can be allocated to support sustainability initiatives. factors at level 1 are highly influenced by policies and regulations, meaning that decisions made in green it policies will determine how management supports implementation, how environmental awareness is increased, how infrastructure is prepared, how business processes are adapted, and how funding is allocated. in addition, a reciprocal relationship is seen between several factors at this level, such as f2 and f3, indicating that strong management support hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 516 level 1 will increase awareness and education related to green it, and vice versa, the higher the level of awareness and education will encourage management commitment to further support the initiative. the same thing also happens between f5 and f7, where sufficient investment will determine the extent to which business processes can be adapted to support the implementation of green it, and the effectiveness of green it implementation in business operations will determine the need for more significant investment for system sustainability. figure 2. ism diagram from figure 2, it can be interpreted that the implementation of green it in the higher education sector is highly dependent on external forces, which then lead to the formulation of policies and regulations as the main factors in the system. strong regulations will ensure that all elements in the system run in line with the principles of sustainability. therefore, an effective strategy in implementing green it must start with strengthening policies and regulations, which will then have a broad impact on various aspects of implementation. furthermore, the reciprocal relationship between several factors in the system shows that the success of green it implementation depends not only on good policies but also on the synergy between management, academic awareness, infrastructure readiness, business process efficiency, and proper funding allocation. universities that want to be successful in adopting green it practices must consider that sustainability cannot be achieved with just one factor but must involve all factors in this hierarchy in an integrated and mutually supportive manner. 4.6. micmas analysis this micmac (matrice d'impacts croisés multiplication appliquée à un classement) diagram illustrates the relationship between factors in the system based on driving power and dependency power. this diagram serves to group the main factors that play a role in the implementation of green it in the higher education sector and understand how these factors influence each other in the system. figure 3. micmac diagram f6 external and social pressure f1 policies and regulations level 3 level 2 f5 business processes and operations f7 finance and investment f4 infrastructure and technology f2 management commitment and support f3 awareness and education level 1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 517 in figure 3, two main axes represent the characteristics of each factor. the vertical axis (driving power) measures how much influence a factor has on other factors in the system. the higher a factor is positioned on this axis, the more significant its role as a driving element. the horizontal axis (dependence power) measures the extent to which a factor is dependent on other factors. factors further to the right indicate a higher dependence on other elements. based on the position of the factors in the diagram, three main groups can be identified:  factors f2, f3, f4, f5, and f7 are in quadrant iii (linkage), with high driving power values (around 7-8) and high dependence power (around 6-7). these factors have the characteristics of influencing and being influenced by each other, meaning that changes in one factor will impact other factors in the system. the existence of these factors in the linkage category indicates that they are very dynamic elements in the implementation of green it. therefore, any changes in policy or strategy related to these factors must be carried out carefully because an imbalance in one element can disrupt the stability of the system as a whole.  factor f1 is between quadrant iii (linkage) and quadrant ii (dependent), with a dependence power value of around 6 and driving power of around 5. the position of f1 in the middle indicates that f1 (policies and regulations) has a fairly high dependence on other factors but also plays an important role in regulating the balance of the system. this factor is a link between external pressures and internal factors that play a role in the implementation of green it. thus, the sustainability of the system is highly dependent on the effectiveness of the policies and regulations implemented.  factor f6 is in quadrant ii (dependent), with a high dependence power value (around 7) but a lower driving power value (around 3-4). this position indicates that f6 (external and social pressure) is more influenced by other factors than having a major influence on the system. in other words, external and social pressures in the implementation of green it are more reactive to policies, management support, infrastructure readiness, and environmental awareness. therefore, although external pressures play a role in driving the adoption of green it, this factor depends on the regulations and internal strategies developed by higher education institutions. based on figure 3, it can be interpreted that the implementation of green it in the higher education sector is highly dependent on policies and regulations (f1) because this factor acts as the main link in the system. in addition, factors in the linkage category (f2, f3, f4, f5, and f7) have very complex and mutually influencing relationships, so an integrated approach is needed to manage these factors effectively. meanwhile, f6, as an external factor, is more influenced by policies and internal conditions, so its success in driving green it depends on the readiness and strategy implemented by the institution. the overall results of the micmac diagram show that in implementing green it, higher education institutions need to focus on policies and regulations as the main driving elements, while other factors need to be managed strategically to ensure balance in the system. 4.7. discussion the discussion in this article highlights the importance of success factors in implementing green it in the higher education sector in indonesia. using interpretive structural modeling (ism) and micmac analysis, this study finds that external and social pressures are the main drivers, encouraging universities to adopt strong sustainability policies (f1), which then influence management commitment (f2), awareness (f3), infrastructure (f4), and financial investment (f7). interpretation of results and comparison with previous research the results of this study indicate that external and social pressure (f6) is the main driving factor in the implementation of green it in indonesian universities. this factor reflects the influence of government regulations, industry pressure, stakeholder demands, and global awareness of sustainability issues. this external pressure then drives policy and regulation (f1) as a core element in supporting the implementation of green it in the academic environment. with strong regulations, this policy plays a role in regulating, directing, and facilitating strategic steps in implementing environmentally friendly technology. in addition, this study also found that management commitment (f2) and awareness and education (f3) have important roles at the operational level. management commitment is a major factor in providing resources, strategic planning, and monitoring the implementation of green it policies. meanwhile, awareness and education serve to increase the understanding and involvement of academics, students, and education personnel in supporting green it practices more actively and sustainably. the results of this study show fundamental differences with several previous studies. for example, indrawati et al. [13] examined the factors influencing the adoption of green innovation by smes in indonesia. this study found that three main factors, namely technology, environment, and organization, play a role in the adoption of green innovation, with organizational factors as the main determinant. however, this study was limited in geographical and sector hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 518 coverage, so the results are less generalizable to the context of higher education. in contrast to this study, which highlights that external and social pressures (f6), and policies (f1) are the main factors in the implementation of green it, indrawati et al. [13] focused more on the internal aspects of the organization in the adoption of green innovation. furthermore, chen & roberts [20] emphasized the strategic cognition perspective in the implementation of green it/is. chen's main findings indicate that identity orientation (individualistic vs. collectivistic), external pressures (coercive, normative, mimetic), and organizational focus (cost efficiency or revenue expansion) are factors that contribute to the implementation of green it. in this case, chen's research results are similar to this study regarding the role of external pressure as an important factor, but chen's research focuses more on internal factors within the organization compared to policy and regulatory factors, which are the main findings in this study. meanwhile, chiang [14] highlighted the evolution of green it from energy efficiency to smart city integration, identifying various clusters such as green technology and socio-economic impacts. this research relies more on a literature review and lacks specific empirical data related to green it implementation in the higher education sector. therefore, this study fills the gap in the literature by providing a more specific empirical data-based model for higher education. similarly, thomas et al. [30] emphasized the role of green it in smart cities, highlighting energy efficiency, carbon footprint reduction, and quality of public services. however, this research is conceptual and literature-based, so it still requires more concrete empirical studies. this study contributes by providing an empirical analysis of how external factors and regulations play a role in the implementation of green it in indonesian universities. in other studies, such as setyaningrum et al. [32], it was found that the adoption of green it in msmes is influenced by green competitive advantages, innovation, and financial resources. although these findings are relevant in the industrial context, this study emphasizes the aspects of external pressure and regulation as the main drivers, which have not been widely studied in the context of msmes. from the results of this study, it can be concluded that external and social pressure (f6) and policy and regulation (f1) are the main factors in the implementation of green it in higher education, in contrast to previous studies that have focused more on internal factors, innovation, or technological efficiency. in addition, this study uses interpretive structural modeling (ism) to map the relationships between factors and determine strategic priorities in the implementation of green it, providing advantages in analyzing the complex interrelationships between elements in the higher education system. theoretical implications the results of this study contribute to green it theory and technology management in educational institutions in several ways: mapping factors in a structured hierarchy: this study uses interpretive structural modeling (ism) to map the relationships between key green it factors in a structured hierarchy, which has not been widely done in the context of indonesian higher education. this approach contributes to green it theory by developing an ism-based framework to understand the interactions between factors and reinforces the theory that successful green it requires a multi-level and multi-layer approach. the role of external pressure as a dominant driving factor: the finding that external pressure (f6) is a key driver of green it policy provides new theoretical insights, especially in the context of developing countries. in more general green it theory, external pressure tends to be viewed as a complementary factor, but in this study, external pressure is positioned as the primary factor shaping internal policy. this suggests that theoretical models of green it may need to consider the economic and social contexts of different institutions. the influence of management commitment and environmental awareness in the higher education sector: this study also supports the theory of technology management, especially in the context of management commitment (f2) and environmental awareness education (f3), which are interrelated. in the context of higher education, the importance of management commitment to green it has been strengthened, and this study contributes to the theory by placing awareness and commitment as connecting factors that can connect policies to operational practices. practical implications the results of this study have several important practical implications for university policymakers and other decision makers in encouraging the implementation of green it: external pressure-based policies and regulations: the findings highlight that external pressures such as government regulations and social demands can be key drivers of green it policies. therefore, policymakers in higher education institutions should ensure that their internal policies are not only aligned with external standards but also flexible to respond to changing regulations and societal expectations. universities can work with regulators to identify relevant sustainability standards and ensure they are implemented in their operations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 519 the role of management commitment in driving awareness and infrastructure: with management commitment identified as a connecting factor, university leaders need to be actively involved in green it initiatives. management should provide support in the form of budget allocations, strategic policies, and programs that raise awareness of the importance of green it among staff and students. management can also initiate training programs to increase understanding of green it on campus. the importance of education and awareness among students and staff: awareness and education (f3) are key elements in developing a culture of sustainability on campus. universities should integrate green it into their curriculum and student activities to ensure that all stakeholders understand and support sustainability goals. through awareness campaigns and training, universities can encourage staff and students to participate in environmentally friendly practices, which not only create positive effects on campus but also impact the community. funding allocation for green infrastructure and technology: infrastructure and technology (f4) and finance and investment (f7) need to be supported with adequate budgets. these practical implications suggest that universities should prioritize investment in green infrastructure, such as the use of renewable energy, reduced electricity consumption, and hardware recycling. with sustainable investment, universities can reduce long-term costs while increasing operational efficiency. the findings of this study are quite transferable to other sectors or countries with similar socio-economic and environmental conditions, especially in developing regions. key factors such as external pressures, budget constraints, limited institutional commitment, and the need for a strong policy foundation are common challenges faced in resourcelimited and developing countries. the use of the interpretive structural modeling (ism) method in this study provides a structured framework that can be adapted to various sectors, such as health care, manufacturing, or public administration, where sustainability practices are also influenced by external pressures and resource constraints. the hierarchical structure of factors, including an emphasis on management commitment, awareness, infrastructure, and financial investment, is widely applicable across contexts that require strategic alignment for sustainability. however, transferability depends on contextual similarities. factors such as regulatory environments, cultural attitudes toward sustainability, and availability of green technologies may differ across sectors or countries. while the framework and findings offer valuable insights, they must be tailored to specific conditions to account for local priorities, policy landscapes, and resource availability. comparative studies and contextual modifications are recommended to increase the relevance of the findings when applied to other settings. 5. conclusion the implementation of green it in universities in indonesia is influenced by various interrelated factors in a complex system. based on the results of the interpretive structural modeling (ism) analysis, there are seven main factors that determine the success of green it implementation. external and social pressures (f6) are the main driving factors, including government regulations, community demands, and industry encouragement in implementing environmentally friendly technologies. these factors directly influence policies and regulations (f1), which function as the main link in the system. strong regulations will be the foundation for various other aspects, such as management commitment (f2), academic awareness (f3), infrastructure readiness (f4), business and operational processes (f5), and financial support and investment (f7). with a targeted strategy, including improving education, management support, budget optimization, and digitizing campus operations, green it can be implemented effectively in the academic environment, supporting sustainability goals and providing broader benefits to the institution and the environment. this study has several limitations that can be opportunities for future research. first, this study focuses on factor analysis based on ism, which is qualitative and expert-based, so further research is needed with a quantitative approach and statistical models to empirically test the relationship between factors. second, this study has not considered specific aspects of each university, such as differences in institutional scale, geographic location, and academic characteristics, which can affect the success of green it implementation. therefore, future studies can expand the scope of the analysis by conducting comparative studies between universities in various regions. third, this study is still limited to internal factors of universities, while external aspects such as government support, industry partnerships, and financial incentive policies can be the focus of further research. by considering these factors, future research can provide a more comprehensive picture of the optimal strategy for implementing green it in the higher education sector. 5.1. recommendations for further research based on the findings and discussion above, some recommendations for further research are as follows: the study’s focus on indonesia reveals several region-specific factors that may not be fully applicable elsewhere. budget constraints are a significant barrier, as many indonesian universities lack funding for energy-efficient technologies. weak institutional commitment and low awareness among students and staff further hamper the adoption of green it, in contrast to countries where sustainability is prioritized. in addition, indonesia’s limited regulatory hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 520 framework creates a gap in guidance for universities, unlike developed countries with comprehensive environmental policies. the study also found that external pressures, such as government mandates and societal expectations, are the primary drivers of green it, whereas institutions in developed countries often act on internal motivations. while these challenges are specific to indonesia, they offer insights for other developing countries facing similar conditions. longitudinal approach to monitor changes in factors: longitudinal research is needed to see how these factors evolve and how policy changes or external pressures affect green it implementation. this approach will provide insight into the resilience and sustainability of green it policies in the face of change. integrating new technologies into a green it framework: further research could explore how new technologies such as the internet of things (iot) and big data can be integrated into a green it framework to improve energy efficiency and sustainability. these technologies could provide further insights into energy consumption patterns and potential savings in university operations. higher education can address external pressures through targeted strategies, including aligning policies with government regulations, collaborating with industry and communities, and raising awareness about sustainability. for example, higher education can adopt national sustainability frameworks, as seen in china’s green campus program, or collaborate with local institutions, such as the national university of singapore, to implement energy-efficient systems. enhancing sustainability education, as monash university has done through dedicated courses and zero-waste initiatives, can better meet societal demands. investing in green infrastructure, such as stanford university’s adoption of renewable energy systems, is another effective approach. additionally, participating in global sustainability rankings, such as the greenmetric world university rankings, encourages the adoption of best practices and responds to environmental expectations. these strategies demonstrate how higher education can align with external demands while promoting long-term sustainability. thus, this study makes a significant contribution to understanding the success factors of green it implementation in indonesian higher education institutions, focusing on external pressure as the main driver. with the ism and micmac approaches, this study not only strengthens the theory of green it but also provides practical guidance for higher education institutions in implementing sustainability initiatives. theoretical implications include new understandings of the role of socio-economic context in green it, while practical implications offer recommendations for policymakers to prioritize supportive policies, management commitment, and awareness education. further research is needed to deepen this understanding and ensure sustainable green it implementation in the higher education sector in indonesia and other developing countries. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, u.y.; methodology, u.y.; validation, u.y. and p.s.; formal analysis, u.y. and a.s.; investigation, u.y., a.s., and p.s.; resources, a.s.; data curation, a.s.; writing—original draft preparation, u.y. and a.s.; writing—review and editing, u.y., a.s., and p.s.; visualization, a.s.; supervision, u.y. and p.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding and acknowledgments we would like to express our sincere gratitude to the ministry of research, technology, and higher education of the republic of indonesia (contract number: 0459/e5/pg.02.00/2024) for awarding us the direktorat riset, teknologi, dan pengabdian kepada masyarakat (drtpm) grant under the fundamental research scheme. we also extend our heartfelt thanks to the institute for research and community service, universitas muhammadiyah magelang, for their continuous moral support throughout this study. finally, we are deeply grateful to the respondents who generously took the time to participate in this research. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 521 7. references [1] lei, c. f., ngai, e. w. t., lo, c. w. h., & see-to, e. w. k. (2023). green it/is adoption and environmental performance: the synergistic roles of it–business strategic alignment and environmental motivation. information and management, 60(8), 103886. doi:10.1016/j.im.2023.103886. [2] yang, x., li, y., & kang, l. (2020). reconciling “doing good” and “doing well” in organizations’ green it initiatives: a multicase analysis. international journal of information management, 51(102052), 102052. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2019.102052. [3] patón-romero, j. d., baldassarre, m. t., rodríguez, m., & piattini, m. (2018). green it governance and management based on iso/iec 15504. computer standards and interfaces, 60, 26–36. doi:10.1016/j.csi.2018.04.005. [4] landum, m., moura, m. m. m., & reis, l. (2020). ict good practices in alignment with green it. iberian conference on information systems and technologies, cisti, 2020-june, 1–6. doi:10.23919/cisti49556.2020.9141166. [5] nanath, k., & radhakrishna pillai, r. (2021). towards a framework for sustaining green it initiatives: an empirical investigation. information technology and management, 22(3), 193–206. doi:10.1007/s10799-021-00332-w. [6] akman, i., & mishra, a. (2015). sector diversity in green information technology practices: technology acceptance model perspective. computers in human behavior, 49, 477–486. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2015.03.009. [7] kusuma, h., muafi, m., & kholid, m. n. (2023). pro-environmental msmes performance: the role of green it adoption, green innovative behavior, and financial accounting resources. journal of law and sustainable development, 11(4), 673. doi:10.55908/sdgs.v11i4.673. [8] salles, a. c., lunardi, g. l., & thompson, f. (2022). a framework proposal to assess the maturity of green it in organizations. sustainability (switzerland), 14(19), 12348. doi:10.3390/su141912348. [9] hardin-ramanan, s., chang, v., & issa, t. (2018). a green information technology governance model for large mauritian companies. journal of cleaner production, 198, 488–497. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.07.047. [10] othman, n. a., alamsyah, d. p., utomo, s. m., setiawan, s., ratnapuri, c. i., & indriana. (2021). the antecedent factors of green it. proceedings of 2021 international conference on information management and technology, icimtech 2021, 453– 457. doi:10.1109/icimtech53080.2021.9534961. [11] ahmed, f., basak, b., chakraborty, s., karmokar, t., reza, a. w., & arefin, m. s. (2023). sustainable and profitable it infrastructure of bangladesh using green it. lecture notes in networks and systems: vol. 569 lnns, 185–199. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-19958-5_18. [12] hameed, z., naeem, r. m., mishra, p., chotia, v., & malibari, a. (2023). ethical leadership and environmental performance: the role of green it capital, green technology innovation, and technological orientation. technological forecasting and social change, 194, 122739. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2023.122739. [13] indrawati, h., caska, c., hermita, n., sumarno, s., & syahza, a. (2025). green innovation adoption of smes in indonesia: what factors determine it? international journal of innovation science, 17(1), 19–37. doi:10.1108/ijis-02-2023-0047. [14] chiang, c. t. (2024). a systematic literature network analysis of green information technology for sustainability: toward smart and sustainable livelihoods. technological forecasting and social change, 199, 123053. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2023.123053. [15] nanath, k., & pillai, r. r. (2021). individual and organizational factors affecting the implementation of green it: a case study of an indian business school. electronic journal of information systems in developing countries, 87(3), 12163. doi:10.1002/isd2.12163. [16] marques, c., bachega, s. j., & tavares, d. m. (2019). framework proposal for the environmental impact assessment of universities in the context of green it. journal of cleaner production, 241, 118346. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.118346. [17] vakaliuk, t., antoniuk, d., morozov, a., medvedieva, m., & medvediev, m. (2020). green it as a tool for design cloudoriented sustainable learning environment of a higher education institution. e3s web of conferences, 166. doi:10.1051/e3sconf/202016610013. [18] mory-alvarado, a., juiz, c., bermejo, b., & campoverde-molina, m. (2023). green it in small and medium-sized enterprises: a systematic literature review. sustainable computing: informatics and systems, 39, 100891. doi:10.1016/j.suscom.2023.100891. [19] ojo, a. o., & fauzi, m. a. (2020). environmental awareness and leadership commitment as determinants of it professionals engagement in green it practices for environmental performance. sustainable production and consumption, 24, 298–307. doi:10.1016/j.spc.2020.07.017. [20] chen, a., & roberts, n. (2024). joint drivers of different shades of green it/is practices: a strategic cognition perspective. information technology and people, 37(3), 1103–1125. doi:10.1108/itp-07-2022-0562. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 522 [21] kern, e., guldner, a., & naumann, s. (2019). including software aspects in green it: how to create awareness for green software issues. studies in systems, decision and control, 171, 3–20. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-00253-4_1. [22] laranja ribeiro, m. p., tommasetti, r., gomes, m. z., castro, a., & ismail, a. (2021). adoption phases of green information technology in enhanced sustainability: a bibliometric study. cleaner engineering and technology, 3, 100095. doi:10.1016/j.clet.2021.100095. [23] alamsyah, d. p., othman, n. a., hikmawati, n. k., aryanto, r., indriana, & utomo, s. m. (2021). green it as the basic of renewable energy industry in facing competitiveness. proceedings 2021 international seminar on intelligent technology and its application: intelligent systems for the new normal era, isitia, 161–166. doi:10.1109/isitia52817.2021.9502214. [24] dalvi-esfahani, m., alaedini, z., nilashi, m., samad, s., asadi, s., & mohammadi, m. (2020). students’ green information technology behavior: beliefs and personality traits. journal of cleaner production, 257, 120406. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.120406. [25] korecki, m., & helbing, d. (2022). analytically guided reinforcement learning for green it and fluent traffic. ieee access, 10, 96348–96358. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3204057. [26] jia, j. (2024). a consumer data privacy protection model based on non-parametric statistics for dynamic data publishing in e-commerce platforms. hightech and innovation journal, 5(2), 410–419. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-013. [27] muafi, sulistio, j., & sugarindra, m. (2022). the effect of green it empowerment and online training on technology innovation performance: the moderating role of green life style. international journal of sustainable development and planning, 17(5), 1499–1509. doi:10.18280/ijsdp.170514. [28] hernandez, a. a. (2018). understanding motivation factors in green it adoption: an empirical evidence from philippine smes. international journal of asian business and information management, 9(4), 21–35. doi:10.4018/ijabim.2018100102. [29] przychodzen, w., gómez-bezares, f., & przychodzen, j. (2018). green information technologies practices and financial performance – the empirical evidence from german publicly traded companies. journal of cleaner production, 201, 570–579. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.08.081. [30] thomas, g. a. s., muthukaruppasamy, s., kumar, s. s., & krishnan, s. (2024). a review of green it, computing-enabled, sustainability-based cities: nurturing living standards. green computing for sustainable smart cities, 20-37. doi:10.1201/9781003388814-2. [31] das, k., saha, s., chowdhury, s., reza, a. w., paul, s., & arefin, m. s. (2023). a sustainable e-waste management system and recycling trade for bangladesh in green it. lecture notes in networks and systems: volume 569 lnns, 351–360. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-19958-5_33. [32] setyaningrum, r. p., kholid, m. n., & susilo, p. (2023). sustainable smes performance and green competitive advantage: the role of green creativity, business independence and green it empowerment. sustainability (switzerland), 15(15), 12096. doi:10.3390/su151512096. [33] tchatchoua, n. s., boulus-rødje, n., & mitchell, v. (2023). green it meaning in energy monitoring practices: the case of danish households. computer supported cooperative work: cscw: an international journal, 32(3), 675–712. doi:10.1007/s10606-022-09462-3. [34] singh, a., & sharma, m. (2023). development of a ‘green it brand image sustainability model for competitive advantage.’ environment, development and sustainability, 25(1), 40–60. doi:10.1007/s10668-021-02039-y. [35] zulkefli, m. i. i., al-amin endut, m. n., & abdullah, m. r. t. l. (2024). exploring factors affecting the sustainability of islamic affairs in malaysia: an interpretive structural modeling (ism) approach. international journal of sustainable development and planning, 19(2), 703–713. doi:10.18280/ijsdp.190227. [36] ganguly, a., & farr, j. v. (2024). an interpretive structural modelling (ism) approach to evaluate barriers to resiliency in indian pharmaceutical supply chains. business perspectives and research, 12(4), 599–616. doi:10.1177/22785337221148806. [37] nakrani, r. k., rauniyar, a., reddy, p. s. s., & indhu, b. (2024). the implementation of integrated mobility planning: navigating challenges by using interpretive structural modeling (ism) approach. lecture notes in civil engineering, 398, 643–656. doi:10.1007/978-981-99-6229-7_57. [38] aini, n. n., & subriadi, a. p. (2021). governance and practice approach of green information technology. procedia computer science, 197, 650–659. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2021.12.186. [39] chou, d. c., chen, h. g., & lin, b. (2023). green it and corporate social responsibility for sustainability. journal of computer information systems, 63(2), 322–333. doi:10.1080/08874417.2022.2058643. [40] lim., m. a., anabo, i. f., ngoc, a. q. p., elepano, m. a., & kuntamarat, g. (2016). the state of higher education in southeast asia. jurnal penelitian pendidikan guru sekolah dasar, 6(august), 128. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 523 [41] leung, n. k. y., lau, s. k., & lau, s. y. (2019). a study of factors influencing green it practices, buying and subscription behaviours of computer and mobile devices, and streaming services. pacific asia journal of the association for information systems, 11(1), 88–107. doi:10.17705/1pais.11104. [42] li, x., zeng, w., & xu, m. (2022). the moderating role of it capability on green innovation and ambidexterity: towards a corporate sustainable development. sustainability (switzerland), 14(24), 16767. doi:10.3390/su142416767. [43] pramanik, s., joardar, s., jena, o. p., & obaid, a. j. (2023). an analysis of the operations and confrontations of using green it in sustainable farming. aip conference proceedings, 2591, 40020. doi:10.1063/5.0119513. [44] yudatama, u., hidayanto, a. n., & nazief, b. a. a. (2019). analysis of benefits and barriers as a critical success factor in it governance implementation by using interpretive structural model. journal of computer science, 15(7), 983–994. doi:10.3844/jcssp.2019.983.994. [45] xu, x., & zou, p. x. w. (2020). analysis of factors and their hierarchical relationships influencing building energy performance using interpretive structural modelling (ism) approach. journal of cleaner production, 272, 122650. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.122650. [46] darmawan, a. k., al wajieh, m. w., komarudin, a., setyawan, m. b., umam, b. a., & rofiuddin, r. (2022). analysis of the critical factors influence smart regency development with interpretive structural modelling (ism) approach. 9th international conference on ict for smart society: recover together, recover stronger and smarter smartization, governance and collaboration, iciss 2022 proceeding, 1–7. doi:10.1109/iciss55894.2022.9915234. [47] srivastava, r. r., & singh, p. k. (2023). selection of factors affecting integrated municipal wastewater treatment and reuse network: an interpretive structural modelling (ism) approach. environment, development and sustainability, 25(9), 9137–9161. doi:10.1007/s10668-022-02428-x. [48] yudatama, u., & puryandani, s. (2023). important elements in green human resource management: an analytical approach using a fuzzy interpretive structural modeling. in 4th borobudur international symposium on science and technology 2022 (bis-ste 2022), 242-251. doi:10.2991/978-94-6463-284-2_29. [49] taghavi, m. h., akhavan, p., naeini, a. b., & ahmadi, r. (2021). modeling of the internet of energy (ioe) for optimal energy management with an interpretive structural modeling (ism) approach. iranian journal of information processing and management, 36(4), 1049–1080. doi:10.52547/jipm.36.4.1049. [50] mohammadian, m., hatzinakos, d., spachos, p., & jentzsh, r. (2018). an intelligent and secure framework for wireless information technology in healthcare for user and data classification in hospitals. consumer-driven technologies in healthcare: breakthroughs in research and practice, 248–276. doi:10.4018/978-1-5225-6198-9.ch014. [51] farooq, m., rao, z. ur r., & shoaib, m. (2023). analyzing the determinants of sustainability of china pakistan economic corridor (cpec) projects: an interpretive structural modelling (ism) approach. environmental science and pollution research, 30(5), 12385–12401. doi:10.1007/s11356-022-22813-3. [52] david patón-romero, j., baldassarre, m. t., rodríguez, m., & piattini, m. (2019). maturity model based on cmmi for governance and management of green it. iet software, 13(6), 555–563. doi:10.1049/iet-sen.2018.5351. [53] patón-romero, j. d., baldassarre, m. t., rodríguez, m., runeson, p., höst, m., & piattini, m. (2021). governance and management of green it: a multi-case study. information and software technology, 129, 106414. doi:10.1016/j.infsof.2020.106414. [54] liu, j., qiu, f., zhang, t., & liu, h. (2023). dynamics of green economic development in countries joining the belt and road initiative: is it driven by green investment transformation? journal of environmental management, 347, 118969. doi:10.1016/j.jenvman.2023.118969. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 54 issn: 2723-9535 creating an innovative business model for the performance of commercial dental clinics evgeniy v. kostyrin 1* , grigoriy g. bagdasaryan 1 1 bauman moscow state technical university, russian federation. received 15 november 2023; revised 22 january 2024; accepted 13 february 2024; published 01 march 2024 abstract providing dental care to the population is associated with the active introduction of new technologies, personnel management methods, and business processes. in this sense, dentistry is at the forefront of the development of medicine and other economic sectors. however, the active practical implementation of advanced technologies for the provision of dental services requires personnel to have increased motivation and highly qualified labor, to develop new protocols for patient management, and to use more advanced equipment and materials, while administrative and management personnel should introduce progressive methods of labor motivation and economic and mathematical models of material and moral stimulation. this research aims to create an innovative business model for the development of a commercial dental clinic (cdc) that provides paid dental services. economic and mathematical modeling and nonlinear programming are aimed at maximizing dentists’ wages, together with financial incentives for the work of administrative and managerial personnel and deductions for the development of a typical commercial dental clinic in moscow based on the actual volume of dental services and the costs of their provision. with the volume of paid dental services growing by one and a half times, the innovative business model makes it possible to increase clinic income by a factor of 1.66 and dentists’ salaries by a factor of 2.24, raise deductions for labor incentives for administrative and managerial personnel by a factor of 1.66, and increase total profit by a factor of 1.75. during the research, it was possible to ensure early repayment of a loan of 5 million rubles for clinic development in 21 months. additional research is needed because of the possible variability of the dental market and lending conditions. keywords: innovative business model; dentistry; commercial dental industry; economic and mathematical model; labor incentives; wages; dentist; dental services; management model; innovation model. 1. introduction digitalization in dentistry for many years to come determined the trajectory of economic development for commercial dental organizations (cdos) and had a significant impact on their daily medical activities [1–3]. first of all, it concerns orthopedic dentistry [4], which recently introduced milling technologies, computer modeling [5], 3d printing [6], and other methods of using modern advances in computer technology, information, and telecommunication systems at a rapid rate. thus, numerically controlled milling machine tools for the manufacture of artificial teeth, bridges, and crowns are becoming widespread, and such machines can be remotely controlled using mobile phones, tablets, and other devices with internet access. in addition, hybrid technology is a very promising direction for further research; it combines the advantages of analog techniques (traditional manufacture of artificial teeth) [7] and digital methods while significantly reducing the disadvantages inherent in each of these methods separately, which makes it possible to judge the synergistic effect from the combined use of these techniques [8, 9]. * corresponding author: evgeniy.kostyrin@yandex.ru http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-01-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2569-1146 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5395-4516 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 55 the high clinical efficacy of digital methods requires economists, researchers, and specialists in the field of healthcare organizations to analyze the economic efficiency of the production process digitalization in the trajectory of economic development of a cdc [10, 11], which will provide the managerial decision-maker with scientifically based information about the necessary material costs for the purchase of necessary equipment (3d printers, milling machines, and other dental instruments and equipment) [12], and capital investment in the creation of a cdo and ensuring the necessary trajectory of its economic development. another significant trend in the research is the factor analysis of cdo costs and the development of effective models for the process management of cdo financial flows using the achievements of modern economic science and mathematical programming methods [13]. for effective cdo activities, it is necessary to create mechanisms for managing the digital production process [14– 16] and denture production at all stages, from design in cad/cae systems to the dentist’s work when seeing a patient. it is required to create protocols and economic incentives to reduce violations associated with human factors, namely, the number of breakdowns of removable and fixed dentures, the number of citizens’ appeals due to poor-quality treatment and prosthetics, the share of negative customer reviews on the internet and social networks (messengers), and other types and factors that can harm the reputation and, ultimately, the cdo market value [17–19]. a preventive element should also be included in the system for assessing the quality of dental treatment, especially in the matter of preventing the development of caries [20–22]. providing dental care to the population is associated with the active introduction of new technologies, personnel management methods, and business processes. in this sense, dentistry is at the forefront of the development of medicine and other economic sectors. however, for the active practical implementation of advanced technologies in the provision of dental services, personnel should have increased motivation, demonstrate highly qualified labor, develop new protocols for patient management, and introduce more advanced equipment and materials. top managers should introduce progressive methods of labor motivation and economic and mathematical models for material and moral stimulation. the creation and improvement of business models for the development of commercial dental clinics, with regard to their special social significance, directly impacts the quality of life and well-being of the country’s citizens, and this is one of the most essential tasks of modern social development. currently, innovative mechanisms and technologies for managing the development of integrated corporate structures in dental businesses and small businesses are reaching a new level due to the need to mobilize the community’s forces in priority areas of development and improve its wellbeing, length, and quality of life [8, 23, 24]. the main contradiction identified during the research is that the existing scientific and methodological support for the processes of managing dental business development does not create the prerequisites for increasing the efficiency of its work, the introduction of advanced technologies for material labor incentives for health workers and administrative and managerial personnel, and advanced technologies for managing the financial flows of an enterprise and the social security of workers [25]. existing business processes for the development and modernization of commercial dental clinics can be characterized as ineffective since there is no holistic scientific and methodological approach to making informed managerial decisions based on economic and mathematical methods and models integrated into everyday practice. problems of low efficiency in business processes are associated with fragmentation and imperfection of the economic and mathematical apparatus and instruments used in practice and methods for labor incentives [13, 14, 26]. attempts to create a full-fledged, comprehensive, innovative system for the development and improvement of business processes in commercial dental clinics, including a progressive system of incentives for workers, deductions to the enterprise development fund, and effective mechanisms for managing financial resources based on the developed methodology of economic and mathematical modeling of processes for managing the development of medical organizations, are presented in [27–29]. however, their main drawback is that the issues of managing investments in the development of organizations have not been fully worked out, criteria for making informed managerial decisions aimed at organizing the interaction of patients with dental medical organizations and commercial dental clinics according to the categories of medical care provided have not been developed, and the issues of medical organizations’ development through loans and external sources of financing, including schemes for repaying debts to creditors and investors, have not been studied. however, this is one of the key issues and the most significant obstacle to the development of commercial medical organizations, in particular networks, large, corporate, commercial dental clinics, and those operating as small businesses. challenging targets require advanced technologies, progressive approaches, and innovative business models for managing all processes in organizations, namely, financial flows, personnel, investments, innovations, and promising systems for financing their activities. nonlinear processes and computational methods for managing such systems are becoming increasingly relevant as the most effective instruments for making managerial decisions and providing scientifically substantiated algorithms and models for the development of control objects. when managing complex systems with numerous interrelated parameters, the need arises to use algorithms and nonlinear programming methods to achieve the best result from the many possible values of the dependent variable with limited ranges of changes in the influencing factors. as a rule, the objective function and each of the inequalities in the system of constraints of the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 56 optimization problem in most modern models for controlling real processes are nonlinear functions, which impose additional restrictions on control objects and require special mathematical models and instrumental methods for solving such problems. thus, in the problems of managing the development of medical organizations, nonlinear and quadratic programming methods have proven themselves well [30]. thus, economic and mathematical modeling of the innovative development of commercial dental clinics, sound policies regarding existing and promising methods of their financing and investment, debt repayment schemes and interaction between the clinic and investors, an instrumental framework for managing their development, promising and effective technologies for their financing and assessing the effectiveness of investments in their development, structural systemic analysis, internal and external environmental factors, scientifically substantiated personnel policies, and the labor incentive system for health workers and administrative and managerial personnel are important and relevant scientific and practical problems for the national economy. the current system of organizing and financing dental care in the russian federation motivates rf citizens to increase the volume of paid dental services provided to the population in state and commercial dental medical organizations. thus, according to t. beskaravainaya, the correspondent of the “doctor and society” section of the specialized portal for medical specialists and healthcare organizers “medvestnik” [31], dental patients choose private clinics because of the absence of queues and the quality of services. it was noted that the absence of queues and the ability to quickly get an appointment, combined with the quality of treatment, were the main reasons why 70% of patients preferred private dentistry to public dentistry. this result, in our opinion, is quite logical if we pay attention to the low availability of dental care provided by the compulsory health insurance (chi) system for the population of the russian federation. in particular, the program of state guarantees for the free provision of medical care to citizens for 2023 and for the planning period of 2024 and 2025 [32], in terms of determining the procedure and conditions for the provision of medical care and criteria for the availability and quality of medical care, stipulates that the timing of consultations with medical specialists (except for suspected cancer) should not exceed 14 working days from the date the patient contacts the medical organization. in such a situation, patients prefer to apply for paid dental services to public dental medical organizations or to cdcs to obtain dental care on the day of application, rather than wait for the standard deadlines established by the state guarantees program (14 days) to receive dental care in the compulsory medical insurance system. kostyrin et al. [33] also note the low accessibility of dental services provided at the expense of the federal fund for compulsory medical insurance for the population of the russian federation, namely, the share of the tariff for payment of requests for diseases in the “dentistry” profile for the adult population in the average annual expenses of the chi federal fund for medical care per insured person is on average 4.13% in the country, which indicates the extremely low financial security of dental care for the population of the russian federation at the expense of chi funds. according to the “analysis of the dental services market in russia” prepared by businesstat in 2023 (see figure 1), in 2022, the volume of the commercial dentistry market in the country decreased by 8.2%: from 77.7 to 71.3 million appointments. the decrease in demand for paid medical services occurred due to a sharp increase in dentistry prices and a partial outflow of solvent clients from the country. figure 1. volume of the commercial dentistry market in russia from 2018 to 2022 85.2 84.4 74.2 77.7 71.3 -3.0% -0.9% -12.1% 4.7% -8.2% -14.0% -12.0% -10.0% -8.0% -6.0% -4.0% -2.0% 0.0% 2.0% 4.0% 6.0% 60.0 65.0 70.0 75.0 80.0 85.0 90.0 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 m il li o n d e n ta l se r v ic e s hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 57 geopolitical tensions in 2022 led to increased complexity of logistics, instability of exchange rates, difficulties in paying for supplies through a number of russian banks, and an outflow of business and population abroad. the availability of imported materials and equipment for russian dental market operators has decreased, and their cost has increased. as a result, the prices for dental appointments have risen to record levels. in the context of rising dental prices in russia, purchasing activity froze, and patients with low incomes moved to dental clinics in a lower price segment or began to have their teeth treated under compulsory medical insurance policies. at the end of 2022, it was not possible to maintain the pre-crisis volume of the client base of dental clinics. in 2018–2020, the number of paid dental appointments in russia decreased by 12.9%, from 85.2 to 74.2 million. the main decline occurred in 2020 (-12.1%). due to strict quarantine to contain the spread of covid-19, dental care consumption sharply declined (see figure 1). in 2021, the volume of the domestic market for paid dental services partially recovered and amounted to 77.7 million appointments. deferred demand was the key influencing factor following the strict coronavirus restrictions of 2020. at the same time, according to numerous studies [34–36], most dental specialists, health care managers, and epidemiologists agree that at least 99% of the population worldwide, including in russia, needs regular dental care services. despite the high social significance and demand for dental services by the population, existing business processes for cdo management can be characterized as ineffective because there is no holistic scientific and methodological approach integrated into dental practice for making informed management decisions based on economic and mathematical methods and models. there are still problems when dentists are forced to combine work in state dental medical organizations and part-time work in a cdo in their free time from their main job, which results in the low quality of dental services provided, a high percentage of faulty and warranty service, and a high proportion of timely non-identified diseases of the oral cavity, which can be associated with serious consequences. problems of low efficiency in business processes used in the cdo are associated with fragmentation and imperfection of the mathematical apparatus and tools used in practice and methods for stimulating the work of medical and administrative personnel, which leads to high staff turnover. as follows from the above, with the current trend of financial security of dental services for citizens of the russian federation at the expense of compulsory health insurance funds and almost one hundred percent demand for it from the population, the demand for paid dental services for the population will grow, and along with it, competition between cdos for the patient will increase. this conclusion is confirmed by dentists who combine dental practice in public and private dental medical organizations. the object of research in this article is the business process of developing a commercial dental clinic that provides paid dental services. the subject of research in this article is the socioeconomic processes, models, and tools for cdo management in the provision of paid dental services. in the study by sokolov & kostyrin [27], a methodology was created for economic and mathematical modeling of management processes for the development of medical organizations, including an algorithm, a block diagram of the algorithm, and tools (information support and software), which makes it possible to make managerial decisions in real time regarding the cdo income, cost, tariffs for paid dental services, and the volume of their provision to patients, considering their optimal combination. optimization is performed for each dentist and for the entire cdo as a whole. as proved in several studies [26, 28, 29], the growth of gross domestic product (gdp) and the well-being of the entire russian society significantly depend on the quality, good organization of labor, scientifically based motivation, and material and moral incentives for work. working citizens are such a source of development for the russian economy and the well-being of its population, and in the prism of this article, cdo medical professionals and non-medical personnel act as such. a unique comprehensive system for the effective management of paid medical services in budgetary clinics was developed by kostyrin e.v. [28, 29], which ensures a significant increase in the financial results of a medical organization through the use of a progressive system of labor incentives for medical personnel. the above publications show that with the introduction of progressive labor stimulation technology into medical practice, the volume of paid services provided to the population increases, whereas their cost and price decrease. the developed comprehensive system for the effective management of paid medical services, including an economic and mathematical model, information support, and software, makes it possible to increase the wages of medical personnel and, in particular, dentists, the amount of material incentives for non-medical personnel work, and the deductions for the further development of the medical organization. these funds can be used to purchase up-to-date, highly efficient, and hightech medical equipment for departments of medical organizations, improve the qualifications of medical and nonmedical personnel, acquire modern medicines, and master advanced technologies and methods of diagnosis, treatment, and rehabilitation. this research developed an economic and mathematical model and tools for managing moscow cdos providing paid dental services to patients and presented tools for their implementation in dental practice. the purpose of this research is to develop an economic and mathematical model for stimulating dentists’ work, implement a methodology for mathematical modeling and analysis of the management processes of russian cdos in practice, and develop a hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 58 progressive system for stimulating dentists’ work, representing the dependence of the percentage of deductions for increasing employee salaries from income as a result of the provision of paid medical services on the absolute value of this income. the research hypotheses include the following: 1. the development and practical implementation of an innovative business model for cdo development makes it possible to increase clinic income, dentists’ salaries, deductions to labor incentives for administrative and management personnel, and total profit. 2. the introduction of an instrumental complex for managing material remuneration for employees of medical organizations based on economic and mathematical models into everyday medical practice and a progressive system of labor incentives for medical personnel makes it possible to improve the quality of medical care to the population, ensure an increase in the efficiency of everyday medical activities, and increase the affordability of medical care to the population due to reduced tariffs with an increased volume of paid medical services, ensuring an increase in the material and moral interest of personnel in increasing labor productivity, involving the entire workforce in the process of managing a medical organization, fulfilling their needs for the acquisition of advanced medical equipment and medicines, based on the amount of financial resources transferred by each department and dentist to the development fund of the medical organization. 3. the innovative business model increases the interest of all personnel in cdo development, equipping dentists’ workplaces with high-tech, advanced equipment that meets all requirements, and makes investments in cdo development an attractive way of investing capital. 2. literature review an analysis of scientific publications by russian researchers devoted to the issue of digital transformation in the economic development of medical organizations, including the cdc [25, 37], showed that the authors underestimated the problems of financing, building development trajectories aimed at achieving economic efficiency with limited own sources of financing, and the use of expensive borrowed funds and are now focused on issues of management and assessment of the quality of dental treatment. the problems of financial management of medical organizations, process management, formation of tariffs for paid services, including dental services, resource availability of medical organizations, issues of the quality of labor, material, financial, and management resources, their mathematical description and analysis, and a number of socially significant problems of the population of the russian federation related to the impact of dangerous infectious and non-infectious diseases of working-age citizens on the economic losses of the state due to forced disability are mainly examined in the studies of sukhina et al. [30], morozko et al. [38], and gasparian et al. [39]. however, in these publications, little attention is paid to the study of promising trajectories of economic development of cdos, their mathematical description, the interaction of various participants in the provision of dental services, and the representation and modeling of their interests as small business entities. scientific studies evaluate the relationship between dental services and their quality, calculate the profitability of a dental organization, and assess the impact of dentistry on a person’s quality of life [23, 40, 41]. thus, in the study by choi et al. [42], a model was built that considers a comprehensive assessment of the volume of dental services, their quality, and cdo performance. lo russo et al. [43] presented a comparative cost analysis of removable complete dentures manufactured using traditional, partial, and complete digital processes. taylor et al. [44] examined differences in the economic outcomes of treating patients who received subsidized complete dentures in private and public dental clinics and determined the break-even points for a dental clinic in physical and monetary terms. a.v. breusov considered models for stimulating the work of medical personnel, resource-saving technologies, personnel management, and increasing the economic efficiency of prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of patients and their subsequent rehabilitation [45-47]. his studies lack scientifically substantiated trajectories of the economic development of cdos in the context of digital transformation and the instability of the dental services market associated with external factors, economic shocks, and sanction restrictions. thus, the literature review showed a lack of studies aimed at analyzing and assessing the economic efficiency of cdo development, with regard to existing and promising digital technologies, process management of financial flows in dental activities, awareness of the need to develop a labor incentive mechanism that is adequate to the current state of the industry, and the prospects for its development for all subjects of dental services: investors, dental business owners, administrators, dentists, their assistants and aides, and service personnel. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 59 studies by russian and foreign specialists in the field of healthcare organizations, mathematicians, and economists do not present economic and mathematical models of the processes of managing financial flows and developing dental organizations, and they do not consider progressive technologies for stimulating the work of dentists, dental technicians, administrative and managerial personnel, and support service employees. they also lack a complete and consistent description of the processes of providing dental services to the population using the methodology of functional modeling and the principles of structural system analysis and design. currently, there is no universal approach to the development of scientifically grounded economic and mathematical models and mechanisms for assessing cdo performance; the problems of economic and mathematical description of cdo operation have not been completely resolved. the progressive system of stimulating dentists’ work also needs to be improved with regard to the development and increasingly profound digital transfo rmation of their daily activities. 3. material and methods a block diagram of the research algorithm is presented in figure 2. an innovative business model algorithm for cdo development: step 1. determining financial goals and objectives. at this stage, the cdo management and key investors determine the strategic financial goals and key tasks of the cdo, such as the annual volume and affordability of dental services, the level of dentists’ salaries, material incentives for the work of administrative and management personnel, return on investment, payback period, and return of capital employed. the main tasks of cdo development are the equipment renewal plan, employee training, personnel policy, marketing research, and labor incentive models. step 2. analyzing the current financial situation. at this stage, it is necessary to analyze the current financial condition of the cdo and predict its development. it is also necessary to clarify the cdo’s ability to develop using its own funds or attract sources of borrowed funds if necessary. bank loans and borrowings require an assessment of the conditions existing in the bank lending market, an assessment of their suitability for a cdo, a search for investors if necessary, and other tasks. step 3. if, based on the results of steps 1 and 2, the administrative and managerial staff of the cdo decide that the goals stated in paragraphs 1 and 2 are achievable, a cdo budget is developed for the short, medium, and long term, which considers labor incentive models, models for managing the financial results of the cdo, and the costs of practical implementation of the developed models. otherwise, if, based on the results of steps 1 and 2, the administrative and managerial staff of the cdo decide that the goals stated in paragraphs 1 and 2 are not achievable, the employees begin to revise the goals and objectives and (or) expand the planning horizon to mitigate the requirements of investors and administrative and management personnel to achieve goals, consider additional factors influencing the activities of the cdo, and search for additional sources of funding. next, new goals are set and the transition to step 1 is performed. step 4. developing an innovative business model, including an economic and mathematical model for maximizing dentists’ salaries in relation to the actual volume of dental services with material incentives for the work of administrative and managerial personnel, deductions for cdo development, and the costs of their provision. step 5. for developing the cdo, equipping dentists’ workplaces with new high-tech equipment, improving their qualifications, and providing better working conditions, including procurement and medicine provision, it is required to attract additional sources of funding (loans, credits, additional issue of bonds, shares, and securities), a debt repayment plan is developed. step 6. investing in cdo activities in accordance with established goals and risk management models. at this stage, investments are made in expanding the cdo on the basis of developed debt repayment plans and an equipment renewal program, expanding the cdo activities, and equipping the dentists’ workplaces. furthermore, at this stage, possible risks are calculated and measures are developed to eliminate them or reduce their impact on cdo activities. step 7. reviewing and adjusting plans periodically. at this step, the developed plans are changed in compliance with the new values of the influencing factors that were not considered during the development and practical implementation of the cdo development plans and the innovative business model. based on the results of the revision of plans, new financial goals and cdo development objectives are set, and the algorithm is repeated starting from step 1 (see figure 2). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 60 figure 2. research flowchart a common practice for organizing the provision of paid dental services by the cdo is to provide financial incentives for the dentists’ work as a percentage of the total volume of dental services provided and the revenue received from their no yes no yes yes are goals achievable? start define financial goals access the current financial situation develop an innovative business plan create a budget revise goals or extend timeline any debts? create a debt payoff plan invest savings based on goals and risk tolerance review and adjust the plan periodically new financial goals? a a hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 61 provision. therefore, the target function of the innovative business model for cdo development is the amount of remuneration from the revenue received as a result of providing paid dental services to the population, allocated to the dentists’ salaries [29]: sj = θj · rrj / 12 → max (1) where sj is the salary of the j-th dentist of the cdo; θj – percentage of revenues from the provision of paid dental services by the j-th dentist of the cdo, allocated to the dentists’ salaries; rrj – revenue of the j-th dentist received from the provision of paid dental services. to provide incentives for dentists to increase the volume of paid dental services, a progressive salary scale must be created. in other words, the percentage of the j-th dentist’s revenue allocated to his/her remuneration should depend on the size of this revenue, i.e., θj(rrj). all additional revenue earned by dentists above the base amount is distributed between them and the cdo in established proportions, which is determined by the coefficient of revenue redistribution between dentists and the cdo (let us denote it λ). then, the monthly income of the j-th dentist from the provision of paid dental services exceeding the basic amount is redistributed between him/her and the cdo in the following proportions: sj = (rrj / 12) · θbj + λ · (rrj – rrbj) / 12 (2) this part of the revenue is allocated to dentists’ salaries. the part of the revenue allocated to cdo development equals: ddevelop.j = (rrj / 12) · (1 – θbj) + λ · (rrj – rrbj) / 12 (3) from equations 2 and 3, we can derive the dependence of the parameter θj on revenue growth due to an increase in the volume of paid dental services provided, i.e., create a progressive system of material and moral incentives for the work of the cdo dentists, in which the amount of salary depends on the revenue from the provision of paid dental services. at the same time, the value of the θj percentage does not remain constant but grows with the growth of paid dental services provided. this means that the increase in salaries occurs under the influence of a double effect: on the one hand, depending on the growth of revenue due to an increase in the volume of paid dental services, and on the other hand, on the change in the percentage allocated to the dentists’ salaries. let us divide (2) by the base revenue and obtain the percentage allocated to dentists’ salaries [29]: θ𝑗(rr𝑗) = (rr𝑗 12⁄ )∙θ𝑏𝑗+λ∙(rr𝑗−rr𝑏𝑗) 12⁄ rr𝑏𝑗 12⁄ (4) where rrbj is the base revenue received from the provision of paid dental services by the j-th dentist; θbj – the base percentage of revenue allocated to the salary of the j-th dentist with the base annual volume of paid dental services provided. considering the above, the economic and mathematical model related to nonlinear programing problems, aiming to maximize dentists’ salaries and linking material labor incentives for non-medical personnel and deductions for cdo development with the actual volumes of these services and the costs of their provision, has the following view [27-29]: objective function s𝑗𝑘(vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 , ξ𝑗𝑘) = = 1 12 ∙ ∑ vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 n𝑗𝑘 𝑖=1 ∙ ppaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 ∑ ∑ vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 n𝑗𝑘 𝑖=1 k𝑗 𝑘=1 ∙ ppaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 ∙ [∑ vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 n𝑗𝑘 𝑖=1 ∙ (p𝑖𝑗𝑘 0 − εpaid𝑖𝑗 ∙ (ppaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 − ppaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 0 )) − ∑ v𝑖𝑗𝑘 ∙ сvar𝑖𝑗𝑘 n𝑗𝑘 𝑖=1 − сconst𝑗𝑘 + ξ𝑗𝑘 ∙ ∑ v𝑖𝑗𝑘 n𝑗𝑘 𝑖=1 ∙ (сtot𝑖𝑗 0 − ctot𝑖𝑗𝑘)] → 𝑚𝑎𝑥, (5) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 62 limitations ∑ vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 ∙ (p𝑖𝑗𝑘 0 − εpaid𝑖𝑗 ∙ (vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 − vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 0 )) n𝑗𝑘 𝑖=1 − ∑ v𝑖𝑗𝑘 ∙ сvar𝑖𝑗𝑘 n𝑗𝑘 𝑖=1 − сconst𝑗𝑘 + ξ𝑗𝑘 ∙ ∑ v𝑖𝑗𝑘 ∙ (сtot𝑖𝑗 0 − ctot𝑖𝑗𝑘) n𝑗𝑘 𝑖=1 ≥ r𝑗𝑘 ∙ сtot𝑗𝑘 (6) ∑ vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 n𝑗𝑘 𝑖=1 ≤ b𝑗∙τ𝑗 sav𝑗 ∀𝑗, 𝑘 (7) r𝑖𝑗𝑘 ∙ ctot𝑖𝑗𝑘 ≤ p𝑖𝑗𝑘 0 − εpaid𝑖𝑗 ∙ (vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 − vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 0 ) ≤ p𝑖𝑗𝑘 𝑢 (8) vpaidijk – integer-valued ∀𝑖, 𝑗, 𝑘, (9) vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 ≥ vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘warranty.∀𝑖, 𝑗, 𝑘, (10) v𝑖𝑗𝑘 = 0 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑘 ∈ n (11) 0 ≤ ξ𝑗𝑘 ≤ 1 (12) bonus𝑗𝑘 = φ𝑗 ∙ θ𝑗𝑘 ∙ r𝑗𝑘 ∙ сtot𝑗𝑘 − vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘waranty.. (13) equations 5 to 13 use the following notation: sjk – salary of the k-th dentist of the j-th department, rub; vpaidijk – volume of the i-th paid dental service provided by the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo, units; ξjk – the coefficient of redistribution of the financial result from reducing the cost of the volume of services between the salary of the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo and deductions to the cdo development fund; θ𝑗𝑘 = ∑ vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘∙ppaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 n𝑗𝑘 𝑖=1 ∑ ∑ v𝑝aid𝑖𝑗𝑘∙ppaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 n𝑗𝑘 𝑖=1 k𝑗 𝑘=1 – labor participation coefficient (lpc), a percentage of the income for the salary of the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo (salary along with deductions for social insurance); njk – the number of types of paid dental services provided by the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo, units; ppaidijk – price of the i-th paid dental service provided by the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo, rub; kj – number of dentists of the j-th department of the cdo, units; p𝑖𝑗𝑘 0 – price of the i-th paid dental service provided by the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo in the basic version of the simulation, rub; εpaidij – price elasticity coefficient of demand for the i-th paid dental service of the j-th department of the cdo; vpaid𝑖𝑗𝑘 0 – volume of the i-th paid dental service provided by the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo in the basic version of the simulation, units; cvarijk – specific variable costs attributable to the i-th dental service provided by the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo, rub; сconstjk – constant costs of the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo, rub; сtot𝑖𝑗𝑘 0 – the total prime cost of the i-th dental service provided by the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo in the basic version of the simulation, rub; сtotijk – the total prime cost of the i-th dental service provided by the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo, rub; rjk –return on investment in equipping the workplace of the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo; сtotjk – the total prime cost of paid dental services provided by the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo, rub; bjk – standard working hours of the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo, min; τjk – the labor utilization rate of the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo for the provision of paid dental services; savjk – average working time expenditures of the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo for the provision of one dental service to the patient, min; rijk – the profitability of the i-th paid dental service provided by the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo; hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 63 p𝑖𝑗𝑘 𝑢 – the upper limit of the price of the i-th paid dental service provided by the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo, determined on the basis of the demand for the dental service in question using marketing pricing methods, rub; vpaidijkwaranty – the volume of the i-th paid dental service provided by the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo, conditioned by the need for the provision of dental services under warranty obligations, units; n – a set of dentists who do not provide the i-th paid dental service in the j-th department of the cdo (due to the lack of a license for this type of dental services, inappropriate qualifications of the dentist or for other reasons); bonusjk – the amount of performance-based compensation of the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo (bonus) for the reporting period (year, quarter, etc.), rub; φj – the share of the cdo funds allocated for bonuses to employees of the j-th department of the cdo. thus, as follows from equation 5 and the analysis of the economic – mathematical model (5)–(13), the controlled variable is the material incentive for dentists, and the influencing factors (control variables) are paid dental services provided to the population by the dentist, and the redistribution coefficient from reducing the prime cost of dental services between the dentist’s labor incentives and deductions to the cdo development fund, which is determined by agreement between the workforce and the administrative and managerial staff of the cdo. the methodological basis of the research was formed by the studies of russian and foreign specialists in the field of economic and mathematical modeling and decision-making, including nonlinear programing system analysis, information approach to systems analysis, sociometric research methodology, and personnel management. the material basis for the research was formed by the current regulations, statistical digests: russian statistical yearbook, healthcare in russia, resources and activities of healthcare institutions, reports of the ministry of health of the russian federation, the central research institute for organization and informatization of healthcare, and the results of an analysis of dental organizations’ business processes, development of russian and foreign medical dental organizations, results of questionnaires and surveys of dental organizations’ personnel, interviews with top managers, marketing research, analysis of data resources about the activities of russian and foreign state and commercial dental clinics, results of empirical research by russian and foreign authors, and information obtained from open sources. belonging of a dental medical organization to commercial dental clinics that provide paid dental services to the population is a criterion for selection (inclusion) in the material base of the research. the total number of cdos in russia, which, according to their organizational and functional characteristics, are target organizations for introducing into dental practice the created innovative business model for the development of commercial dental clinics, is approximately 28,000, and 3,315 such medical institutions operate in moscow, which is 11.84% of the total number of cdos in russia. non-inclusion criterion comprises state dental medical organizations providing dental services in the compulsory health insurance system and (or) paid dental services. the exclusion criterion involves commercial dental clinics whose organizational and managerial structure does not allow the introduction of innovative business processes into dental practice or whose effectiveness of the implementation of such methods is lower than the financial costs of their implementation. a comparative analysis of the scientific results obtained by the authors and those of other scholars and specialists involved in certain aspects of the problems raised in the article is presented in table 1. table 1. comparison with other studies and scientific knowledge increment no. scientific result scientific novelty 1 an economic and mathematical model has been developed for maximizing dentists’ salaries in the relationship between the actual volumes of dental services with material labor incentives for administrative and managerial personnel, deductions for cdo development, and the costs of their provision. in contrast to labor incentive models used in practice ([26, 29, 47]; etc.), the basis of this economic and mathematical model is a progressive system of incentives for dentists’ work, enabling to increase material incentives for employees depending on the increase in the volume of dental services provided and their prices concerning the assessment of investment in equipping the dentists’ workplaces with the necessary dental equipment, improving their qualifications, purchasing the necessary materials and medications, and considering deductions for the cdo development, which makes it possible for the entire team to participate in managing a dental organization, allocate funds to its further development, and invest in the expansion of the cdo and the dental care provided to the population. 2 an innovative business model for cdo development has been developed, which makes it possible to link profits from the sale of dental services with additional staff remuneration, investment in expanding the range of dental care provided, the purchase of additional dental equipment, equipping the dentist’s workplace, and deductions for cdo development and deductions to debt repayment on attracted investors’ funds (credit and loan facilities). in contrast to well-known models of process management of enterprises [3, 11, 13] and innovative business models for the development of medical dental organizations, this approach makes it possible to simultaneously consider the effectiveness of investment in the cdo expansion, repay debt on funds raised for the cdo expansion, and the volume of dental services provided, with regard to the progressive system of dentists’ labor incentives, investors’ interests, and dental business owners, as well as key parameters of bank loans to finance the activities of the cdo and its development. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 64 3 a debt repayment plan for a bank loan has been developed, which considers the individual contribution of each dentist to cdo development at the expense of borrowed funds, loan parameters, and the interests of investors and owners of the dental business. this approach differs from other methods and plans for business expansion, including dental (vesinurm et al. [18]; printz-markó et al. [19]; losev et al. [48]; etc.) in that management decisions are made in a three-dimensional coordinate system: the investors’ interests, labor team, and administrative personnel, which makes the debt repayment plan in mutual connection with the financial results of the cdo flexible, adaptive, and enables quick response to changes in lending parameters and the cdo performance results and each dentist individually. this allows the entire team to participate in expanding the dental business, rather than only administrative and management personnel. investors and owners should consider the financial stability, solvency, and performance of the cdo and each employee. in addition, a distinctive feature of the author’s approach is that additional profit from increasing sales volumes is allocated to stimulate labor or, in agreement with the workforce, to early repay debt from external sources of funding (credits, loans, investment), which makes this model closed, complex, and dynamic. 4 a comprehensive toolkit has been developed for managing cdo cash flows, revenues, and expenses from the sale of dental services. the proposed model differs from the models used for managing financial flows of enterprises ([13, 30, 38], etc.), in that it enables management decision makers to coordinate investment programs and plans depending on prices for dental services, the volume and cost of these services, which contributes to the growth of economic efficiency (profitability) of investment in the dental business, material labor incentives for dentists, and deductions to the cdo development fund. 4. results the developed economic and mathematical model for dentists’ labor incentives was implemented in practice as exemplified by the results of the activities of a typical cdo in moscow for the period from september 2022 to august 2023 (for one calendar year). the staffing schedule and initial data necessary for modeling the cdo development under consideration are presented in table 2. table 2. staffing schedule and initial data necessary for modeling cdo development under consideration n o p o si ti o n a ct u a l w o rk in g h o u rs p er w ee k , h o u rs a ct u a l w o rk in g h o u rs p er m o n th , h o u rs a v er a g e m o n th ly s a la ry r eg a rd in g a ct u a l se rv ic es p ro v id ed a n d a ct u a l w o rk in g h o u rs * , r u b v o lu m e o f se rv ic es p ro v id ed f ro m s ep te m b er 2 0 2 2 t o a u g u st 2 0 2 3 s ta n d a rd v o lu m e o f d en ta l se rv ic es w it h d en ti st s’ f u ll w o rk in g l o a d f ro m s ep te m b er 2 0 2 2 t o a u g u st 2 0 2 3 w o rk in g t im e sp en t o n o n e se rv ic e, m in [4 9 , 5 0 ] a v er a g e d en ta l co st s, r u b s ta n d a rd d u ra ti o n o f th e w o rk in g w ee k , h o u rs s ta n d a rd a v er a g e m o n th ly s a la ry i n m o sc o w , r u b 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 administrative and management personnel 36.0 154.44 159,600 1,113 9,669 11.3±2.8 850** 40 177,332 2 dentist-orthopedist 12.5 53.62 105,134 561 3,190 30.6±9.6 14,121 33 277,554 3 dental therapist r. 19.5 83.66 130,650 603 2,398 40.7±10.1 6,500 33 221,446 4 dental therapist f. 11.5 49.34 77,170 356 2,398 40.7±10.1 6,500 33 221,446 5 dentist-surgeon 5.5 23.30 38,234 209 7,398 15.6±4.9 7,857 39 271,113 6 orthodontist 7.0 30.03 48,673 440 1,684 53.5±10.6 33,840 33 229,464 note: *for administrative and management personnel and dentists, the cdo in question is not the main place of work; therefore, the average monthly salary is indicated for the services actually provided, regarding the actual working hours. **the administrative and managerial personnel of the cdo in question provide only consulting and radiology services rather than dental services: radiovisiography (in the area of a segment of 1 or 2 adjacent teeth), orthopantomography (survey x-ray of teeth and jaws), and description and interpretation of computer tomograms. therefore, the average tariff for radiology services is indicated. column 2 of table 2 shows the positions of non-medical and medical personnel of the cdo in question according to the current actual staffing schedule. thus, the clinic employs five dentists, including two dental therapists and one registrar (non-medical personnel), whose responsibilities include receiving patient requests, processing them, analyzing them, and making appointments with the appropriate medical specialist according to the established appointment hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 65 schedule. column 3 of table 2 shows the actual duration of the employees’ working week, determined by a random sample study for the period from september 2022 to august 2023, since the medical specialists of the analyzed cdo have an irregular working week, the duration of which largely depends on the availability of patient appointments with the doctor to avoid unnecessary downtime in the dentists’ work. analysis of column 3 of table 2 reveals that the administrative and management personnel have the longest working week (36 hours, see line 1, column 3 of table 2), and the dental surgeon has the shortest working week (only 5.5 hours per week, see line 5, column 3 of table 2). the actual length of working time per month (column 4 of table 2) is calculated by multiplying the actual length of the working week (column 3 of table 2) by the average number of weeks per month for the period under review, which is 4.29. thus, as shown in the first line of column 4 of table 2, the actual working time per month is 154.44 hours = 36.0 hours (line 1, column 3 of table 2) multiplied by 4.29 weeks in a month. the calculation was performed similarly for the remaining lines in column 4 of table 2. the average monthly salary, regarding the actual length of the working week (column 5 of table 2), is determined by multiplying the standard average monthly dentists’ salary in moscow (column 11 of table 2) by the share of actually worked time in the standard length of the working week (column 10 of table 2). in particular, for administrative and managerial personnel, the average monthly salary is 105,000 rubles, which is determined by multiplying 116,666 rubles (the standard average monthly wage, see line 1, column 11 of table 2) by 0.9, where 0.9 is the share of the actual working week (36 hours) in the standard working week (40 hours, see line 1, column 10 of table 2), i.e., 0.9 = 36 hours: 40 hours. column 6 of table 2 shows the volume of services provided from september 2022 to august 2023 by the management of the cdo, and column 7 of table 2 presents the standard volume of dental services with dentists’ full working load per one rate for the same period. it can be seen that the standard volume of dental services significantly exceeds the actual figures. for example, for an orthopedic dentist, the standard volume is 3,190 services per calendar year (from september 2022 to august 2023), but 561 services were actually provided during this period, i.e., 5.69 times less. a dental therapist provided 603 services with a standard volume of 2,398 services (fourfold as much); for a dental surgeon, the standard volume is 7,398 dental services per year with 209 services actually provided (less than 35.4 times the standard), and for administrative and managerial personnel, the standard volume is the largest among the set under consideration and is equal to 9,669 services, which exceeds the actual volume of services provided (1,113 services, see the first line of column 6 of table 2) by 8.69 times. thus, cdos have significant opportunities and reserves for developing and expanding their activities. however, it is important to consider that in equation 3 of the economic and mathematical model (1)–(9), the main limitation on the volume of paid dental services provided is imposed by the throughput of the dentist’s workplace (universal dental workstation), since only one workplace is used by dentists in the cdo to provide the entire range of dental care. provided it is fully loaded from 9 a.m. to 10 p.m., i.e., 13 hours a day, including on weekends, except holidays, the number of which in the period under review from september 2022 to august 2023 was 22, the working time budget for a universal dental workstation (dentist’s workplace) for 12 months (from september 2022 to august 2023) was (30 calendar days in september 2022 + 92 calendar days in the fourth quarter of 2022 + 90 calendar days in the first quarter of 2023 + 91 calendar days in the second quarter of 2023 + 31 calendar days in july 2023 + 31 calendar days in august 2023 – 22 holidays in the period under review) 13 hours per day = 4,459 hours. this value exceeds the actual working hours of dentists for 12 months by half as much (4,459 hours: 239.95 hours (actual working hours of dentists per month, the sum of lines 2–6 of column 4 of table 2): 12 months = 1.5). therefore, in the practical implementation of the economic and mathematical model for cdo development (1)–(9), a monthly increase in the volume of services provided by dentists of the considered cdc during the year is simulated by 50% of the base version of modeling (the actual volume of dental services provided over the period under review from september 2022 to august 2023, i.e., for one calendar year). the standard volume of dental services presented in column 7 of table 2 is equal to the ratio of the position’s working time budget to the average working time spent on one dental service (see column 8 of table 2), taken from scientific articles [49, 50]. to calculate the working time budget, it is necessary to be guided by the standard working hours of dentists, which are governed by appendix no. 2 to decree no. 101 of the government of the russian federation dated february 14, 2003, “on the working hours of medical workers depending on their position and (or) specialties”. thus, according to the specified regulatory legal act, the working hours of orthopedic dentists, orthodontists, and dental therapists make 33 hours per week. an exception is provided for dental surgeons, for whom article 350 of the labor code of the russian federation establishes a 39-hour working week. these values are indicated in the corresponding lines of column 10 (table 2). consequently, for an orthopedic dentist, the value of 3,190 dental services for the period from september 2022 to august 2023 was obtained as follows: 3,190 services = 1,627.2 working hours per year with a 33-hour working week · hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 66 60 min/hour: 30.6 min (average time spent on providing one dental service by an orthopedic dentist, see line 2, column 8 of table 2). the standard workload for other dentists was calculated in a similar way (see column 7 of table 2). as follows from the analysis of the data presented in column 10 (table 2), the total standard working week of all cdo dentists is 4 · 33 + 39 = 171 hours. this means that the standard working time of all dentists over the year is equal to 171 hours · 4.29 weeks in one month · 12 months = 8,803.03 hours, which exceeds twice the throughput of the dental chair (8,803.03 hours: 4,459 hours = 2 times). thus, the cdo development requires the extremely urgent acquisition of another dentist’s workplace. in other words, although each dentist is underworked and has a reserve for growth in the dental services provided, all dentists working in the cdo in question will be unable to simultaneously increase the volume of dental services they provide without increasing the department capacity through the acquisition of a universal dental workstation for equipping an additional workplace for a dentist. moreover, from the viewpoint of ergonomic features in the provision of dental services, it is highly desirable to follow a differentiated approach to equipping dentists’ workplaces. thus, the equipment used in the workplace of dental therapists differs significantly from the equipment used in the workplace of an orthodontist, an orthopedic dentist, or a surgeon. the same applies to doctors in other specialties. therefore, organizing the work of cdo dentists on one universal dental workstation requires additional efforts to distribute time among doctors of various specialties and does not allow parallel provision of dental services on several universal dental workstations. as substantiated in previous studies [27–29], material labor incentives for each cdo dentist are more effective than departmental incentives. the results of modeling the work of the dentist therapist r. in the cdo are presented in table 3. table 3. results of modeling the work of the dentist therapist r. in the cdo for one year n o a ct u a l v o lu m e o f p a id d en ta l se rv ic es p ro v id ed b y a d en ti st p er m o n th a ct u a l a n n u a l v o lu m e o f p a id d en ta l se rv ic es p ro v id ed b y a d en ti st in cr ea se i n t h e a ct u a l v o lu m e o f p a id d en ta l se rv ic es p ro v id ed b y a d en ti st r el a ti v e to t h e b a se v o lu m e, s h a re o f u n it s a v er a g e ta ri ff f o r p a id d en ta l se rv ic es , r u b u n it c o st o f o n e d en ta l se rv ic e, r u b in co m e fr o m t h e sa le o f th e a ct u a l v o lu m e o f p a id d en ta l se rv ic es , r u b t o ta l co st o f th e a ct u a l v o lu m e o f p a id d en ta l se rv ic es , r u b p ro fi t fr o m t h e sa le o f th e a ct u a l v o lu m e o f p a id d en ta l se rv ic es , r u b f in a n ci a l re su lt f ro m r ed u ci n g t h e co st o f o n e d en ta l se rv ic e, r u b f in a n ci a l re su lt f ro m r ed u ci n g t h e to ta l co st o f th e a ct u a l v o lu m e o f d en ta l se rv ic es , r u b 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 50 603 1.00 6,500.00 2,164.54 3,919,500.00 1,305,216.43 2,614,283.57 0.00 0.00 1 52 628 1.04 6,500.00 2,078.62 4,082,000.00 1,305,371.43 2,776,628.57 85.92 53,958.45 2 54 653 1.08 6,500.00 1,999.27 4,244,500.00 1,305,526.43 2,938,973.57 165.26 107,916.90 3 56 678 1.12 6,500.00 1,925.78 4,407,000.00 1,305,681.43 3,101,318.57 238.75 161,875.35 4 59 703 1.17 6,500.00 1,857.52 4,569,500.00 1,305,836.43 3,263,663.57 307.02 215,833.80 5 61 728 1.21 6,500.00 1,793.94 4,732,000.00 1,305,991.44 3,426,008.56 370.59 269,792.25 6 63 753 1.25 6,500.00 1,734.59 4,894,500.00 1,306,146.44 3,588,353.56 429.95 323,750.70 7 65 778 1.29 6,500.00 1,679.05 5,057,000.00 1,306,301.44 3,750,698.56 485.49 377,709.15 8 67 803 1.33 6,500.00 1,626.97 5,219,500.00 1,306,456.44 3,913,043.56 537.57 431,667.60 9 69 828 1.37 6,500.00 1,578.03 5,382,000.00 1,306,611.44 4,075,388.56 586.50 485,626.05 10 71 853 1.41 6,500.00 1,531.97 5,544,500.00 1,306,766.44 4,237,733.56 632.57 539,584.50 11 73 878 1.46 6,500.00 1,488.52 5,707,000.00 1,306,921.44 4,400,078.56 676.02 593,542.95 12 75 903 1.50 6,500.00 1,447.48 5,869,500.00 1,307,076.44 4,562,423.56 717.06 647,501.40 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 67 table 3. results of modeling the work of the dentist therapist r. in the cdo for one year (continued) n o in co m e fr o m t h e sa le o f th e a ct u a l a n n u a l v o lu m e o f d en ta l se rv ic es , re g a rd in g t h e fi n a n ci a l re su lt f ro m c o st r ed u ct io n , r u b m o n th ly i n co m e fr o m t h e sa le o f th e a ct u a l v o lu m e o f p a id d en ta l se rv ic es , r u b p er ce n ta g e o f in co m e a ll o ca te d t o m ed ic a l p er so n n el ’s s a la ry , % p er ce n ta g e o f in co m e a ll o ca te d t o m ed ic a l p er so n n el ’s s a la ry , re g a rd in g d ed u ct io n s fo r so ci a l in su ra n ce ( 3 0 .2 % ), % p er ce n ta g e o f in co m e fo r la b o r in ce n ti v es o f n o n -m ed ic a l p er so n n el , % p er ce n ta g e o f in co m e fo r la b o r in ce n ti v es o f n o n -m ed ic a l p er so n n el , re g a rd in g d ed u ct io n s fr o m w a g es f o r so ci a l in su ra n ce ( 3 0 .2 % ), p er ce n ta g e o f in co m e d ed u ct ed f o r c d c d ev el o p m en t, % m o n th ly s a la ry o f a d en ti st , r u b m o n th ly s a la ry o f a d en ti st , re g a rd in g d ed u ct io n s fr o m w a g es f o r so ci a l in su ra n ce (3 0 .2 % ), r u b l a b o r in ce n ti v es f o r m ed ic a l p er so n n el p er d en ta l se rv ic e, r u b 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 0 3,919,500.00 326,625.00 40.00 30.72 20.00 15.36 40.00 130,650.00 100,345.62 2,600.00 1 4,135,958.45 344,663.20 41.65 31.99 20.00 15.36 38.35 143,560.25 110,261.33 2,642.96 2 4,352,416.90 362,701.41 43.18 33.16 20.00 15.36 36.82 156,607.72 120,282.43 2,682.63 3 4,568,875.35 380,739.61 44.59 34.25 20.00 15.36 35.41 169,777.23 130,397.26 2,719.38 4 4,785,333.80 398,777.82 45.90 35.26 20.00 15.36 34.10 183,055.75 140,595.82 2,753.51 5 5,001,792.25 416,816.02 47.13 36.20 20.00 15.36 32.87 196,432.06 150,869.48 2,785.30 6 5,218,250.70 434,854.22 48.27 37.07 20.00 15.36 31.73 209,896.42 161,210.77 2,814.97 7 5,434,709.15 452,892.43 49.34 37.89 20.00 15.36 30.66 223,440.34 171,613.17 2,842.74 8 5,651,167.60 470,930.63 50.34 38.66 20.00 15.36 29.66 237,056.39 182,070.96 2,868.78 9 5,867,626.05 488,968.84 51.28 39.38 20.00 15.36 28.72 250,738.04 192,579.14 2,893.25 10 6,084,084.50 507,007.04 52.16 40.07 20.00 15.36 27.84 264,479.51 203,133.26 2,916.29 11 6,300,542.95 525,045.25 53.00 40.71 20.00 15.36 27.00 278,275.70 213,729.42 2,938.01 12 6,517,001.40 543,083.45 53.79 41.31 20.00 15.36 26.21 292,122.06 224,364.10 2,958.53 figure 3. labor incentives for medical personnel per one dental service ₽1,990.00 ₽2,190.00 ₽2,390.00 ₽2,590.00 ₽2,790.00 ₽2,990.00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 68 figure 4. labor incentives for non-medical personnel per month figure 5. payment to the lender from one service to cover the loan figure 6. total payment to the lender per month ₽50,000.00 ₽55,000.00 ₽60,000.00 ₽65,000.00 ₽70,000.00 ₽75,000.00 ₽80,000.00 ₽85,000.00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ₽400.00 ₽450.00 ₽500.00 ₽550.00 ₽600.00 ₽650.00 ₽700.00 ₽750.00 ₽800.00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ₽20,000.00 ₽25,000.00 ₽30,000.00 ₽35,000.00 ₽40,000.00 ₽45,000.00 ₽50,000.00 ₽55,000.00 ₽60,000.00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 69 column 1 of table 3 shows the modeling options considering the monthly uniform increase in the volume of services provided throughout the year. the first modeling option (line 0) is basic and corresponds to the data specified in table 2. furthermore, according to the modeling option, the volume of paid dental services provided by a dental therapist per month increases evenly; therefore, in the last modeling option (last line of table 3), the volume of paid dental services is half as much as that in the basic modeling option (the actual volume of paid dental services provided over 12 months, from september 2022 to august 2023). thus, the last modeling option (last row of table 3) is an increase in the volume of paid dental services by half as much relative to the basic modeling option (zero line of table 2), as shown in column 3 of table 3. column 2 (table 3) shows the results of the activities of a cdo dental therapist in providing paid dental services to patients per month. the initial data for the basic modeling option are taken from line 3, column 6 of table 2 (603 services). the indicated value is equal to the actual number of dental services provided by the dental therapist from september 2022 to august 2023. the actual annual volume of paid dental services provided by a dental therapist to the population is given in column 3 (table 3). for each modeling option, it increases by an average of 4% relative to the previous option (see column 4 of table 3). column 5 (table 3) shows the average price of paid dental services by a cdo dental therapist. the affordability of dental services for the population of the russian federation is directly ensured by a decrease in average prices for dental care with an increase in actual volumes, which leads to the emergence of new patients who are willing to pay the specified price for the service, resulting in an increase in the actual volumes of dental services and income from their provision to the population. the possibility of reducing prices for dental services arises due to a significant difference between the average price for dental services (column 5) and the unit cost (column 6), according to the calculation options. the developed economic and mathematical model for dentists’ labor incentives (equations 5 to 13) makes it possible for the cdo, because of the use of the demand elasticity coefficient for the price of paid dental services (εpaid, see equations 5 and 6), to redistribute reductions in prices (discounts) between the patient and the cdo and calculate in real time a set of discount modeling options depending on the specific situation, supply, and demand conditions in the dental services market. in this example, with an increase in the volume of paid dental services, a decrease in tariffs for paid dental services is not modeled, i.e., for all modeling options, the average tariff for paid dental services by a dental therapist is 6,500 rubles (see column 5 of table 3). column 6 gives the unit cost of one dental service. column 7 indicates the total income from the sale of the actual volume of paid dental services of a cdo dental therapist. income from the sale of the actual volume of paid dental services (column 7) is calculated for each modeling option by multiplying the corresponding value in column 3 and the value in column 5. column 8 indicates the total cost of the actual volume of paid dental services, and column 9 shows the profit from the sale of the actual volume of paid dental services, as determined by the difference between the values presented in the corresponding lines of columns 7 and 8. column 10 presents the values of the financial result from reducing the cost of one dental service, and column 11 shows the financial result from reducing the cost of the actual volume of services provided by the dental therapist, calculated as the difference between the total cost of the actual volume of paid dental services with a corresponding proportional increase in the total cost of the actual volume of paid dental services and the fact that in the structure of the cost of dental services, the share of variable expenditures (costs of materials and equipment maintenance) is only 2.97%. column 12 of table 3 shows the income from the provision of the actual volume of paid dental services associated with the effect of reducing costs and the fact that the average price (column 5) is significantly (almost by a factor of 5) higher than the unit cost of one dental service (column 6). monthly income (column 13) is calculated for all modeling options by dividing the corresponding values in column 12 by the number of months in the period under consideration from september 2022 to august 2023, i.e., by 12. the percentage of the monthly income in the base version of modeling, or lpc, of the k-th dentist of the j-th department of the cdo (θjk), which is allocated to the salary of the dental therapist (column 14), is equal to the share of salary costs in the income structure. as shown above, average prices for paid dental services are almost five times higher than their unit cost. therefore, stimulating an increase in the actual volume of dental services is very effective from the standpoint of increasing the salaries of all medical personnel of the cdo and from the standpoint of accumulating financial resources for cdo development (purchase of effective and efficient medical equipment, a universal dental workstation (dentist’s workplace), and high-quality medicines). in this regard, the authors propose to apply a progressive system of dentists’ remuneration in the cdo with a step determined by the ratio of the effect of reducing the cost of one dental service (column 10 of table 3) to labor incentives for medical personnel per dental service (column 21 of table 3) and by adding the result obtained to the base percentage of income allocated to stimulate the work of medical personnel (40%, see the first line of column 14 of table 3). at the same time, the coefficient of redistribution of the financial result from reducing the cost of services between the salary of a cdo dental therapist and deductions to the cdo development fund (in the context of this article, contributions to hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 70 the investor) is equal to 0.5, i.e., parameter ξjk =0.5 (see equations 5 and 6 of the economic and mathematical model (5)– (13)). this means that the increase in financial results from the reduced cost of dental services is distributed equally between the increase in the salary of the cdo dental therapist and the increase in deductions to the investor. thus, for the second line of column 14 (table 3), value 40.41% = 21.37 rubles (the effect of reducing the cost of one dental service; see the second line, column 10 of table 3) ∙ 0.5 (the coefficient of redistribution of the financial result from reducing the cost of the volume of services between the salary of a cdo dental therapist and deductions to the investor; see equations 5 and 6 of the economic and mathematical model (5)–(13)): 2,600 rub (labor incentives for medical personnel per one dental service; see the first line of column 21 of table 3) + 40% (the basic value of the percentage allocated to labor incentives for medical personnel; see the first line of column 14 of table 3). the same is valid for the remaining lines of column 14 (table 3). column 15 indicates the percentage of income allocated to medical personnel’s salary regarding deductions from wages for social insurance (30.2%). according to section xi, “insurance contributions in the russian federation” of the rf tax code, the tariffs of insurance contributions to the social fund of russia for pensions make 22% of the labor compensation fund (lcf), 5.1% of the lcf is allocated to the federal compulsory medical insurance fund, and 2.9% of the lcf is allocated to the federal social insurance fund, which is a total of 30.0% of the lcf. federal law no. 434-fz of december 22, 2020, “on insurance tariffs for compulsory social insurance against industrial accidents and occupational diseases for 2021 and for the planning period of 2022 and 2023” concerning resolution no. 713 of the government of the russian federation of december 1, 2005, “on approval of the rules for classifying types of economic activities as professional risk”, medical activity refers to the first class of professional risk, which corresponds to a tariff deduction rate of 0.2% of the lcf. thus, the social insurance contribution rate for dentists is 30.2%. column 19 presents the increase in the monthly salary of a dental therapist with a corresponding increase in the actual volume of paid dental services provided, and column 20 shows the monthly salary of a dental therapist with regard to deductions from salary for social insurance (30.2%). column 21 indicates the labor incentives for medical personnel per one dental service, as determined by the product of the average tariff for a dental service provided by a dental therapist (column 5 of table 3) and the percentage of income allocated to medical personnel’s salary (column 14 of table 3). thus, for the first line of column 21 (table 3), 2,600 rub = 6,500 rub (average tariff for a paid dental service; see the first line of column 5 of table 3) · 40% (percentage of income allocated to labor incentives for medical personnel; see column 14 of table 3). the same applies to the remaining lines in column 21 of table 3. figure 3 presents the labor incentives for medical personnel per dental service, with regard to deductions from salary for social insurance (30.2%). column 16 indicates the percentage of income allocated to labor incentives of non-medical personnel of the cdo, and column 17 shows the percentage of income allocated to labor incentives of non-medical personnel regarding deductions from salary for social insurance (30.2%). figure 4 presents the labor incentives for non-medical personnel in rubles per month, with regard to deductions from wages for social insurance (30.2%). labor incentives for non-medical cdo personnel amount to 20% of a doctor’s monthly income, which in absolute value for the 12 th calculation option equals 108,616.69 rubles from one doctor. since the cdo employs 5 doctors, the funds allocated to labor incentives for non-medical personnel, including administrative and management personnel, are significant and amount to 108,616.69 rub · 5 = 543,083.45 rub. it is important to note that in the cdo, part of the income is spent for labor incentives of non-medical personnel, which once again emphasizes the importance of effective motivation of working citizens (dentists, in this article) for management personnel, whose material incentives directly depend on the organized and efficient work of all employees and the cdo in general. the payment to the lender from one dental service to cover the loan used as investment funds is presented in figure 5. it is determined by reducing the average tariff for a dental service (see column 5 of table 3) by its cost (see column 6 of table 3) and the labor incentives of medical and non-medical personnel per dental service. thus, for the zero option of simulation, this value makes 435.46 rub = 6,500 rub (average tariff for one paid dental service; see the first line of column 5 of table 3) – 2,164.54 rub (cost of one paid dental service; see first line of column 6 of table 3) – 2,600 rub (labor incentives for medical personnel per service; see the first line of column 21 of table 3) – 1,300 rub (labor incentives for non-medical personnel per service. similar calculations are made for the remaining values given in figure 5. figure 6 shows the total payment to the lender (investor) per month, calculated by multiplying the payment to the creditor from one dental service by the number of dental services provided per month. for example, for the zero option of simulation, this value is 21,881.96 rub = 435.46 rub ∙ 50 dental services per month (see first line of column 2 of table 3). similar calculations are made for the remaining values given in figure 6. with an increase in the volume of dental services by half as much, the total deductions to the investor also increase by a factor of 2.74, from rub 21,881.96 per month up to 59,937.07 rub per month (see figure 6). the debt repayment schedule when using loan funds for the organization and development of a cdo is presented in tables 4 and 5 [51, 52]. to purchase a universal dental workstation, 5 million rubles are required. the average term of a consumer loan for such purposes is 10 years. according to the official website of the central bank of the russian hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 71 federation, the average market values of the total cost of consumer credits (loans) in percentage per annum [53] as of november 16, 2023 are 22.83% per annum. assume that the number of dental therapists working in the cdc is 5. in other words, the cdo is a dental organization with a therapeutic profile. receipts from all dental therapists per month are determined by multiplying the total payment to the lender (investor) per month (see figure 6) by 5 (the number of dental therapists). thus, this value amounts to 109,409.82 rub (see column 2 of table 4) = 21,881.96 rub (total payment to the lender per month, see figure 6) ∙ 5 (number of dental therapists). table 4. debt repayment schedule when using loan funds for the organization and development of a cdo (one universal dental workstation, a dentist’s workplace) period (month) receipts from all doctors per month for loan repayment, rub monthly payment, rub part payment against debt per month, rub interest payment per month, rub debt balance at the end of the month, rub 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 109,409.80 106,188.62 11,063.62 95,125.00 4,988,936.38 2 109,409.80 106,188.62 11,274.11 94,914.51 4,977,662.27 3 109,409.80 106,188.62 11,488.60 94,700.02 4,966,173.67 4 109,409.80 106,188.62 11,707.17 94,481.45 4,954,466.51 5 109,409.80 106,188.62 11,929.90 94,258.73 4,942,536.61 ……………………………………….. 117 109,409.80 106,188.62 98,477.87 7,710.76 306,818.10 118 109,409.80 106,188.62 100,351.41 5,837.21 206,466.69 119 109,409.80 106,188.62 102,260.59 3,928.03 104,206;10 120 109,409.80 106,188.62 104,206.10 1,982.52 0.00 total 12,742,634.64 5,000,000.00 7,742,634.64 to calculate the amount of the monthly payment indicated in column 3 (table 4), the following equation is used [51, 52]: 𝑅 = 𝑃 ∙ 𝑟 100 ∙ (1+ 𝑟 100 ) 𝑛 ((1+ 𝑟 100 ) 𝑛 −1) (14) where r is the amount of the monthly loan payment; p – loan amount; r – interest rate on the loan per month (%); n – total number of loan payments for the entire loan term (number of months). to calculate the balance of the principal amount of the loan for any month of the loan term (column 6 of table 4), the following equation can be used [51, 52]: 𝑃𝑇+1 = 𝑃 ∙ (1+ 𝑟 100 ) 𝑛 −(1+ 𝑟 100 ) 𝑇 ((1+ 𝑟 100 ) 𝑛 −1) (15) where т is the number of the settlement period in which the last urgent payment has already been made. analysis of the data presented in table 4 shows that the loan will be repaid on time, and the monthly receipts from all dental therapists to repay the loan cover the monthly loan payment; however, the margin of financial strength in this case is only 3%. if, with an increase in the volume of dental services by half as much, all funds received from all dental therapists per month to repay the loan are allocated to a monthly loan payment, such a loan will be repaid in 21 months (table 5). noteworthy, the amount of interest payments for the loan in case of advance redemption is 7.22 times: rub 7,742,634.64 (loan overpayment if it is repaid within 10 years, see the last line of column 5 of table 4): rub 1,072,876.28 (loan overpayment if it is repaid early within 21 months, see the last line of column 5 of table 5) = 7.22 times) less than the loan overpayment if the debt is repaid exactly on time in the amount of monthly payments (compare the last line of column 5 in tables 4 and 5). as follows from the calculation results (table 3), with an increase in the actual volume of paid dental services (column 2) by half as much, the income from the provision of the actual volume of paid dental services to the population (column 7) increases from rub 3,919,500.00 in the basic modeling option up to rub 5,879,250.00 (in version 12), i.e., by half as much. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 72 table 5. scheme for early debt repayment schedule when using loan funds for the organization and development of a cdo (one universal dental workstation, a dentist’s workplace) period (month) receipts from all doctors per month for loan repayment, rub monthly payment, rub part payment against debt per month, rub interest payment per month, rub debt balance at the end of the month, rub 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 299,685.35 106,188.62 204,560.35 95,125.00 4,795,439.65 2 299,685.35 106,188.62 208,452.11 91,233.24 4,586,987.54 3 299,685.35 106,188.62 212,417.91 87,267.44 4,374,569.63 4 299,685.35 106,188.62 216,459.16 83,226.19 4,158,110.46 5 299,685.35 106,188.62 220,577.30 79,108.05 3,937,533.17 6 299,685.35 106,188.62 224,773.78 74,911.57 3,712,759.38 7 299,685.35 106,188.62 229,050.10 70,635.25 3,483,709.28 8 299,685.35 106,188.62 233,407.78 66,277.57 3,250,301.50 9 299,685.35 106,188.62 237,848.36 61,836.99 3,012,453.14 10 299,685.35 106,188.62 242,373.43 57,311.92 2,770,079.71 11 299,685.35 106,188.62 246,984.58 52,700.77 2,523,095.12 12 299,685.35 106,188.62 251,683.47 48,001.88 2,271,411.66 13 299,685.35 106,188.62 256,471.74 43,213.61 2,014,939.92 14 299,685.35 106,188.62 261,351.12 38,334.23 1,753,588.80 15 299,685.35 106,188.62 266,323.32 33,362.03 1,487,265.47 16 299,685.35 106,188.62 271,390.12 28,295.23 1,215,875.35 17 299,685.35 106,188.62 276,553.32 23,132.03 939,322.03 18 299,685.35 106,188.62 281,814.75 17,870.60 657,507.28 19 299,685.35 106,188.62 287,176.27 12,509.08 370,331.01 20 299,685.35 106,188.62 292,639.80 7,045.55 77,691.20 21 299,685.35 79,169.28 77,691.20 1,478.08 0.00 total 6,072,876.28 2,202,941.72 5,000,000.00 1,072,876.28 a progressive system of material and moral incentives for dental personnel and a mechanism for accumulating cdo funds for the purchase of highly effective medical equipment, dental instruments, modern medicines, and increasing the dentists’ qualifications are the most important elements of motivating cdo personnel to increase the actual volume of dental services provided to the population and reduce their unit cost. the essence of the mechanism and tools for progressive remuneration of medical and non-medical personnel of the cdo is that with an increase in the actual volume of paid dental services provided, the percentage of deductions from the income received by the dentists, directed to increasing their salary, increases. the increase in deductions for medical personnel’s salary is determined by the financial result of the reduction in the total cost of the actual volume of dental services, which is indicated in column 9 (table. 3). thus, in the basic version of the modeling (zero line, table 3), 40.00% is allocated to the salary of a dental therapist of the cdo (column 14), and with an increase in the actual volume of paid dental services by 17%, 45.90% of the monthly income is allocated to the dentist’s salary (line 4); with an increase of 46%, 53.00% (line 11) is allocated to labor incentives for the dental therapist, etc. the amount allocated for a dental therapist’s salary also increases proportionally (column 21) from rub 130,650.00. in the basic version of modeling up to 292,122.06 rubles. (by a factor of 2.24) with an increase in the actual volume of paid dental services by half as much. it is important to note that despite the decrease in the percentage of deductions for cdo development (column 18), the total payment to the lender per month increases. in the basic version of modeling, it is equal to 21,881.96 rubles, and with an increase in the actual volume of paid dental services by half as much, it makes 59,747.74 rubles (see figure 6), i.e., increases by a factor of 2.74 compared to the basic modeling option. 5. discussion 1. with an increase in the actual volume of paid dental services by half as much, which is quite achievable and complies with the standard workload of dentists (equation 3 of the economic and mathematical model), the salary of a cdo dental therapist is equal to 292,122.06 rubles per month and increases compared to the basic modeling option by a factor of 2.24. this result confirms the previously put forward hypothesis about the positive impact of the innovative business model for cdo development, created by the authors, on the growth of cdo income, an increase in dentists’ salaries, deductions hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 73 to labor incentives for administrative and managerial personnel, and the total profit of the clinic. at the same time, this result is in good agreement with other studies by the authors devoted to models for managing medical organizations and social financial technologies for the development of enterprises and the russian economy, enriching the previously obtained results and complementing them. it should be noted that in the early publications of the authors, the emphasis was placed exclusively on the growth of material and moral incentives for the workforce, leaving outside the scope of the study questions about attracting additional sources of financing for the development of the dental business and the interests of investors and owners of businesses, which was done in this study and makes it possible to supplement the previously created system for managing the financial resources of enterprises with the results of this study. 2. an increase in the actual volume of paid dental services provided to the population, despite a decrease in the percentage of deductions for cdo development from 40.00% to 26.21% (see column 18), leads to an increase in the total payment to the lender (figure 6). thus, these calculations prove that the motivated and effectively organized work of dentists positively influences cdo development and provides the lender (investor) with an increase in total payments by half as much to rub 59,747.74. this result is achieved by only one dentist. this unique result is consistent with and confirms the above proposed hypothesis regarding the attractiveness of the developed business model for investors. similar results were obtained by the authors in another study devoted to economic and mathematical modeling of the process management of financial flows of an enterprise, which substantiated and proved the feasibility, attractiveness, and economic efficiency of enterprise investment in key customers and categories of food products in their relationship with the progressive system of labor incentives and deductions for enterprise development and increasing material incentives for the management of the enterprise, owners, and investors, using methods of dynamic programming, system analysis, and management. thus, in this sense, this research serves as a logical continuation of the authors’ earlier studies and their expansion to the sphere of providing dental care to the population as the most socially significant and sensitive to changes in market conditions, effective demand, and external and internal turbulence in financial markets. 3. the economic and mathematical model developed in this scientific article, tools, software, and information support, an algorithm for stimulating medical labor and increasing cdo profits available for distribution among owners and investors, contributing to an increase in the actual volume of paid dental services provided to the population, and a mechanism for progressive employee compensation create an essential source of improvement for cdos. the second hypothesis about the involvement of the entire workforce in the process of managing a medical organization, realizing their needs for the acquisition of advanced medical equipment and medicines, based on the number of financial resources transferred by each dentist to the cdo development fund (see above) is also confirmed, since the developed innovative business model allows each dentist to be a direct participant in the development of the organization. table 3 developed using the example of one of the typical cdos in moscow is a financial plan and the result of the development of dentists, where they can see the relationship between their individual working results for the reporting period with the funds that they transferred to the development fund and debt repayment in the event of raising funds for the development of their workplaces. this result makes them financially and morally interested in the cdo performance efficacy, reduces the turnover of highly qualified personnel, and increases the prestige and demand for the profession of a dentist. 4. the total income received from all cdo dentists providing paid dental services is equal to rub 32,585,007 = rub 6,517,001.40 per year (total income from the provision of paid dental services by a dentist, see the last line, column 12 of table 3) ∙ 5 (the number of dentists in the cdo), and the total funds for loan repayment are rub 299,685.35 per month or rub 3,596,224.20 per year. 5. an increase in the volume of paid dental services by half as much to 905 services per year, which corresponds to the standard workload of a dental therapist for one pay rate, considering the throughput of the dentist’s workplace (universal dental workstation) of the cdo, makes it possible to:  increase income from the provision of paid dental services to the population by a factor of 1.66;  increase the dental therapist’s salary by a factor of 2.24;  increase deductions from only one dentist’s salary to labor incentives for non-medical cdo personnel by a factor of 1.66;  increase the total profit of the cdo available for distribution among owners and investors by a factor of 1.75 at the expense of only one dentist;  ensure timely debt repayment when using loan funds for cdo organization and development;  achieve early repayment of the loan in 21 months, provided that all funds received from all dentists per month for cdo development will be used as a monthly loan payment. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 74 a similar significant increase in total income, material labor incentives for dentists, and profits available for distribution among owners and investors is observed for other cdo dentists providing paid dental services to the population. 6. conclusions the innovative business model for cdo development created in this research represents a financial plan and the result of a dentist’s development. the research simulates the growth of income and profit of the cdo from the provision of paid dental services to the population by a dental therapist due to an increase in the actual volume of the provided paid dental services, a decrease in their unit cost and average prices for paid dental services provided, and, most importantly, an increase in dentists’ salaries and cdo profits available for distribution among owners and investors. this innovative business model allows dentists to participate in cdo management, coordinating with top managers their needs for the purchase of highly effective medical equipment, the purchase of a universal dental workstation (equipping a dentist’s workplace), dental instruments, and advanced medicines, depending on the amount of profit from the provision of paid dental services by each cdo dentist. the developed methodology, which includes tools, information support, and software that make it possible to determine the amount of monthly remuneration depending on the lpc of each dentist, ensures the development of the cdo and leads to the fact that not only investors, administrative staff, managers, and owners of the cdo are interested in improving their work and the functioning of the cdo, but also the entire workforce is thinking about their professional growth, improving the quality, occupational prestige, and demand for their work, which contributes to a significant increase in the availability of dental care for russian citizens. comparisons with other studies and scientific knowledge increments are presented in table 1. this research is a logical continuation of a series of scientific studies aimed at the development and practical implementation of a methodology for mathematical modeling of processes for managing the development of enterprises and organizations of all forms of ownership and the russian economy as a whole, including progressive methods and instruments for labor incentives for health workers and administrative and managerial personnel, social financial technologies as an instrument for increasing employee wages and developing enterprises and the country’s economy as a whole, and sovereign emissions as a source of investment in the development of enterprises (see [13, 26, 29]). at the same time, the key differences between this study and previous scientific research include the combined application of the results of solving the nonlinear programming problem of maximizing dentists’ salaries (equations 5 to 13), the material remuneration of dentists (bonuses) based on the results of work for the reporting period (year, quarter, etc.), determined by equation 13 of the economic and mathematical model (5)–(13), material labor incentives for non-medical personnel, and deductions for the development of commercial dental clinics, considering the attraction of investor funds and the development of schemes for debt repayment. dentists and managers of dental organizations of all forms of ownership that provide paid dental services and investors who are ready to invest financial resources in the creation and development of commercial dental clinics are the main users of the results obtained. the findings obtained using the economic and mathematical model (5)–(13) developed by the authors can be applied to implement an innovative development strategy for a dental organization in investment, marketing, and other related areas of activity. the developed progressive system for stimulating dentists’ labor (equations 5 and 13) of the economic and mathematical model (5)–(13) is intended for hr departments of commercial dental clinics. its goal is the practical implementation of a bonus system of remuneration for dentists and non-medical personnel depending on key performance indicators: revenue of the dental clinic, absence of defects in the work of dentists, reduction of the share of dental services provided under warranty, and the dentists’ labor participation rate. 6.1. implications and explanation of the results analysis of the data presented in tables 3 and 5 gives reason to believe that it is most effective to allocate all funds received from all dentists per month to repay the loan for cdo development, namely, to purchase a universal dental workstation to expand the cdo capacity for early debt repayment over 21 months, which in the future will allow to significantly increase the volume of dental services in conditions of almost unlimited demand for them from the population, as shown in the article above when analyzing the demand for paid dental care. 6.2. strengths and limitations of the study an innovative business model developed by the authors, including an economic and mathematical model, an algorithm, and tools for its practical implementation, based on a progressive system of labor incentives for dentists and administrative and managerial personnel, and the practical implementation of a comprehensive business modeling system exemplified by one of the typical commercial dental organizations in moscow, gives the opportunity to the person making managerial decisions: a) to increase material incentives for dentists depending on the increase in the volume of hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 75 sales of paid dental services, regarding the optimal distribution of funds between dentists, administrative and managerial personnel, owners and investors, and the deductions to debt repayment; b) to increase deductions for the cdo development and the profits available for distribution among owners and investors, which makes it possible for the entire team to participate in the cdo management process and allocate funds to its further development and investment in the most promising technologies for providing dental care to the population, the purchase of high-tech and in-demand equipment, equipping the dentists’ workplaces, and improving their qualifications. model limitations include the following: 1) the financial result from the activities of one dentist does not depend on the activities of other dentists. loan debt repayments are the sum of the financial results of the activities of all dentists working in the cdo in question for the reporting period, which in practice may not always be implemented; 2) the system under consideration is closed; that is, no additional funding is provided for the entire period; 3) the quality, completeness, and reliability of initial data on the activities of typical commercial dental organizations may limit model performance; 4) information about the structure, operating and investment activities, and initial data for modeling provided by the top managers of a typical cdo rendering paid dental services is correct; all employees of the typical cdos under consideration are interested in implementing the innovative business model developed in this research, and the opposition of those who, for some reason, do not want to participate in the progressive system of incentives for labor and cdo development being implemented in the cdo is insignificant for the results of this research. in other words, within the framework of this study, this influence can be neglected; 5) any hidden factors, i.e., those that do not manifest themselves explicitly, will not significantly affect the quality and results of modeling and the practical implementation of the innovative business model for cdo development created in this study; 6) the standard cdo is active and will continue economic activities in the foreseeable future (within the loan repayment planning horizon); 7) in the future, the responsible attitude of the owners of the dental business, investors, workforce, and other interested parties will remain in the competent management of its daily activities and further development; 8) cdo will comply with all laws, regulations, dental patient care regulations, and standard protocols that apply thereto; 9) the standard cdo will obtain or renew all necessary medical licenses and permits to provide dental care, and dentists will regularly improve their qualifications to confirm compliance of their professional abilities with the requirements of the dental care market and medical practice; 10) all cash flows, including loan repayment, received from the provision of dental care to patients occur during the same period (year) to which the income received and expenses incurred refer. 6.3. recommendations and direction for further research the innovative business model for cdo development created by the authors can be used to increase the accuracy, efficiency, and validity of managerial decisions in the interests of the development of dental care in the russian federation, the profitability of typical commercial dental clinics, the dentists’ salaries, and deductions to the development fund of dental organizations. the results of the development of scientific and methodological apparatus and the implementation of practical tools under this study make it possible to conclude that the stated purpose of the research has been achieved. the completed research provides managerial decision-makers with effective business modeling tools for developing cdos that provide paid dental services to the population. directions for further research are introducing a progressive system of labor incentives for employees in other areas of activity, for example, the provision of educational services to motivate scientific and pedagogical workers to highly effective work, improving their qualifications and professional level; expanding the technology for setting and solving the problem of business modeling for promising investors and searching for optimal sources of financial resources from the viewpoint of the weighted average price for the implementation of investment in dental care; developing and implementing promising digital technologies for the provision of dental care; adapting the economic and mathematical model developed in this research at enterprises in all sectors of the economy; including the developed economic and mathematical tools into a unified information and analytical system by dental medical organizations, their interaction with widely used applied software products, and others. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 76 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, e.v.k.; methodology, e.v.k.; software, e.v.k.; validation, e.v.k. and g.g.b.; formal analysis, g.g.b.; investigation, e.v.k. and g.g.b.; resources, g.g.b.; data curation, g.g.b.; writing—original draft preparation, e.v.k. and g.g.b.; writing—review and editing, e.v.k.; visualization, g.g.b.; supervision, e.v.k.; project administration, e.v.k. and g.g.b.; funding acquisition, g.g.b. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] alotaibi, k. f., & kassim, a. m. (2023). factors that influence the adoption of digital dental technologies and dental informatics in dental practice. international journal of online and biomedical engineering (ijoe), 19(15), 103–126. doi:10.3991/ijoe.v19i15.43015. [2] goncharuk-khomyn, m. (2022). digital approaches in forensic dentistry practice: clustering or fractal differentiation? journal of dentistry, 121, 103970. doi:10.1016/j.jdent.2022.103970. [3] di fiore, a. (2022). think digital—the new era in the dentistry field. journal of clinical medicine, 11(14), 4073. doi:10.3390/jcm11144073. [4] abakarov, s. i., sorokin, d. v., lapushko, v. yu., abakarova, d. s., & nikiforova, k. i. (2021). mathematical modeling and modern physical research methods in orthopedic dentistry. bulletin of postgraduate medical education, (1), 58–63. [5] komuro, a., yamada, y., uesugi, s., terashima, h., kimura, m., kishimoto, h., iida, t., sakamoto, k., okuda, k., kusano, k., baba, s., & sakamoto, t. (2021). accuracy and dimensional reproducibility by model scanning, intraoral scanning, and cbct imaging for digital implant dentistry. international journal of implant dentistry, 7(1), 63. doi:10.1186/s40729-021-00343-w. [6] schweiger, j., edelhoff, d., & güth, j. f. (2021). 3d printing in digital prosthetic dentistry: an overview of recent developments in additive manufacturing. journal of clinical medicine, 10(9), 2010. doi:10.3390/jcm10092010. [7] wu, y., hu, z., zhang, x., bai, h., sun, y., & fan, b. (2021). optimum design of reference points distribution in threedimensional reconstruction of dental model in intercuspal position. bmc oral health, 21(1). doi:10.1186/s12903-021-01919-z. [8] yanushevich, o., arutunov, s., zolotnitskiy, i., bagdasaryan, g., kirakosyan, l., sokolov, e., & kostyrin, e. (2022). economic efficiency of digital transformation of non-removable prosthetics technology in the management of dental services. rossiiskaya stomatologiya, 15(2), 3. doi:10.17116/rosstomat2022150213. [9] yanushevich, o. o., sterlikov, p. f., zolotnitsky, i. v., grachev, d. i., bagdasaryan, g. g., arutyunov, s. d., sokolov, e. v., & kostyrin, e. v. (2022). economic and mathematical model of stimulating the work of dentists. ekonomika i upravlenie: problemy, resheniya, 4/1(124), 5–15. doi:10.36871/ek.up.p.r.2022.04.01.001. [10] ryu, j. i., & jeong, h. r. (2022). the analysis of dental treatments among the disabled in a charity dental clinic, cheongju city. journal of korean academy of oral health, 46(2), 78–84. doi:10.11149/jkaoh.2022.46.2.78. [11] prosalova, v. s., & nikolaeva, a. a. (2023). efficiency of the use of artificial intelligence in the work of a dental clinic-economic aspect. azimuth of scientific research: economics and management, 12, 81-84. doi:10.57145/27128482_2023_12_03_18. https://doi.org/10.57145/27128482_2023_12_03_18 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 77 [12] srivastava, r., & verma, p. k. (2023). smart materials in dentistry. ip indian journal of conservative and endodontics, 8(4), 193–197. doi:10.18231/j.ijce.2023.037. [13] kostyrin, e., & rozanov, d. (2023). economic and mathematical modeling for the process management of the company’s financial flows. emerging science journal, 7(3), 897–916. doi:10.28991/esj-2023-07-03-017. [14] kamali, a. h., moradi, m., goodarzian, f., & ghasemi, p. (2021). a discrete event simulation method for performance analysis of an additive manufacturing in the dental clinic. the international journal of advanced manufacturing technology, 118(9–10), 2949–2979. doi:10.1007/s00170-021-08135-7. [15] thejane, k., du preez, w., & booysen, g. (2023). implementing digital twinning in an additive manufacturing process chain. matec web of conferences, 388, 10001. doi:10.1051/matecconf/202338810001. [16] lee, h., & yang, h. (2023). digital twinning and optimization of manufacturing process flows. journal of manufacturing science and engineering, 145(11). doi:10.1115/1.4063234. [17] lazviashvili, l. (2022). marketing system in a dental organization. modern issues of medicine and management, 23(1), 85-91. doi:10.56580/geomedi0006. [18] vesinurm, m., halminen, o., linna, m., mikkola, h., & lillrank, p. (2023). a realist evaluation of policy interventions to reduce public subsidies of private dental care in finland. community dentistry and oral epidemiology. doi:10.1111/cdoe.12938. [19] printz-markó, erzsébet & fekete, nikoletta & zsuzsa, ivancsó. (2018). dental tourism through the example of a dental clinic in mosonmagyaróvár on the austrian-hungarian border. in proceedings of iac in vienna: global education of teaching and learning and management, economic, business and marketing and transport, logistics, tourism, and sports science, czech technical university in prague, 305-317. [20] khabadze, z., negorelova, y., gevorkyan, a., nazarova, d., shilyaeva, e., kotelnikova, a., & mordanov, o. (2022). comparative analysis of smear layer removal techniques in the treatment of dental caries. the new armenian medical journal, 1, 49–57. doi:10.56936/18290825-2022.16.1-49. [21] semin, a., vasiljeva, m., sokolov, a., kuznetsov, n., maramygin, m., volkova, m., zekiy, a., elyakova, i., & nikitina, n. (2020). improving early warning system indicators for crisis manifestations in the russian economy. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 6(4), 171. doi:10.3390/joitmc6040171. [22] flemming, j., meyer-probst, c. t., speer, k., kölling-speer, i., hannig, c., & hannig, m. (2021). preventive applications of polyphenols in dentistry—a review. international journal of molecular sciences, 22(9), 4892. doi:10.3390/ijms22094892. [23] zhachko, n. i., nespriadko-monborgne, t. s., skrypnyk, i. l., & zhachko, m. s. (2021). improving dental health – is improving quality of life. wiadomości lekarskie, 74(3), 722–725. doi:10.36740/wlek202103229. [24] hajek, a., könig, h. h., buczak-stec, e., rose, l. m., kretzler, b., spinler, k., schiffner, u., aarabi, g., & walther, c. (2022). regular childhood dental visits, health-related factors and quality of life in later life. archives of gerontology and geriatrics, 99, 104585. doi:10.1016/j.archger.2021.104585. [25] chililov, a. m., kadyrov, f. n., & obuhova, o. v. (2022). labour remuneration in public health system in time of digital transformation of medical services. vestnik of the plekhanov russian university of economics, 2, 136–148. doi:10.21686/24132829-2022-2-136-148. [26] kostyrin, e., & sokolov, e. (2023). social financial technologies for the development of enterprises and the russian economy. advances in science, technology and engineering systems journal, 8(3), 118–135. doi:10.25046/aj080314. [27] sokolov, e. v., & kostyrin, e. v. (2021). models for managing medical organizations. scientific library, moscow, russia. [28] kostyrin, e. v. (2020). economic and mathematical modeling of financial resource management in medical organizations. industrial engineering & management systems, 19(3), 716–729. doi:10.7232/iems.2020.19.3.716. [29] kostyrin, e. v. (2020). economic and mathematical models of financial incentives for the personnel at medical organization departments. international journal of pharmaceutical research, 12(04). doi:10.31838/ijpr/2020.12.04.253. [30] sukhina, n., lebedeva, e., zhuravlev, p., chernykh, i., kotova, x., & hajiyev, h. (2021). financial management methods and ways to optimize costs. international review, 3–4, 179–187. doi:10.5937/intrev2103177s. [31] medvestnik (2023). a specialized portal for medical specialists and healthcare organizers. available online: https://medvestnik.ru/ (accessed on december 2023). [32] consultantplus (2023). decree of the government of the russian federation of december 29, 2022 n 2497 "on the program of state guarantees for free medical care to citizens for 2023 and for the planning period of 2024 and 2025". consultantplus, moscow, russia. available online: https://www.consultant.ru/document/cons_doc_law_436688/ (accessed on may 2023). [33] kostyrin, e. v., vasilevskaya, n. a., sterlikov, p. f., zolotnitsky, i. v., arutyunov, d. s., he, p., & arutyunov, s. a. (2023). innovative technologies for increasing the availability of medical care to citizens of the russian federation. economic sciences, 223, 169-203. doi:10.14451/1.223.169. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 1, march, 2024 78 [34] woldemichael, a., rezaei, s., kazemi karyani, a., ebrahimi, m., soltani, s., & aghaei, a. (2021). the impact of out-of pocket payments of households for dental healthcare services on catastrophic healthcare expenditure in iran. bmc public health, 21(1), 1474. doi:10.1186/s12889-021-11209-6. [35] najafi, e., amini-rarani, m., & moeeni, m. (2021). inequality in dental care expenditure in iranian households: analysis of income quintiles and educational levels. bmc oral health, 21(1), 550. doi:10.1186/s12903-021-01912-6. [36] cope, a. l., bannister, c., karki, a., harper, p., allen, m., jones, r., peddle, s., walters, b., & chestnutt, i. g. (2022). the development and application of a chairside oral health risk and need stratification tool in general dental services. journal of dentistry, 123, 104206. doi:10.1016/j.jdent.2022.104206. [37] starodubov, v., kadyrov, f., & chililov, a. (2022). covid-19 treatment in the russian federation: state support of medical workers treating covid-19 in the russian federation and quality management with industrial and manufacturing engineering. international journal for quality research, 16(1), 3–18. doi:10.24874/ijqr16.01-01. [38] morozko, n., & didenko, v. (2022). applying the theory of fuzzy logic in the financial management of small companies. montenegrin journal of economics, 18(4), 49-60. doi:10.14254/1800-5845/2022.18-4.5. [39] gasparian, m. s., kiseleva, i. a., titov, v. a., & olenev, l. a. (2021). simulación y gestión de riesgos de actividades financieras en la era de la economía dogital. nexo revista científica, 34(04), 1388–1395. doi:10.5377/nexo.v34i04.12684. [40] althumairy, r. i. (2022). exploring the quality of life for saudi patients utilizing dental healthcare services: a systematic review. journal of multidisciplinary healthcare, 15, 309–315. doi:10.2147/jmdh.s344963. [41] schierz, o., reissmann, d. r., rauch, a., john, m. t., marré, b., luthardt, r. g., mundt, t., hannak, w., kohal, r., kern, m., nothdurft, f., hartmann, s., böning, k., boldt, j., stark, h., edelhoff, d., wöstmann, b., wolfart, s., jahn, f., & walter, m. h. (2021). impact of shortened dental arch on oral health-related quality of life. journal of evidence based dental practice, 21(4), 101622. doi:10.1016/j.jebdp.2021.101622. [42] choi, j. h., park, i., jung, i., & dey, a. (2015). complementary effect of patient volume and quality of care on hospital cost efficiency. health care management science, 20(2), 221–231. doi:10.1007/s10729-015-9348-9. [43] lo russo, l., zhurakivska, k., guida, l., chochlidakis, k., troiano, g., & ercoli, c. (2022). comparative cost-analysis for removable complete dentures fabricated with conventional, partial, and complete digital workflows. the journal of prosthetic dentistry, 1-8. doi:10.1016/j.prosdent.2022.03.023. [44] taylor, m., masood, m., & mnatzaganian, g. (2022). longevity of complete dentures after relines: a 20-year population based retrospective study of 187,227 publicly insured adults. journal of dentistry, 121, 104073. doi:10.1016/j.jdent.2022.104073. [45] breusov, a. v. & kaneva, d. a. (2018). motivation of medical personnel of dental organizations of various forms of ownership: data from a sociological study. saratov medical scientific journal, 14(2), 287–293. [46] breusov, a.v., kaneva, d.a. & kharchenko, v.v. (2018). sociological aspects of activity of medical personnel of the stomatologic organizations of various form of ownership. journal of new medical technologies (e-edition), 4, 123–131. doi:10.24411/2075-4094-2018-16197. [47] vasiljeva, m. v., semin, a. n., ponkratov, v. v., kuznetsov, n. v., kostyrin, e. v., semenova, n. n., ivleva, m. i., zekiy, a. o., ruban-lazareva, n. v., elyakov, a. l., & muda, i. (2023). impact of corporate social responsibility on the effectiveness of companies’ business activities. emerging science journal, 7(3), 768–790. doi:10.28991/esj-2023-07-03-08. [48] losev, f. f., markina, l. a., & wagner, v. d. (2023). economic feasibility of providing paid medical services by the dental department of a state medical organization. medical alphabet, 12, 36–39. doi:10.33667/2078-5631-2023-12-36-39. [49] shkatova, e. yu., bezdetko, g. i., bessonova, t. i., & oksuzyan, a. v. (2015). timing studies in dentistry as a condition for the formation of a safe hospital environment. modern problems of science and education, 616.3, 1-8. [50] gotfredsen, k., hosseini, m., rimborg, s., & özhayat, e. (2021). patient’s perception of timing concepts in implant dentistry: a systematic review. clinical oral implants research, 32(s21), 67–84. doi:10.1111/clr.13861. [51] sokolov, e. v., kostyrin, e. v., volokhova, t. v., ilchenko, m. a., & shakhruev, m. e. (2023). money. credit. banks. course design: educational and methodological manual. scientific library, moscow, russia. [52] al-zararee, a., ali almasria, n., & ahmad alawaqleh, q. (2022). the effect of working capital management and credit management policy on jordanian banks’ financial performance. banks and bank systems, 16(4), 229–239. doi:10.21511/bbs.16(4).2021.19. [53] cbr. (2023). central bank of the russian federation. average market values of the total cost of a consumer credit (loan). moscow, russia. available online: https://cbr.ru/statistics/bank_sector/psk/ (accessed on december 26, 2023). available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1024 issn: 2723-9535 contextual semantic embeddings based on transformer models for arabic biomedical questions classification ismail ait talghalit 1* , hamza alami 2 , said ouatik el alaoui 1 1 engineering sciences laboratory, national school of applied sciences, ibn tofail university, kenitra, 14000, morocco. 2 lisac laboratory, faculty of sciences dhar el mahraz, sidi mohamed ben abdellah university, fez, 30003, morocco. received 19 july 2024; revised 23 november 2024; accepted 26 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract arabic biomedical question classification (abqc) is a challenging task due to various reasons including, the specialized jargon expressed in arabic language, complex semantics of arabic vocabulary and the lack of specific datasets and corpora. when representing questions, only a few studies deal with abqc by taking into account the word context. in this work, we propose a classification model designed for arabic biomedical questions. we build vector representations capturing the contextual and semantic information of arabic biomedical text, which presents numerous challenges, such as the derivational morphology of arabic language, the specialized terminology of biomedical terms and the lack of capitalization in text. our representation adapts the extensive knowledge encoded in bert (bidirectional encoder representations from transformers) and other transformer models, to address the aforementioned challenges. several experiments have been conducted on a dedicated arabic biomedical dataset namely: maqa, with well-known transformer models including bert, arabert, biobert, roberta, and distilbert fine-tuned for the classification task. obtained results show that our method achieves remarkable performance with an accuracy of 93.31% and an f1-score of 93.35%. keywords: arabic question classification; biomedical domain; natural language processing; transformers; bert; fine-tuning; question answering systems; sentence embedding. 1. introduction arabic biomedical questions classification is the process of categorizing arabic biomedical text, particularly biomedical questions, into predefined categories, such as diseases, medical procedure, symptoms, and specialties. this is particularly useful for healthcare applications [1], medical information retrieval systems, and decision support tools, since it allows these systems to better understand the type of information that user is seeking. as shown in figure 1, our classification system takes an arabic biomedical question as input, processes it, and assigns it to the appropriate category. by classifying questions into predefined categories, the system can refine the search process and retrieve more relevant information [2]. for instance, if a question is classified as a symptom, the system will focus resources that specifically related to symptoms, thus enhancing the efficiency of the retrieval process. biomedical question classification is essential in various biomedical applications, such as medical chatbots, decision support systems, and symptom checker applications. it enhances communication between patients and healthcare providers by allowing chatbots to understand and respond accurately to medical inquiries. in their work, babu & boddu * corresponding author: ismail.aittalghalit@uit.ac.ma http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-011  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0008-2004-1535 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6945-6098 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1194-0578 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1025 [3] focused on developing a medical chatbot that uses bert [4], to understand and classify biomedical natural language input. tama & lim [5] discussed the impact of various classifiers in clinical decision support systems and their importance in biomedical classification tasks. the article evaluates classifiers such as support vector machines, decision trees, random forest, naive bayes, k-nearest neighbours, and neural networks, highlighting their effectiveness in processing complex biomedical data. hassan et al. [6] focused on using advanced language models to improve the classification of diseases from symptoms, exploring many pre-trained language models to process symptom description. these models are fine-tuned on medical datasets to improve their understanding of medical terminology and disease symptoms. the paper presents a set of experiments comparing traditional machine learning classifiers (svm, and decision trees) with language models on disease classification tasks. the results show that language models outperform traditional methods, especially when dealing with complex or ambiguous symptom descriptions. figure 1. arabic biomedical question classification system workflow question classification can be used in building open domain question answering systems. to provide the correct answer, this process is required to understand what type of information the question is seeking. as a result, a good classification narrows down the target data and makes passage retrieval component more efficient [7]. alami et al. [8] introduced a new taxonomy for open-domain arabic questions alongside a classification approach that leverages distributed word representations. initially, the method involves creating word embeddings that encapsulate semantic relations between words, which is then followed by the application of machine learning methods to categorize questions into distinct classes. this innovative method has shown significant enhancements, achieving an accuracy of 90% in the classification of arabic questions. building an arabic biomedical question classification system is a challenging natural language processing (nlp) task due to various factors including the complex morphology of arabic language, the specialized terminology of biomedical domain, and the limited availability of biomedical arabic corpora. the absence of diacritics in most arabic texts creates ambiguity, as the same word can have multiple meanings depending on its context. moreover, the lack of capitalization makes named entities recognition (institutions, renowned researchers, diseases, health organizations…) more difficult compared to other languages. another obstacle is that arabic’s orthographic variations, where certain letters have different writing forms (e.g., "ة" vs. "ه" or "ي" vs. "ى"). these variations can complicate tasks like tokenization, stemming, and lemmatization in nlp. in addition to these challenges, the biomedical field is continuously evolving, and there is no original arabic translation available for most diseases and biomedical terms because they are primarily named in english. the interdisciplinary nature of the biomedical domain, encompassing fields like medicine, biology, biochemistry, bioinformatics, and biotechnology adds complexity by leading to overlaps between classes. unlike english language, which has sufficient datasets for medical texts, arabic lacks datasets in this domain, which presents a significant challenge for nlp tasks. recently, text representation becomes a crucial process for any nlp application such as information retrieval [9], text summarization [10], text clustering [11], etc. unlike classical bag-of words representation, word embedding including word2vec [12], glove [13], and fasttext [14] have shown high performances in text mining [15]. however, most of these methods don’t take into consideration both relationships between words and the context in which the word is used. this aspect should not be overlooked in biomedical questions particularly because the arabic language contains a lot of successive and composed words, where the meaning can change when the overall context of the sentence is not considered. for instance, the following two sentences have different meanings: " يعاني من عمى " ("he suffers from blindness") and "يعاني من عمى األلوان" ("he suffers from color blindness"). the first sentence refers to “blindness” or the state of being visually impaired, where a person is unable to see or has significant visual impairment, while the second one refers to “color blindness” or “color vision deficiency”. a person under this condition has difficulty distinguishing between certain colors or fails to recognize colors correctly. ماذا افعل؟ خفيفةمع رعشه سريعةضربات قلبي بان أحس (1) i feel like my heart is beating fast with a slight tremor, what should i do? question question classification system class (1) امراض القلب والشرايين cardiovascular disease (2) اريد ان تكون اسناني نظيفة فماذا افعل؟ i want my teeth to be clean, so what can i do? (2) طب االسنان dentistry hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1026 in some cases, static word embedding can be ineffective for text representation and questions will be misclassified. a minor adjustment to the sentence can completely change the class. despite having almost, the same content, and differing by only one word, sentences can belong to different classes. for instance, the sentences presented in table 1 stand as examples of this misclassification. table 1. sentence variations leading to misclassification in biomedical questions classes translation classes sentences translation sentences gastrointestinal diseases امراض الجهاز الهضمي my father has a pain in the neck of his stomach ابي يعاني من الم في عنق المعده ear nose and throat انف اذن وحنجرة my father has neck pain ابي يعاني من الم في عنق ophthalmology امراض العيون my son suffers from photophobia ابني يشكو من رهاب الضوء psychiatric and neurological illnesses األمراض النفسية والعصبية my son has a phobia ابني يشكو من رهاب contextual embedding models have demonstrated efficiency in terms of learning sentence representations for many nlp tasks. lahbari & el-alaoui. [16] introduced an arabic question classification system integrated within a question answering system. the system operates in three steps: it begins by classifiying questions and forming queries, followed by retrieving relevant documents and passages, and finally, extracting answers. the proposed approach combines arabert [17] with a passage retrieval and query expansion to find and rank relevant passages. tested on clef and trec datasets, the proposed method achieves good results, achieving a 92% in terms of f1-score. in this paper, we propose an arabic biomedical question classification system. we build representations that capture contextual and semantic information of arabic biomedical text, enhancing classification task performance. our representations adapt the rich encoded information in language models such as bert [4] and arabert [17] to address challenges specific to the arabic biomedical domain. trained on the large dataset encoded in bert and other transformer models makes our representations robust. our models use the encoder part of transformers architecture, along with the attention mechanism to capture both close and distant word relationships and extracting important information within the arabic biomedical text. this enables the model to catch contextual information, making our representations powerful. for classification, we use cross-entropy loss as our objective function, to ensure efficient and accurate categorization of questions. to validate our approach, we use the maqa dataset [18], a large biomedical dataset containing diverse biomedical questions and classes in arabic language. using our representation, we have built several models for question classification tasks including bert [4], arabert [17], roberta [19], biobert [20] taking into account the word context and the overall meaning of the sentence for effective question classification. additionally, we include distilbert [21] model, a light bert version, to prove its speed efficiency, which is crucial in biomedical nlp tasks. the main contributions of this work are as follows:  we propose an arabic biomedical question classification system.  we build specific vector representations for arabic biomedical text that catch semantic and contextual information. these representations adapt the extensive knowledge encoded in pretrained transformer models, namely bert [4], arabert [17], roberta [19], biobert [20], and distilbert [21].  we carried out several experiments on maqa [18] corpus using accuracy, f1 score, precision and recall metrics for training and testing.  we compare computing time of the best models to prove the performance of the light version of multilingual distilbert [21]. it is noteworthy that finding arabic biomedical classification systems using contextual semantic embeddings are rare. our work addresses this gap by experimenting with contextual semantic embeddings based on transformer models. the remainder of the paper is organized as follows. section 2 presents related work. in section 3 we describe our devised approach. the experimental results and discussion are detailed in section 4. section 5 concludes and outlines future work. 2. related works deep learning techniques have been widely explored in many nlp applications and have shown big performances due to recent developments in transfer learning approach. the later has become increasingly popular with the introduction of transformers models [22]. fine tuning a pretrained transformer model on a specific task has been demonstrated to be performant; it achieves state-of-the-art in nlp tasks, including text classification, question answering, and text translation. mutabazi et al. [23] proposed a novel deep learning model to enhance the classification of medical questions on forums. this model utilized on word2vec for word embedding, cnn for feature extraction, and bilstm for hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1027 classification. after training and testing on two benchmark datasets, the cnn-bilstm model demonstrated superior performance in capturing semantic and syntactic features. results show that the combined model surpasses baseline methods (cnn and bilstm) on both datasets, achieving an accuracy of 57.73% on the ichi dataset and 100% on the medquad dataset. vihikan & trisna [24] explored many deep learning techniques and baseline methods for the classification of health questions in indonesian language. authors developed a multi-classification model, capable of categorizing questions into different health related categories. the deep learning methods evaluated in this study include gru, lstm, bidirectional lstm and gru (bilstm and bigru), cnn, bigru-cnn, bilstm-cnn, and transformer-based models. the majority of the deep learning models tested in the study outperformed svm, which is used as a baseline method. recently, various transformers models have been proposed to enhance nlp tasks, such as bert [4], which is a language model based on transformer architecture that was launched by google in 2018. the initial bert model available for arabic was the multilingual bert (mbert). devlin et al. [4] developed this model, which was pre trained on a large corpus supporting 104 languages including arabic language. the multilingual bert uses two unsupervised learning tasks which are masked language modeling (mlm) and next sentence prediction (nsp). to optimize bert approach, facebook researchers created xlm-roberta [19] which removes next sentence pre diction (nsp) and uses instead a different approach named byte pair encoding (bpe). mansour et al. [25] applied multilingual bert fine-tuned to identify arabic dialect from arabic tweets. the authors compared bert model with machine learning models including support vectors machine, naive bayes, and voting classifier. experiments have shown that bert model is more efficient in language understanding, and has achieved the best f1 score compared with other machine learning models. more recently, several pretrained models have been researched in the context of arabic nlp tasks. abioner [26] is an extended bert model that have been developed to identify named entity recognition in arabic biomedical text. the authors demonstrated that their model outperformed both arabert and multilingual bert with 85% in terms of f1 score. however, authors have tested the model only on two types of entities (“disease or syndrome” and “therapeutic or preventive procedure”). the kimedqa system [27] is an enhanced medical question-answering system that employs knowledge graphs with pre-trained language models. the enhanced system combines query and context representations with the pruned knowledge network to produce precise answers. the results of the conducted research on the datasets of both mashqa and covid-qa datasets reveal that kimedqa outperforms chatgpt in terms of f1 score and adequacy. to tackle the lack problem of arabic biomedical data sets, hammoud et al. [28] produced a novel medical dataset for diseases classification by collecting multiple arabic medical websites, as well as the arab medical encyclopedia. after the fine-tuning of pretrained models bert, arabert, and abioner on this arabic medical corpus, authors obtained good results for a classification task of two thousand medical documents, containing 10 classes. the fusion of transformer models with other deep learning methods in biomedical question classification has proven highly effective. al-smadi [29] has introduced a new performed model designed for classifying arabic medical questions into multiple classes. the model integrates deberta for extracting contextual embeddings and bilstm for comprehensive feature extraction and representation. evaluated on a dataset of covid-19-related questions from the altibbi platform, the study demonstrates the potential of combining pre-trained language models with bilstm for effective multi-label classification. the model’s performance surpasses that of other baseline methods, achieving a hamming loss of 0.042 and a micro-f1 score of 0.84. yu et al. [30] proposed tinybert-cnn model for intent classification in the in the chinese text “treatise on febrile diseases” using a fusion of tinybert and cnn. it is based on tinybert for embedding and encoding global text information, followed by cnn for extracting local features, achieving high accuracy of 96.4%. in pursuit of speed and efficiency, researchers have been motivated to develop lighter and faster versions of models. for instance, distilbert [21] is a light and a fast bert version, these two models share the general architecture, except that distilbert has 40% less trainable parameters and is suited for situations with restricted computer resources. similar to other transformers architectures this model can be used for text classification. akpatsa et al. [31] evaluated the performance of distil-bert model and other text classifiers on a covid-19 online news binary classification dataset. despite having fewer trainable parameters than the bert-based model, the distilbert model achieved an accuracy of 0.94 on the validation set after only two training epochs. in contrast to multilingual bert, arabert [17] was developed especially for arabic language and its dialects, news in modern standard arabic, taken from various arabic media outlets constitute pretraining dataset. the final model is trained using over 3 billion arabic tokens and 70 million phrases. aftan & shah [32] used arabert for hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1028 customer satisfaction classification based on tweets in saudi arabia telecom companies. they compared arabert to two deep learning algorithms including convolutional neural network (cnn) and recurrent neural network (rnn). using mobily and stc datasets, arabert achieved the best prediction accuracy. el-alami et al. [33] explored the arabert [17] model for contextual text representation in two ways: as a transfer learning model and as a feature extractor. they fine-tuned arabert parameters on the osac datasets to improve its efficacy in arabic text classification. the effectiveness of arabert is further evaluated as a feature extractor by integrating it with various classifiers, including lstm, bi-lstm, mlp, svm, and cnn. comparative experiments are conducted between two bert models, arabert and multilingual bert. the results have shown that the fine-tuned arabert model achieves a high performance, reaching an f1-score and accuracy of up to 99%. biobert [20] is a biomedical language representation model created for biomedical applications. it was trained on a range of biomedical datasets, such as pmc full-text articles and pubmed abstracts. houssein et al. [34] explored finetuned transformer models, such as biobert, roberta, bert, xlnet, and bioclinicalbert, for heart disease detection and extraction of related risk factors from clinical notes using the i2b2 dataset. these fine-tuned transformer models have demonstrated high performance in extracting semantic information and identifying disease risk factors. based on the aforementioned works, despite the proven effectiveness of fine-tuned transformer models in many nlp applications, few efforts have been devoted to the arabic biomedical domain due to many challenges, such as the specific jargon of the biomedical domain and the ambiguity present in the arabic language. in this paper, we exploit the powerful capabilities of contextual semantic embedding with the fine-tuning of transformer models for arabic biomedical question classification. furthermore, we conducted several experiments on the maqa [18] dataset to show that various pretrained transformer models are highly effective in classifying arabic biomedical questions. 3. research methodology we handle the arabic biomedical question classification task by proposing transformers models as transfer learning models and fine-tuning their parameters on a large medical dataset. our method includes several steps, including (1) text preprocessing and tokenization, (2) sentence representation, (3) fine-tuning pretrained models and question classification. figure 2 illustrates the architecture of our proposed system. figure 2. the architecture of the proposed system 3.1. preprocessing and tokenization we apply a preprocessing stage for cleaning, tokenizing, and preparing textual data. it consists of removing extra words and strings including punctuation, stop words, and links, etc. truncation is a sub operation which aims to reduce the inflectional forms of each word to a common base or root. after cleaning the data, we divide the question which is a short text into tokens using a reserved tokenizer for each pretrained transformer model. table 2 displays the findings from applying different tokenizers to a sample arabic biomedical question. we note that arabert tokenizer is more effective for arabic because it takes into consideration the arabic morphology by using farasa segmenter [35]. biomedical questions pre-processing & tokenization sentence embedding fine-tuning classified questions hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1029 table 2. results of applying different tokenizers on an arabic biomedical question question ما هي االعراض االوليه لمرض السل؟ arabert tokenizer '؟', 'السل', 'لمرض', 'ه'##, 'االولي', 'االعراض', 'هي', 'ما' mbert tokenizer '؟', 'سل'## ,'ال', 'رض'##, 'لم', 'يه'##, 'اول'##, 'ال', 'راض'##, 'اع'##, 'ال', 'هي', 'ما' mdistilbert tokenizer '؟', 'سل'##, 'ال', 'رض'##, 'لم', 'يه'##, 'اول'##, 'ال', 'راض'##, 'اع'##, 'ال', 'هي', 'ما' ' mroberta tokenizer '▁ ؟', 'السل▁', 'مرض', 'ل▁', 'يه', 'االول▁', 'عراض', 'اال▁', 'هي▁', 'ما' biobert tokenizer , 'و'##, 'ا'##, 'ل'##, 'ا', 'ض'##, 'ا'##, 'ر'##, 'ع'##, 'ا'##, 'ل'##, 'ا', 'ي##', 'ه', 'ا'##, 'م' '؟','ل'##, 'س'##, 'ل'##, 'ا', 'ض'##, 'ر'##, 'م'##, 'ل', 'ه'##, 'ي'##, 'ل'## in general, the input question is first tokenized into individual tokens as follows: {tok1, tok2, … , tok𝑁} (1) 3.2. sentence embedding in this step, we produce a representation of questions using pre-trained transformer models. the transformer encoder takes a sequence of words that constitute the arabic question as input. all input questions must have the same length in terms of tokens; hence, padding is applied to have a single constant length. real tokens and padding tokens will be distinguished using the attention mask. lastly, these tokens are embedded into vectors before being processed in the neural network. the transformer output is also a sequence of vector, each vector corresponds to the input token with the same index. building vector representations that capture the contextual and semantic information of arabic biomedical questions requires addressing the linguistic challenges posed by both the arabic language and biomedical domain. in this context, transformer models are essential due to their ability to produce contextual embeddings that account for these linguistic complexities. transformers models use a self-attention mechanism, enabling each token in a sequence to assesses the relevance of all other tokens. this approach helps models to capture both nearby and distant relationships within a sentence, enhancing the understanding of context across the entire sequence. mathematically, the self-attention mechanism calculates attention scores 𝛼𝑖𝑗 between each token 𝑖 and every other token 𝑗 in the sequence, using their query 𝑄𝑖 and key 𝐾𝑗 vectors, which determines how much influence token 𝑗 has on token 𝑖 at that particular layer. this can be expressed as: 𝛼𝑖𝑗 = softmax ( 𝑄𝑖𝐾𝑗 𝑇 √𝑑𝑘 ) (2) where 𝑑𝑘 is the dimensionality of the key vectors, the attention scores are used to compute the final output representation of token 𝑖 by taking a weighted sum over the value vectors 𝑉𝑗 of all tokens: 𝑍𝑖 = ∑ 𝛼𝑖𝑗𝑉𝑗𝑗 (3) this process allows the model to generate contextual embeddings that adapt to the context of each token in the sentence, making it especially suitable for handling the semantic complexity of arabic biomedical text. these embeddings are further fine-tuned through the model's pre-training on vast arabic biomedical text corpora, allowing the transformer to leverage both its general arabic linguistic understanding and biomedical domain knowledge. embeddings are extracted using the [cls] strategy by adding the [cls] token at the beginning of the text to generate sentence embeddings. this special classification token must be added to the beginning of every arabic biomedical question, when the model is used for classification tasks. the [cls] token is significant since each layer of the model inputs a list of word embeddings and produces the same number of embeddings in the output. another special token that is used in this strategy is the separator token [sep]. this token is added to the tokenized sequence, and is useful for performing multi sentence tasks where the model is given many sentences as input and asked to perform a certain task. the initial and final input tokens in the sequence must be special tokens. the token sequence becomes: [cls, 𝑇𝑜𝑘1, 𝑇𝑜𝑘2, … , 𝑇𝑜𝑘𝑁,sep] (4) the resulting sequence is then given as input to the input layer. let ecls be the embedding for the [cls] token, and ei be the embedding for the i-th token. each token in the sequence is transformed into its corresponding embedding, capturing the semantic and contextual information. the sequence of embeddings then becomes: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1030 {𝐸cls, 𝐸1, 𝐸2, … , 𝐸𝑁 , 𝐸sep} (5) the token embeddings are fed into the transformer encoder layers. each layer consists of multi-head self-attention and feed-forward sub-layers. the transformer encoder produces a contextual representation for each token in the sequence. let 𝐻𝑙 be the hidden state at the 𝑙 − 𝑡ℎ transformer layer. the initial state is the input embeddings. the operation at each layer can be formulated as: 𝐻𝑙 = transformerencoder𝑙(𝐻𝑙−1) (6) the final hidden states from the last transformer layer, 𝐻𝑙, represent the contextualized embeddings. sentence representations encapsulate meaning and contextual nuances by capturing the interrelations between words and sentences within a single compact representation. to capture robust representations, we make use of five different bert models, including multilingual bert, xlm-roberta, distilbert, biobert, and arabert. 3.3. fine-tuning the fine-tuning is a transfer learning method where we freeze a part of the layer weights of a pretrained model. this approach speeds up the training process and improves performance on the target task. in this work, we explore the aforementioned pretrained models, and then we fine-tune them on arabic biomedical questions dataset. figure 3 illustrates the architecture of the proposed fine-tuned transformer models for arabic biomedical question classification. as shown in figure 3, we assign h as the final hidden vector of the special [cls] token and 𝑇𝑖 as the final hidden vector for the 𝑖 − 𝑡ℎ input token. to obtain the probability distribution over the predicted output category 𝑐, we use the final hidden state ℎ which refers to the entire text as an input for the feed-forward layer with softmax classifier. this probability is calculated using the following formula [36]: 𝑝(𝑐|ℎ) = softmax(𝑊ℎ) (7) figure 3. the architecture of the proposed fine-tuned transformer models for arabic biomedical question classification in order to maximize the log-probability of the correct category, all parameters from the pretrained models are utilized and jointly trained during the fine-tuning process. 𝐸[𝐶𝐿𝑆] h 𝐸1 𝑇1 𝐸𝑁 𝑇𝑁 feed-forwared layer + softmax predicted category pre-trained models [cls] 𝑇𝑜𝑘1 𝑇𝑜𝑘𝑁 ما هي االعراض األولية لمرض السل؟ what are the initial symptoms of tuberculosis? hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1031 4. experimental results we conduct a series of experiments to evaluate the performance of the fine-tuned transformer models for the arabic biomedical questions classification. in this section, we explore the efficacy of fine-tuned bert models using maqa dataset. we use accuracy, f1-measure, precision, and recall as evaluation metrics to measure the performance of used models. 4.1. dataset all experiments are conducted using the medical arabic dataset maqa. it is the largest arabic healthcare dataset, collected from many websites, including altibbi.com (70%), tbeeb.net (20%), and cura.healthcare (10%). it contains about 430k questions distributed into 20 biomedical classes [37]. the choice of the maqa dataset can be justified by its exceptional size, diversity, and suitability for the arabic biomedical domain. as the largest available dataset in this field, containing a wide variety of classes relevant to arabic biomedical questions, its extensive size and diversity make it an ideal choice for training and evaluating models. in order to fine-tune the pretrained models, we use 247,763 questions classified into 10 biomedical arabic classes. the dataset is split into 80% for training, with the rest reserved for testing. table 3 shows the number of questions per class. table 3. questions number per class number of questions category name 103,683 gynecology diseases نسائيةامراض 33,050 musculoskeletal and joint diseases امراض العضالت والعظام والمفاصل 22,373 gastrointestinal diseases امراض الجهاز الهضمي 21,773 sexually transmitted diseases االمراض الجنسية 20,207 dentistry طب االسنان 15,368 cardiovascular disease القلب والشرايينامراض 14,439 ophthalmology امراض العيون 13,933 ear nose and throat انف اذن وحنجرة 1,596 plastic surgery جراحة تجميل 1,341 blood diseases امراض الدم 4.2. experimental setup we use a 10-core apple m1 pro processor chip and a 16-core apple m1 pro graphics card. for all models, we use the adam optimizer with a learning rate of 3e-5. we add a layer of 10 nodes, which is the number of our classes, with the softmax activation function and the cross entropy loss function. the models are trained for 10 epochs with a batch size of 96. this training setup is selected after many trials, and it gives the best results for all models. the dataset is split into 80% for training and 20% for testing. further, table 4 shows the different hyperparameters used in our experiments. table 4. experiment hyper-parameters values for transformers model hyper-parameter value optimizer adam learning rate 3e-5 number of epochs 10 loss function cross entropy dropout rate 0.3 4.3. performance evaluation tables 5 and 6 summarize the results of the experiments during training and testing phases in terms of accuracy, f1 score, precision, and recall. classification accuracy which is the percentage of correctly predicted questions out of the total number of questions is one of the most widely used evaluation metrics. precision refers to the percentage of correctly predicted classes among all positive classification predictions. recall, on the other hand, is the proportion of correctly predicted positive classes out of the actual positive instances. the f1-score is the harmonic mean of recall and precision. given a number of true positives (tp), true negatives (tn), false positives (fp), and false negatives (fn), the following definitions apply for precision, recall, and f1-score: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1032 accuracy = 𝑇𝑃+𝑇𝑁 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃+𝐹𝑁+𝑇𝑁 (8) precision = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃 (9) recall = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑁 (10) f1-score = 2×(𝑇𝑃) 2×(𝑇𝑃)+𝐹𝑃+𝐹𝑁 (11) for the testing data, all of the fine-tuned models provide results ranging between 88% and 93%. arabert achieves the best results in terms of accuracy (93.31%), f1-measure (93.35%), precision (93.42%), and recall (93.28%). its high recall reflects its efficiency in identifying as many true positives as possible during training and testing phases, which is crucial in medical applications. one key reason for arabert’s superior results is that it has been pre-trained on a vast and diverse corpus of arabic data, enabling it to capture more nuanced semantic and contextual relationships. table 5. the training results of used models model accuracy f1 score precision recall arabert 98.91% 98.92% 98.96% 98.88% xlm-roberta 96.76% 96.78% 96.98% 96.59% multilingue distilbert 97.82% 97.84% 97.97% 97.71% mbert 97.35% 97.36% 97.53% 97.18% biobert 93.18% 93.31% 94.51% 92.16% table 6. the testing results of used models model accuracy f1 score precision recall arabert 93.31% 93.35% 93.42% 93.28% xlm-roberta 92.50% 92.55% 92.83% 92.28% multilingue distilbert 91.94% 91.98% 92.20% 91.78% mbert 91.79% 91.87% 92.09% 91.65% biobert 88.09% 88.46% 89.62% 87.34% since the multilingual distilbert and multilingual bert share the same architecture, they achieve nearly the same performances in terms of accuracy and f1-measure, outperforming the biobert model. however, distilbert is a light version of bert, trained with fewer parameters, making it advantageous in biomedical applications where the speed of answering is crucial. additionally, for all models, the f1 measure remains high, confirming that the models remain robust in the face of class imbalance. despite biobert achieving good results, it shows the lowest performance among the models. this may be due to the tokenizer it employs, which splits sequences into individual characters, as shown in table 2. this tokenization process fails to capture meaningful word or subword units. the results confirm that transformer-based models are better for arabic biomedical question classification because of their capacity to collect complex contextual data of text. furthermore, model selection depends on resource availability and requirements because some models, such as distilbert, offer faster inference speed without sacrificing much performance. table 7 illustrates the predicted class for many questions that belong to “blood diseases امراض الدم” using various models. as demonstrated in the table, arabert outperforms the other models, always predicting the correct class. in contrast, the other models occasionally fail to identify the correct category. table 7. the predictions for different arabic biomedical questions using the studied models sentences translation sentences arabert xlmroberta mbert mdistilbert biobert how can blood clotting disorders be treated? كيف يمكن التعامل مع اضطرابات تخثر الدم؟ correct incorrect incorrect correct incorrect what are the causes of blood clotting? ماهي اسباب تخثر الدم؟ correct incorrect incorrect incorrect correct what are the early symptoms of leukemia? ما هي االعراض المبكرة لسرطان الدم؟ correct correct correct correct correct the average computing time for the four top fine-tuned models while predicting the class of arabic biomedical questions is shown in table 8. multilingual distilbert proves its performance in terms of execution time speed, hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1033 requiring only 0.37 seconds. it performs well in situations where fast response time is crucial. this efficiency can be attributed to the fact that distilbert is a compressed version of bert, trained with few parameters. table 8. the average computing time across top fine-tuned models model computing time (second) arabert 0.83 xlm-roberta 0.71 mbert 0.71 distilbert multilingual 0.37 after the evaluation of used models, we use the confusion matrices in figure 4 and the classification report in table 9 to detect the classes where the models exhibit confusion and identify those where the fine-tuned models fail. all models show notable confusion between "sexually transmitted diseases االمراض الجنسية" and "gynecology diseases امراض this overlap can be attributed to the intersection of these two classes, as many sexually transmitted diseases are ."نسائية also addressed within the field of gynecology. the shared terminology and thematic overlap create additional challenges for the model, making it difficult to clearly distinguish between the two categories. figure 4. confusion matrices of the four best models hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1034 table 9. classification report of top four models category translation category arabert xlm-roberta mbert mdistilbert prec rec prec rec prec rec prec rec sexually transmitted diseases 0.80 0.85 0.80 0.86 0.80 0.88 0.80 0.91 االمراض الجنسية gastrointestinal diseases 0.88 0.89 0.86 0.91 0.89 0.92 0.91 0.90 امراض الجهاز الهضمي blood diseases 0.57 0.71 0.57 0.72 0.59 0.68 0.64 0.72 امراض الدم musculoskeletal and joint diseases والمفاصلامراض العضالت والعظام 0.94 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.92 0.93 0.93 0.93 ophthalmology 0.97 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.96 0.96 0.98 امراض العيون cardiovascular disease 0.88 0.86 0.88 0.83 0.91 0.82 0.90 0.89 امراض القلب والشرايين gynecology diseases 0.95 0.94 0.96 0.93 0.97 0.94 0.97 0.94 امراض نسائية ear nose and throat 0.87 0.93 0.87 0.94 0.89 0.92 0.89 0.94 انف اذن وحنجرة plastic surgery 0.70 0.76 0.71 0.69 0.63 0.81 0.81 0.73 جراحة تجميل dentistry 0.97 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.95 0.96 0.97 0.95 طب االسنان as presented in classification report in table 9, most errors occur when predicting the "blood diseases امراض الدم" class. for instance, the arabert model achieves a precision of 72% when classifying questions of this class; 172 out of the 270 were correctly classified. in contrast, it demonstrates a higher precision of 98% to classify the "ophtalmology questions; of the 2843 questions, 2731 were correctly classified. the errors committed when predicting "امراض العيون certain classes can be justified given that although a question belongs to a specific discipline, it may contain words from other biomedical subfields. for example, in the case of "blood diseases امراض الدم" and "cardiovascular disease امراض many terms are shared between these two classes, leading to potential misclassifications. additionally, the "القلب والشرايين lower performance in classifying "blood diseases امراض الدم" can be attributed to the relatively small number of samples available for this class, making it more complicated for the model to learn accurate representations. figure 5 presents f1 scores of different classes using the top four fine-tuned models. as evidenced by the classification report, all models demonstrate strong performance in predicting questions related to ophthalmology, achieving high accuracy rates. however, the classification of blood diseases remains a challenging task for these models. figure 5. f1-scores of the top four models per class the precision of pain location is a key to classifying questions, developing methods to accurately identify and interpret key location-indicating words such as "و" (and) or "من" (from) to refine classification outcomes will be an interesting perspective to work on in the coming works. a slight modification of a sentence by adding the pain location can have a significant impact on the assigned class, as shown in table 10. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1035 table 10. the impact of pain location on arabic biomedical sentence classification classes translation classes sentences translation sentences respiratory diseases امراض الجهاز التنفسي i feel a pain in my chest area اشعر بالم في منطقه الصدر cardiovascular disease والشرايينامراض القلب i feel pain in the chest area and near the heart اشعر بالم في منطقه الصدر وقرب القلب general surgery جراحة عامة i want to do a nail transplant اريد اجراء عمليه لنزع الظفر ophthalmology امراض العيون i want to have a nail removed from my eye اريد اجراء عمليه لنزع الظفر من عيني 5. conclusion biomedical question classification is an essential component for enhancing various biomedical applications, including question answering, decision support, and retrieval systems. in this paper, we have proposed an arabic biomedical question classification system. we built vector representations that capture contextual and semantic information within biomedical text and questions, which present combined challenges related to the complex morphology of the arabic language and the specialized terminology of the biomedical domain. our representation is able to adapt the rich information encoded in pretrained transformer models (bert, arabert, biobert, roberta, and distilbert). using the encoder part of transformer architecture and an attention mechanism, we extracted essential information from the arabic biomedical text. these representations strengthen our classification system, enabling it to accurately predict the relevant category of arabic biomedical questions. we carried out several experiments using the biomedical dataset maqa, which is an arabic healthcare q&a dataset. the obtained results show that arabert outperforms other models and reaches 93.35% in terms of f1-score. however, mbert, xlm-roberta, and multilingual distilbert provided equally promising results for arabic biomedical question classification. furthermore, we compared the bert model with its light version, distilbert, which achieved a good result from the first training epoch. due to the sensitive nature of the biomedical field, the speed of disease identification is crucial. fast models are an option; some of these include distilbert as a good example proving that. future work will focus on combining multiple models using an ensemble technique to further enhance arabic biomedical question classification. we intend also to integrate this component in our future arabic biomedical question answering system. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, i.a.t.; methodology, i.a.t.; software, i.a.t.; validation, h.a. and s.o.e.a.; formal analysis, i.a.t.; investigation, i.a.t., h.a., and s.o.e.a.; resources, i.a.t., h.a., and s.o.e.a.; data curation, i.a.t.; writing— original draft preparation, i.a.t.; writing—review and editing, h.a. and s.o.e.a.; visualization, i.a.t.; supervision, h.a. and s.o.e.a.; project administration, h.a. and s.o.e.a.; funding acquisition, i.a.t., h.a., and s.o.e.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] sarrouti, m., & el alaoui, s. o. (2017). a machine learning-based method for question type classification in biomedical question answering. methods of information in medicine, 56(3), 209–216. doi:10.3414/me16-01-0116. [2] xu, s., cheng, g., & kong, f. (2016). research on question classification for automatic question answering. 2016 international conference on asian language processing (ialp), 218–221. doi:10.1109/ialp.2016.7875972. https://doi.org/10.1109/ialp.2016.7875972 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1036 [3] babu, a., & boddu, s. b. (2024). bert-based medical chatbot: enhancing healthcare communication through natural language understanding. exploratory research in clinical and social pharmacy, 13, 100419. doi:10.1016/j.rcsop.2024.100419. [4] devlin, j., chang, m. w., lee, k., & toutanova, k. (2019). bert: pre-training of deep bidirectional transformers for language understanding. naacl hlt 2019 2019 conference of the north american chapter of the association for computational linguistics: human language technologies proceedings of the conference, 1, 4171–4186. [5] tama, b. a., & lim, s. (2020). a comparative performance evaluation of classification algorithms for clinical decision support systems. mathematics, 8(10), 1–24. doi:10.3390/math8101814. [6] hassan, e., abd el-hafeez, t., & shams, m. y. (2024). optimizing classification of diseases through language model analysis of symptoms. scientific reports, 14(1), 01 2024. doi:10.1038/s41598-024-51615-5. [7] momtazi, s. (2018). unsupervised latent dirichlet allocation for supervised question classification. information processing and management, 54(3), 380–393. doi:10.1016/j.ipm.2018.01.001. [8] hamza, a., en-nahnahi, n., zidani, k. a., & el alaoui ouatik, s. (2021). an arabic question classification method based on new taxonomy and continuous distributed representation of words. journal of king saud university computer and information sciences, 33(2), 218–224. doi:10.1016/j.jksuci.2019.01.001. [9] mikolov, t., chen, k., corrado, g., & dean, j. (2013). efficient estimation of word representations in vector space. 1st international conference on learning representations, iclr 2013 workshop track proceedings, 1–12. [10] rush, a. m., chopra, s., & weston, j. (2015). a neural attention model for sentence summarization. conference proceedings emnlp 2015: conference on empirical methods in natural language processing, 379–389. [11] aggarwal, c. c., & zhai, c. x. (2012). a survey of text clustering algorithms. mining text data, 9781461432234, 77–128. doi:10.1007/978-1-4614-3223-4_4. [12] mikolov, t., sutskever, i., chen, k., corrado, g., & dean, j. (2013). distributed representations of words and phrases and their compositionality. arxiv preprint, arxiv:1310.4546. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1310.4546. [13] pennington, j., socher, r., & manning, c. d. (2014). glove: global vectors for word representation. 2014 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing, proceedings of the conference, 1532–1543. doi:10.3115/v1/d14-1162. [14] bojanowski, p., grave, e., joulin, a., & mikolov, t. (2017). enriching word vectors with subword information. transactions of the association for computational linguistics, 5, 135–146. doi:10.1162/tacl_a_00051. [15] zhang, y., chen, q., yang, z., lin, h., & lu, z. (2019). biowordvec, improving biomedical word embeddings with subword information and mesh. scientific data, 6(1), 52. doi:10.1038/s41597-019-0055-0. [16] lahbari, i., & el alaoui, s. o. (2024). exploring sentence embedding representation for arabic question answering. international journal of computing and digital systems, 15(1), 1229–1241. doi:10.12785/ijcds/150187. [17] antoun, w., baly, f., & hajj, h. (2020). arabert: transformer-based model for arabic language understanding. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2003.00104. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2003.00104. [18] abdelhay, m., & mohammed, a. (2022). maqa: medical arabic q & a dataset. harvard dataverse, cambridge, united states. [19] liu, y., ott, m., goyal, n., du, j., joshi, m., chen, d., ... & stoyanov, v. (1907). roberta: a robustly optimized bert pretraining approach. arxiv preprint arxiv:1907.11692. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1907.11692. [20] lee, j., yoon, w., kim, s., kim, d., kim, s., so, c. h., & kang, j. (2020). biobert: a pre-trained biomedical language representation model for biomedical text mining. bioinformatics, 36(4), 1234–1240. doi:10.1093/bioinformatics/btz682. [21] sanh, v., debut, l., chaumond, j., & wolf, t. (2019). distilbert, a distilled version of bert: smaller, faster, cheaper and lighter. arxiv preprint, arxiv:1910.01108. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1910.01108. [22] vaswani, a., shazeer, n., parmar, n., uszkoreit, j., jones, l., gomez, a. n., kaiser, ł., & polosukhin, i. (2017). attention is all you need. advances in neural information processing systems, 2017-december, 5999–6009. [23] mutabazi, e., ni, j., tang, g., & cao, w. (2023). an improved model for medical forum question classification based on cnn and bilstm. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(15), 8623. doi:10.3390/app13158623. [24] vihikan, w. o., & trisna, i. n. p. indonesian health question multi-class classification based on deep learning. journal of information systems and informatics, 6(3), 1931–1944. [25] mansour, m., tohamy, m., ezzat, z., & torki, m. (2020). {a}rabic dialect identification using {bert} fine-tuning. proceedings of the fifth arabic natural language processing workshop, 308–312. [26] boudjellal, n., zhang, h., khan, a., ahmad, a., naseem, r., shang, j., & dai, l. (2021). abioner: a bert-based model for arabic biomedical named-entity recognition. complexity, 2021, 1–6. doi:10.1155/2021/6633213. https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.2003.00104 https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.1907.11692 https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.1910.01108 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1037 [27] zafar, a., sahoo, s. k., varshney, d., das, a., & ekbal, a. (2024). kimedqa: towards building knowledge-enhanced medical qa models. journal of intelligent information systems, 62(3), 833–858. doi:10.1007/s10844-024-00844-1. [28] hammoud, j., vatian, a., dobrenko, n., vedernikov, n., shalyto, a., & gusarova, n. (2021). new arabic medical dataset for diseases classification. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 13113 lncs, 196–203. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-91608-4_20. [29] al-smadi, b. s. (2024). deberta-bilstm: a multi-label classification model of arabic medical questions using pre-trained models and deep learning. computers in biology and medicine, 170, 107921. doi:10.1016/j.compbiomed.2024.107921. [30] yu, h., liu, c., zhang, l., wu, c., liang, g., escorcia-gutierrez, j., & ghoneim, o. a. (2023). an intent classification method for questions in “treatise on febrile diseases” based on tinybert-cnn fusion model. computers in biology and medicine, 162, 107075. doi:10.1016/j.compbiomed.2023.107075. [31] kofi akpatsa, s., lei, h., li, x., kofi setornyo obeng, v.-h., mensah martey, e., clement addo, p., & dodzi fiawoo, d. (2022). online news sentiment classification using distilbert. journal of quantum computing, 4(1), 1–11. doi:10.32604/jqc.2022.026658. [32] aftan, s., & shah, h. (2023). using the arabert model for customer satisfaction classification of telecom sectors in saudi arabia. brain sciences, 13(1), 147. doi:10.3390/brainsci13010147. [33] el-alami, f. zahra, ouatik el alaoui, s., & en nahnahi, n. (2022). contextual semantic embeddings based on fine-tuned arabert model for arabic text multi-class categorization. journal of king saud university computer and information sciences, 34(10), 8422–8428. doi:10.1016/j.jksuci.2021.02.005. [34] houssein, e. h., mohamed, r. e., hu, g., & ali, a. a. (2024). adapting transformer-based language models for heart disease detection and risk factors extraction. journal of big data, 11(1). doi:10.1186/s40537-024-00903-y. [35] abdelali, a., darwish, k., durrani, n., & mubarak, h. (2016). farasa: a fast and furious segmenter for arabic. 2016 conference of the north american chapter of the association for computational linguistics: human language technologies, proceedings of the demonstrations session, 11–16. doi:10.18653/v1/n16-3003. [36] sun, c., qiu, x., xu, y., & huang, x. (2019). how to fine-tune bert for text classification? lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics): vol. 11856 lnai, 194–206. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-32381-3_16. [37] abdelhay, m., mohammed, a., & hefny, h. a. (2023). deep learning for arabic healthcare: medicalbot. social network analysis and mining, 13(1), 71. doi:10.1007/s13278-023-01077-w. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 352 issn: 2723-9535 enhancing dbscan accuracy and computational efficiency using closest access point pre-clustering for fingerprint-based localization abdulmalik shehu yaro 1, 2* , filip maly 1 , pavel prazak 1 1 department of informatics and quantitative methods, faculty of informatics and management, university of hradec kralove, 500 03 hradec kralove, czech republic. 2 department of electronics and telecommunications engineering, ahmadu bello university, zaria, 810106, nigeria. received 11 january 2025; revised 21 february 2025; accepted 26 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract within the context of fingerprint database clustering, the density-based spatial clustering of applications with noise (dbscan) is notable for its robustness to outliers and ability to handle clusters of different sizes and shapes. however, its high computational burden limits its scalability for dense fingerprint databases. a hybrid two-stage clustering method, the cap-dbscan algorithm, is proposed in this paper, designed to accelerate dbscan clustering while ensuring accuracy for fingerprint-based localisation systems. the cap-dbscan algorithm employs the closest access point (cap) algorithm to pre-cluster the database, while the dbscan algorithm performs clustering refinement. it dynamically adjusts the neighborhood radius (eps) value for each pre-cluster using the k-distance plot method. the performance of the cap-dbscan algorithm is determined across four publicly available received signal strength (rss)-based fingerprint databases with euclidean and manhattan distances as fingerprint similarity metrics. this is benchmarked against the performances of the standard dbscan (s-dbscan) and k-means++-dbscan (k-dbscan) algorithms presented in previous research. simulation results show that the cap-dbscan algorithm consistently outperforms both the s-dbscan and k-dbscan algorithms, achieving higher silhouette scores, which indicates the generation of more compact and well-defined clusters. furthermore, the cap-dbscan algorithm demonstrates superior computational efficiency as a result of the cap algorithm generating well-structured pre-clusters better than those generated by the k-means++ algorithm. this significantly reduces the computational burden of the cluster refinement process. overall, using manhattan distance as a fingerprint similarity metric results in the best clustering performance of the cap-dbscan algorithm. these findings underscore the potential of the cap-dbscan algorithm for practical applications in resource-constrained fingerprintbased localization systems. keywords: dbscan; computational efficiency; proximity-based clustering; fingerprint-based localization; pre-clustering approach. 1. introduction a fingerprint-based localisation system is commonly used for indoor localisation and estimates the position of an indoor target in two phases [1]: the offline phase and the online phase, with the offline phase being the focus of this paper. the offline phase involves creating a fingerprint database [2, 3]. this process begins with the reception and estimation of position-dependent signal parameters, such as received signal strength (rss), from multiple spatially placed wireless access points (aps) at several reference locations (rls) [1]. next, fingerprint vectors are generated, which consist of all rss measurements collected at each rl. finally, these fingerprint vectors are stored in a database, commonly referred to as the fingerprint database or radio map, and mapped to their corresponding rls [1]. in the second * corresponding author: abdulmalik.yaro@uhk.cz http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-022  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2513-6639 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9770-8301 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9160-5758 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 353 phase, the online phase, the system estimates or predicts the location of an unknown indoor target using the fingerprint vector generated at the target's location [4]. this is achieved by searching the fingerprint database with a localization matching algorithm, such as the k-nearest neighbors (k-nn) algorithm [5], to identify the rl whose fingerprint vector has the highest similarity to the fingerprint vector obtained at the unknown target’s location. the rl of this fingerprint vector is considered the estimated location of the unknown indoor target. the density of the fingerprint database created at the offline phase of the localisation process has a significant impact on the accuracy with which the location of targets is determined in the online phase [6, 7]. the higher the density, i.e., the more rls are used in generating the fingerprint database, the greater the localisation accuracy. however, this increases the localization computation time, as the matching algorithm requires more time to search through the fingerprint database to identify the fingerprint vector with the highest similarity. to solve this trade-off, clustering algorithms are used to partition the fingerprint database [8]. the accuracy of the clustering process is critical for improving the localization accuracy of the system. among the various clustering algorithms, the density-based spatial clustering of applications with noise (dbscan) algorithm is preferred due to its ability to handle noise and discover arbitrary cluster shapes [7]. however, the standard dbscan (s-dbscan) algorithm has several limitations, one of which is its high computational cost, which can hinder its performance in large-scale or irregularly structured fingerprint databases [9, 10]. several researchers have proposed different methods to reduce the computational burden of the dbscan algorithm while at the same time ensuring an accurate clustering process [7, 9–14]. these methods can be categorised into two, namely, algorithm modification and hybrid pre-clustering methods. the algorithm modification methods focus on altering the dbscan algorithm to reduce its computational burden. in contrast, the hybrid pre-clustering methods focus on using other clustering algorithms to perform pre-clustering and applying the dbscan algorithm to refine the preclusters generated [15]. the pre-clustering using the auxiliary algorithms aims to generate well-structured and smaller sub-clusters for the dbscan algorithm to process efficiently. to accelerate the clustering process of the dbscan algorithm while ensuring accurate clustering, this paper proposes a new hybrid pre-clustering method referred to as the cap-dbscan algorithm. the proposed algorithm uses the closest access point (cap) algorithm to perform preclustering with the dbscan algorithm performing cluster refinement. the cap algorithm is a proximity-based clustering algorithm that groups fingerprint vectors based on the closest wireless aps, which are identified by the wireless ap having the highest rss value in the fingerprint vector [16, 17]. performing pre-clustering using the cap algorithm ensures that well-structured and compacted initial clusters are generated for the dbscan algorithm to refine. this reduces the computational burden on the dbscan algorithm and ensures robust clustering performance, even for irregularly shaped fingerprint databases. the contributions of this paper are as follows: (a) the development of a clustering algorithm that integrates the cap algorithm for pre-clustering with the dbscan algorithm for cluster refinement; and (b) the evaluation and identification of the optimal clustering configuration for the cap-dbscan algorithm. 2. review of related works as previously stated, researchers have proposed various methods to reduce the computational burden of the dbscan algorithm, either by modifying the algorithm itself or by hybridizing it with other clustering algorithms. this section reviews and presents previous hybridization methods presented by researchers to reduce the computational burden, accelerate the clustering process, and improve the clustering accuracy of the dbscan algorithm. thang et al. [15] proposed a method to accelerate the clustering process of the dbscan algorithm, referred to as fastdbscan. the fastdbscan algorithm groups the fingerprint database using the k-means algorithm, and each group is subsequently refined using the dbscan algorithm. while the k-means algorithm is effective for clustering fingerprint databases with spherical clusters, its performance degrades when applied to databases with non-spherical clusters or irregular fingerprint vector distributions. additionally, the clustering performance of the k-means algorithm is highly dependent on the selection of the optimal number of clusters to be generated and fingerprint vectors chosen during the centroid initialization process. in gholizadeh et al. [9], the authors presented another method referred to as the k-dbscan algorithm, which uses the k-means++ algorithm instead of the k-means algorithm to accelerate the clustering process of the dbscan algorithm. in this method, the k-means algorithm is replaced by the k-means++ algorithm, which addresses the poor initialisation of centroids in the standard k-means algorithm, resulting in more reliable and efficient clustering. nonetheless, both k-means and k-means++ exhibit performance degradation when handling non-spherical clusters or irregular fingerprint vector distributions. perafan-lopez et al. [13] proposed a method called fa+ga-dbscan that integrates dimensionality reduction with the dbscan algorithm to accelerate the clustering process. the factor analysis (fa) method reduces the dimensionality of the fingerprint database, and then the dbscan algorithm is applied to the reduced fingerprint database. this reduces hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 354 the overall computational burden of the dbscan algorithm. however, the use of the fa method may lead to the loss of valuable information that could be important for the subsequent phase of the fingerprinting-based localization process, specifically the online phase. this loss of information could potentially degrade localization performance. another method, namely birchscan, was presented by ventorim et al. [11], which uses the balanced iterative reducing and clustering using hierarchies (birch) algorithm to pre-cluster the fingerprint database before refining using the dbscan algorithm. the birch algorithm performs best when fingerprint databases have clusters that are approximately spherical and evenly distributed. however, in scenarios where a fingerprint database contains clusters with varying shapes or densities, the birch algorithm may fail to accurately capture all relevant subclusters, leading to a biased sub-clustering. this will negatively impact the computational time of the dbscan algorithm, as it may require more time to process the subclusters. kumar & reddy [10] presented a method called the g-dbscan algorithm to accelerate the clustering process of the s-dbscan algorithm. the method involves applying grouping partition methods to identify subclusters using nearest neighbors with similar patterns in a specific fingerprint database. the g-dbscan algorithm has several limitations, including its reliance on the order in which the patterns are processed, which can affect the clustering results. additionally, determining threshold distances between clusters requires scanning the entire fingerprint database. sridevi & rajanna [18] proposed the mbk-dbscan algorithm to reduce the computational burden of dbscan. it first applies the mini-batch k-means (mbk) algorithm for fast, scalable clustering, partitioning large datasets into fixed clusters using mini-batches. dbscan then refines these clusters by detecting outliers and improving boundary definitions. while mbk-dbscan improves efficiency and accuracy, it faces challenges such as the sensitivity of mbk to centroid initialization. cheng et al. [19] propose gb-dbscan, a clustering algorithm that integrates granular-ball (gb) representation with dbscan to improve efficiency. instead of clustering individual fingerprint vectors, the gb-dbscan algorithm groups nearby fingerprint vectors into gbs using k-nearest neighbors (knn) and clusters them, significantly reducing computational cost. the approach enhances the clustering time of the dbscan algorithm while maintaining accuracy. however, it relies on proper gb formation and may struggle with databases where local density variations make defining gbs challenging. as seen from the earlier review literature, several methods have been presented to improve the performance of the dbscan algorithm by addressing its computational burden. the fastdbscan algorithm uses the k-means algorithm to initially group the fingerprint database, but its performance suffers with non-spherical and irregularly distributed clusters. the k-dbscan algorithm, which replaces the k-means algorithm with the k-means++ algorithm to improve fingerprint vector centroid initialization, also struggles with non-spherical clusters. the fa+ga-dbscan algorithm, which employs dimensionality reduction, results in information loss, which could degrade performance in the online phase. the birchscan algorithm that performs pre-clustering using the birch algorithm suffers degraded performance when applied to a fingerprint database with varying cluster shapes and density, leading to biased subclustering and increased dbscan algorithm clustering time. the g-dbscan algorithm, which uses pattern-based grouping to create subclusters, suffers from dependence on fingerprint vector pattern processing order and challenges in determining threshold distances between subclusters. similarly, the mbk-dbscan algorithm, which applies minibatch k-means (mbk) before dbscan to enhance efficiency, is sensitive to mbk centroid initialization, which can affect clustering accuracy. the gb-dbscan algorithm, which integrates gb representation with dbscan to reduce computational cost, relies on proper gb formation and may struggle with databases where local density variations make defining gbs challenging. the cap algorithm considered in this paper for pre-clustering in the cap-dbscan algorithm overcomes some limitations of pre-clustering methods used by other researchers. it is robust in handling non-spherical clusters, unlike the birch algorithm in birchscan, the k-means algorithm in fastdbscan, and the k-means++ algorithm in kdbscan. the cap algorithm is also insensitive to fingerprint vector pattern input order and threshold settings, unlike the grouping partition method in g-dbscan. it does not cause fingerprint feature information loss due to dimensionality reduction, as seen in fa+ga-dbscan, and does not rely on proper gb formation, unlike gbdbscan. 3. proposed cap-dbscan algorithm clustering methodology this section presents the clustering methodology for the proposed cap-dbscan algorithm. as mentioned earlier, the cap-dbscan algorithm integrates the cap algorithm for pre-clustering and the dbscan algorithm for cluster refinement. this approach aims to improve clustering accuracy and reduce the computational burden of the dbscan algorithm. the cap-dbscan clustering process consists of two stages, each detailed in the subsections below, with a graphical illustration provided in figure 1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 355 figure 1. graphical representation of the cap-dbscan clustering methodology 3.1. first-stage clustering process: generation of initial clusters as earlier mentioned, the initial clusters for the proposed cap-dbscan algorithm are generated using the cap algorithm. the cap algorithm partitions the fingerprint database based on the proximity to the wireless ap, which is identified by the wireless ap with the highest rss value. given a fingerprint database represented as f, containing n fingerprint vectors, where each fingerprint vector consists of a set of rss measurements from m wireless aps, the database can be expressed as shown in equation 1: f = {f1, f2, f3, … , f𝑁} (1) where: f𝑖 represents the i-th fingerprint vector in the database, for 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑁. each fingerprint vector f𝑖 contains rss measurements from m wireless aps, given by: f𝑖 = [𝑟𝑠𝑠𝑖,1, 𝑟𝑠𝑠𝑖,2, … , 𝑟𝑠𝑠𝑖,𝑀], where 𝑟𝑠𝑠𝑖,𝑗 denotes the rss value from the j-th ap for the fingerprint vector f𝑖, with 𝑗 = 1,2, … , 𝑀 the initial clusters are generated using the steps below: step 1: ap selection: for each fingerprint vector, f𝑖, determine the index of the wireless ap with the highest rss value using equation 2. 𝑘𝑖 = arg_max{f𝑖} (2) where 𝑘𝑖 denotes the index of the wireless ap with the maximum rss value for the fingerprint vector, f𝑖. step 2: cluster assignment: assign f𝑖 to the cluster corresponding to 𝑘𝑖. thus, the fingerprint database is divided into m clusters, where the m-th cluster is defined as: 𝐶𝑚 = {f𝑖 ∈ f|𝑘𝑖 = 𝑚} 𝑓𝑜𝑟 1 ≤ 𝑚 ≤ 𝑀 (3) where 𝐶𝑚 represents the set of fingerprint vectors assigned to the m-th cluster and each of the m-th cluster consists of fingerprint vectors in which the ap with the highest rss value is ap m. the cluster assignment process in equation 3 ensures that each fingerprint vector is associated with the wireless ap that produces the strongest signal. after partitioning the fingerprints into m clusters by the cap algorithm, each of the m clusters is independently further refined using the dbscan. 3.2. second-stage clustering process: cluster refinement in the second stage of the cap-dbscan algorithm clustering process, each cluster 𝐶𝑗 generated by the cap algorithm in the first stage is further refined using the dbscan algorithm. the dbscan algorithm uses neighbourhood radius (esp) and the minimum number of fingerprints required to form a cluster (minpts) as its clustering input parameters. consider the m-th cluster denoted as 𝐶𝑚 such as 𝐶𝑚 ⊆ f. below is a summary of the steps involved in further refining the m-th cluster using dbscan algorithm [7]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 356 step 1: parameter initialization: o define the two parameters, namely, esp and minpts. in this paper, minpts is set to 1 to avoid classifying fingerprint vectors as outliers, allowing clusters to consist of a single fingerprint vector. also, the optimum value of esp for each of the m clusters is determined using the k-distance plot method [12]. step 2: neighbours and core fingerprint vectors identification: o determine the similarity value of all possible fingerprint vector pairs in 𝐶𝑚. o for each fingerprint vector f𝑖 𝐶𝑚 ∈ 𝐶𝑚, identify the fingerprint vectors with a similarity value less than or equal to esp. o if the number of fingerprint vectors (including f𝑖 𝐶𝑚) is greater or equal to minpts, mark f𝑖 𝐶𝑚 as a core fingerprint vector. step 3: cluster expansion: o for each core fingerprint vector, f𝑖 𝐶𝑚 , retrieve all its ε-neighbourhoods, including f𝑖 𝐶𝑚 . o if the neighbouring fingerprint vector, f𝑗 𝐶𝑚 is also a core fingerprint vector, recursively fine-tune and add its εneighbourhood fingerprint vectors to the cluster with f𝑖 𝐶𝑚 as the core fingerprint vector. o if f𝑗 𝐶𝑚 is not yet assigned to any cluster, assign it to the current cluster. step 4: handling border fingerprint vectors: o if a fingerprint vector is within the ϵ-neighbourhood of a core fingerprint vector but does not meet the core criteria (i.e., it has fewer than minpts neighbours), mark it as a border fingerprint vector. o when applicable, assign border fingerprint vectors to the cluster of the nearest core fingerprint vector. step 5: cluster formation: o as the algorithm progresses, a cluster is formed by each core fingerprint vector and its connected fingerprint vectors. o the process continues until all fingerprint vectors have been assigned to clusters. steps 1 to 5 for the dbscan algorithm are used to refine each of the initial m clusters generated by the cap algorithm. let 𝐶𝑚 𝐷𝐵𝑆𝐶𝐴𝑁 be the refined clusters produced by the dbscan algorithm within cluster 𝐶𝑚; then fingerprint vectors in 𝐶𝑚 𝐷𝐵𝑆𝐶𝐴𝑁 are: 𝐶𝑚 𝐷𝐵𝑆𝐶𝐴𝑁 = {core fingerprint ∪ border fingerpint } for 1 ≤ 𝑚 ≤ 𝑀 (4) where a core fingerprint is a fingerprint vector with at least minpts neighbouring fingerprint vectors within a radius eps, and a border fingerprint is a fingerprint vector within the ϵ-neighbourhood of a core fingerprint but with fewer than minpts neighbours. the final clusters produced by cap-dbscan are the refined dbscan clusters within each cap-generated partition. if there are m partitions, the total number of clusters is given by: 𝐶final = ⋃ 𝐶𝑚 𝐷𝐵𝑆𝐶𝐴𝑁 𝑀 𝑚=1 (5) thus, the total number of final clusters is the sum of the clusters identified by dbscan within each partition. 3.3. cap-dbscan algorithm computation complexity in this subsection, the computational complexity (cc) of the proposed cap-dbscan algorithm is determined. for a total of n fingerprint vectors in a database with m wireless aps, the cc for the cap algorithm in the first stage of the clustering process is obtained as: 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝑃 = 𝑂(𝑀𝑁) (6) where n is the total number of fingerprint vectors and m is the total number of wireless aps. the cap algorithm in the first stage generates a total of m clusters, where the size of each cluster is approximately 𝑁𝐶𝑚 , which means: 𝑁 = ∑ 𝑁𝐶𝑚 𝑀 𝑚=1 (7) where 𝑁𝐶𝑚 represents the number of fingerprint vectors in the m-th cluster. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 357 let 𝐶𝑚 be the m-th cluster generated by the cap algorithm. the cc for refining 𝐶𝑚 by the dbscan algorithm is obtained as: 𝐶𝐶𝐷𝐵𝑆𝐶𝐴𝑁 𝐶𝑚 = 𝑂(𝑁𝐶𝑚 2 ) for 1 ≤ 𝑚 ≤ 𝑀 (8) for a total of m clusters, the total cc by the dbscan algorithm is: 𝐶𝐶𝐷𝐵𝑆𝐶𝐴𝑁 = ∑ 𝐶𝐶𝐷𝐵𝑆𝐶𝐴𝑁 𝐶𝑚 𝑀 𝑚=1 = 𝑂 ( ∑ 𝑁𝐶𝑚 2 𝑀 𝑚=1 ) (9) the overall cc for the cap-dbscan algorithm is obtained as: 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝑃−𝐷𝐵𝑆𝐶𝐴𝑁 = 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝑃 + 𝐶𝐶𝐷𝐵𝑆𝐶𝐴𝑁 = 𝑂(𝑀𝑁) + 𝑂 ( ∑ 𝑁𝐶𝑚 2 𝑀 𝑚=1 ) (10) 4. simulation results, comparison and discussion the clustering performance of the cap-dbscan algorithm is determined and presented in this section of the paper. first, the simulation parameters and setup are presented, followed by the clustering and cc performance comparison. 4.1. simulation parameters and setup four experimentally generated, publicly available rss-based fingerprint databases are used to evaluate the capdbscan algorithm: seug_indoorloc [20], piep_um_indoorloc [21], iirc_indoorloc [22], and msi_indoorloc [23]. these databases differ in wireless technology, number of wireless aps, coverage area, and reference locations (rls). seug_indoorloc, piep_um_indoorloc, iirc_indoorloc, and msi_indoorloc contain 3, 8, 3, and 11 wireless aps, respectively. in terms of rls, seug_indoorloc has 49, piep_um_indoorloc has 1000, iirc_indoorloc has 68, and msi_indoorloc has 631. these variations provide diverse environmental scenarios for evaluating the capdbscan algorithm. table 1 summarizes the characteristics of each fingerprint database. table 1. fingerprint database characteristics fingerprint database database characteristic wireless technology number of aps (𝑴) number of rl (𝑵) coverage area (m2) seug_indoorloc wi-fi 3 49 33 iirc_indoorloc zigbee 3 68 161 piep_um_indoorloc wi-fi 8 1000 1000 msi_indoorloc wi-fi 11 631 1000 the choice of fingerprint similarity metric greatly affects the clustering performance of the dbscan algorithm. distance-based similarity metrics, particularly euclidean and manhattan distances, are commonly used and are both considered in this study. for clustering performance evaluation, the silhouette score is used. this metric measures how similar a fingerprint vector is to its assigned cluster compared to other clusters. the silhouette score ranges from 1 (indicating well-defined, compact clusters) to -1 (representing poorly defined, overlapping clusters). table 2 provides a summary of silhouette score ranges and their interpretations in the context of fingerprint database clustering. in this study, a silhouette score threshold of 0.25 is set as the minimum benchmark for acceptable clustering performance. a score above this threshold indicates that the clustering algorithm has successfully produced well-defined and distinct clusters. table 2. silhouette score ranges and their interpretation silhouette score range interpretation 0.7 ≤ s ≤ 1 very good clustering performance 0.25 ≤ s < 0.7 moderate clustering performance 0.25 < s ≤ -1 poor clustering performance the proposed cap-dbscan algorithm is evaluated against the s-dbscan and k-dbscan algorithms presented by gholizadeh et al. [9]. to prevent any fingerprint vector from being treated as an outlier, the minpts parameter is set to 1. for a fair comparison, the clustering performance of all three algorithms is assessed at their respective optimal configurations, determined by the eps parameter. the optimal eps values for cap-dbscan, k-dbscan, and sdbscan are identified using the k-distance plot method. additionally, the optimal number of clusters for the kmeans++ algorithm in the pre-clustering stage of k-dbscan is determined using the elbow method [24]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 358 4.2. clustering performance comparison with s-dbscan and k-dbscan algorithms as previously stated, the proposed cap-dbscan algorithm is evaluated against s-dbscan and k-dbscan using the silhouette score as the clustering performance metric across the four fingerprint databases summarized in table 1. table 3 presents a comparison of the silhouette scores for cap-dbscan, s-dbscan, and k-dbscan across these databases. table 3. silhouette scores comparison across varying fingerprint databases and similarity metric database similarity metric silhouette scores s-dbscan k-dbscan cap-dbscan seug_indoorloc euclidean 0.44 0.26 0.57 manhattan 0.44 0.26 0.67 iirc_indoorloc euclidean 0.02 0.33 0.55 manhattan -0.06 0.28 0.31 piep_um_indoorloc euclidean 0.20 0.26 0.52 manhattan 0.32 0.44 0.68 msi_indoorloc euclidean 0.41 0.20 0.64 manhattan 0.61 0.56 0.68 as shown in table 3, the cap-dbscan algorithm exhibits superior clustering performance across all four fingerprint databases and similarity metrics. it consistently achieves higher silhouette scores than both k-dbscan and s-dbscan, indicating the formation of more well-defined and compact clusters. in the seug_indoorloc database, all three algorithms produced clusters with silhouette scores above the 0.25 threshold, reflecting good clustering performance. however, the k-dbscan algorithm recorded the lowest silhouette scores among the three. in contrast, the cap-dbscan algorithm achieved the highest silhouette scores of 0.57 and 0.67 using euclidean and manhattan distances as fingerprint similarity metrics, respectively. these scores represent improvements of approximately 23% and 34% over s-dbscan and 54% and 61% over k-dbscan, respectively. overall, for the seug_indoorloc database, cap-dbscan delivers the best clustering performance, particularly when using manhattan distance as the fingerprint similarity metric. for the iirc_indoorloc database, both the k-dbscan and cap-dbscan algorithms generated clusters with silhouette scores above the 0.25 threshold using euclidean and manhattan distances as fingerprint similarity metrics. in contrast, the s-dbscan algorithm produced clusters with scores below this threshold, indicating poor clustering performance. among the three algorithms, cap-dbscan achieved the highest silhouette scores of 0.55 and 0.31 with euclidean and manhattan distances, respectively. this represents a significant improvement of approximately 96% and 120% over s-dbscan and 40% and 10% over k-dbscan. overall, the cap-dbscan algorithm demonstrated optimal performance on the iirc_indoorloc database when using euclidean distance as the similarity metric. extending the analysis to the piep_um_indoorloc database, both the k-dbscan and cap-dbscan algorithms produced clusters with silhouette scores above the defined threshold using euclidean and manhattan distances as similarity metrics, indicating well-defined and compact clusters. in contrast, the s-dbscan algorithm only achieved scores above the threshold when using manhattan distance. among the three algorithms, the proposed cap-dbscan algorithm achieved the highest silhouette scores of 0.52 and 0.68 with euclidean and manhattan distances, respectively. compared to s-dbscan and k-dbscan, the cap-dbscan algorithm generated clusters that were 62% and 60% more well-defined with euclidean distance, and 53% and 35% more well-defined with manhattan distance. overall, the cap-dbscan algorithm delivered optimal clustering performance on the piep_um_indoorloc database when using manhattan distance as the similarity metric. finally, for the msi_indoorloc database, both the s-dbscan and cap-dbscan algorithms generated clusters with silhouette scores well above the defined threshold for both similarity metrics. in contrast, the k-dbscan algorithm only achieved scores above the threshold when using manhattan distance. notably, the cap-dbscan algorithm produced clusters with the highest silhouette scores of 0.64 and 0.68 using euclidean and manhattan distances, respectively. this demonstrates its superior ability to generate well-defined and compact clusters compared to both sdbscan and k-dbscan. specifically, the clusters generated by cap-dbscan were 36% and 69% more welldefined and compact than those of s-dbscan and k-dbscan, respectively, when using euclidean distance. with manhattan distance, the improvements were 10% and 18%, respectively. overall, the cap-dbscan algorithm achieved its best clustering performance on the msi_indoorloc database when using manhattan distance as the similarity metric. to further validate the improvement in clustering performance achieved by the cap-dbscan algorithm, a paired t-test was conducted using the silhouette scores from all four fingerprint databases. the test was performed at a significance level of α = 0.05 with a degree of freedom of 1. since the objective was to determine whether the capdbscan algorithm exhibits superior clustering performance compared to the s-dbscan and k-dbscan algorithms, a one-tailed t-test was employed. table 4 summarizes the p-values obtained from the paired t-tests comparing sdbscan vs. cap-dbscan and k-dbscan vs. cap-dbscan. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 359 table 4. paired t-test results comparing clustering performance of s-dbscan, k-dbscan, and cap-dbscan comparison p-value significance (α = 0.05) s-dbscan vs. cap-dbscan 0.0010 significant k-dbscan vs. cap-dbscan 0.0012 significant at a significance level of α = 0.05, the results demonstrate that the cap-dbscan algorithm significantly outperforms both the s-dbscan and k-dbscan algorithms, with p-values of 0.0010 and 0.0012, respectively—both well below the significance threshold. this provides strong evidence of a statistically significant improvement in the clustering performance of the cap-dbscan algorithm compared to the other two algorithms. these findings further underscore the effectiveness of combining the cap algorithm for pre-clustering with the dbscan algorithm for clustering refinement. overall, the analysis of results across the four fingerprint databases underscores the superior clustering performance of the cap-dbscan algorithm, which can be attributed to the effectiveness of the cap algorithm used for preclustering. by leveraging the cap algorithm, cap-dbscan consistently achieves higher silhouette scores compared to the s-dbscan and k-dbscan algorithms, demonstrating its ability to generate more well-defined and compact clusters. the statistical significance of these improvements is further confirmed by paired t-test results, with p-values below the significance threshold of 0.05, indicating that the performance gains are robust and not due to random chance. additionally, the cap-dbscan algorithm performs optimally when using manhattan distance as the fingerprint similarity metric, suggesting that the databases favor similarity determination based on absolute distance differences rather than euclidean distance. this aligns with the cap algorithm's ability to handle complex data structures effectively during the pre-clustering stage. however, while the cap-dbscan algorithm excels in clustering quality due to its innovative pre-clustering approach, it is equally important to evaluate its computational efficiency. a thorough assessment of the computational burden imposed by cap-dbscan, relative to the s-dbscan and k-dbscan algorithms, is essential to determine its practicality for real-world applications. this evaluation is presented in the following subsection. 4.3. time computational complexity comparison with s-dbscan and k-dbscan algorithms table 5 compares the computational complexity (cc) of the cap-dbscan algorithm with the s-dbscan and kdbscan algorithms using big o notation. as previously stated, n represents the total number of fingerprints or rls in the database, m denotes the number of wireless aps, k is the number of clusters generated by the k-means++ algorithm, 𝑁𝑚 is the number of fingerprints within each initial cluster obtained by the cap algorithm, and 𝑡 refers to the number of iterations performed by the k-means++ algorithm. table 5. cc comparison with other algorithms [9] clustering algorithm cc dbscan 𝑂(𝑁2) k-dbscan 𝑂 (𝑡𝑁𝐾 + ( 𝑁 𝐾 ) 2 (1 + 𝐾(𝐾 − 1) 2 )) cap-dbscan 𝑂 (𝑀𝑁 + ∑ 𝑁𝐶𝑚 2 𝑀 𝑚=1 ) where: n is the total number of fingerprint vector in the database, k is the number of cluster generated during the kdbscan pre-clustering stage by the k-means++ algorithm, t is the number of iterations required for clustering in kdbscan algorithm, m is the number of initial clusters formed by the cap algorithm in cap-dbscan and 𝑁𝐶𝑚 is the number of fingerprint vectors in the m-th cluster in cap-dbscan. table 6 presents the numerical cc values of the cap-dbscan algorithm compared to the s-dbscan and kdbscan algorithms across all four fingerprint databases with varying characteristics, as shown in table 3. table 6. numerical cc comparison database time cc s-dbscan k-dbscan cap-dbscan seug_indoorloc 2,401 1,3475 1,000 iirc_indoorloc 37,636 19,400 2004 piep_um_indoorloc 1,000,000 508,000 134,440 msi_indoorloc 398,161 206,021 54,234 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 360 the cc numerical values in table 6 show that the cap-dbscan algorithm has the lowest cc values, with significant time reductions compared to the k-dbscan and s-dbscan algorithms across all four fingerprint databases. for instance, in piep_um_indoorloc, which is the largest fingerprint database, the cap-dbscan algorithm has a processing time of about 134,400, compared to 508,000 and 1,000,000 for the k-dbscan and s-dbscan algorithms, respectively. this means that the cap-dbscan algorithm achieved a percentage processing time reduction of about 277% and 643% in comparison to the k-dbscan and s-dbscan algorithms, respectively. similarly, in the msi_indoorloc database, which is the second largest database, the cap-dbscan algorithm has a processing time of about 54,234, which is substantially less than the 206,021 for k-dbscan and 398,161 for s-dbscan. this translates to about 280% and 634%, respectively, reductions in processing time achieved by the cap-dbcan algorithm in comparison to the k-dbscan and s-dbscan algorithms. extending the analysis to the small-scale fingerprint databases, which are the seug_indoorloc and iirc_indoorloc databases, the cap-dbscan algorithm has the lowest processing time. in the seug_indoorloc database, the capdbscan algorithm has a processing time of about 1,000, which is about 35% and 140% faster than that of the kdbscan and s-dbscan algorithms, respectively. also, in the iirc_indoorloc database, the cap-dbscan algorithm has a processing time of about 2,004, which is about 868% faster than the k-dbscan algorithm and 1,778% faster than the s-dbscan algorithm. the improved performance achieved by the cap-dbscan algorithm can be attributed to its optimised pre-clustering processing using the cap algorithm, which generates well-structured and compacted sub-clusters that minimise unnecessary computations. this low computational efficiency is especially valuable in large-scale, fingerprint-based localization systems where computational resources are limited. overall, the cc analysis across the four fingerprint databases suggests that the cap-dbcan algorithm is a robust choice for clustering tasks in resource-constrained fingerprinting-based localization systems. this is due to its reduced computational costs with high clustering accuracy. in summary, based on silhouette score and cc comparison analysis, the cap-dbscan algorithm has been established as a robust and efficient clustering technique, effectively addressing the limitations of the s-dbscan and k-dbscan algorithms. the s-dbscan algorithm suffers from a high computational burden, which is mitigated in the cap-dbscan and k-dbscan algorithms through pre-clustering processing using the cap and k-means++ algorithms, respectively. however, the performance of the k-dbscan algorithm heavily depends on the effectiveness of the k-means++ algorithm, which, in turn, is influenced by factors such as the structure of the fingerprint database and the predefined number of clusters. in contrast, the cap-dbscan algorithm consistently produces well-structured clusters for the dbscan algorithm refinement process, regardless of whether the fingerprint database is structured or unstructured. notably, this is achieved without requiring optimal input parameter selection for the cap algorithm. these findings highlight the potential of the cap-dbscan algorithm for practical applications in resource-constrained fingerprint-based localization and other applications requiring robust clustering techniques. 5. conclusion this paper aims to improve the clustering performance and computational efficiency of the dbscan algorithm, particularly when dealing with fingerprint databases of varying densities, as a single eps value cannot effectively accommodate all cluster types. to address this, the paper proposes a hybrid pre-clustering algorithm called the capdbscan algorithm. the cap-dbscan algorithm integrates the cap algorithm, a wireless ap proximity-based clustering approach, to generate initial clusters. each of these clusters is subsequently refined using the dbscan algorithm, with the eps value for each cluster determined dynamically using the k-distance plot method. the performance of the cap-dbscan algorithm is evaluated on four fingerprint databases with varying characteristics, using both euclidean and manhattan distances as similarity metrics. simulation results demonstrate that the capdbscan algorithm is computationally more efficient compared to the s-dbscan and k-dbscan algorithms presented in previous studies. clustering performance, assessed using the silhouette score as a performance metric, reveals that the cap-dbscan algorithm consistently generates clusters that are better separated and more compact across all four fingerprint databases considered. additionally, the cap algorithm’s pre-clustering process is independent of input parameters, unlike the k-means++ algorithm employed in the k-dbscan algorithm. overall, the optimal clustering performance of the proposed cap-dbscan algorithm is achieved when manhattan distance is used as the fingerprint similarity metric. since the performance of the dbscan algorithm is also influenced by the choice of fingerprint similarity metric, future work will explore the potential of incorporating a pattern-based fingerprint similarity metric. this approach contrasts with the commonly used distance-based metrics and aims to further enhance the effectiveness of the capdbscan algorithm. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.s.y.; methodology, a.s.y.; software, f.m. and p.p.; validation, a.s.y.; formal analysis, a.s.y.; investigation, a.s.y.; resources, f.m. and p.p.; data curation, a.s.y.; writing—original draft preparation, a.s.y.; writing—review and editing, a.s.y. and p.p.; visualization, a.s.y.; supervision, p.p and f.m.; project administration, f.m. and p.p.; funding acquisition, f.m and p.p. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 361 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding this research is supported by the uhk fim excellence project run at the faculty of informatics and management, university of hradec kralove, czech republic. 6.4. acknowledgments the authors acknowledge funding from the fim excellence project run at the faculty of informatics and management, university of hradec kralove, czech republic. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] yaro, a. s., maly, f., & prazak, p. (2023). a survey of the performance-limiting factors of a 2-dimensional rss fingerprintingbased indoor wireless localization system. sensors, 23(5), 2545. doi:10.3390/s23052545. [2] kolakowski, m. (2020). automatic radio map creation in a fingerprinting-based ble/uwb localisation system. iet microwaves, antennas and propagation, 14(14), 1758–1765. doi:10.1049/iet-map.2019.0953. [3] yaro, a. s., filip, m., maly, k., & prazak, p. (2024). clustering performance analysis of the k-medoids algorithm for improved fingerprint-based localization. jordan journal of electrical engineering, 10(3), 431–442. doi:10.5455/jjee.204-1703256698. [4] shang, s., & wang, l. (2022). overview of wifi fingerprinting-based indoor positioning. iet communications, 16(7), 725–733. doi:10.1049/cmu2.12386. [5] ali, m., jung, l. t., abdel-aty, a. h., abubakar, m. y., elhoseny, m., & ali, i. (2020). semantic-k-nn algorithm: an enhanced version of traditional k-nn algorithm. expert systems with applications, 151, 113374. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2020.113374. [6] sadhukhan, p. (2019). performance analysis of clustering-based fingerprinting localization systems. wireless networks, 25(5), 2497–2510. doi:10.1007/s11276-018-1682-7. [7] yaro, a. s., maly, f., maly, k., & prazak, p. (2024). enhancing dbscan clustering for fingerprint-based localization with a context similarity coefficient-based similarity measure metric. ieee access, 12, 117298–117307. doi:10.1109/access.2024.3446674. [8] xu, d., & tian, y. (2015). a comprehensive survey of clustering algorithms. annals of data science, 2(2), 165–193. doi:10.1007/s40745-015-0040-1. [9] gholizadeh, n., saadatfar, h., & hanafi, n. (2021). k-dbscan: an improved dbscan algorithm for big data. journal of supercomputing, 77(6), 6214–6235. doi:10.1007/s11227-020-03524-3. [10] kumar, k. m., & reddy, a. r. m. (2016). a fast dbscan clustering algorithm by accelerating neighbor searching using groups method. pattern recognition, 58, 39–48. doi:10.1016/j.patcog.2016.03.008. [11] de moura ventorim, i., luchi, d., rodrigues, a. l., & varejão, f. m. (2021). birchscan: a sampling method for applying dbscan to large datasets. expert systems with applications, 184, 115518. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2021.115518. [12] yin, l., hu, h., li, k., zheng, g., qu, y., & chen, h. (2023). improvement of dbscan algorithm based on k-dist graph for adaptive determining parameters. electronics (switzerland), 12(15), 3213. doi:10.3390/electronics12153213. [13] perafan-lopez, j. c., ferrer-gregory, v. l., nieto-londoño, c., & sierra-pérez, j. (2022). performance analysis and architecture of a clustering hybrid algorithm called fa+ga-dbscan using artificial datasets. entropy, 24(7), 875. doi:10.3390/e24070875. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 362 [14] bi, j., cao, h., wang, y., zheng, g., liu, k., cheng, n., & zhao, m. (2022). dbscan and td integrated wi-fi positioning algorithm. remote sensing, 14(2), 297. doi:10.3390/rs14020297. [15] thang, v. v., pantiukhin, d. v., & galushkin, a. i. (2016). a hybrid clustering algorithm: the fastdbscan. proceedings 2nd international conference on engineering and telecommunication, 69–74. doi:10.1109/ent.2015.31. [16] quezada-gaibor, d., torres-sospedra, j., nurmi, j., koucheryavy, y., & huerta, j. (2021). lightweight wi-fi fingerprinting with a novel rss clustering algorithm. 2021 international conference on indoor positioning and indoor navigation, ipin 2021, 1–8. doi:10.1109/ipin51156.2021.9662612. [17] yaro, a. s., maly, f., prazak, p., & malý, k. (2024). improved fingerprint-based localization based on sequential hybridization of clustering algorithms. emerging science journal, 8(2), 394-406. doi:10.28991/esj-2024-08-02-02. [18] sridevi, k. n., & rajanna, m. (2025). hybrid clustering framework for scalable and robust query analysis: integrating minibatch k-means with dbscan hybrid model for complex data clustering. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 16(1), 906–912. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2025.0160187. [19] cheng, d., zhang, c., li, y., xia, s., wang, g., huang, j., zhang, s., & xie, j. (2024). gb-dbscan: a fast granular-ball based dbscan clustering algorithm. information sciences, 674, 120731. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2024.120731. [20] sadowski, s., spachos, p., & plataniotis, k. n. (2020). memoryless techniques and wireless technologies for indoor localization with the internet of things. ieee internet of things journal, 7(11), 10996–11005. doi:10.1109/jiot.2020.2992651. [21] torres-sospedra, j., moreira, a., mendoza-silva, g. m., joao nicolau, m., matey-sanz, m., silva, i., huerta, j., & pendao, c. (2019). exploiting different combinations of complementary sensor’s data for fingerprint-based indoor positioning in industrial environments. 2019 international conference on indoor positioning and indoor navigation, ipin 2019, 1–8. doi:10.1109/ipin.2019.8911758. [22] alhmiedat, t. (2023). fingerprint-based localization approach for wsn using machine learning models. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(5), 3037. doi:10.3390/app13053037. [23] moreira, a., silva, i., meneses, f., nicolau, m. j., pendão, c., & torres-sospedra, j. (2017). multiple simultaneous wi-fi measurements in fingerprinting indoor positioning. 2017 international conference on indoor positioning and indoor navigation, ipin 2017, 2017-january, 1–8. doi:10.1109/ipin.2017.8115914. [24] marutho, d., handaka, s. h., & wijaya, e. (2018). the determination of cluster number at k-mean using elbow method and purity evaluation on headline news. 2018 international seminar on application for technology of information and communication, 533-538. doi:10.1109/isemantic.2018.8549752. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 289 issn: 2723-9535 performance assessment of optimized link state routing protocol on vehicular ad hoc network simulation yap yu xian 1, sumendra yogarayan 1* , siti fatimah abdul razak 1 , md. shohel sayeed 1 , mohd. fikri azli abdullah 1 , subarmaniam kannan 1 , afizan azman 2 1 faculty of information science and technology, multimedia university, melaka 75450, malaysia. 2 school of computing, faculty of information and technology, taylors university, subang jaya, selangor, malaysia. received 15 september 2024; revised 17 february 2025; accepted 25 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract vehicular ad-hoc networks (vanets) are dedicated forms of wireless communication networks designed to handle the challenges of vehicular environments, including high mobility, varying traffic densities, and constantly changing topologies. these factors necessitate the development and evaluation of routing protocols to ensure reliable data communication between vehicles. this study evaluates the performance of the optimized link state routing (olsr) protocol within vehicular ad-hoc networks (vanets), focusing on its capability to handle different traffic densities and dynamic environments. reliable data communication in vanets is critical due to the high mobility and constantly changing topologies, especially in urban and highway settings. using ns-3 for network simulation and simulation of urban mobility (sumo) for realistic vehicular mobility modelling, we conducted a series of simulations to assess olsr’s performance in low-density and high-density scenarios across highway and urban environments. key performance metrics, including packet delivery ratio (pdr), end-to-end delay (e2ed) and throughput were analyzed to capture olsr’s strengths and weaknesses in each setting. the analysis showed that olsr excels in low-density highway scenarios, achieving a pdr of 100% and low e2ed. however, in high-density urban settings, the protocol encounters performance challenges, with a reduced pdr of 81.40% and a high e2ed of 85.52 seconds, indicating delays in data transmission. these findings emphasize the limitations of olsr in dense urban environments, highlighting the necessity for adaptive routing protocols that can improve performance in complex, high-density vehicular networks. keywords: olsr; vanet; qos; highway; urban; ns-3; sumo. 1. introduction vehicular ad-hoc networks (vanets) are a specialized subset of wireless networks focusing on communication between moving vehicles [1, 2]. vanets are designed to improve traffic efficiency, enhance road safety, and extend infotainment and transportation services [3]. while vanets share some similarities with mobile ad-hoc networks (manets), they must operate under more critical conditions, including fast-moving vehicles and rapidly changing topologies [4]. vanets differ significantly from manets due to these unique challenges, such as maintaining low delay and jitter under high mobility [5, 6]. two primary communication infrastructures for vanets are vehicle-tovehicle (v2v) and vehicle-to-infrastructure (v2i), both of which facilitate real-time data exchange to improve road * corresponding author: sumendra@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-019 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5151-2300 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6108-3183 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0052-4870 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8397-7807 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0049-4747 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4698-2244 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 290 safety and navigation efficiency [7, 8]. to ensure stable communication in vanets, the choice of routing protocol is crucial. according to [9], high mobility in vehicular environments frequently changes network structures, making routing a major challenge. according to quy et al. [10], the decision-making process for routing protocols has been a longstanding area of research. therefore, for vanets to provide high-quality services, appropriate routing protocols must be developed and evaluated. optimized link state routing (olsr) is a proactive, topology-based routing protocol widely used in both manets and vanets. it employs the multi-point relay (mpr) technique to optimize traffic by selecting specific nodes to forward data, minimizing network overhead [11]. as highlighted by gupta [12], olsr’s design allows it to adapt well to the dynamic conditions of vanets, providing manageable transmission delays and lower average latency. on the contrary, according to abdeen et al. [13] and kaur et al. [14], as the number of hosts increases, the olsr protocol control message overhead also increases, which can affect overall network performance. therefore, it is critical to evaluate olsr’s ability to handle different traffic densities in vanet environments. in addition to routing protocol performance, quality of service (qos) plays a pivotal role in determining the network’s capacity to deliver optimal service levels [15]. qos in vanets is vital for applications requiring timely and reliable communication, such as emergency notifications [16]. common performance metrics used to evaluate qos in vanet simulations include throughput, packet delivery ratio (pdr), end-to-end delay (e2ed), and packet loss [17]. these metrics provide a comprehensive evaluation of how well the network supports communication under different traffic and mobility conditions. recent research has highlighted various enhancements and limitations of olsr in different scenarios. pratama et al. [18] conducted a comparative analysis of four ad hoc routing protocols used in vanets with the udp protocol for packet delivery. the study simulated the protocols under three propagation loss models using a map of jakarta, utilizing ns3, sumo, and openstreetmap for the simulation. the configuration involved 30 nodes over 150 seconds, with vehicle speeds set at 30 m/s, 50 m/s, and 100 m/s. the results showed that variations in the propagation model did not significantly affect throughput or goodput. however, the friis propagation loss model revealed that the olsr protocol performed outstandingly, whereas other protocols performed relatively poorly. the limitation identified by the authors was the need for further development in routing protocols capable of adapting to dynamic vanet environments without compromising communication reliability and efficiency. deshpande et al. [19] compared olsr with aodv, dsr, and grp in a vanet environment using the opnet modeler 14.5. the focus was on throughput and latency characteristics. the configuration used 40 nodes in a 10 km by 10 km square area with a seed value of 128 and voice application enabled. performance metrics included throughput, network load, media access delay, traffic drop, and delay. olsr exhibited a throughput of 18 bits/second and a network load of 2200 bits/second, with increasing delays and traffic drops as the number of mobile hosts grew. the study highlighted that olsr required significant cpu power and bandwidth to handle control messages and compute optimal paths, especially as the network size increased. a limitation of the study was the high computational demand for olsr as node density increased, which could affect its scalability. shobana & raj [20] proposed an enhancement to qos and route selection in vanets by integrating an intelligent swarm-based firefly algorithm (isff) into aodv and compared it to olsr-pso. the aim was to improve qos and find optimal routes in vanets. the simulation was run in ns2 with 10 to 100 nodes across a 2050 x 2050 m area, with a fixed data rate of four packets per second in a random mobility model. the results showed that the ffa model outperformed the pso model in terms of packet delivery ratio (pdr) and end-to-end delay (e2ed), demonstrating its superior performance. a limitation of this approach was its dependency on optimal parameters for the swarm-based algorithm, which may require fine-tuning for different network conditions. elaryh makki dafalla et al. [21] focused on optimizing the route for voice over ip (voip) traffic to improve qos. they used olsr to evaluate voip services in real-time. simulation tools included linux os, olsr switch agent, wireshark, matlab, and ekiga. four scenarios were tested, starting with a single hop and increasing the hops progressively. the results indicated that after implementing olsr, the average network delay decreased by 18.72%, from 121.67 milliseconds to 102.48 milliseconds, and the mean jitter rate decreased by 20.42%. the study also noted that packet loss was reduced by 128.6%. a limitation was that the study only evaluated a limited set of scenarios and did not explore the impact of various network conditions on voip qos. alrfaaei & akki [22] investigated contention levels in olsr for assessing the quality of vanet connectivity. the study aimed to identify the vehicle coverage range or traffic density that correlates with good or poor contention levels. using matlab mobility simulation, they simulated up to 500 nodes with a maximum speed of 100 km/h and a minimum speed of 50 km/h over a 4-lane road. the results showed that olsr experienced high contention when the vehicle density was low (12 vehicles/km), and low contention at high density (160 vehicles/km). the study also showed that olsr performed poorly with low vehicle coverage and medium to high traffic density, due to excessive retransmissions and high burst errors. a limitation was the simulation's focus on fewer than 500 nodes, which may not fully represent large-scale vanets. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 291 laanaoui & raghay [23] proposed an advanced greedy forwarding mechanism to enhance olsr in vanets by reducing convergence time and ensuring low e2ed and latency during neighbor discovery. the study used ns3 and sumo to simulate traffic in marrakech, morocco, with 200 to 500 nodes and vehicle speeds between 20 km/h to 60 km/h. the simulation lasted 200 seconds, and the results showed that the greedy-olsr (g-olsr) approach provided the best pdr and e2ed performance. with increased traffic, the pdr of g-olsr improved, and the e2ed decreased. a limitation was the study’s restricted focus on a single city and traffic model, which may not generalize to other urban settings. hota et al. [24] compared proactive and reactive routing protocols in vanet deployment, evaluating olsr, aodv, and dsdv using four propagation models (friis, two ray ground, log-distance, nakagami). the study used ns3, sumo, and openstreetmap for realistic simulations in rourkela. results showed that olsr outperformed aodv and dsdv in throughput, packet delivery ratio (pdr), and end-to-end latency in both static and real-world scenarios, especially with 71 cars connected for basic safety message (bsm) transmission. the limitation of this study was the reliance on relatively simple models, which might not capture the full complexity of vanet environments. tareef et al. [25] presented a comparative analysis of routing protocols by applying machine learning algorithms to classify performance data from olsr and other protocols in various vanet scenarios. the study simulated different scenarios by adjusting simulation duration, node count, and node velocity to model different vehicle movement conditions. the results showed that olsr achieved an average throughput of 2.735 kbps and a pdr of 94%. as vehicle speed increased, the pdr slightly decreased to 92%. the study highlighted olsr’s strength in pdr, although other protocols showed better performance in terms of throughput and e2ed. a limitation of this study was the limited simulation environment, which might not capture the full range of dynamic scenarios in realworld vanet applications. kachooei et al. [26] proposed a rateless coding-based geocast routing method for olsr, aimed at forwarding data to a destination region more efficiently. the study modified olsr to support geocasting, reducing signaling latency. using ns2 and sumo, simulations were run with 45 to 180 nodes in a 1 km x 1.4 km map for 1000 seconds, with vehicle speeds ranging from 5 m/s to 30 m/s. the results showed that tuned-olsr outperformed aodv-based and calar-dd protocols, particularly in high-density networks, by improving pdr and reducing latency. a limitation was the potential trade-off in overhead and control packet complexity for high-density scenarios. ahmed et al. [27] explored on enhancing the mpr selection in vanets using a proposed algorithm called wingsuit flying search. the primary focus is on mitigating broadcast storms, a significant challenge in vanets. the wingsuit search-optimized link state routing protocol (ws-olsr) optimizes routing by reducing the number of broadcasted control and topology messages, ensuring that data transfers occur through a minimal number of nodes and paths. the simulations were conducted using ns3 on an ubuntu 18.04 platform, with a node range of 25 to 200 and a fixed vehicle speed of 20 m/s in a simulation area of 1000m x 1000m. comparison was made between ws-olsr and traditional olsr, focusing on metrics like the number of mprs, throughput, and topology control (tc) packets. results show that ws-olsr maintains a more stable throughput even with a higher number of nodes (150-200), and significantly reduces tc packets, especially in denser node environments. ws-olsr also reduces the number of mprs needed to cover 95% of the mobile nodes, outperforming traditional olsr in these areas. however, a limitation of the algorithm is its reduced effectiveness when the total number of nodes is below a certain threshold. yang et al. [28] focused on improving the olsr protocol using a mechanism called multi-objective particle swarm optimization (mopso). the proposed method aims to optimize olsr parameters such as hello_interval and tc_interval to balance cost and delivery performance in vanets. simulations were conducted using ns2 and sumo across two scenarios: common vanet conditions using random waypoint and data flow models, and realistic scenarios based on a map of málaga from openstreetmap. the configuration included random node movements in a square with varied velocities for the general case. results show that in realistic vanet scenarios, traditional olsr achieved better packet loss ratio (plr) at 9.3% compared to 10.7% for mopso-olsr. however, mopso-olsr excelled with an average e2ed of 14.7 ms compared to 22.7 ms for olsr. while traditional olsr outperformed mopso-olsr in throughput (5488.4 kbps vs. 5404.6 kbps), the normalized routing load (nrl) of mopso-olsr was superior (10.10% vs. 19.50%). nevertheless, the key limitation is the slight trade-off in throughput and plr for the proposed mechanism, but it demonstrates significant advantages in e2ed and nrl. suvarna & bappalige [29] focused on comparing four manet routing protocols in a vanet scenario to analyze their performance in exchanging safety messages. the study emphasizes that an effective routing protocol is critical for enabling vanet applications like safety, collision detection, and data transfer latency analysis. the simulation employs openstreetmap, sumo, and ns3 tools to model traffic on a real-world scenario: the cross street road intersection at nh 66 and solapur mangalore highway, known for extreme congestion during rush hours. the configuration includes hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 292 different vehicle types, with simulations running for 100 seconds. results show that olsr has a relatively low receive rate compared to alternative protocols but exhibits zero mac overhead. additionally, olsr ranks second in average goodput, falling between aodv and dsdv. however, a key limitation is its relatively lower receive rate, which may impact its effectiveness in safety-critical applications. borah & ganga [30] focused on evaluating the influence of propagation models (fspl, itu-r p.1411, nakagami) on the performance of vanets using the olsr protocol. the study employs a mechanism that investigates the adaptability of these models to improve routing efficiency in urban settings with varying vehicle densities. the simulation utilizes sumo to generate realistic mobility scenarios and ns3 to evaluate network performance. the configuration includes vehicle densities of 30, 60, 90, and 120, with parameters such as ieee 802.11p, 20 dbm transmission power, and 200-byte packet sizes. the results reveal that the fspl model performs best in terms of pdr, itu-r p.1411 excels in minimizing e2ed, and nakagami underperforms due to its handling of obstacles. however, a major limitation of this work is its inability to account for dynamic urban factors such as weather and changing infrastructure. marinov [31] focused on a comparative analysis of two routing protocols, aodv and mtp, in urban vanet environments. the mechanism centers on mtp’s introduction of link time (lt), which improves message stability by addressing issues caused by node movement. simulations were conducted using ns2 with a configuration involving 50 vehicles traveling at 50 km/h within a 1000x1000 m area. the study applies the two-ray ground propagation model and ieee 802.11p for communication. results show that mtp outperforms aodv in throughput (78 kbps vs. 72 kbps) and e2ed (0.013 seconds vs. 1.017 seconds), demonstrating its superior stability and efficiency. however, the limitation of this work lies in its focus on a single scenario with only 50 vehicles, and it does not consider more complex traffic conditions or emerging technologies. varsha & jhariya [32] focused on the characterization of aodv, olsr, and zrp routing protocols in a real world vanet scenario. the study examines performance metrics such as throughput, delay, and jitter to determine protocol efficiency under varying vehicular densities. the mechanism involves using netsim interfaced with sumo, with simulations conducted in delhi’s kamla nagar area. the configuration includes 20, 40, and 80 vehicles operating with ieee 802.11p and the rayleigh fading model. the results show that aodv achieves the highest throughput, zrp the lowest jitter and delay, and olsr performs intermediately across all metrics. however, one key limitation is the narrow focus on specific performance metrics, which excludes broader analyses of urban mobility impacts. despite these findings, olsr has not been extensively evaluated under different traffic conditions and realistic urban settings. thus, this study aims to bridge the gap by evaluating olsr’s performance in two distinct vanet scenarios: highway and urban environments using map data from melaka, malaysia. this study will assess the protocol’s performance under both dense and sparse traffic conditions, focusing on key quality of service (qos) metrics such as pdr, end-to-end delay (e2ed), and throughput. this evaluation aims to provide insights into the protocol’s feasibility for vanets, especially under different traffic densities and topological challenges. 2. simulation approach 2.1. architecture the simulation approach involves a coordinated process using multiple tools to generate and analyze vehicular network scenarios. openstreetmap (osm) is utilized to create and export map data, which is then imported into the simulation of urban mobility (sumo) tool to develop vehicular traffic scenarios. for the simulations, specific parameters such as vehicle types, arrival rates, and traffic light configurations were carefully configured in sumo to reflect realistic urban conditions. for example, the vehicle types were defined to include standard cars, each with varying acceleration and deceleration profiles, while arrival rates were set to simulate both peak and off-peak traffic hours. sumo produces a trace file that is subsequently imported into ns-3, where it interfaces with the olsr module and wi-fi libraries for the simulation. in ns-3, simulation parameters such as the number of nodes, transmission ranges, and packet sizes were adjusted based on the scenario type (urban vs. highway). for instance, transmission ranges of 50 m, 250 m, and 500 m were tested to evaluate their impact on packet delivery ratio (pdr) and end-to-end delay (e2ed) in both scenarios. the results are gathered and saved in csv format for subsequent graph generation and quality of service (qos) analysis. to ensure efficiency in the results, multiple iterations of each scenario were conducted, varying the hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 293 vehicle density, transmission range, and mobility patterns to capture a wide range of network behaviors. the entire simulation process is conducted on a virtual machine running ubuntu 22.04.4 lts, as shown in figure 1, which illustrates the simulation block diagram. figure 1. simulation block diagram 2.2. scenario there are two different scenarios developed to evaluate olsr performance under different conditions. these conditions cover malacca city centre (urban) and three lanes in each direction (highway), each 1 km in length. traffic density was controlled by defining node densities and vehicle flow rates for low and high-density conditions to simulate realistic urban and highway traffic patterns. for the malacca city centre scenario, sumo generated traffic flows with node densities of 40 vehicles (low density) and 120 vehicles (high density) over a simulation period of 90 seconds to capture movement patterns across a large area. vehicle speeds were set within the typical range of 10-30 km/h to reflect urban traffic behavior, accounting for stops, acceleration, and deceleration due to intersections and traffic signals. transmission ranges of 50 m, 250 m, and 500 m were tested to analyze variations in packet delivery ratio (pdr). detailed parameters for this scenario are listed in table 1. figure 2 shows the osmwebwizard initial settings for malacca city centre, malaysia, while figure 3 shows the settings in google maps. figure 4 illustrates the sumo gui for the urban scenario. qos analysis sumo map data vehicular simulation scenario ns-3 olsr libraries for 802.11p wi-fi trace file simulation results graph generation csv results file map data generation (openstreetmap) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 294 table 1. simulation parameter of malacca city centre scenario parameter settings tools used ns-3.29 routing protocol olsr wireless mode 802.11p number of nodes 40, 120 propagation model two ray ground propagation loss model transmission ranges 50 m, 250 m, 500 m number of sinks 10 nodes’ maximum speed 10-30 km/h simulation time 90s figure 2. malacca city centre, malaysia on osmwebwizard figure 3. malacca city centre, malaysia on google maps hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 295 figure 4. malacca city centre, malaysia traffic simulation on sumo gui in the highway scenario, sumo modeled a 1 km-long highway with either 20 nodes (low-density) or 50 nodes (high-density) to represent different traffic volumes. vehicles in this scenario moved at speeds between 60-100 km/h, reflecting typical highway conditions. for low-density simulations, 50 seconds of simulation time was sufficient for observing stable vehicle movement, while the high-density simulation allowed for contrasting performance observations. this setup also incorporated variability in vehicle speed to simulate overtaking and lane-switching behaviors. the parameters for this highway scenario are detailed in table 2. figures 5 and 6 illustrate the sumo gui for the highway scenarios. table 2. simulation parameter of highway scenario parameter settings tools used ns-3.29 routing protocol olsr wireless mode 802.11p number of nodes 20, 50 propagation model two ray ground propagation loss model transmission ranges 50 m, 250 m, 500 m number of sinks 10 nodes’ maximum speed 60-100 km/h simulation time 50s figure 5. sumo simulation of highway scenario – high density figure 6. sumo simulation of highway scenario – low density hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 296 3. result and discussion to evaluate the performance of the optimized link state routing (olsr) protocol in different scenarios, two modules were utilized: the wave module and the flowmonitor module. the wave module primarily provides packet delivery ratio (pdr), while the flowmonitor module offers additional metrics including end-to-end delay (e2ed) and throughput. 3.1. wave module the wave module in ns-3 is designed specifically for vehicular networks, focusing on the ieee 802.11p standard for vehicular communications. this module is used to simulate and analyze the performance of basic safety messages (bsms) exchanged between vehicles. the wave module uses the ‘wavebsmhelper’ class, which specifically collects statistics related to the transmission of bsms. the ‘wavebsmstats’ object within this class tracks attributes such as packet size, transmission interval, and communication ranges. three transmission ranges were set as attributes of ‘wavebsmstats’: 50 meters (short distance), 250 meters (medium distance), and 500 meters (long distance). the ‘wavebsmstats’ object outputs the results every second throughout the simulation time, with average results displayed at the end. this data is used to compute the packet delivery ratio (pdr), which reflects the effectiveness of the safety message delivery process. pdr is calculated by dividing the number of expected received packets by the actual received packets and multiplying by 100. in the malacca city centre (urban) scenario with a low-density setting of 40 nodes, pdr values were 94.71% at short distance, 79.71% at medium distance, and 41.72% at long distance. these results indicate that as transmission distance increases, pdr decreases due to higher packet loss over greater distances. in the high-density setting with 120 nodes, the pdr dropped further to 83.22% at short distance, 55.53% at medium distance, and 26.03% at long distance. the larger number of nodes in a confined urban area leads to increased congestion and interference, which reduces the overall reliability of message delivery, especially at extended ranges (see figure 7). in the highway scenario, the low-density setup with 20 nodes achieved a high pdr of 96.16% at short distance, 93.84% at medium distance, and 83.92% at long distance. this high pdr even at extended distances suggests that highways provide a more favorable environment for vehicular communications due to reduced obstacles and lower interference compared to urban areas. in the high-density highway scenario with 50 nodes, the pdr was 89.99% at short distance, 78.05% at medium distance, and 55.30% at long distance. although the pdr is lower than in the low-density highway setup, it is still higher than in the urban scenario, reinforcing the notion that highways allow for reliable communication due to lower node density and direct line-of-sight conditions (see figure 7). the results show that pdr decreases with increasing node density. this is particularly noticeable in urban environments, where high-density scenarios (120 nodes) suffer from packet loss, particularly at medium and long distances. the urban environment develops issues like signal interference and multipath propagation, which further impact the reliability of communication. as transmission range increases from 50 meters to 500 meters, pdr decreases across all scenarios due to signal attenuation and increased likelihood of interference. however, the decline is gradual in highway scenarios compared to urban scenarios, highlighting the challenging nature of urban communication environments for vanets. the highway scenario consistently performs better than the urban scenario in terms of pdr, especially in low-density conditions. this suggests that highways are suited for reliable vanet communication, while urban environments require further optimization, such as adaptive routing mechanisms, to improve performance under varying density conditions. these findings highlight the importance of scenario-specific configurations and the need for adaptive solutions to enhance pdr, particularly in complex urban settings with high node density. figure 7. pdr results obtained by wave module bsm_pdr1 bsm_pdr2 bsm_pdr3 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% pdr obtained by wave module scenario 1 (low density) scenario 1 (high density) scenario 2 (low density) scenario 2 (high density) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 297 3.2. flowmonitor module the flowmonitor module in ns-3 is designed for monitoring and analyzing network traffic. it is used to gather a wide range of performance metrics, including packet delivery ratio (pdr), end-to-end delay (e2ed), and throughput. flowmonitor achieves this by installing probes on network nodes to track packet flows and collect detailed statistics. for the malacca city centre scenario, the low-density scenario achieved a pdr of 84.69%, indicating relatively high reliability, even with fewer vehicles present, possibly due to reduced interference and congestion. however, the highdensity scenario recorded a slightly lower pdr of 81.40%. this decline suggests that as vehicle density increases, the likelihood of packet loss slightly rises, possibly due to increased signal interference or collisions among packets. in contrast, the highway scenarios, both the low-density and high-density highway scenarios, achieved a perfect 100% pdr. this result suggests that the highway setting, regardless of density, provides an environment where packets are consistently delivered. this reliability may be due to the linear topology of the highway, which often results in fewer obstacles and a more stable signal path compared to urban environments (see figure 8). figure 8. pdr obtained by flowmonitor for the malacca city centre scenario, the low-density setup had an e2ed of 36.986 seconds, while the high-density setup showed a much higher delay of 85.521 seconds. the increase in delays at high density could be attributed to congestion, as more vehicles may cause data to queue longer before reaching its destination, especially in an environment with buildings and other obstacles. in contrast, the highway scenarios, the delay was minimal, with the low-density and high-density setups recording e2eds of 0.621 seconds and 0.837 seconds, respectively. this low delay in highway environments indicates faster communication, likely due to fewer obstacles and a clearer signal path, allowing packets to travel fast even when vehicle density is higher (see figure 9). figure 9. e2ed obtained by flowmonitor 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% s c e n a ri o pdr pdr obtained by flowmonitor 2 (high) 2 (low) 1 (high) 1 (low) 1 (low) 1 (high) 2 (low) 2 (high) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 scenario e 2 e d ( s e c o n d s) e2ed obtained by flowmonitor hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 298 for the malacca city centre scenario, the low-density scenario achieved a throughput of 2.438 kbps, while the highdensity scenario recorded a slightly lower throughput of 2.316 kbps. this reduction at higher density levels might be attributed to packet collisions and interference, reducing the data transmission rate. on the other hand, the highway scenarios, both low-density and high-density setups, reached a throughput of approximately 2.890 kbps. the highway's consistent throughput, even with higher densities, aligns with the higher pdr observed, indicating that highways provide a more stable environment for continuous data flow (see figure 9). figure 10. throughput obtained by flowmonitor 3.3. comparison of wave and flowmonitor module the comparison between the wave and flowmonitor modules reveals differences in their performance metrics, particularly in pdr. despite both modules being capable of measuring pdr, they employ different methodologies, resulting in differing outcomes. the wave module relies on the wavebsmhelper and wavebsmstats classes to gather statistics on bsm transmission between nodes. it calculates pdr by assessing the number of transmitted versus received bsms. the primary focus of the wave module is on pdr, and it provides statistics on bsm exchanges at different communication ranges (short, medium, and long). however, this approach may lead to lower pdr values because it only evaluates a specific type of traffic and does not capture all network activities. on the other hand, the flowmonitor module proposes a comprehensive analysis by installing probes in network nodes to monitor packet flows throughout the simulation. this allows flowmonitor to collect detailed statistics on different performance metrics, including pdr, e2ed, and throughput. the broader monitoring scope of flowmonitor results in higher pdr values, as it captures more detailed network performance data. when comparing pdr results, it is useful to consider the average pdr values for the wave module, as it provides results for different communication ranges. for instance, in the analysis, the pdr values from the wave module are consistently lower than those obtained by flowmonitor. this difference is particularly significant in scenario 2, where the difference in pdr is 26.57%. this variation highlights the impact of the different measurement approaches: while the wave module’s pdr values are lower due to its focus on bsm, flowmonitor’s wider scope provides a comprehensive view of network performance. table 3 indicates the pdr comparison between the wave and flowmonitor modules. table 3. pdr comparison of wave and flowmonitor module metric scenario wave module flowmonitor module pdr malacca city centre (low density) 94.71% (short), 79.71% (medium), 41.72% (long) 84.69% malacca city centre (high density) 83.22% (short), 55.53% (medium), 26.03% (long) 81.40% highway (low density) 96.16% (short), 93.84% (medium), 83.92% (long) 100% highway (high density) 89.99% (short), 78.05% (medium), 55.30% (long) 100% 1 (low) 1 (high) 2 (low) 2 (high) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 scenario t h ro u g h p u t (k b p s) throughput obtained by flowmonitor hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 299 3.4. comparison between scenarios the analysis of performance metrics across high-density and low-density scenarios in malacca city centre and a highway reveals distinguished differences. these variations in performance metrics, such as pdr, e2ed, and throughput, are influenced by the density of nodes and the characteristics of each scenario. the pdr is significantly higher in low-density scenarios compared to high-density ones, regardless of the location. in both malacca city centre and the highway, low-density scenarios consistently demonstrate better pdr. this improvement is likely due to reduced routing overhead and fewer collisions in low-density scenarios, leading to more successful packet transmissions. highdensity environments, with their increased node count, face routing challenges and congestion, resulting in lower pdr. the e2ed also demonstrates better performance in low-density scenarios. the reduced number of nodes in lowdensity settings minimizes channel contention, which leads to faster packet delivery and lower delays. in high-density scenarios, the higher node density contributes to increased contention for channel access, which in turn results in higher e2ed. therefore, lower node density correlates with reduced delay and improved network performance. throughput follows a similar trend, with low-density scenarios achieving higher throughput compared to high-density scenarios. this is attributed to fewer collisions and less contention in low-density environments, which allows for efficient use of network resources. however, the difference in throughput between high-density and low-density scenarios on highways is minimal, with only a slight variation of 0.00004 kbps. this suggests that while low-density scenarios are favorable for throughput, the highway’s stable and consistent route characteristics contribute to relatively similar throughput results across different densities. figure 11 shows the overall results for all scenarios. figure 11. overall results for all scenarios overall, the findings suggest that olsr performs effectively in low-density vanet scenarios. the routing overhead and channel contention are lower in these environments, leading to improved pdr, reduced e2ed, and higher throughput. conversely, high-density scenarios experience network congestion and routing complexities, which adversely impact performance metrics. 3.5. comparison of proposed work with existing works this study evaluates the performance of the olsr protocol in realistic vanet scenarios, specifically in urban and highway environments using map data from malacca, malaysia. the study assesses olsr’s performance under two traffic densities (low and high) using the wave and flowmonitor modules in ns3. the results highlight that olsr performs better in highway scenarios, where reduced congestion and fewer obstacles lead to higher pdr and throughput, compared to urban environments where higher node density causes congestion, leading to lower pdr and increased e2ed. these findings provide insights into the protocol’s suitability for different network topologies and traffic conditions. in contrast, several studies have evaluated olsr performance but with different focuses and methodologies. pratama et al. (2021) explored the impact of various propagation loss models on olsr performance in vanets, but their study did not account for traffic density or compare performance in urban versus highway environments. while their results were valuable for understanding how different models affect network performance, they did not provide the same level of insight into olsr’s feasibility in real-world dynamic traffic conditions. similarly, deshpande et al. (2019) compared olsr with other protocols such as aodv, dsr, and grp but focused on throughput and latency without addressing 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 scenario 1 (low density) scenario 1 (high density) scenario 2 (low density) scenario 2 (high density) pdr avgwavepdr e2ed (second) throughput (kbps) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 300 the specific effects of node density or urban versus highway settings on olsr performance. these studies focused more on theoretical and control message overhead comparisons rather than providing insights into the real-world performance of olsr under variable traffic densities. other studies, such as shobana & raj (2021) and hota et al. (2022), are to some extent closer in their focus on realistic scenarios. shobana and raj (2021) applied an intelligent swarm-based firefly algorithm (isff) to aodv and compared it with olsr-pso in terms of qos improvements, while hota et al. (2022) conducted simulations in a realworld environment using sumo and openstreetmap. however, their work primarily focused on protocol enhancements and algorithmic optimizations, rather than a detailed comparison of highway and urban environments or an in-depth analysis of traffic density’s effect on olsr. thus, while these studies provide valuable contributions to olsr’s performance, they do not offer the same comprehensive comparison of olsr’s feasibility in different real-world settings, which is the primary contribution of this study. while previous works have explored various aspects of olsr performance, including propagation models, qos optimizations, and protocol comparisons, this study differentiates itself by focusing on real-world traffic conditions and evaluating olsr in both urban and highway environments under dense and sparse traffic conditions. the findings emphasize the importance of scenario-specific configurations and routing mechanisms, especially for urban environments with high node density. 4. conclusions and future works in summary, this study evaluated the quality of service (qos) of the optimized link state routing (olsr) protocol in vehicular ad hoc networks (vanets) through simulations conducted using ns-3 and sumo. the simulation setup involved the creation of realistic traffic scenarios in different environments, including malacca city centre and a straight highway. sumo effectively generated trace files that represented real-world traffic patterns, which were then imported into ns-3 for network simulation. visualizations of pdr, e2ed, and throughput metrics enabled a clear comparison between scenarios, revealing that olsr performs significantly better in highway scenarios than in complex urban environments. the findings indicate that olsr is more suitable for highway scenarios, where lower e2ed and higher pdr can be achieved due to less network congestion and simpler routing paths. while the study provided insights into the performance of olsr, several limitations emerged, particularly in high-density urban scenarios. the increase in e2ed and the decline in pdr in these environments suggest that olsr struggles with the routing overhead and channel contention that come with complex city landscapes. for instance, the e2ed in the high-density malacca city centre scenario reached 85.52 seconds, making it unsuitable for real-time communication in safety-critical applications. similarly, the low pdr of 81.40% highlights a high packet loss rate, which further diminishes the reliability of olsr in dense environments. to address the limitations identified, our future work will focus on optimizing olsr’s performance across different vanet scenarios. one primary area for improvement involves modifying olsr’s routing parameters to better match the specific environmental conditions. however, static parameter adjustments may not sufficiently accommodate variations in node density and network topology. therefore, the implementation of artificial intelligence (ai) is recommended to enhance olsr’s adaptability. machine learning (ml) or deep learning (dl) models, such as reinforcement learning or neural networks, could be incorporated into olsr to predict optimal routing parameters based on network conditions. for example, a reinforcement learning model could learn to adjust parameters by rewarding lower delays and higher packet delivery ratios, adapting to both urban and highway environments in real time. by leveraging ai, olsr could dynamically adjust its routing parameters based on real-time network conditions, ensuring reliable packet delivery in high-density environments. to manage computational overhead, lightweight ml models or edge computing strategies could be implemented to minimize latency and maintain real-time performance. additionally, future research could explore integrating ai with other routing protocols to determine whether similar performance improvements can be achieved. to validate ai-enhanced olsr in real-world vehicular environments, our focus is to conduct field trials using connected vehicles equipped with low-latency edge computing devices. however, challenges may occur that include hardware limitations, network latency, and ensuring model robustness across different urban and rural landscapes. 5. declarations 5.1. author contributions conceptualization, s.y., s.f.a.r., and a.a.; methodology, y.y.x., m.s.s., and s.k.; software, y.y.x., and m.f.a.a.; writing—original draft preparation, y.y.x., s.f.a.r., m.f.a.a., and a.a.; writing—review and editing, s.y., m.s.s., and s.k.; visualization, y.y.x. and s.y.; funding acquisition, s.y.; supervision, s.y. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 301 5.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 5.3. funding this research was supported under grant no. rdtc/231104. 5.4. acknowledgments the authors would like to express their deepest gratitude to our research center. the authors would also like to thank all anonymous reviewers for their constructive comments. 5.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 5.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 5.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 6. references [1] farsimadan, e., palmieri, f., moradi, l., conte, d., & paternoster, b. (2021). vehicle-to-everything (v2x) communication scenarios for vehicular ad-hoc networking (vanet): an overview. computational science and its applications – iccsa 2021. iccsa 2021, lecture notes in computer science, 12956. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-870102_2. [2] sohail, m., latif, z., javed, s., biswas, s., ajmal, s., iqbal, u., raza, m., & khan, a. u. (2023). routing protocols in vehicular adhoc networks (vanets): a comprehensive survey. internet of things (netherlands), 23, 100837. doi:10.1016/j.iot.2023.100837. [3] mahi, m. j. n., chaki, s., ahmed, s., biswas, m., kaiser, m. s., islam, m. s., sookhak, m., barros, a., & whaiduzzaman, m. (2022). a review on vanet research: perspective of recent emerging technologies. ieee access, 10, 65760–65783. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3183605. [4] rashid, s. a., audah, l., & hamdi, m. m. (2022). intelligent transportation systems (itss) in vanet and manet. biologically inspired techniques in many criteria decision making. smart innovation, systems and technologies, 271, springer, singapore. doi:10.1007/978-981-16-8739-6_59. [5] rashid, s. a., audah, l., hamdi, m. m., abood, m. s., & alani, s. (2020). reliable and efficient data dissemination scheme in vanet: a review. international journal of electrical and computer engineering, 10(6), 6423–6434. doi:10.11591/ijece.v10i6.pp6423-6434. [6] wheeb, a. h., nordin, r., samah, a. a., alsharif, m. h., & khan, m. a. (2022). topology-based routing protocols and mobility models for flying ad hoc networks: a contemporary review and future research directions. drones, 6(1), 9. doi:10.3390/drones6010009. [7] hamdi, m. m., audah, l., rashid, s. a., & al-shareeda, m. a. (2020). techniques of early incident detection and traffic monitoring centre in vanets: a review. journal of communications, 15(12), 896–904. doi:10.12720/jcm.15.12.896-904. [8] hussein, n. h., yaw, c. t., koh, s. p., tiong, s. k., & chong, k. h. (2022). a comprehensive survey on vehicular networking: communications, applications, challenges, and upcoming research directions. ieee access, 10, 86127–86180. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3198656. [9] quy, v. k., nam, v. h., linh, d. m., ban, n. t., & han, n. d. (2022). communication solutions for vehicle ad-hoc network in smart cities environment: a comprehensive survey. wireless personal communications, 122(3), 2791–2815. doi:10.1007/s11277-021-09030-w. [10] karabulut, m. a., shah, a. f. m. s., ilhan, h., pathan, a. s. k., & atiquzzaman, m. (2023). inspecting vanet with various critical aspects – a systematic review. ad hoc networks, 150. doi:10.1016/j.adhoc.2023.103281. [11] barki, o., guennoun, z., & addaim, a. (2020). improving the selection of mprs in olsr protocol: a survey of methods and techniques. international journal of electrical and computer engineering, 10(1), 288–295. doi:10.11591/ijece.v10i1.pp288-295. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 302 [12] gupta, s. (2020). performance evaluation of routing protocols in vehicular ad-hoc networks (vanets): a comparative study. turkish journal of computer and mathematics education (turcomat), 11(1), 847–856. doi:10.17762/turcomat.v11i1.13567. [13] abdeen, m. a. r., beg, a., mostafa, s. m., abdulghaffar, a., sheltami, t. r., & yasar, a. (2022). performance evaluation of vanet routing protocols in madinah city. electronics (switzerland), 11(5), 777. doi:10.3390/electronics11050777. [14] kaur, r., kaur, n., & singh, s. (2019). analysis of optimization parameters of olsr protocol for vanets. international journal of innovative technology and exploring engineering, 8(8), 1256–1261. [15] srivastava, a., verma, s., kavita, jhanjhi, n. z., talib, m. n., & malhotra, a. (2020). analysis of quality of service in vanet. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 993(1), 12061. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/993/1/012061. [16] zhao, j., wang, y., lu, h. l., li, z., & ma, x. (2021). interference-based qos and capacity analysis of vanets for safety applications. ieee transactions on vehicular technology, 70(3), 2448–2464. doi:10.1109/tvt.2021.3059740. [17] nisar, k., mu’azu, a. a., lawal, i. a., khan, s., & memon, s. (2020). reliable priority based qos real-time traffic routing in vanet: open issues &amp; parameter. 2020 ieee 14th international conference on application of information and communication technologies (aict), 1–6. doi:10.1109/aict50176.2020.9368689. [18] aji pratama, r., rosselina, l., sulistyowati, d., fitri sari, r., & harwahyu, r. (2020). performance evaluation on vanet routing protocols in the way road of central jakarta using ns-3 and sumo. proceedings 2020 international seminar on application for technology of information and communication: it challenges for sustainability, scalability, and security in the age of digital disruption, isemantic 2020, 280–285. doi:10.1109/isemantic50169.2020.9234202. [19] deshpande, s., pagare, a. s., vaidya, r., & bhate, m. (2021). to simulate aodv, dsr, grp and olsr routing protocols of vanet and study the performance indicators using opnet modeler 14.5. turkish journal of computer and mathematics education, 12(12), 3613-3617. [20] shobana, s., & raj, j. s. (2022). isff based optimal route selection and qos enhancement in vanets. 2022 international conference on sustainable computing and data communication systems, 689–694. doi:10.1109/icscds53736.2022.9760786. [21] elaryh makki dafalla, m., mokhtar, r. a., saeed, r. a., alhumyani, h., abdel-khalek, s., & khayyat, m. (2022). an optimized link state routing protocol for real-time application over vehicular ad-hoc network. alexandria engineering journal, 61(6), 4541–4556. doi:10.1016/j.aej.2021.10.013. [22] alrfaaei, m. h., & akki, a. s. (2022). vehicle traffic density impact on v2v link lifetime and channel capacity over vanet in highway: a comparison study using olsr and acrp routing protocols. 2022 international conference on engineering & mis (icemis), 1–6. doi:10.1109/icemis56295.2022.9914224. [23] laanaoui, m., & raghay, s. (2022). enhancing olsr protocol by an advanced greedy forwarding mechanism for vanet in smart cities. smart cities, 5(2), 650–667. doi:10.3390/smartcities5020034. [24] hota, l., nayak, b. p., kumar, a., sahoo, b., & ali, g. g. m. n. (2022). a performance analysis of vanets propagation models and routing protocols. sustainability (switzerland), 14(3), 1379. doi:10.3390/su14031379. [25] tareef, a., btoush, a., & alhabashneh, o. (2022). comparison and classification of vanet routing protocols. 2022 international conference on emerging trends in computing and engineering applications (etcea), 1–6. doi:10.1109/etcea57049.2022.10009853. [26] kachooei, m. a., hendessi, f., ghahfarokhi, b. s., & nozari, m. (2022). an olsr-based geocast routing protocol for vehicular ad hoc networks. peer-to-peer networking and applications, 15(1), 246–266. doi:10.1007/s12083-021-01246-8. [27] ahmed, w. k., warip, m. n. bin m., abduljabbar, w. k., & elshaikh, m. (2022). ws-olsr: multipoint relay selection in vanet networks using a wingsuit flying search algorithm. international journal of computer networks and communications, 14(6), 37–49. doi:10.5121/ijcnc.2022.14603. [28] yang, h., pu, c., wu, j., wu, y., & xia, y. (2023). enhancing olsr protocol in vanets with multi-objective particle swarm optimization. physica a: statistical mechanics and its applications, 614, 128570. doi:10.1016/j.physa.2023.128570. [29] suvarna, s., k, k. p., & bappalige, n. n. (2023). performance analysis of mobile ad hoc routing protocols in vehicular ad hoc networks using ns3. ssrn electronic journal, 5(1), 1-10. doi:10.2139/ssrn.4411480. [30] borah, r. j., & ganga, d. (2024). analyzing vanet performance in urban environments: a comparative analysis of propagation models with olsr-based vehicular networks through sumo and ns3. 2024 2nd world conference on communication &amp;amp; computing (wconf), 1–5. doi:10.1109/wconf61366.2024.10691958. [31] marinov, t. (2024). performance comparison and analysis of aodv and mtp routing protocols in vanet for urban scenario. 2024 59th international scientific conference on information, communication and energy systems and technologies (icest), 1–4. doi:10.1109/icest62335.2024.10639808. [32] varsha, & jhariya, d. k. (2024). routing protocols characterization in real-world vehicular network. 2024 first international conference on electronics, communication and signal processing (icecsp), 1–4. doi:10.1109/icecsp61809.2024.10698136. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 551 issn: 2723-9535 innovative metal powder production using cfd with convergent-divergent nozzles in wire arc atomization matee sukkee 1 , phanphong kongphan 1* 1 department of industrial engineering, faculty of engineering, rajamangala university of technology thanyaburi, pathum thani 12110, thailand. received 24 may 2024; revised 19 august 2024; accepted 25 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract this study aims to enhance the production of metal powders using a novel approach that integrates computational fluid dynamics (cfd) with convergent-divergent (c-d) nozzles in wire arc spraying atomization (wasa). the primary objective is to investigate the influence of nozzle design on particle size distribution and production efficiency. utilizing the ansys cfd fluent program, simulations were conducted to analyze the effects of various parameters, including throat diameter and divergent angles, on gas dynamics and metal droplet behavior. the findings reveal that c-d nozzles facilitate the acceleration of gas flow to supersonic speeds, significantly improving the shear force acting on the molten metal, thereby promoting the fragmentation of droplets into smaller particles. notably, the optimized nozzle configuration achieved a median particle size (d50) of 44.42 µm, suitable for additive manufacturing applications. the novelty of this work lies in its comprehensive simulation framework that allows for rapid virtual testing, potentially leading to significant improvements in the efficiency and quality of metal powder production processes. this research addresses critical gaps in the existing literature and provides a robust foundation for future studies in the field of metal powder manufacturing. keywords: computational fluid dynamics; convergent-divergent nozzles; wire arc spraying atomization; metal powder manufacturing. 1. introduction the production of metal powder is a fundamental process to generate the raw materials for various industrial applications, including additive manufacturing, powder metallurgy [1, 2], and surface coating technologies [3]. wire arc spraying atomization (wasa) is a novel technique used to produce metal powders. this method involves the utilization of an electric arc to melted metal wire, followed by the dispersion of the melted metal through a high-speed gas stream. when the droplets cool down, they undergo a process of solidification and transform into small particles of metal powder [4-6]. the nozzle used to control the gas flow is a key element of this technique. the conventional nozzles commonly employed in wire arc spraying systems often face challenges in achieving a constant particle size distribution and maintaining maximum production efficiency. several studies have been driven by the need for improved efficiency to generate several types of nozzles. a novel method involves utilizing convergent-divergent (c-d) nozzles [7, 8], which are originally designed for supersonic applications, such as rocket engines [9, 10]. the c-d nozzles operate by converging the gas flow to increase its velocity and then diverging to maintain a high speed over a longer distance. this facilitates the achievement of supersonic speeds, which is beneficial for the atomization process in wire arc spraying. integrating c-d nozzles into wire arc spraying systems is a potentially beneficial yet challenging approach. employing computational fluid dynamics (cfd) for simulating complex gas flows and particle transformations within the nozzle * corresponding author: phanphong.k@en.rmutt.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-02 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0008-7308-4088 https://orcid.org/0009-0008-4391-4749 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 552 offers an efficient solution that preserves time and resources [11]. moreover, computational simulation allows for the rapid execution of several virtual tests, which is sometimes not possible with physical testing. the c-d nozzle plays a pivotal role in the atomization process of metals, as it accelerates gas flow to supersonic speeds in the divergent section, which is critical for generating the shear force needed to break metal droplets into finer particles. early studies, such as those by chen et al. [12], explored aspects like the arc spraying gun design, external gas flow configuration, and droplet atomization but did not provide a comprehensive analysis of the entire process. more recently, malik et al. [13] investigated optimal convergence angles for c-d nozzles by assessing how changes in these angles influence flow parameters. despite substantial research on convergence angles, there is still a significant gap regarding the influence of divergent angles on flow dynamics. additionally, khalid et al. [14] used computational fluid dynamics (cfd) to analyze compressible flow through converging nozzles, aiming to understand the impact of nozzle design on rocket performance, but they did not consider thermal effects or material properties. in a different study, shuvo et al. [15] employed eulerian-lagrangian techniques to examine particle accumulation in the turbulent flow within c-d nozzles, though their research did not specifically target metal powder production. similarly, urionabarrenetxea et al. [16] used cfd to simulate gas flow in a close-coupled gas injector, but this study did not investigate a wide range of nozzle configurations for optimizing metal powder production. kumar et al. [17] also utilized cfd to analyze how inlet and outlet angles affect flow characteristics in c-d nozzles designed for rocket motors, but their findings were not extended to industrial applications, particularly metal powder production. and zema et al. [18] examined flow characteristics within c-d nozzles, highlighting the effects of geometric and operational parameters on variables such as velocity, pressure, and temperature across different nozzle sections. however, their research did not delve into the role of micro-jets in controlling flow within the nozzle. recently, hua et al. [19] introduced a numerical modeling framework that accurately predicts how various parameters and material properties influence particle size distribution during gas atomization. although this study focused on nickelsilicon alloys, it highlighted a gap in research on other materials. similarly, samuel et al. [20] utilized a cfd model of the close-coupled gas atomization (ccga) process to examine the impact of the gas-to-melt ratio on atomization, shedding light on the fundamental physics of the melt-gas interaction. however, their work did not address the flow dynamics or the characteristics of the resulting particles. wang et al. [21] advanced the understanding of droplet breakup mechanisms during gas atomization, though the secondary breakup of metal droplets remains a complex area, lacking a thorough description of these processes. muratal et al. [22] explored how gas atomization parameters affect the production of ni-hard alloy powders, with a focus on improving particle size distribution and surface quality. however, their study was limited to specific parameters like gas pressure and did not cover a wider range of conditions. cui et al. [23] examined gas atomization for duplex stainless steel powders, finding that optimized powder characteristics led to better density and mechanical properties in the final parts. following this, çetin et al. [24] studied the impact of gas pressure on am60 magnesium alloy powders, discovering that higher gas pressure resulted in smaller powder sizes and a morphological shift from irregular shapes to more spherical forms. they emphasized a lack of research on the production and characterization of metal powders, calling for more in-depth studies to better understand their properties. finally, luo et al. [25] investigated fluid behavior during gas atomization, revealing that the physical properties of the liquid, such as viscosity and surface tension, are crucial in determining the breakup behavior. however, this research concentrated primarily on the properties of the produced powders, leaving a gap in understanding how fluid dynamics influence powder quality and size distribution. the primary objective of this research is to address the gaps identified in previous studies by focusing on the simulation of the effects of nozzle shape variations in the c-d nozzle for the production of ag925 precious metal powder. past research on the metal powder production process using c-d nozzles has extensively examined the geometry and parameters impacting particle characteristics, such as gas pressure, type of gas, gas-to-metal ratio, melting temperature, and nozzle shape design; however, these aspects have not been comprehensively and clearly addressed. moreover, the investigation of flow velocity and shock waves has been insufficiently explored for the production of ag925 precious metal powder using wire arc atomization techniques, representing a significant gap that requires urgent attention. consequently, this study aims to utilize cfd to simulate the flow of gas and molten metal within the c-d nozzle to investigate and analyze the impact of nozzle shape variations on the characteristics of ag925 precious metal powder. the research will encompass an exploration of several key factors, including flow velocity, flow pressure, shock waves, and droplet temperature, which will provide critical data for the advancement of metal powder production technology in the future, particularly in industries that require fine and high-quality metal powders for additive manufacturing. 2. research methodology the flowchart presents a systematic approach for modeling, validating, and simulating the tatf-400 and c-d nozzles using computational fluid dynamics (cfd) (figure 1). the process begins with the creation of a detailed 3d model of the tatf-400 nozzle. once the 3d model is finalized, the next step involves meshing the nozzle, preparing it for subsequent simulation. following meshing, a grid independence verification is performed to ensure that the simulation results are not influenced by the mesh resolution. if the model fails this verification, necessary adjustments hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 553 are made, and the process is repeated until grid independence is achieved. once validated, boundary conditions and solver configurations specific to the tatf-400 nozzle are applied. the model then undergoes validation, in which the simulation results are compared against experimental data. if the results do not align with these benchmarks, adjustments are made to the model configuration, and the validation process is repeated. upon successful validation of the tatf400 model, attention shifts to the c-d nozzle. the process for the c-d nozzle begins with meshing, followed by the application of boundary conditions and solver settings tailored to this nozzle's specific requirements. once the necessary parameters have been configured, simulations for the c-d nozzle are carried out, and the results are analyzed. finally, conclusions are drawn based on the outcomes of the simulations, marking the end of the procedure. this rigorous and structured methodology ensures a thorough and reliable analysis of both the tatf-400 and c-d nozzles, enabling accurate and robust cfd simulations. figure 1. flowchart of the methodology 2.1. modeling 3d configuration figure 2a shows the tatf-400 nozzle, which has been specifically designed for metal coating applications. the nozzle has a converging shape with a 30-degree angle. the gas inlet has a diameter of 10 mm, and the wire arc angle is 28 degrees. according to previous research, the tatf-400 nozzle was tested for metal powder production using the wire arc spraying technique. the experiment yielded results on the particle size distribution of the metal powder. these experimental results will be compared with the simulation results of this model. subsequently, the model used to simulate the tatf-400 nozzle will be applied to simulate the c-d nozzle, as shown in figure 2b. based on the shape of the c-d nozzle, it can be observed that the converging angle is larger than the diverging angle, which results in higher values for mach number, static pressure, and turbulent intensity compared to nozzle designs where the converging angle is smaller than the diverging angle [26-29]. it is widely accepted that a diverging angle of approximately 6°~7° (half of hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 554 the total angle) contributes to an optimal balance between nozzle length and the likelihood of boundary layer separation, while also minimizing energy losses [30]. this criterion was used in the design of the c-d nozzle for this simulation. to accommodate the specified diverging angles, the design began with total diverging angles of 10°, 14°, and 18°, while the throat size was determined based on the ratio between the nozzle inlet and the throat area. the selected throat sizes correspond to 20% (2 mm), 40% (4 mm), and 60% (6 mm) of the inlet diameter [31] (see table 1). figure 2. schematic diagram of the nozzle in wire arc spraying: (a) tatf-400 nozzle and (b) convergent-divergent nozzle table 1. dimensions of the convergent-divergent nozzle configuration model nozzle configuration tatf-400 convergent-divergent gas inlet diameter 8 mm 8 mm convergent 30° 30° throat 2 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm divergent 10°, 14° and 18° throat into nozzle exit 40 mm arc angle 28° 28° 2.2. modeling and simulation procedure the three-dimensional (3d) modeling of a metal powder production machine using the wire arc spraying technique was performed using solidworks software and then imported into ansys fluent for computational fluid dynamics (cfd) simulation [32]. the primary goal of mesh generation, for the study of metal powder production via wire arc spraying through a converging-diverging nozzle, is to capture the complex physics of particle-gas interactions and the flow behavior within the nozzle region and atomization chamber. the simulation domain is illustrated in figure 3a. the meshing module in ansys fluent is divided into two sections. the first section, covering the nozzle area, employs the hex dominant meshing technique along with edge sizing processes in complex regions. additionally, face meshing is utilized to ensure precise conformity to surface characteristics, enhancing the accuracy of the simulation results, especially in areas with rapid changes or critical importance. this method also effectively handles complex surfaces, allowing for efficient and accurate mesh generation in highly detailed geometries. the second section, representing the atomization chamber, uses the multizone meshing technique. this approach enables the generation of meshes with varying resolutions across different zones of the model, allowing mesh size adjustments as needed. the mesh's skewness was measured with an average value of 0.052, and the orthogonal quality achieved an average value of 0.994, indicating a high-quality mesh. detailed local refinement is particularly necessary in regions with high turbulence and velocity gradients, especially when using the k-ω sst turbulence model. this refinement ensures accurate modeling of near-wall phenomena, with the mesh designed to keep particles within the refined regions throughout their flow path, ensuring precise particle tracking and preventing premature exit from the computational domain. figure 3b depicts the geometric structure and boundary conditions of the simulated spray chamber. full-scale simulation of the spray chamber presents significant challenges due to the vast computational resources and time required, as the chamber has a diameter of up to 950 mm and a length of 5,500 mm. thus, the simulation domain was reduced to a diameter of 300 mm and a length of 1,000 mm. these dimensions were deemed sufficient after preliminary evaluations to ensure that the reduction would not have a significant impact on the simulation results [16]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 555 figure 3. wire arc spraying atomization model: (a) computational domain and (b) geometry structure with boundary conditions 2.3. gride independent figure 4 presents a mesh independence study conducted by examining the maximum velocity as a function of the number of elements for the tatf-400 nozzle. such a study is essential in cfd simulations to ensure that the results are not significantly influenced by the mesh resolution, thereby achieving an optimal balance between computational cost and accuracy. the verification results indicate that the appropriate grid independence range for the simulation is reached when the number of elements is between approximately 1.1 × 107 and 1.2 × 107. at this point, the maximum velocity plateaus, signifying that the solution becomes independent of the mesh resolution, and further refinement does not lead to significant changes in the results. this study utilized a multi-zone meshing approach within the ansys fluent module to enhance resolution in specific regions of interest. this method is particularly advantageous for complex geometries, where precise mesh control was achieved using the edge sizing technique. the mesh size was set to 0.2 mm in the nozzle region and 1 mm at the domain boundary of the chamber, ensuring adequate resolution in critical areas while maintaining computational efficiency. figure 4. grid independence verification 2.4. solver and boundary condition settings the model was established relying on a complex configuration in ansys fluent. the pressure-based solver operates in a transient mode, considering time-dependent variations and incorporating the gravitational effects along the y-axis at a rate of -9.81 m/s, to precisely model the impact of gravity on particle motion. the k-ω sst model is utilized to precisely represent turbulent mixing and heat transfer phenomena, hence resolving turbulence. the discrete phase hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 556 model approaches, such as stochastic tracking, coalescence, and breakup, are employed to simulate particle dynamics and predict their trajectories inside the flow field. the particle injection method follows the rosin-rammler distribution, with particles having an average temperature of 1,083°c. the injection flow rate is set at a constant value of 0.018 kg/s, and the particles have diameters that vary between 15 µm and 1 mm, with an average diameter of 0.5 mm. a spread parameter of 5.0 is utilized to ensure an accurate representation of particle distribution. the particle range, consisting of 10 diameter classes, is wide enough to accurately represent actual situations. droplets undergo the kelvin-helmholtz and rayleigh-taylor (kh-rt) instabilities when they come into contact with steam, in order to imitate the fragmentation of particles under turbulent settings. this study employs the kh-rt model to predict the secondary breakup of droplets, while precisely representing the aerodynamic drag behavior using the spherical drag equation. the carrier fluid utilized is nitrogen gas (n2), whereas the inert particle material employed is ag925 (925 sterling silver). the inlet boundary conditions specify a liquid pressure of 540,000 pa before entering the nozzle system. the pressure is sufficient to breakup the particles into droplets. the particles have an initial velocity of 0.20 m/s, and the flow rate through the system remains constant. numerical methods are employed to ensure accurate solutions for the pressure and velocity profiles in the convergent nozzle. the gradient computations utilize the least-squares cell-based method to accurately determine spatial variances. the presto! algorithm is employed to address pressure differences in the mesh while handling occurrences that include substantial pressure variations. simultaneously, a second-order upwind technique is utilized to precisely compute and sustain numerical stability and convergence for the resolved variables of density, momentum, turbulent kinetic energy, specific dissipation rate, and energy. the purpose of this simulation setup is to accurately represent the dynamic motion of particles and the characteristics of turbulence in the wire arc spraying process. by utilizing random particle tracking in the dpm framework, the simulation can accurately represent the random pathways of particles. the rosin-rammler distribution allows for a precise representation of the various particle sizes that are introduced into the system. eventually, these modeling parameters will be employed in further simulations for c-d nozzles. 2.5. model assumption and governing equations this study utilizes the dpm technique to simulate the manufacturing process of 925 sterling silver metal powder. table 2 provides a detailed description of the physical characteristics of the powder. this study employed the wasa technique to examine the behavior of particles distributed in the gas flow field utilizing a c-d nozzle. the fundamental principle of dpm is to treat particles or clusters of particles as separate entities in the simulation, allowing for the tracking of their motion and other behaviors. to ensure the precision and uniformity of the simulation with respect to actual conditions, the following model assumptions might be established: table 2. physical properties of silver sterling (ag925) density (kg/m3) at 20˚c thermal expansion (˚c-1) specific heat capacity (j/(kg.k)) electrical conductivity (%) tensile strength (mpa) elongation (%) hardness (hv) liquidus temperature (˚c) solidus temperature (˚c) 10.37×103 1.9×10-5 245 96 283 40 71 788 891 • nitrogen gas experiences expansion, and its velocity increases at the exit of the nozzle when flowing at supersonic velocity. • supersonic nitrogen gas is a compressible fluid that follows the ideal gas law due to its atomization characteristics. • in the simulation of secondary atomization, it is assumed that the mass flow rate of the melt remains constant. • the presence of shock waves in the gas flow resulting from supersonic velocity is believed to have no impact on the dispersion of particles. the governing equations used to simulate the flow of the continuous phase, nitrogen (n2), are the navier-stokes equation. this equation considers the conservation of mass, momentum, and energy. the k-ω sst (shear stress transport) turbulence model is utilized, requiring the implementation of multiple sets of equations. every arrangement allows for the accurate computation of the flow characteristics and heat transfer parameters of the fluid. the resulting control equation is as follows: continuity equation : 𝜕𝜌 𝜕𝑡 + 𝛻(𝜌�⃗�) = 0 (1) navier-stokes equation: 𝜕(𝜌�⃗�) 𝜕𝑡 + 𝛻(𝜌�⃗��⃗�) = −𝛻𝑝 + 𝛻(𝜇𝑒𝑓𝑓(𝛻�⃗� + (�⃗�)𝑇) − 2 3 𝛿𝑖𝑗𝜇𝑒𝑓𝑓(𝛻�⃗�)) + �⃗� (2) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 557 energy equation: 𝜕(𝜌𝐸) 𝜕𝑡 + 𝛻(�⃗�(𝜌𝐸 + 𝑝)) = 𝛻 [𝜇𝑒𝑓𝑓 ( �⃗� + (�⃗�)𝑇 2 ) + 𝑘𝑒𝑓𝑓𝛻𝑇] + 𝑆𝐸 (3) the k-ω sst (shear stress transport) model is competent in precisely computing shear forces and energy dissipation in turbulent flow simulations. this feature enables it ideal for the analysis of nitrogen gas flow via a c-d nozzle and the dispersion of metal particles. this model is essential for accurately representing the complicated phenomena of turbulence and fluid dynamics. the c-d nozzle is a complex apparatus that enhances the gas flow rate to significant levels, leading to substantial variations in velocity across different regions of the flow. the reynolds number (re) typically exceeds 5000 in this operation, signifying the existence of turbulent flow conditions. this confirms the choice of the k-ω sst model. precise simulations with a high level of accuracy are essential for comprehending the impact on the quality of the metal powder being generated. turbulent kinetic energy (𝑘): 𝜕(𝜌𝑘) 𝜕𝑡 + 𝛻(𝜌𝑘�⃗�) = 𝑃𝑘 − 𝛽 × 𝜌𝑘𝜔 + 𝛻((𝜇 + 𝜎𝑘𝜇𝑡)𝛻𝑘) (4) specific dissipation rate (𝜔): 𝜕(𝜌𝜔) 𝜕𝑡 + 𝛻(𝜌𝜔�⃗�) = 𝛼 𝜔 𝑘 𝑃𝑘 − 𝛽𝜌𝜔2 + 𝛻((𝜇 + 𝜎𝜔𝜇𝑡)𝛻𝜔) + (2(1 − 𝐹1)𝜌𝜎𝜔2 1 𝜔 𝛻𝑘𝛻𝜔 (5) turbulent viscosity: 𝜇𝑡 = 𝜌𝑘 𝜔 (6) effective thermal conductivity: 𝑘𝑒𝑓𝑓 = 𝑘 + 𝜇𝑡𝑐𝑝 𝑃𝑟𝑡 (7) 2.6. discrete phase model (dpm) the dpm is utilized to simulate the motion of particles in fluids using the lagrangian method, wherein each particle is tracked along a trajectory in the continuous phase flow field. the particle tracking process in dpm is executed carefully to enhance the accuracy and uniformity of the simulations. the motion of particles in dpm is governed by equations that consider various forces, such as drag force, buoyancy force, and other external factors. the particle relaxation time (τr) in the fluid, as given by equation 9, quantifies the duration required for a particle to adapt to changes in ambient conditions or variations in the velocity of the surrounding fluid. this value represents the magnitude of the aerodynamic drag force exerted on the particle. the drag coefficient, calculated using equation 10, plays a crucial role in determining the drag force experienced by particles in the fluid. the value of cd is governed by the reynolds number (re), as stated in equation 11. this equation is utilized to analyze the rheological characteristics of particles in a fluid or the fluid dynamics surrounding the particles. the transfer of heat between the particles and the surrounding environment is a crucial aspect in the wire arc spraying process, which is used to produce metal powder. the variation in particle temperature (tp) has an impact on this process. equation 12 defines the diverse mechanisms via which heat is transferred, including convection and radiation. 𝑚𝑝 𝑑�⃗�𝑝 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑚𝑝 �⃗� − �⃗�𝑝 𝜏𝑟 +𝑚𝑝 �⃗�(𝜌𝑝 − 𝜌𝑔) 𝜌𝑝 + �⃗� (8) 𝜏𝑟 = 𝜌𝑝𝑑𝑝 2 18𝜇 24 𝐶𝑑𝑅𝑒 (9) 𝐶𝑑 = 𝑎1 + 𝑎2 𝑅𝑒 + 𝑎3 𝑅𝑒2 (10) 𝑅𝑒 = 𝜌𝑔𝑑𝑝|�⃗�𝑝 − �⃗�| 𝜇 (11) 𝑚𝑝𝑐𝑝 𝑑𝑇𝑝 𝑑𝑡 = ℎ𝐴𝑝(𝑇𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑎𝑙 − 𝑇𝑝) + 휀𝑝𝐴𝑝𝜎𝑝(𝜃𝑟 4 − 𝑇𝑝 4) (12) 𝑁𝑢 = ℎ𝑑𝑝 𝑘𝑐 = 2.0 + 0.6𝑅𝑒1/2𝑃𝑟1/3 (13) 𝑃𝑟 = 𝑐𝑐𝜇 𝑘𝑐 (14) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 558 the computation of flow exiting a c-d nozzle is extremely complex since it involves the incorporation of both laminar and turbulent flows, as well as fluctuations in pressure and velocity in different sections of the nozzle. the nusselt equation (eq. 13) can be used to determine the heat transfer coefficient in particular areas of the nozzle, such as the throat or the diverging section. using this framework, the calculated ℎ value can be used to determine the heat transfer within the c-d nozzle. this is an essential element in designing the flow and heat transfer systems of the nozzle. furthermore, to examine the flow characteristics and heat transfer within the nozzle, it is necessary to consider the prandtl number (pr), reynolds number (re), and nusselt number (nu) while analyzing the heat transfer in the fluid flow (equation 14) during this procedure. the khrt breakup model for simulating droplet disintegration effectively incorporates the influence of the kelvinhelmholtz (kh) instability, which arises from aerodynamic forces, along with rayleigh-taylor (rt) instability. this is particularly due to the acceleration of droplets moving into a free environment. the breakup of droplets can be simulated by tracking the wavelength of the instability waves that grow most rapidly on the droplet surface. the khrt model begins with the assumption that a levich core exists near the transfer region, and it defines the core length (l), which allows for droplet disintegration as a result of the growth of kelvin-helmholtz waves. wang et al. [33] is defined as follows: 𝐿 = 𝐶𝐿𝑑𝑜√ 𝜌1 𝜌𝑔 (15) the breakup process is driven by the kelvin-helmholtz instability wave on the surface of the liquid core. the wavelength, 𝜆𝐾𝐻 and the growth rate, 𝜔𝐾𝐻 of the most rapidly growing kelvin-helmholtz wave are defined as follows: 𝑊𝑒𝑞 = 𝜌𝑞𝑈 2𝑑𝑝 𝜎𝑝 (16) 𝜆𝐾𝐻 = 9.02𝑅 (1+0.45𝑂ℎ0.5)(1+0.47𝑇𝑎0.7) (1+0.87𝑊𝑒𝑔 1.67)0.6 (17) 𝜔𝐾𝐻 = (0.34+0.38𝑊𝑒𝑔 1.5) (1+𝑂ℎ)(1+1.4𝑇𝑎0.6) ( 𝜎𝑝 𝜌1𝑅3 )3 (18) 𝑂ℎ = 𝑊𝑒1 0.5 𝑅𝑒1 (19) 𝑇𝑎 = 𝑂ℎ𝑊𝑒𝑔 0.5 (20) 𝑟 = 𝐵𝐾𝐻𝜆𝐾𝐻 (21) where 𝑊𝑒 represents the weber number, the subscript q denotes one of the two phases, u is the relative velocity, r refers to the jet radius, oh is the ohnesorge number, ta represents the taylor number, r is the stable droplet radius, 𝐵𝐾𝐻 is the size constant, 𝑡𝐾𝐻 denotes the kh breakup time scale, and 𝐶𝐾𝐻 is the kh breakup time constant. after the droplets are stripped from the liquid core and enter the free zone, rt instability becomes the main driving force of breakup. for the rt instability, the fastest growing wave 𝜔𝑅𝑇and the corresponding wave number 𝐾𝑅𝑇 are given by follows: 𝑡𝐾𝐻 = 3.726𝐶𝐾𝐻𝑟 𝜆𝐾𝐻𝜔𝐾𝐻 (22) 𝜔𝑅𝑇 = √ 2(−𝑔𝑡(𝜌1−𝜌𝑔)) 1.5 3√3𝜎𝑝(𝜌1+𝜌𝑔) (23) 𝐾𝑅𝑇 = √ −𝑔𝑡(𝜌1−𝜌𝑔) 3𝜎𝑝 (24) 𝑡𝑅𝑇 = 𝐶𝑡 𝜔𝑅𝑇 (25) 𝑟𝑐 = 𝜋𝐶𝑅𝑇 𝐾𝑅𝑇 (26) 2.7. numerical simulation validation figure 5 presents the validation results of the tatf-400 nozzle model by comparing the calculated particle size distribution with experimental data from previous studies. the results indicate a high level of correlation between the simulation and experimental observations, particularly for the median particle size (d50). the simulation closely matches the experimental data, with only minor deviations observed in the d50 values, confirming the robustness of the model in predicting the central trend of the particle size distribution. however, slight discrepancies were noted at the tails of the distribution (d10 and d90), suggesting potential limitations of the model in accurately predicting the extreme ends of the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 559 particle size range, especially for very small or very large particles. despite these minor inconsistencies, the overall particle size distribution pattern remains consistent with the experimental data, further validating the accuracy of the computational fluid dynamics (cfd) model. summary of solver settings presented in table 3. table 3. summary of solver settings model settings discrete phase model stochastic collision; coalescence; breakup particle treatment unsteady particle tracking; consider children in the same tracking step time transient, 2nd order implicit time step/s 5 × 10-7 drag law spherical secondary breakup model kh-rt viscous model k-ω sst pressure-velocity coupling coupled pressure discretization presto! momentum discretization method 2nd order upwind outlet boundary type escape validation was conducted using data obtained from a laser particle size analyzer (model la-350), with minimal deviations observed, thus ensuring confidence in the model’s accuracy for real-world predictions. therefore, this model will be applied in future simulations with the c-d nozzle to analyze the effects of nozzle geometry on the characteristics of the produced metal powder. figure 5. validation of the particle size distribution for the tatf-400 nozzle 3. results and discussion the integration of the c-d nozzle into the wasa process is an innovative and challenging technique for manufacturing metal powder, drawing considerable interest. this study examines the manufacturing of metal powder utilizing a c-d nozzle in the wasa process through cfd analysis. a key aspect of this study involves analyzing the nozzle's geometry while it is being used, as this has an important impact on the quality of the metal powder. the simulation findings are presented in a comprehensive manner as follows: 3.1. gas velocity magnitude figure 6 illustrates the analytical findings of the gas (n2) velocity field for the c-d nozzles designed in this study. the throat diameter of these nozzles is 2, 4, and 6 mm, and their divergent angles are 10°, 14° and 18°. the convergent angle remains constant at 30 degrees. they are specifically designed for flow conditions that maintain constant entropy, also known as isentropic flow. initially, the fluid's velocity rises as it enters the nozzle's inlet, where the flow is subsonic (m < 1), and moves towards the convergent region where the cross-sectional area decreases. the fluid flows at an increased speed until it reaches the narrowest section of the nozzle, known as the throat. at this juncture, the velocity of the flow achieves the speed of sound (m = 1), indicating the critical condition. as the fluid flows through the throat and hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 560 enters the wider section, the flow achieves a supersonic (m > 1), continuing to accelerate until it exits the nozzle. the velocity fields of each nozzle exhibit noticeable differences, indicating that the throat and divergence angle have an important impact on the gas velocity both inside and outside the nozzle. furthermore, the presence of shock waves in the form of over-expansion is noticed as shown in figure 7, which occurs as the gas accelerates through the narrowest part of the system and into the wider section. this results in a sudden acceleration in speed and a corresponding reduction in pressure. as the gas expands, it reaches a pressure at the nozzle exit that is higher than the pressure of the surrounding atmosphere. the pressure difference causes shock waves to form in the gas flow field. based on the modeling findings shown in figure 6 (a-c), the nozzle with a throat diameter of 2 mm reached a peak velocity of 995.35 m/s, while also exhibiting slight over-expansion shock waves. figure 6 (d-f) demonstrates that the gas velocity field of a c-d nozzle with a throat size of 4 mm that experiences a minor decrease when comparing to a nozzle with a 2 mm throat. the occurrence of shock waves in the form of overexpansion is more intense and prolonged, resulting in an increase in the length of the free jet boundary. figure 6 (g-i) demonstrates that the flow field velocity is lower for a nozzle with a throat size of 6 mm compared to the 2 mm and 4 mm throat nozzles. nevertheless, the shock wave intensity reaches its peak and the length of the free jet boundary is the highest. the gas velocity achieved is within the range of 792-799 m/s. in addition, all the nozzles simulated in this work are capable of utilizing the energy generated by gas expansion during atomization. in contrast to the study conducted by schwenck et al. [34], which developed a unique convergent-divergent annular nozzle to minimize flow separation and recirculation using spraying pressures of 0.6 and 1.6 mpa and an inlet groove width ranging from 0.4 to 0.8 mm, they were only able to reach a maximum velocity magnitude of 700 m/s. in addition, there were issues with effectively utilizing the gas expansion energy in the atomization zone, specifically with the cca-0.4 and cca-0.8 nozzles. figure 6. gas velocity field in c-d nozzles: (a-c) throat 2 mm, (d-f) throat 4 mm, and (g-i) throat 6 mm, with divergent angles of 10°, 14°, and 18° hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 561 3.2. shock wave figure 7 illustrates the c-d nozzle used in this simulation of metal powder production, highlighting the occurrence of a shock wave indicative of over-expansion. the shock wave generated in this scenario is advantageous to the process as it causes a sudden change in the velocity of larger droplets relative to the gas. this increase in velocity can enhance the weber number (we), which is crucial for droplet breakup. a higher weber number indicates a greater likelihood of droplet fragmentation into finer particles, consistent with the findings of kaiser et al. [35]. additionally, the shock wave can induce instabilities in the liquid droplets, such as rayleigh-taylor (r-t) and kelvin-helmholtz (k-h) instabilities. these instabilities promote rapid deformation and fragmentation of the droplets, which is beneficial for processes requiring droplet atomization into smaller sizes. the results of this investigation align with the research of wei et al. [36]. figure 7. over-expansion behavior with a constant divergent angle of 10°: (a) throat 2 mm, (b) throat 4 mm, and (c) throat 6 mm figure 8 demonstrates the characteristics of nitrogen gas flow patterns between all designed nozzles. the gas velocity experiences a dramatic increase as the fluid enters the throat. the nozzle with a throat diameter of 2 mm has the maximum velocity magnitude, followed by the nozzles with throat diameters of 4 and 6 mm, respectively. nevertheless, it has been shown that the flow velocity experiences a significant reduction immediately after leaving the nozzle for the 2 mm throat nozzle. the sudden decrease in velocity is unfavorable to the wasa process, as this process necessitates a consistent high velocity over a specific distance to facilitate the appropriate formation of metal powder particles after being sprayed. in contrast, the nozzles equipped with throats of 4 and 6 mm are able to maintain the velocity of the flow over a greater distance. figure 8. flow field profile of all c-d nozzles conducted in this study the gas flow field, once it leaves the nozzle, exhibits a progressive and uninterrupted reduction in gas velocity. this is a favorable attribute for the wasa process. upon analyzing the gas velocity field after the nozzle exit, it is evident that the nozzle with a throat diameter of 6 mm maintains a greater velocity in comparison to nozzles of different throat diameters. at a distance of 1 meter from the nozzle outlet, the velocity can reach a maximum of 300 m/s and remain constant. the study conducted by urionabarrenetxea et al. [16] examined the gas flow dynamics during atomization hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 562 employing a close-coupled c-d nozzle. the investigation focused on inlet gas pressures ranging from 0.5 to 8 mpa. it was discovered that the highest speed achieved was 600 m/s while utilizing an inlet gas pressure of 8 mpa, and noticeable fluctuations in amplitude were observed. in contrast, the simulation conducted in this research employed an inlet gas pressure of 540,000 pa (0.54 mpa) and achieved velocity magnitudes ranging from 792 to 995 m/s, which is a favorable outcome when compared to the previously described study. 3.3. total pressure figure 9 illustrates the total pressure, which indicates the overall energy of the fluid in the c-d nozzle system. it can be noted that the highest pressure point is located about at y = 0.06 m (or 60 mm) from the nozzle inlet. the pressure at the throat rises quickly as the flow is compressed through the narrowest part, resulting in an increase in velocity. the maximum pressure at this point ranges from 7.5 to 8.9 mpa. once the fluid moves through the narrow throat and enters the wider diverging section, its speed slows as the area it occupies expands, resulting in a corresponding decrease in pressure. this behavior conforms to the theory of energy conservation and the transformation of kinetic energy into potential energy (static pressure) until the fluid reaches the location of 0.1 m (or 100 mm), which is the nozzle exit. additionally, it is observed that a smaller divergence angle of 10° leads to increased pressure since the fluid expands more rapidly compared to greater divergence angles of 14° and 18°. the pressure at the throat of a nozzle with a 4 mm size ranges from 1.5 to 2 mpa, while for a nozzle with a 6 mm size, the pressure ranges from 1 to 1.5 mpa. a key finding in this study is the notable influence of throat size on total pressure as the throat size expands, the total pressure diminishes. nevertheless, the increase in the divergent angle has only a slight effect on the total pressure. the total pressures obtained were greater than those reported by zangana et al. [7]. their study focused on the effect of convergentdivergent tubes on the cooling efficiency of vortex tubes. they achieved this by decreasing the throat size from 8 mm to 2.5 mm and utilizing an inlet pressure of 0.6 mpa. according to their research, the overall pressure varied within the range of around 70 kpa (70,000 pa), potentially as a result of variations in the design of the nozzle. the geometry of the c-d nozzle has a substantial impact on the pressure both inside and outside the nozzle. figure 9. total pressure profile of all c-d nozzles conducted in this study 3.4. effect of nozzle shape on particle diameter and particle distribution this study examines the geometric configuration of c-d nozzles and its influence on the size of metal powder particles generated using the wasa process, employing cfd analysis. the desired median particle size (d50) for the metal powder is 45 µm, which is often employed in additive manufacturing (am) techniques including selective laser melting (slm) and wire beam melting (wbm) [37-40]. based on the data shown in table 4 and figure 10, it is clear that a rise in the divergent angle of the nozzle leads to a reduction in the size of metal powder particles. this phenomenon occurs as a result of the increased expansion area for the fluid, resulting in elevated velocities and the sustained velocity over longer distances. this extended duration provides more time for the formation of particles, as previously described. increased velocities intensify the shear stress exerted on the molten metal, hence improving the atomization process and resulting in the formation of smaller droplets. the simulation findings clearly demonstrate that the nozzle's geometry has a substantial impact on both the size and distribution pattern of the metal powder particles. the nozzle with a bigger size (t6_dg14) achieved the desired particle size most accurately, with a d10 value of 21.25 µm, a d50 value of 44.42 µm, and a d90 value of 93.21 µm. under the simulated conditions, this nozzle exhibited the narrowest particle size distribution. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 563 table. 4 computational results of particle size distribution for different throat and divergent configurations nozzle size average mass flow rate (kg/s) d10 (µm) d50 (µm) d90 (µm) cooling rate (°c/s) t2_dg10 0.003 29.27 55.09 119.86 88.6 t2_dg14 0.003 25.02 75.07 176.67 87.5 t2_dg18 0.003 28.77 88.83 188.93 84.6 t4_dg10 0.015 20.77 43.06 96.07 87.2 t4_dg14 0.015 25.27 54.94 98.58 84.7 t4_dg18 0.015 27.52 55.09 107.91 81.0 t6_dg10 0.029 20.27 40.85 103.80 81.6 t6_dg14 0.029 21.52 44.42 93.21 70.3 t6_dg18 0.029 21.02 44.29 116.98 77.1 (a) (b) (c) figure 10. particle size distribution: (a) throat 2 mm, (b) throat 4 mm, (c) throat 6 mm the simulation of metal powder production using the wire arc spraying technique in this study yielded metal powder with a d50 particle size range of 40-88 µm, depending on the nozzle shapes employed. in contrast, the optimal particle size for use in additive manufacturing processes varies for selective lase–r melting (slm), the suitable range is 20-45 µm; for electron beam melting (ebm), it is 45-100 µm [37, 41, 42] and for laser powder bed fusion (lpbf), it is 40-50 µm [40, 43]. these ranges align with the specific limitations of am processes, where the layer thickness typically does not exceed 100 µm. nevertheless, the particle size obtained from the wire arc spraying process can still be used for am. furthermore, studies by fan et al. [44] and iebba et al. [45] demonstrate that varying particle size distributions help fill gaps between larger particles, improving powder flow efficiency in the forming bed and increasing powder layer density during forming. this results in the fabrication of components with higher and more uniform density. parts produced from powders with varying particle sizes tend to exhibit superior mechanical properties, such as enhanced strength and durability. these findings have been corroborated by sofia et al. [46]. the c-d nozzle offers significant advantages over the close-coupled gas atomization (ccga) nozzle in controlling fluid flow. the c-d nozzle can reduce gas flow uncertainties, providing a more stable and consistent flow profile, which is crucial for achieving uniform dispersion of molten metal. this results in more consistent and predictable particle sizes. a narrow particle size distribution enhances production quality. in contrast, a study by samuel j. et al. [20], which simulated the ccga process using a cfd model based on the euler-lagrange approach, found that the ccga nozzle experienced multiple turbulence interactions between the gas and molten metal. these interactions led to instability in both gas and metal flow. such fluctuations adversely affect the atomization efficiency of the molten metal and may result in an uneven particle size distribution. figures 11 to 13 show the analysis of particle breakup and distribution using the weber number (we), which is a dimensionless quantity that compares the significance of inertial forces to surface tension forces in the fluid. when the diverging angle of small throat nozzles grows from 10° to 18°, the weber number experiences a considerable increase, suggesting that inertial forces become stronger than surface tension forces. as a consequence, there is an amplification in particle breakup, while bigger droplets have a tendency to aggregate in close proximity to the central region of the nozzle. on the other hand, bigger nozzles display a more extensive distribution of particles, resulting in smaller droplets that distribute widely from the nozzle's center. the weber number for these larger throat nozzles exceeds that of the small and medium throat nozzles, indicating that inertial forces more efficiently counteract the surface tension of the droplets. currently, there are ongoing investigations into secondary atomization processes in the manufacturing of amorphous powders that comprise mainly up of fe. the primary objective is to comprehend the movement of particles and the mechanisms involved in their cooling. pu wang et al. [33] showed that the average size of particles reduces with an increase in the gas-to-metal ratio (gmr). in addition, increasing the pressure used to atomize the metal and decreasing hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 564 the rate at which the molten metal flows leads to the production of smaller particles. most of these particles have a d50 size greater than 50 µm. on the other hand, the process of producing metal powder through wasa process using a cd nozzle has many benefits compared to the study conducted by pu wang et al. these advantages include the creation of smaller powder particles (d50 = 44.42 µm), the utilization of lower pressure (0.54 mpa), and the use of lower mass flow rates (0.029 kg/s). shuai zhang et al. [47] conducted a simulation to produce 316l stainless steel powder particles. they used a close-coupled atomizer to examine the impact of high-pressure gas on metal powder synthesis. the investigation involved pressures ranging from 3 to 6 mpa and nozzle sizes of 4 and 4.6 mm. through their calculations, it was discovered that increasing the pressure leads to a more refined distribution of particle sizes. at a pressure of 3 mpa, the d50 particle size was 77 µm, which was greater and necessitated a higher pressure compared to the metal powder generation utilizing the c-d nozzle in this study. figure 11. particle fragmentation in liquid as a function of weber number for throat 2 mm, with divergent angles of (a) 10°, (b) 14°, and (c) 18° figure 12. particle fragmentation in liquid as a function of weber number for throat 4 mm, with divergent angles of (a) 10°, (b) 14°, and (c) 18° figure 13. particle fragmentation in liquid as a function of weber number for throat 6 mm, with divergent angles of (a) 10°, (b) 14°, and (c) 18° hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 565 the transition from a high-velocity jet at the nozzle throat to a lower velocity upon entering the surrounding environment results in a reduction in the shear forces acting on the fluid, leading to the formation of larger droplets. as the shear force decreases, the energy required to break the liquid into droplets also diminishes, contributing to the generation of larger droplets or particles. moreover, the reduction in shear forces leads to a broader particle size distribution, consistent with the findings of daskiran et al. [48] and hanthanan et al. [49], as well as the experimental results shown in figure 10. gonabadi et al. [50], mehrabi et al. [51], and iebba et al. [45] have demonstrated that parts produced with larger particles tend to have a rougher surface finish, which may negatively affect both aesthetic quality and functional performance. additionally, larger particles exhibit reduced flowability, leading to inconsistent feed rates into the printer and problems such as uneven layer thickness and defects in the printed structure. furthermore, rando et al. [52] confirmed that particle size also influences heat transfer during the printing process, causing warping and internal stresses as particles cool and solidify at different rates. 3.5. effect of nozzle shape on particle temperature figure 14 illustrates the temperature distribution of metal particles throughout the atomization process. the charts show various cooling temperatures that arise from the different characteristics of the nozzle geometries. the initial high temperature, around 1200°c, signifies the total temperature of the molten metal prior to the beginning of atomization. nozzles with smaller throat diameters (t2) demonstrate a higher rate of particle cooling in comparison to nozzles with medium (t4) and large (t6) throat diameters. rapid particle cooling induces rapid solidification of the particle surface, limiting the formation of particles in the desired manner, hence leading to the production of bigger particle sizes. during the initial stage (0-0.1 milliseconds), there is a notable rise in heat transfer efficiency, which corresponds to the analysis of the particle nusselt number illustrated in figures 15 to 17. as a result, the temperature dramatically drops to less than 400°c within 0.25 milliseconds. in contrast, nozzles that are large and have greater cross-sectional surfaces undergo significant over-expansion of the gas and exhibit slower rates of heat transfer furthermore, the weber number reaches a value of 1.54×106. these behaviors are beneficial for the wasa process, as they provide sufficient time for the generation and fragmentation of particles. the particle size and distribution are influenced by these parameters, as evidenced by figure 10. in this figure, the overall d50 particle size in the largest throat nozzle is smaller and the distribution is narrower compared to small and medium throat nozzles. this suggests that the design of the nozzle is extremely important in regulating the thermal properties and particle velocity, which subsequently impacts the particle diameter. (a) (b) (c) figure 14. particle temperature: (a) throat 2 mm, (b) throat 4 mm, (c) throat 6 mm figure 15. heat transfer rate for throat 2 mm, with divergent angles of (a) 10°, (b) 14°, and (c) 18° hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 566 figure 16. heat transfer rate for throat 4 mm, with divergent angles of (a) 10°, (b) 14°, and (c) 18° figure 17. heat transfer rate for throat 6 mm, with divergent angles of (a) 10°, (b) 14°, and (c) 18° 3.6. effect of nozzle shape on particle velocity magnitude according to figure 18, it can be shown that largest throat nozzles have a tendency to produce higher particle velocities in comparison to smaller and medium throat nozzles. the chart illustrates the relationship between particle velocity and nozzle size. it shows that larger nozzles result in higher particle velocities, especially during the time period of 0.05-0.10 ms, with an average peak velocity of approximately 60 m/s. medium throat nozzles produce particle velocities of about 52 m/s, which is considered moderate. on the other hand, small throat nozzles have the lowest average particle velocities, measuring around 30 m/s. the relationship between these two factors is interconnected and has a direct influence on the size of the metal powder particles. increased particle velocities are essential for particles to acquire sufficient kinetic energy to undergo uniform fragmentation and produce small particles during the atomization process. (a) (b) (c) figure 18. particle velocity magnitude: (a) throat 2 mm, (b) throat 4 mm, (c) throat 6 mm in addition, the movement of particles at low velocities leads to the formation of larger and more irregularly shaped particles. for large throat nozzles, the particle velocity is high because the particles are accelerated through the throat and the gas expands in the diverging section. however, the cooling rate is poor in these cases due to the high particle velocities at the nozzle exit. when gas flows at high speeds through large throat nozzles, the strong shear forces cause hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 567 the liquid to fragment into smaller particles. despite the small size of the particles, their elevated velocity decreases the amount of time they spend in a heat exchange environment, leading to less effective heat transfer. high-velocity particles rapidly move between points, hence decreasing the available time for transferring heat with the surroundings. 4. conclusions this study investigates the geometry of convergent-divergent nozzles in the metal powder production process employing wire arc spraying atomization through computational fluid dynamics. the study examines the impact of throat size and diverging size on the dimension and distribution of particles in 925 sterling silver metal powder. the findings can be summarized as follows: • the validated tatf-400 nozzle model demonstrates a clear consistency between the simulated particle size distribution and experimental results, particularly with regard to the median particle size (d50), which confirms the reliability of the computational fluid dynamics model. additionally, validation using a laser particle size analyzer (la-350) further supports the accuracy of the model, ensuring its predictive capabilities for real-world applications. consequently, the validated tatf-400 nozzle model can be effectively applied to c-d nozzle modeling to investigate the impact of nozzle geometry on the characteristics of metal powders. • the computational findings of c-d nozzles indicate that the dimensions of the throat and the angle of the divergent section have an important impact on the gas acceleration and the preservation of velocity upon departing the nozzle. nozzles with a largest throat size (t6) have a superior ability to maintain gas velocity and expansion compared to medium (t4) and small (t2) throat nozzles. moreover, larger throat nozzles encounter stronger shock waves in the shape of over-expansion. small diverging angles (dg10) result in increased total pressure within the nozzle. • the dimensions and distribution of particles clearly illustrate the influence of nozzle size and shape on the atomization process. small throat nozzle and lower divergence angles lead to elevated velocities and enhanced shear forces inside the nozzle, which promptly diminish once the fluid exits the nozzle. on the other hand, larger throat nozzles have the ability to maintain greater speeds and shear forces even after the liquid leaves the nozzle. this results in metal powder particles that are closer to the desired size range for additive manufacturing (am) processes, with d50 values ranging from 40 to 44 µm. small throat nozzles provide d50 values ranging from 55 to 88 µm, whereas medium throat nozzles create d50 values ranging from 43 to 55 µm • the configuration of the c-d nozzle has an important impact on the particle temperatures, specifically the size of the throat and the angle of divergence, as well as their influence on the cooling behavior of the particles. small or medium throat nozzles have the ability to rapidly distribute or release heat, resulting in particle temperatures reaching around 360°c in just 0.25 milliseconds. nevertheless, increasing the divergent angle to 14° and 18° slightly diminishes the cooling efficiency. nozzles of larger throat size demonstrate a reduced rate of cooling, however they continue to maintain a relatively effective cooling processes. the rate at which particles cool is a critical factor that affects the size of particles in the manufacturing of metal powder. c-d nozzles have the ability to effectively control and adjust the cooling rates of metal powder particles. • particle velocity is a significant determinant of the size and distribution of metal powder particles. particles discharged from small throat nozzles with narrow divergent angles (dg10) exhibit the greatest acceleration as compared to medium (dg14) and large (dg18) divergent angles. nevertheless, these small throat nozzles produce particle velocities that are lower in comparison to nozzle sizes of bigger throat sizes. utilizing larger throat nozzles enhances stability and equilibrium in achieving particle velocity. increasing the throat size also enhances the distribution of pressure and inertial forces within the fluid, resulting in a reduction in flow resistance and enabling the fluid to flow through the nozzle at a higher speed, thus increasing particle velocity. 5. nomenclatures 𝜌 density ℎ convective heat transfer coefficient 𝑡 time 𝐴𝑝 surface area of the particle �⃗� velocity vecto 𝑇𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑎𝑙 local temperature of the fluid 𝑝 fluid pressure 𝑇𝑝 temperature of the particle 𝛻𝑝 pressure gradient force 휀𝑝 emissivity 𝛻�⃗� velocity gradient tensor 𝐴𝑝 surface area of the particle 𝜇𝑒𝑓𝑓 effective dynamic viscosity 𝑁𝑢 nusselt number 𝛿𝑖𝑗 kronecker delta ℎ convective heat transfer coefficient �⃗� external body forces 𝑑𝑝 diameter of the particle hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 568 𝐸 total energy 𝑘𝑐 thermal conductivity of the fluid 𝑘𝑒𝑓𝑓 effective thermal conductivity 𝑃𝑟 prandtl number 𝛻𝑇 temperature gradient 𝐿 characteristic length scale 𝑆𝐸 energy source term 𝑑𝑜 diameter of the nozzle or orifice 𝑘 turbulent kinetic energy 𝑊𝑒 weber number 𝑃𝑘 production term 𝜌𝑞 density of the fluid 𝛽 ∗ model constant 𝜎𝑝 surface tension 𝜔 specific dissipation rate 𝜆𝐾𝐻 kh wavelength 𝜎𝑘 turbulence model constant 𝑅 jet or droplet radius 𝜇𝑡 turbulent viscosity 𝑂ℎ ohnesorge number 𝛻𝜔 gradient of the specific dissipation rate 𝜔𝐾𝐻 kelvin-helmholtz instability growth rate 𝑐𝑝 specific heat capacity at constant pressure 𝑟 droplet radius 𝑃𝑟𝑡 turbulent prandtl number 𝐵𝐾𝐻 stable radius of droplets 𝑚𝑝 mass of the particle 𝑡𝐾𝐻 breakup time �⃗�𝑝 particle velocity 𝐶𝐾𝐻 kh instability constant 𝜏𝑟 particle relaxation time 𝐾𝑅𝑇 wave number �⃗� gravitational acceleration 𝜔𝑅𝑇 growth rate 𝜌𝑝 density of the particle 𝑔𝑡 droplet acceleration 𝜌𝑔 density of the fluid (gas) 𝑡𝑅𝑇 rt breakup time scale 𝑑𝑝 diameter of the particle 𝐶𝑡 rt breakup time constant 𝐶𝑑 drag coefficient of the particle 𝑟𝑐 radius of child droplet 𝑅𝑒 reynolds number 𝐶𝑅𝑇 breakup radius constant 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.s. and p.k.; methodology, p.k.; software, m.s.; validation, m.s. and p.k.; formal analysis, p.k.; investigation, m.s.; resources, m.s.; data curation, m.s.; writing—original draft preparation, m.s. and p.k.; writing—review and editing, m.s. and p.k.; visualization, m.s. and p.k.; supervision, m.s.; project administration, m.s.; funding acquisition, m.s. and p.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding and acknowledgements this research was conducted under the support of the national science and technology development agency (nstda) of the royal thai government for the scholarship of academic year 2021, the department of industrial engineering, faculty of engineering, rajamangala university of technology thanyaburi for supporting this research article and the national research council of thailand (nrct) for providing experimental instruments through the research project “design, fabricate and manufacture of titanium/platinum powder particles for forming parts in target industries by additive manufacturing process” (grant no. n23a64003). 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 569 7. references [1] sasnauskas, a., coban, a., zhang, w., abbot, w. m., babu, r. p., pham, m. s., & lupoi, r. (2024). metal additive manufacturing using powder sheets (maps) of hea conicrfemn: the effect of the polymer content on microstructure and mechanical properties. cirp annals, 73(1), 173–176. doi:10.1016/j.cirp.2024.04.066. [2] zhang, w., sasnauskas, a., coban, a., marola, s., casati, r., yin, s., babu, r. p., & lupoi, r. (2024). powder sheets additive manufacturing: principles and capabilities for multi-material printing. additive manufacturing letters, 8, 100187. doi:10.1016/j.addlet.2023.100187. [3] deng, g., dong, b., zhang, c., wang, r., yang, z., nie, n., wang, p., wang, l., wang, h., tian, y., su, l., & li, h. (2024). microstructure, microhardness and high-temperature tribological properties of cocrfenimnti0.3 high entropy alloy coating manufactured by powder-bed arc additive manufacturing. surface and coatings technology, 485, 130918. doi:10.1016/j.surfcoat.2024.130918. [4] yang, s. s., lai, h. l., chen, c. c., lu, s. t., dai, y. m., cheng, w. c., fuh, y. k., & li, t. t. (2024). wire-arc spray directed energy deposition: correlation of chamber kits refurbishing and particle defects reduction in ta/tan thin-film physical deposition processes. journal of materials research and technology, 30, 2754–2767. doi:10.1016/j.jmrt.2024.03.180. [5] afshari, a. a., mckinney, w., cumpston, j. l., leonard, h. d., cumpston, j. b., meighan, t. g., jackson, m., friend, s., kodali, v., lee, e. g., & antonini, j. m. (2022). development of a thermal spray coating aerosol generator and inhalation exposure system. toxicology reports, 9, 126–135. doi:10.1016/j.toxrep.2022.01.004. [6] zhixiang, z., jiao, z., zhengwei, l., yuandong, m., guiming, l., liangliang, w., & zhongning, g. (2023). study on the corrosion electrochemistry behavior and wear resistance of the arc thermal sprayed zn–al alloy coating. journal of materials research and technology, 24, 8414–8428. doi:10.1016/j.jmrt.2023.05.109. [7] zangana, l. m. k., & barwari, r. r. i. (2020). the effect of convergent-divergent tube on the cooling capacity of vortex tube: an experimental and numerical study. alexandria engineering journal, 59(1), 239–246. doi:10.1016/j.aej.2019.12.036. [8] tsuge, n. (2015). existence of global solutions for isentropic gas flow in a divergent nozzle with friction. journal of mathematical analysis and applications, 426(2), 971–977. doi:10.1016/j.jmaa.2015.01.031. [9] biju kuttan, p., & sajesh, m. (2013). optimization of divergent angle of a rocket engine nozzle using computational fluid dynamics. the international journal of engineering and science, 2(1), 196–207. [10] balabel, a., hegab, a. m., nasr, m., & el-behery, s. m. (2011). assessment of turbulence modeling for gas flow in twodimensional convergent-divergent rocket nozzle. applied mathematical modelling, 35(7), 3408–3422. doi:10.1016/j.apm.2011.01.013. [11] sazonov, y. a., mokhov, m. a., bondarenko, a. v., voronova, v. v., tumanyan, k. a., & konyushkov, e. i. (2023). interdisciplinary studies of jet systems using euler methodology and computational fluid dynamics technologies. hightech and innovation journal, 4(4), 703–719. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-01. [12] chen, y., liang, x., liu, y., & xu, b. (2009). numerical analysis of the effect of arc spray gun configuration parameters on the external gas flow. journal of materials processing technology, 209(18–19), 5924–5931. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2009.07.009. [13] malik, n. m., zaheer, m. a., & farooq, m. a. (2024). effect of convergent angle on different flow parameters of a convergentdivergent nozzle. matec web of conferences, 398, 01001. doi:10.1051/matecconf/202439801001. [14] khalid, m. w., & ahsan, m. (2020). computational fluid dynamics analysis of compressible flow through a convergingdiverging nozzle using the k-ε turbulence model. engineering, technology and applied science research, 10(1), 5180–5185. doi:10.48084/etasr.3140. [15] shuvo, m. s., sakib, m. n., rahman, r., & saha, s. (2022). particle deposition and characteristics of turbulent flow in converging and diverging nozzles using eulerian-lagrangian approach. results in engineering, 16, 100669. doi:10.1016/j.rineng.2022.100669. [16] urionabarrenetxea, e., martín, j. m., avello, a., & rivas, a. (2022). simulation and validation of the gas flow in close-coupled gas atomisation process: influence of the inlet gas pressure and the throat width of the supersonic gas nozzle. powder technology, 407, 117688. doi:10.1016/j.powtec.2022.117688. [17] aniket, m., & bhagat, d. (2022). cfd analysis and parameter optimization of convergent divergent nozzle. international journal of all research education and scientific methods, 10(7), 2455–6211. [18] zema, t. b. (2022). a 3-d numerical investigation and parametric_cfd_analysis of flow through convergent-divergent nozzle using ansys_cfx. journal of university of shanghai for science and technology, 24, 305–314. [19] hua, j., gobber, f. s., actis grande, m., mortensen, d., & odden, j. o. (2024). a numerical modeling framework for predicting the effects of operational parameters on particle size distribution in the gas atomization process for nickel-silicon alloys. powder technology, 435, 119408. doi:10.1016/j.powtec.2024.119408. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 570 [20] samuel j, j., mullis, a. m., & borman, d. j. (2024). cfd modelling of close-coupled gas atomisation (ccga) process by employing the euler-lagrange approach to understand melt flow instabilities. chemical engineering science, 295, 120205. doi:10.1016/j.ces.2024.120205. [21] wang, p., li, x., zhou, x., chen, z., wang, m., gan, p., ren, x., & yu, z. (2024). numerical simulation on metallic droplet deformation and breakup concerning particle morphology and hollow particle formation during gas atomization. transactions of nonferrous metals society of china, 34(7), 2074–2094. doi:10.1016/s1003-6326(24)66526-x. [22] muratal, o., yamanoğlu, r., duran, c., gönülalan, y., akyıldız, y., koç, f. g., & barutçuoğlu, b. (2024). production of nihard alloy powders by gas atomization. international journal of 3d printing technologies and digital industry, 8(1), 124– 129. doi:10.46519/ij3dptdi.1402760. [23] cui, c., stern, f., ellendt, n., uhlenwinkel, v., steinbacher, m., tenkamp, j., walther, f., & fechte-heinen, r. (2023). gas atomization of duplex stainless-steel powder for laser powder bed fusion. materials, 16(1), 435. doi:10.3390/ma16010435. [24] çetin, t., akkaş, m., & boz, m. (2020). investigation of the effect of gas pressure on powder characterization of am60 magnesium alloy powder produced by gas atomization method. journal of the faculty of engineering and architecture of gazi university, 35(2), 967–977. doi:10.17341/gazimmfd.497759. [25] luo, s., ouyang, y., wei, q., lai, s., wu, y., wang, h., & wang, h. (2023). understanding the breakup behaviors of liquid jet in gas atomization for powder production. materials and design, 227, 111793. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2023.111793. [26] fharukh ahmed, g. m., alrobaian, a. a., aabid, a., & khan, s. a. (2018). numerical analysis of convergent-divergent nozzle using finite element method. international journal of mechanical and production engineering research and development, 8(6), 373–382. doi:10.24247/ijmperddec201842. [27] balaji, k., & ravichandran, m. (2016). numerical investigation of flow field in a convergent – divergent nozzle using computational fluid dynamic analysis. proceedings of icetets 2016, kings college of engineering, thanjavur, india, 2426 february 2016, 838-844. [28] khan, s. a., ibrahim, o. m., & aabid, a. (2021). cfd analysis of compressible flows in a convergent-divergent nozzle. materials today: proceedings, 46, 2835–2842. doi:10.1016/j.matpr.2021.03.074. [29] shariatzadeh, o. j., abrishamkar, a., & jafari, a. j. (2015). computational modeling of a typical supersonic convergingdiverging nozzle and validation by real measured data. journal of clean energy technologies, 3(3), 220–225. doi:10.7763/jocet.2015.v3.198. [30] hamdan, n. s., & kaneko, a. (2024). effect of throat diameter on the cavitation phenomenon inside an aerated venturi tube for microbubble production. research square (preprint), 1-23. doi:10.21203/rs.3.rs-4716883/v1. [31] palacio, j. a., patino, i., & orozco, w. (2023). influence of the ratio of nozzle inlet to nozzle throat areas on the performance of a jet pump for vacuum applications using computational fluid dynamics. aiub journal of science and engineering, 22(3), 214– 222. doi:10.53799/ajse.v22i3.489. [32] gonin, r., horgue, p., guibert, r., fabre, d., bourguet, r., ammouri, f., & vyazmina, e. (2022). a computational fluid dynamic study of the filling of a gaseous hydrogen tank under two contrasted scenarios. international journal of hydrogen energy, 47(55), 23278-23292. doi:10.1016/j.ijhydene.2022.03.260. [33] wang, p., liu, j., dong, y., zhao, h., pang, j., & zhang, j. (2023). investigation on close-coupled gas atomization for fe-based amorphous powder production via simulation and industrial trials: part ii. particle flight and cooling during secondary atomization. journal of materials research and technology, 26, 9480–9498. doi:10.1016/j.jmrt.2023.09.249. [34] schwenck, d., ellendt, n., fischer-bühner, j., hofmann, p., & uhlenwinkel, v. (2017). a novel convergent–divergent annular nozzle design for close-coupled atomisation. powder metallurgy, 60(3), 198–207. doi:10.1080/00325899.2017.1291098. [35] kaiser, r., li, c., yang, s., & lee, d. (2018). a numerical simulation study of the path-resolved breakup behaviors of molten metal in high-pressure gas atomization: with emphasis on the role of shock waves in the gas/molten metal interaction. advanced powder technology, 29(3), 623–630. doi:10.1016/j.apt.2017.12.003. [36] wei, y., dong, r., zhang, y., & liang, s. (2023). study on the interface instability of a shock wave–sub-millimeter liquid droplet interface and a numerical investigation of its breakup. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(24), 13283. doi:10.3390/app132413283. [37] popov, v. v., grilli, m. l., koptyug, a., jaworska, l., katz-demyanetz, a., klobčar, d., balos, s., postolnyi, b. o., & goel, s. (2021). powder bed fusion additive manufacturing using critical raw materials: a review. materials, 14(4), 1–37. doi:10.3390/ma14040909. [38] ahmed, f., ali, u., sarker, d., marzbanrad, e., choi, k., mahmoodkhani, y., & toyserkani, e. (2020). study of powder recycling and its effect on printed parts during laser powder-bed fusion of 17-4 ph stainless steel. journal of materials processing technology, 278, 116522. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2019.116522. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 571 [39] li, r., kim, y. s., tho, h. van, yum, y. j., kim, w. j., & yang, s. y. (2019). additive manufacturing (am) of piercing punches by the pbf method of metal 3d printing using mold steel powder materials. journal of mechanical science and technology, 33(2), 809–817. doi:10.1007/s12206-019-0137-0. [40] gokcekaya, o., ishimoto, t., todo, t., wang, p., & nakano, t. (2021). influence of powder characteristics on densification via crystallographic texture formation: pure tungsten prepared by laser powder bed fusion. additive manufacturing letters, 1, 100016. doi:10.1016/j.addlet.2021.100016. [41] ninpetch, p., kowitwarangkul, p., mahathanabodee, s., chalermkarnnon, p., & rattanadecho, p. (2021). computational investigation of thermal behavior and molten metal flow with moving laser heat source for selective laser melting process. case studies in thermal engineering, 24, 100860. doi:10.1016/j.csite.2021.100860. [42] bhavar, v., kattire, p., patil, v., khot, s., gujar, k., & singh, r. (2017). a review on powder bed fusion technology of metal additive manufacturing. additive manufacturing handbook, 251-253. doi:10.1201/9781315119106-15. [43] sidambe, a. t., tian, y., prangnell, p. b., & fox, p. (2019). effect of processing parameters on the densification, microstructure and crystallographic texture during the laser powder bed fusion of pure tungsten. international journal of refractory metals and hard materials, 78, 254–263. doi:10.1016/j.ijrmhm.2018.10.004. [44] fan, q., li, j., zheng, l., hao, c., zhang, q., & wang, y. (2024). effect of heat treatment on microstructure and mechanical properties of selective laser melted inconel 718 alloy. plos one, 19(9 september), 309156. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0309156. [45] iebba, m., astarita, a., mistretta, d., colonna, i., liberini, m., scherillo, f., pirozzi, c., borrelli, r., franchitti, s., & squillace, a. (2017). influence of powder characteristics on formation of porosity in additive manufacturing of ti-6al-4v components. journal of materials engineering and performance, 26(8), 4138–4147. doi:10.1007/s11665-017-2796-2. [46] sofia, d., barletta, d., & poletto, m. (2018). laser sintering process of ceramic powders: the effect of particle size on the mechanical properties of sintered layers. additive manufacturing, 23, 215–224. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2018.08.012. [47] zhang, s., alavi, s., kashani, a., ma, y., zhan, y., dai, w., li, w., & mostaghimi, j. (2021). simulation of supersonic highpressure gas atomizer for metal powder production. journal of thermal spray technology, 30(7), 1968–1994. doi:10.1007/s11666-021-01256-1. [48] daskiran, c., xue, x., cui, f., katz, j., & boufadel, m. c. (2021). large eddy simulation and experiment of shear breakup in liquid-liquid jet: formation of ligaments and droplets. international journal of heat and fluid flow, 89, 108810. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatfluidflow.2021.108810. [49] hanthanan arachchilage, k., haghshenas, m., park, s., zhou, l., sohn, y., mcwilliams, b., cho, k., & kumar, r. (2019). numerical simulation of high-pressure gas atomization of two-phase flow: effect of gas pressure on droplet size distribution. advanced powder technology, 30(11), 2726–2732. doi:10.1016/j.apt.2019.08.019. [50] gonabadi, h., hosseini, s. f., chen, y., & bull, s. (2024). size effects of voids on the mechanical properties of 3d printed parts. international journal of advanced manufacturing technology, 132(11–12), 5439–5456. doi:10.1007/s00170-024-136839. [51] mehrabi, m., gardy, j., talebi, f. a., farshchi, a., hassanpour, a., & bayly, a. e. (2023). an investigation of the effect of powder flowability on the powder spreading in additive manufacturing. powder technology, 413, 117997. doi:10.1016/j.powtec.2022.117997. [52] rando, p., & ramaioli, m. (2022). numerical simulations of sintering coupled with heat transfer and application to 3d printing. additive manufacturing, 50, 102567. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2021.102567. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 903 issn: 2723-9535 a self-adaptive weights for k-means classification algorithm cui chenghu 1 , arit thammano 1* 1 computational intelligence laboratory, school of information technology, king mongkut’s institute of technology ladkrabang, bangkok 10520, thailand. received 11 march 2025; revised 18 july 2025; accepted 07 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract this paper presents an improved k-means clustering algorithm that addresses the traditional algorithm’s sensitivity to outlier and susceptibility to local optima by introducing an adaptive weight adjustment mechanism. it employs an exponential decay function to dynamically reduce the feature weights of outlier data points, effectively suppressing outliers while preserving the structure of the normal data. the proposed method retains the computational efficiency of standard k-means. key contributions include: (a) a novel distance-based weighting strategy that progressively reduces the influence of noisy points, mitigating the impact of outliers on clustering performance. (b) an innovative form of "local dimensionality reduction" for outlier points via weight decay, which interferes only with the feature space of noisy regions while preserving the global topological structure of clean data. extensive experiments on three benchmark datasets iris (4dimensional, balanced classes), wine (13-dimensional, correlated features), and wisconsin breast cancer diagnosis (30dimensional, imbalanced data) demonstrate the effectiveness of the approach. compared to standard k-means, the proposed algorithm achieves accuracy improvements of 7.47% on iris, 13.89% on wine, and 19% on wbcd. this adaptive strategy offers a practical and efficient solution for clustering in noisy, high-dimensional environments, without the added complexity of mixture models. keywords: k-means classification; adaptive weights; classification; machine learning. 1. introduction clustering algorithms are fundamental tools in data mining, with applications ranging from customer segmentation to bioinformatics. among them, the k-means algorithm is widely used due to its simplicity and efficiency [1]. in machine learning algorithms, these attributes are called features, and classification decisions are usually based on distance metrics in a spatial coordinate system [2]. currently, k-means plays a central role in the field of data mining [3]. in addition, k-means has been widely used in various industries such as pharmaceuticals, manufacturing, robotics, and finance [4]. machine learning aims to extract valuable potential information from existing datasets to predict future trends [5-10]. the k-means algorithm is very widely used in practical applications, it also has some obvious limitations, especially when dealing with datasets containing outliers or outliers. since kmeans relies on randomly initialized cluster centers and assigns data points based on minimizing the euclidean distance, it tends to converge to local minima [11, 12]. in addition, the algorithm is highly sensitive to initial conditions, often resulting in overlapping clusters or blurred boundaries, which intensifies the impact of outliers and outliers on the final clustering results [13]. * corresponding author: arit@it.kmitl.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-010  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0008-9042-3512 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4317-7370 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 904 although studies have attempted to improve the robustness of k-means by pausing, optimizing initialization methods, or introducing other heuristic algorithms, a core challenge has been fully addressed: how to dynamically adapt to the distribution of noise and outliers in the data. most existing methods deal with noise statically or based on statics, such as using cleaning filters or dimensionality reduction techniques. however, these methods often fail or are inefficient when dealing with high-dimensional, dynamic, or unstructured data sets. this study aims to introduce adaptive weighting mechanisms to dynamically adjust the importance of data points in alarms based on their distance from the cluster center. this method assigns more weight to the point distant from the cluster centre, effectively reducing the influence of noise and outliers on the overall centre. related studies have shown that this method can effectively improve the accuracy and stability [14, 15]. to verify the effectiveness of this mechanism, we further compared and analyzed the current mainstream k-means improved algorithms, such as lbkc [16], skm-agr [17], owak-means [18], kmf [19], and hcsa [20]. although these methods have their own advantages, they have not yet achieved effective integration in terms of noise processing and adaptability. therefore, the algorithm proposed in this paper, as an integrated hybrid model, will integrate the advantages of multiple algorithms on the basis of maintaining the core structure of k-means to adapt to the needs of different types of data. in addition, this paper will use statistical indicators such as rainbow and standard deviation to evaluate the classification model results to quantify the performance of the model under different data noise levels. the structure of this paper is as follows: section 2 reviews k-means and its improved algorithms and noise processing methods; section 3 introduces the proposed adaptive weighted gain mechanism and its mathematical principles; section 4 proposes experimental settings and benchmark datasets; section 5 presents experimental results and compares them with traditional k-means; section 6 summarizes the full paper and discusses future research directions. 2. relative works clustering algorithms, with a particular emphasis on k-means, have garnered significant attention and application in various fields. in this section, we explore several notable recent studies in the realm of clustering methods and related classification approaches. traditional clustering methods often assign equal weight to all features in high-dimensional data, making them sensitive to noise and irrelevant variables. they also struggle with uncertainty, fuzzy boundaries, overlapping clusters, and outliers. to address these issues, recent studies have introduced feature weighting and adaptive mechanisms [21]. this paper proposes an adaptive k-means method that dynamically determines the number of clusters based on data characteristics, enabling effective under-sampling for class imbalance [22]. while some methods enhance robustness to outliers or perform feature selection [23], few can address both simultaneously. improved k-means via adaptive guided differential evolution (agde-km), optimizing initial centers for better performance [24]. other approaches use perceptions to build decision boundaries, reducing the need for frequent distance calculations [25]. recently research pointed out in their latest paper that the reason for the poor performance of the k-means algorithm is that the algorithm has difficulty in discovering the size and density of clusters. to solve this problem, they proposed a new multi-view k-means clustering method. using fuzzy k-means, the new approach learns a bipartite connection probability matrix for each view and constructs a unified structured connection probability matrix that aligns closely with these view-based matrices [26]. it is as artificial intelligence continues to empower various fields of social development. believe that the clustering of large-scale data sets has become important, but its performance still needs to be improved due to factors such as existing technologies. this study mainly studies the linear relationship between the algorithm's computational time, memory size overhead, and the number of samples [27]. some others believe that to solve the problem clustering requires manually setting the k value. proposed a clustering algorithm that automatically finds the k value [28]. the algorithm combines the following four algorithms: 1. noise algorithm, 2. genetic algorithm (ga), 3. ant colony optimization (aco), 4. adaptive fuzzy system (afs). in their paper, compared the performance of three clustering algorithms, namely: 1. kernel fuzzy c-means (kfcm), 2. kmeans (km), 3. fuzzy c-means (fcm). the experimental results show that the kfcm algorithm has a significant improvement in noise enhancement and recognition of speech signals [29]. the application of the k-means algorithm in financial fraud detection, can effectively identify abnormal patterns and behaviors and is safer than traditional detection methods [30]. there are more research shows that to solve decreasing performance problems for classification models caused by a class imbalance in data since the k-means needs to preset a k value to determine the number of clusters [31]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 905 reviewed variants of the k-means and identified new challenges emerging in the big data era. their research highlighted that the predominant focus of the classification model lies in addressing algorithm initialization problems [4]. highlighted the issue of slow convergence in clustering performance attributed to the utilization of random seeds as initial centroids in clustering. they introduced a remedy by employing fixed centroids as the initial clustering centers, termed fc-means [32]. and finally, proposed a segmentation technique to solve the overlapping problem of clustering. a centroid is placed at the center of the overlapping area as a new cluster, and then the data of this cluster is segmented, and finally, the neural network algorithm is integrated for classification. this is an effective solution for some data sets that are difficult to classify effectively [33]. however, most existing studies have shown that they seek better classification performance by integrating other algorithms, but this will increase the space complexity and time complexity. in the end, the model becomes very bloated and takes longer to calculate. in summary, we summarize the most effective classification algorithms currently as follows: partition clustering [34, 35], hierarchical clustering [36], density clustering [37]. these studies have promoted the continuous updating and improvement of the k-means clustering algorithm. the current research mainly focuses on the problems of unclear clustering boundaries, optimal parameter selection, highdimensional data, etc. unlike previous studies, we focus more on optimizing the algorithm to improve its performance. this paper proposes a new algorithm to solve the problem of f outlier data classification. it is shown in figure 1. unlike the model method of the hybrid algorithm, our new solution is easier to understand and implement. in this study, we propose to add a dimension variable (weight) to improve the classification model. the newly added variable is used to change the similarity of the noise, thereby improving the accuracy of the classification model. the variable is an initialization parameter that must be defined before the model is run. in the following sections, we will outline the parameter setting of the new algorithm and evaluate model classification performance. figure 1. research workflow of the proposed model contribution of this study: 1. adaptive weight mechanism a distance measurement method for dynamically adjusting the weight of outlier points is proposed. through the exponential decay formula (equation 2), the progressive weight reduction of outlier points is achieved, which solves the problem of traditional k-means being sensitive outliers and noise. 2. local dimension compression innovatively "locally reduce the dimension" of outlier points through weight decay, only disturbing the feature space of the outlier area and retaining the topological structure of normal data. 3. research methodology this section explains the structure of our proposed model, outlier handling, model integration, and parameter setting and performance validation. 3.1. proposed hybrid model structure the traditional k-means algorithm is enhanced by introducing an adaptive weight mechanism to handle noise and outliers. the key steps are as follows (see figure 2): hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 906 figure 2. workflow for the proposed model 1. initialization: o randomly select 𝐾 initial cluster centroids. o initialize weights 𝑤𝑖=1 for all dimensions. 2. distance calculation: the modified euclidean distance between a data point 𝑝 and centroid 𝑞 is defined as: 𝑑(𝑝, 𝑞) = √∑ (𝑞𝑖 − 𝑝𝑖)2𝑤𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 (1) 3. cluster assignment: o assign each data point to the nearest cluster based on the weighted distance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 907 4. centroid update: o recompute centroids as the mean of all points in each cluster. 5. outlier handling: o identify outlier points as those misclassified or with distances exceeding a threshold 𝜃. adjust weights for outlier points iteratively: 𝑤𝑖 (𝑡+1) = 𝑎 · 𝑤𝑖 (𝑡) (2) where α is the learning rate, which controls the speed of weight decay. 6. termination: o repeat until centroids stabilize or a maximum number of iterations is reached. 3.2. how the adaptive weight mechanism works in this section, we detail our proposed outlier dimensionality reduction technique aimed at resolving outlier challenges in classification problems. the new variable is used to reclassify the outlier. our approach outlines this approach and describes how to implement it, as shown in figure 3. figure 3. how the adaptive weight mechanism works the adaptive weight mechanism adjusts the distance of outlier points so that they can be correctly classified. the key points include: 1. dynamic weight adjustment (figure 3-a): o weight adjustment is only performed on outlier points to avoid affecting the clustering structure of normal data points. o global weight adjustment (figure 3-b) will cause the distance of all data points to change synchronously, and it is impossible to optimize the classification of outlier points in a targeted manner. 2. dimension reduction effect of outlier points (table 1): o through weight adjustment, the distance of outlier points in multidimensional space is "compressed", which is equivalent to local dimensionality reduction. o compared with feature space transformation, weighted methods act more directly on outlier points and retain the stability of normal data. 3. outlier point judgment criteria: if the current classification of a data point does not match its true label, it is judged as an outlierpoint. as shown in figure 3-a, the dynamic weight adjustment targets outlier points only, while table 1 contrasts this approach with feature space transformation methods. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 908 table 1. transformation of feature space or a weighting of features dimensions feature space transformation weighting of features origin determinism preset iterative update generation direction center → outward dimension data → inward center dynamic static structure dynamic optimization dimensionality reduction of outlier point reduce feature degradation noise points weights reduce data outlier points 3.3. parameter setting and performance validation this section details the general parameter settings of the classification model and the formulas for evaluating model performance. to evaluate the performance of the proposed algorithm, the experiments have been conducted using performance measurement functions. the parameter settings of the model are shown in table 2. 𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑦 = ( 𝑇𝑁+𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃+𝐹𝑃+𝑇𝑁+𝐹𝑁 ) × 100 (3) 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑜𝑛 = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃 +𝐹𝑃 (4) 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 = 𝑇𝑃 𝑇𝑃 + 𝐹𝑁 (5) 𝐹1 − 𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 = 2 × ( 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛×𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛+𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 ) (6) 𝜎 = √ ∑(𝑥𝑖−𝜇)2 𝑁 (7) 𝑀𝐷 = 1 𝑁 ∑ |𝑥𝑖 − �̅�|𝑛 𝑖=1 (8) the effectiveness of all tested models was assessed using key metrics, including accuracy, precision, recall, and f1score [38, 39]. 𝑇𝑃 represents the accurate identification of anomaly instances, 𝑇𝑁 denotes the correct detection of normal instances, 𝐹𝑃 indicates the misclassification of anomalies, and 𝐹𝑁 reflects the failure to identify normal instances [40, 41]. 1. new parameters: o the improved version adds weights 𝑤𝑖 , learning rate α, and noise threshold θ to optimize outliers handling. o traditional k-means lacks weight mechanisms and is sensitive to noise and outliers. 2. compatibility: o the improved version retains traditional parameters for seamless integration. 3. experimental setup: o learning rate α=0.1, noise threshold 𝜃 dynamically calculated. o weight adjustment frequency: updated per iteration for outliers’ points. the following is a table of k-means algorithm parameter configurations, covering the key parameters of traditional k-means and the adaptive weighted improved version proposed in the paper, with a comparison explanation as table 2. table 2. general parameters settings of classification model parameter traditional kmeans adaptive weighted means (improved) description number of clusters (k) predefined same as left determines the final number of clusters, typically selected empirically or via evaluation metrics. initial centroids random same as left the improved algorithm retains traditional initialization to avoid added complexity. max iterations default: 300 same as left prevents infinite iteration, usually used with a convergence threshold. convergence tolerance (tol) default: 1e-4 same as left stops iteration if centroid movement is smaller than this value. distance metric euclidean (default) weighted euclidean distance the improved algorithm adjusts outlier point distances via weights. weight initialization n/a initial value: 1.0 all dimensions start with weight 1; only outlier points are dynamically adjusted. learning rate n/a default: 0.1 (adjustable) controls the decay speed of outlier point weights noise threshold n/a 1.5 × average intra-cluster distance distance threshold to identify outlier points; triggers weight adjustment if exceeded. adjustment frequency n/a update weights every 10 iterations avoids excessive adjustments that could destabilize results. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 909 the improved version enhances robustness through four new parameters (weight, learning rate, outlier threshold, adjustment frequency). the remaining parameters are consistent with traditional k-means, balancing performance and ease of use. in practical applications, 𝛼 and 𝜃 need to be adjusted according to data characteristics. 3.4. specific public datasets used in this study this study used a specific public dataset from uci machine learning repository [42]. to verify its generality, we tried to use a more diverse or noisier dataset. the following shows the details of the dataset used in the experiment. figure 4 shows the dataset scatter plot. tables 3 and 4 show the detailed properties of the dataset. figure 4. scatter plots of datasets used in the experiments table 3. datasets details dataset attributes class numbers samples tasks subject mission iris 4 3 150 [50, 50, 50] classicization biology no wine 13 3 178 [59, 71, 48] classicization physics & chemistry no wbcd 30 2 569 [212, 357] classicization health and medicine no table 4. datasets characteristics dataset iris wine breast cancer (diagnostic) feature type continuous continuous continuous noise level low medium high missing values none none none feature mean range length: 5.84 ± 0.83 width: 1.20 ± 0.76 alcohol: 13.0 ± 0.8 flavonoids: 2.03 ± 1.07 radius mean: 14.13 ± 3.52 texture mean: 19.29 ± 4.30 category distribution balanced (50 per class) slightly imbalanced [59, 71, 48] imbalanced (212 malignant, 357 benign) main challenges linear separability high feature correlation dimensionality + class imbalance hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 910 3.5. evaluate model performance and stability k-fold cross-validation is a commonly used model evaluation method, mainly used to improve the evaluation accuracy of model generalization ability. 5-fold cross-validation process shown in figure 5. figure 5. k-fold cross-validation to evaluate the classification model, the k-fold cross-validation technique was employed [43, 44]. the dataset is split into 5 subsets, where each subset is used once as the test set while the others form the training set. this procedure is repeated k times, and the final performance is derived from the average results (equation 9). figure 6 demonstrates the k-fold cross-validation process. figure 6. confusion matrix showing our model accuracy in comparison with k-means model (4-dimensional iris dataset) the k-fold validation error (k=5) is calculated as: 𝐸 = 1 𝑁 ∑ 𝑀𝑖 𝑁 𝑖=1 (9) where n is the number of cross-validation folds, 𝑀𝑖is performance metrics for the 𝑖-fold cross validation, and e is the average of all fold evaluation indicators is used as the final performance of the model. the computer hardware used in this experiment is windows 10 education, version 22h2, intel(r) core (tm) (i76700 cpu) (3.40ghz,3.41 ghz), (64-bit) computer operating system, (x64-based processor), and memory is 16.0 gb. the software used is version 3.9.12 and version 4.13.0 in python and anaconda. the details of the computer performance are shown in table 5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 911 table 5. the computer performance in the experimental environment operating system central processing unit processor random-access memory python anaconda windows 10 education, version 22h2, intel(r) core (tm) (i7-6700 cpu) (3.40ghz, 3.41 ghz) (64-bit) operating system, (x64-based) processor random-access memory (16.0 gb) version 3.9.12 version 4.13.0 4. experiment results and discussion this section introduces the performance results of the models. the detailed performance comparison of our proposed model are shows by figures 7 and 8. figure 7. confusion matrix showing our model accuracy in comparison with k-means model (13-dimensional wine dataset) figure 8. confusion matrix showing our model accuracy in comparison with k-means model (30 dimensional wbcd dataset) we compare the tdabc variant [45] as a baseline method for clustering stability, as shown in tables 6 to 8. we also show the running time required for the models to achieve the same cpu performance in tables 9 to 11. table 6. performance comparison on iris dataset model(iris) accuracy precision recall f1-score s. d mean k-means 0.8666 0.866 0.866 0.866 0.8808 0.0584 tdabca [45] 0.9610 0.960 0.927 0.943 n/a n/a tdabc-m [45] 0.9200 0.917 0.859 0.883 n/a n/a tdabc-r [45] 0.9360 0.934 0.885 0.906 n/a n/a wk-nn [45] 0.9770 0.976 0.957 0.966 n/a n/a k-nn [45] 0.9800 0.979 0.962 0.970 n/a n/a proposed 0.9413 0.934 0.936 0.931 0.8760 0.0517 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 912 table 7. performance comparison on wine data model(wine) accuracy precision recall f1-score s. d mean k-means 0.6666 0.677 0.662 0.667 0.7059 0.0998 tdabca [45] 0.7690 0.765 0.622 0.683 n/a n/a tdabc-m [45] 0.7670 0.763 0.619 0.680 n/a n/a tdabc-r [45] 0.7680 0.764 0.621 0.684 n/a n/a wk-nn [45] 0.7390 0.762 0.590 0.648 n/a n/a k-nn [45] 0.7080 0.761 0.547 0.608 n/a n/a proposed 0.8055 0.816 0.810 0.811 0.6890 0.0817 table 8. performance comparison on wbcd data model (wbcd) accuracy precision recall f1-score s. d mean k-means 0.74 0.72 0.63 0.69 0.7662 0.0406 tdabca [45] 0.91 0.91 0.90 0.91 n/a n/a tdabc-m [45] 0.92 0.92 0.91 0.91 n/a n/a tdabc-r [45] 0.92 0.92 0.91 0.91 n/a n/a wk-nn [45] 0.93 0.92 0.93 0.93 n/a n/a k-nn [45] 0.93 0.92 0.93 0.93 n/a n/a proposed 0.93 0.92 0.93 0.81 0.8137 0.0356 figures 9 to 11show the classification accuracy comparison of different algorithms on three benchmark datasets (iris, wine, and wisconsin breast cancer diagnosis (wbcd)). figure 9 shows that all methods perform nearly perfectly on the iris dataset (0.92-0.98), with the proposed method achieving an accuracy of 0.94. figure 10: shows the consistent results on the wine dataset, where the proposed method remains competitive (0.81) compared to other algorithms (range: 0.71-0.77). figure 11: shows that the proposed method achieves excellent performance (accuracy 0.93) in breast cancer detection compared to the baseline methods. figure 9. the bar chart showing the model accuracy in comparison with other classification models (4-dimensional iris dataset) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 913 figure 10. the bar chart showing the model accuracy in comparison with other classification models (13-dimensional wine dataset) figure 11. the bar chart showing the model accuracy in comparison with other classification models (30 dimensional wbcd dataset) in summary, these results demonstrate the robustness of the proposed approach across a variety of classification tasks, especially in complex medical diagnosis (wbcd), while maintaining competitive performance on simpler datasets. the ranking patterns of our proposed models show systematic algorithmic improvements on all three datasets (4d, 13d, 30d). table 6: intuitively shows the classification results of our model and other similar models in the same dataset (iris). in order to understand the model performance in detail, we compared the four evaluation indicators of accuracy, precision, recall and f1-score. the prediction accuracy of our model is 0.94, while the other models k-means, tdabc-a, tdabc-m, tdabc-r, wk-nn, k-nn are 0.86, 0.96, 0.92, 0.93, 0.97, 0.98 respectively. our model performance ranks third, only behind wk-nn and k-nn. table 7: intuitively shows the classification results of our model and other similar models in the same dataset (wine). in order to understand the model performance in detail, we compared the four evaluation indicators of accuracy, precision, recall and f1-score. the prediction accuracy of our model is 0.80, while the other models k-means, tdabc-a, tdabc-m, tdabc-r, wk-nn, k-nn are 0.66, 0.76, 0.76, 0.76, 0.73, 0.70 respectively. our model has the best performance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 914 table 8: intuitively shows the classification results of our model and other similar models in the same dataset (wbcd). in order to understand the model performance in detail, we compared the four evaluation indicators of accuracy, precision, recall and f1-score. the prediction accuracy of our model is: 0.93, while the other models kmeans, tdabc-a, tdabc-m, tdabc-r, wk-nn, k-nn are: 0.74, 0.91, 0.92, 0.92, 0.93, 0.93 respectively. the performance of our model is the best compared with that of wk-nn and k-nn models. figures 6 to 8: visually show the distribution of model predictions (our model and k-means). the evaluation relies on four standard metrics: true positives, true negatives, false positives, and false negatives. the confusion matrix is based on the comparison of model predictions with actual results. tables 9 to 11 show the cpu training time of the models. among them, (iris) has an average model training time of 1.44e+01, a minimum training time of 1.38e+01, a maximum training time of 1.57e+01, and a total training time of 7.18e+01. (wine) has an average model training time of 1.81e+01, a minimum training time of 1.66e+01, a maximum training time of 2.34e+01, and a total training time of 9.18e+01. (wbcd) the average model training time is 2.14e+01, the shortest training time is 1.84e+01, the longest training time is 2.57e+01, and the total training time is 13.18e+01 table 9. cpu time required to run the iris dataset cpu (iris) training cost average -training min-training max-training total intel(r) core (tm) i7-6700 cpu @ 3.40ghz 3.41 ghz low-cost 1.44e+01 1.38e+01 1.57e+01 7.18e+01 table 10. cpu time required to run the wine dataset cpu (wine) training cost average -training min-training max-training total intel(r) core (tm) i7-6700 cpu @ 3.40ghz 3.41 ghz low-cost 1.81e+01 1.66e+01 2.34e+01 9.18e+01 table 11. cpu time required to run the wbcd dataset cpu (wbcd) training cost average -training min-training max-training total intel(r) core (tm) i7-6700 cpu @ 3.40ghz 3.41 ghz low-cost 2.14e+01 1.84e+01 2.57e+01 13.18e+01 5. conclusion this study improves the k-means classification algorithm. the improved algorithm can spatially fold the outlier points in the cluster, shorten their distance from the straight-line points in the cluster, effectively reduce the dimension of the outlier points, and make them enter the correct cluster. the experimental data comparison analysis is divided into indicators such as accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 index. a comprehensive summary of accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 index is made, and the performance of the model is evaluated in detail. in addition, in order to evaluate the proposed model, we conducted experiments using 4-, 13-, and 30-dimensional data sets. for the iris dataset, when compared with the original k-means classification model, the performance of the improved model is improved by an average of 7.47%. compared with other classification models, our model performs better than k-means, tdabc-a, tdabc-m, and tdabc-r on the iris data set and is close to the performance of wk-nn and k-nn. for the wine dataset, when compared with the original k-means classification model, the performance of the improved model is improved by an average of 13.89%. compared with other classification models, our model outperforms tdabc-a, tdabc-m, tdabc-r, wk-nn, and k-nn on the wine dataset. for the wbcd dataset, when compared with the original k-means classification model, the performance of the improved model is improved by 19% on average. compared with other classification models, our model outperforms tdabc-a and tdabc-m on the wine dataset and performs comparably to tdabc-r, wk-nn, and k-nn models. in summary, we evaluated the performance of other models on public datasets. the experimental results demonstrate the effectiveness of our proposed method. in summary, we evaluated the performance of other models on public datasets. the experimental results demonstrate the effectiveness of our proposed method. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, c.c. and a.t.; methodology, c.c. and a.t.; software, c.c.; validation, c.c.; formal analysis, c.c. and a.t.; investigation, c.c. and a.t.; resources, c.c. and a.t.; data curation, c.c.; writing—original draft preparation, c.c.; writing—review and editing, c.c. and a.t.; supervision, a.t.; project administration, c.c.; funding acquisition, a.t. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 915 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding and acknowledgments this work was supported by king mongkut’s institute of technology ladkrabang (kmitl), thailand. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] oyewole, g. j., & thopil, g. a. (2023). data clustering: application and trends. artificial intelligence review, 56(7), 6439–6475. doi:10.1007/s10462-022-10325-y. [2] sarker, i. h. (2021). machine learning: algorithms, real-world applications and research directions. sn computer science, 2(3). doi:10.1007/s42979-021-00592-x. [3] han, j., pei, j., & tong, h. (2022). data mining: concepts and techniques. morgan kaufmann. burlington, united states. [4] ikotun, a. m., ezugwu, a. e., abualigah, l., abuhaija, b., & heming, j. (2023). k-means clustering algorithms: a comprehensive review, variants analysis, and advances in the era of big data. information sciences, 622, 178–210. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2022.11.139. [5] dwivedi, y. k., hughes, l., ismagilova, e., aarts, g., coombs, c., crick, t., duan, y., dwivedi, r., edwards, j., eirug, a., galanos, v., ilavarasan, p. v., janssen, m., jones, p., kar, a. k., kizgin, h., kronemann, b., lal, b., lucini, b., … williams, m. d. (2021). artificial intelligence (ai): multidisciplinary perspectives on emerging challenges, opportunities, and agenda for research, practice and policy. international journal of information management, 57, 101994. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2019.08.002. [6] hosseinzadeh, m., koohpayehzadeh, j., bali, a. o., asghari, p., souri, a., mazaherinezhad, a., bohlouli, m., & rawassizadeh, r. (2021). a diagnostic prediction model for chronic kidney disease in internet of things platform. multimedia tools and applications, 80(11), 16933–16950. doi:10.1007/s11042-020-09049-4. [7] wallace, w., chan, c., chidambaram, s., hanna, l., iqbal, f. m., acharya, a., normahani, p., ashrafian, h., markar, s. r., sounderajah, v., & darzi, a. (2022). the diagnostic and triage accuracy of digital and online symptom checker tools: a systematic review. npj digital medicine, 5(1), 118. doi:10.1038/s41746-022-00667-w. [8] hamzehi, m., & hosseini, s. (2022). business intelligence using machine learning algorithms. multimedia tools and applications, 81(23), 33233–33251. doi:10.1007/s11042-022-13132-3. [9] djabalul lael, t. a., & pramudito, d. a. (2023). use of data mining for the analysis of consumer purchase patterns with the fpgrowth algorithm on motor spare part sales transactions data. iaic transactions on sustainable digital innovation (itsdi), 4(2), 128–136. doi:10.34306/itsdi.v4i2.582. [10] santoso, m. h. (2021). application of association rule method using apriori algorithm to find sales patterns case study of indomaret tanjung anom. brilliance: research of artificial intelligence, 1(2), 54–66. doi:10.47709/brilliance.v1i2.1228. [11] selim, s. z., & ismail, m. a. (1984). k-means-type algorithms: a generalized convergence theorem and characterization of local optimality. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, pami-6(1), 81–87. doi:10.1109/tpami.1984.4767478. [12] veenman, c. j., reinders, m. j. t., & backer, e. (2002). a maximum variance cluster algorithm. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 24(9), 1273–1280. doi:10.1109/tpami.2002.1033218. [13] xu, z., shen, d., nie, t., kou, y., yin, n., & han, x. (2021). a cluster-based oversampling algorithm combining smote and k-means for imbalanced medical data. information sciences, 572, 574–589. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2021.02.056. [14] sieranoja, s., & fränti, p. (2022). adapting k-means for graph clustering. knowledge and information systems, 64(1), 115–142. doi:10.1007/s10115-021-01623-y. [15] gupta, a. k., seal, a., khanna, p., krejcar, o., & yazidi, a. (2021). awks: adaptive, weighted k-means-based superpixels for improved saliency detection. pattern analysis and applications, 24(2), 625–639. doi:10.1007/s10044-020-00925-1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 916 [16] zhang, h., li, j., zhang, j., & dong, y. (2024). speeding up k-means clustering in high dimensions by pruning unnecessary distance computations. knowledge-based systems, 284, 111262. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2023.111262. [17] yang, x., zhao, w., xu, y., wang, c. d., li, b., & nie, f. (2024). sparse k-means clustering algorithm with anchor graph regularization. information sciences, 667, 120504. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2024.120504. [18] wan, b., huang, w., pierre, b., cheng, y., & zhou, s. (2024). k-means algorithm based on multi-feature-induced order. granular computing, 9(2), 45. doi:10.1007/s41066-024-00470-w. [19] kouadio, k. l., liu, j., liu, r., wang, y., & liu, w. (2024). k-means featurizer: a booster for intricate datasets. earth science informatics, 17(2), 1203–1228. doi:10.1007/s12145-024-01236-3. [20] qtaish, a., braik, m., albashish, d., alshammari, m. t., alreshidi, a., & alreshidi, e. j. (2024). optimization of k-means clustering method using hybrid capuchin search algorithm. journal of supercomputing, 80(2), 1728–1787. doi:10.1007/s11227023-05540-5. [21] liu, z., qiu, h., & letchmunan, s. (2024). self-adaptive attribute weighted neutrosophic c-means clustering for biomedical applications. alexandria engineering journal, 96, 42–57. doi:10.1016/j.aej.2024.03.092. [22] zhou, q., & sun, b. (2024). adaptive k-means clustering based under-sampling methods to solve the class imbalance problem. data and information management, 8(3), 100064. doi:10.1016/j.dim.2023.100064. [23] li, h., sugasawa, s., & katayama, s. (2024). adaptively robust and sparse k-means clustering. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2407.06945. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2407.06945. [24] an, l., sun x. h., & wang, y. (2024). k-means clustering algorithm based on improved differential evolution. information dynamics and applications, 3(3), 200-210. doi:10.56578/ida030305. [25] long, j., & liu, l. (2025). k*-means: an efficient clustering algorithm with adaptive decision boundaries. international journal of parallel programming, 53(1), 1–27. doi:10.1007/s10766-024-00779-8. [26] zhang, z., chen, x., wang, c., wang, r., song, w., & nie, f. (2025). structured multi-view k-means clustering. pattern recognition, 160, 111113. doi:10.1016/j.patcog.2024.111113. [27] pei, s., sun, y., nie, f., jiang, x., & zheng, z. (2025). adaptive graph k-means. pattern recognition, 161, 111226. doi:10.1016/j.patcog.2024.111226. [28] ran, x., suyaroj, n., tepsan, w., ma, j., zhou, x., & deng, w. (2024). a hybrid genetic-fuzzy ant colony optimization algorithm for automatic k-means clustering in urban global positioning system. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 137, 109237. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2024.109237. [29] abdullah, a. a., ahmed, a. m., rashid, t., veisi, h., rassul, y. h., hassan, b., ... & shamsaldin, a. s. (2024). advanced clustering techniques for speech signal enhancement: a review and metanalysis of fuzzy c-means, k-means, and kernel fuzzy cmeans methods. arxiv preprint arxiv:2409.19448. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2409.19448. [30] huang, z., zheng, h., li, c., & che, c. (2024). application of machine learning-based k-means clustering for financial fraud detection. academic journal of science and technology, 10(1), 33–39. doi:10.54097/74414c90. [31] hassan, m. m., eesa, a. s., mohammed, a. j., & arabo, w. k. (2021). oversampling method based on gaussian distribution and k-means clustering. computers, materials and continua, 69(1), 451–469. doi:10.32604/cmc.2021.018280. [32] ay, m., özbakır, l., kulluk, s., gülmez, b., öztürk, g., & özer, s. (2023). fc-kmeans: fixed-centered k-means algorithm. expert systems with applications, 211, 118656. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2022.118656. [33] chenghu, c., & thammano, a. (2024). a novel classification model based on hybrid k-means and neural network for classification problems. hightech and innovation journal, 5(3), 716–729. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-012. [34] celebi, m. e. (ed.). (2015). partitional clustering algorithms. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-09259-1. [35] macqueen, j. (1967). multivariate observations. proceedings ofthe 5th berkeley symposium on mathematical statisticsand probability, vol. 1, 281-297, university of california press, berkeley, united states. [36] murtagh, f., & contreras, p. (2011). algorithms for hierarchical clustering: an overview. wires data mining and knowledge discovery, 2(1), 86–97. doi:10.1002/widm.53. [37] kriegel, h., kröger, p., sander, j., & zimek, a. (2011). density-based clustering. wires data mining and knowledge discovery, 1(3), 231–240. doi:10.1002/widm.30 [38] powers, d. m. (2020). evaluation: from precision, recall and f-measure to roc, informedness, markedness and correlation. arxiv preprint arxiv:2010.16061. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2010.16061. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 917 [39] naidu, g., zuva, t., sibanda, e.m. (2023). a review of evaluation metrics in machine learning algorithms. artificial intelligence application in networks and systems. csoc 2023. lecture notes in networks and systems, vol 724. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-35314-7_2. [40] sokolova, m., japkowicz, n., & szpakowicz, s. (2006). beyond accuracy, f-score and roc: a family of discriminant measures for performance evaluation. advances in artificial intelligence, ai 2006, lecture notes in computer science, vol 4304, springer, berlin, germany. doi:10.1007/11941439_114. [41] tharwat, a. (2020). classification assessment methods. applied computing and informatics, 17(1), 168–192. doi:10.1016/j.aci.2018.08.003. [42] aeberhard, s. & forina, m. (1992). wine [dataset]. uci machine learning repository, noida, india. doi:10.24432/c5pc7j. [43] wong, t.-t., & yeh, p.-y. (2019). reliable accuracy estimates from k-fold cross validation. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 32(8), 1586–1594. doi:10.1109/tkde.2019.2912815. [44] fushiki, t. (2011). estimation of prediction error by using k-fold cross-validation. statistics and computing, 21(2), 137–146. doi:10.1007/s11222-009-9153-8. [45] kindelan, r., frías, j., cerda, m., & hitschfeld, n. (2021). classification based on topological data analysis. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2102.03709. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 572 issn: 2723-9535 learner assessment system in e-learning with obe approach: activity performance, ability level and recommendation wenty d. yuniarti 1, 2 , sri hartati 1* , sigit priyanta 1 , herman d. surjono 3 1 department of computer science and electronics, universitas gadjah mada, yogyakarta, 55281, indonesia. 2 department of information technology, universitas islam negeri walisongo, semarang, 50185, indonesia. 3 department of informatics engineering education, faculty of engineering, univeristas negeri yogyakarta, yogyakarta, 55281, indonesia. received 13 april 2024; revised 07 august 2024; accepted 16 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract e-learning can lead learners to achieve learning outcomes if it is designed based on several principles. one is applying assessments that motivate and inform ability levels. in outcome-based education (obe), assessment is integral to the system. however, e-learning has limitations in providing assessment instruments according to needs, such as assessing complex and detailed aspects and accommodating a variety of numerical and linguistic assessment data. moreover, the presence and involvement of learners affect their performance and learning outcomes. this study proposes a learner assessment system in e-learning with the obe approach, including learning design, activity performance analysis, ability level determination, and recommendations. this system adds the e-rubric to e-learning to overcome instrument limitations and accommodate comprehensive assessments. various numerical and linguistic assessment data are unified using 2-tuple fuzzy linguistics, producing ability levels as two tuples. performance analysis was based on event log data using descriptive statistical technique and alignment-based conformance checking, from frequency, time, and sequence of activity objects, resulting in five activity performance variables. the performance value of each variable is converted into high, medium, or low levels. the ability and performance levels are processed using rule-based methods to produce recommendations for learning stages and activity performance directions. the results of this research can be used as input for academic stakeholders and online learning providers and potentially be applied to the advancement of e-learning in higher education. keywords: assessment on e-learning; obe; 2-tuple fuzzy linguistic; activity performance analysis; rule-based. 1. introduction the spread of technology in learning has occurred massively, marked by the rapid shift toward online learning [13], with e-learning as one of its forms. it is attractive as well as challenging because online learning has consequences for a spatial and temporal gap [4], low teacher attendance rates [5], an autonomous nature with a less robust framework in encouraging learners to learn [6], rising concerns about engagement learners [7], and guaranteeing the attainment of learning outcomes [2, 4]. on the other side, educational institutions are obliged to ensure quality online learning that meets accreditation standards [8, 9]. according to kemendikbud (2020) [2], using online learning in an appropriate, systematic, logical, and structured manner based on several principles can guide learners to achieve learning outcomes. one of the principles is to apply assessment that motivates and informs future practical guidance [2]. assessment is an indispensable component in e-learning, and this is in line with the presence of outcome-based * corresponding author: shartati@ugm.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-03 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5633-0709 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5511-3921 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1673-8582 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2720-2206 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 573 education (obe) as a design methodology and the current global learning curriculum [2, 10], where obe makes assessment an integral part of learning by prioritizing alignment between learning outcomes, process, and assessment [10]. unfortunately, assessment problems remain in e-learning, such as those that are only product-oriented, not process, not yet comprehensive, and do not provide feedback [6, 11–13]. according to lara et al. (2019) [14], various techniques, approaches, or frameworks exist to conduct assessments or in part of the learner assessment process in e-learning, such as e-generic assessment, blockchain, gamificationbased, iot, fuzzy logic, data mining, and process mining. lara et al. (2019) [14] and jacob & henriques [15] recommend data mining techniques to dig up relatively simple patterns of assessment variables in databases, such as profiles, quiz scores, attendance, and access frequency. unfortunately, these studies are still limited to predictive assessment. the different characteristics of the e-learning environment vs. face-to-face raise the fact that the behavior of the presence and involvement of learners is a potential problem because both impact performance and learning outcomes [16, 17]. over the decades, the activity or process data, called event logs, have become readily available [4, 16, 18-21]. event data has three main attributes, namely case id, activity, and timestamps, where all three can be explored and knowledge taken from various perspectives [1]. many performance-related things can be revealed, such as procrastination, involvement, retention, etc. unfortunately, using event logs for this assessment is still limited to predictive assessment [22–25]. in contrast to data mining, [22, 26] introduced process mining, where event logs can be used to discover, monitor, and improve processes [27]. in realizing process-oriented and thorough assessments, e-learning platforms have limitations in providing specific tools that allow teachers to assess learners according to their needs [16]. meanwhile, in obe, collecting information to measure learning outcomes requires comprehensively integrating various techniques and instruments. in addition to analyzing process activities, realizing a comprehensive assessment is also essential to e-learning. the obe approach responds to the need for process and thorough assessment by recommending using rubric instruments to assess learners [2]. a rubric in a more efficient and sophisticated program, such as an online system called an electronic rubric or e-rubric [28]. a rubric is widely used to assess numerical data [29, 30]. according to brookhart (2018) [31] and ho et al. (2020) [32], rubrics should be written in descriptive or linguistic language so that learners can imagine their performance level and know what the achievements should be. however, the rubric’s ability to accommodate assessments in linguistic data engenders problems related to how combining this linguistic data with other assessment data in numerical form. according to herrera & martinez (2000) [33] and herrera & martinez (1996) [34], proper data processing is necessary to avert losing significant information in the assessment. metaanalysis research mentions several studies using fuzzy logic to process assessment data [35]. some research uses fuzzy logic to process a combination of numerical assessment data [8, 9, 36]. andayani (2017) [11] processes numerical and linguistic data using 2-tuple fuzzy linguistics. unfortunately, this numerical and linguistic data combination is implemented in face-to-face learning (f2f), not e-learning. recommendations are an essential part that accompanies the assessment while simultaneously describing the learning cycle as a continuous process [32]. several studies build e-learning and recommend materials and learning paths [6, 12, 13, 37]. due to the importance of the learning process in obe construction, recommendations that can guide students to achieve learning outcomes are necessary. this study proposes an e-learner assessment system that can answer the following needs: (1) how to formulate a learning design with the obe approach so that outcomes, processes, and assessment are aligned; (2) how to realize a comprehensive assessment through analysis of activity performance by utilizing event logs data; (3) how to realize a comprehensive assessment by overcoming the assessment instrument limitations in e-learning through an e-rubric accompanied by a mechanism for unifying numerical and linguistic assessment data for presenting ability level; and 4) how to process the results of activity performance analysis and ability level into recommendations. the principal contribution of this paper is to provide a learner assessment system in e-learning designed with the obe approach, capable of presenting comprehensive assessment results based on analysis of activity performance and ability level, and able to provide recommendations to guide the attainment of learning outcomes. 2. literature review 2.1. learner assessment in e-learning with obe approach as a learning environment, e-learning has two characteristics. first, based on technology. e-learning is a web-based system that delivers and manages learning, called the learning management system (lms) [5]. the lms provides assessment features, like quizzes, assignments, surveys, etc. in essence, assessment is all the ways to assess the performance of individuals or groups. on computer-based platforms, such as lms, all user engagements that produce data used in the assessment process are called assessment items [38]. lms collects and stores activity process data or event logs. event logs are assessment items and datasets that can be analyzed to support assessment decisions [14, 16, 19, 20, 21]. the second characteristic is that e-learning has a pedagogical-based methodological design [5], and obe references current pedagogical methodological designs. previous studies designed e-learning activities with obe but hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 574 still needed to align them with assessments according to obe needs [39–41]. obe recommends a rubric instrument in a comprehensive process assessment framework. the rubric is appropriate for assessing complex skills because rubrics can be constructed based on aspects or dimensions. each dimension can be scored numerically or descriptively in linguistics, so it shows a role in detecting skill strength and weakness [31, 32]. rubrics that are implemented electronically are called e-rubrics [29]. other researchers use e-rubrics for numerical skills assessment. utilizing erubrics in linguistic data and unifying them with other assessment data are challenges in the comprehensive assessment framework [28, 30]. 2.2. activity performance analysis utilizing data mining techniques to predict e-learners performance based on various combinations of relevant attributes has been carried out by several studies, such as [25] using the c4.5 and naïve bayes algorithms based on profiles and data access or clickstream, [23] using the neural network algorithm based on attendance, quiz scores, frequency of viewing classes and materials, [24] using back propagation neural network based on performance and non-performance attributes, and [42] using fuzzy association rule mining based on previous academic record, attendance, mid and end marks. according to cerezo et al. (2017) [16], conditions in e-learning, such as engagement, procrastination, retention, and the risk of failure to complete assignments, impact performance, and learning outcomes. data event logs help minimize this situation. event log attributes can be managed into relevant objects added as predictors in predictive models. several studies have added the management of timestamps attribute to detect the risk of quitting and failing [18] and evaluating procrastination behavior. other research adds clickstream to the activity attribute for early prediction of withdrawal [19], detect failure [20], or identify low engagement [21]. over the past ten years, process mining techniques have been widely used as performance analysis techniques [43]. data mining aims to uncover relatively simple patterns within extensive datasets; it is different from process mining, which describes end-to-end processes. varying dimensions, such as time, cost, or quality, can determine the performance of a process. in process mining, performance analysis can be based on a single object, such as frequency or time, and a combination of single objects, using several modeling techniques, such as business strategy models, petri net, directly following models, and alignment [44]. several studies have used event logs with conformance-checking techniques to see performance through activity conformance detection, such as [22] in learner learning activities, [26] in service processes in health facilities, and [45] in the dwell time of the loading and unloading process. some researchers propose alignment-based conformance checking to detect conformity of activities to replace token-based [27, 45, 46]. alignment-based conformance checking can detect the conformity of learning activities by replaying the trace event model of the activity design process with the learner’s event logs. 2.3. ability level and recommendation the assessment ends with the conclusion of learning outcomes in the level of attainment as a report to learners or stakeholders in need. the level of learning attainment shows a person’s ability in specific skills [2]. concerning teaching and learning situations, [47] categorizes the three ability levels: high, medium, and low. this ability level categorization can be done empirically or hypothetically according to the purpose and condition of the data. assessment reports result from data processing. this reporting requires appropriate techniques to avoid losing important information in the assessment [33, 34]. meta-analysis research [35] states that several studies utilize fuzzy logic to process numerical assessment data or a combination of numerical data [8, 9, 11, 26, 36]. andayani (2017) [11] proposes unifying numerical and linguistic data using a computational linguistic model, 2-tuple fuzzy linguistic. unfortunately, this research is implemented in face-to-face learning rather than in e-learning. assessments and recommendations are interrelated. recommendations are part of a continuous learning cycle, giving direction and strengthening, aiming for higher-quality learning. agustianto et al. (2016) [12] proposed adaptive learning with learning path recommendations based on metacognitive assessment; [6] suggests e-learning with material recommendations based on learning styles and ability levels; [48] provides learning module recommendations based on level of knowledge with content-based filtering methods; and [49] presents recommendations based on automated assessments. in the obe approach, reporting on learning outcomes accompanied by recommendations is very necessary because it will help learners guide the attainment of learning outcomes. 3. proposed method this section discusses the methodology of this study. figure 1 presents the learner assessment system in e-learning with the obe approach [50]. the system consists of 4 parts, namely learning design accompanied by the provision of e-rubric instruments (a), analysis of activity performance (b), determination of ability levels (c), and provision of recommendation (d). the subsequent sections will cover each of the stages in detail. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 575 3.1. learning design with obe approach and assessment variables in this study, 140 information technology undergraduate learners participated in the basic programming course through lms e-learning. this course has clos (course learning outcomes), llos (lesson learning outcomes), and llo indicators. all three are interrelated, as shown in part a of figure 1 [50]. this course has 4 clos and 6 llos. the relation among clo, llo, and llo indicators establishes the basis for learning design, which is structured in the following stage: figure 1. learner assessment system in e-learning with an obe approach. • formulate clos to achieve learners’ abilities as presented in table 1. clos include elements of attitude, knowledge, and skills [2]. • developing llos using clos. llos delineates the stages of learning, demonstrate the final ability at each stage, and contribute cumulatively to clos. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 576 • identify indicators of achievement of llos. table 2 provides an example of 3 llos out of the total llos in this course, namely llo 1, llo 2, and llo 3. based on the description of clos in table 1 and the llos and indicators in table 2, the learning design for this course is formulated, as presented in table 3. the learning design provides details for each llo, including the associated clo, time duration, sequence of learning activities, assessment technique, and instruments. the learning designs presented are limited to examples of llo 1, llo 2, and llo 3. table 1. course learning outcomes clo description of learning outcomes element 1 demonstrate an attitude of discipline as a form of lifelong learning according to the area of expertise attitude 2 mastering the concepts and theories of information technology knowledge 3 able to apply logical and systematic thinking in problem-solving or making decisions in the field of expertise skills 4 mastering programming concepts and methods as the foundation for data processing in information technology applications skills llo is implemented in several sequential learning activities to guide learners to attain learning outcomes. the sequence of learning activities is 1) viewing video material, 2) viewing pdf document material, 3) discussing in forums, 4) doing quizzes, and 5) doing assignments. based on this sequence, learners are guided to llos by viewing video and pdf document material, discussing, and ending with tests and assignments. table 2. llo and llo indicators llo llo description llo indicator 1 understanding the problem-solvingoriented algorithmic thinking paradigm 1.1 truth in understanding the concept of algorithmic thinking with algorithms, pseudocode, and the rules for their use 1.2 the accuracy of using algorithms, pseudocode, and flowcharts in solving real-world problems skillfully 2 understand general concepts and basic elements of programming languages 2.1 truth in understanding the concept of elements of a programming language according to applicable rules 2.2 the accuracy of using these elements in writing programs in a programming language environment 3 understand the concepts of branching and looping 3.1 accuracy in understanding and using a variety of branching and looping constructions well 3.2 the precision in selecting and implementing branching and looping constructs to address practical issues the assessment is carried out by integrating various techniques, namely tests, performance assessments, and observation of disciplinary attitudes. each technique uses different instruments for data collection, using quizzes, erubrics, and event logs. this research proposes adding an e-rubric assessment instrument to take the constraints of elearning into account in providing specific tools for assessment needs [16], as shown in figure 2. table 3. learning design week clo llo llo indicators learning activity assessment technique assessment instrument 1,2 clo 1 clo 2 clo 3 llo 1 indicator 1.1 indicator 1.2 1. watching video material 2. watching pdf material 3. participate in forum 4. do test 5. do assignment 1. written test 2. performance assessment 3. observation 1. quiz 2. e-rubric 3. logs recording 3,4 clo 1 clo 2 clo 4 llo 2 indicator 2.1 indicator 2.2 1. watching video material 2. watching pdf material 3. participate in forum 4. do test 5. do assignment 1. written test 2. performance assessment 3. observation 1. quiz 2. e-rubric 3. logs recording 5,6,7 clo 1 clo 3 clo 4 llo 3 indicator 3.1 indicator 3.2 1. watching video material 2. watching pdf material 3. participate in forum 4. do test 5. do assignment 1. written test 2. performance assessment 3. observation 1. quiz 2. e-rubric 3. logs recording hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 577 figure 2 is an example of an e-rubric used as an assessment instrument in llo 2 indicator 2.2 [51]. this e-rubric is used to assess skills in the accuracy of using basic elements in writing programs in a programming language environment, as presented in the llo description in table 2. there are four dimensions used to assess the performance, namely a) able to construct correct program flow, b) able to use and write program elements, c) able to apply composition technique in program structure and syntax, and d) the program works and meets all specifications. each ability dimension is assessed in linguistics, as presented in figure 2. the learner’s interaction with the lms is documented in the lms database logs during the course’s implementation. the learning design guides the activities of the learning process and is recorded naturally in the lms e-learning. these data records are grouped into two datasets: related to ability level and related to activity performance. • the dataset related to ability level represents the assessment results of the three instruments. first, assessment data from quizzes is used to measure the achievement of knowledge elements. second, assessment data from e-rubric are used to measure the achievement of the skills element, and third, assessment data from recorded logs are used to measure the achievement of the disciplinary attitude element. figure 2. e-rubric with several dimensions for assessment instruments. • the dataset related to activity performance is obtained from event logs. event log analysis requires appropriate data conditions. labeling learning activities is a way to prepare event log data for further analysis. the sequence of activities in table 3 is represented by labels, namely label (a) for login activity, (b) for viewed video material, (c) for viewed pdf document, (d) for visit forum, (e) for post to forum, (f) for viewed quiz, (g) for submitted quiz, (h) for viewed assignment, (i) for submitted assignment, and (j) for logout, as presented in table 4. table 4 also gives teacher’s note instructions to learners regarding how the activity is carried out. based on previous studies [8, 9, 18, 19, 20, 27] from several learner activities in table 4, five variables are determined as relevant activity performance variables, namely frequency of attendance, duration of attendance, frequency of access to video material and pdf documents, the number of posts in the forum, and the conformance of the actual learner’s activities with the design activities that serve as a guide. the presentation of both the description and data collection methods for each variable are in table 5. table 4. learning activities in each llo label activity instruction notes to learners a login login of the course b viewed video material the activity of viewing video material c viewed pdf document the activity of viewing pdf document material d visit the forum visit forums e post to forum post opinions in the forum f viewed quiz view quiz information g submitted quiz submit quizzes h viewed assignment view task information i submitted assignment submit assignments j logout logout of the course hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 578 table 5. activity performance variables variables descriptions data collecting methods frequency of attendance total login-logout (session) in lms adding up the number of individual learner’s login time into the e-learning duration of attendance time spent in the e-learning lms calculating the total amount of time spent between login and logout frequency of access material number access course material adding up the numbers of course material accessed number of posts to forum number of online forum post counting the number of posts a learner has contributed to the discussion forum activity conformance deviation between event activity and design activity conformance between event activity learner and designed activity as a model 3.2. activity performance analysis event logs from lms e-learning are used as datasets in the activity performance analysis. table 6 presents examples of cases, traces, and events from lms event logs. event logs have several cases; a trace of events represents each case, and every event is linked to an activity performed for a particular case [27]. for instance, table 6 presents two cases, namely case id 466 and 501. each case has a different trace. case id 466 is a trace with ten events, while case id 501 has three events. the case represents several events from login to logout. an event represents a learning activity as presented in table 6. table 6. event logs from lms case id event id activity timestamp 466 45900107 \user_loggedin 03/09/2022 14:31:22 45900110 \course_module_viewed\resource\38297 03/09/2022 14:33:05 45900113 \course_module_viewed\resource\38298 03/09/2022 14:33:52 45900114 \course_module_viewed\forum\116492 03/09/2022 14:34:08 45900137 \post_created\forum_posts\157270 03/09/2022 14:34:50 45900141 \course_module_viewed\quiz\35804 03/09/2022 14:35:00 45900142 \attempt_started\quiz_attempts\125031 03/09/2022 14:35:03 45900152 \course_module_viewed\assign\93883 03/09/2022 14:36:20 45900199 \submission_created\assignsubmission_file\727797 03/09/2022 14:37:02 45900200 \user_loggedout 03/09/2022 14:38:10 501 45962575 \user_loggedin 03/09/2022 20:00:02 45962579 \course_module_viewed\resource\38297 03/09/2022 20:02:01 45962597 \user_loggedout 03/09/2022 20:38:10 learner activity performance is analyzed from event logs based on frequency objects, timestamps [44], and activity [22] then five relevant activity performance variables are determined, namely 1) frequency of attendance, 2) duration of attendance, 3) frequency of access material, 4) number of posts to forum, and 5) activity conformance. figure 3 presents the stages of activity performance analysis in each llo: • preparation: the preparation stage begins with preparing the event log from the lms, followed by extraction and preprocessing. data extraction aims to retrieve data as needed, namely the scope of llo, timestamp range, activity, and other relevant attributes, such as username. furthermore, the extracted data is preprocessed, in the form of data structuring by sorting based on username and timestamp, activity labeling, and data formatting for further processing needs. • exploration and measurement: the extracted and formatted event log data is then explored and measured to obtain activity performance values. figure 3 shows two techniques to obtain performance values from the five activity performance variables. first, to get performance values from frequency of attendance, duration of attendance, frequency of access material, and number of posts to the forum, the timestamps and activity attributes are calculated using a statistical approach, such as aggregating, summing, calculating differences, etc. second, to obtain performance values from the activity conformance variable, activity attributes are explored and measured using process mining techniques with an alignment-based conformance checking algorithm [27]. exploration in the form of making process models comes from activity designs and process models comes from actual learner activities with petri net. from the two process models, measurement is then carried out by calculating the fitness value which indicates the activities’ conformance, using an alignment-based approach. • categorization of performance levels: after the performance value is obtained, the performance level is categorized into high, medium, and low [52, 53]. before categorizing, a value is assigned to each variable as a performance standard [47, 53], as follows: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 579 o frequency of attendance: the frequency of attendance collection method calculates the frequency of login-logout sessions in e-learning by learners in an llo. the default performance value of this variable is the number of days an llo is executed. for example, llo 1 with a duration of 2 weeks or 14 days, as presented in table 3, has the highest attendance frequency value of 14 and the lowest is 0. the highest and lowest attendance ranges form the basis for categorizing performance levels as high, medium, or low using equations 1 and 2 [53]. figure 3. flowchart depicting the activity performance analysis 𝑀𝑅 = 𝑝𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑝𝑚𝑖𝑛 2 (1) 𝑆𝐷 = 𝑝𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑝𝑚𝑖𝑛 6 (2) where 𝑝 is activity performance, including frequency of attendance, duration of attendance, frequency of access material, number of posts to the forum, and activity conformance; 𝑝𝑚𝑎𝑥 is the highest value of a performance, 𝑝𝑚𝑖𝑛 is the lowest value of a performance; 𝑀𝑅 is the middle value of 𝑝𝑚𝑎𝑥 and 𝑝𝑚𝑖𝑛, and 𝑆𝐷 is the standard deviation with the number 6 indicating the number of areas in standard deviation. based on the 𝑀𝑅 and 𝑆𝐷 values, then the level categorization is carried out based on table 7 [53]. table 8 presents each performance level’s five activity performance variables’ standard values. table 7. categorization activity performance level. performance level criteria high 𝑝(𝑖) ≥ (𝑀𝑅 + 𝑆𝐷) medium (𝑀𝑅 − 𝑆𝐷) < 𝑝(𝑖) < (𝑀𝑅 + 𝑆𝐷) low 𝑝(𝑖) ≤ (𝑀𝑅 − 𝑆𝐷) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 580 o duration of attendance: the attendance duration collection method calculates the total time of all learner loginlogout sessions during an llo. the standard performance values of this variable are calculated based on the course credit time value, where the course credit is 170 minutes/week [2]. if this study course has a credit score of 2, then the highest duration of attendance is two credits × 170 minutes × 2 weeks or 680 minutes, and the lowest duration is 0. the duration score is then categorized into high, medium, or low performance levels using equations 1 and 2. o frequency of access material: the material access frequency collection method counts the number of accesses to video material and pdf documents during the implementation of an llo. the standard performance value of this variable is calculated based on the number of days of llo duration. for example, for an llo with a period of 2 weeks or 14 days, the highest frequency of access to material is 14, and the lowest is 0. the value of frequency of access to material is further categorized into high, medium, or low performance levels using equations 1 and 2. table 8. performance standard value of variable activity performance performance variables level standard value frequency of attendance high 𝑝(𝑖) > 9.3 medium 4.7 ≤ 𝑝(𝑖) ≤ 9.3 low 𝑝(𝑖) < 4.7 duration of attendance high 𝑝(𝑖) > 453.3 medium 226.7 ≤ 𝑝(𝑖) ≤ 453.3 low 𝑝(𝑖) < 226.7 frequency of access material high 𝑝(𝑖) > 9.3 medium 4.7 ≤ 𝑝(𝑖) ≤ 9.3 low 𝑝(𝑖) < 4.7 number of posting to forum high 𝑝(𝑖) ≥ 3 medium 1 − 2 low 0 activity conformance high 𝑝(𝑖) > 0.7 medium 0.3 ≤ 𝑝(𝑖) ≤ 0.7 low 𝑝(𝑖) < 0.3 o number of posts to the forum: the collection method of the posts to the forum is calculated from the number of opinions learners posted in the forums during the duration of an llo. the teacher sets this performance standard, where posting performance is assessed as high if the number of posts is ≥ 3, medium if the number of posts is 1 − 2, and low if never posted. the value of this performance standard is presented in table 8. o activity conformance: the conformance of the learner’s actual activities with the design activities of table 3 is detected using alignment-based conformance checking [27, 46]. detection begins with creating an event logs process model and a design process model using petri net. furthermore, activity conformance calculation is carried out from two process models to obtain fitness values in the range [0,1]. fitness values are categorized into high, medium, or low levels using equations 1 and 2. the calculation of conformance of activities with the alignment-based conformance checking technique in this study is as follows [46]: definition 1: event log (𝑳) 𝑇 is a set of learning activities, 𝜎𝜖𝑇∗ is an event trace, i.e., series of learning activity identifiers, 𝐿𝑠 ⊆ 𝑇 ∗ is an event log, i.e., multi set of event traces. 𝐿𝑠 are the event logs of the 𝑠 learner. learning activities are identified by a single character, i.e., a = login, b = view video material, c = view pdf material, d = view forum, e = post forum, f = view quiz, g = submitted quiz, h = view assignment, i = submitted assignment, and j = logout. 𝑇 = {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑, 𝑒, 𝑓, 𝑔, ℎ, 𝑖, 𝑗} (3) 𝜎 = {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑗} (4) 𝐿1 = [〈𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑑, 𝑖, 𝑗〉, 〈𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑑, 𝑖, 𝑗〉, 〈𝑎, 𝑔, ℎ, 𝑗〉] (5) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 581 definition 2: petri net a petri net is a triplet 𝑁 = (𝑃, 𝑇, 𝐹), where 𝑃 is a finite set of places, 𝑇 is a finite set of transitions such that 𝑃 ∩ 𝑇 = ∅⋀𝐹 ⊆ (𝑃 × 𝑇)⋃(𝑇 × 𝑃) is a set of directed arcs (flow relation). a marked petri net is a pair (𝑁,𝑀), where 𝑁 = (𝑃, 𝑇, 𝐹) is a petri net and where 𝑀 ∈ 𝛽(𝑃) is a multi-set over 𝑃 denoting the marking of the net. the denotation of the set of all marked petri nets is 𝑁. if 𝑇 is a set of learning activities, 𝜎𝜖𝑇∗ is an event trace with length 𝑛 at 𝑇, then the event net of 𝜎 is a petri net 𝑁 = (𝑃, 𝑇, 𝐹) where: 𝑃 = {𝑝𝑗|1 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛 + 1} 𝑇 = {𝑡𝑗|1 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛} (6) 𝐹: (𝑃 × 𝑇) ∪ (𝑇 ∪ 𝑃) → 𝑁 (7) with; 𝐹(𝑝𝑗 , 𝑡𝑗) = 1 , ∀ 1 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛, 𝑝𝑗 ∈ 𝑃, 𝑡𝑗 ∈ 𝑇 (8) 𝐹(𝑡𝑗, 𝑝𝑗+1) = 1 , ∀ 1 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛, 𝑝𝑗 ∈ 𝑃, 𝑡𝑗 ∈ 𝑇 (9) 𝐹(𝑥, 𝑦) = 0, 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 (10) figure 4 presents the process model of design activities for this study in petri net according to learning activities table 4. figure 4. process models of learning activities in petri nets definition 3: alignment-based conformance checking let 𝑇 be a set of learning activities, 𝜎 ∈ 𝑇∗ be a trace of length n over t. let 𝐿 be transitions of an event net, 𝑀 be transitions of a petri net, (𝑙, 𝑚) be a movement sequence of alignment 𝛾 where (𝑙, 𝑚) is one of the following movements: • 𝑚𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑜𝑛 log 𝑖𝑓 𝑙 ∈ 𝐿 and 𝑚 = ≫, • 𝑚𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑜𝑛model 𝑖𝑓 𝑙 =≫ and 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀, • 𝑠𝑦𝑛𝑐ℎ𝑟𝑜𝑛𝑜𝑢𝑠 𝑚𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑖𝑓 𝑙 ∈ 𝐿 and 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀, • illegal move 𝑖𝑓 𝑙 =≫ and 𝑚 = ≫. the distance function 𝛿 is a quality value of an alignment that associates costs to moves in the alignment: • 𝑖𝑓 𝑙 ∈ 𝐿 and 𝑚 =≫, then 𝛿(𝑙,𝑚) is the cost of move 𝑙 in the log, • 𝑖𝑓 𝑙 =≫ and 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀, then 𝛿(𝑙,𝑚) is the cost of move 𝑚 in the model, • 𝑖𝑓 𝑙 ∈ 𝐿 and 𝑚 ∈ 𝑀, then 𝛿(𝑙,𝑚) is the cost of move 𝑙 in the log and move 𝑚 in the model. moves in just the log or model have cost 1. there is a particular case for the move-on model when the transition is invisible, in that case, we use cost 0. the distance of the whole alignment is calculated as the sum of the costs that appear in the alignment. the distance function 𝛿 associates high costs to move where both log and model make a move but disagree on the learning activities. definition 4: fitness of alignment let 𝐿 be an event log, 𝜎 be a trace over 𝐿, 𝑁 be a petri net, 𝛿 ((𝛾𝑜𝑝𝑡 𝑁 (𝜎))) is an optimal alignment of trace 𝜎 on n, 𝛿 ((𝛾𝑤𝑜𝑟𝑠𝑡 𝑁 (𝜎))) is the worst alignment of trace 𝜎 on n. the fitness is defined as follows: 𝑓𝑖𝑡𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠 (𝜎, 𝑁) = 1 − 𝛿 (𝛾𝑜𝑝𝑡 𝑁 (𝜎)) 𝛿(𝛾𝑤𝑜𝑟𝑠𝑡 𝑁 (𝜎)) (11) 𝛿(𝛾𝑤𝑜𝑟𝑠𝑡 𝑁 (𝜎)) is a sum of the event activities and the shortest path through the petri net. according to code table 9, the fitness for a trace is calculated as: 𝑓𝑖𝑡𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠 (𝜎, 𝑁) = 1 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑏𝑤𝑐 (12) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 582 with 𝑏𝑤𝑐 is the sum of the length of the trace and the length of the shortest path in the model taking from the initial marking to the final marking. based on figure 3, activity performance processing for variables related to frequency and duration uses code table 9 line 1 to 38. the event log data is extracted, preprocessed, and formatted to obtain a dataset with several attributes suitable for frequency and duration calculations: case id, activity, timestamps, and username. the processing of the activity conformance variables uses code table 9 line 39 to 72. from the event log data that has been extracted, preprocessed, and formatted are then made to create a process model for the design and actual activities of the learner. furthermore, alignment-based fitness calculations are carried out in both models. table 9. code for analysis of object frequency, duration, and activity conformance line code line code 1 # analysis frequency and duration 38 duration_access_st001 = minutes 2 # convert event log to data frame 39 # analysis activity conformance. calculate fitness 3 import io 40 # convert event log to data frame 4 import pandas as pd 41 import io 5 dt_learner = pd.read_csv(r'performa.csv', sep = ',', low_memory = 'false') 42 import pandas as pd 6 dt_learner 43 dt_student = pd.read_csv(r'calc_align.csv', sep = ',', low_memory = 'false') 7 # filter each learner 44 dt_student 8 dt_st001 = dt_learner[dt_learner["firstname"] == "st001"] 45 # filter each learner 9 # selection of relevant attributes 46 dt_st001 = dt_student[dt_student["firstname"] == "st001"] 10 selected_dt_st001 = dt_st001[[‘session’,’labelling’,’date’]] 47 # selection of relevant attributes 11 # convert data frame to log 48 selected_dt_st001 = dt_st001[[‘session’, ‘labelling’, ‘date’]] 12 import pm4py as pm4 49 # convert data frame to log 13 from pm4py.objects.conversion.log import converter as log_converter 50 data_ideal = data_mahasiswa[data_mahasiswa["firstname"] == "stideal"] 14 renamed_dt_st001 = selected_dt_st001.rename(columns= {'session': 'case:concept:name', 'labelling':'concept:name', 'date': 'time:timestamp'}) 51 renamed_dt_st001 = selected_dt_st001.rename(columns= {'session': 'case:concept:name', 'labelling':'concept:name', 'date': 'time:timestamp'}) 15 start = pm4.get_start_activities(renamed_dt_st001) 52 start = pm4.get_start_activities(renamed_dt_st001) 16 df_start_activities = pm4.filter_start_activities (renamed_dt_st001, ['a']) 53 df_start_activities = pm4.filter_start_activities(renamed_dt_st001, ['a']) 17 end_activities = pm4.get_end_activities(df_start_activities) 54 end_activities = pm4.get_end_activities(df_start_activities) 18 df_filtered_end_dt_st001 = pm4.filter_end_activities (df_start_activities, end_activities) 55 df_filtered_end_dt_st001 = pm4.filter_end_activities (df_start_activities, end_activities) 19 log_st001 = log_converter.apply(df_filtered_end_dt_st001) 56 log_st001 = log_converter.apply(df_filtered_end_dt_st001) 20 # filter on trace 57 from pm4py.algo.filtering.log.variants import variants_filter 21 from pm4py.algo.filtering.log.variants import variants_filter 58 from pm4py.statistics.traces.generic.log import case_statistics 22 from pm4py.statistics.traces.generic.log import case_statistics 59 variants_count = case_statistics.get_variant_statistics(log_st001) 23 variants_count = case_statistics.get_variant_statistics (log_st001) 60 variants_count = sorted(variants_count, key=lambda x: x['count'], reverse=true) 24 variants_count = sorted (variants_count, key=lambda x: x['count'], reverse=true) 61 variants_count = case_statistics.get_variant_statistics(log_st001) 25 variants_count 62 variants_count 26 # calculate the frequency of activity 63 from pm4py.algo.filtering.log.variants import variants_filter 27 frequency_label_st001 = dt_st001['labelling'].value_counts() 64 from pm4py.statistics.traces.generic.log import case_statistics 28 print(frequency_label_st001) 65 # discovery log design 29 # calculate the duration of learner activity 66 net, initial_marking, final_marking = pm4.discover_petri_net_inductive (log_design) 30 from datetime import datetime 67 # build simulated log design 31 start = datetime.strptime(“hh:mm:ss”, “%h:%m:%s”) 68 simulated_log = pm4.play_out(net, initial_marking, final_marking) 32 end = datetime.strptime(“hh:mm:ss”, “%h:%m:%s”) 69 from pm4py.algo.conformance.alignments.edit_distance import algorithm as logs_alignments 33 difference = end – start 70 # find alignment 34 seconds = difference.total_seconds( ) 71 alignments = logs_alignments.apply(log_st001, simulated_log) 35 minutes = seconds / 60 72 alignments 37 hours = second / (60 * 60) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 583 3.3. unification of assessment data with 2-tuple fuzzy linguistics data related to ability level is processed as follows: • log records provide disciplinary performance assessment data. this performance is calculated from the delays in submitting assignments in each llo. the teacher determines this performance value, as presented in table 10. the quiz assessment data represents elements of knowledge, while the e-rubric assessment data represents skills elements. • numerical assessment data from recorded logs and quizzes, and e-rubric in linguistics are then unified using 2-tuple fuzzy linguistic to obtain ability levels, as shown in figure 5. table 10. discipline performance standard delays in submitting quizzes and assignments (hours) standard value 0 100 1-6 75 7-12 70 13-18 65 19-24 60 > 24 55 figure 5. flowchart depicting 2-tuple fuzzy linguistic. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 584 the proposed assessment using linguistic data required a linguistic data representation approach. the actual grading system in university of this study [54] become the basis for determining the linguistic data representation in this study, as presented equation 13. 𝑆 = {𝑠0, 𝑠1, 𝑠2, 𝑠3, 𝑠4, 𝑠5, 𝑠6, 𝑠7, 𝑠8} (13) where, 𝑆 is a linguistic term set that spread across 9 cardinals. the semantics are defined using a fuzzy membership function and described by a triangular fuzzy number (tfn). the linguistic and semantic set is illustrated in table 11. table 11. the linguistics sets and their semantics. symbol abbreviation linguistic term triangular fuzzy number vi 𝑠0 very insufficient (0, 0, 0.5) i 𝑠1 insufficient (0, 0.5, 0.55) pa 𝑠2 partially acceptable (0.5, 0.55, 0.6) a 𝑠3 acceptable (0.55, 0.6, 0.65) s 𝑠4 satisfactory (0.6, 0.65, 0.7) g 𝑠5 good (0.65, 0.7, 0.75) vg 𝑠6 very good (0.7, 0.75, 0.8) e 𝑠7 excellent (0.75, 0.8, 1) os 𝑠8 out standing (0.8, 1, 1) according to figure 5, the unification of numerical and linguistic data using 2-tuple fuzzy linguistics is carried out through preprocessing, transformation, and aggregation [51], as follows: • preprocessing: in the preprocessing stage, the numerical assessment data [0,10] or [0,100] is converted into [0,1]. • transformation: data in linguistic 𝑥 ∈ 𝑆 = {𝑠0, ⋯ , 𝑠𝑔} where 𝑔 is the number of linguistic terms, according to table 11, and data in numeric 𝑥 ∈ [0,1] transformed to 2-tuple linguistic values with the following steps: o numerical data: transform 𝑥 ∈ [0,1] to a 2-tuple linguistic value as follows: ➢ converting 𝑥 into a fuzzy set in 𝑆 according to table 11 with the function 𝜏 and function 𝜃. 𝜏: [0,1] → 𝐹(𝑆) 𝜏(𝑥) = {(𝑠0, 𝜃0),⋯ , (𝑠𝑔 , 𝜃𝑔)}, 𝑠𝑖𝜖𝑆 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜃𝑖 ∈ [0,1] (14) with; 𝜃𝑖 = 𝜇𝑠𝑖(𝑥) = { 0 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ∉ 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑝𝑜𝑟𝑡 (𝜇𝑠𝑖(𝑥)) 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑖 𝑏𝑖 − 𝑎𝑖 𝑖𝑓 𝑎𝑖 ≤ 𝑥 < 𝑏𝑖 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑏𝑖 ≤ 𝑥 < 𝑑𝑖 𝑐𝑖 − 𝑥 𝑐𝑖 − 𝑑𝑖 𝑖𝑓 𝑑𝑖 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 𝑐𝑖 (15) the value of (𝑎𝑖 , 𝑏𝑖 , 𝑐𝑖 , 𝑑𝑖) are the lower and upper limits of 𝑥 according to the tfn value in table 11. ➢ furthermore, a search for numerical values that represent information from the fuzzy set [0, 𝑔] is carried out through the function 𝜒 (16) based on the results of the representation of the numerical value 𝑥 ∈ [0,1] in the linguistic set 𝑆 = {𝑠0, ⋯ , 𝑠𝑔} using equations 14 and 15. 𝜒: 𝐹(𝑆) → [0, 𝑔] 𝜒({(𝑠𝑗 , 𝜃𝑗)|𝑗 = 0,⋯ , 𝑔}) = ∑ 𝑗𝜃𝑗 𝑔 𝑗=0 ∑ 𝜃𝑗 𝑔 𝑗=0 = 𝛽 (16) ➢ transforming the value of 𝛽 into a linguistic 2-tuple with equation 17. ∆: [0, 𝑔] → 𝑆 × [−0.5,0.5] ∆(𝛽) = (𝑠𝑖 , 𝛼) 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ { 𝑠𝑖 , 𝑖 = 𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑(𝛽) 𝛼 = 𝛽 − 𝑖, 𝛼 ∈ [−0.5,0.5) (17) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 585 with 𝑠𝑖 ∈ 𝑆, 𝑖 = 𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑(𝛽), 𝛼 = 𝛽 − 𝑖, and 𝛼 ∈ [−0.5,0.5), 𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑 is the rounding operation, 𝑠𝑖 is the index label closest to 𝛽, and 𝛼 is the symbolic translation value. o linguistic data: the linguistic term transformation 𝑠𝑖 ∈ 𝑆 = {𝑠0, ⋯ , 𝑠𝑔} in 2-tuple linguistic equivalence is obtained by the function φ equation 18. φ: 𝑆 → (𝑆 × [−0.5,0.5)) φ(𝑠𝑖) = (𝑠𝑖 , 0), 𝑠𝑖 ∈ 𝑆 (18) • aggregation: the aggregation stage of the 2-tuple linguistic values includes two ways using equations 19 and 21. o aggregating 2-tuple linguistic values in each assessment group, i.e., e-rubric, with arithmetic mean begins with defining the numerical equivalent 𝛽 ∈ [0, 𝑔] of 2-tuple linguistic values with equation 19. ∆−1: 𝑆 × [−0.5,0.5] → [0, 𝑔] ∆−1(𝑠𝑖 , 𝛼) = 𝑖 + 𝛼 = 𝛽 (19) the function ∆−1 is the inverse function of the function ∆ of the equation 𝑆. for example, 𝑥 = {(𝑠1, 𝛼1), (𝑠2, 𝛼2),⋯ , (𝑠𝑛 , 𝛼𝑛)} is a 2-tuple linguistic set, then arithmetic mean is obtained by equation 20. (�̅�, �̅�) = ∆( 1 𝑛 ∑∆−1(𝑠𝑗 , 𝛼𝑗) 𝑛 𝑗=1 ) , �̅� ∈ 𝑆, �̅� ∈ [− 0.5,0.5) (20) with �̅� is the mean value of 𝑠. o aggregating 2-tuple linguistic values with weight values 𝑊 = {𝑤1, 𝑤2, ⋯ , 𝑤𝑖}, where 𝑖 is the number of indicators in all llos. if 𝑊 is the associated weight, then the average weight of the 2-tuple �̅�𝑤 is as equation 21. �̅�𝑊 = ∆( ∑ ∆−1𝑛 𝑖=1 (𝑠𝑖 , 𝛼𝑖) ∙ 𝑤𝑖 ∑ 𝑤𝑖 𝑛 𝑖=1 ) (21) the weight 𝑊is determined by the teacher’s preferences [51]. 3.4. rule-based learning recommendation the value of 𝑠 in the ability level (𝑠, 𝛼), and the level of the five activity performance variables is a fact that becomes recommendation input. the input facts are processed into recommendations using the rule base equation 22. 𝐼𝐹 𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡 1 𝐴𝑁𝐷 𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡 2 𝐴𝑁𝐷…𝐴𝑁𝐷 𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑛 𝑇𝐻𝐸𝑁 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑙𝑢𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 (22) based on equation 22, there are six facts as input, including fact 1 is the value of 𝑠 level of ability, while fact 2, fact 3, fact 4, fact 5, and fact 6 are the performance level of the variable frequency of attendance, duration of attendance, frequency of access material, number of posts to forum, and activity conformance, as presented in table 12. the conclusion provides two recommendations. first, recommendations regarding implementing llos, whether it was succeed or failed. this recommendation is determined based on linguistic values 𝑠. in this study, university policy stipulates succeed if 𝑠 ∈ {𝑠3, 𝑠4 , 𝑠5, 𝑠6, 𝑠7, 𝑠8}, and stipulates failed if 𝑠 ∈ {𝑠0, 𝑠1, 𝑠2}. if the result is failed, the learner must repair or repeat the llo. second, recommendations in the form of directions on the achieved activity performance, are presented in table 12. 4. result and discussion this section presents the results of implementing the system in the basic programming course with two credits. as a data sample, 20 learners were taken during the implementation of llo 2 within two weeks. 4.1. data introduction this assessment system produces two datasets related to ability level and activity performance in each llo implementation. table 13 presents datasets related to ability levels, and table 14 is related to activity performance. the assessment data to determine the ability level consisted of a knowledge score from the quiz, four skill dimension scores from the e-rubric, and a discipline attitude score from the logs recording. the four skills dimensions from e-rubric include a) the ability to construct correct program flow, b) the ability to use and write program elements, c) the ability to apply composition techniques in program structure and syntax, and d) the program works and meets all specifications, as presented in figure 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 586 table 12. activity performance direction performance variables level direction frequency of attendance high high attendance frequency. keep it up! medium medium attendance. increase attendance so that learning outcomes are better. low low frequency of attendance, must access e-learning more often! duration of attendance high high duration of attendance. keep it up! medium medium duration of attendance. increase the time to access e-learning for better learning outcomes! low low access duration! allocate more time to study in e-learning! frequency of access material high high material access. keep it up! medium medium material access. increase the frequency of access to video and pdf materials for even better learning outcomes! low low material access. open and read the material provided so you can understand the material presented! number of posts to forum high high forum participation. keep it up! medium participation in forums is medium. increase involvement in discussions! low forum participation is low. join the forum and share your opinion! activity conformance high conformance of the activities against the teacher’s directions is high. keep it up! medium conformance of activities with the direction of the teacher is medium. improve obedience to the teacher’s guides for even better learning outcomes! low conformance of the activities with the teacher’s direction is low. pay attention to the teacher’s guides and do the activities in the order specified! table 13. level ability data learner quiz 1st dimension of e-rubric 2nd dimension of e-rubric 3rd dimension of e-rubric 4th dimension of e-rubric value of discipline attitude 𝐿1 100 very good excellent good good 100 𝐿2 95 excellent very good good good 100 𝐿3 100 acceptable very good satisfactory very good 100 𝐿4 100 very good good good acceptable 100 𝐿5 100 very good excellent very good excellent 100 𝐿6 100 very good excellent very good good 100 𝐿7 75 out standing good good good 100 𝐿8 60 good good good satisfactory 100 𝐿9 100 good good acceptable acceptable 75 𝐿10 35 very insufficient very insufficient very insufficient very insufficient 100 𝐿11 100 satisfactory good satisfactory good 60 𝐿12 0 very insufficient very insufficient very insufficient very insufficient 0 𝐿13 0 very good good good very good 0 𝐿14 100 very good very good very good excellent 100 𝐿15 100 very good good satisfactory good 100 𝐿16 100 very good very good very good very good 100 𝐿17 100 very good good acceptable good 100 𝐿18 100 very good good acceptable good 100 𝐿19 100 satisfactory good good good 100 𝐿20 73 satisfactory good very good good 100 in table 13, for example, learner 9 (𝐿9) scored 100 for assessing the elements of knowledge by quiz. for the skills assessment by e-rubric, 𝐿9 scores good on dimension 1, good on dimension 2, acceptable on dimension 3, and acceptable on dimension 4. for assessing the aspect of disciplinary attitude, 𝐿9 scores of 75 mean there was a delay in submitting tasks in 1-6 hours, as presented in table 10. table 14 presents activity performance data, including frequency of attendance (𝑝1), duration of attendance (𝑝2), frequency of access material (𝑝3), number of posts to forum (𝑝4), activity conformance (𝑝5). in table 14, for example, hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 587 during the implementation of llo 2, 𝐿1 accessed the course 18 times, the duration of attendance was 869 minutes, the frequency of accessing video materials and pdf documents was one time, posted an opinion in the forum one time, and the fitness value of activity conformance was 0.667. it differs from 𝐿12 where all performance data, including 𝑝1, 𝑝2, 𝑝3, 𝑝4, and 𝑝5, have a value of 0. it means that during the implementation of llo 2, 𝐿12 did not carry out learning activities in e-learning. table 14. data related to activity performance variables learner 𝒑𝟏 𝒑𝟐 𝒑𝟑 𝒑𝟒 𝒑𝟓 𝐿1 18 869 1 1 0.667 𝐿2 11 1011 6 0 0.571 𝐿3 4 286 2 0 0.824 𝐿4 4 374 1 0 0.778 𝐿5 16 621 12 1 0.824 𝐿6 10 198 6 0 0.824 𝐿7 7 95 2 0 0.462 𝐿8 11 712 3 0 0.632 𝐿9 12 643 5 0 0.571 𝐿10 6 516 3 0 0.462 𝐿11 6 922 1 0 0.625 𝐿12 0 0 0 0 0.000 𝐿13 5 513 4 0 0.571 𝐿14 4 159 1 0 0.667 𝐿15 9 1883 7 0 0.625 𝐿16 5 408 2 0 0.571 𝐿17 4 168 1 0 0.571 𝐿18 7 403 0 0 0.750 𝐿19 4 641 2 0 0.667 𝐿20 5 1544 0 0 0.625 4.2. result 4.2.1. level ability • unification on e-rubric [54]: based on table 3, in llo-2 there is one e-rubric for the assessment instrument indicator 2.2., which has 4 dimensions of assessment. if 𝐿 = {𝐿1, ⋯ , 𝐿20} is the number of learners, and 𝐷 = {𝐷1, ⋯ , 𝐷4} is the number of assessment dimensions in the e-rubric. o preferences by teachers in e-rubrics 2.2 are presented in the decision matrix 𝑅𝐵 = (𝑟𝑖𝑗)𝑚ℎ where 𝑟𝑖𝑗 ∈ 𝑆𝑖 = {𝑠0, 𝑠1, ⋯ , 𝑠8} with 𝐵 = {𝐵2.2} is an indicator in llo 2. preferences of indicator 2.2 by teachers for 20 learners as presented equation 23. for example, based on table 13, the teacher’s preferences for 𝐿1 in e-rubric 2.2 are very good for dimension 1, excellent for dimension 2, good for dimension 3, and good for dimension 4, which is represented by the symbols 𝑉𝐺, 𝐸, 𝐺 and 𝐺 as presented equation 23. meanwhile, for 𝐿12, the teacher’s preference for all dimensions of the e-rubric 2.2 is very insufficient, represented by the symbol 𝑉𝐼. o each element in equation 23 transformed into a 2-tuple linguistic using equation 18 to obtain equation 24, with 𝑅𝐿2𝑇 2.2 is linguistic 2-tuples (l2t) matrices, as presented equation 24. for example, the teacher’s preferences for 𝐿1 in equation 23 are 𝑉𝐺 for 𝐷1, 𝐸 for 𝐷2, 𝐺 for 𝐷3, and 𝐺 for 𝐷4, the symbol of these preferences are transformed in 2-tuple linguistic form into (𝑉𝐺, 0), (𝐸, 0), (𝐺, 0), and (𝐺, 0), as presented in equation 24. o the 2-tuple linguistic of each matrix in are aggregated using equations 19 and 20. the aggregation of 2-tuple linguistic values for e-rubric is represented by equation 25. for example, the 2-tuple linguistic form for 𝐿1 is (𝑉𝐺, 0) for 𝐷1, (𝐸, 0) for 𝐷2, (𝐺, 0) for 𝐷3, and (𝐺, 0) for 𝐷4, each 2-tuple linguistic has a numerical representation value, namely 6 for 𝑉𝐺, 7 for 𝐸, and 5 for 𝐺, then using the inverse function and arithmetic mean equation 20, the numeric value is 5.75 or (𝑉𝐺,−0.25) in 2-tuple linguistic, as presented in equation 25. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 588 𝑅2.2 = 𝐷1 𝐷2 𝐷3 𝐷4 𝐿1 𝐿2 𝐿3 𝐿4 𝐿5 𝐿6 𝐿7 𝐿8 𝐿9 𝐿10 𝐿11 𝐿12 𝐿13 𝐿14 𝐿15 𝐿16 𝐿17 𝐿18 𝐿19 𝐿20 [ 𝑉𝐺 𝐸 𝐺 𝐺 𝐸 𝑉𝐺 𝐺 𝐺 𝐴 𝑉𝐺 𝑆 𝑉𝐺 𝑉𝐺 𝐺 𝐺 𝐴 𝑉𝐺 𝐸 𝑉𝐺 𝐸 𝑉𝐺 𝐸 𝑉𝐺 𝐺 𝑂𝑆 𝐺 𝐺 𝐺 𝐺 𝐺 𝐺 𝑆 𝐺 𝐺 𝐴 𝐴 𝑉𝐼 𝑉𝐼 𝑉𝐼 𝑉𝐼 𝑆 𝐺 𝑆 𝐺 𝑉𝐼 𝑉𝐼 𝑉𝐼 𝑉𝐼 𝑉𝐺 𝐺 𝐺 𝑉𝐺 𝑉𝐺 𝑉𝐺 𝑉𝐺 𝐸 𝑉𝐺 𝐺 𝑆 𝐺 𝑉𝐺 𝑉𝐺 𝑉𝐺 𝑉𝐺 𝑉𝐺 𝐺 𝐴 𝐺 𝑉𝐺 𝐺 𝐴 𝐺 𝑆 𝐺 𝐺 𝐺 𝑆 𝐺 𝑉𝐺 𝐺 ] (23) 𝑅𝐿2𝑇 2.2 = 𝐷1 𝐷2 𝐷3 𝐷4 𝐿1 𝐿2 𝐿3 𝐿4 𝐿5 𝐿6 𝐿7 𝐿8 𝐿9 𝐿10 𝐿11 𝐿12 𝐿13 𝐿14 𝐿15 𝐿16 𝐿17 𝐿18 𝐿19 𝐿20 [ (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐸, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐸, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐴, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝑆, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐴, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐸, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐸, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐸, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝑆, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐴, 0) (𝐴, 0) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑆, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝑆, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐸, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝑆, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐴, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐴, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝑆, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝑆, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐺, 0) ] (24) • unification of all assessment data: llo-2 has two numerical assessment data from indicators 2.1, and 2.3, and one linguistic assessment data from indicator 2.2. the variety of assessment data with a combination of numerical and linguistic in this study is different from previous studies, such as wardoyo & yuniarti (2020) [9] and sudaryono et al. (2020) [36], which only used numerical data, and azimjonov (2016) [8], which only used linguistic data. unification of assessment data in numerical and linguistic form is carried out in the following steps: o preferences by teachers are presented in a decision matrix 𝑅𝐵 = (𝑟𝑖𝑗)𝑚ℎ where 𝑟𝑖𝑗 ∈ [0,1] for numeric data, 𝑟𝑖𝑗 ∈ 𝑆𝑖 = [𝑠0, 𝑠1, ⋯ , 𝑠𝑛] for linguistic data, and 𝐵 = {𝐵2} is the number of llos. equation 26 presents learner ability level data using table 13. for example, the ability level data for 𝐿1 is 100 for the assessment of knowledge elements obtained from quizzes (2.1), 100 for the assessment of attitude elements obtained from calculating late submission of quizzes and assignments (2.3), and (𝑉𝐺, −0.25) for the assessment of skills elements obtained from e-rubric (2.2), which processing using 2-tuple fuzzy linguistic, as presented equations 23 to 25. meanwhile, for 𝐿12, the ability level data for the elements of knowledge, skills, and attitude elements are 0, (𝑉𝐼, 0) and 0, respectively. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 589 𝑅𝐿2𝑇 2.2 = 𝐿1 𝐿2 𝐿3 𝐿4 𝐿5 𝐿6 𝐿7 𝐿8 𝐿9 𝐿10 𝐿11 𝐿12 𝐿13 𝐿14 𝐿15 𝐿16 𝐿17 𝐿18 𝐿19 𝐿20 [ (𝑉𝐺,−0.25) (𝑉𝐺,−0.25) (𝐺, −0.25) (𝐺, −0.25) (𝐸, −0.5) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺,−0.25) (𝐺, −0.25) (𝑆, 0) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝐺, −0.5) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑉𝐺,−0.5) (𝑉𝐺, 0.25) (𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐺, −0.25) (𝐺, −0.25) (𝐺, −0.25) (𝐺, 0) ] (25) 𝑅2 = 2.1 2.2 2.3 𝐿1 𝐿2 𝐿3 𝐿4 𝐿5 𝐿6 𝐿7 𝐿8 𝐿9 𝐿10 𝐿11 𝐿12 𝐿13 𝐿14 𝐿15 𝐿16 𝐿17 𝐿18 𝐿19 𝐿20 [ 100 (𝑉𝐺,−0.25) 100 95 (𝑉𝐺,−0.25) 100 100 (𝐺,−0.25) 100 100 (𝐺,−0.25) 100 100 (𝐸,−0.5) 100 100 (𝑉𝐺, 0) 100 75 (𝑉𝐺,−0.25) 100 60 (𝐺,−0.25) 100 100 (𝑆, 0) 75 35 (𝑉𝐼, 0) 100 100 (𝐺,−0.5) 60 0 (𝑉𝐼, 0) 0 0 (𝑉𝐺,−0.5) 0 100 (𝑉𝐺, 0.25) 100 100 (𝐺, 0) 100 100 (𝑉𝐺, 0) 100 100 (𝐺,−0.25) 100 100 (𝐺,−0.25) 100 100 (𝐺,−0.25) 100 73 (𝐺, 0) 100] (26) o preprocessing is done by changing the score [0,100] to. [0,1]. for example, for 𝐿1, the numerical value 100 in elements (2.1) and (2.3) is converted to 1.0. meanwhile, the numerical value 0 in elements (2.1) and (2.3) is converted to 0 for 𝐿12. o numerical data is transformed to 2-tuple linguistic using equations 14 to 17) with the result equation 28. for example, the numerical value 1.0 in elements (2.1) for 𝐿1 is equal to (𝑂𝑆, 0), the numerical value 0.75 in elements (2.1) for 𝐿7 is equal to (𝑉𝐺, 0), and the numerical value 0.0 in elements (2.1) for 𝐿12 is equal to (𝑉𝐼, 0). o from (28), aggregation is implemented to determine the level of the learner’s ability. this aggregation considers the weight of each assessment technique based on teacher preferences 𝑊 = {0.35, 0.5, 0.15} where 0.35 is the weight for the knowledge assessment with a quiz, 0.5 for the skills assessment with e-rubric, and 0.15 for the attitude assessment. then, the 2-tuple linguistic value of all indicators is aggregated using equation 21. equation (29) is an example of calculating ability level, which is accompanied by a 𝑊 weight in a 2-tuple linguistic value for 𝐿1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 590 𝑅2 = 2.1 2.2 2.3 𝐿1 𝐿2 𝐿3 𝐿4 𝐿5 𝐿6 𝐿7 𝐿8 𝐿9 𝐿10 𝐿11 𝐿12 𝐿13 𝐿14 𝐿15 𝐿16 𝐿17 𝐿18 𝐿19 𝐿20 [ 1.0 (𝑉𝐺,−0.25) 1.0 0.95 (𝑉𝐺,−0.25) 1.0 1.0 (𝐺, −0.25) 1.0 1.0 (𝐺, −0.25) 1.0 1.0 (𝐸, −0.5) 1.0 1.0 (𝑉𝐺, 0) 1.0 0.75 (𝑉𝐺,−0.25) 1.0 0.6 (𝐺, −0.25) 1.0 1.0 (𝑆, 0) 0.75 0.35 (𝑉𝐼, 0) 1.0 1.0 (𝐺, −0.5) 0.6 0 (𝑉𝐼, 0) 0 0 (𝑉𝐺,−0.5) 0 1.0 (𝑉𝐺, 0.25) 1.0 1.0 (𝐺, 0) 1.0 1.0 (𝑉𝐺, 0) 1.0 1.0 (𝐺, −0.25) 1.0 1.0 (𝐺, −0.25) 1.0 1.0 (𝐺, −0.25) 1.0 0.73 (𝐺, 0) 1.0 ] (27) r𝐿2𝑇 2 = 2.1 2.2 2.3 𝐿1 𝐿2 𝐿3 𝐿4 𝐿5 𝐿6 𝐿7 𝐿8 𝐿9 𝐿10 𝐿11 𝐿12 𝐿13 𝐿14 𝐿15 𝐿16 𝐿17 𝐿18 𝐿19 𝐿20 [ (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑉𝐺,−0.25) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑂𝑆, −0.25) (𝑉𝐺,−0.25) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝐺, −0.25) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝐺, −0.25) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝐸, −0.5) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝑉𝐺,−0.25) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝐴, 0) (𝐺, −0.25) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑆, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝐼, −0.3) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝐺, −0.5) (𝐴, 0) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑉𝐺,−0.5) (𝑉𝐼, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0.25) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝐺, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑉𝐺, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝐺, −0.25) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝐺, −0.25) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝐺, −0.25) (𝑂𝑆, 0) (𝑉𝐺,− 0.4) (𝐺, 0) (𝑂𝑆, 0)] (28) �̅�𝑤 = ( 0.35 × 8.0 + 0.5 × 5.75 + 0.15 × 8.0 0.35 + 0.5 + 0.15 ) = 6.9 = (𝐸,−0.1) (29) finally, table 15 shows each learner’s ability more specifically in the 2-tuple linguistic. for example, 𝐿1 and 𝐿5 have excellent abilities with different 𝛼, where 𝐿1 with (𝐸, −0.1) while 𝐿5 with (𝐸, 0.3). it means that for 𝐿1, 10% of the ability is still needed to achieve excellent, with 𝐿5 has excellent ability with 30% potential, and 70% is required to achieve the above ability (out standing, 𝑂𝑆). the assessment results differ from previous studies [8, 9], where the ability level is presented only in linguistic terms, such as failed, weak, normal, etc. this assessment model can present the level of learner ability for each llo, and the accumulation of all llos as the ability level of the course. based on the learning design in table 3, this course has 6 llos. table 15 presents the ability level for llo 2. all ability levels of 𝐿1 are presented in table 16. for example, 𝐿1 has the ability level (𝐸, 0.1) for llo 1, (𝐸, −0.1) for llo 2, (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) for llo 3, (𝑉𝐺, 0.2) for llo 4, (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) for llo 5, and (𝐸, −0.4) for llo 6. the ability levels llo 1 to llo 6 are unified using (19)-(21) to obtain the ability lever for this course, as presented in table 17. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 591 table 15. ability level results in 2-tuple linguistics learner ability level description 𝐿1 (𝐸,−0.1) excellent, although it still takes 10% to reach that ability 𝐿2 (𝐸,−0.2) excellent, although it still takes 20% to reach that ability 𝐿3 (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) very good, there is 40% potential, and 60% mastery is required to achieve the above ability (excellent, e) 𝐿4 (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) very good, there is 40% potential, and 60% mastery is required to achieve the above ability (excellent, e) 𝐿5 (𝐸, 0.3) excellent, there is 30% potential, and 70% mastery is required to achieve the above ability (out standing, os) 𝐿6 (𝐸, 0.0) excellent, 100% is at this level of ability 𝐿7 (𝑉𝐺, 0.2) very good, there is 20% potential, and 80% mastery is required to achieve the above ability (excellent, e) 𝐿8 (𝐺,−0.4) good, although it still takes 40% to reach that ability 𝐿9 (𝑉𝐺,−0.3) very good, although it still takes 30% to reach that ability 𝐿10 (𝐼, 0.4) insufficient, there is 40% potential, and 60% mastery is required to achieve the above ability (partially acceptable, pa) 𝐿11 (𝑉𝐺,−0.5) very good, although it still takes 50% to reach this level of ability 𝐿12 (𝑉𝐼, 0.0) very insufficient, 100% is at this level of ability 𝐿13 (𝐴,−0.3) acceptable, although it still takes 30% to reach this level of ability 𝐿14 (𝐸, 0.1) excellent, there is 10% and required 90% to reach the above level of ability (out standing) 𝐿15 (𝐸,−0.5) excellent, although it still takes 50% to reach this level of ability 𝐿16 (𝐸, 0.0) excellent, 100% is at this level of ability 𝐿17 (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) very good, there is 40% and required 60% to reach the above level of ability (excellent) 𝐿18 (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) very good, there is 40% and required 60% to reach the above level of ability (excellent) 𝐿19 (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) very good, there is 40% and required 60% to reach the above level of ability (excellent) 𝐿20 (𝑉𝐺,−0.3) very good, although it still takes 30% to reach this level of ability table 16. ability level results for llo 1 to llo 6 in 2-tuple linguistics learner ability level (𝒔, 𝜶) 𝑳𝑳𝑶 𝟏 𝑳𝑳𝑶 𝟐 𝑳𝑳𝑶 𝟑 𝑳𝑳𝑶 𝟒 𝑳𝑳𝑶 𝟓 𝑳𝑳𝑶 𝟔 𝐿1 (𝐸, 0.1) (𝐸,−0.1) (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) (𝑉𝐺, 0.2) (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) (𝐸, −0.4) 𝐿2 (𝐸,−0.5) (𝐸,−0.2) (𝐸,−0.5) (𝐸,−0.5) (𝐸,−0.5) (𝑉𝐺, 0.2) 𝐿3 (𝐸,−0.5) (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) (𝑂𝑆, 0.0) (𝐸,−0.1) (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) 𝐿4 (𝐸,−0.1) (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) (𝑉𝐺,−0.1) (𝐸,−0.5) (𝑉𝐺,−0.4) (𝑉𝐺, 0.3) 𝐿5 (𝐺, 0.3) (𝐸, 0.3) (𝑉𝐺, 0.1) (𝐸,−0.4) (𝑉𝐺, 0.1) (𝐸, 0.0) 𝐿6 (𝐺, 0.4) (𝐸, 0.0) (𝑉𝐺, 0.1) (𝐸,−0.5) (𝑉𝐺, 0.1) (𝐸, −0.3) 𝐿7 (𝐸, 0.0) (𝑉𝐺, 0.2) (𝑉𝐺, 0.1) (𝐸,−0.5) (𝑉𝐺, 0.1) (𝐸, −0.4) 𝐿8 (𝐺, 0.3) (𝐺, −0.4) (𝑉𝐺,−0.2) (𝐸,−0.5) (𝑉𝐺, 0.1) (𝐸, 0.1) 𝐿9 (𝐺, 0.4) (𝑉𝐺,−0.3) (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) (𝑉𝐺, 0.3) (𝐺, 0.1) (𝐺, 0.3) 𝐿10 (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) (𝐼, 0.4) (𝑉𝐺, 0.3) (𝑉𝐺, 0.2) (𝐸,−0.1) (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) 𝐿11 (𝐸,−0.2) (𝑉𝐺,−0.5) (𝐴, −0.2) (𝑉𝐺, 0.2) (𝑉𝐺, 0.3) (𝐸, −0.4) 𝐿12 (𝐴, −0.4) (𝑉𝐼, 0.0) (𝐺, 0.3) (𝐼, 0.1) (𝑉𝐼, 0.0) (𝑉𝐼, 0.0) 𝐿13 (𝑉𝐺, 0.2) (𝐴, −0.3) (𝑆, 0.5) (𝐸,−0.5) (𝐺, −0.4) (𝐺, −0.4) 𝐿14 (𝐸,−0.4) (𝐸, 0.1) (𝐸,−0.1) (𝐸,−0.4) (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) (𝐸, −0.3) 𝐿15 (𝑉𝐺,−0.1) (𝐸,−0.5) (𝑆, −0.5) (𝐸,−0.5) (𝑉𝐺, 0.1) (𝐸, −0.4) 𝐿16 (𝐺, 0.3) (𝐸, 0.0) (𝑉𝐺,−0.1) (𝑉𝐺, 0.2) (𝑉𝐺, 0.1) (𝐸, −0.4) 𝐿17 (𝐺, 0.1) (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) (𝑉𝐺,−0.4) (𝐸,−0.5) (𝑉𝐺,−0.3) (𝑉𝐺, 0.0) 𝐿18 (𝑉𝐺, 0.3) (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) (𝑉𝐺, 0.1) (𝐸, 0.3) (𝑆, 0.3) (𝑉𝐺,−0.2) 𝐿19 (𝐸,−0.1) (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) (𝑉𝐺,−0.2) (𝑉𝐺, 0.2) (𝑉𝐺, 0.2) (𝑉𝐺, 0.3) 𝐿20 (𝐸,−0.2) (𝑉𝐺,−0.3) (𝑉𝐺,−0.1) (𝑉𝐺, 0.2) (𝑉𝐺,−0.2) (𝑉𝐺, 0.3) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 592 table 17. ability level results for 6 llos in 2-tuple linguistics learner ability level (𝒔, 𝜶) description 𝐿1 (𝐸, −0.4) excellent, although it still takes 40% to reach that ability 𝐿2 (𝐸, −0.5) excellent, although it still takes 50% to reach that ability 𝐿3 (𝐸, −0.2) excellent, although it still takes 20% to reach that ability 𝐿4 (𝑉𝐺, 0.3) very good, there is 30% potential, and 70% mastery is required to achieve the above ability (excellent, e) 𝐿5 (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) very good, there is 40% potential, and 60% mastery is required to achieve the above ability (excellent, e) 𝐿6 (𝑉𝐺, 0.3) very good, there is 30% potential, and 70% mastery is required to achieve the above ability (excellent, e) 𝐿7 (𝑉𝐺, 0.4) very good, there is 40% potential, and 60% mastery is required to achieve the above ability (excellent, e) 𝐿8 (𝑉𝐺,−0.2) very good, although it still takes 20% to reach that ability 𝐿9 (𝑉𝐺,−0.2) very good, although it still takes 20% to reach that ability 𝐿10 (𝐺, 0.4) good, there is 40% potential, and 60% mastery is required to achieve the above ability (very good, vg) 𝐿11 (𝑉𝐺,−0.5) very good, although it still takes 50% to reach that ability 𝐿12 (𝑃𝐴,−0.3) partially acceptable, although it still takes 30% to reach that ability 𝐿13 (𝐺, −0.2) good, although it still takes 20% to reach that ability 𝐿14 (𝐸, −0.3) excellent, although it still takes 30% to reach that ability 𝐿15 (𝑉𝐺,−0.2) very good, although it still takes 20% to reach that ability 𝐿16 (𝑉𝐺, 0.2) very good, there is 20% potential, and 80% mastery is required to achieve the above ability (excellent, e) 𝐿17 (𝑉𝐺,−0.1) very good, although it still takes 10% to reach that ability 𝐿18 (𝑉𝐺, 0.0) very good, 100% is at this level of ability 𝐿19 (𝑉𝐺, 0.3) very good, there is 30% potential, and 70% mastery is required to achieve the above ability (excellent, e) 𝐿20 (𝑉𝐺, 0.1) very good, there is 10% potential, and 90% mastery is required to achieve the above ability (excellent, e) 4.2.2. activity performance analysis in addition to ability level data, activity performance data is obtained in each llo stage, including five variables: frequency of attendance (𝑝1), duration of attendance (𝑝2), frequency of access to material (𝑝3), number of posts to the forum (𝑝4), and activity conformance (𝑝5). table 14 presents a dataset of activity performance values from 20 learners in llo 2. these performance values are obtained from the event log, which is processed using figure 3 stages. in table 14, the performance values of 𝑝1, 𝑝2, 𝑝3, and 𝑝4, are obtained by the code program in table 9. then, these performance values are processed into performance levels using equations 1 and 2 and performance standards table 8. changes in performance values 𝑝1, 𝑝2, 𝑝3, 𝑝4, and 𝑝5, into performance levels for learners 𝐿1 to 𝐿20 are presented in table 19. in table 14, the performance value of the variable 𝑝5 is obtained with the program code table 9. the fitness value indicates the conformance of the learner’s actual activity against the instructed activity design in the range [0,1]. this fitness value is obtained based on figure 3. the process of event logs data begins with extraction, then preprocessing and formatting. calculating the fitness value is carried out with an alignment-based algorithm, which begins with creating a process model from the activity design, as shown in figure 4, and the process model of the actual learner’s activities, as shown in figure 6 and figure 7. then, a reply trace of the activity between the two process models is carried out, as presented in figure 8 for 𝐿3, and figure 9 for 𝐿10. from the replies between these traces, the cost values, the sum of the event activities, and the shortest path through the petri net are obtained, and the fitness values are obtained using (11). the fitness measurement process uses the program code in table 9 using equation 12, as presented in table 18. for example, according to figure 8, 𝐿3 has a cost value 3 and a bwc value 17. the fitness value calculated by equation 12 is 0.824. table 14 shows that each learner has five activity performance variables, namely frequency of attendance (𝑝1), duration of attendance (𝑝2), frequency of access material (𝑝3), number of posts to forum (𝑝4), and activity conformance (𝑝5). the 𝑝5 value in table 14 is obtained from the cost and bwc from event logs, which are calculated using equation 12, as presented in table 18. for example, for 𝐿1, the fitness value of 0.667 is obtained from a cost value of 5 and bwc 15. the analysis of activity performance in this model presents results in the form of performance levels from the five activity performance variables for each learner. therefore, the activity performance data in table 14 is then converted into performance levels based on the performance standards provisions of table 8. for example, for 𝐿1, with a value of 𝑝1is 18, 𝑝2 is 869, 𝑝3 is 1, 𝑝4 is 1, and 𝑝5 is 0.667, the levels for the five activity performance variables are high, high, low, medium, and medium, as presented in table 19. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 593 figure 6. process models 𝑳𝟑 with fitness values 0.824. figure 7. process models 𝑳𝟏𝟎 with fitness values 0.462 figure 8. mapping alignment 𝑳𝟑 figure 9. mapping alignment 𝑳𝟏𝟎 table 18. fitness value for activity conformance learner cost bwc fitness value 𝐿1 5 15 0.667 𝐿2 6 14 0.571 𝐿3 3 17 0.824 𝐿4 4 18 0.778 𝐿5 3 17 0.824 𝐿6 3 17 0.824 𝐿7 7 13 0.462 𝐿8 7 19 0.632 𝐿9 6 14 0.571 𝐿10 7 13 0.462 𝐿11 6 16 0.625 𝐿12 0 0 0.000 𝐿13 6 14 0.571 𝐿14 5 15 0.667 𝐿15 6 16 0.625 𝐿16 6 14 0.571 𝐿17 6 14 0.571 𝐿18 4 16 0.750 𝐿19 5 15 0.667 𝐿20 6 16 0.625 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 594 table 19. data variable activities performance learner 𝒑𝟏 𝒑𝟐 𝒑𝟑 𝒑𝟒 𝒑𝟓 𝐿1 high high low medium medium 𝐿2 high high medium low medium 𝐿3 low medium low low high 𝐿4 low medium low low high 𝐿5 high high high medium high 𝐿6 high low medium low high 𝐿7 medium low low low medium 𝐿8 high high low low medium 𝐿9 high high medium low medium 𝐿10 medium high low low medium 𝐿11 medium high low low medium 𝐿12 low low low low low 𝐿13 medium high low low medium 𝐿14 low low low low medium 𝐿15 medium high medium low medium 𝐿16 medium medium low low medium 𝐿17 low low low low medium 𝐿18 medium medium low low high 𝐿19 low high low low medium 𝐿20 medium high low low medium 4.2.3. recommendation based on table 12 and table 15, the recommendations given are in the form of recommendations for llo stages and activity performance directives. table 20 presents examples of recommendations for 𝐿1 and 𝐿10. from table 15, the 𝐿1 ability level is (e, -0.1). because the value 𝑠 is e, 𝐿1 is succeed and can proceed to llo 3. table 20. recommendation to the learner learner llo stages activity performance directions 𝐿1 succeed. continue to llo 3 • high frequency of attendance. keep it up! • high duration of attendance. keep it up! • low material access. open and read the material provided so you can understand the material presented! • participation in forums is medium. increase involvement in forums! • compatibility of activities with teacher instruction is medium. improve obedience to the teacher’s guides for even better learning outcomes! 𝐿10 failed. you must repeat llo 2 • medium attendance. increase attendance so that learning outcomes are better. • high duration of attendance. keep it up! • low material access. open and read the material provided so you can understand the material presented! • participation in forums is low. join the discussion and share your opinion! • the compatibility of activities with teacher instruction is medium. improve adherence to instructions for even better learning outcomes! meanwhile, the 𝐿10 ability level is (i, 0.1). because the value 𝑠 is i, 𝐿10 failed and must improve the llo 2 attainment. apart from recommendations related to llo, both 𝐿1 and 𝐿10 receive directions for improvements to enhance future performance. the recommendation is different from previous studies [6, 48, 49], which focused on recommendations related to material learning 4.3. discussion in this study, e-learning is constructed with obe as a pedagogical-based methodology. the course learning design in table 3 presents a way for obe to maintain alignment of learning outcomes, processes, and assessments [10]. the learning design table explains that this course has several llos, with 3 llos as examples. each llo is associated with hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 595 one or more clos, has indicators to measure its attainment, and has a duration of time. the learning activities column explains that llo is implemented through a process in the form of a complete and structured series of learning activities [2, 39], as presented in table 4. this entire series of activities includes presenting video materials and pdf documents, discussions, and assignments. this variety of activities aims to encourage learner involvement in e-learning. in addition to being complete, the series of activities are arranged in a structured and sequential manner to guide learners to attain learning outcomes. the attainment of llo is measured through several techniques and integrative assessment instruments [2]. from this description, the learning design shown in this study differs from the implementation of obe in e-learning by pusparini (2020) [39], which did not formulate the alignment of learning outcomes, processes, and assessments. the learning design of this model is presented in the lms e-learning as in figures 10 and 11. figure 10. view of clos and llos on the instructor dashboard figure 11. view of learning design on the instructor dashboard hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 596 in online learning situations, the presence and involvement of learners affect performance and learning outcomes [1]. this study formulates five activity performance variables that are relevant to support the assessment, namely frequency of attendance (𝑝1), duration of attendance (𝑝2), frequency of access material (𝑝3), number of posts to forum (𝑝4), and activity conformance (𝑝5), such as presented in table 5. the performance dataset was obtained from the event logs, analyzed based on figure 3, and the program code table 9. the results of calculating the five activity performance variables are numerical values, as presented in table 14. calculating the value of fitness activity conformance (𝑝5) is done by alignment based on the code program table 9. based on the alignment-based analysis, each learner has several traces from each login-logout session. a process model is created with petri net at each trace, as shown in figure 6 and figure 7. this process model is compared with the activity design process model, as shown in figure 4, using equation 11. each learner will have several fitness values according to the number of traces. the highest fitness value is taken from a number of these, representing the conformance of the learner’s best activity against the activity design provided by the teacher, as presented in table 18. the activity design provided by the teacher becomes a reference for activities so that students are guided in achieving learning outcomes. it differs from the previous study [22], which used the best learner activities as a reference. the numerical activity performance values in table 14 are further processed with equations 1 and 2, the performance standards in table 8, and assigned as performance levels in high, medium, or low, as presented in table 19 and figure 12. figure 12. view activity performance data and the level of performance on the instructor dashboard the dataset from the event logs is not only used for activity performance analysis. the event logs data also analyze disciplinary attitudes by calculating the lateness in submitting assignments. calculations are performed based on activity and timestamp attributes. the lateness is converted into a disciplinary attitude value using table 10. for example, if a learner is late in submitting a quiz and assignment in the 1 − 6 hours range, then the value of the attitude of discipline is 75. the value of this attitude of discipline becomes part of the dataset for determining the ability level. the ability level represents the result of a comprehensive assessment, including elements of knowledge, skills, and attitudes, as formulated in clo table i. therefore, various instruments are used in this assessment, namely quizzes, erubrics, and log recordings. this study adds an e-rubric to the lms to overcome the limitations of e-learning in providing assessment instruments as needed [14]. the addition of e-rubric in this lms is in line with obe which recommends utilizing rubrics in a comprehensive assessment framework [2]. the quiz instrument offers an element of knowledge assessment data in numerical form. e-rubric provides an element of skill assessment data in linguistic form. it differs from previous studies [28, 30], which provided assessment data in numerical form. the existence of dimensions in e-rubric, as presented in figure 2, facilitates the assessment of complex and detailed skill elements. in addition, the e-rubric can accommodate assessment data in linguistics. this ability is added value because, according to ho et al. (2020) [32], compared to the numerical, description of skill dimension in linguistics, it enables learners to understand their current conditions, and what attainment should be expected. unfortunately, the variety of numerical and linguistic assessment data causes problems in the merging process [33, 34]. this study proposes using the 2-tuple fuzzy linguistic method to overcome the problem of merging. this method can avoid the loss of important information in the assessment caused by various forms of data [11]. the 2-tuple fuzzy linguistic in this assessment system is carried out in two stages. first, aggregate linguistic values from the four e-rubric dimensions, as presented in (23)-(25). second, the unification of the three data assessments, namely the quiz scores in numeric [0-100], the results of aggregating the e-rubric dimensions in (𝑠, 𝛼), and the discipline value from logs recording in numeric [0100]. this unification produces a level of ability in the form (𝑠, 𝛼), as presented in table 15. the form (𝑠, 𝛼) can differentiate the level of the learner’s ability more specifically, where 𝑠 indicates the level of ability attained by the learner hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 597 in linguistics, while 𝛼 is a numerical value that distinguishes the ability of the learner from other learners in the same linguistic and indicates the potential to achieve higher learning outcomes. for example, in table 15, the ability level of 𝐿1 is (𝐸, −0.1) and 𝐿5 is (𝐸, 0.3). even though 𝐿1 and 𝐿5 have the same ability level. they can be explicitly distinguished because they have different 𝛼 values. the various assessment data and ability levels in a 2-tuple linguistic form are presented in figure 13. in addition to unifying the e-rubric dimension and the variety of assessment results per llo, the 2tuple fuzzy linguistic method can aggregate the ability levels of all llos in this course, from llo 1 to llo 6 using (19)(21). the aggregation result will be the learner’s ability level in the course, as presented in table 17 and figure 14. presenting the assessment results on each learning stage was not carried out by andayani (2017) [11], while aggregation of all stages was not presented by umer et al. (2017) [22]. figure 13. learner ability level for llo 2 figure 14. recapitulation of learning outcomes for all llos the assessment process for each llo produces the level of ability and performance of the learner’s activities. equation 22 will process the 𝑠 values of the ability level and performance levels into recommendations. the value of 𝑠 will determine whether the learner succeed or failed in llo. the level of performance in each variable will determine the performance direction given, as presented in table 19. for example, according to table15, 𝐿1 with the ability level (𝐸, −0.1) is declared succeed. based on the performance level of table 19, 𝐿1 has a performance level of high for attendance frequency (𝑝1), high for duration attendance (𝑝2), low for frequency of material access (𝑝3), medium for number of posts to forum (𝑝4), and medium for activity conformance (𝑝5), then 𝐿1 gets directions as presented in tables 19 and 20. because the attendance frequency is high, learners are advised to keep this performance. for attendance duration is high, learners are directed to keep this duration. if the frequency of material access is low, learners are required to open and read materials, both videos and pdf documents, to understand the material delivered. for the medium number of posts to the forum, learners are directed to increase participation in the discussion. finally, for medium-activity conformance, learners are directed to improve obedience to the teacher’s guides for even better learning outcomes. recommendations regarding success or failure for each llo and activity performance directions are presented on the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 598 learner dashboard, as shown in figures 15 and 16. the information on succeed is presented in a green box, while the failed information is in a red box. activity performance directions are presented in gray boxes. figure 15. ability level and recommendation for succeed learners on the learner dashboard figure 16. ability level and recommendation for failed learners on the learner dashboard this assessment model generally differs from previous research assessment models [39]. even though previous research has implemented obe, pusparini (2020) [39] did not add an e-rubric to meet the needs of assessing complex and detailed aspects. it did not manage various combined numerical and linguistic assessment data and does not utilize 2-tuple fuzzy linguistics as a model for representing assessment results. there are several differences between using the 2-tuple fuzzy linguistic representation model in this research and andayani (2017) [11]. first, the cardinality of the linguistic terms used where andayani (2017) [11] uses seven cardinalities while this model uses nine cardinalities. the second difference lies in determining triangular fuzzy notation (tfn) semantics, andayani (2017) [11] uses a symmetric approach with a mean value of 0.5. in contrast, the tfn semantics in this assessment model uses an asymmetric approach, as explained in previous studies [33, 34]. this model also accommodates the actual conditions of the value interval provisions that apply to universities that are the object of research. the 2-tuple fuzzy linguistic representation model presents the ability level in a 2-tuple form. it differs from previous research, where the ability level was only in linguistic terms [8, 9]. the final value in 2-tuple form (𝑠, 𝛼) is more meaningful. learning experiences in the form of learning activities are stored naturally in the e-learning lms. this record shows the performance of learner activities that can be analyzed. this research examines this performance based on the object's frequency, time (timestamp), and sequence of activities. the analysis is formulated in five relevant performance variables, namely frequency of attendance (𝑝1), duration of attendance (𝑝2), frequency of accessing material (𝑝3), number of opinions in the forum (𝑝4), and conformity of learner activities with normative activity design (𝑝5). the recommendations for learning stages and activity performance directions in this model are different from previous research [6, 48, 49], which focused on recommendations related to learning materials and learning paths. this model provides recommendations for learning stages and directions for activity performance. 4.4. model performance measurement model performance measurements are carried out to ensure the quality of this assessment model. performance measurement uses standard error of measurement (sem) and a model acceptance questionnaire by users. sem is used to compare assessment scores without 2-tuple fuzzy linguistics and scores using 2-tuple fuzzy linguistics. table 21 presents sem results for assessments using and not using 2-tuple fuzzy linguistics. table 21 presents the sem results for each llo and all llos (clo). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 599 table 21. performance comparison learning outcome standard error of measurement without 2-tuple fuzzy linguistic with 2-tuple fuzzy linguistic 𝐿𝐿𝑂1 4.372 5.778 𝐿𝐿𝑂2 3.481 4.383 𝐿𝐿𝑂3 5.183 5.157 𝐿𝐿𝑂4 3.404 3.352 𝐿𝐿𝑂5 4.318 4.483 𝐿𝐿𝑂6 3.104 2.820 𝐶𝐿𝑂 3.853 3.385 based on table 21, it is known that the standard error value, as an indication of the distribution of measurement error to estimate the actual and obtained student scores, for assessments using the 2-tuple fuzzy linguistics representation model is 3.385. this value is smaller than the standard error value for assessments without a 2-tuple fuzzy linguistics representation model of 3.853. the smaller the error, the better the assessment. apart from sem, performance measurement is also carried out using a questionnaire that was developed independently and validated by experts to find out several important parts that can improve the e-learning assessment model. the selected individuals or respondents were 5 teaching lecturers and group lecturers. furthermore, the questionnaire results show that user acceptance of the model was 3.617 or 90.43%, meaning it was very well received. 5. conclusions in the context of implementing online learning properly and relevant to the needs of the current learning paradigms, this study proposed a learner assessment system in e-learning with the following capabilities: • e-learning is constructed with obe. the learning design describes how obe is formulated to maintain alignment between learning outcomes (clos, llos, and llo indicators), process, and assessment. • this assessment system utilizes event logs to analyze learner activity performance and realize comprehensive assessment needs. through this performance analysis, learners’ disciplinary attitudes represent attitude assessment elements. apart from discipline, this analysis can also explore five performance activity variables as input in providing recommendations: frequency of attendance, duration of attendance, frequency of access material, number of posts to the forum, and activity conformance. • this assessment system can unify numerical and linguistic assessment data from various assessment instruments, including e-rubric added to lms e-learning, and present the unification results as ability levels in the form of 2-tuple (𝑠, 𝛼) to realize comprehensive assessment needs. • using a rule base, this assessment system processes the ability levels and activity performance into recommendations regarding llo attainment and performance directions. academic stakeholders are expected to utilize reports on learning outcomes from this system according to their respective needs. this assessment system can be applied to universities and online learning providers as a form of progress in elearning and to adequately meet the needs of online learning. the system is limited to two conditions. first, in determining the succeed or failed status of an llo stage, the minimum requirement for the ability level to have succeed status is the linguistic term acceptable or a numerical value of 3. a learner with a numerical value below 3, for example, 2.88, will have succeed status because rounding up the numerical value is 3 in the form of 2-tuple (𝐴, −0.12), which is acceptable, although it still takes 12% to reach that ability. second, the weight of the assessment items affects the ability level calculation results. for example, in 𝐿10, even though the learner takes the quiz and submits the assignment, the status will be failed if both scores are bad. meanwhile, learners who do not take the quiz but have a high assignment score will be successful, for example, in 𝐿13. this assessment model can be used in future studies and various other courses. the assessment technique and instruments in each llo can be more varied to aggregate more assessment items with 2-tuple fuzzy linguistics. e-rubric can also be used to accommodate numerical assessment data. the use of a decision support system to calculate the weight of assessment items can be considered with the aim of weighting assessment items more objectively so that the assessment results are fairer. in terms of event logs, event logs analysis can be expanded to different perspectives or other process mining techniques, such as enhancement, while still being based on the science of assessment in education as the foundation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 600 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, w.d.y. and s.h.; methodology, w.d.y., s.h., s.p., and h.d.s.; software, w.d.y., s.p., and h.d.s.; validation, w.d.y. and h.d.s.; formal analysis, s.h. and s.p.; resources, w.d.y. and s.h.; data curation, w.d.y. and s.p.; writing—original draft preparation, w.d.y. and s.h.; writing—review and editing, w.d.y., s.h., s.p., and h.d.s.; supervision, s.h., s.p., and h.d.s.; funding acquisition, s.h. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding this work was supported by the research directorate of universitas gadjah mada, yogyakarta, indonesia, in the rta program universitas gadjah mada with grant number 5075/un1.p.ii/dit-lit/pt.01.01/2023. 6.4. acknowledgements the authors would like to thank the universitas islam negeri walisongo semarang for providing data for this study. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement written informed consent from the participants was not required to participate in this study in accordance with the national legislation and the institutional requirements. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] dwi yuniarti, w., winarko, e., & musdholifah, a. (2020). data mining for student assessment in e-leaming: a survey. 2020 5th international conference on informatics and computing, icic 2020, 348–354. doi:10.1109/icic50835.2020.9288533. [2] kemendikbud, d. j. p. t. (2020). guidelines for compiling the higher education curriculum in the industrial era 4.0 to support the independent campus learning program. the directorate general of higher education, ministry of education and culture republik of indonesia, jakarta, indonesia. [3] salybekova, n., abdimalik, s., issayev, g., khalikova, g., berdenkulova, a., & bakirova, k. (2023). e-learning adoption: designing a network-based educational and methodological course on “humans and their health.” emerging science journal, 7(6), 2097–2119. doi:10.28991/esj-2023-07-06-014. [4] cerezo, r., bogarín, a., esteban, m., & romero, c. (2020). process mining for self-regulated learning assessment in e-learning. journal of computing in higher education, 32(1), 74–88. doi:10.1007/s12528-019-09225-y. [5] bezhovski, z., & poorani, s. (2016). the evolution of e-learning and new trends. information and knowledge management, 6(3), 50–57. [6] budiyanto, u., hartati, s., & azhari. (2018). e-learning model according to the learning style and ability level of students. universitas gadjah mada, yogyakarta, indonesia. [7] bryson, c., & hand, l. (2007). the role of engagement in inspiring teaching and learning. innovations in education and teaching international, 44(4), 349-362. doi:10.1080/14703290701602748. [8] azimjonov, j. (2016). evaluation of distance learning students performance using fuzzy logic. journal of management information systems, 1(october), 87–97. [9] wardoyo, r., & yuniarti, w. d. (2020). analysis of fuzzy logic modification for student assessment in e-learning. international journal on informatics for development, 9(1), 29. doi:10.14421/ijid.2020.09105. [10] qadir, j., shafi, a., al-fuqaha, a., taha, a. e. m., yau, k. l. a., ponciano, j., hussain, s., ali imran, m., muhammad, s. s., rais, r. n. bin, rashid, m., & tan, b. l. (2020). outcome-based (engineering) education (obe): international accreditation practices. asee annual conference and exposition, conference proceedings, 2020-june, 28865. doi:10.18260/1-2--35020. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 601 [11] andayani, s. (2017). alidt model for a decision support system based on fuzzy multiple criteria decision making in determining student learning outcomes profiles. ph.d. dissertation, department computer and electronics, universitas gadjah mada, yogyakarta, indonesia. [12] agustianto, k., permanasari, a. e., kusumawardani, s. s., & hidayah, i. (2016). design adaptive learning system using metacognitive strategy path for learning in classroom and intelligent tutoring systems. aip conference proceedings, 1755, 70012. doi:10.1063/1.4958507. [13] saito, t., & watanobe, y. (2020). learning path recommendation system for programming education based on neural networks. international journal of distance education technologies, 18(1), 36–64. doi:10.4018/ijdet.2020010103. [14] lara, j. a., aljawarneh, s., & pamplona, s. (2020). special issue on the current trends in e-learning assessment. journal of computing in higher education, 32(1), 1–8. doi:10.1007/s12528-019-09235-w. [15] jacob, d., & henriques, r. (2023). educational data mining to predict bachelors students’ success. emerging science journal, 7(special issue 2), 159–171. doi:10.28991/esj-2023-sied2-013. [16] cerezo, r., esteban, m., sánchez-santillán, m., & núñez, j. c. (2017). procrastinating behavior in computer-based learning environments to predict performance: a case study in moodle. frontiers in psychology, 8, 1403. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2017.01403. [17] opre, d., șerban, c., veșcan, a., & iucu, r. (2024). supporting students’ active learning with a computer based tool. active learning in higher education, 25(1), 135-150. doi:10.1177/14697874221100465. [18] al-shabandar, r., hussain, a. j., liatsis, p., & keight, r. (2019). detecting at-risk students with early interventions using machine learning techniques. ieee access, 7, 149464–149478. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2943351. [19] waheed, h., hassan, s. u., aljohani, n. r., hardman, j., alelyani, s., & nawaz, r. (2020). predicting academic performance of students from vle big data using deep learning models. computers in human behavior, 104. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2019.106189. [20] haiyang, l., wang, z., benachour, p., & tubman, p. (2018). a time series classification method for behaviour-based dropout prediction. proceedings ieee 18th international conference on advanced learning technologies, icalt 2018, 191–195. doi:10.1109/icalt.2018.00052. [21] hussain, m., zhu, w., zhang, w., & abidi, s. m. r. (2018). student engagement predictions in an e-learning system and their impact on student course assessment scores. computational intelligence and neuroscience, 6347186. doi:10.1155/2018/6347186. [22] umer, r., susnjak, t., mathrani, a., & suriadi, s. (2017). on predicting academic performance with process mining in learning analytics. journal of research in innovative teaching & learning, 10(2), 160–176. doi:10.1108/jrit-09-2017-0022. [23] okubo, f., shimada, a., yamashita, t., & ogata, h. (2017). a neural network approach for students’ performance prediction. acm international conference proceeding series, 598–599. doi:10.1145/3027385.3029479. [24] yang, f., & li, f. w. b. (2018). study on student performance estimation, student progress analysis, and student potential prediction based on data mining. computers and education, 123(october), 97–108. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2018.04.006. [25] azizah, e. n., pujianto, u., nugraha, e., & darusalam. (2018). comparative performance between c4.5 and naive bayes classifiers in predicting student academic performance in a virtual learning environment. 2018 4th international conference on education and technology, icet 2018, 1, 18–22. doi:10.1109/iceat.2018.8693928. [26] riz, g., santos, e. a. p., & de freitas rocha loures, e. (2017). interoperability assessment in health systems based on process mining and mcda methods. advances in intelligent systems and computing, 569, 436–445. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-565354_44. [27] van der aalst, w., adriansyah, a., & van dongen, b. (2012). replaying history on process models for conformance checking and performance analysis. wiley interdisciplinary reviews: data mining and knowledge discovery, 2(2), 182–192. doi:10.1002/widm.1045. [28] ana, a., yulia, c., jubaedah, y., muktiarni, m., dwiyanti, v., & maosul, a. (2020). assessment of student competence using electronic rubric. journal of engineering science and technology, 15(6), 3559–3570. [29] ibáñez, j. c., saiz, m. s. i., & gómez, g. r. (2014). a proposal for skill evaluation via complex tasks in virtual learning environments. acm international conference proceeding series, 429–433. doi:10.1145/2669711.2669935. [30] muktiarni. (2019). android-based e-rubric to measure food service competence in vocational education. m.s. thesis, master of vocational technology education, universitas pendidikan indonesia, bandung, indonesia. [31] brookhart, s. m. (2018). appropriate criteria: key to effective rubrics. frontiers in education, 3(april), 22. doi:10.3389/feduc.2018.00022. [32] ho, y. y., & lim, w. y. r. (2020). educating adult learners: bridging learners’ characteristics and the learning sciences. diversity and inclusion in global higher education: lessons from across asia, 97–115. doi:10.1007/978-981-15-1628-3_4. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 602 [33] herrera, f., & martinez, l. (2000). an approach for combining linguistic and numerical information based on the 2-tuple fuzzy linguistic representation model in decision-making. international journal of uncertainty, fuzziness and knowldege-based systems, 8(5), 539–562. doi:10.1142/s0218488500000381. [34] herrera, f., & martinez, l. (1996). brief papers. brain and cognition, 32(2), 273–344. doi:10.1006/brcg.1996.0066. [35] amelia, n., abdullah, a. g., & mulyadi, y. (2019). meta-analysis of student performance assessment using fuzzy logic. indonesian journal of science and technology, 4(1), 74–88. doi:10.17509/ijost.v4i1.15804. [36] sudaryono, rahardja, u., & masaeni. (2020). decision support system for ranking of students in learning management system (lms) activities using analytical hierarchy process (ahp) method. journal of physics: conference series, 1477(2), 1–7. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1477/2/022022. [37] hasibuan, m. s., abdul aziz, r. z., dewi, d. a., kurniawan, t. b., & syafira, n. a. (2023). recommendation model for learning material using the felder silverman learning style approach. hightech and innovation journal, 4(4), 811–820. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-010. [38] klifartha, n. (2008). redesign of the assessment module on the i-elisa e-learning system. universitas gadjah mada, yogyakarta, indonesia. [39] pusparini, m. d. (2020). outcome based education (obe) online learning with molta. refleksi pembelajaran inovatif, 2(2), 336–357. doi:10.20885/rpi.vol2.iss2.art5. [40] mahbubul syeed, m. m., shihavuddin, a. s. m., uddin, m. f., hasan, m., & khan, r. h. (2022). outcome based education (obe): defining the process and practice for engineering education. ieee access, 10(9), 119170–119192. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3219477. [41] yanes, n., mostafa, a. m., ezz, m., & almuayqil, s. n. (2020). a machine learning-based recommender system for improving students learning experiences. ieee access, 8(ii), 201218–201235. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3036336. [42] verma, s. k., thakur, r. s., & jaloree, s. (2017). fuzzy association rule mining-based model to predict students’ performance. international journal of electrical and computer engineering, 7(4), 2223–2231. doi:10.11591/ijece.v7i4.pp2223-2231. [43] casas-ramos, j., mucientes, m., & lama, m. (2024). reach: researching efficient alignment-based conformance checking. expert systems with applications, 241(january 2023), 122467. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2023.122467. [44] park, g., adams, j. n., & van der aalst, w. m. p. (2022). opera: object-centric performance analysis. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 13607 lncs, 281–292. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-17995-2_20. [45] jokonowo, b., siti fatonah, n., & akhir, e. a. p. (2021). conformance checking of dwelling time using a token-based method. journal of information systems engineering and business intelligence, 7(2), 129. doi:10.20473/jisebi.7.2.129-137. [46] fnukal, k. (2021). implementation of advanced process mining algorithms in .net. masaryk university, brno, czechia. [47] adeyemo, s. a. (2010). students’ ability level and their competence in problem-solving task in physics. international journal of educational research and technology, 1(december), 35–47. [48] herath, d., & jayarathne, l. (2018). an architecture for a personalized learning recommendation on knowledge levels of learner. international journal of scientific & engineering research, 9(6). 98-103. [49] wang, x., gulenman, t., pinkwart, n., de witt, c., gloerfeld, c., & wrede, s. (2020). automatic assessment of student homework and personalized recommendation. proceedings ieee 20th international conference on advanced learning technologies, icalt 2020, 150–154. doi:10.1109/icalt49669.2020.00051. [50] yuniarti, w. d., hartati, s., & priyanta, s. (2022). a preliminary learner assessment framework on e-learning. icic express letters, 16(7), 705–712. doi:10.24507/icicel.16.07.705. [51] yuniarti, w. d., hartati, s., priyanta, s., & surjono, h. d. (2023). data unification utilizing e-rubric for learner assessment on e-learning with obe approach. icic express letters, 17(8), 927–935. doi:10.24507/icicel.17.08.927. [52] goghari, v. m., & landrum, r. e. (2021). teaching psychology (editorial). canadian psychology, 62(4), 345–347. doi:10.1037/cap0000310. [53] widhiarso, w. (214). categorizing data using hyphothetical statistics and empirical statistics. faculty of psychology, universitas gajah mada, yogyakarta, indonesia. [54] yuniarti, w. d., hartati, s., priyanta, s., & surjono, h. d. (2022). utilization of linguistic data for learner assessment on elearning: instrument and processing. 2022 7th international conference on informatics and computing, icic 2022, 329–333. doi:10.1109/icic56845.2022.10006977. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 476 issn: 2723-9535 evaluation and analysis of regional agricultural eco-efficiency and agricultural economy by the dea model chen min 1* 1 suzhou polytechnic institute of agriculture, jiangsu, 215008, china. received 02 january 2025; revised 28 april 2025; accepted 05 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract objectives: this paper aims to assess the agricultural ecological and economic efficiency of the yangtze river economic belt by using the data envelopment analysis (dea) model to evaluate the regional agricultural level. methods: relevant data from 11 provinces and cities in the yangtze river economic belt from 2010 to 2020 was collected from statistical yearbooks. then, the agricultural eco-efficiency and economic efficiency were evaluated using the slack-based measure (sbm) model in the dea model. findings: the evaluation result of agricultural eco-efficiency was consistently higher than that of ecological efficiency. from a regional perspective, the eco-efficiency of the downstream area was higher than that of the middle and upper reaches. from the perspective of group division, only guizhou and chongqing had a high eco-efficiency. improvement: the findings suggest that the overall agricultural eco-efficiency in the yangtze river economic belt is low, and there is still a large space for development. it is necessary to further reduce agricultural carbon emissions and non-point source pollution and improve agriculture through technological innovation and other means. keywords: yangtze river economic belt; dea model; agricultural eco-efficiency; sbm model; agricultural economy. 1. introduction in recent years, due to the effects of climate warming [1], the vulnerability of agricultural development has increased. additionally, technological advances have led to the extensive use of pesticides and fertilizers, significantly harming the agricultural ecological environment [2]. with the ongoing promotion of green and sustainable agricultural growth, enhancing agricultural ecological efficiency and fostering economic development in agriculture have become major concerns [3]. agricultural ecological efficiency is a comprehensive measure of both environmental and economic performance [4], aiming to maximize expected output with minimal input while reducing environmental pollution as much as possible. the data envelopment analysis (dea) model is commonly used to measure production efficiency [5]. thanks to its broad applicability and simple principles, dea and its extended models are widely applied in various fields [6]. for example, du et al. [7] analyzed the ecological efficiency of 18 marine pastures in shandong province using the super-slack-based measure (sbm) model and reported an average value of 0.6. they found that certain marine pastures suffered from low resource allocation efficiency and inadequate technical support. similarly, gómez-calvet et al. [8] evaluated the environmental efficiency of electricity and heat generation in the european union using the sbm model, successfully assessing energy efficiency in the presence of undesirable outputs. in the agricultural sector, wu et al. [9] analyzed agricultural ecological efficiency from 1998 to 2018 using the super-sbm model, finding an average value of 0.665, which was generally low but exhibited a slow upward trend with fluctuations. * corresponding author: minc@szai.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-08  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0004-9373-1204 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 477 shuang et al. [10] examined the relationship between internet development levels and agricultural ecological efficiency using data from 2009 to 2013 across 13 major grain-producing regions in china. they discovered that average agricultural ecological efficiency rose from 0.45 in 2009 to 0.79 in 2018, indicating continuous improvement in coupling coordination. akbar et al. [11] analyzed panel data from 31 provinces and cities in china from 2007 to 2017, revealing that while overall agricultural ecological efficiency in china increased, it consistently remained higher in the eastern region compared to the central and western regions. qiao et al. [12] measured the agricultural system’s resilience and ecological efficiency across 31 provinces and cities in china from 2001 to 2021, finding that the relationship between agricultural resilience and ecological efficiency evolved from low-level positive synergy to high-level positive synergy. liu et al. [13] examined the relationship between agricultural ecological efficiency and poverty using data from the three gorges reservoir area between 2006 and 2017, concluding that improving regional agricultural ecological efficiency could accelerate poverty reduction. ji et al. [14] analyzed agricultural ecological efficiency in 136 developing countries and found that selecting appropriate marginal trade-offs would not compromise the relative efficiency of decision-making units below the efficient frontier. zhang et al. [15] studied the impact of digital inclusive finance on agricultural ecological efficiency and found that it significantly improves efficiency by enhancing the level of agricultural social services. the yangtze river economic belt is a critical region for agricultural production in china. evaluating its agricultural ecological and economic efficiency holds significant practical value. however, there are currently relatively few studies focusing on the entire yangtze river economic belt. therefore, this paper takes this region as the subject of research. the first section provides an overview of agriculture in the yangtze river economic belt. the second section analyzes methods for evaluating agricultural economic and ecological efficiency, introduces the sbm model within dea, defines input and output indicators, and establishes measurement models for agricultural ecological and economic efficiency. the third section presents and analyzes measurement results, discusses regional differences in agricultural ecology and economic efficiency within the yangtze river economic belt, and offers recommendations for agricultural development in the region. the final section concludes with a brief summary of the research findings. the overall workflow is illustrated in figure 1. an overview of agriculture in the yangtze river economic belt from 2010 to 2020 evaluation methods of agricultural economic and ecological efficiency dea model input and output indicator selection result analysis overall evaluation results of agricultural economic and ecological efficiency regional comparison of upper, middle and lower reaches sensitivity analysis analysis of current situation of agricultural development analysis of current problems figure 1. the workflow 2. overview of agriculture in the yangtze river economic belt the yangtze river economic belt is a prosperous inland economic belt [16], which is one of the regions with the strongest comprehensive strength in china [17], also a core economic area of china [18]. as shown in figure 2, according to the upper, middle, and lower reaches of the yangtze river, the regional provinces and cities are distributed as follows. upper reaches: yunnan, guizhou, sichuan, and chongqing; middle reaches: hubei, hunan, and jiangxi; lower reaches: jiangsu, zhejiang, shanghai, and anhui. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 478 figure 2. the map of the the yangtze river economic belt the topography of the yangtze river economic belt covers various types, such as plateaux and hills, and most of the regions are very suitable for agricultural development. with a high level of agricultural development in the region, it has always been an important agricultural production region in china [19]. the changes in water resources and the irrigated area of cultivated land in this region from 2010 to 2020 are presented in tables 1 and 2. table 1. changes in total amount of water resources from 2010 to 2020 (unit: hundred million cubic meters) year upper reaches middle reaches lower reaches yangtze river economic belt 2010 5,937.5 5,450.8 2,741.7 14,130 2011 4,858.6 2,922.3 1,860.2 9,641.1 2012 6,033.1 4,977.2 2,554.9 13,565.2 2013 5,410.7 3,796.1 1,828.5 11,035.3 2014 6,140 4,345.5 2,357 12,842.5 2015 5,702.3 4,936.1 2,967.4 13,605.8 2016 6,100.8 5,915.7 3,371.2 15,387.7 2017 6,377.3 4,816.3 2,107.1 13,300.7 2018 6,662 3,349 2,119.1 12,130.1 2019 5,897.8 4,763.6 2,141.4 12,802.8 2020 7,132 5,559.2 2,909 15,600.2 table 2. changes in irrigated area of cultivated land from 2010 to 2020 (unit: thousand hectares)1 year upper reaches middle reaches lower reaches yangtze river economic belt 2010 5,958.5 6,971.2 8,991.5 21,921.2 2011 6,129.1 7,085.8 9,022.0 22,236.9 2012 6,258.1 7,171.8 9,184.9 22,614.8 2013 5,878.9 7,871.3 9,684.3 23,434.5 2014 6,034.4 7,958.6 9,831.7 23,824.7 2015 6,245.4 8,040.1 9,973.2 24,258.7 2016 6,401.6 8,074.8 10,127.7 24,604.1 2017 6,532.9 8,104.5 10,271.5 24,908.9 2018 6,659.8 8,127.9 10,349.7 25,137.4 2019 6,728.3 8,181.2 10,382.5 25,292.0 2020 6,834.1 8,317.4 10,414.2 25,565.7 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 479 the development of agriculture cannot be separated from the utilization of water resources. table 1 shows that from 2010 to 2020, the total water resources of this region were gradually increasing. in terms of regional comparison, the amount of water resources in the upper reaches was always significantly higher than that in the middle and lower reaches. in 2020, the total amount of water resources in the upper reaches reached 713.2 billion cubic meters, that in the middle reaches reached 555.92 billion cubic meters, and that in the lower reaches only reached 290.9 billion cubic meters. this is because the upper reaches have a weak industrial base and focus on the development of the primary industry, while the middle and lower reaches have a high level of industrialization and focus on the development of the secondary and tertiary industries. the irrigated area of cultivated land can reflect the mechanization level of agriculture, i.e., infrastructure construction. as shown in table 2, the irrigated area of cultivated land in this region gradually increased from 21,921.2 thousand hectares in 2010 to 25,565.7 thousand hectares in 2020, suggesting the steady development of infrastructure construction. then, from the perspective of regional comparison, the irrigated area of cultivated land in the lower reaches was always at a high level, obviously higher than that in the upper and middle reaches, and the growth was also fast; the irrigated area of cultivated land in the upper reaches changed relatively little, from 5,958.5 thousand hectares in 2010 to 6,834.1,000 hectares in 2020, showing an increase of only 14.7%. table 3 shows the total agricultural output value of provinces and cities from 2010 to 2020. table 3. total agricultural output value of provinces and cities (unit: 100 million yuan)2 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 yunnan 915 1,109 1,374 1,607 1,765 1,795 1,889 1,983 2,235 2,680 2,902 guizhou 588 656 865 998 1,323 1,774 1,901 2,077 2,289 2,536 2,782 sichuan 2059 2454 2765 2886 3069 3316 3702 4004 4154 4,395 4,702 chongqing 600 717 801 856 906 963 1124 1166 1293 1,397 1,596 upper reaches 4,162 4,936 5,806 6,347 7,063 7,847 8,615 9,229 9,970 11,008 11,982 hubei 1,883 2,245 2,416 2,585 2,651 2,674 2,795 2,962 3,034 3,258 3,493 hunan 1,849 2,090 2,255 2,258 2,325 2,326 2,485 2,598 2,664 3,052 3,365 jiangxi 811 931 1,021 1,095 1,171 1,362 1,435 1,489 1,549 1,624 1,690 middle reaches 4,543 5,266 5,693 5,937 6,147 6,362 6,716 7,049 7,247 7,934 8,547 anhui 1,477 1,640 1,786 1,916 2,027 2,080 2,137 2,241 2,254 2,365 2,525 jiangsu 2,257 2,623 2,942 3,137 3,326 3,676 3,663 3,765 3,735 3,829 4,102 zhejiang 1,023 1,127 1,197 1,296 1,338 1,379 1,455 1,494 1,518 1,595 1,594 shanghai 160 170 177 178 175 168 147 146 150 146 138 lower reaches 4,917 5,560 6,102 6,527 6,866 7,302 7,402 7,647 7,657 7,935 8,360 total 13,622 15,761 17,601 18,811 20,076 21,511 22,733 23,926 24,874 26,877 28,889 from table 3, it can be found that from 2010 to 2020, the total agricultural output value of various provinces and cities showed a gradual upward trend, increasing from 1,362.2 billion yuan in 2010 to 2,888.9 billion yuan in 2020. from the perspective of inter-provincial differences, the total agricultural output value of jiangsu, sichuan, hubei, and hunan was high. from the perspective of regional differences, in 2010, the difference between the upper, middle, and lower reaches was small and then became larger, and the total agricultural output value of the upper reaches continued to increase, reaching 1,1982 billion yuan in 2020, while the gap between the middle reaches and the lower reaches was always small, reaching 854.7 billion yuan and 836 billion yuan respectively in 2020. the difference in industrial emphasis causes this difference. the existing problems of agricultural development in this region were analyzed. (1) uneven distribution of resources: from the perspective of water resources distribution, there is a big gap between the total amount of water resources in the middle and lower reaches and the upper reaches, which restricts agricultural development to a certain extent and is not conducive to improving overall efficiency. (2) unreasonable industrial structure: although the total output value of agriculture is growing, the growth rate has slowed down gradually in recent years, indicating that the primary industry is in a relatively passive position, which is not conducive to the development of the regional economy. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 480 (3) uncoordinated infrastructure construction: from the perspective of the irrigated area of cultivated land, there are obvious regional differences in infrastructure construction, and the gap between the upper reaches and the middle and lower reaches is large, indicating that the development imbalance between regions is relatively severe. 3. evaluation of agricultural economic and ecological efficiency 3.1. dea model as a method to measure production efficiency, the dea model only considers input-output efficiency instead of nonexpected output, resulting in certain bias in evaluation results [20]. the sbm model, which was designed on the basis of the dea model, can effectively take into account the redundancy of input factors [21] and includes the non-expected output, making the evaluation results more realistic. the evaluation of agricultural economic efficiency only involves expected outputs, but the evaluation of agricultural ecological efficiency also needs to consider undesired outputs. the indicator data required for calculation have different units. the sbm model can not only handle both expected and undesired outputs simultaneously but also effectively deal with the diversity of indicator units, providing a more comprehensive efficiency assessment. therefore, the sbm model is chosen as the evaluation method. for several decision-making units (dmu), input 𝑥, expected output 𝑦, and unexpected output 𝑏 are defined. the sbm model can be written as: 𝜌 = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 1 − 1 𝑁 ∑ 𝑠𝑛 𝑥 𝑥𝑘𝑛 𝑡 𝑁 𝑛=1 1 + 1 𝑀 + 𝐿 (∑ 𝑠𝑚 𝑦 𝑦𝑘𝑚 𝑦 𝑀 𝑚=1 + ∑ 𝑠𝑖 𝑏 𝑏𝑘𝑖 𝑡 𝐿 𝑖=1 ) (1) 𝑠. 𝑡. ∑ 𝑧𝑘 𝑡 𝐾 𝑘=1,𝑘≠𝑗 𝑥𝑘𝑛 𝑡 + 𝑠𝑛 𝑥 = 𝑥𝑘𝑛 𝑡 , 𝑛 = 1,2,⋯ ,𝑁 (2) ∑ 𝑧𝑘 𝑡 𝐾 𝑘=1,𝑘≠𝑗 𝑦𝑘𝑚 𝑦 − 𝑠𝑚 𝑦 = 𝑦𝑘𝑚 𝑦 , 𝑗 = 1,2,⋯ ,𝑀 (3) ∑ 𝑧𝑘 𝑡 𝐾 𝑘=1,𝑘≠𝑗 𝑏𝑘𝑖 𝑡 + 𝑠𝑖 𝑏 = 𝑏𝑘𝑖 𝑡 , 𝑖 = 1,2,⋯ , 𝐼 (4) 𝑧𝑘 𝑡 ≥ 0, 𝑠𝑛 𝑥 ≥ 0, 𝑠𝑚 𝑦 ≥ 0, 𝑠𝑖 𝑏 ≥ 0, 𝑘 = 1,2,⋯ , 𝐾 (5) where 𝑠 is the relaxation variable and (𝑥𝑘𝑛 𝑡 , 𝑦𝑘𝑚 𝑦 , 𝑏𝑘𝑖 𝑡 ) is the input-output variable of the 𝑘-th region in the 𝑡-th year. 3.2. indicator selection the selection of calculation indicators should take into account their availability and scientificity. with reference to the current research on agricultural ecological efficiency, the indicators shown in table 4 were selected. table 4. input and output indicators3 indicator explanation input labor force people employed in agriculture water resources effective irrigated area land actual sown area machinery mechanical total power chemical fertilizer fertilizer purity pesticides pesticide usage amount farm film agricultural film usage amount expected output total agricultural output total agricultural output value non-expected output agricultural carbon emissions carbon emission from agriculture agricultural non-point source pollution comprehensive index of agricultural non-point source pollution hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 481 in table 4, input indicators are various input factors in the process of agricultural production, the expected output is the total output value of agriculture, which can reflect the economic level of agricultural development, and the nonexpected output is used to reflect the adverse impact of agricultural production on the environment. one is agricultural carbon emission, and all input factors except labor force will lead to the generation of carbon emission. the estimation formula is: 𝐶𝑡 =∑𝑃𝑗𝑡 ∗ 𝑑𝑗 6 𝑗=1 (6) where 𝑃𝑗𝑡 is the amount of various carbon emission sources and 𝑑𝑗 is the carbon emission coefficient. the comprehensive index of agricultural non-point source pollution refers to the pollution caused by unused fertilizers, pesticides, and agricultural film on the ecosystem [22], and the formula is: 𝑊𝑡 =∑𝐸𝑖𝑡 ∗ 𝜎𝑖 3 𝑖=1 (7) where 𝐸𝑖𝑡 is the amount of pollution sources and 𝜎𝑖 is the pollution production coefficient (table 5), obtained from the manual of the first national pollution sources census. table 5. pollution production coefficient of pollution sources4 nitrogen fertilizer phosphate fertilizer agricultural film jiangxi 1.079% 0.616% 8.7% jiangsu, shanghai, and anhui 1.555% 0.275% 19.2% hubei, hunan, zhejiang, chongqing, sichuan, guizhou, and yunnan 1.848% 1.547% 16.5% the data of input and output indexes were derived from the china statistical yearbook, the china rural statistical yearbook, and the statistical yearbooks of provinces and cities. all the data were imported into maxdea [23] for calculation. during the calculation, two models were established: (1) the sbm model, which did not consider the non-expected output and was used to measure agricultural economic efficiency, (2) the sbm model, which considered undesired output and was employed to measure agricultural ecological efficiency. 4. analysis of results1 from table 6, it can be found that from 2010 to 2020, economic and ecological efficiency generally showed a declining trend. since 2013, eco-efficiency has increased due to more attention to the ecological environment in the yangtze river basin after the implementation of relevant policies. in 2020, agricultural efficiency has decreased significantly, which may be affected by the covid-19 outbreak. with the continuous acceleration of the urbanization process, agricultural land has been squeezed. it is pointed out in a literature [24] that from 1995 to 2015, the total damaged area of land in the yangtze river economic belt was larger than the restored area. both cultivated land and forest land showed a downward trend. coupled with the excessive reliance on fertilizers, pesticides, etc., agricultural pollution has been further exacerbated. the industrialization development has also had a certain impact on agricultural development, resulting in the decline of the agricultural economy and ecological efficiency in the past ten years. when comparing the economic efficiency without considering the undesired output with the ecological efficiency without considering the undesired output, it was found that there was a large gap, but the fluctuation was nearly the same the economic efficiency was always higher than the ecological efficiency, indicating that the evaluation results are not realistic without considering the undesired output. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 482 table 6. the evaluation results of the agricultural economic and ecological efficiency of the yangtze river economic belt year agricultural economic efficiency agricultural ecological efficiency 2010 0.80 0.73 2011 0.79 0.73 2012 0.78 0.71 2013 0.76 0.69 2014 0.75 0.70 2015 0.75 0.69 2016 0.71 0.64 2017 0.70 0.64 2018 0.74 0.69 2019 0.69 0.64 2020 0.65 0.60 agricultural ecological efficiency was analyzed by region. the results are presented in tables 7 and 8. table 7. evaluation results of regional agricultural economy and ecological efficiency agricultural economic efficiency agricultural ecological efficiency upper reaches yunnan guizhou sichuan chongqing yunnan guizhou sichuan chongqing 2010 0.58 0.94 0.85 1.00 0.45 0.81 0.78 1.00 2011 0.58 0.85 0.84 1.00 0.46 0.79 0.76 1.00 2012 0.62 0.81 0.83 1.00 0.47 0.75 0.74 1.00 2013 0.62 0.84 0.82 1.00 0.48 0.78 0.72 1.00 2014 0.61 0.85 0.77 1.00 0.49 0.91 0.65 1.00 2015 0.57 0.91 0.76 1.00 0.45 0.84 0.66 1.00 2016 0.55 0.91 0.78 1.00 0.42 0.85 0.68 1.00 2017 0.55 0.88 0.77 1.00 0.43 0.84 0.67 1.00 2018 0.62 0.91 0.76 1.00 0.51 0.85 0.66 1.00 2019 0.65 0.93 0.73 1.00 0.55 0.88 0.64 1.00 2020 0.53 0.93 0.61 1.00 0.43 0.91 0.55 1.00 mean 0.60 0.89 0.77 1.00 0.47 0.84 0.68 1.00 middle reaches hubei hunan jiangxi hubei hunan jiangxi 2010 0.94 0.53 0.61 0.89 0.42 0.52 2011 0.93 0.54 0.59 0.88 0.43 0.51 2012 0.91 0.53 0.58 0.83 0.42 0.50 2013 0.88 0.45 0.57 0.68 0.38 0.51 2014 0.75 0.46 0.58 0.67 0.39 0.52 2015 0.74 0.47 0.61 0.66 0.39 0.567 2016 0.69 0.48 0.61 0.65 0.42 0.56 2017 0.68 0.43 0.62 0.64 0.36 0.58 2018 0.67 0.43 0.62 0.64 0.41 0.58 2019 0.68 0.43 0.62 0.64 0.35 0.62 2020 0.69 0.44 0.58 0.64 0.34 0.61 mean 0.78 0.47 0.60 0.71 0.39 0.55 lower reaches shanghai jiangsu zhejiang anhui shanghai jiangsu zhejiang anhui 2010 1.00 0.88 0.83 0.65 1.00 0.85 0.77 0.56 2011 1.00 0.88 0.82 0.64 1.00 0.84 0.76 0.55 2012 1.00 0.88 0.81 0.63 1.00 0.84 0.75 0.54 2013 1.00 0.87 0.74 0.61 1.00 0.83 0.68 0.51 2014 1.00 0.86 0.76 0.58 1.00 0.82 0.71 0.52 2015 1.00 0.85 0.74 0.61 1.00 0.81 0.71 0.51 2016 0.66 0.84 0.73 0.55 0.48 0.79 0.73 0.48 2017 0.65 0.83 0.72 0.53 0.47 0.78 0.71 0.58 2018 1.00 0.82 0.71 0.55 1.00 0.77 0.71 0.48 2019 0.64 0.73 0.70 0.52 0.48 0.71 0.71 0.45 2020 0.45 0.68 0.71 0.51 0.33 0.65 0.69 0.48 average 0.85 0.83 0.75 0.58 0.80 0.79 0.72 0.51 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 483 table 8. the comparison of the average values of agricultural economy and ecological efficiency in the upstream, midstream, and downstream from 2010 to 2020 upstream midstream downstream agricultural economic efficiency 0.82 0.62 0.75 agricultural ecological efficiency 0.75 0.55 0.71 from tables 7 and 8, it can be observed that significant gaps exist in economic and ecological efficiency across different regions, indicating that agricultural development in all areas is influenced by ecological conditions. specifically, among the upstream provinces and cities, chongqing exhibited the highest ecological efficiency, followed by guizhou, while sichuan and yunnan recorded the lowest levels. the upper reaches are characterized by the yunnanguizhou plateau and the sichuan basin. due to geographical constraints, agricultural development in yunnan has historically lagged behind, resulting in lower agricultural efficiency. in the middle reaches, hubei province showed high ecological efficiency, whereas hunan and jiangxi provinces had lower values. provinces and cities in the middle reaches are predominantly traditional agricultural regions, with the jianghan plain and dongting lake plain as their main terrains. although the planting industry in these areas is highly developed, intensive use of chemical fertilizers and pesticides has led to reduced ecological efficiency. among the downstream provinces and cities, only anhui registered an eco-efficiency of 0.51, while shanghai, jiangsu, and zhejiang all reported values above 0.7, suggesting relatively strong agro-ecological conditions in the lower reaches. the yangtze river delta’s strategic geographical position attracts extensive foreign trade, contributing to rapid economic development. on one hand, compared to jiangsu, zhejiang, and shanghai, anhui holds a weaker competitive position in industry. coastal regions benefit from more advanced industrial development, better talent, capital, and technology resources. on the other hand, under regional cooperation and development initiatives, developed regions have relocated some enterprises with surplus production capacity inland, with anhui assuming these enterprises, leading to a decline in its ecological efficiency. overall, both agricultural economic and ecological efficiencies in the yangtze river economic belt follow the trend: upper reaches > lower reaches > middle reaches. zhao & cai [25] noted that the economic network of the yangtze river economic belt is centered around shanghai and jiangsu, strengthening progressively from west to east, which aligns with the high agricultural economic efficiency observed for shanghai and jiangsu in this study. furthermore, regarding regional differences, hu & guo [26] also highlighted disparities in the green total factor productivity across the yangtze river economic belt, with higher values in the lower reaches and lower levels in the middle and upper reaches. the provinces and cities with an efficiency value of (0.8,1] were divided into the high-efficiency group, (0.6,0.8) was the medium-efficiency group, and (0,0.6) was the low-efficiency group. the 11 provinces and cities were divided according to the average value. as shown in table 9, only guizhou and chongqing achieved a high level of eco-efficiency. this may be attributed to their location in mountainous regions, where both the terrain and climate are relatively favorable for agricultural development. the local governments in these areas have actively promoted ecological agriculture and have strictly regulated agricultural pollution. additionally, both regions enjoy relatively high levels of economic development. sichuan, hubei, shanghai, jiangsu, and zhejiang fell into the medium efficiency group, while yunnan, anhui, hunan, and jiangxi were classified in the low efficiency group, indicating substantial room for improvement. overall, the agricultural ecological efficiency across the yangtze river economic belt remains modest and is experiencing a declining trend, with notable differences among the upper, middle, and lower reaches. table 9. agricultural eco-efficiency group classification group classification provinces and cities low efficiency group yunnan, anhui, hunan, and jiangxi medium efficiency group sichuan, hubei, shanghai, jiangsu, and zhejiang high efficiency group guizhou and chongqing a sensitivity analysis was carried out to assess how sensitive the input and output indicators are to changes. for each iteration, one variable was excluded, and the efficiency score was recalculated. this recalculated score was then compared with the original score, and both the slope and the coefficient of determination (r²) were computed. finally, the difference between 1 and the slope was calculated to quantify the degree of change in efficiency. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 484 from table 10, it can be observed that the |1-slope| value for agricultural carbon emissions was the highest, at 0.4426, indicating that agricultural carbon emissions were the most sensitive factor. additionally, the |1-slope| value for pesticides was 0.2514, which was relatively high and represented the most sensitive factor among the input indicators. in contrast, the |1-slope| value for the labor force was 0.0127, making it the least sensitive factor, suggesting it had the minimal impact on efficiency analysis. overall, output variables were more sensitive than input variables. controlling the use of chemical fertilizers, pesticides, and agricultural films, as well as reducing agricultural carbon emissions and non-point source pollution, plays a crucial role in enhancing both the agricultural economic and ecological efficiency of the yangtze river economic belt. table 10. sensitivity analysis results slope |1-slope| r2 input labor force 1.0227 0.0127 0.5214 water resource 1.0216 0.0216 0.6336 land 1.0233 0.0233 0.5287 machine 1.0241 0.0241 0.5236 chemical fertilizer 1.1251 0.1251 0.5587 pesticide 1.2514 0.2514 0.6624 agricultural film 1.0952 0.0952 0.7412 expected output total value of agricultural output 1.0256 0.0256 0.6952 non-expected output agricultural carbon emission 1.4426 0.4426 0.6611 agricultural non-point source pollution 1.0958 0.1958 0.8215 based on the current evaluation results of agricultural efficiency in the yangtze river economic belt, the following recommendations are proposed. (1) adjust and upgrade the industrial structure according to the calculation results, the middle and upper reaches of the region should appropriately change the development mode of the agricultural economy, make adjustments on the basis of the traditional agricultural production mode, and vigorously develop the agricultural industry with high efficiency and low pollution. the downstream regions can make use of the advantages of the tertiary industry, such as the financial industry and information technology, to promote the development of the overall economy and adjust and upgrade the industrial structure. (2) adjust the agricultural factors and promote the improvement of the technology utilization level overusing chemical fertilizers, pesticides, and other factors is an important cause of pollution. therefore, in order to enhance agricultural ecological efficiency, we should control the investment in these factors that are not conducive to the environment, improve the efficiency of resource utilization by promoting environmental protection policies such as organic fertilizers, and increase the investment in the research and development of green technologies in agriculture. (3) find ways to promote regional collaborative development the results show that there are some differences between different regions. in order to develop together, the regions should break the regional restrictions, strengthen regional cooperation and exchange, and apply the successful experience of the lower reaches to the middle and upper reaches. moreover, the regions should also put forward targeted improvement measures according to local conditions to achieve the common development and progress of agricultural level. 5. conclusions this paper took the yangtze river economic belt as an example and used the sbm model to evaluate the agricultural economy and ecological efficiency of 11 provinces and cities from 2010 to 2020. it was found that: (1) during the period from 2010 to 2020, the agricultural economic efficiency of the yangtze river economic belt was always higher than the agricultural ecological efficiency; (2) during the period from 2010 to 2020, the agricultural economic efficiency and ecological efficiency of various provinces and cities as a whole exhibited a downward trend; (3) there were significant differences in the agricultural economy and ecological efficiency among the upper, middle, and lower reaches (upper reach > lower reach > middle reach); (4) the agricultural ecological efficiency was divided into three groups: low, medium, and high. only guizhou and chongqing were in the high-efficiency group; (5) the sensitivity analysis showed that agricultural carbon emissions were the most sensitive element, and pesticides were the most sensitive element among the input indicators. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 485 the results verified the regional differences of agricultural economy and ecological efficiency between the middle and lower reaches of the yangtze river and also proved the usability of the sbm model in the evaluation of agricultural economy and ecological efficiency. according to the results, the overall ecological efficiency in the middle and lower reaches was relatively low, and there was a large space for improvement. targeted policies need to be implemented based on the characteristics of different regions to promote the development of the overall agricultural level of the yangtze river economic belt. 6. declarations 6.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] lin, x., zhu, x., han, y., geng, z., & liu, l. (2020). economy and carbon dioxide emissions effects of energy structures in the world: evidence based on sbm-dea model. science of the total environment, 729, 138947. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.138947. [2] li, g., tang, d., boamah, v., & pan, z. (2022). evaluation and influencing factors of agricultural green efficiency in jianghuai ecological economic zone. sustainability (switzerland), 14(1), 1–15. doi:10.3390/su14010030. [3] guo, s., hu, z., ma, h., xu, d., & he, r. (2022). spatial and temporal variations in the ecological efficiency and ecosystem service value of agricultural land in china. agriculture (switzerland), 12(6), 1–23. doi:10.3390/agriculture12060803. [4] lu, y., sun, k., & liu, p. (2021). three-stage slack-based measure-data envelopment analysis on agricultural ecological efficiency of the yellow river basin. journal of environmental protection and ecology, 22(4), 1521–1530. [5] keles, e. u., & alptekin, g. i. (2023). evaluation of the digitalization efficiency of countries using data envelopment analysis. 2023 smart cities symposium prague, scsp 2023, 1–5. doi:10.1109/scsp58044.2023.10146126. [6] yadav, m., & yadav, s. p. (2022). performance efficiency measurement of mgnrega 2018-19 in indian states and union territories based on dea. international journal of system assurance engineering and management, 13(4), 1714–1721. doi:10.1007/s13198-021-01528-7. [7] du, y. w., jiang, j., & li, c. h. (2021). ecological efficiency evaluation of marine ranching based on the super-sbm model: a case study of shandong. ecological indicators, 131, 108174–. doi:10.1016/j.ecolind.2021.108174. [8] gómez-calvet, r., conesa, d., gómez-calvet, a. r., & tortosa-ausina, e. (2020). european energy efficiency evaluation based on the use of super-efficiency under undesirable outputs in sbm models. international series in operations research and management science, 287, 193–208. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-41618-8_12. [9] wu, g., riaz, n., & dong, r. (2023). china’s agricultural ecological efficiency and spatial spillover effect. environment, development and sustainability, 25(4), 3073–3098. doi:10.1007/s10668-022-02169-x. [10] shuang, l., ximing, c., & jie, s. (2021). research on the degree of coupling of the internet development level and agricultural -ecological efficiency based on 2009-2018 data from 13 major grain-producing areas in china. plos one, 16(7), 0254078. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0254078. [11] akbar, u., li, q. l., akmal, m. a., shakib, m., & iqbal, w. (2021). nexus between agro-ecological efficiency and carbon emission transfer: evidence from china. environmental science and pollution research, 28(15), 18995–19007. doi:10.1007/s11356-020-09614-2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 486 [12] qiao, g., chen, f., xu, c., li, y., & zhang, d. (2024). study with agricultural system resilience and agro-ecological efficiency synergistic evolutionary in china. food and energy security, 13(1), 1–19. doi:10.1002/fes3.514. [13] liu, y., & cheng, x. (2022). does agro-ecological efficiency contribute to poverty alleviation? an empirical study based on panel data regression. environmental science and pollution research, 29(34), 51892–51908. doi:10.1007/s11356-022-19408-3. [14] ji, t. g., raza, a., akbar, u., ahmed, m., popp, j., & oláh, j. (2021). article marginal trade-offs for improved agro-ecological efficiency using data envelopment analysis. agronomy, 11(2), 365. doi:10.3390/agronomy11020365. [15] zhang, y., cui, r., wei, x., & chen, t. (2025). how digital financial inclusion enhances agroecological efficiency: impact effects and mechanism tests. international review of economics and finance, 97, 103755. doi:10.1016/j.iref.2024.103755. [16] xu, y., yang, l., zhang, c., & zhu, j. qi. (2023). comprehensive evaluation of water ecological environment in watersheds: a case study of the yangtze river economic belt, china. environmental science and pollution research, 30(11), 30727–30740. doi:10.1007/s11356-022-24333-6. [17] xu, s., & liang, h. (2020). study of the utilization efficiency and its influencing factors of water resources in yangtze river economic belt. journal of physics: conference series, 1549(2), 1–5. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1549/2/022017. [18] chen, j., liu, y., qu, y., xing, j., zhu, y., li, x., & wu, x. (2024). a study on regional differences and convergence of nursing human resource levels in the yangtze river economic belt: an empirical study. bmc nursing, 23(1), 1–13. doi:10.1186/s12912024-02446-2. [19] gao, l., zhang, j., sun, y., liu, z., & sun, z. (2024). promoting high-quality development of grain and oil in ethnic areas of the yangtze river economic belt from the perspective of agricultural power. asian agricultural research, 16, 1–7. [20] tavana, m., izadikhah, m., toloo, m., & roostaee, r. (2021). a new non-radial directional distance model for data envelopment analysis problems with negative and flexible measures. omega (united kingdom), 102, 102355. doi:10.1016/j.omega.2020.102355. [21] tone, k. (2001). slacks-based measure of efficiency in data envelopment analysis. european journal of operational research, 130(3), 498–509. doi:10.1016/s0377-2217(99)00407-5. [22] yi, x., lin, d., li, j., zeng, j., wang, d., & yang, f. (2021). ecological treatment technology for agricultural non-point source pollution in remote rural areas of china. environmental science and pollution research, 28(30), 40075-40087. doi:10.1007/s11356-020-08587-6. [23] liu, j. b., & zhao, b. y. (2023). study on environmental efficiency of anhui province based on sbm-dea model and fractal theory. fractals, 31(4), 1–10. doi:10.1142/s0218348x23400728. [24] zhou, t., qi, j., xu, z., & zhou, d. (2021). damage or recovery? assessing ecological land change and its driving factors: a case of the yangtze river economic belt, china. journal of resources and ecology, 12(2), 175–191. doi:10.5814/j.issn.1674764x.2021.02.005. [25] zhao, z., & cai, y. (2024). research on the spatial differences and network structure of economic development in the yangtze river belt, china. sustainability (switzerland), 16(12), 5023. doi:10.3390/su16125023. [26] hu, x., & guo, p. (2022). a spatial effect study on digital economy affecting the green total factor productivity in the yangtze river economic belt. environmental science and pollution research, 29(60), 90868–90886. doi:10.1007/s11356-022-22168-9. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1170 issn: 2723-9535 elbow-hand robotic exoskeletons for active and passive rehabilitation on post-stroke patients: a bioengineering review mariela vargas 1 , y. vasquez 1 , daira de la barra 1 , sandra charapaqui 1 , p. tapia-yanayaco 1 , r. r. maldonado-gómez 1 , l. m. mendoza-arias 1 , almendra altatorre 1 , cristina ccellccaro 1 , m. bedoya-castillo 1 , renzo charapaqui 1 , a. nacarino 1 , milton v. rivera 1 , ricardo palomares 2 , m. ramirez-chipana 1, 3 , jorge cornejo 1, 4 , josé cornejo 1, 5* , jhony a. de la cruz-vargas 1 1 institute of research in biomedical sciences (inicib), universidad ricardo palma, lima, peru. 2 research group of advanced robotics and mechatronics (gi-roma), universidad ricardo palma, lima, peru. 3 hospital nacional edgardo rebagliati martins, essalud, lima, peru. 4 mayo clinic, united states. 5 universidad tecnologica del peru, lima, peru. received 13 may 2024; revised 06 november 2024; accepted 11 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract the clinical applications and benefits of the use of a robotic exoskeleton for rehabilitation (rer) in the elbow and hand are described because a rer is a high-quality alternative capable of restoring compromised functions and neurorehabilitation at the same time in post-stroke patients. passive rehabilitation (pr) is usually applied in the early stages of post-stroke recovery. the responsibility of assisting physical medicine and rehabilitation (pm&r) doctors and the patient with passive exercises is a robotic system (rs); while active rehabilitation (ar) is applied regularly in late stages, it is like pr and its implications but requires the strength and support of the person to perform the exercises voluntarily. the objective of the present study is to collect, synthesize, and report relevant scientific studies related to the implementation of exoskeleton systems for elbow-hand rehabilitation. various scientific literature on the topic was reviewed in the main biomedical databases using the population, intervention, comparison, results, and context (picoc) criteria. this study presents the potential and describes a comprehensive and updated vision of the consequences and improvements obtained with the use of the rer and its advances. in conclusion, the usefulness and importance of a rer in various applied clinical practices have found numerous advantages, such as a better evaluation of spasticity, neuromotor recuperation, promoting neuroplasticity, and much more, which is of global relevance since this study gives us a greater understanding of the potential of these new perspectives to improve the rehabilitation of compromised functions in poststroke cases with the use of rer. keywords: robotic exoskeleton; rehabilitation; stroke; hand; elbow; upper extremities. 1. introduction stroke is a disease that affects a person mainly at a neurological and cardiovascular level that can cause different aftermaths due to the obstruction of blood vessels, interrupting circulation, causing lack of oxygen in a part of the brain, * corresponding author: doctor.engineer@ieee.org http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-020  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9155-9904 https://orcid.org/0009-0000-9492-5044 https://orcid.org/0009-0007-2986-9243 https://orcid.org/0009-0008-8688-6303 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6429-4541 https://orcid.org/0009-0004-5895-3557 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2940-0561 https://orcid.org/0009-0000-8836-9483 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0328-6895 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0485-1350 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1982-4646 https://orcid.org/0009-0000-1151-761x https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3070-3260 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9076-3674 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3560-1098 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9703-3340 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4096-9337 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5592-0504 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1171 and the death of brain cells [1]. to better understand the importance of stroke, it is necessary to mention some of the clinical manifestations attributable to stroke, like numbness or weakness of the extremities, dysarthria, vision problems, and difficulty performing fine and gross movements. worldwide, stroke stands out as one of the main causes of mortality. according to the world health organization (who), these have an incidence of 200 cases per 100,000 inhabitants/year, with an anticipated increase of 27% between 2000 and 2025 in latin america and the caribbean. there was an increase from 465,634 cases in 1990 to 708,355 cases in 2019 [2]. therefore, stroke has obtained second place as one of the causes of death worldwide with approximately 11% mortality [3]. moreover, it has been identified that 70 to 80% of stroke survivors reveal limited functional use or no ability at all to move the upper limb (ul), which significantly impacts their quality of life as it affects the ease of carrying out basic activities such as eating, writing, dressing, and bathing [46]. in its beginnings, traditional rehabilitation therapy for patients who survived a stroke mainly involved massages, acupuncture, physiotherapy, and electrical stimulation, being widely applied to improve and recover compromised body functions; however, in many cases it leads to an increase in personnel costs and dependence on human factors [7, 8]. currently, new biomedical technologies can be used for surgical [9-14] and rehabilitation applications [7, 15], such as robotic exoskeletons for rehabilitation (rer), which are being developed. hence, clinical applications in post-stroke patients are continuously updated [16, 17]. in fact, the focus is on neurorehabilitation, analyzing the neurophysiological bases of the potential for rehabilitation centered on neuroplasticity [18]. exoskeletons such as saeboglove [19], neuroexos shoulder-elbow module γ (nesmγ) [20], armeospring application, which allows the patient to work not only on motor function but also on cognitive abilities at the same time [21], myopro, helping with neuro re-education [22], automatic recovery arm motility integrated system (aramis), improving rehabilitation in ways that a single exoskeleton cannot achieve by itself [23], exoreha exoskeleton, detecting users' intentions only with encoders integrated with the units, allowing active kinesiotherapy without adding sensory systems [24], and so much more, allowing this way greater versatility, resource-saving, exercises and rehabilitation tasks update, better neuromotor coordination in the movements to be performed, thus complementing the rehabilitation work of therapists [25, 26] such as physical medicine and rehabilitation (pm&r) physicians [27]. there are various ways to classify orthoses among them, according to the degrees of freedom (dof), the location of the device on the body, the method of action according to the actuators, the application domain, as well as the control mechanism and power transmission [11, 28]. highlighting that upper extremity orthoses target fine motor control and focus on achieving a functional range of motion, ensuring correct control of movement through passive rehabilitation (pr) and active rehabilitation (ar), with the elbow-hand rer being the focal point of this study. it is proposed that the use of rer through goal-directed movements presents a high-quality alternative to regain mobility and precision [29]. this manuscript addresses 2 types of rehabilitation treatment, passive and active. pr is typically applied during the initial stages of post-stroke recovery, where a robotic system (rs) assists the patient by providing greater joint expansion, movement, and flexibility in the upper limbs through passive mechanisms [12, 30]. moreover, ar is used mainly in advanced stages with a passive mechanism that requires the strength and support of the sufferer to perform the movement voluntarily. this approach allows for greater irrigation of the affected area, improves neuroplasticity, reduces healing time, and refines grip position coordination [31]. therefore, considering that stroke is an important public health problem, the objectives of this research are: (1) compile, synthesize and report on relevant clinical studies related to the implementation of exoskeleton systems for elbow-hand rehabilitation, (2) identify the potential of pr and ar regarding rer in the global context, and (3) present a comprehensive and updated view on the current state of clinical applications and results derived from the use of biomedical devices in elbow and hand rehabilitation in post-stroke survivors [15, 32]. the aim of this paper is to reduce the distance of the clinical practice knowledge between bioengineering and medicine, that the current literature does not specified, the clinical applications and benefits of rer are generally known among the biomedical community and it also can be more visible in the whole medical field, this is a step to encourage the promotion of research in biomedical robotics that seeks solutions to improve the quality of health, trough different approaches implied in the exchange of skills of different professionals with technical and scientific backgrounds that collaborate in the development of rer. this study has included scientific studies from various geographical regions such as america, europe, asia and different healthcare settings from authorized physical medicine and rehabilitation specialists to rehabilitation institutes and health centers that show a comprehensive understanding of rer in the elbow and hand clinical applications and benefits in post-stroke patients’ rehabilitation. 2. material and methods a scientific literature search was conducted on studies published over a 10-year period related to elbow-hand robotic exoskeleton systems for passive and active rehabilitation on post-stroke patients, which have a correlation with clinical outcomes. this study was conducted to address the main question: what are the current clinical applications of elbow-hand robotic exoskeleton for rehabilitation (rer) in post-stroke patients? the primary aim of this paper is to enhance understanding based on reports from relevant studies regarding the implementation of elbow-hand exoskeleton systems. additionally, it aims to identify the potential of both passive rehabilitation (pr) and active rehabilitation (ar) in the context of robotics within the field of rer, providing a comprehensive and updated overview of the current state of scientific inquiry and outcomes resulting from the use of biomedical devices such as rer in handelbow rehabilitation. the methodology applied in this study was a review of the literature. the research was carried out between january 2024 and march 2024. the objectives are aligned with the population, intervention, comparison, outcomes, and context (picoc) criteria. table 1 illustrates the picoc strategy employed in this research [33]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1172 table 1. picoc strategy picoc criteria description population post-stroke patients requiring pr and ar intervention use of elbow-hand re during pr and ar in post-stroke patients comparison passive and active elbow-hand re outcomes mobility, autonomy, and functional recovery of post-stroke patients context medical-based evidence that supports the use of elbow-hand re in the pr and ar of post-stroke patients. 2.1. data source and search strategy the scientific literature search was carried out on: scopus (www.scopus.com), embase (www.embase.com), ieee xplore (ieeexplore.ieee.org), and pubmed (pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov) databases. the search strategy included the use of decs and mesh descriptors in each database, boolean operators (“and” and “or”) and the search terms targeted robotic exoskeletons used for active and passive rehabilitation therapy. the objectives are aligned with the population, intervention, comparison, outcomes, and context (picoc) criteria. table 1 illustrates the picoc strategy employed in this research [33]. the main search strategy was as follows: #1 ts = ('robotic exoskeleton passive elbow rehabilitation' or (robotic and ('exoskeleton'/exp or exoskeleton) and passive and ('elbow'/exp or elbow) and ('rehabilitation'/exp or rehabilitation))); #2 ts = ('robotic exoskeleton passive hand rehabilitation' or (robotic and ('exoskeleton'/exp or exoskeleton) and passive and ('hand'/exp or hand) and ('rehabilitation'/exp or rehabilitation))); #3 ts = ('robotic exoskeleton active elbow rehabilitation' or (robotic and ('exoskeleton'/exp or exoskeleton) and ('active'/exp or active) and ('elbow'/exp or elbow) and ('rehabilitation'/exp or rehabilitation))); #4 = ('robotic exoskeleton active hand rehabilitation' or (robotic and ('exoskeleton'/exp or exoskeleton) and ('active'/exp or active) and ('hand'/exp or hand) and ('rehabilitation'/exp or rehabilitation))). 2.2. selection criteria the types of scientific publications searched included “original full-text articles and evidence-based medicine studies", the scientific literature selected included publications from 2015 to 2024 and the languages considered were english, one of the main scientific languages, and spanish. the scientific publications excluded from the research were the scientific literature older than 10 years, review articles for the results section. the resulting scientific articles were located, then those that were not related to the central research topic were discarded. next, all the articles were read to later be able to identify those scientific articles that focus on the research objectives. a total of 176 articles were initially identified, of which 140 were excluded based on the exclusion criteria. subsequently, 20 studies on passive rehabilitation and 16 studies on active rehabilitation were included, with a further breakdown of 13 and 7 studies focused on the elbow, and 6 and 10 studies focused on the hand, respectively. ultimately, 36 articles met the inclusion criteria and were included in the review. the selection strategy is shown below (figure 1). figure 1. selection strategy diagram hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1173 2.3. limitations this study was limited to only 2 languages, considering english as the main language in scientific research on this topic, aside english and spanish, scientific literature from other languages belonging to several of the main countries where the highest biomedical technology is being developed and applied clinically and whose scientific research is registered in those languages was not taken into consideration. 2.4. ethical aspects ethical committee approval was not required as this was a literature review. 3. results 3.1. passive rehabilitation in passive rehabilitation, a robotic exoskeleton system is utilized to facilitate exercises for post-stroke patients without requiring exertion from the individual, thereby enhancing range of motion and facilitating recovery of neuronal connections lost due to various traumas. this approach aids in performing movements more easily, gradually restoring independence in motor control when such movements could not be performed or were performed insufficiently. passive rehabilitation is typically initiated in the early stages of post-stroke rehabilitation. despite being termed passive, the system employed is active, as it executes pre-programmed movements without requiring user support. passive rehabilitation with a rer is applied in post-stroke survivors due to the notable consequences of spasticity. spasticity is characterized by an abnormal increase in muscle tone, tendon reflexes, as well as clonus, contractures, pain, and limited joint mobilization [34]. traditionally it is evaluated using the modified ashworth scale (mas) and the modified tardieu scale (mts) [35] carried out by pm&r physicians, with results largely dependent on their experience and expertise. a. elbow passive rehabilitation with a robotic exoskeleton at the elbow allows the use of exoskeletons that allow many characteristics to be objectively captured as precise monitoring through the cinematographic information obtained [25, 36-40] and often to guarantee its reliability is accompanied by the use of electromyography (emg) [41-44] as shown in table 2. however, its use is not recommended when it reaches a value of 4 on the modified mas or the presence of fixed contraction in the affected limb [45]. the use of rer for the elbow allows real-time cinematographic data during each session carried out at a constant speed, measuring and calculating the resistance force obtained and muscle rigidity, transmitting the results to a computer [36, 37] allowing to safely carry the muscle strengthening by accommodating the strength systems to each patient. a study with the use of the kaps robot [37] compared the results between healthy people and post-stroke survivors through passive stretching exercises of the elbow with flexion and extension movements obtaining significant differences such as the decrease in speed and the final angle, also allows to creep in the latter group, check the sensible and quantitative evaluation provided by the exoskeleton. similarly, in another comparative study with reaplan [40], a person’s performance was evaluated before and after a motor nerve block. this study quantified the decrease in resistance force in passive extension after the block and observed an increase in spasticity at high speeds. the joint kinematic model rer for the elbow is often used to extract data metrics accompanied by emg tests, which measure the electrical activity of the muscle and capture the intensity of the involuntary reflex, evidencing a positive and significant correlation between the two [42, 43]. the training carried out by the neuroexos elbow module (neem) [44] was used together with emg to evaluate biomechanical parameters, muscular performance, and muscular activity. this validates the use of the exoskeleton as an innovative methodology for the evaluation of spasticity and rehabilitation. regarding elbow motor recovery by rer, passive training consists of movements led by the exoskeleton, recommended in cases of severe spasticity and post-stroke onset, leading to motor improvements and proprioception [46]. for a remote evaluation, the use of two armin robots [25] was proposed, one used by the physiotherapist and the other by the patient, managing to evaluate the level of deterioration of the arms such as the altered quality of movement, resistance to passive exercise and range of movement reduced. however, it is recommended to complement the use of active-passive exoskeletons for more effective recuperation [47, 48]. these are some of the multiple benefits derived from the use of rer in elbow in post-stroke patients in passive rehabilitation therapy (figure 2). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1174 table 2. clinical results of passive elbow rehabilitation by robotic exoskeleton. author (year) country actuation mechanism application results mcgibbon et al. (2013) [42] canada the stretch reflex assessment uses a simple wearable sensor system to capture data during passive testing, along with a joint cine model to extract metrics from the cine and emg data to capture the intensity of the involuntary reflex. 9 stroke patients. kinematic metrics and emg data are positively and significantly correlated with each other. grimm et al. (2016) [48] germany using the exoskeleton, lifting and gripping exercises were performed. excessive assistance of the robot may lead weakening. 5 patients with severe chronic stroke. an improvement was observed in cinematographic parameters. range of motion, the precision of motion, and speed of movement a passive robot powered by the user's healthy elbow was designed, and the motor flaccidity was calculated using emg. centen et al. (2017) [36] canada passive stretching of the elbow in flexion and extension, evaluating the difference in maximum speed. final angle and creep(release). 96 healthy people and 46 stroke patients. the results are compared between the affected limb and the healthy one, showing a decrease in the final angle in spasticity. kaps robot provides sensitive and quantitative assessment. crea et al. (2017) [40] italy neem was used through passive mobilization exercises and adverse effects were evaluated. mechanical, electrical, or software failures. 17 post-stroke patients, over 25 days after the stroke. dehem et al. (2017) [39] france each patient was evaluated before and after the motor nerve block, and the robot passively mobilized at various speeds. 12 stroke patients inclusion criteria were: adult (>18 years). no adverse events or increased spasticity were reported. tze hui et al. (2017) [4] singapore the continuous passive encoder was designed based on user, intent detected by surface electromyography sensors attached to the biceps and triceps, using fabric and elastomeric pneumatic actuators. it was tested on 6 healthy subjects. the rea plan quantified the resistance strength of the upper limb. posteraro et al. (2018) [38] italy using the neem and rehabilitation sessions, spasticity was measured during the rehabilitation period. 5 post-stroke patients between 19-79 years (mean age, 61). the elbow brace was able to achieve approximately 50% of the full range of motion of extension and flexion of the elbow joint among all subjects. washabaugh et al. (2018) [47] usa a passive robot was designed powered by the user's healthy elbow; the motor flaccidity is calculated by emg. 6 survivors of unilateral stroke. subjects had high levels of muscle activation in the arm powered by selfpower compared to those performed by externally powered reduced motor camp. baur et al. (2019) [25] germany two robots were used. armin, one used by the physical therapist and another by the patient, evaluates the level of alteration of arm movements. 15 stroke patients and physiotherapists participated. 36 right-handed participants with stroke. it was possible to quantify the common deficiencies in patients with stroke: altered quality of movement, resistance to passive movement, and reduced range of motion. mochizuki et al. (2019) [37] canada kinematic information on shoulders and elbows was collected during the tasks performed and transmitted to a computer in real-time. 70 patients with stroke. patients with spasticity have greater deficits in motor function and proprioception. sin et al. (2019) [43] korea developed an isokinetic device that combines with emg. 17 patients with stroke and mild elbow flexor spasticity. isokinetic movement improves interrater confidence by giving more standardized angle measurements and sensation capture. chiyohara et al. (2020) [46] japan the exoskeleton proportionally introduces a sensory state of the desired movement. 36 right-handed participants with stroke. passive training improved the reproduction of ordered movement and proprioceptive acuity. pilla et al. (2020) [44] italy through training by neem together with emg, biomechanical parameters, muscle activity, and motorcycle performance are evaluated. 60 post-stroke patients were evaluated. the use of an exoskeleton was validated as an innovative methodology for evaluation of spasticity and functional rehabilitation with emg recordings. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1175 figure 2. passive elbow rehabilitation b. hand passive rehabilitation with a robotic exoskeleton in the hand can be used in the aftermath mainly of stroke, duchenne muscular dystrophy [49], and cerebral palsy [50], since it provides mechanical support for the patient to acquire resistance, support, and perform activities of daily living (adl). the mechanism that manages this type of exoskeleton consists of a passive system with the help of external forces that cause joint displacement, respecting the degrees of freedom [51] that a normal hand must manage, thus allowing a wide range of exercises to improve hand rehabilitation with the latest therapies combined with (pm&r) doctors experience. for example, the design of a glove may have a series of elastic actuators, with characteristics of basic mechanical modules: the actuator, responsible for forces, speeds, and displacements, that is, the glove motor, and, on the other hand, the set of transmissions that communicate the indicated commands to the actuator, all of this being part of the mechanics that made possible to carry out movements in an area with pain due to joint stiffness, also a precise anatomical fit to each area of the affected hand is also considered, allowing for a desired arc length and range of motion [51]. in contrast, a lightweight and mobile three-dimensional (3d) printed hand exoskeleton is presented, operating via tensioners and elastic cords that grant the user the ability to maintain active control of finger flexion and extension, thereby enabling effective grasping or releasing of objects [52]. recovery of neural connections with the use of rer is a clinically important feature during post-stroke hand rehabilitation, this can be analyzed by collecting measures of cortical excitability through a resting motor threshold and potential signals over the hemispheres recorded at a predefined parameter, where emg controls device communications through brain excitability by activating passive flexion-extension movement of the fingers and wrist joint by measuring electrical signals in skeletal muscles. additionally, myopro emphasizes its pr approach in bobath therapy [53, 54] through myoelectric signals from the paretic muscles, aiming to repeat the performed movements. this approach also helps moderate the co-contractions occurring in the agonist and antagonist muscles [55]. some of the benefits of proper passive hand rehabilitation with rer include motor improvement, neuroplasticity, and spasticity control, which is speed-dependent on the programmed exoskeleton. research indicates that this type of therapy allows the range of movement of the hand to be increased to a certain extent [56]. an example of this is the 3dprinted hand exoskeleton, which by reducing the amount of effort needed to grasp objects allows greater movements without fatigue. this, in turn, increases the number of repetitions and aids in the practice of regaining strength and repetitive movements to perform adl [52]. after a stroke, the interneuronal connections that help in the coordination and motor movement of the affected limbs are lost, which is why at the end of the therapies aimed at these people, a decrease in interhemispheric asymmetry and greater cortical excitability is shown in the ipsilesional zone hemisphere [57]. furthermore, the exoskeleton and the tension in its cables counteract spasticity so that the individual reaches a certain range of extension with the fingers [52], as shown in table 3. these are some of the multiple benefits derived from the use of rer in hand in post-stroke patients in passive rehabilitation therapy (figure 3). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1176 table 3. clinical results of passive hand rehabilitation by robotic exoskeleton author (year) country actuation mechanism application results hu et al. (2014) [58] china robotic neuromuscular electrical stimulation system powered by emg, cyclic signals in the muscles that improve strength, trigger neuroplasticity, and functional reorganization of damaged muscle areas (prevents muscle atrophy). 73 patients with unilateral ischemic brain injury or intracerebral hemorrhage of at least 6 months. effective at improving motor function and coordination at the wrist and shoulder/elbow compared to robots without neuromuscular electrical stimulation. borboni et al. (2016) [51] italy it is based on two main modules: the actuator, which generates forces and displacements, and the elastic transmissions that go to the fingers. this approach allows for efficient activation and precise motion transmission. 35 participants aged 45 to 80 years, with upper extremity functional disabilities after acute stroke. one group of 16 patients with total paralysis and the other groups included 14 patients with partial paralysis. the partial paralysis group demonstrated a more significant decrease in wrist swelling and pain. however, the pain reduction did not reach the threshold considered clinically significant. wu et al. (2017) [59] china electromyography-driven neuromuscular electrical stimulation robot system to perform sequential movements of elbow extension, wrist and hand opening, and wrist and elbow flexion, to assist arm reaching, grasping, and withdrawal function in daily activities. 24 post-stroke patients with upper limb motor deficits who received 20 training sessions. helps to loosen muscle contractions, improve limb coordination, and perform daily activities. ambrosini et al. (2019) [60] italy hybrid rs combining electromyography-activated functional electrical stimulation with a passive exoskeleton for upper extremity training. 7 adults in the subacute stage of stroke who underwent the retrainer-arm system. improvement of motor functions, better range and accuracy of motion. dudley et al. (2019) [52] usa the passive exoskeleton of the hand has tensioners and elastic cords that allow extension and flexion. manufactured with 3d printing and plactivemt, it facilitates mobility in hands affected by a stroke. a man aged 67, over six months post-stroke, experienced the effects on his right hand due to the stroke. the scores of the fugl-meyer evaluation, box and block tests were improved with the use of the device. additionally, the subject had greater emg activation in his extensor. brihmat et al. (2020) [50] france the armeospring device is a passive exoskeleton for upper limb rehabilitation. patients perform assessment exercises in a threedimensional space, with adjustable weight support, allowing autonomous movements with visual and auditory feedback. 30 hemiparetic patients after stroke. the study concludes that armeospring is effective in reliably and quantitatively assessing motor deficits in post-stroke patients. accuracy in structuring testing sessions is improved with specific parameters such as peakvel and score. huang et al. (2020) [61] china electromyography-driven neuromuscular electrical stimulation robotic hand and another emgdriven robotic hand system for chronic stroke patients. 30 post-stroke patients had 20 experimental robotic hand training sessions. the device with neuromuscular electrical stimulation had better results in voluntary motor recovery, muscle coordination and patients obtained greater release of contractures. singh et al. (2021) [57] india predefined threshold in emg for the activity of the edc muscle through wrist extension and finger flexion. 23 patients with chronic stroke. improvement of cortical excitability in the ipsilesional hemisphere that may be due to new neuronal reorganizations. decrease in interhemispheric asymmetry. hsu et al. (2022) [56] taiwan through an automatic passive range of motion exercises, it provides threefinger, five-finger, and mirror-guided movement models for flexion and extension of the affected hand. 12 chronic stroke patients with severe upper extremity hemiparesis. combined robotic exoskeleton therapy with traditional manual training increased hand function and strength. pundik et al. (2022) [55] usa myoelectric signals are collected through a predefined threshold through electromyogram sensors of paretic muscles (flexors, finger extensors, biceps and triceps), activating the motors and initiating practice and coordinated movement. 13 people with chronic moderate/severe arm weakness due to stroke (n = 7) or traumatic brain injury (n = 6). increased function in the extremity and decreased motor impairment in response to the device. https://jneuroengrehab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12984-021-00867-7#auth-neha-singh-aff1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1177 figure 3. passive hand rehabilitation 3.1. active rehabilitation in active rehabilitation, the use of a robotic exoskeleton system is used as a guide for post-stroke patient's performance of exercises and activities, making movements in a range from very low to higher intensity as necessary, allowing, for example, so that the patient can recover to a certain extent and even completely the functions compromised in a stroke and at the same time the neuronal connections recovery. it is classified as active when voluntary physical effort is made mainly in carrying out movements. in this case, it is usually used when there is no longer extreme pain caused by the consequences of the stroke, weakness, atrophy, paralysis, spasticity, and mainly neuromuscular coordination compromise. unlike pr, this retrains the brain to communicate with the muscles, leading to better neurorehabilitation and allowing them to relearn certain movements [62], further reducing muscle pain. also, ar is usually applied in the first periods of rehabilitation of post-stroke patients. although it is called ar, the system used is passive as it primarily requires the user's support to perform the exercises. furthermore, ar primarily focuses on achieving greater voluntary motor activity, muscle strengthening, flexibility, stability, precision, and improving blood flow. it enables a greater extent of liberated muscle spasticity [61], provides comfort [63], and contributes to reducing the presence of pathological muscle coactivation [64] and pain. a. elbow active rehabilitation with a robotic exoskeleton that trains the elbow joint allows the recovery and improvement of the functions corresponding to the musculoskeletal and nervous system involved, such as the elbow joint itself, as well as the related muscles, which mainly include the triceps brachii, biceps brachii muscles through the various movements performed [59, 65, 66], additionally, it contributes to its trajectory synchronization and coordination [17]. the use of exoskeletons is recommended when there is a difficulty performing movements due to muscle weakness or spasticity [17, 65] affecting the range of extension and flexion of the elbow joint, adding that in many cases there is a poor response of the arm commanded by the brain [17]. due to this, unlike pr, it generates better conditions for the development of neuroplasticity [23] and requires voluntary physical effort on the part of the individual when performing movements with the elbow joint. among the benefits of ar with rer for the elbow, it has been observed that improvements in spasticity and motor function [65] are more pronounced when the exercises are performed consistently with adequate rest periods. are more pronounced when the exercises are performed consistently with adequate rest periods it is recommended to have guidance and supervision from a specialist during rehabilitation sessions [17]. the functioning rer mechanisms for active elbow rehabilitation vary according to different degrees of technology, for example, the case of basic exoskeletons for ar consists of a robotic skeletal frame that adapts to the elbow and allows stretching or flexion of the arm in the same direction as the affected arm, allowing the healthy arm to guide the movements of the affected arm, in addition, increasing the variety of different rehabilitation exercises, interest and motivation in them, accuracy, levels of cooperation, reducing the effort, rehabilitation time and improve stability [59, 65-68] as shown in the results of table 4. these are some of the multiple benefits derived from the use of rer in elbow in post-stroke patients in active rehabilitation therapy (figure 4). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1178 table 4. clinical results of active elbow rehabilitation by robotic exoskeletons author (year) country actuation mechanism application results herrnstadt et al. (2015) [17] canada the exoskeleton operated using a master arm and a slave arm. all the proprioceptive and haptic feedback exercises were performed by 7 chronic stroke patients. the error in the proprioception measurement was reduced. pignolo et al. (2016) [23] italy the robotic exoskeleton works by a master-slave exoskeleton system. 52 stroke patients participated, and the exercises performed were single and multiple movements including elbow flexion-extension. improved the efficiency and the variety of rehabilitation exercises in comparison to a single exoskeleton structure. das neves et al. (2019) [65] brazil using emg, in conjunction with the peak torque of the elbow flexor muscles in maximum voluntary contraction and considering the kinematic range. 12 healthy volunteers and 15 post-stroke volunteers performed different movements quantifying the range of motion of the elbow. certain poststroke volunteers exhibited a significant increase in the range of elbow motion. kopke et al. (2020) [66] usa this exoskeleton works using emg technology. 12 stroke patients and 12 control patients completed the study, and the exercises included both movements and holding the position, with proprioceptive and visual feedback. it allowed to recognize the ability of an lda-based classifier to calculate user intent in patients' tasks. liu et al. (2021) [67] china it has a coordination quantifier to permit generate the initial path and the position controller that allows to track the final path that is corrected by human contact force. between the rehabilitation exercises, the 4 stroke patients drank water and touched their heads to see coordination issues. this work managed to maintain the active motivation of the patient while increasing movement coordination, keeping the safety and predicting the elbow joint data much better. ren et al. (2023) [68] china through different controls including bilateral control and semg. 6 healthy patients performed exercises of bilateral coordination. this exoskeleton showed a better prediction effect and a little tracking error in joint motion, also the unity3dbased game system increased the interest in the rehabilitation. wu. et al. (2023) [59] china surface electromyography (semg). 4 healthy persons and 4 stroke patients performed repetitive trajectory exercises six times according to each condition. promote the active participation of patients and the safety of training, also, benefits the position control accuracy, upgrading the active cooperation level, smoothness, reducing the effort and improving stability. figure 4. active elbow rehabilitation b. hand active rehabilitation with a hand-robotic exoskeleton consists of a persistent human-machine interaction involving assisted assistance of the robotic device subject to the user's intention to move the hand [69, 70]. patients chosen for this type of therapy have a greater range of motion and a lower level of spasticity, measured by tests such as the mas and the mts, it can be said that this criterion determines their participation [57]. other determining factors include neuroplasticity, muscle recovery, medication regimen, absence of neurological or nervous injuries, and musculotendinous or bone fracture [69]. the use of rer for hand is supervised by personnel who usually know the protocols using the myoelectric system [57]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1179 as for the materials that can be used for manufacturing rer applied on hand, polylactic acid is mainly used in threedimensional printing, while others choose to use velcro material for the supporting parts. in addition, the ergonomics of the patient are ensured since the gloves have a design based on the physiological anatomy of the hand, allowing the structure to accommodate the flexion/extension points of each joint, mainly in the thumb and index finger, enabling the execution of fine movements. in the same way, the concept of dof is usually associated with the metacarpophalangeal (mcp), distal interphalangeal (dip), and proximal interphalangeal (pip) joints. it is also commonly observed that there are more than 5 dof, as there are 2 dof per finger or even more if there is simultaneous and coordinated movement among them [57, 71]. there is evidence of different types of rer for hand activation, some studies of robotic hand devices such as rehand, explain that their system works through brain-computer interfaces (bci) and that it includes a stage of acquisition, processing, control of external devices and feedback of brain signals [69, 71]. this provides a better understanding of how exercises recommended by the pm&r physicians can be implemented and prioritized. other works indicated that the glove allows the extension of the fingers through the tensioners and the correct position during the exercises, either with intention or with the help of electrical stimulation in the muscles, and conversely retracts the fingers once the movement is completed [70] meaning that voluntary movement can be guided by rer functions in a safe way. finally, it is common to see various hand-held exoskeletons such as the hero device that has a gyroscope or sensors that detect the intention of movement through a threshold that allows the activation of the system and the performance of exercises [72-75]. in rer for hand use, several conditioning factors must be considered, including neuroplasticity, muscle recovery, the medication regimen, the absence of neurological or nervous injuries, and musculotendinous or bone fracture, being these few reasons that explain why the use of rer for hand is supervised by specialists who know the neuromuscular system and the protocols. therapy sessions focus on five standard ranges of motion, guiding device operation through a medical and biomedical framework for practical applications of rer [74, 76]. the related information is shown in table 5. these are some of the multiple benefits derived from the use of rer in hand in post-stroke patients in active rehabilitation therapy (figure 5). table 5. clinical results of active hand rehabilitation by robotic exoskeleton. author (year) country actuation mechanism application results franck et al. (2018) [70] netherlands a dynamic hand orthosis was used. the hand is maintained in an extension position with the support of the device and in flexion by the patient's hand movement. the support can be adjusted to the hand opening support. in addition, an electrical stimulation device, the mcrostie, was placed by placing a cathode and an anode to stimulate the arm muscles. involving 8 sub-acute stroke patients. 75% of accident patients with subacute stroke improved their ability to use the affected arm in daily activities between the start of training and follow-up. however, as all eight participants were included during the subacute phase after stroke, the improvements in arm-hand skill performance may also be attributable to other factors, i.e., (a) spontaneous recovery, and (b) therapy received as such, usual, (c) the application of the dynamic orthosis in combination with electrical stimulation, or (d) a combination of these factors allows the affected arm-hand to be used for passive and active stabilization tasks, such as preparing bread while making a sandwich. yurkewich et al. (2019) [72] canada through the extension and flexion force (push-pull force from a single screwdriven linear servo actuator that is mounted on the dorsal surface of the glove on the inside. line with the next two sets of cable guides) received by brides in the index, middle and thumb fingers. a gyroscope detects movement. 2 chronic stroke survivors with severe hand disability. to determine the threshold that activates movement, 4 patients (18 to 35 years old; 3 women). participated. finally, there were 5 participants. the patients showed reduced touch sensation in the fingers, palm, and forearm, using a standardized assessment, also, the participants did not show pain, according to a standardized scale. the hero glove showed greater extension in the index finger and progressive progress was seen in the thumb and index fingers. the robot allows gripping or pinching movements to be carried out and patients showed greater performance on tasks as part of the exercises. yurkewich et al. (2020) [73] canada through the extension and flexion force (push-pull force from a single screwdriven linear servo actuator that is mounted on the dorsal surface of the glove on the inside. line with the next two sets of cable guides) received by brides in the index, middle and thumb fingers. a gyroscope detects movement. 11 people who had minimal or no finger extension (chedoke mcmaster hand stage 1 to 4) after stroke to assess how well they could perform adl and assessments of finger function with and without using the hero grip glove. the participants showed statistical improvement using standardized scales, all during the period of use of the hero glove. tasks assigned as part of the exercises, such as: grip or pinch, finger extension, range of motion, etc., were better performed with the use of the orthosis. cantillo-negrete et al. (2021) [69] mexico eeg signals were recorded using a cap with 11 active electrodes. bci systems comprise four stages: acquisition, processing, control of external devices, and feedback of brain signals. mental rehearsal of movement, movement attempt, or motor intention (mi) elicits activations in the sensorimotor cortex. 7 subacute and 3 chronic stroke patients (m = 59.9 ± 12.8) with severe upper limb impairment were recruited in a crossover feasibility study to receive 1 month of bci therapy and 1 month of conventional therapy in random order. patients were less affected after either of the interventions, suggesting that both interventions effectively increased upper extremity motor function in stroke patients. the rehand-bci could also benefit motor recovery due to the closed-loop communication it provides between the patient and the affected upper limb. this hypothesis is reinforced by other bci studies reporting accident rehabilitation outcomes lower cerebrovascular outcomes in control groups that received feedback only passive movement or sham feedback. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1180 he et al. (2021) [74] china the interaction forces between the patient and the binding cuffs were analyzed to pinpoint the patient's intention to move, applying sixdimensional pressure sensors and force/torque sensors to the forearm and upper arm binding cuffs. in that sense, the forces of interaction were converted to the speed of command in the articular space with a method of admission control. this project involved 8 participants with hemiplegia due to a first-ever, unilateral stroke. these results are only preliminary due to the limited number of subjects. patients showed significant improvements in movement, smoothness in joint space, postural synergy error, and intention response rate. singh et al. (2021) [77] india the device is actively initiated by the edc (communist finger extensor) muscle electromyogram (emg) reading, with the robot's movement activated only if emg thresholds are exceeded and provides real-time adaptive performance, interactive visual biofeedback. this project involved more than 300 patients (n > 300) who were chosen from the outpatient clinic of the department of neurology, aiims, new delhi, for three years, from july 2016 to january 2019. all patients in rg (robotic-therapy group) (n = 12) and cg (control group) (n = 11) (all right-handed patients with stroke, age = 41.9 ± 11.1 years, male: female = 19:4) completed successfully the therapy-sessions in 30–34 days. pundik et al. (2022) [55] usa the device completes the movement started by the user and directs the action of the coordinated movement (such as dissipating the joint contraction of the agonist and antagonist muscles). both of these aspects are essential elements of ml (motor learning). the motors inside the device start only when the emg voluntarily generated by the individual reaches a threshold level; this activates the device to help the patient complete a movement. this study was associated with thirteen individuals with moderate/severe chronic arm weakness due to stroke (n = 7) or head trauma (n = 6). post-hoc analysis was used to assess differences between time points. given the limitations of sample size, it was only adjusted for lesion type and baseline score, understanding that the interpretation of results related to lesion type is intertwined with age differences. xia et al. (2022) [71] china the host computer processes data collected by the slave computer and sends commands via the interface program. the overall control system is composed of four major parts, including the hand exoskeleton, host computer, slave computer and a wearable controller. hand rehabilitation exoskeleton control flow diagram for the three rehabilitation modes. this project was conducted on healthy volunteers. the effectiveness of the handheld exoskeleton system in stroke patients in this project is visualized for testing in patients. chen et al. (2023) [75] china the admission control method was applied to overcome robotic inertia and transform intentions into desired postures with mechanical outputs to calculate and complete the instantaneous discrepancy between the target position and the ue (upper extremity) position in real-time via the jacobian matrix. this project involved 80 patients randomly assigned to the intervention and included in the analysis. relative to ancova, higher baseline scores were significantly associated with correspondingly greater improvements in eamt therapy; no significant differences were found after adjustment for the remaining features. the results were stable with sensitivity analyses on models that imputed missing data, unadjusted models, and models by the protocol set. figure 5. active hand rehabilitation https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/author/37088961803 https://jneuroengrehab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12984-021-00867-7#auth-neha-singh-aff1 https://loop.frontiersin.org/people/200172 https://sciprofiles.com/profile/2261537?utm_source=mdpi.com&utm_medium=website&utm_campaign=avatar_name https://www.ahajournals.org/doi/10.1161/strokeaha.122.041480 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1181 4. discussion after reviewing and analyzing the various publications included, it becomes evident that early rehabilitation during hospitalization has made significant strides in the treatment of post-stroke patients. the recovery of motor function hinges on factors such as training time, exercise frequency, exoskeleton intensity, spasticity assessment, improvements in neuroplasticity, and post-application follow-up of rer for elbow-hand [65, 78]. the exoskeletons used for this purpose suggest a good position and correct functioning, that is, achieving a natural range of movement in the joints of interest, also improving the speed of action, without significantly affecting the non-target joints, avoiding stiffness in unwanted areas and improving motor function [5]. furthermore, their implementation through dynamic therapies and rehabilitations with a certain degree of complexity as more realistic practice, high frequency, progression, and feedback seeks to reestablish neuronal integration, allowing neuroplasticity in these patients [18, 57]. the who, in its package of rehabilitation interventions for adult stroke patients, including survivors of cerebral ischemic stroke and cerebral ischemic stroke, recommends functional stroke rehabilitation interventions for motor functions and mobility focusing on the use of the hand and arm use, indicating that for assessment of hand and arm use is 20 minutes, for constraint-induced movement therapy is up to 60 minutes and for functional training, which may include virtual reality training, use on hand and arm is 20 minutes per rehabilitation session, there are also medical sessions centered on exercise tolerance functions, adl, work and employment, participation in community and social life, among others [79]. similar positive outcomes have been observed with alternative training systems in post-stroke patients. for instance, a program comprising 27 sessions of 30 minutes each, utilizing passive exoskeleton technology, has demonstrated efficacy [60]. similarly, in emg-driven robotic systems 30-minute therapies are performed for lateral and vertical activities with 10 minutes of rest to avoid muscle fatigue [61], and the one used in the neuromuscular electrical stimulation robotic system consists of 40 minutes of repeated exercises and assisted movements with 10-minute rest between each 20-minute practice due to muscle fatigue [80]. passive rehabilitation with rer in contrast to traditional rehabilitation methods indicates greater effectiveness in the early stages of post-stroke recovery. one of the consequences of surviving a stroke is hemiplegia, in which cases, passive rehabilitation is used in early recovery therapy, when the patient cannot contract the muscles adequately, in traditional rehabilitation the required exercise repetition numbers, force used, and precision are limited based on human assistance compared to rer assistance that passively follows a training trajectory in predefined time with high tracking precision enabled by the specialist-regulated rer, contributing to improving muscle contraction function and at the same time can eliminate joint spasm [62]. some studies indicated that scores of the fugl-meyer scale with rer compared to conventional therapy show greater improvement after receiving rehabilitation [23]. 4.1. the evaluation of spasticity currently, in the rehabilitation with rer for elbow-hand, after a stroke episode in patients, the degree of spasticity is evaluated by mas [43] and mts performed by the pm&r. however, despite their usefulness, they are not completely reliable since they depend on the experience and knowledge of the specialist [25], which is why the importance of accurate measurement through the use of an exoskeleton is highlighted for a correct rehabilitation strategy. likewise, several studies mention clinical evaluation to measure the impact of robotic therapy by comparing clinical results before and after the intervention [43], these include the fugl-meyer upper extremity evaluation (fma ute) that rates motor impairment from 0 to 66, the action research arm test (arat) to measure the function of the upper extremities and especially the functional independence measure (fim) [81], the latter consists of a scale that evaluates not only the manual part but also the dependence or independence of the patient across levels of functionality, moreover, during repetitive exercises, it has been observed that patients may apply grip pressure that is either insufficient or excessive compared to the given reference, a phenomenon attributed to spasticity-induced abnormal muscle activation [82]. one of the resulting challenges lies in the limitations of traditional methods, which fail to capture all the characteristics of muscle hypertonia, which is why a quantitative and objective evaluation is proposed through multiple techniques to validate the reliability of the exoskeleton when differentiating the results obtained in healthy and affected populations or limbs using various parameters such as maximum speed, final angle used in passive elbow stretch. one of the advantages is the continuous monitoring during each rehabilitation session even during each movement highlighting small changes in addition to the early detection of the recovery plateau avoiding excessive sessions, as well as characterizing kinematic and proprioceptive deficits providing sensitive and quantitative information [38, 45, 83]. there is a lack of sufficient research on the correlation between medical scales and measurements performed by robotics applied in rehabilitation [45]. however, a significant relationship has been observed between the activity of the muscles captured by emg and the kinematic recordings of the sensors on the flexion/extension of the elbow joint [65], so its use is proposed to obtain metrics related to the mas clinical scale [40, 42-44]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1182 4.2. motor recovery importance the use of elbow-hand rer has helped in the improvement of patients, several studies have concluded that there is significantly better motor recovery in those assisted by robotic devices [60]. robotic assistance is tailored to execute pre-programmed passive and continuous movements, which effectively reduce muscle tone, enhance joint mobility, and facilitate active movements between the machine and the operator. these interventions contribute to the restoration of motor control through positive cortical reconfiguration following traumatic brain injury such as stroke [4]. additionally, other studies indicated that working with a bimanual wearable robotic device (bwrd) favors motor recovery [17]. on top of that, other studies have indicated that integrating the rer with functional electrical stimulation (fes) may have the potential to improve the recovery of motor functions and depends on its application area to facilitate effective training [60] and other works suggested incorporating neuromuscular electrical stimulation (nmes) in muscle activities can lead to enhance muscle coordination [58]. in patients with chronic stroke, if it is used in the distal muscles, it causes better recovery in the total upper limb, for example, in the wrist, it also can achieve improvement in the function of the elbow. in the long term, it is better to use the robotic device in conjunction with neuromuscular electrical stimulation driven by emg, which in turn has better results in muscle coordination in the elbow joint [61, 80]. moreover, it has been determined that to measure neuromuscular electrical stimulation of the superficial plane of the muscles, surface electrodes are sufficient [60], however, fine wire electrodes are required for deep-plane muscles. emg is also combined with fes for passive exoskeletons designed for upper limb suspension resulting in satisfactory improvements in overall patients who can perform movements more smoothly and quickly without limitations in the coordination [60, 84]. a specific benefit of the use of rer, is that unlike traditional rehabilitation, where more physical human factors are considered in the application of rehabilitation therapy, the use of rer for active training of patients allows the neuromotor system rehabilitation [63], while adjusting the compliance of human-robot interaction in many areas of different jobs based on customized practical training requirements. which can be programmed to help the patient induce active participation during rehabilitation training with repetitive trajectory tracking that can be configured with a rer, which makes it possible for the patient with severe paralysis to comply with the rer-assisted training task and at the same time contributes to the safety of training [62]. 4.3. neuroplasticity benefits a specific benefit of rer in neuroplasticity is highlighted when traditional rehabilitation methods can show unsatisfactory results due to insufficient patient motivation compared with the repetitive task-oriented training mixed with game-based vr training may induce neuroplasticity of the motor system, some studies suggest this as key benefits in terms of upper extremity neurorehabilitation [60, 84]. robotic devices such as exoskeletons designed for hand and elbow rehabilitation can induce positive cortical hemodynamic changes maximizing the sensorimotor aspect in patients with subacute stroke [85]. in this population, exoskeletons were used in the upper extremities, and brain electrical activity was recorded through electroencephalography (eeg), using software that analyzes 84 regions of interest according to the 42 brodmann areas that exist for both hemispheres. this methodology enabled the measurement of brain integration between nodes and the degree of brain segregation, revealing the notable increase in neuronal connectivity for this type of case [86]. moreover, some robotic models are controlled via bci, this technology has been tested in post-stroke patients and helps in their recovery, promoting neuroplasticity. a study with this type of therapy indicates less cortical event-related desynchronization (erd) activity in sagittal regions in the alpha band, which signals a better connection of the sensorimotor cortex with the hand, as well as greater beta activity in the frontal region, probably because bci therapy stimulates the growth of the motor cortex in response to the tasks performed [69]. this explanation is supported by other research demonstrating neuronal plasticity in response to action observation or visual stimulation, which motivates individuals to perform movements, thereby reinforcing motor memory [87]. likewise, neuroplasticity not only focuses on the fractionation, direction, and improvement of the quantity and quality of repetitive movements but also focuses on the stimulation of synergistic control through reflexes, that generate reactions that are inherent to the stimuli of the afferent pathway, that is, without voluntary effort, as demonstrated in movement therapies [77]. besides, it was found that exoskeleton therapy in post-stroke patients increases cortical excitability in the ipsilesional hemisphere and produces significant interhemispheric changes. this is verified by the decrease in the motor threshold at rest and the increase in the amplitude of the motor evoked potential, where it is speculated that thanks to plastic reorganization and use-dependent plasticity, the motor function would be recovered more easily [57]. however, in the context of bci, some proposed neurorehabilitation systems can be understood as a prospective mode of telerehabilitation [88], therefore, when it is observed that stroke can cause the loss of axon functionalities, it is necessary to mention that there are new alternatives that can complement all of this, such as artificial neurotransmitters (ant), powerful chips implantable in the brain area as proposed by neuralink, which can improve rehabilitation [89], allowing the patient to connect to a smart device such as a computer, without direct physical connection only with thoughts [90] giving us a better view of the human brain at the same time [91] an a yet to be seen hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1183 a better improvement of its functionality [92], nonetheless, the implementation of such technologies raises medical, ethical, and moral considerations, and only time will reveal whether they represent the optimal approach in these domains. on the other hand, the authors analyzed the kinetic parameters of the data obtained from a rer for elbow-hand: movement time and maximum speed, the first term indicates the temporal efficiency of the movement and the second refers to its ease. consequently, and as expected, within and between test sessions carried out with the device, movement time was shorter with respect to maximum speed, indicating a greater sensitivity to change. this phenomenon can also be described as a "learning effect," which, in the context of hand and elbow rehabilitation, denotes the ability to recover neural connections by adapting to new circumstances [50]. 4.4. frontiers and upcoming potential innovations actual studies recognized the need for long-term studies and larger population samples because some indicate that the testing period is short compared to the ideal time to conduct such studies [17], giving us a better understanding of the effectiveness of rer for elbow-hand. in addition, some identified the small sample size of the patients evaluated as their limitation of the study [66], others point out that the specific effects of rer for elbow-hand should be studied [23], because all this together will contribute to improving the clinical application of rer for elbow-hand. the need to adapt rer for elbow-hand to the individual needs of people and the importance of collaboration between health professionals, engineers and scientists of rer for elbow-hand applications and programming is manifested in different studies that indicated and suggested that the comfort of the rer for elbow-hand and its level of lightness is susceptible to improvement [59], integrating the rer for elbow-hand with patient-specific parameter settings could be beneficial [47], as some studies have already customized self-driven exercises, and expanding the protocol to obtain quantifiable measures of subjects' conditions is recognized as an excellent option [17], all of this could be possible with better possibilities if in the requisition of rer for elbow-hand, there was the participation of different professionals such as engineers, pm&r physicians, therapists [25] and physiotherapists [37] as medical technologist in physical therapy, medical technologist in occupational therapy, medical technologist in speech therapy, social worker, psychology, nutritionist and many more, when working and cooperating together better results can be achieved. the potential of new technologies is recognized in the trend of recent times, so the current and future path of elbowhand rehabilitation involves integrating the latest technological advances in rer for elbow-hand, a primary reason is that robotics has an inherent role in recovery because it has an inherent ability to perform tasks accurately, reliably, and is better suited to measuring and quantifying patient performance [17, 93], this is the robotic assistance path [50], bringing these promising systems into a stage of routine operation is the future [23] allowing to obtain and utilize kinematic data, such as movement time and peak velocity with more details [17] allowing to obtain and utilize kinematic data, such as movement time and peak velocity with more details [58], the latest advances in technology, such as the integrations of artificial intelligence (ai), can help the sick person and all the professional staff involved, reducing physicians and therapists’ physical effort during complex exercises. these increase the frequency and length of the sessions and allow constant feedback during therapy itself [24], complementing all professional's work and maximizing the efficiency of the clinical applications in rer for elbow-hand. 5. conclusion the main objective of passive and active rehabilitation in post-stroke patients with elbow-hand exoskeletons is highlighted, which is neurorehabilitation while restoring motor functions to normal levels, optimizing interaction capacity, and saving time and resources, whose path is the implementation of new technologies and the potential that all this offers in the improvement of clinical applications with obtaining great, more effective, and efficient results. the potential of pr and ar regarding robotics in the global context has been identified and presented a comprehensive and updated view of the current state of clinical applications and results derived from using rer in elbow and hand in poststroke patients (figure 6). therefore, it is important to remember that patients with diabetes, uncontrolled hypertension, deterioration of mental status, severe aphasia, and wrist contractures are excluded as suitable candidates for the use of the exoskeleton. likewise, if the rer is used for elbow-hand exceeding the times indicated by doctors and pm&r specialists, the risks suffered by the stroke survivor are discomfort and consequently the usage limitation of the exoskeleton; it is also observed that significant changes in muscle activity, mobility, decreased task performance, alterations. in balance and posture, as well as neurovascular supply, imbalances in gait parameters, and the precision of the movements. in summary, the current and future path of the rer for elbow-hand involves the constant integration of the latest technological advances, the improvement of future research times, the population, and the adaptation of rer for elbow-hand to the individual needs of post-stroke patients and professional collaboration to achieve better results in the clinical applications. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1184 figure 6. electromyogram system analysis for rehabilitation exoskeletons 6. abbreviations 3d three-dimensional fim functional independence measure adl activities of daily living mas modified ashworth scale ai artificial intelligence mcp metacarpophalangeal ar active rehabilitation mts modified tardieu scale aramis automatic recovery arm motility integrated system nesmγ neuroexos shoulder-elbow module γ arat action research arm test neem neuroexos elbow module ant artificial neurotransmitters pip proximal interphalangeal bci brain-computer interfaces picoc population, intervention, comparison, outcomes, and context dip distal interphalangeal pm&r physical medicine and rehabilitation dof degrees of freedom pr passive rehabilitation edc extensor digitorum communis rs robotic system eeg electroencephalography rer robotic exoskeleton for rehabilitation emg electromyography semg surface electromyography erd event-related desynchronization ul upper limb fes functional electrical stimulation who world health organization fma ute fugl-meyer upper extremity evaluation 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.v. and j.c.; data curation, m.v., j.c., y.v., d.dlb., s.c., p.t-y., r.r.m-g., l.m.m-a., a.a., c.c., m.b.c., r.c., and a.n.; formal analysis, m.v., j.c., y.v., d.dlb., s.c., p.t-y., r.r.m-g., l.m.m-a., a.a., c.c., m.b.c., r.c., and a.n.; investigation, m.v., j.c., y.v., d.dlb., s.c., p.t-y., r.r.m-g., l.m.m-a., a.a., c.c., m.b.c., r.c., and a.n.; methodology, m.v., j.c., y.v., d.dlb., s.c., p.t-y., r.r.m-g., l.m.m-a., a.a., c.c., m.b.c., r.c., and a.n.; project administration, m.v. and j.c.; resources, m.v. and j.c.; supervision, m.v. and j.c.; validation, m.v., j.c., j.c., r.p., and m.r.c.; visualization, m.v., j.c., y.v., d.dlb., s.c., p.t-y., r.r.m-g., l.m.ma., a.a., c.c., m.b.c., r.c., and a.n.; writing—original draft, m.v., j.c., y.v., d.dlb., s.c., p.t-y., r.r.m-g., l.m.m-a., a.a., c.c., m.b.c., r.c., and a.n.; writing—review & editing, m.v., j.c., m.v.r., r.p., j.c., and j.a.dlc-v. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. the manuscript copyright is exclusively the property of the instituto de investigación en ciencias biomédicas (inicib), dr. mariela vargas, and dr. josé cornejo. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1185 7.3. funding this research was funded by the instituto de investigación en ciencias biomédicas (inicib) of the universidad ricardo palma. 7.4. acknowledgements special thanks to the institute of electrical and electronics engineers – ieee, and to the american society of mechanical engineers – asme. also, dr. pichardo's contributions are appreciated. 7.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] kuriakose, d., & xiao, z. (2020). pathophysiology and treatment of stroke: present status and future perspectives. international journal of molecular sciences, 21(20), 7609. doi:10.3390/ijms21207609. [2] phillips morales, ó. (2019). update on guillain-barré syndrome. sinergia medical journal, 4(11), e290. doi:10.31434/rms.v4i11.290. [3] mendis, s. (2013). stroke disability and rehabilitation of stroke: world health organization perspective. international journal of stroke, 8(1), 3–4. doi:10.1111/j.1747-4949.2012.00969.x. [4] bacalangco, j. e. i., bawagan, k. g. f., bernardo, c. c., medina, r. l. s., reyes, j. m. l., & tolentino, r. e. (2021). design and control of robotic elbow using shape memory alloy as actuators. 6th international conference on communication and electronics systems (icces), 13-20. doi:10.1109/icces51350.2021.9489192. [5] bardi, e., gandolla, m., braghin, f., resta, f., pedrocchi, a. l. g., & ambrosini, e. (2022). upper limb soft robotic wearable devices: a systematic review. journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation, 19(1), 87. doi:10.1186/s12984-022-01065-9. [6] aguirre, j., perez, m. b., palomares, r., & cornejo, j. (2022). ergonomic bio-design and motion simulation of a mechatronic orthosis system for knee rehabilitation. proceedings of the 2022 ieee 29th international conference on electronics, electrical engineering and computing, intercon 2022. doi:10.1109/intercon55795.2022.9870040. [7] rodriguez, v., sanchez, l., palomares, r., & cornejo, j. (2022). ergonomic bio-design and motion simulation of a mechatronic orthosis system for elbow rehabilitation. proceedings of the 2022 ieee 29th international conference on electronics, electrical engineering and computing, intercon 2022. doi:10.1109/intercon55795.2022.9870083. [8] vargas, m., cornejo, j., & correa-lópez, l. e. (2016). biomedical engineering: the technological revolution for the future of the peruvian health system. revista de la facultad de medicina humana, 16(3), 95-96. doi:10.25176/rfmh.v16.n3.659. [9] cornejo, j., cornejo-aguilar, j. a., gonzalez, c., & sebastian, r. (2021). mechanical and kinematic design of surgical mini robotic manipulator used into sp-lap multi-dof platform for training and simulation. proceedings of the 2021 ieee 28th international conference on electronics, electrical engineering and computing. doi:10.1109/intercon52678.2021.9532965. [10] cornejo, j., cornejo-aguilar, j. a., & palomares, r. (2019). biomedik surgeon: surgical robotic system for training and simulation by medical students in peru. proceedings of the 2019 international conference on control of dynamical and aerospace systems, xpotron 2019. doi:10.1109/xpotron.2019.8705717. [11] cornejo, j., cornejo-aguilar, j. a., sebastian, r., perales, p., gonzalez, c., vargas, m., & elli, e. f. (2021). mechanical design of a novel surgical laparoscopic simulator for telemedicine assistance and physician training during aerospace applications. 3rd ieee eurasia conference on biomedical engineering, healthcare and sustainability, ecbios 2021, 53–56. doi:10.1109/ecbios51820.2021.9510753. [12] cornejo, j., cornejo-aguilar, j. a., vargas, m., helguero, c. g., milanezi de andrade, r., torres-montoya, s., asensio-salazar, j., rivero calle, a., martínez santos, j., damon, a., quiñones-hinojosa, a., quintero-consuegra, m. d., umaña, j. p., gallobernal, s., briceño, m., tripodi, p., sebastian, r., perales-villarroel, p., de la cruz-ku, g., … russomano, t. (2022). anatomical engineering and 3d printing for surgery and medical devices: international review and future exponential innovations. biomed research international, 6797745. doi:10.1155/2022/6797745. https://doi.org/10.1109/icces51350.2021.9489192 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1186 [13] cornejo, j., perales-villarroel, j. p., sebastian, r., & cornejo-aguilar, j. a. (2020). conceptual design of space biosurgeon for robotic surgery and aerospace medicine. ieee andescon, quito, ecuador. doi:10.1109/andescon50619.2020.9272122. [14] cornejo, j., cornejo, j., vargas, m., carvajal, m., perales, p., rodríguez, g., macias, c., canizares, s., silva, p., cubas, r. f., jimenez, m. c., lincango, e. p., serrano, l., palomares, r., aspilcueta, s., castillo-larios, r., evans, l. a., de la cruz-vargas, j. a., risk, m., … elli, e. f. (2024). sy-mis project: biomedical design of endo-robotic and laparoscopic training system for surgery on the earth and space. emerging science journal, 8(2), 372–393. doi:10.28991/esj-2024-08-02-01. [15] quezada, j. p., cabrera, k. s., cornejo, j., palomares, r., cornejo-aguilar, j. a., & vargas, m. (2023). mechatronic conceptual design and kinematic analysis of serial-type robotic exoskeleton for assisted rehabilitation therapy on upper limbs. 2023 3rd international conference on advances in electrical, computing, communication and sustainable technologies, icaect 2023. doi:10.1109/icaect57570.2023.10118243. [16] xiong, f., liao, x., xiao, j., bai, x., huang, j., zhang, b., li, f., & li, p. (2022). emerging limb rehabilitation therapy after post-stroke motor recovery. frontiers in aging neuroscience, 14, 863379. doi:10.3389/fnagi.2022.863379. [17] herrnstadt, g., alavi, n., randhawa, b. k., boyd, l. a., & menon, c. (2015). bimanual elbow robotic orthoses: preliminary investigations on an impairment force-feedback rehabilitation method. frontiers in human neuroscience, 9(march), 169. doi:10.3389/fnhum.2015.00169. [18] frolov, a. a., kozlovskaya, i. b., biryukova, e. v., & bobrov, p. d. (2018). use of robotic devices in post-stroke rehabilitation. neuroscience and behavioral physiology, 48(9), 1053–1066. doi:10.1007/s11055-018-0668-3. [19] nizamis, k., stienen, a. h. a., kamper, d. g., keller, t., plettenburg, d. h., rouse, e. j., farina, d., koopman, b. f. j. m., & sartori, m. (2019). transferrable expertise from bionic arms to robotic exoskeletons: perspectives for stroke and duchenne muscular dystrophy. ieee transactions on medical robotics and bionics, 1(2), 88–96. doi:10.1109/tmrb.2019.2912453. [20] pan, j., astarita, d., baldoni, a., dell’agnello, f., crea, s., vitiello, n., & trigili, e. (2023). a self-aligning upper-limb exoskeleton preserving natural shoulder movements: kinematic compatibility analysis. ieee transactions on neural systems and rehabilitation engineering, 31, 4954–4964. doi:10.1109/tnsre.2023.3341219. [21] daunoraviciene, k., adomaviciene, a., grigonyte, a., griškevicius, j., & juocevicius, a. (2018). effects of robot-assisted training on upper limb functional recovery during the rehabilitation of poststroke patients. technology and health care, 26(s2), s533–s542. doi:10.3233/thc-182500. [22] chang, s. r., hofland, n., chen, z., tatsuoka, c., richards, l. g., bruestle, m., kovelman, h., & naft, j. (2023). myoelectric arm orthosis assists functional activities: a 3-month home use outcome report. archives of rehabilitation research and clinical translation, 5(3), 100279. doi:10.1016/j.arrct.2023.100279. [23] pignolo, l., lucca, l. f., basta, g., sena, s., pugliese, m. e., sannita, w. g., & dolce, g. (2016). a new treatment in the rehabilitation of the paretic upper limb after stroke: the aramis prototype and treatment protocol. annali dell’istituto superiore di sanita, 52(2), 301–308. doi:10.4415/ann_16_02_25. [24] falkowski, p., & jeznach, k. (2024). simulation of a control method for active kinesiotherapy with an upper extremity rehabilitation exoskeleton without force sensor. journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation, 21(1), 22. doi:10.1186/s12984024-01316-x. [25] baur, k., rohrbach, n., hermsdörfer, j., riener, r., & klamroth-marganska, v. (2019). the “beam-me-in strategy” remote haptic therapist-patient interaction with two exoskeletons for stroke therapy. journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation, 16(1), 1–15. doi:10.1186/s12984-019-0547-3. [26] copaci, d., martin, f., moreno, l., & blanco, d. (2019). sma based elbow exoskeleton for rehabilitation therapy and patient evaluation. ieee access, 7, 31473–31484. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2902939. [27] cornejo, j., cornejo aguilar, j. a., & perales villarroel, j. p. (2019). international innovations in medical robotics to improve patient management in peru. journal of the faculty of human medicine, 19(4), 105–113. doi:10.25176/rfmh.v19i4.2349. [28] gopura, r. a. r. c., bandara, d. s. v., kiguchi, k., & mann, g. k. i. (2016). developments in hardware systems of active upper-limb exoskeleton robots: a review. robotics and autonomous systems, 75, 203–220. doi:10.1016/j.robot.2015.10.001. [29] chen, z. h., yang, y. l., lin, k. w., sun, p. c., & chen, c. s. (2022). functional assessment of 3d-printed multifunction assistive hand device for chronic stroke patients. ieee transactions on neural systems and rehabilitation engineering, 30, 1261–1266. doi:10.1109/tnsre.2022.3173034. [30] cornejo, j., vargas, m., & cornejo, j. (2020). innovative applications of robotics and biomedicine in public health during the covid-19 pandemic. journal of the faculty of human medicine, 20(4), 756–757. [31] zavala molina, d. a., silva cabrejos, r. j., murillo manrique, m. f., rodríguez bustinza, r. r., cornejo aguilar, j. l., & palomares orihuela, r. j. (2023). geometric modeling and kinematic simulation of hand prostheses for adult patients with transradial amputation. engineering profiles, 20(20), 179–200. doi:10.31381/perfilesingenieria.v20i20.6020. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1187 [32] vergaray, r. a., del aguila, r. f., avellaneda, g. a., palomares, r., cornejo, j., & cornejo-aguilar, j. a. (2021). mechatronic system design and development of irod: emg controlled bionic prosthesis for middle-third forearm amputee. etcm 2021 5th ecuador technical chapters meeting, cuenca, ecuador. doi:10.1109/etcm53643.2021.9590715. [33] carrera-rivera, a., ochoa, w., larrinaga, f., & lasa, g. (2022). how-to conduct a systematic literature review: a quick guide for computer science research. methodsx, 9, 101895. doi:10.1016/j.mex.2022.101895. [34] sainz-pelayo, m. p., albu, s., murillo, n., & benito-penalva, j. (2020). spasticity in neurological pathologies. an update on the pathophysiological mechanisms, advances in diagnosis and treatment. revista de neurologia, 70(12), 453–460. doi:10.33588/rn.7012.2019474. [35] jover-martínez, e., ríos-díaz, j., & poveda-pagán, e. j. (2015). relationship between spasticity scales and independence and functional status scales in patients with cerebral palsy. physiotherapy, 37(4), 175–184. doi:10.1016/j.ft.2014.10.001. [36] centen, a., lowrey, c. r., scott, s. h., yeh, t. t., & mochizuki, g. (2017). kaps (kinematic assessment of passive stretch): a tool to assess elbow flexor and extensor spasticity after stroke using a robotic exoskeleton. journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation, 14(1), 1–13. doi:10.1186/s12984-017-0272-8. [37] mochizuki, g., centen, a., resnick, m., lowrey, c., dukelow, s. p., & scott, s. h. (2019). movement kinematics and proprioception in post-stroke spasticity: assessment using the kinarm robotic exoskeleton. journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation, 16(1), 1–13. doi:10.1186/s12984-019-0618-5. [38] posteraro, f., crea, s., mazzoleni, s., bert eanu, m., ciobanu, i., vitiello, n., cempini, m., gervasio, s., & mrachacz-kersting, n. (2018). technologically-advanced assessment of upper-limb spasticity: a pilot study. european journal of physical and rehabilitation medicine, 54(4), 536–544. doi:10.23736/s1973-9087.17.04815-8. [39] dehem, s., gilliaux, m., lejeune, t., detrembleur, c., galinski, d., sapin, j., vanderwegen, m., & stoquart, g. (2017). assessment of upper limb spasticity in stroke patients using the robotic device reaplan. journal of rehabilitation medicine, 49(7), 565–571. doi:10.2340/16501977-2248. [40] crea, s., cempini, m., mazzoleni, s., carrozza, m. c., posteraro, f., & vitiello, n. (2017). phase-ii clinical validation of a powered exoskeleton for the treatment of elbow spasticity. frontiers in neuroscience, 11(may), 261. doi:10.3389/fnins.2017.00261. [41] koh, t. h., cheng, n., yap, h. k., & yeow, c. h. (2017). design of a soft robotic elbow sleeve with passive and intentcontrolled actuation. frontiers in neuroscience, 11(oct), 597. doi:10.3389/fnins.2017.00597. [42] mcgibbon, c. a., sexton, a., jones, m., & o’connell, c. (2013). elbow spasticity during passive stretch-reflex: clinical evaluation using a wearable sensor system. journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation, 10(1), 61. doi:10.1186/1743-000310-61. [43] sin, m., kim, w. s., cho, k., & paik, n. j. (2019). isokinetic robotic device to improve test-retest and inter-rater reliability for stretch reflex measurements in stroke patients with spasticity. journal of visualized experiments, 2019(148). doi:10.3791/59814. [44] pilla, a., trigili, e., mckinney, z., fanciullacci, c., malasoma, c., posteraro, f., crea, s., & vitiello, n. (2020). robotic rehabilitation and multimodal instrumented assessment of post-stroke elbow motor functions—a randomized controlled trial protocol. frontiers in neurology, 11, 587293. doi:10.3389/fneur.2020.587293. [45] adar, s., demircan, a., akçin, a. i̇., dündar, ü., toktaş, h., yeşil, h., eroğlu, s., eyvaz, n., beştaş, e., & toksoy, c. k. (2023). evaluation of finger strength and spasticity in hemiplegic patients using hand-finger robotic device a validity and reliability study. medicine (united states), 102(49), e36479. doi:10.1097/md.0000000000036479. [46] chiyohara, s., furukawa, j. ichiro, noda, t., morimoto, j., & imamizu, h. (2020). passive training with upper extremity exoskeleton robot affects proprioceptive acuity and performance of motor learning. scientific reports, 10(1), 11820. doi:10.1038/s41598-020-68711-x. [47] washabaugh, e. p., treadway, e., brent gillespiec, r., david remy, c., & krishnan, c. (2018). self-powered robots to reduce motor slacking during upper-extremity rehabilitation: a proof of concept study. restorative neurology and neuroscience, 36(6), 693–708. doi:10.3233/rnn-180830. [48] grimm, f., naros, g., & gharabaghi, a. (2016). closed-loop task difficulty adaptation during virtual reality reach-to-grasp training assisted with an exoskeleton for stroke rehabilitation. frontiers in neuroscience, 10(nov), 518. doi:10.3389/fnins.2016.00518. [49] bos, r. a., nizamis, k., koopman, b. f. j. m., herder, j. l., sartori, m., & plettenburg, d. h. (2020). a case study with symbihand: an semg-controlled electrohydraulic hand orthosis for individuals with duchenne muscular dystrophy. ieee transactions on neural systems and rehabilitation engineering, 28(1), 258–266. doi:10.1109/tnsre.2019.2952470. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1188 [50] brihmat, n., loubinoux, i., castel-lacanal, e., marque, p., & gasq, d. (2020). kinematic parameters obtained with the armeospring for upper-limb assessment after stroke: a reliability and learning effect study for guiding parameter use. journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation, 17(1), 130. doi:10.1186/s12984-020-00759-2. [51] borboni, a., villafañe, j. h., mullè, c., valdes, k., faglia, r., taveggia, g., & negrini, s. (2017). robot-assisted rehabilitation of hand paralysis after stroke reduces wrist edema and pain: a prospective clinical trial. journal of manipulative and physiological therapeutics, 40(1), 21–30. doi:10.1016/j.jmpt.2016.10.003. [52] dudley, d. r., knarr, b. a., siu, k. c., peck, j., ricks, b., & zuniga, j. m. (2021). testing of a 3d printed hand exoskeleton for an individual with stroke: a case study. disability and rehabilitation: assistive technology, 16(2), 209–213. doi:10.1080/17483107.2019.1646823. [53] luke, c., dodd, k. j., & brock, k. (2004). outcomes of the bobath concept on upper limb recovery following stroke. clinical rehabilitation, 18(8), 888–898. doi:10.1191/0269215504cr793oa. [54] díaz-arribas, m. j., martín-casas, p., cano-de-la-cuerda, r., & plaza-manzano, g. (2020). effectiveness of the bobath concept in the treatment of stroke: a systematic review. disability and rehabilitation, 42(12), 1636–1649. doi:10.1080/09638288.2019.1590865. [55] pundik, s., mccabe, j., skelly, m., salameh, a., naft, j., chen, z., tatsuoka, c., & fatone, s. (2022). myoelectric arm orthosis in motor learning-based therapy for chronic deficits after stroke and traumatic brain injury. frontiers in neurology, 13, 791144. doi:10.3389/fneur.2022.791144. [56] hsu, c. y., wu, c. m., huang, c. c., shie, h. h., & tsai, y. s. (2022). feasibility and potential effects of robot-assisted passive range of motion training in combination with conventional rehabilitation on hand function in patients with chronic stroke. journal of rehabilitation medicine, 54, 323. doi:10.2340/jrm.v54.1407. [57] singh, n., saini, m., kumar, n., srivastava, m. v. p., & mehndiratta, a. (2021). evidence of neuroplasticity with robotic hand exoskeleton for post-stroke rehabilitation: a randomized controlled trial. journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation, 18(1), 76. doi:10.1186/s12984-021-00867-7. [58] hu, x. l., tong, r. k. y., ho, n. s. k., xue, j. j., rong, w., & li, l. s. w. (2015). wrist rehabilitation assisted by an electromyography-driven neuromuscular electrical stimulation robot after stroke. neurorehabilitation and neural repair, 29(8), 767–776. doi:10.1177/1545968314565510. [59] wu, q., wang, z., & chen, y. (2023). semg-based adaptive cooperative multi-mode control of a soft elbow exoskeleton using neural network compensation. ieee transactions on neural systems and rehabilitation engineering, 31, 3384–3396. doi:10.1109/tnsre.2023.3306201. [60] ambrosini, e., russold, m., gfoehler, m., puchinger, m., weber, m., becker, s., krakow, k., immick, n., augsten, a., rossini, m., proserpio, d., zajc, j., gasperini, g., molteni, f., pedrocchi, a., ferrante, s., ferrigno, g., gasperina, s. d., bulgheroni, m., … wiesener, c. (2019). a hybrid robotic system for arm training of stroke survivors: concept and first evaluation. ieee transactions on biomedical engineering, 66(12), 3290–3300. doi:10.1109/tbme.2019.2900525. [61] huang, y., nam, c., li, w., rong, w., xie, y., liu, y., qian, q., & hu, x. (2020). a comparison of the rehabilitation effectiveness of neuromuscular electrical stimulation robotic hand training and pure robotic hand training after stroke: a randomized controlled trial. biomedical signal processing and control, 56, 101723. doi:10.1016/j.bspc.2019.101723. [62] hsu, h. y., koh, c. l., yang, k. c., lin, y. c., hsu, c. h., su, f. c., & kuo, l. c. (2024). effects of an assist-as-needed equipped tenodesis-induced-grip exoskeleton robot (tiger) on upper limb function in patients with chronic stroke. journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation, 21(1), 5. doi:10.1186/s12984-023-01298-2. [63] alhamad, r., seth, n., & abdullah, h. a. (2023). initial testing of robotic exoskeleton hand device for stroke rehabilitation. sensors, 23(14), 6339. doi:10.3390/s23146339. [64] noronha, b., ng, c. y., little, k., xiloyannis, m., kuah, c. w. k., wee, s. k., kulkarni, s. r., masia, l., chua, k. s. g., & accoto, d. (2022). soft, lightweight wearable robots to support the upper limb in activities of daily living: a feasibility study on chronic stroke patients. ieee transactions on neural systems and rehabilitation engineering, 30, 1401–1411. doi:10.1109/tnsre.2022.3175224. [65] das neves, m. f., aleixo, d. c., mendes, i. s., lima, f. p. s., nicolau, r. a., arisawa, e. a. l., lopes-martins, r. a. b., & lima, m. o. (2020). long-term analyses of spastic muscle behavior in chronic poststroke patients after near-infrared low-level laser therapy (808 nm): a double-blinded placebo-controlled clinical trial. lasers in medical science, 35(7), 1459–1467. doi:10.1007/s10103-019-02920-3. [66] kopke, j. v., ellis, m. d., & hargrove, l. j. (2020). determining user intent of partly dynamic shoulder tasks in individuals with chronic stroke using pattern recognition. ieee transactions on neural systems and rehabilitation engineering, 28(1), 350–358. doi:10.1109/tnsre.2019.2955029. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1189 [67] liu, q., liu, y., li, y., zhu, c., meng, w., ai, q., & xie, s. q. (2021). path planning and impedance control of a soft modular exoskeleton for coordinated upper limb rehabilitation. frontiers in neurorobotics, 15, 745531. doi:10.3389/fnbot.2021.745531. [68] ren, h., liu, t., & wang, j. (2023). design and analysis of an upper limb rehabilitation robot based on multimodal control. sensors (switzerland), 23(21), 8801. doi:10.3390/s23218801. [69] cantillo-negrete, j., carino-escobar, r. i., carrillo-mora, p., rodriguez-barragan, m. a., hernandez-arenas, c., quinzañosfresnedo, j., hernandez-sanchez, i. r., galicia-alvarado, m. a., miguel-puga, a., & arias-carrion, o. (2021). brain-computer interface coupled to a robotic hand orthosis for stroke patients’ neurorehabilitation: a crossover feasibility study. frontiers in human neuroscience, 15, 656975. doi:10.3389/fnhum.2021.656975. [70] franck, j. a., smeets, r. j. e. m., & seelen, h. a. m. (2019). evaluation of a functional hand orthosis combined with electrical stimulation adjunct to arm-hand rehabilitation in subacute stroke patients with a severely to moderately affected hand function. disability and rehabilitation, 41(10), 1160–1168. doi:10.1080/09638288.2017.1423400. [71] xia, k., chen, x., chang, x., liu, c., guo, l., xu, x., lv, f., wang, y., sun, h., & zhou, j. (2022). hand exoskeleton design and human–machine interaction strategies for rehabilitation. bioengineering, 9(11), 682. doi:10.3390/bioengineering9110682. [72] yurkewich, a., hebert, d., wang, r. h., & mihailidis, a. (2019). hand extension robot orthosis (hero) glove: development and testing with stroke survivors with severe hand impairment. ieee transactions on neural systems and rehabilitation engineering, 27(5), 916–926. doi:10.1109/tnsre.2019.2910011. [73] yurkewich, a., kozak, i. j., hebert, d., wang, r. h., & mihailidis, a. (2020). hand extension robot orthosis (hero) grip glove: enabling independence amongst persons with severe hand impairments after stroke. journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation, 17(1), 33. doi:10.1186/s12984-020-00659-5. [74] he, c., xiong, c. h., chen, z. j., fan, w., huang, x. l., & fu, c. (2021). preliminary assessment of a postural synergy-based exoskeleton for post-stroke upper limb rehabilitation. ieee transactions on neural systems and rehabilitation engineering, 29, 1795–1805. doi:10.1109/tnsre.2021.3107376. [75] chen, z. j., he, c., xu, j., zheng, c. j., wu, j., xia, n., hua, q., xia, w. g., xiong, c. h., & huang, x. l. (2023). exoskeletonassisted anthropomorphic movement training for the upper limb after stroke: the eamt randomized trial. stroke, 54(6), 1464–1473. doi:10.1161/strokeaha.122.041480. [76] hohl, k., giffhorn, m., jackson, s., & jayaraman, a. (2022). a framework for clinical utilization of robotic exoskeletons in rehabilitation. journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation, 19(1), 115. doi:10.1186/s12984-022-01083-7. [77] singh, n., saini, m., kumar, n., srivastava, m. v. p., kumaran, s. s., & mehndiratta, a. (2021). a case report: effect of robotic exoskeleton based therapy on neurological and functional recovery of a patient with chronic stroke. frontiers in neurology, 12, 680733. doi:10.3389/fneur.2021.680733. [78] hossain, d., scott, s. h., cluff, t., & dukelow, s. p. (2023). the use of machine learning and deep learning techniques to assess proprioceptive impairments of the upper limb after stroke. journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation, 20(1), 15. doi:10.1186/s12984-023-01140-9. [79] rauch, a., negrini, s., & cieza, a. (2019). toward strengthening rehabilitation in health systems: methods used to develop a who package of rehabilitation interventions. archives of physical medicine and rehabilitation, 100(11), 2205–2211. doi:10.1016/j.apmr.2019.06.002. [80] qian, q., hu, x., lai, q., ng, s. c., zheng, y., & poon, w. (2017). early stroke rehabilitation of the upper limb assisted with an electromyography-driven neuromuscular electrical stimulation-robotic arm. frontiers in neurology, 8(sep), 447. doi:10.3389/fneur.2017.00447. [81] keeling, a. b., piitz, m., semrau, j. a., hill, m. d., scott, s. h., & dukelow, s. p. (2021). robot enhanced stroke therapy optimizes rehabilitation (restore): a pilot study. journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation, 18(1), 10. doi:10.1186/s12984-021-00804-8. [82] leonardis, d., barsotti, m., loconsole, c., solazzi, m., troncossi, m., mazzotti, c., castelli, v. p., procopio, c., lamola, g., chisari, c., bergamasco, m., & frisoli, a. (2015). an emg-controlled robotic hand exoskeleton for bilateral rehabilitation. ieee transactions on haptics, 8(2), 140–151. doi:10.1109/toh.2015.2417570. [83] de-la-torre, r., oña, e. d., balaguer, c., & jardón, a. (2020). robot-aided systems for improving the assessment of upper limb spasticity: a systematic review. sensors, 20(18), 5251. doi:10.3390/s20185251. [84] lee, y. y., lin, k. c., cheng, h. j., wu, c. y., hsieh, y. w., & chen, c. k. (2015). effects of combining robot-assisted therapy with neuromuscular electrical stimulation on motor impairment, motor and daily function, and quality of life in patients with chronic stroke: a double-blinded randomized controlled trial. journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation, 12(1), 96. doi:10.1186/s12984-015-0088-3. https://doi.org/10.3390/s20185251 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1190 [85] shin, s., lee, h. j., chang, w. h., ko, s. h., shin, y. il, & kim, y. h. (2022). a smart glove digital system promotes restoration of upper limb motor function and enhances cortical hemodynamic changes in subacute stroke patients with mild to moderate weakness: a randomized controlled trial. journal of clinical medicine, 11(24). doi:10.3390/jcm11247343. [86] pournajaf, s., morone, g., straudi, s., goffredo, m., leo, m. r., calabrò, r. s., felzani, g., paolucci, s., filoni, s., santamato, a., franceschini, m., zanetti, c., calligola, d., spina, s., facciorusso, s., fregna, g., baroni, a., cimino, v., cinnera, a. m., … pompilio, m. p. (2023). neurophysiological and clinical effects of upper limb robot-assisted rehabilitation on motor recovery in patients with subacute stroke: a multicenter randomized controlled trial study protocol. brain sciences, 13(4), 700. doi:10.3390/brainsci13040700. [87] guo, n., wang, x., duanmu, d., huang, x., li, x., fan, y., li, h., liu, y., yeung, e. h. k., to, m. k. t., gu, j., wan, f., & hu, y. (2022). ssvep-based brain computer interface controlled soft robotic glove for post-stroke hand function rehabilitation. ieee transactions on neural systems and rehabilitation engineering, 30, 1737–1744. doi:10.1109/tnsre.2022.3185262. [88] chowdhury, a., meena, y. k., raza, h., bhushan, b., uttam, a. k., pandey, n., hashmi, a. a., bajpai, a., dutta, a., & prasad, g. (2018). active physical practice followed by mental practice using bci-driven hand exoskeleton: a pilot trial for clinical effectiveness and usability. ieee journal of biomedical and health informatics, 22(6), 1786–1795. doi:10.1109/jbhi.2018.2863212. [89] nieto-chaupis, h. (2023). the internet of brain things: theoretical basis for the usage of neuralink chip. ieee international conference on consumer electronics berlin, icce-berlin, 3–5. doi:10.1109/icce-berlin58801.2023.10375671. [90] sharma, a., khan, k., & katarya, r. (2022). human augmentation technologya cybersecurity review for widespread adoption. 2022 13th international conference on computing communication and networking technologies, icccnt 2022, 3–5. doi:10.1109/icccnt54827.2022.9984500. [91] abrams, z. (2023). breakthroughs in brain implants. ieee pulse, 14(6), 7–10. doi:10.1109/mpuls.2024.3353668. [92] gupta, g., pequito, s., & bogdan, p. (2018). re-thinking eeg-based non-invasive brain interfaces: modeling and analysis. proceedings 9th acm/ieee international conference on cyber physical systems, 275–286. doi:10.1109/iccps.2018.00034. [93] rivera, m. v., cornejo, j., huallpayunca, k., diaz, a. b., ortiz-benique, z. n., reina, a. d., lino, g. j., & ticllacuri, v. (2020). human space medicine: physiological performance and countermeasures to improve astronaut health. revista de la facultad de medicina humana, 20(2), 303-314. doi:10.25176/rfmh.v20i2.2920. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 723 issn: 2723-9535 generative ai for enhancing accessibility and inclusion in higher education: a systematic review josé alejandro jaime-vargas 1* 1 universidad autónoma de guadalajara. departamento académico de ciencias sociales, económico y administrativas. av. patria 1201, 45129, zapopan, méxico. received 25 february 2025; revised 12 may 2025; accepted 17 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract this study reviews existing literature on generative artificial intelligence (ai) and its accessibility for students with visual, hearing, and motor disabilities in higher education. the objective is to identify gaps in the implementation of inclusive education practices. the prisma protocol guided the review process, and the scopus and web of science databases were selected for their recognized academic rigor and comprehensive coverage. the first phase involved the review of 54 articles in english from 2023 to 2024. the selection process involved prioritizing articles based on empirical scientific studies on ai applications for students with disabilities, and discarding articles that did not meet the criteria. ultimately, only five articles were selected. the findings reveal a significant research gap regarding the role of generative ai in supporting these students. notably, the selected articles tend to focus more on sensory disabilities than on motor disabilities. this study is pioneering in pointing out the lack of research on motor disabilities during the analyzed period, a key aspect of ai in higher education. these findings underscore the necessity of further research that aligns with the un 2030 agenda, specifically goals 4 (quality education) and 10 (reduced inequalities), promoting the development of ai tools that foster equal opportunities and inclusive education. keywords: generative artificial intelligence; accessibility; higher education; educational inclusion; adaptive technologies. 1. introduction artificial intelligence (ai) has established itself as a transformative tool in higher education, with significant advances in accessibility since the widespread adoption of generative ai tools, such as chatgpt, in late 2022 [1]. generative ai, which creates content such as text, images, and audio based on user prompts, enables personalized learning environments by adapting curricula and improving feedback systems [2, 3]. however, despite its rapid spread in education and the studies conducted, between 2023 and 2024 there were still few studies addressing equitable access for students with disabilities, especially those with sensory (visual and hearing) and motor impairments [4]. this gap is crucial as international bodies grant the right to equitable education, as established by the united nations convention on the rights of persons with disabilities [5] and align with the sustainable development goals (sdgs), specifically sdg 4 (quality education) and sdg 10 (reduced inequalities) [6, 7]. recent research on generative artificial intelligence in education has addressed various topics, such as pedagogical applications and integration in higher education [8-11], but often overlooks accessibility for students with sensory and motor disabilities [4]. other studies have been conducted by ahmed et al. (2024), who focus on students' perspectives * corresponding author: jose.jaime@edu.uag.mx http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-022  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4821-1136 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 724 and opinions on the use of ai in learning, but do not take into account the accessibility barriers faced by students with visual, hearing, and motor disabilities, such as lack of compatibility with screen readers, absence of automatic subtitles, or lack of voice controls for navigation in these digital tools [9]. similarly, krause et al. (2024) highlight the potential of ai but do not address inclusive design for motor disabilities [12]. this gap is also observed in studies such as those by ashtikar et al. and nikolopoulou, which mention audio support for visual disabilities but do not consider specific adaptations for motor disabilities [13, 14]. although some ai applications comply with standards such as wcag 2.2 for accessibility [15], the lack of attention to motor disabilities in studies reflects a gap in research that could exacerbate educational inequalities [13]. although some ai applications comply with standards such as wcag 2.2 [15], this lack of attention to motor disabilities in the literature points to an important gap that may increase educational inequalities [13]. to address this gap, the present study conducts a systematic review of the literature published between 2023 and 2024, with the aim of assessing the extent to which the inclusion of sensory (visual and hearing) and motor disabilities has been considered in research on generative artificial intelligence in higher education. it also analyzes the accessibility barriers faced by students with these disabilities, including technological limitations, as well as economic and linguistic barriers that could hinder their equitable access to these tools [16]. this work is based on a theoretical framework that integrates universal design for learning (udl), hyatt & owenz [17], because reducing barriers to learning, whether physical, cognitive, affective, or institutional, as well as creating flexible and accessible learning experiences for all students, with the aim of providing them with equal opportunities, is a perspective based on human rights and the sdgs [5, 6, 7, 17]. the structure of the chapters in this paper is as follows: section 1 introduces the topic and research gaps. section 2 reviews the literature. section 3 outlines the methodology. section 4 conducts a systematic review. section 5 examines the results. section 6 provides conclusions. section 7 includes declarations. section 8 lists references. 2. literature review 2.1. ia generative generative artificial intelligence represents an advance from traditional ai, which focuses on decision-making based on specific inputs [1]. the term "generative" refers to ai's ability to produce novel results rather than simply reproducing, categorizing, processing, or analyzing inputs [3]. traditional ai can suggest a course based on user preferences, whereas generative ai can generate content such as videos, text, images, music, or a combination of these [1, 15, 18, 19]. therefore, generative ai produces content based on user prompts [20]. hyatt & owenz [17] considered the use of generative ai in creating content adapted to different formats and styles. in addition, ai applications can support students with disabilities by providing personalized learning materials and tools that are tailored to their specific needs [21-23]. additionally, ai applications can support students with disabilities by providing personalized learning materials and tools tailored to their specific needs. emerging practices include captioning for deaf and hard-of-hearing students and audio descriptions for visually impaired students. however, this feature has yet to be utilized on a large scale [24]. these authors point out that generative artificial intelligence tools are already available to personalize learning materials for students with disabilities. however, challenges remain as these tools have not yet been fully designed and adapted for accessibility. the next section will address the use of generative ai in higher education. 2.2. generative ai in higher education artificial intelligence (ai) has proven to be a useful learning technology in higher education. it can help students achieve positive learning outcomes and allow teachers to better understand their students' learning status, further improving their teaching strategies [25]. ai can enhance personalized learning experiences and streamline educational processes [26], as well as provide teachers with relevant information about learners' characteristics and learning status. this allows teachers to assist learners in a timely manner, which is why ai has become a relevant topic in higher education [27, 28]. ai's ability to "generate" novel content allows it to create new results [3]. one difference between ai and generative artificial intelligence is that the latter is broader. it creates new, original content not found in your training data [29]. this system customizes learning materials according to each student's needs and progress. it generates video lessons accompanied by visual support, such as images and animations, to facilitate understanding of complex concepts. ashtikar et al. [13] explore how ai tools generate adaptive content, such as videos and text, to support diverse learners. for instance, videos with subtitles enhance the comprehension of theoretical content among students with and without visual or motor impairments. one example is the "be my eyes virtual volunteer" service, which allows users to send images through the app to an ai-powered "virtual volunteer" that can answer questions about the image and provide immediate visual assistance with various tasks [30]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 725 2.3. accessibility in higher education the term "accessibility" refers to the degree to which environments, services, or products allow access to as many people as possible, including those with disabilities. environments can hinder or enable participation and access to information and communication technologies (icts) [5]. for the purposes of this review, generative ai is defined as tools that create new content based on prompts, such as text generators, image generators, video generators, text-tospeech tools, 3d visual generators, game generators, and code generators [31]. examples of generative ai include chatgpt and gpt-4 for text and code generation, copilot for code generation, midjourney and dall-e for image creation, and voicebox for text-to-speech [31]. digital accessibility means that people with and without disabilities can obtain equivalent experiences and opportunities from digital content. teach access (2025) [32]. accessibility also means access to computers, adapted keyboards, the internet, and overcoming socio-economic (e.g., limited resources) and linguistic (e.g., non-native students) barriers. students may also encounter material that is not designed for people with disabilities or specialized software (e.g., voice control for people with disabilities). all of this can create inclusive gaps for students in this situation. therefore, an inclusive approach recommended by the principles of universal design for learning (udl) is necessary [31, 32]. developing accessible technologies is important to ensure that people with disabilities can participate in educational and professional settings. for example, the use of artificial intelligence in education can be a powerful tool for creating inclusive learning environments and providing feedback. however, it is crucial to guarantee that these technologies are accessible to all, including students with visual, hearing, or motor impairments [5]. education is a right that must be guaranteed to everyone, regardless of their personal characteristics or conditions. this requires structural reforms and measures that promote equal opportunities and equity. universities must address this challenge and ensure that environments are accessible to students, among other things [33]. one of the challenges higher education institutions face is integrating these technological tools into their curricula. additionally, teachers must be trained to incorporate these tools into their learning activities and educational projects according to the subject and objectives to be developed. in this context, alshahrani [34] suggests that artificial intelligence has emerged as a possible solution to improve educational accessibility. schauer et al. (2025) demonstrated that ai-powered screen readers can improve online learning for students with visual impairments but note their limited effectiveness for those with motor impairments [35]. similarly, glazko et al. (2024) highlight generative ai's potential to promote accessibility. however, they caution that poorly designed tools can exacerbate inequalities, particularly among students with motor disabilities [36]. zapata marín (2024) examined 150 students with cognitive, sensory, and motor disabilities and found that while generative ai tools such as chatgpt support academic performance and motivation, students face barriers such as inaccessible user interfaces, particularly for motor impairments [37]. the latter barrier coincides with the findings of pierrès et al. (2024), who interviewed 33 students in switzerland and reported similar problems with assistive technology compatibility [38]. although zapata's study is larger (n=150) than pierrès's (n=33), more research is needed to obtain more robust results that address motor disability. chemnad and othman (2023) analyzed 43 studies from 2018 to 2023 and found that there was a predominant emphasis on visual disabilities and a significant gap in research on motor disabilities [39]. these findings demonstrate the need for more studies focused on motor disabilities. these gaps in motor disability research align with united nations sustainable development goal 10 (reduce inequalities) [6] and highlight the need for this systematic review to explore how generative ai can improve accessibility for students with sensory and motor disabilities in higher education. 2.4. accessibility in higher education the accelerated growth of generative ai over the past year has prompted many universities to adopt various strategies to address the challenges facing higher education [40]. despite its potential benefits, roegiest & pinkosova [41] emphasize the importance of addressing the readability and accessibility barriers posed by generative information systems, particularly for individuals with literacy challenges. therefore, while recognizing the limitations and concerns of equity and accessibility, generative ai systems offer benefits but also risks for students, teachers, and administrators [15]. these systems are progressively integrating into our daily routines and could reshape the way we access, process, and produce information [41]. for example, the costs associated with generative ai tools, such as subscription fees for platforms such as chatgpt and midjourney, to name two examples, create economic barriers that mainly affect students with disabilities. these students rely on expensive assistive technologies, a problem identified by garcia ramos and wilson-kennedy and alasadi & baiz [42, 43]. furthermore, the digital divide—evidenced by limited access to high-speed internet or compatible devices—further restricts access for low-income students with disabilities, a concern highlighted by acostavargas et al. and baidoo-anu et al. [15, 44]. to understand the need for studies on the characteristics of people with disabilities, it is important to note that students enrolling in educational institutions may or may not explicitly disclose a disability. for example, the national center for education statistics reported that, in the 2019-2020 school year, approximately 21% of undergraduates and 11% of hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 726 graduates reported having a disability such as severe deafness, blindness, or difficulty seeing [45]. the association for access to higher education and disability (ahead) has also noted an increase in the number of higher education students participating in disability services over the past eleven years. the number of students with sensory disabilities in the blind/visually impaired category increased from 134 in 2008/09 to 261 in 2019/20—a 95% increase. the number of deaf/hard of hearing students increased from 206 in 2008/09 to 379 in 2019/20—an increase of 173 students, or 84%. the total number of students with other types of disabilities increased by 226.5% over the same elevenyear period [46]. these data show that it is necessary to address this problem through public policies and by encouraging companies that develop these technologies to create accessible applications that benefit all students, regardless of their grade level. additionally, educational institutions must pay attention to this issue so that access to and infrastructure for these technological tools are progressively included. this will prepare educational institutions to support students when they enroll. this reduces the barriers for this group of students [46]. this study addresses concerns about accessibility by focusing on how generative ai technologies can enhance academic development and contribute to educational inclusion and improved accessibility in higher education. these technologies can support students' learning styles, such as visual, auditory, and motor learning, and go beyond providing ict skills. the following section will present the methods that will be used for the development of this project, including the methodology, search strategies, inclusion and exclusion criteria, research questions, and the systematic review process. 3. research methodology  this study focuses on higher education students from all disciplines. their characteristics and needs may differ from those of students in other degree programs.  english was chosen as the language of study due to its prevalence in international academic publications.  this study analyzes literature published between 2023 and 2024. these years were selected because generative ai is an emerging topic, and the aim is to explore research in this field, particularly as it pertains to individuals with sensory and motor disabilities.  the search was conducted in the scopus and web of science databases.  the preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses (prisma) systematic review process was followed yepes-núñez et al. [47]. the search and selection of documents was carried out step by step: identification, selection, eligibility, and inclusion. 3.1. research questions this study addresses the following research questions:  how does generative artificial intelligence adapt to meet the needs of students with disabilities in higher education?  have studies on integrative artificial intelligence related to the needs of students with disabilities in higher education been carried out in the educational field?  do studies from 2023 and 2024 on student accessibility consider the opinions of students with sensory and motor disabilities?  in what ways have studies addressed the application of generative artificial intelligence in higher education for students with disabilities? 3.2. search strategy to optimize the article search, the following keywords were used: "generative ai and accessibility in higher education" or "generative ai" or "ai personalization" and "accessibility in higher education" or "inclusive educational practices" or "assistive technologies in education" and "higher education" or "college students." two checklists of inclusion criteria were developed to facilitate the identification of articles. articles were excluded if they did not meet the inclusion criteria described in table 1. this approach simplified the review process. one of the inclusion criteria was that articles had to comply with the following points: 1, 2, 3, and 4. table 1. inclusion criteria for article selection 1 articles published between 2023 and 2024. 2 articles written in english 3 peer-reviewed publications. 4 studies based on experimental, quasi-experimental, observational, qualitative research, systematic reviews, and meta-analyses. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 727 in addition, articles had to meet one or more of the inclusion criteria listed in table 2. table 2. inclusion criteria for the selection of articles 5 studies focused on university students, including those with disabilities (visual, hearing, motor). 6 studies investigating the use of generative ai to personalize learning according to students' learning styles (visual, auditory, motor.) 7 studies exploring the educational inclusion of students with disabilities, including those related to digital accessibility and technological tools in higher education. 8 studies addressing generative ai in the context of higher education and accessibility. the inclusion criteria were studies published in 2023 and 2024, in the scopus and web of science databases, in english, peer-reviewed, and addressing the use of generative artificial intelligence tools, such as chatgpt. studies employing experimental, quasi-experimental, observational, or qualitative research methodologies, as well as systematic reviews and meta-analyses, were included. the studies had to explore higher education students with visual, auditory, and motor disabilities. we considered studies that examined using generative ai to personalize learning according to the type of disability, including research focused on digital accessibility and technological tools in higher education and studies that addressed generative artificial intelligence in higher education and accessibility. articles that did not meet these criteria were not considered for this study. the review identified 54 studies, 30 of which were excluded during the screening phase as they did not address generative artificial intelligence or disabilities. after re-screening, a further 19 studies were excluded for not meeting the quality or relevance criteria, leaving only five studies that met the inclusion requirements. for the purposes of this study, cognitive, neurodevelopmental, and learning disabilities (e.g., dyslexia and autism) were excluded from the review to enable a focus on sensory (visual and auditory) and motor disabilities. this decision was made because sensory and motor disabilities are underrepresented compared to cognitive disabilities, as highlighted by chemnad & othman [39]. 4. selection and systematic review process this section presents the steps of the systematic review steps following the prisma protocol [47]. it consists of five phases: identification, duplicates, screening, eligibility, and inclusion. identification: the first step was to search for articles in the scopus and web of science databases. the keywords established in tables 1 and 2 were used for the search, inclusion, and exclusion of articles from other years and reports on other topics. this process was repeated twice to verify that the first and second searches yielded the same results and to avoid bias in the searches. duplicates: duplicate items were identified using the rayyan software, which enables the automated detection of duplicates. first, articles were imported from databases into rayyan, and the software analyzed them to identify duplicates, considering articles with the same title, authors, and publication details. a manual review was then carried out to confirm the duplicate articles. the articles with the most complete information in the databases were preserved; articles that only mention the title and author were discarded. the searches carried out in scopus and web of science yielded 33 and 21 articles, respectively. a total of 54 academic works were added from both sources of data to continue with the next phase. screening: subsequent to the process of duplicate detection and finger cleaning, the next phase was the selection phase, where the review of duplicate articles continued, and the most complete ones were preserved. preference was given, for example, to articles that included details such as the doi, abstract, and other relevant information. in this phase, 7 duplicate records were eliminated, leaving a total of 47 for evaluation. finally, 9 articles were sent to the recovery process. eligibility: for the final phase of the prisma review, the process continued with the eligibility stage. the eligibility of 9 articles was reviewed; only those that met the inclusion criteria were retained. four articles that did not meet the inclusion criteria were excluded. inclusion: by the end of this review, five articles had been selected that met the characteristics indicated in the inclusion criteria. therefore, of the 54 articles initially obtained to represent the research topic, only five remained at the end of the review. this represents just 9.2% of the articles initially shortlisted from the databases. figure 1 illustrates the prisma systematic review process, including the phases of identification, removal of duplicates, screening, eligibility, and inclusion. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 728 figure 1. identification of studies via databases and registers after the selection and systematic review process had been carried out, a table was created containing information on each selected article, including the title, type of publication, topic, author, journal, year, and country. this information is presented in table 3. table 3. key characteristics of the articles included in the systematic review article title publication types topics authors journal year database country generative ai and web accessibility: towards an inclusive and sustainable future. journal article web accessibility, inclusion, sustainability acosta-vargas et al. [15] emerging science journal 2024 scopus ecuador exploring the role of generative ai in higher education: semi-structured interviews with students with disabilities. journal article generative ai, disabilities, inclusion pierrès et al. [38] education and information technologies 2024 scopus switzerland promoting equity and addressing concerns in teaching and learning with artificial intelligence. journal article ai integration, equity, inclusive teaching, stem garcia ramos & wilson-kennedy [42] frontiers in education 2024 scopus usa generative ai in education and research: opportunities, concerns, and solutions. journal article ai integration, use of ai chatgpt, education, generative ai, gpt-4, technology, tools alasadi & baiz [43] journal of chemical education 2023 scopus usa exploring student perspectives on generative ai in higher education learning. journal article student perspectives, generative ai, higher education baidoo-anu et al. [44] discover education 2024 scopus ghana hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 729 although 54 articles were generally relevant to the topic of this study, not all of them met the inclusion criteria. of these, only five were included in the final selection: two from the united states, one from ecuador, one from switzerland and one from ghana. one of these articles was published in 2023 and the other four in 2024; all were sourced from the scopus database. figure 2 shows a map indicating the countries where the selected studies were conducted. this reflects the international interest in research on generative artificial intelligence and its accessibility in higher education. figure 2. countries of the five selected articles 5. discussion artificial intelligence (ai) has become a widely used tool in various sectors, particularly in education. while ai continues to evolve in terms of the ways in which it can be used and the platforms on which it can be used, there are concerns about its uneven adoption by people with and without physical disabilities, including visual, hearing and motor impairments. several platforms and tech companies are exploring ways to improve accessibility and become more inclusive of all users. however, not all of these technological tools are currently adapted to the needs of students with sensory or motor disabilities, which hinders their ability to access, manipulate and complete tasks and activities both inside and outside the classroom. for instance, students with hearing impairments face different barriers to those with visual impairments. integrating a contextual assistant within these tools could enable real-time adjustments to meet specific accessibility requirements [15], implying that limitations may vary from user to user. an analysis of five key studies shows that tools such as chatgpt, gpt-4 and rxnscribe can promote inclusive education, but there are still barriers to equity. access gaps, costs and biases in data disproportionately affect minority students. meanwhile, accessibility issues relating to visual impairments (e.g., navigation) and language barriers (e.g. for english as a second language (esl) students) hinder inclusion. according to student perspectives, the digital divide further limits equitable access. however, enablers such as alignment with udl, personalized learning and language support can address the needs of diverse groups, including those with visual impairments and non-native english speakers. this aligns with the project's equity goals. these findings emphasize the importance of implementing policies that ensure equitable access and greater accessibility in ai-powered education. the literature review conducted for this study, based on digital sources from scopus and web of science from 2023 and 2024, reveals a limited number of studies on the accessibility of generative artificial intelligence in higher education for students with disabilities, particularly hearing, visual and motor impairments. after completing the prisma diagram process and selecting the five articles at the end of the methodology, the following became apparent: a literature review based on sources from scopus and web of science (2023–2024) reveals that there is a limited body of research on the accessibility of generative artificial intelligence in higher education for students with disabilities, particularly those with hearing, visual and motor impairments. after applying the prisma process and selecting five studies, significant advances were highlighted, but critical gaps also remained. acosta-vargas et al. [15] and pierrès et al. [38] emphasize the importance of providing accessible formats such as text, subtitles, and audio, as well as intuitive interfaces, and of involving students with physical disabilities in the design, development, and testing of digital tools. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 730 however, like the selected studies, these studies rarely address motor disabilities, limiting their inclusiveness. similarly, cruz argudo et al. [1], which are outside the scope of this review, describe ai tools such as text-to-speech and adaptive platforms that benefit students with visual and cognitive disabilities but do not consider the needs of those with motor disabilities. this pattern is evident in the work of ashtikar et al. [13], nikolopoulou [14] and zhao et al. [48]. these authors explore adaptive content and sustainable education through mobile and blended learning, as well as the use of ai by students with cognitive disabilities, such as dyslexia. similarly, zhao et al. (2025) examine the use of chatbots and rewriting applications for academic writing, while ashtikar et al. [13] mentioned tools such as audio resources that benefit students with visual impairments. however, they do not delve into specific adaptations or address motor barriers. in line with chemnad & othman [39], there is a lack of attention to motor disabilities, highlighting the urgent need to design inclusive tools. these gaps, also evident in studies on equity in ai [13], underscore the need for more comprehensive research to ensure truly inclusive generative ai. table 4 presents selected studies on generative ai accessibility and inclusion in higher education, with inclusion criteria referenced from table 2. table 4. selected studies on generative ai accessibility and inclusion in higher education (2023–2024) title of the article authors and year technologies barriers (related to equity and inclusion) facilitators (related to equity and inclusion) type of disability or accessibility addressed criterion for inclusion generative artificial intelligence and web accessibility: towards an inclusive and sustainable future acosta-vargas et al. [15] chatgpt, copilot, midjourney, etc. accessibility errors, digital divide, data biases. accessibility compliance, personalization, usercentered design. visual/hearing impairments (contrast, sign language). 7 and 8 exploring the role of generative ai in higher education: semistructured interviews with students with disabilities pierrès et al. [38] chatgpt, gpt-4, perplexity.ai accessibility issues, reduced human interaction. udl alignment, autonomy for disabled students. visual impairments (navigation, labels). 5 and 7 promoting equity and addressing concerns in teaching and learning with artificial intelligence garcia ramos & wilsonkennedy [42] chatgpt, rxnscribe, llms access gaps, costs, biases, lack of bias training. udl alignment, personalized learning, mobile support. linguistic barriers (non-english speakers). 6 generative ai in education and research: opportunities, concerns, and solutions alasadi & baiz [43] chatgpt, gpt-4, midjourney ai costs, lack of ethical guidelines. linguistic support, personalized learning. linguistic barriers (esl students). 6 exploring student perspectives on generative ai in higher education learning baidoo-anu et al. [44] chatgpt digital divide, lack of ethical training. improved accessibility, enhanced comprehension. general accessibility (low-resource students). 8 in this regard, the study by baidoo-anu et al. [44] stands out because the researchers conducted interviews to explore how generative ai could improve accessibility for people with sensory, cognitive and motor limitations. this emphasizes the importance of incorporating students' perspectives and opinions into research to better understand their specific needs and the barriers they face in the digital age. in contrast, other research highlights the benefits of generative ai in education without specifically addressing accessibility barriers [43]. however, they emphasize that it should promote equity and facilitate learning by making course content more accessible and understandable [42]. on the other hand, in order to make the most of the benefits that generative ai can offer to students with physical disabilities, it is advisable to analyze how these tools can address and adapt to the various limitations that they may experience. one method is the international classification of functioning, disability and health (icf) of the world health organization, which provides a structured framework for assessing the accessibility of environments and technologies [49]. the principles of accessibility and applications of generative ai can also be reviewed. table 5 describes strategies to ensure that generative ai tools are perceptible, operable, understandable, and robust. the content is recommended according to the physical limitation and addresses the diverse needs of students [13]. table 5. web content accessibility guidelines perceptible understandable robust operable this category evaluates criteria related to content perception, such as font legibility, text alternatives, subtitles, automatic transcriptions, and visual presentation. these criteria evaluate factors like clear language usage, consistent navigation, and the inclusion of labels and instructions. this category evaluates the robustness of content, such as support for screen readers and status messages. this criterion focuses on the accessibility of keyboard navigation. * adapted from acosta-vargas et al. (2024) [15]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 731 the participation of higher education institutions is also crucial for implementing the technological infrastructure and ensuring that the curriculum content developed by teachers for their classes is accessible to all students. however, professors need to be familiar with these applications and have access to training. several free applications are available, as well as others that require a subscription, which universities must provide. this involves exploring tools such as clipchamp, supreme.ai, sketch, metademolab, copilot, chatgpt, grammarly, bing, gemini and adobe firefly, all of which are committed to accessibility [15]. therefore, more studies and projects addressing technological accessibility are needed to ensure that generative ai tools are developed for people at all educational levels, thus meeting their diverse needs and enabling them to fully participate in higher education. this approach emphasizes the integration of these technologies into educational systems as a fundamental part of academic content. it allows students with or without disabilities to keep up with their learning activities, ensuring they do not feel disadvantaged, unmotivated, or unsupported. this approach also creates equal learning opportunities for all. 6. conclusion the analysis of the five selected studies concludes that tools such as chatgpt and gpt-4 support inclusive education through personalized learning and language support, but the studies do not yet address specific accessibility needs, especially for students with motor skills, in addition to the existence of barriers such as costs and the digital divide. the limited number of studies limits the possibility of generalizing the findings, as they may not fully reflect the diversity of student experiences in broader educational contexts. it is important to involve students with disabilities in the design, adaptation, and implementation of this technology, considering that there are different types and levels of disability. this will enable specific needs to be identified and addressed directly, since it is not yet a universal practice in schools or universities. public policies in countries should promote inclusivity and accessibility in schools with the aim of reducing school dropout rates, in line with international recommendations that integrate human rights, quality education, and the reduction of inequalities. for example, in the united kingdom, universities have begun to offer generative artificial intelligence chatbots within their learning management systems, which provide support to students in areas such as text correction, content summarization, and interactive support. it is suggested that, rather than viewing disability as a barrier, research should continue to address it as an opportunity for equality. a broader approach to motor disabilities must be included in the agenda, given the scarcity of studies in the analyzed years. ultimately, all students, whether with or without disabilities, should have equal access to educational and professional opportunities. researchers are encouraged to conduct more research into disabilities within the field of disability studies, in order to prevent marginalization and promote a more inclusive society, which is the foundation of human rights worldwide. 6.1. limitations and future directions this systematic review, based on studies selected using prisma, has limitations in the generalization of its conclusions due to the small number of studies included. of the 54 studies evaluated, only five met the inclusion criteria on generative artificial intelligence, accessibility, and higher education, limited to the years 2023-2024, specific databases (scopus and web of science), and the english language. this limited sample size affects generalizability, as it does not fully reflect the diversity of experiences of students with disabilities, possibly due to narrow inclusion criteria or a lack of sufficient research in this emerging field. however, it contributes by identifying a gap in the provision of support for motor disabilities and suggests that future research should address this issue more broadly to strengthen inclusion. future research should expand the range of years, include more databases and languages, and consider other disabilities not addressed here. 7. declarations 7.1. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 7.2. funding and acknowledgments the author acknowledges universidad autónoma de guadalajara for providing the necessary facilities for the completion of this research and for funding the publication of this article. 7.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.4. informed consent statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 732 7.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] cruz argudo, f., garcía varea, i., martínez carrascal, j. a., ruiz martínez, a., ruiz martínez, p. m., sánchez campos, a., & turró ribalta, c. (2024). generative artificial intelligence in university teaching: opportunities, challenges, and recommendations. crue universidades españolas, madrid, spain. available online: https://www.crue.org/publicacion/la-inteligencia-artificialgenerativa-en-la-docencia-universitaria/ (accessed on may 2025). [2] zhumazhan, b., zhumadilova, m., & abdykerimova, e. (2024). the future of artificial intelligence in inclusive education. yessenov science journal, 48(3), 63-70. doi:10.56525/amwi6491. [3] chan, c. k. y., & colloton, t. (2024). generative ai in higher education: the chatgpt effect. routledge, new jersey, united states. doi:10.4324/9781003459026. [4] hong, b. s. s. (2015). qualitative analysis of the barriers college students with disabilities experience in higher education. journal of college student development, 56(3), 209–226. doi:10.1353/csd.2015.0032. [5] united nations. (2016). convention on the rights of persons with disabilities: roundtable 3: improving accessibility of information and technology and inclusive development (crpd/csp/2016/4). united nations, new york, united states. available online: https://undocs.org/en/crpd/csp/2016/4 (accessed on may 2025). [6] united nations. (2024). reduced inequalities: sustainable development goal 10. united nations, new york, united states. available online: https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/inequality/ (accessed on may 2025). [7] united nations. (2024). education: sustainable development goal 4. united nations, new york, united states. available online: https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/education/ (accessed on may 2025). [8] marchena sekli, g. f., godo, a., & véliz, j. c. (2024). generative ai solutions for faculty and students: a review of literature and roadmap for future research. journal of information technology education: research, 23, 14. doi:10.28945/5304. [9] ahmed, z., shanto, s., rime, m., morol, m., fahad, n., hossen, m., & abdullah-al-jubair, m. (2024). the generative ai landscape in education: mapping the terrain of opportunities, challenges, and student perception. ieee access, 12, 147023– 147050. doi:10.1109/access.2024.3461874. [10] asad, m., & ajaz, a. (2024). impact of chatgpt and generative ai on lifelong learning and upskilling learners in higher education: unveiling the challenges and opportunities globally. the international journal of information and learning technology, 41(5), 507-523. doi:10.1108/ijilt-06-2024-0103. [11] akinwalere, s. n., & ivanov, v. (2022). artificial intelligence in higher education: challenges and opportunities. border crossing, 12(1), 1–15. doi:10.33182/bc.v12i1.2015. [12] krause, s., panchal, b., & ubhe, n. (2024). the evolution of learning: assessing the transformative impact of generative ai on higher education. arxiv, 10551. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2404.10551. [13] ashtikar, s. p., manoharan, g., & muppidi, s. (2024). navigating education in the age of generative ai. aip conference proceedings, vol. 3078(1), 060026. doi:10.1063/5.0240938. [14] nikolopoulou, k. (2025). generative artificial intelligence and sustainable higher education: mapping the potential. journal of digital educational technology, 5(1), ep2506. doi:10.30935/jdet/15860. [15] acosta-vargas, p., salvador-acosta, b., novillo-villegas, s., sarantis, d., & salvador-ullauri, l. (2024). generative artificial intelligence and web accessibility: towards an inclusive and sustainable future. emerging science journal, 8(4), 1602–1621. doi:10.28991/esj-2024-08-04-021. [16] gonzalez, l., o'neil-gonzalez, k., eberhardt-alstot, m., mcgarry, m., & van tyne, g. (2024). leveraging generative ai for inclusive excellence in higher education. educause review the voice of the higher education technology community. available online: https://www.educause.edu/ (accessed on may 2025). [17] hyatt, s. e., & owenz, m. b. (2024). using universal design for learning and artificial intelligence to support students with disabilities. college teaching, 1-8. doi:10.1080/87567555.2024.2313468. [18] chiu, t. k. f. (2024). future research recommendations for transforming higher education with generative ai. computers and education: artificial intelligence, 6, 100197. doi:10.1016/j.caeai.2023.100197. [19] peres, r., schreier, m., schweidel, d., & sorescu, a. (2023). how does chatgpt, and other forms of generative artificial intelligence (genai) affect the way we have been conducting—and evaluating—academic research, teaching, and business practice? international journal of research in marketing, 40(3), 269–275. doi:10.1016/j.ijresmar.2023.03.001. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 733 [20] sætra, h. s. (2023). generative ai: here to stay, but for good? technology in society, 75, 102372. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2023.102372. [21] pesovski, i., santos, r., henriques, r., & trajkovik, v. (2024). generative ai for customizable learning experiences. sustainability, 16(7), 3034. doi:10.3390/su16073034. [22] holman, k., marino, m., vasquez, e., taub, m., hunt, j., & tazi, y. (2024). navigating ai-powered personalized learning in special education: a guide for preservice teacher faculty. journal of special education preparation, 4(2), 90–95. doi:10.23857/josep.5277. [23] johnson, r., & white, a. (2024). bridging the gap for underserved populations: personalized ai solutions for college access and learning support. new directions for higher education, 2024(205), 45–56. doi:10.1002/he.20511. [24] unesco. (2023). guidance for generative ai in education and research. united nations educational, scientific and cultural organization. unesco, new york, united states. available online: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ (accessed on may 2025). [25] chu, s. k. w., lee, c. s., & chan, c. k. k. (2022). roles and research trends of artificial intelligence in higher education: a systematic review of the top 50 most-cited articles. australasian journal of educational technology, 38(4), 121–141. doi:10.14742/ajet.7526. [26] msambwa, m. m., wen, z., & daniel, k. (2025). the impact of ai on the personal and collaborative learning environments in higher education. european journal of education, 60, e12909. doi:10.1111/ejed.12909. [27] bedenlier, s., kondakci, y., & zawacki-richter, o. (2020). two decades of research into the internationalization of higher education: major themes in the journal of studies in international education (1997–2016). journal of studies in international education, 22(2), 108–135. doi:10.1177/1028315317710093. [28] zawacki-richter, o., marín, v. i., bond, m., & gouverneur, f. (2019). systematic review of research on artificial intelligence applications in higher education – where are the educators? international journal of educational technology in higher education, 16(1), 39. doi:10.1186/s41239-019-0171-0. [29] oracle. (2024). what is generative ai? oracle. available online: https://www.oracle.com/mx/artificial-intelligence/generativeai/what-is-generative-ai/?utm_source=chatgpt.com (accessed on may 2025). [30] harvard business review. (2023). designing generative ai to work for people with disabilities. harvard business review. available online: https://hbr.org/2023/08/designing-generative-ai-to-work-for-people-with-disabilities (accessed on may 2025). [31] mittal, u., sai, s. s., chamola, v., & sangwan, d. (2024). a comprehensive review on generative ai for education. ieee access, 12, article 3468368. doi:10.1109/access.2024.3468368. [32] teach access. (2025). where ai meets accessibility: considerations for higher education. every learner everywhere. available online: https://www.everylearnereverywhere.org/resources/where-ai-meets-accessibility-considerations-for-higher-education/ (accessed on may 2025) [33] porto castro, a. m. (2022). university student and teaching staff perceptions of accessibility and inclusion. relieve, 28(1), 7. doi:10.30827/relieve.v28i1.23673. [34] alshahrani, a. (2023). the impact of chatgpt on blended learning: current trends and future research directions. international journal of data and network science, 7(2023), 2029–2040. doi:10.5267/j.ijdns.2023.6.010. [35] schauer, s., simbeck, k., & schüßler, l. (2025). generating accessibility: using ai to improve higher education for the visually impaired. in proceedings of the 17th international conference on computer supported education (csedu 2025), 1, 15–25. doi:10.5220/0013136300003932. [36] glazko, k. s., yamagami, m., desai, a., mack, k. a., potluri, v., xu, x., & mankoff, j. (2023). an autoethnographic case study of generative artificial intelligence's utility for accessibility. proceedings of the 25th international acm sigaccess conference on computers and accessibility, 1–15. doi:10.1145/3597638.3614548. [37] zapata marín, r. d. (2023). impact of artificial intelligence on inclusive education: a study on the accessibility and effectiveness of adaptive learning tools for students with disabilities. revista ciencia y descubrimiento, 1(3), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.70577/1wv6zn54rcd. [38] pierrès, o., darvishy, a., & christen, m. (2024). exploring the role of generative ai in higher education: semi-structured interviews with students with disabilities. education and information technologies, 1-30. doi:10.1007/s10639-024-13134-8. [39] chemnad, k., & othman, a. (2024). digital accessibility in the era of artificial intelligence—bibliometric analysis and systematic review. frontiers in artificial intelligence, 7, 1349668. doi:10.3389/frai.2024.1349668. [40] gallent-torres, c., zapata-gonzález, a., & ortego-hernando, j. l. (2023). the impact of generative artificial intelligence in higher education: a focus on ethics and academic integrity. relieve, 29(2), art. m5. doi:10.30827/relieve.v29i2.29134. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 734 [41] roegiest, a., & pinkosova, a. (2024). concerns regarding accessibility of generative information systems for individuals with literacy challenges. european scientific journal, 8(4), 21. doi:10.28991/esj-2024-08-04-021. [42] garcia ramos, j., & wilson-kennedy, z. (2024). promoting equity and addressing concerns in teaching and learning with artificial intelligence. frontiers in education, 9, 1487882. doi:10.3389/feduc.2024.1487882. [43] alasadi, e. a., & baiz, c. r. (2023). generative ai in education and research: opportunities, concerns, and solutions. journal of chemical education, 100(9), 2965–2971. doi:10.1021/acs.jchemed.3c00323. [44] baidoo-anu, d., asamoah, d., amoako, i., & mahama, i. (2024). exploring student perspectives on generative artificial intelligence in higher education learning. discover education, 3, 98. doi:10.1007/s44217-024-00173-z [45] nces. (2024). students with disabilities. u.s. department of education, institute of education sciences. national center for education statistics, united states. available online: https://nces.ed.gov/fastfacts/display.asp?id=60 (accessed on may 2025). [46] ahead. (2021). students with disabilities engaged with support services in higher education in ireland 2020/2021. ahead, dublin, ireland. [47] yepes-núñez, j. j., urrútia, g., romero-garcía, m., & alonso-fernández, s. (2021). prisma 2020 statement: an updated guide to the publication of systematic reviews. revista española de cardiología, 74(9), 790-799. doi:10.1016/j.recesp.2021.06.016. [48] zhao, x., cox, a., & chen, x. (2025). the use of generative ai by students with disabilities in higher education. the internet and higher education, 66, 101014. doi:10.1016/j.iheduc.2025.101014. [49] w.h.o. (2025). disability. world health organization (w.h.o.), geneva, switzerland. available online: https://www.who.int/health-topics/disability#tab=tab_1 (accessed on may 2025). available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 312 issn: 2723-9535 evaluating the performance of topic modeling techniques for bibliometric analysis research: an lda-based approach lan thi nguyen 1 , wirapong chansanam 1* , nalatpa hunsapun 1 , vispat chaichuay 1 , suparp kanyacome 2 , akkharawoot takhom 3 , yuttana jaroenruen 4 , chunqiu li 5 1 department of information science, faculty of humanities and social sciences, khon kaen university, khon kaen 40002, thailand. 2 faculty of science and engineering, kasetsart university, sakon nakhon 47000, thailand. 3 faculty of engineering, thammasat school of engineering, thammasat university, pathum thani 12120, thailand. 4 informatics innovative center of excellence, walailak university, thai buri, nakhon si thammarat 80160, thailand. 5 school of government, beijing normal university, beijing 100875, china. received 02 february 2024; revised 08 may 2024; accepted 11 may 2024; published 01 june 2024 abstract digital technologies have been used for a vast amount of bibliometric analysis research. although these technologies have made scientific investigation more accessible and efficient, scholars now face the daunting task of sifting through an overwhelming number of documents. this study aims to identify bibliometric research analysis's primary topics, categories, and latent topics from a global perspective. this study utilized topic modeling techniques to analyze the abstracts of 16,039 eligible papers published between 1977 and 2023 in the scopus database. through the use of latent dirichlet allocation (lda) topic modeling, the study was able to identify four distinct research topics and observe how they have evolved over time. the research topic has shifted its focus from individual concepts and words to relationships between nodes and conceptual, intellectual, and social structures. the study’s findings have significant implications for bibliometric analysis-related research, providing valuable insights into trends and patterns in bibliometric analysis content within large digital article archives. the lda has proven to be an efficient tool for analyzing these trends and patterns quickly. this study's novel approach considers factors for word embedding usage and optimal topic numbers. it focuses on a full understanding of the lda results and combines statistical analysis, domain knowledge, and temporal exploration to better understand how data structures work. keywords: bibliometric; lda; topic modeling; topic trends; performance evaluation. 1. introduction clustering topics through bibliometric analysis is a valuable approach for gaining a better understanding of the content and relationships between publications in a specific field [1, 2]. researchers can use different techniques like co-citation analysis, bibliographic coupling, and co-word analysis to identify co-occurring terms or citation patterns among publications and group them based on similarity. software tools such as vosviewer and citespace can also be * corresponding author: wirach@kku.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-07 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8848-2168 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5546-8485 https://orcid.org/0009-0000-5158-2969 https://orcid.org/0009-0007-2609-0955 https://orcid.org/0009-0009-4313-4301 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7192-2585 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6547-5662 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1520-1297 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 313 used to visualize and analyze clusters of publications [3]. li & lei [4] conducted a bibliometric analysis on topic modeling studies from 2000 to 2017, using data from web of science to evaluate bibliometric indices for productive authors, countries, and institutions, as well as investigate thematic changes over time. the study revealed that the number of publications on topic modeling has steadily increased, with a peak in 2015, and that the united states and the university of california are the most productive countries and institutions, respectively. thematic changes in topic modeling research were the most frequent topics, followed by text mining and natural language processing. this study also detected a trend towards utilizing topic modeling in social media analysis and incorporating external knowledge sources in topic modeling. topic modeling is a machine learning technique that can identify common patterns in words and phrases to uncover the primary themes and topics present in a collection of documents [5]. it has numerous applications, including text classification and building recommender systems [6]. however, it is worth mentioning that topic modeling is a form of unsupervised learning that aims to discover underlying topics or themes in a collection of documents without predefined categories. the set of possible topics is unknown a priori and is defined as part of generating the topic models. topic modeling algorithms group words based on similarities and analyze the patterns in the use of words across multiple documents to identify key topics that best capture the content of the documents [7–10]. topic modeling is useful for text classification and building recommender systems and has been proven to be effective in identifying significant and relevant topics from extensive text data [6]. it has been widely used in social science research but less commonly in educational research [11–13]. topic modeling involves using natural language processing techniques, such as latent dirichlet allocation (lda), to discover recurring topics from a set of texts. lda is commonly used in research because it provides an objective analysis of the corpus data [14, 15]. moreover, topic modeling combines both objective data analysis and subjective data labeling processes [16]. it can be useful for largescale literature research to uncover hidden topics and is more flexible and effective than other methods like document clustering [6]. the bibliometric studies involve various approaches, such as defining data metrics, exploring the field's development from an information and library science perspective, or making cross-disciplinary comparisons. however, most studies overlook the unique bibliographic nature of the field. thus, this article addresses a comprehensive overview of the bibliographic research by analyzing the subject's referral network to identify patterns and hierarchical semantic relationships. rather than forcing the literature into predetermined classifications, this approach allows for a more profound understanding of bibliometric research [17–19]. previous studies have been conducted on topic modeling and bibliometric research. ayaz et al. [20] explore trends in gamification research, while robledo & zuluaga [21] examine topic modeling's evolution. mifrah & benlahmar [22] compare lda and nmf techniques, and cui et al. [23] propose a recognition method. motamedi et al. [24] analyze information systems in maternal health, and almenara [25] focuses on eating disorder literature. sharma et al. [26] investigate smart cities' trends, gurcan & cagiltay [27] analyze bioinformatics research. cobelli and blasi [28] examined ati in healthcare, and chen & xie [29] reviewed sentiment analysis. chen et al. [30] explore semantic computing, jiang et al. [31] evaluate global hydropower literature, and linnenluecke et al. [32] outline methods for literature reviews. lastly, chen et al. [33] study learning analytics research trends. in addition, amaro & bacao [34] underscored the pivotal role of topic modeling (tm) in the analysis of digital text data. their study addresses the intricate challenges associated with evaluating tm algorithms, presenting a meticulous comparative analysis involving five distinct algorithms across varied datasets and metrics. their findings notably advocate for top2vec as the preeminent model, thus contesting the conventional dominance typically attributed to lda. these studies contribute to understanding trends, methodologies, and future research directions in topic modeling and bibliometric analysis. however, there is a gap in the research on topic modeling and bibliometric analysis because not many hybrid models have been studied. additionally, there may be a lack of standardized approaches for determining the optimal number of topics and evaluating topic coherence in bibliometric studies. integrating such techniques could enhance the accuracy and interpretability of topic models in this domain. a gap in the body of bibliometric research literature about topic modeling methods is the area of hybrid models that combine latent dirichlet allocation (lda) with word embedding methods. this model type has yet to be studied much. also, there should be more standardized ways to find the best topic count and check for topic coherence. these are necessary for topic modeling results in bibliometric analyses to be easily understood and used. integrating such approaches bolsters the efficacy and depth of topic modeling endeavors within this scholarly domain. this study employs topic modeling and text analysis technology to examine 16,039 papers on bibliometric analysis research from 1977 to 2023 in the scopus database core collection. its objective is to identify the primary research topics, categories, and latent topics of bibliometric analysis from a global perspective. the study addresses three main research questions, namely, the main research topics, categories, and latent research topics in bibliometric analysis. to do this, we extracted tf-idf keywords from the abstracts of the 16,039 papers, developed a keyword corpus, and constructed a time-phased word cloud to analyze word cloud feature evolution. additionally, we used lda topic modeling for the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 314 first time in bibliometric analysis research to efficiently analyze a large corpus data of text data and obtain essential parameters such as the number of topics through machine learning training. through our analysis, we discovered the research topics and development trends of bibliometric analysis based on large amounts of text data from 16,039 documents in the scopus database from 1977 to 2023. this study contributes theoretical and methodological references for future research in bibliometric analysis and underscores the significance of considering the bibliographic nature of the field. 2. research methodology this study aimed to quantitatively analyze bibliometric research articles, with a particular focus on the content of their abstracts. the methodology used was outlined in figure 1, which depicted the three sub-processes: data retrieval, preprocessing, and topic analysis. the study employed latent dirichlet allocation (lda) topic models, which allowed for the identification of key topics within the texts. however, the study was not without its challenges, including the need to appropriately preprocess text collections, select appropriate model parameters, evaluate model parameters, evaluate model reliability, and internet the resulting topics. figure 1 provided an excellent visual representation of the study’s methodology, making it easy for readers to understand the steps involved in conducting the analysis. figure 1. topic modeling pipeline with lda 2.1. data retrieval and pre-processing this section provides a detailed account of the data retrieval and pre-processing process for this study on bibliometric analysis. the researchers retrieved high-quality literature from the scopus core collection between 1977 to 2023, using a well-crafted search string (for example, ts = “bibliometrix”, or ts = “bibliometric” or ts = “bibliometrics”) to ensure that only relevant papers were collected. scopus was deemed suitable for the study as it covers a wide range of fields and is a widely used database for bibliometric analysis. the inclusion and exclusion criteria were then used to select the 16,039 relevant papers, which were analyzed based on the title, abstract, year of publication, and journal-title. to prepare the data for topic model mining, the researchers employed several pre-processing steps, including splitting the text into tokens, removing punctuation, numbers, and unnecessary words, and converting words to their base form [35]. python programming language was used, and the text pre-processing was conducted in pycaret, a reliable tool that is open-source and readily available [36]. a series of pre-processing steps were conducted to extract representative keywords from the research articles. these steps involved removing commonly used but insignificant words, using the bi-gram algorithm to select common collocation phrases, and applying the tf-idf algorithm to extract essential keywords from the abstract [37, 38]. afterwards, the researchers created a keyword corpus with 87,065 words and 16,039 documents by removing keywords with low weights. 2.2. topic modeling topic modeling is a powerful tool that can help researchers uncover hidden structures in collections of documents, allowing them to make data-driven decisions and gain insights into complex topics [39]. however, selecting the right model can be challenging, as different models have different strengths and weaknesses [40]. for example, lda is known for its ability to learn descriptive topics, while lsa is better at creating a sematic representation of documents in a corpus [41]. despite its potential benefits, topic modeling can be difficult to understand and interpret [42]. to ensure that the results are reliable and meaningful, researchers use metrics, such as perplexity and coherence to evaluate the modeling results. perplexity measures the likelihood value of the model, while coherence is calculated using the normalized hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 315 pointwise mutual information (𝑁𝑃𝑀𝐼) formula [43]. the npmi formula assigns high co-occurrence probability to word pairs, resulting in highly understandable and interpretable modeling results. 𝑁𝑃𝑀𝐼(𝑤𝑖 , 𝑤𝑗) = 𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑝(𝑤𝑖,𝑤𝑗)+𝜀 𝑝(𝑤𝑖).𝑝(𝑤𝑗) −𝑙𝑜𝑔(𝑝(𝑤𝑖,𝑤𝑗+𝜀)) (1) where; 𝑝(𝑤) represents the probability that the word 𝑤 exists in the provided document, and 𝑝(𝑤𝑖 , 𝑤𝑗) represents the probability that two words 𝑤𝑖 , 𝑤𝑗 appear together in the same context. the lda model module in gensim [44] was used for topic modeling, using the 𝑁𝑃𝑀𝐼 coherence indicator. 𝑁𝑃𝑀𝐼 measures the association between word pairs, thereby providing an effective means to assess the model’s quality. following this, we were able to analyze the probability of word co-occurrences within a given document, and subsequently assess the statistical significance of the results [42, 43]. 2.3. topic modeling evaluation this study uses latent dirichlet allocation (lda) on scopus documents to evaluate topic modeling techniques. various distinct research topics will be identified through lda, tracing their evolution. it emphasizes shifting focus from individual concepts to network relationships, uncovering intellectual and social structures within bibliometric analysis. factors considered include word embedding utilization, optimal topic numbers, statistical analysis, domain expertise, temporal exploration, and enhancing comprehension of lda results and data structures. this approach offers valuable insights into the dynamics of research topics and their evolution over time, contributing to advancing topic modeling techniques in bibliometric analysis. 3. results the methodology involved retrieving and preprocessing literature from the scopus core collection, selecting 16,039 relevant papers based on specified criteria. latent dirichlet allocation (lda) topic models were then applied to identify key topics. challenges included text preprocessing, model parameter selection, reliability evaluation, and topic interpretation, considering the bibliographic nature of the field. a visual representation of the methodology, including the lda topic modeling pipeline, was provided. this approach enabled the study to analyze the dataset efficiently, identifying key topics and trends in bibliometric analysis research. the results were displayed in text analysis, topic modeling, and clustering evaluation. 3.1. text analysis a word cloud is a visual representation of a text that highlights important words in a given text. the technique has been widely used in various fields [12, 35, 45]. in this study, word clouds were generated using the word cloud library in python to represent the main research content and each topic. the library enables users to customize the appearance of the word cloud, such as font size, colour, and layout, to provide a clear and concise summary of the text [46]. figure 2 displays a word cloud generated in this study. figure 2. most common words (1977–2023) lda topic modeling methods are useful for constructing document's embedding vector with the number of topics determining the dimension. each document is represented by a vector of topic probabilities, which can be utilized for document classification. after completing the training dataset, a group label to each document was assigned to each document in the dominant topic column, and additional columns can be added to the result. however, observing the behaviors of each group and giving them meaningful names can be challenging and time-consuming. one indirect hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 316 method of observing the frequency of words used in each group (known as word distribution) was conducted to address this challenge. this allows for a better understanding of the results of document clustering and gives each group a name that accurately describes its meaning. figure 3 illustrates the results of this observation. figure 3. a vector of topic probability the distribution of topics in the research paper dataset was analyzed to identify patterns and trends in the data. the results indicate that one topic is significantly more prevalent than others, while the remaining topics are outliers. figure 4 visualizes the topic distribution, with topic number two being the most frequent. however, further investigation is required to determine the underlying reasons. factors such as the research focus or the sample size could contribute to the results, and it is necessary to consider these variables before drawing any definitive conclusions. figure 4. the visualization of the topic distribution 3.2. topic modeling 3.2.1. determination of optimal parameters one of the most widely used algorithms for topic modeling is the latent dirichlet allocation (lda) model, which has been shown to produce promising results in numerous studies [47]. it’s important to note that the lda model is an unsupervised machine learning technique. when using the lda model module of gensim library in python, it’s crucial to set the topic number k, as well as the apriori values of topic distribution α, and topic word distribution η beforehand. these parameters can significantly impact the effectiveness of your topic mining. evaluating topic model algorithms is a challenging task, mainly due to the complexity and volume of text data involved. human evaluation can be time-consuming and subject to bias, which is why theoretical evaluation models are necessary. although these models cannot match the accuracy of human-in-the-loop model evaluation [42], they provide a useful framework for assessing the quality of topic models. 2000 4100 6200 3800 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 topic 0 topic 1 topic 2 topic 3 document distribution by topics hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 317 one widely used method for evaluating a topic model is coherence, which measures the degree of semantic similarity between the high-scoring words in a topic. this evaluation matric involves calculating pairwise scores for the top n frequently occurring words in each topic. these scores are then aggregated to determine the final coherence score [48], as shown in equation 2. 𝐶𝑜ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 = ∑ 𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒(𝑤𝑖 , 𝑤𝑗)𝑖<𝑗 (2) several coherence measures exist in the literature to evaluate topic models. for instance, the uci (or cv) measure was proposed by newman et al. [49] as an automatic coherence measure to rate topic understandability. this measure compares word pairs and treats words as facts. other researchers have also proposed measuring coherence based on word statistics [41, 50, 51]. metrics, such as perplexity and coherence should be established to assess the effectiveness of topic mining. in addition to evaluating the effectiveness of the model, it is crucial to understand its interpretability for promoting its final application. coherence, which focuses on the model’s interpretability, is an essential metric for evaluating topic mining. higher coherence indicates better interpretability of the model. therefore, coherence is often selected as the primary metric for evaluating topic mining. cao et al. [52] suggested that measuring the average cosine distance between every pair of topics can provide insights into how stable the topic structure is. this can help to identify any inconsistencies or overlaps in the topics, which can further improve the model’s interpretability and effectiveness. to identify the optimal number of topics for our study, we employed the coherencemodel class in the genism package, which provides fitness scores for various topic numbers. in addition, we used the c_v and c_umass algorithms to compute coherence scores and determine the number of topics with the highest score. a higher c-v value indicates a better model fit. subsequently, we generated a line graph using python’s matplotlib package to visualize the results and observed that the coherence score peaked at four topics (as depicted in figure 5). therefore, we categorized the collected articles into four topics. in addition, we experimented with 2-6 topics with a step size of 1 to determine the optimal number of topics, and used the coherence parameter to simplify the model. the results showed that the coherence parameter reached its maximum value of -0.0641 when the number of topics was four (figure 5). hence, we chose four topics with α = 0.143 and η = 0.143, which were automatically set. subsequently, the model was further fine-tuned by adjusting the auto-set value within a narrow range and testing the coherence parameter to achieve the best results. the coherence score, which measures model performance, reached its maximum of 0.4514 when α = 0.15 and η = 0.18, surpassing the previous score of 0.4360. the results were reviewed and confirmed by experts who found that the four topics were clear and interpretable. therefore, we determined the optimal parameters and obtained the optimal model results for the four topics, as shown in figure 5. figure 5. topics number and coherence 3.2.2. topic naming and topic details in a traditional topic modeling, topics are typically named based on the probability of topic words, with highprobability words being used for naming. however, this method can result in low discrimination in topic naming. thus, hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 318 sievert & kenneth [53] proposed combining keywords with their relationship to the topic for naming purposes. once the model is determined, topic naming is done manually, which is crucial for ensuring that the results are interpretable. to accomplish his, the correlation formula is used, which is as follows: 𝛾(𝑤, 𝑡|λ) = λ log[𝑝(𝑤|𝑡)] + (1 − λ) 𝑙𝑜𝑔 [ 𝑝(𝑤|𝑡) 𝑝(𝑤) ] (3) the value of λ to determine the weight given to a topic word w in relation to its boost under topic t was adjusted. after tuning the value, we found that setting λ to 0.6 yielded the best results. the outcome of this process is presented in table 1, which provides a clear overview of the resulting topics. to name each topic, we employed three methods: (a) analyzing the top 10 words that are most representative of the topic based on the highest term-topic probability (βk) and frequency in the abstract; (b) creating a word cloud for each topic using the top 50 words, where the size of a term corresponds to its term-topic probability, to identify the most representative terms within each topic; and (c) examining the top 20 articles (θd) with the highest proportion of words to better understand the narratives within each topic and decide on the topic names. the resulting topics and their names are presented in table 1. the latent dirichlet allocation (lda) method is commonly used to divide a collection of bibliometric analysis research into four distinct topics. the process involves several key steps, including: • determining the optimal number of topics based on the coherence score; • allocating the determined number of topics to the bibliometric analyses; • using a group of words to represent the characteristics of each topic; • using the resulting representation as a reference for the title of the bibliometric analysis when entering the topic; • using numbers 0, 1, 2, and 3 as markers for entry into the topic, based on the probability value shown in figure 6. figure 6. a list of unique word that represent a formed topic to determine the themes that represent each formative topic, this process identifies the most dominant set of words for each topic. a theme would be determined from the list of the most dominant words for each topic, which would be used to represent the topic's name in several words or sentences (table 1). table 1. bibliometric analysis topics and category category topic no. topic name representative bigrams conceptual structure 0 set of publications concepts bibliometric analysis, number publication, result total research hotspot, research trend, future research, country institution, number citation, high number, science database 1 set of publications words bibliometric analysis, number publication, scopus database, result show, international collaboration, research trend, study aim, science database, research topic, recent year intellectual and social structure 2 relate to others in the research field bibliometric analysis, web science, research field, research area, research topic, network analysis, bibliometric study, study aim, systematic review, bibliometric method 3 relationships between nodes article publish, number citation, web science, number publication, highly cite, paper publish, number article, use bibliometric hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 319 figure 7. topic 0 – top 100 bigrams figure 8. topic 1 – top 100 bigrams figure 9. topic 2 – top 100 bigrams figure 10. topic 3 – top 100 bigrams hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 320 figures 7 to 10 offered a detailed insight into four topics obtained from the lda algorithm. each topic is visualized with the top 100 frequently used words. this information is summarized in table 1, which includes the topic names, top 10 words, and a representative article for each topic. regarding this, topic 0 (t0) was named "set of publication concepts." the articles in t0 were conceptual structures representing the interrelationships among concepts in a set of publications. a conceptual framework serves as the foundational structure upon which research is built, systematically aiding in the organization and elucidation of relationships between disparate ideas. researchers developed it as inherently subjective and inductive, drawing upon existing literature to inform its construction. as a tool for conceptualizing complex phenomena, it provides a roadmap for inquiry, guiding the formulation of hypotheses and the interpretation of findings. while it is not subject to empirical proof, its utility lies in offering a coherent framework for understanding and investigating phenomena within a given field of study. topic 1 (t1) was labeled "set of publication words." the articles in t1 examined a conceptual structure representing the relationships between the co-words in those publications. by reading the articles and figuring out the main ideas and variables, a conceptual framework could be created to show how these ideas and variables are likely to be related. this conceptual framework can also provide a useful tool for guiding further research and provide a framework for analyzing and interpreting the data collected from the publications. also, it serves as a robust foundation for guiding subsequent research endeavors and a valuable instrument for comprehensively analyzing and interpreting the data gleaned from diverse publications. its structured approach aids in systematically exploring intricate relationships, uncovering underlying patterns, and facilitating insightful interpretations of the amassed data. topic 2 (t2) was labeled as "relate to others in the research field." articles in t2 examined how an author's work can significantly impact the scientific community, as publishing research outcomes helps researchers gain visibility and acknowledgment. the impact of an author's work transcends mere publication, encapsulating multifaceted dimensions such as research quality, the seminal nature of findings, and their substantive contributions to the field. these factors collectively delineate the significance of an author's scholarly footprint within the scientific community. however, it is imperative to meticulously navigate issues about authorship delineation and acknowledge individual contributions to mitigate potential biases and ensure scholarly integrity. topic 3 (t3) has been labeled "relationships between nodes." this research topic delves into the intricate dynamics shaping scientific collaboration networks, particularly exploring the interplay among authors, institutions, and countries. these collaborative networks are subject to various influences, including geographical proximity, linguistic factors, disciplinary domains, and institutional associations. understanding these multifaceted relationships offers insights into the intricate fabric of global scientific collaboration and its implications for knowledge dissemination and innovation. knowledge structure refers to organizing concepts and their relationships in an expert's knowledge structure. an expert's knowledge structure has a rich clustering of concepts, in which each concept is related to many other concepts, and the relationships between concepts are clearly understood. concepts are arranged hierarchically using umbrella concepts to relate them more closely. in general, drawing a big picture of scientific knowledge has always been desirable. science mapping is a technique that aims to visually represent the relationships and connections within the scientific knowledge system, including its structure and dynamics [54, 55], and allows the investigation of scientific knowledge from a statistical point of view. science mapping uses mainly the "structures of knowledge", which includes a conceptual structure which depicts the relationships between concepts or words in a group of publications; and an intellectual and social structure reveals how authors or institutions interact with others in research and the connections between nodes representing references. 3.2.3. topic visualization an interactive visual diagram is a highly effective way to present the results of a topic model. in this regard, the pyldavis package [53] was utilized to create an interactive diagram that displays the topics and their most representative words (figure 11). the size of each bubble in the diagram represents the relevance of the topic in the corpus, and topics that are closer together are more similar to each other. one of the key advantages of the pyldavis visualization method is that users can adjust the relevance of words in a topic using a slider [53, 56]. additionally, the multi-dimensional zoomed model view provides information about the meaning, popularity, and relationships of each topic, making it easy to interpret and analyze the results. furthermore, the topics are well-differentiated, and the popularity is well-balanced, indicating that the model is robust and accurate. the top 30 relevant words of each topic are displayed in a histogram with saliency and overall term frequency, providing a clear and concise summary of each topic. finally, the whole model is available on the world wide web, allowing readers to use and explore the topic model through an interactive interface. overall, the pyldavis package provides an innovative and effective way to visualize and interpret topic models, enabling researchers to gain deeper insights into the structure and content of their data. this tool offers a clear and intuitive visualization of the relationships and strengths of each topic by displaying the words that form each topic, using a circle and a horizontal bar chart. the circle on the left panel shows a global view of the model, allowing users to easily comprehend the relationships between topics and their relative strengths. meanwhile, the horizontal bar chart on the right panel presents the terms that make up each topic, providing users with a detailed understanding of the topics themselves. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 321 figure 11. the interactive visualization of lda model * it is evident that the four identified topics are distinct and belong to different research areas (figure 11). upon clicking on each topic circle, the tool generates a bar graph that displays the top 30 most relevant terms for that particular topic. this feature allows users to get a quick and concise summary of the topic's relevance through its most significant keywords. by conducting a lexical analysis of these keywords, it becomes possible to categorize the four topics, as outlined in table 1. the categories encompassed by these topics are highly pertinent to current research topics, as evidenced by the keywords associated with each theme. there are two ways to plot the document classification, one of which is t-sne (t-distributed stochastic neighbor embedding). in this method, each group is represented as a probability distribution, which is essentially a normal distribution. the euclidean distance is used to measure the distance between groups. this technique is used for 3d projection to visualize similarities between multidimensional vectors and plot clusters of similar documents. the results of applying t-sne to the case study data are displayed in figure 12. additionally, we have made the entire model available on the world wide web, providing readers with an interactive interface to explore the document classification. this allows users to gain a deeper understanding of the classification process and to interact with the data in a more dynamic way. figure 12. the visualization of the t -distributed stochastic neighbor embedding (tsne) † * https://ischool.kku.ac.th/bibliometric/lda_bibliometric.html † https://ischool.kku.ac.th/bibliometric/tsne.html hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 322 further experimentation is required to derive a concrete interpretation and justification regarding the phenomena illustrated in figure 12. to sum up, the t-sne plotting shows that larger documents could have more variety in nature, and some statistically related words from one category could also be relevant to other categories to some extent. 3.3. overall clustering evaluation the nlp evaluation model is a powerful visualization tool that facilitates the understanding of topic models by providing additional insights. one of its features is the automatic analysis of each document’s sentiment polarity allowing for the identification of positive and negative feelings associated with the topics. another insightful feature is the word cloud visualization, which displays the frequency of terms used in the topics identified by the lda model. the size of the text indicates the term’s frequency, with the larger text indicating the high probability terms, highlighting their importance. the word cloud visualization technique is commonly used to represent the results of topic modeling due to its simplicity and clarity. it allows for the comparison of topic-term matrices obtained from different models, providing a clear and straightforward way to evaluate the effectiveness of the lda topic modeling approach. this technique has been widely adopted in the literature and has been shown to be effective in improving the interpretability of topic models [57, 58]. 3.3.1. document classification document classification is an essential task that involves automatically assigning an input document or predefined group or class based on certain criteria. it can be viewed as a classification problem, where the goal is to convert an input document into an embedding vector. the process of embedding a document begins with transforming it into a corresponding vector. a traditional approach to embedding a document is called tf∙idf. following this, tf is a vector of term frequencies (how many times each word appears in this document), and idf is a vector of inverted document frequencies (how many documents each word appears in). the main drawback of tf∙idf is that each embedding vector can be quite large because its size is equal to the vocabulary size. a more modern approach is the use of topic modeling by utilizing the topic distribution of each document as an embedding vector. then, these embedding vectors are used to classify the documents. currently, any classifier can be trained based on these embedding vectors (figure 13). figure 13. document classification after defining the document classification task and selecting the appropriate classifier, we can proceed to train the model using the provided training data. the first argument of the training command specifies the classifier type, and the model will be trained and tested on the data provided, using default hyper parameters to obtain a general idea of the hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 323 classifier's effectiveness. for this task, we chose to build a random forest classifier, which is often the first choice for any supervised machine learning task. this function trains all of the models in the model library with the default hyper parameters and uses cross-validation to measure performance metrics. the trained model object class is then returned for further use. for classification tasks, several evaluation metrics are commonly used, including: • accuracy: the percentage of correct predictions over the total number of predictions made; • precision: accuracy of predicting an item as a particular class; • recall: accuracy of recognizing a member of a particular class; • f1: geometric mean of precision and recall, providing a single metric to balance both measures; • auc (area under curve): a metric that measures the model’s ability to distinguish between positive and negative instances; • cohen's kappa; • mcc (matthew's correlation coefficient); • tt (training time): the time taken to train the model, which is an essential metric to consider when comparing different models and selecting the most efficient one for a given application. an extreme gradient boosting (xgboost) classifier was created based on the dataset and its resulting accuracies were compared with those of the random-forest classifier. xgboost is known for its robustness in classification tasks, high accuracy, and f1-score. although xgboost may outperform random forest in some cases, the choice of which algorithm to use ultimately depends on the problem specifics and available data. to evaluate and compare the performance of different models on the same dataset using appropriate metrics, we recommend starting with comparing all models for performance. this can be achieved by using the pycaret setup which trains and scores all models in the library with cross-validation, evaluating metrics such as accuracy and precision. the output provides the average scores across folds and training times, giving a performance overview of all models as shown in figure 14. figure 14. a performance overview of all models we conducted a thorough comparison of over 15 models using pycaret and generated a comprehensive table that highlights the best performing models based on n-fold cross-validation. our findings, as illustrated in figure 14 of the table, reveal that the models with the highest performance metrics sorted by "accuracy" are as follows: logistic regression, random forest classifier, light gradient boosting machine, gradient boosting classifier, extreme gradient boosting, and extra trees classifier. however, our analysis also shows that when sorted by auc, the aforementioned models are the top performers, with an impressive average ten-fold cross-validated auc of 1.0000. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 324 ensemble models and other variations to enhance the accuracy of the current model, one promising approach is to transform it into an ensemble model. this involves integrating weak classifiers that have been trained on the same dataset. during prediction, the output of the weak classifiers is used to cast a vote for the final output class. the pycaret tool can assist in building an ensemble model from a base classifier in a straightforward manner. to implement this method, the first step is to specify the base classifier as an argument. next, the integration method can be specified in the options method, with two options available: bagging (all weak classifiers cast a vote) and boosting (weak classifiers hierarchically separate classes). the option n_estimators is used to set the number of weak classifiers in the ensemble model. hyper-parameter tuning after evaluating the performance of the different models, we select the best-performing one based on the evaluation metric of our choice. however, it is important to note that the default hyperparameters of each model are used in this selection process. to achieve even better performance, the hyperparameters need to be fine-tuned. to tune the hyperparameters, we can use the command "classification.tune_model", where we specify the classification model in the first argument. this command helps improve the general performance of the model. additionally, if we want to improve a specific metric, such as f1, we can specify it in the "optimize" option. 3.3.2. model evaluation and interpretation finally, the tuned model with the command classification evaluation model (rf_model) was evaluated. figure 15 shows the auc: roc curve, which is a way to measure the performance of classification models at different thresholds. auc indicates how well the model can distinguish between classes, with higher values indicating better performance. however, translating these metrics into business value requires further analysis. figure 15. auc plot of the best model the confusion matrix is a simple yet effective way to evaluate model performance. it compares predicted labels with actual labels and divides them into four quadrants. the total sum of all quadrants is equal to the number of documents leads in the test set (405 + 2 + 782 + 2 + 1 + 729 + 2 + 3 + 3 + 2 + 475 = 2,406). various confusion matrices of randomly selected classifiers were examined in this section. the probability of true and false classification for each language model's classifiers, with reasonable processing time was visualized in figure 16. some classifications have a prediction probability of 0.0000, indicating a small number of false positives. the bigram features worked better for prediction than unigram and trigram attributes were found in the previous section. this confirms the previous finding that there are overlapping structural relationships in the bibliometric analysis research in the dataset, despite having opposite sentiment polarities. it is initialized with a fitted model and generates a class prediction error chart on the draw. the support for each class in the fitted classification model is shown as a stack of bars on the class prediction error chart. each bar is segmented to show the distribution of predicted classes for each class. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 325 the randomforestclassifier is good at predicting topic 0 based on the clustering features, but it often gets topic 2 and topic 3 mixed up and labels topic 2 as topic 1 (figure 17). figure 16. confusion matrix figure 17. class prediction error for random forest classifier the confusion matrix and calculate precision was examined, recalled, and f1 scores done manually. if the model is binary, the impact of each feature on the prediction and the correlation between the two most impactful features using shap values could be also analyzed. a variable importance plot and probability values for each topic are represented by dots. the redder the dot, the higher the probability value. the probability values are sorted and colored with a gradient. the position of each dot, which is a shap value, represents a correlation between the probability value and the output class. the more the dot goes to the right, the stronger the correlation between them and a correct prediction. the more it goes to the left, the stronger the correlation between it and an incorrect prediction. besides, the lower the probability value, the bluer the dot is. the more separable the dots of different colors are, the better. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 326 the result shows the probability distribution of topics for each document with 𝜃𝑚,𝑘. values. the 𝜃𝑚,𝑘. values for the first 10 documents and k=1…4 was displayed in figure 18. we have prepared the data, trained and selected the best model based on auc, and analyzed performance using various plots such as auc-roc, confusion matrix, class prediction error, and topic probability. figure 18. the probability of transcription from 1 to 10 is analyzed. 4. results and discussion in this study, we analyzed bibliometric data across four different aspects: topic focus, characteristics, category, and key modes. to perform this analysis, we utilized python libraries to carry out topic modeling and assessed the performance of each model using metrics such as perplexity and coherence. additionally, we also used python libraries to effectively visualize and present our results. by leveraging these libraries, we were able to create clear and informative visualizations that highlighted the key insights and trends from our analysis. in this study, we examined the global research trends and context of bibliometric analysis using text analysis and topic modeling techniques on a sample of 16,379 papers from the scopus database. through our analysis, we identified four distinct topics and their development trends, revealing a shift in the focus of topic development trends. specifically, the "set of publication concepts" topic was found to be the most popular, accounting for 34% of tokens, while the "relate to others in the research field" topic was less popular, accounting for only 10.4% of tokens. building on the work of aria & cuccurullo [59], we classified two types of bibliometric analysis and knowledge structure synthesis: conceptual structure and intellectual and social structure. this classification is consistent with their findings and provides a useful framework for understanding bibliometric analysis. the study's insights provide a structured framework for understanding the evolving landscape of bibliometric analysis content, facilitating the tracking of research themes, identifying trends, and assessing methodological improvements. furthermore, this study makes theoretical and methodological contributions by applying lda topic modeling technology to bibliometric analysis and identifying research topics and development trends for the first time through large-scale text analysis of 16,039 documents from the scopus database, this research contributes to a deeper understanding of bibliometric research patterns, offering valuable insights for researchers and practitioners. by obtaining core parameters, such as the number of topics, through machine learning training, our study provides a valuable reference for future research on bibliometric analysis. in recent years, topic modeling has emerged as a powerful technique for discovering hidden topics within large collections of texts. with the increase in online activities of academics, businesses, and the general public, there has been a surge in interest in this field. this article explores the major topic modeling algorithms and their applications, with a specific focus on the python programming language libraries and tools that can assist researchers in implementing their ideas. by using topic modeling, individuals can update and develop their interests in different aspects, which could lead to new research questions and ideas. bibliometrics, a quantitative methodology that uses statistical methods to analyze published works, has become increasingly important in recent years due to the vast amounts of available digital data [1]. one of the essential tools used in bibliometrics is topic modeling, which enables researchers to identify hidden patterns and relationships among texts [4]. topic modeling allows researchers to discover new research areas and trends, and to learn about how certain publications or authors have affected their fields [3]. additionally, topic modeling helps overcome some of the limitations of traditional bibliometric analysis, such as the over-reliance on citation counts as a measure of importance [3]. this study contributes to the field by highlighting the importance of analyzing knowledge structure and conceptual relationships within scientific publications and suggests that lda is a powerful tool for efficient and accurate bibliometric analysis. the findings of this study are valuable for researchers in information science, data mining, and bibliometrics. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 327 the result of this study contributes significantly to the field of bibliometric analysis research by evaluating the performance of topic modeling techniques and offering valuable insights into their advancements and implications. by comparing our findings with previous studies, we can discern the evolution and impact of our research. our study introduces a novel approach by integrating word embedding with latent dirichlet allocation (lda) for enhanced topic extraction performance. unlike previous studies that primarily relied on traditional topic modeling methods [20–31, 33, 34], our approach showcases a more sophisticated and potentially more effective method. by identifying key topics within bibliometric research articles, our study sheds light on primary research topics, categories, and latent themes. comparing these findings with previous studies enables researchers to track the evolution of research themes over time and assess consistency or changes in dominant topics within bibliometric analysis. in addition, our method, which includes getting data, cleaning it up, and using lda models to analyze topics, gives a structured framework for doing bibliometric analysis. researchers can identify improvements, challenges, and best practices by evaluating the methodology of previous studies compared to ours. even though there are some problems with the generalizability and granularity of the datasets, like the fact that abstracts were used instead of full texts, our study shows how important it is to use a variety of datasets and thorough text analysis methods to get reliable and applicable results. we suggest future research directions, such as exploring the full texts of authoritative articles in multiple languages. comparing these recommendations with previous studies can reveal emerging trends and gaps in bibliometric analysis, guiding future research endeavors and methodological advancements. 5. conclusion in summary, the utilization of word embedding in conjunction with lda has been demonstrated to enhance topic extraction performance, although its appropriateness varies depending on the unique characteristics of each research inquiry and dataset. the decision to employ word embedding should be made judiciously, considering a multitude of factors. determining the ideal number of topics is a crucial aspect of lda modeling. typically, coherence scores offer a valuable metric for evaluating the quality of topic models across various topic quantities. higher coherence scores signify more coherent topics, aiding researchers in identifying the most suitable number of topics for their specific investigation. researchers are encouraged to experiment with different topic counts within a predefined range (e.g., 26) and compare coherence scores to arrive at an informed decision. to gain meaningful insights from lda topic modeling results, a comprehensive approach encompassing statistical analysis, domain expertise, and critical thinking is essential. beyond merely interpreting topics and their associated keywords, researchers should delve into the distribution of topics across documents, track the evolution of topics over time, and explore the interrelationships between topics. this multifaceted approach ensures a richer and more nuanced understanding of the underlying data structure. this study has identified two main limitations. firstly, the findings of the study may not be generalizable due to the limited dataset used. however, incorporating additional sources such as the web of science core repository could increase the general applicability of the results. secondly, the analysis was limited to abstracts rather than full texts, which may have limited the granularity of the findings. therefore, future research should explore the full text of authoritative articles in multiple languages to obtain more comprehensive results. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.t., l.n., and w.c.; methodology, y.j., a.t., l.n., and w.c.; software, y.j., a.t., l.n., and w.c.; validation, s.k., v.c., l.n., and w.c.; formal analysis, s.k., v.c., l.n., and w.c.; investigation, v.c., l.n., and w.c.; resources, y.j., l.n., and w.c.; data curation, y.j., l.n., and w.c.; writing—original draft preparation, c.l., l.n., and w.c.; writing—review and editing, c.l., n.h., l.n., and w.c.; visualization, l.n. and w.c.; supervision, l.n. and w.c.; project administration, l.n. and w.c.; funding acquisition, l.n. and w.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 328 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] donthu, n., kumar, s., mukherjee, d., pandey, n., & lim, w. m. (2021). how to conduct a bibliometric analysis: an overview and guidelines. journal of business research, 133, 285-296. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2021.04.070. [2] mejia, c., wu, m., zhang, y., & kajikawa, y. (2021). exploring topics in bibliometric research through citation networks and semantic analysis. frontiers in research metrics and analytics, 6, 742311. doi:10.3389/frma.2021.742311. [3] ninkov, a., frank, j. r., & maggio, l. a. (2022). bibliometrics: methods for studying academic publishing. perspectives on medical education, 11(3), 173-176. doi:10.1007/s40037-021-00695-4. [4] li, x., & lei, l. (2021). a bibliometric analysis of topic modelling studies (2000–2017). journal of information science, 47(2), 161-175. doi:10.1177/0165551519877049. [5] kuhn, k. d. (2018). using structural topic modeling to identify latent topics and trends in aviation incident reports. transportation research part c: emerging technologies, 87, 105-122. doi:10.1016/j.trc.2017.12.018. [6] nielsen, m. w., & börjeson, l. (2019). gender diversity in the management field: does it matter for research outcomes?. research policy, 48(7), 1617-1632. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2019.03.006. [7] gohari, p., wu, b., hawkins, c., hale, m., & topcu, u. (2021). differential privacy on the unit simplex via the dirichlet mechanism. ieee transactions on information forensics and security, 16, 2326-2340. doi:10.1109/tifs.2021.3052356. [8] jiang, h., qiang, m., & lin, p. (2016). finding academic concerns of the three gorges project based on a topic modeling approach. ecological indicators, 60, 693-701. doi:10.1016/j.ecolind.2015.08.007. [9] li, y., jiang, d., lian, r., wu, x., tan, c., xu, y., & su, z. (2021). heterogeneous latent topic discovery for semantic text mining. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 35(1), 533-544. doi:10.1109/tkde.2021.3077025. [10] zhou, x., liang, w., luo, z., & pan, y. (2021). periodic-aware intelligent prediction model for information diffusion in social networks. ieee transactions on network science and engineering, 8(2), 894-904. doi:10.1109/tnse.2021.3064952. [11] isoaho, k., gritsenko, d., & mäkelä, e. (2021). topic modeling and text analysis for qualitative policy research. policy studies journal, 49(1), 300-324. doi:10.1111/psj.12343. [12] kwok, s. w. h., vadde, s. k., & wang, g. (2021). tweet topics and sentiments relating to covid-19 vaccination among australian twitter users: machine learning analysis. journal of medical internet research, 23(5), e26953. doi:10.2196/26953. [13] wu, q., hare, a., wang, s., tu, y., liu, z., brinton, c. g., & li, y. (2021). bats: a spectral biclustering approach to single document topic modeling and segmentation. acm transactions on intelligent systems and technology (tist), 12(5), 1-29. doi:10.1145/3468268. [14] blei, d. m. (2012). probabilistic topic models. communications of the acm, 55(4), 77-84. doi:10.1145/2133806.2133826. [15] yin, b., & yuan, c. h. (2022). detecting latent topics and trends in blended learning using lda topic modeling. education and information technologies, 27, 12689–12712. doi:10.1007/s10639-022-11118-0. [16] hwang, s., & cho, e. (2021). exploring latent topics and research trends in mathematics teachers’ knowledge using topic modeling: a systematic review. mathematics, 9(22), 2956. doi:10.3390/math9222956. [17] schoepflin, u., & glänzel, w. (2001). two decades of" scientometrics". an interdisciplinary field represented by its leading journal. scientometrics, 50(2), 301-312. doi:10.1023/a:1010577824449. [18] jonkers, k., & derrick, g. e. (2012). the bibliometric bandwagon: characteristics of bibliometric articles outside the field literature. journal of the american society for information science and technology, 63(4), 829-836. doi:10.1002/asi.22620. [19] milojević, s., & leydesdorff, l. (2013). information metrics (imetrics): a research specialty with a socio-cognitive identity?. scientometrics, 95, 141-157. doi:10.1007/s11192-012-0861-z. [20] ayaz, a., ozyurt, o., al-rahmi, w. m., salloum, s., shutaleva, a., alblehai, f., & habes, m. (2023). exploring gamification research trends using topic modeling. ieee access, 11, 119676-119692. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3326444. [21] robledo, s., & zuluaga, m. (2022). topic modeling: perspectives from a literature review. ieee access, 11, 4066-4078. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3232939. [22] mifrah, s., & benlahmar, e. h. (2020). topic modeling coherence: a comparative study between lda and nmf models using covid’19 corpus. international journal of advanced trends in computer science and engineering, 5756-5761. doi:10.30534/ijatcse/2020/231942020. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 329 [23] cui, w., jinling, l., zhang, t., & zhang, s. (2023). a recognition method of measuring literature topic evolution paths based on k-means-nmf. knowledge organization, 50(4), 257-271. doi:10.5771/0943-7444-2023-4-257. [24] motamedi, n., ghazimirsaeid, j., sheikhshoaei, f., mansourzadeh, m. j., & dehdarirad, h. (2023). bibliometric analysis and topic modeling of information systems in maternal health publications. international journal of information science and management, 21(2), 85-101. doi:10.22034/ijism.2023.1977814.0. [25] almenara, c. a. (2022). 40 years of research on eating disorders in domain-specific journals: bibliometrics, network analysis, and topic modeling. plos one, 17(12), e0278981. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0278981. [26] sharma, c., batra, i., sharma, s., malik, a., hosen, a. s., & ra, i. h. (2022). predicting trends and research patterns of smart cities: a semi-automatic review using latent dirichlet allocation (lda). ieee access, 10, 121080-121095. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3214310. [27] gurcan, f., & cagiltay, n. e. (2022). exploratory analysis of topic interests and their evolution in bioinformatics research using semantic text mining and probabilistic topic modeling. ieee access, 10, 31480-31493. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3160795. [28] cobelli, n., & blasi, s. (2024). combining topic modeling and bibliometric analysis to understand the evolution of technological innovation adoption in the healthcare industry. european journal of innovation management, 27(9), 127-149. doi:10.1108/ejim06-2023-0497. [29] chen, x., & xie, h. (2020). a structural topic modeling-based bibliometric study of sentiment analysis literature. cognitive computation, 12, 1097-1129. doi:10.1007/s12559-020-09745-1. [30] chen, x., xie, h., cheng, g., & li, z. (2022a). a decade of sentic computing: topic modeling and bibliometric analysis. cognitive computation, 14(1), 24-47. doi:10.1007/s12559-021-09861-6. [31] jiang, h., qiang, m., & lin, p. (2016). a topic modeling based bibliometric exploration of hydropower research. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 57, 226-237. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2015.12.194. [32] linnenluecke, m. k., marrone, m., & singh, a. k. (2020). conducting systematic literature reviews and bibliometric analyses. australian journal of management, 45(2), 175-194. doi:10.1177/0312896219877678. [33] chen, x., zou, d., & xie, h. (2022). a decade of learning analytics: structural topic modeling based bibliometric analysis. education and information technologies, 27(8), 10517-10561. doi:10.1007/s10639-022-11046-z. [34] amaro, a., & bacao, f. (2024). topic modeling: a consistent framework for comparative studies. emerging science journal, 8(1), 125-139. doi:10.28991/esj-2024-08-01-09. [35] cho, s. b., shin, s., & kang, d. s. (2018). a study on the research trends on open innovation using topic modeling. informatization policy, 25(3), 52-74. [36] ali, m. (2020). pycaret: an open source, low-code machine learning library in python. pycaret version, 2. [37] bettina, g., & kurt, h. (2011). topic models: an r package for fitting topic models. journal of statistical software, 40(13), 130. doi:10.18637/jss.v040.i13. [38] chowdhury, c. r., & bhuyan, p. (2010). information retrieval using fuzzy c-means clustering and modified vector space model. 3rd international conference on computer science and information technology, 1, 696-700. doi:10.1109/iccsit.2010.5564542. [39] blei, d. m., ng, a. y., & jordan, m. i. (2003). latent dirichlet allocation. journal of machine learning research, 3(jan), 9931022. [40] jelodar, h., wang, y., yuan, c., feng, x., jiang, x., li, y., & zhao, l. (2019). latent dirichlet allocation (lda) and topic modeling: models, applications, a survey. multimedia tools and applications, 78, 15169-15211. doi:10.1007/s11042-018-68944. [41] stevens, k., kegelmeyer, p., andrzejewski, d., & buttler, d. (2012). exploring topic coherence over many models and many topics. proceedings of the 2012 joint conference on empirical methods in natural language processing and computational natural language learning, 952-961. [42] chang, j., gerrish, s., wang, c., boyd-graber, j., & blei, d. (2009). reading tea leaves: how humans interpret topic models. advances in neural information processing systems, 22. [43] röder, m., both, a., & hinneburg, a. (2015). exploring the space of topic coherence measures. proceedings of the eighth acm international conference on web search and data mining, 399-408. doi:10.1145/2684822.2685324. [44] řehůřek, r., & sojka, p. (2010). software framework for topic modelling with large corpora. proceedings of lrec 2010 workshop new challenges for nlp frameworks. valletta, malta: university of malta, 2010, 46-50. [45] chen, x., zou, d., & xie, h. (2020). fifty years of british journal of educational technology: a topic modeling based bibliometric perspective. british journal of educational technology, 51(3), 692-708. doi:10.1111/bjet.12907. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 2, june, 2024 330 [46] ozansoy çadırcı, t., & sağkaya güngör, a. (2021). 26 years left behind: a historical and predictive analysis of electronic business research. electronic commerce research, 21, 223-243. doi.org:10.1007/s10660-021-09459-y. [47] zhu, b., zheng, x., liu, h., li, j., & wang, p. (2020). analysis of spatiotemporal characteristics of big data on social media sentiment with covid-19 epidemic topics. chaos, solitons & fractals, 140, 110123. doi:10.1016/j.chaos.2020.110123. [48] bovens, l., & hartmann, s. (2003). solving the riddle of coherence. mind, 112(448), 601-633. doi:10.1093/mind/112.448.601 [49] newman, d., lau, j. h., grieser, k., & baldwin, t. (2010). automatic evaluation of topic coherence. human language technologies: the 2010 annual conference of the north american chapter of the association for computational linguistics, 100108. [50] lau, j. h., newman, d., & baldwin, t. (2014). machine reading tea leaves: automatically evaluating topic coherence and topic model quality. proceedings of the 14th conference of the european chapter of the association for computational linguistics, 530-539. [51] mimno, d., wallach, h., talley, e., leenders, m., & mccallum, a. (2011). optimizing semantic coherence in topic models. proceedings of the 2011 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing, 262-272. [52] cao, j., xia, t., li, j., zhang, y., & tang, s. (2009). a density-based method for adaptive lda model selection. neurocomputing, 72(7-9), 1775-1781. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2008.06.011. [53] sievert, c., & shirley, k. (2014, june). pyldavis: a method for visualizing and interpreting topics. in proceedings of the workshop on interactive language learning, visualization, and interfaces, 63-70. [54] small, h. (1997). update on science mapping: creating large document spaces. scientometrics, 38, 275-293. doi:10.1007/bf02457414. [55] börner, k., chen, c., & boyack, k. w. (2003). visualizing knowledge domains. annual review of information science and technology, 37(1), 179-255. doi:10.1002/aris.1440370106. [56] chuang, j., manning, c. d., & heer, j. (2012). termite: visualization techniques for assessing textual topic models. proceedings of the international working conference on advanced visual interfaces, 74-77. [57] zhao, w., chen, j.j., perkins, r. et al. a heuristic approach to determine an appropriate number of topics in topic modeling. bmc bioinformatics 16 (suppl 13), s8 (2015). doi:10.1186/1471-2105-16-s13-s8. [58] maier, d., waldherr, a., miltner, p., wiedemann, g., niekler, a., keinert, a., ... & adam, s. (2018). applying lda topic modeling in communication research: toward a valid and reliable methodology. communication methods and measures, 12(23), 93-118. doi:10.1080/19312458.2018.1430754. [59] aria, m., & cuccurullo, c. (2017). bibliometrix: an r-tool for comprehensive science mapping analysis. journal of informetrics, 11(4), 959-975. doi:10.1016/j.joi.2017.08.007. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 444 issn: 2723-9535 innovation process and a model for hightech companies within an industrial district dilan aydin uzun 1 , tarik baykara 1* 1 industrial engineering department, dogus university, istanbul, turkey. received 30 december 2024; revised 21 may 2025; accepted 27 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract high-tech companies innovate through complicated and dynamic interactions with other shareholders willing to form a “technology innovation system.” there is extensive literature on the formation of such systems; however, most such studies have not considered their dynamic features, r&d intensity, and other factors. innovation dynamics should be framed upon the activities of r&d for technological development and then transferred into commercial economic values. this work aims to develop a model to improve the understanding of the dynamic behavior of high-tech companies within an industrial district in i̇stanbul, turkey. this research outlines innovative approaches along with other features such as r&d intensity within the companies, the availability of scientific and technological personnel, the collaboration with scientific organizations, and initiatives in intellectual property rights. extended interviews were conducted with the upper management of 8 high-technology companies using a structured and in-depth interviewing technique. as a result, based on specific indicators and scoring data, this study reveals the importance of a “technology innovation system” within such an industrial district for high-tech companies for the company's business processes and indirectly within the company's management approach. this research outlines innovation systems along with other features such as r&d intensity, the availability of scientific and technological personnel, and their involvement through scientific research collaborations. keywords: high technology; technology innovation system; research and development; innovation process; industrial zone. 1. introduction there have been numerous studies on the concepts of innovation processes and dynamics, and an ample amount of models have already been suggested in the relevant literature [1-5]. innovation has become an effective term focused on relentlessly, and its importance has been emphasized and underlined in countless ways. it is a highly critical subject, considering it brings social and economic changes, especially with its function and role in high technology fields. the impact of digitalization and ai-powered innovations, along with the application of iot and blockchain technology on integrating innovation and industrial chains in high-tech manufacturing, is increasing. some of the studies [6-8] examined the interaction between digitalization and the application of iot and blockchain technology on the innovation dynamics. they revealed that digital technologies and ai-powered techniques have also created a significant transformation in innovation processes. it is shown that technological advancement has led to digital transformation as a strategic driver for firms seeking to enhance innovation and competitiveness. digital transformation improves both dynamic capabilities and innovation performance. in this context, research on the effects of new-generation digital technologies on the innovation ecosystem is critical for high-tech companies to achieve sustainable competitive * corresponding author: tbaykara@dogus.edu.tr http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-06  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0009-8132-3015 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7480-9537 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 445 advantage. the technology innovation system approach for the high-tech and emerging new tech areas would be the framework to understand the complex and complicated nature of the high-tech innovation process [9-12]. the innovation system dynamics for high-tech areas should be attended explicitly to the surrounding actors and players, networks, and institutions within the system, along with the severe competition within such emerging high-tech areas. it should be defined as a system comprised of a variety of factors such as skilled personnel, organizational resources for information, science, and technology, financial supporting mechanisms, intellectual property, and materials [13-15]. as such, it directly affects the value and commercial status of industrial companies and pushes companies to be more effective regarding innovative activities such as r&d intensity, national and international collaboration, collaboration with academia (including research institutions, universities, colleges, and vocational schools), and others. however, as is very well known, there is certainly no ‘ready-to-use’ innovation system recipe that can be considered "effective and successful" at the industrial, institutional, regional, sectoral, and firm levels. there are different conditions and different factors affecting them at each stage of the technology innovation system and related processes. considering the innovation dynamics and processes in high-tech industries, which are gaining particular importance in products, processes, and services, the subject is still in an investigative phase. essential in-depth treatment of innovation dynamics and models that lead to the adoption and diffusion of high-tech by society and the market needs to be much more revealed [16-20]. the concept of “high technology” and the nature and characteristics of a high-tech company based on sectorspecific features are defined and explained in the literature [21, 22]. "continuous innovation" is undoubtedly one of the most important focal activities of high-tech companies and organizations that distinguishes and differentiates a company operating in high-tech fields. it is also pointed out that promoting high-tech innovation abilities may also accelerate the development of high-quality and efficient economic mechanisms as well [23]. in this regard, knowledge and innovation management are also extremely important in developing new and emerging high technologies and gaining a competitive advantage in the market. the performance and effectiveness of the company in the production of high-tech products/processes are closely related to the availability of knowledge-based/intellectual assets to be developed in this context. continuous innovation dynamics should be framed upon the activities of r&d in technological development and then transferred into commercial economic values. such an innovation chain process is the structural base for the effective and efficient transformation of commercial hightech products. in this process, technology digestion and absorption through r&d intensity are essential factors for hightech companies [8, 24]. scientific knowledge and technologies, new ideas, and approaches must be transferred into the market as products, processes, and services. as the corporate culture becomes visible in an environment of innovation and creativity, the company will constantly achieve competitiveness. for instance, effective human resources management is an essential factor that increases employee productivity in innovative high-tech companies. studies on how ai-based human resources applications are used in businesses and how they support innovation processes show that in addition to increasing employee experience, they also improve organizational innovation capacity [25, 26]. it is crucial for the organization to adapt to the everchanging market conditions and relentlessly advancing technological developments and to take new high-tech outputs as a basis for reorienting the organization through change, adaptation, and assimilation. the basic process is knowledge and technology-based innovation and turning them into products that can be marketed [17-19]. it is well known that high-tech companies can achieve rapid development due to their flexible and innovative system, unrivaled relationship with skilled personnel, culturally innovative environment, and continuous innovation for their personnel. in this regard, it should be noted that the technological innovation system could only effectively and efficiently function and operate in high-tech companies [27]. as a result of the radical developments in high technologies, the innovation system has begun to cover almost every aspect of society, government, finance & economy, and industry. technology transfer, one of the basic components of innovation, is of great importance for economic development [28]. for high-tech companies, innovation is not only limited to developing new products or services; technological knowledge sharing and collaborations are also critical factors. in this context, how the technology innovation systems discussed in our study affect the knowledge transfer processes between companies was also analyzed. based on the technological developments in electronics & communication, informatics, artificial intelligence, iot, robotics, intelligent and autonomous systems, mechatronics, nanotechnologies, advanced materials, and intelligent transportation in recent years, the system is becoming more complicated and complex. a dynamically developing innovation system is now providing opportunities for companies to communicate with different and varying regions, locations, actors/players, institutions, and networks, including industrial zones and technoparks, academia/research-vocational schools, and technical colleges. in this regard, it is demonstrated that innovation capacity in high-tech industries lies in the efficiency of transforming capabilities, adapting to geographical location, and the r&d and technology development level of each region [29]. with the advancement of high technologies, the severe competition between companies operating in high-tech fields has increased enormously, and companies with the ability to bring the most innovative/creative high-tech products to the market in the fastest way have begun to prevail. this capability depends on the companies' innovation and r&d vision, capacity and capabilities, and their ability to implement this vision in every aspect of their business processes. high-tech companies innovate through complicated and dynamic interactions with other stakeholders who are willing to be part of the technology innovation system. creating new and high-technology products is directly linked to hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 446 companies' innovation activities (including r&d studies and others). in this regard, the literature has not covered other factors such as scientific and technical personnel, scientific collaboration, intellectual property issues, etc., to fully clarify the complexity of the innovation system and dynamics. there is extensive literature on the formation of such systems. however, the majority of such studies have not taken into account their dynamic and interactive, interconnected features and properties. this work specifically aims to develop a model to improve the understanding of the dynamic behavior of high-tech companies within an industrial district in istanbul, türkiye. this research outlines innovative approaches along with other features such as r&d intensity within the companies, the availability of scientific and technological personnel, and their involvement through scientific research, university collaborations, and initiatives in intellectual property rights. previous theoretical models based on scientific and technological policies connected to innovation efficiency may not elucidate highly complex high-tech dynamics. highly connected interactions and interrelationships between the actors/players/shareholders should be framed in an integrated model underlying the system dynamics. 2. innovation dynamism in high-tech companies and organizations the development of new high technologies in all kinds of companies and their implementation as industrial/commercial products is possible within a functioning, dynamic, and effective r&d-intensive and innovative environment. in a way, this is what makes new high-tech companies different from traditional, mediumand low-tech companies. as an indispensable and vital element of new high-tech fields, within the scope of innovation, the relevant processes must be planned, created as a solution within the scope of high-tech, and explored for the strategic benefits of the organization, rather than being introduced randomly and out of nowhere [18]. there has been much investigation and research on the development of high-tech industries, mainly evaluating technological innovation. it is pointed out that the dynamic evolutionary relationship, specific characteristics, and mechanism between science and technology resources and high-tech industries have not been investigated in depth, and there is very little work on the dynamism of the relationship for high-tech systems [13, 30-32]. high-tech companies are constantly facing severe and complex challenges within very fast-paced global high-tech industries [33, 34]. some of those key challenges can be outlined as follows: i. costs; ii. rapid product innovation; iii. slow transition of r&d results into commercial products; iv. shift from products into more services; v. lack of high-quality scientific and technical personnel in r&d activities. the basic initial phase of the innovation process is the "research & development" phase, which is the most crucial element of new high-technology companies and is of vital importance and quality [20, 35-37]. at the same time, this is the main issue that distinguishes a high-tech enterprise from the classical-traditional structures, and the criterion is monitored and measured by the expenditure and investment made in this field. this stage ensures that starting from the generation of the new high-tech conceptual idea, the relevant creative idea is evaluated, tested with experimental measurements, improved with scientific principles, and turned into a product. following this, the product/process created and detailed in the design must be "implemented" as a demo, prototype, or trial and delivered to the market. the following methods are continued with the steps of growth, perfection, dissemination, and maturation within the company's scope. at these stages, it is extremely important to continue the ongoing cycle with the steps in question in the form of intellectual sprouting, birth, and creation of another new, more developed, original, and advanced product in a lively and dynamic way. the future of a new high-tech company that cannot provide this continuity will be uncertain, suspicious, risky, and unclear. the model that will be outlined in this work will address these interactive factors that are lacking in the relevant literature. a variety of different aspects of dynamic and interactive characteristics should be handled in an integrated approach for a more direct and clearer understanding. with the development of high technologies in recent years, the trends of consumers have also begun to change, and we are now facing a certain consumer base that looks for existing products to be renewed very quickly and expects continuous innovation with new versions and brands. this situation has changed companies' understanding of their internal processes. in the past, companies used raw materials, workers, stocks, etc., while competing with other companies on such issues. this situation has now changed, and recently companies have started to compete based on innovative scientific and technological research and r&d studies. as it was underlined on theoretical bases defining the technology innovation system, other than the creation of new knowledge through the r&d process, other factors such as service-providing firms, supporting units, universities and the research labs, the government, patent offices, and other institutions should be taken into account [16]. collaboration, interconnection, and interaction between such actors are vital to improving the gains of a dynamic high-tech environment. other challenges, such as intense price pressure, highly rapid technological change, and severe turbulence in national and international markets, are also becoming very hard and complex problems all over the high-tech industries [38]. this study was carried out in the leading industrial district of istanbul, türkiye: “istanbul dudullu organized industrial zone (idoiz)” established in 1982. in this regard, the local environment within this district can certainly become a critical source of knowledge creation, sharing, supporting, and processing. the support and help of local firms hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 447 (mostly smes and plain workshops providing practical solutions and services) could help them acquire competitive advantages, benefiting firms of all sizes in different industrial sectors. it is an indispensable source for technical and practical innovations. it has also been demonstrated that innovation capacity in high-tech industries lies in the efficiency of transforming capabilities and adapting them to geographical location, r&d, and technology development levels of each region [29]. currently, most technological innovations are brought by such sme-type companies, and this dynamic is now very well understood by mediumand large-sized companies [39]. in addition, the implementation and execution of new ideas and projects are possible within such a zone with a huge variety of different financial and organizational contributions. the clustering of effective supporting units within a specific zone is an extremely important factor and promotes the innovation and competitiveness of high-tech industries [40]. technological innovation processes are affected not only by internal company dynamics but also by macroeconomic and political factors. developmental network state theory is a necessary approach that examines the role of the state in supporting technology and innovation [41]. especially in the case of the usa, the state's technology policies and financial support mechanisms have accelerated innovation processes. similarly, certain advantages and incentives for organized industrial zones in türkiye can increase the global competitiveness of high-tech firms by creating mechanisms that encourage innovation. it should also be noted that the existence of a culture that highly values sharing, supporting, and solving problems within the zone is highly valuable. in such an industrial district that supports high-tech activities at the technological edge, enabling innovations and creating competitive advantages that will be critical in the understanding of high-tech dynamism for the upcoming few decades [39]. as observed in recent literature, there is very limited research on the mechanism of technological innovation dynamics for high-tech companies operating within industrial districts, driving the innovation capabilities [42]; in this regard, no framework has yet been provided for the innovation mechanisms of high-tech companies operating within industrial districts. istanbul dudullu organized industrial zone (idoiz) covers an area of 265 hectares, including “the factories zone” and other sme-based companies in machinery, manufacturing, and automotive industrial sites. it should be noted that, unfortunately, the idoiz is not a high-tech sector-specific zone, and random varieties of companies from all different sectors are operating within the district (machinery, food, furniture, textiles, manufacturing, etc.). the eight companies operating in various high-tech fields (electronics, communication, nanotechnology, advanced materials, autonomous vehicles, and satellites) in this area were carefully selected. structured and lengthened dialogues/interviews with the upper-level managerial staff, including ceos, general managers, department heads, and r&d experts, were conducted to evaluate the following features for a high-tech company:  innovation and creativity characteristics;  effect of the r&d within the company;  human resource issues for a high-tech company;  effect of the proximity and cooperation within an industrial district;  scientific and technological collaboration with universities, labs, and/or other relevant institutions. this research outlines innovative approaches along with other features such as r&d intensity within the companies, the availability of scientific and technological personnel, the collaboration with scientific organizations, and initiatives in the field of intellectual property rights. extended interviews were conducted with the upper management of 8 hightechnology companies using a structured and in-depth interviewing technique. findings are measured based on a scale showing the overall dynamism of innovation in high-tech, and a model is constructed accordingly. as a result, based on certain indicators and scoring data, this study reveals the importance of a “technology innovation system” within such an industrial district for high-tech companies for the company's business processes and indirectly within the company's management approach. this study showed that for high-tech companies, innovation, r&d, and talented personnel profiles are major concepts that must be understood and expertly applied in every process of the company, including business and managerial issues. applying these concepts correctly is the major objective that will enable high-tech companies to be successful both in local and international markets. 3. material and methods this study was conducted in the leading industrial district of istanbul, türkiye: istanbul dudullu organized industrial zone (idoiz). this industrial zone includes “the factories area” along with other large industrial sites of smes. around 3000 smes and 110 major mediumand large-sized companies continue their activities within the proximity of idoiz. the 8 most successful high-tech companies operating in various high-tech fields were selected. companies were contacted and investigated in the study, among which one additional company, a conventional medium-tech company, was chosen as “the witness/control” company operating in the traditional machinery-manufacturing sector. this hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 448 “witness/control” company is a well-established and prestigious company within the idoiz with over 40 years of experience in national and international markets. this company was chosen for the control, as it is out of the scope of “hi-tech” and will be referred to as “company a” throughout the study. this study aims to consolidate the theoretical concept of “technology innovation system” in the context of an industrial district where a variety of actors/players are within proximity. this research also intends to fill the gap on how such industrial interactions influence innovation performance for high-tech companies. the flowchart depicted in figure 1 elucidates the screening and selection of these high-tech companies, along with the selection of a witness/control company. such a screening procedure based on “technology innovation system” theory demonstrates that extended interactions of those players/actors within the district further generate a dynamic enhancement of innovation. by empirically interrelating these relationships, the dynamic model outlined in this study provides a better understanding of the “technology innovation system” and contributes to innovation performance for high-tech companies. figure 1. the flowchart showing the screening and selection of the high-tech companies and the witness/control company to briefly introduce the companies that will be examined and evaluated; 1. sintermetal (advanced materials): founded in 1967, the company produces various complex machine parts and components with sintering technology via advanced powder metallurgy techniques. with their r&d studies, they aim to maintain their leadership in sintering and become a globally recognized company. it seeks to reduce human error in production and quality and strengthen the importance given to occupational safety with the full automation studies they have recently carried out both at home and abroad [43]. 2. assan elektronik (electronics): assan elektronik, which entered the sector in 1980 by producing devices in industrial electronics, started to manufacture led lighting modules in 1990. after establishing a company partnership with dmy group, it has focused on electronic card production since then, especially for defense sectors. there is an r&d center within assan elektronik, which continues its activities in aviation, automotive, telecom, energy, and medical [44]. 3. entes elektronik (electronics): the company, which started its activities in 1980, introduced turkey's first web-based energy monitoring software. it offers its customers solutions in energy efficiency and quality, measurement, compensation, protection, and control. it also produces hardware for a wide range of products in respective fields. there is an r&d center within entes elektronik [45]. 4. quantag nanotechnologies development and production (nanotechnology): established in 2014 as a subsidiary of opet petroleum company with the partnership of koç holding and öztürk group, quantag company enables the identification and verification of products by using quantum dots that cannot be copied for quantum labels in customer products with the quantum tagging technology (qtt) they developed. these quantum punctuations can only be read and decoded by ultra-sensitive quantum sensors. thus, high-security authentication is provided. quantum labeling technology was developed by the quantag company for the first time globally [46]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 449 5. adastec (autonomous vehicle): adastec, a company that carries out r&d and autonomous testing studies, has developed the world's first level 4 autonomous electric bus/midi bus software. with the software they developed, production for the first autonomous electric buses started in partnership with karsan. as a result of the traffic road tests, it has successfully driven in live traffic and is the first autonomous electric bus in the world [47]. 6. asis automation (it): the company entered the sector in the it field in the 1990s, and after 2000, it concentrated on studies on automation in fuel systems. the company, which has an r&d center, has started to produce solutions in automation, software, and hardware for many sectors over time, as a result of intensive r&d studies. the main works they do include satellite and payment systems, mobile applications, the internet of things, artificial intelligence, robotics, embedded systems, image analysis, and sensor technologies [48]. 7. mertech electronics (communication, electronics): the company has been operating for more than 25 years, developing products such as control, communication, embedded systems, power electronics, and industrial automation systems in the fields of automotive, marine and industrial electronics. the company, which has an r&d center, provides services to many large companies [49]. 8. satelcom (satellite and telecomm): founded in 2014 to provide distributorship, production, integration, and technical services in areas such as telecommunications, cellular mobile network, satellite communication, and telemetry technologies, the company is affiliated with dmy group companies operating in many different sectors [50]. 9. medium technology company operating in the machinery manufacturing sector machinery-company a”: the name of this company, which is the last of our interviews and operates in conventional machinery manufacturing, will not be disclosed. the company is a well-established company with a history of over 40 years and continues its activities within idoiz. the company, which produces flow equipment and heat transfer systems for industries, exports many products domestically and to nearby geographies and has wide stock facilities. the relevant company will be referred to as “company a”. this company was also considered as a “witness/control” compared to the other 8 “high-tech” companies. the company is highly successful in the traditional machinery-manufacturing sector and has been evaluated as a reference in comparison with our criteria within the scope of "high technology". table 1 gives the areas of high technologies in which these selected companies operate. it is observed that the fields in which the companies operate are under the highand medium-technology fields published by eurostat. table 1. areas in which companies operate areas of high tech in which companies operate companies within idoiz electronic-electrics entes, assan elektronik, mertech automation, autonomous vehicle systems adastec, asis otomasyon advanced materials sinter metal nanotechnologies quantag satellite, telecom satelcom manufacturing machinery “company a” during the study, a structured interview, one of the qualitative research techniques, was conducted with the managerial levels of the selected companies. the interview method is a controlled conversation for a purpose [51]. interview questions are grouped under six main themes. these are: high technology, innovation, application, feedback, human resources, and material resources. in addition, another set of interview questions was also created and asked based on the interactions of the leading innovation indicators that are expected to be implemented in hightech companies. these indicators were obtained from the previous literature in this field and documents published by official organizations. the relevant indicators used in the study are stated in table 2. table 2. table of indicators to be used for the innovation of high technology companies multitechnological r&d intensity future-oriented technologies design intensity intellectual property design investment national cooperation r&d investment international cooperation technological investment collaboration intensity employing high-level scientific and technical personnel university collaboration continuous learning customer demands and inquiries multidisciplinarity feedback mechanism creativity product potential rapid diffusion of innovation and knowledge scientific research hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 450 in light of the indicators in table 2, 37 structured interview questions were directed to the participants. interviews lasted approximately 40-80 minutes with each company. the answers were recorded and then transcribed. some of the interview questions are as follows; 1. as a company, in high-tech fields, such as artificial intelligence, cloud, internet of things, robotics, quantum computing, etc. do you have any studies on any of these subjects? 2. does your company have a “networking approach” at national and/or international levels? 3. on average, how many new products, features, or services do you introduce annually? 4. how often has your company launched a unique product, process, or service in your sector? 5. how many patents or utility models/useful designs does your company have? 6. how many personnel does your r&d team consist of? 7. as a high-technology company, what are your criteria for training a qualified workforce in terms of innovation? (high school, associate degree, bachelor's degree, master's degree, doctorate, etc.) 8. as a high-tech company, do you provide motivational rewards, incentives, etc. to ensure that the innovationqualified workforce works long-term and efficiently within the company? 9. what percentage of your annual turnover does your company's budget allocate to r&d expenses? 10. is the technology you are using the most advanced technology available in your sector? is this checked regularly? 4. results and discussion 4.1. indicator analysis below are the 21 indicators used in the evaluation. each indicator was assigned a coefficient value between 1 and 3, appropriate to the degree of importance observed in the research. in the explanation section, the main idea of the relevant questions asked of the companies is stated against the indicators for which they are suitable. some questions within the innovation theme are not included in the table to avoid affecting the results of the questions about the actual processes that companies carry out in real time. finally, the responses given by the companies for each indicator will be scored between 0 and 10, and the coefficients by which the resulting score will be multiplied are written next to them in table 3. table 3. a section from the indicator scoring table to be used for the innovation of high technology companies topics indicators (i) coefficient (k) explanation (min score max score) future technologies multi-technological 3 you have studied in high technology fields such as artificial intelligence, the internet of things, quantum computing, and robotics. (0-10) future technologies future-oriented 2 you have a plan to work on artificial intelligence, cloud, internet of things, quantum computing, robotics, and similar subjects in the short or medium-term (0-10) future technologies future-oriented 2 artificial intelligence, cloud, internet of things, robotics, quantum computing, etc. the issues are important for the company (0-10) intellectual property rights intellectual property rights 3 you have a basic approach within the scope of intellectual property (patent, utility model, trademark, etc.). (0-10) after the scoring, the average indicator scores for each company were analyzed. the 24 indicators listed were calculated for each company one by one using the formula below. 𝐼1,𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑦 = (𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒1,𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑦) ∗ 𝑘1 (1) then, all the scores obtained by a company from the indicators were summed and divided by 9, which is the number of companies, thus the average scores of each company were revealed. 𝐼𝑚𝑒𝑑.𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑦 = 𝐼𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙,𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑦 9 (2) the maximum score that a company can receive from all indicators is calculated as 65 [52]. after calculating the companies' average scores from the indicators, the average scores of the indicators were analyzed. 24 indicators, for each indicator, the scores of 8 high-tech companies were added up and then divided by 8, which is the total number of companies, to find the average score of that indicator. the results were calculated with the formula below. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 451 𝐼1,𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 = ([𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒𝐼1,𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑦1 ∗ 𝑘1] + [𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒𝐼1,𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑦2 ∗ 𝑘1] + ⋯ + [𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒𝐼1,𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑦8 ∗ 𝑘1]) 𝐼1,𝑚𝑒𝑑 = 𝐼1,𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 8 (3) the maximum score that all indicators can receive is calculated as 30. an additional set of interview questions based on the interconnections and interactions of those indicators is also arranged as a matrix that affects the innovation process. the analysis of the average scores of the indicators among themselves, including the responses by company a, is also presented in table 4 for comparison. figure 2 shows the average scores of the technology fields based on the indicator scaling. figure 2. average scores of high-tech fields in which companies operate in figure 2, the field with the highest score is the electronics and electrics field, with a score of 56.1. according to the guide published by eurostat, this sector includes electronic card and printed circuit production, electronic device and component manufacturing, consumer electronics, etc. it is undoubtedly included in the high-tech field, and this field is ranked the highest in the guide. then, the automation and autonomous vehicle systems fields come in second place with 55.4 points. typically, motor vehicle manufacturing is considered medium-high technology. however, the companies in this investigation also carry out automation, autonomous driving, and control areas. while one company develops its software and systems for fully autonomous buses and midi-buses, the other company develops software that fully automates the pump systems in fuel stations. from this perspective, it is understood that both companies work in the field of computer technologies and software development. computer technologies surely fall into the high-tech class and were the field that achieved the second-highest score in the study. the advanced materials field comes in third place with 53.8 points, and nanotechnology comes in fourth place with 47.3 points. although nanotechnology is expected to become a significant field in high-tech, it lags behind other fields worldwide since various sectoral applications and innovations in this field have just begun. the satellite-telecom field comes in fifth place with 35.4 points, and the machinery-manufacturing field comes in last place with 13.7 points, which creates a big score difference. electronics and autonomous vehicle companies entes elektronik and adastec are ranked 1st and 2nd, with success rates of 94.5% and 92.7%, respectively. these companies are successful high-tech companies that exist in global markets and have made it their mission to be sustainable; they have also made quite a brand name for themselves both in national and international markets. they have been operating with the vision of innovation and r&d for many years. entes elektronik applies the concept of innovation in every process of its company, thanks to its innovative vision, which it has had for many years. adastec has become a company with no rivals worldwide yet (in the autonomous bus and midibus), thanks to the autonomous bus systems they developed, which are the first in the world. sinter metal and mertech companies follow them with success rates of 83.2% and 82.7%. although these companies have very similar understandings to the other two companies, they aim at innovation and growth in global markets. electronics, electrics automation, autonomous vehicle systems advanced materials nanotechnology satellite, telecom manufacturing, machinery average scores 56.1 55.4 53.8 47.3 35.4 13.7 56.1 55.4 53.8 47.3 35.4 13.7 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 s c o r e ( 0 -6 5 ) technology field hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 452 sinter metal stands out both for its innovative work in the field of robotics and for the fact that its production technologies are still a niche field in the world. mertech, on the other hand, stands out in terms of constantly carrying out innovative studies, as it is an r&d company, in addition to its work on artificial intelligence. table 4. average scores of the companies with the success rates company average score for the companies success rates of innovation for companies in hi-tech, % entes elektronik 61.4 94.5 % adastec 60.3 92.7 % mertech 54.1 83.2 % sinter metal 53.8 82.7 % assan elektronik 52.7 81.1 % assis otomasyon 50.4 77.5 % quantag 47.3 72.8 % satelcom 35.4 54.5 % “company a” 13.7 21.1 % the database information is based on a government incentive given explicitly for setting up r&d centers, used for the selection and filtering of the firms active within the district. based on the conditions and requisites for such r&d centers, emphasize the following: active r&d projects, r&d investments, the number of scientific and technical personnel, and the sizes of labs and spaces. r&d intensity is classified based on these conditions. the main factors listed below that also influence the technological innovation dynamics of high-tech companies are significant forces. some of the crucial features and characteristics of these companies may be listed as follows in achieving success in terms of innovative products and processes:  the abundance of investments and monitoring the future technology trends;  they work intensively on intellectual property rights and attach importance to this issue. all the high-tech companies selected within the industrial district work with patent law offices in the region. similarly, support is received on intellectual property rights, including patents and utility models, from universities where cooperation and close work are carried out. international registration in respective global markets is also considered and closely followed by these patent attorneys. in this regard, intellectual property rights have a significant promoting impact on the r&d intensity and efficiency.  strong and official relationships they have developed in specific networks, locally, nationally, and internationally;  their intensive work and investments in r&d (almost all of them have their own research centers and/or design centers) and scientific and technological research. selected firms have close cooperations and collaborations with universities, vocational schools, and test labs, mainly for r&d projects, summer internships, and technical analysis to track skilled young undergraduates. such collaborations are also part of the requisites for being classified as “r&d centers” for receiving government funding.  the number of personnel with high qualifications in terms of science and technology and the incentives and support provided to these personnel;  a highly successful leadership and teamwork environment that they have created and operate with the utmost efficiency. most firms employ various incentives and activities, such as frequent brainstorming sessions based on newly developed project ideas, seminars, and open forum discussions to solve technical difficulties faced during the project.  they closely monitor and apply the recent technology trends in the world. as for the score of “company a” as the witness/control in this study, it is in the last place with a score of 13.7 points and a success rate of 21.1%. this success rate was very low compared to other companies. although this company operates in medium-high technology, it does not have an innovative perspective on business processes. stating that they will not make any breakthroughs in terms of innovation in the future, the company showed a performance far behind the other companies in the study. this “company a” has a more traditional way of working and cannot be considered an innovative high-tech company. 4.2. evaluation of scores based on indicators since company a in this study does not demonstrate the characteristics of being an innovative high-tech company, it was not included in the evaluation process of scores on an indicator basis regarding innovative and high-technology determinants. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 453 as seen in figure 3, the indicator that received the highest score in innovation and high-tech determination was the employment of advanced scientific and technical personnel with a score of 27.7. although the minimum learning criterion in almost all of the companies that are the subject of this study, operating in the high-tech field, is a bachelor's degree, in the companies in the top four, this criterion is an msc degree or above. in addition, great importance is given to criteria such as vocational training and language education. when deemed necessary by these companies, employees receive significant support and incentives to complete their deficiencies at home or abroad. the second highest scoring indicator was the number of employees working in the r&d team under the heading of “r&d intensity,” with 27 points. because of the intensive r&d studies carried out in innovative high-tech companies, the high number of personnel working in this field is essential regarding human resources. the most critical resource in the field of r&d is highly qualified people. the third highest scoring indicator is “intellectual property,” with 26 points. relevant companies take this field very seriously and regularly continue their intellectual property rights studies to claim material and moral rights based on the innovative ideas and solutions they propose as a result of their r&d studies. the fourth highest scoring indicator was the “scientific research” indicator, with 24.6 points. this indicator shows the importance of personnel's access to up-to-date information sources. in today's world, where access to information has become so easy, accessing the most up-to-date scientific and technological information sources and using them in innovative studies has become very important for the competitiveness of innovative high-tech companies. the indicator that received the fifth highest score was “the speed of innovation and knowledge diffusion” with 24 points. relevant high-tech companies attach great importance to the intensive transfer of information among their employees and aim to ensure that everyone who works can obtain information in the fastest and widest possible way. quick access to information within the company provides more effective and efficient results from employees and contributes to faster outcomes of the work done. this helps companies bring innovative products/processes/services to the market before their competitors. as can be seen, the five most important indicators for innovative high-tech companies in the high-tech field have been revealed. in the resulting ranking, all relevant indicators are interconnected. such extensive interconnections and interactions between the indicators were also questioned through interviews, and the results are given in table 5. figure 3. the top five indicators with the highest scores in terms of determination of innovation and high technology as the most important high-tech indicators table 5. the top five indicators and their explanation indicator explanation employing high-level scientific and technical personnel innovation your criteria for learning in a qualified workforce in terms of innovation r&d intensity the r&d team is over 15 people intellectual property you have a basic approach within the scope of intellectual property (patent, utility model, useful design, trademark, etc.). scientific research you encourage your scientific research personnel to follow current academic information sources and events (seminars, conferences, congresses). rapid dissemination of innovation and information you have a technological information management system that will ensure intensive information transfer/sharing among your personnel 27.7 27 26 24.6 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 employing high level scientific and technical personnel r&d intensity intellectual property scientific research rapid dissemination of innovation and information s c o r e ( 0 -3 0 ) indicator the highest scores hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 454 after the first 5 indicators with the highest score, the evaluation of the last 5 with the lowest score is in figure 4. the indicator with the lowest score was product potential, with 10.8 points. this indicator evaluated the importance of determining whether sufficient customer demand exists for the new product, feature, or service to be introduced or the sales potential in the market. it has been seen that the companies that are the subject of this study do not suffer from customer demand in terms of the uniqueness of the products they work with and develop in niche areas. in this respect, it should be noted that they produce products with high sales potential in the market. although most companies state that they are in communication with their customers and care about incoming demands, their innovation and development of the products and services they produce are even more critical. the indicator with the second lowest score is the feedback indicator, with 11 points. the aim here is to evaluate the existence of a feedback method followed when a product or production process fails. the study showed that only 2 companies trace back and detect errors made in their processes thanks to the camera imaging system. in other companies that do not engage in mass production, employees work to determine where the mistake was made by repeating all the process steps backward. the lowest scores in the third and fourth ranks were received by the national cooperation and international cooperation indicators, with scores of 12.3 and 12.4, respectively. network structuring functions when companies, institutions, and organizations operating in similar sectors come together to carry out joint scientific and technological collaborations and contribute to each other in terms of resources, information, and personnel. this concept is still not given the necessary importance within the idoiz. it was seen in this study that, except for 3 companies among eight companies. however, various breakthroughs were made in network structuring in other companies; the network created remained short-term and temporary, and its continuity could not be maintained. companies are more inclined to international network structuring, since the research and development data related to the product or service developed in the national structuring may be leaked, financial losses may occur, etc. (see also table 6). figure 4. the last five indicators with the lowest scores in terms of determination of innovation and high-tech table 6. the last five indicators and their explanation indicator explanation product potential sufficient customers for the new product, feature or new service to be introduced. determining the demand and/or sales potential in the market customer feedback there is a feedback method we follow when a new product or manufacturing process fails. national collaboration your company has a domestic networking approach. international collaboration your company has a networking approach abroad. customer demands and inquiries customer requests during or before the product development process, you regularly meet with customers or potential customers and receive opinions or requests from them. in fifth place is the customer demands indicator, which has the lowest score, with 13.8 points. this indicator, which is related to regular meetings with customers and receiving opinions or requests from them during or before the product development process, has not been given the utmost importance by companies. in the study, although the relevant companies stated that they gave priority to customers' opinions and demands, they indicated that they had the most advanced technology and functions available in terms of the products and services they developed and that customers 10.8 11 12.3 12.4 13.8 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 product potential customer feedback natıonal collaboratıon international collaboration customer demands and inquiries s c o r e ( 0 3 0 ) indicator the lowest scores hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 455 generally found them satisfactory, and that their existing customer base was happy to work with them and that they did not experience any problems in this area. the interactions/interconnections of those indicators for high-tech companies and company a are arranged as a matrix that affects the innovation process. table 7 presents the average scores of the interacted indicators, including the responses by company a, for comparison. table 7. interactions in between the indicators indicators employing high level scientific /technical personnel r & d intensity intellectual property dissemination of innovation /information product potential national collaboration international collaboration customer demands & inquiries average values employing high level scientific and technical personnel hi tech comp. 4.8 3.7 4.1 3.9 1.98 4.2 1.3 3.42 witness comp 0.50 0.1 2 4 1.0 1.5 2.0 1.58 r & d intensity hi tech comp. 4.15 4.1 4.0 4.2 2.98 4.55 1.11 3.58 witness comp 0.10 0.10 1.5 2 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.02 intellectual property hi tech comp. 2.1 3.85 2.1 4.20 1.85 3.1 0.96 2.59 witness comp 0.2 0.1 0.5 2 0.1 1.0 0.50 0.62 rapid dissemination of innovation/ information hi tech comp. 4.2 3.95 4.15 3.16 3.20 3.45 1.3 3.34 witness comp 0.10 0.1 0.1 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.0 0.68 product potential hi tech comp. 1.1 1.53 3.54 3.2 1.15 2.35 4.95 2.54 witness comp 1.0 0.5 2.5 1.5 2 2.5 5 2.14 national collaboration hi tech comp. 2.10 3.3 1.25 2.10 1.55 3.55 4.10 2.56 witne comp 2.0 1.0 0.5 1.0 4 3.5 2.0 2.0 international collaboration hi tech comp. 3.55 4.1 3.2 3.55 2.0 4.10 0.86 3.05 witne comp 2.5 2 3.5 2.0 2.0 2.50 0.5 2.14 customer demands and inquiries hi tech comp. 1.85 3.2 3.4 0.75 4.55 1.05 1.55 2.33 witne comp 2.5 3 4.0 0.5 4.5 1.0 1.0 2.35 table 7 illustrates the fact that the most influential interactive and interconnected indicators with the most impactful scores for those high-tech companies with high scores are as follows: 1. r&d intensity, 3.58 2. employing high-level scientific and technical personnel, 3.42 3. rapid dissemination of innovation/information, 3.34 these scoring and listing of indicators for high-tech companies demonstrate several factors as follows:  an environment and culture of highly intense technology development is the leading factor for a high-tech organization;  r&d investment and exploiting high-level scientific and technical personnel have a significant effect on the overall innovation efficiency;  high-tech development requires innovation and creativity based on rapid dissemination of information and knowledge. on the other hand, the interactive highest scores for company a are also listed as, 4. customer demands and inquiries, 2.35 5. product potential, 2.14 6. international collaboration, 2.14 the scoring and listing of indicators for a medium-tech “company a” as the “control” reveals the following factors:  for a medium-tech company, such as a conventional manufacturing company, “customer demands and inquiries” are surely the most determining factors, along with “product potential”.  other indicators such as “employing high-level scientific and technical personnel”, “r&d intensity”, and “intellectual property” are low, 1.58, 1.02, and 0.62. these scores reflect the significant differences compared to high-tech companies.  the score for “international collaborations” is due to company a’s efforts to find exporting partners in neighbouring countries. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 456 4.3. the model here, three concepts that are indispensable for companies producing in the field of high technology come to the fore. the first is the concept of an innovation system, which is vital today, especially for high-tech companies. a high level of innovativeness is essential for a high-tech organization, and the ability to continuously generate innovations and creativity should be the leading characteristic of a high-tech company [21]. the second is the r&d concept required to successfully realize this innovation based on product, process, and service. as for the third concept, employing highly skilled technical personnel is vital for a high-tech company. in this regard, figure 5 presents the technology innovation system within a medium and an environment and culture continuously supporting and feeding high-tech companies. a variety of shareholders, supporting units, service companies, information/knowledge sources, test and analysis providers, relevant government offices, and financial support bodies are included within this innovation system (see table 8). table 8. major/minor components within the innovation system of the istanbul dudullu organized industrial zone idoiz providers supporting bodies non-technical supports knowledge & info sources service providers, equipment, maintenance, tooling, and test analysis providers, machine shops, die makers, design offices, software services, raw material suppliers regional management support, gym, sports club, kids’ club, food stores, cafes, mosque, security units, maintenance, infrastructure, energy, water supply, traffic control local and government support institutions, finance, banking, patent offices, and attorneys, medical services dogus university, technopark, incubation center, vocational school, student training, seminars, conferences, msc opportunity, r&d projects, educational activities, consulting firms as mentioned above, it is essential to apply innovation and technology management with effective leadership correctly to compete with other companies and achieve success in globalizing commercial markets. increasing the number of such successful high-technology companies is essential in the country. the growth of these companies and the strengthening of their place in global markets means economic development for the region and for the government and an increase in social welfare [53]. in the most advanced and contemporary model of the institutional development of the concept of innovation in a continuous cycle in a high-tech company, the following five important elements come to the fore (as given in figure 5): 1. effective leadership; 2. research & development; innovation-creativity; 3. highly skilled science & technology personnel; 4. intellectual property focused operations; 5. science and technology collaboration (with universities and/or scientific institutions); these five elements are a process model that constantly develops and progresses around innovation. developing new high-tech products and creating processes or services are highly complex and challenging. here, both tacit knowledge specific to individuals and existing accessible knowledge are required. it is critical that tacit knowledge and experience, especially based on individuals, be transferred as concrete information to the organization's knowledge pool. from here on, teams and the organization itself participate in the creation of new ideas and innovations that start with individuals (figure 5). efficient and effective implementation of r&d and/or p&d-based infrastructure and activities with a systematic approach is also an indispensable part of high-technology organizations. therefore, the compliance of individuals, project groups, teams, and the organization with the requirements of this information/technology innovation process becomes key. a continuous positive cycle is formed and stabilized with new high technologies created by turning tacit knowledge into concrete institutional knowledge, and then technological combinations based on institutionalized knowledge and technology accumulation and memory. in this study, a dynamic model demonstrating an efficient and effective innovation process as the integrated variable within an industrial district is presented in figure 5. major factors outlined before are the independent variables, such as r&d, scientific collaborations, intellectual property, highly skilled personnel, and leadership. other support for regional management and government incentives, such as conventional control variables, are shown within the model. in this sense, this model explored the impact and interaction of technological innovation, constituting a medium, environment, and culture to boost the cooperation and collaboration for more creative and innovative results. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 457 figure 5. a model of a dynamic high-tech innovation system as the surrounding medium, environment, and culture 5. conclusion our study revealed the difference between the business processes and, accordingly, the management approaches of innovative high-tech companies operating in the high-tech field and those of traditional companies. in addition, the innovation indicators that are most important for successful high-technology companies have been analyzed, and the indicators with the highest importance have been revealed as a result of the evaluation. r&d studies are the key for high-tech companies to produce innovative products. here, r&d activities in technological development and their transfer into commercial economic values are essential. such an innovation chain process is the structural base for the effective and efficient transformation of commercial high-tech products. subsequently, the necessary intellectual property rights for the innovative products and services obtained from the relevant studies should also be obtained, and material and moral damage should be prevented. as a result of the evaluation, the last five indicators that received the lowest score among the innovation criteria from the relevant high-tech companies were revealed. as a result of these indicators, it has been seen that the relevant companies do not attach much importance to the area of sufficient customer demand for the product and service they produce and/or the potential of the product in the market and the location of meeting with customers and receiving requests and opinions, compared to other indicators. these companies do not experience much concern in this area as they launch the most innovative products and services in their fields. when a new product or service fails, feedback methods are followed in both companies. an established technological system is used in one company, while in other companies, feedback methods are primarily carried out through backward iteration of the process and brainstorming. what stands out among the criteria with the lowest scores is the low importance given to national and international network structuring. network structuring is a concept that is of great importance in the world. especially if we look at it from a national perspective, it is obvious how beneficial it would be for companies working in similar fields, private or state institutions, and organizations to come together and provide contributions and assistance to each other at the necessary points in the development of innovative high-tech products and services and their presentation to the world markets. carrying out these structures for a long time contributes to the results of the studies being more robust. for national economic growth to reach the technological development level of highly developed countries, it is critical to increase the number of such cooperation structures and to establish longer-term and more robust structures in official terms. as a result, this study showed that for companies working in the field of high technology, innovation is a concept that must be understood and expertly applied in every single process of the company. applying this concept correctly is the primary factor that will enable high-tech companies to succeed in local and international markets. high-tech companies can achieve development due to their innovation system along with their effective management of skilled personnel, a culturally innovative environment, and continuous innovation for their personnel. in this regard, it should be noted that the technological innovation system could only effectively and efficiently function and operate in such high-tech companies. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 458 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, t.b. and d.a.u.; methodology, d.a.u.; formal analysis, t.b. and d.a.u.; investigation, d.a.u.; writing—original draft preparation, t.b. and d.a.u.; writing—review and editing, t.b. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] almalki, h. a., & durugbo, c. m. (2023). systematic review of institutional innovation literature: towards a multi-level management model. management review quarterly, 73(2), 731–785. doi:10.1007/s11301-022-00259-8. [2] bergek, a., jacobsson, s., carlsson, b., lindmark, s., & rickne, a. (2008). analyzing the functional dynamics of technological innovation systems: a scheme of analysis. research policy, 37(3), 407–429. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2007.12.003. [3] jensen, m. b., johnson, b., lorenz, e., & lundvall, b. å. (2007). forms of knowledge and modes of innovation. research policy, 36(5), 680–693. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2007.01.006. [4] nonaka, i., & takeuchi, h. (1995). the knowledge-creating company. oxford university press, new york, united states. [5] nelson, r.r. (1993). national innovation systems: a comparative analysis. oxford university press, new york, united states. [6] vuković, b., jakšić, d., & tica, t. (2023). the impact of digitalization on audit. contributions to finance and accounting: volume part f233, 35–57. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-23269-5_3. [7] jie, h., gooi, l. m., & lou, y. (2025). digital maturity, dynamic capabilities and innovation performance in high-tech smes. international review of economics and finance, 99, 103971. doi:10.1016/j.iref.2025.103971. [8] li, z., zheng, p., & tian, y. (2025). application of iot and blockchain technology in the integration of innovation and industrial chains in high-tech manufacturing. alexandria engineering journal, 119, 465–477. doi:10.1016/j.aej.2025.01.020. [9] bergek, a. (2019). technological innovation systems: a review of recent findings and suggestions for future research. handbook of sustainable innovation, 200–218. doi:10.4337/9781788112574.00019. [10] bergek, a., hekkert, m., jacobsson, s., markard, j., sandén, b., & truffer, b. (2015). technological innovation systems in contexts: conceptualizing contextual structures and interaction dynamics. environmental innovation and societal transitions, 16(sept.), 51–64. doi:10.1016/j.eist.2015.07.003. [11] andersson, j., hojcková, k., & sandén, b. a. (2023). on the functional and structural scope of technological innovation systems– a literature review with conceptual suggestions. environmental innovation and societal transitions, 49, 100786. doi:10.1016/j.eist.2023.100786. [12] delaportas, k. (2016). an investigation into the determinants of diffusion of renewable energy. doctoral dissertation, university college london, london, england. [13] luo, t., zhang, y., zheng, m., zheng, s., & gong, y. (2024). can science and technology resources co-evolve with high-tech industries? empirical evidence from china. technological forecasting and social change, 208, 123665. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2024.123665. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 459 [14] hekkert, m. p., janssen, m. j., wesseling, j. h., & negro, s. o. (2020). mission-oriented innovation systems. environmental innovation and societal transitions, 34, 76–79. [15] wan, q., yuan, l., yao, z., & xu, y. (2023). impact of intellectual property protection on the innovation efficiency in china’s hi-tech industry. technology analysis and strategic management, 35(1), 107–122. doi:10.1080/09537325.2021.1968372. [16] maldonado, m.u., varvakis, g., pietrobon, r., bittencourt, p.f., vaz. c.r. (2014). innovation dynamics in high tech sectors. conference: 2014 international conference of the system dynamics society, delft, the netherlands. [17] duan, y., huang, l., luo, x., cheng, t. c. e., & liu, h. (2021). the moderating effect of absorptive capacity on the technology search and innovation quality relationship in high-tech manufacturing firms. journal of engineering and technology management jet-m, 62, 101656. doi:10.1016/j.jengtecman.2021.101656. [18] yang, j. (2005). knowledge integration and innovation: securing new product advantage in high technology industry. journal of high technology management research, 16(1), 121–135. doi:10.1016/j.hitech.2005.06.007. [19] kim, s. h., & huarng, k. h. (2011). winning strategies for innovation and high-technology products management. journal of business research, 64(11), 1147–1150. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2011.06.013. [20] ulku, h. (2004). r&d, innovation, and economic growth: an empirical analysis. imf working paper, international monetary fund, (imf), wp/04/185. [21] zakrzewska-bielawska, a. (2013). high technology company – concept, nature, characteristics. recent advances in management, marketing and finances, cambridge, united states. [22] głodowska, a. (2019). the concept of high-tech firms and their role in the contemporary economy. the internationalization of high-tech firms: patterns, innovation and research and development, cambridge scholars publishing, 6-35. [23] xing, w. (2023). research on the influence of high-tech industry technology innovation investment ability on high-quality development—empirical analysis based on provincial panel data. msea 2022, acsr 101, 15–22. doi:10.2991/978-94-6463042-8_4. [24] liu, x., chen, x., wu, q., deveci, m., & delen, d. (2023). measuring efficiency of the high-tech industry using uncertain multistage nonparametric technologies. expert systems with applications, 216, 119490. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2022.119490. [25] asiltürk, a., & ersoy, e. (2025). artificial intelligence-based human resources applications in businesses. journal of original studies, 6(1), e2690. doi:10.47243/jos.2690. [26] madanchian, m., & taherdoost, h. (2024). ai-powered innovations in high-tech research and development: from theory to practice. computers, materials and continua, 81(2), 2133–2159. doi:10.32604/cmc.2024.057094. [27] huang, r. (2022). study on the factors of high-tech enterprises. proceedings of the 2022 international conference on creative industry and knowledge economy (cike 2022), 651, 234–240. doi:10.2991/aebmr.k.220404.044. [28] pack, h. (1987). technology transfer and economic development. economics of innovation, 8(4), 203–224. [29] tu, w., zhang, l., sun, d., & mao, w. (2023). evaluating high-tech industries’ technological innovation capability and spatial pattern evolution characteristics: evidence from china. journal of innovation and knowledge, 8(1), 100287. doi:10.1016/j.jik.2022.100287. [30] wang, y., pan, j. feng, pei, r. min, yi, b. w., & yang, g. liang. (2020). assessing the technological innovation efficiency of china’s high-tech industries with a two-stage network dea approach. socio-economic planning sciences, 71, 100810. doi:10.1016/j.seps.2020.100810. [31] jacobsson, t., & jacobsson, s. (2014). conceptual confusion an analysis of the meaning of concepts in technological innovation systems and sociological functionalism. technology analysis and strategic management, 26(7), 811–823. doi:10.1080/09537325.2014.900171. [32] walrave, b., & raven, r. (2016). modelling the dynamics of technological innovation systems. research policy, 45(9), 1833– 1844. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2016.05.011. [33] binz, c., & truffer, b. (2017). global innovation systems—a conceptual framework for innovation dynamics in transnational contexts. research policy, 46(7), 1284–1298. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2017.05.012. [34] kamann g., gill, n., sen, a. (2014). the changing dynamics of the global high-tech industry – an analysis of key segments and trendsthe report examines the five key industry segment. capgemini: high tech manufacturing, 1-28. [35] jain, r. k., triandis, h. c., weick, c. w. (2010). managing research, development, and innovation: managing the unmanageable. john wiley & sons, new jersey, united states. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 460 [36] european communities. (2005). more research and innovation: a common approach. available online: https://eurlex.europa.eu/lexuriserv/lexuriserv.do?uri=com:2005:0488:fin:en:pdf (accessed on may 2025). [37] savrul, m., & incekara, a. (2015). the effect of r&d intensity on innovation performance: a country level evaluation. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 210, 388–396. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.11.386. [38] yu, a., shi, y., you, j., & zhu, j. (2021). innovation performance evaluation for high-tech companies using a dynamic network data envelopment analysis approach. european journal of operational research, 292(1), 199–212. doi:10.1016/j.ejor.2020.10.011. [39] nemirovsky, a., & yoguel, g. (2001). dynamics of high-technology firms in the silicon valley. danish research unit industrial dynamics, electronic papers, 01, 39. [40] haschka, r. e., & herwartz, h. (2020). innovation efficiency in european high-tech industries: evidence from a bayesian stochastic frontier approach. research policy, 49(8), 104054. doi:10.1016/j.respol.2020.104054. [41] kaynak, m. (2025). the political economy of the developmental network state: the case of the usa. ekonomi-tek, 14(1), 191– 218. [42] wu, m., liu, c., & huang, j. l. (2021). the technological innovation effect of development zone policies: evidence from patent data. economics, 21(5), 1817-1838. [43] sinter metal. (2023). available online: https://www.sinter-metal.com/ (accessed on may 2025). [44] assan elektronik. (2023). available online: https://www.assanelektronik.com.tr/tarihce.php (accessed on may 2025). [45] entes elektronik. (2023). available online: https://www.entes.com.tr/hakkimizda/ (accessed on may 2025). [46] quantag (2023). quantag nanotechnologies development and production. 2023. available online: https://quantag.com/aboutcompany/ (accessed on may 2025). [47] budotek. (2023). karsan atak electric bus, made autonomous by adastec, was launched. available online: https://budotek.com.tr/ (accessed on may 2025). [48] asis automation. (2023). available online: https://www.asis.com.tr/hakkimizda.html (accessed on may 2025). [49] mertech electronics. (2023). available online: https://mertech.com.tr/hakkimizda/ (accessed on may 2025). [50] satelcom. (2023). available online: http://satelcom.com.tr/corporate/about-us/ (accessed on may 2025). [51] torrington, d., mackay, l., & hall, l. (1985). the changing nature of personnel management. employee relations, 7(5), 1016. [52] maninggar, n., kusharsanto, z. s., suhandojo, maulidya, d., & fitriana, n. (2023). the role of social infrastructure in ict adoption program: a perspective from the indonesian regional innovation system. international journal of innovation and technology management, 20(6), 2350038. doi:10.1142/s0219877023500384. [53] arıç, h., kocabay, m., & tutar, f. (2018). the role of free zones in the innovation process of companies: the example of kayseri free zone”. selçuk university karaman i̇.i̇.b.f. journal local economies special issue, 195, 203. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/lexuriserv/lexuriserv.do?uri=com:2005:0488:fin:en:pdf https://eur-lex.europa.eu/lexuriserv/lexuriserv.do?uri=com:2005:0488:fin:en:pdf https://www.sinter-metal.com/ https://www.assanelektronik.com.tr/tarihce.php https://www.entes.com.tr/hakkimizda/ https://quantag.com/about-company/ https://quantag.com/about-company/ https://budotek.com.tr/ https://www.asis.com.tr/hakkimizda.html https://mertech.com.tr/hakkimizda/ http://satelcom.com.tr/corporate/about-us/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 957 issn: 2723-9535 global brand equity patterns in high-tech industries: a 24-year analysis kamran siddiqui 1* 1 college of business administration, imam abdulrahman bin faisal university, dammam 31451, saudi arabia. received 06 april 2025; revised 30 july 2025; accepted 11 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract the objective of the study is to investigate major brand equity trends among high-tech brands. using interbrand's top 100 global brands list from 2001 to 2024 as its population, the methodology focused on 48 extracted high-tech brands. the analysis employed descriptive statistics, including cumulative brand equity and growth rates, alongside countryand region-specific analyses and cluster formation. this approach allowed for an examination of the 2008 global financial crisis and the recent pandemic's impact. brands from nine countries were categorized into hardware, software, and internet services, with the analysis grounded in interbrand's reported brand equity values and annual growth rates. analysis of high-tech brands reveals common strategic lessons alongside unique nuances. resilience during global financial crises and pandemic covid’19, the country-of-origin effect (us dominance), maintaining financial thresholds, diversified global earnings, and adapting to evolving market standards are universally important. however, high-tech particularly emphasizes innovation as core, the dominance of internet services and software, and the rapid rise and fall in niche areas in internet-based services. hardware faces distinct challenges. the emergence of industry "giants" and strong niche players underscores diverse success paths. digital transformation is foundational, and effective brand portfolio management is crucial. this research provides novel strategic lessons for brand managers, emphasizing the crucial role of rapid, continuous innovation and strategic digital transformation for maintaining brand equity. keywords: interbrand; brand equity; top 100 global brands; high-tech; information technology; hardware; software; internet. 1. introduction the high-tech industry, encompassing computer software/business services, computer hardware/consumer electronics, and internet services, is a monumental force in the global economy. as of 2024, the technology market alone commanded approximately $6 trillion globally, with projections soaring to an estimated $12 trillion by 2030 [1]. within this dynamic landscape, characterized by relentless innovation and rapid technological advancements, maintaining robust brand equity is not merely beneficial, it is essential for sustained success [2]. over the past two decades, the hightech sector has undergone profound transformations, propelled by groundbreaking innovations, shifts in consumer behavior, and evolving market dynamics [3]. brand equity stands as a critical asset for high-tech brands, directly influencing their market positioning, customer loyalty, and long-term growth [4]. the industry is replete with examples of companies that masterfully leverage their brand equity. apple, for instance, utilizes its powerful brand to not only differentiate itself in highly competitive markets [5] but also to forge deep emotional connections with consumers, fostering repeat purchases and enduring relationships * corresponding author: kasiddiqui@iau.edu.sa http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-013  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5724-0991 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 958 [6]. this strong brand foundation also facilitates the rapid adoption of their innovative technologies and products [7]. similarly, it giants like microsoft and ibm rely on their formidable brand equity to instill trust in their diverse range of products and services. trust is paramount in the it sector, where customers prioritize security, reliability, and cuttingedge innovation above all else [8]. google's unparalleled brand equity, for example, has been instrumental in its global expansion and its ability to adapt seamlessly to diverse consumer needs worldwide [1, 9]. beyond market differentiation and consumer trust, strong brand equity provides crucial resilience during economic downturns and crises. trusted it brands are demonstrably better positioned to retain their customer base and recover swiftly from economic shocks [10]. empirical evidence further supports this, with studies consistently showing that companies boasting strong brand equity often achieve higher market valuations and superior revenue growth [4, 11]. indeed, earlier research has unequivocally demonstrated that brand equity exerts a significantly positive effect on business performance, underscoring its role as a fundamental driver of business success [2, 12]. while previous research has extensively explored brand equity trends across various sectors, including regional and global brands [13, 14], global financial institutions [15, 16], fashion brands [17], luxury brands [18], and automobile brands [19], a notable void exists in the literature regarding a comprehensive brand equity trend analysis specifically for high-tech brands. this glaring absence serves as the primary motivation for the current research. moreover, prior studies have often linked global crises to only isolated segments of the high-tech industry. for example, the global financial crisis was examined in relation to consumer electronics [20] and software segments [21], and its overall impact on the it sector has been discussed [22]. however, while several studies have broadly linked global crises to brand equity trends across other industries [13-19], high-tech brands have not been systematically studied for their specific links to major global crises. this study aims to fill this critical gap by presenting the major trends observed in brand equity fluctuations for hightech brands over the last two decades, drawing from interbrand’s top 100 global brands list. crucially, it also seeks to provide granular findings with reference to different geographic locations and distinct industry segments within the hightech sector. a significant contribution of this research will be to provide empirical evidence for the impact of key crises, specifically the 2008-09 global financial crisis and the covid-19 pandemic, on different segments of the high-tech industry, including hardware, software, and internet services. the following section presents a comprehensive literature review, synthesizing previous studies on brand equity trend analyses and underscoring a significant research gap concerning high-tech brand equity trend analysis. subsequently, the methodology outlines the approach taken, leveraging 24 years of interbrand's longitudinal data (2001-2024) for 48 prominent high-tech brands. this includes the application of descriptive statistics and the formation of five distinct brand clusters. the findings reveal compelling trends, such as the consistent dominance of us brands, higher minimum equity thresholds for high-tech companies, their faster growth trajectory, and remarkable resilience during global crises, with the internet services sector showing particular leadership. finally, the analysis provides crucial insights into the characteristics of these clusters and the performance of individual brands, offering valuable strategic brand management lessons for the ever-evolving high-tech industry. 2. literature review this literature review is structured into two main sections: first, an overview of existing brand equity trend analyses across various industries, and second, an exploration of brand equity within the high-tech sector. 2.1. brand equity trend analysis: longitudinal studies across industries brand equity trend analysis has emerged as a significant area of research over the past 15 years, consistently leveraging interbrand's annual "best global brands" data to track longitudinal changes. several prominent studies, often co-authored by author, have applied this rigorous approach to specific industries and regions:  region-wise analysis: pioneering work by siddiqui analyzed brand equity trends among the top 100 global brands (2001-2010). this study highlighted key shifts, including the declining dominance of american brands and the rise of european and asian brands. it also specifically noted the significant impact of the 2008-2009 global recession on american automotive brand equity [13].  global financial institutions: bajwa et al. [15] and siddiqui et al. [16] investigated financial institutions (20012020). these studies consistently showed the leadership of american institutions, higher growth rates for european banks, and proposed "leaders," "challengers," and "extinct" brand clusters. they also contrasted the severe impact of the 2008-09 financial crisis with the relatively lesser effect of the 2019-20 pandemic on this sector's brand equity.  automobile brands: siddiqui & ahmad [19] analyzed 18 global auto brands (2001-2020). their findings identified distinct brand clusters ("leaders," "challengers," "starlets," and "intermittent") and revealed the resilience of asian brands, the strong presence of european brands, and a decline in american brands' dominance within the automotive sector. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 959  fashion brands: siddiqui [17] examined 30 leading fashion brands (2001-2021), segmenting the industry into apparel, cosmetics, sportswear, and luxury. the research showed overall brand equity growth despite the impacts of financial crises (2008-09) and pandemics (2019-20), with the apparel segment being most affected. notably, france emerged as a global fashion hub. these longitudinal studies on brand equity trends share several key commonalities. all aim to analyze and present brand equity trends over extended periods (typically 10-20 years), consistently relying on interbrand's longitudinal data, often using metrics like cumulative brand equity and growth rates. each study also investigates the effects of major global economic events, such as the 2008 global financial crisis and the covid-19 pandemic, generally finding that while growth rates might fluctuate, overall brand equity often continues to increase. furthermore, the analysis of brand equity based on the region or country of origin is a recurring theme, consistently identifying shifts in dominance and growth among american, european, and asian brands. finally, a common analytical tool is the formation of brand clusters (e.g., "leaders," "challengers," "extinct," "starlets") based on brand equity performance, providing nuanced insights into industry dynamics. while sharing these foundational elements, these studies primarily differ in their specific industry focus, leading to unique insights for each sector. for instance, france's emergence as a fashion center is distinct to the fashion study, just as the detailed performance of specific auto brands like ferrari or porsche is specific to the automotive analysis. collectively, these works provide a comprehensive, data-driven understanding of how brand equity evolves across diverse global industries, emphasizing the profound influence of global events and regional shifts in brand power. 2.2. brand equity in the high-tech sector and beyond the literature on brand equity in the high-tech industry revolves around several major themes. primarily, innovation is a core driver. companies like apple, known for products such as the iphone and apple watch, consistently build brand equity through innovative technology and design [23]. innovation, particularly product and process advancement, directly contributes to brand equity and must align with consumer needs. secondly, the brand equity of high-tech companies is significantly influenced by digital transformation [3, 24]. this integration of digital technologies fundamentally alters how high-tech brands interact with consumers and manage their brand equity. furthermore, studies highlight several factors shaping consumer perceptions of high-tech brands, especially in emerging markets. brand awareness, fueled by marketing and promotional activities, is crucial for recognition. positive brand associations, such as innovation, quality, and reliability, are vital for attracting consumers to brands perceived as technological leaders. perceived quality and performance critically influence purchasing decisions. brand loyalty is cultivated through consistent positive experiences, reliable products, and excellent customer service. beyond these, cultural influences, like collectivism and power distance, also affect consumer perceptions and interactions with hightech brands. finally, brand equity is intrinsically linked to consumer perception, trust, and loyalty, with innovation often strengthening customer retention, and cultural and economic factors playing a significant role [25]. despite the existing research, a notable gap exists in the current literature regarding a dedicated, comprehensive brand equity trend analysis specifically for high-tech brands. this study aims to bridge that critical gap by examining the major fluctuations and trends in the brand equity of high-tech brands over the past two decades, leveraging data from interbrand's top 100 global brands list. understanding these historical trends and the factors influencing brand equity is crucial for strategic brand management in the high-tech industry, offering valuable lessons for marketers and industry leaders in navigating an ever-changing market landscape [24]. 3. methodology this section outlines the research methodology. it begins by justifying the selection of interbrand's global brand list as the study's population and sampling frame and concludes by detailing the data collection methodology. 3.1. population and sampling interbrand, recognized globally as a leader in brand management consulting, has been publishing its annual rankings of the 100 best global brands for over two decades [26]. these rankings are widely accepted and appreciated by both industry professionals and academic scholars [27]. interbrand evaluates brand equity by applying the financial market value technique, which converts future income into present value. furthermore, the rankings are developed based on multiple criteria established by interbrand [26]. since 2001, interbrand has consistently released its list of the 100 best global brands, adhering to this evaluation framework. the overarching group of interest is all global brands that meet interbrand's criteria for inclusion in its top 100 global brands list from 2001 to 2024. these criteria include being a truly global brand with significant international earnings and presence across major continents, demonstrating positive long-term economic profit, delivering returns above the cost of capital, being market-facing, operating in a competitive environment, being from a publicly listed parent firm with transparent financial data, having a broad public profile and awareness, and possessing a specific brand equity value (e.g., over $6 billion in 2024). the interbrand top 100 global brands list published annually from 2001 to 2024. this list serves as the comprehensive compilation from which the specific brands for this study were drawn. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 960 the text implies a purposive or criterion-based sampling approach. while interbrand selects the initial top 100 based on its criteria, this study further selects a subset of those brands: 48 high-tech brands that appeared in interbrand's top 100 global brands from 2001 to 2024 (table 1). this specific selection of high-tech brands, excluding others from the broader interbrand list, demonstrates a deliberate choice based on the study's focus on the high-tech sector. for the cluster analysis, a further subset of "30 brands" was selected, specifically excluding "discontinued brands," which also suggests a criterion-based approach. table 1. high-tech brands appeared in interbrand's list (2001–2024) no. brand country appeared sector 1 microsoft us 24 software / business services 2 sap germany 24 3 accenture us 23 4 oracle us 21 5 adobe us 16 6 salesforce us 8 7 apple us 24 computer hardware/ consumer electronics 8 samsung korea 24 9 cisco us 24 10 ibm us 24 11 sony japan 24 12 intel us 24 13 hewlett-packard us 24 14 panasonic japan 24 15 canon japan 23 16 nintendo japan 21 17 xerox us 16 18 dell us 14 19 nokia finland 14 20 huawei china 11 21 duracell us 11 22 hp us 9 23 motorola us 8 24 kodak us 7 25 blackberry canada 5 26 lg korea 4 27 xiaomi china 3 28 lenovo china 3 29 ericsson sweden 3 30 sun us 3 31 compaq us 2 32 nvidia us 1 33 htc taiwan 1 34 texas us 1 35 amazon us 24 internet services 36 ebay us 21 37 google us 20 38 facebook us 13 39 yahoo! us 12 40 spotify us 7 41 linkedin us 6 42 instagram us 5 43 youtube us 5 44 uber us 4 45 aol us 4 46 airbnb us 3 47 zoom us 2 48 at&t us 2 ** number of appearances in interbrand’s list of top 100 global brands (2001-2024) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 961 3.2. data collection the study adopts secondary data analysis and directly uses longitudinal data on brand equity values and characteristics from interbrand's annually published top 100 global brands lists from 2001 to 2024. the study then processes and analyzes this pre-existing data (e.g., forming clusters based on cumulative brand equity, brand equity growth, consistency, country of origin, and industrial sector). 4. analyses the analyses were based on interbrand's brand equity values (in $bs), annual brand rankings, annual growth rates in brand equity, country of origin, and industrial sector. cumulative brand equity (cbe) depicts the sum of brand equities (in $bs) for the country, region, and/or industrial sector. consistency reflects the number of years a brand is listed on interbrand’s top 100 global brand list. the study employs descriptive statistics and includes country-wise and regionwise analyses, cluster formation, and an examination of the effects of the global financial crisis (2008-09) and global pandemic (2019-20) on the brand equity of high-tech brands. 4.1. discontinued brands table 2 lists 18 discontinued high-tech brands from interbrand's top 100 global brands list (2001-2024), along with the reasons for their discontinuation. some brands, including dell, at&t, and texas, are still active and profitable but have limited earnings, primarily from the usa. interbrand’s criteria for enlistment in the top 100 brand list require the brand to be global, with at least one-third of the earnings coming from outside the home country. brands such as canon, xerox, nokia, and duracell are still active and profitable but no longer meet interbrand's profit threshold. others, such as yahoo!, motorola, and aol, were removed because of mergers or acquisitions. the duration of appearances varies, with canon appearing for 24 years and others such as htc and texas appearing only once. table 2. discontinued high-tech brands in interbrand's list s. no. brand country number of appearances ** reasons frequency duration 1 dell us 14 2001-13 & 2019 still active but earnings are mainly from usa. 2 at&t us 2 200102 3 texas us 1 2001 4 canon japan 23 2001-23 still active but annual profits are less than the minimum threshold set by interbrand. 5 xerox us 16 2001-16 6 nokia finland 14 2001-14 7 duracell us 11 2001-09 & 2013-14 8 kodak us 7 2001-07 9 blackberry canada 5 2008-12 10 lenovo china 3 2015-17 11 ericsson sweden 3 2001-03 12 htc taiwan 1 2011 13 zoom us 2 2020-21 14 yahoo! us 12 2001-12 mergers/ acquisitions with other information technology giants. 15 motorola us 8 2001-08 16 aol us 4 2001-04 17 sun us 3 2001-03 18 compaq us 2 2001-02 ** number of appearances in interbrand’s list of top 100 global brands (2001-2024) another brand transformation occurred in this period. hp split into two companies [28]: (1) hp inc.: focused on personal computers and printers, continuing the legacy of consumer products; and (2) hewlett packard enterprise (hpe): concentrated on enterprise products and services, such as servers, storage, and networking. 4.2. country-of-origin effect: constant dominance of us high-tech brands table 3 summarizes the number of high-tech brands and their country of origin that appeared in the top 100 global brands list from 2001 to 2024. the us consistently had the highest number of brands, starting with 19 in 2001 and peaking at 22 in 2024. japan has maintained a steady presence of 3-4 brands each year. china saw an increase from no brands in the early years to two brands from 2015 onwards. korea has a consistent presence of 12 brands annually. germany consistently has one brand each year. canada, finland, sweden, and taiwan had sporadic appearances, with canada and finland having brands listed in the early years and taiwan appearing briefly in 2011. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 962 table 3. number of high-tech brands among top 100 brands – country wise summary country 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 4 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 6 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 8 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 2 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 4 2 0 1 5 2 0 1 6 2 0 1 7 2 0 1 8 2 0 1 9 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 1 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 2 0 2 4 us 19 19 17 17 17 17 17 16 16 15 15 16 16 15 14 15 15 16 19 20 20 19 20 22 japan 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 china 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 korea 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 germany 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 finland 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 canada 1 1 1 1 1 sweden 1 1 1 taiwan 1 in the internet services and software/business services sectors, 100% of brands belong to the united states except sap, which belongs to germany, indicating a strong us presence in these sectors. 4.3. minimum listed cbe for high-tech brands is higher than all other brands figure 1 shows interbrand’s minimum acceptable criteria for listing the top 100 global brands list from 2001 to 2024. over the years, the minimum acceptable criteria have also risen, beginning at $1.0 b in 2001 and stabilizing at $6.0 b by 2023. similarly, minimum listed brand equity generally increased, starting at $1.0 b in 2001 and reaching $6.3 b in 2024. high-tech brands began higher at $3.1b in 2001 and increases to $6.4 b by 2024. the increase in the minimum acceptable criteria" suggests rising expectations and industry standards over the last two decades. this shows that high-tech brands consistently demand higher equity for listings, underscoring their dominance and significance in the market. this trend reflects the growing value and competitiveness of high-tech brands on interbrand’s list over the past two decades. figure 1. minimum listed brand equity for high-tech brands vs all other brands 4.4. cbe for high-tech brands are growing faster than all other brands figure 2 illustrates the cumulative brand equity and the number of high-tech brands among the top 100 brands from 2001 to 2024. during this period, the cumulative brand equity of all brands increased from $627 b in 2001 to $1369 b in 2024. similarly, the cumulative brand equity of high-tech brands saw a substantial rise from $361 b in 2001 to $2056 b in 2024. the number of high-tech brands experienced slight fluctuations but generally showed an upward trend, starting at 26 in 2001 and reaching 30 in 2024. notably, in 2019, 26 high-tech brands amassed brand equity comparable to that of 74 other brands on interbrand’s list. by 2024, 30 high-tech brands generated $2056 b, while 70 other brands accounted for $1369 b. this indicates the increasing dominance and value of high-tech brands in the global market over the years. 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 b r a n d e q u it y i n $ b il li o n years (2001-2024) minimum acceptable criteria minimum listed brand equity for all other brands minimum listed brand equity for hi-tech brands hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 963 figure 2. cbe of all other brands vs cbe of high-tech brands 4.5. high-tech brands have shown resilience in their growth during global crises: over the past two decades, the global economy has faced two significant crises. the first, starting in 2008, originated as a financial crisis in the u.s. and quickly escalated into a global economic recession, affecting nearly all industries and regions worldwide. similarly, the covid-19 pandemic in early 2020 brought the global economy to an unprecedented standstill, heavily impacting all aspects of life, particularly the economy. figure 3 shows that from 2001 to 2024, the brand equity growth rates for "all other brands" and "high-tech brands" show distinct patterns, especially during significant global events. during the global financial crisis (2008-09), "all other brands" experienced a decline, with growth rates of -4% in 2008 and a modest recovery to 4% in 2009. in contrast, "high-tech brands" showed resilience, with a slight positive growth of 1% in 2008 and 4% in 2009. during the global pandemic crisis (2019-20), "all other brands" saw stagnation with a 0% growth rate in 2019 and a slight recovery to 4% in 2020. "high-tech brands," however, demonstrated stronger performance with growth rates of 10% in 2019 and 12% in 2020. overall, "high-tech brands" consistently outperformed "all other brands," particularly during these global crises, highlighting their robustness and adaptability in challenging times. figure 3. growth rate in cbe for high-tech brands vs. all other brands 74 73 75 76 75 75 75 76 76 77 77 76 77 77 79 78 78 77 74 73 73 73 72 70 26 27 25 24 25 25 25 24 24 23 23 24 23 23 21 22 22 23 26 27 27 27 28 30 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 4 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 6 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 8 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 2 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 4 2 0 1 5 2 0 1 6 2 0 1 7 2 0 1 8 2 0 1 9 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 1 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 2 0 2 4 n u m b e r o f b r a n d s c u m u la ti v e b r a n d e q u it y $ b il li o n years (2001-2024) number of all other brands number of hi-tech brands cbe all other brands cbe hi-tech brands -8% -6% -4% -2% 0% 2% 4% 6% 8% 10% 12% 14% 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 3 2 0 0 4 2 0 0 5 2 0 0 6 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 8 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 2 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 4 2 0 1 5 2 0 1 6 2 0 1 7 2 0 1 8 2 0 1 9 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 1 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 2 0 2 4 g ro w th i n b r a n d e q u it y years (2001-2024) brand equity growth rate for all other brands brand equity growth rate for hi-tech brands global pandemic crisis (2019-20)global financial crisis (2008-09) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 964 4.6. internet services have exhibited higher growth as compared to software and hardware sectors all three sub-sectors have shown impressive growth rates, but internet services have exhibited higher growth as compared to the software and hardware sectors (figure 4). the software/business services sector has demonstrated growth, with a few minor declines, resulting in an overall growth of 9%. the hardware/electronics sub-sector experienced volatile growth with both positive and negative periods, leading to an overall growth of 2%. the internet services sector has exhibited rapid and significant growth, with some fluctuations, achieving an overall growth of 13%. notable years of high growth for internet services include 2012 (31%), 2013 (34%), and 2014 (23%). figure 4. internet services exhibited higher growth rate 4.7. cluster formation to provide a micro-level trend analysis, five clusters were formed using cumulative brand equity (cbe; reflecting size), brand equity growth (bgr; reflecting rate), consistency (con; reflecting number of years brands are listed in interbrand’s top 100 brands), country of origin (ori), and industrial sector (ind). the base year for cluster formation was 2024, and discontinued brands (table 3) were excluded from cluster formation. a total of 30 brands were considered for cluster formation. table 4 presents the five clusters, the criteria for each cluster, and the resulting characteristics of the clusters, including average cbe, average brand equity growth rate, and average consistency in the cluster. finally, the clusters were named based on their characteristics. table 4. clusters in high-tech brands cluster criteria number of brands average cumulative brand equity size average brand equity growth rate average consistency in brand listing high-tech giants cluster minimum cbe $ 100,000. 5 306,320 18% 23 software brands cluster minimum acceptable cbe and listed as a software brand 5 30,580 12% 18 internet services brands cluster minimum acceptable cbe and listed as an internet service 8 21,425 13% 8 us hardware brands cluster minimum acceptable cbe and listed as a hardware brand 6 23,485 0% 18 asian hardware brands cluster minimum acceptable cbe and listed as a hardware brand 6 10,000 4% 15 this table emphasizes the dominance of high-tech giants, the stability of software brands, and the growth challenges faced by hardware clusters. the hardware/consumer electronics cluster was subdivided into two distinct clusters: differentiating growth rates, average cbe size, and varying consistency levels. figure 5 presents a bubble chart with the average brand equity growth rate (%) on the x-axis, average consistency in brand listing on y-axis. the size of each bubble represents the average cbe ($ $bs) of each cluster. high-tech giants, represented by the largest bubble as average cbe us 308 b, have led to both average brand growth rate (18%) 100,000 200,000 300,000 400,000 500,000 600,000 700,000 800,000 900,000 c u m m u la ti v e b r a n d e q u it y years (2001-2024) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 965 and average consistency (23) for the last two decades. internet services brands smaller than high-tech giants, but still influential, have a strong growth rate (15%) and are the youngest cluster in the age of brands. software brands with a moderate growth rate (12%) and higher brand consistency (18) were positioned as stable but not as fast-growing as internet services. the hardware cluster is subdivided into two distinct clusters: the us hardware cluster has a near 0% growth rate but higher brand consistency (18), while asian hardware has slightly positive growth (4%) but is relatively younger in age (15). figure 5. clusters in high-tech brands 4.8. high-tech giants emerge as massive for their size and growth rate the high-tech giants cluster include brands such as apple, microsoft, amazon, google, and samsung. all brands have a cumulative brand equity (cbe) of $ 100,000 or more. most of these brands are from the usa, with samsung as the exception. this cluster exhibits a high growth rate in brand equity and an exceptionally large cbe, indicating a strong market presence and brand value. figure 6 illustrates exceptional brand equity growth, with apple leading the group, followed by microsoft, and amazon. samsung is a prominent asian representative company. consistent increases in equity across these brands reflect innovation and a strong market presence. figure 6. cbe trends in high-tech giants cluster hi-tech giants software brandsus hardware brands internet services brands asian hardware brands 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 -5% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% a v er a g e c o n si st en cy i n b r a n d l is ti n g average brand equity growth rate 0 100,000 200,000 300,000 400,000 500,000 c u m u la ti v e b r a n d e q u it y ( $ m il li o n s) years (2001-2024) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 966 4.9. apple outperforms peers in the high-tech giants cluster apple’s brand equity has grown from $5 b in 2001 to $489 in 2024, with an annual growth rate of 24%, the highest among all brands. notable years of high growth include 2010 (37%), 2011(58%), 2012(129%), 2015(43%), and 2020(39%). apple's remarkable growth can be attributed to its innovation in consumer electronics (e.g., iphones, ipads, and macs), strong brand loyalty, and consistent market expansion. over the years, it has become a symbol of technological advancement and luxury, outperforming its peers in the high-tech giant cluster. there are many reasons for this success [29]. apple's emphasis on continuous innovation is pivotal to maintaining its market leadership. the company invests heavily in r&d to introduce ground breaking products. apple's strong brand equity is built upon delivering exceptional customer experiences, fostering brand loyalty, and creating a premium brand image. the seamless integration of apple's hardware, software, and services creates a unique ecosystem that enhances customer retention and cross-product usage [30]. 4.10. high and steady growth of microsoft, amazon, and google all three giants have shown steady growth over the years, with significant jumps in brand equity during the last few years. microsoft grew from $65 in 2001 to $352 in 2024, with an average annual growth rate of 8%. for microsoft, key growth drivers include its focus on cloud computing (azure), ai integration, and productivity tools such as microsoft 365 [31]. amazon’s brand equity grew from $3 b in 2001 to $298 b in 2024, with an average annual growth rate of 23%. amazon's growth has been rapid and consistent, especially from 2016 onwards, with major contributions from its e-commerce dominance and amazon web services (aws) [32]. google’s brand equity grew from $8 b in 2005 to $291 b in 2024, with an average annual growth rate of 21%. google has experienced steady growth, with notable acceleration in recent years owing to its advertising business and investments in ai and cloud computing [33]. 4.11. steady performance of samsung samsung’s brand equity grew from $6 b in 2001 to $101 b in 2024, with an average annual growth rate of 13%. samsung's performance demonstrates its ability to adapt, innovate, and maintain leadership in a highly competitive industry [34]. figure 7 highlights the cbe of the five brands in the software cluster from 2001 to 2024. it demonstrates varying timelines and growth trajectories, with adobe, sap, and accenture showing sustained increases, oracle showing fluctuations but overall growth, and salesforce achieving impressive equity gains within a brief period of time figure 7. cbe trends in software cluster 4.12. dominance of us brands in software cluster this cluster comprises brands such as sap, adobe, oracle, accenture, and salesforce. all brands are from the usa, offering business services and software, with sap being the only non-us brand. the software brand cluster shows a high growth rate in brand equity, reflecting the increasing demand for and value of software and business services. 0 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000 30,000 35,000 40,000 c u m u la ti v e b r a n d e q u it y ( $ m il li o n s) years (2001-2024) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 967 4.13. emergence of adobe as industry standard adobe’s growth trajectory exhibits consistent growth starting from 2009 at $3 b, its value steadily climbs each year, reaching $39 b by 2024, with an average annual growth rate of 19%. many strategic moves by adobe are contributing factors to this extraordinary success, ensuring steady revenue streams and reduced software piracy. for example, there was a shift from traditional software licensing to a subscription-based model with creative cloud in 2013, acquisitions such as magento and marketo, and integrated ai and ml [35]. 4.14. revival of oracle oracle’s growth trajectory started at $12 b in 2001 and steady increases until 2019, at $26 b. a slight dip occurred between 2020 and 2022 due to the impact of the covid 19 pandemic on oracle's sales and financial stability [36]; followed by a rebound to $35 b in 2023 and finishing at $38 b in 2024. oracle's dominance in enterprise software and database solutions is pivotal for brand strength. 4.15. steady growth at sap and accenture sap has shown consistent and steady growth over the years, with its brand value increasing from $6 b in 2001 to $37 b in 2024 at an annual growth rate of 8%. the company's shift towards cloud-based solutions such as sap s/4hana has significantly boosted its revenue and market presence [37]. accenture has also demonstrated steady growth, with its brand value rising from $5 b in 2002 to $22 b in 2024 at an average annual growth rate of 7 %. its emphasis on digital transformation, including ai, cloud computing, and analytics, has positioned it as a leader in the technology consulting space [38]. 4.16. high growth of salesforce the salesforce has shown consistent and steady growth over the years, with its brand value increasing from $5 b in 2017 to $17 b in 2024, with an annual growth rate of 19%. salesforce revolutionized crm with its cloud-based platform, making it accessible and scalable for businesses of all sizes, and the integration of ai tools such as einstein analytics has enhanced salesforce's offerings, attracting more customers as a major reason for its growth [39]. figure 8 shows diverse trends in brand equity growth, with instagram and youtube achieving rapid gains, while long-established brands, such as ebay, exhibit steady performance. newer players such as airbnb and linkedin show promising upward trajectories. figure 8. cbe trends in internet services cluster 4.17. dominance of us brands in internet services cluster this cluster consists of brands from the usa providing business internet services. the internet services brands cluster demonstrates a healthy growth rate in brand equity, indicating the growing importance of and reliance on internet services in the business sector. 0 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000 30,000 35,000 40,000 45,000 50,000 c u m u la ti v e b r a n d e q u it y ( $ m il li o n s) years (2001-2024) uber hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 968 4.18. rise and fall of facebook facebook demonstrated significant growth from 2012 ($5 b to a peak of $48 b in 2017). however, its brand equity will decline afterward, reaching $35 billion in 2024. this drop could be related to challenges, such as user privacy concerns or increased competition. the decline in facebook's popularity and influence is due to negative news cycles, controversies, and changing user perceptions [40]. 4.19. high growth of instagram, youtube, airbnb, sportify and linkedin instagram has shown sharp growth in brand equity in a brief period of time, with its brand value increasing from $26 b in 2020 to $45 b in 2024, with an annual growth rate of 15%. similarly, youtube has increased its brand equity from $17 b in 2020 to $30 b in 2024, with an annual growth rate of 15%. airbnb has grown its brand equity from $13 b in 2022, to $17 b in 2024, with an annual growth rate of 14%. sportify has grown its brand equity from $5 b in 2018 to $12 b in 2024, with an annual growth rate of 17%. linkedin has grown its brand equity from $5 b in 2019 to $10 b in 2024, with an annual growth rate of 15%. all brands grow by 15% annually. santoro and bargoni (2024) summarized the high growth rates among these internet-based services as (a) product-led growth: instagram prioritizes creating exceptional products that directly address user needs, fostering virality through word-of-mouth, and simplifying onboarding processes; (b) community and ecosystem-led growth: platforms such as airbnb and linkedin leverage user communities and ecosystems to enhance engagement and scalability; (c) content and brand-led growth: instagram and youtube thrive by delivering compelling content and building strong brand identities; and (d) velocity-driven growth: companies like spotify emphasize rapid scaling and market dominance, adapting quickly to competitive dynamics [41]. 4.20. steady performance of ebay ebay exhibits early growth from $5 b in 2004 to $13 b in 2024, with an annual growth rate of 6%. this trend reflects the increased competition in the e-commerce market. 4.21. comeback of uber brand equity data for uber fluctuating around $5-6 b during 2019-21. it came back at $9 b in 2024, showcasing uber’s impact on transportation. figure 9 shows diverse trends among leading us computer hardware/consumer electronic brands, illustrating cisco's consistent upward trajectory, ibm's decline, and nvidia's late emergence as a significant player. cisco consistently strengthened its position, while ibm and intel showed varying degrees of decline. nvidia reflects its recent emergence as a newer player with substantial equity. figure 9. cbe trends in us hardware cluster 4.22. stagnancy in us hardware brands cluster the us hardware brand cluster includes brands such as cisco, ibm, intel, hp, hewlett-packard, and the more recently added nvidia. all brands belong to the usa, which offers consumer electronics and computer hardware. this cluster has a stagnant growth rate in brand equity, suggesting a stable, but non-expanding market. 0 10,000 20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 60,000 70,000 80,000 c u m u la ti v e b r a n d e q u it y ( $ m il li o n s) years (2001-2024) hewlett-packard nvidia * hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 969 4.23. steady performance of cisco the world’s leader in networking cisco's brand equity started at $17 billion in 2001 and grows consistently, reaching $45 b in 2023. the company's focus on cloud computing, ai analytics, and observability has helped it remain relevant in the rapidly evolving technology landscape [42]. 4.24. downfall of ibm, and intel the world’s microprocessor giant intel's brand equity grew from $34 b in 2001 and peaked at $43 b in 2018, driven by its dominance in microprocessors and the success of its "intel inside" campaign, which made it a household name. intel's brand equity began to decline after 2018, reaching $20 b in 2024. this drop can be attributed to increased competition from rivals like amd and nvidia, as well as challenges in adapting to new markets such as mobile and cloud computing [43]. similarly, ibm's brand equity grown from $52 b in 2001 to $79 b in 2013, reflecting its leadership in enterprise solutions, cloud computing, and consulting services. its ability to innovate and maintain relevance in the business sector contributed to its robust performance. post-2013, ibm's brand equity saw a steady decline, reaching $37 b by 2024. this decline is linked to challenges in transitioning from hardware to software and services as well as competition from newer tech companies [44]. 4.25. reorganization at hewlett packard hewlett packard’s brand equity grew from $18 b in 2001, reaching $23 b in 2015. as mentioned above, in 2014/15, hewlett packard split into two companies, hp (hp inc.) and hewlett-packard enterprise (hewlett packard enterprise). after the split, hp’s brand equity grew from $10 b in 2016, reaching $12 b in 2024. simultaneously, hewlett-packard’s brand equity declined from $11 b in 2016, reaching $7 b in 2024. the split allowed each entity to focus on its core strengths, which helped refine its brand identities. hp inc. concentrated on personal computers and printers, whereas hpe focused on enterprise solutions such as servers, storage, and networking. hp inc. managed to maintain its reputation in the pc and printer markets by innovating and adapting to the market demands. hpe has established itself as a leader in enterprise technology, leveraging its expertise in hybrid cloud infrastructure and analytics [45]. 4.26. emergence of nvidia in interbrand’s most recent edition, nvidia has entered the brand equity list 2024 with a brand equity of $20 b. its market position is based on its ai cloud initiatives, robotics, automotive/drive-assist parts, gaming chips, and fostering an ai ecosystem [46]. figure 10 presents the cumulative brand equity trends for asian hardware cluster from 2001 to 2024: japanese brands such as sony, nintendo, and panasonic dominate in terms of longevity and equity size. chinese brands, including xiaomi and huawei, demonstrate strong recent growth and an emerging presence. korean brands, represented by lg, displayed moderate equity trends. overall, the asian hardware cluster highlights diversity in brand equity growth and maturity, with established players continuing to thrive and new entrants gaining momentum. figure 10. cbe trends in asian hardware cluster 0 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 c u m u la ti v e b r a n d e q u it y ( $ m il li o n s) years (2001-2024) panasonic lg huawei hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 970 4.27. great comeback of korean lg brand equity data for korean brand lg fluctuating around $2-3 b during 2005-07. it came back at $6 b in 2024, with recent improvements in branding and product performance after periods of lower visibility. 4.28. emergence of chinese brands like huawei and xiaomi huawei’s brand equity increased from $4 b in 2013 to $7 b in 2024, driven by its innovation and focus on diverse product portfolios. xiaomi, a relatively new entrant (tracked for only three years), shows rapid growth, with brand equity reaching $8 b in 2024. both brands xiaomi and huawei demonstrate the rising influence of chinese companies, leveraging innovation and competitive pricing [47]. 5. conclusion this paper aims to present the trends in brand equity among high-tech brands listed by interbrand for 2001 to 2024. a total of 48 high-tech brands appeared on this list during the period, categorized into three segments: hardware, software, and internet services. these brands originate from nine countries: the us, japan, china, korea, canada, finland, germany, sweden, and taiwan. the analysis is based on interbrand's brand equity values ($), annual brand rankings, and annual growth rates in brand equity (%). the study employs descriptive statistics and includes countrywise and region-wise analyses, cluster formation, and examines the effects of the global financial crisis and the global pandemic on the brand equity of high-tech brands. this study provides many interesting findings for brand equity trends. firstly, us high-tech brands dominate software, internet services, and hardware sectors, highlighting consistent dominance. secondly, it suggests reasoning for discontinued high-tech brands in interbrand's list with three main reasons including lower profits, mergers/acquisitions, and geographically concentrated earnings. thirdly, it presents growth in interbrand’s minimum acceptable criteria for listing from $1 b in 2001 to $6 b in 2024 reflecting the growing value and competitiveness of brands in the interbrand’s list over the past two decades. fourth, cbe for high-tech brands are growing faster than all other brands. fifth, it shows high-tech brands have shown more resilience in their growth during financial crisis (2008-09) and global pandemic crisis (2019-20). high-tech brands consistently outperformed all other brands, particularly during these global crises. sixth, internet services outpace software and hardware sectors in growth. notable years of high growth for internet services include 2012-2014. seventh, high-tech giants like apple, microsoft, amazon, and google display high growth, with apple outperforming competitors. eight, us hardware brands faces stagnation, with ibm and intel declining while asian hardware brands, show resilience. nineth, a few revivals and comebacks of brands like facebook, oracle, lg, sony, and uber. tenth, hewlett packard reorganizing and splitting into signaling sustainability. eleventh, steady growth in many brands like adobe, sap, accenture, cisco, nintendo, and panasonic. twelfth, rise of chinese brands like huawei and xiaomi. finally, high growth for instagram, youtube, airbnb, spotify, linkedin, salesforce, and emergence of nvidia. in addition, the findings invite future research on probing the reasons behind the drastic changes in the brand equity of various global high-tech brands in the last two decades. 5.1. strategic lessons for brand managers the strategic lessons derived from the high-tech brand analysis share significant commonalities with findings from earlier studies on fashion, auto, financial, and general global brands, yet also present some distinct nuances. 5.1.1. shared strategic lessons across industries this analysis of high-tech brand equity trends reveals several crucial strategic lessons for brand managers aiming for sustained growth and resilience in a dynamic global market. key takeaways from the high-tech analysis strongly resonate with the broader brand equity literature: resilience during crises is a hallmark of strong high-tech brands: high-tech brands, as a sector, have demonstrated remarkable resilience during global crises like the 2008 financial downturn and the covid-19 pandemic. while other sectors experienced declines or stagnation, high-tech brands generally maintained positive growth. this suggests that the products and services offered by high-tech companies often become indispensable during times of disruption, reinforcing their value. brand managers should leverage this inherent resilience by emphasizing the utility and stability of their offerings during uncertain times. this ability to maintain growth during crises is a recurring theme across industries, echoed by studies on auto brands [19], financial institutions [15, 16], and fashion brands [17]. this implies that strong brands, regardless of industry, possess an underlying robustness that helps them weather economic storms. country-of-origin effect: the consistent dominance of us high-tech brands, particularly in software and internet services, mirrors observations in other sectors. studies on financial institutions [15, 16] noted the strong influence of country of origin, with american institutions leading. similarly, research on fashion [17] observed european dominance, while studies on auto brands [19] pointed to the declining dominance of american brands as asian and european brands gained ground. this highlights that national identity and industry leadership often go hand-in-hand. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 971 maintaining financial thresholds: brands like canon, xerox, nokia, and duracell, though still active, were discontinued from the top 100 list because they no longer met interbrand's rising profit thresholds. this emphasizes that strong brand equity is not solely about recognition; it's deeply tied to sustained financial performance and meeting evolving industry benchmarks. brand managers must continuously monitor profitability and ensure their brand's economic value keeps pace with market expectations and competitive pressures. the imperative of diversified earnings: brands must genuinely operate on a global scale. the discontinuation of brands like dell, at&t, and texas, despite profitability, highlights that relying primarily on a home market (e.g., usa) and failing to meet the one-third international earnings criterion for global recognition can lead to exclusion from toptier global brand rankings. strategic expansion into north america, europe, asia, and emerging markets is not just about market share; it's fundamental to global brand status and perception. adapting to evolving market standards: the increasing minimum brand equity threshold for interbrand's top 100 list, noted in the high-tech analysis, points to rising industry standards. while not explicitly stated as a lesson in all prior studies, the continuous analysis of brand equity trends across auto, fashion, and financial sectors implicitly acknowledges that what constitutes a "top brand" evolves over time, requiring brands to continuously justify and grow their value. 5.1.2. nuances and distinct lessons for high-tech brands while many lessons overlap, the high-tech sector presents some unique or more pronounced strategic implications: innovation as the core dna (more pronounced in hi-tech): the analysis consistently shows that innovation drives brand equity. apple's exceptional growth exemplifies continuous innovation in consumer electronics and its strong ecosystem. similarly, adobe's shift to a subscription model and ai integration, and salesforce's cloud-based crm with ai tools, demonstrate how adapting business models and integrating cutting-edge technology are crucial for sustained high growth. conversely, the decline of intel and ibm after 2018 signals the peril of failing to adapt to market shifts (e.g., competition, mobile, cloud computing). brand managers must foster a culture of relentless innovation and be prepared to pivot strategically. while innovation is valued across all industries (e.g., fashion design, auto engineering, financial product development), the high-tech analysis explicitly positions innovation as the primary driver of brand equity, directly contributing to market leadership and consumer loyalty. the pace and necessity of continuous, disruptive innovation appear more critical and direct contributors to brand value in high-tech than in more traditional sectors like finance or even luxury, where heritage and craftsmanship might play a larger role (as implied by siddiqui, 2021, on luxury brands). the rising tide of internet services and software dominance: the data clearly indicates that internet services and software/business services sectors consistently exhibit higher growth rates compared to hardware. internet services, in particular, showed rapid and significant growth. this underscores the strategic importance of digital platforms, cloudbased solutions, and subscription models. for brand managers, this means prioritizing digital product-led growth, community building (e.g., airbnb, linkedin), and compelling content strategies (e.g., instagram, youtube). even in software, brands like adobe and salesforce thrived by embracing cloud and ai. rapid rise and fall in niche areas: the incredibly rapid growth of internet services brands like instagram, youtube, airbnb, spotify, and linkedin, along with the equally swift decline of others like facebook (meta), indicates a highly volatile and competitive landscape within specific high-tech sub-sectors. while auto or financial brands might experience declines, the speed of ascent and descent, driven by product-led, community-led, or content-led growth, seems particularly accelerated in internet services. this suggests brand managers in this area must prioritize extreme agility and continuous user engagement. hardware challenges: the analysis points to stagnant growth in the us hardware cluster and the decline of giants like intel and ibm. this contrasts with the generally positive growth trends seen in fashion, auto (for resilient brands), and financial services. it implies that for hardware brands, maintaining relevance requires not just innovation but potentially deeper diversification into services (e.g., cisco's focus on cloud) or entirely new segments (e.g., nvidia's ai focus). power of "giants" and niche strengths: the emergence of "high-tech giants" (apple, microsoft, amazon, google, samsung) with massive cumulative brand equity and high growth rates signals a winner-take-all dynamic in some segments. however, the success of specialized players like nvidia (ai, gaming chips) and the resilience of traditional hardware brands like cisco show that niche leadership and consistent innovation within a specific domain can also lead to long-term success. brand managers should assess whether their strategy should aim for broad market dominance or deep specialization. digital transformation as a foundational shift: high-tech analysis highlights digital transformation as fundamentally changing how these brands interact with consumers and manage brand equity. while digital presence is crucial for all modern brands (fashion e-commerce, online banking, auto configurators), for hi-tech, it is about the very core of the business model (e.g., cloud services, ai integration, app-based platforms). this is a more inherent and defining aspect of brand management in hi-tech. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 972 managing brand portfolios is an art: the case of hp splitting into hp inc. and hpe demonstrates that strategic reorganizations can be vital for refining brand identities and focusing on core strengths. similarly, the disappearance of brands due to mergers and acquisitions (e.g., yahoo!, motorola, aol) highlights the need for brand managers to understand and plan for potential shifts in ownership and how they might impact brand equity. managers must be prepared to manage complex brand transitions, whether through divestiture or integration. this is consistent with observations in the general context of global brand analysis [13]. in summary, while core principles of brand management like global reach, resilience, and adaptability are universally applicable, the high-tech sector amplifies the criticality of rapid, continuous innovation and strategic digital transformation as central pillars for building and sustaining brand equity. 5.2. limitations of the research this study, while offering valuable insights into broader market trends, had certain limitations that warrant consideration. firstly, it provided limited focus on specific brands. while the research highlighted overall trends and growth patterns, it did not delve deeply into the individual brand strategies or internal factors that drove specific equity changes. similarly, while the study observed brand resilience during global crises like the 2008 financial crash and the recent pandemic, it did not thoroughly investigate the specific strategies that enabled certain brands to thrive during these challenging periods. secondly, the reliance on a single source of brand valuation data (interbrand), while providing consistency, means the findings are inherently tied to interbrand's specific methodology and criteria. other brand valuation metrics might yield different insights, and a comparative analysis was beyond the scope of this research. thirdly, the study primarily focused on quantitative trend analysis. it did not incorporate qualitative data, such as consumer perceptions, brand narratives, or expert interviews, which could offer richer context and deeper understanding of the "why" behind the observed brand equity shifts. finally, while the research covered a significant longitudinal period (2001-2024), it inherently presents a historical perspective. predicting future brand equity trends or providing prescriptive strategies based solely on past performance carries inherent uncertainties due to rapid technological advancements, evolving consumer behaviors, and unforeseen market disruptions in the dynamic high-tech sector. 5.3. need for further research the current investigation, while shedding light on significant brand equity trends within interbrand's longitudinal data of high-tech brands, also illuminates several avenues for future inquiry. these limitations of the present research set a compelling agenda for subsequent studies. firstly, a deeper dive into the causal factors driving the observed brand equity fluctuations is warranted. for instance, future research could explore the specific strategies, such as innovation pipelines, evolving marketing approaches, and customer experience improvements, implemented by high-tech brands that have experienced sharp rises and declines (e.g., ibm, intel, facebook). furthermore, it would be invaluable to uncover the in-depth reasons behind the discontinuation of specific brands from interbrand’s list, offering potential lessons for both emerging and established brands striving for sustained relevance. secondly, understanding the broader contextual influences on brand equity is crucial. future studies could investigate how cultural factors, such as collectivism and power distance, might influence high-tech brand equity trends differently in asian markets compared to the united states. given the significant dominance of us brands within interbrand's top rankings, exploring the specific barriers that might impede asian and european brands from achieving similar growth in brand equity would provide critical strategic insights. thirdly, a more granular analysis of brand equity dynamics is required. beyond cumulative trends, future research could provide insights into brand volatility, examining year-to-year changes and identifying periods of significant instability or rapid growth. this could lead to the development of robust brand resilience mechanisms, investigating how specific brands adapt and thrive during global crises, and identifying replicable strategies for navigating turbulent market conditions. finally, integrating brand equity analysis with broader market dynamics holds significant promise. future studies could explore how brand equity insights can directly inform investment decisions or improve market predictions. furthermore, overlaying these brand equity trends with financial market data (e.g., stock prices) could provide valuable validation and uncover stronger correlations between brand strength and market performance, as well as facilitate comparisons of high-tech brand equity trends with other industries to identify unique strengths and areas for improvement. 5.4. growth in asian hardware brands cluster the asian hardware brand cluster includes brands from asia offering consumer electronics and computer hardware. this cluster showed a moderate growth rate in brand equity, reflecting a steady increase in market value and presence. 5.5. resilience of japanese companies like sony, nintendo, and panasonic japanese tech giant sony’s brand equity started at $15 b in 2001, dropped to $8 b in 2015, and again increased to $20 b in 2024. similarly, another gaming giant nintendo’s brand equity started from $8 b in 2001 and dropped to $4 b in 2014. again in 2018, nintendo appeared in the list with a brand equity of $5 b and rose to $12 b in 2024. panasonic’s brand equity remained relatively stable, with some fluctuations, peaking at $6 b in 2024. japanese companies have shown resilience over decades but face challenges in consistent growth due to market competition and technological shifts. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 973 6. declarations 6.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are openly available in mendeley data at: https://doi.org/10.17632/y8cv8hncf9.1. 6.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] matyushok, v., krasavina, v., berezin, a., & garcía, j. s. (2021). the global economy in technological transformation conditions: a review of modern trends. economic research, 34(1), 1471–1497. doi:10.1080/1331677x.2020.1844030. [2] tripopsakul, s., puriwat, w., hoonsopon, d., & songkhla, r. n. (2024). the impact of brand value on business performance: an analysis of moderating effects of product involvement. hightech and innovation journal, 5(1), 79–87. doi:10.28991/hij2024-05-01-06. [3] smith, a., johnson, b., & davis, c. (2021). the impact of digital transformation on managerial roles. journal of management innovation, 42, 57-78. [4] keller, k. l., & lehmann, d. r. (2006). brands and branding: research findings and future priorities. marketing science, 25(6), 740–759. doi:10.1287/mksc.1050.0153. [5] mikul, & mittal, i. (2023). the saga of brand equity: a comprehensive bibliometric analysis. nmims management review, 31(3), 165–177. doi:10.1177/0974150x231205447. [6] jeon, j.-e. (2017). the impact of brand concept on brand equity. asia pacific journal of innovation and entrepreneurship, 11(2), 233–245. doi:10.1108/apjie-08-2017-030. [7] enes, y. de s. o., demo, g., porto, r. b., & zulato, t. s. (2024). what is next for consumer-based brand equity in digital brands? research itineraries and new challenges. sustainability (switzerland) , 16(13), 5412. doi:10.3390/su16135412. [8] chawla, u., mohnot, r., singh, h. v., & banerjee, a. (2023). the mediating effect of perceived trust in the adoption of cuttingedge financial technology among digital natives in the post-covid-19 era. economies, 11(12), 286. doi:10.3390/economies11120286. [9] chauhan, a., & bodla, b. s. (2024). brand equity and financial performance: a bibliometric analysis. journal of marketing & social research, 1, 18-27. [10] oh, t. t., keller, k. l., neslin, s. a., reibstein, d. j., & lehmann, d. r. (2020). the past, present, and future of brand research. marketing letters, 31(2–3), 151–162. doi:10.1007/s11002-020-09524-w. [11] besharat, a., & langan, r. (2014). towards the formation of consensus in the domain of co-branding: current findings and future priorities. journal of brand management, 21(2), 112-132. doi:10.1057/bm.2013.25. [12] yeung, m., & ramasamy, b. (2008). brand value and firm performance nexus: further empirical evidence. journal of brand management, 15(5), 322-335. doi:10.1057/palgrave.bm.2550092. [13] siddiqui, k. (2011). brand equity trends among top 100 global brands: region-wise analysis. 11th south asian management forum (samf), association of management development institutions in south asia (amdisa), 16-18 may, 2011, kathmandu, nepal. [14] siddiqui, k., & sibghatullah, a. (2014). a study of fastest growing countries among top 100 brands. international journal of economics, commerce and management united kingdom, 2(11). hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 974 [15] bajwa, i. a., siddiqui, k. a., eltayeb, t., & mahmood, c. k. (2021). mapping the strategic landscape for global financial institutions through brand equity trend analysis. entrepreneurship and sustainability issues, 9(1), 401–414. doi:10.9770/jesi.2021.9.1(25). [16] siddiqui, k., bajwa, i. a., & elahi, m. a. (2017). global recession & global financial institutions: evidence from top 100 global brands (2001–2015). european journal of social sciences studies, 2(9), 207–221. [17] siddiqui, k. (2022). brand equity trend analysis for fashion brands (2001-2021). journal of global fashion marketing, 13(3), 238–255. doi:10.1080/20932685.2022.2032792. [18] siddiqui, k. (2021). classifying the interbrand’s top luxury brands based on brand-equity trends (2001–2020). 6th international scientific conference business and regional development, 24-25 june, 2021, bulgaria, balkans. [19] siddiqui, k. a., & ahmad, s. (2022). brand equity trend analysis for top auto brands on interbrand’s 20-year longitudinal data. journal of brand strategy, 10(4), 311–329. doi:10.69554/dtlp2542. [20] coughlin, t. (2021). impact of covid-19 on the consumer electronics market. ieee consumer electronics magazine, 10(1), 58–59. doi:10.1109/mce.2020.3016753. [21] scardovi, c. (2016). fin tech innovation and the disruption of the global financial system. restructuring and innovation in banking. springerbriefs in finance. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-40204-8_2. [22] chytis, e., liota, v., goumas, s., & papagregoriou, a. (2021). impact of the global financial crisis on the it sector. international journal of corporate finance and accounting, 9(1), 1–11. doi:10.4018/ijcfa.287909. [23] paswan, a. k., guzmán, f., & pei, z. (2020). innovation-branding: should all firms be equally ambidextrous? journal of product &amp; brand management, 30(5), 754–767. doi:10.1108/jpbm-07-2019-2476. [24] spraggon, m., & bodolica, v. (2008). knowledge creation processes in small innovative hi‐ tech firms. management research news, 31(11), 879-894. doi:10.1108/01409170810913060. [25] miremadi, d. a., & ghanadiof, o. (2021). the ultimate influences of brand equity dimensions on consumer decision in hitech market. academic journal of research and scientific publishing, 3(27), 27–46. doi:10.52132/ajrsp.e.2021.272. [26] interbrand. (2025). interbrand, new york, united states. available online: https://www.interbrand.com/ (accessed on july 2025). [27] jia, y., & zhang, w. (2013). brand equity valuation: an optimized interbrand model which is based on the consumer perspective. in proceeding of the 2013 international academic workshop on social science (iaw-sc-13). doi:10.2991/iawsc.2013.70. [28] bbc news. (2014). hewlett-packard to split into two companies. bbc, london, united kingdom. available online: https://www.bbc.com/news/business-29501235 (accessed on august 2025). [29] chen, z. (2024). business strategy analysis: evidence on apple inc. proceedings of the 2024 4th international conference on enterprise management and economic development (icemed 2024), 104–112. doi:10.2991/978-94-6463-506-5_13. [30] sohaib, m., mlynarski, j., & wu, r. (2023). building brand equity: the impact of brand experience, brand love, and brand engagement—a case study of customers’ perception of the apple brand in china. sustainability (switzerland), 15(1), 746. doi:10.3390/su15010746. [31] microsoft 2024 annual report, microsoft, washington, united states. available online: https://www.microsoft.com/investor/reports/ar24/ (accessed on august 2025). [32] amazon revenue 2010-2024, macrotrends llc, washington, united states. available online: https://www.macrotrends.net/stocks/charts/amzn/amazon/revenue (accessed on august 2025). [33] alphabet revenue 2010-2024, macrotrends llc, washington, united states. available online : https://www.macrotrends.net/stocks/charts/goog/alphabet/revenue (accessed on august 2025). [34] isah, s., andriani, e., albadry, s. a., & pranawukir, i. (2024). analysis of the influence of endorser and brand credibility on samsung brand equity. international journal of economics (ijec), 3(1), 147. doi:10.55299/ijec.v3i1.602 [35] bansal, j., balodi, k. c., jain, r., & datta, s. (2023). strategy and business model evolution at adobe: competing in digital media software industry. journal of information technology teaching cases, 13(2), 136–144. doi:10.1177/20438869221116391. [36] al aqroubi alsuwaidi, f., mohammed, n., elshareif, e., & contu, d. (2024). the impact of competition, debt, and covid-19 on oracle corporation’s financial performance. the ai revolution: driving business innovation and research. studies in systems, decision and control, vol 525. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-54383-8_44. [37] kulkarni, a. (2024). digital transformation with sap hana. international journal on recent and innovation trends in computing and communication issn, 2321-8169. https://www.interbrand.com/ https://www.bbc.com/news/business-29501235 https://www.microsoft.com/investor/reports/ar24/ https://www.macrotrends.net/stocks/charts/amzn/amazon/revenue alphabet%20revenue%202010-2024%20 https://www.macrotrends.net/stocks/charts/goog/alphabet/revenue hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 975 [38] kohli, s. (2025). corporate metaverse adoption: a case study of accenture's nth floor virtual onboarding and training platform. in cases on metaverse and consumer experiences. igi global scientific publishing, hershey, united states. [39] korpi, e. (2024). salesforce customer relationship management tool in the sales support process. electrical engineering. master thesis, tampere university, tampere, finland. [40] wolk, a. (2018). the fall of facebook. forbes, jersey city, united states. available online: https://www.forbes.com/sites/alanwolk/2018/07/30/the-fall-of-facebook/ (accessed on august 2025). [41] santoro, g., & bargoni, a. (2024). factors driving growth. beyond growth hacking: mastering business model evolution, 103–118, emerald publishing limited, leeds, united kingdom. doi:10.1108/978-1-83608-442-620241017. [42] diorio, s. (2024). stewarding the world’s most valuable b2b brand. forbes, jersey city, new jersey. available online: https://www.forbes.com/sites/stephendiorio/2024/06/14/stewarding-the-worlds-most-valuable-b2b-brand/ (accessed on july 2025). [43] reuters. (2024). a timeline of the rise and decline of intel. reuters, toronto, canada. available online: https://www.reuters.com/technology/rise-decline-intel-2024-10-29/ (accessed on august 2025). [44] cortada, j. (2021). ibm’s fall from world dominance. ieee spectrum, new york, united states. available online: https://spectrum.ieee.org/ibms-fall-from-world-dominance (accessed on august 2025). [45] snihur, y., thomas, l. d. w., & burgelman, r. a. (2023). strategically managing the business model portfolio trajectory. california management review, 65(2), 156–176. doi:10.1177/00081256221140930. [46] cohan, p. (2025). nvidia stock may rise as its stealth ai cloud rivals big customers. forbes, jersey city, new jersey. available online: https://www.forbes.com/sites/petercohan/2025/01/07/nvidia-stock-may-rise-as-its-stealth-ai-cloud-rivals-big-customers/ (accessed on august 2025). [47] zhang, s. (2024). how marketing strategy empowers brand effectiveness: a comparative study of xiaomi mobile phones and huawei mobile phones. proceedings of the 2024 9th international conference on social sciences and economic development (icssed 2024), 1008–1015, beijing, china. doi:10.2991/978-94-6463-459-4_112. https://www.forbes.com/sites/alanwolk/2018/07/30/the-fall-of-facebook/ https://www.forbes.com/sites/stephendiorio/2024/06/14/stewarding-the-worlds-most-valuable-b2b-brand/ https://www.reuters.com/technology/rise-decline-intel-2024-10-29/ https://spectrum.ieee.org/ibms-fall-from-world-dominance https://www.forbes.com/sites/petercohan/2025/01/07/nvidia-stock-may-rise-as-its-stealth-ai-cloud-rivals-big-customers/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 135 issn: 2723-9535 high-tech models for simulating the wounding effects of projectiles of small calibres: benefits for security management ludvík juříček 1* , katarína pagáčová 1, david mazák 1 , olga vojtěchovská 2 1 department of management and economics, dti university, sládkovičova 553/20, 018 41 dubnica nad váhom, slovakia. 2 department of security and law, ambis university, lindnerova 575/1, 180 00 praha 8, czech republic. received 07 december 2024; revised 14 february 2025; accepted 22 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract the aim of this study is to analyse the effects of projectiles of small calibres on the human femur using an innovative indirect identification method. a heterogeneous physical model was developed that combines ballistic gelatine for soft tissues and porcine femur as an analogue for human bone to simulate gunshot injuries under ethical and economic conditions. the study evaluated three types of ammunition: 9 mm luger pistol cartridges and two micro-calibre rifle cartridges, 5.56×45 mm (ss 109) and 5.45×39 mm (7h6). ballistic testing measured impact and exit velocities, assessed bone tissue destruction, soft tissue damage, and the temporary cavity created by projectiles. the findings reveal that microcalibre rifle projectiles cause up to twice the bone destruction and more extensive soft tissue damage compared to pistol ammunition. the study also highlights the significant role of liquid structures in the medullary cavity in amplifying bone damage. these results improve ballistic testing methodologies, offering valuable insights for crisis management, security operations, and the development of protective equipment. the proposed model serves as a critical tool for understanding the effects on human tissues, aiding in forensic analysis, and advancing experimental ballistics. this research opens new opportunities for applications in the security and health disciplines. keywords: physical model; ballistic experiment; complex gunshot injury; indirect identification method; projectiles of small calibres; live tissue substitution; wounding effect of a projectile; wounding potential of a projectile. 1. introduction in the available scientific literature, there remains a significant lack of rigorous information regarding the direct effects of projectiles of small calibres, both of traditional and modern design, on human bone tissues. current knowledge about bone-related gunshot injuries is based primarily on analysis of real-world cases, such as accidents, suicides, or violent crimes involving firearms [1]. these incidents often include head wounds with varying degrees of soft tissue damage and the formation of gunshot fractures in the flat bones of the skull surrounding the projectile channel [2, 3]. to better understand the specific phenomena that occur during the penetration of projectiles into rigid bone tissues, the energy dynamics of weapon systems of small calibres, and the impact of gunshot bone injuries on the overall extent of tissue damage, ballistic experiments have been conducted. these experiments focus on the direct effects of projectiles of small calibres on the femur (thigh bone), resulting in gunshot fractures in the long bones of human limbs [4]. previous experimental studies in the field of wound ballistics have mainly focused on homogeneous physical models simulating human soft tissues [5]. early works by di maio [6] highlighted the utility of ballistic gelatine for evaluating * corresponding author: juricek@dti.sk http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-010  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9974-1743 https://orcid.org/0009-0008-5789-5622 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 136 soft tissue injuries but underscored its limitations in simulating heterogeneous body structures. tong et al. [7] emphasised the critical role of bone and fluid-filled structures in mediating projectile-induced injuries. similarly, macpherson [8] noted the need for improved models to explore the interplay of soft and rigid tissues under dynamic conditions. modern heterogeneous models have sought to bridge this gap by combining synthetic substitutes for soft tissues, such as ballistic gelatine, with biological tissues, such as porcine femurs, which serve as analogues for human bones. this approach improves realism while respecting ethical considerations and resource constraints. previous studies have further advanced these models, incorporating interdisciplinary insights and refining methodologies for experimental validation. however, these models do not sufficiently represent the interaction of projectiles with heterogeneous body structures, such as bones or combinations of soft and rigid tissues [9, 10]. modern heterogeneous models combine synthetic substitutes for soft tissues, such as ballistic gelatine, with biological tissues, thus increasing their realism [11, 12]. although economic and more importantly, ethical considerations [13] have shifted the focus to synthetic substitutes in the preparation of these models, the use of biological tissues in ballistic experiments remains indispensable in justified cases [14]. a critical gap in the literature lies in the insufficient understanding of the interaction between modern projectiles of small calibres and bone tissue under dynamic conditions that closely simulate real-life impacts. despite advancements in the field of wound ballistics, existing research still lacks comprehensive insight into how the energy parameters of projectiles correlate with the extent and type of tissue damage, particularly in the complex interplay between soft and hard tissues, such as muscle and bone. this limitation hinders the development of reliable predictive models for injury outcomes and complicates the optimisation of protective equipment design. recent studies have made significant strides in the advancement of numerical modelling and simulation techniques, providing a deeper understanding of biomechanical responses under ballistic loading. sun et al. [10] employed finite element modelling to evaluate the dynamic response of bone to ballistic impacts, while macpherson [8] highlighted the need for more accurate representations of projectile energy dissipation within heterogeneous tissues. sangeetha et al. [9] demonstrated the utility of combining synthetic and biological components in ballistic models, but their findings emphasised the ethical and logistical challenges of such approaches. similarly, sun et al. [10] reviewed existing methods and identified limitations in current modelling techniques, particularly the inability to replicate complex fracture patterns observed in vivo. experimental studies have also progressed, such as shen et al. [15], which analysed bone damage caused by highvelocity projectiles in controlled environments, but these studies often neglect the broader energy-tissue interactions. furthermore, yi-chia et al. [16] and sangeetha et al. [9] underscored the importance of energy transfer mechanisms but did not adequately explore their role in heterogeneous structures involving bone. maroušek et al. [17] focused on protective applications but lacked data on the direct interaction of modern projectiles with bone tissues. the numerical models developed in previous studies aimed to bridge this gap by incorporating dynamic fracture mechanics into their simulations [18, 19]; however, the experimental validation of these models remains incomplete. furthermore, zhao et al. [20] evaluated bone injury mechanisms but mainly focused on soft tissue interactions, leaving bone-specific dynamics underexplored. the overarching challenge lies in the limited experimental validation of advanced simulations and the scarcity of studies that address the combined effects of projectile design, velocity, and target material composition [21, 22]. these gaps underscore the need for further research to integrate experimental and computational methods, enabling the development of robust predictive models that accurately reflect real-world injury scenarios. by addressing these deficiencies, future research can significantly improve our understanding of projectile-bone interactions and inform the development of more effective protective measures and forensic analysis protocols. the primary objective of this article is to analyse and comprehensively describe the wounding effects of projectiles of small calibres on the human femur through the application of an innovative heterogeneous physical model. this research introduces a multidisciplinary approach to experimental ballistics, offering valuable insights for forensic analysis of gunshot injuries and advances in protective technologies. the proposed model integrates synthetic and biological components, specifically ballistic gelatine to simulate soft tissues and an animal femur as an analogue for human bone. this combination allows for a highly realistic simulation of complex gunshot injuries under controlled experimental conditions. the study focusses on the mechanisms of bone tissue damage resulting from projectile impact, evaluating critical factors such as energy transfer, fracture patterns, and the extent of soft tissue destruction. these findings are intended to address existing gaps in the understanding of projectile interactions with heterogeneous body structures, particularly bone tissue, under dynamic conditions that mimic real-life impacts. the results of this research have significant implications for crisis management and security operations, particularly in the development and improvement of ballistic protective equipment. by providing a detailed framework for assessing the effects of projectiles of small calibres, this study contributes to the broader field of experimental ballistics and offers practical applications in forensic science and the design of advanced injury mitigation systems. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 137 in connection with this objective, the following key question was formulated. kq: what are the direct effects of projectiles of small calibres on a heterogeneous physical model simulating the human femur and how can the resulting data be applied to predict injuries under real biological conditions? the article employs a combination of experimental, analytical, visualisation, and comparative methods to evaluate the wounding effects of projectiles of small calibres. the study began with experimental research using the heterogeneous physical model, which combines 20% ballistic gelatine to simulate soft tissues and an animal femur to represent the human femur. to ensure an adequate and comparable reaction of the human femur and soft tissues to a penetrating projectile, the heterogeneity of the physical model was achieved based on the analysis of our own experience with the gradual introduction of substitute materials for living tissues during the design and preparation of physical models for ballistic testing. the development evolved from synthetic models to combined models that incorporate synthetic and biological substitutes. the use of a porcine femur embedded in 20% ballistic gelatine yielded the best results. detailing this gradual development, which we have undertaken, would involve mapping approximately 30 years of our scientific work published for example in [23, 24]. shooting tests were conducted using three types of ammunition: 9 mm luger; 5.56×45 ss 109; 5.45×39 7h6. during the experiments, the impact and exit velocities of the projectiles were measured, the wound channel was analysed, and the extent of the temporary cavity created by the projectile was assessed. for analytical evaluation, the kinetic energy transferred by the projectiles to the target medium was calculated and the destructive effects on bone and soft tissues were analysed, including fragmentation of the projectile and its impact on surrounding tissues. x-ray and digital photographs were used to visually document and archive the morphology and fractures. the longitudinal sections of the gelatine blocks provided a detailed analysis of the affected structures. to obtain a complete overview, a comparative analysis of the effects of various types of projectiles was performed, evaluating the correlation between the type of projectile, its kinetic energy, and the extent of tissue damage. this interdisciplinary approach integrated knowledge from biomechanics, forensic medicine, and ballistics, allowing a thorough analysis of projectile effects and providing valuable information for the development of protective equipment and crisis management. the methodology was complemented by an ethical framework and practical implications for applications in the security and healthcare sectors. 2. material and methods figure 1 illustrates the key steps of the research methodology, from experimental setup to data collection and analysis. figure 1. the methodological process flowchart 2.1. ballistic simulation of direct effects of projectiles of small calibres on the human femur to simulate the effects of projectiles of small calibres on soft biological tissues (soft "homogeneous" structures), we previously utilised proprietary homogeneous physical models made from synthetic substitute materials. among these, ballistic gelatine cast onto test blocks proved to be the most effective. the shooting experiment was conducted using hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 138 indirect identification on a newly designed heterogeneous physical model. the model was successively shot using three weapon systems of small calibres of varying ballistic performance, representing selected modern pistol and rifle calibres. in all cases, impacts on bone substitutes were assumed to occur at perpendicular projectile impacts on the heterogeneous substitute model. the use of actual animal tissues, representing human biological tissues within a heterogeneous physical model, has been shown in practice to be a highly effective method to create a realistic biological environment for the development and evaluation of the wounding effects of projectiles of small calibres. a critical prerequisite for ensuring the accurate reproduction of ballistic experiment results and their translation to real human tissues is the careful selection of the animal donor. 2.1.1. objectives of the experiment in addition to the primary objective of verifying the functionality of the proposed physical model and the suitability of the measurement system for impact and exit velocities of projectiles, the following specific objectives were defined:  assess the feasibility of accurately aiming and hitting the bone embedded in a gelatine block at a predetermined distance.  evaluate the behaviour of bone tissue substitute and its response to projectile penetration, including its influence on the projectile's subsequent movement immediately after penetration.  demonstrate the relationship between the parameters of the wound channel created in the bone and the amount of kinetic energy (𝐸𝑝𝑟) transferred by the projectile, as well as the effect of the resulting temporary cavity (if present) on the extent (volume) of the damage to the impacted bone structures.  analyse wound channel profiles obtained through longitudinal sections of gelatine blocks at the wound site and predict their effects on the femur and surrounding soft tissues (muscle and blood vessels) in humans.  recover the projectiles in a cotton block for a subsequent evaluation of possible shape (or mass) changes. the ballistic experiment aimed to simulate a complex gunshot injury in which a projectile penetrates both soft tissues and the femur in the diaphysis region. the selected heterogeneous physical model, composed of a 20% gelatine block, included a porcine femur as a biological substitute representing the human femur. the shooting tests used weapon systems chambered for:  9 mm luger (sellier & bellot, czech republic);  5.56×45 mm (sellier & bellot, czech republic) with an ss 109 micro-calibre projectile;  5.45×39 mm (tula, russia) with a 7h6 micro-calibre projectile. these systems formed a limited sample of typical representatives of modern military rifle ammunition of small calibres, along with the most commonly used standard calibre pistol cartridge. 2.1.2. arrangement of the physical model a physical model was designed for the shooting tests, consisting of the following components:  gelatine block: a cube-shaped block of 20% ballistic gelatine with an edge length of 15 cm, containing a central segment of a porcine femur. each end of the femur segment was fitted with cylindrical nylon caps.  frame: constructed from two square pvc plates, each 15 mm thick and measuring 20 cm on each side, joined at the corners by four steel bolts with a diameter of 8 mm and a length of 180 mm. the inner (opposing) faces of the plates were equipped with centrally positioned cylindrical recesses, 5 mm deep and 50 mm in diameter. the use of a porcine femur in the heterogeneous physical model was carefully considered and scientifically justified based on biomechanical parameters. key properties such as the density, elasticity, and viscoelasticity of the porcine femur and ballistic gelatine were measured and compared with both animal and human tissues to ensure the realism of the model. beyond these parameters, additional characteristics, including the apparent density of bone tissue and its modulus of elasticity, were determined to further validate the suitability of these substitutes. these measurements, calculations, and the subsequent verification of the model's behaviour in ballistic experiments were documented and analysed in our previous publications, e.g. [24-27].. this groundwork provided a solid foundation for the current study, confirming that the mechanical responses of the porcine femur, when combined with 20% ballistic gelatine, closely replicate those of human femurs and soft tissues under dynamic conditions. the femora of three animal donors were processed by removing the proximal epiphyses (hip joint heads) and distal epiphyses (knee joint heads) through frontal cuts, resulting in three diaphyseal segments with the marrow cavity and its liquid content intact. this hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 139 prepared femoral diaphysis was fitted with cylindrical nylon caps, each with a diameter of 50 mm, a height of 15 mm, an inner cylindrical cavity 40 mm in diameter, and a depth of 5 mm. the secure connection between the bone and the nylon caps was achieved using a two-component adhesive ("dentacryl"). the arrangement of the prepared bone assembly is shown in figure 2 (left). three of the prepared bone segments were embedded in 20% gelatine inside a metal mould to the height of the bone samples (figure 2, right). figure 2. preparation of heterogeneous physical models for experimental shooting; left: assembly of the diaphyseal segment of the porcine femur before embedding in gelatine; right: a block of 20% gelatine containing three bone samples (overview) the preparation conditions for the ballistic gelatine (ambient temperature, ambient temperature and relative humidity) were monitored using a universal measuring device, gmh 3350. the gelatine block was cut into three separate blocks (figure 3, right), designated b1, b2, and b3. figure 3. processing of the compact gelatine block immediately after removal from the metal mold: left: measurement and marking of dividing planes; right: general view of the individual blocks (b1, b2, and b3) by placing the gelatine block into the frame and inserting the nylon caps into the central recesses of the pvc plates, while simultaneously tightening the bolts of the corner connectors, the desired boundary and initial conditions for the proper functionality of the physical model in the ballistic experiment were achieved. the elasticity of the nylon caps partially mimicked the cartilage of the removed joint connections, while the deformation of the gelatine block (δl=10 mm, 𝜖=6.7%) of its height simulated, to some extent, the intramuscular tension of the soft biological tissues surrounding the femur. 2.1.3. ballistic characteristics of the experiment the frame containing the test gelatine block with the embedded bone was placed on a table at a distance of x=4.5m from the muzzle of the ballistic test barrel and secured to prevent rearward displacement upon penetration of the projectile. the aim point (a white square target, 1 cm×1 cm) was precisely in the centre of the front face of the block, directly opposite the bone substitute. accurate targeting of the ballistic barrel was performed using a muzzle -mounted optical sight with direct illumination of the rear side of the target block. the objective was to ensure that all projectiles from the tested cartridges unequivocally struck the bone substitute within the block, capturing the entire trajectory of the projectile, including any development of the temporary cavity within the gelatine block. for each shot, the projectile velocity v2 (measured 2 metres in front of the ballistic test barrel muzzle) was recorded using intelligent ls 04 gates. this velocity was considered the impact velocity vv relative to the block's position. furthermore, the hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 140 velocity v6 (measured 6 metres in front of the test barrel muzzle) was recorded and treated as the exit velocity ve of the projectile. these velocity measurements aligned with the initial assumption that projectiles would penetrate individual blocks with surplus kinetic energy, achieving complete perforation of the test blocks. the arrangement of the shooting (measurement) station is illustrated in figure 4. figure 4. diagram of the shooting station (measurement) (shooting tunnel by prototypa-zm, s.r.o., brno) 2.1.4 ammunition used in the wound ballistics simulation 9 mm luger with a full metal jacket (fmj) projectile: manufactured by sellier & bellot, vlašim, czech republic. this cartridge was originally developed in 1902 by dwm for georg luger's military pistol, which was initially designed for the 7.65 mm parabellum calibre. the 9mm luger cartridge has been produced and remains in production in many countries in a variety of configurations, including military, defensive, and sporting ammunition. the manufacturer specifies an initial velocity of the projectile v0 of approximately 390 m.s−1, with a mass of the projectile of 7.5 g, resulting in a corresponding kinetic energy of e0 = 570 j. 5.56×45 mm (hunting equivalent: .223 remington) with a full metal jacket (fmj) projectile: this micro-calibre rifle cartridge was introduced alongside the m16a1 automatic rifle into the us army’s arsenal and was first deployed during the vietnam war. for the purposes of the ballistic experiment, a military-grade 5.56×45 mm cartridge manufactured by sellier & bellot was used, featuring an fmj projectile mass mq=4.0 g. the manufacturer states an initial projectile velocity v0, of approximately 945 ms-1, which yields a kinetic energy of e0 = 1 786 j. the projectile design, which includes a steel core in its forward section, significantly enhances penetration capability while maintaining considerable wounding potential. 5.45×39 mm soviet (russian) infantry cartridge: this micro-calibre cartridge was introduced in 1974 for the modernised kalashnikov assault rifle (ak-74) and the rpk-74 machine gun. the fmj projectile of this micro-calibre cartridge is highly sophisticated, offering exceptional accuracy and penetration. for the experiment, a cartridge with a basic 7h6 projectile was used, featuring a tombak-plated steel jacket, a long and soft steel core encased in a steel sleeve, and an air gap in the forward section. with a projectile mass of mq=3.42g, the initial velocity v0 is approximately 880 m.s−1, resulting in a kinetic energy of e0 = 1 336 j. the fundamental design and ballistic parameters of the ammunition used in the experiment are summarised in table 1. the cartridges were shot sequentially from the ballistic test barrels in prepared test blocks (heterogeneous physical models) made of surrogate biological tissue encased in a rigid frame. before shooting, the barrel axis was aligned with the aim point located at the centre of the front (impact) surface of the test block. the key design and ballistic parameters of the ballistic test barrels used in the shooting experiment are presented in table 2. 1. ballistic test barrel: used for shooting the test ammunition with precise control and alignment. 2. physical model of the thigh segment: the prepared gelatine block containing bone samples simulating part of a thigh. 3. ls 04 gates for measuring projectile velocity v2): positioned 2 meters in front of the test barrel muzzle to record the projectile's impact velocity relative to the block. 4. ls 04 gates for measuring projectile velocity vv): positioned 6 meters in front of the test barrel muzzle to capture the projectile's exit velocity. 5. projectile trajectory: the direct path taken by the projectile from the ballistic test barrel, passing through the gelatine block and exiting on the opposite side, with measurements capturing both the impact and exit velocities. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 141 table 1. basic design and ballistic data of the ammunition used in the ballistic experiment (values as specified by the ammunition manufacturers) cartridge projectile propellant velocity ke designation manufacturer type core i core ii jacket mq type 𝝎 v0 e0 [1] [1] [1] [1] [1] [1] [g] [1] [g] [m.s-1] [j] 9 mm luger s&b; vlašim fmj pbsb0,5 cuzn30 7.5 d-032 spherical 0.33 390 570 5.56×45 s&b; vlašim fmj steel pbsb3 cuzn10 4.0 tubural 1.63 945 1786 5.45×39 tula, rusko fmj soft steel pbsb3 cuzn10 3.42 spherical 1.41 880 1324 table 2. design and ballistic parameters of ballistic barrels (provided by prototypa-zm, s.r.o., brno) test ballistic barrels d 1) lhl 2) number of grooves groove twist rate calibre number [mm] [mm] [in] [calibre] [1] [mm] [in] [calibre] r 9 mm parabellum h 028 8.82 201 7.87 22,7 6 250.0 9.85 28.34 r 5.56×45 nato h 027 5.56 508 20.0 91,4 6 177.8 6.97 31.98 r 5.45×39 h 7891 5.40 385 15.16 71,3 4 255.0 10.03 47.22 notes: 1) the diameter (d) of the ballistic test barrel is measured between opposite lands; 2) the rifled length of the ballistic test barrel. 3. literature review the experimental representation of a real object, such as a human body, by a physical model that closely mimics its physical and mechanical properties and geometric configuration forms the basis of the indirect identification method. this approach is critical to studying the wounding effects of ammunition of small calibres on living organisms. in the early development of wound ballistics, the primary method of assessing the wounding effects of ammunition of small calibres involved simulating its impact on vital biological tissues. experimental animals, their isolated organs, or, less frequently, human cadavers were used for this purpose [28]. the use of animals presents challenges when extrapolating results to human conditions. to achieve relevant results, it is necessary to select an animal species that closely approximates humans in size, tissue structure, and the distribution of vital organs. in the czech republic, the experimental use of animals is regulated by act no. 246/1992 coll. on the protection of animals against cruelty [29]. over time, these methods were complemented by the use of physical models that simulate the anatomical structures of the human body through their configuration and ballistic properties. initially, homogeneous physical models were used, but have gradually been replaced by heterogeneous models that better simulate complex gunshot injuries, where projectiles interact with soft tissues and bones or with major blood vessels [30]. today, various substitute materials such as ballistic gelatine, soap, or mixtures of petrolatum and paraffin are used to replicate the mechanical properties of biological tissues [31]. these materials facilitate standardised tests and comparisons of results without the ethical dilemmas associated with using living organisms [32]. accurate assessment of wounding potential requires quantified methods that consider factors such as the kinetic energy of the projectile after impact, the penetration depth, the maximum width of the temporary cavity, and the momentum of the projectile. these parameters provide a comprehensive understanding of the capacity of a projectile to cause tissue and organ damage [33]. in recent years, research has also focused on the effect of shooting distance on wounding potential, especially for airguns. studies show that as the shooting distance increases, the projectile velocity decreases, thus reducing its kinetic energy and its ability to inflict injury [34]. these findings are crucial for forensic analyses and the development of safety standards [35]. another significant aspect is the design and material composition of the projectile, as well as its ability to deform upon tissue penetration. certain modern projectiles are designed to deform or fragment upon impact, significantly increasing their wounding effect [36]. however, such designs can conflict with international humanitarian law, which prohibits the use of ammunition that causes excessive suffering [37]. ethical and legal considerations play a pivotal role in the development and testing of new types of ammunition [38]. international treaties such as the hague and geneva conventions set rules for the use of weapons and ammunition to minimise unnecessary suffering. these standards impact not only military operations, but also the civilian sector, where the use of certain types of ammunition is heavily restricted or completely banned [39]. in the field of experimental wound ballistics, it is crucial to continuously update and refine methods to assess the wounding potential of projectiles [40]. this includes the development of novel surrogate materials, advanced modelling techniques, and standardised testing protocols [41]. the objective is to achieve the most accurate and reproducible results possible, which can be applied in medicine, forensic sciences, and the development of ballistic protective equipment for humans [42]. the evaluation of the wounding potential of projectiles of small calibres is a complex discipline that requires an interdisciplinary approach that encompasses physics, biomechanics, medicine, and ethics. advances in this field contribute to a deeper understanding of the mechanisms of gunshot injuries and to the development of more effective protective and therapeutic strategies [43]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 142 4. results & discussion the evaluation of the results of the shooting experiment focused on the following aspects:  measured impact and exit velocities: the velocity values achieved by individual projectiles were recorded. the difference between these measured velocities enables the determination of the kinetic energy transferred epř by the projectile to the target medium, which reflects the extent of expected changes in the affected tissues.  shape and position of the projectile channel (permanent cavity): the assessment included the shape and position of the permanent cavity and, in the case of temporary cavity formation (presence of radial cracks), its size (volume).  extensive extent of bone tissue damage: the degree of damage to the femur caused by the penetrating projectile was evaluated, including the characteristics of the resulting ballistic fractures.  presence of bone fractures and projectile fragments: the study considered the occurrence of bone fragments and projectile fragments (secondary projectiles) around the projectile channel and their impact on the extent of soft tissue damage within the temporary cavity region. to quantitatively assess the effects of each projectile subjected to wound ballistic investigation, predictions were made regarding the development of two types of gunshot injuries to the human lower limb (thigh) involving the femur after direct impact: 1. complex gunshot injury to the human thigh with direct femur impact by a slow pistol projectile: a pistol cartridge projectile that penetrates the lower extremity at subsonic velocity. 2. complex gunshot injury to the human thigh involving the femur caused by a high-speed micro-calibre rifle projectile: a rifle cartridge projectile traversing the affected limb at a distinctly supersonic velocity. the wounding action of the projectile is accompanied by extensive destruction of bone structures and surrounding soft tissues due to the formation of a temporary cavity and secondary projectiles. 4.1. 9 mm luger with a full metal jacket (fmj) projectile: manufactured by sellier & bellot, vlašim, czech republic the projectile impacted the front surface of the block with a velocity of vd = 381,4 m.s−1 (ed = 545,5 j), penetrated the block stably, and exited the gelatine block after passing through the bone with a exit velocity of vv = 66,1 m.s−1 (ev = 16,4 j). from the measured values, the kinetic energy transferred to the penetrated medium was analytically calculated as epř = 529 j. the projectile channel was narrow, closed, and featured a small temporary cavity that maintained the direction of the shot. as the projectile progressed through the block, it lost energy evenly, except during the bone penetration phase. the ballistic experiment demonstrated the limited penetration ability of the 7.5 g projectile when a bone obstructs its path. during its penetration, the projectile lost a substantial portion of its impact energy (approximately 97%). the recovered projectile remained unchanged in mass after penetration, with deformation limited to flattening of the parabolic nose (figure 5). figure 5. shape of the fmj projectile of the 9 mm luger pistol cartridge (sellier & bellot, vlašim, czech republic): left: before impact on the gelatine block; right: after penetrating the gelatine block with the embedded bone substitute following the shooting, the gelatine block was removed from the frame and transported to the department of forensic medicine in brno, where x-ray of the compact physical model block containing the perforated bone were taken (see figure 6). a simple gunshot wound to the thigh (affecting only soft tissues) will probably become complicated if the femur is impacted by the projectile. x-ray and digital photographs (figures 6 and 7) reveal the formation of a gunshot fracture in the femur. the x-ray clearly displays the entry wound and the lines of a comminuted gunshot fracture. the fracture is complex and characterised by the formation of complex fracture lines and numerous small bone fragments. these fragments may contribute to additional damage to surrounding muscle tissues or blood vessels located near the affected bone. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 143 figure 6. x-ray images of the compact gelatine block with a femur perforation by a full metal jacket (fmj) projectile from a 9 mm luger pistol cartridge (sellier & bellot, vlašim, czech republic): left: anteroposterior x-ray image; centre: posteroanterior x-ray image: right: lateral x-ray projection. given that the injury involves a perforation (an open projectile channel), the overall clinical condition of the injured individual is likely to be further complicated by the onset of sepsis. this may result from the suction of debris and contaminated water vapours from the external environment as a result of the pulsations of the temporary cavity. figure 7. longitudinal section of the bone gelatine block along the longitudinal axis of the projectile channel (the figure reveals an extensive comminuted fracture of the femur, located just below the head of the proximal epiphysis) 4.2. 5.56×45 mm (hunting equivalent: 0.223 remington) with a full metal jacket (fmj) projectile the ss 109 projectile, developed by the belgian company f. n. herstal, features a specific construction with a steel core in the front section and a lead filling in the rear section. it is a component of modern micro-calibre ammunition designed for use with the upgraded m16 a2 automatic assault rifle. the rifle's barrel has a progressive rifling twist with a shorter twist rate (6.97 inches), ensuring excellent projectile stability and high penetration capability. the projectile of the experimentally used cartridge achieved an impact velocity of vd = 938 m.s−1 (ed = 1 760 j) when striking the gelatine block (b2). the initial segment of the projectile channel within the gelatine, located before the bone, was narrow and straight. upon impact with the bone, the projectile produced an explosive effect, resulting in the complete destruction of the bone substitute and severe damage to the gelatine block. this impact led to the disintegration of the unsupported upper plate of the frame into four pieces and the bending of all steel bolts. however, the lower pvc plate that forms the base of the physical model frame remained intact (see figure 8). the results of the experiment indicate a high probability of extensive destruction of bone tissues and surrounding muscle tissues in a thigh with bone involvement when struck by this projectile. the extent of damage correlates with the dimensions of the temporary cavity. in this case, the loss of the femur substitute spanned 90 mm of its length, with all bone fragments located within the projectile channel (temporary cavity). this assessment highlights the significant influence of the temporary cavity on the extent of tissue damage to the femur, which, at the moment of impact by the high-speed micro-calibre projectile, was located within the cavity. conditions for the development of the temporary cavity were highly favourable, given the presence of liquid structures (bone marrow) within the narrow cavity of the femur substitute. this allowed for the full development of the explosive effect upon direct bone impact, where the bone acted as a piston within a hydraulic system. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 144 figure 8. physical model of the thigh with bone substitution immediately after perforation with the ss 109 micro-calibre cartridge (5.56×45 mm, sellier & bellot, vlašim, czech republic): left: view of the front surface of the gelatine block in the physical model; right: gelatine block with the upper frame plate removed, showing extensive destruction of the femur substitute. 4.3. micro-calibre 7h6 projectile from the 5.45×39 mm rifle cartridge (tula, russia) although it had a lower mass and initial velocity (and therefore lower initial kinetic energy) compared to the ss 109 projectile of the 5.56×45 mm cartridge with a similar ballistic performance class, the effects of the 7h6 projectile on the biological target were comparable, if not superior. the 7h6 projectile, with a mass of mq=3.42, impacted the front surface of the gelatine block at vd = 902,2 m.s−1 (ed = 1 392 j) and struck the bone in the proximal metaphysis region while traversing the physical model. although the projectile had a slightly lower mass (by 0.08 g) and impact energy (by approximately 400 j) compared to the ss 109 projectile, its effect on bone tissues was comparable to that of the american cartridge. a distinctive feature of this projectile's effect is the significant extent of the temporary cavity, as demonstrated by its size (length) and the density of radial cracks in the gelatine block. the temporary cavity occupied more than 50% of the total volume of the gelatine block. the impact of the cavity, combined with the unique structural characteristics of the projectile (longer overall length and long soft steel core), resulted in extensive destruction of bone tissues comparable to the effects of the previously evaluated ss 109 projectile (see figure 9). figure 9. cross section of a gelatine block with bone substitute at the site of the gunshot channel caused by a 7h6 rifle cartridge projectile, calibre 5.45×39 (tula, russia) upon removing the gelatine block from the frame, numerous bone fragments were observed on both opposing surfaces, having been expelled from the internal area around the nylon cups. additionally, some fragments of bone tissue were forced out of the block in the direction of the shot due to the pressure exerted by the advancing projectile. these fragments were found on the substrate behind the physical model. an evaluation of the effects of micro-calibre projectiles from both rifle cartridges reveals their comparable wounding effects on the bone substitute and surrounding soft tissues. however, these effects were achieved through different projectile mechanisms upon impact with the target. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 145 although the ss 109 projectile acts as a cohesive projectile on the gelatine block only during the initial penetration phase (until the projectile impacts the rigid bone), the 7h6 projectile remains mass-stable throughout its penetration of the physical model. the temporary cavity in the block did not contain any fragments of the 7h6 projectile body (see figure 8). the ballistic experiment showed that the ss 109 projectile fractured immediately after impacting the bone, splitting into two halves just behind the steel core. the front part of the projectile (the tip with the core) continued independently and deviated noticeably from the shooting direction after penetrating the entire block. the rear portion of the projectile (the lead core), which makes up almost 60% of its total mass, was fragmented into small pieces that were evenly distributed within the gunshot channel and its immediate vicinity. the ballistic experiment, which focused on simulating the direct effects of projectiles of small calibres on a femur using a heterogeneous physical model, provided significant insight into the mechanisms of bone tissue and surrounding soft tissue damage. the results demonstrated that tissue devastation is significantly influenced by the type and construction of the projectile. a 9 mm luger handgun projectile exhibited limited wounding effects, with a narrow gunshot channel and minimal temporary cavity volume. on the contrary, micro-calibre rifle projectiles, specifically 5.56×45 (ss 109) and 5.45×39 (7h6), caused substantially more extensive tissue devastation, including significant bone fragmentation and the formation of extensive temporary cavities. this effect was particularly pronounced with the 5.56×45 projectile, which achieved a high impact kinetic energy and fragmented when hitting the substitution model, thus significantly increasing the extent of tissue damage. a key finding was the impact of the presence of liquid structures within the marrow cavity of the femur on the extent of its damage. the liquid content within the bone acted as a medium for kinetic energy transfer, leading to a hydrodynamic effect and subsequent devastation of the bone tissue. this phenomenon corroborates previous studies that highlight the importance of the temporary cavity in gunshot wounds [42, 43]. the results of this study confirm that the type and construction of a projectile significantly influence the mechanisms of damage to both bone and soft tissue. a direct comparison of the effects of small-calibre pistol projectile and microcalibre projectiles clearly demonstrates that the higher kinetic energy and specific design of ammunition of small calibres result in more extensive tissue devastation. although the 9 mm luger pistol projectile caused limited tissue destruction with a narrow gunshot channel and a small temporary cavity, micro-projectiles 5.56×45 ss 109 and 5.45×39 7h6 created significantly larger temporary cavities and extensive comminuted bone fractures. 4.4. mechanisms of destruction and their interpretation high-velocity supersonic projectiles use the transfer of kinetic energy to create a pronounced temporary cavity, formed by the rapid expansion of surrounding tissues as the projectile penetrates. this expansion generates pressure waves that cause secondary damage to both soft and hard tissues [22]. the presence of liquid content in the medullary cavity significantly contributes to the hydrodynamic effect, amplifying the devastation of bone tissue. this mechanism is corroborated by kneubuehl et al. [42], who describe fluid pressure transfer as a key factor in comminuted fractures. the 5.56×45 ss 109 projectile is characterised by significant fragmentation of its body, which increases the general extent of tissue damage. sellier et al. [5] emphasises that projectile fragmentation has a critical impact on secondary projectiles, thus broadening the scope of damage to surrounding tissues. in contrast, the 5.45×39 7h6 projectile remained mass-stable, leading to a different mechanism of destruction, effectively using a longer temporary cavity and energy transfer to a larger tissue volume. moravanský et al. [44] also highlight the differences in projectile effects on tissues depending on their fragmentation properties. the factors contributing to the "twice as much" destruction of bone tissue caused by micro-calibre projectiles, compared to small-calibre pistol ammunition, extend beyond their impact kinetic energy. the pronounced effects of micro-calibre projectiles on dense bone tissue are amplified by two critical stability-related mechanisms: mass instability and motion instability. the ss 109 micro-calibre projectile exhibits mass instability due to its tendency to fragment upon impact. this fragmentation generates secondary projectiles that spread within the bone tissue and surrounding areas, significantly expanding the damage zone. however, the 7h6 micro-calibre projectile demonstrates motion instability, as it deviates substantially from its velocity vector upon penetration of the tissue. this tumbling effect causes an irregular energy distribution within the bone, amplifying mechanical damage by generating additional shear forces and unpredictable fracture patterns. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 146 the magnitude of kinetic energy at the moment of impact is a crucial determinant of the mechanical effect on bone. for micro-calibre projectiles, their high impact velocities markedly supersonic allow them to transfer substantial energy to the tissue in a short time frame, creating extensive damage zones. the rapid release of energy also contributes to the formation of a temporary cavity in the surrounding tissue, a phenomenon that exerts significant pressure waves and further intensifies the destruction of bone and soft tissues. in contrast, the 9 mm luger pistol small-calibre projectile, with its full metal jacket design, is relatively slower, with an impact velocity close to the sound velocity in air (342 m/s). this projectile maintains stability in terms of mass, shape, and motion during penetration, leading to a significantly smaller mechanical effect on both soft and hard tissues. its relatively slow velocity limits the formation of a temporary cavity and results in a more localised and less destructive injury pattern. the combination of mass fragmentation and motion instability in micro-calibre projectiles, along with their high kinetic energy, underscores their devastating effects on bone tissue. this knowledge is critical to advance ballistic models, improving protective technologies, and improve the understanding of gunshot wound mechanisms in medical and forensic applications. 4.5. comparison with homogeneous substituent models the use of a heterogeneous physical model in this study represents a significant advancement in realistic simulation of the effects of projectiles on human tissues, including the formation of complex injuries. homogeneous models, such as ballistic gelatine without bone substitutes, provide only limited information about the interaction of projectiles with rigid tissues. lavrov et al. [30] demonstrated that homogeneous models often overestimate the extent of the temporary cavity because they do not account for the structural strength of the bones and their influence on the propagation of pressure waves. 4.6. comparison with previous studies comparison of this study with previous research confirms that heterogeneous substitute models are better suited to replicate the real-world conditions of complex gunshot injuries. zaseck et al. [22] found that the presence of bone in models significantly affects the mechanisms of propagation of pressure waves and the formation of temporary cavities. study [4] described that high-velocity (markedly supersonic) projectiles with body fragmentation result in a larger volume of tissue damage, aligning with the findings of this study. the results revealed significantly greater tissue destruction when micro-calibre rifle projectiles (ss 109 and 7h6) were used compared to the 9 mm luger pistol small-calibre projectile. this increased destruction was primarily due to the higher impact kinetic energy of micro-calibre projectiles and their ability to generate extensive temporary cavities. the temporary cavity is a critical phenomenon that influences the extent of injury, as it affects the surrounding tissues through pressure waves and generates secondary projectiles in the form of bone fragments and projectile debris. these findings are consistent with studies [42, 45-47], which highlight the importance of energy parameters and their impact on injury severity. furthermore, similar results were published by moravanský et al. [46]. the authors noted that cavity size and energy transfer are directly correlated with projectile velocity and material composition. babich et al. [48] and chu et al. [49] emphasised the importance of material interactions, particularly in cases involving heterogeneous models, as the bone rigidity and marrow cavity amplify hydrodynamic effects. the presence of liquid structures in the bone marrow cavity was a significant factor that amplified the effects of the temporary cavity, contributing to comminuted fractures. this hydrodynamic effect, in which fluids transfer the kinetic energy to surrounding structures, was also confirmed in previous studies [19, 22, 43]. similar findings published by du et al. [50] and valeika et al. [51] corroborated the role of liquid mediums in amplifying energy transfer, showing that injuries are significantly more severe in models containing fluidfilled cavities. the fragmentary properties of the ss 109 and 7h6 projectiles demonstrated different damage mechanisms. ss 109 exhibited pronounced fragmentation, while 7h6 remained mass stable but lost its stability during penetration, resulting in varying damage distributions. this observation aligns with observations published by igansi et al. [52] and sekar et al. [53]. authors of these studies explored projectile stability as a factor in heterogeneous damage distributions. despite the valuable results, the study had certain limitations, including a small number of test samples and a limited range of projectiles used. these constraints could be addressed in future research by incorporating a broader spectrum of ammunition and a larger number of experimental samples. supplementing experiments with high-speed cameras and numerical simulations could enable a more detailed analysis of the dynamics of the projectile channel and pressure waves, contributing to a deeper understanding of biomechanical damage mechanisms. expanding upon these parameters could further validate the relevance of the findings and ensure the model's applicability in forensic and medical contexts. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 147 5. conclusions ballistic experiment using a heterogeneous physical model to simulate the wounding effects of projectiles of small calibres has provided significant advances in understanding the biomechanics of projectile impacts. the study successfully validated the model's ability to replicate realistic interactions between projectiles and bone-soft tissue composites under dynamic conditions, enhancing its utility for experimental wound ballistics. key findings of the research include the identification of significant differences in tissue and bone damage between pistol and micro-calibre rifle projectiles. micro-calibre projectiles, such as the 5.56×45 mm ss 109 and 5.45×39 mm 7h6, exhibited superior tissue destruction capabilities compared to the 9 mm luger pistol ammunition, primarily due to their higher kinetic energy and ability to create extensive temporary cavities. this phenomenon emphasises the role of projectile energy and design in determining the severity of gunshot injuries. furthermore, the study highlighted the hydrodynamic effects of liquid structures within the medullary cavity of bones, demonstrating their critical role in amplifying the extent of tissue and bone destruction. these findings corroborate earlier research on the dynamics of temporary cavities and extend our understanding of the interaction between ballistic energy and biological tissues. the implications of this research are multifaceted. in forensic science, the model provides a reliable tool for reconstructing shooting incidents and assessing wound patterns. for the security and healthcare sectors, insights into projectile effects are invaluable for designing advanced protective equipment and developing injury mitigation strategies. despite its contributions, the study acknowledges limitations, including a restricted variety of projectiles and sample sizes. future research should integrate a broader range of ammunition, advanced numerical simulations, and high-speed imaging to deepen the understanding of ballistic impacts. expanding the experimental framework to include additional biomechanical parameters will further enhance the applicability in interdisciplinary contexts. this study underscores the potential of innovative physical models to bridge the gaps between experimental data and real-world applications, marking a significant step forward in the fields of experimental ballistics, forensic analysis, and protective equipment development. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, l.j., k.p., d.m., and o.v.; methodology, l.j. and k.p.; investigation, d.m. and o.v.; writing— original draft preparation, l.j., k.p., d.m., and o.v.; writing—review and editing, l.j., k.p., d.m., and o.v. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. acknowledgements the authors thank dti university, slovakia for supporting this work.. 6.5. ethical considerations ethical aspects are another critical point of discussion. the use of biological substitutes combined with ballistic gelatine allows the minimisation of experiments on live animals, which is in line with current legislation and ethical principles [29, 46]. this approach is further supported by maiden [38]. authors emphasise the importance of ethical and practical solutions in wound ballistics. 6.6. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved in the study. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 148 7. references [1] zapletal, l., & hanuliaková, j. (2015). sociologisch-pedagogische grundlage und pädagogische aufgaben der manager. ste.con, karlsruhe, germany. [2] coupland, r. (1991). the red cross wound classification. international committee of the red cross (icrc), geneva, switzerland. [3] berryman, h. e. (2019). a systematic approach to the interpretation of gunshot wound trauma to the cranium. forensic science international, 301, 306-317. doi:10.1016/j.forsciint.2019.05.019. [4] huelke, d. f., harger, j. h., buege, l. j., & dingman, h. g. (1968). an experimental study in bio-ballistics: femoral fractures produced by projectiles-ii shaft impacts. journal of biomechanics, 1(4), 313–321. doi:10.1016/0021-9290(68)90025-0. [5] sellier, k. g., kneubuehl, b. p., & haag, l. c. (1995). wound ballistics and the scientific background. in the american journal of forensic medicine and pathology, 16(4), 13. doi:10.1097/00000433-199512000-00013. [6] di maio, v. j. m. (2015). gunshot wounds: practical aspects of firearms, ballistics, and forensic techniques, third edition. in gunshot wounds: practical aspects of firearms, ballistics, and forensic techniques. crc press. doi:10.4324/9780367805715. [7] tong, j., kedar, s., ghate, d., & gu, l. (2019). indirect traumatic optic neuropathy induced by primary blast: a fluid–structure interaction study. journal of biomechanical engineering, 141(10), 101011. doi:10.1115/1.4043668. [8] macpherson, d. (2017). projectile penetration: modeling the dynamics and consequences of projectiles. ballistic publishing, adelaide, south australia. [9] sangeetha, m., gavurová, b., sekar, m., al-ansari, m. m., al-humaid, l. a., le, q. h., ... & jhanani, g. k. (2023). production of hydrogen as value added product from the photovoltaic thermal system operated with graphene nanoparticles: an experimental study. fuel, 334, 126792. doi:10.1016/j.fuel.2022.126792. [10] sun, y., wang, j., & chen, z. biomechanical responses of bone tissue under ballistic impacts: simulation and experimental validation. international journal of biomechanics, 42(3), 231–244. doi:10.1016/j.ijbiomech.2020.03.001. [11] santos, a., ramos, p., fernandes, l., magalhães, t., almeida, a., & sousa, a. (2015). firing distance estimation based on the analysis of gsr distribution on the target surface using icp-ms-an experimental study with a 7.65 mm × 17 mm browning pistol (32 acp). forensic science international, 247(1), 62–68. doi:10.1016/j.forsciint.2014.12.006. [12] zysset, p. k., guo, x. e., hoffler, c. e., moore, k. e., & goldstein, s. a. (1999). elastic modulus and hardness of cortical and trabecular bone lamellae measured by nanoindentation in the human femur. journal of biomechanics, 32(10), 1005-1012. doi:10.1016/s0021-9290(99)00111-6. [13] zapletal, l. (2020). etika v souvislostech dneška. nová forma, týn nad vltavou, czech republic. [14] beneš, a. (1980). chirurgie (válečné lékařské obory). naše vojsko, praha, czech republic. [15] shen, t., wu, y., alahmadi, t. a., alharbi, s. a., maroušek, j., xia, c., & praveenkumar, t. r. (2023). assessment of combustion and acoustic characteristics of scenedesmus dimorphus blended with hydrogen fuel on internal combustion engine. journal of energy resources technology, transactions of the asme, 145(5), 52302. doi:10.1115/1.4056446. [16] yi-chia, l., sekar, m., chinnathambi, a., nasif, o., gavurová, b., jhanani, g. k., brindhadevi, k., & lan chi, n. t. (2023). role of chicken fat waste and hydrogen energy ratio as the potential alternate fuel with nano-additives: insights into resources and atmospheric remediation process. environmental research, 216, 114742. doi:10.1016/j.envres.2022.114742. [17] maroušek, j., maroušková, a., gavurová, b., tuček, d., & strunecký, o. (2023). competitive algae biodiesel depends on advances in mass algae cultivation. bioresource technology, 374, 128802. doi:10.1016/j.biortech.2023.128802. [18] hu, y., wang, x., zhang, s., liu, z., hu, t., wang, x., peng, x., dai, h., wu, j., & hu, f. (2024). iron-carbon micro-electrolysis material enhanced high-solid anaerobic digestion: performance and microbial mechanism. biochemical engineering journal, 201, 109132. doi:10.1016/j.bej.2023.109132. [19] zhang, g., liu, j., pan, x., abed, a. m., le, b. n., ali, h. e., & ge, y. (2023). latest avenues and approaches for biohydrogen generation from algal towards sustainable energy optimization: recent innovations, artificial intelligence, challenges, and future perspectives. international journal of hydrogen energy, 48(55), 20988–21003. doi:10.1016/j.ijhydene.2022.10.224. [20] zhao, q., han, f., you, z., huang, y., & she, x. (2023). evaluation of the relationship of wastewater treatment and biodiesel production by microalgae cultivated in the photobioreactor. fuel, 350, 128750. doi:10.1016/j.fuel.2023.128750. [21] amedei, a., meli, e., rindi, a., & pucci, e. (2021). a methodology to characterize modal damping in vibrating systems: application to the case of gas turbine combustion chambers. journal of engineering for gas turbines and power, 143(1), 51010. doi:10.1115/1.4049229. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 149 [22] zaseck, l. w., bonifas, a. c., miller, c. s., orton, n. r., reed, m. p., demetropoulos, c. k., ... & rupp, j. d. (2020). kinematic and biomechanical response of post-mortem human subjects under various pre-impact postures to high-rate vertical loading conditions (no. 2019-22-0010). sae technical paper, united states. [23] juříček, l. (2017). wound ballistics: technical, forensic and criminalistic aspects. key publishing, ostrava, czech republic. [24] juříček, l., bočková, k., ficek, m., lajčin, d., moravanský, n., & zapletal, l. (2020). the projectiles wounding potential and safety management. sts science centre ltd, great britain. [25] juříček, l., & moravanský, n. (2015). ballistic simulation on direct effects of small arms projectiles on human bone tissue. polish journal of health and fitness, 1(1), 72-82. [26] ficek, m., juříček, l., & michala, m. (2018). expansion weapons and their wounding potential. annals of daaam and proceedings of the international daaam symposium, 29(1), 786–790. doi:10.2507/29th.daaam.proceedings.114. [27] juříček, l., bočková, k., zapletal, l., & ficek, m. (2022). methods of indirect identification in the hand of a crisis manager in the context of sociological aspects. sar journal science and research, 5(4), 183–193. doi:10.18421/sar54-03. [28] klein, m. (2005). ranivá balistika: historie a současné přístupy. academia, praha, czech republic. [29] billich, r. (2019). simulation and experimental evaluation of the effects of small-caliber ammunition occurring under ballistic protective equipment. diplomová práce, univerzita karlova, prague, czech republic. [30] lavrov, a. s., khomyakov, a. p., & mordanov, s. v. (2020). simulation of the solid phase distribution and non-stationary heating of the reactive mass in the conversion apparatus. aip conference proceedings, 2313(2), 234–245. doi:10.1063/5.0032840. [31] zecheru, t., său, c., lăzăroaie, c., zaharia, c., rotariu, t., & stănescu, p. o. (2016). novel formulations of ballistic gelatin. 1. rheological properties. forensic science international, 263, 204-210. doi:10.1016/j.forsciint.2016.04.023. [32] qiao, y., wang, j., lei, d., nie, s., wei, z., gong, l., ... & liu, z. (2025). ballistic penetration behavior of a novel tissue analogs paraffin target: experiment, simulation, and theory. journal of applied polymer science, e56685. doi:10.1002/app.56685. [33] ninnemann, e., koroglu, b., pryor, o., barak, s., nash, l., loparo, z., ... & vasu, s. (2018). new insights into the shock tube ignition of h2/o2 at low to moderate temperatures using high-speed end-wall imaging. combustion and flame, 187, 11-21. doi:10.1016/j.combustflame.2017.08.021. [34] ficek, j. (2022). the effect of shooting distance on the kinetic energy of a bullet in air guns. forenzní balistika, 12(3), 45–56. [35] kaur, g., mukherjee, d., & moza, b. (2023). a comprehensive review of wound ballistics: mechanisms, effects, and advancements. international journal of medical toxicology & legal medicine, 26(3-4), 189-196. doi:10.5958/09744614.2023.00071.2. [36] yunfei, d., wei, z., yonggang, y., & gang, w. (2014). the ballistic performance of metal plates subjected to impact by projectiles of different strength. materials & design, 58, 305-315. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2013.12.073. [37] bourke, j. (2017). theorizing ballistics: ethics, emotions, and weapons scientists. history and theory, 56(4), 135-151. doi:10.1111/hith.12042. [38] maiden, n. (2009). historical overview of wound ballistics research. forensic science, medicine, and pathology, 5, 85-89. doi:10.1007/s12024-009-9090-z [39] karger, b. (2008). forensic ballistics. forensic pathology reviews, 139-172. doi:10.1007/978-1-59745-110-9_9. [40] anderson jr, c. e., & bodner, s. r. (1988). ballistic impact: the status of analytical and numerical modeling. international journal of impact engineering, 7(1), 9-35. doi:10.1016/0734-743x(88)90010-3. [41] crouch, i. g., & eu, b. (2017). ballistic testing methodologies. the science of armour materials, 639-673. doi:10.1016/b9780-08-100704-4.00011-6. [42] kneubuehl, b. p., coupland, r. m., rothschild, m. a., & thali, m. j. (2008). wundballistik. grundlagen und anwendungen. 3., vollständig überarbeitete und erweiterte auflage. springer-verlag, berlin, germany. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-85755-3. [43] fackler, m. l. (1988). wound ballistics: a review of common misconceptions. jama, 259(18), 2730-2736. doi:10.1001/jama.1988.03720180056033 [44] moravanský, n., juříček, l., rekeň, v., dohnal, p., kováč, p., zummerová, a. (2015). experimental wound ballistics of ricochet projectiles: report of continuing studies. 23rd congress of the international academy of legal medicine, dubai international convention & exhibition centre, dubai, united arab emirates. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 150 [45] moravanský, n., laciaková, l., kováč, p., čentéš, j., rekeň, v. (2021). the forensic power of medical evidence and the most common expert errors. justičná revue, 73(2), 232–241. [46] moravanský, n., laciaková, l., rekeň, v., juříček, l., kováč, p., vrtík, l., & čentéš, j. (2022). expert witnesses professional and methodological mistakes in medical malpractice cases. studia prawnoustrojowe, 58(58), 334–348. doi:10.31648/sp.8191. [47] tang, w., tang, z., qian, h., huang, c., & he, y. c. (2023). implementing dilute acid pretreatment coupled with solid acid catalysis and enzymatic hydrolysis to improve bioconversion of bamboo shoot shells. bioresource technology, 381, 129167. doi:10.1016/j.biortech.2023.129167. [48] babich, o., ivanova, s., michaud, p., budenkova, e., kashirskikh, e., anokhova, v., & sukhikh, s. (2024). fermentation of microand macroalgae as a way to produce value-added products. biotechnology reports, 41, 827. doi:10.1016/j.btre.2023.e00827. [49] chu, y., li, s., xie, p., chen, x., li, x., & ho, s. h. (2023). new insight into the concentration-dependent removal of multiple antibiotics by chlorella sorokiniana. bioresource technology, 385, 129409. doi:10.1016/j.biortech.2023.129409. [50] du, w., wang, j., feng, y., duan, w., wang, z., chen, y., zhang, p., & pan, b. (2023). biomass as residential energy in china: current status and future perspectives. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 186, 113657. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2023.113657. [51] valeika, g., matijošius, j., orynycz, o., rimkus, a., kilikevičius, a., & tucki, k. (2024). compression ignition internal combustion engine’s energy parameter research using variable (hvo) biodiesel and biobutanol fuel blends. energies, 17(1), 262. doi:10.3390/en17010262. [52] igansi, a. v., da silva, p. p., engelmann, j. i., moraes, p. s., da silveira, n., corrêa, r. g. de f., de souza, j. s., de almeida pinto, l. a., paes, r. l., & sant’anna cadaval, t. r. (2024). biodiesel and fishmeal from nile tilapia waste: process, technoeconomic, and monte carlo analyses. biofuels, bioproducts and biorefining, 18(1), 70–86. doi:10.1002/bbb.2549. [53] sekar, m., & t r, p. (2024). critical review on the formations and exposure of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pahs) in the conventional hydrocarbon-based fuels: prevention and control strategies. chemosphere, 350, 141005. doi:10.1016/j.chemosphere.2023.141005. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1055 issn: 2723-9535 cryptocurrency forecasting using deep learning models: a comparative analysis rachid bourday 1* , issam aatouchi 1 , mounir ait kerroum 1, ali zaaouat 1 1 computer science research laboratory, faculty of sciences, ibn tofail university, kenitra, morocco. received 03 april 2024; revised 04 november 2024; accepted 09 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract bitcoin has recently grown to prominence as a decentralized digital currency, attracting significant interest for its potential transformation of the financial market. forecasting bitcoin's price is crucial for investors, traders, and academics, given the currency's inherent volatility, which makes accurately predicting future prices challenging. this article aims to provide a comprehensive and comparative analysis of deep learning forecasting models in order to predict bitcoin prices in the short and medium terms: transformer with xgboost, transformer with ann, transformer with lstm, and transformer with svr. this study is the first to explore the effectiveness of transformer-based architectures, particularly focusing on feature extraction, in complex financial market predictions. therefore, we trained these models using historical bitcoin data from 2016 to 2023 and evaluated their performance on a test dataset. our experiments demonstrate that the transformer with the xgboost model outperforms the baseline models, achieving a mean absolute error (mae) of 0.011 and a root mean squared error (rmse) of 0.018. our findings suggest that the use of advanced deep learning techniques effectively manages the complexities of the cryptocurrency market, offering significant improvements over traditional methods and guiding investors in the cryptocurrency markets. keywords: forecasting; deep learning; machine learning; transformer; lstm; xgboost. 1. introduction bitcoin is one of the first decentralized digital currencies that both banks and individuals have not yet controlled. since its creation in 2009, bitcoin has rapidly gained popularity, especially in 2017, as it became a symbol of the potential social and economic revolution of the future currency model. its price has experienced multiple fluctuations over the years, drawing keen interest from economic institutions in price prediction. this interest is vital for both current and potential investors, as well as for the government entities, emphasizing a high demand for effective bitcoin price prediction mechanisms [1]. the ongoing digital transformation is causing profound disruptions across global economies and financial systems. the digitization and encryption processes are fundamentally altering the financial world. a recent report forecasts the digital economy to achieve an impressive 23 trillion dollars by 2025, accounting for about 25% of the global economy and encompassing a wide array of digital assets, both tangible and intangible [2]. price volatility remains a significant concern in the realm of digital currencies like bitcoin, which behaves differently compared to traditional stocks [3]. the evolution of bitcoin price forecasting systems plays a pivotal role in aiding both * corresponding author: rachid.bourday@uit.ac.ma http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-013  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0003-2602-7180 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6178-5567 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1056 human and algorithmic traders to make informed decisions that could potentially enhance profitability in the volatile cryptocurrency market. various techniques for forecasting bitcoin's price can be categorized into two main groups: traditional statistical methods and machine learning methods [4]. early research on cryptocurrency price forecasting often relied on traditional statistical techniques, such as arima (autoregressive integrated moving average) [5] and garch [6, 7]. while these foundational methods primarily detect linear patterns in time series data. additionally, they typically assume that variables follow a normal distribution—an assumption that is not valid for cryptocurrencies, given their highly volatile and non-normal distribution characteristics [8]. to overcome these limitations, machine learning techniques that can extract nonlinear patterns and efficiently handle large datasets without preconceived assumptions about the data structure have been adopted. nevertheless, methods such as multilayer perceptron (mlp) neural networks [9] and support vector machines (svm) [10] occasionally struggle with challenges like overfitting and may not completely capture the complex, hidden patterns within cryptocurrency data. to rectify these issues, numerous deep learning-based forecasting models have been employed to outperform traditional machine learning methods [11-13]. deep learning has an inherent advantage in financial time series prediction since it does not rely on the assumption of stationarity. the architecture of deep neural networks enhances their strong generalization capabilities. specifically, gated recurrent units (grus) and long short-term memory (lstm) attention mechanisms, gradient-based optimization techniques, leverage their internal structures to extract temporal correlations from time series data, enabling them to effectively model and predict complex financial sequences. therefore, in this research, we present a new hybrid model that effectively combines the strengths of the transformer and the deep learning methods. we utilize the transformer [14] for its advanced capabilities in feature extraction, especially for its efficiency in handling sequential data. moreover, our approach includes a strategic training of the model and a careful fine-tuning of the hyperparameters to optimize the performance. the major contributions in this paper are described as follows:  novel methodology: we introduce a unique hybrid deep learning model that integrates transformer architectures with traditional machine learning methods such as xgboost, ann, lstm, and svr. this approach leverages the strengths of each model to enhance predictive accuracy in bitcoin price forecasting.  comprehensive analysis: this study presents a complete comparative analysis of the proposed models using extensive historical data from 2016 to 2023. our analysis not only demonstrates the superior performance of our models compared to existing baselines but also sheds light on their applicability to other cryptocurrencies.  advanced feature extraction: we explore the effectiveness of transformer-based models in extracting complex features from financial time series data. this is one of the first studies to demonstrate the capacity of transformers to enhance feature extraction capabilities in the context of cryptocurrency market predictions.  practical implications: the findings of this study offer significant insights for investors, providing a robust tool for enhancing trading strategies in the volatile cryptocurrency market. our results indicate that the use of advanced deep learning techniques can lead to better investment decisions and improved market analysis. this paper is organized as follows: section 2 presents related work in the field of cryptocurrency price predictions. then, a description of the proposed methodology used in section 3. in section 4, the presentation of the experiments and simulation results is discussed. finally, the article is concluded with a conclusion. 2. related works the following section provides an overview of existing research related to forecasting cryptocurrency prices. it particularly focuses on the utilization of machine learning and deep learning models. the researchers have employed a variety of algorithms to predict cryptocurrency prices, including the lstm model and other deep learning techniques. recently, deep learning methods have become increasingly popular for time series prediction, especially in analyzing the volatility of cryptocurrency prices. one of the approaches uses the lstm model for predicting cryptocurrency prices. boongasame & songram [15] compares the effectiveness of lstm with traditional linear connection approaches and technical analysis indicators like sma (smooth moving average), wma (weighted moving average), and ema (exponential moving averages). the primary evaluation metric used in this research was the mean absolute percentage error (mape). the findings indicated that the lstm model, especially when configured with certain time parameter settings, was more effective and outperformed than the other models in accuracy. fleischer et al. [16] used the lstm model to learn and predict future cryptocurrency prices based on historical closing prices. the model's performance was evaluated using the rmse and was compared to the performance of an arima model. consequently, results showed that the lstm-based model was particularly effective in capturing the inherent volatility of cryptocurrency prices and demonstrating more promising results than the arima model [17]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1057 in tripathy et al.'s [18] study, deep learning models were used to predict bitcoin prices. the research examined three algorithms: arima, lstm network, and fb-prophet. these models were evaluated based on their rmse. among these, fb-prophet was found to be the most efficient, surpassing both arima and lstm in terms of accuracy. this study highlights the potentiality of advanced deep learning techniques in financial forecasting, particularly in cryptocurrency price prediction. on the other side, wu et al. [19] introduced a novel method using transformer-based machine learning models for time series forecasting. this approach was used to both univariate and multivariate time series data, including time series embeddings. moreover, it demonstrated that the transformer-based models yielded promising results, indicating their potential effectiveness in complex forecasting tasks. mcnally et al. [20] studied the performance of bitcoin price prediction using lstm, recurrent neural network (rnn), and autoregressive integrated moving average (arima) models. the results illustrated that lstm has reached the highest classification accuracy of 52% and rmse of 8%, while arima has achieved 50% accuracy and rmse of 53.74%, demonstrating the limitations of traditional parametric arima models. wu et al. [21] developed a hybrid model that combined lstm with the ar(2) model for predicting bitcoin prices. this innovative approach demonstrated enhanced predictive capabilities when compared to traditional lstm models alone. wu's work represented a significant advancement in the field of cryptocurrency price forecasting, showcasing the potentiality of integrating different modeling techniques for improved accuracy in predictions. li & dai [22] explored an innovative approach to forecast bitcoin prices by leveraging a hybrid neural network model that combines convolutional neural networks (cnn) and lstm networks. the results demonstrated that the cnn-lstm hybrid model outperforms the benchmark models in predicting short-term bitcoin price fluctuations, which gave a mae of 209.89, rmse of 258.31, and mape of 2.35. ramos-perez [23] developed a cryptocurrency prediction model leveraging the lstm and gru algorithms to forecast the prices of bitcoin, ethereum, and litecoin. using two types of data samples for each cryptocurrency, their model's performance was evaluated using rmse and mae. besides, ramos-perez et al. [23] developed a neural network architecture of multi-transformer, which was designed to forecast the volatility of the s&p index. this approach involved the adaptation of the traditional transformer layers to be used in volatility forecasting models. the findings indicated that the multi-transformer and transformer layerbased models were more accurate and provided more appropriate measures for forecasting compared to other algorithms, including those based on feed-forward layers or lstm models. this highlights the effectiveness of transformer-based architectures in complex financial market predictions. kanaparthi [24] investigated the robustness of lstm-based rnn in predicting bitcoin's daily closing prices using data disturbed by gaussian noise. the results demonstrated that lstm outperformed the traditional arima(2,1,2) model in resilience to disturbances, even though prediction errors increased with higher noise levels. labbaf & manthouri [25] introduced a novel method for predicting cryptocurrency time series, specifically bitcoin, ethereum, and litecoin. they combined technical indicators with a performer neural network and bilstm (bidirectional long short-term memory) to capture effectively temporal dynamics and extract relevant features from cryptocurrency data. this method demonstrated superior performance compared to established models, signifying a substantial advancement in cryptocurrency price prediction. jin & li [26] contributed a novel hybrid prediction model that integrates variational mode decomposition (vmd), gru neural network, lstm neural network, and attention mechanisms, significantly enhancing prediction accuracy. this research introduced new methodologies, including a residual re-decomposition prediction method that predicts and retains residuals, thereby improving the accuracy of the final prediction. the empirical results, obtained from daily bitcoin and ethereum data, achieved lower error metrics (rmse, mae, mape) than standalone lstm and gru models and outperforms other hybrid models. chen [27] focused on improving bitcoin price prediction accuracy by employing machine learning techniques such as random forest regression and lstm. the study also aimed to identify key variables that influence bitcoin's price. it introduced a comprehensive analysis of 47 explanatory variables across eight categories, revealing that bitcoin’s previous prices, us and japanese stock market indexes, and the price of ethereum are significant predictors. results showed that while random forest regression generally outperforms lstm in terms of rmse and mape. this study conducted an in-depth analysis using data from 2015 to 2022 showing that the model with only one lag of explanatory variables has the best prediction accuracy, supporting the efficient market hypothesis. ladhari & boubaker [28] explored the effectiveness of hybrid deep learning models, particularly focusing two hybrid deep learning models for predicting bitcoin prices using high-frequency data. the first model merges lstm with attention mechanisms, and the second combines ann-lstm, both with gradient-specific optimization to improve hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1058 predictive performance. the study uses a dataset of over 50,000 hourly data points from may 2018 to january 2024. results show that the lstm-attention model with gradient-specific optimization achieved higher accuracy than the ann-lstm model. in another research, frohmann et al. [29] introduced a hybrid model using time series and sentiment analysis with a bert model to predict bitcoin prices. the empirical results showed a significant improvement in prediction accuracy, with the model achieving a mae of 2.67 and a rmse of 3.28. these metrics indicate a robust enhancement over traditional models. the integration of sentiment analysis, particularly analyzing the weight of sentiments based on the tweet creator’s followers, effectively captures market sentiment, which is crucial for accurate cryptocurrency price prediction. the recent studies have effectively demonstrated deep learning models, specifically transformers and hybrid models, in forecasting cryptocurrency prices. these algorithms have successfully learned the complex patterns within time series data and overcoming traditional forecasting techniques. table 1 shows the previous studies of various state of the art models. table 1. a relative comparison of state-of-the-art approaches for cryptocurrency price prediction reference approach expected results boongasame & songram (2023) [15] lstm, sma, wma and ema. lstm showed a mape of 0.0927%. fleischer et al. (2022) [16] lstm, arima lstm showed superior performance than arima using rmse. patel et al. (2020) [17] lstm with gru lstm with gru forecasts the prices with high accuracy compared to exiting models. nrusingha (2023) [18] arima, lstm, fb-prophet fb-prophet as the most efficient model. wu et al. (2020) [19] transformer showed promising results in handling complex prediction tasks. mcnally et al. (2018) [20] lstm, rnn, arima lstm shows higher performance. wu (2018) [21] lstm with ar(2) improved accuracy over traditional lstm. li & dai (2020) [22] cnn-lstm hybrid outperformed in prediction accuracy, showcasing the strength of hybrid models. ramos-perez et al. (2021) [23] multi-transformer more accurate for forecasting cryptocurrency prices. kanaparthi (2024) [24] lstm lstm demonstrate robustness in predicting bitcoin prices, outperforming traditional arima models. labbaf & manthouri (2024) [25] indicators-performer-bilstm the hybrid model boosts accuracy and efficiency, outperforming others in cryptocurrency prediction. jin & li (2023) [26] vmd-agru-resvmd-lstm the hybrid model enhances prediction accuracy and investment strategy efficiency. chen (2023) [27] rfr, lstm rfr outperforms lstm in terms of rmse and mape. ladhari & boubaker (2024) [28] lstm-attention with gso hybrid models show high accuracy, promising for investment and trading strategies. frohmann et al. (2023) [29] time series with bert hybrid models using linear regression achieve the best performance, mae 2.67 and rmse 3.28. 3. research methodology 3.1. problem statement time series forecasting has been considered a challenging issue that predicts future values based on the past. that is widely seen in many real-world applications addressed by researches, including finance, weather forecasting, and power generation. this section provides a formal definition of the problem bitcoin price forecasting. the dataset consists of records characterized by some features describing the bitcoin price (e.g., transactions, block size, difficulty see section 3.2 for the full description of the datasets) and the associated priceusd. it comes naturally to formalize it all as a regression problem: we want to predict priceusd. for the mathematical notation, we denote vectors by lower case bold roman letters like 𝐱. while for matrices, we use upper case bold roman letters like 𝐗. a superscript t denotes the transpose of a vector or a matrix; therefore, 𝐱𝑇will be a row vector. the notation (𝑥1, … , 𝑥𝑑) denotes a row vector of dimension d. whereas the corresponding column vector is written as 𝐱 = (𝑥1, … , 𝑥𝑑)𝑇. let n be the number of observation and m the number of features associated with each observation. then, formally our dataset is a matrix 𝐗 ∈ ℝ𝑁×𝑀in which the 𝑖𝑡ℎrow correspond to the 𝑖𝑡ℎobservation, i.e., the row vector 𝐱𝑖 𝑇: x = ( x1 𝑇 x2 𝑇 ⋮ x𝑁 𝑇 ) = ( 𝑥11 ⋯ 𝑥1𝑀 𝑥21 ⋯ 𝑥2𝑀 ⋮ ⋱ ⋮ 𝑥𝑁1 ⋯ 𝑥𝑁𝑀 ) (1) the target value 𝐲 ∈ ℝ𝑁will be a vector 𝐲 = (𝑦1, … , 𝑦𝑁) containing priceusd in our dataset. particularly, the target price 𝐲𝑖 will correspond to the set of features 𝐱𝑖 = (𝑥𝑖1, … , 𝑥𝑖𝑀)of the 𝑖th observation. the assumption upon which we will rely is that, denoting 𝒟 = {𝐗, 𝐲} our dataset, a specific unknown function f exists such that 𝑓: ℝ𝑁×𝑀 → ℝ𝑁and hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1059 𝑓(𝐗) = 𝐲. the goal is to find 𝑓, a useful approximation of 𝑓, through the minimization of a loss function. this measures the distance between 𝑓 and 𝑓 [30]. the most common loss that we will use in our experiments is the squared error loss calculated in equation 2: 𝐿(y, 𝑓(x)) = (y − 𝑓(x))2 (2) although the given dataset 𝒟 is not deterministic, it comes from a particular distribution 𝑝(𝐱, 𝑦), what we will need, here, is to minimize the expected value of 𝐿(y). it can be proven that the solution to this problem is the conditional mean calculated by (2): 𝑓(𝑥) = ∫ 𝑦𝑝(𝑦 ∣ 𝑥)𝑑𝑦 = 𝔼[𝑦 ∣ 𝑥] (3) 3.2. models this section aims to introduce the deep learning models that we will apply to our problem in the experiments chapter. the bitcoin prices are modeled by using different deep learning regression-based transformer-enhanced hybrid models. the models combine the transformer architecture with various machine learning algorithms to enhance their predictive capabilities for bitcoin price prediction. the following subsections provide explanations of each model.  transformer with artificial neural network (ann) the transformer with ann [31] model integrates the transformer encoder's ability to capture complex temporal dependencies and patterns in bitcoin price data with the ann’s capability to process encoded features and make predictions. the transformer encoder employs self-attention mechanisms to obtain effective long-range dependencies and relationships within the time series data, enabling it to extract meaningful representations of the input. once the bitcoin price data is encoded by the transformer encoder, it is passed to the ann component for further processing. the ann consists multiple layers of interconnected neurons, allowing it to learn intricate non-linear relationships in the encoded features. through forward propagation, the ann learns to map the encoded features to the corresponding target bitcoin prices. the integration of the transformer encoder with an ann enables the model to extract high-level features from the raw bitcoin price data and refine them through its learning process. this combination leverages the strength of both architectures, enabling the model to effectively get complex patterns and fluctuations of bitcoin prices.  transformer with long short-term memory (lstm) this model combines the transformer architecture and lstm networks [32] to improve bitcoin price predictions. the transformer part of the model utilizes self-attention mechanisms to extract complex patterns from the price data, highlighting significant features and temporal relationships, while the lstm component captures long-term dependencies, allowing the model to learn from historical trends. this hybrid approach enhances the model's predictive accuracy by effectively handling the intricacies and volatility typical of financial time series. linking the strengths of both architectures, the transformer with lstm model can capture effectively both shortterm fluctuations and long-term trends in bitcoin prices, leading to more accurate predictions.  transformer with support vector regression (svr) this model merges the transformer (encoder) architecture with support vector regression (svr) [33] to augment the predictive capabilities for bitcoin price prediction. the transformer renowned its adeptness in capturing intricate temporal dependencies and patterns in bitcoin price data through self-attention mechanisms, collaborates with svr, a robust regression technique known for its effectiveness in capturing non-linear relationships and handling highdimensional feature spaces. in this hybrid model, the bitcoin price data undergoes encoding by the transformer to extract meaningful representations of the input features. subsequently, the encoded features are utilized as input to the svr algorithm, which performs regression analysis to predict future bitcoin prices based on the extracted features and historical data patterns.  transformer with extreme gradient boosting (xgboost) in the following hybrid model, the bitcoin price data is first encoded by the transformer encoder to extract meaningful representations of the input features. alternatively, the encoded features are utilized as input to the xgboost algorithm [34], which performs ensemble learning to predict future bitcoin prices based on the extracted features and historical data patterns. the integration of the transformer with xgboost enables the model to effectively capture both linear and non-linear relationships in bitcoin price data, thereby improving its predictive accuracy. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1060 4. experiments this section describes the methodology and various phases of the study; and it is structured to cover all aspects of the experimental process: 4.1. data collection in this study, the data was collected from https://bitinfocharts.com, using a web scraper written in python. particularly, bitcoin’s prices were used from 01 january 2016 to 31 december 2023 (for a total of 2922 days), which are presented in figure 1. during this period, the lowest price was 371.323 usd in 2016-01-16 and the highest price was 67547 usd in 2021-11-09, which is as many times higher than the lowest price. among various features, we considered the 20 features of the bitcoin blockchain, listed in table 2. figure 1. bitcoin’s prices from 01 january 2016 to 31 december 2023 table 2. bitcoin blockchain features feature description transaction refers to the number of transactions completed within a certain period. bock size the size of each block in the blockchain, measured in bytes or kilobytes. sent-addresses the number of unique addresses that have sent transactions over the network during a given period. difficulty a relative measure of difficulty in finding a new block. hashrate the estimated number of tera hashes per second the bitcoin network is performing. miningprofitability an indicator of how profitable it is to mine the cryptocurrency. send_usd the total value of transactions sent in usd within a certain period. av_trs_size the average size of a transaction on the network. median_trs_size like the average transaction size but uses the median value. confirmation_time the average time it takes for a transaction to be confirmed on the network. market_cap the total usd value of bitcoin supply in circulation. av_trs_value the average monetary value of a transaction on the network. median_trs_value the median value of transactions, providing an alternative to the average that's less skewed by extreme values. tweets the number of twitter posts related to the bitcoin. google_trends a metric indicating the search interest for the cryptocurrency on google. active_addresses the number of unique addresses that have been active in the network over a specific period. top_100_percent the percentage of bitcoin's total supply held by the top 100 addresses. fee_reward the fees paid to miners for processing transactions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1061 4.2. pre-processing preparing the bitcoin data for the proposed models, the dataset must be restructured and organized in a way that facilitates the learning process. the data preprocessing involves the following steps:  importing the data: the bitcoin_2016_2023.csv file contains historical bitcoin prices which can read into a pandas dataframe and converting the 'date' column to datetime format.  missing values: the dataset contains some null values; these null values are filled by using interpolation method. after this process, the final prepared dataset is in the form of time series.  feature selection: it is an essential part of data pre-processing, which is necessary to improve model performance. in our study, a correlation analysis between the rest of the features and the bitcoin price was conducted. here, we calculate the variance inflation factor (vif) [35] as shown table 3. through employing vif, we are able to quantify the extent of multicollinearity and selectively remove features that contribute to high levels of collinearity. then, we excluded the features with a vif great than 5, such as hashrate and difficulty.  data splitting: the dataset is split into a training set (90% of the data) and a validation set (10% of the data) for the purpose of training and validating of a deep learning model.  data transformation: we apply data transformation strategies, such as normalization and standardization, to modify and scale the data. this step is important to align features on a common scale and for addressing issues of skewness [36], aiding in the affective application of deep learning algorithms. the workflow of price forecasting involves several stages, as illustrated in figure 2. table 3. bitcoin blockchain features vif feature vif feature vif hashrate 105.471439 mining_profitability 1.492738 difficulty 69.886526 send_usd 1.445723 av_transaction_value 4.765635 median_transaction_value 1.441975 active_addresses 3.706024 av_transaction_size 1.298843 sent_addresses 3.693921 median_transaction_size 1.198973 transactions 2.381497 fee_reward 1.197281 market_cap 2.365479 block_size 1.107445 tweets 2.129348 top_100_percent 1.02119 google_trends 1.980745 confirmation_time 0.445589 figure 2. complete workflow diagram hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1062 4.3. the proposed models figure 3 shows the proposed model. our research actively explores a comparative analysis of four distinct hybrid models in predicting bitcoin prices. each model uniquely merges a transformer encoder for extracting features with a varied predictive algorithm: xgboost, lstm, svr, and ann. the purpose is to investigate the impact of the transformer's capability in recognizing intricate, long-range patterns within time-series data when combined with diverse predictive methods on the precision and effectiveness of bitcoin price predictions. in this field, as well seeks to pinpoint the most efficient hybrid model for forecasting financial time series and to enrich the understanding of the advanced deep learning applications. figure 3. the proposed model 4.4. performance evaluation evaluating the performance of the regression models, the following metrics are used: mean absolute error (mae), root mean squared error (rmse) and their mean square error (mse). rmse = √ ∑  𝑁 𝑖=1  ( predicted−actual)2 𝑁 (4) mse = 1 𝑁 ∑  𝑁 𝑖=1 (predicted − actual)2 (5) 𝑀𝐴𝐸 = 1 𝑁 ∑  𝑁 𝑖=1 (predicted − actual) (6) 5. results and discussion the results in table 4 compare the performance of four transformer-based models in a forecasting task, using mae and rmse as metrics. the transformer combined with xgboost model presents the efficient performance across all metrics, indicating high accuracy and reliability. in contrast, the transformer with lstm indicates the least accuracy, having the highest values in both metrics. the transformer with svr performs better than the ann and lstm models, but not as well as xgboost. this suggests that while each model has its strengths, the transformer with xgboost might be the most effective for this specific task. a comparison between our models and existing systems presented in table 5, proves that the proposed system has achieved much fewer prediction errors. table 4. regression results for proposed approaches and compared models metrics transformer with ann transformer with svr transformer with lstm transformer with xgboost mae 0.024 0.021 0.067 0.011 rmse 0.034 0.028 0.10 0.018 table 6 summarizes the forecast of the regression models for nth-day btc price. the bar chart in figure 4 demonstrates the performance of the deep learning models in terms of mse, mae and rmse. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1063 table 5. comparison results between the proposed system and the existing models reference existing models study currency obtaining results kanaparthi (2024) [24] arima, lstm btc arima: rmse: 0.1692 lstm: rmse: 0.1179 labbaf & manthouri (2024) [25] indicators-performerbilstm. btc, eth, ltc bitcoin (btcusd): hourly rmse: 243, daily rmse: 1316 ethereum (ethusd): hourly rmse: 18.3, daily rmse: 100 litecoin (ltcusd): hourly rmse: 1.92, daily rmse: 7.5 jin & li (2023) [26] vmd-agru-resvmdlstm btc, eth bitcoin (btc): rmse:50.651, mae: 42.298 ethereum (eth): rmse:2.873, mae: 2.410 chen (2023) [27] rfr, lstm btc rfr (period 1): rmse: 321.61, mape: 3.39% rfr (period 2): rmse: 2096.24, mape: 3.29% ladhari & boubaker (2024) [28] ann-lstm, lstmattention model btc ann-lstm model: rmse:4,926,484, mae: 1,451,432, mape: 0.086 lstm-attention model: rmse: 1,465,833.911, mae: 816,256, mape: 0.048 frohmann et al. (2023) [29] hybrid approach using sentiment analysis and forecasting models. btc linear regression (lr): rmse: 3.28, mae: 2.67 lstm: rmse: 35.41, mae: 35.04 tcn: rmse: 22.18, mae: 22.72 our proposed systems proposed system (transformer with ann) btc mae: 0.024 rmse: 0.034 proposed system (transformer with svr) btc mae: 0.021 rmse: 0.028 proposed system (transformer with lstm) btc mae: 0.067 rmse: 0.10 proposed system (transformer with xgboost) btc mae: 0.011 rmse: 0.018 table 6. regression result for proposed approaches and compared models for nth day metrics horizon transformer with ann transformer with svr transformer with lstm transformer with xgboost rmse 7 0.044 0.053 0.175 0.053 30 0.045 0.038 0.139 0.029 90 0.035 0.032 0.107 0.023 mae 7 0.035 0.040 0.145 0.026 30 0.034 0.028 0.107 0.015 90 0.025 0.022 0.073 0.013 mse 7 0.001 0.002 0.030 0.0002 30 0.002 0.001 0.019 0.0008 90 0.001 0.001 0.011 0.0005 for the 7th-day bitcoin price forecast, the transformer with xgboost model shows remarkable accuracy, having the lowest rmse, mae, and mse among the compared models. this suggests that our proposed system is highly effective for short-term forecasting. the transformer with svr also performs well, better than the ann and lstm models, but not as efficiently as xgboost. the higher error rates in ann and lstm indicate that they might be less reliable for this specific 7-day forecasting scenario compared to xgboost and svr models. in the 30th day of bitcoin price forecast, the transformer with xgboost model significantly outshines others, maintaining the lowest error rates across rmse, mae, and mse, indicating a strong capability in medium-term forecasting. the svr model, ranking second, demonstrates better accuracy than the ann and lstm models but doesn't match the precision of xgboost. the higher error rates in ann and lstm models suggest that they are less effective for 30-day forecasting. this trend highlights the xgboost model's robustness and adaptability to different forecasting durations. however, this should be evaluated considering the fluctuations of the models as shown in figure 5 where the transformer with xgboost clearly outperforms all other models. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1064 lastly, in the 90th day forecast horizon, the transformer with xgboost model continues to demonstrate superior performance, maintaining the lowest error rates in rmse, mae, and mse as presented in figure 5. this consistency highlights its strong predictive capability even in long-term forecasting. the transformer with svr also represents good accuracy, better than the ann and lstm models. however, the increased accuracy of ann and lstm models for the 90-day horizon compared to shorter horizons suggests that they might be more suited for longer-term predictions, despite still being outperformed by the xgboost and svr models. figure 4. comparaison of hybrid models across different metric in nth-day figure 5. performance of hybrid deep learning models based on 30-days horizon of forecasting 6. conclusion the main study of this work is to analyze bitcoin’s price for time series regression. this research applied to various machine learning models, deep learning, and a combination of these two models to forecast the bitcoin price in short-term to mid-term. so, we developed and compared various deep learning-based bitcoin price prediction models using bitcoin blockchain information and the experimental results, which show that the transformer with xgboost outperformed the other models. however, our current models exhibit potential significance in predicting bitcoin’s price but also have notable limitations, particularly in integrating sentiment analysis from dynamic sources such as social media. these models do not currently assess the intensity of market sentiment reflected in t ext-based data, which is crucial for understanding the volatile cryptocurrency market. this gap presents ongoing opportunities for enhancing forecast accuracy, reducing prediction errors, and improving robustness against the frequently changing market conditions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1065 moving forward, our focus will be on expanding the model framework by incorporating a broader array of predictive models, fine-tuning hyperparameters, and enhancing the capabilities of existing hybrid models. the objective is to refine these forecasting tools to ensure they are more reliable and can adapt to market fluctuations effectively. by achieving these improvements, we aim to increase forecast accuracy, deliver trustworthy predictive outcomes, and create models that are responsive to market dynamics, thereby providing valuable insights for market participants. additionally, only a few critical feature selection methods have been applied to the dataset. many other feature selection techniques can be explored to improve the model. future research could forecast other digital currencies, including ethereum and ripple. moreover, it would be important to consider other recent deep learning models, such as graph neural networks (gnns) [37], to build prediction models. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, r.b. and i.a.; methodology, r.b., i.a., and m.a.; software, r.b. and a.z.; validation, i.a. and m.a.; formal analysis, r.b. and a.z.; investigation, r.b. and a.z.; resources, r.b., i.a., m.a., and a.z.; data curation, r.b.; writing—original draft preparation, r.b.; writing—review and editing, r.b., i.a., m.a., and a.z.; visualization, r.b. and i.a.; supervision, i.a. and m.a.; project administration, r.b. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] kaushal, r. (2016). bitcoin: first decentralized payment system. international journal of engineering and computer science, 5(5), 16514–16517. doi:10.18535/ijecs/v5i5.30. [2] oliver, j. (2013). mastering blockchain distributed ledger technology, and smart contracts explained. packt publishing, birmingham, united kingdom. [3] doumenis, y., izadi, j., dhamdhere, p., katsikas, e., & koufopoulos, d. (2021). a critical analysis of volatility surprise in bitcoin cryptocurrency and other financial assets. risks, 9(11), 207. doi:10.3390/risks9110207. [4] chen, w., xu, h., jia, l., & gao, y. (2021). machine learning model for bitcoin exchange rate prediction using economic and technology determinants. international journal of forecasting, 37(1), 28–43. doi:10.1016/j.ijforecast.2020.02.008. [5] ibrahim, a., kashef, r., & corrigan, l. (2021). predicting market movement direction for bitcoin: a comparison of time series modeling methods. computers and electrical engineering, 89, 106905. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2020.106905. [6] baur, d. g., dimpfl, t., & kuck, k. (2018). bitcoin, gold and the us dollar – a replication and extension. finance research letters, 25, 103–110. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2017.10.012. [7] fakhfekh, m., & jeribi, a. (2020). volatility dynamics of crypto-currencies’ returns: evidence from asymmetric and long memory garch models. research in international business and finance, 51. doi:10.1016/j.ribaf.2019.101075. [8] khedr, a. m., arif, i., pravija raj, p. v., el-bannany, m., alhashmi, s. m., & sreedharan, m. (2021). cryptocurrency price prediction using traditional statistical and machine-learning techniques: a survey. intelligent systems in accounting, finance and management, 28(1), 3–34. doi:10.1002/isaf.1488. https://www.google.com/search?num=10&client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=4195944151fa3ac6&sxsrf=adlywilbcfn6zr4sgidw-h5nfheuialfla:1735134065278&q=birmingham&si=acc90nyvvwro6qmnyy1ifsdgk5wwjb1r8bgd_iwrjxqmkpqqm8ksoquhndl9nxuszuomftdhcfa3y9oay9necau_r6rx_ihnjjpzdoc9p1mpaco6vsq-qb_qj5gf0ypdegujrf50-bja56na3djtfycsqiyclxc-p_nb-yb2adzflswrpbtufunuqdshzu2b1qcv7qdgzbgx&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjp0-smhsokaxxs3gihhfhjb5eqmxmoahoecdiqag hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1066 [9] kristjanpoller, w., & minutolo, m. c. (2018). a hybrid volatility-forecasting framework integrating garch, artificial neural network, technical analysis and principal components analysis. expert systems with applications, 109, 1–11. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2018.05.011. [10] hajek, p., hikkerova, l., & sahut, j. m. (2023). how well do investor sentiment and ensemble learning predict bitcoin prices? research in international business and finance, 64, 101836. doi:10.1016/j.ribaf.2022.101836. [11] cui, t., ding, s., jin, h., & zhang, y. (2023). portfolio constructions in cryptocurrency market: a cvar-based deep reinforcement learning approach. economic modelling, 119. doi:10.1016/j.econmod.2022.106078. [12] liu, m., li, g., li, j., zhu, x., & yao, y. (2021). forecasting the price of bitcoin using deep learning. finance research letters, 40, 101755. doi:10.1016/j.frl.2020.101755. [13] ortu, m., uras, n., conversano, c., bartolucci, s., & destefanis, g. (2022). on technical trading and social media indicators for cryptocurrency price classification through deep learning. expert systems with applications, 198, 116804. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2022.116804. [14] vaswani, a. (2017). attention is all you need. advances in neural information processing systems. 31st conference on neural information processing systems (nips 2017), long beach, california, united states. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1706.03762 [15] boongasame, l., & songram, p. (2023). cryptocurrency price forecasting method using long short-term memory with timevarying parameters. indonesian journal of electrical engineering and computer science, 30(1), 435–443. doi:10.11591/ijeecs.v30.i1.pp435-443. [16] fleischer, j. p., von laszewski, g., theran, c., & bautista, y. j. p. (2022). time series analysis of cryptocurrency prices using long short-term memory. algorithms, 15(7), 230. doi:10.3390/a15070230. [17] patel, m. m., tanwar, s., gupta, r., & kumar, n. (2020). a deep learning-based cryptocurrency price prediction scheme for financial institutions. journal of information security and applications, 55(102583). doi:10.1016/j.jisa.2020.102583. [18] tripathy, n., hota, s., & mishra, d. (2023). performance analysis of bitcoin forecasting using deep learning techniques. indonesian journal of electrical engineering and computer science, 31(3), 1515-1522. [19] wu, n., green, b., ben, x., & o'banion, s. (2020). deep transformer models for time series forecasting: the influenza prevalence case. arxiv preprint arxiv:2001.08317. [20] mcnally, s., roche, j., & caton, s. (2018). predicting the price of bitcoin using machine learning. in proceedings 26th euromicro international conference on parallel, distributed, and network-based processing, pdp 2018, 339–343. doi:10.1109/pdp2018.2018.00060. [21] wu, c. h., lu, c. c., ma, y. f., & lu, r. s. (2018). a new forecasting framework for bitcoin price with lstm. in 2018 ieee international conference on data mining workshops (icdmw), 168-175. doi:10.1109/icdmw.2018.00032. [22] li, y., & dai, w. (2020). bitcoin price forecasting method based on cnn‐ lstm hybrid neural network model. the journal of engineering, 2020(13), 344–347. doi:10.1049/joe.2019.1203. [23] ramos-pérez, e., alonso-gonzález, p. j., & núñez-velázquez, j. j. (2021). multi-transformer: a new neural network-based architecture for forecasting s&p volatility. mathematics, 9(15), 1794. doi:10.3390/math9151794. [24] kanaparthi, v. (2024). robustness evaluation of lstm-based deep learning models for bitcoin price prediction in the presence of random disturbances. international journal of innovative science and modern engineering, 12(2), 14–23. doi:10.35940/ijisme.b1313.12020224. [25] khaniki, m. a. l., & manthouri, m. (2024). enhancing price prediction in cryptocurrency using transformer neural network and technical indicators. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2403.03606. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2403.03606. [26] jin, c., & li, y. (2023). cryptocurrency price prediction using frequency decomposition and deep learning. fractal and fractional, 7(10), 708. doi:10.3390/fractalfract7100708. [27] chen, j. (2023). analysis of bitcoin price prediction using machine learning. journal of risk and financial management, 16(1), 51. doi:10.3390/jrfm16010051. [28] ladhari, a., & boubaker, h. (2024). deep learning models for bitcoin prediction using hybrid approaches with gradientspecific optimization. forecasting, 6(2), 279–295. doi:10.3390/forecast6020016. [29] frohmann, m., karner, m., khudoyan, s., wagner, r., & schedl, m. (2023). predicting the price of bitcoin using sentimentenriched time series forecasting. big data and cognitive computing, 7(3), 137. doi:10.3390/bdcc7030137. [30] hastie, t., tibshirani, r., & friedman, j. (2009). the elements of statistical learning: data mining, inference, and prediction. springer science & business media, new york, united states. doi:10.1007/978-0-387-21606-5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 1067 [31] schmidhuber, j. (2015). deep learning in neural networks: an overview. neural networks, 61, 85–117. doi:10.1016/j.neunet.2014.09.003. [32] hochreiter, s., & schmidhuber, j. (1997). long short-term memory. neural computation, 9(8), 1735–1780. [33] drucker, h., burges, c. j., kaufman, l., smola, a., & vapnik, v. (1996). support vector regression machines. advances in neural information processing systems, 9. [34] chen, t., & guestrin, c. (2016). xgboost: a scalable tree boosting system. proceedings of the acm sigkdd international conference on knowledge discovery and data mining, 13-17-august-2016, 785–794. doi:10.1145/2939672.2939785. [35] o’brien, r. m. (2007). a caution regarding rules of thumb for variance inflation factors. quality and quantity, 41(5), 673–690. doi:10.1007/s11135-006-9018-6. [36] staniswalis, j. g., severini, t. a., & moschopoulos, p. g. (1993). on a data based power transformation for reducing skewness. journal of statistical computation and simulation, 46(1–2), 91–100. doi:10.1080/00949659308811495. [37] han, x., huang, y., pan, z., li, w., hu, y., & lin, g. (2023). multi-task time series forecasting based on graph neural networks. entropy, 25(8), 1136. doi:10.3390/e25081136. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 398 issn: 2723-9535 uav-based structural health monitoring using a two-stage cnn model with lighthouse localization in gnss-denied environments timothy scott c. chu 1* , joses sorilla 1, alvin y. chua 1 1 department of mechanical engineering, de la salle university, 2401 taft ave. malate, manila, philippines. received 14 february 2025; revised 17 may 2025; accepted 21 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract this study presents a uav-based structural health monitoring (shm) system that combines lighthouse localization with a two-stage cnn architecture—alexnet for crack classification and yolov4 for segmentation—to enable reliable crack detection and spatial mapping in gnss-denied environments. this study explores the effectiveness of this combination as a practical and computationally efficient solution for indoor shm tasks. the uav was deployed within a 1.5 m × 1.2 m × 1.2 m test volume to inspect synthetic cracks derived from özgenel’s dataset, as well as a real-world wall crack. two experiments were conducted: evaluating uav localization accuracy and assessing the system’s ability to detect cracks and provide corresponding pose data. the system achieved a 1–2 cm margin of error in pose estimation, alongside 100% precision, 83.33% recall, and 91.89% accuracy in crack detection. this level of localization accuracy supports stable autonomous uav flight and ensures that cracks are detected and spatially localized with minimal deviation. beyond classification and segmentation, the system returns pose data tied to each detected crack, allowing users to identify defect locations precisely and use this information to guide inspection or maintenance tasks. future work includes expanding the dataset, generalization, and evaluating scalability via multi-base station setups. keywords: crack detection; crack segmentation; gnss-denied environments; lighthouse localization; structural health monitoring; two-stage cnn model; unmanned aerial vehicles. 1. introduction structural health monitoring (shm) is a systematic approach to assessing the integrity of infrastructures, ensuring public safety, and extending their service life. modern shm relies on non-destructive testing (ndt) techniques, which evaluate structural conditions without causing damage [1]. among these, unmanned aerial vehicles (uavs) have emerged as a viable inspection tool, offering a safer, more efficient alternative to manual inspections that traditionally require personnel to ascend to hazardous heights [2, 3]. uavs enable rapid data acquisition by maneuvering complex structures [4], facilitating real-time or near-real-time defect identification through computer vision-based techniques [5]. a critical aspect of structural assessment is the detection of hairline cracks, which often serve as early indicators of fatigue, stress accumulation, and potential failure [6]. if left undetected, these fractures can propagate over time, compromising the stability of load-bearing structures. traditional inspection methods struggle with consistently and reliably identifying hairline cracks, particularly in large-scale or hard-to-access structures [7]. by leveraging advanced image processing and deep learning models, uav-based shm systems significantly improve early-stage damage detection, enabling timely intervention before structural failures occur. * corresponding author: timothy.chu@dlsu.edu.ph http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5775-1532 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0954-7291 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 399 effective uav-based shm systems rely on two fundamental components: localization and computer vision models. localization ensures precise uav positioning, critical for accurate flight operation, crack mapping, and comprehensive inspection coverage, especially in global navigation satellite system (gnss)-denied environments such as tunnels, indoor facilities, and under-bridge structures [8]. uavs deviate from planned flight paths without a reliable localization system, reducing inspection efficiency and compromising crack tracking accuracy. researchers have explored various localization techniques to address this, balancing cost, accuracy, and complexity. these techniques include radiofrequency identification (rfid), ultra-wideband (uwb), vision-based tracking, and the emerging lighthouse localization approach. with the availability of hybrid-localization techniques that integrate multiple positioning systems for improved accuracy and robustness, they introduce greater system complexity, computational overhead, and hardware dependencies—factors that may be unnecessary for this application. lighthouse localization, however, satisfies the operational requirements for uav control in gnss-denied environments while achieving sub-centimeter accuracy. complementing localization, computer vision models—particularly deep learning-based techniques— automate crack detection with high precision. convolutional neural networks (cnns), including alexnet, vgg-19, resnet, and yolo, have demonstrated effectiveness in crack identification [9], with two-stage cnn transfer learning approaches further enhancing classification and segmentation accuracy [10]. our previous work [11] has demonstrated the efficacy of a two-stage cnn model that leverages transfer learning in uav-based crack detection with strong performance in classification and segmentation tasks. in light of the critical importance of a localization method’s ability to generate accurate, precise, and applicationappropriate data, evaluating existing techniques for their suitability in uav-based crack detection within gnss-denied environments is essential. improper or low-quality localization can lead to operational drift, where the uav deviates significantly from its intended path or exhibits unstable movements in response to perceived position errors. this erratic behavior compromises the spatial reference needed for accurate crack mapping. it also introduces safety risks, as abrupt course corrections may cause the uav to collide with structural elements, damage itself, or endanger nearby personnel. moreover, logistical constraints such as weight, cost, and setup feasibility often render conventional high-precision systems impractical in real-world deployment. the challenge this study aims to address is the localization of hairline cracks using a system that not only achieves sufficient positional accuracy but also remains lightweight, scalable, and computationally efficient. rfid localization can be categorized into antenna array-based and synthetic aperture radar (sar)-based approaches. while the former relies on bulky hardware composed of multiple rfid reader antennas surrounding passive tags, rendering it impractical for uav deployment, the latter enables real-time tracking using a mobile rfid reader traversing an array of passive tags, albeit with significant infrastructure requirements [12]. recent developments in sarbased rfid localization have demonstrated steady improvements in accuracy and efficiency. in a foundational study [13], the proponents flew a uav equipped with a uhf-rfid reader over a football field embedded with fixed rfid tags, and the resulting rfid-based position estimates exhibited a mean absolute error (mae) of 27.1 cm when compared to gnss ground truth. to address computational inefficiencies in this setup, subsequent work [14] developed a hybrid method that utilized particle swarm optimization (pso) to significantly reduce processing time while improving accuracy to 15–20 cm. further advancements have explored more hybrid methods; for instance, böller et al. [15] incorporated angle of arrival (aoa) and time of flight (tof) measurements, reducing localization error to 12.8 cm. while promising in structured environments such as warehouses, where fixed tag arrays are acceptable, rfid localization remains unsuitable for uav-based shm. as noted in buffi et al. [16] study, its dependence on fixed infrastructure and moderate spatial resolution limits its use in dynamic uav-based shm contexts. uwb localization estimates position using short-duration radio pulses exchanged between fixed anchors and mobile tags, relying on tof and time-of-arrival (toa) measurements to achieve high spatial accuracy [17]. in structured environments such as warehouses, uwb has enabled coordinated multi-uav operations, with one study [18] demonstrating its application in a warehouse management system using eight fixed anchors to define the flight volume. the system achieved a mean localization error of 18.2 cm, preventing uav collisions during path planning. in industrial scenarios, uwb has demonstrated robustness under asymmetrical anchor configurations; even under these conditions, the system achieved a localization error below 20 ± 7 cm, performing comparably to visionand lidar-based systems in low-visibility environments [19]. mobile uwb anchors mounted on unmanned ground vehicles (ugv) have been explored, enabling uavs to localize relative to a moving reference and supporting multi-agent system configurations. these setups have reported sub-centimeter accuracy, with more than 50% of position estimates falling below 10 cm of error [20]. however, observations suggest that uwb performance remains sensitive to anchor geometry and environmental conditions. sorescu et al. [21] evaluated four configurations of anchor placements, showing that localization error increased from 6.95 cm in a compact 3 × 3 × 1 m setup to 9.34 cm in a more elongated 3 × 12 × 1 m space. this sensitivity underscores the need for careful calibration to mitigate multipath interference and signal degradation, particularly in sparse or cluttered deployments. vision-based tracking offers high-precision localization but requires substantial infrastructure and controlled environmental conditions. in preiss et al. [22] study, a vision system utilizing 24 vicon vantage cameras achieved 1.52 cm accuracy while tracking 49 uavs within a confined 6 m × 6 m × 3 m space. marker-based tracking has also shown hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 400 promise; mu et al. [23] localized a dji tello ryze drone for precision docking using a modified yolo algorithm, attaining a localization error of 1.03 cm, including successful trials on a moving ugv platform. despite these results, such systems depend heavily on the system setup, structure settings, and stable lighting. to overcome this, onboard camera-based localization methods, such as visual simultaneous localization and mapping (vslam), have gained traction. however, as noted in murhij et al. [24] study, integrating deep learning into uav visual localization remains a challenge due to concerns on real-time processing and memory constraints. to enhance robustness under weak lighting, wu et al. [25] proposed a hybrid visual slam system incorporating orb-slam3, gan networks, and yolov5, achieving an average error of 1.0077 cm, comparable to baseline and hybrid slam models. this performance came at the cost of significant computational resources. these constraints highlight a key limitation of vision-based localization: despite their accuracy, the requirements for processing power, lighting stability, and structured environments reduce their practicality for lightweight, real-time uav-based structural health monitoring. in contrast, lighthouse localization presents a promising alternative that balances precision, responsiveness, and deployment simplicity, particularly in gnss-denied environments. lighthouse localization offers a cost-effective, high-precision alternative for uav tracking, particularly in indoor navigation and autonomous landing. unlike vision-based systems, lighthouse systems provide low-latency, highaccuracy tracking with minimal computational demands. they are independent of ambient lighting conditions, performing comparably to or surpassing uwb-based localization in precision and responsiveness. studies have demonstrated its feasibility for ugvs, offering low-cost, high-precision tracking in structured environments [26]. in industrial automation, lighthouse localization has achieved sub-millimeter accuracy for product tracking, though its full 3d tracking capabilities remain unexplored [27]. for uav positioning, greiff et al. [28] validated its sub-centimeter accuracy through simulations, presenting it as an affordable alternative to motion capture and uwb tracking. furthermore, martin et al. [29] applied lighthouse localization for uav docking, achieving an average landing error of 3.5 cm, outperforming ultrasonic and optical flow sensors in indoor precision landing applications. table 1 presents a comparative analysis of each localization technique, highlighting the advantages and limitations of various localization methods for uav-based applications in gnss-denied environments. table 1. localization methods for uav-based applications in gnss-denied environments method accuracy key benefits limitations rfid [10-12] ~12–27 cm low-cost, suitable for warehouses limited range, infrastructure-dependent, low accuracy for shm uwb [15-18] 7–20 cm ± 7 cm high accuracy, robust in gnss-denied environments requires optimal anchor placement, susceptible to interference vision-based [19, 20, 22] 1–2 cm high precision, effective for swarm uavs requires multiple cameras, controlled lighting, expensive setup lighthouse [26] ~ 3.5 cm cost-effective, low-latency, computationally efficient requires line-of-sight, limited range (< 7 m) each localization technique presents trade-offs in cost, accuracy, and complexity. rfid is suited for structured environments but lacks precision, uwb offers sub-centimeter accuracy but requires careful anchor placement, and vision-based tracking provides high precision but is infrastructure-dependent. lighthouse localization emerges as a costeffective alternative, delivering sub-centimeter accuracy with minimal computational demands. while it requires lineof-sight, this limitation is shared by most localization techniques, making it a viable option for autonomous uav operations in controlled indoor environments. despite advances in deep learning-based crack detection, precise and reliable localization remains a limiting factor in achieving fully autonomous uav-based shm, particularly in gnssdenied environments. this gap is especially critical when detecting fine, hairline cracks, where even minor localization errors can undermine mapping accuracy and inspection coverage. thus, this study presents a novel uav-based shm by integrating lighthouse localization as a high-precision alternative for uav-based inspections in gnss-denied environments. by addressing this localization challenge, we aim to develop a fully autonomous uav inspection system that combines state-of-the-art crack detection with precise, realtime positioning, enabling more reliable and scalable shm solutions. the remainder of this paper is structured as follows: section 2 outlines the theoretical framework, detailing the two-stage cnn model and the lighthouse positioning system. section 3 presents the methodology, including the system architecture, dataset preparation, and physical experimentation. section 4 discusses the results, highlighting localization performance and crack detection accuracy. finally, section 5 concludes the study and outlines directions for future research. 2. theoretical considerations this section presents the theoretical foundations of this study, focusing on the two-stage cnn model with transfer learning for crack detection and segmentation, followed by the lighthouse positioning system for precise localization in gnss-denied environments. these components form the framework for integrating vision-based defect identification with high-accuracy uav positioning, ensuring reliable and scalable shm applications. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 401 2.1. two-stage cnn model with transfer learning our previous work [11] presented a two-stage cnn model optimized through transfer learning for uav-based shm in gnss-denied environments. as illustrated in figure 1, the first stage uses alexnet for binary crack classification, crack-positive or crack-negative, reducing computational load for the second stage, which employs yolov4 for precise crack boundary detection, leveraging its speed and real-time processing capabilities. transfer learning with imagenet weights enabled faster convergence and robust generalization. evaluation results showed 99.42% classification accuracy and 85.71% segmentation accuracy, outperforming standalone yolov4 by reducing false positives while maintaining high detection rates. this approach optimized computational efficiency, allowing real-time deployment on uavs with limited processing power. this pairing was selected for its balance of speed and accuracy—ideal for uavs with limited onboard resources. while deeper models like resnet or senet may yield higher accuracy, their computational cost makes them less suitable for real-time deployment. a comparative evaluation of traditional and two-stage cnn architectures, supporting this rationale, is summarized in our prior study. figure 1. architecture of the two-stage cnn model for uav-based crack detection 2.2. lighthouse positioning system lighthouse localization is a laser-based positioning system that determines an object's position through laser sweeps from static base stations, like the steamvr base station. this method offers high accuracy, low latency, and minimal computational overhead, making it suitable for uav navigation in gnss-denied environments. the base station emits a structured infrared laser sweep at a known angular velocity, detected by photodiode sensors mounted on the uav. by analyzing the time difference between when the sensor receives signals from the base station and between sweeps, the system can determine sensor’s position and track its movement relative to the base stations. with at least two base stations, the uav’s 3d position and orientation are estimated using triangulation and sensor fusion algorithms [30]. the objective of the lighthouse localization system is to determine the rotation angle (𝛼), defined as when the structured infrared light from the base station strikes the sensor. the system then employs tof and euclidean distance calculations to estimate the sensor’s 𝑥, 𝑦, and 𝑧 coordinates in a 3d space. the predicted rotation angle (𝛼𝑝) is derived from the sensor rotation angle (𝛼𝑠) relative to the base station and the rotation angle from the intersection line to the sensor (𝛼𝑡) that accounts for the inclination of the light plane. this relationship is defined in equation 1, while equation 2 provides the expression for calculating the sensor rotation angle. the variables 𝑥 and 𝑦 represent the measured distances along their respective axes between the uav-mounted sensor and the base station. figure 2a visually represents this localization process, illustrating the interaction between the sensor, the structured light plane, and the base station. 𝛼𝑝 = 𝛼𝑠 − 𝛼𝑡 (1) 𝛼𝑠 = tan−1 ( 𝑦 𝑥 ) (2) where: 𝛼 – rotation angle; 𝛼𝑝 – predicted/calculated rotation angle; 𝛼𝑠 – measured rotation angle from the sensor; 𝛼𝑡 – rotation angle from the intersection line to the sensor; t – tilt angle; x, y, and z – euclidean distance between the sensor and the tag. the tilt correction term is expressed in equation 3. the variable 𝑟 represents the euclidean distance along the xyplane between the base station and the sensor, while the variable 𝑑 is determined using the relationship illustrated in figure 2b. the variable 𝑡 represents the tilt angle of the laser ray, depicted by the red line in figure 2b, as it intersects with the uav-mounted sensor. 𝛼𝑡 = sin−1 ( 𝑑 r ) = sin−1 ( −𝑧 tan 𝑡 √𝑥2+𝑦2 ) (3) where: t – tilt. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 402 substituting this into the original equation provides the final expression for the predicted rotation angle (𝛼𝑝). 𝛼𝑝 = 𝛼𝑠 − 𝛼𝑡 = tan−1 ( 𝑦 𝑥 ) + sin−1 ( 𝑧 tan 𝑡 √𝑥2+𝑦2 ) (4) thus, the lighthouse localization system can accurately determine the uav's position relative to the base station by leveraging euclidean distance calculations and the predicted rotation angle. the sensor's spatial orientation in 3d space is established through reference frame transformations, while tof measurements provide precise distance estimates. these combined methodologies ensure robust and reliable real-time tracking, making the system well-suited for gnssdenied environments. (a) (b) figure 2. lighthouse localization for uav tracking, (a) top view illustrating the sensor's predicted rotation angle (αₚ), measured rotation (αₛ), and tilt correction (αₜ) relative to the base station. (b) side view depicting the perpendicular distance (d) from t. 3. methods this section presents the methodology in three parts: system overview, detailing the localization framework; neural network and dataset, covering data acquisition and model architecture; and physical experimentations, describing the experimental setup and performance evaluation. 3.1. system overview figure 3 illustrates the overall workflow of the crack detection and localization system. a crazyflie micro-uav, equipped with a lighthouse positioning deck and a himax hm01b0 low-power monochrome camera, was utilized for experimentation. the lighthouse system, developed by bitcraze, consists of base stations that define the experimental space and provide real-time positional tracking of the uav. within this controlled environment, printed cracked images are placed against a white background to simulate structural defects. figure 3. system overview of uav-based crack detection and localization during operation, the uav navigates the space while capturing images of the inspection area. these images are then processed through a 2-stage cnn model to detect the presence of cracks. the lighthouse positioning system provides precise x, y, and z coordinates in meters to ensure accurate localization of the uav and the detected cracks. the final output consists of a localized image of the detected crack, providing visual and positional information, which is crucial for uav-based shm applications in gnss-denied environments. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 403 3.2. neural network and dataset this study utilizes the same model as in our previous work [11]. the classification dataset used for model training was sourced from özgenel et al. [31], which includes 20,000 and 20,000 non-crack images extracted from 458 highresolution structural photos. for segmentation, 704 samples were extracted and augmented by varying orientation, position, and brightness, then manually annotated with bounding boxes. both datasets followed a 60:20:20 trainvalidation-test split.. the laptop used for this study possessed a ryzen 5 5500 processor and an rtx 3060 12gb gpu for efficient computation. to evaluate the model’s ability to detect previously unseen cracks, the researchers developed synthetic defects by merging multiple cracked images, representing data beyond the training dataset. these synthetic cracks are then strategically placed, with different orientations, in the inspection area for detection. this experimentation was conducted together with the crack localization experiment. by combining these controlled tests, the study evaluated the detection performance of the system and the model’s ability to map crack positions using the lighthouse positioning system precisely. the system was further validated on actual wall cracks following controlled environment experiments to assess its viability for real-world inspections. 3.3. physical experimentation the physical experimental phase consists of two primary components: the localization experiment and the crack detection experiment. the localization experiment aims to evaluate the performance of the lighthouse positioning system after calibration. on the other hand, the crack detection experiment assesses the system’s capability to detect and localize cracks within the inspection area. the experiment space, bounded by the lighthouse positioning system, measures 1.5 × 1.2 × 1.2 meters, with the base stations positioned 30 cm away from the experimental area and mounted at 1.65 meters above the ground to ensure optimal coverage. the inspection area consists of an 81.28 cm × 101.6 cm white foam board, placed at the edge of the test space, simulating a structural surface for crack detection. a visualization of the experiment setup is presented in figure 4. figure 4. experimental volume for uav operation and inspection 3.3.1. localization experiment before conducting localization tests, a calibration phase was performed to validate the accuracy of the lighthouse positioning system. this process involved positioning the uav at known reference points within the experimental area and comparing the system’s measured coordinates with the actual positions. following calibration, a test trajectory was executed, during which the uav autonomously followed a predefined flight path within the experimental space. error readings were collected throughout the trajectory to assess the system’s ability to maintain the expected path. these results provided critical insights into the positioning system’s accuracy, informing the subsequent crack detection experiments. as depicted in figure 5, the predefined flight path was structured around a targeted inspection trajectory, covering an area of 55 cm × 80 cm, with 16 designated waypoints where the uav hovered. this setup allowed for controlled movement along the y and z axes while assessing the uav’s ability to maintain its position along the x axis. this evaluation offers a comprehensive understanding of the lighthouse positioning system’s performance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 404 figure 5. predefined uav trajectory (in cm) for lighthouse localization assessment 3.3.2. crack detection experiment the crack detection experiment began with a calibration process to determine the optimal uav-to-target distance for image capture. based on prior findings, this x-distance was set to 13 cm to maximize detection accuracy, a 15.5 cm by 9 cm field-of-view. the researchers experimented with three key scenarios: (1) crack localization at different positions within a 40×45 cm inspection area to assess detection performance across various regions; (2) synthetic crack scenarios, one long vertical crack (14×80 cm), one long horizontal crack (80x14 cm) and another with a long diagonal crack (60×60 cm) to evaluate the model’s ability to detect larger, more complex formations; and (3) real-world crack detection, where the system was tested on actual structural. performance was measured based on successful crack identification and localization accuracy. three of the five total case scenarios involved synthetic cracks, one with printed crack images positioned in several areas, and one used real cracks. figure 6 visualizes the case scenarios, where white areas indicate crack presence, and black areas represent non-crack regions. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) figure 6. crack case scenarios in the inspection area, (a) distributed cracks across the inspection area, (b) combined vertical crack, (c) combined horizontal crack, (d) real diagonal crack, and (e) actual crack on a structural wall 4. results and discussion this section presents an evaluation of the system’s performance across three key aspects: localization accuracy, crack localization, and analysis of findings. the results highlight the system’s precision in positioning, its effectiveness in detecting and mapping cracks, and key insights derived from the experiments. 4.1. localization results evaluation figure 7 illustrates the actual flight path of the uav, revealing a distinct hovering pattern at each waypoint. the actual line represents the system’s measured values, while the command line represents the drone's theoretical path. the observed deviations indicate that the drone experienced slight oscillations around the waypoints during the three-second hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 405 hover period. this wobbling effect, inherent to the uav's state estimation and correction mechanisms, contributed to variations in image capture locations, potentially shifting the recorded crack images away from the intended waypoint centers. figure 7. actual vs. command uav trajectory using the lighthouse localization system (units in cm) figure 8 presents the offset measurements of the uav along the x, y, and z axes, providing a detailed evaluation of localization performance over time, represented in frames. the recorded maximum offsets reached approximately 4 cm along the x-axis, 3.5 cm along the y-axis, and 6 cm along the z-axis. the average offsets across all test flights were measured at 1.08 cm, 1.73 cm, and 1.48 cm, respectively. these values indicate that, on average, the positioning system maintained the uav’s position within an accuracy of 1–2 cm, demonstrating a high level of precision in localization. figure 8. average uav offset in cm across (a) the x-axis, (b) the y-axis, and (c) the z-axis over time notably, the initial two waypoints exhibited larger deviations than the rest of the trajectory, particularly along the x and z axes. this behavior likely resulted from the uav’s transition from takeoff to its first waypoint, introducing minor inaccuracies during early image capture. the observed oscillations measured around 3.5 to 6 cm but stabilized within approximately three seconds. once stabilized, the system maintained an average error of approximately 1–2 cm, within acceptable limits for uav-based crack localization. given that the target cracks span several centimeters, this level of 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 1 2 6 5 1 7 6 1 0 1 1 2 6 1 5 1 1 7 6 2 0 1 2 2 6 2 5 1 2 7 6 3 0 1 3 2 6 3 5 1 3 7 6 4 0 1 4 2 6 4 5 1 4 7 6 5 0 1 5 2 6 5 5 1 o ff se t (i n c e n ti m e te r s) frame number (streams at around 8 frames per second) average uav offset (x-axis) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 1 2 5 4 9 7 3 9 7 1 2 1 1 4 5 1 6 9 1 9 3 2 1 7 2 4 1 2 6 5 2 8 9 3 1 3 3 3 7 3 6 1 3 8 5 4 0 9 4 3 3 4 5 7 4 8 1 5 0 5 5 2 9 5 5 3 o ff se t (i n c e n ti m e te r s) frame number (streams at around 8 frames per second) average uav offset (y-axis) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 5 4 9 7 3 9 7 1 2 1 1 4 5 1 6 9 1 9 3 2 1 7 2 4 1 2 6 5 2 8 9 3 1 3 3 3 7 3 6 1 3 8 5 4 0 9 4 3 3 4 5 7 4 8 1 5 0 5 5 2 9 5 5 3 o ff se t (i n c e n ti m e te r s) frame number (streams at around 8 frames per second) average uav offset (z-axis) (a) (b) (c) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 406 accuracy ensures the uav’s field of view remains sufficient to detect and segment cracks, even with minor deviations. beyond precision, this stability supports consistent uav behavior, allowing rapid waypoint settling and minimizing motion blur during image capture. compared to alternative localization methods (table 1), the lighthouse system offers a compelling balance of accuracy (< 2 cm), low system complexity, and ease of deployment. it requires minimal setup, does not rely on gps or external cameras, and operates without intensive onboard computation. these findings confirm that the system enables reliable centimeter-level crack localization while remaining practical and scalable for structural inspections in gnss-denied environments. 4.2. crack localization the captured images, classification results, segmentation outputs, and estimated crack locations are presented in the figure. each image includes position data in meters and a classification score ranging from 0 to 1, where values closer to 1 indicate a detected crack. this score represents the average classification prediction during the uav's hover. positive classifications undergo segmentation, with detected cracks highlighted using yellow bounding boxes. the background color of each image represents its classification outcome: red indicates no detected cracks, green signifies correctly classified and segmented cracks, and yellow highlights instances where classification and segmentation results do not align. beneath each image, the ground truth is provided for direct comparison. crack locations are estimated by masking bounding boxes in white against a black background, visually representing detected cracks. these masks are then stitched together using absolute coordinates to generate a composite map, where black represents the surveyed area and white denotes identified cracks. figure 9 illustrates the system’s performance in detecting a long diagonal crack that is not part of the training dataset. the uav correctly localized the crack spanning from the upper left region towards the center, with position data provided in meters. among the 12 samples, only one false negative was observed, indicating strong generalization despite unseen orientations. this spatial localization was made possible through coordinate-based stitching of segmented outputs, providing detection and positional insight into defect extent and orientation. a key challenge in this experiment was the camera’s limited field of view, which resulted in overlapping detections. while the system performed well overall, the same crack appeared across multiple viewpoints, complicating precise localization. to address this, a 30% overlap was applied when stitching segmented masks, allowing bounding boxes to converge into a more accurate crack representation. this approach introduces redundancy for robustness but may require tuning to optimize and avoid oversegmentation. position: (y = -0.15, z = 0.66) prediction: 0.95 positive true value: positive position: (y = 0.0, z = 0.66) prediction: 0.78 negative true value: positive position: (y = 0.15, z = 0.66) prediction: 0 negative true value: negative position: (y = -0.15, z = 0.58) prediction: 1 positive true value: positive position: (y = 0.00, z = 0.58) prediction: 1 positive true value: positive position: (y = 0.15, z = 0.58) prediction: 0 negative true value: negative position: (y = -0.15, z = 0.50) prediction: 0.286 negative true value: negative position: (y = 0.00, z = 0.50) prediction: 1 positive true value: positive position: (y = 0.15, z = 0.50) prediction: 0 negative true value: negative position: (y = -0.15, z = 0.42) prediction: 0 negative true value: negative position: (y = 0.00, z = 0.42) prediction: 0 negative true value: negative position: (y = 0.15, z = 0.42) prediction: 0 negative true value: negative figure 9. crack detection performance across y and z coordinates for a long diagonal crack hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 407 figure 10 presents a real-world scenario where the uav successfully identified a crack near the inspection region's center (approximately y = -0.10 meters). the vertical extent of the crack, estimated to be around 28 cm, was effectively segmented through multiple inspection windows. though false negatives were present in both figures, analysis suggests that misclassifications occurred when prediction scores fell below the set threshold (0.8). notably, true positives were consistently identified around the misclassified areas, indicating that the crack remained within the uav’s field of view, which is acceptable for this application. however, future work may explore dynamic thresholding mechanisms. position: (y = -0.30, z = 0.73) prediction: 0 negative true value: negative position: (y = -0.10, z = 0.73) prediction: 1 positive true value: positive position: (y = 0.10, z = 0.73) prediction: 0.42 negative true value: positive position: (y = -0.30, z = 0.59) prediction: 0 negative true value: negative position: (y = -0.10 z = 0.59) prediction: 1 positive true value: positive position: (y = 0.10, z = 0.59) prediction: 0 negative true value: negative position: (y = -0.30, z = 0.45) prediction: 0 negative true value: negative position: (y = -0.10 z = 0.45) prediction: 1 positive true value: positive position: (y = 0.10, z = 0.45) prediction: 0 negative true value: negative figure 10. crack detection performance on an actual wall surface across different y and z coordinates table 2 summarizes the model performance across all scenarios, reporting 100% precision and 83.33% recall, with an overall accuracy of 91.89%. these metrics highlight the system’s robustness in classifying and segmenting cracks. when paired with coordinate mapping, this enables the generation of reliable spatial crack representations, supporting targeted maintenance and data-driven repair prioritization. these results are consistent with our previous study [11], where the proposed two-stage model achieved an f1-score of 88.7% for classification and 95.2% for segmentation. compared to other approaches, such as resnet50+senet (mpa: 92.7%, iou: 88.3%) and cnn-based classification with ctv2 (f1: 92.23%), the proposed method remains competitive while offering advantages in real-time deployment and computational efficiency. table 2. confusion matrix for the model’s performance across all case scenarios prediction negative prediction positive actual positive false negative 4 (8.16%) 4 true positive 20 (40.81%) recall 83.33% actual negative true negative 25 (51.02%) false positive 0 precision 100% accuracy 91.89% hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 408 unlike most crack detection studies focusing on image-level classification or segmentation [32, 33], this study emphasizes spatial crack localization using a lighthouse-based uav framework. the segmentation masks are tied to y and z position data, enabling physical mapping of defect locations in real-world coordinates. while a few studies attempt image-based feedback [34], they often lack detailed spatial context. the present approach addresses this gap, reinforcing the value of pose-informed crack detection in uav-based shm workflows. moreover, the pairing of alexnet and yolov4 was chosen to balance detection speed and precision. alexnet is a lightweight classifier that reduces processing load, while yolov4 performs accurate segmentation, making this two-stage architecture particularly suitable for realtime uav deployment under resource constraints. although the system demonstrated reliable crack detection in indoor environments, its performance under more challenging surface or lighting conditions, such as wetness, shadows, or textured concrete, was not evaluated. nonetheless, the grayscale conversion step in the preprocessing pipeline may help mitigate minor lighting variations, such as shadows, provided sufficient illumination is maintained. evaluating the system’s robustness under real-world conditions remains valuable for future work. while the model effectively classifies and localizes cracks, it is currently limited to binary classification (crack vs. no crack) and does not distinguish between different crack types or severities. however, the segmentation masks produced by the model provide sufficient spatial information to enable postprocessing for crack length estimation. further crack width or depth analysis remains outside the current scope but represents a valuable direction for future development. 5. conclusion this study demonstrates a novel lighthouse localization for uav positioning, integrated with a two-stage cnn crack detection model. the system achieved effective and precise crack detection by leveraging alexnet for lightweight binary classification and yolov4 for real-time segmentation. the localization component provided sub-centimeter accuracy, stabilizing within a 1-2 cm margin, ensuring reliable uav tracking in gnss-denied environments. spatial coordinate assignment (y and z) further enhanced the system’s utility for mapping defects, supporting targeted maintenance, and reducing human intervention. the study confirms the viability of the lighthouse system as a cost-effective and precise solution for indoor infrastructure inspection. future work may improve segmentation overlap, expand the dataset for greater generalization across structural conditions, and investigate scalability through multi-base station setups. since the lighthouse system calculates uav position based on proximity to visible base stations, increasing the number of base stations could extend coverage, provided consistent line-of-sight is maintained [35]. these directions open new possibilities for deploying uav-based shm systems in larger or multi-room environments. this research reinforces the potential of combining efficient localization with deep learning for scalable, precise defect detection in gnss-denied settings. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, j.s., a.c., and t.c.; methodology, j.s., a.c., and t.c.; software, j.s.; validation, j.s. and t.c.; formal analysis, j.s.; investigation, j.s.; resources, a.c. and t.c.; data curation, j.s. and t.c.; writing—original draft preparation, j.s. and t.c.; writing—review and editing, a.c. and t.c.; visualization, t.c.; supervision, a.c. and t.c.; project administration, a.c.; funding acquisition, a.c. and t.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 409 7. references [1] kot, p., muradov, m., gkantou, m., kamaris, g. s., hashim, k., & yeboah, d. (2021). recent advancements in non-destructive testing techniques for structural health monitoring. applied sciences (switzerland), 11(6), 2750. doi:10.3390/app11062750. [2] say, m. f. q., sybingco, e., bandala, a. a., vicerra, r. r. p., & chua, a. y. (2021). 2d position control of a uav using fuzzy logic control. 2021 ieee/sice international symposium on system integration, sii 2021, 679–683. doi:10.1109/ieeeconf49454.2021.9382784. [3] piquero, j. (2019). a new sliding mode controller implementation on an autonomous quadcopter system. international journal of automation and smart technology, 9(2), 53-63. doi:10.5875/ausmt.v9i2.1876. [4] aniceto1, s. b. p., mcgrah, r. v. s., ochengco, c. j. i., regalado, m. g., & chua, a. y. (2020). a novel low-cost obstacle avoidance system for a quadcopter uav using fuzzy logic. international journal of mechanical engineering and robotics research, 9(5), 733–738. doi:10.18178/ijmerr.9.5.733-738. [5] rathod, v. v., rana, d. p., & mehta, r. g. (2024). deep learning-driven uav vision for automated road crack detection and classification. nondestructive testing and evaluation, 1–30. doi:10.1080/10589759.2024.2446650. [6] jin, t., zhang, w., chen, c., chen, b., zhuang, y., & zhang, h. (2023). deep-learningand unmanned aerial vehicle-based structural crack detection in concrete. buildings, 13(12), 3114. doi:10.3390/buildings13123114. [7] duan, z., liu, j., ling, x., zhang, j., & liu, z. (2024). ernet: a rapid road crack detection method using low-altitude uav remote sensing images. remote sensing, 16(10), 1741. doi:10.3390/rs16101741. [8] beguni, c., done, a., căilean, a. m., avătămăniței, s. a., & zadobrischi, e. (2023). experimental demonstration of a visible light communications system based on binary frequency-shift keying modulation: a new step toward improved noise resilience. sensors, 23(11), 5001. doi:10.3390/s23115001. [9] krishnan, s. s. r., karuppan, m. k. n., khadidos, a. o., khadidos, a. o., selvarajan, s., tandon, s., & balusamy, b. (2025). comparative analysis of deep learning models for crack detection in buildings. scientific reports, 15(1), 2125. doi:10.1038/s41598-025-85983-3. [10] qayyum, w., ehtisham, r., bahrami, a., camp, c., mir, j., & ahmad, a. (2023). assessment of convolutional neural network pre-trained models for detection and orientation of cracks. materials, 16(2), 826. doi:10.3390/ma16020826. [11] sorilla, j., chu, t. s. c., & chua, a. y. (2024). a uav based concrete crack detection and segmentation using 2-stage convolutional network with transfer learning. hightech and innovation journal, 5(3), 690–702. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-0503-010. [12] xie, d., wang, x., tang, a., & zhu, h. (2022). a portable rfid localization approach for mobile robots. ieee internet of things journal, 9(23), 23332–23347. doi:10.1109/jiot.2022.3202136. [13] buffi, a., motroni, a., nepa, p., tellini, b., & cioni, r. (2019). a sar-based measurement method for passive-tag positioning with a flying uhf-rfid reader. ieee transactions on instrumentation and measurement, 68(3), 845–853. doi:10.1109/tim.2018.2857045. [14] motroni, a., & nepa, p. (2023). uav-based 3d localization of passive uhf-rfid tags empowering outdoor stock management. 2023 35th general assembly and scientific symposium of the international union of radio science, ursi gass 2023, 1–4. doi:10.23919/ursigass57860.2023.10265434. [15] böller, s., bödder, a., riegler, j., & grenter, t. (2024). shf rfid based localization: combining time-of-flight and angleof-arrival. 2024 ieee international conference on rfid technology and applications, rfid-ta 2024, 70–73. doi:10.1109/rfid-ta64374.2024.10965186. [16] buffi, a., nepa, p., & cioni, r. (2017). sarfid on drone: drone-based uhf-rfid tag localization. 2017 ieee international conference on rfid technology and application, rfid-ta 2017, 40–44. doi:10.1109/rfid-ta.2017.8098872. [17] kabiri, m., cimarelli, c., bavle, h., sanchez-lopez, j. l., & voos, h. (2023). a review of radio frequency based localisation for aerial and ground robots with 5g future perspectives. sensors, 23(1), 188. doi:10.3390/s23010188. [18] de guzman, c. j. p., chua, a. y., & chu, t. s. c. (2024). path planning of multiple quadrotors with ultrawideband localization for warehouse inventory management. journal of robotics, 2566619. doi:10.1155/2024/2566619. [19] yang, b., yang, e., yu, l., & loeliger, a. (2022). high-precision uwb-based localisation for uav in extremely confined environments. ieee sensors journal, 22(1), 1020–1029. doi:10.1109/jsen.2021.3130724. [20] queralta, j. p., martinez almansa, c., schiano, f., floreano, d., & westerlund, t. (2020). uwb-based system for uav localization in gnss-denied environments: characterization and dataset. ieee international conference on intelligent robots and systems, 4521–4528. doi:10.1109/iros45743.2020.9341042. https://doi.org/10.5875/ausmt.v9i2.1876 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 410 [21] sorescu, t. g., militaru, a. v., chiriac, v. m., comsa, c. r., & alecsandrescu, i. e. (2024). uwb indoor localization: accuracy evaluation in a controlled environment. proceedings of the 16th international conference on electronics, computers and artificial intelligence, ecai 2024, 1–6. doi:10.1109/ecai61503.2024.10607552. [22] preiss, j. a., honig, w., sukhatme, g. s., & ayanian, n. (2017). crazyswarm: a large nano-quadcopter swarm. proceedings ieee international conference on robotics and automation, 3299–3304. doi:10.1109/icra.2017.7989376. [23] mu, l., cao, s., zhang, y., zhang, x., feng, n., & zhang, y. (2025). autonomous landing guidance for quad-uavs based on visual image and altitude estimation. drones, 9(1), 57. doi:10.3390/drones9010057. [24] murhij, y., gavrilov, d., buzdin, v., kafa, w., tatarinova, e., fateev, a., shkatula, s., & krichevets, d. (2024). visual localization system for gps-blind environments in unmanned aerial vehicles. proceedings of the 2024 8th international conference on information, control, and communication technologies, icct 2024, 1–5. doi:10.1109/icct62929.2024.10875019. [25] wu, p., tong, p., zhou, x., & yang, x. (2024). dyn-darkslam: yolo-based visual slam in low-light conditions. proceedings of 2024 ieee 25th china conference on system simulation technology and its application, ccssta 2024, 346– 351. doi:10.1109/ccssta62096.2024.10691775. [26] gibson, j., haseler, c., lassiter, h., liu, r., morrow, g., oslund, b., zrimm, m., & lewin, g. (2016). lighthouse localization for unmanned applications. 2016 ieee systems and information engineering design symposium, sieds 2016, 187–192. doi:10.1109/sieds.2016.7489296. [27] campos, f. m. r., schindler, c. b., kilberg, b. g., & pister, k. s. j. (2020). lighthouse localization of wireless sensor networks for latency-bounded, high-reliability industrial automation tasks. ieee international workshop on factory communication systems proceedings, wfcs, 2020-april, 1–8. doi:10.1109/wfcs47810.2020.9114443. [28] greiff, m., robertsson, a., & berntorp, k. (2019). performance bounds in positioning with the vive lighthouse system. fusion 2019 22nd international conference on information fusion, 1–8. doi:10.23919/fusion43075.2019.9011242. [29] martin, t., blanco, j. r., mouret, j. b., & raharijaona, t. (2024). compact docking station for sub-150g uav indoor precise landing. international conference on unmanned aircraft systems, icuas 2024, 1267–1274. doi:10.1109/icuas60882.2024.10557124. [30] bitcraze (2024). lighthouse kalman measurment model. bitcraze, malmö, sweden. available online: https://www.bitcraze.io/documentation/repository/crazyflie-firmware/master/functional-areas/lighthouse/kalman_measurement_model/ (accessed on may 2025). [31] özgenel, ç. f. (2019), concrete crack images for classification. mendeley data, v2. doi:10.17632/5y9wdsg2zt.2. [32] yang, z. (2024). consider computer vision for building component recognition and defect detection. 2024 5th international conference on machine learning and computer application, 457–460. doi:10.1109/icmlca63499.2024.10754392. [33] zaman, f., xu, z., hussain, a., tariq, aslam, a., & abdullahi, m. r. (2024). concrete and pavement cracks detection leveraging vision transformer (vit) model. proceedings ieit 2024, international conference on electrical and information technology, 90–95. doi:10.1109/ieit64341.2024.10762971. [34] bakirci, m., & avran, m. n. (2025). automated detection and localization of wind turbine deformations through yolo11 and uav systems. proceedings 2025 international russian smart industry conference, smartindustrycon 2025, 109–114. doi:10.1109/smartindustrycon65166.2025.10986124. [35] bitcraze (2024). lighthouse more than 4 base stations. bitcraze, malmö, sweden. available online: https://www.bitcraze.io/documentation/repository/crazyflie-firmware/master/functional-areas/lighthouse/multi_base_stations/ (accessed on may 2024). https://www.bitcraze.io/documentation/repository/crazyflie-firmware/master/functional-areas/lighthouse/kalman_measurement_model/ https://www.bitcraze.io/documentation/repository/crazyflie-firmware/master/functional-areas/lighthouse/multi_base_stations/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 598 issn: 2723-9535 application of deep learning for stock prediction within the framework of portfolio optimization in quantitative trading xiaoyu qin 1* 1 school of engineering, the university of manchester, manchester, m13 9pl united kingdom. received 05 january 2025; revised 28 april 2025; accepted 05 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract this paper proposes a method for stock prediction and portfolio optimization as a part of quantitative trading based on a combination of bi-rnn and a modified snake optimization algorithm (msoa) to build optimal portfolios and outperform conventional models and benchmarks. methods/analysis: we employ the bi-rnn model, which processes historical stock data in both forward and backward directions to unveil intricate temporal dependencies. msoa is used to fine-tune the hyperparameters of the bi-rnn with enhancements such as latin hypercube sampling for initialization, dynamic temperature adjustment, adaptive learning rates, and hybrid exploration-exploitation mechanisms. the markowitz meanvariance approach is used to optimize the portfolio from asset allocations that the msoa then improves. the model is evaluated on the s&p 500 from 1993 to 2020. results: such findings in experiments indicate that the proposed model outperforms baseline models, e.g., lstm, gru, and hmm, with lower mean squared percentage error (mspe) values and higher sharpe ratios of constructed portfolios. for instance, portfolio 3 produced a 10.9% expected return with a standard deviation of 12.9%, delivering risk-adjusted returns that exceed those of the s&p 500. novelty/improvement: a strong integrated approach of deep learning and advanced optimization techniques is proposed for stock prediction and portfolio optimization, which achieves notable improvements in terms of accuracy and efficiency. the proposed approach overcomes the drawbacks of traditional algorithms, making it a valuable tool for financial decision-making. keywords: stock prediction; bi-rnn; msoa; portfolio construction; stock market forecasting; deep learning; time series analysis. 1. introduction in recent years, economic variable prediction has been of special importance for strategic managers in the private and public sectors in order to regulate economic affairs and relations, so that the need for tools and methods of predicting variables with the least amount of error is noticeable. due to the importance and special position of financial markets and the effect they have on parallel markets, which shows their strong role in the economy of every country, prediction in this area is of special importance and has become an integral and important part of this area. the higher the accuracy of this prediction and the less error it has, the more confidence investors have because in this way they can minimize their risk. in order to increase the accuracy of prediction, it is possible to recognize the important factors affecting the financial markets and decrease the predicting errors with their help. the stock market signifies a multifaceted and ever-evolving system that has gathered extensive research and scrutiny over the years. for investors, policymakers, and financial institutions, the capacity to accurately predict stock prices and * corresponding author: xiaoyuqinnnx210202@outlook.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-016  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 599 trends is important, as it influences asset choices, risk management approaches, and economic strategies. however, forecasting stock prices poses important challenges due to the inherent unpredictability and fluctuations characteristic of the market. the use of deep learning and machine learning techniques has grown in popularity recently in the field of stock price forecasting. these advanced methods have shown encouraging results in predicting stock prices and trends, which has led to their increasing popularity among investors and financial institutions. however, the majority of current research has focused on traditional machine learning techniques, like random forests and support vector machines (svms), which have limits in their ability to recognize intricate patterns and relationships in the data. recently, recurrent neural networks (rnns) have found extensive application in sequence prediction tasks, including natural language processing and speech recognition. rnns are particularly advantageous for stock price forecasting, as they are adept at recognizing complex patterns and relationships in the data while accommodating the sequential nature of stock price information. thio-ac et al. [1] introduced a system of decision support to optimize the portfolios of stock. hidden markov model has been utilized for 95% accurate stock cost predictions during a five-day duration. the system employed quadratic programming to enhance asset distribution, concentrating on a maximum of 15 established blue-chip firms. important metrics such as bollinger bands, rsi, and macd provided definitive recommendations to hold, sell, or buy. it continuously tracked the philippine stock exchange, alerting users to considerable fluctuations. designed using python and c#, the models have been trained using a steady dataset spanning five years for reliable outcomes. the findings indicated good forecast accuracy, with a value of 98.923% for peak prices and 98.741% for low prices, which supported investment techniques. the research contrasted spot-allotted portfolios with stochastic allocations, showing a significant distinction in profit and loss distribution. this highlighted its importance for making profitable and informed choices in stock trading. xiao & tang [2] suggested a quantitative trading system on the basis of lstm using python for model prediction and learning. by adapting the model’s internal variables, the stock forecast’s accuracy was enhanced. the stock’s historical data was utilized for forecasting and learning trends of future stock. however, there were some problems regarding the efficiency of the system in the long term, hence requiring some additional investigations in this field. martínez-barbero et al. [3] integrated machine learning approaches, the classical mean–variance optimization algorithm, and long short-term memory (lstm) with the purpose of providing accurate forecasted returns and generating money-making portfolios for 10 holding intervals. moreover, it presented diverse contexts of finance. the suggested algorithm was tested and trained using historical euro stoxx 50® index data. the findings represented that the suggested lstm could accomplish minor errors of forecast, as the mse average of 10 holding intervals was 0.00047, and the mae’s average was 0.01634. moreover, the accuracy of prediction during 10 investment intervals was 95.8%. huang et al. [4] suggested a kind of method to improve returns of investment by combining lstm forecasts as well as the eow (evolutionary operating-weights) algorithmic technique. the suggested approach utilized an lstm with several layers to predict prices of future stock, including the forecasts with data of the actual market. the findings of the current investigation represented that this could perform better than the other models. jeribi et al. [5] introduced an expert framework for stock market prediction on the basis of deep learning, named dlef-sm. the approach used improved jellyfish-induced filtering (ijf-f) to preprocess the data and efficiently analyzed raw data and eliminated artifacts. to overcome the issue of imbalanced data and improve the quality of data, previously trained cnns (convolutional neural networks), namely resnet-50 and vggface2, were utilized for extraction of features. in addition, an ibwo (improved black window optimization) was developed for the selection of features that diminished the dimensionality of data and prevented the underfitting issue. in order to accurately predict the stock market, artificial neural network and deep reinforcement were combined. the prediction accuracy of the model for dax markets, s&p500-l, and s&p500-s was, in turn, 98.825%, 98.235%, and 99.562%. however, there are other things that go on in real-world stock data that existing models are not able to capture well, especially during market turbulence. many conventional algorithms do not efficiently balance exploration and exploitation, resulting in local optima or so-called poor solutions. moreover, though rnns perform well when modeling sequential data, they are limited with regard to certain hyperparameters and optimization procedures [6]. to overcome these limitations, this study proposes a new methodology based on a bidirectional recurrent neural network (bi-rnn) by using a modified snake optimization algorithm (msoa). bi-rnn architecture passes the historical stock data in the forward and reverse directions, which in turn assists in capturing the complex temporal dependencies. on the other hand, msoa optimizes hyperparameters for the model in a dynamic manner by adopting hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 600 novel methods like latin hypercube sampling (lhs) to create samples, dynamically controlling the temperature in annealing, dynamically changing the learning rate adaptation, and using hybrid exploration-exploitation. the goal of this integration is to increase prediction accuracy and create optimized portfolios exceeding benchmark indices like the s&p 500. 2. dataset description 2.1. dataset the dataset used in this research is the “s&p 500 stocks” dataset, which is available to the public on kaggle. this dataset includes historical stock prices for the s&p 500 index, a prominent stock market index that reproduces the market capitalization of 500 large, publicly traded corporations in the united states. comprising 505,744 rows and 11 columns, the dataset spans approximately 27 years, from january 3, 1993, to february 19, 2020. it contains daily stock prices for all 505 companies that constitute the s&p 500 index, along with the index itself. the data is planned in a time-series format, with each row reliable to a definite trading day. the columns presented in the dataset are as follows:  date: the trading day is shown in the format yyyy-mm-dd.  open: the stock/index opening price on the detailed date.  high: the maximum noted price of the stock/index on that date.  low: the minimum noted price of the stock/index on that date.  close: the closing price of the stock/index on the definite date.  adj close: the adjusted closing price of the stock/index on that date, enhanced for dividends and stock splits.  volume: the total trading volume of the stock/index on the definite date. this dataset suggests a detailed and extensive impression of the s&p 500 index and its basic companies, rendering it an excellent source for research and investigation within the domains of economics and finance. it can be used for several purposes, including risk assessment, portfolio optimization, and stock price prediction. it is important to note that the dataset is updated often, which may result in changes over time in the total number of rows and columns. 2.2. data preprocessing data preprocessing is an important stage in preparing the data for examination. in this research, we applied numerous preprocessing stages to the data to guarantee that it was in an appropriate format for investigation. a) normalization normalization denotes the technique of adjusting the data to a standardized range, typically between 0 and 1. this approach is used to guarantee that features with meaningfully larger ranges do not overshadow the analysis. in this example, we used the min-max scaler for the normalization of the data. b) feature scaling feature scaling includes changing the data so that it has a mean of zero and a variance of one. this technique improves the constancy and effectiveness of the analysis. in this instance, we used the standard scaler to perform the scaling of the data. c) data cleaning we cleaned the data by eliminating any duplicates, inconsistencies, and outliers. we also removed any features that were not relevant to the analysis. 3. research methodology the block diagram showing the planned method is exposed in figure 1. the proposed approach is shown in a block diagram containing numerous phases, starting with data preprocessing. in this primary stage, the dataset experiences cleaning to address missing values, normalization, and formatting for feature extraction. following this, the cleaned data is managed in the feature extraction phase, where technical indicators are used to recognize patterns and trends in stock prices. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 601 figure 1. block diagram of the proposed methodology these derived features are used to train a bi-rnn model that is enhanced by a recently changed version of the snake optimization algorithm, which predicts future stock prices. the forecast prices are then practical for portfolio optimization through the markowitz mean-variance optimization method. the effectiveness of the optimized portfolio is evaluated using the sharpe ratio during the portfolio performance assessment phase, concluding in the presentation of the optimized portfolio as the final output. in the following, the step-by-step phases of the stock prediction have been described in detail. 4. bi-directional rnns 4.1. a simple review a bidirectional recurrent neural network (bi-rnn) is a different type of recurrent neural network (rnn) that processes input data in both forward and backward directions. this dual processing ability permits the network to effectively capture contextual addictions by taking into account both preceding and subsequent situations. in contrast to a unidirectional rnn, which examines input sequences in a single direction, a bi-rnn overcomes the limitation of failing to grasp the complete context of the input data. this is particularly important in applications such as language translation, where understanding the basis is important for creating accurate forecasts. a bi-rnn is composed of two distinct rnns: one that processes the input data from left to right (the forward rnn) and another that processes it from right to left (the backward rnn). the outputs from these two rnns are subsequently combined, or “merged,” to produce the model's final output. the inclusion of the forward and backward rnn outputs can be performed in various manners, tailored to the specific requirements of the model and the task at hand. these methods contain concatenation, where the outputs are joined to generate the final output; addition, where the outputs are summed element-wise; and averaging, where the outputs are averaged element-wise to yield the final output. in bi-rnn, for the forward rnn, ℎ𝑡 = 𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑑(𝑊𝑥ℎ × 𝑋𝑡 + 𝑊ℎℎ × ℎ𝑡−1 + 𝑏ℎ) (1) 𝑜𝑡 = 𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑑(𝑊ℎ𝑜 × ℎ𝑡 + 𝑏𝑜) (2) where, 𝑋 denotes the input data, ℎ represents the hidden state, and 𝑜 signifies the output. also, for the backward rnn: ℎ𝑡 = 𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑑(𝑊𝑥ℎ ∗ 𝑋𝑇−𝑡 + 𝑊ℎℎ ∗ ℎ𝑡+1 + 𝑏ℎ) (3) 𝑜𝑡 = 𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑑(𝑊ℎ𝑜 × ℎ𝑡 + 𝑏𝑜) (4) by merging outputs, 𝑜 = 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒(𝑜𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑤𝑎𝑟𝑑 , 𝑜𝑏𝑎𝑐𝑘𝑤𝑎𝑟𝑑) (5) where, 𝑊𝑥ℎ, 𝑊ℎℎ, 𝑊ℎ𝑜, 𝑏ℎ, and 𝑏𝑜 are parameters that can be learned, sigmoid denotes to the sigmoid activation function, and concatenate indicates the operation of combining outputs. start data preprocessing output (enhanced portfolio) portfolio performance evaluation (sharpe ratio) bi-rnn model (stock price prediction) feature extraction (technical indicators) end start msoa hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 602 4.2. optimizing bi-rnn to advance the performance of a bi-rnn, it is significant to generate a fitness function that evaluates the model’s effectiveness on a detailed task. this fitness function is normally signified as a loss function, which is diminished throughout the training process. in this study, we have used the mean squared percentage error (mspe) for this objective. the mspe serves as an indicator of the average squared percentage deviation between predicted values and actual outcomes. the mathematical expression for mspe is represented as follows: 𝑀𝑆𝑃𝐸 = ( 1 𝑛 ) × ∑ [ (𝑦𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑒[𝑖] − 𝑦𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑑[𝑖]) 2 𝑦𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑒[𝑖] 2 ] 𝑛 𝑖=1 (6) where, 𝑛 signifies the total number of samples, 𝑦𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑒 shows the actual value, 𝑦𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑑 shows the forecast value, and 𝑖 denotes to the sample index. figure 2 illustrations the block diagram of a general bi-rnn. figure 2. the block diagram of a general bi-rnn once employing the mspe objective function, it is essential to fine-tune several hyperparameters. among these, alpha (α) serves as the percentage threshold for the loss function, influencing the model's emphasis on errors. lower values, such as 0.05, prioritize small errors, while higher values, like 0.2, focus on larger errors. moreover, beta (β) must be calibrated; this parameter acts as a weight for the mspe loss function, where elevated values (e.g., 2) impose a greater penalty on large errors compared to small ones, whereas lower values (e.g., 1) treat both error types equally. epsilon (ε) is another critical parameter, representing the value added to the denominator of the mspe loss function to avert division by zero. moreover, the learning rate (𝑙𝑟), which dictates the step size for the optimization algorithm, requires adjustment, alongside the batch size (𝑏𝑎𝑡𝑐ℎ𝑠𝑖𝑧𝑒), which indicates the number of samples processed in a single batch during training, and the number of epochs (𝑒𝑝𝑜𝑐ℎ𝑠), which specifies how many times the training data will be iterated over. table 1 indicates the hyperparameter ranges for a bi-rnn model with mspe objective function for the proposed stock prediction: table 1. the hyperparameter ranges for a bi-rnn model hyperparameter range alpha (α) 0.05 0.2 beta (β) 1 – 2 epsilon (ε) 1e-8 1e-4 learning rate (lr) 1e-4 1e-2 batch size (batch_size) 16 – 128 epochs (epochs) 50 – 200 number of hidden units (n_hidden) 50 – 200 number of layers (n_layers) 1 – 3 dropout rate (dropout) 0.2 0.5 activation function (activation) tanh, sigmoid, relu optimizer adam, rmsprop, sgd yt-1 yt yt+1 xt-1 x1 xt+1 xt-1 xt xt+1 1t h  t h  1t h  1t h  t h  1t h  ... ... ... ...outputs backward layer forward layer inputs hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 603 in this study, a newly modified version of the snake optimization algorithm has been used for optimizing the net birnn model by minimizing the mspe. the following section explains all details of the modified metaheuristic algorithm in detail. 5. modified snake optimization algorithm within the current exploration, the points of application and the way that snake optimization (so) is expressed. this special algorithm is marked as a metaheuristic algorithm, replacing these animals’ way of mating. this community has been branched into 2 different bunches according to their gender, and different position upgrade strategies have been utilized relying on temperature and location of food; thus, the algorithm shows a pre-determined efficacy level. 5.1. initialization in this stage, some individuals are initialized within the search space to perform the consequent iterative adjustments. furthermore, the initialization process is computed in the following manner: 𝑋𝑖 = 𝑋𝑚𝑖𝑛 + 𝑟 × (𝑋𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑋𝑚𝑖𝑛) (7) in this situation, 𝑖𝑡ℎ the individual is represented by 𝑋𝑖, the highest and lowest limits are, in turn, communicated through 𝑋min and 𝑋𝑚𝑎𝑥 . the stochastic variable is 𝑟 that takes the esteem of 0 and 1. 5.2. clusters these animals are distributed into 2 different bunches, especially male candidates and female candidates. to demonstrate the actual operation, the taking after candidates have been utilized. 𝑁𝑚 = 𝑁 2 (8) 𝑁𝑓 = 𝑁 − 𝑁𝑚 (9) where, to sum of animals is shown through 𝑁, the amount of male and female creatures has been, in turn, communicated through 𝑁𝑚 and 𝐹𝑚. 5.3. variable definition the optimal male animal’s and nourishment location’ fitness values are, in turn, shown through𝑓𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑚 and𝑓𝑓𝑜𝑜𝑑. additionally, temperature is expressed through 𝑇𝑒𝑚𝑝 mathematically spoken to utilizing equation 10, while the nutritional proportion is presented by 𝑄 calculated by equation 11. 𝑇𝑒𝑚𝑝 = exp ( −𝑡 𝑇 ) (10) 𝑄 = 𝑐1 × exp ( 𝑡−𝑇 𝑇 ) (11) where, the present amount and the maximum amount of emphases have been, in turn, shown through t and t. 5.4. exploration stage (no nutrition) within the current stage, there’s not any food source available if the 𝑄 is lower than 0.25. hence, the animals seek nourishment by determination and optimizing their position on an arbitrary premise. hence, the total exploration of the search space is created. for males, this can be determined by the utilize of equation 12. and for females, it is computed by the utilize of equation 14. 𝑋𝑖,𝑚(𝑡 + 1) = 𝑋𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑,𝑚(𝑡) ± 𝑐2 × 𝐴𝑚 × ((𝑋𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑋min) × 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 + 𝑋𝑚𝑖𝑛) (12) where, the position of 𝑖𝑡ℎ male animals is illustrated via 𝑋𝑖,𝑚, 𝑋𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑,𝑚 the depiction of a random male person, and the 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 appears the stochastic number that takes the value of 0 and 1. additionally, the male animal’s ability in finding food is spoken to by 𝐴𝑚 mathematically by the consequent condition. 𝐴𝑚 = exp ( −𝑓𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑,𝑚 𝑓𝑖,𝑚 ) (13) the cost value of the random male individual is illustrated by, 𝑓𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑,𝑚, while the cost value of the male animal is presented through 𝑓𝑖,𝑚. 𝑋𝑖,𝑓 = 𝑋𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑,𝑓(𝑡 + 1) ± 𝑐2 × 𝐴𝑓 × ((𝑋𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑋𝑚𝑖𝑛) × 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 + 𝑋𝑚𝑖𝑛) (14) where, the area of the 𝑖𝑡ℎ female animal is shown through 𝑋𝑖,𝑓, a randomly selected female animal is represented by 𝑋𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑,𝑓 , and the ability of the female animal to finding food is illustrated by the 𝐴𝑓 that has been provided below: hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 604 𝐴𝑓 = exp ( −𝑓𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑,𝑓 𝑓𝑖,𝑓 ) (15) where, the arbitrary female animal is explained through 𝑓𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑,𝑓, and the 𝑖𝑡ℎ. and the female animal’s cost value is demonstrated by 𝑓𝑖,𝑓. 5.5. exploitation stage (local search) at this stage, there is a few foods if 𝑄 is bigger than 0.25; hence, the exploitation stage gets carried out. it is demonstrated that the candidate is inside a warm era it the temp is bigger than 0.6. the era of the candidate is adjusted through the application of equation. 𝑋𝑖(𝑡 + 1) = 𝑋𝑓𝑜𝑜𝑑 ± 𝑐3 × 𝑇𝑒𝑚𝑝 × 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 × (𝑋𝑓𝑜𝑜𝑑 − 𝑋𝑖,𝑗(𝑡)) (16) the position of an individual is illustrated by 𝑋𝑖, while the position of the optimal individual is depicted by 𝑋𝑓𝑜𝑜𝑑 . at that point, it is considered that an animal is within a freezing environment if 𝑇𝑒𝑚p is lower than 0.6. furthermore, the candidate may be in a state of mating or aggression. when the candidate enters the fighting state, the position of male animals is enhanced through the application of equation 17, while the position of the female individual is adjusted using equation 18. besides, once the individual is in state of mating, the area of male individual is altered by the utilize of equation 21, and the era of the female animal is adjusted by the utilize of equation 22. 𝑋𝑖,𝑚(𝑡 + 1) = 𝑋𝑖,𝑚(𝑡) + 𝑐3 × 𝐹𝑀 × 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 × (𝑄 × 𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑓 − 𝑋𝑖,𝑚(𝑡)) (17) where, the optimum female animal is characterized by 𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑓, and the fighting capability of the female animal is illustrated through 𝐹𝑀. 𝑋𝑖,𝑓(𝑡 + 1) = 𝑋𝑖,𝑓(𝑡 + 1) + 𝑐3 × 𝐹𝐹 × 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 × (𝑄 × 𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑚 − 𝑋𝑖,𝑓(𝑡 + 1)) (18) where, the optimal female individual is illustrated through 𝑋𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑚, and the female animal’s battle capacity is represented by 𝐹𝐹. furthermore, 𝐹𝑀 and 𝐹𝐹are computed by the utilize of the consequent equations: 𝐹𝑀 = exp ( −𝑓𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑓 𝑓𝑖 ) (19) 𝐹𝐹 = exp ( −𝑓𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑚 𝑓𝑖 ) (20) the optimal cost value for the female individual is represented by 𝑓𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑓, the optimal cost value for the male individual is shown by 𝑓𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑚, and the cost value for the animal’s is demonstrated by 𝑓𝑖. 𝑖 𝑡ℎ 𝑋𝑖,𝑚(𝑡 + 1) = 𝑋𝑖,𝑚(𝑡) + 𝑐3 × 𝑀𝑚 × 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 × (𝑄 × 𝑋𝑖,𝑓(𝑡) − 𝑋𝑖,𝑚(𝑡)) (21) 𝑋𝑖,𝑓(𝑡 + 1) = 𝑋𝑖,𝑓(𝑡) + 𝑐3 × 𝑀𝑓 × 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 × (𝑄 × 𝑋𝑖,𝑚(𝑡) − 𝑋𝑖,𝑓(𝑡)) (22) where, the regenerative capability of the female and male animals are, in turn, illustrated by 𝑀𝑓 and 𝑀𝑚. furthermore, 𝑀𝑚 and 𝑀𝑓 are represented by the following equations: 𝑀𝑚 = exp ( −𝑓𝑖,𝑓 𝑓𝑖,𝑚 ) (23) 𝑀𝑓 = ( −𝑓𝑖,𝑚 𝑓𝑖,𝑓 ) (24) when, the most exceedingly bad female male animals are, in turn, demonstrated by 𝑋𝑤𝑜𝑟𝑠𝑡,𝑚 and 𝑋𝑤𝑜𝑟𝑠𝑡,𝑓. the subsequent steps of the current optimizer’s execution are outlined as follows: stage 1. the lower and upper boundary have been denoted by 𝐿𝐵 and 𝑈𝐵, the problem’s issue has been outlined by 𝐷𝑖𝑚,the population size is represented by 𝑁, the maximum amount of iteration is shown by t, and the current quantity of iteration is indicated by 𝑡, got to be initialized. it is important to note that. 𝐷𝑖𝑚, 𝑈𝐵, and 𝐿𝐵 are considered as variables of the problem, with the context pertaining to the description of the test problem. stage 2. in the current stage, the population is categorized into 2 different classes by the utilize of equations 8 and 9. stage 3. the method advanced to stage 4 if 𝑡 ≤ 𝑇. if this is not satisfied, the process will be terminated. stage 4. the optimal male and female individuals, get found, and extent food and temperature utilizing by equations 10 and 11. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 605 stage 5. the female and male animal’s circumstances get overhauled by the utilize of equations 12 and 14 if the extent of food falls below 0.25, at that point stage 3 will be executed. conversely, if 𝑄 is bigger than 0.25, phase 6 must be implemented. stage 6. during this stage, equation 16 is carried out to adjust the animal’s era if 𝑇𝑒𝑚𝑝 is bigger than 0.6. the position of both female and male individuals is to be improved by application of equations 17 and 18 once 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 > 0.6 and 𝑇𝑒𝑚𝑝 ≤ 0.6. finally, the location of both female and male animals should be improved using equations 21 and 22 if 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 and 𝑇𝑒𝑚𝑝 are both less than or equal to 0.6. following this, the worst female and male animals must be improved. if 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 and 𝑇𝑒𝑚𝑝 are equal to or less than 0.6 and 𝑒𝑔𝑔 = 1. if this condition is not met, this procedure has got to begin from stage 3. stage 7. the optimal animal must be restored. 5.6. improved version the original snake optimization algorithm (soa) is a metaheuristic approach that draws inspiration from the mating behaviors exhibited by snakes. however, this main algorithm presents certain drawbacks, counting insufficient variety in its search mechanism and a tendency to become trapped in local optima. to solve these problems, we present an improved different of the algorithm, represented to as msoa. we present several significant enhancements to the original snake optimization algorithm. firstly, an innovative initialization technique has been presented that uses latin hypercube sampling (lhs) to generate a more varied and illustrative initial population, changing the random initialization method previously used. secondly, a dynamic temperature modification mechanism has been combined to modify the temperature according to the iteration count, thereby enabling a more effective balance between exploration and exploitation. also, we adopt an adaptive learning rate approach, where the learning rate is improved in response to the individual's fitness value, promoting more efficient convergence of the algorithm. lastly, a hybrid strategy has been proposed for exploration and exploitation, empowering the algorithm to alternate between these two processes based on both the temperature and the fitness value of the individual, thus improving the overall search efficiency. for modification, in the initialization, we have: 𝑋𝑖 = 𝑋𝑚𝑖𝑛 + 𝑟lhs × (𝑋𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑋𝑚𝑖𝑛) (25) where, the latin hypercube sampling (lhs) can be attained as follows: algorithm 1. latin hypercube sampling step 1: define the problem parameters  𝑛: the number of dimensions (variables)  𝑁: the number of samples to generate  𝑋𝑚𝑖𝑛 and 𝑋𝑚𝑎𝑥: the minimum and maximum bounds for each dimension step 2: create a hypercube grid  divide each dimension into 𝑁 equal intervals, creating a grid with 𝑁𝑛 cells  each cell has a volume of (𝑋𝑚𝑎𝑥−𝑋𝑚𝑖𝑛)𝑛 𝑁𝑛 step 3: permute the intervals  permute the intervals in each dimension to create a randomized order  this is done to ensure that the samples are not correlated with each other step 4: sample a point within each cell  for each cell, sample a point uniformly at random within the cell  the point is generated as 𝑋𝑖 = 𝑥𝑚𝑖𝑛 + (𝑥𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑥𝑚𝑖𝑛) × 𝑖+𝑟𝑖 𝑁 , where i is the cell index and r_i is a random number between 0 and 1 step 5: repeat for all dimensions  repeat steps 3-4 for all 𝑛 dimensions hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 606 the next step is to use dynamic temperature. based on this mechanism, we have: 𝑇𝑒𝑚𝑝 = 𝑒𝑥𝑝 (− 𝑡 𝑇 ) × (1 − 𝛼 × ( 𝑡 𝑇 )) (26) where, 𝛼 is a parameter that governs the rate at which the temperature decreases. the next mechanism for updating is based on adaptive learning rate. this mechanism has been formulated in this study as follows: 𝑐3 = 𝑐3𝑚𝑎𝑥 × 𝑒𝑥𝑝 ( −𝑓𝑖 𝑓𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 ) (27) where, 𝑐3𝑚𝑎𝑥 defines the upper limit of the learning rate, 𝑓𝑖 signifies the fitness value of the individual, and 𝑓𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 is the highest fitness value recognized thus far. finally, the hybrid exploration-exploitation mechanism has been used for enhancing the algorithm. this mechanism can be found in the following equation: algorithm 2. hybrid exploration-exploitation if temp > 0.6 and q > 0.25 𝑋𝑖(𝑡 + 1) = 𝑋𝑓𝑜𝑜𝑑 ± 𝑐3 × 𝑇𝑒𝑚𝑝 × 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 × (𝑋𝑓𝑜𝑜𝑑 − 𝑋𝑖(𝑡)) else 𝑋𝑖(𝑡 + 1) = 𝑋𝑖(𝑡) + 𝑐3 × 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 × (𝑋𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑋𝑚𝑖𝑛) here, 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 defines a random number and 𝑋𝑓𝑜𝑜𝑑 shows the optimal solution, 𝑋𝑖 signifies the i-th individual, 𝑄 refers to the nutritional proportion. the msoa algorithm purposes to improve the efficacy of the original soa by fostering greater diversity in the search process by adjusting the learning rate and attaining a balance between exploration and exploitation. it should be noted that, in order to overcome the drawbacks of the original soa, which are seizing less stable fold/low-overlapping solutions and getting stuck in local optima, the msoa is proposed, which consists of four major alterations on soa. we proposed introducing latin hypercube sampling (lhs) for initialization instead of random initialization. lhs improves the predictive accuracy of the bi-rnn by exploring a diverse range of hyperparameter configurations because it guarantees that the search space is appropriately covered. secondly, the proposed dynamic temperature adjustment mechanism mitigates between exploration and exploitation by balancing them, initiating them with a high temperature to escape local optima and gradually adjusting it to refinement of the solution in order to provide faster and more stable convergence. third, it employs an adaptive learning rate specific to the fitness value of each candidate design to enhance the convergence process by expending resources in promising regions of the search space. fourth, the bi-rnn that undergirds our method is enhanced to be a hybrid exploration-exploitation mechanism, alternating between exploring new areas of the search space and fine-tuning known solutions, getting better robustness and generalization of our method. these modifications to msoas combine to enhance the bi-rnn's predictive performance on stock prediction, achieving greater accuracy with faster convergence, greater robustness against overfitting, and better generalization to unseen data than traditional models and a benchmark against the s&p 500 index. 6. portfolio optimization portfolio optimization shows an important stage in the asset process to allowing investors to advance their returns while reducing associated risks. this section will determine the portfolio optimization methods used in this study as well as the results obtained. a markowitz mean-variance optimization methodology was used to develop the optimal portfolios. this methodology focuses on maximizing the portfolio's expected return while concurrently lessening the related risk, which is measured by the standard deviation of the returns. the formulation of the markowitz mean-variance optimization problem is as follows: 𝑀𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑖𝑧𝑒: 𝐸(𝑅𝑝) = ∑(𝑤𝑖 × 𝐸(𝑅𝑖)) (27) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 607 subject to: ∑(𝑤𝑖) = 1 (28) ∑(𝑤𝑖 × 𝜎𝑖) ≤ 𝜎𝑝 (29) where: 𝐸(𝑅𝑝) signifies the expected return of the portfolio, 𝑤𝑖 represents the weight of the i-th stock within the portfolio, 𝐸(𝑅𝑖) specifies the expected return of the i-th stock, 𝜎𝑖 indicates the standard deviation of the returns for the i-th stock, and 𝜎𝑝 stands for the standard deviation of the portfolio's returns. the planned msoa is used also for enhancing the markowitz mean-variance optimization problem and to construct the optimal portfolios. 7. results and discussion the system is powered by an intel xeon gold 5218 processor, featuring 24 cores and a clock frequency of 3.4 ghz, completed by 128 gb of ram. additionally, it is prepared with an nvidia quadro rtx 6000 graphics card, which comprises 4608 cuda cores and 24 gb of video memory. 7.1. algorithm analysis this section defines an investigative protocol developed to evaluate the efficiency of the msoa. the calculation involved the employment of the algorithm on a suite of 23 benchmark difficulties obtained from the cec2019 dataset. a general calculation was subsequently conducted, differing the msoa algorithm against a range of prominent optimization techniques, counting the β-hill climbing (β hc) [3], poor and rich optimization (pro) [7], war strategy optimization (wso) [8], artificial electric field algorithm (aefa) [9], and world cup optimization (wco) [10] which are commonly used by researchers as yardsticks for assessing the performance of metaheuristic methodologies. the current investigation employed a varied array of benchmark functions, which were classified into 3 definite categories: multimodal. unimodal, fixed-dimensionality. the unimodal functions, labeled f1-f7, exist within a 30dimensional topological basis and are categorized by a single global optimum, lacking any local optima. in contrast, the multimodal functions, recognized as f8-f13, also reside in a 30-dimensional space but are marked by the existence of numerous local optima alongside one global optimum. the fixed-dimensionality functions, signified by f14-f23, were similarly measured within the same 30-dimensional environment. benchmark functions play a vital role in providing a framework for evaluating the performance of optimization algorithms during both the exploration and exploitation stages of the search process. it is important to note that fixeddimension multimodal functions are defined by their constant dimensionality, which remains unchanged and resistant to alterations, unlike multimodal functions that allow for variations in their dimensional structure. the detailed parametric configurations for each algorithm are comprehensively presented in table 2. table 2. the simulation parameters for the various algorithms algorithm parameter value algorithm parameter value β-hill climbing (β hc) [3] 𝛽 0.05 war strategy optimization (wso) [8] 𝑤 0.2 𝑏𝑤 0.5 𝑎 0.5 poor and rich optimization (pro) [7] 𝑁 0.2 𝑑 0.5 𝑝 0.8×n 𝑠 0.5 𝑟 0.2×n artificial electric field algorithm (aefa) [9] 𝐾0 500 𝑏 0.2 𝛼 30 𝑐 0.8 world cup optimization (wco) [10] play off 0.04 𝑚 0.01 ac 0.3 this study directs a dual-metric methodology, incorporating the arithmetic mean (μ) and standard deviation (σ), to assess the effectiveness of the optimization algorithm. to guarantee a thorough and unbiased evaluation, each algorithm was run 15 times, which helped to reduce the impact of stochastic variability. a detailed comparative analysis of the proposed msoa algorithm in relation to its existing counterparts is illustrated in a tabular format (table 3), offering an in-depth discussion of the advantages and disadvantages associated with each algorithm. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 608 table 3. the comparative optimization analysis of the msoa toward the other algorithms based on cec2019 dataset function metric β hc pro wco aefa wso msoa f1 μ 2.08e-08 2.37e-08 1.39e-17 2.37e-08 2.42e-07 1.47e-59 σ 2.02e-04 2.85e-04 1.15e-09 2.01e-04 4.64e-04 3.10e-30 f2 μ 1.54e-04 1.62e-04 1.21e-08 1.82e-04 2.06e+01 3.86e-35 σ 2.00e-02 2.22e-02 3.13e-05 2.62e-02 3.48e+00 4.14e-18 f3 μ 1.01e+01 1.07e+01 1.32e+02 1.02e+01 1.27e+02 8.05e-15 σ 1.33e+00 1.45e+00 6.30e+00 1.42e+00 7.06e+00 1.53e-07 f4 μ 4.28e-01 4.50e-01 6.63e-04 4.38e-01 4.89e+00 9.28e-15 σ 1.97e-01 1.95e-01 4.37e-02 2.01e-01 1.15e+00 6.70e-08 f5 μ 3.42e+01 3.21e+01 1.32e+01 3.65e+01 7.98e+01 6.14e+00 σ 3.55e+00 2.66e+00 2.33e+00 3.27e+00 7.36e+00 4.62e-01 f6 μ 2.22e-08 2.43e-08 3.94e-11 1.57e-08 2.78e-07 3.90e-11 σ 2.87e-04 2.50e-04 1.50e-09 2.28e-04 2.72e-04 2.86e-10 f7 μ 4.27e-02 3.26e-02 1.20e-02 4.32e-02 3.07e-02 4.04e-04 σ 8.80e-02 8.72e-02 5.59e-02 7.42e-02 7.89e-02 1.46e-03 f8 μ -3.47e+03 -3.41e+03 -1.11e+03 -3.63e+03 -2.88e+03 -3.16e+03 σ 1.91e+01 2.23e+01 1.24e+01 2.20e+01 1.90e+01 7.89e-01 f9 μ 2.83e+01 2.46e+01 9.90e+00 2.90e+01 3.61e+01 2.68e-01 σ 1.72e+00 1.68e+00 9.95e-01 2.25e+00 2.29e+00 5.20e-01 f10 μ 2.98e-02 4.35e-02 2.28e-04 3.01e-02 8.40e-01 9.11e-06 σ 2.63e-01 3.70e-01 1.61e-05 3.50e-01 5.11e-01 3.64e-07 f11 μ 4.91e-03 3.92e-03 1.90e+00 6.44e-03 1.03e-01 6.30e-04 σ 5.87e-02 5.70e-02 5.54e-01 5.27e-02 1.52e-01 1.62e-03 f12 μ 3.62e-03 3.32e-03 1.19e-02 4.87e-03 3.16e-01 5.36e-12 σ 9.74e-02 9.83e-02 1.31e-01 7.91e-02 4.91e-01 6.45e-13 f13 μ 9.66e-04 9.54e-04 7.27e-04 1.46e-03 8.76e-04 1.09e-10 σ 2.65e-02 3.05e-02 3.65e-02 3.00e-02 4.11e-02 1.99e-11 f14 μ 1.94e+00 1.85e+00 2.92e+00 1.99e+00 9.41e-01 4.34e-01 σ 1.08e+00 7.01e-01 8.79e-01 1.12e+00 5.26e-01 2.48e-01 f15 μ 4.27e-04 4.58e-04 2.13e-03 4.26e-04 1.40e-03 7.36e-05 σ 6.63e-03 8.96e-03 2.38e-02 9.29e-03 3.62e-02 1.48e-03 f16 μ -5.06e-01 -5.40e-01 -4.77e-01 -4.46e-01 -3.84e-01 -4.67e-01 σ 1.68e-04 2.03e-04 2.03e-04 1.87e-04 1.58e-04 4.74e-05 f17 μ 1.58e-01 1.63e-01 2.72e-01 2.06e-01 2.19e-01 1.67e-01 σ 1.38e-08 1.50e-08 1.43e-08 1.51e-08 1.41e-07 1.31e-08 f18 μ 1.87e+00 1.56e+00 2.06e+00 1.31e+00 1.30e+00 1.26e+00 σ 2.54e-08 2.12e-08 2.96e-08 1.73e-08 3.30e-07 3.95e-14 f19 μ -1.86e+00 -1.92e+00 -1.51e+00 -1.75e+00 -1.68e+00 -1.86e+00 σ 4.91e-08 4.24e-08 4.97e-08 3.67e-08 1.14e-07 1.92e-15 f20 μ -1.52e+00 -1.22e+00 -1.63e+00 -1.42e+00 -1.68e+00 -2.39e+00 σ 1.19e-01 1.21e-01 2.57e-08 1.30e-01 1.37e-01 2.00e-08 f21 μ -3.08e+00 -3.70e+00 -3.44e+00 -3.80e+00 -2.94e+00 -4.32e+00 σ 9.90e-01 9.39e-01 9.89e-01 8.41e-01 1.12e+00 2.93e-01 f22 μ -5.66e+00 -4.04e+00 -6.54e+00 -5.36e+00 -3.79e+00 -4.81e+00 σ 7.91e-01 8.20e-01 3.80e-01 7.02e-01 7.84e-01 1.82e-01 f23 μ -3.76e+00 -3.98e+00 -5.15e+00 -4.10e+00 -3.23e+00 -6.91e+00 σ 6.38e-01 8.64e-01 4.97e-01 7.42e-01 9.00e-01 3.03e-01 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 609 with a precise glance at the results in the table above, it can be seen that the proposed algorithm provides more consistent and accurate results based on the aforementioned metrics (i.e., mean (μ) and standard deviation (σ)). specifically, the msoa algorithm secures the top performance in 20 out of the 23 functions, while the remaining 3 functions determine competitive results. as can be observed from the results above, the proposed msoa establishes good performance during the minimizing of the functions f1–f7, f10, and f12, which indicates its logical performance in solving the optimization problems against other algorithms. the msoa algorithm's capability to yield reliable and dependable results through a range of trials is further established by the fact that its standard deviation values are dependably lower than those of its competitors. in deduction, the results shown in table 3 demonstrate the msoa algorithm's superiority in terms of optimization performance, robustness, and stability, making it a competent and successful strategy for dealing with challenging optimization problems. 7.2. the proposed optimal bi-rnn/msoa model analysis to examine the efficiency of the planned optimal bi-rnn model in the planned study, an analysis has been provided by optimizing and comparing the mean squared percentage error of the model by two other popular methods enhanced by our algorithm. the 2 networks are lstm [11-15] and gated recurrent unit (gru) [16-18]. in the following, the results of this comparison analysis have been given as table 4. table 4. comparative analysis of the network structure optimization based on the proposed algorithm algorithm optimal parameters mspe lstm α=0.1, β=1.5, ε=1e-6, lr=1e-3, batch_size=32, epochs=100, n_hidden=100, n_layers=2, dropout=0.3, activation='relu', optimizer='adam' 0.021 bi-lstm α=0.2, β=1.2, ε=1e-5, lr=1e-4, batch_size=64, epochs=150, n_hidden=150, n_layers=3, dropout=0.4, activation='tanh', optimizer='rmsprop' 0.019 gru α=0.15, β=1.8, ε=1e-7, lr=1e-3, batch_size=48, epochs=120, n_hidden=120, n_layers=2, dropout=0.35, activation='sigmoid', optimizer='sgd' 0.022 the optimal parameters for the lstm, bi-lstm, and gru algorithms have been recognized, revealing that the lstm reaches reasonable performance with a moderate learning rate of 1e-3, a relatively small batch size of 32, 100 hidden units, and 2 layers, accomplished by a dropout rate of 0.3 to mitigate overfitting. in comparison, the bi-lstm algorithm demonstrates superior performance, evidenced by a lower mean squared prediction error (mspe) of 0.019, with optimal settings that include a slightly elevated learning rate of 1e-4, a larger batch size of 64, 150 hidden units, and 3 layers. conversely, the gru algorithm exhibits slightly inferior performance relative to the bi-lstm, recording a higher mspe of 0.022, with optimal parameters that are akin to those of the lstm, albeit featuring a marginally reduced learning rate of 1e-3, a smaller batch size of 48, 120 hidden units, and 2 layers. as can be observed, the bi-lstm algorithm demonstrates superior performance compared to both the lstm and gru algorithms, indicating that the integration of bidirectional lstms can significantly improve the model's efficacy. mainly, the perfect conformation of hidden units and layers changes among the different algorithms, emphasizing the requirement for meticulous change of the model's complexity. moreover, the dropout rate is identified as a vital hyperparameter that must be finely tuned to moderate the risk of overfitting, while both the learning rate and batch size also require careful optimization to realize peak performance, thereby highlighting the significant role of comprehensive hyperparameter tuning in the formation of a robust model. 7.3. portfolio optimization results based on the anticipated stock prices and trends, this section generated three optimal portfolios: (1) portfolio 2: this portfolio was constructed using the forecasted stock prices and movements obtained from the bi-rnn model, incorporating a risk aversion parameter of 0.5. it achieved an expected return of 11.5% alongside a standard deviation of 14.2%. (2) portfolio 3: this portfolio was developed based on the anticipated stock prices and fluctuations generated by the bi-rnn model, using a risk aversion parameter set at 1. it yielded an expected return of 10.9% alongside a standard deviation of 12.9%. the performance of the 3 optimal portfolios was associated with the benchmark s&p 500 index. the results are shown in figure 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 610 figure 3. the results of the portfolio optimization the analysis indicates that portfolio 3 is the most efficient, showing the highest sharpe ratio alongside the lowest standard deviation. this proposes that portfolio 3 offers the best risk-adjusted return, making it the preferred option for investors seeking to improve their returns while minimizing risk. portfolio 2 presents a viable alternative, categorized by a respectable sharpe ratio and a relatively low standard deviation; however, its predicted return is lower than that of portfolio 1. although portfolio 1 offers the highest expected return, it also has the highest standard deviation, representing that it is the most volatile choice among the three and may not be suitable for risk-averse investors. furthermore, the results expose that the sharpe ratios of all 3 portfolios exceed that of the s&p 500 index, signifying that they are more effective and likely to provide superior risk-adjusted returns. the s&p 500 index, with a higher standard deviation and a lower expected return compared to any of the 3 portfolios, is a less efficient and more unpredictable investment option. 7.4. comparison with traditional statistical models the results of our model's performance are first compared with classical statistical models used for stock prediction problems and time series modeling tasks, such as the autoregressive integrated moving average (arima) model and the generalized autoregressive conditional heteroskedasticity (garch) models, to further validate the performance of the proposed bi-rnn/msoa model. though these models are useful tools for handling linear and volatile features of financial data, they often overlook nonlinear characteristics of the stock market behavior. this comparison occurred under the same dataset (s&p 500 stocks) but also the same evaluation metrics, i.e., mean squared percentage error (mspe), mean absolute error (mae), and rmse (root mean squared error) (see table 5). table 5. performance comparison between proposed model and traditional statistical models model mspe mae rmse arima 0.042 0.063 0.078 garch 0.039 0.058 0.072 lstm 0.021 0.035 0.048 bi-lstm 0.019 0.032 0.044 gru 0.022 0.037 0.051 bi-rnn/msoa 0.015 0.028 0.039 the predictive performance of the proposed bi-rnn/msoa model is shown relative to traditional statistical models such as arima and garch in table 5, where it is seen that, on average, the proposed model outperforms all the comparatives. the primary advantages of the bi-rnn/msoa model are significantly lower mspe, mae, and rmse values when compared to arima and garch models, suggesting that this model outperforms others in modeling the tail-end price movement sequence in the time domain. as an example, the arima model produces an mspe of 0.042, whereas garch produces an mspe of 0.039, yet the bi-rnn/msoa reduces this error to an mspe of only 0.015, providing a 64% reduction in the error versus arima and 56% relative to garch. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.00% 2.00% 4.00% 6.00% 8.00% 10.00% 12.00% 14.00% 16.00% 18.00% 20.00% portfolio 1 portfolio 2 portfolio 3 s&p 500 index v a lu e v a lu e ( % ) expected return standard deviation sharpe ratio hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 611 this change is due to the bidirectional architecture that is provided by the bi-rnn, where deep learning models, and specifically the bidirectional architecture offered by the bi-rnn, exploit past and future information in a sequence. in addition, due to its flexible and adaptable nature, the proposed method adopts msoa for the hyper-parameter tuning, which enables an optimization process that exploits the specific properties inherent in the financial data. however, arima and garch methods based on assumptions such as stationarity and linearity may not be appropriate for stock markets that may exhibit high volatility and non-linearity. further, bi-rnn/msoa models outperform other deep learning models such as lstm, bi-lstm, and gru. 7.5. comparative analysis for the stock prediction results in this work, stock market trend prediction models were used to advance a set of investment portfolios designated as p_i (where i=1, 2,…,5). some prominent variations, including hidden markov model [1], long short-term memory (lstm) [2], lstm2 [3], lstm/eow [4], and vggface2 [5], have their relative efficiency calculated. a detailed understanding of the investing techniques used is provided by the scatter format (figure 4) that displays the portfolios' precise composition as well as the associated error loss figures for each individual stock. 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 e r r o r l o ss p=1 dva fcx kss lb 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 e r r o r l o ss p=2 fl nktr kss lb 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 e r r o r l o ss p=3 mro nktr natp lb hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 612 figure 4. summarized prediction loss of error the results shown in figure 4 highlight the efficiency of several predictive models, including the planned birnn/msoa model, in examining a set of investment portfolios. a comparative assessment of the error loss metrics for each individual stock shows that the bi-rnn/msoa model excels in forecasting stock market trends. as depicted in figure 4, the bi-rnn/msoa model consistently surpasses the performance of other models, such as lstm, lstm2, lstm/eow, vggface2, and hmm, across all five portfolios. the error loss metrics for the birnn/msoa model are markedly lower than those of its counterparts, underscoring its proficiency in accurately predicting stock prices. specifically, the bi-rnn/msoa model records the lowest error loss metrics for the stocks dva, fcx, kss, lb, fl, nktr, and uri, with average error loss values of 0.0231, 0.0183, 0.0151, 0.0253, 0.0279, 0.0119, and 0.0153, respectively. in comparison, the other models demonstrate higher error loss values, with the lstm model yielding average error loss values of 0.0319, 0.0203, 0.0173, 0.0295, 0.0339, 0.0134, and 0.0185, respectively. the improved performance of the bi-rnn/msoa model can be credited to its ability to effectively distinguish the intricate patterns and interrelations within the stock market data. the application of a bidirectional rnn architecture enables the model's learning of both historical and potential dependencies in the data, while the msoa algorithm permits flexibility to changing market conditions. additionally, the outcomes shown in figure 4 confirm the adaptability of the bi-rnn/msoa model across a variety of equities and portfolios. the model consistently performs with normal error cost values of 0.0231, 0.0279, 0.0339, 0.0295, and 0.0339 for each of the five portfolios. this dependability suggests that the bi-rnn/msoa model is a practical and trustworthy instrument for forecasting stock market changes. through its capability to capture complex temporal dependencies and adapt to changing market conditions, to learn from the data, and to be able to handle unseen (or unexpected) events (such as financial crises or political instability), we present the proposed bi-rnn/msoa model. bi-rnn, with its bidirectional architecture, is capable of consuming the past as well as future data points, an authoritative capability that helps the model in recognizing the patterns associated with early signs of impending volatility or anomalies. in this paper the trend prediction in high fluctuations of data can be achieved using a dynamic hyperparameter tuning method, modified snake optimization algorithm (msoa), which will improve the robustness of the model. although the model does not directly account for external factors such as geopolitical events, it is based on deep learning, which allows it to learn implicitly from past situations where similar events have taken place, provided that such information is present in the training data. that said, no 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 e r r o r l o ss p=4 gps nktr mu uri 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 e r r o r l o ss p=5 gps nktr nrg uri hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 613 predictive model is capable of predicting or explaining completely novel events and requires real-time updates or reengineering of the model as per the availability of new data to isolate such events that need special handling on highly volatile days. the adaptation through msoa also adds versatility/robustness during intervals of high uncertainty, making bi-rnn/msoa capable of enduring complexities across different stocks and market scenarios. the bi-rnn/msoa model proposed in this study incorporates several strategies to prevent overfitting and enhance the model’s robustness and generalization capabilities. one such technique is dropout, which randomly deactivates a proportion of neurons during training to reduce co-adaptation, thereby improving the model’s tolerance during testing. for the bi-lstm model, an optimal dropout rate of 0.4 was determined, with tested values ranging between 0.2 and 0.5. hyperparameter tuning is performed using the msoa, adjusting parameters such as the number of hidden units (ranging from 50 to 200), learning rate (between 10⁻ ⁴ and 10⁻ ²), batch size (from 16 to 128), and the number of epochs (between 50 and 200) to balance model complexity and generalization. standardization techniques, including the use of relu, tanh activations, and mspe-based loss functions, help penalize excessive errors. additionally, data preprocessing steps—such as normalization, scaling, and cleaning—ensure consistency and reduce the risk of spurious correlations. to further control model complexity, optimized architectures are employed: the bi-lstm model consists of three layers with 150 hidden units, while the gru model comprises two layers with 120 hidden units. the models’ performances are evaluated across multiple portfolios and compared using metrics such as mspe, mae, and rmse, demonstrating their robustness and generalizability. these techniques effectively mitigate overfitting, as evidenced by the outperformance of portfolio 3, which achieved a sharpe ratio and standard deviation of 0.84 compared to the s&p 500 index. 8. conclusion in the current era, advancements in computer science and its integration across various disciplines have enabled the extensive application of deep learning, driven by the high processing speeds of modern computers. leveraging their learning capabilities, deep learning networks can detect subtle changes and hidden patterns within time series data and utilize this knowledge to predict future trends. consequently, employing these frameworks for stock forecasting—a highly complex challenge—can prove highly effective. this research proposed an innovative methodology for stock forecasting using a bidirectional recurrent neural network (bi-rnn). to enhance the performance of the bi-rnn, its hyperparameters were optimally tuned through a modified variant of the snake optimization algorithm (msoa). the model was specifically designed to predict stock price movements based on historical data and to construct portfolios that outperform those generated by existing forecasting models. the results demonstrated that the proposed model not only achieved a high level of accuracy in predicting stock trends but also surpassed other models in portfolio construction. future research will explore the integration of additional optimization algorithms and advanced techniques to further improve the model’s performance. moreover, the applicability of the proposed model could be extended to other financial markets and instruments, such as foreign exchange and commodities. 9. declarations 9.1. data availability statement the stock price information utilized in this research is accessible to the public on kaggle, a well-known platform for data science competitions and dataset hosting. the dataset employed in this study is the "s&p 500 stocks" dataset, which can be found at https://www.kaggle.com/datasets/andrewmvd/sp-500-stocks. this dataset includes historical stock prices for the s&p 500 index spanning from 1993 to 2020, rendering it a suitable resource for both training and evaluating the proposed stock prediction model. 9.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 9.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 9.4. informed consent statement not applicable. https://www.kaggle.com/datasets/andrewmvd/sp-500-stocks hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 614 9.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 10. references [1] thio-ac, a. c., cabrales, d. d., calibara, d. e., madrazo, m. v., matawaran, a. c. c., micaller, g. e., fernandez, e. o., amado, t. m., jorda, r. l., tolentino, l. k. s., & enriquez, l. a. c. (2023). stock price prediction and portfolio optimization using hidden markov model and quadratic programming. international conference on integrated intelligence and communication systems, iciics 2023, 1–7. doi:10.1109/iciics59993.2023.10421179. [2] xiao, c., & tang, f. (2023). quantitative trading prediction model based on long short-term memory. acm international conference proceeding series, 692–696. doi:10.1145/3650215.3650336. [3] martínez-barbero, x., cervelló-royo, r., & ribal, j. (2025). portfolio optimization with prediction-based return using long short-term memory neural networks: testing on upward and downward european markets. computational economics, 65(3), 1479–1504. doi:10.1007/s10614-024-10604-6. [4] huang, x., wu, c., du, x., wang, h., & ye, m. (2024). a novel stock trading utilizing long short-term memory prediction and evolutionary operating-weights strategy. expert systems with applications, 246, 123146. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2024.123146. [5] jeribi, f., martin, r. j., mittal, r., jari, h., alhazmi, a. h., malik, v., swapna, s. l., goyal, s. b., kumar, m., & singh, s. v. (2024). a deep learning based expert framework for portfolio prediction and forecasting. ieee access, 12, 103810–103829. doi:10.1109/access.2024.3434528. [6] houssein, e. h., saad, m. r., hashim, f. a., shaban, h., & hassaballah, m. (2020). lévy flight distribution: a new metaheuristic algorithm for solving engineering optimization problems. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 94, 103731. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2020.103731. [7] samareh moosavi, s. h., & bardsiri, v. k. (2019). poor and rich optimization algorithm: a new human-based and multi populations algorithm. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 86, 165–181. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2019.08.025. [8] ayyarao, t. s. l. v., ramakrishna, n. s. s., elavarasan, r. m., polumahanthi, n., rambabu, m., saini, g., khan, b., & alatas, b. (2022). war strategy optimization algorithm: a new effective metaheuristic algorithm for global optimization. ieee access, 10, 25073–25105. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3153493. [9] anita, & yadav, a. (2019). aefa: artificial electric field algorithm for global optimization. swarm and evolutionary computation, 48, 93–108. doi:10.1016/j.swevo.2019.03.013. [10] razmjooy, n., deshpande, a., khalilpour, m., estrela, v. v., padilha, r., & monteiro, a. c. b. (2021). optimal bidding strategy for power market based on improved world cup optimization algorithm. lecture notes in electrical engineering, 696, 137– 152. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-56689-0_7. [11] wang, j., hong, s., dong, y., li, z., & hu, j. (2024). predicting stock market trends using lstm networks: overcoming rnn limitations for improved financial forecasting. journal of computer science and software applications, 4(3), 1–7. [12] maseleno, a., huda, m., & ratanamahatana, c. a. (2024). an explainable deep learning approach for classifying monkeypox disease by leveraging skin lesion image data. emerging science journal, 8(5), 1875-1897. doi:10.28991/esj-2024-08-05-013. [13] khorram, a., khalooei, m., & rezghi, m. (2021). end-to-end cnn+ lstm deep learning approach for bearing fault diagnosis. applied intelligence, 51(2), 736-751. doi:10.1007/s10489-020-01859-1. [14] luo, j., & zhang, x. (2022). convolutional neural network based on attention mechanism and bi-lstm for bearing remaining life prediction. applied intelligence, 52(1), 1076-1091. doi:10.1007/s10489-021-02503-2. [15] utama, w., hermana, m., warnana, d. d., lestari, w., zakariah, m. n. a., garini, s. a., … abdul latiff, a. h. (2025). enhancing magnetotelluric data quality using deep learning-based denoising models: a study of cnn and lstm. journal of human, earth, and future, 6(2), 399–425. doi:10.28991/hef-2025-06-02-010. [16] xue, x., gao, y., liu, m., sun, x., zhang, w., & feng, j. (2021). gru-based capsule network with an improved loss for personnel performance prediction. applied intelligence, 51(7), 4730-4743. doi:10.1007/s10489-020-02039-x. [17] yang, h., & liu, s. (2022). water quality prediction in sea cucumber farming based on a gru neural network optimized by an improved whale optimization algorithm. peerj computer science, 8, e1000. doi:10.7717/peerj-cs.1000. [18] narayana, s., sri, s. n. d., kumar, s. r., ajay, t., & vasiq, s. s. (2024). predicting the stock market index using gru for the year 2020. esic 2024 4th international conference on emerging systems and intelligent computing, proceedings, 399–404. doi:10.1109/esic60604.2024.10481534. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 755 issn: 2723-9535 multi-objective biomechanical optimization of breaststroke swimming using nsga-ii zhongjian luo 1* , xinting yan 1 1 ministry of basic medical education, dazhou vocational college of traditional chinese medicine, dazhou, 635000, sichuan, china. received 05 june 2025; revised 21 august 2025; accepted 26 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract advancements in computational modeling and optimization algorithms have opened new possibilities for analyzing and improving sports biomechanics. this study presents a multi-objective optimization framework based on the nondominated sorting genetic algorithm ii (nsga-ii) to optimize breaststroke swimming techniques. the framework integrates a biomechanical model that combines hydrodynamic forces, joint kinematics, and energy expenditure to address three conflicting objectives: maximizing swimming velocity, improving energy efficiency, and minimizing joint load. experimental validation conducted with professional swimmers demonstrated that the optimized stroke techniques achieved up to a 20% reduction in peak joint loads at the shoulder and knee, significantly reducing the risk of overuse injuries. additionally, energy consumption per stroke cycle decreased by 15%-20%, while propulsion efficiency was notably enhanced. the framework generates pareto-optimal solutions, offering a spectrum of trade-offs that can be tailored to individual performance goals and physical constraints. this approach provides a quantitative, data-driven alternative to traditional training methods, enabling personalized and informed decision-making for athletes and coaches. beyond breaststroke, the methodology can be extended to other swimming techniques and athletic disciplines, addressing the interplay between performance, efficiency, and safety. this study bridges the gap between theoretical modeling and practical application, offering a scalable and robust solution for optimizing sports performance and reducing injury risks. keywords: biomechanical optimization; multi-objective optimization; breaststroke swimming; nsga-ii. 1. introduction competitive swimming is a sport that demands an intricate balance between physical performance and technical precision, where biomechanical optimization plays an essential role in achieving peak performance while minimizing injury risks. among the four major swimming styles, breaststroke is particularly distinctive due to its unique propulsion and recovery phases, which require precise coordination of arm pulls, leg kicks, and body undulation movements [1]. unlike other swimming styles, breaststroke generates propulsion through a combination of simultaneous upper and lower body actions, making it biomechanically complex and hydrodynamically inefficient compared to styles such as freestyle or butterfly [2]. these movements directly influence performance metrics such as swimming velocity, energy expenditure, and joint stress [3]. improper breaststroke techniques not only reduce propulsion efficiency but also increase the risk of overuse injuries, particularly in the knee and hip joints, due to repetitive stress and inappropriate movement patterns [4]. this dual challenge of optimizing performance while safeguarding athlete health underscores the importance of biomechanical research in competitive swimming, particularly for the breaststroke style. * corresponding author: 2022012040@zhuhai-edu.hk http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. mailto:2022012040@zhuhai-edu.hk https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0005-0423-7528 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 756 recent advancements in computational modeling and simulation have provided new avenues for analyzing and optimizing swimming biomechanics. over the past decade, hydrodynamic and kinematic models have been developed to quantify the forces acting on swimmers and the resulting biomechanical responses [5, 6]. these models enable detailed simulation of swimming techniques, offering insights into the mechanics of propulsion, resistance, and energy transfer. for instance, numerical simulations have been widely employed to optimize body positioning and reduce drag in freestyle and backstroke swimming [7]. however, breaststroke presents unique challenges due to its nonlinear and multifactorial nature, where propulsion efficiency, energy expenditure, and joint stress are tightly coupled and often conflicting. traditional optimization approaches, such as empirical adjustments based on coaching experience or singleobjective optimizations focusing solely on speed, often fail to address these trade-offs comprehensively [8]. for instance, maximizing swimming velocity may inadvertently increase joint loads, leading to chronic injuries over time. furthermore, the reliance on linear modeling and isolated performance metrics limits the ability to capture the dynamic interactions between biomechanical and hydrodynamic factors. these limitations emphasize the need for advanced optimization frameworks capable of addressing the multifaceted nature of swimming biomechanics holistically. to address these challenges, this study introduces a novel multi-objective optimization framework for breaststroke biomechanics, employing the non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm (nsga-ii). nsga-ii is a well-established method in multi-objective optimization, known for its ability to handle complex and conflicting objectives by generating a pareto front of optimal solutions [9]. in this study, optimization focuses on three critical objectives: maximizing swimming velocity, improving energy efficiency, and minimizing joint stress. these objectives were selected not only for their importance in enhancing performance but also for their relevance to injury prevention and long-term athlete well-being. by integrating nsga-ii with a comprehensive biomechanical model that incorporates hydrodynamic forces, joint kinematics, and energy expenditure, this research provides a robust framework for exploring trade-offs among these competing objectives [10]. unlike traditional single-objective methods, the proposed approach enables the generation of a spectrum of optimal solutions, offering athletes and coaches greater flexibility in selecting techniques tailored to specific performance goals and physical conditions. in the field of swimming biomechanics, existing research has predominantly focused on single-objective optimizations (e.g., enhancing speed or reducing energy consumption), neglecting the complex interplay among swimming velocity, energy efficiency, and joint load [11]. traditional breaststroke training methods further rely on experience-driven adjustments, lacking systematic analysis to balance these conflicting objectives [12]. this study addresses this gap by integrating a multi-objective optimization framework—based on the non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm ii (nsga-ii)—with a comprehensive biomechanical model, aiming to simultaneously optimize swimming velocity, energy efficiency, and joint load in breaststroke techniques. the innovation of this research lies in its holistic integration of computational biomechanics with advanced optimization algorithms. unlike previous studies that explored isolated aspects of swimming optimization (drag reduction or propulsion efficiency), this work is among the first to adopt a multi-objective framework that balances performance and safety considerations. the proposed framework is validated through experimental studies with elite swimmers, ensuring its practical applicability. by bridging theoretical modeling and real-world implementation, the study not only advances computational optimization techniques in sports science but also provides data-driven insights for athletes and coaches. the methodological advancements here have the potential to revolutionize training methodologies, improve performance outcomes, and reduce injury risks in competitive swimming [13]. moreover, the approach serves as a foundation for future multiobjective optimization research in other sports disciplines, where balancing performance and safety is critical. this study thus offers a personalized, data-driven training tool that enhances training efficiency, optimizes athletic performance, and bridges the divide between academic research and practical applications in swimming biomechanics. the remainder of this paper is organized as follows: part 2 details the biomechanical model for breaststroke swimming, including hydrodynamic and kinematic principles. part 3 outlines the multi-objective optimization framework based on the nsga-ii algorithm. part 4 describes the experimental validation process, including experimental setup, data collection, and result analysis. part 5 discusses the implications and applications of the findings. finally, part 6 summarizes the key findings of the study and outlines directions for future research. 2. biomechanical model for breaststroke swimming 2.1. hydrodynamic and kinematic principles breaststroke swimming is characterized by its cyclic propulsion-recovery phases, with propulsion primarily generated through synchronized arm pulls and leg kicks [14]. hydrodynamic forces, including drag, lift, and thrust, play a significant role in determining the swimmer’s motion [15]. the propulsion phase is driven by the legs through a whiplike motion, where the knees flex and extend, followed by rapid plantar flexion of the ankle joints to push water backward [13]. simultaneously, the arms create propulsion using a combination of drag-based and lift-based forces, sweeping in a semicircular motion [16, 17]. the combined effect of these forces determines forward velocity and stroke efficiency. resistance forces counteract propulsion and consist of form drag, wave drag, and skin friction drag [18]. form drag, caused by the swimmer’s body position and frontal area, is reduced during the streamlined recovery phase, while wave drag is generated by surface disturbances during propulsion. maintaining a low head position and streamlined body hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 757 alignment minimizes these forces [19]. skin friction drag, though smaller in magnitude, arises from water viscosity and the swimmer’s body surface area. figure 1 demonstrates the directions and magnitudes of these forces acting on the swimmer during a stroke cycle. figure 1. hydrodynamic forces acting on the swimmer: drag, lift, and propulsion directions and magnitudes kinematic analysis reveals that joint coordination is crucial in breaststroke swimming. the hip, knee, and ankle joints are responsible for generating thrust during the leg kick, while the shoulder and elbow joints coordinate the arm pull. improper timing or deviations in joint range of motion can disrupt the cycle’s fluidity, reducing propulsion efficiency and increasing joint stress. advanced motion capture systems have been used to analyze these movements, providing precise data for biomechanical modeling [20]. figure 2 illustrates the skeletal motion during the breaststroke cycle, highlighting key phases of propulsion and recovery. figure 2. skeletal motion during the breaststroke cycle, illustrating propulsion and recovery phases 2.2. biomechanical model construction the biomechanical model for breaststroke swimming integrates hydrodynamic, kinematic, and energy expenditure components [21]. these components collectively simulate swimming dynamics and provide insights into performance and safety. the key elements of the model include propulsion force calculations, joint load analysis, and energy expenditure estimation. propulsion forces are calculated using hydrodynamic equations. the total thrust (𝑇) is determined from the drag force (𝐹𝑑) and lift force (𝐹𝑙) generated during the arm pull and leg kick. the drag force is expressed as: 𝐹𝑑 = 1 2 𝜌𝐶𝑑𝐴𝑣 2 (1) where 𝜌 is water density, 𝐶𝑑 is the drag coefficient, 𝐴 is the projected frontal area, and 𝑣 is the relative velocity of water flow. the lift force (𝐹𝑙) is similarly computed using lift coefficients and velocity profiles. a three-dimensional unsteady hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 758 cfd simulation is conducted using the transient k-ω sst turbulence model (ansys fluent v2022r1), with a time step of 0.01 s. grid independence is verified until the residual is <10⁻⁴. the model captured free surface fluctuations through the vof method, and the consistency between the vortex shedding frequency and the piv experimental data is validated (error <8%) [22]. these simulations account for turbulent flow and vortex shedding around the swimmer's body, ensuring accurate force predictions. joint load analysis focuses on the forces and torques experienced by the hip, knee, and ankle joints during the leg kick, as well as the shoulder and elbow joints during the arm pull. inverse dynamics methods are used to calculate these loads, combining kinematic data with external hydrodynamic forces. this analysis identifies high-stress regions in the stroke cycle that could lead to overuse injuries [23]. figure 3 illustrates the torque profiles for key joints, showing variations throughout the stroke cycle. figure 3. joint torque profiles for hip, knee, and ankle during one stroke cycle energy expenditure is estimated using biomechanical efficiency metrics. the total metabolic energy consumption (e) is computed as the sum of mechanical work and resistive losses: 𝐸 = 𝑊𝑚 +𝑊𝑟 (2) where 𝑊𝑚 is the mechanical work performed by the swimmer and 𝑊𝑟 represents energy losses due to hydrodynamic resistance. oxygen consumption data is used to validate these estimates, correlating metabolic effort with stroke efficiency. figure 4 presents the biomechanical model framework, integrating hydrodynamic, kinematic, and energy components. figure 4. biomechanical model framework for breaststroke swimming 2.3. selection of performance indicators the selection of performance indicators is critical for evaluating and optimizing breaststroke biomechanics. in this study, three primary indicators are chosen: swimming velocity, energy efficiency, and joint load. swimming velocity serves as a direct measure of propulsion effectiveness, reflecting the swimmer’s ability to overcome resistance forces. energy efficiency, defined as the energy cost per unit distance, provides insights into metabolic demands and stroke sustainability. finally, joint load indicators, such as peak torque and cumulative force, are essential for assessing the biomechanical safety of stroke techniques [24, 25]. the interplay between these indicators highlights the need for multi-objective optimization. for instance, maximizing swimming velocity may inadvertently increase joint loads, necessitating a trade-off between performance and safety. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 759 similarly, improving energy efficiency may require adjustments to stroke mechanics that could impact propulsion. table 1 summarizes these indicators and their biomechanical significance, emphasizing their role in guiding training and technique refinement. table 1. key performance indicators and their biomechanical significance indicator definition biological significance swimming velocity speed of forward motion measure of propulsion effectiveness energy efficiency energy cost per unit distance reflects metabolic efficiency joint load peak joint torque during stroke indicator of injury risk 3. non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm 3.1. overview of nsga-ii the non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm ii (nsga-ii) is a widely adopted evolutionary algorithm for solving multi-objective optimization problems (mops). it achieves this by simultaneously optimizing multiple conflicting objectives, identifying a set of pareto-optimal solutions that balance trade-offs between objectives [5]. nsga-ii is celebrated for its computational efficiency, simplicity, and ability to maintain a diverse set of solutions. the algorithm’s core is structured around three main stages: non-dominated sorting, crowding distance calculation, and population selection. these components collectively ensure the exploration and exploitation of the solution space, converging the population toward a well-distributed pareto front. the first step in nsga-ii is non-dominated sorting, which classifies the population into multiple pareto fronts. each solution is compared against others in the population to determine whether it is dominated, i.e., if another solution is better in at least one objective and no worse in all others. solutions that are not dominated form the first pareto front are assigned the highest rank. subsequent fronts are formed by iteratively removing the solutions of higher ranks, ensuring hierarchical organization of the population [8]. this sorting mechanism is crucial for identifying candidate solutions that contribute to the pareto-optimal set. following the non-dominated sorting process, nsga-ii calculates the crowding distance for each solution within a pareto front. the crowding distance quantifies the diversity of solutions by measuring the average distance between a solution and its neighbors in the objective space. solutions with larger crowding distances are preferred, as they contribute to maintaining a uniformly distributed pareto front. this metric ensures that the algorithm avoids premature convergence to localized regions and explores unexplored areas of the objective space [4]. the final stage is population selection, which combines the parent and offspring populations and selects the next generation based on rank and crowding distance. solutions are selected in order of increasing rank, and within the same rank, those with higher crowding distances are prioritized. this elitist selection strategy ensures that the algorithm retains high-quality solutions while preserving diversity [9]. figure 5 illustrates the algorithm’s workflow, highlighting its iterative nature and the integration of these core processes. nsga-ii’s computational efficiency stems from its o(mn 2) complexity, where m is the number of objectives and n is the population size. by balancing selection pressure, diversity preservation, and convergence, nsgaii has become a benchmark method for multi-objective evolutionary algorithms. figure 5. algorithmic workflow of nsga-ii hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 760 3.2. optimization objectives and constraints in the context of multi-objective optimization using nsga-ii, the definition of clear and quantifiable objective functions is essential for guiding the algorithm toward optimal solutions. the physiological boundaries (range of motion, rom; metabolic rate) are set according to the standards for range of motion in elite swimmers (2019) issued by the sports medicine committee of the fédération internationale de natation (fina) and the measured data from relevant literatures. the knee flexion range is limited to 120°–180° (θmin= 120°, θmax = 180°), and the upper limit of shoulder abduction angle is 180°. the metabolic rate boundary is determined based on the oxygen uptake–energy consumption conversion model (1 met = 3.5 ml o₂ /kg/min), combined with the test values of athletes' maximal oxygen uptake (vo₂ max). for biomechanical systems, such as swimming performance optimization, the objectives are often conflicting, requiring careful trade-offs. this section defines three primary optimization objectives and discusses the constraints imposed during the optimization process. the first objective is to maximize swimming velocity (𝑣), which directly reflects the swimmer's performance. the velocity is calculated as the mean forward speed during a complete stroke cycle and is influenced by both propulsion forces and hydrodynamic resistance. mathematically, this can be expressed as: 𝑓1 = −𝑣 (3) where the negative sign indicates that nsga-ii minimizes this objective, aligning with its minimization framework. maximizing velocity often conflicts with other objectives, such as energy efficiency and joint load, necessitating a multiobjective approach. the second objective is to minimize energy consumption (𝐸) , which ensures long-term sustainability of the swimmer's performance. energy consumption is calculated as the sum of mechanical work (𝑊𝑚) and resistive energy losses (𝑊𝑟): 𝑓2 = 𝐸 = 𝑊𝑚 +𝑊𝑟 (4) this objective is critical for endurance swimming, where excessive energy expenditure may lead to premature fatigue. the energy model integrates biomechanical and physiological factors, including oxygen uptake and metabolic rates. the third objective is to minimize joint load (𝐿), which is crucial for preventing overuse injuries and ensuring biomechanical safety. joint load is quantified as the cumulative torque experienced by key joints (e.g., shoulder, knee, and ankle) during a stroke cycle: 𝑓3 = ∑  𝑛 𝑖=1 𝜏𝑖 (5) where 𝜏𝑖 represents the torque at joint 𝑖, and 𝑛 is the total number of joints analyzed. minimizing joint load is particularly relevant for elite swimmers, who often perform repetitive strokes over extended periods. the optimization process is subject to several constraints that ensure the feasibility and practicality of the solutions. first, joint range of motion (rom) constraints are applied to prevent unrealistic or injurious movements. for example: 𝜃min,𝑖 ≤ 𝜃𝑖 ≤ 𝜃max,𝑖 (6) where 𝜃𝑖 is the joint angle, and 𝜃min,𝑖 and 𝜃max,𝑖 are the minimum and maximum allowable angles, respectively. these constraints are derived from anatomical studies and ensure that the swimmer's movements remain within physiological limits. second, hydrodynamic constraints are imposed to account for the interaction between the swimmer's body and the surrounding fluid. these include limits on drag force and flow separation, which are modeled using computational fluid dynamics (cfd) simulations: 𝐶𝑑 ≤ 𝐶𝑑,max (7) where 𝐶𝑑 is the drag coefficient, and 𝐶𝑑,max is the maximum allowable value based on swimmer-specific data. such constraints prevent the algorithm from converging to hydrodynamically infeasible solutions. finally, temporal constraints are applied to ensure the synchronization of arm and leg movements during the stroke cycle. these constraints are expressed as phase relationships between joint motions, maintaining biomechanical realism. figure 6 summarizes the optimization objectives and constraints within the nsga-ii framework. figure 6. optimization framework for velocity, energy, and joint load with constraints hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 761 3.3. implementation in the biomechanical model the implementation of nsga-ii within the biomechanical model for breaststroke swimming involves integrating the optimization algorithm with the computational simulation of swimming dynamics. the biomechanical model provides a detailed representation of the swimmer’s motion, incorporating hydrodynamic forces, joint kinematics, and metabolic energy consumption. nsga-ii is employed to optimize three conflicting objectives: maximizing swimming velocity, minimizing energy expenditure, and minimizing joint load, as described in section 3.2. the optimization process begins with the initialization of a population of candidate solutions, where each solution represents a unique combination of stroke parameters, such as joint angles, stroke frequency, and kick amplitude. these parameters are encoded as decision variables, with bounds set according to physiological constraints and hydrodynamic feasibility. the biomechanical model evaluates each solution by simulating a complete stroke cycle, calculating the velocity, energy expenditure, and joint load for use as objective function values. the outputs of nsga-ii are a set of pareto-optimal solutions, which represent trade-offs between the objectives. these solutions provide swimmers and coaches with actionable insights for technique refinement. figure 7 illustrates the algorithm’s input-output framework, highlighting the decision variables, constraints, and optimization results. figure 7. input-output framework of nsga-ii for biomechanical model this study aims to optimize breaststroke by improving swimming speed, energy efficiency, and reducing joint load. to achieve this, it first defines the optimization problem, then constructs a biomechanical model combining hydrodynamics, kinematics, and energy expenditure. subsequently, a multi objective optimization based on the nsga ii algorithm is employed to obtain pareto optimal solutions. finally, the model and algorithm are experimentally validated using professional swimmers. the nsga ii algorithm, rooted in evolutionary theory, simulates natural selection and genetic processes. leveraging non dominated sorting and crowding distance mechanisms, it efficiently finds pareto optimal solutions for conflicting objectives, ensuring population diversity and fast convergence. its implementation involves initializing the population, evaluating objectives, and iteratively performing sorting, selection, crossover, and mutation until termination. to enhance the model's practicality, each participant's body parameters (limb length, flexibility, etc.) are measured and integrated into the biomechanical model. this personalization enables precise simulation of swimming motions, tailoring optimized techniques to individual athletes' physical traits. 4. experimental validation and results 4.1. experimental setup to validate the biomechanical model and the optimization framework based on nsga-ii, an experimental study was conducted with professional breaststroke swimmers. the experimental setup was designed to collect high-resolution kinematic, hydrodynamic, and physiological data during swimming, ensuring precise validation of the optimization results. ten professional breaststroke swimmers (five male and five female; age: 22±3 years; height: 178 ± 7 cm; weight: 70 ± 5 kg) participated in the experiment. all participants had at least five years of competitive swimming experience and were selected based on their proficiency in breaststroke technique and their ability to maintain consistent performance across repeated trials. to ensure the reliability of the results, participants with recent injuries or medical conditions affecting their swimming performance were excluded. ethical approval was obtained from the institutional review board, and all participants provided informed consent before the study. the data collection process employed a combination of advanced measurement systems. underwater high-speed cameras with a resolution of 1920 × 1080 at 120 fps were positioned around the swimming pool to capture the swimmer’s motion from multiple angles. these recordings were synchronized with a multi-camera motion capture system, which hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 762 utilized reflective markers placed on key anatomical landmarks. the motion capture system, with a spatial accuracy of ±0.5 mm, enabled precise tracking of joint kinematics and body segment movements. hydrodynamic data were acquired using a custom-built waterproof force sensor attached to a tether, which measured drag forces at a sampling rate of 100 hz. additionally, a portable metabolic analyzer was used to measure oxygen consumption, providing estimates of energy expenditure during each trial. figure 8 illustrates the experimental setup, including the placement of cameras, the motion capture system, and the force measurement equipment. figure 8. experimental setup showing underwater cameras, motion capture system, and force measurement devices used during the swimming trials the experimental procedure consisted of three main phases: baseline testing, motion analysis, and optimization validation. during baseline testing, swimmers performed warm-up trials to familiarize themselves with the experimental setup and ensure consistent swimming performance. reflective markers were attached to anatomical landmarks, including the shoulders, elbows, wrists, hips, knees, and ankles, as shown in figure 9. these markers were used to track joint movements throughout the stroke cycle. figure 9. motion capture system with reflective markers placed on key anatomical landmarks for joint tracking and kinematic analysis in the motion analysis phase, participants performed five full-stroke swimming trials at a controlled pace, with each trial lasting approximately 20 s. the swimmers’ movements were recorded by the underwater cameras and synchronized with the motion capture system. to ensure reproducibility, participants maintained a constant stroke frequency and avoided unnecessary body movements. the collected data were used to calculate stroke-specific parameters, including joint torques, hydrodynamic forces, and energy expenditure. finally, in the optimization validation phase, swimmers executed a series of optimized strokes based on the nsgaii outputs. these trials involved adjusting stroke parameters, such as kick amplitude and arm pull trajectory, to match the optimization results. the experimental outcomes were compared with the predictions from the biomechanical model to assess the accuracy and effectiveness of the optimization framework. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 763 4.2. analysis of pareto-optimal solutions the optimization process using nsga-ii generated a set of pareto-optimal solutions, each representing a unique trade-off between swimming velocity, energy consumption, and joint load. these solutions form a pareto front in the objective space, as shown in figure 10, where no single solution is strictly better than others across all objectives. the analysis of the pareto front provides valuable insights into the performance of trade-offs and helps in selecting the most appropriate solution based on specific requirements. figure 10. pareto front showing trade-offs between velocity, energy, and joint load sensitivity analysis is conducted to evaluate how changes in input parameters affect the pareto front. key parameters like joint angles and metabolic rates were varied to observe their impacts on the optimization outcomes. the analysis shows that joint angles significantly influence the optimization results, as slight changes can alter the balance between swimming velocity and joint load. metabolic rate primarily affects energy efficiency but has a smaller impact on velocity and joint load. this is because joint angles directly relate to mechanical efficiency in swimming, while metabolic rate mainly reflects physiological energy consumption differences. the pareto front demonstrates the conflicting nature of the objectives. for instance, maximizing swimming velocity often results in increased energy consumption and joint load due to higher propulsion forces and faster stroke cycles. conversely, minimizing energy consumption or joint load typically leads to a reduction in swimming velocity, as lower propulsion forces are required to achieve these objectives. this trade-off is evident from the distribution of solutions along the pareto front, where high-velocity solutions are concentrated in one region, while low-energy and low-load solutions are concentrated in another. the solutions on the pareto front were further analyzed by selecting representative pareto-optimal solutions. table 2 compares three representative solutions: one focusing on maximum velocity, one prioritizing minimum energy consumption, and one minimizing joint load. the solutions are characterized by their corresponding performance metrics, including swimming velocity, energy consumption, and joint load. these metrics highlight the trade-offs between objectives, as shown in the table 2. the high-velocity solution achieves the fastest swimming speed of 2.0 m/s, but this comes at the cost of a 20% increase in energy consumption and a 15% increase in joint load compared to the baseline. on the other hand, the low-energy solution reduces energy consumption by 18% but sacrifices 10% of the swimming velocity. the low-load solution achieves a 25% reduction in joint load, which is particularly beneficial for injury prevention, but results in a 15% decrease in velocity and a slight increase in energy consumption due to suboptimal propulsion efficiency. these trade-offs illustrate the importance of balancing performance, efficiency, and safety in swimming biomechanics. table 2. performance metrics of representative pareto-optimal solutions solution type velocity (m/s) energy consumption (j) joint load (nm) high-velocity 2.0 4450 119.9 low-energy 1.8 3700 105 low-load 1.7 3900 90 the diversity of solutions on the pareto front highlights the flexibility of the optimization framework in addressing different performance goals. for competitive swimmers, high-velocity solutions may be preferred to maximize performance during races. however, for training sessions or injury recovery, solutions with lower joint loads or energy consumption may be prioritized to ensure long-term sustainability and safety. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 764 the pareto-optimal solutions also provide actionable insights for coaches and athletes. for instance, by analyzing the specific stroke parameters (e.g., kick amplitude, stroke frequency) associated with each solution, targeted adjustments can be made to achieve desired outcomes. the biomechanical model and nsga-ii framework enable a systematic exploration of these trade-offs, facilitating evidence-based decision-making in swimming performance optimization. 4.3. comparison with traditional training methods the optimization framework based on nsga-ii offers significant improvements over traditional training methods by systematically balancing performance, efficiency, and joint safety. this section compares the biomechanical and physiological performance metrics of traditional breaststroke techniques with the optimized strokes derived from the pareto-optimal solutions. traditional breaststroke training primarily focuses on maximizing velocity through experience-driven techniques, often without quantitatively addressing the trade-offs between energy consumption and joint load. in contrast, the optimization framework explicitly considers these trade-offs, enabling swimmers to achieve a more sustainable and injury-preventive stroke. one of the most noticeable differences lies in joint load distribution during the stroke cycle. figure 11 shows the joint load variation across a complete stroke cycle for traditional and optimized techniques. the optimized technique reduces peak joint loads at the shoulder and knee joints by approximately 20%, which is critical for preventing overuse injuries. this reduction is achieved by refining stroke parameters, such as kick amplitude and arm pull trajectory, to minimize unnecessary stress on the joints while maintaining propulsion efficiency. in traditional techniques, the lack of systematic analysis often results in excessive joint loads, particularly during the pull and kick phases. figure 11. joint load variation during stroke cycle for traditional vs. optimized techniques energy efficiency represents another key advantage of optimized strokes. figure 12 compares the total energy consumption per stroke cycle for traditional and optimized techniques. on average, optimized strokes reduce energy consumption by 15%-20%, primarily due to improved hydrodynamic efficiency and more effective movement patterns. by adjusting the stroke frequency and kick timing, the optimized technique minimizes energy losses caused by drag forces and uncoordinated limb movements. in contrast, traditional training methods often prioritize speed without fully accounting for energy efficiency, leading to higher metabolic costs, especially during prolonged swimming sessions. figure 12. comparison of energy consumption per stroke cycle between traditional and optimized techniques hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 765 in addition to joint load and energy efficiency, the optimized technique demonstrates a more balanced performance profile. swimmers using the optimized strokes reported improved stroke consistency and reduced fatigue during repeated trials, suggesting that the optimization framework not only enhances short-term performance but also contributes to long-term sustainability. the traditional techniques, by contrast, often lead to inconsistent outcomes due to variations in swimmer experience and coaching methods. the advantages of the optimized strokes highlight the value of integrating data-driven optimization frameworks into swimming training. by systematically analyzing and refining stroke parameters, the optimization framework provides a scientific basis for improving performance, reducing injury risks, and enhancing energy efficiency. while traditional methods rely heavily on subjective assessments and experience, the proposed approach offers a quantitative and reproducible methodology for stroke optimization. these findings underscore the potential of combining biomechanical modeling with multi-objective optimization to revolutionize traditional training practices. the ability to customize strokes based on individual swimmer profiles further enhances the applicability of the framework in real-world training environments. 5. discussion 5.1. contributions to training optimization this study advances the field of swimming biomechanics by proposing a systematic and data-driven framework that integrates biomechanical modeling with multi-objective optimization to address the complex trade-offs inherent in swimming performance. the contributions of this research to training optimization are multifaceted, encompassing improvements in training efficacy, injury mitigation, and personalized coaching methodologies. a central contribution of this work lies in its ability to enhance training efficiency through the identification of paretooptimal solutions. traditional training approaches often rely heavily on experiential methods and qualitative assessments, which are inherently subjective and may not fully capture the intricate interplay between performance, energy efficiency, and joint safety. by contrast, the presented framework employs quantitative optimization techniques to systematically explore and resolve trade-offs among these conflicting objectives. this enables the design of targeted training interventions that maximize performance outcomes while maintaining biomechanical and physiological balance. consequently, the framework reduces the reliance on trial-and-error in stroke refinement, thereby improving the overall efficiency of training regimens. another significant contribution is the framework’s capacity to mitigate the risk of injury associated with repetitive high-intensity swimming. elite swimmers are particularly susceptible to overuse injuries, such as shoulder impingement and knee strain, due to the repetitive nature of their training cycles. the analysis of pareto-optimal solutions demonstrates that optimized stroke techniques can reduce peak joint loads by up to 20% compared to traditional breaststroke techniques. this reduction is achieved by systematically adjusting stroke parameters, such as joint angles, kick amplitude, and stroke frequency, to minimize biomechanical stress while preserving hydrodynamic efficiency. the potential to decrease joint loads without adversely affecting performance underscores the framework’s value in promoting long-term joint health and sustainability in competitive swimming. furthermore, this study contributes to the growing emphasis on individualized training methodologies by enabling the customization of stroke techniques based on an athlete’s unique biomechanical and physiological profile. the variability in anatomical structure, joint flexibility, and metabolic capacity among swimmers necessitates a tailored approach to training. the proposed optimization framework accounts for these individual differences, allowing for the generation of personalized stroke solutions that align with each swimmer’s specific capabilities and constraints. this capacity for individualization represents a significant departure from traditional methods, which often adopt a one-sizefits-all approach to technique training. to its technical contributions, the proposed framework bridges the gap between theoretical research and practical application in sports science. by visualizing pareto fronts and quantifying the trade-offs among multiple objectives, the framework provides coaches with actionable insights that can be directly translated into practice. these insights enable evidence-based decision-making, where training strategies are informed by objective data rather than subjective judgment. this aligns with the broader trend in sports science toward integrating computational modeling and optimization techniques into practical coaching workflows, thereby fostering a more rigorous and systematic approach to performance enhancement. the optimization results indicate that increasing swimming speed often leads to higher energy consumption and joint loads, while reducing joint loads may compromise swimming speed. the pareto-optimal solutions from the nsga ii algorithm reveal these trade-offs. the optimized breaststroke techniques enhance speed, boost energy efficiency, and cut joint loads, thus lowering injury risks. these findings bear great significance for swimming training. in practical terms, selecting an optimal solution requires balancing speed and joint safety based on swimmers' specific situations. during pre-competition intensive training, enhancing speed is crucial, so opt for solutions with high velocity and moderate joint load. in rehabilitation or long-term training, prioritize joint safety by choosing low-joint-load solutions with slightly lower speed. this selection must involve thorough communication with coaches and athletes to align with their needs and physical conditions, ensuring a balance between competitive performance and athletic health. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 766 5.2. limitations of the study despite the advancements presented in this study, certain limitations should be considered when interpreting the findings. these limitations stem from the simplifications inherent in the modeling process and the constraints imposed by the experimental setup, which may affect the broader applicability of the proposed framework. a primary limitation lies in the hydrodynamic modeling assumptions used in the biomechanical analysis. the forces acting on a swimmer are influenced by complex factors, such as turbulence, unsteady flow effects, and subtle variations in body posture during the stroke cycle. however, the study employs quasi-static approximations and simplified drag force models to make the optimization process computationally feasible. while these assumptions enable efficient analysis, they may not fully capture the intricate fluid-body interactions that occur during swimming. incorporating advanced computational fluid dynamics (cfd) approaches in future research could provide a more accurate representation of hydrodynamic forces, albeit at the cost of increased computational complexity. the experimental design also presents limitations related to the scale and diversity of the participant cohort. the study involved ten professional swimmers, which, while sufficient for demonstrating the feasibility of the framework, may not adequately represent broader swimmer populations. factors such as variations in body morphology, muscle strength, and training background can significantly impact the effectiveness of the optimized stroke techniques. expanding the study to include a larger and more diverse sample, including swimmers of different skill levels, age groups, and physiological characteristics, would provide a more comprehensive evaluation of the framework’s generalizability and robustness. additionally, the controlled nature of the experimental environment may limit the applicability of the findings to real-world swimming scenarios. for instance, the use of tethered force sensors and motion capture systems, while essential for precise data collection, does not fully replicate the dynamic conditions experienced during competitive swimming. external factors such as race pacing, fatigue, and environmental variability may influence stroke performance in ways not accounted for in the experimental setup. future work could address this issue by employing wearable sensor technologies or advanced underwater monitoring systems, enabling data collection in more realistic settings. these limitations highlight areas for further refinement in both the modeling and experimental aspects of the study. addressing these issues will enhance the accuracy and applicability of the proposed framework, paving the way for broader adoption in swimming biomechanics and beyond. the quasi-steady drag model (equation 1) may overestimate the thrust by approximately 12% during the acceleration phase (compared with transient cfd results). especially in the leg kick acceleration period (t=0.2–0.5 s), the peak thrust error of the simplified model reaches 18%. 5.3. future research directions building on the findings of this study, several promising avenues for future research can further enhance the applicability and impact of the proposed framework. these directions aim to address current limitations, expand the scope of application, and incorporate additional factors to improve the comprehensiveness of biomechanical optimization. one potential direction is the inclusion of psychological and cognitive factors into the optimization framework. swimming performance is influenced not only by biomechanical and physiological parameters but also by psychological aspects such as focus, decision-making under pressure, and fatigue perception. future studies could explore methods to integrate these variables by employing psychophysiological models or real-time monitoring of cognitive load during swimming. this would allow the development of optimization strategies that account for both physical and mental demands, providing a holistic approach to performance enhancement. expanding the framework to other swimming techniques, such as freestyle, backstroke, and butterfly, represents another fruitful direction. each stroke type presents unique biomechanical challenges and hydrodynamic characteristics that require tailored optimization strategies. by adapting the current framework to these techniques, researchers can investigate stroke-specific trade-offs and provide targeted recommendations for swimmers and coaches. additionally, the framework could be extended to other aquatic sports, such as water polo or synchronized swimming, where biomechanical efficiency and injury prevention are equally critical. beyond swimming, the proposed methodology has the potential to be generalized to other sports and physical activities. for example, multi-objective optimization could be applied to running, cycling, or rowing, where similar trade-offs between performance, energy efficiency, and injury risk are present. adapting the framework to land-based or hybrid sports would require modifications to the biomechanical models but could offer valuable insights into optimizing performance across a wide range of athletic disciplines. future research should explore integrating real-time feedback systems into the optimization framework. current data suggests non-elite swimmers could achieve more significant improvements in speed and energy efficiency, while rehabilitating swimmers prioritize joint load reduction. thus, future studies should expand to these populations to validate the model's applicability. integrating this optimization framework with wearable feedback systems presents significant potential. incorporating psychological parameters (e.g., perceived exertion, stress) via psychophysiological modeling and real-time monitoring can enhance training strategies. adding metrics like psychological resilience and hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 767 cognitive load stabilizes competitive performance by mitigating stress-related underperformance, creating a holistic model for physical and mental optimization. wearable sensors could monitor real-time motion parameters, feeding data into the model to dynamically adjust optimization plans and provide instant feedback. despite challenges in data precision and real-time processing, this integration enables personalized, real-time training optimization with broad applications. leveraging wearable tech, computer vision, or ai, athletes can receive immediate technique feedback for in-session dynamic optimization, bridging the gap between theory and practice. such advancements will advance sports biomechanics, offering deeper insights into swimming and other athletic domains. 6. conclusion this study successfully applied a multi-objective optimization framework, based on the non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm ii (nsga-ii), to optimize breaststroke swimming techniques by simultaneously addressing performance enhancement, energy efficiency, and joint safety. the integration of biomechanical modeling with advanced optimization algorithms represents a significant step forward in the scientific analysis and improvement of swimming techniques. the optimized stroke solutions identified by the framework demonstrated substantial improvements in swimming performance metrics. by refining key parameters such as stroke frequency, kick amplitude, and arm pull trajectory, swimmers were able to achieve higher propulsion efficiency while maintaining biomechanical balance. these improvements were accompanied by a 15%-20% reduction in energy consumption per stroke cycle compared to traditional techniques, highlighting the efficacy of the proposed approach in addressing the metabolic demands of swimming. furthermore, the optimization framework successfully reduced peak joint loads, particularly in the shoulder and knee regions, by up to 20%, mitigating the risk of overuse injuries that are common among elite swimmers. these results underscore the potential of multi-objective optimization to balance competing objectives in complex biomechanical systems, achieving sustainable performance improvements without compromising joint health. our findings are in line with prior swimming biomechanics optimization studies. but most past studies focused on single objective optimization. this study, via the nsga ii algorithm, achieves multi-objective optimization of swimming speed, energy efficiency, and joint load. compared to traditional methods, our optimized techniques are more effective in reducing joint loads, probably because the nsga ii algorithm better balances conflicting objectives. also, our experimental validation confirms the practical value of the optimized techniques. beyond the specific context of breaststroke optimization, this study provides a novel methodological contribution to the broader field of sports biomechanics. the proposed framework establishes a quantitative, data-driven approach to motion analysis and performance enhancement, offering a powerful alternative to traditional training methods that often rely on qualitative assessments. by visualizing pareto-optimal solutions, the framework enables coaches and athletes to make informed decisions tailored to individual performance goals and physical constraints. this personalized and evidence-based approach aligns with the growing emphasis on precision training in competitive sports. the implications of this research extend beyond swimming to other athletic disciplines. the methodology can be adapted to optimize techniques in various sports where trade-offs between performance, energy efficiency, and injury risk are critical, such as running, cycling, or rowing. additionally, the ability to incorporate individual biomechanical and physiological characteristics into the optimization process highlights the potential for widespread application across diverse athlete populations and skill levels. this study demonstrates the feasibility and efficacy of multi-objective optimization in enhancing athletic performance while addressing safety and efficiency concerns. the integration of computational biomechanics with advanced optimization algorithms offers a robust and scalable framework for technique refinement, paving the way for future innovations in sports science and training methodologies. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, z.l. and x.y.; methodology, z.l.; software, x.y.; validation, z.l.; formal analysis, z.l.; investigation, z.l.; resources, z.l.; data curation, z.l.; writing—original draft preparation, x.y.; writing—review and editing, z.l.; visualization, x.y.; supervision, z.l.; project administration, z.l.; funding acquisition, z.l. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 768 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] barbosa, t. m., fernandes, r. j., keskinen, k. l., & vilas-boas, j. p. (2008). the influence of stroke mechanics into energy cost of elite swimmers. european journal of applied physiology, 103(2), 139–149. doi:10.1007/s00421-008-0676-z. [2] toussaint, h., & truijens, m. (2005). biomechanical aspects of peak performance in human swimming. animal biology, 55(1), 17–40. doi:10.1163/1570756053276907. [3] chatard, j. c., & wilson, b. (2003). drafting distance in swimming. medicine and science in sports and exercise, 35(7), 1176– 1181. doi:10.1249/01.mss.0000074564.06106.1f. [4] lópez-belmonte, ó., ruiz-navarro, j. j., gay, a., cuenca-fernández, f., cejuela, r., & arellano, r. (2023). determinants of 1500-m front-crawl swimming performance in triathletes: influence of physiological and biomechanical variables. international journal of sports physiology and performance, 18(11), 1328–1335. doi:10.1123/ijspp.2023-0157. [5] psycharakis, s. g., & mccabe, c. (2011). shoulder and hip roll differences between breathing and non-breathing conditions in front crawl swimming. journal of biomechanics, 44(9), 1752–1756. doi:10.1016/j.jbiomech.2011.04.004. [6] bixler, b., pease, d., & fairhurst, f. (2007). the accuracy of computational fluid dynamics analysis of the passive drag of a male swimmer. sports biomechanics, 6(1), 81–98. doi:10.1080/14763140601058581. [7] takagi, h., nakashima, m., sengoku, y., tsunokawa, t., koga, d., narita, k., kudo, s., sanders, r., & gonjo, t. (2023). how do swimmers control their front crawl swimming velocity? current knowledge and gaps from hydrodynamic perspectives. sports biomechanics, 22(12), 1552–1571. doi:10.1080/14763141.2021.1959946. [8] gatta, g., cortesi, m., fantozzi, s., & zamparo, p. (2015). planimetric frontal area in the four swimming strokes: implications for drag, energetics and speed. human movement science, 39, 41–54. doi:10.1016/j.humov.2014.06.010. [9] basri, e. i., basri, a. a., & ahmad, k. a. (2023). computational fluid dynamics analysis in biomimetics applications: a review from aerospace engineering perspective. biomimetics, 8(3), 319. doi:10.3390/biomimetics8030319. [10] kolmogorov, s. v., & duplishcheva, o. a. (1992). active drag, useful mechanical power output and hydrodynamic force coefficient in different swimming strokes at maximal velocity. journal of biomechanics, 25(3), 311–318. doi:10.1016/00219290(92)90028-y. [11] silva, a. f., seifert, l., fernandes, r. j., vilas boas, j. p., & figueiredo, p. (2025). front crawl swimming coordination: a systematic review. sports biomechanics, 24(2), 127–146. doi:10.1080/14763141.2022.2125428. [12] nicol, e., pearson, s., saxby, d., minahan, c., & tor, e. (2022). stroke kinematics, temporal patterns, neuromuscular activity, pacing and kinetics in elite breaststroke swimming: a systematic review. sports medicine open, 8(1), 75. doi:10.1186/s40798-022-00467-2. [13] barbosa, t. m., barbosa, a. c., simbaña escobar, d., mullen, g. j., cossor, j. m., hodierne, r., arellano, r., & mason, b. r. (2021). the role of the biomechanics analyst in swimming training and competition analysis. sports biomechanics, 22(12), 1734–1751. doi:10.1080/14763141.2021.1960417. [14] pais, a. i., belinha, j., & alves, j. l. (2023). advances in computational techniques for bio-inspired cellular materials in the field of biomechanics: current trends and prospects. materials, 16(11), 3946. doi:10.3390/ma16113946. [15] dong, d., butler, r., & herbert, j. (2022). evaluation of the effectiveness of developing real-world software projects as a motivational device for bridging theory and practice. journal of further and higher education, 46(9), 1275–1289. doi:10.1080/0309877x.2022.2070727. [16] nicol, e., adani, n., lin, b., & tor, e. (2024). the temporal analysis of elite breaststroke swimming during competition. sports biomechanics, 23(10), 1692–1704. doi:10.1080/14763141.2021.1975810. [17] hollander, a. p., de groot, g., van ingen schenau, g. j., toussaint, h. m., de best, h., peeters, w., meulemans, a., & schreurs, a. w. (1986). measurement of active drag during crawl arm stroke swimming. journal of sports sciences, 4(1), 21–30. doi:10.1080/02640418608732094. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 769 [18] lopes, t. j., morais, j. e., pinto, m. p., & marinho, d. a. (2022). numerical and experimental methods used to evaluate active drag in swimming: a systematic narrative review. frontiers in physiology, 13, 938658. doi:10.3389/fphys.2022.938658. [19] bilinauskaite, m., mantha, v. r., rouboa, a. i., ziliukas, p., & silva, a. j. (2013). computational fluid dynamics study of swimmer’s hand velocity, orientation, and shape: contributions to hydrodynamics. biomed research international, 2013, 140487. doi:10.1155/2013/140487. [20] green, m. h., curet, o. m., patankar, n. a., & hale, m. e. (2013). fluid dynamics of the larval zebrafish pectoral fin and the role of fin bending in fluid transport. bioinspiration & biomimetics, 8(1), 16002. doi:10.1088/1748-3182/8/1/016002. [21] li, m., yang, s., zheng, j., & liu, x. (2014). etea: a euclidean minimum spanning tree-based evolutionary algorithm for multi-objective optimization. evolutionary computation, 22(2), 189–230. doi:10.1162/evco_a_00106. [22] vennell, r., pease, d., & wilson, b. (2006). wave drag on human swimmers. journal of biomechanics, 39(4), 664–671. doi:10.1016/j.jbiomech.2005.01.023. [23] zaïdi, h., taïar, r., fohanno, s., & polidori, g. (2008). analysis of the effect of swimmer’s head position on swimming performance using computational fluid dynamics. journal of biomechanics, 41(6), 1350-1358. doi:10.1016/j.jbiomech.2008.02.005. [24] do, t. a., & nguyen, t. h. (2024). assessment of fluid forces on flooded bridge superstructures using the sph method. civil engineering journal, 10(12), 4104–4116. doi:10.28991/cej-2024-010-12-019 [25] novais, m., silva, a., mantha, v., ramos, r., rouboa, a., vilas-boas, j., luís, s., & marinho, d. (2012). the effect of depth on drag during the streamlined glide: a three-dimensional cfd analysis. journal of human kinetics, 33(1), 55–62. doi:10.2478/v10078-012-0044-2. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 67 issn: 2723-9535 fine-tuned attribute weighted naïve bayes with modified partial instances reduction for gaming disorder classification anastasya latubessy 1, 2 , retantyo wardoyo 3 , aina musdholifah 3* , sri kusrohmaniah 4 1 doctoral program department of computer science and electronics, faculty of mathematics and natural science, universitas gadjah mada, yogyakarta 55281, indonesia. 2 department of informatics engineering, faculty of engineering, universitas muria kudus, indonesia. 3 department of computer science and electronics, faculty of mathematics and natural science, universitas gadjah mada, yogyakarta 55281, indonesia. 4 department of psychology, faculty of psychology, universitas gadjah mada, yogyakarta 55281, indonesia. received 15 august 2024; revised 14 january 2025; accepted 02 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract fine tuning attribute weighted naïve bayes (ftawnb) is a reliable modified naïve bayes model. even though it is able to provide high accuracy on ordinal data, this model is sensitive to outliers. to improve the performance of ftawnb, this research modified the partial instances reduction (pir) technique to make the ftawnb more adaptive to outliers. nevertheless, in contrast to the original pir technique, which substitutes missing values for data values deemed outliers, the pir technique suggested in this study replaces data values deemed outliers using a naïve bayes weighting approach. the attribute values from the outlier data are replaced with the highest probability values for the attributes in the actual class. this pir technique is referred to as modified pir. the ftawnb model with modified pir has been evaluated using the gaming disorder dataset. replacing the four attributes with the least amount of information resulted in accuracy gains of 99.74%, an increase of 1.53% over the ftawnb model. the experimental result shows that adding the modified pir technique to the ftawnb model can handle the outlier in the data, proving it by increasing the performance in terms of accuracy, precision, and recall without pruning the dataset used. keywords: classification; attribute weighted; fine-tune; naïve bayes; instances reduction; gaming disorder. 1. introduction uncontrolled gaming patterns can cause gaming disorder (gd). the world health organization (who) has defined gd as a psychiatric disorder characterized by a pattern of persistent gaming or repetitive behavior, both online and offline, which is manifested by: 1) diminished ability to control the onset, frequency, intensity, duration, termination, and context of gaming; 2) increase priority on playing games, games take precedence over daily activities and other interests in life.; and 3) continue to increase gaming patterns even though negative consequences occur [1]. prior to gaming disorder (gd) being classified as a mental disorder by the world health organization (who) in 2018, jap et al. [2] conducted research on the level of gaming addiction in indonesia by taking samples from several schools. among * corresponding author: aina_m@ugm.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8380-3866 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7604-2109 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9076-6389 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 68 the 3,264 participants, 1,477 had continued to play games at least once a month. it is estimated that 150 of the 1,477 participants may experience addiction, with a total of 89 participants possibly falling into the severe category. this study estimates that there is a 6.1% prevalence of people experiencing gaming addiction. furthermore, a study showed that as many as 14% of teenagers in the capital city of jakarta were indicated to be addicted to the internet, and the two most common activities when surfing were playing online games and playing social media [3]. next, a potential correlation test for internet gaming disorder (igd) was carried out on 639 indonesian medical students in jakarta. the igd prevalence rate was 2.03% [4]. in line with this, a study demonstrates a connection between young men's mental health and the amount of time they spend playing video games. based on the research findings at one of the vocational high schools in north sulawesi with 102 respondents, 42.2% of students fell into the high category regarding how long they played games. this number correlates with the mental health picture of teenagers at that school, which is in the poor/poor category with a percentage of 58.8% [5]. concurrently, a study conducted on a sample of garut city students revealed that 38.5% of them did not have an online game addiction, 15.3% had a mild addiction, and 46.2% had a severe addiction [6]. research on the detrimental effects of excessive gaming indicates that gd should be given top priority in both physical and mental health. there is a significant gap between the healthcare needs of individuals vulnerable to gd and the resources available in the region [7]. while many health professionals recognize the profound impact of gd and express concern, they often struggle to respond effectively due to several barriers. a critical issue is the unavailability of high-quality consultation materials or clear procedural guidelines, which hampers their ability to provide targeted care [8]. furthermore, existing research in this area is often undermined by weak sampling methods and inconsistent measurement tools, limiting the reliability and applicability of findings [9]. classification is a way for researchers to organize, describe, and relate to their scientific disciplines, including psychology, with two main principles: validity and utility. the principle of validity ensures whether the classification scheme provides an accurate picture of understanding in accordance with science and symptoms. in comparison, the utility principle determines how functional the classification is. the purpose of classification is to enable and make it easier for experts to communicate about a disorder without having to make a long list of signs of a disorder [10]. the gd classification process can use methods in computer science to manage and synthesize psychological data. the collaboration of these two fields of science is called psychoinformatics [11], when computer and information science changes the views and methodology of traditional psychology [12]. there has been a paradigm shift in the field of psychosocial and behavioral health from traditional experimental techniques towards the use of technology, enabling the study of people in their daily lives at the level of pertinent behavioral, psychological, and medical variables, such as communication patterns and psychophysiological data [13]. in fact, the basis of artificial intelligence (ai) relies on cognitive approaches in psychology. psychiatry and clinical psychology that use machine learning techniques specifically utilize multidimensional data sets to learn statistical functions to predict individual outcomes [14]. one of the reliable classification models in machine learning is the naive bayes classifier. naïve bayes (nb) is a simple and reliable classification model for supervised classification [15]. this model is included in the ten best algorithms [16]. probability estimates are the basis of naive bayes. therefore, naïve bayes is suitable for computing high-dimensional text classification problems [17]. nevertheless, assuming conditional independence between attributes is a weakness of naïve bayes [18]. many studies have improved the performance of naïve bayes by adding structural extensions. additionally, the process of selecting and weighting instances and attributes is another way to improve its performance. almost all existing nb development models only focus on reducing the unrealistic assumption of attribute conditional independence or only emphasizing getting better conditional probability estimates. however, a study contends that both are equally significant. then, it combines the attribute weighting concept with fine-tuning to create a framework called the ftawnb (fine-tuning attribute weighted naïve bayes) model [18]. a fine tuned nb (ftnb), boosted nb (bnb), correlation-based featured weighting filter for nb (cfw) and standard nb (nb) have been compared with this ftawnb model [19–22]. compared to other models on the dataset, ftawnb performs exceptionally well, outperforming nb and all other cutting-edge models. the ftawnb model has notable weaknesses, particularly during the fine-tuning phase. one of its key limitations is its heightened sensitivity to outliers, which can significantly compromise its performance and reliability [18]. this sensitivity makes the model less robust in handling outlier data, highlighting a critical area for improvement. an instance is said to be an outlier because the instance dramatically deviates from the other instances in its class label. to reduce this sensitivity, it is recommended to use the pir (partial instances reduction) technique [23]. this technique does not remove all instances like traditional noise and outlier-filtering techniques but only removes some suspicious instances. this research uses ordinal data, so the pir technique used is slightly modified. the original pir technique will replace attribute values that are considered outliers with missing values. however, this research uses a naïve bayes weighting approach to replace data values that are considered outliers. data considered an outlier is at the farthest hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 69 distance from the class centroid, and data on attributes has the most minor mutual information. the attribute values from the outlier data are then replaced with the highest probability values for the attributes in the actual class. therefore, this pir technique is called modified pir. this paper is structured as follows: section 2 reviews the literature relevant to the methods applied in this study. section 3 introduces the ftawnb model with the modified pir technique. section 4 presents the experimental and analytical results for the gaming disorder datasets. finally, section 5 provides the conclusions of the study. 2. related work every region faces challenges in diagnosing health issues, according to reports from the who since 2001 [24]. the lack of treatment facilities and the drawn-out, laborious diagnosis procedure were also addressed by who [25]. as a result, many nations employ advanced technology and knowledge advancement to tackle mental health issues. naïve bayes is used in a number of studies to identify mental health issues. research on mental health issues such as depression, anxiety disorders, and other conditions will still largely rely on machine learning models for prediction even in 2024 and beyond [26–31]. nine classification algorithms—gradient boosting, multi-layer perceptron (mlp), adaboost, xgboost, support vector machine (svm), k-nearest neighbor (knn), random forest, decision tree, and gaussian naïve bayes (gnb)—were compared in a study on anxiety disorder. out of the nine algorithms, mlp has the highest accuracy at 99.96%, while gnb has the lowest accuracy at 79.46% [32]. naïve bayes performed better in cross-validation settings in ioannidis et al.'s research on internet addiction, but its pr-auc performance varied more [33]. additionally, a study that used data samples from 100 students assessed internet addiction. 88 of the 100 data samples that were used can be correctly classified by the naive bayes model [34]. an investigation was carried out to compare the auto-sklearn and multinomial logistic regression machine learning algorithms to the naive bayes model for mood and anxiety disorders prediction. although each of the three models did well in terms of accuracy, the auto-sklearn model performed better than the other two [35]. depression is another mental health condition that extensively utilizes machine learning models for early detection. one study developed a hybrid model combining support vector machines (svm) and neural networks for early detection of depression [30], another study employed a robust tuned extreme gradient boosting model generator to identify depression [31]. the naive bayes model was used in a number of studies to analyze depression; the datasets from reddit [36], the australian data archive [37], and survey data [38] yielded accuracy rates of 74.35%, 94%, and 86.364%, respectively. furthermore, a study classifies internet addiction and depression using questionnaire data. the research yielded an accuracy of 84.1% for the naive bayes model of internet addiction and 88.9% for the depression model [39]. according to some of this literature, the naive bayes model has not yet proven to be the most accurate machine learning algorithm when compared to the algorithms employed in other research. the ftawnb model was also used in previous research on ordinal data using the anxiety disorder dataset. the accuracy, precision, and recall of the model were found to be good, outperforming gaussian, categorical, and multinomial naïve bayes models. with an accuracy value of 99.22%, according to the test results, the ftawnb performs better in terms of recall, accuracy, and precision than the other three models. the accuracy of multinomial naïve bayes is 61.104%, categorical is 91.592%, and gaussian nb is 91.132% [40]. one of the improvements to the naïve bayes model is the fine tuning attribute weighted naïve bayes (ftawnb) model, which combines the ideas of attribute weighting and fine-tuning to improve the naive bayer’s performance [18]. these two factors are thought to be equally significant in enhancing naïve bayes' performance. it is well known that naïve bayes (nb) predicts its class label and estimates the probability of its class membership using equations 1 and 2. p(c) is the prior probability of class c; aj is the value of the jth attribute aj of x; and p(aj|c) is the conditional probability of aj = aj which belongs to class c and is estimable using equations 3 and 4. in this context, the set of all potential c class labels is denoted by c; the amount of attributes is m. in this case, aij is the value of the jth attribute of the ith training instance, ci is the class label of the th training instance i, nj is the total value of the jth attribute aj, and the indicator function δ(x,y) is one if x=y and zero otherwise. 𝑃(𝑐|𝑥)𝑁𝐵 = 𝑃(𝑐) ∏ 𝑃(𝑎𝑗|𝑐)𝑚 𝑗=1 ∑ 𝑃(𝑐) ∏ 𝑃(𝑎𝑗|𝑐)𝑚 𝑗=1𝑐∈𝐶 , (1) 𝐶(𝑥)𝑁𝐵 = 𝑎𝑟𝑔 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑐∈𝐶𝑃(𝑐|𝑥), (2) 𝑃(𝑐) = ∑ 𝛿(𝑐𝑖,𝑐)+ 1 𝑞 𝑛 𝑖=1 𝑛+1 , (3) 𝑃(𝑎𝑗|𝑐) = ∑ 𝛿(𝑎𝑖𝑗,𝑎𝑗)𝛿(𝑐𝑖,𝑐)+ 1 𝑛𝑗 𝑛 𝑖=1 ∑ 𝛿(𝑐𝑖,𝑐)+1𝑛 𝑖=1 , (4) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 70 the difference between ftawnb and nb standard is in the equation used to compute the conditional probability p'(aj | c) in equations 5 and 6. in this case, attribute weights and fine-tuning will be applied to the ftawnb. 𝑃(𝑐|𝑥)𝐹𝑇𝐴𝑊𝑁𝐵 = 𝑃(𝑐) ∏ 𝑃′(𝑎𝑗|𝑐)𝑚 𝑗=1 ∑ 𝑃(𝑐) ∏ 𝑃′(𝑎𝑗|𝑐)𝑚 𝑗=1𝑐∈𝐶 (5) 𝐶(𝑥)𝐹𝑇𝐴𝑊𝑁𝐵 = 𝑎𝑟𝑔 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑐∈𝐶𝑃(𝑐|𝑥) (6) various machine learning algorithms in the literature address the outlier problem in different approaches. some learning algorithms, such as decision trees, include an embedded pruning phase that primarily removes some tree branches in order to address outlier [41]. other methods use a different phase for outlier reduction in which noisy events are detected and removed according to certain criteria [42–45] or corrected by changing the suspected value. there is a risk associated with labeling or correcting an instance because it may introduce a new noisy value [46, 47]. 3. proposed method this study was approved by the medical and health research ethics committee (mhrec), faculty of medicine, public health, and nursing, universitas gadjah mada, with an ethics number of ke/fk/0090/ec/2024. it begins with the procedure for gathering data, where the data used is questionnaires data with a sample age range of 12 to 20 years old were randomly sent to indonesian schools in order to gather primary data on gaming disorders. the next step involves conducting the data preprocessing phase. the characteristics of the data utilized do not permit the presence of missing values within the dataset. therefore, during the preprocessing stage, measures are taken to ensure that the data is in an ideal condition. the dataset pertaining to gaming disorders contains 782 instances. there are 45 attributes used in this study. statements of symptoms of gaming disorder are found in attributes 1 through 44 taken from the gaming disorder detection questionnaire (gddk) adopted from the internet addiction diagnostic questionnaire (kdai) [48], and the 45 attribute is the class label of gd prediction. the following is how table 1 displays each statement's weight: very rarely = 1, rarely = 2, sometimes = 3, often = 4, very often=5, always = 6, it is not in accordance with=0. the total of all the respondents' input is added to determine the final score. those who score more than 170 are classified in the gd class. there are two class label used, namely no, and gd shown in table 2. table 1. frequency rating of classification gd questionnaire frequency rating weight very rarely 1 rarely 2 sometimes 3 often 4 very often 5 always 6 not in accordance 0 table 2. classification gd gd prediction score class no ≤107 0 gd >107 1 the model validation procedure employing 10-fold cross-validation comes next. ten equal-sized portions of the data are separated out. nine parts become training data, and one part becomes testing data for every fold, ranging from one to ten folds. ftawnb consists of two algorithms: the classification algorithm and the training algorithm. as a result, the training process will further refine the ftawnb model and the modified pir technique, ultimately generating class predictions. a flowchart outlining the classification methodology employed in this study is provided in figure 1. meanwhile, as depicted in figure 2, the proposed model operates in three distinct stages: the initialization phase, fine-tuning of conditional probabilities, and the modified partial instance reduction (pir) phase. in the original pir technique, instances identified as outliers are treated as missing values. however, the current research introduces a novel approach by incorporating a naïve bayes-based weighting method. this method replaces the attribute values of outliers with the values corresponding to the highest probability within the actual class of the dataset. this modification aims to preserve the integrity of the dataset while improving classification performance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 71 figure 1. the suggested model classification's workflow diagram following this replacement, an accuracy check is performed. if the accuracy fails to improve or shows a decline compared to the previous iteration, the process is terminated, as illustrated in the third phase of figure 2. notably, the proposed model focuses solely on modifying the attribute values of data points considered outliers rather than pruning or eliminating data from the gaming disorder dataset. this approach ensures that all data is retained while addressing outlier effects, thereby maintaining the dataset’s comprehensiveness and facilitating more robust classification results figure 2. framework ftawnb with modified pir hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 72 3.1. initializing conditional probabilities phase the weights of the attributes are determined in the first phase by considering the redundancy of the attributes and the relevance of the classes. initializing conditional probabilities is the term for this phase. the same information is constructed and initialized using conditional probabilities, which aim to quantify the correlation between every pair of discrete random variables. equations 7 and 8 define the computations of attribute-class relevance and attribute-attribute inter-correlation, respectively. i(aj;ak) denotes attribute inter-correlation, and i(aj;c) denotes attribute-class relevance. 𝐼(𝐴𝑗; 𝐶) = ∑ ∑ 𝑃(𝑎𝑗 , 𝑐)𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑃(𝑎𝑗,𝑐) 𝑃(𝑎𝑗)𝑃(𝑐)𝑐𝑎𝑗 , (7) 𝐼(𝐴𝑗; 𝐴𝑘) = ∑ ∑ 𝑃(𝑎𝑗 , 𝑎𝑘)𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑃(𝑎𝑗,𝑎𝑘) 𝑃(𝑎𝑗)𝑃(𝑎𝑘)𝑎𝑘𝑎𝑗 , (8) normalization is carried out into ni(aj;c) and ni(aj;ak) using equations 9 and 10 in order to maintain i(aj;c) and (aj;ak) in the range [0,1]. 𝑁𝐼(𝐴𝑗; 𝐶) = 𝐼(𝐴𝑗;𝐶) 1 𝑚 ∑ 𝐼(𝐴𝑗;𝐶)𝑚 𝑗=1 , (9) 𝑁𝐼(𝐴𝑗; 𝐴𝑘) = 𝐼(𝐴𝑗;𝐴𝑘) 1 𝑚(𝑚−1) ∑ ∑ 𝐼(𝐴𝑗;𝐴𝑘;) 𝑚 𝑘=1 ∧𝑘≠𝑗 𝑚 𝑗=1 , (10) next, in order to determine the weight of the jth attribute, dj, the subtraction procedure is executed utilizing equation 11. the weight of each attribute is determined by proportionally reducing the normalized mutual relevance and the normalized average mutual redundancy, as demonstrated by equation 11. because dj, as defined by equation 11, can be negative, dj is converted to [0, 1] by equation 12 using the standard sigmoid logistic function. where wj represents the jth attribute's discriminatory weight. 𝐷𝑗 = 𝑁𝐼(𝐴𝑗; 𝐶) − 1 𝑚−1 ∑ 𝑁𝐼(𝐴𝑗; 𝐴𝑘)𝑚 𝑘=1 ∧𝑘≠𝑗 (11) 𝑤𝑗 = 1 1+ 𝑒−𝐷𝑗 (12) 3.2. fine tuning conditional probabilities phase based on the conditional probabilities of the training instances, fine-tuning is done in the second stage. first, for each training instance ti(i=1,2,...,n), predict the class label (cprediction) in turn. in the event that a training instance is misclassified (cprediction ≠ cactual), adjust the relevant conditional probabilities. equations 13 and 14 provide a clearer illustration of the fine-tuning formula for each misclassified training instance, where cactu and cpred represent the actual class and class prediction, respectively. 𝑃′(𝑎𝑗|𝑐𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢) = 𝑃′(𝑎𝑗|𝑐𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢) + 𝛿(𝑎𝑗,𝑐𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢) (13) 𝑃′(𝑎𝑗|𝑐𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑑) = 𝑃′(𝑎𝑗|𝑐𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑑) − 𝛿(𝑎𝑗,𝑐𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑑) (14) hereafter, the learning rate is controlled by parameter η∈ [0,1]. likewise, δ(aj,cpred) must be reduced in proportion to the error, the difference between β. p'(aj|cpred) and p'min(aj|cpred), and the learning rate η. equations 15, 16, and 17 provide the formulas for varying the step sizes δ(aj,cactu) and δ(aj,cpred) based on this analysis. 𝛿(𝑎𝑗 , 𝑐𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢) = 𝜂. (𝛼 . 𝑃′ 𝑚𝑎𝑥(𝑎𝑗|𝑐𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢) − 𝑃′(𝑎𝑗|𝑐𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢)) . 𝑒𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟 (15) 𝛿(𝑎𝑗 , 𝑐𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑑) = 𝜂. (𝛽 . 𝑃′(𝑎𝑗|𝑐𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑑) − 𝑃′𝑚𝑖𝑛(𝑎𝑗|𝑐𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑑)) . 𝑒𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟 (16) 𝑒𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟 = 𝑃(𝑐𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑑 |𝑇𝑖) − 𝑃(𝑐𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢 |𝑇𝑖) (17) 3.3. modified partial instance reduction phase the third phase begins by detecting the presence of outliers using the calculation of the euclidean distance of each instances to the actual class centroid point. an instance is considered as outlier when the closest distance to the centroid of a particular class is different from the predicted class. equation 18 is used to calculate the c center point on the n attribute. where k= total number of instances in label c, i= instances, and vi,n = value of row i in attribute n with label c. in the meantime, equation 19 is used to determine the distance between each set of data and the cluster center. where d(i,c) is the distance of data i to the center of cluster c, (xni) is the i data on the n attribute, and (xnc) the c center point on the n attribute. xnc = 1 𝑘 × ∑ 𝑣𝑖 ,𝑛 𝑘 𝑖=0 ; (18) 𝑑(𝑖, 𝑐) = √[(𝑥1𝑖 − 𝑥1𝑐)2 + (𝑥2𝑖 − 𝑥2𝑐)2 + ⋯ + (𝑥𝑛𝑖 − 𝑥𝑛𝑐)2] (19) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 73 at this stage, we also look for the information gain (ig) value of each attribute and sort the ig value of each attribute from smallest to largest. instances that are considered outliers will be replaced with attribute values starting from the attribute with the smallest ig to the largest according to the number of attributes selected. the modified pir technique suggested in this study replaces data values that are deemed outliers using a naïve bayes weighting approach, as opposed to the original pir technique, which substitutes missing values for outlier-class data values. naive bayes weighting is used to find the highest probability value of each attribute in the actual class. data on attributes with the least information gain and data that are the furthest from the class centroid are regarded as outliers. the highest probability values for the attributes in the actual class are then used to replace the attribute values from the outlier data. therefore, this method is known as modified pir. algorithm 1 shows the procedures carried out in the ftwnb with modified pir method. algorithm 1. ftwanb with modified partial instances reduction algorithm input: dataset, i 1 sorting ig value (dataset) 2 buildandevaluate(ftawnb(), dataset, fold:10) 3 for (i = 0 to i < countfeature) 4 buildcentroid() 5 getouliters(centroid, dataset, igvallist,i) 6 buildandevaluate(ftawnb(), dataset, fold:10) 7 if(new accuracy < old accuracy) 8 break; 9 end if 10. else 11. return new accuracy 12. end for output: new dataset 4. result and discussion 4.1. model training results the dataset is information collected from a survey of children aged 12 to 20 based on questions related to gaming disorders. there are 45 columns total—44 columns for each questionnaire question, 1 column for the class label, and 782 rows to indicate the total number of participants. this 782 data are tested on the ftawnb model with modified pir. the first experiment was carried out on the original ftawb model; the next experiment was tested on ftawnb with modified pir by replacing outlier values on one, two, three, four and five attributes with the smallest information gain (ig) sequentially. based on these experiment, the best accuracy was obtained when the value of the outlier data on the four attributes that had the smallest ig values were replaced with attribute values that had the greatest probability of attribute values in the actual class. the cross-validation results are presented in table 3. the accuracy is as follows: 98.98% for ftawnb with modified pir (1 attribute); 99.23% for ftawnb with modified pir (two attributes); 99.49% for ftawnb with modified pir (three attributes); 99.74% for ftawnb with modified pir(four attributes) and 99.62% for ftawnb with modified pir (five attributes). table 3's final row demonstrates that the number of instances in the dataset used for each model test has not decreased. it was also shown that there was a progressive decrease in the total number of outliers found. using the original ftawnb model yielded 70 outliers, utilizing ftawnb with modified pir (1 attribute) yielded 61 outliers, ftawnb with modified pir (2 attributes) produced 59 outliers, ftawnb with modified pir (3 attributes) produced 57 outliers, and ftawnb with modified pir (4 attributes) produced 47 outliers. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 74 table 3. stratified cross-validation of gaming disorder classification parameter ftawnb ftawnb with modified pir (1 attribute) ftawnb with modified pir (2 attributes) ftawnb with modified pir (3 attributes) ftawnb with modified pir (4 attributes) ftawnb with modified pir (5 attributes) accuracy 98.21% 98.98% 99.23% 99.49% 99.74% 99.62% correctly classified instances 768 774 776 778 780 779 incorrectly classified instances 14 8 6 4 2 3 kappa statistic 0.9362 0.9633 0.9725 0.9815 0.9908 0.9862 mean absolute error 0.0194 0.0145 0.0116 0.0102 0.0085 0.0081 root mean squared error 0.1045 0.0869 0.074 0.0669 0.0597 0.0583 relative absolute error 7.0215% 5.2544% 4.2157% 3.7072% 3.0822% 2.9389% total number of outliers 70 61 59 57 47 41 total number of instances 782 782 782 782 782 782 as indicated in table 4, model performance is evaluated using three criteria: recall, precision, and accuracy. meanwhile, detailed performance by class is shown in table 5. the reliability of the suggested ftawnbmpir model is evaluated by comparing its performance to that of the original ftawnb model. furthermore, the performance of the ftawnbmpir is compared to other well-known outlier-handling strategies, including reliable approaches like lof (local outlier factor). the ftawnbmpir (four attributes) model obtained the highest accuracy value of 99.74%. thus, it can be demonstrated that the accuracy of the ftawnb model on the dataset of gaming disorders was increased by 1.53%. meanwhile, the single-attribute, two-attribute, three-attribute, five-attribute modified pir, and ftawnb with local outlier factor (lof) techniques each also show greater accuracy than the original ftawnb model. table 4. model performance comparison of gaming disorder classification model accuracy precision recall ftawnb 98.21% 98.3% 98.2% ftawnb with modified pir (one attribute) 98.98% 99.0% 99.0% ftawnb with modified pir (two attributes) 99.23% 99.3% 99.2% ftawnb with modified pir (three attributes) 99.49% 99.5% 99.5% ftawnb with modified pir (four attributes) 99.74% 99.7% 99.7% ftawnb with modified pir (five attributes) 99.62% 99.6% 99.6% ftawnb with lof 98.59% 98.6% 98.6% table 5. comprehensive performance indicators by class model class precision (%) recall (%) tp rate (%) fp rate (%) ftawnb 0 99.4 98.5 98.5 0.31 1 92.6 96.9 96.9 0.15 ftawnb with modified pir (one attribute) 0 99.7 99.1 99.1 0.16 1 95.5 98.4 98.4 0.09 ftawnb with modified pir (two attributes) 0 99.8 99.2 99.2 0.08 1 96.2 99.2 99.2 0.08 ftawnb with modified pir (three attributes) 0 99.8 99.5 99.5 0.08 1 97.7 99.2 99.2 0.05 ftawnb with modified pir (four attributes) 0 100 99.7 99.7 0 1 98.5 100 100 0.03 ftawnb with modified pir (five attributes) 0 100 99.5 99.5 0 1 97.7 100 100 0.05 ftawnb with lof 0 99.4 98.9 98.9 0.31 1 94. 96.9 96.9 0.11 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 75 a comparison of the performance of the models tested on the gaming disorder dataset is shown in figure 3. the results of the experiments that were done show that the suggested model, which is ftawnb with a modified pir (four attributes), achieved the highest accuracy, 99.74%. the same thing applies to precision and recall, which obtained the highest results in the ftawnb with the modified pir model (four attributes) of 99.70%. figure 3. comparison of performance models: ftawnb, ftawnb with modified pir, and ftawnb with lof as previously explained, in this study, gaming disorder was classified into two classes, namely no and gd (0.1). table 6 presents the confusion matrix results from each test. in the ftawnb model, there were 643 true negatives, 125 true positives, 10 false negatives, and 4 false positives. the ftawnb model with modified pir (one attribute) achieved 647 true negatives, 127 true positives, 6 false negatives, and 2 false positives. when modified with pir (two attributes), the model produced 648 true negatives, 128 true positives, 5 false negative, and 1 false positives. with pir modification using three attributes, the model recorded 650 true negatives, 128 true positives, 3 false negative, and 1 false positives. further modification with pir (four attributes) resulted in 651 true negatives, 129 true positives, 2 false negatives, and 0 false positives. the ftawnb model with pir (five attributes) reported 650 true negatives, 129 true positives, 3 false negatives, and 0 false positives. finally, in the ftawnb with lof model, there were 646 true negatives, 125 true positives, 7 false negatives, and 4 false positives. within the original ftawnb model, 14 cases were classified incorrectly. based on the modified pir stage in the third phase, 10 false positive instances at index 79, 173, 176, 389, 468, 490, 664, 678, 706, and 720 were identified as outlier data. in contrast, the four false negative cases were not recognized as data outliers. the index numbers of the four false negative cases are 172, 200, 527, and 702. however, table 6b shows that the developed model can produce 0 false negative examples out of 4 false negative examples, which is not outlier data. meanwhile, the 10 false positive instances, which were outlier data, experienced a decrease in the number of misclassified data and achieved the best performance when using ftawnb with modified pir (four attributes). it can be seen that the number of false positive cases has decreased to two, as shown in table 6a. these two data have respective index numbers of 664 and 678. in the meantime, three false positive instances—indexes 664, 678, and 706—are produced when ftawnb is used in conjunction with a modified pir (five attributes). based on these findings, the proposed model stops replacing outlier data at the fourth attribute and displays the best accuracy results. table 6. confusion matrix (a) class 0 (b) class 1 model class classified as (a) 0 1 ftawnb 0 643 10 ftawnb with modified pir (one attribute) 0 647 6 ftawnb with modified pir (two attributes) 0 648 5 ftawnb with modified pir (three attributes) 0 650 3 ftawnb with modified pir (four attributes) 0 651 2 ftawnb with modified pir (five attributes) 0 650 3 ftawnb with lof 0 646 7 98.21% 98.30% 98.20% 99.74% 99.70% 99.70% 98.59% 98.60% 98.60% 95% 96% 97% 98% 99% 100% akurasi presisi recall t o ta l o f p e r fo r m a n c e model by performances comparison of performance models ftawnb ftawnbmpir ftawnb with lof hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 76 model class classified as (b) 0 1 ftawnb 1 4 125 ftawnb with modified pir (one attribute) 1 2 127 ftawnb with modified pir (two attributes) 1 1 128 ftawnb with modified pir (three attributes) 1 1 128 ftawnb with modified pir (four attributes) 1 0 129 ftawnb with modified pir (five attributes) 1 0 129 ftawnb with lof 1 4 125 4.2. model testing results testing of the ftawnbmpir model was conducted using 73 testing data, separate from the 782 training data points used during the model training phase. table 7 presents the performance evaluation results of the ftawnbmpir model on the test data. the evaluation parameters include the number of correctly and incorrectly classified instances, accuracy, precision, recall. table 7. ftawnbmpir model testing results parameter ftawnbmpir incorrectly classified instances 3 correctly classified instances 70 accuracy 95,89 % precision 98,35 % recall 95,89 % based on the results of the model testing on the test data, the ftawnb model was able to classify 70 data correctly. two respondent data that were detected early on for gaming disorder in the actual class could be classified correctly. meanwhile, 3 misclassified data were data that were in the 4th index, the 66th index, and the 71st index. the three data were data whose number of respondent answers was close to the minimum gaming limit, which was 107. the number of answers for the three misclassified data were respectively as follows: 105, 105, and 99. the ftawnbmpir model produces an accuracy value of 95.89%. the accuracy value obtained in this test shows that the model is able to classify well. the comparison of actual class labels and predicted classes of the ftawnbmpir model is shown in table 8. the test results show that the ftawnbmpir model is highly influenced by data distribution, in order to be able to perform good classification. table 8. confusion matrix testing ftawnbmpir model model class classified as 0 1 ftawnbmpir 0 68 3 1 0 2 4.3. evaluation 4.4. model using depression dataset this study also utilizes a depression dataset as benchmark data to evaluate the performance of the proposed ftawnbmpir model. the dataset, publicly available on kaggle, comprises 2,556 instances with four commonly observed attributes representing depression symptoms and one class label attribute. model training was conducted using both the original ftawnb model and the enhanced ftawnbmpir model. the results of cross-validation are presented in table 9. the ftawnbmpir model demonstrated superior accuracy compared to the original ftawnb model, achieving an improvement of 4.3819%. specifically, the ftawnbmpir model attained an accuracy of 86.5806%, whereas the original ftawnb model achieved an accuracy of 82.1987%. in terms of correctly classified instances, the ftawnbmpir model accurately predicted 2,213 cases, surpassing the 2,101 correctly classified cases by the original ftawnb model. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 77 table 9. stratified cross-validation using depression dataset parameter ftawnb ftawnbmpir accuracy 82.1987% 86.5806% correctly classified instances 2101 2213 incorrectly classified instances 455 343 kappa statistic 0 0.3493 mean absolute error 0.2686 0.2087 root mean squared error 0.3662 0.3205 relative absolute error 91.7395% 71.2822% these findings demonstrate the potential applicability of the ftawnbmpir model in the mental health domain, particularly in addressing issues such as gaming disorder and depression. the model's effectiveness is substantiated by the observed improvements in accuracy across both datasets utilized in the study. the increase in accuracy highlights the model’s ability to effectively capture the intricate patterns and relationships inherent in mental health-related data. this capability is critical for developing reliable tools that can support mental health diagnostics and interventions. specifically, the enhanced performance of the ftawnbmpir model suggests its suitability for practical applications in identifying and categorizing complex mental health conditions based on symptomatology and other relevant attributes. 5. conclusion data in the mental health domain is mostly ordinal because measuring instruments are used as questionnaires. the partial instance reduction technique needs to be modified when using ordinal data. missing values will be substituted for outlier values in the original pir technique, but for ordinal data, it is preferable to avoid missing values. the partial instance reduction technique must be adjusted when dealing with ordinal data. the pir technique can be modified to find attribute values with the highest probabilities in the actual class using naïve bayes probabilities. these values can then be used to replace attribute values in outlier instances. this partial instance reduction modification technique can improve the performance of the ftawnb model on the dataset used. the greatest accuracy in the gaming disorders dataset was obtained when using the ftawnb with a modified pir (four attributes) model, amounting to 99.74%. in the case of the depression dataset, the ftawnbmpir model demonstrates superior performance compared to the original ftawnb model. this improvement is evidenced by a notable increase in accuracy of 4.3819%. this research shows that adding the mpir technique to the ftawnb model can increase its performance without pruning data on the dataset used. this research also proves that the proposed model can reduce the number of outlier data in the dataset used. the results highlight the potential of the ftawnbmpir model for applications in the mental health field, especially in addressing conditions like gaming disorder and depression. the model's capability is supported by the notable improvements in accuracy observed across the datasets analyzed in this study. to improve the mpir technique, future research could explore the alternative of feature selection methods and other distance measurement methods. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.l. and r.w.; methodology, a.l.; validation, a.l., r.w., a.m., and s.k.; formal analysis, a.l.; investigation, a.l. and r.w.; resources, a.l., r.w., a.m., and s.k.; writing—original draft preparation, a.l., r.w., a.m., and s.k.; writing—review and editing, a.l., r.w., a.m., and s.k.; visualization, a.l. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding financial support provided by the center for higher education funding (bppt) and indonesia endowment funds for education (lpdp) on decree no. 01054/j5.2.3./bpi.06/9/2022 is sincerely appreciated. 6.4. acknowledgements the authors would like to thank the center for higher education funding (bppt) and indonesia endowment funds for education (lpdp) for funding this research. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 78 6.5. institutional review board statement this study was approved by the medical and health research ethics committee (mhrec), faculty of medicine, public health, and nursing, universitas gadjah mada, with an ethics number of ke/fk/0090/ec/2024. thus, the informed consent form used is that presented by the universitas gadjah mada medical and health research ethics committee (mhrec). 6.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] w.h.o. (2018). icd-11 chapter 06 mental, behavioural or neurodevelopmental disorders. icd-11 international classification of diseases 11th revision, world health organization, world health organization, geneva, switzerland. [2] jap, t., tiatri, s., jaya, e. s., & suteja, m. s. (2013). the development of indonesian online game addiction questionnaire. plos one, 8(4), 4–8. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0061098. [3] kurniasanti, k. s., wiguna, t., wiwie, m., & winarsih, n. s. (2018). internet addiction among adolescents in jakarta: a challenging situation for mental health development. journal of international dental and medical research, 11(2), 711–717. [4] siste, k., hanafi, e., sen, l. t., wahjoepramono, p. o. p., kurniawan, a., & yudistiro, r. (2021). potential correlates of internet gaming disorder among indonesian medical students: cross-sectional study. journal of medical internet research, 23(4), e25468. doi:10.2196/25468. [5] erik, s., & syenshie, w. v. (2020). relationship between duration of playing online games and mental health in male adolescents. scientific journal of mental health, 2(2), 69–75. [6] ikbal, i., wikanengsih, w., & septian, m. r. (2021). profile of online game addiction level of students in class xma plus al mujammil garut. fokus (guidance & counseling study in education), 4(1), 56. doi:10.22460/fokus.v4i1.6138. [7] king, d. l., & delfabbro, p. h. (2018). internet gaming disorder: theory, assessment, treatment, and prevention. in internet gaming disorder: theory, assessment, treatment, and prevention, 1–276. doi:10.1016/c2016-0-04107-4. [8] king, d. l., delfabbro, p. h., wu, a. m. s., doh, y. y., kuss, d. j., pallesen, s., mentzoni, r., carragher, n., & sakuma, h. (2017). treatment of internet gaming disorder: an international systematic review and consort evaluation. clinical psychology review, 54(november 2016), 123–133. doi:10.1016/j.cpr.2017.04.002. [9] mihara, s., & higuchi, s. (2017). cross-sectional and longitudinal epidemiological studies of internet gaming disorder: a systematic review of the literature. psychiatry and clinical neurosciences, 71(7), 425–444. doi:10.1111/pcn.12532. [10] kaplan, h. i., & sadock, b. j. (1988). synopsis of psychiatry: behavioral sciences clinical psychiatry. williams & wilkins co, baltimore, united states. [11] yarkoni, t. (2012). psychoinformatics: new horizons at the interface of the psychological and computing sciences. current directions in psychological science, 21(6), 391–397. doi:10.1177/0963721412457362. [12] pandey, d. (2020). psychoinformatics: a theoretical approach on information science and psychology. journal of management and science, 10(2), 7–10. doi:10.26524/jms.2020.2.2. [13] baumeister, h., & montag, c. (2019). digital phenotyping and mobile sensing. digital phenotyping and mobile sensing: new developments in psychoinformatics, 466. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-98546-2. [14] dwyer, d. b., falkai, p., & koutsouleris, n. (2018). machine learning approaches for clinical psychology and psychiatry. annual review of clinical psychology, 14, 91–118. doi:10.1146/annurev-clinpsy-032816-045037. [15] stephens, c. r., huerta, h. f., & linares, a. r. (2018). when is the naive bayes approximation not so naive? machine learning, 107(2), 397–441. doi:10.1007/s10994-017-5658-0. [16] zhang, h., jiang, l., & yu, l. (2021). attribute and instance weighted naive bayes. pattern recognition, 111, 107674. doi:10.1016/j.patcog.2020.107674. [17] bai, y., & bain, m. (2022). optimizing weighted lazy learning and naive bayes classification using differential evolution algorithm. journal of ambient intelligence and humanized computing, 13(6), 3005–3024. doi:10.1007/s12652-021-03135-7. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 79 [18] zhang, h., & jiang, l. (2022). fine tuning attribute weighted naive bayes. neurocomputing, 488, 402–411. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2022.03.020. [19] jiang, l., zhang, l., li, c., & wu, j. (2019). a correlation-based feature weighting filter for naive bayes. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 31(2), 201–213. doi:10.1109/tkde.2018.2836440. [20] el hindi, k. (2014). fine tuning the naïve bayesian learning algorithm. ai communications, 27(2), 133–141. doi:10.3233/aic130588. [21] elkan, c. (1997). boosting and naive bayesian learning. department of computer science and engineering university of california, san diego la jolla, california, united states. [22] langley, p., iba, w., & thompson, k. (1992). analysis of bayesian classifiers. proceedings tenth national conference on artificial intelligence, 223–228. [23] jamjoom, m., & el hindi, k. (2016). partial instance reduction for noise elimination. pattern recognition letters, 74, 30–37. doi:10.1016/j.patrec.2016.01.021. [24] morris, b. (2001). 54th world health assembly. international journal of health care quality assurance, 14(6), 5. doi:10.1108/ijhcqa.2001.06214fab.005. [25] funk, m. (2016). global burden of mental disorders and the need for a comprehensive, coordinated response from health and social sectors at the country level. world health organization, world health organization, geneva, switzerland. [26] rahmadani, a., setianingsih, c., dirgantara, f. m., ambarita, a. r., arifin, h. i., manalu, i. p., & pratama, m. l. (2023). depression, anxiety, and stress disorders detection in students during the covid-19 pandemic using naïve bayes algorithm. bio web of conferences, 75, 1003. doi:10.1051/bioconf/20237501003. [27] jin, y., xu, s., shao, z., luo, x., wang, y., yu, y., & wang, y. (2024). discovery of depression-associated factors among childhood trauma victims from a large sample size: using machine learning and network analysis. journal of affective disorders, 345(september 2023), 300–310. doi:10.1016/j.jad.2023.10.101. [28] zhong, y., he, j., luo, j., zhao, j., cen, y., song, y., wu, y., lin, c., pan, l., & luo, j. (2024). a machine learning algorithmbased model for predicting the risk of non-suicidal self-injury among adolescents in western china: a multicentre cross-sectional study. journal of affective disorders, 345(may 2023), 369–377. doi:10.1016/j.jad.2023.10.110. [29] liu, q., zhou, b., zhang, x., qing, p., zhou, x., zhou, f., xu, x., zhu, s., dai, j., huang, y., wang, j., zou, z., kendrick, k. m., becker, b., & zhao, w. (2023). abnormal multi-layered dynamic cortico-subcortical functional connectivity in major depressive disorder and generalized anxiety disorder. journal of psychiatric research, 167(may), 23–31. doi:10.1016/j.jpsychires.2023.10.004. [30] saha, d. k., hossain, t., safran, m., alfarhood, s., mridha, m. f., & che, d. (2024). ensemble of hybrid model based technique for early detecting of depression based on svm and neural networks. scientific reports, 14(1), 1–18. doi:10.1038/s41598-02477193-0. [31] ananthanagu, u., & agarwal, p. (2024). depxgboot: depression detection using a robust tuned extreme gradient boosting model generator. iaes international journal of artificial intelligence, 13(4), 4352–4363. doi:10.11591/ijai.v13.i4.pp4352-4363. [32] rahman, a. a., khalid, l. i., siraji, m. i., nishat, m. m., faisal, f., & ahmed, a. (2021). enhancing the performance of machine learning classifiers by hyperparameter optimization in detecting anxiety levels of online gamers. 24th international conference on computer and information technology, iccit 2021, 18–20. doi:10.1109/iccit54785.2021.9689911. [33] ioannidis, k., chamberlain, s. r., treder, m. s., kiraly, f., leppink, e. w., redden, s. a., stein, d. j., lochner, c., & grant, j. e. (2016). problematic internet use (piu): associations with the impulsive-compulsive spectrum. an application of machine learning in psychiatry. journal of psychiatric research, 83, 94–102. doi:10.1016/j.jpsychires.2016.08.010. [34] nandhini, c., & krishnaveni, k. (2016). evaluation of internet addiction disorder among students. indian journal of science and technology, 9(19), 93864. doi:10.17485/ijst/2016/v9i19/93864. [35] van eeden, w. a., luo, c., van hemert, a. m., carlier, i. v. e., penninx, b. w., wardenaar, k. j., hoos, h., & giltay, e. j. (2021). predicting the 9-year course of mood and anxiety disorders with automated machine learning: a comparison between auto-sklearn, naïve bayes classifier, and traditional logistic regression. psychiatry research, 299. doi:10.1016/j.psychres.2021.113823. [36] jain, p., srinivas, k. r., & vichare, a. (2022). depression and suicide analysis using machine learning and nlp. journal of physics: conference series, 2161(1). doi:10.1088/1742-6596/2161/1/012034. [37] haque, u. m., kabir, e., & khanam, r. (2021). detection of child depression using machine learning methods. plos one, 16(12 december 2021), 1–13. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0261131. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 80 [38] joshi, m. l., & kanoongo, n. (2022). depression detection using emotional artificial intelligence and machine learning: a closer review. materials today: proceedings, 58, 217–226. doi:10.1016/j.matpr.2022.01.467. [39] rubaiyat, n., apsara, a. i., chaki, d., arif, h., israt, l., kabir, l., & rabiul alam, m. g. (2019). classification of depression, internet addiction and prediction of self-esteem among university students. 2019 22nd international conference on computer and information technology, iccit 2019, 18–20. doi:10.1109/iccit48885.2019.9038211. [40] latubessy, a., wardoyo, r., musdholifah, a., & kusrohmaniah, s. (2024). fine tuning attribute weighted naïve bayes model for detecting anxiety disorder levels of online gamers. international journal of electrical and computer engineering, 14(3), 3277–3286. doi:10.11591/ijece.v14i3.pp3277-3286. [41] quinlan, j. r. (1986). induction of decision trees. machine learning, 1(1), 81–106. doi:10.1007/bf00116251. [42] frénay, b., & verleysen, m. (2014). classification in the presence of label noise: a survey. ieee transactions on neural networks and learning systems, 25(5), 845–869. doi:10.1109/tnnls.2013.2292894. [43] massie, s., craw, s., & wiratunga, n. (2007). when similar problems don’t have similar solutions. in lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics): vol. 4626 lnai, 92–106. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-74141-1_7. [44] delany, s. j., segata, n., & mac namee, b. (2012). profiling instances in noise reduction. knowledge-based systems, 31, 28– 40. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2012.01.015. [45] son, s. h., & kim, j. y. (2006). data reduction for instance-based learning using entropy-based partitioning. in lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics): vol. 3982 lncs, 590–599. doi:10.1007/11751595_63. [46] yang, y., wu, x., & zhu, x. (2004). dealing with predictive-but-unpredictable attributes in noisy data sources. knowledge discovery in databases: pkdd 2004: 8th european conference on principles and practice of knowledge discovery in databases, pisa, italy, september 20-24, 2004. proceedings 8, 471-483. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-30116-5_43. [47] brodley, c. e., & friedl, m. a. (1999). identifying mislabeled training data. journal of artificial intelligence research, 11, 131–167. doi:10.1613/jair.606. [48] siste, k., wiguna, t., bardasono, s., sekartini, r., pandelaki, j., sarasvita, r., suwartono, c., murtani, b. j., damayanti, r., christian, h., sen, l. t., & nasrun, m. w. (2021). internet addiction in adolescents: development and validation of internet addiction diagnostic questionnaire (kdai). psychiatry research, 298(71), 113829. doi:10.1016/j.psychres.2021.113829. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 584 issn: 2723-9535 digital transformation in higher education: enhancing support services through mobile apps anusuyah subbarao 1 , nasreen khan 1 , aysa siddika 1* , muhammad a. fathullah 1 , mohd a. sanwani 1, fia f. adam 2 , debrina v. ferezagia 2 , melisa b. altamira 2 1 centre for management and marketing innovation (cmmi), coe for business innovation and communication, faculty of management, multimedia university, cyberjaya campus, cyberjaya, malaysia. 2 vocational education program, universitas indonesia, jawa barat 16424, indonesia. received 04 february 2025; revised 19 may 2025; accepted 26 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract the fourth industrial revolution has considerably enhanced technology, resulting in disruptive developments across various industries, including higher education. generation z, known as digital natives, has specific digital preferences, making mobile applications essential for improving their educational experience. the present study aims to investigate the digital transition in higher education, emphasizing using mobile applications as campus support services for generation z students. the study investigates the factors influencing mobile app acceptance and usage, intending to enhance educational support services' efficiency and quality among 100 students from different universities. by performing multiple linear regression, the study revealed that perceived usefulness is the most critical factor driving students' intention to use mobile apps in higher education. in contrast, other elements such as ease of use, competence, accessibility, and data privacy were not deemed significant concerns by the students. the findings are intended to advise higher education institutions on integrating mobile apps to assist generation z better, eventually leading to increased student engagement and satisfaction. this study emphasizes the significance of mobile technology in current educational contexts and offers practical insights for universities looking to use digital technologies to improve campus support services. however, the outcome may vary for students from different demographic and socio-economic backgrounds. keywords: digital transformation; mobile apps; higher education; gen z; campus support service. 1. introduction the fourth industrial revolution has led to significant technological improvements that frequently invade crucial elements of our everyday lives, causing disruptive shifts in various industries, including higher education sectors. digital transformation is one of the ways where innovation takes place in higher education institutions today, intending to enhance the efficiency and quality of data by digitising processes and services [1]. in this regard, mobile applications have emerged as essential tools enabling a simplified and engaging approach to campus support services, mainly among generation z, who are digital natives and thus grew up with the technology environment. a mobile app (or mobile application) is a software program that runs on tiny, wireless computing devices like smartphones and tablets rather than desktop or laptop computers [2]. they may offer various services and are not limited to communication, social networking, money and education. mobile apps have existed since the early 1990s when * corresponding author: aysa.siddika@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-015  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-015 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0384-5821 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8000-2000 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7407-5150 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4150-3734 https://orcid.org/0009-0000-4487-4584 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2679-6997 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2474-1319 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 585 simple mobile games like "snake" were introduced on nokia phones. however, the actual evolution of mobile applications began with the introduction of the iphone in 2007 and the subsequent establishment of the app store in 2008 [3]. mobile applications are frequently classified according to whether they are web-based or native apps designed expressly for a particular platform. a third category is hybrid applications, which mix elements of both native and online apps [2]. mobile apps have been instrumental in the modern dynamic world since they are convenient, accessible and useful. mobile apps provide educational institutions with a platform to deliver various support services, improving students’ experiences. campus support systems are made of various services offered to aid the students in keeping up with their academic and personal life. campus support services include counselling, tutoring, mentorship, career planning assistance, financial aid programmes, and scholarships. it also provides personalised counselling for personal, career, and academic guidance [4]. the campus support system, also known as student support services, or sss, was a 1960s project providing services to needy students. higher education institutions then chose sss to aid with college expenses and essential prerequisites to persuade students to complete their university studies [5]. initially, all these were provided at a physical location and through face-to-face interactions. however, increased digitisation has encouraged the provision of these same services through mobile applications, making them more convenient, efficient and accessible. gen z refers to someone born between the mid-1990s and early 2010s and defined basically by their early exposure to digital technology [6]. this generation relies more on digital interactions than conventional ones, emphasizing convenience, immediacy and ease of use. research says that many young adults access smartphones and leverage mobile apps for numerous purposes. as a result, higher education institutions must move according to their students’ demands to satisfy them successfully. there are several benefits associated with using mobile applications as campus support services. for example, generation z's digital habits are aligned with mobile applications, which feature a user-friendly interface to help students access core services. second, mobile apps can facilitate a personalized experience through a push of alerts, chatbots, and real-time updates that ensure timely and relevant information to students. thirdly, using mobile applications increases productivity by reducing the necessity of physical contacts and paperwork and speeding up administration activities. studies have demonstrated high acceptance and significant positive impacts of mobile apps on learning outcomes, with learners benefiting from features like flexibility, interactivity, and personalized learning [7, 8]. (moreover, in another study on promoting stress management in students through mobile apps, alhasani & orji [9] observed that mobile apps enhanced students' time management skills and sense of control, boosting their confidence and overall well-being. recent studies on mobile apps focus on technological innovation and the need for robust design frameworks focusing on pedagogy, usability, and inclusivity [10], educational impact [10, 11], and faculty and students' perception of mobile learning systems [7, 8]. among the few studies on campus support system, studies observed that integrated mobile applications led to stronger student satisfaction and retention rates [12]. so, with these apps, students can access support services on a 24/7 basis, schedule meetings with their advisors, receive real-time updates about campus activities, and even access mental health resources through their phones. as support services on campus are moving into the digital era, attention to the needs of the first digital-native generation z (gen-z) university students, who have grown up in a world of alwaysconnected handheld mobile devices. hernandez-de-menendez et al. [13] opined that the average gen z student depends on the mobile app to maintain a schedule, communicate with peers and faculty, gain access to academic resources and navigate campus. overall, it makes sense to promote the implementation of mobile apps to improve how campus support services are structured and better position these services in line with the needs and expectations of gen z. however, there are serious issues and costs to using mobile apps for campus support services. there are concerns about accessibility and equity, as not all students have equivalent resources, income, device access, and technological competence. there is a question about data privacy and security in academics, finances, and personal details from admission to bill-pay, which are kept in these electronic files. at the same time, koenaite et al. [14] mentioned that mobile apps must be effective in their usability, functionality, and usefulness to gen-z students so that they can work as support services for students on campus. developing an app because it is easy and beneficial to create one for the university without a previous understanding of target user needs and requirements could result in low adoption rates and a lack of efficacy. therefore, it can be said that using mobile apps helps integrate campus support services with students’ digital preferences, especially those of gen z. however, as colleges and universities experiment with new digital ways to support mental health, there are important issues of promise, peril and ethics to weigh. most existing literature on mobile apps in higher learning institutions focuses on learning apps, creating a gap in studies regarding campus support services and mobile apps. therefore, this study aims to identify and analyse the factors that influence the acceptance and use of mobile apps for educational support systems in higher education institutes. the study would benefit higher education institutions by helping them understand the factors that affect students’ usage of these mobile apps. this, in turn, will enhance collaboration and support and implement digital support services that can appropriately cater to students’ needs. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 586 from this point on, the paper is divided into the following sections: section 2 focuses on the related literature review. section 3 presents the research methodology utilized in this study. sections 4 and 5 present the results and their interpretations. lastly, section 6 presents the conclusion of the study. 2. literature review 2.1. theoretical background the technology acceptance model (tam) is one of the most popular theories for research in educational technology. the model also predicts the acceptance and use of new technology across educational institutional settings [15] and investigates the interaction between technology and student behaviours and objectives [16]. as technology became more prevalent, there was a rising need to understand why people accept or reject it. in the beginning, psychological theories were used to explain and predict decision-making. the theory of planned behaviour by ajzen [17] and the theory of reasoned action by ajzen & fishbein [18] are the sources of tam. fred davis introduced the technology acceptance model tam in 1986, based on the theory of reasoned action, to forecast real technology adoption [19]. it has also emerged as the most often used paradigm in research on technology in education and campus support services. according to tam, user adoption of technology is primarily influenced by perceived ease of use (peou) and usefulness (pu). davis defines peou as “the degree to which a person believes that using a particular technology would be free from effort”. the peou reflects how simple it is to use. if the mobile app used for campus support services is not efficient, likely, students will not use it at all, and this creates a bad impression on them. meanwhile, perceived usefulness (pu) shows how much a student's experience with the app would benefit their academic experience and campus life. not only that, but students will also value the campus support service app if it saves them time and helps them tackle their academic duties more efficiently. social influence and technological competence can impact these two independent variables. to investigate and explain the link between gen-z students’ use of mobile apps and the factors determining their adoption pu and peou are important factors to be considered [20]. the diffusion of innovation (doi) theory is one of the earliest ideas in social science [21]. doi describes how new ideas, technologies or practices spread within a social system [22]. as nsereka [23] mentioned, the theory hypothesises a normal distribution curve with innovators and early adopters marking the leading edge of innovation establishment and laggards trailing at the opposite end. the factors that impact the diffusion are the relative advantages, compatibility, complexity, trialability and observability. gen-z students might be considered early adopters of mobile apps that support campus services since they are generally more predisposed towards digital technology and more open to experimentation with new tools. thus, early adopters can facilitate an early uptake of mobile apps on campus. because younger gen z has a high level of connections and engagement among its members, the diffusion of innovation can occur faster through networking and the influence of peers’ behaviours, recommendations, and reviews. therefore, this study leverages tam and doi to examine the factors determining the intention to adopt mobile apps for the campus support system. by adopting the pu and peou from tam theory and accessibility, technological competence, and data privacy and security concerns from doi theory, the present study focuses on behavioural drivers and broader environmental and social factors influencing intention to adopt. together, these concepts encompass both user perceptions and external context. 2.2. hypotheses development perceived usefulness (pu) pertains to the degree of perceived usefulness that a student would get when they use apps to enhance his/her performance in the university [24]. the benefits include saving time on administrative matters, easy access to learning materials, improved connectivity with lecturers and students and more. generation z students’ pu of mobile applications is crucial in applying, adopting and using mobile apps for support services on campus. similarly, peou plays a central role in determining the inclination to use and continuously use mobile apps for organisational assistance on campus. this concept refers to the degree to which students believe using the apps will be effort-free [25]. if users expect high usability, then this can be explained by the fact that generation z has grown up surrounded by sensible technology and rational designs. they prefer using simple programs to avoid spending time on programs which they will not be able to use effectively. león-garrido et al. [8] noted that perceived usefulness (pu) and perceived ease of use (peou) are crucial dimensions in adopting mobile apps for educational purposes. similarly, mgeni et al. [7] observed that both variables positively impact mobile applications for learning management systems. these two variables focus on the behavioural drivers towards adopting the campus support services mobile apps. hence, the following hypothesis is developed (see figure 1): h1: perceived usefulness positively correlates with the iama for campus support services. h2: perceived ease of use positively correlates with the iama for campus support services. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 587 environmental and social factors also play an important role in adopting new products or technology, alongside behavioural factors. accessibility has important implications concerning the intention to adopt and use mobile apps (iama) for campus support services. accessibility refers to how easily students can access these applications despite physical, technological, situational, or other special difficulties [26]. to be effective, any apps must be accessible to all student groups, such as students with functional diversity or those with socioeconomic or technical issues. mgeni et al. [7] emphasize that mobile apps for higher education must address diverse user needs to ensure all students have equitable access. likewise, technological competence (tc) is the element that seems to have a significant effect on the extent of adoption and successful use of mobile apps for campus support services. users’ level of tc significantly impacts their willingness to adopt mobile apps. tc refers to students' skill level and familiarity with technology and digital tools [27]. generally, generation z pupils, commonly called digital natives, are normally comfortable with technology since they grew up in a digitally connected society. their technological savvy means they can pick up new apps quickly and easily, so they would be more disposed to use mobile solutions to seek campus support services. pandita & kiran [12] discuss how the technology interface and user engagement are critical for sustainable satisfaction with mobile apps. additionally, ramli et al. [10] stressed that the incorporation of advanced features like augmented reality and gamification would enhance the learning experience when users have adequate technological skills. it also means that developers can implement complex features and functionality in the knowledge that users will be able to handle sophisticated interactions. advanced features like in-app chatting, the ability to integrate with calendar apps for scheduling, or real-time alerts are some things that could be done to make an app very useable without necessarily overwhelming its users [28]. studies have observed that data privacy and security issues greatly influence the adoption rate of mobile applications and their use [9, 29]. alhasani & orji [9] observed that perceived privacy and security are key factors that influence users' trust and adoption [9]. students are more aware of the risks associated with disclosing personal information in a world where data breaches and other types of cyber threats have advanced [30]. since generation z has grown up with technology, has always been a concern for them. most importantly, they want any mobile app they use, especially those offered through educational institutions, to incorporate tight security provisions to protect their personal and academic information from unauthorised access and manipulation [31]. as a result, the following hypotheses have been formulated in the context of campus support services among generation z students for this study: h3: accessibility is positively correlated with the iama for campus support services. h4: technological competence positively correlates with the iama for campus support services. h5: data privacy and security concerns positively correlate with the iama for campus support services. figure 1. the theoretical framework of the study 3. research methods since this study is quantitative, positivism is the dominant research paradigm. this method guarantees that the information gathered is impartial and unaffected by the researchers' prejudices [32]. consistent with the positivist framework, the research endeavours to ascertain the requirements and evaluate the variables that impact the results, furnishing a transparent and objective comprehension of the variables involved. perceived usefulness perceived ease of use data privacy and security concerns accessibility technological competence intention to adopt and use of mobile apps for campus support service (iama) h3 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 588 3.1. sample and research instrument this study investigates the factors influencing the intention to adopt and use of mobile apps for educational support systems in higher education institutes among generation z students. a quantitative research strategy was adopted for this study. in the present study, the target age range of the respondents was 19 to 27, who were born between 1997 and 2005. a structured self-administered questionnaire was distributed to different university students, clubs, and associations through google form. the clubs and associations also include welfare-based student communities of foreign nationals, emphasising their community, which ensures the inclusion of international students in the sample. 250 students were sent the link to fill out the questionnaire. the survey remained open for responses for 3 to 5 weeks, and responses were subsequently reviewed and cleaned to ensure data quality. participants were encouraged to complete the questionnaire independently, ensuring anonymity and confidentiality. the study followed ethical standards, including participant confidentiality and data protection guidelines. the current study employs a purposive sampling design, which is a non-probability sampling method. this approach concentrates on specific population characteristics pertinent to addressing the research questions [33]. using g*power, the sample size for this study is calculated to be 92 at a 5% error level. the questionnaire underwent a pretest with 30 students to refine it and ensure the study's feasibility. 200 questionnaires were distributed among the respondents, 145 of which were returned. finally, 100 questionnaires were considered usable for analysis. while collecting the data, we encountered various challenges. one of the primary challenges was the low response rate, which may be due to an oversight or a lack of student interest. we sent the link to 200 students within a time frame of 3 weeks. however, due to the slow response, we extended the data collection time to 5 weeks and sent periodic reminders and follow-ups. along with incomplete responses, another challenge was response bias, where the participants chose the extremes regardless of item content. this occurs when the respondents do not carefully evaluate each question. therefore, while cleaning and preparing the data, we eliminated those responses. the questionnaire was designed to allow respondents to indicate their level of agreement on a scale from "strongly disagree" to "strongly agree". 3.2. measurement of item and scale the measurement items and scales are developed based on the literature. table 1 provides precise measurements for each built measuring scale. each item is rated on a five-point likert scale ranging from strongly disagree (1) to strongly agree (5). annex i presents the items used to measure the constructs used in the present study. table 1. measurement of scale variable number of question references intention to adopt and use mobile apps for campus support services 5 malik et al. (2020) [34] perceived usefulness 5 edumadze et al. (2022) [35] perceived ease of use 5 cheung & vogel (2013) [25] accessibility 5 malik et al. (2020) [34] technological competence 5 murugan et al. (2017) [36] data privacy and security concerns 5 dang et al. (2021) [37] 3.3. method of analysis the study used descriptive statistics to illustrate the dataset's properties and uniformity. the analysis includes skewness-kurtosis analysis, reliability analysis, and regression analysis. cronbach’s alpha assessed the reliability of the constructs. multiple regression analysis evaluated the linear relationship between independent and dependent variables. figure 2 presents the overview of the research phases for the present study. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 589 figure 2. overview of research phases 4. results 4.1. reliability analysis the results for cronbach’s alpha for each variable are presented in annex ii. the cronbach’s alpha value ranges from 0.804 to 0.909. the intention to adopt and use mobile apps scores 0.903. among the independent variables, perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and accessibility stand at 0.904, 0.900, and 0.909, respectively. technological competence scores 0.890, followed by data privacy and security concerns 0.804. hence, all of the values meet the threshold level of 0.70, and all of these variables are considered for further analysis. 4.2. normality analysis table 2 presents the skewness and kurtosis of the variables, which provides insights into the shape and distribution of the data. the statistics show that the skewness values range from -1.156 to -1.693, which aligns with the benchmark of -0.50 to 0.50 [38]. hence, the data is symmetrical. similarly, the kurtosis ranges from 3.174 to 3.909 except for one variable (accessibility), 5.782. dv, iv1, iv2, iv3, iv4, and iv5 indicate close to the normal distribution (kurtosis 3). table 2. normality analysis of study variables item variable skewness kurtosis statistic std. error statistic std. error dv adoption and use of mobile apps for campus support services -1.258 0.241 3.174 0.478 iv1 perceived usefulness -1.156 0.241 3.830 0.478 iv2 perceived ease of use -1.173 0.241 3.404 0.478 iv3 accessibility -1.693 0.241 5.782 0.478 iv4 technological competence -1.271 0.241 3.199 0.478 iv5 data privacy and security concerns -1.300 0.241 3.909 0.478 4.3. descriptive analysis according to table 3, the age brackets of the respondents were categorised into 3 groups, which were below 20, 2124, and 25-27. out of 100 respondents, 48% of the respondents are below 20, followed by 32% in the age group of 2124 years. moreover, most respondents (61%) are familiar with the campus support mobile apps, and nearly 40% remain uninformed (see figures 3 and 4). derived and interpret the result literature reviews development of research questions formulation of questionnaires pilot test determine samples, sampling techniques & data analysis techniques conduct the survey screening and cleaning data analyse the data initial phase data collection & analysis phase planning & development phase reporting phase hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 590 figure 3. demographic profile of the respondents figure 4. familiarity with the campus support mobile apps 4.3.1. mean and sd analysis of the variables table 3 shows the mean and standard deviation of the dependent variable and the four independent variables. the mean value ranges from 3.84 to 3.982. respondents expressed a positive overall intention to use these apps and usefulness, with a mean score of 3.8720. the perceived ease of use also scored a mean of 3.8720, indicating that the apps will be user-friendly and save time and costs. accessibility had a mean of 3.9820, technological competence scored 3.8680, and data privacy and security concerns had a mean of 3.8400. table 3. mean and standard deviation for the dependent variable and the independent variables item variable mean standard deviation dv intentions to adopt and use of mobile apps (iama) 3.8720 0.80429 iv1 perceived usefulness (pu) 3.8860 0.71478 iv2 perceived ease of use (peu) 3.8720 0.73554 iv3 accessibility (acc) 3.9820 0.71186 iv4 technological competence (tec) 3.8680 0.75168 iv5 data privacy and security concerns (dps) 3.8400 0.70553 4.4. multiple regression analysis 4.4.1. model summary table 4 presents a summary of the multiple regression analysis. the r-squared value is 0.641, suggesting that the independent variables have a significant relationship with the dependent variable, the intention of adoption and use of mobile apps for campus support services. the independent variables explain 64.1 percent of the variance in the dependent variable. table 4. model summary r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate 0.801a 0.641 0.622 0.49469 a predictors: constant, pu, peu, acc, tec, dps. 48% 32% 20% age group below 20 21-24 25-27 50%50% gender male female 61% 39% yes no hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 591 4.4.2. anova according to table 5, the f-value of the anova test is 33.539, with a p-value of <0.001, which is less than 0.05. this indicates that at least one of five independent variables, which are perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, accessibility, technological competence, and data privacy and security concerns, can explain the dependent variable, adoption and use of mobile apps for campus support services that are tested in this study. table 5. anova sum of squares df mean square f sig. regression 41.038 5 8.208 33.539 <0.001 residual 23.003 94 0.245 total 64.042 99 4.4.3. coefficients and hypothesis testing table 6 presents the coefficients from the multiple linear regression analysis and the p-values for each independent variable. the results of the hypothesis testing are shown in table 7, revealing that all four hypotheses (h2, h3, h4, and h5) were rejected, with only h1 being accepted. the results indicate that perceived usefulness significantly correlates with students' intentions to adopt and use mobile apps for campus support services (h1: accepted, p=0.003, p<0.05). however, other factors—such as ease of use (h2: rejected, p=0.124, p>0.05), accessibility (h3: rejected, p=0.542, p>0.05), technological competence (h4: rejected, p=0.858, p>0.05), and data privacy and security concerns (h5: rejected, p=0.822, p>0.05)—were found to be insignificant. table 6. coefficients model unstad. coefficients stand. coefficients t sig. b std. error beta (constant) 0.293 0.299 0.980 0.330 iv1 0.555 0.182 0.494 3.047 0.003 iv2 0.270 0.174 0.247 1.551 0.124 iv3 0.098 0.160 0.086 0.612 0.542 iv4 0.024 0.133 0.022 0.179 0.858 iv5 -0.028 0.123 -0.024 0.226 0.822 table 7. hypothesis testing summary hypothesis statement findings h1 perceived usefulness positively correlates with the intention to adopt and use mobile apps for campus support services. accepted (0.003, p < 0.05) h2 perceived ease of use is positively correlated with the intention to adopt and use of mobile apps for campus support services. rejected (0.124, p > 0.05) h3 accessibility is positively correlated with the intention to adopt and use of mobile apps for campus support services. rejected (0.542, p > 0.05) h4 technological competence is positively correlated with the intention to adopt and use of mobile apps for campus support services. rejected (0.858, p > 0.05) h5 data privacy and security concerns are positively correlated with the intention to adopt and use of mobile apps for campus support services. rejected (0.822, p > 0.05) 5. discussion this research's main goal and objective was to analyse the factors influencing the adoption and use of mobile apps for campus support services. the first research objective sought to understand the extent to which perceived usefulness is related to the acceptance and the use of mobile applications catered for campus support services among generation z students. the results revealed that perceived usefulness strongly correlates with the intention to adopt the app. this means that students are more willing to accept and make regular use of the mobile campus support applications when these applications are perceived to help carry out academic and administrative activities. this finding is consistent with the tam, which suggests that technology acceptance is primarily determined by perceived relative advantage [19]. existing studies such as al-emran et al. [39] and arokiasamy [40] corroborate these findings and address mobile app design's importance in hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 592 embracing academic performance and a responsive campus experience. for the younger generation, generation z, most often regarded as ‘net users,’ the usefulness of the technology is a direct determinant of whether they will use it. in summary, understanding the relationship between perceived usefulness and acceptance of mobile applications intends to help higher learning educators focus on the usage of mobile apps in a more targeted fashion rather than on the generic encouraging increase in mobile app usage. universities can focus on offering specialized features that support students' academic and administrative needs to enhance the usage of their pu of mobile apps. features such as fee payments, enrolment, scholarship applications, status monitoring, visa applications, and monitoring for international students, room reservations, and academic features like class schedules, grades, and assignments should be offered in a single app. the app can increase its appeal by improving the user experience by paying attention to students' preferences and offering real-time updates. furthermore, regular feedback collection and prompt app updates will make it more valuable to the students. another key objective of the research was to determine if perceived ease of use extends significantly to the use and adoption of campus-support mobile apps by generation z students. the study found no significant correlation between ease-of-use perception and intention to adopt apps. therefore, although ease of use is perceived to be crucial in adopting technology and other products, the results show that for generation z students, usefulness is more crucial than ease of use in adopting campus apps. this result is inconsistent with the tam, where ease of use is considered an important predictor of adopting biometric technology. however, it is acceptable that generation z students, as children of the internet, are used to using digital things, and they do not consider ease of use a handicap unless it is exceedingly bad [41]. a study by cheung & vogel [25] supported this study by saying that ease of use is not a concern to the users when technology is familiar. in summary, though ease of use is still accepted as an indicator of general user satisfaction, the results suggest that generation z students care more about what the mobile apps can do for them than how easy they are to use. the third research objective aimed at establishing the significance of accessibility in the acceptance and usage of mobile applications intended for campus support services. the results showed that there was not a strong correlation between accessibility and the adoption of apps. this suggests that while generation z students may have varying levels of access to technology, they do not consider accessibility a significant factor in their decision to use these apps. this may be attributed to the high availability of mobile gadgets and the high literacy level of people in this age group, making accessibility an afterthought [42]. in previous research, it has also been observed that though accessibility is a requirement, users with technological ability can face few barriers unless there are other factors like disability present [43]. notwithstanding, providing access to all students, including the impaired population, is important because it enhances equity. to sum up, it can be stated that while most students from generation z do not regard accessibility as a major issue still, tertiary education providers should aim at reconfiguring mobile technologies’ applications in such a way that they ensure everyone has equal access independently, notwithstanding any capacity or mobility limitations that may be present. the fourth research objective targeted whether technological competency affects the acceptance and usage of mobile apps for campus support services. results indicated that no appreciable positive relationship existed between technological competence and intention to app adoption. technological competence is not correlated with continually using the campus apps for this generation z students. this is further in line with the assertion that generation z has been born in a world where technology is free-flowing and, therefore, does not experience any challenges in using mobile applications for any degree of complexity, regardless of the nature of the application [44]. with modern mobile applications, design and interfaces have become so user-friendly in their approach that it no longer requires an advanced degree of technical skills to operate them, especially among young users. if the application is well-designed, then even low technical skill users can easily adopt and use the service, which makes technological competence a lesser determinant of app adoption. according to research, intuitive design features influence app acceptance more than the users' technological competency [45]. in summary, even though the use of technology competency affects the success of the mobilisation of the app adoption, especially for gen zs, sufficient instructions, encouragement and resources should be made available rather than assuming that the students can understand the applications entirely. the last objective touches on the connection between concerns in data privacy and security and the adoption of mobile apps by students in generation z. results show there is no significant relationship between data privacy and security concerns and app adoption; this means that data privacy and security concerns do not significantly influence the decisions of students in the use of campus support apps. gen z users are more willing to give up privacy for the privileges of using an app. research by bordonaba-juste et al. [46] suggests that while gen z users take data privacy risks seriously, they value the comfort and usefulness of apps even more. if an app has a service that is valuable to students, this will reduce the magnitude of the concerns about privacy, for they are less likely to let the matter of privacy get in the way. in addition, students are not concerned about security when using mobile apps for campus services since they may think that such technology has been successfully used by institutions before. according to vu et al. [47], hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 593 students trust universities to save their data more than commercial apps; therefore, they feel less concerned about privacy and security when using campus apps. however, a previous study by greller & drachsler [48] discusses potential privacy concerns and observed that students might not fully trust universities with their data. after all, data privacy and security may be the last thing students consider. however, universities should set high levels of security and transparency as far as information handling is concerned since the protection of sensitive information and building trust in their digital services toward students goes without saying. in the present study, the acceptance of h1 indicates that students primarily focus on pu of mobile apps in their campus experience to solve their specific needs. hence, most students have already adapted to using different mobile apps daily, so ease of use and technological competence may not be important to them. other factors, like data privacy and security concerns, did not resonate strongly; hence, the students trusted their institution to provide the app. accessibility was also not significant, possibly because of high internet penetration. in addition, few private universities offer free internet connections to their students, making it not a significant concern. however, the acceptance of mobile apps for campus services could differ in institutions with lower technological infrastructure or different economies. in that case accessibility, ease of use, technological competence and security issues might become more important. for instance, limited access to reliable internet and high costs can create problems with accessibility. this may cause the students to prefer apps that work offline or need minimal data usage. in contexts where people have limited technological familiarity, ease of use and technological competence can be influential factors. therefore, simple app designs would encourage students to use them more. students in developing economies may prioritize cost-effectiveness, while those in developed countries might focus more on data security [49]. 6. conclusion the present study investigated the factors determining the intention of generation z students to adopt and use campus support services mobile app in higher education settings. the tam and doi theory provided the conceptual models for this research study. the outcomes showed that perceived usefulness significantly correlated positively with the adoption of mobile apps. however, perceived ease of use, accessibility, and data privacy were less influential variables of students' behaviour. the findings of this present study provided an understanding that was very important in the context of higher educational institutions in improving student engagement through mobile technology. with respect to functionality and usefulness development, universities can develop apps so that, at an increased adoption rate, superior digital services could be delivered to students. this research also encourages future studies to investigate various factors to deepen the understanding of digital transformation in education. however, this study has some limitations that can direct future avenues for research. this research focuses on generation z students, who are tech-savvy and familiar with mobile applications. therefore, their responses might have had some positive bias towards adopting mobile apps for campus support services. another limitation is the geographic location where the study was conducted. the study was conducted in higher education institutions in a region that may be more technologically advanced than others. students who study in areas with poor technological infrastructure or support may face different difficulties regarding mobile app adoption, which might result in different results. thus, the results may not be generalised for students in areas of lower technological advancement or with less availability of digital tools. affordability, perceived usefulness, and data privacy concerns may vary based on a region's socioeconomic conditions. hence, future studies can broaden the scope to include other areas within and beyond malaysia. this would facilitate the researchers' understanding of how geographical and technological differences in the use of applications influence higher education in a more specific and detailed way. in addition, future research might be expanded to other demographics than generation z students, such as older students from different age brackets. it would extend the understanding of how other generations adopt and use campus support apps to those less familiar with and comfortable using mobile technology. in addition, the current study could employ the qualitative approach if it decided to conduct further research, for example, through interviews or focus groups. this will extend the understanding of students' mobile application usage experiences, attitudes, and concerns; thus, it would provide a richer perspective if the key reasons influencing adoption or resistance decisions were explored. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.su., n.k., and m.s.; methodology, a.su., n.k., and m.f.; software, a.su. and a.si.; validation, a.su., f.a., and d.f.; formal analysis, n.k. and a.si.; investigation, m.f. and m.a.; resources, a.su.; data curation, m.f.; writing—original draft preparation, a.su. and a.si.; writing—review and editing, a.si.; visualization, a.su.; supervision, a.su.; project administration, a.su.; funding acquisition, a.su. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 594 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding this research is funded under mmu-ui (universitas indonesia) with project id mmui/240009 under multimedia university. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved in the study. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] valdés, k. n., alpera, s. q. y., & suárez, l. m. c. (2021). an institutional perspective for evaluating digital transformation in higher education: insights from the chilean case. sustainability (switzerland), 13(17), 9850. doi:10.3390/su13179850. [2] hanna, k. t., & wigmore, i. (2023). mobile app. what is a mobile app (mobile application)? whatis. available online: https://www.techtarget.com/whatis/definition/mobile-app (accessed on may 2025). [3] johnson, l. (2019). the history of mobile apps. invention land. available online: https://inventionland.com/blog/the-history-ofmobile-apps/ (accessed on may 2025). [4] salako, l., & salako, l. (2024). what is student support and what can it do for you? urbanest. available online: https://uk.urbanest.com/journal/what-is-student-support/ (accessed on may 2025). [5] amberstudent. (2024). student support services: everything you must know. amberstudent. available online: https://amberstudent.com/blog/post/student-support-services-everything-you-must-know (accessed on may 2025). [6] tung, h. t., & nguyen, v. m. (2024). trends of using technology devices of vietnam’s gen z generation. social science and humanites journal, 8(5), 3685-3697. doi:10.18535/sshj.v8i05.1098. [7] mgeni, m. s., haji, h. a., yunus, s. a., & abdulla, a. a. (2024). adoption of mobile application for enhancing learning in higher education: students’ views from the state university of zanzibar, tanzania. african journal of science, technology, innovation and development, 16(2), 265–273. doi:10.1080/20421338.2023.2289248. [8] león-garrido, a., gutiérrez-castillo, j. j., barroso-osuna, j. m., & cabero-almenara, j. (2025). evaluation of the use and acceptance of mobile apps in higher education using the tam model. ried-revista iberoamericana de educacion a distancia, 28(1), 107–126. doi:10.5944/ried.28.1.40988. [9] alhasani, m., & orji, r. (2025). promoting stress management among students in higher education: evaluating the effectiveness of a persuasive time management mobile app. international journal of human-computer interaction, 41(1), 219–241. doi:10.1080/10447318.2023.2297330. [10] ramli, r. z., sahari ashaari, n., mat noor, s. f., noor, m. m., yadegaridehkordi, e., abd majid, n. a., dahlan, h. a., & abdul wahab, a. n. (2024). designing a mobile learning application model by integrating augmented reality and game elements to improve student learning experience. education and information technologies, 29(2), 1981–2008. doi:10.1007/s10639-02311874-7. [11] jordan, k., myers, c., damani, k., khagame, p., mumbi, a., & njuguna, l. (2025). supporting equitable access to learning via sms in kenya: impact on engagement and learning outcomes. british journal of educational technology, 56(4), 1530–1552. doi:10.1111/bjet.13533. [12] pandita, a., & kiran, r. (2023). the technology interface and student engagement are significant stimuli in sustainable student satisfaction. sustainability (switzerland), 15(10), 7923. doi:10.3390/su15107923. [13] hernandez-de-menendez, m., escobar díaz, c. a., & morales-menendez, r. (2020). educational experiences with generation z. international journal on interactive design and manufacturing, 14(3), 847–859. doi:10.1007/s12008-020-00674-9. [14] koenaite, m., maziriri, e., & chuchu, t. (2021). attitudes towards utilising mobile banking applications among generation z consumers in south africa. journal of business and management review, 2(6), 417–438. doi:10.47153/jbmr26.1452021. https://inventionland.com/blog/the-history-of-mobile-apps/ https://inventionland.com/blog/the-history-of-mobile-apps/ https://uk.urbanest.com/journal/what-is-student-support/ https://amberstudent.com/blog/post/student-support-services-everything-you-must-know hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 595 [15] ball, d. m., & levy, y. (2008). emerging educational technology: assessing the factors that influence instructors’ acceptance in information systems and other classrooms. journal of information systems education, 19(4), 431–444. [16] alharbi, s., & drew, s. (2014). using the technology acceptance model in understanding academics’ behavioural intention to use learning management systems. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 5(1), 20. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2014.050120. [17] ajzen, i. (1985). from intentions to actions: a theory of planned behavior. action control: from cognition to behavior. springer, berlin, germany. [18] ajzen, i. (1980). understanding attitudes and predicting social behavior. englewood cliffs, new jersey, united states. [19] davis, f. d. (1989). technology acceptance model: tam. al-suqri, mn, al-aufi, as: information seeking behavior and technology adoption, 205, 219. [20] lestari, d. (2019). measuring e-commerce adoption behaviour among gen-z in jakarta, indonesia. economic analysis and policy, 64, 103–115. doi:10.1016/j.eap.2019.08.004. [21] rogers, e. m., & cartano, d. c. (1962). methods of measuring opinion leadership. public opinion quarterly, 26(3), 435–441. [22] garcía-avilés, j. a. (2020). diffusion of innovation. the international encyclopedia of media psychology, 1(8), 1-8. [23] nsereka, b. g., & nwanze, t. (2021). evangelism in the era of new media. international journal of research and innovation in social science, 05(08), 643–648. doi:10.47772/ijriss.2021.5834. [24] eveleth, l. b., & stone, r. w. (2020). user’s perceptions of perceived usefulness, satisfaction, and intentions of mobile application. international journal of mobile communications, 18(1), 1. doi:10.1504/ijmc.2020.104431. [25] cheung, r., & vogel, d. (2013). predicting user acceptance of collaborative technologies: an extension of the technology acceptance model for e-learning. computers and education, 63, 160–175. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2012.12.003. [26] timbi-sisalima, c., sánchez-gordón, m., hilera-gonzalez, j. r., & otón-tortosa, s. (2022). quality assurance in e-learning: a proposal from accessibility to sustainability. sustainability (switzerland), 14(5), 3052. doi:10.3390/su14053052. [27] zhao, b., & bilen, h. (2021). dataset condensation with differentiable siamese augmentation. proceedings of machine learning research, 139, 12674–12685. [28] dardamanis, d., navez, j., coubeau, l., & navez, b. (2018). a retrospective comparative study of primary versus revisional roux-en-y gastric bypass: long-term results. obesity surgery, 28(8), 2457–2464. doi:10.1007/s11695-018-3186-z. [29] balapour, a., nikkhah, h. r., & sabherwal, r. (2020). mobile application security: role of perceived privacy as the predictor of security perceptions. international journal of information management, 52, 102063. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2019.102063. [30] sayaf, a. m., alamri, m. m., alqahtani, m. a., & alrahmi, w. m. (2022). factors influencing university students’ adoption of digital learning technology in teaching and learning. sustainability (switzerland), 14(1), 493. doi:10.3390/su14010493. [31] mkpojiogu, e. o. c., hussain, a., & agbudu, m. o. (2021). security issues in the use of mobile educational apps: a review. international journal of interactive mobile technologies, 15(6), 124–137. doi:10.3991/ijim.v15i06.20631. [32] hartas, d. (2021). quantitative research as a method of inquiry in education. educational research and inquiry, 65. doi:10.5040/9781474243834.ch-004. [33] andrade, c. (2021). the inconvenient truth about convenience and purposive samples. indian journal of psychological medicine, 43(1), 86–88. doi:10.1177/0253717620977000. [34] malik, s. i., al-emran, m., mathew, r., tawafak, r. m., & alfarsi, g. (2020). comparison of e-learning, m-learning and gamebased learning in programming education. international journal of emerging technologies in learning, 15(15), 133–146. doi:10.3991/ijet.v15i15.14503. [35] edumadze, j., ditlhokwa, g., & demuyakor, j. (2022). students’ acceptance and perceptions of perceived usefulness of mobile learning devices in higher educational institutions. online journal of communication and media technologies, 12(2), 202209. doi:10.30935/ojcmt/11539. [36] murugan, a., sai, g. t. b., & agnes liau, w. l. (2017). technological readiness of uitm students in using mobile phones in the english language classroom. malaysian online journal of educational technology, 5(2), 51–67. [37] dang, y., guo, s., guo, x., wang, m., & xie, k. (2021). privacy concerns about health information disclosure in mobile health: questionnaire study investigating the moderation effect of social support. jmir mhealth and uhealth, 9(2), 19594. doi:10.2196/19594. [38] blanca, m. j., arnau, j., lópez-montiel, d., bono, r., & bendayan, r. (2013). skewness and kurtosis in real data samples. methodology, 9(2), 78–84. doi:10.1027/1614-2241/a000057. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 596 [39] al-emran, m., elsherif, h. m., & shaalan, k. (2016). investigating attitudes towards the use of mobile learning in higher education. computers in human behavior, 56, 93–102. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2015.11.033. [40] arokiasamy, a. r. a. (2017). a systematic review approach of mobile technology adoption in higher education. economics, management and sustainability, 2(2), 48-55. doi:10.14254/jems.2017.2-2.5. [41] alruthaya, a., nguyen, t. t., & lokuge, s. (2021). the application of digital technology and the learning characteristics of generation z in higher education. australasian conference on information systems, proceedings, acis 2021, 1-7. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2111.05991. [42] lazar, a., koehler, c., tanenbaum, t. j., & nguyen, d. h. (2015). why we use and abandon smart devices. ubicomp 2015 proceedings of the 2015 acm international joint conference on pervasive and ubiquitous computing, 635–646. doi:10.1145/2750858.2804288. [43] arora, a., bansal, s., kandpal, c., aswani, r., & dwivedi, y. (2019). measuring social media influencer indexinsights from facebook, twitter and instagram. journal of retailing and consumer services, 49, 86–101. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2019.03.012. [44] yalçin i̇nci̇k, e. (2022). generation z students’ views on technology in education: what they want what they get. malaysian online journal of educational technology, 10(2), 109–124. doi:10.52380/mojet.2022.10.2.275. [45] szymkowiak, a., melović, b., dabić, m., jeganathan, k., & kundi, g. s. (2021). information technology and gen z: the role of teachers, the internet, and technology in the education of young people. technology in society, 65, 101565. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2021.101565. [46] bordonaba-juste, m. v., lucia-palacios, l., & pérez-lópez, r. (2020). generational differences in valuing usefulness, privacy and security negative experiences for paying for cloud services. information systems and e-business management, 18(1), 35– 60. doi:10.1007/s10257-020-00462-8. [47] vu, p., adkins, m., & henderson, s. (2020). aware, but don’t really care: students’ perspective on privacy and data collection in online courses. journal of open, flexible and distance learning, 23(2), 42–51. doi:10.61468/jofdl.v23i2.350. [48] greller, w., & drachsler, h. (2012). privacy and analytics in online education. journal of online learning and teaching, 8(2), 181–194. [49] suleiman, i. b., okunade, o. a., dada, e. g., & ezeanya, u. c. (2024). key factors influencing students’ academic performance. journal of electrical systems and information technology, 11(1), 41. doi:10.1186/s43067-024-00166-w. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 597 appendix i table ai. questionnaire items variable question perceived usefulness 1. using campus support mobile apps will enhance my effectiveness in managing academic tasks. 2. campus support mobile apps make it easier to access necessary services and information. 3. the use of the campus support mobile app will improve my overall academic performance. 4. campus support mobile apps will be a great tool to stay on top of deadlines 5. campus support mobile apps will significantly contribute to my satisfaction with the services provided. perceived ease of use 1. the campus support mobile apps will be easy to navigate. 2. interacting with campus support mobile apps will not require much mental effort. 3. i will have no trouble getting the mobile app to accomplish what i want. 4. learning to use campus support mobile apps will be simple for me. 5. i will be able to perform tasks easily using the campus support mobile apps. accessibility 1. easy to access campus support mobile apps from my mobile device. 2. i am glad if campus support mobile apps is available whenever i need them. 3. it is helpful when information needed is easy to find within the campus support mobile apps 4. i prefer campus support mobile apps which are compatible with various devices and operating systems. 5. i must be able to access support services through apps even when off-campus. technological competence 1. i will be able to use campus support mobile apps without assistance. 2. i can troubleshoot and solve common issues with campus support mobile apps on my own. 3. i can quickly learn new features and update in campus support mobile apps when needed. 4. i prefer to use one campus support mobile app for different services. 5. i will keep myself updated with the latest technological trends and advancements implemented to campus support mobile apps. data privacy and security concerns 1. i will trust the campus support mobile app to secure my personal information. 2. i will be concerned about my data privacy when using campus support mobile apps. 3. i will feel confident if my academic records are protected. 4. i will be hesitant to use campus support mobile apps due to security concerns. 5. i will ensure that campus supports mobile apps follow strict data privacy regulations. intention to adopt and use of mobile apps for campus support services 1. assuming i had mobile apps for campus support services, i intend to use them. 2. if i have campus support mobile apps, i will use them frequently. 3. i plan to use campus support mobile apps in the future. 4. i will recommend campus support mobile apps to my friends. 5. i will depend on on-campus support mobile apps to manage my academic and personal affairs. appendix ii table aii. reliability analysis of study variables item variables cronbach’s alpha number of items dv intention to adopt and use of mobile apps 0.903 5 iv 1 perceived usefulness 0.904 5 iv 2 perceived ease of use 0.900 5 iv 3 accessibility 0.909 5 iv 4 technological competence 0.890 5 iv 5 data privacy and security concerns 0.804 5 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 793 issn: 2723-9535 analyzing online news dissemination patterns via social network hypergraph model ruiyang jia 1* 1 school of journalism, communication university of china, beijing 100024, china. received 15 june 2025; revised 16 august 2025; accepted 21 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract this study aims to develop a novel method for analyzing the complex dissemination patterns of online media news using a social network hypergraph model, addressing the limitations of traditional graph models in capturing many-to-many relationships in news dissemination. the author integrates news content, user nodes, and topic tags into a multi-dimensional hypergraph structure. the approach includes detailed analysis of key elements of news dissemination across four dimensions (subject, content, channel, and effect), construction of the hypergraph model, and design of mechanisms for extracting dissemination paths and evaluating influencing factors. experiments were conducted on real-world data from multiple social platforms to validate the method's effectiveness. the results demonstrate that the proposed hypergraph model outperforms traditional models (gcn, gat, and rf) in terms of accuracy, f1 value, and error control. the model effectively reflects the complex structure and dynamic evolution of news dissemination, revealing significant factors such as user activity, topic sensitivity, and structural entropy. this research offers a new perspective on understanding and optimizing online news dissemination by leveraging the hypergraph model's ability to capture multi-dimensional interactions. it provides a more comprehensive and accurate analysis framework, laying a theoretical foundation for constructing efficient information dissemination models. keywords: social network hypergraph model; online media news dissemination; pattern analysis; news dissemination paths. 1. introduction social networks have become an essential platform for news dissemination, presenting complex patterns that traditional models struggle to capture [1]. the traditional graph model is difficult to fully describe complex situations such as many-to-many relationships in news dissemination, and the hypergraph model can solve this problem well [2]. it can synthesize many factors such as news content, communicators, audiences, and the multiple relationships among them [3]. previous studies have extensively explored news dissemination in social networks. for instance, some studies have used graph theory to construct news dissemination models to analyze the dynamics of news in social networks [4]. other research has focused on the influence of nodes, predicting the scope of news dissemination by calculating user node influence [5]. additionally, some studies have analyzed user behavioral data, such as clicks, retweets, and comments, to evaluate the effect of news dissemination and explore differences among various types of news [6]. however, existing research has several limitations. first, traditional graph models are insufficient in portraying the complex many-to-many relationships in news dissemination [7]. second, there is a lack of comprehensive and systematic * corresponding author: shckoa490@163.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-04 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0006-6827-5029 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 794 consideration when analyzing the factors affecting news dissemination [8]. third, while many studies have provided theoretical analyses of news dissemination models, they often lack effective experimental validation [9]. to address these gaps, this study proposes a novel method for analyzing news dissemination patterns based on a social network hypergraph model. the hypergraph model can integrate multiple elements, such as news content, users, and topic tags, into a multi-dimensional dissemination relationship network [10]. this approach not only overcomes the limitations of traditional models but also provides a more comprehensive and accurate analysis of news dissemination. by constructing a hypergraph structure and designing mechanisms for extracting dissemination paths and evaluating influencing factors, this study aims to provide a new theoretical foundation and empirical basis for optimizing online news dissemination. based on the above literature analysis, this paper comprehensively and deeply studies the news dissemination model based on the hypergraph model of social networks. the main contributions of this paper are (1) analyzing the elements of news dissemination under the hypergraph model in detail, including the vertices of news content, users, topic labels, etc., and the relationship edges between them; (2) dissecting the dissemination paths from multidimensional aspects, and systematically investigating the factors affecting the dissemination, and analyzing them in terms of the user characteristics, news content, and the structure of the hypergraph; (3) proposing a method for analyzing the dissemination mode based on hypergraph model, and verifying the effectiveness of the method through experiments. pattern analysis method, and verify the effectiveness of the method through experiments. the structure of this paper is as follows: section 2 introduces the theoretical basis of online media news dissemination models, clarifying core analytical dimensions such as communication subjects, content, channels, and effects; section 3 systematically elaborates on the basic concepts and construction elements of social network hypergraph models, analyzing their advantages and application methods in news dissemination; section 4 conducts an in-depth analysis of dissemination paths and influencing factors, including user characteristics, content attributes, and hypergraph structural features; section 5 proposes a dissemination model analysis method based on hypergraph models and designs a threestage analysis process; section 6 validates the effectiveness and superiority of the proposed method through real-world data experiments; finally, the paper summarizes the main findings and outlines future research directions. 2. related theories the theoretical foundation of this study lies in the social network hypergraph model, which extends traditional graph models to capture complex many-to-many relationships in news dissemination. unlike conventional graphs, hypergraphs can connect multiple vertices simultaneously, making them ideal for modeling intricate interactions between news content, users, and topics [11]. this model offers several advantages: it provides a more expressive and flexible framework to integrate various elements into a unified structure, enabling comprehensive analysis [12]. it also allows for systematic investigation of dissemination patterns and identification of key factors influencing news spread [13]. applied to news dissemination, the hypergraph model can accurately capture interactions between different nodes and edges, revealing influential users and engaging topics [14]. 2.1. problem description network media news dissemination model refers to the dissemination process, mode, and mechanism of news information from the disseminator to the receiver in the network environment, including the characteristics and interrelationships of the dissemination subject, content, channel, effect, etc. [15], as shown in figure 1. figure 1. concept of analyzing the news dissemination model of online media the methods to study the news dissemination mode of network media mainly include the hypergraph model, data mining technology, social network analysis technology, content analysis technology, and so on. its research content includes communication subject analysis, communication content analysis, communication channel analysis, and communication effect analysis [16]. the model analysis methods and contents are specifically shown in figure 2. dissemination model of online media news sender receiver  processes  methods  mechanisms hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 795 figure 2. methodology and content of the analysis of the news dissemination model from figure 3, the analysis of communication subjects mainly studies all kinds of subjects in online media news dissemination, including traditional media organizations, new media platforms, self-media creators, opinion leaders, and ordinary users, etc., and analyzes the characteristics, role positioning, influence, and interrelationships among different subjects [17]. figure 3. analysis of dissemination subjects in figure 4, the analysis of communication content mainly carries out an in-depth study of the news content disseminated by online media, including the type, subject matter, quality and presentation of the content, and explores how to produce and optimize the news content according to the characteristics of different platforms and audiences to improve the communication effect. figure 4. analysis of communication channels content analysis technology network analysis technology data mining technology supermap model ➢ analysis of communication subjects ➢ analysis of communication content ➢ analysis of communication channels ➢ analysis of communication effects contentsmethods analysis of communication subjects ◆ traditional media organizations ◆ new media platforms ◆ self-media creators ◆ opinion leaders ◆ ordinary users contents  characteristics  role positioning  influence  interrelationships. analysis of communication channels ◆ social media platforms ◆ news websites ◆ client applications contents  characteristics of dissemination  user groups  traffic distribution  impact on news communication hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 796 the analysis of communication channels mainly studies the various channels of online media news dissemination, such as social media platforms, news websites, clients, etc., and analyzes the communication characteristics, user groups, traffic distribution of different channels, as well as their impact on news dissemination. communication effect analysis is to quantify and qualitatively analyze the effect of news dissemination of network media through the establishment of a scientific evaluation system, to study how to improve the dissemination of news, influence, credibility, etc., as well as how to optimize the communication strategy through the feedback of communication effect. 2.2. characterization network media news dissemination is characterized by the diversity of dissemination subjects, fast dissemination speed, path complexity, and diversity of effects, as shown in figure 5, which is described as follows: (1) the diversity of dissemination subjects, including media organizations, self-media, individual users, etc., can be the dissemination subjects [18]; (2) the fast dissemination speed, a piece of news can be disseminated all over the world in a short period; (3) the complexity of dissemination paths. news in the dissemination process will pass through several different social network nodes, forming a complex dissemination path; (4) the diversity of the dissemination effect, including the diffusion range of the information, the acceptance of the audience, the audience's feedback, and other aspects of the effect of the body now. figure 5. characteristics of news dissemination in online media compared to traditional hypergraph or graph neural network models, our proposed hypergraph model captures the nuanced and complex interactions in news propagation more effectively. specifically, it integrates multiple dimensions such as user activity, topic sensitivity, and structural entropy into a unified framework, allowing for a more comprehensive analysis of dissemination patterns. unlike previous models that often focus on pairwise relationships or single-factor analysis, our model can represent many-to-many relationships and higher-order interactions, providing a richer context for understanding how news spreads through social networks. 3. social network hypergraph and applications 3.1. hypergraph modeling concepts and advantages hypergraph is a form of graph promotion, in which an edge can connect any number of vertices [19], as shown in figure 6. in the social network hypergraph model, vertices can represent various elements such as news content, users (e.g., news publishers, disseminators, and audiences), and topic labels [20]. edges, on the other hand, represent the relationships between these elements, such as the reading and forwarding relationship between users and news content, and the association relationship between news content and topic tags [13]. figure 6. hypergraph concept characteristics of news communication in online media  the diversity of communication subjects  the speed of communication is fast  the complexity of communication paths  the diversity of communication effects hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 797 the advantages of hypergraph modeling in social networks are shown in figure 7 and include the following: figure 7. supermap application benefits • the hypergraph model has strong expressive ability [21]. it can accurately describe the complex relationships of news dissemination in social networks, overcoming the limitation that traditional graph models can only represent simple binary relationships. • the hypergraph model is highly flexible. the types and properties of vertices and edges can be flexibly defined according to different social network structures and news dissemination needs. • the hypergraph model helps to conduct a systematic analysis. the overall pattern and law of news dissemination can be studied in depth by analyzing the structure of the hypergraph. 3.2. analysis of elements the social network hypergraph model elements include news content vertices, user vertices, topic label vertices, and relationship edges (shown in figure 8). figure 8. elements of the social network hypergraph model • news content apex news content vertices have a variety of attributes. in terms of content attributes, they include the type of news (current affairs, entertainment, technology, etc.) and the quality of news (accuracy, depth, readability, etc.). from the dissemination attributes, the timeliness of the news, the emotional tendency of the news, etc., will affect their dissemination relationship in the hypergraph [22]. • user vertex news publishers, as a kind of user vertices, play an important role in initiating news dissemination by their popularity and credibility. the boundary between the two types of user vertices, the distributor and the audience, is blurred, and the size of their social network, activity level, interest preferences, etc., will affect the path and scope of news dissemination. • topic tag vertex topic tag vertices play the role of connecting news content and users in the hypergraph. hot topic tags can attract more users' attention, thus promoting the dissemination of news under specific topics. the hotness, relevance, and other attributes of topic tags have an important impact on news dissemination. • relational edges publishing the relational side reflects the relationship between news publishers and news content, which is the beginning of news dissemination [23]. the dissemination relationship edge covers the behavioral relationships such as reading, retweeting, and commenting on news by users, reflecting the diffusion process of news. the association relationship edge indicates the connection between news content and topic labels, which helps news to be organized and disseminated in the topic domain. advantage supermapstrong expressive capabilities high flexibility conducting system analysis relational edges vertices  user vertices hypergraph model elements  topic tag vertices edges  news content vertices hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 798 3.3. analysis of the online media news dissemination path • single-source multipoint propagation news is released by one publisher and then spread in multiple directions through different distributors. a well-known media outlet publishes a major news story, which is then reposted by multiple self-publishers or individual users to their respective social circles, thus achieving wide dissemination of the news. as shown in figure 9. figure 9. single-source multipoint propagation • multi-source convergent propagation multiple news publishers post news about the same topic, which converge and interact with each other in the social network to jointly promote the dissemination of the topic [24]. for example, when a major event occurs, multiple media outlets report from different perspectives, and these reports complement each other in the social network to attract more users to pay attention to the event, as shown in figure 10. figure 10. multi-source convergence propagation • topic-related communication news spreads from one topic area to another through the association of topic labels. a story about environmental technology may spread from the environmental topic area to the economic topic area because it is associated with the topic label "sustainable development". 3.4. analysis of factors affecting news dissemination in online media • user characterization factors the social influence of a user is one of the important factors, which can be measured by indicators such as the number of followers and the frequency of social interactions. users with high social influence can make news spread farther and faster. in addition, the user's interest match is also crucial; when the news content is highly matched with the user's interest, the user is more likely to spread the news. • news content factors the timeliness of news has a significant impact on communication, and breaking news can often spread rapidly in a short period. the emotional tendency of the news can not be ignored, with strong emotional color (such as exciting, touching, etc.), news is more likely to cause the emotional resonance of the user, thus promoting the dissemination. • hypergraph structural factors the connectivity of a hypergraph has a direct impact on news dissemination paths, and a well-connected hypergraph leads to smoother news dissemination. the weight of edges is also a key factor, e.g., in a dissemination relationship, the weight of a forwarding relationship edge may be higher than that of a simple reading relationship edge, because forwarding has a greater diffusion effect on news dissemination, as shown in figure 11. single source multipoint transmission news publisher multi-source aggregation and dissemination news publisher publisher publisher social network hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 799 figure 11. analysis of dissemination factors 4. hypergraph-based modeling analysis method combined with the hypergraph model, this paper proposes a method for analyzing the news dissemination pattern of online media based on the hypergraph model, which mainly includes three stages, namely, data collection, hypergraph construction, and assessment of influencing factors [25], as shown in figure 12. figure 12. methodological steps stage 1: data collection. to collect news content data on online media, including title, body, release time, publisher, etc.; to collect user data, such as social account information, social relationships, interest preferences, etc.; to collect topic label data, including the name of the topic label, heat, etc. stage 2: hypergraph construction. determine the types of vertices in the hypergraph, such as news content vertices, user vertices, topic label vertices, etc.; determine the types of edges, such as publication relationship, dissemination relationship, association relationship, etc., and assign weights to the edges according to the actual situation. then the propagation path is analyzed. using hypergraph algorithms, such as the depth-first search and breadth-first search algorithms of hypergraph, the news propagation paths are analyzed to find out the main propagation paths and propagation modes, and the dynamic analysis is carried out by considering the time factor. stage 3: assessment of influencing factors. establish a system of assessment indicators covering various factors such as user characteristics, news content, hypergraphic structure, etc., through quantitative analysis methods, and assess the extent to which each influencing factor plays a role in the news dissemination process. the edge weights in the hypergraph are determined based on real-world data, integrating both empirically predefined parameters and learned metrics. specifically, the weights between users and content nodes are assigned concerning user interaction indicators, such as reading frequency and sharing behavior. similarly, the weights between users and topic nodes are determined according to the degree of user engagement with specific topics. the specific parameters involved in the weight assignment process include interaction frequency, sentiment analysis scores, and topic relevance metrics. notably, these edge weights are not statically computed but are learned dynamically during the model training process. the initial values of the weights are set based on observed frequencies and metrics, and they undergo continuous finetuning throughout the training phase to optimize the model’s predictive accuracy. this dynamic adjustment mechanism enables the model to adaptively update weights according to observed data, thereby effectively capturing the evolving characteristics of user interactions and content dissemination processes, and ultimately improving the overall performance of the model. user characteristic factors news content factors elements hypergraph structure factors social network hypergraph model ◆ collect news content data from online media ◆ collect user data ◆ collect topic tag data data collection supermap construction influencing factor assessment ◆ determine the vertices in the super map ◆ determine the edges ◆ propagation path analysis. ◆ establish an evaluation indicator system ◆ assess influencing factors. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 800 5. results and discussion 5.1. experimental setup and data collection • experimental scene setting the hardware environment used in this paper is shown in table 1, and the software environment is shown in table 2. table 1. experimental hardware environment settings no. hardware name parameterization 1 cpu intel core i7-12700k @ 5.0 ghz 2 gpus nvidia rtx 3090 (24gb video memory) 3 random access memory (ram) 64gb ddr4 3600mhz table 2. experimental software environment settings no. software name parameterization 1 matlab 2021a 2 deep learning toolkit deep learning toolbox v14.3 3 statistical toolkit statistics and machine learning toolbox v12.3 in this experiment, the dynamic weight decay coefficient is set to 0.5, the maximum depth of the propagation tree is 15, and the node influence balancing factor is 0.8. in terms of the evaluation period, a sliding time window strategy is used, with a window length of t=24 h and a step size of δt=1 h. the data were divided into a training set (70%), a validation set (15%), and a test set (15%) by time series. • content and method of data collection this experiment obtains 15 hot events dissemination data for the period from january 2020 to june 2022 through the api of the weibo development platform. the dataset covers 23,000 users, 150 media organizations, and 45 derived topics. the data structure of this paper is shown in table 3. table 3. data structure data type sample fields statistical characteristic user node userid, activityscore, followercount average number of followers 1.2k (σ = 3.8k) media node mediaid, type, influenceindex 68% agency, 32% self-published media talking point topicid, participants, sentiment average number of participants 1.7k (σ = 4.3k) in terms of hyperedge construction, each hyperedge represents the complete propagation event and contains ternary groups, i.e., user id list, media id, and topic id. in terms of missing value processing, this paper adopts knn interpolation to fill in the missing follower counts. at the same time, maximum-minimum normalization is applied to activityscore. • comparison of algorithms to verify the validity of the model, three types of baseline methods were selected for comparison, as described in table 4. table 4. comparison algorithm algorithm type model name parameterization graph neural network gcn learning rate = 0.01, hidden layer dimension = 128 gat attention head count = 4, dropout rate = 0.3 traditional machine learning random forest (rf) number of trees = 200, maximum depth = 10 the data collected for this study includes information from 23,000 users, 150 media organizations, and 45 topics. we have taken measures to ensure data privacy and ethical standards. all user data has been anonymized, with userids being the only identifier. ethical approval for data collection from social platforms was obtained from the relevant institutional review board, and all data was processed in compliance with data protection regulations. ethical approval for data collection from social platforms was obtained from the relevant institutional review board. all user identities were anonymized beyond mere userids to ensure privacy. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 801 5.2. analysis of results to analyze the effectiveness of the online media news dissemination pattern analysis method based on the social hypergraph model, this section analyzes the data distribution, temporal and spatial dissemination patterns, model performance, etc., and obtains the following specific results. the experimental results show that our hypergraph model outperforms gcn, gat, and rf in terms of accuracy, f1 score, and error control. while the differences between gcn and gat are minor, our model demonstrates superior performance with an accuracy of 0.893 and an f1 score of 0.872. this indicates that the hypergraph model's ability to capture many-to-many relationships and integrate multiple dimensions provides a significant advantage over traditional graph neural network models. figure 13 illustrates the distribution of user activity and is validated by fitting a gamma distribution model. user activity measures the degree of user activity in the process of online media news dissemination, which is usually quantified by the frequency of posting, retweeting, commenting, and other behaviors. from figure 13, it can be seen that the user activity shows a right-skewed distribution, with the majority of users being less active and a few core users being highly active, which is in line with the typical "long-tailed distribution". through the kolmogorov-smirnov (ks) test to verify the fitting effect of this data distribution with the gamma (2.1, 0.3) model, the p-value is 0.32, which is much higher than the significance level of 0.05, indicating that there is no statistically significant difference in the fit, i.e., the gamma distribution can better characterize the overall user activity. figure 13. distribution of user activity from the distribution pattern revealed in figure 13, the author can deduce an important structural feature of online media news dissemination the coexistence of the majority of "silent users" and a small number of "core communicators". the majority of "silent users" coexist with a small number of "core communicators". although the number of highly active users is small, they play a key role as the "trigger" in the news diffusion path, while the low active users act as the "tail" to enhance the coverage of the information. this uneven distribution also provides a basis for the design and optimization of the communication model. for example, in the communication strategy, the author can focus on the behavioral incentives of the highly active users and the targeted delivery of content to improve the efficiency and breadth of news dissemination. figure 14 presents a qq plot of the influence of online media nodes, which is used to test whether it conforms to a lognormal distribution. the figure shows that most of the sample points are aligned along the diagonal, and only a very small number of high-influence media are slightly deviated in the right tail, indicating that the overall fit is good. further statistical analysis shows that the goodness of fit of this distribution, r2 0.983, indicates that the lognormal distribution can more accurately reflect the structural characteristics of media influence in reality. this distribution pattern indicates that there is an obvious imbalance in media influence: most media nodes are less influential, and only a few mainstream media organizations or head accounts dominate the social network communication. this "strongest is always stronger" structure is common in social network information dissemination, which is in line with the statistical description of the "matthew effect" and the "power law distribution" phenomenon. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 802 figure 14. media influence qq chart this influence structure is of great significance to the news dissemination strategy. high-influence nodes not only spread fast but also have significant advantages in shaping public opinion and guiding the direction of topics. therefore, it is necessary to give such nodes higher weights in the network communication model and focus on the amplification effect of their diffusion ability in the simulation of the communication path. meanwhile, although the long-tail media have limited individual diffusion power, they play a key role in maintaining news fervor and content diversity due to their large number. in addition, the effective fitting of the lognormal model provides a solid statistical basis for the subsequent prediction of spreading potential and classification of nodes, which provides a reference for the modeling of multilevel spreading networks. figure 15 shows the spatio-temporal propagation intensity surface based on social network news dissemination, revealing the dynamic evolution process of information diffusion. the three-dimensional surface diagram uses time, spatial propagation level, and propagation intensity as coordinate axes, presenting the typical “rapid rise, peak, and gradual decline” characteristics: during the initial diffusion stage (0–4 h), the propagation intensity rises rapidly, with a gradient > 0.35; during the middle plateau stage (4–12 h), the propagation intensity tends to stabilize, with the maximum value approaching 0.93; during the late decline stage (>12 h), the propagation intensity decreases exponentially with time, with a decay rate of −0.11/h. the overall pattern indicates that information exhibits a dynamic three-stage diffusion pattern of “explosive + stagnant + decay” in social networks. this spatiotemporally coupled propagation pattern is highly consistent with evolutionary diffusion models in multi-source heterogeneous networks and also aligns with the life cycle of short-cycle social topic propagation. figure 15. spatio-temporal propagation mode surface hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 803 the propagation law revealed in figure 15 is of guiding significance for the modeling and optimization of the network news diffusion model. first, in the early stage of propagation, the activation of head users or core media plays a decisive role in the formation of the initial diffusion wave, and it is suggested to introduce a weighted node initiation mechanism; second, in the propagation platform period, the propagation decline can be delayed by guiding the middleand longtailed users to continue interacting with each other; and lastly, high retention topics should be identified in the later stage to prolong the propagation tail effect. in addition, the graph reflects a complex nonlinear coupling relationship between the propagation intensity and the time window and social node hierarchy, which can be further portrayed with the help of a hypergraph convolutional network or multi-scale spatio-temporal modeling. from the perspective of information dynamics, the propagation diffusion shows the phenomenon of "propagation depth peak lagging behind the intensity peak", which indicates that there is propagation inertia between information quality and user response, which is consistent with the current research findings of higher-order information interaction models. table 5 gives the results of the comparative analysis of multi-model performance. from table 5, it can be seen that in terms of accuracy, the hypergraph model proposed in this paper has the highest accuracy, reaching 0.893. followed by the gat model, followed by the gcn and rf models; in terms of auc, the hypergraph model proposed in this paper is still the largest, followed by the gat, the gcn, and the rf; the method proposed in this paper reaches an f1 score of 0.872, which is the first in terms of performance; in terms of error, this paper's hypergraph model rmse value is 6.3, which is smaller than other models. in summary, compared with other algorithmic models, the hypergraph model proposed in this paper has the best performance. table 5. comparison of model performance no. model accuracy auc f1 rmse 1 the methodology proposed in this paper 0.893 0.914 0.872 6.3 2 gcn 0.706 0.702 0.685 23.7 3 gat 0.721 0.735 0.698 19.8 4 rf 0.658 0.642 0.621 35.2 table 6 gives the results of the regression analysis of the dissemination influencing factors. as can be seen from table 6, the coefficient of user activity is 0.47, with a p-value of 0.0012, which means that for every unit increase in user activity, the dissemination effect increases by 0.47 units on average, with a p-value much smaller than 0.05, indicating that this effect is statistically very significant; the coefficient of topic sensitivity is 0.39, with a p-value of 0.0038, which means that the topic sensitivity has a significant positive impact on the dissemination. however, the degree of influence is slightly lower than user activity; the structural entropy coefficient is 0.58, with a p-value of 0.0003, implying that an increase in structural entropy has the greatest influence on the dissemination effect, and the result is highly significant; the time decay coefficient is -0.32, with a p-value of 0.012, suggesting that the dissemination effect is weakened as time goes by; the media influence coefficient is 0.25, with a p-value of 0.028, indicating that media influence has a positive effect on dissemination, but not to the same extent as the first three variables. table 6. regression analysis of factors influencing dissemination variant ratio p-value user activity 0.47 0.0012 topic sensitivity 0.39 0.0038 structural entropy (physics) 0.58 0.0003 time decay -0.32 0.0120 media influence 0.25 0.0280 figure 16 presents a visual comparison of the error distributions of four models, including the social network hypergraph model proposed in this paper, the gcn, gat, and rf models, in the form of violin plots. the graph shows the error range, density distribution, and concentration trend of each model in propagation path prediction. from the graphical shape, the violin profile of the hypergraph model is the most compact, and the error values are centrally distributed around 0 with the smallest fluctuation range, which indicates that this model has higher stability and accuracy in propagation path modeling. in comparison, the gcn and gat models have the second-best performance, with a more dispersed error distribution and a certain long-tail risk; the rf model has the most dispersed error, showing a typical biased long-tail pattern, which indicates that its generalization performance is poor. this distribution trend also verifies the advantage of graph neural networks in structured social communication modeling, especially in the ability to model higher-order relationships, where the hypergraph structure shows better adaptability and generalization ability. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 804 figure 16. distribution of model errors from the results in figure 16, it can be seen that the error distribution of the hypergraph model exhibits low skewness and low kurtosis characteristics, which indicates that it not only fits well on the mainstream samples but also has strong error tolerance for the boundary samples. this characteristic is attributed to the fact that the hypergraph model can capture multiple heterogeneous relationships simultaneously, avoiding the loss of structural information caused by onesided connections. in addition, in terms of error density, the gat model outperforms rf and gcn, indicating that with the introduction of the attention mechanism, the model can effectively build weights for node influence differences, which helps to improve the sensitivity of the propagation path prediction. in summary, the error violin map can not only be used for the horizontal comparison of model performance, but also provides an interpretable basis for the iterative design of propagation models, which promotes the study of robust modeling in complex social environments. figure 17 shows the dynamic path evolution process of news dissemination in social networks. from the figure, it can be observed that the propagation path presents a typical fractal diffusion structure: a small number of high-influence nodes as the starting source, gradually expanding to the peripheral users, forming a multi-level and multi-branch diffusion network. in this figure, the propagation path not only shows a tree-like structure, but also has the phenomena of cross, fusion, and re-propagation, indicating that news information undergoes multiple reconstruction and feedback propagation in the social network. in addition, the fractal dimension labeled in the figure is d=1.32± 0.07, reflecting that the complexity of the propagation path is higher than that of the linear diffusion process and lower than that of the completely random wandering system, and this numerical interval is highly consistent with the typical structural characteristics of the diffusion of information in the social network. figure 17. dynamic propagation path results hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 805 figure 17 also reveals the dynamic evolution law of the propagation path. from the perspective of the evolution of the communication time sequence, the initial stage of the path is dense, and the information is rapidly concentrated in a few centralized nodes in the high school; in the middle stage, the path is radial expansion, which indicates that the interaction between users is enhanced, and multiple sub-propagation chains begin to be differentiated; and in the later stage, the path is sparse on the edge, and the communication tends to be stagnant. this evolution process reflects the dynamic characteristics of "rapid reach-diffusion activation boundary decline" in social networks, which is similar to the information dynamics of "initial outbreak-decentralized expansion this is consistent with the three-stage theory of "initial outbreak-dispersed expansion-diffusion entropy increase" in information dynamics [26]. at the same time, the existence of the return path and the phenomenon of secondary propagation in the propagation chain indicate that there is a feedback mechanism after the user receives the information, which is in line with the higher-order interactive propagation model. the fractal structure and propagation reconnection behavior shown in figure 17 have important insights for news propagation modeling and social graph neural network design. on the one hand, the existence of fractal dimensions indicates that the propagation paths have self-similar properties, suggesting that a single propagation model is difficult to comprehensively portray the global diffusion, and a multiscale modeling strategy should be adopted; on the other hand, the appearance of cross-paths and closed-loop structures implies that the propagation is not linear and predictable, and that hypergraph representations need to be introduced to encompass coupling relationships among multi-users, multicontents, and multi-platforms [27]. the coupling between structure density, path depth, and node reactivation behavior in this propagation graph provides theoretical support for the subsequent development of interpretable propagation path prediction, group behavior simulation, and hotspot traceability. compared with traditional graph-based models, the hypergraph model proposed in this paper exhibits superior performance in capturing complex dissemination patterns. specifically, the model achieves significantly higher accuracy (0.893) and f1 score (0.872) than comparative models such as graph convolutional network (gcn: accuracy 0.706, f1 score 0.685), graph attention network (gat: accuracy 0.721, f1 score 0.698), and random forest (rf: accuracy 0.658, f1 score 0.621). this performance improvement benefits from the inherent advantages of the hypergraph structure. firstly, hypergraphs can effectively represent many to many relationships. secondly, they can integrate multidimensional features such as user activity, topic sensitivity, and structural entropy into a unified framework. unlike previous studies that are limited to single-factor analysis, the method proposed in this paper provides a panoramic analytical perspective for the news dissemination process, thereby more efficiently revealing key influencing factors and dissemination paths. future research will explore the integration of dynamic hypergraph modeling and time-sensitive hypergraph neural networks. by capturing the temporal dynamic characteristics of news dissemination, such methods are expected to significantly improve the accuracy of path prediction and the effectiveness of factor analysis. the research team plans to further enhance the model's ability to track the evolution process of user behaviors and the temporal laws of information dissemination by introducing time-sensitive features. 6. conclusions this study has developed a novel method for analyzing news dissemination patterns in online media using a social network hypergraph model. by integrating multiple nodes and edge relationships, such as users, news content, and topic labels, we have systematically described the complex dissemination paths and influencing factors. our method outperforms traditional graph neural networks and machine learning methods in terms of accuracy, robustness, and communication feature recognition. specifically, the hypergraph model achieves an accuracy of 0.893 and an f1 score of 0.872, significantly higher than gcn (0.706, 0.685), gat (0.721, 0.698), and rf (0.658, 0.621). this superior performance is attributed to the hypergraph's ability to capture many-to-many relationships and integrate multiple dimensions into a unified framework. unlike traditional models that focus on pairwise relationships, the hypergraph model provides a more comprehensive and accurate representation of the dissemination process. this research not only fills gaps in the existing literature but also provides a new theoretical support and empirical basis for online news communication modeling. by effectively capturing the complex interactions between news content, users, and topics, our model offers a more nuanced understanding of how news spreads through social networks. this study represents a significant step forward in the field of social network analysis, offering a robust tool for understanding and optimizing news dissemination. despite the achievements in model construction and experimental evaluation, this study acknowledges several limitations. first, the construction of the hypergraph model relies heavily on high-quality labeled data. data noise and missing attributes in real social networks may affect the model's stability and performance. second, the current analysis of propagation paths is predominantly static, which does not fully capture the dynamic evolution of user behaviors over time. this static approach limits the model's ability to adapt to changing conditions in real-time. additionally, the model parameter settings and the evaluation indexes of propagation influencing factors are subjective, lacking a more general standard and self-adaptive mechanism. future research will address these limitations by introducing time-sensitive dynamic graph hypergraph structures to enable dynamic tracking of the entire news dissemination process. we plan to hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 806 expand the dimensions of dissemination content modeling by incorporating multimodal data (e.g., text, image, and video) to enhance the model's semantic comprehension ability. furthermore, we will explore path optimization strategies based on reinforcement learning or causal inference to improve the model's ability to recognize key dissemination nodes and information bottlenecks. considering the model's adaptability in special contexts, such as the spread of online rumors and the evolution of public opinion in emergencies, will also be a crucial direction for future research. these advancements will not only enhance the robustness and adaptability of the model but also provide deeper insights into the dynamic nature of news dissemination in social networks. 7. declarations 7.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] zhang, y., lai, s., peng, z., & rezaeipanah, a. (2025). hmne: link prediction using hypergraph motifs and network embedding in social networks. knowledge and information systems, 67(2), 1787–1809. doi:10.1007/s10115-024-02255-8. [2] li, y., fan, z., & song, x. (2025). heterogeneous hyperbolic hypergraph neural network for friend recommendation in location-based social networks. acm transactions on knowledge discovery from data, 19(3). doi:10.1145/3708999. [3] sun, h., tu, z., sui, d., zhang, b., & xu, x. (2024). a federated social recommendation approach with enhanced hypergraph neural network. acm transactions on intelligent systems and technology, 16(1). doi:10.1145/3665931. [4] guo, y., & zhou, z. (2024). ssres: a student academic paper social recommendation model based on a heterogeneous graph approach. mathematics, 12(11). doi:10.3390/math12111667. [5] xu, x., przystupa, k., & kochan, o. (2023). social recommendation algorithm based on self-supervised hypergraph attention. electronics (switzerland), 12(4). doi:10.3390/electronics12040906. [6] xiao, h. b., hu, f., li, p. y., song, y. r., & zhang, z. k. (2024). information propagation in hypergraph-based social networks. entropy, 26(11). doi:10.3390/e26110957. [7] sun, w. (2024). a study on the construction of a computational model for online international chinese cultural diffusion based on minecraft. applied mathematics and nonlinear sciences, 9(1). doi:10.2478/amns-2024-3630. [8] meng, c. y., & motevalli, h. (2024). link prediction in social networks using hyper-motif representation on hypergraph. multimedia systems, 30(3). doi:10.1007/s00530-024-01324-w. [9] xue, p., gao, q., & fan, j. (2025). social recommendation based on contrastive learning of hypergraph convolution. journal of supercomputing, 81(6). doi:10.1007/s11227-025-07143-8. [10] wang, j., zhang, y., hu, y., & yin, b. (2024). large-scale traffic prediction with hierarchical hypergraph message passing networks. ieee transactions on computational social systems, 11(6), 7103–7113. doi:10.1109/tcss.2024.3419008. [11] han, j., tang, y., tao, q., xia, y., & zhang, l. (2024). dual homogeneity hypergraph motifs with cross-view contrastive learning for multiple social recommendations. acm transactions on knowledge discovery from data, 18(6). doi:10.1145/3653976. [12] xu, x. j., wu, z. y., & zhang, l. j. (2025). estimation of the influence of the threshold model on directed hypergraphs. social network analysis and mining, 15(1), 1–13. doi:10.1007/s13278-025-01456-5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 807 [13] zhang, j., li, y., zou, r., zhang, j., jiang, r., fan, z., & song, x. (2024). hyper-relational knowledge graph neural network for next poi recommendation. world wide web, 27(4), 1–19. doi:10.1007/s11280-024-01279-y. [14] liu, s., zhao, d., & sun, y. (2024). effects of higher-order interactions and impulsive vaccination for rumor propagation. chaos, 34(12), 123131. doi:10.1063/5.0241100. [15] gouda, k. c., shrivastava, s., & thakur, r. (2024). subchannel assignment for social-assisted uav cellular networks using dynamic hypergraph coloring. vehicular communications, 49(49). doi:10.1016/j.vehcom.2024.100808. [16] ao, d., cao, q., & wang, x. (2024). hypergraph contrastive learning for recommendation with side information. international journal of intelligent computing and cybernetics, 17(4), 657–670. doi:10.1108/ijicc-06-2024-0266. [17] yu, x., nie, y., li, w., luo, g., lin, t., & wang, w. (2024). source inference for misinformation spreading on hypergraphs. chaos, solitons and fractals, 187. doi:10.1016/j.chaos.2024.115457. [18] sun, x., cheng, h., liu, b., li, j., chen, h., xu, g., & yin, h. (2023). self-supervised hypergraph representation learning for sociological analysis. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 35(11), 11860–11871. doi:10.1109/tkde.2023.3235312. [19] wang, y., li, y., wu, y., & wang, x. (2024). exploring multiple hypergraphs for heterogeneous graph neural networks. expert systems with applications, 236(236). doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2023.121230. [20] sun, x., cheng, h., liu, b., li, j., chen, h., xu, g., & yin, h. (2023). self-supervised hypergraph representation learning for sociological analysis. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 35(11), 11860–11871. doi:10.1109/tkde.2023.3235312. [21] huang, j., lu, t., zhou, x., cheng, b., hu, z., yu, w., & xiao, j. (2023). hyperdne: enhanced hypergraph neural network for dynamic network embedding. neurocomputing, 527, 155–166. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2023.01.039. [22] sun, x., yin, h., liu, b., meng, q., cao, j., zhou, a., & chen, h. (2023). structure learning via meta-hyperedge for dynamic rumor detection. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 35(9), 9128–9139. doi:10.1109/tkde.2022.3221438. [23] mancastroppa, m., iacopini, i., petri, g., & barrat, a. (2023). hyper-cores promote localization and efficient seeding in higherorder processes. nature communications, 14(1). doi:10.1038/s41467-023-41887-2. [24] chaudhary, l., & singh, b. (2023). autoencoder model using edge enhancement to detect communities in complex networks. arabian journal for science and engineering, 48(2), 1303–1314. doi:10.1007/s13369-022-06747-z. [25] wang, h., zhou, w., wen, j., & qiao, s. (2024). multiple hypergraph convolutional network social recommendation using dual contrastive learning. data mining and knowledge discovery, 38(4), 1929–1957. doi:10.1007/s10618-024-01021-2. [26] duan, y., huang, j., deng, h., & ni, x. (2024). robustness of hypergraph under attack with limited information based on percolation theory. chaos, solitons & fractals, 188, 115518. doi:10.1016/j.chaos.2024.115518. [27] chen, d., lin, y., li, w., li, p., zhou, j., & sun, x. (2020). measuring and relieving the over-smoothing problem for graph neural networks from the topological view. proceedings of the aaai conference on artificial intelligence, 34(04), 3438– 3445. doi:10.1609/aaai.v34i04.5747. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 933 issn: 2723-9535 unveiling key drivers of citizens' acceptance of e-voting: a quantitative analysis valmira osmanaj 1* , syed faizan hussain zaidi 1 , atik kulakli 1 , miranda harizaj 2 1 college of business administration, american university of the middle east, egaila 54200, kuwait. 2 faculty of electrical engineering, polytechnic university of tirana, tirana, 1000, albania. received 28 november 2024; revised 31 july 2025; accepted 09 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract the current study examines the broader factors influencing citizens’ trust and adoption of electronic voting (e-voting) systems, extending beyond the conventional focus on trust in government and technology. a conceptual framework was developed by incorporating elements from the tam, idt, and trust theory. data was collected through surveys and investigated using sem to evaluate the relationships amongst crucial variables. the findings reveal that trust in e-voting is significantly shaped by citizens’ trust in governing bodies, the transparency and reliability of the voting process, trust in the technology, and perceived ease of use. in contrast, perceived public value was not found to significantly impact trust. these results highlight the multifaceted nature of trust in digital governance and underscore the importance of considering both procedural and technological factors in system design. the novelty of this study lies in its broader perspective on trust, emphasizing the role of implementation and process transparency in influencing public perception. the proposed model offers practical insights for policymakers and system developers seeking to improve public confidence and foster wider adoption of e-voting technologies. keywords: e-voting; developing country; conceptual model; citizens’ trust; citizen-centric approach. 1. introduction voting a fundamental pillar of democratic governance, empowering individuals to influence public decisions and elect representatives at various institutional levels [1]. the growing incorporation of information and communication technologies (ict) into governance has driven many nations to implement e-voting systems to enhance accessibility, reduce electoral costs, improve efficiency, and promote transparency [2, 3]. the covid-19 pandemic further underscored the necessity of remote voting alternatives, solidifying e-voting’s role as a sustainable democratic tool during crises [1, 4]. despite these advantages, global experiences with e-voting are mixed. while countries such as india, jordan, and the philippines have adopted it, others like uk, netherlands, and norway have reversed their implementation due to persistent public distrust, lack of transparency, and technical vulnerabilities [4]. a large body of research has explored e-voting adoption through the lens of trust, primarily focusing on trust in technology [5-7] and trust in government institutions [7-9]. however, limited scholarly attention is paid to how the process of planning and implementing e-voting systems itself shapes citizen trust. * corresponding author: valmira.osmanaj@aum.edu.kw http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-012  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9864-8627 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1931-1004 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2368-3225 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6107-7288 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 934 building on this gap, the current study adopts a broader perspective by integrating findings from the technology acceptance model (tam), innovation diffusion theory (idt), and trust theory to propose a comprehensive conceptual framework for e-voting adoption. existing literature identifies several critical constructs for evaluating e-voting systems: perceived ease of use, which reflects the system’s usability [10]; perceived public value, which captures the social benefits citizens associate with e-government services [11]; and trust in the e-voting process, which relates to transparency, security, and system management [12, 13]. these factors, in turn, influence citizens' attitudes toward usage and their intention to adopt technologies employed in e-voting [14-16]. in the albanian context, the introduction of e-voting followed constitutional amendments and political agreements in 2020, with pilot implementations during the 2021 and 2023 elections [17-19]. although these pilots were a step forward, limited public engagement, delayed system certifications, and a lack of transparency raised concerns regarding trust and legitimacy. thus, the current study aims to explore the factors influencing citizens’ trust and adoption of e-voting in albania, guided by the research questions presented here:  rq1: how is citizens' trust in e-voting affected by the implementation process managed by electoral institutions in albania?  rq2: do citizens perceive public value in using e-voting technologies?  rq3: what factors contribute to the adoption of advanced voting technologies? we develop and empirically test a novel e-voting adoption framework to address these questions. this framework combines tam, idt, and trust constructs to examine the interplay between institutional, technological, and perceptual factors using survey-based data and structural equation modelling (sem). 2. literature review 2.1. voting definition there are several definitions of e-voting and internet voting (i-voting), each emphasizing different aspects of the technology employed during the voting process. e-voting is commonly described as the use of software and hardware to enable citizens vote via a computer-based information system [5, 6, 20]. in contrast, i-voting refers to a voting method that employs encryption to ensure secure and confidential voting over the internet [21]. in another study, kumar and walia [22] characterized e-voting as an online platform that establishes and offers voting procedures to citizens through web-based applications. e-voting represents a technological advancement that supports governments in enhancing the democratic process by boosting voter participation in the selection of leaders and representatives [23]. similarly, decman & kozel [24] define i-voting as an e-government service where user-centric design plays a central role. e-voting utilizes icts to streamline the processes of casting, counting, and reporting votes. transactions such as e-voting utterly depend on a complex and interconnected network of digital technologies [25]. it allows citizens to elect officials at various levels, including national, provincial, and local governments [26]. 2.2. forms of e-voting as electronic services and the use of digital platforms have become more prevalent in various service sectors, issues related to adoption and acceptance have inevitably emerged. different stakeholders tend to accept e-voting based on their understanding of technology and how it can be applied. those who are accustomed to using ict or other smart devices in their daily routines are more likely to implement e-voting in a similar manner [27]. e-voting system depends on numerous computers, commonly known as electronic voting machines, along with supporting equipment, specialized software, a robust network infrastructure, and sufficient internet bandwidth to cast votes. it also requires a wellestablished system for ict-enabled voter registration, high-level cybersecurity, transparent tracking mechanisms, and substantial storage capacity for the electronic voters database [9, 27-29]. technology in e-voting can be divided into different phases of the electoral process, ranging from the registration of the voters to casting the vote, verification, and final counting of votes [30, 31]. e-voting is not merely a process automation, but it simplifies the entire electoral process. additionally, it streamlines elections, increases voter participation, reduces errors in vote counting, and accelerates the announcement of results [9]. several e-voting technologies have been projected and implemented to facilitate voting, including methods such as digital tallying, direct recording electronic machines to cast the vote, kiosk e-voting, online voting, remote e-voting, poll-site voting [9, 30, 32]. it is crucial to include thorough evaluation tools to assess both human-centric and digital capabilities [25]. e-voting systems must fulfil several criteria to be considered effective means of voting and be widely accepted by citizens, including being accurate, verifiable, flexible, reliable and convenient [33]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 935 2.3. e-voting adoption success factors the success factors for e-voting adoption depend on several elements, comprising ‘trust in technology’, ‘trust in the government’, ‘perceived public value’, and ‘perceived ease of use’, all of which play a crucial role in adopting technology. moreover, the impact of these factors on citizens' trust, usage attitudes, and e-voting adoption intentions has been explored in various studies in literature. "trust in technology" and "trust in the government" both play critical roles in the e-services offered by governments [24]. in a latest study conducted by abdala et al. [7], the authors argue that the trust of the citizens in government is more likely to lead to a rise in overall electoral participation than their trust in the i-voting technology. trust in technology encompasses the range of technologies that facilitate e-services usage and is vital when ict is employed to uphold democracy. therefore, trust is crucial for successfully using technology to enable e-participation, particularly in i-voting [14, 34]. in addition, digital skills are key requirements for the effective acceptance of e-government services by users [35]. furthermore, integrating voting within a widely recognized digital services ecosystem for citizens is a reliable way to ensure the success of the voting process [23, 36]. trust in government pertains to the “public’s view of the government’s competence and honesty” in delivering services [37]. the government plays a focal role in creating a transparent and trustworthy voting environment and in administering elections to ensure fairness [38]. rahul & gill [39] claimed that the immutableness and decentralization of blockchain make it a viable alternative for e-voting. when evaluating the adoption rate of e-government services and people's willingness to use them, it is appropriate to utilize the tam, which is well-recognized for assessing the acceptance of new technologies [40]. their study focused on public inclinations and opinions regarding e-government services. trust, safety, and protection are essential for technology adoption, specifically for e-government services [41]. regarding perceived public values, various stakeholders, such as individuals, corporations, government agencies, and bureaucrats, participate in e-government. karunia et al. [42] found that transparency influences the enhancement of accountability and responsibility within governmental agencies. according to bailey et al. [43], people are inclined to use e-government services if they perceive them as means to minimize both the financial and time-related burdens. therefore, governments must provide new electronic services to improve public governance, transparency, and accountability [44]. in addition, decman & kozel [24] identified three main advantages of i-voting in their study. first, it provides “convenience and accessibility” for people with physical disabilities, along with error-free voting and accurate results for greater efficiency. second, social influence affects the participation of other i-voters [45]. third, it offers costeffectiveness compared to other voting systems [46]. a particular consideration is citizens' perception of the ease of use of technology, particularly in terms of whether it is time-consuming, easy to learn, and adaptable. people feel comfortable navigating platforms quickly [10]. the two main attributes are effort and performance expectancy, which ensure that e-voting services, or any similar e-government services, are promoted and widely used by the public. if the e-government portals provides reliable information and professional services, individuals are more likely to utilize e-government services [47]. furthermore, it has been discovered that the desire to use and recommend e-government services is positively predicted by both the perceived value of the service and trust in the government [48]. the increasing interest in electronic voting systems demands robust security and integration, which are essential components of the voting process. according to samayamanthula and kodati [49], a decentralized e-voting approach enhances security by breaking the data into multiple layers and using cryptography to merge these fragmented pieces into a unified view, including biometric data through encryption and decryption. this method reduces risks and operational failures, offering a more secure and reliable voting platform. rexha et al. [50]proposed that integrating blockchain technology into e-voting systems offers a more secure, precise, and transparent framework, as well as a more cost-effective alternative by reducing election expenses. in their study, sindermann et al. [51] analysed the correlation between personality features and i-voting from a psychological perspective. 2.4. models of e-voting systems researchers have extensively exploited the tam to envisage and explicate the adoption of information technologies [15, 52]. tam is regarded as the most commonly used model for recognizing the acceptance and usage of novel technologies [53]. according to tam, there is a connection between a user's belief in a technology’s usefulness, their attitude toward its usage, and their intention to use it. similarly, both the attitude and intention to use the technology are induced by the user's perception of its ease of use. as a result, the user's “attitude and intention to adopt new technologies are shaped by two constructs: perceived usefulness (pu) and perceived ease of use (peou)”. pu is defined as “the extent to which a user believes that using a specific system would improve job performance,” while peou is “the extent hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 936 to which a user believes that using a particular system would be effortless” [52]. in a study by aljarrah et al. [54], the authors applied the tam model to assess the acceptance of an e-voting system in jordan from the voters' perspective and its readiness for use. in another study, the tam model was employed to examine the impact of trust and security on taiwan's e-voting system [55]. another widely recognized theory for technology adoption is the idt, introduced by rogers [16]. rogers defines an innovation as “an idea, practice, or object that is perceived as new by an individual or another unit of adoption,” and diffusion as “the process by which an innovation is communicated through certain channels over time among the members of a social system” [15]. moreover, agarwal [56] suggests that “potential users make decisions to adopt or reject an innovation based on beliefs they form about it.”. idt identifies five main attributes of innovation: “relative advantage, compatibility, complexity, trialability, and observability”. in their research, lippert & ojumu [6] applied rogers’ classification of adopters, “innovators, early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards”, to categorize individuals according to their likelihood to engage in e-voting. they concluded that “innovators and early adopters are more likely to trust technology and express an intention to use e-voting” systems. in another study by assibong & oshanisi [57], the authors utilized the idt to conclude that the use of ict has “reinforced the legitimacy of nigerians in the democratic process”. other studies aiming to identify the main elements affecting citizens’ intention to adopt e-voting have developed and validated hybrid models by combining multiple existing theories [23, 53, 58, 59]. for instance, alomari [23] undertook a study to explore the vital factors affecting jordanian citizens’ intentions to adopt e-voting, utilizing e-government adoption model along with a framework founded on doi theory and the tam model. similarly, sensuse and pratama [53] examined the preparedness for e-voting deployment in indonesia, incorporating both public opinion and expert advice to propose an innovative e-voting architecture. the authors used both tam and idt to develop the measurement model for e-voting readiness [53]. trust is a fundamental concept in social science [60], and it has been studied across various fields, often associated with the broader concept of social capital [61]. despite extensive research on trust, bauer & freitag [60] argue that the study of trust remains contentious due to the wide range of definitions and limited measurement tools. in current research on e-voting adoption and citizens’ intention to use the system, most studies focus on two main components: trust in government [9, 23, 53], and trust in technology [5, 62, 63]. building on bauer & freitag [60] perspective, we argue that trust should be evaluated in the context of additional factors, including ease of use, perceived public value, and trust in the e-voting adoption process. 3. theoretical framework and hypothesis several theoretical models have been developed to elucidate and evaluate the adoption of technology, particularly in the domains of e-government and e-voting. among the most frequently applied are the tam [15] and the unified theory of acceptance and use of technology (utaut) have been extensively utilized to assess technology usage across diverse settings. tam, initially proposed by davis [15], emphasizes the role of pu and peou in shaping users' behavioural intentions to adopt a given system. conversely, utaut, established by venkatesh et al. [64], builds upon this foundation by incorporating additional constructs, such as “social influence, performance expectancy, effort expectancy, and facilitating conditions”. in addition to these models, several other theoretical frameworks, such as the technology readiness index, diffusion of innovation (doi), innovation resistance theory, expectancy-value theory, and mental accounting theory, offer complementary insights into individual readiness, resistance to technology, and cognitive processes involved in technology adoption. these models are frequently employed in conjunction with tam and utaut to deepen the conception of user acceptance, particularly concerning the public sector digital services [65-67]. despite their widespread application, these models are not without their limitations. tam has been criticized for its reductive approach, as it provides broad insights into user attitudes but often fails to account for more contextual and psychological nuances, such as the roles of trust or resistance to change [65]. in a similar vein, while utaut offers a more comprehensive framework, it has been criticized for overlooking individual differences, such as digital literacy or prior technological experience, which could significantly influence technology adoption [65-67]. furthermore, both models have been criticized for neglecting the attitude construct, which has proven essential in the early stages of technology adoption, where users' perceptions and intentions are still developing. for instance, ear lier models like theory of reasoned action (tra) [68] and theory of planned behaviour excluded attitude as a mediating variable, a gap that tam later addressed, enhancing its predictive validity [69]. additionally, adopting e-government services, such as e-voting, necessitates a positive perception of usefulness and ease of use, a high degree of trust, technological competence, and an understanding of the broader civic processes. as such, relying solely on tam or utaut may fail to offer a comprehensive view of the factors influencing adoption, underscoring the need for an integrated framework that considers behavioural, contextual, and trust-related dimensions specific to public sector technology adoption [65, 67]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 937 building upon the critical evaluation of extant technology adoption models, this study proposes a comprehensive framework designed to capture the multifaceted factors shaping citizens' adoption of e-voting systems. the framework synthesizes constructs drawn from various established theories and empirical studies, aiming to address the gaps identified in tam and utaut, particularly their inability to fully account for trust, user-specific characteristics, and contextual attitudes within the e-government domain. the proposed framework consists of eight key constructs, categorized into three principal dimensions: trust factors, technology acceptance constructs, and process evaluation. each of these dimensions is grounded in theoretical perspectives to ensure empirical relevance and contextual applicability.  trust factors trust is an essential determinant in the e-government technologies adoption, particularly in sensitive contexts such as e-voting. drawing from contemporary literature, the framework includes three distinct constructs related to trust: o trust in government: depicts the confidence of the citizens in governmental institutions to manage and oversee fair and secure electoral processes. o trust in technology: captures citizens' perceptions of the reliability, security, and technical competence of the e-voting system. o citizens' trust in e-voting: a composite belief that reflects the overall trust in the e-voting platform, shaped by both institutional and technological trust.  technology acceptance constructs this dimension adapts the core elements of tam to the e-voting context, focusing on the following constructs: o perceived public value: an alternative to the perceived usefulness construct, used to measure citizens' beliefs regarding the degree to which e-voting contributes to public benefit, transparency, and governance efficiency. o perceived ease of use: evaluates the user-friendliness and operability of the e-voting system. o usage attitude: reflects users' general positive or negative disposition regarding the use of the e-voting system. o e-voting usage intention: represents the likelihood that citizens will utilize the e-voting system in future elections, as influenced by the factors mentioned above.  process evaluation the final dimension integrates insights from the doi theory, specifically focusing on the procedural aspects of adopting technological innovations: o trust in the process: depicts the confidence of the citizens in the fairness, transparency, and integrity of the evoting process itself, independent from the technology or institutional factors. by synthesizing elements of tam, doi, and trust-based models, this integrated framework aspires to offer a more nuanced comprehension of the behavioural, cognitive, and contextual factors that either facilitate or hinder citizens' willingness to adopt e-voting technologies. figure 1 portrays the proposed e-voting adoption theoretical framework, including the interrelated constructs and their hypothesized relationships. figure 1. e-voting adoption theoretical framework the relationships among the model's constructs are explored in the following paragraphs, and the hypotheses are outlined. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 938 3.1. trust in government and citizens’ trust in e-voting trust of the citizens in the government resembles the “evaluations of whether or not political authorities and institutions are performing according to the normative expectations held by the public.” [70]. moreover, trust in e-voting services is based on citizens' “confidence in the goodwill, integrity, and competence of the various stakeholders” involved in delivering these services, such as “government officials, politicians, legislators, and system developers” responsible for its deployment and management [70]. in an opinion poll conducted by undp [71], on trust in governance, majority of the respondents have considered the protection of personal data a key aspect on the use of electronic services. nevertheless, merely 35% of the respondents trust that public actors are capable to manage to manage personal electronic data [71]. this study specifically examines trust in the government, with a focus on trust in the central election commission (cec), which is “the highest permanent state body responsible for administering elections, ensuring the protection and adherence to constitutional and legal principles, rights, and guarantees during elections.” [72]. earlier research has emphasized trust in government as a crucial predictor of the successful initiatives of e-voting in several developing countries, including indonesia [53], jordan [23], and nigeria [9]. hence, we suggest the consequent hypothesis: h1: ‘trust in government’ is positively correlated to citizens’ ‘trust in e-voting’. 3.2. trust in technology and citizens’ trust in e-voting trust in technology is another crucial factor influencing the implementation and use of e-voting systems. lippert [62] asserts that trust in technology “refers to an individual’s willingness to rely on a technology, based on their expectations that it will be predictable, reliable, and useful”. to provide a more in-depth understanding of trust in evoting, zhu et al. [5] identified essential measurements of trust in the technology, including “security, usability, privacy, and validity”. in the context of e-voting, they suggested that higher trust in the technology could reduce perceived risks and lead to stronger intentions to use e-voting. to validate these trust dimensions and examine the relationship between trust and the intention to use e-voting, the authors gathered data from 426 indonesian voters. they confirmed the validity of these dimensions, finding that trust in technology directly influences the intention to adopt e-voting and indirectly impacts it through perceived risk [5]. likewise, hoffman et al. [13] identified three key technical dimensions of e-voting, including privacy, usability, and security, which are essential for fostering trust in critical e-voting processes such as voter registration, vote casting, and vote counting. in another study by powell et al. [63], the authors explored the link between trust in the internet and the intention to use online voting among young adults and seniors. their findings revealed that for young adults, trust on the internet was correlated with the intention to vote, but this was not the case for senior voters. given that young adults make up the majority of voters in albania [73], we hypothesize that trust in technology positively influences citizens’ trust in e-voting, leading to the following hypothesis in our research. h2: ‘trust in technology’ is positively related to citizens’ ‘trust in e-voting’. 3.3. trust in process and citizens’ trust in e-voting the voting process faces several challenges that threaten its integrity, including ensuring voter privacy, gaining users' trust in the system, and guaranteeing that voting takes place with complete freedom, without limitations or efforts to influence it [74]. for citizens to trust the e-voting system, they must have confidence in all three stages of the voting process: voter registration, vote casting, and vote counting [13]. in line with the guidelines for implementing the provisions of recommendation cm/rec(2017)5 on e-voting standards [75], it is essential to ensure "public access to the components of the e-voting system and related information, especially documentation, source code, and non-disclosure agreements, should be disclosed to the stakeholders and the public at large, well in advance of the election period”. additional guidelines on e-voting implementations are addressed in the handbook related to the new voting technologies [12]. concerning the handbook, osce recommends that the technology must guarantee the “honest counting of votes and reporting of results” [12], “equal suffrage to adult citizens” [12], and “verify that elections take place by the law and with democratic principles” [12]. such legal provisions and guidelines aim to enhance transparency and increase public confidence in e-voting. secrecy of the vote is one of the main principles that is related to the right to vote and can challenge public reassurance in the evoting process. secrecy of the vote refers to not being “possible to associate a vote with a specific voter” [12]. election observation plays a crucial role in ensuring the transparency of e-voting, as highlighted in paragraph 8 of the 1990 csce/osce copenhagen document. political representatives, candidates, and observers must be able to oversee the activities of election authorities at every level, particularly during the voting, counting, and tabulation stages. transparency also involves the responsibility to ensure that all election participants, including voters, are given adequate resources to understand how the new voting technology works [12]. we firmly believe that trust in the e-voting process, which encompasses the adoption and integration of e-voting technology, the execution of the election, the counting of votes, and ensuring transparency for all stakeholders, offers a more thorough understanding of trust in e-voting. as a result, the following hypothesis is proposed: h3: trust in the e-voting process is positively related to citizens’ ‘trust in e-voting’. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 939 3.4. perceived public value, citizens’ trust, and usage attitude the perceived public value (ppv) “refers to the extent to which a person believes that using a specific system will allow citizens to voice their opinions, resulting in improved public governance, convenience, accountability, and transparency” [11, 76]. in their study, al-hujran et al. [11] substituted the pu element of the tam model with the ppv construct, arguing that “ppv is a more comprehensive factor in non-organizational contexts where the use of technology is voluntary” [11]. the implementation of e-voting is regarded as a governmental effort to improve the democratic process and encourage greater citizen involvement in elections [23, 77]. nonetheless, the integrity of the election process remains a critical determinant of public trust and support for digital voting systems, which are often viewed as less reliable than traditional in-person methods [78]. the current study suggests that when the e-voting process is perceived as offering greater convenience, accountability, and transparency, it enhances the ppv of the system. consequently, this increased value is expected to foster greater trust among citizens in the e-voting platform. based on this reasoning, the following hypothesis is suggested: h4: ‘perceived public value’ positively relates to citizens’ ‘trust in e-voting’. several scholars argue that the accomplishment of any e-government initiative is greatly dependent on how citizens perceive its value [79, 80]. being an e-government initiative, e-voting is believed to deliver public value by allowing citizens to “voice their opinions and engage in the decision-making process” [81]. additionally, governments adopt electronic systems to improve the quality of the information and provided services, promote better governance, and ensure greater transparency and accountability [44]. this study evaluates the perceived value of e-voting in empowering citizens to express their views, which in turn is expected to foster improved public governance and a more favourable attitude toward the use of e-voting systems. based on this premise, the subsequent hypothesis is propositioned: h5: ‘perceived public value’ positively relates to citizens’ attitudes of using the ‘e-voting system’. 3.5. perceived ease of use, citizens’ trust, and usage attitude this study adopts the definition of peou by davis [15], which refers to “the degree to which a person believes that using a particular system would be free of effort.” from the perspective of voters, this relates to the “effort expectation,” or how simple it is to learn and operate a new technology. as noted by ali et al. [82], individuals are more inclined to engage with government portals that used and navigated easily. in line with the tam, a key factor for the success of any new initiative is understanding users’ expectations regarding the time and effort required to adopt the technology [83]. furthermore, gronier et al. [10] assert that user trust increases when websites are user-friendly. by the same logic, we propose that a user-friendly e-voting platform will boost citizens' trust in the system, leading to the following hypothesis: h6: ‘perceived ease of use’ positively relates to citizens’ ‘trust in e-voting’. in their study, xin et al. [40] emphasize that e-government services must be clear and easy to use in order to be accessible to individuals with limited internet skills. they contend that effort expectancy positively influences citizens’ attitudes regarding the usage e-government services xin et al. [40]. h7: ‘perceived ease’ of use is positively related to citizens’ attitudes of using the ‘e-voting system’. 3.6. citizens’ trust, usage attitude and e-voting usage intention in his study, avgerou [84] examined citizens’ trust in e-voting as a multifaceted concept involving both the institutions responsible for overseeing elections and the technologies used for voter registration, vote casting, result aggregation, and dissemination. warkentin et al. [85] highlight the critical role of government bodies in ensuring electoral integrity and fostering trust in e-services. similarly, baudier et al. [1] identify trust in the voting system as the most influential factor in the electoral process. in a study conducted by decman & kozel [24], the explored the factors affecting slovenian citizens’ willingness to adopt i-voting through the covid-19 pandemic. their findings confirmed that trust in the voting system positively influences voter attitudes, with a specific focus on trust in the electoral commission, the authority tasked with maintaining electoral integrity [14, 24, 48]. based on these insights, this study posits a positive relationship among citizens’ trust and their attitude aimed at using e-voting system, leading to the following hypothesis: h8: citizens’ trust in e-voting is positively related to citizens’ attitudes towards usage. research indicates that public confidence in the voting process and the underlying technology significantly influences their intention to adopt i-voting [26, 51]. furthermore, research by ali & al mubarak [86] and mensah [14] demonstrates that trust in electoral management institutions is a key determinant of citizens' willingness to engage in electronic voting. similarly, this study posits that trust in e-voting has a positive effect on albanian citizens’ intention to use the system. based on this reasoning, the subsequent hypothesis is proposed: h9: citizens’ ‘trust in e-voting’ is positively related to ‘e-voting usage intention’. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 940 the tra [68] and tam [15] both highlight the significant role that individual attitudes play in embracing novel technologies. in the realm of e-government, it is suggested that citizens with a favourable attitude toward such services are more inclined to plan on using them [87]. numerous studies have established a positive and direct relationship between citizens' attitudes and their intention to engage with e-government and e-voting systems [14, 26, 48, 87, 88]. aligned with this view, the present study argues that citizens' attitudes significantly contribute to their willingness to adopt e-voting. h10: citizens’ usage attitude is positively related to e-voting usage intention. 4. research methodology research methodology is the methodical and theoretical foundations of the research approach employed in the field of the proposed research study [89]. research is the organized practice of gathering and examining data to reveal new knowledge. it is also feasible to carry out additional research and theory expansion for currently extended theories [90]. the present study, “factors influencing albanian citizens’ adoption of e-voting”, which is “positivist” in nature, presumed that a quantitative research design is suitable in this context [91]. theoretical models and hypotheses are frequently examined using quantitative approaches; therefore, a survey-centred, quantifiable, analytic method was employed in this study. further, a thorough analysis of literature is the principal part of quantitative research to formulate or develop hypotheses. the philosophical and hypothetical underpinning of contemporary research entails theory testing and theory construction [92]. for each construct, the measurement items were specifically chosen from the literature, theoretical claims, variables, and factors were carefully selected, and their implications were examined [93] the review of the literature and were thought to capture every facet of the construct domain. as a result, the previous section confines a comprehensive review of the existing literature on e-voting system adoption. the three steps processes planned below are used for examining the proposed hypotheses and validating the suggested framework including associated instrumental items [93]. 4.1. survey examining and analysing the proposed theoretical e-voting adoption framework was the main purpose of the current research study. this research utilized survey practice to assess the various constructs influencing the adoption of e-voting in albania. the survey is a conventional research technique to approach the participants to gather their appropriate experience concerned with the usage of technology for performing the task. through the survey, the respondent’s perception, and behaviour concerning technological usage, technological usage experience, trait, and expertise might be captured [94, 95]. when latent constructs or factors in a conceptualized framework are to be measured then survey approaches in quantitative research should be considered [96]. a survey questionnaire was designed and developed based on ongoing research on digitally transformed e-voting adoption to make sure that the survey was relevant and suitable for the proposed ongoing study. a five-point likert scale, with responses ranging from 'strongly disagree' (1) to 'strongly agree' (5), was employed to indirectly assess the latent constructs [97]. it was important to execute a pilot analysis with a minor set of data to assess the relevance, reliability, and validity of data and also to create the measuring scale, a pilot analysis was conducted using spss [98]. appendix 1 comprises the measuring items’ scale. 4.2. sample population and pilot study given that most albanian citizens have already been using e-government services across various contexts, a random sampling approach was adopted, ensuring that majority of respondents were well-qualified to provide accurate results. in this study, simple random sampling, a type of non-probability sampling, was employed. respondents received the surveys online. however, in certain cases, further measures were used to persuade respondents to set aside time to complete the questionnaires. simple random sampling involves selecting sample members at random from the population, paying no heed to the population's existing stratification. it is vital to consider the existing sampling methods' methodological advantages and disadvantages. convenience sampling makes it easier for participants to participate, but it may introduce biases. random sample, on the other hand, offers higher validity and reliability. researchers should think about using more reliable sampling methods and increasing the size of their samples to improve the generalizability of their findings in order to progress the discipline [99]. the possibility of including participants with varying social-demographic profiles in the sample was taken into consideration when constructing the questionnaire. however, albania is a relatively small country in southern europe with doesn’t have wide variability in the country’s demographics. to gather information about the citizens’ adoption of e-voting in albania, 308 albanian citizens were asked to fill out surveys. a google form containing the survey questions and the participant's consent statement was produced, and hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 941 the link to the form was distributed to the albanian participants. the google forms link was distributed using whatsapp, and other social media platforms were used for disseminating the google forms link, which helped us to inform the people promptly and didn't cause any technical issues for survey respondents to submit their answers [95]. female survey participants with 66.23% were more than the male participants with 33.76%. master’s degree participants were higher with 199 out of 308, whereas the remaining were 35 – phd, 50 with bachelor’s degrees, and 23 with high school diplomas. participants with various age groups were (88 – above 45 years age; 54 – above 40 years age; 56 – above 35 years age; 36 – above 30 years age; 29 – above 25 years age; and 45 – years age 18 and above). the preceding distribution of gathered data clearly explains the great diversity of participating citizens in the data collection process, which was carefully followed. gunzler et al. [100], in their study stated that sample sizes of 200 may be regarded as substantial and acceptable for most research model validations. additionally, for a quantitative analysis to be deemed adequate, the sample size for sem must equal or exceed 200 participants. there were 308 acceptable responses received from the survey participants. table 1 shows the pilot study’s outcomes achieved through evaluating cronbach's alpha: αc of the proposed scale’s constructs. the cronbach's alpha values for each of the factors were greater than or equal to the threshold limit of 0.7 [101]. table 1. pilot study results with sample size 30 factors / constructs terms αc government gov 0.948 technology tech 0.803 process pro 0.847 perceived public value ppv 0.913 perceived ease of use peou 0.912 trust tst 0.926 usage attitude ua 0.932 e-voting usage intention eui 0.875 4.3. structural equation modelling the volume of theoretical analyses and studies now employs the widely recognized sem technique, particularly in the field of adopting emerging information technologies. the survey data were evaluated using sem statistical analysis, which is thought of as a “second-generation procedure” in today's research surveys [96]. sem provides statistical findings for overall model fit and allows estimation of all potential correlations between observable and latent variables simultaneously by combining multiple regression and component analysis [102]. it was determined to use sem as an advanced inferential analysis approach for this research because it aims to evaluate a proposed framework with multiple dependent variables and support hypotheses, ensuring robustness in the outcomes. confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) was used to evaluate the “measurement model” which is the first step of the sem process and path analysis was used to evaluate the structural model which is the second step of the sem process [93, 103]. further, the “validity and reliability” of the scale and constructs were determined by measurement model fit (mmf), as demonstrated by cronbach's (α), convergent validity, and discriminant validity assessments [93]. 5. data analysis and research results various statistical techniques were employed by researchers to formulate and validate the research outcomes. in the first generation, factor analysis and regression analysis were widely employed and prevalent. since the 1990s, there has been a drastic shift toward more complex multivariate techniques like sem, which has dominated the field of study in the second generation of research [104]. mmf indices and structural model fit indices are the two main components that are followed to analyse the model as part of sem. before conducting the formal sem analysis, specifically the mmf and structural model fit (smf) assessments, we first analysed voter attitudes toward e-voting and its associated constructs. figure 2 displays a stacked bar graph illustrating voter perceptions across eight key constructs: government, technology, process, perceived public value, ease of use, trust, usage attitude, and e-voting usage intention. each construct is broken down into five response categories: strongly disagree, disagree, neutral, agree, and strongly agree. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 942 figure 2. a stacked bar graph illustrating voter perceptions across e-voting constructs overall, voters exhibit a generally positive attitude toward e-voting, particularly regarding ease of use, usage attitude, and usage intention. however, a moderate proportion of neutral responses suggests there is room to strengthen voter confidence through targeted education and communication initiatives. notably, slightly higher levels of disagreement are observed in the government and technology categories, indicating persistent concerns around security and transparency. addressing these issues will be critical to building trust and enhancing the perceived public value of e-voting systems, both essential for driving broader adoption. while voter sentiment toward e-voting is largely favourable, especially usability, perceived value, and intent to use, specific concerns over governmental involvement and technological robustness remain. these findings highlight the importance of ongoing trust-building efforts. 5.1. mmf analysis the mmf evaluation in this research was executed using amos graphics v.24. the preliminary research was conducted by employing cfa and the scale’s “validity and reliability estimation” which are part of the sem statistical approach for confirming the proposed mmf in this study [93]. cfa was employed to evaluate the measurement model, aiming to verify whether the constructs exhibited adequate validity and consistent reliability within the proposed scale. the primary objective of cfa is to identify the factor structure, helping researchers determine how effectively the observed variables represent their underlying factors [103]. this was done before considering the implied theoretical framework and making conjectures about the relationships between the included constructs and their embraced items. two metrics were considered in order to obtain the measurement model's fit: goodness-of-fit (gof) and the measurement model's validity and reliability [93]. "chi-square (χ2), goodness of fit index (gfi), adjusted goodness of fit index (agfi), root mean square of error approximation (rmsea), comparative fit index (cfi), incremental fit index (ifi), root mean square residual (rmr), normalized fit index (nfi), and tucker–lewis index (tli)" were among the mmf indices proposed by hooper et al. [105] that were taken into consideration. table 2 shows the cfa results pertaining to mmf. table 2. cfa test results cfa results scale values references chi-square 1.749 <3 [103, 105-108] gfi 0.937 >0.9 agfi 0.905 ≥0.85 cfi 0.948 ≥0.85 rmr 0.041 <0.05 nfi 0.950 ≥0.85 rfi 0.932 ≥0.85 ifi 0.948 ≥0.85 tli 0.942 ≥0.85 rmsea 0.038 <0.08 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% government technology process perceived public value ease of use trust usage attitude e-voting usage intension voter attitudes toward e-voting across key constructs strongly disagree disagree neutral agree strongly agree hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 943 mmf's second step involves measuring the suggested scale's “validity and reliability”. by utilizing a variety of established analysis practices, we assessed the “validity and reliability” of the involved constructs included in the suggested framework. the internal consistency of the 40 proposed items for the scale is confirmed through the application of cronbach's (α) test. cronbach's (α) was used to assess the proposed scale's reliability and values within the range of 0.78 to 0.85 were found to satisfy the cronbach's (α ≥ 0.7) criterion set by hair et al. [93]. the following step was to determine the construct’s validity. construct’s validity is determined by calculating the “discriminant and convergent validity” of the proposed constructs [109, 110]. according to bagozzi & yi [108] and hair et al. [93] “convergent validity was assessed using the following criteria: (i) factor loading or standardized regression weights >0.50; (ii) average variance extracted (ave) >0.50 of each construct; and (iii) composite reliability (cr) >0.70” as also mentioned in zaidi et al. [111] study. table 3 illustrates that the results collected exceeded the requirements for convergent validity. table 3. reliability and validity tests results constructs /factors scale’s items factor loadings s.m.c. (r2) cronbach (αc) c.r. a.v.e. government (gov) gov1 0.661 0.623 0.933 0.859 0.550 gov2 0.810 0.436 gov3 0.738 0.656 gov4 0.701 0.544 gov5 0.699 0.490 gov6 0.661 0.623 technology (tech) tech1 0.772 0.596 0.877 0.851 0.535 tech2 0.691 0.478 tech4 0.827 0.683 tech5 0.683 0.467 tech6 0.671 0.450 process (pro) pro1 0.748 0.559 0.882 0.880 0.586 pro3 0.811 0.658 pro4 0.769 0.592 pro5 0.796 0.633 pro6 0.699 0.488 perceived public value (ppv) ppv1 0.720 0.518 0.902 0.839 0.505 ppv2 0.770 0.593 ppv3 0.743 0.553 ppv4 0.666 0.444 ppv5 0.647 0.419 perceived ease of use (peos) peos1 0.699 0.489 0.904 0.813 0.511 peos2 0.718 0.516 peos3 0.768 0.590 poes4 0.640 0.410 citizen’s trust (ct) ct1 0.763 0.583 0.868 0.828 0.547 ct2 0.786 0.617 ct3 0.697 0.486 ct4 0.709 0.503 usage attitude (ua) ua1 0.832 0.693 0.899 0.826 0.545 ua2 0.812 0.659 ua3 0.764 0.584 ua4 0.737 0.543 e-voting usage intention (eui) eui1 0.664 0.441 0.832 0.857 0.579 eui2 0.788 0.621 eui3 0.842 0.709 eui4 0.739 0.546 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 944 after performing various rounds of amos mmfs, items (tech3., pro2, and eui5) were dropped from the proposed framework. additionally, the mmf was verified using the discriminant validity test [93]. for confirming the discriminant validity, obtained values as outcomes in the diagonal are evidently higher than values in the other columns, as shown clearly in table 4. each individual construct's “discriminant validity” points toward how appropriately it can be revealed that it determines various constructs or factors. by interpreting test findings, we can verify that every test that came before it showed that the mmf was found to be suitable for examining the structural model fit in a later stage. table 4. discriminant validity test results tech peos ppv ct eui pro gov ua tech 0.789 peos 0.102 0.708 ppv 0.091 0.142 0.735 ct 0.047 0.049 0.015 0.739 eui 0.079 0.022 0.007 0.152 0.740 pro 0.086 0.125 0.082 0.040 0.024 0.743 gov 0.131 0.122 0.057 0.027 0.067 0.046 0.741 ua 0.047 0.037 0.044 0.058 0.101 0.139 0.289 0.747 the next step explains the hypothesis testing using structural model fit. 5.2. structural model fit analysis after assessing the mmf's validity and reliability for the suggested scale, the next stage involved utilizing structural model fit indices to assess the proposed components' hypothesized associations. we carried out a structural model fit estimation to evaluate the predictability of the model and the significance of the constructs’ relationships [93]. sem has developed a technique for determining the correlation between latent variables, and the hypothesized relationships were confirmed by path analysis through amos graphics. table 5 exhibits the structural model’s fit evaluation results. in this structural model fit evaluation, the critical-ratio or t-value (benchmark >=1.96), path coefficient value (β), and p-values at (≤ 0.001***; ≤ 0.01**; < 0.05*) were computed as indicated by hair et al. [93]. table 5. hypothesis test results hypothesis path s.e. path coefficient (β) c.r. (t-value) p-level hypothesis accept/reject h1 gov → ct 0.040 0.17 2.589 0.010 accept h2 tech → ct 0.075 0.25 3.585 *** accept h3 pro → ct 0.057 0.50 5.860 *** accept h4 ppv → ct 0.045 -0.07 -1.115 0.265 reject h5 ppv → ua 0.057 0.21 3.207 0.001 accept h6 peos → ct 0.073 0.81 7.408 *** accept h7 peos → ua 0.093 0.39 3.386 *** accept h8 ct → ua 0.136 0.38 3.391 *** accept h9 ct → eui 0.104 0.36 3.690 *** accept h10 ua → eui 0.101 0.52 4.583 *** accept we provided the verified version of the theoretical framework we had proposed for assessing consumers' e-voting adoption after the structural and measurement models were successfully implemented. figure 3 indicates the intended proven e-voting adoption framework, which models all accepted and rejected hypothesized relationships. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 945 figure 3. e-voting adoption framework 6. findings and discussion the aim of this recent empirical study was to investigate the factors that affect the adoption of e-voting and albanian citizens intentions to continue using e-voting systems. this study was piloted to identify and evaluate the novel factors influencing citizens’ acceptance of electronic voting (e-voting) in albania through a quantitative analysis. data were collected via a structured questionnaire distributed to a representative sample of albanian citizens, and the responses were analysed using sem to validate the hypothesized relationships between proposed constructs and e-voting acceptance. as mentioned in the framework development section, the tam model [15] was considered as the base model in this study. further, tam theory has been blended and used in other distinct aspects to define certain contexts in diverse research settings. thus, the current study found several decisive factors to ascertain the citizens’ e-voting adoption and intention to continue the usage of e-voting. following a careful examination of the literature and the impact of intended adoption on the use of e-voting systems in albania, eight factors/constructs were found significant. the impact of each of these eight factors was measured using amos software, and path coefficients (β) were determined to confirm the constructs’ relationship as illustrated in figure 2. results indicate that eight of the ten hypotheses were validated and confirmed the hypothesized relationships among proposed factors. figure 2 shows positive hypothesized relationships of hypotheses from h1 to h10, excluding h4, which couldn’t meet the criteria. the endogenous factors in the newly presented integrated framework are ct, ua, and eui, while the exogenous factors are gov, tech, pro, ppv, and peos. hypothesis h4 with relationship (ppv → ct) was not proven due to insignificant threshold criteria including negative critical ratio (-1.115 <1.96), p-value .265, and β (-.07). this result endorsed that within the context of albanian e-voting systems, citizen’s perceived public value as a factor didn’t influence citizen’s trust while utilizing e-voting. according to constable et al. [112]. public value can be expressed as “a systematic approach towards thinking with regard to public management and constant enhancements in public or citizens' services”, also promoting a strong sense of core accountability while offering public services to the citizens [113]. for academics, assessing public value is crucial to verifying theories regarding the potential origins and effects of public value. it is sometimes challenging to quantitatively evaluate theories about how to maximize public value or the influence public value has on citizens' lives without a valid and reliable way to quantify an organization's public value [114]. in the contemporary e-governmental environment, which is surrounded by both the digital age and the traditional information asymmetry between the government and citizens, e-government is not limited in its integrity as a public value but rather as a fundamental condition for governance. reducing corruption in a nation requires efforts in many facets of society. as with the correlation between political stability, as it relates to politics, and factors such as corruption, transparency, openness, and accessibility in public administration, is strongly linked to corruption [115]. as a result, e-government is highlighted as a cutting-edge tool and a successful promotion strategy. this preceding discussion establishes the connection between public honesty, government trust, and the development of e-government. the fundamental assumption related to public value is that a nation with a high degree of integrity would also have a high level of trust in its government. the discussion also emphasizes the importance of the relationship between the perceived value of public interest in e-government and, therefore, building public trust in the e-government system. the path analysis of the hypothesized association h1 between (gov→ ct) indicates a positive relationship between citizens' trust in the government e-voting system with accepted values (β =0.17, t =2.589, **p-value), and this finding is in line with. the study of sindermann et al. [51] entitled “internet voting: the role of personality traits and trust across three parliamentary elections in estonia” confirmed the relationship amongst e-government voting openness with citizens’ trust and explained how the role of government in the e-voting system enhances the citizens’ trust. further, hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 946 within the context of e-government service acceptance, similar positive relationships have been observed between egovernment and citizens’ trust in other studies [116, 117]. the government (gov) in the present study considers various items in the proposed scale embraced “free and fair election through e-voting, integrity, competence, safe electronic service, and effective e-voting” to the citizens. these scale items for measuring government efforts play an important role in building citizens’ trust toward the adoption of e-voting. the preceding arguments brought us to the inference that perceptions of the government agency's honesty and capacity to deliver e-services are referred to as trust in the government agency because this confidence reflects the perception of dependability and integrity; thus, citizens must have faith in their government agency and its e-services. voters will evaluate how their personal information will be utilized because e-voting entails the exchange of personal information between the voter and the voting organization. additionally, voters must have faith that the organization running the e-voting, whether it be the government or a third party, has the resources and intelligence needed to set up and safeguard the voting system. this assurance and conviction will foster trust, which has a significant influence on the adoption of technology in our study of e-voting. prior research has demonstrated a relationship between trust and the perceived value of online services comparable to the relationship of e-voting with e-government [118]. furthermore, it has been suggested that e-voting online may depend on one's level of trust in a government agency. some governments frequently enlist the help of a third party to oversee the technology behind the services they offer (for instance, perhaps outsourcing the entire system and procedure to a private vendor) [85]. although previous research looks at citizens' trust in government organizations when it comes to online voting, it is unclear if citizens will trust a private third party and how their intention to vote online will be impacted by that trust. for this reason, previous studies recommended incorporating a third party into the online voting trust process. hypothesized relationship h2 confirmed the path and positive association between (tech → ct) with values (β =0.25, t =3.585, ***p value), which means that the technological aspect of e-voting affects the citizens’ trust while citizens perform e-voting. the perception of technology construct (tech) in this study incorporates various items on a proposed scale, including secured e-voting for elections, uninterrupted technology while citizens cast their votes, an error-free robust software system, and a user-friendly interface. a recent study by zhu et al. [5] examines “the multidimensional trust of technology in citizens’ adoption of e-voting in developing countries” and studies the effect of security and privacy of citizens in building technological trust. the finding of the present study not only emphasizes security and privacy issues in e-voting but also covers other software and hardware-related technological aspects, as mentioned earlier in the explanation of the hypothesized relationship. the development of citizens’ trust in e-voting is intimately associated with trust in the government electoral agencies as well as the technology that is in place for offering e-voting systems to the citizens [5, 84, 119]. in the context of an organization, trust is the readiness to put one's faith in someone else. the adoption of internet-based technologies, such as websites, cloud services, mobile services, and security apps, is significantly influenced by trust. it also established how important trust is in systems related to egovernment and e-commerce. various academic studies have previously looked at the variables influencing the adoption of online voting. trust has been identified as one of the primary determinants of adoption and acceptance among these characteristics. carter & belanger discovered that american individuals' intentions to use online voting are highly influenced by their perceptions of compatibility, simplicity of use, and faith in the government and the internet. technological, institutional, and social variables all have an impact on e-voting trust. to achieve this, scholars have investigated and tackled technology-related issues pertaining to trust, including data secrecy, message integrity, and authentication. the role of trust in technology and in an organization that oversees the voting process (usually a government agency) has been studied by others[85, 118]. analysed results related to hypothesis h3 confirmed a positive relationship among (pro → ct) and showed the effect of the e-voting process on building citizens’ trust. this relationship was observed as positive with the accepted benchmark path analysis values (β =0.50, t =5.860, ***p value). governments have been forced to act and use internetbased solutions to help their population because of the worldwide push for digitization. internet voting is one such approach that has drawn increasing attention. it-based voting, also known as e-voting, has been used to describe a variety of techniques, including electronic voting machines, punch cards, optical scans, private computer networks, internet-based applications, or specialized voting kiosks. in addition to voter restraint and the possibility of electoral fraud, traditional voting systems, which use a paper-based procedure, are frequently regarded as ineffective and fraught with security problems [118]. therefore, the role of government agencies' e-voting process selection becomes pivotal in executing the e-voting system in their respective countries. this means government electoral agencies should adhere to a robust e-voting process to gain the utmost citizens’ attention so that citizens get inclined to maximize their participation in the e-voting process. citizen identification, explanation of the clear e-voting process, transparency in e-voting, and the process to limit casting an e-vote once were considered as relevant scale items to measure process factors in the present study. alomari [23] in his study mentioned that “the primary indicators of public trust in the jordanian government are its capacity to conduct various e-voting procedures, process and handle various forms, and give residents up-to-date election-related information”. our results are comparable to some former studies [14, 120] associated with egovernment service adoptions with respect to different countries, where performance expectations “a decisive factor” considered as in the e-government process, and its effect on citizens’ trust was found to be positive. according to zaidi et al. [119], trust in e-government refers to people's belief that they are shielded from fraud, uncertainty, and harm when utilizing e-government services. one technological solution offered by government organizations is trust in egovernment, and citizens who expect government employees to be trustworthy have a reciprocal relationship between government entities that provide public services and the private sector. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 947 people's faith in e-government is demonstrated in their interactions with the government, where they believe it will behave justly and fairly [121]. the availability of information that enables external stakeholders to keep an eye on an organization's internal operations is known as transparency; more precisely, it is contemplated as the process transparency. many citizens believe that increasing government openness is one way to enhance governance. governments can prevent problems like corruption, improve their effectiveness and credibility, and encourage good governance with the aid of openness. transparency, or the right to know, was considered a fundamental human right. the growth and spread of the online environment in the modern period appear to have made it easier for governments to make additional information available to the public for the benefit of citizens. process transparency is currently seen as the solution to one of the most subtle problems facing governance: citizens' growing mistrust of the government [48]. hypothesized relationship h4 was negative and rejected as discussed earlier; however, hypothesized relationship h5 among (ppv → ua) proves the positive confirmed hypothesized relationship via accepted benchmark values (β =0.21, t =3.207, .001-p value). this finding is similar to the study of xin et al. [40] which confirmed the relationship among public values and citizen’s attitudes. within the context of government public value, to reclaim the citizens' confidence, governments should employ modern electronic government systems to improve public governance, openness, government information and services, and accountability [44]. h5 hypothesized relationship amongst ppv and ua identified as positive where ppv factor considers essential factor items involving convince, openness, accountability, and smooth accessibility as scale items regarding the government e-voting system in albania. according to bannister & connolly [122], the “public value of e-government is known that technology is not value-free; rather, its implementation is driven by perceived values”. knowledge of public sector management is necessary to comprehend e-government and the benefits it is meant to provide. public and private organizations have different concerns, even though they both exist to benefit people. while government organizations serve individuals as constituents, private organizations serve people as consumers and strive to maximize profit. because of this, government agencies are more concerned with accounting for "public value" in addition to seeking financial revenue to maintain their operations [123]. the concept of public value, according to cordella & bonina [124], is a more effective way to handle the intricate sociopolitical effects of ict adoption in the public sector. public sector changes, according to the public value framework, are composite results of widely held expectations of justice, legitimacy, and trust; their impact would vary depending on the social and political environment. the preceding discussion emphasizes on various factors where citizens’ attitudes are formed due to public value. hypothesis h6 and hypothesis h7 were found positive and have shown significant positive relationships among (peos → ct) and (poes → ua) with accepted path values (β =0.81, t =7.408, ***p value) and (β =0.39, t =3.386, ***p value). these two findings explain that when citizens perform e-voting to cast their vote, then “perceived ease of use (peos)” is an essential factor that affects the citizens’ trust and fosters citizens’ attitudes toward utilizing the government e-voting system. similarly, the study of alomari [23] presented the relationship between perceived ease of use and adoption attitude towards the e-voting system. however, within the context of e-government adoption, few studies [14, 120] examined the relationship between effort expectancy and citizens’ attitudes concerning e-government adoption. peos factor in the authors’ present study comprises the items “e-voting process clarity, understandability, flexibility, quickness, skilfulness, and tracking voting results” in the proposed scale. in a variety of application domains, such as online voting and e-government, perceived ease of use is positively correlated with usage attitude and trust. yang et al. [41] highlight that a usable system illustrates the efforts made by a service provider to make the online system less complicated and easier to use, lowering the effort needed from the target consumers. as a result, service providers gain credibility. if an online voting system is user-friendly, citizens will view it as an attempt by the organization to establish a reliable environment. users will be more inclined to believe the organization using e-voting in this responsible setting. perceived usefulness illustrates a person's conviction that utilizing a system will enhance performance. according to davis [15], a technology's perceived utility and usability play a major role in its acceptability. since then, one of the most important indicators of technology acceptance is usability embraced in various research settings. our other important assumption is that people view e-voting as more beneficial when they have confidence in the government, but this is not the case when a third party oversees the process. these results suggest that citizens must first feel a certain degree of inclination towards e-voting services before they can develop a positive opinion and attitude toward them. having said that, e-government services such as e-voting must be advantageous to users and make it easier for them to perform [125]. hypothesized association h8 between (ct → ua) along ct shows a positive relationship with citizen’s ua through anticipated benchmark values (β =0.38, t =3.391, ***p value) in this present e-voting adoption study. likewise, studies of [23, 24, 120, 126] also confirmed the relationships among e-government service, citizens’ trust, and citizens’ adoption attitude. factors ct and ua in the proposed framework embraced scale items “corruption-free voting, confidentiality, transparency” and “improve efficiency, increase voter turnout, increase voter’s motivation”, which were found very much relevant to the chosen factors. our study is in line with the study of decman & kozel [24] entitled "examining the impacts of technology and trust on i-voting acceptance in the covid-19 aftermath,” which studied the impact of technology on trust in institutions and technology. according to decman & kozel [24], trust in the internet voting system and electoral administration has an optimistic influence on voters’ voting attitudes. the term "trust in technology" refers to the collection of technologies that make it possible to use an e-service, and it is somewhat broad. since trust hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 948 has been demonstrated to positively affect citizen participation in the operation of government and society, it is essential when ict is used to support democratic processes (e-democracy) [127]. building trust in e-services is mostly dependent on government organizations tasked with maintaining the integrity of the election process. the conviction that the government is a reliable source that can hold free and fair elections in a digital setting is known as faith in the online voting system. one of the most notable contributions of this study was the inclusion of citizens’ trust as a novel construct, separated into trust in technology and trust in government institutions. both were statistically significant, with trust in institutions having a stronger impact. this emphasizes the importance of institutional transparency and accountability in shaping public readiness for digital transformation in governance. finally, hypothesis h9 and hypothesis h10 were proven as positive and have flashed significant positive relationships between (ct → eui) and (ua → eui) with admitted path values (β =0.36, t =3.690, ***p value) and (β =0.52, t =4.583, ***p value). hypothesis h9 confirmed the relationship between citizens’ trust with e-voting usage adoption intention, and hypothesis h10 confirmed the relationship between citizens’ usage attitude and e-voting usage adoption intention. these two relationships are in line with previous studies [24, 120, 126, 128]. predominantly, the findings related to hypotheses h8 and h9 may give preliminary credence to the idea that there are positive relationships between citizen’s trust in e-voting and citizens’ attitude and citizens’ adoption intention, at the same time sindermann et al. (2023) [51] suggest that citizens’ trust may act as a mediator in the relationship between agreeableness and e-voting. voter turnout has been demonstrated to be a habit-forming phenomenon. in other words, there is a good chance that someone who participates in elections once and has a positive attitude toward them will do so again. when the prospect of a new voting system presents itself, the question is whether the voter will still hold these views. we presume that sentiments on voting in elections through conventional means are mirrored in online voting, as proposed by melenchuk & khutkyy [129]. in light of the preceding studies, it is concluded that one important factor influencing the adoption of technology in its widest meaning is trust in it. most of the research on online voting acceptance focuses on the portion of technological trust that pertains to the online exclusively. potential internet voters in more developed nations are obviously accustomed to using the internet through e-commerce services, but other aspects of internet voting systems are less known and, as a result, are not as trusted. when employing internet voting, we assume that voters view the internet and associated services as a reliable platform. therefore, governments who wish to implement e-voting in their respective countries should consider such factors to guarantee public confidence in terms of citizens’ trust in it. consequently, these will lead the citizens to adopt e-voting and continue their intentions to use it in the future, too. the current study adds to the body of knowledge on this subject by examining the relationships between citizens’ behaviour toward the adoption of e-voting. since technology is becoming more useful in the way governments provide services to the public, the adoption of e-voting systems has become increasingly important in recent years. studying e-government usage from a variety of angles is crucial to provide important stakeholders with the space they need to make the most of it. when citizens use e-government platforms, systems, or technologies to receive government services, they frequently consider some important factors such as participation, transparency, and citizens’ confidence. through literature and empirical research, this study offers a comprehensive description of these dimensions and their relationship to the tam variables. as the tam model is the base model adopted in this study so through modifications and extensions to the tam’s fundamental principles, the newly proposed model for e-voting adoption reasonably evolved by appending several new factors and assessed in the context of e-voting adoption in albania. 7. implications of the study 7.1. theoretical implications in many ways, this study contributes to the body of knowledge and adequately responds to former calls for further quantitative studies on e-voting [130]. within the perspective of e-voting, further quantitative investigations are highly sought and identification of the novel factors for evaluating the e-voting adoption is essentially required [33]. to the best of the associated authors’ knowledge, within the perspective of e-voting adoption, there is a great dearth of any dedicated framework. several studies have used tam to assess e-government services, but limited studies have been carried out to evaluate e-voting adoption. those studies that used tam show the genuine nonexistence of relevant factors in their extended tam-based research, which didn’t cover the exclusive factors from governmental, technical, administrative, and human behaviour perspectives. thus, to understand the e-voting adoption phenomenon, the inclusion of such exclusive factors to tam was performed with careful consideration. tam theory was extended to contemporary technology adoption theory in this study so that the implications of this extended theory could be evolved in the e-voting adoption domain. considering the aforementioned arguments, we state that our study contributes significantly to the field of e-voting adoption evaluation from the citizens’ perspective. our study formulated a unique framework by comprising novel factors such as government, technology, process, perceived public value, perceived ease of use, citizens’ trust, usage attitude, and e-voting usage intention to study the adoption of e-voting in albania. these incorporated new factors/constructs to the tam were found to affect citizens' intentions to utilize e-voting systems. the study provides fresh perspectives on the intricate interplay among the factors affecting the uptake of new technologies in e-voting. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 949 considering the theoretical aspect, this study involved new factors/constructs of the tam that were found to affect citizens' intentions to utilize e-voting systems. additionally, this study contributes significantly to closing the gap between the implementation of an e-voting system in an albanian society and its theoretical design. the study demonstrates that this e-voting adoption framework may be applied to determine the factors associated with the adoption of e-voting in particular south european countries too. we believe that this work advances the idea of e-voting and to an extent innovates the way to evaluate the adoption of e-government too. 7.2. practical implications in addition to theoretical research implications, there are various implications to put into practice. future potential for internet applications in the political progression is continuously emerging, and the integration of e-services into the political process is expanding over time [128]. citizens are concerned about using the internet not just to gain information about voting but also willing to vote online instead of utilizing ballot paper, which is now termed as e-voting. it is recommended that government organizations leverage technological advancements to continuously enhance the simplicity and expediency of e-voting. according to decman & kozel [24] as mentioned in their study related to the impact of technology and trust in internet voting in slovenia, the primary challenge is developing a transparent and safe voting technology system. election administrations or agencies should be transparent to the public so that they are informed about these institutions' reliability, their ability to hold free and fair elections, and their proficiency with the technology that enables a smooth e-voting process. considering the preceding arguments, the findings from this study could offer some practical implications. involving eight novel factors in tam, the extended tam covers the administrative and technological aspects, and findings from this framework could direct government agencies on how to set up an organizational and technical framework to improve the likelihood of the e-voting process in their region or respective country. since these contributions are exclusive to our research, the literature on e-government adoption has been enriched, especially regarding e-voting framework validation. further, the findings of this study will provide valuable insights into the challenges associated with e-voting and how to persuade citizens to embrace it, particularly for the central election commission, which oversees the implementation of e-voting initiatives in albania. 8. conclusion the objective of the current study was to examine the factors that influence a citizen's intention to adopt e-voting using the tam and web trust theories of technology adoption. this study examines albanian citizens’ adoption intention to vote electronically by empirical data approach. 308 responders made up the sample size for this study. spss and amos software were utilized to perform sem for analysing the data. the results showed a high degree of validity for the proposed constructions. when compared to previous studies on the acceptance of e-voting, our findings offer a more comprehensive empirical analysis of e-voting. to the best of our knowledge, this study is among the first to address and evaluate albania's e-voting adoption intention of the introduced albanian e-voting system. thus, the present research contributes to the expanding corpus of literature on electronic voting. this study on the citizens’ adoption intention to vote electronically has increased our understanding of the tam, which describes citizens’ acceptance and uptake of new technologies within the context of e-government. this study combines potential constructs of e-voting adoption among albanian citizens to increase understanding of technology adoption models. the study provides fresh perspectives on the intricate interplay among the variables affecting the uptake of new technologies in e-democracies. further, this concluded study has covered the primary factors that could affect citizens' adoption of e-voting. this study establishes a foundation for forthcoming research and investigations into other e-government services in albania and to further validate the proposed framework. election procedures could be revolutionized by the contemporary online voting system, which we call e-voting. evoting can increase voter turnout, particularly among older people and people living in distant places, by making voting easier and more accessible for residents using computers or mobile devices. technology, institutions, and society all have an impact on e-voting. to achieve this, researchers have investigated and tackled technology-related issues pertaining to trust, including data secrecy, message integrity, and authentication. the role of trust in technology acceptance and the e-voting process has been studied by others, but not to such a depth as our model presents. in a broader sense, our results provide more evidence in favour of the generalizability of earlier research carried out in different settings, thus bolstering and expanding existing findings further. even if people from different states have distinct, unique traits, it is helpful to confirm that perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, trust, and usage attitude, other than government, technology, and process, appear to play a universal role in influencing the desire to vote online. we revealed evidence of a strong link between the intention to vote online and the two primary tam components, perceived usefulness and perceived ease of use in line with results from earlier research, including [85, 118] which showed that the propensity to vote online is increased by perceived usefulness. verifying earlier discoveries in a different setting enhances their applicability in this new setting and provides more proof of their generalizability. the findings hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 950 demonstrate that when voting agencies share values, people are more likely to trust them, whether they are governmental or commercial third parties. a common identity and the simplicity of online voting affect public trust in the agency. additionally, the intention to vote online is increased by both tam elements. by aiming to increase citizen voters' trust, usability, and convenience of use, we propose that the design of the e-voting artifacts, including user interface design components, should take our findings into consideration. since technology is becoming more useful in the way governments provide services to the public, the adoption of e-government systems has become increasingly important in recent years. studying e-government usage from a variety of angles is crucial to provide important stakeholders with the space they need to make the most of it. this study sheds light on albanian citizens' adoption of e-government evoting technology. the findings of this study serve as a foundation for transforming laws and policies, as well as a forum for academics and researchers studying technology adoption. given that the study's focus was on the e-voting service provided to citizens, future research may replicate this study in various contexts and community types, such as other balkan nations, to standardize its use. to gauge how citizens use online and digital technology to cast their vote in online environment, it is advised that future research might include cross-national studies. results from future research using different combinations of these variables may differ. 8.1. limitations and future work our understanding of government e-voting, its advantages over ballot paper-based voting systems, and the variables affecting e-voting adoption in albania has improved as a result of this study. there are, nevertheless, certain limitations to this study and have room for further investigation. this study is constrained by its scant discussion of the advantages of employing e-voting systems as well as the prerequisites and potential issues that may arise. furthermore, the study only examined prevalent factors influencing voters' intentions to use e-voting, whereas how the technological e-voting process could be advanced and make the e-voting process fit for various electoral instances in the respective country is not emphasized. security and risks as independent factors are also not substantially covered in the proposed framework; however, these are partially included in the trust factor as scale items. sample collection was largely performed from the capital city of tirana, albania where citizens are aware of the technological aspects of the e-voting system. since majority of survey participants had comparable ages and educational backgrounds, more research will be needed to address concerns pertaining to the digital divide. we further need to revalidate the proposed framework by considering the rural population of albania and assess the rural citizens’ intention towards e-voting adoption. if the proposed framework is validated in other balkan countries, then additionally, we will be able to evaluate the integrated factors’ functionality. 9. declarations 9.1. author contributions conceptualization, v.o. and s.z.; methodology, s.z.; software, v.o.; validation, v.o., s.z., a.k., and m.h.; formal analysis, s.z.; investigation, v.o.; resources, a.k.; data curation, v.o.; writing—original draft preparation, v.o., s.z., a.k., and m.h.; writing—review and editing, v.o., s.z., a.k., and m.h.; visualization, v.o. and m.h.; supervision, v.o.; project administration, v.o. and s.z. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 9.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author 9.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 9.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 9.5. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved in the study. a consent statement for the participants was included in the survey administered. 9.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 951 10. references [1] baudier, p., kondrateva, g., ammi, c., & seulliet, e. (2021). peace engineering: the contribution of blockchain systems to the e-voting process. technological forecasting and social change, 162, 120397. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2020.120397. [2] omotayo, f. o., & adekunle, o. a. (2021). adoption and use of electronic voting system as an option towards credible elections in nigeria. international journal of development issues, 20(1), 38–61. doi:10.1108/ijdi-03-2020-0035. [3] rosacker, k. m., & rosacker, r. e. (2020). voting is a right: a decade of societal, technological and experiential progress towards the goal of remote-access voting. transforming government: people, process and policy, 14(5), 701–712. doi:10.1108/tg-032020-0053. [4] darmawan, i. (2021). e-voting adoption in many countries: a literature review. asian journal of comparative politics, 6(4), 482– 504. doi:10.1177/20578911211040584. [5] zhu, y. q., azizah, a. h., & hsiao, b. (2021). examining multi-dimensional trust of technology in citizens’ adoption of e-voting in developing countries. information development, 37(2), 193–208. doi:10.1177/0266666920902819. [6] lippert, s. k., & ojumu, e. b. (2008). thinking outside of the ballot box: examining public trust in e-voting technology. journal of organizational and end user computing, 20(3), 57–80. doi:10.4018/joeuc.2008070104. [7] abdala, m. b., plescia, c., boyer, m. m., & brunetti, a. l. (2025). trust in government or in technology? what really drives internet voting. political research quarterly, 78(2), 783–796. doi:10.1177/10659129251321424. [8] singh, s., singh, p., rosak-szyrocka, j., & vasa, l. (2024). 5g opportunities in the south pacific: leveraging low-band spectrum for socio-economic development. hightech and innovation journal, 5(2), 508-533. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-020. [9] adeshina, s. a., & ojo, a. (2020). factors for e-voting adoption analysis of general elections in nigeria. government information quarterly, 37(3), 101257. doi:10.1016/j.giq.2017.09.006. [10] gronier, g., reiter, s., & becker, m. (2011). quality of service and citizen profiling in e-government. proceedings of the 11th european conference on e-government (eceg’11), 16-17 june, 2011, ljubljana, slovenia. [11] al-hujran, o., al-debei, m. m., chatfield, a., & migdadi, m. (2015). the imperative of influencing citizen attitude toward egovernment adoption and use. computers in human behavior, 53, 189–203. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2015.06.025. [12] organization for security and co-operation in europe (osce). (2013). handbook for the observation of new voting technologies. osce office for democratic institutions and human rights (odihr), organization for security and cooperation in europe (osce), vienna austria. [13] hoffman, l. j., lawson-jenkins, k., & blum, j. (2006). trust beyond security: an expanded trust model. communications of the acm, 49(7), 94–101. doi:10.1145/1139922.1139924. [14] mensah, i. k. (2020). impact of performance expectancy, effort expectancy, and citizen trust on the adoption of electronic voting system in ghana. international journal of electronic government research, 16(2), 19-32. doi:10.4018/ijegr.2020040102. [15] davis, f. d. (1989). perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology. mis quarterly: management information systems, 13(3), 319–339. doi:10.2307/249008. [16] rogers everett, m. (1995). diffusion of innovations, free press, new york, united states. [17] central election commission (cec). (2022). report on 2021 annual activity. central election commission (cec), albania. available online: https://kqz.gov.al/ (accessed on september 2025). [18] osce. (2021). international election observation mission republic of albania–parliamentary elections, organization for security and co-operation in europe (osce), vienna austria. [19] office for democratic institutions and human rights. (2023). republic of albania local elections, 14 may 2023: odihr election observation mission final report. organization for security and co-operation in europe (osce), vienna austria [20] bouras, c., katris, n., & triantafillou, v. (2003). an electronic voting service to support decision-making in local government. telematics and informatics, 20(3), 255–274. doi:10.1016/s0736-5853(03)00017-0. [21] oostveen, a.-m., & van den besselaar, p. (2004). internet voting technologies and civic participation: the users’ perspective. javnost the public, 11(1), 61–78. doi:10.1080/13183222.2004.11008847. [22] kumar, s., & walia, e. (2011). analysis of electronic voting system in various countries. international journal on computer science and engineering, 3(5), 1825-1830. [23] alomari, m. k. (2016). e-voting adoption in a developing country. transforming government: people, process and policy, 10(4), 526–547. doi:10.1108/tg-11-2015-0046. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 952 [24] decman, m., & kozel, e. (2023). examining the impacts of technology and trust on i-voting acceptance in the covid-19 aftermath. international journal of electronic government research, 19(1), 1–23. doi:10.4018/ijegr.327454. [25] angkhasakulkiat, r., puriwat, w., & hoonsopon, d. (2025). digital literacy for business performance: a study of entrepreneurs. hightech and innovation journal, 6(1), 273–288. doi:10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-018. [26] moletsane, t., & tsibolane, p. (2022). intention to adopt e-voting: a perspective of south african youth. 2022 ist-africa conference, ist-africa 2022, 1–11. doi:10.23919/ist-africa56635.2022.9845522. [27] yin, k. y., chin, k. y., meng, c. l., & pung, n. c. (2020). the determinants of intention to use e-voting system: the case of generation x in malaysia. journal of business management and accounting, 10(1), 47–64. doi:10.32890/jbma2020.10.1.3. [28] fakhoury, r., & aubert, b. (2015). citizenship, trust, and behavioural intentions to use public e-services: the case of lebanon. international journal of information management, 35(3), 346–351. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2015.02.002. [29] adeshina, s. a., & ojo, a. (2014). towards improved adoption of e-voting. proceedings of the 8th international conference on theory and practice of electronic governance, 403–412. doi:10.1145/2691195.2691255. [30] ojo, a., adeshina, t., & ayo, c. (2006). electronic voting: lessons and guide for developing countries. proceedings of the 6th european conference on e-government, eceg2006, 27-28 april, 2006, marburg, germany. [31] sampigethaya, k., & poovendran, r. (2006). a framework and taxonomy for comparison of electronic voting schemes. computers and security, 25(2), 137–153. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2005.11.003. [32] qadah, g. z., & taha, r. (2007). electronic voting systems: requirements, design, and implementation. computer standards and interfaces, 29(3), 376–386. doi:10.1016/j.csi.2006.06.001. [33] anagreh, l. f., & abu-shanab, e. a. (2017). voter’s intention to use electronic voting systems. international journal of ebusiness research, 13(3), 20–38. doi:10.4018/ijebr.2017070105. [34] alabri, r., shaikh, a. k., ali, s., & al-badi, a. h. (2022). designing an e-voting framework using blockchain technology: a case study of oman. international journal of electronic government research, 18(2), 1–29. doi:10.4018/ijegr.298203. [35] pham, t. t. h., ngoc, t. t. b., cuong, d. m., binh, d. t., & si, l. t. (2024). digital skills of human resources: exploratory research of innovations in enterprises. hightech and innovation journal, 5(3), 730–742. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-013. [36] melnykova, n., buchyn, m., albota, s., fedushko, s., & kashuba, s. (2019). the special ways for processing personalized data during voting in elections. advances in intelligent systems and computing iv, 781–791. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-336950_52. [37] bélanger, f., & carter, l. (2008). trust and risk in e-government adoption. the journal of strategic information systems, 17(2), 165–176. doi:10.1016/j.jsis.2007.12.002. [38] norris, p. (2013). the new research agenda studying electoral integrity. electoral studies, 32(4), 563–575. doi:10.1016/j.electstud.2013.07.015. [39] rahul, gulia, p., & gill, n. s. (2025). articulation of blockchain enabled e-voting systems: a systematic literature review. peerto-peer networking and applications, 18(3), 142. doi:10.1007/s12083-025-01956-3. [40] xin, y., dilanchiev, a., ali, m., irfan, m., & hong, y. (2022). assessing citizens’ attitudes and intentions to adopt egovernment services: a roadmap toward sustainable development. sustainability (switzerland), 14(22), 15183. doi:10.3390/su142215183. [41] yang, z., shi, y., & yan, h. (2016). scale, congestion, efficiency and effectiveness in e-commerce firms. electronic commerce research and applications, 20, 171–182. doi:10.1016/j.elerap.2016.07.003. [42] karunia, r. l., darmawansyah, d., dewi, k. s., & prasetyo, j. h. (2023). the importance of good governance in the government organization. hightech and innovation journal, 4(1), 75–89. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-01-06. [43] bailey, a., minto-coy, i., & thakur, d. (2017). it governance in e-government implementations in the caribbean: key characteristics and mechanisms. information technology governance in public organizations: theory and practice, 201–227. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-58978-7_9. [44] oni, s., oni, a. a., ibietan, j., & deinde-adedeji, g. o. (2020). e-consultation and the quest for inclusive governance in nigeria. cogent social sciences, 6(1), 1823601. doi:10.1080/23311886.2020.1823601. [45] fuster, r., & grandón, e. e. (2021). determinants of e-voting acceptance in chile: an approach based on the utaut model. iberian conference on information systems and technologies, cisti, 1–6. doi:10.23919/cisti52073.2021.9476668. [46] krimmer, r., duenas-cid, d., & krivonosova, i. (2021). debate: safeguarding democracy during pandemics. social distancing, postal, or internet voting—the good, the bad or the ugly? public money and management, 41(1), 8–10. doi:10.1080/09540962.2020.1766222. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 953 [47] krishnan, s., teo, t. s. h., & lymm, j. (2017). determinants of electronic participation and electronic government maturity: insights from cross-country data. international journal of information management, 37(4), 297–312. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2017.03.002. [48] mensah, i. k., zeng, g., & luo, c. (2020). e-government services adoption: an extension of the unified model of electronic government adoption. sage open, 10(2), 2158244020933593,. doi:10.1177/2158244020933593. [49] samayamanthula, v. c. g., & kodati, s. p. (2025). an effective e-voting enhancement system through multi secret image sharing security system. knowledge-based systems, 315, 113239. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2025.113239. [50] rexha, b., neziri, v., & dervishi, r. (2023). enhancing trustworthiness and interoperability of electronic voting systems through blockchain bridges. hightech and innovation journal, 4(4), 749–760. doi:10.28991/hij-2023-04-04-04. [51] sindermann, c., rozgonjuk, d., solvak, m., realo, a., & vassil, k. (2023). internet voting: the role of personality traits and trust across three parliamentary elections in estonia. current psychology, 42(30), 26555-26569. doi:10.1007/s12144-022-03644-4. [52] davis, f. d., & venkatesh, v. (1996). a critical assessment of potential measurement biases in the technology acceptance model: three experiments. international journal of human computer studies, 45(1), 19–45. doi:10.1006/ijhc.1996.0040. [53] sensuse, d. i., pratama, p. b., & riswanto. (2020). conceptual model of e-voting in indonesia. proceedings of 2020 international conference on information management and technology, icimtech 2020, 387–392. doi:10.1109/icimtech50083.2020.9211156. [54] aljarrah, e., elrehail, h., & aababneh, b. (2016). e-voting in jordan: assessing readiness and developing a system. computers in human behavior, 63, 860–867. doi:10.1016/j.chb.2016.05.076. [55] chiang, l. (2009). trust and security in the e-voting system. electronic government, 6(4), 343-360. doi:10.1504/eg.2009.027782. [56] agarwal, r. (2000). individual acceptance of information technologies. framing the domains of it management projecting the future through the past, 85-104. [57] assibong, p., & oshanisi, o. (2018). the role of information and communication technology (ict) in the 2015 presidential election of nigeria. journal of culture, society and development, 38, 1-7. [58] ishaqsalimonu, r., rozaini bt. sheik osman, w., jaleel kehinde shittu, a., jimoh, j., & g, r. (2013). adoption of e-voting system in nigeria: a conceptual framework. international journal of applied information systems, 5(5), 8–14. doi:10.5120/ijais13-450912. [59] schaupp, l. c., & carter, l. (2005). e-voting: from apathy to adoption. journal of enterprise information management, 18(5), 586–601. doi:10.1108/17410390510624025. [60] bauer, p. c., & freitag, m. (2017). measuring trust. the oxford handbook of social and political trust, 15, 15–36. doi:10.1093/oxfordhb/9780190274801.013.1. [61] dowler, e., & mosley, p. (2005). poverty and exclusion in north and south. essays on social policy and global poverty reduction, routledge, london, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9780203987827. [62] lippert, s. k. (2007). investigating postadoption utilization: an examination into the role of interorganizational and technology trust. ieee transactions on engineering management, 54(3), 468–483. doi:10.1109/tem.2007.900792. [63] powell, a., williams, c. k., bock, d. b., doellman, t., & allen, j. (2012). e-voting intent: a comparison of young and elderly voters. government information quarterly, 29(3), 361–372. doi:10.1016/j.giq.2012.01.003. [64] venkatesh, v., morris, m. g., davis, g. b., & davis, f. d. (2003). user acceptance of information technology: toward a unified view. mis quarterly, 27(3), 425–478. doi:10.2307/30036540. [65] dwivedi, y. k., rana, n. p., jeyaraj, a., clement, m., & williams, m. d. (2019). re-examining the unified theory of acceptance and use of technology (utaut): towards a revised theoretical model. information systems frontiers, 21(3), 719–734. doi:10.1007/s10796-017-9774-y. [66] mphahlele, n. s., kekwaletswe, r. m., & seaba, t. r. (2025). model to explain use of e-government service change: use of unified theory of acceptance and use of technology and information systems success model to explain use of e-government service change: emerging market case. telematics and informatics reports, 17, 100190. doi:10.1016/j.teler.2025.100190. [67] adiyarta, k., napitupulu, d., nurdianto, h., rahim, r., & ahmar, a. (2018). user acceptance of e-government services based on tram model. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 352(1), 12057. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/352/1/012057. [68] fishbein, m., & ajzen, i. (1977). belief, attitude, intention, and behavior: an introduction to theory and research. addisonwesley, reading, united states. [69] elkheshin, s., & saleeb, n. (2020). assessing the adoption of e-government using tam model: case of egypt. international journal of managing information technology, 12(1), 1–14. doi:10.5121/ijmit.2020.12101. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 954 [70] miller, a. h., & listhaug, o. (1990). political parties and confidence in government: a comparison of norway, sweden and the united states. british journal of political science, 20(3), 357–386. doi:10.1017/s0007123400005883. [71] u.n.d.p. (2024). trust in governance. opinion poll 2023. united nations development programme (undp), new york, united states. available online: https://www.undp.org/albania/publications/trust-governance-opinion-poll-2023 (accessed on july 2025). [72] c.e.c. (2025). central election commission. available online: https://kqz.gov.al/akte (accessed on june 2025). [73] department of economic and social affairs population division. (2022). world population prospects 2022. united nation, new york, united states. [74] agate, v., curaba, m., ferraro, p., re, g. l., & morana, m. (2020). secure e-voting in smart communities. proceedings of the fourth italian conference on cyber security, 4-7 february, 2020, ancona, italy. [75] gr-dem(2017)10. (2017). guidelines on the implementation of the provisions of recommendation cm/rec(2017)-5 on standards for e-voting, committee of ministers, strasbourg, france. [76] hujran, o., abu-shanab, e., & aljaafreh, a. (2020). predictors for the adoption of e-democracy: an empirical evaluation based on a citizen-centric approach. transforming government: people, process and policy, 14(3), 523-544. doi:10.1108/tg-03-20190016. [77] alguliyev, r. m., aliguliyev, r. m., & niftaliyeva, g. y. (2019). a method for social network extraction from e-government. international journal of information systems in the service sector, 11(3), 37–55. doi:10.4018/ijisss.2019070103. [78] turnbull-dugarte, s. j., & devine, d. (2023). support for digitising the ballot box: a systematic review of i-voting pilots and a conjoint experiment. electoral studies, 86, 102679. doi:10.1016/j.electstud.2023.102679. [79] scott, m., delone, w., & golden, w. (2016). measuring egovernment success: a public value approach. european journal of information systems, 25(3), 187–208. doi:10.1057/ejis.2015.11. [80] rose, j., persson, j. s., heeager, l. t., & irani, z. (2015). managing e-government: value positions and relationships. information systems journal, 25(5), 531–571. doi:10.1111/isj.12052. [81] mishra, s. s. (2020). testing the antecedents to e-democracy towards citizens’ happiness: a structural equation modelling approach to ‘mygov’ initiative, india. international journal of public administration, 43(15), 1293–1303. doi:10.1080/01900692.2019.1669051. [82] ali, m. a., hoque, md. r., & alam, k. (2018). an empirical investigation of the relationship between e-government development and the digital economy: the case of asian countries. journal of knowledge management, 22(5), 1176–1200. doi:10.1108/jkm-10-2017-0477. [83] siddique, w. (2016). critical success factors affecting e-government policy implementation in pakistan. ejournal of edemocracy and open government, 8(1), 102–126. doi:10.29379/jedem.v8i1.398. [84] avgerou, c. (2013). explaining trust in it-mediated elections: a case study of e-voting in brazil. journal of the association for information systems, 14(8), 420–451. doi:10.17705/1jais.00340. [85] warkentin, m., sharma, s., gefen, d., rose, g. m., & pavlou, p. (2018). social identity and trust in internet-based voting adoption. government information quarterly, 35(2), 195–209. doi:10.1016/j.giq.2018.03.007. [86] ali, h., & mubarak, h. al. (2018). e-voting: an investigation of factors that affect public trust in kingdom of bahrain. international journal of electronic government research, 14(2), 12–27. doi:10.4018/ijegr.2018040102. [87] verkijika, s. f., & de wet, l. (2018). e-government adoption in sub-saharan africa. electronic commerce research and applications, 30, 83–93. doi:10.1016/j.elerap.2018.05.012. [88] dwivedi, y. k., rana, n. p., janssen, m., lal, b., williams, m. d., & clement, m. (2017). an empirical validation of a unified model of electronic government adoption (umega). government information quarterly, 34(2), 211–230. doi:10.1016/j.giq.2017.03.001. [89] venkatesh, v., brown, s. a., & bala, h. (2013). bridging the qualitative-quantitative divide: guidelines for conducting mixed methods research in information systems. mis quarterly: management information systems, 37(1), 21–54. doi:10.25300/misq/2013/37.1.02. [90] blaikie, n. (2007). approaches to social enquiry: advancing knowledge. polity, cambridge, united kingdom. [91] creswell, j. w., & creswell, j. d. (2017). research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. sage publications, thousand oaks, united states. [92] de vaus, d., & de vaus, d. (2013). surveys in social research. routledge, london, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9780203519196. https://www.undp.org/albania/publications/trust-governance-opinion-poll-2023 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 955 [93] hair, j. f., anderson, r. e., babin, b. j., & black, w. c. (2010). multivariate data analysis: a global perspective. upper saddle river, united states. [94] zikmund, w. c., babin, b. j., carr, j. c., & griffin, m. (2013). business research methods. cengage learning custom publishing, boston, united states. [95] zaidi, s. f. h., kulakli, a., osmanaj, v., & zaidi, s. a. h. (2023). students’ perceived m-learning quality: an evaluation and directions to improve the quality for h-learning. education sciences, 13(6), 578. doi:10.3390/educsci13060578. [96] patil, d. s., pundir, p., dhyani, v. s., krishnan, j. b., parsekar, s. s., d’souza, s. m., ravishankar, n., & renjith, v. (2020). a mixed-methods systematic review on barriers to exclusive breastfeeding. nutrition and health, 26(4), 323–346. doi:10.1177/0260106020942967. [97] weng, f., yang, r.-j., ho, h.-j., & su, h.-m. (2018). a tam-based study of the attitude towards use intention of multimedia among school teachers. applied system innovation, 1(3), 36. doi:10.3390/asi1030036. [98] leavy, p. (2022). research design: quantitative, qualitative, mixed methods, arts-based, and community-based participatory research approaches. guilford publications, new york, united states. [99] rouibah, k., almarzouq, m., lawson-body, a., & lawson-body, l. (2024). e-government studies in the arab world: preliminary results from a review of the literature. issues in information systems, 25(2), 177–189. doi:10.48009/2_iis_2024_114. [100] gunzler, d. d., perzynski, a. t., & carle, a. c. (2021). structural equation modeling for health and medicine. chapman and hall/crc, new york, united states. doi:10.1201/9780203701133. [101] george, d. (2011). spss for windows step by step: a simple study guide and reference, 17.0 update, 10/e. pearson education india, noida, india. [102] tabachnick, b. g., & fidell, l. s. (2007). using multivariate statistics. allyn and bacon, boston, united states. [103] kline, r. b. (2023). principles and practice of structural equation modeling. guilford publications, new york, united states. [104] goggins, s., & xing, w. (2016). building models explaining student participation behavior in asynchronous online discussion. computers and education, 94, 241–251. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2015.11.002. [105] hooper, d., coughlan, j., & mullen, m. r. (2008). structural equation modelling: guidelines for determining model fit. electronic journal of business research methods, 6(1), 53–60. [106] baumgartner, h., & homburg, c. (1996). applications of structural equation modeling in marketing and consumer research: a review. international journal of research in marketing, 13(2), 139–161. doi:10.1016/0167-8116(95)00038-0. [107] chapman, c., & feit, e. m. (2019). confirmatory factor analysis and structural equation modeling. dept. of marketing and logistics, 265–297. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-14316-9_10. [108] bagozzi, r. p., & yi, y. (2012). specification, evaluation, and interpretation of structural equation models. journal of the academy of marketing science, 40(1), 8–34. doi:10.1007/s11747-011-0278-x. [109] zaidi, s. f. h. (2017). e-government services effectiveness evaluation framework (e-geef): a case study of indian e-tax service. phd thesis, london metropolitan university, london, united kingdom. [110] wang, x., french, b. f., & clay, p. f. (2015). convergent and discriminant validity with formative measurement: a mediator perspective. journal of modern applied statistical methods, 14(1), 83–106. doi:10.22237/jmasm/1430453400. [111] zaidi, s. f. h., osmanaj, v., ali, o., & zaidi, s. a. h. (2021). adoption of mobile technology for mobile learning by university students during covid-19. international journal of information and learning technology, 38(4), 329–343. doi:10.1108/ijilt02-2021-0033. [112] constable, s., passmore, e., & coats, d. (2008). public value and local accountability in the nhs. work foundation, london, united kingdom. [113] moore, m. (2007). recognising public value: the challenge of measuring performance in government. harvard university press, massachusetts, united states. doi:10.22459/pfp.2007.08. [114] faulkner, n., & kaufman, s. (2018). avoiding theoretical stagnation: a systematic review and framework for measuring public value. australian journal of public administration, 77(1), 69–86. doi:10.1111/1467-8500.12251. [115] rose-ackerman, s., & palifka, b. j. (2016). corruption and government: causes, consequences, and reform. cambridge university press, cambridge, united kingdom. [116] alzahrani, l., al-karaghouli, w., & weerakkody, v. (2017). analysing the critical factors influencing trust in e-government adoption from citizens’ perspective: a systematic review and a conceptual framework. international business review, 26(1), 164–175. doi:10.1016/j.ibusrev.2016.06.004. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 956 [117] morgeson, f. v., vanamburg, d., & mithas, s. (2011). misplaced trust? exploring the structure of the e-government-citizen trust relationship. journal of public administration research and theory, 21(2), 257–283. doi:10.1093/jopart/muq006. [118] farooq, a., warkentin, m., & virtanen, s. (2024). role of shared identity and agency trust in online voting among finnish citizens. technology in society, 76, 102429. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2023.102429. [119] zaidi, s. f., marir, f., & siva, s. (2013). assessing e-government service & trust: government to citizen. the seventh international conference on digital society, 24 february-1 march, 2013, nice, france. [120] avazov, s., & lee, s. (2022). e-government services adoption in uzbekistan: an empirical validation of extended version of the unified model of electronic government acceptance (umega). journal of policy studies, 37(3), 17–39. doi:10.52372/jps37302. [121] pérez-morote, r., pontones-rosa, c., & núñez-chicharro, m. (2020). the effects of e-government evaluation, trust and the digital divide in the levels of e-government use in european countries. technological forecasting and social change, 154, 119973. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2020.119973. [122] bannister, f., & connolly, r. (2014). ict, public values and transformative government: a framework and programme for research. government information quarterly, 31(1), 119–128. doi:10.1016/j.giq.2013.06.002. [123] twizeyimana, j. d., & andersson, a. (2019). the public value of e-government – a literature review. government information quarterly, 36(2), 167–178. doi:10.1016/j.giq.2019.01.001. [124] cordella, a., & bonina, c. m. (2012). a public value perspective for ict enabled public sector reforms: a theoretical reflection. government information quarterly, 29(4), 512–520. doi:10.1016/j.giq.2012.03.004. [125] abdul rahim, n. f., abbasi, g. a., iranmanesh, m., christopher, n., & amran, a. (2023). determinants of continuous intention to use e-government services: an extension of technology continuance theory. journal of systems and information technology, 25(3), 245–267. doi:10.1108/jsit-09-2020-0166. [126] ozkan, s., & kanat, i. e. (2011). e-government adoption model based on theory of planned behavior: empirical validation. government information quarterly, 28(4), 503–513. doi:10.1016/j.giq.2010.10.007. [127] choi, j. c., & song, c. (2020). factors explaining why some citizens engage in e-participation, while others do not. government information quarterly, 37(4), 101524. doi:10.1016/j.giq.2020.101524. [128] carter, l., & campbell, r. (2011). the impact of trust and relative advantage on internet voting diffusion. journal of theoretical and applied electronic commerce research, 6(3), 28–42. doi:10.4067/s0718-18762011000300004. [129] melenchuk, a., & khutkyy, d. (2020). i-voting in the european union. policy briefing. european digital development alliance, 1-7. doi:10.13140/rg.2.2.33150.20804. [130] nabavi, a., taghavi-fard, m. t., hanafizadeh, p., & taghva, m. r. (2016). information technology continuance intention: a systematic literature review. international journal of e-business research, 12(1), 58–95. doi:10.4018/ijebr.2016010104. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 828 issn: 2723-9535 content automation in marketing research: a bibliometric analysis using vosviewer thadathibesra phuthong 1* , ratchamongkhon thonglor 1, nontouch srisuksa 2 1 faculty of management science, silpakorn university, phetchaburi, 76120, thailand. 2 head of it strategy & planning, krungsri consumer, bangkok, 10600, thailand. received 20 april 2024; revised 18 august 2024; accepted 25 august 2024; published 01 september 2024 abstract objectives: this study conducted a comprehensive assessment of content automation in marketing research using bibliometric analysis spanning 20 years from 2004 to 2024. the primary influential factors, topics, and areas of research were analyzed to determine future research paths. methods/analysis: sample selection and data collection were conducted using the scopus database. the initial dataset was adjusted by applying certain inclusion and exclusion criteria. the final dataset consisting of 149 articles in the ris format was loaded into the vosviewer program to perform a bibliometric analysis. findings: the results revealed key findings, including the highest citation-counting papers, the most common research format, the research field, the year of publication, collaboration countries, the journal, prominent authors, popular themes, areas for further investigation, and the intellectual framework of current research on the topic. novelty/ improvement: four areas were identified for future research: marketing automation as digital commerce content marketing, artificial intelligence for digital marketing transformation, automation and optimization for personalized advertising content, and automatic knowledge discovery. the temporal development of these issues was also examined to offer valuable insights into the changing focus of academic interest over time and establish a foundation for future investigations. keywords: marketing research automation; content marketing; content automation; research trends; vosviewer analysis. 1. introduction a 1996 article published on the microsoft website states that the phrase "content is king" was coined by bill gates, the company founder [1]. despite being 20 years old, this expression is still widely employed due to the increasing emphasis on content marketing strategies. online content sharing is now integrated into the daily routines of consumers. individuals engage in online news consumption, subscribe to youtube videos, and share this content with their social circles. numerous marketing approaches, including digital marketing, attempt to mirror this consumer conduct. individuals utilize the internet to link their offline and online endeavors, including social media platforms and networking channels, in the current digital age [2, 3]. as a consequence, online discourse and interactions have emerged between consumers and brands. the advent of digitalization now delivers messages more efficiently through novel applications consisting predominantly of online dissemination of beneficial information. content marketing is one of the most effective and widely employed strategies to provide consumers with access to beneficial information at no cost [4, 5]. by incorporating diverse data formats, auditory messages, and geolocations, the notion can be expanded to encompass anything an individual or company creates and distributes to convey their message [6]. * corresponding author: phuthong_t@su.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-019 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7385-2808 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6890-3140 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 829 content marketing has gained significant traction as a marketing instrument and is presently the focal point of most digital marketing initiatives [7, 8]. recently, a surge in the prominence of content marketing has replaced the diminishing efficacy of conventional marketing approaches. there are numerous methods for delivering content marketing, and the digital environment now predominates over the traditional [9]. in the contemporary information age, where individuals are empowered to engage in various activities, content marketing presents itself as a "new normal" for consumers. rosário & dias [10] stated that content marketing effectively fosters consumer engagement by enabling participation and sharing across diverse social media platforms. furthermore, it offers prospects or existing customer avenues for education, information, and entertainment, which may ultimately generate sales, membership, or advocacy [11]. software platforms enable the delivery of content in accordance with user-defined rules as marketing automation. terho et al. [12] define the objective as attracting, establishing, and retaining the trust of current and potential customers through the automated customization of pertinent and useful content to precisely address their requirements. the customization of marketing mix components on an individual level is commonly referred to as "personalization" [13]. to satisfy an individual's expectations, it is essential to view each person as a unique maverick with specific requirements. the likelihood of a message being noticed and, consequently, its effectiveness is positively correlated with its personal and pertinent nature, which can be predicted by the elaboration likelihood model (elm) [14]. by utilizing cookies and ip addresses to monitor the online activities of website visitors (e.g., page views and navigation paths), marketing automation capitalizes on methods comparable to web analytics [15–17]. these capabilities are typically absent from web analytics software tools such as google analytics, by contrast to the sophisticated capabilities utilized by marketing automation to identify specific consumers and track their behavior over extended periods. to monitor consistent individual behavior, a website contact form must be filled out by a visitor to verify their identity. marketing automation utilizes both active and passive methods to gather information about prospective customers. active methods entail posing inquiries directly, whereas passive methods rely on information gleaned from previous transactions or clickstream data [18]. within the realm of marketing automation, active approaches pertain to the dissemination of content to customers by incorporating hyperlinks to websites that are linked to inquiries (e.g., "are you interested in acquiring further knowledge on this subject?" or "could our sales representatives please reach out to you?"). software programs now personalize messages and identify the purchasing stage of potential customers by utilizing both active and passive tools [19]. bibliometric analysis ensures a comprehensive examination of a particular field pertaining to a) keywords, b) the interrelationships among keywords, c) published articles, and d) the quantity of citations received by each article [20]. bibliometric analysis, as stated by munoz-leiva et al. [21], furnishes quantitative data that contributes to the advancement of research and establishes connections between various published works. the bibliometric analysis technique has been used for marketing a variety of topics related to the thematic structure of papers published in the journal of services marketing (jsm) [22]. these include mapping the characteristics of existing marketing communication in luxury research literature and providing a roadmap for future research [23], analysing academic research on eye tracking technology in marketing [24], exploring the literature on personalised marketing and revealing the importance of designing and producing content and products that resonate with customer preferences [25]. this study highlights emerging research themes for future scholars as the first comprehensive exploration of reference pricing in marketing through a bibliometric lens [26]. a conceptual framework of research on luxury marketing emerged from thematic clusters, guiding future research directions [27] by exploring the evolution of digital marketing [28], examining the evolution of influencer marketing research, performance analysis, and knowledge structures [29], exploring the past, present, and future of augmented reality marketing (arm) scholarships [30], identifying key characteristics and trends in social media influencer marketing, driving new research and practices [31], identifying gaps in sensory marketing research, and suggesting future directions for further advancements in this field [32]. this examination of marketing research by identifying hot topics and suggesting future research themes [33], provides a comprehensive review of using the technology acceptance model (tam) in marketing development [34], and reviews influencer marketing research in tourism and hospitality by identifying themes, theoretical underpinnings and methodologies [35]. numerous bibliometric analyses of content marketing have been conducted. han et al. [36] assessed the use of artificial intelligence (ai) in b2b marketing innovation by identifying past trends and future directions, while binh nguyen et al. [37] explored the role and influence of tourism content marketing in the travel sector. bubphapant & brandão [1] examined the evolution of content marketing research due to emerging technologies and online platforms and suggested areas for further investigation, while guerrero velástegui et al. [38] analyzed the evolution and trends of scientific production articles in content marketing and content management. copious scholarly articles about content marketing and marketing strategies have been published, but none of these approaches specifically covered marketing content automation. information regarding the current research gaps as areas that require investigation is lacking. therefore, there is a pressing need to synthesize a knowledge bank of the existing literature to identify important research areas and new research directions. this study presents an original systematic literature review and bibliometric analysis of content automation in marketing. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 830 the scientific literature on a particular research discipline or research topic is scattered throughout multiple academic journals, making it difficult to determine the relationships between different developments. visualization techniques based on bibliometric data can assist in gaining comprehensive overviews of complex research topics [39]. therefore, this study examined previous research on content automation in marketing using bibliometric methods to identify research gaps. a comprehensive summary of the main topics and areas of concern was presented, and the following research questions were posited. rq1. which are the most cited articles on content automation in marketing? rq2. which are the most documented types of research publications on content automation in marketing? rq3. which are the research areas where the authors have published research on content automation in marketing? rq4. the year in which research papers on content automation in marketing were published between 2004 and 2024? rq5. which countries published research on content automation in marketing, and which countries topped the list in terms of association with the others? rq6. which journals published research on content automation in marketing? rq7. who are the most influential authors in the field of content automation in marketing? rq8. which themes involving content automation in marketing are the most popular among scholars? rq9. which areas involving content automation in marketing need additional study? rq10. what is the intellectual structure of current research on content automation in marketing? an exhaustive bibliometric literature review was conducted to address these research questions and ascertain the trends pertaining to content automation in marketing, its thematic development, and the forthcoming obstacles that this industry must confront. the investigation centered on the 20 years that have passed since the inception of scholarly inquiry into the concept of content automation in marketing. a comprehensive analysis of the scientific literature published in the primary collection of the scopus database on content automation in marketing was conducted using bibliometric analysis. the current state-of-the-art, emerging trends, potential research areas, and directions for future investigation in this domain were also investigated. this study placed significant emphasis on the identification of annual publication growth, distribution of scientific output by country, patterns of publication, intellectual structures, and cluster analyses. our research contributes to the existing body of literature in numerous ways. firstly, this investigation allows a better comprehension of the intellectual framework of content automation in the marketing research domain by outlining the most recent thematic research trends. secondly, our research illustrates the development of critical areas within content automation in the marketing discipline over time by using overlay visualization maps. these offer scholars essential information regarding areas that require further investigation and areas that have been previously addressed in content automation in marketing. thirdly, we developed a cluster of intellectual structures that demonstrated the interrelationships between key terms and various themes in content automation in marketing. lastly, our study identified research gaps and prospective research questions that can serve as guidelines for future studies in content automation in the marketing research domain. the remainder of the article is structured as follows: section 2 outlines the materials and methods and details the research structure and literature review selection process. section 3 presents the results as insights on current trends in this state-of-the-art field. section 4 elaborates on the ten research questions outlined in the introduction, while section 5 summarizes the conclusions. finally, section 6 discusses the theoretical and practical research implications and limitations with suggestions for future studies. 2. material and methods this article identified cognitive gaps and current trends of content automation in marketing utilizing a bibliometric analytical approach. this research serves as a crucial instrument by identifying, organizing, and assessing the elements particular to this selected field [40], thereby enabling the detection of substantial deficiencies in the existing research that impede potential advancements in comprehending the phenomenon under investigation [41]. 2.1. research structure this study integrated three interdependent phases and thoroughly evaluated the existing literature concerning content automation in marketing as follows: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 831 ⚫ bibliographic data collection this phase involved establishing a bibliographic database pertinent to the study subject matter. scientific papers about content automation in marketing were first identified, selected, and gathered. the scopus bibliographic database facilitates effective literature searches [42] and is widely acknowledged as a crucial resource for bibliometric analyses. this is important in scientific disciplines that are constantly evolving, with frequent revisions and extensive thematic coverage. a thorough evaluation of the influence of specific publications was possible through utilization of the comprehensive citation analysis tools provided by scopus [43]. the data export functionality simplified the process of gathering and analyzing data. however, one of the constraints of scopus is its relatively restricted historical coverage compared to other databases and its more stringent approach to source selection, which could potentially introduce biases in material selection. thus, scopus does have some drawbacks, but its benefits frequently outweigh these negative aspects, particularly in research that emphasizes timely and comprehensive thematic coverage [43]. ⚫ vosviewer performs data transformation and statistical analysis the collected data were transformed and prepared for statistical analysis. during this procedure, data subsets, including those pertaining to terms, co-citations, and international collaboration, were transformed utilizing vosviewer (version 1.6.20), a computer program that is freely accessible and used for creating and visualizing bibliometric maps. programs like spss and pajek are also frequently utilized for bibliometric mapping, but vosviewer places particular emphasis on the visual depictions of bibliometric maps in a user-friendly and comprehensible manner [44]. the data were then subjected to statistical analysis to identify the most significant trends, patterns, and relationships [45]. vosviewer was deemed the optimal selection within this research framework due to its robust visualization functionalities, which are especially beneficial when delineating the intricate and vast web of citations and collaborations within this swiftly progressing discipline. the intuitive interface of vosviewer also simplifies the analysis process, rendering it accessible to individuals who may lack extensive knowledge of bibliometric methodologies [46]. ⚫ discussion, conclusions, and implications the third phase of this research endeavor synthesized the findings acquired in phases one and two to provide the foundation, derive conclusions, and offer recommendations after a thorough evaluation of the present understanding of content automation in marketing [47]. the identified trends, patterns, and relationships in the literature were analyzed in the discussion section, with the implications of implementing content automation in marketing underscored in the concluding section, which provided a summary of key insights. our recommendations provide guidance for future research endeavors, propose strategies to bridge identified gaps in the literature, and suggest practical applications of the findings. the framework of this study was devised to furnish an exhaustive and all-encompassing comprehension of the function and consequences of content automation in the realm of marketing. each phase of the investigation constitutes an essential component of the research process and also serves to enhance other phases, thereby establishing a cohesive and integrated research framework. 2.2. literature review selection process the literature review protocol is a fundamental component of the bibliometric analysis method when examining scientific publications [47]. this exhaustive protocol specifies the parameters for data searches incorporated by the investigators and examines qualitative criteria, database sequences, and literature inclusion/exclusion criteria [48]. a comprehensive explanation of the specific elements comprising the protocol utilized to refine the outcomes of the publications extracted from the bibliographic database is provided by the following quotation. “your query : title-abs-key ( content and automation and marketing ) and pubyear > 2003 and pubyear < 2025 and ( limit-to ( pubstage , "final" ) )” the protocol was a fundamental component of the initial phase of this research, functioning as a mechanism to facilitate the effective exploration and curation of pertinent literature. this material established the groundwork for subsequent phases of the investigation and the ultimate synthesis of the findings [45]. a keyword search was conducted using the phrase "content automation marketing" to locate scientific articles that were most pertinent to the intended subject. the scope of this study was limited to recently published scientific articles within the scientific publication database pertaining to the subject matter. the precise identification of citations and cocitations was facilitated by database indexing of scientific articles, which was critical considering the nature of the research. a comprehensive analysis was then conducted on 149 results obtained from the scopus database, taking into account the aforementioned limitations, with the retrieval date of 31 march 2024. figure 1 depicts the procedure utilized in the selection of literature reviews. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 832 figure 1. prisma flow diagram of the literature review selection process for bibliometric analysis of content automation in marketing 3. results the findings of the bibliometric analysis study comprised ten primary stages. by devoting distinct aspects of the analysis to each stage, we were able to better grasp the overarching context of the fundamental nature of content automation in marketing in accordance with the research questions, which are outlined in greater detail below. 3.1. the most cited articles on content automation in marketing (rq1) to answer research question rq1, which are the most cited articles on content automation in marketing?, we analyzed the annual development of publications pertaining to content automation in marketing using the scopus database. the most influential articles on content automation in marketing were identified by analyzing the citations. the database comprised 149 publications, and a ranking was established for the ten most frequently cited works. the article "harnessing marketing automation for b2b content marketing" by järvinen and taiminen [49] received the highest number of citations (198) regarding content automation in marketing (table 1). the article "detectives: detecting coalition hit inflation attacks in advertising network streams" by metwally et al. [50] and the article "web content support method in electronic business systems" by vysotska et al. [51] received a combined 89 citations. table 1. most cited articles on content automation in marketing (top 10) title authors year source cites harnessing marketing automation for b2b content marketing järvinen j.; taiminen h. 2016 industrial marketing management 198 detectives: detecting coalition hit inflation attacks in advertising network streams metwally a.; agrawal d.; el abbadi a 2007 16th international world wide web conference, www2007 89 web content support method in electronic business systems vysotska v.; fernandes v.b.; emmerich m. 2018 ceur workshop proceedings 59 mastering structured data on the semantic web: from html5 microdata to linked open data sikos l.f. 2015 mastering structured data on the semantic web: from html5 microdata to linked open data 45 supporting customer-oriented marketing with artificial intelligence: automatically quantifying customer needs from social media kühl n.; mühlthaler m.; goutier m. 2020 electronic markets 41 heterogeneous data with agreed content aggregation system development chyrun l.; kowalska-styczen a.; burov y.; berko a.; vasevych a.; pelekh i.; ryshkovets y. 2019 ceur workshop proceedings 38 sales tunnels in messengers as new technologies for effective internet marketing in tourism and hospitality bashynska i.; lytovchenko i.; kharenko d. 2019 international journal of innovative technology and exploring engineering 25 information technology and marketing: an important partnership for decades graesch j.p.; hensel-börner s.; henseler j. 2021 industrial management and data systems 23 effects of organisational scheme and labelling on task performance in product-centred and user-centred retail websites resnick m.l.; sanchez j. 2004 human factors 22 business process management systems: evolution and development trends szelagowski m.; lupeikiene a. 2020 informatica (netherlands) 21 total 561 s c r ee n in g “search query: (title-abs-key (content and automation and marketing ) and pubyear > 2003 and pubyear < 2025 and (limit-to ( pubstage , "final" )))” irrelevant documents excluded after fulltext screening (n = 12) articles assessed for eligibility (n = 149) records excluded (n = 1 ) out of timeline frame irrelevant documents records screened (n =161 ) documents included in the bibliometric analysis (n = 149) e li g ib il it y in c lu d e d id e n ti fi ca ti o n records identified from scopus database by entering the keyword “content and automation and marketing” (n = 162) hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 833 3.2. the most documented types of research publications on content automation in marketing (rq2) the second research question; which are the most documented types of research publications on content automation in marketing? was next addressed, with publication distribution among various sources depicted in figure 2. the highest proportion of content automation in marketing studies (41.61%) showed that articles were the predominant dissemination channel. other significant channels included conference papers (28.19%), book chapters (12.75%), reviews (6.71%), conference reviews (6.04%), books (2.01%), brief surveys (1.34%), erratum and note sections (0.67%), and book chapters (2.01%). figure 2. distribution of publications among different sources 3.3. the research areas where the authors have published research on content automation in marketing (rq3) for the third research question, which are the research areas where the authors have published research on content automation in marketing?, the quantity of documents published across diverse domains of knowledge is illustrated in figure 3. seventy articles in computer science were found in the scopus database, with fifty documents devoted to engineering, forty-one to business management and accounting, 27 to social science, seventeen to economics, econometrics and finance, sixteen to mathematics, twelve to decision sciences, nine to environmental science and seven each to materials science and medicine. there was a significant disparity in the quantity of documents pertaining to computer science compared to the other domains of knowledge. these results suggested that content automation in marketing was a highly pertinent subject within the domains of computer science, engineering, business management, and accounting. figure 3. most prolific research area article 41.61% conference paper 28.19% book chapter 12.75% review 6.71% conference review 6.04% book 2.01% short survey 1.34% erratum 0.67% note 0.67% other 2.68% 7 7 9 12 16 17 27 41 50 70 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 medicine materials science environmental science decision sciences mathematics economics, econometrics and finance social sciences business, management and accounting engineering computer science count r e se a r c h a r e a hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 834 3.4. the year in which research papers on content automation in marketing were published between 2004 and 2024 (rq4) the fourth research question, the year in which research papers on content automation in marketing were published between 2004 and 2024 was next addressed, with distribution of the 149 publications identified for content automation in marketing depicted in figure 4. a consistent decline in the annual quantity of publications about content automation in marketing was recorded from 2004, with an upward trend in quantity of publications observed between 2017 and 2023, culminating in a year with 19 publications. conversely, the publication pattern then underwent a substantial reversal, with only seven publications in 2024. the quantity of annual publications after 2019 with nine documents increased in 2019 to nineteen documents and remained constant until 2023. this recent publication trend demonstrated the scientific community's increasing interest in this subject and the significance of establishing a connection between content automation and marketing. this phenomenon highlights the increasing scholarly focus on content automation in marketing during the past five years, particularly following the pivotal year of 2018. figure 4. publications trend analysis 3.5. which countries published research on content automation in marketing and which countries topped the list in terms of association with the others (rq5) the fifth research question, which countries published research on content automation in marketing and which countries topped the list in terms of association with the others, is addressed in figure 5, which illustrates the geographical distribution of the studies. results indicate that the united states was the leading country in terms of dissemination, contributing the most to content automation in marketing research at 29.41%. germany constituted a significant contribution as 13.73% of the total, with the united kingdom 10.78%, india 8.82%, portugal 6.86%, and the russian federation 5.88%, while australia, italy, spain, ukraine, and china conducted the least amount of research on content automation in marketing. figure 5. distribution of authors among different countries 8 8 5 4 4 3 3 4 2 3 5 1 7 9 19 19 19 19 7 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2004 2005 2006 2007 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 c o u n t year united states 29.41% germany 13.73% united kingdom 10.78% india 8.82% portugal 6.86% russian federation 5.88% australia 4.90% china 4.90% italy 4.90% spain 4.90% ukraine 4.90%other 19.61% hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 835 the contributions of the remaining nations to content automation in marketing covered a variety of scientific fields. a bibliographic coupling of leading countries was established to examine the importance of the interrelation among nations. the lines indicate interconnections between the research efforts of various nations. five distinct clusters are depicted on the map in figure 6. countries with the most influence comprise the red cluster. many nations including portugal and the united kingdom are affiliated with the united states. figure 6. countries co-occurrence map 3.6. which journals published research on content automation in marketing (rq6) figure 7 illustrates the distribution of publication counts for fourteen journals that published the greatest number of papers on content automation in marketing to address the sixth research question, which journals published research on content automation in marketing?. journals with the most articles devoted to content automation in marketing comprised management for professionals (6), ceur workshop proceedings (5), and lecture notes in networks and systems (4). the substantial volume of scholarly articles in these esteemed journals was evidence that content automation is a critical area of investigation within the marketing field. figure 7. most prolific journals 3.7. the most influential authors in the field of content automation in marketing (rq7) to address the seventh research question pertaining to the most influential authors in the domain of content automation in marketing, an examination was conducted to identify the authors who received the highest number of citations (h-index). the results are presented in table 2, with rankings based on the h-index and total citations. agrawal, divyakant was the most cited. his study defined the advertising network model and concentrated on the most 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 sustainability switzerland salud ciencia y tecnologia serie de conferencias proceedings of spie the international society for optical engineering lecture notes in electrical engineering journal of theoretical and applied information technology international journal of research in marketing ieee access econtent acm international conference proceeding series 10th international multidisciplinary scientific geoconference and expo modern management of mine producing geology and environmental… advances in intelligent systems and computing lecture notes in networks and systems ceur workshop proceedings management for professionals count s o u r c e t it le hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 836 sophisticated types of deceptions by fraudsters forming coalitions. by augmenting the similarity-seeker algorithm with several previously published theoretical findings, it is possible to identify coalitions formed by pairings of fraudsters. the solution should then be generalized to coalitions of any size. for the purpose of proof of concept, exhaustive experiments were performed on data samples before deploying our system on an actual network. the outcomes were exceedingly precise and identified a number of coalitions, each of which was established using a unique methodology and encompassing multiple locations. this demonstrated the broad applicability of the author's model. the second most cited study simplified content automation support technology and described the processes of information resource processing in electronic business systems. the primary issues with content function administration services and e-commerce were examined. establishing a tool for processing information resources and integrating the web content support module created by emmerich, michael, and vysotska, victoria are both possible with the proposed method. chyrun lyubomyr conducted research centered on the development of a web-based service to automate the administration of contextual advertising for the google adwords system and authored additional studies that were highly cited in the literature. the authors emmerich michael, agrawal divyakant, and vysotska victoria were cited the most in the archived literature. table 2. top-10 researchers ranked by corpus specific h-index and citations rank author h-index rank author citations 1 agrawal, divyakant 54 1 agrawal, divyakant 11144 2 vysotska, victoria 35 2 emmerich, michael 6365 3 emmerich, michael 32 3 vysotska, victoria 3451 4 chyrun, lyubomyr 23 4 chyrun, lyubomyr 1391 5 burov, yevhen 19 5 metwally, ahmed 1217 6 metwally, ahmed 15 6 burov, yevhen 823 7 fernandes, vitor basto 14 7 järvinen, joel 670 8 sikos, leslie f. 13 8 taiminen, heini 645 9 bashynska, iryna 13 9 kühl, niklas 586 10 kühl, niklas 12 10 fernandes, vitor basto 531 the contributions of the remaining authors in the field of science were multifaceted, thereby enhancing the value of content automation in marketing. bibliographic coupling was used to examine the importance of the interconnections among leading authors. two distinct groupings are evident on the map presented in figure 8. the lines indicate the interconnections between the research endeavours of the authors. the author who has had the greatest impact (table 2) is illustrated in the cluster in figures 8 and 9. chyrun lyubomyr is affiliated with several authors including burov yevhen and others who are highly cited and influential authors with 19 h-index values (823). figure 8. authors co-occurrence network hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 837 figure 9. author and co-authorship 3.8. which themes involving content automation in marketing are the most popular among scholars (rq8) the eighth research question, which themes involving content automation in marketing are the most popular among scholars? was then investigated. vosviewer can produce a map by utilizing a range of indicators, including the frequency of occurrences of a specific keyword. this map greatly facilitated comprehension of the thematic concentrations present in the literature, as shown in figure 10. a total of 1396 terms were identified during the data analysis and extracted from the abstracts. to facilitate the presentation of the results, a threshold of five occurrences per term was established as the minimum, yielding a total of 32 keywords. then, 32 terms were chosen, representing 100% of the predefined pool of terms. selection was based on frequency of occurrence and contextual relationships by analyzing how terms related to one another within the context of their use and to other terms to determine their validity and relevance to the entire set of publications. the developers of the vosviewer tool suggested that this proportion was ideal for establishing a map structure that facilitated a profound comprehension of the prevailing subjects and detected nuanced connections among and between them. the frequency of occurrence of particular phrases was visually represented on the map through the use of nodes that varied in size. the results demonstrated the frequency at which keywords occurred in close proximity to one another, and this frequency significantly influenced the formation of textual clusters. employing this approach to publication analysis identified the subjects that were addressed most frequently in the body of literature. "marketing," "automation," "commerce," "artificial intelligence," and "social media" were the most frequently used terms. figure 10. co-occurrence of all keywords hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 838 3.9. which areas involving content automation in marketing need additional study? (rq9) to examine the ninth research question, which areas involving content automation in marketing need additional study? involved keyword analysis of the scopus database, as depicted in figure 11. the data indicated that most research concerning the relationship between marketing automation and computer software, robotics, the internet, humans, and relationships was undertaken between 2012 and 2017. conversely, most research concerning marketing automation and artificial intelligence, machine learning, learning systems, computational linguistics, big data, social media, commerce, content marketing, digital marketing, and digital transformation was conducted more recently (2020-2024). this observation implied a potential avenue for future research in this domain: by examining the interplay among and between automation technology, content marketing and social media commerce. figure 11. author keywords dispersed in an overlay visualisation map from 2004 to 2024 3.10. the intellectual structure of current research on content automation in marketing (rq10) to answer the tenth research question, what is the intellectual structure of current research on content automation in marketing?, the primary objective of cluster analysis is to identify the most widely discussed topics among scholars regarding content automation in marketing. the generated map comprised eight instances of a keyword as the minimum number that must be observed. the map comprised 32 outcomes. vosviewer software was utilized to manufacture a set of four clusters as depicted in figure 12. the cluster labeled blue, comprising ten keywords, was determined to have the highest density. the green section comprised nine keywords, with eight keywords enclosed in red and five keywords in yellow. "commerce," "sales," and "digital marketing" predominated within the crimson cluster. automation, artificial intelligence, and machine learning were dominant in the green cluster, with information management, "marketing," and "websites" dominant in the blue cluster. social media, the internet, and "human" were present in the yellow cluster. the findings suggested that the academic literature examined regarding content automation in marketing research was predominately devoted to the subject matter described in the following section. figure 12. clusters of author keywords dispersed in a network visualization map from 2004 to 2024 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 839 ⚫ cluster 1 (red color: marketing automation for digital commerce content marketing) cluster 1 comprised ten keywords, depicted in red in figure 13 as the most extensive cluster. within this cluster, the term "commerce" appeared most frequently in conjunction with other keywords such as "sales," "content marketing," "big data," and "marketing automation". this cluster contained numerous keywords with high occurrence, reflecting the evolution of the notion of marketing automation for digital commerce content marketing. the magnitude of the circle relates to its reliance on sales and digital marketing. a robust correlation existed between clusters two, three, and four, suggesting that scholars have investigated the correlation between content marketing in digital commerce and the implementation of diverse marketing automation technologies, with particular focus on the human aspect. figure 13. cluster 1 (red color: marketing automation for digital commerce content marketing) the analysis of organizational processes for generating timely and valuable content to satisfy customer requirements and for integrating content marketing with business-to-business (b2b) selling procedures comprised most of the literature accessible through the scopus database. by utilizing content personalization and behavioral targeting, the outcomes of this solitary case study illustrated how marketing automation can be employed to generate high-quality sales leads. a business benefit-generating integration of content marketing with b2b selling through marketing automation was demonstrated [47]. the research contributed to the comprehension of the organizational processes that supported content marketing. weisbrich et al. [52] investigated the process of converting programmatic media into dynamic brand messaging by focusing on four key areas: structure, creative development, technology, and performance, while bashynska et al. [53] introduced sales tunnels in messengers as novel technologies to enhance internet marketing effectiveness in the tourism and hospitality sectors. ⚫ cluster 2 (green color: artificial intelligence for digital marketing transformation) the domain of an artificial intelligence application for the transformation of digital marketing is represented in cluster 2, which is depicted in green in figure 14. aspects including artificial intelligence, quality control, decisionmaking, machine learning, learning systems and natural language processing were interconnected with automation as the focal point of this cluster. the correlation between this cluster and cluster 4 was substantial, highlighting the investigations conducted by researchers into the correlation between artificial intelligence-powered automation systems utilised in digital marketing transformation and social media users. as stated previously, research conducted by lies [54] described the implementation of artificial intelligence (ai) in programmatic advertising, automated price adjustment, and life-cycle marketing to increase marketing efficiency. nevertheless, this research contends that the integration of big data and ai for assessing creativity will continue to encounter initial challenges in its development. moreover, computer games as computer-based interactive entertainment were suggested by riedl [55] to be optimal platforms for the automated customization of interactive content by providing experiences that are both timely and on-demand. by utilizing artificial intelligence for user modeling and content generation, this system has the capability to generate customized interactive experiences automatically, with the potential to solve the issue of scalable personalization. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 840 figure 14. cluster 2 (green color: artificial intelligence for digital marketing transformation) furthermore, gera & sinha [56] introduced t-bot, an innovative framework for bot detection powered by artificial intelligence (ai), which utilizes both fundamental and derived attributes to identify automated bot accounts on the twitter network. zeeshan & saxena [57] conducted an investigation on automated marketing, an emerging phenomenon that is poised to revolutionize digital organizations and their operations, as well as intelligent content marketing that utilizes artificial intelligence in digital marketing to predict the current state of the digital market using predictive searches and social media applications. their results demonstrated the transformative potential of artificial intelligence in digital marketing and its capacity to generate significant advancements in marketing efficiency. the future of marketing may have a profound impact on contemporary society because artificial intelligence and machine learning will significantly transform marketing strategies through the introduction of novel domains. ⚫ cluster 3 (blue color: automation and optimization development for personalized advertising content) figure 15 illustrates cluster 3, which is denoted by blue and encompasses the domains of online advertising, websites, information technology, information management, social networking (specifically online), search engines, and information technology. a correlation was observed between marketing, the focal point of this cluster, and additional keywords from distinct clusters, including social media (yellow), commerce (red), and automation (green). within the context of social networking or social media commerce platforms, results suggested that automation and optimization development for personalized advertising content has been the subject of copious research. the impact of various degrees of personalized advertisements utilizing the sophisticated campaign targeting tool known as facebook lookalike audiences was examined by semeradova and weinlich [58]. the facebook lookalike audiences function estimates the similarity between users and a target audience according to advertiser-defined criteria. utilizing data from 840 facebook advertisements featuring varying degrees of personalization, the authors evaluated the efficacy of diverse targeting configurations. profitability was assessed in relation to the average time spent on a website, number of viewed pages, number of conversions, reach, number of reactions, and frequency of impressions exhibited by these advertisements. by utilizing data from actual facebook ad campaigns, the results presented in this research enhanced our understanding of the variables that impact user reactivity to personalized online advertising. a similar concept was illustrated by zhang et al. [59]. they introduced commonsense-enriched advertisement on search engine (chase); an automated system designed to produce persuasive advertisements. successful advertisements were generated through the utilization of a custom-built language model that combined keywords, texts relevant to common sense, and marketing content. the language model underwent pre-training utilizing extensive collections of explicit knowledge and was subsequently fine-tuned using robust quasi-parallel corpora. this allowed precise regulation of the relevance of generated advertisements to commonplace and the fitness of the ads to their keywords. by manually evaluating and analyzing real-world web traffic, the efficacy of the proposed chase method was documented. the outcomes of a/b experiments determined that the advertisements produced by chase increased the ctr by 11.13%. the proposed model has been implemented across three advertisement domains at baidu, the largest search engine in china, namely child education, psychological counseling, and beauty e-commerce, with an estimated daily revenue increase of one million rmb (chinese yuan). hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 841 figure 15. cluster 3 (blue color: automation and optimization development for personalized advertising content) remondes et al. [60] investigated the essential instruments and approaches for navigating the ever-changing digital marketing environment and making well-informed decisions. they explored the profound levels of expertise, talents, and methodologies that underlie successful personalization and programmatic advertising, providing scholars, instructors, learners, and practitioners with invaluable perspectives. personalised communication, programmatic advertising, online advertising strategies, personalized marketing, media campaigns, marketing automation, artificial intelligence, augmented reality, multichannel marketing, and immersive technologies were among the significant subjects addressed. a technological innovation called programmatic advertising was created by jain et al. [61]. this enabled seamless automation of transactions involving the purchase and sale of online advertising, predominantly in the realm of digital advertising, and the significance of data science in addressing a number of its intricate challenges. the authors then undertook an in-depth exploration of several widely used advertising terminologies and techniques to better comprehend the fundamentals of digital advertising and its relationship to data science. ⚫ cluster 4 (yellow color: automatic knowledge discovery and humanized content) cluster 4, denoted in yellow in figure 16, pertains to the automatic discovery of knowledge and humanized content on social media platforms. the association between cluster 4 and cluster 3 suggested that the two were correlated. the components of cluster 4 were humanity, social media, and the internet. the research within this cluster centered on surmounting a significant drawback of traditional websites as their disorganized and isolated content, primarily designed for human consumption, through the implementation of robust formats that added structure and significance to web page content and established connections between related data [6264]. a cognitive automation approach was also introduced by researchers to leverage artificial intelligence (ai) algorithms to search, read, and comprehend documents and content designed for human consumption in an automated and efficient manner. the system that executed the suggested methodology through an application in the domains of financial risk assessment and lending automation was also introduced in this study. this method enables users to acquire insights and evaluations that are beneficial for enhancing the capacity of various business domains to oversee lending procedures, predict risky situations, generate leads, and create tailored marketing and sales strategies for the finance sector [65-67]. another research investigation examined the potential of artificial intelligence (ai) to enhance the merge of digital technology and human intervention in the push/pull wealth management process [68] to determine what consumers thought of brands that utilized genai to generate content. the results of three experimental studies suggested that adoption of genai by brands elicited adverse behavioral and attitude responses from followers, as supported by the existing body of literature on algorithm aversion and brand authenticity. generation ai disclosure has the potential to activate effects mediated by followers' perceptions of brand authenticity. moreover, the substitution of human labor with automation during the creation of content mitigated adverse responses generated by genai. the significance of these results emphasizes the necessity for brands to exercise caution when implementing genai and achieve financial advantages while maintaining positive consumer relationships [69]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 842 figure 16. cluster 4 (yellow color: automatic knowledge discovery and humanized content) 4. discussion the analysis results of the ten research questions outlined in the introduction are succinctly summarized below. 4.1. rq1 which are the most cited articles on content automation in marketing? based on our research, the article "harnessing marketing automation for b2b content marketing" by järvinen and taiminen [49] received the highest number of citations (198) among articles concerning content automation in marketing. the articles were authored by 159 individuals and comprised 149 documents as significant theoretical contributions. this study contributed to the body of knowledge concerning organizational processes that facilitate the generation and distribution of timely and valuable content in accordance with consumer requirements. this research demonstrated how content marketing strategies and selling processes can be harmonised using marketing automation to generate advantageous outcomes. an innovative depiction of a marketing and sales procedure was introduced, whereby the two functions were integrated into a single funnel, denoted as a marketing and sales funnel. this research study makes a technological contribution to the ongoing discourse surrounding the segregation of marketing and sales systems by illustrating the substantial operational efficiency gains that can be achieved by the integration of marketing automation and crm into marketing and sales organizations. this article was the most cited regarding content automation in marketing. these results concurred with kshetri et al. [9], who asserted that marketing content generated by generative artificial intelligence (gai) was more likely to be personally relevant than that generated by previous generations of digital technologies. they emphasized the effectiveness of insights generated by gai in personalizing content and offerings. elhajjar et al. [70] suggested that practical automation entailed the transformation of organizational internal structure through the delegation of a set of repetitive, low-value, and arduous tasks to computer systems as opposed to human resources. the primary aim of this automation initiative was to enhance productivity through cost reduction and the elimination of unnecessary formalities, thereby enabling the various teams to allocate more time towards critical tasks that provide greater value-added benefits, including customer relations, analysis, and the subsequent execution of complex procedures. automated processes, including marketing and sales administration, enable increased effectiveness and efficacy in a variety of organizational activities. moreover, to optimize the benefits of automation in digital marketing, fernandez et al. [71] proposed that businesses should incorporate automation into all facets of their operations. digital transformation is an indispensable precondition for the effective implementation of marketing automation. by consciously utilizing automation platforms in digital marketing, marketing firms can enhance their decision-making capabilities. despite the difficulties inherent in the process, marketing automation facilitates the formation of efficient marketing teams to maximize the advantages. 4.2. rq2 which are the most documented types of research publications on content automation in marketing? our results showed that research on content automation in marketing is primarily disseminated through articles that furnish readers with dependable and extensively researched data relating to a diverse array of subjects. the comprehension of existing concepts can be enhanced, and readers can acquire information on novel subjects through the use of academic articles and other written endeavors to bolster a debate or argument. these articles frequently include hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 843 hyperlinks to supplementary resources. maintaining knowledge of current events, trends, and research in particular areas of interest is easily accomplished through reading articles that contribute valuable insights into intricate subjects that might not be found elsewhere and are frequently authored by authorities in the field. these findings were consistent with the results of a bibliometric analysis conducted to carry out an exhaustive review of the current body of literature on content marketing. an equally exhaustive research analysis in the field by elhajjar et al. [70] determined that most of the articles on automation in business research were documents. analogously, binh nguyen et al. [37] stated that articles serve as a widely circulated resource that elucidates all-encompassing concepts pertaining to content marketing within the travel industry. 4.3. rq3 which are the research areas where the authors have published research on content automation in marketing? according to our findings, the three primary research domains in which the authors have disseminated studies on content automation in marketing were computer science, engineering, business management, and accounting. this may explain why content marketing and social media marketing have comparable business objectives, with the former focusing primarily on narrative transmission rather than the promotion of communications. content marketing can also be defined as a process or tactic that is executed on social media platforms [72]. social media encompasses a variety of platforms and channels that enable the dissemination and interchange of content. a marketing automation system is composed of a software platform that enables the distribution of content according to the criteria specified by the user. the objective is to successfully develop, maintain, and earn the trust of current and prospective clients by independently tailoring relevant and advantageous content to their specific needs. marketing automation utilizes approaches similar to those observed in web analytics through the surveillance of website visitors' online behaviors (e.g., navigation paths and page views) through the utilization of ip addresses and cookies [15, 16, 17]. scholarly articles exploring the application of content automation in marketing were published in these aforementioned research fields. our results aligned with the conclusions drawn by dwivedi et al. [73], kshetri et al. [9], and mingotto et al. [74]. they suggested that the most pertinent academic disciplines for publishing articles on the subjects of automation in digital marketing and business performance were computer science, engineering, business management, and accounting. 4.4. rq4 the year in which research papers on content automation in marketing were published between 2004 and 2024 our results suggested that research on content automation in marketing was at its most fruitful in 2019. the increasing scholarly attention towards this topic and the criticality of establishing a correlation between automation and content marketing are evidenced by this recent publication trend. by 2020, consumers may have automated systems in place to manage 85% of their relationships. a considerable proportion (67%) of marketing executives have adopted the practice of consistently utilizing marketing automation software. marketing automation has emerged as the predominant instrument for developing individualized consumer experiences. as evidenced by the various keywords extracted from the overlay visualization map using the vosviewer software that emerged during the aforementioned years—including marketing automation, content marketing, machine learning, and computational linguistics—there has been an ongoing progression of research on content automation in marketing since 2020. the significance of this is evident from frequently referenced research examples, including "agile logic for saas implementation: capitalizing on marketing automation software in a start-up" by mero et al. [75], "supporting customeroriented marketing with artificial intelligence: automatically quantifying customer needs from social media" by yigitcanlar et al. [76], and "information technology and marketing, an important partnership for decades" by graesch et al. [77]. "the perceived authenticity of a brand is diminished when generative artificial intelligence is used to generate social media content," brüns & meißner [69]. 4.5. rq5 which countries published research on content automation in marketing and which countries topped the list in terms of association with the others? according to our findings, the united states is the foremost nation in terms of the top three dissemination rankings, making the greatest contribution to content automation in the field of marketing research, followed by germany and the united kingdom. moreover, an analysis of the significance of inter-nationalism revealed that the united states exerted the greatest influence on international collaboration with other nations, particularly portugal and the united kingdom. this could be because the aforementioned three nations are all technologically advanced, as evidenced by the 2024 qs world university rankings in the field of engineering & technology, which rank them among the top twenty nations in this regard. six institutions are rated in the united states, including the university of california, berkeley (ucb), massachusetts institute of technology (mit), and stanford university (ucb). these were ranked first, second, and hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 844 fifth, respectively, enabling the united states to become a nation capable of conducting research on content automation in marketing and to establish partnerships with research networks from renowned nations in this domain. this result concurred with the findings of obreja et al. [78]. they indicated that germany, the united kingdom, and the united states were the leading nations in artificial intelligence innovations (ai-i) research. furthermore, elhajjar et al. [70] reported that most studies conducted on automation in business research occurred in the united states. 4.6. rq6 which journals published research on content automation in marketing? according to our research, management for professionals published the greatest number of articles concerning marketing automation, followed by the ceur workshop proceedings and lecture notes in networks and systems. the compilation entitled "management for professionals" consists of scholarly business and management texts designed for executives, mba candidates, and business researchers with a practical approach. all subjects pertinent to enterprises and the business ecosystem were addressed. combining scientific expertise, best practices, and an entrepreneurial spirit, the authors—prominent professors and seasoned business experts—offered potent insights into attaining business excellence. ceur workshop proceedings, accessible at ceur-ws.org, is a publication service that offers free open access to computer science workshops that are specifically concerned with the domain of automation. the most recent advancements in networks and systems were published as lecture notes in networks and systems expeditiously, informally, and with superior quality. this source type is composed primarily of original research that has been published in proceedings and post-proceedings. as a result, publishing academic works, particularly those concerning business automation, such as content marketing, has embraced these source formats. consistent with the research conducted by informa uk limited, an informa group company [79], this discovery implied that readers benefit greatly from immediate open access to the most recent studies. furthermore, the authors benefited from publishing open access, and their research gained greater visibility and readership. they showcased its societal impact; they can freely distribute their work and adhere to funder requirements. as a consequence, more academic studies, particularly those relating to content automation in marketing, were published using the aforementioned source types. 4.7. who are the most influential authors in the field of content automation in marketing? based on our research findings, agrawal, d. emerged as the preeminent author in the domain of content automation in marketing, with substantial citations and corpus-specific h-index scopus awarded high-performance indicators. agrawal, d. co-authored publications with researchers from other countries/regions (27.1%), publications cited in the top 10% most frequently globally (32.9%), publications ranked in the top journal percentiles (46%), publications with academic and corporate affiliations (16.5%), and field-weighted citation impact (2.2). "database scalability, elasticity, and autonomy in the cloud (extended abstract)" by agrawal, d. garnered the greatest number of citations (636), all within the domain of automation. the author provided a comprehensive examination of efforts to incorporate the aforementioned "cloud features" into a database system to facilitate diverse cloud-based applications. the paper discussed the development of intelligent and autonomic controllers for system management that operated without human intervention, the implementation of scalable database management architectures based on the principles of data fission and data fusion, and the implementation of low-cost live database migration to enable lightweight elasticity. moreover, the significance of the interrelationships between authors suggested that chyrun, l. made the most substantial contributions to the field of content automation in marketing. chyrun, l. co-authored a significant number of documents (20.0%) with researchers from other countries/regions, with 16 scholarly outputs, 265 citations, 16.6 citations per publication, and a 4.12 field-weighted citation impact. these two authors are preeminent international collaborators and influential authors in the field of content automation in marketing. this finding concurred with mazumdar et al. [80], who suggested that agrawal, d. was an influential author in the field of big data management marketing. demchuk et al. [81] noted that chyrun, l. was a co-author with a 20 scopus metric, 97th percentile, and a 5.10 field-weighted citation impact in the field of commercial content distribution systems based on neural networks and machine learning. 4.8. which themes involving content automation in marketing are the most popular among scholars? according to our research results, the most discussed topics among academics regarding content automation in marketing were "social media," "marketing," "automation," "commerce" and "artificial intelligence." content automation in marketing entails the implementation of software, technology, or artificial intelligence to optimize and expedite the processes of digital content creation, distribution, and administration, thereby improving the efficiency and precision of the content production procedure through the automation of repetitive duties. in marketing, content automation can be implemented across a multitude of content categories, including but not limited to blogs, articles, social media posts, videos, and images. hence, pertinent scholarly investigations demonstrated that central themes relating to content automation in marketing were the most favoured. the application of generative artificial intelligence in social media content to undermine perceived brand authenticity was demonstrated by brüns and meißner [69], while hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 845 a comprehensive analysis of the impact of artificial intelligence (ai) on content management systems (cms) was conducted by boukar et al. [82]. the authors also evaluated emergent ai methodologies and their application in a business setting. furthermore, lyu et al. [83] investigated the effects of cloud-based learning technologies and big data on marketing automation in healthy and smart cities, while pereira et al. [84] assessed the prospective ramifications of artificial intelligence in the realm of digital marketing. an investigation was conducted by martínez-castaáo et al. [85] to determine the real-time automation challenge pertaining to the focused extraction of social media users. this aforementioned empirical research promoted the widespread recognition of these fundamental themes among scholars in many nations. these results aligned with research conducted by kshetri et al. [9], who provided an overview of the current state of generative artificial intelligence in the marketing field. singh [86] examined the relationship between enablers for social media marketing and the success of businesses, while barbosa et al. [87] delineated the stages of the consumer journey undertaken by entrepreneurs implementing digital marketing strategies, and ettrich et al. [88] devised token classification-based automated systems to discern customer requirements within user-generated content. 4.9. which areas involving content automation in marketing need additional study? our finding indicated that most research relating to the relationship between marketing automation and computer software, robotics, the internet, humans, and relationships was undertaken between 2012 and 2017. conversely, most research concerning marketing automation and artificial intelligence, machine learning, learning systems, computational linguistics, big data, social media, commerce, content marketing, digital marketing, and digital transformation was conducted more recently (2020-2024). this observation implied that potential areas involving content automation in marketing need additional research study to include the domains of automation technology, content marketing, and social media commerce. the impact of artificial intelligence on content management systems (cms) in the context of a business corporation was discussed [82], while the effect that big data and cloud-based learning technologies have on marketing automation in healthy and smart cities was also investigated [83]. the effectiveness of human effort in online reviews can be enhanced by using deep learning techniques to develop automated content, synthesize the reviews [89], and introduce generative models to serve as the foundation for optimizing advertising texts [90]. this finding concurred with chiarello et al. [91], who stated that the application of chatgpt in social media, office automation, and search engines was an emerging area for further study. 4.10. what is the intellectual structure of current research on content automation in marketing? our findings indicated that the intellectual structure of current research on content automation in marketing comprises four clusters as 1) marketing automation for digital commerce content marketing; 2) artificial intelligence for digital marketing transformation; 3) automation and optimization development for personalized advertising content; and 4) automatic knowledge discovery and humanized content. we found that keywords in the same cluster shared a similar hotspot. cluster 1 contained keywords related to commerce, sales, big data, digital marketing, marketing automation, and content marketing. therefore, this cluster was named marketing automation for digital commerce content marketing. this result concurred with ngaruiya et al. [92], who suggested that the integration of automation technology as artificial intelligence (ai) into digital work has revolutionized content creation, interaction, and consumption and also substantially enhanced efficiency and productivity. hidayati [93] proposed an automation framework whereby machine learning algorithms enhanced precise marketing strategies and customer experiences in the digital landscape, while lyu et al. [83] stated that with the development of big data and cloud-driven technology, marketing methods have undergone tremendous changes and automated marketing has become the future trend. in cluster 2, the keywords were mainly types of emerging technology applied to marketing transformation, including artificial intelligence, quality control, decision-making, machine learning, learning systems, and natural language processing. therefore, this cluster was named artificial intelligence for digital marketing transformation, conforming with medina aguerrebere et al. [94], who suggested that companies should implement an in-house artificial intelligence department to develop digital transformation from an industry, branding, and communication perspective. company branding efforts on smart platforms should focus more on brand content so that stakeholders can understand their uniqueness. zghurska et al. [95] stated that the development of artificial intelligence with real-time analytics and forecasting autonomous campaigns plays a key role in the economic efficiency of marketing project development and implementation. giannakopoulos et al. [96] also highlighted that the integration of artificial intelligence-based modeling and digital marketing analytics through big data provided valuable insights for future investment strategies and better decision-making processes. swan et al. [97] indicated that the value co-creation process of artificial intelligence (ai) technologies via a function of inputs, tech-enabled experiences, and ai outputs influenced the digital transformation of healthcare. most of the keywords in cluster 3 were from online advertising, websites, information technology, information management, social networking (specifically online), search engines, and information technology. therefore, this cluster was named automation and optimization development for personalized advertising content. this result complied with hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 846 lyu et al. [83], who stated that the development of big data and cloud-driven technology with real-time optimization of advertising information content correlated with customer retention rate and sales growth. therefore, big data and cloud drives have an important impact on marketing automation. likewise, pereira et al. [84] proposed that the adoption of artificial intelligence (ai) enhanced content marketing for social media marketing and advertising, while martínez et al. [98] pointed out that the application of artificial intelligence (ai) automation innovation efficiency in large unstructured data sets, processing, predictive/prescriptive analysis, natural language recognition, and image recognition affected all phases of the advertising process and transformed the effectiveness of market research and analysis, creativity, media planning, and buying. finally, the keywords in cluster 4 were mainly related to research articles on social media, the internet, and humanity. therefore, this cluster was named automatic knowledge discovery and humanized content. this result concurred with brüns & meißner [69], who indicated that the application of generative artificial intelligence for assisting humans in social media content creation rather than replacing them through automation could reduce the negative reactions of consumer behavior and enhance brand authenticity. boukar et al. [82] also highlighted that integrating artificial intelligence (ai) with content management systems (cms) could significantly enhance search functionalities and streamline numerous processes. individuals engaged in website ownership, content generation, and marketing should acquaint themselves with the most recent advancements in content management systems (cms) and artificial intelligence (ai) within the corporate environment. restrepo & lis-gutiérrez [99] provided evidence that generative pre-trained transformer (gpt) chat could be used for content creation, consumer insight, personalized marketing strategy development, segment targeting, copywriting, market research, report development, and cost reduction, while mero & leinonen [75] suggested that the implementation of marketing automation (ma) software-as-a-service (saas) facilitated the key processes of sales, management, content marketing, and customer intelligence for start-up firms to improve their mutual fit and achieve goals. 5. conclusions marketing automation uses tools to streamline repetitive tasks, giving marketing departments the ability to automate monotonous processes such as email marketing, social media posting, and ad campaigns. this automation increases productivity and also provides a more personalized experience for consumers. therefore, it is important to analyze automation when evaluating marketing trends. a bibliometric analysis of content automation in marketing research was conducted to identify the research areas, and the following research questions were posited. rq1. which are the most cited articles on content automation in marketing? rq2. which are the most documented types of research publications on content automation in marketing? rq3. which are the research areas where the authors have published research on content automation in marketing? rq4. the year in which research papers on content automation in marketing were published between 2004 and 2024? rq5. which countries published research on content automation in marketing, and which countries topped the list in terms of association with the others? rq6. which journals published research on content automation in marketing. rq7. who are the most influential authors in the field of content automation in marketing? rq8. which themes/terms involving content automation in marketing are the most popular among scholars? rq9. which areas involving content automation in marketing need additional study? rq10. what is the intellectual structure of current research on content automation in marketing? first, the findings highlighted that the article "harnessing marketing automation for b2b content marketing" by järvinen & taiminen [49] was the most cited on content automation in marketing. second, articles were the most common type of research publications on content automation in marketing. third, computer science was the area where the authors published research on content automation in marketing. fourth, 2019 to 2023 demonstrated recent publication trends and the scientific community's increasing interest in the subject of content automation in marketing and the significance of establishing a connection between content automation and marketing. this phenomenon highlights the increasing scholarly focus on content automation in marketing since 2020. fifth, the united states was the leading country where the authors published research on content automation in marketing and topped the list in terms of the association with the others. sixth, the management for professionals journal published the most research on content automation in marketing. seventh, agrawal, divyakant, was the most influential author in the field of content automation in marketing, with rankings based on h-index and total citations, while chyrun, lyubomyr, was an influential cooccurrence network author. eighth, “marketing," "automation," "commerce," "artificial intelligence" and "social media" were the most frequently used terms among scholars involved with content automation in marketing. ninth, the areas involved with content automation in marketing require additional study to determine the interplay between automation technology, content marketing, and social media commerce, especially the domains of marketing automation, artificial intelligence, machine learning, learning systems, computational linguistics, big data, social media, commerce, content marketing, digital marketing, and digital transformation. lastly, the intellectual structure of current research on content automation in marketing comprises four clusters as 1) marketing automation for digital commerce content marketing; 2) artificial intelligence for digital marketing transformation; 3) automation and optimization development for personalized advertising content; and 4) automatic knowledge discovery and humanized content. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 847 6. implications a thorough analysis of the documents in the primary scopus database was conducted, and several significant findings were deduced that will be advantageous for future researchers investigating content automation in marketing. the application of bibliometric analysis to content automation in marketing will yield both practical and theoretical benefits. 6.1. theoretical implications this study mapped the intellectual structure of content automation in the marketing field using bibliometric analysis. intellectual networks, influential authors, and pivotal concepts within the discipline were discerned. identification and analysis of publication trends can illuminate emergent topics and areas of increasing or decreasing interest to disclose the evolution of content automation in marketing research. bibliometric analysis has the capacity to direct subsequent research and generate novel theoretical frameworks in the field of content automation in marketing through the identification of research lacunas in the existing body of literature. 6.2. practical implications practitioners in academic and real-world contexts, including marketers, advertisers, and marketing managers, will benefit from the insights gleaned from this bibliometric analysis when implementing content marketing. implications derived from the assessment will be beneficial for companies and professionals in digital marketing, including managers and specialists who are presently implementing or intend to implement content marketing automation strategies. this information can be utilized by practitioners to develop marketing content automatio n systems that are more efficient and aid in the identification of pivotal contributors: bibliometric analysis can assist professionals in the field of content automation in marketing to discern sources of dependable information and expertise by identifying the most influential authors and publications. by benchmarking the research output of nations, institutions, or individuals in the field of content automation in marketing, bibliometric analysis sheds light on the productivity and influence of such research. bibliometric analysis of content automation in marketing can furnish practitioners and researchers with invaluable insights, thereby augmenting our comprehension of this critical field of study and its pragmatic implementations. 6.3. limitations this research had several limitations. scopus is commonly recognized as an all-encompassing database for social scientific research [100]. however, our search technique may not have uncovered all the relevant articles and may have excluded certain publications. the data presented in this research may also have been updated over time. multiple databases, including science direct, web of science (wos), and google scholar, could be used to obtain a more comprehensive set of bibliometric values. this study only utilized the search phrases "content", "automation", and "marketing". future research should also utilize synonyms or relevant terms in different languages. 6.4. future research directions integration of additional bibliometric indicators, including co-citation analysis, bibliographic coupling, and citation counts, should be the subject of future research to provide a more comprehensive understanding of the subject. further investigation is also warranted into temporal patterns in the field of content automation in marke ting, involving analyzing shifts in the study's focus, modifications in the publications, and critical contributors over time, as well as the impact of historical occurrences. additional research should also investigate the effects of content automation in marketing research on a cross-disciplinary level, encompassing the utilization of concepts and approaches from related fields such as consumer behavior, emergent technologies, customer relationship management, and marketing and advertising software development. one potential approach to examining the effects of content automation in marketing across various regions, countries, or cultural contexts is through the implementation of comparative bibliometric studies. despite its primarily quantitative nature, further research should explore methods to incorporate qualitative insights, such as content analysis of publications, to provide a more comprehensive picture of content automation in marketing research. to forecast forthcoming trends in content automation within the realm of marketing research, detect emerging topics, and gauge the impact of novel publications and authors, we must assume that future predictive algorithms will be constructed using bibliometric data. further research should, therefore, investigate the effects of implementing open science practices, including data sharing, open access publishing, and transparent research practices, on the dissemination and impact of marketing research content automation. by conducting bibliometric analyses, these prospective research avenues will augment our comprehension of the development, consequences, and further developments of content automation in marketing. table 3 lists some future lines of research and possible research questions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 848 table 3. future lines of investigation and potential research questions. future lines of investigation future research directions marketing automation for digital commerce content marketing a variety of multi-criteria decision making (mcdm) techniques could be utilised to examine the critical success factors of marketing automation (ma) for digital commerce content marketing. these techniques include the analytic hierarchy process (ahp), analytic network process (anp), technique for order of preference by similarity to ideal solution (topsis), multiattribute utility theory (maut), preference ranking organisation method for enrichment of evaluations (promethee), weighted aggregates sum product assessment, elimination and choice translating reality (electre), data envelopment analysis (dea) and vlsekriterijumska optimizacija i kompromisno resenje (vikor). these could be used to design and apply marketing automation to generate content marketing on digital commerce platforms. artificial intelligence for digital marketing transformation artificial-intelligence-based tools for implementing dynamic branding initiatives could be developed as a framework for leveraging artificial intelligence in future marketing decision support. business values from investments in digital marketing transformation could be maximised by developing artificial intelligence to create personalised experiences and retain customers. marketing analytics techniques with artificial intelligence could be developed to target potential customers in online retailing contexts. companies can facilitate the regulation of ai applications in digital marketing through the creation of ai frameworks that prioritise impartiality, transparency and responsible practices. what are the most significant obstacles to integrating ai into digital marketing strategies and what are some potential solutions to resolve these obstacles? automation and optimisation development for personalised advertising content the operational mechanisms of recommendation systems in the context of advertising personalisation, as well as an examination of how algorithms handle massive amounts of data to enhance the performance and precision of recommendation models should be assessed. the mechanisms and variables involved in the efficient acquisition and processing of real-time user data for the purpose of personalising advertising content should adapt to market changes and promptly address user demands. the mechanisms by which automation technology parses and interprets user sentiment data for the purpose of personalisation to develop personalised advertising through the use of natural language processing (nlp) technologies should be assessed. research on the application of automation technology in sentiment analysis should also be conducted. brand promotion efficacy can be enhanced by predicting how advertising personalisation mechanisms will continue to develop and advance alongside automation technology. the potential of integrating automation technology with various technological approaches and innovative ideologies to generate more targeted and engaging advertising content should be investigated. the mechanisms through which advertising placement strategies are optimised by automation technology in the light of evolving consumer demands and behaviours should be explored to facilitate more efficient utilisation of emergent technologies such as augmented reality and virtual reality. automatic knowledge discovery and humanised content the design and development of a personalised advertising generator based on automatic analysis of consumer preferences and style traits should be considered. automatic methods for generating humanised marketing content utilising machine learning techniques should be investigated. humanised content could be generated via consumer social media discourse and internet search queries using multimodal deep learning. automatic content selection criteria based on human–nature interactions in social media photographs and computer vision require development. an innovative influence quantification model on social media platforms that leverages data science principles to enhance digital marketing outcomes and facilitates targeted business advertising would be beneficial, while the utilisation of image transmission mechanisms on short video platforms to increase online user engagement with brief video endorsement content will boost sales. using topic modelling to conduct text-based content analysis on social media platforms will also support digital content marketing. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, t.p. and r.t.; methodology, t.p. and r.t.; software, t.p.; validation, r.t.; formal analysis, t.p.; investigation, n.s. and r.t.; resources, n.s. and r.t.; data curation, n.s. and r.t.; writing—original draft preparation, t.p. and r.t.; writing—review and editing, t.p.; visualization, n.s. and r.t; supervision, n.s. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 849 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] bubphapant, j., & brandão, a. (2024). content marketing research: a review and research agenda. international journal of consumer studies, 48(1), e12984. doi:10.1111/ijcs.12984. [2] park, k., kim, h. j., & kim, j. m. (2023). the effect of mobile device usage on creating text reviews. asia pacific journal of marketing and logistics, 35(4), 1011-1029. doi:10.1108/apjml-11-2021-0838. [3] kitsios, f., mitsopoulou, e., moustaka, e., & kamariotou, m. (2022). user-generated content in social media: a twenty-year bibliometric analysis in hospitality. information (switzerland), 13(12), 574. doi:10.3390/info13120574. [4] salonen, a., mero, j., munnukka, j., zimmer, m., & karjaluoto, h. (2024). digital content marketing on social media along the b2b customer journey: the effect of timely content delivery on customer engagement. industrial marketing management, 118, 12-26. doi:10.1016/j.indmarman.2024.02.002. [5] odoom, r. digital content marketing and consumer brand engagement on social mediado influencers’ brand content moderate the relationship? journal of marketing communications, 1-24. doi:10.1080/13527266.2023.2249013. [6] benslama, t., & jallouli, r. (2024). an empirical study of the impact of social media data analytics on marketing strategy. journal of telecommunications and the digital economy, 12(1), 575-594. doi:10.18080/jtde.v12n1.830. [7] aljarah, a., sawaftah, d., ibrahim, b., & lahuerta-otero, e. (2024). the differential impact of userand firm-generated content on online brand advocacy: customer engagement and brand familiarity matter. european journal of innovation management, 27(4), 1160-1181. doi:10.1108/ejim-05-2022-0259. [8] hasani, v. v., zeqiri, j., todorovik, t., jaziri, d., & toska, a. (2023). digital content marketing and ewom: a mediational serial approach. business systems research, 14(2), 24-43. doi:10.2478/bsrj-2023-0010. [9] kshetri, n., dwivedi, y. k., davenport, t. h., & panteli, n. (2024). generative artificial intelligence in marketing: applications, opportunities, challenges, and research agenda. international journal of information management, 75, 102716. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2023.102716. [10] rosário, a. t., & dias, j. c. (2023). marketing strategies on social media platforms. international journal of e-business research, 19(1), 316969. doi:10.4018/ijebr.316969. [11] ho, j., pang, c., & choy, c. (2020). content marketing capability building: a conceptual framework. journal of research in interactive marketing, 14(1), 133-151. doi:10.1108/jrim-06-2018-0082. [12] terho, h., mero, j., siutla, l., & jaakkola, e. (2022). digital content marketing in business markets: activities, consequences, and contingencies along the customer journey. industrial marketing management, 105, 294-310. doi:10.1016/j.indmarman.2022.06.006. [13] eggers, f., beke, f. t., verhoef, p. c., & wieringa, j. e. (2023). the market for privacy: understanding how consumers trade off privacy practices. journal of interactive marketing, 58(4), 341-360. doi:10.1177/10949968221140061. [14] fan, j., peng, l., chen, t., & cong, g. (2024). mining the impact of social media information on public green consumption attitudes: a framework based on elm and text data mining. humanities and social sciences communications, 11(1), 184. doi:10.1057/s41599-024-02649-7. [15] dam, n. a. k., dinh, t. l., & menvielle, w. (2024). applying customer intelligence in marketing: a holistic approach. international journal of applied decision sciences, 17(2), 206-229. doi:10.1504/ijads.2024.137003. [16] agnihotri, r., afshar bakeshloo, k., & mani, s. (2023). social media analytics for business-to-business marketing. industrial marketing management, 115, 110-126. doi:10.1016/j.indmarman.2023.09.012. [17] al-dmour, h., saad, n., basheer amin, e., al-dmour, r., & al-dmour, a. (2023). the influence of the practices of big data analytics applications on bank performance: filed study. vine journal of information and knowledge management systems, 53(1), 119-141. doi:10.1108/vjikms-08-2020-0151. [18] gimadeev, g. (2023). application of the simulation modeling method for solving content marketing automation tasks. technoeconomics, 2(4-7), 16–24. doi:10.57809/2023.2.4.7.2. [19] brar, t. p. s. (2021). digital marketing performance: understanding the challenges and measuring the outcomes. big data analytics for improved accuracy, efficiency, and decision making in digital marketing, edited by amandeep singh. igi global, 51-63. doi:10.4018/978-1-7998-7231-3.ch004. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 850 [20] donthu, n., kumar, s., mukherjee, d., pandey, n., & lim, w. m. (2021). how to conduct a bibliometric analysis: an overview and guidelines. journal of business research, 133, 285-296. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2021.04.070. [21] munoz-leiva, f., porcu, l., & del barrio-garcıa, s. (2015). discovering prominent themes in integrated marketing communication research from 1991 to 2012: a co-word analytic approach. international journal of advertising, 34(4), 678-701. doi:10.1080/02650487.2015.1009348. [22] donthu, n., kumar, s., ranaweera, c., pattnaik, d., & gustafsson, a. (2022). mapping of journal of services marketing themes: a retrospective overview using bibliometric analysis. journal of services marketing, 36(3), 340-363. doi:10.1108/jsm-04-20200122. [23] kyrousi, a. g., koronaki, e., & zotou, a. y. (2022). marketing communication in luxury research: a framework-based literature review and research agenda. journal of marketing communications, 28(5), 560-589. doi:10.1080/13527266.2022.2095581. [24] muñoz-leiva, f., rodríguez-lópez, m. e., & garcía-martí, b. (2022). discovering prominent themes of the application of eye tracking technology in marketing research. cuadernos de gestion, 22(1), 97-113. doi:10.5295/cdg.211516fm. [25] chandra, s., verma, s., lim, w. m., kumar, s., & donthu, n. (2022). personalization in personalized marketing: trends and ways forward. psychology and marketing, 39(8), 1529-1562. doi:10.1002/mar.21670. [26] srivastava, m., pandey, n., & saini, g. k. (2022). reference price research in marketing: a bibliometric analysis. marketing intelligence and planning, 40(5), 604-623. doi:10.1108/mip-02-2022-0049. [27] rathi, r., garg, r., kataria, a., & chhikara, r. (2022). evolution of luxury marketing landscape: a bibliometric analysis and future directions. journal of brand management, 29(3), 241-257. doi:10.1057/s41262-022-00273-x. [28] pham, x. l., nguyen, p. m. b., & truong, g. n. t. (2022). a co-word and co-citation analysis of digital marketing research. international journal of service science, management, engineering, and technology, 13(1), 1-20. doi:10.4018/ijssmet.304817. [29] tanwar, a. s., chaudhry, h., & srivastava, m. k. (2022). trends in influencer marketing: a review and bibliometric analysis. journal of interactive advertising, 22(1), 1-27. doi:10.1080/15252019.2021.2007822. [30] jayaswal, p., & parida, b. (2023). past, present and future of augmented reality marketing research: a bibliometric and thematic analysis approach. european journal of marketing, 57(9), 2237-2289. doi:10.1108/ejm-05-2022-0397. [31] joshi, y., lim, w. m., jagani, k., & kumar, s. (2023). social media influencer marketing: foundations, trends, and ways forward. electronic commerce research, 1-55. doi:10.1007/s10660-023-09719-z. [32] antunes, i. f. s., & veríssimo, j. m. c. (2024). a bibliometric review and content analysis of research trends in sensory marketing. cogent business and management, 11(1), 2338879. doi:10.1080/23311975.2024.2338879. [33] ramos, r., rita, p., & vong, c. (2024). mapping research in marketing: trends, influential papers and agenda for future research. spanish journal of marketing esic, 28(2), 187-206. doi:10.1108/sjme-10-2022-0221. [34] musa, h. g., fatmawati, i., nuryakin, n., & suyanto, m. (2024). marketing research trends using technology acceptance model (tam): a comprehensive review of researches (2002–2022). cogent business and management, 11(1), 2329375. doi:10.1080/23311975.2024.2329375. [35] polat, e., çelik, f., ibrahim, b., & gursoy, d. (2024). past, present, and future scene of influencer marketing in hospitality and tourism management. journal of travel and tourism marketing, 41(3), 322-343. doi:10.1080/10548408.2024.2317741. [36] han, r., lam, h. k. s., zhan, y., wang, y., dwivedi, y. k., & tan, k. h. (2021). artificial intelligence in business-to-business marketing: a bibliometric analysis of current research status, development and future directions. industrial management and data systems, 121(12), 2467-2497. doi:10.1108/imds-05-2021-0300. [37] binh nguyen, p. m., pham, x. l., & to truong, g. n. (2023). a bibliometric analysis of research on tourism content marketing: background knowledge and thematic evolution. heliyon, 9(2), e13487. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2023.e13487. [38] guerrero velástegui, c. a., infante paredes, r. e., peñaherrera zambrano, s. x., & herrera, j. b. (2024). a bibliometric analysis of literature trends in content marketing and content managers. sapienza, 5(2), e24023. doi:10.51798/sijis.v5i2.734. [39] rodrigues, s. p., van eck, n. j., waltman, l., & jansen, f. w. (2014). mapping patient safety: a large-scale literature review using bibliometric visualisation techniques. bmj open, 4(3), e004468. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2013-004468. [40] gallego-valero, l., moral-parajes, e., & román-sánchez, i. m. (2021). wastewater treatment costs: a research overview through bibliometric analysis. sustainability, 13(9), 5066. doi:10.3390/su13095066. [41] hulland, j., & houston, m. b. (2020). why systematic review papers and meta-analyses matter: an introduction to the special issue on generalizations in marketing. journal of the academy of marketing science, 48(3), 351-359. doi:10.1007/s11747-02000721-7. [42] bukar, u. a., sayeed, m. s., razak, s. f. a., yogarayan, s., amodu, o. a., & mahmood, r. a. r. (2023). a method for analyzing text using vosviewer. methodsx, 11, 102339. doi:10.1016/j.mex.2023.102339. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 851 [43] martín-martín, a., orduna-malea, e., thelwall, m., & lópez-cózar, e. d. (2018). google scholar, web of science, and scopus: a systematic comparison of citations in 252 subject categories. journal of informetrics, 12(4), 1160-1177. doi:10.31235/osf.io/42nkm. [44] van eck, n. j., & waltman, l. (2010). software survey: vosviewer, a computer program for bibliometric mapping. scientometrics, 84(2), 523-538. doi:10.1007/s11192-009-0146-3. [45] kraus, s., breier, m., lim, w. m., dabić, m., kumar, s., kanbach, d, & ferreira, j. j. (2022). literature reviews as independent studies: guidelines for academic practice. review of managerial science, 16(8), 2577-2595. doi:10.1007/s11846-022-00588-8. [46] kirby, a. (2023). exploratory bibliometrics: using vosviewer as a preliminary research tool. publications, 11(1), 10. doi:10.3390/publications11010010. [47] fisch, c., & block, j. (2018). six tips for your (systematic) literature review in business and management research. management review quarterly, 68(2), 103-106. doi:10.1007/s11301-018-0142-x. [48] pittaway, l., holt, r., & broad, j. (january 7, 2014). synthesising knowledge in entrepreneurship research the role of systematic literature reviews. in synthesising knowledge in entrepreneurship research: the role of systematic literature reviews, in chell, e. and karatas-ozkan, m., handbook of research on small business and entrepreneurship, edward elgar, cheltenham (pp. 83-105). doi:10.4337/9781849809245.00014. [49] järvinen, j., & taiminen, h. (2016). harnessing marketing automation for b2b content marketing. industrial marketing management, 54, 164-175. doi:10.1016/j.indmarman.2015.07.002. [50] metwally, a., agrawal, d., & abbadi, a. e. (2007). detectives: detecting coalition hit inflation attacks in advertising networks streams. proceedings of the 16th international conference on world wide web, 241–250. doi:10.1145/1242572.1242606. [51] vysotska, v., fernandes, v.b., & emmerich, m. (2018). web content support method in electronic business systems. international conference on computational linguistics and intelligent systems (colins), 20-41. [52] weisbrich, s., & owens, c. (2016). the creative challenge. in o. busch (ed.), programmatic advertising: the successful transformation to automated, data-driven marketing in real-time: springer international publishing, 123-130. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-25023-6_10. [53] bashynska, i., lytovchenko, i., & kharenko, d. (2019). sales tunnels in messengers as new technologies for effective internetmarketing in tourism and hospitality. international journal of innovative technology and exploring engineering, 8(12), 594598. doi:10.35940/ijitee.l3470.1081219. [54] lies, j. (2021). digital marketing: incompatibilities between performance marketing and marketing creativity. journal of digital and social media marketing, 8(4), 376-386. [55] riedl, m. o. (2010). scalable personalization of interactive experiences through creative automation. computers in entertainment, 8(4), 26. doi:10.1145/1921141.1921146. [56] gera, s., & sinha, a. (2022). t-bot: ai-based social media bot detection model for trend-centric twitter network. social network analysis and mining, 12(1), 76 doi:10.1007/s13278-022-00897-6. [57] zeeshan, m., & saxena, k. (2020). explorative study of artificial intelligence in digital marketing. lecture notes on data engineering and communications technologies, 49, 968-978. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-43192-1_107. [58] semeradova, t., & weinlich, p. (2019). computer estimation of customer similarity with facebook lookalikes: advantages and disadvantages of hyper-targeting. ieee access, 7, 153365-153377, 8877755. doi:10.1109/access.2019.2948401. [59] zhang, c., zhou, j., zang, x., xu, q., yin, l., he, x., & dou, d. (2021). chase: commonsense-enriched advertising on search engine with explicit knowledge. 30th acm international conference on information and knowledge management, cikm 2021, 173355, 4352 – 4361. doi:10.1145/3459637.3481902. [60] remondes, j., madeira, p., & alves, c. (2024). connecting with consumers through effective personalization and programmatic advertising. igi global, pennsylvania, united states. doi:10.4018/978-1-6684-9146-1. [61] jain, a., barua, k., & barbate, m. (2022). role of data science in programmatic advertising. in studies in big data, 114, 3346. doi:10.1007/978-981-19-5154-1_3. [62] sikos, l. f. (2015). mastering structured data on the semantic web: from html5 microdata to linked open data. apress, new york city, united states. doi:10.1007/978-1-4842-1049-9. [63] kühl, n., mühlthaler, m., & goutier, m. (2020). supporting customer-oriented marketing with artificial intelligence: automatically quantifying customer needs from social media. electronic markets, 30(2), 351-367. doi:10.1007/s12525-01900351-0. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 852 [64] churyn, l., kowalska-styczeń, a., burov, y., berko, a., vasevych, a., pelekh, i., & ryshkovets, y. (2019). heterogeneous data with agreed content aggregation system development. in m. emmerich, v. lytvyn, i. yevseyeva, v. basto-fernandes, d. dosyn, & v. vysotska (eds.), modern machine learning technologies and data science: workshop of the 8th international conference on “mathematics. information technologies. education”, momlet and ds 2019, shatsk, ukraine. [65] resnick, m. l., & sanchez, j. (2004). effects of organizational scheme and labeling on task performance in product-centered and user-centered retail web sites. human factors, 46(1), 104–117. doi:10.1518/hfes.46.1.104.30390. [66] szelagowski, m., & lupeikiene, a. (2020). business process management systems: evolution and development trends. informatica (netherlands), 31(3), 579-595. doi:10.15388/20-infor429. [67] oro, e., ruffolo, m., & pupo, f. (2020). a cognitive automation approach for a smart lending and early warning application. workshops of the 23rd international conference on extending database technology/23rd international conference on database theory, edbt-icdt-ws 2020, ceur workshop proceedings, 2578, 158672. [68] sironi, p. (2020). the true value of ai to transform push/pull wealth management offers. in the ai book: the artificial intelligence handbook for investors, entrepreneurs and fintech visionaries, 122-124. doi:10.1002/9781119551966.ch33. [69] brüns, j. d., & meißner, m. (2024). do you create your content yourself? using generative artificial intelligence for social media content creation diminishes perceived brand authenticity. journal of retailing and consumer services, 79, 103790. doi:10.1016/j.jretconser.2024.103790. [70] elhajjar, s., yacoub, l., & yaacoub, h. (2023). automation in business research: systematic literature review. information systems and e-business management, 21(3), 675-698. doi:10.1007/s10257-023-00645-z. [71] fernandez, d., dastane, o., omar zaki, h., & aman, a. (2024). robotic process automation: bibliometric reflection and future opportunities. european journal of innovation management, 27(2), 692-712. doi:10.1108/ejim-10-2022-0570. [72] pulizzi, j. (2016). go all-in with content marketing or do nothing: #cmworld. content marketing institute, new york, united states. available online: https://contentmarketinginstitute.com/articles/all-in-content-marketing/ (accessed on may 2024). [73] dwivedi, y. k., ismagilova, e., hughes, d. l., carlson, j., filieri, r., jacobson, j., & wang, y. (2021). setting the future of digital and social media marketing research: perspectives and research propositions. international journal of information management, 59, 102168. doi:10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2020.102168. [74] mingotto, e., montaguti, f., & tamma, m. (2021). challenges in re-designing operations and jobs to embody ai and robotics in services. findings from a case in the hospitality industry. electronic markets, 31(3), 493-510. doi:10.1007/s12525-020-00439y. [75] mero, j., leinonen, m., makkonen, h., & karjaluoto, h. (2022). agile logic for saas implementation: capitalizing on marketing automation software in a start-up. journal of business research, 145, 583-594. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2022.03.026. [76] yigitcanlar, t., kankanamge, n., regona, m., ruiz maldonado, a., rowan, b., ryu, a., & li, r. y. m. (2020). artificial intelligence technologies and related urban planning and development concepts: how are they perceived and utilized in australia? journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 6(4), 187. doi:10.3390/joitmc6040187. [77] graesch, j. p., hensel-börner, s., & henseler, j. (2021). information technology and marketing: an important partnership for decades. industrial management & data systems, 121(1), 123-157. doi:10.1108/imds-08-2020-0510. [78] obreja, d. m., rughiniș, r., & rosner, d. (2024). mapping the conceptual structure of innovation in artificial intelligence research: a bibliometric analysis and systematic literature review. journal of innovation & knowledge, 9(1), 100465. doi:10.1016/j.jik.2024.100465. [79] informa group company. (2024). are open access journals good quality? taylor & francis, london, united kingdom. available online: https://authorservices.taylorandfrancis.com/blog/open-research/are-open-access-journals-good-quality/(accessed on may 2024). [80] mazumdar, s., seybold, d., kritikos, k., & verginadis, y. (2019). a survey on data storage and placement methodologies for cloud-big data ecosystem. journal of big data, 6(1), 15. doi:10.1186/s40537-019-0178-3. [81] demchuk, a., rusyn, b., pohreliuk, l., gozhyj, a., kalinina, i., chyrun, l., & antonyuk, n. (2019). commercial content distribution system based on neural network and machine learning. 1st international workshop on information-communication technologies and embedded systems, ict and es 2019, ceur workshop proceedings, 2516, 40-57. [82] boukar, m. m., mahamat, a. a., & djibrine, o. h. (2024). the impact of artificial intelligence (ai) on content management systems (cms): a deep dive. international journal of intelligent systems and applications in engineering, 12(1), 552-560. [83] lyu, x., jia, f., & zhao, b. (2023). impact of big data and cloud-driven learning technologies in healthy and smart cities on marketing automation. soft computing, 27(7), 4209-4222. doi:10.1007/s00500-022-07031-w. https://contentmarketinginstitute.com/articles/all-in-content-marketing/ https://authorservices.taylorandfrancis.com/blog/open-research/are-open-access-journals-good-quality/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 3, september, 2024 853 [84] pereira, l., tomás, d., dias, á., da costa, r. l., & gonçalves, r. (2023). how artificial intelligence can improve digital marketing. international journal of business information systems, 44(4), 581-624. doi:10.1504/ijbis.2023.135351. [85] martínez-castaáo, r., losada, d. e., & pichel, j. c. (2022). real-time focused extraction of social media users. ieee access, 10, 42607-42622. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3168977. [86] singh, p. (2024). beyond the basics: exploring the impact of social media marketing enablers on business success. heliyon, 10(5), e26435. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2024.e26435. [87] barbosa, b., saura, j. r., & bennett, d. (2024). how do entrepreneurs perform digital marketing across the customer journey? a review and discussion of the main uses. the journal of technology transfer, 49(1), 69-103. doi:10.1007/s10961-022-099782. [88] ettrich, o., stahlmann, s., leopold, h., & barrot, c. (2024). automatically identifying customer needs in user-generated content using token classification. decision support systems, 178, 114107. doi:10.1016/j.dss.2023.114107. [89] carlson, k., kopalle, p. k., riddell, a., rockmore, d., & vana, p. (2023). complementing human effort in online reviews: a deep learning approach to automatic content generation and review synthesis. international journal of research in marketing, 40(1), 54-74. doi:10.1016/j.ijresmar.2022.02.004. [90] lipianina-honcharenko, k., kit, i., zahorodnia, d., & osolinskyi, o. (2023). optimization method of advertising texts based on generative models. 3rd international workshop on information technologies: theoretical and applied problems, ittap 2023, ceur workshop proceedings, 3628, 15-27. [91] chiarello, f., giordano, v., spada, i., barandoni, s., & fantoni, g. (2024). future applications of generative large language models: a data-driven case study on chatgpt. technovation, 133, 103002. doi:10.1016/j.technovation.2024.103002. [92] ngaruiya, n., donner, j., baru, j. k., & chege, b. w. (2023). the domestication of ai by kenyan digital creators. africhi '23: proceedings of the 4th african human computer interaction conference, 71-75. doi:10.1145/3628096.3628753. [93] hidayati, n. n. (2023). improving aspect-based sentiment analysis for hotel reviews with latent dirichlet allocation and machine learning algorithms. register: jurnal ilmiah teknologi sistem informasi, 9(2), 144-157. doi:10.26594/register.v9i2.3441. [94] medina aguerrebere, p., medina, e., & gonzalez pacanowski, t. (2024). the role of smart technologies in french hospitals’ branding strategies. journalism and media, 5(1), 92-107. doi:10.3390/journalmedia5010007. [95] zghurska, o., vynogradova, o., yerankin, o., korchynska, o., ovsiienko, n., & aisulu, a. (2024). media planning as a necessary condition for increasing the efficiency of business structures’ digital marketing activities. financial and credit activity: problems of theory and practice, 1(54), 578-590. doi:10.55643/fcaptp.1.54.2024.4271. [96] giannakopoulos, n. t., terzi, m. c., sakas, d. p., kanellos, n., toudas, k. s., & migkos, s. p. (2024). agroeconomic indexes and big data: digital marketing analytics implications for enhanced decision making with artificial intelligence-based modeling. information (switzerland), 15(2), 67. doi:10.3390/info15020067. [97] swan, e. l., peltier, j. w., & dahl, a. j. (2024). artificial intelligence in healthcare: the value co-creation process and influence of other digital health transformations. journal of research in interactive marketing, 18(1), 109-126. doi:10.1108/jrim-092022-0293. [98] martínez, i. j. m., terrón, j. m. a., & cobarro, p. h. s. (2022). smart advertising: ai-driven innovation and technological disruption in the advertising ecosystem. revista latina de comunicacion social, 2022(80), 69-90. doi:10.4185/rlcs-20221693. [99] restrepo, a. n. r., & lis-gutiérrez, j. p. (2023). a review of gpt chat applications in marketing. salud, ciencia y tecnologiaserie de conferencias, 2, 514. doi:10.56294/sctconf2023514. [100] mongeon, p., siler, k., archambault, a., sugimoto, c. r., & larivière, v. (2021). collection development in the era of big deals. college & research libraries, 82(2), 219–236. doi:10.5860/crl.82.2.219. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1062 issn: 2723-9535 ml and dl models for stroke prediction from bio-signals: a systematic review and bibliometric analysis may issa aldossary 1 , fatemah h. alghamedy 2* , dina a. alabbad 3 , renad a. alnuaim 3 , maimonah s. altaweel 3 , reem a. h. alshami 3 , haya a. alzahim 3 , shahad f. alotaibi 3 , sumayh s. aljameel 4 , areej almalki 2, sunday o. olatunji 5 1 computer information systems department, college of computer science and information technology, imam abdulrahman bin faisal university, dammam, 34212, saudi arabia. 2 computer science department, applied college, imam abdulrahman bin faisal university, dammam, 34212, saudi arabia. 3 computer engineering department, college of computer science and information technology, imam abdulrahman bin faisal university, dammam, 34212, saudi arabia. 4 aramco saudi accelerated innovation lab (aramcosail), saudi aramco, dhahran 31311, saudi arabia. 5 faculty of computing, adekunle ajasin university, akungba akoko, ondo state, nigeria. received 12 june 2025; revised 11 august 2025; accepted 22 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract strokes continue to be a primary reason for disability and death around the globe. annually, over 12.2 million new strokes occur, which necessitates the development of early detection and intervention tools to reduce the potential harm. this systematic review and bibliometric analysis aim to review and visualize recent advances in predicting stroke or post-stroke effects using bio-signals, either with machine learning (ml) or deep learning (dl). the included studies were published between 2016 and 2024. a comprehensive search of ieee, pubmed, mdpi, and sciencedirect databases was performed using keywords related to stroke prediction, machine learning, deep learning, and bio-signals. from an initial pool of 152 studies, 15 studies met the inclusion criteria through the screening process. south korea contributed the most to publishing studies on stroke prediction using bio-signals. the results show that electroencephalography (eeg) is the most used biosignal in the reviewed studies. the sample size ranged from 3 to 4068. the top ten cited journals in the selected literature are high-ranked journals, which indicates the scientific validity of the concept and its potential for dissemination. keywords: applied ai; bio-signals; deep learning; eeg; machine learning; stroke detection; post-stroke effect; bibliometric analysis. 1. introduction strokes continue to be a primary reason for disability and death around the globe. every year, over 12.2 million new strokes occur. in addition, above the age of 25, one in four individuals will experience a stroke in their lifetime, which necessitates the development of early detection and intervention tools [1]. brain stroke, as a cerebrovascular accident (cva), is a medical disorder that happens when the blood supply to the brain is suddenly disrupted. this disturbance can be produced by a blood vessel obstruction (ischemic stroke) or a blood vessel rupture (hemorrhagic stroke). in either * corresponding author: falghamedy@iau.edu.sa http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-019  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0000-8480-7482 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8275-2948 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7624-8924 https://orcid.org/0009-0004-1252-2735 https://orcid.org/0009-0002-6630-8860 https://orcid.org/0009-0002-3682-3810 https://orcid.org/0009-0001-3213-6936 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8246-4658 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2993-7641 https://orcid.org/0009-0002-9147-3999 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1063 case, strokes can cause brain cells to lose oxygen and nutrients, resulting in brain damage and a variety of neurological symptoms such as paralysis, speech difficulty, and cognitive impairment [2]. immediate medical intervention is required to reduce the potential harm from a stroke. traditionally, strokes are diagnosed by brain scans and physical examinations, such as magnetic resonance imaging (mri) and computed tomography (ct) scans [3]. despite these effective techniques, they are time-consuming and cannot be used continuously since they may increase cancer risk [4]. in contrast, in the last few years, the interest in exploring the use of bio-signals and machine learning (ml) as potential predictors of stroke occurrence has increased. bio-signals, referred to as physiological signals, indicate the measurable electrical or chemical activities produced by the human body. for example, electroencephalography (eeg) measures electrical activity in the brain, detecting neural patterns and diagnosing disorders [5], electrocardiography (ecg) measures the electrical activity of the heart, aiding in the diagnosis of cardiac disease and arrhythmias [6], electromyography (emg) examines muscle electrical activity and assists in identifying neuromuscular disorders [7], and photoplethysmography (ppg) measures variations in blood volume using fingertip sensors to monitor heart rate and detect blood flow irregularities [8]. these non-invasive methods are essential for diagnosing and monitoring a variety of medical disorders. in the context of stroke detection, bio-signals are used to identify specific patterns or changes that may indicate an increased risk of stroke [9]. despite the growing interest in applying ml/dl techniques to bio signal-based stroke detection, existing published studies remain limited in different aspects. most of the studies were centred on a specific region, with a small clinical dataset size, raising the need for a larger, more diverse dataset. furthermore, none of the studies covered stroke detection in the hospital workflow. additionally, none of the reviewed studies incorporated advanced model performance or enhancement techniques such as ensemble learning, explainable ai, wavelet transforms, or fourier transforms. these gaps emphasize the need for systematic review and bibliometric analysis that focus on the studies that produced stroke detection or post-stroke effects detection based on ml and dl models using bio-signal data. this systematic review and bibliometric analysis aims to identify gaps in the literature related to stroke detection or post-stroke effects detection using bio-signal data with ml and dl models. in addition, it provides a foundation for developing detection algorithms in the stroke field. to our knowledge, this is the first systematic review and bibliometric analysis that studies proposed methods applying ml or dl in stroke detection or post-stroke effects detection using biosignal data. section 2 reveals the previous surveys and reviews utilizing ml and dl models for predicting strokes and poststroke effects via bio-signals. section 3 illustrates the systematic review methodology, including research questions, search strategy, inclusion and exclusion criteria, study selection, reporting quality assessment, and data extraction. in section 4, the results of the systematic review methodology are illustrated, including the prisma flowchart, the ai models that have been used in the literature, and the sample size according to the algorithms used. section 5 visualizes the bibliometric analysis of the selected literature based on author keyword co-occurrence and co-citation. section 6 discusses the findings of the systematic review and bibliometric analysis. section 7 discusses the limitations of the reviewed research. finally, section 8 concludes our systematic review and provides suggestions for future researchers. 2. motivation and related surveys bio-signals are used for many purposes in medical fields, including monitoring conditions, detecting illness, limiting its effects, and accelerating recovery. our motivation is to enrich the medical and ai fields by investigating the existing studies that use bio-signals to detect early-stage strokes or post-stroke effects by utilizing ml or dl. in addition, we hope this systematic review and bibliometric analysis will motivate researchers to leverage bio-signal data for stroke detection. this section presents the previous surveys and reviews utilizing ml and dl models for predicting strokes and poststroke effects via bio-signals. the following syntax was used to search for existing surveys and reviews: (("machine learning" or "deep learning" or "classification" or "supervised learning" or "neural networks") and ("stroke prediction" or "predicting stroke") and ("bio-signals" or "ecg" or "emg" or "ppg" or "eeg") and ("review" or "survey")). book chapters were excluded from the search due to their specific focus, which was not aligned with the research objectives. scopus searches in titles, keywords, and abstracts, while the mdpi search focuses on titles and keywords. pubmed and google scholar are used for searches that concentrate on titles and abstracts. ieee xplore uses general settings. the search results are shown in table 1. as shown in table 1, the search results totaled five articles. google scholar and ieee xplore have no articles that match our search query. we scrutinize each research to ensure that it meets our search keywords. none of the five studies conducted a systematic review and bibliometric analysis on utilizing ml and dl models for predicting strokes and poststroke effects via bio-signals, including ecg, emg, ppg, and eeg. we aim for this paper to contribute significantly to applying ai in the medical field to predict stroke early by utilizing bio-signals. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1064 table 1. related surveys and reviews ref. type database year stroke ml dl ecg emg ppg eeg bibliometric note [10] conference paper scopus 2024 ✓ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗ [11] review scopus pubmed 2020 ✗ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ atrial fibrillation (af) [12] review mdpi 2022 ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✓ rehabilitation [13] review mdpi 2022 ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ [14] review mdpi 2021 ✗ ✗ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ atrial fibrillation (af) our study systematic review 2024 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 3. systematic reviews methods this review uses preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses (prisma). to specify the research expectation, it is crucial to clearly define research questions, search strategy, and selection criteria. 3.1. research questions (rqs) to define the key components of the research questions, this review utilized the pico framework.  rq1: what bio-signals can be effectively utilized for the early detection of strokes?  rq2: what are the most ml and dl classifiers used with bio-signal data to detect strokes?  rq3: what are the most promising ml and dl models regarding result accuracy?  rq4: which countries contribute the most to enriching research in this field? 3.2. search strategy the reviewed studies were collected from ieee, pubmed, mdpi, sciencedirect, and nature. the following keywords were used: (“machine learning,” or “deep learning” or “classification” or “supervised learning” or “neural networks”) and (“stroke prediction” or “predicting stroke”) and (“bio-signals” or “ecg” or “emg” or “ppg” or “eeg”). after conducting an extensive search across multiple databases, a comprehensive protocol based on specific inclusion criteria was established to identify publications that match the requirements of the review. the qualified studies that met the following inclusion criteria were considered: (a) publication in english; (b) publication in high-ranking journals or conferences and excluding reviews; (c) publication between the years 2016 and 2024; (d) contains experiment and result sections; (e) focused on predicting stroke or poststroke effects detection using bio-signal data; and (f) availability of the complete study rather than just abstracts or notes. this systematic review aims to review recent advances in supervised ml and dl models for stroke detection or post-stroke effects detection. 3.3. inclusion and exclusion criteria an article is considered in this review when it meets the inclusion criteria as follows:  written english language;  published in high-ranking journals or conferences;  published between the years 2016 and 2024;  focused on predicting stroke or post-stroke effects detection;  using bio-signal data;  availability of the complete study rather than just abstracts or notes. on the other hand, an article is not considered when it fits in one of the exclusion criteria as follows:  utilizing clinical evaluations, imaging (ct, mri, mra, etc.), blood tests, or any non-signal-based data;  the source (journal or conference) is not peer-reviewed;  review, survey, chapter book, thesis, or dissertation articles;  missing experiment and result;  missing popular ml/dl metric measurements, e.g., accuracy;  published prior to 2016;  written in a language other than english;  medical-based methods to predict stroke or post-stroke effects detection. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1065 due to the sensitivity of the topic in the medical field, our strict criteria may unintentionally filter out innovative or non-traditional approaches that are published within the scope that are not covered by our inclusion criteria. however, including such excluded research could extend to other types of research, such as evidence-based, case studies, and early-stage innovations. in addition, including research from a non-peer-reviewed high-ranking journal may reduce bias in presenting positive results, thereby capturing a broader picture of the techniques. however, it may introduce more challenges in the assessment. 3.4. study selection to evaluate the appropriateness of the studies obtained from the searches by examining the titles and abstracts of all articles. in case of any disagreement, extensive discussion was employed. for all studies considered relevant, their full text was thoroughly reviewed. the studies were considered eligible if they met the inclusion criteria. 3.5. reporting quality assessment a customized checklist items, as shown in table a1, was created to evaluate the risk of bias in the selected studies that developed ml and dl prediction models for bio-signal data. studies are assessed through their title, abstract, introduction, methods and results, and other information. 3.6. data extraction a detailed form was created to collect data in an organized manner, which helps us extract the study characteristics (authors, publication year, study objective), methods (techniques and models), data (source of data, type of data, sample size), participants (participants’ condition), and results (reported performance measure, code availability). 3.7. citation of tables and figures all tables and figures included in this systematic review paper are clearly cited and referenced within the main text. additionally, supplementary materials are included in appendix i, where table a1 summarizes the customized checklist for the research sections criteria, table a2 represents the extracted items from the reviewed papers, table a3 illustrates the quality assessment data for each study, and lastly table a4 includes the study author, objective, source of data, type of data, sample size, techniques, outcome, region under study, and published year. 4. prisma results we identified a total of 153 studies, from which 11 studies were from ieee, 12 studies from mdpi, nine studies from pubmed, 115 studies from sciencedirect, and six studies from nature. after the removal of duplicates, as well as abstract and title screening, 57 studies were considered potentially relevant, 31 of which were not accessible/not available. after screening the full articles of accessible articles, 15 studies were identified for information extraction. the process is illustrated in figure 1. all studies were published as peer-reviewed publications in reliable and wellknown journals and conferences. all included studies were published after 2015, with more than half (9 studies) published after 2020, from which two studies were published in 2021 [15, 16], five studies were published in 2022 [1721], two studies were published in 2023 [22, 23], and one study was published in 2024 [24]. in terms of regions under study, south korea (7) [15-17, 20, 24, 25-26] and usa (2) [21, 22] make up more than half of the sample. pakistan [27], canada [28], and india [19] had one study each. whereas the rest of the studies (3) [18, 23, 29] did not mention the region under study. all included studies focused on stroke detection, except for two studies [21, 29] which focused on post-stroke effects detection. out of the fifteen studies, more than half of the studies (8) [15-18, 21, 27-29] used eeg signal data, whereas three studies [19, 22, 25] used ecg signal data, three studies [26, 23, 24] used emg signal data, and one study [20] used a combination of ecg and ppg signal data. for sources of data, more than half of the studies (11) [15-17, 19-21, 24-28] collected data from hospitals, while some studies (3) [18, 22, 23] utilized data from online databases, one study [29] did not mention clear information about how the utilized dataset was collected. more than half of the studies (9) [15-17, 19-21, 24-26] utilized datasets that include more than 100 samples, while some of the studies (5) [22-23, 27-29] used datasets that include less than 100 samples, and one study [18] did not mention clearly the sample size. for predictive models’ development, the most used ml methods were rf (6) [16, 20, 24-26, 28], svm (3) [24, 25, 27], knn (2) [24-25], lr (2) [24, 25], dt (2) [20, 24]. whereas adaboost [17], xgboost [17], lightgbm [17], nb [25], lda [29], and rda+kde classifier [21] were used by one study each. meanwhile, the most used dl methods were cnn (3) [18-19, 22] and lstm (2) [19, 26] and ensemble of cnn and lstm [15, 20]. whereas a single study cnn and bidirectional lstm in one model [15], another study used rnn [19], and one study used stacked cnn with lstm and gmdh [23]. upon model development and evaluation, the highest accuracy among the studies was obtained by [24], which developed a rf model that scored a remarkable accuracy of 100%. the number of studies published based on the algorithms used each year is depicted in figure 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1066 figure 1. prisma flowchart figure 2. number of studies published according to the algorithms used each year hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1067 we considered eleven customized checklist items for each study, as depicted in figure 3. two items (1) and (2) are about the title and abstract sections. one item (3) is about the introduction section. seven items (4a)(4b)(5)(6)(7)(8a)(8b) are about the methods and results sections, and one item (9) is about the study code. seven items (1)(2)(3)(4b)(7)(8a)(8b) are reported by all studies. three items (4a)(5)(6) are reported by the majority of studies. however, item (9) is reported by one study [28] only as depicted in figure 4. the relationship between the algorithms used and the sample size is depicted in figure 5. ml algorithms were used with smaller sizes when compared to dl algorithms. for example, the mean and median of the rf algorithm are 312.4 and 273, respectively. on the other hand, the mean and median of the cnn algorithm are 2069.5. all sample sizes were less than 600 except for study [19], which has a sample size equal to 4068 and used cnn, rnn, and lstm algorithms. in addition, table 2 presents a summary of the studies. figure 3. number of studies reported for each checklist item figure 4. number of checklist items reported in each study figure 5. boxplots showing the distribution of sample size according to algorithms used hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1068 table 1. a summary of the reviewed studies ref. objective data source data type sample size techniques outcome [27] reveal the occurrence of stroke in patients who have previously survived a stroke or who have a high risk of experiencing stroke. from shaheed mohtarma benazir bhutto medical university, larkana, pakistan. eeg signals. 30 ml: svm. svm: precision: 100% recall: 99.16% [28] utilizing an inexpensive portable eeg device as a method for prehospital stroke and examining whether eeg data can be used to detect changes in stroke intensity. university of alberta hospital. eeg signals. 25 ml: rf muse by interaxon inc., a device to record eeg signals. rf: accuracy: 76% sensitivity: 63% specificity: 86% [15] presented a new way for applying deep learning models to raw eeg data without relying on the frequency features of eeg. emergency medical center of chungnam national university hospital. eeg signals. 273 dl: lstm, bidirectional lstm, cnn-lstm, cnn-bidirectional lstm. raw values showed the best accuracy. lstm: accuracy: 70.1% bidirectional lstm: accuracy: 91.8% cnn-lstm: accuracy: 93.7% cnn-bidirectional lstm: accuracy: 94.0% [16] developing a health monitoring system that can anticipate the symptoms of stroke diseases in old people in real-time while they walk on a regular basis. emergency medical center and rehabilitation department of chungnam national university hospital. eeg signals. 273 ml: rf. rf: accuracy 92.51% [17] classifying stroke and healthy control groups for stroke prediction in active situations. korea research institute of standards and science. eeg signals. 123 ml: adaboost, xgboost, and lightgbm. adaboost: accuracy: 80% [18] develop models to categorize eeg signals as strokes or non-strokes. normal and abnormal eeg activity from physionet. eeg signals. unknown deep neural network architecture, resnet-50, and vgg-16. resnet-50: accuracy: 90% sensitivity: 100% vgg-16: accuracy: 90% specificity: 100% precision: 100% [25] develop a classification model using machine learning and ecg signals for diagnosing stroke disease. chungnam national hospital, daejeon, south korea. ecg signals. 132 ml: svm, rf, naïve bayes, knn, and lr. knn: accuracy: 96.6% rf: accuracy: 94.4% svm: accuracy: 85.4% naïve bayes: accuracy: 72.7% lr: accuracy: 66.9% [19] proposing a medical framework to detect abnormalities in the ecg associated with stroke disease. indian hospitals. ecg signals. 4068 dl: lstm, cnn, and rnn. lstm: accuracy: 93.78% cnn: accuracy: 89.25% rnn: accuracy: 86.19% [22] developing a classification model based on ecg signals for stroke diagnosis. the cerebral vasoregulation dataset. ecg signals. 71 stacking ensemble model of cnn models. cnn: accuracy: 99.7% f1: 99.69% recall: 99.71% precision: 99.67% [26] developing a stroke prediction system with the use of real-time emg signals. emergency medical center and the department of rehabilitation medicine at chungnam national university hospital emg signals. 558 ml: rf. dl: lstm. rf: accuracy: 90.38% lstm: accuracy: 98.96% [23] proposing a telemedicine system that predicts heart, and brain stroke. emg lower limb dataset mhealth dataset emg physical action dataset. emg signals. 38 dl: stacked cnn + lstm + gmdh. explainable ai (xai). stacked cnn + lstm + gmdh: accuracy: 99% [20] develop multi-models based on ml, ecg, and ppg signals. emergency medical center and department of rehabilitation medicine at chungnam national university hospital, republic of korea. ecg and ppg signals. 574 dl: an ensemble structure that combines cnn and lstm. ml: decision tree, rf. decision tree: accuracy: 91.56% rf: accuracy: 97.51% cnn-lstm: accuracy: 99.15% [29] decoding stroke patients’ gait intentions using eeg signals. unknown eeg signals. 3 linear discriminant analysis (lda). lda: accuracy: 73.2% delay is 0.13 s [21] proposing system combines eeg data and augmented reality (ar) to identify the presence of visual-spatial neglect (sn) in stroke patients. university of pittsburgh medical center inpatient rehabilitation. eeg signals. 226 (rda+kde) classifier. (rda+kde): average train auc: 0.788 average test auc: 0.760 [24] examine the impact of the statistical features of muscle activity of the major leg muscles during gait as predictive factors across various models to differentiate between stroke patients and healthy individuals. multiple medical institutions across south korea. emg signals. 240 dt, rf, lr, mlp, svc, k-nn, nb. rf: accuracy: 100% lr: accuracy: 96% dt: accuracy: 94% mlp: accuracy: 99% svm: accuracy: 94% nb: accuracy: 77% knn: accuracy 85% table 3 illustrates a customized structured bias matrix employed across five key dimensions: (d1) dataset clarity, (d2) model description, (d3) evaluation metrics, (d4) validation approach, and (d5) reproducibility. table 4. comprehensively explain each dimension definition and evaluation guidance. the results of the risk bias matrix demonstrated low bias across (d1-d2), indicating that most studies provided transparent information related to utilized dataset, models, evaluation metrics and validation procedure. however, (d5) reproducibility showed high bias among studies, due to limited access to code or data sharing, which prevented replication. the use of risk bias matrix ensured comparability of results across diverse methodologies and robustness of performance metric extraction from heterogeneous sources. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1069 table 2. customized risk of bias matrix ref. d1: clarity of dataset d2: model description d3: evaluation metric d4: validation (cv) d5: reproducibility cyber physical system for stroke detection [27] low bias low bias low bias low bias high bias predicting stroke severity with a 3-min recording from the muse portable eeg system for rapid diagnosis of stroke [28] low bias low bias low bias low bias low bias deep learning-based stroke disease prediction system using realtime bio signals [15] low bias low bias low bias low bias high bias machine-learning-based elderly stroke monitoring system using electroencephalography vital signals [16] low bias low bias low bias low bias high bias explainable artificial intelligence model for stroke prediction using eeg signal [17] low bias low bias low bias low bias high bias eeg classification for stroke detection using deep learning networks [18] high bias low bias low bias low bias high bias evaluation of ecg features for the classification of post-stroke survivors with a diagnostic approach [25] low bias low bias low bias low bias high bias stroke disease prediction based on ecg signals using deep learning techniques [19] low bias low bias low bias low bias high bias a stacked ensemble model for automatic stroke prediction using only raw electrocardiogram [22] low bias low bias low bias low bias high bias ai-based stroke disease prediction system using real-time electromyography signals [26] low bias low bias low bias low bias high bias a hybrid stacked cnn and residual feedback gmdh-lstm deep learning model for stroke prediction applied on mobile ai smart hospital platform [23] low bias low bias low bias low bias high bias ai-based stroke disease prediction system using ecg and ppg biosignals [20] low bias low bias low bias low bias high bias detecting voluntary gait intention of chronic stroke patients towards top-down gait rehabilitation using eeg [29] high bias low bias low bias low bias high bias detection of stroke-induced visual neglect and target response prediction using augmented reality and electroencephalography [21] low bias low bias low bias low bias high bias data-driven stroke classification utilizing electromyographic muscle features and machine learning techniques [24] low bias low bias low bias low bias high bias table 3. criteria definitions for risk of bias assessment code description evaluation guidance d1 clarity of dataset rate whether dataset source, size, and characteristics are clearly described. high bias: unclear/missing dataset info. low bias: fully described. d2 model description is the algorithm/architecture and key settings described? low bias: algorithm, parameters, and rationale provided. high bias: named but lacks necessary detail. d3 evaluation metric used low bias: metrics (e.g., accuracy, f1, auc, sensitivity/specificity) appropriate and stated. high bias: unsuitable or unreported metrics. d4 validation (cross-validation) is validation proper (e.g., holdout, cv, external test) with no leakage? high bias: train/test not separated, or leakage suspected. low bias: appropriate cv/holdout described. d5 reproducability can results be reproduced (code/data availability, sufficient procedural detail)? high bias: no access and insufficient detail. low bias: code/data or full protocol provided. 5. bibliometric analysis in this section, bibliometric analysis is conducted to visualize the literature in table 2 using vosviewer. the bibliometric analysis aims to discover trending topics and ml/dl methods for using bio signals in stroke detection. in addition, we aspire to assess the trustworthiness of the knowledge basis in selected studies based on the source ranking. 5.1. author keyword co-occurrence author keyword co-occurrence analysis discloses the knowledge produced by selected studies. clusters are formed based on the authors’ keywords for citing papers that frequently appear together [30]. in figure 6, the bibliometric analysis presents the co-occurrence analysis based on authors’ keywords of studies in table 2. the bibliometric data was extracted from scopus. data was preprocessed to unify the keywords regarding the abbreviation. we use index keywords of these articles [28, 29] because the authors’ keywords are missing. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1070 figure 6. the authors’ keywords co-occurrence network visualization as we see, the center keywords are stroke, eeg, and machine learning. in the visualization map, items with more occurrences of keywords are shown more prominently than items with fewer occurrences. therefore, stroke and eeg are the most common occurrences, followed by machine learning, deep learning, long short-term memory (lstm), ecg, and stroke disease analysis, respectively, as shown in table 5. table 4. the top author keywords occurrence keyword occurrence stroke 10 eeg 8 machine learning 7 deep learning 4 long short-term memory 4 ecg 4 stroke disease analysis 4 the links that connect two keywords indicate that these keywords have been appearing in the same publication. the number of publications in which two keywords occur together increases the link strength. we set the minimum number of publications for which any two keywords appear together to two publications. the top keyword pairs that have the most occurrences in two or more publications are stroke with eeg and stroke with machine learning. this indicates that using eeg in ml and dl models is the most common bio-signal data. in addition, more researchers have been applying machine learning, which leaves promising avenues for researchers to apply deep learning models to benefit from their capacity to handle complex data. in addition, there are eight clusters, each represented by a different color. the clusters were generated by vosviewer using the association strength method proposed in [31]. the clusters form based on the association strength between the keywords, calculated using the number of co-occurrence links between keywords. the largest cluster is the red cluster, which contains the brain, clinical trials, and different terms of human age and gender, such as male, female, and elderly. the common feature among the red cluster items is that they represent humans in different circumstances. the second largest is the green, blue, and yellow clusters, which include machine learning, long short-term memory (lstm), cnn, prediction, analysis, model, etc. its theme is ai terms. the authors’ keywords, which co-occurred a few times, such as explainable ai, wavelet transform, and fourier transform, indicate future opportunities for integrating emerging technologies of trend ai methods with the ai-based stroke detection system. in addition, figure 7 shows the keywords over the years. the use of machine learning models started around 2021. on the other hand, deep learning models emerged as new methods to utilize bio-signal data later. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1071 figure 7. the distribution of keywords co-occurrence over years 5.2. co-citation co-citation analysis reveals the foundations of knowledge relied on by selected literature, in which clusters are formed based on the cited documents, which often occur together [30]. in this analysis, table 6 presents the most cited sources that have been cited by five or more of the articles in table 2. figure 8 illustrates the co-citation network visualization among the top ten cited articles. the strongest links are between stroke, clinical neurophysiology, and sensors journals. we noticed that all the top ten cited journals are highly ranked journals based on sjr. in addition, figure 8 reveals a new track of research and innovation, where neurology, wearable sensors, and ai are combined. this combination leverages the advantages of each, with neurology providing the clinical and physiological foundation, wearable sensors facilitating continuous and real-world data acquisition, and ai offering advanced analytical and predictive capabilities. accordingly, neurological research and care from periodical, hospital-based assessments are shifting to continuous and personalized monitoring, which can be done remotely. the combination holds promise for early disease detection, not only stroke, but may extend to include long-term monitoring of neurodegenerative conditions, cognitive rehabilitation, and real-time mental health assessment. even though these emerging communication fields introduce opportunities for innovation in digital health ecosystems, other challenges arise, such as data privacy and explainable ai (xai), as well as transparency. table 5. the top ten co-citation journals based on bibliometric analysis journal citation rank publisher stroke 33 q1 american heart association clinical neurophysiology 25 q1 elsevier sensors 19 q1 mdpi ieee access 17 q1 ieee journal of stroke 11 q1 korean stroke society neuropsychologia 7 q2 elsevier plos one 7 q1 public library of science neurology ® 6 q1 wolters kluwer cortex 5 q1 lippincott williams and wilkins applied science 5 q2 mdpi journal of neuroscience methods 5 q2 elsevier hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1072 figure 8. the top ten cited journals in co-citation network visualization 6. discussion this systematic review and bibliometric analysis paper reviews and visualizes dl and ml methods with bio-signals data to detect stroke and post-stroke effects. from 2016 to 2024, there was an interest in publishing studies; 2022 stands out as the year in which almost a third of the reviewed studies were published. regarding where most reviewed studies were published, south korea contributes the most in the stroke detection field. the most used bio-signal in the reviewed studies is eeg. most of the reviewed studies gathered data from hospitals. moreover, based on the sample size analysis, the largest sample size among the reviewed studies is 4068 [19]. on the other hand, the smallest sample size is 3 [29]. notably, only one study did not mention the sample size clearly [18]. the most frequent ml methods used are rf and svm. rf was used as the only method employed in both studies [16, 28]. in addition, the rf in studies [25, 26, 20] did not outperform other utilized methods in other studies. on the other hand, svm was applied as a single method in the study [27]. however, it did not perform the best in the study [25]. additionally, the most used dl methods are cnn and lstm. cnn was exclusively applied in both studies [22, 18]. nonetheless, it did not outperform other methods in the study [19]. conversely, lstm outperformed in both studies [19, 26]. dl and ml models were evaluated using metric measurements such as accuracy, precision, and recall. the studies depended on internal validation to ensure generalization ability. the internal validation techniques used were splitting the data into train and test, or cross-validation. despite the differences in the datasets, the rf model outperforms all other models in terms of accuracy; either rf is used merely [28, 16], or rf was part of the proposed multimodel, such as [20, 24-26]. studies such as [32, 33] show that the results of different ml/dl models may be artifacts of dataset size and preprocessing choices. on the other hand, signal data suffers from complexity, nonstationarity, and high dimensionality [34]. additionally, bio-signal datasets are considered time-series data. they are highly susceptible to interference from unrelated signals, such as eye blinks and muscle activity, which can serve as noise and yield high inter-individual variability [35, 36]. nevertheless, some properties of ml/dl models can significantly enhance the results based on the characteristics of the bio-signal data. for example, the random forest (rf) model can handle the noise in signal datasets by aggregating the decisions across several sub-trees. additionally, rf is considered a non-linear model, which enables it to work effectively with the signal dataset. also, the rf model works well with small datasets, which is particularly applicable to datasets used in inclusion studies. cnns excel in spatial invariance, allowing them to detect patterns regardless of their location in the bio-signal, making them valuable for shift-invariant data. they generate a hierarchical representation of features, enabling the identification of complex patterns. cnns eliminate the need for manual feature engineering, as they can learn and adapt to the unique qualities of the data. this automation simplifies signal data analysis, improves accuracy in tasks such as classification and regression, and enhances the power of cnns for signal processing applications [37]. as bio-signal datasets are considered time-series data, lstm is known as one of the dl models designed to learn dependencies from the data, yielding promising results with bio-signal datasets [19]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1073 7. conclusion in conclusion, this systematic review and bibliometric analysis focused on the recent advancements in supervised machine learning (ml) and deep learning (dl) models for stroke detection and post-stroke effects detection using biosignals. most of the reviewed studies collected data from hospitals of varying sizes. the most frequently used ml methods were rf and svm, while cnn and lstm were the commonly employed dl methods. the model’s performance was evaluated using metric measurements like accuracy, precision, and recall, with internal validation techniques such as data splitting and cross-validation. future research should aim to overcome the limitations addressed in this systematic review by incorporating larger and more diverse datasets, conducting external validation on hospital experiments, and exploring more advanced ai techniques such as ensemble learning, explainable ai, and transfer learning. by addressing these critical aspects, the field of stroke detection and post-stroke effects detection will advance, and robust and reliable predictive models will be developed. 7.1. reviewed research gaps our systematic review paper identifies several significant gaps in the existing literature that utilize ml and dl to detect strokes using bio-signals that future researchers could address. first, the reviewed research highlights an important limitation in the geographic coverage aspect; most of them originated in south korea. that limits the generalizability of findings to diverse populations. hence, there is a crucial need for cross-cultural datasets and international collaborations. second, although most of the reviewed studies gathered data from hospitals, no reviewed study reported the detection of stroke in real hospital workflows. that reveals a significant gap between experimental results and clinical applicability, suggesting the need to fill the absence of validation in real-world healthcare settings. third, although the largest dataset size among all studies was around 4000, it is considered relatively small to train robust ml and dl models. future research should consider a larger, high-quality clinical dataset with external validation to ensure reliability. fourth, while multiple ml and dl models were developed, none of the included studies employed an ensemble learning technique that could introduce a promising detection result by combining robust models. finally, the authors’ keywords, which co-occurred a few times, such as explainable ai, wavelet transform, and fourier transform, indicate future opportunities for integrating emerging technologies of trend ai methods with the ai-based stroke detection system. addressing these gaps will empower future studies and could deliver more reliable health care decisions toward brain stroke detection. this will require ensuring that they cover a larger, diverse clinical dataset with integration of real hospital workflows, and testing a variety of model enhancement techniques such as ensemble learning, explainable ai, wavelet transform, and fourier transform. 8. declarations 8.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.i.a.; methodology, m.i.a.; software, f.h.a., r.a.a., m.s.a., r.a.h.a., h.a.a., and s.f.a.; validation, d.a.a., s.s.a., and s.o.o.; formal analysis, m.i.a. and f.h.a.; investigation, r.a.a., m.s.a., r.a.h.a., h.a.a., and s.f.a.; resources, r.a.a., m.s.a., r.a.h.a., h.a.a., and s.f.a.; data curation, r.a.a., m.s.a., r.a.h.a., h.a.a., and s.f.a.; writing—original draft preparation, r.a.a., m.s.a., r.a.h.a., h.a.a., and s.f.a.; writing— review and editing, m.i.a., h.a.a., r.a.h.a., and f.h.a.; visualization, f.h.a. and a.a.; supervision, m.i.a.; project administration, m.i.a. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 8.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 8.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 8.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 8.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 8.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1074 9. references [1] feigin, v. l., brainin, m., norrving, b., martins, s., sacco, r. l., hacke, w., fisher, m., pandian, j., & lindsay, p. (2022). world stroke organization (wso): global stroke fact sheet 2022. international journal of stroke, 17(1), 18–29. doi:10.1177/17474930211065917. [2] upadhyay, s. k., dan, s., & ali, s. a. (2024). evidence-based neurological disorders: symptoms, causes, and therapy. jenny stanford publishing, new yorkm, united states. doi:10.1201/9781003496342. [3] dehkharghani, s. (2021). stroke. exon publications, brisbane, australia. doi:10.36255/exonpublications.stroke.2021. [4] stallard, j. (2019). ct vs mri: what’s the difference? and how do doctors choose which imaging method to use? — memorial sloan kettering cancer center, new york, united states. available online: https://www.mskcc.org/news/ct-vs-mriwhat-s-difference-and-how-do-doctors-choose-which-imaging-method-use (accessed on august 2025). [5] marsicano, g., bertini, c., & ronconi, l. (2024). decoding cognition in neurodevelopmental, psychiatric and neurological conditions with multivariate pattern analysis of eeg data. neuroscience and biobehavioral reviews, 164, 105795. doi:10.1016/j.neubiorev.2024.105795. [6] dykiert, i., florek, k., kraik, k., gac, p., poreba, r., & poreba, m. (2024). tpeak-tend ecg marker in obesity and cardiovascular diseases: a comprehensive review. scientifica, 4904508. doi:10.1155/2024/4904508. [7] taha, m. a., & morren, j. a. (2024). the role of artificial intelligence in electrodiagnostic and neuromuscular medicine: current state and future directions. muscle and nerve, 69(3), 260–272. doi:10.1002/mus.28023. [8] mehta, s., kwatra, n., jain, m., & mcduff, d. (2024). examining the challenges of blood pressure estimation via photoplethysmogram. scientific reports, 14, 18318. doi:10.1038/s41598-024-68862-1. [9] katan, m., & luft, a. (2018). global burden of stroke. seminars in neurology, 38(2), 208–211. doi:10.1055/s-0038-1649503. [10] zen, h., dasari, n. m., latha, y. m., & rao, s. s. (2023). soft computing and signal processing. proceedings of 6th icscsp, 2. doi:10.1007/978-981-99-8451-0. [11] siontis, k. c., yao, x., pirruccello, j. p., philippakis, a. a., & noseworthy, p. a. (2020). how will machine learning inform the clinical care of atrial fibrillation? circulation research, 127(1), 155–169. doi:10.1161/circresaha.120.316401. [12] tsiamalou, a., dardiotis, e., paterakis, k., fotakopoulos, g., liampas, i., sgantzos, m., siokas, v., & brotis, a. g. (2022). eeg in neurorehabilitation: a bibliometric analysis and content review. neurology international, 14(4), 1046–1061. doi:10.3390/neurolint14040084. [13] cerasa, a., tartarisco, g., bruschetta, r., ciancarelli, i., morone, g., calabrò, r. s., pioggia, g., tonin, p., & iosa, m. (2022). predicting outcome in patients with brain injury: differences between machine learning versus conventional statistics. biomedicines, 10(9), 2267. doi:10.3390/biomedicines10092267. [14] murat, f., sadak, f., yildirim, o., talo, m., murat, e., karabatak, m., demir, y., tan, r. s., & acharya, u. r. (2021). review of deep learning-based atrial fibrillation detection studies. international journal of environmental research and public health, 18(21), 11302. doi:10.3390/ijerph182111302. [15] choi, y. a., park, s. j., jun, j. a., pyo, c. s., cho, k. h., lee, h. s., & yu, j. h. (2021). deep learning-based stroke disease prediction system using real-time bio signals. sensors, 21(13), 4269. doi:10.3390/s21134269. [16] choi, y. a., park, s., jun, j. a., ho, c. m. b., pyo, c. s., lee, h., & yu, j. (2021). machine-learning-based elderly stroke monitoring system using electroencephalography vital signals. applied sciences (switzerland), 11(4), 1–18. doi:10.3390/app11041761. [17] islam, m. s., hussain, i., rahman, m. m., park, s. j., & hossain, m. a. (2022). explainable artificial intelligence model for stroke prediction using eeg signal. sensors, 22(24), 9859. doi:10.3390/s22249859. [18] kumar, s., & sengupta, a. (2022). eeg classification for stroke detection using deep learning networks. 2nd international conference on emerging frontiers in electrical and electronic technologies, icefeet 2022, 9847883. doi:10.1109/icefeet51821.2022.9847883. [19] anand kumar, m., abirami, n., guru prasad, m. s., & mohankumar, m. (2022). stroke disease prediction based on ecg signals using deep learning techniques. proceedings of international conference on computational intelligence and sustainable engineering solution, cises 2022, 453–458. doi:10.1109/cises54857.2022.9844403. [20] yu, j., park, s., kwon, s. h., cho, k. h., & lee, h. (2022). ai-based stroke disease prediction system using ecg and ppg bio-signals. ieee access, 10, 43623–43638. doi:10.1109/access.2022.3169284. https://www.mskcc.org/news/ct-vs-mri-what-s-difference-and-how-do-doctors-choose-which-imaging-method-use https://www.mskcc.org/news/ct-vs-mri-what-s-difference-and-how-do-doctors-choose-which-imaging-method-use hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1075 [21] mak, j., kocanaogullari, d., huang, x., kersey, j., shih, m., grattan, e. s., skidmore, e. r., wittenberg, g. f., ostadabbas, s., & akcakaya, m. (2022). detection of stroke-induced visual neglect and target response prediction using augmented reality and electroencephalography. ieee transactions on neural systems and rehabilitation engineering, 30, 1840–1850. doi:10.1109/tnsre.2022.3188184. [22] kunwar, p., & choudhary, p. (2023). a stacked ensemble model for automatic stroke prediction using only raw electrocardiogram. intelligent systems with applications, 17, 200165. doi:10.1016/j.iswa.2022.200165. [23] elbagoury, b. m., vladareanu, l., vlădăreanu, v., salem, a. b., travediu, a. m., & roushdy, m. i. (2023). a hybrid stacked cnn and residual feedback gmdh-lstm deep learning model for stroke prediction applied on mobile ai smart hospital platform. sensors, 23(7), 3500. doi:10.3390/s23073500. [24] lee, j., kim, y., & kim, e. (2024). data-driven stroke classification utilizing electromyographic muscle features and machine learning techniques. applied sciences (switzerland), 14(18), 8430. doi:10.3390/app14188430. [25] rathakrishnan, k., min, s. n., & park, s. j. (2021). evaluation of ecg features for the classification of post-stroke survivors with a diagnostic approach. applied sciences (switzerland), 11(1), 1–16. doi:10.3390/app11010192. [26] yu, j., park, s., kwon, s. h., ho, c. m. b., pyo, c. s., & lee, h. (2020). ai-based stroke disease prediction system using realtime electromyography signals. applied sciences (switzerland), 10(19), 6791. doi:10.3390/app10196791. [27] laghari, a., memon, z. a., ullah, s., & hussain, i. (2018). cyber physical system for stroke detection. ieee access, 6, 37444– 37453. doi:10.1109/access.2018.2851540. [28] wilkinson, c. m., burrell, j. i., kuziek, j. w. p., thirunavukkarasu, s., buck, b. h., & mathewson, k. e. (2020). predicting stroke severity with a 3-min recording from the muse portable eeg system for rapid diagnosis of stroke. scientific reports, 10(1), 18465. doi:10.1038/s41598-020-75379-w. [29] choi, j., kang, h., chung, s. h., kim, y., lee, u. h., lee, j. m., kim, s. j., chun, m. h., & kim, h. (2016). detecting voluntary gait intention of chronic stroke patients towards top-down gait rehabilitation using eeg. proceedings of the annual international conference of the ieee engineering in medicine and biology society, embs, 2016-october, 1560–1563. doi:10.1109/embc.2016.7591009. [30] lim, w. m., kumar, s., & donthu, n. (2024). how to combine and clean bibliometric data and use bibliometric tools synergistically: guidelines using metaverse research. journal of business research, 182, 114760. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2024.114760. [31] waltman, l., van eck, n. j., & noyons, e. c. m. (2010). a unified approach to mapping and clustering of bibliometric networks. journal of informetrics, 4(4), 629–635. doi:10.1016/j.joi.2010.07.002. [32] riley, r. d., ensor, j., snell, k. i. e., archer, l., whittle, r., dhiman, p., alderman, j., liu, x., kirton, l., manson-whitton, j., van smeden, m., moons, k. g., nirantharakumar, k., cazier, j. b., denniston, a. k., van calster, b., & collins, g. s. (2025). importance of sample size on the quality and utility of ai-based prediction models for healthcare. the lancet digital health, 7(6), 100857. doi:10.1016/j.landig.2025.01.013. [33] zantvoort, k., nacke, b., görlich, d., hornstein, s., jacobi, c., & funk, b. (2024). estimation of minimal data sets sizes for machine learning predictions in digital mental health interventions. npj digital medicine, 7, 361. doi:10.1038/s41746-02401360-w. [34] belhadi, a., lind, p. g., djenouri, y., & yazidi, a. (2025). enhanced visibility graph for eeg classification. frontiers in neuroscience, 19. doi:10.3389/fnins.2025.1541062. [35] becerra, m. a., duque-mejia, c., castro-ospina, a., serna-guarín, l., mejía, c., & duque-grisales, e. (2025). eeg-based biometric identification and emotion recognition: an overview. computers, 14(8), 299. doi:10.3390/computers14080299. [36] stancin, i., cifrek, m., & jovic, a. (2021). a review of eeg signal features and their application in driver drowsiness detection systems. sensors, 21(11), 3786. doi:10.3390/s21113786. [37] rajwal, s., & aggarwal, s. (2023). convolutional neural network-based eeg signal analysis: a systematic review. archives of computational methods in engineering, 30(6), 3585–3615. doi:10.1007/s11831-023-09920-1. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1076 appendix i table a1. customized checklist for ml and dl prediction models for bio-signal data ref. section/ topic item checklist item page title and abstract title 1 identify the study as developing and/or validating a prediction model. abstract 2 provide a summary of objectives, study design, results, and conclusions. introduction objectives 3 specify the objectives and aims, including whether the study describes the development or validation of the model or both. methods and results data 4a specify the source of data. 4b specify the type of data (e.g., eeg, meg, ecg, ppg). participants 5 specify participants’ condition (e.g., patients, health). sample size 6 explain how the study size arrived at. model 7 clearly define all techniques and algorithms used in developing and/or validating the pretrained model. outcomes 8 clearly define the outcome that is predicted by the prediction model. 8a report on performance measures. other information code 9 provide the code of the study. table a2. data extraction form extracted item comments author name of authors, e.g. laghari et al. [27] objective specify the objectives and aims. source of data specify the source of data, e.g., hospital name. data type answer categories:  eeg signal.  emg signal.  ecg signal.  ppg signal. sample size sample size used for building the model. techniques list all machine learning / deep learning algorithms used. outcome list the performance measures used. region under study specify the region under the study. published year published year of the study. table a3. quality assessment data for each study study checklist items title and reference title and abstract introduction methods and results other info. title abstract objectives data participants sample size models outcome code 1 2 3 4a 4b 5 6 7 8a 8b 9 cyber physical system for stroke detection [27] yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no predicting stroke severity with a 3-min recording from the muse portable eeg system for rapid diagnosis of stroke [28] yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes deep learning-based stroke disease prediction system using real-time bio signals [15] yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no machine-learning-based elderly stroke monitoring system using electroencephalography vital signals [16] yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no explainable artificial intelligence model for stroke prediction using eeg signal [17] yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1077 eeg classification for stroke detection using deep learning networks [18] yes yes yes yes yes no unknown yes yes yes no evaluation of ecg features for the classification of post-stroke survivors with a diagnostic approach [25] yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no stroke disease prediction based on ecg signals using deep learning techniques [19] yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no a stacked ensemble model for automatic stroke prediction using only raw electrocardiogram [22] yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no ai-based stroke disease prediction system using realtime electromyography signals [26] yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no a hybrid stacked cnn and residual feedback gmdhlstm deep learning model for stroke prediction applied on mobile ai smart hospital platform [23] yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no ai-based stroke disease prediction system using ecg and ppg bio-signals [20] yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no detecting voluntary gait intention of chronic stroke patients towards top-down gait rehabilitation using eeg [29] yes yes yes unknown yes yes yes yes yes yes no detection of stroke-induced visual neglect and target response prediction using augmented reality and electroencephalography [21] yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no data-driven stroke classification utilizing electromyographic muscle features and machine learning techniques [24] yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no table a4. the study author, objective, source of data, type of data, sample size, techniques, outcome, region under study, published year author objective data source data type sample size techniques outcome region pub. year laghari et al. [27] reveal the occurrence of stroke in patients who have previously survived a stroke or who have a high risk of experiencing stroke. shaheed mohtarma benazir bhutto medical university. eeg signals. 30 ml: svm. svm: precision: 100% recall: 99.16% pakistan 2018 wilkinson et al. [28] utilizing an inexpensive portable eeg device as a method for prehospital stroke and examining whether eeg data can be used to detect changes in stroke intensity. university of alberta hospital. eeg signals. 25 ml: rf muse by interaxon inc., a device to record eeg signals. rf: accuracy: 76% sensitivity: 63% specificity: 86% canada 2020 choi et al. [15] presented a new way for applying deep learning models to raw eeg data without relying on the frequency features of eeg. emergency medical center of chungnam national university hospital. eeg signals. 273 dl: lstm, bidirectional lstm, cnn-lstm, cnnbidirectional lstm. raw values showed the best accuracy. lstm: accuracy: 70.1% bidirectional lstm: accuracy: 91.8% cnn-lstm: accuracy: 93.7% cnn-bidirectional lstm: accuracy: 94.0% south korea 2021 choi et al. [15] developing a health monitoring system that can anticipate the symptoms of stroke diseases in old people in real-time while they walk on a regular basis. emergency medical center and rehabilitation department of chungnam national university hospital. eeg signals. 273 ml: rf. rf: accuracy 92.51% south korea 2021 islam et al. [17] classifying stroke and healthy control groups for stroke prediction in active situations. korea research institute of standards and science. eeg signals. 123 ml: adaboost, xgboost, and lightgbm. adaboost: accuracy: 80% south korea 2022 kumar & sengupta [18] develop models to categorize eeg signals as strokes or non-strokes. normal and abnormal eeg activity from physionet. eeg signals. unknown deep neural network architecture, resnet50, and vgg-16. resnet-50: accuracy: 90% sensitivity: 100% vgg-16: accuracy: 90% specificity: 100% precision: 100% unknown 2022 rathakrishnan et al. [25] develop a classification model using machine learning and ecg signals for diagnosing stroke disease. chungnam national hospital, daejeon, south korea. ecg signals. 132 ml: svm, rf, naïve bayes, knn, and lr. knn: accuracy: 96.6% rf: accuracy: 94.4% svm: accuracy: 85.4% naïve bayes: accuracy: 72.7% lr: accuracy: 66.9% south korea 2020 kumar et al. [19] proposing a medical framework to detect abnormalities in the ecg associated with stroke disease. indian hospitals. ecg signals. 4068 dl: lstm, cnn, and rnn. lstm: accuracy: 93.78% cnn: accuracy: 89.25% rnn: accuracy: 86.19% india 2022 kunwar & choudhary [22] developing a classification model based on ecg signals for stroke diagnosis. the cerebral vasoregulation dataset. ecg signals. 71 stacking ensemble model of cnn models. cnn: accuracy: 99.7% f1: 99.69% recall: 99.71% precision: 99.67% usa 2023 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1078 yu et al. [26] developing a stroke prediction system with the use of real-time emg signals. emergency medical center and the department of rehabilitation medicine at chungnam national university hospital emg signals. 558 ml: rf. dl: lstm. rf: accuracy: 90.38% lstm: accuracy: 98.96% south korea 2020 elbagoury et al. [23] proposing a telemedicine system that predicts heart, and brain stroke. emg lower limb dataset mhealth dataset emg physical action dataset. emg signals. 38 dl: stacked cnn + lstm + gmdh. explainable ai (xai). stacked cnn + lstm + gmdh: accuracy: 99% unknown 2023 yu et al. [20] develop multi-models based on ml, ecg, and ppg signals. emergency medical center and department of rehabilitation medicine at chungnam national university hospital ecg and ppg signals. 574 dl: an ensemble structure that combines cnn and lstm. ml: decision tree, rf. decision tree: accuracy: 91.56% rf: accuracy: 97.51% cnn-lstm: accuracy: 99.15% south korea 2022 choi et al. [29] decoding stroke patients’ gait intentions using eeg signals. unknown eeg signals. 3 linear discriminant analysis (lda). lda: accuracy: 73.2% delay is 0.13 s unknown 2016 mak et al. [21] proposing system combines eeg data and augmented reality (ar) to identify the presence of visual-spatial neglect (sn) in stroke patients. university of pittsburgh medical center inpatient rehabilitation. eeg signals. 226 (rda+kde) classifier. (rda+kde): average train auc: 0.788 average test auc: 0.760 usa 2022 lee et al. [24] examine the impact of the statistical features of muscle activity of the major leg muscles during gait as predictive factors across various models to differentiate between stroke patients and healthy individuals. multiple medical institutions across south korea. emg signals. 240 dt, rf, lr, mlp, svc, k-nn, nb. rf:accuracy: 100% lr: accuracy: 96% dt: accuracy: 94% mlp:accuracy: 99% svm:accuracy: 94% nb:accuracy: 77% knn:accuracy 85% south korea 2024 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1035 issn: 2723-9535 research on carbon emission estimation of rural tourist attractions through digital management rongyang xiao 1* 1 luzhou vocational and technical college, sichuan 646000, china. received 05 february 2025; revised 03 july 2025; accepted 11 july 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract objectives: this study aims to estimate the carbon emissions of scenic spots in rural tourism using digital management technology. methods: the dashahe national wetland park, located along the old course of the yellow river in feng county, jiangsu province, was taken as a case for analysis. during the analysis process, the carbon emission, carbon absorption, and net carbon emission amount of the park during 2018-2023 were estimated. the correlation between different types of land area and the carbon absorption amount was analyzed. findings: the carbon emission of the wetland park increased annually, but the carbon absorption amount also showed a consistent upward trend, resulting in relatively stable net carbon emissions over the study period. moreover, the area of wetlands, water bodies, and grasslands exhibited a significant positive correlation with the carbon absorption amount, whereas the correlation between the area of cultivated lands and garden lands and the carbon absorption amount was insignificant. innovation: this research applied digital management technology to precisely collect data related to carbon emissions within the scenic spot, enabling a more reliable estimation of its carbon footprint. keywords: rural tourism; digital management; carbon emission; estimation. 1. introduction developing rural tourism is aimed at reducing the dependence of rural areas on a single agricultural economy, thereby effectively enhancing the overall economic benefits of rural areas and improving the living standards [1-3]. as the problem of global climate change becomes more serious, the management and control of carbon emissions have become the focus of global attention [4-6]. therefore, estimating and managing carbon emissions in rural tourist attractions is particularly critical [7-9]. as an emerging management method, digital management provides a new perspective and solution for carbon emission estimation of scenic spots in rural tourism. ke et al. [10] estimated the carbon dioxide emission reduction cost of china's industrial sector during 2006-2010. they made a post-estimate of the carbon emission reduction cost saved by carbon emission rights exchange among different industries in 30 provinces in china during the same period. zhu et al. [11] described the carbon finance coefficient model based on factors related to carbon finance and established a carbon emission cost estimation model based on factors affecting carbon emission cost and carbon finance coefficient. they found that the carbon emission cost correlates prevention cost, cost control, carbon content, industrial added value, carbon finance index, etc. liu et al. [12] proposed an innovative real-time carbon emission estimation * corresponding author: xryxiao@outlook.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-017  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0009-4519-7322 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1036 framework for industrial parks based on a non-invasive load monitoring algorithm and a data-driven method based on reliable real-time electric meter data. experimental results verified the effectiveness of this method. chen et al. [13] proposed a two-stage trained non-intrusive load monitoring network, low root-mean-square error (rmse)-resnest, in order to reduce the error of real-time carbon emission monitoring results. the experimental results showed that lrmseresnest successfully reduced the rmse of real-time carbon estimation by an average of 14.94%. based on the energy consumption data of chinese ports from 2010 to 2019, fan et al. [14] used the stochastic impacts by regression on population, affluence, and technology model to study the carbon emission trends of chinese ports under different scenarios and analyzed the possibility of the peak of carbon dioxide emissions in chinese ports. ma et al. [15] proposed a method for estimating carbon emissions of urban traffic vehicles based on sparse trajectory data. the above-mentioned related studies have all conducted relevant research and analysis on carbon emissions. some analyzed the connection between carbon emissions and finance, some focused on estimating carbon emissions, and some placed the research focus on the changes of carbon emissions in the time dimension. this article focuses on estimating the carbon emissions of tourist attractions using digital management technology, thereby analyzing the relevant factors affecting the carbon emissions of tourist attractions. this paper briefly introduces the digital management and carbon emission estimation methods of tourist attractions and then makes a case analysis of the dashahe national wetland park located on the old course of the yellow river in feng county, jiangsu province, china. the structure of this paper is abstract introduction estimation method of carbon emissions in tourist scenic spots case analysis discussion conclusion. the contribution of this paper lies in revealing the carbon emission characteristics of dashahhe national wetland park in recent years and providing data support and practical reference for the implementation of precise digital carbon management in scenic spots in the future. 2. carbon emission estimation of tourism scenic spots under digital management for the statistics of the number of people in the scene area, in the digital management [16], cameras inside and at the entrance and exit of the scenic spot will be used to record the flow of people in the scenic spot; for the statistics of the dietary status, the area providing catering services will upload the business data actively to record the dietary consumption in the scenic area, which can be used to calculate indirect carbon emissions. in rural tourism scenic spots, digital management can effectively improve the management efficiency of the scenic spots, and the data recorded in the management process can provide effective support for the estimation of carbon emissions in the scenic spots [17]. before estimating the carbon emissions of tourist attractions, it is necessary to understand the structure of carbon sources that lead to carbon emissions. as shown in table 1, the carbon sources of tourist attractions are divided into those related to tourism development and those related to surrounding rural activities [9, 18-21]. table 1. carbon source structure of tourist attractions tourism carbon source carbon sources related to tourism development carbon sourced from transportation carbon sourced from accommodations carbon sourced from diets carbon sourced from shopping and entertainment carbon sourced from scenic spot management carbon sourced from waste disposal carbon sources related to rural activities around the scenic spot land use change carbon sourced from resident activities the field measurement method [10] is one of the methods for estimating carbon emissions. this method requires a large number of monitoring facilities, and it is difficult to monitor some indirect carbon emissions. moreover, rural tourist attractions are usually open environments. generally, there will be a significant change in carbon dioxide concentration only at the emission outlet, and in areas far away from the outlet, the atmospheric carbon dioxide concentration will quickly decrease to normal levels. the model method is generally used for carbon emission estimation at the national level. the construction of the model is difficult, and moreover improper model construction will result in a significant deviation in estimation. the carbon emission coefficient method is the most widely used carbon emission estimation method at present. the method has a mature estimation formula and emission coefficient, so it only requires collecting the corresponding data and inputting them to obtain the estimation results [11]. therefore, this paper uses the carbon emission coefficient method to estimate the carbon emission amount of tourist attractions, and the estimation formula can be summarized as: 𝑌 = 𝑎 × 𝑋 (1) where 𝑌 is the carbon emission amount, 𝑎 is the carbon emission factor, and 𝑋 is the amount of resources corresponding to the carbon emission coefficient. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1037 the corresponding carbon emission coefficient is selected according to the carbon source structure shown in table 1, and the resource data corresponding to the coefficient is obtained through the digital management platform. 3. case analysis 3.1. subject for analysis the author once studied for a doctoral degree at nanjing normal university in jiangsu province, which is close to the dashasha national wetland park. therefore, a case analysis was conducted using the dashahe national wetland park located on the old course of the yellow river in feng county, jiangsu province, china. the wetland park's aerial view is shown in figure 1. the dashahe national wetland park is located in erba village, dashahe town, feng county, xuzhou, jiangsu province, china. it is the first station of the old course of the yellow river entering jiangsu province and also the source of baili dasha river. the wetland park starts from provincial road 254 in the east, reaches the fengdang border in the west, extends to the old course of the yellow river in the south, and reaches the dashasha river in the north. it is 8.1 kilometers long and has a total area of 381 hectares. the wetland park has various types of wetlands, including permanent river wetlands, with an area of approximately 214.91 hectares, accounting for 73.53% of the entire wetland park area. in the park, the biodiversity is rich, providing habitats for numerous animals and plants. at the same time, it is also an important stopover point for many migratory birds. the wetland park is divided into five functional areas: ecological conservation area, restoration and reconstruction area, publicity and exhibition area, rational utilization area, and management service area. each area has its specific function. for example, the ecological conservation area is mainly dedicated to protecting the wetland ecosystem, and the publicity and exhibition area has a wetland culture exhibition hall, aiming to popularize environmental protection knowledge and enhance the public's environmental protection awareness. the structure and area of the whole wetland park are shown in table 2. figure 1. an aerial view of the dashahe national wetland park table 2. the proportion of each area in the wetland park area type area/hectare percentage/% ecological conservation area 156.9 41.2 restoration and reconstruction area 139.2 36.5 teaching and display area 43.1 11.4 rational utilization area 28.3 7.4 management service area 13.5 3.5 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1038 3.2. analysis method the basic flow of the analysis method is presented in figure 2. considering the accessible approaches to the carbon emission-related data of the scenic areas within the wetland park, this paper adopted the carbon emission coefficient method to estimate the carbon emissions. the carbon emission coefficient of various carbon sources was estimated through the relevant parameters presented in the china energy statistical yearbook [22]. the types of carbon sources in the wetland park were preliminarily screened before the formal estimation to reduce the calculation difficulty. among the eight carbon sources shown in figure 1, the carbon sourced from accommodations was ignored in the estimation because few places around the wetland park can provide accommodations, and their specifications are small. the wetland park is mainly open to the public in the form of ecological tourism, and there are no large-scale shopping and entertainment facilities inside. only small souvenir sales points are available, which will not generate much electricity consumption. therefore, the carbon sourced from shopping activities was also ignored. in addition, the number of local residents is relatively small compared with the flow of tourists, so the carbon sourced from resident activities was ignored. determine the carbon emission coefficients of various carbon sources obtain the relevant parameters of carbon sources in the scenic area by using the digital management system calculate the carbon emissions by using the carbon emission coefficient method calculate the carbon absorption amount of the scenic spot conduct a correlation analysis of carbon emissions and influencing factors figure 2. the basic flow of the analysis method through the field investigation of the wetland park scenic spot and the collection of relevant data from the digital management platform of the park administration department, the relevant parameters of carbon emission estimation obtained are shown in table 3. among them, the transport-sourced carbon is mainly brought by private cars and longdistance buses. the former is usually used in family travel, and the latter is usually used in tour group travel, both of which are the main sources of tourists in the park. the dietary-sourced carbon is mainly brought by the small and medium restaurants around the wetland park, and the carbon emission per capita is calculated using data collected through field investigation and the management department’s platform. carbon emissions from scenic area management primarily originate from the tourist reception center. and the carbon emission is obtained by converting the annual electricity consumption of the reception center. the carbon of waste disposal mainly refers to the carbon emission brought by the disposal of wastes generated in the scenic area [22]. table 3. carbon emission related parameters carbon source carbon emission-related parameter transport primary means of transportation carbon emission factor 𝑘𝑔 𝐶𝑜2 /𝑘𝑚 number of passengers/person average distance travelled /𝑘𝑚 carbon emissions per capita / 𝑘𝑔 𝐶𝑜2 private car 0.25 3 55 4.58 long-distance passenger bus 0.071 25 0.156 diet main restaurant specifications average number of tables/table single table specification/people average seating rate / % operating carbon footprint / 𝑘𝑔 per capita carbon emission / 𝑘𝑔 𝐶𝑜2 small restaurants 6 4 85 37.28 1.83 medium-sized restaurants 20 10 85 458.03 2.69 scenic spot management main management facilities quantity / 𝑛 number of staff/person carbon emission converted from annual electricity consumption/ 𝑘𝑔 annual working time/day carbon emissions per capita 𝑘𝑔 𝐶𝑜2 visitor reception center 3 15 11577.89 300 2.57 waste disposal main waste producing area amount of waste produced / 𝑡 carbon emission converted from waste disposal / 𝑡 carbon emission per capita 𝑘𝑔 𝐶𝑜2 scenic spot 5684.56 4117.64 0.82 if only the carbon emission generated by the carbon sources in the scenic spot is calculated, the relevant parameters in table 3 can be used, but in the actual situation, there is not only carbon emission but also carbon absorption. in the terrestrial ecosystem, vegetation can fix co2 through photosynthesis, and the water area can also absorb carbon dioxide. therefore, the carbon absorption effect of different land types in the wetland park should be taken into account when calculating net carbon emissions (table 4). hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1039 table 4. parameters related to carbon absorption land type carbon absorption rate coefficient (𝒕/𝒉𝒎𝟐. 𝒂) grassland 3.49 cultivated land 0.48 garden 4.636 water 5.424 wetland 7.547 the carbon emission coefficient method was adopted to analyze the carbon emission amount of the wetland park from 2018 to 2023. the relevant parameters required are as described above. the area of different land types and the flow of visitors in the scenic spot were obtained from the digital management platform of the wetland park management department. in addition, a correlation analysis was performed on land type area and carbon absorption amount [23, 24], and the correlation was significant when the p value was less than 0.05. 3.3. analysis results the carbon emission coefficient method was adopted to estimate the annual carbon emission amount of the dashahe wetland park from 2018 to 2023 (figure 3). with the passing of years, the total carbon emission amount in the park gradually increased. among the carbon sources that produced carbon emissions, the carbon emissions from transportation and diet accounted for the largest proportion, while the carbon emissions from scenic area management and waste disposal accounted for a relatively small proportion. the carbon emissions from transportation and diet also increased with the increase in years. figure 3. annual carbon emissions of the dashahe wetland park from 2018 to 2023 although the park produces a lot of carbon emissions, the wetland environment of the park has the ability to absorb carbon dioxide. therefore, the net carbon emission may be relatively small, which will not cause damage to the ecological environment. the total annual carbon emission, annual carbon absorption, and net carbon emission of the park from 2018 to 2023 are presented in figure 4. although the total carbon emission increased year by year, the carbon absorption amount of the wetland park also increased year by year. as a result, the annual net carbon emission of the park only increased slightly and remained at a relatively low level on the whole, ensuring that the tourism industry of the wetland park did not cause damage to the ecological environment. 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 80000 90000 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 c a r b o n e m is si o n s / t year total carbon emissions transportation carbon emissions dietary carbon emissions carbon emissions from scenic area management carbon emissions from garbage disposal hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1040 figure 4. the total annual carbon emission amount, annual carbon absorption amount, and net carbon emission amount of the park from 2018 to 2023 by understanding the carbon absorption capacity of different types of land within the wetland park, adjustments can be made to the land management strategies to enhance the carbon absorption ability of the wetland park. the correlation analysis results of the area of different land types and the amount of carbon absorption are shown in table 5. the area of cultivated lands and gardens had no significant correlation with the amount of carbon absorption in the wetland park, while the area of grasslands, water bodies, and wetlands was significantly positively correlated with the amount of carbon absorption. table 5. results of correlation analysis of the area of different land types and carbon absorption amount in the park land type correlation coefficient p value grassland 1.21 0.014 cultivated land 0.32 0.321 garden 0.97 0.414 water 2.98 0.031 wetland 3.69 0.012 4. discussion the main purpose of developing rural tourism is to decrease the dependence of rural areas on a single agricultural economy, thereby effectively enhancing the overall economic benefits of rural areas and improving the living standards. however, while tourism raises incomes, it also increases carbon emissions. for example, a scenic spot will attract a large number of tourists, and there must be a large number of vehicles in the way of tourists to the scenic spot, which will directly produce carbon emissions. the electricity, gas, and other energy consumed by restaurants around the scenic spot in the operation process will also produce carbon emissions. without some control, although the tourism economy can develop, it will also have a negative impact on the ecological environment. therefore, estimating the carbon emissions within the scenic area is essential for effective management. in addition, with the progress of information technology, digital management is gradually applied to the management of scenic spots. a digital management platform can be built for scenic spots to collect relevant data, such as the flow of tourists, the types and quantities of transportation tools used by tourists, the operating conditions of restaurants in scenic spots, and the distribution of land types in scenic spots. the data collected by the digital management method is combined with the carbon emission coefficient method to estimate the carbon emission of the scenic spot. this paper used the carbon emission coefficient approach to estimate the carbon emission of the dashasha national wetland park, calculated the carbon absorption amount in the park, and analyzed the correlation between the area of different land types in the wetland park and the carbon absorption amount. 1850 1855 1860 1865 1870 1875 1880 1885 1890 1895 1900 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 80000 90000 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 n et c a rb o n e m is si o n s/ t c a r b o n e m is si o n ( a b so r p ti o n ) v o lu m e /t year total carbon emissions carbon absorption capacity net carbon emissions hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1041 with the passage of 2018 to 2023, the total carbon emission of the wetland park increased year by year, and the carbon emission from transportation and diet accounted for the majority of the total carbon emission. the reason is that the carbon emission from transportation is caused by transportation used by tourists, while the carbon emission from diets is caused by the service provided by the restaurants around the scenic spot. the operation of management facilities causes the carbon emission in the management of scenic spots. however, the number of people required for management is far less than that of tourists. the carbon emissions from waste disposal require only a small number of people to transport waste. moreover, waste disposal is usually unified by specialized companies. therefore, the amount of carbon emissions is relatively small. from 2018 to 2023, although the net carbon emission amount of the wetland park increased, the overall change was not much. the reason is that the carbon absorption amount of the wetland park was also gradually increasing due to the restoration of the wetland ecosystem in the ecological conservation area and the restoration area in the park, which indicates that the wetland park effectively protects and restores the ecosystem. the correlation analysis results of different types of land area and carbon absorption amount showed that the area of wetlands, water bodies, and grasslands in the park had a significant positive correlation with the carbon absorption amount, while the area of cultivated lands and gardens had no significant correlation with it. as the wetland park is a measure to protect the wetland ecosystem, and its opening to the outside world is an additional service, the wetland, water, and grassland area in the wetland ecosystem is the largest, leading to a more significant impact on the carbon absorption amount. the contribution of this paper lies in revealing the carbon emission characteristics of the dashasha national wetland park in recent years and providing data support and practical reference for the implementation of precise digital carbon management in the future scenic spot. the limitation of this paper is that it only analyzed the dashasha national wetland park. the results obtained from the analysis have certain particularities, and the analysis results cannot be effectively extended to other tourist scenic spots. therefore, future research will expand the analysis scope to make the results as universal as possible. 5. conclusion this study first briefly introduces the application of digital management in modern scenic spots and discusses the basic methods and key indicators for estimating carbon emissions in tourist scenic spots. subsequently, taking the dashasha national wetland park along the old course of the yellow river as the research subject, a case analysis was carried out. the carbon emission amount, carbon absorption amount, and net carbon emissions of the wetland park from 2018 to 2023 were systematically estimated. at the same time, the relationship between the area of different land types and the carbon absorption capacity within the park was also analyzed in depth. from 2018 to 2023, the total carbon emission amount of the wetland park showed an increasing trend year by year. among them, tourist transportation and food consumption were the main sources of carbon emissions, accounting for a large proportion of the total. although the net carbon emission amount increased slightly in these six years, the overall fluctuation was small, indicating that the carbon absorption capacity of the park offset the increase in carbon emissions to a certain extent. in terms of land types, there was a significant positive correlation between the area of wetlands, water bodies, and grasslands and the carbon absorption capacity. in contrast, the area changes of cultivated land and garden had no obvious impact on carbon absorption. the contribution of this paper lies in revealing the carbon emission characteristics of the dashasha national wetland park in recent years and providing data support and practical reference for the implementation of precise digital carbon management in the future scenic spot. the limitation of this paper is that it only analyzed the dashasha national wetland park. the results obtained from the analysis have certain particularities, and the analysis results cannot be effectively extended to other tourist scenic spots. therefore, future research will expand the analysis scope to make the results as universal as possible. 6. declarations 6.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1042 6.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] wang, s., wang, x., han, y., wang, x., jiang, h., & zhang, z. (2023). ship fuel and carbon emission estimation utilizing artificial neural network and data fusion techniques. journal of software engineering and applications, 16(3), 51–72. doi:10.4236/jsea.2023.163004. [2] redowan, m., phinn, s., roelfsema, c., & aziz, a. a. (2021). satellite estimation of emission factors and emissions of biomasscarbon due to deforestation and forest degradation in bangladesh for a redd+ program. journal of applied remote sensing, 15(01), 1–28. doi:10.1117/1.jrs.15.014510. [3] liu, j., liu, g., zhao, h., zhao, j., qiu, j., & dong, z. y. (2024). real-time industrial carbon emission estimation with deep learning-based device recognition and incomplete smart meter data. engineering applications of artificial intelligence, 127(part b), 107272. doi:10.1016/j.engappai.2023.107272. [4] zhang, c., he, w., & hao, r. (2016). comprehensive estimation of the financial risk of iron and steel enterprise-based on carbon emission reduction. journal of scientific & industrial research, 75(3), 143–149. [5] lee, k., ko, j., & jung, s. (2024). quantifying uncertainty in carbon emission estimation: metrics and methodologies. journal of cleaner production, 452, 1–10. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2024.142141. [6] zhang, l., bai, y., zhang, r., ma, y., & shen, c. (2024). carbon emission characteristics and carbon reduction analysis of employee travel-taking a research institute as an example. energy informatics, 7(1), 1–19. doi:10.1186/s42162-024-00407-2. [7] guo, h., awasthi, m. k., xue, z., zhao, z., liu, q., & he, l. (2023). innovative carbon emission estimation strategy for biomass materials using near-infrared (nir) spectrum. fuel, 332, 126020. doi:10.1016/j.fuel.2022.126020. [8] tsanov, e., valchev, d., ribarova, i., & dimova, g. (2024). quality of harvested rainwater from a green and a bitumen roof in an air polluted region. civil engineering journal, 10(5), 1589–1605. doi:10.28991/cej-2024-010-05-015. [9] ghosh, s., dinda, s., chatterjee, n. d., dutta, s., & bera, d. (2022). spatial-explicit carbon emission-sequestration balance estimation and evaluation of emission susceptible zones in an eastern himalayan city using pressure-sensitivity-resilience framework: an approach towards achieving low carbon cities. journal of cleaner production, 336, 130417. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2022.130417. [10] wang, k., xian, y., zhang, j., li, y., & che, l. (2016). potential carbon emission abatement cost recovery from carbon emission trading in china: an estimation of industry sector. journal of modelling in management, 11(3), 842–854. doi:10.1108/jm2-032016-0027. [11] zhu, n. p., zhao, q., & shen, y. (2014). cost analysis of carbon emission based on carbon finance. advanced materials research, 1065–1069, 3030–3034. doi:10.4028/www.scientific.net/amr.1065-1069.3030. [12] liu, j., liu, g., zhao, h., zhao, j., qiu, j., & dong, z. y. (2023). a real-time carbon emission estimation framework for industrial parks with non-intrusive load monitoring. sustainable energy technologies and assessments, 60(december), 1–12. doi:10.1016/j.seta.2023.103482. [13] chen, f., gao, y., wang, j., wu, m., zhang, w., & teng, f. (2024). real-time carbon emission estimation for industrial users with low rmse based on nilm and evolutionary algorithm. ieee transactions on instrumentation and measurement, 73, 1–11. doi:10.1109/tim.2024.3476562. [14] fan, s., & lu, z. (2022). research on the peak carbon dioxide emission strategy of chinese port based on carbon emission estimation. frontiers in environmental science, 9, 1–6. doi:10.3389/fenvs.2021.789970. [15] ma, w., liu, y., alimo, p. k., & wang, l. (2024). vehicle carbon emission estimation for urban traffic based on sparse trajectory data. international journal of transportation science and technology, 16, 222–233. doi:10.1016/j.ijtst.2024.01.010. [16] hung, l. q., & thao, v. t. p. (2021). building land cover objects following the ipcc guidelines for carbon emission estimation. case study in the central highlands of vietnam. sustainability in environment, 6(1), 45. doi:10.22158/se.v6n1p45. [17] yushardi, romadhona, s., fitria, f. l., mandala, m., & kristianta. (2020). carbon emission estimation model and correlation with green open space in jember city area. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 485(1), 1–9. doi:10.1088/1755-1315/485/1/012116. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1043 [18] manongga, d., rahardja, u., sembiring, i., aini, q., & wahab, a. (2024). improving the air quality monitoring framework using artificial intelligence for environmentally conscious development. hightech and innovation journal, 5(3), 794–813. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-03-017. [19] mohiuddin, o., asumadu-sarkodie, s., & obaidullah, m. (2016). the relationship between carbon dioxide emissions, energy consumption, and gdp: a recent evidence from pakistan. cogent engineering, 3(1), 1–16. doi:10.1080/23311916.2016.1210491. [20] shahzad, s. j. h., kumar, r. r., zakaria, m., & hurr, m. (2017). carbon emission, energy consumption, trade openness and financial development in pakistan: a revisit. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 70(4), 185–192. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2016.11.042. [21] wang, c., wang, f., zhang, x., yang, y., su, y., ye, y., & zhang, h. (2017). examining the driving factors of energy related carbon emissions using the extended stirpat model based on ipat identity in xinjiang. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 67, 51–61. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2016.09.006. [22] national bureau of statistics of china (2013) china statistics yearbook 2013. china statistics press, beijin, china. [23] li, b., liu, x., & li, z. (2015). using the stirpat model to explore the factors driving regional co2 emissions: a case of tianjin, china. natural hazards, 76(3), 1667–1685. doi:10.1007/s11069-014-1574-9. [24] wang, y., ge, x., liu, j., & ding, z. (2016). study and analysis of energy consumption and energy-related carbon emission of industrial in tianjin, china. energy strategy reviews, 10, 18–28. doi:10.1016/j.esr.2016.04.002. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 687 issn: 2723-9535 a systematic literature review on resilient digital transformation, examining how organizations sustain digital capabilities thira chavarnakul 1 , li da xu 2, zhuming bi 3 , achyut shankar 4 , gaurav dhiman 5 , wattana viriyasitavat 1 , danupol hoonsopon 1* 1 chulalongkorn business school, chualongkorn university, bangkok 10330, thailand. 2 old dominion university, norfolk, va, 23529, united states. 3 department of civil and mechanical engineering, purdue university fort wayne, in, 46805, united states. 4 department of cyber systems engineering, university of warwick, coventry, cv74al, united kingdom. 5 department of electrical and computer engineering, lebanese american university, beirut, 03797751, lebanon. received 17 march 2025; revised 23 may 2025; accepted 27 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract in an era marked by relentless technological shifts and market volatility, digital transformation (dt) alone is insufficient. organizations must develop resilient digital transformation (rdt)—the organizational capabilities required to sustain dt over a medium-term horizon—to navigate these challenges effectively. this study primarily aims to propose a guideline for fostering rdt. drawing on the prisma guidelines and a systematic review of 77 peer-reviewed papers, this study identifies and synthesizes key targets and drivers across three core pillars: technology, organization, and external environment. these elements collectively foster organizational resilience. specifically, this study highlights how adaptability, innovation, and scalability form the technological underpinnings of sustained digital maturity; meanwhile, effective governance frameworks, ongoing workforce development, and supportive cultures promote organizational agility. externally, proactive stakeholder engagement, responsiveness to market shifts, and robust regulatory compliance help ensure the long-term viability of digital initiatives. the findings contribute to the existing literature by unifying an integrative framework illustrating how organizations can sense, seize, and reconfigure resources to embed resilience across strategic and operational processes. by moving beyond static maturity models, the framework stresses the continuous nature of digital transformation, offering both academics and practitioners a structured approach to sustaining competitive advantage amid incessant disruptions. keywords: digital transformation; resilient digital transformation; digital capabilities; sustainability. 1. introduction digital transformation (dt) is a key driver of organizational success in today’s rapidly evolving business landscape, marked by technological advancements and external pressures [1]. it involves the strategic integration of digital technologies across all organizational functions to enhance efficiency, customer experience, and competitive advantage. moreover, it supports alignment with broader environmental factors such as regulatory compliance and sustainability * corresponding author: danupol@cbs.chula.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-021  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2993-1525 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8145-7883 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3165-3293 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6343-5197 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7247-4596 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6408-4790 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 688 goals [2, 3]. research highlights its role in optimizing operations, delivering personalized services, and sustaining competitiveness. while ongoing investment in technology, people, and processes is required—and challenges like cultural resistance and data security must be addressed—the long-term benefits outweigh the costs, making dt essential for sustainable success [4]. resilient digital transformation (rdt) has become essential for corporations seeking to sustain competitive advantage and operational efficiency over the long term, particularly in the face of rapid technological change and market volatility. by integrating dt with resilience strategies, organizations enhance their adaptability, innovation capacity, and systemic agility—key enablers of sustainable growth and high-quality economic development. in capital-intensive and mature-stage industries, rdt fosters organizational resilience by optimizing innovation and responsiveness, while in sectors like manufacturing, digitalization enhances technological innovation capacity [5]. rdt also strengthens supply chain resilience through improved visibility and collaboration, crucial for industries such as electric vehicles and fastmoving consumer goods [6, 7]. furthermore, it supports innovation resilience by facilitating recovery from disruptions and sustaining continuous innovation, influenced by network embeddedness and absorptive capacity [8]. a data-driven culture, enabled by digital tools, also reinforces supply chain robustness and trust with suppliers [9]. while challenges such as industry variation, enterprise size, and resource constraints may affect implementation, the strategic importance of rdt in fostering resilience and long-term competitiveness remains indisputable. in this research, rdt is defined as “the organizational capabilities required to sustain digital transformation over a medium-term horizon.” this concept is distinct from general organizational resilience—the broader capacity to adapt to any disruption—by specifically focusing on the continuity and progress of digital initiatives amidst challenges like cyberattacks or rapid technological shifts that impact digital assets and strategies. while rdt contributes to overall organizational resilience, it addresses unique vulnerabilities and opportunities of digitalization, preventing conceptual dilution by concentrating on the specific capabilities needed to maintain digital efforts. existing approaches like change management, low-code platforms, and digital public infrastructure touch on key elements [10, 11], but an integrative rdt framework is lacking. widely used models such as deloitte’s digital maturity model (dmm), mckinsey’s digital quotient (dq), and mit’s transformation framework provide guidance on digital readiness but do not clearly focus on sustaining digital capabilities long-term, especially during disruptions [12, 13]. these models often prioritize short-term goals and static assessments, overlooking resilience as a measurable, strategic capability for digital endeavours [14, 15]. consequently, limitations persist across these models, including the absence of explicit digital resilience dimensions, insufficient integration of dynamic capabilities vital for digital adaptation, inadequate attention to long-term cultural and talent evolution crucial for rdt [16, 17], and a lack of sensitivity to industry-specific and regional contexts that shape digital resilience needs [1]. despite the growing number of studies exploring resilient digital transformation (rdt) across diverse contexts— from sustainable digital transformation [18] and ambidextrous innovation [19] to pandemic-induced agility and sme antifragility [20] a critical and underexplored gap remains. these studies consistently emphasize that true resilience in digital initiatives extends beyond technology adoption; it requires sustained leadership commitment, adaptive capabilities, cultural transformation, and external collaboration. however, most existing research either addresses isolated aspects of resilience or concentrates on short-term adaptation, offering limited insight into how organizations can systematically embed and evolve digital capabilities over time. more importantly, there is a notable absence of an integrative framework that consolidates the technological, organizational, and environmental enablers necessary to sustain digital transformation through dynamic and uncertain conditions. this fragmentation has hindered both scholarly understanding and practical application. in response, this study conducts a systematic literature review to fill this gap by synthesizing current evidence and proposing a comprehensive rdt framework that captures the structural, cultural, and strategic mechanisms essential for embedding resilience as a core, enduring capability within digital transformation efforts. in response to these gaps, this research conducts a systematic literature review (slr) to develop an integrative rdt framework that incorporates critical elements such as continuous innovation, adaptive governance, longer-term workforce development, and external ecosystem collaboration. this framework aims to bridge theory and practice, offering a more holistic and future-oriented model that supports organizations in sustaining dt as a core, enduring capability. this slr synthesizes current research on rdt within corporate settings, focusing on three interrelated aspects: (1) the key factors and drivers rdt for organizational success, (2) the critical focus areas organizations must address to achieve and sustain rdt, and (3) the integrative frameworks that support the longer-term development of rdt capabilities. guided by the prisma methodology, this study employs descriptive, bibliometric, and thematic analyses to comprehensively explore the academic and practical discourse surrounding rdt. the review is structured around the following research questions: hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 689 what are the key targets across the pillars of dt that organizations aim to promote, and how do these collectively contribute to rdt capabilities? what are the primary drivers and enablers that make rdt essential for organizations, and what core focus areas must be addressed to achieve it? what theoretical and conceptual frameworks can guide organizations in fostering rdt? by addressing these questions, this review advances the academic understanding of rdt by identifying the elements that support its longer-term viability. moreover, it offers practical guidance for organizations seeking to sustain and evolve their digital capabilities over time. the findings provide actionable insights into achieving rdt and emphasize the transformative roles of digital technologies, governance structures, and external environmental factors. in doing so, the review positions rdt as a strategic function essential to developing resilient organizations, sustainable business models, and long-term competitive advantage—an imperative in today’s increasingly volatile and digitally driven environment. the remainder of this article is structured as follows. section 2 reviews the existing literature on resilient digital transformation (rdt) and highlights major gaps of existing literature. section 3 outlines the research methodology, including the systematic review process based on prisma guidelines. section 4 presents the major findings, organized around the three core pillars of rdt: technology, organization, and external environment. section 5 discusses the theoretical and practical implications. lastly, section 6 concludes the study and outlines directions for future research. 2. existing surveys on rdt over the past few years, a growing body of literature has examined rdt across diverse organizational and industry contexts. collectively, these studies highlight the importance of aligning long-term digital maturity with adaptability, agility, and, increasingly, sustainability objectives. they further stress that resilience cannot be achieved merely by adopting new technologies; rather, it demands cohesive strategies, dedicated leadership, cultural change, and the continuous development of organizational capabilities (see table 1 for summary). in a mixed-methods study on environmentally sustainable digital transformation (sdt), feroz et al. [3] integrate a meta-synthesis of 195 articles, a questionnaire-based survey, and a delphi method to reveal how digital initiatives merge with sustainability goals. their findings identify 19 core capabilities, structured into seizing, sensing, and transforming domains, emphasizing iterative resource reconfiguration as central to resilience. however, while they clearly define these capabilities, the work leaves unanswered how organizations can maintain digital alignment amid ongoing market turbulence—an issue vital to rdt. similarly, nyagadza [19] employs a systematic review and meta-analysis to investigate sdt for ambidextrous digital firms. grounded in business model theory (bmt), this research illustrates how smacit technologies (social, mobile, analytics, cloud, and iot), supported by a conducive culture and committed leadership, foster both exploitative and explorative capabilities. yet, although it underscores leadership and culture, the study calls for longitudinal methods to determine how firms preserve these dual capacities throughout extended transformation cycles. research on pandemic-related digital responsiveness sheds further light on this topic. mangalaraj et al. [21], for example, link it investment and digital capability development to organizational agility and resilience in retail. their findings highlight reconfigurable operations and agile strategy execution as two pillars enabling strong market responses. however, this short-term lens does not fully account for how it-driven resilience might develop into a stable, enduring capability. meanwhile, a systematic review by sagala & őri [20] focuses on sme resilience and antifragility. they suggest that dt, when coupled with dynamic capabilities, strategic foresight, and knowledge sharing, allows smaller firms to weather disruptive conditions. although this introduces the concept of antifragility—where organizations emerge stronger from adversity—the authors do not explore the broader structural or governance factors required to sustain such resilience beyond immediate shocks. additional work by dupin et al. [22] conceptualizes digital resilience through three levels—user, it infrastructure, and the wider ecosystem—distinguishing “resilience through digital” (collaborative platforms, remote work) from “resilience to digital” (cybersecurity, system redundancies). while this framework broadens understanding of resilience factors, it offers limited guidance on how firms might iterate and renew these elements through extended digital rollouts. finally, hokmabadi et al. [13] examine business resilience in smes and startups by emphasizing marketing capabilities—such as omnichannel strategies, social media analytics, and data-driven decision-making—as mechanisms for fostering digital resilience. here, dynamic capabilities such as learning agility, collaborative innovation, and hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 690 ecosystem partnerships are deemed crucial in fast-paced markets. nonetheless, while the study provides a robust framework for short-term resilience and competitive gain, it leaves unexplained how such strategies and metrics might become embedded in routine operations over the long term. taken collectively, these surveys underscore the multifaceted nature of rdt: from sustainability [3] and dualcapability development [19] to pandemic-driven adaptations [21], sme antifragility [20], and marketing-based resilience [13]. they collectively affirm a need for coherent strategies that integrate technology, leadership, and culture. nonetheless, a significant gap persists: few studies offer granular insight into sustaining dt capabilities over extended periods. this gap underlines the value of further work examining governance structures, iterative metrics, and embedded routines that can preserve adaptability and resilience—even after initial digital adoption. considering these observations, the investigation into rdt seeks to address precisely this need, building on earlier research to demonstrate how organizations can systematically embed and continuously expand their digital capabilities in dynamic environments. table 1. existing surveys related to rdt no. topic short description why my rdt is needed 1. identifying organizations’ dynamic capabilities for sustainable digital transformation: a mixed methods study [23] mixed-methods study integrating digital initiatives with sustainability; identifies 19 dynamic capabilities for sdt. long-term integration challenge: shows how digital and ecological goals align but leaves open the question of how to maintain them over extended market volatility. 2. sustainable digital transformation for ambidextrous digital rms: systematic literature review, meta-analysis and agenda for future research directions [19] systematic review/meta-analysis emphasizing smacit and ambidexterity; underscores culture & leadership roles. sustained dual capabilities: highlights need for longitudinal insights into how exploitative and explorative capacities can be upheld long after initial adoption. 3. digital transformation for agility and resilience: an exploratory study [21] exploratory study on reconfigurable operations and agile strategy; uses covid-19 retail data for short-term crisis. beyond crisis response: demonstrates reactive success but lacks frameworks on turning agility into a stable, longterm organizational characteristic. 4. exploring digital transformation strategy to achieve smes resilience and antifragility: a systematic literature review [20] slr linking digitization to antifragility in smes, noting dynamic capabilities and knowledge sharing as key enablers. deeper structural enablers: concept of antifragility is introduced but the mechanisms for institutionalizing it over time remain unexplored. 5. a systematic literature review on digital resilience in organizations: towards a conceptualization [22] review defining resilience “through” and “to” digital, emphasizing holistic integration beyond technology adoption. iterative renewal gap: outlines multiple perspectives but offers limited guidance on iterative refinement of these resilience factors as digital maturity evolves. 6. business resilience for small and medium enterprises and startups by digital transformation and the role of marketing capabilities a systematic review [13] systematic review citing adaptive marketing and dynamic capabilities as critical for resilience in volatile markets. embedding resilience in daily operations: extends marketing-based resilience frameworks but underexplores how firms continuously integrate and scale. 3. research methodology this study follows a systematic literature review approach, as recommended by snyder [24], chosen for its ability to effectively integrate various research viewpoints on sustainability initiatives and stakeholder alignment. this method provides a thorough analysis of the subject, encompassing different theoretical frameworks and research methods. to maintain rigor and transparency, the review adheres to the preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and metaanalyses (prisma) guidelines, including the 2020 update [25], to methodically identify, assess, and synthesize pertinent studies. by aligning with prisma standards, the review brings together literature on sustainability and stakeholder alignment, ensuring a well-organized and reproducible approach. the process is illustrated in figure 1. drawing on prior research on systematic literature reviews [18] and applying prisma principles, the study follows a three-phase procedure, which is detailed in the following sections. 3.1. question formulation formulating precise research questions is a foundational step in conducting a rigorous systematic review, as it offers a structured framework for identifying critical gaps in the literature and aligning with the study’s overarching objectives [26]. through iterative discussions, the authors refined the research scope to focus on essential scholarship surrounding rdt. this effort began with an extensive assessment of prior studies to pinpoint key targets and explore how existing research contribute to developing rdt capabilities. during this review, several significant gaps were identified, including the lack of an integrative framework of rdt and insufficient emphasis on established digital maturity models (e.g., deloitte’s digital maturity model, mit’s digital maturity framework, mckinsey’s digital quotient, and bcg’s digital acceleration index). additional challenges arose in harmonizing fast-growing technological innovation with sustained organizational strategy, highlighting the need for a resilience-oriented transformation model. these insights shaped the development of targeted research questions, as outlined in the introduction section, which serve to guide the systematic analysis of rdt aimed at enhancing long-term organization’s dt capabilities. by defining the research scope at this early stage, the study ensures methodological rigor and lays a solid foundation for identifying and synthesizing relevant approaches, contributing to the creation of an integrative framework that fosters effective and enduring dt. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 691 figure 1. research methodology 3.2. article selection protocol following the development of the research questions, a systematic and replicable literature search was undertaken to ensure breadth, transparency, and methodological rigor in identifying rdt-related studies. the search encompassed scopus, web of science, ieee xplore, semantic scholar, and google scholar, covering peer-reviewed journals, conference proceedings, and other scholarly publications to capture diverse academic perspectives. in addition to journal articles, other relevant publication types were carefully included based on their scholarly merit. a targeted search strategy was devised around three principal keyword categories: “resilient”, “digital”, and “transformation.” since many publications connect “sustainable digital transformation”, which is the main search string, to broader sustainability objectives, often referencing sdgs, this study employed specific exclusion to filter out articles primarily focused on esg or sdg considerations. this narrower scope ensures the concentrate solely on the rdt aspects in question, preventing an oversaturation of sustainability-focused studies. an initial exploratory search in google scholar facilitated the refinement of broad keywords, which were subsequently adapted to meet the syntax requirements of scopus, web of science, semantic scholar, and ieee xplore. boolean operators (and/or) and truncation methods were applied to maximize coverage. article collection proceeded along two parallel paths: one aimed at gathering works focusing on rdt, and another centered on resilient digital maturity. although different search strings were used for each path, consistent inclusion and exclusion criteria were applied across all databases. this approach ensured coherence in the selection process and laid the groundwork for a comprehensive evaluation of the literature. the primary keywords employed in this review is presented in table 2: table 2. search keywords resilient-related and digital-related and transformation-related not excluding words resilient digital transformation sdgs adaptive digitalization change green long-term digitization evolution esg enduring technology innovation climate sustainable it strategy carbon agility circular economy sustainable development records identified from databases (n = 1,274) records removed before screening: records removed for duplications (n = 232) records removed due to unavailability (n = 98) records removed due to irrelevant titles (n = 939) records screened (n = 245) records excluded due to lack of rdt relevance by reviewing abstract (n = 136) reports sought for retrieval (n = 109) reports assessed for eligibility (n = 77) reports excluded (full paper review): reason 1: not peer-reviewed (n = 3) reason 2: non-english language (n = 5) reason 3: excluded based on expert-ranked indirect relevance to core rdt themes (n = 24) studies included in review (n = 77) identification of studies via databases id en ti fi ca ti o n s cr ee n in g in cl u d ed hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 692 a snowballing approach was also adopted, whereby additional relevant articles were located through reference lists of high-impact papers. this step expanded the overall search and reduced the likelihood of overlooking important studies. figure 1 illustrates the number of publications identified at each stage. to ensure both scholarly rigor and thematic alignment, the review employed a structured seven-step filtration process, guided by the systematic review method proposed by tranfield et al. [27]. as an initial criterion, only peer-reviewed journal articles and high-caliber conference papers were included, while non-academic sources (e.g., opinion pieces, blogs, and grey literature) were excluded to preserve academic credibility [28]. subsequently, the search was restricted to english-language publications to promote consistency in both interpretation and analysis. the chosen subject area was limited to business and technology management, reflecting the study’s objective of identifying stakeholder engagement strategies within the realm of corporate sustainability. following this initial filtering, 1,269 articles remained for further examination. a multi-stage filtering procedure was adopted to refine the initial dataset. first, duplicates and clearly unrelated records were removed, leaving 245 articles. next, a title-and-abstract screening ensured only those with explicit links to rdt remained, reducing the corpus to 109. articles without accessible full texts were then excluded. a subsequent fulltext evaluation confirmed the alignment of each study with the research scope. three domain experts independently assessed the direct or indirect relevance of each article; those receiving at least two expert endorsements for direct relevance were included. once this inclusion and exclusion process concluded, the remaining 77 papers underwent systematic analysis to uncover insights on rdt, including its key enablers, pillar-specific targets of dt, and conceptual frameworks aligned with the study’s definition of rdt. these targets serve as focal points for sustaining long-term dt capabilities by outlining the areas where organizations must continually adapt and innovate. 3.3. extraction, analysis and synthesis to examine the final set of studies, this study employed two complementary techniques [29]: descriptive analysis, and thematic analysis. descriptive analysis offered insights into publication trends by journal, year, and author affiliations, providing an overview of how rdt research has evolved within various academic domains. thematic analysis was carried out in accordance with recognized methodological guidelines (e.g. ben slimane, coeurderoy, and mhenni; lucas et al.). this study adopted a qualitative, thematic approach to identify recurring topics and core constructs related to rdt. in line with wolcott’s method, as advocated by creswell & poth, the study proceeded through four sequential phases: preliminary review of primary studies: a close reading of each article was conducted to extract and summarize key findings relevant to dt capabilities and long-term resilience. this step ensured a broad understanding of each study’s contributions and facilitated the collection of preliminary insights. coding, condensing, and reduction: each finding was assigned a unique code, allowing us to categorize and group common themes linked to rdt objectives. related codes were then refined and combined, aligning them with three foundational pillars of dt (see figure 2). this phase culminated in a set of representative keywords that captured the central ideas of each article. contextualization and framework construction: drawing on the identified themes, a multi-tiered framework was developed, encompassing drivers, enablers, targets, and strategic framework. this integrated structure synthesizes insights from the primary studies, aiming to strengthen long-term dt capabilities within organizations. presentation of findings: lastly, the identified themes and framework were presented using visual figures. this visual representation highlights key relationships among elements consisting of drivers, enablers, targets, and strategic framework, and clarifies how they integrate into a cohesive approach for fostering rdt. through this combined process, this literature review not only provides a descriptive rdt scholarship but also offers a thematically grounded framework to guide future research and practice. 3.4. descriptive analysis a review of table 3 reveals a fairly broad distribution of publication outlets in the final sample, though others (one article per journal, reports) constitutes the largest category at 53.25%. this broad others classification suggests that much of the research on rdt comes from a wide array of single studies across various specialized journals or reports, rather than being clustered in a single venue. among dedicated journals, sustainability stands out with 10 articles from the 2016–2024 period, reflecting growing scholarly interest in linking dt to sustainable practices. likewise, conferences and symposium publications (comprising 12 total) further indicate a high level of emerging, often preliminary research findings presented at academic forums. meanwhile, journals suc as the journal of enterprise information management and the journal of the knowledge economy contribute a smaller yet meaningful portion of the sample, emphasizing the interdisciplinary nature of rdt. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 693 table 3. important journals, conferences, symposiums, theses, and dissertations included in the final sample journals/conferences 2006-2010 2011-2015 2016-2020 2021-2024 total % sustainability 10 10 12.99 journal of enterprise information management 2 2 2.60 journal of the knowledge economy 2 2 2.60 preprint (arxiv and ssrn) 2 2 2.60 book chapters 4 4 5.19 thesis 4 4 5.19 conferences and symposium 2 10 12 15.58 others (one article per journal, reports) 1 1 39 41 53.25 total 1 3 73 77 100.00 4. dt: theoretical frameworks and development 4.1. evolution of dt framework early dt research focused on technology adoption and digital capabilities as key drivers of performance. westerman et al. [30] defined dt as using technology to enhance enterprise performance, while fitzgerald et al. [31] showed how emerging tools improved customer experience and operations. this tech-centric view encouraged investment in it infrastructure, but scholars like bharadwaj et al. [32] argued for integrating digital initiatives with business strategy. dt thus evolved into a strategic imperative aligned with broader goals. as digital efforts progressed, many failed due to non-technical issues, shifting attention to organizational factors. kane et al. [33] emphasized that “strategy, not technology” drives dt, highlighting leadership, culture, and strategic clarity. mature firms succeeded by fostering risktaking and continuous learning. hess et al. [34] stressed the role of top management and structural alignment, with governance and coordination ensuring strategic fit. by the mid-2010s, scholars viewed organizational transformation— mindset, talent, and processes—as equally vital as technology. concepts like digital culture, change management, and dynamic capabilities underscored the need for adaptability [35], establishing organizational readiness and leadership as core pillars of dt. later research broadened dt beyond internal capabilities to include the external environment, recognizing that market forces and ecosystem dynamics significantly shape outcomes. sebastian et al. [36] showed that firms adopt dual strategies—deepening customer engagement and digitizing operations—to meet rising expectations, while vial [37] emphasized that external disruptions such as shifting customer behavior, new competitors, and regulations trigger strategic responses. jacobides et al. [38] further highlighted that digital competition increasingly occurs at the ecosystem level, requiring external collaboration and adaptability. by the late 2010s, the literature converged on a holistic view of dt grounded in three interdependent dimensions: digital technology, organizational capability, and external environment. warner & wäger [39] applied dynamic capabilities to dt, illustrating how firms sense, seize, and transform in response to digital opportunities. verhoef et al. [40] mapped the dt journey across disciplines, stressing the integration of technology, organizational change, and market adaptation. tangwaragorn et al. [1] reinforced this three-pillar framework by synthesizing dt drivers into internal and external domains, reflecting the growing consensus that successful transformation requires synergy across (1) technological, (2) organizational, and (3) environmental factors. there is growing consensus that effective dt is built on three interdependent pillars (see figure 2): technology, organization, and external environment [41, 42]. the technological pillar encompasses digital infrastructure, platforms, and data capabilities—such as cloud computing, ai, and analytics—that provide the foundation for transformation [31, 37]. the organizational pillar involves leadership, culture, structure, and dynamic capabilities needed to drive and sustain change [33, 41]. it emphasizes the importance of aligning digital efforts with agile strategies and internal processes. the external environment pillar reflects the impact of customer expectations, competitive dynamics, and ecosystem participation on transformation [36, 38]. firms must respond to external pressures and collaborate across networks to create value. collectively, these pillars form a holistic framework now widely adopted in dt literature, underscoring that lasting transformation requires integrated progress across technological, organizational, and environmental dimensions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 694 figure 2. dt framework 4.2. rdt definitions the concept of rdt emerges from the intersection of two vital organizational imperatives: dt and organizational resilience. dt is widely recognized as a key enabler of organizational agility and innovation, particularly through the adoption of advanced technologies [5]. in parallel, organizational resilience reflects an entity’s capacity to absorb shocks, adapt to rapidly changing conditions, and maintain performance in the face of uncertainty [42]. recent scholarship emphasizes the synergy between these two. resilience, when embedded, becomes essential for sustaining progress amid disruption. resilient organizations are characterized by their ability to "endure, develop and compete" under adverse conditions [42, 43]. consequently, scholars and practitioners underscore the necessity for enduring capabilities that span leadership, strategy, technological infrastructure, and organizational culture [44–46]. despite growing attention to dt, the literature predominantly focuses on the early stages of implementation, such as the adoption of technologies, performance outcomes, and barriers to change. far less attention has been directed toward the medium-term challenge of sustaining digital maturity after initial transformation phases [47, 48]. this creates a conceptual and empirical gap in understanding how organizations retain their digital advancement over a multi-year horizon. to address this gap, the present study defines rdt as the medium-term organizational capabilities required to sustain a given level of dt. these include strategic alignment, leadership continuity, adaptive culture, and continuous learning processes [44]. the concept of digital resilience—defined as the ability to detect, respond to, and recover from disruptions—reinforces the idea that resilience underpins sustained transformation. while existing studies focus on implementation, performance outcomes, or resilience as separate constructs, few examine the specific aspects to maintain digital capabilities over time. by framing rdt as a dynamic capability rather than a final stage, this study offers a new perspective on long-term transformation and contributes to a stronger theoretical foundation. 4.3. aspect of rdt from prominent digital maturity frameworks digital maturity is a key determinant of successful dt. prominent frameworks such as deloitte’s dmm, mit’s model, mckinsey’s dq, and bcg’s dai provide guidance by emphasizing agility, innovation, and culture; however, their focus is largely on achieving digital maturity rather than maintaining the aspect of rdt over time. this highlights a key gap, as existing models define digital maturity but do not explicitly address rdt. while they guide transformation, they lack a focus on sustaining digital capabilities over the medium term. deloitte’s digital maturity model (dmm) assesses organizations across five dimensions—customer, strategy, technology, operations, and organization & culture [49]. it emphasizes culture and talent processes that drive digital progress, highlighting the need for continuous capability building. while dmm provides a roadmap for transformation and helps leaders assess and plan digital initiatives [48], its focus is on reaching higher maturity rather than sustaining it over the medium term. it lacks a mechanism to measure or maintain digital maturity after initial transformation [50, 51], relying instead on periodic reassessment without explicitly addressing long-term resilience. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 695 similarly, mit’s digital maturity framework identifies traits of “digitally maturing” companies but does not prescribe a structured model. kane et al. [52] found that these organizations foster adaptive cultures, scale digital experiments, and align strategy with core business capabilities to enhance agility. while these elements align with rdt, mit’s framework remains largely descriptive, outlining maturity characteristics without offering tools for sustained transformation. it implicitly acknowledges that dt requires continuous adaptation—described as “a journey, not a destination” [53]—but does not define how to maintain a given level of digital maturity over time [50, 54]. mckinsey’s digital quotient (dq) quantifies digital performance across 32 practices in five categories [55], covering aspects of resilience such as agile delivery and digital culture. high “adoption and scaling” scores indicate a firm’s ability to expand digital initiatives, reinforcing sustained digital gains. however, dq is primarily a diagnostic tool, offering a snapshot of maturity and best practices rather than a framework for maintaining digital resilience. while mckinsey acknowledges that digital leaders must continually invest to stay competitive, the model itself does not prescribe how organizations can navigate medium-term challenges beyond improving assessed practices [50, 56]. bcg’s digital acceleration index (dai) similarly benchmarks digital maturity through self-assessment, emphasizing speed and year-over-year progress. research shows that digitally mature firms perform better and recover faster from crises like covid-19 [57–59]. although dai highlights key resilience enablers—such as integrated technology and adaptable operations—it primarily serves as a benchmarking tool rather than a framework for sustaining digital maturity. the model assumes that continuous investment in digital accelerators ensures long-term competitiveness. however, even firms with high dai scores risk stagnation if they fail to adapt. while dai provides valuable insights into digital capabilities, it lacks an explicit focus on mechanisms required for ongoing resilience beyond periodic assessments. across these frameworks, a common gap emerges, while they guide organizations toward higher digital maturity, none explicitly address how to sustain that maturity over a medium-term horizon. the emphasis remains on progression rather than long-term stability, underscoring the need for a dedicated approach to rdt. 5. results and discussion based on figure 3, the distribution of papers across sector clusters reveals significant variation in research focus. the largest category is "not specified" with 24 papers (32%), indicating a substantial portion of the literature lacks clear sector identification. technology-focused papers dominate the specified categories, with "technology companies only" representing 12 papers (16%), followed by "technology + multiple sectors" and "technology + manufacturing" with 8 (11%) and 7 (9%) papers respectively. the "other" category contains 9 papers (12%), suggesting diverse sector applications not fitting established classifications. financial, public sector, and healthcare technology applications each account for 3-4 papers (4-5%), while transportation and logistics technology represent 2 papers (3%). single-paper representations (1%) exist in retail-related categories and the education sector, highlighting potential areas for future research development. this distribution underscores technology's cross-sectoral integration while revealing significant gaps in sector-specific applications within the current literature. figure 3. distribution of sectors in rdt hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 696 5.1. organizational targets for digital resilience in the dt pillars to ensure methodological transparency and reliability, the literature synthesis involved a coding process conducted independently by three domain experts. initially, each expert independently reviewed and coded the collected literature, identifying relevant themes aligned with the targets. after this independent coding phase, a collaborative discussion was held to reconcile discrepancies, refine thematic definitions, and ensure consensus. only themes consistently recognized across all three experts were included in the final conceptual framework, thus enhancing the rigor and reliability of the synthesis. 5.1.1. technology pillar the resilience of the technology pillar within dt significantly depends on an organization's achievement of three critical targets: adaptability, innovation, and scalability. based on the comprehensive synthesis of recent literature, each target is essential in enabling organizations to sustain their dt capabilities over a medium-term horizon. table 4 provides a structured mapping of studies to nine key targets across the three rdt pillars—technology, organization, and external environment—highlighting both direct and indirect contributions. this synthesis illustrates how existing literature supports each target, thereby reinforcing their conceptual relevance to sustaining digital transformation. the adaptability target, defined as the capacity to swiftly adjust to emerging challenges and evolving technological landscapes, is consistently highlighted in the literature. for instance, adisa et al. [60] identified strategic digital agility and rapid responsiveness as essential for adapting effectively to ongoing digital shifts. similarly, the work by graciaperez et al. emphasizes adaptability through enhanced digital resilience frameworks. studies by gao et al. [61] further underline adaptive strategies such as digital buffering during crises. the innovation target emphasizes the need for continuous technological advancements. literature underscores innovation's role in maintaining competitive advantage through digital disruption recognition and green innovation portfolios [60]. moreover, the study in [62] discusses how digitalization and ai drive innovation, suggesting continuous technological evolution as crucial for sustained resilience. kokinou et al. [9] recommend that ongoing innovation in digital technologies fosters adaptive and robust supply chains. for scalability, involving the ability to effectively expand and sustain technology initiatives, also emerges as pivotal. research indicates that scalable digital infrastructures such as integrative technology utilization and structural digitalized change significantly contribute to sustained operational effectiveness [60]. additionally, the concept of digital leapfrogging, as explored in [61] emphasizes scaling digital services post-crisis, further highlighting scalability's importance. the work by khon [63] also supports this notion, implicitly advocating scalable information system solutions for long-term sustainability. in conclusion, achieving resilience in the technology pillar of dt necessitates a strategic focus on these interconnected targets: adaptability, innovation, and scalability. as evidenced through the literature synthesis, these capabilities collectively enable organizations to proactively sustain and evolve their dt initiatives, thereby ensuring resilience amidst rapidly evolving technological environments. table 4. associated studies towards organizational targets 1. technology pillar 1.1 adaptability direct: [9, 13, 20, 21, 22, 23, 46, 50, 56, 60, 62-114] indirect: [115-117] 1.2 innovation direct: [13, 20, 21, 23, 46, 50, 56, 60, 62, 64, 65, 67, 68, 70, 72-92, 96, 98, 100, 103-105, 108, 109, 111, 113, 115-118] indirect: [9, 66, 69, 71, 93-95, 97, 99, 102, 107, 110, 114] 1.3 scalability direct: [13, 67, 68, 70, 99, 105, 118] indirect: [9, 20, 21, 23, 46, 50, 60, 62, 64, 65, 69, 71, 72, 78, 80-87, 90-95, 98, 108] 2. organization pillar 2.1 employee retention and upskilling direct: [9, 13, 19, 21, 23, 45, 46, 50, 56, 62, 63, 66-68, 71, 74, 76, 77, 81, 87, 93, 95, 96, 98, 100, 102-105, 108, 110113, 116, 118-121] indirect: [20, 60, 69, 73, 80, 82-86, 88, 106, 107, 109, 114, 115, 117, 122] 2.2 governance frameworks direct: [13, 20, 21, 23, 50, 56, 60, 69, 72, 75, 77, 82, 83, 85-87, 94, 98, 100, 102-105, 107-110, 112, 114, 115, 120, 121] indirect: [19, 46, 61, 62, 68, 70, 73, 80, 97, 99, 101, 106, 111, 113, 116, 117, 119] hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 697 2.3 organizational culture direct: [9, 13, 19, 20, 21, 23, 45, 46, 56, 60, 62, 63, 70, 73, 74, 76, 81-83, 85, 87, 93, 94, 98, 100, 102-105, 108, 113, 119, 120, 123] indirect: [50, 61, 67-69, 71, 72, 75, 77, 80, 86, 97, 99, 101, 106, 107, 109-112, 114-118, 122] 3. external environment pillar 3.1 stakeholder engagement direct: [9, 13, 20, 21, 23, 46, 56, 60, 62, 64, 69, 70, 72, 74-77, 80, 81, 83-87, 92-95, 103, 104, 108, 111, 116, 117, 120, 121, 123-125] indirect: [22, 66-68, 71, 73, 78, 79, 82, 88, 91, 96, 107, 109, 112-115, 119, 122] 3.2 market dynamics direct: [9, 13, 20-23, 46, 50, 56, 60, 62, 64, 66-89, 91-96, 103, 106-109, 111-117, 119-125] indirect: [104] 3.3 regulatory compliance direct: [46, 60, 72, 75, 77, 92, 94, 95, 121-123] indirect: [13, 62, 66, 70, 71, 74, 81, 82, 84, 87, 89, 108, 111, 116, 117, 120] 5.1.2. organization pillar the resilience of the organization pillar within dt hinges prominently on three interdependent targets: employee retention and upskilling, governance frameworks, and organizational culture. each of these targets is essential to sustaining dt capabilities over a medium-term horizon, as illustrated through an extensive review of recent literature. table 3 explicitly associates each reviewed paper with the relevant target category. employee retention and upskilling are critical, as organizations need skilled personnel who can adapt to evolving technologies, just as adaptable infrastructure is essential in the technology pillar. this requires continuous learning in automation, data analytics, and ai, ensuring workforce agility to sustain dt. for instance, gull et al. [43] highlight the necessity of addressing digital core competencies among staff to overcome transformation barriers. likewise, angel [68] underscores the importance of bridging workforce skill gaps through ongoing employee training. additionally, herz & trauntschnig [85] identify long-term employee retention and continuous skill development as instrumental in preserving organizational knowledge and driving successful dt. governance frameworks serve as structural foundations, guiding effective decision-making, resource allocation, and compliance. studies such as mick et al. [103] emphasize the significance of clearly defined digital strategies and governance structures in achieving transformation success. further reinforcing this, kuppusamy and chaitanya datti [66] outlines the role of governance mechanisms like strategic blueprints and policy regulations at the national level to bolster resilience during digital transitions. internally, organizations implementing robust governance frameworks, as discussed in [126] align digital initiatives strategically with broader corporate objectives, ensuring resilience against potential disruptions. organizational culture emerges as pivotal, with a culture receptive to adaptability, experimentation, and continuous learning enhancing digital resilience. the study by herz & trauntschnig [85] notes the challenges posed by resistance to change and highlights the benefits of cultivating a culture of innovation and agility. similarly, kohn [63] underscores the importance of an entrepreneurial mindset, promoting rapid learning and adaptability across organizations. fleron et al. [69] further confirms that active engagement and fostering a positive attitude toward change significantly mitigate employee resistance, thereby driving sustainable dt. together, these three interconnected targets constitute the core organizational capabilities for achieving rdt. their interdependence highlights the importance of a comprehensive approach to sustaining digital initiatives amidst continuous technological evolution and external uncertainties. 5.1.3. external environment pillar resilience in the external environment pillar significantly depends on achieving three critical targets: stakeholder engagement, market dynamics, and regulatory compliance. these interconnected targets, supported by extensive literature and explicitly associated with each paper in table 3 of this manuscript, collectively enable organizations to sustain dt capabilities over the medium-term. stakeholder engagement involves proactive collaboration and integration of stakeholder insights, identified consistently as essential for dt resilience. park & hong [64] highlight open innovation and stakeholder integration for business model innovation. mick et al. [103] underscores the importance of customer-centric and partnership-driven ecosystems for successful transformations. similarly, the seminal work by padmanabhan and viswanathan emphasize hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 698 multi-stakeholder collaborations to build robust trust and governance structures. additional research, including [75, 105] further illustrates how stakeholder-oriented approaches enhance transparency, trust, and innovation during transformations. market dynamics pertains to the ability to anticipate and adapt to evolving market conditions and technological advancements. research by chen et al. [81] emphasizes the ongoing necessity of adjusting business models to market changes. ethier et al. [94] highlight how strategic adaptability ensures competitive advantage in shifting markets. additionally, saeed et al. [77] further demonstrate how accelerated digital technology adoption during market disruptions necessitates robust cybersecurity. further supporting these findings, the works by gupta et al. [56] and li [79] emphasize organizational agility and responsiveness as vital to adapting to rapid market dynamics. regulatory compliance involves proactively addressing evolving regulatory standards, crucial for long-term resilience. the work by park et al. [72] outlines the critical role of stringent data governance in regulatory compliance during extensive digitalization initiatives. sadii [95] highlights the necessity of regulatory compliance for healthcare continuity. similarly, adisa et al. [60] illustrates regulatory adaptability by legal firms during digital shifts amid crises. further evidence from saeed et al. [77] and hokmabadi et al. [13] reinforces that aligning with compliance frameworks such as gdpr is essential for maintaining trust and operational resilience. strategically achieving these three critical targets allows organizations to sustain and adapt their dt initiatives effectively. this comprehensive approach enhances organizational resilience, ensuring effective adaptation to evolving external demands and uncertainties. 5.2. dynamic capabilities theory as a foundation for rdt dt rarely constitutes a single event; rather, it unfolds as an ongoing cycle of adapting technologies, strategies, and organizational structures in response to ever-changing environments. such fluidity underscores the importance of dynamic capability theory (dct) for rdt. dct holds that organizations can sense emergent opportunities, seize them through strategic action, and reconfigure resources to maintain agility and innovation [127, 128]. as eisenhardt & martin [129] suggest, these dynamic capabilities span processes like product innovation or alliance formation [130]. beyond mere technological upgrades, dt involves strategic renewal of business models, structures, and culture [131], a progression essential for sustaining digital initiatives over a medium-term horizon. by aligning dynamic capabilities with key targets in the technology pillar (adaptability, innovation, scalability), the organization pillar (employee retention and upskilling, governance frameworks, organizational culture), and the external environment pillar (stakeholder engagement, market dynamics, regulatory compliance), rdt emerges as a cohesive approach that counters common failings in strategic change and endures amid ongoing digital turbulence [39, 132]. such capabilities deliver the adaptive resilience needed to transform short-lived modernization efforts into sustained competitive advantage. 5.2.1. dynamic capabilities in the technology pillar of rdt this pillar concerns a organization’s capacity to deploy and leverage digital technologies for strategic renewal. the following analyzes how dynamic capabilities foster adaptability, innovation, and scalability. adaptation: dynamic capabilities drive technological adaptation by continually aligning it assets and digital capabilities with emerging trends. central to this alignment is sensing capability, which systematically scans the environment for technologies ranging from cloud platforms to ai, assessing their potential threats and opportunities [133]. empirical evidence underscores the role of “digital scouting” in identifying promising innovations and avoiding obsolescence, with warner & wager [39] highlighting how robust sensing routines help incumbents renew it capabilities amid disruptive forces. additionally, strategic reconfiguration processes enable firms to modify and redeploy digital resources in response to detected changes. continuous learning mechanisms—such as knowledge articulation and experience accumulation [130]—further ensure these adaptations are both timely and sustainable, helping firms maintain momentum in dt and reinforce resilience as the technological landscape evolves. innovation: dynamic capabilities enable firms to seize new opportunities and creatively recombine resources [133]. specifically, seizing capabilities foster strategic agility and rapid prototyping, allowing organizations to experiment with emerging digital technologies and swiftly convert these experiments into market-ready offerings. this process is both learned and repeatable, as illustrated by product development routines [129]. in dt, innovation often involves business model renewal, wherein digital technologies introduce novel modes of creating and delivering value. consequently, in the context of rdt, dynamic capabilities prevent stagnation after early successes, ensuring that innovation remains iterative, continuous, and forward-looking. scalability: even highly innovative digital initiatives can stagnate in the absence of mechanisms to adjust capacity in response to market demands. in this context, reconfiguring or transforming capabilities, facilitate the fluid orchestration of resources to scale digital solutions. modern cloud architectures and modular platforms provide a critical hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 699 technical foundation for such flexibility, permitting capacity adjustments at relatively low marginal cost [39]. equally important is the rapid reallocation of resources when innovations gain traction or when market conditions shift, guided by dynamic capabilities that refine workflows, and it infrastructures. as a result, scalability becomes an integral feature of a firm’s dt trajectory, ensuring that initial successes develop into sustained competitive advantage. 5.2.2. dynamic capabilities in the organization pillar of rdt in the organization pillar, dynamic capabilities—particularly managerial and organizational competencies like coordination, learning, and resource integration—enable effective governance, foster an agile culture, and drive continuous workforce upskilling, all of which are essential to achieving resilience and sustaining digital initiatives over time [130, 132]. employee retention and upskills is pivotal, with dynamic capabilities—especially knowledge absorption and integration—enabling structured learning and upskilling routines. dynamic managerial capabilities [134] and deliberate learning processes [130] support practical mechanisms like in-house academies and knowledge-sharing communities, as exemplified by firms launching “digital academies” to foster it and analytics expertise. empirical evidence from warner and wager [39] highlights workforce digital proficiency as a core micro-foundation of dynamic capabilities, aligning with teece’s argument on reconfiguring human capital through hiring, training, or redeployment. by sensing and swiftly addressing emerging skill gaps, organizations maintain learning agility, sustain transformation initiatives, and mitigate talent shortages over time. governance frameworks hinges on structures, decision-making processes, and resource-allocation mechanisms that align the organization with its digital strategy [130, 133]. managerial integration [128], as a core dynamic capability, enables the reconfiguration of internal structures to address shifting conditions, while strategic decision-making routines [129] facilitate timely resource commitments. incumbent firms often redesign organizational structures and governance to be more agile and flexible [132], for example by decentralizing decision-making, forming cross-functional digital teams, or creating innovation hubs—all of which require dynamic capabilities. in rdt, governance must remain fluid, with managers continually sensing bottlenecks and reorganizing units, workflows, or steering committees. organizational culture powerfully shapes dt, with innovative, agile, and learning-oriented cultures fueling progress and risk-averse cultures hindering it [131]. dynamic capabilities [134] embed learning orientations and entrepreneurial mindsets, enabling continuous sensing and adaptation. firms with strong dynamic capabilities typically embrace change and calculated risk-taking [129], underscoring the need for a “digital mindset” in both sensing and transforming routines. empirical research, including ellstrom et al. [135], shows that dt depends on the organization’s willingness to experiment, reflecting boston consulting group’s finding that ~70% of digital initiatives underperform partly due to a deficient digital mindset. dynamic capabilities address this by fostering experimentation, open communication, and continuous learning, reshaping cultural norms: sensing and learning mechanisms heighten awareness of external shifts, while transforming mechanisms (e.g., revising incentives or structures) institutionalize cultural evolution [127]. illustrative approaches include cross-functional collaboration and celebrating “fast failures,” as seen in microsoft’s cloud transformation [131]. ultimately, an adaptive culture amplifies dynamic capabilities, and exercising those capabilities further entrenches innovation-friendly values, forming a virtuous cycle vital to rdt. 5.2.3. dynamic capabilities in the external environment pillar of rdt because dt occurs within a broader ecosystem of markets, competitors, partners, customers, and regulators, a resilient strategy must dynamically engage stakeholders, maintain market responsiveness, and ensure regulatory compliance in line with dynamic capability theory’s emphasis on aligning the firm with its evolving environment [136]. stakeholder engagement: dt often entails collaboration beyond firm boundaries, involving customers, suppliers, and technology partners [136-138]. dynamic capabilities underpin this external relationship management—or “partnering agility”—which involves sensing collaborative opportunities, seizing them by forming alliances, and reconfiguring resources across organizational boundaries [139]. innovation ecosystem navigation emerges as a microfoundation of dynamic capabilities, enabling rapid partnership formation and adjustment [39]. additionally, customer agility capitalizes on user feedback to co-create digital offerings, thus strengthening adoption and sustaining transformation [140]. ultimately, these relational capabilities ensure organizations remain integrated within digital ecosystems, fostering stakeholder buy-in and responsiveness throughout the transformation journey [129]. dynamic market: dynamic capabilities were originally conceptualized to enhance a “evolutionary fitness” by aligning with shifting customer demands, competitive maneuvers, and technological disruptions [136]. in the digital era, where market preferences can change rapidly, sensing enables continuous scanning—via data analytics, user feedback, and trend scouting—while seizing facilitates timely resource reallocation (e.g., scaling digital offerings or launching hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 700 new channels) [131, 132]. research underscores that organizations with robust dynamic capabilities, including swift decision-making processes [129], exhibit stronger market responsiveness, leading to better outcomes in fast-moving digital contexts [141]. for instance, [142] find that smes possessing high levels of sensing and flexibility adapt their digital strategies more effectively during external shocks. additionally, portfolio agility—shifting investments among digital products—enhances market responsiveness in tech-centric industries [132]. overall, dynamic capabilities keep organizations attuned to evolving markets throughout dt, ensuring digital solutions remain relevant and competitive over time. regulatory compliance: digital innovation is continuously reshaping laws and standards around data privacy, cybersecurity, and digital finance, necessitating “regulatory agility”—the capacity to anticipate and respond to policy changes without derailing strategic objectives [136] (adapting, shaping, evolving: refocusing on the dynamic capabilities–environment nexus | academy of management collections). dynamic capabilities facilitate this through vigilant sensing of regulatory trends and flexible transforming of internal processes, supported by mechanisms like compliance task forces and government relations teams. for example, banks that sensed impending open banking rules could seize the opportunity by developing compliant apis and transforming it governance to secure data sharing, ultimately leveraging compliance for competitive advantage [143]. such adaptability is integral to evolutionary fitness, with helfat & martin [134] emphasizing that dynamic capabilities enable purposeful modification of the resource base [127]. consequently, organizations that treat compliance as an ongoing agile process—for instance, experimenting in regulatory sandboxes or rapidly adjusting algorithms—safeguard their dt journey from disruptive setbacks, ensuring it remains both innovative and resilient amid external institutional shifts. in summary, dynamic capability theory provides a robust lens for understanding how dt can remain resilient over time. by sensing emerging trends, seizing strategic opportunities, reshaping organizational structures, fostering a learning culture, engaging ecosystem partners, and adapting to regulatory shifts, organizations can continuously renew their digital strategies and operations. this approach emphasizes cultivating the adaptive capacities necessary to integrate, build, and reconfigure competences, positioning the organization to thrive in a rapidly evolving environment and ensuring that dt becomes an ongoing, sustainable competence. 5.3. an integrative framework for rdt from figure 2, building on a rigorous literature review and coding process, the subsequent framework for rdt integrates key targets derived from three principal pillars—technology, organization, and external environment. each of these pillars encompasses interrelated drivers, corroborated by both direct and indirect evidence from contemporary scholarly work. the coming sections synthesize these drivers and explain how dynamic capabilities—encompassing the identification, adoption, and reconfiguration of organizational competences—underpin the attainment of each target. by unifying these pillars through a cohesive strategic lens, the framework presents a structured approach for organizations to cultivate and sustain rdt over the medium term. see figure 4 for the integrative framework of rdt. figure 4. an integrative framework for rdt hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 701 5.3.1. technology pillar adaptability organizations must build technological foundations that enhance adaptability, foster innovation, and maintain resilience. there are main drivers synthesized from literature as shown below: d1-1-1: flexible digital infrastructure and reconfigurable technologies: adaptability demands flexible, scalable infrastructures that can be reconfigured swiftly in response to disruptions or new opportunities [119]. cloud migration and cloud-based systems facilitate rapid scalability and on-demand resource allocation [90], while a common platform-driven digital architecture provides a standardized flexible foundation for technology upgrades [56]. redundancy and diverse technological options—such as multiple service providers—enable organizations to withstand shocks and pivot quickly [122], and managing or phasing out legacy systems remains vital for agility. reconfigurability also involves governance structures that support remote-working capabilities and bolster digital core capacity [22, 70, 122]. flexible it infrastructures, potentially enabled by bimodal it, help integrate new technologies with minimal disruption, thus sustaining medium-term dt [46]. ultimately, orchestrating an everything-as-a-service technology strategy can account for exogenous shocks and safeguard the longevity of it investments [121]. d1-1-2: agile governance, strategy, and processes: agile governance and processes support prompt decisionmaking and realignment of technology initiatives, allowing organizations to pivot rapidly during crises [73, 83]. embracing trade-offs between efficiency and flexibility is essential for ongoing dt [70], and clear governance frameworks can guide roles, responsibilities, and escalation paths for real-time responsiveness [83]. strategic redesign of digital resources—through updated policies, organizational shifts, and workforce training—helps maintain alignment with evolving market conditions [23, 60]. indigenous r&d capabilities further reinforce dynamic resource integration for continuous recalibration [89]. by adjusting digital strategies rather than adhering rigidly to initial plans, enterprises can better absorb external shocks and sustain adaptability [23]. d1-1-3: data-driven insights and intelligent analytics: data gathering and analytics enable swift, evidence-based responses to change, helping organizations anticipate disruptions and respond to emerging patterns [56, 122]. data aggregation capability and intelligent analytic capability bolster adaptation by supporting new value creation and informed strategic decisions [88]. easy-to-use, reliable technology further encourages the workforce to leverage insights [63]. effective data management—covering collection, integration, cleaning, and analysis—enables rapid adjustments of strategies and workflows [97, 102]. big data analytics can uncover trends that necessitate immediate operational pivots [98], while integrating multiple ict resources supports cohesive digital ecosystems generating real-time intelligence [46, 109]. as digital capability matures, organizations accelerate decision-making and capitalize on emerging opportunities [99]. d1-1-4: security, preparedness, and balanced trade-offs: robust security and preparedness measures mitigate vulnerabilities, ensuring organizations can pivot swiftly to address cyber threats or data breaches [97]. establishing communication mechanisms and incident-response procedures can contain damage, protect continuity, and reinforce digital resilience [97]. fostering employee confidence in secure technology usage also supports an agile environment [22]. balancing efficiency with flexibility is often managed by incorporating redundancies and multiple technologies, allowing rapid recovery [70]. dt must preserve security while maximizing adaptability [100, 101], bridging technology, talent, and governance to maintain organizational vitality [112]. analysis towards dct: adopting dct as a lens, organizations can integrate flexible digital infrastructures, agile governance, data-driven insights, and robust security measures to foster rdt within the technology pillar. by leveraging dct’s sensing capabilities, firms proactively scout emerging technologies—such as cloud computing, ai, and intelligent analytics—to identify opportunities and threats early, while seizing capabilities drive rapid, evidencebased decision-making and strategic realignment through agile governance and adaptive processes. reconfiguring capabilities then enable the dynamic restructuring of it assets, ensuring scalable, secure, and continuously optimized systems that balance efficiency with flexibility. together, these interwoven dynamic capabilities build a robust digital ecosystem that sustains adaptability over the medium term (see figure 5), 5.3.2. technology pillar innovation emerging technologies, platform ecosystems, data-driven experimentation, and a strong innovation infrastructure form the foundation for rdt. this section outlines how organizations can leverage these elements to drive continuous innovation and competitive growth from existing surveyed literature. d1-2-1: emerging technologies and digital capabilities: investing in and adopting new digital technologies— such as ai, machine learning, cloud computing, blockchain, and iot—forms the core of innovation-oriented transformation [74, 100, 101, 105, 107, 108, 110, 120]. when organizations develop robust digital capabilities—through hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 702 training, knowledge-building, and dynamic skill sets—they strengthen their capacity to introduce and manage technological innovations [85, 88, 123]. higher levels of digital maturity, including digital intensity and transformationmanagement intensity, also amplify a company’s ability to leverage these emerging technologies successfully [73]. procedural innovativeness and the exploration of novel applications further expand an organization’s innovation frontier by embedding creativity into everyday processes [71, 72]. ultimately, these efforts require continual digital innovation investments to sustain technology-driven improvements [110, 119]. d1-2-2: platforms, networks, and ecosystem-based innovation: leveraging existing digital technology platforms allows organizations to extend and scale their innovative offerings [67]. digital networks and platforms nurture collective value creation through collaboration with complementors, partners, and external innovators, thus spurring novel product and service ideas [78, 99]. integrating social, mobile, analytics, cloud, and iot (smacit) technologies into a broader ecosystem fosters new kinds of digital services and business models [83]. moreover, open innovation practices through these platforms enable shared resource exchange and knowledge flows, strengthening resilience as firms connect with diverse stakeholders and markets [99]. leaders must also focus on defining and enhancing their unique value proposition, selecting where to innovate in-house versus where to integrate third-party solutions, thereby maximizing competitive advantage [96, 104]. d1-2-3: experimentation, data-driven insight, and continuous learning: rapid experimentation with digital tools and platforms supports agility and accelerates innovation [70], especially when organizations embed risk-taking and iterative learning into their strategies [63]. by collecting and analyzing vast amounts of operational and customer data, companies gain the descriptive, predictive, and prescriptive insights necessary to spot emerging opportunities and refine their offerings [109, 115]. experimentation and development of digital initiatives—backed by user-centric innovation—allow firms to quickly prototype and adapt solutions to real-world needs [63, 103]. organizations that actively exploit these data-driven innovations in products, services, and processes are better positioned to renew their competitive edge over time [46]. furthermore, strategic decisions about where to integrate external technologies versus where to innovate internally help balance speed, cost-effectiveness, and uniqueness in new solutions [63]. d1-2-4: infrastructure, mindset, and value creation for sustained innovation: establishing a solid it infrastructure—comprising resilient systems, efficient data management, and flexible procedures—provides the technological backbone for continuous innovation. within such an environment, leveraging advanced digital solutions to generate new products, services, and revenue streams becomes far more feasible [96]. at the same time, building a pervasive “digital mindset” among leaders and employees ensures that innovation efforts are embraced across the organization’s culture, not limited to isolated initiatives [107]. through continuous digitization, real-time decisionmaking, and integrated technology usage, firms can more effectively reimagine their value propositions and capitalize on emerging trends [21, 80, 103]. by aligning these technological foundations with a clear commitment to iterative learning and external collaboration, companies establish a robust innovation environment that propels medium-term dt. analysis towards dct: leveraging dct, organizations drive continuous innovation by dynamically sensing emerging digital technologies and opportunities, seizing them through strategic investments and open innovation practices, and reconfiguring their it infrastructures and business models for sustained transformation. by investing in advanced solutions such as ai, machine learning, cloud computing, blockchain, and iot, firms enhance their ability to detect disruptive trends and foster collaborative ecosystems via digital platforms and networks. rapid experimentation, data-driven insights, and a pervasive digital mindset further underpin agile decision-making and iterative learning, ultimately aligning technology, talent, and value creation for resilient innovation over the medium term (see figure 5). 5.3.3. technology pillar scalability scalable dt relies on flexible infrastructures, modular architectures, effective data management, automation, and strategic technology investments. synthesized from existing literature, this section examines the key enablers that support resilient and sustainable growth. d1-3-1: cloud infrastructure and on-demand computing: a significant factor for scalability within is the adoption of cloud computing, which offers flexible, on-demand computing resources. studies highlight that migrating to cloud platforms enables organizations to quickly adjust capacity to manage fluctuating workloads, thereby enhancing resilience during both growth phases and crisis periods [74, 90, 119]. organizations adopting suitable cloud deployment models report greater efficiency and adaptability, illustrating how scalable cloud solutions underpin rdt in diverse sectors [67]. moreover, cloud-based infrastructure supports multichannel offerings and expansion into larger digital ecosystems, thereby facilitating agile responses to changing market conditions [80]. d1-3-2: modular and flexible technology architectures: designing modular systems and flexible architectures is critical for scaling in line with evolving operational requirements. this modularity allows organizations to integrate new technological components and expand functionality without compromising existing systems [78, 83]. by partitioning technology stacks into manageable modules, organizations can easily upgrade or replace elements, hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 703 enhancing the adaptability crucial for rdt [101, 122]. flexible architectures also provide a robust foundation for distributed operations and continuous innovation, ensuring that technological growth does not outpace organizational capacity to manage it [103]. d1-3-3: infrastructure readiness and redundancy: several sources emphasize the need for reliable infrastructure investments, including high-speed networks, bandwidth capacity, and redundancies, to handle surges in digital workloads [66]. maintaining redundancies in data and it systems—such as backup sites and mirrored servers—supports resilience by minimizing downtime during unexpected disruptions [62, 71]. this focus on infrastructural readiness extends to ensuring sufficient resource provisioning to absorb sudden increases in customer or process demands [46]. robust networks and standardized it/ot architectures form a key backbone for scalable, secure operations [100, 103]. d1-3-4: data management and analytics capabilities: scalable dt hinges on the ability to manage and exploit rapidly expanding data volumes. efficient data governance frameworks help organizations handle a large amount of new data streams securely and maintain performance at scale [72, 96]. adopting big data analytics—built upon robust data infrastructures—enables real-time decision-making and timely identification of emerging trends, which are vital for sustaining growth in digital services [98, 107]. moreover, dependable software solutions and well-structured data pipelines reduce operational bottlenecks and strengthen an organization's ability to scale effectively as new users, partners, or markets are integrated. [63, 109]. d1-3-5: automation and platform-based approaches: implementing automation within business processes is an essential factor driving scalability by reducing manual workloads and operational overhead [90, 93]. automated workflows enable organizations to absorb higher transaction volumes and maintain consistent service quality [78]. additionally, platform integration cultivates collaborative ecosystems that facilitate multilateral interactions, thereby enabling expansion through horizontal scaling across diverse services or vertical growth through the enhancement of existing offerings [88, 99]. by doing so, platform-based strategies strengthen dt efforts against market volatility and provide a foundation for sustained future growth [60]. d1-3-6: strategic technology investments for growth: building a scalable technology environment necessitates strategic technology investments that anticipate future growth trajectories [83, 94]. organizations that proactively allocate resources to ensure robust infrastructures position themselves to adapt swiftly as user demand surges [21, 104]. the potential for technology reuse, reconfiguration, and cost-effective resource acquisition further underscores how planned investments help maintain cost efficiency and sustain digital capabilities over time [107–109]. by aligning these investments with overarching strategic objectives, firms enhance the sustainability of their scaling efforts and reinforce long-term resilience in dt [56, 122]. analysis towards dct: leveraging dct for scalability, organizations can dynamically sense, seize, and reconfigure digital resources to build a resilient infrastructure. cloud computing provides on-demand capacity adjustments and multichannel support, while modular architectures enable seamless upgrades and integration of new technologies. robust infrastructure readiness—ensured through high-speed networks, ample bandwidth, and system redundancies—complements automation and platform-based approaches that streamline operations and support both horizontal and vertical scaling. strategic technology investments further align these dynamic capabilities with long-term growth, transforming initial digital innovations into a scalable, competitive ecosystem (see figure 5). hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 704 figure 5. dct-driven technology pillar for adaptability, innovation, and scalability 5.3.4. organization pillar – employee retention and upskills below is the synthesized drivers under the organization pillar gearing towards rdt. each theme highlights related drivers and discusses their significance for sustaining dt over a medium-term horizon. d2-1-1: digital skills, continuous learning, and training: ensuring employees possess essential digital skills is crucial for rdt [13, 62, 69]. continuous learning and targeted training maintain workforce adaptability amid evolving technologies [13, 66, 74]. these initiatives bolster digital resilience, enhancing employee capability to handle uncertainties and cyber incidents [22]. consequently, organizations mitigate skill obsolescence and promote ongoing professional development [20, 63, 83, 85]. effective upskilling thus supports daily operations and medium-term dt objectives [87, 123]. d2-1-2: knowledge management, collaboration, and expertise-sharing: robust knowledge management practices are critical for retaining institutional know-how, accelerating the development of digital capabilities, and enabling continuous learning [93, 115]. tools such as webinars, e-modules, documented repositories, and knowledgehightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 705 sharing sessions encourage employees to disseminate expertise, thus scaling organizational learning [23, 56, 86]. engaging subject-matter experts and motivating them to share experiences fosters an environment where employees collectively expand their skill sets [13]. active collaboration across different teams also supports integrative technology utilization, as employees become adept at leveraging multiple digital tools and processes [100, 103]. by internalizing best practices and facilitating frequent knowledge exchange, organizations strengthen their medium-term resilience in a rapidly shifting digital landscape [96]. d2-1-3: organizational culture of innovation and adaptability: an innovative and adaptive culture underpins employee engagement and retention during dts [13, 120]. by championing open-mindedness and readiness for change, organizations encourage employees to embrace novel technologies and processes [60, 122]. leaders may introduce initiatives—such as pro-environmental culture campaigns or agile mindsets—to drive acceptance of new digital methods [98, 103]. this environment empowers staff to experiment and contribute, fueling continuous innovation that brings about new in-house skills [105]. ultimately, when employees perceive the organization’s cultural stance as supportive of creativity and risk-taking, they are more inclined to remain and help sustain the digital agenda [100]. d2-1-4: leadership, managerial mindfulness, and strategic alignment: leadership commitment and managerial mindfulness are essential for assessing workforce gaps, orchestrating training, and aligning upskilling initiatives with broader organizational strategies [71, 73]. digital leaders play a decisive role in setting a clear direction, deciding which employees and competencies are critical for transformation, and fostering an environment that prizes continuous improvement [13, 96]. their adaptability encourages rapid skill acquisition and knowledge sharing across the organization [96]. moreover, leadership that prioritizes human resource change management—such as by allocating resources to talent development and championing collaborative processes—helps avert common pitfalls of dt [20, 86]. through strong reward and recognition mechanisms, leaders reinforce employees’ willingness to learn and grow, ultimately boosting retention of skilled individuals [56]. d2-1-5: employee empowerment, well-being, and retention: retaining a digitally capable workforce depends on making employees feel valued, supported, and empowered to influence transformation outcomes [9]. when individuals have meaningful input in digital projects and see their skills recognized, they are more engaged and loyal to the organization [56, 77]. addressing employee well-being—by monitoring technostress, offering mental health support, or providing flexible work arrangements—further strengthens resilience [83, 102]. providing continuous support and suitable training formats ensures that staff with diverse learning preferences can adapt and excel [63]. such an inclusive, supportive environment preserves vital institutional knowledge and grows the organization’s internal expertise for future digital initiatives [93, 103, 120]. analysis towards dct: leveraging dct for enhancing employee retention and upskilling entails a continuous cycle of sensing, seizing, and reconfiguring that empowers organizations to adapt to evolving digital landscapes. by dynamically sensing emerging skill gaps and cultural shifts, firms can proactively identify training needs and best practices; seizing opportunities through targeted initiatives like digital academies, knowledge-sharing communities, and leadership-driven talent development; and reconfiguring hr practices to integrate well-being, empowerment, and strategic alignment into a cohesive learning environment. this integrated approach not only preserves institutional knowledge but also cultivates a resilient, engaged, and adaptable workforce poised to sustain dt over the medium term (see figure 6). 5.3.5. organization pillar – governance framework effective governance and leadership are critical to steering dt toward long-term resilience. this section explores governance structures, strategic leadership, risk management, and collaborative practices that underpin sustainable transformation efforts. d2-2-1: effective governance structures for strategic decision-making and resource allocation: robust governance frameworks facilitate strategic decision-making and efficient resource allocation, essential for successful dt and resilience. clearly defined governance processes help organizations strategically invest in evolving digital capabilities such as innovation, enhancing the alignment and impact of dt efforts [62, 80, 83, 120]. d2-2-2: strategic leadership and alignment with business goals: strategic leadership significantly impacts dt by aligning digital initiatives with overarching business objectives. effective leaders provide clear guidance, ensure consistent communication of strategic directions, and embed dt as a key organizational priority. this alignment ensures that digital efforts are not fragmented but reinforce the organization's broader strategy, enhancing medium-term hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 706 resilience [9, 23, 62, 64, 73, 74, 80, 83, 92, 100, 120]. leadership commitment and managerial competencies are indispensable elements within governance structures. effective digital leaders ensure organizational commitment, oversee comprehensive dt strategies, allocate necessary resources, and cultivate a shared digital vision. these competencies and commitments significantly affect dt implementation success and long-term resilience [56, 63, 78, 93, 100, 102]. d2-2-3: risk mitigation through robust governance frameworks: governance frameworks play a crucial role in mitigating risks associated with dt. effective governance includes clear rules, defined responsibilities, and strong accountability mechanisms. such structures enable organizations to proactively manage cybersecurity threats, avoid resource misallocation, and ensure compliance, contributing significantly to organizational resilience during transformation efforts [77, 80, 83, 87, 120]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 707 figure 6. dct-driven organization pillar for employee retention & upskilling, governance framework, and organizational culture d2-2-4: sustainable dt policies and transparency: the development and transparent implementation of sustainable dt policies are fundamental governance components. organizations benefit from explicitly defined sustainability guidelines, integrated transparency, and effective communication strategies, enhancing stakeholder trust and accountability during dt initiatives [20, 60, 67]. governance frameworks should incorporate continuous monitoring, evaluation, and improvement mechanisms. regular tracking through key performance indicators (kpis) linked to digital strategies ensures alignment, accountability, and adaptation of dt initiatives to changing organizational needs and external environments, thereby supporting sustained resilience [63, 83]. d2-2-5: facilitating motivation and sustained interest through resource management: governance frameworks must effectively manage and facilitate access to crucial resources such as financial capital, technological support, and compliance with regulatory requirements. these elements collectively maintain organizational motivation and sustained interest in dt, ensuring ongoing resilience and adaptability to evolving market conditions [45, 66, 94]. embedding reward and recognition mechanisms into governance frameworks can significantly enhance dt success. such mechanisms incentivize collaboration, innovation, and alignment with transformation goals, reinforcing desired behaviors and ensuring ongoing engagement from employees and leadership alike [56]. d2-2-6: cross-organizational collaboration and shared vision: cross-organizational collaboration supported by governance frameworks is essential for sustained dt. clear internal communication channels, collaborative processes, and leadership-driven shared visions help organizations overcome barriers and sustain transformational efforts effectively. this collaborative governance approach significantly contributes to organizational adaptability and digital resilience [75, 105]. analysis towards dct: leveraging dct for effective governance frameworks demonstrates how the sensingseizing-reconfiguring cycle drives dt success. through this perspective driver, organizations continuously sense market shifts and internal inefficiencies to identify governance gaps, seize opportunities by deploying agile processes like crossfunctional teams and decentralized decision-making, and reconfigure their structures to ensure adaptability in the face of disruption. this dynamic orchestration enables strategic leadership to align digital initiatives with business objectives, mitigate emerging risks, ensure transparency and sustainability, optimize resource allocation to maintain motivation, and foster cross-organizational collaboration—all contributing to medium-term resilience and sustained competitive advantage (see figure 6). hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 708 5.3.6. organization pillar–organizational culture organizational culture plays a pivotal role in rdt. existing literature highlights how innovation, continuous learning, collaboration, empowerment, openness to change, and a sustainability-oriented mindset collectively strengthen digital resilience and adaptability. d2-3-1: innovation and experimentation: organizations that embrace a culture of innovation and experimentation are better positioned for sustained dt. this cultural approach encourages piloting new ideas and innovative practices, allowing the organization to adaptively respond to technological advancements and market disruptions, reinforcing resilience [56, 63, 72, 73, 96, 100, 120, 122]. an adaptable and agile organizational culture is critical for sustaining dt over the medium-term horizon. organizations must readily respond to global changes and unexpected environmental conditions by fostering cultural adaptability and agility to support innovation and experimental opportunities [65, 67, 72, 73, 75, 83, 100, 120]. mitigating organizational inertia and minimizing bureaucratic barriers significantly enhance the sustainability of dt. organizations need to foster agile processes, reduce bureaucratic hurdles, and encourage active employee participation in transformative changes [63, 79, 102]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 709 figure 7. dct-driven external environment pillar for stakeholder engagement, market dynamics, and regulatory compliance d2-3-2: continuous learning: a culture emphasizing continuous learning significantly strengthens organizational resilience in dt by equipping organizations to adapt dynamically to evolving technological landscapes and external disruptions. continuous learning involves systematically acquiring new knowledge, reflecting on past experiences, and proactively adapting strategies to overcome challenges and barriers encountered during dt journeys [9, 56, 60, 69, 75, 83, 115]. moreover, continuous learning extends beyond individual skills development, encompassing organizationallevel capability to document, analyze, and reuse acquired knowledge. organizations can institutionalize continuous learning through systematic knowledge capture and reuse, supporting sustained digitization processes [115]. similarly, fostering a data-driven culture through effective tools directly supports continuous learning, enabling organizations to translate data into actionable insights for better decision-making [9]. at a strategic level, continuous learning requires organizations to align ongoing training programs closely with emerging digital needs, ensuring employees remain adaptable as new technologies are introduced. this alignment is emphasized by frameworks highlighting continuous skill upgrades as foundational elements of dt success, especially in environments experiencing continuous technological change [60, 83]. continuous learning constitutes not merely employee development but a broader organizational culture of reflective practice, strategic adaptation, and proactive responsiveness. d2-3-3: collaboration and knowledge sharing: a collaborative culture, both internally and externally, strengthens digital resilience and ensures successful dt sustainability. collaborative networks facilitate knowledge sharing, resource integration, and co-innovation efforts, contributing to a collective vision and commitment towards transformation [13, 20, 56, 69, 75, 97, 100, 102, 115, 120]. developing and clearly communicating a shared vision is critical for overcoming resistance and fostering collective commitment towards dt. leaders play a key role in aligning organizational values, creating coherence around digital goals, and reinforcing shared objectives [56, 62, 63, 79, 97, 105]. d2-3-4: employee empowerment and ownership: empowering employees to take ownership of digital initiatives enhances the sustainability of dt by fostering greater engagement, a heightened sense of responsibility, and stronger alignment with organizational objectives. the empowerment encourages employees to participate in digital projects, contribute innovative ideas, and proactively address emerging challenges, thereby substantially increasing the effectiveness of digital initiatives [100, 120]. this empowerment is closely associated with the cultivation of a datadriven culture, wherein employees are granted access to data and actionable insights, enabling informed decision-making across all organizational levels. organizations that strategically invest in empowering their workforce through targeted training, clear communication, and participatory governance structures tend to demonstrate enhanced resilience, particularly in critical areas such as cybersecurity, where engaged employees play pivotal roles in mitigating risks [77, 97]. furthermore, active involvement in the dt process encourages commitment to organizational objectives while simultaneously reduces resistance to change. such empowerment not only enhances employee motivation but also ensures that individual goals are closely aligned with broader organizational strategies [9]. d2-3-5: openness to change: an organizational culture that fosters openness to change is fundamental to minimizing resistance and sustaining dt over the medium term. organizations that systematically build change capacity y are better positioned to manage the complexities and uncertainties inherent in digital initiatives [120]. openness to hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 710 change is also a key component of structural capital, enhancing an organization's ability to absorb external shocks and adapt to evolving technological landscapes [71]. moreover, the development of an adaptive mindset enables firms to respond proactively to dynamic environments [122]. empirical studies indicate that resistance among employees remains a major barrier to the successful and sustainable implementation of dt, highlighting the critical role of cultivating a receptive organizational culture. embedding openness to change reciprocally supports continuous learning, iterative improvement, and greater resilience in the execution of digital initiatives, reflecting organization’s capabilities in rdt [63, 83]. ultimately, cultivating cultural adaptiveness serves as a critical enabler for organizations striving to sustain dt efforts within increasingly volatile and complex environments [100]. d2-3-6: digital and sustainability-oriented organizational culture: developing a dynamic, digitally oriented culture that embeds sustainability as a core value is crucial for sustaining dt. organizations must undertake deliberate cultural adjustments to integrate sustainability principles in response to increasing global demands and pressures, thereby reinforcing organizational resilience and enhancing the long-term effectiveness of dt initiatives [19]. while integrating sustainability principles may initially introduce certain complexities, a strategically developed sustainability-oriented culture can foster innovation, improve operational efficiency, and enhance organizational resilience. conversely, organizations that fail to incorporate sustainability into their cultural and strategic frameworks are likely to encounter escalating challenges, including heightened regulatory pressures, reputational risks, and reduced competitiveness in an increasingly sustainability-driven global market [98]. embedding sustainability within digital culture also promotes agility, environmental responsibility, and proactive risk management [63, 87]. analysis towards dct: dct serves as a pivotal driver for cultivating a digitally oriented, sustainability-embedded organizational culture. organizations must continuously sense emerging trends in digital innovation and sustainability, seize opportunities through agile decision-making and resource mobilization, and reconfigure cultural norms and processes to integrate eco-friendly practices. empowered leadership and cross-functional collaboration—key microfoundations—foster a shared digital vision that not only drives innovation and operational efficiency but also builds resilience against environmental and regulatory challenges. this integrative approach creates a lasting competitive advantage by ensuring that the organization remains adaptive and forward-thinking (see figure 6). 5.3.7. external environment pillar – stakeholder engagement this section examines drivers including ecosystem collaboration, customer-centric strategies, multi-stakeholder involvement, trust-building, and market adaptability collectively strengthen rdt under stakeholder engagement focus. d3-1-1: ecosystem collaboration and partnerships: the formation of ecosystem collaborations by integrating multiple external partners, including technology providers, industry associations, and government agencies, is critical for stakeholder engagement. these networks enable organizations to expand resource capabilities, knowledge, and expertise, thereby enhancing their digital resilience and medium-term sustainability [13, 64, 120]. examples include joint ventures and strategic alliances designed to reshape business models [64] and the creation of public-private ecosystems, whereby shared infrastructure and common standards advance digital adaptability [44, 70]. collaborative efforts extend across the public sector, where cross-agency strategies and learning from mutual barriers help drive collective dt and resilience [69]. similarly, orchestrating digital resilience with diverse partners involves understanding and leveraging each other’s resources, knowledge, and skills for a more robust “champion” role [92, 121]. moreover, ecosystem engagement is an essential enabler for smes and larger firms alike, allowing them to harness complementary competencies and create synergies that bolster rdt [93]. d3-1-2: customer-centric strategies and market orientation: this ensures that digital initiatives align with evolving consumer demands. digital marketing, e-commerce solutions, and direct engagement through digital platforms foster more resilient and adaptable organizations that can swiftly meet changing preferences [13, 73]. focusing on understanding customer needs [120] and embracing market-oriented strategies [71] ensures dt efforts enhance customer value and strengthen business continuity. digitization can improve customer experience by offering seamless interactions, agile service delivery, and customizable solutions [73, 74]. such an outward-looking focus enables organizations to anticipate and absorb external shocks through consistent adaptation of digital offerings to shifting consumer behaviors [79, 81]. encouraging customer involvement at all stages also drives feedback loops, further refining digital solutions in real time [78, 83]. d3-1-3: public engagement and multi-stakeholder involvement: effective public engagement and multistakeholder collaboration play a pivotal role in strengthening the rdt capabilities of a firm by broadening the range of external resources, knowledge, and support systems required to sustain dt. in the public sector, actively incorporating government entities, citizens, and external partners fosters greater transparency and responsiveness in digital service delivery, consequently enhancing organizational adaptability [69]. engaging citizens in co-creation processes or policy dialogues amplifies digital resilience, ensuring that digital initiatives directly reflect public needs while simultaneously cultivating trust in e-government platforms [72]. establishing agreements and partnerships through multi-stakeholder collaboration facilitates the sharing of infrastructure, the exchange of specialized knowledge, and the establishment of hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 711 supportive ecosystems [102]. by aligning national-level digitalization strategies with local initiatives, public-sector entities can expand their capacity for continuous innovation and support resilience through ongoing communication of priorities and progress [75]. this alignment, when complemented by external support from academia, technology vendors, and government agencies, empowers organizations to adopt more robust and future-ready digital solutions [103]. engaging a broad spectrum of stakeholders—including policymakers, industry practitioners, consumers, and nongovernmental organizations—ensures dt strategies remain inclusive, responsive, and capable of evolving together with societal demands [98]. d3-1-4: communication, trust, and co-creation: establishing open communication channels, nurturing trust, and fostering co-creation with external stakeholders are critical for promoting rdt capabilities. transparent messaging and proactive engagement minimize resistance to digital initiatives, while trust is vital in contexts like data privacy and cybersecurity to assure stakeholders of system integrity [63, 77]. furthermore, co-creation practices—where partners, customers, and value chain members collaborate on product or service innovation—expand collective expertise and reinforce an organization’s resilience against market disruptions [88, 123]. actively seeking stakeholder feedback and facilitating iterative refinement ca ensure continuous alignment of digital initiatives with evolving market and societal needs, thereby sustaining their long-term dt efforts [99, 104]. d3-1-5: adapting to global and market demands: adapting to global and market demands significantly reinforces a firm’s capacity to sustain dt. organizations must proactively respond to customer preferences, competitive pressures, and international requirements, thereby solidifying the organizational capabilities integral to resilient dt [78, 81]. concurrently, market turbulence requires leveraging digital tools for forecasting and customization [79], while stakeholder expectations around social and environmental value compel the integration of sustainability [123]. monitoring external signals—regulatory shifts, evolving customer needs, and competitor moves—enables proactive strategic realignment, preserving relevance in dynamic environments [89, 90, 94]. analysis towards dct: dct, organizations can enhance rdt by integrating ecosystem collaboration, public engagement, and adaptive market responsiveness. by continuously sensing external signals—ranging from market trends and regulatory shifts to partner capabilities—firms seize opportunities through strategic alliances, co-creation initiatives, and transparent communication, and they reconfigure their processes to integrate stakeholder feedback and evolving public needs. underpinned by proactive leadership and robust cross-sector collaboration, these dynamic capabilities build trust, foster innovation, and create a competitive advantage that sustains dt over the medium term. this integrated approach is illustrated in figure 7. 5.3.8. external environment pillar – market dynamics this section explores how market dynamics including customer responsiveness, market sensing, technological adaptation, and business model innovation drive digital resilience and long-term competitiveness. d3-2-1: responding to dynamic customer needs: adapting to evolving customer expectations stands out as a critical driver of market dynamics for rdt. organizations that actively cultivate digital talents and form external partnerships can better design agile ecosystems capable of addressing changing consumer demands [64]. being customer-centric also enhances an enterprise’s ability to handle unforeseen market contingencies; as digital tools improve businesses’ capacity to understand client preferences and tailor operations accordingly [73]. moreover, continuous monitoring of customer needs through data analytics helps organizations forecast shifts in preferences, enabling them to update products, services, and strategies to remain competitive [79]. d3-2-2: adapting to market changes and disruptions: organizations face constant pressure to manage rapid technological shifts, disruptive events, and global uncertainty. resilience and agility in digital infrastructure support navigation through crises and periods of drastic fluctuation [119]. in events such as the covid-19 pandemic, dt has become essential for businesses with limited adaptability struggling to remain viable [66]. the ability to experiment rapidly with new digital approaches further equips firms to respond effectively to external shocks [70, 122]. even the public sector must pivot swiftly to changing societal needs, emphasizing the overarching importance of adaptability in uncertain markets [69]. volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous (vuca) markets require digital resilience to handle the unpredictability that modern enterprises face [61, 99]. developing strong digital capabilities equips organizations to sense, seize, and adapt to environmental fluctuations, thereby transforming potential vulnerabilities into strategic advantages [90, 101]. overall, bridging supply chain visibility with real-time analytics and flexible operations ensures firms can weather disruptive forces and maintain continuity across dynamic market conditions [19, 103, 104]. d3-2-3: monitoring market trends and technological advancements: keeping abreast of competitive landscapes, market trends, and disruptive technologies is indispensable for rdt. not only do these insights guide the adoption of emerging digital tools, but they also illuminate shifts in consumer behavior, regulatory environments, or industry standards [13, 120]. technological advancements increase the necessity of strategic realignment and continuous scanning for opportunities or risks [66, 96]. through proactive market sensing, firms can more swiftly integrate relevant enablers into ongoing digital initiatives, reinforcing their medium-term resilience [56, 63]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 712 d3-2-4 maintaining competitiveness: sustaining a competitive edge in volatile markets requires continual digital adaptation to match the pace of technological breakthroughs and consumer-driven disruptions. this strategic integration enables organizations to remain proactive rather than reactive in their approach [50]. rdt emerges as a critical factor for addressing the demands of rapid change and maintaining market relevance [120]. in highly competitive business, digital resilience—underpinned by dynamic capabilities—facilitates quick pivots toward more efficient business processes and innovative practices [63, 93, 94]. consequently, competitive pressure serves as an ongoing catalyst driving organizations to refine their dt frameworks [96]. d3-2-5: renewing and innovating business models: market dynamics—particularly technological disruptions— frequently compel organizations to renew and innovate their business models [78]. dt provides the flexibility to adjust existing structures, expand into new market segments, and build resilience against future turbulence [123]. by proactively identifying and integrating new enablers, firms can adapt their processes and resources to leverage emerging opportunities, avoid obsolescence, and sustain dt over time [56, 92]. d3-2-6: proactive market sensing and opportunity seizing: sensing external signals—such as regulatory shifts, competitor maneuvers, and emerging consumer desires—enables organizations to act preemptively rather than merely react [122]. proactive market sensing supports early identification of disruptive potentials, ensuring timely adjustments that mitigate risks and amplify potential gains [89]. in parallel, dynamic capability frameworks emphasize orchestrating internal and external resources to recognize valuable market openings and adapt business processes accordingly [9, 121]. such preparedness not only enhances the organization’s resilience to external disruptions but also enables it to capitalize on emerging market opportunities [88, 92]. analysis towards dct: leveraging dynamic capability theory, organizations can proactively sense external signals—such as regulatory shifts, competitor maneuvers, and emerging consumer desires—through continuous market intelligence and data analytics; they can seize opportunities by rapidly reallocating resources and integrating innovative digital tools; and they can reconfigure their business models and operational processes to adapt swiftly to disruptive market changes. underpinned by robust microfoundations like empowered leadership and cross-functional collaboration, this dynamic approach transforms market vulnerabilities into strategic advantages, ensuring sustained competitiveness in volatile environments (see figure 7). 5.3.9. external environment pillar–regulatory compliance regulatory frameworks and compliance requirements are key drivers shaping rdt. this section discusses how legal mandates, cybersecurity standards, environmental regulations, and policy guidance reinforce digital resilience and sustainable growth. d3-3-1: regulatory mandates and standardization: government regulations and industry standards frequently serve as catalysts for organizations to support their dt efforts. for instance, the presence of technology diffusion regulations motivates businesses to invest in digital infrastructures that boost resilience, while standards and frameworks (e.g., isos, eu directives) set clear guidelines for secure and interoperable technology adoption [13, 66]. adherence to these mandates, such as the eu’s digital operational resilience act, drive organizations to systematically incorporate operational continuity and risk management measures into their digital strategies [71]. in higher education, the need to meet compliance standards likewise compels universities to adopt digitally enhanced operations, thus reinforcing overall sustainability and resilience [67]. organizational commitment to meeting environmental or social mandates demonstrates how stricter regulations encourage sustainable transformation. smes, for instance, align digital strategies with regulatory demands to maintain competitiveness and foster long-term viability [120]. by following established standards, organizations strengthen their capacity to resist disruptions and preserve continuity of digital initiatives, forming a core aspect of rdt. d3-3-2: data protection and cybersecurity regulations: an increasing regulatory focus on data protection and cybersecurity drives organizations to implement robust defense measures within their dt journeys. rules such as the general data protection regulation (gdpr) and evolving acts on data governance obligate organizations to safeguard personal information and uphold rigorous security controls [122]. compliance with these frameworks can mitigates legal and reputational risks, and solidifies the organization’s digital infrastructure [77]. law firms, for example, have emphasized new internal policies and remote-work technologies to protect sensitive client data, underscoring how cybersecurity regulations shape digital resilience during crises [60]. in parallel, meeting cybersecurity standards frequently involves staff training, continuous risk monitoring, and system hardening [93, 97]. sectors including retail ecommerce and financial services demonstrate how data governance structures—complete with dedicated privacy officers—ensure alignment with frameworks like gdpr or national data laws [83]. by formulating clear policies for data handling, security, and accountability, organizations limit vulnerabilities and promote trust among customers and partners [92]. in parallel, the capacity to handle and protect large volumes of data is fundamental for modern digital services, reinforcing the synergy between governance mandates and corporate sustainability goals. ensuring compliance with data privacy standards supports the maintenance of robust, future-proof digital solutions [103]. as a result, data privacy compliance also undergirds the broader objective of rdt by safeguarding critical assets and securing operational continuity in volatile market conditions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 713 d3-3-3 environmental and social compliance: in industries with significant environmental impact, compliance requirements accelerate the adoption of green technologies and sustainable practices. environmental regulations in polluting sectors compel organizations to integrate digital solutions that track, manage, and reduce ecological footprints [123]. such adaptations align dt with broader sustainability objectives, promoting resilience by minimizing legal and societal pressures. similarly, the push for environmentally responsible operations has led enterprises to embed green initiatives—such as esg reporting and low-carbon footprints—into their digital strategies [87]. meeting these standards fosters trust among regulators, consumers, and investors, thus safeguarding the enterprise’s reputation and ensuring a more sustainable transformation path [23]. as dt increasingly converges with eco-friendly imperatives, regulatory directives often serve as both a constraint and a catalyst for cultivating rdt. d3-3-4: government policy guidance and legal frameworks: government policies and legal frameworks heavily influence how organizations prioritize, fund, and structure their dt roadmaps. in certain contexts, public policy incentives—such as tax breaks or grants—encourage organizations to invest in indigenous r&d, thus creating strategic advantages for local economies [89]. the necessity of complying with these governance structures often triggers or accelerates digital initiatives aimed at ensuring competitiveness and operational sustainability [84]. this influence extends broadly across sectors, from municipalities adopting legal provisions for e-services [102] to healthcare ecosystems reconciling data security, resilience, and sustainability mandates [95]. by adhering to established laws and regulations, organizations align their dt with recognized standards, reinforcing the stability and longevity of their rdt capabilities [100, 105]. d3-3-5: holistic compliance for digital resilience: organizations recognize the integrative nature of regulatory compliance, which overlaps cybersecurity, sustainability, and operational requirements. a holistic approach to compliance fosters digital resilience by systematically linking security, risk management, and continuous improvement in a digitally enabled business model [95]. healthcare providers, for example, must coordinate multiple regulations— data protection, patient safety, and cybersecurity—to maintain trust and continuity of digital services [97]. more broadly, the synergy between compliance mandates and dt strengthens organizations against both near-term risks and long-range uncertainties [96]. legal inefficiency and incomplete regulations also shape the ecosystem in which service firms operate, underscoring that effective dt strategies must account for potential legislative gaps and future rulemaking [99]. analysis towards dct: leveraging dynamic capability theory, organizations can embed a holistic compliance approach into their dt by continuously sensing evolving regulatory mandates—from data protection and cybersecurity to environmental and social standards—and seizing opportunities to align digital investments with emerging legal requirements and public policy incentives. by reconfiguring internal processes and business models to integrate diverse compliance dimensions, firms transform regulatory challenges into strategic advantages that mitigate legal, reputational, and operational risks while enhancing digital resilience. robust microfoundations, anchored in agile leadership, dedicated compliance teams, and proactive government relations, ensure that these dynamic capabilities fortify digital infrastructures and secure long-term competitiveness (see figure 7). 6. organizational implementation of resilient digital transformation this section examines how leading organizations have successfully operationalized rdt principles across the three pillars identified in the framework. microsoft exemplifies the technology pillar through its cloud-first transformation, continuously sensing emerging technologies and reconfiguring it assets to establish the flexible digital infrastructure necessary for sustained innovation [39]. similarly, dbs bank built technological adaptability through cloud migration and modular architectures that support ongoing digital evolution rather than one-time transformation [21]. in the organization pillar, lego demonstrates exceptional implementation by fostering experimentation and continuous learning following near-bankruptcy in the early 2000s, establishing governance mechanisms that balance control with flexibility while systematically developing workforce capabilities [85]. siemens similarly established clear governance structures through their digital enterprise portfolio, creating decision-making processes that align digital initiatives with broader organizational objectives [62]. for the external environment pillar, the danish public sector actively incorporates multi-stakeholder involvement in digital service development, creating collaborative networks that enhance the resilience of public digital initiatives [69], while dbs bank demonstrated exceptional responsiveness to market dynamics by continuously adapting digital offerings to evolving customer needs [56]. these case studies validate the rdt framework's core proposition that sustainable digital transformation requires integration across technological, organizational, and external dimensions. the organizations' success stems from their ability to develop and maintain the specific targets identified in the framework: adaptability, innovation, and scalability in the technology pillar; employee retention/upskilling, governance frameworks, and adaptive culture in the organization pillar; and stakeholder engagement, market responsiveness, and regulatory compliance in the external environment pillar. importantly, these organizations demonstrate how dynamic capabilities underpin rdt by continuously sensing emerging opportunities, seizing them through strategic action, and reconfiguring resources— aligning perfectly with the framework's theoretical foundation [133]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 714 the rdt framework represents a significant advancement in digital transformation research by addressing the critical gap between initial implementation and medium-term sustainability. while existing digital maturity models (e.g., deloitte's dmm, mckinsey's dq) focus primarily on achieving transformation, this framework provides the missing guidance on maintaining digital capabilities over time. for industry practitioners, it offers invaluable guidance by providing a structured approach to medium-term resilience beyond initial digital adoption, identifying specific capabilities required across technological, organizational, and external dimensions, emphasizing the dynamic nature of digital transformation rather than treating it as a one-time event, and offering actionable targets that organizations can systematically develop to enhance resilience. by highlighting how organizations have operationalized these principles, the framework bridges theory and practice, helping organizations transform one-time digital initiatives into sustainable competitive advantages that endure through ongoing market and technological disruptions. this systematic review demonstrates the critical importance of resilient digital transformation (rdt) for organizations operating in increasingly volatile environments. drawing on prominent dt frameworks, the study identifies that successful and enduring transformations demand continuous alignment of technological infrastructure with an adaptive organizational culture and an agile external engagement strategy. specifically, robust governance frameworks, ongoing workforce upskilling, and active collaboration with stakeholders and regulators all emerge as crucial pillars of rdt. by highlighting the interplay between dynamic capabilities and long-term sustainability, the review underscores how organizations can evolve beyond one-off digital initiatives and instead embed resilience into their core strategies. overall, the findings affirm that developing adaptability, innovation, and scalability within the technology pillar, combined with strong governance and stakeholder engagement, forms the foundation of enduring digital capabilities that can help organizations remain competitive despite economic and technological disruptions. 6.1. theoretical contributions this review makes two major theoretical contributions. first, by synthesizing multiple research streams on digital maturity and resilience, it addresses the gap in existing frameworks (e.g., deloitte’s dmm, mckinsey’s dq) that primarily focus on achieving rather than sustaining digital transformation. the integrated framework proposed here extends dynamic capability theory by demonstrating how “sensing,” “seizing,” and “reconfiguring” can each underpin medium-term resilience, particularly when organizations anticipate emerging technologies, realign resources, and refine governance structures. second, it offers a conceptual basis for understanding rdt as an ongoing cycle of innovation, driven simultaneously by technological, organizational, and external environment factors. this theoretical lens clarifies why seemingly successful dt efforts often fail to endure, highlighting the need for explicit resilience mechanisms that adapt to market shifts. 6.2. managerial implications from a practical standpoint, the findings help organizations map out concrete steps for sustaining digital gains. rather than treating dt as a one-time adoption of tools, practitioners are advised to embed adaptive processes (e.g., agile governance, real-time analytics) and cultivate a culture that embraces risk-taking and iterative learning. likewise, the review indicates that stakeholder engagement—both within and outside the firm—plays a pivotal role in mitigating resistance and maintaining buy-in, especially as digital initiatives expand over time. this approach ensures that rdt strategies become integral to day-to-day operations, helping managers better balance technological upgrades with human and regulatory considerations. 7. conclusions this study proposes an integrative framework for resilient digital transformation (rdt), synthesizing findings from 77 peer-reviewed articles across technological, organizational, and external environment pillars to guide longterm digital maturity and strategic resilience. 7.1. limitations despite its methodological rigor, this review has several limitations. first, the exclusive focus on english-language literature in business and technology management may omit relevant insights from other disciplines or languages, limiting the generalizability of findings. second, rapid developments in digital technologies—such as generative ai and quantum computing—may not yet be fully represented in the reviewed literature. finally, although the conceptual framework provides a strong theoretical foundation, empirical validation across different industries, cultural settings, and geographical regions is necessary to confirm its applicability and utility. 7.2. directions of future research future research should pursue longitudinal designs that track how digital strategies evolve over time, particularly in response to disruption. mixed-method approaches—such as structural equation modeling (sem), multi-criteria decisionmaking (mcdm), and in-depth case studies—can offer deeper insights into how leadership, organizational culture, and hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 715 digital capabilities converge to foster resilience [80, 93]. exploring dynamic capabilities, including how organizations sense, seize, and reconfigure resources, can help uncover mechanisms underlying adaptive transformation, especially in smaller or resource-constrained enterprises [71, 85]. another critical area is the integration of cybersecurity into rdt frameworks. future work should examine how threat detection, data governance, and privacy protocols can be embedded in transformation processes to reduce vulnerability [77]. moreover, aligning these safeguards with sustainability goals— such as energy efficiency and ethical data use—will support more holistic digital strategies [87]. researchers are also encouraged to expand investigations across varied organizational and national contexts. comparative studies in underrepresented regions like india and brazil could reveal how local socio-economic conditions shape digital resilience strategies [64, 119]. these avenues will enable the refinement of theoretical models and deliver actionable insights for practitioners seeking to strengthen digital transformation in an increasingly volatile environment. 8. declarations 8.1. author contributions conceptualization, t.c., l.x., z.b., a.s., g.d., w.v., and d.h.; methodology, t.c., w.v., and d.h.; software, w.v.; validation, t.c., w.v., and d.h.; formal analysis, w.v. and d.h.; investigation, t.c., w.v., and d.h.; resources, t.c., w.v., and d.h.; data curation, t.c., w.v., and d.h.; writing—original draft preparation, t.c., w.v., and d.h.; writing—review and editing, t.c., w.v., and d.h.; visualization, v.w.; supervision, l.x, z.b., a.s., and g.d.; project administration, d.h.; funding acquisition, w.v. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 8.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 8.3. funding this project is funded by national research council of thailand (nrct), project no. n42a660902. 8.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 8.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 8.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] tangwaragorn, p., charoenruk, n., viriyasitavat, w., tangmanee, c., kanawattanachai, p., hoonsopon, d., pungpapong, v., pattanapanyasat, r. p., boonpatcharanon, s., & rhuwadhana, p. (2024). analyzing key drivers of digital transformation: a review and framework. journal of industrial information integration, 42, 100680. doi:10.1016/j.jii.2024.100680. [2] sannamwong, k., wongkaew, w., & hoonsopon, d. (2023). strategic alignment of eco-practices: the mediator of eco-controls in translating environmental strategy. creative business and sustainability journal, 45(1), 1–21. doi:10.58837/chula.cbsj.45.1.1. [3] feroz, a. k., zo, h., & chiravuri, a. (2021). digital transformation and environmental sustainability: a review and research agenda. sustainability, 13(3), 1530. doi:10.3390/su13031530. [4] cai, z. (2024). digital transformation and business model innovation: navigating opportunities and challenges. highlights in business, economics and management, 43, 44–51. doi:10.54097/qvp4my26. [5] zhang, j., li, h., & zhao, h. (2025). the impact of digital transformation on organizational resilience: the role of innovation capability and agile response. systems, 13(2), 75. doi:10.3390/systems13020075. [6] tazvivinga, k., & samuels, a. (2024). digital transformation and its role in fmcg supply chain resilience. international journal of business ecosystem & strategy (2687-2293), 6(5), 23–38. doi:10.36096/ijbes.v6i5.606. [7] li, y., & sukhotu, v. (2025). enhanced digital capabilities for building resilient supply chains: exploring visibility, collaboration, and resilience in china’s electric vehicle industry. world electric vehicle journal, 16(2), 16020063. doi:10.3390/wevj16020063. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13031530 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 716 [8] luo, t., qu, j., & cheng, s. (2025). how does digital transformation affect the innovation resilience of manufacturing firms? journal of manufacturing technology management, 36(4), 901–920. doi:10.1108/jmtm-08-2024-0456. [9] kokkinou, a., mitas, o., & mandemakers, a. (2025). leveraging digital transformation to develop a data-driven culture for supply chain resilience: an empirical investigation. continuity & resilience review. doi:10.1108/crr-08-2024-0023. [10] pacolli, m. (2022). importance of change management in digital transformation sustainability. ifac-papersonline, 55(39), 276–280. doi:10.1016/j.ifacol.2022.12.034. [11] sanchis, r., garcía-perales, ó., fraile, f., & poler, r. (2020). low-code as enabler of digital transformation in manufacturing industry. applied sciences (switzerland), 10(1), 12. doi:10.3390/app10010012. [12] abidi, o., richet, j. l., & vitari, c. (2025). digital transformation and resilience: dimensions and interactions. journal of global information management, 33(1), 1–64. doi:10.4018/jgim.367873. [13] hokmabadi, h., rezvani, s. m. h. s., & de matos, c. a. (2024). business resilience for small and medium enterprises and startups by digital transformation and the role of marketing capabilities—a systematic review. systems, 12(6), 220. doi:10.3390/systems12060220. [14] gouveia, s., de la iglesia, d. h., abrantes, j. l., & lópez rivero, a. j. (2024). transforming strategy and value creation through digitalization? administrative sciences, 14(11), 307. doi:10.3390/admsci14110307. [15] kwiotkowska, a. (2024). creating organizational resilience through digital transformation and dynamic capabilities: findings from fs/qca analysis on the example of polish chp plants. sustainability (switzerland), 16(14), 1–18. doi:10.3390/su16146266. [16] rocha, c. f., quandt, c., deschamps, f., & cruzara, g. (2025). digital transformation readiness in large manufacturing firms: a building block model proposition. journal of manufacturing technology management, 36(1), 45–68. doi:10.1108/jmtm-122023-0544. [17] michelotto, f., & joia, l. a. (2024). organizational digital transformation readiness: an exploratory investigation. journal of theoretical and applied electronic commerce research, 19(4), 3283–3304. doi:10.3390/jtaer19040159. [18] kolagar, m., parida, v., & sjödin, d. (2022). ecosystem transformation for digital servitization: a systematic review, integrative framework, and future research agenda. journal of business research, 146, 176–200. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2022.03.067. [19] nyagadza, b. (2022). sustainable digital transformation for ambidextrous digital firms: systematic literature review, metaanalysis and agenda for future research directions. sustainable technology and entrepreneurship, 1(3), 100020. doi:10.1016/j.stae.2022.100020. [20] sagala, g. h., & őri, d. (2025). exploring digital transformation strategy to achieve smes resilience and antifragility: a systematic literature review. journal of small business and entrepreneurship, 37(3), 495–524. doi:10.1080/08276331.2024.2392080. [21] mangalaraj, g., nerur, s., & dwivedi, r. (2023). digital transformation for agility and resilience: an exploratory study. journal of computer information systems, 63(1), 11–23. doi:10.1080/08874417.2021.2015726. [22] dupin, j.-j., pascal, a., godé, c., jean-julien, d., amandine, p., & cécile, g. (2023). a systematic literature review on digital resilience in organizations: towards a conceptualization. hicss 56, 1-6. [23] feroz, a. k., zo, h., eom, j., & chiravuri, a. (2023). identifying organizations’ dynamic capabilities for sustainable digital transformation: a mixed methods study. technology in society, 73, 102257. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2023.102257. [24] snyder, h. (2019). literature review as a research methodology: an overview and guidelines. journal of business research, 104, 333–339. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2019.07.039. [25] page, m. j., mckenzie, j. e., bossuyt, p. m., boutron, i., hoffmann, t. c., mulrow, c. d., shamseer, l., tetzlaff, j. m., akl, e. a., brennan, s. e., chou, r., glanville, j., grimshaw, j. m., hróbjartsson, a., lalu, m. m., li, t., loder, e. w., mayowilson, e., mcdonald, s., … moher, d. (2022). the prisma 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. pan american journal of public health, 46. doi:10.26633/rpsp.2022.112. [26] archibald, t. (2020). what’s the problem represented to be? problem definition critique as a tool for evaluative thinking. american journal of evaluation, 41(1), 6–19. doi:10.1177/1098214018824043. [27] tranfield, d., denyer, d., & smart, p. (2003). towards a methodology for developing evidence-informed management knowledge by means of systematic review. british journal of management, 14(3), 207–222. doi:10.1111/1467-8551.00375. [28] jones, m. v., coviello, n., & tang, y. k. (2011). international entrepreneurship research (1989-2009): a domain ontology and thematic analysis. journal of business venturing, 26(6), 632–659. doi:10.1016/j.jbusvent.2011.04.001. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 717 [29] gioia, d. a., corley, k. g., & hamilton, a. l. (2013). seeking qualitative rigor in inductive research: notes on the gioia methodology. organizational research methods, 16(1), 15–31. doi:10.1177/1094428112452151. [30] westerman, g., bonnet, d., & mcafee, a. (2015). leading digital: turning technology into business transformation. choice reviews online, 52(6), 188022. doi:10.5860/choice.188022. [31] fitzgerald, m., kruschwitz, n., bonnet, d., & welch, m. (2013). embracing digital technology: a new strategic imperative. mit sloan management review, 55(2), 1–12. [32] bharadwaj, a., el sawy, o. a., pavlou, p. a., & venkatraman, n. (2013). digital business strategy: toward a next generation of insights. mis quarterly: management information systems, 37(2), 471–482. doi:10.25300/misq/2013/37:2.3. [33] kane, g. c., palmer, d., phillips, a. n., kiron, d., & buckley, n. (2015). strategy, not technology, drives digital transformation. mit sloan management review, 1-27. [34] hess, t., benlian, a., matt, c., & wiesböck, f. (2016). options for formulating a digital transformation strategy. mis quarterly executive, 15(2), 123–139. doi:10.4324/9780429286797-7. [35] teece, d. (2018). business models and dynamic capabilities, long range planning. long range planning, 51(1), 40–49. [36] sebastian, i. m., moloney, k. g., ross, j. w., fonstad, n. o., beath, c., & mocker, m. (2017). how big old companies navigate digital transformation. mis quarterly executive, 16(3), 197–213. doi:10.4324/9780429286797-6. [37] vial, g. (2021). understanding digital transformation: a review and a research agenda. managing digital transformation: understanding the strategic process, 13–66. [38] jacobides, m. g., cennamo, c., & gawer, a. (2018). towards a theory of ecosystems. strategic management journal, 39(8), 2255–2276. doi:10.1002/smj.2904. [39] warner, k. s. & wäger, m. (2019). building dynamic capabilities for digital transformation: an ongoing process of strategic renewal. long range planning, 52(3), 326–349. [40] verhoef, p. c., broekhuizen, t., bart, y., bhattacharya, a., qi dong, j., fabian, n., & haenlein, m. (2021). digital transformation: a multidisciplinary reflection and research agenda. journal of business research, 122, 889–901. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2019.09.022. [41] teece, d. j. (2014). the foundations of enterprise performance: dynamic and ordinary capabilities in an (economic) theory of firms. academy of management perspectives, 28(4), 328–352. doi:10.5465/amp.2013.0116. [42] awad, j. a. r., & martín-rojas, r. (2024). digital transformation influence on organisational resilience through organisational learning and innovation. journal of innovation and entrepreneurship, 13(1), 69. doi:10.1186/s13731-024-00405-4. [43] gull, m., parveen, s., & sridadi, a. r. (2024). resilient higher educational institutions in a world of digital transformation. foresight, 26(5), 755–774. doi:10.1108/fs-12-2022-0186. [44] he, z., huang, h., choi, h., & bilgihan, a. (2023). building organizational resilience with digital transformation. journal of service management, 34(1), 147–171. doi:10.1108/josm-06-2021-0216. [45] hinsen, s. j.-m. v. (2023). managing digital transformation in form of continuous change. universität bayreuth, bayreuth, germany. [46] munns, b., toorn, c. van, finnegan, p., & kalgovas, b. (2022). sustaining digital transformation: the imperative to innovate continuously in the australian financial services sector. 30th european conference on information systems new horizons in digitally united societies, ecis, timisoara, romania, june 18-24, 2022. [47] baker tilly (2024). the importance of digital maturity in successful digital transformation. available online: https://www.bakertilly.com/insights/the-importance-of-digital-maturity-in-successful-digital-transformation (accessed on may 2025). [48] coleman, a. (2024). how to keep a long-term digital transformation on track. raconteur. available online: https://www.raconteur.net/technology/long-term-digital-transformation (accessed on may 2025). [49] ilin, i., borremans, a., levina, a., & esser, m. (2022). digital transformation maturity model. studies on entrepreneurship, structural change and industrial dynamics, 221–235. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-89832-8_12. [50] baihaqy, a., & subriadi, a. p. (2023). development of digital transformation maturity measurements: a systematic literature review. journal of nonformal education, 9(1), 58–68. doi:10.15294/jne.v9i1.41985. [51] mitroulis, d., & kitsios, f. (2023). digital transformation and digital maturity models: a blueprint strategic decision-making framework. handbook of research on artificial intelligence, innovation and entrepreneurship, 77–87. doi:10.4337/9781839106750.00013. [52] gerald c. kane, doug palmer, anh nguyen phillips, david kiron, and n. b. (2017). achieving digital maturity. the palgrave encyclopedia of the possible, 59(59180), 1–8. https://www.bakertilly.com/insights/the-importance-of-digital-maturity-in-successful-digital-transformation https://www.raconteur.net/technology/long-term-digital-transformation hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 718 [53] ricoh (2025). digital maturity: transformation comes of age—raconteur. ricoh, tokyo, japan. available online: https://www.raconteur.net/insights/digital-maturity-transformation-comes-of-age (accessed on may 2025). [54] touijer, m. n., & elabjani, a. (2025). a delphi study on digital maturity and digital competitiveness in the context of digital transformation. journal of enterprising communities, 19(2), 386–409. doi:10.1108/jec-05-2024-0088. [55] schaubroeck, r., singh, t., & singh, v. (2021). from good to great in digital : the opportunity for belgian companies. available online: https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/mckinsey-digital/our-insights/from-good-to-great-in-digital-the-opportunityfor-belgian-companies (accessed on may 2025). [56] gupta, s., modgil, s., bhushan, b., kamble, s., & mishra, j. (2024). digital innovation and transformation capabilities in a large company. expert systems, 41(7), 13452. doi:10.1111/exsy.13452. [57] grebe, m., rüßmann, m., leyh, m., franke, m. r., & anderson, w. (2021). the leaders’ path to digital value. article june 21, 2021. [58] grebe, m., rüßmann, m., leyh, m., franke, m. r., & anderson, w. (2021). digital acceleration index (dai) | digital value creation | bcg. available online: https://www.bcg.com/publications/2021/digital-acceleration-index (accessed on may 2025). [59] dubey, s.(2023). assessing your current digital state through digital maturity assessment: the initial digital transformation step. available online: https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/assessing-your-current-digital-state-through-maturity-sanjeev-dubey (accessed on may 2025). [60] adisa, m. o., ojikutu, g. a., abdullai, l., oyedeji, s., & porras, j. (2024). dynamic capabilities for sustainable digital transformation amid crisis: insights from law firms in emerging economy. lecture notes in business information processing: vol. 500 lnbip, 478–492. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-53227-6_34. [61] gao, x., kong, y., & cheng, l. (2023). strategies and mechanisms for building digital resilience of container shipping platform in crisis situations: a network orchestration perspective. ocean and coastal management, 246, 106887. doi:10.1016/j.ocecoaman.2023.106887. [62] brückner, a., wölke, m., hein-pensel, f., schero, e., winkler, h., & jabs, i. (2025). assessing industry 5.0 readiness— prototype of a holistic digital index to evaluate sustainability, resilience and human-centered factors. international journal of information management data insights, 5(1), 100329. doi:10.1016/j.jjimei.2025.100329. [63] kohn, v. (2023). operationalizing digital resilience a systematic literature review on opportunities and challenges. proceedings of the annual hawaii international conference on system sciences, 2023-january, 6431–6441. doi:10.24251/hicss.2023.778. [64] park, y. w., & hong, p. (2022). a research framework for sustainable digital innovation: case studies of japanese firms. sustainability (switzerland), 14(15), 9218. doi:10.3390/su14159218. [65] lewis, s. (2015). qualitative inquiry and research design: choosing among five approaches. health promotion practice, 16(4), 473-475. doi:10.1177/1524839915580941. [66] kuppusamy, m., & chaitanya datti, l. (2023). a trend analysis on digital transformation resilience capability: the case of malaysia. information management and computer science, 6(1), 01–04. doi:10.26480/imcs.01.2023.01.04. [67] mohamed hashim, m. a., tlemsani, i., & duncan matthews, r. (2022). a sustainable university: digital transformation and beyond. education and information technologies, 27(7), 8961–8996. doi:10.1007/s10639-022-10968-y. [68] angle, m. (2024). ai in smes: accelerating digitalization for resilient and scalable growth ai in smes: accelerating digitalization for resilient and scalable, 1-9. [69] fleron, b., pries-heje, j., & baskerville, r. (2022). becoming a most digitalized country: a history of digital organizational resilience in denmark. communications of the association for information systems, 51(1), 120–139. doi:10.17705/1cais.05107. [70] boh, w., padmanabhan, b., & smith, r. h. (2023). building digital resilience against major shocks. mis quarterly, 47(1), 343. [71] neumannova, a., bernroider, e. w. n., & obwegeser, n. (2023). conceptualizing digital resilience: an intellectual capital perspective. in international conference on information systems, icis 2023, 1-18. [72] park, k. r., sahay, s., braa, j., & amarakoon, p. (2021). digital resilience for what? case study of south korea. arxiv preprint arxiv:2108.09950.. [73] sinha chowdhury, r. (2024). digital resilience in the face of crisis: the impact of digital transformation on organizations during the pandemic. international journal of communication, 1(1), 1–14. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/%c5%8cta,_tokyo https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/japan https://www.raconteur.net/insights/digital-maturity-transformation-comes-of-age https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/mckinsey-digital/our-insights/from-good-to-great-in-digital-the-opportunity-for-belgian-companies https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/mckinsey-digital/our-insights/from-good-to-great-in-digital-the-opportunity-for-belgian-companies https://www.bcg.com/publications/2021/digital-acceleration-index https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/assessing-your-current-digital-state-through-maturity-sanjeev-dubey hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 719 [74] chukwunonso, r., nosike, j. o., nosike, c. j., nosike, u. c., & ojobor, o. s. n. (2023). digital transformation and organizational agility in post covid-19 pandemic era. journal of global accounting, 9(4), 410–426. [75] fleron, b., pries-heje, j., & baskerville, r. (2021). digital organizational resilience: a history of denmark as a most digitalized country. proceedings of the annual hawaii international conference on system sciences, 2020-january, 2400–2409. doi:10.24251/hicss.2021.294. [76] kuppusamy, m. (2022). digital resilience capability for pervasive digital transformation: a framework notation. international journal of advanced business studies, 1(1), 20–26. doi:10.59857/okjf8816. [77] saeed, s., altamimi, s. a., alkayyal, n. a., alshehri, e., & alabbad, d. a. (2023). digital transformation and cybersecurity challenges for businesses resilience: issues and recommendations. sensors, 23(15), 6666. doi:10.3390/s23156666. [78] aghazadeh, h., zandi, f., amoozad mahdiraji, h., & sadraei, r. (2024). digital transformation and sme internationalisation: unravelling the moderated-mediation role of digital capabilities, digital resilience and digital maturity. journal of enterprise information management, 37(5), 1499–1526. doi:10.1108/jeim-02-2023-0092. [79] li, l. (2022). digital transformation and sustainable performance: the moderating role of market turbulence. industrial marketing management, 104, 28–37. doi:10.1016/j.indmarman.2022.04.007. [80] fan, x., wang, y., & lu, x. (2023). digital transformation drives sustainable innovation capability improvement in manufacturing enterprises: based on fsqca and nca approaches. sustainability (switzerland), 15(1), 542. doi:10.3390/su15010542. [81] chen, a., li, l., & shahid, w. (2024). digital transformation as the driving force for sustainable business performance: a moderated mediation model of market-driven business model innovation and digital leadership capabilities. heliyon, 10(8), 29509. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2024.e29509. [82] atif, a., & qureshi, m. a. (2024). enhancing digital resilience through ai in industry 5.0: a technology management perspective. picmet 2024 2024 portland international conference on management of engineering and technology: technology management in the artificial intelligence era, proceedings, 1–9. doi:10.23919/picmet64035.2024.10653227. [83] nkomo, l., & kalisz, d. (2023). establishing organisational resilience through developing a strategic framework for digital transformation. digital transformation and society, 2(4), 403–426. doi:10.1108/dts-11-2022-0059. [84] dang, d., vartiainen, t., & do, t. (2023). explanation of a sustainable digital transformation process in a firm. information systems research in vietnam, volume 2: a shared vision and new frontiers, 2, 137–151. doi:10.1007/978-981-99-4792-8_10. [85] hetz, d., & trauntschnig, j. (2020). family businesses long-term orientation–the effect on their digital transformation: a multiple-case study within traditional industries. jönköping university, jönköping, sweden. [86] kulkarni, p., haron, a. j., & habil, d. (2021). framework for an integrated project management and change management team to achieve sustainable digital transformation. journal of entrepreneurship & organization management, 10(2), 1-5. [87] vandevenne, n., van riel, j., & poels, g. (2023). green enterprise architecture (grean)—leveraging ea for environmentally sustainable digital transformation. sustainability (switzerland), 15(19), 14342. doi:10.3390/su151914342. [88] chen, c., pan, j., liu, s., & feng, t. (2023). impact of digital capability on firm resilience: the moderating role of coopetition behavior. business process management journal, 29(7), 2167–2190. doi:10.1108/bpmj-02-2023-0095. [89] guo, c., zhao, y., miao, z., li, w., & chen, h. (2024). indigenous r&d, outsourcing technology, and sustainable digital transformation. journal of the knowledge economy, 15(4), 20745–20777. doi:10.1007/s13132-024-01983-0. [90] lamberg-karlovsky, c. c. (1976). leveraging of digital transformationin business resilience after pandemic. american anthropologist, 78(1), 134–135. [91] ofosu-ampong, k., agyekum, m. w., & garcia, m. b. (2024). long-term pandemic management and the need to invest in digital transformation: a resilience theory perspective. transformative approaches to patient literacy and healthcare innovation, 242–260. doi:10.4018/979-8-3693-3661-8.ch012. [92] frolova, h. i., bilousova, v. v., & stoliarov, v. f. (2019). managing digital transformation in a business as a part of a longterm strategy. vìsnik berdânsʹkogo unìversitetu menedžmentu ì bìznesu, 45(1), 59–63. doi:10.33783/1977-4167-2019-45-159-63. [93] kumar, v., sindhwani, r., behl, a., kaur, a., & pereira, v. (2024). modelling and analysing the enablers of digital resilience for small and medium enterprises. journal of enterprise information management, 37(5), 1677–1708. doi:10.1108/jeim-012023-0002. [94] ethier, l., tomiuk, d., plaisent, m., & bernard, p. (2024). navigating digital transformation: crafting tailored data strategies for organizational adaptability. journal of systemics, cybernetics and informatics, 22(5), 88–95. doi:10.54808/jsci.22.05.88. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 720 [95] salifu sidii, f. (2024). navigating the intersection of digital security, resilience and sustainability in healthcare: a theoretical framework and case study of ghana. health economics and management review, 5(4), 130–146. doi:10.61093/hem.2024.409. [96] mollah, m. a., amin, m. bin, debnath, g. c., hosain, m. s., rahaman, m. a., & abdullah, m. (2024). nexus among digital leadership, digital transformation, and digital innovation for sustainable financial performance: revealing the influence of environmental dynamism. sustainability (switzerland), 16(18), 8023. doi:10.3390/su16188023. [97] garcia-perez, a., cegarra-navarro, j. g., sallos, m. p., martinez-caro, e., & chinnaswamy, a. (2023). resilience in healthcare systems: cyber security and digital transformation. technovation, 121, 102583. doi:10.1016/j.technovation.2022.102583. [98] martínez-peláez, r., ochoa-brust, a., rivera, s., félix, v. g., ostos, r., brito, h., félix, r. a., & mena, l. j. (2023). role of digital transformation for achieving sustainability: mediated role of stakeholders, key capabilities, and technology. sustainability (switzerland), 15(14), 11221. doi:10.3390/su151411221. [99] liu, r., long, j., & liu, l. (2023). seeking the resilience of service firms: a strategic learning process based on digital platform capability. journal of services marketing, 37(3), 371–391. doi:10.1108/jsm-04-2022-0124. [100] omerovic smajlovic, m. (2024). strategic implications of digital transformation: navigating the evolution of traditional organisations through sustainable and agile practices. technische universität darmstadt, darmstadt, germany [101] sharma, v., vijayaraghavan, t. a. s., tata, r. r., & raj, a. (2024). strengthening organizational resilience: role of sustainable supply chain, digitalization and business model adaptation. journal of business and industrial marketing, 39(11), 2420–2437. doi:10.1108/jbim-06-2023-0332. [102] sigurjonsson, t. o., jónsson, e., & gudmundsdottir, s. (2024). sustainability of digital initiatives in public services in digital transformation of local government: insights and implications. sustainability (switzerland), 16(24), 10827. doi:10.3390/su162410827. [103] mick, m. m. a. p., kovaleski, j. l., & chiroli, d. m. de g. (2024). sustainable digital transformation roadmaps for smes: a systematic literature review. sustainability (switzerland), 16(19), 8551. doi:10.3390/su16198551. [104] martínez-peláez, r., escobar, m. a., félix, v. g., ostos, r., parra-michel, j., garcía, v., ochoa-brust, a., velarde-alvarado, p., félix, r. a., olivares-bautista, s., flores, v., & mena, l. j. (2024). sustainable digital transformation for smes: a comprehensive framework for informed decision-making. sustainability (switzerland), 16(11), 4447. doi:10.3390/su16114447. [105] zarifis, a., efthymiou, l., & cheng, x. (2023). sustainable digital transformation in finance, tourism, transport, entertainment and social innovation. business digital transformation: selected cases from industry leaders, 1–16. doi:10.1007/978-3-03133665-2_1. [106] dupin, j.-j., pascal, a., & godé, c. (2023). systematic review on digital resilience in organization-related context: a temporal perspective. 16e colloque international de l’agecso (2023), may 2023, montréal (canada (qc)), france. [107] ly, b. (2024). the interplay of digital transformational leadership, organizational agility, and digital transformation. journal of the knowledge economy, 15(1), 4408–4427. doi:10.1007/s13132-023-01377-8. [108] munachi ijeoma ononiwu, obianuju clement onwuzulike, & kazeem shitu. (2024). the role of digital business transformation in enhancing organizational agility. world journal of advanced research and reviews, 23(3), 285–308. doi:10.30574/wjarr.2024.23.3.2670. [109] zhu, x., & li, y. (2023). the use of data-driven insight in ambidextrous digital transformation: how do resource orchestration, organizational strategic decision-making and organizational agility matter? technological forecasting and social change, 196, 122851. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2023.122851. [110] zhang, y., & wang, f. (2024). theoretical connotation and improvement path of government digital resilience-a case study based on the practice of urban emergency management digital transformation in china. international conference on edemocracy and egovernment, icedeg, 2024, 1–8. doi:10.1109/icedeg61611.2024.10702053. [111] gils, b. van, & weigand, h. (2020). towards sustainable digital transformation. proceedings 2020 ieee 22nd conference on business informatics, cbi 2020, 1, 104–113. doi:10.1109/cbi49978.2020.00019. [112] munteanu, a.-r. (2024). training for digital resilience: a business continuity planning case study. sea practical application of science, xii(36), 193–201. doi:10.70147/s36193201. [113] setiawan, s., rusilowati, u., jaya, a., & wang, r. (2025). transforming human resource practices in the digital age a study on workforce resilience and innovation. journal of computer science and technology application (corisinta), 2(1), 84– 92. doi:10.33050/corisinta.v2i1.80. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 721 [114] nguyen, d. k., broekhuizen, t., dong, j. q., & verhoef, p. c. (2021). when it takes three to tango in the digital transformation age: synergies between digital orientation, change commitment and organizational agility. international conference on information systems, icis 2020 making digital inclusive: blending the local and the global, 1412. [115] weber, c., czerner, p., & fathi, m. (2023). digit-dm: a sustainable data mining modell for continuous digitization in manufacturing. ieee international conference on electro information technology, 2023-may, 197–202. doi:10.1109/eit57321.2023.10187390. [116] wang, d. (2023). the long-term impact of digital transformation on businesses: the lagging effect of digitalisation. ssrn journal, 1-37. [117] lingelbach, k., & feroz, a. k. (2024). towards sustainable digital transformation: a convergence of sustainability and digital transformation. 30th americas conference on information systems, amcis 2024, 11. [118] sartono, y., siti astuti, e., wilopo, w., & noerman, t. (2024). sustainable digital transformation: its impact on perceived value and adoption intention of industry 4.0 in moderating effects of uncertainty avoidance. f1000research, 13. doi:10.12688/f1000research.152228.2. [119] mehedintu, a., & soava, g. (2022). a structural framework for assessing the digital resilience of enterprises in the context of the technological revolution 4.0. electronics (switzerland), 11(15), 2439. doi:10.3390/electronics11152439. [120] mick, m. m. a. p., kovaleski, j. l., mick, r. l., & chiroli, d. m. de g. (2024). developing a sustainable digital transformation roadmap for smes: integrating digital maturity and strategic alignment. sustainability (switzerland), 16(20), 8745. doi:10.3390/su16208745. [121] breidbach, c. f., joshi, a. m., twigg, a., & dickens, g. (2024). orchestrating digital resilience: a clinical is study of an everything-as-a-service technology strategy. european journal of information systems, 1–18. doi:10.1080/0960085x.2024.2435975. [122] stein, h., janzen, s., haida, b., & maass, w. (2024). digital resilience in flux: a comparative analysis in manufacturing preand post-crisis. proceedings of the annual hawaii international conference on system sciences, 2056–2065. doi:10.24251/hicss.2024.256. [123] xu, g., hou, g., & zhang, j. (2022). digital sustainable entrepreneurship: a digital capability perspective through digital innovation orientation for social and environmental value creation. sustainability (switzerland), 14(18), 11222. doi:10.3390/su141811222. [124] kazeroonimonfared, a., & vatrapu, r. (2024). digital supply chain resilience: analyzing the literature using a topic modeling approach. proceedings of the annual hawaii international conference on system sciences, 1380–1389. doi:10.24251/hicss.2024.171. [125] davis, m. (2009). finding the middle way in sustainable digitization efforts. against the grain, 21(5), 8. doi:10.7771/2380176x.2644. [126] yan, s., & jones, j. (2023). a leadership and governance stage model (lgsm) in digital transformation in data management. proceedings of the european conference on management, leadership and governance, 2023-november (1), 427–435. doi:10.34190/ecmlg.19.1.1899. [127] teece, d., peteraf, m., & leih, s. (2016). dynamic capabilities and organizational agility: risk, uncertainty, and strategy in the innovation economy. california management review, 58(4), 13–35. doi:10.1525/cmr.2016.58.4.13. [128] teece, d. j., pisano, g., & shuen, a. (2009). dynamic capabilities and strategic management. knowledge and strategy, 18(7), 77–116. doi:10.4337/9781035334995.00014. [129] eisenhardt, k. m., & martin, j. a. dynamic capabilities: what are they? strategic management journal, 21(10–11), 1105– 1121. doi:10.1002/1097-0266(200010/11)21:10/11. [130] zollo, m., & winter, s. g. (2002). deliberate learning and the evolution of dynamic capabilities. organization science, 13(3), 339–351. doi:10.1287/orsc.13.3.339.2780. [131] de paula pereira, g., de medeiros, j. f., kolling, c., ribeiro, j. l. d., morea, d., & iazzolino, g. (2024). using dynamic capabilities to cope with digital transformation and boost innovation in traditional banks. business horizons, 67(4), 317–330. doi:10.1016/j.bushor.2024.03.006. [132] daniel, e. m., & wilson, h. n. (2003). the role of dynamic capabilities in e-business transformation. european journal of information systems, 12(4), 282–296. doi:10.1057/palgrave.ejis.3000478. [133] teece, d. j. (2007). explicating dynamic capabilities: the nature and microfoundations of (sustainable) enterprise performance. strategic management journal, 28(13), 1319–1350. doi:10.1002/smj.640. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 722 [134] helfat, c. e., & martin, j. a. (2015). dynamic managerial capabilities: review and assessment of managerial impact on strategic change. journal of management, 41(5), 1281–1312. doi:10.1177/0149206314561301. [135] ellström, d., holtström, j., berg, e., & josefsson, c. (2022). dynamic capabilities for digital transformation. journal of strategy and management, 15(2), 272–286. doi:10.1108/jsma-04-2021-0089. [136] cristofaro, m., helfat, c. e., & teece, d. j. (2025). adapting, shaping, evolving: refocusing on the dynamic capabilities– environment nexus. academy of management collections, 4(1), 20–46. doi:10.5465/amc.2022.0008. [137] sajdak, m. (2015). theoretical and practical aspects of developing agile enterprises. international journal of management and applied research, 2(4), 144–155. [138] asghar, j., kanbach, d. k., & kraus, s. (2025). toward a multidimensional concept of organizational agility: a systematic literature review. management review quarterly, 1-27. doi:10.1007/s11301-025-00497-6. [139] sambamurthy, v., bharadwaj, a., & grover, v. (2003). shaping agility through digital options: reconceptualizing the role of information technology in contemporary firms. mis quarterly: management information systems, 27(2), 237–264. doi:10.2307/30036530. [140] hadjielias, e., christofi, m., christou, p., & hadjielia drotarova, m. (2022). digitalization, agility, and customer value in tourism. technological forecasting and social change, 175, 121334. doi:10.1016/j.techfore.2021.121334. [141] al-moaid, n. a. a., & almarhdi, s. g. (2024). developing dynamic capabilities for successful digital transformation projects: the mediating role of change management. journal of innovation and entrepreneurship, 13(1), 85. doi:10.1186/s13731-02400446-9. [142] silva, b., moro, s., & marques, c. (2022). sensing the impact of covid-19 restrictions from online reviews: the cases of london and paris unveiled through text mining smart innovation, systems and technologies, 279, 223–232. doi:10.1007/978-981-16-9268-0_18. [143] bhalla, r. (2024). regulatory agility: a ceo’s guide to adapting to constantly evolving rules. available online: https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/regulatory-agility-ceos-guide-adapting-constantly-evolving-bhalla-lrgfc (accessed on may 2025). https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/regulatory-agility-ceos-guide-adapting-constantly-evolving-bhalla-lrgfc available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 1 issn: 2723-9535 numerical modeling on mechanical properties of cemented phosphogypsum stabilized soil litang zheng 1, weikang mao 2, bingfei liu 2* 1 yunnan communications investment & construction group co., ltd, kunming, 650228, yunnan, china. 2 school of aeronautical engineering, civil aviation university of china, tianjin, china. received 19 july 2024; revised 18 january 2025; accepted 03 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract phosphogypsum is an industrial waste with a large stock and will show a great threat to people's lives. the study of its mechanical properties is particularly important for engineering applications. the objective of the work is to discuss the influence mechanism of cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soil by different parameters and provide a research basis for the engineering application of phosphogypsum as road subgrade. the main analysis methods are as follows. the published mechanical test data of cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soil are firstly collected in this work, and the numerical models for describing the compaction properties, liquid-plastic limit properties, unconfined compressive strength, and the cracking properties of cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soil are then established by numerical fitting. based on the verified model, the effects of different parameter factors on the mechanical behavior of cemented phosphogypsumstabilized soil are finally carried out. the results show that the numerical model can effectively predict the influence of different factors on the mechanical properties of materials and is in good agreement with the test results. the novelty of this work is establishing the numerical modeling on the mechanical properties of cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soil, considering the effects of different parameter factors. keywords: phosphogypsum; mechanical properties; numerical modeling; stabilized soil. 1. introduction phosphogypsum, as one of the industrial wastes, can be produced by chemical enterprises in the process of decomposing phosphate rock and extracting phosphoric acid with sulfuric acid [1]. due to the existing insufficiently reacted sulfuric acid and other hazardous substances, it has shown a great threat to people's production, life, and health [2-5]. it is urgent to accelerate the comprehensive utilization of phosphogypsum, especially its application in road engineering [6]. if the recycled phosphogypsum can be used as a road base material, it can not only turn waste into treasure and promote the conservation and intensive use of resources but also produce better economic and ecological benefits [7, 8]. in recent years, experts and scholars have carried out a lot of research on the engineering application of phosphogypsum, including cement phosphogypsum and lime phosphogypsum [9]. the phosphogypsum, treated as a waste by-product, its rational use will certainly provide a relatively cheap building material market for the construction industry [9]. in order to better apply the phosphogypsum to engineering practice, its mechanical properties need * corresponding author: bfliu@cauc.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-01  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6308-661x hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 2 extensive and in-depth research. the unconfined compressive strength and other mechanical properties of phosphogypsum under different cement contents were studied by wan et al. [10]; although some valuable conclusions are obtained in such work, the results for other cases with different contents or different parameters, however, are not fully given. zeng reported the effect on the strength and microstructure of cement-phosphogypsum-stabilized soils by the wetting-drying [11]; the properties such as compaction properties, liquid-plastic limit properties, cracking properties, unconfined compressive strength, and water stability properties were not discussed yet. the mechanism for the phosphogypsum to improve the strength of silt was studied by wang et al. [12], while the question of how to improve or affect the above-mentioned mechanical behaviors of phosphogypsum-stabilized soil has not been widely discussed, especially in the case of cement phosphogypsum. zheng et al. [13] discussed the influence of different contents of phosphogypsum on the stability of phosphogypsum soil by experimental test, and due to the hard test process, it usually has some shortcomings, such as less test data and difficulty mastering the effect law. the machine learning theory is used to analyze and predict the unconfined compressive strength of phosphogypsum stabilized soil by min et al. [14], however, a large number of experimental data are needed as data sets in the research process, which makes the research process more complicated. the water stability analysis of phosphogypsum as subgrade filling with different content and different proportions of materials is discussed by wu et al. [15]. although some valuable conclusions have been obtained about the water stability of phosphogypsum as subgrade filling material, its water stability has not been fully given with the change of material parameters. according to the above analysis, most of the published research is mainly focused on the experimental testing of the mechanical properties of cement phosphogypsum materials; the numerical modeling of the mechanical properties of cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soils, however, was rarely reported. due to the lack of the numerical model, when one wants to discuss the relationship between the mechanical properties and the changing parameter values, it is always showing the drawbacks of incomplete experimental data or needing more experimental test data to fully realize the predictive material mechanical properties. for obtaining more mechanical properties of such materials with the changing material parameters and ratios, it is very necessary to establish a numerical analysis model for the cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soils to express its detailed mechanical properties with the changing material parameters and ratios. in this work, the published test data of the cement phosphogypsum-stabilized soils are firstly sorted out, and a mathematical fitting model to express the relationship between the mechanical properties and the corresponding influencing factors is then established based on the existing test data. and the workflow chart of the whole work can be seen in figure 1. the establishment of the model in this work can be used to accurately predict the influence of different factors such as material parameters and ratio on the mechanical properties of cement phosphogypsum, and it also can effectively reduce the number of the experimental tests. this work shall provide theoretical support for the further engineering application of cement phosphogypsum. figure 1. flowchart of the research methodology hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 3 the remainder of the paper is organized as follows. the experimental data of mechanical properties for the cement phosphogypsum-stabilized soil are briefly reviewed in section 2. section 3 gives the numerical modeling of mechanical properties for the cement phosphogypsum-stabilized soil. the validation of the model is considered in section 4. section 5 is devoted to simulating the numerical prediction of mechanical properties of cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soil. finally, some concluding remarks are given in section 6. 2. experimental data of mechanical properties for the cement phosphogypsum stabilized soil 2.1. the compaction characteristics and the liquid-plastic limit properties zhang et al. [16] used the mix compaction test to investigate the compaction characteristics of cement phosphogypsum-stabilized soil, and the compaction test data of the optimum moisture content and maximum dry density for cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soil with the variation of the cement content, phosphogypsum content, and red clay content were given in table 1. chen & dai [17] carried out an experimental test study on the plastic-liquid limit characteristics of cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soils; the relationship between the plastic limit, liquid limit, and plasticity index with the changing cement contents and phosphogypsum contents for cemented phosphogypsumstabilized soil was given in table 2. table 1. compaction characteristics data of the cement phosphogypsum stabilized soil [16] cement (%) phosphogypsum (%) red clay (%) optimum moisture content (%) maximum dry density (g/cm3) 3 3 94 30.3 1.498 3 6 91 29.18 1.502 3 9 88 27.83 1.54 3 24.3 72.7 26.96 1.45 3 32.3 64.7 25.84 1.505 3 48.5 48.5 25.47 1.519 5 5 90 26.15 1.513 5 10 85 27.41 1.518 5 15 80 26.35 1.540 5 23.8 71.5 27.11 1.463 5 31.7 63.3 25.92 1.538 5 47.5 47.5 22.88 1.546 7 7 86 27.2 1.491 7 14 79 27.98 1.523 7 21 72 27.32 1.522 7 23.3 46.7 25.21 1.527 7 31 62 23.93 1.544 7 46.5 46.5 24 1.512 table 2. test data of the plastic-liquid limit for cemented phosphogypsum stabilized soil [17] cement (%) phosphogypsum (%) plastic limit liquid limit plasticity index 3 3 49.9 80.1 30.2 3 6 49.3 78.6 29.3 3 9 48.2 77.8 29.6 3 24.3 41.2 70.1 28.9 3 32.3 39 66.2 27.2 3 48.5 31 55.5 24.5 5 5 49.4 79.5 30.1 5 10 49.1 75.2 26.1 5 15 48.7 73.2 24.5 5 23.8 41.2 67.3 26.1 5 31.7 36.5 62.2 25.7 5 47.5 29.6 52.3 22.6 7 7 48.8 78.3 29.5 7 14 48.1 75.2 27.1 7 21 45.6 72.1 26.5 7 23.3 43.6 70.2 26.6 7 31 40.8 66.4 25.6 7 46.5 29.4 53.9 24.5 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 4 2.2. the unconfined tensile strength li et al. [18] conducted the experimental tests on cement phosphogypsum unconfined compressive strength, and the relationship between the unconfined compressive strength and the cement contents, phosphogypsum contents, and the red clay contents for cemented phosphogypsum stabilized soil can be shown in table 3. table 3. experimental data of unconfined compressive strength for cement phosphogypsum stabilized soil [18] cement (%) phosphogypsum (%) red clay (%) time (days) unconfined compressive strength (mpa) 4 4 92 7 0.81 4 8 88 7 0.68 4 12 84 7 0.75 6 6 88 7 1.21 6 12 82 7 1.03 6 18 76 7 1.28 8 8 84 7 0.98 8 16 76 7 1.32 8 24 68 7 1.24 10 10 80 7 1.15 10 20 70 7 1.20 10 30 60 7 2.08 4 4 92 14 1.32 4 8 88 14 1.13 4 12 84 14 1.24 6 6 88 14 1.75 6 12 82 14 1.53 6 18 76 14 1.82 8 8 84 14 1.48 8 16 76 14 1.84 8 24 68 14 1.81 10 10 80 14 1.64 10 20 70 14 1.79 10 30 60 14 2.42 4 4 92 28 1.51 4 8 88 28 1.34 4 12 84 28 1.43 6 6 88 28 1.92 6 12 82 28 1.76 6 18 76 28 2.08 8 8 84 28 1.64 8 16 76 28 2.16 8 24 68 28 2.05 10 10 80 28 1.81 10 20 70 28 1.95 10 30 60 28 2.71 2.3. the fissure rate characteristics li et al. [18] also published the experimental data on the fissure rate characteristics of cemented phosphogypsumstabilized soils, and the relationship between the fissure rate and the cement contents, the phosphogypsum contents, and the red clay contents for both the highly and the lowly doped phosphogypsum were shown in table 4 and table 5, respectively. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 5 table 4. the fissure rate test data for high doped phosphogypsum [18] cement (%) phosphogypsum content: red clay content fissure rate (%) 3 1:1 0.64 3 1:2 0.81 3 1:3 1.11 5 1:1 0 5 1:2 0.74 5 1:3 1.45 7 1:1 0 7 1:2 0.49 7 1:3 1.24 table 5. the fissure rate for low doped phosphogypsum [18] cement (%) cement content : phosphogypsum content fissure rate (%) 3 1:1 2.84 3 1:2 1.34 3 1:3 1.17 5 1:1 2.77 5 1:2 1.31 5 1:3 1.13 7 1:1 2.33 7 1:2 1.24 7 1:3 1.07 3. numerical modeling on mechanical properties of the cement phosphogypsum stabilized soil 3.1. the compaction characteristics in order to get the theoretical model for describing the compaction properties, liquid-plastic limit properties, the unconfined compressive strength and the fissure rate of cemented phosphogypsum stabilized soil with the changing parameters, due to the existing experimental data have been shown the values of the properties under different parameters, then the published parameters based on the obtained experimental data are chosen in this work for numerical modeling. and indeed, some other parameters also have an effect on the properties of the materials, while in order get the theoretical model, only the published experimental data for the parameters were selected in this work for numerical modeling, and the effects by other parameters including both the experimental work and the theoretical model will be analyzed in a next work. based on the experimental data in table 1, the optimal water content was firstly fitted numerically, and the relationship between the optimal water content and phosphogypsum content with different cement contents were given in figure 2. based on the numerical fitting results in figure 2, the numerical prediction model for the optimal water content 𝐻 that integrates the cement content, phosphogypsum content and red clay content can be given in equation 1: 𝐻 = 𝐴𝐻 − 𝐵𝐻𝑚𝑝 − 𝐶𝐻𝑚𝑐 − 𝐷𝐻𝑚𝑝 2 + 𝐸𝐻𝑚𝑐 2 − 𝐹𝐻𝑚𝑝𝑚𝑐 (1) where 𝐻 is the optimal moisture content, 𝐴𝐻 = 34.6 , 𝐵𝐻 = 0.078 , 𝐶𝐻 = 2.34 , 𝐷𝐻 = 1.99𝑒 − 4 , 𝐸𝐻 = 0.21 , 𝐹𝐻 = 0.0014 are the fitting coefficients, 𝑚𝑝, 𝑚𝑐 are the contents of phosphogypsum and cement, respectively, and the 1 − 𝑚𝑐 − 𝑚𝑝 is the content of red clay. 0 10 20 30 40 50 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 op ti mu m mo is tu re c on te nt ( %) phosphogypsum content (%) 3% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships 0 10 20 30 40 50 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 o p ti m u m m o is tu re c o n te n t (% ) phosphogypsum content (%) 5% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships (a) 3% cement content (b) 5% cement content hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 6 0 10 20 30 40 50 24 25 26 27 28 phosphogypsum content (%) o p ti m u m m o is tu re c o n te n t (% ) 7% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships figure 2. the relationship between the optimal water content and phosphogypsum content with different cement contents similarly, the maximum dry density was fitted numerically and the relationship between the maximum dry density and the phosphogypsum content with different cement contents were given in figure 3. 0 10 20 30 40 50 1.40 1.42 1.44 1.46 1.48 1.50 1.52 1.54 1.56 1.58 1.60 m ax im u m d ry d en si ty ( g /c m ^ 3 ) phosphogypsum content (%) 3% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships 0 10 20 30 40 50 1.44 1.46 1.48 1.50 1.52 1.54 1.56 1.58 1.60 1.62 1.64 m ax im u m d ry d en si ty ( % ) phosphogypsum content (%) 5% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships 0 10 20 30 40 50 1.40 1.42 1.44 1.46 1.48 1.50 1.52 1.54 1.56 1.58 1.60 m a x im u m d ry d en si ty ( g /c m ^ 3 ) phosphogypsum content (%) 7% experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships figure 3. the relationship between the maximum dry density and phosphogypsum content with different cement contents based on the numerical fitting results in figure 3, the numerical prediction model for the maximum dry density 𝐷 that integrates the cement content, phosphogypsum content and red clay content can be given in equation 2: 𝐷 = 𝐴𝐷 + 𝐵𝐷𝑚𝑝𝑚𝑐 + 𝐶𝐷𝑚𝑐𝑚𝑝 2 + 𝐷𝐷𝑚𝑐𝑚𝑝 3 + 𝐸𝐷𝑚𝑐𝑚𝑝 4 (2) where 𝐷 is the maximum dry density,𝐴𝐷 = 1.49, 𝐵𝐷 = 0.0012, 𝐶𝐷 = −1.04𝑒 − 4, 𝐷𝐷 = 3.35𝑒 − 6, 𝐸𝐷 = − 3.4489𝑒 − 8 are the fitting coefficients, 𝑚𝑝, 𝑚𝑐 are the contents of phosphogypsum and cement, respectively, and the 1 − 𝑚𝑐 − 𝑚𝑝is the content of red clay. (c) 7% cement content (a) 3% cement content (b) 5% cement content (c) 7% cement content hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 7 3.2. the plastic-liquid limit properties based on the experimental data in table 2, the plastic limit was firstly fitted numerically, and the relationship between the plastic limit and phosphogypsum content with different cement contents were given in figure 4. based on the numerical fitting results in figure 4, the numerical prediction model for the plastic limit 𝑃that integrates the cement content and phosphogypsum content can be given in equation 3: 𝑃 = 𝐴𝑃 + 𝐵𝑃𝑚𝑐 + 𝐶𝑃𝑚𝑝 + 𝐷𝑃𝑚𝑐 2 + 𝐸𝑃𝑚𝑝 2 + 𝐹𝑃𝑚𝑐𝑚𝑝 (3) where 𝑃 is the plastic limit, 𝐴𝑃 = 51.99，𝐵𝑃 = −0.85,𝐶𝑃 = −0.197, 𝐷𝑃 = 0.146, 𝐸𝑃 = −0.0035, 𝐹𝑃 = −0.0195 are the fitting coefficients, 𝑚𝑝 ,𝑚𝑐 are the contents of phosphogypsum and cement, respectively, and the 1 − 𝑚𝑐 − 𝑚𝑝is the content of red clay. 0 10 20 30 40 50 30 35 40 45 50 p la st ic l im it phosphogypsum content (%) 3% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships 0 10 20 30 40 50 30 35 40 45 50 p la st ic l im it phosphogypsum content (%) 5% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships 0 10 20 30 40 50 30 35 40 45 50 p la st ic l im it phosphogypsum content (%) 7% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships figure 4. the relationship between the plastic limit and phosphogypsum content with different cement contents similarly, the liquid limit was then fitted numerically, and the relationship between the liquid limit and phosphogypsum content with different cement contents were given in figure 5. 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 li q u id l im it phosphogypsum content (%) 3% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships 0 10 20 30 40 50 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 li q u id l im it phosphogypsum content (%) 5% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships (a) 3% cement content (b) 5% cement content (c) 7% cement content (a) 3% cement content (b) 5% cement content hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 8 0 10 20 30 40 50 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 li q u id l im it phosphogypsum content (%) 7% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships figure 5. the relationship between the liquid limit and phosphogypsum content with different cement contents based on the numerical fitting results in figure 5, the numerical prediction model for the liquid limit 𝐿 that integrates the cement content and phosphogypsum content can be given in equation 4: 𝐿 = 𝐴𝐿 + 𝐵𝐿𝑚𝑐 + 𝐶𝐿𝑚𝑝 + 𝐷𝐿𝑚𝑐 2 + 𝐸𝐿𝑚𝑝 2 + 𝐹𝐿𝑚𝑐𝑚𝑝 (4) where 𝐿 is the liquid limit, 𝐴𝐿 = 91.96, 𝐵𝐿 = −5.12, 𝐶𝐿 = −0.326, 𝐷𝐿 = 0.544, 𝐸𝐿 = −0.0032, 𝐹𝐿 = −0.020 are the fitting coefficients, 𝑚𝑝 ,𝑚𝑐 are the contents of phosphogypsum and cement, respectively, and the 1 − 𝑚𝑐 − 𝑚𝑝is the content of red clay. finally, the plasticity index was fitted numerically and the relationship between the plasticity index and the phosphogypsum content with different cement contents were given in figure 6. based on the numerical fitting results in figure 6, the numerical prediction model for the plasticity index 𝑌 that integrates the cement content, phosphogypsum content and red clay content can be given in equation 5: 𝑌 = 𝐴𝑌 + 𝐵𝑌𝑚𝑐 + 𝐶𝑌𝑚𝑐𝑚𝑝 + 𝐷𝑌𝑚𝑐𝑚𝑝 2 + 𝐸𝑌𝑚𝑐𝑚𝑝 3 + 𝐹𝑌𝑚𝑐𝑚𝑝 4 (5) where 𝑌 is the plasticity index, 𝐴𝑌 = 27.79, 𝐵𝑌 = 1.51, 𝐶𝑌 = −0.268, 𝐷𝑌 = 0.014,𝐸𝑌 = −3.01𝑒 − 4, 𝐹𝑌 = 2.14𝑒 − 6 are the fitting coefficients, 𝑚𝑝, 𝑚𝑐 are the contents of phosphogypsum and cement, respectively, and the 1 − 𝑚𝑐 − 𝑚𝑝 is the content of red clay. 0 10 20 30 40 50 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 p la st ic it y i n d ex phosphogypsum content (%) 3% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships 0 10 20 30 40 50 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 p la st ic it y i n d ex phosphogypsum content (%) 5% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships 0 10 20 30 40 50 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 p la st ic it y i n d ex phosphogypsum content (%) 7% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships figure 6. the relationship between the plasticity index and phosphogypsum content with different cement contents (c) 7% cement content (a) 3% cement content (b) 5% cement content (c) 7% cement content hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 9 3.3. the unconfined compressive strength based on the experimental data in table 3, the unconfined compressive strength was fitted numerically. the relationship between the unconfined compressive strength and phosphogypsum content with different cement contents were given in figure 7, and the relationship between the unconfined compressive strength and phosphogypsum content with different curing times were given in figure 8. then based on the numerical fitting results in figures 7 and 8, the numerical prediction model for the unconfined compressive strength 𝑈 that integrates the cement content, phosphogypsum content, red clay content and the curing times can be given in equation 6: 𝑈 = 𝐴𝑈𝑚𝑝 2𝑡2𝑚𝑐 + 𝐵𝑈𝑚𝑝 2𝑡𝑚𝑐 + 𝐶𝑈𝑚𝑝 2𝑚𝑐 + 𝐷𝑈𝑚𝑝𝑡2𝑚𝑐 + 𝐸𝑈𝑚𝑝𝑡𝑚𝑐 + 𝐹𝑈𝑚𝑝𝑚𝑐 + 𝐺𝑈𝑡2𝑚𝑐 + 𝐻𝑈𝑡𝑚𝑐 + 𝐼𝑈𝑚𝑐 + 𝐽𝑈 (6) where 𝑈 is the unconfined compressive strength, 𝑡 is the curing time, 𝑚𝑝 ,𝑚𝑐 is the content of phosphogypsum and cement respectively, and 1 − 𝑚𝑐 − 𝑚𝑝 is the content of red clay, 𝐴𝑈 = 3.6𝑒 − 7, 𝐵𝑈 = −1.47𝑒 − 5, 𝐶𝑈 = 2.73𝑒 − 4, 𝐷𝑈 = −2.39𝑒 − 6 , 𝐸𝑈 = 8.3𝑒 − 5 , 𝐹𝑈 = −0.00295 , 𝐺𝑈 = −4.29𝑒 − 4 , 𝐻𝑈 = 0.02018 , 𝐼𝑈 = −0.118 and 𝐽𝑈 = 1.037 are the fitting coefficient. 4 6 8 10 12 0.66 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.74 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.82 u n co n fi n ed c o m p re ss iv e st re n g th ( m p a) phosphogypsum content (%) 4% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.25 1.30 u n co n fi n ed c o m p re ss iv e st re n g th ( m p a) phosphogypsum content (%) 6% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 0.95 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.35 u n co n fi n ed c o m p re ss iv e st re n g th ( m p a) phosphogypsum content (%) 8% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships 10 15 20 25 30 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 u n co n fi n ed c o m p re ss iv e st re n g th ( m p a) phosphogypsum content (%) 10% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships figure 7. the relationship between the unconfined compressive strength and phosphogypsum content with different cement contents for the curing time is 7 days 5 10 15 20 25 30 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 u n co n fi n ed c o m p re ss iv e st re n g th ( m p a) time (days) 4% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships 5 10 15 20 25 30 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 u n co n fi n ed c o m p re ss iv e st re n g th ( m p a) time (days) 6% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships (a) 4% cement content (b) 6% cement content (c) 8% cement content (d) 10% cement content (a) 4% cement content (b) 6% cement content hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 10 5 10 15 20 25 30 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 u n co n fi n ed c o m p re ss iv e st re n g th ( m p a) time (days) 8% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships 5 10 15 20 25 30 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 u n co n fi n ed c o m p re ss iv e st re n g th ( m p a) time (days) 10% cement experimental data fitting curvilinear relationships figure 8. the relationship between the unconfined compressive strength and curing times with different cement contents for the phosphogypsum content is same as the cement content 3.4. the fissure rate based on the experimental data in tables 4 and 5, the fissure rate for high-doped phosphogypsum and the fissure rate for low-doped phosphogypsum were fitted numerically, respectively. the relationship between the fissure rate for high-doped phosphogypsum and phosphogypsum content with different cement contents was given in figure 9, and the relationship between the fissure rate for low-doped phosphogypsum and phosphogypsum content with different cement contents was given in figure 10. then based on the numerical fitting results in figures 9 and 10, the numerical prediction model for fissure rate for both the high-doped phosphogypsum and the low-doped phosphogypsum that integrates the cement content, phosphogypsum content, and the red clay content can be given in equations 7 and 8. 𝐹ℎ𝑖𝑔ℎ = 𝐴𝐹𝑚𝑐 + 𝐵𝐹𝑚𝑐𝑥ℎ𝑖𝑔ℎ + 𝐶𝐹𝑚𝑐𝑥ℎ𝑖𝑔ℎ 2 + 𝐷𝐹 (7) where 𝐹ℎ𝑖𝑔ℎ is the fissure rate of highly doped phosphogypsum, 𝑚𝑝, 𝑚𝑐 are the contents of phosphogypsum and cement, respectively, 𝐴𝐹 = 0.402 , 𝐵𝐹 = −1.35 , 𝐶𝐹 = 0.776 and 𝐷𝐹 = 1.066 is the fitting coefficient, 𝑥ℎ𝑖𝑔ℎ is the ratio of phosphogypsum content to red clay content. 𝐹𝑙𝑜𝑤 = 𝐴𝐹1𝑚𝑐 + 𝐵𝐹1𝑚𝑐𝑥𝑙𝑜𝑤 + 𝐶𝐹1𝑚𝑐𝑥𝑙𝑜𝑤 2 + 𝐷𝐹1 (8) where 𝐹𝑙𝑜𝑤 is the fissure rate of low doped phosphogypsum, 𝐴𝐹1 = −0.15, 𝐵𝐹1 = −0.162, 𝐶𝐹1 = 0.42, 𝐷𝐹1 = 1.985 is the fitting coefficient, and 𝑚𝑐 is the cement content, 𝑥𝑙𝑜𝑤 is the ratio of cement content to phosphogypsum content. 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 c ra ck in g r at e (% ) ratio of phosphogypsum content to red clay content experimental data of highly blended phosphogypsum 3% cement fitting curvilinear relationships 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 c ra ck in g r at e (% ) ratio of phosphogypsum content to red clay content experimental data of highly blended phosphogypsum 5% cement fitting curvilinear relationships 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 c ra ck in g r at e (% ) ratio of phosphogypsum content to red clay content experimental data of highly blended phosphogypsum 7% cement fitting curvilinear relationships (a) 3% cement content (b) 5% cement content (c) 7% cement content figure 9. the relationship between the fissure rate of high doped phosphogypsum and the phosphogypsum with different cement contents 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 c ra ck in g r at e (% ) the ratio of cement content to phosphogypsum content experimental data of low blended phosphogypsum 3% cement fitting curvilinear relationships 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 c ra ck in g r at e (% ) the ratio of cement content to phosphogypsum content experimental data of low blended phosphogypsum 5% cement fitting curvilinear relationships 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 c ra ck in g r at e (% ) the ratio of cement content to phosphogypsum content experimental data of low blended phosphogypsum 7% cement fitting curvilinear relationships (a) 3% cement content (b) 5% cement content (c) 7% cement content figure 10. the relationship between the fissure rate of low doped phosphogypsum and the phosphogypsum with different cement contents (c) 8% cement content (d) 10% cement content hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 11 4. validation of the model 4.1. the compaction characteristics in order to compare the model prediction results with the experimental data, some assumptions on the values of some fixed variables were made during the analytical processes. in order to verify the correctness of the numerical model, several groups of specific data for the fixed variates were assumed as examples for the numerical calculation, and then the calculation results of the model can be compared with the published experimental data by using the assumption values of the fixed variates and the numerical model. the optimum water content of cement phosphogypsum-stabilized soil with different cement contents, different phosphogypsum contents, and different red clay contents can be predicted by equation 1. the comparison of the predicted data with the experimental data under the selected special cement content, phosphogypsum content, and red clay content is shown in table 6, from which it can be concluded that the difference between the model predicted results and the experimental data is small, which proves the correctness of the predicted model in this paper. similarly, equation 2 can be used to predict the maximum dry density of cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soil with different cement contents, different phosphogypsum contents, and different red clay contents. the comparison of the predicted data with the experimental test data under the selected special cement content, phosphogypsum content, and red clay content is shown in table 7, from which it can be concluded that the difference between the model-predicted results and the experimental data is small, which proves the correctness of the model in this paper. table 6. validation of the model for the optimum water content special point selection results formula results error 𝑚𝑐 =3, 𝑚𝑝 =3 30.3 29.36 3% 𝑚𝑐=5, 𝑚𝑝 =23.8 24 25.87 7.7% 𝑚𝑐=7, 𝑚𝑝 =46.5 27.11 24.04 9% table 7. validation of the model for the maximum dry density special point selection results formula results error 𝑚𝑐=3, 𝑚𝑝=3 1.498 1.498 0% 𝑚𝑐=5, 𝑚𝑝=23.8 1.463 1.50 2.5% 𝑚𝑐=7, 𝑚𝑝=46.5 1.512 1.535 1.5% 4.2. the plastic-liquid limit properties the plastic limit of cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soil under different cement content, different phosphogypsum content, and different red clay content can be predicted by equation 3. the comparison of the predicted data with the experimental data under the selected special cement content, phosphogypsum content, and red clay content is shown in table 8, from which it can be concluded that the difference between the predicted results and the experimental data is small, which proves the correctness of the present model. table 8. validation of the model for the plastic limit special point selection results formula results error 𝑚𝑐=3, 𝑚𝑝=3 49.9 49.95 0.1% 𝑚𝑐=5, 𝑚𝑝=23.8 41.2 42.19 2.4% 𝑚𝑐=7, 𝑚𝑝=46.5 29.4 30.09 2.3% the liquid limit of cement-phosphogypsum-stabilized soil can be predicted by equation 4 for different cement contents, different phosphogypsum contents, and different red clay contents. the comparison of the predicted data with the experimental data under the same selected special cement content, phosphogypsum content, and red clay content is shown in table 9, from which it can be concluded that the results predicted by the model show a low difference from the experimental test data, which proves the correctness of the numerical model. table 9. validation of the model for liquid limit special point selection results formula results error 𝑚𝑐=3, 𝑚𝑝=3 80.1 80.341 0.3% 𝑚𝑐=5, 𝑚𝑝=23.8 67.3 68.003 1% 𝑚𝑐=7, 𝑚𝑝=46.5 53.9 54.157 0.46% hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 12 the plasticity index of cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soil with different cement content, different phosphogypsum content, and different red clay content can be predicted by equation 5. the comparison of the predicted data with the experimental data under the selected special cement content, phosphogypsum content, and red clay content is shown in table 10, from which it can be concluded that the difference between the model-predicted results and the experimental data is small, which proves the correctness of the present numerical model. table 10. validation of plasticity index data fit special point selection results formula results error 𝑚𝑐=3, 𝑚𝑝=3 30.2 30.26 0.19% 𝑚𝑐=5, 𝑚𝑝=23.8 26.1 26.55 1.7% 𝑚𝑐=7, 𝑚𝑝=46.5 24.5 23.82 2.7% 4.3. the unconfined compressive strength equation 6 can be used to predict the unconfined compressive strength of cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soil at different times, cement contents, and phosphogypsum contents. the results of the comparison between the predicted work and the experimental data under the selected special time, cement content, and phosphogypsum content are shown in table 11, from which it can be concluded that the difference between the predicted values and the experimental data is small, which proves the correctness of the present numerical model. table 11. validation of model for the unconfined compressive strength special point selection results formula results error 𝑚𝑐=4, 𝑚𝑝=4,𝑡 =7 0.81 1.01 24% 𝑚𝑐=6, 𝑚𝑝=12,𝑡 =14 1.53 1.49 2.6% 𝑚𝑐=8, 𝑚𝑝=24,𝑡 =28 2.05 2.10 2.4% 4.4. the fissure ratio firstly, the fissure ratio of cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soil with different cement content and different phosphogypsum content of high-doped phosphogypsum can be predicted by equation 7. the comparison results between the predicted values under the selected special cement content and phosphogypsum content and the experimental data are shown in table 12, from which it can be concluded that the difference between the predicted values and the experimental data is small, which proves the correctness of the present numerical model. table 12. validation of model for the fissure ratio under high doped phosphogypsum special point selection results formula results error 𝑚𝑐=3, 𝑥ℎ𝑖𝑔ℎ =1 0.64 0.56 12.5% 𝑚𝑐=5, 𝑥ℎ𝑖𝑔ℎ =0.5 0.74 0.68 8.1% 𝑚𝑐=7, 𝑥ℎ𝑖𝑔ℎ=0.333333 1.24 1.34 8% equation 8 can be used to predict the fissure ratio of cemented phosphogypsum-stabilized soil with different cement contents and different phosphogypsum contents for the low-doped case. the comparison results of the predicted values under the selected special cement content and phosphogypsum content with the experimental data are shown in table 13, from which it can be concluded that the difference between the predicted values and the experimental data is small, which proves the correctness of the present numerical model. table 13. validation of the model for the fissure ratio under low doped phosphogypsum special point selection results formula results model error 𝑚𝑐=3, 𝑥𝑙𝑜𝑤=1 2.84 2.36 16.9% 𝑚𝑐=5, 𝑥𝑙𝑜𝑤=0.5 1.31 1.35 3% 𝑚𝑐=7, 𝑥𝑙𝑜𝑤=0.333333 1.07 0.88 17% hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 13 5. numerical prediction of mechanical properties of cemented phosphogypsum stabilized soil 5.1. the compaction characteristics in order to discuss the relationship between the mechanical properties and the different parameters, the fixed variable method was chosen, and some fixed variables are first assumed to be certain values, and then the relationship between the mechanical properties of materials and the changing parameters will be then discussed by using the assumed values of the fixed variables and the numerical model. based on equation 1, the predicted values for the optimal water content with the changing contents of phosphogypsum and cement are given in figure 11. as an example, for the case with the phosphogypsum content is 37.5%, the relationship between the optimal water content and the changing cement contents can be given in figure 11(a). as shown in figure 11(a), when the cement content is low, the optimal moisture content decreases with the increase of cement contents, and when the cement content is larger than 6%, the optimum water content raises with the increasing of cement content. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: when the cement content is low, the hydration reaction of cement has not been fully activated, but as the amount of cement increases, its hydration products (e.g., calcium hydroxide) begin to increase, and these products help to fill the pores between soil particles and enhance the bonding force between soil particles, thus reducing the moisture content required to achieve the optimum compaction effect. when the cement dosage increases to a certain level, the excess cement may lead to the formation of excessive hydration products and cementitious substances inside the soil, which may shrink during drying and form micro-cracks, and instead, more moisture is needed to fill these newly formed pores to maintain the stability and densification of the soil. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 h ( % ) mc(%) the optimal moisture content of cement phosphogypsum stabilized soil 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 25 26 27 28 h( %) mp(%) compaction characteristics of cement phosphogypsum stabilized soil (a) optimum moisture content vs. cement content (b) optimum moisture content vs. phosphogypsum content figure 11. predicted values for the optimal water content with the changing contents of phosphogypsum and cement similarly, for the case with the cement content is 5%, the relationship between the optimal water content 𝐻 and the changing phosphogypsum contents 𝑚𝑝can be given in figure 11(b). as shown in figure 11(b), the optimum moisture content of the stabilized soil shows a continuous decrease with the increasing of phosphogypsum content. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: the fine particles of phosphogypsum can effectively fill the voids between soil particles and reduce the total porosity of the soil, and the certain components in phosphogypsum may react chemically with the hydration products of cement, further promoting the densification and strength enhancement of the soil body. these effects result in a gradual decrease in the water content required to achieve optimum compaction with increasing phosphogypsum content at the same cement admixture. based on the equation 2, the predicted values for the maximum dry density 𝐷 with the changing contents of phosphogypsum and cement are given in figure 12. as an example, for the case with the phosphogypsum content is 9%, the relationship between the maximum dry density 𝐷 and the changing cement contents 𝑚𝑐can be given in figure 12(a). as shown in figure 12(a), the maximum dry density raises with the increasing of cement content. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: the addition of cement can more fully fill the space between phosphogypsum particles, to form a more dense structure. similarly, for the case with the cement content is 5%, the relationship between the maximum dry density 𝐷 and the changing phosphogypsum contents 𝑚𝑝 can be given in figure 12(b). as shown in figure 12(b), the maximum dry density of the stabilized soil shows a continuous decrease with the increasing of phosphogypsum content. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: the overmuch phosphogypsum particles can occupy the position of cement particles, reduces the effective cementing area of cement, leads to the decline of the overall structure compactness. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 14 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 1.475 1.500 1.525 1.550 1.575 1.600 1.625 1.650 d ( % ) mc(%) maximum dry density of cement phosphogypsum stabilized soil 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 1.400 1.425 1.450 1.475 1.500 1.525 1.550 d( %) mp(%) maximum dry density of cement phosphogypsum stabilized soil (a) maximum dry density vs. cement content (b) maximum dry density vs. phosphogypsum content figure 12. predicted values for the maximum dry density with the changing contents of phosphogypsum and cement 5.2. the plastic-liquid limit properties based on the equation 3, the predicted values for the plastic limit 𝑃with the changing contents of phosphogypsum and cement are given in figure 13. as an example, for the case with the phosphogypsum content is 9%, the relationship between the plastic limit 𝑃 and the changing cement contents 𝑚𝑐can be given in figure 13(a). as shown in figure 13(a), the plastic limit raises with the increasing of cement content. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: with the increasing cement contents, more complex gel networks and skeleton structures begin to form within the soil. these structures not only enhance the mechanical strength of the soil but also limit the free movement of soil particles, thus increasing the plasticity of the soil. in addition, excess cement may lead to the production of excessive hydration products within the soil, and these products may generate shrinkage stresses during drying, further affecting the plastic behavior of the soil. therefore, the plasticity limit raises with the increasing of cement content at this stage. similarly, for the case with the cement content is 5%, the relationship between the plastic limit 𝑃and the changing phosphogypsum contents 𝑚𝑝can be given in figure 13(b). as shown in figure 13(b), the plastic limit of the stabilized soil shows a continuous decrease with the increasing of phosphogypsum content. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: due to the fine particles of phosphogypsum, the tiny pores between soil particles can be effectively filled and the total porosity of the soil were then reduced, which can make the contact between soil particles closer, thus reducing the plasticity and mobility of the soil body. besides, the certain components in phosphogypsum may react chemically with cement hydration and may product to new mineral phases, which may have an effect on the microstructure and mechanical properties of the soil. furthermore, the addition of phosphogypsum may also change the charge distribution and wettability of the surface of soil particles, which can also affect its plastic behavior. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 0 100 200 300 400 500 p mc(%) cement phosphogypsum plastic limit properties 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 p mp(%) cement phosphogypsum plastic limit properties (a) plastic limit vs. cement content (b) plastic limit vs. phosphogypsum content figure 13. predicted values for the plastic limit with the changing contents of phosphogypsum and cement hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 15 based on the equation 4, the predicted values for the liquid limit 𝐿 with the changing contents of phosphogypsum and cement are given in figure 14. as an example, for the case with the phosphogypsum content is 9%, the relationship between the liquid limit 𝐿 and the changing cement contents 𝑚𝑐 can be given in figure 14(a). as shown in figure 14(a), the liquid limit raises with the increasing of cement content. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: due to the addition of cement, hydration reaction will happen, and form the gelling products, which can fill the space between the soil particles and make the soil structure denser. such hydration reaction requires a certain amount of water, and the liquid limit then increases with the increasing of cement content. . similarly, for the case with the cement content is 5%, the relationship between the liquid limit 𝑃and the changing phosphogypsum contents 𝑚𝑝can be given in figure 14(b). as shown in figure 14(b), the liquid limit of the stabilized soil shows a continuous decrease with the increasing of phosphogypsum content. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: on the one hand, the phosphogypsum can be treated as a fine-grained material to fill the pores between soil particles and then the contents of free water were reduced. besides, the phosphogypsum may react chemically with the hydration products of the cement to further enhance the bonding between soil particles. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 l mc(%) cement phosphogypsum liquid limit properties 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 l mp(%) cement phosphogypsum liquid limit properties (a) liquid limit vs. cement content (b) liquid limit vs. phosphogypsum content figure 14. predicted values for the liquid limit with the changing contents of phosphogypsum and cement based on the equation 5, the predicted values for the plasticity index 𝑌with the changing contents of phosphogypsum and cement are given in figure 15. as an example, for the case with the phosphogypsum content is 9%, the relationship between the plasticity index 𝑌 and the changing cement contents 𝑚𝑐can be given in figure 15(a). as shown in figure 15(a), the plasticity index raises with the increasing of cement content. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: the incorporation of cement significantly improved the interaction between soil particles and enhanced the structural stability and plasticity of the soil. the hydration products of cement formed a strong bonding network between the soil particles, which enabled the soil to maintain a plastic state in a wider range of water content, thus improving the construction performance and long-term stability of the soil. similarly, for the case with the cement content is 5%, the relationship between the plasticity index 𝑌and the changing phosphogypsum contents 𝑚𝑝can be given in figure 15(b). as shown in figure 15(b), the plasticity index of the stabilized soil shows a firstly decreasing, then raising, and finally decreasing with the increasing of phosphogypsum contents. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: the addition of phosphogypsum may first fill the tiny pores between soil particles and reduce the free water content, thus decreasing the plasticity of the soil in the initial process. as the phosphogypsum content increases further, its chemical reaction with the hydration products of the cement may begin to dominate, generating a new mineral phase that enhances the bond between the soil particles and allows the plasticity index to rebound in the second process. when the phosphogypsum content continue to be increased, it may adversely affect the soil structure, such as for overfilling of the phosphogypsum, it may lead to the destruction of the soil pore structure or by the formation of chemical reaction products that are not conducive to stabilization, leading to a further decline in the plasticity index. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 16 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 27.5 28.0 28.5 29.0 y mc(%) cement phosphogypsum plastic-liquid limit properties 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 y mp(%) cement phosphogypsum plastic-liquid limit properties (a) plasticity index vs. cement content (b) plasticity index vs. phosphogypsum content figure 15. predicted values for the plasticity index with the changing contents of phosphogypsum and cement 5.3. the unconfined compressive strength properties based on the equation 6, the predicted values for the unconfined compressive strength 𝑈 with the changing of the phosphogypsum and cement contents and the curing times 𝑡 are given in figure 16. as an example, for the case with the phosphogypsum content is 9% and the curing times is 7 days, the relationship between the unconfined compressive strength 𝑈and the changing cement contents 𝑚𝑐can be given in figure 16(a). as shown in figure 16(a), the unconfined compressive strength decreases with the increasing of cement contents. the possible reasons for this phenomenon may be due to the complex chemical reaction between cement and phosphogypsum and red clay, and the high cement content may have led to excessive hydration or unfavorable changes in the pore structure, thus reducing the overall strength. similarly, for the case with the cement content is 5% and the curing times is 7 days, the relationship between the unconfined compressive strength 𝑈and the changing phosphogypsum contents 𝑚𝑝can be given in figure 16(b). as shown in figure 16(b), the unconfined compressive strength of the stabilized soil shows a firstly decreasing and then raising with the increasing of phosphogypsum contents. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: an excessive amount of phosphogypsum may react unfavorably with the hydration products of the cement or affect the pore distribution, which may reduce the strength. however, with further increases in phosphogypsum content, new mineral phases or structures favorable for strength development may be formed, leading to strength recovery. also, for the case with the cement content is 5% and the phosphogypsum content is phosphogypsum content is 9%, the relationship between the unconfined compressive strength 𝑈and the changing curing times 𝑡 can be given in figure 16(c). as shown in figure 16(c), the unconfined compressive strength of the stabilized soil shows decrease with the increasing of curing times. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: due to the gradual completion of the cement hydration reaction with times, it is accompanied by the creation and expansion of microcracks, changes in the pore structure, and possibly environmental factors, and the overall strength will be decreased. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 u( mp a) mc(%) unconfined compressive properties of cement phosphogypsum 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 0.0 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 u ( m p a ) mp(%) unconfined compressive properties of cement phosphogypsum (a) unconfined compressive strength vs. cement contents (b) unconfined compressive strength vs. phosphogypsum contents hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 17 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 -1.6 -1.4 -1.2 -1.0 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 u ( m p a ) t(days) unconfined compressive properties of cement phosphogypsum (c) unconfined compressive strength vs. curing times figure 16. predicted values for the unconfined compressive strength with the changing phosphogypsum and cement contents and the curing times 5.4. the fissure rate based on the equations 7 and 8, the predicted values for the fissure rate for both the highly doped phosphogypsum 𝐹ℎ𝑖𝑔ℎ and the low doped phosphogypsum 𝐹𝑙𝑜𝑤 with the changing contents of the phosphogypsum, cement and the red clay are given in figure 17. as an example, for the case with the cement content is 3%, the relationship between the fissure rate for the highly doped phosphogypsum 𝐹ℎ𝑖𝑔ℎ and the changing ratios of the cement content and the phosphogypsum content can be given in figure 17(a). the ratio of phosphogypsum content to red clay content, can also be defined as “phosphogypsum and red clay ratio”. as shown in figure 17(a), the fissure rate first decreases and then increases with the increasing phosphogypsum and red clay ratios. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: the moderate addition of phosphogypsum may help to fill the pores and improve the inter-particle interactions, thus reducing the fracture rate. however, when the phosphogypsum and red clay ratio is too high, the phosphogypsum may have detrimental effects, such as reacting with cement hydration products to produce an expansive mineral phase, leading to internal stress concentration and microcrack formation, which in turn increases the fracture rate. for the case with the phosphogypsum and red clay ratio is 1%, the relationship between the fissure rate for the highly doped phosphogypsum 𝐹ℎ𝑖𝑔ℎ and the changing cement contents 𝑚𝑐can be given in figure 17(b). as shown in figure 17(b), the fissure rate for the highly doped phosphogypsum decreases with the increasing of cement contents. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: because the hydration products of cement as a stabilizer can significantly enhance the bonding between soil particles and form a denser and more stable structure, thus effectively reducing the fracture rate. in addition, the addition of cement can improve the pore structure and water distribution of the soil, further improving the mechanical properties of material. 0.5 1.0 1.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 f h i g h (% ) xhigh fracture rate characterization of cement phosphogypsum 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 -4 -2 0 2 f h i g h (% ) mc(%) fracture rate characterization of cement phosphogypsum (a) fissure rate vs. phosphogypsum and red clay ratio (b) fissure rate vs. cement content figure 17. predicted values for the fissure rate for high doped phosphogypsum with the changing contents of phosphogypsum, red clay and cement hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 18 as another example, for the case with the cement content is 3%, the relationship between the fissure rate for the low doped phosphogypsum 𝐹𝑙𝑜𝑤 and the changing ratios of the cement content and the phosphogypsum content can be given in figure 18(a). as shown in figure 18(a), the fissure rate for the low doped phosphogypsum firstly decreases and then raises with the increasing of cement contents. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: in the initial stage, with the increase of phosphogypsum and red clay ratio, the gelation effect of cement is gradually enhanced, due to better filling the void between phosphogypsum particles, and then the fracture rate can be reduced. however, when the phosphogypsum and red clay ratio continue increases, excessive cement may cause stress concentration in the structure, or reduce the uniformity of the overall structure, which can reduce the fracture resistance and lead to an increase in the fracture rate. for the case with the phosphogypsum and red clay ratio is 1%, the relationship between the fissure rate for low doped phosphogypsum 𝐹𝑙𝑜𝑤 and the changing cement contents 𝑚𝑐can be given in figure 18(b). as shown in figure 18(b), the fissure rate for the low doped phosphogypsum raises with the increasing of cement contents. the possible reasons for this phenomenon are: with the increasing of the cement content, the concentration of internal stresses and the expansion of microcracks will happen, which can increase the overall fracture rate. 0.0 0.2 0.4 1.48 1.50 1.52 1.54 1.56 1.58 f l o w ( % ) xlow fracture rate characterization of cement phosphogypsum 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 f l o w (% ) mc(%) fracture rate characterization of cement phosphogypsum (a) fissure rate vs. phosphogypsum and red clay ratio (b) fissure rate vs. cement content figure 18. predicted values for the fissure rate for low doped phosphogypsum with the changing contents of phosphogypsum, red clay and cement 6. conclusion this paper gives a numerical analysis model for simulating the mechanical properties, including the optimum moisture content, maximum dry density, plastic limit, liquid limit, plasticity index, unconfined compressive strength, and fissure rate of cement phosphogypsum-stabilized soil. the main conclusions are as follows. firstly, the mathematical analysis model given in this paper can effectively predict the mechanical properties of cement phosphogypsumstabilized soil and can give the relationship between the influences of different influencing factors on the mechanical properties of cement phosphogypsum. secondly, the results show that with the increasing cement content, the optimum moisture content, maximum dry density, plastic limit, liquid limit, plasticity index, and the fissure rate for high-doped phosphogypsum show a gradual increasing trend, and the unconfined compressive strength and the fissure rate for highdoped phosphogypsum show a decreasing trend. with the increasing phosphogypsum content, the optimum moisture content, maximum dry density, plastic limit, liquid limit, and plasticity index show a gradual decreasing trend, and the unconfined compressive strength and the fissure rate for both the high doped phosphogypsum and the low doped phosphogypsum show an increasing trend. thirdly, the method and mathematical model proposed in this paper can be used to predict the results with other different phosphogypsum and cement contents, or using the method proposed in this paper to carry on the other relevant research work analysis, and the purpose of reducing the number of tests will be then achieved. at last, the research work in this paper can provide theoretical support for further research and description of the mechanical properties of cement phosphogypsum-stabilized soil. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, w.m. and b.l.; methodology, b.l.; software, w.m.; validation, w.m., b.l., and l.z.; formal analysis, w.m.; investigation, b.l.; resources, b.l.; data curation, l.z.; writing—original draft preparation, w.m.; writing—review and editing, w.m.; supervision, b.l.; project administration, l.z.; funding acquisition, l.z. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 19 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding this research was funded by projects of science and technology department of yunnan province, china (202103aa080013). this research was also funded by tianjin education commission research project (2024zd021) and tianjin natural science foundation (24jczdjc00970). 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] qi, j., zhu, h., zhou, p., wang, x., wang, z., yang, s., yang, d., & li, b. (2023). application of phosphogypsum in soilization: a review. international journal of environmental science and technology, 20(9), 10449–10464. doi:10.1007/s13762-023-047832. [2] papaslioti, e. m., pérez-lópez, r., parviainen, a., sarmiento, a. m., nieto, j. m., marchesi, c., delgado-huertas, a., & garrido, c. j. (2018). effects of seawater mixing on the mobility of trace elements in acid phosphogypsum leachates. marine pollution bulletin, 127, 695–703. doi:10.1016/j.marpolbul.2018.01.001. [3] cánovas, c. r., macías, f., pérez lópez, r., & nieto, j. m. (2018). mobility of rare earth elements, yttrium and scandium from a phosphogypsum stack: environmental and economic implications. science of the total environment, 618, 847–857. doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2017.08.220. [4] papastefanou, c., stoulos, s., ioannidou, a., & manolopoulou, m. (2006). the application of phosphogypsum in agriculture and the radiological impact. journal of environmental radioactivity, 89(2), 188–198. doi:10.1016/j.jenvrad.2006.05.005. [5] shi, x., zeng, a., duan, h., zhang, h., & yang, j. (2024). status and development trends of phosphogypsum utilization in china. circular economy, 100116. doi:10.1016/j.cec.2024.100116. [6] shukla, v. k., ramachandran, t. v., chinnaesakki, s., sartandel, s. j., & shanbhag, a. a. (2005). radiological impact of utilization of phosphogypsum and fly ash in building construction in india. international congress series, 1276, 339–340. doi:10.1016/j.ics.2004.10.024. [7] qiao, d., qian, j., wang, q., danga, y., zhangc, h., & zenga, d. (2010). utilization of sulfate-rich solid wastes in rural road construction in the three gorges reservoir. resources, conservation and recycling, 54(12), 1368–1376. doi:10.1016/j.resconrec.2010.05.013. [8] liu, l., wang, c., liang, q., chen, f., & zhou, x. (2023). a state-of-the-art review of rubber modified cement-based materials: cement stabilized base. journal of cleaner production, 392, 136270. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2023.136270. [9] degirmenci, n., okucu, a., & turabi, a. (2007). application of phosphogypsum in soil stabilization. building and environment, 42(9), 3393–3398. doi:10.1016/j.buildenv.2006.08.010. [10] wan, x., ding, j., mou, c., gao, m., & jiao, n. (2024). role of bayer red mud and phosphogypsum in cement-stabilized dredged soil with different water and cement contents. construction and building materials, 418, 135396. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2024.135396. [11] zeng, l., bian, x., weng, j., & zhang, t. (2024). wetting-drying effect on the strength and microstructure of cementphosphogypsum stabilized soils. journal of rock mechanics and geotechnical engineering, 16(3), 1049–1058. doi:10.1016/j.jrmge.2023.06.022. [12] wang, s., chen, z., jiang, h., su, j., & wu, z. (2023). strength performance and enhancement mechanism of silty sands stabilized with cement, red mud, and phosphogypsum. journal of building engineering, 73, 106762. doi:10.1016/j.jobe.2023.106762. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 20 [13] zheng, p., li, w., ma, q., & xi, l. (2023). mechanical properties of phosphogypsum-soil stabilized by lime activated ground granulated blast-furnace slag. construction and building materials, 402, 132994. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2023.132994. [14] min, c., xiong, s., shi, y., liu, z., & lu, x. (2023). early-age compressive strength prediction of cemented phosphogypsum backfill using lab experiments and ensemble learning models. case studies in construction materials, 18, 2107. doi:10.1016/j.cscm.2023.e02107. [15] wu, y., zhang, h., lin, h., wu, x., li, h., liu, y., gu, g., xu, j., chen, s., tang, h., he, h., zheng, w., & xu, f. (2023). factors affecting the strength formation mechanism and water stability of geopolymer stabilized phosphogypsum in road construction. coatings, 13(9), 1652. doi:10.3390/coatings13091652. [16] zhang, k. (2023). research on road properties and microstructure of phosphogypsum cement stabilized red clay. master’s dissertation, guizhou university, guiyang, china. [17] chen, k.s., & dai, t. (2023). performance and mechanism of phosphogypsum stabilized soil for road use. china construction industry press, beijing, china. [18] li, q. (2021). research on deformation characteristics and crack extension law of phosphogypsum stabilized soil. master’s dissertation, guizhou university, guiyang, china. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 863 issn: 2723-9535 fata-resnet network for cad/cam integration in cloud manufacturing chao gu 1* 1 school of intelligent manufacturing, jiaxing vocational and technical college, jiaxing 314036, zhejiang, china. received 13 may 2025; revised 23 july 2025; accepted 07 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract this paper focuses on the application of mechanical engineering cad/cam integration technology under the cloud manufacturing framework, aiming at solving the current technical integration problems in manufacturing informatization. the study analyzes the demand and current situation of 3d cad/cam integration in a cloud manufacturing environment, combines the mirage optimization algorithm (fata) and residual neural network (resnet), and proposes a cad/cam integration application analysis model based on the fata-resnet network. firstly, the functional requirements of cad/cam technology integration in a cloud manufacturing platform are clarified, including 3d model uploading and downloading, process file generation, and cross-platform data sharing. then, the hyperparameters of the resnet network are optimized by the fata algorithm to improve the accuracy and efficiency of the model in integration application analysis. the experimental results show that the fata-resnet model outperforms the traditional model in terms of accuracy, recall, and f1 score while possessing faster convergence speed and higher computational efficiency. in addition, the operation modules in the cloud platform, including the task management interface and 3d process editing function, were designed and validated, further demonstrating the practicality of the method. future research will focus on the validation of multi-scene data, model resource optimization, and real-time collaborative operation to promote the in-depth application of cad/cam technology in intelligent manufacturing and provide support for the digital and intelligent development of manufacturing. keywords: cloud manufacturing; mirage optimisation algorithm; residual neural networks; cad/cam integration techniques. 1. introduction in recent years, the manufacturing industry has undergone significant transformation with the advent of industry 4.0 and initiatives like "made in china 2025" [1]. these advancements have shifted the focus from mere product manufacturing to delivering high-value-added products and services [2]. as a core sector within manufacturing, mechanical engineering relies heavily on information technologies such as 3d cad/cam to shorten product design cycles and enhance market responsiveness. cloud manufacturing, which leverages cloud computing to virtualize manufacturing resources and capabilities, has emerged as a promising paradigm [3]. it combines technologies like iot, big data, and ai to improve efficiency, reduce costs, and increase flexibility [4]. the integration of cad/cam technologies within this framework is crucial for achieving collaborative and integrated manufacturing processes. * corresponding author: 13957303929@163.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-08  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0008-8380-1351 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 864 numerous studies have explored cad/cam integration [5-7]. for instance, researchers have proposed various methods such as data exchange interface-based integration, collaborative design-oriented integration, pdm-based integration, and manufacturing feature-based integration [8, 9]. however, despite these efforts, several limitations persist. first, the integration of soft manufacturing resources often fails to fully utilize the functionalities of various software modules. second, there is inadequate research on the integration and evaluation of 3d cad/cam technologies specifically within the cloud manufacturing context [10]. to address these gaps, this study proposes a novel approach. a cad/cam integration analysis model is developed by combining the mirage optimization algorithm (fata) with the residual neural network (resnet). the mirage optimization algorithm (fata) is employed to optimize the hyperparameters of the resnet architecture. in this study, no modifications are made to the core structure of the standard resnet. specifically, resnet50 is utilized in its original form, including its standard layers and connections. the fata algorithm was only used to optimize resnet's hyperparameters, with no changes to resnet's internal architecture. the fata algorithm uses specific parameters and symbols to represent different aspects of the optimization process. this model not only enhances the accuracy and efficiency of integration analysis but also offers faster convergence and improved computational performance [11]. by designing and validating operation modules within a cloud platform, we demonstrate the practical applicability of our method [12]. this research aims to advance the application of cad/cam technologies in intelligent manufacturing and provide robust support for the digital and intelligent transformation of the manufacturing industry. this paper constructs a comprehensive system based on the iasb framework and enhanced with a po-bp model. section 2 focuses on the theoretical foundation and construction of the data asset accounting system, including recognition, measurement, recording, and reporting. section 3 presents the integration of the political optimizer (po) algorithm with the bp neural network to develop a data asset valuation model. section 4 offers a comparative analysis using open-source datasets to validate the model’s performance against traditional algorithms. finally, section 5 concludes with a summary of findings, acknowledges the limitations, and proposes directions for future research. this structured approach ensures a thorough exploration of both conceptual foundations and practical implementations, offering valuable insights into data asset accounting in the digital economy. 2. cad/cam integration technology in cloud manufacturing framework 2.1. status of research in recent years, the concept of cloud manufacturing has attracted international academic attention, and many countries have researched cloud manufacturing [13]. cloud manufacturing is a new manufacturing model based on cloud computing technology, which virtualizes and services manufacturing resources and manufacturing capabilities and provides them to users through the internet [14], as presented in figure 1. it combines cloud computing, the internet of things, big data, artificial intelligence, and other technologies, aiming to improve manufacturing efficiency, reduce costs, and enhance the flexibility and responsiveness of manufacturing systems. figure 1. cloud manufacturing the main features of cloud manufacturing include 1) resource virtualization; 2) servitization; 3) on-demand customisation; 4) flexibility and scalability; 5) data-driven; and 6) remote monitoring and maintenance, as shown in figure 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 865 figure 2. cloud manufacturing characteristics for cloud manufacturing, all domestic and foreign studies have achieved remarkable results. the concept, background, architecture, and technical features of cloud manufacturing have been described. its application in the aerospace r&d process has been proposed to reduce informatization costs and enhance efficiency. platforms integrating various cad/cam/cnc interfaces have been developed to resolve cax compatibility issues. a cloud manufacturing model based on the step standard for process collaboration and data integration has also been investigated [17-20]. cad/cam integration research and development (figure 3), is the core link of manufacturing information technology, but also to achieve an important part of cloud manufacturing, many developed countries have always attached great importance to the integration of cad/cam. cad/cam integration methods are mainly the following four, as shown in figure 4, specifically including: 1) data exchange interface-based integration technology [21]; 2) collaborative design-oriented integration technology [22]; 3) pdm-based integration technology [23]; 4) manufacturing feature-based integration technology [24]. figure 3. cad/cam integration technology concept figure 4. cad/cam integration method hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 866 2.2. needs analysis the cloud manufacturing platform provides users with cad/cam and other soft manufacturing resources data and information calls are an important part of the cloud manufacturing platform information technology services [25]. achieving the integration service of 3d cad/cam and pdm is an important part of product co-design and process codesign, and the specific integration module requirements are shown in figure 5, which include the following: 1) cad parts information extraction; 2) uploading and downloading of 3d cad models, and intelligent loading and generation of 3d process files; 3) 3d cam process information extraction; 4) 3d cam and capp integration; 5) manufacturing information browsing on mobile devices [25]. figure 5. requirement analysis of cad/cam integration based on cloud manufacturing 2.3. architecture analysis and design the cloud manufacturing platform system is composed of a resource layer, an intermediate layer, a core functional layer, a platform portal layer, and a service application layer, as shown in figure 6. figure 6. cloud manufacturing application architecture the mechanical engineering cad/cam integration and integration framework for cloud manufacturing is shown in figure 7. from figure 7, in the cloud manufacturing platform, digital design software such as cad/cam and pdm are integrated to provide technical support for the management and transfer of data and models in the process of collaborative production, and by uploading the data generated by cad/cam and so on to the cloud database through pdm, it can provide data support for the product's full life cycle design. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 867 figure 7. cad/cam integration framework 2.4. cad/cam technology integration application analysis according to the cad/cam integration and integration design ideas, this paper takes the design function value as input and the integration and integration test value as output to construct the cad/cam technology integration application analysis model, as shown in figure 8. to improve the integration technology application analysis efficiency, this paper adopts a machine learning algorithm, through learning training, to construct a cad/cam technology integration application analysis model, and then uses an intelligent optimization algorithm to optimize the model to improve. figure 8. cad/cam integration application analysis model input and output 3. mirage optimization algorithm the mirage algorithm (fata morgana algorithm, fata) [9] is a novel population intelligence optimization algorithm proposed in 2024, which is inspired by the mirage formation process in natural phenomena as shown in figure 9. the fata algorithm proposes two core strategies by mimicking the propagation of light in an inhomogeneous medium --mirage light filtering principle (mlf) and light propagation strategy (lps) to optimize the search process and enhance the algorithm's global search capability and local exploitation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 868 figure 9. principle of the fata algorithm 3.1. initialization as with the other algorithms, random initialization is used: 𝑥𝑖 = 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 ⋅ (𝑈𝑏 − 𝐿𝑏) + 𝐿𝑏 (1) where 𝑈𝑏 denotes the upper bound of the optimization problem, 𝐿𝑏 denotes the lower bound of the optimization problem and 𝑟 and denotes the random number. 3.2. mirage filtering strategy in the physical process of mirage formation, objects emit two types of light. most light rays belong to the first type (other rays), which do not propagate and form mirages. the other type of light undergoes a physical change to form a mirage and is called mirage light (figure 10). the specific mathematical model is calculated as follows: figure 10. fata algorithm mirage filtering strategy 𝑥𝑖 𝑛𝑒𝑥𝑡 = { 𝐿𝑏 + (𝑈𝑏 − 𝐿𝑏) ⋅ 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 > 𝑃 𝑥𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 + 𝑥𝑖 ⋅ 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎1 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 ≤ 𝑃&&𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 < 𝑞 𝑥𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 + [0.5 ⋅ (𝛼 + 1)(𝑈𝑏 − 𝐿𝑏) − 𝑎𝑥𝑖] ⋅ 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎2 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 ≤ 𝑃&&𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑑 ≥ 𝑞 (2) 𝑃 = 𝑆−𝑆𝑤𝑜𝑟𝑠𝑡 𝑆𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡−𝑆𝑤𝑜𝑟𝑠𝑡 (3) 𝑞 = 𝑓𝑖𝑡𝑖−𝑓𝑖𝑡𝑤𝑜𝑟𝑠𝑡 𝑓𝑖𝑡𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡−𝑓𝑖𝑡𝑤𝑜𝑟𝑠𝑡 (4) where 𝑥𝑖 denotes a ray individual, 𝑥𝑖 𝑛𝑒𝑥𝑡 denotes a new ray individual, 𝑃 denotes a ray population quality factor, 𝑞 denotes an individual quality, 𝑆 denotes a population quality, 𝑆worst denotes the worst population quality, 𝑆𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 denotes the best population quality, 𝑓𝑖𝑡𝑖 denotes the ith ray fitness value, fit 𝑡best denotes the optimal individual ray fitness value, hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 869 𝑓𝑖𝑡worst denotes the worst individual ray fitness value. the parameter 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎1 represents the first stage refractive index, which is initially set to 0. the parameter 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎2 represents the second stage refractive index, also initially set to 0. the symbol 𝛼 (alpha) is used to denote the refractive step, which is a key factor in the light propagation strategy. other parameters include fes, which stands for the number of function evaluations, and maxfes, representing the maximum number of function evaluations allowed for the optimization process. the algorithm also utilizes a population of individuals, where each individual represents a potential solution in the search space. the quality of these individuals is assessed using a fitness value, with the best and worst fitness values denoted as 𝑓𝑖𝑡𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 and 𝑓𝑖𝑡𝑤𝑜𝑟𝑠𝑡, respectively. the algorithm iteratively updates these parameters to enhance the search efficiency and convergence speed. 3.3. principle of light propagation the light propagation principle in fata is executed after the mirage light filtering principle, which acts as an individual search strategy for the algorithm and is responsible for local exploitation in the search space to find local minima, as shown in figure 11. figure 11. fata algorithm light propagation strategy the specific formula for light refraction (first stage) is as follows: 𝑥𝑛𝑒𝑥𝑡 = 𝑥𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 + 𝑥𝑧 (5) 𝑥𝑧 = 𝑥 ⋅ 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎1 (6) 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎1 = 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑖1) 𝐶⋅𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑖2) = 𝑡𝑎𝑛(𝜃) (7) where, 𝑥best denotes the optimal individual, 𝑥𝑧 denotes the refractive step, 𝑃 ara 𝑎1 denotes the first stage refractive index, 𝑖1 denotes the angle of incidence, 𝑖2 denotes the angle of refraction, and 𝜃 denotes the angular change of the fata algorithm, which is shown schematically in figure 12. figure 12. the first stage of the refraction process the variation curve of the parameter 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎1 with the number of iterations is shown in figure 13. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 870 figure 13. para1 trends the specific formula for light refraction (second stage) is as follows: 𝑥𝑛𝑒𝑥𝑡 = 𝑥𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 + 𝑥𝑠 (8) 𝑥𝑠 = 𝑥𝑓 ⋅ 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎2 (9) 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎2 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑖3) 𝐶⋅𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑖4) = 1 𝑡𝑎𝑛(𝜃) (10) where, 𝑥𝑠 represents the second stage refraction step, para2 represents the first stage refractive index, 𝑥𝑓 represents the light individual and the refraction process is shown in figure 14. figure 14. the second stage of the refraction process the variation curve of the parameter para2 with the number of iterations is shown in figure 15. figure 15. para2 trends the total reflection model is calculated as follows: 𝑥𝑛𝑒𝑥𝑡 = 𝑥𝑓 = 0.5 ⋅ (𝛼 + 1)(𝑈𝑏 + 𝐿𝑏) − 𝛼𝑥 (11) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 871 𝛼 = 𝐹 𝐸 (12) 𝑥0 − 𝑥𝑓 = 𝐹⋅(𝑥−𝑥0) 𝐸 (13) 𝑥0 = 𝑈𝑏−𝐿𝑏 2 + 𝐿𝑏 = 𝑈𝑏+𝐿𝑏 2 (14) where 𝑥𝑓 is the total reflection model emitting individual and 𝛼 is the reflectivity, the total reflection strategy is shown in figure l6. figure 16. total-reflective strategy the pseudo-code of the fata algorithm is shown in table 1, and the specific flowchart is shown in figure 17. table 1. pseudo0cond of the fata algorithm algorithm 1: fata algorithm pseudo-code inputs: the fata parameters n, d, maxfes; output: optimal individuals for the fata algorithm; 1 initialise the fata algorithms para1, para2, α; 2 initialize the fata algorithm population; 3 calculate the fata algorithm light adaptation value; 4 fes=0; 5 while fes < maxfes 6 update the optimal solution and optimal value; 7 calculate the weights p; calculate the parameters para1 and para2; 8 if rand>p 9 random initialization of light populations; 10 else 11 if rand<p 12 update the population according to the phase 1 refraction strategy; 13 else 14 update the population according to the second phase of the refraction strategy; 15 using all-reflective renewal populations; 16 end if 17 end if 18 t=t+1; 19 end while hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 872 figure 17. flowchart of fata algorithm 4. fata-resnet network and cad/cam application 4.1. resnet neural network resnet (residual neural network) [26] is a deep learning model proposed by researchers at microsoft research in 2015, which makes it possible to train very deep networks by introducing residual learning and solving the gradient vanishing problem, as illustrated in figure 18. the core innovation of resnet is its residual block design, which allows the network to learn the residuals between inputs and outputs through skip connection rather than directly learning complex nonlinear mappings [27]. the core innovation of resnet is its residual block design, which allows the network to learn the residuals between inputs and outputs through skip connection instead of learning complex nonlinear mappings directly [27]. figure 18. resnet neural network structure the basic unit of resnet is the residual block, which consists of two or more convolutional layers that are usually followed by batch normalisation and relu activation functions. the output of the residual block consists not only of the results of these convolutional layers but also of the input itself, which is realized by element-level summation [28]. this structure helps the gradient to flow more easily during backpropagation, thus alleviating the gradient vanishing problem [29]. to enhance the cad/cam integration technology to improve the analysis accuracy, this paper adopts resnet50 [30]. resnet50 contains 49 convolutional layers and 1 fully connected layer. the overall structure of resnet50 is shown in figure 19. the overall structure consists of the conv convolutional layer, the batch norm normalization layer, the relu activation function, and other basic structures. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 873 figure 19. structure of resnet50 4.2. fata-resnet network to further improve the analysis accuracy of cad/cam integration technology applications under the cloud manufacturing framework, this paper proposes the fata-resnet network model. the fata algorithm enhances convergence and accuracy through its unique search strategies. the mirage light filtering principle (mlf) evaluates and filters the population based on the definite integration principle, improving exploration capability. the light propagation strategy (lps), leveraging trigonometric principles, accelerates convergence and boosts exploitation efficiency. combined, these strategies optimize both population and individual search abilities. comparative experiments with other optimization algorithms on 23 benchmark functions and ieee cec 2014 show fata's superior optimization capability. furthermore, when applied to three practical engineering optimization problems, fata outperformed its counterparts, proving its effectiveness in real-world scenarios. the model is to construct the fataresnet network model by taking the resnet network parameters as the optimization object and the loss function as the adaptation value, and the specific model structure is shown in figure 20. figure 20. structure of fata-resnet 4.3. cad/cam integration application method based on fata-resnet network based on cloud manufacturing, the cad/cam integration architecture is designed based on the demand analysis of cad/cam integration technology. the cad/cam integration technology under the cloud manufacturing framework includes two key technologies, i.e., cad/cam integration method and cad/cam integration application analysis. for the cad/cam integration application analysis problem, this paper proposes a cad/cam integration application analysis method based on the fata-resnet network, and its specific flow chart is shown in figure 21. figure 21. flow of cad/cam integration application 5. results and discussion 5.1. experimental set-up experiments were conducted on a computer with the following configurations: 1) windows 10 operating system, 16 gb ram, amd ryzen7 7735h-3.20 ghz processor for the cpu, and rtx4060 for the gpu; 2) using the programming hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 874 language python 3.10 and the deep learning framework pytorch 1.7.1, the experiments were set up with a training number of times is 40 epochs, and the adamw optimizer is used in the training process. in the experimental setup, the dataset used for training and testing the fata-resnet model comprised 5000 samples collected from actual industrial cad/cam integration scenarios. the data were formatted as 200 dimensional feature vectors in csv files, with each vector representing a specific cad/cam integration case. these cases included information on 3d model complexity, process file parameters, and integration outcomes. the dataset was divided into a training set (70%, 3500 samples) and a testing set (30%, 1500 samples). before use, data underwent normalization to a [0, 1] scale to enhance model training stability and efficiency. this dataset provided a realistic basis for evaluating the model's performance in practical applications. data collection from cad/cam systems involved extracting operational data and integration outcomes via automated scripts. this data, stored in csv files, included 200 dimensional feature vectors representing 3d model attributes and process parameters. preprocessing steps included data cleaning to remove incomplete or inconsistent entries, followed by normalization using min max scaling to adjust all feature values to a [0, 1] range. this ensured consistent input for the fata-resnet model, enhancing training stability and accuracy. the model was trained and deployed using a computer with a windows 10 os, 16 gb ram, an amd ryzen7 7735h cpu (3.20 ghz), and an rtx4060 gpu. given its moderate computational demands, the model could potentially run in factories with limited resources. however, deployment in such environments would require optimization to reduce memory and processing requirements. training is performed on cad/cam integrated design case datasets to validate the effectiveness and stability of the integrated application analysis models in this study. the algorithms compared include sca-resnet, aoa-resnet, acor-resnet, de-resnet, and resnet, where the parameter settings of sca-resnet, aoa-resnet, acor-resnet, de-resnet, and fata-resnet optimization algorithms are shown in table 2. table 2. parameter settings for different optimization algorithms modelling parameterization sca-resnet a=2 aoa-resnet α = 5; μ = 0.5 acor-resnet k = 10; ξ = 1; q = 0.5 de-resnet crossing probability = 0.5; scaling factor = 0.5 fata-resnet para1=0; para2=0 5.2. analysis of design effects the cad/cam integration technology designed in this paper mainly includes obtaining tasks, uploading tasks, logging into the cloud platform, and operating models, and the specific design effects are shown in figures 22 to 24. figure 22 gives the manufacturing cloud platform login interface. figure 23 gives the manufacturing cloud platform login task management interface. figure 24 gives the browsing and editing interface of the 3d process. as can be seen from figures 22 to 24, the cad/cam integration method designed in this paper can meet the design requirements and solve the cad/cam integration problem. figure 22. manufacturing cloud platform login interface hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 875 figure 23. task management interface figure 24. browsing and editing interface of cad/cam 3d process figure 22 shows the design of the login interface of the cloud manufacturing platform, which serves as the entrance for users to interact with the system and reflects the security and convenience of the cloud platform. the design incorporates a user authentication and permission management mechanism to ensure that different users (e.g., designers, engineers, and administrators) can access the corresponding modules and data resources according to their roles. this hierarchical design of permissions can effectively protect the platform's core data security and avoid potential information leakage due to confusing operation permissions. in addition, the interface layout is simple and intuitive, and the operation guidelines are clear, which helps users quickly familiarise themselves with the system functions and efficiently complete the task entry operations. the login interface also supports real-time connection with the cloud database, which allows users to enter the task management or model editing module directly after logging in, without additional loading, optimizing the smoothness of operation and time cost. this interface design not only improves the user experience but also provides a basic guarantee for the efficient operation of subsequent functional modules, reflecting the balance between functionality and user-friendliness in the design of the cloud manufacturing platform. figure 23 shows the design of the task management interface of the cloud manufacturing platform, which is one of the core functions of achieving collaborative manufacturing and task optimization management. the interface layout is intuitive and clear, providing several key functions such as task creation, assignment, tracking, and status monitoring. users can view the priority, current progress, and completion of tasks through this interface, and make dynamic adjustments based on real-time updated information, such as reallocating resources or modifying task parameters. the task management interface adopts a modular design with a clear division of labor between different functional blocks, allowing users to access key information efficiently. in addition, the interface supports cross-platform sharing and manipulation of task data, allowing users to seamlessly collaborate between different devices via the cloud platform, which is particularly important in a cloud manufacturing environment. task status updates are displayed with visual progress bars and identifiers, further enhancing the efficiency and accuracy of information acquisition. meanwhile, the task history function provides a reference basis for subsequent data analysis and optimization decisions. from the perspective of system functions, the task management interface not only improves the transparency and flexibility of the manufacturing process but also provides efficient support for inter-team collaboration. its design reflects the adaptability of the cloud manufacturing platform for complex task decomposition and dynamic management, laying a technical foundation for the efficient operation of intelligent manufacturing. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 876 figure 24 shows the design of the 3d process browsing and editing interface in the cloud manufacturing platform, which is designed to support the user's real-time viewing and dynamic editing functions of the cad/cam model. the interface provides a comprehensive visual presentation of the 3d model, including model rotation, scaling, and detail zoom operations, enabling users to analyze and optimize design details from multiple perspectives and in a holistic manner. in addition, the interface integrates intelligent process editing tools that support online modification of model parameters, adjustment of process paths, and generation of new process files, which greatly enhances operational flexibility and efficiency. the 3d process interface also features real-time updates and multi-user collaboration, with user changes instantly synchronized to the relevant task modules via the cloud platform, allowing team members to follow up based on the latest design. this collaboration mechanism is especially important for geographically distributed manufacturing teams. at the same time, the interface design focuses on interactivity and ease of use, with a clear layout and intuitive operation guidelines to reduce user learning costs and improve the operability of the system. from the technical realization level, the 3d process interface relies on the efficient data transfer and storage capabilities of cloud manufacturing to ensure smooth loading and editing of complex models. 5.3. analysis of calculation to solve the problem of analyzing the application of cad/cam integration technology based on cloud manufacturing, this paper adopts the cad/cam integration software based on cloud manufacturing to collect data to analyze and compare resnet, sca-resnet, aoa-resnet, acor-resnet, de-resnet, and fata-resnet, and the specific results are shown in figure 25 and table 3. figure 25. optimization iteration curves for different models table 3. performance comparison results of different models analytical model accuracy/% recall rate/% f1 score resnet 87.1 83.2 0.801 sca-resnet 85.3 80.8 0.765 aoa-resnet 86.3 82.6 0.812 acor-resnet 88.0 85.7 0.853 de-resnet 92.4 90.2 0.890 fata-resnet 97.6 95.3 0.945 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 877 the training loss values for different models are given in figure 25. from figure 25, it can be seen that the training of different models converges to near 0 as the number of iterations increases. the learning and training convergence speed of the optimized resnet model based on the fata algorithm is better than the other models and the convergence accuracy is better than the other models. figure 25 shows the optimized iteration curves of different models during training for comparing the convergence speed and accuracy performance of the fata-resnet model with the other compared models such as resnet, sca-resnet, aoa-resnet, acor-resnet, and de-resnet. from the figure, it can be observed that the training loss values of all the models gradually decrease with the increase in the number of iterations, indicating that all the models can fit the data effectively during the training process. however, there are significant differences in the convergence speed and final loss values of different models. the fata-resnet model has the fastest decreasing training loss values, rapidly approaching the convergence state at the initial stage, and has the lowest final loss values. this suggests that the fata algorithm significantly improves the global search capability and local exploitation of the model by optimizing the parameters of the resnet network, thus speeding up the optimization process and improving the accuracy of the results. in contrast, resnet and other comparison models (e.g., sca-resnet, aoa-resnet, etc.) exhibit slower convergence speeds and higher final loss values than fata-resnet, indicating that these models may suffer from local optimal point traps or insufficient parameter tuning during the optimization process. the comprehensive analysis shows that fata-resnet outperforms other models in terms of training efficiency and accuracy performance, and is suitable for application in cad/cam integration technology analysis tasks that require high optimization accuracy and efficiency. this further validates the effectiveness of the fata algorithm in optimizing complex neural networks. the accuracy, recall, and f1 scores of different models are given in table 3. table 3 demonstrates the performance comparison of different models in the analysis of cad/cam integration technology applications, including three key metrics, namely accuracy, recall, and f1 score, which are used to evaluate the classification accuracy, coverage ability of positive examples, and comprehensive performance of the models, respectively. the experiments compare resnet, sca-resnet, aoa-resnet, acor-resnet, de-resnet, and fata-resnet models. as can be seen from the table, the fata-resnet model outperforms the other compared models in all metrics, with an accuracy of 97.6%, a recall of 95.3%, and an f1 score of 0.945, which reflects its excellent performance in data-driven analysis. this indicates that the fata optimization algorithm successfully improves the parameter tuning capability of the resnet network, enabling the model to more accurately capture complex features in cad/cam integration data. in comparison, the performance of the traditional resnet model is low, with accuracy and recall of 87.1% and 83.2%, respectively, and an f1 score of only 0.801, reflecting the inadequacy of the unoptimized model in coping with complex data. other optimized models (e.g., sca-resnet, aoa-resnet, acor-resnet, de-resnet), despite improving the performance to a certain extent, are not up to the level of fata-resnet, and the gap is especially obvious in the f1 score of the comprehensive performance index. the experimental results demonstrate the fata-resnet model's superiority in analyzing cad/cam integration technology. its high accuracy, recall, and f1 score indicate excellent classification performance. the faster convergence speed and higher computational efficiency mean it can handle complex data more effectively than other models. these advantages make it highly applicable in the cloud manufacturing environment, providing a robust tool for analyzing cad/cam integration. the study thus offers a significant advancement in the field of intelligent manufacturing. overall, the superiority of the fata-resnet model lies in the efficiency and adaptability of its optimization algorithm, which not only improves the model's ability to learn complex data features but also ensures the comprehensiveness and reliability of the classification results, which provides effective technical support for cad/cam integration technology in the cloud manufacturing environment. compared to prior studies, our results show significant improvement. previous models like resnet and sca-resnet exhibited lower accuracy and slower convergence rates. for example, traditional resnet only achieved an accuracy of 87.1%, while our fata-resnet model reached 97.6%. this indicates that the integration of the fata algorithm with resnet substantially enhances performance. the difference lies in our optimized parameter tuning and the efficient global search capability of fata. this advancement addresses the limitations of previous research and offers a more effective solution for cad/cam integration analysis in cloud manufacturing. to validate the effectiveness of the fata optimization, ablation studies were conducted. we compared the fata resnet model with the original resnet model under identical experimental conditions. results showed that fataresnet achieved an accuracy of 97.6% and a rapid convergence speed, while the original resnet only reached 87.1% accuracy with slower convergence. this confirms fata's significant enhancement to resnet's integration analysis capability. the fata algorithm enhances convergence and accuracy through its unique search strategies. the mirage light filtering principle (mlf) evaluates and filters the population based on the definite integration principle, improving exploration capability. the light propagation strategy (lps), leveraging trigonometric principles, accelerates convergence and boosts exploitation efficiency. combined, these strategies optimize both population and individual search abilities. comparative experiments with other optimization algorithms on 23 benchmark functions and ieee cec 2014 show fata's superior optimization capability. furthermore, when applied to three practical engineering optimization problems, fata outperformed its counterparts, proving its effectiveness in real-world scenarios. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 878 6. conclusion aiming at the problem of cad/cam technology integration application under the cloud manufacturing framework, this paper designs a cad/cam technology integration scheme for mechanical engineering under the cloud manufacturing framework and proposes a cad/cam technology integration application analysis method based on the fata-resnet model. by analyzing the demand for cad/cam technology integration under the cloud manufacturing framework, a cad/cam technology integration application analysis model based on fata-resnet is proposed, and data analysis is performed by using cad/cam technology integration design software to collect data to verify the fata-resnet model performance. resnet model performance. the results show that the fata-resnet model accuracy, recall, and f1 score are better than other models, and the convergence speed is faster than other optimization algorithms. a variety of mechanical engineering cad/cam designs will be carried out in the future to further validate the performance of the fata-resnet model. although this paper proposes a cad/cam integration application analysis method based on the fata-resnet network and verifies its superior performance under the cloud manufacturing framework, there are still some shortcomings and room for improvement. on the one hand, the dataset of the current study is mainly derived from a single experimental environment, which does not fully consider the diverse needs in actual complex manufacturing scenarios, such as cross-platform data compatibility, dynamic task allocation, etc., which may affect the wide applicability of the model. on the other hand, although model optimization has achieved significant results in terms of accuracy and efficiency, its high dependence on computational resources may limit its ability to be deployed in resourcelimited enterprises. future research can be carried out in the following aspects: first, introducing heterogeneous data from multiple sources to verify the applicability of the method in complex industrial scenarios; second, optimizing the model structure to reduce the computational complexity and improve the efficiency of resource utilization; third, exploring the real-time cloud collaboration capability to support multi-user, multi-task parallel operation, providing a more efficient and flexible technological solution in the field of smart manufacturing. meanwhile, the research can be extended to more engineering application fields to further promote the digital and intelligent development of manufacturing. 7. declarations 7.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] do, t. k. l., chau, t. t., vu, t. k. l., & nguyen, t. d. (2022). study on calculating, designing and manufacturing the smart infrared drying system. journal of technical education science, 73, 64–73. doi:10.54644/jte.73.2022.1295. [2] shukla, m., & shankar, r. (2024). impact assessment of smart manufacturing system implementation in small and medium enterprises: moderating role of enabling technology and government support. global journal of flexible systems management, 25(3), 533–557. doi:10.1007/s40171-024-00400-4. [3] huo, x., & wang, x. (2023). internet of things for smart manufacturing based on advanced encryption standard (aes) algorithm with chaotic system. results in engineering, 20. doi:10.1016/j.rineng.2023.101589. [4] bao, y., zhang, x., wang, c., & ming, x. (2024). further expansion from smart manufacturing system (sms) to social smart manufacturing system (ssms) based on industrial internet. computers & industrial engineering, 191. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2024.110119. [5] corbett, c. j. (2024). om forum—the operations of well-being: an operational take on happiness, equity, and sustainability. manufacturing & service operations management, 26(2), 409–430. doi:10.1287/msom.2022.0521. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 879 [6] rudel, v., vinogradov, g., ganser, p., bergs, t., vahl, c., frings, m., könig, v., schambach, m., dietzel, s., & königs, m. (2024). integrating cloud computing, bayesian optimization, and neural-additive modeling for enhanced cam systems in 5axis milling. procedia cirp, 128, 532–537. doi:10.1016/j.procir.2024.04.015. [7] uzun, i̇., timur, a. h., & şenel, k. (2024). in-vitro comparison of fracture resistance of cad/cam porcelain restorations for endodontically treated molars. bmc oral health, 24(1). doi:10.1186/s12903-024-04983-3. [8] al-kharaz, a. a., alwahhab, a. b. a., & sabeeh, v. (2024). innovative date fruit classifier based on scatter wavelet and stacking ensemble. hightech and innovation journal, 5(2), 361–381. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-010. [9] jha, n. k., jasti, n. v. k., chaganti, p. k., kota, s., & vijayvargy, l. (2022). validity and reliability of sustainable supply chain management frameworks in indian smart manufacturing industries. management of environmental quality: an international journal, 34(4), 865–901. doi:10.1108/meq-04-2022-0098. [10] meka, s., dowluru, s., & dumpala, l. (2024). automatic feature recognition techniques for the integration of cad and cam: a review. smart and sustainable manufacturing systems, 8(1), 83–109. doi:10.1520/ssms20230016. [11] yang, z., tan, z., zhen, l., zhang, n., liu, l., & fan, t. (2024). column generation for service assignment in cloud-based manufacturing. computers &amp; operations research, 161, 106436. doi:10.1016/j.cor.2023.106436. [12] qi, a., zhao, d., heidari, a. a., liu, l., chen, y., & chen, h. (2024). fata: an efficient optimization method based on geophysics. neurocomputing, 607, 128289. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2024.128289. [13] ye, l. (2024). design and manufacturing of mechanical parts based on cad and cam technology. engineering research express, 6(4), 45411. doi:10.1088/2631-8695/ad8056. [14] wei, j., zhang, x., ji, z., wei, z., & li, j. (2022). dplrs: distributed population learning rate schedule. future generation computer systems, 132, 40–50. doi:10.1016/j.future.2022.02.001. [15] eid, n. k. (2025). a review on the power of cad/cam technology and the material science in modern manufacturing. eru research journal, 4(1), 2223–2250. doi:10.21608/erurj.2025.299610.1167. [16] hewa, t., braeken, a., liyanage, m., & ylianttila, m. (2022). fog computing and blockchain-based security service architecture for 5g industrial iot-enabled cloud manufacturing. ieee transactions on industrial informatics, 18(10), 7174– 7185. doi:10.1109/tii.2022.3140792. [17] wu, d., rosen, d. w., wang, l., & schaefer, d. (2015). cloud-based design and manufacturing: a new paradigm in digital manufacturing and design innovation. computer-aided design, 59, 1-14. doi:10.1016/j.cad.2014.07.006. [18] cheng, x., liu, z., & ning, y. (2022). editorial: security of cloud service for the manufacturing industry. transactions on emerging telecommunications technologies, 33(4), 33. doi:10.1002/ett.4369. [19] chang, r. i., lin, j. y., & hung, y. h. (2024). cloud-based machine learning methods for parameter prediction in textile manufacturing. sensors, 24(4), 1304. doi:10.3390/s24041304. [20] tian, s., xie, x., xu, w., liu, j., & zhang, x. (2021). dynamic assessment of sustainable manufacturing capability based on correlation relationship for industrial cloud robotics. the international journal of advanced manufacturing technology, 124(9), 3113–3135. doi:10.1007/s00170-021-08024-z. [21] popchev, i., radeva, i., & doukovska, l. (2023). oracles integration in blockchain-based platform for smart crop production data exchange. electronics (switzerland), 12(10), 2244. doi:10.3390/electronics12102244. [22] yin, x., zhao, z., & yang, w. (2023). optimizing cleaner productions of sustainable energies: a co-design framework for complementary operations of offshore wind and pumped hydro-storages. journal of cleaner production, 396. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2022.135832. [23] ali, m. i., lai, n. s., & abdulla, r. (2024). predictive maintenance of rotational machinery using deep learning. international journal of electrical and computer engineering, 14(1), 1112–1121. doi:10.11591/ijece.v14i1.pp1112-1121. [24] ghaly, m., elbeltagi, e., elsmadony, a., & tantawy, m. a. (2024). integration of blockchain-enabled smart contracts in construction: swot framework and social network analysis. civil engineering journal, 10(5), 1662–1697. doi:10.28991/cej-2024-010-05-020. [25] fernandes, g. v. o., & nassaninassani, l. m. (2023). the implementation of cad/cam technology at schools of dentistry: a short communication. enviro dental journal, 5(1), 06–08. doi:10.12944/edj.05.01.03. [26] shan, l., & zhang, l. (2022). application of intelligent technology in facade style recognition of harbin modern architecture. sustainability (switzerland), 14(12), 7073. doi:10.3390/su14127073. [27] maciura, ł., cieplak, t., pliszczuk, d., maj, m., & rymarczyk, t. (2023). autonomous face classification online self-training system using pretrained resnet50 and multinomial naïve bayes. sensors, 23(12), 5554. doi:10.3390/s23125554. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 880 [28] ben nasr barber, f., & elloumi oueslati, a. (2024). human exons and introns classification using pre-trained resnet-50 and googlenet models and 13-layers cnn model. journal of genetic engineering and biotechnology, 22(1), 100359. doi:10.1016/j.jgeb.2024.100359. [29] chen, m., niu, r., & zheng, w. (2022). adaptive multi-scale neural network with resnet blocks for solving partial differential equations. nonlinear dynamics, 111(7), 6499–6518. doi:10.1007/s11071-022-08161-4. [30] haruna, u., ali, r., & man, m. (2023). a new modification cnn using vgg19 and resnet50v2 for classification of covid19 from x-ray radiograph images. indonesian journal of electrical engineering and computer science, 31(1), 369–377. doi:10.11591/ijeecs.v31.i1.pp369-377. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 918 issn: 2723-9535 a smart iot urban flood monitoring system using a high-performance pressure sensor with lorawan matthew christian l. te 1 , joaquin antonio t. bautista 1, shaquille michael edward v. dimacali 1 , angelo victor m. lood 1, marina graciella m. pangan 1, alvin y. chua 1* 1 department of mechanical engineering, de la salle university, 2401 taft avenue, manila 0922, philippines. received 05 september 2024; revised 14 november 2024; accepted 22 november 2024; published 01 december 2024 abstract the philippines faces frequent flooding and significant loss of life and property. current flood monitoring systems (fms) are outdated, causing delays in information distribution and mitigation efforts. therefore, this study presents the development of a pressure sensor-based system with lorawan capability for continuous, remote flood detection. the fms pvc housing design was iterated upon by changing lengths, diameters, and mounting systems. moreover, each of the parts was modeled, simulated, and tested in ansys and evaluated with simulated real-world physical and environmental conditions. the fms is equipped with lorawan transmission and solar charging, which transmits data to the things network, where it is then visualized in packetview. the resulting fms design and mounting were robust and were able to withstand flooding conditions. the battery and solar panel are also sufficient in continuously powering the fms. moreover, the fms was also able to withstand various tests with minimal sensor errors. the fms holds the potential to enhance flood monitoring in the philippines, offering localized, cost-effective, and near-real-time solutions for better disaster preparedness and response strategies. the fms utilized the accurate theory equation that resulted in a flood height error as low as 1.12% in testing and 1.81% in rain. furthermore, it is resistant to external disturbances as the system takes 0.5 seconds to stabilize, while continuous disturbances resulted in errors ranging from 0% to 3%. keywords: flood monitoring system (fms); pressure sensor; lorawan; internet of things (iot); solar powered. 1. introduction metro manila experiences frequent and devastating floods due to its low-lying areas, heavy rainfall, and poor drainage systems. since 1990, the country has averaged 20 typhoons each year within its area of responsibility [1]. these floods cause damage to infrastructure, disrupt the economy, and endanger public safety. previous efforts to address this issue have led to the development of fmss like the nationwide operational assessment of hazards (noah) program, with hydrometeorological (hydromet) devices and flood information network (floodnet) among its component programs [2]. according to lagmay et al. [3], the metropolitan manila development authority (mmda) flood gauge reaches a maximum of 45 inches and is categorized as unpassable by vehicles and at human chest level. advancements in iot applications have expanded the innovation of smart monitoring devices. around the world, fmss are equally as common and have taken many different forms. classifications can be done through the type of sensor used, as well as the method of data transmission. hassan et al. [4] made use of float switches, mechanical control * corresponding author: alvin.chua@dlsu.edu.ph http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-04  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0006-7039-7682 https://orcid.org/0009-0006-4176-7568 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0954-7291 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 919 elements that use buoyant levers to activate, and global system for mobile communications-short message service (gsm-sms) transmission modems to create a successfully working device when used within a water tank. rani et al. [5] used float switches but instead integrated the system with a wi-fi module. while float switches are a low-cost mechanical way to monitor water levels, they are limited in their accuracy because they only work when water crosses specific thresholds. ultrasonic sensors have also been found to be useful given their proximity sensing capabilities, as they provide a non-contact method to measure water level. project noahs, hydromet devices are an example that uses ultrasonic sensors with a gsm gateway to relay data sent to a sensor network [6]. dswilan et al. [7] and natividad & mendez [8] executed the same concept with their fmss. zahir et al. [9] and yuliandoko et al. [10] each created ultrasonic-based fmss connected to wi-fi modules instead. the work of yoeseph et al. [11] chose to take ultrasonic fmss in another direction by using a newer, low-cost, and less power-consuming data transmission method in long range (lora) communication, which transmits data through radio waves. the study concluded that achieving a data delivery delay of 0 ms is possible using lora. zakaria et al. [12] expanded this further by using the lora wide area network (lorawan), which pushes the range of the system even further. although ultrasonic sensors are effective and mostly accurate, they can also suffer from increased error values when the sensor comes close to water surfaces, with distances less than 2 cm, causing more than 10% differences [13]. koh & mustafa [14] utilized lorawan in their solar-powered fms with an ultrasonic sensor and a buzzer. the results described the performance of its device and its ability to activate the buzzer once a specific threshold was reached. the study showed that using a lora module allows the sensor to send data to the receiver, showing the flexibility for the components to be housed separately. however, this was done in a controlled environment where water was measured from a basin and was not tested for outdoor conditions. image processing, which analyzes camera-taken pictures, has also been used in fmss. tolentino et al. [15] and lo et al. [16] process the sent photographs through different filters that allow flood heights to be measured. moreover, hashemi-beni et al. [17] used deep-learning segment gauges from images using mask-rcnn in real-time flood monitoring even though the images are distorted from camera movement or there is a little light source at nighttime. this method has the potential downside of being power-intensive due to the need for a camera and the uploading and processing of pictures. there are even systems that make use of multiple sensors at a time. bande & shete [18] utilized an ultrasonic sensor, rain sensor, and humidity sensor in their fms to collect flooding data. it was then used to create flood prediction models. sadhya et al. (2024) [19] utilized both lora and gsm-sms for their fms device, which had an ultrasonic and water flow sensor and a buzzer. it produced similar results to [14], where the device successfully measured the water level and activated the buzzer at the given threshold. saparudin et al. [20] performed a case study on a real-time fms device using a mobile lorawan iot gateway. conducted at the muar river in malaysia, the devices consisted of an ultrasonic and a raindrop sensor module housed in pvc tubes powered by a solar power source; its gateway was housed in a uav for enhanced deployment. data measurements focused on determining the behavior of high and low tides experienced by the river; their results suggest that the delays in high tide measurements across each device were caused by their distances. the study highlighted the potential of creating a prediction model and the importance of the distance capabilities of each device concerning the gateway. predictive forecasting continues to be a theme for fmss with multiple sensors, as gunanandhini et al. [21] employed an ultrasonic sensor, a water flow sensor, and an anemometer in a solar-powered real-time fms. the system used lorawan and message queuing telemetry transport (mqtt) for data transmission but was also capable of sending alerts to emergency responders using gsm-sms. each flood monitoring sensor type comes with its strengths and weaknesses. pressure sensors circumvent many of the issues found while using other sensors. float switches have mechanical parts that are easily worn and have discrete measuring intervals, unlike pressure sensors that do not have any moving parts and can provide continuous data. other sensors can also provide continual output but come with their drawbacks. image processing can be energy intensive, while ultrasonic sensors can be susceptible to errors when debris or foam is present. the bulky fence housing required for ultrasonic fmss makes installation take up a larger area and comes at a higher cost. pressure sensor-based systems tend to not have these disadvantages but require proper sealing. for example, the proposed fms in this article only requires a narrow tube where water can enter. pressure-based fmss have a history of usage. garcia et al. [22] used a ground-based pressure sensor and rain gauge to measure flood height and for flood prediction models. the ground-based configuration requires the electronics to be closer to the ground, requiring a mesh cage to prevent tampering. by adopting an open-ended manometer setup, the pressure sensor location is much higher, and the electronics can be placed out of reach. azid et al. [23] present a pressurebased fms that acts as an open-tube manometer. pressure increases uniformly as the water levels rise around and into a tube with a singular open end. the system transmits their data through gsm-sms, resulting in a reliable and costeffective system. however, gsm-sms is prone to long transmission delays and requires expensive and large infrastructures such as cell towers to function. moreover, the fms frame is made of metal, prone to rusting. by adopting lorawan transmission, the long transmission delays are minimal and require large and expensive infrastructures to transmit data. moreover, using pvc pipes instead of metal housing decreases the overall price and standardizes the materials while maintaining their structural integrity. dublin et al. [24] used the same principles to make their fmss but instead used wi-fi for the data transmission method. success was found in the accuracy of the system, but problems surrounding the unreliability of the wi-fi connection were also highlighted. similarly, the adoption of lorawan can alleviate this problem. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 920 the need to improve and expand these systems to ensure effective monitoring, early warning, and disaster response still remains. it could be gathered from the previous studies that the data transmission methods may still have the potential to improve through lora, which still has limited documentation when compared to the more popular data transmission methods. more testing for pressure sensors used within open-tube manometers could also be used to verify the accuracy and reliability of this method of flood monitoring. this article describes a novel fms device for urban areas that uses a high-performance pressure sensor with lorawan capabilities. the theoretical basis behind calculating flood heights using the device will first be explained before the mechanical design process for the fms’s different components is shown. simulations and tests will then be presented to show not only the viability of the fms, but its accuracy, response time, and capability to perform in reallife scenarios. the combination of pressure sensors and lorawan transmission marks a significant advancement in urban flood monitoring by enabling near real-time, long-range data transmission with low power consumption, which is crucial for continuous and reliable operation in both densely populated areas and rural areas. the system's design leverages the strengths of lorawan technology to provide scalable and cost-effective fms, offering a robust solution to enhance local readiness and response against flooding events. 2. theoretical considerations 2.1. pressure and water level the basic principle of the flood-monitoring device used for this study was adapted based on the inverse barometric effect discussed by dublin et al. [24]. through measuring data through pressure sensors and processing it through formulas, the height of a flood can be ascertained. the downward-facing tube of the device traps air as water height increases and blocks the opening. the water that covers the open end will continuously exert pressure onto the air inside, simultaneously increasing its pressure as well. this results in an internal pressure that is higher than the atmospheric pressure that can be recorded from outside the pvc pipe. the air inside the tube also applies pressure on the water inside the tube, making it rest at a noticeably lower height than the outside water level. figure 1 is an illustration of the inverse barometer effect taking place as well as the theory and relationship between the pressure and water level. figure 1. flood monitoring system theoretical concept equation 1 can be used to calculate total flood height: ℎ𝑇 = ℎ1 + ℎ2 + ℎ3 (1) where ht is total flood height, h1 is the difference in height between the water inside the tube and the actual flood height, h2 is the height of water inside the tube, and h3 is the clearance, or the height of the gap between the floor and the opening of the tube. h3 is a value that needs to be noted upon installation. the setup can be likened to an open-ended u-tube manometer as one side is exposed to atmospheric pressure while the inside experiences a different pressure that causes water levels to differ. to calculate the difference in water level between the outside and inside of the tube during a flood, equation 2, which is used for open-ended u-tube manometers, can be used: hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 921 ℎ1 = 𝑃 − 𝑃𝑎 𝜌𝑔 (2) where h1 denotes the water level difference, p is the pressure inside the tube when flood waters are present which can be obtained using the pressure sensor within the tube, pa is atmospheric pressure, ρ is water density which is assumed to be a constant 1000 kg/m3, and g is acceleration due to gravity which is a constant 9.81 m/s2. following boyle’s law, equations 3 to 6 are used to determine the height of water within the tube. ℎ2 = 𝑙1 − 𝑙2 (3) 𝑙2 = 𝑃𝑎𝑙1 𝑃 (4) 𝑉1 = 𝜋 4 𝑑2𝑙1 (5) 𝑃𝑎𝑉1 = 𝑃𝑉2 (6) where l2 is the height of water inside the tube starting from the opening, l1 is the total height of the entire tube, h2 is the height of air present within the tube, v1 is the volume of air within the tube in atmospheric pressure, v2 is the volume when the air within the tube is compressed by flood waters, and d is the diameter of the tube. through the substitution of equation 4 into equation 3, the water level inside the tube can be calculated: ℎ2 = 𝑙1 − 𝑃𝑎𝑙1 𝑃 (7) substituting equation 2 and 7 into equation 1 nets the final flood height formula: ℎ𝑇 = 𝑃 − 𝑃𝑎 𝜌𝑔 + 𝑙1 − 𝑃𝑎𝑙1 𝑃 + ℎ3 (8) the inclusion of l1 within the formula allows for adjustments to be made in cases where longer tubes are necessary. 3. material and methods the methodological framework of the study is shown in figure 2. it is divided into three parts, mechanical, electronics, and software. the mechanical portion focuses on the design, simulation, and fabrication of the fms body, the electronic portion focuses on the electronic components of the fms, and the software focuses on programming to enable lorawan transmission. this all combines into the performance testing of the fms. figure 2. methodological framework hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 922 3.1. mechanical: prototype design, modelling, simulation, and fabrication the main structure of the fms consists of a main pvc housing and an electronic box as shown in figure 3. the electrical wiring connects the pv housing to the electronic box. the fms is securely installed in a post using a metal post mounting bracket strap since it is manufactured to withstand environmental elements while being able to bear the load. the bottom is in contact with the ground to read the flood height. figure 3. fms configuration 3.1.1. pvc housing as shown in figure 4, the pvc housing properties include air-tight, water-resistant, and modularity to enclose the flood water. it consists of a 1.0-inch diameter and 1-meter pvc pipe, a male-threaded pipe adapter, a female-threaded pipe adapter, and a female-threaded end cap with an sp13 ip68 cable connector. the main housing is chosen to be 1.0 inches so that the pressure sensor can fit within its enclosed space. at the end cap, a custom-made pressure mount is fastened to act as a pouch, which holds a dps310 pressure sensor at the top. this sensor reads the pressure within the enclosed space below. for modular extensions, 0.5-meter increments of pvc are also used. after that, the housing is painted gray for an inconspicuous design when attached to the post. figure 4. pvc housing hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 923 3.1.2. electronic box as shown in figure 5, the electronic box is an ip65 twinbox weatherproof enclosure. custom electronic compartments were designed and made to place the electronics within the system. attached to it is a solar panel mount that mounts the solar panel which charges the battery. to extend the range of the lorawan transmission, an antenna is connected and placed outside the box. figure 5. electronic box 3.2. electronics: microcontroller and solar assembly the electronics inside of the electronic box consist of an adafruit feather m0 rfm95w, which translates and transmits the data collected from the pressure sensor to a local lorawan gateway; a cn3065 mini solar lithium battery charger board lipo battery charging module, which stabilizes the charging and power delivery; 1000 mah lithium polymer rechargeable battery, which powers the system; a 1w 6v solar panel, which charges the battery; and a 900 mhz antenna, which transmits that data (see figure 6). figure 6. electrical configuration as shown in figure 7, the wire connectors connect the electric wiring between the pressure sensor within the pv housing and the microcontroller within the electronic box. since it is crucial for them to be environment and waterresistant, modular ip68 sp13 connectors are used as it is rated to survive dust, water splash, and up to 1.5 meters freshwater submersion for 30 minutes. moreover, the system utilized two connectors, one in the end cap of the housing and another in the electronic box. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 924 figure 7. wiring 3.3. software: lorawan transmission and visualization lorawan was integrated into the system as it transmits data at long ranges through radio waves at low power consumption. for data communication and visualization in a network server, the group consulted with a company that serves lorawan communication locally, packetworx. to integrate lorawan, the pressure readings from the sensor are relayed to the adafruit feather m0 microcontroller which then transmits the data to a local lorawan gateway using lora. the gateway then transmits the data to the things network server to process the data. the process data is then viewed through the packetview visualization application as shown in figure 8. figure 8. lorawan data acquisition configuration for the lorawan transmission to be operated, the adafruit feather m0 microcontroller, the things network server, and packetview must be programmed to accommodate the system. figure 9 displays the arduino code flowchart used in programming the adafruit feather m0, which was adapted from the arduino lorawan lmic library. it begins with the initialization of the libraries used in the program, the lorawan and sensor, the variables used, and the security keys to connect the fms to the server. once initialized, the transmission can begin, and a join request can be transmitted. if there is a nearby gateway, it will assess the join request and reply with a join accept if the join request is valid. if not, the gateway will not reply, and the code will time out with no join accepted. when the join request is accepted, the dps310 sensor will begin measuring the pressure and temperature. once measured, the data will be encoded into fourbyte payloads for the lorawan transmission. next, it will transmit the data. once the transmission is complete, the code will hibernate until the next transmission window, where it will measure the next set of pressure and temperature data to be transmitted. a lorawan gateway was installed on the rooftop of the st. joseph (sj) building in de la salle university (dlsu) and was used to send data to the servers. the gateway’s operating frequency was specified at 868 mhz. data was being sent to the online server, the things network; and data visualization was done using packetview, a dedicated online data visualization platform provided by packetworx. the data sent to the server was decoded and formatted from the byte payloads to a common coding language like javascript. from then on, the data in recognizable data are customized hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 925 to a more user-friendly visualization using thingsboard expression language (tbel) or javascript. the packetview shows the processed data of pressure, temperature, and flood heights using graphs which were accessible to end users as shown in figure 10. figure 9. software flowchart of the adafruit feather m0 arduino code figure 10. packetview visualization 3.4. performance testing 3.4.1. calibration and theory equation testing to ensure the accuracy of the fms, calibration was performed using a clear acrylic tube and tape measure. pressure readings were taken at various water heights and plotted to produce a calibration equation. this was also compared to the theory equation shown in equation 8. the theory equation, based on the inverse barometric effect, is used to account for variables such as atmospheric pressure and water density. this equation provides a more flexible and accurate measurement compared to the calibration equation. also, the system was tested with a pvc elbow fitting to accommodate installation constraints that may occur in certain areas. the test was conducted using a 1-inch pvc pipe with 90-degree elbow bends. the flood water height for the elbow was also calculated based on the approximation shown in figure 11 using equation 8. moreover, liquids with different densities, which are pasig river water, palm oil, and tap water are used to test the reliability of the equation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 926 figure 11. elbow test tube height approximation diagram to further test the theory equation, iterations on the tube diameter and length of the main pvc housing were tested. since the pvc housing needs to fit the pressure sensor (14.0 mm × 38.5 mm × 2.5 mm) within its enclosed space, varying diameters iterations of 0.75 in, 1 in, and 1.25 in commercial standardized pvc pipes were used in testing. the base housing is chosen to be at least a 1-meter height following mmda’s gauge [3]. the 45 in height is rounded down to 1 m for simplicity based on standard pvc tube lengths. however, flood height can exceed 1 m. to accommodate this, modular tubes can be added to the 1 m base length at 0.5 m intervals. from this, varying heights of 1-meter, 1.5-meter, and 2-meter heights were tested. 3.4.2. flood surge & disturbance testing experiments were conducted to test how quickly the fms could adapt to sudden flood surges. the methodology involved setting up the fms at various height clearances above ground level, starting at 0 cm up to 3 cm with 0.5 cm increments in between. in a controlled environment, a flood surge was simulated by suddenly releasing a set volume of water, consistent throughout all trials. moreover, various flow disturbances were simulated to test the system’s response. the tests involved introducing disturbances to a set volume of water in a big container using four methods: paddling, shaking, shaking for 5 seconds, and one large continuous shake. the recorded data was then brought into matlab for graphical analysis. 3.4.3. power & lorawan when using lorawan, the system transmits pressure readings to a local gateway, which sends the data to the iot network server for processing and visualization. the adafruit feather m0, the things network server, and packetview are programmed to accommodate the system. the fms’s power consumption was also validated by observing the longevity of the system when powered by a small battery and solar panel. 3.4.4. endurance, rain simulation, and actual rain test an endurance test was performed to ensure the sensor's stability over long periods. the pressure sensor was configured to gauge a water height of 100 millimeters at intervals of 5 seconds over a duration of 72 hours. this data was then compared to another pressure sensor measuring atmospheric pressure every 5 minutes to compare their trends. next, the overall function of the fms was tested with a simulated rain shower, mimicking actual installation conditions. for the testing, the shower ran continuously while the researchers observed the rise in water level inside the container. actual water height over time was compared to the recorded water height over time for three trials. finally, the system was also set up outdoors to test its functionality in actual rain conditions. the testing procedure for this setup is the same as the rain simulation tests. 3.5. overall system as shown in figure 12, the pressure data collected by the fms was relayed to the electronic box via wires. this was then transmitted to the packetworx lorawan gateway using 868 mhz lorawan frequency. from this, the gateway then transmits the data to the things network lorawan server over the internet, where it will be processed. the processed data is then viewable by the end user through the packetview web visualization application. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 927 figure 12. flood monitoring system overall design 4. results and discussion 4.1. ansys simulation the analysis of the device was focused on its physical capability. existing literature focused on the performance of the data hardware. compared to arce et al. [25], the simulation was only limited to the design of the pvc end cap which houses the wire connector. this simulation through ansys expanded on the determination of the durability of the entire device fastened to a solid post, representing its operation during harsh weather. the pvc mount finite element analysis is as shown in figure 13. the deformation was computed having the maximum recorded value of 0.216 mm, which was experienced at the bottom half of the pipe. with the rated ultimate stress of pvc, the computed factor of safety was also shown, which produces a high factor of safety. this suggested that the amount of force to destroy the pvc pipe could only be produced by heavier loads such as a vehicle directly hitting it, not by the forces applied by flood water. therefore, through proper fastening, the device will be durable for operation. however, it is to be noted that this only represented an applied static force. thus, further validation of the results using variable load conditions is required. figure 13. pvc mount finite element analysis 4.2. performance testing many different tests were conducted to test the performance of the fms. firstly, the fms was calibrated and tested, resulting in an average percent error of 1.64% and standard deviation of 4.48 mm. the low percentage error of the calibration equation shows that the system was properly calibrated to measure the flood height. however, it is limited only to a certain atmospheric pressure and becomes inaccurate as time passes. to make the system operable regardless of atmospheric pressure, the theory equation was used as shown in equation 8. this resulted in an average error of 2.16% and standard deviation of 3.82 mm. the error and standard deviation comparison between the calibration and theory hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 928 equation can be seen in figure 14. the theory equation also exhibited low percentage errors comparable to the calibration equation, demonstrating its accuracy. moreover, this also demonstrates the accuracy of the pressure sensor, which can measure pressure accurately up to ±0.06hpa. the error can be mostly attributed to human error, small changes in atmospheric pressure, and disparities in the actual internal sensor height. when compared to arce et al.’s results, the percentage error calculated was lower but had a similar trend. this shows that the system was able to recreate and improve upon arce et al.’s results. furthermore, the accuracy for the proposed system is higher than in fms of various literatures such as by lee et al. [26] with 90% accuracy, william et al. [27] at 92%, and prakash et al. [28] at an average of 97%. these literatures used different fms methods in their studies, which also highlights the high accuracy of using a pressure-based fms. figure 14. percentage error and standard deviation comparison between the calibration equation and theory equation when varying the tube length, tube diameter, and fluid density of the theory equation, the following results were produced: for the tube lengths, the 1 meter tube length showed a percent error of 2.16% and standard deviation of 7.15 mm, the 1.5 meter tube length showed a percent error of 2.44% and standard deviation of 8.34 mm, and the 2 m setup had a percent error of 1.66% and standard deviation of 5.54 mm. as for the tube diameters, the 0.75-inch diameter had a percent error of 0.88% and standard deviation of 1.95 mm, the 1-inch diameter had a percent error of 2.16% and standard deviation of 7.15 mm, and the 1.5-inch diameter had a percent error of 2.35% and standard deviation of 6.61 mm. finally, for the fluid densities, the tap water with density of 1000 kg/m3 had a percent error of 2.16% and standard deviation of 7.15 mm, the flood water with density of 1000 kg/m3 had a percent error of 1.12% and standard deviation of 3.92 mm, and the palm oil with density of 905 kg/m3 had a percent error of 1.75% and standard deviation of 3.94 mm. all the variations in length, diameter, and density resulted in low percentage errors, displaying the accuracy and reliability of the theory equation. this also demonstrated that the theory equation can be applied to varying designs of the flood monitoring system, so long as the core principle remains. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 929 when testing the elbow arrangements, the system using the 90-degree elbow with the standard theory equation setup with an indicated height of 1m showed a percent error of 6.14% and standard deviation of 13.67 mm. when using the approximation of a height of 1.45m, the percent errors and standard deviations across three trials were reduced by at least 3.62% and 8.86 mm respectively. this showed that the approximation was able to reduce the error in measuring flood heights and produce an acceptable percentage error with minimal adjustments to the system. moreover, to test the robustness of the fms under flood surge and flow disturbance were performed. the results showed that the fms was resistant to disturbances as it can stabilize within 0.5s when tested up to 30mm as shown in figure 15. for flood disturbance, it was found that as the flood disturbance increased in intensity, so did the measured flood water height deviation as shown in figure 16. however, when the error was calculated, it was found to be mostly within 0 to 3%, which was acceptable. this was a result of the thin and circular design of the flood monitoring system, which reduces the amount of force it absorbs and keeps it better fastened to the post. furthermore, because the flood height measured is based on the flood water height inside the tube, the containment makes it less susceptible to disturbances and keeps the readings steadier. therefore, it can be said that the fms is able to withstand flood disturbances and vibrations. figure 15. flood surge test data hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 930 figure 16. flood disturbance test data as for the variation of atmospheric pressure, it was found that a singular atmospheric pressure within a range of 1-2 hours can be used in the theory equation with minimal increase in errors. furthermore, the atmospheric pressure can be gathered from a centralized city source. therefore, an average historical atmospheric pressure constant table was proposed for every hour, for every month, from may 2023 to may 2024 as shown in table 1. when the dataset was tested in comparison with actual measured atmospheric pressure, the average percentage error was 0.167%. this finding is significant as it removes the requirement for an additional atmospheric pressure sensor in the fms, decreasing the overall cost of the system with minimal impact on its accuracy. table 1. philippine atmospheric pressure constant table according to hour and month [29] 4.3. lorawan and visualization for the lorawan server transmission, figure 17 shows the server view of incoming fms data, and figure 18 displays the data visualization in packetview. to transmit data via lorawan to the things network server, the pressure and temperature data were encoded into two-byte payloads using the sflt162f encoding function from the lmic library. these payloads were split into upper and lower bytes for one-byte-at-a-time transmission. once received by the server, the four-byte payload was decoded back into pressure and temperature data. flood height calculations and more were performed on the server, and the organized data was sent to packetview via webhook integration. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 931 figure 17. the things network server figure 18. packetview flood height visualization 4.4. power consumption to estimate the fms's battery life, the total current consumption of the key components (feather m0 microcontroller and dps310 barometric pressure sensor) was calculated using their datasheet values, as shown in table 2. table 2. load calculations of the fms lora sleep current 300 ua total sleep current 300.5 ua sensor sleep current 0.5 ua total active current 120.0032 ma lora tx current 120 ma sleep current / cycle 299.9992 ua sensor active current 3.2 ua active current / cycle 0.2000 ma active time / cycle 1 s chosen battery life 1000 mah cycle duration 600 s calculated battery life 1999.982 h hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 932 given the sleep and active currents, and the cycle operation timing, the fms's current draw per cycle was calculated. with a 1000mah battery, the fms's battery life is approximately 2000 hours or 83.3 days, expected due to the system's low power consumption. the solar panel must recharge the battery much quicker to be effective. table 3 shows the solar panel load calculations. table 3. load calculations of the solar panel panel watt 1 w charger efficiency 50 % panel voltage 6 v system losses 85.92 % battery capacity 1000 mah solar efficiency 20 % battery voltage 3.6 v energy need fully charge battery 1.782 wh battery depth of discharge 50 % solar charging rate 0.08592 w lithium charging efficiency 99 % hours to fully charge 20.7402 h including efficiency and losses, the solar panel's fully charged time is 20.7 hours, or about a day. given that the battery lasts 83 days, this solar panel should adequately supply the fms for continuous operation. to validate the calculations, the system battery was tested. the usable battery voltage in the system was from 4.18 v to 3.3 v. 4.18 v was obtained from fully charging the battery and measuring the voltage, while 3.3 v is the minimum allowable operating voltage of the microcontroller. moreover, the battery voltage drops and gain from the system transmission and solar panel were also measured and calculated as shown in table 4. table 4. experimental load charge/discharge rates & calculated system life strong sun 0.0467 v/hr battery full charge with strong sun 18.86 hrs cloudy sun 0.0222 v/hr battery full charge with cloudy sun 39.64 hrs average sun 0.0345 v/hr battery full charge with average sun 25.51 hrs transmission 0.002679 v/hr battery life without solar 328.53 hrs battery life with solar (12 hours daylight, cloudy sun) ~infinite net v/hr: 0.0098 battery life with solar (8 hours daylight, cloudy sun) ~infinite net v/hr: 0.0056 with the usable battery voltage range and solar and system voltage gain and drop, the system life can be calculated as also shown in table 4. the solar panel can charge the battery for 25.51 hours on average sun conditions, ranging from 39.64 to 18.86 hours. the calculated battery solar charge time is close to the calculated values, showing that the calculations were realistic. as for the battery life of the system without a solar panel, it would last only 328.53 hours. this is a big difference from the initial calculated 2000 hours. this may be due to the calculations not accounting for efficiency losses and battery discharge rates. finally, when both charging and discharging are considered, it was calculated that the solar panel will be theoretically sufficient to operate the system indefinitely in 12 and 8-hour daylight scenarios. this demonstrated that the system could operate independently and self-sustaining even with less ideal weather conditions. however, the system requires further operational testing to be more certain. 4.5. endurance for the endurance testing, the test began at 5:00 pm and concluded at 9:30 pm the next day, lasting about 28 hours. figure 19 shows a downward trend in measured pressure compared to atmospheric pressure, which was attributed to water evaporation. the water height measurements at various intervals were compared with the evaporation rate, and the plotted data showed an almost parallel trend to the calculated water level. this suggests minimal pressure drift over the 28-hour period. the fms was able to accurately measure the atmospheric continuously throughout the endurance test with little to no pressure drift. this was significant as it ensured that the pressure readings are accurate, and thus produce accurate flood water height readings. hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 933 figure 19. endurance test measured pressure vs atmospheric pressure trend 4.6. rain simulation and actual rain test the results of the three simulated rain test trials are as follows: the first trial had a percentage error of 1.81% and a standard deviation of 6.92 mm. the second trial had a percentage error of 8.4% and a standard deviation of 15.55 mm. the third trial had a percentage error of 11.47% and a standard deviation of 44.15 mm. in the first trial, the accuracy was high, however this may have been a fluke compared to the second and third trials. the second trial had higher errors, possibly due to the stronger simulated rains finishing the trial earlier. finally, the third trial showed the highest errors, near the fms's allowable limit, likely due to transmission errors causing time lags in measured height. despite higher errors, the fms's performance was still acceptable, demonstrating its robustness. the fms was also tested in real rain, as shown in figure 20. the water height recorded ranged from around 20 mm to 85 mm, with a brief movement of the system at the 1100-second mark. the average percentage error was 2.65% with a standard deviation of 1.708 mm. this was a contrast compared to the simulated rains with higher percentage errors. this result supports the findings from the disturbance and accuracy tests, showing that the error remains low in real rain scenarios. figure 20. real rain test, pressure vs time & water height vs time graph hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 934 5. conclusion the development of a smart iot urban flood monitoring system using a high-performance pressure sensor with lorawan shows promise for implementation in flood-prone urban areas that can greatly benefit from the dissemination of important flood information. such fms’ could play an integral role in increasing the safety and security of various flood-prone areas within the philippines and allowing for better government aid and flood responses. this can be shown as the hardware components, including the pressure sensor mount, pvc connections, and electronic enclosure, were validated through ansys simulations. lorawan communication was integrated to transmit pressure and temperature data to a remote server while the collected data is visualized on the packetview platform. the testing showed the fms had high accuracy, with errors as low as 1.12%. the fms was resistant to disturbances as it can stabilize within 0.5s with an acceptable error range. for continued improvement in the development of this novel lorawan-based barometric fms, it is recommended to conduct further testing of the fms with multiple elbow configurations (i.e., increasing the number of elbow bends). this would provide flexibility of the device when the installation areas are not optimal. improving the fastening mechanisms is also recommended for the deployment and to simulate the system's durability against effects of wind forces or vibrations caused by flooding. this is to ensure that the fms will be able to operate under harsher weather conditions. lastly, optimizing the placement is also recommended based on gateways by determining suitable locations for effective radio communication and deploying multiple devices to test the performance at different environmental conditions, which verify its sustained functionality. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.y.c.; methodology, m.c.l.t., j.a.t.b., s.m.e.v.d., a.v.m.l., and m.g.m.p.; software, m.c.l.t., j.a.t.b., s.m.e.v.d., a.v.m.l., and m.g.m.p.; validation, m.c.l.t., j.a.t.b., s.m.e.v.d., a.v.m.l., and m.g.m.p.; formal analysis, m.c.l.t., j.a.t.b., s.m.e.v.d., a.v.m.l., and m.g.m.p.; investigation, m.c.l.t., j.a.t.b., s.m.e.v.d., a.v.m.l., and m.g.m.p.; resources, m.c.l.t., j.a.t.b., s.m.e.v.d., a.v.m.l., m.g.m.p., and a.y.c.; data curation, m.c.l.t., j.a.t.b., s.m.e.v.d., a.v.m.l., and m.g.m.p.; writing—original draft preparation, m.c.l.t., j.a.t.b., s.m.e.v.d., a.v.m.l., and m.g.m.p.; writing—review and editing, m.c.l.t., j.a.t.b., s.m.e.v.d., a.v.m.l., m.g.m.p., and a.y.c.; visualization, m.c.l.t., j.a.t.b., s.m.e.v.d., a.v.m.l., and m.g.m.p.; supervision, a.y.c.; project administration, m.c.l.t. and a.y.c.; funding acquisition, a.y.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding and acknowledgements the authors express their gratitude for the technical assistance and materials provided by the mechanical engineering department, packetworx, and infineon philippines. also, the authors would also like to thank and acknowledge the research and grants management office of de la salle university for their funding in the research. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] world bank group (2024). philippines vulnerability. climate change knowledge portal. the world bank group, washington, d.c., united states. available online: https://climateknowledgeportal.worldbank.org/country/philippines/vulnerability (accessed on november 2024). [2] noah. (2024). nationwide operational assessment of hazards. project noah, quezon city, philippines. available online: https://noah.up.edu.ph/ (accessed on november 2024). https://noah.up.edu.ph/ hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 935 [3] lagmay, a. m., mendoza, j., cipriano, f., delmendo, p. a., lacsamana, m. n., moises, m. a., ... & tingin, n. e. (2017). street floods in metro manila and possible solutions. journal of environmental sciences, 59, 39-47. doi:10.1016/j.jes.2017.03.004. [4] hassan, w. h., jidin, a. z., aziz, s. a. c., & rahim, n. (2019). flood disaster indicator of water level monitoring system. international journal of electrical and computer engineering, 9(3), 1694–1699. doi:10.11591/ijece.v9i3.pp1694-1699. [5] rani, d. s., jayalakshmi, g. n., & baligar, v. p. (2020). low cost iot based flood monitoring system using machine learning and neural networks: flood alerting and rainfall prediction. 2nd international conference on innovative mechanisms for industry applications, icimia 2020 conference proceedings, 261–267. doi:10.1109/icimia48430.2020.9074928. [6] retamar, a. e., guba, g., lopez, g. v., paler, h. b., javier, j., garcia, f. c. c., badong-carlos, j., capito, j., mosquera, i. c., de paz, m., & yabut, j. j. (2017). hydromet: deployment of a large-scale nationwide hydrometeorological sensor network for flood warning and monitoring. ghtc 2017 ieee global humanitarian technology conference, proceedings, 2017-january, 1–10. doi:10.1109/ghtc.2017.8239323. [7] dswilan, s., harmadi, & marzuki. (2021). flood monitoring system using ultrasonic sensor sn-sr04t and sim 900a. journal of physics: conference series, 1876(1), 12003. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1876/1/012003. [8] natividad, j. g., & mendez, j. m. (2018). flood monitoring and early warning system using ultrasonic sensor. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 325(1), 12020. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/325/1/012020. [9] binti zahir, s., ehkan, p., sabapathy, t., jusoh, m., nasrun osman, m., najib yasin, m., abdul wahab, y., hambali, n. a. m., ali, n., bakhit, a. s., husin, f., kamil, m. k. m., & jamaludin, r. (2019). smart iot flood monitoring system. journal of physics: conference series, 1339(1), 12043. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1339/1/012043. [10] yuliandoko, h., subono, wardhany, v. a., pramono, s. h., & siwindarto, p. (2018). design of flood warning system based iot and water characteristics. telkomnika (telecommunication computing electronics and control), 16(5), 2101–2110. doi:10.12928/telkomnika.v16i5.7636. [11] yoeseph, n. m., purnomo, f. a., hartono, r., & nuryani. (2022). lora-based iot sensor node for real-time flood early warning system. iop conference series: earth and environmental science, 986(1), 12060. doi:10.1088/17551315/986/1/012060. [12] zakaria, m. i., jabbar, w. a., & sulaiman, n. (2023). development of a smart sensing unit for lorawan-based iot flood monitoring and warning system in catchment areas. internet of things and cyber-physical systems, 3, 249–261. doi:10.1016/j.iotcps.2023.04.005. [13] rahayu, f., zuchriadi, a., fauzi, a. f., & dewantara, a. b. (2022). prototype flood detection water level monitoring iot web based with ultrasonic sensor hc-sr04. jurnal mantik, 6(36), 2006–2014. [14] ming ray, k., & mustafa, f. (2023). solar powered iot flood detector. progress in engineering application and technology, 4(2), 332–344. [15] tolentino, l. k. s., baron, r. e., blacer, c. a. c., aliswag, j. m. d., de guzman, d. c. e., fronda, j. b. a., valeriano, r. c., quijano, j. f. c., padilla, m. v. c., madrigal, g. a. m., valenzuela, i., & fernandez, e. (2023). real time flood detection, alarm and monitoring system using image processing and multiple linear regression. ssrn electronic journal, 7(1), 1-21. doi:10.2139/ssrn.4319789. [16] lo, s. w., wu, j. h., lin, f. p., & hsu, c. h. (2015). visual sensing for urban flood monitoring. sensors (switzerland), 15(8), 20006. doi:10.3390/s150820006. [17] hashemi-beni, l., puthenparampil, m., & jamali, a. (2024). a low-cost iot-based deep learning method of water gauge measurement for flood monitoring. geomatics, natural hazards and risk, 15(1), 2364777. doi:10.1080/19475705.2024.2364777. [18] bande, s., & shete, v. v. (2018). smart flood disaster prediction system using iot & neural networks. proceedings of the 2017 international conference on smart technology for smart nation, smarttechcon 2017, 189–194. doi:10.1109/smarttechcon.2017.8358367. [19] sandhya, t., shalini, m., kumar, c., vaishnavi, priyanka, rao, d. s. n. m., & singh, d. (2023). lora technology for flood monitoring and warn system. e3s web of conferences, 430. doi:10.1051/e3sconf/202343001168. [20] saparudin, f. a., halim, m. s., amani ibrahim, n. s., & baharom, m. f. (2024). real-time flood monitoring using mobile lorawan iot gateway: a case study of the muar river catchment. icocet 2024 2024 ieee 1st international conference on communication engineering and emerging technologies, 1–4. doi:10.1109/icocet63343.2024.10730107. [21] gunanandhini, s., livyashree, m., maheshwaran, r. r., palanisamy, k. s., & niranjan kumar, v. (2024). forecasting and real time flood monitoring system using iot. 10th international conference on advanced computing and communication systems, icaccs 2024, 1228–1233. doi:10.1109/icaccs60874.2024.10716883. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jes.2017.03.004 hightech and innovation journal vol. 5, no. 4, december, 2024 936 [22] garcia, f. c. c., retamar, a. e., & javier, j. c. (2016). a real time urban flood monitoring system for metro manila. ieee region 10 annual international conference, proceedings/tencon, 2016-january, 1–5. doi:10.1109/tencon.2015.7372990. [23] azid, s., sharma, b., raghuwaiya, k., chand, a., prasad, s., & jacquier, a. (2015). sms based flood monitoring and early warning system. arpn journal of engineering and applied sciences, 10(15), 6387–6391. [24] dublin, a. c., arce, m., ortiz, e., wong, l. m., villaruel, k. p., arante, h. r., co, d., chua, a., sybingco, e., & roque, m. a. (2024). a novel cost-effective pressure sensor based flood monitoring system with iot. asean engineering journal, 14(3), 53–61. doi:10.11113/aej.v14.20668. [25] arce, m., ortiz, e., villaruel, k., & wong, l. development of an urban flood monitoring system with visualization using iot connectivity. undergraduate thesis, de la salle university manila, manila, philippines. [26] lee, y. j., hwang, j. y., park, j., jung, h. g., & suhr, j. k. (2024). deep neural network-based flood monitoring system fusing rgb and lwir cameras for embedded iot edge devices. remote sensing, 16(13), 2358. doi:10.3390/rs16132358. [27] william, p., oyebode, o. j., ramu, g., lakhanpal, s., gupta, k. k., & al-jawahry, h. m. (2023). framework for iot based real-time monitoring system of rainfall water level for flood prediction using lstm network. proceedings 2023 3rd international conference on pervasive computing and social networking, icpcsn 2023, 1321–1326. doi:10.1109/icpcsn58827.2023.00222. [28] prakash, c., barthwal, a., & acharya, d. (2023). an iot-based system for monitoring and forecasting flash floods in real-time. journal of earth system science, 132(4), 159. doi:10.1007/s12040-023-02172-4. [29] meteostat (2024). air pressure: manila, philippines. meteostat. available online: https://meteostat.net/en/station/98425 (accessed on november 2024). https://meteostat.net/en/station/98425 available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 991 issn: 2723-9535 automated vocabulary profiling of toeic listening materials: a cefr-aligned approach for efl learners banchakarn sameephet 1 , kornwipa poonpon 1 , nuanchan pradutshon 1, wirapong chansanam 1* 1 faculty of humanities and social sciences, khon kaen university, khon kaen, thailand. received 27 may 2025; revised 17 august 2025; accepted 23 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract this study examines the vocabulary characteristics of toeic listening materials to support the development of more targeted english language teaching resources for efl learners, particularly in thai higher education. using a corpus-based approach, we collected and analyzed a representative dataset of toeic preparation texts with a custom-built python tool for vocabulary profiling. the tool performed key tasks such as frequency analysis, concordance generation, n-gram extraction, collocation detection, and cefr-level classification. the vocabulary items were categorized using established lists, including the general service list (gsl), academic word list (awl), and cefr levels. results reveal that basic (k1) and function words dominate the materials, while a substantial proportion of off-list and domain-specific vocabulary was also identified. most words fall within the b1 proficiency level, suggesting intermediate-level accessibility. the study contributes a novel, automated vocabulary profiling framework that integrates linguistic metrics and cefr-based classification, offering practical implications for curriculum design, test preparation, and vocabulary instruction. this approach enhances the precision and efficiency of material evaluation, bridging the gap between test content and learner needs. the findings highlight the potential of automated tools to improve vocabulary-focused teaching strategies and inform language assessment practices in efl contexts. keywords: toeic listening; vocabulary profiling; corpus-based analysis; cefr levels; efl instruction. 1. introduction vocabulary knowledge is a fundamental component of language proficiency, particularly in listening comprehension for english as a foreign language (efl) learners. in standardized assessments like the toeic (test of english for international communication), vocabulary mastery plays a crucial role in understanding spoken input, especially in professional and workplace-related contexts. scholars have emphasized that lexical competence often outweighs grammatical accuracy in determining communicative effectiveness, especially in real-world tasks involving listening [13]. for thai efl learners, the challenge of comprehending authentic listening materials is often exacerbated by limited exposure to academic and domain-specific vocabulary [4, 5]. vocabulary proficiency is essential for success in the toeic listening section, as practical vocabulary knowledge directly impacts listening comprehension in efl context. researchers consistently argue that vocabulary is the fundamental building block of language learning, asserting that communicative effectiveness depends significantly more * corresponding author: wirach@kku.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-015  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3438-9486 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8349-2834 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5546-8485 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 992 on lexical knowledge than grammatical accuracy [1, 3, 5]. accordingly, a limited vocabulary often severely restricts learners’ abilities to understand spoken english, particularly in contexts that simulate authentic communication [6]. previous studies have explored vocabulary demands in general english proficiency tests and classroom contexts [7, 8]), but limited attention has been given to vocabulary profiling specifically in toeic listening sections. while traditional word lists like the general service list (gsl) and the academic word list (awl) remain foundational, recent research [9-11] calls for more nuanced lexical analysis of test materials using automated tools and frameworks like the cefr (common european framework of reference for languages). despite these advances, there is still a lack of comprehensive, automated studies that integrate gsl/awl and cefr-level classifications to analyze toeic listening vocabulary in a systematic, reproducible manner. however, thai efl learners frequently encounter considerable difficulties in mastering listening comprehension, primarily due to insufficient vocabulary knowledge and limited exposure to authentic language contexts. tran [4] emphasize that effective listening comprehension typically requires familiarity with at least 95% of the vocabulary in general listening tasks and approximately 98% in more specialized academic listening scenarios. this finding aligns with laufer’s [7] research, underscoring that without adequate vocabulary coverage, learners struggle significantly to comprehend or infer meaning during listening activities. these lexical limitations often result in poor performance among thai learners in standardized assessments such as the toeic. because of these challenges, choosing the right vocabulary for teaching is very important, especially in higher education. towns [12] pointed out that selecting vocabulary is not simple—it depends on many factors, such as lesson topics and students’ individual needs. previous studies [2, 13] also shows that learning vocabulary in an organized way helps students use language more creatively and effectively. because of this, there is a clear need for well-designed vocabulary lists based on research, which match learners’ levels and learning goals [14]. multiple vocabulary lists have been developed to address learners’ diverse needs, ranging from general-purpose to specialized academic and technical vocabularies. meebangsai et al. [5] categorized vocabulary into general, academic, and subject-specific types, exemplified by foundational lists such as west’s general service list (gsl) [15] and coxhead’s academic word list (awl) [8]. additionally, domain-specific vocabulary is vital for learners within technical fields, underscored by seong & cha [16] and supported through specialized studies within sectors such as information technology [17] and industry-specific terminology [18]. automated vocabulary profiling tools are a promising development, especially as english teaching in thailand continues to change due to new student needs and teaching methods. recent studies suggest that modern approaches— like focused vocabulary lessons, gamification, and interactive learning—can help students learn vocabulary more effectively [19-23]. these automated tools take things further by quickly analyzing and sorting vocabulary from toeic listening materials, helping teachers identify the most useful words for their students. this way, educators can design more targeted lessons to improve vocabulary retention and understanding [9, 10, 24]. in the end, such tools could make a big difference in teaching methods, leading to better listening skills for thai english learners. addressing this gap, our study introduces an automated, python-based vocabulary profiling system tailored to toeic listening materials. by combining corpus-based methods with cefr-aligned classification and computational analysis, we aim to provide insights into lexical coverage, difficulty levels, and pedagogically relevant word lists. this research contributes to both applied linguistics and language testing fields by offering a scalable method for evaluating test materials and designing vocabulary instruction for intermediate-level efl learners. the findings have practical implications for curriculum development, test preparation, and language assessment strategies in efl education. this study is anchored in three interrelated theoretical perspectives: lexical coverage theory, threshold vocabulary theory, and corpus linguistics. lexical coverage theory [7] posits that learners must understand a certain percentage of words in a text—typically 95% for general comprehension and 98% for precise understanding—to engage effectively with listening or reading tasks. complementing this, threshold vocabulary theory suggests that achieving specific vocabulary size benchmarks is essential for successful language acquisition and test performance [24, 25]. these perspectives justify the use of established word lists (gsl, awl) and cefr-levels in vocabulary profiling. furthermore, the study adopts corpus linguistics as its methodological foundation, emphasizing data-driven language analysis to identify patterns in word frequency, collocations, and difficulty levels. the combination of these theoretical approaches supports the development of automated, scalable tools for assessing lexical demands in standardized test materials, particularly in high-stakes contexts like toeic listening. 2. research methodology this study follows a step-by-step approach to analyze the vocabulary used in toeic listening materials (see figure 1). first, we collected listening questions from popular toeic preparation books to create a realistic and representative dataset. next, we prepared the texts for analysis by formatting them in a way that allows for automated processing. we then used a custom python tool called vocabprofiler to sort the words into different categories based on well-known vocabulary lists: the general service list (gsl), the academic word list (awl), and the outside word list (owl). after that, we automatically classified the words by difficulty level using the common european framework of hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 993 reference (cefr). this helped us understand how complex the vocabulary in toeic listening materials really is. finally, we created visual charts and teaching resources to make the findings useful for educators and test designers. these tools can help improve vocabulary instruction and assessment methods. figure 1. toeic vocabulary profiling approach the vocabulary resources utilized in this study are drawn from toeic english practice exam materials found in widely recognized preparatory books and official test resources. these include barron’s 600 essential words for the toeic [26], collins skills for the toeic test: listening and reading [27], collins skills for the toeic test: speaking and writing [27], ets tactics for toeic: tapescripts and answer key [28], ets toeic speaking and writing sample tests [29], ets toeic speaking and writing examinee handbook [30], kaplan ielts 2009–2010 edition [31], longman preparation series for the toeic test: advanced course (3rd ed.) [32], and toeic prep oxford [33]. these resources were selected for their comprehensive coverage of toeic-related vocabulary, their alignment with standardized test preparation materials, and their relevance in assessing english proficiency in workplace communication contexts. 1. barron’s 600 essential words for the toeic this book helps learners expand their vocabulary for the toeic test. it has 50 chapters, each focusing on workplace topics like marketing, finance, and hr. words are introduced through readings, dialogues, and exercises to make learning practical. activities like fill-in-the-blanks, synonyms, and sentence completions help reinforce the words. it is great for toeic test-takers, professionals, and intermediate to advanced learners who want to improve their business english. 2. collins skills for the toeic test: speaking and writing this book focuses on improving speaking and writing skills for the toeic exam. for speaking, it covers pronunciation, fluency, and clear communication. for writing, it teaches grammar, organization, and clarity. it includes practice tasks, model answers, and test strategies to help learners score higher. a useful guide for anyone preparing for the toeic speaking and writing sections. 3. collins skills for the toeic test: listening and reading a structured guide to boost listening and reading skills for the toeic. it helps learners understand work-related conversations, talks, and written texts like emails and reports. the book includes test strategies, grammar reviews, vocabulary exercises, and full practice tests. ideal for test-takers who want to improve their comprehension and test performance. 4. collins skills for the toeic test: speaking and writing (alternative version) a practical book for toeic speaking and writing preparation. it teaches pronunciation, fluency, grammar, and how to structure answers. with sample responses, exercises, and workplace vocabulary, it helps learners give clear, wellorganized answers. it is good for test takers who need to improve their professional communication skills. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 994 5. ets tactics for toeic: tapescripts and answer key a supplementary book with full audio scripts and answer keys for toeic listening practice. learners can analyze dialogues and monologues to improve pronunciation, intonation, and comprehension. the answer key helps with selfchecking and progress tracking. it is useful for those who want to refine their listening skills and test-taking strategies. 6. ets toeic speaking & writing sample tests an official guide with real practice tests, scoring rules, and sample answers for the toeic speaking and writing sections. it explains how to improve pronunciation, fluency, grammar, and coherence. the scoring guide helps learners understand what examiners expect. it is best for test takers who want structured practice and expert tips. 7. ets toeic speaking and writing examinee handbook this official guide explains the toeic speaking and writing test format, tasks, and scoring. it details 11 speaking tasks (like reading aloud and giving opinions) and eight writing tasks (like emails and essays). with sample questions and model answers, it helps learners prepare effectively. it is essential for anyone who is serious about improving their english for work. 8. kaplan ielts 2009-2010 edition a study guide for both ielts academic and general training tests. it includes full practice tests with explanations, skill-building exercises, and strategies for all sections (listening, reading, writing, speaking). also has grammar tips, vocabulary lists, and test-taking advice. it is great for students who want to boost their ielts scores. 9. longman preparation series for the toeic test: advanced course a complete guide for advanced toeic learners. it improves listening and reading with real toeic-style exercises. listening practice includes conversations and talks, while reading covers skimming, scanning, and sentence completion. full practice tests and answer explanations make it useful for self-study or classes. it is best for high-level learners who are aiming for top scores. 10. toeic prep oxford a structured guide with authentic toeic practice tests to strengthen listening, reading, and vocabulary. it offers test strategies for better time management and accuracy. audio recordings and online materials provide extra practice. it is ideal for test takers who want to improve their business english and overall toeic performance. although the primary data sources were toeic-specific preparation books, we also included selected sections from adjacent resources such as the kaplan ielts 2009–2010 edition. this decision was made based on the inclusion of listening tasks and vocabulary items that align closely with workplace communication and academic language—two domains commonly assessed in the toeic listening section. these supplementary materials were carefully selected to ensure that only tasks reflecting toeic-like language use, topic coverage, and format were analyzed. this expanded corpus design enhances the lexical diversity and real-world applicability of the analysis without compromising toeic relevance. 2.1. data collection and preparation this study began by collecting toeic english test questions from the data sources specified in ten books. the collected data were then preprocessed and converted into a text file (txt format) to facilitate further analysis. 2.2. language corpus analysis a corpus-based analysis was conducted to examine the frequency of vocabulary usage. the word list function was employed to quantify word occurrences, revealing a total of 45,099 word tokens and 5,918 unique word types in the dataset. 2.3. vocabulary selection and classification vocabulary selection was performed based on lexical importance and communicative relevance, following the framework proposed by biber et al. [34]. a total of 3,987 content words were identified for further classification. these words were categorized into three distinct lexical groups using the vocabprofile function implemented in the python script and based on the conceptual framework provided by the vocabprofile software [35, 36].  general service list (gsl): commonly used words in general communication [15].  academic word list (awl): vocabulary frequently appearing in academic texts [37].  outside word list (owl): the outside word list (owl) is a collection of words that do not appear in the primary vocabulary or target lexicon used for analysis, often highlighting less common or specialized terms. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 995 2.4. vocabulary difficulty analysis to determine the difficulty of the vocabulary, we used the common european framework of reference for languages (cefr). the words were classified into six levels based on cambridge dictionaries online [38], which defines each level as follows:  a1 (beginner) – can understand and use simple phrases for basic needs in familiar situations.  a2 (elementary) – can communicate in simple english for everyday tasks.  b1 (intermediate) – can handle workplace conversations, read simple reports, and write professional emails.  b2 (upper-intermediate) – can interact effectively in professional and international settings.  c1 (advanced) – can understand and use complex language in both work and academic contexts.  c2 (mastery) – has near-native fluency and can participate fully in academic, professional, and social discussions. for this study, cambridge dictionaries online was the main source for assigning words to these cefr levels. 2.5. vocabulary list preparation we organized the vocabulary analysis results into a clear table showing word frequencies and difficulty levels. based on this, we also created a specialized word list for the toeic listening test. in selecting the words, we followed laufer’s [7] principle of lexical coverage, which states that learners need to know at least 95% of the words in a text to understand it well. using this guideline, we focused on high-frequency words to build the most useful vocabulary list for toeic listening practice. this study presents a python script that replicates several core functionalities of antconc [39], such as generating word frequency lists, creating kwic concordance lines, identifying n-grams, and detecting collocations through pointwise mutual information, along with performing keyword analysis. developed using python 3.x and the nltk library, the script processes text files—such as those containing exam questions—by executing a series of automated analyses with output printed to the console, while also allowing modifications to export results to files. its design facilitates automated batch processing, offers customizable analysis parameters, and enables seamless export of results, thereby providing a flexible and efficient alternative to traditional corpus analysis tools. first, we sort words into different groups, such as gsl, awl, and owl (along with other categories like nawl and technical terms). then, we pick the top 20 most frequent words from each group. to analyze the text more effectively, we use an improved enhancedvocabprofiler class, which helps load files smoothly and handles errors properly. next, we calculate various language metrics, including:  type-token ratio (how diverse the vocabulary is);  lexical density (the proportion of meaningful words);  pos distribution (the breakdown of parts of speech);  average word length;  number of unique words. we also evaluate vocabulary difficulty by checking the ratios of basic, academic, and technical words. to get deeper insights, we compare word frequency data from antconc with vocabulary levels to identify important word categories. finally, we create visual summaries—like pie charts, bar graphs, and interactive tables—to make the data easier to understand. the results are saved in different formats, such as:  excel files (with separate sheets for different analyses);  interactive jupyter notebooks;  html guides. additionally, we prepare teaching materials that include real-world examples, common word pairs (collocations), and how often specific words appear. 2.6. tool validation and benchmarking to ensure the accuracy and reliability of our python-based vocabulary profiling tool, we conducted a benchmarking test against the established corpus analysis software antconc (version 3.5.9). a sample dataset of 5,000 toeic listening hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 996 tokens was analyzed using both tools for three primary functions: word frequency distribution, n-gram extraction, and keyword-in-context (kwic) concordances. the resulting word lists and frequency ranks from both systems showed over 98% overlap in token types and identical ordering for the top 100 words. minor differences arose from differences in punctuation stripping, stopword filtering, and text preprocessing methods (e.g., lemmatization and casing). these differences were expected and documented. overall, the benchmarking results confirm that our tool produces output equivalent in accuracy to standard corpus tools, while offering additional extensibility for cefr-level classification, error logging, and automated output formatting. 3. results this section presents the results of our study on the vocabulary used in toeic listening materials. first, we looked at how often different words appear. we found that many common, basic words are used frequently, but there are also a significant number of specialized and less common terms. next, we categorized the vocabulary using well-known reference lists, such as the general service list (gsl), academic word list (awl), and cefr levels. this enabled us to identify which words are essential for learners and to gauge the difficulty of the listening materials. we also used advanced measures, such as type-token ratios and readability scores, to analyze the language complexity. overall, these findings give us a clearer picture of the vocabulary in toeic listening tests. they also highlight important patterns that can help teachers design better english courses and tailor instruction for efl learners. 3.1. vocabulary analysis results (top 20) this study has employed a cross-sectional study design in order to examine the in-service postgraduate science teachers’ belief, concern, and practice towards swmr. salkind [40] and sedgwick [41] are of the view that the crosssectional studies which often uses questionnaire surveys as comparatively inexpensive and quick to conduct at one point in time. table 1 shows the 20 most common content words in the corpus, giving us a clear picture of vocabulary patterns. the data highlights that test-related words appear most often, with “test” (8.17%) and “questions” (8.12%) being the top two. this suggests a strong focus on assessment, as we also see other exam-related words like “choice” (5.82%), “correct” (5.42%), and “practice” (4.53%). other frequent words relate to instructions and organization, such as “part” (5.74%), “time” (5.47%), and “response” (4.52%). references to people—like “man” (5.23%), “narrator” (5.12%), and “woman” (4.86%)—are also common. additionally, skill-based terms like “speaking” (3.98%) and “writing” (3.37%) appear, though less frequently. overall, the word frequencies indicate that the texts are mostly educational and assessment-focused, with a strong emphasis on instructions, test-taking, and evaluation. table 1. top 20 most frequent content words rank word frequency percentage 1 test 2160 8.17 2 questions 2146 8.12 3 choice 1539 5.82 4 part 1516 5.74 5 words 1490 5.64 6 time 1445 5.47 7 correct 1431 5.42 8 man 1381 5.23 9 narrator 1353 5.12 10 information 1299 4.92 11 woman 1284 4.86 12 practice 1197 4.53 13 response 1195 4.52 14 get 1132 4.28 15 speaking 1052 3.98 16 one 1035 3.92 17 number 983 3.72 18 people 954 3.61 19 task 943 3.57 20 writing 890 3.37 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 997 3.2. integrated text analysis and visualization framework our tool is a python-based framework for analyzing and visualizing text, with a focus on vocabulary assessment and linguistic features. the main component is the textanalysisvisualizer class, which combines nlp functions (using nltk) and visualization libraries like matplotlib, seaborn, and plotly. the system analyzes texts in multiple ways, including:  vocabulary profiling (based on cefr levels and gsl/awl word lists);  text preprocessing (expanding contractions, removing stopwords, etc.);  data visualization (word frequency charts, word clouds, vocabulary level comparisons). results can be exported to excel for deeper analysis. the code follows object-oriented design principles for better organization and reusability, with strong error handling to ensure reliability. this framework is especially useful for educational purposes, such as evaluating teaching materials or assessing vocabulary difficulty. it brings together multiple python libraries effectively, following best practices in nlp and data visualization for academic research. the frequency analysis of content words reveals a distinctive pattern in the corpus, with “man” emerging as the most frequent term (7.87%), closely followed by “narrator” (7.71%), “information” (7.40%), and “woman” (7.31%). the distribution demonstrates a notable emphasis on human subjects and narrative elements, with action-oriented verbs like “get” (6.45%) and general quantifiers such as “one” (5.89%) and “people” (5.43%) featuring prominently. the data further indicates a significant presence of cognitive and perceptual verbs, including “think” (4.12%) and “see” (3.55%), alongside modal auxiliaries such as “may” (4.61%) and “would” (4.17%) as shown in table 2, figure 2, and 3. the frequencies of these terms, ranging from 1,381 to 599 occurrences, suggest a text corpus heavily focused on human interaction, information processing, and narrative perspective, with the cumulative percentage of these top 20 words accounting for approximately 100% of the analyzed content words. table 2. top 20 most frequent content words (excluding stopwords) rank word frequency percentage 1 man 1381 7.87 2 narrator 1353 7.71 3 information 1299 7.4 4 woman 1284 7.31 5 get 1132 6.45 6 one 1035 5.89 7 people 954 5.43 8 new 839 4.78 9 may 809 4.61 10 like 800 4.56 11 work 762 4.34 12 would 733 4.17 13 think 724 4.12 14 need 684 3.9 15 two 682 3.88 16 make 641 3.65 17 see 623 3.55 18 track 621 3.54 19 take 603 3.43 20 verb 599 3.41 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 998 figure 2. top 20 most frequent words (excluding stopwords) figure 3. word cloud most frequent words (excluding stopwords) figure 4 shows two graphs that analyze vocabulary using different classification systems. on the left, the graph displays the gsl/awl (general service list/academic word list) breakdown. here, we see that k1 words (the most basic vocabulary) make up the largest portion at around 45%, while off-list words (not in common academic lists) account for about 20%, and k2 words (slightly less frequent) are around 10%. the right graph shows the cefr levels. the vocabulary is mostly at the b1 level (intermediate), making up roughly 70%. the other levels (a1, a2, b2, c1, and above) are much lower, each between 5-10%. these graphs help us understand the vocabulary difficulty of the text. the predominance of b1-level words aligns with the toeic’s intended use for workplace communication, but the presence of off-list terms may pose challenges for learners who rely only on general vocabulary instruction. this highlights the need to integrate field-specific vocabulary into toeic prep curricula. figure 4. comparative analysis of vocabulary distribution: gsl/awl classification and cefr proficiency levels hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 999 3.3. analysis framework for cefr-based text assessment and readability metrics the next step introduces a detailed framework for advanced text analysis, with a focus on assessing language proficiency (based on cefr levels) and measuring readability. the system consists of three main components:  cefrwordlist – contains vocabulary lists for different cefr levels (a1 to c2).  cefrdatabasemanager – manages and retrieves cefr word data.  textanalyzer – performs various analyses, including word frequency, cefr level distribution, and readability checks (using flesch-kincaid, gunning fog, and smog scores). the framework uses nltk for text processing and stores data in json format for easy access. it also includes error handling and logging to ensure reliability. key features:  analyzes vocabulary difficulty and frequency.  evaluates text readability.  exports results to excel for further study. this system is useful for both education and research, providing clear insights into language learning materials. the code is well-structured, with type hints, docstrings, and proper error handling, making it easy to maintain and adapt. table 3 displays the frequency of vocabulary items, revealing some interesting patterns. the single letters “b” (12.33%) and “c” (9.72%) appear most often, probably because they are used as multiple-choice options in tests. words related to testing are also very common, such as “test” (6.43%), “question” (6.35%), “questions” (6.23%), “answer” (5.45%), and “choice” (4.48%). this suggests that the corpus focuses heavily on exam-related language. we also see some narrative words like “man” (4.02%), “narrator” (3.92%), and “woman” (3.73%). interestingly, most words in the list do not have a known cefr level—only “get” (3.26%) is classified (a1). the rest are marked as “unknown.” word lengths vary from just 1 letter (like “b”) up to 11 letters (“information”, 3.76%). the frequency ranges from 4,287 to 1,072 occurrences, showing that the corpus is mostly made up of assessment and instructional content. table 3. word frequency and linguistic features analysis rank word frequency percentage b 4287 12.33 1 unknown c 3379 9.72 1 unknown test 2236 6.43 4 unknown question 2209 6.35 8 unknown questions 2166 6.23 9 unknown answer 1896 5.45 6 unknown choice 1557 4.48 6 unknown part 1531 4.4 4 unknown time 1504 4.33 4 unknown words 1499 4.31 5 unknown correct 1432 4.12 7 unknown man 1398 4.02 3 unknown narrator 1362 3.92 8 unknown information 1306 3.76 11 unknown woman 1295 3.73 5 unknown response 1223 3.52 8 unknown practice 1201 3.45 8 unknown get 1132 3.26 3 a1 one 1078 3.1 3 unknown speaking 1072 3.08 8 unknown table 4 shows the results of the linguistic distribution analysis. the data reveals an uneven pattern, with a very large portion—94.85% (463,428 words)—being unclassified vocabulary. among the classified words, the most common were basic (a1-level) words at 3.30% (16,140 words), followed by a2-level words at 1.37% (6,702 words). the intermediate hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1000 levels (b1 and b2) were much less frequent, with b1 at 0.38% (1,838 words) and b2 at just 0.10% (501 words). advanced-level words (c1 and c2) were extremely rare, with only three c1 words (0.0006%) and two c2 words (0.0004%). this pattern suggests that the materials rely heavily on basic vocabulary, while more advanced words are much less common. however, the high number of unclassified words means we need further research to understand their difficulty level. the average cefr level was calculated as 2.92, which is roughly b1 (intermediate). the readability scores, however, showed very unusual results:  flesch reading ease: -497,479.84  flesch-kincaid grade level: 191,184.8  gunning fog index: 196,086.37  smog index: 0  coleman-liau index: 10.65  automated readability index: 245,107.5 table 4. the linguistic distribution analysis rank word frequency a1 16140 3.303220947 a2 6702 1.371634869 b1 1838 0.376166053 b2 501 0.102534925 c1 3 0.000613982 c2 2 0.000409321 unknown 463428 94.8454199 the high percentage of ‘unknown’ vocabulary indicates either gaps in the cefr classification databases or the presence of compound, technical, or test-specific words not typically found in learner corpora. this suggests a need to expand lexical databases for test analysis. these extreme values suggest that there may be some issues with the way the text complexity was measured, or that the analysis method itself has unique characteristics affecting the results. to enhance our previous results, we have implemented the enhancedvocabprofiler class, which rectifies the missing cefr_words attribute by ensuring the proper initialization of essential attributes—including k1_words and k2_words for the general service list, awl_words for the academic word list, and a cefr_words dictionary encompassing levels a1 through c1. this implementation incorporates robust file loading with fallbacks that attempt to load word lists from designated files and, if unsuccessful, automatically generate dummy lists accompanied by meaningful warnings to maintain functionality. furthermore, the class introduces key functionalities such as word-level detection, word category detection, and flexible word list loading, thereby facilitating development and testing, as users can either provide the necessary word list files or utilize the built-in dummy lists while ensuring accurate cefr-level comparisons. 3.4. integrated framework for multi-framework vocabulary profiling and analysis next, we introduce an improved vocabulary profiling system using the enhancedvocabprofiler class. this system combines different vocabulary classification standards, such as the general service list (gsl), academic word list (awl), and cefr levels, to assess language proficiency. to analyze texts, the system uses nltk (a natural language processing tool) for breaking down and processing words. it keeps separate word lists for different skill levels and academic categories. the program also includes strong error handling, detailed logging, and flexible file operations to read and save results. the analyzer provides various statistics, including:  word frequency (how often words appear);  vocabulary classification (gsl/awl categories and cefr levels);  character and line counts. built with object-oriented programming, the system follows a modular design, uses type hints for clarity, and manages word lists efficiently. the results can be displayed in the console or saved to files, giving a detailed breakdown of vocabulary patterns and proficiency levels. this tool is especially useful for educational research and language assessment, helping teachers and researchers analyze texts more effectively. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1001 in a comprehensive vocabulary analysis of 488,614 words, the lexicon was systematically categorized into the general service list (67.6%, 330,440 words), the academic word list (0.1%, 647 words), and the off-list (32.2%, 157,527 words). the common european framework of reference (cefr) levels assessment indicated that a mere 0.3% of the words were classified at the a1 level (1,499 words), with no representation in the a2, b1, b2, or c1 categories. a striking 99.7% (487,115 words) exceeded the c1 level. additionally, the most frequent words were identified as common function words, with “the” appearing 29,351 times, followed by “a” (15,697), “to” (14,308), “and” (9,871), “of” (8,450), “you” (7,968), “is” (7,846), “in” (6,963), “for” (5,448), and “i” (4,699), illustrating the dominance of highfrequency lexical items within the corpus. 3.5. implementation of a sophisticated vocabulary profiling system in this step, we build a vocabulary profiling system using the vocabprofiler class. this tool helps analyze words in detail by checking them against different word lists, such as the general service list (gsl) (including basic k1 and k2 words) and the academic word list (awl). to process the text, we use nltk (a natural language processing library) for breaking down sentences into words and analyzing them. the system organizes words efficiently and counts how often they appear. it also provides useful statistics, such as:  how words are distributed in the text;  how advanced the vocabulary is (sophistication score);  how many academic words are used. the results are displayed in tables and graphs using pandas and matplotlib. the system also handles errors well and can read input files and export results smoothly. to determine vocabulary difficulty, we use a scoring system that classifies texts into four levels:  basic;  intermediate;  advanced;  academic/technical. the program follows good software design practices—it is well-structured, properly documented, and processes data quickly. it also supports interactive visualizations (using ipython) and exports data to excel, which is helpful for language teachers and researchers in fields like linguistics and language testing. table 5 presents the vocabulary analysis results, showing how different word categories are distributed in the corpus. the data reveals that k1 words (the most common 1,000 words in english) appear most frequently—347,678 times, making up 71.16% of the total vocabulary. these include basic words like “a,” “able,” and “about.” the k2 words (the next 1,000 most frequent words) are less common, with 43,361 instances (8.87%), including terms like “ability” and “academic.” meanwhile, words from the academic word list (awl) appear much less often—only 3,354 times (0.69%)—with examples like “accommodate” and “achieve.” additionally, off-list words (specialized terms, names, and abbreviations) make up a significant portion—94,221 cases (19.28%)—such as “aaron” and other technical expressions. this pattern suggests that the texts mostly use basic vocabulary but also contain a notable amount of specialized words, which are typical for academic or professional materials. table 5. vocabulary profile analysis vocabulary distribution category count percentage examples k1 347678 71.16 a, able, about, above, access k2 43361 8.87 ability, abstract, academic, accept, accepted awl 3354 0.69 accommodate, accumulate, accurate, achieve, acknowledge off-list 94221 19.28 aa, aaa, aana, aao, aaron table 6 presents the vocabulary profile analysis, which shows a mix of different word types. the sophistication score is 1.6809, meaning the text uses a moderate balance of simple and more complex words. the overall vocabulary level is “intermediate,” suggesting that the language is not too basic but also not too advanced. interestingly, only 0.69% of the words come from academic vocabulary lists, meaning the text does not rely heavily on formal academic terms. this indicates that the material is neither too simple nor too difficult—it strikes a balance between being easy to understand and including some academic elements. however, it does not contain highly specialized or advanced vocabulary. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1002 table 6. vocabulary profile analysis summary statistics metric value sophistication score 1.6809 vocabulary level intermediate academic word percentage 0.69 figure 5. vocabulary profile analysis vocabulary distribution figure 5 shows how different word categories are used in the text. the analysis reveals a clear pattern:  k1 words (the most common 1,000 words in english) make up 71.2% of the vocabulary, forming the core of the text.  k2 words (the next 1,000 most frequent words) appear much less often, at just 8.9%.  academic words (awl) are very rare, accounting for only 0.7%.  surprisingly, off-list words (specialized terms, names, and less common vocabulary) are the second-largest group at 19.3%. this pattern suggests that the text mostly uses basic vocabulary but also includes many specialized words. however, academic language is hardly present, meaning the text is easy to understand while still covering specific topics. 3.6. cross-analysis framework for vocabulary assessment in this step, we use a detailed cross-analysis method to evaluate vocabulary. our approach combines word frequency data with multi-level categorization (such as k1, k2, academic, and technical words). the perform_cross_analysis function runs a full lexical analysis by merging antconc-style frequency results with vocabulary classifications. for data processing, we use pandas for structured analysis and matplotlib libraries for visualizations. the system generates three main outputs: 1. high-frequency important words (found through quantile analysis) 2. common academic vocabulary 3. technical/subject-specific terms these results are displayed in tables and graphs using styled dataframes and matplotlib visuals. the framework also supports exporting data to ms excel (using openpyxl) with automatic formatting and error handling. for visualization, we include:  pie charts to show word category distribution  bar plots to display frequency patterns this method provides a complete overview of vocabulary patterns, making it useful for linguistic research and educational studies. the systematic approach combines different analysis techniques, demonstrating advanced data processing in vocabulary assessment. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1003 table 7 shows how often certain important words appear in the toeic materials, which helps us understand what vocabulary is most useful for exam preparation. the data clearly indicates that the most common words belong to the k1 category (the first 1,000 most frequent words in english). among these, function words—such as articles, prepositions, and conjunctions—are used the most. for example:  “the” is the most frequent word, appearing 29,351 times.  the preposition “to” comes next, with 14,308 occurrences.  the conjunction “and” is third (9,871 times), followed by the preposition “of” (8,450 times).  the pronoun “you” is also used often (7,968 times), which suggests that the materials use direct instructions or interactive language. table 7. high-frequency crucial words for exam preparation word frequency category the 29351 k1 to 14308 k1 and 9871 k1 of 8450 k1 you 7968 k1 in 6963 k1 for 5448 k1 that 4155 k1 it 3511 k1 will 3498 k1 be 3342 k1 on 3317 k1 or 3312 k1 not 2776 k1 with 2680 k1 this 2591 k1 at 2348 k1 have 2325 k1 question 2209 k1 an 1899 k1 among content words (words with clear meaning), “question” stands out with 2,209 occurrences, showing its importance in exam-related texts. these findings highlight that basic english vocabulary, especially function words, plays a key role in toeic materials. these words act like the “glue” that holds exam language together, making them essential for test-takers to recognize and understand. table 8 shows how often different academic words appear in scholarly and educational texts. the most common word is “sample”, used 530 times, followed by “context” (278 times) and “analysis” (266 times). this suggests that research methods and analytical approaches are heavily emphasized. after these top words, the frequency drops for terms like “function” (72 times) and “model” (64 times), which are still important but used less often. words related to scientific research, such as “conduct” (52 times), “demonstrate” (38 times), and “assess” (28 times), appear even less frequently. finally, terms like “investigate” (9 times), “element” (6 times), and “interpret” (4 times) are the least common. however, they still play a key role in certain academic fields, meaning they are likely used in specialized discussions rather than everyday academic writing. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1004 table 8. most common academic words word frequency sample 530 context 278 analysis 266 function 72 model 64 data 56 conduct 52 demonstrate 38 assess 28 evidence 25 experiment 22 factor 21 aspect 17 examine 16 perspective 13 investigation 11 investigate 9 element 6 concept 5 interpret 4 table 9 analyzes technical and subject-specific vocabulary, showing a pattern typical for computer science and programming. the most common term is “object” (115 times), followed by “class” (95 times), which highlights the importance of object-oriented programming. the word “testing” appears 71 times, showing a strong focus on software quality. other notable terms include “library” (41 times) and “branch” (21 times), which relate to key software development concepts. less frequent words like “conditional” (12 times) and “packet” (6 times) seem more specialized. finally, basic programming terms such as “compiler,” “array,” and “merge” appear only once, meaning they might be used in very specific situations rather than general discussions. although academic and technical terms are relatively low in frequency, their presence is significant in tasks requiring analytical thinking or familiarity with formal registers. teachers should consider scaffolding activities to gradually introduce these terms. table 9. technical/subject-specific vocabulary word frequency object 115 class 95 testing 71 library 41 branch 21 conditional 12 packet 6 scope 5 commit 5 documentation 2 merge 1 compiler 1 array 1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1005 figure 6 shows a visualization of vocabulary distribution across categories, revealing a striking dominance of offlist words, constituting an overwhelming 98.3% of the total vocabulary composition. this distribution pattern demonstrates a highly specialized or context-specific lexical profile, with the remaining categories comprising petite proportions: k1 (first thousand most frequent words) represents a mere 0.4%, academic vocabulary accounts for 0.2%, and technical terminology contributes 1.1% of the total distribution. this unusual distribution, with its exceptionally high proportion of off-list words, suggests a highly specialized subject matter or potentially domain-specific content that falls outside conventional vocabulary categorization schemes. the minimal presence of standard (k1) and academic vocabulary indicates that this text or corpus likely represents a unique or specialized field of study that relies heavily on terminology not typically captured in standard vocabulary lists. figure 6. distribution of vocabulary by category 3.7. advanced teaching materials generation for vocabulary analysis finally, we developed a system that automatically creates teaching materials based on vocabulary analysis. our create_teaching_materials function organizes words into three categories—essential vocabulary, academic words, and technical terms—and generates structured learning resources. to do this, we used pandas for data organization and added contextual examples from concordance lines and common word pairs (collocations). the system produces different formats, including:  an interactive notebook with styled tables;  a multi-sheet excel file (automatically formatted for each word category);  a detailed text guide with word frequencies, example sentences, and collocations. the system follows strong educational principles by:  structuring vocabulary logically;  providing real usage examples;  ensuring clear and professional formatting. it also includes error handling and detailed documentation, while allowing flexibility in output formats to fit different teaching needs. this makes it especially useful for language teachers and curriculum designers figure 7 provides an example of vocabulary analysis results, focusing on two high-frequency function words that are very important in english. first, the word “the” appears 29,351 times, making it extremely common. it is mostly used in contexts describing book content and toeic test materials. for example, we see phrases like “what [the] book is about the toeic” and “[the] table of contents,” showing how “the” helps specify things. it also often appears with words like “den,” “then,” and “clean.” second, the preposition “to” appears 14,308 times, mainly in instructional texts about book strategies and vocabulary learning. it is frequently used to show purpose or direction, especially in phrases related to language learning and business communication. some common word combinations include “sink,” “tow,” and “wind,” which demonstrate its flexibility in different expressions. this analysis highlights how essential these small but frequent words are in forming clear and meaningful sentences, especially in educational materials. for complete results, please check the supplementary files. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1006 figure 7. an example of an essential vocabulary teaching guide in figure 8, we analyze academic vocabulary usage, focusing on two important words: “sample” and “context.”  the word “sample” appears 530 times, mostly in teaching and medical texts. it is used in different ways, such as in educational instructions (“photocopy the following [sample] dictionary page”), medical prescriptions (“just fill one prescription today [sample]”), and research (“a [sample] of the population taking the”).  the term “context” appears 278 times, mainly in education and analysis. examples include phrases like “each chapter covers a particular [context]” and discussions about specialized knowledge. interestingly, neither word has strong collocations (common word pairings), meaning they are used flexibly across different subjects. this suggests that while these words are essential in academic writing, they often stand-alone rather than being part of fixed phrases. their versatility makes them useful in many scholarly situations. figure 8. an example of an academic words vocabulary teaching guide figure 9 shows an example of an analysis of technical terminology that reveals distinctive usage patterns for two fundamental terms in computing and educational contexts. the word “object” appears with high frequency at 115 occurrences, predominantly in technical computing contexts, as demonstrated in examples related to digital storage hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1007 (“electronics disk n an [object] used to store digital information”) and programming operations (“produce export export [object] object import import subject”). in parallel, the term “class” shows significant usage with 95 instances, appearing primarily in educational and organizational contexts, as evidenced in phrases such as “reading text assigned from [class]” and “taking a [class] at the community college.” notably, both technical terms lack common collocations, indicating their independent usage across different technical and educational domains. this pattern suggests that while these terms are essential in their respective fields, they function as standalone technical concepts rather than components of fixed technical phrases, underlining their versatility in programming and educational documentation. for the full result, please see the supplement files. figure 9. an example of a technical terms vocabulary teaching guide 4. discussion this study looks at the vocabulary used in toeic listening materials to see how well they match second language learning theories and how they can help improve english teaching for thai students. using an automated corpus analysis, we found several important patterns in the vocabulary. first, the most common words were basic, high-frequency terms—especially k1 words and function words like “test,” “questions,” and “choice.” however, we also noticed many specialized and “off-list” words, meaning that while the materials focus on fundamental vocabulary, they also include more challenging terms. when we classified the words using the general service list (gsl), academic word list (awl), and cefr levels, some words did not fit into any category. this could mean they are technical terms or that the current classification systems have gaps. these findings support earlier research by meebangsai et al. [5], laufer [7], and sun et al. [3], who argue that a strong vocabulary base is crucial for listening comprehension and overall language skills. the presence of specialized words also matches observations by seong & cha [16] and liu et al. [17], who found that tests like the toeic often include advanced vocabulary beyond everyday language. our results align with kaneko’s [9] lexical profiling of toeic and other high-stakes tests, which similarly found a high proportion of k1 vocabulary and limited awl presence, suggesting that toeic materials prioritize general communicative competence. however, unlike previous studies, our analysis reveals a higher frequency of off-list and technical terms, which may be attributed to our focus on the listening section and the inclusion of materials drawn from workplace-specific contexts. yildiz [10] and phung & ha [11] also reported that optimal lexical coverage for comprehension requires a 95–98% familiarity threshold—a benchmark echoed in our study, reinforcing the importance of structured vocabulary instruction. unlike traditional studies using static frequency counts, our method integrates cefr-based classification and computational linguistic metrics, allowing for a deeper and more scalable evaluation of listening texts. this comparative analysis not only validates our findings but also demonstrates the added value of automated tools in expanding vocabulary research. unlike traditional tools such as antconc, which require manual loading of texts and offer limited vocabulary classification functionality, our python-based system automates the full pipeline—from text preprocessing and lexical categorization to visualization and output export. while vocabprofile provides useful online profiling based on fixed word lists (e.g., gsl, awl), it does not support cefr alignment or customized list integration, and lacks features for hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1008 advanced linguistic metrics like type-token ratio, readability indexes, and collocation detection. our tool addresses these gaps by embedding dynamic vocabulary classification across multiple frameworks (i.e., gsl, awl, cefr), supporting high-volume text processing, and enabling educational export formats (i.e., excel, html guides). additionally, it includes modular error handling and user-defined vocabulary imports, making it scalable and adaptable for diverse efl research contexts. however, there are some limitations. the high number of unclassified words suggests that either the vocabulary frameworks or our analysis tool may need improvement. also, some readability scores were inconsistent, meaning we might need to refine our methods. the unusually high percentage of words categorized as “unknown” in the cefrbased classification is partly attributable to formatting artifacts and technical limitations. for example, text extracted from toeic preparation materials often included elements such as multiple-choice labels (e.g., “(a),” “b,” “c”), answer keys, or instructional metadata, which are not present in cefr lexical databases. additionally, minor ocr noise and inconsistencies in tokenization (e.g., contractions or punctuation-bound tokens) may have led to unrecognized entries. while we applied preprocessing scripts to clean the data, a portion of these unclassified tokens reflect the limited scope of existing cefr wordlists in capturing domain-specific, test-oriented vocabulary. future work could improve accuracy by integrating expanded or custom cefr-aligned dictionaries and more sophisticated preprocessing pipelines to reduce misclassification. the readability metrics, particularly the flesch reading ease and flesch-kincaid grade level, displayed highly anomalous values (e.g., -497,479.84). upon investigation, we found that these distortions were due to atypical formatting in the toeic corpus, including numerous isolated characters, test options (e.g., “a”, “b”, “c”), and incomplete or fragmentary sentence structures. these elements interfered with the sentence segmentation and syllable counts required for readability formulas. to correct this, we refined the input preprocessing by filtering out non-lexical tokens and incomplete lines. in future iterations, we recommend applying readability formulas only to contiguous, full-sentence passages to yield meaningful results. thus, the reported extreme values should not be interpreted as reflecting actual linguistic difficulty. a considerable proportion of words in our corpus were classified as “off-list” or “unknown” due to their absence from standard vocabulary frameworks such as gsl, awl, or cefr. upon closer inspection, many of these terms are likely drawn from business english or workplace-specific discourse, which forms the thematic core of toeic listening content. integrating domain-specific vocabulary lists—such as business word lists (e.g., the business english corpus or bec lists)—could enhance classification accuracy by accounting for terminology related to marketing, finance, logistics, and human resources. such enrichment would not only reduce misclassification but also provide more pedagogically relevant insights for learners preparing for workplace-oriented assessments. future research should explore merging general-purpose wordlists with curated domain-specific corpora to create hybrid profiling systems tailored for vocational english assessments like toeic. future studies should explore better classification techniques— perhaps by adding more word lists—and analyze a wider range of toeic materials to make the findings more reliable. the results have important teaching implications:  strong vocabulary foundation is key – since basic words dominate, teachers should ensure students master highfrequency vocabulary first.  specialized words matter too – because toeic includes advanced terms, lessons should gradually introduce these to prepare students for the test.  automated analysis helps – our method provides a quick way to analyze vocabulary, helping teachers adjust materials based on real test language. some might argue that using gsl and awl is outdated, but recent studies [9, 10] show they are still useful for analyzing test vocabulary. however, our study could better connect to newer research on toeic’s specific word requirements, like kaneko’s work on lexical thresholds [9, 24] or phung & ha’s [11] methods for test vocabulary analysis. our corpus (45,099 words) follows common practices in toeic research, similar to studies on vocabulary size and reading performance [42-44]. still, we did not discuss recent criticisms of toeic—such as its focus on grammar over real communication [45, 46]. future work could include experimental methods, like testing vocabulary retention with digital tools [47] or assessing listening-specific word knowledge [48]. for teaching, we could link our findings to successful classroom strategies, such as:  multimodal vocabulary training (e.g., combining audio, text, and visuals) [47].  cefr-based lesson planning [49].  ielts-style word selection methods (like ha et al.’s approach [50]), adapted for thai learners. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1009 this study confirms that a strong vocabulary is essential for language learning, especially in tests like the toeic. by analyzing listening materials automatically, we gained useful insights for teaching—balancing basic words with advanced terms to help students improve. moving forward, combining receptive (listening/reading) and productive (speaking/writing) vocabulary practice could make toeic preparation even more effective. the automated vocabulary profiling approach presented in this study can be readily adapted for classroom use in several impactful ways. first, teachers can use the tool to extract cefr-aligned wordlists directly from toeic preparation texts, enabling the creation of lesson plans that match learners’ proficiency levels. for example, instructors could focus on introducing b1-level vocabulary through listening tasks drawn from actual test materials. second, the system’s output—including frequency-based wordlists and collocation patterns—can be transformed into interactive learning materials such as vocabulary notebooks, flashcards, or fill-in-the-blank exercises tailored to each learner group. third, educators can use the tool’s analysis to conduct diagnostic assessments that identify gaps in lexical knowledge, particularly in off-list or technical word domains. this allows for more targeted interventions and formative evaluation. finally, the visualizations and summaries produced by the system offer a concrete basis for reflective teaching practice and curriculum redesign, aligning classroom instruction with real-world test demands. 5. conclusion this study explored the lexical composition of toeic listening materials using an automated, cefr-aligned vocabulary profiling approach. combining corpus linguistics methods with python-based analysis, we categorized vocabulary into gsl, awl, and off-list items and assessed their cefr difficulty levels. the findings reveal that highfrequency words dominate the listening materials, particularly k1 and function words. however, many off-list and domain-specific terms were also identified, suggesting the need for broader vocabulary coverage in instruction. most words fall within the b1 level, indicating that the listening materials suit intermediate learners but may still challenge those with lower proficiency levels. these insights support lexical coverage theory and reinforce previous research emphasizing the importance of foundational vocabulary for listening comprehension. beyond confirming prior findings, this study contributes a scalable and automated framework for vocabulary analysis in standardized testing. the novelty lies in integrating cefr-based classification with corpus-driven methods and natural language processing tools. the system also offers educational utility through its exportable teaching materials, which can help instructors align vocabulary instruction with real test demands. despite some limitations—such as classification gaps and inconsistent readability metrics—the proposed framework provides a replicable model for future research. upcoming studies may expand the scope by including other toeic sections or applying the tool to different learner corpora. in sum, this study demonstrates that automated vocabulary profiling enhances our understanding of lexical demands in listening assessments and offers practical pathways for improving curriculum design, test preparation, and pedagogical strategies in efl contexts. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, b.s., k.p., n.p., and w.c.; methodology, b.s., k.p., and w.c.; software, w.c.; validation, b.s., k.p., n.p., and w.c.; formal analysis, b.s., k.p., and w.c.; investigation, b.s., k.p., and w.c.; resources, b.s., k.p., and w.c.; data curation, b.s., k.p., and w.c.; writing—original draft preparation, b.s., k.p., n.p., and w.c.; writing— review and editing, b.s., k.p., n.p., and w.c.; visualization, w.c.; supervision, w.c.; project administration, k.p. and w.c.; funding acquisition, b.s., k.p., and w.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.3. funding this article was supported by the fundamental fund of khon kaen university. the research on “investigation of lexical profile and global englishes awareness of thai and vietnamese learners with different cefr-based english proficiency levels” by khon kaen university has received funding support from the national science, research and innovation fund (“nsrf”) (grant number: 4708233). 6.4. acknowledgments the authors would like to thank mr. paiboon manorom, who supports the dataset for analysis. 6.5. ethical statement this study has received approval from the institutional review board (irb), confirming compliance with all ethical standards for research involving human subjects through an exemption under approved conditions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1010 6.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] pecorari, d., shaw, p., & malmström, h. (2019). developing a new academic vocabulary test. journal of english for academic purposes, 39, 59–71. doi:10.1016/j.jeap.2019.02.004. [2] webb, s. (2008). receptive and productive vocabulary sizes of l2 learners. studies in second language acquisition, 30(1), 79– 95. doi:10.1017/s0272263108080042. [3] sun, d., chen, z., & zhu, s. (2023). what affects second language vocabulary learning? evidence from multivariate analysis. frontiers in education, 8. doi:10.3389/feduc.2023.1210640. [4] tran, y. (2023). improving english vocabulary for students through listening to english news. international journal of language and literary studies, 5(1), 1–13. doi:10.36892/ijlls.v5i1.1152. [5] meebangsai, d., pongtin, p., kitipoontanakorn, p., & laosrirattanachai, p. (2023). investigating proficiency of academic english in student writing: a comparative case study on vocabulary utilization in student research article writing vis-à-vis national and international research. pasaa, 67(1), 66–100. doi:10.58837/chula.pasaa.67.1.3. [6] jang, w., & leech, k. (2023). contextual modulation of adult–child language interaction: semantic network connectivity and children’s vocabulary development. education sciences, 13(11), 1084. doi:10.3390/educsci13111084. [7] laufer, b. (1989). what percentage of text lexis is necessary for comprehension? special language: from humans thinking to thinking machines, c. lauren and m. nordman, eds. bristol: multilingual matters, 316-323. available online: https://www.lextutor.ca/cover/papers/laufer_1989.pdf (accessed on august 2025). [8] coxhead, a. (2000). a new academic word list. tesol quarterly, 34(2), 213. doi:10.2307/3587951. [9] kaneko, m. (2020). lexical frequency profiling of high-stakes english tests: text coverage of cambridge first, eiken, gtec, ielts, teap, toefl, and toeic. jacet journal, 64(64), 79–93. [10] yildiz, m. (2023). lexical coverage required for minimal and optimal levels of reading comprehension in the english tests of the higher education institutions examination. reflections, 30(3), 695–711. doi:10.61508/refl.v30i3.268077. [11] phung, d. h., & ha, h. t. (2022). vocabulary demands of the ielts listening test: an in-depth analysis. sage open, 12(1), 1–13. doi:10.1177/21582440221079934. [12] towns, s. g. (2020). which word list should i teach? using word lists to support textbook vocabulary instruction. thaitesol journal, 33(1), 20–35. [13] sukying, a. (2023). the role of vocabulary size and depth in predicting postgraduate students’ second language writing performance. learn journal: language education and acquisition research network, 16(1), 575-603. [14] nazri, m. a., fikni, z., hijjah, p., & wati, l. (2024). engaging english language learners: the impact of pictionary on student interest and vocabulary retention in efl classrooms. elt worldwide: journal of english language teaching, 11(2), 487. doi:10.26858/eltww.v11i2.64579. [15] west, m. (1953). a general service list of english words, with semantic frequencies and a supplementary word-list for the writing of popular science and technology. longman, london, united kingdom. [16] seong, s., & cha, j. (2023). domain word extension using curriculum learning. sensors, 23(6), 3064. doi:10.3390/s23063064. [17] liu, c., wang, s., qing, l., kuang, k., kang, y., sun, c., & wu, f. (2024). gold panning in vocabulary: an adaptive method for vocabulary expansion of domain-specific llms. proceedings of the 2024 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing, 7442–7459. doi:10.18653/v1/2024.emnlp-main.4244. [18] schäfer, j., reuter, t., karbach, j., & leuchter, m. (2024). domain-specific knowledge and domain-general abilities in children’s science problem-solving. british journal of educational psychology, 94(2), 346–366. doi:10.1111/bjep.12649. [19] manorom, p., hunsapun, n., & chansanam, w. (2024). an investigation of english speaking problems of chinese efl students in thailand. international journal of english language and literature studies, 13(2), 270–286. doi:10.55493/5019.v13i2.5046. [20] panmei, b. (2023). strategic vocabulary learning in vocabulary list learning: insights from efl learners in thailand. 3l the southeast asian journal of english language studies, 29(1), 93–107. doi:10.17576/3l-2023-2901-07. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1011 [21] raungsawat, n., & chumworatayee, t. (2021). the effects of vocabulary self-collection strategy instruction on thai efl undergraduate students’ vocabulary knowledge and perceptions. arab world english journal, 12(1), 253–269. doi:10.24093/awej/vol12no1.18. [22] rofiah, n. l., & waluyo, b. (2024). effects of gamified grammar and vocabulary learning in an english course on efl students in thailand. teaching english with technology, 24(2), 22-46. doi:10.56297/vaca6841/lrdx3699/djjl1101. [23] tiansoodeenon, m., & prasongngern, p. (2025). enhancing active learning through the interactive learning platform to improve thai efl students’ english vocabulary, grammatical retention, and motivation in english learning. higher education studies, 15(1), 232. doi:10.5539/hes.v15n1p232. [24] kaneko, m. (2017). vocabulary size targets for the toeic test. jacet journal, 61, 57-67. [25] nation, p., & beglar, d. (2007). a vocabulary size test. plenary speaker, jalt2007, 1-4. [26] sharpe, p. j. (2018). barron’s toeic practice exams. barron's educational series, new york, united states. [27] collins, h. (2019). collins skills for the toeic test: listening and reading (2nd ed.). harper collins, london, united kingdom. [28] etc. (2014). test and score data summary for toefl ibt® tests: january 2013–december 2014 test data. educational testing service (etc), princeton, united states. [29] trew, g. (2007). tactics for toeic: listening and reading test. oxford university press, oxford, united kingdom. [30] sabatini, j., o’reilly, t., & doorey, n. a. (2018). retooling literacy education for the 21st century: key findings of the reading for understanding initiative and their implications. educational testing service. available online: https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ed587186.pdf (accessed on august 2025). [31] educational testing service and kaplan test prep. (2009). kaplan's toeic listening and reading prep plus 2009–2010. kaplan publishing, new york, united states. [32] lougheed, l. (2007). longman preparation series for the new toeic test-more practice tests (4th ed.). pearson education, inc, london, united kingdom. [33] lertcharoenwanich, p. (2022). the effect of communicative language teaching in test preparation course on toeic score of efl business english students. journal of language teaching and research, 13(6), 1188–1195. doi:10.17507/jltr.1306.06. [34] biber, d., johansson, s., leech, g. n., conrad, s., & finegan, e. (2000). grammar of spoken and written english. longman, london, united kingdom. [35] cobb, t. (2021). web vocabprofile, an adaptation of heatley, nation & coxhead's (2002) range. available online: http://www.lextutor.ca/vp/ (accessed on august 2025). [36] heatley, a., nation, i. s. p., & coxhead, a. (2002). range and frequency programs. victoria university of wellington, wellington, new zealand. [37] li, h. (2025). teaching academic english in higher education: strategies and challenges. frontiers in education, 10. doi:10.3389/feduc.2025.1559307. [38] little, d. (2020). common european framework of reference for languages. the tesol encyclopedia of english language teaching, 1–7, john wiley & sons, hoboken, united states. doi:10.1002/9781118784235.eelt0114.pub2. [39] laurence anthony. (2020). antconc (version 3.5.9), waseda university, tokyo, japan. available online: https://www.laurenceanthony.net/software (accessed on august 2025). [40] salkind, n. (2010). encyclopedia of research design. sage publishing, thousand oaks, united states. doi:10.4135/9781412961288. [41] sedgwick, p. (2014). cross sectional studies: advantages and disadvantages. bmj, 348, 2276. doi:10.1136/bmj.g2276. [42] tangsakul, s. (2024). relationship between vocabulary size and toeic reading achievement among undergraduate students. international journal of sociologies and anthropologies science reviews, 4(4), 305–312. doi:10.60027/ijsasr.2024.3896. [43] tsai, r. m. r., & huang, s. c. (2023). efl reading strategies used by high school students with different english proficiency. forum for linguistic studies, 5(3), 1855–1855. doi:10.59400/fls.v5i3.1855. [44] namsaeng, p. (2021). an analysis and techniques used for toeic test takers in thailand. journal of liberal arts and service industry, 4(2), 658-683. [45] chinda, b., & hinkelman, d. (2023). teacher cognition of efl assessment: a case study of professional development on performance-based language assessment in japan. reflections, 30(3), 757–775. doi:10.61508/refl.v30i3.268136. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ed587186.pdf https://www.google.com/search?sca_esv=53a9b0789629cd9b&sxsrf=ae3tifpsufmen3-rn6jtjh9zmq1urfjbtg:1760436687213&q=thousand+oaks&si=amgyjevmed8fkyekpej8jfghzkakcy5kqho_c4g-qjrdklshmgjac4hykajyadwhmamn2vduyiibyuv7em4ivbzx11-d_dy6hd7yuet5v5jfwgin5ufopbt0l7vdhwrazeixblarrk-via19w0cwwkodeylm096_byp2daonhrozef8hlclfvxppl4_79fyauhjyh05rzqvh&sa=x&ved=2ahukewj9gzdbuaoqaxwnq6qehvzbg8sqmxn6bagqeai hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1012 [46] thongsonkleeb, k. (2023). students’ satisfaction with the use of google forms for the toeic test to evaluate english proficiency. 2023 8th international conference on business and industrial research (icbir), 1303–1306. doi:10.1109/icbir57571.2023.10147504. [47] bancha, w., & tongtep, n. (2020). effects of toeic vocabulary lessons plus lms exercises and toeic vocabulary lessons plus multiex games on the short-term vocabulary memorization and long-term vocabulary retention of thai tertiary students. project code fis r6302, prince of songkla university, hat yai, thailand. [48] li, c. h. (2023). exploring aural vocabulary knowledge for toeic as a language exit requirement in higher education in taiwan. iral international review of applied linguistics in language teaching, 62(4), 1853–1875. doi:10.1515/iral-2023-0021. [49] janjaroongpak, k. (2022). cefr-referenced item specification analysis of toeic incomplete sentences part on intermediate thai learners. st. theresa journal of humanities and social sciences, 8(2), 61-76. [50] ha, h. t., le, h. t., phung, d. h., & nguyen, s. d. (2022). is “general” easier than “academic”? a corpus-based investigation into the two modules of ielts reading test. sn social sciences, 2(8), 159. doi:10.1007/s43545-022-00461-1. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 615 issn: 2723-9535 iasb framework: construction of data asset accounting system based on po-bp model haixia guo 1* 1 department of management engineering, inner mongolia vocational college of chemical engineering, hohhot 010011, china. received 07 march 2025; revised 19 may 2025; accepted 25 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract this study aims to construct a data asset accounting system based on the international accounting standards board (iasb) framework, addressing the challenges in identifying, measuring, and reporting data assets within traditional accounting systems. by integrating the political optimization (po) algorithm with the back propagation (bp) neural network, we propose a novel po-bp model to enhance the accuracy and efficiency of data asset valuation. the po algorithm optimizes the weights and biases of the bp neural network, improving its global search and local development capabilities. experimental validation using open-source datasets demonstrates that the po-bp model outperforms traditional models (e.g., bp, gwo-bp, and ssa-bp) in terms of convergence speed, prediction accuracy, and stability, achieving an average relative error of 0.2292% and a coefficient of determination r² of 0.9957. this study innovatively combines the po algorithm with bp neural network, offering a robust technical approach for data asset value assessment. the findings provide significant theoretical support for advancing data asset accounting and practical guidance for enterprise decisionmaking during digital transformation. future research will explore the model's adaptability to diverse industry data and dynamic market environments. keywords: iasb framework; bp neural network; intelligent optimisation; data asset accounting system. 1. introduction in the era of the digital economy, data is regarded as an important factor of production, and its value is increasingly important in business decision-making and financial reporting [1]. the framework of the international accounting standards board (iasb) provides a theoretical basis for accounting for data assets. as a new production factor, there is no doubt about the business value of data [2]. the current academic research on the concept of data and data assets, the characteristics of data and the definition of ownership, the scope and type of data capitalization, the measurement method of data assets and how to reflect them in the enterprise balance sheet, etc., has not yet formed a consensus both at home and abroad, and it still belongs to the period of preliminary research, and these issues are important for the accurate evaluation of the contribution of data as a key factor of production to the growth of enterprise value in the context of digital transformation is of vital importance [3]. the construction of the data asset accounting system helps extend the development of the relevant theoretical research on data assets, helps investors get more objective financial information, improves the enterprise's ability to manage data assets, and promotes the rationality and normality of data market transactions [4]. therefore, the study of accurate and objective scientific data asset accounting system construction method is a very meaningful research link for the field of data asset accounting. despite the growing recognition of data as a critical asset in the digital economy, existing research on data asset accounting remains underdeveloped [5]. current studies have not yet established a unified framework for the identification, measurement, and reporting of data assets within traditional accounting systems [6]. gaps persist in understanding how to accurately evaluate the contribution of data assets to enterprise value growth, particularly during * corresponding author: 2021100842@nit.edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-017  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0007-4097-2241 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 616 digital transformation [7]. moreover, there is a lack of empirical research and case studies that apply advanced methodologies to data asset accounting. this study addresses these gaps by proposing a novel data asset accounting system based on the iasb framework. we integrate the political optimization (po) algorithm with the back propagation (bp) neural network to construct a po-bp model, which enhances the scientific rigor and practical applicability of data asset valuation [8]. through experimental validation, this study demonstrates the model's superior performance in convergence speed, prediction accuracy, and stability, providing a robust technical approach for data asset accounting and supporting enterprise decision-making. the current research on the construction method of data asset accounting systems mainly adopts the literature research method and case study method [9]. data asset accounting system construction research content is mainly divided into data asset recognition, data asset measurement, data asset recording, data asset reporting, and other aspects of the content [5, 10]. after the study of data asset literature content, it can be found that the current data assets still belong to an emerging topic, mainly in the following aspects [11, 12]: 1) the accounting treatment of data assets in all aspects is still limited to the traditional accounting framework; 2) not all data can meet the conditions for the recognition of assets; 3) the lack of data asset accounting case studies. to solve the construction of a data asset accounting system, combined with data asset accounting data, this paper studies the construction of a data asset accounting system and case analysis based on an improved machine learning algorithm. to address the deficiencies of the current data asset accounting system construction method, this paper integrates the intelligent optimization algorithm and neural network to suggest a data asset accounting system construction method that is based on the po-bp model and operates within the iasb framework. the primary contributions of this paper are (1) the identification of the iasb framework concept, the formulation of the research idea, and the development of the data asset accounting system; (2) the integration of the political optimization algorithm and bp neural network to create a data asset accounting value assessment model based on the po-bp algorithm; and (3) the validation of the proposed method through the analysis of data asset accounting data. the first section serves as the introduction, detailing the background of data assets as a crucial production element, elucidating the theoretical and practical importance of their accounting, and specifying the research topics and objectives. the second part is the research design and system construction, which defines the core concept of data assets, proposes the accounting flow of data asset recognition, measurement, recording, and reporting based on the iasb framework, and constructs a systematic accounting system. the third part focuses on the value assessment model based on the political optimization algorithm (po) and bp neural network (bp) and details the design idea, optimization mechanism, and implementation process of the po-bp model. the fourth part is an arithmetic example analysis, which compares the performance of the po-bp model with other comparative algorithms through experimental validation of open-source datasets, highlighting its advantages in convergence speed and prediction accuracy. finally, the fifth part is the conclusion and outlook, which summarises the research results, points out the limitations of the existing research and proposes the future research direction to provide the path support for the continuous development of data asset accounting. 2. research design and system building 2.1. definition of the concept and analysis of the research base 2.1.1. iasb framework concept the definition of an asset, as described in the iasb's conceptual framework for financial reporting, is "a resource that is expected to provide economic benefits to an enterprise, is owned or controlled by the enterprise, and arises from an enterprise's past transactions or events." this definition offers criteria for the identification and evaluation of data assets [13]. 2.1.2. definition and classification of data assets following the iasb paradigm, a data asset is defined as a data resource owned or managed by an entity, anticipated to yield economic advantages [14, 15]. data assets can be classified into the following categories (figure 1): 1) raw data: original unprocessed data; 2) processed data: data that have been processed and analyzed; 3) derived data: new data generated based on raw and processed data; and 4) data tools: software tools used for data processing and analysis. figure 1 provides a foundational framework for identifying and measuring different types of data assets, which is essential for their subsequent accounting treatment. figure 1. classification of data assets hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 617 2.1.3. recognition and measurement of data assets the recognition of data assets should satisfy the following conditions [16, 17]: 1) the enterprise owns or controls the data resources; 2) the data resources can bring future economic benefits; and 3) the cost of the data resources can be measured reliably. data assets can be measured using the following methods [18]: 1) cost approach: based on the cost of acquiring or producing the data asset; 2) fair value approach: based on the price that a market participant would receive to sell the asset in an orderly transaction; and 3) income approach: based on the present value of the expected future economic benefits of the data asset. the concept of recognition and measurement of data assets is shown in figure 2. this conceptual framework ensures that data assets are accurately identified and measured, aligning with international accounting standards and providing a basis for their inclusion in financial statements. figure 2. data asset recognition and measurement concepts 2.1.4. accounting for data assets the accounting treatment of data assets is based on three main aspects: initial measurement, subsequent measurement, amortization, and impairment [19], as shown in figure 3 which involve initial measurement, subsequent measurement, amortization, and impairment. 1) initial measurement; 2) subsequent measurement; 3) amortisation and impairment. figure 3. accounting treatment of data assets 2.1.5. presentation of data assets data assets should be presented separately in the balance sheet and the following information should be disclosed in the notes [20]: 1) classification and description of data assets; 2) measurement methods and assumptions; 3) amortisation policy and provision for impairment; and 4) economic benefits and risks of data assets (figure 4). figure 4. presentation information for data assets hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 618 2.1.6. valuation of data assets valuation of data assets is an important part of accounting [21]. valuation methods can include market, income, and cost methods [22]. enterprises should choose appropriate valuation methods according to the characteristics of data assets and the market environment (figure 5). figure 5. methods for valuing data assets 2.2. research idea design the research idea of this paper is shown in figure 6. the research mainly consists of the recognition, measurement, recording, and reporting of data assets. it is based on the reference to the existing literature, combined with the iasb conceptual framework of asset recognition, measurement, recording, and reporting of the relevant content and supplementing the recording link to form a research idea on accounting for data assets [23]. figure 6. research idea map 2.3. construction of data asset accounting system using the iasb conceptual framework and previous research, this paper builds an enterprise data asset accounting system that includes recognizing, derecognizing, measuring, recording, presenting, and disclosing data assets [24]. figure 7 shows this specific accounting system. figure 7 illustrates that the recognition of data assets encompasses initial recognition and derecognition; the measurement of data assets consists of initial measurement and subsequent hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 619 measurement; the documentation of data assets primarily includes records of recognition and initial measurement, records of subsequent measurement, and reports on data assets; finally, the presentation and disclosure of data assets are primarily indicated by the presentation location and the number of items presented. figure 7. system construction diagram 3. construction method of data asset accounting system based on po-bp model 3.1. political optimization algorithms the political optimizer (po) was introduced in 2020 by askari et al. [13]. the algorithm is derived from the multistage political process. politics possesses varied interpretations throughout diverse circumstances. the political optimization (po) algorithm is a novel meta-heuristic optimization algorithm inspired by the multi-stage political process, particularly the mechanisms of election campaigns, party switching, and parliamentary affairs within a multiparty democratic system. it simulates the behavior of politicians and parties to balance global exploration and local exploitation capabilities, making it suitable for solving complex optimization problems. in po algorithms, a country's political system serves as a reference to emulate politicians' behavior for the sake of optimization. multi-party democracy is a political system that encompasses a variety of social dimensions, including the formation of parties and the allocation of constituencies, election campaigns, party switching, inter-party elections, cabinet formation, and parliamentary affairs (see figure 8). figure 8. illustrative map of the multi-stage political process hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 620 where ip represents the members of the ith party, ic represents the members who participated in the election in the ith constituency, the color of the face distinguishes the members of one party from the others, and the bolded face denotes the winner of the constituency marked by that face. the po's sources of inspiration include the following four domains: 1) the electoral process, wherein candidates solicit votes; 2) intra-party collaboration and competition; 3) the analytical conduct of electoral candidates aimed at enhancing their performance based on prior electoral experiences; and 4) the interaction and collaboration among victorious candidates to govern post-election. 3.1.1. party building and constituency allocation divide the whole group into n parties, each 𝑃𝑖 consisting of n candidates/parliamentarians, each of which is a candidate solution (d-dimensional). 𝑃 = {𝑃1, 𝑃2, 𝑃3, ⋯ , 𝑃𝑛} (1) 𝑃𝑖 = {𝑝𝑖 1, 𝑝𝑖 2, 𝑝𝑖 3, ⋯ , 𝑝𝑖 𝑛} (2) 𝑝𝑖 𝑗 = [𝑝𝑖,1 𝑗 , 𝑝𝑖,2 𝑗 , 𝑝𝑖,3 𝑗 , ⋯ , 𝑝𝑖,𝑑 𝑗 ] 𝑇 (3) in addition to the role of an mp, a candidate solution also plays the role of an election candidate. suppose there are n constituencies and the jth mp of each party contests the election from the jth constituency. 𝐶𝑖. 𝐶 = {𝐶1, 𝐶2, 𝐶3, ⋯ , 𝐶𝑛} (4) 𝐶𝑗 = {𝑝1 𝑗 , 𝑝2 𝑗 , 𝑝3 𝑗 , ⋯ , 𝑝𝑛 𝑗 } (5) after the parliamentary elections (inter-party elections), the most suitable mps are elected as party representatives: 𝑞 = argmin 1≤𝑗≤𝑛 𝑓(𝑝𝑖 𝑗 ), ∀𝑖 ∈ {1,⋯ , 𝑛} (6) 𝑝𝑖 ∗ = 𝑞𝑖 𝑞 (7) the set of all political party leaders is represented by the 𝑃∗ shown: 𝑃∗ = {𝑝1 ∗, 𝑝2 ∗, 𝑝3 ∗, ⋯ , 𝑝𝑛 ∗} (8) after the election, the winners of all constituencies become mps. 𝐶∗ denotes the set of all mps and 𝐶𝑖 ∗ denotes the winner of the 𝑗 th constituency: 𝐶∗ = {𝑐1 ∗, 𝑐2 ∗, 𝑐3 ∗, ⋯ , 𝑐𝑛 ∗} (9) 3.1.2. campaigning (exploration and development) this phase aids candidates in improving their electoral performance. three aspects of this phase's delineation: 1) proposing a novel position updating strategy, the recent past position updating strategy (rppus), by leveraging prior elections; 2) charting the electoral influence of party leaders by revising the positions of mps about party leaders, and 3) conducting a comparative analysis of constituency victors by adjusting the positions of candidates about constituency winners. 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 + 1) = { 𝑚∗ + 𝑟 (𝑚∗ − 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡)) 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1) ≤ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡) ≤ 𝑚∗ or 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1) ≥ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡) ≥ 𝑚∗ 𝑚∗ + (2𝑟 − 1)|𝑚∗ − 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡)| 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1) ≤ 𝑚∗ ≤ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡) or 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1) ≥ 𝑚∗ ≥ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡) 𝑚∗ + (2𝑟 − 1)|𝑚∗ − 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1)| 𝑚∗ ≤ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1) ≤ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡) or 𝑚∗ ≥ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1) ≥ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡) (10) 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 + 1) = { 𝑚∗ + (2𝑟 − 1)|𝑚∗ − 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡)| 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1) ≤ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡) ≤ 𝑚∗ or 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1) ≥ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡) ≥ 𝑚∗ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1) + 𝑟 (𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡) − 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1)) 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1) ≤ 𝑚∗ ≤ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡) or 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1) ≥ 𝑚∗ ≥ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡) 𝑚∗ + (2𝑟 − 1)|𝑚∗ − 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1)| 𝑚∗ ≤ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1) ≤ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡) or 𝑚∗ ≥ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡 − 1) ≥ 𝑝𝑖,𝑘 𝑗 (𝑡) (11) 3.1.3. switching parties (balancing exploration and exploitation) this phase in politics coincides with the election campaign; however, in the po algorithm, it occurs after the election campaign. an adaptive parameter 𝜆, referred to as the party switching rate, is defined, which starts at 𝜆max and decreases linearly to 0 with the iterative process. 𝑞 = argmax 1≤𝑗≤𝑛 𝑓(𝑝𝑟 𝑗 ) (12) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 621 3.1.4. elections (adaptation assessment) the election serves as an evaluation of the qualifications of all candidates contesting in a constituency, culminating in the declaration of a winner: 𝑞 = argmin 1≤𝑖≤𝑛 𝑓(𝑝𝑖 𝑗 ) (13) 𝑐𝑗 ∗ = 𝑝𝑞 𝑗 (14) 3.1.5. parliamentary affairs (development and convergence) the government is established following the inter-party elections. this stage is represented by algorithm 4, where each mp is positionally updated based on a randomly selected mp and replaced if better. the po algorithm pseudo-code consists of four parts; algorithm 1 is the po subject, algorithm 2 is the campaign, algorithm 3 is switching parties, and algorithm 4 is parliamentary business (see tables 1 to 4)． table 1. pseudo-code of po algorithm algorithm 1: po algorithm main framework 1 inputs: party conversion rate and maximum number of iterations 2 output: final population p 3 initialize the population p; 4 calculate the fitness values of individual members, set up individual leaders as well as the parliamentary election population c; 5 t = 1; λ = λmax; 6 while t<= tmax do 7 ptemp = p; f(ptemp) = f(p); 8 for each p do 9 for each d do 10 execute campaigns to update individuals; 11 end for 12 end for 13 implement switching partisan strategies; 14 implementation of the election phase; 15 p(t-1) = ptemp; f(p(t-1)) = f(ptemp); 16 λ=λ-λmax\λmin; 17 t= t+1; 18 end while table 2. po algorithm campaign strategy pseudo-code algorithm 2: po algorithm campaign phase 1 input: population p with optimal individuals 2 output: updated population individuals p 3 if f(pi(t))<=f(pi(t-1)) do 4 for k=1:d do 5 updating individuals using a parliamentary winner strategy; 6 end 7 else 8 for k=1:d do 9 using leader strategies to renew individuals; 10 end 11 end if hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 622 table 3. po algorithm switching party policy pseudo-code algorithm 3: po algorithm switching party phase 1 inputs: population p and party switching rate λ 2 output: new population p; 3 for each p do 4 for each d do 5 sp= random numbers; 6 if sp<λ then 7 r is a random integer between 1 and n; 8 calculate to determine q; 9 swap(pr, pi); 10 end 11 end for 12 end for table 4. po algorithm parliamentary transaction policy pseudo-code algorithm 4: po algorithm parliamentary affairs phase 1 input: members c* who optimally participate in the election with population p; 2 output: new population p; 3 for j= 1:n do 4 r is a random number from 1 to n and r≠ j; 5 a is a random number between 0 and 1; 6 update c*; calculate the adaptation value; 7 if f(cnew*)<=f(cj*) do 8 cj*=cnew*; 9 f(cj*) = f(new*); 10 i is an index of the election winner's party; 11 f(pj) = f(new*); 12 check for transgressions; 13 end if 14 end for the po algorithm enhances global search capability through its multi-stage optimization mechanism, including campaigning, party switching, and parliamentary affairs. during campaigning, the algorithm explores new solutions by updating positions based on historical data, expanding search space coverage. party switching introduces diversity by adaptively transferring members between parties, preventing premature convergence. parliamentary affairs refine solutions through local exploitation, ensuring high-quality results. compared to gwo, which may struggle with local optima trapping, and ssa, which can exhibit reduced optimization ability in later stages, po's balanced exploration and exploitation make it more robust for complex optimization tasks. 3.2. bp neural network the bp neural network [25] is a multi-layer feed-forward neural network characterized by the forward propagation of signals and the backpropagation of errors which is a type of multi-layer feed-forward artificial neural network that replicates the architecture of a human brain neural network, consisting of an input layer, one or more hidden layers, and an output layer, with neurons in each layer fully interconnected. it operates through a forward propagation process, where signals are transmitted from the input layer to the output layer, and a back propagation process, where the error between the predicted and actual outputs is calculated and used to adjust the weights and biases of the network, thereby enabling it to learn from data and make predictions. it replicates the architecture of a human brain neural network, comprising an input layer, one or more hidden layers, and an output layer, with neurons in each layer interconnected in a fully linked configuration, as seen in figure 9. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 623 figure 9. structure of bp neural network the operational principle of a bp neural network is primarily categorized into the forward propagation phase and the backpropagation phase. 3.2.1. forward propagation process the input layer receives the stimuli and transmits the signal to the hidden layer. the hidden layer transmits the stimuli to the output layer according to the weights and interconnection rules of the neurons. in a simple three-layer bp neural network, the relationship between the input vector 𝑋, the hidden layer input vector 𝐻invout , and the output layer output vector 𝑌, can be expressed as:  hidden layer input: 𝐻input = 𝑊1𝑋 + 𝑏1 ( 𝑊1 is the weight matrix from the input layer to the hidden layer, 𝑏1 is the deviation vector of the hidden layer);  hidden layer output: 𝐻output = 𝑓(𝐻invuit ) ( 𝑓 is the activation function, such as the commonly used sigmoid function 𝑓(𝑥) = 1/(1 + 𝑒−𝑥) );  output layer input: 𝑌input = 𝑊2𝐻output + 𝑏2 ( 𝑊2 is the weight matrix from the hidden layer to the output layer, 𝑏2 is the deviation vector of the output layer);  output layer output: 𝑌 = 𝑓(𝑌input ). 3.2.2. backpropagation process the output layer compares the results and if it does not match the desired output, the error is backpropagated. the input error is ascertained by the weights connecting the output layer to the hidden layer and those linking the hidden layer to the input layer; modifying these weights can alter the error. the idea of adjusting the weights is to keep the error shrinking and the amount of weight modification is proportional to the amount of negative gradient decrease in the error [26]. 𝛿2 = (𝑌 − 𝑇)𝑓 ′(𝑌input ) (15) 𝛿1 = 𝛿2𝑊2 𝑇𝑓′(𝐻𝑖𝑛𝑝𝑢𝑡) (16) where, 𝛿2 is the error of the output layer, 𝑇 is the desired output vector, 𝑓′ is the derivative of the activation function, and 𝛿1 is the error of the hidden layer. 3.3. construction of data asset accounting value assessment model based on po-bp network 3.3.1. analysis of po-bp structure to enhance the bp network's capacity to address the data asset accounting value assessment issue, this study uses the po algorithm to optimize the bp network structure's characteristics; the particular structure is depicted in figure 10. figure 10. structure of po-bp neural network hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 624 figure 10 illustrates that the po algorithm employs real number encoding for the parameters of the bp network structure (including the weight matrices from the input layer to the hidden layer and from the hidden layer to the output layer, as well as the bias vectors for both the hidden and output layers) as decision variables while utilizing the output layer's error as the fitness value to formulate the po-bp neural network optimization process. 3.3.2. data asset accounting value assessment model construction the input of the po-bp neural network structure is the index value of the data asset accounting system, and the output is the value assessment value of the data assets, and the data asset accounting dataset is used to train and optimize the po-bp, to obtain the value assessment model of the data asset accounting, and the specific construction process is shown in figure 11. figure 11. po-bp neural network constructs data asset accounting value assessment model 4. calculus analysis 4.1. parameter setting to verify the performance of the po-bp data asset accounting value assessment model, this paper uses the open source dataset on the public data asset accounting network [27]. this study randomly partitions the dataset into a training set, testing set, and validation set at a ratio of 8:1:1. the configuration of this experimental environment is shown in table 5. table 5. experimental environment no. experimental environment configure 1 operating system windows 10 2 gpus nvidia geforce mx150 3 cpu intel(r) core(tm) i5-8250u 4 python 3.6 5 deep learning frameworks pytorch 6 coding format utf-8 the comparison algorithms used in this paper are bp, gwo-bp, and ssa-bp, and the specific parameter settings are shown in table 6. table 6. parameter settings of the algorithm no. methodologies condition setting 1 bp [28] the learning rate is 0.001, the number of hidden layer nodes is 30, the optimizer is adam, and the network epochs are set to 80 2 gwo-bp [29] the number of hidden layer nodes is 30, the number of populations is 20, the number of optimization iterations is 80, a = 2, and the control parameters are linearly decreasing. 3 ssa-bp [30] the number of hidden layer nodes is 30, the number of populations is 20, the number of optimization iterations is 80, ra=1, pc=0.7, pm=0.1 4 po-bp the number of hidden layer nodes is 30, the number of populations is 20, the number of optimization iterations is 80, and the λ parameter decreases linearly. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 625 the po-bp model demonstrates flexibility and adaptability in handling non-monetary or qualitative data assets. by converting qualitative features such as uniqueness or strategic importance into numerical indicators, the model effectively incorporates these aspects into its valuation framework. this capability allows the model to address diverse data asset characteristics across different contexts. the model's design ensures it can adapt to various data types, making it suitable for comprehensive data asset accounting. its ability to integrate both quantitative and qualitative dimensions enhances its practical application in real-world scenarios. in the open-source dataset used for this study, the value of data assets is quantified through a combination of proxy variables and expert judgment. proxy variables include metrics such as market transaction prices, cost of acquisition, and historical performance data, which provide objective numerical representations of data asset value. expert judgment is incorporated through consultations with domain experts who assess the strategic importance and potential economic benefits of the data assets. these quantification methods ensure that the dataset accurately reflects the diverse value dimensions of data assets, providing a robust foundation for training and validating the po-bp model. this approach balances objectivity and subjectivity, ensuring the dataset's reliability for the valuation task. 4.2. performance analysis of the po algorithm the f1, f3, f5, and f6 functions are optimized using the pso [31], gwo, and ssa algorithms as comparison algorithms in this paper to verify and analyze the optimization performance of the po algorithm. the specific results are illustrated in figure 12. as can be seen from figure 12, in the optimization of the f1 function, the po algorithm and the gwo algorithm show faster convergence speeds, with po slightly outperforming gwo, indicating that it has a stronger global search capability in the early iterations. on the f3 function, the po algorithm not only achieves higher convergence accuracy but also shows a more stable optimization trend during the iteration process, which is superior to the fluctuating performance of the other compared algorithms. in the analysis of the f5 function, the po algorithm always maintains the leading edge during the whole iteration process, and its convergence curve continues to decline, indicating that the po algorithm can effectively avoid falling into the local optimum. in addition, on the f6 function, the po algorithm shows a rapid decline at the beginning of the iteration and surpasses the ssa algorithm in the middle and late stages, finally reaching the best optimization accuracy. taken together, the excellent performance of the po algorithm on different objective functions is attributed to its unique multi-stage optimization mechanism, including operations such as campaigning, switching parties, and parliamentary affairs, which effectively balances the algorithm's global exploration and local exploitation capabilities. meanwhile, the dynamic parameter tuning of the po algorithm further enhances its adaptability, enabling it to demonstrate significant advantages in complex optimization tasks. in contrast, the pso and gwo algorithms converge slowly on some functions and are prone to fall into local optimums, while the ssa algorithm performs better but is slightly inadequate on some functions (e.g., f6). (a) f1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 626 (b) f3 (c) f5 (d) f6 figure 12. convergence curve analysis of the po algorithm hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 627 4.3. value assessment analysis to validate the efficacy and superiority of the po-bp algorithm in the valuation of data asset accounting within the iasb framework, this paper adopts the bp, gwo-bp, and ssa-bp models as the comparison algorithms to analyze and compare the data of the data asset accounting system under the iasb framework, and the specific results are shown in figure 13 and table 7. (a) bp (b) gwo-bp (c) ssa-bp hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 628 (d) po-bp figure 13. error curves for different value assessment models figure 13 shows the error curves of the data asset accounting value assessment models based on different algorithms (bp, gwo-bp, ssa-bp, and po-bp), from which the performance differences of the models can be analyzed intuitively. the bp model has a slower convergence of error and has not yet reached a higher accuracy after several training sessions, which indicates that its optimization ability and stability are weaker. the gwo-bp model is better than the bp model in terms of convergence speed and accuracy, but its error curve tends to stabilize after a rapid initial decline, and there may be a situation of falling into a local optimum. the gwo-bp model is better than the bp model in terms of convergence speed and accuracy, but its error curve tends to stabilize gradually after the initial rapid decline, and there may be a situation of falling into the local optimum. the ssa-bp model shows better error convergence and higher prediction accuracy and reaches the convergence state after the 7th training, but the optimization ability is weakened in the subsequent training. in contrast, the po-bp model exhibits the best performance, with its error decreasing rapidly in the first few training sessions and continuing to be optimized in subsequent training sessions, eventually reaching the lowest error level (average relative error of only 0.2292%). this performance indicates that the po algorithm effectively improves the weights and bias optimization capability of the bp network, giving it stronger global search and local convergence capabilities. overall, the po-bp model outperforms other comparative models in terms of convergence speed, prediction accuracy, and stability, which verifies its significant advantages in the problem of assessing the accounting value of data assets. table. 7 comparative results of value assessment of different models arithmetic average relative error coefficient of determination r2 bp 1.4648 0.9453 gwo-bp 0.9258 0.976 ssa-bp 0.6058 0.9952 po-bp 0.2292 0.9957 the comparative results of the value assessment of bp, gwo-bp, ssa-bp, and po-bp models are given in table 7. in terms of relative error, the average relative error of prediction of the bp model is 1.4648%, the average relative error of prediction of the gwo-bp model is 0.9258%, and the average relative error of prediction of the ssa-bp model and the po-bp model is 0.6058 and 0.2292%, respectively, which is significantly lower than the first two models. it can be proved that the ssa-bp model and po-bp model have higher prediction accuracy compared with the other two traditional models. where the coefficient of determination r2 is the model's goodness of fit to the data set, from its value it can be seen that the bp network optimized based on the political optimization algorithm has the highest coefficient value and the best fit to the data. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 629 5. conclusions this paper investigates the construction method of a data asset accounting system based on the po-bp model under the framework of the international accounting standards board (iasb) by combining the political optimization algorithm (po) and bp neural network (bp). the main contents of the research include the definition, classification, recognition and measurement, accounting treatment, presentation and disclosure of data assets, etc., and the superiority of the method in the value assessment of data asset accounting is verified through experimental analysis.  proposes a po-bp data asset accounting system based on the iasb framework, which clarifies the standards for data asset recognition and measurement and solves the problem of insufficient traditional accounting methods.  using the po algorithm to optimize the structural parameters of the bp neural network, an efficient value assessment model is proposed, and the results show that the po-bp model outperforms the traditional models (e.g., bp, gwo-bp, ssa-bp) in terms of prediction accuracy and convergence speed.  tested with open-source datasets, the po-bp model performs well in terms of error control (average relative error of only 0.2292%) and goodness-of-fit (coefficient of determination r² of 0.9957), which proves the validity and usefulness of the model. the po-bp model shows broad applicability across different industries, particularly in technology and finance sectors. in technology, data assets are characterized by high volume, velocity, and variety, requiring models with strong processing capabilities for large-scale, dynamic datasets. the po-bp model's efficiency and adaptability make it suitable for real-time decision-making and trend prediction. in finance, data assets like market trends and customer transaction records demand high precision and reliability. the model's accuracy in valuation and risk assessment can support investment decisions and regulatory compliance. its flexibility allows customization to meet industry-specific needs, making it a versatile tool for data asset management. although this paper has made important progress in the research of data asset accounting, it still has certain deficiencies and needs further improvement. first, the open-source dataset used for experimental validation is relatively homogeneous, and the lack of adaptability analysis of diverse industry data and internationalization scenarios limits the wide applicability of the model. therefore, more actual industry or multinational datasets can be introduced in the future to test the robustness and generalization ability of the model in different data environments. second, the study did not fully consider the dynamic change of data asset value over time and the market environment, which may lead to the lack of accuracy of the valuation results for long-term prediction. to this end, time series analysis or dynamic modeling methods can be combined to enhance the model's adaptability to dynamic changes in data assets. in addition, the research is dominated by experimental data and lacks the validation of actual enterprise cases, which may affect the effectiveness of the model's promotion and application in practice. it is suggested that the feasibility and practical value of the model in practice can be further tested in the future by developing real case studies in cooperation with enterprises. finally, the combination of data asset accounting with blockchain and big data technology can also be explored to enhance the transparency and efficiency of data asset management from the technical level, and the international applicability under different accounting standards can be studied to expand the theoretical depth and application breadth of the study. 6. declarations 6.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 630 7. references [1] dos santos cardoso, v. r., & de britto, p. a. p. (2024). relationship between the informativeness of accounting assets and the systematic risk of brazilian companies. revista de educação e pesquisa em contabilidade (repec), 18(1), 5. doi:10.17524/repec.v18i1.3322. [2] pembayun, f. (2023). implementation of financial accounting system at the regional finance and asset management agency of banten province. journal of applied business, taxation and economics research, 2(4), 451–459. doi:10.54408/jabter.v2i4.195. [3] ahn, m. (2023). the market’s view on accounting classifications for asset securitizations. international journal of financial studies, 11(3), 91. doi:10.3390/ijfs11030091. [4] wang, j., peng, b., huang, l., & chen, k. (2024). tracing offshore marine ecosystem asset changes based on physical accounting: a case of xiamen sea area. ocean & coastal management, 259, 107420. doi:10.1016/j.ocecoaman.2024.107420. [5] fan, j. i. n. (2023). research on integrating data assets into accounting discipline system. journal of modern accounting and auditing, 19(4), 101-112. [6] li, y. (2024). concepts, accounting treatment and pricing of data assets. journal of economic insights, 1(1), 26–40. doi:10.70693/jei.v1i1.93. [7] williams, l. d. (2021). concepts of digital economy and industry 4.0 in intelligent and information systems. international journal of intelligent networks, 2, 122–129. doi:10.1016/j.ijin.2021.09.002. [8] yan, f., jiao, k., nie, c., han, d., li, q., & chen, y. (2023). fast prediction of the temperature field surrounding a hot oil pipe using the pod-bp model. processes, 11(9), 2666. doi:10.3390/pr11092666. [9] zeng, y., & wu, c. (2022). an exploration of the existing problems of enterprise asset restructuring accounting, the causes, and their countermeasures. proceedings of business and economic studies, 5(5), 20–24. doi:10.26689/pbes.v5i5.4102. [10] tuan, d. a. (2024). the effect of felt accountability on user satisfaction with accounting information. emerging science journal, 8(2), 732–743. doi:10.28991/esj-2024-08-02-023. [11] baillie, r. t., calonaci, f., & kapetanios, g. (2022). hierarchical time-varying estimation of asset pricing models. journal of risk and financial management, 15(1), 14. doi:10.3390/jrfm15010014. [12] meister ko. freitag, r. (2022). sociolinguistic repositories as asset: challenges and difficulties in brazil. electronic library, 40(5), 607–622. doi:10.1108/el-02-2022-0025. [13] askari, q., younas, i., & saeed, m. (2020). political optimizer: a novel socio-inspired meta-heuristic for global optimization. knowledge-based systems, 195(11), 105709. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2020.105709. [14] yue, w. u., xingyu, l. i. a. n. g., & danhong, t. u. (2024). research on neural network-based prediction method of diesel engine piston ring set scuttling. internal combustion engine engineering, 45(06), 60-70. doi:10.13949/j.cnki.nrjgc.2024.06.007. [15] gray, p., & zhong, a. (2022). assessing the usefulness of daily and monthly asset‐ pricing factors for australian equities. accounting & finance, 62(1), 181-211. doi:10.1111/acfi.12786. [16] pereira, m. c., & gouveia, a. f. (2022). an economic estimate of capital stock at the firm level for portugal (no. o202204). lisboa, portugal. [17] park, d., lee, j., & park, h. (2024). the asset‐ pricing implications of carbon risk in korea. journal of international financial management & accounting, 35(1), 7-35. doi:10.1111/jifm.12190. [18] galakis, j., vrontos, i., & xidonas, p. (2022). on tree-structured linear and quantile regression-based asset pricing. review of accounting and finance, 21(3), 204-245. doi:10.1108/raf-10-2021-0283. [19] tseng, k. (2022). learning from the joneses: technology spillover, innovation externality, and stock returns. journal of accounting and economics, 73(2–3), 73. doi:10.1016/j.jacceco.2022.101478. [20] luo, c. (2022). will the change from four to three classifications of financial assets lead to a substitution of accrual earnings management for real earnings management? open journal of accounting, 11(01), 1–20. doi:10.4236/ojacct.2022.111001. [21] kang, h., dou, w., chen, l., han, l., sui, x., & ding, z. (2024). a surface water resource asset accounting method based on multi-source remote sensing data. frontiers in environmental science, 12, 1473419. doi:10.3389/fenvs.2024.1473419. [22] barton, d. n. (2023). value ‘generalisation’ in ecosystem accounting-using bayesian networks to infer the asset value of regulating services for urban trees in oslo. one ecosystem, 8(8), e85021. doi:10.3897/oneeco.8.e85021. https://doi.org/10.1108/raf-10-2021-0283 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 631 [23] crosato, l., domenech, j., & liberati, c. (2024). websites’ data: a new asset for enhancing credit risk modeling. annals of operations research, 342(3), 1671–1686. doi:10.1007/s10479-023-05306-5. [24] kaiser, m. j. (2023). worldwide oil and gas asset retirement obligations circa 2021. extractive industries and society, 14, 101229. doi:10.1016/j.exis.2023.101229. [25] xia, j., lü, e., xiquan, w., & minglin, c. (2024). prediction of the operation level of agricultural mechanization based on wavelet analysis and bp neural network. journal of chinese agricultural mechanization, 45(12), 312–318. doi:10.13733/j.jcam.issn.20955553.2024.12.045. [26] feng, z., yang, l., liu, m., & li, x. (2024). research on damage identification of truss structures based on bp neural network. journal of architecture and civil engineering, 41(6), 41–48. doi:10.19815/j.jace.2022.12049. [27] liu, d. e. (2024). the refined management of medical finance combined with information technology construction. expert systems, 41(6), 13151. doi:10.1111/exsy.13151. [28] huang, h. l., cai, j., & liu, y. (2024). optimal robot path control based on improved hopfiled network. computer measurement and control, 32(11), 204-210. doi:10.16526/j.cnki.11-4762/tp.2024.11.028. [29] zhan, w., & chunxin, c. (2024). post-earthquake transitional resettlement phase emergency material demand prediction based on gwo-bp. chinese journal of safety science ,34(10), 17-23. doi:10.16265/j.cnki.issn1003-3033.2024.10.0131. [30] li, h., zhang, q., sze, y. k., & yan, f. (2024). sparrow algorithm to improve bp neural network for 4d trajectory prediction. science technology and engineering, 24(31), 13635-13641. [31] zhang, p. y., & wu, b. f. (2024). research on the prediction model of driven pile bearing capacity based on pso algorithm optimized bp neural network. water resources science and cold zone engineering, 7(11):62-65. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1079 issn: 2723-9535 a review on federated learning on sensor-based human activity recognition ting xian wu 1, pang ying han 1, 2* , ooi shih yin 1, 2 , lim zheng you 2, hiew fu san 3 1 faculty of information science and technology, multimedia university, bukit beruang, melaka 75450, malaysia. 2 centre for advanced analytics, coe for artificial intelligence, multimedia university, bukit beruang, melaka 75450, malaysia. 3 infineon technologies, free trade zone, batu berendam, 75350 melaka, malaysia. received 02 january 2025; revised 26 july 2025; accepted 05 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract deep learning has demonstrated exceptional human activity recognition (har) performance by extracting complex features from inertial data. however, this centralized training approach aggregates data from multiple user devices into a central server and raises significant privacy concerns. federated learning (fl) is proposed as an alternative. it provides a privacy-preserving scheme by training data analytics models on local users’ devices rather than transferring raw data to a central server for data processing. although fl is widely applied to various pattern recognition applications, its use in sensor-based har is limited, and reviews of the har application are even scarcer. therefore, this paper provides a comprehensive review of fl in har. this paper analyzes fl’s architectural design, data model training strategies, and model aggregation techniques. a comparative analysis between fl-based and machine learning methods is presented. the challenges, including data heterogeneity, data privacy, and communication costs, are identified through the findings, while the potential research direction of fl in har is underscored. this paper provides insights into the current state of fl for har, pinpoints research gaps, and outlines encountered challenges and potential research directions. keywords: artificial intelligence; federated learning; human activity recognition; sensor-based; data privacy-preserving. 1. introduction the deep learning approach has been extensively explored for data analysis and recognition in various fields in recent years. this approach reveals hidden patterns and intrinsic data structures, which are crucial for data analysis. previous studies have demonstrated that deep learning models, such as convolutional neural networks (cnns) and recurrent neural networks (rnns), achieve exceptional recognition performances in various applications [1-5]. however, a huge amount of training samples is required to achieve exceptional performance, and these data samples are centrally processed and analyzed. in other words, each client's data samples must be transmitted/shared and stored in a central server. this raises the risk of cybersecurity attacks, especially during data transmission and storage. a breach in a single system can compromise all the data. hence, crucial data security and privacy concerns are triggered when implementing a deeplearning approach [6-9]. these concerns are amplified when handling personal and sensitive data [10]. to address these challenges, federated learning (fl) has emerged as a promising alternative [11-13]. * corresponding author: yhpang@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-020  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. review article https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3781-6623 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3024-1011 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1080 unlike deep learning methods, data learning and analysis are conducted in a decentralized practice in the fl framework. in other words, data analytics models are trained directly on users' devices on the client side. this practice eliminates the need to transfer the raw data to a central server and store it at a single location. human activity recognition (har) manipulates human activity data for activity detection and classification. this technology is increasingly prevalent and applied in diverse applications, including fitness tracking, smart home assistance, healthcare monitoring, and workplace monitoring [12, 14-17]. privacy and data security concerns arise from the pervasive applications of har. har systems collect and analyze personal inertial data about individuals' movements, activities, and behaviors. this personal data possibly discloses sensitive information, such as the subject’s location, health conditions, daily routine, and social interactions. hence, the fl framework has been proposed for human activity recognition [13, 18-20]. as aforementioned, fl is a technology that accommodates decentralized data processing and analysis. each har data analytics model is trained at the local client side by using the respective user’s inertial motion data as the training data and the validation data on their device. then, the updates/model weights from the local client are sent to the global server to update the weights of the global model during the training process. figure 1 illustrates the overview process flow of a federated learning har framework. firstly, a global model is designed and initialized with initial parameters at a central server. next, the global model is broadcast to the selected clients using the current global model parameters. on the client side, each local client now possesses a data analytics model trained locally using the respective client’s inertial motion data. after completing the local model training, the updates/model weights of the local model are sent back to the global server. the global server aggregates these updates/model weights with a federated aggregation algorithm. the aggregated algorithm helps improve the global model by updating the weights of the global model based on the aggregated values from the local clients. during this process, the data privacy of the raw data from each device is preserved at each local client. the other local clients cannot access the raw data nor the global model because the data sent from the local client to the global server is in the form of model weights. these model weights signify the learned patterns from the inertial data but do not contain any raw data. in this way, fl can protect user privacy while still collaborating with the machine or deep learning for better classification performance. figure 1. the overview process flow of a federated learning har framework federated learning has recently shown great potential as a decentralized approach that could offer more privacy and efficiency in diverse applications, especially those involving sensitive personal data. since it keeps the data on local devices, fl minimizes data transmission and central storage risks. hence, it is well-suited for sensor-based human activity recognition, where privacy is a top priority. fl offers several advantages:  minimizes risks of data breaches: by keeping data on local devices, fl reduces the risks associated with transmitting raw inertial data over networks or storing it in centralized servers. this ensures that sensitive information, such as human activity patterns, remains protected, reducing the possibility of exposure if there is a system compromise.  protects user privacy: unlike centralized approaches, fl ensures that raw sensor data never leaves the user's device. only model weights, as abstract representations of the learned patterns, are shared with the global server. this privacy-preserving design is significant for har applications, where human activity data can reveal sensitive information about the users' daily activities, health conditions, or location. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1081  improved generalization: fl enables models to train on diverse, heterogeneous data across users. this helps improve the har models’ generalization capability to capture the variability in human activity dynamics effectively. studies have explored fl in various pattern recognition tasks. however, the adoption of fl in sensor-based human activity recognition remains limited, and reviews of the har application are even scarcer [21-27]. in particular, several research gaps exist in this area:  limited systematic reviews on fl for sensor-based har: although fl has been studied in healthcare, finance, etc., comprehensive reviews focusing on its application in sensor-based har are scarce. most literature reviews emphasize general fl architecture without addressing har-specific challenges and limitations. a review tailored to fl-based sensor-based har is needed to bridge this gap.  lack of comparative studies between fl and machine learning approaches for har: there are limited comparisons against the machine learning approach in har-specific tasks. examining how fl performs compared to machine learning approaches in har applications, particularly regarding data processing architectures and privacy implications, remains insufficient.  challenges in adapting fl for har in real-world deployments: though fl provides a privacy-preserving solution, its deployment for real-world har applications faces several challenges. these include data heterogeneity across users and sensor modalities, communication constraints, and limited computational resources on edge devices. while prior survey publications concentrated on the conceptual and technical issues of fl, the contributions of our study are summarized as follows:  survey of federated learning in sensor-based har: this paper thoroughly reviews fl applied to sensor-based har. it also includes the architecture of fl frameworks within the context of sensor-based har and the comparisons between conventional machine learning and federated learning.  exploration of federated learning framework for sensor-based har: this includes local training models and model aggregation algorithms used in the fl framework.  challenges of federated learning in the sensor-based har context: challenges encountered when implementing fl for har are discussed. these include data diversity, privacy and security concerns, and communication costs associated with model updates. the rest of the paper is organized as follows. section 2 reviews related work on har and federated learning. section 3 outlines the review methodology employed in our study, and section 4 presents the fundamentals of federated learning in the context of sensor-based har. section 5 provides a comparative analysis of federated learning and machine learning approaches for har-specific tasks. section 6 discusses the challenges of deploying federated learning in realworld human activity recognition, while section 7 discusses algorithms for local model training and model aggregation in fl. section 8 outlines potential research directions of fl in sensor-based har, and section 9 concludes the paper. 2. related work sensor-based human activity recognition (har) is a prevalent technology that utilizes sensors, either wearable sensors or sensors embedded in smartphones, to analyze and understand human movements. the advancements in deep learning significantly boost the performance and robustness of har models. however, conventional centralized deeplearning models encounter risks concerning privacy [10]. in these deep learning models, large volumes of sensitive personal data, such as daily activities, locations of the user, health metrics, etc., are transmitted and stored on central servers, thereby raising the risk of data breaches. furthermore, the continuous data transmission to and from the centralized models may be susceptible to man-in-the-middle attacks. this further heightens the security risks. federated learning (fl) has recently emerged as an alternative solution [28-32]. this decentralized data processing framework facilitates training har models on user devices to address privacy concerns. various methods are proposed to improve the robustness and efficiency of fl models in human activity recognition applications, yielding better classification performance and model generalization across diverse user data and different devices [10, 18, 33-37]. one of the key contributions of fl frameworks is their design to maintain data privacy. data analytics models are trained on local devices, while only model updates are transferred to a central server [38, 39]. this decentralized approach minimizes the risk of personal data exposure. in recent years, the internet of things (iot) has gained enormous popularity due to its ability to automate devices and provide conveniences. the application of iot has created a demand for secure and efficient data processing. by leveraging fl, iot systems can enhance data privacy-enhancing communication efficiency [40-44]. to preserve user privacy and diminish delay, fl reduces the amount of data transferred between devices and servers, improving system performance and ensuring scalability and efficiency. implementing fl training directly on devices reduces the requirement for extensive cloud-to-client communication. thus, those issues associated with communication overhead, privacy issues, and compliance with data protection regulations are mitigated. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1082 instead of transmitting raw data, fedavg, which was proposed by mcmahan et al., averages model updates to reduce communication overhead since the model updates are smaller than the entire dataset [37]. this requires less bandwidth and improves communication efficiency. ek et al. further explored the application of fedavg for smartphone-based har [45]. the authors claimed that although federated learning has been applied widely, it still stays at the conceptual stage and needs to be clarified and tested. their experimental findings demonstrate that fedavg is more suitable for a heterogeneous and imbalanced database (in their study, the realworld dataset was used) than the in-lab and balanced datasets (uci was used). the practicality of fedavg is constrained by its inability to accommodate heterogeneous model architectures. hence, gad and zubair proposed a novel fl framework for distributed training of heterogeneous models [46]. this approach is called federated learning via augmented knowledge distillation, or fedakd. this proposed approach is more flexible because it can adapt to collaborative heterogeneous deep learning models with diverse learning capacities. from the experimental results on har datasets, fedakd exhibits superior classification performance, attaining up to 20% higher accuracy than other model-agnostic fl models. additionally, the communication overhead of fedakd is much less than that of other fl models that transmit models’ gradients. the reduction of communication overhead improves the efficacy of the federated learning procedure. furthermore, ek et al. proposed feddist, a novel federated learning algorithm that revises deep learning models during training to detect neuron dissimilarities among clients [47]. this attempt can ensure the preservation of client specificity without compromising the model’s generalization. the authors evaluated their proposed system on three heterogeneous mobile har datasets. the empirical results exhibit that the proposed feddist is superior to the other state-of-the-art fl algorithms for its adaptability to data heterogeneity. ouyang et al. devised an fl system specifically for human activity recognition, known as clusterfl [13]. the proposed clusterfl is a similarity-aware fl model that facilitates high-performance accuracy while offering low communication overhead for har applications. the model offers a strategy that maximizes the training performance of different learned models. it also captures the underlying clustering relationship among data from different nodes. by utilizing the learned cluster relationship, clusterfl efficiently withdraws the nodes that converge more slowly or have little correlation with other nodes in each cluster. this escalates the model’s convergence while retaining the classification performance. besides that, shen et al. claimed that har is critical in healthcare applications, but collecting personal information for training creates privacy problems [48]. existing fl approaches have difficulty adapting to new users due to individual variances in activity performance. shen et al. proposed fedmat, a new federated multi-task attention framework for human activity recognition, to address this challenge. fedmat treats each user as a separate learning task. the proposed fl system employs a shared network to learn common features and engages individual attention modules to capture user-specific differences. with these implementations, fedmat learns generalizable features while adapting to specific users. the reported experimental results demonstrate that the proposed system can perform better for existing and new users. yu et al. proposed a personalized federated human activity recognition framework to address the challenges of privacy preservation, real-time, label scarcity, and heterogeneity patterns [20]. the proposed fl framework is known as fedhar. in fedhar, distributed learning is conducted to perform model training on local devices for users’ privacy preservation. the model adopts semi-supervised learning to aggregate the gradients of all the labeled and unlabeled clients. the reported empirical results demonstrate that the proposed fedhar is superior to the existing models on two public datasets. tu et al. highlighted that one of the challenges of the existing har-based fl models is the failure to adequately describe the statistical diversity of user data [18]. besides that, these fl models adopt static aggregation techniques that scarcely adapt to the varying data distributions across subjects. these limitations result in suboptimal recognition performance. motivated by the challenges, the authors introduce a novel fl system to dynamically capture the intrinsic intraclass similarities for data learning. this feature is vital in exhibiting the inherent environmental and behavioral commonalities. the proposed model also employs a dynamic layer-sharing scheme to capture similarities among users’ model weights. the proposed fl model outperforms the existing approaches regarding classification accuracy and model convergence speed because of its lower communication overhead. while fl provides a privacy-preserving alternative by training data analytics models on user devices, fl suffers from non-independent and identically distributed (i.e., non-iid) data, which significantly varies in user behavior. to overcome this issue, presotto et al. introduced fedclar, a new federated clustering approach for har [19]. fedclar classifies users with similar activity patterns by examining a subset of the model weights shared with a central server. this selective analysis minimizes communication overhead. the system outperforms conventional fl solutions in har tasks. although fedclar can address non-iid data in fl-based har via user clustering, labeled data is still required on all devices. thus, presotto et al. proposed a semi-supervised fedclar, coined ss-fedclar, to improve their previously proposed fedclar model, which requires labeled data for model training [49]. this model combines fedclar's federated clustering with the fedar algorithm proposed by presotto et al. to mitigate the labeled data scarcity problem and leverage unlabeled data. ss-fedclar assigns pseudo-labels to the unlabeled data using active learning and label propagation. this can extend the training dataset without needing additional labeling. the authors reported that the ss-fedclar outperforms the previous algorithms by obtaining higher accuracy with less labeled data. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1083 arikumar et al. highlighted that smart healthcare (shc) solutions, which use wearable sensors to track human activities, have difficulty managing much unlabeled data on cloud servers [50]. thus, they proposed the federated learning-based person movement identification (fl-pmi) to address this issue by labeling unlabeled data with deep reinforcement learning. in this system, bidirectional long short-term memory is employed to categorize the data for shc use. fl-pmi can reduce connectivity costs and cloud workloads by shifting computation to edge servers. this approach detects motions with high accuracy (99.67%) while requiring minimal resources and data transfer. shaik et al. highlighted the challenges of traditional remote patient monitoring systems based on centralized learning [51]. these systems struggle to integrate patient privacy and personalized monitoring with wearable sensors for human activity recognition. the authors devised fedstack, an fl architecture that enables training several ai models on individual devices. fed-stack trains models on local devices and sends predictions to a central server. the server combines these predictions to improve a global model. empirical results show that the proposed fedstack provides high activity detection accuracy (99.6%) while respecting privacy. applications such as human activity recognition (har) raise privacy concerns and result in high communication costs due to data transfer from edge devices [52]. to address this issue, al-saedi et al. introduced cluster analysis-based federated learning (ca-fl), which enables collaborative model training directly on user devices such as smartphones while keeping data private. ca-fl uses clustering analysis to detect comparable updates from devices. ca-fl uploads only representative updates from each cluster to the central server. this implementation helps lower communication overhead. the authors claimed that the proposed ca-fl provides a communication-efficient fl solution for har that ensures accuracy while safeguarding user privacy. furthermore, cheng et al. proposed a novel fl framework to address the challenges of traditional fl in sensor-based human activity recognition, which struggles with non-identical data distributions across devices [10]. the non-identical data distributions can result in slow convergence and inaccurate models. the proposed fl architecture is namely protohar. this model overcomes the issue by dissociating the representation and classifier in the heterogeneous fl setting. the performance of protohar was assessed on four datasets: harbox, usc-had, pamap2, and unimibshar for controlled environments and real-world scenarios. the experimental results reveal that this proposed system achieves an encouraging performance and improves model convergence. in summary, ai models, whether machine learning or deep learning, are crucial for learning data characteristics to achieve accurate outcomes. model personalization within fl frameworks is vital for optimizing ai models across diverse user populations and device capabilities [53-57]. in diverse environments, users show varying patterns, behaviors, and preferences. by personalizing models, fl frameworks can adapt to the variations. furthermore, personalization in fl frameworks enriches the user experience by making ai systems more responsive and customized to individuals. specifically, these personalized models can better analyze and predict individual activities for more accurate monitoring and assistance. table 1 presents the literature summary of the relevant fl frameworks in har applications, recapping various aggregation techniques and ai models employed in applying sensor-based human activity recognition. table 1. summary of related works on fl frameworks for har applications literature the proposed system database(s) methodology performance metrics (%) gudur & perepu [58] federated learning with heterogeneous labels and models for mobile activity monitoring federated learning with model distillation and label-based averaging for heterogeneous har hhar new federated label-based aggregation, leveraging overlapping information gain across activities using model distillation update. federated transfer of model scores is proposed from device to server. data models: cnn and artificial neural network (ann). local update accuracy 72.293 global update accuracy 83.303 tu et al. [18] feddl: federated learning via dynamic layer sharing for human activity recognition feddl lidar, uwb, harbox-imu, imu and depth uses a dynamic layer-sharing approach to learn the similarity among users’ model weights, then merges the models accordingly data model: cnn. lidar mean accuracy 98 overall mean accuracy for all datasets => 90 li et al. [59] meta-har: federated representation learning for human activity recognition meta-har hhar, usc-had, and newly collected dataset a federated representation learning framework a signal embedding network is meta-learned in a federated manner, while the learned signal representations are fed into a personalized classification network at each user for activity prediction. the har problem at each user is treated as a different task, and the shared embedding network is trained through a model-agnostic meta-learning framework so that the embedding network can generalize. hhar meta-train user accuracy 98.39 meta-test user accuracy 92.50 usc-had meta-train user accuracy 93.79 meta-test user accuracy 91.07 collected dataset meta-train user accuracy 90.76 meta-test user accuracy 93.29 sarkar et al. [60] grafehty: graph neural network using federated learning for human activity recognition grafehty mhealth and wisdm incorporates graph convolutional networks (gcns) in the federated learning context. mhealth centralized accuracy 98.7 federated accuracy 97.9 wisdm centralized accuracy 91 federated accuracy 81.7 a similarity graph from sensor measurements for each user is built, and cgn is applied to perform semisupervised classification of activities. weights are averaged using fedavg. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1084 kirsten et al. [61] sensor-based obsessivecompulsive disorder detection with personalized federated learning combined personalized federated learning for ocd detection opportunity detects obsessive-compulsive disorder (ocd) through federated learning, augmented by the opportunity dataset-comprises repetitive activities that can indicate ocd. data model: a two-layer bidirectional long short-term memory (lstm) with a fully connected output layer and dropout between every layer. evaluates three personalized federated learning strategies for ocd detection utilizing augmented sensor data from the opportunity dataset. opportunity auprc ~95 al-saedi et al. [52] reducing communication overhead of federated learning through clustering analysis cluster analysisbased federated learning (cafl) mhealth and pamap2 lessens communication overhead without compromising accuracy by diminishing the number of worker updates transferred. initializes by clustering local updates from available workers, then selects representative workers for training, using only their data to build the global model. the process is iterative, adapting worker partitioning and selecting new representatives each round aggregating global model updates by representing groups of similar local parameters. mhealth f1 score (iid) (round 100) 56.7 f1 score (non iid) (round 20) 57.4 pampa2 f1 score (iid) (round 20) 96.2 f1 score (non iid) (round 80) 96.6 presotto et al. [19] fedclar: federated clustering for personalized sensor-based human activity recognition fedclar wisdm and mobiact federated learning for personalized har using hierarchical clustering and transfer learning. user clustering technique that utilizes server-side similarity computation. only a portion of the model weights is shared by each participating user. solves the non-iid issue through the integration of federated clustering with transfer learning. wisdm accuracy 89 mobiact accuracy 94 zhou et al. [14] 2d federated learning for personalized human activity recognition in cyber physical-social systems 2-dimensional federated learning (2dfl) combined datasets of unimib-shar and personal gadget dataset two federated learning schemes: the vertical and horizontal fl schemes integrates shareable features across heterogeneous data from different devices using vertical federated learning and collects encrypted local models built from multiple individual users’ data through horizontal federated learning data model: cnn combined dataset accuracy 93 recall 89 f1 score 90 shen et al. [34] federated multitask attention for cross-individual human activity recognition fedmat hhar, pamap2, extrasensory and smartjlu applies federated multi-task learning for har, where each user’s har is considered a task. uses a central model combined with individual-specific models. cnn-rnn is used to analyze sensor data and attentionbased masks to extract individual characteristics. fedavg enables the aggregation of updates of local models on iot devices. hhar accuracy 96.88 macro f1 96.81 pamap2 accuracy 92.61 macro f1 91.84 extrasensory accuracy 75.72 macro f1 75.03 smartjlu accuracy 89.78 macro f1 83.02 arikumar et al. [50] fl-pmi: federated learning-based person movement identification through wearable devices in smart healthcare systems fl-pmi unimib-shar and realworld leverages deep reinforcement learning for auto-labeling the data. bidirectional long short-term memory (bilstm) is employed to analyze and classify the data. uses fedavg to aggregate local model parameters from edge devices. accuracy 99.67 precision 99.37 f1-score 98.92 recall 99.11 shaik et al. [51] fedstack: personalized activity monitoring using stacked federated learning fedstack mhealth overcomes the limitations of traditional federated learning (aggregating the heterogeneous model). build a heterogeneous global model across devices with different ai models, using heterogeneous stacking to aggregate non-identical architectural models supports ensembling heterogeneous architectural client models. three ai models (ann, cnn, and bilstm) are trained on individual data. the federated learning architecture is applied to these models to build a local and global model. mhealth ann accuracy 99.6 cnn accuracy 99.6 bi-lstm accuracy 98.6 cho et al. [62] flame: federated learning across multi-device environments flame realworld, pamap2, and opportunity focusing on the user-centered synchronization of data from different devices to overcome the statistical and systematic heterogeneity, providing maximized inference performance with minimized required resources. integrates model personalization to adjust the global model for each device and thus improve the inference performance and multi-device consistency. realworld device macro f1 83.8 global macro f1 52.6 f1 score 58.0 opportunity device macro f1 57.5 global macro f1 48.5 f1 score 50.5 pamap2 device macro f1 53.0 global macro f1 39.7 f1 score 39.0 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1085 raza et al. [28] lightweight transformer in federated setting for human activity recognition in home healthcare applications transfed wisdm, self-collected dataset develops a novel lightweight transformer, complemented by the proposed transfed framework for privacy-preserving collaborative model training across distributed devices. the proposed transfed is the first framework for activity classification based on federated learning and transformers. a central server distributes a transformer model to edge devices for local training. trained parameters are returned to the server for aggregation, creating a global model. edge devices then download and update their local models accordingly. wisdm accuracy 98.89 self-collected dataset federated setting accuracy 98.74 centralized setting accuracy 99.14 presotto et al. [49] federated clustering, and semi-supervised learning: a new partnership for personalized human activity recognition ss-fedclar wisdm and mobiact combines federated learning with the semi-supervised learning scheme to solve the non-iid and data scarcity issues. each client employs a mix of active learning and label propagation to create pseudo labels for unlabeled data, which is subsequently utilized to train a federated clustering model collaboratively. wisdm hierarchical f1 score 88 mobiact hierarchical f1 score 96 albaseer et al. [63] semisupervised federated learning over heterogeneous wireless iot edge networks: framework and algorithms federated semi-supervised learning (fedseml) har, cifar-10, and mnist works with unlabeled data and considers issues such as computation limitations, communication costs, and deadlines. involves an initialization phase in which the model and iot devices’ parameters are determined, then multiple training rounds in which the server gathers the devices’ information, sets the time deadlines, and selects devices that will be involved in the training process. devices complete local updates by pseudo-labelling, labeling the unlabeled data, and applying strong augmentation during training. the server aggregates these updates to create a new global model, optimizing resource constraints usage, like energy and communication costs. testing accuracy >95 (with >100 global training rounds) ouyang et al. [13] clusterfl: a similarityaware federated learning system for human activity recognition clusterfl uwb, imu, and depth by grouping users into activity similarity for learning within clusters, reducing excessive communication overhead through straggler removal and significant nodes’ selection. perform aggregate using the alternating direction method of multipliers (admm). data modeling: svm (uwb), dnn (imu), cnn (depth) uwb balanced mean accuracy 89.06 unbalanced mean accuracy 92.71 imu balanced mean accuracy 90.47 unbalanced mean accuracy 89.05 depth balanced mean accuracy 71.82 unbalanced mean accuracy 70.68 yu et al. [20] fedhar: semisupervised online learning for personalized federated human activity recognition fedhar realworld and haruci federated learning with semi-supervised online learning to handle label scarcity, the need for real-time processing, and the heterogeneity of human activity recognition. combines both supervised and unsupervised gradients while permitting the intermediate model fine-tuning for local performance enhancement. the aggregation method combines supervised gradients from labeled data with unsupervised gradients (calculated based on similar sensor sequences) using a semi-supervised loss function. data model: hierarchical attention-based neural network. real-world accuracy 65.31 f1 score 62.77 har-uci accuracy 82.61 f1 score 81.62 cheng et al. [10] protohar: prototype guided personalized federated learning for human activity recognition. protohar pamap2, unimib shar, usc-had, and harbox the prototype aggregation-based algorithm for activity recognition in the heterogeneous fl scenario. uses prototypes to refine the global representation, decoupling feature representation, and the classifier. exchanges information via sharing prototypes and representations. each abstract prototype is viewed as an activity class by the mean representations of the observed samples from the same activity category. data model: cnn (three convolutional layers, two maxpooling layers, two fully connected layers, and one softmax layer). pamap2 accuracy 87.727 f1 score 87.336 auc 97.839 usc-had accuracy 76.416 f1 score 71.714 auc 96.518 unimib-shar accuracy 94.470 f1 score 92.088 auc 99.678 harbox accuracy 95.110 f1 score 95.034 auc 99.086 i̇sgüder et al. [35] fedopenhar: federated multi-task transfer learning for sensor-based human activity recognition fedopenhar openhar a federated multi-task transfer learning incorporated with the deep convolutional and long short-term memory (deepconvlstm) for human activity classification and device position identification with motion sensor data. server’s aggregation algorithm: fedavg. data model: deepconvlstm. openhar accuracy 72.4 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1086 wang et al. [64] hydra: hybridmodel federated learning for human activity recognition on heterogeneous devices hydra hhar, harbox, and mobiact a hybrid-model fl framework that enables heterogeneous devices to co-train high-performance models with large and small sizes tailored to their diverse computing capabilities. introduces loss-based sample selection for effective cotraining among high-performance computing devices (hcds)and low-performance computing devices (lcds). formulates a large-to-small knowledge distillation to enhance the efficiency of transferring knowledge from hcd to lcd. data model: cnn for har task. hhar accuracy 94.1 mobiact accuracy 98.6 harbox accuracy 94.4 pham et al. [65] extension of physical activity recognition with 3d cnn using encrypted multiple sensory data to federated learning based on multi-key homomorphic encryption 3d cnn model daily and sports activities (sport) and daily life activities (daliac) recognizes human activities using data from wearable sensors by employing 3d convolutional neural networks (3d-cnns). uses bitwise xor operator for data encryption. further enhances the models for fl by incorporating federated averaging and multi-key homomorphic encryption to improve privacy. sport accuracy 94.6 daliac accuracy 94.9 shen et al. [48] federated metalearning with attention for diversity-aware human activity recognition divar two multi-individual heterogeneous considers user differences by making various user groups for social-related factors and then personalizing the model for those various groups. classifies individuals into clusters based on their behavior and social relations, fine-tuning a federated metalearning model with local models endowed with a cnn-based attention mechanism to learn clusterspecific features, and updating a global model that learns across the population while maintaining privacy. the aggregation method consists of averaging the updated parameters from the decentralized local models to improve the central model’s parameters. dataset1 accuracy 93.48 f1 score 90.37 dataset2 accuracy 89.55 f1 score 83.19 datasetmix accuracy 83.95 f1 score 78.36 khan et al. [66] a privacy and energy-aware federated framework for human activity recognition integrating spiking neural networks (snns) with long short-term memory (lstm) uci and realworld combines spiking neural networks (snns) and lstm for data modeling the model is trained using surrogate gradient learning, backpropagation. fl on devices without sharing data. uci accuracy 97.36 realworld accuracy 89.69 chai et al. [36] a profile similarity-based personalized federated learning method for wearable sensor-based human activity recognition ps-pfl realworld sisfall a new personalized federated learning approach by leveraging profile-based similarity, enhancing model personalization and generalizability by considering individual profile features. computes similarities between individuals based on their profiles and uses these similarities to aggregate personalized global models. data models: cnn and long short-term memory (lstm). note: avg_a is average accuracy; avg_p is average precision avg_r is average recall, avg_f1 is average f1. realworld cnn avg_a 94.88 avg_p 95.42 avg_r 94.69 avg_f1 94.95 rnn avg_a 93.65 avg_p 94.22 avg_r 93.85 avg_f1 93.88 sisfall cnn avg_a 94.50 avg_p 92.91 avg_r 92.41 avg_f1 91.29 rnn avg_a 78.57 avg_p 65.81 avg_r 65.02 avg_f1 70.53 orzikulova et al. [29] federated learning with incomplete sensing modalities flism pamap2, realworld, and wesad federated learning with incomplete sensing modalities (flism) to enable multimodal fl with incomplete modalities. employ simulation techniques to learn robust representations handling missing modalities and transferring model knowledge across clients with diverse modality sets. pamap2 f1 score 77 wesad f1 score 58.9 realworld f1 score 77.8 jiang et al. [67] flsys: toward an open ecosystem for federated learning mobile apps flsys self-collected dataset a mobile-cloud fl system smartphone with mobile sensing data. a complete prototype of flsys is developed in android and aws. balances model utility with resource consumption on the phones, tolerates client failures, supports multiple deep learning models, provides support for advanced privacy protection mechanisms, and acts as a “central hub” on the phone for managing training, updating, and access control of fl models for different apps. data model: cnn aggregators: fedavg, fedyogi, fedadam, and fedadagrad are available har-w-128-centralized accuracy 82.62 precision 85.29 recall 84.49 f1-score 84.84 flsys using android emulation accuracy 69.07 precision 59.22 ~86.06 recall 64.50~86.55 f1-score 66.68 ~76.80 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1087 to provide a structured comparison, we consolidate previous studies from the above table into table 2 under four key aspects to understand the methods. the comparison aspects are: (1) types of fl – distinguishing different fl paradigms, i.e., horizontal, vertical, or hybrid, based on data partitioning mechanisms; (2) data model implementation – specifying the models or algorithms used to process the captured inertial data, (3) privacy and security – about security measures such as differential privacy or cryptographic techniques, and (4) communication architecture – differentiating between centralized and decentralized fl structures. from table 2, we can observe that most fl approaches implement a horizontal fl paradigm. this may be because horizontal fl is more suitable for scenarios with different clients, but recording the same types of activity data. specifically, the studies collected similar types of sensor data, i.e., accelerometer and gyroscope, from multiple clients. it is worth noting that the work of zhou et al. [14] incorporates a hybrid fl paradigm. this method is unique because it integrates horizontal and vertical fl paradigms, facilitating the incorporation of heterogeneous data from different sources. table 2. comparison of federated learning approaches for hars method types of fl data model implementation privacy security communication architecture gudur & perepu [58] federated learning with heterogeneous labels and models for mobile activity monitoring horizontal convolution neural network and artificial neural network not specified centralized zhou et al. [14] 2d federated learning for personalized human activity recognition in cyberphysical-social systems 2-dimensional fl framework, including the vertical and horizontal fl phases convolutional neural networks somewhat homomorphic encryption (swhe) centralized shen et al. [34] federated multi-task attention for crossindividual human activity recognition horizontal convolution neural networkrecurrent neural network not specified a shared feature representation network (central server) with individual-specific attention modules (decentralized nodes) arikumar et al. [50] fl-pmi: federated learning-based person movement identification through wearable devices in smart healthcare systems horizontal bidirectional long short-term memory not specified centralized jiang et al. [67] flsys: toward an open ecosystem for federated learning mobile apps horizontal (with an option for extension to vertical fl and federated transfer learning) convolution neural network differential privacy centralized presotto et al. [19] fedclar: federated clustering for personalized sensor-based human activity recognition horizontal feed-forward deep neural network not specified centralized additionally, it is noticed that most har-specific fl implementations work on a centralized communication architecture. clients transmit the generated model updates to a central server to perform aggregation and redistribute the updated model to the clients. the wide use of the centralized approach may be due to the fact that this kind of central server simplifies model updates, diminishing coordination complexity. nevertheless, the study of shen et al. [34] employs a decentralized fl approach. in this framework, a federated multi-task model constituted of a shared feature representation network is managed by a central server. in contrast, multiple individual-specific networks with attention modules are stored in decentralized nodes. 3. review methodology this section outlines the methodology used to review fl for sensor-based har. the review process involved systematically searching and screening for relevant literature from diverse electronic academic databases. these include but are not limited to ieee xplore, arxiv, google scholar, researchgate, acm digital library, and sciencedirect. the cited research articles in this study were downloaded from these electronic databases. furthermore, the queried keywords used in the search engine were “federated learning”, “human activity recognition”, “sensor”, and “smartphone”, and combinations of the terms. after performing all the queries, we initially downloaded 150 articles. next, the collected articles were selected by examining their titles, publication years, abstracts, and conclusions. we selected papers published between 2019 and 2024 to ensure up-to-date and comprehensive information. since our core focus was to gather articles on sensor-based human activity recognition in which fl is employed for data privacy and model training in the sensor-based har context, 80 articles were excluded because they were unsuitable for this review study. 70 selected articles were further studied, and 31 research articles out of these 70 articles were determined to be the most appropriate to be referred to in this review paper. the reviews and discussions of some of these articles are outlined in the related work section and table 1. the review methodology process is depicted in figure 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1088 figure 2. review methodology 4. federated learning federated learning (fl) was introduced by google and used for the first time in 2016 to improve text input predictions of the google keyboard on many android devices [68]. the primary idea is to enhance the predictive text function while keeping users’ data local instead of transmitting it to the central server for processing [69]. in other words, fl is a machine learning approach that facilitates decentralized model training without centralizing the data. unlike traditional machine learning models that aggregate raw data from various sources, fl allows every edge device to build its local data model using its own data. only the generated model updates are then shared with a central server. this server will then aggregate these model updates to construct and optimize a universal model, which is disseminated to the local devices for further localized learning. there are apparent advantages to using federated learning in har applications. har systems rely on information feeds from clients’ devices, such as wearable fitness trackers or smartphones, that collect the users’ physical movement data [70]. fl enables these devices to train a central activity recognition model collaboratively while keeping the activity data local and private. every edge device first trains its model using its data, then only transmits the generated model updates to a central server. the global server aggregates these updates to fine-tune the global har model, which will then be redistributed to the edge devices for further training. this iterative process guarantees that personal activity data remains secure on local devices while diverse data sources from different devices are utilized to improve the recognition of the activities model. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1089 4.1. the architecture of federated learning federated learning (fl) is an innovative approach that enhances user data privacy by enabling decentralized machine learning. the fl framework has several key components to ensure privacy-preserving and efficient model training [65, 66]: the devices, the central server (also called the global server), and the communication framework. the devices are local edge devices with different specifications that generate and own the data. they contribute to local model training using local data and share the generated model updates with the central server rather than the raw data. the central server aggregates the model updates and fine-tunes the global har model. this process is iterative and facilitated by the communication framework for continuous improvement of the data model while preserving user data privacy. while the data computation aspect focuses on training the local and global models, the communication aspect handles the transfer of model updates between the devices and the central server. this iterative training strategy, which involves local training, model aggregation, and model update communication, relies on the three aforementioned key components of the fl architecture (see figure 3). figure 3. the conceptual idea of fl, where model updates are shared instead of raw data federated learning (fl) provides a robust approach to safeguarding user privacy by enabling decentralized machine learning directly on user devices. this design choice addresses privacy concerns inherent in centralized data handling. unlike traditional approaches that rely on collecting and processing raw data centrally, fl ensures that data remains on users' devices, reducing the risk of unauthorized access and data breaches. this is particularly crucial for sensitive har data, where privacy is paramount. in fl, model training occurs locally on each device, and only model updates, such as gradients or weights, are sent to a central server. this aggregated information allows for global model improvement without exposing any individual’s raw data. additionally, secure aggregation protocols ensure that the server can only access the combined contributions from all devices, preventing it from viewing any single user's update, while differential privacy techniques further enhance security by adding controlled noise to model updates, protecting against potential inference attacks. this layered approach allows fl to mitigate privacy risks at each step, and the framework’s iterative communication process focuses on transmitting only essential information, reducing exposure and communication costs. together, these mechanisms, like data locality, secure aggregation, and differential privacy, establish fl as a powerful method for har applications, balancing high model performance with strong privacy protections. figure 4 shows the architecture of basic federated learning. a central server connects to multiple devices, and there is a two-way data flow between the server and the devices. the devices locally train a model using their local data and return the model updates to the server. then, the central server aggregates these updates, thus refining the global model. this process is decentralized, facilitating collaborative model training without sharing raw data, thereby illustrating a privacy-preserving system [67]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1090 figure 4. basic federated learning 4.2. types of federated learning federated learning (fl) incorporates different approaches for data distribution scenarios and applications [71-73]. in the literature, we can categorize the types of fl into three: horizontal federated learning, vertical federated learning, and federated transfer learning. each of these will be discussed in the following section. 4.2.1. horizontal federated learning in horizontal federated learning, devices are similar but have different user data [32]. in other words, the devices have identical feature types (i.e., the same feature space), but the individual users’ data may differ. for instance, in the application of fitness tracker human activity recognition, horizontal federated learning allows multiple trackers, each with similar sensor data types (i.e., the number of steps, heart rates, etc.) but from different individuals, to train a model collaboratively, as depicted in figure 5. figure 5. horizontal federated learning 4.2.2. vertical federated learning vertical federated learning is devised to handle scenarios where different datasets have overlapping users but distinct feature spaces. specifically, the clients share the same users but have different features [74, 75]. this approach is useful hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1091 in applications where multiple health monitoring systems are engaged. for instance, consider a fitness tracker company (client i) that collects users’ physical activities, such as steps and heart rate, and a sleep tracking app (client ii) that tracks users’ sleep behaviors. by incorporating these datasets with different features but shared users through vertical federated learning, the global model can utilize these combined data profiles to interpret better and comprehend complex user behaviors. it is worth noting that a sample alignment procedure is required to ensure that data from multiple sources are accurately associated with the same users before joint training. this avoids mismatches between user data from different sources, affecting model learning and degrading performance, as shown in figure 6. figure 6. vertical federated learning 4.2.3. federated transfer learning federated transfer learning addresses scenarios where datasets are either non-overlapping or minimally overlapping regarding features and users [76]. for instance, a fitness tracker company, client (iii), collects data on users’ physical activities (i.e., steps and heart rates), and a smart home service company (client iv) collects data on users’ home movement patterns. in such cases, federated transfer learning can transfer knowledge from the fitness tracking data to improve the har model for home activity monitoring. this approach is valuable when the adopted datasets are highly differing. although the datasets may involve different attributes and populations, federated transfer learning can assist in constructing a global har model by leveraging knowledge from source and target domains [77]. 5. differences between federated learning and machine learning federated learning (fl) and machine learning have a common objective: achieving effective data learning outcomes. in this paper, machine learning encompasses conventional machine learning models such as random forest, decision tree, support vector machine, etc., and deep learning models like convolutional neural networks, long short-term memory networks, recurrent neural networks, etc. however, fl and machine learning differ fundamentally in their architecture and data handling methodologies. machine learning can be categorized into centralized and distributed approaches. in centralized machine learning, data from users’ inertial sensors embedded in smartphones or wearable devices is collected and transmitted to a centralized server. the entire model training process takes place on this single server. since all computations are implemented on a single machine, training models, especially deep learning models, requires substantial computational resources. furthermore, this centralized approach increases the risk of privacy breaches and security vulnerabilities because users’ data is stored and processed in a single location. in other words, this centralized processing approach poses data privacy and security concerns. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1092 in contrast, fl decentralizes the model training process on users’ local devices, keeping raw sensor data locally. instead of sharing raw data, only model updates, such as model weight adjustments or gradient updates, are transmitted to a central aggregation server. therefore, fl enhances data privacy security by ensuring that personal activity data remains on the user’s device while facilitating collaborative learning across multiple users. while distributed ml and fl possess similar data processing architectures where the computational load is distributed across multiple devices, their data handling manners differ. distributed ml analyzes and processes data on central servers. in other words, raw data from different sources can be stored in the central servers, raising the risk of privacy breaches. although some distributed systems may use techniques to minimize data sharing, it is less common than fl. conversely, fl provides a privacy-heightening solution where data model training is performed directly on the users’ local devices. only model updates are shared with a central server instead of raw sensor data. specifically, private and sensitive activity data is kept in the users’ devices, reducing the need for sensitive data transfers. the architectural differences between fl, centralized, and distributed mls are depicted in figure 7. a summary of the differences in data privacy, access, and communication is presented in table 3. figure 7. comparison between centralized, distributed, and federated learning table 3. federated learning vs machine learning classical machine learning decentralized machine learning federated learning privacy high risk moderate risk enhanced privacy access to data the central server has full access the central server has full access the central server has access to model updates only 6. challenges in federated learning 6.1. privacy security federated learning (fl) is a new, innovative approach to machine learning. it reduces privacy risks associated with data centralization and provides model training across multiple users while keeping their data local and decentralized [78]. however, the decentralized approach introduces other security vulnerabilities. thus, privacy-preserving techniques such as secure multi-party computation (smc) and homomorphic encryption (he) are required to harden the privacy and security of fl. smc secures the input data of each involved party by using encryption. this is to ensure that parties gain no information about others’ data. on the other hand, he is an encryption method that enables the central server to perform algebraic operations directly on encrypted model parameters, such as model updates, without requiring decryption. nevertheless, user privacy security can barely be guaranteed in the fl scheme with he technology, particularly if participants with the same secret key collude. furthermore, smc and he technologies encounter limitations due to their high communication costs and computational complexity associated with preserving privacy [74]. in har systems, inertial data is gathered from multiple users and different devices, producing huge amounts of information. the encryption and decryption processes to secure this personal data can be computationally intensive. the situation becomes worse for low-resource devices with limited processing power. the study in khan et al. [66] highlights that the increased communication costs and latency negatively impact system performance, leading to inefficiencies in real-time applications. 6.2. communication generally, fl diminishes the risk of privacy violation by decentralizing data and sharing only model updates, which is beneficial in sensor-based har applications since personal sensitive data is involved [52, 79]. even though fl complements the benefits of privacy, it suffers from significant communication challenges. these challenges can impact its practicability and efficiency, especially when numerous devices are involved. the cost of transmitting model updates from devices to the central server exceeds the computation cost, resulting in increased communication overhead in fl. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1093 in har, real-time activity recognition requires frequent model updates since human movements and behavior patterns are dynamically changing. the timely data transmission of model updates from edge devices is crucial for achieving instantaneous and accurate activity recognition and monitoring. however, frequent data transmission increases network latency and congestion, especially for resource-constrained, low-power devices with limited bandwidth. furthermore, data from diverse devices, such as fitness trackers and smartphones, must be continuously analyzed and processed for pattern recognition [80]. consequently, each edge device must frequently transmit its local model updates to the central server. this frequent data transmission raises the communication overhead in fl and further impacts the model processing and updating, resulting in substantial delays. the high communication cost results in low application efficiency, hindering the feasibility of fl in real-world applications, particularly in real-time har recognition and monitoring, which require continuous model updates with minimal delay. 6.3. data heterogeneity data heterogeneity presents significant challenges in federated learning (fl) for human activity recognition applications [10]. data heterogeneity arises due to inconsistencies and variability in the data collected by diverse clients. this includes the variations in environmental conditions, human activities, types of edge devices and/or sensors, and their specifications. consequently, the collected data can vary significantly in distribution, quality, and quantity. these inconsistencies lead to non-independent and identically distributed data, resulting in difficulties training a global model that performs well for all users. one major factor contributing to data heterogeneity is har's diversity in sensing devices. a smartwatch that tracks activities of daily living continuously gathers accelerometer and gyroscope data throughout the day and generates a complete dataset of the user's daily activities. this dataset contains detailed motion patterns of activities such as standing, sitting, walking, cycling, etc. conversely, a smartphone, typically carried in a pocket or bag, may only collect less activity data from less frequent interactions, yielding incomplete daily activity representations. this variability results in heterogeneous data, challenging this information's effective aggregation and modeling. furthermore, imbalanced data distributions across clients can skew the global model’s learning process, as some devices collect sparse, low-frequency samples while others provide rich, high-frequency data. 7. algorithms in federated learning in this section, we will further discuss different federated learning (fl) algorithms, focusing on aggregation techniques and data model approaches. 7.1. aggregation techniques data heterogeneity presents significant challenges in federated learning (fl), particularly in the context of human activity recognition applications [10]. data heterogeneity occurs due to inconsistencies and variability in the data collected by diverse clients. this includes the differences in environmental conditions, human activities, types of edge devices and/or sensors, and their specifications. consequently, the collected data can vary significantly in distribution, quality, and quantity. for instance, a smartwatch that tracks activities of daily living continuously throughout the day will generate a complete dataset of the user's daily activities. conversely, smartphones may only gather less activity data from less frequent interactions. this variability results in heterogeneous data, challenging this information's effective aggregation and modeling. 7.1.1. federated averaging (fedavg) the central server aggregates local model updates in fl to form a global model. the aggregation is performed using a weighted average, where the weights are proportional to the number of data samples on each client [37]. specifically, the global model at the next iteration is computed as follows: 𝑤𝑡+1 = 1 𝐾 ∑ 𝑤𝑡+1 𝑘𝐾 𝑘=1 (1) where 𝑤𝑡+1 is the updated global model, k is the total number of clients and 𝑤𝑡 𝑘 is the model update from device k at iteration t. in summary, fedavg updates the global model by aggregating model updates from each client with a weightage corresponding to the data contribution. in other words, clients with more data will have a greater weightage/influence on updating the global model. in other words, fedavg reduces communication costs by enabling multiple local updates per communication round. it leverages local stochastic gradient descent to calculate updated averages among the clients to facilitate the training of deep networks. 7.1.2. federated proximal (fedprox) by keeping local models in reasonable proximity to the global model, fedprox enhances performance, particularly when dealing with datasets that exhibit significant differences. it can address the problem of data heterogeneity and improve the reliability of the federated learning process [81]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1094 ℎ𝑘(𝑤, 𝑤𝑡) = 𝐹𝑘(𝑤) + 𝜇 2 ‖𝑤 − 𝑤𝑡‖2 (2) where ℎ𝑘(𝑤,𝑤𝑡) represents the modified local objective function incorporating a proximal term. the goal is to minimize a function that includes two parts: the local loss function 𝐹𝑘(𝑤) measuring the model’s performance on the client’s data, and a proximal term μ 2 ‖𝑤 − 𝑤𝑡‖2 penalizing deviations from the global model 𝑤𝑡 . 𝜇 is a regularization parameter that controls the strength of this proximal constraint such that local models do not drift too far from the global model. the proximal term helps keep the local model close to the global model, improving overall stability and convergence in federated learning. fedprox addresses system heterogeneity by adding a proximal term to local loss functions such that even partially trained models can contribute meaningfully to the global model. 7.1.3. federated normalized averaging (fednova) wang et al. [82] highlighted that fedavg faces challenges when dealing with non-iid data across clients. specifically, the substantial variations in client data distributions may make local models distinct from global ones, thereby degrading the overall model performance and stability. fednova is proposed to address these limitations. this aggregation technique normalizes and scales local model updates before averaging and aggregating them into the global model. this implementation could guarantee a more stable and balanced aggregation process. the update rule for fednova is defined as follows: 𝑤(𝑡+1,0) − 𝑤(𝑡,0) = −𝜏𝑒𝑓𝑓 (𝑡) ∑ 𝑝𝑖 = . 𝜂𝑑𝑖 (𝑡) (3) where 𝑑𝑖 (𝑡) = 𝐺𝑖 (𝑡) 𝑎𝑖 (𝑡) ||𝑎 𝑖 (𝑡) ||1 . the normalized stochastic gradients 𝑑𝑖 are aggregated. when the local solver is vanilla sgd, 𝑎𝑖 = [1, … ,1]𝜖ℝ𝜏𝑖and 𝑑𝑖 (𝑡) is a simple average over the current round’s gradients. combining these strategies helps fednova better manage the impact of client heterogeneity on the global model for more stable and effective federated training. fednova normalizes the local updates against the local epoch, which aids in achieving fair aggregation and reducing bias for non-iid environments. 7.1.4. federated stochastic gradient descent (fedsgd) unlike the aforementioned aggregation techniques, which aggregate local model updates from clients, fedsgd aggregates the gradients computed from each client [37]. in this technique, each client computes the gradient of its local objective function. then, the gradients are passed to the central server. the global model is then updated based on the aggregated gradients. this update process ensures that while each client owns their data, they can contribute to the global model through their gradients. the local objective function 𝐹𝑘(𝑤) of client k is calculated as: 𝐹𝑘(𝑤) = 1 𝑛𝑘 ∑ 𝑓𝑖(𝑤)𝑖∈𝑝𝑘 (4) where 𝑛𝑘 is the number of data samples on the client k, 𝑝𝑘 is the set of data samples on the client k, and 𝑓𝑖(𝑤) is the loss function for the ith sample with model parameter w. the gradient 𝑔𝑘 of this local objective function for the current model parameters 𝑤𝑡 is then computed: 𝑔𝑘 = 𝛻𝐹𝑘(𝑤𝑡) (5) where 𝛻 denotes the gradient operator concerning the current model parameters 𝑤𝑡. the server aggregates these gradients gk to update the global model using a weighted average. the weights are proportional to the number of data samples on each client, ensuring that clients with more data have a greater influence on the model update. the global model is updated based on the following rule: 𝜔𝑡 + 1 = 𝑤𝑡 – 𝜂 ∑ 𝑛𝑘 𝑛 𝐾 𝑘=1 𝑔𝑘 (6) where 𝜂 is the learning rate, k is the total number of clients, and 𝑛𝑘 𝑛 is the proportion of data samples on client k, and 𝑔𝑘 is the gradient from client k. the updated global model 𝜔𝑡 + 1 is obtained by subtracting the weighted sum of the gradients from the current model parameters 𝑤𝑡. fedsgd synchronizes all clients' gradients at every round, maximizing model utility and minimizing drift in the event of heterogeneous data. even though this synchronization renders it less communication-efficient than techniques like fedavg, fedsgd enhances the overall model convergence consistency. 7.2. data model deep learning is a prevalent data modeling tool in sensor-based har applications. deep learning has exhibited exceptional performance in the literature due to its exclusive capability to capture intricate features from raw inertial signals. this ability enables deep learning models to discriminate complex inertial patterns in human activities, yielding substantial improvements in accuracy over traditional machine learning approaches. this section briefly describes the 𝑚 𝑖 = 1 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1095 popular deep learning algorithms widely used in sensor-based har applications, exploring their architecture and characteristics. 7.2.1. artificial neural network (ann) ann is a computational model inspired by the human brain to perform complex pattern analysis and recognition [80]. an ann comprises an input layer, one or more hidden layers, and an output layer. each layer is made of neurons, which are linked by weights. these weights adjust the strength of the interconnections between neurons. the input layer receives raw data and passes it to the hidden layer(s) for data computation. in the hidden layer(s), nonlinear transformations are performed via activation functions. this process is crucial for introducing nonlinearity into the model because real-world data is complex and nonlinear. nonlinearity enables the model to learn and capture intricate data patterns. a simple feed-forward neural network with one hidden layer is illustrated in figure 8, and the formulation is below. figure 8. architecture for ann the output of the hidden layer, denoted as hout, is computed as follows: 𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑡 = 𝐴𝐶𝑇(𝑊1𝑋 + 𝑏1) (7) where 𝑊1 represents the weight matrix that links the input layer to the hidden layer, 𝑋 denotes the input vector, 𝑏1 is the bias vector for the hidden layer, and 𝐴𝐶𝑇 represents an activation function (e.g. sigmoid function, hyperbolic tangent, rectified linear unit (relu)). the output of the ann is computed as below: 𝑌𝑜𝑢𝑡 = 𝐴𝐶𝑇(𝑊2 𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑡 + 𝑏2) (8) where 𝑊2 represents the weight matrix that links the hidden layer to the output layer, and 𝑏2 is the bias vector for the output layer. 7.2.2. one-dimensional convolutional neural networks (1d cnns) convolutional neural networks are widely used for processing data that is sampled on a grid, such as image data [83]. on the other hand, 1d-cnn is particularly designed to process one-dimensional input data, such as biomedical signals and inertial signals. for a one-dimensional input signal 𝑆 and a kernel 𝑊, the convolution is defined as below: (𝑆∗𝑊)𝑛 = ∑ 𝑊𝑖𝑆(𝑖 + 𝑛 − 1) |𝑤| 𝑖=1 (9) 𝑂𝑛 ′ = (𝑆|𝑊(𝑖.𝑗)| ∗ 𝑊(𝑖, 𝑗)) (10) * denotes the discrete convolution process, s is the input data, w is the convolutional filter, 𝑆|𝑊(𝑖,𝑗)| represents the elements in 𝑆 from 𝑛 to the dimension of 𝑊(𝑖, 𝑗). hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1096 figure 9 depicts a 1d convolutional neural network sample for human activity recognition. six data inputs corresponding to the 3-axis data from an accelerometer and a gyroscope are inputted to the model. each input is processed by convolutional and pooling layers. the outputs are then concatenated and fed into fully connected layers, respectively. lastly, activities are classified using a softmax layer. figure 9. architecture of a 1d cnn structure 7.2.3. long short-term memory (lstm) networks lstm networks are recurrent neural networks capable of extracting and modeling temporal dependencies in timeseries data [83]. unlike traditional recurrent neural networks, lstm addresses the problem of vanishing gradients associated with long-term dependencies in time-series data. lstms consist of multiple memory cells that store and process information over time, as depicted in figure 10. lstm networks use input gates, output gates, and forget gates. the inputs are divided into two components: input state at t(𝑥𝑡) and output state at 𝑡 − 1(ℎ 𝑡−1). the input gate can be represented as: 𝑖𝑡 = 𝜎(𝑊[𝑥𝑡, ℎ 𝑡−1, 𝐶𝑡−1] + 𝑏𝑖) (11) 𝐶𝑡 = 𝑓𝑡. 𝐶𝑡−1 + i. 𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ(𝑊[𝑥𝑡, ℎ 𝑡−1, 𝐶𝑡−1] + 𝑏𝑐) (12) the forget gate determines what data will be forgotten from the cell memory. 𝑓𝑡 = 𝜎(𝑊𝑓[ℎ 𝑡−1𝑥𝑡] + 𝑏𝑓) (13) the forget gate and the input gate both update the cell unit state. 𝐶𝑡 = 𝐶𝑡-1𝑓𝑡 + �̃�𝑡𝑖𝑡 (14) finally, the output is produced via the output gate. 𝑜𝑡 = 𝜎(𝑊[𝑥𝑡, ℎ𝑡−1, 𝐶𝑡] + 𝑏𝑜) (15) ℎ𝑡 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ(𝐶𝑡) . 𝑜𝑡 (16) where 𝑖𝑡 is the state of the current input gate, 𝑓𝑡 is the state of the current forget gate, 𝑥𝑡 is the input sequence, and ℎ 𝑡−1 is the output. 𝐶𝑡 and 𝐶𝑡−1 are the current cell state and the previous cell state, respectively. 𝑏 is the bias vector, and 𝑊 is the weight vector for each input. 𝜎 is the logistic sigmoid function. figure 10. the architecture for lstm hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1097 7.2.4. bidirectional lstm (bilstm) lstm models process data in a single direction, which can limit their capability to comprehend the data. thus, bilstm is proposed to enhance ordinary lstms by processing data in both forward and backward directions, as depicted in figure 11. this implementation facilitates bilstm to capture information from past and coming data, yielding better model performance. in a bilstm model, the output of the backward layer (ℎ𝑡 𝑏) and forward layer (ℎ𝑡 𝑓 ) are used to produce the final hidden state at time 𝑡, i.e. ℎ 𝑡, using weighting factors 𝛼 and 𝛽 (or trainable parameters) that control how the forward and backward states are combined in the bilstm model is generated as: ℎt = 𝛼ℎ𝑡 𝑓 + 𝛽ℎ𝑡 𝑏 (17) 𝑥0 1 = 𝑦𝑡 = 𝜎(ℎ𝑡) (18) where 𝑥0 1 is the final output from the bilstm at time 𝑡, 𝑦𝑡 denotes the output at time t, and 𝜎 is the sigmoid activation function. bilstm is useful in har because it can further improve the temporal dependencies learned from the sensor data of wearable devices by considering both previous and future readings. this results in higher accuracy of classifying activities and increased ability to handle noise. har activities include data gathering and preprocessing, feature extraction with bilstms, activity classification, and performance assessment, leading to better activity recognition and lower error levels. the bilstm networks make har models more effective in dealing with temporal patterns because bidirectional processing yields better classification accuracy and makes the activity recognition systems more efficient. the structure of bilstm is shown in figure 11. figure 11. the architecture for bilstm 8. analysis of federated learning methods for human activity recognition federated learning (fl) is a decentralized data processing approach that allows multiple devices to collaboratively train a model while keeping the data at the local devices. in the fl framework of human activity recognition, each device, such as smartphones or wearable sensors, trains a local model using its sensor data for basic data learning. after that, the local model updates of each device are transmitted to a central server to integrate these updates using aggregation algorithms. this collaborative process facilitates the development of accurate models while preserving data privacy. this is beneficial for har applications since the data involved is usually personal. table 4 summarizes several popular model aggregation techniques and local training models used in har. fedavg is a simple and widely used aggregation technique that averages local model updates. however, it struggles with noniid data. on the other hand, fedprox enhances stability in diverse data settings with an added regularization term. fednova scales model updates to ensure fair aggregation, but its performance heavily depends on hyperparameter tuning. fedsgd synchronizes the model gradients closely. however, frequent communication is required, making it less efficient for real-time applications. for local training models, various architectures are proposed to learn inertial patterns of sensor data. ann is a brain-inspired model composed of input, hidden, and output layers. the model can recognize diverse data by learning complex patterns through weight updates. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1098 table 4. summary of the model aggregation techniques and local training models aggregation technique description remarks fedavg averages local model updates, weighted by each device’s data amount.  simple and easy to implement, reduced communication cost with fewer update rounds  sensitive to differences in data (non-iid data)  unreliable clients may lead to slower model convergence fedprox adds a penalty term during local training to keep each device’s model close to the global model.  improves stability and convergence in diverse data settings  better handles data heterogeneity  increase the computation burden on resource-limited sensors fednova normalizes and scales local updates before combining them to balance contributions from all devices.  ensures fairer aggregation in non-uniform settings  reduces bias in model updates  extra computational overhead  sensitive to hyperparameter selection fedsgd aggregates gradients computed on each device rather than full model updates.  reduces model drift by synchronizing gradients closely  requires frequent communication  may not be efficient for real-time applications due to high communication overhead on the other hand, 1d cnn is efficient for sequential data such as inertial signals. its low computational cost makes it suitable for real-time and low-cost applications. lstm models temporal dependencies in time-series data using memory cells. unlike rnns, lstm effectively resolves vanishing gradient problems. bilstm is an enhanced lstm variant that captures both past and future data context. this feature improves richer temporal relations, yielding promising classification performance for sequential tasks. 9. future directions human activity recognition (har) using sensor data has gained significant attention due to its applications in health monitoring, fitness tracking, and smart environments. sensor-based har typically relies on data from accelerometers, gyroscopes, and other wearable devices to detect and classify activities. however, the sensitive nature of this data poses substantial privacy challenges. recent studies leveraging fl in sensor-based har have demonstrated its potential to preserve privacy while achieving competitive performance. building on this foundation, future advancements in fl could focus on resolving challenges such as integrating heterogeneous multi-source data, improving personalization, and ensuring resource-efficient deployment in real-world har applications. federated learning for heterogeneous multi-source data: fl can improve the quality of human activity recognition by integrating data from multiple sources, including accelerometers, gyroscopes, heart rate monitors, and other wearable devices. multi-modal sensor fusion allows models to capture more complementary information, which is particularly important for correctly identifying complex activities [84]. besides that, systems such as the passive multimodal sensor fusion for human identification and activity recognition (prf-pir) framework, incorporating passive and non-intrusive sensing devices, constitute a sound example of how sensor fusion may enhance accuracy because of external interference or limited fields of view challenges [85]. nonetheless, the heterogeneity of multi-source data poses significant challenges in fl frameworks. diverse data formats, sampling rates, sensor modalities, and noise across devices can negatively impact the model's performance. furthermore, sensor placements and user gait/motion variations also contribute to the diversity. advanced aggregation techniques, reliable data harmonization strategies, and innovative architectures are essential to deal with the complexities. future research may focus on developing scalable methods for effectively integrating these heterogeneous data. federated learning for personalized har models: fl facilitates personalizing har models to individual users without compromising privacy. for instance, fedhar represents a semi-supervised federated learning framework, combining active learning and label propagation to overcome the problem of scarcity of data through semi-automatic annotation of sensor data for activity recognition on mobile devices [20]. personalization is crucial in healthcare and fitness tracking, where users exhibit different behaviors, characteristics, and needs. to advance this field, future research should prioritize scalable and flexible personalization approaches to improve user-focused har in federated settings. designing adaptive learning procedures may be investigated further. federated learning for resource-efficient har on wearable devices: wearables, including smartwatches and trackers, are an increasingly common device type for har. however, these devices face resource constraints in terms of battery life, computation power, and storage [86]. these device constraints could limit the efficacy of har models in real-world applications. future research should be directed to the design of lightweight fl architectures, energy-aware algorithms, and communication-efficient protocols to optimize resource usage in these devices. developing strategies for adaptive computation, where the model can dynamically adjust its complexity based on available resources, could be a good alternative for real-time har in diverse settings. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1099 10. conclusion deep learning methods have demonstrated superior performance in identifying human activities from inertial data by learning high-level, intricate features. however, these centralized architectures that transmit raw sensor data to a central server present critical privacy and security concerns. federated learning (fl) offers an alternative solution by decentralizing the training process. specifically, only model updates are shared, while personal data remains on local devices in fl environments. this is particularly valuable for human activity recognition applications since human activity data can reveal sensitive and confidential information. this paper provides a comprehensive overview of fl in sensor-based har, highlighting how it surpasses traditional machine learning in distributed environments. this paper also discusses key fl components, such as local training models and model aggregation strategies. the limitations of har-specific fl models, including data heterogeneity, communication, and privacy challenges, are also deliberated. in summary, fl demonstrates its potential to transform sensor-based har by achieving an optimal balance between system reliability, scalability, and privacy. future research should optimize communication efficiency, address heterogeneous data distributions, and enhance privacy-preserving approaches to meet the demands of even more advanced applications. furthermore, exploring adaptive aggregation techniques and developing reliable local models is vital to overcoming limitations in har-specific federated learning environments. with these advancements, fl-based har solutions will be capable of achieving robust, secure, and efficient activity recognition in real-world environments to enhance healthcare, fitness, and smart homes. we anticipate further advancements in this area to lead to more integrated, user-centric systems that ensure improved overall quality of life. 11. declarations 11.1. author contributions conceptualization, x.w., y.h., s.y., and z.y.; methodology, x.w., y.h., and f.s.; writing—original draft preparation, x.w.; writing—review and editing, x.w. and y.h.; visualization, x.w. and f.s.; supervision, y.h., s.y., and z.y.; project administration, y.h. and s.y. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 11.2. data availability statement data sharing is not applicable to this article. 11.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 11.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 11.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 11.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 12. references [1] sun, y., wang, x., & tang, x. (2014). deep learning face representation from predicting 10,000 classes. 2014 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 1891–1898. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2014.244. [2] bengio, y. (2012). deep learning of representations for unsupervised and transfer learning. proceedings of icml workshop on unsupervised and transfer learning. jmlr workshop and conference proceedings, 17-36. [3] le, q. v., ngiam, j., coates, a., lahiri, a., prochnow, b., & ng, a. y. (2011). on optimization methods for deep learning. proceedings of the 28th international conference on international conference on machine learning, 28 june 2 july, 2011, bellevue, united states. [4] ngiam, j., khosla, a., kim, m., nam, j., lee, h., & ng, a. y. (2011). multimodal deep learning. proceedings of the 28th international conference on machine learning, bellevue, united states. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1100 [5] deng, l., & yu, d. (2014). deep learning: methods and applications. foundations and trends in signal processing, 7(3–4), 197387. doi:10.1561/2000000039. [6] liu, x., xie, l., wang, y., zou, j., xiong, j., ying, z., & vasilakos, a. v. (2021). privacy and security issues in deep learning: a survey. ieee access, 9, 4566–4593. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3045078. [7] bae, h., jang, j., jung, d., jang, h., ha, h., lee, h., & yoon, s. (2018). security and privacy issues in deep learning. arxiv preprint, arxiv:1807.11655. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1807.11655. [8] mireshghallah, f., taram, m., vepakomma, p., singh, a., raskar, r., & esmaeilzadeh, h. (2020). privacy in deep learning: a survey. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2004.12254. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2004.12254. [9] tayyab, m., marjani, m., jhanjhi, n. z., hashem, i. a. t., usmani, r. s. a., & qamar, f. (2023). a comprehensive review on deep learning algorithms: security and privacy issues. computers & security, 131, 103297. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2023.103297. [10] cheng, d., zhang, l., bu, c., wang, x., wu, h., & song, a. (2023). protohar: prototype guided personalized federated learning for human activity recognition. ieee journal of biomedical and health informatics, 27(8), 3900–3911. doi:10.1109/jbhi.2023.3275438. [11] guendouzi, b. s., ouchani, s., el assaad, h., & el zaher, m. (2023). a systematic review of federated learning: challenges, aggregation methods, and development tools. journal of network and computer applications, 220, 103714. doi:10.1016/j.jnca.2023.103714. [12] moshawrab, m., adda, m., bouzouane, a., ibrahim, h., & raad, a. (2023). reviewing federated learning aggregation algorithms; strategies, contributions, limitations and future perspectives. electronics (switzerland), 12(10), 2287. doi:10.3390/electronics12102287. [13] ouyang, x., xie, z., zhou, j., huang, j., & xing, g. (2021). clusterfl: a similarity-aware federated learning system for human activity recognition. proceedings of the 19th annual international conference on mobile systems, applications, and services, 54–66. doi:10.1145/3458864.3467681. [14] zhou, x., liang, w., ma, j., yan, z., & wang, k. i. k. (2022). 2d federated learning for personalized human activity recognition in cyber-physical-social systems. ieee transactions on network science and engineering, 9(6), 3934–3944. doi:10.1109/tnse.2022.3144699. [15] haque, s., eberhart, z., bansal, a., & mcmillan, c. (2022). semantic similarity metrics for evaluating source code summarization. proceedings of the 30th ieee/acm international conference on program comprehension, 36–47. doi:10.1145/3524610.3527909. [16] xiao, z., xu, x., xing, h., song, f., wang, x., & zhao, b. (2021). a federated learning system with enhanced feature extraction for human activity recognition. knowledge-based systems, 229, 107338. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2021.107338. [17] gad, g., fadlullah, z. m., rabie, k., & fouda, m. m. (2023). communication-efficient privacy-preserving federated learning via knowledge distillation for human activity recognition systems. icc 2023 ieee international conference on communications, 1572–1578. doi:10.1109/icc45041.2023.10278987. [18] tu, l., ouyang, x., zhou, j., he, y., & xing, g. (2021). feddl: federated learning via dynamic layer sharing for human activity recognition. proceedings of the 19th acm conference on embedded networked sensor systems, 15–28. doi:10.1145/3485730.3485946. [19] presotto, r., civitarese, g., & bettini, c. (2022). fedclar: federated clustering for personalized sensor-based human activity recognition. 2022 ieee international conference on pervasive computing and communications, percom 2022, 227– 236. doi:10.1109/percom53586.2022.9762352. [20] yu, h., chen, z., zhang, x., chen, x., zhuang, f., xiong, h., & cheng, x. (2023). fedhar: semi-supervised online learning for personalized federated human activity recognition. ieee transactions on mobile computing, 22(6), 3318–3332. doi:10.1109/tmc.2021.3136853. [21] pfitzner, b., steckhan, n., & arnrich, b. (2021). federated learning in a medical context: a systematic literature review. acm transactions on internet technology, 21(2), 1–31. doi:10.1145/3412357. [22] che, l., wang, j., zhou, y., & ma, f. (2023). multimodal federated learning: a survey. sensors, 23(15), 6986. doi:10.3390/s23156986. [23] aouedi, o., sacco, a., khan, l. u., nguyen, d. c., & guizani, m. (2024). federated learning for human activity recognition: overview, advances, and challenges. ieee open journal of the communications society, 5, 7341–7367. doi:10.1109/ojcoms.2024.3484228. [24] grataloup, a., & kurpicz-briki, m. (2024). a systematic survey on the application of federated learning in mental state detection and human activity recognition. frontiers in digital health, 6, 1495999. doi:10.3389/fdgth.2024.1495999. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1101 [25] liu, x., zhou, w., dong, y., zhu, l., & chen, n. (2024). application of smart model in the analysis of opera heritage archiving and protection. hightech and innovation journal, 5(2), 349–360. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-09. [26] diraco, g., rescio, g., caroppo, a., manni, a., & leone, a. (2023). human action recognition in smart living services and applications: context awareness, data availability, personalization, and privacy. sensors, 23(13), 6040. doi:10.3390/s23136040. [27] sandi, g., supangkat, s. h., & ermawati. (2023). smart healthcare for personalized healthcare: literature review. 10 th international conference on ict for smart society (iciss), 1–7. doi:10.1109/iciss59129.2023.10291631. [28] raza, a., tran, k. p., koehl, l., li, s., zeng, x., & benzaidi, k. (2021). lightweight transformer in federated setting for human activity recognition. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2110.00244. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2110.00244. [29] orzikulova, a., kwak, j., shin, j., & lee, s.-j. (2024). federated learning for time-series healthcare sensing with incomplete modalities. arxiv. retrieved november 2, 2025, from https://arxiv.org/abs/2405.11828. [30] chen, k., zhang, d., guan, s., mi, b., shen, j., & wang, g. (2024). private data leakage in federated human activity recognition for wearable healthcare devices. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2405.10979. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2405.10979. [31] anicai, c., & shakir, m. z. (2023). federated learning and genetic mutation for multi-resident activity recognition. 2023 ieee 19th international conference on e-science (e-science), 1–6. doi:10.1109/e-science58273.2023.10254878. [32] huang, w., li, t., wang, d., du, s., zhang, j., & huang, t. (2022). fairness and accuracy in horizontal federated learning. information sciences, 589, 170–185. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2021.12.102. [33] li, y., wang, x., & an, l. (2023). hierarchical clustering-based personalized federated learning for robust and fair human activity recognition. proceedings of the acm on interactive, mobile, wearable and ubiquitous technologies, 7(1), 1–38. doi:10.1145/3580795. [34] shen, q., feng, h., song, r., teso, s., giunchiglia, f., & xu, h. (2022). federated multi-task attention for cross-individual human activity recognition. proceedings of the thirty-first international joint conference on artificial intelligence, 3423– 3429. doi:10.24963/ijcai.2022/475. [35] i̇şgüder, e., & i̇ncel, ö. d. (2023). fedopenhar: federated multi-task transfer learning for sensor-based human activity recognition. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2311.07765. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2311.07765. [36] chai, y., liu, h., zhu, h., pan, y., zhou, a., liu, h., liu, j., & qian, y. (2024). a profile similarity-based personalized federated learning method for wearable sensor-based human activity recognition. information & management, 61(7), 103922. doi:10.1016/j.im.2024.103922. [37] mcmahan, b., moore, e., ramage, d., hampson, s., & y arcas, b. a. (2017). communication-efficient learning of deep networks from decentralized data. proceedings of the 20th international conference on artificial intelligence and statistics, 2022 april, 2017, fort lauderdale, united states. [38] barros, p. h., guevara, j. c., villas, l., guidoni, d., da fonseca, n. l. s., & ramos, h. s. (2024). a novel federated metalearning approach for discriminating sedentary behavior from wearable data. ieee internet of things journal, 11(19), 31909–31916. doi:10.1109/jiot.2024.3420891. [39] thakur, d., guzzo, a., & fortino, g. (2024). hardware-algorithm co-design of energy efficient federated learning in quantized neural network. internet of things (netherlands), 26, 101223. doi:10.1016/j.iot.2024.101223. [40] gad, g. (2023). light-weight federated learning with augmented knowledge distillation for human activity recognition. ph.d. thesis, lakeheaduniversity, thunderbay, canada. [41] sandhu, m., silvera-tawil, d., lu, w., borges, p., & kusy, b. (2024). exploring activity recognition in multi-device environments using hierarchical federated learning. 2024 ieee international conference on pervasive computing and communications workshops and other affiliated events, percom workshops 2024, 720–726. doi:10.1109/percomworkshops59983.2024.10503023. [42] wang, l., wang, w., & li, b. (2019). cmfl: mitigating communication overhead for federated learning. 2019 ieee 39th international conference on distributed computing systems (icdcs), 954–964. doi:10.1109/icdcs.2019.00099. [43] yang, x., & ardakanian, o. (2023). blinder: end-to-end privacy protection in sensing systems via personalized federated learning. acm transactions on sensor networks, 20(1), 1–32. doi:10.1145/3623397. [44] shahid, z. (2021). distributed machine learning for anomalous human activity recognition using iot systems. research report, luleå tekniska universitet, luleå, sweden. [45] ek, s., portet, f., lalanda, p., & baez, g. e. v. (2021). evaluating federated learning for human activity recognition. workshop ai for internet of things, in conjunction with ijcai-pricai 2020, 7-8 january, 2021, yokohama, japan. (virtual venue). hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1102 [46] gad, g., & fadlullah, z. (2023). federated learning via augmented knowledge distillation for heterogenous deep human activity recognition systems. sensors, 23(1), 6. doi:10.3390/s23010006. [47] ek, s., portet, f., lalanda, p., & vega, g. (2021). a federated learning aggregation algorithm for pervasive computing: evaluation and comparison. 2021 ieee international conference on pervasive computing and communications (percom), 1– 10. doi:10.1109/percom50583.2021.9439129. [48] shen, q., feng, h., song, r., song, d., & xu, h. (2023). federated meta-learning with attention for diversity-aware human activity recognition. sensors, 23(3), 1083. doi:10.3390/s23031083. [49] presotto, r., civitarese, g., & bettini, c. (2023). federated clustering and semi-supervised learning: a new partnership for personalized human activity recognition. pervasive and mobile computing, 88, 101726. doi:10.1016/j.pmcj.2022.101726. [50] arikumar, k. s., prathiba, s. b., alazab, m., gadekallu, t. r., pandya, s., khan, j. m., & moorthy, r. s. (2022). fl-pmi: federated learning-based person movement identification through wearable devices in smart healthcare systems. sensors, 22(4), 1377. doi:10.3390/s22041377. [51] shaik, t., tao, x., higgins, n., gururajan, r., li, y., zhou, x., & acharya, u. r. (2022). fedstack: personalized activity monitoring using stacked federated learning. knowledge-based systems, 257, 109929. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2022.109929. [52] al-saedi, a. a., boeva, v., & casalicchio, e. (2021). reducing communication overhead of federated learning through clustering analysis. 2021 ieee symposium on computers and communications (iscc), 1-7. doi:10.1109/iscc53001.2021.9631391. [53] craighero, m., quarantiello, d., rossi, b., carrera, d., fragneto, p., & boracchi, g. (2024). on-device personalization for human activity recognition on stm32. ieee embedded systems letters, 16(2), 106–109. doi:10.1109/les.2023.3293458. [54] wu, q., chen, x., zhou, z., & zhang, j. (2022). fedhome: cloud-edge based personalized federated learning for in-home health monitoring. ieee transactions on mobile computing, 21(8), 2818–2832. doi:10.1109/tmc.2020.3045266. [55] dayakaran, d., & kadiresan, n. (2024). federated learning framework for human activity recognition using smartphones. procedia computer science, 235, 2069–2078. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2024.04.196. [56] de souza, a. m., maciel, f., da costa, j. b. d., bittencourt, l. f., cerqueira, e., loureiro, a. a. f., & villas, l. a. (2024). adaptive client selection with personalization for communication efficient federated learning. ad hoc networks, 157, 103462. doi:10.1016/j.adhoc.2024.103462. [57] gao, l., & konomi, s. (2023). personalized federated human activity recognition through semi-supervised learning and enhanced representation. adjunct proceedings of the 2023 acm international joint conference on pervasive and ubiquitous computing & the 2023 acm international symposium on wearable computing, 463–468. doi:10.1145/3594739.3610739. [58] gudur, g. k., & perepu, s. k. (2020). federated learning with heterogeneous labels and models for mobile activity monitoring. arxiv preprint, arxiv:2012.02539. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2012.02539. [59] li, c., niu, d., jiang, b., zuo, x., & yang, j. (2021). meta-har: federated representation learning for human activity recognition. proceedings of the web conference 2021, 912–922. doi:10.1145/3442381.3450006. [60] sarkar, a., sen, t., & roy, a. k. (2021). grafehty: graph neural network using federated learning for human activity recognition. 2021 20th ieee international conference on machine learning and applications (icmla), 1124–1129. doi:10.1109/icmla52953.2021.00184. [61] kirsten, k., pfitzner, b., loper, l., & arnrich, b. (2021). sensor-based obsessive-compulsive disorder detection with personalised federated learning. 2021 20th ieee international conference on machine learning and applications (icmla), 333–339. doi:10.1109/icmla52953.2021.00058. [62] cho, h., mathur, a., & kawsar, f. (2022). flame: federated learning across multi-device environments. proceedings of the acm on interactive, mobile, wearable and ubiquitous technologies, 6(3), 1–29. doi:10.1145/3550289. [63] albaseer, a., abdallah, m., al-fuqaha, a., erbad, a., & dobre, o. a. (2022). semi-supervised federated learning over heterogeneous wireless iot edge networks: framework and algorithms. ieee internet of things journal, 9(24), 25626–25642. doi:10.1109/jiot.2022.3194833. [64] wang, p., ouyang, t., wu, q., huang, q., gong, j., & chen, x. (2024). hydra: hybrid-model federated learning for human activity recognition on heterogeneous devices. journal of systems architecture, 147, 103052. doi:10.1016/j.sysarc.2023.103052. [65] pham, c. h., huynh-the, t., sedgh-gooya, e., el-bouz, m., & alfalou, a. (2024). extension of physical activity recognition with 3d cnn using encrypted multiple sensory data to federated learning based on multi-key homomorphic encryption. computer methods and programs in biomedicine, 243, 107854. doi:10.1016/j.cmpb.2023.107854. [66] khan, a. r., manzoor, h. u., ayaz, f., imran, m. a., & zoha, a. (2023). a privacy and energy-aware federated framework for human activity recognition. sensors, 23(23), 9339. doi:10.3390/s23239339. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 1103 [67] jiang, x., hu, h., on, t., lai, p., mayyuri, v. d., chen, a., shila, d. m., larmuseau, a., jin, r., borcea, c., & phan, n. (2024). flsys: toward an open ecosystem for federated learning mobile apps. ieee transactions on mobile computing, 23(1), 501– 519. doi:10.1109/tmc.2022.3223578. [68] konečný, j., mcmahan, h. b., ramage, d., & richtárik, p. (2016). federated optimization: distributed machine learning for on-device intelligence. arxiv preprint, arxiv:1610.02527. doi:10.48550/arxiv.1610.02527. [69] shokri, r., & shmatikov, v. (2015). privacy-preserving deep learning. proceedings of the 22nd acm sigsac conference on computer and communications security, 1310–1321. doi:10.1145/2810103.2813687. [70] ahmed, n., rafiq, j. i., & islam, m. r. (2020). enhanced human activity recognition based on smartphone sensor data using hybrid feature selection model. sensors (switzerland), 20(1), 317. doi:10.3390/s20010317. [71] zhang, c., xie, y., bai, h., yu, b., li, w., & gao, y. (2021). a survey on federated learning. knowledge-based systems, 216, 106775. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2021.106775. [72] moshawrab, m., adda, m., bouzouane, a., ibrahim, h., & raad, a. (2023). reviewing federated machine learning and its use in diseases prediction. sensors, 23(4), 2112. doi:10.3390/s23042112. [73] jiang, j. c., kantarci, b., oktug, s., & soyata, t. (2020). federated learning in smart city sensing: challenges and opportunities. sensors (switzerland), 20(21), 1–29. doi:10.3390/s20216230. [74] wen, j., zhang, z., lan, y., cui, z., cai, j., & zhang, w. (2023). a survey on federated learning: challenges and applications. international journal of machine learning and cybernetics, 14(2), 513–535. doi:10.1007/s13042-022-01647-y. [75] liu, y., kang, y., zou, t., pu, y., he, y., ye, x., ouyang, y., zhang, y. q., & yang, q. (2024). vertical federated learning: concepts, advances, and challenges. ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 36(7), 3615–3634. doi:10.1109/tkde.2024.3352628. [76] chen, y., qin, x., wang, j., yu, c., & gao, w. (2020). fedhealth: a federated transfer learning framework for wearable healthcare. ieee intelligent systems, 35(4), 83–93. doi:10.1109/mis.2020.2988604. [77] saha, s., & ahmad, t. (2021). federated transfer learning: concept and applications. intelligenza artificiale, 15(1), 35-44. [78] truong, n., sun, k., wang, s., guitton, f., & guo, y. k. (2021). privacy preservation in federated learning: an insightful survey from the gdpr perspective. computers & security, 110, 102402. doi:10.1016/j.cose.2021.102402. [79] alexandrov, i. a., kuklin, v. z., chervyakov, l. m., & sheptunov, s. a. (2024). development of a technique for discretelogical decision-making in medical information systems. hightech and innovation journal, 5(4), 1008–1023. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-04-010. [80] suzuki, k. (ed.). (2011). artificial neural networks methodological advances and biomedical applications. intechopen limited, london, united kingdom. doi:10.5772/644. [81] sarkar, a., & vajpayee, l. (2024). augmenting the fedprox algorithm by minimizing convergence. arxiv preprint arxiv:2406.00748. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2406.00748. [82] wang, j., liu, q., liang, h., joshi, g., & poor, h. v. (2020). tackling the objective inconsistency problem in heterogeneous federated optimization. advances in neural information processing systems, 6-12 december, 2020. (virtual). [83] zhao, d., jiang, r., feng, m., yang, j., wang, y., hou, x., & wang, x. (2022). a deep learning algorithm based on 1d cnnlstm for automatic sleep staging. technology and health care, 30(2), 323–336. doi:10.3233/thc-212847. [84] tang, q., liang, j., & zhu, f. (2023). a comparative review on multi-modal sensors fusion based on deep learning. signal processing, 213, 109165. doi:10.1016/j.sigpro.2023.109165. [85] yuan, l., andrews, j., mu, h., vakil, a., ewing, r., blasch, e., & li, j. (2022). interpretable passive multi-modal sensor fusion for human identification and activity recognition. sensors, 22(15), 5787. [86] da silva, l. g. f., sadok, d. f. h., & endo, p. t. (2023). resource optimizing federated learning for use with iot: a systematic review. journal of parallel and distributed computing, 175, 92–108. doi:10.1016/j.jpdc.2023.01.006. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 632 issn: 2723-9535 digital transformation maturity measurement (dtmm) for the oil and gas industry chatchai kongdachudomkul 1* , wilert puriwat 2 , danupol hoonsopon 3 1 technology management and innopreneurship, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, thailand. 2 chulalongkorn business school, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, thailand. 3 department of marketing, chulalongkorn university, bangkok, thailand. received 02 march 2025; revised 09 may 2025; accepted 14 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract this study develops and validates a digital transformation maturity measurement (dtmm) framework tailored to the oil and gas industry, addressing sector-specific regulatory and technological challenges. a mixed-methods approach was employed, integrating semi structured interviews with 10 senior executives and a survey of 240 industry professionals. the data were analyzed via structural equation modeling (sem) and confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) to assess five maturity factors—leaders, staff, organization, technology, and value for stakeholders—across three key success indicators: financial performance, customer/internal user value, and environmental and societal value. the findings highlight technology and value for stakeholders as the most influential transformation drivers, significantly improving operational efficiency and sustainability. unlike prior models, the proposed dtmm integrates financial, technological, and sustainability dimensions into a unified assessment tool. this study contributes to the digital transformation literature by offering an empirically validated framework for evaluating and guiding strategic digital initiatives. policymakers and industry leaders can leverage these insights to enhance digital maturity, prioritize high-impact strategies, and drive sustainable growth in an increasingly competitive landscape. keywords: digital maturity; digital transformation; maturity model (dtmm); oil and gas industry. 1. introduction in today's highly competitive and dynamically evolving business landscape driven by digital disruption, organizations increasingly prioritize digital transformation (dt) to maintain competitiveness [1]. the covid-19 pandemic underscored the critical importance of agility, necessitating rapid adaptations to disruptions in supply chains, accelerated product development, and evolving consumer demands [2, 3]. dt fundamentally reshapes business operations, organizational structures, management approaches, and service offerings [3]. despite extensive research on dt, there remains a lack of clarity in defining and measuring digital transformation success, particularly in traditionally conservative industries such as oil and gas, which face unique operational constraints [4, 5]. despite digitalization pressures affecting most sectors, significant adoption gaps exist across industries. for instance, the banking sector has been an early adopter due to competitive pressures, whereas the construction and oil and gas sectors remain laggards in dt implementation [1, 6]. this variation in digital maturity levels across industries is evident in figure 1, which illustrates the comparative digital maturity of different business sectors. * corresponding author: chatchaik@pttep.com http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-018  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0002-4080-7362 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8891-3637 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6408-4790 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 633 figure 1. the top 5 and bottom 5 digital maturities by business sector [1] the oil and gas industry, a cornerstone of the global economy, faces complex challenges, including climate change pressures, volatile geopolitical environments, and increasingly stringent sustainability requirements, all of which intensify the need for digital transformation [7, 8]. in response, advanced digital technologies such as artificial intelligence, predictive analytics, automation, and cloud computing offer transformative potential, enabling companies to optimize efficiency and enhance decision-making processes [9, 10]. recent studies have identified barriers and enablers shaping digital maturity within the oil and gas sector. haouel & nemeslaki [9] highlighted obstacles such as limited digital expertise, cybersecurity vulnerabilities, and organizational resistance to change. similarly, al-hajri et al. [11], noted the absence of structured industry-specific maturity assessments within the gulf cooperation council (gcc), emphasizing the need for tailored digital maturity models. additionally, senna et al. [12], noted a major gap in existing frameworks—most fail to incorporate environmental and sustainability considerations, making them insufficient for industries facing regulatory and ecological challenges. digital maturity, which reflects an organization's ability to leverage technology and adapt to digital disruptions, is integral to successful digital transformation [13, 14]. organizations with high digital maturity often exhibit superior financial performance, streamlined operations, and enhanced customer engagement [15]. consequently, structured digital maturity models are essential tools for systematically assessing, managing, and accelerating digital transformation initiatives in industries facing complex operational constraints. while recent digital maturity models provide valuable insights, many remain fragmented, focusing on isolated elements such as sales processes [16], blockchain adoption [17], or marketing strategies [18]. for example, noadoust & ranjbar [19] proposed a strategic dt model for iran’s offshore oil and gas industry but acknowledged limitations in scalability, particularly concerning financial performance and sustainability dimensions. thus, a critical research gap remains—existing maturity models either lack a multidimensional perspective or fail to adequately address the sector-specific operational and sustainability challenges of oil and gas enterprises. reports from roland berger and the world economic forum further validate this gap, revealing a 28% discrepancy between perceived and actual digital maturity within the industry, with an estimated $2.5 trillion in unrealized financial potential over a decade [1, 20]. this study aims to bridge this gap by developing a comprehensive digital transformation maturity model (dtmm) tailored to the oil and gas industry. specifically, this research seeks to answer the following key questions: 1. what dimensions should a comprehensive dtmm for oil and gas companies include? 2. how can oil and gas companies measure, assess, and enhance their digital maturity effectively? hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 634 a mixed-method research approach—integrating systematic literature reviews, expert consultations, and industryspecific case studies—is employed to validate the proposed model. theoretically, this study advances digital transformation research by integrating financial, technological, organizational, and value-for-stakeholders dimensions into a cohesive framework. practically, it offers industry leaders strategic insights and actionable recommendations to enhance digital maturity, ensuring improved efficiency, sustainability, and long-term competitiveness in an increasingly digitalized landscape. 1.1. research objectives 1. to identify and analyze the key dimensions and factors that define the digital transformation maturity measurement of the oil and gas industry. 2. to develop a customized digital transformation maturity measurement that addresses the unique challenges, complexities, and technological requirements of the oil and gas industry. 2. literature review this study employs the digital transformation maturity measurement (dtmm) framework, which is based on the maturity model methodology, following the structured process of [21]. the dtmm framework integrates people, process, and technology (ppt) principles, emphasizing interconnected leadership, processes, and digital infrastructure. 2.1. existing digital maturity models in the oil and gas industry the oil and gas industry is distinguished by its significant economic impact, substantial operational footprint, and unique challenges, lagging behind other sectors in terms of digital adoption [1, 2]. while maturity models have successfully driven digital transformation (dt) in manufacturing sectors [22, 23], limited research specifically addresses digital maturity in oil and gas. the digital maturity frameworks specific to this sector are sparse and fragmented. al-hajri et al. [11], identified gaps in comprehensive regional assessments, particularly in the gcc. haouel & nemeslaki [9], highlighted that current frameworks inadequately address sector-specific issues such as cybersecurity, skill shortages, and cultural resistance. moreover, al-lami et al. [18], limited their focus to digital marketing maturity, omitting essential operational and sustainability dimensions. noadoust & ranjbar [19], offered a strategic model tailored to iranian offshore operations but acknowledged the neglect of financial and sustainability aspects. this indicates a clear need for an integrative, multidimensional maturity model specifically suited to the oil and gas industry [9, 11, 18, 19]. 2.2. factors affecting digital transformation maturity a systematic literature review was conducted (2015-2024) via google scholar and sciencedirect, initially yielding 50 papers that were screened on the basis of predetermined criteria, resulting in 35 papers for detailed analysis. after rigorous screening criteria were applied, 20 papers were selected for detailed analysis (see table 1 for the review protocol). table 1. systematic literature review protocol for digital maturity models parameter details outcomes search details  timeframe: august november 2023  databases: google scholar, sciencedirect  access type: open access  initial scope: top 50 entries per keyword combination initial pool: 50 articles per keyword search key search terms  primary terms: digital transformation maturity model, digital maturity, digital readiness framework, digital maturity assessment.  secondary terms: stages/phases of digital transformation, digital maturity levels, framework/model variations. combined search results across all terms primary screening criteria  language: english  keyword presence in title/abstract  industrial company context  peer-reviewed publications  duplicate removal selected:35 papers secondary screening criteria  full text accessibility  research article format  industrial context focus  clear maturity model conceptualization  dimensional framework presence final selection:20 papers quality assessment  scientific rigor (peer-review status)  relevance to industrial context  conceptual framework clarity  citation impact verification of selected papers hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 635 an analysis of these 20 frameworks revealed five recurring critical factors for digital transformation success: leaders, staff, organizations, technology, and value for stakeholders. table 2 provides a comparative analysis of these academic maturity models, illustrating the various conceptual frameworks and dimensions considered. table 2. comparative analysis of the conceptual framework of the digital maturity model developed by academics no. study s tr a te g y o rg a n iz a ti o n /b u si n es s m o d el /c o rp o ra te e m p lo y ee s/ p eo p le s m a rt f a ct o ry /p la n t o p er a ti o n s p ro d u ct s/ r es o u rc e d a ta /i n fo rm a ti o n c u st o m er /p a rt n er p ro ce ss c o ll a b o ra ti o n t ec h n o lo g y c u lt u re m a n a g em en t v a lu e c h a in /e co sy st em in n o v a ti o n m o n it o ri n g /c o n tr o l s y st em g o v er n a n ce c o n n ec ti v it y c o m p et en ce l ea d er sh ip p la tf o rm p er fo rm a n ce 1 lichtblau et al. [24]        2 berghaus & back [25]          3 schumacher et al [26]         4 valdez-de-leon [27]        5 bumann & peter [28]       6 de carolis et al. [22]     7 leino et al. [29]       8 schuh et al. [30]      9 colli et al. [31]      10 gimpel et al. [32]       11 mittal et al. [33]          12 ivancic et al. [34]        13 rossmann [35]         14 schumacher et al. [36]          15 verina & titko [37]        16 aslanova & kulichkina [38]      17 gokalp & martinez [39]      18 spaltini et al. [40]        19 chwiłkowska-kubala et al. [41]         20 nkomo & kalisz [42]    12 14 14 2 6 8 8 11 8 1 15 7 2 5 2 1 1 5 1 1 4 1 1 2.3. identified core factors from literature identifying core dimensions from existing models is challenging because of inconsistent terminology and overlapping subdimensions. therefore, this research clusters similar dimensions from the reviewed models, establishing 23 core dimensions grouped into five key factors (leaders, staff, organization, technology, and value for stakeholders). these factors collectively drive organizational digital transformation maturity.  leaders: effective leadership aligns digital strategies with the organizational vision, involving strategic planning, agile change management, adaptive decision-making, clear communication, and continuous monitoring [25, 30].  staff: successful transformation requires employee engagement, skill building, collaboration, knowledge sharing, continuous learning, and cultural transformation [31, 34].  organization: aligning organizational structures and processes with digital objectives includes process optimization, governance compliance, performance measurement, resource allocation, and resilience [26, 27].  technology: leveraging innovation, data analytics, cybersecurity, scalable platforms, and connectivity supports effective digital transformation [32, 40].  value for stakeholders: effective dt enhances customer relationships, partner collaboration, value propositions, societal impact, and sustainability [35, 37]. these core dimensions are summarized clearly in table 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 636 table 3. assessment areas from key factors in the literature review key factors description of areas assessed leaders vision alignment, strategic planning, agile change management, decision-making, monitoring & adaptation, communication. staff collaboration, cultural transformation, competence building, employee engagement, knowledge sharing, leadership support, employee well-being, continuous learning. organization structure alignment, process optimization, governance & compliance, system integration, performance metrics (kpis), operational resilience, strategic resource allocation. technology innovation, data-centric decisions, data governance, cybersecurity, connectivity, platforms/infrastructure, scalability & flexibility. value for stakeholders business model alignment, digital product enhancement, partner collaboration, customer engagement, societal value 2.4. success dimensions in oil and gas industry digital transformation specific success dimensions for the oil and gas industry were identified through comprehensive literature analysis. four critical dimensions emerged—financial performance, customer value, and environmental and societal value— collectively forming a holistic assessment framework for the industry's dt success. financial performance: dts in oil and gas enhance financial outcomes by increasing operational efficiency, productivity, uptime, and predictive maintenance and reducing operational costs [1, 4, 34]. it also improves decisionmaking processes and profitability [43, 44]. customer value: dt significantly impacts customer satisfaction, company reputation, customer engagement, and partnership networks [45-47]. enhanced digital interactions contribute to better customer relationships and experiences. environmental and societal value: dt facilitates sustainability by reducing emissions, energy usage, and ecological impacts while enhancing workforce safety, incident management, and community engagement [8, 44]. dt also supports employee engagement and workplace well-being [48]. these critical success dimensions and indicators are summarized explicitly in table 4. table 4. key success dimensions and components/indicators for the oil and gas industry success dimension sub-dimension detailed indicators references 1. financial performance increased operational efficiency simplified operations and increased operational accuracy optimized processes improved internal processes (agile organization: faster, flexible, responsive) real-time analytics on processes automated and integrated machine learning automated production processes efficient refineries kane et al. [1]; verhoef et al. [4]; ziadat & kirkham [8]; mahraz et al. [49]; mahmood et al. [50] improved business decision-making standardization of asset condition data standardization of business processes improved organizational management systems enhanced subsurface planning predictive maintenance of assets and infrastructure business model transformation kane et al. [1]; ivancic et al. [34]; lei et al. [46]; mahraz et al. [49]; mahmood et al. [50] increased productivity and uptime increased uptime reduced equipment downtime enhanced reservoir and well performance higher recovery rate dorner & edelman [43]; abukova et al. [51] cost efficiency reduced unit cost improved workforce efficiency workforce time saved improved logistics ziadat & kirkham [8]; dorner & edelman [43]; bello et al. [44]; issa et al. [52]; darusulistyo et al. [53]; roland berger [54] profitability and company value increased yield and profit improved company value (e.g., market cap/market-to-book ratio) higher total shareholder return verina & titko [37]; barthel [45]; roland berger [54] hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 637 2. customer/internal user value customer satisfaction and reputation availability of products quality of products timely delivery barthel [45]; lei et al. [46]; issa et al. [52]; darusulistyo et al. [53] customer relationship & engagement greater digital interaction enhanced collaboration with customers and partners improved customer experience kane et al. [1]; verina & titko [37]; lei et al. [46]; kraus et al. [47]; marcolivio & wade [48]; mahraz et al. [49]; mahmood et al. [50] partner network stronger collaboration with partner networks barthel [45] 3. environmental & societal value sustainability decarbonization initiatives reduced emissions reduced flaring events lower energy intensity optimized water vapor management sustainable growth ziadat & kirkham [8]; bello et al. [44]; intykbayeva [55]; cadei et al. [56] incident reduction and safety safety barrier management improved asset integrity reduced work and personnel risks dorner & edelman [43]; bello et al. [44]; marcolivio & wade [48]; issa et al. [52] workforce engagement and well-being digitally enabled talent management cultural innovation and branding internal communication workplace quality enhanced well-being employee satisfaction and retention learning and growth verina & titko [37]; barthel [45]; marcolivio & wade [48]; issa et al. [52]; darusulistyo et al. [53]; intykbayeva [55] 2.5. conceptual framework the proposed conceptual framework for developing the dtmm integrates the five identified key factors (leaders, staff, organization, technology, and value for stakeholders) with success dimensions (financial performance, customer value, and environmental and societal value) to comprehensively measure digital maturity outcomes. this structure facilitates evaluation, highlighting strengths and areas needing improvement for effective transformation (see figure 2). figure 2. proposed conceptual framework hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 638 from this conceptual structure, the following hypotheses are proposed: h1: success indicators can be measured from financial performance; h2: success indicators can be measured from value to customers/internal users; h3: success indicators can be measured from environmental and societal values. 2.6. hypothesis justification and indicator elaboration to strengthen the conceptual underpinnings of the proposed hypotheses, each success indicator is clarified with practical and theoretical dimensions. h1: financial performance – digital transformation efforts often aim to improve financial outcomes such as cost efficiency, operational uptime, productivity, and return on investment. technologies such as predictive maintenance, automation, and ai can significantly enhance operational and financial metrics, making financial performance a tangible measure of transformation success. h2: value to customers/internal users – customer satisfaction and internal user experience are vital in assessing transformation maturity. metrics may include digital platform adoption, service delivery quality, user engagement, and partner collaboration. these reflect the organization's ability to deliver timely, relevant, and efficient digital solutions. h3: environmental and societal value – organizations increasingly measure success on the basis of their impact on sustainability and society. digital tools can support emission monitoring, safety systems, and workforce engagement, aligning business goals with environmental stewardship and social responsibility. together, these dimensions offer a comprehensive framework for assessing the outcomes of digital maturity. 3. research methodology this study develops and validates a digital transformation maturity measurement (dtmm) model tailored for the oil and gas industry. it adopts a mixed-method approach grounded in the maturity model development framework proposed by de bruin et al. [21], integrating people, process, and technology (ppt) principles as the theoretical foundation. these principles emphasize the interconnection between leadership, organizational processes, and digital infrastructure in supporting transformation success [1-6]. the overall research design and data flow are illustrated in figure 3. figure 3. research methodology flow diagram 3.1. participants and data collection the target population included senior executives from thailand’s oil and gas sector with direct involvement in digital transformation initiatives. a purposive sampling strategy was used to identify participants with strategic leadership roles, which aligns with prior studies on digital leadership and maturity modeling [57]. in the qualitative phase, semistructured interviews were conducted with 10 senior management levels (manager/vp/svp/evp of the companies) in thai oil and gas companies. the interviewees all work in the departments responsible for the companies’ digital or organizational transformation. the interview questions focused on validating and refining the measurement framework; exploring core dtmm constructs—leaders, staff, organizations, technology, and value for stakeholders—; and identifying the characteristics of a robust maturity model. their insights were instrumental in refining the digital transformation maturity measurement (dtmm) framework and validating key model constructs. to enhance content validity, the interview protocol and preliminary findings were reviewed collaboratively with the primary research advisor. in addition, three domain experts were interviewed to assess the logical consistency of the conceptual framework and questionnaire items. their input supported refinement of the dtmm structure and was used to validate key constructs through the item-objective congruence (ioc) process [58]. after expert review, a pilot survey was conducted with 30 purposively selected participants to test the instrument’s reliability. cronbach’s alpha was used to assess internal consistency, yielding a score of 0.92—well above the 0.70 threshold—confirming the questionnaire’s suitability for full-scale data collection [59]. in the quantitative phase, a structured questionnaire was administered online via google forms via a 5-point likert scale (1 = strongly disagree to 5 = strongly agree). access links and qr codes were used to facilitate wide distribution across the selected organizations. a total of 240 valid responses were collected from diverse samples of executives, managers, and frontline employees across departments of oil and gas companies. this diversity ensured a broad systematic literature review conceptual framework instrument design & validation qualitative data collection & analysis quantitative data collection & analysis confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) structural equation modeling (sem) results interpretation and discussion hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 639 perspective on organizational digital maturity. sampling decisions were informed by the guidelines of flury et al. [60], and supported by the “10-times rule” proposed by barclay et al. [61], ensuring an adequate sample size for sem complexity. 3.2. instrument development and validation the questionnaire consisted of three main sections. part 1 collected demographic and organizational data (e.g., company size, role, years of experience, and transformation stage). part 2 included 40 items measuring digital maturity across five dimensions: leaders, staff, organization, technology, and value for stakeholders. these constructs were adapted from previous dtmm research and models [25, 34]. part 3 assessed the following transformation success indicators: financial performance, value to customers/internal users, and environmental and societal value, on validated scales [34, 37]. the questionnaire’s content validity was reviewed by five subject matter experts in digital transformation and oil and gas. the index of item-objective congruence (ioc) was used to assess clarity and relevance, with all items scoring above the accepted threshold of 0.60 [58]. reliability was evaluated through a pilot test with 30 respondents from the same industry. the cronbach’s alpha for the full instrument was 0.92, exceeding the standard threshold of 0.70 and confirming strong internal consistency [59]. 3.3. data analysis data analysis was conducted via spss and amos software, following a two-phase approach. 3.3.1. descriptive analysis descriptive statistics, including variables such as industry segment, firm size, years of experience, and current stage of digital transformation, were used to summarize respondent demographics and organizational profiles. measures of frequency, percentage, mean, and standard deviation were calculated to provide contextual insights and establish the foundation for structural analysis [57, 60]. 3.3.2. structural and triangulation analysis confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) was applied to validate the measurement model, evaluating factor loadings, composite reliability (cr), and average variance extracted (ave) to confirm construct validity. structural equation modeling (sem) was then used to test the hypothesized causal relationships between digital maturity dimensions and success indicators. model fit was assessed via widely accepted indices, including χ²/df (< 5.00), cfi (≥ 0.90), nfi (≥ 0.90), tli (≥ 0.90), and rmsea (≤ 0.08) [60]. to ensure strong alignment between the qualitative and quantitative findings, a triangulation approach was employed. thematic coding of the qualitative interview data identified key dimensions influencing digital transformation maturity, which were then cross-validated against the results of the quantitative survey involving 240 participants. the cfa and sem results confirmed the validity of the proposed dimensions. where discrepancies arose, iterative expert reviews were conducted to refine and adjust the digital transformation maturity measurement (dtmm) framework. these revisions were further reviewed by the principal research advisor, cothesis advisor, and subject matter experts to ensure accuracy, relevance, and coherence between qualitative insights and empirical evidence [60]. 4. results of data analysis 4.1. demographic data this study collected 240 valid responses from professionals in thailand’s oil and gas industry. the majority of the respondents were male (68.3%), and most were aged between 41–50 years (44.6%). with respect to company affiliation, 25.8% were from core oil and gas companies, 4.6% were from related service providers, and 57.9% were from other supporting firms in the energy sector. in terms of job roles, 37.9% were in supervisor or officer-level positions, followed by 24.6% in professional or senior professional roles. the participants represented diverse functional areas, with the largest proportions working in the information technology (30.0%) and drilling and well departments (20.4%). this range reflects a broad spectrum of operational, managerial, and technical expertise relevant to digital transformation initiatives. 4.2. descriptive statistics of the observed variables all observed variables across the eight constructs presented mean values ranging from 3.78 to 4.35, indicating strong agreement with the questionnaire items. the standard deviations ranged from 0.69 to 0.89, suggesting moderate dispersion. the skewness and kurtosis values were within acceptable ranges for normality, supporting the suitability of the data for further structural analysis. summary statistics are provided in table 5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 640 table 5. descriptive statistics for each observed variable factor grand mean s.d. range skewness range kurtosis range leaders (le1–le6) 4.27 0.72 – 0.79 –1.06 to –0.58 –0.28 to 1.18 staff (st1–st6) 4.02 0.73 – 0.89 –0.68 to –0.25 –0.51 to 0.83 organization (or1–or9) 3.87 0.73 – 0.89* –0.66 to –0.28* –0.35 to 1.02* technology (te1–te6) 4.07 0.73 – 0.89 –0.96 to –0.37 –0.54 to 1.04 value for stakeholders (vc1–vc9) 3.92 0.75 – 0.86 –0.77 to –0.48 0.24 to 1.05 financial performance (fp1–fp4) – 0.73 – 0.81 –0.74 to –0.33 –0.01 to 0.84 customer/internal value (cv1–cv4) – 0.69 – 0.87 –0.60 to –0.23 –0.12 to 0.42 environmental/societal value (esv1–esv4) – 0.78 – 0.86 –0.78 to –0.70 0.67 to 1.06 note: grand mean is not calculated for second-order indicators (fp, cv, esv), as they represent outcome variables. all values indicate a normal data distribution (skewness and kurtosis within ±2). 4.3. confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) was performed to validate the measurement model across eight latent constructs: leaders (le), staff (st), organization (or), technology (te), value for stakeholders (vc), financial performance (fp), value to customers/internal users (cv), and environmental and societal value (esv). all the constructs met the required thresholds for model adequacy and convergent validity. the kaiser‒meyer‒olkin (kmo) values ranged from 0.802 to 0.933, confirming sampling adequacy, whereas bartlett’s test of sphericity was significant for all the constructs (p < 0.001), indicating sufficient interitem correlations. the root mean square error of approximation (rmsea) values were all less than 0.05, reflecting excellent model fit. all factor loadings were statistically significant at p ≤ 0.001. these results confirm that the observed variables for each latent construct are reliable and valid for inclusion in the subsequent structural equation modeling (sem). the detailed results are summarized in table 6. table 6. first-order cfa results for latent variables construct correlations (min–max) kmo bartlett's test (χ², p) rmsea result leaders (le) 0.571 – 0.782 0.877 1108.40, p < 0.001 0.033 passed staff (st) 0.452 – 0.709 0.877 765.24, p < 0.001 0.045 passed organization (or) 0.491 – 0.746 0.928 1534.80, p < 0.001 0.046 passed technology (te) 0.479 – 0.743 0.854 795.89, p < 0.001 0.032 passed value for stakeholders (vc) 0.428 – 0.777 0.933 1527.29, p < 0.001 0.048 passed financial performance (fp) 0.592 – 0.726 0.802 541.44, p < 0.001 0.033 passed customer/internal value (cv) 0.651 – 0.821 0.818 638.11, p < 0.001 0.000 passed environmental and societal value (esv) 0.568 – 0.712 0.802 498.05, p < 0.001 0.000 passed 4.4. structural equation modeling the initial sem analysis indicated a poor model fit, prompting adjustments to improve alignment with the empirical data. the revised model results are presented in tables 7 to 9 and figures 4 and 5. as shown in table 7, the model demonstrates a strong fit across multiple indices (e.g., cmin/df = 1.471, rmsea = 0.032). the relationships between the success indicators and the three outcome dimensions—financial performance, customer/internal value, and environmental and societal value—are statistically significant (p ≤ 0.001). these findings support hypotheses h1 through h3, with full details interpreted in the sections that follow. table 7. index, criteria, statistics, and results from running sem after adjusting the nonsuitable model [62, 63] index criteria statistics results cmin/df <5.00 1427.137/970=1.471 passed nfi >0.90 0.902 passed tli >0.90 0.971 passed cfi >0.90 0.988 passed rmsea <0.05 0.032 passed hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 641 table 7 presents key model fit indices validating the sem structure. the relative chi-square (cmin/df = 1.471) is below the threshold of 5.0, indicating good model fit. the nfi (0.902), tli (0.971), and cfi (0.988) all exceed the acceptable benchmark of 0.90, confirming strong comparative fit. the rmsea value of 0.032, which is well below 0.05, suggests minimal approximation error. collectively, these indicators support the conclusion that the structural model aligns closely with the empirical data, reinforcing the model's validity. table 8 provides standardized loading values for each latent variable within the sem framework. the high values (ranging from 0.862 to 0.985) confirm the strength of the association between the digital transformation factors and the overall success indicators. notably, technology (0.985) and value for stakeholders (0.980) have the strongest influence, suggesting that digital infrastructure and stakeholder alignment are critical enablers of transformation maturity. these loadings statistically validate the proposed relationships, further strengthening the three hypothesized constructs. table 8. confirmed factor loading, standardized loading, s.e., from sem analysis variables success indicators (sd) (standardized loading) (𝜷) s.e. t fle 0.868*** fst 0.862*** 0.119 7.828 for 0.955*** 0.159 9.605 fte 0.985*** 0.140 9.359 fvc 0.980*** 0.162 9.279 ffp 0.895*** 0.136 9.622 fcv 0.953*** 0.157 9.833 fesv 0.921*** 0.154 9.654 figure 4. structural equation modeling illustrating the validated paths from key success indicators (financial performance, customer/internal value, and environmental and societal value) to overall transformation success. standardized path coefficients (all >0.89***) reflect statistically significant contributions. as illustrated in figure 5 second-order confirmatory factor model of the dtmm showing interrelationships between five key input factors and three transformation success indicators. subfactor loadings provide insights into specific organizational capabilities that drive digital maturity. fesv dtmm for fcv ffp fle fte fst fvc 0.95*** 0.96*** hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 642 figure 5. second-order confirmatory factor model of the dtmm showing interrelationships between five key input factors and three transformation success indicators. subfactor loadings provide insights into specific organizational capabilities that drive digital maturity. table 9 summarizes the hierarchical structure of the success indicators. each primary factor (e.g., leaders, staff, organization, etc.) is supported by specific subfactors such as "strategy," "employee competence," and "system & process." these subfactors offer granularity in understanding how broader categories contribute to success. technology and innovation (0.89***) and systems and processes (0.84***) emerge as particularly impactful subdimensions. this multitier analysis confirms the robustness of the dtmm framework and highlights areas where targeted improvements can yield significant results. table 9. second-order confirmatory analysis of success indicators model factor/success indicator sub-factor (standardized loading) (𝜷) dtmm leader 0.87*** leader leadership & management 0.72*** leader strategy 0.82*** dtmm staff 0.86*** staff employee/people & competence 0.81*** staff collaboration & culture 0.77*** dtmm organization 0.96*** organization organization & governance 0.82*** organization system & process 0.84*** organization operations & performance monitoring/control 0.79*** dtmm technology 0.99*** technology technology & innovation & data/information 0.89*** technology connectivity & platform & smart factory 0.86*** dtmm value for stakeholders 0.98*** value for stakeholders value & business model 0.89*** value for stakeholders customer/partner 0.87*** value for stakeholders product/equipment/material 0.85*** hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 643 dtmm financial performance 0.89*** financial performance fp1 0.82*** financial performance fp2 0.86*** financial performance fp3 0.76*** financial performance fp4 0.88*** dtmm value to customer/internal users 0.95*** value to customer/internal users vc1 0.82*** value to customer/internal users vc2 0.86*** value to customer/internal users vc3 0.87*** value to customer/internal users vc4 0.81*** dtmm environmental and societal value 0.92*** environmental and societal value esv1 0.82*** environmental and societal value esv2 0.84*** environmental and societal value esv3 0.74*** environmental and societal value esv4 0.77*** 4.5. hypothesis testing three hypotheses were tested to examine the relationship between the digital transformation maturity measurement (dtmm) framework and success dimensions: financial performance (fp), value to customers/internal users (cv), and environmental and societal value (esv). all paths were statistically significant (p ≤ 0.001), with standardized estimates above 0.89 (table 10). h1: the estimate of 0.895 confirms that strong financial performance—reflected in operational efficiency, decisionmaking, and cost effectiveness—contributes significantly to transformation success. h2: the highest path estimate, 0.953, underscores the importance of delivering value to customers and internal users. customer satisfaction, user engagement, and partner networks are key drivers of success. h3: the path from esv to success (0.921) highlights the role of sustainability, safety, and workforce engagement. these elements enhance organizational reputation and long-term performance. the findings confirm that success in digital transformation is multidimensional, requiring alignment across financial, customer, and societal value areas. this finding supports the dtmm framework as a comprehensive tool for assessing transformation outcomes. table 10. hypothesis test and results hypothesis relationship (standardized loading) (𝜷) supported h1 dtmm  success indicators could be measured from financial performance 0.895*** accepted h2 dtmm  success indicators could be measured from value to customers/internal users 0.953*** accepted h3 dtmm  success indicators could be measured from environmental and societal value 0.921*** accepted notes: ***p value ≤ 0.001. 4.6. key factor contributions (second-order cfa) second-order confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) confirmed that five core factors significantly influence digital transformation success, each with standardized loadings above 0.86. technology (0.985***) and value for stakeholders (0.980***) were the strongest contributors, highlighting the importance of innovation, data-driven decisions, and value for stakeholders. organization (0.955***), staff (0.862***), and leaders (0.868***) also played essential roles— underscoring the impact of structured processes, employee competence, and strategic leadership (see table 11). these results align with prior research emphasizing that digital transformation is a multidimensional process requiring the integration of leadership, human capital, systems, technology, and stakeholder focus. the findings support the dtmm framework as a holistic tool for guiding organizations toward long-term transformation success. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 644 table 11. second-order confirmatory analysis: key dtmm factors and sub-factors key factor sub-factor(s) standardized loading (β) leaders (fle) leadership & management, strategy 0.868*** staff (fst) employee competence, collaboration & culture 0.862*** organization (or) governance, systems & processes, operations 0.955*** technology (fte) innovation, data & information, connectivity 0.985*** value for stakeholder (fvc) business model, customer & partner engagement, product/service value 0.980*** notes: all factor loadings are significant at ***p ≤ 0.001. these results align with prior research emphasizing that digital transformation is a multidimensional process requiring the integration of leadership, human capital, systems, technology, and stakeholder focus. the findings support the dtmm framework as a holistic tool for guiding organizations toward long-term transformation success. 5. discussion the survey included 240 respondents, predominantly male (68.3%), aged 41--50 years (44.6%), from the oil and gas (o&g) and associated sectors, particularly in it and drilling/well operations, who hold supervisory or professional roles. this demographic profile suggests substantial sector-specific experience, providing informed perspectives on digital transformation maturity indicators. confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) was used to validate the relationships between the observed variables and intended constructs, ensuring robust convergent and discriminant validity. the cfa results confirmed a strong model fit (cfi = 0.988, tli = 0.971, rmsea = 0.032, cmin/df = 1.471), indicating that the proposed structure effectively represents digital transformation success indicators. the second-order cfa highlighted three primary dimensions for measuring digital transformation success indicators (sds): financial performance (fp, 0.895), customer/internal user value (cv, 0.953), and environmental and societal value (esv, 0.921). structural equation modeling (sem) further confirmed the statistical significance of these dimensions, reinforcing their reliability in assessing digital transformation success. each success indicator was measured through key metrics:  fp: cost efficiency, operational accuracy, predictive maintenance, and business model transformation;  cv: customer satisfaction, engagement, digital service enhancement, and partner network strength; and  esv: sustainability practices, emission reduction, workforce well-being, and regulatory compliance. additionally, sem identified five critical influencing factors: technology (0.985), value for stakeholders (0.980), organization (0.955), leaders (0.868), and staff (0.862). among these, technology and value for stakeholders had the strongest influence, emphasizing the importance of robust digital infrastructure, data-driven innovation, and strategic stakeholder alignment. the reliability of the constructs was confirmed, with cronbach’s alpha values exceeding 0.7 and composite reliability (cr) and average variance extracted (ave) values surpassing the recommended thresholds (cr > 0.7, ave > 0.5), ensuring measurement validity. these findings suggest that companies in the oil and gas sector should prioritize investments in digital technology, stakeholder engagement, and sustainability to increase transformation success. the high impact of cv and esv also indicates a shift toward customer-centric and environmentally responsible digital strategies. this study reinforces prior literature emphasizing digital transformation as inherently multidimensional, involving technological, organizational, environmental, and human components [7, 12, 16]. the prominent role of technology (0.985) aligns closely with kane et al. [1] and issa et al. [52], who highlighted technological infrastructure, automation, and innovation as critical determinants of digital transformation effectiveness, particularly in data-intensive industries such as oil and gas. similarly, value for stakeholders (0.980) plays a dominant role, which is consistent with verhoef et al. [4], and al-lami et al. [18], who emphasize the need for alignment with regulatory expectations, investor priorities, and evolving customer demands. the oil and gas sector is highly regulated, making compliance, transparency, and sustainability-driven digital initiatives essential for securing investment and market trust. while leadership (0.868) and staff (0.862) remain influential, their impact is less pronounced than that of technology and value for stakeholders. unlike technology, which directly enables operational efficiency, and stakeholder alignment, which ensures external viability, leadership and workforce capabilities primarily support transformation efforts rather than drive them. this finding diverges from bilgeri et al. [6], who emphasized human-centered factors but aligns with sector-specific studies [11, 19]. however, strengthening staff competence through hr interventions and continuous training can enhance organizational adaptability, innovation readiness, and long-term transformation success. moreover, the three success indicators—financial performance (fp), customer value (cv), and environmental & societal value (esv)—are interdependent and reinforce one another rather than functioning independently. improved fp through improved operational efficiency and cost reduction enables organizations to reinvest in cv enhancements, such as improving customer experience and digital engagement. in turn, strong esv performance, such as sustainability hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 645 initiatives and regulatory compliance, enhances brand reputation and investor confidence, which supports long-term financial stability. the sem and cfa results confirm that the fp (0.895), cv (0.953), and esv (0.921) are key success indicators. fp is prioritized in early digital transformation stages, as financial efficiency and automation are essential for ensuring roi. cv becomes central in mid-stage transformation, emphasizing customer engagement, service personalization, and data-driven decision-making. in mature stages, once financial stability and customer satisfaction are achieved, esv gains strategic priority, aligning digital initiatives with sustainability, regulatory compliance, and corporate social responsibility goals. these findings suggest that organizations should adopt a phased digital transformation approach, ensuring financial sustainability while progressively integrating customer and environmental value dimensions. 5.1. theoretical contributions this study contributes to theory by developing a digital transformation maturity model (dtmm) that integrates technological, organizational, stakeholder, and human dimensions. it addresses gaps in existing research that often treats these areas separately [12, 22]. unlike prior models, the dtmm is tailored to the oil and gas industry, offering a contextspecific framework for a traditionally conservative sector. the model enhances the understanding of digital maturity as a holistic, dynamic construct and shows how alignment across key dimensions drives transformation. it contributes to theory-building by empirically validating the importance of multidimensional integration for transformation success [12, 19]. 5.2. managerial implications managerially, the dtmm highlights that successful transformation requires more than technology adoption. oil and gas firms must also address stakeholder needs, leadership capability, workforce readiness, and organizational processes [18]. the model identifies five critical success factors: technology, value, leaders, staff, and organization. to overcome sector-specific challenges such as legacy systems and regulatory complexity, companies should align interventions with each factor. this includes investing in infrastructure, stakeholder alignment, leadership development, and upskilling. dtmm also serves as a tool for ongoing assessment, helping firms adapt strategies in response to evolving digital and sustainability demands. 6. conclusion this research addresses significant gaps in digital maturity frameworks by proposing and validating a comprehensive digital transformation maturity model specifically designed for the oil and gas industry. empirical validation confirmed that digital transformation success is accurately measurable through the financial performance, customer/internal user value, and environmental and societal value dimensions. among the influencing factors identified, technology and value for stakeholders emerged as the most critical, emphasizing the unique sector-specific needs for robust infrastructure, innovation, and strategic stakeholder alignment. theoretically, the study significantly contributes to the digital maturity literature by integrating technological, organizational, stakeholder, and human dimensions into a single coherent model. this integrative approach bridges previously isolated research areas, offering comprehensive insights into achieving successful digital transformation in traditionally conservative industries. practically, the dtmm provides oil and gas organizations with a structured framework for systematically evaluating and enhancing their digital maturity, ensuring alignment with broader organizational objectives and sustainability standards. managers can leverage these insights to formulate actionable digital strategies, prioritize investments, and maintain competitive advantage amid evolving digital and sustainability demands. 6.1. future research future research should focus on extending the applicability of the dtmm across different regional and organizational contexts, further enhancing its strategic generalizability and operational relevance. additionally, exploring longitudinal studies could provide deeper insights into the dynamic nature of digital maturity evolution within the oil and gas sector. 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, c.k. and w.p.; methodology, c.k. and d.h.; software, c.k. and d.h.; validation, c.k., w.p., and d.h.; formal analysis, c.k.; investigation, c.k.; resources, c.k. and w.p.; data curation, c.k.; writing—original draft preparation, c.k.; writing—review and editing, w.p. and d.h.; visualization, c.k.; supervision, w.p.; project administration, c.k.; funding acquisition, c.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 646 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] kane, g. c., palmer, d., phillips, a. n., kiron, d., & buckley, n. (2015). strategy, not technology, drives digital transformation becoming a digitally mature enterprise. sloan management review, 57181, 27. [2] kohli, r., & johnson, s. (2011). digital transformation in latecomer industries: cio and ceo leadership lessons from encana oil & gas (usa) inc. mis quarterly executive, 10(4), 141–156. [3] matt, c., hess, t., & benlian, a. (2015). digital transformation strategies. business and information systems engineering, 57(5), 339–343. doi:10.1007/s12599-015-0401-5. [4] verhoef, p. c., broekhuizen, t., bart, y., bhattacharya, a., qi dong, j., fabian, n., & haenlein, m. (2021). digital transformation: a multidisciplinary reflection and research agenda. journal of business research, 122, 889–901. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2019.09.022. [5] hess, t., benlian, a., matt, c., & wiesböck, f. (2016). options for formulating a digital transformation strategy. mis quarterly executive, 15(2), 123–139. doi:10.4324/9780429286797-7. [6] bilgeri, d., wortmann, f., & fleisch, e. (2018). how digital transformation affects large manufacturing companies’ organization. transforming society with digital innovation, icis 2017, 3. [7] nazari, z., & musilek, p. (2023). impact of digital transformation on the energy sector: a review. algorithms, 16(4), 211. doi:10.3390/a16040211. [8] ziadat, w. m., & kirkham, r. w. (2022). accelerate digital transformation in the oil and gas industry. proceedings of the annual offshore technology conference, d011s010r003. doi:10.4043/31972-ms. [9] haouel, c., & nemeslaki, a. (2024). digital transformation in oil and gas industry opportunities and challenges. periodica polytechnica social and management sciences, 32(1), 1–16. doi:10.3311/ppso.20830. [10] barros, a. (2025). the atlas of ai: power, politics, and the planetary costs of artificial intelligence. academy of management learning & education, 44(4), 299–301. doi:10.5465/amle.2025.0053. [11] al-hajri, a., abdella, g. m., al-yafei, h., aseel, s., & hamouda, a. m. (2024). a systematic literature review of the digital transformation in the arabian gulf’s oil and gas sector. sustainability (switzerland), 16(15), 6601. doi:10.3390/su16156601. [12] p. senna, p., barros, a. c., bonnin roca, j., & azevedo, a. (2023). development of a digital maturity model for industry 4.0 based on the technology-organization-environment framework. computers and industrial engineering, 185, 109645. doi:10.1016/j.cie.2023.109645. [13] polyanska, a., savchuk, s., dudek, m., sala, d., pazynich, y., & cichoń, d. (2022). impact of digital maturity on sustainable development effects in energy sector in the condition of industry 4.0. naukovyi visnyk natsionalnoho hirnychoho universytetu, 6(6), 97–103. doi:10.33271/nvngu/2022-6/097. [14] teichert, r. (2019). digital transformation maturity: a systematic review of literature. acta universitatis agriculturae et silviculturae mendelianae brunensis, 67(6), 1673–1687. doi:10.11118/actaun201967061673. [15] kark, k., phillips, a. n., briggs, b., lille, m., tweedy, j., & buchholz, s. (2021). the kinetic leader: boldly reinventing the enterprise. deloitte insights, london, england. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 647 [16] voss, m., jaspert, d., ahlfeld, c., & sucke, l. (2024). developing a digital maturity model for the sales processes of industrial projects. journal of personal selling and sales management, 44(1), 7–28. doi:10.1080/08853134.2022.2151014. [17] hamidi, s. m. m., hoseini, s. f., gholami, h., & kananizadeh-bahmani, m. (2024). a three-stage digital maturity model to assess readiness for blockchain implementation in the maritime logistics industry. journal of industrial information integration, 41, 100643. doi:10.1016/j.jii.2024.100643. [18] al-lami, a., shirkhodaie, m., & safari, m. (2024). the digital transformation model for innovative marketing maturity in the oil companies. revista de gestao social e ambiental, 18(9), 1–40. doi:10.24857/rgsa.v18n9-056. [19] noadoust, s., & ranjbar, m. s. designing a digital transformation model in the offshore oil and gas industry in iran. industrial management journal, 16(1), 117–147. doi:10.22059/imj.2024.374051.1008139. [20] world economic forum. (2018). digital transformation initiative. unlocking $100 trillion for business and society from digital transformation. digital transformation initiative, issue may, 1–75. [21] de bruin, t., rosemann, m., freeze, r., & kaulkarni, u. (2005). understanding the main phases of developing a maturity assessment model. australasian conference on information systems (acis), 8-19. [22] de carolis, a., macchi, m., negri, e., & terzi, s. (2017). a maturity model for assessing the digital readiness of manufacturing companies. ifip advances in information and communication technology, 513, 13–20. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-66923-6_2. [23] santos, r. c., & martinho, j. l. (2020). an industry 4.0 maturity model proposal. journal of manufacturing technology management, 31(5), 1023–1043. doi:10.1108/jmtm-09-2018-0284. [24] lichtblau, k., stich, v., bertenrath, r., blum, m., bleider, m., millack, a., ... & schröter, m. (2015). impuls industrie 4.0 readiness. vdma's impuls-foundation, cologne, germany. [25] berghaus, s., & back, a. (2016). stages in digital business transformation: results of an empirical maturity study. mediterranean conference on information systems (mcis), paper 22, 1–17. [26] schumacher, a., erol, s., & sihn, w. (2016). a maturity model for assessing industry 4.0 readiness and maturity of manufacturing enterprises. procedia cirp, 52, 161–166. doi:10.1016/j.procir.2016.07.040. [27] valdez-de-leon, o. (2016). a digital maturity model for telecommunications service providers. technology innovation management review, 6(8), 19–32. doi:10.22215/timreview1008. [28] bumann, j., & peter, m. k. (2019). action fields of digital transformation – a review and comparative analysis of digital transformation maturity models and frameworks. digitalisierung und andere innovationsformen im management. innovation und unternehmertum, november 2019, 13–40. [29] leino, h., tanhua, j., & saarimaa, r. digitalization in public services: a systematic literature review. international journal of public sector management, 30(6), 531–547. [30] schuh, g., anderl, r., gausemeier, j., hompel, m. ten, & w, w. (2017). industrie 4.0 maturity index. managing the digital transformation of companies. acatech national academy of science and engineering. acatech study, 1-64. [31] colli, m., madsen, o., berger, u., møller, c., wæhrens, b. v., & bockholt, m. (2018). contextualizing the outcome of a maturity assessment for industry 4.0. ifac-papersonline, 51(11), 1347–1352. doi:10.1016/j.ifacol.2018.08.343. [32] gimpel, h., hosseini, s., huber, r., probst, l., röglinger, m., faisst, u., xaver, r., & huber, r. (2018). structuring digital transformation-a framework of action fields and its application at zeiss structuring digital transformation-a framework of action fields and its application at zeiss. journal of information technology theory and application, 1(19), 1–22. www.fim-rc.de [33] mittal, s., khan, m. a., romero, d., & wuest, t. (2018). a critical review of smart manufacturing & industry 4.0 maturity models: implications for small and medium-sized enterprises (smes). journal of manufacturing systems, 49, 194–214. doi:10.1016/j.jmsy.2018.10.005. [34] ivančić, l., vukšić, v. b., & spremić, m. (2019). mastering the digital transformation process: business practices and lessons learned. technology innovation management review, 9(2), 36–51. doi:10.22215/timreview/1217. [35] rossmann, a. (2018). digital maturity: conceptualization and measurement model, 1633-1641. [36] schumacher, a., nemeth, t., & sihn, w. (2019). roadmapping towards industrial digitalization based on an industry 4.0 maturity model for manufacturing enterprises. procedia cirp, 79, 409–414. doi:10.1016/j.procir.2019.02.110. [37] verina, n., & titko, j. (2019). digital transformation: conceptual framework. proc. of the int. scientific conference “contemporary issues in business, management and economics engineering,” 719–727. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 648 [38] aslanova, i. v., & kulichkina, a. i. (2020). digital maturity: definition and model. proceedings of the 2nd international scientific and practical conference “modern management trends and the digital economy: from regional development to global economic growth”, 138, 443-449. doi:10.2991/aebmr.k.200502.073. [39] gökalp, e., & martinez, v. (2021). digital transformation capability maturity model enabling the assessment of industrial manufacturers. computers in industry, 132. doi:10.1016/j.compind.2021.103522. [40] spaltini, m., acerbi, f., pinzone, m., gusmeroli, s., & taisch, m. (2022). defining the roadmap towards industry 4.0: the 6ps maturity model for manufacturing smes. procedia cirp, 105, 631–636. doi:10.1016/j.procir.2022.02.105. [41] chwiłkowska-kubala, a., cyfert, s., malewska, k., mierzejewska, k., & szumowski, w. (2023). the impact of resources on digital transformation in energy sector companies. the role of readiness for digital transformation. technology in society, 74, 102315. doi:10.1016/j.techsoc.2023.102315. [42] nkomo, l., & kalisz, d. (2023). establishing organisational resilience through developing a strategic framework for digital transformation. digital transformation and society, 2(4), 403–426. doi:10.1108/dts-11-2022-0059. [43] dorner, k., & edelman, d. (2015). what ‘digital’ really means. mckinsey insights, new york, united states. available online: https://www.mckinsey.com/industries/technology-media-and-telecommunications/our-insights/what-digital-really-means (accessed on may 2025). [44] bello, p. (2021). the role of digitalization in decarbonizing the oil and gas industry. in society of petroleum engineers spe nigeria annual international conference and exhibition, naic 2021, d021s009r004. doi:10.2118/207125-ms. [45] barthel, p. (2021). what is meant by digital transformation success? investigating the notion in is literature. wirtschaftsinformatik 2021 proceedings, 1. [46] lei, y., liang, z., & ruan, p. (2023). evaluation on the impact of digital transformation on the economic resilience of the energy industry in the context of artificial intelligence. energy reports, 9, 785–792. doi:10.1016/j.egyr.2022.12.019. [47] kraus, s., jones, p., kailer, n., weinmann, a., chaparro-banegas, n., & roig-tierno, n. (2021). digital transformation: an overview of the current state of the art of research. sage open, 11(3). doi:10.1177/21582440211047576. [48] marcolivio, m., & wade, m. r. (2023). the measurement of digital transformation performance. imd, lausanne, switzerland. [49] mahraz, m. i., benabbou, l., & berrado, a. (2019). a systematic literature review of digital transformation. proceedings of the international conference on industrial engineering and operations management, 917–931. doi:10.11594/ijmaber.05.12.07. [50] mahmood, f., khan, a. z., & khan, m. b. (2019). digital organizational transformation issues, challenges and impact: a systematic literature review of a decade. abasyn journal of social sciences, 12(2), 3. doi:10.34091/ajss.12.2.03. [51] abukova, l. a., dmitrievsky, a. n., & eremin, n. a. (2017). digital modernization of russian oil and gas complex. neftyanoe khozyaystvo oil industry, 2017(10), 54–58. doi:10.24887/0028-2448-2017-10-54-58. [52] issa, a., hatiboglu, b., bildstein, a., & bauernhansl, t. (2018). industrie 4.0 roadmap: framework for digital transformation based on the concepts of capability maturity and alignment. procedia cirp, 72, 973–978. doi:10.1016/j.procir.2018.03.151. [53] darusulistyo, s., wibisono, d., wandebori, h., & novani, s. (2022). develop a framework using system thinking model on agile transformation in oil and gas company operation: a conceptual framework. researchsquare, 1-19. doi:10.21203/rs.3.rs2164033. [54] roland berger strategy consultants. (2018). the digital transformation of the company. available online: https://www.rolandberger.com/publications/publication_pdf/roland_berger_digital_transformation_of_industry_20150315.pdf (accessed on may 2025). [55] intykbayeva, m. (2021). sustainable path for the oil and gas industry. sname 26th offshore symposium, sname-tos-202123. doi:10.5957/tos-2021-23. [56] cadei, l., rossi, g., lancia, l., loffreno, d., corneo, a., milana, d., montini, m., purlalli, e., fier, p., carducci, f., & nizzolo, r. (2022). digital lighthouse: a scalable model for digital transformation in oil & gas. in society of petroleum engineers spe conference at oman petroleum and energy show, spe-200149-ms. doi:10.2118/200149-ms. [57] campbell, j., mcdonald, c., & sethibe, t. (2020). the impact of digital transformation on employee performance: a case study of a south african bank. south african journal of business management, 51(1), 1–10. [58] rovinelli, r. j., & hambleton, r. k. (1977). on the use of content specialists in the assessment of criterion-referenced test item validity. dutch journal of educational research, 2, 49-60. [59] hundleby, j. d., & nunnally, j. (1968). psychometric theory. in american educational research journal (3rd ed., vol. 5, issue 3). mcgraw-hill. doi:10.2307/1161962. https://www.mckinsey.com/industries/technology-media-and-telecommunications/our-insights/what-digital-really-means https://www.rolandberger.com/publications/publication_pdf/roland_berger_digital_transformation_of_industry_20150315.pdf hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 649 [60] flury, b., murtagh, f., & heck, a. (1988). multivariate data analysis. mathematics of computation, 50, 181. doi:10.2307/2007941. [61] barclay, et.al. (1995). the partial least squares (pls) approach to causal modeling, personal computer adoption and use as an illustration. technology studies, 2(2), 296–297. [62] hair, j. f., jr., hult, g. t. m., ringle, c. m., & sarstedt, m. (2014). a primer on partial least squares structural equation modeling (pls-sem). sage publications, new york, untied states. [63] kline, r. b. (2010). principles and practice of structural equation modeling. guilford press, new york, untied states. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 568 issn: 2723-9535 pro-bigru: performance evaluation index system for hardware and software resource sharing based on cloud computing nan wang 1* 1 youth political college of inner mongolia normal university, hohhot 010050, inner mongolia autonomous region, china. received 29 march 2025; revised 17 may 2025; accepted 23 may 2025; published 01 june 2025 abstract this study aims to address the performance evaluation challenges of computer hardware and software resource sharing in cloud computing environments. to achieve this, we propose an enhanced performance evaluation method by integrating the poor-rich optimization (pro) algorithm with the bidirectional gated recurrent unit (bigru) network. we first construct a comprehensive multi-dimensional performance evaluation index system that encompasses resource utilization, response time, throughput, and scalability. subsequently, the pro algorithm is employed to optimize the hyper-parameter design of the bigru network, thereby enhancing the model's learning ability and evaluation accuracy. performance data is collected using system monitoring tools, and experiments are conducted to validate the model's effectiveness. the results demonstrate that the pro-bigru model achieves an average evaluation accuracy of over 97% across four independent experiments, significantly outperforming traditional algorithms such as cnn, rnn, lstm, and gru. the proposed model not only improves the accuracy of performance evaluation but also provides a reliable basis for resource optimization and decision-making in cloud service platforms. the novelty of this research lies in the combination of the pro algorithm with the bigru network, which effectively captures complex data features and enhances the model's reliability and robustness in performance assessment tasks. keywords: cloud computing; computer hardware and software resource sharing; performance evaluation index system construction; bi-directional gated recurrent unit network. 1. introduction with the rapid development of cloud computing technology, the sharing of computer hardware and software resources has become increasingly common [1]. the widespread use of cloud computing platforms has transformed the way traditional it architectures are used, providing organizations with flexible, scalable, and cost-effective solutions [2]. however, to take full advantage of cloud computing, it is crucial to ensure its stability and high performance [3]. performance testing and tuning of cloud computing platforms are important for all types of organizations, including businesses, government agencies, and academic institutions [4]. performance testing can help identify resource wastage and performance bottlenecks on cloud computing platforms, optimize resource usage, reduce costs, and improve resource utilization. a high-performance cloud computing platform can provide faster response time and higher availability, thus improving user satisfaction. therefore, how to evaluate the performance of these resource shares to ensure that users receive high-quality services has become an important research topic. * corresponding author: wyr390129@whku-edu.cn http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-02-014  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0003-4983-2473 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 569 to address the performance evaluation challenges in cloud computing environments, prior studies have explored various methodologies. for instance, elnagar et al. [5] investigated the performance of load balancing algorithms, while wang et al. [6] focused on the trustworthiness of cloud ai services. these studies highlight the importance of performance assessment in optimizing resource utilization and user satisfaction. however, existing research often focuses on single performance metrics, such as response time or throughput, and lacks a comprehensive evaluation framework that integrates multiple dimensions of performance. additionally, traditional algorithms like cnn and rnn struggle with the complexity and dynamic nature of cloud environments, resulting in limited accuracy and adaptability [7]. this study fills these gaps by proposing a novel performance evaluation method based on the poor-rich optimization (pro) algorithm and bidirectional gated recurrent unit (bigru) network. we construct a multi-dimensional performance evaluation index system and optimize the bigru model using the pro algorithm, significantly enhancing evaluation accuracy and reliability. our approach not only addresses the limitations of existing methods but also provides a robust foundation for resource optimization and decision-making in cloud computing platforms. the current research on performance assessment of computer software and hardware resource sharing under cloud computing technology is mainly divided into research on the application of cloud computing services in computer software and hardware resource sharing, research on the performance assessment index system of computer software and hardware resource sharing under cloud computing, research on the construction of the performance assessment model of computer software and hardware resource sharing under cloud computing, and related validation and analysis research. the main idea of this paper is to solve the performance assessment problem of computer software and hardware resource sharing under cloud computing technology, so it mainly carries out research from the establishment of the system and the construction of the performance model. to solve the performance evaluation problem of computer hardware and software resource sharing under cloud computing technology, researchers need to construct a complete set of performance evaluation index systems to ensure the rationality, security, and effectiveness of resource sharing [6]. baresi et al. [8] designed a business resource-sharing method and business resource-sharing system based on cloud computing, which has multifaceted advantages by acquiring multifaceted information and carrying out targeted processing; aqasizade et al. [9] focused its research on the design and implementation of a resource-sharing platform in a cloud computing environment and evaluates the platform's actual effect and performance through experimental validation and performance analysis, providing a basis for subsequent optimization and improvement. in general, in the current research on the construction method of the performance evaluation index system for computer hardware and software resource sharing under cloud computing technology, researchers are exploring how to construct a scientific, reasonable, and safe performance evaluation index system by comprehensively considering multiple aspects [10], such as resource demand, privilege management, and service quality assurance [11]. it is also investigating how to evaluate and optimize these indicator systems through experimental validation and performance analysis to ensure the efficiency and security of resource sharing [12]. although there have been some studies focusing on performance evaluation in cloud computing environments, most of them concentrate on a single performance index, such as response time, throughput, etc., and lack a comprehensive performance evaluation index system [13]. therefore, this paper will comprehensively consider multiple performance indicators to construct a complete performance evaluation index system for evaluating the performance of computer hardware and software resources shared under cloud computing technology. in this paper, by analyzing the performance evaluation problem of software and hardware resource sharing under cloud computing conditions, introduce the relevant index system construction scheme, use the poor-rich optimization algorithm [14] and bidirectional gated recurrent unit network [15], propose a performance evaluation method for software and hardware resource sharing under cloud computing conditions based on the pro-bigru network, and adopt a system monitoring tool to collect performance data to validate the performance of the ro-bigru network model by comparative analysis. a network model for comparative analysis and validation. this paper focuses on the performance evaluation of computer hardware and software resource sharing under cloud computing technology, and the overall framework is divided into four parts. firstly, the characteristics and performance evaluation indexes of resource sharing under cloud computing environment are analyzed, and a comprehensive evaluation index system is constructed; secondly, a performance evaluation model combining the poor-rich optimization algorithm (pro) and the bi-directional gated recurrent unit network (bigru) is designed; then, the evaluation accuracy and efficiency of the model are verified through experiments, and the performances of different algorithms are compared; lastly, the research results are summarized, the deficiencies are analyzed, and the future improvement directions are proposed to further enhance the application value and applicability of the model. and propose future improvement directions to further enhance the application value and applicability of the model. this paper is organized as follows. part 2 discusses the performance evaluation index system for computer hardware and software resource sharing under cloud computing. part 3 presents the pro-bigru model and its application in performance evaluation. part 4 provides the experimental results and their analysis. finally, part 5 concludes the paper and proposes future research directions. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 570 2. performance evaluation index system for computer hardware and software resource sharing 2.1. cloud computing the development and application of cloud computing technology have penetrated various fields and have had a huge impact on traditional it architectures. the concept of cloud computing can be traced back as far as the 1960s, when the idea of resource sharing was proposed. subsequently, with the popularity of the internet and the growth of the amount of information, cloud computing has been further developed [16]. the development of cloud computing can be divided into the germination, development, growth, and maturity periods, as shown in figure 1. figure 1. stages of cloud computing development the key technologies of cloud computing include virtualization, distributed computing, storage-as-a-service, and elastic scaling [17]. these technologies improve resource utilization and achieve high availability and scalability of data. the infrastructure includes physical hardware, network facilities, operating systems, and middleware, which constitute the infrastructure of cloud computing [18], as shown in figure 2. figure 2. cloud computing key technologies and architecture the application areas of cloud computing include financial cloud, manufacturing cloud, education cloud, medical cloud, cloud gaming, cloud conferencing, cloud social networking, cloud storage, cloud security, and cloud transportation [19], as shown in figure 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 571 figure 3. cloud computing application areas 2.2. analysis of performance assessment indicators performance evaluation of cloud computing platforms involves response time, throughput, scalability, and resource utilization. these metrics are crucial for enterprises and individual users to choose the right cloud service provider [20]. the performance assessment indicators of computer hardware and software resource sharing under cloud computing technology include elements such as resource utilization, response time, throughput, scalability, reliability, security, cost-effectiveness, and energy efficiency (figure 4), which are analyzed below: figure 4. classification of cloud computing assessment elements  resource utilization specifically includes indicators such as computing resource utilization (efficiency of using hardware resources such as cpu and memory), storage resource utilization (efficiency of using disks and storage devices), and network resource utilization (efficiency of using network bandwidth) [21].  response time specifically includes indicators such as the time interval between task submission and execution and the time interval between user request and response.  throughput throughput includes metrics such as the number of tasks completed per unit of time and the amount of data transferred per unit of time.  scalability scalability metrics include 1) the ability of the system to increase performance when resources are added and 2) the extent to which the system's performance degrades when resources are reduced.  reliability reliability indicators include 1) the ability of the system to recover in the event of a failure and 2) data integrity and availability.  security security indicators include: 1) confidentiality, integrity, and availability of data; and 2) access control and authentication mechanisms for the system.  cost-effectiveness cost-benefit indicators include 1) the cost-benefit ratio of resource sharing and 2) the economic benefits of resource sharing for users and service providers.  energy efficiency energy efficiency indicators include 1) the energy consumption of the system during operation and 2) the relationship between energy consumption and performance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 572 2.3. system construction based on the analysis of performance assessment indexes for cloud computing platforms, this paper develops a comprehensive, scientific, and practical performance index system, as illustrated in figure 5. the performance evaluation index system for computer hardware and software resource sharing proposed in this study focuses on key elements such as resource utilization, response time, throughput, scalability, reliability, security, cost-effectiveness, and energy efficiency. it defines specific, actionable performance indicators, including computational resource utilization, storage resource utilization, network resource utilization, execution time interval, response time interval, task completion volume, failure recovery capability, data integrity and availability, data confidentiality, access control capability, costto-revenue ratio, economic efficiency, energy consumption, and the relationship between energy consumption and performance. figure 5. indicator system for evaluating the performance of computer hardware and software resource sharing under cloud computing conditions 3. performance evaluation algorithm 3.1. overall program design based on the analysis of performance evaluation indexes of computer hardware and software resource sharing under cloud computing technology, this section designs the performance evaluation method, which includes the steps of data collection, data analysis, performance evaluation model, and performance optimization suggestions, as shown in figure 6. figure 6. overall scheme of performance evaluation of computer hardware and software resource sharing under cloud computing conditions as can be seen from figure 6, the solution collects performance data through system monitoring tools, collects user behavior data using log analysis tools, calculates statistical indicators such as mean and standard deviation, analyzes the trend of performance indicators over time and the correlation between different performance indicators, combines multiple machine learning algorithms, establishes a performance evaluation model, predicts system performance under different loads, and puts forward system optimization recommendations [22]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 573 the core of the research in this paper is to use intelligent optimization algorithms and deep learning techniques to construct a performance evaluation model for computer hardware and software resource sharing under cloud computing conditions, and the relationship with the overall scheme is shown in figure 7. figure 7. relationship between the performance evaluation model study and the overall program design 3.2. bidirectional gated cyclic cell networks a bidirectional gated recurrent unit network (bigru) [23] is a recurrent neural network (rnn) [24] variant based on gated recurrent units (grus) [25] specifically designed to process sequential data. the core property of bigru is its ability to process both forward and backward information of sequential data. the bidirectional gated recurrent unit (bigru) architecture was selected over transformer-based models due to its lower computational complexity and suitability for resource-constrained cloud environments. bigru efficiently captures sequential dependencies in performance data through its gated mechanism, which alleviates gradient vanishing and explosion issues. unlike transformers that require substantial computational resources for their self-attention mechanisms, bigru's simplicity and efficiency make it ideal for dynamic cloud settings where real-time processing is critical. this choice ensures effective performance evaluation while maintaining operational efficiency in varied workload conditions. bigru consists of two gru layers, one dealing with forward sequences and the other with reverse sequences. these two gru layers run in parallel, and then the outputs are combined as the final output. this structure makes bigru more robust and higher-performing in processing long sequence data. the bigru structure is shown in figure 8. figure 8. bigru network model structure bigru inherits the gating mechanism of gru, including the update gate and reset gate, and the specific structure of gru is shown in figure 9. the update gate controls the transmission of information, while the reset gate decides which information should be forgotten. this mechanism enables bigru to efficiently handle long sequential data, alleviating the gradient vanishing and gradient explosion problems [26]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 574 figure 9. gru network structure bigru has been applied in several fields, especially in the field of natural language processing (nlp), such as text categorization, sentiment analysis, machine translation, and other tasks. bigru usually has fewer parameters due to its structural simplification, and its limitation is that the initialization of the structural parameters of bigru affects the accuracy of the effect of bigru. therefore, in this paper, an intelligent optimization algorithm is used to optimize the structural parameters of bigru. 3.3. rich-poor optimization algorithms the poor and rich optimization algorithm (pro) is an optimization algorithm based on group intelligence [27], which is inspired by the wealth-growing strategies of the poor and the rich in socio-economic phenomena. the pro algorithm, inspired by socio-economic wealth strategies, divides a population into rich and poor groups. rich individuals aim to increase their wealth gap, while the poor reduce it by learning from the rich. this approach efficiently optimizes parameters with fewer iterations, making it suitable for dynamic cloud environments where rapid adaptation is crucial. in our study, pro outperformed bayesian optimization and genetic algorithms in both efficiency and accuracy. pro achieved faster convergence and enhanced model performance, as evidenced by the pro-bigru model's over 97% accuracy in performance evaluation tasks. bayesian optimization, though effective in small search spaces, struggles with the high dimensionality of cloud performance data, as noted by li et al. [14]. genetic algorithms, while robust in global search, require excessive computational resources due to population-based evolution, limiting their suitability for realtime applications. the bidirectional gated recurrent unit (bigru), a variant of rnns, processes both forward and backward sequence information, making it robust for long sequences and effective in alleviating gradient issues. pro's balance of efficiency and accuracy, combined with bigru's sequence processing power, makes it an optimal choice for optimizing cloud resource performance evaluation models. the algorithm divides a group into two subgroups: the rich group and the poor group, and the members of each group try to improve their economic situation through different strategies. in cloud computing performance assessment, traditional algorithms like cnn and rnn often fall short in capturing the dynamic and complex nature of performance metrics. pro-bigru combines the optimization capabilities of pro with the sequence processing power of bigru, offering a more accurate and reliable evaluation method. unlike traditional algorithms that focus on single metrics, pro-bigru provides a comprehensive evaluation by considering multiple dimensions, thus addressing the limitations of existing methods and providing a novel approach for performance assessment in cloud computing environments. the specific principles of the pro algorithm are described as follows: 3.3.1. group division the groups are divided into rich and poor groups as shown in figure 10. members of the rich group attempt to increase the class gap with the poor by observing and acquiring wealth. members of the poor group try to improve their position and reduce the class gap by learning from the rich. figure 10. pro algorithm population segmentation strategy hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 575 3.3.2. location update strategy the formula for updating the position of members in the rich group is as follows: 𝑋𝑟𝑖𝑐ℎ,𝑖 new = 𝑋𝑟𝑖𝑐ℎ,𝑖 𝑜𝑙𝑑 + 𝑟[𝑋𝑟𝑖𝑐ℎ,𝑖 𝑜𝑙𝑑 − 𝑋𝑝𝑜𝑜𝑟;𝑏𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑙𝑑 ] (1) where 𝑋rich.𝑖 old is the pre-update membership in the rich group, 𝑋poor.best old is the pre-update optimal membership in the poor group, and 𝑟 is the class gap parameter. the formula updates the position of a member in the rich group by moving it towards the position of the best member in the poor group, scaled by the factor r. this mechanism helps in exploring new regions of the search space while maintaining a balance between exploration and exploitation (figure 11). the formula for updating the position of members in the group of the poor, which updates the position of a member in the poor group by moving it towards the pattern derived from the rich group, scaled by the factor 𝑟. this helps the poor group members improve their positions by learning from the rich group's characteristics: 𝑋poor,𝑖 new = 𝑋poor,𝑖 old + [𝑟(pattern) − 𝑋poor,𝑖 old ] (2) where 𝑋poor. 𝑖 new denotes the updated value of the position of the ith member of the poor group, and pattern is the enrichment model, calculated by the following formula: pattern = 𝑋rich,best old +𝑋rich,mean old +𝑋rich,worst old 3 (3) where 𝑋rich.mean old and 𝑋rich.worst old denote the average current member position and the worst member position in the rich group, respectively. figure 11. pro algorithm group member location update strategy 3.3.3. mutation mechanisms normally distributed random numbers with mean 0 and variance 1 were used as mutation probabilities for the rich and poor groups, respectively. 𝑋rich,𝑖 new = 𝑋rich,𝑖 new + randn if rand < 𝑃mut 𝑋poor,,𝑖 new = 𝑋poor,,𝑖 new + randn if rand < 𝑃mut (4) where rand denotes a random number between 0 and 1, 𝑃𝑚𝑢𝑡 is the mutation probability, 𝑋rich. 𝑖 new and 𝑋voor .𝑖 new are the updated values for the rich and poor groups, respectively, and randn denotes a normally distributed random number with a mean of 1 and variance of 0. mutation may result in improving or worsening the current position. according to the pro algorithm mechanism and strategy, its algorithm flowchart is shown in figure 12. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 576 figure 12. pro algorithm flow 3.4. performance evaluation method based on pro-bigru network the pro-bigru (poor and rich optimization-bidirectional gated recurrent unit) model is a deep learning model that combines the poor and rich optimization algorithm (pro) with the bidirectional gated recurrent unit (bigru). the model can be used for the prediction and analysis of time series data and is well suited for evaluating the performance of computer hardware and software resource sharing, as shown in figure 13. figure 13. steps in the application of the pro-bigru model the model construction steps are as follows: 1) data preparation: divide the collected data into training, validation, and test sets; 2) model design: design the structure of the pro-bigru model, including the input layer, bigru layer, fully-connected layer, and output layer; 3) model training: use the data from the training set to train the pro-bigru model and optimize the model parameters; 4) model validation: use the data from the validation set to verify the model performance and adjust the model hyperparameters; 5) model testing: use the data from the test set to test the model performance and evaluate the model generalization ability. data to validate the model performance and adjust the model hyperparameters; 6) model testing: use the test set data to test the model performance and evaluate the model generalization ability. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 577 4. analysis of experimental results 4.1. experimental environment construction and parameter setting the experimental environment was set up as shown in table 1. table 1. experimental environment setup no. environmental properties set up 1 operating system ubuntu 18. 04 2 programming language python 3. 8. 13 3 cpu intel xeon e5-2695 v2 cpu 24 cores, 64 gb ram 4 gpus ram, nvidia geforce rtx 3090 24 gb the comparison algorithms of the pro-bigru algorithm include cnn, rnn, lstm, gru, bilstm, and bigru, and the specific parameters are shown in table 2. table 2. parameter settings for the comparison algorithm no. arithmetic parameterization 1 cnn convolutional layer (30 convolutional kernels, relu activation), training algorithm is adam's algorithm, learning rate is 0.001, and l2 regularization factor is 0.004. 2 rnn the number of nodes in the convolutional layer is 30, with the relu activation function, adam's algorithm, l2 regularization, and a learning rate of 0.001. 3 lstm the number of nodes in the lstm layer is 30 with the relu activation function, adam's algorithm, l2 regularization, and a learning rate of 0.002. 4 gru the number of nodes in the gru layer is 30; the others are as above. 5 bilstm the bilstm layer uses 1 layer with 20 nodes and others as above. 6 bigru the bigru layer uses 1 layer with 10 nodes; the others are as above. 7 pro-bigru the bigru layer setup is the same as above and requires the pro algorithm to hyper-parameterize the bigru learning_rate, l2 regularization factor, number of nodes in the bigru layer, etc. the dataset is divided into a training set, a validation set, and a test set according to the ratio of 7:2:1, and the performance evaluation level (model prediction output) is divided into four levels, such as 1, 2, 3, and 4, where level 1 indicates poor performance of the cloud computing platform, level 2 indicates average performance of the cloud computing platform, level 3 indicates good performance of the cloud computing platform, and level 4 indicates very good performance of the cloud computing platform. 4.2. analysis of experimental results the experiments in this paper carry out four independent operations to analyze each algorithm and obtain specific results as shown in table 3 and figures 14 to 16. table 3 demonstrates the performance evaluation results of computer hardware and software resource sharing based on different algorithms. in four independent experiments, the probigru algorithm achieves evaluation accuracies of 97.77%, 99.01%, 97.23%, and 97.88%, which are significantly better than the other algorithms. in contrast, bigru and gru performed next best, but the accuracy was lower than pro-bigru by about 5% and 10%, respectively. traditional algorithms such as cnn and rnn have lower evaluation accuracies, hovering between 70% and 80%, respectively, making it difficult to meet high accuracy requirements. it can be seen that pro-bigru, which combines the poor-rich optimization algorithm and the two-way gated recurrent unit network of deep learning, has an obvious advantage in improving the performance evaluation accuracy, and its results fluctuate less in different experiments, showing good stability and generalization ability. table 3. evaluation results of different algorithms experiment number % cnn rnn lstm gru bilstm bigru pro-bigru case 1 78.19 64.35 81.11 88.23 85.55 89.22 97.77 case2 78.37 72.69 88.13 90.22 94.92 90.34 99.01 case 3 77.66 61.49 70.52 87.63 82.59 89.50 97.23 case 4 78.69 72.10 79.42 87.99 84.97 89.36 97.88 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 578 figure 14 compares the time consumption of different algorithms in performance evaluation. the results show that rnn has the shortest evaluation time of 0.05 seconds, followed by gru and cnn with 0.08 seconds and 0.1 seconds, respectively, while pro-bigru has a time consumption of 0.15 seconds, which is ranked at the bottom of all algorithms. despite the longer evaluation time of pro-bigru, its accuracy is much higher than the other algorithms, indicating that it is more suitable for scenarios with high accuracy requirements. in contrast, bigru, lstm, and bilstm also have higher time consumption of 0.12, 0.13, and 0.17 seconds, respectively, which may be related to the fact that they adopt complex network structures. the reason for the increase in time for probigru is the introduction of the rich-poor optimization algorithm, which enhances the complexity of model parameter tuning. overall, the time consumption of the algorithms is directly proportional to their complexity, while pro-bigru strikes a balance between accuracy and efficiency by sacrificing a certain evaluation speed for a significant increase in accuracy, making it more suitable for accuracy-first cloud computing performance evaluation tasks. figure 14. classification prediction time results for different evaluation algorithms figure 15 shows the ranking comparison results of different performance evaluation algorithms based on the nemenyi test in the dimensions of evaluation accuracy and evaluation time. in terms of evaluation accuracy, the pro-bigru algorithm is ranked first with an absolute advantage, which fully reflects its efficient performance of combining the poor-rich optimization algorithm with the bigru network. bigru and gru are ranked second and third, respectively, which shows the superiority of the bidirectional gated recurrent unit structure in sequence data processing, while cnn and rnn are poorly performed and ranked at the back of the list, which indicates that the traditional algorithms have limited applicability in the limited applicability in complexity performance assessment tasks. in the evaluation time dimension, rnn has the lowest time consumption and ranks first, followed by gru and cnn. these results reflect the simplicity of the rnn structure and lower computational complexity. in contrast, the probigru algorithm is ranked lower due to the increased time consumption as a result of the introduction of the optimization process and the bi-directional network structure, but its time consumption is still within the acceptable range, reflecting the trade-off between accuracy and efficiency. on the whole, the pro-bigru algorithm performs well in terms of evaluation accuracy but increases in time consumption, which is suitable for accuracy-first scenarios. if the efficiency requirement is higher, the algorithm performance can be further improved by combining it with more efficient optimization strategies to achieve the best balance between accuracy and time in different application requirements. this shows the critical difference (cd) based on the nemenyi test, which is 6.1741; in terms of evaluation accuracy, the pro-bigru algorithm is ranked first, and other algorithms are ranked bigru, gru, bilstm, lstm, rnn, and cnn in order, which is in line with the statistical results; in terms of evaluation time, the rnn algorithm is ranked first, and other algorithms are ranked gru, cnn, bigru, lstm, pro-bigru, and bilstm in order, which is in line with the results in figure 14. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 579 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 bigru pro-bigru gru lstm bilstm rnn cnn 6.1741 1.0 (a) assessment accuracy 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 rnn cnn lstm bigru pro-bigru bilstm 1.0 gru 6.1741 (b) assessment time figure 15. results of different performance evaluation algorithms based on nemenyi figure 16 shows the distribution of the performance evaluation levels of the pro-bigru algorithm in the four experimental cases (case 1 to case 4), which further validates its evaluation accuracy and reliability. in the four cases, the evaluation grades of most samples of the pro-bigru algorithm can accurately match the actual performance level, showing good prediction ability. specifically, in terms of assessment accuracy, the accuracy of the predicted grades in all cases exceeds 97%, indicating that the pro-bigru model has a high degree of consistency and reliability in assessing different performance levels. pro-bigru performs particularly well with high-performance grade samples (e.g., grade 4), accurately capturing the performance characteristics of these samples. even for low-performance grade samples (e.g., grades 1 and 2), the model maintains a consistent evaluation accuracy. this consistency is attributed to the pro algorithm's effective optimization of bigru's hyperparameters, making it more flexible and accurate in capturing complex data features. in addition, the performance of the model fluctuates less in different experimental cases, indicating that it is robust and can work stably in different datasets and experimental environments. this provides a reliable guarantee for the practical application of the model. however, it should be noted that although the pro-bigru model performs well in classification accuracy, its real-time performance in complex scenarios still needs to be further optimized. in the future, the practicality of the model can be further improved by combining it with real-time processing technology to meet a wider range of application requirements. in our research, we considered lightweight optimization strategies but ultimately selected the poor-rich optimization (pro) algorithm due to its superior performance in enhancing model accuracy for complex cloud performance data. while strategies like random search or genetic algorithms were evaluated, they either failed to match pro's efficiency in hyperparameter optimization or required excessive computational resources. pro strikes an optimal balance by effectively exploring the search space with fewer iterations, making it particularly suitable for our dynamic cloud environment where precision is paramount. the trade-off of increased computational complexity is justified by pro's ability to significantly boost the bigru model's accuracy, which is critical for reliable performance evaluation in resource-intensive cloud applications. this choice aligns with our goal of providing a robust tool for cloud resource optimization, where the benefits of higher accuracy outweigh the costs of added complexity.to evaluate the probigru model's performance under real-time constraints and in multi-tenant environments, we designed an experiment simulating dynamic workloads. the model was tested in a simulated environment with fluctuating resource demands and concurrent user activities. results showed the pro-bigru model maintained an accuracy of 95% even under high concurrency, demonstrating strong adaptability and stability. the model's ability to process sequential data efficiently allowed it to handle real-time performance evaluation tasks effectively. however, slight performance degradation occurred under extreme load spikes, indicating potential areas for further optimization. this experiment confirms the model's suitability for dynamic cloud environments while highlighting the need for additional refinements to handle extreme scenarios. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 580 (a) case 1 (b) case2 (c) case 3 (d) case4 figure 16. evaluation results based on the pro-bigru model 5. conclusions and outlooks to address the challenge of performance evaluation for computer software and hardware resource sharing under cloud computing, this paper proposes a performance evaluation algorithm based on the pro-bigru network by integrating heterogeneous machine learning techniques. by analyzing relevant performance evaluation indicators, a comprehensive performance evaluation index system for computer software and hardware resource sharing in cloud computing environments is developed. the hyperparameters of the bigru network are optimized using the poor-rich optimization algorithm. a performance evaluation model for computer software and hardware resource sharing under cloud computing is constructed, and performance data are collected through system monitoring tools to validate and analyze the pro-bigru network model. the results demonstrate that the pro-bigru algorithm achieves an evaluation accuracy exceeding 97%, effectively addressing the challenge of performance assessment. the research presented in this paper not only contributes to enhancing system service quality but also provides decision support for service providers, optimizes resource allocation, and reduces costs. future studies can further investigate the application of the performance evaluation index system across various scenarios and integrate it with automated management tools to achieve automatic system optimization and management. our study advances cloud computing performance evaluation through the pro-bigru model, achieving over 97% accuracy and surpassing traditional algorithms. this high performance is primarily due to the pro algorithm's effective optimization of the bigru hyperparameters, enabling the model to capture complex data patterns efficiently. unlike single-metric approaches, pro-bigru provides a multi-dimensional evaluation, enhancing reliability in dynamic environments. its precise classification capabilities facilitate bottleneck identification and resource optimization, leading to improved resource utilization, cost efficiency, and greater user satisfaction. to validate the model’s generalization ability, cross-validation was conducted using diverse datasets and simulated real-world workloads. the model consistently maintained high accuracy across varying data distributions and demonstrated strong robustness under fluctuating conditions, achieving over 95% accuracy on synthetic datasets that hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 581 emulate unpredictable workloads. these results underscore the model’s applicability to real-world cloud computing scenarios, where workloads are often complex and variable. future research directions include expanding experiments with larger real-world datasets and a wider range of scenarios to further verify the model’s effectiveness in practical cloud environments. this approach not only advances performance evaluation but also equips cloud providers with a powerful tool for decision-making and resource management, supporting efficient operations amid growing demands for high-performance computing resources. this paper also acknowledges the following two limitations. first, there are scenario limitations. the research was conducted in a specific experimental environment, with test data primarily derived from idealized laboratory conditions, lacking the complexity of real-world scenarios. this limitation may restrict the model’s applicability in practical situations involving multi-tenancy and high concurrency. for instance, enterprise cloud platforms often experience dynamically changing user demands and uncertain load pressures, which could impact the model’s actual performance. an improvement would be to expand the experimental scope by applying the model to more realistic business environments, such as large enterprises or public service cloud platforms, to evaluate its effectiveness and robustness under diverse conditions. second, the model’s generalization capability remains limited. although the pro-bigru model achieved an average evaluation accuracy exceeding 97% in experiments, its generalization capacity has not been fully validated due to the homogeneous source of the test data. in real applications, different cloud computing platforms may exhibit varying data characteristics and performance requirements, posing challenges for the model to adapt to unseen datasets. to address this, incorporating datasets from diverse sources for training and testing could enhance the model’s adaptability to different data distributions. beyond achieving over 97% accuracy, the pro-bigru model demonstrated strong performance in classifying highperformance and low-performance resource-sharing scenarios. specifically, the model attained a precision of 96%, recall of 95%, and f1-score of 95.5% for high-performance cases. for low-performance cases, it achieved a precision of 94%, recall of 93%, and f1-score of 93.5%. these metrics emphasize the model’s capacity to balance true positive identification while minimizing false negatives, ensuring a comprehensive assessment of performance. the high f1scores in both scenarios highlight the model’s reliability in critical classification tasks, contributing to effective resource optimization and decision-making in dynamic cloud environments. moreover, the robustness and generalizability of the model could be further improved by incorporating transfer learning or ensemble learning methods. lastly, there is the issue of computational overhead. while integrating poor-rich optimization algorithms (pro) has improved the accuracy of the model’s performance evaluation, it also increases computational complexity, potentially imposing additional resource demands in high-load or real-time environments. this challenge is particularly pronounced in cloud computing contexts where resources are limited or real-time responsiveness is required. to mitigate this, it is advisable to explore lightweight optimization algorithms or adopt distributed computing strategies to reduce computational costs. distributed training methods, for example, can help distribute the computational load across multiple nodes while preserving optimization performance, thereby enhancing the overall system efficiency. 6. declarations 6.1. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 6.2. funding the author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.3. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.4. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.5. declaration of competing interest the author declares that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 582 7. references [1] kumar, h., kumar, r., dutta, s., & singh, m. (2023). google’s cloud computing platform-based performance assessment of machine learning algorithms for precisely maize crop mapping using integrated satellite data of sentinel-2a/b and planetscope. journal of the indian society of remote sensing 51)12(, 2599–2613. doi:10.1007/s12524-023-01764-3. [2] kumar, h., kumar, r., dutta, s., singh, m., & karwariya, s. k. (2023). utilizing machine learning algorithm, cloud computing platform and remote sensing satellite data for impact assessment of flood on agriculture land. current science, 125(8), 886–895. doi:10.18520/cs/v125/i8/886-895. [3] li, j., & liu, z. b. (2023). sensor-based cloud computing data system and long-distance running fatigue assessment. preventive medicine, 173, 107604. doi:10.1016/j.ypmed.2023.107604. [4] nezhad, a. s., doroudi, f., & kamyab, r. (2024). assessment of the status and factors influencing the adoption of cloud computing in knowledge-based companies case study: kerman science and technology park. international journal of information science and management, 22(1), 17–29. doi:10.22034/ijism.2023.1977670.0. [5] elnagar, n. g., elkabbany, g. f., al-awamry, a. a., & abdelhalim, m. b. (2022). simulation and performance assessment of a modified throttled load balancing algorithm in cloud computing environment. international journal of electrical and computer engineering, 12(2), 2087–2096. doi:10.11591/ijece.v12i2.pp2087-2096. [6] wang, z., liu, y., & huang, j. (2024). an open api architecture to discover the trustworthy explanation of cloud ai services. ieee transactions on cloud computing, 12)2(, 762–776. doi:10.1109/tcc.2024.3398609. [7] eid, a. i. a., miled, a. ben, fatnassi, a., nawaz, m. a., mahmoud, a. f. a., abdalla, f. a., jabnoun, c., dhibi, a., allan, f. m., elhossiny, m. a., belhaj, s., & mohamed, i. ben. (2024). sports prediction model through cloud computing and big data based on artificial intelligence method. journal of intelligent learning systems and applications, 16)02(, 53–79. doi:10.4236/jilsa.2024.162005. [8] baresi, l., dolci, t., quattrocchi, g., & rasi, n. (2023). a multi-faceted analysis of the performance variability of virtual machines. software practice and experience, 53(11), 2067–2091. doi:10.1002/spe.3244. [9] aqasizade, h., ataie, e., & bastam, m. (2025). experimental assessment of containers running on top of virtual machines. iet networks, 14(1), e12138. doi:10.1049/ntw2.12138. [10] ayma quirita, v. a., da costa, g. a. o. p., & beltrán, c. (2022). a distributed n-findr cloud computing-based solution for endmembers extraction on large-scale hyperspectral remote sensing data. remote sensing, 14(9), 2153. doi:10.3390/rs14092153. [11] khoruzhy, l. i., petrovich bulyga, r., yuryevna voronkova, o., vasyutkina, l. v., ryafikovna saenko, n., leonidovich poltarykhin, a., & aravindhan, s. (2022). a new trust management framework based on the experience of users in industrial cloud computing using multi-criteria decision making. kybernetes, 51(6), 1949–1966. doi:10.1108/k-05-2021-0378. [12] wu, x. (2022). performance appraisal management system of university administrators based on hybrid cloud. scientific programming, 9326563, 1-12. doi:10.1155/2022/9326563. [13] wang, c. (2022). english process assessment based on deep learning and cloud computing. wireless communications and mobile computing, 2631693. doi:10.1155/2022/2631693. [14] li, h., tian, l., xu, g., cañizares abreu, j. r., huang, s., chai, s., & xia, y. (2024). co-evolutionary and elite learning-based bi-objective poor and rich optimization algorithm for scheduling multiple workflows in the cloud. future generation computer systems, 152, 99–111. doi:10.1016/j.future.2023.10.015. [15] xu, d. y., cao, q. g., huang, c. (2024). intrusion detection model based on improved cbam and bigru. computer technology and development, 34(09), 88-93. doi:10.20165/j.cnki.issn1673-629x.2024.0201. [16] nawrocki, p., & smendowski, m. (2024). finops-driven optimization of cloud resource usage for high-performance computing using machine learning. journal of computational science, 79. doi:10.1016/j.jocs.2024.102292. [17] soni, a., & sharma, n. (2023). performance assessment and comparison of symmetric and asymmetric augmented data vortex architecture for hpc using efficient algorithm. soft computing, 27(7), 4235–4247. doi:10.1007/s00500-022-07087-8. [18] tomar, a., kumar, r. r., & gupta, i. (2023). decision making for cloud service selection: a novel and hybrid mcdm approach. cluster computing, 26(6), 3869–3887. doi:10.1007/s10586-022-03793-y. [19] jordanov, j., simeonidis, d., & petrov, p. (2024). containerized microservices for mobile applications deployed on cloud systems. international journal of interactive mobile technologies, 18(10), 48–58. doi:10.3991/ijim.v18i10.45929. [20] sharghivand, n., derakhshan, f., mashayekhy, l., & mohammadkhanli, l. (2022). an edge computing matching framework with guaranteed quality of service. ieee transactions on cloud computing, 10(3), 1557–1570. doi:10.1109/tcc.2020.3005539. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 2, june, 2025 583 [21] jain, v., & kumar, b. (2022). blockchain enabled trusted task offloading scheme for fog computing: a deep reinforcement learning approach. transactions on emerging telecommunications technologies, 33(11), 4587–1. doi:10.1002/ett.4587. [22] hu, w. (2022). exploring the practice of teaching english professional translation using iot and cloud computing multimedia assistance. journal of sensors, 1399235. doi:10.1155/2022/1399235. [23] chopannejad, s., roshanpoor, a., & sadoughi, f. (2024). attention-assisted hybrid cnn-bilstm-bigru model with smote–tomek method to detect cardiac arrhythmia based on 12-lead electrocardiogram signals. digital health, 10, 20552076241234624. doi:10.1177/20552076241234624. [24] anuradha, c., & ponnavaikko, m. (2022). a rnn based offloading scheme to reduce latency and preserve energy using rnnbos. measurement: sensors, 24, 100429. doi:10.1016/j.measen.2022.100429. [25] nguyen, v. h., do, t. c., & ahn, k. k. (2024). implementing pso-lstm-gru hybrid neural networks for enhanced control and energy efficiency of excavator cylinder displacement. mathematics, 12(20), 3185. doi:10.3390/math12203185. [26] liu, x., xiang, r., & xiang, w. (2024). prediction of main steam parameters of combined cycle waste heat boiler based on kpca-ipoa-bigru. national foreign electronic measurement technology, 43(6), 152–160. [27] qikai, l., & wang, y. (2024). an improved rich-poor optimization algorithm using multiple search strategies. journal of guangxi university for nationalities (natural science edition), 28(3), 58-67. doi:10.16177/j.cnki.gxmzzk.2022.03.012. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 21 issn: 2723-9535 strategic metadata implementation: a catalyst for enhanced bi systems and organizational effectiveness tanty oktavia 1* , eric wijaya 1 1 information systems management department, binus graduate program, master of information systems management, bina nusantara university, jakarta 11480, indonesia. received 31 october 2024; revised 25 january 2025; accepted 07 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract in today's data-driven business landscape, robust metadata and data documentation practices are essential for enterprises aiming to maximize their data assets. when integrated with business intelligence (bi) systems, this architecture empowers data democratization, allowing widespread utilization by stakeholders across the organization. this research explores the critical role of metadata in shaping business intelligence (bi) systems and organizational effectiveness within today's datadriven business landscape. through a systematic literature review, a preliminary study, a quantitative survey with 318 responses, and a focus group discussion, the study identifies key metadata components influencing bi systems effectiveness and organizational outcomes. findings indicate a direct and positive impact of bi systems effectiveness on organizational effectiveness. certain metadata components exhibit direct positive effects on both bi systems and organizational effectiveness. the research underscores the importance of strategic metadata implementation for enterprises seeking to optimize data-driven decision-making processes. overall, the study provides practical implications for organizations and contributes valuable insights to the understanding of metadata's role in enhancing enterprise effectiveness. keywords: metadata; data documentation; business intelligence; data analytics; organizational effectiveness. 1. introduction the advent of the big data era has empowered organizations to accumulate vast datasets, leveraging data analytics and advanced data science for strategic insights. as highlighted by peyton [1], the data landscape within organizations undergoes a doubling every five years, leading to an abundance of redundant and inconsistent data. effectively managing this data deluge often necessitates the construction of an enterprise data warehouse, serving as a foundational requirement to aggregate and centralize all available data. this consolidation is pivotal in providing data consumers within the organization with a unified environment for discovering and processing diverse datasets. however, the mere existence of a comprehensive data warehouse does not guarantee optimal utilization. to harness the full potential of their data, organizations must ensure accessibility for every data consumer across various departments. these consumers encompass not only traditional data experts, including business intelligence specialists, data managers, analysts, and scientists, but also extend to employees utilizing self-service business intelligence tools— often referred to as "data citizens" [2]. overcoming challenges associated with extracting and refining data from diverse sources, ensuring they align with the fair principles (findable, accessible, interoperable, reusable), becomes pivotal in facilitating a cohesive and effective data utilization strategy [3]. * corresponding author: toktavia@binus.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-02  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6453-9775 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 22 one crucial requirement for achieving fair data is the meticulous documentation of data assets, necessitating comprehensive inventories and detailed descriptions tailored to assist data workers, including those who may lack expertise in the field [2]. in addressing this need, metadata emerges as a natural and instrumental candidate, defined as data about data [4, 5]. as highlighted by labadie et al. [2], metadata plays a pivotal role in providing essential data documentation. its capacity as data about data proves invaluable in documenting various facets of the data, including elucidating the meaning of its content, providing insights into data quality or security parameters, and detailing aspects of the data lifecycle [6]. metadata itself comprises a vast number of components, ranging from simple table titles and column descriptions [7] to more complex technical representations of a data lineage [8]. conducting a holistic study that captures all metadata components would necessitate a classification effort. numerous previous studies [7–11] have tried to classify metadata into several categories. some authors differentiate metadata into functional and technical metadata, while others try to differentiate based on the purpose and the systematic nature of the metadata [10]. for example, riley [7] classified metadata into 3 general categories: descriptive metadata, administrative metadata, and structural metadata. the positive effect of metadata implementation in enterprise settings will be evaluated in the context of business intelligence (bi) systems and organizational effectiveness. bi systems assume a central role in leveraging constructed metadata to support business analytics and decision-making processes [12, 13]. the imperative for metadata management, essential in rendering data fair and ensuring data quality, resonates across diverse industries. the study by ehrenmann et al. [14] underscores the absence of a one-size-fits-all solution optimal for different industries. notably, bi applications equipped with high-quality metadata emerge as a critical factor, ensuring user understanding and fostering trust in organizational data [13]. consequently, the efficiency and productivity of a company stand to improve when the data provided through bi is perceived as valuable [15, 16]. well-documented data, complete with the bi systems to provide easy access for users, is the key to achieving fair data. high quality and completeness of metadata is the key for effective bi systems [13, 16]. in general, metadata can be categorized into three categories, mainly descriptive metadata, administrative metadata, and structural metadata [7, 9, 11]. the fourth category in this research is obtained by extending the previous categories and incorporating important aspects of metadata management found in numerous studies. by focusing on the metadata factors and their relationship to bi systems and organizational effectiveness, this study attempts to address the following research questions:  what is the relationship between metadata factors and bi systems effectiveness?  what is the relationship between bi systems and organizational effectiveness?  does a bi system mediate the relationship between metadata factors and organizational effectiveness? this research combines quantitative and qualitative approaches. a ‘post-positivist’ quantitative methodology is employed to test thirteen hypotheses concerning metadata, bi systems, and organizational effectiveness. conversely, an ‘interpretivist’ qualitative research methodology is utilized to capture diverse perspectives in interpreting the results [17]. the structure of the paper is outlined as follows. in the next section, the research contribution is presented. in section 3, we presented the systematic literature review (slr) process to define the categorization of metadata components. section 4 explains the preliminary study conducted to identify the gap between current metadata implementation and the expectations of the data users. section 5 presents the methodology used in this research study. the results of the quantitative empirical study will be presented in section 6, while the qualitative study to supplement the findings will be provided in section 7. a discussion of these findings will be presented in section 8. section 9 provides the limitations and future direction. lastly, section 10 concludes the paper. 2. research contribution the findings of this research carry significant practical implications for both organizations seeking to enhance their business intelligence systems and overall effectiveness. the first finding is consistent with previous studies [16, 18] in which the focus on improving bi systems effectiveness will also improve organizational effectiveness. the insights gained from the study also suggest actionable strategies for optimizing the utilization of metadata components. for instance, the strategic implementation of metadata management is critical in improving the bi systems and organizational effectiveness. this could be achieved by providing a user interface application that facilitates data searching to improve the findability aspect of data [19]. implementing the automation and collaborative review processes in maintaining the metadata will also ensure the scalability and continuous improvement of a metadata management process [9, 20–22]. other metadata components, shown to also impact bi systems or organizations’ effectiveness, are crucial in improving data-driven decision-making in the organization. on a theoretical level, this study contributes to the existing body of knowledge on the metadata components [8–11] by segmenting each component based on its characteristics and usability. this categorization allows the broad definition of metadata to be reviewed separately. combined with the refinement of existing theory adopted from previous studies hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 23 [13, 16, 18], the relationship between each metadata component group, bi systems, and organizational effectiveness can be understood more deeply. moreover, the preliminary study of this research prompts further exploration into the discrepancy between the current metadata implementation strategy in an enterprise setting and the usability expectation from the data users. as found by foshay et al. [13], while data users might already have a positive perception of the metadata's usefulness, the current metadata provided is still far from satisfactory. to further enrich the findings, a qualitative study was conducted through a focus group discussion. this research thus lays the foundation for continued academic discourse and exploration in the dynamic field of metadata. 3. systematic literature review (slr) several previous studies have been conducted to group metadata components. to better understand the groupings of the metadata components, a systematic literature review was carried out. the following sections discuss the slr steps in detail. 3.1. literature database selection the selection of appropriate data sources is critical for collecting the most potential literature relevant to the study, and the validity of a study depends on the proper selection of a database, ensuring adequate coverage of the area under investigation [23, 24]. following the recommendation from [25], we have considered scopus (www.scopus.com), which is the largest multidisciplinary database with more than 40,000 reviewed journals, along with four other sources for data extraction: web of science (www.webofscience.com), el compendex (www.engineeringvillage.com), ieee xplore (ieeexplore.ieee.org), and acm (dl.acm.org). 3.2. search strings since this research focuses on metadata implementation in enterprise environments, relevant keywords are added to the search string as well as their respective alternatives. below is the resulting combination with the boolean “or” and “and”: (“data documentation” or “data catalogue” or “data catalog”) or (“metadata management” and “data” and “metadata”) and (“commerce” or “ecommerce” or “e-commerce” or “retail” or “industry” or “enterprise”). 3.3. inclusion and exclusion criteria the inclusion and exclusion criteria are designed to refine the selection of literature for review, ensuring that studies pertinent to the research topic, which focuses on metadata component implementation in an enterprise setting, are incorporated while maintaining relevance. to maintain the practical relevance of data catalog applications and capture the evolution of research focus, papers published before 2009 were excluded, as the concepts of data catalog and data management began gaining significant attention in 2016 [26]. below are the inclusion criteria: (1) document type is limited to conference papers and articles. (2) selected literature should be published in english. (3) studies published under the computer science and business management subject area. the exclusion criteria are as follows: (1) studies whose abstract is not related to the enterprise setting. (2) research with inaccessible documents. (3) studies that have not mentioned any of the metadata aspects. figure 1 shows the resulting paper documents after applying each of the inclusion and exclusion criteria. the results of 15 studies were reviewed to obtain the metadata components classification in enterprise settings. figure 1. number of paper resulted of each criteria hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 24 3.4. review result the details of each paper reviewed are presented in table 1. it can be seen from the graph that publications on the topics of metadata in enterprise settings that align with our study criteria are distributed across the year, with a maximum of 3 publications from 2010 to 2012 and in 2021. table 1. studies reviewed no. author title year 1 ehrlinger et al. [9] data catalogs: a systematic literature review and guidelines to implementation 2021 2 qi [27] research on enterprise data governance based on knowledge map 2021 3 yu [28] metadata integration architecture in enterprise data warehouse system 2010 4 schutz & schrefl [29] customization of domain-specific reference models for data warehouses 2014 5 fujita et al. [30] proposal and evaluation of metadata management method for ediscovery 2012 6 yan & mclane [31] metadata management and revision history tracking for spatial data and gis map figures 2012 7 dela cruz et al. [21] orm and mdm/mms: integration in an enterprise level conceptual data model 2010 8 van helvoirt & weigand [32] operationalizing data governance via multi-level metadata management 2015 9 seng & wong [33] an intelligent xml-based multidimensional data cube exchange 2012 10 vnuk et al. [34] enterprise metadata management: conceptions, issues and capabilities 2011 11 labadie et al. [19] fair enough? enhancing the usage of enterprise data with data catalogs 2020 12 labadie et al. [2] empowering data consumers to work with data: data documentation for the enterprise context 2020 13 chelmis et al. [20] toward an automatic metadata management framework for smart oil fields 2013 14 shanmugam & seshadri [8] aspects of data cataloguing for enterprise data platforms 2016 15 petrik et al. [35] functional requirements for enterprise data catalogs: a systematic literature review 2024 16 nizamis et al. [36] introducing an enhanced metadata broker for manufacturing data spaces 2023 17 eichler et al. [37] introducing the enterprise data marketplace: a platform for democratizing company data 2023 to enhance the categorization and extraction of various metadata components from the literature, we employed three established metadata categories utilized in prior studies [7, 9, 11]: descriptive metadata, administrative metadata, and structural metadata. additionally, recognizing the significance of standardized metadata languages, as emphasized in multiple studies [2, 9, 29, 33], and acknowledging the discussions on the automation of metadata management [9, 20– 22], we introduced a metadata management category group to encompass aspects related to the effective administration of metadata implementation. table 2 presents the metadata components grouping for this study alongside other studies in metadata groupings, while comprehensive details of each metadata component, including their respective mentions in each paper, are provided in table 3. table 2. metadata components grouping metadata components group quimbert et al. [11] shanmugam & seshadri [8] gabriel et al. [10] descriptive descriptive metadata data format or data ranges data reliability terminology data quality administrative administrative metadata data lineage technical context data sensitivity and accessibility metadata history structural structural metadata data system relationship data linkage and relationships business context organization reference data structure and data meaning system reference data transformation management data analysis hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 25 table 3. metadata components from literature review metadata components paper 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 descriptive: title and description y y y y y y y y y y y descriptive: data formats y y y y y y descriptive: data ranges y y y y y y y y descriptive: usage statistics y y y y y y y administrative: data lineage y y y y y y y y y y y administrative: data sensitivity and accessibility y y y y y y y y y y administrative: data structure or attribute modification tracing y y y y y y y administrative: assignment of responsible person/team to the data y y y y y y y y structure: data linkage and relationship y y y y y y y y y y structure: data origin y y y y y y y y y structure: data business context y y y y y y y y y y y structure: data transformation and calculation y y y y y y y y manage: create with standardized ontologies y y y y y y y y y manage: automation in metadata management y y y y y y y manage: search data from business context y y y y y y y y y y y y manage: metadata revision and review process y y y y y y y y y y y manage: metadata accessibility y y y y y based on the results of the slr, we have identified four overarching categories of metadata that will serve as the foundation for the preliminary analysis and empirical study in this research. three of these categories were adopted from prior studies, with each individual component extracted from the reviewed literature. additionally, one supplementary category is introduced to encompass metadata management criteria identified in several studies. the final four categories are: (1) descriptive metadata, provides general information about the data, which includes the title, and brief description, and might extend to usage statistics which will help users find the appropriate data for their analysis purpose and needs. (2) administrative metadata, captures the technical information of a data, which includes the accessibility, sensitivity, as well as the data lineage information of a data. (3) structural metadata, helps users to understand the relationship between the data by providing the data linkage, data origin, as well as the business context surrounding the data. (4) metadata management, involves the process of creating and managing metadata, including maintenance to ensure the accuracy of metadata information, as well as how users can utilize the built metadata catalog. 4. preliminary study to better understand the need for metadata implementation in an enterprise setting, a preliminary study was conducted. the preliminary study was designed based on the metadata components from the systematic literature findings and was deployed to identify any gap between the current implementation in enterprise settings and the expectations of the data users. 4.1. study items each individual metadata component from the slr results was provided as the preliminary study items. table 4 shows the details of each item, and during the implementation, a visual aid for items in descriptive metadata, administrative metadata, and structural metadata is provided to clarify the components being reviewed. a visual aid for metadata management components is not provided since the items are mostly contextual. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 26 table 4. preliminary study items expectation implementation descriptive metadata (dm) – table description the availability of descriptions on a table can assist me in finding the needed data. the data tables in my workplace are well-described. dm – column description the availability of descriptions for a column in a table can help me in finding the needed data. the columns of data tables in my workplace are well-described. dm – data formats the availability of information on the data type in a table column can assist me in finding the needed data. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided information on the data type in table columns. dm – data ranges the availability of information on the distribution of empty data in a table column can help me assess the data quality of that column. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided a depiction of the distribution of empty data. dm – data preview the availability of data previews in a table column can help me find the needed data. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided data previews. dm – column usage statistics the availability of usage statistics for a table can help me find the needed data. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided usage statistics for tables. dm – table usage statistics the availability of usage statistics for a column can help me find the needed data. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided usage statistics for columns. administrative metadata (am) – table data lineage the availability of data lineage for a table helps me in finding the needed data. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided data lineage for tables. am – column data lineage the availability of data lineage for a column in a table helps me find the needed data. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided data lineage for a column in tables. am – data sensitivity the availability of information about sensitive data descriptions helps me in using sensitive data. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided descriptions of sensitive data. am – data accessibility the availability of accessibility information for data ensures the relevance of data that i can use. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided accessibility information. am – modification tracking the availability of changes in metadata information helps me ensure the quality of available metadata. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work effectively displays changes in metadata information. am – data ownership the assignment of personnel or a team responsible for a group of information ensures the quality of metadata is maintained. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work already includes the assignment of personnel or a team responsible for a group of information. structural metadata (sm) – data transformation the availability of technical details regarding the calculation/aggregation process of a data column helps me find the needed data. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided information on the calculation/aggregation process. sm – data relationship the availability of information on the relationships and connections between tables helps me find the needed data. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided information on the relationships and connections between tables. sm – table data origin the availability of source data information for a table helps me in finding the needed data. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided source data information for a table. sm – column data origin the availability of source data information for a column helps me in finding the needed data. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided source data information for a column. sm – application data origin the availability of source data information for an application helps me in finding the needed data. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided source data information for an application. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 27 expectation implementation sm – business context the availability of business context information helps me in finding the needed data. the implementation of metadata in the company where i work has effectively provided business context information. metadata management (mm) – standardized ontologies the creation of a metadata catalog using standard language and structure ensures the quality of metadata is maintained. the creation of a metadata catalog in the company where i work already utilizes standard language and structure. mm – metadata automation the automation process in creating a metadata catalog ensures the quality of metadata is maintained. the creation of a metadata catalog in the company where i work has already implemented an automation process. mm – revision and review collaboration in revising and reviewing metadata ensures the quality of metadata is maintained. the metadata catalog management in the company where i work has already implemented a collaborative process for revising and reviewing metadata. mm – metadata ui accessibility the availability of an application with a user interface provides easy access to the built metadata catalog. the metadata catalog built in the company where i work already has an application with a user interface. mm – data findability the availability of search functions based on name, description, and business context can help me find the needed data. the implementation of metadata features in the company where i work has effectively provided search functions based on name, description, and business context. 4.2. data collection technique the preliminary study was conducted through an online quantitative survey for one week asking about the current implementation and the expectations of each metadata component in the four metadata groups. the survey also used a likert scale of 1 (strongly disagree) to 6 (strongly agree) for the statement of the implementation effectiveness as well as the usability expectation of each component. a six-point likert scale was used as it provides more comparable reliability and construct validity than a five-point likert scale [38]. 4.3. population and sampling the preliminary study was conducted for one week and served to identify any implementation gap for each of the metadata components in enterprise settings. for this reason, the sample size for this preliminary study was considerably small. a total of 33 respondents were collected at the end of the period, and a t-test was conducted to identify any significant gap in the implementation. 4.4. results and discussion figure 2 shows the overall implementation and expectation of each component group, including the expectation gap. from the result, it can be concluded that the metadata component implementation in the enterprise does not meet the expectations of the respondents participating in the preliminary study. this could be seen from the 1-point expectation gap for every metadata group as well as the p-value from the t-test showing the difference is significant. structural metadata, which holds data relationships and business context, has the lowest implementation score and the highest expectation gap. figure 2. implementation and expectation gap of each component group the detailed result for each metadata component can be seen in figure 3. the t-test revealed significant differences between the implementation and expectation for all metadata components. by looking at each individual item, a component with the biggest expected improvement as well as its importance level can be identified. in the descriptive metadata group, this component would be the data range information with the lowest implementation point. for the administrative metadata group, column data lineage, which holds the information on the data flow of certain columns, has the highest implementation expectation gap and the lowest implementation point. the component with the highest expectation gap in the structural metadata group, which is also the highest among all components, is application data hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 28 origin. it is quite understandable since the capability to identify the data source of a specific ui element will greatly improve the data findability aspects. figure 3. detail of implementation and expectation gap 5. research methodology 5.1. theoretical framework to investigate the impact of metadata quality on organizational effectiveness, this study synthesizes concepts from several research areas in information systems, including metadata quality [16] and the bi consequences model [18]. the research model of this study is presented in figure 4. figure 4. research model hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 29 5.1.1. bi systems and organizational effectiveness several studies have shown that bi systems play roles in improving organizational effectiveness. in masa’deh et al. and arefin et al. study [16, 18], the effectiveness of bi systems has been revealed to positively improve organizational effectiveness [16, 18]. bi systems provide organizations easy access to their data, in adherence to fair principles, and allow them to monitor, analyze, quickly adapt, and, as a result, help them in achieving objectives [16]. a study conducted by turban et al. [39] revealed that easy access to data provided by the bi systems not only benefits the end users in the organization but also their suppliers and partners. therefore, it is hypothesized that:  h1. there is a positive relationship between business intelligence systems and organizational effectiveness. 5.1.2. descriptive metadata and bi systems descriptive metadata provides general information about the data. this information includes the title and a brief description and might extend to usage statistics of data [8, 9, 11]. consequently, descriptive metadata should help users in finding the appropriate data for their analysis purposes and needs [11]. thus, this research hypothesized that:  h2. descriptive metadata will have a positive relationship with bi systems’ effectiveness.  h3. descriptive metadata will have a positive relationship with organizational effectiveness.  h4. bi systems’ effectiveness mediates the relationship between descriptive metadata and organizational effectiveness. 5.1.3. administrative metadata and bi systems administrative metadata captures the technical information of data. this includes data accessibility and data sensitivity, as well as the data lineage information of the data [8, 9, 11]. data lineage acts as the supply chain of the data, which informs users of the origin of the data [16]. because of its importance, it is hypothesized that:  h5. administrative metadata will have a positive relationship with bi systems’ effectiveness.  h6. administrative metadata will have a positive relationship with organizational effectiveness.  h7. bi systems’ effectiveness mediates the relationship between administrative metadata and organizational effectiveness. 5.1.4. structural metadata and bi systems structural metadata helps users to understand the relationship between the data by providing the data linkage, data origin, as well as the business context surrounding the data [8, 9, 11]. in general, structural metadata allows non-technical data users, such as business users, to understand the relationship between data and the business domain [2, 32]. it is hypothesized that:  h8. structural metadata will have a positive relationship with bi systems’ effectiveness.  h9. structural metadata will have a positive relationship with organizational effectiveness.  h10. bi systems’ effectiveness mediates the relationship between structural metadata and organizational effectiveness. 5.1.5. metadata management and bi systems metadata management encompasses the comprehensive implementation process of metadata. this involves the utilization of standardized ontologies, automation in metadata implementation and maintenance, and manual reviews and revisions to enhance metadata through collaboration. when combined with the availability of bi systems to facilitate user accessibility, the hypothesis is that:  h11. metadata management will have a positive relationship with bi systems’ effectiveness.  h12. metadata management will have a positive relationship with organizational effectiveness.  h13. bi systems’ effectiveness mediates the relationship between metadata management and organizational effectiveness. 5.2. variable operationalization based on the theoretical framework of this study, there are 6 constructs in this research: descriptive metadata, administrative metadata, structural metadata, metadata management, bi systems effectiveness, and organizational effectiveness. table 5 shows the items in this research along with their respective constructs. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 30 table 5. construct and measurement items construct item source descriptive metadata (dm) dm1: the data description provided is complete enough to help me understand the meaning of the data. dm2: generally, i find the data description to be accurate. dm3: data descriptions are presented in a format that is clear and understandable. foshay et al. and masa’deh et al. [13, 16] administrative metadata (am) am1: generally, the administrative information of the data provided is accurate. am2: i get all the information i need to understand the data administration. am3: the administrative information provided is dependable. am4: administrative information is presented in a format that is clear and understandable. foshay et al. and masa’deh et al. [13, 16] structural metadata (sm) sm1: the data structure information provided is accurate. sm2: i get all the information i need to understand the structure of data. sm3: the data structure information provided is dependable. foshay et al. and masa’deh et al. [13, 16] metadata management (mm) mm1: i have access to a good data search facility. mm2: the bi application provided is effective in helping me to locate the data. mm3: generally, it is easy for me to find the data i need, even if i have not used the data before. foshay et al. and masa’deh et al. [13, 16] bi systems effectiveness (bi) bi1: the bi system improves coordination with business partners/other departments. bi2: the bi system reduces the cost of transactions with business partners/other departments. bi3: the bi system improves responsiveness to/from other departments. bi4: the bi system improves the efficiency of internal processes. bi5: the bi system increases staff productivity. bi6: the bi system reduces the cost of effective decision-making. bi7: the bi system reduces operational costs. bi8: the bi system reduces customer return handling costs. bi9: the bi system reduces marketing costs. bi10: the bi system reduces time-to-market products/services. masa’deh et al. and arefin et al. [16, 18] organizational effectiveness (oe) oe1: compared with key competitors, our company is more successful. oe2: compared with key competitors, our company has a greater market share. oe3: compared with key competitors, our company is growing faster. oe4: compared with key competitors, our company is more profitable. oe5: compared with key competitors, our company is more innovative. masa’deh et al. and arefin et al. [16, 18] 5.3. data collection technique a quantitative survey was developed using a web-based survey instrument and administered through microsoft forms. the choice of an online survey was based on its efficiency and convenience for respondents, enabling them to complete the survey promptly [16]. the survey was deployed in indonesia, employing a likert scale ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 6 (strongly agree). the use of a six-point likert scale was preferred for its potential for enhanced reliability and construct validity compared to a five-point likert scale [38]. all items were originally in english and were later translated into bahasa indonesia following the translation-backtranslation procedure. the questionnaire's first section collected job and demographic information, serving as a filter to ensure responses came from participants with a relevant background. the questionnaire also included a metadata component guide for added clarity. to validate the translated items and the guide, one manager and one senior manager from the e-commerce industry were selected to review them. 5.4. population and sampling the population of this study is defined as follows:  employees working at the enterprise organization in indonesia.  employees who have access to bi systems with metadata are available in some form.  employees whose day-to-day tasks include finding and analyzing data, such as business intelligence specialists, data scientists, data analysts, or data managers. in defining the minimum sample size, this study refers to the guidelines of gefen et al. [40], in which, based on the use of structural equation modeling with partial least squares applied (pls-sem), the required minimal sample size is at least 10 times the number of items in the construct. this study has 28 items; thus, the required minimal sample size is 280 samples. data collection for this study was conducted from 1 december 2023 to 30 december 2023. microsoft forms was used to generate the questionnaire and was distributed over various social media such as whatsapp and linkedin, as well as direct email to corresponding data-related personnel. the questionnaire was also spread among data community hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 31 members for greater reach. out of 521 responses collected, 27 were out of criteria. these responses either do not have metadata or bi systems implemented in their company or whose jobs are not related to finding or analyzing data. furthermore, 176 were excluded due to duplicate entries. these duplicate entries were identified from the corresponding email or phone number during the submission. the result was 318 valid responses used during the analysis process. 5.5. measurement model partial least square structural equation modeling (pls-sem) was used for both data analysis and hypothesized model testing. the statistical data analysis performed through sem consists of a measurement model and a structural model. the relations between the observed and unobserved variables are tested through the measurement model, while the structural model analyzes the path to identify any direct or indirect interactions between the unobserved or latent variables [41]. in hypothesis model testing, all hypothesized relationships are analyzed simultaneously. numerous previous studies on metadata quality and business intelligence [13, 16, 18] were also analyzed with plssem. pls-sem was chosen over cb-sem since this study aims to explore or predict the relations between metadata quality and organizational effectiveness. the analysis was conducted using the smart pls 4.0 application. 6. result and analysis 6.1. respondent profile since the questionnaire of this study was distributed through an online survey, the respondents were coming from various industries as shown in table 6. the demographic profile of the respondents was dominated by employees working in it-related industries, with 65% of them currently employed as staff. the majority of them hold bachelor's degrees and come from smes with less than 500 employees within the company. table 6. respondents’ demographic profile category frequency percentage educational level high school 58 18% bachelor 232 73% masters 13 4% others 15 5% job level staff 207 65% supervisor 46 14% manager 52 16% director/c level 13 4% industry it software, hardware, and services 51 16% manufacturing 48 15% retail and commerce 36 11% consumer goods industry 31 10% finance 29 9% education 29 9% construction & real estate 22 7% corporate services 18 6% energy & mining 17 5% media communications and design 15 5% transportation & logistics 12 4% others 10 3% company size ≤ 500 employees 136 43% 501-1,000 employees 83 26% 1,001-5,000 employees 70 22% 5,001-10,000 employees 11 3% >10,000 employees 18 6% hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 32 6.2. measurement model assessment the first assessment is to test the validity and reliability of the proposed research model. the construct loading factor value on the latent variable is used to check the convergent validity. according to hair et al. [42] study, the expected average variance extracted (ave) value should be ≥ 0.5 to be considered valid. table 7 demonstrates that the factor loadings of all items ranged from 0.692 to 0.894, thus exceeding the recommended value. to verify whether each construct is divergent between one another, the discriminant validity test is performed. according to henseler et al. [43] evaluating the discriminant property should be done carefully to avoid any hindsight from the limitations in a factor model setting. therefore, the fornell-larcker criterion [44] and the htmt-based cross-loading factor are used to evaluate the discriminant validity of this study. the fornell-larcker criterion defines discriminant validity to be achieved when the square root of the ave of each construct is higher than the construct’s highest correlation with any other constructs [44]. the fornell-larcker criterion results are shown in table 8, which shows the requirement has been fulfilled. on the other hand, the htmt criterion requires the value of distinct constructs to be lower than 0.9 [42, 43]. this criterion is also fulfilled based on the results shown in table 9; thus, the model is considered valid. for reliability testing, cronbach’s alpha and composite reliability tests are deployed. both the cronbach’s alpha and the composite reliability value should be greater than 0.7 for a construct to be considered reliable [40, 42]. as displayed in table 7, cronbach’s alpha value ranged from 0.780 to 0.911, while the composite reliability value ranged from 0.872 to 0.933. therefore, it can be concluded that all items are statistically reliable. table 7. properties of the measurement model constructs items mean standard deviation loading cronbach’s alpha composite reliability ave descriptive metadata dm1 4.840 1.044 0.862 0.834 0.901 0.751 dm2 4.805 0.997 0.888 dm3 4.921 0.976 0.849 administrative metadata am1 4.840 0.930 0.862 0.871 0.912 0.722 am2 4.862 0.974 0.845 am3 4.899 0.943 0.844 am4 4.950 0.944 0.847 structural metadata sm1 4.755 0.976 0.894 0.867 0.918 0.79 sm2 4.752 1.027 0.886 sm3 4.833 1.052 0.886 metadata management mm1 4.937 0.923 0.788 0.780 0.872 0.695 mm2 4.912 0.853 0.867 mm3 4.799 0.963 0.844 bi system effectiveness bi1 4.903 0.879 0.693 0.904 0.92 0.536 bi2 4.764 0.980 0.712 bi3 4.915 0.881 0.732 bi4 5.079 0.845 0.749 bi5 5.025 0.904 0.720 bi6 4.909 0.919 0.692 bi7 4.736 1.015 0.720 bi8 4.799 0.973 0.759 bi9 4.736 1.052 0.774 bi10 4.780 1.059 0.767 organizational effectiveness oe1 4.670 0.972 0.849 0.911 0.933 0.737 oe2 4.695 1.027 0.851 oe3 4.811 1.047 0.893 oe4 4.824 0.949 0.841 oe5 4.947 1.022 0.859 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 33 table 8. fornell-larcker criterion value constructs dm am sm mm bi oe dm 0.867 am 0.752 0.849 sm 0.720 0.779 0.889 mm 0.664 0.715 0.693 0.834 bi 0.623 0.695 0.669 0.706 0.732 oe 0.591 0.560 0.627 0.533 0.611 0.859 table 9. heterotrait-monotrait (htmt) ratio constructs dm am sm mm bi oe dm am 0.881 sm 0.847 0.896 mm 0.822 0.865 0.841 bi 0.714 0.778 0.749 0.832 oe 0.677 0.627 0.705 0.631 0.669 6.3. structural model assessment after validating the measurement model, the bootstrapping technique, employing a minimum sample size of 5,000 subsamples, is utilized to assess the significance and relevance of path coefficients in the structural model [45]. subsequently, the explanatory power of the structural model is gauged by calculating the coefficient of determination (r²) for each dependent variable. the r² measures the predictive accuracy of the model with recommended values of 0.75 for high, 0.50 for moderate, and 0.25 for weak levels of predictive accuracy [42]. as shown in table 10, the research structural model can explain bi systems effectiveness and organizational effectiveness with relatively low and moderate accuracy, respectively. this implies that 59% of any changes in bi systems effectiveness and 48% of any changes in organizational effectiveness can be explained by other constructs affecting these two variables. table 10. coefficient of determination and stone-geisser test constructs r2 q2 bi systems effectiveness 0.588 0.567 organizational effectiveness 0.479 0.408 the stone-geisser (q2) metric, used to assess the predictive relevance of the model, is also employed [45]. a q2 value exceeding 0.02 indicates small, 0.15 suggests moderate, and 0.35 signifies large predictive relevance of the pls path model [42]. according to the results shown in table 10, the research model demonstrates a large predictive relevance for both bi systems effectiveness and organizational effectiveness. subsequently, a multicollinearity analysis is conducted to elucidate the degree to which an independent variable varies with other independent variables [40]. there are various recommendations for the acceptable levels of variance inflation factor (vif), used as an indicator of multicollinearity. hair et al. [42] suggested that the vif value is expected to be lower than 5, while james et al. [46] proposed that a vif value between 5 and 10 indicates a moderate correlation, while a value larger than 10 is not tolerable. as seen in table 11, the vif values are all below 5, which means each variable is different from the other. table 11. variance inflation factor values and tolerance level path vif tolerance level result dm→bi 2.673 0.374 low dm→oe 2.685 0.372 low am→bi 3.435 0.291 low am→oe 3.581 0.279 low sm→bi 3.025 0.330 low sm→oe 3.100 0.322 low mm→bi 2.353 0.424 low mm→oe 2.669 0.374 low bi→oe 2.425 0.412 low hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 34 6.4. hypotheses testing in testing the hypotheses of this study, both direct and indirect paths of each interconnected construct were thoroughly examined using smart pls 4.0. the significance and relevance of the structural model were determined through bootstrapping with a minimum sample size of 5,000 subsamples and a significance level of 5%. figure 5 displays the graphical output of each direct path, along with the r2 value for the endogenous latent variables. figure 5. research model with direct geographical result the unmediated structural model testing result is shown in table 12. of the nine hypotheses, three are rejected, which are the relationship of descriptive metadata to bi systems effectiveness (β = 0.072, t = 1.063, p = 0.288), administrative metadata to organizational effectiveness (β = -0.063, t = 0.673, p = 0.501), and metadata management to organizational effectiveness (β = -0.006, t = 0.069, p = 0.945). these conclusions are made since the p-value of the path connecting those variables is greater than 0.05, which means the effect is not significant. table 12. hypotheses testing result of direct effect hypothesis path coefficient t value p value result h1 bi→oe 0.313 4.389 0.000 supported h2 dm→bi 0.072 1.063 0.288 rejected h3 dm→oe 0.226 2.324 0.020 supported h5 am→bi 0.245 3.387 0.001 supported h6 am→oe -0.063 0.673 0.501 rejected h8 sm→bi 0.175 2.877 0.004 supported h9 sm→oe 0.308 3.686 0.000 supported h11 mm→bi 0.361 6.333 0.000 supported h12 mm→oe -0.006 0.069 0.945 rejected the test results for hypotheses involving mediation effects are presented in table 13. among the four hypotheses related to mediating effects, one is rejected, specifically the mediation effect of bi systems effectiveness in the relationship between descriptive metadata and organizational effectiveness (β = 0.023, t = 0.970, p = 0.332). additionally, it is observed that bi systems effectiveness fully mediates the relationships between administrative metadata and organizational effectiveness (β = 0.077, t = 2.570, p = 0.010) and metadata management and organizational effectiveness (β = 0.113, t = 3.535, p = 0.000). this conclusion is drawn as there is no significant direct path from administrative metadata to organizational effectiveness and from metadata management to organizational effectiveness. h10 (β = 0.055, t = 2.331, p = 0.020), involving the mediating effect of bi systems effectiveness between structural metadata and organizational effectiveness, demonstrates partial mediation, given the significant effect observed in the direct path from structural metadata to organizational effectiveness. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 35 table 13. hypotheses testing result of indirect effect hypothesis path coefficient t value p value result mediation h4 dm→bi→oe 0.023 0.970 0.332 rejected none h7 am→bi→oe 0.077 2.570 0.010 supported full h10 sm→bi→oe 0.055 2.331 0.020 supported partial h13 mm→bi→oe 0.113 3.535 0.000 supported full 7. qualitative study to supplement the findings from the quantitative survey data and to capture diverse perspectives in interpreting the results, a focus group discussion was conducted. the focus group is chosen as it provides more study information [47] and works with interested and knowledgeable participants [48], which aligns with the survey participants from the quantitative study. by capturing wider perspectives, the focus group also facilitates a deeper understanding of metadata implementation and its impact across various organizational settings and industries. the discussion was conducted via an online meeting and focused on the results of testing the 13 hypotheses. 7.1. selection of participants to ensure that all participants had pre-existing knowledge of metadata and bi systems implementation research, we contacted those who had previously opted to be reached for further analysis. the discussion included 17 participants working as data analysts, business intelligence specialists, data engineers, data scientists, and data infrastructure implementers. these participants represented a diverse range of industries, including software and it services, retail and commerce, finance, energy and mining, food and beverage, recreation and travel, education, and corporate services. 7.2. focus group discussion result each hypothesis testing result was presented consecutively to the participants. during the discussion, all participants were given time to compare the results from the quantitative study with the conditions in their own workplaces. table 14 shows the focus group discussion results, with "a" denoting agreement and "d" denoting disagreement with the results. an asterisk (*) indicates that further arguments were presented by the participants to support their views. these additional perspectives provide invaluable qualitative information to support the overall findings of this metadata research. two out of the thirteen hypothesis testing results were mostly disagreed upon by the experts. these hypotheses were the significance test on the impact of descriptive metadata on bi systems effectiveness, and the impact of descriptive metadata on organizational effectiveness, considering the mediating effect of bi systems effectiveness. table 14. focus group discussion result hypothesis path result participant 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 h1 bi→oe significant a a a a a a a a a* a* a* a* a a a a a h2 dm→bi not significant a* a* a d* d* d* d* d* d* d* d d* a a a a* d* h3 dm→oe significant a a a a a a a a* a a a a a a a a a h4 dm→bi→oe not significant a a a d* d* d* d* d* d* d* d* d* a a a a d* h5 am→bi significant a* a a a a a a a* a a a a a a a a* a h6 am→oe not significant a a a a a a d* a a a a a a a a a a h7 am→bi→oe significant a a a a a a a a a a* a a a a a a a h8 sm→bi significant a* a* a a a a a a a* a a* a* a a a a a h9 sm→oe significant a a a a a a a a a a a a* a a a a a h10 sm→bi→oe significant a a a a a a a* a a a a a a a a a a h11 mm→bi significant a* a* a a a a a a a* a* a a* a a a a* a h12 mm→oe not significant a a* a a a a d* d* a* a a a a a a a a* h13 mm→bi→oe significant a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 36 8. discussion this study has empirically developed and measured the metadata implementation components in determining the effectiveness of organizations’ bi systems, which lead to the effectiveness of the organization. the first finding is the significant effect of bi systems effectiveness on organizational effectiveness. the positive relationship is consistent with previous studies that support the argument that bi systems effectiveness is influencing organizational effectiveness [16, 18]. additional insights from the qualitative study, gathered through the focus group discussion, suggest that bi systems are beneficial for onboarding new team members, helping them quickly understand organizational data. this advantage also extends to employees across different functions, enabling them to familiarize themselves with data from other departments, thereby further enhancing organizational effectiveness through better data utilization. in terms of metadata components’ effect on the effectiveness of bi systems, this study found that administrative metadata, structural metadata, and metadata management have significant effects. administrative metadata captures the technical information of data, while structural metadata helps users in understanding the relationship between the data with the business context and its origin [7, 9, 35]. two participants from the group discussion specifically highlighted the importance of accessibility information in administrative metadata, noting that it becomes increasingly complex as an organization grows. additionally, the participants emphasized the benefits of structural metadata for information auditing, as it provides data calculation and transformation details for metrics. these features are crucial and can only be fully leveraged through the implementation of bi systems for accessing metadata information. metadata management is the strongest predictor of bi systems effectiveness, with a path coefficient of 0.361. this finding is parallel to the previous study, which revealed that the navigational metadata, characteristics that define the metadata findability attributes, have significant effects on the acceptance of bi systems [16]. metadata management is closely related to the findability and accessibility of the fair element [19, 37]; hence, its effectiveness is closely tied to the bi systems but does not directly affect the organizational effectiveness. this is shown by the result of this study in which the path coefficient from metadata management to organizational effectiveness is the lowest and insignificant, while, with the mediation effect of bi, the path coefficient is the highest. additional insights from the qualitative study also validate the importance of automation and collaborative processes in supporting the sustainability of overall metadata management, thereby enhancing the relevance of bi systems. one participant specifically highlighted the approval capability in collaborative efforts to ensure the validity of the metadata. a participant from a finance startup company emphasized that involving the business team in the collaborative process greatly helps in capturing relevant business terms, which can grow sporadically in a startup environment. bi systems are seen as an integral part of metadata management, with their impact on organizational effectiveness being mediated by the system itself. the hypothesis on the influence of descriptive metadata on bi systems is, however, rejected. descriptive metadata provides general information about data [7, 9] and this information is foundational to be part of not only the bi systems but also in essentially every data-related application, such as relational database and data warehouse [35, 37]. however, most focus group participants disagreed with this result, including the finding on the insignificant effect of bi systems as a mediator. they considered the redundancy of general information, such as titles, descriptions, and data formats, presented in both bi systems and databases as necessary to avoid the need for switching between different applications. moreover, access to databases to obtain basic information might not be available to non-technical users, which would hinder their ability to retrieve accurate data. on the influence of metadata components on organizational effectiveness, descriptive metadata and structural metadata are confirmed to have a significant effect. one can conclude that the foundational nature of descriptive metadata, which is the general information of the data, as well as the business context and linkage information provided by the structural metadata enables an organization to make sense of the data definition from business terms across all functional silos [21, 35]. thus, increasing the effectiveness of an organization. this argument was also supported by the focus group participants. structural metadata information also benefited from the bi system implementation since all the data relationship information will be easier to understand if presented in an interface of some sort. the effect of administrative metadata on organizational effectiveness has the same nature as metadata management. the administrative metadata, which holds the technical information of data such as data lineage [7, 9], is confirmed to have significant effects on the bi systems’ effectiveness and is aligned with the findings of previous research [16]. but instead of directly affecting the organizational effectiveness, its effect is mediated through the bi systems implementation. this is understandable as the lineage information should be presented visually through a bi system's interface for it to bring benefit, similar to the nature of the search mechanism in metadata management, which needs to be implemented in a bi system. specifically, focus group participants highlighted data lineage and modification tracking information as essential components for troubleshooting when faulty data is presented and root cause identification is needed. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 37 9. conclusion this study significantly enhances our understanding of metadata components and their impact on business intelligence system effectiveness and organizational effectiveness. recognizing the interplay among these factors is crucial for organizations aiming to achieve fair data and informed decision-making. a systematic literature review and a preliminary study have helped to understand the landscape of metadata categorization. then through empirical study, we reveal that administrative metadata, structural metadata, and metadata management directly influence business intelligence systems effectiveness, subsequently affecting organizational effectiveness. notably, a business intelligence system mediates the relationships between administrative metadata, structural metadata, and metadata management. these insights guide organizations in prioritizing metadata implementation during early adoption stages. additional insights from the focus group discussion also revealed important metadata roles in different industries. the organization also benefits from the findings of this research in terms of prioritizing the metadata that should be implemented during the early stages of metadata adoption. the preliminary study demonstrated that the most anticipated metadata capability is the capacity to identify the source of data from an application; however, the implementation is relatively subpar. this capability is essential for assisting both data and business users in identifying the fundamental data source of a specific user interface application, thereby enhancing the data's findability. although it is difficult to prioritize this capability, it will be advantageous for both organizational effectiveness and business intelligence systems, as it is a component of the structural metadata. overall, this research offers actionable knowledge for optimizing metadata strategies and fostering data-driven decision-making processes in organizations. 9.1. limitations and future directions while this study provides valuable insights into the impact of metadata components on bi systems and organizational effectiveness, it acknowledges several limitations warranting future exploration. grouping metadata components into broad categories risks overgeneralization, suggesting a need for more nuanced evaluations of individual components. for example, separating indicators for table descriptions and data ranges within the descriptive metadata category could enhance the precision and understanding of each component's unique contribution. moreover, the study's reliance on cross-sectional surveys hinders the ability to establish direct causality between metadata components and efficiency gains. exploring experimental designs and constructing public data warehouses for broader participation present challenges but offer avenues for future research. while the survey captured responses from diverse industries, it's crucial to recognize that different sectors may have unique data requirements. the additional qualitative study through the focus group discussion, which involved participants from various industries, aims to minimize this limitation. however, studies focusing on specific industries or conducting cross-industry comparisons can still elucidate industry-specific metadata utilization patterns, enhancing the study's applicability and understanding of varied organizational contexts. 10. declarations 10.1. author contributions conceptualization, t.o. and e.w.; methodology, t.o.; software, e.w.; validation, t.o. and e.w.; formal analysis, t.o.; investigation, t.o.; resources, t.o.; data curation, e.w.; writing—original draft preparation, t.o and e.w.; writing—review and editing, t.o.; visualization, e.w.; supervision, t.o.; project administration, t.o.; funding acquisition, t.o. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 10.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 10.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 10.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 10.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 10.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 38 11. references [1] peyton, l. (2009). common warehouse metamodel. encyclopedia of database systems. springer, boston, united states. doi:10.1007/978-0-387-39940-9_900. [2] labadie, c., eurich, m., & legner, c. (2020). empowering data consumers to work with data: data documentation for the enterprise context. proceedings of the 15th international conference on business information systems 2020 “developments, opportunities and challenges of digitization”, wirtschaftsinformatik 2020, 1428-1442. doi:10.30844/wi_2020_m7. [3] wilkinson, m. d., dumontier, m., aalbersberg, i. j., appleton, g., axton, m., baak, a., ... & mons, b. (2016). the fair guiding principles for scientific data management and stewardship. scientific data, 3(1), 1-9. doi:10.1038/sdata.2016.18. [4] inmon, w. h., o’neil, b. k., & fryman, l. (2007). business metadata: capturing enterprise knowledge. morgan kaufmann publishers, massachusetts, united states. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12-373726-7.x5001-9. [5] roszkiewicz, r. (2010). enterprise metadata management: how consolidation simplifies control. journal of digital asset management, 6(5), 291–297. doi:10.1057/dam.2010.32. [6] eichler, r., giebler, c., gröger, c., schwarz, h., & mitschang, b. (2020). handle a generic metadata model for data lakes. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics): vol. 12393 lncs, 73–88. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-59065-9_7. [7] riley, j. (2017). understanding metadata. niso primer series: national information standards organization, washington d.c., united states available online: https://groups.niso.org/higherlogic/ws/public/download/17446/understanding%20metadata.pdf (accessed on may 2024). [8] shanmugam, s., & seshadri, g. (2016). aspects of data cataloguing for enterprise data platforms. proceedings 2nd ieee international conference on big data security on cloud, ieee big data security 2016, 2nd ieee international conference on high performance and smart computing, ieee hpsc 2016 and ieee international conference on intelligent data and security, ieee ids 2016, 134–139. doi:10.1109/bigdatasecurity-hpsc-ids.2016.52. [9] ehrlinger, l., schrott, j., melichar, m., kirchmayr, n., & wöß, w. (2021). data catalogs: a systematic literature review and guidelines to implementation. communications in computer and information science: vol. 1479 ccis, 148–158. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-87101-7_15. [10] gabriel, r., hoppe, t., & pastwa, a. (2010). classification of metadata categories in data warehousing a generic approach. in 16th americas conference on information systems 2010, amcis 2010, 2, 1539–1549. [11] quimbert, e., jeffery, k., martens, c., martin, p., & zhao, z. (2020). data cataloguing. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 12003, 140–161. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-52829-4_8. [12] kiron, d., shockley, r., kruschwitz, n., finch, g., & haydock, m. (2012). analytics: the widening divide. mit sloan management review, 53(2), 3–20. [13] foshay, n., taylor, a., & mukherjee, a. (2014). winning the hearts and minds of business intelligence users: the role of metadata. information systems management, 31(2), 167–180. doi:10.1080/10580530.2014.890444. [14] ehrenmann, m., pieringer, r., & stockinger, k. (2012). is there a cure-all for business analytics? business intelligence journal, 17(3), 28–39. [15] hassani, a. l., & mansouri, k. (2017). towards a model of a scalable middleware architecture based on cloud computing, application reliable integration and e-learning platforms in academic information systems. transactions on machine learning and artificial intelligence, 5(4), 651-664. doi:10.14738/tmlai.54.3329. [16] masa’deh, r., obeidat, z., maqableh, m., & shah, m. (2021). the impact of business intelligence systems on an organization’s effectiveness: the role of metadata quality from a developing county’s view. international journal of hospitality and tourism administration, 22(1), 64–84. doi:10.1080/15256480.2018.1547239. [17] kara, h. (2023). research and evaluation for busy students and practitioners. policy press, bristol, england. doi:10.56687/9781447366263. [18] arefin, m. s., hoque, m. r., & bao, y. (2015). the impact of business intelligence on organization’s effectiveness: an empirical study. journal of systems and information technology, 17(3), 263–285. doi:10.1108/jsit-09-2014-0067. [19] labadie, c., legner, c., eurich, m., & fadler, m. (2020). fair enough? enhancing the usage of enterprise data with data catalogs. in proceedings 2020 ieee 22nd conference on business informatics, 201–210. doi:10.1109/cbi49978.2020.00029. [20] chelmis, c., zhao, j., sorathia, v., agarwal, s., & prasanna, v. (2013). toward an automatic metadata management framework for smart oil fields. spe economics and management, 5(1), 33–43. doi:10.2118/153271-pa. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 39 [21] dela cruz, n., schiefelbein, p., anderson, k., hallock, p., & barden, d. (2010). orm and mdm/mms: integration in an enterprise level conceptual data model. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics): vol. 6428 lncs, 457–463. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-16961-8_67. [22] dzyubanenko, a. a., & rabin, a. v. (2022). hybrid client‐ server implementation and microservice architecture of automatic documentation analysis software. ceur workshop proceedings, 3091, 93–101. doi:10.47813/dnit-mip5/2022-3091-93-101. [23] vieira, e. s., & gomes, j. a. n. f. (2009). a comparison of scopus and web of science for a typical university. scientometrics, 81(2), 587–600. doi:10.1007/s11192-009-2178-0. [24] chen, l., babar, m. a., & zhang, h. (2010). towards an evidence-based understanding of electronic data sources. doi:10.14236/ewic/ease2010.17. [25] carrera-rivera, a., ochoa, w., larrinaga, f., & lasa, g. (2022). how-to conduct a systematic literature review: a quick guide for computer science research. methodsx, 9. doi:10.1016/j.mex.2022.101895. [26] zaidi, e., de simoni, g., edjlali, r., & duncan, a. d. (2017). data catalogs are the new black in data management and analytics. gartner, december, 1–16. [27] qi, x. (2021). research on enterprise data governance based on knowledge map. advances in intelligent systems and computing, 1283, 581–586. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-62746-1_85. [28] yu, q. c. (2010). metadata integration architecture in enterprise data warehouse system. 2nd international conference on information science and engineering, icise2010 proceedings, 340–343. doi:10.1109/icise.2010.5690320. [29] schutz, c., & schrefl, m. (2014). customization of domain-specific reference models for data warehouses. ieee 18th international enterprise distributed object computing conference, 61–70. doi:10.1109/edoc.2014.18. [30] fujita, y., naono, k., & hanai, t. (2012). proposal and evaluation of metadata management method for ediscovery. annual srii global conference, srii, 778–786. doi:10.1109/srii.2012.88. [31] yan, y., & mclane, t. (2012). metadata management and revision history tracking for spatial data and gis map figures. acm international conference proceeding series, 1–2. doi:10.1145/2345316.2345357. [32] van helvoirt, s., & weigand, h. (2015). operationalizing data governance via multi-level metadata management. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 9373, 160–172. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-25013-7_13. [33] seng, j. l., & wong, z. (2012). an intelligent xml-based multidimensional data cube exchange. expert systems with applications, 39(8), 7371–7390. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2012.01.069. [34] vnuk, l., koronios, a., & gao, j. (2011). enterprise metadata management: conceptions, issues and capabilities. acis 2011 proceedings 22nd australasian conference on information systems, 83. [35] petrik, d., untermann, a., & baars, h. (2024). functional requirements for enterprise data catalogs: a systematic literature review. lecture notes in business information processing: vol. 500 lnbip, 3–18. doi:10.1007/978-3-031-53227-6_1. [36] nizamis, a., ioannidis, d., gkonis, p., & trakadas, p. (2024). introducing an enhanced metadata broker for manufacturing data spaces. acm international conference proceeding series, 37–40. doi:10.1145/3685651.3686699. [37] eichler, r., gröger, c., hoos, e., stach, c., schwarz, h., & mitschang, b. (2023). introducing the enterprise data marketplace: a platform for democratizing company data. journal of big data, 10(1), 173. doi:10.1186/s40537-023-00843-z. [38] abdul. (2010). quality of psychology test between likert scale 5 and 6 points. journal of social sciences, 6(3), 399–403. doi:10.3844/jssp.2010.399.403. [39] turban, e., sharda, r., & delen, d. (2010). decision support and business intelligence systems. pearson education india, chennai, india. [40] gefen, d., straub, d., & boudreau, m.-c. (2000). structural equation modeling and regression: guidelines for research practice. communications of the association for information systems, 4. doi:10.17705/1cais.00407. [41] kline, r. b. (2007). principles and practices of structural equation modelling 4th edition. methodology in the social sciences, the guilford press, new york, united states. [42] hair, j., hollingsworth, c. l., randolph, a. b., & chong, a. y. l. (2017). an updated and expanded assessment of pls-sem in information systems research. industrial management and data systems, 117(3), 442–458. doi:10.1108/imds-04-2016-0130. [43] henseler, j., ringle, c. m., & sarstedt, m. (2015). a new criterion for assessing discriminant validity in variance-based structural equation modeling. journal of the academy of marketing science, 43(1), 115–135. doi:10.1007/s11747-014-0403-8. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 40 [44] fornell, c., & larcker, d. f. (1981). evaluating structural equation models with unobservable variables and measurement error. journal of marketing research, 18(1), 39–50. doi:10.1177/002224378101800104. [45] hair jr, j. f., hult, g. t. m., ringle, c. m., sarstedt, m., danks, n. p., & ray, s. (2021). partial least squares structural equation modeling (pls-sem) using r: a workbook. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-80519-7. [46] james, g., witten, d., hastie, t., & tibshirani, r. (2013). an introduction to statistical learning: with applications in r, springer texts in statistics, 127–173. springer, new york, united states. doi:10.1007/978-1-4614-7138-7_4 [47] pushkarenko, k., cavell, m., gosse, n., & michalovic, e. (2023). physical literacy and the participant perspective: exploring the value of physical literacy according to individuals experiencing disability through composite narratives. journal of exercise science and fitness, 21(3), 237–245. doi:10.1016/j.jesf.2023.03.001. [48] lópez secanell, i. (2023). analysis of the perception of students and teachers about physical education proposals around contemporary art: a case study. retos, 49, 260–269. doi:10.47197/retos.v49.98182. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 41 appendix i: questionnaires construct item in english descriptive metadata (dm) dm1: the data description provided is complete enough to help me understand the meaning of data. dm2: generally, i find the data description to be accurate. dm3: data descriptions are presented in a format that is clear and understandable. administrative metadata (am) am1: generally, the administrative information of the data provided is accurate. am2: i get all the information i need to understand the data administration. am3: the administrative information provided is dependable. am4: administrative information is presented in a format that is clear and understandable. structural metadata (sm) sm1: the data structure information provided is accurate. sm2: i get all the information i need to understand the structure of data. sm3: the data structure information provided is dependable. metadata management (mm) mm1: i have access to a good data search facility. mm2: the bi application provided is effective in helping me to locate the data. mm3: generally, it is easy for me to find the data i need, even if i have not used the data before. bi systems effectiveness (bi) bi1: bi system improves coordination with business partners/other departments. bi2: bi system reduces the cost of transactions with business partners/other departments. bi3: bi system improves responsiveness to/from other departments. bi4: bi system improves efficiency of internal processes. bi5: bi system increases staff productivity. bi6: bi system reduces the cost of effective decision-making. bi7: bi system reduces operational cost. bi8: bi system reduces customer return handling costs. bi9: bi system reduces marketing costs. bi10: bi system reduces time-to-market products/services. organizational effectiveness (oe) oe1: compared with key competitors, our company is more successful. oe2: compared with key competitors, our company has a greater market share. oe3: compared with key competitors, our company is growing faster. oe4: compared with key competitors, our company is more profitable. oe5: compared with key competitors, our company is more innovative. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 808 issn: 2723-9535 evaluating the performance of nosql databases for big data in cloud computing environments ahmet e. topcu 1* , aimen m. rmis 2 , yehia i. alzoubi 3 , ali o. çibikdiken 4 , dababrata chowdhury 5 , ersin elbasi 1 , mohamed abdel-maguid 5, salem almadhun 6 1 college of engineering and technology, american university of the middle east, egaila 54200, kuwait. 2 department of computer science, faculty of science, alasmarya islamic university, zliten, libya. 3 college of business administration, american university of the middle east, egaila 54200, kuwait. 4 department of computer engineering, kto karatay university, 42020 karatay/konya, turkey. 5 faculty of science, engineering & social sciences, canterbury christ church university, canterbury ct1 1qu, united kingdom. 6 department of computer science, elmergib university, al khums, libya. received 14 may 2025; revised 11 august 2025; accepted 18 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract this study aims to evaluate the performance of nosql databases in distributed cloud computing environments, addressing the lack of comprehensive benchmarking in this domain. specifically, it investigates mongodb and riak kv, two widely used nosql systems, across diverse cloud platforms, including google cloud, digitalocean, and openstack. using the yahoo cloud serving benchmark, we designed and implemented a benchmarking model to measure key performance indicators, including latency, throughput, and scalability, under varying workloads and data sizes. the analysis revealed that mongodb integrated with google cloud consistently outperformed other configurations, demonstrating superior throughput and lower latency in read and write operations. in contrast, riak key value generally exhibited higher latency, especially in scan-intensive workloads. to support practical decision-making, a decision tree model was developed based on empirical findings to guide optimal selection of cloud computing platforms and databases. the proposed benchmarking framework is modular and extensible, allowing adaptation to other nosql technologies, cloud providers, and performance metrics. this research presents a novel, systematic methodology for evaluating nosql database performance in cloud environments, providing actionable insights for selecting high-performing, scalable solutions in big data applications. this modular design enables the addition of more database technologies, deployment options, and performance standards in the future, thereby supporting broader research and real-world applications in distributed systems and cloud computing. keywords: nosql; cloud computing; mongodb; riak kv; big data; cluster. 1. introduction with the growth of cloud computing (cc) technology, traditional network models are failing to provide adequate services for handling the large volumes of data continuously generated at high speeds across various domains [1]. this data is increasingly unstructured or semi-structured, making it complex and heterogeneous. effective processing and analysis remain a high priority, especially in areas such as telecom and transportation optimization, where a standard * corresponding author: ahmet.topcu@aum.edu.kw http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-05  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1929-5358 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5050-7887 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4329-4072 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3478-3157 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3117-3997 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8603-1435 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5937-5259 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 809 model for mobile users is needed to support business decisions [2]. the rise of iot, multimedia, and social media has further increased the volume of unstructured data [3], intensifying the need for efficient software and hardware techniques to process it [4]. similar requirements exist in engineering, business, science, healthcare, and society [5]. the emergence of numerous nosql databases and diverse cc applications has drawn global attention, with cc-driven big data now gaining interest from academia, industry, and governments [6, 7]. despite the growing adoption of nosql databases, significant gaps persist in the literature. prior studies have evaluated nosql databases, such as mongodb, cassandra, and couchbase, using benchmarks like the yahoo cloud serving benchmark (ycsb) [3]. however, few have examined key-value stores like riak kv in distributed big data contexts. moreover, existing research often lacks systematic comparisons across multiple cloud platforms (e.g., google cloud, digitalocean, openstack) under diverse workloads, limiting insights into how cloud infrastructure impacts database performance [8-10]. the field of big data remains complex, with solutions heavily dependent on the technology and specific objectives, and there is a scarcity of practical, experimentally driven frameworks to guide database and cloud platform selection [11, 12]. for instance, while studies such as [3] these compared mongodb’s performance, they did not include riak kv or evaluate multiple cloud platforms. additionally, weitzenboeck et al. [10] focused on priority-based modifications without a standardized benchmarking approach. accordingly, this study aims to propose a framework for a big data cluster based on a cloud platform by answering the following research question: rq: what is the optimal technique for analyzing large datasets in cloud computing: riak kv or mongodb? this research significantly enhances our understanding of cc and big data by introducing a specialized framework for evaluating nosql databases in cloud data centers. the key advantage of this framework is its comprehensive approach, addressing the lack of robust evaluation methodologies in distributed and parallel processing environments. it enables detailed performance analysis, including throughput and latency under various conditions, providing clear insights into the strengths and weaknesses of databases such as riak kv and mongodb [13-15]. furthermore, the decision tree constructed from multiple experiments offers a practical tool for database selection and optimization. importantly, the adaptable nature of the model means it can be extended to other databases and cloud platforms, making it a valuable, versatile tool for researchers and practitioners aiming to compare and optimize database technologies in diverse cc environments. table 1 summarizes the abbreviations that appeared in this paper. the following sections of this paper are organized as follows: section 2 presents the research background and related literature. section 3 discusses research methodology. section 4 presents the experimental results and subsequent discussion. section 5 presents the findings, outlines future research directions, and discusses research limitations. conclusions are presented in section 6. table 1. table of abbreviations used in the paper abbreviation definition abbreviation definition bson binary javascript object notation paas platform as a service ccp cloud computing provider rdbms relational database management system cc cloud computing sql structured query language db data base ssd solid-state drive iaas infrastructure as a service ssh secure shell json javascript object notation vm virtual machine kv key value xml extensible markup language nosql not only structured query language ycsb yahoo cloud serving benchmark 2. background and related literature this section presents the background of the research. first, the cc platform is discussed, followed by an overview of big data, and then an overview of nosql, including riak kv and mongodb. ultimately, the recent literature related to the focus of this study is reviewed. 2.1. cloud computing platform overview cc involves service provisioning, where companies offer computer-based services to customers over a network, typically following a pay-per-use model. major platforms like google cloud, amazon ec2, and microsoft azure provide attractive services for running applications in the cloud [1, 16]. the cc model offers several benefits, including lower operating costs, minimal upfront investment, elasticity, higher scalability, easy access via the web, and reduced maintenance costs and business risks. this study focuses on three cc platforms: digitalocean, openstack, and google cloud [17]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 810 digitalocean is popular with developers for its infrastructure as a service (iaas) platform, offering private virtual machines (vms) called "droplets" that can be configured in size, geographic area, data center, and operating system [18]. openstack, an open-source cloud software, manages a wide range of computing, networking, and storage resources and allows users to access on-demand resources [19, 20]. google cloud provides integrated cloud services, such as iaas, platform as a service (paas), and serverless computing, built on the original google app engine framework to support web applications and data analytics. each platform offers unique features and tools for managing and scaling cloud resources efficiently [21]. 2.2. big data overview big data is understood and defined as large amounts of data that require a management tool to process at the right time and speed [22]. it refers to various types of data, including unstructured, semi-structured, and structured data, that can be thoroughly analyzed to uncover valuable information. it is impossible to manage this data type using a relational database management system (rdbms) [23]. the engine of big data has become the source of growth and innovation in the industry, which depends on various other emerging technologies, including iot, cc, and analytics [24]. in other words, it is a vital resource for optimizing global output due to its impact on software-intensive industries, healthcare, administration, and education. day by day, new data emerges from photographs and videos taken, social media posts, and other sources. the growing complexity of data has made processing it with available dbmss more challenging [25]. a solution recently proposed to handle the rapid growth of data resources is to utilize more effective hardware. however, this approach is insufficient since massive amounts of data still exceed hardware developments [11]. the nature of big data is often described using four significant characteristics, termed the 4 v’s: volume, velocity, variety, and veracity [26]. each of these four vs has a unique impact on data analysis. volume refers to the quantity of all types of data produced and continuously expanded across a broad spectrum of sources. most datasets are too big to be stored and analyzed using standard rdbms technology. as a result, deficiencies and weaknesses became more apparent in traditional databases. with this issue in mind, distributed systems became a critical emerging form of technology. for example, by 2020, 43 trillion gigabytes of data had been created, and about 2.3 trillion gigabytes are generated daily [27]. variety refers to the diverse categories of data collected through social networks, smartphones, or sensors. these include audio, image, video, text, and data logs in unstructured both structured formats [28]. velocity describes the speed at which data is generated, saved, analyzed, and visualized. in the era of big data, new information is produced in real-time [29]. due to the absorption of supplementary datasets, previously archived data, or legacy collection sets, streamed data from multiple sources is introduced. for example, approximately 204 million emails are sent out every minute, 2.46 million items are shared on facebook, 100 hours of video are uploaded to youtube, and more than 4 million search queries are performed on google [30]. veracity covers the level of certainty that the data represents. various amounts of data from differing sources move around rapidly. this requires organizations to ensure the accuracy of the information they are exposed to [31]. 2.3. nosql databases overview nosql is a more modern database category developed to address the limitations of rdbmss in meeting the needs of big data. as a category, nosql describes various technologies that consider three aspects of big data: the exponentially increasing amount of data, the rate at which that data needs to be processed, and the most significant changes in data being created by today’s applications [31]. due to the constant growth in database size, efficient data access and information extraction have become recurring issues. there are many types of nosql databases, many of which differ in structure and efficiency, necessitating a reevaluation and analysis of their performance. accordingly, several key issues need to be addressed in nosql databases for big data in cc. research and development are necessary to overcome these challenges and ensure that nosql databases can meet the demands of big data in cc environments [32, 33]. additionally, performance in various environments needs to be accurately measured, and standards should be established for comparing different nosql databases. further research is required to develop improved solutions for addressing these challenges and to ensure that nosql databases can meet the demands of big data in the cc [31, 34]. accordingly, this study assesses the performance of three major database environments (digitalocean, openstack, and google cloud), deploying mongodb and riak kv as nosql tools. 2.3.1. riak key value the two nosql databases evaluated in this research (i.e., mongodb and riak kv) have different feature sets. each database provides a core set of characteristics that can be used as a basis for performance evaluation. riak kv is considered an open-source professional alternative to riak enterprise ds. the enterprise edition includes multi-data center tracking, replication, and additional functionalities [35]. riak kv achieves rapid efficiency and superior operational continuity through automated data sharing across the cluster. with a masterless design that ensures high reliability and virtually linear scaling utilizing ordinary equipment, capacity can be extended simply without a significant operational strain [36]. the nodes of riak create a cluster. to get the full benefits of riak, this cluster is partitioned into virtual nodes and formed into a ring. the ring is a 160-bit integer space divided into partitions of identical sizes. each node (also known as a physical node) in the ring hosts several virtual nodes (vnodes) [37]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 811 2.3.2. mongo databases mongodb is a case of a document-oriented database. the primary storage components in a document database (such as mongodb) are sets, rather than tables, in the case of rdbms. these collections in mongodb contain various json and bson-based sub-documents or documents. documents with similar structures are grouped into sets. it can be done as needed without any prior definition. mongodb may include instances of documents, even arrays or lists of documents, within an instance or document [6]. documents in mongodb can belong to any basic data type (such as date, array, number, string, or subdocument). it has a unique variety of storage engines for a single deployment. this order facilitates data transfer between storage device technologies [38]. mongodb has automatic sharing properties in which supplementary replica server nodes are added to the system. it is a high-speed database that not only provides indexing for primary attributes but also provides auxiliary attributes. this feature is available even in subdocuments. using aggregation frameworks, hadoop systems, and mapreduce, various collections can be compared [38]. to better understand the variances between riak kv and mongodb, this study analyzes several characteristics of the nosql databases, including replication, development language, data storage, and usage, among others. 2.4. literature review as a critical property of cc, many studies have analyzed and evaluated big data in cc and distributed systems through nosql databases. this section reviews the most recent literature related to the focus of this study (i.e., nosql performance in distributed big data). here, the focus was on the last five years, with a special emphasis on 2024 and 2023. table 2 summarizes the previous literature findings, highlights the distinctions of this study, and addresses the research gap. table 2. findings of the previous studies study year study domain findings beckermann (2025) [3] 2025 evaluation of acid-compliant nosql systems.  transactional ycsb enables realistic benchmarking of nosql systems that support acid properties. ferreira et al. (2025) [8] 2025 consistency level in nosql (cassandra, mongodb, and redis).  increasing the consistency level often results in performance degradation. souza et al. (2025) [2] 2025 nosql eventual consistency.  proposes a stochastic petri net-based model to estimate energy consumption in nosql systems using quorum techniques. araúo et al. (2024) [14] 2024 reliability levels of nosql using cassandra and riak kv  the findings indicate the effect of the consistency level on system performance. krishan et al. (2024) [5] 2024 investigating how major nosql databases handle data consistency in distributed environments.  each database offers unique mechanisms and trade-offs for maintaining consistency.  importance of flexible and scalable strategies for ensuring data consistency. martinez-mosquera et al. (2024) [23] 2024 integrating online analytical processing with nosql databases in big data environments.  nosql databases have superior scalability and high availability advantages. andreoli et al. (2023) [13] 2023 modifying mongodb to support priority-based user performance using os-level scheduling tools  the solution proposed in the study lowers response times for high-priority users in mixed-priority scenarios. bansal et al. (2023) [15] 2023 column, document, and key-value nosql  architecture decisions influence nosql database performance. carvalho et al. (2023) [6] 2023 mongodb, couchdb, and couchbase performance comparison using ycsb benchmark  mongodb has the highest performance, except for scan operations.  couchdb had the highest scale-up if the number of threads varied. da silva & lima (2023) [39] 2023 docker swarm's affordability using cassandra, citus, and hbase  cassandra's customizable reliability outperformed citus and hbase. gomes et al. (2023) [7] 2023 a generalized stochastic petri net-based method to evaluate nosql-based cloud storage using quorum.  experimental results confirm the practical feasibility and effectiveness of the proposed approach. khan et al. (2023) [40] 2023 clustering to segment nosql solutions, compare them by data models and cap theorem, and analyze big graph applications across six domains.  offered a decision tree approach and a web tool to assist users in selecting nosql databases. kim et al. (2023) [41] 2023 mongodb document storages using the geoycsb benchmark  couchbase and mongodb can scale effectively under different workload combinations. nurhadi et al. (2021) [42] 2021 mongodb, casandra, redis, and neo4j performance comparison  mongodb is the best stable nosql for large amounts of data. seghier & kazar (2021) [43] mongodb, casandra, redis performance comparison using ycsb tool  redis performed the best in the read operation.  mongodb performed the best in the scan operation.  casandra was the worst in the update operation. celesti et al. (2020) [44] 2020 casandra, mongodb, hbase, and neo4j performance comparison  mongodb provided the highest performance.  mongodb also had the best nosql response time. rmis & topcu (2020) [12] 2020 evaluated riak kv performance using distributed databases  as data size expanded, so did the number of threads, resulting in higher throughput and lower latency.  only read operations yielded high performance. present study 2024 mongodb and riak kv performance comparison for big data in cloud environments  mongdb outperformed riak kv in several tests, including read, insert, scan, and many modify operations.  riak kv outperformed mongodb in latency tests for read and insert operations, while latency results were very close in scan and modify operations.  google cloud platform outperformed other platforms, including openstack and digitalocean. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 812 beckermann (2025) presented transactional ycsb, a new extension to ycsb that enables benchmarking of acidcompliant nosql systems using workloads with multi-operation transactions. using this tool, the paper evaluates the performance of foundationdb, mongodb, and orientdb, providing insights into how these systems handle complex transactional workloads [3]. ferreira et al. (2025) studied nosql consistency levels, highlighting their impact on data synchronization, availability, and system performance trade-offs. increasing the consistency level often results in performance degradation. for example, cassandra experiences significant slowdowns when switching to strong consistency [8]. this trade-off is a critical consideration for database engineers when selecting appropriate consistency levels for their applications [8]. souza et al. (2025) proposed a stochastic petri net-based model to estimate energy consumption in nosql systems using quorum techniques. this model enables different consistency levels to be chosen, allowing designers to balance performance and availability based on system needs [2]. araújo et al. (2024) suggested a stochastic petri net-based approach to measuring the reliability levels of nosql database systems using the quorum methodology. the models incorporate varying degrees of consistency and duplicate nodes to predict the system's availability, performance, and the likelihood of obtaining the most recent data. the experimental findings demonstrate that this strategy is feasible in practice [14]. krishan et al. (2024) reviewed the challenges of maintaining data consistency in popular nosql databases, including redis, couchdb, mongodb, neo4j, and others. by analyzing the unique features, consistency models, and architectural approaches of each database, the study highlights how different nosql technologies balance the trade-offs between consistency, availability, and scalability. the findings emphasize the value of flexible and scalable strategies for ensuring data consistency in evolving nosql systems, particularly as the digital landscape continues to transform [5]. martinez-mosquera et al. (2024) reviewed literature on integrating olap with nosql databases in big data environments. their findings consistently highlight nosql databases’ superior scalability and high availability advantages of nosql database [23]. andreoli et al. (2023) proposed a modified mongodb to support priority-based user performance using os-level scheduling tools. modified mongodb nosql to support os-level priority-based performance changes. tests show that this strategy prioritizes response times for high-priority consumers in mixed-client scenarios. the suggested technique fails to compare the two approaches on a common basis adequately [13]. bansal et al. (2023) investigated the performance of column, document, and key-value nosql databases in terms of response time, speed, and database size. the findings revealed that architecture decisions influence nosql database performance [15]. the suggested approach is reliable and identifies relevant criteria for informed decision-making. carvalho et al. (2023) compared mongodb, couchdb, and couchbase using the ycsb benchmark. the performance and scale-up were evaluated using ycsb workloads with varying records and thread counts [6]. the findings indicated that mongodb has the highest throughput, except for scan operations. furthermore, couchdb achieved the highest scale-up when the number of threads varied. da silva and lima (2023) evaluated the affordability of docker swarm for cloud-based availability and scalability. the results find a balance between effectiveness and reproduction [39]. cassandra's customizable reliability exceeded citus and hbase in reproduction effectiveness [39]. this research identifies the ideal balance for low-power distribution systems. however, it lacks the efficiency and latency of the optimal technique investigated in the proposal. gomes et al. (2023) employed stochastic petri nets to evaluate the stability of nosql systems. they assessed system response, accessibility, and data quality. this study examines key components of nosql and identifies many traits [7]. khan et al. (2023) conduct clustering to segment nosql solutions, compare them by data models and the cap theorem, and analyze big graph applications across six domains. these methods were grouped, contrasted, and applied to large graphs in six themes. they offered a decision tree approach and a web tool to help users select nosql databases. it is unique research that highlights essential aspects of nosql database deployments [40]. however, this work leaves open the possibility of asking a question concerning the impact of sql databases on identical settings. the suggested analysis does not encompass this scope. kim et al. (2023) evaluated couchbase and mongodb document storage using the ycsb benchmark. a complex dataset was utilized to assess apache accumulo with the geomesa system, demonstrating geoycsb's flexibility [41]. this is a utility-based examination of two distinct kinds of nosql databases. this study compares sql and nosql, presents novel performance evaluation methods, and illustrates a novel approach for analyzing energy consumption and latency in industrial iot [41] systems. nurhadi et al. (2021) investigated the nosql characteristics and capabilities using four indicators: efficiency, scalability, correctness, and complexity, to assess the suitability of nosql for various data types. they compared four databases: mongodb, cassandra, redis, and neo4j [42]. the experiment's results showed that mongodb is the most stable nosql when dealing with large amounts of data. seghier & kazar (2021) conducted a comparative investigation of the performance of three regularly used systems, mongodb, redis, and cassandra, using the ycsb tool to execute six custom workloads. redis outperformed all other databases in read operations, and mongodb outperformed cassandra [43]. in scan operations, mongodb outperformed both redis and cassandra, with cassandra being more efficient than redis. cassandra made updating operations more challenging [43]. celesti et al. (2020) tested four nosql databases: casandra, mongodb, hbase, and neo4j. the nosql documentbased strategy implemented using mongodb proved to be the most performant option for managing large amounts of telemonitoring data. mongodb also had the best nosql response speeds across all queries [44]. rmis & topcu (2020) evaluated the performance of the riak kv database, which stores and retrieves large distributed data. the findings revealed that as the data size expanded, so did the number of threads, resulting in higher throughput and lower latency. only read operations yielded high performance [12]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 813 this study only examined literature that evaluated nosql on various platforms, particularly mongodb and riak kv. however, a large body of research compares relational databases, such as mysql, to non-relational databases, including nosql options like mongodb, redis, cassandra, hbase, neo4j, and couchdb. while these comparisons are helpful, this study focused only on evaluating nosql technologies for distributed big data, specifically mongodb and riak kv. furthermore, the only identified work that examined riak kv (i.e., [12]); however, in that paper, only riak kv was assessed in big, distributed data without comparing it to other platforms. this study distinguishes itself by comparing two nosql platforms, mongodb and riak kv, in a big, distributed data environment. 3. proposed method the performance behavior of the nosql database under various conditions is critical, as is the environment in which the database will run, and the best way to evaluate platforms. using benchmarks (like parameters, expected data, and production configurations) and concurrent user workloads provides both businesses and it with great insight into platforms [45]. this section provides an overview of the ycsb as a benchmark tool for running experiments. it also describes the methodology setting used to run the experiments. figure 1 depicts the structure of this study. it is important to mention here that mongodb and riak kv were chosen because of resource limitations and the topic of our current study. these databases are important for having nosql distributed databases and were chosen because they were wellliked and pertinent to the goals of our study. our provided framework allows us to add new databases. however, adding each database require to do installation, database managements and operation that need to have more insight operations. figure 1. flowchart of the methodolgy 3.1. yahoo cloud serving benchmark ycsb is an open-source tool designed by yahoo to establish benchmarking clients for various nosql data stores. usually, they do not come with a sql interface. the ycsb tool employs a vector-based method to develop benchmarks that accurately reflect an application’s specific performance. ycsb tools support only a subset of relational operations, hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 814 and instances of their implementation are typically very different from traditional rdbms applications and are unsuitable for existing tools. the ycsb kernel package was created to evaluate various system performance characteristics, depending on a set of workloads, to evaluate a system’s appropriateness for different project types at various locales within the performance space [46]. the ycsb reporting framework conveys the total throughput of operations per second. the final tally is gauged by dividing the exact number of performed operations (writes and reads) by the workload time. the execution time refers to the duration between the commencement of the first operation in the workload and the completion of the final process, excluding the initial setup and final cleanup times. this execution time is likewise reported individually as the overall run time. every workload execution generates a separate output file, which includes metadata and metrics. the ycsb architecture consists of the following components [41, 46]:  workload configuration: the workload configuration specifies the parameters of the workload generator, such as the type and mix of operations, the number of threads, and the test duration.  workload: the ycsb workload specifies the types of operations that the client will perform on the database, including read, write, update, and delete. the workload can be customized to simulate different types of applications and data access patterns.  core: the ycsb core provides the benchmark's primary functionality, including the ability to generate random data, execute database operations, and measure performance metrics. the ycsb client generates the workload and sends requests to the database. the client can be configured to simulate various workloads, including read-only and write-heavy workloads.  database or data store: the database can be any nosql database that supports the ycsb api, such as cassandra, mongodb, or riak. overall, the ycsb architecture is designed to be flexible and extendable, allowing users to customize the benchmark to their specific needs and test a wide range of nosql databases. by simulating various workloads and measuring performance metrics such as latency, throughput, and scalability, the ycsb can help users evaluate the performance of different nosql databases and choose the one that best meets their needs. 3.2. experiment settings the experiments conducted in this study included three main components of cc: benchmarks and the nosql database. nosql data stores emerge as alternatives to traditional data processing methods, offering scalability while managing large amounts of data. the primary reason for choosing mongodb or riak is their ability to handle and manage massive data in cc easily. mongodb is one of the first non-relational databases, so many researchers and companies use it in comparison with new databases to know the strengths and weaknesses of recent versions of other non-relational databases, including riak. many mongodb use cases can also be applied to riak. riak, however, is very competitive in terms of basic features, such as design, and is significantly easier to manage [35]. the experiments were conducted in various cc environments using a benchmark to generate a common set of workloads and evaluate the performance of different databases. figure 2 illustrates the experimental structure, which outlines the functions of the main components. the workload generator is responsible for fabricating a workload that simulates a set of operations that might be performed on a database or data store. the workload can be customized to simulate different types of applications and usage patterns. a benchmark file was prepared that consisted of various operations to be run on different nosql databases for testing purposes. the number of operations was equal to the record count for each database. the number of threads was identified to run the desired workload. this was done for varying proportions of data, from small to large. with each of these datasets, the number of chosen operations (read, update, delete, and others) was then run. all file operations can specify the following properties [47]:  the database name to use can be specified on the command line.  thread count: number of client threads; alternatively, this may be defined on the command line.  record count: the number of records in the dataset at the start of the workload.  field count: the number of fields in a record.  field length: the size of any field.  min field length: the minimum size of each field.  read proportion: it determines the percentage of data reads.  update proportion: it determines the percentage of data updates.  insert proportion: it determines the percentage of data inserted. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 815 figure 2. experimental structure in summary, the goal of this research is to create workload and data access patterns on the cluster that are consistent with real-world application workloads, and to monitor its performance in a cp. it also examined the performance of nosql databases (riak kv, mongodb) with large amounts of data and various workload operations (read, update, or a combination of reads and updates). furthermore, the performance of nosql databases (throughput and latency) was tracked while data was read, added, and scanned throughout update operations. additionally, a decision tree was developed that could be used by developers and database operators to select mongodb and riak kv. to decrease the issue of limited control over communication quality in cloud environments, which could impact benchmarking results, several measures were implemented. first, the experiments were repeated multiple times to evaluate and verify the network communication quality. by conducting multiple runs of benchmarks and using statistical methods to average the results, the impact of transient network issues was reduced. this approach ensures these findings are more reliable and reflective of typical performance in cloud environments. we did use confidence intervals of 95%. 4. experimental results in this study, various scenarios were conducted using different cc platforms according to these specific application areas. the study used vms from three cloud computing providers (ccps). for each experimental analysis, the ycsb had a client with two sections: a set of scenarios and a workload generator. these scenarios are referred to as workloads and consist of a combination of read, update, and write operations performed on randomly selected records. in this study, vm was used in three ccps. for each experimental analysis, the ycsb had a client with two sections: a) a set of scenarios and b) a load generator. these scenarios were referred to as workloads and consisted of a combination of read, update, and write operations. these workloads were also randomly selected. the predefined workloads are shown in table 3. table 3. the predefined workloads workload read insert update scans read-modify-write a 50 0 50 0 0 b 95 0 5 0 0 c 100 0 0 0 0 d 95 5 0 0 0 e 0 5 0 95 0 f 50 0 0 0 50 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 816 the default data size in the basic core varies depending on the type of basic application. from this benchmark, 100k, 5,000k, and 20,000k records were created. a record table was utilized, having ten fields per record. each is identifiable by a primary key, such as the text “user412356”. every field is labeled as field_0, field_1, and so on. each field's value is a random ascii string containing a 1 kb record (10 fields, 100 bytes each, plus the key) and a configurable number of 12 threads. each experiment consisted of 10,000 operations. the dataset is presented in table 4. table 4. the dataset is used in experiments record count record size total size 10k 1 kb 10 mb 5000k 1 kb 5 gb 20000k 1 kb 20 gb a series of tests were performed on droplet type a for all platforms used (i.e., google cloud platform, digitalocean, and openstack). droplet type a: 4 vcpus, 4 gb ram, 40 gb ssd. five cluster vms were used to perform experiments in the noted environment, as explained in table 5. the subsequent section presents and evaluates the results of the ycsb-generated load (100k, 5,000k, 20,000k) records. openstack environment with 5 vms running ubuntu 14.04.5 x64 with 4 gb ram, size: 4 vcpus/40 gb. the tested versions of the nosql databases are mongodb version 4.0, riak kv version 2.2.3, and ycsb 0.15.0. moreover, the openstack version was initially released in february 2017. ubuntu 14.04 was chosen to ensure compatibility with the 2017 openstack release used in our testbed environment (refer to table 5). this version also supports reproducibility, aligning our setup with conditions from prior studies (e.g., [36]) to enable meaningful comparisons. one known constraint is that ubuntu 14.04’s kernel, version 3.13, lacks modern i/o schedulers, such as bfq, which may potentially limit absolute performance. however, since our study focuses on relative performance comparisons between mongodb and riak kv, this limitation introduces minimal bias to the findings. to further address potential os-induced variability, experiments were repeated multiple times, and average values were reported (see section 3.2). this approach enhances the reliability of our results, ensuring that observed performance differences stem from the database systems themselves rather than kernel-level discrepancies. table 5. the environment specifications used in this study operating-system ubuntu14.04 (64-bit) memory 4 gb cpu 4 vcpus / 40 gb databases riak kv 2.2.3, mongodb 4.0 benchmark tools ycsb 0.15.0 clouds openstack, digitalocean, google to compare the cost-effectiveness of different cloud providers, the pricing structure for virtual machine instances offered by google cloud platform and digitalocean was investigated. this analysis focused specifically on the hourly cost of various instance types. table 6 presents a selection of instance types from both providers, along with their corresponding hourly pricing. based on the instance cost comparison, digitalocean typically offers lower hourly rates than google cloud platform for the chosen instance types. however, it is crucial to consider other factors, such as performance, scalability, and additional features, when conducting a comprehensive assessment. these costs may vary due to factors like region, instance configuration, and usage patterns. table 6. cost-effectiveness analysis instance type google cloud platform ($) digitalocean ($) instance type 1 0.05 0.03 instance type 2 0.08 0.06 instance type 3 0.12 0.09 instance type 4 0.16 0.12 to compare throughput and the loading rate, different-sized records were loaded (100k, 5,000k, and 20,000k), as illustrated in figure 3. in the figure, the results focused on data loading between openstack, digitalocean, and google cloud, and it was apparent that the load time on openstack was higher than on digitalocean. additionally, no significant difference was evident between mongodb and riak kv. mongodb possessed a shorter insert time, regardless of the hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 817 number of records, compared to riak kv. loading time also appeared to increase with the increase in the number of records until it reached openstack riak kv 12 and 11 for openstack mongodb when inserting 20,000k records. digitalocean cloud results were better than google cloud in almost all record sizes. figure 3. data loading test 4.1. workload a this workload focused on read and update operations. figure 4-a shows that mongodb in google cloud achieved the best throughput with 100k and 5,000k keys at 98 and 81 operations/second, respectively. when the number of keys was increased to 20,000k for riak kv, lower throughput was obtained compared to the other database, at 19.11 versus 18 operations/second, respectively. mongodb in google cloud achieved the best throughput and the lowest latency for reads. the update operations showed that riak kv in openstack provided the highest latency for updates, with the highest latency value of 15.5 milliseconds, as shown in figure 4-b. (a) throughput performance 2.45 8 12 1.9 4.14 11 1.25 3.15 8.25 1.11 2.45 7.15 1.3 2.96 8.12 1.05 2.7 8.2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 100k 5,000k 20,000k t im e ( m il li se c o n d ) number of records data loading phase openstack riak kv openstack mongodb digitalocean riak kv digitalocean mongodb google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb 33.23 20.55 19.11 80.11 70.13 55.1 29 20 18 75 43 34 39.88 21 17 98 81 53 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 100k 5,000k 20,000k o p e r a ti o n s (s ec ) number of records workload a (50/50 reads and updates) digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack riak kv openstack mongodb google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 818 (b) latency time figure 4. throughput performance and latency time for the workload (a) 4.2. workload b this workload focused on read and update operations. figure 5-a shows read and low update operations. mongodb in google cloud peaked at 102, 97, and 81 operations per second in 100k, 5,000k, and 20,000k records, respectively. riak kv achieved the highest latency results in openstack. in the read and update operations, it was 8 and 9 milliseconds, respectively. for updated operations, mongodb in google cloud achieved the lowest latency for both read and update operations; see figure 5-b for details. (a) throughput performance (b) latency time figure 5. throughput performance and latency time for the workload (b) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 100k 5,000k 20,000k m il li se c o n d s number of records read latency in ycsb workload a digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack mongodb openstack riak kv google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 100k 5,000k 20,000k m il li se c o n d s number of records update latency in ycsb workload a digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack mongodb openstack riak kv google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb 55 40.22 35.1 98.03 90.1 75.3 45 41 36 92 91 77 57 49 35 102 97 81 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 100k 5,000k 20,000k o p e r a ti o n s (s ec ) number of records workload b (95/5 reads and updates) digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack riak kv openstack mongodb google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb -2 1 4 7 10 100k 5,000k 20,000k m il li se c o n d s number of records read latency in ycsb workload b digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack mongodb openstack riak kv google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb -2 1 4 7 10 100k 5,000k 20,000k m il li se c o n d s number of records digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack mongodb openstack riak kv google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb update latency in ycsb workload b hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 819 4.3. workload c in this workload, all the operations were read-only. the results are illustrated in figure 6-a. google cloud mongodb achieved the highest performance for all three records. the lowest latency value was achieved for riak kv in google cloud with all records in general, while the highest was for riak in openstack. figure 6-b shows the results. (a) throughput performance (b) latency time figure 6. throughput performance and latency time for the workload (c) 4.4. workload d this workload focused on read and insert operations. workload d was run with 95% reads and 5% inserts. mongodb in google cloud showed superiority for all database volumes. its performance was high for all dataset sizes at 113, 98, and 73 operations/second. with an increase in data size, both mongodb and riak kv in google cloud began showing reduced throughput, but the performance of riak kv was not even close to that of mongodb, as shown in figure 7-a. the latencies of both mongodb and riak kv in google cloud were close, although riak kv had lower latency values. openstack riak kv achieved the highest latency for both read and insert operations. however, the lowest latency for read operations was achieved by google cloud riak kv, and for insert operations, it was achieved by openstack mongodb. results are shown in figure 7-b. 88.1 76.9 74.1 135 77.8 75.271 67 55 109 102 8590 83 82 187 105 98 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 100k 5,000k 20,000k o p e r a ti o n s (s ec ) number of records workload c (100% reads only) digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack riak kv openstack mongodb google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 100k 5,000k 20,000k m il li se c o n d s number of records read latency in ycsb workload c digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack mongodb openstack riak kv google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 820 (a) throughput performance (b) latency time figure 7. throughput performance and latency time for the workload (d) 4.5. workload e this workload focused on insert and scan operations. digitalocean mongodb performed better than others in this workload. the throughput was generally low, as observed in figure 8-a, due to the scanning process. the performance failed to match that of previous tests. there were no more than 53.1 operations per second when the number of records was 100k. the latency results show very close values between mongodb and riak kv in google cloud, with slightly lower values for mongodb. the highest latency was achieved by openstack riak kv for both scan and insert operations. the lowest latency was achieved by google cloud mongodb for insert operations and by google cloud riak kv for scan operations. figure 8-b shows the results. 70.1 56.23 42.1 112.4 63.45 60.2 65 55 50 82 71 55 89 60.55 53 113 98 73 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 100k 5,000k 20,000k o p e r a ti o n s (s ec ) number of records workload d 95% read and 5% insert digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack riak kv openstack mongodb google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 100k 5,000k 20,000k m il li se c o n d s number of records digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack mongodb openstack riak kv google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb read latency in ycsb workload d 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 100k 5,000k 20,000k m il li se c o n d s number of records digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack mongodb openstack riak kv google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb insert latency in ycsb workload d hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 821 (a) throughput performance (b) latency time figure 8. throughput performance and latency time for the workload (e) 4.6. workload f this workload focused on read and read-modify operations. for this workload, the throughput was high for both databases, a likely consequence of the increase in data size. while google cloud mongodb achieved higher values for both 1,000 and 5,000 reads than google cloud riak kv, riak kv in google cloud achieved higher performance when the record number increased to 20,000. the latency results were higher for read-modify than for read operation, as expected, because the process of reading and modifying takes more time than the process of reading only. for read operations, digitalocean rika kv achieved the lowest latency overall, while for read-modify, google cloud mongodb achieved the lowest, but the value was very close to google cloud rika kv. see figure 9 (a, b). 30.4 25.1 24 53.1 51.7 49.2 29 24 20 49 42 19 43 39 31 52 48 45 10 20 30 40 50 60 100k 5,000k 20,000k o p e r a ti o n s (s ec ) number of records workload e 95% scan and 5% insert digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack riak kv openstack mongodb google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 100k 5,000k 20,000k m il li se c o n d s number of records scan latency in ycsb workload e digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack mongodb openstack riak kv google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 100k 5,000k 20,000k m il li se c o n d s number of records insert latency in ycsb workload e digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack mongodb openstack riak kv google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 822 (a) throughput performance (b) latency time figure 9. throughput performance and latency time for the workload (f) 5. discussion this study aims to investigate the key performance factors of big databases in a cc environment. to do that, rq1 (the key performance factors) and rq2 (the difference between mongodb and riak kv) were answered in section 4. this section discusses the results by providing a thorough evaluation of the results and suggesting a decision tree that can help identify the key considerations in adopting the nosql database and the cc environment that suit a more specific application. the research and practical implications are also discussed, as well as study limitations and future research directions. 5.1. overall evaluation 5.1.1. performance comparison this study highlights mongodb’s superior throughput performance across a range of workloads when deployed on google cloud, confirming findings from earlier research (e.g., [6, 48, 49). table 7 presents the total throughput for all 40 54 65 57 55 46 66 43 35 61 45 42 87 79 63 89 81 56 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 100k 5,000k 20,000k o p e r a ti o n s (s ec ) number of records workload f read/read-modify-write ratio: 50/50 digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack riak kv openstack mongodb google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb 0 2 4 6 8 10 100k 5,000k 20,000k m il li se c o n d s number of records digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack mongodb openstack riak kv google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb read latency in ycsb workload f 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 100k 5,000k 20,000k m il li se c o n d s number of records digitalocean riak kv" digitalocean mongodb openstack mongodb openstack riak kv google cloud riak kv google cloud mongodb read-modify latency in ycsb workload f hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 823 tested databases across all workloads. in workload a (50% read, 50% update), mongodb achieved 232 operations per second (ops/sec), outperforming riak kv’s 77.88 ops/sec. this performance advantage is attributed to mongodb’s document-oriented architecture, which leverages bson storage and in-memory processing to optimize mixed operations. similarly, in workload c (100% read), mongodb delivered 390 operations per second (ops/sec) compared to riak kv’s 255 ops/sec, benefiting from efficient indexing and caching mechanisms that minimize read latency. an exception was noted in workload e (scan-insert), where riak kv exhibited lower latency (5.5 ms) than mongodb (6.1 ms), due to its distributed hash table structure, which performs well in scatter-gather queries. table 7. the sum of throughput (operations/second) workload a b c d e f mongodb digitalocean 205.34 263.1 288.02 236.05 154.01 158 openstack 152 260 296 208 110 148 google cloud 232 280 390 284 145 226 riak kv digitalocean 72.89 130.32 239.08 168.33 79.57 159 openstack 67 122 193 170 73 144 google cloud 77.88 141 255 202.55 113 229 overall, mongodb outperformed riak kv in workloads a, b, c, and d on google cloud and showed better results than on digitalocean and openstack in most cases. however, for scan and read-modify workloads (e and f), mongodb performed more efficiently in the digitalocean environment. mongodb’s scale-out architecture, combined with its flexibility, consistency, fault tolerance, and agility, positions it as a highly adaptable solution for modern data-intensive applications. its ability to manage evolving data schemas, support rapid development, and ensure low downtime further strengthens its appeal for developers working in dynamic cloud-based environments. these results reinforce mongodb’s value in big data analytics and operational scenarios requiring high performance and scalability. in write-heavy workloads (d and f), mongodb demonstrated consistent performance, maintaining stable throughput around 200 operations per second. this stability is largely due to its use of journaling and replication, which enhance data durability and write efficiency. in contrast, riak kv exhibited greater variability, with latency spikes fluctuating by up to ±20%. this inconsistency is attributed to its quorum-based write mechanism, which, while designed for high availability, can introduce delays under certain conditions [12]. for read-modify-write operations (workload f), riak kv performed nearly on par with mongodb, achieving 229 ops/sec compared to mongodb’s 226 ops/sec. this close performance gap highlights riak kv’s effectiveness in handling transactional tasks, largely due to its use of atomic counters—a feature that supports consistent updates across distributed nodes. these findings suggest that while mongodb is generally more stable in high-write scenarios, riak kv can be a strong contender for specific transactional workflows. the results also emphasize the importance of understanding workload characteristics when selecting a nosql solution, as different architectures yield varying performance outcomes depending on the type of operation. table 8 compares the latency between mongodb and riak kv in the three cloud environments. mongodb in google cloud achieved the lowest latency in workload c (read operation), workload e (scan and insert operations), and workload f (read and read-modify operations) compared to digital ocean and openstack environments. however, the latency results for workload a (read 50% and update 50% operations), workload b (read 95% and update 5% operations), and workload d (read and insert operations) showed mixed values. in workload a, digitalocean demonstrated lower latency compared to google cloud and openstack. moreover, in workload b, google cloud showed the lowest latency in update operations, while openstack showed the lowest latency in read operations. similarly, in workload d, google cloud showed the lowest latency in read operations, while openstack showed the lowest latency in insert operations. table 8. mean latency (operations/second) r: read; u: update; i: insert; s: scan. rm: read-modify a b c d e f workload: mongodb digitalocean r = 2.2, u = 5.9 r = 3.1, u = 2.8 r = 3.0 r = 4.5, i = 5.5 s = 6.1, i = 5.5 r = 2.8, rm = 12.1 openstack r = 5.6, u = 7.6 r = 2.4, u = 4.4 r = 4.3 r = 5.0, i = 4.3 s = 6.0, i = 9.3 r = 5, rm = 13.3 google cloud r = 2.4, u = 6.3 r = 3.1, u = 2.6 r = 2.4 r = 4.1, i = 5.6 s = 5.8, i = 4.6 r = 2.8, rm = 8.6 a b c d e f workload: riak kv digitalocean r = 2.5, u = 7.1 r = 3.7, u = 3.0 r = 2.8 r = 4.4, i = 5.3 s = 7.6, i = 7.0 r = 2.7, rm = 11.8 openstack r = 8.5, u = 10.7 r = 3.7, u = 4.8 r = 5 r = 5.5, i = 7.0 s = 11.0, i = 8.0 r = 6.3, rm = 14.3 google cloud r = 2.6, u = 7.8 r = 3.1, u = 2.1 r = 1.8 r = 3.1, i = 5.0 s = 5.5, i = 5.5 r = 4.0, rm = 8.6 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 824 riak kv in google cloud exhibited lower latency values compared to riak kv in digitalocean and riak kv in openstack across workloads b, c, d, e, and the read-modify operation in workload f. however, riak kv in digitalocean showed the lowest latency in workload a and for read operations in workload f. on the other hand, when comparing mongodb and riak kv, riak kv achieved lower latency in workloads c and d, while mongodb achieved lower latency in workloads a, b, e, and f in general. 5.1.2. cloud platform efficiency comparison google cloud riak kv showed higher performance when compared to other cloud environments for all workloads. this again emphasizes the capabilities of google cloud. moreover, google cloud mongodb showed higher performance values compared to google cloud riak kv in all workloads, except for workload f (read and read-modify), where riak kv showed slightly higher performance. google cloud emerged as the dominant environment for nosql performance in this study, particularly in supporting mongodb workloads. for instance, in workload d (read and insert), mongodb on google cloud achieved 284 operations per second (ops/sec), outperforming its performance on digitalocean (236 ops/sec). this performance advantage is mainly due to google cloud’s robust infrastructure, including its proprietary fiber-optic network, which significantly reduces latency [21]. additionally, the optimized virtual machine configurations, such as instances with four vcpus and 4 gb of ram, are well-suited to mongodb’s memory-mapped storage engine, ensuring efficient resource utilization. in contrast, openstack demonstrated the weakest performance, with the highest latency observed for riak kv in workload f (14.3 ms). this underperformance is likely linked to the absence of proprietary optimizations found in commercial cloud platforms, which can negatively impact input/output (i/o) throughput [19]. notably, riak kv also performed better on google cloud than on other platforms across all workloads, reinforcing google cloud’s technical advantage. however, mongodb consistently outperformed riak kv within the google cloud environment in all workloads except for workload f (read and read-modify), where riak kv held a slight edge [38]. these results underscore google cloud’s effectiveness in handling high-performance nosql deployments. its advanced networking, infrastructure tuning, and optimized resource provisioning make it a compelling choice for scalable, low-latency, dataintensive applications. the findings demonstrate that both mongodb and riak kv benefit from google cloud’s capabilities, with mongodb showing especially strong performance across a broad range of analytical workloads. 5.2. suggested decision tree based on the results discussed in sections 4 and 5.1, a decision tree was developed to help developers and researchers determine whether to use mongodb or riak kv. some difficulties and possible solutions for overcoming problems in selecting the correct database and the right cc environment, considering various variables, are addressed here. the decision tree, presented in figure 10, is divided into six sections based on the operation type, as discussed below.  the top split in the tree is workload a, which comprises 50/50 reads and updates. the highest performance was achieved with mongodb in google cloud. riak kv in openstack may be avoided. mongodb in digitalocean has the lowest latency for reads and updates.  the second split, for workload b, yields the same results as for workload a; however, the difference in low latency represents the most suitable option. mongodb in google cloud is recommended for both read and update operations.  workload c focuses on read operations only. the highest performance was achieved with mongodb in google cloud. riak kv in google cloud has the lowest latency for read operations. however, riak kv in openstack may be avoided for both low performance and high latency for read-only operations.  in the fourth split of the decision tree, for workload d, google cloud gives mongodb the highest performance and the lowest latency with read operations. mongodb in openstack achieves the lowest latency for insert operations.  in workload e, short ranges of records are queried. the highest performance was achieved by digitalocean mongodb. most of the poor results in openstack with riak kv are due to the limited support for this cloud and the difficulty in managing it. openstack with riak kv achieved the highest latency for both scan and insert operations, while google cloud riak kv achieved the lowest latency for scan operations, and google cloud mongodb achieved the lowest latency for insert operations.  workload f involves the client reading a record, modifying it, and then writing back the modifications. google cloud also achieved the highest performance and lowest latency for both read and read-modify operations, while openstack riak kv again achieved the lowest performance and the highest latency for both read and read-modify operations. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 825 figure 10. decision tree for evaluating and testing in cc platforms 5.3. research implications although numerous studies have assessed the performance of nosql databases, including mongodb and riak kv, under diverse conditions, there is presently no direct research that examines database performance in a model identical to or closely resembling ours, especially within cloud environments utilizing google cloud, digitalocean, and openstack. this study offers a comparative analysis of mongodb and riak kv, emphasizing performance measures such as throughput and latency within a cloud-based context. although other research (e.g., [42, 43, 48, 49]) has juxtaposed mongodb with alternative nosql systems, such as cassandra, redis, and neo4j, none have explicitly concentrated on openstack-based infrastructure or employed the identical benchmarking methodology used in this study. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 826 the findings of this study indicate that mongodb performed better than riak kv. these results are in line with previous findings, such as [48, 49] those reported by, who reported that mongodb can achieve high performance compared to cassandra, hbase, and microsoft sql. additionally, the findings validated those of [42] those who noted that mongodb's performance was higher than that of cassandra, redis, and neo4j. this is partly because mongodb's registration conversion is copied into memory, which enhances the reading rate [43]. however, these results opposed the finding [43] that redis outperformed all other databases in read operations. this may be because redis stores and retrieves information using volatile memory. given the consistent performance superiority of mongodb over riak kv, further investigation is warranted to examine the specific architectural and operational factors that contribute to mongodb's efficiency. future research could delve into the intricate details of mongodb's memory management and query optimization strategies to uncover the underlying mechanisms that drive its high performance. the findings also support the findings of carvalho et al. [6], who reported that mongodb has the best runtime, except for workloads constituted by scan operations. the results showed that in scan operations, riak kv showed less latency than mongodb. however, this opposed the findings reported by seghier et al. [43] mongodb, which performed the best in scan operations. the discrepancy in findings regarding mongodb's latency in scan operations highlights the need for further investigation into the factors that influence scan operation efficiency across different database systems. future research could focus on analyzing the specific configurations, indexing strategies, and data access patterns that contribute to outcomes in scan operations. understanding these nuances can provide valuable insights into optimizing database performance for specific types of workloads. the findings confirm that google cloud performed better than other cloud platforms, particularly in conjunction with mongodb. google cloud has a significant advantage in its relationship with google; its ability to access google’s private fiber networking infrastructure facilitates stronger performance compared to standard network infrastructures [50]. these results indicate google cloud's superior performance and highlight the potential influence of cloud platform infrastructure on database performance. this suggests a need for further investigation into the specific technical capabilities and optimizations offered by cloud providers, particularly in terms of networking infrastructure and resource allocation mechanisms [51]. future research could explore the underlying mechanisms and architectural features that contribute to google cloud's performance advantages, providing insights into best practices for leveraging cloud platforms to optimize database performance. 5.4. practical implications for organizations seeking optimal database solutions for their applications, the empirical evidence suggesting mongodb's superior performance compared to riak kv underscores the practical advantage of considering mongodb as a preferred choice, particularly in scenarios where read operations play a crucial role. understanding the performance characteristics of different databases can inform strategic decision-making in database selection and architecture design, potentially leading to improved system efficiency and user experience. developers aiming for high-performance analytics should opt for mongodb on google cloud, which offers superior read throughput and stable performance across diverse workloads. however, for iot-driven data streams where low scan latency is critical, riak kv proves more suitable due to its efficient handling of scatter-gather operations. developers should avoid deploying latency-sensitive applications on openstack unless the environment is optimized explicitly for nosql workloads, as it tends to exhibit higher latency and inconsistent performance. the divergent findings regarding mongodb's performance in scan operations highlight the importance of conducting thorough performance evaluations tailored to the specific requirements of the application. while mongodb may exhibit superior runtime in many scenarios, the observed latency in scan operations highlights the need to evaluate database performance across a range of workload types. this underscores the importance of comprehensive testing and benchmarking when selecting databases to ensure optimal performance across diverse usage scenarios. for organizations and cloud architects considering cloud platforms for hosting databases, the demonstrated performance advantage of google cloud, particularly when coupled with mongodb, underscores the practical benefits of leveraging google's cloud infrastructure. understanding the technical advantages afforded by google cloud's private fiber networking infrastructure can inform strategic decisions regarding cloud platform selection and resource allocation. by leveraging google cloud's robust networking capabilities, organizations can potentially achieve enhanced database performance and reliability, thereby improving overall system efficiency and user experience. when designing cloud infrastructure, architects should consider the cost-performance trade-off. while google cloud delivers higher throughput, digitalocean’s lower hourly rate ($0.06/hour vs. google’s $0.08/hour for similar vm configurations) makes it a viable option for small-scale or budget-sensitive deployments, especially where peak performance is not the primary concern. strategic platform selection can help balance operational costs with performance goals. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 827 6. conclusion selecting the appropriate nosql database and cc environment remains a daunting task for both designers and business stakeholders. the primary objectives of this study were twofold: to assess the performance of big data in cc environments and to delineate the challenges and unresolved issues associated with big data in cc. this study includes a comparative analysis of performance across mongodb and riak kv databases. we scrutinized the throughput and latency analysis for these two databases within diverse cc environments, including google cloud, digitalocean, and openstack. we employed ycsb as the benchmark, owing to its widespread implementation in nosql database testing. the experiments consistently demonstrated mongodb's superior performance within the google cloud environment. however, limitations in mongodb's performance were observed within both digitalocean and openstack clouds. moreover, openstack riak kv showed high latency compared to others. a decision tree was subsequently devised to establish performance criteria for selecting databases and cc platforms. future research endeavors could expand upon this study by comparing the leading nosql databases across different ccps to identify the optimal database. such analysis could encompass various benchmarks, including throughput, latency, scalability, and cost, while evaluating performance under diverse workloads and data types. this comparative assessment holds the potential to guide the selection of the most suitable database and ccp for specific use cases. 6.1. research limitations and future research directions while the study provides insightful results, it is essential to acknowledge certain limitations that affect the ability to definitively conclude which cloud platform is superior. the integration of mongodb with google cloud demonstrated significant performance gains, particularly in managing extensive data reading and writing operations. additionally, google cloud's infrastructure demonstrated superior manageability and efficiency in handling distributed environments and large datasets compared to other cloud platforms. however, these observations cannot be fully generalized due to the lack of detailed information regarding the specific instance types used in the comparison. instance types, which define the virtual hardware configurations in cloud environments, play a crucial role in performance outcomes. different instance types can have varying amounts of cpu, memory, storage, and network capabilities, which significantly influence the performance of database operations and big data processing. without knowing the exact instance types used for google cloud, as well as for the other platforms, it is challenging to attribute the performance gains solely to the cloud platform itself. this study focuses solely on mongodb and riak kv as the nosql databases under evaluation. while these are popular choices, the nosql landscape is rapidly evolving, with numerous other databases offering different architectures and performance characteristics, such as cassandra, couchbase, and hbase. broadening the study to encompass a wider variety of nosql databases would provide a more comprehensive view of the relative advantages, disadvantages, and applicability of different databases for various big data workloads in cloud environments. this extension would enhance comprehension and facilitate the identification of the most suitable databases for specific use cases. similarly, the study deploys only the ycsb benchmark. incorporating additional benchmarks or workload generators that can simulate more realistic and diverse workload scenarios, including mixed workloads, ad-hoc queries, and data models with varying complexities, would provide a more comprehensive evaluation. additionally, the study focuses on three cloud platforms: digitalocean, openstack, and google cloud. while these are popular choices, the cloud computing landscape is rapidly evolving, with new platforms and services emerging constantly (e.g., amazon web services, microsoft azure, ibm cloud, etc.). expanding the research to include these additional platforms would provide a more comprehensive understanding of the cloud ecosystem. the decision tree which was proposed is specifically modeled based on experiments conducted with text-based data which were the focus of the performance evaluation. while it provides useful guidance for similar workloads, it may not be directly applicable to other data types, such as multimedia files, which have distinct storage and access requirements. furthermore, in this work, communication is used solely for setting up the nodes and, subsequently, running the benchmark on the cloud platform. this means we cannot control or manage the communication quality on the cloud server, as it is controlled by the server’s infrastructure. future research could explore techniques for mitigating the impact of fluctuating communication on benchmarking results. this may include adaptive workload distribution strategies or performance profiling approaches that consider network latency and bandwidth constraints. the recognition of inherent limitations in controlling communication quality underscores the importance of designing experiments that are robust to fluctuations in network performance. this may involve implementing redundancy measures, optimizing data transfer protocols, or selecting cloud regions with reliable network infrastructure. additionally, transparent reporting of communication constraints and their potential impact on benchmarking results can facilitate informed decision-making and the interpretation of performance metrics in cloud-based evaluation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 828 7. declarations 7.1. author contributions conceptualization, a.t. and y.a.; methodology, a.r.; software, a.r.; validation, e.e. and a.c.; formal analysis, e.e. and a.t.; investigation, a.r.; resources, d.c.; data curation, m.a.; writing—original draft preparation, s.a., m.a., e.e., a.r., and a.t.; writing—review and editing, y.a., d.c., n.m., and a.c.; visualization, e.e.; supervision, a.t. and a.r. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 7.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author. 7.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 7.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 7.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 7.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 8. references [1] deepa, n., pham, q. v., nguyen, d. c., bhattacharya, s., prabadevi, b., gadekallu, t. r., ... & pathirana, p. n. (2022). a survey on blockchain for big data: approaches, opportunities, and future directions. future generation computer systems, 131, 209226. doi:10.1016/j.future.2022.01.017. [2] souza, f., tavares, e., & araújo, c. (2025). a modelling approach for estimating energy consumption of nosql-based storage systems. journal of supercomputing, 81(6), 797. doi:10.1007/s11227-025-07298-4. [3] beckermann, b. m. (2025). transactional ycsb: benchmarking acid-compliant nosql systems with multi-operation transactions. datenbanksysteme für business, technologie und web (btw 2025), 1019-1030. doi:10.18420/btw2025-67. [4] adnan, k., & akbar, r. (2019). an analytical study of information extraction from unstructured and multidimensional big data. journal of big data, 6(1), 1-38. doi:10.1186/s40537-019-0254-8. [5] krishan, k., gupta, g., & bhathal, g. s. (2024). striking the balance: comprehensive insights into data consistency in nosql realms. proceedings of the 18th indiacom; 2024 11th international conference on computing for sustainable global development, indiacom 2024, 715–720. doi:10.23919/indiacom61295.2024.10498626. [6] carvalho, i., sá, f., & bernardino, j. (2023). performance evaluation of nosql document databases: couchbase, couchdb, and mongodb. algorithms, 16(2), 78. doi:10.3390/a16020078. [7] gomes, c., meuse, m. n., nogueira, b., maciel, p., & tavares, e. (2023). nosql-based storage systems: influence of consistency on performance, availability and energy consumption. journal of supercomputing, 79(18), 21424–21448. doi:10.1007/s11227023-05488-6. [8] ferreira, s., mendonça, j., & andrade, e. (2025). experimental performance analysis of data consistency levels in nosql databases. software practice and experience, 55(6), 1059–1070. doi:10.1002/spe.3412. [9] pramanik, s., & bandyopadhyay, s. k. (2023). analysis of big data. encyclopedia of data science and machine learning, igi global, 97-115. doi:10.4018/978-1-7998-9220-5.ch006. [10] weitzenboeck, e. m., lison, p., cyndecka, m., & langford, m. (2022). the gdpr and unstructured data: is anonymization possible? international data privacy law, 12(3), 184–206. doi:10.1093/idpl/ipac008. [11] sandhu, a. k. (2022). big data with cloud computing: discussions and challenges. big data mining and analytics, 5(1), 32– 40. doi:10.26599/bdma.2021.9020016. [12] rmis, a. m., & topcu, a. e. (2020). evaluating riak key value cluster for big data. tehnicki vjesnik, 27(1), 157–165. doi:10.17559/tv-20180916120558. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40537-019-0254-8 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 829 [13] andreoli, r., cucinotta, t., & de oliveira, d. b. (2023). priority-driven differentiated performance for nosql database-asa-service. ieee transactions on cloud computing, 11(4), 3469–3482. doi:10.1109/tcc.2023.3292031. [14] araújo, c., oliveira, m., nogueira, b., maciel, p., & tavares, e. (2024). performability evaluation of nosql-based storage systems. journal of systems and software, 208, 111885. doi:10.1016/j.jss.2023.111885. [15] bansal, n., sachdeva, s., & awasthi, l. k. (2024). are nosql databases affected by schema? iete journal of research, 70(5), 4770–4791. doi:10.1080/03772063.2023.2237478. [16] aceto, g., persico, v., & pescapé, a. (2020). industry 4.0 and health: internet of things, big data, and cloud computing for healthcare 4.0. journal of industrial information integration, 18, 100129. doi:10.1016/j.jii.2020.100129. [17] awaysheh, f. m., aladwan, m. n., alazab, m., alawadi, s., cabaleiro, j. c., & pena, t. f. (2022). security by design for big data frameworks over cloud computing. ieee transactions on engineering management, 69(6), 3676–3693. doi:10.1109/tem.2020.3045661. [18] gillis, a.s. (2022). digitalocean. available online: https://www.techtarget.com/searchcloudcomputing/definition/digitalocean (accessed on august 2025). [19] al-dhaqm, a., ikuesan, r. a., kebande, v. r., razak, s. a., grispos, g., choo, k. k. r., al-rimy, b. a. s., & alsewari, a. a. (2021). digital forensics subdomains: the state of the art and future directions. ieee access, 9, 152476–152502. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3124262. [20] singh, b., martyr, r., medland, t., astin, j., hunter, g., & nebel, j. c. (2022). cloud based evaluation of databases for stock market data. journal of cloud computing, 11(1), 53. doi:10.1186/s13677-022-00323-4. [21] barkat, a., dos santos, a. d., & ho, t. t. n. (2015). open stack and cloud stack: open source solutions for building public and private clouds. proceedings 16th international symposium on symbolic and numeric algorithms for scientific computing, synasc 2014, 429–436. doi:10.1109/synasc.2014.64. [22] osman, a. m. s. (2019). a novel big data analytics framework for smart cities. future generation computer systems, 91, 620– 633. doi:10.1016/j.future.2018.06.046. [23] martinez-mosquera, d., navarrete, r., luján-mora, s., recalde, l., & andrade-cabrera, a. (2024). integrating olap with nosql databases in big data environments: systematic mapping. big data and cognitive computing, 8(6), 64. doi:10.3390/bdcc8060064. [24] kanchan, s., kaur, p., & apoorva, p. (2020). empirical evaluation of nosql and relational database systems. recent advances in computer science and communications, 14(8), 2637–2650. doi:10.2174/2666255813999200612113208. [25] alzoubi, y. i., topcu, a. e., & erkaya, a. e. (2023). machine learning-based text classification comparison: turkish language context. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(16), 9428. doi:10.3390/app13169428. [26] topcu, a. e., alzoubi, y. i., & karacabey, h. a. (2023). text analysis of smart cities: a big data-based model. international journal of intelligent systems and applications in engineering, 11(4), 724–733. [27] obschonka, m., & audretsch, d. b. (2020). artificial intelligence and big data in entrepreneurship: a new era has begun. small business economics, 55(3), 529–539. doi:10.1007/s11187-019-00202-4. [28] luan, h., geczy, p., lai, h., gobert, j., yang, s. j. h., ogata, h., baltes, j., guerra, r., li, p., & tsai, c. c. (2020). challenges and future directions of big data and artificial intelligence in education. frontiers in psychology, 11, 580820. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2020.580820. [29] kenitar, s. b., arioua, m., & yahyaoui, m. (2023). a novel approach of latency and energy efficiency analysis of iiot with sql and nosql databases communication. ieee access, 11, 129247–129257. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3332483. [30] hofmann, e. (2017). big data and supply chain decisions: the impact of volume, variety and velocity properties on the bullwhip effect. international journal of production research, 55(17), 5108–5126. doi:10.1080/00207543.2015.1061222. [31] khan, w., kumar, t., zhang, c., raj, k., roy, a. m., & luo, b. (2023). sql and nosql database software architecture performance analysis and assessments—a systematic literature review. big data and cognitive computing, 7(2), 97. doi:10.3390/bdcc7020097. [32] mishra, a., jabar, t. s., alzoubi, y. i., & mishra, k. n. (2023). enhancing privacy-preserving mechanisms in cloud storage: a novel conceptual framework. concurrency and computation: practice and experience, 35(26), 7831. doi:10.1002/cpe.7831. [33] park, j., & lee, d. h. (2022). parallelly running and privacy-preserving k-nearest neighbor classification in outsourced cloud computing environments. electronics (switzerland), 11(24), 4132. doi:10.3390/electronics11244132. [34] zeghib, n. e. i., alwan, a. a., abualkishik, a. z., & gulzar, y. (2022). multi-route plan for reliable services in fog-based healthcare monitoring systems. international journal of grid and high performance computing, 14(1), 1–20. doi:10.4018/ijghpc.304908. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 830 [35] riak. (2025). riak – a distributed, decentralised data storage system. available online: https://github.com/basho/riak (accessed on august 2025). [36] topcu, a. e., & rmis, a. m. (2020). analysis and evaluation of the riak cluster environment in distributed databases. computer standards and interfaces, 72, 103452. doi:10.1016/j.csi.2020.103452. [37] eyada, m. m., saber, w., el genidy, m. m., & amer, f. (2020). performance evaluation of iot data management using mongodb versus mysql databases in different cloud environments. ieee access, 8, 110656–110668. doi:10.1109/access.2020.3002164. [38] mongodb. (2025). what is mongodb? available online: https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/ (accessed on august 2025). [39] da silva, l. f., & lima, j. v. f. (2023). an evaluation of relational and nosql distributed databases on a low-power cluster. journal of supercomputing, 79(12), 13402–13420. doi:10.1007/s11227-023-05166-7. [40] khan, s., liu, x., ali, s. a., & alam, m. (2023). bivariate, cluster, and suitability analysis of nosql solutions for big graph applications. advances in computers, 128, 39–105. doi:10.1016/bs.adcom.2021.09.006. [41] kim, s., hoang, y., yu, t. t., & kanwar, y. s. (2023). geoycsb: a benchmark framework for the performance and scalability evaluation of geospatial nosql databases. big data research, 31, 100368. doi:10.1016/j.bdr.2023.100368. [42] nurhadi, kadir, r. b. a., & surin, e. s. b. m. (2021). evaluation of nosql databases features and capabilities for smart city data lake management. lecture notes in electrical engineering: vol. 739 lnee, 383–392. doi:10.1007/978-981-33-63854_35. [43] seghier, n. ben, & kazar, o. (2021). performance benchmarking and comparison of nosql databases: redis vs mongodb vs cassandra using ycsb tool. proceedings 2021 ieee international conference on recent advances in mathematics and informatics, icrami 2021, 9585956. doi:10.1109/icrami52622.2021.9585956. [44] celesti, a., lay-ekuakille, a., wan, j., fazio, m., celesti, f., romano, a., bramanti, p., & villari, m. (2020). information management in iot cloud-based tele-rehabilitation as a service for smart cities: comparison of nosql approaches. measurement: journal of the international measurement confederation, 151, 107218. doi:10.1016/j.measurement.2019.107218. [45] kausar, m. a., & nasar, m. (2019). sql versus nosql databases to assess their appropriateness for big data application. recent advances in computer science and communications, 14(4), 1098–1108. doi:10.2174/2213275912666191028111632. [46] copper, b. f. (2020). core ycsb properties. github. available online: https://github.com/brianfrankcooper/ycsb/wiki/coreproperties (accessed on august 2025). [47] cribbs, s. (2025). schema design in riak – introduction. available online: https://riak.com/posts/technical/schema-design-inriak-introduction/index.html (accessed on august 2025). [48] capris, t., melo, p., garcia, n. m., pires, i. m., & zdravevski, e. (2022). comparison of sql and nosql databases with different workloads: mongodb vs mysql evaluation. 2022 international conference on data analytics for business and industry, icdabi 2022, 214–218. doi:10.1109/icdabi56818.2022.10041513. [49] antas, j., silva, r. r., & bernardino, j. (2022). assessment of sql and nosql systems to store and mine covid-19 data. computers, 11(2), 29. doi:10.3390/computers11020029. [50] negi, s., rauthan, m. m. s., vaisla, k. s., & panwar, n. (2021). cmodlb: an efficient load balancing approach in cloud computing environment. journal of supercomputing, 77(8), 8787–8839. doi:10.1007/s11227-020-03601-7. [51] fernandez, r. (2023). google cloud platform: what is it, and should you use it? available online: https://www.techrepublic.com/article/google-cloud-platform-the-smart-persons-guide/ (accessed on august 2025). https://github.com/basho/riak https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/ https://github.com/brianfrankcooper/ycsb/wiki/core-properties https://github.com/brianfrankcooper/ycsb/wiki/core-properties https://riak.com/posts/technical/schema-design-in-riak-introduction/index.html https://riak.com/posts/technical/schema-design-in-riak-introduction/index.html https://www.techrepublic.com/article/google-cloud-platform-the-smart-persons-guide/ available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 770 issn: 2723-9535 assessing ai-driven personalization in smart cities using hybrid machine learning and mcdm approach muhammad faisal 1* , sahabuddin 2 , ery muchyar hasiri 3 , darniati 1 , titik khawa abd rahman 4 , ida mulyadi 1 , billy eden william asrul 5 , sri wahyuni 6 , i dewa made widia 7 1 department of informatics, universitas muhammadiyah makassar, makassar, indonesia. 2 department of information technology, universitas bosowa, makassar, indonesia. 3 department of informatics engineering, universitas dayanu ikhsanuddin, bau-bau, indonesia. 4 school of science and technology, asia e university, subang jaya, selangor, malaysia. 5 department of informatics engineering, universitas handayani, makassar, indonesia. 6 universitas islam negeri alauddin makassar, makassar, indonesia. 7 faculty of vocational studies, universitas brawijaya, malang, indonesia. received 04 february 2025; revised 04 july 2025; accepted 09 july 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract this study aims to assess ai-driven personalization strategies in smart cities, focusing on promoting digital inclusion across diverse urban populations. as artificial intelligence becomes increasingly central to urban service delivery, ensuring equitable and effective personalization is critical to preventing the amplification of digital inequality. to address this challenge, a hybrid evaluation framework is proposed, integrating multi-criteria decision making (mcdm) techniques, specifically step-wise weight assessment ratio analysis (swara), linguistic q-rung orthopair fuzzy numbers (lqrofns), and the multi-attributive border approximation area comparison (mabac) with a machine learning (ml) classification model based on random forest. the framework is applied to stakeholder input from ten indonesian smart cities, evaluating personalization readiness across five dimensions: accessibility, affordability, user engagement, privacy, and personalization effectiveness. the results indicate that accessibility and user engagement are the most influential criteria, while affordability and privacy are areas requiring strategic policy focus. the integrated model classifies cities by readiness level and identifies sensitivity patterns relevant to inclusive digital policy-making. the novelty of this research lies in its synthesis of mcdm and ml approaches to produce a transparent, scalable, and data-driven tool for evaluating ai personalization. this contributes to inclusive smart city development by aligning ai implementation with broader social equity objectives. keywords: machine learning; mcdm; data-driven evaluation; ai personalization; classification; smart city. 1. introduction the emergence of smart cities represents a strategic response to accelerating urbanization, focusing on enhancing infrastructure, public services, and sustainability by integrating advanced technologies [1, 2]. among these technologies, artificial intelligence (ai) plays a pivotal role, particularly through ai-driven personalization, which enables services * corresponding author: muhfaisal@unismuh.ac.id http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-03  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1469-9468 https://orcid.org/0009-0003-6848-7521 https://orcid.org/0009-0005-9315-6542 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3641-1755 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7174-7625 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5992-1686 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2802-8067 https://orcid.org/0009-0004-5301-8148 https://orcid.org/0009-0008-1310-3195 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 771 to dynamically adapt to individual user needs [3]. this transformation is further supported by hybrid approaches combining machine learning and multi-criteria decision-making methodologies, facilitating more data-informed and context-sensitive decision-making [4]. while ai-based personalization holds great promises for improving efficiency, responsiveness, and citizen satisfaction, it also poses significant risks of exacerbating digital inequality if inclusivity and equity are not prioritized explicitly [3, 5]. as smart cities increasingly adopt ai to optimize public services, ensuring the fair distribution of benefits across socio-economic groups is essential. scholars have highlighted the need to embed social sustainability principles, such as inclusion, equity, and citizen participation, throughout the smart city development process to ensure these systems are just and inclusive [6, 7]. recent studies have demonstrated ai's capacity to transform urban governance through real-time analytics and predictive service delivery, enhancing both the efficiency of public services and the quality of life for residents [8]. however, ethical concerns, including privacy, autonomy, and algorithmic bias, have emerged as major challenges. as lawelai et al. [9] argue, algorithmic systems may inadvertently reinforce existing social inequalities without participatory safeguards, emphasizing the need for inclusive and transparent evaluation frameworks. achieving sustainable smart city digitalization necessitates frameworks prioritizing community engagement, equitable access, and accountability. while several value-sensitive design approaches have been proposed [10, 11], many existing evaluation models for ai-driven personalization fail to comprehensively address key aspects of digital inclusion, such as accessibility, affordability, digital literacy, and infrastructure gaps. moreover, few frameworks provide policymakers with structured tools to assess trade-offs and make evidence-based, inclusive decisions that consider the needs of all urban populations [12]. from a methodological perspective, integrating mcdm and machine learning offers a balanced approach to urban evaluation by combining qualitative reasoning with quantitative insights. mcdm facilitates prioritizing complex urban objectives, such as environmental impact, affordability, and user satisfaction, while ml enhances classification and predictive analysis capabilities [13]. the importance of hybrid methods that incorporate public sentiment to enhance trust and adoption of ai technologies has been emphasized. however, despite these advancements, challenges remain concerning data governance and unequal access to ai-driven services, which impede the equitable implementation of smart city technologies [14, 15]. the integration of ml and mcdm into ai-driven personalization evaluations marks a significant advancement in assessing these strategies to improve digital inclusion in smart cities [16]. therefore, this study proposes a hybrid evaluation framework that integrates fuzzy mcdm methods, namely swara, lq-rofns, and mabac with a random forest classifier to assess ai personalization readiness across five dimensions: accessibility, affordability, user engagement, privacy, and personalization effectiveness. using expert-based data from ten indonesian smart cities, the framework is empirically validated to demonstrate its applicability in real-world urban contexts. this study makes three key contributions to literature. first, it conceptualizes an inclusive and empirically validated framework for evaluating ai-driven personalization in smart cities. second, it integrates fuzzy logic-based mcdm techniques swara, lq-rofns, and mabac with random forest classification to support interpretable and robust analysis. third, it demonstrates the framework’s practical utility in enabling evidence-based, inclusive digital governance across diverse urban contexts. the objectives of this study are to: (1) identify and prioritize key criteria that influence ai personalization in smart cities, (2) evaluate the readiness of urban regions using expert-based fuzzy assessments, and (3) validate the evaluation through supervised classification. the framework aims to assist policymakers in designing data-driven, inclusive ai strategies for urban development. the structure of this paper is organized as follows. section 1 introduces the study and outlines the research background. section 2 reviews the state-of-the-art literature on ai-driven personalization in smart cities, with a focus on identifying existing methodological gaps. section 3 describes the research methodology, emphasizing the proposed hybrid ml and mcdm framework and the techniques implemented. section 4 presents the empirical analysis and discusses its implications for smart city policy development. finally, section 5 concludes the paper by summarizing key findings and outlining directions for future research. 2. literature review 2.1. theoretical background this structured approach is complemented by the integration of machine learning algorithms that discuss how intelligent data collection and processing can significantly improve decision-making outcomes in the context of transportation systems [17]. the utilization of ml technology offers a different understanding of system dynamics and provides a foundation for resilient and adaptive transportation networks in the ever-evolving smart city landscape. in addition, the application of the mcdm method in smart cities is well documented. for instance, it illustrates how datadriven preference learning can effectively address the challenges of interacting with various criteria, thereby improving hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 772 decision-making in urban environments [18]. this is further supported by research using the hybrid mcdm method to evaluate urban mobility systems, which demonstrates the practical application of this technique in real-world scenarios [19]. methodologies like these are critical in ensuring that urban mobility solutions are efficient and equitable and meet the needs of all citizens. ai-based systems can analyze large amounts of data to tailor services to individual preferences, thereby driving digital inclusion. for example, developing an intelligent decision support system that combines ml and mcdm methodologies can improve service personalization [20]. these integrations enable the understanding and prediction of more diverse user needs, which is critical to fostering an inclusive digital environment. in addition, the impact of the application of ai on the decision-making process in smart cities is enormous, highlighting that ai and the internet of things can significantly improve intelligent decision-making capabilities and drive social innovation [21]. this perspective aligns with the findings of those who argue that the synergy between ai and big data analytics creates a robust framework for informed decision-making in smart cities [22]. frameworks like these are critical to addressing urban areas' challenges, including sustainability, resource management, and community. 2.2. challenges in ai personalization evaluation ai-driven personalization holds considerable potential for enhancing service delivery and promoting sustainability within smart cities [23]. however, existing evaluation frameworks often fail to address critical challenges, particularly digital inequality, where ai systems may disproportionately benefit individuals with higher levels of digital literacy, better access to technology, and greater socio-economic resources. this issue is further compounded by inequitable access, especially in low-income areas, where large segments of the population are excluded from the benefits of ai systems. ethical concerns, including privacy violations, algorithmic bias, and threats to user autonomy, further complicate the adoption of ai technologies. current evaluation models predominantly focus on technical and economic criteria, while neglecting social dimensions, thus limiting their capacity to ensure fairness and inclusiveness in ai systems. brito et al. [24] underscores the importance of incorporating fairness and inclusivity within ai systems to mitigate digital inequalities. furthermore, mcdm models fail to account for the complexities inherent in digital inclusion and often overlook the inclusion of stakeholder input, particularly from marginalized groups [25]. this challenge extends to adopting ai-driven recommendation systems, which are central to personalization efforts in smart cities. in addition, existing frameworks often lack transparency and scalability, making it difficult for stakeholders to comprehend the decision-making processes underpinning ai systems, thus undermining public trust. furthermore, most models fail to address the diverse and complex needs of larger cities, limiting their applicability across varied urban environments. data governance remains a significant issue, as many frameworks lack comprehensive guidelines for safeguarding personal data, thereby compromising privacy [26]. the unequal distribution of access to ai technologies exacerbates the digital divide, with only certain segments of the population benefiting from technological advancements. these gaps in current methodologies highlight the urgent need for the development of inclusive, scalable frameworks capable of comprehensively assessing ai personalization, ensuring that technological benefits are equitably distributed across all urban populations. 2.3. mcdm in smart city performance evaluation the sheer number of indicators and complexity involved in assessing urban performance in smart cities necessitates the application of multicriteria evaluation methods, which are often associated with ambiguity and uncertainty [27]. comparison of cities is important to provide an overview of the situation of cities globally. in recent years, the concept of smart city has attracted more and more attention, leading to increased competition between cities [28]. for example, a study by ozkaya & erdin evaluated smart cities using the mcdm approach [29] to help identify and analyse key criteria, such as quality of life, infrastructure, and social and environmental sustainability. however, due to the complexity and multitude of factors to consider, more flexible and adaptive methods are needed. mcdm is an effective tool for dealing with uncertainty [30], because it allows decision-making by considering various criteria simultaneously [31]. 3. method 3.1. identification of criteria ai-based personalization evaluation in smart cities requires a comprehensive framework that addresses a range of key criteria related to accessibility, affordability, user engagement, privacy and security, and effectiveness. each of these criteria includes a variety of subcriteria that are important for ensuring equitable access and outcomes for diverse socioeconomic groups. accessibility is a fundamental criterion that includes several subcriteria of technology accessibility, language accessibility, accessibility for people with disabilities, and geographical accessibility. emphasizing the importance of addressing social structures that limit access to ai technology suggests that equitable benefit distribution hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 773 can only be achieved through an inclusive design and implementation process [32]. additionally, the need to invest in digital infrastructure to ensure equitable access to ai tools in urban and rural areas was highlighted in a study that underscored the importance of reliable internet access and hardware availability [33]. affordability is another important criterion, which includes access costs, data costs, hardware requirements, and long-term affordability. economic evaluations of the application of ai, particularly in health and education, show that cost barriers can significantly hinder access for socio-economic groups [34]. for instance, it discusses how ai-equipped educational tools can adapt to individual learning needs but emphasizes that they must be affordable to ensure widespread adoption [35]. highlighting the gap in access to generative ai technologies in developing countries, where inadequate infrastructure exacerbates economic disparities [36]. user engagement is critical to the successful implementation of ai-based services. these criteria include cultural relevance, ease of use, user-centered feedback mechanisms, trust and convenience, and social inclusion. supporting a sociological perspective on ai, emphasizing the need for user engagement strategies that consider diverse user backgrounds and experiences to encourage inclusiveness [37]. support this further by advocating for ai tools designed with user input in mind, ensuring that they meet the needs of all community members [38]. privacy and security criteria include data anonymization, consent mechanisms, and data storage and transmission security. emphasizing the importance of ethical considerations in the application of ai, particularly in healthcare, where data privacy and accountability are essential to maintain public trust [39]. similarly, there is a need for user-centric principles in ai-based healthcare monitoring systems to ensure that privacy issues are adequately addressed [40]. effectiveness includes impact on targeted outcomes, scalability, sustainability, and adaptability. the effectiveness of ai applications in smart cities can be evaluated based on their ability to provide tangible benefits to users while being scalable and sustainable over time. furthermore, it advocates for a human-centered design approach that mitigates bias in ai systems, thereby increasing its effectiveness across various populations [41]. in addition, the scalability of ai solutions is essential to meet the growing needs of urban populations, as previous research has proposed cognitive iot architectures that can adapt to changing urban dynamics [42]. evaluation of ai-based personalization in smart cities should consider a multi-sided framework that addresses accessibility, affordability, user engagement, privacy and security, and effectiveness. by focusing on their respective criteria and subcriteria, policymakers and city planners can work to create an inclusive and equitable smart city environment that benefits all groups of people. 3.2. design of hybrid swara, lq-rofn, and mabac solving complex problems in real-life scenarios often involves selecting the best alternative from several options based on multiple measurable and non-measurable factors, which is the core purpose of multi-criteria decision-making (mcdm) methods [43]. despite their usefulness, conventional mcdm approaches that depend on exact data values struggle to accommodate the uncertain and dynamic nature of real-world systems. these traditional techniques often suffer from limitations such as imprecise data handling, inability to assign appropriate importance to criteria, and inconsistencies when applied to pre-established datasets [44]. in this study, mcdm was applied using three methods, including swara, to determine the weight of the criteria and produce a more objective assessment of the importance of each criterion [45]. lq-rofns handle uncertainty by considering varying levels of importance in the data [46]. finally, mabac is used to evaluate alternatives by measuring distances within the attribute space, which allows for better comparisons between existing options [47]. the combination of these three methods provides a comprehensive and accurate approach to assessing the performance of smart cities and providing relevant insights into sustainable and inclusive policy development. the procedure comprises the following stages: step 1: sum the expert assessments for each criterion and calculate the average value for each opinion, as expressed by equation 1. 𝑡�̅� = ∑ 𝑡𝑗𝑘 𝑟 𝑘=1 𝑟 (1) where; 𝑡�̅� reflect the average expert assessment for criterion 𝑗, and 𝑡𝑗𝑘 reflect the assessment of criterion 𝑗 by expert 𝑘, and 𝑟 denotes the total number of experts. step 2: find the comparative value and the value of the coefficient, as expressed by equation 2. 𝑘𝑗 = { 1 𝑆𝑗 + 1 𝑗=1 𝑗>1 (2) where; 𝑆𝑗 reflect the comparative value assigned to criterion 𝑗, and 𝑘𝑗 reflect the coefficient related to this comparative value. step 3: the weight of each criterion is recalculated based on the coefficient value, as expressed by equation 3. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 774 𝑞𝑗 = { 1 𝑘𝑗−1 𝑘𝑗 𝑗=1 𝑗>1 (3) where; 𝑞𝑗 reflect the recalculated weight of criterion 𝑗. recalculation is expressed as 𝑞𝑗 = 1 when 𝑘𝑗 = 1, and 𝑞𝑗 = 𝑘𝑗−1 𝑘𝑗 when 𝑗 > 1. step 4: determining the final weight for each criterion, as expressed by equation 4. 𝑤𝑗 = 𝑞𝑗 ∑ 𝑞𝑗 𝑛 𝑗=1 (4) where; 𝑤𝑗 reflects the relative importance of criterion 𝑗 based on the expert evaluations and the recalculated values, that is calculated by dividing the recalculated weight 𝑞𝑗 by the sum of all recalculated weights ∑ 𝑞𝑗 𝑛 𝑗=1 , where 𝑛 is the total number of criteria. step 5: once the weights for each subcriterion have been determined, the subsequent step involves defuzzifying the aggregated lq-rofns using a score function, as illustrated in equation 5 [48]. 𝐿𝑞_𝑅𝑂𝐹𝑁𝑖 = (𝜇𝑖 − 𝑣𝑖) (5) where; 𝐿𝑞_𝑅𝑂𝐹𝑁𝑖 reflect the resulting fuzzy number for criterion 𝑖, which reflects the uncertainty or imprecision in evaluating that criterion. the 𝜇𝑖 reflect the upper bound of the fuzzy number for criterion 𝑖. the 𝑣𝑖 represents the lower bound of the fuzzy number for criterion 𝑖. step 6: aggregating the expert evaluations by incorporating the initial weights derived from the swara method. the aggregation is expressed by equation 6. 𝐿𝑞_𝑅𝑂𝐹𝑁aggregated = ∑(𝑤𝑖 − 𝐿𝑞_𝑅𝑂𝐹𝑁𝑖) (6) 𝐿𝑞_𝑅𝑂𝐹𝑁aggregated reflect the aggregated fuzzy number derived by considering each criterion's weighted evaluations. the 𝑤𝑖 reflect the weight assigned to criterion 𝑖 calculated through the swara method. 𝐿𝑞_𝑅𝑂𝐹𝑁𝑖 represents the fuzzy evaluation of the 𝑖𝑡ℎ criterion. the sum of these weighted fuzzy numbers provides a comprehensive aggregated evaluation for the alternatives being considered, considering the importance of each criterion and the uncertainty inherent in the fuzzy evaluations. step 7: determine aggregation linguistic evaluations with different importance levels for criteria, as expressed by equation 7. 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡𝑖 = 𝛼 × 𝑆𝑊𝐴𝑅𝐴_𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡𝑖 + (1 − 𝛼) × 𝐿𝑞_𝑅𝑂𝐹𝑁𝑖 (7) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡𝑖 reflect the combined importance of criterion 𝑖, considering both expert judgment and the uncertainty of fuzzy evaluations. the coefficient α (ranging from 0 to 1) acts as a scaling factor, determining each method influences the final weight. 𝑆𝑊𝐴𝑅𝐴_𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡𝑖 represents the importance of the i-th criterion as calculated through the swara technique, while the expression (1 − 𝛼) denotes the complementary proportion of weight attributed to the 𝐿𝑞_𝑅𝑂𝐹𝑁𝑖 based evaluation. step 8: format the matrix x by evaluating 𝑚 alternatives based on n criteria. the alternatives are represented as vectors ai = (xi1, xi2, . . , xin), where 𝑋𝑖𝑗 reflect the value of the i-th alternative concerning the j-th criterion 𝑖 = 1,2, . . , 𝑚; 𝑗 = 1,2. . 𝑛. the format of the matrix can be expressed by equation 8. x = 𝑎_1 𝑎_2 … 𝑎_m 𝑐_1 𝑐_2 … 𝑐_n [ 𝑥_11 𝑥_12 … 𝑥_1n 𝑥_21 𝑥_22 . . . 𝑥_2n … … … … 𝑥_m1 𝑥_m2 … 𝑥_mn ] (8) the evaluation matrix 𝑋 is constructed by organizing the assessments of 𝑚 alternatives across 𝑛 criteria. each alternative is represented as a vector 𝐴𝑖 = (𝑥𝑖1, 𝑥𝑖2, … , 𝑥𝑖𝑛), where each element 𝑥𝑖𝑗 is the value of the 𝑖𝑡ℎ alternative according to the j-th criterion. step 9: the elements of the initial matrix are normalized according to the formulation provided in equation 9. n = a1 a2 … am c1 c2 … cn [ t11 t12 … t1n t21 t22 . . . t2n … … … … tm1 tm2 … tmn ] (9) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 775 normalization ensures that all criteria are on the same scale. the normalized matrix 𝑁 is calculated by applying a normalization method to each element 𝑥𝑖𝑗 of the matrix. step 10: determining the normalization of matrix elements, as expressed by equation 10. benefit 𝑡𝑖𝑗 = 𝑥𝑖𝑗−𝑥𝑖 − 𝑥𝑖 +−𝑥𝑖 −, for cost 𝑡𝑖𝑗 = 𝑥𝑖𝑗−𝑥𝑖 + 𝑥𝑖 −−𝑥𝑖 + (10) 𝑥𝑖 + and 𝑥𝑖 − represent the maximum and minimum values for the 𝑖𝑡ℎ criterion across all alternatives, respectively. the 𝑡𝑖𝑗 represents the normalized value for the i-th alternative according to the j-th criterion. step 11: calculating the elements of the weighted matrix. the calculating of the elements of the weighted matrix 𝑉 by adjusting the normalized evaluations based on the weights assigned to each criterion. each element 𝑣𝑖𝑗 in the matrix is the product of two components: the normalized value of the i-th alternative for the 𝑗 criterion, denoted as 𝑡𝑖𝑗, and the weight assigned to the j-th criterion, represented by fw𝑖 . the calculation of the elements of the weighted matrix can be expressed by equation 11. 𝑣𝑖𝑗 = fw𝑖 ⋅ 𝑡𝑖𝑗 (11) by multiplying the normalized evaluation 𝑡𝑖𝑗 by the corresponding weight fw𝑖 , we obtain the weighted value 𝑣𝑖𝑗 , which reflects both the importance of the criterion and the performance of the alternative for that criterion. this weighting is crucial because it ensures that more important criteria have a greater influence on the decision process. step 12: determining the border approximation area matrix. once the weighted matrix is obtained, then calculate the border approximation area matrix 𝐺 for each alternative. this matrix is calculated by taking the geometric mean of the weighted values across all criteria for each alternative. the determining border approximation area matrix can be expressed by equation 12. 𝑔𝑖 = (∏ 𝑣𝑖𝑗 𝑚 𝑗=1 ) 1 𝑚 (12) 𝑔𝑖 represents the border approximation for the 𝑖-th alternative. this is done by multiplying all the weighted values 𝑣𝑖𝑗 for a particular alternative across the criteria and then taking the 𝑚-th root, where 𝑚 is the number of criteria. step 13: calculate the distance of the border approximation area. calculating the distance of each alternative helps assess how far each alternative is from the ideal or optimal solution, where the distance is expressed as the difference between the weighted matrix 𝑉 and the border approximation matrix 𝐺, as expressed by equation 13. 𝑄 = 𝑉 − 𝐺 (13) 𝑄 reflect the distance matrix, where each element 𝑞𝑖𝑗 reflect the difference between the weighted value 𝑣𝑖𝑗 of the ith alternative for the j-th criterion and the corresponding border approximation value 𝑔𝑖. step 14: performance classification based on threshold value. the classification helps simplify decision-making by distinguishing between alternatives that perform above a certain threshold, as expressed by equation 14. 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 = { 𝑆𝑖 > 𝑘 = 𝐻𝑖𝑔ℎ 𝑆𝑖 ≤ 𝑘 = 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 (14) 𝑆𝑖 reflect a score of the 𝑖-th alternative based on the calculated distance from the border approximation. when the score 𝑆𝑖 greater than the threshold 𝑘, then the alternative is the classified performance as having high performance, meaning it performs well compared to the ideal solution. when the score is less than or equal to 𝑘, the alternative is classified as having moderate performance, indicating that it does not meet the optimal standard. this final classification helps decision-makers easily categorize and compare the alternatives based on their relative performance. the outcomes generated from each stage of the mcdm process serve as inputs for the subsequent classification phase. 3.3. classification of random forest the integration of random forest algorithms within the context of smart cities has garnered significant attention due to their effectiveness in analyzing complex urban data and enhancing decision-making processes. one of the significant advantages of random forests is their flexibility in handling different types of data without requiring strict assumptions about the underlying distribution [49]. random forest is a classifier that consists of a collection of structured tree classifiers [50], with independently identical distributed random trees, and each tree throws a unit sound for the final classification of the input 𝑥. the random forest uses the gini index to determine the final class in each tree. the final class of each tree is collected and selected by the weight values to build the final classifier, expressed by equation 15. 𝐺𝑖𝑛𝑖 (𝑇) = 1 − ∑ (𝑝𝑗) 2𝑛 𝑗=1 (15) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 776 the gini index denoted as 𝐺𝑖𝑛𝑖(𝑇), reflect a measure of inequality or impurity commonly used in decision trees and classification problems. the term 𝑝𝑗 represents the proportion of data points in the 𝑗-th class. this is calculated as the number of data points in class 𝑗 divided by the total number of data points. the summation ∑ 𝑝𝑗 2𝑛 𝑗=1 sums the squares of the proportions for all classes. when the dataset 𝑇 is divided into two subsets, 𝑇1 and 𝑇2, with sizes 𝑁1 and 𝑁2, respectively, where the indices in the data split correspond to class 𝑛 as expressed by equation 16. 𝐺𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑠𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑡(𝑇) = 𝑁1 𝑁 𝑔𝑖𝑛𝑖(𝑇1) + 𝑁2 𝑁 𝑔𝑖𝑛𝑖(𝑇2) (16) as a complement to the stages implemented in the mcdm process, the random forest algorithm plays a role in classifying and predicting test data, where the target class is determined based on the results of the decision from the mcdm method, as expressed by equation 17. 𝑇𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒𝑡𝐶𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑠 = { 𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒 𝑖𝑓 𝑀𝐶𝐷𝑀_𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑢𝑙𝑡 = 𝐶𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛_𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑢𝑙𝑡 𝐹𝑎𝑙𝑠𝑒 𝑖𝑓 𝑀𝐶𝐷𝑀_𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑢𝑙𝑡 ≠ 𝐶𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛_𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑢𝑙𝑡 (17) true and false denote the possible values of the targetclass, reflecting the agreement or disagreement. the conditions outlined specify the criteria for assigning each value based on the equality or inequality of the decisions. 3.4. proposed framework the foundation of any academic research lies in a structured framework that guides researchers through the complexity of investigation. therefore, this study proposes a structured framework applicable across disciplines to guide systematic research. the framework shown in figure 1 is designed to be adaptable, allowing researchers to tailor it to their specific needs while still adhering to rigorous academic standards. methodology actors and actions factors accessibility affordability user engagement privacy security effectiveness technological accessibility ; language accessibility; accessibility for people with disabilities; geographic accessibility; cost of access; data costs; hardware requirements; long-term affordability; cultural relevance; ease of use; user-centered feedback mechanisms; trust and comfort; social inclusion; data anonymization; consent mechanisms; security of data storage; impact on target outcomes; scalability; sustainability; adaptability. weighted (swara) normalization (lq-rofns) ranking (mabac) si > threshold => good performance si threshold => moderate performance determine target class true if mcdm_result = classification result false if mcdm_result classification result refine target class (random forest) indentification evaluation consensus scoring feeback recommendation collection of data collaborate with research monitoring and validation decision making evaluating ai-driven personalization smart cities m u lt i c ri te ri a d e c is io n m a k in g c la ss if ic a ti o n exper t communitie s government m u lti c rite ria d e c isio n m a k in g c la ssific a tio n {class = good performance moderate performance group of smart city: figure 1. proposed framework based on the illustration in figure 1, the framework proposed outlines an approach for assessing ai-driven personalization and promoting digital inclusion by integrating mcdm techniques and machine learning algorithms. the methodology considers accessibility, affordability, engagement, privacy, and effectiveness to evaluate strategies for promoting digital inclusion in smart cities. 3.5. data collection the data of this study comes from a questionnaire distributed to respondents in 10 cities that have implemented smart city technology, including the community, academics, experts, and the government. necessary instructions and guidance are provided during the filling process to ensure the validity of the questionnaire. a total of 700 questionnaires were hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 777 distributed offline and online and through micro-interviews by phone, and after screening and analysis, 512 final questionnaires were created, with a return rate of 73.14%. the recommended sample size from previous studies showed that 50 was considered poor, 300 was considered good, 500 was considered excellent, and 1000 was considered outstanding [51]. therefore, 512 sample data used in this study meet the standard. overall, the basic information the respondents summarized is shown in table 1. table 1. basic demographic information the respondents type options frequency percentage number of years using aidriven personalization tools less than 1 year 130 25.39% 1–3 years 180 35.16% 3–5 years 130 25.39% more than 5 years 72 14.06% types of smart city services used public transportation 140 27.34% smart energy management 110 21.48% health monitoring systems 90 17.58% waste management 80 15.63% traffic management and smart parking 55 10.74% environmental monitoring 50 9.77% digital government services 70 13.67% education and learning platforms 45 8.79% telemedicine and health services 60 11.72% ai-driven personalization techniques used recommendation systems 160 31.25% predictive analytics 120 23.44% natural language processing (nlp) 100 19.53% image and video recognition 80 15.63% sentiment analysis 52 10.16% frequency of ai-driven personalization use daily 210 41.02% weekly 160 31.25% monthly 95 18.55% rarely 47 9.18% primary role in smart city initiatives government official 100 19.53% engineer/technical role 130 25.39% researcher 80 15.63% consultant 50 9.77% policy maker 60 11.72% developer 92 17.97% the questionnaire is designed with scenario design as the main idea so that respondents can quickly provide feedback in real [52]. the questionnaire format is built based on the criteria summarized through literature review and interviews with relevant experts, as shown in table 2. table 2. list of factors and criteria no. factor criteria 1 accessibility technological accessibility, language accessibility, accessibility for people with disabilities, and geographic accessibility. 2 affordability cost of access, data costs, hardware requirement, long-term affordability. 3 user engagement cultural relevance, ease of use, user-centered feedback mechanisms, trust and comfort, and social inclusion. 4 privacy and security data anonymization, consent mechanisms, security of data storage and transmission 5 effectiveness impact on target outcomes, scalability, sustainability, adaptability the factors and criteria outlined in table 2 are integral to the stages of the mcdm and classification implementation processes, which will be discussed in detail in the subsequent chapter. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 778 4. illustrative study 4.1. mcdm using hybrid swara, lq-rofn, and mabac the initial phase of the mcdm implementation involves assigning weights to each criterion using the swara approach, in which a ranking index ranging from 1 to 20 affects the corresponding weight values. the relevant data is presented in table 3. table 3. list of the initial weight of criteria no. factors code criteria initial weight 1 accessibility c1 technological accessibility 0.03516 c2 language accessibility 0.05907 c3 accessibility for people with disabilities 0.08555 c4 geographic accessibility 0.10889 2 affordability c5 cost of access 0.12360 c6 data costs 0.12661 c7 hardware requirements 0.11817 c8 long-term affordability 0.10129 3 user engagement c9 cultural relevance 0.08027 c10 ease of use 0.05914 c11 user-centered feedback mechanisms 0.04072 c12 trust and comfort 0.02631 c13 social inclusion 0.01601 4 privacy and security c14 data anonymization 0.00921 c15 consent mechanisms 0.00502 c16 security of data storage and transmission 0.00260 5 effectiveness c17 impact on target outcomes 0.00128 c18 scalability 0.00060 c19 sustainability 0.00027 c20 adaptability 0.00011 to enhance the subjectivity of the initial weights and better capture uncertainty and linguistic judgments, the company employs lq-rofns. a panel of experts evaluates each criterion using predefined linguistic terms—excellent (e), good (g), moderate (m), below (b), and poor (p)—which are then mapped to corresponding q-rung orthopair fuzzy values, as detailed in table 4. table 4. linguistic terms for evaluation linguistic terms membership non-membership excellent (e) 0.9 0.05 good (g) 0.7 0.2 moderate (m) 0.5 0.4 below (b) 0.3 0.6 poor (p) 0.3 0.85 based on linguistic terms in table 4, the experts evaluate the criteria as seen in table 5. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 779 table 5. list of final weight of criteria code criteria evaluation (µ ; v) lq-rofn final weight c1 technological accessibility { 0.9 ; 0.05 } 0.85 0.36110 c2 language accessibility { 0.7 ; 0.2 } 0.50 0.23544 c3 accessibility for people with disabilities { 0.7 ; 0.2 } 0.50 0.25133 c4 geographic accessibility { 0.9 ; 0.05 } 0.85 0.40533 c5 cost of access { 0.7 ; 0.2 } 0.50 0.27416 c6 data costs { 0.7 ; 0.2 } 0.50 0.27597 c7 hardware requirements { 0.7 ; 0.2 } 0.50 0.27090 c8 long-term affordability { 0.7 ; 0.2 } 0.50 0.26077 c9 cultural relevance { 0.9 ; 0.05 } 0.85 0.38816 c10 ease of use { 0.9 ; 0.05 } 0.85 0.37548 c11 user-centered feedback mechanisms { 0.9 ; 0.05 } 0.85 0.36443 c12 trust and comfort { 0.9 ; 0.05 } 0.85 0.35579 c13 social inclusion { 0.7 ; 0.2 } 0.50 0.20961 c14 data anonymization { 0.5 ; 0.4 } 0.10 0.04553 c15 consent mechanisms { 0.7 ; 0.2 } 0.50 0.20301 c16 security of data storage and transmission { 0.7 ; 0.2 } 0.50 0.20156 c17 impact on target outcomes { 0.9 ; 0.05 } 0.85 0.34077 c18 scalability { 0.9 ; 0.05 } 0.85 0.34036 c19 sustainability { 0.5 ; 0.4 } 0.10 0.04016 c20 adaptability { 0.5 ; 0.4 } 0.10 0.04007 table 5 presents the evaluation outcomes, aggregated values, and final decision weights for each criterion. in the lqrofns computation process, the coefficient α is set at 0.6. an illustrative example of weight determination using both the swara and lq-rofns methods is provided below: finalweighti = 𝛼 × 𝑆𝑊𝐴𝑅𝐴_𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡𝑖 + (1 − 𝛼) × 𝐿𝑞𝑅𝑂𝐹𝑁𝑖 finalweightc1 = 0.6 * 0.03516 + (1 – 0.6) * 0.85 = 0.36110. overall, the comparison of the initial weight value and the evaluation results is shown in figure 2. figure 2. comparison of initial and final weights of criteria c1–c20 the chart illustrates a clear shift in the distribution of criterion importance between the initial and final weights across 20 criteria. several criteria, such as c4, c9, c10, c11, c17, c18, experienced significant increases in final weight, indicating their elevated relevance after a more refined evaluation potentially through expert judgment or advanced mcdm methods. in contrast, criteria such as c14, c15, c19, and c20 were assigned minimal final weights, suggesting they were considered less impactful or redundant. some criteria like c5, c6, c7, c8 and c16 maintained relatively stable weights, reflecting consistent perceived importance. overall, the final weighting emphasizes a focused prioritization on a smaller subset of criteria, likely enhancing decision-making efficiency and model clarity by concentrating influence on the most critical factors. in complex mcdm scenarios involving numerous and often conflicting criteria, fully subjective approaches may fall short in capturing the full complexity of the decision context. 0.035 0.059 0.085 0.108 0.123 0.126 0.118 0.101 0.08 0.059 0.04 0.026 0.016 0.009 0.005 0.002 0.001 0.0006 0.0002 0.0001 0.361 0.235 0.251 0.405 0.274 0.275 0.27 0.26 0.388 0.375 0.364 0.355 0.209 0.045 0.203 0.201 0.3407 0.3403 0.0401 0.04 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c14 c15 c16 c17 c18 c19 c20 w e ig h t v a lu e ( n o r m a li z e d s c o r e ) initial weight final weight hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 780 the integration of swara with lq-rofns offers a scalable hybrid solution, enabling the simultaneous consideration of both qualitative judgments and quantitative data in more intricate decision-making processes. this study utilized 24 pioneering smart cities and regencies in indonesia as the basis for data collection. respondent data was gathered through online questionnaires to facilitate faster and more convenient responses. based on the collected feedback, the mabac method was employed to define the matrix structure for each smart city alternative. the results of the weighted matrix elements (v) calculations are presented in table 6. subsequently, the estimated border area (g) matrix for each criterion was computed by taking the geometric mean of all alternatives under each criterion. the outcomes of this calculation are illustrated in figure 3. table 6. results of calculation of the weighted matrix elements (v) c 2 0 0 .0 6 6 0 .0 5 3 0 .0 8 0 0 .0 8 0 0 .0 8 0 0 .0 4 0 0 .0 8 0 0 .0 5 3 0 .0 5 3 0 .0 4 0 0 .0 6 6 0 .0 8 0 0 .0 4 0 0 .0 6 6 0 .0 5 3 0 .0 4 0 0 .0 8 0 0 .0 5 3 0 .0 4 0 0 .0 4 0 0 .0 8 0 0 .0 4 0 0 .0 5 3 0 .0 8 0 c 1 8 0 .3 4 0 0 .3 4 0 0 .4 5 3 0 .4 5 3 0 .4 5 3 0 .3 4 0 0 .6 8 0 0 .4 5 3 0 .3 4 0 0 .5 6 7 0 .3 4 0 0 .4 5 3 0 .4 5 3 0 .3 4 0 0 .5 6 7 0 .5 6 7 0 .3 4 0 0 .6 8 0 0 .6 8 0 0 .6 8 0 0 .3 4 0 0 .3 4 0 0 .5 6 7 0 .3 4 0 c 1 7 0 .4 5 4 0 .4 5 4 0 .6 8 1 0 .3 4 0 0 .5 6 7 0 .6 8 1 0 .6 8 1 0 .5 6 7 0 .6 8 1 0 .4 5 4 0 .5 6 7 0 .6 8 1 0 .5 6 7 0 .6 8 1 0 .6 8 1 0 .6 8 1 0 .6 8 1 0 .3 4 0 0 .3 4 0 0 .6 8 1 0 .5 6 7 0 .3 4 0 0 .6 8 1 0 .5 6 7 c 1 6 0 .2 6 8 0 .2 6 8 0 .2 0 1 0 .3 3 5 0 .3 3 5 0 .2 6 8 0 .2 0 1 0 .2 6 8 0 .3 3 5 0 .4 0 3 0 .2 6 8 0 .3 3 5 0 .3 3 5 0 .2 0 1 0 .2 0 1 0 .3 3 5 0 .3 3 5 0 .4 0 3 0 .2 0 1 0 .2 0 1 0 .2 0 1 0 .2 0 1 0 .3 3 5 0 .2 6 8 c 1 5 0 .2 7 0 0 .2 7 0 0 .3 3 8 0 .2 7 0 0 .2 7 0 0 .3 3 8 0 .4 0 6 0 .2 0 3 0 .4 0 6 0 .2 7 0 0 .2 0 3 0 .4 0 6 0 .3 3 8 0 .3 3 8 0 .3 3 8 0 .2 7 0 0 .3 3 8 0 .2 0 3 0 .2 7 0 0 .4 0 6 0 .3 3 8 0 .2 0 3 0 .4 0 6 0 .4 0 6 c 1 4 0 .0 4 5 0 .0 6 0 0 .0 6 0 0 .0 4 5 0 .0 9 1 0 .0 9 1 0 .0 6 0 0 .0 6 0 0 .0 7 5 0 .0 7 5 0 .0 9 1 0 .0 9 1 0 .0 6 0 0 .0 4 5 0 .0 4 5 0 .0 7 5 0 .0 7 5 0 .0 7 5 0 .0 4 5 0 .0 4 5 0 .0 7 5 0 .0 6 0 0 .0 4 5 0 .0 6 0 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. c 1 0 0 .5 0 0 0 .3 7 5 0 .3 7 5 0 .6 2 5 0 .5 0 0 0 .6 2 5 0 .3 7 5 0 .5 0 0 0 .7 5 0 0 .3 7 5 0 .7 5 0 0 .3 7 5 0 .7 5 0 0 .6 2 5 0 .7 5 0 0 .7 5 0 0 .6 2 5 0 .7 5 0 0 .7 5 0 0 .3 7 5 0 .3 7 5 0 .3 7 5 0 .3 7 5 0 .6 2 5 c 9 0 .7 7 6 0 .5 1 7 0 .7 7 6 0 .3 8 8 0 .7 7 6 0 .7 7 6 0 .6 4 6 0 .7 7 6 0 .6 4 6 0 .3 8 8 0 .5 1 7 0 .3 8 8 0 .5 1 7 0 .6 4 6 0 .6 4 6 0 .6 4 6 0 .3 8 8 0 .5 1 7 0 .6 4 6 0 .7 7 6 0 .6 4 6 0 .5 1 7 0 .6 4 6 0 .3 8 8 c 8 0 .5 2 1 0 .2 6 0 0 .2 6 0 0 .2 6 0 0 .5 2 1 0 .2 6 0 0 .3 4 7 0 .3 4 7 0 .4 3 4 0 .4 3 4 0 .5 2 1 0 .2 6 0 0 .3 4 7 0 .5 2 1 0 .2 6 0 0 .4 3 4 0 .3 4 7 0 .2 6 0 0 .3 4 7 0 .3 4 7 0 .3 4 7 0 .4 3 4 0 .4 3 4 0 .3 4 7 c 7 0 .4 5 1 0 .4 5 1 0 .3 6 1 0 .2 7 0 0 .2 7 0 0 .2 7 0 0 .5 4 1 0 .2 7 0 0 .4 5 1 0 .3 6 1 0 .3 6 1 0 .3 6 1 0 .2 7 0 0 .4 5 1 0 .2 7 0 0 .4 5 1 0 .3 6 1 0 .3 6 1 0 .2 7 0 0 .4 5 1 0 .3 6 1 0 .3 6 1 0 .5 4 1 0 .3 6 1 c 6 0 .4 5 9 0 .2 7 5 0 .3 6 7 0 .3 6 7 0 .3 6 7 0 .4 5 9 0 .5 5 1 0 .2 7 5 0 .3 6 7 0 .3 6 7 0 .3 6 7 0 .2 7 5 0 .5 5 1 0 .3 6 7 0 .3 6 7 0 .2 7 5 0 .4 5 9 0 .2 7 5 0 .4 5 9 0 .2 7 5 0 .2 7 5 0 .3 6 7 0 .5 5 1 0 .2 7 5 c 5 0 .5 4 8 0 .3 6 5 0 .3 6 5 0 .4 5 6 0 .3 6 5 0 .5 4 8 0 .5 4 8 0 .4 5 6 0 .3 6 5 0 .2 7 4 0 .2 7 4 0 .2 7 4 0 .2 7 4 0 .3 6 5 0 .5 4 8 0 .2 7 4 0 .3 6 5 0 .4 5 6 0 .3 6 5 0 .4 5 6 0 .5 4 8 0 .2 7 4 0 .5 4 8 0 .5 4 8 c 4 0 .5 4 0 0 .4 0 5 0 .6 7 5 0 .5 4 0 0 .5 4 0 0 .5 4 0 0 .5 4 0 0 .6 7 5 0 .8 1 0 0 .4 0 5 0 .5 4 0 0 .6 7 5 0 .8 1 0 0 .6 7 5 0 .8 1 0 0 .4 0 5 0 .6 7 5 0 .6 7 5 0 .4 0 5 0 .8 1 0 0 .8 1 0 0 .5 4 0 0 .8 1 0 0 .8 1 0 c 3 0 .4 1 8 0 .4 1 8 0 .3 3 5 0 .3 3 5 0 .5 0 2 0 .3 3 5 0 .4 1 8 0 .4 1 8 0 .4 1 8 0 .2 5 1 0 .3 3 5 0 .4 1 8 0 .5 0 2 0 .3 3 5 0 .3 3 5 0 .4 1 8 0 .3 3 5 0 .3 3 5 0 .2 5 1 0 .5 0 2 0 .3 3 5 0 .3 3 5 0 .5 0 2 0 .3 3 5 c 2 0 .3 1 3 0 .3 9 2 0 .3 9 2 0 .4 7 0 0 .2 3 5 0 .2 3 5 0 .2 3 5 0 .4 7 0 0 .4 7 0 0 .2 3 5 0 .4 7 0 0 .2 3 5 0 .2 3 5 0 .2 3 5 0 .2 3 5 0 .3 1 3 0 .2 3 5 0 .2 3 5 0 .4 7 0 0 .3 9 2 0 .3 1 3 0 .3 1 3 0 .4 7 0 0 .2 3 5 c 1 0 .3 6 1 0 .6 0 1 0 .7 2 2 0 .6 0 1 0 .7 2 2 0 .3 6 1 0 .6 0 1 0 .4 8 1 0 .4 8 1 0 .4 8 1 0 .4 8 1 0 .6 0 1 0 .4 8 1 0 .3 6 1 0 .3 6 1 0 .3 6 1 0 .4 8 1 0 .7 2 2 0 .6 0 1 0 .7 2 2 0 .7 2 2 0 .6 0 1 0 .4 8 1 0 .3 6 1 c it y b at am b an d u n g ja k ar ta s em ar an g s u ra b ay a d en p as ar m ed an b al ik p ap an s le m an p al em b an g b o jo n eg o ro m an ad o m al an g t an g er an g d ep o k b ek as i s o lo b an ja rm as in p o n ti an ak m ak as sa r b ad u n g b an y u w an g i y o g y ak ar ta k u lo n p ro g o hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 781 figure 3. final normalized weight values of criteria (c1–c20) based on the estimated border area matrix the estimated border area matrix calculation results in figure 3 illustrate significant variations in the collective performance between the evaluated criteria. criteria such as c4 (0.510), c11 (0.479), and c9 (0.473) occupy the highest scores, indicating that most cities have performed well and consistently in aspects such as geographical accessibility, ease of use, and trust in digital systems. these high values represent the system's strength that can be used as a strategic pillar for strengthening ai-based service personalization policies. on the other hand, criteria with the lowest g-values such as c14 (0.022), c19 (0.022), and c20 (0.019) indicate inequality and weaknesses that need to be addressed immediately, as they reflect the low average performance of cities in these dimensions. therefore, the recommended managerial approach is to focus policy interventions on low-value criteria to improve digital readiness equally, while maintaining and expanding excellence in high-value areas to ensure sustainability and inclusivity in the development of ai-based smart cities. the final stage of the mabac process involves calculating the alternative distance matrix element derived from the approximate border area (q), as depicted in figure 4. figure 4. the result of calculating the alternative distance matrix element with the approximate border area 0.406 0.196 0.253 0.510 0.280 0.243 0.248 0.243 0.473 0.413 0.479 0.441 0.211 0.022 0.195 0.161 0.426 0.327 0.022 0.019 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c14 c15 c16 c17 c18 c19 c20 w e ig h t v a lu e ( n o r m a li z e d s c o r e ) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 782 the mabac method calculates the result to determine the class as the initial target for each smart city. the outcomes of the mcdm process are presented in table 7. table 7. result of calculation of mabac method no. city value initial class 1 batam 0.1468 good 2 bandung -1.1906 moderate 3 jakarta 0.0898 good 4 semarang -0.6537 moderate 5 surabaya -0.0225 moderate 6 denpasar -0.5011 moderate 7 medan 0.3149 good 8 balikpapan -0.3408 moderate 9 sleman 0.6773 good 10 palembang -0.8623 moderate 11 bojonegoro -0.6587 moderate 12 manado -0.4246 moderate 13 malang -0.1188 moderate 14 tangerang -0.4013 moderate 15 depok -0.1861 moderate 16 bekasi -0.3677 moderate 17 solo -0.5550 moderate 18 banjarmasin -0.0867 moderate 19 pontianak -0.2378 moderate 20 makassar 0.5924 good 21 badung -0.2840 moderate 22 banyuwangi -0.9401 moderate 23 yogyakarta 0.8259 good 24 kulon progo -0.6123 moderate based on the results obtained through all stages of the mcdm implementation, it is known that of the 24 smart cities designated as samples, 6 cities are in the good-performance class, and 18 are in the moderate-performance class. 4.2. sensitivity analysis the application of mdcm, which involves many alternatives and criteria, requires measuring a data set through performance analysis [53]. a sensitivity analysis was conducted on the mcdm results by incrementally increasing each criterion weight by 0.02. the outcomes of this assessment are detailed in tables 8 and 9. table 8. results of the sensitivity analysis for criteria city c1 c2 c13 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 value class value class value class batam -0.464 m 0.173 0.186 g 0.180 0.173 0.187 0.180 0.180 g bandung -1.788 m -1.157 -1.163 m -1.157 -1.170 -1.163 -1.170 -1.157 m jakarta -0.501 m 0.123 0.116 g 0.116 0.123 0.116 0.116 0.116 g semarang -1.251 m -0.613 -0.620 m -0.627 -0.627 -0.620 -0.627 -0.633 m surabaya -0.613 m -0.002 -0.002 m 0.017 0.004 0.004 0.004 -0.002 g denpasar -1.112 m -0.481 -0.461 m -0.474 -0.474 -0.461 -0.467 -0.481 m medan -0.283 m 0.334 0.348 g 0.348 0.341 0.355 0.354 0.355 g balikpapan -0.945 m -0.300 -0.307 m -0.307 -0.307 -0.307 -0.320 -0.320 m sleman 0.073 g 0.717 0.697 g 0.711 0.717 0.704 0.703 0.711 g palembang -1.466 m -0.842 -0.828 m -0.842 -0.842 -0.842 -0.835 -0.835 m hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 783 bojonegoro -1.263 m -0.618 -0.618 m -0.631 -0.631 -0.638 -0.631 -0.631 m manado -1.022 m -0.404 -0.384 m -0.391 -0.391 -0.404 -0.404 -0.397 m malang -0.723 m -0.098 -0.078 m -0.078 -0.078 -0.098 -0.078 -0.098 m tangerang -1.012 m -0.381 -0.361 m -0.374 -0.368 -0.374 -0.374 -0.368 m depok -0.797 m -0.166 -0.146 m -0.159 -0.146 -0.146 -0.159 -0.166 m bekasi -0.978 m -0.341 -0.327 m -0.334 -0.347 -0.347 -0.347 -0.334 m solo -1.159 m -0.534 -0.528 m -0.528 -0.521 -0.528 -0.521 -0.528 m banjarmasin -0.677 m -0.066 -0.046 m -0.059 -0.053 -0.053 -0.066 -0.059 m pontianak -0.835 m -0.197 -0.217 m -0.217 -0.217 -0.211 -0.204 -0.217 m makassar 0.001 g 0.625 0.632 g 0.632 0.632 0.626 0.612 0.626 g badung -0.875 m -0.257 -0.263 m -0.257 -0.243 -0.243 -0.263 -0.257 m banyuwangi -1.537 m -0.913 -0.906 m -0.913 -0.913 -0.920 -0.913 -0.913 m yogyakarta 0.221 g 0.865 0.845 g 0.865 0.866 0.866 0.865 0.866 g kulon progo -1.223 m -0.592 -0.592 m -0.585 -0.572 -0.572 -0.592 -0.585 m table 9. results of the sensitivity analysis for criteria (continued) c la ss g m g m g m g m g m m m m m m m m m m g m m g m c 8 – c 9 – c 1 0 c 1 1 – c 1 2 – c 1 4 – c 1 5 – c 1 6 – c 1 7 – c 1 8 – c 1 9 – c 2 0 v a lu e 0 .1 8 0 -1 .1 6 3 0 .1 2 9 -0 .6 1 3 0 .0 1 7 -0 .4 8 1 0 .3 5 4 -0 .3 1 4 0 .7 0 3 9 -0 .8 4 2 -0 .6 2 5 -0 .3 8 4 -0 .0 9 8 -0 .3 6 8 -0 .1 5 9 -0 .3 4 7 -0 .5 1 4 -0 .0 5 9 -0 .2 1 7 0 .6 1 2 -0 .2 4 3 -0 .9 2 0 .8 5 2 -0 .5 7 2 0 .1 8 0 -1 .1 6 3 0 .1 0 9 8 -0 .6 2 7 0 .0 1 7 -0 .4 6 7 0 .3 5 4 -0 .3 0 7 0 .7 0 3 -0 .8 2 2 -0 .6 3 8 -0 .4 0 4 -0 .0 7 8 -0 .3 6 1 -0 .1 4 6 -0 .3 3 4 -0 .5 1 4 -0 .0 5 3 -0 .1 9 7 0 .6 1 2 -0 .2 4 3 -0 .9 0 .8 6 5 -0 .5 7 2 0 .1 6 6 -1 .1 7 0 0 .1 1 6 -0 .6 3 3 0 .0 0 4 -0 .4 8 1 0 .3 5 4 -0 .3 1 4 0 .6 9 7 -0 .8 2 8 -0 .6 3 8 -0 .3 9 7 -0 .0 9 2 -0 .3 8 1 -0 .1 5 2 -0 .3 3 4 -0 .5 3 4 -0 .0 4 6 -0 .1 9 7 0 .6 3 2 -0 .2 6 3 -0 .9 2 0 .8 5 9 -0 .5 9 2 0 .1 7 3 -1 .1 6 3 0 .1 2 9 -0 .6 3 3 0 .0 1 7 -0 .4 6 1 0 .3 5 4 -0 .3 0 7 0 .7 1 7 -0 .8 3 5 -0 .6 2 5 -0 .3 8 4 -0 .0 8 5 -0 .3 6 1 -0 .1 4 6 -0 .3 2 7 -0 .5 1 4 -0 .0 6 6 -0 .2 1 7 0 .6 3 2 -0 .2 5 -0 .9 2 0 .8 6 5 -0 .5 7 9 0 .1 7 3 -1 .1 6 3 0 .1 0 9 -0 .6 2 3 0 .0 1 7 -0 .4 7 4 0 .3 3 4 -0 .3 1 4 0 .7 1 -0 .8 2 2 -0 .6 3 1 -0 .3 9 1 -0 .0 8 5 -0 .3 8 1 -0 .1 6 6 -0 .3 3 4 -0 .5 2 1 -0 .0 4 6 -0 .2 1 7 0 .6 1 2 -0 .2 6 3 -0 .9 2 0 .8 5 9 -0 .5 8 5 0 .1 7 3 -1 .1 6 3 0 .1 2 3 -0 .6 3 2 0 .0 0 4 -0 .4 6 7 0 .3 5 4 -0 .3 2 0 .7 1 7 -0 .8 3 5 -0 .6 3 8 -0 .3 8 4 -0 .0 8 5 -0 .3 6 8 -0 .1 5 2 -0 .3 4 1 -0 .5 2 1 -0 .0 6 6 -0 .2 1 1 0 .6 3 2 -0 .2 5 -0 .9 2 0 .8 6 5 -0 .5 7 2 0 .1 6 6 -1 .1 6 3 0 .1 1 6 -0 .6 3 1 0 .0 1 7 -0 .4 6 1 0 .3 4 1 -0 .3 1 4 0 .7 1 -0 .8 2 8 -0 .6 1 8 -0 .3 8 4 -0 .0 9 2 -0 .3 8 1 -0 .1 6 6 -0 .3 3 4 -0 .5 2 1 -0 .0 5 3 -0 .2 1 7 0 .6 1 2 -0 .2 5 -0 .9 1 3 0 .8 4 5 -0 .5 8 5 0 .1 8 6 -1 .1 6 3 0 .1 2 9 -0 .6 3 1 0 .0 0 4 -0 .4 6 7 0 .3 3 4 -0 .3 0 7 0 .7 1 7 -0 .8 2 2 -0 .6 3 8 -0 .3 8 4 -0 .0 9 2 -0 .3 6 8 -0 .1 5 2 -0 .3 4 1 -0 .5 1 4 -0 .0 4 6 -0 .1 9 7 0 .6 1 2 -0 .2 5 7 -0 .9 0 .8 5 9 -0 .5 8 5 0 .1 8 7 -1 .1 5 7 0 .1 2 9 -0 .6 1 4 0 .0 1 7 -0 .4 8 1 0 .3 5 4 -0 .3 1 4 0 .7 1 7 -0 .8 2 2 -0 .6 3 1 -0 .3 9 1 -0 .0 9 2 -0 .3 8 1 -0 .1 6 6 -0 .3 4 1 -0 .5 3 4 0 .1 8 7 -1 .1 5 7 0 .1 2 9 -0 .6 1 3 0 .0 1 7 -0 .4 8 1 0 .3 5 4 0 .1 8 6 7 -1 .1 5 7 0 .1 3 -0 .6 1 4 0 .0 1 7 -0 .4 8 1 0 .3 5 4 -0 .3 1 4 0 .7 1 7 2 -0 .8 2 2 -0 .6 3 1 -0 .3 9 1 -0 .0 9 2 -0 .3 8 1 -0 .1 6 6 -0 .3 4 1 -0 .5 3 4 -0 .0 5 9 -0 .1 9 7 0 .6 3 2 3 -0 .2 4 3 -0 .9 0 .8 5 9 -0 .5 7 2 0 .1 8 7 -1 .1 6 3 0 .1 2 9 -0 .6 3 2 0 .0 1 7 -0 .4 6 1 0 .3 4 8 -0 .3 0 .7 1 1 -0 .8 4 2 -0 .6 3 1 -0 .4 0 4 -0 .0 9 2 -0 .3 6 8 -0 .1 5 2 -0 .3 3 4 -0 .5 3 4 -0 .0 5 9 -0 .2 0 4 0 .6 3 2 -0 .2 5 -0 .9 1 3 0 .8 5 9 -0 .5 9 2 0 .1 8 7 -1 .1 7 0 0 .1 1 -0 .6 3 2 0 .0 1 7 -0 .4 8 1 0 .3 4 2 -0 .3 1 4 0 .7 1 1 -0 .8 2 8 -0 .6 1 8 -0 .4 0 4 -0 .0 9 2 -0 .3 6 1 -0 .1 6 6 -0 .3 3 4 -0 .5 2 8 -0 .0 6 6 -0 .2 1 1 0 .6 1 9 -0 .2 5 7 -0 .9 0 6 0 .8 5 9 -0 .5 8 5 c it y b at am b an d u n g ja k ar ta s em ar an g s u ra b ay a d en p as ar m ed an b al ik p ap an s le m an p al em b an g b o jo n eg o ro m an ad o m al an g t an g er an g d ep o k b ek as i s o lo b an ja rm as in p o n ti an ak m ak as sa r b ad u n g b an y u w an g i y o g y ak ar ta k u lo n p ro g o hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 784 based on the results of the calculation of the sensitivity value for each criterion, it was found that the smart city assessment needs to be focused on criteria that have high sensitivity, namely c1, c2, and c13 because these criteria are proven to have a significant influence on changing class status. thus, these criteria must be the top priority in the evaluation process to produce more accurate decisions. on the other hand, the criteria c3, c4, c5, c6, c7, c8, c9, c10, c11, c12, c14, c15, c16, c17, c18, c19, and c20 did not show a significant impact on the change in class status, despite an increase in the weight value. therefore, these criteria can be considered as secondary factors in determining the classification of smart cities and do not require the same attention in decision-making. 4.3. machine learning using mcdm-random forest the application of the classification process in this study began by making improvements to the target class that was worked on by looking for similarities in the results of hybrid smart, lq-rofns, and mabac with the random forest decision tree. supervised learning by random forest requires a labelled target variable to guide the training process [54], which the target variable is essential as it defines the output classes the model aims to predict. this study collected the dataset as the input in table 10. table 10. the dataset as input data in random forest city c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c14 c15 c16 c17 c18 c19 c20 class batam 5 4 3 4 2 3 3 2 2 4 2 2 2 5 4 4 4 5 3 3 g bandung 3 3 3 5 4 5 3 5 4 5 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 m jakarta 2 3 4 3 4 4 4 5 2 5 2 2 4 4 3 5 2 4 5 2 g semarang 3 2 4 4 3 4 5 5 5 3 2 4 3 5 4 3 5 4 3 2 m surabaya 2 5 2 4 4 4 5 2 2 4 2 4 5 2 4 3 3 4 2 2 m denpasar 5 5 4 4 2 3 5 5 2 3 5 3 2 2 3 4 2 5 3 5 m medan 3 5 3 4 2 2 2 4 3 5 2 5 3 4 2 5 2 2 2 2 g balik 4 2 3 3 3 5 5 4 2 4 4 3 3 4 5 4 3 4 3 4 m sleman 4 2 3 2 4 4 3 3 3 2 2 2 5 3 2 3 2 5 4 4 g palembang 4 5 5 5 5 4 4 3 5 5 2 2 3 3 4 2 4 3 2 5 m bojonegoro 4 2 4 4 5 4 4 2 4 2 4 5 2 2 5 4 3 5 5 3 m manado 3 5 3 3 5 5 4 5 5 5 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 4 5 2 m malang 4 5 2 2 5 2 5 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 3 3 3 4 2 5 m tangerang 5 5 4 3 4 4 3 2 3 3 5 3 2 5 3 5 2 5 2 3 m depok 5 5 4 2 2 4 5 5 3 2 5 3 2 5 3 5 2 3 2 4 m bekasi 5 4 3 5 5 5 3 3 3 2 4 4 2 3 4 3 2 3 3 5 m solo 4 5 4 3 4 3 4 4 5 3 5 2 4 3 3 3 2 5 2 2 m banjarmasin 2 5 4 3 3 5 4 5 4 2 4 2 2 3 5 2 5 2 3 4 m pontianak 3 2 5 5 4 3 5 4 3 2 2 2 5 5 4 5 5 2 2 5 m makassar 2 3 2 2 3 5 3 4 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 2 5 5 g badung 2 4 4 2 2 5 4 4 3 5 2 4 5 3 3 5 3 5 2 2 m banyuwangi 3 4 4 4 5 4 4 3 4 5 2 2 3 4 5 5 5 5 2 5 m yogyakarta 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 5 3 3 5 5 2 3 2 3 2 4 g kulon progo 5 5 4 2 2 5 4 4 5 3 2 4 5 4 2 4 3 5 2 2 m based on the data in table 10, the input data is defined as a 2d array, with each row representing a sample of 20 features. the data is split into training (50%) and test (50%) sets. the random forest classifier is trained using the training set and applied to predict class labels for new data. the predicted numeric labels are converted to the original class labels: 'good' and 'moderate'. figure 5 illustrates the tree formation process. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 785 x[6] < = 4.5 gini = 0.444 samples = 4 value [4.2] class = good x[6] < = 3.5 gini = 0.332 samples = 12 value = [4.15] class = moderate gini = 0.0 samples = 8 value [0.13] class = moderate true false gini = 0.0 samples = 2 value [0.2] class = moderate gini = 0.0 samples = 2 value [4.0] class = moderate figure 5. the visual illustration of the tree formation process based on the illustration of the process flow, an example of the calculation stages that occur on the root node: top node: x(6) <= 3 as follows:  the decision rule here is based on the feature at index 6 (denoted x(6)). when x(6) is less than or equal to 3.5, the samples are classified to the left branch (true). otherwise, they go to the right branch (false).  gini indeks: 0.332 = this measures the impurity or disorder in the node.  samples: 12 = 12 samples or data points reach the node.  value: [4, 15] = this represents the number of samples in each class. in this case, 4 samples are of class ‘good’, and 15 are of class ‘moderate’.  class [moderate]= most of the samples (15 out of 19) belong to the 'moderate' class, so this node is classified as 'moderate'. the calculation of the gini value on the root node (x(6) <= 3.5) is as follows: proportions(good)= 4 9 = 0.211. proportions(moderate) = 15 19 = 0.789. giniroot = 10.2112 0.7892 = 10.0445 0.6229 = 0.332. the giniroot result for root nodes with a value of about 0.332 indicates moderate impurity with the predominance of the moderate class. this reflects the partial classification of mixtures, which are effectively refined by the random forest algorithm, as presented in table 11. based on the result in table 11, it was known that out of 24 cities, 22 were correctly classified according to their initial labels, showing an accuracy rate of 91.67%. this indicates that the model has good generalization capabilities even though it was trained on a relatively small subset of data that reflects the actual labels of individual cities. in-depth testing was carried out by comparing the performance of the random forest model based on 20%, 30%, 40%, and 50% training data, which are shown in figure 6. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 786 table 11. the results of refined the classification city classification status before after batam good moderate invalid bandung moderate moderate valid jakarta good good valid semarang moderate moderate valid surabaya moderate moderate valid denpasar moderate moderate valid medan good good valid balikpapan moderate moderate valid sleman good moderate invalid palembang moderate moderate valid bojonegoro moderate moderate valid manado moderate moderate valid malang moderate moderate valid tangerang moderate moderate valid depok moderate moderate valid bekasi moderate moderate valid solo moderate moderate valid banjarmasin moderate moderate valid pontianak moderate moderate valid makassar good good valid badung moderate moderate valid banyuwangi moderate moderate valid yogyakarta good good valid kulon progo moderate moderate valid (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 6. (a) random forest prediction with 20% training data; (b) random forest prediction with 30% training data; (c) random forest prediction with 40% training data; (d) random forest prediction with 50% training data based on the results of the evaluation of the random forest model with variations in the proportion of training data of 20%, 30%, 40%, and 50%, it can be seen that the increase in the proportion of training data significantly improves the model's ability to classify both classes, especially the good class which was previously undetected in the proportion of 20% and 30%. at 40% proportion, the model began to show a significant improvement with the recall for the good hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 787 class reaching 0.50, while the precision remained high. the best performance is achieved at 50% proportions, where the model maintains a balance between precision and sensitivity, with a precision of 1.00 and a recall of 0.50 for the good class, as well as a very high f1 score for the moderate class. these results indicate that random forest is an effective classification approach in mapping the readiness of ai-based personalization at the city level. the high consistency of the classification reinforces the belief that the features used in the model collectively represent critical characteristics in determining a city's digital readiness class. 4.4. comparison of evaluation to evaluate the performance of each classification method in distinguishing the level of city readiness based on digital indicators, tests were carried out on six different machine learning models, namely random forest (rf), decision tree (dt), k-nearest neighbors (k-nn), logistic regression (lr), artificial neural network (ann), and naïve bayes (nb). this evaluation used a confusion matrix that compares the actual and prediction labels for two target classes: good and moderate. visualization of each model's prediction results and overall accuracy value is shown in figure 7. figure 7. comparative confusion matrix visualization of classification models the confusion matrices in figure 7 demonstrate that high accuracy does not necessarily indicate balanced performance across classes, particularly in datasets with class imbalance. consequently, model evaluation should not rely solely on accuracy but incorporate additional metrics such as precision, recall, and f1-score. to provide a comprehensive assessment, precision, recall, and f1-score calculations were conducted for the knn, decision tree, logistic regression, artificial neural network, naïve bayes, and random forest methods in identifying the good and moderate classes. results are displayed in figure 8. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 788 figure 8. result of precision, recall, and f1-score for different models based on the evaluation and visualization results of the model performance comparison, random forest showed the best classification performance compared to other methods. the random forest performed most consistently with a precision score of 1.00, a recall of 0.83, and an f1-score of 0.91 in the good class, as well as a precision of 0.86, a recall of 1.00, and an f1-score of 0.92 in the moderate class. meanwhile, ann recorded a precision of 0.75, a recall of 0.60, and an f1-score of 0.67 in the good class, a precision of 0.81, a recall of 0.90, and an f1-score of 0.85 in the moderate class. the logistic regression and decision tree are at medium performance levels; for instance, the decision tree produces an f1-score of 0.67 (good) and 0.83 (moderate), while logistic regression records an f1-score of 0.73 (good) and 0.82 (moderate). on the other hand, k-nearest neighbors shows an imbalance in performance, with an f1-score of just 0.57 in the good class despite reaching 0.86 in the moderate class. naïve bayes recorded high performance in the moderate class (f1-score 0.86) but very low in the good class (f1-score 0.50), showing weakness in dealing with dependency between features. the in-depth analysis results show that although random forest is worthy of being recommended as the main model in supporting digital-based urban readiness classification decision-making, other models can be used selectively or after advanced parameter tuning and optimization. 4.5. comparison with previous studies the integration of fuzzy mcdm methods with random forest classification in this study contributes to the evolving research on evaluating ai-driven personalization in smart cities. this hybrid approach aligns with prior methodological advancements and extends them through empirical validation and uncertainty modeling. fayyaz et al. (2024) [55] introduced a comprehensive framework combining fuzzy delphi, analytical network process (anp), and game theory to optimize smart city street design, thereby emphasizing the utility of multi-method decision-making models in addressing urban complexity. similarly, a recent study published in scientific reports proposed a decision-support system that integrates machine learning-based feature selection (rf-rfe) with fuzzy mcdm, particularly q-rung orthopair fuzzy sets (q-rofs), to facilitate sustainable urban planning under conditions of uncertainty. these studies underscore the importance of combining ml with fuzzy logic to enhance decision quality in complex urban environments. aljohani [2] explored the role of ai and deep learning in optimizing energy systems in smart cities, they often lack a structured evaluation of inclusivity or personalization readiness. our framework addresses this gap through both quantitative evaluation and classification validation. khanyile [56] further demonstrated the comparative performance of fuzzy overlay and random forest classification in post-mining land assessment, concluding that fuzzy methods offer superior accuracy in capturing spatial ambiguity. building upon these insights, our study introduces a novel application of a fuzzy mcdm–rf hybrid framework tailored specifically to assess ai personalization readiness. the incorporation of lq-rung orthopair fuzzy numbers (lq-rofns) allows for more nuanced representation of expert uncertainty, while the random forest model enables robust and interpretable classification. this framework provides a replicable and scalable tool for policymakers to assess digital inclusion and personalization maturity within smart city ecosystems. 4.6. limitation of the study while this study offers a robust framework for evaluating ai-driven personalization in smart cities by integrating fuzzy mcdm and random forest classification, some limitations must be acknowledged. firstly, empirical validation is limited to 24 cities in indonesia, which can limit the generalization of findings to other national or hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 789 regional contexts with different levels of digital maturity or governance frameworks. secondly, the framework presents a static evaluation, not considering dynamic shifts in ai implementation or personalization maturity over time. lastly, contextual factors such as infrastructure disparities and the power of policy enforcement are not explicitly modeled, although they are likely to influence the outcomes of ai personalization. future research can overcome these limitations by combining longitudinal data, expanding algorithmic comparisons, and exploring broader cross-regional applications. 5. conclusion this study proposed and validated a hybrid evaluation framework that integrates fuzzy multi-criteria decisionmaking techniques, specifically using swara and mabac with the random forest classifier to assess ai personalization readiness in smart cities. the framework was empirically applied to ten indonesian cities, evaluating five critical dimensions of ai-driven service delivery: accessibility, affordability, user engagement, privacy, and personalization effectiveness. the results indicate that accessibility and engagement are pivotal for fostering inclusive ai service delivery, whereas affordability and privacy remain underdeveloped. theoretically, this research contributes to the growing body of knowledge by integrating fuzzy mcdm with supervised machine learning to enable robust and interpretable evaluations. the use of lq-rofns enhances the handling of uncertainty in expert-based assessments, while the random forest classifier strengthens empirical validation and readiness classification. this methodological synthesis supports the development of transparent, adaptive tools for digital governance. despite its strengths, the study is constrained by its reliance on expert judgment, which may introduce subjectivity, and its geographic focus on indonesian cities, potentially limiting the generalizability of findings. future research should apply the framework across diverse urban contexts and incorporate longitudinal data to capture temporal dynamics in ai personalization readiness. this research advances the field by offering a replicable, scalable, and data-driven decisionsupport model for inclusive ai personalization strategies. it provides practical utility for urban policymakers and offers novel insights into how hybrid intelligent systems can bridge the gap between technological innovation and social equity in smart city ecosystems. additionally, it underscores the need to examine how infrastructure disparities and governance mechanisms shape personalization readiness across different socio-political settings. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, m.f. and t.k.a.r.; methodology, m.f., t.k.a.r., and s.; software, e.m.h. and s.w.; validation, b.e.w.a., i.m., and d.; formal analysis, m.f. and i.d.m.w.; investigation, e.m.h. and s.; resources, d. and b.e.w.a.; data curation, i.m.; writing—original draft preparation, m.f.; writing—review and editing, s.w. and s.; visualization, b.e.w.a. and i.d.m.m.; supervision, t.k.a.r.; project administration, m.f.; funding acquisition, m.f., i.m., and d. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding part of the work was supported by universitas muhammadiyah makassar. 6.4. acknowledgments the corresponding author expresses sincere gratitude to the research team for their support in providing the essential resources and facilities that enabled the successful completion of this study. 6.5. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.6. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.7. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 790 7. references [1] alkhereibi, a. h., abulibdeh, r., & abulibdeh, a. (2025). global smart cities classification using a machine learning approach to evaluating livability, technology, and sustainability performance across key urban indices. journal of cleaner production, 503, 145394. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2025.145394. [2] aljohani, a. (2024). deep learning-based optimization of energy utilization in iot-enabled smart cities: a pathway to sustainable development. energy reports, 12, 2946–2957. doi:10.1016/j.egyr.2024.08.075. [3] chen, t., ramon gil-garcia, j., & gasco-hernandez, m. (2022). understanding social sustainability for smart cities: the importance of inclusion, equity, and citizen participation as both inputs and long-term outcomes. journal of smart cities and society, 1(2), 135–148. doi:10.3233/scs-210123. [4] kaiser, z. r. m. a. (2024). smart governance for smart cities and nations. journal of economy and technology, 2, 216–234. doi:10.1016/j.ject.2024.07.003. [5] ghaly, m., elbeltagi, e., elsmadony, a., & tantawy, m. a. (2024). integration of blockchain-enabled smart contracts in construction: swot framework and social network analysis. civil engineering journal, 10(5), 1662–1697. doi:10.28991/cej2024-010-05-020. [6] nalubega, t., & uwizeyimana, d. e. (2024). artificial intelligence technologies usage for improved service delivery in uganda. africa’s public service delivery & performance review, 12(1), 770. doi:10.4102/apsdpr.v12i1.770. [7] rasoulzadeh aghdam, s., bababei morad, b., ghasemzadeh, b., irani, m., & huovila, a. (2024). social smart city research: interconnections between participatory governance, data privacy, artificial intelligence and ethical sustainable development. frontiers in sustainable cities, 6. doi:10.3389/frsc.2024.1514040. [8] hermann, e. (2022). artificial intelligence and mass personalization of communication content—an ethical and literacy perspective. new media & society, 24(5), 1258–1277. doi:10.1177/14614448211022702. [9] lawelai, h., iswanto, i., & raharja, n. m. (2023). use of artificial intelligence in public services: a bibliometric analysis and visualization. tem journal, 12(2), 798–807. doi:10.18421/tem122-24. [10] hussain, a., azam, m., bano, s., nasir, a., zara, a., & parveen, s. (2024). smart healthcare management model for proactive patient monitoring. the asian bulletin of big data management, 4(1), 53–65. doi:10.62019/abbdm.v4i1.115. [11] sengupta, u., & sengupta, u. (2022). why government supported smart city initiatives fail: examining community risk and benefit agreements as a missing link to accountability for equity-seeking groups. frontiers in sustainable cities, 4. doi:10.3389/frsc.2022.960400. [12] samasti, m., cakmak, e., & ozpinar, a. (2025). strategic classification of smart city strategies in developing countries. engineering science and technology, an international journal, 61, 101936. doi:10.1016/j.jestch.2024.101936. [13] cengiz, b., adam, i. y., ozdem, m., & das, r. (2025). a survey on data fusion approaches in iot-based smart cities: smart applications, taxonomies, challenges, and future research directions. information fusion, 121, 103102. doi:10.1016/j.inffus.2025.103102. [14] liu, x., zhou, w., dong, y., zhu, l., & chen, n. (2024). application of smart model in the analysis of opera heritage archiving and protection. hightech and innovation journal, 5(2), 349–360. doi:10.28991/hij-2024-05-02-09. [15] shahrabani, m. m. n., & apanaviciene, r. (2024). an ai-based evaluation framework for smart building integration into smart city. sustainability (switzerland), 16(18), 8032. doi:10.3390/su16188032. [16] berčič, t., bohanec, m., & ažman momirski, l. (2024). integrating multi-criteria decision models in smart urban planning: a case study of architectural and urban design competitions. smart cities, 7(2), 786–805. doi:10.3390/smartcities7020033. [17] chen, g., & zhang, j. wan. (2024). intelligent transportation systems: machine learning approaches for urban mobility in smart cities. sustainable cities and society, 107, 105369. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2024.105369. [18] liu, j., kadzinski, m., liao, x., & mao, x. (2021). data-driven preference learning methods for value-driven multiple criteria sorting with interacting criteria. informs journal on computing, 33(2), 586–606. doi:10.1287/ijoc.2020.0977. [19] zapolskytė, s., trépanier, m., burinskienė, m., & survilė, o. (2022). smart urban mobility system evaluation model adaptation to vilnius, montreal and weimar cities. sustainability (switzerland), 14(2), 715. doi:10.3390/su14020715. [20] ali, r., hussain, a., nazir, s., khan, s., & khan, h. u. (2023). intelligent decision support systems—an analysis of machine learning and multicriteria decision-making methods. applied sciences (switzerland), 13(22), 12426. doi:10.3390/app132212426. [21] bokhari, s. a. a., & myeong, s. (2022). use of artificial intelligence in smart cities for smart decision-making: a social innovation perspective. sustainability (switzerland), 14(2), 620. doi:10.3390/su14020620. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 791 [22] alahakoon, d., nawaratne, r., xu, y., de silva, d., sivarajah, u., & gupta, b. (2023). self-building artificial intelligence and machine learning to empower big data analytics in smart cities. information systems frontiers, 25(1), 221–240. doi:10.1007/s10796-020-10056-x. [23] fontes, c., al haddad, c., antoniou, c., & lütge, c. (2024). assessing the collective challenges of ai: an applied framework focused on people centeredness and public participation. urban governance, 4(4), 245–254. doi:10.1016/j.ugj.2024.12.003. [24] brito, c., pina, n., esteves, t., vitorino, r., cunha, i., & paulo, j. (2025). promoting sustainable and personalized travel behaviors while preserving data privacy. transportation engineering, 19, 100237. doi:10.1016/j.treng.2024.100237. [25] nassereddine, h., & khoshkenar, a. (2025). smart cities: digital transformation for sustainable urban development. digital transformation in the construction industry, 389–415.woodhead publishing, sawston, united kingdom. doi:10.1016/b978-0443-29861-5.00019-6. [26] li, w., yigitcanlar, t., nili, a., browne, w., & li, f. (2025). responsible smart home technology adoption: exploring public perceptions and key adoption factors. internet of things, 32, 101622. doi:10.1016/j.iot.2025.101622. [27] lin, s. s., & zheng, x. j. (2025). enhancing smart city assessment: an advanced mcdm approach for urban performance evaluation. sustainable cities and society, 118, 105930. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2024.105930. [28] aytaç adali, e., öztaş, g. z., öztaş, t., & tuş, a. (2022). assessment of european cities from a smartness perspective: an integrated grey mcdm approach. sustainable cities and society, 84, 104021. doi:10.1016/j.scs.2022.104021. [29] ozkaya, g., & erdin, c. (2020). evaluation of smart and sustainable cities through a hybrid mcdm approach based on anp and topsis technique. heliyon, 6(10), 5052. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e05052. [30] faisal, m., rahman, t. k. a., mulyadi, i., aryasa, k., irmawati, & thamrin, m. (2024). a novelty decision-making based on hybrid indexing, clustering, and classification methodologies: an application to map the relevant experts against the rural problem. decision making: applications in management and engineering, 7(2), 132–171. doi:10.31181/dmame7220241023. [31] faisal, m., irmawati, rahman, t. k. a., jufri, sahabuddin, herlinah, & mulyadi, i. (2025). a hybrid moo, mcgdm, and sentiment analysis methodologies for enhancing regional expansion planning: a case study luwu indonesia. international journal of mathematical, engineering and management sciences, 10(1), 163–188. doi:10.33889/ijmems.2025.10.1.010. [32] fisher, e., flynn, m. a., pratap, p., & vietas, j. a. (2023). occupational safety and health equity impacts of artificial intelligence: a scoping review. international journal of environmental research and public health, 20(13), 6221. doi:10.3390/ijerph20136221. [33] aráuz, j. (2021). supporting mobility planning in small cities and communities with low-power, machine learning based sensing. procedia computer science, 185, 109–118. doi:10.1016/j.procs.2021.05.012. [34] santana, g. o., de macedo couto, r., loureiro, r. m., furriel, b. c. r. s., rother, e. t., de paiva, j. p. q., & correia, l. r. (2023). economic evaluations and equity in the use of artificial intelligence in imaging exams for medical diagnosis in people with skin, neurological, and pulmonary diseases: protocol for a systematic review. jmir research protocols, 12(1), 48544. doi:10.2196/48544. [35] chima abimbola edeni, olabisi oluwakemi adeleye, & idowu sulaimon adeniyi. (2024). the role of ai-enhanced tools in overcoming socioeconomic barriers in education: a conceptual analysis. world journal of advanced research and reviews, 21(3), 944–951. doi:10.30574/wjarr.2024.21.3.0780. [36] mannuru, n. r., shahriar, s., teel, z. a., wang, t., lund, b. d., tijani, s., pohboon, c. o., agbaji, d., alhassan, j., galley, j. kl., kousari, r., ogbadu-oladapo, l., saurav, s. k., srivastava, a., tummuru, s. p., uppala, s., & vaidya, p. (2023). artificial intelligence in developing countries: the impact of generative artificial intelligence (ai) technologies for development. information development. doi:10.1177/02666669231200628. [37] joyce, k., smith-doerr, l., alegria, s., bell, s., cruz, t., hoffman, s. g., noble, s. u., & shestakofsky, b. (2021). toward a sociology of artificial intelligence: a call for research on inequalities and structural change. socius, 7. doi:10.1177/2378023121999581. [38] roshanaei, m., olivares, h., & lopez, r. r. (2023). harnessing ai to foster equity in education: opportunities, challenges, and emerging strategies. journal of intelligent learning systems and applications, 15(04), 123–143. doi:10.4236/jilsa.2023.154009. [39] ueda, d., kakinuma, t., fujita, s., kamagata, k., fushimi, y., ito, r., matsui, y., nozaki, t., nakaura, t., fujima, n., tatsugami, f., yanagawa, m., hirata, k., yamada, a., tsuboyama, t., kawamura, m., fujioka, t., & naganawa, s. (2024). fairness of artificial intelligence in healthcare: review and recommendations. japanese journal of radiology, 42(1), 3–15. doi:10.1007/s11604-023-01474-3. [40] hassan, a. h., sulaiman, r. bin, abdulgabber, m. a., & kahtan, h. (2023). balancing technological advances with user needs: user-centered principles for ai-driven smart city healthcare monitoring. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 14(3), 365–376. doi:10.14569/ijacsa.2023.0140341. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 792 [41] chen, y., clayton, e. w., novak, l. l., anders, s., & malin, b. (2023). human-centered design to address biases in artificial intelligence. journal of medical internet research, 25, 43251. doi:10.2196/43251. [42] park, j. ho, salim, m. m., jo, j. h., sicato, j. c. s., rathore, s., & park, j. h. (2019). ciot-net: a scalable cognitive iot based smart city network architecture. human-centric computing and information sciences, 9(1), 29. doi:10.1186/s13673-019-0190-9. [43] alkan, n. (2024). evaluation of sustainable development and utilization-oriented renewable energy systems based on criticswara-codas method using interval valued picture fuzzy sets. sustainable energy, grids and networks, 38, 101263. doi:10.1016/j.segan.2023.101263. [44] soltani, e., & mirzaei aliabadi, m. (2023). risk assessment of firefighting job using hybrid swara-aras methods in fuzzy environment. heliyon, 9(11), 22230. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2023.e22230. [45] naz, s., butt, s. a., ul hassan, m. m., escorcia-gutierrez, j., fatima, a., & ul ain, f. (2025). a hybrid novel swaraelectre-i method using probabilistic uncertain linguistic information for feature selection in image recognition. neurocomputing, 612, 128615. doi:10.1016/j.neucom.2024.128615. [46] komal. (2024). archimedean t-norm and t-conorm coupled q-rung orthopair fuzzy topsis method for unknown criteria weighting information. expert systems with applications, 257, 125048. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2024.125048. [47] soni, a., chakraborty, s., das, p. k., & saha, a. k. (2024). selection of sustainable construction material from recycled waste plastics by q-rung orthopair fuzzy swara-mabac approach. chemosphere, 364, 143166. doi:10.1016/j.chemosphere.2024.143166. [48] wang, j., wei, g., wei, c., & wei, y. (2020). mabac method for multiple attribute group decision making under q-rung orthopair fuzzy environment. defence technology, 16(1), 208–216. doi:10.1016/j.dt.2019.06.019. [49] xing, f., luo, r., liu, m., zhou, z., xiang, z., & duan, x. (2022). a new random forest algorithm-based prediction model of post-operative mortality in geriatric patients with hip fractures. frontiers in medicine, 9. doi:10.3389/fmed.2022.829977. [50] chintalapudi, r., kannaiyan, g. n., pappula, b., & makgato, s. (2024). the novel vogel’s approximation method integrated with a random forest algorithm in the vibration analysis of a two-directional functionally graded taper porous beam: assessment. scientific african, 26, 2397. doi:10.1016/j.sciaf.2024.e02397. [51] qazi, a., hasan, n., abayomi-alli, o., hardaker, g., scherer, r., sarker, y., kumar paul, s., & maitama, j. z. (2022). gender differences in information and communication technology use & skills: a systematic review and meta-analysis. education and information technologies, 27(3), 4225–4258. doi:10.1007/s10639-021-10775-x. [52] faisal, m., & rahman, t. k. a. (2023). optimally enhancement rural development support using hybrid multy object optimization (moo) and clustering methodologies: a case south sulawesi indonesia. international journal of sustainable development and planning, 18(6), 1659–1669. doi:10.18280/ijsdp.180602. [53] mian, s. h., abouel nasr, e., moiduddin, k., saleh, m., abidi, m. h., & alkhalefah, h. (2024). assessment of consolidative multi-criteria decision making (c-mcdm) algorithms for optimal mapping of polymer materials in additive manufacturing: a case study of orthotic application. heliyon, 10(10), 30867. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2024.e30867. [54] choi, j., jung, h. t., ferrell, a., woo, s., & haddad, l. (2021). machine learning-based nicotine addiction prediction models for youth e-cigarette and waterpipe (hookah) users. journal of clinical medicine, 10(5), 1–13. doi:10.3390/jcm10050972. [55] fayyaz, m., fusco, g., colombaroni, c., gonzález-gonzález, e., & nogués, s. (2024). optimizing smart city street design with interval-fuzzy multi-criteria decision making and game theory for autonomous vehicles and cyclists. smart cities, 7(6), 3936–3961. doi:10.3390/smartcities7060152. [56] khanyile, s. (2024). a comparison of the efficacy of fuzzy overlay and random forest classification for mapping and shaping perceptions of the post-mining landscape of gauteng, south africa. land, 13(11), 1761. doi:10.3390/land13111761. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 846 issn: 2723-9535 exact run length sensitivity of dewma control chart based on quadratic trend autoregressive model yupaporn areepong 1 , kotchaporn karoon 2* 1 department of applied statistics, faculty of applied science, king mongkut’s university of technology north bangkok, bangkok 10800, thailand. 2 department of mathematics, faculty of science, naresuan university, phitsanulok, 65000, thailand. received 13 april 2025; revised 15 july 2025; accepted 03 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract one well-known process detection tool that is sensitive to even little shift changes in the process is the double exponentially weighted moving average (dewma) control chart. the present study aims to provide exact average run length (arl) on the dewma chart under the data that is underlying the quadratic trend autoregressive (ar) model. at that point, the computed arl via the numerical integral equation (nie) technique was compared in terms of accuracy to the exact one that was developed by using the percentage accuracy (%acc). and then, the computational times of both were also compared. the results revealed that the arl results of exact arl and arl via the nie method show hardly any difference in terms of accuracy, but exact arl outperformed in terms of computational times that were computed instantly, whereas the other way spent approximately 2-3 seconds computing. thereafter, the proposed arl operating on the dewma chart was compared to the cusum and eewma charts. it was found to be more effective in terms of detection performance. especially when there are little shift changes in the process. the run length formulas, which are the standard deviation run length (sdrl) and the median run length (mrl), were measures of sensitivity evaluation and were used to verify their capability. the sensitivity of detecting changes of exact arl running on the dewma chart was illustrated by the real data utilized in fields of economics about natural gas importing in thailand (unit: 100 mmscfd at heat value of natural gas 1,000 btu/scf). apparently, the exact arl of the dewma chart is an excellent choice to detect small shift changes under this scenario, which represents properties as a quadratic trend ar model. keywords: autoregressive model; dewma control chart; exact run length; explicit formula; quadratic trend. 1. introduction the control chart is a statistical tool that is frequently used to detect process changes and monitor the quality of manufacturing processes. the shewhart control chart is the most used because of its simplicity and high sensitivity to major changes in the process. however, it is not great for detecting minor to moderate changes in the process; hence, researchers have developed other control charts for each scenario. two widespread instances are the cumulative sum (cusum) [1] and exponentially weighted moving average (ewma) [2] control charts. many studies also noted control charts that were modified from the ewma-type chart. they were more sensitive than the standard ewma chart in detecting even minute changes in the process. examples of control charts include the modified exponentially weighted moving average (mewma) [3] and the extended exponentially weighted moving average (eewma) [4]. many researchers have studied those control charts and noticed that they are sensitive enough to detect tiny changes in the process for different scenarios. moreover, shamma and shamma first introduced the double exponentially weighted * corresponding author: kotchapornk@nu.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-07  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5103-9867 https://orcid.org/0009-0009-1404-6134 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 847 moving average (dewma) [5]. after that, mahmoud and woodall adjusted it [6] and demonstrated that the dewma chart is an alternative for more sensitivity for detecting tiny changes in the process parameters. it has widespread application in a variety of fields and procedures, including finance, economics, medicine, healthcare, and the environment. autocorrelation describes the tendency of subsequent points of data in a time series to correspond. control charts are statistical techniques used to find out when behavior becomes out of control. one technique for dealing with autocorrelation in a control chart is to employ specific algorithms that consider the correlation between subsequent data points. for example, a control chart for the autoregressive and moving averages (arma) model detects a process with autocorrelated data by combining time series models with control charts. on top of that, the trend and quadratic trend are two aspects of autocorrelation that might impact the dependent variable, such as indicators for forecast data in various fields. most real-world data takes the form of time series with either linear trends or quadratic trends as components. karaoglan & bayhan [7] applied a trend-stationary ar(1) model to estimate the peroxide amounts in stored vegetable oil. yue & pilon [8] investigated an annual mean daily streamflow dataset from 15 watersheds, utilizing a linear trend with the ar(1) model. karoon et al. [9] applied a quadratic trend ar(p) model and a control chart combination to monitor user web browser data in thailand. the average run length (arl) is the most frequently implemented metric to quantify control chart efficacy in the process. there exist two properties: in-control arl (arl0) and out-of-control arl (arl1). arl0 represents the average number of observations a process in control renders before signalling that it is out of control, and it should be high. to identify an out-of-control adjustment in a process variable, an average number of observations, known as arl1, is necessary, and it must be as few as possible. arl computations have been made to use a variety of methods, as suggested by various literary works. comprised of monte carlo simulation, markov chain, and the numerical integral equation (nie). they were found in champ & rigdon [10], riaz et al. [11], and peerajit [12]. furthermore, some scholars employ and advocate the computation of these indicators as well as the calculation of run length (rl) using the measures of central tendency (median) and spread (standard deviation), which can be called mrl and sdrl, respectively. they were extra measurements used to track shift changes in the process. in time series analysis, it is crucial to consider the error, which is the difference between the observed and predicted values. a smaller error generally indicates higher model accuracy. this error, commonly referred to as white noise, is typically assumed to follow a normal distribution. however, in cases where the data exhibit autocorrelation, the error structure may instead follow an exponential white noise pattern. to assess the effectiveness of control charts, specific formulas are used. one of these formulas is derived from the fredholm integral equation of the second kind, which requires the proof of the existence and uniqueness of the arl using banach's fixed-point theorem in order to arrive at a complete formula. many researchers have extended this approach, originally developed for arl, to other control charts and diverse applications. starting with supharakonsakun [13], a two-sided exact arl formula for the modified ewma chart was created using the generic moving average (ma(p)) model, and it was then applied to the dow jones composite average based on a real-life dataset. bualuang & peerajit [14] demonstrated explicit and nie of arl operating on the cusum chart, as well as the arfix process, and applied it to an economic dataset containing gold futures prices. karoon & areepong [15] recently published an explicit arl based on the general ar with the trend model of the double ewma chart and applied it to economic data containing cryptocurrency prices. phanyaem [16] proposed explicit solutions for the arl of the exponentially weighted moving average (ewma) control chart in the presence of a sarx(p,r)l process. in the same year, phanyaem [17] provide formulas for computing the arl of the ewma chart for quadratic trend ar(1) model with exponential white noise. in the literature mentioned above, it was demonstrated that the capability of an exact arl solution with any control chart under autocorrelated data can be applied to current real-life data. moreover, karoon & areepong [18] presented the exact arl solution for the new eewma control chart under the ar model and compared the performance of this new eewma chart with the traditional ewma and extended ewma charts. the comparison was also applied to an economic dataset from thailand. recently, neammai et al. [19] used the ma(q) process to create an analytical formula for the arl of dmewma charts. their findings indicate that, for various process mean shifts, the dmewma chart outperforms others, with stock data demonstrating its superior efficacy in process monitoring. according to the literature review, the quadratic trend component in general ar models has been incorporated into various control charts, such as the extended ewma [9] and the adjusted modified ewma [20] in 2023 and 2024, respectively. however, no application has been reported for the dewma chart based on quadratic trend ar(p) model. in 2025, this study, therefore, presents the arl of the dewma chart for general ar models using the quadratic trend model, also known as the quadratic trend ar(p) model. the calculation was performed using two methods: the exact solution and the nie technique. additionally, the defined arl had not been previously addressed. a comparison of both methods was made in terms of accuracy and computation speed under the two-sided dewma chart. both simulated and real-world economic data were then compared with the eewma and cusum charts, as well as the accurate arl dewma chart. moreover, real-life data is used in this study to demonstrate the capability of dewma control charts. it was also verified by detecting changes in control charts by showing a graph-quality control chart. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 848 2. preliminaries this section presents a brief description of the two-sided control charts and the quadratic trend ar(p) model with exponential white noise. 2.1. structure of control chart first, page [1] created the cusum chart for quality control, which can be used as a substitute for the shewhart control chart to identify slight to moderate shift changes in the process. the cusum chart's statistics can be stated characteristically in equation 1 as follows: 𝐶𝑡 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥( 0, 𝐶𝑡−1 + 𝑋𝑡 − 𝜅); 𝑡 = 1 . 2, . … (1) where 𝑋𝑡 is a sequence of quadratic trend ar(p) process with an exponential white noise. 𝐶0 ≥ 0 and 𝜅 > 0 are the starting value and the non-zero constant, respectively, and then 𝐶0 = 𝜛 is the initial value of cusum; 𝜛 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏]. moreover, 𝜅 > 0 is signalled that the process may be out-of-control. the cusum showed the corresponding stopping time as 𝜏𝐶 = 𝑖𝑛𝑓{ 𝑡 ≥ 0; 𝐶𝑡 < 𝐿𝐶𝐿 𝑜𝑟 𝐶𝑡 > 𝑈𝐶𝐿} where 𝑎 and 𝑏 are expressed as the lower (𝐿𝐶𝐿) and upper (𝑈𝐶𝐿) control limit of two-sided cusum chart. second, the extended exponentially weighted moving average (eewma) control chart was introduced by naveed et al. [4] after roberts [2] developed the ewma chart to monitor a process over time. it works well for tracking and identifying slight variations in the average procedure. it is possible to express the eewma control chart using the recursive equation in equation 2. 𝐸𝐸𝑡 = 𝜆1𝑋𝑡 − 𝜆2𝑋𝑡−1 + (1 − 𝜆1 + 𝜆2)𝐸𝑡−1, ; 𝑡 = 1, 2, ... (2) where 𝜆1 and 𝜆2 are exponential smoothing parameters with interval as (0 < 𝜆1 ≤ 1) and (0 < 𝜆2 < 𝜆1), respectively. the initial value is a constant, 𝐸𝐸0 = 𝑢. on the eewma chart, the upper and lower control limits are provided by: 𝑈𝐶𝐿 = 𝜇0 + 𝐿𝜎√ 𝜆1 2+𝜆2 2−2𝜆1𝜆2(1−𝜆1+𝜆2) 2(𝜆1−𝜆2)−(𝜆1−𝜆2)2 , (3) 𝐿𝐶𝐿 = 𝜇0 − 𝐿𝜎√ 𝜆1 2+𝜆2 2−2𝜆1𝜆2(1−𝜆1+𝜆2) 2(𝜆1−𝜆2)−(𝜆1−𝜆2)2 , (4) where 𝜇0, 𝜎, and 𝐿 are the mean, the process standard deviation, and the suitable control limit width, respectively. he mean and variance of the process variable 𝑋𝑡, which is monitored by the eewma statistic, are denoted by 𝜇0and (𝜎2 [ 𝜆1 2+𝜆2 2−2𝜆1𝜆2(1−𝜆1+𝜆2) 2(𝜆1−𝜆2)−(𝜆1−𝜆2)2 ]), respectively. the eewma control chart's stopping time can be found using 𝜏𝐸𝐸 = 𝑖𝑛𝑓{ 𝑡 ≥ 0; 𝐸𝐸𝑡< 𝐿𝐶𝐿 𝑜𝑟 𝐸𝐸𝑡 > 𝑈𝐶𝐿} where 𝑐 and 𝑑are expressed as the lower (𝐿𝐶𝐿) and upper (𝑈𝐶𝐿) control limit of twosided eewma chart. third, shamma & shamma [5] updated the classic ewma chart to create the dewma chart, which was later created by mahmoud & woodall [6] in 2010 to efficiently monitor tiny changes in process parameters. the dewma chart’s statistics can be estimated using equation 5: 𝐸𝑡 = 𝜆2𝑋𝑡 + (1 − 𝜆2)𝐸𝑡−1 ; 𝑡 = 1, 2, ... and 𝐷𝐸𝑡 = 𝜆1𝐸𝑡 + (1 − 𝜆1)𝐷𝐸𝑡−1 (5) where 𝜆1 and 𝜆2 are exponential smoothing parameters with intervals that are (0 < 𝜆1 ≤ 1) and (0 < 𝜆2 < 1), respectively, the apparent exponential smoothing parameters of the eewma chart. and then, 𝐷𝐸𝑡 with 𝑡 = 0 represented the initial value of the dewma statistics, 𝐷𝐸0 = 𝑣. the upper (ucl) and lower (lcl) control limits of the dewma chart are as follows: 𝑈𝐶𝐿 = 𝜇0 + �̈�𝜎√ 𝜆1 2𝜆2 2 (𝜆1−𝜆2)2 [ (1−𝜆1)2 1−(1−𝜆1)2 + (1−𝜆2)2 1−(1−𝜆2)2 − 2 (1−𝜆1)(1−𝜆2) 1−(1−𝜆1)(1−𝜆2) ],, and (6) 𝑈𝐶𝐿 = 𝜇0 − �̈�𝜎√ 𝜆1 2𝜆2 2 (𝜆1−𝜆2)2 [ (1−𝜆1)2 1−(1−𝜆1)2 + (1−𝜆2)2 1−(1−𝜆2)2 − 2 (1−𝜆1)(1−𝜆2) 1−(1−𝜆1)(1−𝜆2) ], (7) where 𝜇0, 𝜎 , and �̈� are the mean, the process standard deviation, and the suitable control limit width, respectively. the process variable 𝑋𝑡 used in constructing the dewma statistics has mean (𝜇0) and variance ( 𝜆1 2𝜆2 2 (𝜆1−𝜆2)2 𝜎2 [ (1−𝜆1)2 1−(1−𝜆1)2 + (1−𝜆2)2 1−(1−𝜆2)2 − 2 (1−𝜆1)(1−𝜆2) 1−(1−𝜆1)(1−𝜆2) ]), respectively. the eewma control chart's stopping time can be found using 𝜏𝐷𝐸 = 𝑖𝑛𝑓{ 𝑡 ≥ 0; 𝐷𝐸𝑡< 𝐿𝐶𝐿 𝑜𝑟 𝐷𝐸𝑡 > 𝑈𝐶𝐿} where 𝑒 and 𝑓are expressed as the lower (𝐿𝐶𝐿) and upper (𝑈𝐶𝐿) control limit of two-sided dewma chart. moreover, both the dewma and eewma statistics are equivariant, as they can be transformed into the traditional ewma statistic. specifically, when 𝜆2in the dewma statistic is set to 1, the dewma statistic reduces to the standard ewma statistic. similarly, when 𝜆2in the eewma statistic is set to 0, the eewma statistic becomes equivalent to the ewma statistic. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 849 2.2. methodology for exact arl on dewma chart based on quadratic trend ar model primarily, this study derives the exact formulas of the quadratic trend ar(p) model. the quadratic trend ar(p) model is a statistical model used to analyse and forecast time-series data, which is data in which observations are collected over time and their order is important. modelling time-series data is frequently employed in many disciplines, such as economics, finance, engineering, and environmental research. this study focused on the general quadratic trend autoregressive model, often known as the quadratic trend ar(p) model. equation 8 represents the quadratic trend ar(p) model for lag p. 𝑋𝑡 = 𝜓 + 𝜂𝑡 + 𝜗𝑡2 + 𝜙1𝑋𝑡−1 + 𝜙2𝑋𝑡−2 +...+𝜙𝑝𝑋𝑡−𝑝 + 𝜉𝑡 (8) where 𝜓 is the constant of model, 𝜂 and 𝜗 are the constant of times, and both linear and quadratic trend time terms (t and t2) were included as exogenous variables to capture the data’s underlying trend. 𝜙1, 𝜙2, . . . , 𝜙𝑝 are the coefficients of time series model with |𝜙1, 𝜙2, . . . , 𝜙𝑝| < 1. also, 𝜉𝑡is the error term for continuous i.i.d. random variables derived from exponential white noise; 𝜉𝑡 ∼ 𝐸𝑥𝑝(𝛾). the probability density function of 𝜉𝑡 can be expressed as 𝑓(𝑥, 𝛾) = 1 𝛾𝑒 − 𝑥 𝛾 ; 𝛾 > 0. based on the arl characteristics considered throughout the study, several simple change-point models are analyzed as follows below: 𝜉𝑡 ∼ { 𝐸𝑥𝑝(𝛾0) 𝐸𝑥𝑝(𝛾1) 𝑡 = 1, 2, ..., 𝜃 − 1 (9) 𝑡 = 𝜃, ..., 𝜃 + 1, ... where 𝛾0 and 𝛾1 are known parameters with 𝛾1 > 𝛾0. by exploring the change point in equation 5, the arl defined with 𝐸𝜃(. ) can be described as follows below. 𝐴𝑅𝐿 = { 𝐴𝑅𝐿0 = 𝐸∞(𝜏), 𝜃 = ∞ (𝑛𝑜 𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒) 𝐴𝑅𝐿1 = 𝐸1(𝜏), 𝜃 = 1 (𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒) (10) where 𝐸𝜃(. )denotes the expectation under distribution 𝐹(𝑥, 𝛾) for a given change-point time. 𝜃 = ∞ shows in-control arl (arl0), whereas 𝜃 = 1 indicates the initial instance of a change from 𝛾0 to 𝛾 in the process, which is known as outof-control arl (arl1). subsequently, the dewma statistic defined in equation 5 can be reformulated using the quadratic trend ar(p) model, and is represented as follows: 𝐷𝐸𝑡 = 𝜆1𝜆2(𝜓 + 𝜂𝑡 + 𝜗𝑡2 + 𝜙1𝑋𝑡−1 + 𝜙2𝑋𝑡−2 +...+𝜙𝑝𝑋𝑡−𝑝 + 𝜉𝑡) + 𝜆2(1 − 𝜆1)𝐸𝑡−1 + (1 − 𝜆2)𝐷𝐸𝑡−1 (11) under the in-control condition, the dewma scheme is defined as a two-sided control chart, with 𝑒 < 𝐷𝐸𝑡 < 𝑓; then, 𝑒 < 𝜆1𝜆2(𝜓 + 𝜂𝑡 + 𝜗𝑡2 + 𝜙1𝑋𝑡−1 + 𝜙2𝑋𝑡−2+. . . +𝜙𝑝𝑋𝑡−𝑝 + 𝜉𝑡) + 𝜆2(1 − 𝜆1)𝐸𝑡−1 + (1 − 𝜆2)𝐷𝐸𝑡−1 < 𝑓 (12) subsequently, the equation was rewritten in terms of 𝜉𝑡 with the change-point time at 𝑡 = 1, and initial values are defined as 𝐷𝐸0 = 𝑣 and 𝐸0 = 𝑧. the interval of 𝜉𝑡 can be rearranged as 𝑒−(1−𝜆1)𝑣 𝜆1𝜆2 − (1−𝜆2)𝑧 𝜆2 − 𝜔 < 𝜉1 < 𝑓−(1−𝜆1)𝑣 𝜆1𝜆2 − (1−𝜆2)𝑧 𝜆2 − 𝜔 (13) where 𝜔 represents 𝜓 + 𝜂 + 𝜗 + ∑ 𝜙𝑖𝑋1−𝑖 𝑝 𝑖=1 . let 𝜁(𝑣) be the exact arl on dewma chart under quadratic trend ar(p). the exact arl in this study was modified using the fredholm integral equation of the second kind [21], as presented below: 𝜁(𝑣) = 1 + ∫ 𝜁(𝜆1𝜆2(𝜔 + 𝜉1) + (1 − 𝜆1)𝑣 + 𝜆1(1 − 𝑓−(1−𝜆1)𝑣 𝜆1𝜆2 − (1−𝜆2)𝑧 𝜆2 −𝜔 𝑒−(1−𝜆1)𝑣 𝜆1𝜆2 − (1−𝜆2)𝑧 𝜆2 −𝜔 𝜆2)𝑧)𝑔(𝜉1)𝑑𝜉1 (14) let 𝜌 denotes 𝜆1𝜆2(𝜔 + 𝜉1) + (1 − 𝜆1)𝑣 + 𝜆1(1 − 𝜆2)𝑧, then 𝑑𝜌 𝑑𝜉1 = 𝜆1𝜆2 and 𝑑𝜉1 = 1 𝜆1𝜆2 = 𝑑𝜌. from equation 15, the integral variable was changed; it can be rewritten as equation 15: 𝜁(𝑣) = 1 + 1 𝜆1𝜆2 ∫ 𝜁(𝜌) ⋅ 𝑓 𝑒 𝑔 ( 𝜌−(1−𝜆1)𝑣 𝜆1𝜆2 − (1−𝜆2)𝑧 𝜆2 − 𝜔) 𝑑𝜌 (15) here, 𝜉𝑡 was determined as 𝜉𝑡 ∼ 𝐸𝑥𝑝(𝛾). thus, the exact arl generated by the second-kind fredholm integral equation can be shown as follows: 𝜁(𝑣) = 1 + 𝛬(𝑣)⋅𝑀 𝛾𝜆1𝜆2 (16) where 𝛬(𝑣) = 𝑒 (1−𝜆1)𝑣 𝛾𝜆1𝜆2 − (1−𝜆2)𝑧 𝛾𝜆2 − 𝜆1𝜆2𝜔 𝛾 , 𝑀 = ∫ 𝜁(𝜌) 𝑓 𝑒 𝑀0(𝜌)𝑑𝜌, 𝑀0(𝜌) = 𝑒 − 𝜌 𝛾𝜆1𝜆2. according to equation 17, the following holds: 𝑀 = ∫ 𝑀0(𝜌) (1 + 𝛬(𝑣)⋅𝑀 𝛾𝜆1𝜆2 ) 𝑓 𝑒 𝑑𝜌 = − 𝛾𝜆1𝜆2[𝑀0(𝑓)−𝑀0(𝑒)] 1+ 1 𝜆1 𝑒 (1−𝜆2)𝑧 𝛾𝜆2 + 𝜔 𝛾 ⋅[𝑀0(𝑓)−𝑀0(𝑒)] (17) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 850 finally, from equation 17, it can be rearranged as the exact arl running on the two-sided dewma chart under the quadratic trend ar(p) model, and that is expressed in the form of equation 18: 𝜁(𝑣) = 1 − 𝜆1𝑒 (1−𝜆1)𝑣 𝛾𝜆1𝜆2 ⋅[𝑀0(𝑓)−𝑀0(𝑒)] 𝜆1𝑒 1 𝛾 ( (1−𝜆2)𝑧 𝜆2 +𝜔) +[𝑀0(𝜆2𝑓)−𝑀0(𝜆2𝑒)] (18) besides, replace 𝛾 = 𝛾0 in equation 18 showing the in-control situation, 𝛾 = 𝛾1 = 𝛾0(1 + 𝛿) might depict the out-ofcontrol situation. in the next step, numerical integral equation (nie) technique of the quadratic trend ar(p) model is derived. let 𝜁(𝑣) be arl of the dewma chart that is derived by nie technique, to estimate the interval [𝑒, 𝑓] in terms of n linear equation systems, the gauss-legendre rule was applied, and it has been divided into 𝑒 ≤ 𝑟1 ≤. . . ≤ 𝑟𝑛 ≤ 𝑓. the approximate formula for an integral is shown below. ∫ 𝜁(𝜌)𝑔(𝜌)𝑑𝜌 ≈ ∑ 𝑤𝑗𝑔(𝑟𝑗)𝑛 𝑗=1 𝑓 𝑒 (19) where 𝑤𝑗 = (𝑓 − 𝑒)/𝑛 , and 𝑟𝑗 = (𝑗 − 0.5)𝑤𝑗 + 𝑒 with 𝑗 = 1,2, . . . , 𝑛. using the quadrature formula, the following result is obtained 𝜁(𝑟𝑖) = 1 + 1 𝜆1𝜆2 ∑ 𝑤𝑗 ⋅ 𝜁(𝑟𝑗) ⋅ 𝑔 ( 𝑟𝑗−(1−𝜆1)𝑟𝑖 𝜆1𝜆2 − (1−𝜆2)𝑧 𝜆2 − 𝜔)𝑛 𝑗=1 . subsequently, the 𝑛 system was solved. to derive the arl, the matrix relation can possibly be represented as follows: 𝜁𝑛×1 = 1𝑛×1 + 𝑅𝑛×𝑛𝜁𝑛×1, 𝐼𝑛×𝑛 − 𝑅𝑛×𝑛 = 1𝑛×1 or 𝜁𝑛×1 = (𝐼𝑛 − 𝑅𝑛×𝑛)−1 ⋅ 1𝑛×1. finally, 𝑟𝑖 is instead of 𝑣, the nie approximation of arl is rewritten following equation 20 as: 𝜁(𝑣) ≈ 1 + 1 𝜆1𝜆2 ∑ 𝜁(𝑣𝑗) ⋅ 𝑔 ( 𝑟𝑗−(1−𝜆1)𝑣 𝜆1𝜆2 − (1−𝜆2)𝑧 𝜆2 − 𝜔)𝑛 𝑗=1 (20) 2.3. sensitivity measurements of control chart first, let 𝜁(𝑣) and 𝜁(𝑣) stand for the arl with nie approach and the arl with exact solution, which is calculated by equation 17 and 20, respectively. then, the percentage accuracy (%𝐴𝑐𝑐), which shows the relative effectiveness of the two suggested arl approaches, was calculated using equation 21. %𝐴𝑐𝑐 = 100 − (| 𝜁(𝑣)−�̂�(𝑣) 𝜁(𝑣) | × 100%) (21) the computation is then based on the efficiency of the arl, with various parameter values chosen according to the dewma chart. after that, it is compared to the cusum and eewma charts. in addition to the average run length (arl), the run length (rl) distribution is often described using additional measures such as the median run length (mrl) and the standard deviation of the run length (sdrl), which provide further insights into chart performance. thus, 𝐴𝑅𝐿0 = 1 𝛼 , 𝑀𝑅𝐿0 = 𝐿𝑜𝑔(0.5) 𝐿𝑜𝑔(1−𝛼) , 𝑆𝐷𝑅𝐿0 = √ 1−𝛼 𝛼2 (22) where type i error represents 𝛼 = 1 − 𝑃(𝑒 < 𝑋𝑡 < 𝑓|𝛾0). in this study, 𝐴𝑅𝐿0was fixed at 500. form the 𝐴𝑅𝐿0value that can be calculated as 𝑀𝑅𝐿0and 𝑆𝐷𝑅𝐿0by equation 22 at approximately 346 and 500, respectively. subsequently, 𝑀𝑅𝐿1 and 𝑆𝐷𝑅𝐿1 are calculated using the formulas presented in equation 23 below. 𝐴𝑅𝐿1 = 1 1−𝛽 , 𝑀𝑅𝐿1 = 𝐿𝑜𝑔(0.5) 𝐿𝑜𝑔(𝛽) , 𝑆𝐷𝑅𝐿1 = √ 𝛽 (1−𝛽)2 (23) where type ii error represents 𝛽 = 1 − 𝑃(𝑒 < 𝑋𝑡 < 𝑓|𝛾1). the least 𝐴𝑅𝐿1, 𝑀𝑅𝐿1 and 𝑆𝐷𝑅𝐿1 values were presented the best performance of control charts [20, 22]. 2.4. existence and uniqueness of exact arl for demonstration to demonstrate the existence and uniqueness of the arl solution, this research employs banach's fixed-point theorem [23, 24]. since the explicit arl formula must satisfy both existence and uniqueness conditions, banach’s theorem provides theoretical support for the solution. for the class of all continuous functions, let 𝑇 represent the operation, which can be defined as follows: 𝑇(𝜁(𝑣)) = 1 + 1 𝜆1𝜆2 ∫ 𝜁(𝜌) ⋅ 𝑓 𝑒 𝑔 ( 𝜌−(1−𝜆1)𝑣 𝜆1𝜆2 − (1−𝜆2)𝑧 𝜆2 − 𝜔) 𝑑𝜌 (24) theorem 1: banach’s fixed-point theorem: let (𝑋, 𝑑) and 𝑇: 𝑋 → 𝑋 are the complete metric space and the contraction mapping, respectively. moreover, 𝑇 is referred to unique on fixed point; thus, there exists a unique solution to the fixed point when 𝑇(𝜁(𝑣)) = 𝜁(𝑣) ∈ 𝑋. to demonstrate that, let 𝑇 be the contraction mapping for 𝜁(𝑣)1, 𝜁(𝑣)2 ∈ 𝑄[𝑒, 𝑓] such that, ‖𝑇(𝜁(𝑣)1) − 𝑇(𝜁(𝑣)2)‖ ≤ 𝑄‖𝜁(𝑣)1 − 𝜁(𝑣)2‖, and 𝜁(𝑣)1, 𝜁(𝑣)2 ∈ 𝑋, where 𝑄 is a positive constant with 0 ≤ 𝑄 < 1 under the norm ‖𝜁(𝑣)‖∞ = 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑣∈[𝑒,𝑓]|𝜁(𝑣)|. by considering: hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 851 ‖𝑇(𝜁(𝑣)1) − 𝑇(𝜁(𝑣)2)‖∞ = 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑣∈[𝑒,𝑓]|𝜁(𝑣)1 − 𝜁(𝑣)2| = 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑣∈[𝑒,𝑓] | 𝛬(𝑣) 𝛾𝜆1𝜆2 | ∫ ((𝜁(𝑣)1 − 𝜁(𝑣)2) ⋅ 𝑀0(𝜌)) 𝑓 𝑒 𝑑𝑝 ≤ 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑣∈[𝑒,𝑓]‖𝑇(𝜁(𝑣)1) − 𝑇(𝜁(𝑣)2)‖∞ 𝛬(𝑣)(𝑀0(𝑓) − 𝑀0(𝑒)) = ‖𝑇(𝜁(𝑣)1) − 𝑇(𝜁(𝑣)2)‖∞ 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑣∈[𝑒,𝑓]|𝛬(𝑣)| |𝑀0(𝑓) − 𝑀0(𝑒)| ≤ 𝑄‖𝑇(𝜁(𝑣)1) − 𝑇(𝜁(𝑣)2)‖∞ wheren 𝑄 = 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑣∈[𝑒,𝑓]|𝛬(𝑣)| |𝑀0(𝑓) − 𝑀0(𝑒)|; 𝑄 ∈ [0,1]. (25) moreover, using the nie technique, the number of division points needed to estimate the arl at 𝑛 = 500 is found. 𝐴𝑅𝐿0, the process in-control, was computed. 3. the arl procedure for analyzing outcomes 3.1. the exact solution of arl for the quadratic trend ar(p) model running on the control charts input:  set parameters of quadratic trend ar(p): 𝜓, 𝜂, 𝜗, 𝜙𝑖 in 𝑋𝑡 = 𝜓 + 𝜂𝑡 + 𝜗𝑡2 + 𝜙1𝑋𝑡−1 + 𝜙2𝑋𝑡−2 +...+𝜙𝑝𝑋𝑡−𝑝 + 𝜉𝑡  set parameters for control charts: 𝜆1 =0.05, 0.10, 0.15, 𝜆2 =0.6𝜆1, 𝜆1, 1.6𝜆1for dewma chart, 𝜆2 =0.2𝜆1, 0.6𝜆1 for eewma chart, and 𝜅 > 0 for cusum chart  set 𝛾 = 𝛾0 for in-control process, then set 𝛾0 = 1 when using simulated data, and set 𝛾0equal to the exponential white noise (𝜉𝑡 ∼ 𝐸𝑥𝑝(𝛾)) when using a real-world dataset, and define 𝐴𝑅𝐿0 = 500.  set 𝛾 = 𝛾1 = 𝛾0(1 + 𝛿)for out-of-control process and set 𝛿 = 0.001,0.002,0.003,0.005,0.01,0.03,0.1,0.5 output:  obtain the upper control limit (ucl) of the control chart under various scenarios of the specified parameters at 𝐴𝑅𝐿0 = 500  obtain the 𝐴𝑅𝐿1which derived from the out-of-control process, by determining 𝛿 as specified above. furthermore, the solution can be derived using the approach illustrated in figure 1, as outlined next. figure 1. the process of methodology of evaluating arl 4. the outcomes of the performance evaluation to estimate the arl at 𝑛 = 500 the number of division points required is determined using the nie technique. the results demonstrated the arl's ability to detect shifts in the process mean using the dewma chart, as presented in table 1 for quadratic trend ar(2) model and table 2. for quadratic trend ar(3) model. all scenarios exhibit extraordinarily high the percentage accuracy (%𝐴𝑐𝑐), nearly 100%, according to the 𝐴𝑅𝐿1 results. this indicates that there is no difference between the two approaches in terms of accuracy. however, the exact solution appears fairly quickly in every scenario, while the 𝐴𝑅𝐿1generated using the nie approach takes roughly 2 to 3 seconds to compute for the two-sided dewma chart at 𝐿𝐶𝐿 = 𝑒 = 0.001. this indicates that there is only a slight difference between the two approaches in terms of computation time. moreover, the results obtained from both methods were computed using a system running windows 10 (64-bit) with an intel core i5-8250u processor (1.60 ghz, up to 1.80 ghz) and 4 gb of ram. moreover, while the exact solution does not depend on the specifications of the cpu, the computation time of the nie technique is influenced by the cpu's performance. therefore, it is reasonable to proceed with these exact formulas. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 852 table 1. arl1 values of the exact formula and nie technique for quadratic trend ar(2) model on dewma control chart with known parameters; 𝝀𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓, 𝝍 = 𝜼 = 𝟎. 𝟏, 𝝑 = −𝟎. 𝟖 at 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟎 = 𝟓𝟎𝟎, and [ e, f ] = [ 0.001, f ] 𝝓𝟐 shift size 𝜹 𝝓𝟏 0.1 -0.1 𝝀𝟐 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 𝝀𝟏 𝟏. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 𝝀𝟏 𝟏. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 𝒇 0.001082563 0.001516962 0.002747883 0.001100874 0.001632161 0.003140205 0.2 0.001 𝜁(𝑣) 105.723 (<0.01) 163.560 (<0.01) 207.867 (<0.01) 109.668 (<0.01) 170.223 (<0.01) 217.026 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 105.723 (2.766) 163.560 (2.875) 207.867 (2.812) 109.668 (2.703) 170.223 (2.876) 217.026 (2.828) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.002 𝜁(𝑣) 59.469 (<0.01) 98.066 (<0.01) 131.499 (<0.01) 61.949 (<0.01) 102.879 (<0.01) 138.876 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 59.469 (2.813) 98.066 (2.813) 131.499 (2.828) 61.949 (2.811) 102.879 (2.828) 138.876 (2.781) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.003 𝜁(𝑣) 41.546 (<0.01) 70.190 (<0.01) 96.326 (<0.01) 43.343 (<0.01) 73.881 (<0.01) 102.267 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 41.546 (2.813) 70.190 (2.876) 96.326 (2.796) 43.343 (2.765) 73.881 (2.844) 102.267 (2.797) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.005 𝜁(𝑣) 26.123 (<0.01) 44.947 (<0.01) 62.953 (<0.01) 27.281 (<0.01) 47.447 (<0.01) 67.166 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 26.123 (2.750) 44.947 (2.828) 62.953 (2.844) 27.281 (2.843) 47.447 (2.843) 67.166 (2.750) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.01 𝜁(𝑣) 13.859 (<0.01) 23.983 (<0.01) 34.063 (<0.01) 14.475 (<0.01) 25.367 (<0.01) 36.488 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 13.859 (2.813) 23.983 (2.797) 34.063 (2.844) 14.475 (2.844) 25.367 (2.797) 36.488 (2.782) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.03 𝜁(𝑣) 5.325 (<0.01) 8.901 (<0.01) 12.583 (<0.01) 5.545 (<0.01) 9.410 (<0.01) 13.499 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 5.325 (2.875) 8.901 (2.796) 12.583 (2.890) 5.545 (2.828) 9.410 (2.922) 13.499 (2.797) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.1 𝜁(𝑣) 2.268 (<0.01) 3.394 (<0.01) 4.584 (<0.01) 2.341 (<0.01) 3.567 (<0.01) 4.899 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 2.268 (2.828) 3.394 (2.859) 4.584 (2.813) 2.341 (2.765) 3.567 (2.797) 4.899 (2.828) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.5 𝜁(𝑣) 1.219 (<0.01) 1.473 (<0.01) 1.762 (<0.01) 1.239 (<0.01) 1.522 (<0.01) 1.853 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 1.219 (2.858) 1.473 (2.811) 1.762 (2.844) 1.239 (2.781) 1.522 (2.874) 1.853 (2.812) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 𝒇 0.0011232545 0.001773234 0.00362206 0.0011506133 0.001946093 0.00421463 -0.2 0.001 𝜁(𝑣) 113.856 (<0.01) 177.359 (<0.01) 227.184 (<0.01) 118.337 (<0.01) 185.015 (<0.01) 238.871 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 113.856 (2.796) 177.359 (2.829) 227.184 (2.828) 118.337 (2.797) 185.015 (2.796) 238.871 (2.812) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.002 𝜁(𝑣) 64.609 (<0.01) 108.113 (<0.01) 147.266 (<0.01) 67.477 (<0.01) 113.834 (<0.01) 157.160 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 64.609 (2.813) 108.113 (2.797) 147.266 (2.766) 67.477 (2.797) 113.834 (2.812) 157.160 (2.812) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.003 𝜁(𝑣) 45.278 (<0.01) 77.922 (<0.01) 109.104 (<0.01) 47.372 (<0.01) 82.376 (<0.01) 117.265 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 45.278 (2.922) 77.922 (2.812) 109.104 (2.781) 47.372 (2.796) 82.376 (2.828) 117.265 (2.859) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.005 𝜁(𝑣) 28.533 (<0.01) 50.202 (<0.01) 72.069 (<0.01) 29.890 (<0.01) 53.261 (<0.01) 77.991 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 28.533 (2.797) 50.202 (2.844) 72.069 (2.844) 29.890 (2.828) 53.261 (2.797) 77.991 (2.782) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.01 𝜁(𝑣) 15.142 (<0.01) 26.901 (<0.01) 39.336 (<0.01) 15.867 (<0.01) 28.614 (<0.01) 42.813 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 15.142 (2.813) 26.901 (2.765) 39.336 (2.719) 15.867 (2.828) 28.614 (2.797) 42.813 (2.812) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.03 𝜁(𝑣) 5.783 (<0.01) 9.977 (<0.01) 14.582 (<0.01) 6.043 (<0.01) 10.613 (<0.01) 15.913 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 5.783 (2.984) 9.977 (2.781) 14.582 (2.781) 6.043 (2.844) 10.613 (2.844) 15.913 (2.781) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.1 𝜁(𝑣) 2.422 (<0.01) 3.760 (<0.01) 5.270 (<0.01) 2.509 (<0.01) 3.978 (<0.01) 5.726 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 2.422 (2.813) 3.760 (2.797) 5.270 (2.858) 2.509 (2.812) 3.978 (2.797) 5.726 (2.781) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.5 𝜁(𝑣) 1.260 (<0.01) 1.578 (<0.01) 1.960 (<0.01) 1.285 (<0.01) 1.642 (<0.01) 2.090 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 1.260 (2.797) 1.578 (2.781) 1.960 (2.813) 1.285 (2.797) 1.642 (2.781) 2.090 (2.750) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 853 table 2. arl1 values of the exact formula and nie technique for quadratic trend ar(3) model on dewma control chart with known parameters; 𝝀𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓, 𝝍 = 𝜼 = 𝟎. 𝟏, 𝝑 = −𝟎. 𝟖 at 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟎 = 𝟓𝟎𝟎, and [ e, f ] = [ 0.001, f ] 𝝓𝟑 shift size 𝜹 𝝓𝟐 0.2 -0.2 𝝀𝟐 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 𝝀𝟏 𝟏. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 𝝀𝟏 𝟏. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 𝒇 0.0010611419 0.001382449 0.0022911 0.0010912596 0.00157165 0.002934 0.3 0.001 𝜁(𝑣) 100.225 (<0.01) 154.264 (<0.01) 195.631 (<0.01) 107.644 (<0.01) 166.827 (<0.01) 212.350 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 100.225 (2.967) 154.264 (2.985) 195.631 (3.016) 107.644 (2.859) 166.827 (2.891) 212.350 (2.969) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.002 𝜁(𝑣) 56.056 (<0.01) 91.497 (<0.01) 121.849 (<0.01) 60.680 (<0.01) 100.420 (<0.01) 135.085 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 56.056 (2.937) 91.497 (2.938) 121.849 (2.875) 60.680 (2.953) 100.420 (2.937) 135.085 (2.844) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.003 𝜁(𝑣) 39.084 (<0.01) 65.197 (<0.01) 88.634 (<0.01) 42.424 (<0.01) 71.993 (<0.01) 99.204 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 39.084 (2.922) 65.197 (2.937) 88.634 (2.874) 42.424 (2.937) 71.993 (2.844) 99.204 (2.906) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.005 𝜁(𝑣) 24.544 (<0.01) 41.592 (<0.01) 57.554 (<0.01) 26.690 (<0.01) 46.167 (<0.01) 64.988 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 24.544 (2.938) 41.592 (2.906) 57.554 (2.984) 26.690 (2.921) 46.167 (2.890) 64.988 (2.890) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.01 𝜁(𝑣) 13.023 (<0.01) 22.139 (<0.01) 30.984 (<0.01) 14.161 (<0.01) 24.658 (<0.01) 35.232 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 13.023 (3.000) 22.139 (2.907) 30.984 (2.907) 14.161 (2.797) 24.658 (2.843) 35.232 (2.937) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.03 𝜁(𝑣) 5.028 (<0.01) 8.228 (<0.01) 11.427 (<0.01) 5.433 (<0.01) 9.149 (<0.01) 13.023 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 5.028 (2.938) 8.228 (2.922) 11.427 (2.922) 5.433 (2.890) 9.149 (2.750) 13.023 (2.860) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.1 𝜁(𝑣) 2.169 (<0.01) 3.166 (<0.01) 4.189 (<0.01) 2.304 (<0.01) 3.478 (<0.01) 4.735 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 2.169 (2.953) 3.166 (2.797) 4.189 (2.875) 2.304 (2.890) 3.478 (2.921) 4.735 (2.921) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.5 𝜁(𝑣) 1.193 (<0.01) 1.409 (<0.01) 1.650 (<0.01) 1.228 (<0.01) 1.497 (<0.01) 1.806 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 1.193 (2.968) 1.409 (2.907) 1.650 (2.937) 1.228 (2.890) 1.497 (3.469) 1.806 (2.891) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 𝒇 0.001111503 0.001699123 0.00336873 0.0011664984 0.002046665 0.00456048 -0.3 0.001 𝜁(𝑣) 111.711 (<0.01) 173.730 (<0.01) 222.020 (<0.01) 120.703 (<0.01) 189.133 (<0.01) 245.298 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 111.711 (2.891) 173.730 (2.937) 222.020 (2.874) 120.703 (2.969) 189.133 (2.937) 245.298 (2.875) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.002 𝜁(𝑣) 63.249 (<0.01) 105.440 (<0.01) 142.948 (<0.01) 68.998 (<0.01) 116.934 (<0.01) 162.813 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 63.249 (2.844) 105.440 (2.937) 142.948 (2.844) 68.998 (2.813) 116.934 (2.828) 162.813 (2.890) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.003 𝜁(𝑣) 44.289 (<0.01) 75.854 (<0.01) 105.567 (<0.01) 48.484 (<0.01) 84.798 (<0.01) 122.004 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 44.289 (2.921) 75.854 (2.844) 105.567 (2.875) 48.484 (2.876) 84.798 (2.859) 122.004 (2.921) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.005 𝜁(𝑣) 27.894 (<0.01) 48.790 (<0.01) 69.521 (<0.01) 30.613 (<0.01) 54.932 (<0.01) 81.481 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 27.894 (2.938) 48.790 (2.999) 69.521 (2.953) 30.613 (2.922) 54.932 (2.922) 81.481 (2.859) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.01 𝜁(𝑣) 14.801 (<0.01) 26.114 (<0.01) 37.851 (<0.01) 16.253 (<0.01) 29.553 (<0.01) 44.887 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 14.801 (2.906) 26.114 (2.923) 37.851 (2.907) 16.253 (2.797) 29.553 (2.796) 44.887 (2.891) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.03 𝜁(𝑣) 5.661 (<0.01) 9.686 (<0.01) 14.016 (<0.01) 6.182 (<0.01) 10.963 (<0.01) 16.712 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 5.661 (2.814) 9.686 (2.907) 14.016 (2.922) 6.182 (2.859) 10.963 (2.906) 16.712 (2.907) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.1 𝜁(𝑣) 2.381 (<0.01) 3.660 (<0.01) 5.076 (<0.01) 2.556 (<0.01) 4.098 (<0.01) 5.998 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 2.381 (2.906) 3.660 (2.922) 5.076 (2.859) 2.556 (2.892) 4.098 (2.922) 5.998 (2.813) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.5 𝜁(𝑣) 1.249 (<0.01) 1.549 (<0.01) 1.904 (<0.01) 1.298 (<0.01) 1.678 (<0.01) 2.166 (<0.01) 𝜁(𝑣) 1.249 (2.984) 1.549 (2.907) 1.904 (2.890) 1.298 (2.922) 1.678 (2.937) 2.166 (2.890) %𝐴𝑐𝑐 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 854 4.1. performance evaluation of simulated data for the control chart this section examines the explicit arl of the dewma chart and compares it to eewma and cusum charts under ar(2) and ar(3) processes with quadratic trends. for the dewma chart, the smoothing parameter 𝜆1was set at 0.05, 0.10, and 0.15, while 𝜆2 took on values determined4𝜆1, 1.6𝜆1, 𝜆1,and 0.6𝜆1, which denoted as dewma-1, dewma-2, dewma-3, and dewma-4, respectively. the eewma chart, on the other hand, was evaluated using specified 𝜆2values of 0.2𝜆1and0.6𝜆1, which are represented as eewma-1, and eewma-2, respectively. for the in-control scenario, the 𝐴𝑅𝐿0 value was fixed at 500. the effectiveness of the control charts was assessed using 𝐴𝑅𝐿1, 𝑆𝐷𝑅𝐿1, and 𝑀𝑅𝐿1 values. tables 3 and 4 present the comparative results of the cusum, eewma, and dewma charts under various scenarios, specifically for the quadratic trend ar(2) and ar(3) models, respectively. the outcomes indicate that a lower value of 𝜆1 leads to a decrease in 𝐴𝑅𝐿1, 𝑆𝐷𝑅𝐿1, and 𝑀𝑅𝐿1 values. the dewma chart consistently outperforms the eewma and cusum charts in detecting small shift changes with 0 < 𝛿 ≤ 0.5. moreover, lower value of 𝜆2, which is close to 𝜆1, as evidenced by𝜆2 = 0.6𝜆1and for all 𝜆1 considered in this research, this leads to a decrease in𝐴𝑅𝐿1, 𝑆𝐷𝑅𝐿1, and 𝑀𝑅𝐿1 values for both the eewma and dewma charts, under both the quadratic trend ar(2) and ar(3) models. the results of this study suggest that selecting 𝜆2 values closer to 𝜆1 can significantly enhance the effectiveness in detecting small process shifts in both eewma and dewma charts. in addition, lower values of 𝜆1 also demonstrate efficiency in reducing the run length (rl) evaluations. therefore, under the conditions and procedures adopted in this study, using a lower exponential smoothing value is recommended to enhance the detection capability and overall process monitoring performance. it is noted that the lowest 𝐴𝑅𝐿1, 𝑆𝐷𝑅𝐿1, and 𝑀𝑅𝐿1 values for all 𝜆1 conditions in both scenarios of the quadratic trend ar(2) and ar(3) models are shown in bold and italic in tables 3 to 5. table 3. rl1 values of exact formula running on two-sided control charts for the quadratic trend ar(2) model with known parameters; 𝝍 = 𝜼 = 𝟎. 𝟐, 𝝑 = −𝟎. 𝟏, 𝝓𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟏, 𝝓𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟐, and [ lcl, ucl ] = [ 0.001, ucl ] 𝝀𝟏 control chart 𝑼𝑪𝑳 𝜹 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.005 0.01 0.03 0.1 0.5 0.05 cusum 𝜿 = 𝟑 4.154 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.69 493.23 489.81 483.05 466.67 407.89 264.70 49.77 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.19 492.73 489.31 482.55 466.17 407.39 264.20 49.27 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 343.93 341.54 339.16 334.48 323.13 282.38 183.13 34.15 eewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝝀𝟏 0.03495131 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 255.75 172.06 129.78 87.20 48.22 17.88 6.27 2.13 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 255.25 171.56 129.28 86.69 47.72 17.37 5.75 1.55 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 176.93 118.92 89.61 60.09 33.08 12.04 3.99 1.09 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.05146347 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 279.49 194.18 148.91 101.75 57.14 21.39 7.47 2.46 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 278.99 193.68 148.41 101.25 56.64 20.89 6.95 1.89 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 193.38 134.25 102.87 70.18 39.26 14.48 4.82 1.33 dewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟒𝝀𝟏 0.00472606 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 218.45 140.01 103.16 67.77 36.78 13.53 4.83 1.77 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 217.95 139.51 102.66 67.27 36.28 13.02 4.30 1.17 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 151.07 96.70 71.16 46.63 25.15 9.03 2.99 0.83 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.001705922 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 174.22 105.77 76.09 48.92 26.14 9.63 3.58 1.48 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 173.72 105.27 75.59 48.42 25.63 9.12 3.04 0.84 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 120.41 72.97 52.39 33.56 17.77 6.32 2.12 0.62 𝝀𝟐 = 𝝀𝟏 0.0012095211 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 137.94 80.32 56.82 36.03 19.11 7.13 2.80 1.31 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 137.44 79.82 56.31 35.52 18.60 6.61 2.24 0.64 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 95.26 55.33 39.03 24.62 12.90 4.59 1.57 0.48 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.00103353962 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 90.62 50.19 34.88 21.86 11.61 4.53 2.00 1.15 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 90.12 49.69 34.38 21.36 11.10 4.00 1.42 0.42 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 62.47 34.44 23.83 14.80 7.70 2.78 1.00 0.34 0.10 cusum 𝜿 = 𝟑 4.154 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.69 493.23 489.81 483.05 466.67 407.89 264.70 49.77 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.19 492.73 489.31 482.55 466.17 407.39 264.20 49.27 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 343.93 341.54 339.16 334.48 323.13 282.38 183.13 34.15 eewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝝀𝟏 0.06984855 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 259.44 175.40 132.62 89.32 49.50 18.36 6.42 2.16 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 258.94 174.90 132.12 88.82 49.00 17.86 5.90 1.58 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 179.48 121.23 91.58 61.57 33.96 12.38 4.09 1.11 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.1029645 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 282.71 197.30 151.66 103.88 58.45 21.90 7.63 2.49 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 282.21 196.80 151.15 103.37 57.95 21.40 7.11 1.92 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 195.61 136.41 104.77 71.65 40.17 14.83 4.93 1.35 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 855 dewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟒𝝀𝟏 0.02037356 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 240.39 158.46 118.32 78.70 43.14 15.91 5.59 1.94 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 239.88 157.96 117.81 78.20 42.64 15.40 5.06 1.35 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 166.28 109.49 81.66 54.21 29.56 10.67 3.51 0.96 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.00630545 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 219.43 140.81 103.80 68.21 37.01 13.59 4.82 1.75 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 218.93 140.31 103.30 67.70 36.51 13.08 4.29 1.14 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 151.75 97.25 71.60 46.93 25.31 9.07 2.98 0.82 𝝀𝟐 = 𝝀𝟏 0.003275698 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 200.71 125.81 91.75 59.70 32.15 11.78 4.23 1.60 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 200.21 125.31 91.25 59.20 31.64 11.27 3.70 0.98 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 138.78 86.86 63.25 41.03 21.93 7.81 2.57 0.71 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.0012043922 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 141.73 82.86 58.68 37.23 19.72 7.29 2.80 1.28 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 141.23 82.36 58.18 36.73 19.21 6.78 2.24 0.60 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 97.89 57.08 40.33 25.46 13.32 4.70 1.57 0.45 0.15 cusum 𝜿 = 𝟑 4.154 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.69 493.23 489.81 483.05 466.67 407.89 264.70 49.77 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.19 492.73 489.31 482.55 466.17 407.39 264.20 49.27 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 343.93 341.54 339.16 334.48 323.13 282.38 183.13 34.15 eewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝝀𝟏 0.105747 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 262.36 178.07 134.90 91.03 50.53 18.75 6.54 2.18 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 261.85 177.56 134.40 90.53 50.03 18.25 6.02 1.61 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 181.50 123.08 93.16 62.75 34.68 12.65 4.18 1.13 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.155548 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 285.15 285.15 285.15 285.15 285.15 285.15 285.15 285.15 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 284.65 199.17 153.25 105.00 58.96 21.79 7.23 1.95 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 197.30 138.05 106.23 72.78 40.87 15.11 5.02 1.37 dewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟒𝝀𝟏 0.0490872 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 248.43 165.49 124.20 83.03 45.71 16.88 5.90 2.01 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 247.93 164.99 123.70 82.53 45.20 16.37 5.38 1.42 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 171.85 114.36 85.74 57.21 31.33 11.35 3.73 1.01 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.0158829 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 234.19 153.14 113.90 75.48 41.24 15.17 5.33 1.86 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 233.69 152.64 113.40 74.98 40.73 14.66 4.80 1.27 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 161.98 105.80 78.60 51.97 28.24 10.16 3.34 0.90 𝝀𝟐 = 𝝀𝟏 0.00821218 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 221.34 142.35 105.04 69.08 37.51 13.76 4.86 1.75 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 220.84 141.84 104.53 68.58 37.00 13.25 4.33 1.14 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 153.08 98.32 72.46 47.54 25.65 9.19 3.01 0.82 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.002055776 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 178.35 108.79 78.39 50.45 26.94 9.86 3.59 1.44 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 177.85 108.28 77.89 49.95 26.44 9.34 3.05 0.80 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 123.28 75.06 53.99 34.62 18.33 6.48 2.12 0.58 table 4. rl1 values of exact formula running on two-sided control charts for the quadratic trend ar(3) model with known parameters; 𝝍 = 𝜼 = 𝟎. 𝟐, 𝝑 = −𝟎. 𝟏, 𝝓𝟏 = 𝝓𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟏,and 𝝓𝟑 = −𝟎. 𝟐, and [ lcl, ucl ] = [ 0.001, ucl ] 𝝀𝟏 control chart 𝑼𝑪𝑳 𝜹 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.005 0.01 0.03 0.1 0.5 0.05 cusum 𝜿 = 𝟑 3.719 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.95 493.63 490.33 483.83 468.05 411.22 271.23 53.54 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.45 493.13 489.83 483.33 467.55 410.72 270.73 53.04 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 344.11 341.81 339.53 335.02 324.08 284.69 187.65 36.76 eewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝝀𝟏 0.03495131 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 274.24 189.16 144.51 98.35 55.03 20.55 7.18 2.38 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 273.74 188.66 144.00 97.85 54.53 20.04 6.66 1.81 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 189.74 130.77 99.82 67.83 37.80 13.90 4.62 1.27 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.06937324 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 306.83 221.53 173.47 121.17 69.44 26.33 9.11 2.85 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 306.33 221.03 172.97 120.66 68.94 25.82 8.59 2.30 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 212.33 153.21 119.89 83.64 47.79 17.90 5.96 1.61 dewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟒𝝀𝟏 0.006046663 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 231.80 151.13 112.26 74.31 40.59 14.98 5.32 1.91 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 231.30 150.63 111.76 73.81 40.09 14.47 4.80 1.32 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 160.33 104.41 77.46 51.16 27.79 10.03 3.33 0.93 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 856 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.001954412 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 184.36 113.31 81.94 52.93 28.38 10.46 3.86 1.56 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 183.86 112.81 81.44 52.42 27.87 9.95 3.32 0.93 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 127.44 78.19 56.45 36.34 19.32 6.90 2.31 0.67 𝝀𝟐 = 𝝀𝟏 0.001283037 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 145.73 85.61 60.76 38.64 20.53 7.64 2.97 1.36 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 145.23 85.11 60.26 38.14 20.02 7.12 2.42 0.69 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 100.67 58.99 41.77 26.43 13.88 4.94 1.69 0.52 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.0010452828 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 95.20 52.98 36.87 23.13 12.28 4.76 2.08 1.17 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 94.70 52.47 36.37 22.63 11.77 4.23 1.50 0.45 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 65.64 36.37 25.21 15.68 8.16 2.94 1.06 0.36 0.10 cusum 𝜿 = 𝟑 3.719 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.95 493.63 490.33 483.83 468.05 411.22 271.23 53.54 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.45 493.13 489.83 483.33 467.55 410.72 270.73 53.04 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 344.11 341.81 339.53 335.02 324.08 284.69 187.65 36.76 eewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝝀𝟏 0.09487355 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 279.02 193.73 148.51 101.43 56.92 21.28 7.41 2.42 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 278.52 193.23 148.01 100.93 56.42 20.78 6.89 1.85 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 193.05 133.94 102.59 69.96 39.11 14.40 4.78 1.30 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.13966656 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 311.16 226.07 177.64 124.55 71.63 27.21 9.39 2.91 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 310.66 225.56 177.14 124.05 71.13 26.70 8.87 2.36 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 215.33 156.35 122.79 85.98 49.31 18.51 6.15 1.64 dewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟒𝝀𝟏 0.02738234 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 256.21 172.47 130.12 87.45 48.37 17.93 6.27 2.12 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 255.71 171.97 129.62 86.95 47.87 17.42 5.75 1.54 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 177.25 119.20 89.85 60.27 33.18 12.08 3.99 1.09 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.00820453 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 232.78 151.94 112.92 74.78 40.84 15.04 5.31 1.88 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 232.28 151.44 112.42 74.27 40.34 14.54 4.79 1.29 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 161.00 104.97 77.92 51.48 27.96 10.08 3.33 0.91 𝝀𝟐 = 𝝀𝟏 0.00408444 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 212.45 135.10 99.18 64.93 35.13 12.90 4.61 1.70 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 211.95 134.60 98.68 64.42 34.63 12.39 4.08 1.09 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 146.91 93.30 68.40 44.66 24.00 8.59 2.83 0.78 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.001276152 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 149.07 87.86 62.43 39.71 21.07 7.78 2.96 1.32 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 148.57 87.36 61.93 39.21 20.56 7.26 2.41 0.65 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 102.98 60.55 42.93 27.18 14.25 5.04 1.68 0.49 0.15 cusum 𝜿 = 𝟑 3.719 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.95 493.63 490.33 483.83 468.05 411.22 271.23 53.54 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.45 493.13 489.83 483.33 467.55 410.72 270.73 53.04 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 344.11 341.81 339.53 335.02 324.08 284.69 187.65 36.76 eewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝝀𝟏 0.1445905 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 283.12 197.69 151.99 104.13 58.59 21.93 7.61 2.46 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 282.62 197.19 151.49 103.63 58.09 21.43 7.10 1.90 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 195.89 136.68 105.01 71.83 40.27 14.85 4.92 1.33 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.2119926 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 314.82 229.92 181.21 127.46 73.53 27.98 9.63 2.96 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 314.32 229.42 180.71 126.96 73.03 27.47 9.12 2.40 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 217.87 159.02 125.26 88.00 50.62 19.04 6.33 1.68 dewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟒𝝀𝟏 0.0668722 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 266.09 181.48 137.83 93.24 51.87 19.27 6.71 2.22 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 265.59 180.98 137.33 92.74 51.37 18.77 6.19 1.65 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 184.10 125.45 95.19 64.28 35.61 13.01 4.30 1.16 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.02131766 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 249.51 166.46 125.02 83.64 46.08 17.03 5.96 2.03 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 249.01 165.96 124.52 83.14 45.58 16.52 5.44 1.45 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 172.60 115.03 86.31 57.63 31.59 11.45 3.77 1.02 𝝀𝟐 = 𝝀𝟏 0.01082036 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 235.00 153.81 114.46 75.88 41.48 15.27 5.37 1.88 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 234.50 153.31 113.95 75.38 40.98 14.76 4.85 1.29 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 162.54 106.27 78.99 52.25 28.40 10.23 3.37 0.92 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.002429622 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 188.12 116.11 84.10 54.38 29.14 10.66 3.86 1.51 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 187.62 115.61 83.60 53.87 28.63 10.15 3.32 0.87 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 130.05 80.13 57.95 37.34 19.85 7.04 2.31 0.64 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 857 table 5.rl1 values of exact formula on two-sided control charts for quadratic trend ar(2) model using the natural gas imports dataset with parameters; 𝝍 = 𝟎, 𝜼 = 𝟎. 𝟑𝟑𝟐, 𝝑 = −𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟐, 𝝓𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟒𝟓𝟒, 𝝓𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟒𝟎𝟗, and [lcl, ucl] = [0.001, ucl] 𝝀𝟏 control chart 𝑼𝑪𝑳 𝜹 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.005 0.01 0.03 0.1 0.5 0.05 cusum 𝜿 = 𝟓 8.265 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.37 492.70 489.07 481.90 464.56 402.66 254.57 44.53 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 495.87 492.20 488.57 481.40 464.06 402.16 254.07 44.02 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 343.71 341.17 338.65 333.68 321.66 278.75 176.11 30.52 eewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝝀𝟏 0.05253247 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 248.52 165.59 124.29 83.11 45.77 16.92 5.93 2.04 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 248.02 165.09 123.79 82.61 45.27 16.41 5.41 1.45 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 171.91 114.43 85.81 57.26 31.38 11.38 3.76 1.03 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.06522033 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 259.21 175.20 132.45 89.20 49.43 18.35 6.43 2.17 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 258.71 174.69 131.95 88.70 48.93 17.84 5.91 1.60 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 179.33 121.09 91.46 61.48 33.92 12.37 4.10 1.13 dewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟒𝝀𝟏 0.00836681 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 228.06 147.94 109.62 72.39 39.45 14.52 5.14 1.84 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 227.56 147.44 109.12 71.89 38.94 14.01 4.61 1.24 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 157.73 102.20 75.64 49.83 26.99 9.71 3.20 0.88 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.00293538 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 201.37 126.33 92.18 60.01 32.34 11.88 4.29 1.64 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 200.87 125.83 91.67 59.50 31.84 11.37 3.76 1.02 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 139.23 87.22 63.54 41.25 22.07 7.88 2.61 0.73 𝝀𝟐 = 𝝀𝟏 0.001795455 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 177.36 108.08 77.86 50.12 26.80 9.86 3.65 1.49 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 176.86 107.58 77.36 49.62 26.30 9.35 3.11 0.86 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 122.59 74.57 53.62 34.40 18.23 6.49 2.16 0.63 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.00122696 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 140.72 82.19 58.21 36.94 19.60 7.30 2.85 1.32 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 140.22 81.69 57.70 36.44 19.09 6.78 2.29 0.65 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 97.19 56.62 40.00 25.26 13.23 4.70 1.60 0.49 0.10 cusum 𝜿 = 𝟓 8.265 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.95 493.63 490.33 483.83 468.05 411.22 271.23 53.54 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.45 493.13 489.83 483.33 467.55 410.72 270.73 53.04 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 344.11 341.81 339.53 335.02 324.08 284.69 187.65 36.76 eewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝝀𝟏 0.1052837 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 251.24 168.01 126.33 84.62 46.66 17.26 6.04 2.05 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 250.74 167.50 125.83 84.12 46.16 16.75 5.52 1.47 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 173.80 116.11 87.22 58.31 32.00 11.61 3.83 1.04 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.13037847 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 261.21 177.02 134.01 90.37 50.14 18.62 6.51 2.19 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 260.71 176.52 133.51 89.86 49.63 18.11 5.99 1.61 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 180.71 122.35 92.54 62.29 34.40 12.56 4.16 1.14 dewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟒𝝀𝟏 0.03532493 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 241.36 159.30 119.02 79.22 43.44 16.01 5.62 1.94 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 240.86 158.80 118.52 78.71 42.94 15.51 5.09 1.35 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 166.95 110.07 82.15 54.56 29.76 10.75 3.54 0.96 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.01209531 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 229.32 149.01 110.49 73.01 39.80 14.63 5.16 1.83 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 228.82 148.51 109.99 72.51 39.29 14.12 4.63 1.23 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 158.61 102.94 76.24 50.26 27.24 9.79 3.22 0.87 𝝀𝟐 = 𝝀𝟏 0.00660893 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 218.03 139.65 102.86 67.53 36.62 13.44 4.77 1.73 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 217.53 139.15 102.36 67.03 36.12 12.93 4.24 1.12 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 150.78 96.45 70.95 46.46 25.04 8.96 2.94 0.80 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.001965972 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 178.87 109.18 78.70 50.68 27.08 9.92 3.63 1.46 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 178.37 108.68 78.20 50.17 26.57 9.41 3.09 0.82 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 123.64 75.33 54.21 34.78 18.42 6.53 2.15 0.60 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 858 0.15 cusum 𝜿 = 𝟓 8.265 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.95 493.63 490.33 483.83 468.05 411.22 271.23 53.54 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 496.45 493.13 489.83 483.33 467.55 410.72 270.73 53.04 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 344.11 341.81 339.53 335.02 324.08 284.69 187.65 36.76 eewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝝀𝟏 0.1593137 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 253.55 170.07 128.07 85.91 47.43 17.55 6.13 2.07 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 253.05 169.56 127.57 85.41 46.93 17.04 5.61 1.49 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 175.40 117.53 88.43 59.20 32.53 11.81 3.89 1.05 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.1965033 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 262.77 178.44 135.22 91.28 50.69 18.83 6.58 2.20 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 262.27 177.94 134.72 90.78 50.19 18.32 6.06 1.63 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 181.79 123.34 93.38 62.92 34.79 12.70 4.20 1.15 dewma 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟒𝝀𝟏 0.0830442 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 246.81 164.04 122.97 82.12 45.16 16.66 5.82 1.99 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 246.30 163.54 122.47 81.62 44.66 16.15 5.30 1.40 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 170.73 113.35 84.89 56.57 30.95 11.20 3.68 0.99 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟏. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.02941417 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 238.73 157.02 117.12 77.82 42.61 15.69 5.50 1.90 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 238.23 156.52 116.61 77.32 42.11 15.18 4.97 1.31 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 165.13 108.49 80.83 53.59 29.19 10.52 3.45 0.93 𝝀𝟐 = 𝝀𝟏 0.01638675 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 231.17 150.56 111.76 73.92 40.32 14.82 5.21 1.83 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 230.67 150.06 111.26 73.42 39.82 14.31 4.68 1.23 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 159.89 104.01 77.12 50.89 27.60 9.92 3.25 0.88 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 0.004486612 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏 204.13 128.49 93.88 61.18 32.97 12.07 4.30 1.61 𝑺𝑫𝑹𝑳𝟏 203.63 127.99 93.38 60.67 32.47 11.55 3.77 0.99 𝑴𝑹𝑳𝟏 141.15 88.71 64.72 42.06 22.51 8.01 2.62 0.71 4.2. performance evaluation of real-world data for the control chart since thailand’s economic landscape is heavily influenced by natural gas imports, which serve as a primary energy source across sectors such as power generation, manufacturing, and transportation. with the decline of domestic natural gas reserves, the nation increasingly depends on imported gas, underscoring its vital role in maintaining energy security and economic resilience. variations in the volume and price of these imports can significantly impact energy expenses, industrial productivity, and the broader economy. although there may have been interventions or known events in the natural gas import data—such as policy changes or market shocks—that could potentially affect the process mean and control limits, all control charts applied in this study used the same average value to compute control limits. therefore, such factors are unlikely to bias the comparative evaluation of chart performance. moreover, the dataset was analyzed using statistical software to identify a suitable time series model. it was found that the data follow a quadratic trend ar(p) structure, the details of which will be elaborated in the following step. this modeling process ensured that the analysis was appropriately aligned with the scope of the study. therefore, to evaluate how the economy is doing, this study uses data on natural gas imports in thailand, measured in units of 100 mmscfd with a heat value of 1,000 btu/scf. the dataset comprises 132 monthly observations from january 2012 to december 2022, obtained from the energy policy and planning office, ministry of energy, thailand. the sources of the dataset for figures 2 and 3 are derived from the website https://www.eppo.go.th/index.php/en/en-energystatistics/ngv-statistic. this dataset aligns with the model by applying time series forecasting techniques to identify the most suitable model for the data. the results indicate that the dataset follows a quadratic trend ar(p) model, which will be described in detail later. the model's suitability was assessed using spss software, which was employed to fit the models. table 5 presents the coefficients for the quadratic trend ar(p) models of order 1 and 2, based on the thailand natural gas imports dataset. table 6 shows the accuracy values of the model fitting using mape and the normalized bic. for both criteria, lower values indicate a better model fit. the results reveal that the quadratic trend ar(2) model has lower mape (13.538) and normalized bic (1.726) compared to the ar(1) model, which yields mape of 14.544 and normalized bic of 1.845. this suggests that the ar(2) model provides a more accurate fit and is more suitable for application in this research. it is noted that the lowest mape and normalized bic values are highlighted in bold. after that, data on natural gas imports in thailand was used to apply the ar(2) model with a quadratic trend to express the efficiency of the control chart. the next step involved using the one-sample kolmogorov-smirnov test to evaluate how well the white noise fits an exponential distribution with the estimated mean parameter, as shown in table 7. for the quadratic trend ar(2) model, the estimated exponential parameter is 1.7811, with a kolmogorov-smirnov statistic of 0.705 and a p-value of 0.702. since the p-value is greater than 0.05, it indicates that the white noise does not significantly differ from the exponential distribution, confirming the appropriateness of the model. moreover, the structure of the exponential white noise was evaluated using spss to verify that it met the underlying assumptions, and the analysis confirmed that these assumptions were fulfilled. therefore, the dataset is appropriate for the quadratic trend ar(2) model and exhibits the correct parameters, which are shown to be fitted to the model as: 𝑋𝑡 = 0.332𝑡 − 0.002𝑡2 + 0.454𝑋𝑡−1 + 0.409𝑋𝑡−2+. . . +𝜙𝑝𝑋𝑡−𝑝 + 𝜉𝑡; 𝜉𝑡 ∼ 𝐸𝑥𝑝(𝛾0 = 1.7811). https://www.eppo.go.th/index.php/en/en-energystatistics/ngv-statistic hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 859 (a) (b) (c) figure 2. 𝑨𝑹𝑳𝟏values with the thailand natural gas imports dataset given 𝝀𝟏 as; (a) 0.05, (b) 0.10 (c) 0.15  (a) 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 shift size cusum eewma-1 eewma-2 dewma-1 dewma-2 dewma-3 dewma-4 1 0.05  1arl 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 shift size cusum eewma-1 eewma-2 dewma-1 dewma-2 dewma-3 dewma-4 1 0.10  1arl 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 shift size cusum eewma-1 eewma-2 dewma-1 dewma-2 dewma-3 dewma-4 1 0.15  1arl 10.5 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.5 13.0 13.5 14.0 14.5 15.0 15.5 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 101 105 109 113 117 121 125 129 th ai la n d n at u ra l g as im p o rt s (1 0 0 m m sc fd ) cases no. eewma control chart ucl cl lcl 12 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 860  b figure 3.the capability of detecting processes of two-sided control charts of thailand natural gas imports dataset with quadratic trend ar(2); on (a) eewma control chart with 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝝀𝟏 and (b) dewma control chart with 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏 table 6. the coefficients for the quadratic trend ar(p) models using the thailand natural gas imports dataset quadratic trend ar(1) model quadratic trend ar(2) model variable coefficient std. error t-statistic p-value coefficient std. error t-statistic p-value 𝜂 0.342 0.041 8.246 0.000 0.332 0.065 5.126 0.000 𝜗 -0.002 0.000 -4.631 0.000 -0.002 0.001 -2.925 0.004 ar(1) 0.752 0.058 13.048 0.000 0.454 0.081 5.636 0.000 ar(2) 0.409 0.081 5.065 0.000 table 7. model fi model mape normalized bic quadratic trend ar(1) 14.544 1.845 quadratic trend ar(2) 13.538 1.726 table 8.one-sample kolmogorov test for the real-world data using the thailand natural gas imports model exponential parameter (𝜸𝟎) one-sample kolmogorov-smirnov p-value quadratic trend ar(2) 1.7811 0.705 0.702 table 5 presents the 𝐴𝑅𝐿1, 𝑆𝐷𝑅𝐿1, and 𝑀𝑅𝐿1values of the cusum, eewma, and dewma control charts under various scenarios based on the quadratic trend ar(2) model, with corresponding visualizations provided in figure. 2. the findings reveal that decreasing the value of 𝜆1 results in lower 𝐴𝑅𝐿1, 𝑆𝐷𝑅𝐿1, and 𝑀𝑅𝐿1 values. the dewma chart consistently demonstrates superior performance compared to the eewma and cusum charts in identifying small shifts in the process mean. furthermore, when 𝜆2 is set closer to 𝜆1, both the eewma and dewma charts exhibit improved sensitivity, as reflected in reduced 𝐴𝑅𝐿1, 𝑆𝐷𝑅𝐿1, and 𝑀𝑅𝐿1 values. this implies that selecting smoothing parameters with minimal difference between 𝜆1 and𝜆2enhances the ability of these charts to promptly detect small process changes. the results closely align with those obtained from the simulated dataset under all conditions. accordingly, figure 3 illustrates the performance of the control charts in detecting process shifts during monitoring, based on the dataset by plotting the control chart graphs. the results show that, the dewma control chart (with 𝝀𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝀𝟏), developed using the quadratic trend ar(2) model, signalled the first out-of-control condition at the 4th observation, whereas the eewma control chart (with 𝜆2 = 0.2𝜆1) did so at the 12th observation. the results of this study highlight the superior responsiveness of the dewma control chart in detecting small shifts more promptly than the eewma control chart, especially when dealing with data exhibiting autocorrelation. in comparison with previous research, such as the eewma control chart under quadratic trend ar(p) [9], the adjusted mewma chart for linear and quadratic trend ar(p) models [20]. notably, the findings of this study are consistent with prior research published in 2024, which enhanced the performance of the adjusted modified ewma (amewma) control chart for both trend and quadratic trend ar models, as well as the application of the dewma chart to the quadratic trend ar(1) process. both studies also demonstrated the effectiveness of these control chart approaches when applied to economic data. it further incorporates a quadratic trend structure and exponential white noise, which had not been previously explored for the dewma chart. the findings from the exact arl formula demonstrate that the enhanced dewma chart detects shifts more quickly, with greater accuracy and reduced computation time. this makes it a highly effective tool for practical applications in systems characterized by autocorrelated data and underlying trends such as quadratic trend. 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.5 13.0 13.5 14.0 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 101 105 109 113 117 121 125 129 th ai la n d n at u ra l g as im p o rt s (1 0 0 m m sc fd ) cases no. dewma control chart ucl cl lcl 4 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 861 5. conclusion the dewma chart, based on a quadratic trend ar(p) model with exponential white noise, was evaluated using the exact arl solution, which proved more computationally efficient than the nie method. while both approaches yield similar arl accuracy, the exact solution offers faster performance, making it ideal for real-time or large-scale applications where quick detection of shifts is essential. subsequently, the exact arl solution applied to the dewma chart was compared with the eewma and cusum charts under out-of-control conditions with varying shift magnitudes. the comparison was conducted using 𝐴𝑅𝐿1, 𝑆𝐷𝑅𝐿1, and 𝑀𝑅𝐿1 metrics to assess detection performance. the results indicate that the dewma chart performed the best, particularly when 𝜆1 was small and 𝜆2was near 𝜆1, showing enhanced sensitivity in detecting changes to the process mean. furthermore, these formulas can be applied to analyse real-world data, such as the natural gas import data in thailand, which follows the ar(p) model with quadratic trend and exponential white noise. the exact solution has proven to be an effective approach for determining the arl for shift changes observed in the dewma chart. by utilizing this precise arl solution and evaluating the performance of the control chart with metrics such as sdrl and mrl, the sensitivity of the dewma chart for detecting parameter shifts was significantly improved. this enhancement contributes to improved performance in monitoring and detecting process shifts. nonetheless, the present research provides a strong foundation for future developments aimed at increasing the sensitivity of detecting small changes across diverse data structures. while the proposed exact solution has demonstrated effectiveness, its applicability may be limited to datasets that exhibit autocorrelation and follow an autoregressive (ar) model with a quadratic trend component. future research could focus on extending this solution to accommodate a wider variety of data types with different characteristics. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, y.a. and k.k.; methodology, y.a. and k.k.; formal analysis, k.k.; investigation, k.k.; data curation, k.k.; writing—original draft preparation, y.a. and k.k.; writing—review and editing, y.a. and k.k.; visualization, k.k. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding and acknowledgments the authors were funded by faculty of science, naresuan university, thailand. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] page, e. s. (1954). continuous inspection schemes. biometrika, 41(1–2), 100–115. doi:10.1093/biomet/41.1-2.100. [2] roberts, s. w. (1959). control chart tests based on geometric moving averages. technometrics, 1(3), 239–250. doi:10.1080/00401706.1959.10489860. [3] khan, n., aslam, m., & jun, c. (2016). design of a control chart using a modified ewma statistic. quality and reliability engineering international, 33(5), 1095–1104. doi:10.1002/qre.2102. [4] naveed, m., azam, m., khan, n., & aslam, m. (2018). design of a control chart using extended ewma statistic. technologies, 6(4), 108–122. doi:10.3390/technologies6040108. [5] shamma, s. e., & shamma, a. k. (1992). development and evaluation of control charts using double exponentially weighted moving averages. international journal of quality & reliability management, 9(6), 18–25. doi:10.1108/02656719210018570. [6] mahmoud, m. a., & woodall, w. h. (2010). an evaluation of the double exponentially weighted moving average control chart. communications in statistics: simulation and computation, 39(5), 933–949. doi:10.1080/03610911003663907. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 862 [7] karaoglan, a. d., & bayhan, g. m. (2012). arl performance of residual control charts for trend ar(1) process: a case study on peroxide values of stored vegetable oil. scientific research and essays, 7(13), 1405–1414. doi:10.5897/sre11.1801. [8] yue, s., & pilon, p. (2003). interaction between deterministic trend and autoregressive process. water resources research, 39(4), 1210. doi:10.1029/2001wr001210. [9] karoon, k., areepong, y., & sukparungsee, s. (2023). on the performance of the extended ewma control chart for monitoring process mean based on autocorrelated data. applied science and engineering progress, 16(4), 6599. doi:10.14416/j.asep.2023.01.004. [10] champ, c. w., & ritrdon, s. e. (1991). a comparison of the markov chain and the integral equation approaches for evaluating the run length distribution of quality control charts. communications in statistics simulation and computation, 20(1), 191– 204. doi:10.1080/03610919108812948. [11] riaz, m., zaman, b., raji, i. a., omar, m. h., mehmood, r., & abbas, n. (2022). an adaptive ewma control chart based on principal component method to monitor process mean vector. mathematics, 10(12), 27. doi:10.3390/math10122025. [12] peerajit, w. (2021). cumulative sum control chart applied to monitor shifts in the mean of a long-memory arfimax(p,d*,q,r) process with exponential white noise. thailand statistician, 20(1), 144–161. [13] supharakonsakun, y. (2021). statistical design for monitoring process mean of a modified ewma control chart based on autocorrelated data. walailak journal of science and technology, 18(12), 19183. doi:10.48048/wjst.2021.19813. [14] bualuang, d., & peerajit, w. (2023). performance of the cusum control chart using approximation to arl for long memory fractionally integrated autoregressive process with exogenous variable. applied science and engineering progress, 16(2), 5917. [15] karoon, k., & areepong, y. (2023). improving sensitivity of the dewma chart with exact arl solution under the trend ar(p) model and its applications. emerging science journal, 7(6), 1875–1891. doi:10.28991/esj-2023-07-06-03. [16] phanyaem, s. (2024). precise average run length of an exponentially weighted moving average control chart for time series model. thailand statistician, 22(4), 909–925. [17] phanyaem, s. (2024). development of average run length formulas for ewma control chart under the ar(1) with quadratic trend model for detecting and monitoring process variability. journal of applied science and emerging technology, 23(2), e257034. doi:10.14416/jaset.kmutnb.2024.02.004. [18] karoon, k., & areepong, y. (2025). the efficiency of the new extended ewma control chart for detecting changes under an autoregressive model and its application. symmetry, 17(1), 104. doi:10.3390/sym17010104. [19] neammai, j., sukparungsee, s., & areepong, y. (2025). explicit analytical form for the average run length of doublemodified exponentially weighted moving average control charts through the ma(q) process and applications. symmetry, 17(2), 238. doi:10.3390/sym17020238. [20] karoon, k., & areepong, y. (2024). enhancing the performance of an adjusted mewma control chart running on trend and quadratic trend autoregressive models. lobachevskii journal of mathematics, 45(4), 1601-1617. doi:10.1134/s1995080224601577. [21] almousa, m. (2020). adomian decomposition method with modified bernstein polynomials for solving nonlinear fredholm and volterra integral equations. mathematics and statistics, 8(3), 278–285. doi:10.13189/ms.2020.080305. [22] naveed, m., azam, m., khan, n., aslam, m., & albassam, m. (2021). designing of control chart of extended ewma statistic using repetitive sampling scheme. ain shams engineering journal, 12(1), 1049-1058. doi:10.1016/j.asej.2020.09.004. [23] shukla, s., balasubramanian, s., & pavlović, m. (2016). a generalized banach fixed point theorem. bulletin of the malaysian mathematical sciences society, 39(4), 1529–1539. doi:10.1007/s40840-015-0255-5. [24] sofonea, m., han, w., & shillor, m. (2005). analysis and approximation of contact problems with adhesion or damage. chapman and hall/crc, new york, united states. doi:10.1201/9781420034837. available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 328 issn: 2723-9535 integrating social cognitive neuroscience into digital learning: strengthening pre-service teachers’ learning design competencies pornpisut duangngern 1 , wanwisa wannapipat 2 , sanit srikoon 1 , naohiro higuchi 3 , parama kwangmuang 1* 1 faculty of education, khon kaen university, khon kaen, thailand. 2 international college, khon kaen university, khon kaen, thailand. 3 school of human sciences, college of education, university of tsukuba, tsukuba, japan. received 08 january 2025; revised 16 february 2025; accepted 27 february 2025; published 01 march 2025 abstract this study investigates the development of learning design competencies among pre-service teachers (psts) through an integrated framework combining instructional design, social cognitive neuroscience (scn), and digital learning innovations (dlis). while scn is often associated with neuroscience, this study applies scn principles to educational contexts, focusing on cognitive and social processes that influence teaching and learning. using a mixed-methods quasiexperimental design, the framework was validated by experts and implemented with 60 psts in experimental and control groups over 12 weeks. the experimental group engaged with scn-informed dlis, including virtual classroom simulations, adaptive feedback systems, and reflective learning tools, while the control group followed demonstration-based instruction. findings revealed significant improvements in the experimental group’s competencies, particularly in reflection (cohen’s d = 2.48) and implementation (cohen’s d = 2.27). the completion rate of virtual modules reached 92.5%, with 85% of sessions incorporating interactive digital tools. these results highlight the effectiveness of integrating scn-informed dlis for fostering adaptive, reflective, and innovative teaching skills. the framework bridges theoretical insights with practical applications, providing a scalable model for enhancing digital learning design competencies in teacher education. keywords: social cognitive neuroscience; digital learning innovation; pre-service teachers; learning design competencies; teacher education. 1. introduction in this generation of classrooms, digital learning has become an integral part of teaching and learning processes, requiring pre-service teachers (psts) to develop strong competencies in digital learning design. however, many psts face challenges in integrating technology into their instructional practices, especially when designing learning experiences that enhance critical thinking and student engagement [1]. these difficulties often stem from a lack of practical training that connects digital tools with pedagogical strategies, leaving psts underprepared for the complexities of contemporary educational environments [2]. as educational institutions worldwide increasingly rely on digital platforms, these gaps in digital competency significantly influence both teaching effectiveness and student learning outcomes [3]. * corresponding author: parakw@kku.ac.th http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-01-021  this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0009-0007-0023-2898 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8775-9914 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7629-5488 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9620-3384 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9623-0609 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 329 recent studies have documented these challenges across diverse educational contexts. in thailand [4], psts struggle to implement critical and creative thinking strategies within digital learning environments, affecting their ability to manage online classroom dynamics effectively. similar challenges have been observed in the united arab emirates, where psts demonstrate limited cognitive flexibility and adaptive thinking in virtual classrooms, reflecting a broader global trend [5]. these difficulties are exacerbated by educational paradigms that separate technological training from cognitive development principles, highlighting the need for an integrated approach to teacher preparation [6]. an emerging solution involves integrating digital learning innovations (dlis) with principles from social cognitive neuroscience (scn). scn research offers valuable insights into neural mechanisms of learning, which can inform the design of digital tools that enhance teaching strategies. for instance, digital platforms guided by social perception networks can support structured learning processes [7], while tools based on mirror neuron principles have been shown to foster creative thinking development [8]. additionally, platforms designed with an understanding of executive function processes can help psts refine their instructional decision-making skills [9]. while this study draws upon scn principles, it focuses specifically on their educational applications rather than medical or clinical aspects. the research examines how understanding cognitive processes such as social perception, self-regulation, and information processing can inform the design of digital learning environments and enhance teaching practices. this application-oriented approach bridges cognitive theory with practical instructional design without exploring the neurological or medical domains of brain function. several gaps exist in the current literature that this study addresses. first, while scn offers insights into how the brain processes social information and regulates learning [10], its integration with dlis remains underexplored in pst development. second, existing studies often treat scn and dlis as separate domains, lacking comprehensive frameworks that combine cognitive neuroscience with digital learning design [11]. third, research has yet to establish clear pathways for developing digital learning design competencies through scn-informed dlis [12]. this study seeks to systematically integrate scn principles with dlis to create a framework aimed at enhancing psts’ learning design competencies. by applying scn concepts—such as how the brain processes social information and manages cognitive load—dlis can be designed to create inclusive, adaptive digital learning environments. the objectives of this research are to:  develop and validate an evidence-based framework that integrates scn principles into dlis for teacher preparation programs;  explore how engagement with scn-informed dlis supports the development of critical instructional capabilities among psts; and  evaluate the effectiveness of pedagogical processes designed with scn principles in fostering psts’ digital learning design competencies. this research contributes to teacher education by connecting theory and practice in three significant ways: providing a framework for developing learning design competencies, offering empirical evidence of the effectiveness of scninformed digital tools, and presenting guidelines for integrating cognitive neuroscience into digital innovations. 2. literature review this review examines the intersection of scn and dlis in teacher education, focusing on how this integration enhances learning design competencies. 2.1. scn foundations in educational technology scn represents an interdisciplinary approach that bridges neuroscience, psychology, and social sciences to understand how neural mechanisms support learning and teaching. in educational technology contexts, scn principles demonstrate versatility, from face-to-face classrooms to digital platforms. within face-to-face settings, social perception networks enable teachers to decode non-verbal cues, while self-regulatory systems support classroom management. [13]. these same neural mechanisms can be activated and enhanced through digital tools, with virtual simulations engaging social perception networks and online collaboration platforms activating mirror neuron systems [3]. current teacher preparation programs often fail to incorporate these neuroscientific insights in their curricula, especially in technology integration [14]. this oversight is significant as key cognitive systems identified in scn, including social perception networks, allow teachers to decode non-verbal cues like facial expressions and body language, enabling adjustments in instructional strategies [15]. additionally, self-regulatory systems—responsible for agency, self-recognition, and behavioral control—prove crucial for classroom management and professional development in both physical and virtual spaces [16]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 330 2.2. digital learning innovations and cognitive development dlis encompass technological tools designed to enhance learning by engaging specific cognitive pathways. research demonstrates their effectiveness in promoting cognitive development through various mechanisms. multimedia learning materials engage visual and auditory processing networks, while adaptive learning platforms provide personalized feedback that supports neural plasticity [17, 18]. collaborative online environments activate social learning circuits, fostering peer interaction and team-based problem-solving [4]. while dlis have demonstrated success in promoting cognitive development across educational contexts, their design has been based on pedagogical theories rather than neuroscience principles. this highlights the potential for innovation by integrating insights from scn in developing effective teacher education tools [11]. 2.3. integrating scn principles into dlis the integration of principles from scn offers additional perspectives that may inform the design of more effective teacher education tools. scn provides insights into how the brain processes social information, regulates behavior, and supports learning, which can be considered in the development of dlis to better address the instructional needs of psts [12, 19]. dlis that incorporate insights from social perception networks may assist psts in recognizing student cues— such as facial expressions and body language—through digital classroom simulations [15]. this could enhance their ability to adapt instructional strategies in real-time. similarly, integrating self-regulatory principles into dlis may support psts’ reflective practices and instructional decision-making by providing structured opportunities for selfassessment and feedback [16]. additionally, applying mirror neuron principles in digital tools has the potential to enhance peer collaboration and modeling, allowing psts to observe and reflect on effective teaching practices demonstrated by peers or virtual mentors [8]. these approaches suggest that dlis can extend beyond content delivery to engage cognitive and social processes that are fundamental to effective teaching. however, despite these promising directions, research on the systematic integration of scn principles into dlis for pst development remains limited. existing studies have largely treated neuroscience-informed learning and digital innovation as separate domains. this study seeks to contribute to this emerging area by proposing a framework that aligns digital learning tools with scn principles, with the aim of supporting the development of psts’ learning design competencies. 3. theoretical framework based on a comprehensive review of relevant literature, we developed a theoretical framework that integrates principles from scn, pedagogical theories, and dlis to enhance learning design competencies across educational settings. as shown in figure 1, this framework consists of four interconnected bases—psychological, pedagogical, technological, and competency development—each contributing to the development of critical and creative learning design competencies (ccldcs) in digital environments. figure 1. theoretical framework hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 331 3.1. psychological foundation the psychological foundation establishes how neural mechanisms support effective digital teaching. rather than simply applying clinical neuroscience to education, we focused on identifying specific connections between neural systems and learning design competencies based on our previous classroom observations. specifically, three key neural systems emerged as particularly relevant to digital teaching. social perception networks enable teachers to recognize and respond to student cues, critical for creating inclusive learning environments. our studies with psts showed that those with stronger abilities to decode facial expressions demonstrated more responsive teaching in virtual classrooms [15]. self-regulatory systems support teachers’ instructional decision-making and professional growth. these mechanisms are important in digital environments where face-to-face classroom management approaches need adaptation. mirror neuron systems facilitate observational learning and teaching behavior modeling. our analysis of mentor-student interactions revealed that structured observation activities significantly enhanced psts’ ability to adopt effective teaching strategies [20, 21]. in addition, information processing theory [22] guides the structuring of digital learning experiences, while metacognition theory [23] supports self-awareness through the monitoring of cognitive processes. the mirror neuron system, studied by nguyen et al. [24], enhances teaching behavior modeling in virtual environments. furthermore, cognitive load theory [25] provides principles for optimizing digital learning environments, while kamphinit et al. [26] highlighted how enhanced executive functions lead to better problem-solving. tools like real-time engagement analysis [27] help teachers respond to student needs. table 1 illustrates key relationships between neural mechanisms and learning design competencies identified in our research. table 1. key neural mechanisms and related learning design competencies functional neuroanatomy learning design competencies digital enhancement social perception and inference face/body perception design of inclusive learning activities real-time engagement tracking systems action observation development of interactive assessment strategies social presence tools mental inference creation of engaging digital content adaptive feedback mechanisms self-processes agency networks critical thinking in lesson design self-reflection platforms self-monitoring systems creative adaptation of digital tools professional development tools regulatory mechanisms reflective practice in teaching adaptive teaching systems social interaction and group dynamics group processing collaborative learning design interactive group work platforms social reward systems integration of social learning strategies community building tools social synchronization development of adaptive group activities peer learning systems learning design integration executive function systematic lesson planning digital lesson planning tools decision-making networks technology integration assessment design learning analytics systems cognitive processing adaptive teaching strategies creative resource development content creation platforms these connections form the foundation for our framework, guiding how we designed digital learning experiences to engage specific neural mechanisms associated with effective teaching. 3.2. pedagogical foundation the pedagogical foundation integrates established learning theories with scn principles. based on our analysis of effective digital teaching practices, we identified three key pedagogical approaches aligned with neural learning processes, as shown in table 2. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 332 table 2. core pedagogical theories and digital integration pedagogical theory core principles digital enhancement message design [28] functional aesthetic cognitive interactive content design visual learning platforms cognitive-aligned media integration cognitive apprenticeship [29] modeling coaching reflection expert modeling systems real-time coaching tools digital reflection spaces rich environments for active learning [30] dynamic learning activities multimedia elements interactive learning platforms multimedia resource integration active engagement tools these pedagogical frameworks guide digital learning design by emphasizing clarity, engagement, and effective information processing. message design principles [28] guide how digital content is structured and presented to optimize cognitive processing. these principles ensure clarity, engagement, and effective information processing, which is important in digital environments where cognitive load may be higher. our pilot studies with multimedia learning resources showed that materials designed with these principles significantly improved psts’ content retention and application. building upon this foundation, cognitive apprenticeship [29] provides a framework for developing teaching expertise through modeling, coaching, and reflection. this approach aligns with mirror neuron system functions, supporting observational learning and skill development. in our preliminary work, we found that structured coaching significantly enhanced psts’ ability to adapt teaching strategies in digital contexts. rich environments for active learning [30] support dynamic engagement through multimedia integration and interactive activities. these environments activate multiple neural systems simultaneously, creating immersive learning experiences. our classroom observations showed that psts who experienced these environments demonstrated more creative approaches to digital lesson design. more critically, this pedagogical base represents a fundamental shift from conventional approaches to instruction. as shown in table 3. table 3. comparative analysis of teaching approaches teaching aspect conventional approach scn-enhanced approach learning process knowledge transmission neural-based social learning assessment methods content knowledge focus competency-based integration technology role supplementary tool neural enhancement platform teaching strategy direct instruction adaptive neural-informed teaching unlike conventional approaches that prioritize the transmission of knowledge, the scn-enhanced approach embraces neural-based social learning, recognizing the role of brain mechanisms in processing social interactions and feedback [29]. assessment is no longer limited to content recall but instead focuses on evaluating competencies such as reflection, adaptability, and collaboration—skills directly linked to neural processes of self-regulation and social understanding [30]. technology, often viewed as an add-on, becomes a medium that enhances neural learning processes. for example, adaptive learning platforms and virtual simulations engage social perception networks and executive functions to support instructional decisions. teaching strategies also evolve from static, direct instruction to dynamic, adaptive practices informed by feedback loops that respond to learners’ cognitive and emotional states [31]. 3.3. technological foundation the technological foundation demonstrates how digital tools support cognitive development. building on [32], our analysis of existing educational technologies, we identified specific digital tools that engage neural mechanisms essential for teaching expertise, as outlined in table 4. table 4. digital tools and cognitive development digital tool cognitive mechanism activated instructional outcome videos and animations [17] visual and auditory processing enhanced comprehension of complex concepts adaptive learning systems [18] metacognitive processes personalized feedback and reflective learning collaborative platforms [19] social cognition and group dynamics improved peer interaction and teamwork skills simulations and vr tools [19] experiential learning, procedural knowledge practice in classroom management and teaching strategies hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 333 videos and animations support comprehension by engaging visual and auditory processing networks [17]. multimedia materials significantly improved their understanding of complex teaching concepts when designed to minimize cognitive load. similarly, adaptive learning systems promote reflective practices through personalized feedback [18]. these systems support metacognitive development by providing timely insights on teaching performance. in addition, collaborative platforms enhance social cognition and teamwork by engaging neural systems associated with social interaction [19]. our observations of psts using these platforms showed increased perspective-taking and more inclusive teaching approaches. additionally, simulations and virtual reality tools provide experiential learning opportunities that activate multiple neural systems simultaneously [19]. these environments allow psts to practice teaching strategies in controlled settings, supporting procedural knowledge development. 3.4. competency development framework our proposed framework develops learning design competencies through interconnected domains, as illustrated in table 5. table 5. ccldc development framework development domain core components implementation strategies ethical and adaptive learning design professional standards, self-regulation, creative adaptation standards-based practice, adaptive methods integrated research and innovation research integration, evidence-based practice, learning diversity research application, inclusive design collaborative and innovative design creative activities, problem-solving approaches team-based development, modern pedagogy integrated and inspirational design external resources, assessment integration resource-enhanced learning, evaluation methods adaptive and reflective practice continuous assessment, feedback processes reflective improvement, enhanced feedback strategic synthesis and application research synthesis, strategy implementation evidence-based approaches, practical application innovative assessment design creative evaluation, learner-centered methods assessment innovation, continuous refinement the integrated framework systematically develops learning design competencies through interconnected domains. based on our analysis of effective digital teaching practices, we identified key competency areas relevant to digital environments. first, ethical and adaptive learning design integrates professional standards with self-regulation, encouraging creative adaptation in instructional practices [33]. this competency activates self-regulatory neural systems while applying ethical frameworks to digital teaching contexts. second, collaborative and innovative design employs social cognitive networks to enhance team-based problem-solving and innovative lesson planning [34]. third, reflective practice stimulates higher-order thinking through continuous feedback and self-assessment [35, 36]. this competency engages metacognitive processes essential for professional growth and adaptive teaching. overall, this approach connects cognitive theory with practical teaching strategies, creating a comprehensive model for developing digital learning design competencies. rather than treating these as separate domains, our method explicitly links neural mechanisms with specific teaching behaviors and digital tools. 4. research methodology this study employed a mixed-methods design following the developmental research model proposed by richey & klein [37]. our two-phase strategy addressed our research objectives by implementing a prototype and developing a framework. 4.1. phase 1: framework development we developed our framework through a systematic process:  literature analysis: we analyzed theories and research related to instructional design, scn, and dlis to identify evidence-based practices. our analysis focused specifically on studies demonstrating connections between neural mechanisms and teaching practices in digital environments.  framework synthesis: based on our analysis, we created an initial framework draft integrating theoretical principles with practical applications. this framework mapped specific neural systems to learning design competencies and digital enhancement strategies.  expert validation: nine experts in instructional design and teacher education evaluated the framework. we selected experts using specific criteria: a minimum of 10 years in teacher education, a doctoral degree in related fields, active involvement in digital learning research, and relevant publications. this purposeful selection ensured diverse expertise while maintaining evaluation standards.  validation process: experts assessed the framework using the index of item objective congruence (ioc), rating each component from -1 (not relevant) to +1 (highly relevant). we conducted semi-structured interviews to gather qualitative feedback, focusing on framework coherence, practical applicability, and theoretical alignment.  framework refinement: we revised the framework based on quantitative ioc scores and thematic analysis of interview data. this iterative process ensured both theoretical soundness and practical relevance. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 334 4.2. phase 2: prototype implementation research design the study implemented and tested the framework using a quasi-experimental pretest-posttest control group design: (see table 6) table 6. research design class pretest treatment posttest experiment (n=30) o1 x o2 control (n=30) o1 o2 note: o1 = pre-competency assessments; x = dli framework implementation; o2 = post-competency assessments sampling strategy and participant selection the study employed a multi-stage sampling procedure. first, we identified universities in northeastern thailand with teacher education programs that included digital learning components in their curriculum. using cluster random sampling [38], we selected two intact classes from the identified institutions to maintain ecological validity of existing class structures while minimizing disruption to educational settings. we established inclusion criteria requiring participants to be third-year pre-service english teachers enrolled in the english language curriculum and learning activity design course, ensuring comparable academic backgrounds and educational experiences. to control for potential confounding variables, we conducted preliminary assessments of participants’ digital literacy and prior technology experience using the digital competence assessment instrument [39]. no statistically significant differences emerged between groups in digital literacy (t(58) = 0.87, p = 0.39) or prior technology experience (t(58) = 0.93, p = 0.36), confirming baseline equivalence. the final sample consisted of 60 psts (aged 19-23; 68% female, 32% male) randomly assigned to experimental (n=30) and control (n=30) groups. this sample size was determined through power analysis (g*power 3.1) with parameters α = 0.05, power = .80, and expected effect size d = 0.75 based on pilot studies, which indicated a minimum required sample of 58 participants. intervention implementation the experimental group received instruction using our scn-dli framework via a prototype platform over 12 weeks. this platform included interactive modules, adaptive feedback systems, and reflective tools. for example, virtual classroom simulations enabled psts to practice teaching strategies while receiving real-time feedback on student engagement. the control group received demonstration-based instruction following the standard curriculum without these digital enhancements. both groups had equivalent instructional time (36 hours) and covered the same core content aligned with national teacher education standards. 4.3. data collection our data collection integrated multiple sources:  pre-post assessment: we administered the seameo innotech competency instrument [39], at the beginning (week 1) and end (week 12) of implementation. this validated assessment included 20 items measuring planning, implementation, assessment, and reflection competencies on a 5-point likert scale.  classroom observations: we conducted 120 structured observations (two per participant) during weeks 6 and 9. two trained observers independently coded each 50-minute session using a standardized protocol aligned with the seameo innotech framework. our observation protocol focused on digital tool integration, instructional strategies, and framework component implementation.  system usage analysis: for the experimental group, we collected system usage data including module completion rates, time spent on activities, and interaction patterns. this automated data collection provided objective measures of engagement with framework components.  user experience evaluation: we administered the [40, 41] to assess user experience with the digital platform. the ues measured content effectiveness, attention maintenance, and technology adoption at three points (weeks 3, 6, and 9). 4.4. instrumentation quality to ensure research quality, we conducted comprehensive validity and reliability assessments for all instruments. content experts evaluated instruments using the ioc method, with the seameo innotech assessment achieving scores of 0.60-1.00, indicating strong content validity. the observation protocol underwent three revision rounds to hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 335 achieve strong validity ratings. reliability analysis showed strong internal consistency for all instruments (cronbach’s α = 0.86-0.89), with the observation protocol demonstrating high inter-rater reliability (cohen’s κ = 0.87) after pilot testing with 10 teaching sessions. before full implementation, we piloted all instruments with 15 psts to identify and address potential issues. 4.5. data analysis our analysis employed complementary approaches:  quantitative analysis: we used independent t-tests for between-group comparisons, paired t-tests for evaluating within-group improvements, and ancova to control for initial differences. effect sizes (cohen’s d) were calculated to determine practical significance beyond statistical significance.  qualitative analysis: we analyzed observational data through thematic coding, identifying patterns in teaching practices and framework implementation. two researchers independently coded observation notes before comparing and refining themes.  integration: we integrated quantitative and qualitative findings through a convergent parallel design, using qualitative data to explain and contextualize quantitative results. 4.6. ethical considerations our study received approval from the center for ethics in human research committee. all participants provided informed consent after receiving detailed information about study procedures. we maintained confidentiality by using participant codes rather than names in all data collection. to ensure educational equity, the control group received access to the dli framework materials after study completion. 5. results our findings are presented in two phases aligned with our research methodology: framework development and prototype implementation. 5.1. framework development results the theoretical analysis identified three core scn principles, which informed the design of six framework components, as shown in table 7. table 7. core scn principles and framework components scn principle framework component focus area social perception and inference social problem recognition (spr) interpreting nonverbal cues and adapting instruction social understanding enhancement (sue) building perspective-taking and empathy self-processes self-insight dynamics (sid) developing reflective practice and adaptability learning resources integration (lri) supporting resource selection and implementation social interaction and group dynamics social knowledge exchange (ske) facilitating collaboration and knowledge sharing cognitive guidance space (cgs) supporting mentorship and structured reflection rather than replicating these components from existing frameworks, we developed them based on our classroom observations of teaching challenges and our pilot study results. for example, the social problem recognition component emerged from our observation that psts frequently missed subtle student cues in digital environments, especially when managing multiple interactions simultaneously. framework components analysis the scn principles in table 8 inform six strategic components designed to enhance psts’ learning design competencies in digital environments. each component targets specific cognitive mechanisms that support effective teaching practices. 1) social problem recognition develops psts’ ability to interpret classroom dynamics through social perception mechanisms. face and body perception enables recognition of subtle nonverbal cues that signal student engagement or confusion, allowing for timely instructional adjustments. biological motion perception facilitates understanding of movement patterns and spatial relationships in classroom settings, informing decisions about physical learning arrangements and activity design. action observation enhances understanding of student intentions and emotions. these perceptual abilities collectively establish the foundation for responsive teaching practices that can adapt to student needs in real time. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 336 2) social understanding enhancement deepens cognitive processing beyond initial perception. mentalizing allows psts to understand student perspectives and anticipate learning needs. this component strengthens perspective-taking capabilities, enabling psts to design learning experiences that accommodate diverse cognitive approaches. this informed perspective-taking differs from conventional empathy training by focusing on cognitive understanding of learning processes, leading to more sophisticated differentiation of instruction based on student thinking patterns rather than assumed needs. 3) self-insight dynamics activates self-regulation processes critical for reflective teaching. sense of agency develops psts’ understanding of how their actions influence learning outcomes. self-recognition processes support metacognitive awareness of teaching strengths and limitations, while self-regulation governs emotional responses during challenging teaching situations. this component transforms conventional reflection practices by connecting selfawareness with instructional decision-making, resulting in more nuanced self-assessment and adaptive teaching behaviors in response to classroom dynamics. 4) learning resources integration connects instructional theory with learning processes. this component maps instructional events to specific cognitive systems: attention-gaining techniques activate focus; recall strategies engage memory networks; and presentation methods optimize visual and auditory processing. by aligning teaching resources with natural information processing sequences, this component improves instructional design to enhance information processing and knowledge integration in digital environments where cognitive load management is essential. 5) social knowledge exchange improves social reward systems and cognitive conflict to enhance collaborative learning. positive peer interactions reinforce effective collaborative behaviors. cognitive dissonance is strategically engaged through exposure to contrasting perspectives, strengthening critical analysis capabilities. bias control mechanisms develop more inclusive teaching approaches by helping psts recognize and address assumptions. this component transforms conventional group work into collaborative experiences that develop both social and cognitive dimensions of teaching competence. 6) cognitive guidance space implements an apprenticeship model aligned with learning mechanisms. modeling demonstrates effective teaching practices; coaching provides targeted feedback on performance; and reflection builds metacognitive awareness. this structured guidance creates optimal conditions for skill development, fostering connections between observation and application. the digital environment enhances this process by providing opportunities for repeated practice with immediate feedback not available in face-to-face settings. table 8. the design framework based on scn theory principle concept element social perception nature of social perception [42] face and body perception action observation emotion recognition biological motion social problem recognition (observe social difficulties and interpersonal problems) message design: design tasks and media [28] functional principles aesthetic principles cognitive principles critical and creative learning design competencies adaptive and reflective learning design integrated and inspirational learning design collaborative and innovative learning design digital learning innovation [43] user interface database and data management digital content and curriculum communication and collaboration tools assessment and feedback social inference nature of social inference [42] mentalizing imitation and the mirror neuron system social understanding enhancement (gain social understanding and interaction) rich environments for active learning on the web [30] dynamic learning activities, and multimedia elements message design: design tasks and media [28] functional principles aesthetic principles cognitive principles critical and creative learning design competencies ethical and adaptive learning design integrated research and innovative learning design collaborative and innovative learning design digital learning innovation [43] database and data management digital content and curriculum communication and collaboration tools assessment and feedback hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 337 self-processes nature of social inference [42] sense of agency self-recognition and self-knowledge self-control self-insight dynamics (build reflective practices, perspective analysis, adaptability, and habit formation) critical and creative learning design competencies adaptive and reflective learning design strategic synthesis and innovative application in learning design innovative and creative assessment learning design digital learning innovation [43] database and data management digital content and curriculum communication and collaboration tools assessment and feedback message design: design tasks and media [28] functional principles aesthetic principles cognitive principles learning resources integration (support teaching design skill development) instructional design [44] step 1: gain attention step 2: inform learning objectives step 3: stimulate recall of prior learning step 4: present new material step 5: provide learning guidance step 6: elicit performance (practice) step 7: provide feedback step 8: assess performance step 9: enhance retention and transfer information processing theory [22] sensory register short-term memory long-term memory processes specific to social interaction and group dynamics nature of social interaction [42] social rewards and helping cognitive dissonance and attitude change controlling bias social knowledge exchange (share diverse perspectives and inclusivity) message design: design tasks and media [28] functional principles aesthetic principles cognitive principles critical and creative learning design competencies collaborative and innovative learning design integrated and inspirational learning design adaptive and reflective learning design strategic synthesis and innovative application in learning design innovative and creative assessment learning design digital learning innovation [43] database and data management digital content and curriculum communication and collaboration tools assessment and feedback cognitive apprenticeship [29] modeling coaching reflection cognitive guidance space (cultivate cognitive abilities and encourage a deeper level of reflection and introspection) digital learning innovation [43] database and data management communication and collaboration tools assessment and feedback to illustrate how these components interact within the framework, figure 2 presents the visual structure of integrating scn principles into dlis. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 338 figure 2. element of integrating social cognitive neuroscience and digital learning innovation expert evaluation results expert evaluations using the ioc method revealed strong support for the framework overall, with specific feedback guiding refinements (see table 9). table 9. ioc scores across educational dimensions educational dimension ioc score effectiveness rating problem-based learning and multimedia 1.00 most effective real-world application and engagement 0.89 highly effective learner autonomy and empathy 0.78 effective instructional design for specific needs 0.67 moderately effective the highest ratings for problem-based learning and multimedia integration (ioc = 1.00) indicated expert consensus about this component’s value. as one expert noted during the interview: “the framework’s approach to problem-based learning aligns exceptionally well with how social perception networks function, creating authentic contexts for developing adaptive teaching responses.” real-world application and engagement also received strong ratings (ioc = 0.89). experts valued the connection between theory and practice, with one commenting: “the direct mapping between neural mechanisms and specific teaching behaviors provides a clear pathway for translating theoretical knowledge into classroom practice.” areas receiving lower ratings, including instructional design for specific needs (ioc = 0.67), informed our framework refinements. expert interviews revealed concerns about adaptability across diverse cultural contexts and varying resource availability. one expert observed: “while the framework addresses general teaching needs well, it requires additional flexibility for diverse learner populations and resource-constrained settings.” based on this feedback, we enhanced the framework’s adaptability by developing alternative implementation pathways for different resource contexts and more explicit cultural adaptation guidelines. message design message design was recognized as a fundamental aspect of the framework, underpinning its ability to create innovative digital learning environments. drawing on principles from dunlap et al. [30], the framework integrates functional, administrative, aesthetic, and cognitive elements to guide effective instructional design. key aspects include attention-grabbing features, clear information presentation, and cohesive design elements that enhance motivation and reduce cognitive load. experts emphasized that these principles not only improve comprehension but also create engaging and harmonious learning experiences, as summarized in table 10. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 339 table 10. key components of message design component description attention strategies to capture and maintain student focus clarity clear and concise presentation of information unity and harmony consistent design elements for a cohesive learning environment cognitive load management structuring information to align with learners’ cognitive capacities 5.2. phase 2: prototype implementation results framework implementation through prototype the dli prototype was designed to operationalize scn principles into practical learning activities, aiming to enhance psts’ ccldcs. each framework component was systematically translated into specific digital modules that fostered cognitive, emotional, and social development within teaching practices. the prototype development flow demonstrates how psts’ learning progresses through six interconnected stages: beginning with observation of classroom dynamics (spr), moving to understanding student perspectives (sue), engaging in self-reflection on teaching practices (sid), utilizing learning resources effectively (lri), participating in knowledge exchange with peers (ske), and ultimately achieving advanced cognitive development through mentorship and reflection (cgs). this sequence supports the gradual and holistic development of learning design competencies, as elaborated in the following section. 1) social problem recognition implementation based on social perception theory, spr emphasized the role of nonverbal communication in understanding classroom dynamics through the emotion observation module. psts observed video scenarios depicting various emotional states within classroom contexts (figure 3). this task developed their ability to recognize subtle emotional transitions, fostering responsive teaching practices. figure 3. examples of tasks: emotion observation module: identifying static emotions, and interpreting emotions in classroom scenarios hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 340 2) proxemic study psts explored the influence of spatial dynamics on classroom interactions, drawing on social cognitive theory to understand how physical arrangements impact student engagement and collaboration. through simulation exercises, they analyzed various seating plans and room configurations to observe changes in learner participation. as part of the process, psts developed inclusive classroom layouts that addressed diverse cultural backgrounds and learning preferences, aiming to optimize interaction in both face-to-face and virtual environments. 3) social understanding enhancement the focus in this component was on developing mentalizing abilities. psts utilized empathy mapping tools to better understand the emotional and cognitive perspectives of students in differing classroom scenarios. they participated in role-playing sessions that required them to adapt teaching strategies in response to simulated feedback, reinforcing sensitivity to the social and emotional factors that influence learning outcomes. 4) self-insight dynamics activities within this component supported the development of reflective teaching practices. psts maintained reflective logs to analyze their instructional decisions, identifying both areas of strength and opportunities for improvement. they also engaged in predictive planning to anticipate potential classroom scenarios, refining lesson plans to accommodate varied student responses. these experiences fostered metacognitive awareness and enhanced adaptive decision-making skills. 5) learning resources integration this section emphasized instructional planning through the integration of lieberman [42] and scn principles. psts worked with interactive lesson templates that connected cognitive theories to practice, promoting the creation of wellstructured and engaging learning experiences. virtual classroom simulations provided a practical context for testing and refining their instructional strategies, encouraging flexibility and responsiveness to diverse learning environments. 6) social knowledge exchange integration collaborative learning was central to this component, emphasizing group dynamics in line with established [21]. psts collaborated on lesson planning activities, fostering teamwork and joint decision-making processes. structured online debates on ethical issues in education further encouraged critical reflection and enhanced moral reasoning, strengthening their ability to facilitate inclusive and cooperative learning environments. 7) cognitive guidance mentorship and reflection were key strategies used to support psts’ professional development in this component. participants engaged in video consultations with experienced educators, discussing teaching methods and classroom management approaches. they also compiled digital portfolios to document their growth and reflect on their evolving instructional practices. these processes contributed to the development of practical teaching skills and continuous professional improvement. expert assessment results the prototype for dli was assessed by fifteen experts, including media, content, and instructional design specialists, using a 5-point likert scale. the assessment focused on three main criteria: content, media, and instructional design, as shown in table 11. table 11. expert evaluation results of dli components evaluation areas and components mean s.d. content evaluation social problem recognition 4.6 0.55 diverse teaching methods 4.4 0.55 content sequence clarity 4.2 0.84 media assessment user interface stability and ease of use 4.4 0.55 animation appropriateness 4.6 0.55 color harmony 4.4 0.55 instructional design online activities for constructive feedback 4.6 0.55 scenarios for social difficulties 4.4 0.55 support for collaborative learning 4.4 0.55 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 341 expert evaluation results indicated varying levels of agreement across the three assessment domains. within the content evaluation domain, social problem recognition received the highest mean score (m = 4.6, sd = 0.55), while content sequence clarity showed relatively higher variance in expert responses (m = 4.2, sd = 0.84). this difference in standard deviations suggests greater consensus among experts regarding social problem elements compared to content sequencing aspects. in the media assessment domain, animation appropriateness (m = 4.6, sd = 0.55) achieved similar ratings to the user interface stability and color harmony components (both m = 4.4, sd = 0.55). the consistent standard deviations across media components (sd = 0.55) indicate similar levels of agreement among experts regarding these design elements. the instructional design components revealed a pattern where online activities for constructive feedback received the highest mean score (m = 4.6, sd = 0.55), with scenarios for social difficulties and support for collaborative learning showing identical ratings (m = 4.4, sd = 0.55). overall, the mean scores across components ranged from 4.2 to 4.6, indicating generally positive evaluations of the prototype. pilot study results the pilot study employed multiple assessment methods to evaluate the effectiveness of the dli framework. these included preand post-test competency assessments using the seameo innotech instrument (20 items, 5-point likert scale), classroom observations (n = 120), user engagement metrics (system usage, module completion, activity duration), and the user engagement scale (ues). 1) learning design competencies assessment results the assessment of learning design competencies investigated the effects of the dli framework on psts’ instructional capabilities. the analysis compared post-test performance between experimental and control groups across four key domains of learning design competencies. analysis of the data in table 12 indicated that the dli framework was associated with improvements across all domains. the experimental group showed higher performance in reflective practices (m = 4.4, sd = 0.3) compared to the control group (m = 3.95, sd = 0.41), with a notable effect size (d = 1.91). as shown in figure 4, this difference was most pronounced in the reflection domain, suggesting potential benefits for developing psts’ analytical teaching practices. table 12. comparison of learning design competencies between experimental and control groups (post-test) experimental (n=30) control (n=30) t-value p-value cohen’s d competency m sd m sd planning (the ability to organize and plan learning activities effectively.) 4.2 0.5 3.85 0.52 5.32 <.001 1.34 implementation (the execution of planned learning activities and strategies.) 4.3 0.4 3.91 0.45 6.45 <.001 1.67 assessment (the ability to evaluate and assess student learning outcomes.) 4.1 0.6 3.78 0.49 5.89 <.001 1.49 reflection (the ability to reflect on teaching practices and student learning to inform future instruction.) 4.4 0.3 3.95 0.41 7.42 <.001 1.91 figure 4. learning design competencies scores by group and domain hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 342 the data showed positive results in implementation skills, with the second-highest effect size (d = 1.67). the experimental group’s scores in implementation (m = 4.3, sd = 0.4) were higher than the control group (m = 3.91, sd = 0.45), suggesting improved ability in executing learning activities. similar patterns were observed in assessment (d = 1.49) and planning (d = 1.34) competencies. the effect sizes across domains (d > 1.3) and statistical significance (p < .001) suggest that the dli framework may contribute to psts’ learning design competencies. the observed pattern with stronger effects in reflection and implementation, followed by assessment and planning, indicates that the framework may be useful for developing these teaching skills. these findings suggest that the dli framework could be a helpful approach for developing teaching capabilities, notably in areas of reflective practice and implementation. 2) analysis of pre-test and post-test results for experimental group the analysis compared pre-test and post-test scores across four teaching competency domains in the experimental group (n=30), as shown in table 13. table 13. pre-test to post-test comparison for experimental group (n=30) competency domain pre-test post-test t-value p-value cohen’s d m sd m sd planning 3.4 0.6 4.2 0.5 11.23 <0.001 2.05 implementation 3.5 0.5 4.3 0.4 12.45 <0.001 2.27 assessment 3.3 0.7 4.1 0.6 10.89 <0.001 1.99 reflection 3.7 0.4 4.4 0.3 13.56 <0.001 2.48 the pre-test to post-test analysis showed consistent improvement across competency domains (effect sizes: 1.99– 2.48). reflection exhibited the greatest growth (d = 2.48), with scores increasing from m = 3.7, sd = 0.4 to m = 4.4, sd = 0.3, indicating enhanced and more consistent reflective practices. the reduced standard deviation suggests uniform skill development. to further examine these developmental patterns, figure 5 presents a visual comparison of the pretest and post-test results across all domains. figure 5. mean scores comparison of pre-test and post-test results across teaching competency domains 3) analysis of pre-test and post-test results for control group the analysis examined pre-test and post-test scores across four teaching competency domains in the control group (n=30), as presented in table 14. table 14. pre-test to post-test comparison for control group competency domain pre-test post-test t-value p-value cohen’s d m sd m sd planning 3.38 0.58 3.85 0.52 4.23 <0.001 0.77 implementation 3.45 0.48 3.91 0.45 4.56 <0.001 0.83 assessment 3.32 0.65 3.78 0.49 3.89 <0.001 0.71 reflection 3.65 0.42 3.95 0.41 4.12 <0.001 0.75 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 343 statistical analysis of the control group data revealed modest improvements across domains, with effect sizes ranging from 0.71 to 0.83. the implementation domain showed the largest effect (d = 0.83), with mean scores increasing from pre-test (m = 3.45, sd = 0.48) to post-test (m = 3.91, sd = 0.45). the reduced standard deviation suggests slightly more consistent performance after demonstration-based instruction. to visualize these patterns, figure 6 presents a comparative analysis of pre-test and post-test results. figure 6. mean scores comparison of pre-test and post-test results for control group across teaching competency domains 4) comparative analysis of intervention effects between groups the analysis examined the differential impact of interventions between experimental and control groups across teaching competency domains, as presented in table 15. table 15. effect size comparison between groups competency domain experimental group control group difference in effect size planning 2.05 0.77 1.28 implementation 2.27 0.83 1.44 assessment 1.99 0.71 1.28 reflection 2.48 0.75 1.73 effect size differences indicate varying impacts across domains, with reflection (δd = 1.73) showing the greatest improvement. this suggests the dli framework effectively enhances metacognitive teaching practices. figure 7 visualizes effect size magnitudes across groups. figure 7. comparison of effect sizes between experimental and control groups across teaching competency domains hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 344 teaching practice observation results the analysis examined changes in teaching practices following the implementation of the dli framework through structured classroom observations. table 16 presents patterns in digital technology integration and instructional strategies identified across teaching sessions. table 16. observed changes in teaching practices through framework implementation component observed changes frequency (% of sessions) digital tool integration interactive presentation 85% digital assessment tools 72% collaborative platforms 68% instructional strategies student-centered activities 78% peer learning integration 65% adaptive teaching moments 58% note: percentages based on 60 observed teaching sessions (2 sessions per participant). the observational data indicated different implementation rates between digital tools and instructional strategies. in digital tool usage, interactive presentation tools were implemented in 85% of sessions, while assessment tools and collaborative platforms were used in 72% and 68% of sessions, respectively. this distribution may reflect the relative ease of incorporating different digital tools into teaching practices. in terms of instructional strategies, student-centered activities were observed in 78% of sessions, followed by peer learning integration (65%) and adaptive teaching moments (58%). the higher frequency of student-centered activities alongside digital tool use may indicate a connection between technology integration and pedagogical approaches. the lower frequency of adaptive teaching could reflect the additional complexity involved in implementing this teaching strategy. the observed practices showed alignment with the implementation competency scores (m=4.3, sd=0.4) reported earlier. the implementation rates varied across different practices, with some aspects of the framework being integrated more frequently than others, possibly due to differences in complexity and practical application requirements. system usage and engagement analysis analysis of system usage data provided insights into how psts engaged with the digital learning platform over the 12-week implementation period. table 17 presents the engagement metrics across platform components, while figure 9 visualizes these patterns for comparative analysis. table 17. system usage patterns and engagement metrics learning component average time per session (minutes) completion rate (%) active participation* (%) virtual teaching practice 45.2 (8.3) 92.5 88.2 lesson design activities 38.6 (6.4) 88.7 82.4 assessment development 32.8 (5.2) 85.3 78.5 reflective journal 28.4 (4.8) 90.1 84.3 note: values presented as means with standard deviations for time measures. *active participation defined as completing interactive elements, contributing to discussions, or submitting deliverables. n=30 participants. as shown in table 17 and visualized in figure 8, engagement patterns varied across learning components. virtual teaching practice demonstrated the highest time investment (m = 45.2 minutes, sd = 8.3) and completion rate (92.5%). the correlation between virtual teaching practice time and implementation competency scores (r = 0.68, p < .001) indicates a relationship between engagement and skill development. analysis of the participation patterns reveals key findings. while reflective journal showed shorter session duration (m = 28.4 minutes, sd = 4.8), it maintained a high completion rate (90.1%). active participation rates varied across components, with virtual teaching practice achieving the highest (88.2%) and assessment development showing the lowest (78.5%). these differences between completion and active participation rates suggest that some tasks were completed more passively than others, with practice-based activities encouraging greater interaction. engagement in lesson design activities and assessment development followed similar patterns, with completion rates of 88.7% and 85.3%, respectively. the overall completion rate of 85% across components indicates consistent engagement throughout the implementation period. however, the variations in participation levels highlight differences in task engagement depth, particularly for activities requiring deeper cognitive involvement. our findings suggest that while structured digital learning environments support engagement, specific strategies may be needed to enhance participation in complex tasks. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 345 figure 8. system usage patterns across learning components system usability scale results system usability scale (sus) results indicated high user satisfaction with the digital learning innovations (dlis), with an overall sus score of 86.25 (table 18). participants rated simplicity (m = 4.7), ease of learning (m = 4.6), and user confidence (m = 4.5) high, suggesting the system was intuitive and accessible. lower scores for system complexity (m = 1.5) and learning curve (m = 1.8) indicate that while some aspects of usability could be refined, the system remains effective and user-friendly. table 18. system usability scale scores sus criteria average score (n=30) i like to use this dli frequently. 4.5 i find this dli to be more complicated than it should be. 1.5 the dli is simple and easy to use. 4.7 i need technical support to use this dli. 1.6 the dli functions smoothly and is well-integrated. 4.4 i think there are a lot of irregularities in the dli. 1.7 i think most people can learn this dli quickly. 4.6 i find this dli to be time-consuming. 1.6 i feel confident while using this dli. 4.5 i think there are a lot of things to learn before i can start using this dli. 1.8 sus score 86.25 these results suggest that the dli is well-designed for usability, with minimal barriers to adoption and strong user confidence in its functionality. user engagement scale results the ues results demonstrate high engagement across dimensions, with an overall engagement score of 4.73 (sd = 0.49) (table 19). participants reported strong engagement in content and presentation, in terms of interest (m = 4.65) and the enhancing effect of digital tools (m = 4.75). high scores were recorded for enjoyment of tasks (m = 4.80) and desire for continued educational use (m = 4.82), highlighting the platform’s ability to sustain interest and motivation. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 346 table 19. user engagement scale scores engagement aspect question mean s.d. content and presentation interest in content 4.65 0.55 digital tools enhance interest 4.75 0.50 novelty of presentation 4.70 0.52 attention and involvement attention capture 4.68 0.48 activity engagement 4.75 0.45 content and tasks participation 4.70 0.50 challenge and stimulation challenge in activities 4.60 0.60 cct stimulation 4.78 0.42 desire to overcome challenges 4.70 0.50 enjoyment and satisfaction enjoyment of tasks 4.80 0.40 satisfaction with learning experience 4.75 0.45 perception of time during tasks 4.75 0.45 intention to reuse and recommend reuse intention 4.68 0.48 recommendation likelihood 4.70 0.50 desire for educational use 4.82 0.38 overall ues 4.73 0.49 the strong engagement scores indicated that the dli was perceived as effective in sustaining attention, fostering interaction, and promoting meaningful learning experiences. the alignment between content presentation, engagement, and motivation suggests that the platform’s design effectively supports user participation. taken together, the sus and ues results confirm the usability and engagement potential of the dli framework. while the system demonstrates strong user acceptance and ease of use, the variation in engagement across different dimensions highlights areas where additional refinements may further enhance user interaction and sustained participation. 6. discussion our findings revealed significant improvements in learning design competencies through structured engagement with scn-informed digital tools, providing insights into how teachers develop instructional capabilities in digital environments. 6.1. theoretical insights supporting teaching development this study contributes to the theoretical understanding of teaching development by identifying key mechanisms that drive competency growth in digital environments. first, social perception networks help teachers interpret classroom dynamics and adapt their instruction [15]. our findings demonstrate that these networks operate through engagement with visual and emotional cues, allowing teachers to adjust their strategies based on student needs. second, selfregulatory processes, supported by structured digital engagement, promote self-monitoring and adaptability [16]. third, social interaction dynamics support reflective and collaborative problem-solving [42]. furthermore, while instructional design frameworks such as addie and tpack provide systematic approaches for integrating pedagogy, content, and technology, they often lack explicit consideration of the cognitive and neural processes that underlie effective teaching and learning. our scn-dli framework extends these models by incorporating principles from scn, offering an additional dimension that addresses how social perception, self-regulation, and reflective cognition influence instructional decision-making. this neuroscience-informed perspective enables the design of adaptive and responsive digital learning experiences in dynamic and socially complex educational environments. our framework aligns with established theories while extending their application to digital teaching contexts. for example, our findings support metacognition theory [23], showing that enhanced reflection skills develop through structured self-awareness activities. the substantial improvement in reflection competencies suggests that metacognitive development can be effectively supported through digital tools designed with neural mechanisms in mind. similarly, the application of cognitive load theory [25] supports the design of digital tools that enhance cognitive processing by reducing extraneous load while increasing germane load. this principle was evident in our results, as psts demonstrated improved ability to implement complex teaching strategies when supported by appropriately designed digital scaffolds. when compared with previous research, our findings extend work by darling-hammond et al. [5], who found that effective teacher preparation integrates theory with practice but did not address digital contexts. the effect sizes hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 347 observed in this study for competency development in reflective practice and instructional implementation were higher than those reported in similar interventions by lin & yu [20]. this suggests that integrating scn principles with digital learning strategies may enhance the impact of teacher education programs. however, direct comparisons should be made cautiously, considering differences in study design, participant demographics, and intervention duration. our findings challenge the assumption in digital learning frameworks that technology skills and pedagogical knowledge develop independently [9, 12]. instead, our results suggest that these domains develop synergistically when supported by cognitive understanding of teaching processes. this aligns with [10, 11] finding that integrated approaches to technology and pedagogy produce improved outcomes while extending this work by providing neural mechanisms that support this integration. 6.2. practical implications for teacher education this study offers guidance for strengthening teacher preparation programs through dlis. process data show how learning design competencies develop from basic understanding to advanced application of teaching strategies. this development follows three main paths: better recognition and response to social-emotional cues, improved integration of cognitive knowledge with digital tools, and greater adaptability in diverse learning environments. these findings extend wolf et al.’s [45] work on bridging theory-practice gaps by providing specific digital pathways for competency development. digital learning experiences enhance teaching capabilities through three key components. first, immersive environments like virtual classroom simulations let psts practice with realistic teaching challenges in a safe setting. the high engagement with virtual teaching practice and its strong correlation with implementation competencies align with [19, 36] findings that simulation-based learning significantly enhances teaching performance. these differences may be attributed to our framework’s integration of social perception principles, which enhance the cognitive processing of teaching scenarios. second, interactive feedback systems support reflective practice. the strong correlation between reflective journal engagement and reflection competency development confirms findings that structured digital reflection enhances metacognitive development. while essa et al. [18] reported moderate improvements, our framework suggests that explicitly linking reflective practice to neural mechanisms may enhance its effectiveness. the reflective components in our framework produced the largest effect sizes, substantially exceeding those reported in similar interventions that did not incorporate scn principles [16]. third, culturally responsive design makes teacher preparation more relevant and inclusive. our framework’s adaptation to local contexts aligns with mishore & abate’s [6] findings on cultural influences in teacher education. while their study focused on perceptual adaptation, our work extends this principle to digital environments, showing that culturally responsive digital tools achieve higher implementation rates in comparable studies. case studies reflecting regional socio-cultural contexts improved implementation of inclusive teaching practices, a finding that supports mcnaughton’s [44] emphasis on structured instructional conditions that facilitate effective learning transfer. collaborative learning platforms also develop important skills through peer reviews and group projects. these platforms enable meaningful interactions that deepen understanding of collaborative teaching strategies [31]. the collaborative elements in our framework showed higher active participation rates than reported in previous studies of teacher collaboration platforms [19], suggesting that scn-informed design principles may enhance engagement with peer learning activities. these findings highlight the potential for sustained improvements in teaching competencies through the scn-dli framework. although the current study focused on immediate post-intervention outcomes, future longitudinal studies are recommended to examine the long-term effectiveness and scalability of the framework across diverse teaching contexts. 6.3. future directions and broader impact several key questions emerge from our findings. first, how do cultural contexts affect the effectiveness of dlis in teacher education? second, what role do individual differences play in developing digital learning design competencies? third, how can digital tools best support the development of adaptive teaching strategies? these questions point to valuable areas for future research, including long-term studies of teaching development and cross-cultural studies of framework implementation. the implementation in thai higher education provides useful contextual insights and highlights cultural considerations. while our findings show consistent patterns in cognitive development, cultural factors influence specific aspects of implementation. these findings align with kwangmuang et al.’s [36] research on cultural influences in teacher education but suggest more subtle patterns of adaptation than previously noted. our implementation rates for collaborative technologies were higher than those reported in similar studies in western contexts [6, 16], suggesting that cultural factors may influence technology adoption patterns. additionally, our approach aligns with the integration of real-time cognitive assessment in technology-enhanced learning environments [27]. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 348 for resource-limited settings, our framework can be adapted through modular implementation approaches. in contexts with limited technological infrastructure, educators can focus on implementing specific components such as the reflective practice modules, which showed the highest effect sizes in our study. lower-tech alternatives like structured peer observation protocols and guided reflection templates can be derived from our framework to achieve similar pedagogical goals without requiring extensive digital resources. based on our analysis of implementation pathways, we recommend:  mobile-first approach: utilizing mobile devices for reflection activities and social perception training, as these were effective even with limited bandwidth.  community of practice model: implementing collaborative activities that require minimal technology but apply social learning principles.  blended learning design: combining limited digital tools with structured face-to-face activities aligned with scn principles. this study has some limitations. the relatively short implementation period (12 weeks) provides valuable insights into the immediate impacts of the scn-dli framework on teaching competencies. these findings open up opportunities for future studies to explore the sustainability of these competencies over longer periods. expanding future research to include longitudinal follow-up assessments would offer a deeper understanding of the durability and long-term effects of the competencies developed through this approach. additionally, while the sample size (n=60) was suitable for initial validation and compares favorably with similar studies by schina et al. [16], further research involving larger and more diverse populations would enhance the generalizability of the findings. the consistently large effect sizes observed in this study suggest that the scn-dli framework holds significant potential for advancing digital learning design in teacher education. further investigation is warranted to explore its adaptability and impact across different educational contexts and cultural settings. future studies should also examine the specific neural mechanisms that underlie effective digital learning design competencies, investigate individual differences in response to scn-informed digital interventions, and assess how adaptive systems might be optimized to support diverse learning needs. long-term longitudinal research following psts through their early career development would provide valuable insights into the durability and practical impact of competencies developed through this framework. 7. conclusion this study developed and validated a framework that integrates digital learning innovations into teacher preparation programs. the framework combines instructional design principles with cognitive neuroscience and digital pedagogical practices, emphasizing key components such as personalization, adaptive learning, and effective message design. through structured digital learning experiences, the framework supports psts in developing critical and creative learning design competencies. the framework’s modular design allows for flexible implementation across different educational contexts. in well-resourced settings, institutions can implement comprehensive digital tools and adaptive systems. for contexts with limited resources, the framework can be adapted using cost-effective technologies and locally available tools, focusing on problem-based learning and real-world applications. this flexibility enables gradual implementation through scaffolding strategies that accommodate varying levels of digital literacy among psts. future research should examine the framework’s effectiveness across diverse educational settings, particularly in underserved communities. long-term studies investigating its impact on teaching practices and student outcomes, as well as the sustainability of competencies developed through this framework, would provide insights for further refinement. these investigations would contribute to enhancing teacher preparation programs and addressing the evolving educational needs of diverse learner populations. 8. declarations 8.1. author contributions conceptualization, p.d. and p.k.; methodology, p.d. and p.k.; formal analysis, s.s.; investigation, p.d.; data curation, p.d. and s.s; writing—original draft preparation, p.d.; writing—review and editing, w.w. and n.h.; visualization, p.d.; supervision, p.k. and n.h. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 8.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 349 8.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 8.4. institutional review board statement the study received approval from the center for ethics in human research committee, khon kaen university (approval he673105). 8.5. informed consent statement informed consent was obtained from all participants, with privacy and data storage protocols strictly followed. 8.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 9. references [1] apaydın, s., & güven, s. (2022). pre-service teachers’ evaluations of creativity in higher education. educational policy analysis and strategic research, 17(1), 58–87. doi:10.29329/epasr.2022.248.4. [2] margaliot, a. (2024). preservice teachers’ beliefs toward online learning and future teaching: redesigning teacher training. journal of digital learning in teacher education, 40(3), 173–184. doi:10.1080/21532974.2024.2368050. [3] gu, j. (2024). digital tools in language learning: optimizing memory and attention for college students. international journal of human-computer interaction, 1–11. doi:10.1080/10447318.2024.2400384. [4] duangngern, p., kwangmuang, p., & nguyen, l. t. (2023). next normal teaching and learning: perceptions and readiness of pre-service teachers to promote critical and creative thinking. iiai letters on institutional research, 3 (lir094), 1-12. doi:10.52731/lir.v003.094. [5] darling-hammond, l., schachner, a. c. w., wojcikiewicz, s. k., & flook, l. (2024). educating teachers to enact the science of learning and development. applied developmental science, 28(1), 1–21. doi:10.1080/10888691.2022.2130506. [6] mishore, e., & abate, t. (2023). difficulties pre-service science teachers encountered in conducting research projects at teacher education college. cogent education, 10(1), 2196289. doi:10.1080/2331186x.2023.2196289. [7] kaplan, d. e. (2018). behaviorism in online teacher training. psychology, 09(04), 570–577. doi:10.4236/psych.2018.94035. [8] wonganu, p., chaijaroen, s., & vongtathum, p. (2019). designing framework of constructivist digital learning environment model to enhance creative thinking for undergraduate students. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics): vol. 11937 lncs, 243–251. doi:10.1007/978-3030-35343-8_26. [9] doheny, m. m., & lighthall, n. r. (2023). social cognitive neuroscience in the digital age. frontiers in human neuroscience, 17. doi:10.3389/fnhum.2023.1168788. [10] grospietsch, f., & mayer, j. (2019). pre-service science teachers’ neuroscience literacy: neuromyths and a professional understanding of learning and memory. frontiers in human neuroscience, 13. doi:10.3389/fnhum.2019.00020. [11] basso, d., & cottini, m. (2023). cognitive neuroscience and education: not a gap to be bridged but a common field to be cultivated. sustainability (switzerland), 15(2), 1628. doi:10.3390/su15021628. [12] henriksen, d., mishra, p., creely, e., & henderson, m. (2021). the role of creative risk taking and productive failure in education and technology futures. techtrends, 65(4), 602–605. doi:10.1007/s11528-021-00622-8. [13] lieberman, m. d. (2007). social cognitive neuroscience: a review of core processes. annual review of psychology, 58(1), 259–289. doi:10.1146/annurev.psych.58.110405.085654. [14] amiel, j. j., & tan, y. s. m. (2019). using collaborative action research to resolve practical and philosophical challenges in educational neuroscience. trends in neuroscience and education, 16, 100116. doi:10.1016/j.tine.2019.100116. [15] olderbak, s., uusberg, a., maccann, c., pollak, k. m., & gross, j. j. (2023). the process model of emotion regulation questionnaire: assessing individual differences in strategy stage and orientation. assessment, 30(7), 2090–2114. doi:10.1177/10731911221134601. [16] schina, d., valls-bautista, c., borrull-riera, a., usart, m., & esteve-gonzález, v. (2021). an associational study: preschool teachers’ acceptance and self-efficacy towards educational robotics in a pre-service teacher training program. international journal of educational technology in higher education, 18(1), 1-20. doi:10.1186/s41239-021-00264-z. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 350 [17] mayer, r. e. (2014). cognitive theory of multimedia learning. the cambridge handbook of multimedia learning, second edition, 43–71. doi:10.1017/cbo9781139547369.005. [18] essa, s. g., celik, t., & human-hendricks, n. e. (2023). personalized adaptive learning technologies based on machine learning techniques to identify learning styles: a systematic literature review. ieee access, 11, 48392–48409. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3276439. [19] wannapiroon, n., & pimdee, p. (2022). thai undergraduate science, technology, engineering, arts, and math (steam) creative thinking and innovation skill development: a conceptual model using a digital virtual classroom learning environment. education and information technologies, 27(4), 5689–5716. doi:10.1007/s10639-021-10849-w. [20] lin, y., & yu, z. (2023). extending technology acceptance model to higher-education students’ use of digital academic reading tools on computers. international journal of educational technology in higher education, 20(1), 34. doi:10.1186/s41239-02300403-8. [21] van overwalle, f., & baetens, k. (2009). understanding others’ actions and goals by mirror and mentalizing systems: a metaanalysis. neuroimage, 48(3), 564–584. doi:10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.06.009. [22] klausmeier, h. j. (1988). the future of educational psychology and the content of the graduate program in educational psychology. educational psychologist, 23(3), 203-219. doi:10.1207/s15326985ep2303_1. [23] flavell, j. h. (1979). metacognition and cognitive monitoring: a new area of cognitive-developmental inquiry. american psychologist, 34(10), 906–911. doi:10.1037/0003-066x.34.10.906. [24] nguyen, m., chang, a., micciche, e., meshulam, m., nastase, s. a., & hasson, u. (2022). teacher-student neural coupling during teaching and learning. social cognitive and affective neuroscience, 17(4), 367–376. doi:10.1093/scan/nsab103. [25] sweller, j. (1994). cognitive load theory, learning difficulty, and instructional design. learning and instruction, 4(4), 295–312. doi:10.1016/0959-4752(94)90003-5. [26] kamphinit, p. w., tungkunanan, p., & sisan, b. (2023). developing student executive function skills through teacher learning management. journal of higher education theory and practice, 23(19), 253–265. doi:10.33423/jhetp.v23i19.6709. [27] huang, q., guo, m., wei, y., sun, h., zhang, j., xie, f., & jin, x. (2024). a real-time assessment system for cognitive performances of armored vehicle crews based upon the multi-source information fusion. international journal of humancomputer interaction, 1–19. doi:10.1080/10447318.2024.2306439. [28] pettersson, r. (2012). introduction to message design. journal of visual literacy, 31(2), 93–104. doi:10.1080/23796529.2012.11674702. [29] collins, a., brown, j. s., & newman, s. e. (2018). cognitive apprenticeship: teaching the crafts of reading, writing, and mathematics. knowing, learning, and instruction: essays in honor of robert glaser, 453–494. doi:10.4324/978131504440814. [30] dunlap, j. (1999). rich environments for active learning on the web: guidelines and examples. webnet world conference on the www and internet, 1999(1), 313–318. [31] sharma, u., grové, c., laletas, s., rangarajan, r., & finkelstein, s. (2023). bridging gaps between theory and practice of inclusion through an innovative partnership between university academics and school educators in australia. international journal of inclusive education, 27(10), 1102–1117. doi:10.1080/13603116.2021.1882052. [32] salomon, g. (1979). media and symbol systems as related to cognition and learning. journal of educational psychology, 71(2), 131–148. doi:10.1037/0022-0663.71.2.131. [33] piña, a. a. (2018). aect instructional design standards for distance learning. techtrends, 62(3), 305–307. doi:10.1007/s11528-018-0282-9. [34] rozitis, c. p. (2017). instructional design competencies for online high school teachers modifying their own courses. techtrends, 61(5), 428–437. doi:10.1007/s11528-017-0204-2. [35] gussen, l., schumacher, f., großmann, n., ferreira gonzález, l., schlüter, k., & großschedl, j. (2023). supporting pre-service teachers in developing research competence. frontiers in education, 8. doi:10.3389/feduc.2023.1197938. [36] kwangmuang, p., jarutkamolpong, s., duangngern, p., gessala, n., & sarakan, p. (2024). promoting analytical thinking skills development in elementary school students through animated cartoons. computers in human behavior reports, 15. doi:10.1016/j.chbr.2024.100467. [37] richey, r. c., & klein, j. d. (2013). design and development research. handbook of research on educational communications and technology. springer, new york, united states. doi:10.1007/978-1-4614-3185-5_12. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 1, march, 2025 351 [38] bennett, n., borg, w. r., & gall, m. d. (1984). educational research: an introduction. british journal of educational studies, 32(3), 274. doi:10.2307/3121583. [39] seameo innotech. (2018). southeast asia teachers competency framework (sea-tcf). the teachers council of thailand. seameo innotech, quezon city, philippines. available online: https://www.seameo-innotech.org/wpcontent/uploads/2020/09/sea-tcf_2018.pdf (accessed on february 2025). [40] jordan, p. w., thomas, b., mcclelland, i. l., & weerdmeester, b. (1996). usability evaluation in industry. crc press, florida, united states. doi:10.1201/9781498710411. [41] o’brien, h. l., cairns, p., & hall, m. (2018). a practical approach to measuring user engagement with the refined user engagement scale (ues) and new ues short form. international journal of human computer studies, 112, 28–39. doi:10.1016/j.ijhcs.2018.01.004. [42] lieberman, m. d. (2010). social cognitive neuroscience. handbook of social psychology, 5, 144-193. doi:10.1002/9780470561119.socpsy001005. [43] francis, n., & santhakumar, a. (2019). current trends in digital learning and innovation. theoretical and practical approaches to innovation in higher education, 1–16. doi:10.4018/978-1-7998-1662-1.ch001. [44] mcnaughton, s. (2017). being skilled: the socializations of learning to read. routledge, london, united kingdom. doi:10.4324/9781315108490. [45] wolf, p., skov madsen, e., & steppe, j. a. (2024). bridging the theory-practice gap: a genealogical perspective on the most debated knowledge management challenges. knowledge management research & practice, 1-24. doi:10.1080/14778238.2024.2379922. https://www.google.com/search?num=10&client=firefox-b-e&sca_esv=8e174170d7c826da&sxsrf=ahtn8zpn07pr5g2sbacqdubwmju7ghryoq:1745653191742&q=london&si=apyl9bu1sl4m4twndgcds6zl5wjxwnyel_kgeewae0imziocdxrtfg-qn7uwi2up_du7dcktbomdl1b0sg2an6uqxnxwffrtg5zfpeuzwakjtqs8jhghfkbyrqyjkre87u-0w5nyeboysdtlfxsfjumvbzhqw3zq0bptddfvyctmuivc-yb4cwyxzkyhvgiwmq7d2wrgwef2&sa=x&ved=2ahukewiwk5tzmpwmaxux1aihhdpaefiqmxmoahoecdsqag available online at www.hightechjournal.org hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 881 issn: 2723-9535 efficient object detection with an optimized yolov8x model nafiz fahad 1 , md. jakir hossen 2, 3* , md shohel sayeed 4 1 faculty of information science and technology (fist), multimedia university, melaka, 75450, malaysia. 2 center for advanced analytics (caa), coe for artificial intelligence, faculty of engineering & technology (fet), melaka, 75450, malaysia. 3 elite research lab, 17010 cedarcroft rd, queens, new york, united states. 4 centre for intelligent cloud computing, coe for advanced cloud, faculty of information science & technology, multimedia university, melaka, 75450, malaysia. received 23 february 2025; revised 09 august 2025; accepted 17 august 2025; published 01 september 2025 abstract this study developed an efficient object detection model for indoor environments, addressing common challenges such as occlusions, varying lighting, and cluttered scenes. we evaluated several yolov8 variants—ranging from nano to extralarge—and introduced an optimized yolov8x model. our approach combines structured pruning, quantization-aware training, and advanced data preprocessing techniques, including augmentation and noise reduction, to improve model performance while reducing computational demands. the models were developed and evaluated using a carefully selected indoor object detection dataset featuring ten common categories. performance was measured through key metrics like precision, recall, and mean average precision (map). among them, the fine-tuned yolov8x clearly outshined the baseline models, reaching a training precision of 0.577, a recall of 0.572, and an map@0.50 of 0.537. when tested on new data, it demonstrated even better generalization, delivering a precision of 0.502, a recall of 0.528, and an map@0.50 of 0.480— proving robustness and reliability in real-world scenarios. these results demonstrate that pruning and quantization can significantly reduce model complexity without sacrificing accuracy, which helps to detect indoor objects. in essence, it is optimized for indoor object detection, offering promising applications in smart environments, surveillance, and robotics. keywords: indoor object; object detection; computer vision; yolov8; deep learning. 1. introduction for computer vision, object detection is an important part, which involves identifying and recognizing various objects within an image or complex scene. the ability to simultaneously detect, classify, and locate multiple objects makes this task essential for a vast scope of practical applications [1]. despite being one of the most important challenges in computer vision and image analysis, recent advancements have significantly improved performance, largely due to enhanced methods for representing objects and the adoption of deep neural networks [2]. moreover, object detection plays a crucial role across a wide range of industries, including autonomous driving, security monitoring, medical imaging, retail automation, precision farming, and quality control in manufacturing. thanks to rapid advancements in deep learning and ai, the accuracy and efficiency of object detection keep improving, making it a cornerstone of future technological innovations. this topic has captured significant attention from both researchers and industry leaders alike. at its core, object detection focuses on creating computer models that enable vision-based systems to accurately interpret and understand their surroundings. because of its importance and ongoing progress, object detection remains a vibrant and rapidly evolving field of research and practical application [3-5]. * corresponding author: jakir.hossen@mmu.edu.my http://dx.doi.org/10.28991/hij-2025-06-03-09 ➢ this is an open access article under the cc-by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). © authors retain all copyrights. mailto:jakir.hossen@mmu.edu.my https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3207-6515 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9978-7987 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0052-4870 hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 882 therefore, traditional navigation aids, such as white canes, offer limited situational awareness and lack the capability to detect complex obstacles within dynamic and cluttered environments (khan et al. [6]). artificial intelligence and computer vision have become powerful tools in overcoming many complex challenges through advanced object detection techniques. modern deep learning models—especially those from the yolo (you only look once) series— have set new standards by striking an effective balance between speed and accuracy in real-time detection tasks (ben atitallah et al. [7]). for instance, feng & jin [8] boosted the yolov8 model with cutting-edge components to enhance its ability to detect objects accurately in tough underwater conditions. beyond that, numerous studies have explored deep learning’s potential in object detection for autonomous mobile robots (amrs). baheti et al., for example, designed a convolutional neural network to identify distracted drivers by recognizing behaviors like talking, sleeping, or eating through face and hand tracking [9]. in warehouse settings, another research team employed the mobilenet-ssd architecture to detect damage in pallet racks, proving the model’s practical value in inspection tasks [10]. similarly, li et al. developed a mobilenet-ssd-based method for surface defect detection that fine-tunes the network to deliver realtime accuracy suitable for industrial production lines [11]. more recently, tian et al. utilized the yolov12 model for object detection [12], while zhou demonstrated real-time capabilities using the yolo-nl detector [13]. building on these advances, wang et al. introduced a groundbreaking approach that eliminates the need for non-maximum suppression (nms) by employing a consistent dual assignment strategy during model training—streamlining and improving detection performance. their design features two parallel heads: one uses a one-to-many assignment to provide rich supervision, and the other employs a one-to-one assignment to enable efficient inference without nms. both heads share a unified matching metric, ensuring harmonious training. additionally, the model architecture is revamped to balance efficiency and accuracy—incorporating a lightweight classification head to cut computational costs, spatial-channel decoupled downsampling to optimize feature extraction, and a rank-guided block design that dynamically adjusts complexity based on layer redundancy. for further accuracy gains, yolov10 integrates large-kernel convolutions in smaller models and a partial self-attention module that captures global context efficiently with minimal overhead. together, these advancements empower yolov10 to deliver fast, precise, and truly end-to-end object detection [14]. additionally, pulipalupula et al. used the yolov3 algorithm for object detection, highlighting object detection efficiency compared to rcnn, fast rcnn, and ssd. yolo achieves higher accuracy and faster processing by detecting objects in a single pass using cnns. it shows promising results for applications like autonomous driving and security, with future scope in weapon detection [15]. dang et al. presents a comprehensive benchmark of 25 yolo object detectors for multi-class weed detection in cotton fields. it introduces a large, diverse dataset collected under natural conditions, evaluates model accuracy and speed, and demonstrates yolo’s effectiveness for real-time weed identification, aiding sustainable precision agriculture advancements [16]. lee & hawng (2022) improved yolo's real-time object recognition on embedded systems with limited resources by using an adaptive frame control (afc) technique. by dynamically controlling input frames and reducing latency without changing yolo's core, afc preserves detection accuracy. afc enables cost-effective deployment by enhancing real-time performance on a variety of hardware, according to experiments [17]. zhang et al. use a weighted bifpn for enhanced multi-scale feature fusion and include multi-head self-attention into yolo's csp-darknet backbone. with robust, context-aware feature extraction, their transformer-based vit-yolo outperforms previous techniques on visdrone benchmarks, improving identification accuracy, particularly for small objects in complicated drone images [18]. furthermore, aulia et al. introduced a cnn-based object detection system for amrs that employs real-world vehicle datasets, enhancing the robots' ability to identify various objects in dynamic environments [19]. however, in this current research we proposed a new optimized yolov8x model for amr. additionally, the contribution of the current study is mentioned below • yolov8n (yolov8 nano), yolov8s (small), yolov8m (medium), yolov8l (large), and yolov8x (extra-large) models used by this study. • this study applied data preprocessing, augmentation, normalization, noise reduction, and feature extraction to balance the dataset • we proposed an optimize yolov8x based object detection model to remove overfitting and underfitting. this paper is organized as follows: the suggested technique is described in section 2, the results and analysis are discussed in section 3, additional details are given in section 4, the limitations are discussed in section 5, future work is examined in section 6, and the conclusion is given in section 7. 2. proposed method this section provides a detailed description of the yolov8 model architecture, along with the procedures used for dataset preparation, training, optimization, validation, and testing. figure 1 illustrates the overall workflow of the proposed approach. the dataset employed in this study originates from the obstacles detection for blind people project and is adapted from an existing obstacle detection dataset available on github [20, 21]. it comprises ten object hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 883 categories: door, opened door, cabinet door, refrigerator door, window, chair, table, cabinet, sofa/couch, and pole. the dataset consists of 1,012 training images and 107 testing images [22]. table 1 provides a comprehensive summary of the dataset, detailing the distribution of samples across object categories such as doors, cabinet doors, refrigerator doors, windows, and chairs, as well as their allocation within the training, validation, and test subsets. additionally, a yaml configuration file was developed, and directory structures were established for the training, validation, and test datasets. the architecture of the yolov8 model is depicted in figure 2. figure 1. workflow diagram of this proposed method table 1. class distribution and data volume for train, validation, and test sets [16] mode door cabinetdoor refrigeratordoor window chair table cabinet couch openeddoor pole data_volume train 309 448 332 187 105 165 138 22 68 14 1008 test 25 42 1 49 38 41 44 31 18 3 104 figure 2. four parts of the yolov8 algorithm's architecture: head, neck, loss, and backbone 2.1. yolov8 model architecture the head, neck, and backbone make up our model architecture, as seen in figure 2. the design concepts for each component and the modules are shown in the following subsections. 2.1.1. backbone the model’s backbone employs the cross stage partial (csp) architecture [23], which works by splitting the feature map into two halves. one half undergoes convolutional processing, while the other half bypasses this step and is later concatenated with the processed output. this clever design boosts the learning efficiency of convolutional neural networks (cnns) while simultaneously reducing computational costs. building on this, yolov8 introduces the c2f module, which merges the elan structure from yolov7 with the traditional c3 module to enable the network to capture more detailed gradient flow information [24, 25]. as shown in figure 3, the c2f module consists of two convmodules and several darknetbottlenecks, linked through splitting and concatenation operations. in comparison, the older c3 module contains three convmodules and multiple darknetbottlenecks. each convmodule includes convolution, batch normalization, and silu activation layers, with ‘n’ representing the number of bottleneck blocks. unlike yolov5.53, which uses the c3 module, this model opts for the more efficient c2f. additionally, the number of blocks per stage has been trimmed down relative to yolov5—specifically, stages 1 through 4 now have 3,6, 6, and 3 blocks respectively—to ease computational demands. lastly, the traditional spatial pyramid pooling (spp) in stage 4 is swapped out for the faster and more effective spatial pyramid pooling fast (sppf) module [26], enhancing both the model’s learning capability and its inference speed. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 884 figure 3. yolov8 model architecture in detail 2.1.2. neck in general, deeper networks are better in dense prediction because they capture more feature information. excessive convolution operations, especially for small objects, may result in information loss, and overly deep networks can reduce object location accuracy. the challenge of multi-scale feature fusion is tackled through the integration of the path aggregation network (pan) architecture [27] along with the feature pyramid network (fpn) [28]. figure 3 illustrates how the neck component of our model combines data from many layers, enabling the upper layers to obtain more feature information from additional layers while the bottom layers, with fewer convolutional layers, maintain more accurate position information. motivated by yolov5, where the lower feature map is strengthened by fpn up sampling and the upper feature map is strengthened by pan down sampling, we combine these outputs to produce precise predictions for a range of image sizes. in our model, we use the fp-pan (feature pyramid-path aggregation network), which reduces processing needs by skipping convolution operations during up sampling. 2.1.3. head the proposed model departs from the yolov5 design by incorporating a decoupled head architecture [29], which separates the classification and detection components. as illustrated in figure 3, the objectness branch has been removed, hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 885 retaining only the classification and regression branches. while the traditional anchor-based approach utilizes multiple anchors within an image to calculate the four positional offsets between anchors and objects for precise localization, the present model adopts an anchor-free strategy [30-33]. this method identifies the center of the object and determines the distances from this central point to the bounding box edges, enabling accurate object localization without relying on predefined anchors. 2.1.4. loss to train our model, we assign positive and negative samples using the task aligned assigner from task-aligned one-stage object detection (tood). equation 1 shows how this method evaluates weighted scores from both regression and classification in order to choose positive samples. 𝑡 = 𝑠ᵅ × 𝑢ᵝ (1) here, s represents the predicted score for the labeled class, while u denotes the iou between the predicted bounding box and the ground truth bounding box. furthermore, the model incorporates distinct branches for classification and regression tasks. the classification branch employs binary cross-entropy (bce) loss, defined as follows: lossₙ = -w [yₙ log xₙ + (1 yₙ) log (1 xₙ)] (2) where w is the weight, yₙ represents the labeled value, and xₙ is the model's predicted value. moreover, the regression component employs a combination of distribution focal loss (dfl) and complete intersection over union (ciou) loss. the dfl approach enhances the accuracy of probability predictions near the object's target value, represented as y, which is defined by: dfl (sₙ, sₙ₊₁) = -((yₙ₊₁ y) log(sₙ) + (y yₙ) log(sₙ₊₁)) (3) with sₙ and sₙ₊₁ defined as: 𝑆ₙ = (𝑦ₙ+1− 𝑦) (𝑦ₙ+1− 𝑦ₙ) 𝑆ₙ+1 = (𝑦 − 𝑦ₙ) (𝑦ₙ+1− 𝑦ₙ) (4) additionally, ciou loss enhances distance iou (diou) loss by incorporating a factor that accounts for the difference in aspect ratios between the predicted and the actual bounding boxes. this relationship is expressed as: 𝐶𝐼𝑜𝑈ₗₒₛₛ = 1 − 𝐼𝑜𝑈 + ( 𝐷𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 2 𝐷𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒𝐶 2) + ( 𝜈2 (1 − 𝐼𝑜𝑈 + 𝜈) ) (5) where ν is a parameter measuring aspect ratio consistency, calculated as: 𝑣 = 4 𝜋2 (arctan ( 𝑤ᵍᵗ ℎᵍᵗ ) − 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛( 𝑤ᵖ ℎᵖ )) 2 (6) 2.2. model setup the yolov8 models, including yolov8n (nano), yolov8s (small), yolov8m (medium), yolov8l (large), and yolov8x (extra-large)—were all run on a t4 gpu, with every model’s parameters set to be trainable. in addition, the yolov8x model was optimized further. table 2 compares these models in detail, looking at how complex and efficient each one is. it shows three important factors: total parameters, trainable parameters, and flops (floating point operations per second), which together affect the model’s size, how fast it trains, and how quickly it makes predictions. the models vary greatly—from the smallest yolov8n with 3.2 million parameters and 8.7 gflops to the largest yolov8x with 68.1 million parameters and 275 gflops—giving options depending on the needs for accuracy and computing power. the optimized yolov8x reduces complexity by pruning away unnecessary parameters and using quantization to convert calculations to lower precision. this cuts down the number of parameters by about 30%, from 68.1 million to 47 million, and lowers flops from 275 to 190 gflops. these changes make the model faster and use less memory, without losing accuracy. because of this, the optimized yolov8x is well-suited for real-time tasks like autonomous robots, vehicles, security systems, and drone vision, where speed and efficiency are essential. table 2. calculated parameters metric baseline yolov8n baseline yolov8s baseline yolov8m baseline yolov8l baseline yolov8x optimized yolov8x (pruned & quantized) total parameters 3.2m 11.2m 25.9m 43.7m 68.1m 47.0m (after 30% pruning) trainable parameters 3.2m 11.2m 25.9m 43.7m 68.1m 47.0m (pruned layers removed) flops (640x640 input) 8.7 gflops 28.6 gflops 78.9 gflops 159.8 gflops 275.0 gflops 190.0 gflops (approx. 30% reduction) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 886 2.3. baseline model training yolov8n, yolov8s, yolov8m, yolov8l, yolov8x model are set to train for 50 epochs with a batch size of 8, learning rate of 0.0003, and image size of 256x256. the model yolov8l used adamw (adaptive moment estimation with weight decay) optimizer in combination with the optimizer=auto setting dynamically adjusts the learning rate and momentum values for each parameter group to improve convergence speed and performance. moreover, throughout training, key metrics—precision, recall, map@.50, and map@.50:.95—are logged for training, validation, and test sets after each epoch. additionally, following each epoch, model performance is evaluated on the validation and test sets, using metrics like precision, recall, map@.50, and map@.50:.95. in addition to removing computational load during training time, yolov8l model use freeze layers. plus, during training albumentations library is employed for data augmentation for applying transformations like blur, medianblur, togray, and clahe with a probability of 𝑝 =0.01 each. 2.4. data resizing before optimization data preprocessing is an essential step in preparing raw images for machine learning tasks, ensuring consistency, efficiency, and improved model performance. in this implementation, the primary focus is image resizing, which standardizes input dimensions across the dataset. the process begins by defining a target size of (256, 256) pixels, which ensures that all images conform to a fixed resolution. a function, resize_images(), is implemented to automate this task. it takes an input directory containing raw images and an output directory for storing processed images. if the output directory does not already exist, it is created dynamically. within this function, all images from the input directory are iterated over and read using opencv (cv2.imread()). if an image is successfully loaded, it undergoes resizing using cv2.resize(), adjusting its dimensions to match the predefined target size. the processed image is then saved in the specified output directory using cv2.imwrite().by standardizing image dimensions, this preprocessing step ensures uniformity across the dataset, reducing variability that could affect learning. additionally, resizing optimizes computational efficiency, lowering memory usage and improving processing speed while maintaining essential image features. moreover, the original image and resized image is attached below in figure 4. figure 4. example of original image and resized image 2.5. image preprocessing and data augmentation to improve model generalization and robustness in dynamic environments, several preprocessing and augmentation techniques were applied during training. first, images were resized to a consistent 256×256 resolution to standardize input dimensions. this standardization helped facilitate stable training. noise reduction using median filtering was applied to remove sensor and environmental artifacts, enhancing feature clarity. data augmentation was performed dynamically using the imgaug library, incorporating geometric transformations (horizontal flipping, affine scaling, rotation, translation) to simulate object variability and pose changes. photometric adjustments such as brightness and contrast modifications and gaussian noise were applied to mimic diverse lighting and sensor noise conditions. additionally, occlusion simulation through cutout augmentation helped the model learn to detect partially visible objects. these combined strategies increase dataset diversity, reduce overfitting, and enable the model to better generalize to the variability inherent in dynamic real-world environments, such as changing illumination, object orientations, and partial occlusions. 2.6. data augmentation before optimization to enhance dataset diversity and improve model generalization, imgaug was employed for data augmentation, incorporating a combination of geometric, photometric, and occlusion-based transformations. geometric transformations hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 887 included horizontal flipping, affine scaling, rotation, and translation, allowing the model to recognize objects in different orientations and positions. photometric transformations such as brightness adjustment, contrast modification, and gaussian noise addition were applied to simulate varying lighting conditions and camera sensor noise, making the model more efficient to real-world variations. additionally, occlusion simulation using cutout augmentation was implemented to train the model on detecting partially visible objects. to ensure annotation accuracy, bounding boxes were dynamically adjusted and clipped after transformations, maintaining spatial integrity. augmentation was applied dynamically during training, ensuring that each epoch received new variations of images, preventing overfitting to specific patterns. this augmentation strategy significantly enhanced model performance by making it resilient to variations in scale, rotation, lighting, and occlusion, ultimately improving its real-world object detection capabilities. moreover, number of images in augmented train directory: 1012, number of images in augmented validation directory: 230, number of images in augmented test directory: 114. furthermore, figure 5 displays an example of both an original and an augmented image. figure 3. example of original image and augmented image 2.7. data normalization before optimization the normalization process ensures that all images are correctly scaled and standardized to enhance model performance and training stability. the function verify_normalized_images() checks whether all images in the dataset have been normalized properly by comparing the pixel intensity values of original and normalized images which ensures all pixel values fall within the expected range of [0, 255], verifying that no images are missing or incorrectly scaled. additionally, the show_histogram_separate() function is used to visualize the distribution of pixel intensities for individual images, providing insights into how normalization affects the dataset. to further analyze normalization effectiveness, show_difference_image() computes a pixel difference heatmap, highlighting variations between original and normalized images, which helps identify inconsistencies. finally, the print_pixel_statistics() function calculates the minimum, maximum, and mean pixel intensity values for any given image, ensuring uniformity across the dataset. this systematic approach to normalization ensures that the images are correctly scaled, reducing the impact of varying lighting conditions and making them suitable for deep learning model training. moreover, in table 3 presents a comparative analysis of pixel intensity values between an augmented test image and its corresponding normalized image. the augmented image has a maximum pixel value of 206.0, a minimum of 0.0, and an average intensity of 28.38, indicating that augmentation has modified the brightness and contrast. after normalization, the maximum pixel value reaches 255.0, ensuring that the full intensity range is utilized, while the mean pixel value increases to 34.71, suggesting a more evenly distributed brightness level. this comparison highlights how normalization scales pixel values to a standardized range, improving consistency across images and ensuring optimal input conditions for model training. additionally, in figure 6 presents a comparison of pixel intensity distributions for the augmented test image (a) and the normalized test image (b). in figure 7-a, the majority of pixel values are concentrated in the lower intensity range (0–50), indicating reduced brightness and contrast due to augmentation techniques such as occlusion and contrast modifications. the intensity values extend up to 200, but with a lower frequency, suggesting uneven distribution. in contrast, figure 7-b shows the histogram of the normalized test image, where pixel intensities are evenly distributed up to 255, ensuring a broader intensity range and improved brightness balance. the normalization process has effectively corrected intensity disparities, enhancing contrast and ensuring consistency across the dataset for improved model training. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 888 table 3. pixel intensity comparison between augmented and normalized. test augmented image normalized image min pixel value: 0.0 min pixel value: 0.0 max pixel value: 206.0 max pixel value: 255.0 mean pixel value: 28.375457763671875 mean pixel value: 34.707122802734375 (a) (b) figure 4. example of (a) histogram of test image and (b) histogram of noise reduced test image (a) (b) figure 5. example of (a) histogram of test augmented image and (b) histogram of normalized test image 2.8. noise reduction process before optimization the goal of the noise reduction process is to significantly improve image quality by removing unwanted distortions while keeping crucial details intact. the reduce_noise() function achieves this by applying a median filter to every image in the dataset, effectively eliminating noise caused by sensor errors, compression artifacts, or environmental interference. the process involves sequentially loading each image from the designated input directory utilizing opencv’s cv2.imread() function. subsequently, a 3×3 median filter is applied to each image, effectively smoothing it by substituting every pixel's value with the median value of its surrounding pixels. this method excels at removing saltand-pepper noise without compromising the clarity of edges or fine details. once the filtering process is finished, the improved images are saved to the designated output folder, maintaining their sharpness and eliminating unwanted noise. this vital preprocessing phase significantly boosts image quality, leading to more accurate and dependable feature extraction for model training. table 4 highlights a statistical comparison between the original and the noise-reduced test images. the original image’s pixel values range from 0 to 255, with an average intensity of 34.71. post-filtering, the maximum pixel difference is 93.0 and the average difference is only 2.28, confirming that noise was effectively minimized while preserving essential image features. furthermore, figure 6 shows histograms comparing pixel intensity distributions: the original image (figure 6-a) has a broad range of pixel intensities up to 200, reflecting noise and high variability. in contrast, the noise-reduced image (figure 6-b) displays a more balanced intensity spread with fewer high-frequency spikes, demonstrating that median filtering successfully smooths out variations without sacrificing important detail, leading to a cleaner, more consistent image. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 889 table 4. pixel intensity comparison between augmented and normalized. image type min pixel value max pixel value mean pixel value max difference mean difference original test image 0 255 34.71 noise-reduced test image 93.0 2.28 2.9. feature extraction before optimization the feature extraction process utilizes the yolov8 object detection model to identify and extract specific indoor objects from images, focusing on 10 predefined classes: door, cabinetdoor, refrigeratordoor, window, chair, table, cabinet, couch, openeddoor, and pole. the dataset is structured within training, validation, and test directories, ensuring proper organization. the script loads a pre-trained yolov8 model (yolov8x.pt), setting a confidence threshold of 0.5 to filter low-confidence detections. the extraction function processes images, detecting objects and retrieving bounding box coordinates (x_min, y_min, x_max, y_max), confidence scores, and class labels, ensuring that only relevant objects are retained. the extracted features are stored in csv files for further analysis. additionally, a visualization function plots the spatial distribution of detected objects, where different colors represent distinct object classes. this approach ensures structured feature extraction, efficient object localization, and enhanced dataset organization, making it valuable for further training, analysis, or ai-driven indoor scene understanding. additionally, figure 8 represents the extracted features from images containing objects belonging to classes 0-9. the x-axis (x_min) and y-axis (y_min) indicate the spatial positioning of detected objects within the images. each colored dot corresponds to an extracted feature for a specific object class, with different colors representing distinct classes such as door, refrigeratordoor, cabinet, cabinetdoor, couch, pole, table, and window. the legend on the right provides a reference for class labels, enabling better interpretation of object distribution. the majority of detected features are clustered, with door being the most frequently identified class. this visualization helps analyze the spatial distribution, frequency, and variability of objects within the dataset. figure 6. extracted features 2.10. optimization and training of the yolov8x model the optimized yolov8x model incorporates multiple advanced techniques to enhance efficiency, speed, and accuracy while reducing computational overhead. the optimization process involves structured pruning, quantizationaware training (qat), post-training quantization (ptq), and fine-tuning, ensuring a lightweight yet high-performing object detection model. the dataset configuration is defined in yolo format and saved in a yaml file, specifying the training, validation, and test image paths along with 10 predefined classes: door, cabinetdoor, refrigeratordoor, window, chair, table, cabinet, couch, openeddoor, and pole. to ensure reproducibility, fixed random seeds are applied to maintain consistent training performance. the optimization process begins with structured pruning, where entire convolutional filters (channels) are removed based on the l1 norm of the weights, reducing model size and computational cost. next, quantization-aware training (qat) is introduced, allowing the model to adjust to lower precision computations during training while maintaining accuracy. post-training quantization (ptq) is then applied, further reducing memory usage and improving inference speed by converting the model to lower precision (int8). hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 890 after pruning and quantization, the model undergoes fine-tuning with adam optimizer and cross-entropy loss, ensuring the pruned and quantized model retains its accuracy. the model is then compiled using torchinductor for further acceleration in pytorch 2.0+. the training process is optimized with 10 epochs, a batch size of 16, a learning rate of 0.0003, and a mixed precision training mode (amp) to leverage hardware acceleration. finally, the optimized yolov8x model is trained on the indoor-object-detection dataset, with early layers frozen for stable feature extraction. the optimized model is saved as a .pth file, ready for deployment in real-world applications, where low latency and high detection accuracy are required. this approach ensures a computationally efficient, highperformance object detection model suitable for real-time applications. . moreover, the pseudocode of the optimized model is mentioned below: # step 1: apply structured pruning to yolov8 model function structured_prune_model(model, prune_ratio=0.3): for each convolutional_layer in model: prune_layer ← apply_l1_norm_pruning(convolutional_layer, prune_ratio) remove_pruned_weights(prune_layer) return pruned_model end function model ← structured_prune_model(model, prune_ratio=0.3) # step 2: apply quantization-aware training (qat) function quantization_aware_training(model): setmodeltotraining(model) setquantizationconfig(model, "fbgemm") preparemodelforqat(model) return model end function model ← quantization_aware_training(model) # step 3: fine-tune the pruned and quantized model function fine_tune_model(model, num_epochs=5, learning_rate=1e-5): optimizer ← adam(model.parameters, lr=learning_rate) loss_function ← crossentropyloss() for epoch in range(num_epochs): for each batch (inputs, targets) in trainloader: optimizer.zero_grad() outputs ← model(inputs) loss ← computeloss(outputs, targets) backpropagate(loss) optimizer.step() return model end function model ← fine_tune_model(model) # step 4: apply post-training quantization (ptq) function apply_post_training_quantization(model): setmodeltoevaluation(model) movemodeltocpu(model) applyposttrainingquantization(model) return model end function model ← apply_post_training_quantization(model) # step 5: compile the model using torchinductor model ← compilemodel(model) # step 6: save the optimized model function save_model(model, save_path="yolov8x_optimized.pth"): savemodel(model, save_path) print("optimized model saved.") end function save_model(model) hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 891 2.11. evaluation metrics several common criteria for object detection were used to assess the models' performance: 2.11.1. intersection over union (iou) iou measures the overlap between the predicted and ground truth bounding boxes, calculated as: 𝐼𝑜𝑈 = 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑂𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑙𝑎𝑝 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑜𝑛 (7) where their total area is called the area of union, and the intersection of the actual and anticipated bounding boxes is called the area of overlap. a higher iou value means that the ground truth and prediction are more aligned [34]. 2.11.2. precision precision defines the proportion of true positive outcomes relative to the total number of positive predictions made by the model. it quantifies the model’s accuracy in correctly identifying relevant instances and is expressed mathematically as: 𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒 𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑠 (𝑇𝑃) 𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒 𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 (𝑇𝑃)+𝐹𝑎𝑙𝑠𝑒 𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 (𝐹𝑃) (8) high precision reflects a low rate of false positives, meaning the model is reliable in identifying correct detections without overestimating positive samples [34]. 2.11.3. recall recall assesses the model's ability to capture all actual positive instances in the data, showing how many relevant instances are correctly identified. it is computed as: 𝑅𝑒𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙 = 𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒 𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑠 (𝑇𝑃) 𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒 𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 (𝑇𝑃)+𝐹𝑎𝑙𝑠𝑒 𝑁𝑒𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 (𝐹𝑁) (9) high recall signifies that the model effectively detects most instances of the positive class, minimizing missed detections [35]. 2.11.4. mean average precision at iou=0.50 (map@.50) the accuracy of the model is assessed by map@.50, which computes the average precision (ap) at an iou threshold of 0.50. a detection is deemed accurate in this context if the anticipated bounding box and the ground truth overlap by at least 50%. the calculation is as follows: 𝑚𝐴𝑃@50 = 1 𝑁 ∑ 𝐴𝑃𝑖 𝑁 𝑖=1 (10) where, n denotes the total number of categories, and api represents the average precision for class 𝑖 [36]. 2.11.5. mean average precision across iou thresholds from 0.50 to 0.95 (map@.50:.95) this metric calculates the average precision over a series of intersection over union (iou) thresholds, spanning from 0.50 to 0.95 in increments of 0.05. by doing so, it delivers a thorough and nuanced assessment of the model’s ability to accurately localize objects at varying degrees of overlap: 𝑚𝐴𝑃@50 − 95 = 1 10 ∑ 𝐴𝑃𝑖 0.95 𝐼𝑜𝑈=0.50 (11) where map is computed at each iou threshold. this metric is more challenging than map@.50 and indicates robust model performance across varied object sizes and overlap criteria [36]. 3. results and analysis 3.1. experimental setup for this research, experiments were conducted using google colab with a t4 gpu, providing high-performance acceleration for deep learning computations. the environment was configured with python 3.11, running on ubuntubased cloud infrastructure. the model was developed and trained using pytorch and the ultralytics yolov8 framework, ensuring efficient execution. colab’s built-in jupyter notebook interface was used for coding and experimentation, enabling seamless model development, optimization, and visualization. the optimization process, including structured pruning, quantization-aware training (qat), and post-training quantization (ptq), was executed in this environment, leveraging google colab’s cloud resources for computational efficiency and scalability. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 892 3.2. result of baseline models 3.2.1. result of yolov8n figures 9 and 10 present a comparative analysis of the training and test performance of the yolov8n model for object detection over 50 epochs. in the training phase (figure 9), precision initially reaches 0.52, but subsequently declines, stabilizing between 0.2 and 0.35, suggesting inconsistent learning and potential overfitting. recall demonstrates a more stable trend, fluctuating between 0.15 and 0.18, indicating that while the model is able to detect objects, it does not achieve high confidence in its predictions. furthermore, the map@0.5 values remain between 0.07 and 0.12, while map@0.5:0.95 remains consistently below 0.06, highlighting suboptimal object detection performance during training. conversely, the test phase (figure 10) exhibits even greater variability, with test precision peaking at 0.32, but frequently dropping below 0.1, reflecting poor generalization to unseen data. test recall follows an oscillatory pattern within the 0.08–0.18 range, suggesting inconsistency in object detection across epochs. additionally, map@0.5 fluctuates between 0.04 and 0.1, while map@0.5:0.95 remains below 0.05, further confirming the model’s limited ability to detect objects effectively in the test dataset. the notable discrepancies between training and test performance metrics indicate overfitting and training instability, suggesting that the model is memorizing training samples rather than generalizing well to new data. figure 7. training metrics over epochs of yolov8n model figure 8. test metrics over epochs of yolov8n model hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 893 3.2.2. results of yolov8m figures 11 and 12 provide a comparative analysis of the training and test performance of the yolov8m model over 50 epochs, using key object detection metrics: precision, recall, map@0.5, and map@0.5:0.95. in the training phase (figure 11), precision starts at 0.52 but fluctuates significantly, ranging between 0.3 and 0.5, indicating unstable learning. training recall stabilizes between 0.15 and 0.2, suggesting that the model can detect objects but lacks consistency in confident classification. the map@0.5 remains within 0.15–0.2, while map@0.5:0.95 remains between 0.08 and 0.12, reflecting moderate object detection capability with limitations in fine-grained accuracy. in contrast, the test phase (figure 12) reveals even greater performance variability, with test precision peaking at 0.4 but frequently dropping below 0.2, indicating an inconsistency in classification on unseen data. test recall remains below 0.15, showing a decline in the model’s ability to detect objects effectively in real-world scenarios. the map@0.5 fluctuates below 0.2, and map@0.5:0.95 remains below 0.1, reinforcing the model’s struggle with reliable detection across different iou thresholds. the substantial discrepancy between training and test precision, along with declining recall and map values in the test set, suggests overfitting and poor generalization. figure 9. train metrics over epochs of yolov8m model figure 10. test metrics over epochs of yolov8m model hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 894 3.2.3. results of yolov8s figures 13 and 14 provide a comparative analysis of the training and test performance of the yolov8s model over 50 epochs using key object detection metrics: precision, recall, map@0.5, and map@0.5:0.95. in the training phase (figure 13), precision starts at 0.55 but fluctuates significantly, ranging between 0.3 and 0.5, indicating instability in learning. training recall stabilizes between 0.18 and 0.22, suggesting moderate detection capability but with limited confidence in classification. the map@0.5 remains between 0.15 and 0.2, while map@0.5:0.95 remains within 0.08– 0.12, highlighting a challenge in maintaining high object detection accuracy across different iou thresholds. in contrast, the test phase (figure 14) reveals even greater performance fluctuations, with test precision peaking at 0.5 but frequently dropping below 0.2, reflecting inconsistency in classification on unseen data. test recall remains below 0.15, showing a decline in the model’s ability to detect objects in real-world scenarios. the map@0.5 fluctuates below 0.2, while map@0.5:0.95 remains below 0.1, indicating the model’s struggle to generalize effectively. the significant discrepancy between training and test performance, particularly in precision and recall, suggests overfitting and poor generalization figure 11. train metrics over epochs of yolov8s model figure 12. test metrics over epochs of yolov8s model 3.2.4. results of yolov8l figures 15 and 16 provide a comparative analysis of the training and test performance of the yolov8l model over 50 epochs using key object detection metrics: precision, recall, map@0.5, and map@0.5:0.95. in the training phase hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 895 (figure 15), precision starts at 0.55 but exhibits significant fluctuations, ranging between 0.3 and 0.5, indicating instability in the learning process. training recall remains relatively stable between 0.18 and 0.22, suggesting that while the model detects objects, its confidence in classification is inconsistent. the map@0.5 stabilizes within 0.15 to 0.2, while map@0.5:0.95 remains within 0.08–0.12, reflecting moderate detection capability but with challenges in achieving accurate predictions across varying iou thresholds. in contrast, the test phase (figure 16) reveals greater variability, with test precision peaking at 0.4 but frequently dropping below 0.2, demonstrating inconsistent classification on unseen data. test recall remains below 0.15, indicating a decline in object detection performance on test samples. the map@0.5 fluctuates below 0.2, while map@0.5:0.95 remains consistently under 0.1, reinforcing the model’s limited generalization capability. figure 13. training metrics over epochs of yolov8l model figure 14. testing metrics over epochs of yolov8l model 3.2.5. results of yolov8x figures 17 and 18 show a comparison of the yolov8x model's performance during training and testing over the course of 50 epochs, evaluated using core object detection metrics including precision, recall, mean average precision at an iou threshold of 0.5 (map@0.5), and mean average precision averaged over iou thresholds ranging from 0.5 to 0.95 (map@0.5:0.95). during training (figure 17), precision starts at 0.55 which exhibits notable fluctuations, eventually stabilizing within the range of 0.35 to 0.5, indicating some instability during the optimization process. recall remains hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 896 relatively steady between 0.2 and 0.25, implying which is why the model detects objects with variable confidence levels. the map@0.5 metric shows a gradual increase, reaching values between 0.2 and 0.25, reflecting improved detection accuracy as training progresses, whereas the map@0.5:0.95 metric stays lower, fluctuating between 0.1 and 0.15, demonstrating moderate performance across varying iou thresholds. in contrast, the testing phase (figure 18) reveals greater variability in precision, which peaks at 0.42 but often falls below 0.2, suggesting inconsistent object classification on previously unseen data. test recall is lower than during training, ranging between 0.1 and 0.15, indicating reduced detection capability under real-world conditions. the map@0.5 shows a slight upward trend but does not exceed 0.2, and the map@0.5:0.95 remains consistently below 0.1, underscoring the model’s limited ability to generalize. figure 15. training metrics over epochs of yolov8x model figure 16. testing metrics over epochs of yolov8x model 3.2.6. optimized yolov8x figures 19 and 20 provide a comparative analysis of the yolov8x model’s performance after optimization, evaluated using key object detection metrics: precision, recall, map@0.5, and map@0.5:0.95. precision varies significantly, peaking around 0.42 which frequently dropping below 0.2, indicating that while optimization has improved performance, inconsistencies in object classification remain. test recall remains relatively low, ranging between 0.1 and 0.15, suggesting that while the model detects objects better than before, there is still room for improvement in generalization. the map@0.5 shows an increasing trend, reaching up to 0.2, while map@0.5:0.95 remains below 0.1, hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 897 indicating moderate but insufficient improvement in detection accuracy across multiple iou thresholds. figure 19 illustrates the training performance of the optimized model, demonstrating substantial enhancements in both stability and accuracy. unlike the test performance, the training precision and recall stabilize between 0.55 and 0.6, showing improved object classification and detection consistency. the map@0.5 increases to 0.5–0.55, while map@0.5:0.95 stabilizes between 0.45 and 0.5, reflecting enhanced detection accuracy and better learning of object features across different iou thresholds. these improvements suggest that optimization techniques have successfully reduced overfitting and improved training stability figure 17. training metrics over epochs of optimized yolov8x model figure 18. testing metrics over epochs of optimized yolov8x model 3.2.7. result comparison and detection example tables 5 and 6 provide a comparative analysis of various yolov8 models. according to table 5 (training results), the optimized yolov8x model significantly outperforms all other versions, achieving the highest training precision (0.57741), recall (0.57209), map@0.5 (0.537305), and map@0.5:0.95 (0.471642). similarly, in table 6 (test results), the optimized yolov8x model demonstrates the best generalization capability, with superior test precision (0.502073), recall (0.52849), map@0.5 (0.480148), and map@0.5:0.95 (0.427672), significantly outperforming the other yolov8 variants. this confirms that optimization techniques have enhanced both training stability and test performance, making the optimized yolov8x model the best-performing version (table 7). additionally, figure 21 visually represents the hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 898 detection capabilities of the model, showcasing bounding boxes with confidence scores for various objects such as windows and a couch. the model successfully detects and labels these objects; however, the relatively low confidence score for the couch (0.51) suggests that further refinements in feature extraction and dataset diversity may improve detection robustness. the overall analysis reaffirms that the optimized yolov8x model exhibits superior object detection performance compared to its counterparts. moreover, figure 21 shows a detection example. table 5. training result of all models model name train precision train recall train map@0.5 train map@0.5:0.95 yolov8n 0.23515 0.07266 0.06460 0.02315 yolov8s 0.34536 0.04982 0.19225 0.08223 yolov8m 0.28343 0.06215 0.16898 0.09784 yolov8l 0.22758 0.06178 0.13976 0.07711 yolov8x 0.42314 0.05678 0.23358 0.13090 our optimized yolov8x model 0.57741 0.57209 0.537305 0.471642 table 6. test result of all models model name test precision test recall test map@0.5 test map@0.5:0.95 yolov8n 0.24545 0.09575 0.15850 0.10682 yolov8s 0.25731 0.29376 0.25244 0.15420 yolov8m 0.29719 0.28871 0.271777 0.16930 yolov8l 0.237091 0.24968 0.22692 0.13331 yolov8x 0.27380 0.26953 0.19038 0.10122 our optimized yolov8x model 0.502073 0.52849 0.480148 0.427672 figure 19. example of detection table 7. comparison between our study and others study citation used model map@0.5 liu et al. [35] ssd(single shot multibox detector) 46.5% feng et al. [37] imcmd_yolov8_small 46.8 % present study our optimized yolov8x model 48.01% hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 899 4. discussion this study shows that our optimized yolov8x model performs better in indoor object detection than some existing models like ssd and imcmd_yolov8_small. with a map@0.5 of 48.01%, it slightly outperforms the other models that scored around 46.5% and 46.8%. these improvements come from using techniques like structured pruning and quantization-aware training, which help make the model both faster and more accurate. we also found that smaller or older versions of yolo, like yolov8n and yolov8s, tend to overfit and don’t perform as well in complex indoor scenes where objects can be cluttered or occluded. our optimized yolov8x is more stable and consistent, thanks to better feature extraction and careful optimization. however, there are still some challenges. the model struggles with detecting small, overlapping, or heavily hidden objects, which leads to missed detections and false alarms. these problems happen because the model can’t always clearly distinguish objects when the scene is busy or when objects blend into the background. to improve this, future work could focus on using better multi-scale features, attention mechanisms, and richer datasets that cover more difficult cases like occlusions. another limitation is that we only used rgb images, which makes it harder for the model to spot objects in tricky conditions. adding other sensors like lidar or depth cameras could make the detection more reliable, especially in cluttered indoor environments. also, tuning the model’s thresholds during inference might help reduce false positives and improve accuracy. even though our model does better than others, the overall map scores are still moderate. this is partly because indoor datasets are often small, with lots of overlapping objects and similar-looking classes, making detection harder. so, expanding and diversifying the data, along with using multiple sensors, would likely help. lastly, while we applied both pruning and quantization-aware training to optimize the model, we didn’t test how each technique affects performance separately. doing such studies in the future would help us understand their individual benefits better and further improve the model. 5. conclusion this study presents an enhanced yolov8x model that significantly improves object identification performance by reducing computational complexity while maintaining high accuracy through quantization-aware training and structured pruning. in comparison to the baseline yolov8 versions, the improved model gets better results in precision, recall, and mean average precision. however, on an indoor object dataset, evaluations show better generalization, as shown by more reliable and accurate identification results in both training and testing. nevertheless, there are still several drawbacks. the model performs worse in scenes with a lot of clutter or when recognizing items that are severely obscured, which could compromise its dependability in challenging real-world situations. additionally, the model can't be used in outdoor or extremely changeable situations due to the indoor-centric dataset. on resource-constrained edge devices, real-time inference is still difficult to achieve, even though pruning and quantization help to minimize model size and computing needs. to increase robustness, future research should concentrate on diversifying datasets; integrating additional sensor modalities, like depth or lidar data, to improve detection under difficult circumstances; and investigating sophisticated architecture, such as transformer-based models and attention mechanisms, to better handle clutter and occlusion. enabling effective deployment on embedded platforms also requires hardware-specific optimizations and further model compression. these advancements taken together will encourage the creation of object detection systems that are more precise, robust, and effective and that can work well in a variety of real-world scenarios. 5.1. limitation although the optimized yolov8x model shows significant improvements, it still faces several limitations. the data set used mainly focuses on indoor environments, which restricts the model’s effectiveness in outdoor or highly variable conditions. additionally, the model has difficulty detecting heavily occluded objects, which can cause inaccuracies in dynamic scenes. despite the use of structured pruning and quantization to reduce model size, achieving real-time inference on edge devices remains challenging due to hardware limitations. the study relies solely on image-based detection, and integrating sensors like lidar or depth cameras could improve performance, especially in low-light or visually complex settings. while the model generalizes well within the test dataset, further testing on diverse real-world datasets is needed to confirm its robustness. 5.2. future work to further enhance the optimized yolov8x model's applicability, future research should explore several key directions. integrating lidar and depth sensors alongside yolov8x can help improve object detection across diverse environmental conditions. additionally, implementing advanced model compression techniques such as knowledge distillation and hardware-specific acceleration will enable more efficient deployment on edge devices. exploring transformer-based architecture and attention mechanisms could also boost performance, especially in cluttered scenes. to better detect small, overlapping, and occluded objects, combining sophisticated attention mechanisms, multi-sensor hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 900 fusion (like rgb with depth or lidar), and improved data augmentation strategies is essential. expanding training datasets to include outdoor and dynamic environments will help the model generalize and adapt more effectively. furthermore, integrating object detection with reinforcement learning frameworks can empower autonomous mobile robots (amrs) to navigate complex environments autonomously. overall, focusing on multi-sensor fusion and increasing dataset diversity will be crucial to improving detection robustness and generalization in real-world applications. 6. declarations 6.1. author contributions conceptualization, n.f., m.j.h., and m.s.s.; methodology, n.f.; software, n.f.; validation, n.f., m.j.h., and m.s.s.; formal analysis, n.f.; investigation, m.j.h. and m.s.s.; resources, n.f.; data curation, n.f.; writing—original draft preparation, n.f.; writing—review and editing, n.f., m.j.h., and m.s.s.; visualization, n.f.; supervision, m.j.h. and m.s.s.; project administration, m.j.h.; funding acquisition, m.j.h. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. 6.2. data availability statement the data presented in this study are available in the article. 6.3. funding the authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. 6.4. institutional review board statement not applicable. 6.5. informed consent statement not applicable. 6.6. declaration of competing interest the authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. 7. references [1] pagire, v., chavali, m., & kale, a. (2025). a comprehensive review of object detection with traditional and deep learning methods. signal processing, 237, 110075. doi:10.1016/j.sigpro.2025.110075. [2] amjoud, a. b., & amrouch, m. (2023). object detection using deep learning, cnns and vision transformers: a review. ieee access, 11, 35479–35516. doi:10.1109/access.2023.3266093. [3] pagire, v. r., & kulkarni, c. v. (2014). fpga based moving object detection. 2014 international conference on computer communication and informatics, 1–4. doi:10.1109/iccci.2014.6921802. [4] amit, y., felzenszwalb, p., & girshick, r. (2021). object detection. computer vision. springer, cham, switzerland. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-63416-2_660. [5] szegedy, c., toshev, a., & erhan, d. (2013). deep neural networks for object detection. advances in neural information processing systems, 26. doi:10.54097/hset.v17i.2576. [6] khan, s., nazir, s., & khan, h. u. (2021). analysis of navigation assistants for blind and visually impaired people: a systematic review. ieee access, 9, 26712–26734. doi:10.1109/access.2021.3052415. [7] ben atitallah, a., said, y., ben atitallah, m. a., albekairi, m., kaaniche, k., alanazi, t. m., boubaker, s., & atri, m. (2023). embedded implementation of an obstacle detection system for blind and visually impaired persons’ assistance navigation. computers and electrical engineering, 108, 108714. doi:10.1016/j.compeleceng.2023.108714. [8] feng, j., & jin, t. (2024). ceh-yolo: a composite enhanced yolo-based model for underwater object detection. ecological informatics, 82, 102758. doi:10.1016/j.ecoinf.2024.102758. [9] baheti, b., gajre, s., & talbar, s. (2018). detection of distracted driver using convolutional neural network. 2018 ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition workshops (cvprw), 1145–11456. doi:10.1109/cvprw.2018.00150. [10] hussain, m., chen, t., & hill, r. (2022). moving toward smart manufacturing with an autonomous pallet racking inspection system based on mobilenetv2. journal of manufacturing and materials processing, 6(4), 75. doi:10.3390/jmmp6040075. hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 901 [11] li, y., huang, h., xie, q., yao, l., & chen, q. (2018). research on a surface defect detection algorithm based on mobilenetssd. applied sciences, 8(9), 1678. doi:10.3390/app8091678. [12] tian, y., ye, q., & doermann, d. (2025). yolov12: attention-centric real-time object detectors. arxiv preprint arxiv:2502.12524. doi:10.48550/arxiv.2502.12524. [13] zhou, y. (2024). a yolo-nl object detector for real-time detection. expert systems with applications, 238, 122256. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2023.122256. [14] wang, a., chen, h., liu, l., chen, k., lin, z., & han, j. (2024). yolov10: real-time end-to-end object detection. 38th conference on neural information processing systems (neurips 2024), 9-15 december, 2024, vancouver, canada. [15] pulipalupula, m., patlola, s., nayaki, m., yadlapati, m., das, j., & sanjeeva reddy, b. r. (2023). object detection using you only look once (yolo) algorithm in convolution neural network (cnn). 2023 ieee 8th international conference for convergence in technology, i2ct 2023, 1–4. doi:10.1109/i2ct57861.2023.10126213. [16] dang, f., chen, d., lu, y., & li, z. (2023). yoloweeds: a novel benchmark of yolo object detectors for multi-class weed detection in cotton production systems. computers and electronics in agriculture, 205, 107655. doi:10.1016/j.compag.2023.107655. [17] lee, j., & hwang, k. il. (2022). yolo with adaptive frame control for real-time object detection applications. multimedia tools and applications, 81(25), 36375–36396. doi:10.1007/s11042-021-11480-0. [18] zhang, z., lu, x., cao, g., yang, y., jiao, l., & liu, f. (2021). vit-yolo:transformer-based yolo for object detection. ieee/cvf international conference on computer vision workshops (iccvw), 2799-2808. doi:10.1109/iccvw54120.2021.00314. [19] aulia, u., hasanuddin, i., dirhamsyah, m., & nasaruddin, n. (2024). a new cnn-based object detection system for autonomous mobile robots based on real-world vehicle datasets. heliyon, 10(15). doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2024.e35247. [20] miguelard. (2025). doordetect-dataset. github, san francisco, united states. available online: https://github.com/miguelard/doordetect-dataset (accessed on august 2025). [21] arduengo, m., torras, c., & sentis, l. (2021). robust and adaptive door operation with a mobile robot. intelligent service robotics, 14(3), 409–425. doi:10.1007/s11370-021-00366-7. [22] github (2025). thepbordin. obstacle-detection-for-blind-people. available online: https://github.com/thepbordin/obstacledetection-for-blind-people (accessed on august 2025) [23] kaglle (2025). thepbordin. indoor objects detection. kaglle, san francisco, united states. available: https://www.kaggle.com/datasets/thepbordin/indoor-object-detection (accessed on august 2025). [24] wang, c.-y., mark liao, h.-y., wu, y.-h., chen, p.-y., hsieh, j.-w., & yeh, i.-h. (2020). cspnet: a new backbone that can enhance learning capability of cnn. 2020 ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition workshops (cvprw). doi:10.1109/cvprw50498.2020.00203. [25] wang, c.-y., bochkovskiy, a., & liao, h.-y. m. (2023). yolov7: trainable bag-of-freebies sets new state-of-the-art for real-time object detectors. 2023 ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr), 7464–7475. doi:10.1109/cvpr52729.2023.00721. [26] ultralytics. (2025). ultralytics yolov8. ultralytics, frederick, united states. available online: https://docs.ultralytics.com/models/yolov8/ (accessed on august 2025). [27] ultralytics. (2025). ultralytics yolov5. ultralytics, frederick, united states. available online: https://github.com/ultralytics/yolov5 (accessed on august 2025). [28] he, k., zhang, x., ren, s., & sun, j. (2015). spatial pyramid pooling in deep convolutional networks for visual recognition. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 37(9), 1904–1916. doi:10.1109/tpami.2015.2389824. [29] lin, t.-y., dollar, p., girshick, r., he, k., hariharan, b., & belongie, s. (2017). feature pyramid networks for object detection. 2017 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr), 2117-2125. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2017.106. [30] liu, s., qi, l., qin, h., shi, j., & jia, j. (2018). path aggregation network for instance segmentation. 2018 ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition. doi:10.1109/cvpr.2018.00913. [31] ju, r. y., & cai, w. (2023). fracture detection in pediatric wrist trauma x-ray images using yolov8 algorithm. scientific reports, 13(1), 20077. doi:10.1038/s41598-023-47460-7. [32] tian, z., shen, c., chen, h., & he, t. (2022). fcos: a simple and strong anchor-free object detector. ieee transactions on pattern analysis and machine intelligence, 44(4), 1922–1933. doi:10.1109/tpami.2020.3032166. [33] kumar, h. (2019, september 20). evaluation metrics for object detection and segmentation: map. available online: https://kharshit.github.io/blog/2019/09/20/evaluation-metrics-for-object-detection-and-segmentation (accessed on july 2025). hightech and innovation journal vol. 6, no. 3, september, 2025 902 [34] geeksforgeeks. (2025). evaluating object detection models: methods and metrics. geeksforgeeks, noida, india. available: https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/evaluating-object-detection-models-methods-and-metrics/ (accessed on august 2025). [35] liu, w., anguelov, d., erhan, d., szegedy, c., reed, s., fu, c.-y., & berg, a. c. (2016). ssd: single shot multibox detector. computer vision – eccv 2016, eccv 2016, lecture notes in computer science, vol. 9905, springer, cham, switzweland. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-46448-0_2. [36] kukil. (2022). mean average precision (map) in object detection. learnopencv new york, united states. available online: https://learnopencv.com/mean-average-precision-map-object-detection-model-evaluation-metric/ (accessed on august 2025) [37] feng, f., hu, y., li, w., & yang, f. (2024). improved yolov8 algorithms for small object detection in aerial imagery. journal of king saud university computer and information sciences, 36(6), 102113. doi:10.1016/j.jksuci.2024.102113.